Apte: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary


Based on Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890


Input by Cologne Digital Sanskrit Lexicon (CDSL)
[GRETIL-Version vom 08.09.2017]


LICENSE
This file is based on pwg.txt, available at
http://www.sanskrit-lexicon.uni-koeln.de/scans/AP90Scan/2014/web/webtc/download.html
(C) Copyright 2014 The Sanskrit Library and Thomas Malten under the following license:

All rights reserved other than those granted under the Creative Commons Attribution
Non-Commercial Share Alike license available in full at
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/legalcode, and summarized at
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/ .
Permission is granted to build upon this work non-commercially, as long as credit is explicitly
acknowledged exactly as described herein and derivative work is distributed under the same license.
(http://www.sanskrit-lexicon.uni-koeln.de/scans/AP90Scan/2014/downloads/ap90header.xml)


MARKUP
Headwords
Sanskrit passages





THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:multibyte sequence:
long a ā
long A Ā
long i ī
long I Ī
long u ū
long U Ū
vocalic r ṛ
vocalic R Ṛ
long vocalic r ṝ
vocalic l ḷ
vocalic L Ḷ
long vocalic l ḹ
velar n ṅ
velar N Ṅ
palatal n ñ
palatal N Ñ
retroflex t ṭ
retroflex T Ṭ
retroflex d ḍ
retroflex D Ḍ
retroflex n ṇ
retroflex N Ṇ
palatal s ś
palatal S Ś
retroflex s ṣ
retroflex S Ṣ
anusvara ṃ
visarga ḥ
long e ē
long o ō
l underbar ḻ
r underbar ṟ
n underbar ṉ
k underbar ḵ
t underbar ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm








a

a The first letter of the Nāgarī Alphabet. --aḥ [avati, atati sātatvena tiṣṭhatīti vā; av-at vā, ḍa Tv.]
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu, the first of the three sounds constituting the sacred syllable om; akāro viṣṇuruddiṣṭa ukārastu maheśvaraḥ . makārastu smṛto brahmā praṇavastu trayātmakaḥ ..; for more explanation of the three syllables a, u, m see om.
     (2) N. of Śiva, Brahmā, Vāyu, or Vaiśvānara. --ind.
     (1) A prefix corresponding to Latin in, Eng. in or un, Gr. a or an, and joined to nouns, adjectives, indeclinables (or even to verbs) as a substitute for the negative particle nañ, and changed to an before vowels except in the word a-ṛṇin. The senses of na usually enumerated are six-
          (a) sādṛśya 'likeness' or 'resemblance'; abrāhmaṇaḥ one like a Brāhmaṇa (wearing the sacred thread &c.), but not a Brāhmaṇa, but a Kshatriya, or Vaiśya; anikṣu: a reed appearing like ikṣu, but not a true ikṣu.
          (b) abhāva 'absence', 'negation', 'want', 'privation'; ajñānaṃ absence of knowledge, ignorance; akrodhaḥ, anaṃgaḥ, akaṃṭakaḥ, aghaṭaḥ &c.
          (c) bheda 'difference' or 'distinction'; apaṭaḥ not a cloth, something different from, or other than, a cloth.
          (d) alpatā 'smallness', 'diminution', used as a diminutive particle; anudarā having a slender waist (kṛśodarī or tanumadhyamā).
          (e) aprāśastya 'badness,' 'unfitness,' having a depreciative sense; akālaḥ wrong or improper time; akāryaṃ not fit to be done, improper, unworthy, bad act.
          (f) virodha 'opposition', 'contrariety'; anītiḥ the opposite of morality, immorality; asita not white, black; asura not a god, a demon &c. These senses are put together in the following verse: tatsādṛśyamabhāvaśca tadanyatvaṃ tadalpatā . aprāśastyaṃ virodhaśca nañarthāḥ ṣaṭ prakīrtitāḥ .. See na also. With verbal derivatives, such as gerunds, infinitives, participles, it has usually the sense of 'not'; adagdhvā not having burnt: apaśyan not seeing; so asakṛt not once; amṛṣā, akasmāt &c. Sometimes a does not affect the sense of the second member; a-paścima that which has no last, i. e. last; anuttama having no superior, unsurpassed, most excellent; for examples see the words.
     (2) An interjection of
          (a) Pity (ah!) a avadyaṃ P. I. 1. 14 Sk.
          (b) Reproach, censure (fie, shame); apacasi tvaṃ jālma P. VI. 3. 73 Vart. See akaraṇi, ajīvani also.
          (c) Used in addressing; a anaṃta.
          (d) It is also used as a particle of prohibition.
     (3) The augment prefixed to the root in the formation of the Imperfect, Aorist and Conditional Tenses.
     N-B. --The application of this privative prefix is practically unlimited; to give every possible case would almost amount to a dictionary itself. No attempt will, therefore, be made to give every possible combination of this prefix with a following word; only such words as require a special explanation, or such as most frequently occur in the literature and enter into compounds, with other words, will be given; others will be found self-explaining when the English 'in,' 'un,' or 'not,' is substituted for a or an before the meaning of the second word, or the sense may be expressed by 'less,' 'free from,' 'devoid or destitute of' &c; akathya unspeakable; adarpa without pride, or freedom from pride; apragalbha not bold; abhaga unfortunate; avitta destitute of wealth &c. &c. In many cases such compounds will be found explained under the second member. Most compounds beginning with a or an are either Tatpurusha or Bahuvrīhi (to be determined by the sense) and should be so dissolved.

aṛṇin a. (ṛ being regarded as a consonant) Not a debtor, free from debt; divasasyāṣṭame bhāge śākaṃ pacati yo naraḥ . aṛṇī cāpravāsī ca sa vāricara modate .. Mb. The form anṛṇin also occurs in this sense.

aṃś 10 U. aṃśayati-te To divide, distribute, share among; also aṃśāpayati in this sense.

aṃśaḥ [aṃś ac]
     (1) A share, part, portion, division; member; sakṛdaṃśo nipatati Ms. 9. 47; turyāṃśaḥ a fourth part; ṣaṣṭha-; mamaivāṃśo jīvaloke jīvabhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ Bg. 15. 7; bhuvamaṃśāviva dharmayorgatau R. 8. 16; aṃśena darśitānukūlatā K. 159 partly.
     (2) A share in property, inheritance; svatoṃśataḥ Ms. 8. 408; anaṃśau klībapatitau 9. 201; patnyaḥ kāryāḥ samāṃśikāḥ Y. 2. 115.
     (3) The numerator of a fraction; anyonyahārābhihatau harāṃśau Līlā.; sometimes used for fraction itself.
     (4) A degree of latitude (or longitude); akṣasyāṃśāḥ samākhyātāḥ ṣaṣṭyuttaraśatatrayam; sa ca aṃśaḥ ṣaṣṭikalātmakaḥ, kalā tu ṣaṣṭivikalātmikā.
     (5) The shoulder (more generally written aṃsa, q. v.).
     (6) N. of one of the Ādityas. The senses of 'party', 'a share of booty,' 'earnest money', which are said to occur in the Veda are traceable to 1. above.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ [ṣa. ta.] a secondary incarnation; part of a portion.
          --aṃśi adv. share by share.
          --avatāraḥ --taraṇaṃ [ṣa. ta.] descent (on earth) of parts of deities, partial incarnation; -tāra iva dharmasya Dk. 153; -ramiva kṛtāṃtasya K. 31; uccaiḥśravasaḥ 79; so aṃśāvatīrṇamiva 108; N. of Adhyāyas 64-67 of Ādiparvan of Bhārata.
          --bhāj, --hara, --hārin m. f. [upa. samāsa] one who takes or has a share, one entitled to a share in the ancestral property, an heir, a coheir; piṃḍadoṃśaharaścaiṣāṃ pūrvābhāve paraḥ paraḥ Y. 2. 132; jātopi dāsyāṃ śūdreṇa kāmatoṃśaharo bhavet 133.
          --vivartin a. [sa. ta.] slightly turned away, or turned away towards the shoulder; mukhamaṃśavivarti pakṣmalākṣyāḥ S. 3. 26 v. l. for aṃsavivarti. --savarṇanaṃ [ṣa. ta.] reduction of fractions to the same denominator (atulyacchedayo rāśyoḥ samacchedakaraṇaṃ) anyonyahārābhihatau harāṃśau rāśyoḥ samacchedavidhānamevam Līlā.
          --svaraḥ the keynote.

aṃśakaḥ [aṃa-nvul; aṃśikā f.]
     (1) One having a share, a coheir, relative.
     (2) (svārthe kan) A share, portion, division; triṃśāṃśakastathā rāśerbhāgaityabhidhīyate; dvibhartṛkā meṣanavāṃśake syāt, vṛṣāṃśake sā paśuśīlayuktā. --kaṃ A solar day.

aṃśala a. (aṃśaṃ lāti; lā-ka)
     (1) Having, or entitled to, a share (aṃśagrāhaka).
     (2) aṃsala, q. v.

aṃśanam [aṃś-lyuṭ] Act of dividing.

aṃśayitṛ m. (aṃś-tṛc) A divider, sharer.

aṃśin a. [aṃśa-ini]
     (1) A sharer, coheir; (punarvibhāgakaraṇe) sarve vā syuḥ samāṃśinaḥ Y. 2. 114 entitled to the same share.
     (2) Having parts or members (avayavin); aṃśinaḥ svāṃśagātyaṃtābhāvaṃ prati mṛṣātmatāṃ -- V. Paribhāṣā.

aṃśya a. [aṃś-karmaṇi yat] Divisible.

aṃśuḥ [aṃś-mṛga- ku.]
     (1) A ray, beam of light; caṃḍa-, gharma- hot-rayed, the sun; sūryāṃśubhirbhinnamivāraviṃdaṃ Ku. 1. 32; lustre, brilliance; ratna-, nakha- &c.
     (2) A point or end.
     (3) A small or minute particle.
     (4) End of a thread.
     (5) A filament, especially of the Soma plant (Ved).
     (6) Garment; decoration.
     (7) N. of a sage or of a prince.
     (8) Speed, velocity (vega).
     -- Comp.
          --jālaṃ a collection of rays, a blaze or halo of light.
          --dharaḥ, --patiḥ --bhṛt, --bāṇaḥ--bhartṛ. --svāmī the sun, (bearer of rays or lord of rays).
          --padṛṃ a kind of silken cloth (aṃśunā sūkṣmasūtreṇa yuktaṃ paṭṭaṃ) Y. 1. 186, Ms. 5. 120.
          --mālā a garland of light, halo.
          --mālin m. [aṃśavaḥ māleva, tataḥ astyarthe ini] 1. the sun (wreathed with, surrounded by, rays). 2. the number twelve. 3. having a collection of rays.
          --hastaḥ [aṃśuḥ hasta iva yasya] the sun (who draws up water from the earth by means of his 1000 hands in the form of rays).

aṃśumat a. [aṃśu-astyarthe matup]
     (1) Luminous, radiant; jyotiṣāṃ raviraṃśumān Bg. 10. 21.
     (2) Pointed.
     (3) Fibrous, abounding in filaments (Ved.). --m. (mān)
     (1) The sun; vālakhilyairivāṃśumān R. 15. 10, Ki. 11. 6, Y. 3. 144; sometimes the moon also.
     (2) N. of the grandson of Sagara, son of Asamanjasa and father of Dilīpa.
     (3) N. of a mountain; -matphalā N. of a plant kadalī Musa Sapientum or Paradisiaca. --tī 1 N. of a plant sālaparṇī (Mar. ḍavalā, sālavaṇa) Hedysarum Gangeticum.
     (2) N. of the river Yamunā.

aṃśukam [aṃśavaḥ sūtrāṇi viṣayo yasya; aṃśu ṛśyādi- ka]
     (1) A cloth, garment in general; stana- a breastcloth; sitāṃśukā V. 3. 12; yatrāṃśukākṣepavilajjitānāṃ Ku. 1. 14; cīnāṃśukamiva ketoḥ S. 1. 34.
     (2) A fine or white cloth; dhunvan kalpadrumakisalayānyaṃśukānīva vātaiḥ Me. 62; usually silken or muslin.
     (3) An upper garment; a mantle; also an under garment; kararuddhanīvigaladaṃśukāḥ striyaḥ Śi. 13. 31.
     (4) A leaf.
     (5) Mild or gentle blaze of light (nātidīpti) (kaḥ also; svārthekas.).

aṃśula a. Radiant, luminous. --laḥ [aṃśuṃ prabhāṃ buddhipratibhāṃ lāti, lā-ka] N. of the sage Chāṇakya; of any sage.

aṃs aṃsayati, aṃsāpayati See aṃś.

aṃsaḥ [aṃs karmabhāvādau ac]
     (1) A part, portion; See aṃśa.
     (2) The shoulder, shoulder-blade.
     (3) N. of a Prince. (--sau) The two angles of an altar. [cf. Goth. amsa; L. ansa, humerus; Gr. asilla.]
     -- Comp.
          --kūṭaḥ [aṃsaḥ kūṭa iva bṛhattvāt] a bull's hump, the protuberance between the shoulders; rājanyoccāṃsakūṭakrathanapaṭuraṭadghoradhāraḥ kuṭhāraḥ Prab. 1. 7
          --traṃ [upa. sa.] 1 an armour to protect the shoulders. 2. a bow.
          --phalakaḥ the upper part of the spine.
          --bhāraḥ (aṃse-) [aṃse dhṛto bhāraḥ śāka. ta. vā aluk] a burden or yoke put upon the shoulder.
          --bhārika, --bhārin a. (aṃse-) [bhastrādi gaṇa, aṃsa (se) bhāreṇa harati; ṣṭhan] bearing a yoke or burden on the shoulder.
          --vivartin a. [upa. sa.] turned towards the shoulders; mukhamaṃsavivarti pakṣmalākṣyāḥ S. 3. 26.

aṃsala a. [aṃsa lac, balavati ityarthe; P. V. 2. 98] Strong, lusty, powerful, having strong shoulders; yuvā yugavyāyatabāhuraṃsalaḥ R. 3. 34; bhujena upaitu yogaṃ punaraṃsalena 16. 84; -puruṣaprayatnaduścalaṃ Dk. 169.

aṃsya a. [aṃse bhavaḥ aṃsa-yat.] Belonging to the shoulder; ye aṃsyā ye aṃgyāḥ sūcikāḥ Rv. 1. 191. 7.

aṃh 1 A aṃhate, aṃhituṃ To go; approach; set out, Bk. 3. 25, 46; 14. 51, 4. 4. &c. --Caus.
     (1) To send; tamāṃjihanmaithilayajñabhūmiṃ Bk. 2. 40, 15. 75.
     (2) To shine.
     (3) To speak.

aṃhura a. [aṃhṛ-madgurādi urac] Moving (gatiyukta); Rv. 10. 5. 6; distressed, straitened, sinful (?).

aṃhūraṇa a. Ved. distressing, troublesome; sinful; straitened. --ṇaṃ A sin, distress (?).

aṃhoyu a. Troublesome, free from sin (?).

aṃhatiḥ --tī f. [han-ati, aṃhādeśaśca; haṃteratiḥ syādaṃhādeśaśca dhātoḥ Uṇ. 4. 62; haṃti duritamanayā dānaṃ]
     (1) A gift.
     (2) Anxiety, trouble, care, distress, illness (Ved).

aṃhas n. aṃhaḥ --hasī &c. [am asun hukaca Uṇ. 4. 212, amati gacchati prāyaścittena]
     (1) A sin; sahasā saṃhatimaṃhasāṃ vihaṃtuṃ ... alaṃ Ki. 5. 17; kṛtaḥ kṛtārthosmi nibarhitāṃhasā Śi. 1. 29; leaving one's religion or duty (svadharmatyāga).
     (2) Trouble, anxiety, care. [cf. agha, āgas; Gr. agos; ahos]. -muc a. freeing from distress.

aṃhasaspatiḥ Ved. The intercalary month (lord of distress or perplexity?)

aṃhasvat a. Sinful.

aṃhitiḥ --tī f. [aṃh ktin grahāditvāt iṭ Tv.] A gift.

aṃhu a. [aṃh mṛga- ku] Ved. Sinful, wicked, injurious (pāpakārin, hananaśīla;) strait, narrow (?) --hu n.
     (1) Anxiety, distress; sin, crime (?).
     (2) Pudendum Muliebre (?). [cf. L. angustus, anxius; Goth. aggvus]. --bheda --dī having a narrow slit; having the pudendum divided (?).

aṃhriḥ [aṃh vaṃkryādi krin, aṃhate gacchatyanena]
     (1) A foot.
     (2) The root of a tree, cf. aṃghri.
     (3) The number four.
     -- Comp.
          --paḥ 'foot-drinker', a tree; (mūlena pibati siktatoyaṃ). --skaṃdhaḥ [aṃhreḥ skaṃdha iva] the upper part of the sole of the foot.

ak 1 P(akati) To go, move tortuously like a serpent [cf. L. angulus, Gr. agkai].

aka a. Moving tortuously.

akam [na kaṃ sukhaṃ] Absence of happiness; pain, misery; (as in nāka na akaṃ duḥkhaṃ yatra;) sin nāsti kaṃ sukhaṃ yasmāt.

akaca a. [na. ba.] Bald. --caḥ N. of Ketu (the descending node), who is represented as a headless trunk. Tv. explains it thus: akāya duḥkhāya cāyate; cāy-ḍa; ketugrahasya udayena lokopaplavasya śāstraprasiddhiḥ; e. g. upaplavāya lokānāṃ dhūmaketurivotthitaḥ Ku. 2. 32.

akaḍamaṃ, akathahaṃ, -cakram N. of a mystical circle (cakra) or diagram with the letters of the alphabet, such as a, ka, ḍa, ma, a, ka, tha, ha &c. written therein and used in determining the auspicious or inauspicious stars of a person; (grāhyagopālamaṃtrasya-taṃtroktamaṃtragrahaṇārthaṃ-tattanmaṃtrāṇāṃ śubhāśubhavicāropayogī cakrabhedaḥ Tv.)

akathita a. 'Not told,' not otherwise mentioned by way of any of the other case-relations, such as apādāna &c; a name given to the indirect (gauṇa) object governed by verbs like duh, yāc &c.

akaniṣṭha a. Not the youngest (such as eldest, middle); elder, superior. --ṣṭhaḥ [ake vedaniṃdārūpe pāpe niṣṭhā yasya saḥ] N. of Buddha Gautama; of a deified Buddhist saint (pl. in this latter sense.)
     -- Comp.
          --paḥ (gaḥ also) [akaniṣṭhān buddhān pātīti; pā-ka.] N. of Buddha, lord of Buddhists.

akanyā [na. ta.] No virgin, a maid that is not so any longer; akanyeti tuyaḥ kanyāṃ brūyāt dveṣeṇa mānavaḥ Ms. 8. 225. 6.

akaṃpana a. [na. ta.] Not shaking. --naḥ N. of a Rākṣasa.

akaṃpita a. [na. ta.] Unshaken, firm, resolute; not tremulous. --taḥ N. of a Jaina or Buddha saint, a pupil of the last Tirthamkāra (kaṃpitaṃ buddhivṛtteścālanaṃ tannāsti yasya).

akara a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Handless, maimed.
     (2) Exempt from tax or duty.
     (3) [na. ta.] Not doing or acting; not disposed to work, ceasing from work. --rā N. of a plant āmalakī, Emblic Myrobalan, Phyllanthus Emblica (akaṃ duḥkhaṃ sevanāt lokānāṃ rāti gṛhṇāti nāśayatīti; rā-ka Tv.)

akaraṇam [kṛ-bhāve lyuṭ na. ta.] Not doing, absence of action; akaraṇāt maṃdakaraṇaṃ śreyaḥ; cf. the English phrases "Something is better than nothing," "Better late than never". --ṇa a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not artificial, natural. --2. Devoid of all organs, epithet of the Supreme Spirit.

akaraṇiḥ f. [nañ-kṛ-ākrośe aniḥ; ākrośe nañi aniḥ P. III. 3. 112.] Failure, disappointment, non-accomplishment, mostly used in imprecations; tasyākaraṇirevāstu Sk. may he be disappointed, or experience a failure!

akarṇa a. [nāsti karṇo yasya]
     (1) Devoid of ears; deaf.
     (2) Destitute of Karṇa; anarjunamakarṇaṃ vājagadadyeti niścitaḥ Mb. --rṇaḥ A serpent (tasya cakṣuṣaiva śravaṇāt, hence also called cakṣuḥśravāḥ)

akarṇya a. [na. ta.] Not fit for the ears; not in the ears.

akartana a. [kṛt-bhāve lyuṭ na. ta.]
     (1) Not cutting.
     (2) [kṛt-yuc na. ba.; uccasthaṃ phalaṃ kartituṃ śīlamasya Tv.] Dwarfish.

akartṛ m. [na. ta.] Not an agent; akartari ca kārake P. III. 3. 19; puruṣo'kartā bhoktā Sāṅkhya; a subordinate agent; -tvaṃ-tā an inferior or subordinate position.

akarman a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Without work, idle; inefficient.
     (2) Disqualified for performing the necessary rites, wicked, degraded; akarmā dasyurabhi no Rv. 10. 22. 8.
     (3) (Gram.) Intransitive, generally in this sense akarmaka. --n. (rma).
     (1) Absence of work; absence of necessary observances; neglect of essential observances; inaction; karmaṇo hyapi boddhavyaṃ boddhavyaṃ ca vikarmaṇaḥ . akarmaṇaśca boddhavyaṃ gahanā karmaṇo gatiḥ Bg. 4. 17, 18.
     (2) An improper act; crime, sin.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. 1. unengaged, unoccupied, idle. 2. criminal.
          --kṛt a. free from action, or doing an improper act.
          --bhogaḥ 1. enjoyment of freedom from the fruits of action. 2. renunciation of self-righteousness.
          --śīla a. lazy, indolent.

akarmaka a. [nāsti karma yasya ba. kap] Intransitive; phalavyāpārayorekaniṣṭhatāyāmakarmakaḥ Hari; (f) akarmikā; prasiddheravivakṣātaḥ karmaṇo'karmikā kriyā ibid.

akarmaṇya a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Unable to work, inefficient, unfit for work.
     (2) Unfit to be done.

akala a. [nāsti kalā avayavo yasya] Not in parts, without parts, epithet of the Supreme Spirit.

akalka a. [nāsti kalko yatra]
     (1) Free from sediment, pure.
     (2) Sinless. --lkā Moonlight.

akalkatā Honesty, integrity.

akalkana --ka a. [nāsti kalkanaṃ daṃbhaḥ, kalko vā yasmin] Free from pride, humble, modest; honest.

akalpa a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Uncontrolled, not subject to control or rules, unrestrained, unfettered.
     (2) Weak, unable.
     (3) Incomparable.

akalpita a. [na. ta.] Not artificial or manufactured; natural, genuine.

akalya a. [kalāsu sādhuḥ kalyaḥ nirāmayaḥ na. ta.]
     (1) Unwell, ill, indisposed.
     (2) [kalyate iti kal-yat kalyaṃ mithyābhūtaṃ; na. ta.] True; (taṃ) anīnayadakalyasaṃdho baṃdhanāgāraṃ Dk. 31.

akalyāṇa a. [na. ta.] Inauspicious, unlucky. --ṇaṃ Inauspiciousness, ill, evil, adversity.

akava --vā a. [na kavyate varṇyate; kav-ā na. ta.] Indescribable (avarṇanīya); not contemptible, not bad; -ariḥ = kutsitā arayo yasya sa kavāriḥ; na kavāriḥ a-; or yasya śatravopyakutsitā vṛtrādayaḥ; or akutsitaṃ iyati aiśvaryaṃ prāpnoti.

akavi a. Ved. Unwise, foolish.

akasmāt ind. [na kasmāt kiṃcitkāraṇādhīnatvaṃ yatra aluk sa.]
     (1) Accidentally, suddenly, unexpectedly, all of a sudden; akasmādāgaṃtunā saha viśvāso na yuktaḥ H. 1 coming by chance, an accidental visitor.
     (2) Without cause or ground, causelessly, in vain; nākasmāt śāṃḍilī mātā vikrīṇāti tilaistilān Pt. 2. 65; -deva bhartṛdveṣyatāṃ gatāsi Dk. 135; nākasmādapriyaṃ vadet Y. 1. 132; atha nu ripurakasmād dveṣṭi naḥ putrabhāṃḍe Mv. 2. 44; kathaṃ tvāṃ tyajedakasmātpatirāryavṛttaḥ R. 14. 55, 73.

akāṃḍa a. [nāsti kāṃḍaṃ avasaraḥ ucitakālaḥ yasya]
     (1) Accidental, untoward, unexpected, sudden; akāṃḍapāṃḍuraghanapraspardhi Mv. 5. 39 out of season; punarakāṃḍavivartanadāruṇaḥ U. 4. 15; -pracaṃḍakalahayoḥ U. 6; patatu śirasyakāṃḍayamadaṃḍa ivaiṣa bhujaḥ Mal. 5. 31; -bhaṃguratāṃ saṃsārasukhānāṃ K. 172.
     (2) Destitute of stem or stock.
     -- Comp.
          --jāta a. Suddenly born or produced.
          --pātaḥ unexpected occurrence; -upanatā kaṃ na lakṣmīrvimohayet Ks. 5. 2.
          --pātajāta a. dying as soon as born; perishing soon after birth H. 4. 83.
          --śūlaṃ a sudden attack of colic.

akāṃḍe adv. Unexpectedly, all of a sudden, suddenly; darbhāṃkureṇa caraṇaḥ kṣata ityakāṃḍe tanvī sthitā katicideva padāni gatvā S. 2. 12; lajjāṃ vijitya vinayaṃ vinivārya dhairyamunmathya mathaṃravivekamakāṃḍa eva Mal. 1. 18 unexpectedly; tātastu tamakāṃḍa eva prāṇaharamapratikāramupaplavamālokya K. 33.

akāma a. [nāsti kāmo yasya]
     (1) Free from desire, affection, love; akāmasya kriyā kāciddṛśyate neha karhicit Ms. 2. 4 every thing is an act of his will.
     (2) Reluctant, unwilling; -māṃ kanyāṃ 4. 364; so nākāmo dātumarhati.
     (3) Uninfluenced by, not subject to, love; bhayādakāmāpi hi dṛṣṭivibhramaṃ S. 1. 23.
     (4) Unconscious, unintentional; akāmopanateneva sādhorhṛdayamenasā R. 10. 39 unconsciously committed.
     (5) The Sandhi which causes the dropping of a final r before a following r.
     -- Comp.
          --karśana a. Ved. not frustrating desires.
          --hata a. not smitten with desire or affection, free from desire, calm.

akāmataḥ adv. [akāma-paṃcamyāstasil] Unwillingly, reluctantly, unintentionally, unconsciously; itare kṛtavaṃtastu pāpānyetānyakāmataḥ Ms. 9. 242; akāmataḥ kṛtaṃ pāpaṃ vedābhyāsena śudhyati 11. 46, 45.

akāmatā Absence of desire; na caivehāstyakāmatā Ms. 2. 2.

akāya a. [nāsti kāyo yasya]
     (1) Without body, incorporeal.
     (2) An epithet of Rāhu, who is represented as having no body, but only a head.
     (3) Epithet of the Supreme Spirit (without body, parts &c.)

akāra a. [karotīti kāraḥ kṛ-ghañ aṇ vā na. ta.] Not doing or acting, void of action (kriyārahita). --raḥ The letter a; akṣarāṇāmakārosmi Bg. 10. 33.

akāraṇa a. [na. ba.] Causeless, groundless, spontaneous; -mitrāṇi satāṃ cetāṃsi K. 37 disinterested friends; īdṛśo māṃ pratyamīṣāṃ -snehaḥ U. 6. --ṇaṃ Absence of a cause, motive, or ground; akāraṇāt parityajya K. 167 causelessly, without cause or ground; kimakāraṇameva darśanaṃ vilapaṃtyai rataye na dīyate Ku. 4. 7; -parityaktā mātāpitrorgurostathā Ms. 3. 157; akāraṇāt-raṇaṃ-ṇe causelessly, in vain; tyakto vā syādakāraṇāt Ms. 9. 177; kimakāraṇe kupyāsi, akāraṇe ātmānamāyāsayasi Ratn. 2 in vain.

akārṇaveṣṭakika a. Not adapted for ear-rings (P. VI. 2. 155).

akārpaṇya a. [na. ba.] Got without meanness; akārpaṇyamaśanaṃ Bh. 3. 51.

akārya a. [na. ta.] Improper, not fit to be done. --ryaṃ An improper, unworthy or bad act, a criminal or sinful action; mā nāma vaiklavyādakāryaṃ kuryāt Mk. 3 (ātmaghātādirūpaṃ).
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. 1. an evil-doer, one who commits a misdeed; mahāpātakinaścaiva śeṣāścākāryakāriṇaḥ Ms. 11. 240. 2. one that neglects one's duty; dānenākāryakāriṇaḥ (śudhyaṃti) 5. 107.

akāla a. [nāsti ucitaḥ kālo yasya]
     (1) Untimely, premature, inopportune, unseasonable, out of season; na prajāsu -mṛtyuścarati U. 2, R. 15. 44; -mṛtyu haraṇaṃ ... auṣadhaṃ jāhnavītoyaṃ; -vātāvalī Ratn. 3.
     (2) [na kāṃlaḥ] Not black, white. --laḥ [na. ta.] Wrong, inauspicious or unseasonable time, not the proper time (for any thing); -laḥ svabalapradhānavirodhasya Ve. 3; -laḥ kulajanasya nivartituṃ Mu. 7; akāle bodhito bhrātā R. 12. 81 at an improper time; atyārūḍho hi nārīṇāmakālajño manobhavaḥ 12. 33 takes no account of proper or improper time; akāle vīkṣito viṣṇurhaṃti puṇyaṃ purākṛtaṃ; nākāle mriyate kāścit prāpte kāle na jīvati; nākāle mriyate jaṃtuḥ H. 1. 17 does not die a premature death; kāle prāptastvakāle vā nāsyānaśnan gṛhe vaset Ms. 3. 105 in season or out of season.
     -- Comp.
          --kusumaṃ, -puṣpaṃ a flower blossoming out of season; -kusumānīva bhayaṃ saṃjanayaṃti hi H. 3. 23, a bad omen boding some evil.
          --kūṣmāṃḍaḥ a pumpkin produced out of season; (fig.) useless birth.
          --ja, --utpanna, --jāta a. produced out of season, premature; unseasonable.
          --jaladaḥ an untimely cloud; N. of the great-grandfather of the poet Rājaśekhara.
          --jaladodayaḥ, --meghodayaḥ an unseasonable rise or gathering of clouds; bālātapamivābjānāmakālajaladodayaḥ R. 4. 61. 2. mist or fog.
          --velā unseasonable or improper time.
          --saha a. 1. not enduring delay or loss of time, impatient, not biding one's time. 2. not able to hold out (for a long time), unable to stand a protracted siege (as a durga) H. 3. 137.

akiṃcana a. [nāsti kiṃcana yasya] Without any thing, quite poor, utterly destitute, indigent, penniless; akiṃcanaḥ san prabhavaḥ sa saṃpadāṃ Ku. 5. 77; na dvaṃdvaduḥkhamiha kiṃcidakiṃcanoṃpi Śi. 4. 64 disinterested. --naṃ That which is worth nothing.

akiṃcanatā Renunciation of every thing, voluntary poverty (saṃnyāsāṃgaṃ yamaviśeṣaḥ); vrataṃ dānaṃ parivrajyā tapasyā niyamasthitiḥ . ahiṃsāsūyatāsteyabrahmākiṃcanatā yamaḥ .. -tvaṃ Poverty; akiṃcanatvaṃ makhajaṃ vyanakti R. 5. 16.

akiṃcaniman m. [pṛthvādigaṇa] Poverty, utter destitution.

akiṃcijjña a. Not knowing anything, quite ignorant; yadā 'kiṃcijjñohaṃ dvipa iva madāṃdhaḥ samabhavaṃ Bh. 2. 8.

akiṃcitkara a. Not productive of anything, useless, immaterial; -ronyatra paṃcaśaropi sa eva K. 242 powerless to do anything; parataṃtramidamakiṃcitkaraṃ ca Ve. 3.

akīrtiḥ [apraśastā kīrtiḥ na. ta.] Infamy, ill-repute, disgrace.

akuṃṭha a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Not blunted, unobstructed; āśastragrahaṇādakuṃṭhaparaśoḥ Ve. 2. 2.
     (2) Vigorous, able to work. --3. Fixed; -dhiṣṇyaṃ Heaven.

akuṃṭhita a. Not blunted; śāstreṣvakuṃṭhitā buddhiḥ R. 1. 19 penetrating all sciences; bibhratostramacalepyakuṃṭhitaṃ 11. 74 taking effect on, prevailing against, even mountains.

akutaḥ adv. [na kutaḥ na. ta.] Not from any where (in comp. only).
     -- Comp.
          --calaḥ N. of Śiva (not moveable from any cause).
          --bhaya a [nāsti kutopi bhayaṃ yasya] Secure, not threatened from any quarter, free from danger or fear, safe; mādṛśānāmapi -yaḥ saṃcāro jātaḥ U. 2; yāni trīṇyakutobhayāni ca padānyāsankharāyodhane v. l. for aparāṅmukhāṇi 5. 35. akutāścidbhaya also in the same sense.

akudhryaṃc a. Ved. Fruitless, worthless (etym. doubtful).

akupyam [na kupyaṃ na. ta.]
     (1) Not a base metal, gold or silver; akupyaṃ vasu Ki. 1. 35 gold or silver.
     (2) Any base metal.

akula a. [apraśastaṃ kulaṃ yasya] Low, mean, of a low family. --laḥ --laṃ akulaṃ śiva ityuktaḥ kulaṃ śaktiḥ prakīrtitā N. of Śiva. --lā N. of Pārvatī.

akulīna a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Low-born, of no high descent.
     (2) Not belonging to the earth, not earthly; divyayoṣitamiva akulīnāṃ K. 11 (a pun on the word; na kau pṛthvyāṃ līnā sthitā).

akuśala a. [na. ta.] 1. Inauspicious, evil; unlucky, unfortunate.
     (2) Not clever or skilful. --laM Evil; sa snigdho'kuśalānnivārayati yaḥ H. 2. 141 guards from evils.

akuha a. [na. ta.] One who does not cheat, an honest man.

akūpāra a.
     (1) Resulting in good, having a good issue.
     (2) Unlimited, unbounded. --raḥ [na kuṃ pṛthvīṃ piparti; pṛ-aṇ bā - dīrghaḥ; na kutsitaṃ pāraṃ gaṃtavyadeśo yasya vā, pṛṣo. dīrghaḥ]
     (1) The sea, the receptacle of waters (samudropyakūpāra ucyate akūpāro bhavati mahāpāraḥ Nir.)
     (2) The sun (ādityopyakūpāra ucyate akūpāro bhavati dūrapāraḥ.)
     (3) A tortoise in general (na kūpamṛcchāti).
     (4) King of tortoises sustaining the world.
     (5) A stone or rock.

akūvāra = akūpāra above.

akūrca a. [nāsti kūrcaṃ yasya]
     (1) Not deceitful.
     (2) Bald; beardless. --rcaḥ Buddha; a deified saint.

akṛcchra a. [na. ba.] Free from difficulty. --cchraṃ Absence of difficulty, ease, facility.

akṛta a. [kṛ-karmaṇi ktaḥ, na. ta.]
     (1) Not done; undone; unperformed; sarvān balakṛtānarthānakṛtān manurabravīt Ms. 8. 168; kṛtaṃ cāpyakṛtaṃ bhavet 117
     (2) Wrongly or differently done; kṛtākṛtāvekṣaṇādau brahmā ṛtvik niyujyate iti yājñikāḥ.
     (3) Incomplete, not ready (as food); akṛtaṃ ca kṛtātkṣetrāt (adoṣavat) Ms. 10. 114 not cultivated (anuptaśasyaṃ Kull.); kṛtānnaṃ cākṛtānnena (nirmātavyaṃ) 10. 94 (siddhānnaṃ cāmānnena Kull.)
     (4) Uncreated.
     (5) One who has done no works.
     (6) Not developed or perfected, unripe, immature. --tā One not legally regarded as a daughter and placed on a level with sons, (putrikātvena akalpitā); akṛtā vā kṛtā vāpi yaṃ viṃdetsadṛśātsutaṃ Ms. 9. 136; according to some, a daughter who is not by a formal declaration but only mentally appointed to supply an heir for her father (abhisaṃdhimātrakṛtā vāgvyavahāreṇa kṛtā; kṛtā = yadapatyaṃ bhavedasyāṃ tanmamaṃ syātsvadhākaraṃ ityābhidhāya kanyādānakāle varānumatyā yā kriyate Kull.). --taṃ An unperformed act; non-performance of an act; an unheard-of deed; akṛtaṃ vai prajāpatiḥ karoti Ait. Br.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. unsuccessful.
          --astra a. unpractised in arms.
          --ātman a. 1. ignorant, foolish, having an unformed mind. 2. not identified with Brahmā or the Supreme Spirit.
          --udvāha a. unmarried.
          --enas a. not sinful or guilty, innocent.
          --kāraṃ adv. as has not been done before; -raṃ karoti P. III. 4. 36.
          --jña a. ungrateful.
          --dhī, --buddhi a. ignorant; -ddhitvāt Bg. 18. 16 through unrefined understanding.

akṛtin a. [na. ta.] Not skilful or clever, clumsy, awkward; unfit for doing anything.

akṛtya a. Unfit to be done. --tyaṃ A crime, an improper act.

akṛtta a. [na. ta.] Uncut, undiminished or unimpaired; -ruc of unimpaired splendour.

akṛśa a. [na. ta] Not slender or weak, full, entire, strong.
     -- Comp.
          --aśvaḥ N. of a king of Ayodhyā.
          --lakṣmī a. enjoying full prosperity;
          --kṣmīḥ great splendour or prosperity Ki. 5. 52.

akṛṣṭa a. [na. ta.] Not tilled; not drawn.
     -- Comp.
          --pacya a. [akṛṣṭe kṣetre pacyate] growing or ripening in unploughed land, growing exuberant or wild; -cyā iva śasyasaṃpadaḥ Ki. 1. 17; so -cyā oṣadhayaḥ, -cyaṃ aśanaṃ, dhānyaṃ &c.
          --rohin = -pacya; bījaṃ ca bāleyamakṛṣṭarohi R. 14. 77.

akṛṣṇa a. [na. ta.] Not black, white, pure. --ṣṇaḥ [nāsti kṛṣṇo malo yasya] The spotless moon; caṃdramā vai brahmā 'kṛṣṇaḥ iti śrutiḥ.
     -- Comp.
          --karman a. virtuous, free from black deeds, innocent.

aketu a. [nāsti ketuścihnaṃ yasya] Unconscious (ajñāna); ketuṃ kṛṇvannaketave Rv. 1. 6. 3. (ajñānāya); shapeless (?)

akeśa a. [avidyamānāḥ, alpāḥ, apraśastā vā keśā yasya] Hairless, bald; having very few or very bad hair.

akoṭaḥ [na kuṭati vakrībhavati skaṃdhādiṣu] The betelnut palm, Areca (without a koṭa or bend, as it grows with a straight stem).

akkā [ak-ka, acyate ityak, aṃc kvip gatiḥ tasyai kāyati, kai-ka vā Tv.] A mother.

akta See under añj.

aktuḥ m. f. Ved. [aṃj gatau ktu]
     (1) Night; darkness, gloom.
     (2) Light, ray.
     (3) Ointment.

aktram [aṃj-bā -ktra] An armour (varman)

akra a. Ved. [aṃc gatau-rak]
     (1) Inactive, steady, firm (sthira).
     (2) Bootless, profitless. --kraH A fortification or rampart (prākāra); banner (?).

akratu a. [nāsti kraturyasya]
     (1) Without sacrifices; devoid of energy, powerless; unwise.
     (2) Devoid of will or volition (saṃkalparahita) epithet of God.

akrama a. [nāsti kramaḥ pādaḥ kramaṇaṃ vā yasya]
     (1) Devoid of order, confused.
     (2) Without the power of going or moving (pādaśūnya, ākramaṇaśūnya). --maḥ
     (1) Want of order, confusion, irregularity (kramābhāvaḥ)
     (2) Absence of motion or movement.
     (3) Breach of propriety or decorum; kamakramaṃ kartumabhūdapekṣā vailakṣyabhājāṃ na mahīpatīnāṃ Vikr. 10. 3; kanyāṃtaḥpuramakramāt praviśatā Mv. 2. 50 indecently, immodestly; valīmukhacakramakramamuccalitaṃ Mv. 6. in disorder.

akrāṃta a. [na. ta.] Unsurpassed; unconquered. --tā [na kramyate kaṃṭakāvṛtatvāt kram-kta, na. ta.] The egg plant (bṛhatī), Solanum Melongena.

akriya a. [nāsti kriyā yasya na. ba.]
     (1) Inactive, dull, torpid.
     (2) Without essential works.
     (3) Abstaining from religious rites.
     (4) Without action of any kind, epithet of God.
     (5) Worthless, good for nothing. --yā [na. ta] Inactivity; neglect of duty; pradhānasyākriyā yatra sāṃgaṃ tatkriyate punaḥ . tadaṃgasyākriyāyāṃ tu nāvṛttirna ca tatkriyā ..

akrūra a. [na. ta.] Not cruel. --raḥ N. of a Yādava, a friend and uncle of Kṛṣṇa. [It was he who induced Rāma and Kṛṣṇa to go to Mathurā and kill Kamsa. He told the two brothers how their father Ānaka-Dundubhi, the princess Devakī and even his own father Ugrasena had been insulted by the iniquitous demon Kamsa, and told them why he had been despatched to them. Kṛṣṇa consented to go and promised to slay the demon within 3 nights, which he succeeded in doing.]

akrodha a. [nāsti krodho yasya] Free from anger. --dhaḥ [na. ta.] Absence or suppression of anger; akrodhastapasaḥ (vibhūṣaṇaṃ) Bh. 2. 82; regarded as one of the ten duties of an ascetic.

akrodhana a. Free from anger. --naḥ N. of a prince, son of Ayutāyu.

aklikā the Indigo plant.

aklinna a. Not wet or moist; -vartman a sort of disease of the eyes.

akliṣṭa a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Unwearied, untroubled, not annoyed, undisturbed, indefatigable.
     (2) Not marred, unimpaired,; idamupanatamevaṃ rūpamakliṣṭakāṃti S. 5. 19 of unimpaired or unblemished beauty; anyathā kathamiyaṃ -tā lāvaṇyasya K. 12 unmarred state, perfection.
     (3) Not laboured or elaborate.
     -- Comp.
          --karman, -kārin a. unwearied in actions.
          --varṇa a. not confused, distinct; -rṇāṃ gamanābhyanujñāṃ K. 293 given in plain, distinct terms (of unfaded colour).
          --vrata a. not swerving from religious vows, unwearied in observing them.

akṣ 1. 5. P. [akṣati, akṣṇoti, ānakṣa, ākṣiṣyati-akṣyati, ākṣīt, akṣituṃ-aṣṭuṃ akṣitvā-aṣṭravā, aṣṭa]
     (1) To reach.
     (2) To pass through, pervade, penetrate (mostly Ved. in these senses).
     (3) To accumulate, increase. --Caus. To cause to pervade.

akṣaḥ [aś-saḥ]
     (1) An axis, axle, pivot; -bhaṃge Ms. 8. 291; dṛḍhadhūḥ akṣaḥ P. V. 4. 74; Śi. 12. 2, 18. 7; jyotiścakrākṣadaṃḍaḥ Dk. 1 axle-pole.
     (2) The pole of a cart.
     (3) A cart, car; also a wheel.
     (4) The beam of a balance.
     (5) Terrestrial latitude.
     (6) A die for playing with; cube.
     (7) The seed of which rosaries are made.
     (8) A weight equal to 16 māṣas and called karṣa.
     (9) N. of the plant Terminalia Belerica (bibhītaka) the seed of which is used as a die; also the nut of this plant; yathā vai dve vāmalake dve vā kole dvau vākṣau muṣṭiranubhavati Chan. Up; so dhārābhirakṣamātrābhiḥ. (10) A shrub producing the rosary seed, Eleocarpus Ganitrus; the seed of this plant, as also of another plant (iṃdrākṣa).
     (11) A serpent; hence a curve.
     (12) Garuda.
     (13) N. of a son of Rāvaṇa.
     (14) The soul.
     (15) Knowledge (usually, sacred).
     (16) Law; a lawsuit; legal procedure.
     (17) A person born blind.
     (18) The lower part of the temples (karṇanetrayormadhye śaṃkhādadhobhāgaḥ). --kṣaṃ (aśnute vyāpnoti viṣayān svavṛttyā saṃyogena vā)
     (1) An organ of sense; nirodhāccetaso'kṣāṇi niruddhānyakhilānyapi Pt. 2. 154; an object of sense; m. also niyacchedviṣayebhyokṣān Bhāg.
     (2) The eye, only at the end of Comp.; jalajākṣa, kamalākṣa, &c.
     (3) Sochal salt, sea-salt.
     (4) Blue vitriol (from it crystallized shape). [cf. L. axis; Gr. akshon or axon, old Germ. ahsa; Germ. achse].
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the axle or its end; the anterior end of the pole of a car.
          --agrakīlaḥ --lakaḥ a linch-pin, a pin which fastens the yoke to the pole.
          --āvapanaṃ [akṣān pāśān āvapati kṣipatyasmin; ā-vap-ādhāre lyuṭ] a dice-board (akṣā upyaṃtesminniti akṣāvapanaṃ akṣasthānāvapanapātraṃsāyaṇa). --āvāpaḥ [akṣān āvapati kṣipati; āvap-aṇ] a gambler, keeper of the dice or gambling table; also -ativāpaḥ (akṣāvāpo nāma akṣāṇāṃ kṣeptā akṣagoptā vā dyūtakāraḥ). --karṇaḥ hypotenuse, particularly of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow; (astr.) argument of the latitude.
          --kuśala, -śauṃḍa a. [sa. ta.] skilful in gambling.
          --kūṭaḥ [akṣasya kūṭa iva] the pupil of the eye.
          --kovida, --jña a. skilled in dice; so -vid, -vettṛ &c.
          --kṣetraṃ [akṣanimittaṃ kṣetraṃ] an astronomical figure (akṣasādhanārthaṃ kṣetratayā kalpitānāṃ akṣabhavānāmaṣṭānāṃ kṣetrāṇāmekaṃ). --glahaḥ [tṛ. ta.] gambling, playing at dice.
          --cakraṃ the circle of sensual passions; dṛḍhaniyamita -kraḥ K. 37 (also axis and wheels).
          --jaṃ [akṣāt jāyate; jan-ḍa] 1 direct knowledge or cognition. 2. a thunderbolt (vajraṃ asthirūpāvayavajātatvāttasya tannāmatvaṃ). 3. a diamond. 4. akṣakṣetraṃ q. v. (m. in some of these senses).
          --jaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --tattvaṃ, -vidyā the science of gambling; -vida skilled in the principles of gambling.
          --darśakaḥ, --dṛś [akṣāṇāṃ ṛṇādānādivyavahārāṇāṃ darśakaḥ dṛś-ṇvul, akṣān paśyatīti dṛś kvip kutvaṃ] 1. a judge (one who tries law-suits). 2. a superintendent of gambling.
          --devin m. [akṣairdīvyati, div-ṇini] a gambler, gamester; so akṣadyūḥ, div-kvip ūṭh P. VI. 4. 19.
          --ṭhyūtaḥ [akṣairṭhyūtaṃ yasya] a gambler, dicer.
          --taṃ dice play, gambling; -tādigaṇaḥ a class of words mentioned in P. IV. 4. 19.
          --dyūtikaṃ [akṣaṭhyūta-ṭhak] dispute at play.
          --drugdha a. [akṣaiḥ drugdhaḥ] unlucky at dice (opposed to akṣapriya fond of dice, or lucky in gambling).
          --dharaḥ [akṣaṃ cakraṃ rathāvayavaṃ tatkīlakamiva kaṃṭakaṃ vā dharatīti; dhṛacṣa. ta.] 1. N. of Viṣṇu. 2. N. of the plant (śākhoṭa) Trophis Aspera. 3. a wheel. 4. any one who bears a wheel, or who holds dice.
          --dhūḥ (dhur) the yoke attached to the fore-part of the pole of a car.
          --dhūrtaḥ [akṣe taddevane dhūrtaḥ] 'dice-rogue,' a gamester, a gambler.
          --dhūrtilaḥ [akṣasya śakaṭasya dhūrtiṃ bhāraṃ lāti, lā-ka; or akṣa-dhur tilapratyayaḥ] a bull or ox yoked to the pole of a cart.
          --paṭala [ṣa. ta.] 1. a court of law. 2. depository of legal documents. 3. = akṣipaṭalaṃ, q. v.
          --laḥ [akṣāṇāṃ vyavahārāṇāṃ paṭalamastyasya ac] a judge.
          --pari ind. [akṣeṇa viparītaṃ vṛttaṃ P. II. 1. 10 ṭhyūtavyavahāre parājaye evāyaṃ samāsaḥ si. kau.] so as to be a loser (by an unlucky throw of dice) (pāśakakrīḍāyāṃ yathā guṭikāpāte jayo bhavati tadviparītapātaḥ Tv.)
          --pāṭaḥ = -vāṭaḥ, q. v.
          --pāṭakaḥ [akṣe vyavahāre pāṭayati; paṭ dīptau-ṇvul] one who is well-versed in law, a judge.
          --pātaḥ [ṣa. ta.] cast of dice.
          --pādaḥ N. of the sage Gautama, founder of the Nyāya system of philosophy, or a follower of that system (akṣaṃ netraṃ darśanasādhanatayā jātaḥ pādo 'sya; akṣapādo hi svamatadūṣakasya vyāsasya mukhadarśanaṃ cakṣuṣā na kartavyaṃ iti pratijñāya paścāt vyāsena prasāditaḥ pāde netraṃ prakāśya taṃ dṛṣṭavān iti prasiddhiḥ Tv.)
          --pīḍā [ṣa. ta.] 1. injury to the organs. 2. [akṣaṃ iṃdriyarasanārūpaṃ pīḍayati āsvādanāt; pīḍac] N. of the plant yavatiktā. --bhāgaḥ (-aṃśaḥ) a degree of latitude.
          --bhāraḥ [ṣa. ta.] a cart-load.
          --madaḥ [ca. ta.] mad passion for gambling.
          --mātraṃ [akṣo mātrā yasya] 1. any thing as large as dice; dice. 2. a moment of time (nimiṣaḥ), twinkling of an eye.
          --mālā, -sūtraṃ [akṣāṇāṃ mālā-sūtraṃ] a rosary, string of beads (akārādikṣakārāṃtaḥ akṣaḥ tatkṛtā tatpratinidhibhūtāvā mālā); kṛtokṣasūtrapraṇayī tayā karaḥ Ku. 5. 11, 6. 6; -mālāmupayācitumāgatosmi K. 151. It is made of rudrākṣa seeds, corals, crystals, rubies, gems &c. 2. N. of aruṃdhatī; akṣamālā vaśiṣṭhena saṃyuktādhamayonijā jagāmābhyarhaṇīyatāṃ Ms. 9. 23 (akṣasya nakṣatracakrasya māleva bhūṣaṇatvāt; sā hi uttarasyāṃdiśi gagane saptarṣimaṃḍale mālārūpeṇa vasiṣṭhasamīpe vartate sarvebhyaśca ujjvalatvāttasyā mālārūpeṇa sthitatvācca nakṣatracakrabhūṣaṇatvaṃ Tv).
          --rājaḥ [akṣāṇāṃ rājeva] one addicted to gambling.
          --vāmaḥ [sa. ta.] an unfair gambler.
          --vāṭaḥ [akṣāṇāṃ pāśakakrīḍānāṃ vāṭaḥ vāsasthānaṃ] 1. a gambling house; the gambling table. 2. [akṣasya rathacakrasya kṣuṇṇasthānasya iva vāṭaḥ] a place of contest, arena, wrestling ground (tatra hi rathacakrakṣuṇṇapāṃśusadṛśapāṃśumattvāt tatsadṛśatvaṃ Tv.)
          --vṛtta a. [akṣe vṛttaḥ vyāpṛtaḥ sa. ta.] engaged in, addicted to, gambling; what has occurred in gambling.
          --ttaṃ rāśicakrarūpaṃ vṛttakṣetraṃ the zodiacal circle.
          --stuṣaḥ Beleric Myrobalan.
          --hṛdayaṃ perfect skill in, or conversancy with, gambling (lit. the heart or innermost nature of dice or gambling); vaśīkṛtākṣahṛdayāṃ K. 131.

akṣakaḥ [akṣa iva kāyati, kai-ka.] N. of a tree tiniśa.

akṣavatī [akṣāḥ sādhanatvena yasyāṃ; akṣamatup] Gaming, playing with dice, a game at dice.

akṣānah n. [akṣe cakre ānadyate badhyate; ānah-kvip] A kind or part of wood relating to a wheel (cakrasaṃbāṃdhikāṣṭhabhedaḥ); tied to the cart or its pole (?).

akṣaṇa a. [nāsti kṣaṇo yogyakālo yasya] Inopportune, unseasonable.

akṣaṇika a. [na. ta.] Steady, firm, not frail or transitory; steadfast (as gaze or look).

akṣaṇvat a. [akṣa asyāsti, akṣan matup, masya vaḥ P. VIII. 2. 16, annaṃtānmatornuṭ syāt Sk.] Having eyes; akṣaṇvaṃtaḥ karṇavaṃtaḥ Rv. 10. 71. 7.

akṣata a. [na. ta.]
     (1) (a.) Uninjured, unhurt; tvamanaṃgaḥ kathamakṣatā ratiḥ Ku. 4. 9; -vigrahā vāhāḥ Dk. 3; paṃcākṣatāste vayaṃ Ve. 6. 43, 4. 4, Mu. 6. 8, R. 2. 56. (b.) Unbroken, whole; not crushed, undivided; mama nāsikāmakṣatāṃ kurvaṃtu Pt. 1, -saktūnāṃ navaṃ kalaśaṃ pūrayitvā Asvalāyana. --taḥ 1. Śiva.
     (2) Thrashed and winnowed rice dried in the sun; (pl.) whole grain, entire unhusked and pounded rice washed with water, and used as an article of worship in all religious and sacred ceremonies; akṣatāḥ pāṃtu pāṃtvakṣatāḥ iti śrāddhamaṃtraḥ; akṣatairnārcayedviṣṇuṃ na tulasyā vināyakaṃ iti taṃtraṃ; sākṣatapātrahastā R. 2. 21, ārdrākṣatāropaṇamanvabhūtāṃ 7. 28.
     (3) Barley (yavāḥ); akṣatāśca yavāḥ proktāḥ; said to be also n. (dūrvākṣatāni). --taṃ
     (1) Corn, grain of any kind.
     (2) Absence of loss or ruin; good, well-being; akṣataṃ cāriṣṭaṃ cāstu iti śrāddhamaṃtraḥ.
     (3) Eunuch (also m.). --tā A virgin, a maiden not deflowered, blemished or enjoyed; akṣatā vā kṣatā vāpi.
     (2) N. of a plant karkaṭaśṛṃgī.
     -- Comp.
          --yoniḥ a virgin, not yet blemished by sexual intercourse; sā cedakṣatayoniḥ syāt Ms. 9. 176; patnīṣvakṣatayoniṣu 10. 5.

akṣatra a. [nāsti kṣatraṃ kṣatriyatvaṃ kṣatriyā jātirvā yatra, na. ba.] Devoid of the Kshatriya caste; nābrahṃa kṣatramṛdhnoti nākṣatraṃ brahma vardhate Ms. 9. 322.

akṣan n. [akṣ-bāhu -kanin] The eye (Ved.); bhadraṃ paśyemākṣabhiryajatrāḥ Rv. 1. 89. 8; dakṣiṇe'kṣan Br. Ar. Up. In classical literature used only in the declension of akṣi.

akṣama a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Unfit, incompetent, unable; kārya, -palāyana-, upavāsa- &c.
     (2) Unable to bear or endure, not forbearing, non-forbearing; impatient; -mā kālaharaṇasya S. 3 unable to brook delay, admitting of no delay; māmakṣamaṃ maṃḍanakālahāneḥ R. 13. 16. --mā [na. ta]
     (1) Impatience, intolerance; envy, jealousy; dhāvaṃtyamī mṛgajavākṣamayeva rathyāḥ S. 1. 8 as if envying (jealous of) the deer's speed.
     (2) Anger, passion.

akṣaya a. [nāsti kṣayo yasya]
     (1) Undecaying, exempt from decay, imperishable, undying, unfailing, inexhaustible; sadopayogepi gurustvamakṣayonidhiḥ Śi. 1. 28; sa saṃdhāryaḥ prayatnena svargamakṣayamicchatā Ms. 3. 79; yajñanirvṛtimakṣayāṃ 4. 23; gayāyāmakṣayavaṭe pitṝṇāṃ dattamakṣayaṃ Vāyu; trisādhanā śaktirivārthamakṣayaṃ R. 3. 13.
     (2) Poor, without house or habitation, such as a hermit or saṃnyāsin (kṣayovāsaḥtacchūnyaḥaniketanaḥsaṃnyāsī daridrovā. --yaḥ
     (1) The Supreme Spirit paramātman.
     (2) N. of the 20th year in the cycle of Jupiter. --yā [akṣayaṃ puṇyaṃ yatrāsti-ac] N. of a day which is said to confer undying religious merit; amaiva somavāreṇa ravivāreṇa saptamī . caturthī bhaumavāreṇa akṣayādapi cākṣayā ..
     -- Comp.
          --guṇaḥ, --puruhūtaḥ Śiva (possessing imperishable qualities).
          --tṛtīyā the festival falling on the third day of the bright half of Vaiśākha (the first day of satyayuga) which is said to secure permanence to all actions performed on that day (vaiśākhe māsi rājeṃdra śuklapakṣe tṛtīyikā . akṣayā sā tithiḥ proktā kṛttikārohiṇīyutā .. tasyāṃ dānādikaṃ sarvamakṣayaṃ samudāhṛtaṃ). --lokaḥ the heaven.

akṣayālalitā N. of a festival observed by women on the 7th day of the dark half of Bhādra (?).

akṣayiṇī Pārvatī.

akṣayya a. [kṣetuṃ śakyaṃ; kṣi-yat; na. ta.] That which cannot decay, imperishable; tapaḥṣaḍbhāgamakṣayyaṃ dadatyāraṇyakā hi naḥ S. 2. 13; astyatra bhogyavastu varṣaśatenāpyakṣayyaṃ Dk. 109 inexhaustible.
     -- Comp.
          --udakaṃ a libation of water mixed with honey and sesamum, offered in Śrāddha ceremonies after the piṃḍadāna (akṣayyodakadānaṃ tu arghyadānavadiṣyate . ṣaṣṭhyaiva nityaṃ tatkuryānna caturthyā kadācana). --navamī the 9th day of the bright half of Aśvina.

akṣara a. [na kṣaratīti; kṣar calane ac-na. ta.]
     (1) Imperishable, indestructible, undecaying, epithet of the Supreme as well as the Individual soul; yamakṣaraṃ kṣetravido vidustamātmānamātmanyavalokayaṃtaṃ Ku. 3. 50; dvāvimau puruṣau loke kṣaraścākṣara eva ca .. kṣaraḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni kūṭastho'kṣara ucyate .. Bg. 15. 16; yasmātkṣaramatītohamakṣarādapi cottamaḥ . atosmi loke vede ca prathitaḥ puruṣottamaḥ; the unconcerned (Spirit); akṣaraṃ paramaṃ brahma.
     (2) Fixed, firm, unalterable. --raḥ
     (1) Śiva.
     (2) Viṣṇu.
     (3) A sword. --rā Sound, word, speech (Ved.). --raṃ [aś-saraḥ Uṇ. 3. 70, aśeḥ saraḥ; aśnute vyāpnoti vedādiśāstrāṇi.]
     (1)
          (a) A letter of the alphabet; akṣarāṇāmakārosmi Bg. 10. 33; mudrākṣarāṇi, madhura-, tryakṣara &c.
          (b) a syllable; ekākṣaraṃ paraṃ brahma Ms. 2. 83 the monosyllable; ekamakṣaraṃ Bg. 10. 25, Ms. 2. 78, 84, 125 (sacred syllable). Hence
          (c) a word or words, speech collectively; pratiṣedha- viklavābhirāmaṃ S. 3. 25; aho saṃdīpanānyakṣarāṇi U. 4; bharturetāni praṇayamayānyakṣarāṇi M. 3 words; brāhmaṇasaṃkramitākṣareṇa pitāmahena V. 3; akṣaraṃ varṇanirmāṇaṃ varṇamapyakṣaraṃ viduḥ . akṣaraṃ na kṣaraṃ vidyādaśnotervā sare 'kṣaraṃ ..
     (2) A document (letter &c.), sacred writing; writing in general (in pl.); tatra bhuktiḥ pramāṇaṃ syānna sākṣī nākṣarāṇi ca Pt. 3. 94; tatrabhavatyā akṣarāṇi visṛṣṭāni syuḥ V. 2.
     (3) The highest deity or Godhead, the indestructible spirit, Brahma (paramabrahman, mūlakāraṇaṃ); akṣaraṃ paramaṃ brahma Bg. 8. 3; karma brahmodbhavaṃ viddhi brahmākṣarasamudbhavaṃ 3. 15; yathā sataḥ puruṣātkeśalomāni tathākṣarātsaṃbhavatīha viśvaṃ Chān. Up.
     (4) Religious austerity, penance.
     (5) Sacrifice.
     (6) Water.
     (7) The sky.
     (8) Final beatitude, emancipation from further transmigration.
     (9) Continuance, permanence. (10) Right, justice (Ved. in these two senses).
     (11) N. of a plant, Achyranthes Aspera.
     (12) A measure of time, equal to one-fifth of a Kāṣṭhā.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ 1. a part of a syllable. 2. alphabet.
          --arthaḥ [ṣa. ta.] meaning (of words); kiṃ tāvat gītyāavagato'kṣarārthaḥ S. 5
          --caṃ(cuṃ)cuḥ --caṇaḥ, --naḥ [akṣareṇa varṇavinyāsalipyā vittaḥ akṣara-caṇap or caṃ(cuṃ)cup P. V. 2. 26.] a scribe, writer, copyist; so -jīvakaḥ, jīvī, akṣareṇa jīvati; jīva ṇini or ṇvul; also -jīvikaḥ. --cyutakaṃ [akṣaraṃ cyutaṃ luptaṃ yatra; ba. kap] getting out a different meaning by the omission of a letter (e.g. kurvan divākaraśleṣaṃ dadhaccaraṇaḍaṃbaraṃ . deva yauṣmākasenayoḥ kareṇuḥ prasaratyasau where another meaning may be got by omitting ka in kareṇuḥ i. e. by taking reṇuḥ). --chaṃdas n.
          --vṛttaṃ 1. a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains; chaṃdastu dvividhaṃ proktaṃ vṛttaṃ jātiriti dvidhā . vṛttamakṣarasaṃkhyātaṃ jātirmātrākṛtā bhavet .. 2. of unshaken resolve, resolute (akṣaraṃ niścalaṃ chaṃdo'bhiprāyo yasya); an epithet of paramātman. --jananī, --tūlikā [akṣarāṇāṃ jananīva; tallipilekhānāṃ tūlikeva vā sādhanatvāt] a reed or pen.
          --(vi) nyāsaḥ [ṣa. ta. bhāve ghañ] writing, arrangement of letters; bhūrjapatragato -saḥ V. 2. 2. the alphabet. 3. scripture. 4. hṛdayādyādhārasparśapūrvakaṃ tadakṣarāṇāṃ smaraṇoccāraṇarūpastaṃtraprasiddho varṇanyāsaḥ. --paṃkti a. 1. having 5 syllables (paṃkti = Gr. pentas five) su mat pad vaga de ityeṣa vai yajño'kṣarapaṃktiḥ Ait. Br. (tānyetānyakṣarāṇi hotṛjapādau prayoktavyāni). 2. N. of a metre of four lines (dvipadā virāj) each having five syllables (one dactyl and one spondee).
          --bhāj a. having a share in the syllables (of a prayer?).
          --bhūmikā tablet R. 18. 46
          --mukhaḥ [akṣarāṇi tanmayāni śāstrāṇi vā mukhe yasya] a scholar, student.
          --khaṃ [ṣa. ta.] the beginning of the alphabet; the letter a. --muṣṭikā 'finger-speech', speaking by means of finger-signs.
          --varjita a. unlettered, illiterate, not knowing how to read or write.
          --vyaktiḥ f. [ṣa. ta]. distinct articulation of syllables.
          --śikṣā [ṣa. ta.] the science of (mystic) syllables; theory of brahma (brahmatatva); mahyaṃ -kṣāṃ vidhāya Dk. 11.
          --saṃsthānaṃ [akṣarāṇāṃ saṃsthānaṃ yatra] arrangement of letters, writing, alphabet.

akṣarakam [svārthe kan] A vowel, a letter.

akṣaraśaḥ adv. [akṣaramakṣaramiti vīpsārthakārake śas] 1. Syllable by syllable.
     (2) To the very letter; literally.

akṣarya a. [gavādigaṇa] Relating to letters or syllables.

akṣarī [aśnute gaganābhogaṃ meghaiḥ; aśsaran, gaurā- ṅīṣ] The rainy season.

akṣānah See under akṣ.

akṣāṃtiḥ f. [na. ta.] Intolerance, non-forbearance; envy, jealousy, anger, impatience.

akṣāra a. [nāsti kṣāraṃ yatra] Free from artificial salt. --raḥ Natural salt gokṣīraṃgoghṛtaṃcaivadhānyamudgāstilāyavāḥ . sāmudrasaiṃdhavaṃcaiva -lavaṇaṃsmṛtam ..
     -- Comp.
          --lavaṇaṃ (--rā-) [kṣāreṇa ūṣaramṛttikayā nirvṛttaṃaṇ kṣāraṃ kṛtrimaṃ lavaṇaṃ; na. ta.] natural salt; munyannāni payaḥ somo māṃsaṃ yaccānupaskṛtam . akṣāralavaṇaṃ caiva prakṛtyā havirucyate .. Ms. 3. 257 (akṛtrimalavaṇaṃ saiṃdhavādi); -ṇānnāḥ syuḥ 5. 73; caturthakālamaśnīyādakṣāralavaṇaṃ mitaṃ 11. 110; sometimes used for food that may be eaten at times unfit for the performance of religious duties; a class of objects such as cow's milk, ghee, rice, &c.

akṣi n. [aśnute viṣayān; aś-ksi, aśorṇit Uṇ. 3. 155-6] akṣiṇī, akṣīṇi, akṣṇā, akṣṇaḥ &c.
     (1) The eye (which grasps or sees objects); changed to akṣa at the end of Bahuvrīhi Comp; f. -kṣī when a limb of the body is indicated, as jalajākṣī, otherwise dīrghākṣāveṇuyaṣṭiḥ; in Avyayī. comp. also it is changed to akṣa, (samakṣaṃ, parokṣaṃ &c.).
     (2) The number two; (--kṣiṇī) the sun and moon. [cf. L. oculus; Ger. auge; Gr. okos, okkos, Zend ashi.]
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃpaḥ twinkling; nākṣikaṃpaṃ vyatiṣṭhata R. 15. 67.
          --kūṭaḥ --ṭakaḥ, --golaḥ, --tārā [ṣa. ta.] the eyeball, pupil of the eye.
          --gata a. [akṣṇi gataḥ sarvadā bhāvanāvaśāt akṣyasannikṛṣṭopi upasthita iva] 1 visible, present; na vibhāvayatyaniśamakṣigatāmapi māṃ bhavānatisamīpatayā Śi. 9. 81. 2. rankling in the eye, an eye-sore, being a thorn in the eye, hated; -tohamasya hāsyo jātaḥ Dk. 159.
          --jāhaḥ [ṣa. ta.] the root of the eye.
          --pakṣman, --loman n. [ṣa. ta.] the eyelash.
          --paṭalaṃ [ṣa. ta.]. a coat of the eye. 2. a disease of the eye pertaining to this coat.
          --pat a. Ved. falling into the eye, hence hurtful. --adv. a little, as much as a mote (as much as could fall into the eye).
          --bhū a. [akṣṇo bhūrviṣayaḥ] visible, perceptible, manifest; (hence) true, real.
          --bheṣajaṃ [ṣa. ta.] collyrium, a kind of balm (for the eyes).
          --jaḥ (jaṃ also) N. of a plant (paṭṭikālodhravṛkṣa) used to heal some varieties of the eye-disease.
          --bhruvaṃ [samāhāradvaṃdva] the eye and the eyebrows taken collectively.
          --vikūṇitaṃ, --vikūśitaṃ [akṣṇaḥ vikūṇitaṃ lajjādinā samyak prasārābhāvāt saṃkoco yatra] a side-look, leer, a look with the eyelids partially closed.

akṣikaḥ [akṣāya cakrāvayavāya hitaḥ --ṭhak] N. of a tree (raṃjanadruma,) akṣīka also; See akṣaka.

akṣiṇī One of the 8 conditions or privileges attached to landed property (?).

akṣita a. [na. ta.] Undecayed, permanent, uninjured, undecaying, unfailing. --taṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) 100000 million.
     -- Comp.
          --ūti-vasu (tā-) N. of Indra, giving permanent help, or having unfailing wealth (?)

akṣitaram [akṣīva tarati; tṛ-ac Tv.] Water (nirbhalatvānnetratulyatvaṃ).

akṣiti a. [na. ba.] Imperishable. --tiḥ f. Imperishable nature.

akṣiyat a. [na. ta.] Ved. Not decreasing in wealth; destitute of a dwelling, unsettled (?).

akṣivaḥ [akṣi vāti prīṇāti aṃjanena; vā. ka.] N. of a plant, śobhāṃjanavṛkṣa Guilandina or Hyperanthera Moringa. --vaṃ Sea-salt.

akṣīka See akṣaka or akṣika.

akṣīva--(ba) a. [na. ta.] Not intoxicated. --vaḥ [na kṣīvate mādyati, kṣīv-ka kta vā, na. ta.] N. of the tree śobhāṃjana (Mar. śevagā, śegaṭa). --vaṃ Sea-salt.

akṣu a. Ved. [akṣ-u] Quick (śīghra); according to others (kṣuḥ) a kind of net.

akṣuṇṇa a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Unbroken uncurtailed.
     (2) Not conquered or defeated, successful; akṣuṇṇonunayaḥ Ve. 1. 2.
     (3) Not trodden or beaten, unusual, strange; abhīkṣṇamakṣuṇṇatayātidurgamaṃ Śi. 1. 32 being not practised or experienced.
     (4) Inexperienced, not expert.

akṣudra a. [na. ta.] Not small or insignificant. --draḥ N. of Śiva.

akṣudh f. [na. ta.] Absence of hunger, satiety.

akṣudhya a. [akṣudhe hitaṃ; akṣudh --yat.] Ved.
     (1) That which tends to cause absence of hunger (kṣudhābhāvasādhanaṃ dravyaṃ).
     (2) Not liable to hunger.

akṣetra a. [na. ba.] Destitute of fields; uncultivated. --traṃ
     (1) A bad field (apraśastaṃ kṣetraṃ); akṣetre bījamutsṛṣṭamaṃtaraiva vinaśyati Ms. 10. 71.
     (2) Not a good geometrical figure.
     (3) (fig.) A bad pupil, unworthy recipient or receptacle (of any thing).
     -- Comp.
          --vid a. [kṣetraṃ dehatattvaṃ tattvato na jānāti; vid-kvip] destitute of spiritual knowledge; not knowing the true nature of the kṣetra or body (kṣetratattvānabhijñaḥ ātmatvena dehābhimānī jīvaḥ); so akṣetrajña.

akṣetrin a. [kṣetraṃ śasyotpattisthānaṃ kalatraṃ vā; matvarthe ini na. ta.] Having no field, not the master of a field; ye' kṣetriṇo bījavaṃtaḥ parakṣetrapravāpiṇaḥ Ms. 9. 49.

akṣoṭaḥ [akṣ-oṭa; akṣasya bibhītakasyeva uṭāni parṇānyasya vā Tv.]
     (1) N. of a tree parvatīyapīlu (Mar. ḍoṃgarī akroḍa).
     (2) A walnut; a tree bearing an oily nut.

akṣoḍaḥ [akṣ-oḍa; akṣaḥ bibhītakaḥ iva oḍati patraiḥ saṃhanyate; uḍ-ac vā Tv.] also written as akṣoṭa-ḍa-ḍaka, ākṣoṭa, ākhoḍa, ākhoḍaka &c.

akṣobha a. [nāsti kṣobho yasya] Not agitated, unmoved. --bhaḥ
     (1) Absence of agitation.
     (2) The tying post of an elephant.

akṣobhya a. [kṣobhyate vicālyate; kṣubh-ṇic karmaṇi yat. na. ta.] Immoveable, imperturbable; akṣobhyaḥ sa navopyāsīt R. 17. 44 was unassailable --bhyaḥ
     (1) A particular sage (taṃtrokto dvitīyavidyopāsakaḥ taddevatāyāḥ śirasi nāgarūpeṇa sthitaḥ ṛṣibhedaḥ; akṣobhyosyā ṛṣiḥ proktaḥ --Tv.).
     (2) N. of a Buddha.
     (3) An immense number, said to be 100 vivara.
     -- Comp.
          --kavacaṃ [akṣobhāya hitaṃ akṣobhyaṃ] a sort of kavaca or armour referred to in Tantras.

akṣauhiṇī [ūhaḥ samūhaḥ saṃvikalpajñānaṃ vā so'syāmasti ini, akṣāṇāṃ rathānāṃ sarveṣāmiṃdriyāṇāṃ vā ūhinī; ṇatvaṃ vṛddhiśca P. VI. 1. 89 Vart.] A large army consisting of 21870 chariots, as many elephants, 65610 horse, and 109350 foot.

akṣṇa a. [aśnute vyāpnoti aś-ksna Uṇ. 3. 17] Unbroken (akhaṃḍa). --kṣṇaṃ Time.

akṣṇayā ind. Ved.
     (1) Tortuously, circuitously, in a crooked way; tānakṣṇayā saṃtṛṃdaṃti. Śat. Br. (vakramārgeṇa, kauṭilyena).
     (2) Wrongly; -druh Ved. seeking to hurt in a wrongful way.

akṣṇayāvan a. Going through, penetrating.

akhaṭṭaḥ [khaṭṭ-ac na. ta.] N. of a tree (priyāla) Buchanania Latifolia.

akhaṭṭiḥ m. f. [khaṭṭ-i, na. ta. vā ṅīp] Bad conduct (aśiṣṭavyavahāra); a childish freak or whim.

akhaṃḍa a. [khaṃḍ-ghañ, na. ta.] Unbroken, whole, entire, complete; akhaṃḍaṃ puṇyānāṃ phalamiva S. 2. 10; akhaṃḍakalaḥ śaśī Mal. 2. 2 with undiminished orb, full; nirjigāya mukhamiṃdumakhaṃḍaṃ Ki. 9. 38; akhaṃḍena tapasā 10. 63 undisturbed; suṃdastrīdamanepyakhaṃḍayaśasaḥ U. 5. 35 of untarnished, unsullied, fame; -dvādaśī the 12th day of the bright half of mārgaśīrṣa. --ḍaṃ adv. Uninterruptedly Ki. 1. 29.

akhaṃḍana a. [na khaṃḍyate niravayavatvāt; khaṃḍ --lyuṭ na. ta.]
     (1) Unbroken, not capable of being broken or divided, epithet of paramātman.
     (2) Full, entire. --naṃ [na. ta.]
     (1) Not breaking, leaving entire.
     (2) Non-refutation. --naḥ Time.

akhaṃḍita a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Unbroken, undivided.
     (2) Uninterrupted, perpetual, undisturbed, continuous; -tā me vāṇijyā Mu. 1; akhaṃḍitaṃ prema labhasva patyuḥ Ku. 7. 28 everlasting, unbroken.
     (3) Unimpaired; unrefuted &c; bhaṭṭinyā akhaṃḍitāt praṇayāt M. 3 never disappointed; śatamakhaṃ tamakhaṃḍitapauruṣaṃ R. 9. 13 whose prowess knows no repulse or defeat.
     -- Comp.
          --utsava a. always festive.
          --ṛtuḥ [akhaṃḍitaḥ ṛtuḥ tatsaṃpat puṣpādiprasavarūpā yatra] time or season which yields its usual produce of flowers &c. (a.) fruitful, bearing fruit in due season.

akharva a. [na. ta.] Not dwarfish, short or stunted; not small, great; akharveṇa garveṇa virājamānaḥ Dk. 3.

akhāta a. [na. ta.] Not dug; not buried. --taḥ --taṃ A natural lake or pool of water; a bay; especially a pool before a temple.

akhidra a. Ved. [khid-rak na. ta.] Unwearied; maruto yātemakhidrayāmabhiḥ Rv. 1. 38. 11 unwearied in their course.

akhinna a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Not fatigued or wearied.
     (2) Not involving fatigue.

akhila a. [nāsti khilaṃ avaśiṣṭaṃ yasya Tv.]
     (1) Whole, entire, complete; oft. with sarva; etaddhi mattodhijage sarvameṣokhilaṃ muniḥ Ms. 1. 59; -lena entirely.
     (2) Not uncultivated or fallow, ploughed (land); -ātman the universal spirit.

akheṭikaḥ [na kheṭatyasmāt; khiṭ bhaye ṣikan Tv.]
     (1) A tree in general.
     (2) (ākheṭika) A dog trained to the chase.

akhedin a. Not wearisome, not fatigued; -tvaṃ continuous flow of speech regarded as one of the vāgguṇas of the Jainas.

akhkhala ind. An exclamation of joy; -līkṛ to utter this exclamation.

akhyātiḥ f. Infamy, ill-repute; -kara a. disgraceful, disreputable.

ag 1 P. (agati, āgīt, agiṣyati, agituṃ)
     (1) To wind, curl, move tortuously, or in a zig-zag way.
     (2) To go (aṃgati, āṃgīt &c.).

aga a. [na gacchatīti; gam-ḍa. na. ta].
     (1) Unable to walk, not going, not in a position to go; ago vṛṣalaḥ śītena P. VI. 3. 77 Sk.
     (2) Unapproachable. --gaḥ
     (1) A tree; sadānato yena viṣāṇinā'gaḥ Śi. 4. 63.
     (2) A mountain; also a stone; pratyāpagaṃ pratyagaṃ Mahānāṭaka.
     (3) A snake.
     (4) The sun (na gacchati vakragatyā paścimaṃ, tasya hi vakragatyabhāvo jyotiṣaprasiddhaḥ; or, 'not going', the earth by its diurnal rotation causing day and night).
     (5) A water-jar, as in agastya (kuṃbhastyāna).
     (6) The number seven (from the seven kulācalas).
     -- Comp.
          --ātmajā the daughter of the mountain, N. of Pārvatī.
          --okas m. [agaḥ parvataḥ oko yasya] 1. a mountain-dweller. 2. a bird (vṛkṣavāsī). 3. the animal śarabha supposed to have 8 legs. 4. a lion.
          --ja a. (agāt parvataśilāto jāyate; jaṇ-ḍa.) produced on a mountain or from a tree; roaming or wandering through mountains, wild (giricara); kacācitau viṣvagivāgajau gajau Ki. 1. 36. (
          --jaṃ) bitumen.

agaccha a. [gam bāhu. śa, na. ta.] Not going. --cchaḥ A tree.

agaṇya a.
     (1) Countless, immense; -paṇyavistāritamaṇi Dk. 1.
     (2) Not deserving to be counted (arhe yat); worthless, immaterial.

agatiḥ f. [na. ta.]
     (1) Want of resort or recourse, necessity.
     (2) Want of access (lit. & fig.); agatistatra rāmasya yatra gamiṣyāmi vihāyasā Ram; manorathānāmagatirnavidyate Ku. 5. 64, See under gati.

agati(tī)ka a.
     (1) Helpless, without any resort or resource; bālamenamagatimādāya Dk. 9; daṃḍastvagatikā gatiḥ Y. 1. 346 the last resource or shift; agatīkā gatirhyeṣā pāpā rājopasevinām . Mb.

agada a. [nāsti gado rogo yasya]
     (1) Healthy, sound, free from disease, in good health; naro'gadaḥ Ms. 8. 107.
     (2) (gad-bhāṣaṇe ac, na. ta.) Not speaking or telling.
     (3) Free from judicial affliction. --daḥ [nāsti gado rogo yasmāt]
     (1) A medicine, a medicinal drug; iti ciṃtāviṣaghnoyamagadaḥ kiṃ na pīyate H. Pr. 29; viṣaghnairagadaiścāsya sarvadravyāṇi yojayet Ms. 7. 218.
     (2) Health, freedom from disease; auṣadhānyagado vidyā devī ca vividhā sthitiḥ . tapasaiva prasidhyaṃti tapasteṣāṃ hi sādhanaṃ Ms. 11. 238 (agadaḥ gadābhāvaḥ nairujyamiti yāvat Kull.)
     (3) The science of antidotes; one of the 8 parts of medical science.

agadaṃkāraḥ [agadaṃ karoti; agada kṛ-aṇ mumāgamaśca P. VI. 3. 70] A physician.

agadyati Den. P. To have good health.

agama a. = aga q. v.

agamya a. [na gaṃtumarhati, gam-yat na. ta.]
     (1) Not fit to be walked in or approached, unapproachable, inaccessible (lit. & fig.); yogināmapyagamyaḥ &c.,
     (2) Inconceivable, incomprehensible; manaso'gamya īśvaraḥ God transcends mind (conception or thought); yāḥ saṃpadastā manasopyagamyāḥ Śi. 3. 59, See under gamya also.
     -- Comp.
          --rūpa a. of unsurpassed or inconceivable nature, form, &c.; -rūpāṃ padavīṃ prapitsunā Ki. 1. 9.

agamyā A woman not deserving to be approached (for cohabitation), one of the low castes; -myāṃ ca striyaṃ gatvā, -gamanaṃ caiva jātibhraṃśakarāṇi vā &c.
     -- Comp.
          --gamanaṃ illicit intercourse.
          --gāmin a. practising illicit intercourse.
          --gamanīya a. relating to illicit intercourse; -nīyaṃ tu (pāpaṃ) vratairebhirapānudet Ms. 11. 170.

agarī [nāsti garo viṣaṃ yasyāḥ paṃ. ba. gau. ṅīṣ]
     (1) A kind of grass or plant (devatāḍa vṛkṣa) commonly called Deotar, Andropogon Serratus. It is said to be an antidote against the poison of rats and mice.
     (2) Any substance that removes poison (viṣahāridravyamātraṃ)

agaru n. [na girati; gṝ-u, na. ta.] Agallochum, Amyris Agallocha.

agavyūti a. Ved. Without good pasture grounds for cattle, barren (kṣetraṃ) Rv. 6. 47. 20.

agasti [viṃdhyākhyaṃ agaṃ asyati; asktic śakaṃdhvādi-, Uṇ. 4. 179, or agaṃ viṃdhyācalaṃ styāyati stabhnāti, styai-ka; or agaḥ kuṃbhaḥ tatra styānaḥ saṃhataḥ ityagastyaḥ]
     (1) 'Pitcher-born', N. of a celebrated Ṛṣi or sage.
     (2) N. of the star Canopus, of which Agastya is the regent.
     (3) N. of a plant (bakavṛkṣa) Sesbana (or Aeschynomene) Grandiflora.
     [The sage Agastya is a very reputed personage in Hindu mythology. In the Ṛgveda he and Vasiṣṭha are said to be the off-spring of Mitra and Varuṇa, whose seed fell from them at the sight of the lovely nymph Urvaśi at a sacrificial session. Part of the seed fell into a jar and part into water; from the former arose Agastya who is, therefore, called Kumbhayoni, Kumbhajanman, Ghaṭodbhava, Kalaśayoni &c.; from the latter Vasiṣṭha. From his parentage Agastya is also called Maitrāvaruṇi, Aurvaśeya, and, as he was very small when he was born, he is also called Mānya. He is represented to have humbled the Vindhya mountains by making them prostrate themselves before him when they tried to rise higher and higher till they wellnigh occupied the sun's disc and obstructed his path, See Vindhya. (This fable is supposed by some to typify the progress of the Āryas towards the south in their conquest and civilization of India, the humbling of the mountain standing metaphorically for the removal of physical obstacles in their way). He is also known by the names of Pītābdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c., from another fable according to which he drank up the ocean because it had offended him and because he wished to help Indra and the gods in their wars with a class of demons called Kāleyas who had hid themselves in the waters and oppressed the three worlds in various ways. His wife was Lopāmudra. She was also called Kauśī1takī and Varaprada. She bore him two sons, Dṛḍhāsya and Dṛḍhasyu. In the Rāmāyaṇa Agastya plays a distinguished part. He dwelt in a hermitage on mount Kunjara to the south of the Vindhya and was chief of the hermits of the south. He kept under control the evil spirits who infested the south and a legend relates how he once ate up a Rākṣasa named Vātāpi, who had assumed the form of a ram, and destroyed by a flash of his eye the Rākṣasa's brother who attempted to avenge him. In the course of his wanderings Rāma with his wife and brother came to the hermitage of Agastya who received him with the greatest kindness and became his friend, adviser and protector. He gave Rāma the bow of Viṣṇu and accompanied him to Ayodhyā when he was restored to his kingdom after his exile of 14 years. The superhuman power which the sage possessed is also represented by another legend, according to which he turned king Nahusha into a serpent and afterwards restored him to his proper form. In the south he is usually regarded as the first teacher of science and literature to the primitive Dravidian tribes, and his era is placed by Dr. Caldwell in the 7th or 6th century B. C. The Purāṇas represent Agastya as the son of Pulastya (the sage from whom the Rākṣasas sprang) and Havirbhuvā the daughter of Kardama. Several 'hymn-seers' are mentioned in his family, such as his two sons, Indrabāhu, Mayobhuva and Mahendra, also others who served to perpetuate the family. The sage is represented as a great philosopher, benevolent and kind-hearted, unsurpassed in the science of archery and to have taken a principal part in the colonization of the south; nirjitāsi mayā bhadre śatruhastādamarṣiṇā . agastyena durādharṣā muninā dakṣiṇeva dik .. Rām.; agastyācaritāmāśāṃ R. 4. 44; cf. also: agastyo dakṣiṇāmāśāmāśritya nabhasi sthitaḥ . varuṇasyātmajo yogī viṃdhyavātāpimardanaḥ .. and R. 6. 61, Mv. 7. 14.]

agastī A female descendant of Agastya.

agastyaḥ
     (1) = agasti See above.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --udayaḥ 1. the rise of Canopus which takes place about the end of Bhādra; with the rise of this star the waters become clear; cf. R. 4. 21 prasasādodayādaṃbhaḥ kuṃbhayonermahaujasaḥ. 2. the 7th day of the dark half of Bhādra.
          --gītā [agastyena gītā vidyābhedaḥ] N. of a sort of vidyā mentioned in the Bhārata Śāntiparvan; (pl.) Agastya's hymn.
          --cāraḥ [ṣa. ta.] the course of Canopus, the time of its rise which ushers the Śarat season and then every thing on earth assumes a lovely appearance.
          --tīrthaṃ N. of a celebrated Tīrtha in the south.
          --vaṭaḥ N. of a holy place on the Himālaya.
          --saṃhitā Agastya's collection of law.

agā a. Ved. Not going.

agādha a. [gādh-pratiṣṭhāyāṃ ghañ na. ba.] Unfathomable, very deep, bottomless; agādhasalilātsamudrāt H. 1. 52; (fig.) profound, sound, very deep, -satva Mk. 1. 3, R. 6. 21; so -jñānaṃ, -buddhi; great; as -bhayaṃ; yasya jñānadayāsiṃdhoragādhasyānaghā guṇāḥ Ak. unfathomable, incomprehensible, inscrutable. --dhaḥ --dhaṃ a deep hole or chasm. --dhaḥ N. of one of the 5 fires at the svāhākāra [cf. Gr. agathos].
     -- Comp.
          --jalaḥ [agādhaṃ jalaṃ yatra] a deep pool or pond, deep lake.

agāram [agaṃ na gacchaṃtaṃ ṛcchati prāpnoti aga-ṛ-aṇ Tv.] A house; śūnyāni cāpyagārāṇi Ms. 9. 265; -dāhin an incendiary 3. 158, See āgāra.

agiraḥ (naḥ?) [na gīryate duḥkhena; gṝ. bā -ka. na. ta. Tv.]
     (1) Heaven.
     (2) The sun or fire?
     (3) A Rākṣasa.
     -- Comp.
          --okas a. [agiraḥ svargaḥ oko vāsasthānaṃ yasya] dwelling in the heaven (as a god); Rv. 1. 135. 9; not to be stopped by threatening shouts (?)

agu a. [nāsti gauryasya] Ved.
     (1) Destitute of cows or rays; poor.
     (2) Wicked (?). --guḥ
     (1) N. of Rāhu.
     (2) Darkness.

aguṇa a.
     (1) Destitute of attributes (referring to God).
     (2) Having no good qualities, worthless; aguṇoyamaśokaḥ M. 3, Mk. 4. 22. --ṇaḥ [na. ta.] A fault, defect, demerit, vice; tadvaḥ sarṣaṃ pravakṣyāmi prasave ca guṇāguṇān Ms. 3. 22; guṇāguṇajña knowing merit and demerit; lobhaścedaguṇena kiṃ Bh. 2. 55; aguṇeṣu tasya dhiyamastavataḥ Ki. 6. 21 vices.
     -- Comp.
          --vādin a. fault-finding, censorious; not appreciating merits.
          --śīla a. of a worthless character.

aguru a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Not heavy, light.
     (2) (In prosody) Short.
     (3) Having no teacher.
     (4) One different from a teacher. --ru n. (m. also) [na gururyasmāt]
     (1) The fragrant aloe wood and tree; Aquiluria Agallocha.
     (2) That which yields Bdellium, Amyris Agallocha.
     (3) The Śiśu tree (śiṃśapā).
     -- Comp.
          --śiṃśapā [aguruḥ sāro yasyāstādṛśī śiṃśapā madhyamapadalo.] the Śiśu tree.
          --sāraḥ a sort of perfume.

agūḍha a. Not hidden, or concealed, manifest, clear: -sadbhāvaṃ Ku. 5. 62.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdha a. having an unconcealed smell. (
          --dhaḥ) Asafoetida (the smell of which is not easily concealed).
          --bhāva a. 1. having an open or unreserved disposition. 2. having an obvious meaning or import.

agṛbhīta a. [na. ta.] Ved.
     (1) Not seized or overcome; unsubdued; -śocis of unsubdued splendour.
     (2) Inconceivable.

agṛhaḥ [na. ba.] A houseless wanderer, a hermit (vānaprastha).

agocara a. Imperceptible by the senses, not obvious, See gocara; vācāmagocarāṃ harṣāvasthāmaspṛśat Dk. 169 beyond the power of words, indescribable. --raṃ
     (1) Anything beyond the cognizance of the senses.
     (2) Not being seen or observed, or known; kathaṃ devapādānāmagocareṇaivaṃ kriyate H. 2 without the knowledge of; -tāṃ gatān Pt. 2.
     (3) Brahma; agocare vāgiva copareme Ki. 17. 11.

agotā Ved. Want of cows or rays or praise.

agopā a. Ved. Without a cowherd; paśurnaiti svayuragopāḥ Rv. 2. 4. 7.

agorudha a. Ved. Not disdaining praise.

agohya a. Not to be concealed or covered, bright.

agniḥ [aṃgati ūrdhvaṃ gacchati aṃg-ni, nalopaśca Uṇ. 4. 50, or fr. aṃc 'to go.']
     (1) Fire kopa-, ciṃtā-, śoka-, jñāna-, rāja-, &c.
     (2) The God of fire.
     (3) Sacrificial fire of three kinds (gārhapatya, āhavanīya and dakṣiṇa); pitā vai gārhapatyo'gnirmātāgnirdakṣiṇaḥ smṛtaḥ . gururāhavanīyastu sāgnitretā garīyasī .. Ms. 2. 231.
     (4) The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
     (5) Bile (nābherūrdhvaṃ hṛdayādadhastādāmāśayamācakṣate tadgataṃ sauraṃ tejaḥ pittaṃ ityācakṣate).
     (6) Cauterization (agnikarman).
     (7) Gold.
     (8) The number three.
     (9) N. of various plants:
          (a) citraka Plumbago Zeylanica;
          (b) raktacitraka;
          (c) bhallātaka Semicarpus Anacardium;
          (d) niṃbaka Citrus Acida. (10) A mystical substitute for the letter r. In Dvandva Comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words agni is changed to agnā, as -viṣṇū, -marutau, or to agnī, -parjanyau, -varuṇau, -ṣomau [cf. L. ignis.]
     [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛgveda. He is an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics: dhūmaketu, hutabhuj, śuci, rohitāśva, saptajihva, tomaradhara, ghṛtānna, citrabhānu, ūrdhvaśocis, śociṣkeśa, harikeśa, hiraṇyadaṃta, ayodaṃṣṭra &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessings issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāha; by her he had 3 sons-Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons: altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Angiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Sandila, and also as a star. The Harivamśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahmā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyi. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word khāṃḍava].
     -- Comp.
          --a(ā)gāraṃ --raḥ, --ālayaḥ, --gṛhaṃ [agnikāryāya agāraṃ śāka- ta.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; vasaṃścaturthognirivāgnyagāre R. 5. 25.
          --astraṃ firemissile, a rocket.
          --ātmaka a. [agnirātmā yasya] of the nature of fire; somātmikā strī, -kaḥ pumān. --ādhānaṃ consecrating the fire; so -āhiti. --ādheyaḥ [agnirādheyo yena] a Brahmaṇa who maintains the sacred fire. (--yaṃ) = -ādhānaṃ. --āhitaḥ [agnirāhito yena, vā paranipātaḥ P. II. 2. 37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See āhitāgni. --idh m. (agnīdhraḥ) [agniṃ iṃddhe sa agnīdh] the priest who kindles the sacred fire (mostly Ved).
          --iṃdhanaḥ [agniridhyate anena] N. of a Mantra. (
          --naṃ) kindling the fire.
          --utpātaḥ [agninā divyānalena kṛtaḥ utpātaḥ] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bri. S. 33 it is said to be of five kinds: divi bhuktaśubhaphalānāṃ patatāṃ rūpāṇi yāni tānyulkāḥ . dhiṣṇyolkāśanividyuttārā iti paṃcadhā bhinnāḥ .. ulkā pakṣeṇa phalaṃ tadvat dhiṣṇyāśanistribhiḥ pakṣaiḥ . vidyudahobhiḥ ṣaḍbhistadvattārā vipācayati .. Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c.
          --uddharaṇaṃ, --uddhāraḥ 1. producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. 2. taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice.
          --upasthānaṃ worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (agnirupasthīyate'nena). --edhaḥ [agnimedhayati] an incendiary.
          --kaṇaḥ, --stokaḥ a spark.
          --karman n. [agnau karma sa. ta.] 1. cauterization. 2. action of fire. 3. oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (agnihotra); so -kārya offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; nirvartitāgnikāryaḥ K. 16; -ryārdhadagdha 39, Ms. 3. 69, Y. 1. 25.
          --kalā a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned (dhūmrārcirūṣmā jvalinī jvālinī visphuliṃginī . suśrīḥ surūpā kapilā havyakavyavahe api .. yādīnāṃ daśavarṇānāṃ kalā dharmapradā amūḥ). --kārikā [agniṃ karoti ādhatte karaṇe kartṛtvopacārāt kartari ṇvul] 1. the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the rik called agnīdhra which begins with agniṃ dūtaṃ puro dadhe. 2. = agnikārya. --kāṣṭhaṃ agneḥ uddīpanaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ śāka -ta.] agallochum (aguru). --kukkuṭaḥ [agneḥ kukkuṭaiva raktavarṇasphuliṃgatvāt] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw.
          --kuṃḍaṃ [agnerādhānārthaṃ kuṃḍaṃ] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel.
          --kumāraḥ, --tanayaḥ, --sutaḥ 1. N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire, See kārttikeya. 2. a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs.
          --ketuḥ [agneḥ keturiva] 1. smoke. 2. N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma.
          --koṇaḥ --dik the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; iṃdro vahniḥ pitṛpatirnairṛto varuṇo marut . kubera īśaḥ patayaḥ pūrvādīnāṃ diśāṃ kramāt .. --kriyā [agninā nirvartitā kriyā, śāka. ta.] 1. obsequies, funeral ceremonies. 2. branding; bheṣajāgnikriyāsu ca Y. 3. 284.
          --krīḍā [tṛ. ta.] fire-works, illuminations.
          --garbha a. [agnirgarbhe yasya] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; -rbhāṃ śamīmiva S. 4. 3. (--rbhaḥ) [agniriva jārako garbho yasya] 1. N. of the plant Agnijāra. 2. the sun-stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf. S. 2. 7. 3. the sacrificial stick araṇi which, when churned, gives out fire. (
          --rbhā) 1. N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of anuśāsanaparva in Mb.). 2. N. of the earth (agneḥ sakāśāt garbho yasyāṃ sā; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called vasumatī). 3. N. of the plant mahājyotiṣmatī latā (agniriva garbho madhyabhāgo yasyāḥ sā). --graṃthaḥ [agnipratipādako graṃthaḥ śaka. ta.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c.
          --ghṛtaṃ [agnyuddīpanaṃ ghṛtaṃ śāka. ta.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power.
          --cit m. [agniṃ citavān; ci-bhūtārthe kvip P. III. 2. 91] one who has kept the sacred fire; yatibhiḥ sārdhamanagnimagnicit R. 8. 25.
          --cayaḥ, --cayanaṃ, --cityā. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (agnyādhāna); cityāgnicitye ca P. III. 1. 132. 2. (
          --yaḥ, --yanaḥ) the Mantra used in this operation. 3. a heap of fire.
          --citvat [agnicayanaṃ astyasmin matup masya vaḥ tāṃtatvānna padatvaṃ Tv.] having agnicayana or agnicit. --ja, --jāta a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (
          --jaḥ, --jātaḥ) 1. N. of the plant agnijāra (agnaye agnyuddīpanāya jāyate sevanāt prabhavati). 2. N. of Kārttikeya. 3. Viṣṇu. (
          --jaṃ, --jātaṃ) gold; so -janman. --jihva a. 1. having a fiery tongue. 2. having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Viṣṇu in the boar incarnation. (
          --hvā) 1. a tongue or flame of fire. 2. one of the 7 tongues of Agni (karālī dhūminī śvetā lohitā nīlalohitā . suvarṇā padmarāgā ca jihvāḥ sapta vibhāvasoḥ). 3. N. of a plant lāṃgalī (agnerjihveva śikhā yasyāḥsā); of another plant (jalapippalī) or gajapippalī (viṣalāṃgalā). --jvālā 1. the flame or glow of fire. 2. [agnerjvāleva śikhā yasyāḥ sā] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. dhāyaphūla, dhāyaṭī). --tap a. [agninā tapyate; tap --kvip] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire.
          --tapas a. [agnibhiḥ tapyate] 1. practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. 2. glowing, shining or burning like fire; (tapatīti tapāḥ agniriva tapāḥ) hot as fire.
          --tejas a. having the lustre or power of fire (agneriva tejo yasya). (
          --s n.) the lustre of fire. (
          --s m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛṣis of the 11th Manvantara.
          --trayaṃ the three fires, See under agni. --da a. [agniṃ dāhārthaṃ gṛhādau dadāti; dā. --ka.] 1. giving or supplying with fire. 2. tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. 3. incendiary; agnidān bhaktadāṃścaiva Ms. 9. 278; agnidānāṃ ca ye lokāḥ Y. 2. 74; so -dāyaka, -dāyin. --dagdha a. 1. burnt on the funeral pile; agnidagdhāśca ye jīvā ye'pyadagdhāḥ kule mama Vāyu. 2. burnt with fire. 3. burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, because destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛs who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire.
          --damanī [agnirdamyate 'nayā; dam-ṇic karaṇe lyuṭ] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini.
          --dātṛ [agniṃ vidhānena dadāti] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; yaścāgnidātā pretasya piṃḍaṃ dadyātsa eva hi. --dīpana a. [agniṃ dīpayati] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic.
          --dīpta a. [tṛ. ta.] glowing, set on fire, blazing. (--ptā) [agnirjaṭharānalo dīptaḥ sevanāt yasyāḥ sā] N. of a plant jyotiṣmatī latā, which is said to stimulate digestion.
          --dīptiḥ f. active state of digestion.
          --dūta a. [agnirdūta iva yasmin yasya vā] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; yamaṃ ha yajño gacchatyagnidūto araṃkṛtaḥ Rv. 10. 14. 13.
          --dūṣita a. branded.
          --devaḥ [agnireva devaḥ] Agni; a worshipper of Agni.
          --devā [agnirdevo yasyāḥ] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (kṛttikā). --dhānaṃ [agnirdhīyate 'smin] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of an agnihotṛ; padaṃ kṛṇute agnidhāne Rv. 10. 165. 3.
          --dhāraṇaṃ maintaining the sacred fire; vratināṃ -ṇaṃ K. 55.
          --nayanaṃ = -praṇayanaṃ. --niryāsaḥ [agnerjaṭharānalasyeva dīpako niryāso yasya] N. of the plant agnijāra. --netra a. [agnirnetā yasya] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general.
          --padaṃ 1. the word Agni. 2. fire-place. 3. N. of a plant.
          --parikri-ṣkri-yā care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; gṛhārtho'gnipariṣkriyā Ms. 2. 67.
          --paricchadaḥ the whole sacrificial apparatus; gṛhyaṃ cāgniparicchadaṃ Ms. 6. 4.
          --paridhānaṃ enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen.
          --parīkṣā [tṛ. ta.] ordeal by fire.
          --parvataḥ [agnisādhanaṃ parvataḥ] a volcano.
          --pucchaḥ [agneḥ agnyādhānasthānasya puccha iva] tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire.
          --purāṇaṃ [agninā proktaṃ purāṇaṃ] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahma. Its stanzas are said to be 14500. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c.
          --praṇayanaṃ bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual.
          --pratiṣṭhā consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire.
          --praveśaḥ --śanaṃ [sa. ta.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.
          --praskaṃdanaṃ violation of the duties of a sacrificer (agnihomākaraṇa); -parastvaṃ cāpyevaṃ bhaviṣyasi Mb.
          --prastaraḥ [agniṃ prastṛṇāti agneḥ prastaro vā] a flint, a stone producing fire.
          --bāhuḥ [agnerbāhuriva dīrghaśikhatvāt] 1. smoke. 2. N. of a son of the first Manu; of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā.
          --bījaṃ 1. the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (rudratejaḥsamudbhūtaṃ hema bījaṃ vibhāvasoḥ). 2. N. of the letter r. --bhaṃ [agniriva bhāti; bhā-ka.] 1. 'shining like fire', gold. 2. N. of the constellation kṛttikā. --bhu n. [agnerbhavati; bhū-kvip hrasvāṃtaḥ] 1. water. 2. gold.
          --bhū a. [agnerbhavati; bhūkvip] produced from fire. (
          --bhūḥ) 1. 'fire-born', N. of Kārttikeya. 2. N. of a teacher (kāśyapa) who was taught by Agni. 3. (arith.) six.
          --bhūti a. produced from fire. (--tiḥ) [agniriva bhūtiraiśvaryaṃ yasya] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkāra. (
          --tiḥ) f. the lustre or might of fire.
          --bhrājas a. Ved. [agniriva bhrājate; bhrāj --asun] shining like fire.
          --maṇiḥ [agnerutthāpako maṇiḥ śāka. ta.] the sunstone.
          --math m. [agniṃ mathnāti niṣpādayati; maṃth-kvip-nalopaḥ] 1. the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. 2. the Mantra used in this operation, or the araṇi itself.
          --maṃthaḥ, --thanaṃ, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (--thaḥ) [agnirmathyate anena maṃth-karaṇe ghañ] N. of a tree gaṇikārikā (Mar. naravela) Premna Spinosa (tatkāṣṭhayorgharṣaṇehi āśu vahnirutpadyate). --māṃdyaṃ slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia.
          --mārutiḥ [agniśca marucca tayorapatyaṃ iñ tato vṛddhiḥ it ca; dvipadavṛddhau pṛ. pūrvapadasya hrasvaḥ Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya.
          --mitraḥ N. of a king of the Śuṅga dynasty, son of Pushpamitra who must have flourished before 150 B. C. -- the usually accepted date of Patanjali-as the latter mentions puṣpamitra by name.
          --mukhaḥ a. having Agni at the head. (--khaḥ) [agnirmukhabhiva yasya] 1. a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is therefore said to be their mouth; agnimukhā vai devāḥ; agnirmukhaṃ prathamaṃ devatānāṃ &c; or agnirmukhe agre yeṣāṃ, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) 2. [agnirmukhaṃ pradhānamupāsyo yasya] one who maintains the sacred fire (agnihotṛdvija). 3. a Brāhmaṇa in general (agnirdāhakatvāt śāpāgnirmukhe yasya, for Brāhmaṇas are said to be vāgvajrāḥ). 4. N. of two plants citraka Plumbago Zeylanica and bhallātaka Semicarpus Anacardium (agniriva sparśāt duḥkhadāyakaṃ mukhamagraṃ yasya, tanniryāsasparśena hi dehe kṣatotpattestayostathātvam). 5. a sort of powder or cūrṇa prescribed as a tonic by cakradatta. 6. 'fire-mouthed', sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug Pt. 1. (--khī) [agniriva mukhamagraṃ yasyāḥ, gaurādi-ṅīṣ] 1 N. of a plant bhallātaka (Mar. bibavā, bhilāvā) and lāṃgalikā (viṣalāṃgalā). 2. N. of the Gāyatrī Mantra (agnireva mukhaṃ mukhatvena kalpitaṃ yasyāḥ sā, or agneriva mukhaṃ prajāpatimukhaṃ utpattidvāraṃ yasyāḥ, agninā samaṃ prajāpatimukhajātatvāt; kadācidapi no vidvān gāyatrīmudake japet . gāyatryagnimukhī yasmāttasmādutthāya tāṃ japet .. gobhila). 3. a kitchen [pākaśāla agniriva uttaptaṃ mukhaṃ yasyāḥ sā]. --mūḍha a. [tṛ. ta.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire.
          --yojanaṃ causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up.
          --rakṣaṇaṃ 1. consecrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or agnihotra. 2. [agniḥ rakṣyaṃte anena atra vā] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. 3. the house of an agnihotṛ. --rajaḥ, --rajas m. [agniriva rajyate dīpyate; raṃj-asun, nalopaḥ] 1. a scarlet insect by name iṃdragopa. 2. (agneḥ rajaḥ) the might or power of Agni. 3. gold.
          --rahasyaṃ mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of the Śatapatha Brahmaṇa.
          --rāśiḥ a heap of fire, burning pile.
          --ruhā [agniriva rohati ruh-ka] N. of the plant māṃsādanī or māṃsarohiṇī (tadaṃkurasya vahnitulyavarṇatayā utpannatvāttathātvaṃ tasyāḥ) --rūpa a. [agneriva rūpaṃ varṇo yasya] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. (
          --paṃ) the nature of fire.
          --retas n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold.
          --rohiṇī [agniriva rohati; ruh-ṇini] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit.
          --lokaḥ the world of Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the aṃtarikṣa, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of iṃdrapurī; etasyā dakṣiṇe bhāge yeyaṃ pūrdṛśyate śubhā . imāmarciṣmatīṃ paśya vītihotrapurīṃ śubhām .. --vadhūḥ Svāhā, the daughter of Daksha and wife of Agni.
          --varcas a. [agnervarca iva varco yasya] glowing or bright like fire. (--n.) the lustre of Agni. (--m.) N. of a teacher of the Puraṇas.
          --varṇa a. [agneriva varṇo yasya] of the colour of fire; hot, fiery; surāṃ pītvā dvijo mohādagnivarṇāṃ surāṃ pibet Ms. 11. 91; gomūtramagnivarṇaṃ vā pibedudakameva vā 92. (
          --rṇaḥ) 1. N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. 2. of a King of the solar race, See R. 19. 3. the colour of fire. (
          --rṇā) a strong liquor.
          --vardhaka a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (
          --kaḥ) 1. a tonic. 2. regimen, diet (pathyāhāra). --vallabhaḥ [agnervallabhaḥ sukhena dāhyatvāt] 1. the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. 2. the resinous juice of it.
          --vāsas a. [agniriva śuddhaṃ vāso yasya] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (--n) a pure garment.
          --vāha a. [agniṃ vāhayati gamayati anumāpayati vā] 1. smoke. 2. a goat.
          --vāhanaṃ a goat (chāga). --vid m. 1. one who knows the mystery about Agni. 2. an agnihotrin q. v.
          --vimocanaṃ ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire.
          --visarpaḥ pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation.
          --viharaṇaṃ, --vihāraḥ 1. taking the sacrificial fire from agnīdhra to the sadomaṃḍapa. 2. offering oblations to fire; pratyāsannā -velā K. 348.
          --vīryaṃ 1. power or might of Agni. 2. gold.
          --veśaḥ [agnerveśa iva] N. of an ancient medical authority (caraka). --śaraṇaṃ --śālā --laṃ a fire-sanctuary; -mārgamādeśaya S. 5; a house or place for keepingi the sacred fire; -rakṣaṇāya sthāpitohaṃ V. 3.
          --śarman a. [agniriva śṛṇāti tīvrakopatvāt; śṝ-manin] very passionate. (--m.) N. of a sage.
          --śikha a. [agneriva agniriva vā śikhā yasya]. fiery, fire-crested; dahatu -khaiḥ sāyakaiḥ Ram. (
          --khaḥ) 1. a lamp. 2. a rocket, fiery arrow. 3. an arrow in general. 4. safflower plant. 5. saffron. 6. jāṃgalīvṛkṣa. (--khaṃ) 1. saffron. 2. gold. (
          --khā) 1. a flame; śarairagniśikhopamaiḥ Mb. 2. N. of two plants lāṃgalī (Mar. vāgacabakā or kaLalāvī) Gloriosa Superba; of another plant (Mar. also kaLalāvī) Menispermum Cordifolium.
          --śuśrūṣā careful service or worship of fire.
          --śekhara a. fire-crested. (
          --raḥ) N. of the kusuṃbha, kuṃkuma & jāṃgalī trees. (
          --raṃ) gold.
          --śauca a. [agneriva śaucaṃ yasya] bright as fire; purified by fire K. 252.
          --śrī a. [agneriva śrīryasya] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni.
          --ṣṭut, --ṣṭubh, --ṣṭoma &c. see
          --stut, --stubh &c.
          --saṃskāraḥ 1. consecration of fire. 2. hallowing or consecrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; yathārhaṃ -raṃ mālavāya dattvā Dk. 169; nāsya kāryo'gnisaṃskāraḥ Ms. 5. 69, R. 12. 56.
          --sakhaḥ, --sahāyaḥ 1. the wind. 2. the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured) 3. smoke.
          --saṃbhava a. [paṃ. ba.] sprung or produced from fire. (
          --vaḥ) 1. wild safflower. 2. lymph, result of digestion. (
          --vaṃ) gold.
          --sākṣika [agniḥ sākṣī yatra, kap] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; paṃcabāṇa- M. 4. 12; -maryādo bhartā hi śaraṇaṃ striyāḥ H. 1. v. l., R. 11. 48.
          --sāraṃ [agnau sāraṃ yasya atyaṃtānalottāpanepi sārāṃśādahanāt Tv.] rasāṃjana, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (
          --raḥ --raṃ) power or essence of fire.
          --sūtraṃ a thread of fire. 2. a girdle of sacrificial grass (mauṃjīmekhalā) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture.
          --staṃbhaḥ 1. stopping the burning power of Agni. 2. N. of a Mantra used in this operation. 3. N. of a medicine so used.
          --stut m. (agniṣṭut) [agniḥstūyate'tra; stu-ādhāre kvip ṣatvaṃ] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; yajeta vāśvamedhena svarjitā gosavena vā . abhijidviśvajidbhyāṃ vā trivṛtāgniṣṭutāpi vā .. Ms. 11. 75.
          --stubh (-ṣṭubh) m. [agniḥ stubhyate'tra; stubh-kvip ṣatvaṃ] 1. = agniṣṭoma. 2. N. of a son of the sixth Manu.
          --stomaḥ (-ṣṭomaḥ) [agneḥ stomaḥ stutisādhanaṃ yatra] N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the jyotiṣṭoma. 2. a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; -me bhavo maṃtraḥ -maḥ; -masya vyākhyānaṃ, kalpaḥ -maḥ P. IV. 3. 66. Vārt. 3. N. of the son of the sixth Manu. 4. a species of the Soma plant; -sāman a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
          --stha a. (ṣṭha) [agnau sthātumarhati; sthāka ṣatvaṃ] placed in, over, or near the fire. (
          --ṣṭhaḥ) an iron frying-pan; in the aśvamedha sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire.
          --svāttaḥ (written both as -svātta and -ṣvātta) (pl.) [agnitaḥ i. e. śrāddhīyaviprakararūpānalāt suṣṭhu āttaṃ grahaṇaṃ yeṣāṃ te] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi, Ms. 3. 195 (manuṣyajanmanyagniṣṭomādiyāgamakṛtvā smārtakarmaniṣṭhāḥ saṃto mṛtvā ca pitṛtvaṃ gatāḥ iti sāyaṇaḥ). --hut, --hotṛ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest.
          --hotraṃ [agnaye hūyate'tra, hu-tra, ca. ta.] 1. an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). 2. maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (agnaye hotraṃ homo'smin karmaṇīti agnihotramiti karmanāma); or the sacred fire itself; tapovanāgnihotradhūmalekhāsu K. 26; hotā syāt -trasya Ms. 11. 36; -tramupāsate 42; strīṃ dāhayet -treṇa Ms. 5. 167, 6. 4, Y. 1. 89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (agnaye sāyaṃ juhuyāt sūryāya prātarjuhuyāt). Agnihotra is of two kinds; nitya of constant obligation (yāvajjīvamagnihotraṃ juhoti) and kāmya occasional or optional (upasadbhiścaritvā māsamekamagnihotraṃ juhoti). (--tra) a. Ved. 1. destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. 2. sacrificing to Agni; -havanī (ṇī) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or agnihotrahavirgrahaṇī ṛk Tv.; See havirgrahaṇī; -hut offering the agrihotra; -āhutiḥ invocation or oblation connected with agrihotra. --hotrin a. [agnihotra-matvarthe ini] 1. one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. 2. one who has prepared the sacrificial place.

agnāyī [agni-aiṅ-ṅīṣ]
     (1) The wife of Agni and Goddess of Fire, Svāhā. She is said to be a daughter of Daksha; she longed to be the wife of Agni, and Skanda was pleased to give her a place with Agni at every sacrificial act (havyaṃ kavyaṃ ca yatkiṃcid dvijānāmatha saṃskṛtaṃ . hoṣyaṃtyagnau sadā devi svāhetyuktvā samuddhṛtaṃ .. adya prabhṛti dāsyaṃti suvṛttāḥ satpathe sthitāḥ . evamagnistvayā sārdhaṃ sadā vatsyati śobhane).
     (2) The Tretā age.

agnikaḥ [agnivat kāyati prakāśate; kai-ka] N. of an insect, coccinella.

agnidh m. [agniṃ dadhāti maṃtravidhinā sthāpayati; dhā-kvip ni. ālopaḥ Tv.] One who consecrates the sacred fire.

agnimat, --vat Ved. a. [agniḥ astyasya matup, masya vaḥ P. VIII. 2. 15]
     (1) Having fire or enjoying it.
     (2) Maintaining the sacrificial fire; pitṛyajñaṃ tu nirvartya vipraścaṃdrakṣaye'gnimān Ms. 3. 122.
     (3) Having a good digestion.

agnisāt ind. To the state of fire; used in comp. with kṛ 'to burn', 'to consign to flames', bhrātṛśarīramagnisātkṛtvā M. 5; na cakāra śarīramagnisāt R. 8. 72; -bhū to be burnt.

agnīdhraḥ [agnimādadhāti dhṛ-ka dīrghaḥ Tv.]
     (1) N. of a priest, also called brahmā who kindles the sacred fire.
     (2) (agniṃ dhārayatyasmai saṃpradāne ghañarthe ka dīrghaḥ) Sacrifice, sacrifical act. See āgnīdhra.

agnīya a. [agneḥ adūrabhavaṃ sthānādi; utkarā-cha] Situated near the fire; relating to fire, fiery.

agnīṣoma m (mau) [agniśca somaśca dvaṃdva īt ṣatvaṃ] Agni and Soma; -praṇayanaṃ bringing out Agni and Soma; a ceremony in the jyotiṣṭoma sacrifice; (-nī) the rik or vessel used in consecrating them.

agnīṣomīya a. [agnīṣomau devate yasya cha] Relating or sacred to Agni and Soma; -nirvāpaḥ making libations with the cake sacred to Agni and Soma; -paśuḥ a victim sacred to them; -puroḍāśaḥ an oblation sacred to them &c.

agman n. Battle, conflict, See ajman.

agra a. [aṃg-ran nalopaḥ Uṇ. 2. 28]
     (1) First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-eminent; -mahiṣī chief queen; -vātamāsevamānā M. 1 front (and hence, fresh) breeze; -āsanaṃ chief seat, seat of honour Mu. 1. 12.
     (2) Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (adhika). --graṃ
     (1)
          (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. mūlaṃ, madhyaṃ); (fig.) sharpness, keenness; dharmasya brāhmaṇo mūlaṃ agraṃ rājanya ucyate Ms. 11. 84; darvyāṃ agraṃ mūlaṃ madhyaṃ &c; nāsikā- tip of the nose; sūci- &c.; samastā eva vidyā jihvāgre'bhavan K. 346 stood on the tip of the tongue; amuṣya vidyā rasanāgranartakī N. 1. 5.
          (b) Top, summit, surface; kailāsa-, parvata-, &c.
     (2) Front, van; agre kṛ put in the front or at the head; tāmagre kṛtvā Pt. 4 See agre.
     (3) The best of any kind; syaṃdanāgreṇa with the best of chariots; prāsādāgraiḥ Ram.
     (4) Superiority, excellence (utkarṣa); agrādagraṃ rohati Tāṇḍya.
     (5) Goal, aim, resting place (ālaṃbanaṃ); manumekāgramāsīnaṃ Ms. 1. 1, See -bhūmi also.
     (6) Beginning, See agre.
     (7) A multitude, assemblage.
     (8) Overplus, excess, surplus; sāgraṃ strīsahasraṃ Ram. 1000 women and more; so sāgrakoṭī ca rakṣasāṃ.
     (9) A weight = pala q. v. (10) A measure of food given as alms (brāhmaṇabhojanaṃ occurring in agrahāra).
     (11) (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (-grā, agrakā also). In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. g. -pādaḥ, --caraṇaḥ the forepart of the foot, toe; so -hastaḥ, -karaḥ; -pāṇiḥ &c.; -saroruhaṃ the topmost lotus Ku. 1. 16; -kāyaḥ forepart of the body; so -nakhaṃ, -nāsikā tip of the nail, nose &c., --adv. In front, before, ahead.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ [agraṃ aṃśoḥ] the focal point.
          --akṣi n. [karma.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (apāṃgavīkṣaṇa); agrākṣṇā vīkṣamāṇastu tiryag bhrātaramabravīt Rām.
          --advan a. having precedence in eating.
          --anī (ṇī) kaḥ (kaṃ) vanguard; dīrghāṃllaṃghūṃścaiva narānagrānīkeṣu yodhayet Ms. 7. 193; agrāṇīkaṃ raghuvyāghrau rākṣasānāṃ babhaṃjatuḥ Ram.
          --ayaṇīyaṃ [agraṃ śreṣṭhaṃ ayanaṃ jñānaṃ tatra sādhu cha] N. of a Buddhistic tenet (utpādapūrvamagrāyaṇīyamatha vīryatā pravādaḥ syāt-hemacaṃdraḥ). --avalehitaṃ [agraṃ avalehitaṃ āsvāditaṃ yasya] food at a Śraddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tasted.
          --upaharaṇaṃ first supply.
          --upaharaṇīya a [agre upahriyate karmaṇi anīyar] 1. that which is first offered or supplied. 2. [agraṃ upahriyate yasmai hṛ-saṃpradāne anīyar] śrāddhādyarthamupakalpitasya annāderagre dānoddeśyaḥ vāstudevādiḥ Tv.
          --karaḥ 1. = agrahastaḥ q. v. 2. the focal point.
          --keśaḥ front line of hair; -śeṣu reṇuḥ apaharati K. 86.
          --gaḥ [agre gacchatītiṃ, gam-ḍa] a leader, a guide; taking the lead; marching foremost.
          --gaṇya a. [agre gaṇyate'sau] foremost, to be ranked first.
          --gāmin a. [agre gacchati] a leader; praṣṭho'gragāmini P. VIII. 3. 92.
          --ja a. [agre jāyate; jaṇ-ḍa.] first born or produced; ānaṃdenāgrajeneva R. 10. 78. (
          --jaḥ) 1. The first born, an elder brother; sumatiṃ mamāgrajamavagaccha M. 5; astyeva manyurbharatāgraje me R. 14. 73. 2. a Brahmaṇa. (
          --jā) an elder sister; so -jāta, -jātaka, -jāti. --jaṃghā the forepart of the calf.
          --janman m. [agre janma yasya saḥ] 1. the first-born, an elder brother; janakāgrajanmanoḥ śāsanamatikramya Dk. 2. 2. a Brahmaṇa (varṇeṣu madhye agrajātatvāt, or agrāt pradhānāṃgāt mukhāt jātatvāt, brāhmaṇosya mukhamāsīt, tasmāt trivṛt stomānāṃ mukhaṃ ... agnirdevatānāṃ brāhmaṇo manuṣyāṇāṃ; tasmād brāhmaṇo mukhena vīryaṃ karoti mukhato hi sṛṣṭaḥ Taṇḍya); ativayasamagrajanmānaṃ K. 12; avocat -nmā Dk. 13. 3. N. of Brahma, as he was the first to be born in the waters.
          --jihvā the tip of the tongue.
          --jyā (Astr.) the sign of the amplitude.
          --dānin [agre dānaṃ asya; agradāna-ini] a (degraded) Brahmaṇa who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (pretoddeśena yaddānaṃ dīyate tatpratigrāhī); lobhī vipraśca śūdrāṇāmagredānaṃ gṛhītavān . grahaṇe mṛtadānānāṃ (grahaṇāttiladānānāṃ Tv.) agradānī babhūva saḥ .. --dānīyaḥ [agre dānamarhaticha] = agradānin. --dūtaḥ a harbinger; kṛṣṇākrodhāgradūtaḥ Ve. 1. 22; -dūtikā Dk. 20; mahīpatīnāṃ praṇayāgradūtyaḥ R. 6. 12.
          --nirūpaṇaṃ predestination; prophecy, determining beforehand.
          --nīḥ (ṇīḥ) [agre nīyate asau nī-kvip, ṇatvaṃ] 1. a leader, foremost, first, chief; -ṇīrvirāgahetuḥ K. 195; apyagraṇīrmaṃtrakṛtāmṛṣīṇāṃ R. 5. 4 chief. 2. fire.
          --parṇī [agre parṇaṃ yasyāḥ sā-ṅīp] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (ajaloman). --pātin a. [agre ādau patati; pat-ṇini] happening beforehand, antecedent; -tīni śubhāni nimittāni K. 65.
          --pādaḥ the forepart of the foot; toes; navakisalayarāgeṇāgrapādena M. 3. 12; -sthitā standing on tiptoe. S. 6.
          --pāṇiḥ = -hastaḥ q. v.
          --pūjā the highest or first mark of reverence or respect; -jāmiha sthitvā gṛhāṇedaṃ viṣaṃ prabho Rām.
          --peyaṃ precedence in drinking.
          --bīja a. [agraṃ śākhāgraṃ bījamutpādakaṃ yasya] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'kalama'. (--jaḥ) a viviparous plant.
          --bhāgaḥ [karma.] 1. the first or best part (śrāddhādau prathamamuddhṛtya deyaṃ dravyaṃ). 2. remnant, remainder (śeṣabhāga). 3. fore-part, tip, point. 4. (astr.) a degree of amplitude.
          --bhāgin a. [agrabhāgo'syāsti; astyarthe ini] first to take or claim (the remnant); alaṃkriyamāṇasya tasya anulepanamālye -gī bhavāmi V. 5 claiming the first share of the remnant &c.
          --bhuj a. 1. having precedence in eating. 2. gluttonous, voracious (audarika). --bhūḥ [agre bhavati bhū-kvip] = -ja. --bhūmiḥ f. 1. goal of ambition or object aimed at; tatograbhūmiṃ vyavasāyabuddheḥ Ki. 17. 55; tvamagrabhūmirnirapāyasaṃśrayā Śi. 1. 32 (prāpyasthānaṃ). 2. the topmost part, pinnacle; vimāna- Me. 69.
          --māṃsaṃ [agraṃ bhakṣyatvena pradhānaṃ māṃsaṃ] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; -saṃ cānītaṃ Ve. 3. 2. morbid protuberance of the liver.
          --yaṇaṃ [agraṃ ayanāt uttarāyaṇāt ṇatvaṃ śakaṃ- tadvidhānakālo'sya ac (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony See āgrayaṇa. --yāna a. [agre yānaṃ yasya, yā--lyuṭ] taking the lead, foremost. (
          --naṃ) an army that stops in front to defy the enemy.
          --yāyin a. [agre yāsyati yā-ṇini] taking the lead, leading the van; putrasya te raṇaśirasyayamagrayāyī S. 7. 26, R. 5. 62, 18. 10, 5. 3.
          --yodhin [agre sthitvā yudhyate] the principal hero, champion; rākṣasānāṃ vadhe teṣāṃ -dhī bhaviṣyati Rām.; so -vīra; karmasu cāgravīraḥ. --raṃdhraṃ opening, fore-part; nāsā- Mal. 1. 1.
          --lohitā [agraṃ lohitaṃ yasyāḥ sā] A kind of pot-herb (cillīśāka). --saṃkhyā the first place or rank; putraḥ samāropayadagrasaṃkhyāṃ R. 18. 30.
          --saṃdhānī [agre phalotpatteḥ prāk saṃdhīyate jñāyate 'nayā kāryaṃ, Tv.] the register of human actions kept by Yama (yatra hi prāṇivargasya prāgbhavīyakarmānusāreṇa śubhāśubhasūcakaṃ sarvaṃ likhyate sā yamapaṃjikā). --saṃdhyā early dawn; karkaṃdhūnāmupari tuhinaṃ raṃjayatyagrasaṃdhyā S. 4 v. l.
          --sara = yāyin taking the lead; R. 9. 23; āyodhanāgrasaratāṃ tvayi vīra yāte 5. 71.
          --sārā [agraṃ śīrṣamātraṃ sāro yasyāḥ sā] 1. a sprout which has tips without fruits. 2. a short method of counting immense numbers.
          --hara a. [agre hriyate dīyate'sau; hṛ-ac] 1. that which must be given first. 2. = agrahārin. --hastaḥ (---karaḥ, ---pāṇiḥ) the forepart of the hand or arm; agrahastena gṛhītvā prasādayaināṃ Ratn. 3; forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; śītalaste -staḥ Mk. 3; atisādhvasena vepate me -staḥ Ratn. 1; kusumita iva te -staḥ pratibhāti M. 1; prasārite -ste M. 4; -hastātprabhraṣṭaṃ puṣpabhājanaṃ S. 4 slipped from the fingers; also the right hand; atha -haste mukulīkṛtāṃgulau Ku. 5. 63 (agraścāsau hastaśca Malli.), Ki. 5. 29.
          --hāyanaḥ (ṇaḥ) [agraḥ śreṣṭhaḥ hāyano vrīhiḥ atra, ṇatvaṃ] the beginning of the year; N. of the month mārgaśīrṣa; (māsānāṃ mārgaśīrṣohaṃ Bg. 10. 35); -iṣṭiḥ navaśasyeṣṭiryāgabhedaḥ. --hāraḥ a grant of land given by kings (to Brahmaṇas) for sustenance (agraṃ brāhmaṇabhojanaṃ, tadarthaṃ hriyaṃte rājadhanāt pṛthak kriyaṃte te kṣetrādayaḥ-nīlakaṃṭha; kṣetrotpannaśasyāduddhṛtya brāhmaṇoddeśena sthāpyaṃ dhānyādi, gurukulādāvṛttabrahmacāriṇe deyaṃ kṣetrādi, grāmabhedaśca Tv.); kasmiṃścidagrahāre Dk. 8, 9.

agrataḥ adv. [agre agrādvā, agra-tasil] (with gen.)
     (1) Before (opp. pṛṣṭhataḥ) in front of, at the head of; forward; na gaṇasyāgrato gacchet H. 1. 29; gacchāgrataḥ lead the way; -to vilokya seeing before him.
     (2) In the presence of; meghanādasya- Pt. 1; amātyasyāgrataḥ Mu. 5; dhanurbhṛtāmagrata eva rakṣiṇāṃ R. 3. 39 in the very presence of.
     (3) First; puruṣaṃ jātamagrataḥ Rv. 10. 90. 7; agrataḥkṛ to give precedence to, consider most important; to put in front or at the head of.
     -- Comp.
          --sara a. [agrataḥ sarati; sṛ. ṭa] going in front, taking the lead. (
          --raḥ) a leader.

agrima a. [agre bhavaḥ; agra-ḍimac P. IV. 3. 23. Vārt.]
     (1) First (in order, rank &c); foremost, best, excellent, preferable, superior; vīrāṇāmagrimo bhūtvā yuyudhe pārthivaiḥ saha Mb.
     (2) Prior, preceding.
     (3) Elder, eldest.
     (4) Furthest, advanced, first ripe.
     (5) Further. --maḥ An elder brother. --mā A kind of fruit, Annona Reticulata.

agriya a. [agre bhavaḥ; agra-gha] Foremost, best &c. --yaḥ An elder brother. --yaṃ The first fruits; the best part.

agrīya a. [agre bhavaḥ; agra-cha] Foremost, best &c.

agre adv.
     (1) In front of, before(in time or space); agre yāṃti rathasya reṇupadavīṃ ghanāḥ V. 1. 4, R. 2. 56, V. 2. 7, Bh. 3. 36.
     (2) In the presence of, before; mamāgre stuvaṃti H. 1.
     (3) At the head, ahead; balāgre tiṣṭhate vīro nalaḥ Ram.
     (4) Further on, subsequently, in the sequel; evamagre vakṣyate, evamagrepi draṣṭavyaṃ &c.
     (5) In the beginning; at first, first; pratāpogre tataḥ śabdaḥ parāgastadanaṃtaraṃ R. 4. 30; ātmaivedamagra āsīt Br. Ar. Up., Ms. 2. 169.
     (6) First, in preference to others; savarṇāgre dvijātīnāṃ praśastā dārakarmaṇi 3. 12; atithibhyo 'gra evaitān bhojayet 3. 114.
     -- Comp.
          --gaḥ a leader.
          --gāḥ going in front or before.
          --didhiṣuḥ --ṣūḥ a man (of one of the first three castes) who marries a wife married before (punarbhūvivāhakārī). (--ṣūḥ) f a married woman whose elder sister is still unmarried (jyeṣṭhāyāṃ yadyanūḍhāyāṃ kanyāyāmuhyate'nujā . sā cāgredidhiṣūrjñeyā pūrvā ca didhiṣūḥ smṛtā); -patiḥ the husband of such a woman.
          --pāḥ [agre sthitvā pāti, aluk] first to protect.
          --pūḥ [agre pūyate, pū-kvip] purifying in one's presence; having precedence in drinking.
          --vanaṃ --ṇaṃ [vanasyāgraṃ rājadaṃtā- pūrvanipātaḥ; aluk ṇatvaṃ P. VIII. 4. 4] the border or skirt of a forest.
          --sara a. [agramagreṇāgre vā saratisṛ. ṭa. aluk P. III. 2. 18] going in front, taking the lead, a leader, foremost, first; nirapatrapāṇāṃ agresarīkṛtāsmi K. 169; maraṇa-ro bhavāmi Pt. 1, Mal. 9 first to die; mānamahatāmagresaraḥ kesarī Bh. 2. 29.
          --sarikaḥ [agresare agragatau prasṛtaḥ ṭhan] 1. a servant (who precedes his master). 2. a leader.

agrya a. [agre jātaḥ, agra-yat]
     (1) Foremost, best, choicest, most essential or important, highest, pre-eminent, first; tadaṃgamagryaṃ maghavan mahākratoḥ R. 3. 46; -mahiṣī 10. 66; upeyuṣaḥ svāmapi mūrtimagryāṃ 6. 73, 8. 28, 14. 19, 18. 39, Ku. 7. 78, Ms. 5. 166, 12. 30, V. 5. 14: also with loc.; agryāḥ sarveṣu vedeṣu Ms. 3. 184. --gryaḥ An elder brother --gryaṃ The roof of a house.

agrabhaṇa a. Ved. Having nothing acceptable.

agrāmya a.
     (1) Not rustic or rural, town-made.
     (2) Not tame, wild.

agrāhya a. Not acceptable, that which ought not to be taken or accepted as a gift, present &c.; -hyaṃ śivanirmālyaṃ patraṃ puṣpaṃ phalaṃ jalaṃ; not to be perceived, admitted or trusted; not to be considered or taken into account. --hyā N. of the clay or mṛttikā which ought not to be taken for purposes of purification.

agruḥ --grūḥ f. [aṃg-kru nalopaḥ vā ūṅ]
     (1) A finger.
     (2) A river; (according to others) single, unmarried (as a young woman).

agha = aṃgh q. v. --(10 U.) To wrong, sin.

agha a. [agh-kartari ac]
     (1) Bad, sinful, evil, wicked; aghāyuriṃdriyārāmo moghaṃ pārtha sa jīvati Bg. 3. 16. --ghaṃ [agh bhāve ac]
     (1) Sin; aghaṃ sa kevalaṃ bhuṃkte yaḥ pacatyātmakāraṇāt Ms. 3. 118, Bg. 3. 13; aghaughavidhvaṃsavidhau paṭīyasīṃḥ Śi. 1. 18, 26; -marṣaṇa &c.; misdeed, fault, crime; śreyān dvijātiriva haṃtumaghāni dakṣaṃ Śi. 4. 37 sins and griefs also.
     (2) An evil, mishap, misfortune, accident, injury, harm; na vadhūṣvaghāni vimṛśaṃti dhiyaḥ Ki. 6. 45 do not think of doing harm or evil; kriyādaghānāṃ maghavā vighātaṃ 3. 52, 11. 80; prajānāṃ tamaghāvahaṃ R. 15. 51, 19. 52, See anagha.
     (3) Impurity (aśaucaṃ); anurudhyādaghaṃ tryahaṃ Ms. 5. 63; na rājñāmaghadoṣosti 93; na vardhayedaghāhāni 84.
     (4) Pain, suffering, grief, distress; dayālumanaghaspṛṣṭaṃ R. 10. 19 not subject to grief.
     (5) Passion. --ghaḥ N. of a demon, brother of Baka and Pūtanā and commander-in-chief of Kamsa. [Being sent by Kamsa to Gokula to kill Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma he assumed the form of a huge serpent 4 yojanas long, and spread himself on the way of the cowherds, keeping his horrid mouth open. The cowherds mistook it for a mountain cavern and entered it, cows and all. But Kṛṣṇa saw it, and having entered the mouth so stretched himself that he tore it to pieces and rescued his companions.] --ghā The Goddess of sin; (pl.) the constellation usually called Maghā.
     -- Comp.
          --asuraḥ See agha above.
          --ahaḥ (ahan) a day of impurity (aśauca dinaṃ). --āyus a. leading a wicked life.
          --kṛt a. sinful, wicked, evildoer.
          --ghnaḥ = -nāśana. --nāśa, --nāśana a. [aghaṃ nāśayati] expiatory, destroying sin (such as gifts, muttering holy prayers &c.). (
          --naḥ) destroyer of the demon agha; N. of Kṛṣṇa.
          --bhojin a. [aghaṃ pāpaphalakaṃ bhuṃkte] a sinful eater (one who cooks and eats for his own sake and not for Gods, Manes guests &c).
          --marṣaṇa a. [aghaṃ mṛṣyate utpannatvepi nāśanena karmākṣamatvāt sahyate anena mṛṣ-lyuṭ] expiatory, removing or destroying sin, usually applied to a prayer repeated by Brāhmaṇas (the 190th hymn of Rv. 10.); sarvainasāmapadhvaṃsi japyaṃ triṣvaghamarṣaṇaṃ Ak.; yathāśvamedhaḥ kraturāṭ sarvapāpāpanodanaḥ . tathāghamarṣaṇaṃ sūktaṃ sarvapāpapraṇāśanaṃ ... The most heinous crimes, such as illicit intercourse with a preceptor's wife, one's own mother, sister, daughterin-law &c, are said to be expiated by repeating this sūkta thrice in water; pavitrāṇyaghamarṣaṇāni japaṃtyāṃ K. 179, 38.
          --māra a. [aghaṃ mārayati nāśayati; mṛ ṇic-aṇ] destroying sin, an epithet of Gods (yamo mṛtyuraghamāro nirṛtaḥ). --rud a. [aghaṃ roditi svakarmākṣamatayā yasmāt, ruda-apādāne kvip] 1. 'making sin weep and fly', N. of a Mantra which destroys sin; fearfully howling (?). 2. [aghe vyasane roditi na tatpratīkārāya ghaṭate, kvip] one who only weeps in times of calamity, but does not try to get over them.
          --viṣaḥ [aghaṃ vyasanakāri viṣaṃ yasya] a serpent; fearfully venomous (?).
          --śaṃsaḥ [aghasya śaṃsaḥ; śaṃs bhāve ac] 1. indication or reporting of sin. 2. [aghaṃ aniṣṭaṃ śaṃsati icchati; śaṃs-aṇ] a wicked man, such as a thief. 3. wicked; sin-destroying (?).
          --śaṃsin a. reporting or telling one's sin or guilt.
          --hāraḥ a noted robber; rumour of guilt (?).

aghala a. [aghaṃ lāti nāśayati lā-ka] Destroying sin.

aghāyati Den. P. To sin, to be malicious; threaten with ruin.

aghāyu a. Malicious, wicked, sinful, harmful, injurious.

aghārin a. [aghaṃ vyasanaṃ ṛcchati; ṝṇini] Suffering from evil or calamity (vyasanayukta); not anointing (?)

agharma a. Not hot, cold; -aṃśu, -dhāman the moon whose rays are cold.

aghora a. Not terrific or fearful. --raḥ [nāsti ghoro yasmāt]
     (1) N. of Śiva or of one of his forms, (īśānāghoranāmānau vāmadevastataḥ param . sadyojātaiti proktaḥ kramaśo'rcanakarmaṇi)
     (2) A worshipper of Śiva and Durgā. --rā [aghoraḥ śivaḥ upāsyatvena asyāṃ sā, aghoraac] the fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhādra sacred to Śiva (bhādramāsyasite pakṣe hyaghorākhyā caturdaśī . tasyāmārādhitaḥ sthāṇurnayecchivapuraṃ dhruvaṃ).
     -- Comp.
          --ghorarūpaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --pathaḥ, --mārgaḥ a follower of Śiva.
          --pramāṇaṃ a terrific oath or ordeal.

aghoṣa a. [nāsti ghoṣo yasya yatra vā]
     (1) Hard-sounding, See below.
     (2) Devoid of cow-herds. --ṣaḥ The hard sound of a consonant, hollowness of sound with which all hard consonants and the Visarga are pronounced (one of the 11 kinds of bāhyaprayatna, See P. VIII. 2. 1), or the consonants so pronounced (khayāṃ yamāḥ khayaḥ ZkaVpau visargaḥ śaraeva ca . ete śvāsānupradānā aghoṣāśca vivṛṇvate).

aghos ind. A vocative particle, another form for aghavan (Ved.)

aghnya a. Not to be killed. --ghnyaḥ [na haṃti sṛṣṭikartṛtvāt na han-yak nipātaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Brahmā (aghnyaḥ prajāpatiḥ Uṇ. 4. 111.)
     (2) A Bull. --ghnyā [na hanyate strīhatyāyāḥ niṣiddhatvāt] A cow.

aghreya a. Not fit to be smelt. --yaṃ Liquor (madyaṃ).

aṃk 1 A. To move in acurve. (10) U. (aṃkayati-te, aṃkayituṃ)
     (1) To mark, stamp; hemapādāṃkitāyāṃ pīṭhikāyāṃ K. 192; svanāmadheyāṃkita S. 4 stamped with his name; nayanodabiṃdubhiḥ aṃkitaṃ stanāṃśukaṃ V. 4. 7; so R. 3. 55, 68.
     (2) To enumerate, count.
     (3) To brand, stain, stigmatize; tatko nāma guṇo bhavetsuguṇināṃ yo durjanairnāṃkitaḥ Bh. 2. 54 branded, censured, condemned; vastreṇa veṣṭayitvā -taṃ śiraḥ Ks. 13. 152 branded head.
     (4) To walk, stalk, go.

aṃkaḥ [aṃk kartari karaṇe vā ac]
     (1) The lap (n. also); aṃkādyayāvaṃkamudīritāśīḥ Ku. 7. 5 passed from lap to lap.
     (2) A mark, sign; alaktakāṃkāṃ padavīṃ tatāna R. 7. 9; padapaṃktiralaktāṃkā Rām.; rativalayapadāṃke kaṃṭhe Ku. 2. 64 marked with the signs or traces &c.; madgotrāṃkaṃ geyaṃ Me. 86; a stain, spot, stigma, brand; iṃdoḥ kiraṇeṣvivāṃkaḥ Ku. 1. 3; kaṭyāṃ kṛtāṃko nirvāsyaḥ Ms. 8. 281.
     (3) A numerical figure; a number; the number 9.
     (4) A side, flank; proximity, reach (connected with 1 above); samutsukevāṃkamupaiti siddhiḥ Ki. 3. 40; premṇopakaṃṭhaṃ muhuraṃkabhājo ratnāvalīraṃbudhirābabaṃdha Śi. 3. 36; siṃho jaṃbukamaṃkamāgatamapi tyattvā nihaṃti dvipaṃ Bh. 2. 30; Ki. 17. 64, See --āgata below.
     (5) An act of a drama, for its nature &c, See S. D. 278.
     (6) A hook or curved instrument.
     (7) A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of rūpaka, See S. D. 519.
     (8) An ornament (bhūṣā).
     (9) A sham fight, military show (citrayuddha). (10) A coefficient.
     (11) A place.
     (12) A sin, misdeed.
     (13) A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm.
     (14) The body.
     (15) A mountain. [cf. L. uncus; Gr. ogkos].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaṃ [aṃke madhye aṃkāḥ śatapatrādicihnāni yasya Tv.] water.
          --avatāraḥ when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called aṃkāvatāra (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Śakuntalā or second of Mālavikāgnimitra (aṃkāṃte sūcitaḥ pātraistadaṃkasyāvibhāgataḥ . yatrāṃkovataratyerṣokāvatāra iti smṛtaḥ S. D. 311). The Daśarupa defines it differently; aṃkāvatārastvaṃkāṃte pātoṃkasyāvibhāgataḥ . ebhiḥ saṃsūcayetsūcyaṃ dṛśyamaṃkaiḥ pradarśayet 1. 56.
          --āgata, --gata a. [dvi. ta.] come within the grasp or reach; siṃhatvaṃ -sattvavṛtti R. 2. 38; śriyaṃ yuvāpyaṃkagatāmabhoktā R. 13. 67.
          --karaṇaṃ marking, branding &c.
          --taṃtraṃ the science of numbers (arithmetical or algebraical).
          --dhāraṇaṃ --ṇā 1. bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaiṣṇava. 2. manner of holding the person, figure.
          --parivartaḥ [sa. ta.] 1. turning on the other side. 2. rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; api karṇajāhaviniveśitānanaḥ priyayā tadaṃkaparivartamāpnuyāṃ Māl. 5. 8 (an occasion for) embrace (aṃke kroḍe sarvatobhāvena vartanaṃ hṛdayāliṃganaṃ ityarthaḥ --Jagaddhara; so -parivartin; bhartuḥ -nī bhava M. 3.
          --pādavrataṃ N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the bhaviṣyottarapurāṇa. --pāliḥ --lī [pā-ali ṣa. ta. vā. ṅīp] 1. the extremity or region of the lap (kroḍaprāṃta or pradeśa); a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; tāvadgāḍhaṃ vitara sakṛdapyaṃkapālīṃ prasīda Mal. 8. 2. 2. [aṃkena pālayati pāl-i. tṛ. ta.] a nurse. 3. (
          --lī) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; vedikākhyagaṃdhadravyaṃ]. --pāśaḥ [aṃkaḥ pāśa iva baṃdhaneneva pātanaheturyatra Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (sthānāṃtamekādicayāṃkaghātaḥ saṃkhyāvibhedā niyataiḥ syuraṃkaiḥ . bhaktoṃkamityāṃkasamāsanighnaḥ sthāneṣu yukto miṃtisaṃyutiḥ syāt See Lī1la. 240); (na guṇo na haro na kṛtirna ghanaḥ pṛṣṭastathāpi duṣṭānāṃ . garvitagaṇakabahūnāṃ syāt pāto'vaśyamaṃkapāśe'smin). --pūraṇaṃ multiplication of numbers or figures.
          --baṃdhaḥ. forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. 2. branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (aśiraḥpuruṣākāroṃkaḥ). --bhāj [aṃkaṃ bhajate upa. sa.] 1. seated in the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant. 2. being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained; avirahitamanekenāṃkabhājā phalena Ki. 5. 52. 3. premature, early ripe, forced fruit.
          --mukhaṃ (or āsyaṃ) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called aṃkamukha, which suggests the germ as well as the end, e. g. in Mal. 1 kāmaṃdakī and avalokitā hint the parts to be played by bhūrivasu and others and give the arrangement of the plot in brief (yatra syādaṃka ekasminnaṃkānāṃ sūcanākhilā . tadaṃkamukhamityāhurbījārthakhyāpakaṃ ca tat .. S. D. 312). The Daśarūpa defines it thus: aṃkāṃtapātrairaṃkāsyaṃ chinnāṃkasyārthasūcanāt . i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv.
          --loḍyaḥ [aṃkena loḍyate asau] a kind of tree (ciṃcoṭa) ginger.
          --lopaḥ subtraction of numbers.
          --vidyā the science of numbers, arithmetic.

aṃkanam [aṃk-karaṇe bhāve vā lyuṭ]
     (1) A mark, token; snehāṃkanāni Mal. 9. 46 marks of love.
     (2) Act of marking.
     (3) Means of marking, stamping, &c.

aṃkasam [aṃkosminnasti-ac] Having marks; trappings (?) (vastraṃ āprapadikaṃ).

aṃkin m. n. [aṃkaḥ āliṃganasthānatvena asyāsti, aṃk-ini] A sort of drum or tabor (aṃkenāliṃgya vādanīyo mṛdaṃgādivādyabhedaḥ krīḍāviśiṣṭaśca) --nī [aṃkānāṃ samūhaḥ; khalādi- ini ṅīp]
     (1) A number of marks or signs.
     (2) A woman having marks (of branding &c.).

aṃkya a. [aṃk-ṇyat] Fit to be branded, marked or counted. --kyaḥ [aṃke kroḍe sthāpayitvā vādyate asau, yat, or aṃke sādhuḥ, aṃka-ya] A sort of drum or tabor (sārdhatālatrayāyāmaḥ caturdaśāṃgulānanaḥ . harītakyākṛtiryaḥ syādaṃkyoṃke sa hi vādyate).

aṃkatiḥ [aṃc-gatau ati kutvaṃ; aṃceḥ ko vā Uṇ. 4. 61; aṃkatiḥ aṃcatirvā]
     (1) Wind.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) Brahma.
     (4) A Brāhmaṇa who keeps the sacred fire. --tiḥ --tī f. Going; one who goes.

aṃkas n. [aṃc-asun kutvaṃ]
     (1) A mark.
     (2) The body.

aṃkuṭaḥ (ety. ?) A key.

aṃkupam Ved. Water.

aṃkuraḥ --ram [aṃk-urc Uṇ. 1. 38] A sprout, shoot, blade; darbhāṃkureṇa caraṇaḥ kṣataḥ S. 2. 10; oft. in comp. in the sense of 'pointed', 'sharp' &c.; makaravaktradaṃṣṭāṃkurāt Bh. 2. 4 pointed jaws; nṛsiṃhasya nakhāṃkurā iva K. 4 pointed nails; kuraṃṭakavipāṃḍuraṃ dadhati dhāma dīpāṃkurāḥ Vb. 4. 1; pataṃgapavanavyāloladīpāṃkuracchāyācaṃcalaṃ Bh. 3. 68 unsteady like the pointed flame of a lamp; (fig.) scion, offspring, progeny; anena kasyāpi kulāṃkureṇa S. 7. 19 sprout or child of some one; anvayāṃkuraṃ Dk. 6.
     (2) Water.
     (3) Blood.
     (4) A hair.
     (5) A tumour, swelling.

aṃkurita a. [aṃkurā asya saṃjātāḥ, tārakā- itac] Having sprouts; -taṃ manasijeneva V. 1. 12 as if Love has put forth sprouts; -gharmasalilaḥ Dk. 125 with drops of perspiration bursting forth.

aṃkurakaḥ [aṃkyate tṛṇādinā saṃcīyate'sau; aṃc-ghurac tataḥ ka] An abode of birds, animals, a nest (of birds).

aṃkuśaḥ [aṃk-lakṣaṇe uśac Uṇ. 4. 107] A hook, a goad; Proverb: vikrīte kariṇi kimaṃkuśe vivādaḥ why higgle about a trifling thing when the whole bargain (of which it forms part) has been struck (the goad ought to follow the elephant); saṃniveśya kuśāvatyāṃ ripunāgāṃkuśaṃ kuśaṃ R. 15. 97; (fig.) one who checks, a corrector, governor, director; tyajati tu yadā mohānmārgaṃ tadā gururaṃkuśaḥ Mu. 3. 6; kuśaṃ dviṣāmaṃkuśaṃ R. 16. 81; a restraint or check; niraṃkuśāḥ kavayaḥ poets have free license or are unfettered. --śī one of the 24 Jaina Goddesses. [cf. Germ. angel.]
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ an elephant-driver; anvetukāmo'vamatāṃkuśagrahaḥ Śi. 12. 16
          --durdharaḥ [tṛ. ta. aṃkuśena duḥkhena dhāryate] a restive elephant.
          --dhārin m. a keeper of an elephant.
          --mudrā [aṃkuśākārā mudrā] a mark resembling a goad in form (ṛjvīṃ ca madhyamāṃ kṛtvā tanmadhyaṃ parvamūlataḥ . tarjanīṃ kiṃcidākuṃcet sā mudrāṃkuśasaṃjñitā).

aṃkuśita a. [itac] Urged on by a hook, goaded.

aṃkuśin a. [astyarthe ini] Having a hook or goad; laying hold of with a hook.

aṃkṛyat a Ved. Moving tortuously to escape.

aṃkūraḥ [aṃk-kharjūrāditvāt ūrac] A sprout, See aṃkura; daśarathakulāṃkūramādyaṃ Mv. 6. 45.

aṃkūṣaḥ [aṃk ūṣac] = aṃkuśa q. v.

aṃkoṭaḥ --ṭhaḥ --laḥ [aṃkyate lakṣyate kīlākārakaṃṭaiḥ; aṃk oṭa-ṭha-la] N. of a tree (Mar. piste), Alangium Hexapetalum; so aṃkolakaḥ, svārthe kan; aṃkolikā.
     -- Comp.
          --sāraḥ a sort of poison prepared from the Ankola plant.

aṃkolikā (probably a corruption of aṃkapālikā) An embrace.

aṃkh 10 P. (aṃkhayati)
     (1) To crawl.
     (2) To cling.
     (3) To check, hold back.

aṃg 1 P. (aṃgati, ānaṃga, aṃgituṃ) To go, walk. --10 P.
     (1) To walk, go round.
     (2) To mark (cf. aṃk). --With pari (pali) to stir up. --vipali to envelop, veil.

aṃga ind. A vocative particle meaning 'well,' 'well, sir,' 'indeed,' 'true;' 'assent' (as in aṃgīkṛ); aṃga kaccitkuśalī tātaḥ K. 221; prabhurapi janakānāmaṃga bho yācakaste Mv. 3. 5; aṃga asti kaścidvimardako nāmātrabhavataḥ Dk. 59; aṃga kuru aṃga paca P. VIII. 1. 33 Sk; aṃgādhīṣva bhaktaṃ tava dāsyāmi P. VIII. 2. 96 Sk.; samanaddha kimaṃga bhūpatiḥ Śi. 16. 34, 2. 12; Ki. 10. 55, 13. 65; used with kiṃ in the sense of 'how much less', or 'how much more;' śaktirasti kasyacidvideharājasya chāyāmapyavaskaṃdituṃ kimaṃga jāmātaraṃ Mv. 3; tṛṇena kāryaṃ bhavatīśvarāṇāṃ kimaṃga vāghastavatā nareṇa Pt. 1. 71. Lexicographers give the following senses of aṃgaḥ -kṣipre ca punararthe ca saṃgamāsūyayostathā . harṣe saṃbodhane caiva hyaṃgaśabdaḥ prayujyate ..

aṃgam [am gatyādau bā---gan; according to Nir. aṃgaṃ aṃganāt aṃcanāt vā]
     (1) The body.
     (2) A limb or member of the body; śeṣāṃganirmāṇavidhau vidhātuḥ Ku. 1. 33; kleśasyāṃgamadattvā Pt. 5. 32 without undergoing troubles; iti svapnopamānmasvā kāmānmā gāstadaṃgatāṃ . Ki. 11. 34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them).
     (3) (a.) A division or department (of any thing), a part or portion, as of a whole; as saptāṃgaṃ rājyaṃ, caturaṃgaṃ balaṃ, catuḥṣaṣṭyaṃgaṃ jyotiḥśāstraṃ see the words; gītāṃgānāṃ Pt. 5. 56; yajñaścetpratiruddhaḥsyādekenāṃgena yajvanaḥ Ms. 11. 11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; ṣaḍaṃgaḥ or sāṃgaḥ vedaḥ. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; sarvairbalāṃgaiḥ R. 7. 59; tadaṃgamagryaṃ maghavan mahākratoḥ R. 3. 46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. pradhāna or aṃgin); aṃgī raudrarasastatra sarveṃ'gāni rasāḥ punaḥ S. D. 517; atra svabhāvoktirutprekṣāṃgaṃ Malli. on Ki. 8. 26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (pradhānopayogī upāyaḥ or upakaraṇaṃ); sarvakāryaśarīreṣu muktvāṃgaskaṃdhapaṃcakaṃ . maṃtro yodha ivādhīraḥ sarvāṃgaiḥ saṃvṛtairapi .. Śi. 2. 28--29; See aṃgāṃgi, paṃcāṃga also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words).
     (4) (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; yasmātpratyayavidhistadādipratyaye aṃgaṃ P. I. 4. 13; yaḥ pratyayo yasmātkriyate tadādiśabdasvarūpaṃ tasminpratyaye pare aṃgasaṃjñaṃ syāt Sk. The aṃga terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual.
     (5) (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the mukha has 12, pratimukha 13, garbha 12, vimarṣa 13 and upasaṃhāra 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters.
     (6) (Astr.) A name for the position of stars (lagna), See aṃgādhīśa.
     (7) A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāṅgas).
     (8) The mind; hiraṇyagarbhāṃgabhuvaṃ muniṃ hariḥ Śi. 1. 1, See aṃgaja also. --gaḥ (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhagalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champa, sometimes called Angapuri, Lomapādapuri, Karṇapurī or Mālini. According to Daṇḍin (aṃgeṣu gaṃgātaṭe bahiścaṃpāyāḥ) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Patharghata, that it is 24 miles east of Bhagalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoining the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Angas lay to the east of Girivraja the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithila. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa.] --a.
     (1) Contiguous.
     (2) Having members or divisions.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgi, --aṃgībhāvaḥ [aṃgasya aṃgino bhāvaḥ] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (gauṇamukhyabhāvaḥ, upakāryopakārakabhāvaśca); e. g. prayāja and other rites are to darśa as its angas, while darśa is to them the aṅgī; aṃgāṃgibhāvamajñātvā kathaṃ sāmarthyanirṇayaḥ . paśya ṭiṭṭibhamātreṇa samudro vyākulīkṛtaḥ .. H. 2. 149; atra vākye samāsagatayorupamayoḥ sādhyasādhanabhāvāt -vena saṃbaṃdhaḥ Malli. on Ki. 6. 2; aviśrāṃtijuṣāmātmanyaṃgāṃgitvaṃ tu saṃkaraḥ K. P. 10 (anugrāhyānugrāhakatvaṃ). --adhipaḥ, --adhīśaḥ 1. lord of the Angas, N. of Karṇa (cf. -rājaḥ, -patiḥ, -īśvaraḥ, -adhīśvaraḥ). 2. 'lord of a lagnaṃ, the planet presiding over it; (aṃgādhipe balini sarvavibhūtisaṃpat; aṃgādhīśaḥ svagehe budhagurukavibhiḥ saṃyuto vīkṣito vā Jyotisha).
          --apūrvaṃ effect of a secondary sacrificial act.
          --karman -n. kriyā 1. besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk. 39. 2. a supplementary sacrificial act.
          --grahaḥ spasm; seizure of the body with some illness.
          --ja --jāta a. [aṃgāt jāyate jan-ḍa.] produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; -jaṃ rajaḥ, -jāḥ alaṃkārāḥ &c. 2. produced by a supplementary rite. 3. beautiful, ornamental. (--jaḥ) --janus also 1. a son. 2. hair of the body (n also); tavottarīyaṃ karicarma sāṃgajaṃ Ki. 18. 32. 3. love, cupid (aṃgaṃ manaḥ tasmājjātaḥ); intoxicating passion; aṃgajarāgadīpanāt Dk. 161. 4. drunkenness, intoxication. 5. a disease. (
          --jā) a daughter. (
          --jaṃ) blood.
          --jvaraḥ [aṃgamaṃgaṃ adhikṛtya jvaraḥ] the disease called rājayakṣmā, a sort of consumption.
          --dvīpaḥ one of the six minor Dvīpas.
          --nyāsaḥ [aṃgeṣu maṃtrabhedasya nyāsaḥ] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras.
          --pāliḥ f. [aṃgaṃ pālyate saṃbadhyate 'tra, aṃga-pāl-i] an embrace (probably a corruption of aṃkapāli). --pālikā = aṃkapāli q. v.
          --pratyaṃgaṃ [samā. dvaṃdva] every limb, large and small; -gāni pāṇinā spṛṣṭvā K. 167, 72.
          --prāyaścittaṃ [aṃgasya śuddhyarthaṃ prāyaścittaṃ] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (paṃcaśūnājanyaduritakṣayārthaṃ kāryaṃ dānarūpaṃ prāyaścittaṃ Tv.).
          --bhūḥ a. [aṃgāt manaso vā bhavati; bhū-kvip] born from the body or mind. (
          --bhūḥ) 1. a son. 2. Cupid. 3. [aṃgānāṃ aṃgamaṃtrāṇāṃ bhūḥ sthānaṃ] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; brahmāṃgabhūrbrahmaṇi yojitātmā Ku. 3. 15 (sadyojātādimaṃtrāṇāṃ aṃgānāṃ hṛdayādimaṃtrāṇāṃ bhūḥ sthānaṃ, kṛtamaṃtranyāsaḥ Malli.).
          --bhaṃgaḥ 1. palsy or paralysis of limbs; -vikala iva bhūtvā sthāsyāmi S. 2. 2. twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); sāṃgabhaṃgamutthāya Vb.; jṛṃbhitaiḥ sāṃgabhaṃgaiḥ Mu. 3. 21, K. 85.
          --maṃtraḥ N. of a Mantra.
          --mardaḥ [aṃgaṃ mardayati; mṛd ṇic] 1. one who shampoos his master's body. 2. [bhāve ghañ] act of shampooing; so -mardakā or -mardin, mṛṭ-ṇic ṇvul or ṇini) one who shampoos.
          --marṣaḥ [ṣa. ta.] rheumatism; -praśamanaṃ the curing of this disease.
          --yajñaḥ, --yāgaḥ [aṃgībhūtaḥ yajñaḥ] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts: samidho yajati, tanūnapātaṃ yajati, iḍo yajati, barhiryajati, svāhākāraṃ yajati iti paṃcavidhāḥ . eteṣāṃ sakṛdanaṣṭhānenaiva taṃtranyāyena pradhānayāgānāmāgneyādīnāmupakāriteti mīmāṃsā Tv.
          --raktaḥ --ktaṃ [aṃge avayave raktaḥ] N. of a plant guḍārocanī found in kāṃpilya country and having red powder (raktāṃgalocanī). --rakṣakaḥ [aṃgaṃ rakṣati; rakṣ-ṇvul] a body-guard, personal attendant Pt. 3.
          --rakṣaṇī [aṃgaṃ rakṣyate 'nayā] a coat of mail, or a garment. (
          --ṇaṃ) protection of person.
          --rāgaḥ [aṃgaṃ rajyate anena karaṇe ghañ] 1. a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; puṣpagaṃdhena aṃgarāgeṇa R. 12. 27, 6. 60, Ku. 5. 11. 2. [bhāve lyuṭ] act of anointing the body with unguents.
          --ruhaṃ [aṃge rohati; ruh kvip sa. ta.] hair; vihaṃgarājāṃgaruhairivāyataiḥ Śi. 1. 7.
          --lipiḥ f. written character of the Angas.
          --lepaḥ [aṃgaṃ lipyate anena; lipkaraṇe ghañ] 1. a scented cosmetic. 2. [bhāve ghañ] act of anointing.
          --loḍyaḥ (ety. ?) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber.
          --vikala a. [tṛ. ta.] 1. maimed, paralysed. 2 fainting, swooning.
          --vikṛtiḥ f. 1. change of bodily appearance; collapse. 2. [aṃgasya vikṛtiścālanādiryasmāt paṃ. ba.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (apasmāra). --vikāraḥ a bodily defect.
          --vikṣepaḥ 1. movement of the limbs; gesticulation. 2. a kind of dance.
          --vidyā [aṃgarūpā vyākaraṇādiśāstrarūpā vidyā jñānasādhanaṃ] 1. the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. 2. the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Samhitā which gives full details of this science; na nakṣatrāṃgavidyayā ... bhikṣāṃ lipsetakarhicit Ms. 6. 50.
          --vidhiḥ [aṃgasya pradhānopakāriṇaḥ vidhiḥ vidhānaṃ] a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (pradhānavidhividheyakarmaṇoṃgabodhakatayā aṃgavidhiḥ). --vīraḥ chief or principal hero.
          --vaikṛtaṃ [aṃgena aṃgaceṣṭayā vaikṛtaṃ hṛdayabhāvo jñāpyate yatra bahu.] 1. a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (ākāra). 2. a nod, wink. 3 changed bodily appearance.
          --vaiguṇyaṃ a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); śrāddhādipaddhatau karmāṃte yatkiṃcidaṃgavaiguṇyaṃ jātaṃ taddoṣapraśamanāya viṣṇusmaraṇamahaṃ kariṣye ityabhilāpavākyaṃ Tv.).
          --saṃskāraḥ, --saṃskriyā [aṃgaṃ saṃskriyate anena; kṛ-karaṇe or bhāve-ghañ] 1. embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetics &c. 2. [kartari aṇ] one who decorates or embellishes the person.
          --saṃhatiḥ f. compactness, symmetry; body; stheyasīṃ dadhatamaṃgasaṃhatiṃ Ki. 13. 50; or strength of the body.
          --saṃgaḥ bodily contact, union; coition.
          --sevakaḥ a personal attendant, body-guard.
          --skaṃdhaḥ [karma.] a subdivision of a science.
          --sparśaḥ fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others.
          --hāniḥ f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= -vaiguṇyaṃ); daivād bhramāt pramādāccedaṃgahāniḥ prajāyate . smaraṇādeva tadviṣṇoḥ saṃpūrṇaṃ syāditi śrutiḥ .. --hāraḥ [aṃgaṃ hriyate itastataḥ cālyate yatra, hṛ-ādhāre or bhāve ghañ] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; saṃsaktairaguruvaneṣu sāṃgahāraṃ Ki. 7. 37, Ku. 7. 91.
          --hāriḥ [aṃgaṃ hriyate 'tra; hṛ-bā-ṇi] 1. gesticulation. 2. stage; dancing-hall.
          --hīna a. [tṛ. ta.] 1. mutilated, deprived of some limb, crippled. 2. having some defective limb (aṃgaṃ hīnaṃ yathocitapramāṇāt alpaṃ yasya); according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's dohada has not been duly fulfilled (sā prāptadaurhṛdā putraṃ janayeta guṇānvitam . alabdhadaurhṛdā garbhe labhetātmani vā bhayam .. yeṣu yeṣviṃdriyārtheṣu daurhṛde vai vimānanā . jāyate tatsutasyārtistasmiṃstasmiṃstatheṃdriye).

aṃgakam [aṃgameva aṃgakaṃ svārthe kan]
     (1) A limb; akṛta madhurairaṃbānāṃ me kutūhalamaṃgakaiḥ U. 1. 20, 24.
     (2) The body; haraṃti rataye rahaḥ priyatamāṃgakādaṃbaraṃ Śi. 4. 66.

aṃgikā [aṃgaṃ ācchādayati; aṃga-ini svārthe kan, striyāṃ ṭāp] A bodice or jacket.

aṃgin a. [aṃga-astyarthe ini]
     (1) Corporeal, having limbs, embodied, incarnate; dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāmavatāra ivāṃgavān R. 10. 84, 38; one who has a body; yenāṃgena vikṛtena aṃgino vikārastasmāt tṛtīyā Sk.; vyāyāme vṛddhiraṃgināṃ Śi. 2. 94.
     (2) Having subordinate parts; chief, principal; ye rasasyāṃgino dharmāḥ, eka eva bhavedaṃgī śṛṃgāro vīra eva vā, aṃgī atra karuṇaḥ, rasasyāṃgitvamāptasya dharmāḥ śauryādayo yathā S. D.

aṃgīya a. [aṃga-cha]
     (1) Belonging to the body.
     (2) Referring to the Anga country.

aṃgya a. [aṃga-yat] Belonging to or connected with the body, corporeal.

aṃgaṇam = aṃganaṃ q. v.

aṃgatiḥ [aṃgati yātyanena, aṃg karaṇe ati]
     (1) A conveyance, vehicle (f. also).
     (2) [aṃgyate gamyate sevādinā karmaṇi ati] Fire.
     (3) Brahmā.
     (4) [kartari ati] A Brāhmaṇa who maintains the sacred fire.

aṃgadam [aṃgaṃ dāyati śodhayati bhūṣayati, aṃgaṃ dyati vā, dai or do-ka] An ornament, bracelet &c. worn on the upperarm, an armlet; taptacāmīkarāṃgadaḥ V. 1. 14; saṃghadṛyannaṃgadamaṃgadena R. 6. 73. --dā
     (1) The female elephant of the south (?).
     (2) A woman who offers her person for use (aṃgaṃ dadāti arpayati). --daḥ
     (1) N. of a son of Vali, monkey-king of Kiṣkindhā. [He was born of Tāra, Vālī's wife, and is supposed to have been an incarnation of Bṛhaspati to aid the cause of Rāma (and hence noted for his eloquence). When, after the abduction of Sītā by Rāvaṇa, Rāma sent monkeys in all quarters to search for her, Angada was made chief of a monkey-troop proceeding to the south. For one month he got no information, and, when consequently he determined to cast off his life, he was told by Sampāti that Sītā could be found in Lanka. He sent Māruti to the island and, on the latter's return with definite information, they joined Rāma at Kishkindha. Afterwards when the whole host of Rāma went to Laṅkā Angada was despatched to Rāvaṇa as a messenger of peace to give him a chance of saving himself in time. But Rāvaṇa scornfully rejected his advice and met his doom. After Sugrīva Angada became king of Kishkindha. In common parlance a man is said to act the part of Angada when he endeavours to mediate between two contending parties, but without any success.].
     (2) N. of a son of Lakṣmaṇa by Urmilā (R. 15.90), his capital being called Aṅgadīyā.
     (3) N. of a warrior on the side of Duryodhana.
     -- Comp.
          --niryūhaḥ the crest-like forepart of the Angada ornament.

aṃganaṃ --ṇam [aṃgyate gṛhānniḥsṛtya gamyate atra; aṃg-lyuṭ, vā ṇatvaṃ Tv.]
     (1) A place to walk in, a courtyard, an area, yard, court; gṛha-; gagana- the wide firmament; -bhuvaḥ kesaravṛkṣasya Mal. 1 situated or being in the courtyard.
     (2) [karaṇe lyuṭ] A conveyance.
     (3) [bhāve lyuṭ] Going, walking &.

aṃganā [praśastaṃ aṃgaṃ yasyāḥ sā; aṃgāt kalyāṇe naḥ P. V. 2. 100.]
     (1) A woman or female in general; nṛpa-, gaja-, hariṇa- &c.
     (2) A woman with wellrounded limbs, a beautiful woman.
     (3) (Astr.) Virgo.
     (4) The female elephant of the north.
     -- Comp.
          --janaḥ 1. the female sex, woman-kind. 2. women.
          --priya a. beloved of women. (
          --yaḥ) N. of a plant (aśoka) Jonesia Aśoka, for women are fond of decking their persons with Aśoka flowers.

aṃgavam [aṃge svāvayave vāti aṃtarbhavati atiśoṣaṇāt saṃkucitāṃgamiva bhavati, vā-ḍa Tv.] Dried fruit.

aṃgas m. [aṃj-asun kutvaṃ] A bird.

aṃgāraḥ --ram [aṃg-āran Uṇ. 3. 134]
     (1) Charcoal (whether heated or not); ghṛtakuṃbhasamā nārī taptāṃgārasamaḥ pumān; uṣṇo dahati cāṃgāraḥ śītaḥ kṛṣṇāyate karaṃ H. 1. 80; tvayā svahastenāṃgārāḥ karṣitāḥ Pt. 1 you have ruined yourself with your own hands; cf. "to diga mine under one's feet"; kurukulāṃgāra Ve. 6 destroyer or pest of the Kuru family.
     (2) The planet Mars.
     (3) A plant hitāvalī, -kuṣṭakaḥ --hitāvalī.
     (4) N. of a prince who fought with king Māndhatri. --ra a. Red, of a red colour. --raṃ Red colour.
     -- Comp.
          --avakṣepaṇaṃ [aṃgārā avakṣipyaṃte anena karaṇe lyuṭ] a vessel to throw or extinguish coals.
          --kārin a. [aṃgāraṃ karoti kṛ-ṇini] one who prepares coal for sale.
          --kuṣṭhakaḥ [aṃgāravarṇaṃ kuṣṭhamiva-kan] N. of a plant hitāvalī. --dhānī [aṃgārā dhīyaṃte asyāṃ; dhā-ādhāre lyuṭ ṅīp], --dhānikā [svārthe kan] a portable fire-pan, brazier.
          --paripācitaṃ [tṛ. ta.] roasted food or meat.
          --parṇaṃ [aṃgāramiva parṇaṃ yasya] N. of a grove or forest. (--rṇaḥ) [astyarthe ac] N. of Chitraratha, king of the Gandharvas. [On one occasion, while he was sporting with his wife, he saw Kuntī with her five sons proceeding to the capital of Pānchāla in disguise. He accosted them and asked them to tell him where they were going, or to fight. Arjuna accepted the challenge; but Aṅgāraparṇa finding Arjuna to be a very skilful warrior gave him a secret lore called chākṣuṣī (endding one to see the smallest things) and took from him in return a lore called Agniśirāstra and became a friend of the Pāṇḍavas.]
          --pātrī --śakaṭī a portable fire-pan.
          --puṣpaḥ [aṃgāramiva lohitavarṇaṃ puṣpaṃ yasya saḥ] the plant iṃgudī. --maṃjarī, --maṃjī [aṃgārā raktavarṇā maṃjarī yasyāḥ] a shrub Cesalpinia Banducella (raktakaraṃjavṛkṣa). --vallarī, --vallī [aṃgārā iva raktaphalatvāt raktā] N. of various plants, karaṃja, bhārgī, guṃjā. --veṇuḥ [karma,] a sort of bamboo.

aṃgārakaḥ --kam [aṃgāra svārthe kan]
     (1) Charcoal.
     (2) Mars; -viruddhasya prakṣīṇasya bṛhaspateḥ Mk. 9. 33; -cāraḥ course of Mars, See chapter 6 of Bṛhat Samhitā.
     (3) Tuesday (--dinaṃ, --vāsaraḥ).
     (4) N. of a prince of Sauvīra.
     (5) N. of two plants kuraṃṭaka and bhṛṃgarāja, Eclipta (or Verbesina) Prostrata, and white or yellow Amaranth. --kaṃ [alpārthe kan]
     (1) A small spark.
     (2) A medicated oil in which turmeric, Dū1rva, Mañjiṣṭha and other substances have been boiled.
     -- Comp.
          --maṇiḥ [aṃgārakasya priyaḥ maṇiḥ śāka. ta.] a coral (pravāla) (tasya ca raktavarṇatvāt tatpriyatvaṃ; māṇikyaṃ bhāskare deyaṃ caṃdre muktāṃ pradāpayet . pravālaṃ ca kuje dadyāt).

aṃgāriḥ f. [aṃgāra matvarthe ṭhan pṛṣoda- kalopaḥ] A portable fire-pan, brazier.

aṃgārakita a. [aṃgārakāḥ asya saṃjātāḥ itac] Charred, roasted.

aṃgārikā [aṃgāraṃ vidyate asyāḥ matvarthe ṭhan kap ca]
     (1) A portable fire-pan.
     (2) The stalk of the sugar-cane.
     (3) The bud of the Butea Frondosa (kiṃśuka).

aṃgāriṇī [aṃgāra-matvarthe ini]
     (1) A small fire-pan.
     (2) The region heated by the sun, though no longer exposed to its rays.
     (3) A creeper in general.

aṃgārita a. [aṃgāraṃ asya saṃjātaṃ; tārakā- itac] Charred, roasted, half-burnt. --taḥ --taṃ [aṃgāramiva ācarati; aṃgāra-kvip tataḥ kartari kta.] An early bud of the kiṃśuka tree. --tā
     (1) = aṃgāradhānī q. v.
     (2) A bud in general.
     (3) A creeper. (latāmātre).
     (4) N. of a river.

aṃgārīya a. [aṃgārebhyaḥ etāni; aṃgāra-cha] To be used for preparing coal; -yāṇi kāṣṭhāni P. V. 1. 12. Sk.

aṃgāryā [pāśādigaṇa] A heap of charcoal.

aṃgir m. N. of a sage who received the brahmavidyā from Atharvan and imparted it to Satyavāha.

aṃgiraḥ, aṃgiras m. [aṃgati-aṃgagatau asi iruṭ;] Uṇ. 4. 235; according to Ait. Br. aṃgiras is from aṃgāra; ye aṃgārā āsaṃsteṃgiraso'bhavan; so Nir; aṃgāreṣu yoba bhūva soṃgirāḥ] N. of a celebrated sage to whom many hymns of the Ṛgveda are ascribed. (Etymologically Angiras is connected with the word Agni and is often regarded as its synonym (śivo bhava prajābhyo mānuṣībhyastvamaṃgiraḥ; aṃgirobhiḥ ṛṣibhiḥ saṃpāditatvāt aṃgasauṣṭhavādvā aṃgirā agnirūpaḥ). According to Bhārata he was a son of Agni. When Agni began to practise penance, Angiras himself became Agni and surpassed him in power and lustre, seeing which Agni came to the sage and said: --nikṣipāmyahamagnitvaṃ tvamagniḥ prathamo bhava . bhaviṣyāmi dvitīyohaṃ prājāpatyaka eva ca .. Angiras said: kuru puṇyaṃ prajāsargaṃ bhavāgnistimirāpahaḥ . māṃ ca deva kuruṣvāgne prathamaṃ putramaṃjasā .. tacchrutvāṃgiraso vākyaṃ jātavedāstathā'karot. He was one of the 10 mind-born sons of Brahma. His wife was Śraddhā, daughter of Kardama and bore him 3 sons, Bṛhaspati, Utathya and Samvarta, and 4 daughters Kuhu, Sinīvāli, Rākā and Anumati. The Matsya Purāṇa says that Angiras was one of the three sages produced from the sacrifice of Varuṇa and that he was adopted by Agni as his son and acted for some time as his regent. Another account, however, makes him father of Agni. He was one of the seven great sages and also one of the 10 Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind. In latter times Angiras was one of the inspired lawgivers, and also a writer on Astronomy. As an astronomical personification he is Bṛhaspati, regent of Jupiter or Jupiter itself. He is also regarded as the priest of the gods and the lord of sacrifices. Besides Śraddhā his wives were Smṛti, two daughters of Maitreya, some daughters of Daksha, Svadhā and Sati. He is also regarded as a teacher of the Brahmavidya. The Vedic hymns are also said to be his daughters. According to the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Angiras begot sons possessing Brāhmanical glory on the wife of Rathītara, a Kshatriya who was childless and these persons were afterwards called descendants of Angiras. The principal authors of vedic hymns in the family of Angiras were 33. His family has three distinct branches kevalāṃgirasa, gautamāṃgirasa and bhāradvājāṃgirasa, each branch having a number of subdivisions. --(pl.)
     (1) Descendants of Angiras, [Angiras being father of Agni they are considered as descendants of Agni himself who is called the first of the Angirasas. Like Angiras they occur in hymns addressed to luminou objects, and at a later period they became for the most part personifications of light, of luminous bodies, of divisions of time, celestial phenomena and fires adapted to peculiar occasions, as the full moon and change of the moon, or to particular rites, as the aśvamedha, rājasūya &c.]
     (2) Hymns of the Atharvaveda.
     (3) Priests, who, by using magical formulas of the Atharvaveda, protect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents.

aṃgirastama a. [tamap] Ved. Very rapid, especially like Agni in devouring food (?).

aṃgirasvat a. [aṃgirāḥ agniḥ sahāyatvena vidyate'sya; matup masya vaḥ] Accompanied by Angiras, epithet of wind.

aṃgirasaḥ An enemy of Viṣṇu in his incarnation of Paraśurāma.

aṃgirasāmayanam [aluk sa.] A Sattra sacrifice.

aṃgīkṛ 8 U. [connected with aṃga, or aṃga-cvi; anaṃgaṃ asvopakaraṇaṃ svakīyaṃ aṃgaṃ kriyate]
     (1) To accept, to betake oneself to, to take to; lavaṃgī kuraṃgīdṛgaṃgīkarotu Jagannātha; dakṣiṇāmāśāmaṃgīkṛtya gaṃtavyaṃ K. 121 in the southern direction, towards the south; aṃgīkṛtya ayaśaḥ 160; yadi mṛtyumaṃgīkaromi ibid.; evamaṃgīkārayituṃ mayā bhaṇitaṃ Mk. 8 to make her consent.
     (2) To promise to do, to agree or consent to, undertake; kiṃtvaṃgīkṛtamutsṛjan kṛpaṇavat ślāghyo jano lajjate Mu. 2. 18.
     (3) To own, acknowledge, confess, admit, grant.
     (4) To subdue, to make one's own.

aṃgīkāraḥ --kṛtiḥ --karaṇam
     (1) Acceptance.
     (2) Agreement, promise, undertaking &c.

aṃguḥ [aṃg-un] A hand(occurring in aṃguṣṭha q. v.).

aṃguriḥ --rī = aṃguli q. v.

aṃgulaḥ [aṃg-ul]
     (1) A finger.
     (2) The thumb, aṃgau pāṇau līyate (n. also).
     (3) A finger's breadth (n. also), equal to 8 barley-corns, 12 Angulas making a vitasti or span, and 24, a hasta or cubit; śaṃkurdaśāṃgulaḥ Ms. 8. 271.
     (4) (Astr.) A digit or 12th part.
     (5) N. of the sage Chāṇakya or Vātsyāyana.

aṃguliḥ --lī --riḥ --rī f. [aṃga-uli Uṇ. 4. 2] A finger (the names of the 5 fingers are aṃguṣṭha thumb, tarjanī forefinger, madhyamā middle finger, anāmikā ring-finger, and kaniṣṭhā or kaniṣṭhikā the little finger); a toe (of the foot); ekaviṃśoyaṃ puruṣaḥ daśa hastyā aṃgulayo daśa pādyā ātmaikaviṃśaḥ Ait. Br.
     (2) The thumb, great toe.
     (3) The tip of an elephant's trunk.
     (4) The measure aṃgula.
     (5) N. of the tree gajakarṇikā.
     (6) Penis (?).
     -- Comp.
          --toraṇaṃ [aṃguleḥ toraṇamiva kṛtaṃ] a mark on the forehead of the form of the half moon made with sandal &c.
          --traṃ, --trāṇaṃ [aṃguliṃ trāyate, aṃgulistrāyate anena traika.] a finger-protector (a contrivance like a thimble used by archers to protect the thumb or finger from being injured by the bow-string).
          --paṃcakaṃ the five fingers collectively.
          --mudrā, --mudrikā a seal-ring.
          --moṭanaṃ, --sphoṭanaṃ [aṃgulyormoṭanaṃ mardanaṃ sphoṭanaṃ tāḍanaṃ vā yatra] snapping or cracking the fingers (Mar. cuṭakī). --saṃgā [aṃgulau saṃgo yasyāḥ sā] sticking to the fingers; -gā yavāgūḥ : -gā gāḥ sādayati P. VIII. 3. 80 Sk. (aṃgulisaṃlepakārakaṃ yavāgūdravyaṃ Tv.). (
          --gaḥ) contact of the fingers; act of fingering.
          --saṃjñā [tṛ. ta.] a sign made by the finger; mukhārpitaikāṃgulisaṃjñayaiva Ku. 3. 41.
          --saṃdeśaḥ making signs with fingers; cracking or snapping the fingers as a sign.
          --saṃbhūta a. [sa. ta.] produced from or on the finger. (
          --taḥ) a finger-nail.

aṃgulikā
     (1) = aṃguli.
     (2) A sort of ant.

aṃgulī(rī)yaṃ-kaṃ, --yakam  [aṃgulau-rau bhavaṃ, svārthe kan] A finger-ring; tava sucaritamaṃgulīya nūnaṃ pratanu mameva S. 6. 10; m. also; kākutsthasyāṃgulīyakaḥ Bk. 8. 118.

aṃguṣṭhaḥ [aṃgau pāṇau prādhānyena tiṣṭhati; aṃgu-sthā P. VIII. 3. 97]
     (1) The thumb; great toe.
     (2) A thumb's breadth, usually regarded as equal to aṃgula. [cf. Zend angusta, Pers. angust.]
     -- Comp.
          --mātra a. [parimāṇārthe mātrac] of the length or size of a thumb; -traṃ puruṣaṃ niścakarṣa balādyamaḥ Mb.

aṃguṣṭhyaḥ [aṃguṣṭhe bhavaḥ cha] The thumbnail.

aṃgūṣaḥ [aṃg-ūṣan]
     (1) An ichneumon.
     (2) An arrow.

aṃgh A. (aṃghate, ānaṃghe)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To commence, set about.
     (3) To hasten.
     (4) To scold, blame.

aṃghas n. [aṃghate gacchati narakamanena aṃgh-asun] A sin; Ve. 1. 12 v. l.

aṃghāri a. [ṛ-iṇ pṛṣo.] Ved. Of a bright or splendid form or nature (dīptiśīla); an enemy to sin or evil (?).

aṃghri(aṃhriḥ) [aṃgh-krin nipātoyaṃ Uṇ. 4. 66]
     (1) A foot.
     (2) The root of a tree.
     (3) A quarter of a stanza (caturthapāda.)
     -- Comp.
          --paḥ [aṃghriṇā pibati siktajalaṃ; pā-ka] a tree; dikṣu vyūḍhāṃghripāṃgaḥ Ve. 2. 18.
          --parṇī --rṇikā, --vallī, --vallikā [aṃghrau mūle tadārabhya vā parṇānyasyāḥ, svārthe kan; aṃghrerārabhya vallīva parṇatvena] N. of a plant siṃhapucchī Hedysarum Lagopodioides (Mar. ḍavalā, piṭhavaṇa). --pāna a. [aṃghriḥ pānaṃ yasya] or aṃghriṃ pibati] sucking his foot or toes, as an infant.
          --skaṃdhaḥ [aṃghreḥ skaṃdha iva] the ankle.

ac 1 U. (acati, --aṃcati, ānaṃca, aṃcituṃ, akta)
     (1) To go, move; to honour; request, ask &c. &c.; connected with aṃc q. v. --c m. (Gram.) A term for vowels.

acakra a.
     (1) Having no wheels.
     (2) Immoveable.
     (3) Not wavering.

acakṣus a. Eyeless, blind; -viṣaya a. invisible; -yaṃ durgaṃ Ms. 4. 77. --n. A bad or miserable eye.

acaṃḍa a. Not hot-tempered, mild, gentle. --ḍī A mild or tractable cow.

acatura a. [avidyamānāni catvāri yasya --nipātaḥ] P. V. 4. 77.]
     (1) Destitute of four.
     (2) (na. ta.) Not skilful.

acara a. Immoveable; carācaraṃ viśvaṃ Ku. 2. 5; carāṇāmannamacarāḥ Ms. 5. 29.
     (2) (Astr.) Epithet of the zodiacal signs vṛṣabha, siṃha, vṛścika and kuṃbha.

acarama a. Not last, middle &c.; vayasyacarame P. IV. 1. 20. Vārt.

acala a. Steady, immoveable, motionless, fixed, permanent; citranyastamivācalaṃ cāmaraṃ V. 1. 4; tapase'dhivastumacalāmacalaḥ Ki. 6. 18; samādhau -lā buddhiḥ Bg. 2. 53; yatra sthāṇurivācalaḥ S. 7. 11 immoveable. --laḥ
     (1) A mountain; (rarely) a rock.
     (2) A bolt or pin (śaṃku).
     (3) The number seven.
     (4) N. of Śiva, of the soul, of the first of the 9 deified persons among Jainas. --lā The earth (so called because the earth is immoveable according to one view, or, according to Ārya Bhaṭṭa who rejects this view, acalāḥ parvatāḥ saṃtyatra, astyarthe ac; acalatvāt svakakṣāto bahirgamanāṃbhāvādvā). --laṃ Brahma.
     -- Comp.
          --kanyakā, --sutā, --duhitā, --tanayā &c. N. of Pārvatī, daughter of the Himālaya mountain.
          --kīlā (ba. the earth (immoveably fixed or pinned).
          --ja, --jāta a. mountain-born. (
          --jā --jātā) N. of Pārvatī.
          --tviṣ a. [acalā tviṭ yasya] of fixed or permanent lustre or colour. (--m, -ṭ) a cuckoo (bahuprakṣālanenāpi mālinyānapagamāt sthirā tviṭ). (f.) permanent colour.
          --dviṣ m. [acalān dveṣṭi, dviṣ-kvip] the enemy of mountains, epithet of Indra who clipped off their wings.
          --dhṛtiḥ f. a metre of four lines of 16 short syllables each (gītyāryā). --patiḥ, --rāṭ lord of mountains, N. of Himālaya; so -adhipaḥ, -śreṣṭhaḥ. --saptamī N. of a book in the bhaviṣyottarapurāṇa; the 7th day of the bright half of Aśvina.

acāpala --lya a. [bahu.] Devoid of fickleness, steady. --laṃ --lyaṃ [na. ta.] Steadiness.

acit a. Ved.
     (1) Devoid of understanding.
     (2) Irreligious, unrighteous.
     (3) Material (opp. cit).

acita a. Ved.
     (1) Gone.
     (2) [na. ta.] Not thought of.
     (3) Not collected.

acitta a.
     (1) Inconceivable.
     (2) [nāsti cittaṃ yasya] Destitute of intellect, senseless, stupid.
     (3) Unnoticed, unexpected, not thought of.

acittiḥ f. Want of sense, infatuation, ignorance.

aciṃtya --tanīya a. [na. ta.] Inconceivable, incomprehensible, unexpected; -yastu tava prabhāvaḥ R. 5. 33; -tyarūpa, -karman of inconceivable form or action. --tyaḥ Śiva.

aciṃtita a. Not thought of, unexpected, sudden; -upanataṃ occurring unexpectedly; -to vadho'jñānāṃ mīnānāmiva jāyate Pt. 2. 3.

acitvas a. Ved. Ignorant of, not knowing.

acira a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Brief, transitory, of short duration; -dyuṃti, -bhās, -prabhā &c. q. v.
     (2) Recent, late, new; akarodacireśvaraḥ kṣitau R. 8. 20 the new lord. In compounds acira may be rendered by 'recently', 'just', 'not long ago'; -pravṛttaṃ grīṣmasamayamadhikṛtya S. 1 just set in; -prasūtā S. 4 having recently brought forth (who died not long after delivery, said of a doe); or a cow that has recently calved. --raṃ adv. (also acireṇa, acirāya, acirāt, acirasya in the same senses)
     (1) Not long since, not long ago.
     (2) Recently, lately.
     (3) Soon, quickly, not long hence.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśu, --ābhā, --dyutiḥ, --prabhā, --bhās, --rocis f. [acirāḥ aṃśavaḥ, acirā ābhā-prabhā &c. yasyāḥ sā] lightning; -śuvilāsacaṃcalā lakṣmīḥ Ki. 2. 19; -bhāsāṃ tejasā cānuliptaiḥ S. 7. 7, Ki. 4. 24, 5. 6. 2. (karma.) transitory lustre, short gleam.

aciṣṇu --ṣṭu a. Ved. [ac gatau bā- iṣṇu-ṣṭu-c] Going every where, allpervading.

acetana a. [na. ba.] Inanimate, not sentient, irrational; cetana -neṣu Me. 5; -naṃ brahma inanimate Brahma; -naṃ nāma guṇaṃ na lakṣayet S. 6. 12 destitute of life, lifeless (object &c.); -neṣvapi cetanāvapaducāraḥ Mbh.
     (2) Not conscious, insensible; senseless; buddhiśatamacetane naṣṭaṃ H. 2. 161.

acetas a. [na. ba.] Destitute of consciousness; insensible, inanimate, lifeless.

acetāna a. [cit śānac na. ta.] Ved. Void of consciousness, ignorant; silly, infatuated.

aceṣṭa a. [nāsti ceṣṭā yasya]
     (1) Effortless, motionless.
     (2) Not requiring direct effort.

acaitanyam [na. ta.]
     (1) Unconsciousness, insensibility; ignorance in spiritual matters.
     (2) The material world, matter.

acodas a. Ved. [nāsti codanā yasya] Spontaneous, not influenced by external force or compulsion.

accha a. [na chyati dṛṣṭiṃ, cho-ka. na. ta., nirmale hi vastuni dṛṣṭiḥ prasarati na tu samale ābhyaṃtaraparyaṃtaṃ dhāvati Tv.] Clear, pellucid, transparent, pure; muktācchadaṃtacchavidaṃtureyaṃ U. 6. 27; -sphaṭikaviśadaṃ Me. 51; -śramajalakaṇikā K. 57; kiṃ ratnamacchā matiḥ Bv. 1. 86. --cchaḥ
     (1) A crystal.
     (2) [na chāti bhakṣayati nāśitasattvaṃ; chā bhakṣaṇe-ka na. ta. Tv.] A bear; cf. also -bhalla
     (3) N. of a plant.
     -- Comp.
          --udan a. (i. e. acchoda) [acchaṃ udakaṃ yasya] having clear water. (
          --dā) N. of a river; eteṣāṃ (agniṣvāttānāṃ) mānasī kanyā acchodā nāma nimnagā Harivamśa. (
          --daṃ) N. of a lake on the Himālaya (mentioned in Kādambarī).
          --bhallaḥ a bear.

accha --cchā ind. Ved. To, towards (with acc.). It is a kind of separable preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, especially to such as imply some kind of motion, or speaking; (accha gatyarthavadeṣu P. I. 4. 69; -i or gam to go to, attain, as accha gatya; -naś-kṣ to go near, approach; -nī to lead towards; -nu to call out to; -pat to fly towards; -vaṃd to salute; -vac to invite.

acchāvākaḥ [acchaṃ nirmalaṃ accha ābhimukhyena vā vakti śaṃsati; vac kartari saṃjñāyāṃ ghañ nipātasya ceti dīrghaḥ Tv.] The invoker or inviter, a priest or Ṛtvij who is employed at Soma sacrifices, and is a co-adjutor of hotṛ. Each of the four principal priests, hotṛ, adhvaryu, brahman and udrātṛ has three assistants, the total number of priests employed at Soma sacrifices being therefore 16; -sāman n. N. of the Sāman to be chanted by an acchāvāka, also called udvaṃśīya.

acchāvākīya a. [acchāvākaśabdostyatra-cha] Containing the word acchāvāka P. V. 2. 59. --yaṃ [-vākasya karma bhāvo vā] The duty of an acchāvāka, being one P. V. 1. 135.

acchāvākya n. [acchāvākasya idaṃ-yat] Pertaining to, to be repeated by, an acchāvāka.

acchaṃdas a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not studying the Vedas (as a boy before the muṃja ceremony), or not entitled to that study (as a Śūdra.
     (2) Not metrical, not of the nature of metres, i. e. prose.
     (3) Without fancy or whim.

acchidra a. [na. ba.] Unbroken, uninjured, complete, unimpaired, without holes or weak points, faultless, without defect; acchidraiḥ sustaṃbhairmaṃtribhiḥ Pt. 1. 126; japacchidraṃ tapaśchidraṃ yacchidraṃ śrāddhakarmaṇi . sarvaṃ bhavatu me'cchidraṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ prasādataḥ ..; tattathā kriyatāṃ rājanyathā'cchidraḥ kraturbhavet Rām., -ūti giving perfect protection Rv. 1. 145. 3. --draṃ A faultless action or condition, absence of defect; -dreṇa uninterruptedly, from first to last.
     -- Comp.
          --ūdhan [ūdhnī] having a faultless udder.
          --kāṃḍaṃ N. of a chapter of the taittirīya brāhmaṇa.

acchinna [na. ta.]
     (1) Uninterrupted, continuous, constant; -śivasaṃkalpamaṃtaḥkaraṇamastu te Mv. 4. 36 undisturbed in its holy thoughts, ever cherishing holy thoughts; -amalasaṃtānāḥ saritaḥ kīrtayaśca te Ku. 6. 69.
     (2) Not cut or divided, undivided, uninjured; inseparable.
     -- Comp.
          --parṇaḥ, -patraḥ [acchinnāni satatāni parṇāni patrāṇi vā yasya] N. of trees having constant leaves; particularly of the tree called śākhoṭaka; (of birds) having uncut or uninjured wings.

acchedika, --acchaidika a. [chedanaṃ nārhatiṭhan] Not fit to be cut.

acchedya [na. ta.] Indivisible.

acchuptā [na. ta.] Not touched by sin; N. of one of the 16 Vidyādevīs of the Jainas.

acchoṭanam Hunting.

acyuta a. [na. ta. svarūpasāmarthyāt na cyutaḥ cyavate vā-kālasāmānye kartarikta]
     (1) Not fallen, firm, fixed; not giving way, solid; garuḍamūrtiriva acyutasthitiramaṇīyā K. 52 (acyuta meaning 'Viṣṇu' and 'firm', 'fixed'); -kṣit having solid ground.
     (2) Imperishable, permanent; -ruṣ inveterate enmity.
     (3) [na cyotati kṣarati; cyut-ka. na. ta.] Not melting away or perishing, not leaking or dripping. --taḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu; of the Almighty being; yasmānna cyutapūrvohamacyutastena karmaṇā Bhāg, gacchāmyacyutadarśanena K. P. 5. (where a- also means 'one who is firm, does not yield to passions').
     (3) N. of a plant, Morinda Tinctoria.
     (4) A sort of poetical composition containing 12 cantos.
     -- Comp.
          --agrajaḥ [ṣa. ta.] N. of Balarāma or Indra.
          --aṃgajaḥ, -putraḥ, ātmajaḥ N. of Cupid, son of Kṛṣṇa and Rukmiṇī.
          --āvāsaḥ, -vāsaḥ the sacred fig-tree.
          --jaḥ [paṃ. ta.] a class of Jaina deities said to have been produced from Viṣṇu
          --sthalaṃ N. of a place in the Punjab.

aj 1 P. (optionally replaced by the root vī in non-conjugational tenses; ajati, ājīt, ajituṃ)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To drive, lead.
     (3) To throw, cast (used with prepositions found only in Vedic literature). [cf. L. ago; Gr. ago; Zend az].

aja a. [na jāyate; jaṇ-ḍa. na. ta.] Unborn, existing from all eternity; yo māmajamanādiṃ ca vetti lokamaheśvaraṃ Bg. 10. 3; ajasya gṛhṇato janma R. 10. 24. --jaḥ
     (1) The 'unborn,' epithet of the Almighty Being; na hi jāto na jāye'haṃ na janiṣye kadācana . kṣetrajñaḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ tasmādahamajaḥ smṛtaḥ .. Mb.; also a N. of Viṣṇu, Śiva or Brahmā.
     (2) The (individual) soul (jīva); ajo nityaḥ śāśvatoyaṃ purāṇo na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre Bg. 2. 20.
     (3) A ram, hegoat [ajena brahmaṇā dakṣayajñabhaṃgasamaye meṣarūpagrahaṇena palāyamānatvāt ajādhiṣṭhitarūpavattvāt meṣasya upacārāt ajatvaṃ Tv.].
     (4) The sign Aries.
     (5) A sort of corn or grain; ajairyaṣṭavyaṃ tatrājā vrīhayaḥ Pt. 3.
     (6) Mover, leader (Ved.), said of Indra, Maruts, Rudra &c.; a drove.
     (7) N. of a mineral substance (mākṣikadhātu).
     (8) N. of the Moon or Kāmadeva (āt viṣṇorjāyate iti; cf. caṃdramā manaso jātaḥ).
     (9) A vehicle of the sun. (10) N. of the father of Daśaratha and grand-father of Rāma; so called because he was born on the Brāhma Muhūrta.
     (11) N. of a Ṛṣi.
     -- Comp.
          --adaḥ [ajaṃ attīti; ad-ghañ] N. of the ancestor of a warrior tribe, P. IV. 1. 71.
          --adanī [ajaiḥ tṛptyā anyaiḥ duḥkhasparśatvepi adyate; ad karmaṇi lyuṭ] a kind of prickly nightshade, durālabhā (Mar. dhamāsā). --aṃtrī [ajasya aṃtramiva aṃtraṃ tadākāravatī maṃjarī yasyāḥ] N. of a pot-herb Convolvulus Argenteus, nīlabuhnā. --avikaṃ [ajāścāvayaśca teṣāṃ samāhāraḥ dvaṃdva] goats and sheep; small cattle; ajāvike tu saṃruddhe Ms. 8 235.
          --aśvaṃ goats and horses. (
          --śvaḥ) the Sun or Puṣan, who has goats for his horses.
          --ekapād-daḥ [ajasya chāgasya ekaḥ pāda iva pādo yasya] N. of one of the 11 Rudras, or of the asterism pūrvābhādrapadā presided over by that deity.
          --eḍakaṃ [ajāśca eḍakāśca teṣāṃ samāhāraḥ] goats and rams.
          --karṇaḥ, --karṇakaḥ [ajasya karṇa iva parṇaṃ yasya-svārthe kan] N. of the plant asanavṛkṣa Terminalia Alata Tomentosa; of another tree sāla Shorea Robusta.
          --gaṃdhā [ajasya gaṃdha iva gaṃdho yasyāḥ sā] the shrubby basil, vanayāmānī. --gaṃdhikā a kind of varvarīśāka (Mar. tilavaṇī, kānaphoḍī). --gaṃdhinī = ajaśṛṃgī q. v.
          --garaḥ [ajaṃ chāgaṃ girati bhakṣayati; gṝ-ac] a huge serpent (boa constrictor) who is said to swallow goats. (
          --rī) N. of a plant.
          --gala See ajāgala below.
          --gallikā [ajasya galla iva] an infantile disease (Mentagra).
          --jīvaḥ, --jīvikaḥ [ajaistaccāraṇena jīvati; ajā eva jīvikā yasya vā] a goat-herd; so
          ---paḥ, ---pālaḥ. --daṃḍī [ajasya brahmaṇo daṃḍo yasyāḥ sā] brahmadaṃḍī a kind of plant (brahmaṇo yajñārthadaṃḍasya tadīyakāṣṭhena karaṇāt tathātvaṃ). --devatā 1. N. of the 25th asterism. 2. fire, the presiding deity of goats (raudrī dhenurvinirdiṣṭā chāga āgneya ucyate). --nāmakaḥ [ajaḥ nāma yasya saḥ kap] a mineral substance.
          --patiḥ 1. the best of goats. 2. N. of Mars; lord of the sign Aries.
          --pathaḥ = ajavīthiḥ q. v.
          --padaḥ, --pād --daḥ N. of a Rudra; See ajaikapāda above.
          --baṃdhuḥ [ajasya baṃdhuriva mūrkhatvāt] a fool (silly like the goat).
          --bhakṣaḥ [ajairbhakṣyate asau bhakṣ-karmaṇi ghañ] N. of the varvarī plant (the leaves of which are very dear to goats).
          --māyu a. Ved. bleating like a goat.
          --māraḥ [ajaṃ mārayati vikrayārthaṃ; mṛ-ṇic-aṇ] 1. a butcher. 2. N. of a country (the modern Ajmeer, which, it is supposed, formerly abounded in butchers).
          --mīḍhaḥ [ajo mīḍho yajñe sikto yatra ba.] 1. N. of the place called Ajmeer. 2. N. of the eldest son of Hasti, born in the family of Puru, son of Yayati. 3. surname of Yudhiṣṭhira.
          --mukha a. goat-faced. (
          --khaḥ) N. of a Prajāpati (Daksha.) When Daksha reviled Śiva at his sacrificial session, Vīrabhadra pulled out his face, and afterwards at the request of Śiva himself he put up a goat's face in place of the original human one. (
          --khī) N. of a Rākṣasī kept to watch over Sītā in the Aśoka garden at Laṅka.
          --modā, --modikā [ajasya moda iva modo gaṃdho yasyāḥ, ajaṃ modayatīti vā] N. of a very useful medicinal plant, Common Carroway; the species called Apium Involucratum or Ligusticum Ajowan (Mar. oṃvā). --laṃbanaṃ [aja iva laṃbyate gṛhyate kṛṣṇavarṇatvāt karmaṇi lyuṭ] antimony.
          --loman, --lomī --mā [ajasya lomeva loma maṃjarī yasya-syā vā] cowage, Carpopogen Pruriens.
          --vastiḥ [ajasya vastiriva vastiryasya] N. of a sage, or of a tribe sprung from him.
          --vīthiḥ --thī f. [ajena brahmaṇā nirmitā vīthiḥ śāka. ta.] one of the three divisions of the southern path comprehending the three asterisms mūla, pūrvāṣāḍhā and uttarāṣāḍhā; a sort of heavenly passage (gaganasetu, yamanālā); pitṛyāno'javīthyāśca yadagastyasya cāṃtaraṃ Y. 3. 184. 2. goat's path.
          --śṛṃgī [ajasya meṣasya śṛṃgamiva phalaṃ yasyāḥ sā] N. of plant, viṣāṇī or Odina Wodier, highly medicinal, (Mar. meṃḍhaśiṃgī), See meṣaśṛṃgī.

ajakā = ajikā below.

ajanam [aj bhāve lyuṭ] Moving, driving. --naḥ Brahma; -yonijaḥ born from Brahmā i. e. Daksha.

ajaniḥ [aj-ani] A path, road.

ajā [na jāyate ityajā]
     (1) (According to Saṅkhya philosophy) Prakṛti or Maya; the verse which refers to ajā, (ajāmekāṃ lohitaśuklakṛṣṇāṃ &c.) is interpreted by the Vedantins as referring to the prakṛti consisting of tejas, ap and anna, See S. B.
     (2) A she-goat.
     -- Comp.
          --galastanaḥ the fleshy protuberance or nipple hanging down from the neck of goats; (fig.) an emblem of anything worthless or useless; dharmārtha kāmamokṣāṇāṃ yasyaikopi na vidyate . -stanasyeva tasya janma nirarthakaṃ .. stanavadavalaṃbate yaḥ kaṃṭhe 'jānāṃ maṇiḥ sa vijñeyaḥ Br. S. 65. 3.
          --jīvaḥ, --pālakaḥ a goat-herd, See ajajīva &c.
          --taulvaliḥ [śāka- gaṇa] N. of a sage who lived on the milk of goats (ajādugdhena vartamānaḥ).

ajakā, --ajikā(svārthe kan ṭāp)
     (1) A young she-goat.
     (2) [ajasya vikāraḥ avayavaḥ galastanaḥ purīṣaṃ vā] The fleshy protuberance on the neck, or its excrement. --3. A disease of the pupil of the eye.
     -- Comp.
          --jātaḥ [ajakeva jātaḥ] the above disease, (ajāpurīṣapratimo rujāvān salohito lohitapicchilāsraḥ . vidārya kṛṣṇaṃ pracayo'bhyupaiti taṃ cājakājātamiti vyavasyet ..

ajakavaḥ --vam The bow of Śiva(śivo hi anenaiva dhanuṣā tripurāsurasya vadhena ajaṃ viṣṇuṃ kaṃ brahmāṇaṃ ca avāt prīṇayāmāsa iti tasya dhanuṣo 'jakavatvaṃ, ajakau vātīti Tv.)

ajakāvaḥ --vam
     (1) Śiva's bow.
     (2) [ajakaṃ chāgaṃ vāti prīṇāti; vā-ka] N. of the tree varvarī, of which goats are said to be very fond.
     (3) [ajakā ajāgalastanaiva vāti prakāśate vā-ka] A sacrificial vessel of wood (of the form of ajāgala) dedicated to Mitra and Varuṇa (--vaṃ in this sense) maitrāvaruṇapātraṃ.
     (4) A disease of the pupil of the eye = ajakājāta q. v.
     (5) A venomous kind of vermin (ajakā rogaviśeṣaḥ, tadviṣaṃ).

ajagam [ajaṃ viṣṇuṃ gacchati śaratvena gam-ḍa] Śiva's bow. --gaḥ
     (1) [ajena brahmaṇā gamyate gīyate vā, karmaṇi gam-ḍa, gai-ka] N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) [ajena gacchati ajaṃ chāgaṃ yajñāṃgatvena gacchati vā] Fire.

ajagara See under aja.

ajagavam [ajago viṣṇuḥ śaratvena astyasya ajaga-va P. V. 2. 110] Śiva's bow, Pināka.

ajagāvaḥ [ajagaṃ viṣṇuṃ avati av-aṇ]
     (1) Śiva's bow.
     (2) The southern portion of the path of the sun, moon and planets.
     (3) N. of a snake-priest.

ajaṭā [nāsti jaṭā śiphā yasyāḥ sā] N. of a plant bhūmyālakī or kapikacchū, See ajjhaṭā.

ajaḍa a. Not stupid. --ḍā N. of the plants ajaṭā, kapikacchū (ajaḍayati sparśamātrāt).

ajathyā [ajāya hitā ajathyā; ajathyan] P. V. 1. 8]
     (1) N. of the yellow jasmine yūthikā.
     (2) A flock of goats.

ajana --ni See under aj.

ajana a. [na. ba.] Destitute of men, tenantless, desert. --naḥ [kutsitārthe nañ] A bad or insignificant person.

ajananiḥ f. [nañ jan-ākrośe ani P. III. 3. 112] Cessation of existence; tasyājananirevāstu jananīkleśakāriṇaḥ Śi. 2. 45 may he not be born, may he cease to exist!

ajanman a. Unborn, epithet of the Unborn Being, the Eternal being; puruṣasya padeṣvajanmanaḥ R. 8. 78. --m. [nāsti janma yatra] Final beatitude, absolution; tasmātsa yogādadhigamya yogamajanmane'kalpata janmabhīruḥ R. 18. 33.

ajanya a. Not fit to be produced; not favourable to mankind. --nyaṃ [laukikahetubhirna janyate; jan-ṇic-yat] A portentous phenomenon, inauspicious to mankind, such as earth-quake.

ajapaḥ [aspaṣṭaṃ japati niṃdārthe nañ, jap. ac] A Brāhmaṇa who does not (properly) repeat his prayers (kupāṭhaka); ajapā brāhmaṇāstāta śūdrā japaparāyaṇāḥ . bhaviṣyaṃti kalau Mb.; one who reads heretical works. --pā [prayatnena na japyā aprayatnoccāritatvāt; karmaṇi ac] N. of a Mantra called haṃsa, which consists of a number of inhalations and exhalations (śvāsapraśvāsayoḥ bahirgamanāgamanābhyāṃ akṣaraniṣpādanarūpo japaḥ, sa ca haṃsaḥ sohaṃ ityākāra eva; ucchvāsaireva niśvāsairhaṃsa ityakṣaradvayaṃ . tasmātprāṇaśca haṃsākhya ātmākāreṇa saṃsthitaḥ ..

ajaṃbha a. [nāsti jaṃbho daṃto yasya] Toothless. --bhaḥ
     (1) A frog.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) Toothless state (of a child).

ajaya a. [nāsti parairjayo yasya] Invincible, unsurpassed, unconquerable. --yaḥ [na. ta.] A defeat; lābhālābhau jayājayau Bg. 2. 38.
     (2) N. of Agni (ajena chāgena yāti; yā-ka), or of Viṣṇu (according to some); of a lexicographer. --yā [nāsti jayo mādakatvena asyāṃ]
     (1) Hemp or bhāṃga.
     (2) N. of a friend of Durgā.
     (3) Māyā or illusion.

ajayya a. [na. ta.] Invincible; sakhyuste sa kila śatakratorajayyaḥ S. 6. 29, R. 18. 8.
     (2) Not proper to be won at play; -yyaṃ jigāya tān Bopadeva.

ajara a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not subject to old age or decay; ever young; ajaraṃ vṛddhatvaṃ K. 103; cf. vṛddhatvaṃ jarayā vinā R. 1. 23.
     (2) Undecaying, imperishable; purāṇamajaraṃ viduḥ R. 10. 19; anaṃtamajaraṃ brahma Bh. 3. 76, H. Pr. 3, Pt. 1. 151, Ms. 2. 148. --raḥ
     (1) A god (who is not subject to old age).
     (2) N. of a plant vṛddhadāraka or jīrṇaphaṃjī (-rā also). --rā
     (1) N. of a plant gṛhakanyā or ghṛtakumārī Aloe Perfoliata.
     (2) A house-lizard (godhālikā). --raṃ [na jīryate kṣīyate jṝ-ac] The Supreme Spirit.

ajarya a. [na jīryati; jṝ kartari yat P. III. 1. 105]
     (1) Not digestible.
     (2) Not decaying, imperishable, everlasting, perpetual. --ryaṃ (with saṃgataṃ expressed or understood) Friendship; mṛgairajaryaṃ jarasopadiṣṭaṃ R. 18. 7.

ajarat, --rayu, --ras a. Ved. Not old.

ajavas a. [ju-asun] Not quick, inactive.

ajastuṃdam [ajasya iva tuṃdaṃ asya suṭ nipātoyaṃ] N. of a town, P. VI. 1. 155.

ajasra a. [na jas-ra P. III. 2. 167; jasirnañpūrvaḥ kriyāsātatye vartate Sk.] Not ceasing, constant, perpetual; -dīkṣāprayatasya R. 3. 44. --sraṃ ind. Ever, constantly, perpetually; vṛthaiva saṃkalpaśatairajasraṃ S. 3. 5; tacca dhūnotyajasraṃ U. 4. 26.

ajahatsvārthā [na jahat svārtho'tra, hāśatṛ na. ba.] A kind of lakṣaṇā, in which the primary or original sense of a word (which is used elliptically) does not disappear; as kuṃtāḥ praviśaṃti = kuṃtadhāriṇaḥ puruṣāḥ; śveto dhāvati = śvetavarṇo 'śvo dhāvati; also called upādānalakṣaṇā q. v.; svasiddhaye parākṣepaḥ; kuṃtāḥ praviśaṃti, yaṣṭayaḥ praviśaṃti ityādau kuṃtādibhirātmanaḥ praveśasiddhyarthaṃ svasaṃyoginaḥ puruṣā ākṣipyaṃte K. P. 2.

ajahalliṃgam [na jahat liṃgaṃ yaṃ; hā-śatṛ] A noun which does not change its original gender, even when used like an adjective; e. g. vedaḥ or śrutiḥ pramāṇaṃ (not pramāṇaḥ or -ṇā).

ajahā [na jahāti śūkān hā-śa.] N. of a plant, cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens.

ajāgara a. [na. ba.] Not wakeful, not requiring keeping up. --raḥ [jāgarayatīti jāgaraḥ na jāgaro yasmāt] A plant, Verbesina Prostrata (bhṛṃgarājavṛkṣa) (sevanena nidrārāhityakārakaḥ, yadapekṣayā anyasmin jāgaraṇakartṛtvaṃ nāsti.)

ajājiḥ --jī f. [ajena chāgena vīyate gaṃdhotkaṭatvāt tyajyate, aj-in vībhāvābhāvaḥ] Cumin seed (śvetajīraka); kṛṣṇajīraka Nigella Indica; kākoduṃbarikā Ficus Oppositifolia.

ajāta [na. ta.] Unborn; ajātamṛtamūrkhebhyo mṛtājātau sutau varaṃ Pt. 1.; not yet born, produced, or fully developed; -kakud, -pakṣa &c.
     -- Comp.
          --ari, --śatru a. [na jātaḥ śatruḥ asya; jātasya jaṃtumātrasya na śatruḥ] having no enemy or adversary, not an enemy of any one. (
          --riḥ --truḥ) epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira; haṃta jātamajātāreḥ prathamena tvayāriṇā Śi. 2. 102; na dvekṣi yajjanamatastvamajātaśatruḥ Ve. 3. 13; also of Śiva and various other persons.
          --kakut-d m. (ba.) a young bull whose hump is not yet fully developed, P. V. 4. 146.
          --daṃta a. [na jātā daṃtā yasya yasmin vayasi vā] one without teeth, or (a state) in which one has got no teeth.
          --pakṣa a. having undeveloped or unfledged wings.
          --vyaṃjana a. having no distinctive marks or features (as a beard.)
          --vyavahāraḥ a minor (who has not attained his majority.

ajāti a. [na. ba.] 1 Having no caste, race &c.
     (2) Eternal, not produced. --ti f. Non-production.

ajāniḥ [nāsti jāyā yasya] Without a wife; a widower.

ajānika a. [ajena tadvikrayapālanādinā āno jīvanaṃ astyasya; ṭhan Tv.] A goat-herd.

ajāneya a. Of high breed, powerful, fearless, undaunted (as a horse). --yaḥ A horse of high breed. See ājāneya.

ajāpakvam N. of a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee (used as a remedy against cough, asthma, consumption &c.) (ajādugdhādibhyojātaṃ).

ajāmi a. Ved. [na. ta.]
     (1) Not of kin or related; yatra jāmayaḥ kṛṇavannajāmi Rv. 10. 10. 10 (ajāmikarmāṇi bhrātṛṇāṃ ajāmiyogyāni maithunasaṃbaṃdhānikarmāṇi kariṣyaṃti Nir.)
     (2) Not parallel or correct.

aji a. [ajati; aj-i Uṇ. 4. 139] Going, moving; as padājiḥ walking on foot. --jiḥ f. [bhāve in]
     (1) Motion, going.
     (2) Throwing &c.

ajita a. Invincible, unconquerable, irresistible; -taṃ puṇyaṃ ... mahaḥ U. 5. 27.
     (2) Not conquered or won (as a country &c.); not restrained, curbed, controlled, -ātman; -iṃdriya of uncontrolled soul or passion. --taḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu or Śiva or of Buddha.
     (2) N. of a powerful antidote, or a poisonous sort of rat. --(pl.) A class of deities in the first Manvantara.
     -- Comp.
          --āpīḍaḥ having an invincible crown; N. of a King.
          --balā N. of a Jaina deity who acts under orders from the Arhat Ajita.
          --vikramaḥ 'of unsubdued power', N. of Chandragupta II.

ajinam [ajati kṣipati rajaādi āvaraṇena; aj-inac, ajeraja ca Uṇ. 2. 48, vībhāvabādhanārthaṃ]
     (1) The (hairy) skin of a tiger, lion, elephant &c., especially of a black antelope (used as a seat, garment &c.); athājināṣāḍhadharaḥ Ku. 5. 30, 67, Ki. 11. 15; aiṇeyenājinena brāhmaṇaṃ rauraveṇa kṣatriyaṃ ājinena vaiśyaṃ Asval.
     (2) A sort of leather bag or bellows.
     -- Comp.
          --patrā --trī --trikā [ajinaṃ carmaiva suśliṣṭaṃ patraṃ pakṣo yasyāḥ sā, gaurā- ṅīp svārthe kan] a bat.
          --phalā [ajinaṃ bhastreva phalaṃ yasyāḥ sā] N. of a plant (bhastrākāraphalo vṛkṣaḥ). --yoniḥ [ajinasya yoniḥ prabhavaḥ] a deer, an antelope.
          --vāsin a. [ajinaṃ vaste, vas ṇini] clad in an antelope-hide.
          --saṃdhaḥ [ajinaṃ saṃdadhāti] a furrier.

ajira a. [aj gatau kiran vībhāvābhāvaḥ Uṇ. 1. 53.] Quick, swift (śīghra) --raḥ
     (1) A sort of mouse, hairy mole.
     (2) A kind of ceremony in pronouncing curses. --raṃ
     (1) A court-yard, an enclosed space, arena; uṭajājiraprakīrṇa K. 39, Ki. 1. 16; so raṇa-, gṛha- &c.
     (2) The body.
     (3) Any object of sense.
     (4) The wind, air.
     (5) A frog. --rā
     (1) N. of a river.
     (2) N. of Durgā. --raḥ N. of a snake priest.
     -- Comp.
          --adhirājaḥ [karma-] Ved. 'a quick emperor,' epithet of death.
          --śocis a. [ajiraṃ śociryasya] glittering, having tremulous or flashing light.

ajirīya a. [ajiraṃ utkarā- cha] Connected with a court.

ajihma a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Straight.
     (2) Upright, straight-forward, honest; ajihmāmaśaṭhāṃ śuddhāṃ jīvet brāhmaṇajīvikāṃ Ms. 4. 11, 7. 32; -gāmibhiḥ Śi. 1. 63 straight and honest, 3. 57, 9. 62. --hmaḥ
     (1) A frog.
     (2) A fish (probably a corruption of ajihva below).
     -- Comp.
          --ga a. [upa. sa.] going straight on; vrajeddiśamajihmagaḥ Ms. 6. 31 (
          --gaḥ) an arrow.

ajihvaḥ [na. ba.] A frog (which is supposed to have been deprived of its tongue by the curse of Agni whom frogs had offended.)

ajīkavam [ajyā śarakṣepaṇena kaṃ brahmāṇaṃ vāti prīṇāti; vā-ka] Śiva's bow.

ajīgartaḥ [ajyai gamanāya gartaṃ asya]
     (1) (One that has a hole to go into) a serpent.
     (2) N. of a Brāhmaṇa in the family of bhṛgu and father of śunaḥśepha.

ajīta a. [na. ta.] Not faded or withered, not faint.
     -- Comp.
          --punarvaṇyaṃ N. of a two-fold rite to be performed by Kshatriyas (aprāptaprāptikaraṇārtho vidhiḥ).

ajītiḥ f. Prosperity, freedom from decay.

ajīrṇa a. Undigested; undecomposed. --rṇaṃ, --rṇiḥ f.
     (1) Indigestion; ajīrṇe bheṣajaṃ vāri jīrṇe vāri balapradam, ajīrṇe bhojanaṃ viṣaṃ; kairajīrṇabhayādbhrātarbhojanaṃ parihīyate H. 2. 57, Ms. 4. 121.
     (2) Vigour, energy, absence of decay.

ajīva a. [na. ba.] Devoid of life; lifeless, as a jar or a dead person. --vaḥ [na. ta.]
     (1) Non-existence, death.
     (2) (With Jainas) All that is not a living soul, i. e. the whole of jaḍa or inanimate and unsentient substance (opp. jīva).

ajīvana a. [na. ba.] Devoid of livelihood. --naṃ Non-existence, death.

ajīvaniḥ f. [na-jīv-ani P. III. 3 112]
     (1) Death, non-existence (used as an imprecation); ajīvaniste śaṭha bhūyāt Sk. may death seize thee, rogue! mayest thou cease to live!

ajura --rya a. [aj-kurac na vyādeśaḥ] Ved. Not subject to decay or old age; strong, very swift or speedy.

ajuṣṭiḥ f. Non-enjoyment; feeling of dissatisfaction or disappointment.

ajeya a. [na. ta.] Not fit to be conquered. --yaṃ A sort of medicinal preparation of ghee said to serve as an antidote; pibet ghṛtamajeyākhyaṃ Sus.

ajoṣa a. [na. ta.] Not gratified or satisfied.

ajju(jjū)kā  [arjayati yā sā, arjūka, pṛ. rakārasya jatvam Tv.] A courtezan (used only in dramas.).

ajjhaṭā [Said to be fr. aj] N. of a plant bhūmyāmalakīṃ Flacourtia Cataphracta.

ajjhalam
     (1) A shield.
     (2) A live coal.

ajña a. [na jānāti, jñā-ka, na. ta.]
     (1) Not knowing, unaware of, unconscious, devoid of knowledge or experience; ajño bhavati vai bālaḥ Ms. 2. 153; jñājñau (jñaḥ īśvaraḥ ajñaḥ jīvaḥ) the knowing and unknowing, supreme and individual soul.
     (2) Ignorant, unwise, foolish, silly, stupid (said of men as well as animals); ajñaḥ sukhamārādhyaḥ Bh. 2. 3, Pt. 2. 3.
     (3) Inanimate; not endowed with the power of understanding (acetana.)

ajñakā [svārthe kan] An ignorant woman.

ajñāta a. Unknown, unexpected, unconscious, unaware; -bhukta Ms. 5. 21 eaten unconsciously or unawares; -kulaśīlasya whose family and character are unknown; -pātaṃ salile mamajja R. 16. 72.
     -- Comp.
          --ketu a. [ba] Ved. of secret designs.
          --caryā, --vāsaḥ remaining incognito (said of the Pāṇḍavas); haṃsāḥ saṃprati pāṃḍavā iva vanādajñātacaryāṃ gatāḥ Mk. 5. 6.

ajñātiḥ [na. ta.] Not a kinsman.

ajñāna a. [na. ba.] Ignorant, unwise. --naṃ [na. ta.] Ignorance, unconsciousness; especially, spiritual ignorance (avidyā) which makes one consider his self as distinct from the Supreme spirit and the material world as a reality. According to the Vedāntins, ajñāna is not merely a negative principle (jñānasya abhāvaḥ), but a distinct positive principle; oft. identified with māyā, prakṛti &c. See avidyā also. In compounds ajñāna may be translated by 'unawares,' 'inadvertently,' 'unconsciously'; -ācarita, -uccārita &c.; -nataḥ, --nena, -nāt unawares, inadvertently, unconsciously, unwillingly; -taḥ svacaritaṃ nṛpatiḥ śaśaṃsa R. 9. 77 committed unintentionally or unconsciously.

ajñānin = ajña above.

ajman f. [ajati gacchati svargaṃ dānena anayā, aj-karaṇe manin na vībhāvaḥ] A cow. --n. Career, passage; battle; house (?)

ajyeṣṭha a. Not the eldest or best, having no elder brothers; -vṛtti not acting like the eldest brother; or acting like one who has no elder brother.

ajra a. [fr. aj to go] Ved. Agile, quick. --jraḥ A field, plain. [cf. L. ager; Gr. agros.]

ajvin a. Ved. [fr. aj] Quick, agile, active.

aṃc 1 U. (aṃcu) (aṃcati-te, ānaṃcace, aṃcituṃ, acyāt or aṃcyāt, akta or aṃcita)
     (1) To bend, incline, curl, curve; śiroṃcitvā Bk. 9. 40.
     (2) To go, move, tend towards; svataṃtrā kathamaṃcasi Bk. 4. 22; also in avāṃc tending downward, prāṃc, udaṃc; viṣvagaṃcati, sahāṃcati, tiroṃcati &c.; tasminnadya rasālaśākhini daśāṃ daivāt kṛśāmaṃcati Bv. 1. 48 having gone, being reduced, to &c.; tvaṃ cedaṃcasi lobhaṃ 46 art greedy; saṃkocamaṃcati saraḥ 17.
     (3) To worship, honour, reverence; bhīmoyaṃ śirasāṃcati Ve. 5. 27 salutes; to adorn, grace; See aṃcita below.
     (4) To request, ask or call for, desire.
     (5) To murmur, speak indistinctly. --Caus. or 10 U. To manifest, unfold; mudamaṃcaya Gīt. 10. [cf. Zend anku; Gr. ankulos; L. uncus.] With apa to put away, drive away; (intr.) to run away. --ā to bend; dakṣiṇaṃ jānvācya; jānvāka with bent knees. --upa to draw or raise (water). --pari to cause to revolve, whirl, twist. --vi to draw or bend asunder; to extend, stretch out. --saṃ to crowd or drive together, to bend together, See samakna also; to go properly.

aṃcita pp.
     (1)
          (a) Curved, bent; -utthita Dk. 125 bent and raised; kiṃcidaṃcitāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ saṃcārayaṃtī 143 bent or oblique look; dorlīlāṃcitacaṃdraśekharadhanuḥ Mv. 1. 54 bent; -savyajānuḥ R. 18. 51, Bk. 2. 31, 9. 40; -lāṃgūlaḥ (kapiḥ), -skaṃdhaḥ (vṛkṣaḥ).
          (b) Arched and handsome (as eyebrows); -akṣipakṣman R. 5. 76; crisped, curled (as hair); svasitāṃcitamūrdhajā Mb.
     (2) Gone.
     (3) Honoured; adorned, graced, graceful, handsome, dordaṃḍāṃcitamahimā Mv. 7. 8 graced, adorned; gateṣu līlāṃcitavikrameṣu Ku. 1. 34 sportively handsome; -tābhyāṃ gatābhyāṃ R. 2. 18, līlāṃcitabhrūlatā Dk. 124, 151; samadhuraṃ madhuraṃcitavikramaḥ R. 9. 24 of esteemed or adorable prowess; Ki. 15. 53.
     (4) Sewn or woven, arranged; ardhāṃcitā satvaramutthitāyāḥ (raśanā) R. 7. 10 halfstrung or woven (guṃphita Malli.).
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ [ba.] a lotus with curved leaves.
          --bhrūḥ a woman having arched or handsome eyebrows.

aṃcatiḥ [aṃc-gatau kartari ati]
     (1) Wind.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) One who goes.

aṃcalaḥ --lam [aṃcati prāṃtaṃ; aṃc-alac]
     (1) The border or end (of a garment), skirt or hem (Mar. padara); kṣīṇāṃcalamiva pīnastanajaghanāyāḥ Udbhata.
     (2) Corner or outer angle (as of the eye); dṛgaṃcalaiḥ paśyati kevalaṃ manāk ibid.; yadi calāṃcale locane Mv. 6. 9.

aṃj 7 P. (rarely A.) (anakti or aṃkte, ānaṃja, aṃjiṣyati-aṃkṣyati, aṃjitvā-aṃktvā-attavā, aṃjituṃ, aṃktuṃ, akta)
     (1) To anoint, smear with, bedaub.
     (2) To make clear, show, represent, characterize; mā nāṃjī rākṣasīrmāyāḥ Bk. 9. 49
     (3) To go.
     (4) To shine, be beautiful.
     (5) To honour, celebrate.
     (6) To decorate. --Caus.
     (1) To smear with, nāṃjayaṃtīṃ svake netre Ms. 4. 44.
     (2) To speak or shine.
     (3) To cause to go. [cf. Zend anj; L. unctum, ungo.] --With adhi to fit out, equip, furnish. --ā 1. to anoint, smear. 2. to smooth, polish, prepare. 3. to honour, respect. --ni 1. to smear. 2. to conceal or hide oneself. --prati 1. to smear. 2. to adorn, decorate. --saṃ 1. to smear. 2. to fit out, equip, harness. 3. to honour. 4. to join together, to consume, devour; to adorn, decorate, beautify (mostly Ved. in these senses). 5. to unite, to put together, compose.

aṃjanaḥ
     (1) A kind of lizard.
     (2) N. of a tree or mountain.
     (3) N. of the guardian elephant (of the west or s. w.) --naṃ [ajyate anena; aṃj lyuṭ]
     (1) Anointing, smearing with; daṃtadhāvanamaṃjanaṃ pūrvāhṇa eva kurvīta Ms. 4. 152; mixing; unfolding, manifesting.
     (2) Collyrium or black pigment used to paint the eye-lashes; vilocanaṃ dakṣiṇamaṃjanena saṃbhāvya R. 7. 8 salve; amṛta- U. 4. 19 ambrosial salve; kurvan -mecakā iva diśo meghaḥ samuttiṣṭhate Mk. 5. 8, 1. 34; (fig. also) ajñānāṃdhasya lokasya jñānāṃjanaśalākayā . cakṣurunmīlitaṃ yena tasmai pāṇinaye namaḥ Śik. 45; paṭutaravivekāṃjanajuṣāṃ Bh. 3. 84; cf. also dāridryaṃ paramāṃjanaṃ; (fig.) impurity, as in niraṃjana, q. v.
     (3) Paint, a cosmetic ointment.
     (4) Magic ointment.
     (5) A special kind of material of the black pigment, such as antimony (used as collyrium, lamp-black &c. (sauvīra)
     (6) Ink.
     (7) Fire.
     (8) Night.
     (9) (naṃ nā) (Rhet.) A suggested meaning; also the process by which such meaning is suggested. It is the power of suggestion (founded on abhidhā or lakṣaṇā denotation or indication), by which something else is understood from a word which, though having more meanings than one, has been restricted to a single meaning by relations of conjunction, disjunction &c. (saṃyoga, viprayoga, sāhacarya, virodhitā &c.), or, briefly, the use of a word of several meanings in a special sense determined by the context; e. g. saśaṃkhacakro hariḥ the adjective restricts Hari to mean 'Viṣṇu' alone, and not 'a lion' or 'monkey'; so rāmalakṣmaṇau dāśarathī, rāmārjunau bhārgavakārtavīryau &c.; cf. anekārthasya śabdasya vācakatve niyaṃtrite . saṃyogādyairavācyārthadhīkṛdvyāpṛtiraṃjanaṃ .. K. P. 2., S. D. 23--6; See vyaṃjanā also.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikā [aṃjanādadhikā kṛṣṇatvāt] a kind of lizard.
          --adriḥ-giriḥ (karma. [aṃjanamiva kṛṣṇaḥ giriḥ] N. of a mountain, See nīlagiri. --aṃbhas n. eye-water.
          --keśī [aṃjanamiva keśo yasyāḥ] N. of a vegetable perfume (haṭṭavilāsinīnāmakaṃ gaṃdhadravyaṃ yatsaṃyogātkeśasyātīva kṛṣṇatvaṃ (Mar. nakhalā). --nāmakā [ṣa. ta.] a swelling of the eye-lid, stye.
          --śalākā a stick or pencil for the application of collyrium.

aṃjanakaḥ A portion of the Vedas containing the word aṃjana. --kī N. of a medicinal plant.

aṃjanā N. of the female elephant of the north.
     (2) N. of the mother of Māruti or Hanūmat. [She was the daughter of a monkey named Kunjara and wife of Kesarin, another monkey. She was in a former birth a celestial nymph by name Punjikasthali and was born on earth owing to a curse. One day while she was seated on the summit of a mountain, her garment was slightly displaced, and the God of Wind being enamoured of her beauty assumed a visible form, and asked her to yield to his desires. She requested him not to violate her chastity, to which he consented; but he told her that she would conceive a son equal to himself in strength and lustre by virtue of his amorous desire fixed on her, and then disappeared. In course of time Añjanā conceived and brought forth a son who was called Māruti being the son of Māruta.]

aṃjanāvatī [aṃjanaṃ vidyate asyāḥ adhikakṛṣṇavarṇatvāt]
     (1) N. of the female elephant of the north-east quarter.
     (2) N. of a tree kālāṃjanavṛkṣa.

aṃjanikā [aṃjanā svārthe kan]
     (1) A species of lizard; a small mouse.
     (2) N. of the mate of the elephant supratīka.

aṃjanī [ajyate caṃdanakuṃkumādibhirasau, aṃj-karmaṇi-lyuṭ ṅīp]
     (1) A woman decorated with the application of pigments, ointments, sandal &c., or one fit for such application.
     (2) [karaṇe-lyuṭ] N. of two plants kaṭukāvṛkṣa and kālāṃjanavṛkṣa.

aṃjaliḥ [aṃj-ali Uṇ. 4. 2]
     (1) A cavity formed by folding and joining the open hands together, the hollow of the hands; hence, a cavity-ful of anything (changed to aṃjala or -li after dvi and tri in dvigu comp., P. V. 4. 102); na vāryaṃjalinā pibet Ms. 4. 63; supūro mūṣikāṃjaṃliḥ Pt. 1. 25; araṇyabījāṃjalidānalālitāḥ Ku. 5. 15; prakīrṇaḥ puṣpāṇāṃ haricaraṇayoraṃjāleraṃyaṃ Ve. 1. 1 a cavityful of flowers; so jalasyāṃjalayo daśa Y. 3. 105 10 cavity-fuls or libations of water; śravaṇāṃjalipuṭapeyaṃ Ve. 1. 4 to be drunk by the cavity of the ear; aṃjaliṃ rac, baṃdh, kṛ or ādhā fold the hands together and raise them to the head in supplication or salutation; baddhaḥ kātaryādaraviṃdakuḍmalanibho mugdhaḥ praṇāmāṃjaliḥ U. 3. 37.
     (2) Hence a mark of respect or salutation; kaḥ śakreṇa kṛtaṃ necchedadhimūrdhānamaṃjalim Bk. 8. 84; badhyatāmabhayayācanāṃjaliḥ R. 11. 78.
     (3) A measure of corn = kuḍava; another measure = prasṛta, or one-half of a mānikā.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. folding the hands, respectful salutation; lubdhamarthena gṛhṇīyāt kruddhaṃ cāṃjalikarmaṇā Chāṇ. 33.
          --kārikā 1. an earthen doll making the aṃjali (?). 2. N. of a plant, Mimosa Pudica (lajjālu). --puṭaḥ-ṭaṃ the cavity formed by joining the hands together; hollowed palms of the hand.

aṃjalikā [aṃjaliriva kāyate prakāśate; kai-ka ṭāp Tv.] A small mouse. --kaḥ N. of one of Arjuna's arrows.

aṃjas n. (--jaḥ) [anaktiṃ gacchati miśrayati vā anena; aṃj gatau miśraṇe ca asan] Speed, velocity, strength; fitness, propriety; ointment, preparation (?).
     -- Comp.
          --pā drinking Soma offering.
          --savaḥ rapid preparation of Soma.

aṃjasa a. [aṃj-asac] Not crooked, straight; honest, upright.

aṃjasā adv. (instr. of aṃjas)
     (1) Straight on.
     (2) Truly, correctly, accurately, properly, justly, rightly; sākṣād dṛṣṭosi na punarvidmastvāṃ vayamaṃjasā Ku. 6. 22 we do not know you rightly or correctly; vidmahe śaṭha palāyanacchalānyaṃjasā R. 19. 31, na hi kaścitpriyaḥ strīṇāmaṃjasā Subhāṣita; sarvamevāṃjasā vada Ms. 8. 101.
     (3) Directly (sākṣāt),
     (4) Soon, quickly, instantly; sa gacchatyaṃjasā sadma śāśvataṃ Ms. 2. 244.
     -- Comp.
          --ayana a. going straight on.
          --kṛta a. [tṛ. aluk] done rightly or justly.

aṃjasīna a. [aṃjas-kha] Ved. Straightforward, going straight on.

aṃji a. Ved. [aṃj-in] Unctuous, slimy; lubricated; shining, brilliant. --jiḥ
     (1) A mark made with sandal &c. a Tilaka mark; rohitāṃjiranaḍvān Yaj. (raktatilaka).
     (2) A commander, sender &c. --jiḥ --jī f.
     (1) An ointment, pigment.
     (2) Colour, hue.
     (3) The sexual organ (?).
     -- Comp.
          --saktha a. having coloured thighs.

aṃjiva a. Slippery, smooth(?)

aṃjiṣṭhaḥ --ṣṇuḥ [anakti svakiraṇaiḥ viśvaṃ; aṃjiṣṭhac-iṣṇuc Uṇ. 4. 2] The sun.

akta pp. Smeared over, bedaubed, anointed &c.; mostly as latter part of compounds; ghṛta-, taila-, śoṇita- &c. --ktā Night.

aṃjī [aṃji, vā ṅīp]
     (1) A blessing, auspicious desire.
     (2) A pounding machine (peṣaṇayaṃtraṃ).

aṃjīraḥ --ram [aṃj-bāhu-īran; perhaps a Persian word]. A species of the fig-tree and its fruit.

aṭ 1 P. (rarely A.) (aṭati, āṭa, aṭituṃ, aṭita). To wander or roam about (with loc.); roam over (sometimes with acc.); bho baṭo bhikṣāmaṭa Sk. go to beg alms; āṭa naikaṭikāśramān Bk. 4. 12; mahīmaṭan Dk. 38 --desid. aṭiṭiṣati; --freq. aṭāṭyate to wander about habitually, as a religious mendicant.

aṭa a. Wandering; kṣapāṭaḥ Bk. 2. 30 a night-roamer.

aṭanam Wandering, roaming; bhikṣā-, rātri- &.

aṭaniḥ --nī f. [aṭati maurvīṃ; aṭ-ani vā ṅīp] The notched extremity of a bow; sumanaso namayannaṭanau dhanuḥ N. 4. 96; ninyatuḥ sthalaniveśitāṭanī līlayaiva dhanuṣī adhijyatāṃ R. 11. 14.

aṃṭā [aṭ vā aṅ] The habit of roaming about (as a religious mendicant); so aṭyā, aṭāṭyā.

aṭala a. [na. ta.] Firm, steady, solid.

aṭaru --rū --ṣaḥ (Ety. doubtful) N. of a very useful medicinal plant, the shrub vāsaka Justicia Adhatoda, or Adhatoda Vasika (Mar. aḍuLasā).

aṭaviḥ --vī f. [aṭaṃti carame vayasi mṛgayāvihārādyarthe vā yatra; aṭ ani, vā ṅīp] A forest, wood; āhiṃḍyate aṭhavyā aṭavīṃ S. 2.

aṭavikaḥ A forester = āṭavikaḥ q. v.

aṭṭ 1 A.
     (1) To kill.
     (2) To transgress, go beyond (fig. also). --Caus.
     (1) To lessen, diminish.
     (2) To despise, contemn, disregard.

aṭṭa a. [aṭṭayati anādriyate anyat yatra; aṭṭ-ghañ]
     (1) High, lofty; loud.
     (2) Frequent, constant (in comp).
     (3) Dried, dry. --ṭṭaḥ --ṭṭaṃ [ādhāre ghañ]
     (1) An apartment on the roof or upper story, a garret.
     (2) A turret, buttress, tower; gopura- Mal. 9. 1; nareṃdramārgāṭṭaiva R. 6. 67, 16. 11.
     (3) A market-place, market (probably for haṭṭa).
     (4) A fine linen cloth.
     (5) A palace, palatial building.
     (6) Killing, injuring.
     (7) Excess, superiority. --ṭṭaṃ Food, boiled rice; aṭṭaśūlā janapadāḥ Mb. (aṭṭaṃ annaṃ śūlaṃ vikreyaṃ yeṣāṃ te Nīlakaṇṭha).
     -- Comp.
          --aṭṭahāsaḥ very loud laughter.
          --sthalī [aṭṭapradhānā sthalī śāka. ta.] a place or country full of palaces &c.
          --hāsaḥ, --hasitaṃ, --hāsyaṃ [karma-] a loud or boisterous laughter, a horse-laugh, cachinnation, usually of Śiva; tryaṃbakasya Me. 58; giriśa- Dk. 1.
          --hāsin [aṭṭaṃ hasati-has-ṇini] 1. N. of Śiva. 2. one who laughs very loudly.
          --hāsakaḥ [aṭṭahāsena kāyate; kai-ka] N. of a plant (kuṃda) Jasminum Multiflorum or Hirsutum (śubhrapuṣpatvācchubhrahāsatulyatā).

aṭṭakaḥ An apartment on the roof of a house; a palace also.

aṭṭaṭṭa ind. [aṭṭo'nādaraḥ aṭṭaprakāraḥ aṭṭasya guṇavācitayā dvitvaṃ śakaṃdhvā- pararūpaṃ Tv.] Very loud.

aṭṭanam [aṭṭyate anādriyate ripuranena, aṭṭakaraṇe lyuṭ] A weapon shaped like a discus (cakrākāraphalakāstraṃ). --naṃ [bhāve lyuṭ] Disregard.

aṭṭāṭṭaḥ [aṭṭaṭṭavat na pararūpaṃ]
     (1) Overbearing conduct, contempt, disdain.
     (2) Excess, superiority.

aṭṭālaḥ --lakaḥ [aṭṭaiva alati paryāpto bhavati, al-ac svārthe kan] An apartment on the roof, an upper story; a palace; sarvatobhadraṃ nāmāṭṭālakamāruhya Mv. 6.

aṭṭālikā [aṭṭāla, svārthe kan]
     (1) A palace, a lofty mansion
     (2) N. of a country.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ [upapada ta.] a mason, a bricklayer (one who builds royal mansions); kulaṭāyāṃ ca śūdrāyāṃ citrakārasya vīryataḥ . bhavedaṭṭālikākāraḥ patito jāradoṣataḥ). --baṃdhaḥ [ṣa. ta.] a kind of base or foundation in architecture; -dhaṃ baddhaḥ P. III. 4. 42.

aṭh 1 U. To go.

aṭhillā N. of a metre.

aḍ 1 P. To try, exert, attempt.
     (5) P. To pervade, attain (Ved.).

aḍḍ 1 P.
     (1) To join.
     (2) To attack.
     (3) To argue, infer, discern, meditate.

aḍḍanam [karaṇe lyuṭ] A shield. See aṭṭanaṃ.

aḍḍacalaḥ A part of the plough.

aṇ 1 P. To sound.
     (2) (4A) To breathe, live (for an).

aṇa(na)ka a. [aṇati yathecchaṃ nadati, aṇ-ac kutsāyāṃ kan ca] Very small, contemptible, mean, insignificant, wretched; pāpāṇake kutsitaiḥ P. II. 1. 54; oft. in comp. in the sense of deterioration or contempt; -kulālaḥ Sk. a contemptible potter. --kaḥ A kind of bird.

aṇavyam [aṇoḥ sūkṣmaśasyacīnādikasya bhavanaṃ kṣetraṃ; aṇu-yat] A field of aṇu, see below.

aṇiḥ m. --ṇī [aṇati śabdāyate aṇ-in]
     (1) The point of a needle.
     (2) A linchpin, the pin or bolt at the end of a pole of carriage.
     (3) A limit.
     (4) The corner of a house (used for killing animals &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --māṃḍavyaḥ [aṇyā cihnito māṃḍavyaḥ] N. of a sage said to have been impaled on an aṇī or linch-pin.

aṇu a. (ṇu-ṇvī f.) [aṇ-un] Minute, small, little, atomic (opp. sthūla, mahat); aṇoraṇīyān Bg. 8. 9; sarvopyayaṃ nanvaṇuḥ Bh. 3. 26 insignificantly small; aṇvapi bhayaṃ Ms. 6. 40; aṇvapi yācyamānaḥ Pt. 4. 26 asked but an atom, a very small quantity, Ms. 3. 51. --ṇuḥ
     (1) An atom, a very small particle (an exceedingly small measure); the mote in a sunbeam, the smallest perceptible quantity; asthūlamanaṇvahrasvamadīrghaṃ brahma; aṇuṃ parvatīkṛ Bh. 2. 78 to magnify; cf. also 'To make mountains of molehills.'
     (2) An atom of time (vyaṃjanamardhamātrā tadardhaṃ aṇu); it is said to be 54,675,000th part of a Muhūrta (48 minutes).
     (3) N. of Śiva.
     (4) N. of very small grain such as sarṣapa, cīnaka &c., anaṇuṣu daśamāṃśo'ṇuṣvathaikādaśāṃśaḥ Līlā. --ṇu n. the fourth part of a Matra.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ [aṇuḥ aṃto yasya] a hair-splitting question; (aṇvaṃtaḥ sūkṣmāṃtaḥ sūkṣmavastunirṇayāṃtaḥ praśnaḥ Śaṅkara).
          --tailaṃ N. of a medicinal oil.
          --bhā [aṇvī sūkṣmā bhā prabhā yasyāḥ sā] lightning.
          --mātra a. [aṇuḥ parimāṇaṃ yasya aṇu-mātrac] of the size of an atom.
          --reṇuḥ [karma.] atomic dust.
          --revatī [aṇuḥ sūkṣmā revatītāreva] N. of a plant (daṃtīvṛkṣa) Croton Polyandrum.
          --vādaḥ the doctrine of atoms, atomic theory, the theory that all material substances are primarily atoms and secondarily aggregates, and that all atoms are eternal.
          --vīkṣaṇaṃ [ṣa. ta.] 1. minute observation, observation of very minute parts. 2. [aṇuḥ sūkṣmo vīkṣyate anena karaṇe lyuṭ] an instrument, like the microscope, enabling one to discern the smallest objects.
          --vrīhiḥ [karma.] a fine sort of grain, rice &c.

aṇiman m. [aṇu-imanic], aṇutā-tvaṃ
     (1) Minuteness, smallness, thinness, leanness, fineness.
     (2) Atomic nature.
     (3) The superhuman power of becoming as small as an atom, one of the 8 powers or siddhis of Śiva; (aṇimā laghimā prāptiḥ prākāmyaṃ mahimā tathā . īśitvaṃ ca vaśitvaṃ ca tathā kāmāvasāyitā)

aṇuka a. [svārthe kan]
     (1) Very small, atomic.
     (2) Subtle, too fine.
     (3) Acute. --kaḥ A small kind of grain, See aṇu.

aṇvī Ved. A finger(?)

aṇvam Ved. A fine hole in the strainer for the Soma juice (?)

aṇīyas, aṇiṣṭha a. [aṇu-īyasun, iṣṭac] Smaller, smallest, very small; aṇoraṇīyāṃsaṃ Bg. 8. 9 very small; aṇīyasi kāraṇe'naṇīyānādaro dṛśyate Dk. 142

aṇūbhū 1 P. To become minute or atomic.

aṃṭh 1 A. (also aṭh) aṃṭhate, aṭhate To go, move.

aṃṭhita p. p
     (1) Gone.
     (2) Rained.

aṃḍaḥ --ḍam [amaṃti saṃprayogaṃ yāṃti anena; am-ḍa Uṇ. 1. 111]
     (1) The testicles.
     (2) The scrotum.
     (3) An egg; oft. used with reference to the world as having sprung from the primordial egg of Brahma; brahmāṃḍacchatraṃdaḍaḥ Dk. 1.
     (4) The musk bag.
     (5) Semen virile.
     (6) N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --ākarṣaṇaṃ castration.
          --ākāra, --ākṛti a. [bahu.] egg-shaped, oval, elliptical. (
          --raḥ --tiḥ) an ellipse.
          --kaṭāhaḥ, --haṃ [aṃḍaṃ brahmāṃḍaṃ kaṭāhamiva] the shell of the brahmāṃḍa or mundane egg.
          --koṭarapuṣpī [aṃḍamiva koṭare madhye puṣpaṃ yasyāḥ] N. of a plant ajāṃtrī or nīlavuhnā. --kośaḥ --ṣaḥ, --ṣakaḥ [ṣa. ta.] the scrotum.
          --ja a. [aṃḍāt jāyate; jan-ḍa] born from an egg. (
          --jaḥ) 1. a bird, oviparous being; mūkāṃḍajaṃ (kānanaṃ) Ku. 3. 42. 2. a fish. 3. a snake. 4. a lizard. 5. Brahmā. (
          --jā) musk.
          --dharaḥ [ṣa. ta.] N. of Śiva.
          --vardhanaṃ, --vṛddhiḥ f. swelling of the scrotum, hydrocele.
          --sū a. oviparous.

aṃḍakaḥ [aṃḍa, svārthe kan] The scrotum. --kaṃ [alpārthe kan] A small egg; jagadaṃḍakaikatarakhaṃḍamiva Śi. 9. 9.

aṃḍāluḥ [aṃḍaḥ asti asya; aṃḍa āluc] A fish.

aṃḍīraḥ [aṃḍaḥ asti asya; aṃḍa-īran] A full-grown or full-developed man, a strong or powerful person; cirādaṃḍīreṇa tvayi tadapi rāmeṇa guṇitaṃ A. R. 4.

at 1 P. (aṃti), atati, atituṃ, atta-atita
     (1) To go, walk; wander, to go constantly.
     (2) To obtain (mostly Ved.)
     (3) To bind.
     (4) (aṃtati) To bind.

atakaḥ [atati satataṃ gacchati; at-kan] A wanderer, a passer-by, traveller.

atanam [at-lyuṭ] Going, wandering. --naḥ A wanderer, a passer-by.

atajjña a. [na tat-jānāti] Not knowing that (tat i. e. Brahma).

ataṭa a. [na. ba.] Having no shore or beach; precipitate, steep. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A precipice, a steep crag.
     (2) N. of a hill.
     (3) The lower part of the earth.
     -- Comp.
          --prapātaḥ a steep precipice; a fall headlong from a precipice; a precipitate fall; manorathānāmataṭaprapātaḥ S. 6. 9 of my hopes there is a precipitate fall (some read the line as manorathā nāma taṭaprapātaḥ and take it to mean 'verily our desires are like the crumblings of river banks).

atathā ind. Not so; -ucita a. not deserving that, not used to such things; kleśānāmatathocitaḥ Ram.

atadarham ind. Unjustly, undeservedly.

atadguṇaḥ (Rhet.) The 'nonborrower', N. of a figure of speech in which the thing in question does not assume the quality of another though there is a reason for it; paraguṇānanuhārastvasya tatsyādatadguṇaḥ; e. g. dhavalosi yadyapi suṃdara tathāpi tvayā mama raṃjitaṃ hṛdayam . rāgapūritepi hṛdaye subhaga nihito na raktosi .. K. P. 10; or saṃgatānyaguṇānaṃgīkāramāhuratadguṇam . ciraṃ rāgiṇi maccitte nihitopi na rajyasi .. Kuval.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃvijñānaḥ N. of a variety of Bahuvrīhi; e. g. dṛṣṭasamudramānaya; atra guṇībhūtasya samudrasya nānayane'nvayaḥ iti -naḥ bahuvrīhiḥ; laṃbakarṇamānaya iti tu tadguṇasaṃvijñānaḥ. Tv.

ataṃtra a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Having no ropes or musical strings (as a musical instrument); nātaṃtrī vādyate vīṇā Ram.
     (2) Unrestrained; not necessarily binding; not being the object of the rule under consideration; thasvagrahaṇamataṃtraṃ, klībatvaṃ -traṃ Sk.
     (3) Without formulas or empirical actions.

ataṃdra --drita --n --la a. Alert, unwearied, careful, vigilant; ataṃdritā sā svayameva vṛkṣakān Ku. 5. 14, R. 17. 39, H. Pr. 33.

atapa a.
     (1) Not excited, cool.
     (2) Unostentations.
     (3) Unemployed. --pāḥ (pl.) N. of a class of deities among Buddhists.

atapas --ska [na. ba.] One who neglects his religious austerities; atapāstvanadhīyānaḥ Ms. 4. 190; an irreligious or impious man; idaṃ te nātapaskāya Bg. 18. 67.

atapta a. Not heated &c.
     -- Comp.
          --tanu a. 1. One whose body is not marked (with red mudrās &c.). 2. who has not fully mortified his body by penance. 3. whose body or mass is cool (?)

atarka a. [na. ba.] Illogical, void of reasoning. --rkaḥ
     (1) Absence of argument or reasoning, bad logic.
     (2) An illogical reasoner.

atarkita a. Unthought of, unexpected; samameva gatosyatarkitāṃ gatimaṃgena ca jīvitena ca. Ku. 4. 22; Bh. 3. 137; -gamanena Mu. 4. --taṃ adv. Unexpectedly.
     -- Comp.
          --āgata, --upanata a. occuring or befalling unexpectedly, quite accidental, sudden; -darśanollāsitalocanayā anayā Mal. 3; -upapannaṃ darśanaṃ Ku. 6. 54.

atarkya a. Inconceivable; baffling thought or reasoning.

atala a. Bottomless. --laṃ [asya bhūkhaṃḍasya talaṃ pṛṣo- idamo'ttvam] N. of a pātāla or lower region, one of the 7 Patalas, being the first among them. --laḥ N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --spṛś,sparśa a. [na tale spṛśyate karmaṇi kvip; na talasya sparśo yatra] bottomless, very deep, unfathomable.

atavyas a. Ved. Not very strong.

atas ind. [idaṃ-tasil]
     (1) Than this; from this (having a comparative force); ato devā avaṃtu no yato viṣṇurvicakrame Rv. 1. 22. 16; kimu paramato nartayasi māṃ Bh. 3. 6; ato'nyathā Ms. 5. 31.
     (2) From this or that cause, hence, consequently, so, therefore (corr. to yat, yasmāt or hi, expressed or understood); aṃtargataṃ prāṇabhṛtāṃ hi veda sarvaṃ bhavānbhāvamatobhidhāsye R. 2. 43, 3. 50, Ku. 2. 5; athāto brahmajijñāsā S. B. now therefore &c.
     (3) Hence, from this place; henceforth (of time or place); (-paraṃ, ūrdhvaṃ), afterwards.
     (4) Then (corr. of yadi-yad).
     -- Comp.
          --arthaṃ --nimittaṃ on this account, hence, for this reason.
          --eva for this very reason.
          --ūrdhvaṃ henceforth; afterwards.
          --paraṃ
          (a) further on, any longer (with abl.); hereafter; nivasiṣyasi mayyeva ata urdhvaṃ Bg. 12. 8.
          (b) beyond this, further than this; bhāgyāyattamataḥparaṃ S. 4. 16 more than this; ataḥparaṃ nāsti mamottaraṃ V. 2 now I have nothing more to say;
          (c) afterwards.

atasaḥ [atati gacchati ityatasaḥ atasac Uṇ. 3. 117]
     (1) Wind, air.
     (2) The soul.
     (3) A garment made of the fibre of flax (-saṃ generally).
     (4) A weapon.

atasiḥ Ved. [at-asic] A wandering mendicant.

atasī
     (1) Common flax.
     (2) Hemp.
     (3) Linseed.
     (4) A thicket, copse (?)

ati ind. [at-i]
     (1) A prefix used with adjectives and adverbs, meaning 'very', 'too', 'exceedingly', 'excessively', 'very much,' and showing utkarṣa; nātidūre not very far from; -kṛśa very lean; -bhṛśaṃ very much; also with verbs or verbal forms; -siktameva bhavatā Sk.; svabhāvo hyatiricyate &c.
     (2) (With verbs) Over, beyond; ati-i go beyond, overstep; so -kram, -car, -vah &c. In this case ati is regarded as a preposition upasarga.
     (3)
          (a) (With nouns or pronouns) Beyond, past, surpassing, superior to, eminent, respectable, distinguished, higher, above, (used with acc. as a karmapravacanīya, or as first member of Bah. or Tat. Comp.; in which last case it has usually the sense of eminence or higher degree: atigo, -gārgyaḥ, = praśastā gauḥ, śobhano, gārgyaḥ; -rājan an excellent king; or the sense of atikrāṃta must be understood with the latter member which will then stand in the accusative case; atimartyaḥ = martyamatikrāṃtaḥ; -mālaḥ, atikrāṃto mālāṃ; so atikāya, -keśara, q. v.); ati devān kṛṣṇaḥ Sk.; mānuṣānatigaṃdharvān sarvāngaṃdharva lakṣaye Mb; -mānuṣaṃ karma a deed which is beyond human power, i. e. a superhuman action; -kaśaḥ past the whip (as a horse), unmanageable; -tyad surpassing that; -tvāṃ, -tvān him or them that surpasses or surpass thee, so -māṃ, -yūyaṃ &c.
          (b) (With nouns derived from roots) Extravagant, exaggerated, inordinate, excessive, extraordinary; e. g. -ādaraḥ excessive regard; -āśā extravagant hope; so -bhayaṃ, -tṛṣṇā, -ānaṃdaḥ &c. &c.; atidānāt balirbaddho naṣṭo mānātsuyodhanaḥ . vinaṣṭo rāvaṇo laulyādati sarvatra varjayet; cf. 'extremes are ever bad.'
          (c) Unfit, idle, improper, in the sense of asaṃprati or kṣepa 'censure'; atinidraṃ = nidrā saṃprati na yujyate Sk. The gaṇaratnamahodadhi gives the following senses of atiḥ-vikramātikramābuddhibhṛśārthātiśayeṣvati . e. g. atirathaḥ rathādhikaṃ vikramavān; -matiḥ buddhyatikramaḥ; -gahanaṃ buddheraviṣayaḥ; -taptaṃ bhṛśataptaṃ; -vegaḥ atiśayito vegaḥ.

atikathā
     (1) An exaggerated tale.
     (2) Idle or meaningless talk. --tha a.
     (1) Exaggerated, incredible (aśraddheya).
     (2) Unfit to be told.
     (3) Past narration or mention, dead, lost.
     (4) Swerving from one's caste traditions &c; lawless.

atikaṃdakaḥ [atiriktaḥ kaṃdo yasya] N. of a tree hastikaṃda.

atikarṣaṇam a. Afflicting very much, excessive exertion.

atikāya a. [atyutkaṭaḥ kāyo yasya.] Of an extraordinary size, gigantic. --yaḥ N. of a Rākṣasa, son of Ravaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa.

atikṛcchra [prādi- sa.] a. Very difficult. --cchraṃ-cchraḥ [atikrāṃtaṃ kṛcchraṃ prājāpatyaṃ] Extraordinary hardship, a kind of severe penance to be finished in 12 nights Ms. 11. 213-4.

atikṛtam Overdone, done too much, excess; sarvatrātikṛtaṃ loke vyasanāyopakalpate Ram.

atikṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Overdoing.
     (2) N. of a metre of 4 lines, each line containing 25 syllables.

atikeśaraḥ [atiriktāni keśarāṇi yasya] N. of an aquatic plant kubjaka Trapa Bīpinosa.

atikram 1 U., 4 P.
     (1)
          (a) To step or pass beyond, get across, go over, cross; yatkathayituṃ pravṛttastatparityajya atidūramatikrāṃtosmi K. 346 led far away from my story, rambled, made a great digression; sapta kakṣāṃtarāṇyatikramya 92; nimiṣamātreṇātidūramatikrāmati 120; samīpepyatikrāmaṃtī M. 1 going so near; atikramya tāṃstānviśeṣān Me. 57.
          (b) To pass over, pass by, walk past, go beyond; senāniveśadeśamatikramya Dk. 4, 10; kathamatikrāṃtamagastyāśramapadaṃ Mv. 7 is it passed or left behind; tasminnatikrāmati S. 7. 31 idaṃ kadalīgṛhamatikramya dṛśyate Ratn. 3 beyond the plantain-bower; taccātikramya kailāsagiriḥ K. 121; jaṃbudvīpamatikramya śiśiro nāma parvataḥ Ram.; atikrāmatyayaṃ K. 85 is going or departing.
     (2) To excel, surpass; exceed (in number, strength &c.); irāvatīmatikrāmaṃtī bhava M. 4; atikrāmaṃtīmiverāvatīṃ prekṣe M. 1; vṛddhirnātikrāmati paṃcatāṃ Ms. 8. 151; karṇīsutamapyatikrāṃtaḥ Dk. 74; kalāsu rūpe cāpsarasopyatikrāṃtā 78 surpassing, superior to; śaktimanatikramya = yathāśakti Sk.
     (3) To transgress, violate, go beyond, overstep; janakāgrajanmanoḥ śāsanamatikramya Dk. 2; nālaṃ puruṣo niyatilikhitāṃ lekhāmatikramituṃ 61; evamatikrātamaryāde tvayi Ve. 1, Ms. 9. 78; aye vātsalyādatikrāmati prasaṃgaḥ Māl. 6 Oh, the event through excessive affection transgresses all due limits; atikramya sadācāraṃ K. 160, 181.
     (4) To exclude, pass by, neglect, set aside, leave; kiṃvā parijanamatikramya bhavān saṃdiṣṭaḥ M. 4; prathitayaśasāṃ prabaṃdhānatikramya M. 1 to the exclusion of.
     (5) To go or pass away, elapse, roll on (as time); sā niśā aticakrāma Pt. 1; yathā yathā yauvanamaticakrāma K. 59; śaiśavaṃ 74; bhavatāmapyatikrāmati devārcanavidhivelā 47 is passing away (is being violated).; atikrāṃte daśāhe Ms. 5. 76; also trans. allow to pass; dvitrāṇi dinānyatikramya Dk. 100; atyakrāmamimānmāsāṃstadvadhaṃ pariciṃtayan Ram.; nāhāravelātikramaṇīyā K. 266.
     (6) To overcome, overpower, seize; vyāladvipa ivāsmābhiratikramyaiva damyase Mv. 3. 31 by seizing or falling upon, by main force; kenāpi sattvena atikramya S. 6.
     (7) To lose; sa hi svāmyādatikrāmet ṛtūnāṃ pratirodhanāt Ms. 9. 93 --Caus. To let pass, allow to go.

atikramaḥ
     (1) Act of overstepping, going beyond &c.
     (2)
          (a) Breach of decorum or duty; aho atikramaḥ Mal. 7.
          (b) Transgression, violation; upacāra- M. 4, 5.
          (c) Trespass; disrespect, injury, opposition; brāhmaṇa- tyāgo bhavatāmeva bhūtaye Mv. 2. 10 refraining from all trespass against Brāhmaṇas; diśatyapāyaṃ hi satāmatikramaḥ Ki. 14. 9; kulānyakulatāṃ yāṃti brāhmaṇātikrameṇa ca Ms. 3. 63; etasminnatikrame paravatīyaṃ M. 3; gurujanātikramāt K. 160; śaśino jyeṣṭhātikramaḥ 56 transgression (passing through); marṣaṇīyoyamārohaṇātikramaḥ 81; vātsalyādatikramopi Mv. 1 violation (of due limits or propriety); Mv. 4. 25.
     (3) Lapse, passing away (of time); anekasaṃvatsarātikramepi U. 4; velā- maṃ kṛtvā āgataḥ Pt. 1; ucitavelātikrame M. 2; saṃdhyā- Rām.
     (4) Overcoming, conquering, surpassing; mostly with dur; svajātirduratikramā, svabhāvo duratikramaḥ &c.
     (5) Neglect, omission, disregard; Ms. 11. 120.
     (6) A vigorous attack, determined onset (= abhikrama q. v.).
     (7) Excess.
     (8) Abuse, misapplication.
     (9) Imposition.

atikrāṃta pp.
     (1) Exceeded, surpassed, gone beyond &c.; sotikrāṃtaḥ śravaṇaviṣayaṃ Me. 103; sudūramatikrāṃtaḥ K. 35 departed, gone; manoratha -darśanā Mal. 10 beyond the reach even of desire; vicārātikrāṃtaḥ Mu. 5. 4 past the stage of thought; cakṣurviṣayātikrāṃteṣu pakṣiṣu H. 1.
     (2) Past, gone by; -kunṛpati K. 5, past, former; 169Pt. 1. 333, Pt. 2, Bh. 3. 32; -pārthivaguṇān Mu. 1 former kings. --taṃ A past thing, a thing of the past, the past; -taṃ bhagavatī kathayati M. 5 your ladyship is speaking of the past; -te dhairyamavalaṃbyatām U. 3; kiṃ -upālaṃbhena H. 1; cf. 'let bygones be bygones.' -yogin a. with the moon in conjunction.

atikramaṇam Overstepping, spending of time, excess; fault, offence; tenātikramaṇena duḥkhayati naḥ Mv. 3. 43.

atikramaṇīya pot. p. To be transgressed or violated, to be disregarded, passed by, neglected or avoided; -yaṃ me suhṛdvākyaṃ S. 2, 3, 6, 7; anatikramaṇīyasya janmamṛtyorivāgamaṃ H. 4. 74.

atikruddha a. Very angry. --ddhaḥ [prā. sa.] N. of a Mantra mentioned in Tantras; aṣṭāviṃśatyakṣaro ya ekatriṃśadathāpi vā .. atikruddhaḥ sa vijñeyo niṃditaḥ sarvakarmasu).

atikrūra a. Very cruel. --raḥ [prā. sa.]
     (1) A malignant planet such as Saturn, Mars &c. (krūrā vakrā atikrūrāḥ).
     (2) N. of a Mantra in Tantras (triṃśadakṣarako maṃtrastrayastriṃśadathāpi vā . atikrūraḥ sa vijñeyo niṃditaḥ sarvakarmasu).

atikṣipta a. [kṣip-kta] Thrown beyond. --ktaṃ A kind of sprain or dislocation.

atikhaṭva a. Without a bedstead, able to dispense with a bed-stead.

atigam 1 P.
     (1) To pass, elapse, pass away (as time); daśāhe'tigate Ram.
     (2) To overcome, exceed, excel, See atiga.
     (3) To pass over, pass by, neglect.
     (4) To pass away, die.
     (5) To escape.

atiga a. [gam-ḍa] (in comp.) Exceeding, going beyond, transcending, excelling, surpassing; sarvaloka- Mu. 1. 2; kimauṣadhapathātigairupahato mahāvyādhibhiḥ Mu. 6 by diseases defying the powers of medicine, past the stage of physicking; bāṇairdehātigaiḥ R. 12. 48 piercing through their bodies; vayo- Ms. 7. 149 advanced in years, aged; saṃkhyātigāḥ saṃpadaḥ Bh. 3. 132; vapuḥ prakarṣeṇa janātigena Ki. 3. 2.

atigaṃḍaḥ
     (1) N. of a star of the 6th lunar asterism.
     (2) A large cheek or temple.
     (3) One who has large cheeks.

atigaṃdha a. Having an excessive or overpowering smell. --dhaḥ
     (1) Sulphur.
     (2) N. of various plants: caṃpaka, bhūtatṛṇa lemon-grass & mudgara.

atigaṃdhālu N. of the plant putradātrī.

atigava a. [atikrāṃto gāṃ]
     (1) Very foolish, quite stupid.
     (2) Inexpressible, indescribable.

atigahana, --gavhara a. Very deep, impenetrable.

atiguṇa a.
     (1) Having excellent or superior qualities.
     (2) Devoid of merits, worthless [guṇamatikrāṃtaḥ]. --ṇaḥ Excellent merits.

atiguru a. Very heavy(such as mercury &c.). --ruḥ A very respectable person, such as a father, mother &c. (trayaḥ puruṣasya atiguravo bhavaṃti pitā mātā ācāryaśca).

atiguhā [atikrāṃtā guhāṃ madhyāvakāśena] N. of the plant pṛśriparṇī.

atigraha 9 P. To take beyond the usual measure.

atigraha a. [atikrāṃto grahaṃ] Difficult to be comprehended, incomprehensible. --haḥ, --grāhaḥ
     (1) Object of an apprehensive organ, such as sparśa 'touch' the object of tvac, rasa of jihvā &c. The Grahas are eight in number; prāṇa, vāc, jihvā, cakṣus, śrotra, manas, hastau & tvac; the corresponding atigrāhas being apāna, nāman, rasa, rūpa, śabda, kāma, karman & sparśa.
     (2) Right knowledge, correct apprehension.
     (3) Act of overtaking, surpassing &c.
     (4) One who seizes or takes to a very great extent.

atigrāhya a. To be held in check, to be controlled. --hyaḥ N. of three libations made at the Jyotiṣṭoma sacrifice.

atigha [atiśayena haṃti; han]
     (1) A weapon.
     (2) Worth.

atighna a. Very destructive. --ghnī [atiśayena haṃti duḥkhaṃ; han-ṭhak] A happy state of complete oblivion which drowns all thought of whatever is disagreeable in the past; atighnīmānaṃdasya gatvā Bri. Ar. Up.

aticamū a. [camūmatikrāṃtaḥ] Victorious over armies.

aticar 1 P.
     (1) To transgress, violate; be unfaithful to, offend (as a wife &c.); svaṃ svamācāramatyacāriṣuḥ Dk. 162; yathā cāhaṃ nāticare patīn; putrāḥ pitṝnatyacarannāryaścātyacaran patīn Mb.
     (2) To pass by, neglect, omit.
     (3) To overtake, overcome; surpass, excel.

aticara a. Very changeable, transient. --rā [atikramya svasthānaṃ saroṃtaraṃ gacchati] N. of the shrub Hibiscus Mutabilis (padminī, sthalapadminī or padmacāriṇīlatā).

aticaraṇam Excessive practice, overdoing.

aticāraḥ
     (1) Transgression.
     (2) Excelling,
     (3) Overtaking &c.
     (4) Accelerated motion of planets (kujādipaṃcagrahāṇāṃ svasvākrāṃtarāśiṣu bhogakālamullaṃghya rāśyaṃtaragamanaṃ); passage from one zodiacal sign to another.

aticārin a. Transgressing, surpassing &c.

aticiram adv. Very long; -raṃ mayā kṛtaṃ Ratn. 1 I have been very late; nāticiraṃ gatāyāṃ ca tasyāṃ K. 178 she had not long left when &c.

aticchatraḥ --trā,--cchatrakā [atikrāṃtaḥ chatraṃ tulyākāreṇa] A mushroom, anise, principally Anesum or Anethum Sowa; N. of another plant, Barleria Longifolia. (-traḥ is said by Amara to be jalatṛṇabhedaḥ Mar. śetagavata; and -trā = śatapuṣpā Mar. śopa).

aticchaṃdaḥ --das a. [atikrāṃtaḥchaṃdaḥdaṃ vā]
     (1) Free from worldly desires.
     (2) Exceeding thought or will.
     (3) One who violates Vedic traditions of conduct. --s f. n.
     (1) N. of two classes of metres (atikrāṃtā chaṃdaḥ vṛttānusārivarṇavinyāsabhedaṃ)
     (2) Fondness, inclination.

atijagatī [atikrāṃtā jagatīṃ dvādaśākṣarapādāṃ ekākṣarādhikyāt] N. of a class of metres belonging to the aticchaṃdas class, with 13 letters in each line (prathamā'tijagatyāsāṃ sā dvipaṃcāśadakṣarā.)

atijana a. [atikrāṃto janaṃ] Not tenanted or inhabited.

atijāgara a. Always wakeful. --raḥ The black Curlew (nīlavaka).

atijāta a. [atikrāṃto jātaṃ-jātiṃ janakaṃ vā] (opp. apajāta) Superior to his parentage.

atijīv 1 P. 1. To survive, outlive.
     (2) To surpass (in the mode of living); atyajīvadamarālakeśvarau R. 19. 15.

atijīvanam Surviving &c.

atiḍīnam Extraordinary flight (of birds).

atitarāṃ, --atitamām ind. [ati-tara (ma) p-āmu] more, higher (abl.); nṛttādasyāḥ sthitamatitarāṃ kāṃtaṃ M. 2. 7.
     (2) Exceedingly, very much; excessive, great; -suduḥsahaḥ R. 3. 37; -rāṃkāṃtimāpatsyate Me. 15 will attain great splendour.
     (3) Above, higher in rank (acc.); tasmādvā ete devā -rāmivānyāndevān Ken.

atitīvra --tīkṣṇa a. Very sharp, pungent. --kṣṇaḥ N. of the plant śobhāṃjana. --vrā dūb grass.

atitṛṣṇā Rapacity, excessive greed or desire; -ṣṇā na kartavyā Pt. 5 one should not be too greedy. --ṣṇa a. Rapacious, very greedy.

atitṝ 1 P. To cross, pass or get over, surmount, overcome; durgāṇyatitaratiṃ te H. 4. v. l.; tayorātmanaśca kṣudhamatyatārṣaṃ Dk. 165 satisfied or appeased hunger; tepi cātitaraṃtyeva mṛtyuṃ śrutiparāyaṇāḥ Bg. 13. 25 cross beyond death.

atitaraṇam Crossing, surmounting.

atitārin a. Crossing, overcoming.

atithiḥ [atati gacchati na tiṣṭhati; at-ithin Uṇ. 4. 2; lit. a 'traveller'; according to Manu ekarātraṃ tu nivasannatithirvrāhmaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ . anityaṃ hi sthito yasmāttasmādatithirucyate 3. 112]
     (1) A guest (fig. also); atithineva niveditaṃ S. 4; kusumalatāpriyātithe S. 6 dear or welcome guest; puraṃdarapurātithiṣu pitṛṣu Dk. 2 the guests of Indra's capital i. e. dead; so samare yamanagarātithirakāri 12; dhanyānāṃ śravaṇapathātithitvameti (uktaṃ) Ratn. 2. 7 becomes a guest of, i. e. goes to or falls on the ears of the fortunate only; karoti te mukhaṃ tanvi capeṭāpātanātithiṃ K. P.
     (2) Wrath.
     (3) N. of a son of Kuśa and Kumudavatī and grandson. of Rāma.
     -- Comp.
          --kriyā --pūjā, --satkāraḥ --satkriyā, --sevā hospitable reception of guests, rite of hospitality, hospitality attention to the guests.
          --deva a. [atithirdeva iva pūjyo yasya] treating the guest as a God.
          --dharmaḥ title or claim to hospitality; hospitality due to guests; gṛhyatāṃ -rmaḥ Pt. 1; yadi tvatithidharmeṇa kṣatriyo gṛhamāvrajet Ms. 3. 111 should come as a guest.
          --dharmin a. entitled to hospitality as a guest Ms. 3. 112.
          --patiḥ the host or entertainer.

atithin a. Ved. Travelling, wandering. --m. (thī) N. of a King, also called suhotra and atithi.

atithigvaḥ An epithet of Divodāsa whom the gods helped in overcoming Śambara.

atidagdha a. Badly or excessively burnt. --gdhaṃ A bad kind of burn.

atidānam Munificence, liberality; atidāne balirbaddhaḥ Chāṇ. 50.

atidāhaḥ Violent inflammation.

atidiś 6 P.
     (1) To assign, to make over, transfer.
     (2) To extend the application of, extend by analogy; pradhānamallanibarhaṇanyāyena atidiśati SB.; janapadatadavadhyośceti prakaraṇe ye pratyayā uktāste'trātidiśyaṃte P. IV. 3. 100 Sk., IV. 1. 151 Mbh.

atideśaḥ
     (1) Transfer, making over, assigning.
     (2) (Gram.) Extended application, application by analogy, transference of one attribute to another, attraction of one case or rule to another; atideśo nāma itaradharmasya itarasmin prayogāya ādeśaḥ (mīmāṃsā); or anyatraiva praṇītāyāḥ kṛtsnāyā dharmasaṃhateḥ . anyatra kāryataḥ prāptiratideśaḥ sa ucyate.. prākṛtāt karmaṇo yasmāttatsamāneṣu karmasu . dharmapraveśo yena syādatideśaḥ sa ucyate .. This atideśa is of 5 kinds: śāstra-, kārya-, nimitta-, vyapadeśa- & rūpa-. Thus in Grammar prakṛtivat vikṛtiḥ, karmaṇā karmavattulyakriyaḥ or puṃvat, ṇidvat, vyapadeśīvadbhāvaḥ & iṇvadikaḥ are instances. gosadṛśo gavayaḥ is an instance of rūpātideśa or analogy; vākyārthasyātideśasya smṛtirvyāpāra ucyate Bhāṣā. P. 80. atideśa is generally expressed by words showing likeness or resemblance, such as iva, vat, sadṛśa &c.

atidīpyaḥ [atiśayena dīpyate] A plant, Plumbago Rosea (raktacitraka).

atidūra a. Very far; -re, -rāt, -reṇa usually with na (gen.) not far from; tapovanasya- S. 1.

atidevaḥ The Supreme or highest God; N. of Śiva.

atidvaya a. [dvayamatikrāṃtaḥ; nāsti dbayaṃ yasya vā] Surpassing the two (bṛhatkathā and vāsavadattā), or having no second or equal, incomparable, matchless; dhiyā nibaddheyamatidvayī kathā K. 5.

atidhanvan m. [atyutkṛṣṭaṃ dhanuryasya]
     (1) An unrivalled archer or warrior.
     (2) That which surpasses a maru or desert [dhanvānaṃ atikrāṃtaḥ].

atidhṛtiḥ f. [atikrāṃtā dhṛtiṃ aṣṭādaśākṣarapādāṃ vṛttiṃ ekākṣarādhikyāt]
     (1) N. of a class of metres belonging to the aticchadaṃs group, consisting of 4 lines with 19 syllables in each (ṣaṭsaptatistvatidhṛtiḥ).
     (2) Nineteen.

atināṣṭra a. Ved. Out of danger.

atinicṛ(vṛ)t f. N. of a Vedic metre of 3 Padas, the number of syllables in each being respectively 7, 6 and 7; (ṣaṭkaḥ saptakayormadhye stotṝṇāṃvivācīti . yasyāḥ sātinivṛnnāma gāyatrī dvidaśākṣarā).

atinidrā Excessive sleeping. --dra a.
     (1) Given to exessive sleep.
     (2) Without sleep, sleepless. --draṃ ind. Past sleeping time (nidrā saṃprati na yujyate).

atinirhārin a. Very attractive (as an attributive of smell); āmodaḥso'tinirhārī Ak.

atinau --nu a. [atikrāṃto nāvaṃ] Disembarked, landed.

atipaṃcā [paṃcavarṣamatikrāṃtā] A girl past five.

atipat 1 P.
     (1) To pass over; neglect, omit, transgress.
     (2) To fly by, beyond, or over; to cross --Caus.
     (1) To delay, neglect; see atipātya below.
     (2) To disrespect, offend; ye satyameva hi gurūnatipātayaṃti Mu. 3. 34 transgress, violate; atipātitakālasādhanā Ki. 2. 42.
     (3) To cause to fly past or by.
     (4) To make ineffectual; saṃśamanamevaṃ saṃśodhanamatipātayati Suśr.
     (4) To snatch away, drag away.

atipatanam Flying past or beyond; omission, neglect, missing, transgressing; exceeding, going beyond due bounds.

atipātaḥ Passing away, lapse (of time); aho kāla- taḥ Mal. 2.
     (2) Neglect, omission; transgression; na cedanyakāryātipātaḥ S. 1 if no other duty be neglected thereby, if it should not interfere with (the discharge of) any other duty; deviation from established laws or customs.
     (3) Befalling, occurrence; duḥkhātipātena kaluṣīkiyaṃte K. 289; jaladhārātipātaḥ 302 falling.
     (4) Ill-treatment, or usage.
     (5) Opposition, contrariety.

atipātita pp.
     (1) Put off, delayed &c.
     (2) Quite or entirely broken; asthiniḥśeṣataśchinnamatipātitam Suśr. --taṃ Complete fracture of a bone.

atipātin a.
     (1) Acute, running a rapid course.
     (2) Surpassing in speed, swifter than (in comp.); tatāra vidyāḥ pavanātipātibhirdiśo haridbhirharitāmiveśvaraḥ R. 3. 30.

atipātya pot. p. To be delayed or put off; kāmamanatipātyaṃ dharmakāryaṃ devasya S. 5.

atipatraḥ [atiriktaṃ bṛhat patraṃ yasya] The teak tree, or the hastikaṃdavṛkṣa.

atipathin m. A better road than common, a good road.

atipad 4 A.
     (1) To go beyond; spring over.
     (2) To neglect, omit, trangress. --Caus. To allow to pass by.

atipada a. [atikrāṃtaḥ padaṃ]
     (1) Having no feet.
     (2) Too long by one foot.

atipattiḥ f.
     (1) Going beyond, passing, lapse; deśakālātipattau ca gṛhītvā svayamarpayet Y. 2. 169.
     (2) Non-performance, failure; liṅnimitte ḷṅ kriyātipattau P. III. 3. 139 (the conditional is used instead of the potential, when the non-performance of an action is implied).
     (3) [pattiṃ atikrāṃtaḥ] One surpassing a foot-soldier.

atipanna p. p. Gone beyond, transgressed, missed, past &c.

atiparicayaḥ Excessive familiarity or intimacy; Prov. atiparicayādavajñā 'Familiarity breeds contempt.'

atipara a. One who has vanquished his enemies. --raḥ A great or superior enemy.

atiparokṣa a.
     (1) Far out of sight, not discernible; -vṛtti obsolete (words).
     (2) Not hidden, visible.

atipātakam A very heinous sin, incest, (mātṛgamanaṃ duhitṛgamanaṃ snuṣāgamanaṃ, puṃsāṃ; putrapitṛśvaśuragamanaṃ ca strīṇāṃ, atipātakāni ucyaṃte.)

atipādanicṛ(vṛ)t f. N. of a Vedic Metre of 3 padas, the number of syllabes in each being respectively 6, 8 and 7.

atiprabaṃdhaḥ Great continuity; -prahitāstravṛṣṭibhiḥ R. 3. 58 very rapidly or in rapid succession.

atiprage ind. Very early in the morning, in the early dawn Ms. 4. 62.

atipravṛddha a.
     (1) Overbearing Ms. 9. 320.
     (2) Grown very much.

atipraśnaḥ [atikramya maryādāṃ praśnaḥ] A question about transcendental truths; a vexatious or extravagant question that is asked though a satisfactory reply has already been given; e.g. Valaki's question to Yājṇavalkya about Brahma in bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad.

atiprasaṃgaḥ, --prasaktiḥ f.
     (1) Excessive attachment; nātiprasaṃgaḥ pramadāsukāryaḥ Pt. 1. 187; strīṣvatiprasaṃgāt Dk. 101.
     (2) Over-rudeness, impertinence; tadviramātiprasaṃgāt U. 5; mā bhūtpunarbata kathaṃcidatiprasaṃgaḥ Mv. 3. 16 indiscretion or imprudence; yadetāvataḥ paribhavātiprasaṃgasya tulyaṃ syāt Mv. 5 an insult.
     (3) Extraordinary or unwarrantable stretch of a (grammatical) rule, or principle; also = ativyāpti q. v.
     (4) A very close contact; atiprasaṃgādvihitāgaso muhuḥ Ki. 8. 33 (avicchedasaṃga).
     (5) Prolixity; alamatiprasaṃgena Mu. 1.

atipreṣitam The time after the ceremony in which the praiṣa Mantras are used.

atiprāḍhā A girl who has attained a marriageable age, a grownup girl.

atibala a. Very strong or powerful; jayatyatibalo rāmo lakṣmaṇaśca mahābalaḥ Ram. --laḥ An eminent or matchless warrior (atiratha). --laṃ
     (1) Great strength or power.
     (2) A powerful army. --lā
     (1) N. of a medicinal plant, Sidonia Cordifolia and Rhombifolia.
     (2) N. of a powerful charm or lore taught by Viśvāmitra to Rāma: --gṛhāṇa dve ime vidye balāmatibalāṃ tathā . na te śramo jarā vābhyāṃ bhavitā nāṃgavaikṛtam .. na ca suptaṃ pramattaṃ vā dharṣayiṣyaṃti nairṛtāḥ . na ca te sadṛśo rāma vīryeṇānyo bhaviṣyati .. sadevanaranāgeṣu lokeṣviha pumāṃstriṣu . na saubhāgye na dākṣiṇye na buddhiśrutipauruṣe .. nottare pratipattavye tvattulyo vā bhaviṣyati . etadvidyādvayaṃ prāpya yaśaścāvyayamāpsyasi .. balāmatibalāṃ caiva jñānavijñānamātarau . kṣutpipāse ca te rāma nātyarthaṃ pīḍayiṣyataḥ .. jayaśca durgakāṃtārapradeśeṣvaṭavīṣu ca . sāratāṃ triṣu lokeṣu gamiṣyasi ca rāghava .. pitāmahasute hyete vidye cāyurbalāvahe . See R. 11. 9 also.
     (3) N. of one of Daksha's daughters.

atibālaka a. Childish, puerile. --kaḥ An infant.

atibālā [atikrāṃtā bālyāvasthāṃ] A cow two years old; varṣamātrā tu bālā syādatibālā dvivārṣikī.

ativrahmacaryam Over-continence, or abstinence (opp. atimaithunaṃ). --ryaḥ [atikrāṃto brahmacaryaṃ] One who has violated the student's life, who cohabits with women.

atibha(bhā)raḥ
     (1) Excessive burden, great load; ko'tibhāraḥ samarthānāṃ Pt. 1. 22; iti manasi nyastaciṃtātibhāraḥ Ratn. 3. 5; sā muktakaṃṭhaṃ vyasanātibhārāt cakraṃda R. 14. 68 through excessive grief; duḥkhātibhāropi laghuḥ sa mene Ki. 3. 33.
     (2) Speed.
     (3) Excessive obscurity (of a sentence).
     -- Comp.
          --ga [atibhāraṃ gṛhītvāpi gacchati] a mule.

atibhīḥ f. [ati bibheti asyāḥ darśanāt; bhī-kvip] Lightning; flash of Indra's thunderbolt.

atibhū 1 P.
     (1) To spring forth, arise; śabdaśca ghoro'tibabhūva Mb.
     (2) To surpass, excel; to overcome, subdue, overpower.

atibhavaḥ Surpassing, defeating, conquering.

atibhū a. Surpassing all, epithet of Viṣṇu.

atibhūmiḥ f.
     (1) Excess, culmination, highest pitch; -miṃ gam-yā to go to excess, to reach the climax; -miṃ tasyā abhiniveśo gamiṣyati Mal. 2; miṃ gatonurāgaḥ 7; tatra sarvalokasya- miṃ gataḥ pravādaḥ ibid. widely known, become notorious, noised abroad; -mimayaṃ gato na śakyate nivartayituṃ K. 156; sarvotsavānābhatibhūmimivādhiśayānā 158; sarvapauruṣātibhūmiḥ Dk. 30; -miṃ gatena raṇaraṇakena U. 1, Śi. 9. 78, 10. 80.
     (2) Boldness, impropriety, violation of due limits (amaryādā); vipadi na dūṣitātibhūmiḥ Śi. 8. 20.
     (3) Eminence, superiority.
     (4) Extensive land.

atibhojanam Voracity, surfeiting oneself, excess in eating.

atimaṃgalya a. Very auspicious. --lyaḥ N. of a tree, (bilvavṛkṣa).

atimatiḥ f. --mānaḥ Haughtiness, too great pride; atimāne ca kauravāḥ Chāṇ. 50.

atimartya --mānuṣa a. Superhuman.

atimaryāda a. Exceeding due limits.

atimarśaḥ Close contact.

atimāṃsa a. [atiśayitaṃ māṃsaṃ yatra] Fleshy, plump, fat, as jaṃghā, adharoṣṭha &c.

atimātra a. [atikrāṃto mātrāṃ, atiśayitā mātrā pramāṇaṃ yasya vā] Exceeding the proper measure, inordinate, excessive; -bhāsvaratvaṃ M. 1. 8; (in comp) very much, beyond measure; -suduḥsahāni S. 4. 3 quite insupportable; -lohitatalau 1. 30; munivrataistvāmatimātrakarśitāṃ Ku. 5. 48 --traṃ, --mātraśaḥ ind. Beyond measure, inordinately, excessively.

atimāna a. [mānamatikrāṃtaḥ] Immeasurable, very great or wide (as fame); -nayā kīrtyā Dk. 1.

atimāya a. [māyāmatikrāṃtaḥ] Finally liberated, emancipated from the Maya or illusion of the world.

atimāruta a. Very windy. --taḥ, --vātaḥ A strong hurricane, storm, violent gust of wind.

atimita a.
     (1) Over-measured, excessive.
     (2) [a-timita] Not wet.

atimitram A great friend, epithet of a very friendly constellation.

atimukta a.
     (1) Entirely free from worldly desires, finally emancipated.
     (2) Barren, seedless.
     (3) Surpassing (a necklace of) pearls; atimuktamadgrathitakesarāvalī Mal. 5. 8. --ktaḥ --ktakaḥ
     (1) A kind of creeper (mādhavī, Mar. kusarī or kasturamogarā) represented as twisting itself round the mangotree and as the beloved of that tree; cf. ka idānīṃ sahakāramaṃtareṇātimuktalatāṃ pallavitāṃ sahate S. 3, parigṛhāṇa gate sahakāratāṃ tvamatimuktalatācaritaṃ mayi M. 4. 13.
     (2) N. of a tree, Dalbergia Oujeinensis (tiniśa).
     (3) (-ktakaḥ) Mountain ebony; N. of a tree called harimaṃtha (tiṃdukavṛkṣa, tālavṛkṣa also).

atimuktiḥ f. --mokṣaḥ Final liberation (from death).

atimṛtyu a. Overcoming death. --tyuḥ Final liberation from death (mokṣa); tameva viditvā 'timṛtyumeti nānyaḥ paṃthā vidyate Up.

atimodā
     (1) Very great fragrance.
     (2) N. of a plant navamallikā, Jasminum Heterophyllum or Arboreum.

atiyavaḥ A kind of barley.

atiyogaḥ Over-flow, excess.

atiraṃhas a. Very fleet or swift; sāraṃgeṇātiraṃhasā S. 1. 5.

atirakta a. Very red or very much attached. --ktā N. of one of the 7 tongues of Agni.

atirathaḥ [atikrāṃto rathaṃ rathinaṃ] An unrivalled warrior, fighting from his car (amitān yodhayedyastu saṃprokto'tirathastu saḥ); dattvā'bhayaṃ sotirathaḥ Ve. 3. 26. Several Atirathas are mentioned in Bhārata Udyogaparvan.

atirabhasaḥ Great speed, precipitateness, head-long speed, rashness; -kṛtānāṃ karmaṇāṃ Bh. 2. 99; darśana- pradhāvitena K. 192 great hurry.

atirasā (Very juicy) N. of various plants, mūrvā, rāsnā and klītanaka.

atirājan m.
     (1) An extraordinary or excellent king.
     (2) One who surpasses a king.

atirātra a. Ved. [atikrāṃto rātriṃ] Prepared over-night. --traḥ [atiśayitā rātriḥ, tataḥ astyarthe ac]
     (1) An optional part of the Jyotiṣṭoma sacrifice (ekarātrasādhyagavāmayane prathamasaṃsthaḥ yāgabhedaḥ).
     (2) Dead of night.

atiric (Gen. used in pass.)
     (1) To surpass, excel, be superior to (with abl.); aśvamedhasahasrebhyaḥ satyamevātiricyate H. 4. 131; gṛhaṃ tu gṛhiṇīhīnaṃ kāṃtārādatiricyate Pt. 4. 81; vācaḥ karmātiricyate 'example is better than precept;' sometimes with acc.; na ca nārāyaṇo'trabhavaṃtamatiricyate K. 203; or used by itself in the sense of 'to be supreme,' 'prevail', 'triumph', 'predominate', 'be mightier'; na kiṃcidatiricyate Ms. 9. 296 none is supreme or higher than another; 12. 25; so daivamatrātiricyate, svabhāvotiricyate H. 1. 17; svalpamapyatiricyate H. 2 is of great importance.
     (2) To be left with a surplus, be redundant or superfluous.

atirikta pp.
     (1) Surpassed, excelled; sarvātiriktasāreṇa R. 1. 14 strength exceeding that of all creatures; sutajanmātiriktena mahotsavena K. 137 surpassing the birth of a son.
     (2) Redundant, superfluous, remaining over and above; paripūritahṛdayātiriktaharṣamiva K. 66 not contained in the heart.
     (3) Excessive, exuberant.
     (4) Unequalled, unsurpassed; supreme, elevated; samaśnuvānāḥ sahasā'tiriktatāṃ Ki. 14. 33 being raised up or elevated.
     (5) Different (generally vyatirikta in this sense, q. v.).
     (6) Quite empty.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. having a redundant limb (a finger, toe &c.). (
          --gaṃ) a redundant limb or member.

ati(tī)rekaḥ [ric-ghañ]
     (1) Excess, exuberance, excellence, eminence; pauruṣātirekaḥ U. 6; so mada-, vīrya-, guṇa- &c.
     (2) Redundancy, surplus, superfluity.
     (3) Difference.

atiruc m. [rocate iti ruk strīṇāṃ ūrudeśaḥ; atikrāṃto rucaṃ Tv.] The knee. --k f. A very beautiful woman.

atirucira a. Very lovely. --rā N. of two metres, the one a variety of atijagatī, and the other also called cūḍi-li-kā.

atirūkṣa a.
     (1) Very rough or barren; devoid of affection, cruel.
     (2) Very affectionate [atikrāṃto rūkṣaṃ]. --kṣaḥ N. of a variety of grain.

atirūpa a.
     (1) Formless, such as wind.
     (2) Very beautiful. --paṃ Great beauty; as -vatī kanyā. --paḥ [atikrāṃto rūpaṃ] the Supreme Being.

atirai a. (ri n) Exceeding one's income, extravagant.

atirogaḥ Consumption.

ati-lo-romaśa a. Very hairy, shaggy. --śaḥ
     (1) A wild goat.
     (2) A large monkey. --śā A pot-herb (nīlabuhnā) Convolvulus Argenteus.

atilaṃghanam
     (1) Excessive fasting.
     (2) Transgression; na yuktamatrāryajanātilaṃghanaṃ Ki. 14. 9.

atilaṃghin a. Erring, committing mistakes; nartakīrabhinayātilaṃghinīḥ R. 19. 14

atilihā N. of a Prākṛta Metre of four lines with 16 Mātrās in each.

ativaktṛ a. Very talkative, garrulous; ākroṣṭācātivaktā ca brāhmaṇānāṃ Mb.

ativakra a. Very crooked. --kraḥ N. of the five planets (bhauma and others); ativakrā nagāṣṭake iti jyotiṣoktaṃ sūryasya saptamāṣṭamasthitivaśāt pūrvagativiparītapaścādgatiśālibhaumādipaṃcakaṃ Tv.

ativayas a. Very old, aged, advanced in years.

ativarṇāśramin m. One who is beyond castes and orders (yo vedāṃtamahāvākyaśravaṇenaiva kevalam . ātmānamīśvaraṃ veda so' tivarṇāśramī bhavet).

ativartula a. Very round. --laḥ N. of a grain or pot-herb (kalāyaviśeṣa.)

ativah 1 P. To carry over or across. --Caus.
     (1) To spend, pass (as time); kiṃ vā mayāpi na dinānyativāhitāni Mal. 6. 13; ativāhayāṃbabhūva triyāmāṃ R. 9. 70; ṛtūn 19. 47.
     (2) To let pass over, get through successfully; guhāvisārīṇyativāhitāni mayā kathaṃcidghanagarjitāni R. 13. 28 allowed to pass over my head, endured; sa śāpastenātivāhitaḥ Ks. 33. 91.
     (3) To rid oneself of, elude, avoid; asmiṃstamālaviṭapāṃdhakāre praviśya enamativāhayāvaḥ Ratn. 2 get out of his way, elude his pursuit (and thus cheat him).
     (4) To transplant, remove (to another place), bring or carry over; alakāmativāhyaiva vasatiṃ vasusaṃpadāṃ Ku. 6. 37.
     (5) To follow, tread (as a path); lokātivāhite mārge Sarva.

ativāhaḥ [atītya dehaṃ anyadehe vāhaḥ prāpaṇaṃ sa. ta.]
     (1) Passing or conveying of the sūkṣmaśarīra, the subtle principle of life, to other bodies at the expiry of good actions (adṛṣṭa) contributing to the enjoyment of worldly pleasures.
     (2) Carrying over.

ativāhakaḥ [atītya etaṃ dehaṃ bāhayati dehāṃtaraṃ prāpayati; vah-ṇvul] The deity or spirit appointed by God to help in the conveying of the jīva or sūkṣmaśarīra in the above manner.

ativāhanam
     (1) Passing, spending.
     (2) Excessive toiling or enduring, bearing too much load; too heavy burden; H. 3.
     (3) Despatching, sending away, ridding oneself of; kathamasya- naṃ bhaviṣyati Pt. 5 how shall I rid myself of him?

ativāhika a. [ativāhostyasya ṭhan] Able to convey to other bodies, See ativāha.

ativāhita pp. Spent, passed. --taḥ An inhabitant of the lower world. --taṃ (sūkṣmaśarīraṃ) = ativāha, q. v.

ativādaḥ
     (1) Very harsh, abusive or insulting language, reproof; ativādāṃstitikṣeta Ms. 6. 47; reprimand, correction; ativādādvadāmyeṣa mā dharmamabhiśaṃkithāḥ Mb.
     (2) Exaggeration, exaggerated talk, hyperbole (atyukti); ativādaṃ śaṃsati ativādena vai devā asurān atyudya athainānatyāyan Ait. Br.

ativādin a. Talkative, very eloquent; exclusively establishing one's own assertion; vijānan vidvān bhavate nātivādī Muṇḍ.

ativāsaḥ Fast on the day preceding a Śrāddha.

ativikaṭa a. Very fierce. --ṭaḥ A vicious elephant.

ativiṣa a.
     (1) Very poisonous.
     (2) Counteracting poison. --ṣā N. of a poisonous yet highly medicinal plant (Mar. ativiṣa or ativikha) Aconitum Ferox.

ativistaraḥ Prolixity, diffuseness; U. 1, Māl. 1.

ativṛt 1 A. (P. in epic poetry).
     (1) To pass over or by, cross (as a place &c.).
     (2)
          (a) To go beyond, exceed (fig. also); vāgvibhavātivṛttaṃ ācāryakaṃ Māl. 1. 26 exceeding or transcending the powers of speech, indescribable; mukulāvasthāmativṛtteṣu taṃḍuleṣu Dk. 132; kā te stutiḥ stutipathādativṛttadhāmnaḥ Mv. 4. 29 transcending praise.
          (b) To offend, overstep, transgress, violate; yosyāḥ śāsanamativartate Dk. 167; kotivartate daivaṃ 51 who can transgress the decrees of Fate? konyo jīvitukāmo devasya śāsanamativarteta Mu. 3, Śi. 6. 19.
          (c) To neglect, omit, let slip.
          (d) To have no regard to, disregard, slight; offend (especially by unfaithfulness), injure; śapathaśatātivartī Dk. 62 disregarding; ṛtusnātāṃ satīṃ bhāryāṃ ... ativarteta duṣṭātmā; yathāhaṃ karmaṇāvācā śarīreṇa ca rāghavaṃ . satataṃ nātivarteya Rām.; apatyalobhādyātu strībhartāramativartate Ms. 5. 161.
     (3)
          (a) To surpass, excel; manuṣyasaṃkhyāmativartituṃ vā Ki. 3. 40, Śi. 14. 59; bāṃdhavasnehaṃ rājyalobho'tivartate Ks. 41. 40 to outweigh, preponderate.
          (b) To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better of; get over, escape or get loose from; asādhyānativartaṃte pramehā rajanīṃ yathā Suśr.; kimācāraḥ kathaṃ caitāṃstrīn guṇānativartate Bg. 14. 21 transcend these three qualities; daivaṃ pauruṣeṇa Mb., Dk. 73, Ks. 121. 67.
     (4) (Intrans.) To pass away, glide away, elapse (as time); to be late or delay; evaṃ tayoḥ pratyahamanyonyāhārādidānena kālotivartate H. 1; mahatā snehena kālotivartate H. 2; samayo nātivartate Mv. 6; ā ṣoḍaśādbrāhmaṇasya sāvitrī nātivartate Ms. 2. 38 is not late (nātikrāṃtakālā bhavati).
     (5) To go away from, leave, abandon (abl.); yathā em hṛdayaṃ nityaṃ nātivartati rāghavāt Rām. --Caus.
     (1) To slight, not to heed, disregard; suhṛdaścātivartitāḥ Dk. 136.
     (2) To let out, discharge (as excrement).

ativartanam A pardonable offence or misdemeanour; exemption from punishment; ten cases are mentioned in Ms. 8. 290 yānasya caiva yātuśca yānasvāmina eva ca . daśātivartanānyāhuḥ śeṣe daṃḍo vidhīyate.

ativartin a.
     (1) Crossing, surpassing, excelling; bhuvanātivartinā ojasā Ki. 12. 21; passing over, overstepping, transgressing, violating &c.
     (2) Excessive.
     (3) Foremost.

ativṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Surpassing, violation, transgression.
     (2) Exaggeration, hyperbole.
     (3) Violent effusion (as of blood); excessive action.

ativardhanam Excessive growth, increase, adding to, increasing; etatkhalu vyajanānilairati(bhi)vardhanaṃ prabhaṃ janasya yadasmadvidhaiḥ paribodhanamāryasya K. 289; cf. "Carrying coals to New-castle", or "To gild refined gold, to paint the lily, ... or with taper-light the eye of Heaven to garnish is wasteful and ridiculous excess"; See the other phrases on the same page.

ativṛddha a. Very old; very much grown. --ddhaḥ N. of a Mantra in Tantras; catuḥśataṃ samārabhya yāvadvarṇasahasrakam . ativṛddhaḥ sa maṃtrastu sarvaśāstreṣu varjitaḥ .. --ddhā A very old cow (unable to chew grass &c.).

ativṛṣṭiḥ f. Excessive or heavy rain, one of the six calamities of the season. See īti.

ativegita a. Moving or moved with great velocity, quick in motion; maumādayolpamūrtitvācchīghramaṃdoccasaṃjñakaiḥ . daivatairapakṛṣyaṃte sudūramativegitāḥ ..

ativedhaḥ Close contact, N. of the contact of daśamī and ekādaśī (aruṇodayavedhaḥ syāt sārdhaṃ tu ghaṭikādvayam . ativedho dvighaṭikā prabhāsaṃdarśanādraveḥ .. iti smṛtyuktaḥ ekādaśyāḥ daśamīsaṃparkabhedaḥ Tv.).

ativela a. [atikrāṃto velāṃ maryādāṃ kūlaṃ vā]
     (1) Exceeding the due limits or boundary (as the water of the sea).
     (2) Excessive, extravagant; boundless. --laṃ adv.
     (1) Excessively.
     (2) Out of season, unseasonably.

ativyathanaṃ --thā Infliction of great pain; sapatraniṣpatrādativyathane P. V. 4. 61.

ativyāptiḥ f.
     (1) An unwarrantable stretch of a rule or principle.
     (2) Including what is not intended to be included in a proposition; (in Nyāya) including or covering too much, unwarranted extension of a definition to things not intended to be defined by it, so that it includes such things as ought not to fall under it; one of the three faults to which a definition is open; alakṣye lakṣaṇagamanaṃ ativyāptiḥ; yathā manuṣyo brāhmaṇaḥ iti lakṣaṇasya śūdre'tivyāptiḥ, tasyāpi manuṣyatvāt.

atiśakka(kva)rī A class of metres containing 4 lines, with 15 syllables in each. It has 18 varieties.

atiśarvaram Ved. The dead of night.

atiśastra a. Surpassing weapons; -nakhanyāsaḥ R. 12. 73 the nail-wounds surpassed the wounds of swords.

atiśī 2 A.
     (1) To surpass, excel; pūrvānmahābhāga tayā'tiśeṣe R. 5. 14; caritena cātiśayitā munayaḥ Ki. 6. 32, Bk. 7. 46, 8. 1; na śaknumo vayamāryasya matimatiśayituṃ Mu. 3.
     (2) To precede in sleeping; ahaṃ patīnnātiśaye Mb.
     (3) To annoy, act as an incubus. --Caus. (--śāyayati) To excel; dhārmnātiśāyayati dhāma sahasradhāmnaḥ Mu. 3. 17.

atiśayaḥ [śī-ac]
     (1) Excess, preeminence excellence; vīrya- R. 3. 62; mahimnāṃ ... atiśayaḥ U. 4. 21; tasmin vidhānātiśaye vidhātuḥ R. 6. 11 excellence, highest perfection of art.
     (2) Superiority (in quality, rank, quantity &c.); mahārghastīrthānāmiva hi mahatāṃ kopyatiśayaḥ U. 6. 11; oft in comp. with adjectives, in the sense of 'exceedingly', 'excessively'; -ramaṇīyaḥ Mu. 3; āsīdatiśayaprekṣyaḥ R. 17. 25; muktāguṇātiśayasaṃbhṛtamaṃḍanaśrīḥ V. 5. 19; or with nouns, meaning 'excellent', 'excessive', 'very great'; -rayaḥ, aśvātiśayaṃ K. 80 the best of horses; -dāridryopahatāḥ.
     (3) Advantageous result, one of the superhuman qualities attributed to Jaina saints. --a. [atiśayaḥ astyarthe ac] Superior, pre-eminent, excessive, very great, abundant.
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. 1. exaggerated or hyperbolical language, extreme assertion. 2. a figure of speech, (corr. to hyperbole) said to be of 5 kinds in S. D, but of 4 in K. P.; nigīryādhyavasānaṃ tu prakṛtasya pareṇa yat . prastutasya yadanyatvaṃ yadyarthoktau ca kalpanam . kāryakāraṇayoryaśca paurvāparyaviparyayaḥ . vijñeyātiśayoktiḥ sā; Ex. of the first kind: kamalamanaṃbhāsi kamale ca kuvalaye tāni kanakalatikāyāṃ . sā ca sukumārasubhagetyutpātaparaṃparā keyam .. 3. verbosity.

atiśayana a. [śī-bhāve-lyuṭ] Surpassing, (in comp.); great, eminent; abundant. --naṃ Excess, abundance, superfluity. --nī N. of a metre of four lines, also called citralekhā.

atiśayālu a. Tending to excel or surpass.

atiśayita p. p.
     (1) Excelled, surpassed &c.; -surāsuraprabhāvaṃ U. 5. 4.
     (2) Excessive, exceeding, going beyond.

atiśayin a. [śī-ini] Superior' excellent; pre-eminent; śriyamatiśayinīṃ sametya jagmuḥ Ki. 10. 25; idamuttamamatiśayini vyaṃgye vācyād dhvanirbudhaiḥ kathitaḥ K. P. 1; -yini samāptā vaṃśa evāśiṣaste V. 5. 21.
     (2) Excessive, abundant.

atiśāyanam [śī-lyuṭ] Excellence, superiority, Mv. 4. 15; atiśāyane tamabiṣṭhanau (superlative affixes) P. V. 3. 55.

atiśāyin a. [śī-ṇini]
     (1) Excelling, surpassing; arthakāma- &c.
     (2) Excessive. --nī N. of a metre.

atiśeṣaḥ Remainder; remnant (as of time); a small remainder.

atiśreyasiḥ [śreyasīmatikrāṃtaḥ] A man superior to the most excellent woman.

atiśva a.
     (1) Surpassing in strength a dog (such as a boar &c.).
     (2) Worse than a dog. --śvā Service; cf. sevāṃ lāghavakāriṇīṃ kṛtadhiyaḥ sthāne śvavṛttiṃ viduḥ Mu. 3. --śvaḥ N. of a tribe.

atiśvan m. An excellent dog.

atiṣkadvarī [fr. skaṃd] A transgressor; a very dissolute woman.

atiṣṭhā 1 P. To excel; be over (Ved.); sa bhūmiṃ viśvato vṛtvātyātiṣṭhaddaśāṃgulaṃ Rv. 10. 90. 1 was over and above by 10 Angulas. --ṣṭhā [sthā-kvipṣatvaṃ] Superiority, precedence. --a., -vat-van Surpassing, standing at the head of all.

atisaktiḥ f. Close contact, or proximity; great attachment; atisaktimetya varuṇasya diśā Śi. 9. 7.

atisaṃdhā 3 U.
     (1) To deceive, overreach, cheat; tvayā caṃdramasā ca viśvasanīyābhyāmatisaṃdhīyate kāmijanasārthaḥ S. 3; kathaṃ mayā brahmabaṃdhuratisaṃdheyaḥ V. 2.
     (2) To prejudice, wrong, injure, encroach upon; mūladvāraṃ nānyairdvārairatisaṃdadhīta rūparddhyā Bri. S. 53. 82.

atisaṃdhānam Cheating, deception; parātisaṃdhāna- S. 5. 25; trick, fraud.

atisaṃdhyā The time about the twilights, the time just before and after the morning and evening twilight.

atisarpaṇam Violent motion or movement (of the child in the womb).

atisarva a. Transcending or superior to all, above all. --rvaḥ The Supreme Being; atisarvāya śarvāya Mugdha.

atisāṃtapanam A kind of very austere penance; (gomūtragomayakṣīradadhisarpiḥkuśodakānyekāhaṃ dvitīyamupavasettatsāṃtapanaṃ; tryahābhyastaiścātisāṃtapanaṃ Viṣṇu Smṛti).

atisāṃvatsara a. (rī f.) Extending over more than a year; Ms. 8. 153.

atisāmyā [atyaṃtaṃ sāmyaṃ madhunā asyāḥ] N. of the plant madhuyaṣṭi, sweet juice of the Bengal Madder, Rubia Manjith.

atisṛ 1 P. Ved. To extend. --Caus.
     (1) To extend.
     (2) To exert oneself to drive out; give out (as a fluid).

atisara a.
     (1) One who goes beyond or exceeds.
     (2) Leader, foremost. --raḥ Effort or exertion.

ati(tī)sāraḥ [atisārayati malaṃ dravīkṛtya, vā aterdīrghaḥ] Dysentery, violent straining at stool.

ati(tī)sārin m. [atyaṃtaṃ sārayati malaṃ] The disease called atisāra. --a., --atisārakin [atisāro yasyāsti, ini kuk ca] Affected by, afflicted with, dysentery; sātisāro'tisārakī Ak.

atisṛj 6 P.
     (1) To give, present, bestow, grant; atisṛṣṭo rājyārdhavibhāgaḥ Mu. 2; purā nārāyaṇeneyamatisṛṣṭā marutvate V. 1. 15; rāghavāya tanayāṃ ... atisṛṣṭavān R. 11. 48; anasūyātisṛṣṭena 12. 27.
     (2) To dismiss, abandon, part with.
     (3) To permit, allow.
     (4) To remit, forgive (as fine &c.).
     (5) To leave as a remnant.

atisargaḥ
     (1) Granting(of a wish); giving; sraṣṭurvarātisargāttu mayā tasya durātmanaḥ R. 10.42.
     (2) Granting permission (to do what one likes kāmacārānujñā) P.III. 3. 163, one of the senses of the Potential.
     (3) Dismissal, discharge, parting with; giving away; strīṇāṃ dānavikrayātisargā vidyaṃtena puṃsaḥ Nir. --a. [sargaṃ sṛṣṭimatikrāṃtaḥ] Everlasting, permanent (nitya); emancipated (mukta).

atisarjanam
     (1) Giving, granting; consigning; vidhurāṃ jvalanātisarjanāt Ku. 4. 32, consigning to the flames; dīyatāmiti vacotisarjane Śi. 14. 48; tattadīyaviśikhātisarjanāt Ki. 13. 57 giving back.
     (2) Liberality, munificence.
     (3) Killing.
     (4) Deception.
     (5) Separation from, parting with.

atisaurabha a. Very fragrant. --bhaṃ Great fragrance. --bhaḥ The mango tree.

atisauhityam Stuffing oneself with food; na -tyamācaret Ms. 4. 62.

atisparśa a. Not liberal, niggardly, mean-spirited. --rśaḥ Slight contact or absence of contact of the tongue and palate in pronunciation; epithet of the semivowels and vowels.

atisnehaḥ Over-affection; -haḥ kāryadarśī V. 2 sees or finds what is to be done; -haḥ pāpaśaṃkī S. 4 is apt to suspect evil.

atihastayati Den. P. [atihasta-ṇi]
     (1) To stretch out the hands (hastau nirasyati).
     (2) [hastinā atikrāmati] To overtake (one) on an elephant.

atī [ati-i] 2 P.
     (1) To go beyond, pass on, over or beyond, cross (time or space); stokamaṃtaramatītya S. 1; javādatīye himavānadhomukhaiḥ Ki. 14. 54 was gone to or reached; sthātavyaṃ te nayanaviṣayaṃ yāvadatyeti bhānuḥ Me. 34 passes out of sight; atītyaikādaśāhaṃ tu nāmakarma tathā'karot Rām. after 11 days; gṛhapaṃktayaściramatīyire janaiḥ Śi. 13. 53.
     (2) To enter, step over; advāreṇa ca nātīyāt grāmaṃ vā veśma vā vṛtaṃ Ms. 4. 73.
     (3) To excel, surpass, outstrip, be more than a match for; trisrotasaḥ kāṃtimatītya tasthau Ku. 7. 15; satyamatītya harito harīṃśca vartaṃte vājinaḥ S. 1; agnistviṣā nātyeti pūṣaṇaṃ Śi. 2. 23; to exceed, go beyond, transcend; kusīdavṛddhirdvaiguṇyaṃ nātyeti Ms. 8. 151 does not exceed; atītya vācāṃ manasāṃ ca gocaraṃ sthitāya Ki. 18. 41, Śi. 16. 48.
     (4) To overcome, subdue, vanquish, get the better of; na pradīpa iva vāyumatyagāt R. 19. 53 did not overcome, outlive or survive; to overtake, out-do.
     (5) To walk by, walk past, pass by, leave behind; srotovahāṃ pathi nikāmajalāmatītya S. 6. 16; sotyagāt āśramaṃ R. 15. 37.
     (6) To omit, neglect, disregard, violate, transgress, overstep; na diṣṭamarthamatyetumīśo martyaḥ kathaṃcana Mb. avoid; atītya hi guṇān sarvān svabhāvo mūrdhni vartate H. 1. 15; deśaṃ kālaṃ ca yo'tīyāt Y. 2. 195; atīyātsāgaro velāṃ na pratijñāmahaṃ pituḥ Ram.; bhūtānyatyeti paṃca vai Ms. 12. 90 oversteps the five elements (mokṣaṃ prāpnoti Kull.); atyeti tatsarvamidaṃ viditvā Bg. 8. 28, 14. 20.
     (7) (Intrans.) To pass, elapse (time); atyeti rajanī yā tu sā na pratinivartate Rām.; atīte dakṣiṇāyane &c.
     (8) To overflow, be redundant, be in excess.
     (9) To die.

atīta p. p. [i-kta.]
     (1) Gone beyond, crossed.
     (2) (Used actively)
          (a) exceeding, going beyond, avoiding, overstepping, having passed over or neglected &c., with acc. or in comp.; paricchedātītaḥ Mal. 1. 30 beyond or past definition; saṃkhyāmatīta or saṃkhyātīta beyond enumeration, innumerable; tāmatītasya te Me. 29; yamunāmatītamatha śuśruvānamuṃ Śi. 13. 1; vayotītaḥ Ki. 11. 2 past youth, advanced in years; sarvāraṃbhaparityāgī guṇātītaḥ sa ucyate Bg. 14. 25; kairliṃgaistrīn guṇānetānatīto bhavati prabho 14. 21; bāṇapathamatītaḥ kravyabhojanaḥ V. 5 gone beyond the reach of arrows, past bowshot; atītanauke'tinu Ak. who has left the boat, i.e. landed, disembarked. --
          (b) Gone by, passed away, past (as time &c.); atīte niśāṃte Dk. 11; asannivṛttyai tadatītameva S. 6. 9; -anāgatavartamānavedinā Pt. 1; atīte varṣuke kāle Bk. 7. 18; -śaiśavā Ms. 8. 27; atīte kāryaśeṣajñaḥ śatrubhirnābhibhūyate Ms. 7. 179; -lābhasya ca rakṣaṇārthaṃ Pt. 2. 182 of past gains; vetti janmāṃtarāṇyatītāni K. 46. --
          (c) Dead, deceased; sabrahmacāriṇyekāhamatīte kṣapaṇaṃ smṛtaṃ Ms. 5. 71; aprajāyāmatītāyāṃ bhartureva tadiṣyate 9. 196, 197. --taṃ The past, past time.

atyayaḥ [i-ac]
     (1)
          (a) Passing away, lapse; kāla- Ms. 8. 145.
          (b) End, conclusion, termination, absence, disappearance; tapātyaye Ku. 4. 44, 5. 23; śiśirātyayasya puṣpoccayaḥ 3. 61; ātapa- R. 1. 52.
     (2) Complete disappearance, death, destruction, passing away, perishing; pituratyayāt Dk. 64.
     (3) Danger, risk, harm, injury, evil; jīvitātyayamāpannaḥ Ms. 10. 104 the life being in danger or jeopardy; prāṇānāmeva cātyaye 5. 27; prāṇātyaye ca saṃprāpte Y. 1. 179, Ms. 6. 68, 8. 69; putradārātyayaṃ prāptaḥ 10. 99 (Kull. kṣudavasannaputrakalatraḥ).
     (4) Suffering, misery, difficulty, distress.
     (5) Guilt, fault, offence, transgression; kṣatriyasyātyaye daṃḍo bhāgāddaśaguṇo bhavet Ms. 8. 243; dāpyoṣṭaguṇamatyayaṃ 8. 400 should be made to pay as a fine for his offence.
     (6) Attack, assault Y. 2. 12.
     (7) Overcoming, mastering mentally, comprehending; buddhiśca te lokairapi duratyayā Ram.
     (8) Overstepping; kṣurasya dhārā niśitā duratyayā Ken.
     (9) A class, kind.

atyayika = ātyayika q. v.

atyayita a.
     (1) Exceeded, surpassed.
     (2) Violated, outraged.

atyayin a. [i-ini P. III. 2. 157] Exceeding, surpassing.

atīṃdriya a. [atikrāṃta iṃdriyaṃ] Beyond the cognizance (reach) of the senses; atīṃdriyeṣvapyupapannadarśanaḥ R. 3. 41; yattatsūkṣmamatīṃdriyaṃ jñānaṃ yannirvikalpākhyaṃ tadatīṃdriyamucyate; -jñānanidhiḥ Śi. 1. 11 --yaḥ The Soul or Purusha, (in Sāṅkhya phil.); the Supreme Soul. --yaṃ
     (1) Pradhāna or Nature (in Sāṅkhya phil.).
     (2) The mind (in Vedānta) yosāvatīṃdriyagrāhyaḥ sūkṣmo'vyaktaḥ sanātanaḥ Ms. 1. 7 (Kull. iṃdriyamatītya vartate iti -yaṃ manaḥ).

atīva [ati-iva] ind.
     (1) Exceedingly, excessively, very, very much, quite, too; -pīḍita, -hṛṣṭa &c.
     (2) Surpassing, superior to (acc.); atīvānyān bhaviṣyāvaḥ Mb.

atuṃda a. Not bulky, lean, lank.

atura a. Ved. Not rich or liberal.

atula a. [na. ba.] Unequalled, unsurpassed, matchless, peerless, incomparable, very great; bhayamatulaṃ gurulokāt Pt. 5. 31; so -parākrama, -rūpa &c. --laḥ The sesamum seed and plant (tilakavṛkṣa).

atulya a. Unequalled &c.

atuṣāra a. Not cold.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ The Sun; so atuhinakara, -raśmi, -dhāman -ruci &c.

atūtuji a. [na tuj-ki dvitvadīrghe] Not a donor or giver, not liberal (adātṛ).

atūrta a. [na tūryate, tur-hiṃsāyāṃ] Ved. Not obstructed or stopped or injured, unhurt. --rtaṃ The unlimited space, sky.
     -- Comp.
          --dakṣa a. Ved. whose plans cannot be obstructed or are unhurt.
          --pathin a. Ved. whose path cannot be obstructed.

atṛṇādaḥ [na tṛṇaṃ atti, ad-aṇ] 'Not eating grass', a new-born calf; atha vatsaṃ jātamāhuratṛṇāda iti Bṛ. Ār. Up.

atṛṇyā [na. ta.] A small quantity of grass.

atṛdila a. [na tṛdyate vadhyate, tṛdkilac] Ved. Not assailable, immovable, solid, firm (as a mountain).

atejas a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not bright, dim.
     (2) Weak, feeble.
     (3) Insignificant; so atejaska, atejasvin. --s n. Dimness, shadow, darkness; absence of vigour, feebleness, dullness.

atkaḥ [atati gacchati satataṃ vikṛtiṃ, paṃthānaṃ &c. at-kan kittvaṃ Uṇ. 3. 43] 1 A traveller.
     (2) A limb or member (of the body).
     (3) (Ved.) Water, lightning, garment, armour (?).

atkīlaḥ N. of the author of some Vedic hymns, a descendant of Viśvāmitra.

attā [atati satataṃ saṃbadhnāti; at-tak iḍabhāvaḥ]
     (1) A mother.
     (2) An elder sister.
     (3) A mother-in-law; (rarely) mother's sister.

attiḥ f., attikā [atyate sarvadā saṃbadhyate, karmaṇi ktin] An elder sister &c.

atṛ &c. See under ad.

atnam [atati jayaparājayau atra, at-na] A battle, fight.

atnaḥ [atatisatataṃ gacchati; at-na Uṇ. 3. 6.]
     (1) Wind.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A traveller. Written also as atnu.

atyaḥ [atati śīghraṃ gacchati, at kartari yat] A courser, steed.

atyaṃhas a. Ved. Emancipated from sin or evil.

atyagni a. Surpassing fire. --gniḥ Morbidly rapid digestion.

atyagniṣṭomaḥ [atikrāṃto'gniṣṭomaṃ adhikaphaladatvāt] The optional second part of the Jyotiṣṭoma sacrifice.

atyaṃkuśa a. [aṃkuśamatikrāṃtaḥ] Past the goad, uncontrollable, unmanageable; -śamivoddāmaṃ gajaṃ Ram.

atyadhvan m. A long or wearisome travelling; a long journey.

atyaṃta a. [atikrāṃtaḥ aṃtaṃ sīmāṃ nāśaṃ]
     (1) Excessive, much, very great or strong; -vairaṃ great enmity; -maitrī; -himotkirānilāḥ Ku. 5. 26.
     (2) Complete, perfect, absolute; -abhāvaḥ absolute non-existence; See below.
     (3) Endless, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, uninterrupted, unbroken; kiṃ vā tavātyaṃtaviyogamoghe hatajīvite R. 14. 65; bhavatyajaramatyaṃtaṃ Pt. 1. 151; -taṃ sukhamaśnute Ms. 5. 46; Bg. 6. 28; kasyātyaṃtaṃ sukhamupanataṃ Me. 109; nāyamatyaṃtasaṃvāso labhyate yena kenacit H. 4. 73. --taṃ ind.
     (1) Exceedingly, excessively, very much, to the highest degree; sthāyībhavati cātyaṃtaṃ rāgaḥ śuklapaṭe yathā Pt. 1. 33; -śiśu Mu. 4. 14 very young.
     (2) For ever, to the end (of life), through life; atyaṃtamātmasadṛśekṣaṇavallabhābhirāho nivatsyati S. 1. 27 for all time, in perpetuity; sā cātyaṃtamadarśanaṃ nayanayoryātā V. 4. 2.; oft in comp.; -gatā See below; priyamatyaṃtaviluptadarśanaṃ Ku. 4. 2 for ever lost to view; R. 14. 49.
     (3) Absolutely, perfectly, completely.
     -- Comp.
          --abhāvaḥ absolute or complete non-existence, absolute non-entity, a thing which does not exist at any one of the three periods of time, or does not exist for all time; traikālikasaṃsargāvacchinnapratiyogikaḥ. (This is considered to be nitya or eternal and different from the other kinds of abhāva). --ga a. going or walking too much or too fast.
          --gata a. gone or departed for ever, gone never to return; kathamatyaṃtagatā na māṃ daheḥ R. 8. 56. 2. always applicable, perfectly intimate or pertinent.
          --gatiḥ f. 1. sense of 'completely'; anatyaṃtagatau ktāt P. V. 4. 4. 2. completion, accomplishment.
          --gāmin a. 1. going or walking very much, going too fast or quickly. 2. excessive, much.
          --nivṛttiḥ f. complete disappearance, absolute cessation.
          --vāsin m. [vas-ṇini] one who constantly stays with his preceptor, as a student.
          --saṃyogaḥ close proximity, uninterrupted continuity; kālādhvanoratyaṃtasaṃyoge P. II. 1. 29. 2. Inseparable co-existence.
          --saṃparkaḥ excessive sexual intercourse.
          --sukumāra a. very tender. (
          --raḥ) a kind of grain.

atyaṃtika a. [atyaṃtaṃ gacchati; atyaṃtaṭhan] 1 Going too much or too fast.
     (2) Very near.
     (3) Not near, distant. --kaṃ [atiśayitaṃ aṃtikaṃ naikaṭyaṃ]
     (1) Close proximity, immediate neighbourhood or being in close proximity.
     (2) [atikrāṃtaṃ aṃtikaṃ] Great distance.

atyaṃtīna a. [atyaṃtaṃ gāmī atyaṃtīnaḥ, bhṛśaṃ gaṃtā; atyaṃta-kha P. V. 2. 11] Going or walking too much, going too fast (atyaṃtagamanaśīla); lakṣmīṃ paraṃparīṇāṃ tvamatyaṃtīnatvamunnaya Bk.

atyamla a. [atiśayitomlo rasaḥphalapatrādau yasya] Very acid or sour. --mlaḥ N. of a tree, Spondias Mangifera. --mlā, -paṇīṃ A species of citron (vanabījapūra).

atyaya, atyayika &c. See under atī.

atyartha a. [atikrāṃtaḥ arthaṃ anurūpasvarūpaṃ] Beyond the proper worth or measure, excessive, very great, intense, exorbitant; -tāpāt M. 2. 13 --rthaṃ adv. Very much, exceedingly, excessively; atyarthaṃ paradāsyametya nipuṇaṃ nītau mano dīyate Mu. 2. 5; priyo hi jñāninotyarthamahaṃ sa ca mama priyaḥ Bg. 7. 17; oft. in comp.; -saṃpīḍitaḥ S. 7. 11 excessively pinched; -kruddha, -tṛṣita &c.

atyavi a. Ved. Passing over or through the sieve or strainer (epithet of Soma.).

atyaṣṭiḥ f. [atikrāṃtā aṣṭiṃ ṣoḍaśākṣarapādāṃ vṛttiṃ ekākṣarādhikyāt] A metre of 4 lines, each containing 17 syllables.

atyahna a. [atikrāṃtamahaḥ] Exceeding a day in duration.

atyākāraḥ [atiśayitaḥ ākāraḥ tiraskāraḥ]
     (1) Contempt, blame, censure; ślāghātyākāratadaveteṣu P. V. 1. 134.
     (2) Bigness of person, a very large body.

atyākam = ākram q. v.

atyācāra a. [ācāramatikrāṃtaḥ] Deviating from established usages or customs, negligent. --raḥ Performance of works not sanctioned by usage (anucitācaraṇaṃ); irreligious conduct.

atyāditya a. Surpassing the (lustre of the) sun; atyādityaṃ hutavahamukhe saṃbhṛtaṃ taddhi tejaḥ Me. 43.

atyānaṃdā Morbid indifference to the pleasures of sexual union.

atyādhānam
     (1) Laying on, imposition.
     (2) Transgression.
     (3) Violation of ādhāna, not keeping the sacred fire.

atyāya a. [i or ay-ghañ]
     (1) Transgressing.
     (2) Past going time. --yaḥ
     (1) Transgression, violation.
     (2) Excess.
     (3) Great gain or profit (atiśayitolābhaḥ).

atyāyu n. [ati-ā-yā-ku] A kind of sacrificial vessel.

atyārūḍha a. Grown to excess; -ḍho hi nārīṇāmakālajño manobhavaḥ R. 12. 33. --ḍhaṃ, --ḍhiḥ f. A very high position, great elevation or rise; atyārūḍhirbhavati mahatāmapyapabhraṃśaniṣṭhā S. 4. v. 1.; atyārūḍhaṃ ripoḥ soḍhaṃ caṃdaneneva bhoginaḥ R. 10. 42.

atyālaḥ [atiśayena samaṃtāt alati paryāpnoti; ati-ā-al-ac] N. of a plant raktacitraka Plumbago Rosea.

atyāsaḥ [ati-as-ghañ] Allowing to pass, only in acc. sing. as ṇamul; dvyahātyāsaṃ or dvyahamatyāsaṃ gāḥ pāyayati P. III 4. 57 after an interval of 2 days (adya pāyayitvā dvyahamatikramya punaḥ pāyayati).

atyāhitam [ādhā-ādhāre kta, atyaṃtamādhīyate tannivāraṇārthaṃ mano dīyate yasmin Tv.] A great calamity, danger or evil, misfortune, mishap, accident; na kimapyatyāhitaṃ S. 1, kiṃ atyāhitaṃ sītādevyāḥ; -na kevalaṃ -taṃ sāpavādamapi U. 2; mayā -tamupalabdhaṃ V. 4; kimidamuccairatyāhitaṃ Mv. 6; śrutamatyāhitaṃ M. 4 evil or evil news; oft. as an exclamation, 'Ah, me!' 'alas! alas!', 'how bad it is!' Māl. 3, 7; V. 5.
     (2) A rash or daring deed (jīvānapekṣikarma); atyāhitaṃ kimapi rākṣasakarma kuryāt Mv. 4. 50 rash and demoniacal deed; pāṃḍuputrairna kimapyatyāhitamāceṣṭitaṃ bhavet Ve. 2.

atyuktā --kthā [uktā-kthā ekākṣarapādā vṛttiḥ, tāṃ atikrāṃtā] N. of a class of metres of 4 lines, each of 2 syllables.

atyuktiḥ f. Exaggeration, hyperbole, over-drawn or coloured description; atyuktau na yadi prakupyasi mṛṣāvādaṃ ca no manyase . Udbhata. See atiśayokti also.

atyugra a. Very fierce. --graṃ Asa foetida.

atyupadha a. [upadhāṃ atikrāṃtaḥ] Above guiles, trustworthy, tried; amātye cātyupadhe Ak.

atyūmaśā ind. [ūryādigaṇa] A particle of abuse, occurring in comp. with bhū, kṛ or as.

atyūrmi a. Ved. Overflowing or bubbling over.

atyūhaḥ [atiśayena ūhaḥ tarkaḥ]
     (1) Close or deep meditation or thinking; earnest reasoning.
     (2) [atiśayena ūhate śabdāyate; ati-ūh-ac] A gallinule (dātyūha). --hā A plant (nīlikā) Nyctanthes Tristis, or Jasminum Villosum.

atra (atrā Ved.) ind. [asmin etasmin vā, idaṃ-etadvā saptamyāḥ tral prakṛteḥ aśbhāvaśca Tv.]
     (1) In this place, here; api saṃnihito'tra kulapatiḥ S. 1.; atra gṛhyate atra gṛhyate K. 119 here-here i. e. just now.
     (2) In this respect, matter, or case; as to this, (serving the purpose of asmin viṣaye or of the forms asmin or etasmin, asyāṃ &c. with a substantive or adjectival force); ahiṃsā paramo dharma ityatra aikamatyaṃ H. 1; alaṃ prayatnena tavātra R. 3. 50; bhavaṃtamevātra gurulāghavaṃ pṛcchāmi S. 5; tadatra parigatārthaṃ kṛtvā S. 6 informing him of this matter.
     (3) There, in that direction.
     (4) Then, at that time (Ved.); kaḥ kotra bhoḥ who is there? which of the servants is in attendance? who waits there? (used in calling out to one's servants &c.; cf. Hindustāni ko hai).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtare adv. in the mean while, meantime S. 3. 11.
          --davna a. (ghnī f.) reaching so far up; as tall as this.
          --bhavat (m. bhavān) an honorific epithet meaning 'worthy', 'revered', 'honourable', 'your or his honour', and referring to a person that is present or near the speaker, (opp. tatrabhavat); -bhavatī f. 'your or her lady-ship' (pūjye tatrabhavānatrabhavāṃśca bhagavānapi); atrabhavān prakṛtimāpannaḥ S. 2; vṛkṣasecanādeva pariśrāṃtāmatrabhavatīṃ lakṣaye S. 1.

atratya a. [atra bhavo jātaḥ etatsthānasaṃbaddho vā; atra-tyap]
     (1) Belonging to, or connected with, this place; daurātmyādrakṣasastāṃ tu nātratyāḥ śraddadhuḥ prajāḥ R. 15. 72.
     (2) Produced or found here, of this place, local.

atra a. Ved. Not giving or enjoying protection. --traḥ Ved. [adtran] An eater, devourer; a demon, Rākṣasa. --traṃ Food.

atrapa a. [na. ba.] Shameless, impudent, immodest.

atravas ind. The year before last (?)

atrasta, atrāsa, --trasnu a. [na. ta.] Not afraid, fearless; jugopātmānamatrastaḥ R. 1. 21.

atri a. [properly attri, Uṇ. 4. 68, adestriniśca, ad-trin] Devourer; Rv. 2. 8. 5. --triḥ N. of a celebrated sage and author of many Vedic hymns. [He appears in the Vedas in hymns addressed to Agni, Indra, the Aśvins and the Viśvedevas. In the Svāyambhuva Manvantara he appears as one of the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons of Brahma, being born from his eye. These sons having died by the curse of Śiva, Brahmā performed a sacrifice, at the beginning of the present Vaivasvata Manvantara, and Atri was born from the flames of Agni. Anasūyā was his wife in both lives. In the first she bore him three sons, Datta, Durvāsas and Soma; in the second she had two additional children, a son by name Aryaman and a daughter called Amala. In the Rāmāyaṇa an account is given of the visit paid by Rāma and Sītā to Atri and Anasūyā in their hermitage, when they both received them most kindly; See Anasūya. As a Ṛṣi or sage he is one of the seven sages who were all sons of Brahma, and represents in Astronomy one of the stars of the Great Bear situated in the north. He is also the author of a code of laws known as atrismṛti or atrisaṃhitā. In the Purāṇas he is said to have produced the moon from his eye, while he was practising austere penance, the moon being in consequence called atrija, --jāta, --dṛgja, atrinetraprasūta, ---prabhava, -bhava &c.; cf. also atha nayanasamutthaṃ jyotiratreriva dyauḥ R. 2. 75 and atreriveṃduḥ V. 5. 21.] --(pl.) descendants of Atri.

atrin m. A devourer, a demon.

atsarukaḥ [nāsti tsaruryasya] N. of a sacrificial vessel.

atha (Ved. athā) ind. [arth-ḍa, pṛṣoda- ralopaḥ Tv.] A particle used at the beginning (of works) mostly as a sign of auspiciousness, and translated by 'here,' 'now' (begins) (maṃgala, āraṃbha, adhikāra). (Properly speaking 'auspiciousness' or maṃgala is not the sense of atha, but the very utterance or hearing of the word is considered to be indicative of auspiciousness, as the word is suppossed to have emanated from the throat of Brahmā: oṃkāraścātha śabdaśca dvāvetau brahmaṇaḥ purā . kaṃṭhaṃ bhittvā viniryātau tena māṃgalikāvubhau .. and therefore we find in Śaṅkara Bhāṣya arthāṃtaraprayuktaḥ athaśabdaḥ śrutyā maṃgalamāracayati); atha nirvacanaṃ; atha yogānuśāsanaṃ; athedaṃprārabhyate dvitīyaṃ taṃtraṃ Pt. 2. (usually followed by iti at the end, iti prathamoṃkaḥ here ends &c.).
     (2) Then, afterwards (ānaṃtarya) atha prajānāmadhipaḥ prabhāte vanāya dhenuṃ mumoca R. 2. 1; often as a correlative of yadi or cet; na cenmunikumāroyaṃ atha kosya vyapadeśaḥ S. 7; muhūrtādupari upādhyāyaścedāgacchet atha tvaṃ chaṃdo 'dhīṣva P. III. 3. 9. Sk.
     (3) If, supposing, now if, in case, but if (pakṣāṃtara); atha kautukamāvedayāmi K. 144, S. 5. 27; atha maraṇamavaśyameva jaṃtoḥ kimiti mudhā malinaṃ yaśaḥ kurudhve Ve. 3. 4; atha gṛhṇāti S. 7; Ku. 5. 45; Mu. 3. 25; Ki. 1. 44; atha cāstamitā tvamātmanā R. 8. 51 while, but, on the other hand; oft. followed by tataḥ or tathāpi, Bg. 12. 9, 11; 2. 26; atha cet but if Bg. 2. 33; 18. 58.
     (4) And, so also, as also, likewise (samuccaya); gaṇitamatha kalāṃ vaiśikīṃ Mk. 1. 3; Ms. 2. 1. 31; bhīmo' thārjunaḥ G. M.
     (5) Used in asking or introducing questions (praśna), oft. with the interrogative word itself; atha sā tatrabhavatī kimākhyasya rājarṣeḥ patnī S. 7; arthavān khalu me rājaśabdaḥ . atha bhagavāṃllokānugrahāya kuśalī kāśyapaḥ S. 5; atha śaknoṣi bhoktuṃ G. M.; athātrabhavatī kathamitthaṃbhūtā M. 5; Bg. 3. 36; atha bhavaṃtamaṃtareṇa kīdṛśo 'syā dṛṣṭirāgaḥ S. 2; atha māṭhavyaṃ prati kimevaṃ prayuktaṃ S. 6 (atha may in these two sentences mean 'but').
     (6) Totality, entirety (kārtsnya); atha dharmaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ G. M. we shall explain the whole dharma (dharma in all its details.).
     (7) Doubt, uncertainty (saṃśaya, vikalpa); śabdonityo 'thānityaḥ G. M. The senses of atha usually given by lexicographers are: --athotha syātāṃ samuccaye . maṃgale saṃśayāraṃbhādhikārānaṃtareṣu ca . anvādeśe pratijñāyāṃ praśnasākalyayorapi .. Some of these senses are indentical with those in
     (1), while some are not in general use.
     -- Comp.
          --api moreover, and again &c. (= atha in most cases); -ca likewise, also.
          --kiṃ what else, yes, exactly so, quite so, certainly; sarvathā apsaraḥsaṃbhavaiṣā . atha kiṃ S. 1; api vṛṣalamanuraktāḥ prakṛtayaḥ atha kiṃ Mu. 1.
          --vā 1. or (used like the English disjunctive conjunction 'or' and occupying the same place); vyavahāraṃ parijñāya vadhyaḥ pūjyo'thavā bhavet H. 1. 58; samastairathavā pṛthak Ms. 7. 198; athavā-athavā either-or; vātha is often used in the same sense with vā; kārtike vātha caitre vā Pt. 3. 38; Ms. 7. 182; athāpi vā also used in the same sense; etadeva vrataṃ kuryuścāṃdrāyaṇamathāpi vā 11. 118; 8. 287. 2. or rather, or why, or perhaps, is it not so (correcting or modifying a previous statement); why should there be any thought or hesitation about it, or it is no wonder; api nāma kulapateriyamasavarṇakṣetrasaṃbhavā syāt . athavā kṛtaṃ saṃdehena S. 1., 1. 16; gamiṣyāmyupahāsyatāṃ ... athavā kṛtavāgdvāre vaṃśe 'smin R. 1. 3-4; athavā mṛduvastu hiṃsituṃ 8. 45; dīrye kiṃ na sahasradhāhamathavā rāmeṇa kiṃ duṣkaraṃ U. 6. 40; adhodho gaṃgeyaṃ padamupagatā stokamathavā . vivekabhraṣṭānāṃ bhavati vinipātaḥ śatamukhaḥ Bh. 2. 10.

atho = atha in most senses; atho vayasyāṃ paripārśvavartinīṃ ... aikṣata Ku. 5. 51; striyo ratnānyatho vidyā Ms. 2. 240, 3. 202, Bg. 4. 35, Ki. 5. 16, 6. 1.

athariḥ --rī Ved. m. f. A finger; finger-like or pointed flame (?)

atharyati Den. P. To go constantly.

atharya --ryu a. Ved. Moving constantly, tremulous (gamanaśīla) Rv. 7. 1. 1; pointed like a lance, lambent (?)

atharvaḥ = atharvan below.

atharvaṇaḥ [atharvā taduktavidyā astyasya jñātṛtvāt ac na ṭilopaḥ]
     (1) Śiva.
     (2) N. of the Atharvaveda, See below.

atharvan m. [atha-ṛ-vanip śakaṃdhvādi- Tv.; probably connected with some word like athar fire]
     (1) A priest who has to worship fire and Soma.
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (3) N. of the priest who is said to have first brought down fire from the heaven, offered Soma and recited prayers. [He is represented as the eldest son of Brahma, sprung from his mouth; as a Prajāpati appointed by Brahmā to create and protect subordinate beings, who first learnt from Brahmā and then taught the Brahma-vidya and is considered to be the author of the Veda called after him. His wife was Santi, daughter of Kardama Prajāpati. He had also another wife called Chitti; he is also considered identical with Angiras and father of Agni.]
     (4) Epithet of Śiva, Vasiṣṭha. --(pl.) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of this Veda; jiṣṇuṃ jaitrairatharvabhiḥ R. 17. 13. --rvā-rva m. n., -vedaḥ The Atharvaveda, regarded as the fourth Veda. [It contains many forms of imprecations for the destruction of enemies and also contains a great number of prayers for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities, and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at religious and solemn rites; cf. Mv. 2. 24 mūrtimabhirāmaghorāṃ bibhradivātharvaṇo nigamaḥ. It has nine Sakhās and five Kalpas, and is comprised in 20 Kāṇḍas. The most important Brāhmaṇa belonging to this Veda is the Gopatha-Brāhmaṇa, and the Upanishads pertaining to it are stated to be 52, or, according to another account, 31.] [cf. Zend atharvan, Pers. aturban.]
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ N. of budha Mercury (sāmavedādhipo bhaumaḥ śaśijo 'tharvavedarāṭ). --nidhiḥ, --vid m. receptacle of the (knowledge of) Atharvaveda, or conversant with it; guruṇā'tharvavidā kṛtakriyaḥ R. 8. 4, 1. 59; (atharvavidhipadena duritopaśamananimittaśāṃtikapauṣṭikapravīṇatvaṃ paurohityocitatvaṃ dyotyate Malli.)
          --bhūtāḥ (pl.) those who have become Atharvans, N. of the 12 Maharshis.
          --śikhā, --śiras n. [atharvaṇo vedasya śikhā śira iva vā brahmavidyāpratipādakatvena śreṣṭhatvāt] N. of an Upanishad dealing with Brahmavidyā.

atharvaṇiḥ [atharvaṇi taduktaśāṃtyādau vā kuśalaḥ, is sittvena bhatvābhāvāt na ṭilopaḥ Tv.]
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa versed in this Veda; or skilled in the performance of the rites enjoined by it. --2. A family priest (purodhas).

atharvāṃgiras m. A member of the class of this name. --(pl.)
     (1) Descendants of Atharvan and of Angiras.
     (2) N. of the hymns of the Atharvaveda; daṃḍanītyāṃ ca kuśalamatharvāṃgirase tathā Y. 1. 312.

atharvāṃgirasa a. (sī f.) Connected with atharvāṃgiras. --saṃ Office of this person. --sāḥ Hymns of this Veda.

atharvāṇam Ritual of the Atharvaveda. --ṇaḥ, ---vid One studying or versed in this Veda or the ritual.

atharvī a. Ved. [na thurv-ac, pṛṣo- ulopaḥ gaurā---ṅīṣ Tv.] Not injuring or hurting, not destructive; pierced by a lance (?).

athavā, atho See under atha.

ad 2 P. [atti, āda, --jaghāsa, aghasat, atsyati, attuṃ, anna, -jagdha, jagdhvā]
     (1) To eat, devour.
     (2) To destroy.
     (3) = aṃd, q. v. --Caus. To feed with, cause to eat; ādayatyannaṃ baṭunā Sk. --Desid. jighatsati To wish to eat. [cf. L. edo, Gr. edo, Germ. essen, Eng. eat; Lith. edmi, Sans. admi, Goth. at, Zend ad]. With ava to satisfy by food, get rid of with feeding; (fig.) stop the mouth of. --ā to eat &c. --pra --saṃ to use up, consume, devour; samadaṃtyāmiṣaṃ khagāḥ Bk. 18. 12. --vi to gnaw.

attṛ a. [ad-tṛc] One who eats; arakṣitāramattāraṃ nṛpaṃ vidyādadhogatiṃ Ms. 8. 309.

ad --da a. (at the end of comp.) Eating, devouring; māṃsāda carnivorous, feeding on flesh; so matsya-.

adaṃṣṭra a. [na. ba.] Toothless. --ṣṭraḥ A serpent without teeth; one whose fangs have been taken out.

adakṣiṇa a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Not right, left.
     (2) [na. ba.] Not bringing in Dakṣiṇā to the priests; without any gifts (as a sacrifice); mṛto yajñastvadakṣiṇaḥ Pt. 2. 94.
     (3) Simple, weakminded, silly; mene'tha satyameveti parihāsamadakṣiṇā Rām.
     (4) Not handy, skilful or clever; awkward.
     (5) Unfavourable.

adakṣiṇīya --dakṣiṇya a. Not deserving Dakṣiṇā.

adagdha a. Not burnt; not burnt according to the rites.

adaṃḍa a. [na. ba.] Free or exempt from punishment.

adaṃḍya a.
     (1) Not deserving punishment; adaṃḍyān daṃḍayan rājā daṃḍyāṃścaivāpyadaṃḍayan Y. 2.
     (2) Exempt or free from punishment; nādaṃḍyo nāma rājñosti yaḥ svadharme na tiṣṭhati Ms. 8. 335.

adat a. Toothless.

adatta a.
     (1) Not given.
     (2) Unjustly or improperly given.
     (3) Not given in marriage.
     (4) Not having given any thing. --ttā An unmarried girl. --ttaṃ A gift which is null and void (having been given under particular circumstances which make it revocable).
     -- Comp.
          --ādāyin a. the receiver of such a gift; one who takes what has not been given away, such as a thief; adattādāyino hastāllipseta brāhmaṇo dhanaṃ . yājanādhyāpanenāpi yathā stenastathaiva saḥ .. --pūrvā Not affianced or betrothed before; adattapūrvetyāśaṃkyate Mal. 4.

adatra a. [ad-vā- atran] Ved. Fit to be eaten; adatrayā dayate vāryāṇi Rv. 5. 49. 3 (= adanīyāni).

adadhryaṃc [amuṃ aṃcati adas-aṃckvip adhrāgamaḥ P. VIII. 2. 80-81] Going to that, tending to that.

adaṃta a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Toothless.
     (2) Not yet having the teeth formed or grown (said of young ones of men or animals before the teething time).
     (3) Ending in at or a. --taḥ
     (1) A leech.
     (2) N. of Pūṣan, one of the 12 Ādityas, he having lost his teeth at the destruction of Daksha's sacrifice by Vīrabhadra.

adaṃtya a.
     (1) Not dental.
     (2) Not fit for the teeth; injurious to them.

adabdha, --daṃbha a. [na. ta.] Ved. Unbroken or unimpaired, unhurt, uninjured; pure, true; -asu, or -āyuḥ having uninjured or pure life; leaving uninjured the man who sacrifices; -dhīti, -vrata whose works or religious observances are unimpaired.

adabhra a. [daṃbh-rak, na. ta.] Not scanty, plentiful, copious; adabhradarbhāmadhiśayya sa sthalīṃ Ki. 1. 38; -abhranirghoṣa Dk. 35.

adaṃbha a. Honest, undeceitful. --bhaḥ
     (1) Honesty, absence of deceit.
     (2) N. of Śiva.

adaya [na. ba.] Merciless, unkind, cruel. --yaṃ ind. Mercilessly; ardently; fervently, closely (as an embrace) V. 5. 9.

adarśaḥ
     (1) Day of new moon.
     (2) A mirror (= ādarśa).

adarśanam
     (1) Not seeing, non-vision; absence, not being seen; tamāhitautsukyamadarśanena R. 2. 73; aṃtardhau yenādarśanamicchati P. I. 4. 28 the person whose sight one wishes to avoid; -naṃ gataḥ Pt. 2; -nībhūtaḥ Pt. 1 become invisible; asya -naṃ gatvā Pt. 2 going out of his sight, beyond the reach of vision; sā cātyaṃtamadarśanaṃ nayanayoryātā V. 4. 2 lost to view, become invisible.
     (2) Neglect, or failure to see; brāhmaṇādarśanena ca Ms. 10. 43.
     (3) (Gram.) Disappearance, elision, omission; adarśanaṃ lopaḥ P. I. 1. 60.

adala a.
     (1) Leafless.
     (2) Without parts. --laḥ A plant (hijjala) Eugenia or Barringtonia Acutangula. --lā A plant (ghṛtakumārī) Aloe Indica Royle.

adas pron. a. [na dasyate utkṣipyate aṃguliryatra idaṃtayā nirddhāraṇāya purovartini evāṃgulinirdeśaḥ saṃbhavati nāpurovartini, na-das-kvip Tv.] (asau m. f, adaḥ n). That, (referring to a person or thing not present or near the speaker) (viprakṛṣṭa or parokṣa); idamastu sannikṛṣṭaṃ samīpataravarti caitado rūpam . adasastu viprakṛṣṭaṃ taditi parokṣe vijānīyāt .. amuṣya vidyā rasanāgranartakī N. 1. 6.; asau nāmā'hamasmīti svanāma parikīrtayet . Ms. 2. 122 I am that person, so and so (giving the name); asāvahamiti brūyāt 130, 216; Y. 1. 26. adas is, however, often used with reference to pratyakṣa or sannikṛṣṭa objects &c. in the sense of 'this here', 'yonder'; asau śaraṇyaḥ śaraṇonmukhānāṃ R. 6. 21 (asāviti purovartino nirdeśaḥ Malli.); amī rathyāḥ S. 1. 8.; amī vahnayaḥ 4. 17, 7. 11. It is often used in the sense of tat as a correlative of yat; hiṃsārataśca yo nityaṃ nehāsau sukhamedhate Ms. 4. 170 he who &c. But when it immediately follows the relative pronoun (yosau, ye amī &c.) it conveys the sense of prasiddha 'well-known', 'celebrated', 'renowned'; yosāvatīdriyagrāhyaḥ sūkṣmo' vyaktaḥ sanātanaḥ Ms. 1. 7; yosau kumārasevako nāma Mu. 3; yosau coraḥ Dk. 68; sometimes adas used by itself conveys this sense; vidhurapi vidhiyogādgrasyate rāhuṇā'sau that (so well-known to us all) moon too. See the word tad also and the quotations from K. P --ind. There, at that time, then, thus, ever; correlative to some pronominal forms; yadādaḥ, yatrādaḥ whenever, whereever &c. By ado'nupadeśe P. I. 4. 70 adas has the force of a (gati) preposition when no direction to another is implied; adaḥ kṛtya adaḥ kṛtaṃ; . paraṃ pratyupadeśe tu adaḥ kṛtvā adaḥ kuru . Sk.

adasyati Den. P. To become that P. VIII. 2. 80.

adātṛ a.
     (1) Not giving, miserly; ādānanityāccādātuḥ Ms. 11. 15 not liberal
     (2) Not giving (a daughter) in marriage; kāle'dātā pitā vācyaḥ Ms. 9. 4.
     (3) Not liable to payment.

adādi a. Having ad at the head, a term used to mark roots of the second conjugation.

adāna a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not giving, miserly.
     (2) Without rut (or not charitable); sadādānaḥ parikṣīṇaḥ śasta eva karīśvaraḥ . adānaḥ pīnagātropi niṃdya eva hi gardabhaḥ Pt. 2. 70.

adānya, adāyin, adāman, adāśu, adāśuri, -dāśvas a. Ved. Not giving, miserly, poor; irreligious, impious.

adābhya a. Ved.
     (1) Faithful, trusty.
     (2) Uninjured, unhurt.
     (3) Pure, undefiled.
     (4) Unapproachable.

adāya a. [nāsti dāyo yasya] Not entitled to a share.

adāyāda a.
     (1) Not entitled to be an heir; pumāndāyādo'dāyādā strī Nir.; kānīnaśca sahoḍhaśca krītaḥ paunarbhavastathā . svayaṃdattaśca śaudraśca ṣaḍadāyādabāṃdhavāḥ .. Ms. 9. 160.
     (2) Destitute of heirs.

adāyika a. (kī f.) [dāyamarhati dāya-ṭhak na. ba.]
     (1) That which is not claimed by an heir; destitute of heirs; adāyikaṃ dhanaṃ rājagāmi Kāty.
     (2) Not relating to inheritance.

adāraḥ [na. ba.]
     (1) One who has no wife, a widower or bachelor.
     (2) [na. ta.] Not injuring or tearing.

adāsaḥ A free man; Ms. 10. 32.

adāhya a.
     (1) Incombustible.
     (2) Not fit to be burnt on the funeral pile.
     (3) Not capable of being burnt, epithet of paramātman.

adikka a. Ved. Having no direction or region of the world for oneself; banished from beneath the sky.

aditi a. [na dīyate khaṃḍyate badhyate bṛhattvāt, do-ktic] Free, not tied; boundless, unlimited, inexhaustible; entire, unbroken; happy, pious (mostly Ved. in all these senses). --tiḥ [atti prāṇijātaṃ; ad-itic]
     (1) Devourer i. e. death; yadyadevāsṛjata tattadattumadhriyata, sarvaṃ vā attīti tadaditeradititvaṃ Bṛ. Ār. Up.
     (2) An epithet of God. --tiḥ f. [na dātuṃ śaktiḥ]
     (1) Inability to give, poverty.
     (2) [dātuṃ chettuṃ ayogyā]
          (a) The earth.
          (b) The goddess Aditi, mother of the Adityas, in mythology represented as the mother of gods; see further on.
          (c) Freedom, security; boundlessness, immensity of space (opp. to the earth).
          (d) Inexhaustible abundance, perfection.
          (e) The lunar mansion called punarvasu.
          (f) Speech; yā prāṇena saṃbhavatyaditirdevatāmayī (śabdādīnāṃ adanāt aditiḥ Śaṅkara).
          (g) A cow.
          (h) Milk; wife (?). --tī (dual) Heaven and earth. [aditi literally means 'unbounded', 'the boundless Heaven,' or, according to others, 'the visible infinite, the endless expanse beyond the earth, beyond the clouds, beyond the sky.' According to Yaska aditiradīnā devamātā, and the verse beginning with aditirdyauḥ &c. Rv. 1. 89. 16 he interprets by taking aditi to mean adīna i. e. anupakṣīṇa, na hyeṣāṃ kṣayosti iti. In the Ṛgveda Aditi is frequently implored 'for blessings on children and cattle, for protection and for forgiveness'. She is called 'Devamātā' being strangely enough represented both as mother and daughter of Daksha. She had 8 sons; she approached the gods with 7 and cast away the 8th (Mārtaṇḍa, the sun.) In another place Aditi is addressed as 'supporter of the sky, sustainer of the earth, sovereign of this world, wife of Viṣṇu', but in the Mahābhārata, Rāmāyaṇa and Purāṇas, Viṣṇu is said to be the son of Aditi, one of the several daughters of Daksha and given in marriage to Kaśyapa by whom she was mother of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation, and also of Indra, and she is called mother of gods and the gods her sons, 'aditinandanas'; See Daksha and Kaśyapa also].
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --naṃdanaḥ a god, divine being.

adīna a. Not low or depressed, high-spirited; mighty, not poor; rich, happy.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman, --vṛtti, --sattva a. not depressed in spirit, highspirited, high-mettled.

adīrgha a. Not long.
     -- Comp.
          --sūtra, --sūtrin a. [na dīrghaṃ sūtraṃ sūtravat vistāro yasya] quick, prompt in action.

aduḥkha a. [na. ba.] Free from evil, propitious.
     -- Comp.
          --navamī the propitious 9th day in the bright half of bhādrapada when women worship Devī to avert evil for the ensuing year.

aducchuna a. Ved. Free from evil, propitious.

adurga a.
     (1) Not inaccessible, not difficult of access.
     (2) Destitute of forts; -viṣayaḥ an unfortified country.

adurmukha a. Ved. Unremitting, zealous, cheerful.

adū a. Ved. Not zealous, dilatory; not worshipping.

adūra a. Not distant, near(in time or space); -vartinīṃ siddhiṃ rājan vigaṇayātmanaḥ R. 1. 87; -ujjhitavartmasu mṛgadvaṃdveṣu 1. 40; -triṃśāḥ Sk. not far from 30, i. e. nearly 30; -kopā hi munijanaprakṛtiḥ K. 142 easily provoked, irascible. --raṃ Proximity, vicinity; vasannadūre kila caṃdramauleḥ R. 6. 34; triṃśato'dūre vartaṃte iti adūratriṃśāḥ Sk.; adūre, --raṃ, --reṇa, --rataḥ --rāt (with gen. or abl.) not far from, at no great distance from; adūre priyāsamāgamaṃ te prekṣe V. 3 not far distant, very near.

adūṣita a. Not vitiated, uncorrupted, unspotted, irreproachable; -dhī possessing an uncorrupted soul.

adṛpta a. Not proud, not vain; -kratu not proud-minded, sober, calm.

adṛś a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Sightless, blind.
     (2) Not seeing, not perceiving.

adṛśya a.
     (1) Invisible; kimapi bhūtamadṛśyarūpaṃ Ku. 4. 45.
     (2) Not capable of being seen, epithet of parameśvara.
     -- Comp.
          --karaṇaṃ rendering invisible, a part of a conjurer's legerdemain.

adṛṣṭa a.
     (1) Invisible, not seen; -pūrva not seen before.
     (2) Not known or experienced, not felt; -virahavyathaṃ H. 1. 145.
     (3) Unforeseen, not observed or thought of; unknown, unobserved.
     (4) Not permitted or sanctioned, illegal; na cādṛṣṭāṃ (vṛddhiṃ) punarharet Ms. 8. 153. --ṣṭaḥ N. of some venomous substance or vermin. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) The invisible one.
     (2) Destiny, fate, luck (good or bad); daivamiti yadapi kathayasi puruṣaguṇaḥ sopyadṛṣṭākhyaḥ Pt. 5. 30.
     (3) Virtue or vice as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain. (Fate is supposed to be the result of good or bad actions done in one state of existence and experienced in another, the performance of good deeds being rewarded with residence in Heaven, and of bad deeds, visited with condemnation to Hell; dharmādharmāvadṛṣṭaṃ syāt dharmaḥ svargādisādhanam ... adharmo narakādīnāṃ heturniditakarmajaḥ Bhaṣā. P. 161-2. The Vedāntins do not recognize adṛṣṭa or luck; tairhi karmaṇaḥ sūkṣmāvasthāpannasaṃskāraviśeṣa eva adṛṣṭasthānīyatvenāṃgīkriyate; adṛṣṭaṃ ātmadharma iti naiyāyikā vaiśeṣikādayaśca, sāṃkhyapātaṃjalāstu buddhidharma ityabhyupagacchaṃti Tv.).
     (4) An unforeseen calamity or danger (such as from fire, water &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. [ba.] having a metaphysical or occult meaning, metaphysical; having an object not evident to the senses.
          --karman a. one who has had no practice or practical experience, not practical, inexperienced; karmasvadṛṣṭakarmā yaḥśāstrajñopi vimuhyati H. 3. 54.
          --naraḥ, --puruṣaḥ one of the 20 ways of peace-making, in which no third person is seen, said of a treaty concluded by the parties themselves without a mediator H. 4. 119.
          --phala a. [ba.] that of which the consequences are not yet visible. (
          --laṃ) the (future) result of good or bad actions; the result or consequence hidden in the future.
          --han a. destroying poisonous vermin (?).

adṛṣṭiḥ f. [viruddhā dṛṣṭiḥ]
     (1) An evil or malicious eye, evil look, an angry or envious look.
     (2) Not being seen. --a. [na. ba.] Blind, sightless.

adeya a. Not to be given; what cannot or ought not to be given away; adeyamāsīttrayameva bhūpateḥ R. 3. 16. --yaṃ That which it is not right or necessary to give. Wife, sons, deposits, and a few other things belong to this class: anvāhitaṃ yācitakamādhiḥ sādhāraṇaṃ ca yat . nikṣepaḥ putradārāśca sarvasvaṃ cānvaye sati .. āpatsvapi ca kaṣṭāsu vartamānena dehinā . adeyānyāhurācāryā yaccānyasmai pratiśrutam ..
     -- Comp.
          --dānaṃ an unlawful gift.

adeva a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not god-like or divine, not pertaining to a deity.
     (2) Godless, impious, irreligious. --vaḥ [na. ta.] One who is not a god.
     -- Comp.
          --tra a. [na devāḥ trāyaṃte prīyaṃte anena, trai karaṇe ka] not gratifying the gods, such as food.
          --mātṛka a. [na devo megho mātā vṛṣṭikārakaḥ yasya] not rained upon; (lit.) not having the god of rain as mother to suckle or water; hence (artificially) supplied with the water of rivers, canals &c., irrigated; vitanvati kṣemamadevamātṛkāścirāya tasminkuravaścakāsate Ki. 1. 17.

adevayat --yu a. [na devaṃ yāti prāpnoti] Not reaching the gods by prayers, impious, irreligious.

adeśaḥ [na. ta.]
     (1) A wrong place, not one's proper place or strong position; -stho hi ripuṇā svalpakenāpi hanyate H. 4. 45; striyaṃ spṛśedadeśe yaḥ Ms. 8. 358; nādeśe tarpaṇaṃ kuryāt &c.
     (2) A bad country. The Smṛtis mention several places of this description: mleccha, ānartaka, aṃga, magadha, surāṣṭra, dakṣiṇāpatha, vaṃga, kaliṃga &c.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ wrong place and time; adeśakāle yaddānamapātrebhyaśca dīyate . Bg. 17. 22.
          --stha a. [sa. ta.] in the wrong place, out of place; absent from one's country.

adeśya a. [na. ta. na deṣṭuṃ yogyaḥ]
     (1) Not fit to be ordered, advised, indicated or pointed out; adeśyaṃ yaśca diśati Ms. 8. 53.
     (2) Not on the spot or pertaining to the place or occasion referred to.

adreśya a. Ved. Invisible(adṛśya).

adainya a. Involving no humiliation or self-degradation Bh. 3. 144.

adaiva a. (vī f.)
     (1) Not predestined or predetermined (by Gods or by Fate).
     (2) Not connected with the Gods or their action, not divine; adaivaṃ bhojayecchrāddhaṃ Ms. 3. 247 (Kull. vaiśvadevabrāhmaṇabhojanarahitaṃ).
     (3) Unfortunate, ill-fated.

adogdhṛ a. Not exacting; considerate (as a king.).

adomada --dha a. Ved. Not causing inconvenience.

adohaḥ
     (1) The time when milking is not practicable.
     (2) Not milking; adohaṃ cādiśadgavāṃ R. 17. 19.

adoṣa a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Free from faults, demerits, vices, or defects &c.; innocent; jāyāmadoṣāmuta saṃtyajāmi R. 14. 34.
     (2) Free from the faults of composition, such as aślīlatā, grāmyatā &c., See doṣa; adoṣau śabdārthau K. P. 1; adoṣaṃ guṇavat kāvyaṃ Sar. K. 1. --ṣaḥ Not a fault; kimityadoṣeṇa tiraskṛtā vayaṃ Ki. 14. 11 though not at fault.

adgaḥ [adyate devaiḥ, ad-karmaṇi gan Uṇ. 1. 120, = puroḍāśa] A sacrificial oblation called puroḍārśa, q. v.

addhā ind. [atyate at taṃ saṃtataṃ gamanaṃ jñānaṃ vā dadhāti kvip Tv.]
     (1) Truly, clearly, surely, undoubtedly, in truth, really, certainly, indeed; addhā śriyaṃ pālitasaṃgarāya pratyarpayiṣyati R. 13. 65.
     (2) Manifestly, clearly; vyālādhipaṃ ca yatate parirabdhumaddhā Bv. 1. 95.
     (3) In this way, thus; -kṛ = sākṣātkṛ.
     -- Comp.
          --puruṣaḥ A right or true man.
          --bodheyāḥ (pl.) N. of a school of the Śukla Yajurveda.
          --lohakarṇa a. having ears clearly or quite red.

addhātiḥ Ved. A wise man, seer.

adbhuta a. [Uṇ. 5. 1 adi bhuvo ḍutac; according to Nir. na bhūtaṃ 'the like of which did not take place before.]
     (1) Wonderful, marvellous; -karman of wonderful deeds; -gaṃdha having wonderful smell; -darśana, -rūpa; prodigious, extraordinary, transcendental, supernatural.
     (2) Ved. Unobserved, invisible (opp. dṛśya). --taṃ
     (1) A wonder; a wonderful thing or occurrence, a prodigy, miracle; deva adbhutaṃ khalu saṃvṛttaṃ S. 5 a wonderful or unexpected occurrence; akālikamanadhyāyaṃ vidyātsarvādbhuteṣu ca Ms. 4. 118.
     (2) Surprise, astonishment, wonder (m.) also; -udbhrāṃtadevāsurāṇi vikrāṃtacaritāni U. 6 lost in wonder. --taḥ One of the 8 or 9 Rasas, the marvellous sentiment; jagati janitātyadbhutarasaḥ U. 3. 44.
     (2) N. of the Indra of the 9th Manvantara.
     -- Comp.
          --enas a. Ved. in whom no sin is visible.
          --dharmaḥ a system of prodigies.
          --brāhmaṇaṃ N. of a portion of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāmaveda.
          --saṃkāśa a. resembling a marvel; so -upama. --sāraḥ the wonderful resin (of the khadira or Catechu plant); Mimosa Catechu.
          --svana a. having a wonderful sound. (
          --naḥ) N. of Śiva.

adman n. Ved. Eating, a meal; a house (?).

admaniḥ [atti sarvān; ad-manin Uṇ. 2. 104 adermuṭca] Fire.

admara a. [attuṃ śīlamasya; ad-kartari kmarac] Voracious, gluttonous.

adya a. Eatable. --dyaṃ Food, anything eatable --ind. [asminnahani idaṃśabdasya nipātaḥ saptamyarthe; asmin dyavi ahani vā Nir.]
     (1) To-day, this day; adya tvāṃ tvarayati dāruṇaḥ kṛtāṃtaḥ Mal. 5. 25; -rātrau to-night, this night; -prātareva this very morning; oft. in comp. with dina, divasa, &c.; -divasanakṣatraṃ of this day, to-day's; adyaiva this very day.
     (2) Now; adya gaccha gatā rātriḥ Ks. 4. 68.
     (3) At present, now-a-days. [cf. L. ho-die.].
     -- Comp.
          --api still, yet, even now, to this day, down to the present time or moment; adyāpi te manyuviṣayaḥ U. 3; adyāpi nocchvasiti ibid.; na- not yet; guruḥ khedaṃ khinne mayi bhajati nādyāpi kuruṣu Ve. 1. 11; (every one of the 50 stanzas of Ch. P. begins with adyāpi). --avadhi 1. from to-day; -dhi bhavadbhyo bhinnohaṃ Ve. 1. 2. till to-day.
          --pūrvaṃ before now; adyapūrvoccārita &c.
          --prabhṛti ind. from to-day, this day forward, henceforth; adyaprabhṛtyavanatāṃgi tavāsmi dāsaḥ Ku. 5. 86.
          --śvīna a. [adya śvaḥ paradine vā janiṣyate prasoṣyate vā, adya-śvas-kha ṭilopaḥ P. V. 2. 13] likely to happen to-day or tomorrow, imminent; -naṃ maraṇaṃ, -naḥ viyogaḥ Sk. (= āsanna). (--nā) a female near delivery (āsannaprasavā); adyaśvīnāvaṣṭabdhe P.; adya śvo vā vijāyate iti adyaśvīnā vaḍavā Sk.
          --sutyā extraction and consecration of Soma juice on the same day.

adyatana a. (nī f) [adya bhavaḥ; adya ṭyu tuḍāgamaśca]
     (1) Pertaining or referring to, extending over, to-day; -divasa, -kāla &c.
     (2) Current now-a-days, prevalent at present, modern. --naḥ The current or this day, period of the current day (Kāśi. on P. I. 2. 57); See anadyatana also. --nī (scil. vṛttiḥ) A name given to the Aorist tense, as it denotes an action done to-day or on the same day (= -bhūtaḥ).

adyatanīya = adyatana
     (1) Of to-day; -himapāto vyarthatāṃ nīyate Pt. 3.
     (2) Modern.

adyu a. Ved. Blunt.

adyut a. Not bright.

adyūtya a. [na dyūtalabdhaṃ na. ta.] Not obtained by gambling, honestly got. --tyaṃ Unlucky gambling; the watch just before the dawn (?).

adrava a. [na. ta.] Not liquid, not of the nature of a liquid. --vaḥ Not a liquid.

adravyam [na. ta.] A worthless thing, an object which is good for nothing; nādravye vihitā kācitkriyā phalavatī bhavet H. Pr. 43; hence, a worthless or bad pupil or recipient of instruction; vineturadravyaparigraha eva buddhilāghavaṃ prakāśayati M. 1; adravyametya bhuvi śuddhanayopi maṃtrī Mu. 7. 14.

adriḥ [ad-krin Uṇ. 4. 65; according to Nir. fr. dṝ to tear or ad to eat.]
     (1) A mountain.
     (2) A stone, especially one for pounding Soma with or grinding it on.
     (3) A thunderbolt (ādṛṇāti yena Nir.).
     (4) A tree.
     (5) The sun.
     (6) A mass of clouds (probably so called from its resemblance to a mountain); a cloud (ādarayitavyo bhavati hyasau udakārthaṃ Nir.) mostly Ved.
     (7) A kind of measure.
     (8) The number 7.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, patiḥ, nāthaḥ &c. 1. the lord of mountains, the Himālaya. 2. N. of Śiva (Lord of Kailāsa).
          --karṇī a plant (aparājitā) Clitoria Ternatea Lin.
          --kīlā [adrayaḥ kulaparvatāḥ kīlāḥ śaṃkava iva yasyāḥ] the earth. (
          --laḥ) N. of the mountain viṣkuṃbha. --kukṣiḥ a mountain cave, mountain side R. 2. 38.
          --ja a. [adrau jāyate; jaṇ-ḍa] produced from, or found among, mountains, mountain-born. (
          --jā) 1. a plant (saiṃhalī). 2.
          --kanyā, --tanayā-sutā &c. Pārvatī. (
          --jaṃ) red chalk (śilājatu). --jāta a. mountain-born. (
          --taḥ) 1. forest conflagration. 2. the 'Sun-born', Hamsa or Swan. 3. form. 4. the Supreme Being.
          --jūta, --dugdha Ved. [tṛ. ta.] expressed or extracted by means of stones.
          --tanayā, --naṃdinī 1. N. of Pārvatī. 2. N. of a metre of 4 lines, each having 23 syllables.
          --dviṣ-bhid m. [adriṃ dveṣṭi bhinatti vā, dviṣ-bhid-kvip] the enemy or splitter of mountains (or clouds personified), epithet of Indra.
          --droṇi-ṇī f. 1. a mountain valley. 2. a river taking its rise in a mountain.
          --patiḥ --rājaḥ &c. See -īśa. --barhas a. Ved. [adrerbarha iva barho yasya] as strong or hard as a mountain; mountain-high (?).
          --budhna a. [adrerbudhna iva budhno yasya] rooted in a mountain or rock; as hard as a stone or mountain.
          --bhū a. [adrau bhavati jāyate] mountain-born. (
          --bhūḥ) N. of a plant (ākhukarṇī or aparājitā). --mātṛ Ved. [adriḥ meghaḥ tajjalaṃ mimīte, adrermātā vā mā-tṛc] producing water from clouds (maghajalanirmātṛ); having a mountain for the mother (?).
          --vahniḥ forest conflagration.
          --śayyaḥ (having the mountain kailāsa for his bed) N. of Śiva; cf. -īśa, -iṃdra, --śṛṃgaṃ, --sānu mountain peak.
          --suta (-ṣuta), --saṃhata a. prepared or expressed by means of stones.
          --sāraḥ [adreḥ sāra iva ṣa. ta.] 'the essence of mountains', iron. (--a.) hard like a mountain; -maya made of iron or very hard.

adrivat a. Ved. Armed with, or having, stones or thunderbolts.

adruh, --druhvan a. [na. ta.] Ved. Free from malice.

adrogha a. Ved. [druh-ghañ vede ghatvaṃ na. ba.] True, not false, free from malice; -vāc speaking the truth; -avita guarding from malice. --ghaṃ ind. Without malice or falsehood.

adrohaḥ Absence of malice or illfeeling; moderation, mildness Ms. 4. 2.

advaṃdva a. Without duality or enmity; asamastapadavṛttimiva advaṃdvāṃ K. 131.

advaya a. [nāsti dvayaṃ yasya]
     (1) Not two.
     (2) Without a second, unique; sole; advayaṃ brahma Ved. Sūtra. --yaḥ [advayaṃ vijñānābhedaḥ padārthānāṃ astyasya vādakatvena astyarthe ac] N. of Buddha. --yaṃ [na. ta.] Non-duality, unity, identity; especially, the identity of Brahma and the universe, or of spirit and matter; the highest truth.
     -- Comp.
          --ānaṃdaḥ = advaitānaṃdaḥ q. v.
          --vādin (= advaita-) one who propounds the identity of spirit and matter or of Brahma and the universe (sarvameva vastu citsvarūpaṃ nānyadato dvitīyamasti iti yaḥ pratipādayati). 2. Buddha.

advayat, --advayas a. Ved. Having no second; sakhā suśevo advayāḥ Rv. 1. 187. 3 (dvayarahita); free from duplicity, true, sincere (?).

advayāvin a. [advayaṃ astyarthe vini chaṃdasi dīrghaḥ] Not having two ways (devapitṛyānarūpamārgadvayarahita); putrasya pāthaḥ padamadvayāvinaḥ Rv. 1. 159. 3.

advayu a. [dvayaṃ dviprakāro'styasya bā- u, na. ba.] Free from duplicity, the same internally or externally (aṃtarbāhyaikarūpa).

advāram Not a door, any passage or entrance which is not intended to serve as a regular door; advāreṇa na cātīyād grāmaṃ vā veśma vā puraṃ Ms. 4. 73; nādvāreṇa viśet Y. 1. 140.

advitīya a. [nāsti dvitīyaṃyasya]
     (1) Without a second, matchless, peerless; na kevalaṃ rūpe śilpepyadvitīyā mālavikā M. 2; kimurvaśī advitīyā rūpeṇa V. 2.
     (2) Without a companion, alone.
     (3) Sole, only, unique, supreme. --yaṃ Brahma; ekaṃ -yaṃ brahma.

adviṣeṇya [na. ta.] Not malevolent, not to be disliked.

adveṣa a. [na. ba.] Free from hatred or malevolence. --ṣaḥ Freedom from hatred.

adveṣas a. [dviṣa-asun. na. ta.] Friendly, not hating.

advaita a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not dual; of one or uniform nature, equable, unchanging; -taṃ sukhaduḥkhayoḥ U. 1. 39.
     (2) Matchless, peerless, sole, only, unique. --taṃ [na. ta.]
     (1) Non-duality, identity; especially that of Brahma with the universe or with the soul, or of soul and matter; See advaya also.
     (2) The supreme or highest truth or Brahma itself.
     (3) N. of an Upanishad; advaitena solely, without any duplicity.
     -- Comp.
          --ānaṃdaḥ (advaya-) 1. the joy arising from a knowledge of the identity of the universe and the supreme spirit. 2. N. of an author who, according to Colebrooke, flourished at the close of the 15th century.
          --vādin = advayavādin q. v. above; a Vedāntin.

adha, adhā ind. Ved. Used like atha as an inceptive particle in the sense of 'now', 'then', 'afterwards', 'moreover,' 'and', 'partly', 'so much the more' &c.

adhana a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Without wealth, poor.
     (2) Not entitled or competent to possess independent property (in law); bhāryā putraśca dāsaśca traya evādhanāḥ smṛtāḥ . yatte samadhigacchaṃti yasya te tasya taddhanam .. Ms. 8. 416.

adhanya a. Unhappy, wretched, miserable; haṃta dhiṅ māmadhanyaṃ U. 1. 42.

adhama a. [av-ama; avateḥ amaḥ, vasya pakṣe dhaḥ Uṇ. 5. 54] The lowest, vilest, meanest; very bad, or low, or vile (in quality, worth, position &c.) (opp. uttama); adhamamadhyamottamāḥ or uttamādhamamadhyamāḥ &c.; oft. at the end of comp.; nara-, dvija-; cāṃḍālaścādhamo nṛṇāṃ Ms. 10. 12 lowest in position; adhama- the vilest of the vile, the meanest wretch. --maḥ
     (1) An unblushing sensualist (bhayadayālajjāśūnyaḥ kāmakrīḍāviṣaye kartavyākartavyāvicārakaḥ Śabda K.); vāpīṃ snātumito gatāsi na punastasyādhamasyāṃtikaṃ K. P. 1.
     (2) A sort of yoga or conjunction of planets (nṛṇāṃ vittajñānādiṣu adhamatvasūcakaḥ ravicaṃdrayoḥ sthitiviśeṣarūpo yogabhedaḥ Tv.). --mā A bad mistress (hitakāripriyatame 'hitakāriṇī). [cf. L. infimus].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ [karma.] the foot (opp. uttamāṃga). --ardhaṃ [karma.] the lower half of the body (below the navel).
          --ardhya a. [adhamārdhe bhavaḥ] connected with the lower part.
          --ācāra a. [ba.] of the vilest conduct. (--raḥ) (karma-) the meanest conduct.
          --ṛṇaḥ, --ṛṇikaḥ [adhamaḥ adhamāvasthāṃ prāptaḥ ṛṇena, tataḥ ṭhan] a debtor (opp. uttamarṇaḥ) (lit. reduced to a low position by his incurring debt).
          --bhṛtaḥ --bhṛtakaḥ [karma.] a porter, groom, a servant of the lowest class, one of the 3 kinds of servants; uttamastvāyudhīyotra madhyamastu kṛṣīvalaḥ . adhamo bhāravāhī syādityevaṃ triṃvidho bhṛtaḥ ..

adhara a. [na dhriyate; dhṛ-ac, na. ta.]
     (1) Lower (opp. uttara), (lit. not held up); tending downwards; under, nether, downward; -vāsaḥ under garment Ki. 4. 38; cf. -aṃbara Śi. 1. 6; -oṣṭha lower or nether lip, see below. (In this sense adhara partakes of the character of a pronoun).
     (2) Low, mean, vile; -uttaraṃ See below; lower in quality, inferior.
     (3) Silenced, worsted, not able to speak; See hīna, hīnavādin.
     (4) Previous, preceding; as in adharedyuḥ, q. v. --raḥ The nether (or sometimes the upper) lip; a lip in general; -patraṃ Ku. 5. 27 leaf-like lower lip; biṃbādharālaktakaḥ M. 3. 5; pakvabiṃbādharoṣṭhī Me. 82; pibasi ratisarvasvamadharaṃ S. 1. 24; 1. 21, 3. 24; cf. adharaṃkhalu biṃbanāmakaṃ phalamābhyamiti bhavyamanvayam . labhate'dharabiṃbaityadaḥ padamasyā radanacchade vadat .. N. 2. 24. --rā The nadir; (adhodiś) or the southern direction. --raṃ
     (1) The lower part (of the body); pṛṣṭhavaṃśādhare trikaṃ Ak.
     (2) Pudendum Muliebre (also m.).
     (3) Address, speech (opp. uttara); statement, sometimes used for reply also.
     -- Comp.
          --uttara a. 1. higher and lower, inferior and superior, worse and better; rājñaḥ samakṣamevāvayoḥ -vyaktirbhaviṣyati M. 1; vyatyaye karmaṇāṃ sāmyaṃ pūrvavaccādharottaraṃ Y. 1. 96. 2. former; prior and later; sooner and later; yaścādharottarānarthān vigītānnāvabudhyate Ms. 8. 53. 3. in a contrary way, topsy-turvy, upside down (the natural order of things being inverted); śrutaṃ bhavadbhiradharottaraṃ S. 5 you have (certainly) learnt in a contrary way, i. e. to consider good as bad and vice versa; (it might perhaps also mean "have you, i. e. the members of the King's court, heard this mean or base reply (adharaṃ ca taduttaraṃ); (yadi na praṇayedrājā daṃḍaṃ) svāmyaṃ ca na syātkasmiṃścit pravartetādharottaraṃ Ms. 7. 21 (adharaṃ = śūdrādi, uttaraṃ = pradhānaṃ); adharmeṇa jito dharmaḥ pravṛttamadharottaraṃ Mb. 4. nearer and further. 5. question and answer.
          --oṣṭhaḥ the lower lip; aṃgulisaṃvṛta- S. 3. 25; Me. 82. (
          --ṣṭhaṃ) the lower and upper lip.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ the lower part of the neck.
          --kāyaḥ [adharaṃ kāyasya] the lower part of the body.
          --pānaṃ kissing, lit. drinking the lower lip.
          --madhu, --amṛtaṃ the nectar of the lips.
          --svastikaṃ the nadir.

adharīkṛ 8 U., adharayati Den. P. To surpass, excel, beat down, worst; śokaṃ kiṃcidadharīkṛtya Dk. 6 lessening, forgetting; to defeat, vanquish; bhavatā dhīratayā'dharīkṛtaḥ Ki. 2. 40, 6. 21; caritairmunīnadharayañśucibhiḥ Ki. 6. 24 excelling; adharīkṛtasarvasnehena apatyapremṇā K. 25.

adharībhū 1 P. To be worsted (in a lawsuit); to be invalidated Y. 2. 17.

adharīṇa a. [adhare bhavaḥ adhara-kha]
     (1) Lower.
     (2) Traduced, vilified, reproached; adharīṇaḥ pariṇāṃsyate A R. 1.

adharedyuḥ ind. [adhare dine; adhara-edyus]
     (1) On a previous day.
     (2) The day before yesterday; the other day.

adharasmāt, --rataḥ, --stāt, --rāt, --tāt, --reṇa ind. Below, beneath, in the lower regions.

adharāṃc a. [adharāṃ dakṣiṇāṃ diśaṃ aṃcati kvip] Southward; tending downwards, to the nadir or lower region; tending to the south. --cī the southern direction. --k ind. Beneath.

adharācīna-cya a. [adharācibhavaḥ; adharāckha yat vā] Tending downwards; situated in the region below; being downwards.

adharmaḥ [na. ta.]
     (1) Unrighteousness, irreligion, impiousness, wickedness, injustice; -daṃḍanaṃ Ms. 8. 127 unjust punishment; adharmeṇa unjustly, in an improper way; yaścādharmeṇa pṛcchati Ms. 2. 111; an unjust act; a guilty or wicked deed; sin; -cārin committing unjust or unrighteous deeds; so -ātman of an irreligious spirit; tadā kathaṃ -bhīruḥ S. 5; -maya full of wickedness or sin; for definitions &c. of dharma and adharma See Tarka K. P. 19. (dharma and adharma are two of the 24 qualities mentioned in Nyaya, and they pertain only to the soul. They are the peculiar causes of pleasure and pain respectively. They are imperceptible, but inferred from reasoning and from transmigration.)
     (2) N. of a Prajāpati or of an attendant of the sun. --rmā Unrighteousness personified. --rmaṃ Devoid of attributes, an epithet of brahman.
     -- Comp.
          --astikāyaḥ the category of adharma, See astikāya.

adharmin a. Impious, wicked.

adharmya a.
     (1) Wicked, impious.
     (2) Illegal, unlawful; paṃcānāṃ tu trayo dharmyā dvāvadharmyau smṛtāviha Ms. 3. 25.

adhavā [avidyamāno dhavo bhartā yasyāḥ] A widow.

adhas, adhaḥ ind. [adhara-asi, adharaśabdasthāne adh ādeśaḥ P. V. 3. 39.]
     (1) Below, down; patatyadho dhāma visāri sarvataḥ Śi. 1. 2; in the lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; vyasanyadho'dhovrajati svaryātyavyasanī mṛtaḥ Ms. 7. 53. (According to the context adhaḥ may have the sense of the nominative, -aṃkuśaḥ &c.; ablative, adho vṛkṣāt patati; or locative, adho gṛhe śete).
     (2) Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; tarūṇāṃ- S. 1. 14; rarely with abl. also; bāhitthaṃ tu tatopyadhaḥ Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; adhodhaḥ paśyataḥ kasya mahimā nopacīyate H. 2. 2; yātyadhodho vrajatyuccairnaraḥ svaireva karmabhiḥ H. 2. 48; adhodho gaṃgeyaṃ padamupagatā stokaṃ Bh. 2. 10; from under, just below (with acc.); navānadho'dho bṛhataḥ payodharān Śi. 1. 4. In comp. with nouns adhaḥ has the sense of
          (a) lower, under, as -bhuvanaṃ, -lokaḥ the lower world; -vāsaḥ or -aṃśukaṃ an under-garment; or
          (b) the lower part; -kāyaḥ the lower part of the body; adhaḥkṛ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; tapaḥ śarīraiḥ kaṭhinairupārjitaṃ tapasvināṃ dūramadhaścakāra sā Ku. 5. 29; adhaḥ kṛtāśeṣāṃtaḥpureṇa K. 177; -kṛtakusumāyudhaṃ 179; Śi. 1. 35, 3. 52; -kṛtainasaḥ Śi. 16. 8 dispelled.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. situated below the axle or car. (
          --kṣaṃ) adv. below the car, under the axle.
          --akṣajaḥ [akṣāt iṃdriyājjāyate iti akṣajaṃ pratyakṣajñānaṃ, tadadharaṃ grāhakatvābhāvāt hīnaṃ yatya saḥ Tv.; adhaḥkṛtaṃ akṣajaṃ iṃdriyajñānaṃ yena Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found:
     (1) adho na kṣīyate jātu yasmāttasmādadhokṣajaḥ;
     (2) dyaurakṣaṃ pṛthivī cādhastayoryasmādajāyata . madhye vairājarūpeṇa tato 'dhokṣaja iṣyate .. --adhas See above. --upāsanaṃ sexual intercourse. --aṃgaṃ, --dvāraṃ-marma the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. --karaḥ the lower part of the hand (karabha). --karaṇaṃ excelling, defeating, degradation; K. 202; so -kriyā; sahate na janopyadhaḥkriyāṃ Ki. 2. 47 degradation, dishonour. --khananaṃ undermining. --gatiḥ f., --gamanaṃ --pātaḥ 1. a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. 2. degradation, downfall. going to perdition or hell; mūlānāmadhogatiḥ K. 41 (where -ti has both senses); -tiṃ āyāti Pt. 1. 150 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms. 3. 17; arakṣitāramattāraṃ nṛpaṃ vidyādadhogatiṃ 8. 309 destined to go to hell. --gaṃtṛ m. one who digs downwards, a mouse. --gaṃ-ghaṃ-ṭā [adharāt adhastādārabhya ghaṃṭeva tadākāraphalatvāt] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (apāmārga). --caraḥ [adhaḥ khanitvā carati-ac] 1. thief. 2. one who goes downwards. --jānu n. the lower part of the knee. (-ind.) below the knee. --jihvikā [alpā jihvā jihvikā, adharā jihvikā] the uvula (Mar. paḍajībha). --talaṃ the lower part or surface; śayyā-, khaṭvā-. --diś f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. --dṛṣṭi a. casting a downward look; a posture in Yoga; karaṇānyabahiṣkṛtya sthāṇuvanniścalātmakaḥ . ātmānaṃ hṛdaye dhyāyet nāsāgranyastalocanaḥ .. cf. also Ku. 3. 47. (--ṣṭiḥ) a downward look. --padaṃ [adhovṛtti padaṃ, pādasyādhaḥsthānaṃ vā] the place under the foot, a lower place. --pātaḥ = -gati q. v. above. --puṣpī [adhomukhāni puṣpāṇi yasyāḥ] N. of two plants avākpuṣpī (Pimpinella Anisum) and gojihvā (Elephantopus Scaber). --prastaraḥ a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. --bhaktaṃ [adharaṃ bhaktaṃ yasmāt] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (bhojanāṃte pīyamānaṃ jalādikaṃ). --bhāgaḥ 1. the lower part (of the body); pūrvabhāgo guruḥ puṃsāmadhobhāgastu yoṣitāṃ Suśr. 2. the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; -vyavasthitaṃ kiṃcitpuramālokitaṃ Pt. 1. situated down below, See pātāla. --bhūḥ f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. --mukha --vadana a. having the face downwards; -khī tiṣṭhati; -khaiḥ patribhiḥ R. 3. 57. 2. head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. 3. upside down, topsyturvy. (--khaḥ) N. of Viṣṇu. (--khākhī) N. of a plant gojihvā Premna Esculenta. (--khaṃ) (nakṣatraṃ) 1. flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakshatras are: mūlāśleṣā kṛttikā ca viśākhā bharaṇī tathā . maghā pūrvātrayaṃ caiva adhomukhagaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ .. Jyothisha. 2. N. of a hell. --yaṃtraṃ a still. --raktapittaṃ discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. --rāma a. [adhobhāge rāmaḥ śuklaḥ, dṛṣṭitarpakatvāt tasya rāmatvaṃ] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat) --laṃbaḥ 1. a plummet. 2. a perpendicular. 3. the lower world. --varcas a. strong in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. --vaśaḥ Pudendum Muliebre. --vāyuḥ [adhogāmī vāyuḥ śāka. ta.] breaking wind, flatulency. --śaya-yya a. sleeping on the ground. (--yyā) sleeping on the ground; agnīṃdhanaṃ bhaikṣacaryāmadhaḥśayyāṃ gurorhitam . āsamāvartanāt kuryātkṛtopanayano dvijaḥ .. Ms. 2. 108. --śiras a. = mukha. (--n.) N. of a hell. --stha, --sthita a. situated below. --svastikaṃ the nadir.

adhopahāsaḥ [adhaḥ adhobhāgasya yonyāḥ upahāsaḥ chāṃdasaḥ saṃdhiḥ, strīṇāmadhobhāgasya upahasanaṃ Tv.] Ved. Sexual intercourse.

adhastana a. (nī f.) [adhobhavaḥ adhas-ṭyu tuṭca]
     (1) Lower, situated beneath.
     (2) Prior, previous.

adhastarā(mā)m ind. [atiśayenādhaḥ] Very low.

adhastāt adv. or prep. [adhara-astāti, adh ādeśaḥ P. V. 3. 39-40.] Down, below, under, beneath, under-neath &c. (with gen.), See adhaḥ; adhastānnopadadhyācca Ms. 4. 54; dharmeṇa gamanamūrdhvaṃ gamanamadhastādbhavatyadharmeṇa Saṅkhya K; -tādāgataḥ Pt. 3.; tasyādhastādvayamapi ratāsteṣu parṇoṭajeṣu U. 2. 25; yasya sarvamevādhastādgataṃ K. 289 gone to hell.

adhamārgavaḥ [na dhīyate adhāḥ, tādṛśaṃ mārgaṃ vāti vā-ka Tv.] = apāmārga q. v.

adhāraṇaka a. [na. ta.] Not profitable; -kaṃ mamaitatsthānaṃ Pt. 2.

adhiḥ [ādhīyate duḥkhamanena ādhā ki vā pṛ. thasvaḥ]
     (1) Mental pain or agony. See ādhiḥ
     (2) A woman in her courses. (= avi.) --ind.
     (1) (As a prefix to verbs) over, above; (adhikāra); -sthā to stand over; -kṛ to place over or at the head of; -ruh to grow over or above; over and above, besides, in addition (ādhikya); fully, completely (atiśaya, viśeṣa), to get something in addition to another; adhigatyajagatyadhīśvarāt having obtained fully, adhi intensifying the meaning of the root; ito vā sātimīmahe divo vā pārthivādadhi Rv. 1. 6. 10; (adhīmahe ādhikyena yācāmahe).
     (2) (As a separable adverb) Over, above, from above (mostly Vedic); ṣaṣṭirvīrāso adhi ṣaṭ Rv. 7. 18. 14.
     (3) (As a preposition) with acc.
          (a) Above, over, upon, in (upari); yaṃ daṃtamadhijāyate nāḍī taṃ daṃtamuddharet Suśr. adhyadhi just above; lokānuparyuparyāste'dho'dho'dhyadhi ca mādhavaḥ Bopadeva; with gen. also; ye nākasyādhi rocane divi Rv. 1. 19. 6 above the sun; -viṭapi Śi. 7. 35; -tvat 7. 41; -rajani 52 at night.
          (b) With reference to, concerning, in the case of, on the subject of (adhikṛtya) (mostly in adverbial compounds in this sense); harau iti adhihari; so adhistri; kṛṣṇamadhikṛtya pravṛttā kathā adhikṛṣṇaṃ; so -jyotiṣaṃ, -lokaṃ, -daivaṃ, -daivataṃ treating of stars &c.; -puraṃdhri Śi. 6. 32 in the case of women.
          (c) (With abl.) Just over, more than (adhika); sattvādadhi mahānātmā Kath.; aviditādadhi Ken.
          (d) (With loc.) Over, on or upon, above (showing lordship or sovereignty over something) (aiśvarya); adhirīśvare P. I. 4. 97; adhi bhuvi rāmaḥ P. II. 3. 9 Sk. Rāma rules over the earth; the country ruled over may be used with loc. of 'ruler'; adhi rāme bhūḥ ibid; prahāravarmaṇyadhi videhā jātāḥ Dk. 77 subject to, under the government of, become the property or possession of (adhi denoting svatva in this case); under, inferior to (hīna); adhi harau surāḥ (Bopadeva) the gods are under Hari.
     (4) (As first member of Tatpurusha compounds)
          (a) Cheif, supreme, principal, presiding; -devatā presiding deity; -rājaḥ supreme or sovereign ruler; -patiḥ supreme lord &c.
          (b) Redundant, superfluous (growing over another); -daṃtaḥ = adhyārūḍhaḥ (daṃtasyopari jātaḥ) daṃtaḥ P. VI. 2. 188.
          (c) Over, excessive; -adhikṣepaḥ high censure. According to G. M. adhi has these senses: adhiradhyayanaiśvaryavaśitvasmaraṇādhike . e. g.; upādhyāyādadhīte; iṅo'dhyayanārthakatvasya adhidyotakaḥ; adhipatiḥ (aiśvarye); adhīnaḥ (vaśitve) adhigataḥ inaṃ; māturadhyeti (smaraṇe); adhikaṃ (adhike). In the Veda adhi is supposed by B. and R. to have the senses of 'out of', 'from,' 'of,' 'among,' 'before', 'beforehand', 'for', 'in favour of', 'in' 'at'.

adhika a. [abbreviation of adhyārūḍha; adhyārūḍhaśabdāt kan uttarapadalopaśca P. V. 2. 73].
     (1) More, additional, greater (opp. ūna or sama); tadasminnadhikaṃ P. V. 2. 45. (In comp. with numerals) plus, greater by; aṣṭādhikaṃ śataṃ 100 plus 8 = 108; catvāriṃśato'dhikāḥ = -catvāriṃśāḥ more than 40; navādhikāṃ navatiṃ R. 3. 69; ekādhikaṃ harejjyeṣṭhaḥ Ms. 9. 117.
     (2)
          (a) Surpassing in quantity, more numerous, copious, excessive, abundant; in comp. or with instr.; śvāsaḥ pramāṇādhikaḥ S. 1. 30 more than the usual measure.
          (b) Inordinate, grown, increased, become greater; abounding in, full of; strong in; -krodha R. 12. 90; vayo'dhikaḥ Ms. 4. 141 senior in years; śiśuradhikavayāḥ Ve. 3. 30 old, advanced in years; bhavaneṣu rasādhikeṣu pūrvaṃ S. 7. 20; karoti rāgaṃ hṛdi kautukādhikaṃ K. 2; rasādhike manasi Śi. 17. 48 abounding in.
     (3)
          (a) More, greater, stronger, mightier, more violent or intense; adhikāṃ kuru devi gurubhaktiṃ K. 62; ūnaṃ na sattveṣvadhiko babādhe R. 2. 14 the stronger animal did not prey on the weaker; pumānpuṃso'dhike śukre strī bhavatyadhike striyāḥ Ms. 3. 49; adhikaṃ menire viṣṇuṃ Ram.; adhikaṃ mitraṃ Pt. 2; yavīyānguṇato'dhikaḥ Ms. 11. 186, 9. 154.
          (b) Superior to, better than; higher than (with abl. or in comp.); pramāṇādadhikasyāpi mattadaṃtinaḥ Pt. 1. 327; senāśatebhyo'dhikā buddhiḥ Mu. 1. 25 surpassing, more than a match for &c.; vidheradhikasaṃbhāraḥ R. 15. 62 more than what was sanctioned by rules; tapasvibhyo'dhiko yogī Bg. 6. 46; brahma pradānebhyo'dhikaṃ Y. 1. 212; aśvādhiko rājā H. 3. 84 strong in cavalry; dhanadhānyādhiko vaiśyaḥ H. 4. 21 excels in, is superior by reason of; lokādhikaṃ tejaḥ Mu. 4. 10 superior to; sometimes with gen.; paṃcadaśānāṃ bhrātṝṇāmadhiko guṇaiḥ K. 136.
     (4) Later, subsequent, further than (of time); rājanyabaṃdhordvāviṃśe (keśāṃto vidhīyate), vaiśyasya dvyadhike tataḥ Ms. 2. 65 2 years later i. e. in the 24th year; sometimes with gen.; mamādhikā vā tulyā vā Rām.
     (5) Eminent, uncommon, special, peculiar (asādhāraṇa); vidyā nāma narasya rūpamadhikaṃ Bh. 2. 20 superior or uncommon form or beauty; dharmo hi teṣāmadhiko viśeṣaḥ H. Pr. 25; ījyādhyayanadānāni vaiśyasya kṣatriyasya ca . pratigraho 'dhiko vipre yājanādhyāpane tathā .. Y. 1. 118; sometimes used in the comparative in the above senses; kleśodhikatarasteṣāṃ Bg. 12. 5; -taramidānīṃ rājate rājalakṣmīḥ V. 5. 22; svargādadhikataraṃ nirvṛtisthānaṃ S. 7.
     (6) Redundant, superfluous; -aṃga having a redundant limb; nodvahetkāpilāṃ kanyāṃ nādhikāṃgīṃ na rogiṇīṃ Ms. 3. 8.
     (7) Intercalated, intercalary (as a month &c.)
     (8) Inferior, secondary. --kaṃ
     (1) Surplus, excess, more; lābho'dhikaṃ phalaṃ Ak.
     (2) Abundance, redundancy, superfluity.
     (3) A figure of speech equivalent to hyperbole; āśrayāśrayiṇorekasyādhikye'dhikamucyate . kimadhikamasya brūmo mahimānaṃ vāridherhariryatra . ajñāta eva śete kukṣau nikṣipya bhuvanāni .. atra āśrayasyādhikyaṃ . yugāṃtakālapratisaṃhṛtātmano jagaṃti yasyāṃ savikāśamāsata . tanau mamustatra na kaiṭabhadviṣastapodhanābhyāgamasaṃbhṛtā mudaḥ .. S. D; mahatoryanmahīyāṃsāvāśritāśrayayoḥ kramāt . āśrayāśrayiṇai syātāṃ tanutve'pyadhikaṃ tu tat .. K. P. 10. --adv.
     (1) More, in a greater degree; sa rājyaṃguruṇā dattaṃ pratipadyādhikaṃ babhau R. 4. 1 shone the more; 3. 18; yasminnevādhikaṃ cakṣurāropayati pārthivaḥ Pt. 1. 243; oft. in comp.; iyamadhikamanojñā S. 1. 20; -surabhi Me. 21.
     (2) Exceedingly, too much.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. (gī f.) having a redundant limb. (--gaṃ) [adhikoṃ'gāt] a sash, girdle or belt worn over the mail coat.
          --adhika a. more and more, out-doing one another.
          --artha a. exaggerated; -vacanaṃ exaggeration, an exaggerated statement or assertion (whether of praise or of censure); kṛtyairadhikārthavacane P. II. 1. 33; (-naṃ = stutiniṃdāphalakamarthavādavacanaṃ; e. g. vātacchedyaṃ tṛṇaṃ i. e. so light and weak; kākapeyā nadī so deep and full).
          --ṛddhi a. abundant, prosperous. R. 19. 5.
          --tithiḥ, f.
          --dinaṃ, --divasaḥ an intercalated day.
          --daṃtaḥ = adhidaṃtaḥ. --māṃsārman = adhimāṃsa q. v.
          --vākyoktiḥ f. exaggeration, hyperbole.
          --ṣāṣṭika-sāptatika a. containing or costing more than 60 or 70.

adhikāma a. [adhikaḥ kāmo yasya] Of vehement desires, impassioned, lustful. --maḥ [karma.] Strong desire.

adhikṛ 8 U.
     (1) To authorize, qualify for the discharge of some duty; be entitled to, have a right to; naivādhyakāriṣmahi vedavṛtte Bk. 2. 34; guṇāḥ priyatvedhikṛtā na saṃstavaḥ Ki. 4. 25 merits are calculated to produce liking, not mere intimacy.
     (2) To place at the head of, appoint, set; pāṃḍavena hyahaṃ tāta aśveṣvadhikṛtaḥ purā Mb.; dṛptavinayādhikṛtaḥ R. 9. 62 appointed to humble the proud; śithilīkṛte'dhikṛtakṛtyavidhau Ki. 6. 30 set or appointed to duty; devāḥ prasahya tamadhikuryuḥ Mv. 2 set on, incite or appoint as their chief.
     (3) To aim at, allude or refer to, make the subject of; adhikṛtya kṛte graṃthe P. IV. 3. 87; kirātārjunau adhikṛtya kṛtaṃ kāvyaṃ kirātārjunīyam Sk.; nāṭakaṃ prayogeṇa adhikriyatām S. 1 should be made the subject of representation, should be represented on the stage.
     (4) To be used as the head or governing rule; samarthānāṃ prathamādvā P. IV. 1. 82; idaṃ padatrayamadhikriyate Sk.
     (5) To superintend, be at the head.
     (6) (A.) To bear, endure or overpower, be superior to; śatrumadhikurute Sk.; adhicakre na yaṃ hariḥ Bk. 8. 20.
     (7) To feel, enjoy; bhavādṛśāścedadhikurvate ratiṃ nirāśrayā haṃta hatā manasvitā Ki. 1. 43.
     (8) To refrain or desist from.

adhikaraṇam [kṛ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Placing at the head of, appointing &c.
     (2) Relation, reference, connection; rāmādhikaraṇāḥ kathāḥ Rām. referring to.
     (3) (In gram.) Agreement, concord, government or grammatical relation (as of subject and predicate &c.); tatpuruṣaḥ samānādhikaraṇaḥ karmadhārayaḥ P. I. 2. 42 having the members (of the compound) in the same relation or apposition; samānādhikaraṇo or vyadhikaraṇo bahuvrīhiḥ; pītāṃbaraḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ &c.
     (4) A receptacle or subject, technically substratum; jñānādhikaraṇaṃ ātmā T. S. the soul is the substratum of knowledge.
     (5) Location, place, the sense of the locative case; ādhārodhikaraṇaṃ P. I. 4.45; kartṛkarmavyavahitāmasākṣāddhārayat kiyām . upakurvat kriyāsiddhau śāstredhikaraṇaṃ smṛtam .. Hari; as gehe sthālyāmannaṃ pacati.
     (6) A topic, subject; section, article or paragraph; a complete argument treating of one subject; the Sūtras of Vyāsa and Jaimini are divided into Adhyayas, the Adhyayas into Padas and the Pādas into Adhikaraṇas or sections. (According to the Mīmamsakas a complete Adhikaraṇa consists of five members: --viṣaya the subject or matter to be explained, viśaya or saṃśaya the doubt or question arising upon that matter, pūrvapakṣa the first side or prima facie argument concerning it, uttara or uttarapakṣa or siddhāṃta the answer or demonstrated conclusion, and saṃgati pertinency or relevancy, or (according to others nirṇaya the final conclusion); viṣayo viśayaścaiva pūrvapakṣastathottaraṃ . nirṇayaśceti siddhāṃtaḥ śāstre'dhikaraṇaṃ smṛtam .. The Vedāntins put saṃgati in the 3rd place, and siddhāṃta last; tatra ekaikamadhikaraṇaṃ paṃcāvayavaṃ, viṣayaḥ saṃdehaḥ saṃgatiḥ pūrvapakṣaḥ siddhāṃtaśca. Generally speaking, the five members may be taken to be viṣaya, saṃśaya, pūrvapakṣa, uttarapakṣa and siddhāṃta or rāddhāṃta).
     (7) Court of justice, court, tribunal; svāndoṣān kathayaṃti nādhikaraṇe Mk. 9. 3; -raṇe ca sādhanaṃ Dk. 40.
     (8) Stuff, material; vipratiṣiddhaṃ cānadhikaraṇavāci P. II. 4. 13 (adravyavāci); -etāvattveca 15 fixed number of things, as daśa daṃtoṣṭhāḥ Sk.
     (9) A claim. (10) Supremacy. --ṇī One who superintends.
     -- Comp.
          --bhojakaḥ a judge, Mk. 9.
          --maṃḍapaḥ court or hall of justice Mk. 9.
          --vicālaḥ [adhikaraṇasya vicālaḥ anyathākaraṇaṃ] changing the quantity of any thing, increasing or decreasing it so many times; -vicāle ca P. V. 3. 43; dravyasya saṃkhyāṃtarāpādane saṃkhyāyā dhā syāt; ekaṃ rāśiṃ paṃcadhā kuru Sk.
          --siddhāṃtaḥ a conclusion which involves others.

adhikaraṇikaḥ [adhikaraṇaṃ āśrayatayā astyasya ṭhan]
     (1) A judge, magistrate; Mk. 9.
     (2) A government official.

adhikaraṇyam Authority, power.

adhikarman n [adhikaṃkarma]
     (1) A higher or superior act.
     (2) Superintendence. --m. One who is charged with superintendence.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ, --kṛt a sort of servant, overseer of workmen.
          --kṛtaḥ [adhikarma kṛtaṃ yena niṣṭhāṃtasya paranipātaḥ] one appointed to superintend an institution or establishment; sarveṣvadhikṛto yaḥ syāt kuṭuṃbasya tathopari . sodhikarmakṛto jñeyaḥ sa ca kauṭuṃbikaḥ smṛtaḥ .. In families he is the head or paterfamilias.

adhikarmikaḥ [adhikṛtya karmaṇe alaṃ, adhikarma ṭhan] The overseer of a market whose duty it is to recover toll or duties from the traders.

adhikāraḥ
     (1) Superintendence, watching over; strīṣu kaṣṭodhikāraḥ V. 3. 1; yaḥ pauraveṇa rājñā dharmādhikāre niyuktaḥ S. 1 superintendence of religious matters.
     (2) Duty, office, charge; power, post of authority; authority; nirṇayādhikāre bravīmi M. 1 I say this in the capacity of a judge; aviśrāmoyaṃ lokataṃtrādhikāraḥ S. 5; dvīpinastāṃbūlādhikāro dattaḥ Pt. 1, V. 2. 1; artha- administration of pecuniary matters; svādhikārāt pramattaḥ Me. 1; adhikāre mama putrako niyuktaḥ M. 5; yaḥ sarvādhikāreniyuktaḥ pradhānamaṃtrī sa karotu, anujīvinā para- carcā na kartavyā H. 2; śilpādhikāre yogyeyaṃ dārikā M. 1 fit to be initiated into the fine arts.
     (3) Sovereignty, government or administration, jurisdiction, rule; svādhikārabhūmau vartiṣyate S. 7 seat of government or jurisdiction; -khedaṃ nirūpya S. 5.
     (4) Position, dignity, rank; hṛtādhikārāṃ malināṃ Y. 1. 70 deprived of the position or rights or privileges of a wife.
     (5)
          (a) Right, authority, privilege, claim, title (as to wealth, property &c.); right of ownership or possession; adhikāraḥ phale svāmyamadhikārī ca tatprabhuḥ S. D. 296; vatse'dhikāraḥ sthitaḥ Mv. 4. 38 it now belongs to the child.
          (b) Qualification or authority to perform certain specified duties, civil, sacrificial, religious &c.; as the adhikāra of a king to rule and protect, of a Brāhmaṇa to sacrifice, of a Vaiśya to till or trade &c.; śūdro'dhikārahīnopi Y. 3. 262; with loc.; niṣekādiśmaśānāṃto maṃtrairyasyodito vidhiḥ . tasya śāstre'dhikāro'smin jñeyo nānyasya kasyacit Ms. 2. 16; śrāddhādhikārasaṃpadastu iti bhavaṃto bruvaṃtu (repeated in Śrāddha ceremonies).
     (6) Prerogative of a king.
     (7) Effort, exertion; karmaṇyevādhikāraste mā phaleṣu kadācana Bg. 2. 47 your business is with action alone &c.
     (8) Relation, reference; kathā vicitrāḥ pṛtanādhikārāḥ Mb.
     (9) Place = adhikaraṇa; mahatkhalu puruṣādhikāraṃ jyotiḥ M. 1. (10) A topic, paragraph or section; prāyaścitta- Mit.; See adhikaraṇa.
     (11) Counting, enumeration, occasion for counting; saṃsatsu jāte puruṣādhikāre Ki. 3. 51 (gaṇanāprastāve).
     (12) (In gram.) A head or governing rule, which exerts a directing or governing influence over other rules; e. g. sarvasya dve P. VIII. 1. 1; IV. 1. 82-3; tatpuruṣaḥ II. 1. 22; adhikāroyaṃ Sk. (This adhikāra is of three kinds: siṃhāvalokitaṃ caiva maṃḍūkaplutameva ca . gaṃgāpravāhavaccāpi adhikārastridhā mataḥ ...)
     -- Comp.
          --vidhiḥ determination or statement of qualifications to do particular acts; as rājārājasūyena yajet. --stha-āḍhya a. possessed of authority, invested with office.

adhikārin, adhikāravat a. [astyarthe in matup vā]
     (1) Possessed of authority, having power; nispṛho nādhikārī syāt Pt. 1. 164; saṃdhivigrahakārya-, kārya- H. 3.
     (2) Entitled to, having a right to; sarve syuradhikāriṇaḥ; so uttarādhikārin heir; dhanagrahaṇa- &c; tapasyanadhikāritvāt R. 15. 51 not qualified or authorised.
     (3) Belonging to, owned by.
     (4) Fit for. --m. (rī-vān)
     (1) An official, officer; na niṣprayojanaṃ adhikāravaṃtaḥ prabhubhirāhūyaṃte Mu. 3; a functionary, superintendent, head, director, governor.
     (2) A rightful claimant, proprietor, master, owner.
     (3) One qualified to sacrifice or perform sacred works.
     (4) Man as the lord of creation.
     (5) One well versed in the Vedānta.

adhikāritā --tvam Authority, rightful claim, qualification &c.

adhikṛta p. p. [kṛ-kta] Authorised, appointed &c; one possessed of authorised qualification, &c.; rājñaścādhikṛto vidvān brāhmaṇaḥ Ms. 8. 11; pātrāṇi nāṭye'dhikṛtāḥ. --taḥ An officer, official, functionary, superintendent, head, one in charge of any thing; saṃbhāvanā hyadhikṛtasya tanoti tejaḥ Ki. 6. 46; prāsāda- Mu. 3; Pt. 1. 424; rāṣṭra- Y. 1. 337.

adhikṛtiḥ f. Right, privilege, ownership. See adhikāra.

adhikṛtya ind. With reference to, regarding, concerning; grīṣmasamayamadhikṛtya gīyatāṃ S. 1; śakuṃtalāmadhikṛtya bravīmi S. 2 I refer to, speak of, Śakuntalā; 3. 4; R. 11. 62. See adhikṛ above.

adhikram
     (1) U. To ascend, mount upon.
     (2) To attack, scale.

adhikramaḥ, --kramaṇam An attack, invasion.

adhikṣit m. [adhikṣi bhāve kartari vā kvip tukca Tv.] Decay or one that causes decay; a lord or ruler (?)

adhikṣip 6 P.
     (1) To insult, abuse, asperse, vilify, traduce, censure; kiṃ māṃ saṃbhṛtadoṣairadhikṣipatha S. 5 heap accusations on me; nṛpatāvadhikṣipati śauriṃ Śi. 15. 44; na me pādarajasā tulya ityadhikṣiptaḥ M. 1.
     (2) To throw or lay upon, bespatter.
     (3) To superinduce (disease).
     (4) To surpass.

adhikṣepaḥ
     (1) Abuse, insulting, insult; prajñā- Dk. 52 insult to, reflection on, the understanding; bhavatyadhikṣepa ivānuśāsanaṃ Ki. 1. 28.
     (2) Laying upon; fixing; throwing.
     (3) Dismissal.

adhigam 1 P.
     (1)
          (a) To acquire, obtain, get, attain, secure; ājñākaratvamadhigamya V. 3. 19; adhigacchati mahimānaṃ caṃdropi niśāparigṛhītaḥ M. 1. 13; bhartāramadhigacchet Ms. 9. 91 marry; śreyāṃsi sarvāṇyadhijagmuṣaste R. 5. 34.
          (b) To find, meet with, fall in with, see, discover.
          (c) To accomplish; arthaṃ sapratibaṃdhaṃ prabhuradhigaṃtuṃ sahāyavāneva M. 1. 9; na me buddhirniścayamadhigacchati Mu. 5 is not able to decide; for
          (a) see also Ms. 2. 218, Bg. 2. 64, R. 2. 66.
     (2) To approach, reach, go towards or near; guṇālayopyasanmaṃtrī nṛpatirnādhigamyate Pt. 1. 384; tasyāṃtaṃ nādhigacchati does not reach or go to the end.
     (3) To study, learn; know; tebhyo'dhigaṃtuṃ nigamāṃtavidyāṃ U. 2. 3; śrutamapyadhigamya Ki. 2. 41; 6. 38; Ms. 7. 39; 12. 109; Y. 1. 99, Bk. 7. 37.
     (4) To cohabit with.

adhigata p. p.
     (1) Acquired, obtained &c; -paramārthānpaṃḍitānmāvamaṃsthāḥ Bh. 2. 17.
     (2) Studied, known, learnt, mastered; kimityevaṃ pṛcchasyanadhigatarāmāyaṇa iva U. 6. 30.

adhigamaḥ --manam
     (1) Acquisition, obtaining, getting, finding &c.; duradhigamaḥ parabhāgaḥ Pt. 5. 34; vaṃśasthiteradhigamāt V. 5. 15; dārādhigamanaṃ Ms. 1. 112 marriage.
     (2) Mastery, study, knowledge; asacchāstrādhigamanaṃ Ms. 11. 66.
     (3) Mercantile return, profit; acquiring property; nidhyādeḥ prāptiḥ Mit. or dhanaprāptiḥ; sthāpayaṃti tu yāṃ vṛddhiṃ sā tatrādhigamaṃ prati Ms. 8. 157.
     (4) Acceptance.
     (5) Intercourse.

adhigamya, --gamanīya, --gaṃtavya pot. p. Attainable &c.

adhigaṃtṛ a. [gam-tṛc] One who attains or acquires.

adhigava a. or adv. [gavi ityadhigavaṃ avyayī-sa.] Found in or derived from a cow; svādīyo yadadhigavaṃ kṣīraṃ.

adhiguṇa a. [adhikā guṇā yasya]
     (1) Possessing superior qualities, worthy, meritorious; yācñā moghā varamadhiguṇe nādhame labdhakāmā Me. 6.
     (2) [adhigato guṇo jyā yena] well strung (as a bow); -śarāsanaṃ janāḥ Ki. 12. 14. --ṇaḥ A superior or eminent merit.

adhicar 1 P. To walk or move over or on something.

adhicaraṇam Act of walking over something.

adhijananam Birth; māturagre'dhijananaṃ Ms. 2. 169.

adhijihvaḥ [adhikā jihvā yasya] A serpent (who has a forked tongue). This arose from the attempt of the serpents to lick the nectar placed on a bed of Kuśa grass, the sharp points of which pricked the tongue and split it into two. --hvā-jihvikā [adhirūḍhā jihvā, svārthe kan]
     (1) The uvula.
     (2) A sort of swelling of the tongue or epiglottis.

adhijya a. [adhyārūḍhā jyā yatra, adhigataṃ jyāṃ vā] Having the bow-string stretched, well strung (as a bow).
     -- Comp.
          --dhanvan-kārmuka a. having the bow strung; tvayi cādhijyakārmuke S. 1. 6.

adhijyatā
     (1) The state of being strung; -tāṃ nī to string; R. 11. 14.

adhityakā [adhi-tyakan P. V. 2. 34; parvatasya ārūḍhasthalamadhityakā Sk.] A table-land, highland; sthāṇuṃ tapasyaṃtamadhityakāyāṃ Ku. 3. 17; adhityakāyāmiva dhātumayyāṃ R. 2. 29.

adhidaṃḍanetṛ m. N. of Yama.

adhidaṃtaḥ [adhyārūḍho daṃtaḥ] A redundant tooth growing over another.

adhidārva a. Wooden.

adhidīdhiti a. Of superior or transcendental lustre; Śi. 1. 24.

adhidevaḥ --vatā [adhiṣṭhātā-trī devaḥ devatā vā]
     (1) A presiding or tutelary deity; yayāce pāduke paścātkartuṃ rājyādhidevate R. 12. 17; 13. 68; 16. 9; Bv. 3. 3; sā rāmaṇīyakanidheradhidevatā vā Mal. 1. 21. (The eleven organs of sense are said to have each a presiding deity: śrotrasya dik, tvaco vātaḥ, netrasya arkaḥ, rasanāyā varuṇaḥ, ghrāṇasya aśvinau, vāgiṃdriyasya vahniḥ, hastasya iṃdraḥ, pādasya upeṃdraḥ, pāyoḥ mitraḥ, upasthasya prajāpatiḥ, manasaḥ caṃdraśca.
     (2) [adhikṛto devo yena guṇātiśayāt] The supreme or highest god, Almighty.

adhidevanam Gambling table, board for gambling (adhi upari dīvyate yatra.)

adhidaivaṃ --daivatam [adhiṣṭhātṛ daivaṃ-daivataṃ vā]
     (1) The presiding god or deity; adhidaivaṃ kimucyate Bg. 8. 1, 4, 7. 30; śivādhidaivataṃ dhyāyet vahnipratyadhidaivataṃ; tamabhinaṃdaṃti ... yaḥ adhidaivatamiva stauti K. 109.
     (2) The supreme deity or the divine agent operating in material objects.

adhināthaḥ [adhiko nāthaḥ] The Supreme lord.

adhinī 1 P. To lead away from; to enhance, increase.

adhināyaḥ [nī-ghañ, --adhinīyate vāyunā] Fragrance, odour.

adhinirṇij a. Veiled.

adhipaḥ [adhipāti, adhi-pā-ka] A lord, ruler, king, soverign, head; atha prajānāmadhipaḥ prabhāte R. 2. 1; mostly in comp; narādhipaḥ lord of men, king; gaja- a lordly elephant &c.

adhipatiḥ [adhikaḥ patiḥ]
     (1) = adhipaḥ.
     (2) A part of the head where the wound proves immediately fatal; (mastakābhyaṃtaropariṣṭāt śirāsaṃdhisannipāto romāvartodhipatiḥ, tatrāpi sadyo maraṇam Suśr.)

adhipatnī Ved. A female ruler, mistress (svāminī).

adhipāḥ [adhipāti-pā kvip] Ved. A king, ruler, lord.

adhipāṃśula a. Dusty from above.

adhipu(pū)ruṣaḥ  [adhikaḥ pu-pūruṣaḥ] The Supreme Being.

adhipeṣaṇam [piṣ-lyuṭ] Pounding or grinding upon, serving to pound or grind upon.

adhipraja a. [adhikā prajā yasya] Having many children (as a man, woman &c.) --jaṃ adv. [prajāmadhikṛtya] Regarding creation (of the world) as a means of preserving the world.

adhipraṣṭiyugam [praṣṭau nihitaṃ yugaṃ] A yoke laid on the praṣṭi or foremost of the three horses, used on certain sacrificial occasions. --gaḥ The fourth horse thus attached (?)

adhibalam An interlocation of high words in mutual defiance; S. D. 526.

adhibhūḥ [adhibhavati svāmībhavati; bhū-kvip] A master, superior; foremost; rākṣasānāmadhibhuvi Mv. 6. 47; raghūṇāmadhibhuvā 56.

adhibhūtam [adhiṣṭhāyibhūtaṃ or bhūtaṃ prāṇimātramadhikṛtya vartamānaṃ] The highest being; the Supreme Spirit or its all-pervading influence; the whole inanimate creation; adhibhūtaṃ ca kiṃ proktaṃ Bg. 8. 1; adhibhūtaṃ kṣaro bhāvaḥ 8. 4 'adhibhūta is all perishable things.'

adhibhojanam [adhikaṃ bhojanaṃ]
     (1) Excess in eating.
     (2) [adhikaṃ bhojanaṃ dhanaṃ mūlyaṃ vā yasya] Very costly or valuable; daśa vastrādhibhojanā Rv. 6. 47. 23; a supplementary or additional gift (?).

adhimaṃthaḥ [adhikaṃ mathyate anena; maṃthkaraṇe ghañ]
     (1) Severe ophthalmia; utpāṭyata ivātyarthaṃ netraṃ nirmathyate tathā . śirasordhaṃ tu taṃ vidyādadhimaṃthaṃ svalakṣaṇaiḥ.
     (2) = adhimaṃthanaṃ.

adhimaṃthanam [maṃth-bhāve karaṇevā lyuṭ] Rubbing together for producing fire; suitable for such friction (as wood).

adhimaṃthita a. [adhimaṃtho'sya saṃjātaḥ itac] Suffering from eye-disease.

adhimāṃsaḥ [adhikaṃ māṃsaṃ yatra] A sort of disease in the white of the eye, a sort of cancer or protuberance of flesh; vistīrṇaṃ mṛdu bahulaṃ yakṛtprakāśaṃ śyāvaṃ vā tadadhimāṃsajārma vidyāt Suśr.

adhimāṃsakaḥ [adhikaṃ māṃsaṃ yatra] A sort of cancer in the back of the gums; hanūsye paścime daṃte mahāśotho mahārujaḥ . lālāsrāvī (kālāsnāyī) kaphakṛto vijñeyaḥ sodhimāṃsakaḥ Suśr.

adhimātra a. [adhikā mātrā yasya] Beyond measure, excessive, inordinate. --traṃ On the subject of prosody.

adhimāsaḥ [adhiko ravimāsāt atiriktaḥ śuklapratipadādidarśāṃtaścāṃdro māsaḥ] An intercalary (lunar) month.

adhimuktiḥ f. Trust, confidence.

adhimuhyaḥ N. of Buddha in one of his 34 former births.

adhiyajña a. Pertaining to a sacrifice; -jñaṃ brahma japet Ms. 6. 83. --jñaḥ Principal sacrifice; the agency effecting or causing such sacrifice; -jñohamevātra dehe dehabhṛtāṃ vara Bg. 8. 4 the adhiyajña is I myself in this body (i. e. Kṛṣṇa); atrāsmindehe aṃtaryāmitvena sthitohamadhiyajñaḥ yajñādikarmapravartakastatphaladātā ceti śrīdharaḥ. --jñaṃ adv. On the subject of sacrifices, so adhiyāga.

adhiyāṃga = adhikāṃga, q. v.

adhiyogaḥ [adhiko yogaḥ] An auspicious conjunction of stars for departure, expedition &c. (jyotiṣaprasiddho yātrikaśubhayogaḥ); yoge kṣemamathādhiyogagamane kṣemaṃ ripūṇāṃ vadhaḥ Muhurta.

adhiyodhaḥ [ādhikyena yudhyate; yudhac] The foremost hero or warrior (in fighting); na hi kopaparītāni harṣavīryotsukāni ca . bhavaṃti adhiyodhānāṃ mukhāni nihate patau Ram.

adhirajju a. Ved. [adhigatā rajjuryena] Fastening, fettering.

adhiratha a. [adhyārūḍho rathaṃ rathinaṃ vā] Being on or over a car. --thaḥ
     (1) A charioteer, driver.
     (2) N. of a charioteer who was king of Anga and foster-father of Karṇa. --thaṃ Ved. A cart-load.

adhirāj m. --jaḥ [adhirājate; rāj kvip, rājan-ṭac vā] A sovereign or supreme ruler, an emperor; prāyopaviṣṭo gaṃgāyāmanādṛtyādhirād śriyaṃ Bhāg.; adyāstametu bhuvaneṣvadhirājaśabdaḥ U. 6. 16; king, head, lord (of men, animals &c.); himālayo nāma nagādhirājaḥ Ku. 1. 1; so mṛga-, nāga- &c.

adhirājyaṃ --ṣṭram [adhikṛtaṃ rājyaṃ rāṣṭraṃ atra]
     (1) Imperial or sovereign sway, supremacy, sole sovereignty, imperial dignity, an empire.
     (2) N. of a country.

adhirukma a. [adhigataṃ rukmaṃ ābharaṇaṃ yena] Having ornaments (of gold &c.).

adhiruh 1 P.
     (1) To ascend, mount (a throne, hill &c.); go up to, find access to, sit in or on (acc.); pādāhataṃyadutthāya mūrddhānamadhirohati Śi. 2. 46; purādhirūḍhaḥ śayanaṃ mahādhanaṃ Ki. 1. 38. lying on; turagādhirūḍhaṃ R. 7. 37 riding a horse; 12. 104; baṃdhujanādhirūḍhairgajānāṃ vṛṃdaiḥ Ku. 7. 52 mounted or seated on; yogādhirūḍhāḥ R. 13. 52; engaged or lost in contemplation; so Pt. 1; sadyaḥ parasparatulāmadhirohatāṃ dve R. 5. 68 bear or acquire; pratijñāṃ- enter on; kīrtirdyāmadhirohati Śi. 2. 52.; sarvamanorathānāmagramivādhirūḍhā K. 158 mounted on the summit or pinnacle; tvāṃ dhūriyaṃ yogyatayādhirūḍhā Ki. 3. 50 this responsibility lies on your shoulders.
     (2) To string; adhirohati gāṃḍīvaṃ maheṣau Ki. 13. 16.
     (3) (Intran.) To rise or grow over or above. --Caus. [roha -(pa) yati]
     (1) To raise, place, seat, cause to mount or ascend; tāḥ svamaṃkamadhiropya R. 19. 44 having placed or seated; Śi. 12. 46.
     (2) To restore, give back; purāṇaśobhāmadhiropitāyāṃ (vasatau) R. 16. 42 restored to its former grandeur.
     (3) To string (as a bow); kārmukaṃ ca balinādhiropitam R. 11. 81.
     (4) To give, confer &c.; udāraka iti prītalokādhiropitāparaślādhyanāmani Dk. 50.

adhiruh a. (At the end of comp.) Growing on; dharaṇiruhādhiruho latāyāḥ Śi. 7. 46.

adhirūḍha p. p.
     (1) Mounted, ascended &c.
     (2) Increased; -samādhiyogaḥ engaged in profound meditation.

adhiropaṇam Act of raising, exalting or causing to mount.

adhirohaḥ An elephant rider Śi. 11.7.

adhirohaṇam Ascending, mounting; citā- R. 8. 57. --ṇī [adhiruhyate anayā, ruh karaṇe lyuṭ] A ladder, flight of steps (of wood &c.) (Mar. śiḍī).

adhirohin a. Ascending, mounting, rising above &c. --ṇī [adhirohaḥ sādhanatvena astyasyāḥ] A ladder, flight of steps.

adhivac 2 P. To speak in favour of, advocate, side with.

adhivaktṛ m.
     (1) One who advocates a particular cause (pakṣapātena vaktṛ), an advocate.
     (2) An orator.
     (3) A comforter.

adhivacanam
     (1) Advocacy, speaking in favour of (pakṣapātena kathanaṃ vacanaṃ.).
     (2) A name, epithet, appellation.

adhivākaḥ [vac-ghañ] Advocacy; tamiddhaneṣu hiteṣvadhivākāya havaṃte Rv. 8. 16. 5 (pakṣapātavacanāya).

adhivas 1 P.
     (1) To inhabit, fix one's abode or residence in, settle, dwell or reside in (with acc. of place); girimadhivasestatra viśrāmahetoḥ Me. 25; yāni priyāsahacaraściramadhyavātsaṃ U. 3. 8; bālyātparāmiva daśāṃ madanodhyuvāsa R. 5. 63; 11. 61; 13. 79; Śi. 3. 59; Bk. 5. 6; 1. 3; 8. 79.
     (2) To settle, alight or perch on.
     (3) (2 A.) To put on (clothes). --Caus.
     (1) To cause to stay overnight.
     (2) To consecrate, set up (as an image).

adhivastra a. [adhyāvṛtaṃ vastraṃ yena] Clad, veiled; Rv. 8. 26. 13.

adhivāsaḥ
     (1) Abode, residence; dwelling; satata-subhagārpitastanaṃ Māl. 5. 8; tasyāpi sa eva giriradhivāsaḥ K. 137; lakṣmī bhṛtoṃbhodhitaṭādhivāsān Śi. 3. 71 situated on; settlement, habitation.
     (2) An inhabitant, neighbour.
     (3) Obstinate pertinacity in making a demand, sitting without food before a person's house till he ceases to oppose or refuse it (Mar. dharaṇā).
     (4) [adhivāsayati devatā anena, karaṇe ghañ] Consecration of an image especially before the commencement of a sacrificial rite; see adhivāsanaṃ also.
     (5) A garment, mantle (adhīvāsaḥ also).

adhyuṣita p. p. Inhabited, resorted to; vidyādharādhyuṣitacāruśilātalāni sthānāni Bh. 2. 70; balairadhyuṣitāstasya R. 4. 46; 9. 25; 14. 30; saptarṣimaṃḍala- K. 48.

adhivās 10 P. To scent, perfume; karpūrapallavarasena adhivāsaya gaṃdhapātrāṇi K. 184; maṃdārapuṣpairadhivāsitāyāṃ V. 4. 35.

adhivāsaḥ Application of perfumes or fragrant cosmetics; scenting, perfuming; fragrance, scent, fragrant odour itself; adhivāsaspṛhayeva mārutaḥ R. 8. 34; Śi. 2. 20, 5. 42; K. 183.

adhivāsanam [vas-ṇic, or --vās lyuṭ.]
     (1) Scenting with perfumes or odorous substances (saṃskāro gaṃdhamālyādyaiḥ Ak.).
     (2) [vas-ṇic-lyuṭ] Preliminary consecration (pratiṣṭhā) of an image, its invocation and worship by suitable Mantras &c. before the commencement of a sacrifice; (yajñāraṃbhātprāk devatādyāvāhanapūrvakaḥ pūjanādikarmabhedaḥ); making a divinity assume its abode in an image.

adhivāsin a.
     (1) Inhabiting, dwelling or siting in.
     (2) Scenting &c.

adhivāsita p. p.
     (1) Invested or clothed with.
     (2) Scented, perfumed.

adhivāhanam Taking up, carrying over, conveying.

adhivikartanam The act of cutting off or cutting through.

adhivid 6 U. To marry in addition to, supersede (as a wife) (said also of wives); adhivividuramātyairāhṛtāstasya yūnaḥ prathamaparigṛhīte śrībhuvau rājakanyāḥ R. 18. 53.

adhivinnā [vid-kta] A superseded wife, one whose husband has married again; according to Hindu Śastras a wife may be superseded for any one of these 8 defects: --surāpī vyādhitā dhūrtā vaṃdhyārthadhnyapriyaṃvadā . strīprasūścādhivettavyā puruṣadveṣiṇī tathā Y. 1. 73, 74; Ms. 9. 80-83.

adhivettṛ m. [vid-karttari tṛc] A husband who supersedes his first wife.

adhivedaḥ Marrying an additional wife. --daṃ adv. concerning the Veda.

adhivedanam [bhāve lyuṭ] = adhivedaḥ.

adhiśī 2A. To lie or sleep upon, sleep in, rest or recline upon; (with acc. of place); bhujāṃtaraṃ R. 19. 32; amuṃ 13. 6; 16. 49; śilāpaṭṭamadhiśayānā S. 3; adhyaśayiṣṭa gāṃ Bk. 15. 114; caṃdrāpīḍaḥ śayanatalamadhiśiśye K. 98, 206; Ki. 1. 38; Dk. 112; to dwell, inhabit Bk. 10. 35; to sit in; athādhiśiśye prayataḥ pradoṣe rathaṃ R. 5. 28. --Caus. To cause to sleep on; darbhaśayyāmadhiśāyya Dk. 105 placing on.

adhiśayita p. p. Reclining upon, used for reclining upon.

adhiśri 1 U.
     (1) To sleep on, ascend, mount, resort to; vilocane bibhradadhiśritaśriṇī Śi. 1. 24 possessed of beauty; adhiśrayaṃtīrgajatāḥ 12. 50.
     (2) To place over.
     (3) (adhiśrī also) To put on fire, make hot.

adhiśrayaḥ [śri-bhāve ac]
     (1) A receptacle.
     (2) [śrī-ac] Boiling, making hot (by putting on fire).

adhiśrayaṇaṃ --paṇam [śri-śrī-bhāve-lyuṭ] Placing a kettle on fire; warming, boiling. --ṇī [adhiśrīyate pacyate'tra, ādhāre lyuṭ ṅīp] An oven, a fire-place.

adhiśrī a. [adhikā śrīryasya] Of exalted dignity, supreme; very rich, sovereign lord; iyaṃ maheṃdraprabhṛtīnadhiśriyaścaturdigīśānavamatya māninī Ku. 5. 53; R. 7. 29.

adhiṣavaṇam [adhiṣūyate somo'tra; adhisu-ādhāre lyuṭ]
     (1) A contrivance (like a hand-press) of leather &c. to extract and strain the Soma juice, or (a.) used for the act of straining &c.
     (2) [bhāve lyuṭ] Straining Soma juice.

adhiṣavaṇyā [adhiṣavaṇāya hitā, yat] The board or wooden plank (phalaka) used in the act of extracting Soma juice.

adhiṣṭhā 1 P. (used with acc. P. I. 4. 46)
     (1)
          (a) To stand on or upon, to sit in or upon, occupy (as a seat &c.), resort to; ardhāsanaṃ gotrabhido'dhitaṣṭhau R. 6. 73; śākhinaḥ kecidadhyaṣṭhuḥ Bk. 15. 31; pratanubalānyadhitiṣṭhatastapāṃsi Ki. 10. 16 practising; māmadhiṣṭhāya Ram. depending on me.
          (b) To stand, be; adhyatiṣṭhadaṃguṣṭhena śataṃ samāḥ Mb.
          (c) To stand over, mount.
          (d) To stand by, be near; āśramabahirvṛkṣamūlamadhitiṣṭhati U. 4.
     (2) To be in, dwell in, inhabit, reside, stay; bhujaṃgapihitadvāraṃ pātālamadhitiṣṭhati R. 1. 80; mādhiṣṭhā nirjanaṃ vanaṃ Bk. 8. 79; śrījayadevabhaṇitamadhitiṣṭhatu kaṃṭhataṭīmavirataṃ Gīt. 11.
     (3) To make oneself master of, seize, take possession of, overpower, conquer; saṃgrāme tānadhiṣṭhāsyan Bk. 9. 72; tvamadhiṣṭhāsyasi dviṣaḥ 16. 40; sa sadā phalaśālinīṃ kriyāṃ śaradaṃ loka ivādhitiṣṭhati Ki. 2. 31 obtains; adhitiṣṭhati lokamojasā sa vivasvāniva medinīpatiḥ 2. 38; yakṣaḥ kutaścidadhiṣṭhāya bālacaṃdrikāṃ nivasati Dk. 18.
     (4)
          (a) To lead, conduct as head or chief; mahārājadaśarathasya dārānadhiṣṭhāya vasiṣṭhaḥ prāptaḥ U. 4, See adhiṣṭhita also.
          (b) To be at the head of, govern, direct, preside over, rule, superintend; prakṛtiṃ svāmadhiṣṭhāya Bg. 4. 6 governing, controlling; śrotraṃ cakṣuḥ sparśanaṃ ca rasanaṃ ghrāṇameva ca . adhiṣṭhāya manaścāyaṃ viṣayānupasevate 15. 9 presiding over and thus turning to use.
     (5) To use, employ.

adhiṣṭhita p. p. [adhiṣṭhā-kta]
     (1) (Used actively)
          (a) Standing, being; daṃtāṃtaramadhiṣṭhitaṃ Ms. 5. 141; (oft. with a dropped; jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ jñānagamyaṃ hṛdi sarvasya dhiṣṭhitaṃ Bg. 13. 17.); vīralokamadhiṣṭhitastātaḥ Mv. 5 gone to; rājaprasāda- Pt. 1 being in or enjoying royal favour.
          (b) Possessed of, dependent on.
          (c) Directing, presiding over; dharmādhikaraṇādhiṣṭhitapuruṣaiḥ Pt. 1.
     (2) (Passively)
          (a) Inhabited or resorted to by, occupied, possessed by; danukabaṃdhādhiṣṭhito daṃḍakāraṇyabhāgaḥ U. 1; Ms. 5. 97; acirādhiṣṭhitarājyaḥ śatruḥ M. 1. 8 an enemy who has newly (not long ago) ascended the throne, a newly established king; acira- adhikāraḥ Dk. 64 newly established; so graheṇa possessed by; mayūra- K. 97; -purobhāgāṃ K. 10, 130, 147, 152.
          (b) Full of, seized with, taken possession of, smitten, affected, overpowered; anenādhiṣṭhitānāṃ kāminīnāṃ K. 236, 161, 194; kāmādhiṣṭhitacetasā H. 1; Śi. 13. 39.
          (c) Watched over, guarded, superintended; rakṣāpuruṣādhiṣṭhite prāsāde Pt. 1; āryāruṃdhatīvasiṣṭhādhiṣṭhiteṣu raghukulakadaṃbakeṣu U. 2; pranaṣṭādhigataṃ dravyaṃ tiṣṭhedyuktairadhiṣṭhitaṃ Ms. 8. 34.
          (d) Led, conducted, commanded by, presided over; sāṃkhyamiva kapilādhiṣṭhitaṃ K. 40; anenādhiṣṭhitaṃ bhuvanatalaṃ 43, 44, 228; vasiṣṭhādhiṣṭhitā devyo gatā rāghavamātaraḥ U. 1. 3; tava pratāpādhiṣṭhitena upāyena H. 4 aided or supported; tātādhiṣṭhitānāmapi balānāṃ Ve. 3; svāminādhiṣṭhitaḥ śvāpi H. 3. 136.
          (e) Ridden, mounted upon; mūṣakādhiṣṭhitaṃ tamavalokya Pt. 2 with the mouse seated upon him; vilokya vṛddhokṣamadhiṣṭhitaṃ tvayā Ku. 5. 70.

adhiṣṭhātṛ [sthā-tṛc] Superintending, watching over, presiding over, guiding, governing; tutelary, guardian; as -trī devatā a guardian or presiding deity. --m. (tā) A superintendent, head, chief, protector, controller, regulator, ruler; sarveṃdriyādhiṣṭhātā Bhaṣā P.; especially with reference to the Almighty who is the ruler of the universe. See adhideva also.

adhiṣṭhānam [adhi-sthā-lyuṭ]
     (1) Standing or being near, being at hand, approach (sannidhi); atrādhiṣṭhānaṃ kuru take a seat here.
     (2) Resting upon, occupying, inhabiting, dwelling in, locating oneself in; prāṇādhiṣṭhānaṃ dehasya &c.
     (3) A position, site, basis, seat; tryadhiṣṭhānasya dehinaḥ Ms. 12. 4; iṃdriyāṇi mano buddhirasyādhiṣṭhānamucyate Bg. 3. 40, 18. 14 the seat (of that desire.)
     (4) Residence, abode; nagaraṃ rājādhiṣṭhānaṃ Pt. 1.; so dharma-; a place, locality, town; sarvāvinayādhiṣṭhānatāṃ gacchaṃti K. 106; kasmiṃścidadhiṣṭhāne in a certain place.
     (5) Authority, power, power of control, presiding over; anadhiṣṭhānaṃ H. 3. 90 loss of position, dismissal from a post (of authority); samarthastvamimaṃ jetumadhiṣṭhānaparākramaiḥ Ram.; yatheha aśvairyukto rathaḥ sārathinā'dhiṣṭhitaḥ pravartate tathā ātmādhiṣṭhānāccharīraṃ Gaudapāda; mahāśvetā kṛtācca satyādhiṣṭhānāt K. 346 appeal or reference to truth.
     (6) Government, dominion.
     (7) A wheel (of a car &c.)
     (8) A precedent, prescribed rule.
     (9) A benediction.
     -- Comp.
          --śarīraṃ A body which forms the medium between the subtle and the gross body.

adhistri ind. [striyamadhikṛtya] Concerning a woman or wife. --strī [adhikā strī] A superior or distinguished woman.

adhisyaṃdam ind. [adhikaḥ syaṃdo vego yathā syāttathā] More quickly Śi. 17. 50.

adhī [adhi-i] 2 A.
     (1) To study, learn (by heart), read; (with abl. of person) learn from; upādhyāyādadhīte Sk.; sodhyaiṣṭa vedān Bk. 1. 2.
     (2) (P.)
          (a) To remember, think of, long or care for, mind, (with regret) with gen.; rāmasya dayamāno'sāvadhyeti tava lakṣmaṇaḥ Bk. 8. 119; 18. 38; mamaivādhyeti nṛpatistṛpyanniva jalāṃjaleḥ Ki. 11. 74 thinks of me only.
          (b) To know or learn by heart, study, learn; gacchādhīhi gurormukhāt Mb.
          (c) To teach, declare.
          (d) To notice, observe, understand.
          (e) To meet with, obtain; tena dīrghamamaratvamadhyaguḥ Śi. 14. 31 --Caus. [adhyāpayati] To teach, instruct (in); (with acc. of the agent of the verb in the primitive sense; (tau) sāṃgaṃ ca vedamadhyāpya R. 15. 33; vidyāmathainaṃ vijayāṃ jayāṃ ca ... adhyāpipad gādhisuto yathāvat Bk. 2. 21, 7. 34; adhyāpitasyośanasāpi nītiṃ Ku. 3. 6.

adhīta p. p. Learnt, studied, read, remembered, attained &c.
     -- Comp.
          --vidya a. who has studied the Vedas or finished his studies.

adhītiḥ f. [i-ktin]
     (1) Study, perusal; -bodhācaraṇapracāraṇaiḥ N. 1. 4.
     (2) Remembrance, recollection.

adhītin a. [adhītamanena; adhīta-ini] Well-read, proficient in (with loc.) adhītī caturṣvāmnāyeṣu Dk. 120; vede, vyākaraṇe &c.; tvaguttarāsaṃgavatīmadhītinīṃ Ku. 5. 16 muttering holy prayers, engaged in repeating sacred texts.

adhīyānaḥ pres. p. A student, one who goes over the Vedas.

adhyayaḥ [i-bhāve ac]
     (1) Learning, study; remembrance.
     (2) = adhyāya, q. v.

adhyayanam [i-lyuṭ] Learning, study, reading (especially the Vedas); one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. The study of the Vedas is allowed to the first 3 classes, but not to a Śū1dra Ms. 1. 88--91. adhyayanaṃ ca akṣaramātrapāṭha iti vaidikāḥ, sārthākṣaragrahaṇamiti mīmāṃsakāḥ; the latter view is obviously correct; cf. yathā paśurbhāravāhī na tasya bhajate phalaṃ . dvijastathārthānabhijño na vedaphalamaśnute .. or better still, Yāska's Nirukta: sthāṇurayaṃ bhārahāraḥ kilābhūdadhītya vedaṃ na vijānāti yo'rthaṃ . arthajña it (arthavid) sakalaṃ bhadramaśnute nākameti jñānavidhūtapāpmā .. See also under anagni.

adhyāpakaḥ [adhi-i-ṇic-ṇvul] A teacher, preceptor, instructor; especially of the Vedas; vyākaraṇa-, nyāya- professor or teacher of grammar, logic &c.; bhṛtaka- a hired teacher, mercenary teacher; -uditaḥ styled a professor. According to ViṣṇuSmṛti an adhyapaka is of 2 kinds: he is either an Acharya i. e. one who invests a boy with the sacred thread and initiates him into the Vedas, or he is an Upadhyaya i. e. one who teaches for livelihood (vṛttyarthaṃ) See Ms. 2. 140--141 and the two words.

adhyāpanam [i-ṇic, bhāve-lyuṭ] Teaching, instructing, lecturing, especially on sacred knowledge; one of the six duties of a Brahmaṇa. According to Indian law-givers adhyāpana is of three kinds:
     (1) undertaken for charity,
     (2) for wages and
     (3) in consideration of services rendered; cf. Hārīta: adhyāpanaṃ ca trividhaṃ dharmārthamṛkthakāraṇam . śuśrūṣākaraṇaṃ ceti trividhaṃ parikīrtitam ..

adhyāpayitṛ m. [i-ṇic-tṛc] A teacher, instructor.

adhyāya a. [i-ghañ P. III. 3. 21] (At the end of comp.) A reader, student, one who studies; vedādhyāyaḥ a student of the Vedas; so maṃtra---yaḥ
     (1) Reading, learning, study, especially of the Vedas; praśāṃtādhyāyasatkathā (nagarī) Rām.
     (2) Proper time for reading or for a lesson; -jñāḥ pracakṣate Ms. 4. 102, see anadhyāya also.
     (3) A lesson, lecture; adhīyate'smin adhyāyaḥ P. III. 3. 122; so svādhyāyo'dhyetavyaḥ
     (4) A chapter, a large division of a work, such as of the Ramayaṇa, Mahābhārata, Manu Smiṛti, Pāṇini's Sūtras &c. The following are some of the names used by Sanskrit writers to denote chapters or divisions of works: --sargo vargaḥ paricchedodghātādhyāyāṃkasaṃgrahāḥ . ucchvāsaḥ parivartaśca paṭalaḥ kāṃḍamānanaṃ . sthānaṃ prakaraṇaṃ caiva parvollāsāhnikāni ca . skaṃdhāṃśau tu purāṇādau prāyaśaḥ parikīrtitau ..

adhyāyin a. [i-ṇini] Studying.

adhyetṛ m., --trī f. A student, learner.

adhīkāraḥ [kṛ-ghañ upasargadīrghatvaṃ] = adhikāra q. v.; svāgataṃ svānadhīkārānabalaṃbya Ku. 2. 18; Ms. 11. 64.

adhīna a. [adhi-kha P. V. 4. 7; adhigataḥ inaṃ prabhuṃ vā] Subject to, subservient, dependent on; usually in comp.; sthāne prāṇāḥ kāmināṃ dūtyadhīnāḥ M. 3. 14; tvadadhīnaṃ khalu dehināṃ sukhaṃ Ku. 4. 10; ikṣvākūṇāṃ durāpe'rthe tvadadhīnā hi siddhayaḥ R. 1. 72; kena nimittena bhavadadhīno jātaḥ Dk. 7 consigned to your care.

adhīmaṃtha = adhimaṃtha, q. v.

adhīra a.
     (1) Not bold, timid.
     (2) Confused, lacking self-command, excited, excitable.
     (3) Fitful, capricious.
     (4) Unsteady, not fixed, tremulous, rolling; -viprekṣitamāyatākṣyā Ku. 1. 46; -locanaḥ Śi. 1. 53; 6. 25.
     (5) Querulous, foolish, weak-minded. --rā
     (1) Lightning.
     (2) A capricious or quarrelsome mistress; see under nāyikā.

adhīvāsaḥ [vas ācchādane karaṇe ghañ] A long coat or mantle covering the whole person (upariṣṭādāvarakaṃ vāsaḥ).

adhīśaḥ [adhikaḥ īśaḥ] Lord, supreme lord or master, sovereign ruler; aṃga-, mṛga-, manuja- &c.

adhīśvaraḥ [adhikaḥ īśvaraḥ]
     (1) A supreme lord or an employer.
     (2) An Arhat (among Jainas).

adhīṣṭa a. [adhi-iṣ divādi-kta] Honorary, solicited. --ṣṭaḥ [bhāve-kta] Honorary office or duty; one of the cases in which liṅ or the Potential may be used; P. III. 3. 161 (adhīṣṭaḥ = satkārapūrvako vyāpāraḥ Sk.).

adhunā ind. [asmin kāle; idamaḥ idaṃśabdasya saptamyaṃtātkālavācinaḥ svārthe adhunāpratyayaḥ syāt P. V. 3. 17 Sk.] Now, at this time; pramadānāmadhunā viḍaṃbanā Ku. 4. 12.

adhunātana a. (nī f) [adhunā bhavārthe ṭyul tuṭca] Belonging to the present times, modern.

adhura a. [nāsti dhūḥ ciṃtābhāro vā yasya] Not laden, free from the burden of cares &c. --dhūḥ [na. ta.] Absence of burden or cares.

adhūmakaḥ [na. ba.] 'Smokeless', burning or blazing fire.

adhṛta a. Not held or controlled &c. --taḥ One of the 1000 names of Viṣṇu (sarveṣāṃ dhārakatvena kenāpi na dhṛtaḥ svapratiṣṭhitaḥ parameśvaraḥ).

adhṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Want of firmness or control, looseness.
     (2) Incontinence.
     (3) Unhappiness.

adhṛṣṭa a.
     (1) Not bold, modest, shy.
     (2) Invincible, irresistible; unhurt; hūtāso vasavo 'dhṛṣṭāḥ Rv. 6. 50. 4.

adhṛṣya a.
     (1) Invincible, unassailable; manasāpyadhṛṣyaṃ Ku. 3. 51 unassailable even in thought; unapproachable (opp. abhigamya); adhṛṣyaścābhigamyaśca yādoratnairivārṇavaḥ R. 1. 16.
     (2) Modest, shy.
     (3) Proud.

adhenuḥ [na. ta.] A cow not yielding milk.

adhairya a. [na. ba.] Without selfpossession, courage &c., swayed by excitement. --ryaṃ Absence of courage, firmness or control; excitability.

adho'kṣa, adhoṃśuka, adho'kṣaja See under adhas.

adhyakṣa a. [adhigataḥ akṣaṃ iṃdriyaṃ vyavahāraṃ vā]
     (1) Perceptible to the senses, visible; yairadhyakṣairatha nijasakhaṃ nīradaṃ smārayadbhiḥ Bv. 4. 17.
     (2) One who exercises supervision, presiding over. --kṣaḥ
     (1) A superintendent, president, head, lord, master, controller, ruler; mayā'dhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥsūyate sacarācaraṃ Bg. 9. 10; yadadhyakṣeṇa jagatāṃ vayamāropitāstvayā Ku. 6. 17; oft. in comp.; gaja-, senā-, grāma-, dvāra-.
     (2) An eye-witness (Ved.).
     (3) N. of a plant (kṣīrikā) Mimusops Kauki.

adhyakṣaram ind. On the subject of syllables; above all syllables. --raṃ The mystic syllable om.

adhyagni ind. [agnau agnisamīpe vā] Over, by or near the nuptial fire. --n. (gni) One of the six kinds of strīdhana (woman's property) mentioned in Ms. 9. 194; a gift made to a woman at the time of marriage: vivāhakāle yatstrībhyo dīyate hyagnisannidhau . tadadhyagnikṛtaṃ sadbhiḥ strīdhanaṃ parikīrtitam .. So adhyagnikṛtaṃ-adhyagnyupāgataṃ; pitṛmātṛpatibhrātṛdattamadhyagnyupāgatam . ādhivedanikādyaṃ ca strīdhanaṃ parikīrtitam.

adhyaṃc [adhi-aṃc-kvip]
     (1) Tending upwards; superior, eminent.
     (2) One who obtains or acquires.

adhyaṃḍā [adhikamaṃḍamiva bījaṃ yasyāḥ sā] N. of two plants (ajaśṛṃgī) Carpopogon Pruriens, and bhūmyāmalakī Flacourtia Cataphracta.

adhyadhi ind. On high(acc.); -dhi lokaṃ Sk.

adhyadhikṣepaḥ [adhikaḥ adhikṣepaḥ] Excessive abuse or censure, gross abuse; Y. 3. 228.

adhyadhīna a. [ādhikyena adhīnaḥ] Completely subject or dependent, as a slave; nādhyadhīno na vaktavyo na dasyurna vikarmakṛt . Ms. 8. 66 (Kull. atyaṃtaparataṃtro garbhadāsaḥ).

adhyaya, adhyayanam &c. See under adhī.

adhyardha a. [adhikamardhaṃ yasya] Having an additional half; ekādhikaṃ harejjyeṣṭhaḥ putro'dhyardhaṃ tato'nujaḥ Ms. 9. 117; śatamadhyardhamāyatā Mb., i. e. 150; -yojanaśatāt Pt. 2. 18. (In comp. with a following noun) Amounting to or worth one and a half; -kaṃsa amounting to one and a half Kamsa; so -kākiṇīka, kārṣāpaṇa-ṇika, -khārīka, -paṇya, -pādya, -pratika, -māṣya, -viṃśatikīna, -śata-tya, -śa-śā-tamāna -śāṇa, -śāṇya, -śūrpa, -sahasra, -sauvarṇa &c. (P. V. 1. 28--35.). --rdhaḥ Wind (yadasmin idaṃ sarvaṃ adhyārdhnot adhikamavardhayat tena adhyardhaḥ pavanaḥ iti sthitam Bri. Up.).

adhyarbudam [adhikaṃ or adhijātaṃ arbudaṃ] A tumour, goitre; yajjāyate'nyatkhalu pūrvajati jñeyaṃ tadadhyarbudamarbudajñaiḥ Suśr.

adhyavaso 4 P.
     (1) To determine, resolve; kathamidānīṃ durjanavacanādevaṃ adhyavasitaṃ devena U. 1; adurlabhaṃ maraṇamadhyavasitaṃ K. 171; kimadhyavasyaṃti guravaḥ Ve. 1; abhidhātumadhyavasasau na girā Śi. 9. 76; resolve or mean to do.
     (2) To attempt, exert, undertake; mā sāhasaṃ adhyavasyaḥ Dk. 123; vrataṃ duṣkaramadhyavasitaṃ H. 1.
     (3) To grapple with.
     (4) To conceive, apprehend, think; akāryaṃ kāryavadadhyavasya Dk. 86.

adhyavasānam [bhāve-lyuṭ]
     (1) Effort, determination &c. See adhyavasāya.
     (2) (In Rhet.) Identification of two things (prakṛta and aprakṛta) in such a manner that the one is completely absorbed into the other; nigīryādhyavasānaṃ tu prakṛtasya pareṇa yat K. P. 10; on such identification is founded the figure called atiśayokti, and the lakṣaṇā called sādhyavasānā. See K. P. 2.

adhyavasāyaḥ
     (1) An attempt, effort, exertion; na svalpamapyadhyavasāyabhīroḥ karoti vijñānanidhirguṇaṃ hi H. 1. v. l.; -sahacareṣu sāhaseṣu Dk. 161.
     (2) Determination, resolution; mental effort or apprehension; saṃbhāvanaṃ nāma astitvādhyavasāyaḥ P. VI. 2. 21.
     (3) Perseverance, diligence, energy, constancy; tatkoyaṃ pade pade mahānanadhyavasāyaḥ U. 4 absence of energy or resolution, drooping of spirits; (with mahānadhyavasāyaḥ as the reading, the meaning would be 'why this effort on your part i. e. to determine whether you should go or not, hesitation'.).

adhyavasāyin a. [so-ṇini] Attempting; resolute, persevering, energetic.

adhyavasita p. p. Attempted, mentally apprehended, determined.

adhyavahananam [adhi upari avahananaṃ] Beating again what is being threshed and peeled (pūrvāvaghātena vituṣīkaraṇepi punaravaghātaḥ).

adhyaśanam [adhikamaśanaṃ] Excessive eating, eating again before the last meal is digested; sājīrṇe bhujyate yattu tadadhyaśanamucyate Suśr.

adhyasthi n. [adhirūḍhamasthi] A bone growing over another.

adhyas 4 P.
     (1) To place upon another, add or append to.
     (2) (In Phil.) To attribute or ascribe falsely, attribute the nature of one thing to another; sarvo hi puro'vasthite viṣaye viṣayāṃtaramadhyasyati, bāhyadharmānātmanyadhyasyati S. B.

adhyasta p. p. [as-kta]
     (1) Placed upon or over.
     (2) Attributed, wrongly ascribed or supposed; as śuktau rajatamadhyastaṃ, brahmaṇi jagadadhyastaṃ &c.

adhyāsaḥ [as-ghañ]
     (1) False attribution, wrong supposition (mithyājñānaṃ, atasmiṃstadbuddhiḥ or ayathārthānubhavaḥ); smṛtirūpaḥ paratra pūrvadṛṣṭāvabhāsaḥ; for full explanation see S. B. 8-22 and adhyāropa also.
     (2) An appendage.
     (3) Putting down upon; pādādhyāse śataṃ damaḥ Y. 2. 217.

adhyākram 1 U.
     (1) To fix upon, to occupy.
     (2) To attack.

adhyākrāṃta a. Taken possession of, occupied; -tā vasatiramunā S. 2. 14.

adhyātma a. [ātmanaḥ saṃbaddhaṃ, ātmani adhikṛtaṃ vā] Belonging to self or person; concerning an individual. --tmaṃ ind. [ātmānamadhikṛtya] Concerning self. --tmaṃ The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; akṣaraṃ brahma paramaṃ svabhāvo'dhyātmamucyate Bg. 8. 3 (svasyaiva brahmaṇa evāṃśatayā jīvasvarūpeṇa bhāvo bhavanaṃ sa eva ātmānaṃ dehamadhikṛtya bhoktṛtvena vartamāno'dhyātmaśabdenocyate Śrīdhara.) 'Brahma is the supreme, the indestructible; its manifestation (as an individual self) is adhyātma' --Telang's Bhagavadgītā; -cetasā 3. 30.
     -- Comp.
          --jñānaṃ --vidyā knowledge of the supreme spirit or ātman, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upanishads &c.); trayī vigrahavatyeva samamadhyātmavidyayā M. 1. 14; -vidyā vidyānāṃ vādaḥ pravadatāmaham Bg. 10. 32 (adhyātmavidyā nyāyavaiśeṣikamate dehabhinnatvena, sāṃkhyādimate prakṛtibhinnatvena ātmanaḥ svarūpādipratipādikā, vaidāṃtimate tu brahmābhinnatvena iti bhedaḥ; sarveṣāṃ mate'pi ātmatattvajñānarūpatvāttasyā adhyātmavidyātvam.. --dṛś-vid a. [adhyātmaṃ paśyati vetti vā] one proficient in this knowledge; nahyanadhyātmavitkaścit kriyāphalamupāśnute Ms. 6. 82.
          --yogaḥ [ātmānaṃ kṣetrajñamadhikṛtya yogaḥ] concentration of the mind on the Ātman drawing it off from all objects of sense.
          --rati a. [sa. ba.] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit; Ms. 6. 49.
          --rāmāyaṇaṃ N. of a Ramayaṇa which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rama's story.

adhyātmika a. (kī f.) Relating to adhyātma.

adhyāpaka --panaṃ, adhyāya See under adhī.

adhyāruh 1 P.
     (1) To ascend, mount; viṣṇupadaṃ dvitīyamadhyāruroheva rajaśchalena R. 16. 28; (fig.) to gain ascendancy over, domineer or lord it over; lateva viṭapakānadhyārohati K. 105; buddhihīno'tyucchrito'pi bhūbhṛt parairadhyāruhyamāṇamātmānaṃ na cetayate Dk. 154. --Caus. [-rohayati]
     (1) To cause to ascend, mount or sit in.
     (2) (--ropayati)
          (a) To place one in, entrust or appoint to; to cause, produce, bring about; kusumāyudhasya durjayatāmadhyāropayaṃtī K. 148; kasya na baṃdhutvamadhyāropayasi 202.
          (b) To attribute falsely; doṣānapi guṇapakṣamadhyāropayadbhiḥ K. 108 (falsely) representing even vices as virtues.
          (c) To overdo, exaggerate.

adhyārūḍha p. p.
     (1) Mounted, ascended.
     (2) Raised above, elevated.
     (3) Above, superior to, more than (with instr.); below, inferior; tato'dhyārūḍhānāṃ padamasujanadveṣajananaṃ Mu. 5. 12 of those in high office; āyudhaparigrahaṃ yāvadadhyārūḍho duryogaḥ U. 6 my insolence went the length of taking up arms.

adhyāropaḥ
     (1) Raising, elevating &c.
     (2) (In Vedānta phil.) Act of attributing falsely or through mistake; erroneously attributing the properties of one thing to another; considering through mistake a rope (which is not really a serpent) to be a serpent, or considering Brahma (which is not really the material world) to be the material world; asarpabhūtarajjau sarpāropavat, ajagadrūpe brahmaṇi jagadrūpāropavat, vastuni avastvāropo'dhyāropaḥ Vedantasāra.
     (3) Erroneous knowledge.

adhyāropaṇam
     (1) Raising &c.; alīka- K. 222, 108.
     (2) Sowing (seed).

adhyāropita p. p. Falsely attributed or supposed; hyperbolical.

adhyāvāpaḥ [adhi-ā-vap-ghañ]
     (1) Act of sowing or scattering (seed &c.).
     (2) [ādhāre ghañ] A field wherein seed &c. is sown.

adhyāvāhanikam [adhyāvāhanaṃ pitṛgṛhātpatigṛhagamanaṃ, tatkāle labdhaṃ; labdhārthe ṭhan] One of the six kinds of strīdhana or woman's property, the property which she receives when leaving her father's house for her husband's; yat punarlabhate nārī nīyamānā tu paitṛkāt (gṛhāt) . adhyāvāhanikaṃ nāma strīdhanaṃ parikīrtitam ...

adhyās 2 A.
     (1)
          (a) To lie down, settle upon; occupy, dwell in (as a seat or habitation); seat oneself in or upon, enter upon, get into (as a path &c.) (with acc. of place); tvaritataramadhyāsyatāmiyaṃ vanasthalī K. 28; 36, 40; parṇaśālāmadhyāsya R. 1. 95; dvitīyamāśramamadhyāsituṃ samayaḥ V. 5; dvāradeśamadhyāste Dk. 3 is waiting at the door; R. 2. 17; 4. 74; 6. 10; 12. 85; 13. 22, 76; 15. 93; Me. 76; Bk. 1. 5; Ms. 7. 77; aye siṃhāsanamadhyāste vṛṣalaḥ Mu. 3; bhagavatyā prāśnikapadamadhyāsitavyaṃ M. 1 occupy the seat of judge, accept the office of judge.
          (b) To take possession of, grasp, seize; dhenvā tadadhyāsitakātarākṣyā R. 2. 52 with eyes tremulous on account of her being seized by him (adhyāsitaṃ = ākramaṇaṃ).
          (c) To resort to, inhabit; yadadhyāsitamarhadbhistaddhi tīrthaṃ pracakṣate Ku. 6. 56.
     (2) To live in conjugal relation; cohabit with.
     (3) To be directed or fixed upon.
     (4) To rule, govern, influence; affect, concern (mostly Ved.). --Caus. To cause one to sit down upon; bhavaṃtamadhyāsayannāsanaṃ Bk. 2. 46.

adhyāsanam
     (1) Sitting down upon, occupying, presiding over.
     (2) A seat, place.

adhyāsaḥ See under adhyas.

adhyāhāraḥ --haraṇam
     (1) Supplying an ellipsis (ākāṃkṣāviṣayapadānusaṃdhānaṃ).
     (2) Arguing; inferring; new supposition; inference or conjecture.

adhyuṣṭa a. (Ety?) Coiled up three and a halftimes; -valayaḥ a snake forming a ring coiled up three and a half times; avāpya svāṃ bhūmiṃ bhujaganibhamadhyuṣṭavalayaṃ svamātmānaṃ kṛtvā A. L. 10.

adhyuṣṭraḥ [adhigataḥ uṣṭraṃ vāhanatvena] A carriage drawn or borne by camels.

adhyūḍha a. [adhi upari ūḍhaḥ]
     (1) Raised, exalted, elevated, hanging over.
     (2) Abundant, increased, copious.
     (3) Rich, affluent. --ḍhaḥ Śiva. --ḍhā A wife whose husband has married another wife and thus superseded her (= adhivinnā q. v.).

adhyūdhnī [adhikaṃ ūdho yasyāḥ anaṅ ṅīp ca]
     (1) A cow with full and fat udders.
     (2) The vessel (in the body) above the udder or above the scrotum; perhaps urethra (?).

adhyūh 1 U.
     (1) To overlay, place on or upon.
     (2) To raise above.

adhyūhanam Putting of a layer(of ashes &c.).

adhyeṣaṇam [adhi-iṣ preraṇe-lyuṭ] Causing one to do a thing, especially a preceptor &c, as an honorific duty. --ṇā [adhikā eṣaṇā prārthanā] Solicitation, entreaty.

adhri a. [na-dhṛ-ki] Not restrained, irresistible.
     -- Comp.
          --gu-gū a. [adhri-gam-kū-ḍic ūṅādeśovā] of irresistible motion or course (adhṛtagamana), impetuous; yadadhrigāvo adhrigūidā cidahno aśvinā Rv. 8. 22. 11 (
          --guḥ) N. of a heavenly killer of sacrificial victims, or the name of the formula itself ending with an invocation of Agni.
          --ja a. [adhriṃ janayati, jan-ḍa] making irresistible.
          --puṣpalikā the betelnut plant.

adhriyamāṇa a.
     (1) Not held, not to be got hold of; not forthcoming.
     (2) Not surviving, dead.

adhruva a.
     (1) Uncertain, doubtful.
     (2) Unsteady, moving, not fixed or permanent; svāṃge'dhruve P. III. 4. 54; separable (which can be severed or detached without fatal or disastrous effects) (yena vinā na jīvanaṃ so 'dhruvaḥ Sk.) --vaṃ An uncertainty; yo dhruvāṇi parityajya adhruvāṇi niṣevate . dhruvāṇi tasya naśyaṃti adhruvaṃ naṣṭameva ca; cf. the English phrase 'A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.'

adhruṣaḥ Quinsy; a kind of disease attended with fever arising from the affection of blood; śothaḥ sthūlastodadāhaprakāśo raktājjñeyaḥ so'dhruṣo rugjvarāḍhyaḥ Suśr.

adhvan m. [atti balaṃ; ad-kvanip dhādeśaḥ Uṇ. 4. 115; perhaps from at also]
     (1)
          (a) A way, road; passage, orbit (of planets &c.); muktādhvānaṃ ye laṃghayeyurbhavaṃtaṃ Me. 54.
          (b) Distance, space (traversed or to be traversed); paṃcadaśayojanamātramadhvānaṃ jagāma K. 119, 120; kiyatyadhvani sā ujjayinī 207; Dk. 13; api laṃghitamadhvānaṃ bubudhe na budhopamaḥ R. 1. 47; ullaṃghitādhvā Me. 45; kālādhvanoratyaṃtasaṃyoge &c.
          (c) Journey, travel, course, march; naikaḥ prapadyetādhvānaṃ Ms. 4. 60 undertake a journey; adhvasu triṣu visṛṣṭamaithilaḥ R. 11. 57 after three marches; pariklāṃtaḥ kilādhvanā Ki 11. 2 way-worn; U. 1. 34; Me. 17, 38; adhvā varṇakaphasthaulyasaukumāryavināśanaḥ Suśr.
     (2) A recension of the Vedas and the school upholding it (śākhā, avayava); ekaviṃśatyadhvayuktamṛgvedamṛṣayo viduḥ . sahasrādhvā sāmavedo yajurekaśatādhvakaṃ .. adhvā devagatiḥ śākhā iti paryāyavācakāḥ .
     (3) Time (Kāla), time personified, (being the eater of all).
     (4) Air; sky, atmosphere.
     (5) Place.
     (6) Means, resource; method.
     (7) Attack (adhikadurārohaṇaṃ). adhvan is changed to adhva after prepositions; prādhvaḥ, vyadhvaḥ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --atiḥ [adhvānamatati, at-i] 1. a traveller. 2. an intelligent person.
          --adhipaḥ, --īśaḥ [ṣa. ta.] an officer in charge of the public roads.
          --ayanaṃ [adhvanyayanaṃ] journey, travel.
          --gaḥ 1. one who travels; a traveller, way-farer; saṃtānakatarucchāyāsuptavidyādharādhvagaṃ Ku. 6. 46 (-gāmin). 2. a camel. 3. a mule. 4. the sun; -bhogyaḥ N. of a tree, Spondias Mangifera (āmrātakavṛkṣa) adhvagaiḥ ayatnalabhyaphalatvāt bhogyaḥ. (--gā) the Ganges.
          --gat m. [adhvānaṃ gacchati; gam-kvip P. VI. 4. 40] a traveller.
          --gatyaṃtaḥ --gaṃtavyaḥ [ṣa. ta.] measure of length applicable to roads; deśakālādhvagaṃtavyaḥ Vārt.
          --jā [adhvani jāyate; jan-ḍa] A plant (svarṇulī or svarṇapuṣpī). --patiḥ 1. the sun (divaiva pathikānāṃ gamanāt rātrau ca gamananiṣedhāt sūryasya adhvapālakatvaṃ or adhvanaḥ ākāśasya patiḥ). 2. inspector of the road.
          --rathaḥ [adhvane hitaḥ paryāpto rathaḥ śāka. ta.] 1. a travelling coach. 2. [adhvaiva ratho yasya] a messenger skilled in travelling (pathi prajño dūtaḥ). --śalyaḥ [adhvani śalyamiva ācaratīti kvip-ac Tv.] N. of a tree (apāmārga) (adhvagānāṃ pādavastrādau śalyavadvedhakārakatvāt tathātvaṃ).

adhvanīna, adhvanya a. [adhvānaṃ alaṃ gacchati; adhvan-kha-yat vā; adhvano yatkhau P. V. 2. 16] Able to undertake a journey, speedingona journey; kṣipraṃ tato 'dhvanyaturaṃgayāyī Bk. 2. 44. --naḥnyaḥ A traveller going fast, way-farer.

adhvara a. [na dhvarati kuṭilo na bhavati dhvṛ-ac. na. ta.; dhvaratirhiṃsākarmā tatpratiṣedho nipātaḥ ahiṃsraḥ Nir.]
     (1) Not crooked, not broken, uninterrupted; imaṃ yajñamavatāmadhvaraṃ naḥ Yv. 27. 17 (adhvaraṃ = akuṭilaṃ śāstroktaṃ).
     (2) Intent, attentive.
     (3) Durable, sound. --raḥ [adhvānaṃ satpathaṃ rāti dadāti phalatvena, rā-ka] A sacrifice, a religious ceremony; also a Soma sacrifice; tamadhvare viśvajiti R. 5. 1. --raḥ --raṃ
     (1) Sky or air (ākāśa).
     (2) The second of the 8 Vasus.
     -- Comp.
          --kalpā an optional sacrifice (kāmyeṣṭi). --kāṃḍaṃ [ṣa. ta.] part of the śatapathabrāhmaṇa which treats of sacrifices.
          --ga [adhvaraṃ gacchati] intended for a sacrifice.
          --dīkṣaṇīyā [ṣa. ta.] consecration connected with an Adhvara; so -prāyaścittiḥ an expiation &c.
          --mīmāṃsā [ṣa. ta.] N. of Jaimini's Pūrvamīmansā.
          --śrīḥ [ṣa. ta.] glory of the Adhvara.
          --samiṣṭayajuḥ n. N. of an aggregate of libations connected with a sacrifice.

adhvarīyati, adhvaryati Den. P. To desire to have a sacrifice performed; or to perform one.

adhvaryuḥ [adhvaramadhīte Nir.; adhvara-kyac --yuc tatoṃ'tyākāralopaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Any officiating priest, technically distinguished from hotṛ, udgātṛ and brahman. His duty was "to measure the ground, build the altar, prepare sacrificial vessels, to fetch wood and water, light the fire, bring the animal and immolate it," and while doing this to repeat the Yajurveda; hotā prathamaṃ śaṃsati tamadhvaryuḥ protsāhayati Sk. See acchāvāka also.
     (2) The Yajurveda itself. --pl. Adherents of that Veda.
     -- Comp.
          --vedaḥ Yajurveda.

adhvasman a. [dhvaṃs manin kicca na. ta.] Imperishable; bright (?).

adhvāṃtam [na. ta.] Twilight, gloom, slight darkness, shade. --taḥ [ṣa. ta.] End of the journey.
     -- Comp.
          --śātravaḥ [adhvāṃtasya mārgasīmāyāḥ śātrava iva Tv.] A plant (śconāka) Cassia Fistula or Bignonia Indica (blossoming in shade).

an 2 P. [aniti, āna-nī-t, āna, anituṃ, anita]
     (1) To breathe; ānīdavātaṃ svadhayā tadekaṃ Rv. 10. 129. 2.
     (2) To move, go about, live; ko hyevānyāt yadyeṣa ākāśa ānaṃdo na syāt Taitt. Up.
     (3) To gasp, pant with thirst (Ved). --Caus. ānayati; desid. aniniṣati. -- (4 A.) To live.

an m. [kvip] The soul; viśve canedanā Rv. 4. 30. 3.

anaḥ [an-ac] Breath, respiration; prāṇo'pāno vyāna udānaḥ samāno'naḥ ityetatsarvaṃ prāṇa iti Bri. Up. [cf. L. animus, Gr. anemos].

ananam [an lyuṭ] Act of breathing, living &c.

anaṃśa a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not entitled to a share in the inheritance; -śau klībapatitau jātyaṃdhabadhirau tathā . unmattajaḍamūkāśca ye ca kecinniriṃdriyāḥ .. Ms. 9. 201. Other persons are also mentioned by Devala, Baudhayana, Katyayana and Narada.
     (2) Without parts, undivided, portionless; an epithet of the sky or the Supreme Being.

anaṃśumatphalā [na aṃśumat mocakābhyaṃtarasyatvāt phalaṃ yasyāḥ] The plantain tree.

anaka a. Mean, base; See aṇaka.

anakṣ a. [na akṣṇoti vyāpnoti viṣayamiṃdriyeṇa, akṣ-kvip na. ta.] Without sight, blind.

anakṣa a.
     (1) Without an axle-tree.
     (2) Sightless, blind.

anakaduṃdubhiḥ = ānakaduṃdubhi q. v.

anakasmāt ind. [na. ta.] Not causelessly, not suddenly or accidentally.

anakṣara a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Unable to speak, mute, dumb, unlettered; mukhamanakṣaraṃ svākṛteḥ Bh. 2. 56.
     (2) Unfit to be uttered. --raṃ [apraśastānyakṣarāṇi yatra] Abusive language, foul or abusive words, censure. --adv. Without the use of words, not expressed by words, mutely, dumbly; -raṃ papraccha K. 219, 143; -vyaṃjitadaurhṛdena R. 14. 26.

anakṣi n. [apraśastaṃ akṣi] A bad eye, weak eye.

anagāra a. [na. ba.] Houseless. --raḥ A vagrant ascetic.

anagārikā The houseless state of a vagrant ascetic.

anagni [na. ta.]
     (1) Non-fire, substance other than fire; yadadhītamavijñātaṃ nigadenaiva śabdyate . anagnāviva śuṣkaidho na tajjvalati karhicit Nir.
     (2) Absence of fire. --a.
     (1) Not requiring fire, dispensing with fire, without the use of fire; vidadhe vidhimasya naiṣṭhikaṃ yatibhiḥ sārdhamanagnimagnicit R. 8. 25; said of a sacrifice also (agnicayanarahito yajñaḥ).
     (2) Not maintaining the sacred fire; anagniraniketaḥ syānmunirmūlaphalāśanaḥ Ms. 6. 25, 43; irreligious, impious.
     (3) Dyspeptic.
     (4) Unmarried.
     -- Comp.
          --tra-trā a. Ved. not maintaining the sacred fire, sinful, irreligious Rv. 1. 189. 3.
          --dagdha a. Not burnt with fire or on the funeral pile, Rv. 10. 15. 14 (śmaśānakarma na prāptāḥ); a class of Manes Ms. 3. 199.

anagha a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Sinless, innocent; avaimi caināmanagheti R. 14. 40.
     (2) Free from blame, faultless, handsome; rūpamanaghaṃ S. 2. 10; yasya jñānadayāsiṃdhoragādhasyānaghā guṇāḥ Ak.; -sarvagātrī Dk. 123.
     (3) Without mishap or accident, free from danger, calamity &c.; safe, unhurt; yāstvāmanaghamadrākṣma Dk. 108; kaccinmṛgīṇāmanaghā prasūtiḥ R. 5. 7; mṛgavadhūryadā anaghaprasavā bhavati S. 4 safely delivered or brought to bed; -prasūteḥ R. 14. 75.
     (4) Without grief or sorrow; dayālumanaghaspṛṣṭaṃ R. 10. 19.
     (5) Free from dirt, impurities &c., pure, spotless; R. 13. 65; 10. 80; Śi. 3, 31. --ghaḥ
     (1) White mustard.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu; anagho vijayo jetā; also of Śiva and of several other persons, a Gandharva, Sadhya &c.

anaṃkuśa a. [aṃkuśena avaśyaḥ]
     (1) Ungovernable, unruly.
     (2) Taking license (as a poet).

anaṃga a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Bodiless, without a body; formless, incorporeal; tvamanaṃgaḥ kathamakṣatā ratiḥ Ku. 4. 9.
     (2) Different from the body.
     (3) Without a supplement or auxiliary. --gaḥ Cupid (the bodiless one; so called from his having been reduced to ashes by Śiva with the fire of his third eye, when he tried to seduce the God's mind towards Pārvati for the birth of a deliverer of the gods from Tāraka). --gaṃ
     (1) Sky, air, ether.
     (2) The mind (ākāśasya niravayavatvāt nyāyavaiśeṣikamate cittasya aguṇatvena tasya tathātvaṃ).
     -- Comp.
          --krīḍā [tṛ. ta.] 1. amorous sports. 2. N. of a metre of two lines, the first with 16 long, and second with 32 short, syllables.
          --da a. [upa. sa.] inspiring love; -detanubhūte bhujalate K. 220 (also without Angada); bāhvoranaṃgadatvasya bāle te kāraṇe ubhe Bhār. Ch.
          --dvādaśī N. of the 83rd chapter of bhaviṣyottarapurāṇa; -trayodaśīvataṃ, see under vrata. --lekhaḥ (madanalekhaḥ) a love letter; -lekhakriyayopayogaṃ (vrajaṃti) Ku. 1. 7.
          --raṃgaḥ N. of an erotic work describing the several postures (āsana) pertaining to sexual intercourse.
          --śatruḥ, --asuhṛt &c. N. of Śiva.
          --śekharaḥ N. of a metre of four lines, each with 15 iambic feet.

anaṃgakam The mind.

anaṃguri --li a. [na. ba.] Destitute of fingers.

anaccha a. Not clear, dirty.

anajakā, anajikā [apraśastā ajā] A miserable or small goat.

anaṃjana a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Without collyrium, pigment, or paint; netre dūramanaṃjane S. D.
     (2) Faultless, taintless.
     (3) Without any connection (niḥsaṃbaṃdha). --naṃ
     (1) The sky, atmosphere.
     (2) The supreme spirit (parabrahma), Viṣṇu or Narayaṇa.

anaḍuh m. [anaḥ śakaṭaṃ vahati] (anaḍvān, -ḍvāhau, -ḍudbhyāṃ &c.)
     (1) An ox, bull.
     (2) The sign Taurus. --hī or anaḍvāhī A cow.
     -- Comp.
          --jihvā [anaḍuho jihveva patrāṇi yasyāḥ sā] a plant (gojihvā) (anaṃtamūla. --da a. [upa. sa.] a giver of oxen.

anaḍutka a. Having oxen.

anaḍuhaḥ N. of a sage.

anaṇu a. [na. ta.] Not small or minute or fine, coarse. --ṇuḥ Coarse grain, peas &c.

anati ind. Not very much; compounds beginning with anati may be analysed by referring to ati; e. g. anatikramaḥ moderation; anatikramaṇīya not to be transgressed, inviolable; anatidṛśya opaque; anatidbhuta unsurpassed, real true, proper; anativyādhya invulnerable; anatyaṃtagati sense of diminutive words; anatyaya imperishable, undecaying &c.; anatipraśna not to be asked to excess; anativilaṃbitā absence of delay; fluency as a speaker's qualification, one of the 35 Vāgguṇas, q. v.

anaddhā ind. [na. ta.] Ved. Not truly or clearly, not certainly or definitely.
     -- Comp.
          --puruṣaḥ not a true man; one who is not of use, either to gods, men or the manes.

anadryaḥ [na adyaḥ bhakṣyaḥ aprāśastye nañ] White mustard.

anadyatana a. (nī f.) [na. ta.] Not pertaining to this or the current day; a term used by Pāṇini to denote the sense of the Imperfect or the Periphrastic future P. III. 2. 111, III. 3. 15; -bhūte laṅ-apacat; -ne bhaviṣyati luṭ-paktā; parokṣānadyatane liṭ papāca. --naḥ Not the current day; atītāyāḥ rātreḥ paścārdhena āgāminyā rātreḥ pūrvārdhena sahito divaso'dyatanaḥ Sk., tadbhinnaḥ kālaḥ.

anadhika a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Not more or excessive.
     (2) Boundless; perfect.
     (3) Not capable of being enlarged or surpassed.

anadhikāraḥ [na. ta.] Absence of authority, right, claim &c.
     -- Comp.
          --carcā intermeddling, officiousness.

anadhikārin a. Not entitled to.

anadhigata a. [na. ta.] Not obtained, acquired or studied.
     -- Comp.
          --manoratha a. foiled in one's expectations.
          --śāstra a. who has not learnt the Śastras.

anadhīna a. [na. ta.] Independent. --naḥ --nakaḥ [saṃjñāyāṃ kan] An independent carpenter working on his own account (kauṭatakṣaḥ); sa hi kuṭyāṃ vasan na kasyacidadhīnaḥ.

anadhyakṣa a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Not perceptible or observable, invisible; mano'pi na tathājñānādanadhyakṣaṃ tadā bhavet . Bhāṣā P.
     (2) Without controller or ruler &c.

anadhyāyaḥ, anadhyayanam [na. ta.] Not studying, intermission of study; the time when there is or ought to be such intermission, a holiday (-divasaḥ); adya śiṣṭānadhyāyaḥ U. 4 a holiday (given) in honor of distinguished guests. See Ms. 2. 105-6; 4. 103-4; 105-8, 117-8, 126 &c.

ananubhāvuka a. Unable to comprehend; -tā non-comprehension, unintelligibility.

ananubhāṣaṇam
     (1) Not repeating a statement or proposition.
     (2) Tacit assent.

anaṃta a. [nāsti aṃto yasya] Endless, infinite, eternal, boundless, inexhaustible; -ratnaprabhavasya yasya Ku. 1. 3. --taḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu; gaṃdharvāpsarasaḥ siddhāḥ kinnaroragacāraṇāḥ . nāṃtaṃ guṇānāṃ jānaṃti (nāsyāṃtamadhigacchaṃti) tenānaṃto'yamucyate ..; also of Viṣṇu's couch, the serpent Śeṣa; of Kṛṣṇa and his brother; of Śiva, the 14th Arhat; Vāsuki, the lord of serpents.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) Talc.
     (4) N. of a plant (siṃduvāra) Vitex Trifolia.
     (5) The 23rd asterism śravaṇa.
     (6) A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the right arm on the anaṃtacaturdaśī day.
     (7) The letter ā. --tā
     (1) The earth (the endless).
     (2) The number one.
     (3) N. of various females; of Parvati.
     (4) N. of various plants; śārivā, anaṃtamūla (a very medicinal plant) dūrvā, āmalakī, guḍūcī, agnimaṃtha, kaṇā, lāṃgalī, durālabhā, harītakī, agniśikhā, śyāmalatā, pippalī. --tī A small silken cord tied round the left arm of a woman. --taṃ
     (1) The sky, atmosphere.
     (2) Infinity, eternity.
     (3) Absolution, final beatitude; tadanaṃtāya kalpate Pt. 2. 72.
     (4) The supreme spirit, Brahma (parabrahma,); satyaṃ jñānamanaṃtaṃbrahmeti śrutiḥ . na vyāpitvāddeśatoṃ'to nityatvānnāpi kālataḥ . na vastuto'pi sarvātmyādānaṃtyaṃ brahmaṇi tridhā ..
     -- Comp.
          --ātman m. the Supreme spirit.
          --kara a. magnifying to any extent; P. III. 2. 21.
          --ga a. moving for ever.
          --guṇa a. possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite number; plavaṃgānāmanaṃtaguṇataidhate Mv. 6. 55.
          --caturdaśī, ---vrataṃ [anaṃtasya ārādhanaṃ yasyāṃ sā caturdaśī] the 14th day of the bright half of Bhadrapada when Ananta is worshipped.
          --jit (anaṃtāni bhūtāni jitavān) 1. N. of Vāsudeva, the conqueror of all. 2. N. of an Arhat deity.
          --tāna a. of endless width, extensive.
          --tīrthakṛt m. 1. one who visits many places of pilgrimage. 2. a Jaina deity.
          --tṛtīyā the third day of the bright half of bhādrapada, mārgaśīrṣa or vaiśākha; nabhasye vātha vaiśākhe mārgaśīrṣe'thavā punaḥ . śuklapakṣatṛtīyāyāṃ ... uktānaṃtatṛtīyaiṣā sutānaṃdaphalapradā. --dṛṣṭiḥ [anaṃtā dṛṣṭayo netrāṇi yasya] N. of Śiva, or of Indra.
          --devaḥ [anaṃtodeva iva] 1. the serpent Śeṣa. 2. [anaṃte dīvyati; div-ac] N. of Nārayaṇa who sleeps on Śeṣa.
          --pāra a. of endless width, boundless; -raṃ kila śabdaśāstraṃ Pt. 1.
          --māyin a. of endless tricks, endlessly deceitful.
          --mūlaḥ a medicinal plant; (śārivā). --rāśiḥ an infinite quantity.
          --rūpa a. of innumerable forms or shapes; epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --vātaḥ a disease of the head, resembling tetanus.
          --vijayaḥ [anaṃtān vijayate dhvanidvārā anena] N. of Yudhiṣṭhira's conchshell Bg. 1. 16
          --vīryaḥ N. of the 23rd Jaina Arhat of a future age.
          --vrataṃ see anaṃtacaturdaśī above.
          --śakti a. of boundless power, omnipotent, epithet of the Supreme Being.
          --śayanaṃ Travancore; Śriraṅgapaṭṭaṇa (?)
          --śīrṣa N. of Viṣṇu or the Supreme Being. (
          --rṣā) N. of the wife of Vasuki.
          --śuṣma a. Ved. possessing endless strength; endlessly blowing.
          --śrī a. of boundless magnificence, an epithet of the Supreme Being.

anaṃtaka a. [svārthe kan] Endless, eternal &c. --kaṃ The Eternal or Infinite (among the Jainas).

anaṃtya a. [anaṃtasya idaṃ-yat] Endless, eternal, infinite. --tyaṃ
     (1) Eternity, infinity.
     (2) The foot of hiraṇyagarbha.

anaṃtavat a. [astyarthe matup] Endless, eternal. --m. One of Brahma's four feet; earth, intermediate region, heaven, and ocean.

anaṃtara a. [nāsti aṃtaraṃ vyavadhānaṃ, madhyaḥ, avakāśaḥ &c. yasya]
     (1) Having no interior or interior space, limitless; tadetat brahma apūrvamanaṃtaraṃ abāhyaṃ.
     (2) Having no interval or interstice or pause (of space or time); compact, close; halo'naṃtarāḥ saṃyogaḥ P. I. 1. 7, See saṃyoga.
     (3)
          (a) Contiguous, neighbouring, adjoining; anayat prabhuśaktisaṃpadā vaśameko nṛpatīnanaṃtarān R. 8. 19; bhāratavarṣāduttareṇa anaṃtare kiṃpuruṣanāmni varṣe K. 136; immediately adjoining; Ki. 2. 53, R. 7. 21; not distant from (with abl.); ātmanonaṃtaramamātyapadaṃ grāhitaḥ Mu. 4; brahmāvartādanaṃtaraḥ Ms. 2. 19 (Kull. anaṃtaraḥ kiṃcidūnaḥ); areḥ anaṃtaraṃ mitraṃ 7. 158; or in comp; viṣayānaṃtaro rājā śatruḥ Ak. who is an immediate neighbour.
     (4) Immediately before or after; tadidaṃ kriyatāmanaṃtaraṃ bhavatā baṃdhujanaprayojanaṃ Ku. 4. 32 soon after, just afterwards; anaṃtarodīritalakṣmabhājau pādau yadīyāvupajātayastāḥ Chand. M. having characteristics mentioned just before.
     (5) Following, coming close upon (in comp); śaṃkhasvanānaṃtarapuṣpavṛṣṭi Ku. 1. 23; 2. 53; -karaṇīyaṃ S. 4 the next duty, what should be done next.
     (6) Belonging to the caste immediately following; putrā ye'natarastrījāḥ Ms. 10. 14.
     (7) Uninterrupted, unbroken, continuous. --raṃ [na. ta.]
     (1) Contiguity, proximity; anaṃtaravihite cāsyāsane K. 93.
     (2) Brahma, the supreme soul (as being of one entire essence). --raṃ ind. [Strictly it is acc. of time kālātyaṃtasaṃyogaḥ; nāsti aṃtaraṃ yathā syāttathā]
     (1) Immediately after, afterwards.
     (2) (With a prepositional force) After (with abl.); purāṇapatrāpagamādanaṃtaraṃ R. 3. 7; tyāgācchāṃtiranaṃtaraṃ Bg. 12. 12.; godānavidheranaṃtaraṃ R. 3. 33, 36.; 2. 71; svāminonaṃtaraṃ bhṛtyāḥ Pt. 1.; rarely with gen.; aṃgadaṃ cādhirūḍhastu lakṣmaṇo'naṃtaraṃ mama Rām.; or in comp.; ghanodayaḥ prāk tadanaṃtaraṃ payaḥ S. 7. 30.; R. 4. 2.; Ms. 3. 252, Y. 2. 41; vacanānaṃtarameva K. 78 immediately after those words.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ or jā [anaṃtarasyā anaṃtaravarṇāyā mātuḥ jāyate] the child of a Kṣatriya or Vaiśyā mother, by a father belonging to the caste immediately above the mother's, Ms. 10. 4. 2. born immediately before or after; a younger or elder brother. (
          --jā) a younger or elder sister; anuṣṭhitānaṃtarajāvivāhaḥ R. 7. 32.; so -jāta.

anaṃtarīya a. Next in succession.

anaṃtarayaḥ [aṃtarayaḥ dūrīkaraṇaṃ, na. ta] Not leaving, non-abandonment.

anaṃtarāya a. [na. ba.] Uninterrupted, without a break.

anaṃtargarbhin m. [aṃtargarbho yasya; astyarthe ini na. ta.] N. of Kuśa grass used for the pavitra, q. v.

anaṃda a. [na naṃdayati; naṃd-ṇic ac] Joyless, cheerless. --daḥ N. of a purgatory.

anannam Not food, that which is undeserving of being eaten.

ananya a.
     (1) Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; ananyā rāghavasyāhaṃ bhāskarasya prabhāyathā . sā hi satyābhisaṃdhānātathānanyā ca bhartari Rām.
     (2) Sole, unique, without a second.
     (3) [nāsti anyaḥ viṣayo yasya] Undivided, undistracted (mind &c.); having no other object or person to think of &c.; ananyāściṃtayaṃto māṃ ye janāḥ paryupāsate Bg. 9. 22. In comp. ananya may be translated by 'not by another,' 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object.'
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. not subservient to any other object, principal.
          --āśrita a. independent, not resorting to another. (
          --taṃ) unencumbered estate (in law).
          --gatiḥ f. sole resort or resource.
          --gatika a. [na. ba.] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; ananyagatike jane vigatapātake cātake Udb.
          --guru a. than which nothing is greater Śi. 1. 35.
          --citta, --ciṃta, --cetas, --manas, --mānasa, --hṛdaya a. giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; viciṃtayaṃtī yamananyamānasā S. 4. 1; K. 75.
          --jaḥ, --janman m. [nānyasmāt janma yasya; ātmabhūcittabhū ityādi tasya vyapadeśatvāt or nāsti anyadyasmātso'nanyaḥ viṣṇuḥ; tasmājjātaḥ] Cupid, the god of love; mā mūmuhatkhalu bhavaṃtamananyajanmā Mal. 1. 32.
          --dṛṣṭi a. gazing intently or steadfastly at; -ṣṭiḥ savitāramaikṣata Ku. 5. 20.
          --deva a. having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being.
          --paratā exclusive devotion or attachment; puraścakṣūrāgastadanu manaso'nanyaparatā Mal. 6. 15.
          --parāyaṇa a. devoted to no other (woman) S. 3. 19.
          --pūrvaḥ [nānyā pūrvā yasya] having no other wife; varasyānanyapūrvasya viśokāmakarodguṇaiḥ Ku. 6. 92. (--rvā) [na anyaḥ pūrvo yasyāḥ sā] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband; R. 4. 7.
          --bhāj a. [na anyaṃ anyāṃ vā bhajate] not devoted to any other person; ananyabhājaṃ patimāpnuhiṃ Ku. 3. 63.
          --viṣaya a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable; V. 1. 1; Mv. 1. 25.
          --vṛtti a. 1. of the same nature. 2. having no other means of livelihood. 3. closely attentive.
          --śāsana a. not ruled over by any one else; R. 1. 30; Dk. 2.
          --sāmānya, --sādhāraṇa a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; ananyanārīsāmānyo dāsastvasyāḥ purūravāḥ V. 3. 18; -rājaśabdaḥ R. 6. 38; M. 5; 4. 10; not capable of being performed by any one else, Ku. 3. 19.
          --sadṛśa a. (śī f.) having no equal, matchless, peerless; yathaitānananyasadṛśān vidadhāsi Pt. 1.

ananyatā, --tvam Identity, sameness.

ananyādṛśa a. (śī f.) Not like others, singular.

ananvayaḥ [na. ta.]
     (1) Want of connection.
     (2) (Rhet.) A figure of speech in which a thing is compared to itself, the object being to show that it is matchless and can have no other upamāna; upamānopameyatvaṃ yadekasyaiva vastunaḥ . iṃduriṃduriva śrīmānityādau tadananvayaḥ .. gaganaṃ gaganākāraṃ sāgaraḥ sāgaropamaḥ . rāmarāvaṇayoryuddhaṃ rāmarāvaṇayoriva ...

ananvita a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Unconnected.
     (2) Irregular, desultory; irrelevant, incoherent.
     (3) Not attended with, devoid of; as putra-, bhāryā- &c.

anapa a. [na saṃti ādhikyena āpo yatra] Destitute of much water (as a puddle).

anapakaraṇaṃ --karman, --kriyā
     (1) Not injuring.
     (2) Non-delivery.
     (3) (In law) Non-payment; dattasyānapakarma ca Ms. 8. 4; dattasya or vetanasya -kriyā 214.

anapakāraḥ Harmlessness. --a., --kārin a. Harmless, innocent.

anapajayya a. Ved. Whose victorious character cannot be reversed.

anapatya a.
     (1) Without issue, childless, without heir; -tyaśca kila tapasvī S. 6; K. 59, 63.
     (2) Not propitious or favourable to children; causing fall (patanakāraṇa) Rv. 3. 54. 18. -tā, ---tvaṃ childlessness; nūnamanapatyatā māṃ vatsalayati S. 7.

anapatrapa a. Impudent, shameless.

anapanihita a. Ved. Not mutilated or curtailed.

anapabhraṃśaḥ Not a corrupt word; a properly formed word.

anapayati ind. Very early(before the sun starts on his journey).

anapara a. Having no other or second, having no follower, sole; tadetad brahmāpūrvamanaparaṃ S. B.

anaparādha --dhin a. Innocent, guiltless, harmless. --dhaḥ Innocence.

anapavācana a. Ved. Impossible to be talked away or wished away.

anapavyayat a. Ved. Not letting go; able.

anapasara a. Having no egress or passage to creep out of, unjustifiable, inexcusable; niranvayo'napasaraḥ Ms. 8. 198 (apasaraḥ pratigrahakrayādiḥ) --raḥ -- An usurper.

anapaspṛś a. Not obstinate.

anapasphur --ra --rat a. (of a cow) Not refusing to be milked.

anapāya a.
     (1) Free from loss or decay.
     (2) Imperishable, undiminished, undecaying; praṇamaṃtyanapāyamutthitaṃ (caṃdraṃ) Ki. 2. 11. --yaḥ
     (1) Imperishable nature, freedom from decay or wear and tear; permanence.
     (2) N. of Śiva.

anapāyin a. Imperishable, firm, steady, unfailing, constant, durable, not transient; prasādābhimukhe tasmiñ śrīrāsīdanapāyinī R. 17. 46.; 8. 17; anapāyini saṃśrayadrume gajabhagne patanāya vallarī Ku. 4. 31; caleṣvartheṣu lubdhena na yaśaḥsvanapāyiṣu Mu. 5. 14; Ki. 14. 37, 2. 43; Śi. 8. 50, 14. 65, 17. 26.

anapāvṛt [na. ba.] Not returning or coming back, non-recurrent (punarāvṛttiśūnya); unremitting (?).

anapekṣa --kṣin a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Regardless.
     (2) Careless, not minding or heeding, indifferent.
     (3) Independent or irrespective (of another), not requiring any other thing.
     (4) Impartial.
     (5) Irrelevant, unconnected, unconcerned. --kṣā Disregard, indifference, carelessness. --kṣaṃ adv. Without regard to, independently or irrespectively of; carelessly, accidentally; -tvāt since it has no reference to.

anapeta a.
     (1) Not gone off, not past; anapetakālaṃ kathayāṃbabhūvuḥ Ki. 6. 30 without loss of time, without delay.
     (2) Not deviating from, faithful to, not leaving (with abl.); arthādanapetaṃ arthyaṃ Sk.; dharmapathyarthanyāyādanapete P. IV. 4. 92. See apeta also.
     (3) Not devoid of, possessed of; aiśvaryādanapetamīśvaramayaṃ loko'rthataḥ sevate Mu. 1. 14.

anapta a. Ved. [na āptaḥ, vede pṛṣo- hrasvaḥ] Not seized or overcome by the enemy (śatrubhiranāpta); not watery (?).

anapnas a. [nāsti apnaḥ rūpaṃ yasya] Ved. Destitute of form or shape, shapeless, actionless (karmahīna).

anapsaras --rā f. Not an Apsaras, unworthy of a celestial nymph; apsareva pratibhāsi V. 2.

anaphā A particular configuration of planets; ravivarjaṃ dvādaśagairanaphā; sacchīlaṃ sukhānvitaṃprabhuṃ khyātiyuktamanaphāyām Dīpikā.

anabhijña a. Ignorant of, unacquainted with, unused to, (usually with gen.); -jñaḥ kaitavasya S. 5; vṛttāṃtānāmanabhijñāsmi K. 236; -jñaḥ parameśvaragṛhācārasya Mv. 2; Ku. 6. 43.

anabhimlāna a. [na. ta.] Not faded.
     -- Comp.
          --varṇa a. Ved. of unfaded or undiminished lustre, resplendent.

anabhilakṣitaḥ An impostor.

anabhilāṣa a. Free from desire. --ṣaḥ
     (1) Want of appetite or desire.
     (2) Non-relish.

anabhiśasta, --sti, --stya a. Ved. Blameless, faultless; -śastenī leading to perfection or to heaven.

anabhisaṃdhānam Absence of design or purpose; so anabhisaṃdhiḥ; -kṛta done undesignedly.

anabhihita a.
     (1) Not named or asserted; see abhihita under abhidhā.
     (2) Not fastened (Ved.). --taḥ N. of the chief of a Gotra.

anabhyāvṛttiḥ f. Non-repetition; manāganabhyāvṛttyā vā kāmaṃ kṣāmyatu yaḥ kṣamī Śi 2. 43.

anabhyāśa, --sa a. Not near, distant &c.; -samitya a. to be shunned from afar Sk.

anabhra a. Cloudless; iyamanabhrā vṛṣṭiḥ this is (like) a shower from a cloudless sky, i. e. something quite unexpected or sudden.

anabhri a. Ved. Epithet of rainwater; requiring no shovel (?).

anamaḥ [na namati anyān] A Brāhmaṇa (one who does not bow down to others and returns salutations made to him by others with a blessing).

anamitaṃpaca (= mitaṃpaca) a. Miserly, niggardly.

anamitra a. Having no enemies. --traṃ A state of having no enemies.

anamīva a. Ved. [nāsti amīvo roge yasya na. ba.] Well, happy, free from disease; comfortable, salubrious, sinless. --vaṃ Good or comfortable state, happiness, prosperity.

anaṃbara a. Wearing no garment. --raḥ A Buddhist mendicant.

anamra a. Not humble, haughty, proud; anamrāṇāṃ samuddhartuḥ R. 4. 35.

anayaḥ [apraśasto nayaḥ]
     (1) Bad management or conduct; injustice; unfairness; samṛddhiranayādvinaśyati Pt. 1. 169; Bh. 2. 42.
     (2) Bad policy or course of conduct, evil course; anayo nayasaṃkāśo hṛdayānnāpasarpati Pt. 3. 184.
     (3) Adversity, calamity, distress; jīvedetena rājanyaḥ sarveṣvapyanayaṃ gataḥ Ms. 10. 95 reduced to straits; 102.
     (4) [ayaḥ śubhāvaho vidhistadanyaḥ anayaḥ] Misfortune, adversity; ill-luck.
     (5) A variety of dice-play, gambling (śārāṇāṃ vāmāvartena abhīṣṭasthānanayanaṃ).

anaraṇyaḥ N. of a king of the solar race, a descendant of Ikṣvāku and king of Ayodhya, who was overthrown by Ravaṇa.

anarus a. [na. ba.] Ved. Not wounded, healthy, sound.

anargala a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Free from bar or obstruction, free to move, unrestrained, unhampered; turaṃgamutsṛṣṭamanargalaṃ R. 3. 39.
     (2) Unlocked.

anargha a. [nāsti argho mūlyaṃ yasya na. ba.] Invaluable, priceless, inestimable; R. 5. 2; Śi. 14. 88. --rghaḥ [na. ta.] Wrong or improper value.
     -- Comp.
          --rāghavaṃ N. of a drama in 7 acts by Murari Miśra; also called Murari Naṭaka after its author and supposed to have been written between the 12th and the 14th century.

anarghatvaṃ --tā Pricelessness, invaluable nature; H. Pr. 4.

anardhya a. Invaluable; unsurpassed in reverence due from others, highly respected; anarghyamargheṇa tamadrināthaḥ Ku. 1. 58.

anartha a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Useless, worthless; śunaḥ pucchamivānarthaṃ pāṃḍityaṃ dharmavarjitaṃ Pt. 3. 97.
     (2) Unfortunate, unhappy.
     (3) Harmful, disastrous, bad; cittajñānānuvartino'narthā api priyāḥ syuḥ Dk. 160; wicked (opp. dakṣiṇa).
     (4) Not having that meaning (but another); having no meaning, nonsensical, meaningless.
     (5) Poor. --rthaḥ [na. ta.]
     (1) Non-use or value.
     (2) A worthless or useless object.
     (3) A reverse, evil, calamity, misfortune; R. 18. 14; raṃdhropanipātino 'narthāḥ S. 6; ekaikamapyanarthāya kimu tatra catuṣṭayaṃ H. 1; cf. chidreṣvanarthā bahulībhavaṃti &c.; Ms. 4. 193, H. 4. 92; harmful object, danger; arthamanarthaṃ bhāvaya nityaṃ Moha M. 2.
     (4) Nonsense, want of sense.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu (āptasarvakāmatvāttasya tathātvaṃ).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ [na arthāṃtaraṃ] sameness or identity.
          --kara a. (rī f.) 1. doing useless or unprofitable things. 2. mischievous, harmful; unprofitable, productive of evil.
          --nāśin m. N. of Śiva (destroyer of calamities).
          --bhāva a. malicious.
          --lupta a. [dṛṣṭārthena aluptaḥ] not devoid of the apparent meaning; free from all that is worthless.
          --saṃśayaḥ [anarthakārī saṃśayaḥ śāka. ta.] 1. a great evil, hazardous adventure; pratinivartatāmasmādanarthasaṃśayāt Mal. 5. 2. [na. ta.] not a risk of one's money; safety of one's wealth.

anarthya, anarthaka a.
     (1) Useless; meaningless; sarvamapyetadanarthakaṃ Ve. 1; -āyāsa K. 108; not significant, as a particle used expletively.
     (2) Nonsensical.
     (3) Unprofitable.
     (4) Unfortunate. --kaṃ Nonsensical or incoherent talk.

anarva a. Ved. Not lax or loose (aśithila) Rv. 1. 164. 2.; free, unobstructed, permanent.

anarvan a. [arv-hiṃsāyāṃ kanin, arvā sapatnaḥ na. ta.]
     (1) Not inimical, not hostile or to be hated (adveṣya); Rv. 1. 136. 5.
     (2) Having no horse.

anarviś m. [anasā śakaṭena viśati prāpnoti; viś-kvip, aharā- ruḥ]
     (1) One who sits in a cart to fetch fuel &c.
     (2) [ṛkarmaṇi vic, araṃ gaṃtavyaṃ prati viśati, viś-kvip, na. ta.] One who is not able to reach the destination.

anarśarāti a. [anarśāya apāpiṣṭhāya rātirdānaṃ yasya] One who does not give to sinful persons, a sinless donor.

anarha a.
     (1) Not deserving, not fit, not worthy of (with gen. or in comp); anarhā gṛhavāsasya Pt. 4.; tān havyakavyayorviprānanarhān manurabravīt Ms. 3. 150.
     (2) Inadequate, unsuitable.
     (3) Undeserving of reward or punishment.

analaḥ [nāsti alaḥ paryāptiryasya, bahudāhyadahanepi tṛpterabhāvāt] Tv.; cf. nāgnistṛpyati kāṣṭhānāṃ; said by some to be from an to breathe].
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Agni or the god of fire. See agni.
     (3) Digestive power, gastric juice; maṃdaḥ saṃjāyate'nalaḥ Suśr.
     (4) Wind.
     (5) Bile.
     (6) One of the 8 Vasus, the fifth.
     (7) N. of Vāsudeva.
     (8) N. of various plants; citraka, raktacitraka Plumbago Zeylanica and Rosea, bhallātaka the marking nut tree.
     (9) The letter r. (10) The number three.
     (11) (Astr.) The 50th year of Bṛhaspati's cycle.
     (12) The third lunar mansion kṛttikā.
     (13) A variety of Pitṛdeva or manes (kavyavāho'nalaḥ somaḥ).
     (14) [anān prāṇān lāti ātmatvena] The soul (jīva).
     (15) N. of Viṣṇu (na nalati gaṃdhaṃ prakaṭayati na vadhyate vā nal-ac).
     (16) The Supreme Being.
     -- Comp.
          --da a. [analaṃ dyati] 1. removing or destroying heat or fire; kariṇāṃ mude sanaladā'naladāḥ Ki. 5. 25. 2. = agnida q. v.
          --dīpana a. [analaṃ dīpayati] promoting digestion, stomachic.
          --prabhā [analasya prabheva prabhā yasya] N. of a plant (jyotiṣmatī) Helicacabum Cardiospermum.
          --priyā N. of Agni's wife svāhā. --sādaḥ loss of appetite, dyspepsia.

analasa a.
     (1) Not lazy, active, diligent, watchful, R. 9. 15.
     (2) Unable, incompetent.

analiḥ [aniti-ac anaḥ aliryatra ba. śakaṃdhvā.] N. of a tree (bakavṛkṣa) Sesbana Grandiflora (tatpuṣpāṇāṃ madhupūrṇatayā tanmadhubhirbhramarāṇāṃ jīvanadhāraṇāttathātvaṃ Tv.).

analpa a.
     (1) Numerous.
     (2) Not a little; not small, liberal, noble (as mind &c.); Ki. 14. 18; much; jalpaṃtyanalpākṣaraṃ Pt. 1. 136 profusely, in many words; vikasitavadanāmanalpajalpepi Bv. 1. 100; 2. 138.
     -- Comp.
          --ghoṣa a. very clamorous or noisy.
          --manyu a. greatly enraged.

anavakāśa a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Having no scope or occasion, uncalled for.
     (2) Inapplicable.
     (3) Having no opportunity or space. --śaḥ [na. ta.] Absence of room or scope.

anavagraha a. [na. ba.] Irresistible, uncontrolled, impetuous, resistless; sukumārakāyamanavagrahaḥ smaraḥ (abhihaṃti) Mal. 1. 39.

anavacchinna a.
     (1) Not bounded or marked off, not separated or cut.
     (2) Unlimited, immoderate, excessive.
     (3) Undefined; dikkālādi- Bh. 2. 1; 3. 1; undiscriminated, unmodified.
     (4) Uninterrupted, continuous.

anavadya a. [na avadyaḥ niṃdyaḥ] Faultless, blameless, unobjectionable, irreproachable; Bh. 2. 21; R. 7. 70. --dyā N. of a damsel.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga, --rūpa a. having faultless limbs or form, exquisitely handsome; rūpasya anavadyatā M. 2. (
          --gī) a woman with a faultless form.

anavadrāṇa a. Not sleepy.

anavadhāna a. [na. ba.] Careless, inattentive. --naṃ Inadvertence, inattention; -tā carelessness, remissness in duty (pramāda); kartavyākaraṇaṃ yatrākartavyasyāthavā kriyā . ucyate dvitayaṃ tatra pramādo'navadhānatā ...

anavadhi a. Unlimited, infinite.

anavana a. [na. ba.] Affording no help or protection.

anavanāmita a. Not lowered or bent down; -vaijayaṃtaḥ a Buddhist term for a future universe (lit. having banners unlowered).

anavapṛgṇa a. Ved. Spreading all around, not closely united.

anavabrava a. [avabrū-ac na vacādeśaḥ na. ta.] Irreproachable, not open to censure (apavādavarjita); speaking authoritatively.

anavabhra a. [na bhraṃśate bā. ḍa. Tv.] Undiminished, undecaying, durable, lasting (avabhraṃśaśūnya); -rādhas Rv. 1. 166. 7 having undiminished wealth.

anavama a. Not low or infeior; high, exalted, superior; sudharmānavamāṃ sabhāṃ R. 17. 27, 9. 14.

anavarata a. Incessant, continuous, uninterrupted; -dhanurjyāsphālanakrūrapūrvaṃ S. 2. 4. --taṃ adv. Incessantly, continuously.

anavarārdhya a. [avarasmin ardhe bhavaḥ, yat na. ta.] Chief, best, excellent.

anavalaṃba --bana a. [na. ba.] Having no prop or support; not dependent. --baḥ --banaṃ Independence.

anavalobhanam [na avalupyate pumānyena, avalup-lyuṭ pṛṣo- pasya bhaḥ Tv.] A sort of purificatory ceremony to be performed in the case of a pregnant woman in the third month after conception.

anavasa a. [av-asac avasaḥ bhojanaṃ prītikaratvāt na. ba.] Ved. Having no (wholesome) food to eat (pathyāśanarahita); Rv. 6. 66. 7; not stopping to eat by the way (?).

anavasara a.
     (1) Busy, having no leisure or interval of repose.
     (2) Illtimed, inopportune.
     (3) Out of place, baseless; -royaṃ ghaṃṭānādaḥ H. 3. --raḥ
     (1) Absence of leisure.
     (2) Illtimedness, unseasonableness; kaṃ yāce yatra tatra dhruvamanavasaragrasta evārthibhāvaḥ Mal. 9. 30.

anavasāna a. [na. ba.] Endless, having no setting; free from death.

anavasita a. [na. ta.] Not ended or finished; not determined. --tā N. of a kind of Triṣṭubh metre, consisting of four lines with 11 feet in each.

anavaskara a. Free from dirt pure, clear.

anavastha a. [nāsti avasthā yatra] Unsteady; -stho niṣkaruṇaśca Dk. 135; unsettled, not fixed; -stho vāyuḥ Śi. 11. 28. --sthā [na. ta.]
     (1) Instability, unsettled condition, disorder, confusion.
     (2) Loose or unsteady conduct, incontinence.
     (3) (In phil.) Absence of finality or conclusion, an endless series of statements or causes and effects, one of the faults of reasoning (upapādyopapādakayoraviśrāṃtiḥ); evamapyanavasthā syādyā mūlakṣatikāriṇī K. P. 2; evaṃ ca -prasaṃgaḥ S. B.
     (4) Not being 10 days old (daśāhābhāvaḥ).

anavasthāna a. Unstable, unsteady, fickle. --naḥ Wind. --naṃ
     (1) Instability, uncertainty, unsettled nature; jayaparājayānavasthānāt Dk. 161.
     (2) Looseness of conduct, incontinence.

anavasthita a.
     (1) Unsteady, fickle, unsettled; -stimitamūḍhaghūrṇannayanaḥ U. 3 with unsteady eyes; Ku. 4. 28.
     (2) Changed, altered; aho -to bhūmisaṃniveśaḥ U. 2.
     (3) Faithless, loose in morals or moral conduct, dissolute (vyabhicārin); nārīrhatvā'navasthitāḥ Ms. 11. 139.
     (4) Unable to stay or remain; prasthitaṃ tamanavasthitaṃ priyāḥ R. 19. 31; -tvaṃ, -sthitiḥ instability, looseness of conduct.

anavahvara a. [avahvṛ-kauṭilye-ac. na. ta.] Not crooked, straightforward.

anavāṃc a. Not tending downwards, looking up.

anavānam ind. [avānaḥ śvāsocchvāsaḥ sa yathā na syāttathā] Without breathing between, in one breath, without a pause, uno tenore.

anavāya a. [ava-i-ghañ avāyaḥ avayavaḥ, na. ba.] Without parts (niravayava); uninterrupted, unyielding.

anavekṣaka a. Regardless of; careless, indifferent.

anavekṣa-kṣā = anapekṣa-kṣā q. v.

anavekṣaṇam
     (1) Carelessness, inattention; anavekṣaṇādapi kṛṣiḥ Pt. 1. 169.
     (2) Want of supervision.

anavrata a. [na. ba.] Not altogether destitute of holy or ascetic performances. --taḥ A Jaina devotee who is so.

anaśanam Fasting, abstinence from food, fasting oneself to death; -naṃ ca śāyayitvā Dk. 156 making him fast; -nāt uttiṣṭhati Pt. 4. --a. Without food, fasting &c.

anaśanāya a. Ved. Not hungry.

anaśnat a. Not eating; -sāṃgamanaḥ the sacrificial fire in the sabha which is approached before eating or breakfast.

anaśva a. Having no horse or horses. --śvaḥ Something that is not a horse.

anaśvara a. (rī f.) Imperishable.

anas n. [aniti śabdāyate an-asun]
     (1) A cart; udgātā cāpyanaḥ kraye Ms. 8. 209; Y. 1. 184, 3. 269, Śi. 12. 26.
     (2) [aniti jīvatyanena] Food, boiled rice.
     (3) Birth.
     (4) A living being.
     (5) A kitchen.
     (6) A parent (father or mother); said to be f. in these two senses. At the end of Avyayībhāva comp. anas is changed to anasa; as adhyanasaṃ &c.; also at the end of Tat. Comp.; mahānasaṃ &c.

anasūya --yaka a. [na. ba.] Free from malice, not envious, not spiteful; śraddadhāno'nasūyaśca Ms. 4. 158; Bg. 18. 71. --yā [na. ta.]
     (1) Absence of envy, charity of disposition, freedom from spite or ill-will; na guṇān guṇino haṃti stauti cānyaguṇānapi . na haseccānyadoṣāṃśca sānasūyā prakīrtitā.
     (2) N. of a friend of Śakuntalā.
     (3) N. of Atri's wife, the highest type of chastity and wifely devotion. [She was very pious and given to austere devotion by virtue of which she had obtained miraculous powers. Several stories are told to illustrate them. When the earth was devastated by a terrible drought which lasted for 10 years, Anasūya created water, fruits, roots &c. by means of her ascetic powers and saved many lives. On one occasion when the sage Māṇḍavya was about to be impaled, the wife of a sage happened to touch the stake as she passed by, where upon Māṇḍavya cursed her that she would become a widow at sunrise. She, however, prevented the sun from rising, and all actions of men being consequently stopped, the gods, sages &c. went to Anasūya, her friend, who, by the force of her penance, made the sun rise without, at the same time, bringing widowhood on her friend. Another legend is also told in which Anasūyā changed Brahma, Viṣṇu and Maheśa into infants, when, at the instigation of their wives, they attempted to test her chastity, but restored them to their former shapes at the importunities of their humbled consorts. She is also said to have caused the three-streamed Ganges to flow down on the earth near the hermitage of her husband for the ablutions of sages; see R. 13. 51. In the Rāmāyaṇa she is represented as having been very kind and attentive to Sītā whom she favoured with sound motherly advice on the virtues of chastity, and at the time of her departure gave her an unguent (See R. 12. 27, 14. 14) which was to keep her beautiful for ever and to guard her person from the attempts of rapacious beasts, demons &c. She was the mother of the irascible sage Durvasas].

anasūyu a. = anasūya; idaṃ tu te guhyatamaṃ pravakṣyāmyanasūyave Bg. 9. 1.

anastha --sthika [na. ba.] Boneless. --sthaḥ
     (1) A boneless limb or member.
     (2) Without parts, epithet of pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas or īśvaramāyā.

anahan n. [na ahaḥ apraśastamahaḥ] A bad or unlucky day.

anā ind. Ved. Thus, hereby, indeed.

anākāra a. Formless, shapeless, epithet of the Supreme Being.

anākālaḥ [na. ta. nipātaḥ]
     (1) Inopportune time.
     (2) [āsamyak annādisaṃpannaḥ kālaḥ ākālaḥ na. ta. Tv.] Famine (perhaps an irregular form for annākāla).
     -- Comp.
          --bhṛtaḥ one who, to save himself from starvation in a famine, voluntarily becomes a slave of another.

anākāśa a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Opaque, not transparent.
     (2) Having no transparent atmosphere; differing from it. --śaḥ --śaṃ Not an atmosphere, one undeserving of its name.

anākula a. 1 Not perplexed or confused, calm, collected, self-possessed.
     (2) Regular, consistent.

anākṛta a. Not prevented (anivārita); unreclaimed.

anākrāṃta a. Unassailed. --tā [ākramitumayogyā sarvataḥ kaṃṭakāvṛtatvāt, na. ta.] Prickly nightshade, Solanum Jacquini (kaṃṭakārivṛkṣa).

anākṣit a. Ved. Not staying.

anāga a. [na ā samyag gacchati svargaṃ anena nāgaḥ adharmaḥ; na. ba. Tv.] Sinless; Rv. 10. 12. 9 (anāgān = apāpān). --gā N. of a river.

anāgata a. [na āgataḥ, na. ta.]
     (1) Not come or arrived; tāvadbhayasya bhetavyaṃ yāvadbhayamanāgataṃ H. 1. 57.
     (2) Not got or obtained; vardhiṣṇumāśrayamanāgatamabhyupaiti Śi. 5. 14; so -ārtava.
     (3) Future, to come; see compounds below.
     (4) Not learnt or attained, unknown. --taṃ The future time, future; -taṃ yaḥ kurute sa śobhate Pt. 3. 164 he shines (thrives, prospers) who provides for the future; anāgatavatīṃ ciṃtāmasaṃbhāvyāṃ karoti yaḥ Pt. 5. 71.
     -- Comp.
          --avekṣaṇaṃ looking to the future, provident thought, foresight.
          --ābādhaḥ [anāgataḥ ābādhaḥ duḥkhaṃ] future (physical) trouble or calamities, illness &c. affecting the body in times to come; -pratiṣedhanīyaṃ N. of chapter 24 of the cikitsitasthāna in Suśruta.
          --ārtavā [strīpuṣpavikāsanaṃ ārtavaṃ, na āgatamārtavaṃyasyāḥ] a maiden who has not yet arrived at puberty.
          --vidhātṛ m. [anāgataṃ uddiśya vidadhāti] one who provides for the future, provident, prudent (used as the name of a fish in Pt. 1. 318; H. 4. 5); anāgatavidhātā ca pratyutpannamatistathā . dvāvetau sukhamedhete yadbhaviṣyo vinaśyati .. (where Dr. Peterson translates the three names by 'Mr. Provider-against-afuture-evil', 'Mr. Cool-head,' and 'Mr. what-will-be-will-be').

anāgatiḥ f. Non-arrival, non-attainment, non-access.

anāgama a.
     (1) Not come, not present.
     (2) [na. ba.] (In law) Without the title-deed or document of possession (such as purchase deed &c.), anything possessed from time immemorial and without any documentary proof; -upabhogaḥ enjoyment of property without such a deed. --maḥ
     (1) Non-arrival.
     (2) Non-attainment.

anāgamya a. Unapproachable.

anāgāmin a.
     (1) Not coming, not arriving.
     (2) Not future, not likely to return. --m. An epithet of the third among the 4 Buddhist orders.

anāgāmuka a. Not likely to return.

anāgaṃdhita a. Not smelt; (fig.) not touched or affected; sarvadoṣānāgaṃdhitaṃ prativacanamāha Śaṅkara.

anāgas a.
     (1) Innocent, blameless; ārtatrāṇāya vaḥ śastraṃ na prahartumanāgasi S. 1. 11.
     (2) Conferring bliss or happiness.

anācāra a. Devoid of customary observances or duties, improper in behaviour, unprincipled, regardless of custom, law or propriety &c.; also anācārin in this sense. --raḥ, -anācaraṇaṃ Absence of due observances or customary duties, improper conduct, departure from established usage or principle; anācāra is of two kinds vihitasya ananuṣṭhānaṃ niṣiddhasya cānuṣṭhānam.

anājñāta a.
     (1) Unknown, not properly known.
     (2) Surpassing all that has yet been known.

anātapa a. Free from or devoid of heat or the blaze of the sun, not exposed to heat, cool, shady; vāṃchandeśamanātapaṃ vidhivaśāttālasya mūlaṃ gataḥ Bh. 2. 90. --paḥ Coolness, shade.

anātura a.
     (1) Not eager, indifferent; -rotkaṃṭhitayoḥ v. l. for anādara M. 3. 15.
     (2) Not fatigued, unwearied; bheje dharmamanāturaḥ R. 1. 21.
     (3) Not ill or diseased, well, healthy, in good health; anāturaḥ saptarātramavakīrṇivrataṃ caret Ms. 2. 187; 4. 144.

anātman a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Destitute of spirit or mind.
     (2) Not spiritual, corporeal.
     (3) One who has not restrained his self; anātmanastu śatrutve vartetātmaiva śatruvat Bg. 6. 6. --m. [apraśasto bhinno vā ātmā na. ta.] Not self, another, something different from ātman (spirit or soul) i. e. the perishable body; aprāptaḥ prāpyate yoyamatyaṃtaṃ tyajyate 'thavā . jānīyāttamanātmānaṃ buddhyaṃtaṃ vapurādikam .. anātmanyātmabuddhiryā sā'vidyā parikīrtitā ..
     -- Comp.
          --jña, vedin a. 1. devoid of spiritual knowledge or true wisdom. 2. not knowing oneself, foolish, silly; mā tāvadanātmajñe S. 6; kathaṃ kāryavinimayena vyavaharati mayi -jñaḥ M. 1; sphuṭamāpadāṃ padamanātmaveditā Śi. 15. 22.
          --pratyavekṣā reflection that there is no spirit or soul (with Buddhists).
          --saṃpanna a. foolish, destitute of qualities (of the soul), not selfpossessed; na tvevānātmasaṃpannād vṛttimīheta paṃḍitaḥ Pt. 1. 49.

anātmaka a. [nāsti ātmā sthiro yatra] Unreal, transitory, of an unenduring character, an epithet (with Buddhists) for the world.

anātmanīna a. Not adapted to, or for the benefit of, self; disinterested.

anātmavat a. [ātmā vaśyatvena nāstyasya] Not self-possessed; having no control over the senses; anātmavaṃtaḥ paśuvat bhuṃjate ye'pramāṇataḥ Suśr.

anātmya a. [ātmanaḥ idaṃ ātmyaṃ śarīraṃ na. ba.] Impersonal, incorporeal (aśarīra). --tmyaṃ Want of affection for one's own family.

anātyaṃtika a.
     (1) Not constant or perpetual, not final.
     (2) Intermittent, recurrent.

anātha a. [na. ba.] Helpless, poor, forlorn, parentless, orphan (as a child); widowed (as a wife); having no master or natural protector, without a protector in general; nāthavaṃtastvayā lokāstvamanāthā vipatsyase U. 1. 43; R. 12. 12. --thaṃ Ved. Helplessness.
     -- Comp.
          --piṃḍadaḥ, -piṃḍikaḥ 'giver of food to the poor,' N. of a merchant in whose garden Buddha Gautama used to instruct his pupils.
          --sabhā a poor-house.

anādara a. [na. ba.] Showing no respect, indifferent, calm, regardless; M. 3. 15. --raḥ [na. ta.]
     (1) Disregard, disrespect, disdain, contempt; ṣaṣṭhī cānādare P. II. 3. 38, manyakarmaṇi anādare vibhāṣā' prāṇiṣu 17.
     (2) Ease, facility (one of the senses of ādara being 'effort or care', see the word); -khaṃḍitaśaṃkaraśarāsanaḥ U. 1 (perhaps also 'without any respect for the bow of the great god'); anādaropāttadhṛtaikasāyakaṃ Ki. 14. 36.

anādaraṇam Disrespectful conduct, neglect.

anādarin a. Disrespectful, irreverent.

anādi a. [ādiḥ kāraṇaṃ pūrvakālo vā nāsti yasya saḥ] Having no beginning, eternal, existing from eternity, epithet of parameśvara; jagadādiranādistvaṃ Ku. 2. 9; anādirādirgoviṃdaḥ sarvakāraṇakāraṇaṃ; also of hiraṇyagarbha.
     -- Comp.
          --anaṃta, aṃta a. without beginning and end; eternal. (
          --taḥ) N. of Śiva.
          --nidhana a. having neither beginning nor end, eternal.
          --madhyāṃta a. having no beginning, middle or end; eternal.

anāditā --tvam State of having no beginning.

anādimat a. Not produced or effected, having no beginning.

anādīnava a. Faultless; yadvāsudevenādīnamanādīnavamīritaṃ Śi. 2. 22.

anādṛta a.
     (1) Disrespected, despised; Ms. 2. 234; -satkāra not accepting the hospitality.
     (2) Not careful, regardless of, indifferent to; anādṛtasyāmarasāyakeṣvapi Ki. 14. 10. --taṃ Disrespect, contempt.

anādeya a. Not fit to be taken, unacceptable; inadmissible; anādeyasya cādānādādeyasya ca varjanāt Ms. 8. 171.

anādeśaḥ Absence of direction or command.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. doing what is not commanded; or (an-ādeśakara) not doing what is ordered.

anādya a.
     (1) = anādi q. v.
     (2) Not eatable; what ought not to be eaten.

anādhāra a. Without support, an epithet applicable, according to the Naiyayikas, to eternal objects only (such as sky), or to Brahma according to the Vedāntins.

anādhi a.
     (1) Without mental pain or anxiety; R. 9. 54.

anādhṛṣ a. Ved. Not checking or not being checked.

anādhṛṣṭa --ṣya a.
     (1) Invincible, unchecked, irresistible.
     (2) Perfect, unimpaired.

anānukṛtya a. Ved. Inimitable, unparalleled.

anānuda a. Ved. [anu dadāti; dāka na. ta., pṛ. dīrghaḥ] Unsurpassed in giving (atulyadātṛ).

anānupūrvyam
     (1) Separation of the different members of compounds by the intervention of others.
     (2) Not coming in regular order.

anānubhūtiḥ f. Ved. Neglect, absence of experience or observation, inattention. --(pl.) Neglectful people.

anāpad f. Absence of calamity or misfortune; Ms. 4. 2.

anāpi a. āpyate-āp karmaṇi in āpiḥ āpto baṃdhuśca, na. ba. Tv.] Without friends or kindreds.

anāpta a.
     (1) Not obtained.
     (2) Not reaching or attaining, unsuccessful in the attempt to get.
     (3) Unfit, not apt, unskilful; yugyasthāḥ prājake'nāpte sarve daṃḍyāḥ śataṃ śataṃ Ms. 8. 294. --ptaḥ A stranger.

anāptiḥ f. Non-attainment.

anāpta a. Not getting &c.; anāpturenasāṃ Śi. 16. 38 not touched by sin.

anābhayin a. Ved. [ābibheti ābhī-uṇā-ini, ābhayin na. ta.] Not at all afraid, fearless, undaunted; anābhayinnarimā te Rv. 8. 2. 1.

anābhū a. Ved. [ābhimukhyena bhavatītyābhūḥ stotā na. ta.] Not praising or worshipping, irreligious (astotṛ); not coming in front.

anāman a.
     (1) Nameless.
     (2) Infamous. --m.
     (1) 'The nameless' month, an intercalary month.
     (2) The ringfinger; see anāmikā below. --n. [ananamanaḥ, anaṃ jīvanaṃ amayati rujati, am-kanin Tv.] Piles (arśoroga).

anāmaka a. [na. ba. svārthe kan] Nameless, infamous. --kaḥ-kaṃ = anāman above.

anāmā, anāmikā [nāsti nāma anyāṃgulivat yasyāḥ, svārthe kan] The ring-finger; so called because it has no name like the other fingers; cf. Tv. tayā hi śivena brahmaśiraśchinnaṃ, tena tasyā apavitrajātīyatā; ataeva tasyāḥ pavitrīkaraṇārthaṃ yajñādau pavitranāmakakuśadhāraṇaṃ tatra kriyate . anāmikādhṛtā darbhā hyekānāmikayāpi vā . dvābhyāmanāmikābhyāṃtu dhārye darbhapavitrake ..; also purā kavīnāṃgaṇanāprasaṃge kaniṣṭhikādhiṣṭhitakālidāsā . adyāpi tattulyakaverabhāvādanāmikā sārthavatī babhūva ... Subhaṣ.

anāmaya a. [nāsti āmayaḥ rogo yasya] Free from disease, healthy, sound; janmabaṃdhavinirmuktāḥ padaṃ gacchaṃtyanāmayaṃ Bg. 2. 51 where there is no unhappiness. --yaḥ --yaṃ Good or sound health; health, well-being, welfare; sa bhavaṃtamanāmayapraśnapūrvakamāha S. 5; mahāśvetā kādaṃbarīmanāmayaṃ papraccha K. 192 inquired about her health; apyanāmayaṃ rājñaḥ Mv. 1 how does the king do? brāhmaṇaṃ kuśalaṃ pṛcchetkṣātrabaṃdhumanāmayaṃ . vaiśyaṃ kṣemaṃ samāgamya śūdramārogyameva ca Ms. 2. 127. --yaḥ [nāsti bhayaṃ yasmāt] N. of Viṣṇu (or Śiva according to some); puṇyakīrtiranāmayaḥ; viṣṇurhi bāhyābhyaṃtarapīḍāṃ nivārayati tasmādanāmayaḥ.

anāmayat a. Ved. Not causing pain or hurt, not hurting. --n. Health (?)

anāmayitnu a.
     (1) Not injuring or paining; hastābhyāmanāmayitnubhyāṃ Rv. 10. 137. 7.
     (2) Salubrious, curative.

anāmiṣa a. Without flesh or any bait; bootless, profitless.

anāmṛṇa a. [āmṛṇāti hinasti āmṛṇka. na. ba.] Having no injurer or an enemy that can injure (hiṃsakarahita).

anāmṛta a. Immortal.

anāyaka a. Without a leader, disorderly.

anāyata a.
     (1) Unrestrained, unchecked.
     (2) Not propped or supported.
     (3) Not long, of short duration; anāyatasvabhāvabhaṃgurāṇi sukhāni K. 175.
     (4) Continuous, close, unseparated.

anāyatta a. Not dependent; -tto roṣasya K. 45 not swayed by; uncontrolled, independent; etāvajjanmasāphalyaṃ yadanāyattavṛttitā H. 2. 22 freedom, independent livelihood, independence of life.

anāyana a. [na āyanaṃ cālanaṃ yatra] Invariable (ekāṃta).

anāyāsa a. Not troublesome or difficult, easy; mamāpyekasmin -se karmaṇi tvayā sahāyena bhavitavyaṃ S. 2. --saḥ
     (1) Facility, ease, absence of difficulty or exertion; śarīraṃ pīḍyate yena śubhenāpyaśubhena vā . atyaṃtaṃ tanna kurvīta anāyāsaḥ sa ucyate ..
     (2) Idleness, neglect; -sena easily, without difficulty, readily.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛta a. done easily or readily. (
          --taṃ) an infusion prepared without effort or exertion (prepared extemporaneously) Ak. See phāṃṭa.

anāyuṣya a. [āyuṣe na hitaṃ na. ta.] Not giving long life, fatal to long life (such as excessive food, sexual union &c.); anārogyamanāyuṣyamasvargyaṃ cātibhojanaṃ Ms. 2. 57, 4. 134.

anārata a.
     (1) Not ceasing or stopping, continuous, uninterrupted.
     (2) Eternal. --taṃ
     (1) Continuity.
     (2) Absolute non-entity (atyaṃtābhāva). --adv. Continuously, always; eternally; anārataṃ tena padeṣu laṃbhitāḥ Ki. 1. 15, 40.

anāraṃbhaḥ Non-commencement, not undertaking; vikāraṃ khalu paramārthato'jñātvā -bhaḥ pratīkārasya S. 3; -bho hi kāryāṇāṃ prathamaṃ buddhilakṣaṇam.

anārabhya a. Unfit to be commenced or undertaken --ind. Without commencing; without reference to any particular thing; e. g. -vādaḥ detached remark (upon sacrifices &c); kiṃcitkarmārabhya udyate ucyate ityārabhyavādaḥ na ārabhyavādaḥ.
     -- Comp.
          --adhīta a. [na ārabhya kiṃcidadhītaḥ] studied or taught or read without reference to any particular subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative work); learnt as a detached subject; yeṣāṃ maṃtrāṇāṃ karmaviśeṣe viniyogo noktaḥ teṣāṃ maṃtrāṇāṃ anārabhyādhītatvāt brahmayajñe eva viniyoga iti mīmāṃsā.

anāraṃbhaṇa a. Having no support (for anālaṃbana); also written anāraṃbaṇa.

anārogya a. [nāsti ārogyaṃ yasmāt na. ba.] Unwholesome, not conducive to good health, fatal to health; anāyuṣyamanārogyamasvargyaṃ cātibhojanaṃ Ms. 2. 57. --gyaṃ Sickness, indisposition; -kara unhealthy, unwholesome.

anārjava a. Crooked; dishonest. --vaṃ
     (1) Crookedness (moral also), fraud, insincerity Śi. 8. 11.
     (2) [nāsti ārjavaṃ sāralyaṃ svācchaṃdyaṃ vā yasmin] Disease.

anārtava a. (vī f.) Unseasonable, inopportune, premature (as a flower blossoming out of season). --vā A girl who has not attained to puberty (the menstruation period).

anārya a. Not respectable(not deserving to be styled ārya), not polite or decent; vulgar; not belonging to an Ārya, unworthy, vile, base, mean, wretched; anāryānāryaliṃginaḥ Ms. 9. 260; anāryāyāṃ samutpanno brāhmaṇāt 10. 66; H. 4. 25; kīṭakā nāma deśo'nāryanivāsaḥ Nir. void of Āryas; śakuṃtalāyāmanāryamācaritaṃ tena rājñā S. 4 the king has behaved basely or unworthily towards Śakuntalā; kadācidasminnapyanāryo'nāryamācariṣyati Ve. 4. --ryaḥ
     (1) One who is not an Ārya.
     (2) A country not inhabited by the Āryas.
     (3) A Śūdra.
     (4) A Mlechchha.
     (5) An ignoble person.
     -- Comp.
          --karmin a. doing work unbecoming an Ārya or becoming only a non-Ārya.
          --ja a. of vile or base origin. (--jaṃ) [anāryadeśe jātaṃ] agallochum (being produced in the country of the Mlechchhas &c.).
          --juṣṭa a. discarded by the good, not practised or observed by the Āryas or respectable people.
          --tiktaḥ [anāryāpriyaḥ tiktaḥ śāka. ta] N. of the plant Gentiana Cherayta Rox. (Mar. kirāīta).

anāryakam [anārye deśe bhavaṃ anāryakaṃ] Agallochum or aloe wood.

anārṣa a.
     (1) Not belonging to the Ṛṣis, not Vedic; not belonging to the text of a Vedic hymn (as iti used in the Padapāṭha with certain words not followed in the Śamhitā by iti); saṃbuddhau śākalyasyetau anārṣe P. I. 1. 16 (= avaidike Sk.).
     (2) Not added to a Ṛṣi's name (as an affix); P. IV. 1. 78.

anārṣeya = anārṣa.

anālaṃba a. Without support or stay; kathaṃkāramanālaṃbā kīrtirdyāmadhirohati Śi. 2. 52. --baḥ Want of support; despondency. --bī Śiva's lute.

anālaṃbu(bhu)kā A woman during menstruation (rajasvalā).

anālāpa a. [na. ba.] Reserved, taciturn. --paḥ Reserve, taciturnity.

anālocita a. Unseen, unheeded, unconsidered, unexpected, not well considered or examined, rash.

anāvayā a. Ved. Not yielding or desisting.

anāvartiḥ f. Non-return (to birth), final emancipation.

anāvartin a. Not recurring or returning; -rtī kālo vrajati sa vṛthā tanna gaṇitaṃ Bh. 3. 115.

anāviddha a.
     (1) Not pierced or wounded; unperforated; -ddhaṃ ratnaṃ S. 2. 10.
     (2) Unhurt, uninjured.

anāvila a.
     (1) Not turbid or muddy, pure, clear.
     (2) Not marshy, wholesome, salubrious, as a country Ms. 7. 69 (rogopasargādyairanākula).

anāvṛtta a. Not returning, not repeated, being for the first time; malamāsepyanāvṛttāṃ tīrthayātrāṃ vivarjayet.

anāvṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Non-return, absence of repetition or recurrence.
     (2) Nonreturn (to birth), final emancipation.

anāvṛṣṭiḥ f. Drought, one of the kinds of īti q. v.

anāvraskaḥ Uninjured condition.

anāśa a. [na. ba. nāsti āśā yasya]
     (1) Hopeless, despondent.
     (2) [nāsti nāśo yasya] Imperishable, living, undestroyed.

anāśaka a. [na ā samyak yathecchaṃ āśaḥ aśanaṃ yasya, na nāśo yasya vā, na. ba. kap] Devoid of full enjoyment or indestructible, not hurtful. --kaṃ Fast, abstaining from eating even to death; yajñena dānena tapasā'nāśakenaitameva viditvā munirbhavati Bṛ. Ār. Up; Y. 3. 154.

anāśakāyanam [na naśyati anāśakaḥ ātmā tasyāyanaṃ prāptyupāyaḥ] The state of brahmacarya, unmarried or student's life, devoted to contemplation and knowledge of the soul; atha yadanāśakāyanamityācakṣate brahmacaryameva tat . eṣa hyātmā na naśyati yaṃ brahmacaryeṇānuviṃdate Ch. Up.; a course of fasting as a penance (?).

anāśasta a. Not praised.

anāśin a. [na naśyati or na karmaphalamaśrute; na. ta.] Imperishable, indestructible, as the Soul or Supreme Being; anāśino'prameyasya Mb. (īśvarasya karmaphalabhoktṛtvābhāvāt).

anāśu a. [naś uṇ, na. ta.]
     (1) Imperishable, indestructible.
     (2) [aś uṇ, na. ta.] Not pervading or occupying.
     (3) [na-āśu] Not quick, slow.

anāśramin m. One who does not belong to, or follow, any of the 4 orders of life (gṛhasthādyāśramaśūnya); anāśramī na tiṣṭhettu kṣaṇamekamapi dvijaḥ; anāśrama-me-vāsaḥ not dwelling in any Asrama.

anāśraya a. Defenceless, unprotected, isolated. --yaḥ Self-dependence, isolation, absence of support.

anāśrava a. Not listening to, obstinate, turning a deaf ear to; tathānuśiṣṭāpi anāśravaivāsīt Dk. 57; K. 350; bhiṣajāmanāśravaḥ R. 19. 49.

anāśrita a. Not connected with, or dependent on, independent, detached; non-inherent.

anāśvas a. [aś bhojane kvasu nipātaḥ na. ta. P. III. 2. 109] Not having eaten or enjoyed, fasting; dhṛtajayadhṛteranāśuṣaḥ Ki. 12. 2; Śi. 14. 49.

anās a. [āsyate nirāsyate ṣṭhīvanamanena iti āḥ mukhaṃ, tannāsti sādhanatvena asya] Without mouth or face; without the power of speech (āsyavyāpāraśabdarahita).

anāsādita a. Not obtained, not found or met with; not encountered or attacked; not occurred or having happened, non-existent.
     -- Comp.
          --vigraha a. unused to war, having had no occasion to fight.

anāsthā
     (1) Indifference, unconcern, want of consideration; anāsthā bāhyavastuṣu Ku. 6. 63; piṃḍeṣvanāsthā khalu bhautikeṣu R. 2. 57; strī pumānityanāsthaiṣā vṛttaṃ hi mahitaṃ satāṃ Ku. 6. 12 a male or female is no consideration &c.; Ki. 4. 34.
     (2) Want of faith or confidence, want of devotedness, disrespect; atyadbhutairmama hṛtasya tathāpyanāsthā Mv. 2. 39 diffidence. --a. (stha) Indifferent.

anāsthāna a.
     (1) Having no fixed seat or site.
     (2) Having or yielding no basis or fulcrum, unfit for a fixed seat (as water); Rv. 1. 116. 5.

anāsvāda a. Without taste, insipid. --daḥ Insipidity.

anāsvādita a. Untasted; S. 2. 10.

anāsrāva a. Without injury or hurt (kleśarahita).

anāhata a.
     (1) Unbeaten, unwounded, intact.
     (2) [āhataṃ chedo bhogo vā tannāsti yasya] New and unbleached (as cloth) (Mar. koreṃ).
     (3) Not produced by beating (as sound).
     (4) Not multiplied. --taṃ --taḥ The 4th of the mystical Chakras in the body, (taṃtraśāstre prasiddhaṃ hṛdayasthitaṃ suṣumṇāmadhyasthaṃ dvādaśadalapadmaṃ); śabdo brahmamayaḥ śabdo'nāhato yatra dṛśyate . anāhatākhyaṃ tat padmaṃ munibhiḥ parikīrtitam ..

anāhāra a. Abstaining from food, fasting. --raḥ
     (1) Abstinence from food, fasting; anāhāreṇātmānaṃ vyāpādayiṣyāmi H. 1.
     (2) Non-production.
     (3) Non-seizure.

anāharin a. Fasting.

anāhārya a.
     (1) Not artificial, natural, not producible.
     (2) Not eatable.

anāhutiḥ f. Not sacrificing; a sacrifice not worthy of that name; also an improper oblation.

anāhūta a. Not called, uninvited.
     -- Comp.
          --upajalpin an uncalledfor speaker or boaster.
          --upaviṣṭa a. seated as an uninvited guest.

aniketa a. Houseless, vagrant; having no fixed abode (as a recluse); Ms. 6. 25, 43.

anikṣuḥ [na ikṣuḥ sādṛśye aprāśastye vā nañ] Not (true) sugarcane, a sort of long grass or reed producing coarse sugar; Saccharum Spontaneum.

anigīrṇa a. 1. Not swallowed.
     (2) (In Rhet.) Not hidden or concealed, present, not to be supplied (anapahnutabheda); e. g. in aśvaḥ śveto dhāvati, the śvetatva of the horse is not nigīrṇa or hidden.

anigraha a. Unrestrained, invincible, unconquerable. --haḥ
     (1) Nonrestraint.
     (2) Non-refutation.
     (3) Not admitting one's defeat in argument; -sthānaṃ occasion of non-refutation.

aniṃgya a. Not divisible, a word not divisible.

aniccha, --cchaka, --cchu, --cchuka, --cchat a. Not desirous, unwilling, averse, reluctant; anicchaṃtamapi māṃ against my will.

anicchā Unwillingness, indifference, reluctance.

anita a. [an-ita] Not gone with, unattended, destitute of; -bhā having no splendour; vanitayā'nitayā rajanīvadhūḥ R. 9. 38; Śi. 6. 60.

anitya a.
     (1) Not eternal or everlasting, transient, non-eternal, perishable (naśvara) (opp. nitya); gaṃdhavatī pṛthvī sā dvividhā nityā'nityā ca T. S. 9 (anityā = kāryarūpā); See nitya; yadi nityamanityena nirmalaṃ malavāhinā . yaśaḥ kāyena labhyeta tanna labdhaṃ bhavennu kiṃ .. H. 1. 48; Ms. 6. 77; dharmo'nityaḥ sukhaduḥkhepyanitye jīvo'nityo heturasyāpyanityaḥ Mb.
     (2) Occasional, temporary, casual; not peremptory or obligatory as a rule &c., special.
     (3) Unusual, extraordinary; varṇe cānitye P. V. 4. 30 (lohitakaḥ kopena anyathā tu śvetavarṇa iti bhāvaḥ); ānāyyo'nitye III. 1. 127 (sa hi gārhapatyādānīyate'nityaśca satatamaprajvalanāt Sk.) See VI. 1. 147.
     (4) Unsteady, fickle, not permanent; anityaṃ yauvanaṃ rūpaṃ H. 4. 68; -hṛdayā hitāḥ Ram.
     (5) Uncertain, doubtful; anityo vijayo yasmāddṛśyate yudhyamānayoḥ Ms. 7. 199; vijayasya hyanityatvāt Pt. 3. 22. --tyaṃ adv. Occasionally, not permanently, incidentally, casually; anityaṃ hi sthito yasmāt Ms. 3. 102.
     -- Comp.
          --karmankriyā an occasional act, such as a sacrifice for a special purpose, a voluntary and occasionalact.
          --dattaḥ, dattakaḥ, -datrimaḥ a son given by his parents to another temporarily (for temporary or preliminary adoption).
          --pratyavekṣā (with Buddhists) the consciousness that every thing is perishable and is passing away.
          --bhāvaḥ transitoriness, transient state, limited nature or existence; so anityatā-tvaṃ frailty, instability.
          --samaḥ a sophism or fallacious reasoning which generalizes what is exceptional (as anityatvaṃ). --samāsaḥ a compound which it is not obligatory to form in every case (the sense of which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent members.).

anidra a. Sleepless, awake; (fig.) vigilant, watchful, --drā sleeplessness, vigilance.

anidhṛṣṭa a. Unchecked, unsubdued.

anina a. Ved. Having no master or lord (ina).

aniṃdra a. [na. ba.] Dispensing with or disregarding Indra or his worship; (iṃdropāsanāśūnya); māmaniṃdrāḥ kṛṇavannanukthāḥ Rv. 5. 2. 3.

aniṃdriyam
     (1) Reason (that which is not the senses).
     (2) Not an organ of sense, the mind.

anipadyamāna a. Not falling down (to sleep), untiring.

anipātaḥ Not a fall, continuance of life.

anibaddha a. Not bound, incoherent; -pralāpin prattling (talking incoherently).

anibādha a. Unobstructed; Rv. 3. 1. 11. --dhaḥ Liberty.

anibhṛta a.
     (1) Not private or reserved, public, open, not hidden.
     (2) Immodest, bold.
     (3) Unsteady, not firm, tremulous; -kareṣvākṣipatsu priyeṣu Me. 68; -velāvīcibāhuḥ Ki. 3. 60, 13. 66; asau saṃdhyāśaṃkhadhvaniranibhṛtaḥ khe vicarati Māl. 2. 12 not hidden, loud; Śi. 10. 66. See nibhṛta also.

anibhṛṣṭa a. [ni-bhraṃś-kta, nipātaḥ na-ta.] Unobstructed, unimpaired, unabated; Rv. 2. 25. 4, 10. 116. 6.

anibhya a. Not wealthy (ibhya).

animakaḥ [an-jīvane śabde ca, bhāve bāhu- iman ityanimaḥjīvanaṃ, tena kāyati prakāśate, kai-ka. Tv.]
     (1) A frog (tasya maraṇepi punarujjīvanāt).
     (2) A cuckoo.
     (3) A bee (ubhayorapi tayoḥ madhuraśabdena prakāśamānatvāt).
     (4) The filament of a lotus, padmakeśara.
     (5) N. of the tree madhūka Med.

animāna a. Unbounded, immense (aparicchinna); -no dhūmaketuḥ Rv. 1. 27. 11.

animitta a. Causeless, groundless; casual, incidental; ālakṣyadaṃtamukulānanimittahāsaiḥ S. 7. 17; -ttaṃ mitraṃ disinterested, Dk. 25; -utkaṃṭhā M. 3. 9. --ttaṃ
     (1) Absence of an adequate cause or occasion, causelessness, groundlessness.
     (2) A bad omen, illomen; cārudattasyaiva darśanamanimittaṃ pramārjayiṣyati Mk. 6; mamānimittāni hi khedayaṃti 9. 10; śamanārthaṃ animittasya Ve. 2, 3. --adv., ---taḥ Groundlessly, causelessly, without any adequate cause; animittamiṃduvadane kimatrabhavataḥ parāṅmukhī bhavasi M. 1. 18; Ms. 4. 144.
     -- Comp.
          --nirākriyā averting ill omens.
          --liṃganāśaḥ a kind of ophthalmic disease ending in total darkness.

animiṣaṃ --ṣā --meṣam ind. Ved. Without winking, vigilantly; incessantly.

animi(me)ṣa a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not winking, steadfastly or intently fixed; -locanaṃ suciramālokya K. 102; -pakṣmaṇā 131; śataistamakṣṇāmanimeṣavṛttibhiḥ R. 3. 43; -darśanaramaṇīyaiḥ K. 50 fish and twinkleless glances.
     (2) Vigilant, watchful.
     (3) Open (as eyes, flowers). --ṣaḥ
     (1) A god (for the eyes of gods do not twinkle); Śi. 5. 57.
     (2) A fish.
     (3) Viṣṇu.
     (4) N. of Mahakala.
     -- Comp.
          --dṛṣṭi, -nayana, -locana a. looking steadfastly or with a fixed gaze, gazing intently.

animiṣīya a. Relating to the gods.

aniyata a.
     (1) Uncontrolled, unrestricted.
     (2) Indefinite, uncertain, not fixed; irregular (forms also); -velaṃ āhāro'śyate S. 2 at irregular hours.
     (3) Causeless, casual, incidental, occasional; -ruditasmitaṃ (vadanakamalakaṃ) U. 4. 4; Mal. 10. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ an indeterminate digit (in Math.).
          --ātman a. not self-possessed, whose soul is not properly controlled.
          --puṃskā a woman loose in conduct, unchaste.
          --vṛtti a. 1. having no regular or fixed employment or application (as a word). 2. having no regular income.

aniyaṃtraṇa a. Unrestrained, uncontrolled, free; -anuyogo nāma tapasvijanaḥ S. 1.

aniyamaḥ
     (1) Absence of rule, control, regulation or fixed order; no settled rule or direction; paṃcamaṃ laghu sarvatra saptamaṃ dvicaturthayoḥ . ṣaṣṭhe pāde guru jñeyaṃ śeṣeṣvaniyamo mataḥ .. Ch. M.
     (2) Irregularity, uncertainty, indefiniteness, vagueness, doubt.
     (3) Improper conduct. --a., aniyamita a. Irregular.

aniyuktaḥ An assessor at a court who has not been formally appointed and who is not entitled to vote.

anira a. [na īrayituṃ śakyate, īr-ka pṛ- thasvaḥ] That cannot be propelled or driven along; apa tyā asthuranirā Rv. 8. 48. 11 (prerayitumaśakya). --rā
     (1) Want of food; utter destitution (annarahitadāridryaṃ); yuyutamasmadanirāmamīvāṃ Rv. 7. 71. 2.
     (2) [nāsti irā annaṃ yasyāḥ paṃ. ba.] A calamity such as ativṛṣṭi, anāvṛṣṭi (= īti).

anirākaraṇam Not obstructing or warding off.

anirukta a.
     (1) Not articulated or clearly spoken.
     (2) Not clearly stated or explained, vague, not plain or well-defined; -ktaprātaḥsavanaḥ prathamaḥ Katy.; etasminnadṛśye'nātmye'nirukte Ait. Br.
     -- Comp.
          --gānaṃ indistinct singing or humming, a particular mode of chanting the sāmaveda.

aniruddha a. Unobstructed, free, uncontrolled, self-willed, unruly, ungovernable. --ddhaḥ
     (1) A spy, secret emissary.
     (2) N. of a son of Pradyumna. [Aniruddha was the son of Kāma and grandson of Kṛṣṇa. Usha, the daughter of a demon named Bāṇa, fell in love with him and had him brought by magic influence to her apartments in her father's city of Śoṇitapura. Bāṇa sent some guards to seize him, but the brave youth slew his assailants with only an iron club. At last, however, he was secured by means of magic powers. On discovering where Aniruddha had been carried, Kṛṣṇa, Balarāma and Kāma went to rescue him and a great battle was fought. Bāṇa, though aided by Śiva and Skanda, was vanquished, but his life was spared at the intercession of Śiva, and Aniruddha was carried home to Dvārakā with Uṣā as his wife. He had also another wife Rochana, grand-daughter of king Rukmin of Vidarbha, who bore him a son named Vajra.].
     (3) Also N. of Viṣṇu; and of Śiva; of an Arhat, a contemporary of Buddha. --ddhaṃ A cord or rope (for fastening cattle).
     -- Comp.
          --pathaṃ [na niruddhaḥ paṃthā yatra ba.] 1. unobstructed path. --2. the sky, atmosphere (tatra kasyāpi gatirodhanābhāvāt). --bhāvinī Aniruddha's wife Uṣā.

anirṇayaḥ Uncertainty, indecision.

anirdaśa, anirdaśāha a. [na nirgatāni daśāhāni yasya] Within the 10 days of impurity caused either by childbirth or death; vigataṃ tu videśasthaṃ śṛṇuyādyo hyanirdaśaṃ Ms. 5. 75; anirdaśāyā goḥ kṣīraṃ 5. 8; 5. 79; 4. 212, 217; not ten days old; anirdaśāhāṃ gāṃ sūtāṃ Ms. 8. 242.

anirdiṣṭa a. Undefined, not specified; kva -kāraṇaṃ gamyate V. 2 without a definite aim.

anirdeśaḥ Absence of positive rule or direction.

anirdeśya a. Undefinable, ineffable, indescribable, inexplicable, incomparable; -sukhaḥ svargaḥ kastaṃ vismārayiṣyati V. 3. 18. --śyaṃ An epithet of the Supreme Being.

anirdhārita a. Not determined or ascertained.

anirmala a. Dirty, foul.

anirvacanīya a.
     (1) Unutterable, indescribable, undefinable, epithet of the Supreme Being.
     (2) Improper to be mentioned. --yaṃ (In Vedānta)
     (1) Māyā or illusion, ignorance.
     (2) The world.
     -- Comp.
          --sarvasvaṃ N. of a work by Śrīharṣa, also called khaṃḍanakhaṃḍakhādya; tatra sarveṣāṃ padārthānāṃ idaṃtayā nirvaktumaśakyatā darśitā.

anirvāṇa a. Unwashed; unbathed; aruṃtudamivālānamanirvāṇasya daṃtinaḥ R. 1. 71.

anirvāhaḥ
     (1) Non-completion; nonaccomplishment.
     (2) Inconclusiveness.
     (3) Insufficiency of income, being straitened in means.

anirvida a. Not fatigued or tired; anirvidāyā vidadhe vidhātrā Śi. 3. 34.

anirviṇṇa a. Not depressed or fatigued; an epithet of Viṣṇu.

anirvedaḥ Non-depression, absence of dejection or despondency; self-reliance, plucking up courage; anirvedaḥ śriyo mūlamanirvedaḥ paraṃ sukhaṃ . anirvedo hi satataṃ sarvārtheṣvanuvartate Ram.; anirvedaprāpyāṇi śreyāṃsi V. 4; cf. 'Faint heart never won fair lady'.

anirvṛta a.
     (1) Ill at ease, uneasy, discomposed, unhappy.
     (2) Unaccomplished, unfulfilled (anirvṛtta also in this sense).

anirvṛtiḥ --ttiḥ f.
     (1) Uneasiness, anxiety, disquietude.
     (2) Poverty, destitution; anirvṛtiniśācarī mama gṛhāṃtarālaṃ gatā Udb.

anirveśa a. Destitute of employment, wretched, miserable.

anilaḥ [aniti jīvati anena, an ilac Uṇ. 1. 54]
     (1) Wind; prāṇānāmanilena vṛttirucitā S. 7. 12; sa sakhā dīpa ivānilāhataḥ Ku. 4. 30. (The number of winds is 7: --āvaho nivahaścaiva udvahaḥ saṃvahastathā . vivahaḥ pravahaścaiva parivāhastathaiva ca .. and these are again subdivided into 7 divisions, the total number being 49).
     (2) The god of wind.
     (3) One of the subordinate deities, 49 of whom form the class of winds.
     (4) N. of one of the 8 Vasus, i. e. the fifth.
     (5) The wind in the body, one of the humours; -han, -hṛt, -ghna.
     (6) Rheumatism or any disease referred to disorder of the wind.
     (7) The letter y.
     (8) Symbolical expression for the number 49.
     (9) N. of the lunar asterism svāti. (10) N. of Viṣṇu (tasya prāṇātmanā sarvadehadhāraṇāt tathātvaṃ).
     -- Comp.
          --ayanaṃ way or course of the wind.
          --aśana, -āśin a. [anilamaśrātīti] 1. feeding on the wind, fasting. --2. a serpent.
          --aṃtakaḥ (wind-destroying) N. of a plant (Iṅgudī) or aṃgārapuṣpa. --ātmajaḥ son of the wind, epithet of Bhīma and Hanūmat.
          --āmayaḥ [anilakṛtaḥ āmayaḥ śāka. ta.] 1. flatulence. --2. rheumatism (vātaroga). --ghna, -han, -hṛt a. curing disorders from wind.
          --ghnakaḥ a large tree (bibhītaka) Terminalia Belerica.
          --paryāyaḥ pain and swelling of the eyelids and outer parts of the eye.
          --prakṛti a. of a windy nature. (-tiḥ) N. of the planet Saturn.
          --vyādhiḥ derangement of the bodily (internal) wind.
          --sakhaḥ fire (the friend of wind); so -baṃdhuḥ.

aniloḍita a. Inexperienced.

anirloḍita a. Not well considered; -kāryasya vāgjālaṃ vāgmino vṛthā Śi. 2. 27.

anivartana a.
     (1) Not turning away, firm, steadfast.
     (2) Right, not fit to be abandoned.

anivartin a.
     (1) Brave, not retreating; also an epithet of Viṣṇu and the Almighty God.
     (2) Not returning; yauvanamanivarti yātaṃ tu K. P. 10.

aniviśamāna a. Not sitting down or retiring to rest, ever going, restless; punānā yaṃtyaniviśamānāḥ Rv. 7. 49. 1.

aniveśana a. Ved. Having no place of rest.

aniśa a. Ved.
     (1) Nightless, i. e. uninterrupted, incessant (niśā taddhetukatvenopacārāt ceṣṭavināśaḥ sā nāsti yasya).
     (2) Ever afraid. --śaṃ ind. Incessantly, ceaselessly; aniśamapi makaraketurmanaso rujamāvahannabhimato me S. 3. 4; Bv. 2. 162.

aniśita a. Ved. Not resting or reposing, incessant; -sarga incessantly flowing; Rv. 10. 89. 4.

aniṣiddha, aniṣedhra Ved. a. Unforbidden, unchecked, unopposed.

aniṣkṛta a. Unfinished, not settled.
     -- Comp.
          --enas, -pāpa having the guilt not settled, i. e. unexpiated.

aniṣṭa a.
     (1) Unwished, undesirable; unfavourable, disagreeable, ill (with gen.); dhyāyatyaniṣṭaṃ yatkiṃcitpāṇigrāhasya cetasā Ms. 9. 21 whatever ill she thinks of her husband.
     (2) Evil, forbidden.
     (3) Bad, unlucky, ominous.
     (4) Not honoured with a sacrifice. --ṣṭaṃ An evil, mishap, misfortune, calamity, disadvantage, a crime, offence, wrong, unwelcome thing; -ekabuddhi Māl. 8. 12; bhavatyaniṣṭādapi nāma duḥsahānmanasvinīnāṃ pratipattirīdṛśī Ku. 5. 42; ill-omen; prātareva -darśanaṃ jātaṃ H. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --anubaṃdhin a. followed by or attended with calamities; viṣayopabhogeṣu -dhiṣu yaḥ sukhabuddhimāropayati K. 155.
          --āpattiḥ f.,
          --āpādanaṃ getting what is not desired, an undesired occurrence.
          --āśaṃsin a. (-sūcaka) indicating or boding ill.
          --grahaḥ an evil or malignant planet.
          --duṣṭadhī a. having an evil and corrupt mind.
          --prasaṃgaḥ 1. an undesired occurrence. --2. connection with a wrong object, argument or rule.
          --phalaṃ an evil result.
          --śaṃkā fear of evil.
          --hetuḥ an evil omen.

aniṣṭin a. One who has not sacrificed.

aniṣṭṛta a. Ved. Unhurt.

aniṣpattiḥ f. Non-accomplishment, non-completion.

aniṣpatram ind. [niḥsṛtaṃ patraṃ pakṣo yatra tādṛśaṃ na bhavati] So that the arrow (the feathery portion of it) does not come out on the other side; i. e. not with great force.

anistīrṇa a.
     (1) Not crossed, set aside or got rid of.
     (2) Unanswered, unrefuted (as a charge).
     -- Comp.
          --abhiyogaḥ a defendant who has not cleared himself of a charge (by refuting it).

anīkaḥ --kam [aniti jīvatyanena; anīkan Uṇ. 4. 16-17]
     (1) Army, forces; troop, host; dṛṣṭvā tu pāṃḍavānīkaṃ Bg. 1. 2; padātīṃśca mahīpālaḥ puro'nīkasya yojayet H. 3. 80.
     (2) A collection, group, mass; navāṃbudānīkamuhūrtalāṃchane R. 3. 53.
     (3) Battle, fight, combat.
     (4) A row, line, marching column.
     (5) Front, head; chief; ratheṣu no'nīkeṣvadhiśriyaḥ Rv. 8. 20. 12. (senāmukheṣu); agnirvai devānāmanīkaṃ Śat. Br; agnimanīkaṃ kṛtvā.
     (6) Face, countenance, ibid. (mukhaṃ) (tasya prāṇavāyunissāraṇāt tathātvaṃ); splendour; brilliance; form (tejas); svanīka Rv. 7. 2. 23, 3. 6 (mostly Ved. in these two senses).
     (7) Edge, point.
     -- Comp.
          --sthaḥ 1. a warrior, combatant. --2. a sentinel, (armed) watch. --3. an elephantdriver, or its trainer. --4. a war-drum or trumpet. --5. a signal, mark, sign.

anīkavat a. Ved. forming the face or front rank; occupying the foremost rank.

anīkaśaḥ adv. In rows or columns.

anīkinī [anīkānāṃ saṃghaḥ; anīkaṃ yuddhaṃ prayojanatayā astyasyāḥ iti vā, anīka-ini]
     (1) An army, host, forces.
     (2) Three chamūs or one-tenth of a complete army (akṣauhiṇī); 10935 foot, 6561 horse, 2187 elephants and as many chariots.
     (3) A lotus.

anīca a.
     (1) Not low or vile, decent, respectable.
     (2) Not pronounced with the anudātta accent.
     -- Comp.
          --anuvartin a. not associating with low or vile persons. (--m.) a faithful husband.

anīḍa a. Having no abode(body), incorporeal, epithet of Agni.

anītiḥ f.
     (1) Impropriety, immorality; injustice, wrong act; indiscretion, foolish conduct.
     (2) (na-ītiḥ) Freedom from calamity.
     -- Comp.
          --jña, --vid a. impolite, not discreet, not conversant with policy.

anīla a. Not blue, white &c.; -vājin m. 'white-horsed'; N. of Arjuna; Ki. 14. 26, 42.

anīśa a.
     (1) Having no lord or superior, paramount, supreme, without a controller, uncontrolled; sarvaprabhuranīśastvaṃ R. 10. 20.
     (2) Not a master or lord, having no mastery or control over, not master of (with gen.); powerless; gātrāṇāmanīśo'smi saṃvṛttaḥ S. 2; anīśayā śarīrasya hṛdayaṃ svavaśaṃ mayi nyastaṃ V. 2. 19; Ms. 9. 104.
     (3) Not one's own master, not independent (asvataṃtra); eko hyanīśaḥ sarvatra. --śaḥ N. of Viṣṇu (sarvaniyaṃtā ananyasvāmiko hi saḥ). --śā Helplessness (dīnabhāva); samāne vṛkṣe puruṣo nimagno'nīśayā śocati muhyamānaḥ Muṇḍ.

anīśvara a.
     (1) Having no superior, uncontrolled.
     (2) Unable; śayitā savidhepyanīśvarā saphalīkartumaho manorathān Bv. 2. 182.
     (3) Not relating to God; dhyānenānīśvarān guṇān-dahet Ms. 6. 72.
     (4) Not acknowledging God, atheistical. --raṃ The godless one (with Saṅkhyas), epithet of the world; jagadāhuranīśvaram.
     -- Comp.
          --vādaḥ atheism, not acknowledging God as the Supreme Ruler.
          --vādin m. one who maintains the doctrine of no god or atheism, an atheist.

anīha a. Indifferent, listless. --haḥ N. of a king of Ayodhya. --hā Disregard, apathy, indifference, disinclination; anīhayā Ki. 2. 10 carelessly.

anīhita a. Undesired, disagreeable, unpleasant. --taṃ Displeasure.

anu ind. (Either used with nouns to form adverbial compounds, or as a prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, or as a separable preposition with acc. and regarded as a karmapravacanīya)
     (1) After, behind, along after (paścāt); sarve nāradamanu upaviśaṃti V. 5; pramadāmanu saṃsthitaḥ śucā nṛpatiḥ san R. 8. 72; taṃ gacchaṃtyanu ye vipattiṣu sadā te tatpratiṣṭhāśayā Mu. 1. 14; asau kumārastamajonujātaḥ R. 6. 78; ratyā ca sāśaṃkamanuprayātaḥ Ku. 3. 23; krameṇa suptāmanu saṃviveśa suptotthitāṃ prātaranūdatiṣṭhat R. 2. 24; anuviṣṇu = viṣṇoḥ paścāt P. II. 4. 18 Sk.; tadanu katheyarmādhavīyāmavasthāṃ Mal. 9. 26 afterwards.
     (2) Along, along-side, by the side of, lengthwise (yasya ca āyāmaḥ); jalāni sā tīranikhātayūpā vahatyayodhyāmanu rājadhānīṃ R. 13. 61; so'śvamedhaśateneṣṭvā yamunāmanu vīryavān . triśatāśvān sarasvatyāṃ gaṃgāmanu catuḥśatān Mb.; anugaṃgaṃ vārāṇasī = gaṃgāmanvāyataṃ (gaṃgādairghyasadṛśadairghyopalakṣitā) situated alongside the Ganges P. II. 1. 16 Sk.; āvirbhūtaprathamamukulāḥ kaṃdalīścānukacchaṃ Me. 21; giririva anutaṭapuṣpitakarṇikārayaṣṭiḥ V. 3. 3 along the sides or slopes.
     (3) After, in consequence of, being indicated by; japamanu prāvarṣat P. II 3. 8 Sk. (hetubhūtajapopalakṣitaṃ varṣaṇaṃ); so vṛkṣamanu vidyotate vidyut.
     (4) With, along with (sahārthe); connected with; nadīmanu avasitā semā P. I. 4. 85 Sk. (nadyāsaha saṃbaddhā); umāstanodbhedamanu pravṛddhaḥ Ku. 7. 24 along with, contemporaneously; Śi. 8. 56; divasonumitramagamadvilayaṃ 9. 17.
     (5) Inferior or subordinate to (hīne); mitralābhamanu lābhasaṃpadaḥ Ki. 13. 52 inferior, lower in value or importance; anu hariṃ surāḥ = harerhīnāḥ P. I. 4. 86 Sk.
     (6) In a particular relation or state (itthaṃbhūtākhyāne prakāraviśeṣanirūpaṇe); bhakto viṣṇumanu Sk. (viṣṇoritthaṃbhūtaḥ, bhaktiviśeṣayuktaḥ) an ardent devotee of Viṣṇu; yastvāṃ dveṣṭi sa māṃ dveṣṭi yastvāmanu sa māmanu Ram. favourably inclined or devoted to.
     (7) Having a part or share, participation; or one that claims a share of (bhāge); bhāgo'syāsti iti bhāgasvāmī; lakṣmīrharimanu (harerbhāgaḥ) Sk., harisvāmikabhāgavatītyarthaḥ.
     (8) Repetition, in a distributive sense, mostly in comp. (vīpsārthe, viṣayatāyāṃ); anudivasaṃ day by day, every day; anukṣaṇaṃ every moment; -velaṃ every time, frequently; vṛkṣaṃ vṛkṣamanu siṃcati Sk. waters tree after tree, i. e. every tree (yāvadvṛkṣavyāpakaḥ sekaḥ).
     (9) Towards, in the direction of near, to, at (anuryatsamayā P. II. 1. 15); anuvanamaśanirgataḥ Sk.; -nadi Śi. 7. 24 near the river; prajighāya kāṃtamanu mugdhataraḥ 9. 55 to (prati); on or in, with the force of the locative; yadetadasyānutaṭaṃ vibhāti 4. 39, 7. 1; tasmādgaccheranukanakhalaṃ śailarājāvatīrṇāṃ (jahnoḥ kanyāṃ) Me. 50. (10) In orderly succession, according to; anukramaṃ in regular order; anujyeṣṭhaṃ = jyeṣṭhasyānupūrvyeṇa in order of seniority; -pūrvaṃ; anurūpaṃ = rūpasya yogyaṃ Sk.
     (11) Corresponding with, like, in imitation of; sarvaṃ māmanu te priyāvirahajāṃ tva tu vyathāṃ mānubhūḥ V. 4. 25; so anugarj to roar after or in imitation of.
     (12) Following, conformable to (anugata); tathaiva so'bhūdanvartho rājā prakṛtiraṃjanāt R. 4. 12 (anugato'rtho yasya).
     (13) With regard to, towards, in respect of; ardhyadānamanu codito vacaḥ Śi. 14. 53; sādhurdevadatto mātaramanu.
     (14) On account of, by reason of (with abl.); samasto bata loko'yaṃ bhajate kāraṇādanu . tvaṃ tu niṣkāraṇādeva prīyase varavarṇini .. Rām. As a separable adverb anu is used only in the Vedas and means after, afterwards, later on, now, at this time, again, once more, then, and further. (The senses of anu as given by G. M. are: --anu vedādhyayanānuṣṭhānasāmīpyapaścādbhāvānubaṃdhasāmyābhimukhahīnavisargalakṣaṇeṣu; e. g. vede anuvākaḥ; anuṣṭhāne anutiṣṭhati; sāmīpye anumeghaṃ varṣati; paścādbhāve tadanu; anubaṃdhane anuśete; sāmye anukaroti; ābhimukhye mātaramanudhāvati vatsaḥ; hīne anuhariṃ surāḥ; visarge anujānīte; lakṣaṇe anuvanamaśanirgataḥ). The senses of anu may be thus expressed in verse: āyāme'parabhāve ca (paścādarthe) vīpsāyāṃ sannidhau tathā . itthaṃbhūte lakṣaṇe ca bhāgasādṛśyayorapi .. yogyatāyāṃ tathā hīne tṛtīyārthe hyanukrame . artheṣveteṣu bahuśo hyanuśabdaḥ prayujyate ...

anuḥ Ved.
     (1) A man.
     (2) N. of a son of Yayāti.

anuka a. [anu-kan P. V. 2. 74, anukāmayate iti anukaḥ kamitā Sk.]
     (1) Greedy; desirous.
     (2) Libidinous, lustful (as a lover).
     (3) Sloping.

anukath 10 P. To relate after (some one else), mention subsequently.

anukathanam
     (1) Subsequent mention; ādeśaḥ kathanaṃ, anvādeśo'nukathanaṃ Kaśi. on P. II. 4. 32.
     (2) Relation, narration; discourse, conversation.

anukanīyas a. The next youngest.

anukaṃp 1 A. To take pity or compassion on, sympathize with, pity (with acc.); kimujjihānajīvitāṃ varākīṃ nānukaṃpase Mal. 10; kathaṃ brāhmaṇī māmanukaṃpate Mk. 3; kaṃpase nānukaṃpase 4. 8; with loc. also; sauhṛdena tathā premṇā sadā mayyanukaṃpase Mb. --Caus. To pity &c.; śapharīṃ prathamā vṛṣṭirivānvakaṃpayat Ku. 4. 39.

anukaṃpaka a. Pitying, taking compassion on, sympathizing with.

anukaṃpana a. One who pities, kindhearted, compassionate. --naṃ Compassion, pity, tenderness, sympathy.

anukaṃpā [kaṃp-aṅ] Compassion, commiseration, pity; with gen.; teṣāmevānukaṃpārthaṃ Bg. 10. 11; or with loc.; bhaktyā gurau mayyanukaṃpayā ca R. 2. 63; or in comp.; bhūtānukaṃpā tava cet R. 2. 48; anukaṃpāyāṃ kan P. V. 3. 76.

anukaṃpita p. p. Pitied; -ātman having a compassionate spirit.

anukaṃpin a. Pitying(in comp.); sympathizing with.

anukaṃpya pot. p. Pitiable, worthy of sympathy; kiṃ tanna yenāsi mamānukapyā R. 14. 74; duhitaramanukaṃpyāmadrirādāya dorbhyāṃ Ku. 3. 76. --pyaḥ
     (1) A courier, express messenger.
     (2) An ascetic.

anukāṃkṣā Desire, wish.

anukāma a. [kāmasya sadṛśaḥ anurūpo vā]
     (1) Agreeable to desire, according to one's desire.
     (2) [anukāmayate kamac] Desirous, lustful. --maṃ ind. At will, according to desire or wish, as desired, at pleasure. --maḥ [anurūpaḥ kāmaḥ] Proper or worthy desire; desire; -kṛt fulfilling one's desires.

anukāmīna a. [kāmasya sadṛśaṃ anukāmaṃ; kha pratyayaḥ; anukāmaṃ gāmī yatheṣṭaṃ gaṃtā ityarthaḥ P. V. 2. 11 Sk.] Going at will or pleasure; one who acts as he pleases; anukāmīnatāṃ tyaja Bk.

anukāla a. [kālasya yogyaḥ] Opportune, timely, adapted or suited to the time. --laṃ ind. Opportunely, on a proper occasion.

anukīrtanam Act of proclaiming or publishing.

anukūla a. [anugataḥ kūlaṃ taṭaṃ snehādibaṃdhanaṃ vā]
     (1) Favourable, agreeable (lit. following the bank or slope, according to the current, with the grain;), as wind, fate &c.; maṃdaṃ maṃdaṃ nudati pavanaścānukūlo yathā tvāṃ Me. 9; śāṃta-pavanaśca S. 4. 10; -pariṇāmā saṃvṛttā S. 7; V. 3. 20.
     (2) Friendly, kind, well or kindly disposed.
     (3) Conformable to; pleasing, agreeable or favourable to, conducing to, capable of; oft. in comp.; sparśānukūlā iva sūryakāṃtāḥ S. 2. 7; ananukūlo'bhimānasya K. 45 not inclined to pride; darśanānukūlāhamasya na veti 197; kuśalaviracitānukūlaveśaḥ R. 5. 76 befitting, suitable. --laḥ
     (1) A faithful or kind husband, (ekaratiḥ S. D. or ekanirataḥ ekasyāmeva nāyikāyāṃ āsaktaḥ), a variety of nāyaka.
     (2) 'Favourable to all,' epithet of Viṣṇu. --lā
     (1) N. of a tree (daṃtī) Croton Polyandrum.
     (2) N. of a metre. --laṃ
     (1) Favour, kindness; nārīṇāmanukūlamācarati cet K. P. 9.
     (2) (Rhet.) A figure in which unfavourableness turns into kindness; anukūlaṃ prātikūlyamānukūlyānubaṃdhi cet S. D.; kupitāsi yadā tanvi nidhāya karajakṣatam . badhāna bhujapāśābhyāṃ kaṃṭhamasya dṛḍhaṃ tadā ...

anukūlatā --tvam
     (1) Favour, conformity, kindness, good will; pavanasyānukūlatvāt R. 1. 42 the wind being favourable.
     (2) Prosperity.

anukūlayati Den. P. To conciliate, propitiate, act in a friendly way towards; (taṃ) anukūlayatīṃdro'pi kalpadrumavibhūṣaṇaiḥ Ku. 2. 39; Ki. 13. 71; Śi. 7. 11.

anukṛ 8 U.
     (1) To do after or afterwards; follow; especially to imitate, do after or in imitation of, resemble, equal, copy (with gen.); tato'nukuryādviśadasya tasyāḥ ... smitasya Ku. 1. 44; śyāmatayā harerivānukurvatīṃ K. 10; anukaroti bhagavato nārāyaṇasya 6, 282; nanu kalabhena yūthapateranukṛtam M. 5; (also with acc.); sarvābhiranyābhiḥ kalābhiranucakāra taṃ vaiśaṃpāyanaḥ K. 76; śailādhipasyānucakāra lakṣmīṃ Bk. 2. 8; bahutaraṃ bhavaṃtamanukaroti V. 5; Ms. 2. 199.
     (2) To requite, recompense.
     (3) To try on, adjust, adapt; baṃdhaṃ tato'nukurvīta Suśr.

anukara a. Imitating. --raḥ An assistant.

anukaraṇaṃ, --kṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Imitation; tvadīyasucaritaikadeśasyānukaraṇaṃ kilaitat Mu. 7.
     (2) Copy, resemblance, similarity; śabdānukaraṇaṃ onamatopoeia; avyaktānukaraṇasyāta itau P. VI. 1. 98; V. 4. 57; I. 4. 62; dhūmodgārānukṛtinipuṇāḥ Me. 69.
     (3) Compliance; omityetadanukṛtihasma vai Taitt. Up.

anukartṛ m.
     (1) An imitator.
     (2) Actor, performer.

anukarman n.
     (1) Imitation.
     (2) [paścātkṛtaṃ karma] A subsequent rite.

anukāraḥ [kṛ-ghañ] Imitation, resemblance; sulabhānukāraḥ khalu jagati vedhaso nirmāṇasaṃniveśaḥ Mal. 9.

anukārin a. Imitating, resembling (with gen. or in comp.); priyāyāḥ kiṃcidanukāriṇīṣu latāsu dṛṣṭiṃ vilobhayāmi S. 6; anukāriṇi pūrveṣāṃ yuktarūpamidaṃ tvayi S. 2. 16; 1. 21; R. 1. 43, 3. 50.

anukārya, --karaṇīya, --kartavya pot. p. Fit to be imitated. --ryaṃ, -anukriyā A subsequent rite or ceremony.

anukrīḥ [anu --kṛ uṇā- bā. ī. kicca Tv.] A kind of sacrifical rite called sādyaskra.

anukṛpāyate Den. A. To sympathize or condole with.

anukṛṣ 1 P. To drag after oneself, to attract (in gram.); see anukarṣa below. --Caus. To subject.

anukarṣaḥ --rṣaṇam
     (1) Dragging after, drawing along; attraction in general.
     (2) Summoning or invoking (by means of spells).
     (3) Grammatical attraction, application or attration of a word in a preceding rule to a subsequent rule, word &c.; nāyamanukarṣaṇārthaścakāraḥ Mbh. on P. II. 2. 4; see also Sk. on P. VI. 1. 127.
     (4) [anukṛṣyate svasaṃbaddhena cakreṇa] The axle-tree or bottom of a carriage.
     (5) Delayed performance of a duty.

anukarṣan m. The bottom of a carriage.

anukḷp 1 A. To follow duly. --Caus. To cause others to follow duly.

anukalpaḥ [anugataḥ mukhyaṃ kalpaṃ]
     (1) A secondary direction or precept, a substitute or alternative to be used in times of necessity when the primary one (prathamakalpa) is not possible; as the direction to use godhūma or taṃḍula in the absence of yava; prabhuḥ prathamakalpasya yo'nukalpena vartate Ms. 11. 30, 3. 147.
     (2) A work connected with kalpa (one of the six auxiliaries of the Vedas).

anukta a.
     (1) Unuttered, unsaid (in gram.) = anabhihita q. v. under abhidhā.
     (2) Unheard of, extraordinary.
     (3) Not told; asāvanukto'pi sahāya eva Ku. 3. 21.

anuktha a. Without hymns or songs of praise; Rv. 5. 2. 3.

anukrakaca a. [anugataḥ krakacaṃ] Serrated, dentated like a saw.

anukraṃd 1 P. To cry after, reply to the sound; vīrunnīḍakapotakūjitamanukraṃdaṃtyamī kukkuṭāḥ Māl. 9. 7.

anukraṃdanam A cry in reply.

anukram 1 U., 4 P.
     (1) To go after, follow (fig. also); maharṣibhiranukrāṃtaṃ dharmapaṃthānamāsthitaḥ Ram.; to betake oneself to; tīrthayātrāmanukrāman Mb.; vyavasāyamanukrāṃtā kāṃte tvamatiśobhanaṃ Ram.
     (2) To count up, enumerate, state or go through in order; yaccānukrāṃtaṃ yaccānukraṃsyate Mbh. on P. I. 1. 72; give a table of contents, used frequently in the Nirukta.

anukrama a. [anugataḥ kramaṃ] In due order. --maḥ
     (1) Succession, order, sequence, arrangement, method, due order; pracakrame vaktumanukramajñā R. 6. 70; śvaśrūjanaṃ sarvamanukrameṇa 14. 60; Y. 2. 41.
     (2) A table of contents, index, such as that of the Vedic Samhitās.

anukramaṇam
     (1) Proceeding in order.
     (2) Following. --ṇī, --ṇikā [svārthe kan] A table of contents, an index showing the successive contents of a work.

anukruś 1 P. To shout at or after. --Caus. To join in lamenting, condole with, show sympathy.

anukrośaḥ
     (1) Pity, compassion, tenderness (with loc.); bhagavankāmadeva na te mayyanukrośaḥ S. 3; Me. 115; kimapi sānukrośaḥ kṛtaḥ made to relent S. 4; na te māṃ prati anukrośaḥ S. 3.
     (2) One who has gone over a krośa (2 miles) (anugataḥ krośaṃ).

anukṣaṇam ind. Every instant, constantly, frequently.

anukṣattṛ m. (ttā) The attendant of a door-keeper or charioteer.

anukṣetram Stipend given to certain temple-worshippers in Orissa (?).

anukhyā 2 P. Ved. To descry, see from a distance.

anukhyātiḥ f.
     (1) Descrying.
     (2) Reporting, revealing.

anukhyātṛ m. (tā) A discoverer; reporter.

anugam 1 P.
     (1) To go after, follow, attend, accompany; anabhijño guṇānāṃ yo na bhṛtyairanugamyate Pt. 1. 73; odakāṃtātsnigdho jano'nugaṃtavyaḥ S. 4; kekāravairanugamyamāno bhūṣaṇaninādaḥ K. 84; mārgaṃ manuṣyeśvaradharmapatnī śruterivārthaṃ smṛtiranvagacchat R. 2. 2; chāyeva tāṃ bhūpatiranvagacchat 6; Ms. 12. 115; Ki. 5. 2.
     (2) To follow, practise, observe, obey, act up to; pratiśbdaka iva rājavacanamanugacchati jano bhayāt K. 104; pūrvairayamabhipreto gato mārgo'nugamyate Ram.; viṣattau ca mahāṃlloke dhīratāmanugacchati H. 3. 44.
     (3) To seek, wander through; kānanaṃ vāpi śailaṃ vā yaṃ rāmo'nugamiṣyati Ram.; kṛtsnāṃ pṛthvīmanugacchata ibid. go in quest of.
     (4) To come, arrive, approach, present oneself (as time); kāle tvanugate Bhag.
     (5) To answer or respond to; correspond with, be suitable to; imitate, resemble; dhanuḥśriyaṃ gotrabhido'nugacchati Ki. 4. 36; āsphālitaṃ yatpramadākarāgrairmṛdaṃgadhīradhvanimanvagacchat R. 16. 13; na cāpi kādaṃbarīṃ lakṣmīranugaṃtumalaṃ K. 203.
     (6) To go or die out, be extinguished; yadyeṣa ukhyo'gniranugacchet Śat. Br.
     (7) To enter into. --Caus. [--gamayati] To cause to follow, follow; udgrīvairanugamitasya puṣkarasya M. 1. 21 followed or accompanied in sound.

anuga a. [anugacchatīti, gam-ḍa] (In comp.) Following, going after; corresponding or tallying with, adequate to; sadā pṛṣṭhānugaḥ pure Pt. 1. 59; gītānugaṃ vāri mṛdaṃgavādyaṃ R. 16. 64; Me. 47; kāmakrodhavaśānugaṃ Ms. 2. 214; gotrarikthānugaḥ piṃḍaḥ 9. 142 governed or regulated by; 8. 239. --gaḥ A follower, (obedient) servant, companion; tadbhūtanāthānuga R. 2. 58, 9. 82; bala- followed by an army, being the head of an army.

anugata p. p.
     (1) (Used passively)
          (a) Followed (lit. & fig.), attended; anugatamalivṛṃdairgaṃḍabhittīrvihāya R. 12. 102; M. 3. 9; Ms. 11. 71.
          (b) Full of, filled with; dāridryeṇābhibhūtena tvatsnehānugatena ca Mk. 4. 5; varṣadharakalamūkānugatena parijanena K. 159 consisting or made up of; ciṃtānugatasarvātman Mb.
          (c) Covered, as by a dress hanging behind; śivamivānugataṃ gajacarmaṇā Ki. 5. 2 (paścādvyāptaṃ).
          (d) Extinguished &c.
          (e) Acquired, obtaind.
     (2) (Used actively)
          (a) Following, obeying, observing; svamatamanugataḥ Mu. 5. 19; vibhavānugatā bhāryā Mk. 3. 28; digvijayaprasaṃgenānugato bhūmimimāṃ K. 191 come to; Ms. 9. 267; K. 166; Mu. 6. 5; H. 2. 56; R. 15. 9.
          (b) Corresponding or tallying with, adapted or answering to, in harmony with; sūtreṇānugataṃ bhavati S. B.; pādanyāso layamanugataḥ M. 2. 9 in accompaniment to the musical time; mṛdaṃga -taḥ saṃgītamadhuraḥ Ratn. 1; -vīṇaiḥ Śi. 11. 10.
          (c) Adequate or suitable to, fit for; prastāvānugataṃ pṛṣṭaḥ Pt. 5.
          (d) Imitating; parituṣṭo'smi yatpitaramanugato vatsaḥ M. 5 I am glad that the boy takes after his father. --taṃ Moderate time in music.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. having a corresponding or easily discoverable sense.

anugatiḥ f.
     (1) Following; balasya caturaṃgasya nāyakānugatirnayaḥ Ram.; gatānugatikro lokaḥ following, imitating; see under gata.
     (2) Consent, approval; akāma- forced consent.

anugamaḥ --manam
     (1) Following; ātmānugamanena gāṃ prasādayitumarhasi R. 1. 88; bṛhaterdhātorarthānugamāt S. B.
     (2) Comprehending, grasping (as a sense); rasādyanugataḥ S. D.
     (3) Following in death, post-cremation, self-immolation of a widow on her husband's funeral pile.
     (4) Imitating; approaching.
     (5) Conformity, accordance; śrutyanugamācca S. B.

anugāmin a. Following. --m. A follower = anuga.

anugāmuka a. Habitually or constantly following.

anugarj 1 P. To roar after or in imitation of.

anugarjita p. p. Roared. --taṃ A roaring echo, Ku. 6. 40.

anugava a. [goḥ sadṛśaḥ āyāmaḥ, ac] Suiting (the length of) the oxen.

anugiram ind. By the mountainside R. 13. 49.

anugavīnaḥ [anugu goḥ paścātparyāptaṃ yathā gacchati so'nugavīnaḥ gopālaḥ; anugu kha P. V. 2. 15 Sk.] A cowherd.

anugādin a. [gad-ṇini] Repeating, following in speaking, echoing.

anugīti See under anugai.

anuguṇa a. [anukūlo guṇo yasya] Having similar qualities, of the same nature; kāṃtāratāpasāvikṣū vaṃśakānuguṇau smṛtau Suśr.; conformable to, favourable or agreeable to, suitable, according to; manorathasyānuguṇaṃ sarvadā yasya ceṣṭitaṃ Mv. 7. 7 obedient to the will; 7. 38; guṇasaṃpadānuguṇatāṃ gamitaḥ Ki. 6. 33; 10. 13; congenial, suitable, fit; -annalābhāt Dk. 64, 94; ananuguṇadārāṇāṃ Dk. 130 not having wives worthy of themselves; (vīṇā) utkaṃṭhitasya hṛdayānuguṇā vayasyā Mk. 3. 3 agreeable or pleasing to the heart, exactly after the heart (Tv. here takes -ṇā to mean taṃtrīyuktavīṇā itself); atra dvāvapyupadhmānīyāveva na śāṃtānuguṇau R. G.; rasānuguṇatāmeti S. D.; -ṇaṃ sarvāsvavasthāsu yat U. 1. 39 --ṇaḥ A natural peculiarity. --ṇaṃ adv.
     (1) Favourably, conformably to one's desires; cireṇānuguṇaṃ proktā pratipattiparāṅmukhī Bk. 8. 95.
     (2) Agreeably or conformably to (in comp.); tadādeśānuguṇaṃ bhavadāgamanamabhūt Dk. 11.
     (3) Naturally.

anuguṇatvam Favourableness.

anuguṇayati Den. P. To make favourable, conciliate; bring about, secure; saṃpado'nuguṇayan sukhaiṣiṇāṃ Ki. 13. 44.

anugupta a. Covered, sheltered.

anugai 1 P.
     (1) To sing after (a person), sing to (a tune); follow in singing; anugāyati kācidudaṃcitapaṃcamarāgaṃ Gīt. 1; anujaguratha divyaṃ duṃdubhidhvānamāśāḥ Ki. 3. 60 sent back, echoed.
     (2) To sing; to celebrate in song.

anugītam Singing in response to; Ratn. 1. 19.

anugītiḥ f. N. of a metre of two lines, the first having 27 and the second 32, mātras, a species of the Ārya metre.

anugrah 9 P. (Ved. --gṛbhṇāti).
     (1) To favour, oblige, treat with kindness; śilātalaikadeśamanugṛhṇānu vayasyaḥ S. 3 our friend will be so good as to, or kindly, take a seat on the stone; ayaṃ viṣṭaro'nugṛhyatāṃ V. 5 be pleased to sit down &c.; maheṃdreṇa punaranugṛhītā V. 3 favoured (by modifying the curse); with instr. or abl. of that which is an obligation; anugṛhīto'hamanayā maghavataḥ saṃbhāvanayā S. 6; kataratkulamanugṛhītaṃ bhagavatyā janmanā K. 135; anugṛhīto'smi ahamupadeśādbhavataḥ V. 4 I am much obliged to you &c. (anugṛhīta is oft. used by itself in the sense of 'much obliged', 'many thanks,' 'I thank you', 'I esteem it a favour').
     (2) To foster, cherish, protect, maintain (as fire); agnirnityānugṛhītaḥ syāt Asval.
     (3) To receive, welcome.
     (4) To hold up, support, uphold.
     (5) To follow in robbing, seizing or depriving.
     (6) To keep to, conform or correspond to, follow, take after; ākṛtimanugṛhṇaṃti guṇāḥ Vb. 2; kṣātradharmaścānugṛhīto bhavati U. 5. --Caus. To cause to favour, or to favour; āryasya darśanenātmānamanugrāhayituṃ Mu. 4.

anugrahaḥ, --haṇam
     (1) A favour, kindness, obligation; showing favour, obliging, rewarding (opp. nigraha); nigrahānugrahakartā Pt. 1; pādārpaṇānugrahapūtapṛṣṭhaṃ R. 2. 35; anugraha iveyamabhyarthanā S. 1; anugrahaṃ saṃsmaraṇapravṛttaṃ Ku. 3. 3.
     (2) Assistance, help (shown to the poor in feeding them &c. daridrādipoṣaṇaṃ).
     (3) Facilitating by spells.
     (4) Acceptance.
     (5) Rear-guard.
     -- Comp.
          --kātara a. anxious to please or for favour.
          --sargaḥ creation of feelings or mental conditions.

anugrāhya pot. p. Fit to be favoured or obliged; tataḥ kathanenātmānamanugrāhyamicchāmi K. 134; na vayamanugrāhyāḥ prāyo devatānāṃ 61.

anugrāhaka a.
     (1) Favouring, furthering, promoting.
     (2) Gracious, kind.

anugrāsakaḥ A mouthful; the equivalent of a mouthful.

anughaṭanam Linking together with; kṣiptā kathānughaṭanāya mayāpi vāṇī K. 240.

anucar 1 P.
     (1) To follow, pursue, go after; to serve, attend or wait upon; pitroḥ pādānanucaran K. 368 serving.
     (2) To traverse, seek after, go through, wander.
     (3) To conduct oneself, behave.

anucaraḥ
     (1) A companion, follower, attendant, servant; tenānucareṇa dhenoḥ R. 2. 4; ātmānucarasya bhāvaṃ jijñāsamānā 26, 52; Me. 3; Ms. 12. 47. In comp. attended or followed by; vānara-, rākṣasa- &c.
     (2) Following a spy (caramanugataḥ). --rī, --rā
     (1) A female attendant.
     (2) A logical or due strophe.

anucarita p. p. Followed &c. --taṃ Walk; walk in life; conduct.

anucārakaḥ A follower, servant &c. --rikā A female servant.

anucarciḥ f. Ved. Repeating(in a chorus).

anucita a.
     (1) Wrong, improper.
     (2) Unusual; unfit.

anuciṃt 10 P. To consider, think of, call to mind; dhāturvibhutvamanuciṃtya vapuśca tasyāḥ S. 2. 9; Bg. 8. 8; Ms. 4. 92.

anuciṃtā, --ciṃtanam
     (1) Calling to mind, thinking of, meditating upon.
     (2) Recalling, recollecting.
     (3) Constant thinking, anxiety.

anucchādaḥ The part of a man's under-garment which is allowed to hang down in front from the waist to the feet (Mar. nityā).

anucchittiḥ f., anucchedaḥ Nonextirpation; non-destruction; indestructibility.

anucchiṣṭa a. Not rejected; pure, holy; fresh, unused; -yauvanā Dk. 112.

anujan 4 A.
     (1) To be born after, arise or be produced after, to follow in being born, arising &c.; putrikāyāṃ kṛtāyāṃ tu yadi putro'nujāyate Ms. 9. 134; athavā jāyamānasya yacchīlamanujāyate Mb.
     (2) To take after (one's parents); to be born similar to.

anuja --jāta p. p. Born after, later, younger; rāmamanujātaḥ P. III. 4. 72; asau kumārastamajo'nujātaḥ R. 6. 78; pumāṃsamanurudhya jātā pumanujā Sk.; so stryanujā. --jaḥ, --jātaḥ
     (1) A younger brother; Ms. 5. 58.
     (2) A cadet; born again, after born, younger, later.
     (3) Taking after.
     (4) Born again, invested with the sacred thread. --jā, --jātā
     (1) A younger sister.
     (2) N. of a plant (trāyamāṇālatā). --jaṃ N. of a plant (prapauṃḍarīka).
     -- Comp.
          --avara a. lower than the younger, youngest.

anujanman m. [anu janma yasya] A younger brother; jananātha tavānujanmanāṃ Ki. 2. 17; Śi. 13. 2, 14.

anujīv 1 P.
     (1) To depend upon for subsistence, hang on, live by or upon (something); ye ca tvāmanujīvaṃti nāhaṃ teṣāṃ na te mama Ram.; sa tu tasyāḥ pāṇigrāhakamanujīviṣyati Dk. 122 hang or depend on, live (submissively) under, live as a subordinate to.
     (2) To see without envy; yāṃ tāṃ śriyamasūyāmaḥ purā dṛṣṭvā yudhiṣṭhire adya tāmanujīvāmaḥ Mb.
     (3) To live for any one.
     (4) To follow or imitate in living; R. 19. 15 v. l.
     (5) To survive.

anujīvin a. Dependent, living on or upon. --m. A dependent, servant, follower; avaṃcanīyāḥ prabhavo'nujīvibhiḥ Ki. 1. 4, 10; bhartuściṃtānuvartitvaṃ suvṛttaṃ cānujīvinām Pt. 1. 69.

anujīvya a. To be served(as a master).

anujñā 9 U.
     (1) To permit, allow (a person or thing); assent or consent to, approve; authorise, sanction; tadanujānīhi māṃ gamanāya U. 3 so let me go; seyaṃ yāti śakuṃtalā patigṛhaṃ sarvairanujñāyatāṃ S. 4. 8 permitted to go; Bk. 1. 23; M. 1. 19; Ms. 2. 116; tanmayā prītimatā'nujñātaṃ S. 5 approved, agreed to.
     (2) To betroth, affiance; māṃ jātamātrāṃ dhanamitranāmne'nvajānādbhāryāṃ me pitā Dk. 50.
     (3) To excuse, forgive; anupraveśe yadvīra kṛtavāṃstvaṃ mamāpriyaṃ . sarvaṃ tadanujānāmi Mb.
     (4) To repent, be sorry for.
     (5) To request, entreat, beg; tvāṃ sāhamanujānāmi na gaṃtavyamito vanaṃ Ram.
     (6) To treat or behave kindly, favour; te māṃ vīryeṇa yaśasā ... astraiścāpyanvajānata Mb.
     (7) To dismiss, bid farewell (usually in caus.). --Caus (-jñāpayati)
     (1) To ask or beg for, request.
     (2) To ask permission, ask for leave; take leave of, bid adieu to; so'pi tacchrutvā ... vānaramanujñāpya svāśrayaṃ gataḥ Pt. 4; taṃ cakradharamanujñāpya svagṛhaṃ gataḥ 5; Ms. 4. 122; 9. 82; sa mātaramanujñāpya tapasyeva mano dadhe . jagmatuśca yathākāmamanujñāpya parasparaṃ Mb.

anujñā, --jñānam [jñā-aṅ-lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Permission, consent, sanction; guroranujñāmadhigamya mātaḥ R. 2. 66.
     (2) Permission or leave to depart.
     (3) Excusing, forgiving, allowance made for faults.
     (4) An order, command.
     -- Comp.
          --eṣaṇā, --prārthanā requesting permission, taking leave.

anujñāta p. p. Permitted, allowed, assented to, granted, honoured, favoured, authorised, dismissed.

anujñāpakaḥ One who commands or orders.

anujñāpanaṃ, --jñāptiḥ f.
     (1) Authorising.
     (2) Issuing an order or command.

anujyeṣṭha a. [anugato jyeṣṭhaṃ] Next to the eldest. --ṣṭhaṃ adv. According to seniority.

anutap 1 P.
     (1) To heat; vex, annoy (fig.).
     (2) (4 A. or pass.) To repent, grieve, be sorry for, be stung with remorse; vividhairanutapyaṃte dayitānunayairmanasvinyaḥ V. 3. 5 (v. l. for nibhṛtairvyapatrapaṃte &c.); Ki. 17. 40. --Caus. To pain, afflict, distress virahaḥ kimivānutāpayedvada bāhyairviṣayairvipaścitaṃ R. 8. 89.

anutapta p. p.
     (1) Heated.
     (2) Filled with regret, repentant.

anutāpaḥ
     (1) Repentance, remorse, contrition, subsequent regret or sorrow; jātānutāpeva sā V. 4. 38 stung with remorse; Ms. 11. 228.
     (2) Heat.

anutāpana a. Causing distress or regret or sorrow.

anutāpin a. Repentant, sorry.

anutara See under anutṝ.

anutarṣaḥ [tṛṣ-ghañ]
     (1) Thirst, desire to drink; sopacāramupaśāṃtavicāraṃ sānutarṣamanutarṣapadena Śi. 10. 2 (thirst and liquor).
     (2) Wish, desire.
     (3) Drinking spirituous liquors.
     (4) A drinking vessel (used in drinking spirituous liquors).
     (5) Liquor itself.

anutarṣaṇam = anutarṣa 3 and 4.

anutila a. Following tila(as a field). --laṃ ind. Grain after grain, i. e. by grains or very minutely.

anutunna a. Ved. Depressed or repressed (in sound), unruffled.

anutūlayati Den. P. To rub(as the point or end of grass) with cotton; P. III. 1. 25.

anutūlanam Rubbing in this manner.

anutṝ 1 P.
     (1) To go across or to the end.
     (2) To stretch lengthwise.

anutaram [anutīryate anena; karaṇe ap] Fare, freight.

anutka a. Not over-anxious, not repentant or regretful; self-complacent.

anutta a. Ved. [ud-kta na. ta.]
     (1) Not moistened or wet; tubhyamidadrivo'nuttaṃ Rv. 1. 80. 7.
     (2) Not set driven forth or urged (aprerita); invincible (?).

anuttama a. [na uttamo yasmāt]
     (1) Than which there is nothing better, having no superior or better, unsurpassed, the very best or highest, incomparably or pre-eminently the best; sarvadravyeṣu vidyaiva dravyamāhuranuttamaṃ H. Pr. 4; kāṃkṣan gatimanuttamāṃ Ms. 2. 242; Y. 1. 87; adastvayā nunnamanuttamaṃ tamaḥ Śi. 1. 27 all-pervading; Bg. 7. 18; Ms. 2. 9; 5. 158; 8. 81.
     (2) Not the best.
     (3) (In gram.) Not used in the uttama or first, person. --maḥ N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbhas, -aṃbhasikaṃ a term in Saṅkhya philosophy, said to mean'indifference to and abstinence from sensual enjoyment, as fatiguing or involving injury to external objects.'

anuttara a. [nāsti uttaro yasmāt]
     (1) Principal, chief.
     (2) Best, excellent; anuttarāṇi vilasitāni Dk. 162 unsurpassed.
     (3) [nāsti uttaraṃ yasya] Without a reply, silent, unable to answer; bhavatyavajñā ca bhavatyanuttarāt Naishadha.
     (4) Fixed, firm (na uttarati calati).
     (5) Low, inferior, base, mean.
     (6) Southern. --raṃ [na. ta.] No reply, a reply which, being evasive, is considered to be no reply. --rāḥ (pl.) A class of gods among Jainas (-upapātika). --rā The south.

anuttaraṃga a. Steady, not ruffled (by waves); apamivādhāramanuttaraṃgaṃ Ku. 3. 48.

anutthānam Absence of exertion.

anutpattiḥ f. Failure, non-production. --a., --ttika a. Not yet produced.
     -- Comp.
          --dharmakṣāṃtiḥ preparation for a future state, acquiescence in the state and moral condition which is yet to come.
          --samaḥ --mā a method of arguing against a thing by attempting to prove that nothing exists from which it could spring.

anutpanna a. Not produced or born, unborn, unproduced &c.

anutpādaḥ Not coming into existence, not taking effect.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣāṃti see anutpattidharmakṣāṃti.

anutsāha a. Destitute of energy or determination. --haḥ Want of determination, energy &c.; listlessness, languor, indifference.

anutsuka a. Moderate, not overeager, retiring, calm.

anutsūtra a. Not deviating from the Sutra (of Paṇini or of morality); not anomalous or irregular; -padanyāsā sadvṛttiḥ sannibaṃdhanā Śi. 2. 112.

anutsekaḥ Absence of haughtiness or pride; -ko lakṣmyāṃ Bh. 2. 63; modesty; -kaḥ khaluvikramālaṃkāraḥ V. 1; cf. "Modesty is the handmaid of heroism".

anutsekin a. Not puffed up, not proud or arrogant; bhāgyeṣu- nī bhava S. 4. 17.

anuda a. [na nudati or anudadāti tulyaṃ dadāti, dā-ka] Ved. Not urging or driving onward; or, emulating others in giving (tulyarūpadātṛ); see anānuda.

anudaka a.
     (1) Waterless(as a desert).
     (2) Having very little water (as a puddle).
     (3) Devoid of the libations of water (a sort of śrāddha).

anudagra a.
     (1) Not lofty, low.
     (2) Soft, tender; weak, not sharp.

anudara a.
     (1) Having a slender waist; thin, lank; -rājakanyā Sk. (alpārthe nañ, see a).

anudā 3 U. To give back, restore; to yield, grant, remit.

anudeyī
     (1) Restoration.
     (2) A female companion.

anudātta a. Grave(accent); not elevated or raised (not pronounced with the Udatta accent); uccairudāttaḥ, nīcairanudāttaḥ; accentless, having the neutral, general tone; udāttaścānudāttaśca svaritaśca trayaḥ svarāḥ; uttered with the grave accent (as a vowel); prayatnaprerito vāyuryadordhvabhāge pratihato'caṃ niṣpādayati sa udāttaḥ; evamadhoniṣpanno'c anudāttaḥ; tālvādiṣu sabhāgeṣu sthāneṣu nīcabhāge niṣpanno'c anudāttaḥ; -ttaṃ padamekavarjaṃ Sk. (The term anudātta is used by Paṇini for the grave accent which immediately precedes the Udatta, and also for the general accentless tone neither high nor low, termed ekaśruti, the one monotonous intonation belonging to the generality of syllables in a sentence). --ttaḥ The grave accent.
     -- Comp.
          --ādiḥ a nominal base of which the first syllable is anudātta. --it a verbal root having for its anubaṃdha the grave accent (denoting that it takes the Ātm. terminations only).
          --udayaṃ a syllable followed (immediately) by the grave accent.
          --tara a. more than anudātta; still lower or graver accent, i. e. that which immediately precedes a syllable having the udātta or svarita accent and is thus more depressed than the ordinary anudātta accent.

anudāra a.
     (1) Not liberal, niggardly; not high or noble.
     (2) Having none more liberal, very liberal, or great.
     (3) (anugato dārān) Adhering to or followed by a wife; yasminprasīdasi punaḥ sa bhavatyudāro'nudāraśca K. P. 4 (used in sense 1 also).
     (4) Having a suitable or worthy wife (anurūpāḥ dārāḥ yasya).

anudita a.
     (1) Unsaid, not uttered.
     (2) Not risen or appeared forth.

anudinaṃ --divasam ind. Daily, day after day; pārāvataḥ khalu śilākaṇamātrabhojī kāmī bhavedanudinaṃ vada ko'tra hetuḥ Udb.; anudivasaṃ parihīyaseṃ'gaiḥ S. 3.

anudiś 6 P. To point out, assign.

anudeśaḥ
     (1) Pointing back; a rule or direction which refers or points back to a previous rule; yathāsaṃkhyamanudeśaḥ samānāṃ P. I. 3. 10; subsequent mention of things (words, suffixes &c.) in the order of things previously mentioned, respective enumeration or statement, first for first, second for second; as in samūlākṛtajīveṣu hankṛñgrahaḥ P. III. 4. 36.
     (2) Direction, order, injunction.

anudeśin a. Pointing or referring back; being the object of an anudeśa.

anudṛś 1 P. To survey, behold; to keep in view or mind, see in prospect; na ca śreyo'nupaśyāmi hatvā svajanamāhave Bg. 1. 31; Bh. 3. 3. --Caus. To show, tell, inform as follows; senāpatiḥ putramagnimitraṃ pariṣvajya anudarśayati M. 5 writes or informs as follows.

anudarśanam Inspection, survey; utthitaścāpramattaśca balānāmanudarśane Ram.; consideration, regard; janmamṛtyujarāvyādhiduḥkhadoṣānudarśanaṃ Bg. 13. 8 perception.

anudṛṣṭi a. Having a favourable look. --ṣṭiḥ f. A favourable look.

anudairghya a. [dairghyamanugataḥ] Longitudinal, lengthwise.

anuddhata a. Not raised or puffed up; -tāḥ satpuruṣāḥ samṛddhibhiḥ S. 5. 12; humble; modest; unsurpassed.

anuddharaṇam
     (1) Not removing or taking away.
     (2) Not offering, establishing or proving.

anuddhāraḥ
     (1) Non-partition; not taking a share (viṃśoddhāraśūnyo vibhāgaḥ).
     (2) Non-removal.

anuddhṛta a. Undivided, unremoved, uninjured, unharmed, undestroyed, unoffered or established &c.
     -- Comp.
          --abhyastamayaḥ taking place of sunset, while the āhavanīya fire continues to be unremoved from the gārhapatya.

anudbhaṭa a.
     (1) Not bold; soft, mild.
     (2) Not exalted or lofty.

anudyata, anudyama a. Not diligent, idle, inactive.

anudyūtam Repeated playing or gambling; N. of a part of the Sabhāparvan.

anudyoga a. Lazy, not industrious. --gaḥ Idleness, inactivity.

anudru 1 P.
     (1) To run after, follow, accompany; dhanurdharaṃ rājasutairanudrutaṃ R. 3. 38; 12. 67; 16. 25; Śi. 1. 52; 5. 59.
     (2) To chase, pursue.

anudruta p. p.
     (1) Followed, pursued; (sometimes used actively).
     (2) Sent or brought back (as sound). --taṃ A measure of time in music = half druta, or one-fourth of a Matrā (or of the time taken to utter a short vowel); ardhamātraṃ drutaṃ jñeyaṃ drutārdhaṃ cāpyanudrutaṃ.

anudvāhaḥ Non-marriage, celibacy.

anudvigna a. Easy in mind, secure.

anudvega a. Free from anxiety or apprehension. --gaḥ Security or freedom from fear.

anudhāv 1 P.
     (1) To run after; follow; ṛṣīṇāṃ punarādyānāṃ vācamartho'nudhāvati U. 1. 10 the sense follows the words (the words being not uttered with a view to a particular sense); svaruciṃ niścayato'nudhāvati Śi. 16. 44 follows his own will.
     (2) To run up to, approach.
     (3) To cleanse, wash.

anudhāvanam
     (1) Going or running after, following, pursuing; turaga -kaṃḍitasaṃdheḥ S. 2.
     (2) Close pursuit of an object (for the knowledge of truth); research, investigation.
     (3) Seeking a mistress, though unattainable.
     (4) Cleansing, purification.

anudhyai 1 P.
     (1) To think of, muse, consider attentively.
     (2) To wish well of, to bless, favour; prajāniṣekaṃ mayi vartamānaṃ sūnoranudhyāyata cetaseti R. 14. 60 bless; anudadhyuranudhyeyaṃ sāṃnidhyaiḥ pratimāgataiḥ 17. 36 favoured.

anudhyā [dhyai-aṅ] Thinking or wishing well of, favouring, attachment.

anudhyāna p. p. Mused, thought of &c. --taṃ --naṃ [dhyai-lyuṭ]
     (1) Thought; anudhyānānaṃtarameva K. 262; meditation, religious contemplation.
     (2) Thinking of, remembrance; yā naḥ prītirvirūpākṣa tvadanudhyānasaṃbhavā Ku. 6. 21.
     (3) Wishing well of, affectionate solicitude for; anudhyātairupetavyaṃ vatsayorbhadramastu vaḥ U. 7. 11; sā tvamaṃba snuṣāyāmaruṃdhatīva sītāyāṃ śivānudhyānaparā bhava U. 1.

anudhyāyaḥ [dhyai kartari ghañ] One who wishes well of.

anudhyeya a. To be favoured or wished well of; anudadhyuranudhyeyaṃ R. 17. 36.

anunad 1 P. To sound towards or at (with acc.). --Caus. To cause to sound, make resonant, fill with echo; pṛthivīṃ cāṃtarikṣaṃ ca sāgarāṃścānunādayan; sādhu sādhviti nādena pṛthivīmanvanādayan; vihaṃgairanunāditaṃ Mb. made musical or resonant.

anunādaḥ [anurūpo nādaḥ] Sound, noise; Śi. 7. 18; reverberation, echo.

anunādin a. Echoing, sounding, resonant.

anunaya, --nāyikā See under anunī.

anunāsika a. [anugato nāsikāṃ]
     (1) Nasal, pronounced through the nose; mukhasahitanāsikayā uccāryamāṇo varṇo'nunāsikasaṃjñaḥ syāt Sk.; mukhanāsikāvacano'nunāsikaḥ P. I. 1. 8; amo'nunāsikā na thau Śikṣā; anunāsika being a name for the 5 nasal consonants, the vowels or the consonants y, v, l (under certain circumstances); i. e. the letters included in the pratyāhāra am except h and r.
     (2) The sign used to mark the nasalization in the case of y, v or l. --kaṃ The nasal twang.
     -- Comp.
          --ādiḥ a conjunct consonant beginning with a nasal.

anunirdeśaḥ Description or relation following the previous order or sequence; bhūyasāmupadiṣṭānāṃ kriyāṇāmatha karmaṇām . kramaśo yo'nunirdeśo yathāsaṃkhyaṃ taducyate S. D.

anunirvāpaḥ Subsequent libation (with clarified butter).

anunirvāpyā A ceremony connected with this libation.

anunī 1 P.
     (1) To conciliate, win over, induce, persuade, prevail upon; request, supplicate, entreat, propitiate, pacify, appease (anger &c.); sa cānunītaḥ praṇatena paścāt R. 5. 54; vigrahācca śayane parāṅmukhīrnānunetumabalāḥ sa tatvare 19. 38, 43; Bk. 6. 137; 5. 46, tvatsaṃgamena mama tattadivānunītaṃ V. 3. 20 pacified, made favourable or agreeable; Ki. 13. 67; M. 5; K. 168, 178; Dk. 3, 4, 7.
     (2) To cherish love; vidviṣopyanunaya Bh. 2. 77; cf. Shakespeare "Cherish those hearts that hate thee".
     (3) To bring near to (with dat. of person).
     (4) To train, discipline.
     (5) To honour.

anunaya a. [nī-ac] Kind, conciliatory, pacifying (as words). --yaḥ
     (1) Conciliation, propitiation, pacification (of anger), friendly persuasion; kathaṃ nu śakyo'nunayo maharṣerviśrāṇanāccānyapayasvinīnāṃ R. 2. 54; kathaṃ vā teṣāmanunayaḥ kṛtaḥ H. 4; prakṛtivakraḥ sa kasyānunayaṃ pratigṛhṇāti S. 4.
     (2) Courtesy, civility, courteous or polite behaviour, modesty, modest or respectful deportment, conciliatory act (such as salutation); showing respect (to a guest, deity &c.); vividhairanutapyaṃte dayitānunayairmanasvinyaḥ V. 3. 5; dayitajana- 2. 22; vākyaiḥ snigdhairanunayo bhavedarthasya sādhanaṃ S. D. 458.
     (3) An humble supplication or entreaty, a request in general; bhadra priyaṃ naḥ . kiṃtu tvadabhiprāyāparijñānāṃtarito'yamasmadanunayaḥ Mu. 2; R. 6. 2; niṣedhavākyālaṃkārajijñāsānunaye khalu Ak; -āmaṃtraṇaṃ conciliatory address.
     (4) Discipline, training, regulation of conduct. --yaḥ adv. Fitly, suitably.

anunayin a. Courteous, polite, humble, supplicating.

anunītiḥ = anunaya q. v.; sānunītiśca sītāyai nākrudhyat Bk. 8. 75 adopting a conciliatory tone; Śi. 16. 55.

anunāyaka a. Submissive, humble, supplicating.

anunāyika a. Conciliating; priyatameṣu vadhūranunāyikā Śi. 6. 7. --kā A female character subordinate to the Nayika or leading character, such as a friend, nurse, maid-servant &c.; sakhī pravrajitā dāsī preṣyā dhātreyikā tathā . anyāśca śilpakāriṇyo vijñeyā hyanunāyikāḥ ..

anunnata a. Not raised or elevated, not lifted up.
     -- Comp.
          --ānata a. level (neither raised nor lowered).
          --gātra a. having limbs not stout or prominent.

anunmāda, --anunmatta a. Not mad or frantic, sober, calm, sane.

anupa = anūpa, q. v.

anupakārin a.
     (1) Not obliging, ungrateful, not making a return for benefits received.
     (2) Worthless, useless.

anupakṣita p. p. Not injured or destroyed (anupakṣīṇa).

anupagīta a. Not praised. --taṃ ind. So that no other person accompanies in singing.

anupaghātaḥ Absence of damage or detriment; -arjita obtained without any detriment (to the paternal estate).

anupajīvanīya a. Not yielding or granting livelihood, having no livelihood.

anupaṭh 1 P. To say after, repeat.

anupaṭhita p. p. Read through, repeated in imitation of the teacher's instruction.

anupaṭhitin a. Who has read through, proficient.

anupat 1 P.
     (1) To fly to or towards.
     (2) To fly or run after, follow (fig. also); pursue, chase; muhuranupatati syaṃdane dattadṛṣṭiḥ S. 1. 7; kathamanupatata eva me prayatnaprekṣaṇīyaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ S. 1.; na yatra pratyāśāmanupatati no vā rahayati (cetaḥ) Mal. 9. 8 does not run after (cherish) hope or leave it; yasyaivaṃ bhavaṃtaḥ kuṭuṃbavṛttimanupatitāḥ Mv. 1; Śi. 11. 40.
     (2) To fall upon, attack; prāgvīrānanupatya Mal. 8. 9. --Caus.
     (1) To fly to.
     (2) To throw another down along with oneself.

anupatanaṃ, pātaḥ
     (1) Falling upon, alighting upon in succession.
     (2) Following, going after, pursuit; upavanapavanānupātadakṣaiḥ Śi. 7. 27.
     (3) Going or proceeding in order or as a consequence.
     (4) [anurūpaḥ trairāśikena pātaḥ] Proportion.
     (5) Rule of three.
     (6) A degree of latitude, opposite to one given. --taṃ ind. (regarded as a ṇamul from pat) Following in succession, going after; latānupātaṃ kusumānyagṛhṇāt Bk. 2. 11 (latāṃ latāmanupātya going to creeper after creeper, or after bending the creepers).

anupātin a. Following as a result. --m. A follower; madanupātināmeṣa paṃthāḥ Dk. 168.

anupatha a. [paṃthānamanugataḥ] Following the road. --thaḥ A road, favourable road; aṃtaspathā anupathāḥ Rv. 5. 52. 10 (anukūlamārgāḥ). --thaṃ adv. Along the road.

anupad 4 A. (P. in epic poetry)
     (1) To go after, follow, attend.
     (2) To be fond of, be attached to (as a wife); utathyasya yavīyāṃstu mamatāmanvapadyata Mb.
     (3) To enter, go to or into.
     (4) To fall down, come down (to the earth); vasudhāmanvapadyetāṃ vātanunnāviva drumau Mb.
     (5) To enter upon, betake oneself to; jitamityeva tānakṣānpunarevānvapadyata, dhyānamevānvapadyata Ram.; putrau dṛṣṭvā susaṃbhrāṃtā nānvapadyata kiṃcana Mb. did not do anything else.
     (6) To find, discover, see, notice; dīrghaṃ dadhyau ... nimittaṃ so'nvapadyata Bhag.
     (7) To lose (with abl.); mahatvānnānvapadyetāṃ Mb.
     (8) To handle.
     (9) To fall to the share of (Ved.)

anupad a. [pad-kvip] Ved. Coming to pass. --f. Food (got every day) (anudinalabhyamannaṃ).

anupada a. [padānyanugataḥ]
     (1) Following the feet closely.
     (2) Following every word; -sūtraṃ a commentary (of a Brahmaṇa) explaining the text word for word. --daḥ N. of a man or tribe. --daṃ A chorus, burden of a song or words sung again at regular intervals. --ind. [padānāṃ paścāt]
     (1) Along the feet, near the feet; anupadaṃ baddhā anupadīnā Sk.
     (2) Step by step, at every step; Śi. 9. 78.
     (3) Word for word.
     (4) On the heels of, close behind or after, immediately after (of time or space); anupadamanveṣṭā anupadī Sk.; gacchatāṃ puro bhavaṃtau . ahamapyanupadamāgata eva S. 3 I shall be close behind you, just follow you; -damuccalita eva K. 263, 264; oft. with gen. or in comp. in this sense; lakṣmīvānanupadamasya saṃpratasthe Ki. 12. 54; (tau) āśiṣāmanupadaṃ samaspṛśat pāṇinā R. 11. 31; amoghāḥ pratigṛhṇaṃtāvardhyānupadamāśiṣaḥ 1. 44, 14. 81; Śi. 14. 48.

anupadika a. [anupadamastyasya gaṃtṛtvena, ṭhan] Following, gone after.

anupadin a. [anupad-ini P. V. 2. 90] Following, seeking after or for, a searcher, inquirer; anupadamanveṣṭā gavāmanupadī Sk.; kṣaṇadākare'nupadibhiḥ prayaye Śi. 9. 70.

anupadīnā [āyāmārthe anu, padasyāyāmatulyāyāmaḥ, tena badhdā kha] A shoe (boot, buskin, or slippers) of the length of the foot (anupadaṃ baddhā anupadīnā upānat P. V. 2. 9 Sk.)

anupadavī A way, road.

anupadhaḥ 'Having no upadhā or penultimate', a letter or syllable not preceded by another.

anupadhi a. [na. ba.] Guileless, without fraud; rahasyaṃ sādhūnāmanupadhi viśuddhaṃ vijayate U. 2. 2.

anupanyāsaḥ
     (1) Not mentioning; non-statement.
     (2) Uncertainty, doubt, failure of proof.

anupapattiḥ f.
     (1) Failure, failing to be; lakṣaṇā śakyasaṃbaṃdhastātparyānupapattitaḥ Bhāṣā. P. 82 (tātparya- being the failure of the meaning aimed at, or of any connected meaning).
     (2) Inapplicability, not being applicable.
     (3) Inconclusive reasoning; absence of reasonable grounds (yuttayabhāva); pīno devadatto divā na bhuṃkte ityatra divā'bhojinaḥ pīnatvaṃ rātribhojanaṃ vinānupapannam; see arthāpātti also.
     (4) Penury, adversity.

anupapanna a. Improper, impossible, inapplicable, impracticable, inconclusive, irrelevant.

anupama a. [na. ba.] Incomparable, matchless, peerless, best, most excellent. --mā The female elephant of the south-west (mate of kumuda).

anupameya --mita a. Matchless, incomparable.

anupamardanam Non-refutation of a charge.

anupayukta a.
     (1) Not used(as food).
     (2) Unsuited, unfit, improper, useless, unserviceable S. 7.

anupayoga a. Useless. --gaḥ Uselessness, not being used (as food).

anuparata a.
     (1) Not dead.
     (2) Not stopped, uninterrupted.

anupalabdha a. Unobserved, unperceived.

anupalabdhiḥ f. Non-recognition, non-perception (pratyakṣādyabhāva); nāsti ghaṭo'nupalabdheḥ (the knowledge of ghaṭābhāva is possible because the pratiyogī or counter-entity is not found with the non-entity or abhāva (that is, there being no upalabdhi or knowledge of the ghaṭa); one of the instruments of knowledge according to the Mīmamsakas, but not according to the Naiyayikas.
     -- Comp.
          --samaḥ a fallacy, trying to establish a fact (say, the eternity of sound) from the impossibility of seeing the nonperception of it.

anupalaṃbhaḥ Want of apprehension; non-perception.

anupavītin m. One who does not wear the sacred thread (belonging to his caste).

anupaśayaḥ Any thing or circumstance that aggravates a malady.

anupaśya a. Following with his looks, keeping in view.

anupasaṃhārin m. A kind of hetvābhāsa or fallacy in Nyaya, a subdivision of the anaikāṃtikahetvābhāsa; vastumātrapakṣako'nupasaṃhārī that is, that which includes every known thing in the pakṣa and thus prevents the corroboration of a general rule of causation by illustrations, positive or negative; as sarvaṃ nityaṃ prameyatvāt; atra sarvasyaiva pakṣatvāt prameyatvaṃ heturanupasaṃhārī anvaye vyatireke vā dṛṣṭāṃtābhāvāt.

anupasargaḥ
     (1) A word(particle &c.) that is not, or has not the force of, an Upasarga.
     (2) That which has no Upasarga.
     (3) That which needs no additions (as a divine being).

anupasecana a. Having no upasecana i. e. some condiment, sauce, curds &c. to moisten food with.

anupaskṛta a.
     (1) Unpolished, (as silver).
     (2) Genuine, blameless.
     (3) Not cooked or dressed (as food).
     (4) Not requiring any evident object.

anupaskāra a. Not elliptical(adhyāhāradoṣarahita) Ki. 11. 38.

anupasthānam Absence, not being at hand.

anupasthāpanam Not placing, offering or producing, not having ready or at hand.

anupasthāpita a. Not ready or at hand, not offered or produced.

anupasthāyin a. Not present, absent, distant.

anupasthita a. Not present, absent, not at hand or near; not current. --taṃ A word that is not upasthita q. v.

anupasthitiḥ f.
     (1) Absence; mama -tiṃ kṣamaṃtāṃ bhavaṃtaḥ your honour will be pleased to excuse my absence.
     (2) Inability to remember.

anupahata a.
     (1) Not injured, unimpaired, unvitiated.
     (2) Not used, unbleached, new (as cloth); -taṃ dukūlayugalaṃ K. 110, 229. See anāhata.

anupā 2 P.
     (1) To drink after(a person or thing), drink along with; (madhu pītvā) ... anupāsyasi bāṣpadūṣitaṃ jalāṃjaliṃ R. 8. 68; kalmāṣānbhakṣayanmadhu cānupibet Suśr.; Bri. S. 76. 6.
     (2) To follow in drinking.
     (3) (2 P.) = anupāl q. v.

anupānam
     (1) A drink taken with or after medicine (anu bheṣajena saha paścādvā yat kiṃcinmadhukṣīrādi pīyate tat); a fluid vehicle in medicine.
     (2) A drink close at hand.

anupānīya a. Serving as a liquid vehicle of medicine. --yaṃ An afterdrink, what is fit to be drunk after.

anupā 2 P, --pāl 10 P.
     (1) To guard, watch over, protect, defend; bāladāyādikaṃ rikthaṃ tāvadrājānupālayet Ms. 8. 27 keep in custody.
     (2) To conform to, obey, observe; daśarathavacanamanupālayan K. 21; satyonupālayetsatyaṃ H. 4. 23; so pratijñāṃ, dharmaṃ, mārgaṃ &c.; keep, preserve; anupālayatāṃ prabhuśaktiṃ Ki. 2. 10 watching.

anupālanam Preserving, keeping up, obeying.

anupākṛta a. Not rendered fit for or consecrated for sacrificial purposes.
     -- Comp.
          --māṃsaṃ flesh of an animal not prepared for sacrifice.

anupāta, --tin see under anupat.

anupākhya a. Not clearly visible or discernible.

anupātakam [pātakaṃ brahmahatyādi tatsadṛśaṃ] A heinous crime such as theft, murder, adultery &c. 35 such sins are enumerated in Viṣṇusmṛti; Manu mentions 30 kinds; See 11. 54--58.

anupārśva a. Lateral, along or by the side.--(pl.) N. of a people.

anupāvṛtta a. Ved. Western.

anupuruṣaḥ [anugataḥ anyaṃ puruṣaṃ] A follower.

anupuṣpaḥ [anugataḥ puṣpaṃ tadvikāraṃ] A kind of reed (śaravṛkṣa).

anupūrva a. [anugataḥ pūrvaṃ paripāṭīṃ kramaṃ vā]
     (1) Regular, having a suitable measure, regularly shaped, symmetrical; vṛttānupūrve ca na cātidīrghe Ku. 1. 35; tatonupūrvāyatavṛttabāhuḥ Ki. 17. 50 (gopucchākāra Malli.); jaṃghe anupūrvavṛtte Dk. 131; -tāmrāṃgulī bāhulate ibid.; -keśa who has regular hair; -gātra having regularly shaped limbs; so -daṃṣṭra, -nābhi, pāṇi.
     (2) Orderly, successive, in due order or succession; coming in the order, following.
     (3) The lowest (nikṛṣṭapramāṇa); anupūrvā itare Katy.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. descended in a regular line.
          --vatsā a cow that calves regularly.

anupūrvaśaḥ, --pūrveṇa adv. In regular order, one by one, successively, from above, downwards; from the beginning or first; varṇānāmanupūrvaśaḥ Ms. 8. 142; 3. 39, 7. 35.

anupūrvya a. Regular, orderly, successive. --rvī = ānupūrvī q. v.

anupṛṣṭhya a. [anupṛṣṭhaṃ badhyate, anupṛṣṭha-yat] (A rope, cord &c.) Fastened along the back, tied lengthwise.

anupeta a. 1 Not endowed with.
     (2) Not invested with the sacred thread (anupanīta).

anupta a. Not sown(as seed); -śasya fallow, meadow, (ground &c.).

anuptrima a. Grown without being sown.

anuprajñānam Tracing, tracking.

anupradānam
     (1) A gift, donation.
     (2) A sort of external effort of the vocal organs giving rise to particular letters (bāhyaprayatna); ete śvāsānupradānā aghoṣāśca vibṛṇvate Sk.

anuprapātaṃ --dam ind. Going in succession; geha -taṃ --daṃ āste gehaṃ gehaṃ anuprapātaṃ-daṃ P. III. 4. 56 Sk.

anuprayuj 7 A. To employ, apply, employ in addition.

anuprayogaḥ Additional use, repetition; P. I. 3. 63; III. 4. 4--5.

anupravacanam Repetition or reproduction of what has been said by the teacher; -ādi a class of words given in P. V. 1. 111.

anupraviś 6 P.
     (1) To enter into, join; pathikasārthaṃ vidiśāgāminamanupraviṣṭaḥ M. 5; (fig. also); viśramya laukikāḥ saṃstyāyamanupraviśaṃti Mv. 1 enter into familiar talk or conversation.
     (2) To accommodate or adapt oneself to; yasya yasya hi yo bhāvastasya tasya hi taṃ naraḥ . anupraviśya medhāvī kṣipramātmavaśaṃ nayet Pt. 1. 68; sakhe vāmadeva tvamapi gādhinaṃdanamanupraviṣṭo'si A. R. 1 you too share in his opinion, or think with him.
     (3) To follow in entering; sleep with.
     (4) To attack.

anupraveśaḥ
     (1) Entrance into; pupoṣa vṛddhiṃ haridaśvadīdhiteranupraveśādiva bālacaṃdramāḥ R. 3. 22; 10. 51.
     (2) Adapting oneself to the will of; balavatābhibhūtasya videśagamanaṃ tadanupraveśo vā nītiḥ Pt. 1; bhajate videśamadhikena jitastadanupraveśamathavā kuśalaḥ Śi. 9. 48.
     (3) Imitation.

anapraśnaḥ A subsequent question (having reference to what the teacher has previously said).

anuprasaktiḥ f.
     (1) Very close attachment.
     (2) Very close logical connection (of words).

anuprasad Caus. To propitiate, conciliate; priyaṃ V. 3.

anuprasādanam Propitiation, conciliation; priya -naṃ nāma vrataṃ V. 3.

anuprastha a. Latitudinal, following the breadth or latitude.

anuprāṇ 2 P. To breathe after. --Caus. To animate, support, feed, help; mostly used in the statement of Alaṅkaras in a sentence; utprekṣānuprāṇitā svabhāvoktiḥ &c.

anuprāṇanam Breathing after, animation.

anuprāp 5 P.
     (1) To get, obtain.
     (2) To reach, go to, overtake; gaṃgānadīmanuprāptāḥ Mb.
     (3) To imitate; līlākhelamanuprāpurmahokṣāstasya vikramaṃ R. 4. 22.
     (4) To arrive, come (intrans.); kathamimāṃ bhūmimanuprāptaḥ K. 132; Ve. 6.
     (5) To get back.

anuprāpta p. p. Reached, got, obtained.

anuprāptiḥ f. Getting to, reaching, arriving &c.

anuprāsaḥ [anugataḥ rasādyanuguṇaṃ prakṛṣṭamāsaṃ varṇanyāsaṃ samavarṇaracanāṃ samavarṇoccāraṇaṃ vā] Alliteration, repetition of similar letters, syllables or sounds; varṇasāmyamanuprāsaḥ K. P. 9; (svaravaisādṛśye'pi vyaṃjanasadṛśatvaṃ varṇasāmyaṃ rasādyanugataḥ prakṛṣṭo nyāsaḥ; anuprāsaḥ śabdasāmyaṃ vaiṣamyepi svarasya yat S. D. 633.) anuprāsa is of 5 kinds;
     (a) cheka- or single alliteration; bakulagaṃdhānaṃdhīkurvan, kāverīvāripāvanaḥ pavanaḥ; mūrdhnāmudvṛttakṛttāviralagarala &c. K. P. 7.
     (b) vṛtti- or harmonious.
     (c) śruti- or melodious.
     (d) aṃtya- or final; as maṃdaṃ hasaṃtaḥ pulakaṃ vahaṃtaḥ.
     (e) lāṭa-; smerarājīvanayane nayane kiṃ nimīlite. For definitions and examples see S. D. 633--38 and K. P. 9th Ullasa.

anuplu 1 A. To run after, follow; idamanyato vānaradvayaṃ āryasya pārṣṇigrāhamiva saṃśrayādanuplavate A. R. 5.

anuplavaḥ A follower, servant; sānuplavaḥ prabhurapi kṣaṇadācarāṇāṃ R. 13. 75; Mv. 2, 7. 19.

anubaṃdh 9 P.
     (1) To bind or fasten to, attach, tie, connect; sīmaṃtaṃ nijamanubadhnatī karābhyāṃ Śi. 8. 69 forming, arranging; ubhayorapi rājeṃdra saṃbaṃdhenānubadhyatāṃ (ikṣvākukulaṃ) Rām.; sakhījanānubaddhāṃ kathāṃ Dk. 114 connected with.
     (2)
          (a) To have in the train (fig. also); na śiṣyānanubadhnīta Bhag.
          (b) To bring about, cause, lead to, result in, produce as a consequence; nānubadhnāti kuśalaṃ Mb.; he vṛṣala te tathā vikṣepo'stu yathā hiṃsāmanubadhnāti P. VI. 1. 141 com.
     (3) To press, importune, urge, request; punaḥ punaścānubadhyamānā K. 69, 133, 207, 233.
     (4)
          (a) To attend or follow closely, follow at the heels of, follow; ko nu khalvayamanubadhyamānastapasvinībhyāmabālasattvo bālaḥ S. 7; madhukarakulairanubadhyamānaṃ K. 139; diṣṭyā tāvadayamanaṃgo māmiva tamapyanubadhnāti K. 158, 194, 319, 347; Ki. 6. 8; Mv. 7. 18; Śi. 5. 26.
          (b) To chase, pursue; taccānubadhyamānaṃ K. 120; anubadhnatā turagamukhamithunaṃ 132.
          (c) To adhere or stick to, cling to; dhanyā citralekhā yāmanubadhnāti devīprasādaḥ K. 221.
          (d) To continue, take up; tadevānubadhyatāṃ tapaḥ 322; tānyeva ciraparicitānyakṣarāṇi māmanubadhnaṃti U. 3 v. l. for anuruṃdhaṃti; vaiśaṃpāyanāgamanālāpamevānubadhya K. 262.
          (e) To follow, succeed, come close upon; satyo'yaṃ janapravādo yadvipadvipadaṃ saṃpatsaṃpadamanubadhnātīti K. 73; see anubaṃdhi below.
     (5) To foster, cherish, entertain, harbour; teṣu kiṃ bhavataḥ snehamanubadhnāti mānasaṃ Mark. P.
     (6) To bear, endure; Ks. 49. 47.
     (7) Not to burst or break loose, hold or keep together; bhaṃge'pi hi mṛṇālānāmanubadhnaṃti taṃtavaḥ H. 1. 95. --pass. To be related to or connected with.

anubaddha p. p.
     (1) Bound, attached, tied to.
     (2) Following in the train, coming as a consequence; anubaddhārthānarthasaṃśayān vicārya Dk. 41.
     (3) Connected with, related to, relating or belonging to.
     (4) Constantly sticking to, being in; continued, continuous; nityānubaddhakulavairaḥ Ve. 1; -mugdhakākalīhasitaṃ U. 3; -vijṛṃbhakaṃ K. 66; -biṃdubhiraśrubhiḥ 135 constantly flowing.
     (5) Fixed upon, directed towards; kalahaṃsa- vaktrāyāḥ Dk. 33.

anubaṃdhaḥ
     (1) Binding or fastening on, connection, attachment, tie (lit. & fig.); yasyāṃ manaścakṣuṣoranubaṃdhastasyāmṛddhiḥ Mal. 2; etasyedṛśena darśanena kīdṛśo me hṛdayānubaṃdhaḥ iti na jānāsi U. 3 state of feeling; K. 257.
     (2) Uninterrupted succession, unbroken sequence, continuous flow, continuity; series, chain; bāṣpaṃ kuru sthiratayā viratānubaṃdhaṃ S. 4. 14; maraṇa- K. 236 following up death, desire for dying; anubaṃdhādviramedvā K. 280; yadā nātyākṣīdevānubaṃdhaṃ 309 (persistence in) following me, 317; vaira-, matsara-, Dk. 63, 161; mucyatāṃ devi śokānubaṃdhaḥ K. 63 continuous sorrow; durlabhajanaprārthanā- Ratn. 1; 4. 16; sānubaṃdhāḥ kathaṃ na syuḥ saṃpado me nirāpadaḥ R. 1. 64 continuous, uninterrupted; parivṛddharāgamanubaṃdhasevayā R. 9. 69 continuous enjoyment; ayaṃ so'rtho'narthānubaṃdhaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ V. 5 giving rise to a chain of evils.
     (3) Descendants, posterity; sānubaṃdhā hatā hyasi Ram.
     (4) Consequence, result (good or bad); ātmadoṣānubaṃdhena K. 319 in consequence of; yadagre cānubaṃdhe ca sukhaṃ Bg. 18. 39, 25; anubaṃdhamajānaṃtaḥ karmaṇāmavicakṣaṇāḥ Rām.
     (5) Intention; design, motive, cause; anubaṃdhaṃ parijñāya deśakālau ca tattvataḥ . sārāpaṃrādhau cālokya daṃḍaṃ daṃḍyeṣu pātayet Ms. 8. 126; pāpa- of evil designs.
     (6) An adjunct of a thing, a secondary member (mukhyānuyāyi, apradhānaṃ); a secondary symptom, symptomatic affection, attendant on the principal disease (vātapittādidoṣāṇāmaprādhānyaṃ); mūrchānubaṃdhā viṣamajvarāḥ Suśr.
     (7) Connecting link or adjunct of a subject or topic; theme, matter of discussion; introductory reasons; (viṣayaprayojanādhikārisaṃbaṃdhaḥ anubaṃdhaḥ) (an indispensable element of the Vedanta).
     (8) (Gram.) An indicatory syllable or letter intended to denote some peculiarity in the inflection, accent &c. of the word to which it is attached; as the ḷ in gamḷ, ṇ in iṇ; ripurāpa parābhavāya madhyaṃ prakṛtipratyayayorivānubaṃdhaḥ Ki. 13. 19.
     (9) Offence, fault. (10) An obstacle, impediment; also the clog or encumbrance of a family; domestic ties or attachment.
     (11) A child or pupil who follows the example set by his parent or teacher (mukhyānuyāyī śiśuḥ).
     (12) Beginning, commencement.
     (13) Repeated application or devotion (paunaḥ punyena abhiniveśa).
     (14) Course, pursuit.
     (15) A small bit or part, a trifle.
     (16) The junction of a fraction (with an integer), as bhāgāmubaṃdhapūrṇākaḥ.
     (17) Base, stem (prakṛti). --dhī [anubadhyate atiśvāsena vyāpriyate anayā]
     (1) Thirst.
     (2) Hickup.

anubaṃdhaka a. Connected, related.

anubaṃdhanam Connection, succession, series &c.

anubaṃdhin a. (oft. at the end of comp.)
     (1)
          (a) Connected with, attached or related to; aho sarasaramaṇīyānubaṃdhinī strījanakathā Māl. 1 having for its contents or subject matter &c.; paricaryānubaṃdhī Dk. 101 continuing.
          (b) Mixed or blended with; nīlakaṃṭhakalakekānubaṃdhinā maṃdrahuṃkṛtena māmanumanyate Māl. 9.
     (2) Followed by, accompanied with; having in its train, resulting in, having as a consequence; tadiyamāpatsamaṃtato'narthānubaṃdhinī Dk. 60; ayamartho'rthānubaṃdhī 67; śāstraṃ śāstrāṃtarānubaṃdhi 156; duḥkhaṃ duḥkhānubaṃdhi V. 4 one misfortune closely follows another, or misfortunes never come single; K. 349; Ki. 1. 20; Bg. 15. 2; guṇā guṇānubaṃdhitvāttasya saprasavā iva R. 1. 22 being associated with.
     (3) Lasting, thriving, prosperous, growing apace, continuous, uninterrupted; api tvadāvarjitavārisaṃbhṛtaṃ pravālamāsāmanubaṃdhi vīrudhāṃ Ku. 5. 34; ūrdhvaṃ gataṃ yasya na cānubaṃdhi R. 6. 77 continuous, uninterrupted or all-pervading; K. 246, 393.

anubaṃdhya a.
     (1) Principal, chief, primary (which may receive an adjunct, as a root, a disease &c.).
     (2) [vadhārthaṃ baṃdhaḥ anubaṃdhaḥ karmaṇi ṇyat] To be killed (as a bull), one of the three principal sacrificial animals at the jyotiṣṭoma sacrifice; gauranubaṃdhyaḥ K. P. 2.

anubalam [anu paścātsthitaṃ balaṃ] A rearguard, an auxiliary army following another.

anubudh 4 A. To awake, to recollect; learn, obtain information of, know, be aware of; na satyamanubudhyate K. 104 does not perceive or recognise. --Caus.
     (1) To remind, put in mind of; aye samyaganubodhito'smi S. 1 well reminded.
     (2) To advise, inform; iti śiṣyeṇa kilānvabodhayat R. 8. 75.

anubodhaḥ
     (1) An after-thought, recollection.
     (2) Reviving the scent-of faded perfumes, replacing them when removed by bathing.

anubodhanam Recollection, reminding.

anubrāhmaṇam A work resembling a Brahmaṇa (brāhmaṇasadṛśo graṃthaḥ P. IV. 2. 62 Sk.).

anubrāhmaṇin, --ka a. [tadadhīte veda vā iti inipratyayaḥ] One who learns or knows an anubrāhmaṇa.

anubhava --bhāva &c. See under anubhū.

anubhāṣaṇam
     (1) Repetition of an assertion to refute it.
     (2) Repeating what has been said.
     (3) Conversation, dialogue (anu saha bhāṣaṇaṃ).

anubhāṣitṛ a. Speaking in reply; R. 16. 86.

anubhāsaḥ A kind of crow.

anubhuj 7 A. To enjoy, experience (good or bad things), suffer (as the due consequences of one's deeds); meghamuktaviśadāṃ sa caṃdrikāṃ anvabhuṃkta R. 19. 39; sā maṃḍanānmaṃḍanamanvabhuṃkta Ku. 7. 5.

anubhogaḥ
     (1) Enjoyment.
     (2) A grant of land in perpetuity for service done.

anubhū 1 P.
     (1) To enjoy; taste, experience, feel, have experience or knowledge of, notice, perceive (by the senses &c.); to suffer, bear, undergo (as misery &c.); anvabhavaṃ ca madhukara iva navamālikāmārdrasumanasaṃ Dk. 121; asaktaḥ sukhamanvabhūt R. 1. 21; Ku. 2. 45; R. 7. 28; ātmakṛtānāṃ hi doṣāṇāmanubhavitavyaṃ phalamātmanaiva K. 121; anubhavati hi mūrdhnā pādapastīvramuṣṇaṃ S. 5. 7; Ku. 4. 41; saṃvatsaramātraṃ preṣyabhāvamanubhūya M. 5 undergoing the state of a servant; ṣaṣṭhamanubhavan varṣaṃ K. 77 being in the sixth year, six years old.
     (2) To learn, hear, understand; vedānnānubhavasi Ch. Up.
     (3) To try, test, put to the test; na tvaṃ tenānvabhāviṣṭhā nānvabhāvi tvayāpyasau . anubhūtā mayā cāsau tena cānvabhaviṣyahaṃ .. Bk. 5. 35.
     (4) To comprise, include, grasp; dve vāmalake anubhavati Ch. Up.
     (5) To come up with, arrive at, get, obtain (mostly Ved. in these senses). --Caus.
     (1) To cause to enjoy, feel, or experience; anubhāvayituṃ manye yatnaḥ saṃprati māṃ vidheḥ Mu. 6. 15; snānabhojanādikamanubhāvitosmi Dk. 125; āmodo na hi kastūryāḥ śapathenānubhāvyate Bv. 1. 120.
     (2) To reflect on, meditate, think of; manasā tameva vṛttāṃtamanvabhāvayat K. 176, 279.
     (3) To infer, know; tasmātparokṣavṛttīnāṃ phalaiḥ karmānubhāvyate H. 4. 101.

anubhavaḥ
     (1) Direct perception or cognition, knowledge derived from personal observation or experiment, notion, apprehension, the impression on the mind not derived from memory, one of the kinds of knowledge; sarvavyavahāraheturjñānaṃ buddhiḥ . sā dvividhā smṛtiranubhavaśca . saṃskāramātrajanyaṃ jñānaṃ smṛtiḥ . tadbhinnaṃ jñānamanubhavaḥ which again is yathārtha right & ayathārtha wrong. See T. S. 34. (The Naiyāyikas recognize pratyakṣa, anumāna, upamāna and śābda as the four sources of knowledge; the Vedantins and Mīmāmsakas add two more arthāpatti and anupalabdhi; the Vaiśeṣikas and Bauddhas admit the first two only, the Saṅkhyas exclude upamā, while the Charvakas admit pratyakṣa only. Other sections of philosophical schools add three more to the six sources of knowledge recognised by the Mīmāmsakas; --saṃbhava 'equivalence'; aitihya 'fallible testimony', and ceṣṭā 'gesture'.)
     (2) Experience; anubhavaṃ vacasā sakhi luṃpasi N. 4. 105
     (3) Understanding.
     (4) Result, consequence.
     -- Comp.
          --siddha a. established by experience.

anubhāvaḥ
     (1) Dignity, consequence or dignity of person, majestic lustre, splendour, might, power, authority; (parimeyapuraḥsarau) anubhāvaviśeṣāttu senāparivṛtāviva R. 1. 37; saṃbhāvanīyānubhāvā asyākṛtiḥ S. 7; anubhāvasaubhāgyamātrapariśeṣadhūsaraśrīḥ U. 1, 3; 6. 20, 41, 4. 22, K. 108, 240; V. 1; Ki. 1. 6; Dk. 29, 113; Mv. 6. 53; aho mahānubhāvaḥ pārthivo duṣyaṃtaḥ S. 3 of great might or power; jāne vo rakṣasākrāṃtāvanubhāvaparākramau R. 10. 38, 2. 75 greatness (dignity) &c., valour; Ki. 6. 28; mahānubhāvaprakṛtiḥ kāpi tata evāgatavatī Mal. 1 very noble or dignified.
     (2) (In Rhet.) An external manifestation or indication of a feeling (bhāva) by appropriate symptoms, such as by look, gesture &c., called by some ensuant (bhāvabodhaka-na); bhāvaṃ manogataṃ sākṣāt svagataṃ vyaṃjayaṃti ye te'nubhāvā iti khyātāḥ; yathā bhrūbhaṃgaḥ kopasya vyaṃjakaḥ; udbuddhaṃ kāraṇaṃ svaiḥ svairbahirbhāvaṃ prakāśayan . loke yaḥ kāryarūpaḥ so'nubhāvaḥ kāvyanāṭyayoḥ .. S. D. 162, 163 &c.; dhigeva ramaṇīyatāṃ tvadanubhāvabhāvādṛte Mal. 9. 35.
     (3) Firm opinion or resolution, determination, belief; anubhāvavatā gurusthiratvāt Ki. 13. 15.

anubhāvaka a. Causing to understand, making one apprehend, indicative; -tā understanding, knowledge; yatpadena vinā yasyānanubhāvakatā bhavet Bhāṣā. P. 84.

anubhāvanam Indication of feelings by signs, gestures &c.

anubhāvin a.
     (1) Perceiving, knowing, showing signs of feeling.
     (2) An eye-witness; anubhāvī tu yaḥ kaścitkuryātsākṣyaṃ vivādināṃ Ms. 8. 69.
     (3) Being or coming after.

anubhū a. [bhū-kvip] Perceiving, understanding. --bhūḥ f. Experience, direct knowledge or perception; ayamātmā sarvānubhūḥ Bṛ. Up.

anubhūtiḥ f.
     (1) Perception, apprehension, experience.
     (2) (In Nyaya) Knowledge derived from four sources: namely direct perception, inference, comparison, and verbal knowledge; see Bhāṣā. P. 51-52.
     (3) Dignity, consequence.
     -- Comp.
          --prakāśaḥ N. of the gloss or paraphrase of the principal Upanishads by Madhavacharya.

anubhṛ 1. 3. P. To praise conformably; to throw or commit into.

anubhartṛ m. Praising conformably, imitating.

anubhrātṛ m. A younger brother (anugato bhrātaraṃ).

anumad 1 P. Ved. To rejoice over, gladden.

anumatta p. p. Intoxicated with joy.

anumādya pot. p. To be praised in succession, to be granted with praise.

anuman 4 A.
     (1) To agree or consent to, comply with, approve, sanction, grant; to permit, allow; tatra nāhamanumaṃtumutsahe moghavṛtti kalabhasya ceṣṭitam R. 11. 39; M. 1. 12; rājanyān svapuranivṛttaye'numene R. 4. 87; 14. 20; śuśrūṣamāṇāṃ giriśonumene Ku. 1. 59, 3. 60, 5. 68; kṛtābhimarṣāmanumanyamānaḥ sutāṃ S. 5. 20; imāṃ svasāraṃ ca yavīyasīṃ me kumudvatīṃ nārhasi nānumaṃtuṃ R. 16. 85 be pleased not to reject or refuse; Bh. 3. 22.
     (2) To follow, have recourse to; dharmārthāvabhisaṃtyajya saṃrabhaṃ yonumanyate Mb. --Caus.
     (1) To ask for leave or permission; ask the consent of; anumānyatāṃ mahārājaḥ V. 2 ask for leave to go; take counsel with; bhūyo'pi sakhījanamanumānayiṣyāmi S. 3.
     (2) To ask for, request or beg; Y. 1. 240.
     (3) To honour.
     (4) To put to account.

anumata p. p.
     (1) Approved, assented to, agreed to, permitted, allowed, granted &c.; kṛtamanumataṃ dṛṣṭaṃ vā yauridaṃ gurupātakaṃ Ve. 3. 22; -gamanā S. 4. 9 allowed to depart; anumato gṛhāya R. 5. 10; ubhaya-taḥ sākṣī Y. 2. 72 admitted by both parties &c.
     (2) Liked, beloved, pleasant, loved, agreeable, desired by, dear to; vṛṣṭiṃ ca karṣakajanānumatāṃ karoti Bṛ. S. 5. 72.
     (3) Being of one opinion, agreeing or concurring with. --taḥ A lover; ghanamato namatonumatān priyāḥ Śi. 6. 65. --taṃ Consent, approval, permission; prathamaṃ kasyānumate coritametattvayā hṛdayaṃ V. 3. 17.

anumatiḥ f.
     (1) Permission, consent, approval, assent.
     (2) The 15th day of the moon's age on which she rises one digit less than full, when the gods and manes receive oblations with favour; personified as a goddess or worshipped in the Rajasūya sacrifice (kalāhīnacaṃdravatī śuklacaturdaśīyutapūrṇimātithiḥ); anumatyai haviraṣṭākapālaṃ puroḍāśa nirvapati Śat. Br.; Ms. 3. 86-87.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ a deed expressing assent.

anumananam
     (1) Assent; sufferance.
     (2) Independence.

anumaṃtṛ a. Consenting to, permitting, allowing, suffering (opp. to active agent); Bg. 13. 22; Ms. 5. 51 adviser.

anumaṃtr 10 A. To consecrate or accompany with sacred hymns or magical formulas; to dismiss with sacred and auspicious words, dismiss with a blessing; visṛṣṭaśca vāmadevānumaṃtrito'śvaḥ U. 2 (v. l. for abhimaṃtrita); rathamāropya kṛṣṇena yatra karṇo'numaṃtritaḥ Mb.

anumaṃtraṇam Consecration by hymns and prayers.

anumaraṇam See under anumṛ.

anumaruḥ A country next to a desert.

anumā 3 A, 2 P.
     (1) To infer, (as from some signs, premises &c.); aliṃgāṃ prakṛtiṃ tvāhurliṃgairanumimīmahe Mb.; conclude, guess, conjecture; dhūmādagnimanumāya T. S. 41; paryākulatvānmarutāṃ vegabhaṃgo'numīyate Ku. 2. 25; R. 15. 77, 17. 11; tejoviśeṣānumitāṃ dadhānaḥ 2. 7, 68; 5. 12; Ki. 5. 47.
     (2) To reconcile, equal. --Caus (--māpayati) To lead one to infer or guess, bespeak, indicate; ākṛtirevānumāpayatyamānuṣatāṃ K. 132, 202.

anumā [mā-aṅ] Inference, conclusion from given premises; see anumiti.

anumātṛ a. One who infers; na hi kariṇi dṛṣṭe cītkāreṇa tamanumimate'numātāraḥ.

anumānam
     (1) Inferring as the instrument of an anumiti, conclusion from given premises; an inference, conclusion; one of the four means of obtaining knowledge according to the Nyaya system; (anumitikaraṇamanumānaṃ tacca dhūmo vahnivyāpya iti vyāptijñānaṃ. It is of two kinds svārthānumānaṃ & parārthānumānaṃ); pratyakṣaṃ cānumānaṃ ca śāstraṃ ca vividhāgamaṃ . trayaṃ suviditaṃ kāryaṃ dharmaśuddhimabhīpsatā .. Ms. 12. 105.
     (2) A guess, conjecture, sign to know; iṃgitairanumānaiśca mayā jñeyā bhaviṣyati Ram.
     (3) Analogy, similarity; ātmano hṛdayānumānena prekṣase S. 5 you judge (of others) by the analogy of your own heart; svānumānātkādaṃbarīmutprekṣya K. 305.
     (4) (In Rhet.) A figure which consists in a notion, expressed in a peculiarly striking manner, of a thing established by proof; S. D. 711; yatra patatyabalānāṃ dṛṣṭirniśitāḥ pataṃti tatra śarāḥ . taccāparopitaśaro dhāvatyāsāṃ puraḥ smaro manye .. anumānaṃ taduktaṃ yatsādhyasādhanayorvacaḥ K. P. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --ukti f. reasoning; logical inference.

anumāpaka a. (pikā f.) Causing an inference as an effect, being the ground of an inference.

anumitiḥ f. Inference from given premises; the knowledge obtained by means of anumāna; parāmarśajanyaṃ jñānamanumitiḥ the knowledge that arises from deduction or syllogistic reasoning.

anumitsā Desire of inferring.

anumeya pot. p. Inferable, to be inferred; phalānumeyāḥ prāraṃbhāḥ R. 1. 20.

anumārgam adv. Along the way, according to a (particular) way, on or in the way; anumārgāgatayā K. 100 come by this way.

anumāṣam adv. Like a kidney bean or in it.

anumāsaḥ [anugato māsaḥ] The following month. --saṃ ind. Every month, month after month.

anumud 1 A. (P. in epic poetry)
     (1) To rejoice with, join in rejoicing or sympathizing with; muditāmanumodate Bhāg.
     (2) To express approval; tadeva rāmamātṛbhiranumoditaṃ U. 2; approve, second, applaud; niṣeddhumāsīdanumodituṃ vā R. 14. 43; to allow with pleasure, permit; anumoditamācāryaiḥ K. 77; ananumoditāmātrā 160. --Caus. To gladden, delight, favour, permit.

anumodaḥ
     (1) The feeling of pleasure arising from sympathy, subsequent pleasure.
     (2) = anumodanaṃ see below.

anumodanam
     (1) Approval, assent, seconding, acceptance, compliance.
     (2) Causing pleasure.

anumṛ 6A. To follow in death; rudatā kuta eva sā punarbhavatā nānumṛtāpi labhyate R. 8. 85 followed in death by you; gativibhramasādanīravā na śucā nānumṛteva lakṣyate 58 (used actively).

anumaraṇam Following in death; tanmaraṇe cānumaraṇaṃ kariṣyāmīti me niścayaḥ H. 3; post-cremation of a widow (anumaraṇaṃ hi bharturdeśāṃtarādimaraṇe dehādyalābha eva); deśāṃtaramṛte patyau sādhvī tatpādukādvayaṃ . nidhāyorasi saṃśuddhā praviśejjātavedasaṃ .. This is allowed to Kshatriya, Vaiśya and other women, but not to Brāhmaṇa women; pṛthak citāṃ samāruhya na viprā gaṃtumarhati. Bāṇa severely condemns this practice; see K. 173-4.

anuyā 2P.
     (1) To follow, go after (fig. also); anuyāhi sādhupadavīṃ Bh. 2. 77; anuyāsyanmunitanayāṃ S. 1. 29; tvāmanuyāmi yadyapi Ku. 4. 21.
     (2) To imitate, equal; na kilānuyayustasya rājāno rakṣituryaśaḥ R. 1. 27; 9. 6; anuyātalīlaḥ 16. 71; Śi. 12. 3 followed and imitated.
     (3) To attend, accompany; iyaṃ musalamanuyāti kalena huṃkṛtena Mu. 1. 4; anuyātāruṃdhatīko vasiṣṭhaḥ U. 3. 48.

anuyā a. Following. --yāḥ Ved. Food.

anuyātṛ m. A follower.

anuyātraṃ --trā Retinue, train; attendance upon; following; tyaktabhogasya me rājan vane vanyena jīvataḥ . kiṃ kāryamanuyātreṇa Ram. --traṃ adv. In or after a procession.

anuyātrikaḥ [anuyātrā anugamanamastyasya ṭhan] A follower, attendant; S. 1, 2.

anuyānam Following.

anuyāyin a. [P. III. 2. 78]
     (1) Following; attending, consequent.
     (2) Like, similar.
     (3) Following a principal person as a teacher (mukhyasya anugaṃtā śiśuḥ). --m. A follower (lit. & fig.); rāmānujānuyāyinaḥ followers of the doctrines of R.; a dependent or attendant; nyaṣedhi śeṣo'pyanuyāyivargaḥ R. 2. 4, 19.

anuyājaḥ [yaj-ghañ, kutvābhāvaḥ] P. VII. 3. 62] A part of a sacrificial ceremony (yajñāṃgaṃ); secondary or supplementary sacrificial rite; usually written anūyāja q. v.

anuyuj 7 A.
     (1) To ask, question; kiṃ vastu vidvangurave pradeyaṃ tvayā kiyadveti tamanvayuṃkta R. 5. 18; anvayuṃkta gurumīśvaraḥ kṣiteḥ 11. 62; Śi. 13. 68.
     (2) To examine (as an accused), put on trial; Ms. 8. 79, 259.
     (3) To impart or give, as instruction.
     (4) To order, enjoin.
     (5) To select as husband.

anuyukta p. p.
     (1) Asked, questioned, examined, ordered &c.
     (2) Censured, reproached.

anuyuktin a. [astyarthe ini] One who has ordered, examined; cf. gṛhītin, adhītin.

anuyoktṛ m. An examiner, interrogator; inquirer; a teacher, especially hired or mercenary (bhṛtakādhyāpaka).

anuyogaḥ
     (1) A question, inquiry, examination; aniyaṃtraṇānuyogastapasvijanaḥ S. 1; nigṛhyānuyoge P. VIII. 2. 94; vārtā-madhurākṣarayā ca vācā R. 13. 71.
     (2) Censure, reproof.
     (3) Solicitation.
     (4) Exertion, effort; anuyogaṃ vinā tailaṃ tilānāṃ nopajāyate Pt. 2. 140.
     (5) Religious meditation; spiritual union.
     (6) Comment.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt 1. an interrogator. --2. a teacher, spiritual preceptor (anuyogaṃ kṛṃtati praśnaviṣayasaṃśayaṃ chinatti).

anuyogin a.
     (1) What combines or unites; connected with, situated in or on.
     (2) Examining, questioning.

anuyojya pot. p. Fit to be questioned, asked; asked with a reproof. --jyaḥ A servant; obedient and humble servant; ubhābhyāmapi vāsavānuyojyo duṣyaṃtaḥ praṇamati S. 7; Ms. 8. 31.

anuyojanam A question, inquiry.

anuraṃj 4 U.
     (1) To be red; bhṛśamanvarajyadatuṣārakaraḥ Śi. 9. 7 (became red or attached).
     (2) To be delighted, find pleasure; tava prakīrtyā jagatprahṛṣyatyanurajyate ca Bg. 11. 36.
     (3) To be attached or devoted to, be fond of, love, like (with acc. or loc.); samasthamanurajyaṃti viṣamasthaṃ tyajaṃti ca Ram.; aśuddhaprakṛtau rājñi janatā nānurajyate Pt. 1. 301; bhrāturmṛtasya bhāryāyāṃ yo'nurajyeta kāmataḥ Ms. 3. 173. --Caus.
     (1) To make red, redden, dye, colour; sarasakisalayānuraṃjitairvā Śi. 7. 64, 8. 17, 12. 68; Dk. 168; Ki. 12. 23, 4. 27.
     (2) To attach oneself to, please, gratify, conciliate, keep contented or satisfied; anuraktaḥ prajābhiśca prajāścāpyanvaraṃjayat Ram.; kaṃṣṭaṃ janaḥ kuladhanairanuraṃjanīyaḥ U. 1. 14; śiṣyaguṇānurāṃjitamanasaṃ Pt. 1 pleased, gratified.

anurakta p. p.
     (1) Reddened, dyed, coloured; kuṃḍalamaṇiprabhānuraktagaṃḍasthalaḥ K. 170.
     (2) Pleased, contented; loved, beloved; loyal, loyally devoted; anuraktaḥ śucirdakṣaḥ Ms. 7. 64; guṇānuraktāmanuraktasādhanaḥ Ki. 1. 31 having all means favourable to him; -prajaḥ --lokaḥ beloved by people; attached or devoted to, fond of (with loc. or acc.); api vṛṣalamanuraktāḥ prakṛtayaḥ --atha kim-caṃdragupte dṛḍhamanuraktāḥ prakṛtayaḥ Mu. 1; kathaṃ vasaṃtasenā āryacārudattamanuraktā Mk. 1; eṣā bhavaṃtamanuraktā S. 6. 18; alabhyamanuraktavān kathaya kiṃnu nārījanaṃ Mu. 6.

anuraktiḥ f. Love, attachment, devotion, affection.

anuraṃjaka a. Gratifying, pleasing.

anuraṃjanam Conciliating, satisfying, gratifying, pleasing, keeping contented; yuktaḥ prajānāmanuraṃjane syāḥ U. 1. 11.

anuraṃjita p. p. Pleased, conciliated, kept contented &c.

anurāga a. Become red, reddened. --gaḥ
     (1) Redness.
     (2) Devotion, attachment, contentment, loyalty (opp. aparāgaḥ); love, affection, passion (with loc. or in comp.); āvirbhūtānurāgāḥ Mu. 4. 21; kaṃṭakitena prathayati mayyanurāgaṃ kapolena S. 3. 15; R. 3. 10; -iṃgitaṃ a gesture or external sign expressive of love; prasādastu śabdaḥ syādanurāgajaḥ Ak.

anurāgin, anurāgavat a.
     (1) Attached, enamoured, impassioned, inspired with love; sa vṛddhastasyāmatīvānurāgavān H. 1; sā kenāpi vaṇikputreṇa sahānurāgavatī babhūva ibid.
     (2) Causing or inspiring love. --ṇī Personification of a musical note.

anuraṇanam
     (1) Sounding conformably to; a continuous tinkling echo produced by the sounds of bells, anklets &c.
     (2) The power of words called vyaṃjana q. v.; the meaning suggested by what is actually stated; kramalakṣyatvādevānuraṇanarūpo yo vyaṃgyaḥ S. D. 4.

anuratiḥ f. Love, attachment.

anurathyā [rathyāmanvāyataṃ sthitā] A foot-path, a by-road, the margin of a street, (a path along the margin of a road); prakāśīkaraṇārthaṃ ca niśāgamanaśaṃkayā . dīpavṛkṣāṃstathā cakruranurathyāsu sarvaśaḥ Rām.

anurasita a. Sounding, echoing; udgrīvairanurasitasya puṣkarasya M. 1. 21 accompanied in sound.

anurasaḥ, --rasitam Echo, reverberation; -guru magnified by echo; U. 2. 21; Mal. 9. 6; Mv. 5. 41.

anurasaḥ [anugato rasaṃ]
     (1) A secondary feeling (in Rhet.).
     (2) A secondary flavour; lavaṇa- saltish taste; madhurānurasaṃ rūkṣaṃ lavaṇānurasaṃ laghu . nāryāstu madhuraṃ stanyaṃ kaṣāyānurasaṃ himaṃ Suśr.

anurahasa a. [anugataṃ rahaḥ] Secret, solitary, private. --saṃ adv. In secret, apart, privately; Śi. 7. 50.

anurātra a. Following the night. --traṃ adv. In the night; every night, night after night.

anurādha a.
     (1) Causing welfare; also written as anūrādha; iṃdraṃ vayamanūrādhaṃ havāmahe Av.
     (2) Born under the asterism anurādhā P. IV. 3. 34. --dhā [anugatā rādhāṃ viśākhāṃ] N. of the 17th of the 27 lunar mansions or asterisms (so called because it follows rādhā or viśākhā). It consists of four stars.
     -- Comp.
          --grāmaḥ, --puraṃ the ancient capital of Laṅka or Ceylon; also called anurodhapura, described by Rajaśekhara as full of curiosities. It is a large town in the north of Ceylon "with 1600 square granite pillars which supported the floor of an enormous monastery called 'The Great Brazen Palace' said to have been built in 161 B. C."

anurud 2 P. To weep along with, condole with, sympathize; guruśokāmanuroditīva māṃ Ku. 4. 15; anuroditīva karuṇena patriṇāṃ Śi. 4. 47.

anurodanam Condolence, sympathy.

anurudh 7 U.
     (1) To obstruct, block up; śilābhirye mārgamanuruṃdhaṃti Mb.; to surround, hem in; rudrānucarairmakho mahān ... anvarudhyata Bhag.
     (2) To bind, fasten.
     (3) To stick or adhere to, follow closely, observe, practise; anurudhyādaghaṃ tryahaṃ Ms. 5. 63 should observe impurity (be in mourning); pumāṃsamanurudhya jātā pumanujā P. III. 2. 100 Sk. born immediately after a male.
     (4) To love, be fond of, or devoted to, attach oneself to; samasthamanurudhyaṃte viṣamasthaṃ tyajaṃti ca Ram.; sadvṛttimanurudhyaṃtāṃ bhavaṃtaḥ Mv. 2 follow or adopt; svadharmamanuruṃdhaṃte nātikramaṃ Ki. 11. 78; nānurotsye jagallakṣmīṃ Bk. 16. 23 love, like.
     (5) To conform to, obey, follow, adapt oneself to, act up to; niyatiṃ loka ivānurudhyate Ki. 2. 12; haṃta tiryaṃco'pi paricayamanurudhyaṃte U. 3 remember or cherish (act up to it); madvacanamanurudhyate vā bhavān K. 181, 298; vātsalyamanurudhyaṃte mahātmanaḥ Mv. 6 feel the force of compassion; tenāpi rāvaṇe maitrīmanurudhya vyapekṣyate Mv. 5. 35 following up; yadi guruṣvanurudhyase Mv. 3 regard with respect, obey; anurudhyasva bhagavato vasiṣṭhasyādeśaṃ U. 4; caṃdraketorvacanaṃ U. 5.
     (6) To coax, gratify, flatter, soothe; ityādibhiḥ priyaśatairanurudhya mugdhāṃ U. 3. 26; abhinavasevakajane'pi evamarunudhyate K. 207 please by carefully attending to &c., show regard for; 248.
     (7) To urge, press, entreat, request; āgamanāya anurudhyamānaḥ K. 277; tayā cāhamanurudhyamānastāṃ bakulamālāṃ dattavān Māl. 1; sā ca bhīmadhanvanā balavadanuruddhā Dk. 122 courted, wooed.
     (8) To assent or agree to, approve; like, comply with; prakṛtayo na me vyasanamanurudhyaṃte Dk. 106; yadi bhagavānanurudhyate Mv. 4 agree with me.

anurudh a. [rudha-kvip]
     (1) One who obeys, conforms to &c.
     (2) Obeyed, observed, practised, wanted (apekṣita), written as anūrudh Rv. 3. 55. 5.

anurodhaḥ --dhanam
     (1) Compliance, gratification, fulfilling one's wishes &c.
     (2) Conformity, accordance, obedience, regard, consideration; dharmānurodhāt K. 160, 180, 192; atra nānurodhaṃ tarkaye Mv. 7 pleasure or gratification; ādhārānurodhāt Mu. 1. 2 out of regard for; kaviśramānurodhādvā Ve. 1 in consideration of; Mv. 5, 3. 28; tadanurodhāt --dhena accordingly, in accordance with it; vadedvipaścinmahatonurodhāt Pt. 1. 100 after great consideration; humouring H. 2. 103; reference (of a rule.)
     (3) Pressing, urging, coaxing; entreaty, solicitation, request; ka ivātrānurodhaḥ K. 209; tadanurodhāt 135; vinānurodhātsvahitecchayaiva Śi. 20. 81.
     (4) Bearing of a rule.

anurodhin, --dhaka a. Compliant, complying with, obeying or conforming to, having regard to, caring for; pativratānāṃ samayānurodhinī Ram.

anurūpa a. [rūpasya sadṛśaḥ yogyo vā]
     (1) Like, resembling, corresponding to; śabdānurūpeṇa parākrameṇa bhavitavyaṃ Pt. 1; worthy of; ātmānurūpaṃ varaṃ S. 1; rūpānurūpa K. 192, 203.
     (2) Suitable or fit, adapted to, according to; with gen. or in comp.; naitadanurūpaṃ bhavataḥ K. 146, 158; bhava pituranurūpastvaṃ guṇairlokakāṃtaiḥ V. 5. 21; kāmamananurūpamasyā vapuṣo valkalaṃ S. 1; svapramāṇānurūpaiḥ secanaghaṭaiḥ ibid.; Bg. 17. 3; R. 1. 33; Me. 13. --paṃ
     (1) Resemblance, likeness, conformity.
     (2) Suitability, fitness; U. 6. 26. --paḥ The antistrophe, having the same metre as the stotriya or strophe; the second of the three verses (tṛca) recited together, the other two being stotriya and paryāsa; ekastotriyeṣvahassu yo'nyo'naṃtaraḥ so'nurūpaḥ Asval.

anurūpataḥ --peṇa, --paśaḥ adv. Conformably or agreeably to.

anulagna a. Attached to, intent on, seeking or pursuing after; yena āryāyāḥ susnigdhā dṛṣṭiranulagnā Mk. 4 intently fixed.

anulāpaḥ Repetition, tautology.

anulāsaḥ, --syaḥ [las-nartane-ghañ] A peacock.

anulip 6 P. To anoint, besmear (with perfumes &c. after bathing); smear, daub, cover over; vapuranvalipta na vadhūḥ Śi. 9. 51, 9. 15; prabhānuliptaśrīvatsaṃ R. 10. 10 covered with; tacchāyānuliptabhūtalāṃ K. 131; haribhiracirabhāsā tejasā cānuliptaiḥ S. 7. 7; so snātānuliptaḥ; timirānulipta enveloped in darkness; snāpito'nulopitaśca Dk. 71 besmeared with perfumes &c.

anulepaḥ --lepanam
     (1) Unction, anoint ing, smearing.
     (2) Ointment, unguent such as sandal juice, oil &c.; any emollient or oily application; -ārdramṛdaṃgadhvani K. 28 rubbed with paste; surabhi kusumadhūpānulepanāni K. 324.

anulepaka, --lepin a. One who anoints (the body) with unguents &c.

anulīna a. Hidden, clinging to, attached; Śi. 5. 46; janādanulīnaḥ Dk. 104 concealed from the people.

anuloma a. [anugataḥ loma P. V. 4. 75.]
     (1) 'With the hair,' regular, in natural order, successive (opp. pratiloma); (hence), favourable, agreeable; -sukho vāyuranusārayatīva māṃ Ram.; trirenāmanulomāmanumārṣṭi Śat. Br.; -kṛṣṭaṃ kṣetraṃ pratilomaṃ karṣati Sk. ploughed in the regular direction.
     (2) Mixed as a tribe. --mā A woman of the lower caste than that of the man's whom she marries; Y. 2. 288. --maṃ adv. In regular or natural order; pratilomamāliṃpennānulomaṃ Suśr. --māḥ (pl.) Mixed castes.
     -- Comp.
          --aya a. having fortune favourable.
          --artha a. speaking in favour of; jaḍānapyanulomārthān pravācaḥ kṛtināṃ giraḥ Śi. 2. 25.
          --ja, --janman a. born in due gradation, offspring of a mother inferior in caste to the father; said of the mixed tribes; Ms. 10. 25; Y. 1. 95.

anulomanam
     (1) Regular gradation, sending or putting in the right direction.
     (2) (In medicine) Carrying off by the regular channels, such as purging; alleviation.

anulomayati Den. P.
     (1) To stroke or rub with the hair or with the grain, go with the grain; tatra pratilomamanulomayet Suśr.
     (2) To evacuate, purge, carry off by the regular channels.

anulvaṇa a.
     (1) Not excessive, neither more nor less (anatirikta, anyūnādhika); smoothed, free from disturbing circumstances (?).
     (2) Not clear or manifest.

anuvaṃśaḥ [vaṃśamanugato vṛttāṃtaḥ] 1 A genealogical table; yaṃtrānuvaṃśaṃ bhagavān jāmadagnyastathā jagau Mb.
     (2) Modern race or species; new family.

anuvaṃśya a. [anuvaṃśe bhavaḥ yat] Relating to a genealogical table.

anuvakra a. [anukrameṇa vakraḥ] Very crooked; somewhat crooked or oblique; -ga moving somewhat obliquely or retrogressively (said of planets).

anuvac 2 P.
     (1) To say or speak after or for one; yeṣāṃ dvijānāṃ sāvitrī nānūcyeta yathāvidhi Ms. 11. 191.
     (2) To repeat, recite, reiterate; śatamanūcyamāyuṣkāmasya Ait. Br.; learn, study; parovaraṃ yajño'nūcyate Śat. Br.; araṇye'nūcyamānatvādāraṇyakaṃ Say., see anūcāna below.
     (3) To concede the point, assent to, yield.
     (4) To name, call. --Caus. To cause to recite; to read to oneself (before reading aloud); oft. used in dramas; ubhe nāma mudrākṣarāṇyanuvācya parasparamavalokayataḥ S. 1; nipu --(gṛhītvā) kathaṃ vācyatāṃ; devī-anuvācaya tāvat yadyaviruddhaṃ śroṣyāmi V. 2; Mu. 1; anuvācitalekhamamātyamavalokya M. 1.

anuvaktṛ m. Repeating, reciting(gurumukhoccāritānurūpapāṭhaka); replying &c.

anuvacanam
     (1) Repetition, recitation; teaching, instruction, lecture, Y. 3. 190.
     (2) A chapter, section, lesson, division.
     (3) Repetition of Mantras or texts in conformity with praiṣa or injunction said by other priests.

anuvākaḥ [anūcyate iti, vac ghañ kutvaṃ P. II. 4. 29 Vart.] 1 Repeating, reciting, reading.
     (2) A subdivision of the Vedas, section, chapter.
     (3) Chapter or section referring to a compilation from the Ṛgveda or Yajurveda (ṛgyajuḥsamūha).
     -- Comp.
          --anukramaṇī N. of a table of contents attributed to Śaunaka.

anuvākyā [vac-ṇyat-kutvaṃ] A verse recited by the Hotṛ priest, in which the god is invoked to accept the offering prepared for him, or a sort of priest; Śi. 14. 20 (praśāstṛpāṭhyā tadabhāve hotṛpāṭhyā devatāhvānī ṛk Malli.).

anuvāc f. [vac-ṇic kvip] Repetition, recitation &c. See anuvacanaṃ. --m. A lecture.

anuvācanam
     (1) Recitation of passages of the Ṛgveda by the Hotṛ priest in obedience to the injunction (praiṣa) of the adhvaryu priest.
     (2) Causing to recite, teaching, instructing.
     (3) Reading to oneself; see above.

anūkta p. p. Repeated, recited after; occurring in the text studied. --ktaṃ, --ktiḥ f.
     (1) Subsequent mention; repetition by way of explanation or illustration.
     (2) Study of the Vedas.

anūcāna a. or --naḥ [anuvac-kānac nipātaḥ P. III. 2. 109; vedasya anuvacanaṃ kṛtavān anūcānaḥ Sk.]
     (1) One devoted to study, learned; especially one wellversed in the Vedas with their Angas so as to be able to repeat, read and teach them; yo'nūcānaḥ sa no mahān Ms. 2. 154; 5. 82; Y. 3. 24; idamūcuranūcānāḥ Ku. 6. 15.
     (2) Modest, unassuming; humble, well-behaved.

anuvatsaraḥ [anukūlo vatsaro dānādiviśeṣāya]
     (1) A year.
     (2) The 4th year in the 5 years' cycle; or the 5th of 5 cycles of 12 years in the Bṛhaspati cycle.

anuvad 1 P.
     (1) To imitate in speaking, mock (with acc.); giraṃ naḥ ... anuvadati śukaste maṃjuvāk paṃjarasthaḥ R. 5. 74 repeat; uktamanuvadati Sk.; (P. & A.) to resound, echo; anuvadati vīṇā P. I. 3. 49 Sk. anuvadate kaṭhaḥ kalāpasya ibid.; sabhābhittipratidhvānairbhayādanvavadanniva Śi. 2. 67 echoed and approved also; ghoṣasyānvavadiṣṭeva laṃkā pūtakratoḥ puraḥ Bk. 8. 29.
     (2) To repeat or say again by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; See Kull. on Ms. 1. 74; 2. 6.
     (3) To repeat, tell, say (generally); nijamanorathamanuvadaṃtyā Dk. 21.
     (4) To abuse, rail at. --Caus. To cause to resound or echo.

anuvādaḥ
     (1) Repetition (in general); guṇa- K. 206.
     (2) Repetition by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; anuvāde caraṇānāṃ P. II. 4. 3 (siddhasyopanyāse Sk.).
     (3) Explanatory repetition or reference to what is already mentioned, such as paraphrase or free translation; particularly, any portion of the Brahmaṇas which comments on, illustrates, or explains a Vidhi or direction previously laid down and which does not itself lay down any directions; a supplementary repetition, opp. to vidhi 'authoritative or direct injunction'; vidhivihitasya anuvacanamanuvādaḥ . nānuvādapunaruktayoḥ viśeṣaḥ śabdābhyāsopapatteḥ Nyaya sūtra. It is of 3 kinds: bhūtārtha- (sadeva saumyedamagra āsīt); stutyartha- (vāyurvai kṣepiṣṭhā devatā) and guṇa- (agnihotraṃ juhoti ityukte dadhnā juhoti iti guṇavidhānāṃt); see arthavāda also.
     (4) Corroboration, confirmation.
     (5) Slander, abuse, reviling.
     (6) Advertisement, notice; report, rumour.
     (7) Commencement of speech (vācāraṃbhaṇamātraṃ.).

anuvādaka, --vādin a.
     (1) Explanatory, corroborative, repeating with comment, explanation or illustration; āraṃbhaśca sāhasānuvādī Dk. 95 bespeaks.
     (2) Conformable to, in harmony with, like; yuktagītānuvādinā Ram.; tadanuvādiguṇaḥ kusumodgamaḥ R. 9. 30. --n m. N. of any one of the three notes of the gamut.

anuvādya pot. p.
     (1) To be explained or illustrated.
     (2) (In gram.) To be made the subject of an assertion (in a sentence), opposed to vidheya which affirms or denies something about the subject. In a sentence the anuvādya or subject which is supposed to be already known is repeated to mark its connection with the vidheya or predicate and should be placed first; anuvādyamanuktvaiva na vidheyamudīrayet; in vṛddhirādaic ādaic should have been placed first, though the construction is defended by Patanjali.

anuvartana, --vartin &c. see anuvṛt.

anuvaśa a. [vaśamanugataḥ] Subject to the will of another, obedient. --śaḥ Subjection, obedience (to the will of another).

anuvas 1 P. To dwell near to or along with (with acc.).

anuvāsin a. One who dwells near; resident.

anuvasita a. [vas-kta]
     (1) Dressed clothed, wrapped up.
     (2) Fastened, or bound to, attached to.

anuvahaḥ One of the 7 tongues of fire.

anuvātaḥ [anugato vātaḥ] The windward direction; the wind which blows from the pupil to the preceptor &c.; prativāte'nuvāte ca nāsīta guruṇā saha Ms. 2. 203.

anuvāram ind. Time after time, repeatedly, frequently.

anuvās 10 P.
     (1) To scent, perfume.
     (2) To use the oily enema (see the next word); treat by using such enema; avaśyaṃ sthāpanīyāśca nānuvāsyāḥ kathaṃcana Suśr.

anuvāsaḥ --sanam
     (1) Perfuming or scenting (in general,) with incense &c.
     (2) Perfuming clothes by dipping the ends.
     (3) (-naḥ also) A syringe, clyster-pipe (Mar. picakārī); an oily enema or the operation itself; asādhyatā vikārāṇāṃ syādeṣāmanuvāsanāt Suśr.; dvidhā vastiḥ parijñeyo nirūhaścānuvāsanaṃ . kaṣāyādyairnirūhaḥ syāt snehādyairanuvāsanam .. (anuvasati anuvāsaraṃ vā dīyate anuvasannapi na duṣyati anudivasaṃ vā dīyate iti anuvāsanaḥ).

anuvāsita a.
     (1) Fumigated, perfumed.
     (2) Administered as an enema; treated by this operation.

anuvid 6 U.
     (1) To find, discover, see, obtain.
     (2) To deem, consider.
     (3) To marry.

anuvittiḥ f. Finding, obtaining.

anuviddha See under anuvyadh.

anuvidhā 3 U.
     (1) To lay down a rule, regulate.
     (2) To obey, act up to, follow, conform to; See anuvidhāyin; padamanuvidheyaṃ ca mahatāṃ Bh. 2. 28 the foot-steps of the great have to be trodden in.
     (3) To resemble, imitate. --pass. To be trained to follow rules; obey.

anuvidhānam
     (1) Obedience.
     (2) Acting in conformity to (orders &c.)

anuvidhāyin a.
     (1) Obedient, submissive, compliant, conforming to orders; sā strī yānuvidhāyinī H. 2. 141; bhavitavyānuvidhāyīnīṃdriyāṇi V. 3.
     (2) Resembling; nijavadhūśvasitānuvidhāyini Śi. 6. 23, 15. 96.

anuvinaś 4 P. To disappear, vanish or perish after or along with another.

anuvināśaḥ Perishing after.

anuviś 6 P. To enter or go after, follow.

anuveśaḥ --śanam
     (1) Following, entering after.
     (2) Marriage of a younger brother before the elder is married; (jyeṣṭhātikrameṇa kaniṣṭhasya vivāhaḥ); yavīyaso'nuveśo hi jyeṣṭhasya vidhilopakaḥ Mb.

anuveśya a. [anukrameṇa veśamarhati, yat] A next-door neighbour.

anuviśvaḥ (pl.) N. of a people in the north-east.

anuviṣṭaṃbhaḥ Being obstructed in consequence of.

anuvṛt 1 A. (sometimes P. also)
     (1) (Transitively used)
          (a) To go or roll after, follow, pursue; (fig.) to follow, conform to, act according to, obey, adapt oneself to, be guided by; humour; ahaṃ tāvatsvāminaścittavṛttimanuvartiṣye S. 2; te'pi paricayamanuvartaṃte K. 289; kimatra citraṃ yadi viśākhe śaśāṃkalekhāmanuvartete S. 3 approve of her choice; laukikānāṃ hi sādhūnāmarthaṃ vāganuvartate U. 1. 10 words conform to the sense; na kulakramamanuvartate K. 104 follow; madhu dvirephaḥ kusumaikapātre papau priyāṃ svāmanuvartamānaḥ Ku. 3. 36 followed his mate in drinking, drank after her; Bh. 2. 110; Bg. 3. 23; Dk. 80, 96, 126; kṛtajñatāmanuvartamānena Mu. 3 following the path of gratitude; prabhucittameva hi jano'nuvartate Śi. 15. 41; Mal. 3. 2.
          (b) To imitate, resemble; equal; te'nvavartan pitṝnsarve yaśasā ca balena ca Mb.
          (c) To gratify, humour, please; Dk. 65.
     (2) (Intransitively used)
          (a) To follow, come after; saṃgrāhya ityanuvartate H. 3.
          (b) To continue, endure.
          (c) To act towards, behave.
          (d) (In gram.) To be repeated or supplied from a preceding rule, Sūtra or assertion (said of a word or rule which continues to exercise influence on what follows); e. g. in P. IV. 3. 95 bhaktiḥ so'sya (occurring in Sutra 89 before) ityanuvartate Sk. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to revolve, turn round; evaṃ pravartitaṃ cakraṃ nānuvartayatīha yaḥ Bg. 3. 16.
     (2) To act up to, follow, obey; tathāpi lokayātrānuvartanīyā Mv. 7; putraiḥ pitaro lokadvayepyanuvartanīyāḥ Ve. 3; K. 367.
     (3) To favour, oblige; comply with one's request; vidhināpi bhavateva vayamanuvartitāḥ K. 73; yathācittamanuvartanīyaḥ Mal. 7.
     (4) To put in, carry out.
     (5) To repeat or supply from a preceding Sūtra; kecittu vijāyate iti nānuvartayaṃti P. V. 2. 13 Sk.
     (6) To use, employ.
     (7) To lead one to, attach to.
     (8) To speak in favour of, speak for; to approve.
     (9) To imitate, do after one; satāṃ caritānyanuvartitāni nadriyāṇi K. 298.

anuvartanam
     (1) Following(fig. also); attending, compliance, obedience, conformity; prakṛtasyānuvartane Ak.; idamāścaryamathavā lokasthityanuvartanaṃ Mv. 7. 4; dākṣiṇya- Dk 161.
     (2) Gratifying, obliging.
     (3) Approval of, concurrence in.
     (4) Continuance; result, consequence.
     (5) Supplying from a preceding Sūtra.

anuvartin a.
     (1) Following, obeying, conforming to, with acc. or in comp.; rākṣasāścāpi gṛhyaṃte nityaṃ chaṃdānuvartibhiḥ Pt. 1. 69; narādhipā nīcajanānuvartinaḥ 1. 383.
     (2) Guided by, following the advice of; obedient, faithful, compliant; anuvartini kalatre Pt. 1. 101, 298.
     (3) Like, resembling; suitable, worthy.

anuvartman a. [anugato vartma] Following, attending.

anuvṛtta p. p.
     (1) Obeying, following &c.
     (2) Uninterrupted, continuously kept up, continued; anuvṛttastvayā bhagīrathagṛhe prasādaḥ U. 7.
     (3) Rounded off; taperingly round (kramaśaḥ vartulākāra); dīrghānuvṛttapīnabāhunā K. 179.
     (4) Supplied from a preceding rule &c.
     (5) Conforming to the character (śīlānugata). --ttaṃ Obedience, conformity, compliance; mūrkhaṃ chaṃdo'nuvṛttena (gṛhṇīyāt) Chaṇ. 33.

anuvṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Assenting to, approval; tavānuvṛttiṃ na ca kartumutsahe Ku. 5. 65.
     (2) Obedience, conformity, following, continuance in (opp. vyāvṛtti); taking up; continuity; jyeṣṭhānuvṛttijaṭilaṃ R. 13. 78 by following the example of; anuvṛttyā pramārṣṭumāgataḥ Dk. 100 service; tatāna vahniḥ pavanānuvṛttyā Ki. 16. 52 in consequence of.
     (3) Acting according or suitably to, compliance, acquiescence; gratifying, pleasing; kāṃtā-cāturyamapi śikṣitaṃ vatsena U. 3; Mal. 9; Śi. 9. 58; Dk. 55; K. 265; M. 2. 9; rājyaṃ hi nāma rājadharma- parasya nṛpatermahadaprītisthānaṃ Mu. 3 who conforms to or is true to the duties of kings; (previous) compliant or obedient spirit, previous course of conduct; U. 7. 5.
     (4) Remembrance Ki. 18. 18.
     (5) (Gram.) Being supplied or repeated in a following rule; continued influence of a preceding on a following rule.
     (6) Imitating, resembling &c.
     (7) Repetition; varṇānāmanuvṛttiranuprāsaḥ.

anuvṛddhi a. Ved. Increasing in regular ratio.

anuvelam ind. Ever and anon, constantly; iti sma pṛcchatyanuvelamādṛtaḥ R. 3. 5; Śi. 3. 79.

anuvellita a. [vell-kta] Bent in conformity with; bent under. --taṃ Securing with bandages, bandaging; a sort of bandage (vraṇalepanabaṃdhabhedaḥ) one of the 14 kinds mentioned by Suśruta.

anuvya a. [anuvyayati anugacchati vyeka] Following (anugata); -vyamivāsuḥ Kāty. (nyagbhūmiṃ prāptā iva).

anuvyaṃjanam A secondary token.

anuvyadh 4 P.
     (1) To hit or pierce again; viddhamanuvidhyataḥ Ms. 9. 43.
     (2) To wound, pierce; kāmaśarānuviddhaḥ &c.
     (3) To fill or mix with, blend with, see anuviddha below.
     (4) To impel, urge.

anuviddha p. p.
     (1) Pierced, bored; kīṭānuviddharatnādisādhāraṇyena kāvyatā S. D.
     (2) Overspread, intertwined; surrounded, full of; pervaded by, replete or filled with, abounding in, mixed or blended with, intermixed; sarasijamanuviddhaṃ śaivalenāpi ramyaṃ S. 1. 20; kvacitprabhālepibhiriṃdranīlairmuktāmayī yaṣṭirivānuviddhā R. 13. 54 interwoven with emeralds; 16. 48, 6. 18; alake bālakuṃdānuviddhaṃ Me. 65; saurabhya- Mk. 1; kopānuviddhāṃ ciṃtāṃ nāṭayan Mu. 3; Ku. 3. 35; pāṃḍutānuviddheva dehacchaviḥ Dk. 112; 137; Mal. 1.
     (3) Connected with, relating to; adhering to; deśavārtānuviddhā saṃkathā Dk. 117, 124; udrūrṇaloṣṭalaguḍaiḥ parito'nuviddhaṃ Śi. 5. 25 chased, closely followed or pursued.
     (4) Set, inlaid; variegated; ratnānuviddhārṇavamekhalāyā diśaḥ sapatnī bhava dakṣiṇasyāḥ R. 6. 63, 14; Śi. 4. 49.

anuvedhaḥ, --vyādhaḥ
     (1) Hurting, piercing, perforating; na hi kīṭānuvedhādayo ratnasya ratnatvaṃ vyāhaṃtumīśāḥ S. D. 1.
     (2) Contact, union; mukhāmodaṃ madirayā kṛtānuvyādhamudvaman Śi. 2. 20.
     (3) Blending, mixture; fusion.
     (4) Obstructing.

anuvyavasāyaḥ (In Nyaya) Consciousness of the perception; (in Vedānta phil.) perception of a sentiment or judgment.

anuvyākhyānam [anurūpaṃ vyākhyānaṃ] That which comments on and explains Mantras, Sūtras &c. (maṃtravivaraṇaṃ); especially, that portion of a Brahmaṇa which explains difficult Sūtras, texts &c. occurring in another place (maṃtrādīnāmanurūpārthaprakāśakaṃ vyākhyānaṃ.)

anuvyāharaṇaṃ, --vyāhāraḥ
     (1) Repetition, repeated utterance; mentioning along with something else.
     (2) A curse, imprecation.

anuvyāhārin a. Cursing; execrating.

anuvraj 1 P.
     (1) To follow, go after; tāṃ vrajaṃtīmanuvavrāja K. 132, 210; attend especially a departing guest (as far as the bank of water, lake, &c.) as a mark of respect; Y. 1. 113; taṃ mātaro devamanuvrajaṃtyaḥ Ku. 7. 38; yamicchetpunarāyāṃtaṃ nainaṃ dūramanuvrajet Ram.
     (2) To visit in order, seek.
     (3) To go to or near; betake oneself to; mṛgā mṛgaiḥ saṃgamanuvrajaṃti Pt. 1 deer herd or associate with deer.
     (4) To obey, to do homage to.

anuvrajanaṃ, --vrajyā Following, going after, especially a departing guest; Ms. 3. 107.

anuvrājya pot. p. To be followed as by the relatives of a dead person to the cemetery.

anuvrata a. [anukūlaṃ vrataṃ karma yasya]
     (1) Devoted or faithful to, attached to (with acc. or gen.); priyatamā kā anuvratā Bh. 2. 103; vaiśyāḥ kṣatramanuvratāḥ Ram.
     (2) Duly performing the vows or duties prescribed (opp. apavrata). --taḥ A class of Jaina ascetics.

anuśatika a. Accompanied with, or bought for, a hundred; -ādiḥ a class of words or gaṇa mentioned in P. VII. 3. 20, where both members undergo Vṛddhi.

anuśaya, --śayin &c. See under anuśī.

anuśaraḥ [anu-śṛṇāti, śṝ-ac] A sort of evil-spirit, Rākṣasa.

anuśastram [anugataṃ śastraṃ śastrārthe prayuktaṃ] Anything used (for the time being) instead of a regular instrument, such as a finger-nail; a secondary weapon or instrument.

anuśās 2 P.
     (1)
          (a) To advise, persuade, prevail upon, address; iti dhruvecchāmanuśāsatī sutāṃ śaśāka menā na niyaṃtumudyamāt Ku. 5. 5; pūrvānuśiṣṭāṃ nijagāda bhojyāṃ R. 6. 59.
          (b) To direct, tell, order, enjoin; to teach, instruct (how to act); daśarathaprabhavānuśiṣṭaḥ R. 13. 75; vatse tvamadhunā'nuśāsanīyāsi S. 4; rājapatnīniyogasthamanuśādhi purījanaṃ Bk. 20. 17; ko nu khalu māmevamanuśāsti V. 4 tells, directs; maghavā vanagamanāya kṛtabuddhiṃ bhavaṃtamanuśāsti V. 5 tells, directs; māṇavakaṃ dharmamanuśāsti Sk.; Ms. 6. 86.
     (2) To rule, govern.
     (3) To chastise, punish, correct; iyameva tāvatprathamamanuśāsanīyā Ve. 2; arikulamanuśāsanīyaṃ 3; svakarma khyāpayanbrūyānmāṃ bhavānanuśāstviti Ms. 11. 100, 9. 233.
     (4) To praise, extol.
     (5) To accomplish, perform, execute.

anuśāsaka, --śāsin, --śāstṛ, or śāsitṛ a. One who directs, instructs, governs or punishes; kaviṃ purāṇamanuśāsitāraṃ Bg. 8. 9 ruler; eṣa corānuśāsī rājeti bhayādutpatitaḥ V. 4.

anuśāsanam Advice, persuasion, direction, order, command; instruction, laying down rules or precepts; a law, rule, precept; treatment (of a subject), (with the object in comp. or with gen., the agent, if expressed, being put in the instr. or gen.); bhavatyadhikṣepa ivānuśāsanaṃ Ki. 1. 28 words of advice; tanmanoranuśāsanaṃ Ms. 8. 139; 6. 50; 2. 159; yauvana- K. 146; nāmaliṃga- laying down rules on the gender of nouns, explanation of gender &c.; śabdānuśāsanaṃ Sk.; śabdānāmanuśāsanamācāryasya ācāryeṇa vā P. II. 3. 66 Sk.
     -- Comp.
          --para a. obedient.
          --parvan N. of the 13th book of the Mahabharata (so called because it lays down precepts of advice).

anuśiṣṭiḥ f. Instruction, teaching; order, command.

anuśikṣin a. Practising, learning.

anuśiśuḥ f. [anugatā śiśunā] An animal followed by its young one.

anuśī 2 A.
     (1) To lie or sleep with, sleep along with; lie upon, close or along; lay oneself down; to adhere to or follow closely, cling or stick to; śayānaṃ cānuśete hi tiṣṭhaṃtamanutiṣṭhati . anudhāvati dhāvaṃtaṃ karma pūrvakṛtaṃ naraṃ .. Subhaṣita.
     (2) To repent, grieve for; dattamiṣṭamapi nānvaśeta saḥ Śi. 14. 45; purānuśete tava caṃcalaṃ manaḥ Ki. 8. 8.

anuśayaḥ [śī-ac]
     (1) Repentance, remorse; regret, sorrow; nanvanuśayasthānametat Mal. 8; kutaste'nuśayaḥ M. 3 why should you be sorry; bāṣpaṃ pramṛjya vigatānuśayo bhaveyaṃ S. 7. 25; ito gatasyānuśayo mā bhūditi V. 4; Śi. 2. 14.
     (2) Intense enmity or anger; śiśupālo'nuśayaṃ paraṃ gataḥ Śi. 16. 2; yasminnamuktānuśayā sadaiva jāgarti bhujaṃgī Mal. 6. 1.
     (3) Hatred.
     (4) Close connection, as with a consequence; close attachment (to any object).
     (5) (In Vedānta phil.) The result or consequence of bad deeds which very closely clings to them and makes the soul enter other bodies after enjoying temporary freedom from recurring births; (svargārthakarmaṇo bhuktaphalasya avaśeṣaḥ kaścidanuśayo nāma bhāṃḍānusārisnehavat, yathā hi snehabhāṃḍaṃ viricyarmānaṃ sarvātmanā na viricyate bhāṃḍānusāryeva keścit snehaśeṣo 'vatiṣṭhate tathānuśayo'pi Tv.).
     (6) Regret in the case of purchases, technically called rescission; Ms. 8. 222; see krītānuśaya. --yī A disease of the feet, a sort of boil or abscess on the upper part.

anuśayāna a. Regretting &c. --nā A variety of heroine (parakīyanāyikābhedaḥ); one who is sad and dejected, being apprehensive of the loss of her lover (iṣṭahānijanitānutāpavatī).

anuśayin a.
     (1) Devotedly attached to, faithful.
     (2) Repentant, penitent, regretful, sorry.
     (3) Hating intensely.
     (4) Connected as with a consequence.
     (5) Enjoying the fruits of deeds; epithet of the soul.

anuśīlanam Intent or assiduous application, constant pursuit or exercise, constant or repeated practice or study; vijñātasārāṇyanuśīlanena Ki. 16. 28.

anuśīlita a. Assiduously practised, repeatedly done, carefully attended to or studied.

anuśuc 1 P. To bewail, mourn over, regret; kathaṃ tameva caurahatakamanuśocasi Mk. 3; naṣṭaṃ mṛtamatikrāṃtaṃ nānuśocaṃti paṃḍitāḥ Pt. 1. 333; śaiśavaṃ te smṛtvātmānamanuśocāmi K. 333; Ve. 5. 4 condole with, weep with. --Caus. To mourn over, deplore, grieve for, regret; tṛṇamiva vane śūnye tyaktā na vāpyanuśocitā U. 3. 32 nor was she (her loss) regretted.

anuśucikā A ceremony enjoined by the Vedas (?).

anuśokaḥ, --śocanam Sorrow, repentance, regret; anuśu (śo) citaṃ in the same sense.

anuśocaka --śocin a.
     (1) Regretful, penitent.
     (2) Causing regret.

anuśru 5 P.
     (1) To hear (= śru); nānuśuśrumajātvetat Ms. 9. 100; tadyathānuśrūyate Pt. 1 heard, related.
     (2) To hear repeatedly as from a sacred authority, hand down as by Vedic tradition.

anuśravaḥ Vedic or sacred tradition.

anuślokam [anuślokyate gīyate, ślok, karmaṇi ac] A kind of Sama (mahāvratageyaḥ sāmabhedaḥ).

anuṣaṃj (-saṃj) 1 P. To adhere or cling to, follow closely. --pass. (--ṣajyate)
     (1) To stick, cling, adhere to, be attached to (fig. also); dharmapūte ca manasi nabhasīva na jātu rajo'nuṣajyate Dk. 43; sometimes occurring as anuṣajjate (from sasj also); yadā hi noṃdriyārtheṣu na karmasvanuṣajjate Bg. 6. 4; 18. 10.
     (2) To be supplied from a preceding rule or statement. --Caus.
     (1) To fasten or attach (something) to.
     (2) To supply (as an elliptical expression); iti padamatrānuṣaṃjanīyaṃ.

anuṣak --ṭ adv. In continuous or close order, one after another.

anuṣakta p. p.
     (1) Connected with, closely related or attached to; nitya-ktaḥ prakṛtikopaḥ Mv. 2 constant, everarising.
     (2) Clinging or adhering to (actively used); mṛtyurjarā ca vyādhiśca duḥkhaṃ cānekakāraṇaṃ . anuṣaktaṃ sadā dehe Mb.; hṛdi nityānuṣaktena sītāśokena tapyate U. 4. 2 constantly preying on the heart; -maṃdākinīpavitramekhalaṃ Mv. 4.

anuṣaṃgaḥ
     (1) Close adherence or attendance; connection, conjunction, association; sānuṣaṃgāṇi kalyāṇāni U. 7 good things closely follow one another (come close upon one another).
     (2) Coalition, commixture.
     (3) Connection of word with word.
     (4) A word or words repeated from the context to supply an ellipsis.
     (5) Necessary consequence, inevitable result.
     (6) Connection of a subsequent with a previous act.
     (7) Incidental mention or relation (prasaṃga).
     (8) Yearning, eager longing.
     (9) Compassion, pity, tenderness. (10) (In Nyaya) Connecting together the upanaya or application and nigamana or conclusion by the use of the pronoun idaṃ (upanayavākyasthasya ayamiti padasya nigamanavākye ākarṣaṇaṃ).
     (11) The nasals connected with certain roots ending in consonants; P. VII. 1. 59 Sk.

anuṣaṃgika a. Following as a necessary result, consequent; concomitant, adhering to, connected with.

anuṣaṃgin a.
     (1) Connected with, adhering or sticking to; anīkaje rajasi mukhānuṣaṃgiṇi Śi. 17. 57.
     (2) Following as a necessary consequence; yasyānuṣaṃgiṇa ime bhogādayo bhavaṃti Bh. 3. 76.
     (3) Related or applicable to, common, prevailing (anukṣaṇaṃ prasakta); saptakasyāsya vargasya sarvatraivānuṣaṃgiṇaḥ Ms. 7. 52; vibhutānuṣaṃgi bhayameti janaḥ Ki. 6. 35 connected with, natural to, greatness.
     (4) Addicted to, devoted or attached to, fond of.

anuṣaṃjanam Concord, grammatical connection or agreement.

anuṣekaḥ --secanam Rewatering, sprinkling over again.

anuṣṭutiḥ f. Praise(in due order.)

anuṣṭubh 1 P. (-stubh) To praise after, follow in praising.

anuṣṭubh f. [anu niraṃtaraṃ stubhyate'nayā anuṣṭup vāk]
     (1) Following in praise; speech.
     (2) Sarasvatī.
     (3) N. of a class of metres consisting of four Padas of 8 syllables each, the whole stanza consisting of 32 syllables (so called because it follows with its praise i. e. anuṣṭobhati the gayatrī, which has 3 Padas), anuṣṭobhanādanuṣṭup. In later metrical systems it stands as a general name for all metres which have 8 syllables in each foot (the highest possible number being computed to be 256); paṃcamaṃ laghu sarvatra saptamaṃ dvicaturthayoḥ . guru ṣaṣṭhaṃ ca pādānāṃ śeṣeṣvaniyamo mataḥ .. which rule is sometimes violated.

anuṣṭhā 1 U. (-sthā)
     (1) To do, perform or carry out, execute, attend to (order, duty &c.); bring about, effect, accomplish (business); vivāhadīkṣāvidhimanvatiṣṭhat Ku. 7. 1, 1. 17; kimanutiṣṭhati bhagavān mārīcaḥ S. 7; ājñāpayatu āryaḥ ko niyogo'nuṣṭhīyatāmiti S. 1; ye me matamidaṃ nityamanutiṣṭhaṃti mānavāḥ Bg. 3. 31 follow; guṃrorvacanamanutiṣṭha V. 5 do as your papa orders; anutiṣṭhasvātmano niyogaṃ M. 1 look or attend to your own duty, do your business.
     (2) To follow, practise, observe (dharma, vrata &c.); commit (a sin).
     (3) To rule, govern, superintend; appoint.
     (4) To stand by or near (with loc.); Ms. 11. 112; sit on; occupy; anuṣṭhāsyati rāmasya sītā prakṛtamāsanaṃ Ram.
     (5) To follow, go after (lit.;) svakāṃtāmanutiṣṭhati Ram.; nārājake patiṃ bhāryā yathāvadanutiṣṭhati Subhāṣ.; follow, obey.
     (6) To imitate, tread in; padaṃ cehānutiṣṭhaṃti pūrveṣāṃ pūrvajaiḥ kṛtaṃ Bhag.
     (7) (Intrans.)
          (a) To place or put oneself on, be in a position, present oneself.
          (b) To remain, continue.
          (c) To be engaged in religious ceremonies (muttering prayers &c.); anutiṣṭhatāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ M. 5.

anuṣṭha a. [sthā-ka-ṣatvaṃ] Standing after or in succession.

anuṣṭhātṛ, --ṣṭhāyin a. Doing, performing, executing &c.; one who undertakes or begins.

anuṣṭhānam
     (1) Doing, performance, practice, execution, accomplishment &c.; obeying, acting in conformity to; uparudhyate tapo'nuṣṭhānaṃ S. 4 practice of religious austerities; ko'pi vadhopāyaściṃtyo yasyānuṣṭhānena Pt. 1; nānuṣṭhānairvihīnāḥ syuḥ kulajā vidhavā iva Pt. 2. 95; H. 1. 103.
     (2) Commencing, undertaking, engaging in; yadi samudreṇa saha vairānuṣṭhānaṃ kāryaṃ Pt. 1.
     (3) Commencement or course of conduct, procedure, course of action; kathaṃ nyāyyamanuṣṭhānaṃ mādṛśaḥ pratiṣedhatu U. 5. 21.
     (4) Practice of religious rites or ceremonies, any religious rite or ceremony; kiṃtvanuṣṭhānanityatvaṃ svātaṃtryamapakarṣati U. 1. 8; Mv. 4. 33. --nī Performance, doing &c.
     -- Comp.
          --śarīraṃ 'the body of action'; (according to the Saṅkhya doctrine) the intermediate body between the sūkṣma or subtle and the sthūla or gross body.

anuṣṭhāpaka a. Causing to perform.

anuṣṭhāpanam Causing to do an act.

anuṣṭhāyin a. Doing, performing.

anuṣṭhita p. p. Done, performed, accomplished &c.; practised, followed, &c.; saṃbaṃdhāḥ sadanuṣṭhitāḥ Ku. 6. 29 brought about; tathānuṣṭhite that being done, thereupon; begun, undertaken; na yuktaṃ hi tyaktuṃ kāryamanuṣṭhitaṃ Ram.; (used actively) following, practising; Ms. 10. 127.

anuṣṭhiḥ --ṣṭhuḥ f. [sthā-ku] Proper order, succession (used only in instr.); -ṣṭhu, anuṣṭhyā, anuṣṭhuyā in proper order, duly, immediately, properly; immediate, direct.

anuṣṭheya, --ṣṭhātavya pot. p. To be effected, performed; followed, done conformably to; vidarbhagatamanuṣṭheyaṃ M. 5 what to do with.

anuṣṇa a.
     (1) Not hot, cold, chilly; anuṣṇairānaṃdāśrubiṃdubhiḥ R. 12. 62.
     (2) Apathetic; lazy, sluggish (alasa). --ṣṇaḥ Cold touch or sensation. --ṣṇā N. of a stream. --ṣṇaṃ A waterlily, blue lotus (utpala).
     -- Comp.
          --guḥ (--go ray) having cold rays, the moon.
          --vallikā N. of a plant nīladūrvā.

anuṣvadha a. [svadhāmanu, svadhayā sahitaḥ] Accompanied by food. --dhaṃ adv.
     (1) Through or after food.
     (2) According to food; after every sacrifice.
     (3) Voluntarily, according to one's will.

anuṣyaṃdaḥ A hind wheel.

anusaṃvaraṇam Concealing in order or succession.

anusaṃcar 1 P.
     (1) To walk alongside, follow, join.
     (2) To pursue, seek after.
     (3) To visit, go towards or to.
     (4) To penetrate, cross, traverse.
     (5) To become assimilated.

anusaṃcaraṇam Following, pursuing. --adv. At every occasion of coming.

anusaṃtan 8 U.
     (1) To extend everywhere; to diffuse, spread about, overspread.
     (2) To continue, join in.

anusaṃtatiḥ f. Continued succession, continuity.

anusaṃdhā 3 U.
     (1) To search into or after, look after, inquire into, investigate, explore, examine, ascertain; prasavayogyaṃ sthānamanusaṃdhīyatāṃ H. 3; Ms. 12. 106.
     (2) To calm, compose, quiet; ātmānamanusaṃdhehi śokacarcāṃ ca parihara H. 4.
     (3) To think of, aim at, refer or allude to, consider, deliberate; yathākartavyamanusaṃdhayitāṃ H. 3; naitadanusaṃdhāya mayoktaṃ Mv. 6 after deliberation, or because I aimed at it; alamanenātītopālaṃbhena prastutamanusaṃdhīyatāṃ H. 3 let us consider what is before us, (turn to the matter in hand); atra ... iti purāvṛttakathānu'saṃdheyā Malli. on Ku. 1. 21 should be sought or referred to.
     (4) To plan, arrange; prepare, set in order; sārasatvaṃ durgamanusaṃdhehi, durgaśodhanamanusaṃdhātavyaṃ H. 3.
     (5) To follow, go after, attend, accompany; careṇa anusaṃdhīyamānaḥ Mu. 6; kaste nirbaṃdhaḥ pade pade māmanusaṃdhātuṃ Mk. 1; etau tau māmanusaṃdhattaḥ Mk. 2 are after me.
     (6) To take up, follow, continue; taccheṣamātmavacasāpya'nusaṃdadhānaḥ K. 240 following, making up the unfinished portion &c.

anusaṃdhānam
     (1) Inquiry, investigation; close inspection or scrutiny, examination; Mv. 7.
     (2) Aiming at. H.
     (3) Planning, arranging, getting ready &c.; durgānusaṃdhāne ko niyujyatāṃ H. 3 equipping with the necessary materials.
     (4) A plan, scheme.
     (5) Suitable connection.
     (6) (In the Vais. phil.) The 4th step in a syllogism, the upanaya or application.

anusaṃdhānin, --saṃdhāyin a. Investigating, looking after; skilful in concerting plans.

anusaṃhita p. p. Inquired into, investigated; connected with, in accordance or union with, conformable to; ahiṃsā sarvadharmānusaṃhitā Mb.; arthadharmānusaṃhitaṃ vākyaṃ Ram. --taṃ adv. In the Samhitā text; according to this text.

anusamāpanam Regular completion

anusami 2 P. (-i)
     (1) To go to or visit successively or in order.
     (2) To join in following or being guided by.
     (3) To join, become assimilated.

anusamayaḥ Regular or proper connection, as of words.

anusaṃbaddha a. Connected with.

anusavanam ind.
     (1) After a sacrifice.
     (2) At every sacrifice, after ablutions.
     (3) Every moment.

anusāma a. [sāma anugataḥ] Conciliated, friendly, favourable.

anusāyam ind. Every evening.

anusāryakam A fragrant substance, sandal, aloe &c.

anusūcaka a. Indicative of, pointing out to.

anusūcanam Indication, pointing out.

anusṛ 1 P.
     (1) To follow(in all senses); go after, attend, pursue; to practise, observe; betake oneself to; pūrvoddiṣṭāmanusara purīṃ Me. 30 go to; udīcīṃ diśaṃ 57.
     (2) To go over or through. --Caus.
     (1) To lead, forward; vāyuranusārayatīva māṃ Ram.
     (2) To cause to pursue, follow.

anusaraḥ A follower, companion, attendant.

anusaraṇam
     (1) Following, pursuing, going after, seeking after; kraṃdanānusaraṇaṃ kriyatāṃ H. 3; kanakasūtra- pravṛttai rājapuruṣaiḥ Pt. 1.
     (2) Conformity to, accordance with, consequence of (in instr. or abl.); iṃdostvadanusaraṇakliṣṭakāṃteḥ Me. 84.
     (3) Custom, usage, habit.

anusāraḥ
     (1) Going after, following (fig. also); pursuit; vyādhānusāracakitā hariṇīva yāsi Mk. 1. 17; śabdānusāreṇa avalokya S. 7 looking in the direction of the sound; kapaṭānusārakuśalaḥ Mk. 9. 5 following up or tracing fraud.
     (2) Conformity to, accordance with, suitability, conformity to usage; kiraṇānusāragalitena K. 137, 194, 204; dharmaśāstrānusāreṇa Y. 2. 1.
     (3) Custom, usage, established practice; anusārādadhikā (vṛddhiḥ) Ms. 8. 152.
     (4) Received or established authority, especially of codes of law.
     (5) Nature, natural condition of anything.
     (6) Currency, prevalence.
     (7) Consequence, result.

anusārataḥ, anusāreṇa (in comp.) In accordance with, conformably to.

anusāraka, --sārin a.
     (1) Following, pursuing, going after, attendant on; tāmabhyagacchadruditānusārī R. 14. 70; mṛgānusāriṇaṃ pinākinaṃ S. 1. 6.; parimalaḥ pavanānusārī Dk. 91; kṛpaṇānusāri ca dhanaṃ Pt. 1. 278 going after, falling to the lot of.
     (2) According or conformable to, following; yathāśāstra- Ms. 7. 31.
     (3) Seeking, looking out for, investigating, scrutinizing; Ms. 7. 102.

anusāraṇā Going after, pursuit; tasmātpalāyamānānāṃ kuryānnātyanusāraṇāṃ Mb.

anusṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Going after, following; conforming to, accordance with.
     (2) [anusarati kulāṃtaraṃ] An unchaste woman, harlot (kulaṭā).

anusṛp 1 P. To glide along or after, follow.

anusarpaḥ A serpent-like being; a reptile in general.

anusṛṣṭa a. Created in succession.

anusṛṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Creating in order or succession.
     (2) A ready-witted woman.

anusevin a. Practising, observing, habitually addicted to.

anusainyam [sainyamanugataṃ] The rear of an army, rear-guard.

anuskaṃdam ind. Having entered or gone into in succession; gehaṃ gehamanuskaṃdaṃ Sk.

anustaraṇam Strewing or spreading round. --ṇī [karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) A cover, (ācchādanaṃ such as leather); anustaraṇyā vapāmutkhidya śiromukhaṃ pracchādayet Asval.
     (2) A cow; (seyaṃ gauḥ stṛtaṃ dīkṣitamanustṛtatvāddhiṃsitatvāccānustaraṇītyucyate Say.); especially the cow sacrificed at the funeral ceremony, which enables the departed spirit to safely cross the river of Hell called vaitariṇī (anutīryate vaitariṇī nadī anayā tṝ-karaṇe lyuṭ pṛṣo-suṭ Tv.).

anustotram Praising after; N. of a work relating to the Sāmaveda.

anusneham ind. After adding oil.

anuspaṣṭa a. Plain, obvious.

anusphura a. Ved. Whizzing (as an arrow).

anusmṛ 1 P. To remember, think of, call to mind, recollect (with acc. or gen.); varaprārthanāmanusmṛtya S. 1; yadaiva anusmṛtaṃ devena S. 7; tasmātsarveṣu kāleṣu māmanusmara yudhya ca Bg. 8. 7; vyapagatamadarāgasyānusasmāra lakṣmīṃ Ki. 4. 38. --Caus. To remind (painfully), cause to remember with regret; Ki. 5. 14.

anusmaraṇam
     (1) Recollection, remembering.
     (2) Repeated recollection.

anusmṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Cherished recollection; thinking of; anusmṛterbādariḥ S. B.
     (2) Thinking of one thing to the exclusion of others.

anusyūta a. [siv-kta-ūṭh]
     (1) Woven together, regularly and uninterruptedly.
     (2) Sewn on, fastened to.
     (3) Closely attached or linked to.

anusamāhāraḥ Continuing, following.

anusvānaḥ
     (1) Sounding conformably to.
     (2) An after sound; echo; see anuraṇana and K. P. 4
     (36).

anusvāraḥ [svṛ-ap svarāḥ; svaravarṇā eva svārāḥ, anugataḥ svārān Tv.] The nasal sound which is marked by a dot above the line (ṃ) and which always belongs to a preceding vowel; anunāsikātparo'nusvāraḥ P. VIII. 3. 4.

anuhavaḥ Inviting, stirring up.

anuhuṃkṛ 8 U. To roar in imitation of, reply to; anuhuṃkurute ghanadhvaniṃ na hi gomāyurutāni kesarī Śi. 16. 25.

anuhuṃkāraḥ Roaring in imitation.

anuhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To imitate, resemble; dehabaṃdhena svareṇa ca rāmabhadramanuharati U. 4; Ki. 9. 67, sometimes with gen. of person; māturanuharati Sk.; see below.
     (2) To take after (one's parents), to always imitate their nature (A. in this sense) (gatatācchīlye); paitṛkamaśvā anuharaṃte mātṛkaṃ gāvaḥ P. I. 3. 21 Vārt.; (gataṃ prakāraḥ, piturmātuścāgataṃ prakāraṃ satataṃ pariśīlayaṃti Sk.)

anuharaṇaṃ, --hāraḥ Imitation, resemblance, similarity.

anuhārya pot. p. To be imitated. --ryaḥ Monthly obsequies on the Darśa or new moon day (cf. anvāhārya).

anuhoḍaḥ A cart (?)

anūkaḥ --kam [anu-uc samavāye kanipātaḥ kutvaṃ; or fr. aṃc with anu]
     (1) The back bone, spine (vaṃkrayādhāraḥ āyataḥ pṛṣṭhāsthiviśeṣaḥ); sadaṃ cānūkaṃ ca gṛhapateḥ Ait. Br. (where Say. remarks anūkaṃ mūtravastiḥ syāt sāsnetyeke vadaṃti ca).
     (2) A kind of sacrificial vessel; according to some, the back part of the altar; ayugmāgaṇamadhyamānūke.
     (3) Former birth or state of existence. --kaṃ
     (1) Family, race.
     (2) Disposition, temperament; character, peculiarity of race; vyādharkṣanakulānūkaiḥ paittikā hi narāḥ smṛtāḥ Suśr.

anūkāśaḥ [anu-kāś-ghañ upasargasya dīrghatvaṃ]
     (1) Reflection (of light).
     (2) Regard, reference, illustration.

anūkti, anūcāna &c. See under anuvac.

anūcīna a. [anvaṃc-kha] Ved. Coming after, successive; -ahaṃ day after day, on the following day; -garbha (go) born in successive order.

anūcyam The plank or board on the side of a bed (dakṣiṇottarayordīrghe khaṭvāṃge anūcyasaṃjñe Śaṅkara); aratnimātrāṇi śīrṣaṇyānyanūcyāni Ait. Br.; (anūcye = pārśvadvayavartinī phalake Say.)

anūḍha a.
     (1) Not borne or carried.
     (2) Unmarried; parivettānujo'nūḍhe jyeṣṭhe dāraparigrahāt Ak. --ḍhā An unmarried woman.
     -- Comp.
          --māna a. bashful, modest.
          --gamanaṃ (-ḍhā-) Fornication.
          --bhrātṛ m. (-ḍhā-) 1. the brother of an unmarried woman. --2. the brother of the concubine of a king.

anūtiḥ f. [ve-ktin, na. ta.] Not coming or going (to aid) (anāgamanaṃ).

anūdakam Want of water; drought, aridity; yathā varṣamanūdake Ram.

anūddeśaḥ 'Relative order,' N. of a figure of speech in which a reference is made in successive order to what precedes; yathāsaṃkhyamanūddeśa uddiṣṭānāṃ krameṇa yat S. D. 732.

anūdya, anūdita &c. See under anuvad.

anūna a.
     (1) Not inferior, not less (with abl. expressed or understood); not wanting or lacking in (with instr.); vṛṃdāvane caitrarathādanūne R. 6. 50; anūnasāraṃ niṣadhānnageṃdrāt 18. 1; ākṛtipratyayādenāmanūnavastukāṃ saṃbhāvayāmi M. 1 of no inferior stuff; imāmanūnāṃ surabheravehi R. 2. 54; guṇairanūnāṃ 6. 37; kiṃcidūnamanūnardheḥ R. 10. 1.
     (2) Full, whole, entire; large; maharṣabhaskaṃdhamanūnakaṃdharaṃ Ki. 14. 40; great; Śi. 4. 11; (before adjectives) very; -gururnitaṃbaḥ S. D. excessively big or heavy.
     (3) Having full power.

anūpa a. [anu-ap ūdanordeśe P. VI. 3. 98, anugatāḥ āpaḥ yasmin] Situated near water, watery, rich or abounding in water, wet, marshy. --paḥ --paṃ
     (1) A watery place or country; syaṃdanāśvaiḥ same yudhyedanūpe naudvipaistathā Ms. 7. 192; Y. 3. 42; nānādrumalatāvīrunnirjharaprāṃtaśītalaiḥ . vanairvyāptamanūpaṃ tatsasyairvrīhiyavādibhiḥ.
     (2) N. of a particular country (--pāḥ pl.); R. 6. 37.
     (3) A marsh, bog.
     (4) A pond or tank of water.
     (5) Bank or side (of a river, mountain); sāgarātparvatānūpāt Ram.; nadīṃ goyutānūpāṃ atarat ibid.
     (6) A buffalo.
     (7) A frog.
     (8) A kind of partridge.
     (9) An elephant.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ moist ginger.
          --prāya a. marshy, boggy.

anūpya a. [anūpe deśe bhavaḥ, yat] Being in a pond or bog.

anūbaṃdhya a. Ved. To be fastened as a sacrificial animal; vaśāmanubaṃdhyāmālabheta Śat. Br.; anubaṃdhyayeṣṭvā Asval.

anūyāja, anūrādha = anuyāja, anurādha.

anūru a. [na. ba.] Thighless. --ruḥ Aruṇa, the charioteer of the sun (who is represented as having no thighs); the dawn; see aruṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --sārathiḥ the sun (having anūru for his charioteer); gataṃ tiraścīnamanūrusāratheḥ Śi. 1. 2.

anūrjita a.
     (1) Not strong, weak, powerless.
     (2) Free from pride.

anūrdhva a. Not high, low; -bhās Ved. whose splendour does not rise, who lights no (sacred) fires.

anūrmi a.
     (1) Not waving, unruffled by waves, not fluctuating.
     (2) Inviolable.

anūvṛj m. Ved. A part of the body near the ribs.

anūṣara a.
     (1) Saline, the same as ūṣara; cf. uttama and anuttama.
     (2) Not saline.

anūha a. Thoughtless, careless.

anṛkṣara a. Ved. Thornless (as a path or couch).

anṛc-ca a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Without a hymn, not containing a verse from the Ṛgveda; anṛk sāma P. V. 4. 74 Sk.
     (2) [nāsti ṛk abhyastatayā yasya ac samāsaḥ] Not conversant with, not studying, the Ṛgveda; one not invested with the sacred thread and hence not yet entitled to study the Vedas (as a boy); yathā cājñe'phalaṃ dānaṃ tathā vipro'nṛco'phalaḥ Ms. 2. 158; anṛco māṇavakaḥ Mugdha. (In this case the form should properly be anṛca; anṛcabahvṛcāvadhyetaryeva Sk.; but sometimes anṛc also in the same sense; cf. tathā'nṛce havirdatvā na dātā labhate phalaṃ Ms. 3. 142; sahasraṃ hi sahasrāṇāmanṛcāṃ yatra bhuṃjate 131); anṛkka also in the same sense.

anṛju a. Not straight, crooked; (fig.) unfair, wicked, dishonest; na pāṇipādacapalo na netracapalo'nṛjuḥ Ms. 4. 177; P. V. 2. 75 Sk.

anṛṇa a. Free from debt, who has paid off the debt (due to another) with gen. of person or thing; enāmanṛṇāṃ karomi S. 1; tatrānṛṇāsmi U. 7; prāṇairdaśarathaprīteranṛṇaṃ (gṛdhraṃ) R. 12. 54; Mv. 5. 58; pitṝṇāmanṛṇaḥ Ms. 9. 106; 6. 94. Every one that is born has three debts to pay off: to Sages, Gods, and the Manes; cf. jāyamāno vai brāhmaṇastribhirṛṇavā jāyate brahmacaryeṇarṣibhyaḥ, yajñena devebhyaḥ, prajayāpitṛbhyaḥ; he, therefore, who learns the Vedas, offers sacrifices to Gods, and begets a son, becomes anṛṇa (free from debt); eṣa vānṛṇaḥyaḥ putrī yajvā brahmacārivāsī; cf. also ṛṣidevagaṇasvadhābhujāṃ śrutayāgaprasavaiḥ sa pārthivaḥ . anṛṇatvamupeyivānbabhau paridhermukta ivoṣṇadīdhitiḥ R. 8. 30.

anṛṇatā, --ānṛṇyam Freedom from debt; -tākṛtyenāpakāraṃ kariṣyāmi Pt. 5 do harm by way of retaliation or injury; bhartṛpriyaḥ priyairbharturānṛṇyamasubhirgataḥ M. 5. 11; yena svāmiprasādasya anṛṇatāṃ gacchāmaḥ Pt. 1 repay or requite the favour of our lord.

anṛṇin a. = anṛṇa; ekamapyakṣaraṃ yastu guruḥ śiṣye nivedayet . pṛthivyāṃ nāsti taddravyaṃ yaddatvā so'nṛṇī bhavet ..

anṛta a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Not true, false (words); -taṃ dhanaṃ Ms. 4. 170 wrongly got; priyaṃ ca nānṛtaṃ brūyāt 4. 138. --taṃ Falsehood, lying, cheating; deception, fraud; satyānṛte avapaśyañjanānāṃ Rv. 7. 49. 3; ṛtānṛte Ms. 1. 29; sākṣye'nṛtaṃ vadan 8. 97; oft. in comp.; paśu-, bhūmi-, go-, puruṣa- giving false evidence in the matter of &c.; Ms. 9. 71; cf. also: paṃca kanyānṛte haṃti daśa haṃti gavānṛte . śatamaśvānṛte haṃti sahasraṃ puruṣānṛte .. Pt. 3. 108. anṛta personified is the son of adharma and hiṃsā, husband and brother of nikṛti, father of bhaya, naraka, māyā and vedanā Viṣṇu P.
     (2) Agriculture (opp. satya); Ms. 4. 5.
     -- Comp.
          --deva a. whose gods are not true (Sāy.); Rv. 7. 104. 14; not playing fairly (?).
          --vadanaṃ, --bhāṣaṇaṃ, --ākhyānaṃ lying, falsehood.
          --vādin-vāc a. a liar.
          --vrata a. false to one's vows or promises.

anṛtaka, --anṛtin a. Lying, a liar.

anṛtuḥ [na. ta.]
     (1) Unfit season, improper or premature time; anṛtau cābhradarśane Ms. 4. 104.
     (2) Time before menstruation.
     -- Comp.
          --kanyā a girl before menstruation.

aneka a.
     (1) Not one; more than one, many; anekapitṛkāṇāṃ tu pitṛto bhāgakalpanā Y. 2. 120, Ki. 1. 16; several, various; tathātmaiko'pyanekaśca Y. 3. 144.
     (2) Separated; divided; oft. in comp.; -ākāra having many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform; -kālaṃ-vāraṃ several times, many a time and oft; -bhārya having more wives than one.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣara, --ac a. having more than one vowel or syllable; polysyllabic.
          --agra a. 1. engaged in several pursuits. --2. not concentrated or fixed on one object.
          --aṃta a. 1. [na. ba.] not alone so as to exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful, variable; syādityavyayamanekāṃtavācakaṃ --2. = anaikāṃtika q. v. (
          --taḥ) 1. unsettled condition, absence of permanence. --2. uncertainty, doubtfulness. --3. an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. -vādaḥ scepticism. -vādin m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an Arhat of the Jainas.
          --artha a. 1. having many (more than one) meanings, homonymous; as the words go, amṛta, akṣa &c.; anekārthasya śabdasya K. P. 2. --2. having the sense of the word aneka. --3. having many objects or purposes. (
          --rthaḥ) multiplicity of objects, topics &c.
          --al a. having more than one al (letter) P. I. 1. 55.
          --āśraya, --āśrita a. (in Vais. phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one (such as saṃyoga, sāmānya); ete'nekāśritā guṇāḥ Bhaṣa. P.; dependence upon more than one.
          --kṛt m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva.
          --guṇa a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; vigaṇayya kāraṇamanekaguṇaṃ Ki. 6. 37.
          --guptaḥ N. of a king; -arcitapādapaṃkajaḥ K. 3.
          --gotra a. belonging to two families (such as a boy when adopted), i. e. that of his own, and that of his adoptive, father.
          --cara a. gregarious.
          --citta a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; -maṃtraḥ not following the counsels of one; H. 4. 31.
          --ja a. born more than once. (
          --jaḥ) a bird (garbhāṃḍābhyāṃ jātatvāt). --paḥ an elephant (so called because he drinks with his trunk and mouth); cf. dvipa; vanyetarānekapadarśanena R. 5. 47; Śi. 5. 35, 12. 75.
          --mukha a. (khī f.) a. 1. having many faces, many-faced. --2. scattered, dispersed, going in various directions, taking to various ways; (balāni) jagāhire'nekamukhāni mārgān Bk. 2. 54.
          --mūrtiḥ 'having many forms', N. of Viṣṇu who assumed various forms to deliver the earth from calamities.
          --yuddhavijayin, --vijayin a. victorious in many battles; Pt. 3. 9, 11.
          --rūpa a. 1. of various forms, multiform. --2. of various kinds or sorts. --3. fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; veśyāṃganeva nṛpanītiranekarūpā Pt. 1. 425. (
          --paḥ) epithet of the Supreme Being.
          --locanaḥ N. of Śiva; also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be sahasrākṣaḥ sahasrapāt &c.
          --vacanaṃ the plural number; dual also.
          --varṇa a. involving more than one (unknown) quantity (the unknown quantities x. y. z. &c. being represented in Sanskrit by colours nīla, kāla &c.); -samīkaraṇaṃ simultaneous equation; -guṇanaṃ, -vyavakalanaṃ, -hāraḥ multiplication, subtraction or division of unknown quantities.
          --vidha a. various, different.
          --śapha a. cloven-hoofed.
          --śabda a. synonymous.
          --sādhāraṇa a. common to many, the common property of many persons Dk. 83.

anekadhā ind. In various ways, variously; jagatkṛtsnaṃ pravibhaktamanekadhā Bg. 11. 13.

anekaśaḥ ind. [vīpsārthe kārake śas]
     (1) Several or many times, frequently; anekaśo nirjitarājakastvaṃ Bk. 2. 52.
     (2) In various ways or manners.
     (3) In large numbers or quantities; putrā anekaśo mṛtā dārāśca H. 1.

anekākin a. Not alone, accompanied by.

anejat a. [na ejat] Not moving, immovable; of the same form, epithet of Brahma or the Supreme Soul (sarvadaikarūpaṃ brahma).

anekīkṛ, or bhū To make or be manifold; to divide or be divided into.

aneḍaḥ A foolish or stupid person, dolt, fool.
     -- Comp.
          --mūka a. 1. deaf and dumb; -mūkatādyaiśca dyatu doṣairasaṃmatān K. P. 7. --2. blind. --3. dishonest, fraudulent, wicked, perverse.

anedya a. Ved.
     (1) Not to be blamed; praiseworthy, chief (praśasta, pradhāna).
     (2) Not near; infinite.

anena a. Sinless, faultless (Say.); without a variegated set (of horses); Rv. 6. 66. 7.

anenas a. Sinless, blameless; not liable to error.

anenaḥ 'One who has no superior,' a sovereign or paramount lord.

aneman a. Ved. Praiseworthy.

anehas a. [na hanyate, han-asi, dhātoḥ ehādeśaḥ nañi hana eha ca Uṇ. 4. 223] (lit.) Not killed or destroyed or obstructed; Ved. without a rival, incomparable, unattainable, inaccessible; unobstructed, not liable to be hurt or injured; śaṃbhuvaṃ maṃtraṃ devā anehasaṃ Rv. 1. 40. 6, 4; 6. 50. 3. --m. (hā-hasau &c.) Time (not being liable to be destroyed).

anaikāṃta a. Variable, uncertain, unsteady; occasional, casual, (as a cause not invariably attended by the same effects.).

anaikāṃtika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Unsteady, uncertain; not to the point, not very important; bhṛtyo'bhṛtya iti -kametat Pt. 1.
     (2) (in Logic) Name of one of the five main divisions of hetvābhāsa (fallacies,) otherwise called savyabhicāra. It is of three kinds:
          (a) sādhāraṇa, where the hetu is found both in the sapakṣa and vipakṣa, the argument being therefore too general.
          (b) asādhāraṇa where the hetu is in the pakṣa alone, the argument being not general enough.
          (c) anupasaṃhārī which embraces every known thing in the pakṣa, the argument being non-conclusive.

anaikyam
     (1) Existence of many; absence of one, plurality.
     (2) Want of union, confusion, disorder, anarchy.

anaikāṃtyam Variable nature.

anaitihyam Absence of traditional sanction or authority, or that which is without such sanction; anāgatamanaitihyaṃ kathaṃ brahmādhigacchati Mb.

ano ind. No, not; abhāve na hyano nāpi Ak.

anokaśāyin m. (yī) Not sleeping in a house, a beggar.

anokaha a. [an-okas-hā] Not leaving the house. --haḥ [anasaḥ śakaṭasya akaṃ gatiṃ haṃti, han, -ḍa] A tree; anokahākaṃpitapuṣpagaṃdhī R. 2. 13; 5. 69.

anoṃkṛta a.
     (1) Not attended with the sacred syllable om Ms. 2. 74.
     (2) Not accepted.

anodana a. Without food (as a vrata).

anovāhya a. To be carried in a carriage (anasā vāhyaḥ).

anaucityam Unfitness, impropriety; anaucityādṛte nānyadrasabhaṃgasya kāraṇaṃ K. P. 7.

anaujasyam Want of vigour, energy, or strength; S. D. thus defines it; daurgatyādyairanaujasyaṃ dainyaṃ malinatādikṛt.

anauddhatyam
     (1) Freedom from pride, modesty, humility.
     (2) Tranquility, placidity, calmness; nadīranauddhatyamapaṃkatā mahīṃ Ki. 4. 22.

anaurasa a. Not legitimate, not one's own, adopted (as a son).

aṃt 1 P. (aṃtati) To bind.

aṃta a. [am-tan Uṇ. 3. 86]
     (1) Near.
     (2) Last.
     (3) Handsome, lovely; Me. 23; Śi. 4. 40, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders aṃta by ramya, quoting the authority of śabdārṇava).
     (4) Lowest, worst.
     (5) Youngest. --taḥ (n. in some senses)
     (1)
          (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; sa sāgarāṃtāṃ pṛthivīṃ praśāsti H. 4. 50 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; apāṃgau netrayoraṃtau Ak.; udyukto vidyāṃtamadhigacchati H. 3. 114 goes to the end of, masters completely; śrutasya yāyādayamaṃtamarbhakastathā pareṣāṃ yudhi ceti pārthivaḥ (where aṃta also means end or destruction); jīvalokasukhānāmaṃtaṃ yayau K. 59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; ālokitaḥ khalu ramaṇīyānāmaṃtaḥ K. 124 end, furthest extremity; digaṃte śrūyaṃte Bv. 1. 2.
     (2) Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; yatra ramyo vanāṃtaḥ U. 2. 25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; odakāṃtāt snigdho jano'nugaṃtavyaḥ S. 4; upavanāṃtalatāḥ R. 9. 35 as far as the borders or skirts; vṛttaḥ sa nau saṃgatayorvanāṃte R. 2. 58, 2. 19; Me. 23.
     (3) End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; vastra-; pavanapranartitāṃtadeśe dukūle K. 9 (by itself in Veda).
     (4) Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; nādhīyīta śmaśānāṃte grāmāṃte Ms. 4. 116; Y. 2. 162; 1. 143; gaṃgāprapātāṃtavirūḍhaśaṣpaṃ (gahvaraṃ) R. 2. 26; puṃso yamāṃtaṃ vrajataḥ P. 2. 115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; anyonyāmaṃtraṇaṃ yatsyājjanāṃte tajjanāṃtikaṃ S. D.; yāṃ tu kumārasyāṃte vācamabhāṣathāstāṃ me brūhi Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied).
     (5) End, conclusion, termination (opp. āraṃbha or ādi); sekāṃte R. 1. 51; dināṃte nihitaṃ R. 4. 1; māsāṃte, pakṣāṃte, daśāhāṃte &c.; ekasya duḥkhasya na yāvadaṃtaṃ gacchāmyahaṃ pāramivārṇavasya Pt. 2. 175; vyasanāni duraṃtāni Ms. 7. 45; daśāṃtamupeyivān R. 12. 1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); vyasanaṃ vardhayatyeva tasyāṃtaṃ nādhigacchati Pt. 2. 180; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with,' 'ceasing to exist with,' 'reaching to the end'; tadaṃtaṃ tasya jīvitaṃ H. 1. 91 ends in it; kalahāṃtāni harmyāṇi kuvākyāṃtaṃ ca sauhṛdaṃ . kurājāṃtāni rāṣṭrāṇi kukarmāṃtaṃ yaśo nṛṇāṃ .. Pt. 5. 76; phalodayāṃtāya tapaḥsamādhaye Ku. 5. 6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; yauvanāṃtaṃ vayo yasmin Ku. 6. 44; R. 11. 62, 14. 41; vipadaṃtā hyavinītasaṃpadaḥ Ki. 2. 52; yugasahasrāṃtaṃ brāhmaṃ puṇyamaharviduḥ Ms. 1. 73 at the end of 1000 Yugas; prāṇāṃtaṃ daṃḍaṃ Ms. 8. 359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life).
     (6) Death, destruction; end or close of life; dharā gacchatyaṃtaṃ Bh. 3. 71 goes down to destruction; yogenāṃte tanutyajāṃ R. 1. 8; ekā bhavetsvastimatī tvadaṃte 2. 48; 12. 75; mamāpyaṃte S. 6; adya kāṃtaḥ kṛtāṃto vā duḥkhasyāṃtaṃ kariṣyati Udb.; oṣadhyaḥ phalapākāṃtāḥ Ms. 1. 46; aṃtaṃ yā To be destroyed, perish, be ruined.
     (7) (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; ajaṃta ending in a vowel; so, halaṃta, subaṃta, tiṅaṃta &c.
     (8) The last word in a compound.
     (9) Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in siddhāṃta; ubhayorapi dṛṣṭoṃtastvanayostattvadarśibhiḥ Bg. 2. 16 (sadasatoḥ ityarthaḥ). (10) The last portion or the remainder (n. also); niśāṃtaḥ, vedāṃtaḥ, &c.
     (11) Underneath, inside, inner part; yuṣmadīyaṃ ca jalāṃte gṛhaṃ Pt. 4 in water, underneath water; suprayuktasya daṃbhasya brahmāpyaṃtaṃ na gacchati Pt. 1. 202 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; āśaṃkitasyāṃtaṃ gacchāmi M. 3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts.
     (12) Total amount, whole number or quantity.
     (13) A large number.
     (14) Nature, condition; sort, species; etadaṃtāstu gatayo brahmādyāḥ samudāhṛtāḥ Ms. 1. 50.
     (15) Disposition; essence; śuddhāṃtaḥ [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante].
     -- Comp.
          --avaśāyin m. [aṃte paryaṃtadeśe avaśete] a chāṇḍāla.
          --avasāyen [nakhakeśānāmaṃtaṃ avasātuṃ chettuṃ śīlamasya, so-ṇini] 1. a barber. 2. a chāṇḍāla, low-caste. --3. N. of a sage see aṃtyāvasāyin (aṃte paścime vayasi avasyati tattvaṃ niścinoti). --udātta a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (
          --ttaḥ) the acute accent on the last syllable; P. VI. 1. 199.
          --kara, --karaṇa, --kārin a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; kṣatriyāṃtakaraṇo'pi vikramaḥ R. 11. 75 causing the destruction of; rājyāṃtakaraṇāvetau dvau doṣau pṛthivīkṣitāṃ Ms. 9. 221; ahamaṃtakaro nūnaṃ dhvāṃtasyeva divākaraḥ Bk.
          --karman n. death, destruction; ṇo aṃtakarmaṇi Dhātupāṭha.
          --kālaḥ, --velā time or hour of death; sthitvāsyāmaṃtakāle'pi brahmanirvāṇamṛcchati Mb.
          --kṛt m. death; varjayedaṃtakṛnmartyaṃ varjayedanilo'nalaṃ Ram.
          --ga a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); śākhāṃtagamathādhvaryuṃ Ms. 3. 145.
          --gati, -gāmin a. perishing.
          --gamanaṃ 1. going to the end, finishing, completing; prārabdhasya -naṃ dvitīyaṃ buddhilakṣaṇaṃ --2. death, perishing, dying.
          --cara a. 1. walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. --2. completing or finishing (as a business &c.).
          --ja a. last born.
          --dīpakaṃ a figure of speech (in Rhetoric).
          --pālaḥ 1. a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; -durge M. 1; tvadīyenāṃtapālenāvaskaṃdya gṛhītaḥ ibid. --2. a door-keeper (rare).
          --bhava, --bhāj a. being at the end, last.
          --līna a. hidden, concealed.
          --lopaḥ dropping of the final of a word.
          --vāsin (-te-) a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. (--m.) [aṃte gurusamīpe vastuṃ śīlaṃ yasya] 1. a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P. IV. 3. 104; VI. 2. 36.; Ms. 4. 33. --2. a chaṇḍala (who dwells at the extremity of a village).
          --velā = -kālaḥ q. v.
          --vyāpattiḥ f. change of the final syllable, as in megha from mih Nir.
          --śayyā 1. a bed on the ground. --2. the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. --3. a place for burial or burning. --4. a bier or funeral pile.
          --satkriyā last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies.
          --sad m. a pupil; tamupāsate gurumivāṃtasadaḥ Ki. 6. 34.
          --svaritaḥ the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.

aṃtaka a. [aṃtayati, aṃtaṃ karoti, ṇvul] Causing death, making an end of, destroying; sūryakāṃta iva tāḍakāṃtakaḥ R. 11. 21; krodhāṃdhastasya tasya svayamiha jagatāmaṃtakasyāṃtakohaṃ Ve. 3. 30. --kaḥ
     (1) Death.
     (2) Death personified, the destroyer; Yama, the god of death; nāṃtakaḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ tṛpyati Pt. 1. 137; ṛṣiprabhāvānmayi nāṃtako'pi prabhuḥ prahartuṃ R. 2. 62.
     (3) A border, boundary.
     -- Comp.
          --druh Ved. provoking death; Rv. 10. 132. 4.

aṃtataḥ ind. [aṃta-tasil]
     (1) From the end.
     (2) At last, finally; at length, lastly.
     (3) In part, partly.
     (4) Inside, within.
     (5) In the lowest way; (opp. mukhyataḥ, madhyataḥ); (aṃtataḥ may have all the senses of aṃta).

aṃtavat a. [aṃta astyarthe matup] Having an end; limited; perishable; aṃtavaṃta ime dehā nityasyoktāḥ śarīriṇaḥ Mb., sa haitānaṃtavata upāsteṃ'tavataḥ sa lokāñjayati Bṛ. Ār. Up.

aṃte ind. (loc. of aṃta; oft. used adverbially)
     (1) In the end, at last, at length, lastly, finally.
     (2) Inside.
     (3) In the presence of, near, close by.
     -- Comp.
          --vāsaḥ 1. a neighbour; companion; tava vā imeṃ'tevāsāstvamevaibhiḥ saṃpibasva Ait. Br. --2. a pupil; rutāni śṛṇvanvayasāṃ gaṇoṃ'tevāsitvamāpa sphuṭamaṃganānāṃ Śi. 3. 55; Ve. 3. 7.
          --vāsi ind. in a state of pupilage, (in statu pupilari).
          --vāsin = aṃtavāsin q. v. above.

aṃtama a. Ved. Nearest, next; śikṣā aṃtamasya Rv. 1. 27. 5; tanūpā atamo bhava 6. 46. 10; intimate, very close or familiar.

aṃtar ind. [am-aran tuḍāgamaśca Uṇ. 5. 60, amestuṭca]
     (1) (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or gati)
          (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; -han, -dhā, -gam, -bhū, -i, -lī &c.
          (b). Under
     (2) (Used adverbially)
          (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. bahiḥ); adahyatāṃtaḥ R. 2. 32 burnt within himself, at heart; aṃtareva viharan divāniśaṃ R. 19. 6 in the palace, in the harem; so -bhinnaṃ bhramati hṛdayaṃ Māl. 5. 20; aṃtarbibheda Dk. 13; yadaṃtastanna jihvāyāṃ Pt. 4. 88; aṃtaryaśca mṛgyate V. 1. 1 internally, in the mind.
          (b) By way of seizing or holding; aṃtarhatvā gataḥ (hataṃ parigṛhya).
     (3) As a separable preposition)
          (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); nivasannaṃtardāruṇi laṃghyo vahniḥ Pt. 1. 31; aṃtarāditye Ch. Up.; aṃtarveśmani Ms. 7. 223; Y. 3. 302; apsvaṃtaramṛtamapsu Rv. 1. 23. 19.
          (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. aṃtarmahī bṛhatī rodasīme Rv. 7. 87. 2; aṃtardevāt martyāṃśca 8. 2. 4; hiraṇmayyorha kuśyoraṃtaravahita āsa Śat. Br.
          (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); pratibalajaladheraṃtaraurvāyamāṇe Ve. 3. 5; aṃtaḥkaṃcukikaṃcukasya Ratn. 2. 3; bahiraṃtaśca bhūtānāṃ Bg. 13. 15; tvamagne sarvabhūtānāmaṃtaścarasi sākṣivat Y. 2. 104; laghuvṛttitayā bhidāṃ gataṃ bahiraṃtaśca nṛpasya maṃḍalaṃ Ki. 2. 53; aṃtarīpaṃ yadaṃtarvāriṇastaṭaṃ Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; kūpāṃtaḥ patitaḥ Pt. 5; sabhāṃtaḥ sākṣiṇaḥ prāptān Ms. 8. 79; daṃtāṃtaradhiṣṭhitaṃ Ms. 5. 141 between the teeth; utpitsavoṃ'tarnadabhartuḥ Śi. 3. 77; also in compound with a following word; ahaṃ sadā śarīrāṃtarvāsinī te sarasvatī Ks. 4. 11.
     (4) It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally,' 'inside,' 'within,' 'in the interior,' 'having in the interior,' 'filled with,' 'having concealed within,' or in the sense of 'inward,' 'internal,' 'secret,' 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpurusha compounds; kuṃdamaṃtastuṣāraṃ (Bah. comp.) S. 5. 19 filled with dew; -toyaṃ (Bah. comp.) Me. 64; aṃtargiri (Adv. comp.) Ki. 1. 34; jvalayati tanūmaṃtardāhaḥ (Tat. comp.) U. 3. 31; so -kopaḥ, -koṇaḥ, -ākūtaṃ &c.
     (5) It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (svīkārārthaka). (Note. In comp. the r of aṃtar is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as aṃtaḥkaraṇaṃ, aṃtaḥstha &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃsaḥ the breast (= aṃtarā-aṃsa q. v.).
          --agniḥ inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; dīptāṃtaragnipariśuddhakoṣṭhaḥ Suśr.
          --aṃga a. 1. inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); trayamaṃtaraṃgaṃ pūrvebhyaḥ Pat. Sūtra. --2. proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the aṃga or base of a word (opp. bahiraṃga); dhātūpasargayoḥ kāryamaṃtaraṃgaṃ P. VIII. 3. 74 Sk. --3. dear, most beloved (atyaṃtapriya); svapiti sukhamidānīmaṃtaraṃgaḥ kuraṃgaḥ S. 4. v. l. (
          --gaṃ) 1. the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; saṃtuṣṭāṃtaraṃgaḥ Dk. 11; -vṛtti 21; the interior. --2. an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); madaṃtaraṃgabhūtāṃ Dk. 81, 93, 101; rājāṃtaraṃgabhāvena 135; aṃtaraṃgeṣu rājyabhāraṃ samarpya 159. --3. an essential or indispensable part, as śravaṇa, manana & nididhyāsana in realizing Brahma.
          --avayava an inner part; P. V. 4. 62.
          --ākāśaḥ the ether or Brahma that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upanishads).
          --ākūtaṃ secret or hidden intention.
          --āgamaḥ an additional augment between two letters.
          --āgāraṃ the interior of a house; Y. 2. 31.
          --ātman m. (tmā) 1. the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart; aṃguṣṭhamātrapuruṣoṃtarātmā Śvet.; gatimasyāṃtarātmanaḥ Ms. 6. 73; jīvasaṃjñoṃtarātmānyaḥ sahajaḥ sarvadehināṃ 12. 13; madgatenāṃtarātmanā Bg. 6. 47 with the heart fixed on me; jāto mamāyaṃ viśadaḥ prakāmaṃ ... aṃtarātmā S. 4. 21, U. 3. 38, Me. 93. --2. (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); aṃtarātmāsi dehināṃ Ku. 6. 21.
          --āpaṇaḥ a market in the heart (inside) of a town.
          --āya, --āla; See s. v.
          --ārāma a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; yoṃtaḥsukhoṃtarārāmastathāṃtarjyotirevasaḥ Bg. 5. 24.
          --iṃdriyaṃ an internal organ or sense.
          --uṣyaṃ Ved. a secret abode.
          --karaṇaṃ the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; pramāṇaṃ -pravṛttayaḥ S. 1. 22; sabāhya -ṇaḥ aṃtarātmā V. 4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; dayārdrabhāvamākhyātamaṃtaḥkaraṇairviśaṃkaiḥ R. 2. 11. According to the Vedānta aṃtaḥkaraṇa is of four kinds: mano buddhirahaṃkāraścittaṃ karaṇamāṃtaram . saṃśayo niścayo garvaḥ smaraṇaṃ viṣayā ime .. aṃtaḥkaraṇaṃ trividhaṃ Sāṅkhya 33, i. e, buddhyahaṃkāramanāṃsi; sāṃtaḥkaraṇā buddhiḥ 35, i. e. ahaṃkāramanaḥsahitā. --kalpaḥ a certain number of years (with Buddhists).
          --kuṭila a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (
          --laḥ) a conch-shell.
          --kṛ (kri) miḥ a disease of worms in the body.
          --koṭarapuṣpī = aṃḍakoṭarapuṣpī. --kopaḥ 1. internal disturbance; H. 3. --2. inward wrath, secret anger.
          --kośaṃ the interior of a store-room.
          --gaṃgā the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate underground with a secret stream in Mysore).
          --gaḍu a. [aṃtarmadhye gaḍuriva] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; kimanenāṃtargaḍunā Sar. S. (grīvāpradeśajātasya galamāṃsapiṃḍasya gaḍoryathā nirarthakatvaṃ tadvat). --gam-gata &c. See under aṃtargam. --garbha a. 1. bearing young, pregnant. --2. having a garbha or inside; so -garbhin. --giraṃ --ri ind. in mountains.
          --guḍavalayaḥ the sphincter muscle.
          --gūḍha a. concealed inside, being inward; -ghanavyathaḥ U. 3. 1; R. 19. 57; -viṣaḥ with poison concealed in the heart.
          --gṛhaṃ, --gehaṃ, --bhavanaṃ [aṃtaḥsthaṃ gṛhaṃ &c.] 1. the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. --2. N. of a holy place in Benares; paṃcakrośyāṃ kṛtaṃ pāpamaṃtargehe vinaśyati. --ghaṇaḥ --ṇaṃ [aṃtarhanyate kroḍībhavatyasmin, nipātaḥ] 1. the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); tasminnaṃtarghaṇe paśyan praghāṇe saudhasadmanaḥ Bk. 7. 62 (dvāramatikramya yaḥ sāvakāśapradeśaḥ soṃ'targhaṇaḥ). (--naḥ --ṇaḥ) N. of a country of Bahīka (or Balhīka) (P. III. 3. 78 bāhīkagrāmaviśeṣasya saṃjñeyaṃ Sk.).
          --ghātaḥ striking in the middle P. III. 3. 78.
          --cara a. pervading the body; internally situated, internal, inward Ku. 3. 48; U. 7.
          --ja a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.).
          --jaṭaraṃ the stomach. (--ind.) in the stomach.
          --jaṃbhaḥ the inner part of the jaws (khādanasthānaṃ jaṃbhaḥ, daṃtapaṃktyoraṃtarālaṃ). --jāta a. inborn, innate.
          --jānu ind. between the knees.
          --jñānaṃ inward or secret knowledge.
          --jyotis a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. (
          --s n) the inward light, light of Brahma.
          --jvalanaṃ inflammation. (
          --naḥ) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety.
          --tāpa a. burning in wardly. (
          --paḥ) internal fever or heat S. 3. 13.
          --dadhanaṃ [aṃtardadhyate ādhīyate mādakatānena] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation.
          --daśā a term in astronomy, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (jyotiṣoktaḥ mahādaśāṃtargato grahāṇāṃ svādhipatyakālabhedaḥ). --daśāhaṃ an interval of 10 days; -hāt before 10 days Ms. 8. 222; -he 5. 79.
          --dahanaṃ-dāhaḥ 1. inward heat; jvalayati tanūmaṃtardāhaḥ U. 3. 31; -hena dahanaḥ saṃtāpayati rāghavaṃ Ram. --2. inflammation.
          --duḥkha a. sad or afflicted at heart.
          --duṣṭa a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart.
          --dṛṣṭiḥ f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself.
          --deśaḥ an intermediate region of the compass.
          --dvāraṃ a private or secret door within the house (prakoṣṭhadvāraṃ). --dhā, --dhi, hita &c. see s. v.
          --nagaraṃ the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. -puraṃ; daśānanāṃtarnagaraṃ dadarśa Ram.
          --nihita a. being concealed within; aṃgairaṃtarnihitavacanaiḥ sūcitaḥ samyagarthaḥ M. 2. 9.
          --niṣṭha a. engaged in internal meditation.
          --paṭaḥ --ṭaṃ a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives.
          --patha a. Ved. being on the way.
          --padaṃ ind. in the interior of an inflected word.
          --padavī = suṣumṇāmadhyagataḥ paṃthāḥ. --paridhānaṃ the innermost garment.
          --parśavya a. being between the ribs (as flesh).
          --pavitraḥ the Soma when in the straining vessel.
          --paśuḥ [aṃtargrāmamadhye paśavo yatra] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); aṃtaḥpaśau paśukāmasya sāyaṃ prātaḥ Katy. (sāyaṃ paśuṣu grāmamadhye āgateṣu prātaśca grāmādaniḥsṛteṣu com.).
          --pātaḥ, pātyaḥ 1. insertion of a letter (in gram.) --2. a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); aṃtaḥpūrveṇa yūpaṃ parītyāṃtaḥpātyadeśe sthāpayati Kāty.
          --pātita, --pātin a. 1. inserted. --2. included or comprised in; falling within; daṃḍakāraṇya -ti āśramapadaṃ K. 20.
          --pātraṃ Ved. interior of a vessel.
          --pālaḥ one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace.
          --puraṃ [aṃtaḥ abhyaṃtaraṃ puraṃ gṛhaṃ, or purasyāṃtaḥ sthitaṃ] 1. inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); vyāyamyāplutya madhyāhne bhoktumaṃtaḥpuraṃ viśet Ms. 7. 216, 221, 224; kanyāṃtaḥpure kaścitpraviśati Pt. 1. --2. inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; -virahaparyutsukasya rājarṣeḥ S. 3; K. 58; tato rājā sāṃtaḥpuraḥ svagṛhamānīyābhyarcitaḥ Pt. 1; kasyacidrājñoṃ'taḥpuraṃ jalakrīḍāṃ kurute ibid.; -pracāraḥ gossip of the harem Ms. 7. 153; -samāgataḥ S. 4; also in pl.; kadācidasmatprārthanāmaṃtaḥpurebhyaḥ kathayet S. 2.; na dadāti vācamucitāmaṃtaḥpurebhyo yadā S. 6. 4. -jana women of the palace, inmates of the female apartments; -cara, --adhyakṣaḥ-rakṣakaḥ,-vartī guardian or superintendent of the harem, cham berlain; vṛddhaḥ kulodgataḥ śaktaḥ pitṛpaitāmahaḥ śuciḥ . rājñāmaṃtaḥpurādhyakṣo vinītaśca tatheṣyate .. (of these five sorts are mentioned:
          --vāmanaka, jaghanya, kubja, maṃḍalaka and sāmin see Bṛ. S.) -sahāyaḥ one belonging to the harem.
          --purikaḥ [aṃtaḥpure niyuktaḥ, -ṭhak] a chamberlain = -cara. (--kaḥ, --kā) a woman in the harem; asmatprārthanāmaṃtaḥpurike (kā) bhyo nivedaya Chaṇḍ. K.
          --puṣpaṃ [karma.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; varṣadvādaśakādūrdhvaṃ yadi puṣpaṃ bahirnahi . aṃtaḥpuṣpaṃ bhavatyeva panasoḍuṃbarādivat Kaśyapa; -ṣpaṃ is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period.
          --pūya a. ulcerous.
          --peyaṃ Ved. drinking up.
          --prakṛtiḥ f. 1. the internal nature or constitution of man. --2. the ministry or body of ministers of a king. --3. heart or soul. -prakopaḥ internal dissensions or disaffection; aṇurapyupahaṃti vigrahaḥ prabhumaṃtaḥprakṛtiprakopajaḥ Ki. 2. 51.
          --prakopanaṃ sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; H. 3. 93.
          --prajña a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul.
          --pratiṣṭhānaṃ residence in the interior.
          --bāṣpa a. 1. with suppressed tears; aṃtarbāṣpaściramanucaro rājarājasya dadhyau Me. 3. --2. with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; kopāt -ṣpe smarayati māṃ locane tasyāḥ V. 4. 5. (
          --ṣpaḥ) suppressed tears, inward tears; nigṛhya -ṣpaṃ Bh. 3. 6; Mal. 5.
          --bhāvaḥ, --bhāvanā see under aṃtarbhū separately.
          --bhinna a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt. 4 (also torn by dissensions).
          --bhūmiḥ f. interior of the earth.
          --bhedaḥ discord, internal dissensions; -jarjaraṃ rājakulaṃ Mk. 4 torn by internal dissensions; aṃtarbhedākulaṃ gehaṃ na cirādvinaśiṣyati 'a house divided against itself cannot long stand'.
          --bhauma a. subterranean, underground.
          --madāvastha a. having the rutting state concealed within; R. 2. 7.
          --manas a. 1. sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. --2. one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation.
          --mukha a. (
          --khī f.) 1. going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; Mv. 5. 26. --2. having an inward entrance or opening (bāhyavastuparihāreṇa paramātmaviṣayakatayā praveśayuktaṃ cittādi). --3. an epithet of the soul called prājña, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (ānaṃdabhuk cetomukhaḥ prājñaḥ iti śruteḥ). (--khaṃ) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 20 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sū1trasthana.
          --mātṛkā [aṃtaḥsthāḥ ṣaṭcakrasthā mātṛkā akārādivarṇāḥ] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (padma) of the body; -nyāsaḥ a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body
          --mudra a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion.
          --mṛta a. still-born.
          --yāgaḥ mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras.
          --yāmaḥ 1. suppression of the breath and voice. --2. -pātraṃ, a sacrificial vessel (graharūpaṃ sāmāparākhyaṃ yajñiyapātraṃ); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; suhavā sūryāyāṃtaryāmamanumatraṃyet Ait. Br.
          --yāmin m. 1. regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind, Brahma; (according to the Bṛ. Ār. Up. aṃtaryāmin 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; 'who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine), the internal check aṃtaryāmin, &c. &c.); aṃtarāviśya bhūtāni yo bibhartyātmaketubhiḥ . aṃtaryāmīśvaraḥ sākṣādbhavet &c. --2. wind; -brāhmaṇaṃ N. of a Brahmaṇa included in the Bṛ. Ār. Up.
          --yogaḥ deep meditation, abstraction.
          --laṃba a. acute-angular. (
          --baḥ) an acute-angled triangle (opp. bahirlaṃba) (the perpendicular from the vertex or laṃba falling within aṃtar the triangle).
          --līna a. 1. latent, hidden, concealed inside; -nasya duḥkhāgneḥ U. 3. 9; -bhujaṃgamaṃ Pt. 1. --2. inherent.
          --loma a. (P. V. 4. 117) covered with hair on the inside. (--maṃ) [aṃtargatamācchādyaṃ loma ac] the hair to be covered.
          --vaṃśaḥ = -puraṃ q. v.
          --vaṃśikaḥ, --vāsikaḥ [aṃtarvaṃśe vāse niyuktaḥ ṭhak] a superintendent of the women's apartments; Pt. 3, K. 93.
          --vaṇa (vana) a. situated in a forest; -ṇo deśaḥ P. VI. 2. 179 Sk. (
          --ṇaṃ) ind. within a forest P. VIII. 4. 5.
          --vat a. being in the interior; having something in the interior.
          --vatī (vatnī) Ved. [aṃtarastyasyāṃ garbhaḥ] a pregnant woman; aṃtarvatnī prajāvatī R. 15. 13.
          --vamiḥ [aṃtaḥ sthita eva udgāraśabdaṃ kārayati, vaṇ-in] indigestion, flatulence; belching.
          --vartin, --vāsin a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in.
          --vasuḥ N. of a Soma sacrifice (for rājyakāma and paśukāma). --vastraṃ --vāsas n. an under-garment Ks. 4. 52.
          --vā a. [aṃtaḥ aṃtaraṃgabhāvaṃ aṃtaḥkaraṇaṃ vā vāti gacchati snigdhatvena, vā-vic Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. -vat a. (astyarthe matup masya vaḥ) having progeny, cattle &c; aṃtarvāvatkṣayaṃ dadhe Rv. 1. 40. 7; abounding with precious things inside. (--adv.) inwardly.
          --vāṇi a. [aṃtaḥ sthitā śāstravākyātmikā vāṇī yasya] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (śāstrāvid). --vigāhaḥ --hanaṃ entering within, penetration.
          --vidvas a. Ved. (viduṣī f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv. 1. 72. 7.
          --vegaḥ inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever.
          --vedi a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. (--adv.) within this ground. (
          --diḥ --dī f.) [aṃtargatā vediryatra deśe] the tract of land between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. ete bhagavatyau bhūmidevānāṃ mūlamāyatanamaṃtarvedipūrveṇa kaliṃdakanyāmaṃdākinyau saṃgacchete A. R. 7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haridvāra and is also known by the names of śaśasthalī and brahmāvarta. (--m. pl.) inhabitants of this land.
          --veśman n. the inner apartments, interior of a house.
          --veśimakaḥ a chamberlain.
          --śaraḥ internal arrow or disease.
          --śarīraṃ internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body.
          --śalya a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside.
          --śilā N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain.
          --śleṣaḥ --śleṣaṇaṃ Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) etāni ha vai vedānāmaṃtaḥśleṣaṇāni yadetā vyāhṛtayaḥ Ait. Br.
          --saṃjña a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); -jñā bhavaṃtyete sukhaduḥkhasamanvitāḥ Ms. 1. 49.
          --sattva a. having inward strength &c. (
          --ttvā) 1. a pregnant woman. --2. the marking nut.
          --saṃtāpaḥ internal pain, sorrow, regret.
          --sarala a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K. 51.
          --salila a. with water (flowing) underground; nadīmivāṃtaḥsalilāṃ sarasvatīṃ R. 3. 9.
          --sāra a. having inward strength and vigour, full or strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; -rairmaṃtribhirdhāryate rājyaṃ sustaṃbhairiva maṃdiraṃ Pt. 1. 126; -sārāṇi iṃdhanāni Dk. 132; -raṃ ghana tulayituṃ nānilaḥ śakṣyati tvāṃ Me. 20. (
          --raḥ) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; vamaṃtyuccairaṃtaḥsāraṃ H. 2. 105 internal matter or essence (and pus).
          --sukha a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy Bg. 5. 24
          --senaṃ ind. into the midst of armies.
          --stha a. (also written aṃtastha) being between or in the midst. (
          --sthaḥ --sthāḥ) a term applied to the semivowels, y, r, l, v as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (īṣatspṛṣṭaṃ aṃtasthānāṃ); or they are so called because they stand between sparśa (ka-ma) letters and uṣman (śa, ṣa, sa, ha). --sthā 1. a deity of the vital organs. --2 N. of one of the Ṛgveda hymns. -mudgaraḥ the malleus of the ear.
          --svedaḥ [aṃtaḥ svedo madajalasyaṃdanaṃ yasya] an elephant (in rut).
          --haṇanaṃ striking in the middle.
          --hananaṃ N. of a country bāhīka P. VIII. 4. 24 Sk.
          --hastaṃ ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand.
          --hastīna a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand.
          --hāsaḥ laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; sāṃtarhāsaṃ kathitaṃ Me. 111 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile.
          --hṛdayaṃ the interior of the heart.

aṃtara a. [aṃtaṃ rāti dadāti, rā-ka]
     (1) Being in the inside, interior, inward, internal (opp. bāhya); yoṃtaro yavayati Śat. Br.; -ra ātmā Tait. Up.; kaścanāṃtaro dharmaḥ S. D.
     (2) Near, proximate (āsanna); kṛṣvā yujaścidaṃtaraṃ Rv. 1. 10. 9.
     (3) Related, intimate, dear, closely connected (ātmīya) (opp. para); tadetatpreyaḥ putrāt ... preyo'nyasmātsarvasmādaṃtarataraṃ yadayamātmā Śat. Br.; ayamatyaṃtaro mama Bharata.
     (4) Similar (also aṃtaratama) (of sounds and words); sthāneṃ'taratamaḥ P. I. 1. 50; hakārasya ghakāroṃtaratamaḥ Śabdak.; sarvasya padasya sthāne śabdato'rthataścāṃtaratame dve śabdasvarūpe bhavataḥ P. VIII. 1. 1 Com.
     (5)
          (a) Different from, other than (with abl.); yo'psu tiṣṭhannadbhyoṃ'taraḥ Bṛ. Ār. Up.; ātmā svabhāvoṃ'taro'nyo yasya sa ātmāṃtaraḥ anyasvabhāvaḥ P. VI. 2. 166 Sk.
          (b) The other; udadheraṃtaraṃ pāraṃ Ram.
     (6) Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (aṃtaraṃ bahiryogopasaṃvyānayoḥ P. I. 1. 36) (In this sense it is declined optionally like sarva in nom. pl. and abl. and loc. sing); aṃtare-rā vā gṛhāḥ bāhyā ityarthaḥ (caṃḍālādigṛhāḥ); aṃtare-rā vā śāṭakāḥ paridhānīyā ityarthaḥ Sk.; so aṃtarāyāṃ puri, aṃtarāyai nagaryai, namoṃtarasmai amedhasāṃ Bop. --raṃ
     (1)
          (a) The interior, inside; tatāṃtaraṃ sāṃtaravāriśīkaraiḥ Ki. 4. 29, 5. 5; jalāṃtaragate bhānau Ms. 8. 132; vimānāṃtaralaṃbinīnāṃ R. 13. 33; Mk. 8. 5, Ku. 7. 62; api vanāṃtaraṃ śrayati V. 4. 26; līyaṃte mukulāṃtareṣu Ratn. 1. 26, Ki. 3. 58; aṃtarāt from inside, from out of; prākāraparikhāṃtarānniryayuḥ Ram.; aṃtare in, into; vana-, kānana-, praviśyāṃtare &c.
          (b) Hence, the interior of any thing, contents; purport, tenor; atrāṃtaraṃ brahmavido viditvā Śvet. Up.
          (c) A hole, an opening; tasya bāṇāṃtarebhyastu bahu susrāva śoṇitaṃ.
     (2) Soul, heart; mind; satatamasutaraṃ varṇayaṃtyaṃtaraṃ Ki. 5. 18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space or region); labdhapratiṣṭhāṃtaraiḥ bhṛtyaiḥ Mu. 3. 13 having entered the heart; sadṛśaṃ puruṣāṃtaravido maheṃdrasya V. 3.
     (3) The Supreme Soul.
     (4) Interval, intermediate time or space, distance; ramyāṃtaraḥ S. 4. 10; kiṃcidaṃtaramagamaṃ Dk. 6; alpakucāṃtarā V. 4. 26; krośāṃtareṇa pathi sthitāḥ H. 4 at the distance of; bṛhadbhujāṃtaraṃ R. 3. 54; aṃtare oft. translated by between, betwixt; gītāṃtareṣu Ku. 3. 38 in the intervals of singing; maraṇajīvitayoraṃtare varte betwixt life and death; astrayogāṃtareṣu Ram.; tanmuhūrtakaṃ bāṣpasalilāṃtareṣu prekṣe tāvadāryaputraṃ U. 3 in the intervals of weeping; bāṣpaviśrāmo'pyaṃtare kartavya eva U. 4 at intervals; smartavyosmi kathāṃtareṣu bhavatā Mk. 7. 7 in the course of conversation; kālāṃtarāvartiśubhāśubhāni H. 1. v. l. see kālāṃtaraṃ; sarasvatīdṛṣadvatyoryadaṃtaraṃ Ms. 2. 17, 22; dyāvāpṛthivyoridamaṃtaraṃ hi vyāptaṃ tvayaikena Bg. 11. 20; na mṛṇālasūtraṃ racitaṃ stanāṃtare S. 6. 17 between the breasts; Bg. 5. 27; asya khalu te bāṇapathavartinaḥ kṛṣṇasārasyāṃtare tapasvina upasthitāḥ S. 1; tadaṃtare sā virarāja dhenuḥ R. 2. 20; 12. 29.
          (b) Intervention (vyavadhāna) oft. in the sense of 'through'; meghāṃtarālakṣyamiveṃdubiṃbaṃ R. 13. 38 through the clouds; vastraṃ aṃtaraṃ vyavadhāyakaṃ yasya sa vastrāṃtaraḥ P. VI. 2. 166 Sk.; mahānadyaṃtaraṃ yatra taddeśāṃtaramucyate; jālāṃtarapreṣitadṛṣṭiḥ R. 7. 9 peeping through a window; viṭapāṃtareṇa avalokayāmi S. 1; kṣaṇamapi vilaṃbamaṃtarīkartumakṣamā K. 306 to allow to come between or intervene; kiyacciraṃ vā meghāṃtareṇa pūrṇimācaṃdrasya darśanaṃ U. 3.
     (5) Room, place, space in general; mṛṇālasūtrāṃtaramapyalabhyaṃ Ku. 1. 40; na hyaviddhaṃ tayorgātre babhūvāṃgulamaṃtaraṃ Rām.; mūṣikaiḥ kṛteṃtare Y. 1. 147; guṇāḥ kṛtāṃtarāḥ K. 4 finding or making room for themselves; na yasya kasyacidaṃtaraṃ dātavyaṃ K. 266; dehi darśanāṃtaraṃ 84 room; pauruṣaṃ śraya śokasya nāṃtaraṃ dātumarhasi Rām. do not give way to sorrow; tasyāṃtaraṃ mārgate Mk. 7. 2 waits till it finds room; aṃtaraṃ aṃtaraṃ Mk. 2 make way, make way.
     (6) Access, entrance, admission, footing; lebheṃtaraṃ cetasi nopadeśaḥ R. 6. 66 found no admission into (was not impressed on) the mind; 17. 75; labdhāṃtarā sāvaraṇe'pi gehe 16. 7.
     (7) Period (of time), term; māsāṃtare deyaṃ Ak.; saptaite manavaḥ sve sveṃtare sarvamidamutpādyāpuścarācaraṃ Ms. 1. 63, see manvaṃtara; iti tau virahāṃtarakṣamau R. 8. 56 the term or period of separation; kṣaṇāṃtare-rāt within the period of a moment.
     (8) Opportunity, occasion, time; devī citralekhamavalokayaṃtī tiṣṭhati . tasminnaṃtare bhartopasthitaḥ M. 1; atrāṃtare praṇamyāgre samupaviṣṭaḥ Pt. 1 on that occasion, at that time; asminnaṃtare Dk. 164; kena punarupāyena maraṇanirvāṇasyāṃtaraṃ saṃbhāvayiṣye Māl. 6; kṛtakṛtyatā labdhāṃtarā bhetsyati Mu. 2. 22 getting an opportunity; 9; yāvattvāmiṃdragurave nivedayituṃ aṃtarānveṣī bhavāmi S. 7. find a fit or opportune time; śaktenāpi satā janena viduṣā kālāṃtaraprekṣiṇā vastavyaṃ Pt. 3. 172 waiting for a suitable opportunity or time, sāraṇasyāṃtaraṃ dṛṣṭvā śuko rāvaṇamabravīt Ram.
     (9) Difference (between two things), (with gen. or in comp.); śarīrasya guṇānāṃ ca dūramatyaṃtamaṃtaraṃ H. 1. 49; ubhayoḥ paśyatāṃtaraṃ H. 1. 66, 2. 40; tava mama ca samudrapalvalayorivāṃtaraṃ M. 1; Bg. 13. 34; yadaṃtaraṃ sarṣapaśailarājayoryadaṃtaraṃ vāyasavainateyayoḥ Ram.; drumasānumatāṃ kimaṃtaraṃ R. 8. 90; 18. 15; rarely with instr., tvayā samudreṇa ca mahadaṃtaraṃ H. 2; svāmini guṇāṃtarajñe Pt. 1. 101; difference; saiva viśinaṣṭi punaḥ pradhānapuruṣāṃtaraṃ sūkṣmaṃ Sān. K. (10) (Math.) Difference, remainder.
     (11)
          (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note that in this sense aṃtara always forms the latter part of a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be the gender of the noun forming the first part; kanyāṃtaraṃ (anyā kanyā), rājāṃtaraṃ (anyo rājā), gṛhāṃtaraṃ (anyadgṛhaṃ); in most cases it may be rendered by the English word 'another'); idamavasthāṃtaramāropitā S. 3 changed condition; K. 154; Mu. 5; śubhāśubhaphalaṃ sadyo nṛpāddevādbhavāṃtare Pt. 1. 121; jananāṃtarasauhṛdāni S. 5. 2 friendships of another (former) existence; naivaṃ vārāṃtaraṃ vidhāsyate H. 3 I shall not do so again; āmodān haridaṃtarāṇi netuṃ Bv. 1. 15; so digaṃtarāṇi; pakṣāṃtare in the other case; deśa-, rāja-, kriyā-.
          (b) Various, different, manifold (used in pl.); loko niyamyata ivātmadaśāṃtareṣu S. 4. 2; mannimittānyavasthāṃtarāṇyavarṇayat Dk. 118 various or different states; 160; sometimes used pleonastically with anyat &c.; anyatsthānāṃtaraṃ gatvā Pt. 1.
     (12) Distance (in space); vyāmo bāhvoḥ sakarayostatayostiryagaṃtaraṃ Ak.; prayātasya kathaṃciddūramaṃtaraṃ Ks. 5. 80.
     (13) Absence; tāsāmaṃtaramāsādya rākṣasīnāṃ varāṃganā Ram.; tasyāṃtaraṃ ca viditvā ibid.
     (14) Intermediate member, remove, step, gradation (of a generation &c.); ekāṃtaraṃ Ms. 10. 13; dvyekāṃtarāsu jātānāṃ 7; ekāṃtaramāmaṃtritaṃ P. VIII. 1. 55; tatsraṣṭurekāṃtaraṃ S. 7. 27 separated by one remove, see ekāṃtara also.
     (15) Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; vrīhyaṃtarepyaṇuḥ Trik.; mīno rāśyaṃtare, veṇurnṛpāṃtare ibid.; prāsaṃgo yugāṃtaraṃ &c.
     (16) Weakness, weak or vulnerable point; a failing, defect, or defective point; praharedaṃtareripuṃ Śabdak. sujayaḥ khalu tādṛgaṃtare Ki. 2. 52; asahadbhirmāmamitrairnityamaṃtaradarśibhiḥ Ram.; parasyāṃtaradarśinā ibid.; kīṭakenevāṃtaraṃ mārgayamāṇena prāptaṃ mayā mahadaṃtaraṃ Mk. 9; athāsya dvādaśe varṣe dadarśa kaliraṃtaraṃ Nala. 7. 2; hanūmato vetti na rākṣasoṃtaraṃ na mārutistasya ca rakṣasoṃtaraṃ Rām.
     (17) Surety, guarantee, security; tena tava virūpakaraṇe sukṛtamaṃtare dhṛtaṃ Pt. 4 he has pledged his honor that he will not harm you; ātmānamaṃtare'rpitavān K. 247; aṃtare ca tayoryaḥ syāt Y. 2. 239; bhuvaḥ saṃjñāṃtarayoḥ P. III 2. 179; dhanikādhamarṇayoraṃtare yastiṣṭhati viśvāsārthaṃ sa pratibhūḥ Sk.
     (18) Regard, reference, account; na caitadiṣṭaṃ mātā me yadavocanmadaṃtaraṃ Rām. with reference to me; tvadaṃtareṇa ṛṇametat.
     (19) Excellence, as in guṇāṃtaraṃ vrajati śilpamādhātuḥ M. 1. 6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11). (20) A garment (paridhāna).
     (21) Purpose, object, (tādarthya) (Malli. on R. 16. 82).
     (22) Concealment, hiding; parvatāṃtarito raviḥ (this sense properly belongs to aṃtar-i q. v.).
     (23) Representative, substitution.
     (24) Destitution, being without (vinā) which belongs to aṃtareṇa. (aṃtaramavakāśāvadhiparidhānāṃtardhibhedatādarthye . chidrātmīyavinābahiravasaramadhyeṃtarātmani ca Ak.) [cf. L. alter]
     -- Comp.
          --apatyā a pregnant woman.
          --cakraṃ a technical term in augury Bri. S. chap. 86.
          --jña a. knowing the interior, prudent, wise; foreseeing; nāṃtarajñāḥ śriyo jātu priyairāsāṃ na bhūyate Ki. 11. 24 not knowing the difference.
          --tat a. spreading havoc.
          --da a. cutting the interior or heart.
          --diśā, aṃtarā dik intermediate region or quarter of the compass.
          --dṛś a. realizing the Supreme Soul (paramātmānusaṃdhāyin). --pu(pū)ruṣaḥ the internal man, soul (the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his deeds); tāṃstu devāḥ prapaśyaṃti svasyaivāṃtarapūruṣaḥ Ms. 8. 85.
          --pūjā = aṃtar-pūjā. --prabhavaḥ [aṃtarābhyāṃ bhinnavarṇamātāpitṛbhyāṃ prabhavati] one of a mixed origin or caste; aṃtaraprabhavāṇāṃ ca dharmānno vaktumarhasi Ms. 1. 2.
          --praśnaḥ an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been previously mentioned.
          --śāyin --stha, --sthāyin-sthita a. 1. inward, internal, inherent; -sthairguṇaiḥ śubhrairlakṣyate naiva kena cit Pt. 1. 221. --2. interposed, intervening, separate. --3. seated in the heart, an epithet of jīva.

aṃtarataḥ ind.
     (1) In the interior; internally, between or betwixt.
     (2) Within (prep. with gen.).

aṃtaratama a. Nearest, internal, most immediate, most intimate or related; like, analogous. --maḥ A letter of the same class; for ex. see under aṃtara a.

aṃtarīyam [aṃtare bhavaṃ cha] An under garment; atiśliṣṭacīnāṃśukāṃtarīyaṃ Dk. 69; saṃjajñe yutakamivāṃtarīyamūrvoḥ Ki. 7. 14; 9. 48; nābhau dhṛtaṃ ca yadvastramācchādayati jānunī . aṃtarīyaṃ praśastaṃ tadacchinnamubhayāṃtayoḥ ...

aṃtare Between, amidst, amongst &c.; see aṃtara
     (1).

aṃtarya a. Interior, internal; being within, in the middle.

aṃtarayati Den. P.
     (1) To cause to intervene, divert, put off; sarvamevānyadaṃtarayati K. 338; bhavatu tāvadaṃtarayāmi U. 6 well, I shall change the topic, divert the course of conversation.
     (2) To oppose prevent; nainamaṃdhakārarāśiraṃtarayati K. 243.
     (3) To remove (to a distance), push after; bhuvo balairaṃtarayāṃbabhūvire Śi. 12. 29; sarvānaṃtarāyānaṃtarayan K. 161; jalāṃtarāṇīva mahārṇāvaughaḥ śabdāṃtarāṇyaṃtarayāṃcakāra Śi. 3. 24 drowned.

aṃtarā ind. (fr. aṃtara)
     (1) (Used adverbially)
          (a) In the interior, inside, within, inwardly; bhavadbhiraṃtarā protsāhya kopito vṛṣalaḥ Mu. 3 inwardly, secrectly.
          (b) In the middle, between; triśaṃkurivāṃtarā tiṣṭha S. 2 stay between the two or in the mid-air; mainamaṃtarā pratibadhnīta S. 6 do not interrupt him (in the middle); akṣetre bījamutsṛṣṭamaṃtaraiva vinaśyati Ms. 10. 71 therein; paśumaṃḍūkamārjāraśvasarpanakulākhubhiḥ . aṃtarā gamane 4. 126; aṃtarā śakalīkṛtaḥ R. 15. 20; lāṭī tu rītirvaidarbhīpāṃcālyoraṃtarā sthitā S. D. 629; -rā sthā to oppose, to stand to oppose; tatra yadyaṃtarā mṛtyuryadi seṃdrā divaukasaḥ . sthāsyaṃti tānapi raṇe kākutstho vihaniṣyati .. Ram.
          (c) On the way, en route, midway; vilaṃbethāṃ ca māṃtarā Mv. 7 28; aṃtarā cāraṇebhyastvadīyaṃ jayodāharaṇaṃ śrutvā tvāmihasthamupāgatāḥ V. 1; aṃtarā dṛṣṭā devī S. 6; aṃtaropalabhya Dk. 52; K. 267, 304-5; kumāro mamāpyaṃtikamupāgacchannaṃtarā tvadīyenāṃtapālena avaskaṃdya gṛhītaḥ M. 1, Y. 2. 107.
          (d) In the neighbourhood, near, at hand; approaching, resembling; na drakṣyāmaḥ punarjātu dhārmikaṃ rāmamaṃtarā Rām. approaching or resembling Rama.
          (e) Nearly, almost.
          (f) In the mean time; nādyāccaiva tathāṃtarā Ms. 2. 56; Y. 3. 20.
          (g) At intervals, here and there; now and then, for sometime, now-now (when repeated); aṃtarā pitṛsaktamaṃtarā mātṛsaṃbaddhamaṃtarā śukanāsamayaṃ kurvannālāpaṃ K. 118; aṃtarāṃtarā nipatita here and there, at intervals; 121, 127; prajānurāgahetoścāṃtarāṃtarā darśanaṃ dadau 58, Dk. 49.
     (2) (Used as a preposition with acc. P. II. 3. 4.)
          (a) Between; paṃcālāsta ime ... kaliṃdatanayāṃ trisrotasaṃ cāṃtarā B. R. 10. 86; yadaṃtarā pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca Bṛ. Ar. Up.; te (nāmarūpe) yadaṃtarā tad brahma Ch. Up.; aṃtarā tvāṃ ca māṃ ca kamaṃḍaluḥ Mbh.; rarely with loc.; sumaṃtrasya babhūvātmā cakrayoriva cāṃtarā Rām.; pādayoḥ śakaṭaṃ cakruraṃtarorāvulūkhalaṃ Rām.
          (b) Through; tiraskāriṇamaṃtarā ibid.
          (c) During; aṃtarā kathāṃ S. D.
          (d) Without, except; na ca prayojanamaṃtarā cāṇakyaḥ svapnepi ceṣṭate Mu. 3.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃsaḥ the space between the shoulders, breast; atha -se abhimṛśya japati Śat. Br.
          --bhavadehaḥ --bhavasattvaṃ the soul or embodied soul existing between the two stages of death and birth (yo maraṇajananayoraṃtarāle sthitaḥ prāṇī soṃtarābhavasattvaḥ). --diś see aṃtaradiś. --bharaḥ Ved. bringing into the midst or procuring Rv. 8. 32. 12.
          --vediḥ --dī f. 1. a veranda resting on columns, porch, portico. --2. a kind of wall R. 12. 93.
          --śṛṃgaṃ ind. between the horns.

aṃtareṇa ind.
     (1) (Used as a preposition with acc. P. II. 3. 4 aṃtarāṃtareṇa yukte)
          (a) Except, without, leaving; harimaṃtareṇa na sukhaṃ Sk.; ka idānīṃ sahakāramaṃtareṇa pallavitāmatimuktalatāṃ sahate S. 3; kriyāṃtarāṃtarāyamaṃtareṇa āryaṃ draṣṭumicchāmi Mu. 3 without interfering with any other duty; na rājāparādhamaṃtareṇa prajāsvakālamṛtyuścarati U. 2; mārmikaḥ ko maraṃdānāmaṃtareṇa madhuvrataṃ Bv. 1. 117.
          (b) With regard or reference to, with respect to, about, towards, on account of; atha bhavaṃtamaṃtareṇa kīdṛśo'syā dṛṣṭirāgaḥ S. 2; tadasyā devīṃ vasumatīmaṃtareṇa mahadupālaṃbhanaṃ gato'smi S. 5; kiṃ nu khalu māmaṃtareṇa ciṃtayati vaiśaṃpāyanaḥ K. 178; calitaṃ nāma nāṭyamaṃtareṇa kīdṛśī mālavikā M. 2 how M. is faring or progressing in the dance &c.; tatastayā bhavato'vinayamaṃtareṇa parigṛhītārthā kṛtā devī M. 4.
          (c) Within, inside, into (madhye).
          (d) Between, (ubhayormadhye); tvāṃ māṃ cāṃtareṇa kamaṃḍaluḥ Mbh.; aṃtareṇa havanīyaṃ gārhapatyaṃ ca Śat. Br.; aṃtareṇa stanau vā bhruvau vā vimṛjyāt ibid.; Si. 3. 3.
          (e) During, amidst.
     (2) (Used as an adverb)
          (a) Between, amidst; yāvadvā makṣikāyāḥ patraṃ tāvānaṃtareṇāvakāśaḥ Śat. Br.
          (b) At heart, aṃtareṇa susnigdhā eṣā Mk. 1.

aṃtarālaṃ, aṃtarālakam [aṃtaraṃ vyavadhānasīmāṃ ārāti gṛhṇāti, ārā-ka, rasya latvaṃ]
     (1) Intermediate space or region or time, interval; daṃṣṭrāṃtarālalagna K. 30; āsyāṃtarālaniḥsṛtena Dk. 143; diṅnāmānyaṃtarāle P. II. 2. 26; dakṣiṇasyāḥ pūrvasyāśca diśoraṃtarālaṃ dakṣiṇapūrvā Sk.; Śi. 9. 2; payodharāṃtarālaṃ K. 83; rāgalajjāṃtarālavartibhirīkṣaṇaviśeṣaiḥ Dk. 17, 143 half way betwixt love and bashfulness; pratimānaṃ praticchāyā gajadaṃtāṃtarālayoḥ Trik.; oft. used for 'room' or 'space' in general; trastajanadattāṃtarālayā rājavīthyā Dk. 150; bhuvanāṃtarālaviprakīrṇena śākhāsaṃcayena K. 23, 162; aṃtarāle in midway, in the middle or midst; in the interval; bāṣpāṃbhaḥ paripatanodgamāṃtarāle in the interval between the dropping down and starting up of tears U. 1. 31; Māl. 9. 14; ahamāgacchannaṃtarāle mahatā siṃhena abhihitaḥ Pt. 1; kaṃcitpuruṣamaṃtarāla evāvalaṃbya Dk. 15; na mayānyena vāṃtarāle dṛṣṭā Dk. 123.
     (2) Interior, inside, inner or middle part; chidrīkṛtāṃtarālaṃ Dk. 148; viṣamīkṛtāṃtarālayā K. 223.
     (3) Mixed tribe or caste (saṃkīrṇavarṇa); varṇānāṃ sāṃtarālānāṃ sa sadācāra iṣyate.
     -- Comp.
          --diś f. the intermediate point of the compass, such as, northeast &c.

aṃtari 2 P. (aṃtar + i)
     (1) To go between, to stand in one's way, intervene to separate; rātrerenaṃ tadaṃtariyāt Ait. Br.
     (2) To exclude from, to pass over, omit.
     (3) To disappear, see aṃtarita below. (--ayati) To come or step between, interpose; darduraka upasṛtya aṃtarayati Mk. 2 (it may also mean, 'separates the two').

aṃtarayaḥ --rāyaḥ
     (1) An impediment, obstacle, hindrance, what stands in the way; sa cet tvamaṃtarāyo bhavasi cyuto vidhiḥ R. 3. 45, 14. 65; bahvaṃtarāyayuktasya dharmasya tvaritā gatiḥ Pt. 3. 101; asya te bāṇapathavartinaḥ kṛṣṇasārasya aṃtarāyau tapasvinau saṃvṛttau S. 1 vl. standing in the way.
     (2) (In Vedanta) Hindrance to the concentration of mind which is said to be of four kinds, laya, vikṣepa, kaṣāya and rasāsvāda.
     (3) An intervention, a covering, screen; dāhapremṇā sarasabisinīpatramātrāṃtarāyaḥ Mal. 3. 12.
     (4) (With the Jains) Interference or obstruction offered to those who are engaged in seeking deliverance, and consequent prevention of their accomplishment of it; one of the 8 classes of karman.

aṃtarita p. p.
     (1) Gone between, intervening.
     (2) Gone within, hidden, concealed, covered, screened, shielded, protected (from view) by something; pādapāṃtarita eva viśvastāmenāṃ paśyāmi S. 1 hid behind a creeper; sārasena svadehāṃtarito rājā H. 3 screened; viṭapāṃtaritastiṣṭha S. 3; nalinīpatrāṃtaritaṃ priyasahacaramapaśyaṃtī S. 4; śārdūlacarmāṃtaritorupṛṣṭhaṃ Ku. 7. 37 covered; Dk. 21, 146; K. 28, 152, 200; parvatāṃtarito raviḥ set Ak.; tvagaṃtaritatṛtīyalocanaṃ K. 108, R. 10. 8; unmādamohāṃtaritopi Mal. 9; talpamaṃtaritabhūmibhiḥ kuthaiḥ R. 19. 2.
     (3) Gone in, reflected; sphaṭikabhittyaṃtaritān mṛgaśāvakān reflected in the crystal wall.
     (3)
          (a) Concealed, made dormant, impeded, hindered, prevented; tvadabhiprāyāparijñānāṃtarita evāyamanunayaḥ Mu. 2 prevented from being made; tvadvāṃchāṃtaritāni sādhyāni Mu. 4. 15 prevented from being actually effected &c.; dviṣatpratāpāṃtaritorutejāḥ Ki. 3. 45 obscured; nopālabhyaḥ pumāṃstatra daivāṃtaritapauruṣaḥ Pt. 2. 133.
          (b) Separated, lost to view, made invisible by interposition; muhūrtāṃtaritamādhavā durmanāyamānā Mal. 8; bharturetānyakṣarāṇi biṃbāṃtaritāni M. 3; dhanamitrākhyayāṃtaritaḥ Dk. 36; caṃdrāpīḍanāmāṃtaritasya caṃdramasaḥ K. 338; pratinivartamānayātrājanasaṃkulena aṃtarite tasmin Mal. 2; kriyatāṃ kathamaṃtyamaṃḍanaṃ paralokāṃtaritasya te mayā Ku. 4. 22 separated (from me) by the next world, i. e. dead, deceased; meghairaṃtaritaḥ priye tava mukhacchāyānukārī śaśī S. D.
          (c) Drowned, obscured, removed, eclipsed; paralokabhayamaihikaduḥkhenāṃtaritaṃ Dk. 82 drowned, eclipsed, obscured; vīralokasādhuvādenāṃtaritaḥ samaratūryaravaḥ Ve. 4 drowned; vismayāṃtaritaśokavṛttāṃtā K. 322; kāryāṃtaritotkaṃṭhaṃ V. 3. 4 forgotten, removed; iṃduprakāśāṃtaritoḍutulyāḥ R. 16. 65 obscured by moon-light.
     (4) Disappeared, vanished, departed, retired, withdrawn; aṃtarite tasmiñśabarasenāpatau K. 33; nāthadehasparśena aṃtarita eva saṃtāpaḥ U. 6 has disappeared, has been removed.
     (5) Passed over, omitted; aye madhyamāṃbāvṛttāṃtoṃ'tarita evāryeṇa U. 1; kathāṃtareṇāṃtaritamidaṃ M. 5 put off, delayed.
     (6) Slighted, despised.
     (7) (In Math.) That which remains, the remainder
     (8) A technical term in architecture.

aṃtari --rī --kṣam [aṃtaḥ svargapṛthivyormadhye īkṣyate, īkṣ karmaṇi ghañ, aṃtaḥ ṛkṣāṇi asya vā pṛṣo-pakṣe hasvaḥ ṛkārasya ritvaṃ vā Tv.; according to Nir. aṃtarā dyāvāpṛthivyoḥ kṣāṃtaṃ avasthitaṃ bhavati, or aṃtarā ime dyāvāpṛthivyau kṣayati nivasati; or śarīreṣvaṃtaḥ akṣayaṃ na pṛthivyādivat kṣīyate]
     (1) The intermediate region between heaven and earth; the air, atmosphere, sky (aṃtarā dyāvāpṛthivyormadhye īkṣyamāṇaṃ vyoma Sāy.) divaṃ ca pṛthivīṃ cāṃtarikṣamatho svaḥ Sandhyā Mantra; yoṃ'tareṇākāśa āsīttadaṃtarikṣamabhavadīkṣaṃ haitannāma tataḥ purāṃtarā vā idamīkṣamabhūditi tasmādaṃtarikṣaṃ Śat. Br.
     (2) The middle of the three spheres or regions of life.
     (3) Talc.
     -- Comp.
          --udara a. whose inside is as wide as the atmosphere. (
          --raṃ) the interior of the atmosphere
          --kṣit, --sad a. dwelling in the atmosphere.
          --gaḥ, --caraḥ a bird (moving through the atmosphere).
          --jalaṃ water of the atmosphere, dew.
          --prā a. [aṃtarikṣaṃ prāti pūrayati, prā-vic] filling the atmosphere; illuminating the sky, travelling through the atmosphere.
          --prut a. [aṃtarikṣaṃ pravate gacchati, pru kvip] floating over the atmosphere, sweeping or going through it.
          --lokaḥ the intermediate region, regarded as a distinct world; trayo lokā eta eva vāgevāyaṃ lokaḥ (earth) manoṃtarikṣalokaḥ, prāṇo'sau lokaḥ (heaven) Śat. Br.
          --śaṃsita a. sharpened in the atmosphere.
          --sadyaṃ [aṃtarikṣe sadyaṃ sadanaṃ, sad bhāve yat] dwelling or residence in the atmosphere.

aṃtari --rī --kṣya a. [bhavārthe yat] Aerial, atmospheric.

aṃtarīpaḥ [aṃtaḥ madhye gatā āpo yasya bahu. acsamāsaḥ apa īt] P. VI. 3. 97] A portion of land stretching out into the sea, promontory; an island (being situated in, and surrounded on all sides by, water).

aṃtare, --reṇa See under aṃtara.

aṃtargam 1 P.
     (1) To go between, interpose, intervene (so as to exclude).
     (2) To be included or comprised in.
     (3) To vanish, disappear (mostly used in past part. only).

aṃtargata p. p. --gāmin a.
     (1) Gone into or between, crept into (as a bad word &c.).
     (2) Being or seated in, included in or by, existing in, belonging to; -śave grāme Ms. 4. 108; laghudvīpā jaṃbūdvīpāṃtargatā eva H. 3.; pārthivāni ca bhūtāni sāgarāṃtargatāni ca Rām.
     (3) Being in the interior, hidden, concealed, internal, inward, secret, suppressed; aṃtargatamapāstaṃ me rajasopi paraṃ tamaḥ Ku. 6. 60 inward; saumitriraṃtargatabāṣpakaṃṭhaḥ R. 14. 53 with suppressed tears; K. 60; -tāṃ hṛdayaśuddhiṃ 135 inward; aṃtargataṃ prāṇabhṛtāṃ hi veda sarvaṃ bhavānbhāvam R. 2. 43 internal, seated in the breast or heart; -phalāraṃbhāḥ 10. 59; -to hṛdayābhilāṣaḥ K. 143; -tena caṃdrāpīḍena 198; netravaktravikāraiśca lakṣyateṃ'targata manaḥ inward or secret motives of the mind Pt. 1. 44; bāhyairvibhāvayelliṃgairbhāvamaṃtargataṃ nṛṇāṃ Ms. 8. 25; -gataprārthanaṃ S. 7. 2 inwardly longing (for the same).
     (4) Slipped out of memory, forgotten.
     (5) Vanished, disappeared.
     (6) Destroyed.
     -- Comp.
          --upamā a concealed simile (the particle of comparison being omitted.)
          --manas = aṃtarmanas q. v.

aṃtardhā 3 U.
     (1) To place or keep within, deposit; uduṃbaraśākhāmaṃtardhāya abhiṣiṃcati Ait. Br.
     (2) To receive within or into oneself, admit, take in; tathā viśvaṃbhare devi māmaṃtardhātumarhasi R. 15. 81; contain, comprise, include; (śāstrametat) aṃtardhāsyati tatsarvametadvaḥ kathitaṃ mayā Mb.
     (3) To indicate, exhibit, display.
     (4) To hide or conceal oneself from, avoid the sight of, (with abl. and used in Ātm.); upādhyāyādaṃtardhatte P. I. 4. 28. Com. aṃtardhatsva raghuvyāghrāt Bk. 5. 32; aṃtardadhānāṃ rakṣobhyaḥ 8. 71; matto māṃtardhithāḥ sīte 6. 15.
     (5) To cover up, conceal from view, hide, obscure, envelope, wrap up, veil; eclipse (fig.); anṛtenātmānamaṃtardhāya Ch. Up.; bhaumaṃ (rajaḥ) aṃtardadhe lokamāvṛtya savituḥ prabhāṃ Ram. enveloped, covered; pituraṃtardadhe kīrtiṃ śīlavṛttisamādhibhiḥ Mb. obscured or eclipsed. --pass.
     (1) To be received within, be absorbed; to be covered up or concealed, be obscured or rendered invisible, become invisible; to vanish, disappear, cease to exist; iṣubhirvyatisarpadbhirādityoṃ'taradhīyata Mb.; te cāṃtardadhire nāgāḥ ibid; rātrirādityodayeṃ'tardhīyate Nir. disappears; ātmanyaṃtardadhe, tatraivāṃtaradhīyata &c. --Caus. (--dhāpayati) To render invisible, conceal.

aṃtardhā [dhā bhāve aṅ] Covering, concealment &c.; aṃtardhāmupayayurutpalāvalīṣu Śi. 8. 12.

aṃtardhānam [dhā-lyuṭ] Being invisible, disappearance, passing out of sight; -vyasanarasikā rātrikāpālikīyaṃ K. P. 10; -gam or i to become invisible, disappear.
     -- Comp.
          --gata a. disappeared, invisible.
          --cara a. moving invisibly.

aṃtardhāyaka a. Concealing, rendering invisible.

aṃtardhiḥ f. [dhā-ki] Disappearance, concealment; hiding oneself from (another); aṃtardhau yenādarśanamicchati P. I. 4. 28; Śi. 8. 42.

aṃtarhita p. p.
     (1) Placed between, separated, rendered invisible by interposition, hidden, concealed; aṃtarhitā śakuṃtalā vanarājyā S. 4; covered (with something else); aṃtarhitāśāpatho jaladakāla iva K. 293; śeṣvānaṃtarhitāyāṃ tvaṃ bhūmau Rām. uncovered or bare ground; pātreṣu darbhāṃtarhiteṣu apa āsicya Asval.; aṃtarhite āvāṃ V. 2; aṃtarhitā yadi bhavedvānitā na veti Mk. 3. 4 a disguised male, a female in male dress.
     (2) Disappeared, vanished, become invisible; iti maṃtrayamāṇaḥ svayamaṃtarhitaḥ S. 4 withdrew from sight, became invisible; aṃtarhite śaśini S. 4. 2; tasyāyamaṃtarhitasaudhabhājaḥ R. 13. 40 dwelling in a palace hidden under (the waters).
     -- Comp.
          --ātman m. N. of Śiva.

aṃtarbhū 1 P. To be contained, comprised or included in; be inherent or implied in; kecidaṃtarbhavaṃtyeṣu K. P. 8; guṇāściraṃtanairuktā ojasyaṃtarbhavaṃti te S. D.; aṃtarbhūya rahasyeṣu tairvaśīkriyate hi saḥ Ks. 34. 204; vaidike karmayoge tu sarvāṇyetānyaśeṣataḥ . aṃtarbhavaṃti kramaśastasmiṃstasminkriyāvidhau .. Ms. 12. 87. --Caus. To contain, include, imply, involve; aṃtarbhāvitaṇyartho'tra namiḥ P. III. 1. 88 Sk. involving a causal sense.

aṃtarbhava a. Inward, internal, inwardly situated.

aṃtarbhāvaḥ
     (1) The being included or comprised in, inclusion; teṣāṃ guṇānāmojasyaṃtarbhāvaḥ K. P. 8.
     (2) Inherent or natural condition or disposition.
     (3) Disappearance, becoming invisible; sarve aṃtarbhāvaṃ gatāḥ Dk. 26.

aṃtarbhāvanā
     (1) Inclusion.
     (2) Inward meditation or anxiety.
     (3) A technical term in arithmetic, rectification of numbers by the differences of the products.

aṃtarbhūta p. p.
     (1) Included or contained in; kālabhāvādhvadeśānāmaṃtarbhūtakriyāṃtaraiḥ . sarvairakarmakairyoge karmatvamupajāyate .. Hari.
     (2) Inward, internal, internally situated; eṣa vai bhagavān viṣṇuraṃtarbhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ.

aṃti ind. [aṃt-i] Ved.
     (1) Near, before, in the presence of; na hī nu vo maruto aṃtyasme Rv. 1. 167. 9; 1. 79. 11.
     (2) (Prep.) To, in the vicinity of (with gen.); mugdhaprabhītavadupeyaturaṃti mātroḥ Bhāg. --tiḥ f. An elder sister (in dramas).
     -- Comp.
          --ūti a. ready with help. (
          --tiḥ f.) protection of what is near (āsannarakṣaṇa) Rv. 1. 138. 1.
          --gṛhaṃ a house near one's own dwelling, the neighbourhood of the house.
          --deva a. being near the god; an adversary (at dice); Rv. 1. 180. 7.
          --mitra, --vāma, --ṣumṇa a. near or at hand with help, wealth, or kindness; aṃtivāmā dūre Rv. 7. 77. 4 (nikaṭasthadhanā).

aṃtikā
     (1) An elder sister.
     (2) An oven, fire-place.
     (3) N. of a plant (sā-śā-talākhyauṣadhiḥ).

aṃtika a. [aṃtaḥ sāmīpyaṃ asyāstīti matvarthīyaḥ ṭhan; according to Nir. from ā-nī; aṃtikaṃ kasmāt ānītaṃ bhavati sannikṛṣṭatvāt]
     (1) Near, proximate (with gen. or abl. P. II. 3. 34).
     (2) Reaching to the end of, reaching to; nāsāṃtika Ms. 2. 46.
     (3) Lasting till, until; as far as, up to; Ms. 3. 1; Y. 1. 36. --kaṃ Nearness, proximity, vicinity, presence; na tyajaṃti mamāṃtikaṃ H. 1. 46; oft. in comp.; -nyasta R. 2. 24; karṇa-caraḥ S. 1. 24; siṃhāsanāṃtikacareṇa sahopasarpan M. 1. 12 a servant in attendance upon the throne. --adv. (with abl. or gen. or as last member of comp.) Near (to), in the vicinity; aṃtikaṃ grāmāt-grāmasya vā Sk.; into the presence or proximity of; dūrasthasyaitya cāṃtikaṃ Ms. 2. 197; praviṣṭe pituraṃtikaṃ Ram.; so janāṃtikaṃ, mṛgāṃtikaṃ; aṃtikena near (with gen.); aṃtikena grāmasya P. II. 3. 35; aṃtikāt near, closely, within the presence of; from the proximity of, from near, from (abl. or gen. or acc.); -kādāgataḥ P. VI. 2. 49; rajaḥkaṇaiḥ spṛśadbhirgātramaṃtikāt Rām.; krīṇīyādyastvapatyārthaṃ mātāpitroryamaṃtikāt Ms. 9. 174 from; so naiva pravṛttiṃ śṛṇumastayoḥ kasyacidaṃtikāt Ram.; aṃtike near, closely, in the presence of or proximity of; Bg. 13. 15; damayaṃtyāstadāṃtike nipetuḥ Nala. 1. 22; -ke striyāḥ Ms. 2. 22.
     -- Comp.
          --āśrayaḥ resorting to what is near, contiguous support (that given by a tree to a creeper).

aṃtitaḥ ind. Ved. Near.

aṃtima a. [aṃte bhavaḥ, aṃta ḍimac]
     (1) Immediately following.
     (2) Last, final, ultimate; ajātamṛtamūrkhāṇāṃ varamādyau na cāṃtimaḥ H. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ the last digit, the number nine.
          --aṃguliḥ the little finger (kaniṣṭhikā).

aṃtī An oven, fire-place.

aṃtya a. [aṃte bhavati vasati &c, aṃtāya hitaḥ; aṃta-yat]
     (1) Last, final (as a letter, word &c.); last (in time, order or place) P. I. 1. 47; as ha of letters, Revatī of asterisms, Mīna of the zodiacal signs &c.; aṃtye vayasi in old age R. 9. 79; aṃtyaṃ ṛṇaṃ R. 1. 71 last debt; -maṃḍanaṃ 8. 71, Ku. 4. 22.
     (2) Immediately following (in comp.); aṣṭama- ninth.
     (3) Lowest (in rank, degree or position), undermost, worst, inferior, base, vile, wretched; -avasthāṃ gataḥ Pt. 4. 110 reduced to the worst plight; aṃtyāsu daśāsu Pt. 1. 336 at perilous (critical) times; belonging to the lowest caste; caṃḍāla- striyaḥ Ms. 11. 176; -strīniṣeviṇaḥ 12. 59; aṃtyādapi varaṃ ratnaṃ strīratnaṃ duṣkulādapi; śūdrāśca saṃtaḥ śūdrāṇāmaṃtyānāmaṃtyayonayaḥ (sākṣyaṃ kuryuḥ) 8. 68, 3. 9; 4. 79; Y. 1. 148, 2. 294. --tyaḥ
     (1) A man of the lowest caste; see above.
     (2) N. of a plant (mustā) (f. also) (the roots of which are prescribed for colic).
     (3) The last syllable of a word.
     (4) The last lunar month i. e. Falguna.
     (5) A Mlechcha, foreigner, barbarian.
     (6) (In Vaiśeṣika phil.) A name for the category viśeṣa; aṃtyo nityadravyavṛttirviśeṣaḥ parikīrtitaḥ . Bhaṣa P. --tyā
     (1) A technical name for trijyā in astronomy.
     (2) A woman of the lowest tribe. --tyaṃ
     (1) A measure of number; 1000 billions (1000,000,000,000,000.)
     (2) The 12th sign of the zodiac.
     (3) The last member or term of a progression (series), the last figure; sthāpyoṃtavargo dviguṇāṃtyanighnaḥ Līla.
     -- Comp.
          --anuprāsaḥ see under anuprāsa. --avasāyin m. f. (-yī, -yinī) a man or woman of the lowest caste, begotten by a Chaṇḍala on a Niṣadī woman; niṣādastrī tu cāṃḍālātputramaṃtyāvasāyinam . smaśānagocaraṃ sūte bāhyānāmapi garhitaṃ .. Ms. 10. 39; the following 7 are regarded as belonging to this class; cāṃḍālaḥ śvapacaḥ kṣattā sūto vaidehakastathā . māgadhāyogavau caiva saptaiteṃ'tyāvasāyinaḥ ... --āśramin m. one who belongs to the last or mendicant order.
          --āhutiḥ-iṣṭiḥ f.
          --karman, --kriyā last or funeral oblations, sacrifices or rites; -karma Ms. 11. 198, 5. 168; aṃtyāhutiṃ hāvayituṃ saviprāḥ Bk.
          --ṛṇaṃ the last of the three debts which every one has to pay, i. e. begetting children; see anṛṇa. --gamanaṃ intercourse by a woman of the higher caste with a man of the lowest caste.
          --ja a. latest born, younger, belonging to the lowest caste; -jairnṛbhiḥ Ms. 4. 61; -strī 8. 385. (
          --jaḥ) 1. a Śūdra (aṃtyaḥ san jāyate, varṇamadhye śeṣabhavatvāt). --2. one of the 7 inferior tribes; chaṇḍala &c.; rajakaścarmakāraśca naṭo varuḍa eva ca . kaivartamedabhillāśca saptaite cāṃtyajāḥ smṛtāḥ .. Yama; also Ms. 8. 279; Y. 1. 273. (
          --jā) a woman of the lowest caste; Ms. 11. 59, 171; Y. 3. 231.
          --janman, --jāti, --jātīya a. 1. one belonging to the lowest caste; pratigrahastu kriyate śūdrādapyaṃtyajanmanaḥ Ms. 10. 110. --2. a Śūdra; -titā Ms. 12. 9. --3 a chaṇḍala.
          --dhanaṃ the last term of a progression or series.
          --padaṃmūlaṃ the last or greatest root (in a square).
          --bhaṃ 1. the last lunar mansion revatī. --2. the last sign of the zodiac; Pisces.
          --yugaṃ the last or Kali age.
          --yoni a. of the lowest origin; Ms. 8. 68. (
          --niḥ) the lowest source or origin
          --lopaḥ dropping of the last letter or syllable of a word.
          --varṇaḥ, --varṇā a man or woman of the lowest caste, a Śūdra male or female.
          --vipulā N. of a metre.

aṃtyakaḥ A man of the lowest tribe.

aṃtram [aṃtyate badhyate deho'nena, aṃtkaraṇe ṣṭran; according to Uṇ. 4. 163 am ktraṃ] An entrail, intestine; aṃtrabhedanaṃ kriyate praśrayaśca Mv. 3 the vitals of the heart are rent (marmabhidaḥ vācaḥ ucyaṃte ityarthaḥ). --trī N. of a plant (used against colic or wind in the stomach; cf. ajāṃtrī, chagalāṃtrī).
     -- Comp.
          --ādaḥ a worm in the intestines.
          --kūjaḥ. kūjanaṃ, --vikūjanaṃ the rumbling noise in the bowels; pakvāśayasthoṃtrakūjaṃ śūlaṃ nābhau karoti vā Suśr.
          --pācaka [aṃtrasthaṃ doṣaṃ pācayati] N. of a medicinal plant Aeschynomene Grandiflora.
          --māṃsaṃ a kind of roasted flesh.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. inguinal hernia, rupture, swelling of the scrotum.
          --śilā N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain.
          --sraj f. a garland of intestines (worn by nṛsiṃha).

aṃtraṃdhamiḥ f. Indigestion, inflammation of bowels; flatulence.

aṃd 1 P. To bind, fasten.

aṃdaḥ Binding.

aṃduḥ --dūḥ f. [aṃdyate badhyate anena, aṃd-kū, kūpratyayāṃtaḥ nipātaḥ] Uṇ. 1. 93] also aṃdukaḥ, aṃdūkaḥ
     (1) A chain or fetter.
     (2) A chain for the elephant's feet; gajamaṃdūriva niścalaṃ cakāra Śi. 20. 51; -ninādaḥ 11. 7.
     (3) A sort of ornament worn round the ankles; cf. nūpura.

aṃdikā
     (1) An oven, fire-place.
     (2) An elder sister (cf. -aṃtikā).

aṃdolayati Den. P. To swing, agitate, rock to and fro, oscillate.

aṃdolanam Swinging, oscillating, waving; drākcāmarāṃdolanāt Udb.

aṃdh 10 U.
     (1) To make blind, blind; aṃdhayan bhṛṃgamālāḥ Śi. 11. 19; timire janasya dṛśamaṃdhayati 9. 21.
     (2) To be or become blind.

aṃdha a.
     (1) Blind (lit. and fig.); devoid of sight, unable to see (at particular times); divāṃdhāḥ prāṇinaḥ kecidrātrāvaṃdhāstathāpare; made blind, blinded; srajamapi śirasyaṃdhaḥ kṣiptāṃ dhunotyahiśaṃkayā S. 7. 24; madāṃdhaḥ blinded by intoxication; so darpāṃdhaḥ, krodhāṃdhaḥ; kāma-, lobha-, ajñāna-; sahajāṃdhadṛśaḥ svadurnaye Śi. 16. 29 blind to his own wicked acts.
     (2) Making blind, preventing the sight; utter, pitchy, complete, thick (darkness) Ms. 8. 94; sīdannaṃdhe tamasi U. 3. 38; Mal. 9. 8, 20; See -kūpa, -tāmasaṃ infra. --dhaṃ
     (1) Darkness.
     (2) Spiritual ignorance; ajñāna or avidyā q. v.
     (3) Water; also, turbid water. --dhaḥ
     (1) A kind of mendicant (parivrājaka) who has completely controlled his organs; tiṣṭhato vrajato vāpi yasya cakṣurna dūragam . catuṣpadāṃ bhuvaṃ muktvā parivrāḍaṃdha ucyate ..
     (2) An epithet of the zodiacal signs at particular periods; (naṣṭadravyalābhālābhopayogayukto rāśibhedaḥ); meṣo vṛṣo mṛgeṃdraśca rātrāvaṃdhāḥ prakīrtitāḥ . nṛyukkarkaṭakanyāśca divāṃdhāḥ parikīrtitāḥ .. --dhāḥ? (pl.) N. of a people see aṃdhra.
     -- Comp.
          --alajī a blind boil or abscess in the eyes (one that does not open or suppurate).
          --ahiḥ, --ahikaḥ a blind serpent, i. e. one that is not poisonous. (
          --hiḥ, --hikaḥ) N. of a fish (kucikā). --kāraḥ [aṃdhaṃ karoti] darkness (lit. and fig.); līnaṃ divābhītamivāṃdhakāraṃ Ku. 1. 12; kāma-, madana-; aṃdhakāratāmupayāti cakṣuḥ K. 36 grows dim; bāṣpajaladhārāṃdhakāritamukhī K. 161, 286.
          --kūpaḥ [aṃdhayatītyaṃdhaḥ, aṃdhaḥ kūpaḥ] 1. a well the mouth of which is hidden; a well overgrown with plants &c. --2. [aṃdhasya dṛṣṭyabhāvasya kūpa iva] mental darkness, infatuation. --3. N. of a hell, to which those who tease and kill harmless creatures are condemned.
          --tamasaṃ (P. V. 4. 79),
          --tāmasaṃ, --dhātamasaṃ deep or complete darkness; lokamaṃdhatamasātkramoditau R. 11. 24; aṃdhatamasamiva praviśāmi U. 7 the gloom of hell; pradhvaṃsitāṃdhatamasastatrodāharaṇaṃ raviḥ Śi. 2. 33. (
          --sā) night.
          --tāmisraḥ --śraḥ (sraṃ also). 1. complete or deep darkness (especially of the soul); tamisroṣṭadaśadhā tathā bhavatyaṃdhatāmisraḥ Sān. K. 48 (bhayaviśeṣaviṣayako'bhiniveśaḥ); tasyāmaṃdhatāmisramabhyadhyāyat Mv. 1. --2. spiritual ignorance (dehe naṣṭe ahameva naṣṭaḥitirūpamajñānaṃ); enveloped in utter darkness. (
          --sraḥ, sraṃ) N. of a division of Tartarus or infernal regions, the second of the 21 hells to which those who seduce the wives of others and enjoy them are condemned. According to Bhavabhūti persons committing suicide were condemned to this hell; cf. aṃdhatāmisrā hyasūryā nāma te lokāstebhyaḥ pratividhīyaṃte ya ātmaghātina ityevamṛṣayo manyaṃte U. 4; Ms. 4. 88, 197; Y. 3. 224; doctrine of annihilation after death.
          --dhī a. mentally blind.
          --pūtanā a demoness supposed to cause diseases in children; yo dveṣṭi stanamatisārakāsahikkāchardībhirjvarasahitābhirardyamānaḥ . durvarṇaḥ satatamadhaḥśayo'mlagaṃdhistaṃ brūyurvarabhiṣajoṃdhapūtanārtam Suśr.
          --mūṣā a small covered crucible with a hole in the side.
          --mūṣikā [aṃdhaṃ dṛṣṭyabhāvaṃ muṣṇāti, muṣ-ṇvul] N. of a plant or grass devatāḍa (tatsevanena cakṣuṣmattā bhavatīti vaidyakaprasiddhiḥ). --rātrī dark night (Ved).
          --vartman m. [aṃdhaṃ sūryaprakāśarāhityādvartma yatra] the seventh skandha or region of wind.

aṃdhaṃkaraṇa a. Making blind (P. III. 2. 56).

aṃdhaṃbhaviṣṇu, --bhāvuka a. Becoming blind (P. III. 2. 57).

aṃdhaka a. [aṃdh-kan] Blind; aṃdhakaḥ kubjakaścaiva Pt. 5. 91. --kaḥ
     (1) N. of an Asura, son of Kaśyapa and Diti and killed by Śiva. [He is represented as a demon with 1000 arms and heads, 2000 eyes and feet, and called Andhaka, because he walked like a blind man, though he could see very well; sa vrajatyaṃdhavadyasmādanaṃdhopi hi bhārata . tamaṃdhaṃkoyaṃ nāmneti procustatra nivāsinaḥ .. He was slain by Śiva when he attempted to carry off the Pārijāta tree from heaven; whence Śiva is called Andhakaripu, -ari, -dvish &c. According to the Matsya Purāṇa Andhaka was admitted to the class of Gaṇas by Śiva, at his importunities and humble supplication, when he was about to be killed by the god for having attempted to carry off his wife Pārvatī].
     (2) N. of a descendant of Yadu and ancestor of Kṛṣṇa and his descendants, a grandson of Kroṣṭu, son of Yudhājit who, together with his brother Vṛṣṇi is the ancestor of the celebrated family of Andhakavṛṣṇis; P. IV. 1. 114, VI. 2. 34.
     (3) N. of a sage, son of Mamatā and of Utathya, elder brother of Bṛhaspati.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ --ripuḥ, --śatruḥ, --ghātī, --asuhṛd &c. slayer of Andhaka, epithets of Śiva.
          --vartaḥ N. of a mountain.
          --vṛṣṇi m. pl. descendants of aṃdhaka and vṛṣṇi.

aṃdhikā [aṃdh-ṇvul]
     (1) Night.
     (2) A kind of game or sport, probably blindman's-buff; gambling (tayā hi janaḥ aṃdha iva vivekaṃśūnyaḥ kriyate Tv.).
     (3) A woman of a particular character, one of the classes of women.
     (4) A disease of the eye.
     (5) = sarṣapī, = siddhā q. v. (asyā atyaṃtasevanāt dṛṣṭirkṣayo jāyate iti vaidyakaprasiddhiḥ).

aṃdhīkṛ 8 U. To make blind, blind; -kṛtātmā blinded in mind.

aṃdhībhū To become blind.

aṃdhas n. [ad-asun num dhaśca; adernumdhau ca Uṇ. 4. 205] Food; dvijātiśeṣeṇa yadetadaṃdhasā Ki. 1. 39; saśeṣa evāṃdhasi asāvatṛpyat Dk. 133, 157 (supposed to have in the Veda the senses of Soma, the herb itself, or its juice, juice, ghee or boiled rice, but usually taken to mean 'food' only by Indian lexicographers and commentators. [cf. Gr. andhos].

aṃdhuḥ [fr. am Uṇ. 1. 27]
     (1) A well; āpīnoṃ'dhuḥ P. VI. 1. 28 Sk.
     (2) The male organ of generation; vākpāṇipādapāyvaṃdhusaṃjñānyāhurmanīṣiṇaḥ.

aṃdhulaḥ [aṃdh-ulac] A kind of tree, Acacia Sirissa (śirīṣa).

aṃdhraḥ (pl.)
     (1) N. of a people and the country inhabited by them. [The country of the Andhras is said to be the modern Teliṅgaṇa. But the limits were probably confined to the Ghats on the west and the rivers Godāvarī and Kṛṣṇa on the north and south. It bordered on Kalinga (See Dk. 7th Ullāsa), and its capital Andhranagara is probably the old town of Vengi or Vegi. According to Dandin, there was near it a lake 'like the ocean and crested with cranes' which description can only refer to the lake Colair which has an area of over 150 miles; jagannāthādūrdhvabhāgādarvāk śrībhramarātmakāt . tāvadaṃdhrābhidho deśaḥ].
     (2) N. of a dynasty of kings.
     (3) A man of a mixed (low) caste, being born of a Vaideha father and Karavara mother, who lives by killing game; Ms. 10. 36.
     (4) A kind of fowler.
     -- Comp.
          --jātiḥ the Andhra tribe.
          --bhṛtyāḥ N. of a dynasty of kings.

annam [ad-kta; anityanena, an-nan;] according to Yāska, from ad, adyate atti ca bhūtāni; or from ā-nam, ā ābhimukhyena hyetannataṃ prahvībhūtaṃ bhavati bhojanāya bhūtānāṃ]
     (1) Food (in general); adyate'tti ca bhūtāni tasmādannaṃ taducyate Tait. Up.; medo'sṛṅmāṃsamajjāsthi vadaṃtyannaṃ manīṣiṇaḥ Ms. 3. 182; ahamannaṃ bhavānbhoktā H. 1. 54 I am your prey &c.; carāṇāmannamacarāḥ Ms. 5. 29.
     (2) Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (kośa) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis --"the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (sthūlaśarīra called annamayakośa).
     (3) Boiled rice; annena vyaṃjanaṃ P. II. 1. 34.
     (4) Corn (bread corn); tā (āpaḥ) annamasṛjaṃta tasmādyatra kva ca varṣati tadeva bhūyiṣṭhamannaṃ bhavati Ch. Up.; ādityājjāyate vṛṣṭirvṛṣṭerannaṃ tataḥ prajāḥ . Ms. 3. 76; kṛta- 9. 219; 10. 86, 12. 65.
     (5) Water.
     (6) Earth (pṛthivyā annahetutvādannaśabdavācyatā).
     (7) N. of Viṣṇu. --nnaḥ The sun (sa hi annahetuvṛṣṭihetuḥ).
     -- Comp.
          --akālaḥ = anākāla q. v.
          --attṛ, --ādin --āhārin eating food.
          --ada a. 1. eating food. --2. having a good appetite (dīptāgni). (--daḥ) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --adyaṃ proper food, food in general; Ms. 3. 82, 4. 112, 11. 144.
          --ācchādanaṃ, --vastraṃ food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life.
          --āyuḥ (annāyu) consisting of, living by, food, desirous of food (annabaṃdhanaḥ, annajīvanaḥ). --kālaḥ hour of dinner; meal-time.
          --kiṭṭaḥ = -mala q. v.
          --kūṭaḥ a large heap of boiled rice.
          --koṣṭhakaḥ 1. a cupboard; granary. --2. Viṣṇu. --3. the sun.
          --gatiḥ f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. bahiḥsrotas). --gaṃdhiḥ dysentery, diarrhoea.
          --ja, --jāta a. produced from food as the primitive substance.
          --jalaṃ food and water, bare subsistence.
          --tejas a. having the vigour caused by food.
          --da, --dātṛ, --dāyin, --prada a. 1. giving food; vāridastṛptimāpnoti sukhamakṣayyamannadaḥ Ms. 4. 229. --2. epithet of Śiva.
          --dā N. of Durga or Annapūrṇā.
          --dāsaḥ [annena pālito dāsaḥ śāka. ta.] a servant who works for food only, one who becoms a servant or slave by getting food only.
          --devatā the deity supposed to preside over articles of food.
          --doṣaḥ 1. sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms. 5. 4. --2. a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; ālasyādannadoṣācca mṛtyurviprāñ jighāṃsati Ms. 5. 4.
          --dveṣaḥ dislike of food, loss of appetite.
          --patiḥ lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva.
          --pākaḥ cooking of food; digestion of food (by the fire in the stomach).
          --pū a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun.
          --pūrṇa a. filled with, possessed of, food. (
          --rṇā) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); -īśvarī N. of Durga or a form of Bhairavī.
          --peyaṃ = vājapeyaṃ q. v.
          --pralaya a. being dissolved into food after death.
          --prāśaḥ, --prāśanaṃ the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Samskaras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms. 2. 34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar. uṣṭāvaṇa); Ms. 2. 34; Y. 1. 12.
          --brahman, --ātman m. Brahma as represented by food.
          --bhakta a. [annārthaṃ bhaktaḥ dāsaḥ] = annadāsa q. v.
          --bhuj a. eating food, epithet of Śiva.
          --maya a. see below.
          --malaṃ 1. excrement, feces; P. VI. 1. 148 Sk. --2. spirituous liquor; surā vai malamannānāṃ Ms. 11. 94.
          --rakṣā precautions as to eating food.
          --rasaḥ essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; nānāvidhānannarasān vanyamūlaphalāśrayān tebhyo dadau Ram.
          --vastraṃ = -ācchādanaṃ q. v.
          --vikāraḥ 1. transformation of food, assimilation. --2. disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. --3. seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. annādretaḥ saṃbhavati. --vyavahāraḥ the law or custom relating to food, i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons.
          --śeṣaḥ leavings of food, offal.
          --saṃskāraḥ consecration of food.
          --homaḥ a sacrifice (with 10 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice.

annamaya a. (yī f.) Consisting or made of food, composed of or containing boiled rice; -kośaḥ-ṣaḥ the gross material body, the sthūlaśarīra, which is sustained by food and which is the fifth or last vesture or wrapper of the soul; see anna
     (2) above and also kośa; hence, also the material world, the coarsest or lowest form in which Brahma is considered as manifesting itself in the worldly existence. --yaṃ Plenty of food.

annāvṛdh a. [annaṃ vardhate anena vṛdh-karaṇe kvip, pūrvapadadīrghaḥ] Increasing food; Rv. 10. 1. 4.

anya a. [an aghnyādi- ya; anyaḥ, nyasmai, -smāt; n. anyat &c.]
     (1) Another, different, other (bhinna); another, other (generally); sa eva tvanyaḥ kṣaṇena bhavatīti vicitrametat Bh. 2. 40; anyadeva bhāgadheyamete nirvapaṃti S. 2; sarvamanyat everything else; kimutānyahiṃsrāḥ R. 2. 62; changed, altered; saṃpratyanye vayaṃ Bh. 3. 66 quite different persons; oft. in comp. anyasaṃgāt, ananyaparāyaṇa, ananyasādhāraṇa &c.
     (2) Other than, different from, else than (with abl. or as last member of comp.); nāsti jīvitādanyadabhimatataramiha sarvajaṃtūnāṃ K. 35; kosti dhanyo madanyaḥ Bv. 4. 37; utthitaṃ dadṛśe'nyacca kabaṃdhebhyona kiṃcana R. 12 49; kimanyadasyāḥ pariṣadaḥ śrutiprasādanataḥ S. 1; oft. used in addition to ṛte or vinā; ṛte samudrādanyaḥ ko bibharti vaḍavānalaṃ Pt. 5. 35; kiṃ nu khalu me priyādarśanādṛte śaraṇamanyat S. 3.
     (3) Another person, one different from self (opp. sva, ātmīya); vāsaśca dhṛtamanyairna dhārayet Ms. 4. 66.
     (4) Strange, unusual, extraordinary; anya eva sa prakāraḥ K. 168; anyā jagaddhitamayī manasaḥ pravṛttiḥ Bv. 1. 69; dhanyā mṛdanyaiva sā S. D.
     (5) Ordinary, any one; nirātaṃkaḥ kanyāmanyopi yācate Mv. 1. 31; cf. itara.
     (6) Additional, new, more; anyān daśasuvarṇānprayaccha Mk. 2 another ten (coins); anyadanyannalinadalaśayanaṃ K. 157 new and new (changing every now and then); anyasmin divase another day; one of a number (with gen.); anyacca moreover, besides, and again (used to connect sentences together); eka-anya the one the other; Me. 78; see under eka also; anya-anya one-another; anyaḥ karoti anyo bhuṃkte one does, another suffers; anyanmukhe anyannirvahaṇe Mu. 5; anyaduptaṃ jātamanyat Ms. 9. 40, 99; 8. 204; karṇe lagati cānyasya prāṇairanyo viyujyate Pt. 1. 305; anyaducchṛṃkhalaṃ sattvamanyacchāstraniyaṃtritaṃ Śi. 2. 62; anya-anya-anya &c. one, another, third, fourth &c.; jalpaṃti sārdhamanyena paśyaṃtyanyaṃ savibhramāḥ . hṛdgataṃ ciṃtayaṃtyanyaṃ priyaḥ ko nāma yoṣitām Pt. 1. 135; manasyanyadavacasyanyat karmaṇyanyaddurātmanām; (in pl.) kecit-anye some-others; eke-anye-tathānye Ms. 10. 70; 4. 9; 12. 123. [cf. L. alius; Gr. allos for aljos, Zend anya].
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. having a different meaning, sense, or purpose.
          --asādhāraṇa a. not common to others, peculiar.
          --āśrayaṇa a. going or passing over to another.
          --udarya a. born from another. (
          --ryaḥ) a step-mother's son, a half-brother. (
          --ryā) a half-sister.
          --ūḍhā a. married to another; another's wife.
          --kārukā a worm bred in excrement (śakṛtkīṭaḥ). --kṣetraṃ 1. another field. --2. another or foreign territory. --3. another's wife.
          --ga, gāmin a. 1. going to another. --2. adulterous, unchaste; vaṇijāṃ tu kulastrīva sthirā lakṣmīrananyagā Ks. 21. 56; 19. 27.
          --gotra a. of a different family or lineage.
          --citta a. having the mind fixed on some thing or some one else; see -manas. --ja --jāta a. of a different origin.
          --janman n. another life or existence, regeneration, metempsychosis.
          --durvaha a. difficult to be borne by others.
          --devata, --tya, --daivatya a. addressed or referring to another deity (as a Vedic Mantra).
          --dharman a. having another or different property. (
          --rmaḥ) different property or characteristic.
          --dhī a. whose mind is turned away from God.
          --nābhi a. belonging to another family.
          --padārthaḥ 1. another substance. --2. the sense of another word; -pradhāno bahuvrīhiḥ the Bahuvrīhi compound essentially depends on the sense of another word.
          --para a. 1. devoted to another or something else. --2. expressing or referring to something else.
          --puṣṭā,bhṛtā 'reared by another,' epithet of the cuckoo, which is supposed to be reared by the crow (called anyabhṛt); apyanyapuṣṭā pratikūlaśabdā Ku. 1. 45; kalamanyabhṛtāsu bhāṣitaṃ R. 8. 59.
          --pūrvā [anyaḥ patiḥ pūrvo yasyāḥ] 1. a woman already promised or betrothed to another. --2. a remarried widow (punarbhū) see ananyapūrva. --bīja, --bījasamudbhava, --samutpanna an adopted son (born from other parents), one who may be adopted as a son for want of legitimate issue.
          --bhṛt m. a crow (rearing another, it being supposed to sit on the eggs of the cuckoo and to rear its young ones), cf. S. 5. 22.
          --manas, --manaska, --mānasa a. 1. having the mind fixed on something else; inattentive. --2. fickle, versatile, unsteady; anyamanasaḥ striyaḥ H. 1. 111 absentminded; possessed by a demon.
          --mātṛjaḥ a half-brother (born of another mother) Y. 2. 139.
          --rājan, --rāṣṭrīya a. subject to another king or kingdom (Ved.).
          --rūpa a. having another form, changed, altered; padminīṃ vānyarūpāṃ Me. 83. (
          --paṃ) another or changed form; -peṇa in another form.
          --liṃga, ga--ka a. following the gender of another word (i. e. the substantive), an adjective; ūṣavānūṣaro dvāvapyanyaliṃgau Ak.
          --vādin a. 1. giving false evidence. --2. a defendant in general.
          --vāpaḥ the cuckoo leaving the eggs in the nests of other birds.
          --vivardhita a. = puṣṭa a cuckoo.
          --vrata a. following other (than Vedic) observances, devoted to other gods, infidel.
          --śākhaḥ --khakaḥ a Brahmaṇa who has gone over to another school (of religion &c.); an apostate.
          --saṃkrāṃta a. fixed on or transferred to another (woman); -hṛdayaḥ āryaputraḥ M. 3, 4.
          --saṃgamaḥ intercourse with another; illicit intercourse.
          --sādhāraṇa a. common to many others.
          --strī another's wife, a woman not one's own. [In Rhetoric she is considered as one of three chief female characters in a poetical composition, the other two being svīyā and sādhāraṇī strī. anyā may be either a damsel or another's wife. The 'damsel' is one not yet married, who is bashful and arrived at the age of puberty. As 'another's wife' she is fond of festivals and similar occasions of amusement, who is a disgrace to her family and utterly destitute of modesty, see S. D. 108-110]. -gaḥ an adulterer Ms. 8. 386. [Note. Some compounds under anya will be found under ananya.]

anyaka a. Another, other (= anya).

anyat a. (anya n.) Another &c. --ind. Again, moreover, besides &c.
     -- Comp.
          --artha 1. having a different meaning. --2. referring to or expressing another sense. (
          --rthaḥ) a different meaning.
          --āśā desire of something else.
          --āśis f. another's blessing.
          --āsthā devotion or attachment to another.
          --utsuka a. longing for another.
          --rāgaḥ attachment to another.

anyatama a. [anya-ḍatama] (declined like a noun and not a pronoun) One of many, any one out of a large number (with gen. or in comp.); japanvānyatamaṃ vedaṃ Ms. 11. 76; 6. 32, 4. 13; Y. 2. 22, 3. 253; (anyatarānyatamaśabdau avyutpannau prātipadike iti kaiyaṭaḥ).

anyatara a. (declined like a pronoun) One of two (persons or things), either of the two (with gen.); tayormunikumārayoranyataraḥ K. 151; saṃtaḥ parīkṣyānyataradbhajaṃte M. 1. 2 the one or the other; yuvayoranyatarāgacchatu S. 3; Ms. 2. 111.; 9. 171; other, different; anyatara-anyatara the one-the other; anyatarasyāṃ (loc. of -rā) either way, in both ways, optionally; frequently used by Pāṇini in his Sūtras in the sense of vā or vibhāṣā; hṛkroranyatarasyāṃ, ātmanepadeṣvanyatarasyāṃ &c. &c.

anyatarataḥ adv. On one of two sides; -daṃta having teeth on one side.

anyataredyuḥ adv. [anyatarasminnahani-edyus] On either of two days, on one day or on another, P. V. 3. 22.

anyataḥ adv.
     (1) From another; na cānyatastasya śarīrarakṣā R. 2. 4; tīrthodakaṃ ca vahniśca nānyataḥ śuddhimarhataḥ U. 1. 13.
     (2) On one side; anyataḥ-anyataḥ, ekataḥanyataḥ on the one side, on the other side; tapanamaṃḍaladīpitamekataḥ satatanaiśatamovṛtamanyataḥ Ki. 5. 2; ekavastu sakalāni nimittānyato hi manasaḥ pratipattiḥ Nīti.
     (3) To another place, towards some other person or direction; gaṃtavyaṃ vā tato'nyataḥ Ms. 2. 200; anyatopi nayane prerayaṃtyā S. 2. 2; ārye vrajāmonyataḥ R. 6. 82.
     (4) From another ground or motive.
     (5) On the other side; on the contrary.
     (6) Otherwise; in another place, elsewhere.
     -- Comp.
          --araṇyaṃ Ved. a land which is woody here and there.
          --eta, --etas, --enī Ved. variegated or spotted on one side.
          --ghātin a. striking in one direction.
          --vāta a. suffering occasional wind (rheumatism.). (
          --taḥ) a sort of eye-disease.

anyatastyaḥ [anyato bhavaḥ, tyap] An enemy, adversary.

anyatra adv. [anya-tral] (oft. = anyasmin with a subst. or adj. force.)
     (1) Elsewhere, in another place (with abl.); apatyādhikārādanyatra laukikamapatyamātraṃ gotraṃ P. IV. 2. 39 Com.; sometimes with vinā; vinā malayamanyatra caṃdanaṃ na prarohati Pt. 1. 41; (with verbs of motion) to another place.
     (2) On another occasion, at another time than; oft. (in comp.); madhuparke ca yajñe ca piturdaivatakarmaṇi . atraiva paśavo hiṃsyā nānyatretyabravīnmanuḥ Ms. 5. 41.
     (3) Except, without, other than; yathā phalānāṃ jātānāṃ nānyatra patanādbhayaṃ . evaṃ narasya jātasya nānyatra maraṇādbhayaṃ .. Ram. Mv. 6. 8; R. 14. 32; Bg. 3. 9; Y. 1. 215; anyatra naimiṣeyasatrāt V. 5, Ms. 4. 164; oft. with the force of the nom. case; devā anyatraivāśvibhyāṃ sattraṃ niṣeduḥ Kaus. Br. (anyatra = anye).
     (4) Other wise, in another way, in the other case, in the other sense; surājñi deśe rājanvān syāttatonyatra rājavān Ak.; rājanvatī bhūḥ, rājavānanyatra; carmaṇvatī nadī carmavatī anyatra P. VIII. 2. 12, 14 Sk.
     -- Comp.
          --manas --citta a. whose mind is directed to something else, inattentive.

anyathā ind. [anya-prakārārthe thā]
     (1) Otherwise, in another way or manner, in a different manner; yadabhāvi na tadbhāvi bhāvi cenna tadanyathā H. 1; with ataḥ, itaḥ or tataḥ otherwise than, in a manner different from; atonyathā pravṛttistu rākṣaso vidhirucyate Ms. 5. 31; Bg. 13. 11. anyathā-anyathā in one way, in another (different) way; yonyathā saṃtamātmānamanyathā bhāṣate Ms. 4. 255; sattvabhaṃgabhayādrājñāṃ kathayaṃtyanyathā puraḥ . anyathāvivṛtārtheṣu svairālāpeṣu maṃtriṇaḥ Mu. 4. 8. anyathā kṛ
          (a) to do otherwise, change or alter; na hi daivaṃ śakyamanyathā kartumabhiyuktenāpi K. 62; na svabhāvotra martyānāṃ śakyate kartumanyathā Pt. 1. 258; S. 6. 13;
          (b) to act otherwise, violate, transgress, go against; tvayā kadācidapi mama vacanaṃ nānyathā kṛtaṃ Pt. 4;
          (c) to destroy, undo, frustrate, baffle, defeat (hope, plan &c.), kartumakartumanyathākartuṃ samartha īśvaraḥ; mamecchāṃ mānyathā kṛthāḥ Ks. 22. 51; lābhaṃ kuryācca yonyathā Y. 2. 195;
          (d) to make false, falsify; khyāto lokapravādoyaṃ bharatenānyathā kṛtaḥ Ram.; amātyaḥ prāḍvivāko vā yatkuryuḥ kāryamanyathā Ms. 9. 234 to do wrongly; -grah, --man, --saṃbhāvay, samarthay, -vikalpay &c. to take or think to be otherwise, to misunderstand, understand wrongly; alamanyathā gṛhītvā na khalu manasvini mayā prayuktamidaṃ M. 1. 20; alamasmānanyathā saṃbhāvya S. 1; kiṃ māmanyathā saṃbhāvayasi K. 147; S. 3. 19; janonyathā bhartṛmatīṃ viśaṃkate S. 5. 17 suspects to be otherwise (than chaste); -bhū or yā to be otherwise, be changed or altered, be falsified; na me vacanamanyathā bhavitumarhati S. 4; śokārtasya pravṛtto me śloko bhavatu nānyathā Ram.; tayormahātmanorvākyaṃ nānyathā yāti sāṃprataṃ Ram.
     (2) Otherwise, or else, in the contrary case; vyaktaṃ nāsti kathamanyathā vāsaṃtyapi tāṃ na paśyet U. 3; steno'nyathā bhavet Ms. 8. 144; Y. 1. 86, 2. 288; on the other hand, on the contrary.
     (3) Falsely, untruly; kimanyathā bhaṭṭinī mayā vijñāpitapūrvā V. 2; kimanyathā bhaṭṭinyai vijñāpitaṃ M. 4; na khalvanyathā brāhmaṇasya vacanaṃ V. 3; yo nyāyamanyathā brūte sa yāti narakaṃ naraḥ Pt. 3. 107; H. 3. 20; Ms. 8. 90.
     (4) Wrongly, erroneously, badly, as in anyathāsiddha q. v. below; see under 1 also.
     (5) From another motive, cause, or ground; durvāsasaḥśāpādiyaṃ tvayā pratyādiṣṭā nānyathā S. 7. [cf. L. aliuta.].
     -- Comp.
          --anupapattiḥ f. see arthāpatti. --kāraḥ changing, altering. (
          --raṃ) adv. in a different manner, differently P. III. 4. 27.
          --khyātiḥ 1. erroneous conception of the Spirit, title of a philosophical work. --2. wrong conception in general (in phil.).
          --bhāvaḥ alteration, change, being otherwise, difference; bahūnāṃ vyaktīnāmekadeśenānyathābhāvaḥ P. V. 4. 53; change of view or mind; mayi -bhāvo na kartavyaḥ Ch. Up.
          --vādin a. speaking differently or falsely; speaking falsely or inconsistently; (in law) a prevaricator, prevaricating witness.
          --vṛtti a. 1. changed, altered. --2. affected, perturbed; disturbed by strong emotions; meghāloke bhavati sukhinopyanyathāvṛtti cetaḥ Me. 3.
          --siddha a. proved or demonstrated wrongly; (in Nyaya) said of a cause (kāraṇa) which is not the true one, but only refers to accidental and remote circumstances (as the ass employed to fetch clay &c. in the case of a ghaṭa or jar) which do not invariably contribute to the result, see kāraṇa; this anyathā- is said to be of 3 kinds in Tarka K., but 5 are mentioned in Bhaṣa P. 19-22.
          --ddhaṃ, --siddhiḥ f. wrong demonstration; one in which arguments, not being true causes, are advanced; an unessential cause, an accidental or concomitant circumstance Bhaṣa P. 16.
          --stotraṃ satire, irony; Y. 2. 204.

anyathayati Den. P. To change, alter.

anyadā ind.
     (1) At another time, on another occasion, in any other case; anyadā bhūṣaṇaṃ puṃsāṃ kṣamā lajjeva yoṣitām Śi. 2. 44, R. 11. 73.
     (2) Once, one day, at one time, once upon a time.
     (3) Sometimes, now and then.

anyadīya a.
     (1) Belonging to another.
     (2) Being or existing in another.

anyarhi ind. At another time (= anyadā).

anyādṛkṣ --ś --śa a. [anya iva paśyati, anyādṛś, karmakartari ksa, kvin, kañ vā] P. III. 2. 60]
     (1) Of another kind, like another.
     (2) Changed, unusual, strange; yātrāpratinivṛttamanyādṛśaṃ bhavaṃtamavadhārayāmi Māl. 1; anyāśadṛmeva bhagavatyā vacanaṃ 2; being different or otherwise; na khalu anyādṛśeṣu yuṣmādṛśyaḥ pakṣapātinyo bhavaṃti 4; anyādṛśyeva kṣaṇamajaniṣṭa Dk. 106, K. 309; anyādṛśīracanā kasyāpi valīmukhasya Mv. 6 strange.

anyedyuḥ ind. [anya-edyus P. V. 3 22]
     (1) On the other or following day; anyedyurātmānucarasya bhāvaṃ jijñāsamānā R. 2. 26.
     (2) One day, once.

anyedyuṣka a. [anyedyurbhavaḥ, kan] Occurring every day, daily, diurnal; anyedyuṣkamahorātrādekakālaṃ pravartate Suśr. --ṣkaḥ A quotidian fever.

anyonya a. [anya-karmavyatihāre dvitvaṃ, pūrvapade suśca] One another, each other, mutual (treated like a pronoun). In many cases the use of this word corresponds to the use of the word 'each other' or 'one another' in English; anyonyaṃ tāḍayataḥ Mk. 9 they strike each other (anyaḥ anyaṃ tāḍayati). Thus anyaḥ may be regarded as the subject and anyaṃ as the object of the verb, as in English. The second anya may, therefore, in many cases stand in the instr., gen., or loc. cases; anyonyairāhatāḥ saṃtaḥ sasvanurbhīmaniḥsvanāḥ Ram.; anyonyasya vyatilunaṃti P. I. 3. 16 Sk. But there are several instances, especially when anyonya enters into compound, in which the first anya loses all its nominative force and becomes a sort of oblique case, or an irregular com pound of anya and anya, see P. VIII. 1. 12 Sk.; anyonyasyāvyabhīcāraḥ Ms. 9. 101; oft. in comp. and translated by 'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually'; -śobhājananāt Ku. 1. 42; so -kalaha, -darśana, &c. --nyaṃ ind. Mutually. --nyaṃ (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, the 'Reciprocal', in which two things do the same act to each other; anyonyamubhayorekakriyāyāḥ karaṇaṃ mithaḥ . tvayā sā śobhate tanvī tayā tvamapi śobhase . rajanyā śobhate caṃdraścaṃdreṇāpi niśīthinī S. D. 724.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyāsaḥ reciprocal attribution of identity (anyonyatādātmyāropaḥ); jalavyomnā ghaṭākāśo yathā sarvastirohitaḥ . tathā jīve ca kūṭasthaḥ sonyonyādhyāsa ucyate .. --apahṛta a. taken from one another, taken secretly.
          --abhāvaḥ mutual non-existence or negation; one of the two main kinds of abhāva; it is reciprocal negation of identity, essence, or respective peculiarity, and is equivalent to difference (bheda); tādātmyasaṃbaṃdhāvacchinnapratiyogiko'nyonyābhāvaḥ, as ghaṭaḥ paṭo na bhavati; it exists between two notions which have no property in common.
          --āśraya a. mutually dependent. (
          --yaḥ) mutual or reciprocal dependence, support, or connection; reciprocal relation of cause and effect (a term in Nyaya).
          --uktiḥ f. conversation.
          --pakṣanayanaṃ transposition of numbers from one side to another.
          --bhedaḥ mutual dissension or enmity; so -kalaha. --mithunaṃ mutual union.
          --vibhāgaḥ mutual partition of an inheritance made by the sharers (without the presence of any other party).
          --vṛttiḥ f. mutual effect of one thing upon another.
          --vyatikaraḥ --saṃśrayaḥ reciprocal action or influence; mutual relation of cause and effect.

anyaṃga a. Ved. Spotless.

anyā a. Not drying up.

anyāya a. [na. ba.] Unjust, improper; -daṃḍaḥ unjust punishment; -yaḥparadārapṛcchāvyavahāraḥ S. 5. --yaḥ
     (1) Any unjust or unlawful action; see nyāya; nareṣvanyāyavartiṣu Ms. 7. 16 acting unjustly, following evil courses; anyāyena unjustly, improperly; nāpṛṣṭaḥ kasyacid brūyānna cānyāyena pṛcchataḥ Ms. 2. 110.
     (2) Injustice, impropriety.
     (3) Irregularity, disorder.

anyāyin a. Unjust, improper.

anyāyya a.
     (1) Unjust, unlawful.
     (2) Improper, unbecoming, indecorous.
     (3) Not authoritative.

anyūna a. Not defective or deficient, complete, whole, entire; -adhika neither deficient nor superfluous.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. not having a defective limb.

anyokas a. Not residing in one's own house (dwelling in another's).

anyonya See under anya.

anvakṣa a. [anugataḥakṣaṃ iṃdriyaṃ gatisamā.]
     (1) Visible, perceptible.
     (2) Following, close on the heels of, immediately following. --kṣaṃ ind.
     (1) Afterwards, after; āroha tvaṃ ... sītāṃ cāropayānvakṣaṃ Rām.
     (2) Immediately after, forthwith, directly; Y. 3. 21.

anvakṣarasaṃdhiḥ A kind of Vedic Sandhi, that of a vowel and consonant.

anvaṃc a. [anu-aṃc-kvip;] nom. anvaṃṅ m., anvak n. anūcī f.]
     (1) Going after, following; tasmādime anvaṃco māsā yaṃti Śat. Br.; tvāmanvaṃco vayaṃ smasi Ait. Br.
     (2) Lying lengthwise, horizontal; anūci in the rear or behind, from behind; āgacchatonūci gajasya ghaṃṭayoḥ Śi. 12. 34 (pṛṣṭhadeśe).

anvak ind.
     (1) Afterwards.
     (2) From behind; pidadhānamanvagupagamya dṛśau Śi. 9. 76.
     (3) Friendly disposed, favourably; anvagbhūtvā, --bhāvaṃ, --āste becoming friendly disposed P. III. 4. 64 Sk. (agrataḥ pārśvataḥ pṛṣṭhato vānukūlo bhūtvā āste; anvagbhūtvā tiṣṭhati = pṛṣṭhato bhūtvā).
     (4) (with acc.) After; tāṃ ... anvagyayau madhyamalokapālaḥ R. 2. 16 went after or followed her; tamanvagiṃdrapramukhāśca devāḥ Ku. 7. 71.

anvan a. [an-vanip] Following.

anvaya See under anvi.

anvartitṛ m. Ved. An inviter.

anvartha a. [anugataḥ arthaṃ] Having the meaning clear or intelligible, having a meaning easily deducible from the etymology of the word; hence, true to the sense, significant; tathaiva sobhūdanvartho rājā prakṛtiraṃjanāt R. 4. 12; anvarthā tairvasuṃdharā Ki. 11. 64; Śi. 12. 23; anvartha evāyamadhunā pralāpo vartate U. 3.; anvarthatopi nanu rākṣasa rākṣasosi Mu. 5. 7 in the true sense of the word, properly so called.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaṇaṃ literal acceptation of the meaning of a word (opp. to rūḍha or conventional).
          --saṃjñā 1. an appropriate name, a technical term which directly conveys its own meaning; e. g. bhaviṣyaṃtī a name for 'future' is an anvarthasaṃjñā compared with ḷṭ. --2. a proper name the meaning of which is obvious.

anvavakiraṇam Scattering about successively.

anvavacāraḥ Descending and following.

anvavasargaḥ [sṛj-ghañ]
     (1) Slackening, letting loose (opp. āyāma).
     (2) Permission to do as one likes (kāmacārānujñā), one of the senses of api P. I. 4. 96; see api.
     (3) Following one's own will.

anvavasita a. Connected with, bound or fastened to.

anvavāyaḥ A race, family, lineage; anvavāyamavadātamākṛtiḥ Ki. 13. 37.

anvavekṣā Regard, consideration.

anvaṣṭakā [anugato'ṣṭakāṃ] The 9th day of the dark half of the three months following the full moon in mārgaśīrṣa, i. e. pauṣa, māgha and phālguna; pitṝṃścaivāṣṭakāsvarconnityamanvaṣṭakāsuca Ms. 4. 150.

anvaṣṭakyam A Śraddha or any such ceremony performed on the anvaṣṭakā days.

anvaṣṭamadiśam ind. Towards the north-west direction.

anvasta a. [fr. as to throw] Shot or hurled along, shot; interwoven (as in silk); chequered.

anvaham ind. Day after day; every day.

anvākhyā 2 P. To repeat in succession, enumerate.

anvākhyānam
     (1) Subsequent mention or enumeration; an explanation referring to what is mentioned before.
     (2) Section, chapter.

anvācayaḥ [pradhānasya paścādanyaḥ ācīyate bodhyate yatra, ci-ac]
     (1) Statement of a secondary (gauṇa) rite or action after the mention of a primary (pradhāna) one; adding an object of secondary importance to the main object, one of the senses of the particle ca; cānvācaye samāhāre Ak.; anyatarasyānuṣaṃgikatve'nvācayaḥ; as bho bhikṣāmaṭa gāṃ cānaya where going out to beg is enjoined to the beggar as his principal object, and the bringing of a cow (if he can see any) is tack ed on to it as a secondary object.
     (2) Such an object itself.

anvācita a. Secondary, inferior.

anvāje ind. [anu āṃjayatyanena, anuāji-ḍe Tv.] (Used like upāje only with kṛ) So as to assist or support the weak (durbalasya balādhāne); optionally regarded as a preposition; -kṛtya or -kṛtvā supporting, assisting (a weak person); durbalasya balamādhāya P. I. 4. 73 Sk.

anvādiś 6 P. To name or mention again; to mention or refer to in a subsequent place, employ again.

anvādiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Mentioned after or according to; employed again; anvādiṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ anupuruṣaḥ P. VI. 2. 190 Sk.
     (2) (Hence) Inferior, of secondary importance.

anvādeśaḥ Subsequent or repeated mention, referring to what has been previously mentioned; reemployment of the same word in a subsequent part of a sentence, or of the same thing to perform a subsequent operation; ādeśaḥ kathanaṃ anvādeśaḥ anukathanaṃ Kāsi. on P. II. 4. 32. (idaṃ and etad are said to assume the forms ene, enau, enān &c. in the sense of anvādeśa; kiṃcitkāryaṃ vidhātumupāttasya kāryāṃtaraṃ vidhātuṃ punarupādānaṃ anvādeśaḥ; e. g. anena vyākaraṇamadhītaṃ enaṃ chaṃdo'dhyāpaya; anayoḥ pavitraṃ kulaṃ enayoḥ prabhūtaṃ svaṃ Sk.).

anvādhānam [agnisthāpanasya paścādādhānaṃ] Putting on or deposting fuel on the sacred fires.

anvādhiḥ [anu paścādādhīyate, dhā-ki] (In civil law) 1 A bail, deposit or security delivered to a third person to be handed over ultimately to the right owner; arthamārgaṇakāryeṣu anyāsminvacanānmama . dadyāstvamiti yo dattaḥ sa ihānvādhirucyate ...
     (2) A second deposit.
     (3) [anugataḥ saṃtataḥ ādhiḥ] Constant anxiety, remorse, repentance, regret (after the committal of a bad act).

anvādheyaṃ --yakam A sort of strīdhana or woman's property, presented to her after marriage by her husband's or father's family, or by her own relatives; vivāhātparato yacca labdhaṃ bhartṛkulātstriyā . anvādheyaṃ tu taddravyaṃ labdhaṃ pitṛ- (v. l. baṃdhu-) kulāttathā .. Kāty. quoted by Kull. on Ms. 9. 195; Y. 2. 144.

anvāhita = anvādhi q. v.

anvādhyaḥ A class of divinities.

anvāṃtrya a. Ved. Being in the entrails.

anvāyatana a. Latitudinal. --naṃ ind. In the house.

anvāyatta a. Ved. In accordance with (anugata &c.); following after.

anvāyātyā A deity invoked by the verb anvāyā.

anvārabh
     (1) A. To begin, commence.
     (2) To touch; aṃse'dhvaryumanvārabhate Asval.; yadi māṃ saṃspṛśedrāmaḥ sakṛdanvārabheta vā . dhanaṃ vā yauvarājyaṃ vā jīveyamiti me matiḥ Ram.

anvārabdha p. p.
     (1) Touched on the back or on any part of the body; viṣṇoḥ karmāṇīti vācayati rūpamanvārabdhamiti Katy.
     (2) That which has touched or on has been placed the body (as the hand).
     (3) Followed.

anvārabhya pot. p. To be touched along with.

anvāraṃbhaḥ, --bhaṇam Touching, contact, especially touching the yajamāna (the performer of a sacrifice) to make him entitled to the fruits and merits of the holy rite.

anvāraṃbhaṇīyā An initiatory or preliminary ceremony.

anvāruh 1 P. To follow in ascending, especially the funeral pile; to ascend, climb, mount; anvārohacca sugrīvaḥ (giriṃ) Ram.

anvārohaṇam A woman's ascending the funeral pile after or with the body of her husband.

anvās 2 A.
     (1) To be seated near or round; sakhāyamanvāste Mb.; to wait upon, serve, attend upon; sakhībhyāmanvāsyate S. 3; anvāsitamaruṃdhatyā svāhayeva havirbhujaṃ R. 1. 56; to sit after one (acc. of person); tāṃ anvāsya R. 2. 24.
     (2) To perform, as a religious ceremony; saṃdhyāmanvāsya paścimāṃ Ram.

anvāsanam
     (1) Service, attendance, waiting upon, worship.
     (2) Taking a seat after another.
     (3) Regret, sorrow.
     (4) A place of industry, manufactory, work-shop &c.
     (5) An oily or cooling enema.

anvāsīna pres. p. Sitting down after, seated along side of.

anvāhāryaḥ (also --ryaṃ) --ryakaṃ [anu māsi māsi āhriyate, karmaṇi ṇyat]
     (1) A sacrificial gift or offering presented to the priests (Say. anvāharati yajñasaṃbaṃdhidoṣajātaṃ pariharatyanena ityanvāhāryo nāma ṛtvigbhyo deya odanaḥ).
     (2) The monthly Śraddha performed in honor of the manes on the day of new moon; pitṝṇāṃ māsikaṃ śrāddhamanvāhāryaṃ vidurbudhāḥ Ms. 3. 123.
     -- Comp.
          --pacanaḥ the southern sacrificial fire used in the anvāhārya sacrifice.

anvāhika a. (kī f.) Daily, diurnal.

anvāhita = anvādheya q. v.

anvi 2 P. [anu-i]
     (1) To follow, come or go after, succeed; gacchataḥ pṛṣṭhato'nviyāt Ms. 4. 154; enāṃ ... prayatā prātaranvetu R. 1. 90; śunīmanveti śvā Bh. 3. 18; attend, accompany, accrue to; karmaphalaṃ kartāramanveti.
     (2)
          (a) To follow (in grammar or construction); be connected or construed with; dhāturādeśamanveti Mb. see anvaya below.
          (b) To obey, conform to, be guided by; yaścittamanveti parasya Mb.
     (3) To seek; to fall to one's lot (Ved.).

anvayaḥ [i kartari bhāve vā ac]
     (1) Going after, following; also, follower, retinue, attendants; kā tvamekākinī bhīru niranvayajane vane Bk. 5. 66.
     (2) Association, connection, relation; gaṃdhaḥ kaṭukānvayaḥ = kaṭukānvitaḥ.
     (3) The natural order or connection of words in a sentence, construing, grammatical order or relation; padānāṃ parasparākāṃkṣā yogyatā ca, or śabdānāṃ parasparamarthānugamanaṃ; tātparyākhyāṃ vṛttimāhuḥ padārthānvayabodhane S. D; logical connection of words, atra (in the ex. tiṣṭhatu sarpiḥ) sarpiḥśabdasya sthitikriyāyāmanvayaḥ P. VIII. 3. 44 Sk; parasparanirapekṣasyānekasya ekasminnanvayaḥ samuccayaḥ P. II. 2. 29 Sk.
     (4) Drift, tenor, purport.
     (5) Race, family, lineage; raghūṇāmanvayaṃ vakṣye R. 1. 9, 12; 3. 27; 12. 33; anvayaguṇaḥ Mv. 4. 22 virtue of my race.
     (6) Descendants, posterity; tābhya ṛte anvayaḥ Y. 2. 117; sa- along with the family or descendants; Ms. 2. 168; Pt. 1. 27.
     (7) Logical connection of cause and effect, logical continuance; janmādyasya yato'nvayāditarataḥ Bhag.
     (8) Being seen (pratyakṣa); syātsāhasaṃ tvanvayavat prasabhaṃ karma yatkṛtaṃ . niranvayaṃ bhavetsteyaṃ Ms. 8. 332.
     (9) (In Nyaya) Statement of the constant and invariable concomitance of the hetu (middle term) and the sādhya (major term) of an Indian syllogism (hetusādhyayorvyāptiranvayaḥ). In the familiar instance parvato vahnimān dhūmavattvāt the relation yatra yatra dhūmastatra tatra vahniḥ (wherever there is smoke there is fire) is called anvaya or anvayavyāpti, anvaya, in fact, corresponds to the universal A proposition of European logic 'All A is B.' The 'vyatirekavyāpti' means an assertion of the concomitance of the absence of sādhya and the absence of hetu (tadabhāvayoḥ hetvabhāvasādhyābhāvayoḥ vyāptiḥ) and corresponds to the converted A proposition 'All notB is not-A'; or in Sanskrit yatra yatra vahnirnāsti tatra tatra dhūmopi nāsti; and a cause or hetu is said to be connected with its effect by anvayavyatirekavyāpti when both the affirmative and negative relations between the thing to be proved and the cause that proves can be equally asserted; such a Hetu alone makes the argument perfectly sound and incapable of refutation. This process of arriving at the Vyapti or universal proposition corresponds to the methods of Agreement and Difference in Mill's Logic; sādhye niścitamanvayena ghaṭitaṃ Mu. 5. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --āgata a. hereditary; Pt. 1, 3; -taṃ vairaṃ Pt. 3.
          --jñaḥ a genealogist; atha stute baṃdibhiranvayajñaiḥ R. 6. 8.
          --vyatireka (-kau or -kaṃ) 1. positive and negative assertion; agreement and contrariety or difference; see above.
     (2) rule and exception. --vyāptiḥ f. affirmative assertion or agreement, affirmative universal.

anvayavat a.
     (1) Having a connection or consequence, following.
     (2) Belonging to a race or family; born of a noble family, noble, high-born; satyapi anvayavati avarodhajane K. 7.

anvayin a. Connected as with a consequence.

anvita p. p.
     (1) Followed or attended by, in company with, joined by; amātyaputraiḥ savayobhiranvitaḥ R. 3. 28.
     (2) Possessed of, having, possessing, endowed with; full of, seized or struck with, overpowered by; with instr. or in compound; kulānvitaṃ kukulajā niṃdaṃti Pt. 1. 415; dhairya-; guṇa-, vitta-; vismaya- struck with wonder; bhaya-, krodha-, lobha- &c. &c.
     (3) Connected with, linked to, following (as a consequence).
     (4) Connected grammatically; varṇāḥ padaṃ prayogārhānanvitaikārthabodhakāḥ S. D. 9.
     (5) Understood, reached by the mind.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. having a meaning which is easily understood from the context. -vādaḥ-abhidhānavādaḥ a doctrine of the Mīmamsakas that words in a sentence convey meanings not independently or generally, but as connected with one another in that particular sentence; see abhihitānvayavādin under abhidhā and K. P. 2.

anviti a. Won over or favourably disposed by means of a salutation. --tiḥ f. 1 Following.
     (2) Food.

anviṣ 6 P. To desire, seek, search for or after, look out for, seek to get; ataḥ siddhisametābhyāmubhābhyāmanviyeṣa saḥ R. 17. 47. (--4 P.) To seek, search, look out for &c.; na ratnamanviṣyati mṛgyate hi tat Ku. 5. 45; anveṣṭavyo yadasi bhuvane bhūtanāthaḥ śaraṇyaḥ U. 2. 13; to inquire, investigate; kiṃ vṛthā tarkeṇa anviṣyate S. 5. --Caus. To seek, search &c; yāmanveṣayatāṃ prayāṃti satataṃ sarve samāptiṃ guṇāḥ Bh. 3. 10.

anviṣṭa p. p. Desired, sought, searched; yadvāyuranviṣṭamṛgaiḥ kirātaiḥ Ku. 1. 15.

anveṣaḥ, --ṣaṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Search after, seeking for, inquiry into or after, looking out for, watching; vayaṃ tattvānveṣānmadhukara hatāḥ S. 1. 24; nyāya -ṇatatparau Pt. 3. 91; raṃdhrānveṣaṇadakṣāṇāṃ dviṣāṃ R. 12. 11; asyaivānveṣaṇā vartate V. 2.

anveṣaka, anveṣin, anveṣṭṛ a. Searching after, seeking for, inquiring &c; paurā asmadanveṣiṇaḥ S. 1.; anupadyanveṣṭā P. V. 2. 90; aṃtarānveṣī bhavāmi S. 7; R. 12. 54; H. 4. 102.

anvīkṣ 1 A.
     (1) To keep looking or gazing at, keep in view.
     (2) To search, seek for, inquire into; reflect or meditate upon, think of.

anvīkṣaṇaṃ, --kṣā
     (1) Search, seeking for; investigation.
     (2) Reflection; meditation.

anvīta = anvita q. v.

anvīpa a. [anugatā āpo yatra]
     (1) Near the water, situated near water.
     (2) Attainable or friendly.

anvṛcam ind. Verse after verse.

ap f. [āp-kvip-hrasvaśca] Uṇ. 2. 58] (Declined in classical language only in pl.; āpaḥ, apaḥ, adbhiḥ, adbhyaḥ apāṃ and apsu, but in singular and pl. in Veda)
     (1) Water (regarded in Ved. as sacred divinities, āpo devīḥ); khāni caiva spṛśedadbhiḥ Ms. 2. 60. Water is generally considered to be the first of the 5 elements of creation, as in apa eva sasarjādau tāsu bījamavāsṛjat Ms. 1. 8, S. 1. 1; but in Ms. 1. 78 it is said to have been created from jyotis or tejas after manas, ākāśa, vāyu and jyotis or agni; jyotiṣaśca vikurvāṇādāpo rasaguṇāḥ smṛtāḥ . adbhyo gaṃdhaguṇā bhūmirityeṣā sṛṣṭirāditaḥ ..
     (2) Air, the intermediate region.
     (3) The star S virginis. For the changes of ap at the end of comp. see P. V. 4. 74, VI. 3. 97-98. [cf. L. aqua, Gr. appos; Lith. uppe, Goth. ahva; Pers. ab; Zend ap; Old Germ. aha].
     -- Comp.
          --kṛtsnaṃ deep meditation by means of water.
          --caraḥ an aquatic animal.
          --patiḥ 1. 'Lord of waters', N. of Varuṇa. --2. the ocean. For other comps. see s. v.

apām enters into several compounds; e. g. apāṃsaṃvartaḥ destruction of the world by water; apāṃvatsaḥ 'calf of waters', N. of a star; apāṃnapāt, -naptā, -napttriya, -garbha, apānnapāt, aponapāt Ved. N. of Agni or fire as sprung from water; cf. Ms. 9. 321; apāṃpatiḥ, nidhiḥ nāthaḥ, appatiḥ lord of waters, the ocean; N. of Varuṇa; apāṃpittaṃ, appittaṃ fire.

apa ind. [na pāti rakṣati patanāt pā-ḍa Tv.]
     (1) (As a prefix to verbs it means)
          (a) Away, away from, denoting viyoga; apayāti, apanayati;
          (b) deterioration (vikṛti); apakaroti does wrongly or badly;
          (c) opposition, negation, contradiction (viparīta); apakarṣati, apacinoti;
          (d) direction or mention or illustration (nidarśana); apādiśati;
          (e) exclusion (varjana); apavah, apasṛ caus;
          (f) joy, merriment or laughter (ānada); apahasati;
          (g) concealment or denial (caurya); apalapati, apavadate.
     (2) As first member of Tat. or Bahuvrīhi comp. it has all the above senses; apayānaṃ, apakarma, apapāṭhaḥ; apaśabdaḥ a bad or corrupt word; -bhī fearless; -kalmaṣa stainless; aparāgaḥ discontent (opp. to anurāga); -meghodayaṃ varṣaṃ Ku. 6. 54 &c. In most cases apa may be translated by 'bad', 'inferior', 'corrupt,' 'wrong', unworthy' &c. It also means 'going downwards' as in apānaḥ.
     (3) As a separable preposition (with a noun in the abl.)
          (a) away from; yatsaṃpratyapa lokebhyo laṃkāyāṃ vasatirbhayāt Ram;
          (b) without, on the outside of; apa hareḥ saṃsāraḥ Sk.;
          (c) with the exception of, excepting; apa trigartebhyo vṛṣṭo devaḥ Sk. on the outside of, with the exception of. In these senses apa may form adverbial compounds also (P. II. 1. 12); -viṣṇu saṃsāraḥ Sk. without Viṣṇu; -trigartaṃ vṛṣṭo devaḥ excepting T. &c. It also implies negation, contradiction &c.; -kāmaṃ -śaṃkaṃ. The senses of this word as given by G. M. may be thus put in verse; varjane vikṛtau caurye viparītaviyogayoḥ . apakṛṣṭe ca nirdeśe harṣe cāpaḥ prayujyate. [cf. L. ab; Gr. apo; Goth. af. Eng. of or off; Zend apa].

apakalaṃkaḥ A deep, indelible stain.

apakāmaḥ Ved. Abhorrence, aversion, abominableness; absence of what is dear. --maṃ ind. Unwillingly, against one's will.

apakṛ 8 U.
     (1) To carry or bear away, remove, drag away, insult by dragging away; yo'pacakre vanātsītāṃ Bk. 8. 20 bore forcibly away.
     (2) To hurt, injure, wrong, harm, do harm or injury to (usually with gen. of person); āpadi yenāpakṛtaṃ Pt. 4. 16; Śi. 14. 78; na kiṃcinmayā tasyāpakartuṃ śakyaṃ Pt. 1; kiṃ tasyā mayāpakṛtaṃ 4 what harm have I done to her? kiṃ ca rākṣasarājasya rāmeṇāpakṛtaṃ purā Ram.; sometimes with acc. or loc. also; atha vā saunikāḥ kecidapakuryuryudhiṣṭhiraṃ Mb.; kimiva bata nāpyanyapakṛtaṃ Bh. 3. 115; na pareṣu mahaujasaśchalādapakurvaṃti malimlucā iva Śi. 16. 52. --Caus. To harm, injure &c.

apakaraṇam
     (1) Acting improperly.
     (2) Doing wrong, injuring; ill-treating, offending.

apakartṛ a.
     (1) Injurious, doing harm or injury, offensive.
     (2) Hostile, inimical. --m. An enemy.

apakarman a. [bahu. sa.] Of bad or degraded actions, corrupted, depraved. --n (-rma)
     (1) Discharge, paying off (of a debt); dattasyānapakarma ca Ms. 8. 4.
     (2) An improper or unworthy act; evil doing, conduct, or course, any degrading or impure act.
     (3) Wickedness, violence, oppression.
     (4) Incompetence, laziness.

apakāraḥ
     (1) Harm, wrong, injury, hurt, offence, misdeed, wrong deed (opp. apakāra); svalpenāpyapakāreṇa brāhmaṇyamiva duṣyati Pt. 1. 66; upakartrāriṇā saṃdhirna mitreṇāpakāriṇā . upakārāpakārau hi lakṣyaṃ lakṣaṇametayoḥ Śi. 2. 37; apakāropyupakārāyaiva saṃvṛttaḥ. &c.
     (2) Thinking ill of, desire to offend or hurt (aniṣṭaciṃtā).
     (3) Wickedness, violence, oppression, enmity.
     (4) A mean or degraded action.
     -- Comp.
          --arthin a. meaning to harm, malevolent, malicious.
          --gir f. (
          --gīḥ), --śabdaḥ abusive words, menacing or insulting speech; bhartsanaṃ tvapakāragīḥ Ak.

apakāraka, --kārin a. Injuring, doing harm or wrong to, mischievous, offending, harmful, hurtful, injurious; Pt. 1. 95, Śi. 2. 37. --kaḥ, --rī An evil-doer (opp. upaṃkārī), enemy; apakāriṣu yaḥ sādhuḥ sa sādhuḥ sadbhirucyate H. 1; an- harmless, not harmful.

apakṛta p. p.
     (1) Injured, wronged, wickedly or maliciouly committed &c.
     (2) Done or practised as a degrading or impure act, as funeral rites. --taṃ An injury, harm, offence.

apakṛtiḥ f., apakṛtyaṃ
     (1) Harm, injury, hurt, damage, offence.
     (2) Opposition, enmity.
     (3) A degrading or impure act.

apakriyā
     (1) Hurt, injury, disservice; fault, wrong or faulty deed, misdeed; caturthopāyasādhye tu śatrau sāṃtvamapakriyā Śi. 2. 54; Ki. 13. 64 fault.
     (2) Paying or clearing off (debts).

apakṛṣ 1 P., 6 U.
     (1)
          (a) To draw back or away, draw off or aside, drag down, drag away, take or carry off, take or draw out, extract; ānāyibhistāmapakṛṣṭanakrāṃ R. 16. 55 drawn out; daṃtāgrabhinnamapakṛṣya nirīkṣate ca Rs. 4. 14 pulling off or back.
          (b) To take or carry away, remove; dhairyaṃ śoko'pakarṣati Rām.; kiṃtvanuṣṭhānanityatvaṃ svātaṃtryamapakarṣati U. 1. 8, Mv. 4. 33 prevents or interferes with freedom of action; kṣātraṃtejopakarṣati Mv. 1. 32 destroys, robs one of.
     (2) To diminish, decrease, omit; apakarṣedevaṃ yāvatpaṃcadaśa Suśr.
     (3) To bend (as a bow); dhanuḥ śreṣṭhamapakṛṣya Mb.
     (4) To lower or debase, dishonour, detract from, lessen the value of, disparage; pīḍayan bhṛtyavargaṃ hi ātmānamapakarṣati Mb.
     (5) To bring or draw backwards; anticipate (as a word in a sentence) what occurs later on; agrimasūtrasthaṃ sarvatragrahaṇamihāpakṛṣyate P. IV. 1. 17 Com. --Caus. To remove, take away, lessen, diminish, detract from; kāvyasyātmabhūtaṃ rasamapakarṣayaṃtaḥ kāvyasyāpakarṣakāḥ (doṣāḥ) ucyaṃte S. D. 1.

apakarṣaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Drawing off or down; diminution, decrease, reduction; medo'pakarṣāt Dk. 160; loss, decay, decline, destruction; tejopakarṣaḥ Ve. 1; deterioration, inferiority; utkarṣāpakarṣavihīno madhyaḥ Sk.
          (b) Dishonour, degradation, lowering (of esteem), infamy, disgrace (opp. utkarṣa in all senses); tapobījaprabhāvaistu te gacchaṃti yuge yuge . utkarṣaṃ cāpakarṣaṃ ca manuṣyeṣviha janmataḥ .. Ms. 10. 42; mūlyotkarṣa- rise and fall in price, increase and decrease.
     (2) Anticipated performance of a duty, as of a Śraddha.
     (3) Anticipation of a word occurring later on (in gram., poetry or Mīmamsa &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --samaḥ a sort of fallacy; e. g. sound has not the quality of shape, as a jar, so sound and a jar have no qualities in common.

apakarṣaka a.
     (1) Drawing or taking off or down, removing.
     (2) Lessening, diminishing, detracting from; doṣāstasya (kāvyasya) apakarṣakāḥ S. D. 1.

apakarṣaṇa a. Taking or drawing away, removing, diminishing (opp. vardhaka); na cāsti sadṛśaṃ tena kiṃcitsthaulyāpakarṣaṇaṃ Suśr. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Removing, taking away; drawing away or down, depriving (one) of, drawing out, extracting.
     (2) Lessening, making inferior, detraction.
     (3) Superseding.
     (4) Denying; abolishing.

apakṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Drawn or taken away, removed; apakṛṣṭaścāṇakyāccaṃdraguptaḥ Mu. 4 severed, alienated, estranged, cut off; so nṛpopakṛṣṭaḥ sacivāt 4. 14; extracted, drawn out, dragged, lost, diminished, brought down, depressed, lowered &c.
     (2) Drawn or attracted by; sarvaṃ daivāpakṛṣṭaṃ manyate yudhiṣṭhiraḥ Ve. 5, dependent on, or the work of, Fate.
     (3) Low, vile, base, inferior, mean (opp. utkṛṣṭa); na kaścidvarṇānāmapathamapakṛṣṭopi bhajate S. 5. 10; patiṃ hitvā'pakṛṣṭaṃ svamutkṛṣṭaṃ yā niṣevate Ms. 5. 163; 8. 281; 9. 24; sahāpakṛṣṭairmahatāṃ na saṃgataṃ Ki. 14. 22. --ṣṭaḥ A crow.
     -- Comp.
          --cetana a. mentally debased or corrupted, low-minded.
          --jāti a. of a low tribe or origin.

apakṝ 6. P. To scatter, spout out (water); apakirati kusumaṃ; gajo'pa kirati Sk.
     (2) To scrape with the feet (for food &c.) through joy, said of quadrupeds and birds, (changed to apaskṛ A, in this sense apāccatuṣpācchakuniṣvālekhane suṭ P. VI. 1. 142) apāskirate vṛṣo hṛṣṭaḥ, kukkuṭo bhakṣārthī, śvā āśrayārthī ca Sk; śṛṃgairapaskīrṇamahattaṭībhuvāṃ Śi. 12. 74 scratched; chāyāpaskiramāṇaviṣkira &c. U. 2. 9.

apakiraṇam Scattering about &c.

apakauśalī News, information.

apaktiḥ f.
     (1) Unripeness, immaturity.
     (2) Indigestion.

apakva a. Unripe, immature, undigested (as food); uncooked, raw.

apakram 1 P.
     (1) To go away, run away, fly, escape, flee away, leave, retreat, retire (from); nagarādapakrāṃtaḥ Mu. 1; rākṣaso'pakrāmannupekṣitaḥ 3 while escaping.
     (2) To glide away, pass away, (as time).
     (3) To measure off by steps or by pacing.

apakramaḥ
     (1) Going away, flight, escape, retreat.
     (2) The place or limit to which one may retreat; vikṣipatyeṣa vikṣepaṃ caṃdrādīnāmapakramāt Sūrya S.
     (3) Gliding or passing away (of time. --a. [apagataḥ kramo yasmāt]
     (1) Without order
     (2) Irregular, in wrong order.

apakramaṇaṃ, --krāmaḥ Retreat, retiring, flight, escape &c.

apakramin a. Going forth or away; not going fast, true.

apakrośaḥ Abuse, reviling.

apakṣa a.
     (1) Without wings or the power of flight.
     (2) Not belonging to the same side or party.
     (3) Having no adherents or friends.
     (4) Opposed to, adverse.
     -- Comp.
          --pātaḥ impartiality.
          --pātin a. impartial.

apakṣi 1. 5. 9. P. To bring to an end, destroy, annihilate. --pass. To decline, decay, waste away; wane (as the moon).

apakṣayaḥ Decline, decay, wane.

apakṣīṇa p. p. Declined, wasted, waned.

apakṣip 6 P. To throw away or down, take away, remove.

apakṣepaḥ, --kṣepaṇam
     (1) Casting away or throwing down.
     (2) Throwing or putting down, one of the 5 kinds of karman in the Vaiśeṣika phil., see karman.

apagaṃḍaḥ One who has attained his mojority; see apogaṃḍa.

apagam 1 P.
     (1) To go away, depart; pass away, elapse (as time); K. 73; tanmukhācchāyāpagatā H. 3; saṃpado nāpagacchaṃti Pt. 3. 8.
     (2) To fall off or down; go away, vanish, disappear.

apaga a. Going, turning away. --gā A river (wrongly for āpagā).

apagata p. p.
     (1) Gone away, departed, passed away, gone off; being remote; oft. as first member of comp. in the sense of 'free from', 'devoid of'; -anyavyāpārāḥ K. 43 having no other duties; -matsara 45; 47, 157, 164, 207, 211; -nimeṣeṇa cakṣuṣā 154 devoid of twinkling or winking; -male manasi 102.
     (2) Dead, deceased.

apagamaḥ, --manam
     (1) Going away or off, departure, separation; samāgamāḥ sāpagamāḥ H. 4. 65.
     (2) Falling off, going away, removal, disappearance; nimittamuddiśya hi yaḥ prakupyati bhruvaṃsa tasyāpagame prasīdati .. Pt. 1. 283; tvatsaṃrodhāpagagaviśadaiścaṃdrapādaiḥ Me. 70; purāṇapatrāpagamādanaṃtaraṃ R. 3. 7; lapse, passing away; katipayadivasāpagame K. 66, 193.
     (3) Death, decease.

apagatiḥ f. A bad fate(going to hell &c.); yena cāpagatirbhavet Pt. 2. 108.

apagaraḥ [apa-niṃdārthe gṝ bhāve ap]
     (1) Censure, reviling (niṃdā); abhigarāpagarau Katy.
     (2) One who reviles or says what is disagreeable, reviler.

apagarjita a. Thunderless (as a cloud).

apagopura a. Deprived of its gateways (as a town).

apagalbha a. Ved.
     (1) Wanting in boldness, abortive.
     (2) Being on the side, lateral.
     (3) Separated from the oldest by one.

apaguṇaḥ A demerit, fault; Śi. 15. 32.

apagur 6 A.
     (1) To disapprove, reject.
     (2) To threaten, menace; revile, censure, reproach, rail at.
     (3) To deprive of.

apagāraṃ --goram ind. Having raised or lifted up; asyapagoraṃ-gāraṃ yudhyaṃte P. VI. 1. 53 Sk. lifting their swords.

apaguh 1 U. To hide, conceal.

apagohaḥ Ved. A hiding place, disappearance, concealment.

apaghanaḥ [apahanyate saṃhatya karma kṛtvā viyujyate, han-ap-ghanādeśaḥ P. III 3. 77]. A limb or member of the body, as a hand or foot (apaghanoṃ'gam III. 3. 81; aṃgaṃ śarīrāvayavaḥ sa ca na sarvaṃ kiṃ tu pāṇiḥ pādaścetyāhuḥ Sk. and Kāśikā); but it is also used in the sense of 'the body'; lauhodghanaghanaskaṃdhā lalitāpaghanāṃ striyaṃ Bk. 7. 62 (where the commentators take apaghana to mean the body itself). --a. Free from the obstruction of clouds, cloudless.

apaghātaḥ
     (1) Striking or cutting off, warding off, preventing.
     (2) Killing.
     (3) A violent death, any evil accident proving fatal.

apaghātin a. Killing, murdering.

apacaḥ [paktumaśaktaḥ Sk.]
     (1) Unable to cook, or one who does not cook for himself.
     (2) A bad cook, a term of abuse (ākrośe); apaco jālmaḥ P. VI. 2. 157-8 Sk.

apacar 1 P.
     (1) To depart.
     (2) To go astray, transgress; offend, commit a fault, act wrongly; yo yasteṣāmapacarettamācakṣīta vai dvijaḥ Mb.; tadaṃganāsvapācarannareṃdraḥ Dk. 162 outraged.

apacarita p. p. Gone away, departed; deceased. --taṃ A fault, wrong or wicked deed, misdeed; āhosvitprasavo mamāpacaritairviṣṭaṃbhito vīrudhāṃ S. 5. 9.

apacāraḥ
     (1) Departure; death; siṃhaghoṣaśca kāṃtakāpacāraṃ nirbhidya Dk. 72.
     (2) Want, absence.
     (3) A fault; offence, misdeed, improper conduct, crime; śiṣyo gurāviva kṛtaprathamāpacāraḥ Mv. 4. 20; na rājāpacāramaṃtareṇa U. 2 (v. l. for -aparādhaṃ); rājanprajāsu te kaścidapacāraḥ pravartate R. 15. 47.
     (4) Injurious or hurtful conduct, injury, Ve. 4. 10.
     (5) A defect, flaw, failure, deficiency; nāpacāramagaman kvacitkriyāḥ Śi. 14. 32; mistake, omission (to do a thing) (lopa); mahādhvare vidhyapacāradoṣaḥ Ki. 16. 48.
     (6) Unwholesome or improper regimen (apathya); kṛtāpacāropi parairanāviṣkṛtavikriyaḥ . asādhyaḥ kurute kopaṃ prāpte kāle gado yathā .. Śi. 2. 84 (where a- also means hurt or injury).

apacārin a. Offending, doing wrong; wicked, bad; bhāryāpacāriṇī Ms. 8. 317 a faithless wife.

apacāy 1 A.
     (1) To fear.
     (2) To respect, honour, worship.

apacāyita a. Feared, honoured.

apaci 3 P.
     (1) To honour, respect.
     (2) To invite respectfully.
     (3) (5 U.) To gather, collect. --pass.
     (1) To be reduced in strength or bulk, sink, waste away; apacitamapi gātraṃ vyāyatatvādalakṣyaṃ S. 2. 9 reduced in bulk, emaciated, lean; to wane, decline, diminish, grow less; rājahaṃsa tava saiva śubhratā cīyate na ca na cāpacīyate K. P. 10.
     (2) To fall away from, be deprived of, lose (with abl.) prakṛtiḥ sūyate tadvadānaṃtyānnāpacīyate Mb.

apacayaḥ
     (1) Diminution, decrease, decay, decline, fall (fig. also.); kaphāpacayaḥ Dk. 160; tenāsyāpacayaṃ yāṃti vyādhermūlānyaśeṣataḥ Suśr.; H. 3. 130; defeat Mv. 2. 13.
     (2) Loss, privation, failure, defect; H. 3. 133.
     (3) N. of several planetary mansions.

apacita p. p.
     (1) Reduced in bulk, decreased, wasted, expended &c.; emaciated, thin, lean.
     (2) Honoured, respected, saluted --taṃ Honouring.

apacitiḥ f. (P. VII. 2. 30 Vart.)
     (1) Loss, decay, decline, destruction.
     (2) Expense.
     (3) Atonement, amends, compensation, expiation of sin.
     (4) Exclusion.
     (5) Punishing.
     (6) N. of a daughter of Marīchi.
     (7) Honouring, worshipping, showing reverence, worship; vihitāpacitirmahībhṛtā Śi. 16. 9 (where it also means loss, destruction hāni), 1. 17; 15. 34; K. 324; Ki. 6. 46; 11. 9.

apācit f. A noxious flying insect; that which causes decay.

apacī [apakṛṣṭaṃ pacyate asau, pac karmakartari ac gaurā- ṅīṣ] A disease in which the glands of the neck are enlarged and swollen.

apacchatra a. Without a parasol or umbrella.

apacchāya a. [apagatā chāyā yasmāt]
     (1) Shadowless.
     (2) Having a bad or unlucky shadow.
     (3) Devoid of brightness, dim. --yaḥ One that has no shadow, i. e. a god; cf. N. 14. 21; śriyaṃ bhajaṃtāṃ kiyadasya devāśchāyā nalasyāsti tathāpi naiṣām . itīrayaṃtīva tayā niraikṣi sā (chāyā) naiṣadhe na tridaśeṣu teṣu .. --yā An unlucky shadow, apparition, phantom.

apacchedaḥ --danam
     (1) Cutting off or away.
     (2) Loss.
     (3) Interruption.

apacyu 1 A.
     (1) To fall off, go away or off, withdraw, desert.
     (2) To perish, die.

apacyavaḥ Going or coming out (nirgama); Rv. 1. 28. 3.

apacyuta p. p. Fallen off; departed, perished; melted away.

apajātaḥ A bad son who has turned out ill; one inferior to his parents in qualities; mātṛtulyaguṇo jātastvanujātaḥ pituḥ samaḥ . atijātodhikastasmādapajāto'dhamādhamaḥ ..

apajargurāṇa a. (apagṝ-yaṅluk cānaś) Ved. Accustomed to take off or remove the covering &c. (ācchādanādimocanaśīla) Rv. 5. 29. 4.

apaji 1 P. To defeat, conquer; turn off or away, avert, ward or keep off; yena mṛtyumapajayati Śat. Br.

apajayaḥ Defeat, overthrow.

apajñā 9 A. To deny, disown, repudiate, dissemble, conceal; śatamapajānīte P. I. 3. 44 Sk. (apalapati); ātmānamapajānānaḥ śaśamātro'nayaddinaṃ Bk. 8. 26 concealing himself.

apajñānam Denying, concealing.

apaṃcīkṛtam A simple elementary substance not made of the five (paṃca) gross elements; the five subtle elements; paṃcaprāṇamanobuddhidaśeṃdriyasamanvitaṃ apaṃcīkṛtabhūtotthaṃ sūkṣmāṃgaṃ bhogasādhanam .. Vedanta. P.

apaṭāṃtara a.
     (1) Not separated (by a curtain or screen).
     (2) Adjoining, contiguous (= apadāṃtara).

apaṭī [alpaḥ paṭaḥ paṭī, na. ta.]
     (1) A screen or wall of cloth, particularly the screen or kanāt surrounding a tent.
     (2) A curtain.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣepaḥ (apaṭakṣepaḥ) tossing aside the curtain; -kṣepeṇa (= akasmāt) 'with a (hurried) toss of the curtain', frequently occurring as a stage-direction and denoting precipitate entrance on the stage which arises from fear, hurry, agitation &c., as when a character tossing up the curtain suddenly enters without the usual introduction tataḥ praviśati &c.

apaṭu a.
     (1) Not clever or skilful, slow, dull awkward, uncouth.
     (2) Ineloquent (as a speaker).
     (3) Sick.

apaṭha a. Unable to read; not reading; a bad reader; cf. apaca.

apaṃḍita a. Not learned or wise, foolish, ignorant; vibhūṣaṇaṃ maunamapaṃḍitānām Bh. 2. 7.
     (2) Wanting in skill, taste, appreciation &c.

apaṇya a. Not saleable (the Smṛtis name several things which ought not to be sold by particular persons and on particular occasions); jīvikārthe cāpaṇye P. V. 3. 99.

apataṃtrakaḥ [apagataṃ taṃtraṃ bhiṣajāmadhīnatā yatra kap Tv.] A kind of vātaroga, spasmodic contraction of the body or stomach.

apatānakaḥ [apakramya aṃtarāṃtarā tanute tan kartari ṇvul] Spasmodic contraction with occasional convulsive fits; sopatānakasaṃjño yaḥ pātayatyaṃtarāṃtarā Suśr.

apatānakin a. Affected with spasmodic contraction.

apati, tika a. Without a master; without a husband, unmarried. --tiḥ Ved. Not a master or husband.

apatnī Unmarried, without a husband.

apatnīka a.
     (1) Without a wife (when she is either absent or dead).
     (2) To be performed without the company of a wife; apatnīkaḥ pitṛyajñaḥ Katy.

apatīrtha A bad Tīrtha or place of pilgrimage.

apatṛp 10 P. To cause to fast or starve.

apatarpaṇam
     (1) Fasting (in sickness).
     (2) Absence of satisfaction.

apatyam [na pataṃti pitaro'nena, pat bāhu- karaṇe yat, na. ta.; some derive it from apa, the termination tya being added to it, as in tatratya, atratya, sprung from a stock; Yaska gives two etymologies: apatyaṃ kasmāt apatataṃ bhavati pituḥ sakāśādetya pṛthagiva tataṃ bhavati, anena jātena satā pitā narake na patatīti vā] Offspring, child, progeny, issue (of animals and men); offspring in general (male or female); sons or grandsons and other later generations of a Gotra; apatyaṃ pautraprabhṛti gotraṃ P. IV. 1. 162; apatyairiva nīvārabhāgadheyocitairmṛgaiḥ R. 1. 50. (Bhavabhūti calls an apatya 'a knot for tying parents together' anyonyasaṃśleṣaṇaṃpitroḥ; aṃtaḥkaraṇatattvasya daṃpatyoḥ snehasaṃśrayāt . ānaṃdagraṃthirekoyamapatyamiti badhyate .. U. 3. 17).
     (2) A partronymic affix; strīpuṃsayorapatyāṃtāḥ Ak.; -adhikāraprakaraṇaṃ Sk.
     -- Comp.
          --kāma a. desirous of progeny.
          --jīvaḥ N. of a plant.
          --da a. giving offspring (as a Mantra &c.). (
          --dā) N. of a plant (garbhadātrīvṛkṣa). --pathaḥ the vulva.
          --pratyayaḥ a patronymic affix.
          --vikrayin m. a seller of his children, a father who sells his girl for money to a bridegroom.
          --śatruḥ [apatyaṃ śatrurgarbhabhedanena nāśakaṃ yasyāḥ sā] 1. 'having the child for its enemy', a crab (said to die in proḍuciṅg young). --2. a serpent.
          --sāc a. Ved. accompanied with offspring.

apatra a. Leafless, without wings &c. --traḥ
     (1) The shoot of bamboo; a sprout in general (tadavasthāyāṃ tayoḥ patraśūnyatayotpattestathātvaṃ).
     (2) A tree the leaves of which have fallen off.
     (3) A bird without wings.

apatrap 1 A. To be ashamed, be bashful, hang down the face through shame; (with instr. of person or thing); yenāpatrapate sādhurasādhustena tuṣyati Mb; ya ātmanāpatrapate bhṛśaṃ naraḥ sa sarvalokaṃsya gururbhavatyuta ibid; tasmādbalairapatrepe Bk. 14. 84 turned away from with shame.

apatrapa a. Shameless, impudent. --pā-paṇaṃ
     (1) Shame, bashfulness.
     (2) Embarrassment.

apatrapiṣṇu a. [apatrap-iṣṇuc] Bashful; Śi. 8. 46.

apatrasta p. p. Afraid of, deterred from; taraṃgāpatrastaḥ (slightly) afraid of waves; P. II. 1. 38 Sk.

apatha a. [nāsti paṃthā yatra] Pathless, roadless; -tho deśaḥ, -thā nagarī &c. --thaṃ, --thaḥ (also apaṃthāḥ P. V. 4. 72, II. 4. 30)
     (1) Not a way, absence of a way or road, pathless state; a bad or wrong road (lit.); (fig.) irregularity, deviation, a moral irregularity or deviation, a wrong road, bad or evil course; apathe padamarpayaṃti hi śrutavaṃtopi rajonimīlitāḥ R. 9. 74; 17. 54; na kaścidvarṇānāmapathamapakṛṣṭopi bhajate S. 5. 10 follows evil ways; kāritastvamapathe pada mayā Ki. 13. 45, 64.
     (2) Heresy, heterodoxy (in opinions).
     (3) The vulva. --thā N. of several plants. --thaṃ ind. By or in the wrong way, astray; apathaṃ vartate Sk.
     -- Comp.
          --gāmin a. pursuing evil courses; heretical.
          --prapanna a. taking to evil ways (as man); spent or used out of place, misapplied, misspent (as money &c.); H. 3. 123.

apathya a. [na. ta.]
     (1) Unfit, unsuited, improper, inconsistent, obnoxious; akāryaṃ kāryasaṃkāśamapathyaṃ pathyasaṃmitaṃ Rām.
     (2) (In medicine) Unwholesome, unsalutary (as food, regimen &c.); saṃtāpayaṃti kamapathyabhujaṃ na rogāḥ H. 3. 117; bhavati puruṣasya vyādhirmaraṇaṃ sevite apathye, rājāpathye punaḥ sevite sakalakulaṃ naśyati Mu. 6.
     (3) Bad, unlucky.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. an offender; evamapathyakāriṣu tīkṣṇadaṃḍo rājā; rāja -rī kṣapaṇakaḥ; anubhava rājāpathyakāritvasya phalaṃ Mu. 1 an enemy or traitor to the king.

apad --pād a. (padī f) [na padyate jñāyate. pad-kvip-na. ta.]
     (1) Incomprehensible, unknowable.
     (2) Having no feet, footless.

apada a.
     (1) Footless.
     (2) Having no office or post. --daḥ A reptile. --daṃ 1 No place or abode.
     (2) A wrong or bad place or abode; wrong timer ciramapade śaṃkito'smi M. 1 my doubts were out of place, ill-founded; grema paśyati bhayānyapadopi Ki. 9. 70 unreasonably.
     (3) A word which is not a pada or an inflected word.
     (4) Ether.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtara a. adjoining, contiguous, very near. (
          --raṃ) proximity, contiguity.
          --ruhā, --rohiṇī N. of a parasitical plant.

apadakṣiṇam ind. To the left side.

apadama a. 1 Without self-restraint.
     (2) Of wavering fortune.

apadava a. Free from forest fire.

apadaśa a. Far from ten.

apadānaṃ --dānakam [apadāyati pariśudhyati yena karmaṇā, dai karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) Pure conduct, approved course of life; (pariśuddhācaraṇaṃ).
     (2) A great or noble work, excellent work (perhaps for avadānaṃ q. v.).
     (3) A work well or completely done, an accomplished work.

apadārthaḥ
     (1) Nothing, non-entity.
     (2) Not the meaning of words actually used in a sentence; apadārthopi vākyārthaḥ samullasati K. P. 2.

apadiś 6 P.
     (1) To point out, indicate, show; tadāgatitvenāhamapadeśyaḥ Dk. 60; assign, allot.
     (2) To declare, put forward, adduce, communicate; announce, say, tell; inform against, accuse; apadiśyāpadeśyaṃ ca Ms. 8. 54.
     (3) To feign, prctend, hold out or plead as a pretext or excuse; mitrakṛtyamapadiśya R. 19. 31, 32, 54; śiraḥśūlasparśanamapadiśan Dk. 56 pleading head-ache as an excuse.
     (4) To refer to, have reference to; rahasi bhartrā madgotrāpadiṣṭā Dk. 102 referred to, called by the name of.

apadeśaḥ
     (1) Statement, adducing (upadeśa); pointing out, mentioning the name of; naiṣa nyāyo yaddāturapadeśaḥ Dk. 60; hetvapadeśāt pratijñāyāḥ punarvacanaṃ nigamanaṃ Nyaya S.; dīkṣāyā apadeśāt Katy.
     (2)
          (a) A pretext, pretence, plea, excuse; contrivance; kenāpadeśena punarāśramaṃ gacchāmaḥ S. 2; rakṣāpadeśānmunihomadhenoḥ R. 2. 8; vratāpadeśojjhitagarvavṛttinā V. 3. 12.
          (b) Guise, disguise, form; vikaṭaduṣṭaśvāpadāpadeśakālagocaraṃ gatā Mal. 7; maṃtripadāpadeśaṃ yauvarājyaṃ Dk. 101.
     (3) Statement of the reason, adducing a cause, the second (hetu) of the five members of an Indian syllogism (according to the Vaiśeṣikas).
     (4) A butt, mark (lakṣya).
     (5) A place, quarter.
     (6) Refusal, rejection.
     (7) Fame, reputation.
     (8) Deceit.
     (9) (apakṛṣṭo deśaḥ) A bad or wrong place.

apadeśin a. Pretending to be, assuming the appearance of (in comp.)

apadeśya pot. p.
     (1) To be feigned, adduced &c.
     (2) Being in a wrong place.

apadiśam ind. Half a point between two regions of the compass (diśayormadhye), in an intermediate region.

apadevatā A goblin, evil spirit.

apadravyam A bad thing.

apadvāram A side door or entrance, an entrance other than the proper door; apadvārairvīkṣate niryiyāsuḥ Suśr.

apadhā Ved. Shutting up, hiding (vāraṇārthaṃ nirodhaḥ).

apadhāv 1 P. To prevaricate.

apadhāvanam Prevarication.

apadhūma a. Free from smoke; -tva R. 10. 74.

apadhyai 1 P. To think ill of, have evil thoughts about, curse mentally; apadhyātā ca vipreṇa nyapataddharaṇatile Mb.

apadhyānam Evil thoughts, thinking ill of, cursing mentally; tadapadhyānāt piśācatāmupagataṃ K. 29.

apadhvaṃs 1 A (rarely P.)
     (1) To pack off, clear out; apadhvaṃseti bahuśo vadan krodhasamanvitaḥ Hariv.
     (2) To abuse, revile, scold; na cāpyanyamapadhvaṃsetkadācitkopasaṃyutaḥ Mb. --Caus. To free from dust; blow away (as dust &c.).

apadhvaṃsaḥ
     (1) Degradation, falling off or from, disgrace.
     (2) Concealment.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --jā a person of a mixed, degraded and impure caste (where the mother belongs to a higher caste than the father's) Ms. 10. 41, 46.

apadhvaṃsin a. Destroying, removing; arvainasāmapadhvaṃsi japyaṃ triṣvaghamarṣaṇaṃ Ak.

apadhvasta p. p.
     (1) Reviled, cursed, accursed, contemptible, to be disdained.
     (2) Pounded badly or imperfectly (avacūrṇita).
     (3) Abandoned. --staḥ A vile wretch, lost to all sense of right and virtue; mūrkha apadhvastosi Mk. 8.

apadhvāṃta a. Sounding wrongly. --taṃ A wrong or harsh sound.

apanasa a. Without a nose; asiṃ kaukṣeyamudyamya cakārāpanasaṃ mukhaṃ Bk.

apanāman Having a bad name. --n (--ma) A bad name.

apanī 1 P.
     (1) To lead or carry away, carry or lead off; cause to retire; tamapyapanayet Ms. 3. 242.
     (2)
          (a) To remove (in all senses), destroy, take away; ārtānāṃ bhayamapanenumāttadhanvā S. 6. 26; śatrūnapaneṣyāmi Bk. 16. 30; so tṛpṇāṃ, bhayaṃ, bhramaṃ, doṣaṃ, saṃśayaṃ, &c.
          (b) To rob, steal, take away, carry away or off; rakṣasā bhīru yato'panītā R. 13. 24.
     (3) To extract, take or draw out from (dart, oil &c.); apanītāśeṣaśalyaṃ Dk. 31; diṣṭyā śalyaṃ me hṛdayādapanītamiva V. 5.
     (4) To put off or away, take or pull off (dress, ornaments, fetters &c.); apanītāśeṣarājacihnā K. 206; eṣāṃ baṃdhanānyapanaya H. 1; caraṇānnigaḍamapanaya Mk. 6; apanayaṃtu bhavatyo mṛgayāveṣaṃ S. 2; R. 4. 64.
     (5) To deny; naitanmayā nirdiṣṭamityapanayati Kull. on Ms. 8. 53.
     (6) To except, exclude from a rule.

apanayaḥ
     (1) Taking away, removing; refuting (as an assertion); svamatātpracyāvanamapanayo nigrahaḥ P. VIII. 2. 94 Com.
     (2) A bad policy or conduct.
     (3) Injury, offence (apakāra); tataḥ sapatnāpanayasmaraṇānuśayasphurā Śi. 2. 14.

apanayanam
     (1) Taking away, removing, extracting &c.; gaṃḍasveda- Me. 26; nātiśramāpanayanāya S. 5. 6.
     (2) Healing, destroying, curing (disease &c.); rogāccāpanayane P. V. 4. 49.
     (3) Discharge or acquittance of a debt or obligation.
     (4) Subtraction, deduction.

apanīta p. p.
     (1) Taken away; removed, pulled off &c.
     (2) Removed from, deviating from, opposed to, contradictory; tattvadharmāpanītasya dṛśyate karmaṇaḥ phalaṃ Ram.
     (3) Badly done or executed, spoiled; apanītaṃ sunītena yo'rthaṃ pratyāninīṣate Mb.
     (4) Paid off, discharged. --taṃ Bad conduct.

apanud 6 P. To remove, take or drive away, destroy; nārīṇāmapanunudurna dehakhedān Bk. 10. 13; na hi prapaśyāmi mamāpanudyāt yacchokaṃ Bg. 2. 8 expiate, atone for (as sin).

apanuttiḥ f, nodaḥ --nodanaṃ Removing, taking away, removal, destroying, driving away; expiation, atonement (as of a sin); pāpānāmapanuttaye Ms. 11. 210, 140, 93; Y. 3. 306; gurutalpa- Ms. 11. 107; brahmahatyāpanodāya 11. 76; kṛcchroyaṃ sarvapāpāpanodanaḥ 11. 216, 253, 261.

apanna a. Ved. Not going down, not fallen or sunk, indestructible.

apapayas a. Waterless, dry; Ki. 5. 12.

apapāṭhaḥ A wrong or bad reading (in a text); mistake in reading; dvādaśāpapāṭhā asya jātāḥ P. IV. 4 64 Sk.

apapātra a.
     (1) Deprived of the use of common vessels; using separate vessels (from which no one else will eat); apapātrāśca kartavyāḥ Ms. 10. 51.
     (2) Of low caste.

apapātritaḥ [pātrabhojanāt bāhiṣkṛtaḥ] One who has lost his caste through some great sin or offence, and who is, therefore, not allowed by his relatives to eat or drink from a common vessel.

apapāda a. Having bad feet; -tra having no shoe, shoeless.

apapānam A bad drink.

apapitvam Ved. Separation.

apapūta a. Having badly formed hips. --tau Badly formed hips; P. VI. 2. 187.

apaprajātā A female that has suffered a miscarriage.

apapradānam A bribe.

apaproṣitam Ved. Fault or evil caused by wrong departure (pravāsadoṣa.)

apabarhis a. Not having the use of Barhis (barhirhomarāhita.)

apabāhukaḥ A bad arm; stiffness in the arm.

apabhaya a. Free from fear, fearless, undaunted; tataḥ prahasyāpabhayaḥ puraṃdaraṃ punarbabhāṣe turagasya rakṣitā R. 3. 51.

apabharaṇī The last asterism.

apabhartṛ a. Ved. Taking away, destroying.

apabhāṣ 1 A. To abuse, revile, defame, libel; na kevalaṃ yo mahatopabhāṣate śṛṇoti tasmādapi yaḥ sa pāpabhāk Ku. 5. 83.

apabhāṣaṇam Reviling, defamation, libel, calumny, vituperation.

apabhū 1 P. To be away, be absent.

apabhūtiḥ f. Defeat, damage.

apabhraṃś 1 A. To fall away or off. --Caus. To dismiss, discharge; apabhraṃśito'dhikārāt cāṇakyahatakaḥ Mu. 4.

apabhraṃśaḥ
     (1) Falling down or away, a fall; atyārūḍhirbhavati mahatāmapyapabhraṃśaniṣṭhā S. 4 v. l. ending in a (precipitate) fall.
     (2) A corrupted word, corruption; ghara is an apabhraṃśa or corruption of gṛha; (hence) an incorrect word whether formed against the rules of grammar or used in a sense not strictly Sanskrit; see apaśabda.
     (3) A corrupt language, one of the lowest forms of the Prākṛta dialect used by cow-herds &c. (in kāvyas); (in Śāstras) any language other than Sanskrit; ābhīrādigiraḥ kāvyeṣvapabhraṃśa iti smṛtāḥ . śāstreṣu saṃskṛtādanyadapabhraṃśatayoditam .. Kav. 1.

apabhraṣṭa p. p. Fallen away, corrupted (as a dialect).

apama a. [apakṛṣṭaṃ mīyate, mā bāhu- ka] Ved. The most distant or remote, the last, lowest in caste, most degraded (jātyātinikṛṣṭa). --maḥ (In astr.) Declination; the ecliptic; parisaratāṃ gaganasadāṃ calanaṃ kiṃcidbhavedapamaḥ Sid. Śir.
     -- Comp.
          --jyā the line of the ecliptic; see krāṃtijyā. --maṃḍalaṃ, --vṛttaṃ the ecliptic.

apamardaḥ What is swept away, dust, dirt; hayahastikarīṣābhyāmapamardaḥ kṛto mahān Ram.

apamarśaḥ Touching, grazing.

apaman Caus. To disrespect, dishonour, despise.

apamānaḥ Disrespect, dishonour, disgrace; despising, slighting, contempt; labhate buddhyavajñānamapamānaṃ ca puṣkalaṃ Pt. 1. 63; samudreṇa mama bhṛtyasyāṃḍānyapahṛtya me'pamānasthānaṃ kṛtaṃ Pt. 1.

apamānin a. Dishonouring, disrespecting, slighting.

apamārgaḥ
     (1) A by-path, side way; a bad way.
     (2) Shampooing, rubbing &c. of the body (aṃgaparimārjanaṃ) Śi. 9. 36.

apamitya Ved. To be thrown away. --tyaṃ, --tyakaṃ Debt.

apamukha a.
     (1) Having the face averted.
     (2) Ill-favoured, ill-looking. --khaṃ ind. Without the face.

apamūrdhan a. Headless; -kalevaraṃ Ak.

apamṛj 2 P., 10 P. To wipe off, efface, blot or wipe out, remove.

apamārjanam
     (1) Wiping away, cleansing, purifying.
     (2) Shaving, paring.
     (3) Chips.

apamṛtyuḥ [apakṛṣṭo duṣṭahetujanyatvena mṛtyuḥ]
     (1) Sudden or untimely death, accidental or unnatural death; bhartṛsakto'pamṛtyustasya saṃcarati Pt. 4.
     (2) Any great danger, illness &c. from which a person, hopelessly given up for lost, recovers, quite contrary to expectation.

apamṛṣita a.
     (1) Unintelligible, obscure as a vākya or speech.
     (2) Unbearable, not borne or liked (asoḍha, atitikṣita); vihitaṃ mayādya sadasīdamapamṛṣitamacyutārcanaṃ . yasya &c. Śi. 15. 46 (for the formation of the word see Malli.).

apayaśas n. (śaḥ) Infamy, disgrace, ill-repute; apayaśo yadyasti kiṃ mṛtyunā Bh. 2. 55.

apayā 2 P. To depart, go away, retire, withdraw, fall off or away, disappear; apayātameva hi vimānamaṃḍalaiḥ U. 6. 4; śoko dineṣu gacchatsu vardhatāmapayāti kiṃ H. 4. 82.

apayānam Going away, departure, retreat, flight, escape.

apara a. (treated as a pronoun in some senses)
     (1) Having nothing higher or superior, unrivalled, matchless; without a rival or second (nāsti paro yasmāt); strīratnasṛṣṭiraparā pratibhāti sāme S. 2. 9; cf. anuttama, anuttara.
     (2) [na pṛṇāti saṃtoṣayati pṝ-ac]
          (a) Another, other (used as adj. or subst.).
          (b) More, additional; Ms. 11. 5.
          (c) Second, another Pt. 4. 37; khaṃ keśavo'para ivākramituṃ pravṛttaḥ Mk. 5. 2 like another (rival) Keśava.
          (d) Different; other; anye kṛtayuge dharmāstretāyāṃ dvāpare'pare Ms. 1. 85; Ks. 26. 235; Pt. 4. 6 (with gen).
          (e) Ordinay, of the middle sort (madhyama); paritaptopyaparaḥ susaṃvṛtiḥ Śi. 16. 23.
     (3) Belonging to another, not one's own (opp. sva); yadi svāścāparāścaiva viṃderan yoṣito dvijāḥ Ms. 9. 85 of another caste.
     (4) Hinder, posterior, latter, later, (in time or space) (opp. pūrva); the last; pūrvāsaṃdhyāṃ japaṃstiṣṭhetsvakāle cāparāṃ ciraṃ Ms. 4. 93; rātreraparaḥ kālaḥ Nir.; oft. used as first member of a genitive Tatpurusha comp. meaning 'the hind part,' 'latter part or half'; -pakṣaḥ the latter half of a month; -hemaṃtaḥ latter half of winter; -kāyaḥ hind part of the body &c.; -varṣā -śarad latter part of the rains, autumn &c.
     (5) Following, the next.
     (6) Western; payasi prapitsuraparāṃbunidheḥ Śi. 9. 1, Ku. 1. 1; Mu. 4. 21.
     (7) Inferior, lower (nikṛṣṭaḥ); apareyamitastvanyāṃ prakṛtiṃ viddhi me parāṃ Bg. 7. 5.
     (8) (In Nyāya) Nonextensive, not covering too much, one of the two kinds of sāmānya, see Bhaṣa P. 8. (paraṃ = adhikavṛtti) higher, aparaṃ = nyūnavṛtti lower, or adhikadeśavṛttitvaṃ paraṃ, alpadeśavṛttitvaṃ aparaṃ Muktā.
     (9) Distant; opposite. When apara is used in the singular as a correlative to eka the one, former, it means the other, the latter; eko yayau caitrarathapradeśān saurājyaramyānaparo vidarbhān R. 5. 60; when used in pl. it means 'others', 'and others', and the words generally used as its correlatives are eke, kecit -kāścit &c., apare, anye; kecidraktapaṭīkṛtāśca jāṭilāḥ kāpālikāścāpare Pt. 4. 34; eke samūhurbalareṇusaṃhatiṃ śirobhirājñāmapare mahībhṛtaḥ Śi. 12. 45 some-others; śākhinaḥ kecidadhyaṣṭhurnyamāṃkṣurapareṃbudhau . anye tvalaṃghiṣuḥ śailān guhāsknye nyelaṣata .. kecidāsiṣata stabdhā bhayātkecidaghūrṇiṣuḥ . udatāriṣuraṃbhodhiṃ vānarāḥ setunāpare Bk. 15. 3133. --raḥ
     (1) The hind foot of an elephant; baddhāparāṇi parito nigaḍānyalāvīt Śi. 5. 48 (Malli. caramapādāgrāṇi).
     (2) An enemy (na pṛṇāti saṃtoṣayāti). --rā
     (1) Western direction, the west.
     (2) The hind part of an elephant.
     (3) Sacred learning, learning the four Vedas with the 6 Angas.
     (4) The womb; the outer skin of the embryo.
     (5) Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy. --rī Ved. The future, future times; atāparībhyomaghavā vijigye Rv. 1. 32. 13. --raṃ
     (1) The future, any thing to be done in future (kārya); tadetadbrahmāpūrvamaparamanaṃtaṃ Bṛ. Ār. Up. (nāsti aparaṃ kāryaṃ yasya).
     (2) The hind quarter of an elephant. --raṃ adv. Again, moreover, in future, for the future; aparaṃca moreover; apareṇa behind, west of, to the west of (with gen. or acc.). [cf. Goth. afar; Germ. aber, as in aberglauben].
     -- Comp.
          --agni (agnī dual) 1. the southern and western fires (dakṣiṇa and gārhapatya). --2. the last fire i. e. used at the funeral ceremony (-gniḥ). --aṃgaṃ one of the 8 divisions of guṇībhūtavyaṃgya (the second kind of kāvya) mentioned in K. P. 5. In this the vyaṃgya or suggested sense is subordinate to something else; agūḍhamaparasyāṃgaṃ; aparasya rasādervācyasya vā (vākyārthībhūtasya) aṃgaṃ rasādi anuraṇanarūpaṃ vā; e. g. ayaṃ sa rasanotkarṣī pīnastanavimardanaḥ . nābhyūrujaghanasparśī nīvivisraṃsanaḥ karaḥ, where śṛṃgāra is subordinate to karuṇa. --aṃta a. living at the western borders. (
          --taḥ) 1. the western border or extremity, the extreme end or term; the western shore. --2. (pl.) the country or inhabitants of the western-borders near the Sahya mountain; aparāṃtajayodyataiḥ (anīkaiḥ) R. 4. 53 western people. --3. the kings of this country. --4. death, -jñānaṃ anticipation of one's end. --5. the hind foot of an elephant; mṛducaladaparāṃtodīritāṃdūninādaṃ Śi. 11. 7; 18. 32.
          --aṃtakaḥ 1. = -aṃtaḥ pl. --2. N. of a song; Y. 3. 113; -aṃtikā N. of a metre consisting of 64 mātrās.
          --aparāḥ, -re, -rāṇi another and another, several, various.
          --ardhaṃ the latter or second half.
          --ahṇaḥ [fr. ahan changed to ahna, P. II. 4. 29, V. 4. 88] the latter part of the day, the afternoon, closing or last watch of the day; Ms. 3. 278; Śi. 9. 4; -tana, -hnetana belonging to this time; -kṛtaṃ P. II. 1. 45.
          --itarā the east.
          --kānyakubja a. situated in or belonging to the western part of Kanyakubja.
          --kālaḥ later period.
          --godānaṃ (also goḍani or goḍāni) N. of a country to the west of Mahameru (according to Buddhistic ideas).
          --ja a. born later or at the end of the world. (
          --jaḥ) the destroying fire.
          --janaḥ an inhabitant of the west, the western people.
          --dakṣiṇaṃ ind. in the south-west (belonging to the tiṣṭhadru class).
          --pakṣaḥ 1. the second or dark half of the month. --2. the other or opposite side; a defendant (in law).
          --paṃcālāḥ the western Panchālas.
          --para a. one and the other, several, various; aparaparāḥ sārthāḥ gacchaṃti P. VI. 1. 144 Sk. several caravans go; (apare ca pare ca sakṛdeva gacchaṃti). --pāṇinīyāḥ the pupils of Paṇini living in the west.
          --praṇeya a. easily led or influenced by others, docile, tractable.
          --bhāvaḥ 1. being another or different, difference. --2. succession, continuation.
          --rātraḥ [aparaṃ rātreḥ] the latter or closing part of night, the last watch of night (P. V. 4. 87); -kṛtaṃ P. II. 1. 45.
          --lokaḥ the other world, the next world, Paradise.
          --vaktrā, --ktraṃ N. of a metre.
          --vairāgyaṃ a kind of Vairāgya mentioned by Patanjali (dṛṣṭānuśrāvikaviṣayavitṛṣṇasya vaśīkārasaṃjñaṃ vairāgyaṃ). --sakthaṃ the hind thigh.
          --svastikaṃ the western point in the horizon.
          --haimana a. belonging to the latter half of winter (P. VII. 3. 11).

aparatā --tvam
     (1) Being another or different (one of the 24 guṇas); difference, opposition, contrariety, relativeness.
     (2) Nearness.
     (3) Distance, posteriority (in time or space).

aparatra adv. In another place, elsewhere; ekatra or kvacit-aparatra in one place-in another place; in the first case-in the second case.

aparathā ind. In another manner; Śi. 6. 41.

aparavat a. Like what follows.

aparaspara a. [apara-para] One after another, uninterrupted, continued (as applied to an action); aparasparāḥ kriyāsātatye P. VI. 1. 144; suṭ nipātyate; -rāḥ sārthā gacchaṃti satatamavicchedena gacchaṃtītyarthaḥ Sk.

aparedyuḥ adv. On the following day Ms. 3. 187.

aparaṃj (Used in pass. only) To be disaffected or discontented (with abl); nayahīnādaparajyate janaḥ Ki. 2. 49; K. 287.

aparakta a.
     (1) Colourless, bloodless, pale; śvāsāparaktādharaḥ S. 6. 5.
     (2) Discontented, dissatisfied, disaffected; caṃdraguptādaparaktāḥ Mu. 1.

aparāgaḥ Discontent, dissatisfaction, disaffection; -hetūn jñātumicchāmi Mu. 3; aparāgasamīraṇeritaḥ Ki. 2. 50, K. 329.
     (2) Apathy, enmity.

aparatiḥ f.
     (1) Cessation (= avarati q. v.).
     (2) Dissatisfaction.

aparavaḥ
     (1) Contest, dispute (about the enjoyment of property); -ujjhita uncontested, undisputed (as possession of any thing).
     (2) Ill-repute.

aparaspara a. [a-paraspara] Not reciprocal, not mutual; asatyamapratiṣṭhaṃ te jagadāhuranīśvaraṃ . aparasparasaṃbhūtaṃ kimanyatkāmahaitukaṃ Bg. 16. 8 (Mr. Telang renders -ra by 'produced by union of male and female', caused by lust, where aparaspara must be supposed to be connected with aparaspara under apara q. v.

aparāṃc a. [-rāṅ, -rācī, -rāk] Not averted, fronting, facing, in front. --ind. In front of.
     -- Comp.
          --mukha a. (khī f.) 1. not turning away the face, with unaverted face. --2. presenting a bold front.

aparājita a. Unconquered, invincible, unsurpassed; -tā dik the north-east direction, so called because the Gods were not defeated there; ta (devāsurāḥ) udīcyāṃ prācyāṃ diśyayataṃta te tato na parājayaṃta saiṣā digaparājitā Ait. Br., Ms. 6. 31. --taḥ
     (1) A sort of poisonous insect.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu; of Śiva.
     (3) One of the 11 Rudras.
     (4) A class of divinities forming a portion of the anuttara divinities of the Jainas.
     (5) N. of a sage. --tā N. of Durga, to be worshipped on the Vijayadaśamī or Dasara day; daśamyāṃ ca naraiḥ samyak pūjanīyā'parājitā . ... dadāti vijayaṃ devī pūjitā jayavardhinī Skanda P.
     (2) N. of several plants; dūrvā, śephālikā, jayaṃtī, asana, śaṃkhinī, hapuṣā, asanapaṇīṃ.
     (3) A kind of plant (or oṣadhi) fastened round the wrist and serving as a charm or amulet; see S. 7. (In Vikramorvaśī Act 2, Kalidasa uses aparājitā in the sense of a spell or vidyā; nanu bhagavatā devaguruṇā aparājitāṃ nāma śikhābaṃdhanavidyāmupadiśatā tridaśaparipakṣasyālaṃghanīye kṛte svaḥ).
     (4) The north-east quarter; see under -ta above.
     (5) A kind of metre of 4 lines with 14 syllables in each.
     (6) A sort of Yoginī.

aparājiṣṇu --parājeya a. Invincible.

aparādh 4. 5. P.
     (1) To offend, wrong, sin against, commit an offence against; (with gen. or loc. of person or thing); yauvanamatrāparādhyati Mk. 9 is to blame; yasminūkasminnapi pūjarhe'parāddhā śakuṃtalā S. 4; aparāddhosmi tatrabhavataḥ kaṇvasya S. 7; mahatāṃ yo'parādhyeta dūrasthosmīti nāśvaset Pt. 1. 307; V. 2; kiṃ punarasurāvalepena bhavatīnāmaparāddhaṃ V. 1; sometimes with dat. also; na dūye sātvatīsūnuryanmahyamaparādhyati Śi. 2. 11.
     (2) To annoy, disturb.
     (3) To prohibit.

aparāddha p. p.
     (1) Sinned, offended, having committed an offence, guilty, an offender, criminal (used in an active sense); kṛtavatyasi nāvadhīraṇāmaparāddhe'pi yadā ciraṃ mayi R. 8. 48; provāca kośalapatiḥ prathamāparāddhaḥ 9. 79 the first to offend.
     (2) Missed, not hitting the mark (as an arrow); mṛgadehāparāddhairnāmeṣumokṣaṇaiḥ Dk. 163; -iṣuḥ or -pṛṣatkaḥ an archer whose arrows always miss the mark, an unskilful archer; nimittādaparāddheṣordhānuṣkasyeva valgitaṃ Śi. 2. 27.
     (3) Violated, transgressed; aparāddhā abhiṣekavelopādhyāyasya V. 3. --ddhaṃ [bhāve ktaḥ] An offence, crime, injury; na tu grīṣmasyaivaṃ subhagamaparāddhaṃ yuvatiṣu S. 3. 9.

aparāddhiḥ f.
     (1) Fault, mistake, offence.
     (2) Sin.

aparādhaḥ An offence, a fault, guilt, crime, sin, mistake, error; (32 kinds are usually stated in Śastras); kamaparādhalavaṃ mayi paśyasi V. 4. 29; yathāparādhadaṃḍānāṃ R. 1. 6; yatheṃdraśatruḥ svarato'parādhāt Śik. 52 mistake or error in accent; sometimes with gen. or loc. of person; adaḥ sureṃdrasya kṛtāparādhān daityān V. 1. 18; kṛtāparādhamiva tvayyātmānamavagacchati K. 203.
     -- Comp.
          --bhaṃjanaḥ the destroyer of sins, epithet of Śiva; -stotraṃ a short poem by Śaṅkaracharya in praise of Śiva, the fourth line of the verses being usually kṣaṃtavyo meparādhaḥ śiva śiva śivabhoḥ śrīmahāṃdeva śaṃbho.

aparādhin a. Offending, guilty, offender, criminal; aparādhī nāmāhaṃ prasīda raṃbhoru V. 2. 21.

aparāparaṇa a. Destitute of descendants or offspring.

aparikrama a.
     (1) Unable to walk round.
     (2) Not diligent.

aparigraha a. Without possessions or belongings, attendants &c; quite destitute, as in nirāśīraparigrahaḥ --haḥ
     (1) Non-acceptance, rejection, renunciation, one of the several kinds of yamas (mental restraints) stated in Yoga Śāstra by Patanjali.
     (2) Destitution, poverty.

aparicayin, --pariceya a. Having no acquaintance; unsocial, misanthropic.

aparicchada a. Poor, destitute.

aparicchinna a.
     (1) Undiscerned, undistinguished.
     (2) Continuous, connected, without interval or separation.

aparicchedaḥ 1 Want of distinction or division.
     (2) Want of order or arrangement.
     (3) Want of judgment.
     (4) Continuance, connection.

aparijyāniḥ f. Not losing; not growing old or decaying; iṣṭāpūrtasya- N. of a ceremony.

apariṇayaḥ Celibacy.

apariṇītā An unmarried girl.

apariṇāmaḥ Unchangeableness; -darśin not prudent, improvident.

aparipara a. Ved. Not going by a tortuous course.

apariniṣṭhita a. Not properly placed or established; -tasyopadeśasyānyāyyaṃ prakāśanaṃ M. 1 not properly grounded.

aparimāṇa, aparimita, aparimeya a. Immeasurable, immense, unbounded.

aparimlāna a. Not fading, withering, or decaying. --naḥ N. of a plant (mahāsahāvṛkṣa) Gomphrena Globosa.

apariyāṇi [a-pari-] Not walking, about (used in curses only); see aprayāṇī.

apariviṣṭa a. Ved. Not covered or enclosed (avyāpta, veṣṭanaśūnya).

aparivṛta a. Not enclosed or fenced on all sides (as a field).

apariśeṣa a. Not leaving a remainder; all-surrounding, all-pervading; -ṣaṃ jñānaṃ Saṅkhya K. --ṣaḥ Absence of remainder or limit.

apariṣkaraḥ Want of polish or refinement (moral or physical); coarseness, rudeness, unrefined state.

apariṣkṛta a. Unpolished, unrefined, rude, coarse.

aprariṣṭiḥ f. [riṣṭerhisāyā abhāvaḥ] Worship (pūjāyā hiṃsāhetukadveṣaśūnyatvāt).

aparisara a.
     (1) Not near, distant.
     (2) Not extensive, not current. --raḥ Absence of extent.

aparisaṃkhyānam Infinity, innumerableness.

apariskaṃda a. Motionless.

apariharaṇayi, aparihārya a.
     (1) Inevitable.
     (2) Not to be abandoned.
     (3) Not to be degraded.

aparihvṛta a. Ved. Not endangered or afflicted; straightforward.

aparīkṣita a.
     (1) Unexamined; etaccāparīkṣitakrayaviṣayaṃ Mit.; untried, untested, unproved.
     (2) Ill-considered, foolish, thoughtless (of person or thing); -kārakaṃ nāma paṃca maṃ tatraṃ Pt. 5 'the inconsiderate doer.'
     (3) Not clearly proved or established.

aparīta a. Ved. Not surrounded or encircled, not approached (anabhigata). --taḥ N. of a people.

aparuṣ a. Free from anger; aparuṣā paruṣākṣaramīritā R. 9. 8.

aparūpa a. (--pā, --pī f.) Ugly, deformed, odd-shaped. --paṃ
     (1) Deformity, monstrosity.
     (2) Delight, wonder (Ved.)

aparokṣa a.
     (1) Not invisible, perceptible to the senses, visible.
     (2) Not distant or remote. --kṣaṃ adv. In the presence of (with gen.); aparokṣāt perceptibly, visibly, manifestly, openly.
     -- Comp.
          --anubhūtiḥ f. direct cognition.

aparokṣayati Den. P. To make perceptible.

aparodhaḥ Exclusion, prohibition.

aparopaḥ Extermination, dethronement; Mu. 2. 20.

aparṇa a. Leafless. --rṇā N. of Durgā or Pārvatī; Kālidāsa thus accounts for the name: --svayaṃviśīrṇadrumaparṇavṛttitā parā hi kāṣṭhā tapasastayā punaḥ . tadapyapākīrṇamiti priyaṃvadāṃ vadaṃtyaparṇoti ca tāṃ purāvidaḥ Ku. 5. 28; cf. Śiva P. caturthe tyaktaparṇā ca aparṇākhyāmavāpa sā.

apartu a.
     (1) Untimely.
     (2) Past menstruation time (nivṛttarajaskā).

aparyaṃta a. Unlimited, unbounded.

aparyāpta a.
     (1) Not sufficient or enough, incomplete, insufficient.
     (2) Unlimited.
     (3) Unable (to do its work), incompetent; aparyāptaṃ tadasmākaṃ balaṃ bhīṣmābhirakṣitaṃ Bg. 1. 30.

aparyāptiḥ f. Insufficiency; amātyabhūrivasorātmajetyaparyāptirbahumānasya Māl. 1.

aparyāya a. Without order. --yaḥ Want of order or method.

aparyuṣita a. Not standing overnight, fresh, new (as a flower); not standing over till the next day; -pratijñe mārutau Ve. 6.

aparvan a. Without a joint. --n.
     (1) No joint or point of conjunction.
     (2) A day which is not a parvan i. e. not the proper time or season (the Parva days being amāvāsyā, paurṇimā, aṣṭamī, caturdaśī &c.); aparvaṇi grahakaluṣeṃdumaṃḍalā vibhāvarī kathaya kathaṃ bhaviṣyati M. 4. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃḍaḥ a sort of sugar-cane.

apala a. Without flesh(palaśūnya). --laṃ A pin or bolt.

apalap 1 P.
     (1) To deny, disown; rājadeyamapalapitaṃ Kull. on Ms. 8. 400; refuse; śatamapalapati P. I. 3. 44 Sk.
     (2) To conceal, hide.
     (3) To detract from, slander. --Caus. To outwit, overreach, deceive; apalāpayamānasya śatrūṃstasyābhavanmatiḥ Bk. 8. 44.

apalapanaṃ, apalāpaḥ
     (1) Concealing, hiding; kṛtatigmadyutimaṃḍalāpalāpaiḥ Śi. 20. 28.
     (2) Concealment or denial of knowledge, evasion; na hi pratyakṣasiddhasyāpalāpaḥ kartuṃ śakyate S. B.
     (3) Detraction, concealment of truth, thoughts, feelings &c.; unmukhadarśanāpalapanaiḥ piṃḍārthamāyasyataḥ Mu. 3. 14.
     (4) Affection, regard.
     (5) (In medicine) The part between the shoulder and the ribs.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃḍaḥ (in law) a fine laid on one who denies the charge on which he is convicted.

apalāpin a. One who denies, disowns, hides, conceals &c.; concealing; jayaṃti mahatāṃ saṃstutāpalāpinyaḥ kalyāṇinyo nītayaḥ Mal. 10; sādhāraṇasyāpalāpin Y. 2. 236.

apalāṣikā [lāṣikā paryāyeṇa icchā, tadviparītā icchā] Excessive thirst or desire (atiśayalālasā); (apalāsikā is sometimes used in the same sense, but regarded as an incorrect word).

apalāṣin, --lāṣuka a.
     (1) Thirsty (P. III. 2. 144.).
     (2) Free from thirst or desire; pralāpino bhaviṣyaṃti kadā nvete'palāṣukāḥ Mb.

apalyūlanam Not cleansing or washing; yadidaṃ snānavastraṃ vihitamapalyūlanaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati Śat. Br. (kṣāradravyasaṃyogādinā'dhautaṃ); not cleansed or washed by cleaning substances (as by a washerman).

apavaktṛ m. Ved. Speaking away, warning off, averting, preventing.

apavacanam Speaking ill; Pt. 4.

apavācanam Act of speaking away or warning off, removing.

apavad 1 U.
     (1) To revile, abuse, censure, reproach; parānamī yadapavadaṃta ātmanaḥ Śi. 17. 19; nārtopyapavadedviprān Ms. 4. 236; svaṃ putraṃ apavadaṃti-te vā P. I. 3. 77. Sk. (kriyāphalasya kartṛgāmitve dyotite vā syāt); nṛbhyo'pavadamānasya Bk. 8. 45 reviling or abusing men.
     (2) To disown, deny (A.); nyāyamapavadate P. I. 3. 73Sk.
     (3) To argue out, refute, contradict; apavadeyustānitihāsaiḥ purātanaiḥ Y. 3. 7. --Caus.
     (1) To blame, censure.
     (2) To oppose or contradict as unadvisable.

apavādaḥ
     (1) Censuring, reviling; censure, reproach, blame, abuse; āstātāpavādabhinnamaryāda U. 5; lokāpavādo balavānmato me R. 14. 40; lokāpavādādbhayaṃ Bh. 2. 62; scandal, evil report; cirakālānmayā śrutastavāpavādaḥ Pt. 1; Ki. 11. 25, 14. 12; Mk. 9. 3; U. 1; Pt. 4; Y. 2. 207; devyāmapi hi vaidehyāṃ sāpavādo yato janaḥ U. 1. 6 spreading or indulging in scandals about; na kevalabhatyāhitaṃ sāpavādamapi U. 2; sāpavādaṃ censuringly Mal. 9.
     (2) An exception, a special rule that restricts or sets aside a general rule (opp. utsarga); mā hiṃsyātsarvabhūtāni iti utsargaḥ; vāyavyaṃ śvetamālabheta ityapavādaḥ; apavādairivotsargāḥ kṛtavyāvṛttayaḥ paraiḥ Ku. 2. 27; R. 15. 7; -pratyayaḥ exceptional suffix; -sthalaṃ a case for a special rule.
     (3) An order, command; tatopavādena patākinīpateścacāla nirhrādavatīmahācamūḥ Ki. 14. 27.
     (4) Refutation; (in Vedanta phil.) refutation as of a wrong imputation or belief; rajjuvivartasya sarpasya rajjumātratvavat, vastubhūtabrahmaṇo vivartasya prapaṃcādeḥ vastubhūtarūpatopadeśaḥ apavādaḥ Tv.; adhyāropāpavādābhyāṃ vastutattvaviniścayaḥ Vedanta; hence also, a means of refutation.
     (5) Confidence, trust.
     (6) Love; familiarity.
     (7) A small bell or other instrument sounded to decoy deer; madhukarairapavādakarairiva Śi. 6. 9; (-karaiḥ = vyādhaiḥ, apavādaṃ mṛgavaṃcanāya ghaṃṭādikutsitavādyaṃkurvaṃti taiḥ Malli.)

apavādaka, --apavādin a.
     (1) Blaming, censuring, reviling, traducing, defaming; mṛgayāpavādinā māṭhavyena S. 2.
     (2) Opposing; contradicting, excepting, setting aside, excluding.

apavana a. Without wind or air, sheltered from wind. --naṃ [apakṛṣṭaṃ kṛtrimatvātsvalpatvācca vanaṃ] A grove, a garden or park planted near a town.

apavaraka, --vāraka See under apavṛ, apavṛj-apavṛt.

apavarga &c. See under apavṛ, apavṛj-apavṛt.

apavarta &c. See under apavṛ, apavṛj-apavṛt.

apavah 1 P.
     (1) To carry off or away, bear off or away; apovāha ca vāso'syā mārutaḥ Mb.
     (2) To drive away, disperse, dispel, remove, take away; amī janasthānamapoḍhavighnaṃ matvā R. 13. 22 freed from obstacles; athānapoḍhārgalamapyagāraṃ (praviṣṭāṃ) 16. 6 the bolts of which were not removed or unchained; taducchiṣṭamapohya Dk. 133.
     (3) To give up, relinquish, leave, abandon, cast off; śamitatāpamapoḍhamahīrajaḥ Śi. 6. 33; saṃbhramo'bhavadapoḍhakarmaṇāṃ (ṛtvijāṃ) R. 11. 25; tadbhaktyapoḍhapitṛrājyamahabhiṣeke (mūrdhani) 13. 70 thrown away; Dk. 67; divyena śūnyaṃ valayena bāhumapoḍhanepathyavidhirdadarśa R. 16. 73 before he had commenced his toilet.
     (4) To deduct, subtract. --Caus.
     (1) To carry off, remove, carry or draw to a distance, take away; malayaketurapavāhitaḥ Mu. 1, 3; kalatraṃ 2; imāṃ mayā sārdhamapavāhya M. 5; Bk. 8. 86.
     (2) To chase or drive away, expel; hṛtasarvasvatayā apavāhitaḥ Dk. 47, 59.
     (3) To reduce to powder, pulverize.
     (4) To cause to carry the yoke; gāmiva nāsikāṃ viddhvāpavāhayati Mk. 8.

apavāhaḥ, --hanam
     (1) Taking or carrying away, removal; Dk. 41; svarāṣṭraṃ vāsayedrājā paradeśāpavāhanāt H. 3. v. l. bearing away men from other countries; See abhiṣyaṃda.
     (2) Deduction, subtraction (as of fractions).
     (3) N. of a metre.

apavoḍhṛ a. One who carries away or removes; Śi. 18. 64.

apoḍha p. p. Carried away, removed &c. See above.

apavāsaḥ [apasṛtya vāsaḥ] Ved.
     (1) Disappearance, vanishing, retreat.
     (2) N. of a plant.

apavikṣata a. Uninjured, unhurt, unviolated.

apavighna a. Unobstructed, uninterrupted; śataṃ kratūnāmapavighnamāpa saḥ R. 3. 38.

apaviddha &c. See under apavyadh.

apavidyā Ignorance, spiritual ignorance, Māya or illusion (avidyā); tattvasya saṃvittirivāpavidyāṃ Ki. 16. 32.

apaviṣa a. Free from poison. --ṣā A sort of grass with aromatic roots; Kyllingia Monocephala.

apavīṇa a. Having no lute, or having a bad lute. --ṇā A bad lute.

apavṛ 5U. To open, uncover, disclose, exhibit. --Caus. or 10 P. To cover, wrap, envelop, screen, conceal; bāhubaṃdhanāpavāritapayodharodgamāṃ Māl. 7 covered, or concealed; viṭapenāpavāritaśarīrā bhūtvā Ratn. 1.

apavarakaḥ --kā [vṛ-saṃjñāyāṃ vun]
     (1) An inner apartment; the lying-in chamber.
     (2) An air-hole, aperture; tataścaikasmādapavarakāt Mu. 1.

apavaraṇam
     (1) Covering, screening.
     (2) A garment, cloth.

apavārakaḥ
     (1) Covering &c.
     (2) An enclosed or screened place (javanikā); -ke praviśya ekāṃte tiṣṭha Mk. 8.

apavāraṇam Covering, concealment, disappearance.

apavārita p. p. Covered, concealed; -taṃ pravahaṇaṃ tiṣṭhati Mk. 6 covered; vanished, disappeared. --taṃ, apavāritakaṃ Concealed or secret manner. --taṃ, apavāritakena, apavārya ind. Frequently occurring in dramas in the sense of 'apart' 'aside to another' (opp. prakāśaṃ); it is speaking in such a way that only the person addressed may hear it; tadbhavedapavāritaṃ rahasyaṃ tu yadanyasya parāvṛttya prakāśyate . tripatākakareṇānyamapavāryāṃtarā kathāṃ S. D. 6.

apavṛtiḥ f. Opening.

apavṛj 7 A.
     (1) To avert, destroy, dissipate; tamaḥ, śatruṃ &c.
     (2) To tear off, pull out, take out.
     (3) To conclude, finish; absolve. --Caus.
     (1) To leave, quit, abandon, avoid; dūrāpavarjitacchatraiḥ śirobhiḥ R. 17. 79 keeping the umbrellas at a (great) distance; tvayātmahastena mahī madacyutā mataṃgajena sragivāpavarjitā Ki. 1. 29 abandoned, left, lost.
     (2) To let go, drop down, throw, pour; sumanaso divyāḥ khecarairapavarjitāḥ Bhāg.; karayugmapadmamukulāpavārjitaiḥ Śi. 13. 37.
     (3) To abandon, release, discharge, pay off (as debt &c.); absolve oneself from, fulfil, make good (as a promise).
     (4) To sever, separate, cut off; bhallāpavarjitaisteṣāṃ śirobhiḥ (mahīṃ tastāra) R. 4. 63, Ki. 17. 58 severed or cut off by arrows; imānyamūnītyapavarjite śanaiḥ Ki. 8. 20 plucked.
     (5) To overturn; empty; Y. 3. 300.
     (6) To honour, respect, esteem.
     (7) To give, bestow, grant, present; apavarjitaṃ kośajātaṃ Dk. 36; dakṣiṇāmapavarjya Mb.; apavarjitau varau Rām.

apavargaḥ
     (1) Completion, end, fulfilment or accomplishment of an action; apavarge tṛtīyā P. II. 3. 6; III. 4. 60; (apavargaḥ = kriyāprāptiḥ or samāptiḥ Sk.); kriyāpavargeṣvanujīvisātkṛtāḥ Ki. 1. 14; apavarge tṛtīyeti bhaṇataḥ pāṇinerapi N. 17. 68; Ki. 16. 49; paṃca- coming to an end in 5 days.
     (2) An exception, special rule; abhivyāpyāpakarṣaṇamapavargaḥ Suśr.
     (3) Absolution, final beatitude; apavargamahodayārthayorbhuvamaṃśāviva dharmayorgatau R. 8. 16; jñānena cāpavargaḥ Saṅkhya K. 44
     (4) A gift, donation.
     (5) Abandonment.
     (6) Throwing, discharge (as of arrows); Ki. 16. 20.

apavarjanam
     (1) Leaving, abandonment; making good, fulfilling (a promise); discharging (debt &c.).
     (2) A gift or donation; spending.
     (3) Final beatitude, salvation.

apavarjita p. p. Left, abandoned; fulfilled; see above; oft. in comp. in the sense of 'free from,' 'being without,' 'destitute of', or with instr.; ṣaḍbhirapavarjitāśītiḥ Bri. S. 53. 7 80 minus 6, Ki. 2. 26.

apavṛkta p. p. Finished, ended.

apavṛktiḥ f. Fulfilment, accomplishment, completion.

apavṛt 1 A. To turn back, turn away, depart; tasmādapāvartata dūrakṛṣṭā R. 6. 58; tasmādapāvartata kuṃḍineśaḥ 7. 33. --Caus.
     (1) To turn back or away, turn aside, bend; vyapoḍhapārśvairapavartitatrikāḥ Ki. 4. 15; āsaktatiryagapavartitadṛṣṭi vaktraṃ (vahaṃtī) Mal. 1. 40.
     (2) (Math.) To divide (as by a common measure) without remainder; samena kenāpyapavartya hārabhājyau bhajedvā sati saṃbhave tu Līlā.
     (3) To reduce to a common measure.

apavartaḥ
     (1) Taking away, removing.
     (2) (Math.) The (common) divisor which is applied to both or either of the quantities of an equation.
     (3) Reduction to a common measure.

apavartakaḥ A common measure.

apavartanam
     (1) Removal, transferring from one place to another; sthāna-.
     (2) Taking away, depriving one of; na tyāgosti dviṣaṃtyāśca na ca dāyāpavartanaṃ Ms. 9. 79.
     (3) Abridging, abbreviation.
     (4) Reducing a fraction to its lowest terms; division without remainder, or the divisor itself.

apavṛtta p. p.
     (1) Turned away, reversed, inverted, overturned; agitated, disturbed; -jaṭharaśapharī Ki. 12. 49.
     (2) With downward face; vyākīrṇasphuradapavṛttaruṃḍakhaṃḍaḥ Mal. 3. 17.
     (3) Ended, finished. --ttaṃ The ecliptic.

apavṛttiḥ f. End.

apavyadh 4 P.
     (1) To pierce (badly); apaviddhaḥ śarairbhṛśaṃ Mb.
     (2) To throw or cast in general, throw or cast off, toss away; preṃkhayan parijanāpaviddhayā (dolayā) R. 19. 44 left, let go; bhujastaṃbhāpaviddha Mv. 2. 33 thrown, or wielded; apaviddhasarvasvā Dk. 61 given or spent away; Ki. 5. 30; Śi. 8. 37; hṛdayamaśaraṇaṃ me pakṣmalākṣyāḥ kaṭākṣairapahṛtamapaviddhaṃ patimunmūlitaṃ ca Māl. 1. 28 pierced through, distracted, overcome.
     (3) To abandon, leave, desert, cast off (as a child, ornaments (&c.); purā śmaśāne sragivāpavidhyate Mb., Ms. 11. 41, Dk. 98, 111.

apaviddha p. p. Cast or thrown off, thrown or cast away, abandoned, forsaken, dismissed, rejected, neglected, removed; oft. used in the sense of 'freed from,' 'devoid of'; rakṣoviprakṛtāvāstāmapaviddhaśucāviva R. 10. 74.
     (2) A bject, mean. --ddhaḥ, -putraḥ A son that is abandoned by the father or mother or by both, and adopted by a stranger; one of the 12 kinds of sons among Hindus; Ms. 9. 171; Y. 2. 132.
     -- Comp.
          --loka a. dead, departed from this world.

apavedhaḥ Piercing through (a pearl, ruby &c.) wrongly, or in the wrong direction (and thus spoiling it).

apavyayaḥ [apakṛṣṭaḥ maryādāmullaṃghya kṛtaḥ vyayaḥ] Extravagant expenditure, prodigality, lavishness.

apavyayin --vyayamāna a.
     (1) Squandering, spending lavishly, prodigal.
     (2) Denying a debt.

apavrata a. Ved.
     (1) Swerving from religious observances, irreligious, impious; Rv. 1. 51. 9.
     (2) Disobedient, unfaithful.
     (3) Perverse.

apaśakunam A bad omen.

apaśaṃka a. Free from fear or hesitation, fearless. --kaṃ adv. Fearlessly.

apaśadaḥ = apasada q. v.

apaśabdaḥ
     (1) A bad or ungrammatical word, a corrupted word (in form or meaning); ta eva śaktivaikalyapramādālasatādibhiḥ . anyathoccāritāḥ śabdā apaśabdā itīritāḥ ..; dūrataścāpaśabdaṃ tyaktvā Bh. 3. 134 (where -bdaṃ has also sense 4); apaśabdaśataṃ māghe Subhaṣ.
     (2) Vulgar speech.
     (3) A form of language not Sanskrit, ungrammatical language.
     (4) A reproachful word, offensive expression, censure; prāpākṣṇorgaladapaśabdamajanāṃbhaḥ Śi. 8. 43.

apaśamaḥ Cessation.

apaśavya a. Not tending to the growth of cattle.

apaśiras --śīrṣa, --rṣan a. Headless.

apaśu a. Without cattle. --śuḥ Not cattle; a bad animal; any animal other than a cow and horse; apaśavo vā anye gośvemyaḥ Śat. Br.

apaśuc a. Without sorrow. --m. (Without sorrow) The soul; ka uttamaḥ ślokaguṇānuvādāt pumān virajyeta vināpaśugghnāt Bhag.

apaśoka a. Without sorrow or grief. --kaḥ The Asoka tree.

apaścima a.
     (1) What is not followed by any other, having no other in the rear, last (used much in the same sense as paścima; cf. uttama and anuttama, uttara and anuttara); ayamatra te janmanyapaścimaḥ paścimāvasthāprarthito makaraṃdabāhupariṣvaṃgaḥ Mal. 9; ayamapaścimaste rāmasya śirasi pādapaṃkajasparśaḥ U. 1 (v. l. for paścima); prasīdatu mahārājo mamānenāpaścimena praṇayena Ve. 6; praṇamāpaścimasya pituḥ pādayoḥ Mu. 7; tāta aṃba me'paścimaḥ praṇāmaḥ Nag. 5; apaścimaṃ kuru vacanaṃ Ve. 141.
     (2) Not last, first, foremost; śrutavatāmapaścimaḥ R. 19. 1.
     (3) Extreme; apaścimāmimāṃ kaṣṭāmāpadaṃ prāptavatyahaṃ Ram.

apaśya a. Ved. Not seeing.

apaśrayaḥ A bolster, pillow.

apaśrī a. Deprived of beauty; Śi. 11. 64.

apaśvāsaḥ = apāna q. v.

apaṣṭham [apa-sthā, --ka sasyaṃ ṣatvaṃ P. VIII. 3. 97] The point of the goad of an elephant.

apaṣṭhu a. [apa-sthā ku Uṇ. 1. 25; P. VIII. 3. 98]
     (1) Contrary, opposite.
     (2) Unfavourable, adverse, perverse.
     (3) Left. --ṣṭhu adv.
     (1) Contrary, in the contrary or opposite way or direction.
     (2) Falsely, untruly, wrongly; tava dhaṃrmarāja iti nāma kathamidamapaṣṭhu paṭhyate Śi. 15. 17; apaṣṭhu paṭhataḥ pāṭhyamadhigoṣṭhi śaṭhasya te N.
     (3) Faultlessly.
     (4) Well, properly, handsomely. --ṣṭhuḥ Time.

apaṣṭhura --la a. Contrary, opposite.

apas n. [āp asun thasvaśca; āpaḥkarmākhyāyāṃ thasvo nuṭca vā syāt Uṇ. 4. 207. apnaḥ, apaḥ]
     (1) Work, action; apasā saṃtu neme Rv. 1. 54. 8.
     (2) Sacred act or rite, sacrificial work.
     (3) Water. --a. (apāḥ)
     (1) Active, engaged in any act (karmayukta).
     (2) Got or obtained. According to B. and R. apasaḥ f. pl. stands in the Veda for
     (1) the hands and fingers busy in kindling the sacred fire and performing the sacrificial rites;
     (2) the three goddesses of sacred speech or the three divinities, fire, wind and sun; and
     (3) the active or running waters. [cf. L. opus.]

apastama a. Most active or rapid.

apasya a. [apasi karmaṇi sādhuḥ yat] Ved. Active, fit for an act, skilful in doing any thing (sādhukarmakārin); Yv. 10. 7; flowing, watery. --syā
     (1) Activity.
     (2) Water.
     (3) A sort of brick used in preparing the sacrificial altar.

apasyati Den. P. To be active.

apasyu a. [apas-kyac-u] Active, busily engaged, desirous of working.

apasadaḥ [apakṛṣṭo nīca iva sīdati, sad-ac]
     (1) An outcast, a low man; usually at the end of comp. in the sense of 'vile,' 'wretched' 'accursed'; kāpālika- Mal. 5; re re kṣatriyāpasadāḥ Ve. 3; nara-, brāhmaṇa- &c.
     (2) N. for the children of six degrading connections, i. e. of men of the first three castes with women of the castes inferior to their own; viprasya triṣu varṇeṣu nṛpatervarṇayordvayoḥ . vaiśyasya varṇe caikasmin ṣaḍete'pasadāḥ smṛtāḥ .. Ms. 10. 10.

apasamam ind. Last year; at the end of the year (varṣātyaye).

apasara-sarpa &e. See under apasṛ, apasṛp.

apasarjanam [sṛj-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Leaving, abandonment.
     (2) A gift or donation,
     (3) Final beatitude.

apasala = apasavya below.

apasalavi ind. [apa sal bā- avi]
     (1) To the left (opp. prasalavi); -vi sṛṣṭayā rajjvā Katy. (aprādakṣiṇyena).
     (2) (The space) Between the thumb and the forefinger, supposed to be sacred to the Manes, as water &c. in ceremonies like tarpaṇa is offered to them being poured down through that space; pradeśinyaṃguṣṭhayoraṃtarā apasalavi apasavyaṃ vā tena pitṛbhyo nidadhāti Śabdak.

apasavya, --savyaka a.
     (1) Not on the left, right; apasavyena hastena Ms. 3. 214.
     (2) Contrary, opposite. --vyaṃ ind. To the right, making the sacred thread hang down towards the left part of the body over the right shoulder (opp. savyaṃ when it hangs over the left); a position of the thread in Śraddha or other religious ceremonies at particular times of those ceremonies (the three positions being savya, nivīta & apasavya) Ms. 3. 279; -vyaṃ kṛ to go round one so as to keep the right side towards him; to make the sacred thread hang over the right shoulder.

apasavyavat a. Wearing the sacred thread over the right shoulder.

apasiddhāṃtaḥ A wrong or erroneous conclusion; siddhāṃtamabhyupetyāniyamāt kathāprasaṃgo'pasiddhāṃtaḥ Gaut. S.

apasṛ 1 P.
     (1) To walk off, go or get away, depart; apasara itaḥ begone, avaunt, hence, get you gone; apasarāgrataḥ Pt. 1.
     (2) To withdraw, retire, retreat, turn back; yadapasarati meṣaḥ kāraṇaṃ tatprahartuṃ Pt. 3. 43.
     (3) To vanish, disappear; yasyānuṣṭhānena me saṃtativināśaduḥkhamapasarati Pt. 1.
     (4) To escape, elude the sight. --Caus. To make (a thing or person) go away or retire, take or put away, remove, drive away or off, throw aside; apasāraya ghanasāraṃ K. P. 9; apasāryatāṃ vetralatā Pt. 1 put aside, take away; Ms. 7. 149.

apasaraḥ
     (1) Departure, retreat.
     (2) A proper excuse or apology, valid reason (for possession of a thing, such as buying &c.) Ms. 8. 198.

apasaraṇam
     (1) Going away, retreating, escape; tatte yuktaṃ kartumapasaraṇaṃ Pt. 3.
     (2) Egress.

apasāraḥ 1 Going out, retreating.
     (2) An outlet, egress (opp. praveśa); Pt. 3. 120; anapasāramārgāḥ Dk. 163; H. 3. 53; Śi. 18. 40.
     (3) Escaping, fleeing; Mk. 7. 3.

apasāraṇaṃ --ṇā Removing to a distance, driving, expelling; kimarthamapasāraṇā kriyate Mu. 4, making room (cf. Mar. bājū, bājū).

apasṛta p. p.
     (1) Gone away, retreated &c.; dropped or fallen down; apasṛtapāṃḍupatrā muṃcaṃtyaśrūṇīva latāḥ S. 4. 15.
     (2) Extended, held out, stretched; S. 6.
     (3) Discharged; apasṛtamiva śastraṃ Mv. 2.

apasṛp 1 P.
     (1) To glide or move gently along, glide away or off.
     (2) To withdraw, retire, go away; tvaritamanena tarugahanenāpasarpata U. 4; utprekṣitavikāraḥ apasarpeta Mv. 4 retire, go into voluntary exile.
     (3) To observe closely (as a spy); śuddhāṃtacārī durmukhaḥ sa mayā paurajānapadānapasarpituṃ prayuktaḥ U. 1. --Caus. To drive away or off.

apasarpaḥ, --rpakaḥ A secret agent or emissary, spy; sopasarpairjajāgāra yathākālaṃ svapannapi R. 17. 51, 14. 31.

apasarpaṇam Going back, retreating; observing as a spy.

apasṛptiḥ f. Going away or forth.

apaskaṃbhaḥ Fastening, making firm.

apaskaraḥ [apa-kṝ ap-suṭ rathāṃge nipātaḥ P. VI. 1. 149] Any part of a carriage, except the wheel (raṃ also); apaskaramadhiṣṭhāne himavān viṃdhyaparvataḥ Mb.
     (2) Excrement.
     (3) Vulva.
     (4) Anus.

apaskāraḥ The root or underpart of the knee.

apaskhalaḥ Leaping or jumping off.

apastaṃbhaḥ A vessel in the side of the breast containing vital air.

apasnāta a. [apakṛṣṭaṃ snātaḥ] One who has bathed after death or mourning or upon the death of a relation, preparatory to other ceremonies.

apasnānam
     (1) Bathing as after mourning or upon the death of a relative; funeral bathing.
     (2) Impure bathing, bathing in water in which a person has previously washed himself (snānaśiṣṭaṃ jalaṃ) Ms. 4. 132.

apaspaśa a. Devoid of spies; śabdavidyeva no bhāti rājanītirapaspaśā Śi. 2. 112 (where -śā also means without paspaśa).

apaspṛś a. Ved. Not letting oneself be touched.

apasparśa a. Insensible.

apasphiga a. Having badly formed hips; (P. VI. 2. 187).

apasphur (--sphūḥ), --ra, --rat a. Injured (Sāy.); swelling, increasing (?).

apasmāraḥ, --smṛtiḥ f. [apasmārayati smaraṇaṃ vilopayati, smṛ-ṇic, kartari ac, or apagataḥ smāraḥ smaraṇaṃ yataḥ]
     (1) Forgetfulness, loss of memory; smara- Bh. 1. 89.
     (2) Epilepsy, falling sickness; Suśr. thus derives it; smṛtirbhūtārthavijñānamapaśca parivarjane . apasmāra iti proktastatoyaṃ vyādhiraṃtakṛt ..

apasmārin a. Epileptic, having an epileptic fit; Ms. 3. 7; Śi. 3. 72.

apasmṛti a. Forgetful.

apasya, --syu &c. See under apas.

apasvaraḥ An unmusical sound or note.

apahan 2 P.
     (1) To ward or beat off, repel, destroy, kill, take away, remove; apaghnaṃto duritaṃ havyagaṃdhaiḥ S. 4. 7; na tu khalu tayorjñāne śaktiṃ karotyapahaṃti vā U. 2. 4 takes away; Ms. 6. 96; apahatapāpmānaṃ savitāramupatiṣṭhasva U. 3.
     (2) To attack, affect, seize (as disease &c.).
     (3) To husk out, take off the shell or husk (as rice).
     (4) To shoot out.

apaha a. [apa-haṇ-ḍa] (At the end of comp.) Warding or keeping off, taking away, removing, destroying, repelling &c.; na daṃśamaśakāpahaṃ Pt. 3. 97; sragiyaṃ yadi jīvitāpahā R. 8. 46; parakarmāpahaḥ so'bhūt 17. 61.

apahatiḥ f. Removing, destroying.

apahananam Warding off, repelling &c.

apahala a. Having a bad plough.

apahas 1 P. To mock or scoff at, ridicule, deride; sāhasāpahasitakumāreṇa Dk. 9 scoffed at, i. e. excelled.

apahasitaṃ, --hāsaḥ Silly or causeless laughter; often laughter with tearful eyes (nīcānāmapahasitaṃ).

apahastaḥ [apasāraṇārtho hastaḥ]
     (1) The hand placed on the neck to drive out a person (galahasta); one that is so driven out.
     (2) Throwing away or off, taking away.
     (3) Stealing, plundering.

apahastayati Den. P. To seize by the neck and drive out; hence throw away, abandon, leave, discard, reject (fig. also).

apahastita p. p. Thrown away, discarded, abandoned, cast off, given up; -sakalasakhījanaṃ tvayi viśvasiti me hṛdayaṃ K. 233, 202; -bāṃdhave tvayā Mal. 9. 19; ayaṃ mama -lajjo vyavasāyaḥ V. 2; Ki. 9. 36.

apahā 2 P. To leave, abandon; sākṣātpriyāmupagatāmapahāya pūrvaṃ S. 6. 15. --pass. To waste away, wane.

apahānam Leaving, abandoning.

apahāniḥ f.
     (1) Leaving, abandonment; stopping.
     (2) Ceasing, vanishing.
     (3) Exception, exclusion.

apahāya ind. Leaving, abandoning, except, without, excepting (used with the force of a preposition).

apahṛ 1 P.
     (1)
          (a) To take off, bear or snatch away, carry off; paścātputrairapahṛtabharaḥ V. 3. 1 relieved of the burden; taṃtrādacirāpahṛtaḥ paṭaḥ brought P. V. 2. 70 Sk.
          (b) To avert, turn away; vadanamapaharaṃtīṃ (gaurīṃ) Ku. 7. 95 averting or turning away her face.
          (c) To rob, plunder, steal.
     (2) To sever, separate, cut off; R. 15. 52.
     (3) To overpower, overcome, subdue; attract, ravish, captivate; affect, influence (in a good or bad sense); apahriye khalu pariśramajanitayā nidrayā U. 1 overpowered; utsavāpahṛtacetobhiḥ Ratn. 1; yathā nāpahriyase sukhena K. 109 seduced, led away, 277; na ... priyatamā yatamānamapāharat R. 9. 7 did not subdue i. e. did not divert his mind.
     (4) To remove, take away, destroy, annihilate, deprive (one) of; kīrtiṃ- R. 11. 74; priyā me dattā vāk punarme'pahṛtā Dk. 52.
     (5) To take back, resume; deyaṃ pratiśrutaṃ caiva dattvā nāpaharetpunaḥ Y. 2. 176.
     (6) To subtract, deduct. --Caus. To cause (others) to take away; Ki. 1. 31.

apaharaṇam
     (1) Taking or carrying away, removing.
     (2) Stealing.

apahartṛ a.
     (1) One that takes or carries away, steals, removes, destroys &c.
     (2) Removing, expiating; sarvadoṣāpahartṝṇāṃ vratānāṃ Ms. 11. 162.

apahāraḥ
     (1) Taking or carrying away, stealing, plundering, removing, killing, destroying; karṇanāsāpahāreṇa bhaginī me virūpitā Ram. by the cutting of ears and nose; nidrāpahāra, viṣa-.
     (2) Concealing, dissembling; kathamātmāpahāraṃ karomi S. 1 how shall I dissemble myself, conceal my real name and character; see apahāraka below.
     (3) Spending or using another's property.
     (4) Loss, damage.

apahāraka, --hārin a. One who or that which takes away, steals, re moves, destroys, conceals &c. (usually in comp.); jālāpahāriṇaḥ H. 1; paradravya- plunderer, thief; paravitta-; vāgapahārakaḥ Ms. 11. 51; Y. 3. 210; Ms. 4. 255; 2. 88. --kaḥ A robber, thief.

apahṛta p. p. Taken away, carried off, &c.; destitute of, free from.

apahnu 2 A.
     (1) To conceal, hide, disguise; Ms. 8. 53; kāmadevavyapadeśena sakhīpurato'pahnutaḥ Ratn. 2 was passed off as Cupid upon her friend.
     (2) To deny, disown; guṇāṃścāpahnuṣe'smākaṃ Bk. 5. 44; apahnuvānasya janāya yannijāṃ (adhīratāṃ) N. 1. 49.
     (3) To exculpate, excuse.

apahnavaḥ
     (1) Concealment, hiding; concealment of one's knowledge, feelings &c.
     (2) Denial or disowning of the truth, dissimulation; -ve jñaḥ P. I. 3. 44; jñātaṃ mayā te hṛdayaṃ sakhe māpahnavaṃ kṛthāḥ Ks. 10. 92.
     (3) Appeasing, satisfying.
     (4) Love, affection.

apahnutiḥ f.
     (1) Concealment of knowledge, denial.
     (2) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, in which the real character of the thing in question is denied and that of another (alien or imaginary) object is ascribed to, or superimposed upon, it; prakṛtaṃ yanniṣidhyānyatsādhyate sā tvapahnutiḥ K. P. 10; (upameyamasatyaṃ kṛtvā upamānaṃ satyatayā yatsthāpyate sāpahnutiḥ); e. g. nedaṃ nabhomaṃḍalamaṃburāśirnaitāśca tārā navaphenabhaṃgāḥ . nāyaṃ śaśī kuṃḍalitaḥ phaṇīṃdro nāsau kalaṃkaḥ śayito murāriḥ .. see also K. P. 10 and S. D. 683-84.

apathāsaḥ Reduction, diminution.

apāk ind. See apāc.

apāka a.
     (1) Ved. [fr. aṃc with apa]
          (a) Situated aside or behind.
          (b) Remote, distant.
          (c) Coming from a distant place.
          (d) Unequalled, incomparable, very great (analpa Say.); -cakṣus of unequalled brightness; -kāt-kā aside, distant; -kestha standing behind.
     (2) Raw, unripe.
     (3) Not matured, undigested.
     (4) Of matured intellect, wise; (pākaḥ paktavyaprajñaḥ mūrkhaḥ tadvilakṣaṇaḥ) Rv. 1. 110. 2, 6. 12. 2. --kaḥ
     (1) Indigestion (of food &c.).
     (2) Immaturity, not being ripe or cooked.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. 1. not produced by cooking or ripening. --2. natural, original; Bhaṣa P. 42, 95.
          --śākaṃ ginger.

apākṛ 8 U.
     (1) To drive away, dispel, remove, destroy; keep, put, or take away; tannaiśaṃ timiramapākaroti caṃdraḥ S. 6. 29; sphuṭatā na padairapākṛtā Ki. 2. 27; pāpamapākaroti Bh. 2. 23; guhopi yeṣāṃ prathamātmajanmanāṃ na putravātsalyamapākariṣyati Ku. 5. 14 remove, reduce, lessen; Mal. 6. 4; R. 6. 57; Śi. 8. 61.
     (2) To cast off, reject (also an opinion), leave, give up, throw away, drop; haṃsairyiyāsubhirapākṛtamunmanaskaiḥ Mk. 5. 1; śivā bhujacchedamapācakāra R. 7. 50.
     (3) To discharge, liquidate (as debt &c.) Ms. 6. 35.

apākaraṇaṃ, apākṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Driving away, removal.
     (2) Rejection, refutation; tadapākaraṇāyāha Praśna Up.
     (3) Payment, liquidation; ṛṇatrayāpakaraṇānnāstyapavargaḥ Nyaya S.

apākarman n (-rma) Payment, liquidation.

apākariṣṇu a.
     (1) Driving away, removing.
     (2) Excelling, eclipsing; varṇaḥ svarṇāpākariṣṇuḥ Bh. 1. 5.

apākṛta p. p.
     (1) Removed, destroyed, dispelled, paid &c.
     (2) Devoid or destitute of, free from; kṛtamidamapākṛte guṇaiḥ Śi. 15. 33; yatsvayamabhiyogaduḥkhairapākṛtaṃ tadeva rājyaṃ sukhayati Mu. 1.

apākṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Rejection, removal &c.
     (2) Emotion resultiong from anger, fear &c.; Ki. 1. 27.

apākṣa a. [apanataḥ akṣamiṃdriyaṃ]
     (1) Present, perceptible.
     (2) [apagate apakṛṣṭe vā akṣiṇī yasya] Eyeless; having bad eyes.

apāṃkta, --pāṃkteya, --pāṃktya a. 'Not in the same row or line'; especially one who is not allowed by his castemen to sit in the same row with them at meals; degraded, excommunicated, excluded from or inadmissible into society, an outcast; -upahata defiled by the presence of excommunicated or impious persons.

apāṃga --gaka a. [apagataṃ aṃgaṃ yasya]
     (1) Wanting or deformed in some limb of the body.
     (2) Maimed, crippled. --gaḥ, --gakaḥ [apāṃgati tiryak calati netraṃ yatra, apa-aṃg-ghañ]
     (1) The outer corner or angle of the eye; calāpāṃgāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ S. 1. 24; ammahe apāṃgakaḥ sphurati kimapi vāmakaḥ M. 2. 4.
     (2) A sectarial mark on the forehead.
     (3) Cupid, the god of love.
     (4) N. of a plant (apāmārga).
     -- Comp.
          --darśanaṃ, --dṛṣṭiḥ f.,
          --vilokitaṃ, --vīkṣaṇaṃ &c. a side-glance, side-long look, wink.
          --deśaḥ the place of the corner of the eye; the corner itself.
          --netra a. (said of a lady) having eyes with beautiful (or long) outer corners; yadiyaṃ punarapyapāṃganetrā parivṛttārdhamukhī mayādya dṛṣṭā V. 1. 17 (a better interpretation would however be 'with the eyes turned towards the corners' apāṃgayoḥ prerite netre yayā i. e. casting side-long looks).

apāc, apāṃc (m ṅ, f. cī, n k) [apāṃcati, aṃc kvip]
     (1) Going or situated backwards, behind.
     (2) Not open or clear (aprakāśa).
     (3) Western.
     (4) Southern (opp. udaṃc); probably for avāṃc. --k ind.
     (1) Behind, backwards.
     (2) Westward or southward.

apācī The south or west; -itarā the north (other than south).

apācīna a. [apācyāṃ bhavaḥ kha]
     (1) Situated backwards or behind, turned backwards.
     (2) Not visible, imperceptible; Rv. 7. 6. 4.
     (3) Southern.
     (4) Western.
     (5) Opposite.

apācya a. [apāc-yat] Western or southern.

apāṭava a. Unskilful. --vaṃ
     (1) Unskilfulness.
     (2) Sickness, illness.

apāṇinīya a.
     (1) Not taught by Paṇini in his works (as a rule &c.).
     (2) (pāṇinīyaṃ aṣṭādhyāyīrūpaṃ graṃthaṃ yo nādhīte) One who does not (properly) study Paṇini's grammar; i. e. a superficial scholar, smatterer of Sanskrit.

apātram
     (1) A worthless vessel or utensil.
     (2) (fig.) An unworthy or undeserving person, unfit receptacle or recipient
     (3) One unfit or disqualified to receive gifts; adeśakāle yaddānamapātrebhyaśca dīyate Bg. 17. 22; Ks. 24. 26.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛtyā, apātrīkaraṇaṃ doing degrading or unworthy acts; disqualification, any action which makes a man unworthy; four disqualifications for a Brahmaṇa are mentioned in Ms. 11. 70: -niṃditebhyo dhanādānaṃ vāṇijyaṃ śūdrasevanaṃ . apātrīkaraṇaṃ jñeyamasatyasya ca bhāṣaṇam ..; see also 11. 126.
          --dāyin a. giving to unworthy persons.
          --bhṛt a. supporting the unworthy or worthless; prāyeṇāpātrabhṛdbhavati rājā Pt. 1.

apād = apad q. v.

apādā 3 A. To take off or away, to remove; tatpāṣmānamapādatte; mṛtpiṃḍamapādāya mahāvīraṃ karoti Śat. Br.

apādānam
     (1) Taking away, removal; ablation; a thing from which another is removed.
     (2) (In gram.) The sense of the ablative case; dhruvamapāye'pādānaṃ P. I. 4. 24; apādāne paṃcamī II. 3. 28; apāye yadudāsīnaṃ calaṃ vā yadi vā'calaṃ . dhruvameva tadāveśāttadapādānamucyate .. Hari; apādāna is of three kinds: -niṃrdiṣṭaviṣayaṃ kiṃcidupāttaviṣayaṃ tathā . apekṣitakriyaṃ ceti tridhāpādānamiṣyate .. e. g. vṛkṣāt patraṃ patati, meghādvidyotate vidyut, & kuto bhavān.

apādhvan n. A bad way; P. VI. 2. 187.

apān 2 P. [apa-an]
     (1) To breathe out, respire; yadvai praṇiti sa prāṇo yadapaniti so'pānaḥ Ch. Up.
     (2) To expire.

apānaḥ Breathing out, respiration (opp. prāṇa); prāṇāpānau samau kṛtvā nāsābhyaṃtaracāriṇau Bg. 5. 27; one of the five life-winds in the body which goes downwards and out at the anus (apanayanānmūtrapurīṣāderapāno' dhovṛttirvāyurnābhisthānaḥ); mūtraśukravaho vāyurapāna iti kīrtyate. --naḥ --naṃ The anus (ādhāre ghañ).
     -- Comp.
          --dā giving Apana.
          --dvāraṃ the anus.
          --pavanaḥ, --vāyuḥ 1. the life-wind called apāna. --2. ventris crepitus.
          --bhṛt f. a sort of brick (cherishing the life-wind apāna).

apānanam
     (1) Respiration.
     (2) Taking downwards, urine, excrement &c.

apānṛta a. Free from falsehood, true.

apāpa --pin a. Sinless, guiltless, pure, virtuous; apāpānāṃ kule jāte mayi pāpaṃ na vidyate . yadi saṃbhāvyate pāpamapāpena ca kiṃ mayā .. Mk. 9. 37.
     -- Comp.
          --kāśin a. 1. not ill-looking. --2. not revealing evil.
          --vasyasaṃ Ved. well-being, welfare, sound health, prosperity.

apāṃpitta -napāt &c. &c. see under ap.

apāmārgaḥ [apamṛjyate vyādhyādiranena ityapāmārgaḥ, mṛj karaṇe ghañ kutvaṃ dīrghaśca] P. III. 3. 121 Sk.] N. of a plant Achyranthes Aspera (Mar. āghāḍā) largely used in medicine, washing teeth, sacrificial and other religious purposes and in incantations; apāmārga tvayā vayaṃ sarvaṃ tadapamṛjmahe; apāmārga oṣadhīnāṃ sarvāsāmeka idvaśī . Av.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣā ratailaṃ, -tailaṃ N. of two medicated oils

apāmārjanam Cleansing, purifying, removing (diseases, evils &c.).

apāya --yin See under ape.

apāra a.
     (1) Shoreless.
     (2) Boundless, unbounded, unlimited; apārasyāprameyasya paraṃ pāramupāśrite Ram. unfathomable, of great length.
     (3) Inexhaustible, immense, great (adhika); Rv. 5. 87. 6.
     (4) Out of reach.
     (5) Difficult to be crossed; difficult to be surmounted or overcome (as an enemy); rāvaṇaśca mahāśatrurapāraḥ pratibhāti me . Rām. --raṃ
     (1) A kind of mental satisfaction or acquiescence; or, reverse of mental acquiescence, nonacquiescence.
     (2) The opposite bank of a river. --rā The earth.

apāraka a. Unable, incompetent.

apārṇa a. [apa-ard-kta nipātaḥ]
     (1) Distant, remote, far.
     (2) Near.

apārtha [apa-artha], apārthaka a.
     (1) Useless, unprofitable, worthless; sarvametadapārthaṃ te kṣipraṃ tau saṃprasādaya Mb.
     (2) Meaningless, unmeaning, senseless; apārthaṃ bahu bhāṣate Susr. --rthaṃ Senseless or incoherent talk or argument (regarded as one of the faults of composition in rhetoric); yogyatāsattyākāṃkṣāśūnyaṃ vākyaṃ Gautama; paurvāparyāyogādapratibaṃdhārthamapārthakaṃ; cf. also Kāv. 3. 128; samudāyārthaśūnyaṃ yattadapārthamitīṣyate .
     -- Comp.
          --karaṇaṃ advancing a false plea in a law-suit.

apālaṃkaḥ N. of a plant, Cassia Fistula.

apālaṃbaḥ Ved. The hinder part of a carriage.

apāvṛ 5 P.
     (1) To open, lay bare or open, unveil, uncover; expose, display, reveal; (śayanaṃ) tasya vibhramaratānyapāvṛṇot R. 19. 25.
     (2) To cover.

apāvṛta p. p.
     (1) Opened, laid bare or open; svargadvāramapāvṛtaṃ Bg. 2. 32.
     (2) Covered, concealed; enclosed.
     (3) Free, unrestrained, self-willed.

apāvṛtiḥ f., apāvaraṇaṃ
     (1) Opening, laying bare or open.
     (2) Covering, enclosing, surrounding.
     (3) Concealing, hiding, screening.

apāvṛt 1 A.
     (1) To turn away, return, turn back; to turn away from, abstain or desist from.
     (2) To come to nothing. --Caus. To send back, turn back; to reject, repulse.

apāvartanaṃ, --vṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Turning away or from, retreating, retiring; repulse, rejection.
     (2) Revolution.

apāvṛtta p. p.
     (1) (With abl.) Turned away from, averted; reversed, repelled, driven back.
     (2) (Actively used) Dismissing, scorning, rejecting with contempt; pratigrahādapāvṛttaḥ saṃtuṣṭo yena kena cit Mb. --ttaṃ Rolling on the ground (of a horse).

apāśyā Not a large number of snares, i. e. a few snares; P. VI. 2. 156.

apāśri 1 U.
     (1) To Resort to, betake oneself to; parasparaṃ kecidapāśrayaṃte Ram.
     (2) To use, practise, employ; āhāramanapāśritya śarīrasyeva dhāraṇaṃ Mb.
     (3) To rest on, lie on (intrans.)

apāśraya a. Without support or refuge, helpless. --yaḥ
     (1) Refuge, recourse, that to which recourse is had for refuge; karṇe kṛtāpāśrayaḥ Ve. 5. 1.
     (2) An awning or canopy spread over a courtyard.
     (3) Head; tvadaṃkāpāśrayāṃ tāṃ Dk. 34, 69.

apāśrita p. p.
     (1) (Passively used
          (a) Restored to.
          (b) Girt round, fastened.
          (c) Inhabited by.
     (2) (Actively used) Resting or reposing on, resorting to, entering on or into, being in or under.

apāṣṭiḥ f. Ved. The heel.

apāṣṭhaḥ [sthā-ka; --sasya ṣatvaṃ] Ved. The barb or point of an arrow. --ṣṭhaṃ The remainder of the Soma plant after it has been pressed out; -vat barbed.

apās [ap-as] 4 P.
     (1)
          (a) To throw or fling away, cast away or off, leave, keep or put aside, reject, discard (opinion also); sāraṃ tato grāhyamapāsya phalgu Pt. 1; kimityapāsyābharaṇāni yauvane dhṛtaṃ tvayā vārdhakaśobhi valkalaṃ Ku. 5. 44; nirastagāṃbhīryamapāstapuṣpakaṃ Śi. 1. 55; ityādīnāmapi kāvyalakṣaṇatvamapāstaṃ S. D. rejected, discarded.
          (b) To leave, abandon, desert, quit, retire or withdraw from; yadi samaramapāsya nāsti mṛtyorbhayaṃ Ve. 3. 4.
     (2) To scare, disperse, drive away; apāsya cāsya yaṃtāraṃ Mb.
     (3) To leave behind, leave in a deserted condition; to disregard, take no notice of, contemn.

apāsanam
     (1) Throwing away, discarding.
     (2) Quitting.
     (3) Killing.

apāsita p. p. (fr. caus.) Thrown away, discarded &c.; injured, destroyed, killed.

apāsaṃgaḥ [saṃj-ghañ-kutvaṃ] A quiver.

apāsaraṇam Departure, retreat, removal; see apasaraṇa.

apāsu a. Lifeless, dead.

apāhā 3 P. = apahā q. v.

api ind. (Sometimes with the a dropped according to the opinion of Bhaguri; vaṣṭi bhāgurirallopamavāpyorupasargayoḥ; pidhā, pidhāna &c.)
     (1) (Used with roots and nouns in the sense of) Placing near or over, taking towards, uniting with; reaching or going up to, proximity, nearness &c. [Cf. Gr. epi, Zend api, Germ. and Eng. be]. (Note. api, as a prefix to roots, occurs mostly in Veda, its place being taken by abhi in classical literature).
     (2) (As a separable adverb or conjunction) And, also, too, moreover, besides, in addition, having a cumulative force (samuccaya); asti me sodarasnehopyeteṣu; S. 1 on one's part, in one's turn; viṣṇuśarmaṇāpi rājaputrāḥ pāṭitāḥ Pt. 1; rājāpi munivākyamaṃgīkṛtyātiṣṭhat Dk. 2; api -api or api ca as well as, and also; api stuhi, api siṃca P. I. 4. 96 Sk., na nāpi-na caiva, na vāpi, nāpi vā na cāpi neither-nor; na vāpi kāvyaṃ navamityavadyaṃ M. 1. 2 nor; vāpi or; alpopyevaṃ mahān vāpi Ms. 3. 53 whether small or great.
     (3) It is often used to express emphasis in the sense of 'too', 'even' 'very'; vidhurapi vidhiyogād grasyate rāhaṇāsau H. 1 the very moon; yūyamapyanena karmaṇā pariśrāṃtāḥ S. 1 even you, you also; anyadapi also another; adyāpi even, yet, still, even now; idānīmapi even now; muhūrtamapi even for a moment, for one moment at least; nādyāpi not yet; yadyapi though, although, even if; tathāpi still, nevertheless, notwithstanding, yet; sometimes yadyapi is understood, tathāpi only being used; as in Ki. 1. 28.
     (4) Though (oft. translateable by 'even', 'even if'); sarasijamanuviddhaṃ śaivalenāpi ramyaṃ S. 1. 20 though overspread &c.; iyamadhikamanojñā valkalenāpi tanvī ibid. though in her bark dress; balavadapi śikṣitānām 1. 2 though ever so learned. In this sense api is most frequently used by writers to show real or imaginary opposition (virodha); kṛṣṇamapi asudarśanaṃ, puṣpavatyapi pavitrā &c.
     (5) But, however.
     (6) Used at the beginning of sentences api introduces a question; api sannihito'tra kulapatiḥ S. 1; api kriyārthaṃ sulabhaṃ samitkuśaṃ ... api svaśaktyā tapasi pravartase Ku. 5. 33, 34, 35; apyagraṇīrmaṃtrakṛtāmṛṣīṇāṃ kuśāgrabuddhe kuśalī guruste R. 5. 4.
     (7) Hope, expectation (usually with the potential mood); kṛtaṃ rāmasadṛśaṃ karma . api jīvetsa brāhmaṇaśeśuḥ U. 2. I hope the Brāhmaṇa boy comes to life. Note-In this sense api is frequently used with nāma and has the sense of
          (a) 'is it likely', 'may it be';
          (b) 'perhaps', 'in all probability' or
          (c) 'would that', 'I wish or hope' that'; api nāma kulapatoriyamasavarṇakṣetrasaṃbhavā syāt S. 1; S. 7; tadapi nāma manāgavatīrṇosi ratiramaṇabāṇagocaraṃ Mal. 1 perhaps, in all probability; api nāma tayoḥ kalyāṇinoḥ abhimataḥ pāṇigrahaḥ syāt ibid; api nāma rāmabhadraḥ punarapīdaṃ vanamalaṃkuryāt U. 2; 'is it likely', 'I wish'; yathā vanajyotsnānurūpeṇa pādapena saṃgatā api nāma evamahamapyātmano'nurūpaṃ varaṃ labheyeti S. 1 would that; api nāmāhaṃ purūravā bhaveyaṃ V. 2 I wish I were P.
     (8) Affixed to interrogative words api makes the sense indefinite, 'any', 'some'; kopi some one; kimapi something; kutrāpi somewhere; kadāpi at any time; kathamapi any how &c. ke'pi ete pravayasaḥ tvāṃ didṛkṣavaḥ U. 4 some people. It may often be translated by 'unknown', 'indescribable,' 'inexpressible' (anirvācya); vyatiṣajati padārthānāṃtaraḥ kopi hetuḥ U. 6. 12; tattasya kimapi dravyaṃ yo hi yasya priyo janaḥ 2. 19; Mu. 3. 22; K. 143; kopi mahimā syāt U. 6, 6. 11, 7. 12; Mal. 1. 26; R. 1. 46.
     (9) After words expressing number api has the sense of 'totality', 'all'; caturṇāmapi varṇānāṃ of all the 4 castes; sarvairapi rājñāṃ prayojanaṃ Pt. 1. (10) It sometimes expresses 'doubt' or 'uncertainty,' 'fear' (śaṃkā); api coro bhavet G. M. there is perhaps a thief.
     (11) (with pot. mood) It has the sense of saṃbhāvanā 'possibility', 'supposition'; P. I. 4. 96; III. 3. 154; api stuyādviṣṇuṃ, api stuyādrājānaṃ, api giriṃ śirasā bhiṃdyāt Sk.; soyamapi siṃcetsahasraṃ drākṣāṇāṃ kṣaṇenaikena Dk. 127.
     (12) Contempt, censure, or reproof; P. I. 4. 96, III. 3. 142; dhigdevadattamapi stuyādvṛṣalaṃ; dhigjālmaṃ devadattamapi siṃcet palāṃḍuṃ; api jāyāṃ tyajasi jātu gaṇikāmādhatse garhitametat Sk. shame to, &c. or fie upon, Devadatta &c.
     (13) It is also used with the Imperative mood to mark 'indifference on the part of the speaker', where he permits another to do as he likes, (anvavasarga or kāmacārānujñā, the imperative being softened;) api stuhi Sk. you may praise (if you like); api stuhyapi sedhāsmāṃstathyamuktaṃ narāśana Bk. 8. 92.
     (14) api is sometimes used as a particle of exclamation,
     (15) Rarely in the sense of 'therefore,' 'hence' (ata eva).
     (16) Used as a separable preposition with gen. it is said to express the sense of a word understood (padārtha), and is treated as a karmapravacanīya P. I. 4. 96; the example usually given is sarpiṣopi syāt where some word like biṃdurapi 'a drop,' 'a little' &c. has to be understood, 'there may perhaps be a drop of ghee,' 'I presume there may be at least a drop' &c. api saṃbhāvanāpraśnaśaṃkāgarhāsamuccaye . tathāyuktapadārtheṣu kāmacārakriyāsu ca .. Viśva; apiḥ padārthasaṃbhāvanānvavasargagarhāsamuccayeṣu P. 1. 4. 96. G. M. adds the senses of āśis 'blessing' (bhadramapi), mṛti 'death' (maraṇamapi) and bhūṣā 'decoration' (api na hyati hāraṃ).

apikakṣaḥ Ved. The region of the arm-pits and shoulder-blades, especially in animals. --kṣaṃ ind. In the armpit.

apikakṣya a. Belonging to this region (Say. on Rv. 1. 117. 22 says -kṣyaṃ chinnasya yajñaśirasaḥ kakṣapradeśena saṃdhānabhūtaṃ pravargyavidyākhyaṃ rahasyaṃ).

apikarṇam The region of the ears; near (samīpa) Rv. 6. 48. 16.

apigīrṇa a.
     (1) Praised, celebrated.
     (2) Told, described.

apicchila a.
     (1) Not muddy, clear, free from sediment.
     (2) Deep.

apija a. Born after or again, epithet of several deities. --jaḥ [api apsu jāyate, aluk vede apśabdasyaikavacanatvamapi] N. of the month ofJyeṣṭha (jalakrīḍāratisādhanatvāttathātvaṃ).

apit a. [āpaḥ ito gatā yasya vede na jaṣ]
     (1) Dry, waterless, as a river.
     (2) Not having the it or anubaṃdha p.

apitṛka a.
     (1) Fatherless.
     (2) Not ancestral or paternal, not inherited (apaitṛka also in this sense).

apitrya a. Not ancestral.

apitvam Ved. [apitvarate asmai, tvar bā-ḍa] A part, portion, share.

apitvin a. Having a share.

apidhā 3 U. To shut, close, cover, conceal.

apidhānaṃ, --pidhānam
     (1) Covering, concealing, concealment.
     (2) A cover, lid, covering (fig. also); amṛtāpidhānamasi svāhā; naikajaladacchatrāpidhānaṃ jagat Mk. 5. 24; a cloth for covering.

apidhiḥ f. Concealment, covering --dhiḥ What is given to another's entire satisfaction tṛptiparyaṃtadatta.

apihita --pihita p. p.
     (1) Shut, closed, covered, concealed (fig. also); bāṣpāpiheta covered with tears.
     (2) Not concealed, plain, clear; artho girāmapihitaḥ pihitaśca kiṃcit, satyaṃ cakāsti marahadṛvadhūstanābhaḥ Subhaṣ.

apiprāṇa a. (ṇī f.) Always animating or vivifying (sarvadāceṣṭamāna).

apibhāga a. Ved. Sharing or partaking in, having a share.

apivrata a. Sharing in the same religious acts or other works; connected by blood; apivratāścānvārabhaṃte yajamānaṃ Katy. (saṃsṛṣṭaṃ sādhāraṇakarma yeṣāṃ te apivratāḥ avibhaktā dāyādāḥ, te hi ekenāpi kṛṣyādikarma kṛtaṃ sarve upajīvaṃti Com.).

apiśarvara a. Ved. Close to the night, being at the beginning (or end) of the night. --raṃ Early or untimely morning, evening (or morning) time (pradoṣamukhaṃ).

apiśalaḥ N. of a man; a grammarian; (pl.) his descendants.

apiśas a. Ripping up.

apī [api-i] 2 P. (Mostly Vedic)
     (1) To go in or near, enter into or upon, approach.
     (2) To have a share in, partake of, suffer; jarāmṛtyuṃ punarevāpiyaṃti Muṇḍ.
     (3) To join, flow, flow into, dissolve, be resolved into; svamapīto bhavati tasmādenaṃ svapitītyācakṣate Ch. Up.
     (4) To die.
     (5) To pour out (as a river).

apītiḥ f.
     (1) Entering into, approaching.
     (2) Dissolution, destruction; loss.
     (3) Destruction of the world (pralaya); apītau tadvat prasaṃgādasamaṃjasaṃ Br. Sūtra II. 1. 8.
     (4) Encountering, joining in battle.

apyayaḥ
     (1) Approaching, meeting, joining, juncture.
     (2) Pouring out (of rivers).
     (3) Entrance into, vanishing, disappearance; absorption, dissolution into oneself.

apyayanam
     (1) Union, junction.
     (2) Copulation.

apīcya a.
     (1) Very handsome or beautiful (atisuṃdara).
     (2) Secret, concealed, hidden.

apīju a. Ved. Impelling, stirring up.

apīnasaḥ [apīnāya, apīnatvāya sīyate kalpate karmakartari ka Tv.] Dryness of the nose; cold (in the head), rheum, catarrh; see pīnasa.

apīvya a. Ved. Very handsome.

apuṃs m. (-pumān) Not a man, a eunuch; Ms. 3. 49.

apuṃstvam The state of a eunuch, impotent state.

apuṃskā f. A woman without a husband; nāpuṃskāsīti me matiḥ Bk. 5. 70.

apuccha a. Without a tail. --cchā N. of a tree (Mar. śīsu).

apuṇya a. Not virtuous or holy, wicked, bad; -kṛt one who does not perform meritorious deeds, or who commits unrighteous deeds.

aputraḥ Not a son. --a., --putrakaḥ (-trikā f.) Having no son or heir.

aputrikā The daughter of a sonless father, who herself has no male child; one who is not appointed by her father to beget male issue for him on failure of a son; cf. akṛtā. --kaḥ The father of such a daughter.

apunar ind. Not again, once for all, for ever.
     -- Comp.
          --anvaya a. not returning; dead.
          --ādānaṃ not taking back or again.
          --āvṛttiḥ f. 'nonreturn', exemption of the soul from further transmigration, final beatitude.
          --prāpya a. irrecoverable.
          --bhavaḥ 1. not being born again (of diseases also). --2. final beatitude. --3. knowledge of the Supreme Soul which tends to this step. --4. a person released from metempsychosis.

apuruṣa a. Not manlike, unmanly.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ 1. a rite or ceremony which is not in the interests of the doer. --2. not the principal object of the soul.

apuṣkala a.
     (1) Not much.
     (2) Mean, low, base.

apuṣṭa a.
     (1) Not nourished or fed, lean, not fat.
     (2) Not loud or violent, soft, low (as sound).
     (3) (In Rhet.) Not feeding orassisting (the meaning), irrelevant (mukhyānupakārin), regarded as one of the arthadoshas (faults of the sense or meaning); as in the instance given under S. D. 576 vilokya vitate vyomni vidhuṃ muṃca ruṣaṃpriye, the adjective vitata 'expanded,' as applied, to the sky, does not in any way help the cessation of anger and is, therefore, irrelevant.

apuṣpa a. Flowerless, not flowering. --ṣpaḥ The glomerous fig-tree.
     -- Comp.
          --phala, --phalada a. bearing fruits without flowering, having neither fruits nor flowers. (
          --laḥ, -daḥ) 1. the jack tree (Mar. phaṇasa) Artocarpus Integrifolia. --2. the glomerous fig tree (uduṃbara).

apus n. Ved. Shape, body = vapus

apūjaka a. Irreligious, irreverent.

apūjā Disrespect, irreverence.

apūpaḥ [na pūyate viśīryate, pū-pa. na. te. Tv.]
     (1) A small round cake of flour, meal &c. (Mar. vaḍā, ghāragā, anarasā &c.), thicker than ordinary cakes and mixed with sugar and spices; bhīmenātibalena matsyabhavane'pūpā na saṃghaṭṭitāḥ Pt. 3. 172.
     (2) Wheat.
     (3) Honey-comb.

apūpīya, apūpya [apūpāya hitaṃ, yat cha ca] Belonging to, intended for, apūpa. --pyaṃ Flour, meal.

apūraṇī The silk cotton tree (śālmalī) Bombax Heptaphyllum (Mar. sāṃvarī).

apūruṣa a.
     (1) Lifeless, inanimate (as wood &c.).
     (2) Soulless.
     (3) Unpeopled, untenanted.

apūrṇa a. Not full or completed, incomplete, deficient, imperfect; apūrṇamekena śatakratūnāṃ R. 3. 38; apūrṇa eva paṃcarātre dohadasya M. 3. --rṇaṃ Incomplete number or fraction.
     -- Comp.
          --kāla a. premature, untimely. (
          --laḥ) premature or incomplete time; -ja abortive.

apūrva a.
     (1) Not preceded, not having existed before, the like of which did not exist before, quite new; -rvaṃ nāṭakaṃ S. 1; -rvaṃ rājakulaṃ M. 5; K. 191; Śi. 4. 17.
     (2) Strange, extraordinary, wonderful; apūrvaḥ kopi bahumānaheturguruṣu U. 4; apūrvo dṛśyate vāhniḥ kāminyāḥ stanamaṃḍale . dūrato dahatīvāṃgaṃ hṛdi lagrastu śītalaḥ .. S. Til. 17; singular, unexampled, unprecedented; apūrva eṣa virahamārgaḥ S. 6; apūrvarūpā dārikā M. 1; ato'pūrvaḥ khalu vo'nugrahaḥ S. 7; apūrvakarmacāṃḍālamayi mugdhe vimuṃca māṃ U. 1. 46 committing an unparalleled atrocity.
     (3) Unknown, unacquainted, stranger; Ki. 6. 39.
     (4) Not first.
     (5) Preceded by a or ā
     (6) (In phil.). 'That unseen virtue which is a relation superinduced, not before possessed, unseen but efficacious to connect the consequence with its past and remote cause and to bring about at a distant period or in another world the relative effect' Colebrooke. --rvaṃ
     (1) The remote consequence of an act (as the acquisition of heaven which is the result of good deeds).
     (2) Virtue and vice (pāpapuṇyaṃ) as the eventual cause of future happiness or misery. --rvaḥ The supreme soul (parabrahma).
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. religious rites the power of which on the future is not seen before.
          --patiḥ f. one who has had no husband before, a virgin; -tiḥ kumārī Sk.
          --vādaḥ discussion or talk about the Supreme Soul.
          --vidhiḥ an authoritative direction or injunction which is quite new; it is of four kinds karmavidhi, guṇavidhi, viniyogavidhi and prayogavidhi.

apūrvatā --tvam Not having existed before, incomparableness, unparalleled or extraordinary nature; apūrvatvātprabaṃdhasya Mv. 1.

apūrvavat ind. Singularly, unlike any thing else.

apūrveṇa adv. Never before.

apūrvīya a. Relating to the remote consequence of an act.

apūrvya a. Ved.
     (1) Unpreceded, first.
     (2) Incomparable, unheard of before.

apṛkta a. Not united, uncombined. --ktaḥ
     (1) (In gram.) An affix (or a word) consisting of a single letter; apṛkta ekālpratyayaḥ P. I. 2. 41; ekavarṇapadamapṛktaṃ Sk.
     (2) (In the Pratiśākhyas.) The preposition ā and the particle u.

apṛṇat a. Not filling; stingy.

apṛthak ind. Not separately, together with, collectively.
     -- Comp.
          --dharmaśīla of the same religion.
          --dhī a. maintaining the doctrine of pantheism; regarding God in all things.

ape [apa-i] 2 P.
     (1) To go away, depart, withdraw, retire, run away, escape; apehi begone, avaunt, away, hence, get you gone; to disappear, vanish, pass away; die or perish also; dharmaścāpaiti Ms. 1. 82; hṛdayātpratyādeśavyalīkamapaitu te S. 7. 24; ramyā navadyutirapaiti na śādvalebhyaḥ Ki. 5. 37 does not leave.
     (2) To be wanting, be omitted; be deprived of, be free from.
     (3) To start (Ved.)

apāyaḥ
     (1) [i-ac] Going away, departure.
     (2) Separation; dhuvamapāye' pādānaṃ P. 1. 4. 24 (apāyo viśleṣaḥ Sk); yena jātaṃ priyāpāye kadvadaṃ haṃsakokilaṃ Bk. 6. 75.
     (3) Disappearance, vanishing, absence; sūryāpāye Me. 80 at the time of sunset; kṣaṇadāpāyaśaśāṃkadarśanaḥ R. 8. 74 close of night; jalāpāyavipāṃḍurāṇi Śi. 4. 5; 4. 54; 18. 1.
     (4) Destruction, loss, death, annihilation; karaṇāpāyavibhinnavarṇayā R. 8. 42 loss, 83; mālatyapāyamadhigamya Mal. 10. 9 death or disappearance of M.
     (5) An evil, ill, misfortune, risk, calamity, danger (oft. opp. apāya); tadapi maraṇāpāyacakitaḥ Bh. 3. 9; tadanena pāpabuddhinopāyaściṃtito nāpāyaḥ Pt. 1 not the danger (resulting from the plan); upāyaṃ ciṃtayetprājñastathāpāyaṃ ca ciṃtayet Pt. 1. 406; apāyasaṃdarśanajāṃ vipattimupāyasaṃdarśanajāṃ ca siddhiṃ 1. 61; bahvapāye vane Pt. 1 exposed to many dangers, dangerous; kāyaḥ saṃnihitāpāyaḥ H. 4. 65 exposed to dangers or calamities; satye'pyapāyamapekṣate H. 4. 102; Ki. 14. 19.
     (6) Loss, detriment, injury.
     (7) The end (of a word).

apāyin a. Departing, transient; perishable; see anapāyin.

apeta p. p.
     (1) Gone away, disappeared; apetayuddhabhiniveśasaumyaḥ Śi. 3. 1.
     (2) Departing or deviating from, swerving from, contrary (with abl.); arthādanapetaṃ arthyaṃ P. IV. 4. 92 Sk. (dharmapathyarthanyāyādanapete); smṛtyapetādikāriṇaḥ Y. 2. 4.
     (3) Free from, devoid of, deprived of (with abl. or in comp.); sukhādapetaḥ Sk.; udavahadanavadyāṃ tāmavadyādapetaḥ R. 7. 70 faultless; -bhīḥ Ms. 7. 197; bhartaryapetatamasi prabhutā tavaiva S. 7. 32 freed from (mental) darkness.
     -- Comp.
          --rākṣasī N. of a plant, Ocimum Sanctum (tulasī) (asyāḥ rākṣasatulyapāpādiharaṇāttannāmatvaṃ).

apekṣ [apa-īkṣ] 1 A.
     (1) To look round or about for something, to look or hope for, expect.
     (2) To wait for, await; sajjo ratho bharturvijayaprasthānamapekṣate S. 2 awaits; kṣaṇamapekṣasva U. 7; K. 84; na kālamapekṣate snehaḥ Mk. 7. na svayaṃ daivamādatte puruṣārthamapekṣate H. Pr. 35; pādena nāpaikṣata suṃdarīṇāṃ saṃparkamāśiṃjitanūpureṇa Ku. 3. 26.
     (3) To require, want, stand in need of; wish or desire for; śabdārthau satkaviriva dvayaṃ vidvānapekṣate Śi. 2. 86; na śāleḥ staṃbakaritā vamurguṇamapekṣate Mu. 1. 3; prabhutā ramaṇeṣu yoṣitāṃ na hi bhāvaskhalitānyapekṣate V. 4. 12; Ku. 3. 18; Pt. 2. 26.
     (4) To have regard to, look to, have in view, have an eye to; kimapekṣya phalaṃ payodharān dhvanataḥ prārthayate mṛgādhipaḥ Ki. 2. 21; yataḥ śabdo'yaṃ vyaṃjakatve'rthāṃtaramapekṣate S. D.
     (5) To take into account or consideration, consider, think of, respect, care for; upakṛtamapi nāpekṣate K. 35, 197, 257, 315; nūnamasyāyamanapokṣitāsmadavastho vyāpāraḥ Māl. 9; analeṣviṣṭavān kasmānna tvayā'pekṣitaḥ pitā Bk. 6. 128 S. 5. 16, Ms. 8. 309; with na not to like, not to care for; anapekṣitarājarājaṃ Mu. 3. 18; tadānapekṣya svaśarīramārdavaṃ Ku. 5. 18.

apekṣā --kṣaṇam
     (1) Expectation, hope, desire.
     (2) Need, requirement, necessity; nirapekṣa without hope or need, regardless of; sāpekṣatve'pi gamakatvātsamāsaḥ; anapekṣaḥ śucirdakṣaḥ Bg. 12. 16; or in comp.; sphuliṃgāvasthayā vahniredhāpekṣa iva sthitaḥ S. 7. 15 awaiting kindling.
     (3) Consideration, reference, regard, with the obj. in loc. case; more usually in comp.; madhyabhaṃgānapekṣaṃ Ratn. 1. 17 regardless of; the instr. and sometimes loc. of this word frequently occur in comp. meaning 'with reference to', 'out of regard for', 'with a view to', 'for the sake of'; sāpi kāryakaraṇāpekṣayā kṣuramekamādāya tasyābhimukhaṃ preṣayāmāsa Pt. 1; niyamāpekṣayā R. 1. 94; vṛṣalāpekṣayā Mu. 1; paurajanāpekṣayā 2 out of regard for; kimakauśalāduta prayojanāpekṣayā 3 with a view to gain some object; prathamasukṛtāpekṣayā Me. 17; daṃḍaṃ śaktyapekṣaṃ Y. 2. 26 in proportion to, in accordance with; atra vyaṃgyaṃ guṇībhūtaṃ tadapekṣayā vācyasyaiva camatkārikatvāt K. P. 1 as compared with it.
     (4) Connection, relation, dependence as of cause with effect or of individual with species; śarīrasādhanāpekṣaṃ nityaṃ yatkarma tadyamaḥ Ak.
     (5) Care, attention, heed; deśāpeśākṣāstathā yūyaṃ yātādāyāṃgurīyakaṃ Bk. 7. 49.
     (6) Respect, deference.
     (7) (In gram.) = ākāṃkṣā q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --buddhiḥ (In Vaiśeṣika phil.) the distinguishing perception by which we apprehend 'this is one,' 'this is one &c.' and which gives rise to the notion of duality; see Sarva. chap. 10 where apekṣābuddhiḥ =vināśakavināśapratiyoginī buddhiḥ; cf. Bhaṣa P. dvitvādayaḥ parārdhāṃtā apekṣābuddhijā matāḥ . anekāśrayaparyāptā ete tu parikīrtitāḥ apekṣābuddhināśācca nāśasteṣāṃ nirūpitaḥ 107-8.

apekṣya, --kṣitavya, --kṣaṇīya pot. p. To be desired, wanted, hoped for, expected, considered &c.; desirable.

apekṣita p. p. Looked for, expected; wanted, desired, required; considered, referred to &c. --taṃ Desire, wish; regard, reference, consideration.

apekṣin a. Hoping, waiting for, wishing or desiring for, wanting; considering, caring; usually as last member of comp.; gururvidhibalāpekṣī R. 15. 85; prayojanāpokṣitayā Ku. 3. 1 according to.

apeya a. Not fit to be drunk; apeyeṣu taḍāgeṣu bahutaramudakaṃ bhavati Mk. 2.

apehi (Imper. 2nd sing.). Used as the first member of some compounds (belonging to the class mayūravyaṃsakādi P. II. 1. 72); -karā, -dvitīyā, -prakasā, -vāṇijā, -svāgatā where it has the sense of 'excluding,' 'expelling', 'refusing admission to'; e. g. -vāṇijā a ceremony where merchants are excluded; so -dvitīyā &c.
     -- Comp.
          --vātā N. of a plant which expels wind.

apogaṃḍaḥ [a-pogaṃḍaḥ, or apasi (vaidha) karmaṇi gaṃḍaḥ tyājyaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Having a limb too many or too few (redundant or deficient).
     (2) Not under 16 years of age; bāla āṣoḍaśādvarṣātpogaṃḍaścāpi saṃjñitaḥ . Narada; Ms. 8. 148; pogaṃḍaḥ paṃcamādabdādarvāk ca daśamābdataḥ .
     (3) A child or infant (kiśora, śiśu)
     (4) Very timid;
     (5) Wrinkled, flaccid.
     (6) One past 16.

apoḍha See under apa-vah.

apodaka a. Ved.
     (1) Waterless; water-tight (nauḥ Rv. 1. 116. 3).
     (2) Not watery, not fluid. --kaṃ [apakṛṣṭamudakaṃ yasmāt] Poison &c. that removes water (jalāpakarṣahetuviṣādi).

apodikā f. A sort of potherb (apanaddhamudakaṃ yasyāḥ, tatphaleṣūdakavattvāttathātvaṃ).

apoh 1 U. [apa-uh or ūh] To remove, drive or push away, dispel, take away, destroy; sa hi vighnānapohati S. 3. 1; kusumāni ... prabhavaṃtyāyurapohituṃ yadi R. 8. 44, 54; pūrvamutsavamapauhadutsavaḥ (uttaraḥ) 19. 5 pushed away, displaced, supplanted; V. 3. 10; akiṃcidapi kurvāṇaḥ saukhyairduḥkhānyapohati U. 2. 19 removes; Bk. 17. 83; 15. 119; Ms. 8. 414, 11. 108; kalpanāyā apoḍhaḥ kalpanāpoḍhaḥ P. II. 1. 38 Sk. removed from, or beyond, imagination.
     (2) To heal, cure (as illness).
     (3) To avoid, give up, leave; Ms. 10. 86; paṃcavaṭyāṃ tato rāmaḥ ... anapoḍhasthitistasthau R. 12. 31 not leaving (the path of) propriety.
     (4) To deny; sthāpyate'pohyate vā cet S. D. 730.
     (5) To reason, argue by way of opposing a statement.

apohaḥ
     (1) Removing, driving away, healing &c.
     (2) Removal of doubt by the exercise of the reasoning faculty.
     (3) Reasoning, arguing; reasoning faculty.
     (4) Negative reasoning (opp. ūha) (aparatarkanirāsāya kṛto viparītastarkaḥ), one of the dhigunas q. v.; svayamūhāpohāsamarthaḥ Mbh.; ūhāpohamimaṃ sarojanayanā yāvadvidhattetarāṃ Bv. 2. 74; hence ūhāpoha = complete discussion of a question.
     (5) Excluding all things not coming under the category in point; tadvānapoho vā śabdārthaḥ (where Maheśvara paraphrases apoha by atadvyāvṛtti i. e. tadbhinnatyāgaḥ)

apohanam
     (1) Removal &c. = apoha above.
     (2) Reasoning faculty; mattaḥ smṛtirjñānamapohanaṃ ca Bg. 15. 15 (Mr. Telang translates a- by removal).

apohya, apohanīya pot. p. To be removed, taken away, expiated (as sin); to be established by reason.

apauruṣa --pauruṣeya a.
     (1) Unmanly, cowardly, timid.
     (2) Superhuman, not of the authorship of man, of divine origin; aporuṣeyā vedāḥ; apauruṣeyapratiṣṭhaḥ suvarṇabiṃdurityākhyāyate Mal. 9. not set up by (the hand of) man. --ṣaṃ, -ṣeyaṃ
     (1) Cowardice, pussilanimity.
     (2) Superhuman power.

apta a. Ved. Obtained; watery (?)

aptas n. A sacrificial act.

aptu a. Ved. Busy, active, industrious. --ptuḥ (or n. Uṇ. 1. 74)
     (1) The body.
     (2) Soma (sūkṣmarūpasoma).
     (3) A sacrificial animal.

aptur m. [adbhyaḥ jaladānāya tutorti, jalāni prerayati, tur kvip Tv.]
     (1) Active, busy, giving water, flowing as water; an epithet of Indra (Say. apāṃ preraka iṃdraḥ).
     (2) Fire.

aptu --ptūryam [apturo bhāvaḥ bāhu -vede yat] Sending down water (vṛṣṭiprerakatvaṃ), giving of water; zeal (?)

aptoryāmaḥ, --man m. N. of a sacrifice and of a verse of the Sama Veda closing that rite; the last or 7th part of the Jyotiṣṭoma sacrifice.

aptya a. [aptuni dehe bhavaḥ yat vede ṭilopaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Engaged in an act, active (dehakarmaṇi sthita).
     (2) Offspring (apatya Nir.)

apnaḥ, apnas n. [āp --asun nuṭ thasvaśca, Uṇ. 4. 207]
     (1) Possession, property.
     (2) Work, sacrificial act or rite, any act.
     (3) Offspring.
     (4) Form, shape.
     (5) To be obtained (used actively); [cf. L. ops.]
     -- Comp.
          --stha a. superintending work (karmaṇyadhikṛta); (or m. proprietor of an estate.
          --rājaḥ lord of wealth or property, illustrious by means of works; directing works to be done (karmapreraka).

apnavāna a.
     (1) Having progeny.
     (2) Poor. --naḥ [apnase ādāyakarmaṇe vānaṃ yasyapṛṣo -salopaḥ Tv.]
     (1) The arm.
     (2) N. of a Ṛṣi in the family of or connected with Bhṛgu.

apnasvat a. Having(sacrificial) acts or works; productive.

appati, appittam see under ap.

apya a. [apāṃ idaṃ tatrasādhu saṃskṛtaṃ vā yat; adbhiḥ saṃskṛtaṃ P. IV. 4. 134]
     (1) Connected with or coming from water Rv. 2. 38. 7; watery; consisting of, consecrated with, water (as haviḥ).
     (2) Obtainable.
     (3) Active, connected with sacrificial acts 1. 145. 5.

apyadīkṣitaḥ N. of a celebrated Dravida writer, author of works on Alamkara and other subjects and a contemporary of Pandit Jagannatha who lived in the 16th century (written also as apyayādīkṣita.).

apyaṃc [fr. aṃc] Gone into, reaching, hidden.

apyaya &c. see under apī.

apyardham ind. Ved. Near, in the neighbourhood.

aprakaṃpa a. 1. Unshaken (fig. also), firm, steady.
     (2) Unanswerable (as argument).

aprakara a. Not acting well.

aprakaraṇam Not the main or principal topic, incidental or irrelevant matter.

aprakalpaka a. Not explicitly enjoining, not prescribing as obligatory.

aprakāṃḍa a. Stemless(small). --ḍaḥ A bush, a shrub.

aprakāśa a.
     (1) Not shining or bright, dark, wanting in brightness (fig. also); prakāśaścāprakāśaśca lokālokaṃ ivācalaḥ R. 1. 68.
     (2) Selfilluminated.
     (3) Hidden, secret, concealed; Ms. 8. 251; 9. 256. --śaṃ, --śe ind. In secret, secretly; ahamaprakāśe tiṣṭhāmi M. 4; satyavatyā haste'prakāśaṃ nikṣiptaḥ V. 5 secretly. --śaḥ Indistinctness, secrecy; a secret.

aprakāśaka a. Making dark; not disclosing &c.

aprakāśya a. Not to be disclosed, to be kept secret (one of 9 such things); janmarkṣaṃ maithunaṃ maṃtro gṛhacchidraṃ ca vaṃcanaṃ . āyurdhanāpamānaṃ strī na prakāśyāni sarvathā ..

aprakṛta a.
     (1) Not principal or chief, incidental, occasional.
     (2) Not relevant to the subject under discussion, not to the point, irrelevant; see prakṛta, prastuta; aprakṛtaṃ anusaṃdhā 'to beat about the bush', not to come to the point. --taṃ (In Rhet.) upamāna i. e. the standard of comparison (opp. prakṛta or upameya).

aprakṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Not the inherent or natural property, accidental property or nature; an accident (vikṛti).
     (2) Spiritual being; the Purusha of the Saṅkhyas.
     (3) Not the original word; such as a termination.

aprakṛṣṭa a. Not excelled, low, vile. --ṣṭaḥ A crow.

aprakṣita a. Undecayed.

apragama a. Going too fast to be followed by others.

apragalbha a. Not bold, bashful, modest (opp. dhṛṣṭa); dhṛṣṭaḥ pārśve vasati niyataṃ dūrataścāpragalbhaḥ H. 2. 26.

apraguṇa a. Perplexed, confounded.

apragrāha a. Unrestrained, unbridled.

apracaṃkaśa a. Ved. Without the power of seeing.

apracetas a. Ved. Deficient in understanding, foolish, stupid.

apracchedya a. Inscrutable.

apracyuta a. Unmoved, not swerving from, following, observing (with abl.); Ms. 12. 116.

apraja a.
     (1) Without progeny, childless; śocyaṃ maithunamaprajaṃ Chaṇ. 57.
     (2) Unborn.
     (3) Unpeopled. --jā Having no child, not giving birth to children, not prolific.

aprajas, aprajāta a. Childless, having no issue or progeny; atītāyāmaprajasi bāṃdhavāstadavāpnuyuḥ Y. 2. 144. --tā A woman who has borne no child, a barren woman.

aprajajñi a. Ved.
     (1) Inexperienced, unskilful.
     (2) Childless.

apraṇati a. Unconsecrated, vulgar, profane. --taṃ Frying clarified butter without consecrated water.

apratarkya a. Incomprehensible by reason or inference, undefinable.

apratā a. Ved. Very great or extensive, affluent Rv. 8. 32. 16.

apratāpaḥ
     (1) Want of lustre, dulness, dimness.
     (2) Meanness, want of dignity.

aprati a. Ved.
     (1) Without opponents or foes, irresistible; Rv. 5. 32. 3; -vīrya of irresistible prowess.
     (2) Unsurpassed, unequalled. --adv. Irresistibly.

apratikara a. Trusting, trusty, confidential.

apratikarman a.
     (1) Of unequalled deeds or achievements.
     (2) Irresistible, irremediable.

aprati(tī)kāra  a. Irremediable, helpless, that cannot be remedied or helped; -reyamāpadupasthitā K. 154. --raḥ Not remedying, nonrequital, non-retaliation.

apratigṛhya a. One from whom one must not accept any thing as a gift &c.

apratigrāhaka a. Not accepting.

apratigrāhya a. Unacceptable.

apratigha a.
     (1) Not to be vanquished, invincible.
     (2) Not to be warded or kept off; rajaḥ Ms. 12. 28.
     (3) Not angry.

apratidvaṃdva a.
     (1) Having no adversary in battle, irresistible.
     (2) Unsurpassed, unrivalled.

apratidhura a. Without the fellowhorse.

apratipakṣa a.
     (1) Without a rival or opponent.
     (2) Unlike.

apratipattiḥ f.
     (1) Non-performance, non-acceptance.
     (2) Neglect, omission, disregard.
     (3) Want of understanding.
     (4) Absence of determination (what to do), perplexity; -vihvala &c. K. 159; (apratipattirjaḍatā syādiṣṭāniṣṭadarśanaśrutibhiḥ); -ttisādhvasajaḍā K. 240; Ki. 14. 43.
     (5) (Hence) absence of mind or ready wit (sphūrtyabhāva); uttarasyāpratipattirapratibhā Gaut. S.

apratipad a. Not going(vikala).

apratibaṃdha a.
     (1) Unimpeded, unobstructed.
     (2) Direct, undisputed; (in law) got by birth without any obstruction, not collateral (as inheritance).

apratibala a. Of irresistible might, of unequalled power.

apratibha a.
     (1) Modest, bashful.
     (2) Not ready-witted, dull. --bhā Bashfulness, modesty.

apratibhaṭa a. Unrivalled. --ṭaḥ An: unrivalled warrior; ātmānaṃ -ṭaṃ manyamānaḥ Dk. 3.

apratima a. Without an equal or parallel, incomparable, matchless, unrivalled; so apratimāna; -namojaḥ Mv. 1. 62; -rūpatvaṃ; -vīrya, -buddhi &c.

apratiyatnaḥ Natural or spontaneous state.

apratiyogin a.
     (1) Without an adversary.
     (2) Having no opposite or counterpart.

apratiratha a. or --thaḥ(A hero) who has no pratiratha or rival warrior, a matchless or unrivalled warrior; dauṣyaṃtimapratirathaṃ tanayaṃ niveśya S. 4. 19, S. 7, 7. 33.
     (2) Matchless Mv. 1. 46. --thaḥ N. of a Rishi. --thaḥ, --thaṃ N. of a hymn composed by a-; yadyātrāmaṃgalaṃ sāma tadapratirathaṃ viduḥ.

apratirava a. Uncontested, undisputed; varṣaśatādhikabhogaḥ saṃtato'pratiravaḥ svatvaṃ gamayati Mit.

apratirūpa a.
     (1) Not corresponding with, unfit.
     (2) Of unequalled form.
     (3) Incomparable (in a good or bad sense).
     -- Comp.
          --kathā incomparable talk (saṃgaṇikā), uttaravākyarahitā vāk. --vīryaṃ irresistible power.

aprativīrya a. Of incomparable prowess.

apratiśāsana a. Having no rival ruler, subject to one rule; R. 8. 27.

apratiṣṭha a.
     (1) Not stable or firmly fixed, fluctuating, not made permanent; U. 5. 25.
     (2) Thrown away, unprofitable, useless; Ms. 3. 180.
     (3) Disreputable, infamous. --ṣṭhaḥ N. of a hell. --ṣṭhā Instability, ill-fame, ill-repute, dishonour. --ṣṭhaṃ Brahma (svadhāmapratiṣṭhitaṃ brahma).

apratiṣṭhāna a. Ved. Not firm, having no solid ground. --naṃ Instability, want of solidity or firmness (fig. also); tarkāpratiṣṭhānādapyanyathānumeyaṃ S. B.

apratiṣṭhita a. Unsettled, unfixed, uncelebrated, obscure; unconsecrated, unholy. --taḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

apratisaṃkrama a. Having no intermixture.

apratisaṃkhya a. Unobserved, unnoticed; -khya (khyā) nirodhaḥ unobserved nullity, annihilation of an object; one of the three topics included by the Buddhas under the category of nirūpa, the other two being pratisaṃkhyānirodha wilful destruction, as of a jar by a mallet, and ākāśa the ethereal element.

apratihata a.
     (1) Not obstructed or impeded, irresistible; -hatān putrān K. 62; asmadagṛhe -gatiḥ Pt. 1 free to move; U. 3. 36; jṛṃbhatāmapratihataprasaramāryasya krodhajyotiḥ Ve. 1.
     (2) Unimpaired, unmarred, unrepulsed, unaffected, at home in every respect; sā buddhirapratihatā Bh. 2. 40; Pt. 5. 26; so -citta, -manas.
     (3) Not disappointed.
     -- Comp.
          --netra a. of unimpaired eyes. (
          --traḥ) N. of a Buddhist deity.

apratīka a. Without parts or body, epithet of Brahma.

apratīta a.
     (1) Not pleased or delighted.
     (2) Unapproached; unassailable.
     (3) Unopposed.
     (4) (In Rhet.) Not understood or clearly intelligible (as a word), one of the defects of a word (śabdadoṣa); apratītaṃ yatkevale śāstre prasiddhaṃ K. P. 7, i. e. a word is said to be apratīta if it be used in a sense which it has in particular classes of works only (and not in general or popular use); e. g. samyagjñānamahājyotirdalitāśayatājuṣaḥ (where āśaya = vāsanā occurs in Yoga Śastra only).

apratītiḥ f. Unintelligibleness; mistrust.

apratulaḥ
     (1) Want of weight.
     (2) Want, necessity.

apratta(-pradatta) Not given away. --ttā A girl, one not given away in marriage.

apratyakṣa a.
     (1) Invisible, imperceptible.
     (2) Unknown.
     (3) Absent.
     -- Comp.
          --śiṣṭa a. not distinctly taught.

apratyaya a.
     (1) Diffident, distrustful (with loc.); balavadapi śikṣitānāmātmanyapratyayaṃ cetaḥ S. 1. 2.
     (2) Having no knowledge.
     (3) (In gram.) Having no affix. --yaḥ
     (1) Diffidence, distrust, disbelief, doubt; kṣetramapratyayānāṃ Pt. 1. 191.
     (2) Not being understood.
     (3) Not an affix; arthavadadhāturapratyayaḥ prātipadikaṃ P. I. 2. 45.
     -- Comp.
          --stha a. (in gram.) not pertaining to an affix.

apratyṛta a. Not attacked.

apradakṣiṇam ind. From the left to the right.

apradugdha a. Ved. Not milked completely.

apradhāna a. Subordinate, secondary, inferior; āvāṃ tāvadapradhānau H. 2. --naṃ (-tā, -tvaṃ)
     (1) Subordinate or secondary state, inferiority.
     (2) A secondary or subordinate act. (The word apradhāna usually occurs in the neuter gender either by itself, or as an attribute to a noun, or as last member of comp.).

apradhṛṣya a. Unconquerable, invincible; yadāśrauṣaṃ bhīṣmamatyaṃtaśūraṃ hataṃ pārthenāhaveṣvapradhṛṣyaṃ Mb.; yasyāpradhṛṣyaḥ prabhavastvamuccaiḥ M. 5. 17.

aprapadanam Ved. A bad place of refuge.

aprabha a.
     (1) Obscure, dull.
     (2) Mean.

aprabhu a.
     (1) Wanting power, not powerful.
     (2) Having no power or control over, unable, incompetent; with gen. or loc.

aprabhūtiḥ f. Little effort.

apramatta a. Not careless or inattentive, careful, attentive, vigilant, watchful; Ms. 7. 142.

apramada a. Devoid of festivities, sad, joyless; Bk. 10. 9.

apramāda a. Careful, vigilant, cautious, steady. --daḥ Care, attention, vigilance. --daṃ ind. Carefully, attentively, uninterruptedly.

apramaya a. Imperishable; unlimited (aprameya).

apramā Incorrect knowledge(opp. pramā q. v.).

apramāṇa a.
     (1) Unlimited, immeasurable, boundless.
     (2) Without authority, proof or weight, unauthorized.
     (3) Not regarded as an authority, not trustworthy; ājanmanaḥ śāvyamaśikṣito yastasyāpramāṇaṃ vacanaṃ janasya S. 5. 25. --ṇaṃ
     (1) That which cannot be taken as authority in actions; i. e. a rule, direction &c. which cannot be accepted as obligatory.
     (2) Irrelevancy.
     -- Comp.
          --ābhaḥ, śubhaḥ (pl.) 'of unlimited lustre', N. of a class of deities (with Buddhists).
          --vid a. not conversant with evidence, or incapable of weighing evidence.

apramāyuka a. [pra-mi-uṇ āttve yuc,svārthe kan Tv.] Not dying suddenly, very long.

apramita a.
     (1) Not measured, unlimited.
     (2) Not proved or established by authority.

apramūra, apramūrcchita a. Not foolish, prudent, wise.

apramṛṣya a. Indestructible, unassailable (abādhyaṃ) Rv. 6. 20. 7.

aprameya a.
     (1) Immeasurable, unbounded, boundless; -mahimā Mv. 4. 30.
     (2) That which cannot be properly ascertained, understood &c.; inscrutable, unfathomable (of person or thing); aciṃtyasyāprameyasya kāryatattvārthavitprabhuḥ Ms. 1. 3; 12. 94.
     (3) Not to be proved or demonstrated (as Brahma). --yaṃ Brahma.
     -- Comp.
          --anubhāva a. of unlimited might.
          --ātman 'of inscrutable spirit,' epithet of Śiva.

apramodaḥ --dam
     (1) Inability to remove pain.
     (2) Absence of delight.

aprayatna a. Not energetic or diligent, indifferent, apathetic, not zealously devoted to (with loc.); -tnaḥ sukhārtheṣu Ms. 6. 26. --tnaḥ Absence of effort or exertion, indifference, apathy, laziness.

aprayāṇiḥ f. [a-prayā-ani P. III. 3. 112, na changed to ṇa by P. VIII. 4. 29] Not going or progressing (used only in uttering imprecations); aprayāṇiste śaṭha bhūyāt Sk. mayest thou not move onward or progress! See ajīvani.

aprayāpaṇi --niḥ f. Not allowing to go on or progress (P. III. 3. 112; VIII. 4. 30).

aprayāvam adv. Without interruption, attentively.

aprayuccat, aprayuta, aprayutvan a. Ved. Unceasing, continual, not separated (apṛthagbhūta); careful, attentive.

aprayukta a.
     (1) Not used or employed, not applied.
     (2) Wrongly used, as a word.
     (3) (In Rhet.) Rare, unusual (as a word when used in a particular sense or gender though that sense or gender be sanctioned by lexicographers); aprayuktaṃ tathāmnātamapi kavibhirnādṛtaṃ; tathā manye daivatosya piśāco rākṣaso'thavā . where the mas. gender of daivata, though sanctioned (by Amara), is not used by poets and is, therefore, aprayukta.

aprayogaḥ Non-application or bad application, non-employment.

apralaṃba a. Prompt, quick.

apravartaka, apravartin a.
     (1) Not exciting or stimulating to action, inert, abstaining from action.
     (2) Continuous, unbroken, uninterrupted.

apravartanam Not engaging in, not exciting to any action.

apravṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Not engaging in action or proceeding, not taking place.
     (2) Inertia, inactivity, non-excitement, absence of incentive or stimulus.
     (3) (In medic.) Suppression of the natural evacuations, constipation, ischury &c.

apravīta a. Ved. Not approached Rv. 4. 7. 9. --tā
     (1) Not loved (akāmitā).
     (2) Not impregnated.

apraveda a. Difficult to be found.

apraśasta a.
     (1) Not praiseworthy, worthless, contemptible.
     (2) Not approved, forbidden.
     (3) (Ved.) Disobedient.
     (4) Less, deficient, decayed (kṣīṇa).

aprasakta a.
     (1) Not attached or addicted, moderate, temperate.
     (2) Unconnected.

aprasaktiḥ f. Non-attachment, moderation.

aprasaṃgaḥ
     (1) Want of attachment.
     (2) Want of connection.
     (3) Inopportune time or occasion; aprasaṃgābhidhāne ca śrotuḥ śraddhā na jāyate .

aprasanna a.
     (1) Not pleased.
     (2) Turbid, muddy.

aprasādaḥ Disfavour, displeasure.

aprasava a. Not being prolific. --vaḥ Not being born.

aprasūta a. Barren, childless.

aprasāha a. Not being affected by evils or ill omens.

aprasiddha a.
     (1) Unknown, unimportant, insignificant, Ku. 3. 19.
     (2) Unusual, uncommon; -padaṃ an obsolete word.

aprasiddhiḥ f. Obscurity, insignificance.

aprastāvika a. (kī f.) Not belonging to the subject-matter, irrelevant (= aprāratāvika q. v.)

aprastuta a.
     (1) Unsuitable to the time or subject, not to the point, irrelevant.
     (2) Absurd, nonsensical; re goraṃbha kimaprastutaṃ lapasi Pt. 1.
     (3) Accidental or extraneous.
     (4) Not ready.
     -- Comp.
          --praśaṃsā a figure of speech which, by describing the aprastuta (what is not the subject-matter) conveys a reference to the prastuta or subjectmatter; aprastutapraśaṃsā sā yā saiva prastutāśrayā K. P. 10. It is of 5 kinds:
          --kārye nimitte sāmānye viśeṣe prastute sati . tadanyasya vacastulye tulyasyeti ca paṃcadhā .. I. e. when the subject-matter is viewed
          (a) as an effect, information of which is conveyed by stating the cause;
          (b) when viewed as a cause by stating the effect;
          (c) when viewed as a general assertion by stating a particular instance;
          (d) when viewed as a particular instance by stating a general assertion; and
          (e) when viewed as similar by stating what is similar to it, see K. P. 10; and S. D. 706 for examples.

aprahata a.
     (1) Unhurt, intact.
     (2) Waste, unploughed, K. 326.
     (3) New and unbleached (as cloth); īṣaddhautaṃ navaṃ śvetaṃ sadaśaṃ yaṃtradhāritam . nirṇejakākṣālitaṃ cāprahataṃ vāsa ucyate ...

aprahan a. Not destroying, favouring, aiding (anugrāhaka).

aprahita a.
     (1) Not sent out.
     (2) Unattacked by foes.

aprākaraṇika a. (kī f.) Not belonging to the subject-matter; aprākaraṇikasyābhidhānena prākaraṇikasyākṣepo'prastutapraśaṃsā K. P. 10.

aprākṛta a.
     (1) Not vulgar.
     (2) Not original.
     (3) Not ordinary, extraordinary; -ākṛtīnāṃ K. 174, Mv. 1. 3.
     (4) Special.

aprāgraya a. Secondary, subordinate; inferior.

aprācīna a.
     (1) Modern.
     (2) Not eastern, western.

aprāṇa a. Lifeless; inanimate. --ṇaḥ The Almighty Being.

aprāpta a.
     (1) Not obtained or got; aprāptayostu yā prāptiḥ saiva saṃyoga īritaḥ . Bhaṣa P.
     (2) Not arrived or come.
     (3) Not authorised or following, as a rule.
     (4) Not come to or reached; R. 12. 96.
     (5) Not of a marriageable age.
     -- Comp.
          --kāla a. 1. inopportune, ill-timed, unseasonable; -laṃ vacanaṃ bṛhaspatirapi bruvanā labhate buddhyavajñānamapamānaṃ ca puṣkalaṃ Pt. 1. 63. --2. under age. (
          --laṃ) an irregular discussion (of any subject).
          --prāpaka a. 1. conveying (the sense of) what is not otherwise specified, such as the use of the Potential mood in svargakāmo yajeta. --2. not yet tamed (as a young calf)
          --yauvana a. not arrived at puberty or who has not reached his youth, R. 15. 42.
          --vyavahāra, vayas a. (in law) under age, not old enough to engage in public business on his own responsibility, a minor (a boy before he reaches his 16th year); aprātavyavahārosau yāvat ṣoḍaśavārṣikaḥ Daksha.

aprāptiḥ f.
     (1) Non-acquisition; tadaprāptimahāduḥkhavilīnāśeṣapātakā K. P. 4.
     (2) Not being proved or established by a rule before; vidhiratyaṃtamaprāptau niyamaḥ pākṣike sati Mīm.
     (3) Not taking place or occurring.
     (4) Not being applicable = anupapatti q. v.

aprāmāṇika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Unauthoritative, unwarranted; idaṃ vacanamaprāmāṇikaṃ.
     (2) Untrustworthy, unreliable.

aprāmi a. Ved. Unhurt, unimpaired.

aprāyatyam Ved.
     (1) Impurity.
     (2) Ungovernableness.

aprāyu a. Ved. Not going forth (agaṃtṛ) Rv. 1. 89. 1; unceasing.

aprāyus a. Ved. With undiminished or unimpaired life or vigour.

apriya a.
     (1) Disliked, disagreeable, unpleasant, offensive apriyasya ca pathyasya vaktā śrotā ca durlabhaḥ Rām.; Ms. 4. 138; S. 5. 17; hated, distasteful.
     (2) Unkind, unfriendly. --yaḥ A foe, an enemy. --yā A sort of fish (śṛṃgīmatsyaḥ). --yaṃ An unfriendly or offensive act; pāṇigrāhasya sādhvī strī nācaretkiṃcidapriyaṃ Ms. 5. 156.
     -- Comp.
          --kara, --kārin, --kāraka a. unfriendly, ill-disposed.
          --bhāgin a. ill-fated.
          --vada, (-yaṃ-), --vādin a. speaking unkind or harsh words; vaṃdhyārthaghnyapriyaṃvadā Y. 1. 73; mātā yasya gṛhe nāsti bhāryā cāpriyavādinī Chaṇ. 44.

aprītiḥ f.
     (1) Dislike, aversion.
     (2) Unfriendly feeling, enmity.
     (3) Pain.
     -- Comp.
          --kara (--rī f.). 1. unkind; unfavourable. --2. disagreeable, disliked.

apretarākṣasī = apetarākṣasī q. v.

apreman a. Disliking, unfriendly. --n. Dislike.

aprāḍha a.
     (1) Not arrogant.
     (2) Timid, gentle, not bold.
     (3) Not full-grown. --ḍhā
     (1) An unmarried girl.
     (2) A girl very recently married and not arrived at puberty or womanhood.

aplava a.
     (1) Without a ship.
     (2) Not swimming.

apluta a. Not protracted (as a vowel).

apva a. [āp bāhu- va, pṛṣo- thasvaḥ] Attainable. --pvā Disease, danger; the region of the throat or neck (?).

apsaḥ --psā m. (--psāḥ) Ved. [apaḥsanoti; san-ḍa]
     (1) Giving or yielding water; forming the essential portion of water (apāṃ sārabhūto rasaḥ).
     (2) Not destroying. --psaṃ Form, see apsas.

apsaraḥ [ap-sṛ-ac] Any aquatic animal (moving in water).

apsaras f. (--rāḥ --rā). [adbhyaḥ saraṃti udgacchaṃti, sṛ-asun Uṇ. 4. 236; cf. Rām. apsu nirmathanādave rasāttasmādvarastriyaḥ . utpeturmanujaśreṣṭha tasmādapsaraso'bhavan] A class of female divinities or celestial damsels who reside in the sky and are regarded as the wives of the Gandharvas. They are very fond of bathing, can change their shapes, and are endowed with superhuman power (prabhāva). They are called svarveśyāḥ and are usually described as the servants of Indra, who, when alarmed by the rigorous austerities of some mighty sage, sends down one of them to disturb his penance, and her mission is generally successful; cf. yā tapoviśeṣapariśaṃkitasya sukumāraṃ praharaṇaṃ maheṃdrasya V. 1. They are also said to covet heroes who die gloriously on the battle-field; cf. R. 7. 53. Bāṇa mentions 14 different families of these nymphs (see K. 136). The word is usually said to be in pl. (striyāṃ bahuṣvapsarasaḥ); but the singular, as also the form apsarā, sometimes occur; niyamavighnakāriṇī menakā nāma apsarāḥ preṣitā S. 1; ekāpsaraḥ &c. R. 7. 53 and see Malli. thereon; anapsareva pratibhāsi V. 1.
     (2) Direction or the interm ediate point of the compass (dik ca upadik ca).
     -- Comp.
          --tīrthaṃ N. of a sacred pool in which the Apsarasas bathe; probably it is the name of a place, see S. 6.
          --patiḥ lord of the Apsarasas, epithet of Indra.

apsava a. [apsaṃ jalarasaṃ vāti hināsti, vā-ka] Devoid of the essence (freshness) of water; possessed of form or shape; giving water (?)

apsavya a. [apsu bhavaḥ yat] Being in, or fit for, water.

apsas n. Ved. Form, beauty; or one possessed of beauty; cheek (?).

apsu a. [nāsti psu rūpaṃ yasya Nir.]
     (1) Formless, shapeless.
     (2) Not beautiful. Note --apsu forms the first member of several compounds. --kṣit a god. --cara a. aquatic; moving in waters. --ja, --jā a. born in the waters or in the atmosphere. (--jāḥ) --yoniḥ 1. a horse. --2. a cane or reed. --jit vanquishing the aerialAsuras. --mat a. possessed of what is in water; not losing one's nature in water (as lightning); getting sufficient water.

aphala a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Unfruitful, fruitless, barren (lit. & fig.); -lā oṣadhayaḥ, -laṃ kāryaṃ &c.
     (2) Unproductive, useless, vain; yathā ṣaṃḍho'phalaḥ strīṣu yathā gaurgavi cāphalā . yathā cājñe'phalaṃ dānaṃ tathā vipro'nṛco'phalaḥ Ms. 2. 158.
     (3) Deprived of virility, castrated; emasculated; aphalohaṃ kṛtastena krodhātsā ca nirākṛtā Ram. --laḥ
     (1) N. of a plant (jhābuka).
     (2) A goat. --lā The Aloe plant (ghṛtakumārī); another plant (bhūmyāmalakī).
     -- Comp.
          --ākāṃkṣin, --prepsu a. one who desires no reward (for his labours), disinterested; aphalākāṃkṣibhiryajñaḥ kriyate brahmavādibhiḥ Mb.

aphena a. Frothless, without scum or foam. --naṃ Opium (perhaps a corruption of ahiphena; a has here a depreciative force).

ab = aṃb q. v.

abaddha --ddhaka a.
     (1) At liberty, not bound or restrained.
     (2) Unmeaning, nonsensical, absurd, contradictory; e. g. yāvajjavi mahaṃ maunī brahmacārī ca me pitā . mātā tu mama vaṃdhyāsīdaputraśca pitāmahaḥ .. (contradictory); jaradgavaḥ kaṃbalapādukābhyāṃ dvāri sthito gāyati maṃgalāni . brāhmaṇī pṛcchati putrakāmā rājanagaryāṃ lavaṇasya kordhaḥ Rayamukuta on Ak.
     -- Comp.
          --mukha a. foulmouthed, abusive, scurrilo us.

abadha --dhya See avadha-dhya &c.

abaṃdhaka a.
     (1) Not binding.
     (2) Without any pledge.

abaṃdhana a. Free, without bonds.

abaṃdhra a. Ved. Without ligatures; falling asunder.

abaṃdhu, --bāṃdhava a.
     (1) Friendless, lonely.
     (2) Unowned.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt a. causing want of companions.
          --kṛta a. not brought about by relatives, growing spontaneously; S. 4. 16.

abala a.
     (1) Weak, feeble.
     (2) Unprotected. --laḥ N. of a plant (varuṇavṛkṣa). --lā
     (1) A woman (as belonging to the weaker sex); nūnaṃ hi te kavivarā viparītabodhā ye nityamāhurabalā iti kāminīnām . yābhiviṃlolataratārakadṛṣṭipātaiḥ śakrādayopi vijitāstvabalāḥ kathaṃ tāḥ .. Bh. 1. 11; compare also: --hṛdaye vahasi girīṃdrau tribhuvanajayinī kaṭākṣeṇa . abalā tvaṃ yadi manye ke balavaṃto na jānīmaḥ .. Udb.; -janaḥ a woman; S. 4. 3; R. 9. 46.
     (2) One of the ten earths according to the Buddhists. --laṃ Weakness, want of strength; see balābalaṃ also.
     -- Comp.
          --abalaḥ N. of of Śiva.

abalāsa a. Not consumptive.

abalyam
     (1) Weakness.
     (2) Sickness.

abādha a.
     (1) Unrestrained, unobstructed.
     (2) Free from pain. --dhā The segment of the base of a triangle. --dhaḥ
     (1) Non-obstruction.
     (2) Nonrefutation.

abāla a.
     (1) Not childish, youthful.
     (2) Not young, full (as the moon).

abāhya a.
     (1) Not exterior, internal; R. 14. 50.
     (2) (fig.) Familiar or intimately acquainted with, conversant with; gītanṛtyavādyādiṣvabāhyaḥ Dk. 155.
     (3) Without an exterior.

abiṃdhanaḥ [āpaḥ eva iṃdhanaṃ yasya] The submarine fire (that feeds on the waters of the ocean); abiṃdhanaṃ vahnimasau bibharti R. 13. 4.

abibhīvas a. Ved. Fearless.

abuddha a. Foolish, unwise; apavādamātramabuddhānāṃ Sān. S.

abuddhiḥ f.
     (1) Want of understanding.
     (2) Ignorance, stupidity; -mat foolish, ignorant. --a. Ignorant, dull-witted, stupid.
     -- Comp.
          --pūrva, --pūrvaka a. 1. not preceded by knowledge or consciousness; not wanton or intentional. --2. beginning with nonintelligence. (
          --rvaṃ, --rvakaṃ) adv. unconsciously, ignorantly.

abudh --budha a. Foolish, stupid. --m. A fool. --f. (abhut) Ignorance, want of intellect.

abudhya a. Ved. Not to be perceived or awakened.

abodha a.
     (1) Ignorant, foolish, stupid.
     (2) Perplexed, puzzled. --dhaḥ
     (1) Ignorance, stupidity, want of understanding; -dhopahatāścānye Bh. 3. 2; nisargadurbodhamabodhaviklavāḥ kva bhūpatīnāṃ caritaṃ kva jaṃtavaḥ Ki. 1. 6.
     (2) Not knowing or being aware of Śi. 6. 41
     -- Comp.
          --gamya a. incomprehensible, inconceivable.

abodhya, --bodhanīya a.
     (1) Unintelligible.
     (2) Not to be awakened.

abudhna a. Having no bottom or root, bottomless. --dhnaṃ Ved. The air or intermediate region.

abja a. [apsu jāyate, jaṇ-ḍa] Born in or produced from water Ms. 5. 112, 8. 100 --bjaṃḥ
     (1) The conch (n. also).
     (2) The moon.
     (3) Camphor.
     (4) N. of a tree (nicula).
     (5) Dhanvantari, physician of the gods, said to be produced at the churning of the ocean along with other jewels. --bjaṃ
     (1) A lotus.
     (2) One thousand millions.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇikā the seed vessel of a lotus.
          --jaḥ, --bhavaḥ, --bhūḥ, --yoniḥ epithets of Brahma, (being supposed to have sprung from the lotus which arose from the navel of Viṣṇu).
          --dṛś, -nayana, -netra, -locana &c. a. lotuseyed, having large beautiful eyes.
          --bāṃdhavaḥ 'a friend of lotuses,' the sun.
          --bhogah 1. the root of a lotus. --2. a cowrie (varāṭaka) as large as a conch.
          --vāhanaḥ 'carrying the moon on his forehead,' epithet of Śiva. (
          --nā) 'having the lotus for her seat,' N. of Lakṣmī.
          --sthitaḥ N. of Brahmā.
          --hastaḥ the sun (represented as holding a lotus in one hand).

abjā m. (bjāḥ) Ved. Born in water (P. III. 2. 67, VI. 4. 21). --f. A pearl-oyster.

abjinī
     (1) A lotus plant.
     (2) A collection of lotuses.
     (3) A place full of lotuses.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ the sun.

abjas n. Ved. Shape, beauty.

abjit a. Conquering waters.

abda a. [apo dadāti, dā-ka; said in Uṇ. 4. 98 to be from ab; abatītyabdaḥ] Giving water. --bdaḥ
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) A year (in this sense n. also).
     (3) N. of a grass (mustā).
     (4) N. of a mountain
     -- Comp.
          --ardhaṃ half a year.
          --vāhanaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --śataṃ a century.
          --sāraḥ a kind of camphor.

abdayā adv. Ved. With a desire to give water.

abdiḥ Ved. A cloud; -bhṛt possessed of clouds; giving water, as a cloud.

abdurgaḥ A fortress in water, one surrounded by a moat or lake.

abdevatāka, --daivata a. Having the waters for divinities, praising the waters; Ms. 11. 133.

abdhiḥ [āpaḥdhīyaṃte atra, dhā-ki]
     (1) The ocean, receptacle of water; (fig. also), duḥkha-, kārya-, jñāna- &c.; store or reservoir of anything.
     (2) A pond, lake.
     (3) (In Math.) A symbolical expression for the number 7; sometimes for 4.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the submarine fire.
          --kaphaḥ, --phenaḥ 1. froth, foam. --2. the cuttle-fish bone, being regarded as the froth of the ocean.
          --ja a. born in the ocean. (
          --jaḥ) 1. the moon. --2. The conch. (
          --jau) (dual) N. of the Aśvins. (
          --jā) 1. spirituous liquor (produced from the ocean). --2. the Goddess Lakṣmī.
          --jhaṣaḥ a sea-fish.
          --dvīpā 1. the earth. --2. a portion of land surrounded by the ocean.
          --nagarī N. of Dwaraka, the capital of Kṛṣṇa.
          --navanītakaḥ the moon (the butter of the ocean).
          --maṃḍūkī the pearl-oyster.
          --śayanaḥ N. of Viṣṇu (so called from his resting in the ocean at the destruction and renovation of the world).
          --sāraḥ a gem.

abbhakṣa a. Living upon water. --kṣaḥ A serpent.

abbhakṣaṇam Living upon water, a kind of fasting.

abbhra &c. = abhra q. v.

abrahmacarya a. Unchaste. --ryaṃ --ryakaṃ
     (1) Unchastity.
     (2) Sexual union.

abrahmaṇya a.
     (1) Not fit for a Brahmaṇa; abrahmaṇyamavarṇaṃ syāt brahmaṇyaṃ brahmaṇo hitam Halay.
     (2) Inimical to Brāhmaṇas. --ṇyaṃ An act not befitting a Brāhmaṇa; an unbrahmanical act. In dramas usually found as an exclamation uttered by a Brāhmaṇa in the sense of 'to the rescue', 'help', 'help', 'a horrible or disgraceful deed has been committed'; aho -ṇyaṃ -ṇyaṃ Pt. 1; S. 6; U. 1; atrāṃtare brāhmaṇena mṛtaputramāropya rājadvāri sorastāḍanamabrahmaṇyamudghoṣitam U. 2 a cry of help, or distress; athaityayoganaṃdasya vyāḍinā kraṃditaṃ puraḥ . abrahmaṇyamanutkrāṃtajīvo yogasthito dvijaḥ Bṛ. Kath.

abrahman a.
     (1) Not accompanied by devotion; wanting in sacred or divine knowledge.
     (2) Separated from or devoid of Brāhmaṇas; nābrahma kṣatramṛdhnoti Ms. 9. 322.
     -- Comp.
          --vid a. not knowing Brahma or the Supreme Spirit.

abrāhmaṇa a. Devoid of or without Brāhmaṇas. --ṇaḥ Not a Brāhmaṇa; Ms. 2. 241-2; (= śūdra); six kinds are usually mentioned.

abrāhmaṇyam
     (1) Violation of the duties of a Brāhmaṇa; breach of vows or sanctity.
     (2) = abrahmaṇyaṃ q. v.

abrūkṛtam Making a growling(or Abrū) sound, an indistinct speech uttered by shutting the lips.

abliṃgam [apāṃ liṃgaṃ jñāpanasāmarthyaṃ yatra] A hymn or verse addressed to the waters; Y. 3. 30.

abhakta a.
     (1) Not devoted or attached.
     (2) Not connected with, detached.
     (3) Not worshipping.
     (4) Unaccepted.
     (5) Not eaten. --ktaṃ Not food; -chaṃdas, -ruc want of appetite.

abhaktiḥ f.
     (1) Want of devotion or attachment.
     (2) Unbelief, incredulity.

abhakṣaḥ, --bhakṣaṇam Not eating any thing; fasting.

abhakṣya a.
     (1) Not to be eaten.
     (2) Prohibited from eating. --kṣyaṃ A prohibited article of food.

abhaga a. Unfortunate, ill-fated.

abhaṃga a. Not broken &c. --gaḥ
     (1) Absence of fracture or defeat.
     (2) (In Rhet.) A variety of śleṣa where another meaning is obtained without dividing the words (this corresponds to arthaśleṣa); S. D. 644.

abhaṃgura a. Undisturbed, firm.

abhadra a. Inauspicious, bad, evil, ill, wicked. --draṃ
     (1) Evil, sin, wickedness.
     (2) Sorrow.

abhaya a. [na. ba.] Free from fear or danger, secure, safe; vairāgyamevābhayam Bh. 3. 35. --yaḥ [na bhayaṃ yasmāt]
     (1) An epithet of the Supreme Being, or knowledge concerning that being.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     (3) One devoid of all worldly possessions.
     (4) One who fearlessly executes scriptural commandments.
     (5) N. of a Yoga (conjunture or time) favourable to a march or expedition. --yā
     (1) N. of a plant (harītakī Mar. hiraḍā).
     (2) A form of the goddess Durgā. --yaṃ
     (1) Absence or removal of fear.
     (2) Security, safety, protection from fear or danger; mayā tasyābhayaṃ dattaṃ Pt. 1; abhayasya hi yo dātā Ms. 8. 303; S. 2. 16.
     (2) N. of a sacrificial hymn.
     (3) The root of a fragrant grass (vīraṇamūlaṃ, uśīraṃ).
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt a. 1. not terrific, mild. --2. giving safety.
          --girivāsin m. one dwelling on the mountain of safety, N. of a class of Kātyayana's pupils.
          --ḍiṃḍimaḥ 1. proclamation of assurance or safety. --2. a military or war-drum.
          --da, --dāyin, --prada a. giving a guarantee or promise of safety; bhayeṣvabhayadaḥ Ram.; -pradaḥ Ms. 4. 232. (
          --daḥ) an Arhat of the Jainas; N. of Viṣṇu.
          --dakṣiṇā, --dānaṃ, --pradānaṃ giving a promise, assurance, or guarantee of safety or protection (from danger); sarvapradāneṣvabhayapradānaṃ (pradhānaṃ) Pt. 1. 290; Ms. 4. 247.
          --patraṃ a written document or paper granting assurance of safety; cf. the modern 'safe-conduct'.
          --mudrā a variety of mudrā in Tantra literature.
          --yācanā asking for protection; -aṃjaliḥ R. 11. 78.
          --vacanaṃ, --vāc f. an assurance or promise of safety.
          --sani a. Ved. giving safety.

abhayaṃkara --kṛt a. (a-bhaya --kṛ with the insertion of khac P. III. 2. 43).
     (1) Not dreadful.
     (2) Causing security.

abhartṛkā
     (1) A widow.
     (2) An unmarried woman.

abhavaḥ 1 Non-existence; matta eva bhavābhavau Mb.
     (2) Absolution, final beatitude; prāptumabhavamabhivāṃchati vā Ki. 12. 30, 18. 27.
     (3) End or destruction; bhavāya sarvabhūtānāmabhavāya ca rakṣasāṃ Rām.

abhavya a.
     (1) Not to be, not predestined.
     (2) Improper, inauspicious.
     (3) Unfortunate, luckless; upanatamavadhīrayaṃtyabhavyāḥ Ki. 10. 51.

abhavat a. Not existing.
     -- Comp.
          --abhavanmatayogaḥ, --saṃyogaḥ (in Rhet.) a defect in composition; abhavan asaṃbhavannapi mataḥ iṣṭaḥ yogaḥ saṃbaṃdhaḥ yatra K. P. 7; the 'failure of an intended connection', or want of harmony between the ideas to be expressed and the words expressing them; e. g. īkṣase yatkaṭākṣeṇa tadā dhanvī manobhavaḥ, here the word yat can have no correlation with tadā though intended by the poet. The proper reading would be īkṣase cet &c.; for other examples see S. D. 575 ad. loc.

abhastrakā, abhastrikā, also abhastrākā [a -bhastrā P. VII. 3. 47]
     (1) A badly made or inferior pair of bellows.
     (2) A young woman who has no bellows.

abhāga a.
     (1) Without a share(of inheritance).
     (2) Undivided.

abhāva a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Without love or affection.
     (2) Non-existent. --vaḥ
     (1) Not being or existing, non-existence; gato bhavo'bhāvaṃ Mk. 1 has disappeared.
     (2) Absence, want, failure; sarveṣāmapyabhāve tu brāhmaṇā rikthabhāginaḥ Ms. 9. 188; mostly in comp.; sarvābhāve harennṛpaḥ 189 in the absence of all, failing all; toya-, anna-, āhāra- &c.
     (3) Annihilation, death, destruction, non-entity; nābhāva upalabdheḥ S. B.; Śi. 20. 64; Ki. 18. 10.
     (4) (In phil.) Privation, non-existence, nullity or negation, supposed to be the seventh category or padārtha in the system of Kaṇada. (Strictly speaking abhāva is not a separate predicament, like dravya, guṇa, but is only a negative arrangement of those predicaments; all nameable things being divided into positive (bhāva) and negative (abhāva), the first division including dravya, guṇa, karma, sāmānya, viśeṣa and samavāya and the second only one abhāva; cf. atra saptamasthābhāvakathanādeva ṣaṇṇāṃ bhāvatvaṃ prāptaṃ tena bhāvatvena pṛthagupanyāso na kṛtaḥ Muktā.). abhāva is defined as bhāvabhinno'bhāvaḥ (pratiyogijñānādhīnaviṣayatvaṃ) that whose knowledge is dependent on the knowledge of its pratiyogī. It is of two principal kinds saṃsargābhāva and anyonyābhāva; the first comprising three varieties prāgabhāva, pradhvaṃsābhāva, and atyaṃtābhāva.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃpattiḥ f. false attribution (= adhyāsa q. v.)

abhāvanā
     (1) Absence of judgment or right discernment.
     (2) Absence of religious meditation.

abhāvanīya a. Inconceivable.

abhāvayitṛ a. Not perceiving, comprehending or inferring.

abhāvin, abhāvya a. What is not destined to be or take place; yadabhāvina tadbhāvi H. 1.

abhāṣaṇam Not speaking, silence.

abhāṣita a. Not told.
     -- Comp.
          --puṃskaḥ a word which cannot become mas. or neuter, i. e. always feminine.

abhi ind.
     (1) (As a prefix to verbs and nouns) It means
          (a) 'to', 'towards', 'in the direction of'; abhigam go towards, abhiyā, -gamanaṃ, -yānaṃ &c.;
          (b) 'for', 'against'; -laṣ, -pat &c.;
          (c) 'on', 'upon'; -siṃc to sprinkle on &c.;
          (d), 'over', 'above', 'across'; -bhū to overpower, -tan;
          (e) 'greatly'; 'excessively' -kaṃp.
     (2) (As a prefix to nouns not derived from verbs, and to adjectives) It expresses
          (a) intensity or superiority; -dharmaḥ 'supreme duty'; -tāmra 'very red, -nava 'very new';
          (b) 'towards,' 'in the direction of,' forming adv. compounds; -caidyaṃ, -mukhaṃ, -dūti &c.
     (3) (As a separable adverb) It means towards, in the direction or vicinity of (opp. apa); in, above, aloft, on the top, (mostly Ved).
     (4) (As a preposition with acc.)
          (a) To, towards, in the direction of, against; (with acc. or in comp. in this sense); abhyāgni or agnimabhi śalabhāḥ pataṃti; vṛkṣamabhi dyotate vidyut Sk.; Śi. 9. 56, 7. 40; abhyarkabiṃbaṃ sthitaḥ S. 7. 11.
          (b) Near, before, in front or presence of; Śi. 7. 32; 15. 58.
          (c) On, upon, with regard or reference to; sāyamaṃḍanamabhi tvarayaṃtyaḥ Ki. 9. 6; sādhurdevadatto mātaramabhi Sk.
          (d) Severally, one after another (in a distributive sense); vṛkṣaṃ vṛkṣamabhi siṃcati Sk.; bhūtabhūtamabhi prabhuḥ Bop. By P. I. 4. 91 abhi has all the senses of anu given in I. 4. 90 except that of bhāga; e. g. (lakṣaṇe) harimabhi vartate; (itthaṃbhūtākhyāne) bhakto harimabhi; (vīpsāyāṃ), devaṃ devamabhi siṃcati; but yadatra mamābhiṣyāt taddīyatāṃ; prājño goviṃdamabhitiṣṭhati Bop.
          (e) In, into, to; Śi. 8. 60.
          (f) For, for the sake of, on account of (Ved.). According to G. M. abhi has these senses: --abhi, pūjābhṛśārthecchāsaumyābhimukhyasaurūpyavacanāhārasvādhyāyeṣu; e. g. pūjāyāṃ, abhivaṃdate; bhṛśe, abhiniveśaḥ; icchāyāṃ, abhilāṣaḥ, abhikaḥ; saumye or mādhurye, abhijātaḥ; ābhimukhye, abhimukhaṃ, abhyagni; saurūpye, abhirūpaṃ; vacane, abhidhatte; āhāre, abhyavaharati; svādhyāye, abhyasyāti. [cf. L. ob; Gr. amphi; Zend aibi or aiwi, Goth. bi; also umbi; um].

abhi(bhī)ka a. [abhi-kan nipātoyaṃ; P. V. 2. 74] 1 Lustful, libidinous, voluptuous; sodhikāramabhikaḥ kulocitaṃ kāścana svayamavartayatsamāḥ R. 19. 4; api siṃceḥ kṛśānau tvaṃ darpaṃ mayyapi yo'bhikaḥ Bk. 8. 92. --kaḥ A lover, voluptuous person.

abhikam 10 A. To love, desire; kaḥ striyamabhikāmayamānāṃ nābhinaṃdati Dk. 88; Ki. 18. 23.

abhikāma a. [kam-ac or abhivṛddhaḥ kāmo yasya] Affectionate, loving, desirous, wishing for, lustful, with the object of love in acc. or in comp.; yāce tvāmabhikāmāhaṃ Mb. --maḥ
     (1) Affection, love.
     (2) Wish, desire. --maṃ ind. Longingly, with desire.

abhikāmika a. Voluntary.

abhikaṃp 1 A. To shake or tremble violently. --Caus.
     (1) To stir, shake.
     (2) To allure, entice.

abhikaṃpanam Shaking; alluring.

abhikāṃkṣ 1 U.
     (1) To ask, request; long for, wish or desire for.

abhikāṃkṣā Wish, desire, longing.

abhikāṃkṣin a. Longing, wishing.

abhikṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make, render, do; kurukṣetre niveśamabhicakratuḥ Mb.
     (2) To do with reference to, for the sake of, or in behalf of.
     (3) To procure, get, obtain, effect.

abhikaraṇam
     (1) Effecting, doing.
     (2) A charm, incantation.

abhikṛtiḥ f. N. of a metre containing 100 syllablles.

abhikṛtvan a. (m. -tvā; f. -tvarī) Magieal; a magician or spirit.

abhikratu a. [abhimukhyena kraturyuddhakarma yasya] Haughty, very powerful (balīyas) (as an enemy), Rv. 3. 34. 10.

abhikraṃd 1 P. To shout at, roar at; neigh at.

abhikraṃdaḥ A shout, roar.

abhikram 1 U., 4 P.
     (1) To step or go near to, approach; tamabhikramya sarve'dya vayaṃ cārthāmahe vasu Mb.
     (2) To roam over, wander, pass or walk over.
     (3) To attack, assail, fall upon.
     (4) To undertake, begin; to set about, prepare; gamanāyābhicakrāma Ram. --Caus. To bring near.

abhikramaḥ
     (1) Beginning, attempting, an undertaking; nehābhikramanāśosti pratyavāyo na vidyate Bg. 2. 40.
     (2) A determined attack or onset, assault, onslaught.
     (3) Ascending, mounting.

abhikramaṇaṃ, --krāṃtiḥ f. Approaching, attacking &c. = abhikrama above; puṃḍradeśa- Dk. 92.

abhikrāṃtin a. [iṣṭādigaṇa]
     (1) One who has approached or undertaken or begun.
     (2) Skilled or versed in, conversant with (with loc.).

abhikruś 1 P.
     (1) To cry out at, call out to.
     (2) To call out (to one) in a scolding manner; anyonyamabhicakruśuḥ Mb.
     (3) To weep over, lament with tears, bemoan.

abhikrośaḥ
     (1) Calling out, crying.
     (2) Reviling, censure.

abhikrośakaḥ
     (1) One who calls out; a reviler, calumniator.
     (2) A herald.

abhikṣattṛ a. Ved. A murderer, killer, destroyer.

abhikṣada a. [kṣad-ac] Ved. A destroyer; Rv. 6. 50. 1.; giving without being asked (?).

abhikṣip 6 P.
     (1) To throw or fling at (as the lash of a whip at a horse); to insult.
     (2) To excel; Bk. 8. 51.

abhikṣipta p. p. Thrown, surpassed.

abhikhyā 2 P. Ved.
     (1) To see, perceive, view.
     (2) To be gracious, look graciously. --Caus. (khyāpayati) To tell, declare, make known, proclaim; kalahakaṃṭaka ityabhikhyāpitākhyaḥ Dk. 136; 171; Ms. 8. 205, 9. 262.

abhikhyā a. [kartari kvip] Going towards; well-known, celebrated. --khyā [khyā-aṅ]
     (1)
          (a) Splendour, beauty, lustre; kāpyabhikhyā tayorāsīd vrajatoḥ śuddhaveṣayoḥ R. 1. 46; sūryāpāye na khalu kamalaṃ puṣyati svāmabhikhyāṃ Me. 80; Ku. 1. 43; 7. 18.
          (b) Look, view, appearance, aspect (Ved.).
     (2) Telling, declaring.
     (3) Calling, addressing.
     (4) A name, appellation.
     (5) A word, synonym.
     (6) Fame, glory; notoriety (in a bad sense); greatness (māhātmyaṃ).
     (7) Intellect (Nir.).

abhikhyāta p. p. Become or made known; celebrated; -doṣaḥ Y. 3. 301.

abhikhyātṛ a. Ved. Looking, supervising, superintending.

abhikhyānam Fame, glory.

abhigam 1 P.
     (1) To go to, go near to, approach (with acc.); enamabhijagmurmaharṣayaḥ R. 15. 59; Ki. 10. 21; manumekāgramāsīnamabhigamya maharṣayaḥ Ms. 1. 1; 11. 100.
     (2) To follow, go after; anurāgādvane rāmaṃ diṣṭyā tvamabhigacchasi Ram.
     (3) To find, meet with (casually or by chance).
     (4) To cohabit, have sexual intercourse (with man or woman); abhigaṃtāsmi bhaginīṃ mātaraṃ vā taveti ha Y. 2. 205; abhyagacchaḥ patiṃ yattvaṃ bhajamānaṃ Mb.
     (5) To take to, undertake, betake oneself to.
     (6) To get, to share in; be subject to; nidrāmabhigataḥ Rām.
     (7) To conceive, apprehend, understand, comprehend. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to go to or approach; take, convey, send; Dk. 102.
     (2) To cause to apprehend; explain, teach.

abhigaṃtṛ a. One who approaches or has intercourse (with a woman); one who understands &c.

abhigamaḥ, --gamanam
     (1)
          (a) Approaching, going or coming to, visit, arrival; tavārhato nābhigamena tṛptaṃ R. 5. 11, 17. 72; jyeṣṭhābhigamanātpūrvaṃ tenāpyanabhinaṃditā 12. 35, K. 158; Pt. 3.
          (b) Finding out; enjoying; kṛtvā tāsāmabhigamamapāṃ Me. 49 (sevanaṃ Malli.).
     (2) Sexual intercourse (with a man or woman); paradārabhigamanaṃ K. 107; prasahya dāsyabhigame Y. 2. 291; Pt. 1; H. 1. 104; nīca- Y. 3. 298, 2. 294.

abhigamya pot. p.
     (1) To be approached, visited or sought; Ku. 6. 56.
     (2) Accessible, that can be approached without fear, inviting; tathāpyanabhigamanīyo lokasya Mk. 4; bhīmakāṃtairnṛpaguṇaiḥ ... adhṛṣyaścābhigamyaśca R. 1. 16.

abhigāmin a. Approaching, having intercourse with; Ms. 3. 45; Y. 2. 282.

abhigāmuka a. Inviting, leading one to approach (as qualities).

abhigarj 1 P. To roar or bawl at, to raise wild or ferocious cries.

abhigarjanaṃ, abhigarjitam A wild, savage or ferocious roar; up-roar.

abhigā = abhī q. v.

abhigup 10 P. 1 To guard, protect, defend; laṃkāyāmābhiguptāyāṃ sāgareṇa samaṃtataḥ Rām.
     (2) To hide, conceal.

abhiguptiḥ f. Guarding, protecting.

abhigoptṛ m. Protector, guardian.

abhigur 6 U. To assent or agree to, approve of (Ved).

abhigūrta p. p. Approved of; destined for an offering; uttered (with praise).

abhigūrtiḥ f.
     (1) Song of praise; constant desire or thought; Rv. 1. 162. 6.
     (2) Effort, exertion.

abhigṝ 9 U. Ved.
     (1) To call to or address approvingly, join in, welcome, praise.
     (2) To accept propitiously, allow, approve.

abhigaraḥ [gṝ-ap] Song of praise; praise.

abhigai 1 P.
     (1) To call to, sing to.
     (2) To fill with song, make noisy with songs; bhṛṃgarājābhigītāni (vanāni) Rām.
     (3) To sing, celebrate in song; tadapyeṣa śloko'bhigītaḥ Ait Br.
     (4) To approve, allow.

abhigīta p. p. Sung, chanted, celebrated in song &c.

abhigeṣṇa --ṣṇu a. [gai-iṣṇuc] Singing.

abhigrah (Ved. grabh) 9 U.
     (1) To take or seize, catch, catch hold of, seize forcibly, attack; ripuṇābhigṛhya Dk. 5, 98, 103.
     (2) To accept, take.
     (3) To receive, (as a guest).
     (4) To fold, lay or bring together (as the hands).
     (5) To set, show or bring forth (as blossom, fruit &c.). --Caus. To catch or surprise one in the very act, to let oneself be so caught; aryavaryasya kasyacid gṛhe corayitvā rūpābhigrahito baddhaḥ Dk. 96.

abhigrahaḥ
     (1) Seizing, robbing, plundering.
     (2) Attack, assault, onset.
     (3) Challenge.
     (4) Complaint.
     (5) Authority, power, weight.

abhigrahaṇam Robbing, seizing in the presence of the owner.

abhigharṣaṇam
     (1) Rubbing, friction.
     (2) Possession by an evil spirit.

abhighāta, --ghātaka, --takin &c. See under abhihan.

abhighṛ (Used only in caus). To cause to trickle down, let fall down by drops; tāṃ (vapāṃ) adhvaryuḥ sruveṇābhighārayannāha Ait. Br.
     (2) To sprinkle with.

abhighāraḥ [ghṛ-ṇic-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Ghee or clarified butter.
     (2) Dropping down ghee upon offerings at sacrifices; praṇītapṛṣadājyābhighāraghārestanūnapāt Mv. 3.

abhighāraṇam Act of sprinkling (with ghee) besprinkling.

abhighrā 1 P. To smell at, snuffle; to bring the nose close to another's forehead (as in caressing, kissing &c. as a token of affection).

abhighrāṇam Smelling at or touching the forehead with the nose.

abhicakṣ 2 A.
     (1) To look at, view, perceive, see; abhi yo viśvā bhuvanāni caṣṭe (sūryaḥ) Rv. 7. 61. 1.
     (2) To call to or address.
     (3) Toaddress sharply, to assail with sharp words Rv. 7. 104. 8.
     (4) To name, call.
     (5) To look graciously upon, 5. 3. 9.

abhicakṣaṇam Ved. Means of defence; (magical) remedy. --ṇā Viewing, indicating.

abhicar 1 P.
     (1) To act wrongly towards any one, offend, trespass; tatra virādhadanukabaṃdhaprabhṛtayaḥ kepyabhicaraṃtīti śrutaṃ Mv. 2.
     (2) To be faithless (as wife or husband); patiṃ yā nābhicarati manovāgdehasaṃyatā Ms. 5. 165; 9. 102.
     (2) To charm, conjure, exorcise (by spells or incantations), employ spells for magical purposes &c.; vṛṣṭyāyuḥ puṣṭikāmo vā tathaivābhicarannapi Y. 1. 295; 3. 289.
     (3) To possess, occupy.

abhicaraḥ A follower, servant, attendant.

abhicaraṇam Enchanting, exorcising, employment of spells for malevolent purposes (such as śyenayāga); Mu. 4. 12.

abhicaraṇīya a. Fit for exorcising.

abhicarituḥ f. Ved. Enchanting.

abhicāraḥ
     (1) Exorcising, enchanting employment of magical spells for malevolent purposes; magic itself (being regarded as one of the Upapatakas or minor sins); abhicāreṣu sarveṣu kartavyo dviśato damaḥ Ms. 9. 290; 11. 64, 198; K. 109; Mv. 1. 62.
     (2) Killing.
     -- Comp.
          --kalpaḥ N. of a work on incantations regarded as part of the Atharvaveda.
          --jvaraḥ a fever caused by magical spells.
          --maṃtraḥ a magical formula, an incantation or formula for working a charm; Śi. 7. 58.
          --yajñaḥ, --homaḥ a sacrifice made for magical purposes.

abhicāraka, --cārin (-rikī, riṇī f.) a. Conjuring, enchanting, using magical spells for evil purposes; magical Ki. 3. 56. --kaḥ, --rī A conjurer, magician.

abhicchāya a. Being in shade or turned towards the shade. --yaṃ adv. In shade or darkness.

abhijan 4 A.
     (1) To be born to or for (a person or thing), to claim as one's birth-right; sa mahīmabhijāyate Mb.; see also under abhijāta
     (1) below.
     (2) To be born or produced, arise, spring from; kāmātkodho'bhijāyate Bg. 2. 62; H. 1. 205.
     (3) To be born or produced again; Bg. 6. 41; 13. 23.
     (4) To be, become, be turned into; tasyāḥ spṛṣṭvaiva salilaṃ naraḥ śailobhijāyate Ram.
     (5) To be born of a high family.

abhija a. Born or produced all round.

abhijanaḥ
     (1)
          (a) A family, race, lineage; kalahaṃsakādabhijanaṃ jñātvā Mal. 8; nābhijanamīkṣate K. 104; Mu. 6. 6; Ms. 4. 18; Dk. 135, 170; U. 4.
          (b) Birth, extraction, descent; tulyābhajineṣu bhūmibhareṣu (dhareṣu?) rājñāṃ vṛttiḥ M. 1; Ms. 1. 100; Y. 1. 123.
     (2) High or noble descent, noble birth or family; stutaṃ tanmāhātmyaṃ yadabhijanato yacca guṇataḥ Māl. 2. 13; śīlaṃ śaulataṭātpatatvabhijanaḥ saṃdahyatāṃ vahninā Bh. 2. 39; M. 5.
     (3) Forefathers, ancestors; abhijanāḥ pūrve bāṃdhavāḥ Kāśi. on P. IV. 3. 90; also descendants.
     (4) Native country, motherland, ancestral abode (opp. nivāsa); cf. Sk. on P. IV. 3. 90: --yatra svayaṃ vasati sa nivāsaḥ (yatra saṃprati uṣyate Mbh.); yatra pūrvairuṣitaṃ so'bhijanaḥ iti vivekaḥ.
     (5) Fame, celebrity.
     (6) The head or ornament of a family; yadvidvānapi tādṛśepyabhijane dharmyātpatho vicyutaḥ Mv. 1. 33.
     (7) Attendants, retinue (= parijana q. v.).

abhijanana (nī f.) a. Becoming one's high birth; Mv. 5. 18.

abhijanavat a. Of noble descent, nobly born; -tīṃ mālavikāṃ M. 5; -vato bhartuḥ ślādhye sthitā gṛhiṇīpade S. 4. 18; Bg. 16. 15.

abhijanituḥ f. Ved. Being born or produced (Ved.); -toḥ to produce.

abhijāta p. p.
     (1)
          (a) Born to or for; bhavaṃti saṃpadaṃ daivīmabhijātasya bhārata Bg. 16. 3, 4, 5.
          (b) Produced all around.
          (c) Born in consequence of.
     (2) Inbred, inborn.
     (3) Born, produced; ajātapakṣāmabhijātakaṃṭhīṃ Rām.
     (4) Noble, nobly or well born, of noble descent; jātyastenābhijātena śūraḥ śauryavatā kuśaḥ R. 17. 4; Māl. 4; courteous, polite; abhijātaṃ khalvasya vacanaṃ V. 1; K. 102, M. 3, Māl. 7; anabhijāte Mu. 2.
     (5) Fit, proper, worthy.
     (6) Sweet, agreeable; prajalpitāyāmabhijātavāci Ku. 1. 45.
     (7) Handsome, beautiful.
     (8) Learned, wise; distinguished; saṃkīrṇaṃ nābhijāteṣu nāprabuddheṣu saṃskṛtaṃ (vedet). --taṃ Nobility, noble birth. --adv. Nobly, politely, courteously; -taṃ khalu eṣa vāritaḥ S. 6.

abhijātiḥ f. Noble birth.

abhiji 1 P.
     (1) To conquer completely.
     (2) To acquire by conquest. --Desid. To desire to win or conquer, acquire.

abhijayaḥ Conquest; complete victory.

abhijit a. [abhi-ji-kvip]
     (1) Victorious, conquering completely.
     (2) Helping in conquering completely.
     (3) Born under the constellation abhijit P. IV. 3. 36, see abhijita --m.
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) N. of a sacrifice, part of the great sacrifice called gavāmayana; Ms. 11. 75, also used for atirātra q. v.
     (3) N. of a star; N. of one of the lunar mansions. --n.
     (1) The 8th Muhūrta of the day, midday (fit for a Śraddha ceremony).
     (2) N. of a lagna favourable to setting out.
     -- Comp.
          --muhūrtaḥ The 8th Muhūrta or period comprising 24 minutes before and 24 minutes after noon.

abhijitaḥ N. of an asterism or the Muhūrta indicated by it; muhūrte'bhijite prāpte sārdharātre vibhūṣite . devakyajanayadviṣṇuṃ yaśodā tāṃ tu kanyakāṃ .. V. P.

abhijitiḥ f. Ved. Victory, conquest.

abhijuṣ 6 A. (or Ved. P.)
     (1) To visit, frequent, call upon; śriyābhijuṣṭaḥ Mb.
     (2) To be pleased or contented with, like, be fond of (Ved.).

abhijuṣṭa p. p. Visited, frequented.

abhijñā 9 U.
     (1) To recognize, discern; (sā) nābhyajānānnalaṃ nṛpaṃ Mb.
     (2) To know, understand, be acquainted with, be aware of, perceive; ahaṃ hi nābhijānāmi bhavedevaṃ na veti vā Mb.; Bg. 18. 55, 4. 14; 7. 13; bhavadabhijñātaṃ kathayatu Dk. 3, 78.
     (3) To look upon, consider or regard as, know to be.
     (4) To admit, own, acknowledge; naputramabhijānāmi tvayi jātaṃ Mb.
     (5) To remember, recollect; used with the Future instead of the Imperfect, Imperfect with yat, or both when interdependence of two actions is denoted, P. III. 2. 112, 114; cf. Bk. 6. 138, 139.

abhijña a. [jñā-ka]
     (1) Knowing, aware of, one who understands or is acquainted with, experiencing or having had experience of (with gen. or loc. or in comp.).; yadvā kauśalamiṃdrasūnudamane tatrāpyabhijño janaḥ U. 5. 35; abhijñāśchedapātānāṃ kriyaṃte naṃdanadrumāḥ Ku. 2. 41, Me. 16; R. 7. 64; anabhijño bhavānsevādharmasya Pt. 1.
     (2) Skilled in, conversant with, proficient, skilful, clever; yadi tvamīdṛśaḥ kathāyāmabhijñaḥ U. 4., see anabhijña also. --jñā
     (1) Recognition.
     (2) Remembrance, recollection; abhijñāvacane ḷṭ P. III. 2. 112.
     (3) A supernatural faculty or power of which five kinds are usually mentioned:
     (1) taking any form at will;
     (2) hearing to any distance;
     (3) seeing to any distance;
     (4) penetrating men's thoughts;
     (5) knowing their state and antecedents. --Monier Williams.

abhijñānam
     (1) Recognition; tadabhijñānahetorhi dattaṃ tena mahātmanā Ram. (abhijñāna is a combination of anubhava or direct perception and smṛti or recollection; a sort of direct perception assisted by the memory; as when we say 'this is the same man I saw yesterday' soyaṃ hyo dṛṣṭo naraḥ, anubhava or direct perception leading to the identification expressed by ayaṃ and the memory leading to the reference to past action expressed by saḥ).
     (2) Remembrance, recollection; knowledge, ascertainment.
     (3)
          (a) A sign or token of recognition (person or thing); vatsa yoginyasmi mālatyabhijñānaṃ ca dhārayāmi Mal. 9; Bk. 8. 118, 124; R. 12. 62; Me. 112; upapannairabhijñānairdūtaṃ tamavagacchata Ram.
     (4) The dark portion in the disc of the moon.
     -- Comp.
          --ābharaṇaṃ a recognition-ornament, a tokenring S. 4.
          --patraṃ a certificate, letter of recommendation.
          --śakuṃtalaṃ N. of a celebrated drama by Kalidasa in seven acts, in which king Dushyanta marries Kaṇva's daughter Śakuntalā by the Gāndharva form of marriage, forgets all about her owing to the curse of Durvasas, but ultimately recollects, at the sight of the token-ring (abhijñāna) that he had duly married her; abhijñānena smṛtā śakuṃtalā abhijñānaśakuṃtalā; tāmadhikṛtya kṛtaṃ nāṭakaṃ -śakuṃtalaṃ; (the reading -śākuṃtalaṃ is grammatically indefensible).

abhijñāpaka a. Making known, informing.

abhijñu a. Ved. [abhigate jānunī yena] On the knees, kneeling up to the knees.

abhiḍīnam Flying towards.

abhitaḍ 10 P.
     (1) To beat, knock, thump, hit, smite, strike (fig. also); to wound; vākśarairabhitāḍitaḥ Rām.
     (2) (Astr.) To eclipse the greater part of the disc; Bṛ. S. 11. 61.

abhitāḍanam Beating, thumping.

abhitap 1 P.
     (1) To irradiate with heat, heat, inflame; abhitaptamayopi mārdavaṃ bhajate kaiva kathā śarīriṣu R. 8. 43; 19. 56.
     (2) To pain, distress, wound, affict. --pass. To suffer intensely, be afflicted. --Caus. To pain, distress, afflict.

abhitapta p. p.
     (1) Heated, inflamed, scorched, burnt.
     (2) Distressed, grieving or lamenting for (actively used).

abhitāpaḥ Extreme heat, whether of body or mind; agitation, affliction, great distress or pain; Śi. 9. 1; Ki. 9. 4; balavānpunarme manasobhitāpaḥ V. 3.

abhitarām ind. Nearer to.

abhitas ind. (Used as an adverb, or preposition with acc.)
     (1) Near to, to, towards; abhitastaṃ pṛthāsūnuḥ snehena paritastare Ki. 11. 8.
     (2)
          (a) Near, hard by, close by, in the proximity of; tato rājābravīdvākyaṃ sumaṃtramabhitaḥ sthitaṃ Rām; sometimes with gen.; niṣasādābhitastasya ibid.
          (b) Before, in the presence of; tanvaṃtamiddhamabhito gurumaṃśujālaṃ Ki. 2. 59.
     (3) Opposite to, facing, in front of; tripathagāmabhitaḥ Ki. 6. 1, 5. 14.
     (4) On both sides; cūḍācuṃbitakaṃkapatramabhitastūṇīdvayaṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ U. 4. 20; Mv. 1. 18; pādapaiḥ puṣpapatrāṇi sṛjadbhirabhito nadīṃ Rām; S. 6. 16; Bk. 9. 137.
     (5) Before and after.
     (6) On all sides, round, round about (with acc. or gen.); kīrtyābhitaḥ surabhitaḥ Dk. 1; parijano yathāvyāpāraṃ rājānamabhitaḥ sthitaḥ M. 1; S. 7; yasyābhitaḥ U. 6. 36; every where Ki. 8. 10.
     (7) Entirely, thoroughly, completely, throughout.
     (8) Quickly.
     -- Comp.
          --asthi a. surrounded by bones.
          --bhāvin a. being all round, surrounding P. VI. 2. 182.
          --rātraṃ Ved. near the night; just at the beginning or end.

abhitāmra a. Very red, darkred; R. 15. 49.

abhitṛp 10 P.
     (1) To satiate, satisfy.
     (2) To refresh; Bṛ. S. 19. 15.

abhitarpaṇam Satiation, refreshing.

abhidakṣiṇam ind. To or towards the right (= pradakṣiṇaṃ q. v.)

abhidāpanam The being trodden under the foot by elephants (?).

abhidṛś 1 P. To look at, behold. --Caus.
     (1) To show, point out.
     (2) To show oneself to, appear before. --pass.
     (1) To be seen, be visible, appear.
     (2) To be considered or thought.

abhidarśanam
     (1) Seeing.
     (2) Becoming visible; appearance.

abhidyu a.
     (1) Directed to heaven, tending or going to heaven, heavenward.
     (2) Heavenly.
     (3) Bright, brilliant. --dyuḥ A half month.

abhidru 1 P.
     (1)
          (a) To run up to, run near; payasyabhidravati bhuvaṃ yugāvadhau Śi. 17. 40.
          (b) To invade, march against, fall upon, attack, assail; makaraṃdena pratihato jāmātā balātkāreṇa abhidravan Mal. 7 laying violent hands on; gajā ivānyonyamabhidravaṃtaḥ (vāridharāḥ) Mk. 5. 21; Ve. 3.
     (2) To overrun,; infest, harass, afflict; janmamṛtyujarāvyādhivedanābhiramidrutaṃ (dehaṃ) Mb.
     (3) To come over, pass or run over.
     (4) To befall. --Caus. To rout, put to flight; purarakṣānabhidrāvya Dk. 14.

abhidruta p. p. Attacked, overrun.

abhidravaḥ, --vaṇam An attack.

abhidruh 4 P. (A. in epic poetry) To hate, seek to injure or maliciously assail, plot against (with acc.); nityamasmaccharīramabhidrogdhuṃ yatate Mu. 1, 2; krūramabhidruhyati Sk. (sometimes with dat. also); mayā punarebhya evābhidrugdhamajñena U. 6; nabhidruhyati bhūtebhyaḥ Bhag., Mu. 5.

abhidruh a. Ved. Seeking to injure, inimical.

abhidrohaḥ
     (1) Injuring, plotting against, harm, cruelty, oppression; Ms. 8. 271; Ki. 11. 21.
     (2) Abuse; censure.

abhidharmaḥ The Supreme truth or Metaphysics according to Buddhistic dogmas.
     -- Comp.
          --piṭakaḥ 'basket of Metaphysics', one of the three sections (piṭaka) of Buddhist holy writings which treat of abhidharma.

abhidharṣaṇam
     (1) Possession by evil spirits, demons &c.
     (2) Oppressing.
     (3) Striking against.

abhidhā 3 U.
     (1)
          (a) To say, speak, tell (with acc., rarely with dat.); sā tathyamevābhihitā bhavena Ku. 3. 63; Ms. 1. 42; Bk. 7. 78; Bg. 18. 68.
          (b) To denote, express or convey directly or primarily (as sense &c.); state, mention, set forth; sākṣātsaṃketitaṃ yorthamabhidhatte sa vācakaḥ K. P. 2; tannāma yenābhidadhāti sattvaṃ.
          (c) To speak or say to, address.
     (2) To name, call, designate; usually in pass. (--dhīyate); idaṃ śarīraṃ kauṃteya kṣetramityabhidhīyate Bg. 13. 1.
     (3) To lay or put on, fasten, bind; to overlay, load; assail; receive, comprehend, include; to draw oneself towards, hold, support (mostly Ved. in these senses).

abhidhā a. Ved. Naming; praised, invoked. --dhā
     (1) A name, appellation; oft. in comp.; kusumavasaṃtādyabhidhaḥ S. D.
     (2) A word, sound.
     (3) The literal power or sense of a word, denotation, one of the three powers of a word; vācyortho'bhidhayā bodhyaḥ S. D. 2 'the expressed meaning is that which is conveyed to the understanding by the word's denotation', for it is this abhidhā that conveys to the understanding the meaning which belongs to the word by common consent or convention (saṃketa) (which primarily made it a word at all); sa mukhyo'rthastatra mukhyo yo vyāpāro'syābhidhocyate K. P. 2. --Cmop. --dhvaṃsin a. losing one's name. --mūla a. founded on a word's denotation or literal meaning.

abhidhānam
     (1) Telling, mentioning, speaking, naming, denotation; etāvatāmarthānāmidamabhidhānaṃ Nir.; gośabdasyaṃ vāhikārthābhidhānaṃ S. D.
     (2) (In gram.) Asserting or predicating something of another, as the subject of an assertion, (which then can be put in the nom. case only); predication, assertion; See P. II. 3. 2 Sk.
     (3) A name, appellation, title, designation; abhidhānaṃ tu paścāttasyāhamaśrauṣaṃ K. 32; tavābhidhānād vyathate natānanaḥ Ki. 1. 24; (at the end of comp.) called, named; ṛṇābhidhānād baṃdhanāt R. 3. 20.
     (4) An expression, word.
     (5) Speech, discourse.
     (6) A dictionary, vocabulary (of words), lexicon (in these last 4 senses said to be also m.)
     -- Comp.
          --ciṃtāmaṇiḥ N. of a celebrated vocabulary of synonyms by Hemachandra.
          --mālā a dictionary.
          --ratnamālā N. of a vocabulary of words by Halayudha.

abhidhānakam A sound, voice, noise.

abhidhāyaka (yikā f.), abhidhāyin a.
     (1) Naming, expressing, denoting; eteṣāmabhidhāyakāni klībe syuḥ Sk.; karṣūḥ kulyābhidhāyinī Ak. denotes, means, has the sense of.
     (2) Saying, speaking, telling; lakṣmīmityabhidhāyini priyatame Amaru. 23; vācyābhidhāyī puruṣaḥ pṛṣṭhamāṃsāda ucyate Trik.

abhidheya pot. p. To be named, mentioned, expressed &c.; vāgeva me nābhidheyaviṣayamavatarati trapayā K. 151 words refuse, through shame, to express what I have to say.
     (2) Nameable, as a category or predicament (in logic); abhidheyāḥ padārthāḥ, abhidheyatvaṃ padārthasāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ. --yaṃ
     (1) Signification, meaning, sense, import; P. I. 1. 34 Sk.; Ki. 14. 5.
     (2) A substance.
     (3) The subject-matter; ihābhidheyaṃ saprayojanaṃ K. P. 1; iti prayojanābhidheyasaṃbaṃdhāḥ Mugdha.
     (4) The primary or literal sense of a word (= abhidhā); abhidheyāvinābhūtapratītirlakṣaṇocyate K. P. 2.

abhihita p. p.
     (1)
          (a) Said, declared, spoken, mentioned; mayābhihitaṃ, tenābhihitaṃ &c.
          (b) Predicated, asserted; anabhihite karmaṇi dvitīyā P. II. 3. 1-2.
          (c) Spoken to, addressed, called, named.
          (d) Whispered, prompted to say; determined.
     (2) Fastened, placed upon. --taṃ A name, expression, word; -tvaṃ being said or spoken to, a declaration; authority, test.
     -- Comp.
          --anvayavādaḥ, --vādin m. a particular doctrine (or the follower of that doctrine) on the import of words, as opposed to anvitābhidhānavāda, --vādin. [The anvitābhidhānavādins (the Mīmamsakas, the followers of Prabhakara) hold that words only express a meaning (abhidhāna) as parts of a sentence and grammatically connected with one another (anvita); that they, in fact, only imply an action or something connected with an action; e. g. ghaṭaṃ in ghaṭaṃ ānaya means not merely 'jar', but 'jar' as connected with the action of 'bringing' expressed by the verb. The abhihitānvayavādins (the Naiyayikas, or the followers of Kumarila who hold the same doctrine) on the other hand hold that words by themselves can express their own independent meanings which are afterwards combined into a sentence expressing one connected idea; that, in other words, it is the logical connection between the words of a sentence, and not the sense of the words themselves, that suggests the import or purport of that sentence; they thus believe in a tātparyārtha as distinguished from vāchyārtha; see K. P. 2 and Maheśvara's commentary ad loc.

abhihitiḥ f. Naming, speaking &c.

abhidhānī Ved. A halter, rope.

abhidhāv 1 P.
     (1) To run up towards, fly at or towards.
     (2) To rush upon, attack, assail; Bk. 6. 41.

abhidhāvaka a. Assailing, rushing upon. --kaḥ An assailant; Y. 2. 234.

abhidhāvanam Assault, pursuit.

abhidhṛṣṇu a. Ved. Overpowering, subduing.

abhidhyai 1 P. (epic 2 P.)
     (1) To meditate upon, reflect, consider, think of; yadabhidhyāmyahaṃ śaśvacchubhaṃ vā yadi vāśubhaṃ Mb.
     (2) To covet, wish or desire for; Y. 3. 134.

abhidhyā [dhyai-aṅ]
     (1) Coveting another's property.
     (2) Longing, wish; desire in general; abhidhyopadeśāt Br. Sūt.
     (3) Desire of taking (in general).

abhidhyānam Desiring or longing for, coveting; a wish or desire; paradravyeṣvabhidhyānaṃ Ms. 12. 5.
     (2) Meditation, profound thought.

abhinaṃd 1 P. (rarely A.)
     (1)
          (a) To rejoice at or in, exult over, be glad or satisfied; ātmaviḍaṃbanāmabhinaṃdaṃti K. 108; Dk. 75.
          (b) To celebrate (with rejocings &c.); mahotsavena majjanmābhinaṃditavān K. 137; nābhinaṃdati na dveṣṭi Bg. 2. 57.
     (2) To congratulate, hail with joy, welcome, greet; enāṃ pariṣvajya tātakāśyapenaivaṃ abhinaṃditaṃ S. 4; tāpasībhirabhinaṃdyamānā śakuṃtalā tiṣṭhati ibid., 5, 6, 7; abhinaṃditāgamenaṣu samīreṣu K. 49, 63; abhinaṃdya bravīti Mv. 2 says (writes) after compliments; R. 2. 74, 3. 68, 7. 69, 71; 11. 30; 16. 64; 17. 15, 60; Y. 1. 332.
     (3) To rejoice at, approve, praise, applaud, commend; yo ratnarāśīnapi vihāya abhinaṃdyate S. 2; ataste vaco nābhinaṃdāmi ibid. do not approve; tadyuktamasyā abhilāṣo'bhinaṃdituṃ S. 3; śrūyaṃte pariṇītāstāḥ (kanyakāḥ) pitṛbhiścābhinaṃditāḥ 3. 24; nāma yasyābhinaṃdaṃti dviṣopi sa pumānpumān Ki. 11. 73; 4. 4; with na reject; R. 12. 35.
     (4) To care for, like, desire or wish for, respect, delight in (usually with na in this sense); nābhinaṃdati kelikalāḥ Mal. 3; nāhāramabhinaṃdati K. 61; Dk. 159; āryaputrasyaiva manorathaṃsapattimabhinaṃdāmi Ve. 2 wish or desire; nābhinaṃdeta maraṇaṃ nābhinaṃdeta jīvitaṃ Ms. 6. 45, H. 4. 4.
     (5) To bless, grant success to; U. 5. 28. --Caus. To gladden, delight.

abhinaṃda a. That which delights, encourages, praises &c. --daḥ
     (1) Rejoicing, delighting, joy, delight.
     (2) Praising, applauding, approving, greeting, congratulating.
     (3) Wish, desire.
     (4) Encouraging, inciting to action.
     (5) Very little happiness (sukhalava).
     (6) An epithet of paramātman the Supreme Being. --dā Delight; wish, desire.

abhinaṃdanam
     (1) Rejoicing at, greeting, welcoming.
     (2) Praising, approving.
     (3) Wish, desire.

abhinaṃdanīya --naṃdya pot. p. To be rejoiced at, praised, or applauded; kāmametadabhinaṃdanīyaṃ S. 5; R. 5. 31.

abhinaṃdin a. (At the end of comp.) Rejoicing at, approving, praising &c.

abhinabhaḥ, --nabhyam adv. Ved. Towards the clouds or heaven; Śi. 2. 2.

abhinam 1 P. To bow, to bend, to turn towards a person.

abhinamra a. Bent, deeply bowed or bent; stanābhirāmastabakābhinamrāṃ R. 13. 32.

abhinava a. [ādhikyena navaḥ, bhṛśārthe abhiratra]
     (1)
          (a) Quite new or fresh (in all senses); padapaṃktirdṛśyate'bhinavā S. 3. 8; 5. 1; -kaṃṭhaśoṇita 6. 26; Me. 98; R. 9. 29; -vā vadhūḥ K. 2 newly married.
          (b) Quite young or fresh, blooming, youthful (as body, age &c.); S. 1. 19; U. 5. 12; the younger; -śākaṭāyanaḥ; -bhojaḥ &c.
          (c) Fresh, recent.
     (2) Very young, not having experience. --vaḥ [abhinu ap] Praise to win over, flattery.
     -- Comp.
          --udbhid --daḥ a new shoot or bud.
          --caṃdrārdhavidhiḥ a ceremony performed at the time of the new moon.
          --tāmarasaṃ 1. a fresh-blown lotus. --2. a kind of metre.
          --yauvana, -vayaska a. youthful, very young.
          --vaiyākaraṇaḥ one who has newly begun his study of grammar.

abhinah 4 P. To bind up(as the eyes), to bind, tie, fasten; Śi. 6. 75.

abhinahanam A bandage(over the eyes), a blind.

abhinidhana a. [abhigato nidhanaṃ maraṇaṃ] About to perish, approaching one's doom. --naṃ N. of certain verses of the Samaveda repeated at this time.

abhinidhānam
     (1) Putting on, setting up.
     (2) Euphonic suppression, weakening in the pronunciation of words, especially the suppression of an initial a after e or o; cf. avagraha.

abhiniyukta a. Occupied in, busy.

abhiniyogaḥ Close application, attention or intentness, absorption; kārya- Mu. 1.

abhinirmukta a.
     (1) Left or quitted (by the sun when it sets).
     (2) One asleep at sunset and thus not doing the duties to be then performed.

abhiniryāṇam
     (1) A march.
     (2) Invasion, marching against an enemy.

abhinivṛttiḥ f. Accomplishment, completion.

abhinivartaḥ Turning towards, turning again and again.

abhiniviś 6 A. (P. I. 4. 47)
     (1)
          (a) To enter into, be settled in; to occupy, set foot in.
          (b) To take possession of, resort to, be attached to (with acc.); abhiniviśate sanmārgaṃ Sk. takes to, follows, a good path; saivaṃ dhanyā gaṇikādārikā yāmevaṃ bhavanmano'bhiniviśate Dk. 57, Mu. 5. 12, Bk. 8. 80. --Caus. To make one enter or occupy, lead, carry or conduct to; (fig.) apply, direct or turn (as mind, heart &c.) towards something; pratibaṃdhavatsvapi viṣayeṣu abhiniveśya M. 3, Śi. 1. 15

abhiniviṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Intent on, engrossed in, engaged in or occupied with, applying oneself to; mādhavāpakāraṃ prati abhiniviṣṭā bhavāmi Mal. 6.
     (2) Firmly or steadily fixed, uncontrollably fixed, steady, attentive, intent; atyabhiniviṣṭavittadarpasya Dk. 29; Mal. 1.
     (3) Endowed with, possessed of; gurubhirabhiniviṣṭaṃ (garbhaṃ) lokapālānubhāvaiḥ R. 2. 75.
     (4) Determined, resolute, persevering.
     (5) (In a bad sense) Obstinate, perverse; Śi. 16. 43; Ki. 17. 11.
     (6) Well-versed or proficient in. --ṣṭaṃ Perseverance.

abhiniviṣṭatā Resoluteness, determination of purpose; niṃdākṣepāpamānāderamarṣo'bhiniviṣṭatā S. D. i. e. adhering to one's purpose, not minding censure, abuse, dishonour &c.

abhiniveśaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Devotion, attachment, intentness, being occupied with, adherence to, close application, with loc. or in comp.; katamasmiṃste bhāvābhiniveśaḥ V. 3; aho nirarthakavyāpāreṣvabhiniveśaḥ K. 120, 146, Dk. 81; Mal. 7.
          (b) Firm attachment, love, fondness, affection; balīyān khalu me'bhiniveśaḥ S. 3; anurūpo'syā -śaḥ ibid., V. 2; asatyabhūte vastunyabhiniveśaḥ Mit.
     (2) Earnest desire, ardent longing or expectation; wish, desire; Mal. 5. 27.
     (3) Resolution, determined resolve, determination of purpose, firmness of resolve, perseverance; janakātmajāyāṃ nitāṃtarūkṣābhiniveśamīśaṃ R. 14. 43; anurūpa- śatoṣiṇā Ku. 5. 7; Śi. 3. 1.
          (b) Idea, thought; Ms. 12. 5; Y. 3. 155.
     (4) (In Yoga phil.) A sort of ignorance causing fear of death; instinctive clinging to worldly life and bodily enjoyments and the fear that one might be cut off from all of them by death; avidyā'smitārāgadveṣābhiniveśāḥ paṃcakleśāḥ Yoga S.; cf. also Sāṅkhya K. 150 and Malli. on Śi. 4. 55.

abhiniveśin a.
     (1) Devoted to, intent on, adhering or clinging to; kalyāṇābhiniveśinaḥ K. 136 of blessed or noble resolve, 191.
     (2) Fixing on, directing or turning (the mind) to; guṇeṣvabhiniveśino bharturapi priyā M. 3; aho nu khalu durlabha -śī madanaḥ V. 1; Dk. 57.
     (3) Determined, resolute.

abhiniṣkārin a. Ved.
     (1) Doing completely.
     (2) Injuring, thinking ill of.

abhiniṣkramaṇam
     (1) Going out or forth.
     (2) (With Buddhists) Leaving the house to become an anchorite.

abhiniṣṭānaḥ [stan-ghañ, sasya ca ṣatvaṃ P. VIII. 3. 86]
     (1) A sound which dies away; visarjanīyo'bhiniṣṭānaḥ.
     (2) A letter of the alphabet (-no varṇaḥ).
     (3) The Visarga.

abhiniṣpat 1 P. To rush out, issue, sally, go forth; to spring or shoot forth; Bk. 1. 8.

abhiniṣpatanam Sallying, issuing.

abhiniṣpad 4 A.
     (1) To go or come to.
     (2) To enter into, become.
     (3) To appear, become visible. --Caus. To bring to, help to.

abhiniṣpattiḥ f. Completion, end, accomplishment, fulfilment.

abhinihnavaḥ Denial, concealment.

abhinī 1 P.
     (1) To bring near, conduct or lead towards, carry to; taṭābhinītenāṃbhasā Ki. 8. 32; amātyasya gṛhajanaṃ svagṛhamabhinīya rakṣasi Mu. 1, 5; 6. 15; dṛṣṭvā śaraṃ jyāmabhinīyamānaṃ Mb. being fitted to the bow.
     (2) To act, represent or exhibit dramatically, gesticulate; mostly occurring in stagedirections; śrutimabhinīya S. 3 acting as if he heard something; Mu. 1. 2, 3. 31, M. 2. 6.
     (3) To quote, adduce, introduce.
     (4) To allow to elapse.

abhinayaḥ
     (1) Acting, gesticulation, any theatrical action (expressive of some sentiment, passion &c. by look, gesture, posture &c.); nṛtyābhinayakriyācyutaṃ Ku. 5. 79; abhinayān paricetumivodyatā R. 9. 33; nartakīrabhinayātilaṃghinīḥ 19. 14; Ki. 10. 42.
     (2) Dramatic representation, exhibition on the stage; lalitābhinayaṃ tamadya bhartā marutāṃ draṣṭumanāḥ salokapālaḥ V. 2. 18. S. D. thus defines and classifies abhinayaḥ-bhavedabhinayo'vasthānukāraḥ sa caturvidhaḥ . aṃgiko vācikaścaivamāhāryaḥ sāttvikastathā .. 274, 'acting is the imitation of condition'; it is of four kinds:
     (1) gestural, conveyed by bodily actions;
     (2) vocal, conveyed by words;
     (3) extraneous, conveyed by dress, ornaments, decoration &c.;
     (4) internal, conveyed by the manifestation of internal feelings such as perspiration, thrilling &c.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāryaḥ a dancing preceptor M. 1. 10.
          --vidyā science of acting or dramatic representation, art of dancing; mayā tīrthādabhinayavidyāśikṣitā M. 1.

abhinīta p. p.
     (1) Brought near, conveyed.
     (2) Performed, represented dramatically.
     (3) Highly finished or polished, most excellent.
     (4) Highly ornamented or decorated.
     (5) Fit, proper, suitable (yogya); abhinītataraṃ vākyamityuvāca yudhiṣṭhiraḥ Mb.
     (6) Patient, forgiving, even-minded.
     (7) Angry (yukte'tisaṃskṛtemarṣiṇyabhinītaḥ Ak. where the word may be amarṣiṇi as well).
     (8) Kind, friendly.

abhinītiḥ f.
     (1) Gesture, expressive gesticulation.
     (2) Kindness, friendship, patience; sāṃtvapūrvamabhinītihetukaṃ Ki. 13. 36.

abhineya, --netavya pot. p. To be acted or dramatically represented &c.; dṛśyaṃ tatrābhineyaṃ tadrūpāropāttu rūpakaṃ S. D. 273; M. 1; tasya (prabaṃdhasya) ekadeśaḥ abhineyārthaḥ kṛtaḥ U. 4 a part of it has been adapted to the stage.

abhinetṛ m. An actor. --trī An actress.

abhinna a.
     (1) Not broken or cut, unbroken; not split; abhinnapuṭottarān R. 17. 12.
     (2) Unaffected; kleśaleśairabhinnaṃ S. 2. 4.
     (3) Not changed or altered, unchanged; -gatayaḥ S. 1. 14 with their gait unchanged.
     (4) Not different from, the same, identical (with abl.); jaganmithobhinnamabhinnamīśvarāt Prab.
     (5) Undivided, whole, one (as number).
     (6) Holding together, continuous.

abhinyāsaḥ A kind of fever.

abhipat 1 P.
     (1) To fly near, go or hasten near, approach; haṃtumabhipatati pāṃḍusutaṃ Ki. 12. 36; adhiroḍhumastagirimabhyapatat Śi. 9. 1; Dk. 72, 128; Mk. 9. 12; Ki. 10. 42.
     (2) To fall upon, attack, assail; yaṃtā gajasyābhyapatadgajasthaṃ R. 7. 37; Dk. 62, 70, 96; Ki. 7. 19.
     (3) To fall down, fall (as tears).
     (4) To fall into, enter or come into.
     (5) To overtake in flying.
     (6) To pass over, traverse.
     (7) To get, back, withdraw, retire; Śi. 7. 51; Ki. 10. 54.
     (8) (4A.) To be lord or master of (Ved.). --Caus. To throw upon, throw down into; jvalanamabhipātayāmi Ve. 6.

abhipatanam
     (1) Approaching.
     (2) Falling upon, assault, attack.
     (3) Going forth, departure.

abhipad 4 A.
     (1) To go to, draw near, approach (with acc.); rāvaṇāvarajā tatra rāghavaṃ madanāturā . abhipede nidāghārtā vyālīva malayadrumaṃ .. R. 12. 32; 19. 11; Dk. 166; K. 265; to enter (into) Śi. 3. 25; sometimes with loc. also.
     (2) To look upon, consider, regard; to take or know to be; kṣaṇamabhyapadyata janairna mṛṣā gaganaṃ gaṇādhipatimūrtiriti Śi. 9. 27.
     (3) To help, assist; mayābhipannaṃ taṃ cāpi na sarpo dharṣayiṣyati Mb.
     (4) To seize, catch hold of; overpower, attack, subdue, take possession of, overcome, afflict; sarvataścābhipannaiṣā dhārtarāṣṭrī mahācamūḥ, caṃḍavātābhipannānāmudadhīnāmiva svanaḥ Mb.; see abhipanna also.
     (5)
          (a) To take, assume; Ms. 1. 30.
          (b) To accept, receive; nirāsvādyatamaṃ śūnyaṃ (rājyaṃ) bharato nābhipatsyate Ram.
     (6) To apply or devote oneself to, undertake, fall to, observe; sa ciṃtāmabhyapadyata Ram.
     (7) To honour.

abhipattiḥ f.
     (1) Approaching, drawing near.
     (2) Completion.

abhipanna p. p.
     (1) Gone or come near, approached, run towards, gone to (a state &c.); tvamanyamākāramivābhipannaḥ Ki. 3. 46.
     (2) Fled, fugitive, seeking refuge with.
     (3) Subdued, overpowered, afflicted, seized &c.; kālābhipannāḥ sīdaṃti sikatāsetavo yathā Ram.; yadidaṃ sarvaṃ mṛtyunābhipannaṃ Śat. Br.; doṣa-, kaśmala-, vyāghra- &c.
     (4) Unfortunate, fallen into difficulties &c.
     (5) Accepted.
     (6) Guilty.
     (7) Removed to a distance.
     (8) Dead.

abhipadma a. Very beautiful.

abhiparipluta a. Overflowed, filled with, inundated; (fig.) overwhelmed, affected; attacked; shaken; śokena, manyunā &c.

abhipitvam a. or s. Ved. [pā bhāve kitvan]
     (1) Come, approaching (abhiprāpta).
     (2) Visiting, putting up (for the night at an inn &c.); the time of coming.
     (3) Approaching time.
     (4) Close or departure of day, evening.
     (5) Dawn sacrifice.

abhipuṣpa a. [abhitaḥ puṣpāṇyasya] Covered over with flowers (as a tree). --ṣpaṃ An excellent flower.

abhipūj 10 P.
     (1) To adorn, worship.
     (2) To honour; approve, assent to; tatheti bharato vākyaṃ vasiṣṭhasyābhipūjya tat Ram. ; Ms. 6. 58.

abhipūjanam Honouring; approving.

abhipūrvam ind. One after another, successively.

abhipṝ 3. 9. P. To fill. --pass. To become full. --Caus.
     (1) To fill, make full.
     (2) To load with (as animals); cover with.
     (3) To present with.
     (4) To overwhelm, overpower, master completely; śoko māmabhyapūrayat Ram.

abhipūraṇam Filling, overpowering.

abhiprajñā Thinking constantly of.

abhipraṇī 1 P. To lead to, bring towards; consecrate; jajvāla lokasthitaye sa rājā yathādhvare vahnirabhipraṇītaḥ Bk. 1. 4.

abhipraṇayaḥ Affection, favour, propitiation.

abhipraṇayanam Consecrating by sacred hymns.

abhipratapta a.
     (1) Intensely heated.
     (2) Dried up.
     (3) Exhausted with pain, fever &c.

abhiprathanam Spreading or extending over, throwing over.

abhipradakṣiṇam ind. Towards the right.

abhiprapad = prapad q. v.

abhipramur f. The tongue of fire (juhū); completely raised.

abhipravṛt 1 A.
     (1) To advance up to, approach, go up to.
     (2) To fall or flow into; yatra bhāgīrathīṃ gaṃgāṃ yamunā'bhipravartate Ram.
     (3) To become conversant with. --Caus. To roll onward or towards.

abhipravartanam
     (1) A dvancing up to.
     (2) Proceeding, acting.
     (3) Flowing, coming forth, as of sweat.

abhipravṛtta p. p.
     (1) Advancing, going up to.
     (2) Occurring.
     (3) Engaged or occupied in (with loc.); Bg. 4. 20.

abhipraśnin a. Ved. Desirous of asking many questions.

abhiprāṇanam Exhaling (opp. apānanaṃ)

abhiprāp, --ptiḥ &c. = prāp q. v.

abhiprītiḥ f. Wish; rejoicing.

abhipre [abhipra-i] 2 P.
     (1) To go to or near, approach; karmaṇā yamabhipraiti sa saṃpradānaṃ P. I. 4. 32.
     (2) To intend, aim at, think of, mean; cf. abhipreta.

abhiprāya a. [i-ac] Going near, approaching; aiming at, intending, meaning, accruing to; karmābhiprāye kriyāphale P. I. 3. 72. --yaḥ
     (1) Aim, purpose, object, intention, wish, desire; abhiprāyā na siddhyaṃti tenedaṃ vartate jagat Pt. 1. 158; sābhiprāyāṇi vacāṃsi Pt. 2 earnest words; bhāvaḥ kaverabhiprāyaḥ
     (2) Meaning, sense, import, implied sense of a word, passage &c.; teṣāmayamabhiprāyaḥ such is the meaning intended, import (of the passage &c.).
     (3) Opinion, belief.
     (4) Relation, reference.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.

abhipreta p. p.
     (1) Meant, aimed at, intended; designed; atrāyamartho'bhipretaḥ; kimabhipretamanayā Bh. 3. 67; nivedayābhipretaṃ Pt. 1.
     (2) Wished, desired; yathābhipretamanuṣṭhīyatāṃ H. 1.
     (3) Approved, accepted; pūrvairayamabhipreto gato mārgonugamyate Ram.
     (4) Dear or agreeable to, favourite with, beloved; dharmastavābhipretaḥ Dk. 42; S. 6.
     (5) Wishing.

abhiprokṣaṇam Sprinkling upon.

abhiplu 4 A.
     (1) To go up to, jump or leap towards.
     (2) To over flow; (fig.) affect, fill with, overwhelm; tamasābhiplute loke rajasā ca Mb.; rajasābhiplutāṃ nārīṃ Ms. 4. 41 being in her courses; Y. 2. 50.
     (3) To spring to or over, spring upon. --Caus. To wash or ripple against.

abhiplavaḥ
     (1) Affliction, disturbance.
     (2) Inundation, overflowing.
     (3) N. of a religious ceremony performed as part of the sacrifice gavāmayana.
     (4) N. of the Prājāpatya Āditya.

abhibalam A technical term in Rhetoric; abhibalamabhisaṃdhiśchalena yaḥ S. D. 375 'an inquiry or examination by an artifice'. See Ratn. 3.

abhibuddhiḥ f. An organ of apprehension, a buddhīṃdriya or jñāneṃdriya (opp. karmedriya); these are the eye, tongue, ear, nose and skin.

abhibhaṃgaḥ
     (1) Breaking down.
     (2) One who breaks down or destroys.

abhibhā 2 P. To glitter or shine; divi sthitaḥ sūrya ivābhibhāti Mb.

abhibhā Ved. [abhibhā-aṅ]
     (1) Apparition, phenomenon; an inauspicious omen.
     (2) A calamity, state of being overpowered.
     (3) Superiority.

abhibhāra a. Very heavy.

abhibhāṣ A. (P. in epic poetry)
     (1) To speak to, address; talk or converse with (with acc.); bhobhavatpūrvakaṃ tvenamabhibhāṣeta dharmavit Ms. 2. 128; sometimes with instr. also; Ms. 4. 57.
     (2) To speak, say (as vāṇīṃ, vacaḥ &c.); iti abhibhāṣaṃte so they say.
     (3) To relate, narrate, speak of.
     (4) To proclaim, announce, confess; Ms. 11. 104.

abhibhāṣaṇam Speaking to, addressing, conversing with.

abhibhāṣin a. Addressing, speaking to; speaking, talking; smitapūrvābhibhāṣiṇaṃ R. 17. 31 whose words are preceded by a smile, speaking with a smile.

abhibhū 1 P.
     (1) To overcome, subdue, conquer, vanquish (of persons or things); prevail over, predominate, defeat; (hence) excel, surpass; abhibhavati manaḥ kadaṃbavāyau Ki. 10. 23; abhibhūya vibhūtimārtavīṃ R. 8. 36; 4. 56; 6. 29, 16. 10; K. 52, 53; Mu. 3. 20; Ms. 7. 5; dharme naṣṭe kulaṃ kṛtsnamadharmo'bhibhavatyuta Bg. 1. 40 predominates over, overpowers; so śokābhibhūta, vipad-, kāma- &c.
     (2) To attack, seize or fall upon, assail; vipado'bhibhavaṃtyavikramaṃ Ki. 2. 14; abhyabhāvi bharatāgrajastayā R. 11. 16, 84; Bṛ. S. 33. 30; mamāpi sattvairabhibhūyaṃte gṛhāḥ S. 6 infested; paritrāyadhvaṃ māmanena madhukareṇābhibhūyamānāṃ S. 1 attacked, troubled; abhyabhūnnilayaṃ bhrātuḥ Bk. 6. 117.
     (3) To humiliate, mortify, insult, disrespect; aṃḍabhaṃgābhibhūtā Pt. 1.
     (4) To go up to, turn to or towards (Ved). --Caus. To overpower, surpass, dafeat &c.

abhibhavaḥ
     (1) Defeat, subjugation, subjection, overpowering; itaretarānabhibhavena mṛgāstamupāsate gurumivāṃtasadaḥ Ki. 6. 34 (cf. K. 45 and the Bible "The wolf shall also dwell with the lamb" &c.); 8. 28; sparśānukūlā iva sūryakāṃtāstadanyatejobhibhavādvamaṃti S. 2. 7 when assailed, opposed, overpowered by another energy; abhibhavaḥ kuta eva sapatnajaḥ R. 9. 4, 4. 21.
     (2) Being overpowerd; jarābhibhavavicchāyaṃ K. 346; being attacked or affected, stupefied (by fever &c.); na rogaśāṃtirna cābhibhavaḥ Suśr.
     (3) Contempt, disrespect; nirabhibhavasārāḥ parakathāḥ Bh. 2. 64.
     (4) Humiliation, mortification (of pride); alabhyaśokābhibhaveyamākṛtiḥ Ku. 5. 43; K. 195.
     (5) Predominance, prevalence, rise, spread; adharmābhibhavātkṛṣṇa praduṣyaṃti kulastriyaḥ Bg. 1. 41; Ki. 2. 37.

abhibhavanam Overpowering, overcoming, being subjected to or overpowered by; Ms. 6. 62.

abhibhāvanam Making victorious, overpowering.

abhibhāvin, --bhāva(vu)ka a.
     (1) Overpowering, defeating, conquering; śokābhibhāvinā bhayenābhibhūtā K. 170 fear which conquered grief.
     (2) Surpassing, excelling; sarvatejobhibhāvinā R. 1. 14; Ki. 11. 6.
     (3) Disrespecting, humiliating.
     (4) Attacking.

abhibhuḥ --bhūḥ Ved. One who surpasses or prevails over, a superior.

abhibhūti a. That which defeats, conquers &c. --tiḥ
     (1) Predominance, prevalence, excessive or superior power.
     (2) Conquering, defeat, subjugation; abhibhūtibhayādasūnataḥ sukhamujjhaṃti na dhāma māninaḥ Ki. 2. 20.
     (3) Disrespect, disgrace, humiliation.
     -- Comp.
          --ojas a. of superior or predominant power. (--n). superior power.

abhibhūyam Ved. Superiority.

abhibhūvan a. Ved. Prevailing or victorious over; surpassing.

abhimad 4 P. Ved. To gladden, exhilarate, inebriate.

abhimādaḥ Intoxication.

abhimādyatka a. Half drunk, partially intoxicated, stammering (like a drunkard).

abhiman 4 A. (P. epic)
     (1) To wish or desire, long for, covet, like; na tvevaṃ jyāyasīṃ vṛttimabhimanyeta karhicit Ms. 10. 95; see abhimata below.
     (2) To assent to, approve of, allow, admit; give a grant (to any one, dat.).
     (3) To think, fancy, imagine, consider, believe, regard; tāmāryāmasāvanyathā'bhyamanyata Dk. 164; Bk. 5. 71, U. 5.
     (4) To injure, threaten (Ved).
     (5) (8 A.) To think of self.

abhimata p. p.
     (1) Desired, wished, liked, dear, beloved, favourite (person or thing); agreeable, desirable; nāsti jīvitādanyadabhimatataramiha jagati sarvajaṃtūnāṃ K. 35, 58; abhimataphalaśaṃsī cāru pusphora bāhuḥ Bk. 1. 27; yadyevamabhimataṃ Pt. 1 if you like to do so; tayorabhimataṃ vada Mv. 6. 21 choose which you will; U. 1. 44, S. 3. 4, Ku. 3. 23, Pt. 1. 70, Me. 49, Mu. 3. 4.
     (2) Agreed or assented to, liked, approved, accepted, admitted; na kila bhavatāṃ sthānaṃ devyā gṛhe'bhimataṃ tataḥ U. 3. 32; prasiddhamāhātmyābhimatānāmapi kapilakaṇabhukprabhṛtīnāṃ S. B. honoured, respected. --taṃ Wish, desire. --taḥ A beloved person, lover; Śi. 7. 72, 8. 68, 10. 9.

abhimatiḥ f.
     (1) Desire.
     (2) Pride.
     (3) Respect, regard, see abhimāna below.

abhimanas a. Intent on, desirous of, anxious, longing for; bhavatobhimanāḥ samīhate saruṣaḥ kartumupetya mānanāṃ Śi. 16. 2 (where a- also means undaunted, of fearless mind).

abhimanāyate Den. A. To have life, be full of life and joy, be pleased or delighted, to long for; abhyamanāyiṣṭa cāṃtarātmā Dk. 111, 119; kāṃtiṃ (vilokya) nābhimanāyeta ko vā sthāṇusamopi te Bk. 5. 73 (Com = sacetāḥ or prītamanāḥ).

abhimaṃtuḥ f. Ved. Injuring, harming, destroying; -toḥ to destroy; to claim as ones' own, pretending.

abhimaṃtṛ a. Longing for; self-conceited, referring all objects to self; Ms. 1. 14.

abhimānaḥ
     (1) Pride(in a good sense), self-respect, honourable or worthy feeling; sadābhimānaikadhanā hi māninaḥ Śi. 1. 67; Bh. 3. 5; abhimānadhanasya gatvaraiḥ Ki. 2. 19; saṃkalpayonerabhimānabhūtaṃ Ku. 3. 24.
     (2) Self-conceit, pride, arrogance, haughtiness, egotism, high-opinion of oneself; śithila-nāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ M. 2, Bh. 3. 46, Bg. 16. 4; -vat proud, conceited.
     (3) Referring all objects to self, the act of ahaṃkāra, personality, misconception (mithyājñānaṃ), see ahaṃkāra.
     (4) Conceit, conception; supposition, belief, opinion; Ki. 13. 7.
     (5) Knowledge, consciousness (buddhi, jñāna); sādhāraṇyābhimānataḥ S. D.
     (6) Affection, love.
     (7) Desire, wishing for.
     (8) Laying claim to.
     (9) Injury, killing, seeking to injure. (10) A sort of state occasioned by love.
     -- Comp.
          --śālin a. proud
          --śūnya a. void of pride or arrogance, humble.

abhimānitam
     (1) Egotism.
     (2) Love; copulation, sexual union.

abhimānin a. Possessed of selfrespect; Ki. 1. 31; K. 212.
     (2) Having a high opinion of oneself, proud, arrogant, conceited.
     (3) Regarding all objects as referring to one's own self; abhimānivyapadeśastu viśeṣānugatibhyāṃ Br. Sūt.
     (4) Fancying, pretending, or regarding oneself to be; nareṃdra- Dk. 51; K. 194. --m. A form of Agni.

abhimānuka a. Ved. [man vāhu- ukac] Striving to hurt or injure.

abhimaṃtr 10 A. (P. also)
     (1) To consecrate or accompany with sacred hymns; paśurasau yo'bhimaṃtrya kratau hataḥ Ak.; vāmadevābhimaṃtrito'śvaḥ U. 2; Y. 3. 326; 2. 102; 3. 278.
     (2) To consecrate with magical formulas, charm, enchant, invoke or invite by means of charms; tadabhimaṃtritena caraṇena Dk. 138; pānīyairabhimaṃtritaiḥ Mb.
     (3) To speak to, address, invite.

abhimaṃtraṇam Consecrating, hallowing, making sacred by repetition of special formulas or Mantras; Y. 1. 237; maṃtramuccārayanneva maṃtrārthatvena saṃsmaret . śeṣiṇaṃ tanmanā bhūtvā syādetadabhimaṃtraṇam .. Mīmamsa.
     (2) Charming, enchanting.
     (3) Addressing, inviting; advising.

abhimaṃtha = adhimaṃtha q. v.

abhimanyuḥ N. of a son of Arjuna by his wife Subhadrā, sister of Kṛṣṇa and Balarama; also known by the metronymic Saubhadra. [He was called Abhimanyu because at his very birth he appeared to be heroic, longarmed and very fiery (abhivṛddhaḥ manyuryasya). When the Kauravas at the advice of Droṇa formed the peculiar battlearray called 'Chakravyūha,' hoping that, as Arjuna was away, none of the Pāṇḍavas would be able to break through it, Abhimanyu assured his uncles that he was ready to try, if they only assisted him. He accordingly entered the Vyūha, killed many warriors on the Kaurava side, and was for a time more than a match even for such veteran and elderly heroes as Droṇa, Karṇa, Duryodhana &c. He could not, however, hold out long against fearful odds, and was at last overpowered and slain. He was very handsome. He had two wives, Vatsalā daughter of Balarāma and Uttarā daughter of the king of Virāṭa. Uttarā was pregnant when he was slain and gave birth to a son named Parīkṣita who succeeded to the throne of Hastināpura].

abhimaraḥ [mṛ-ac]
     (1) Killing, destruction, slaughter.
     (2) War, combat.
     (3) Treachery in one's own camp; danger from one's own men or party.
     (4) Binding, confinement; a tie or fetter.
     (5) One's own party or army.
     (6) One who desperately goes to fight with tigers, elephants &c.

abhimāti a. [me kartari ktin na ittvaṃ] Striving or seeking to injure, inimical. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Seeking to injure, hurting, plotting against.
     (2) An enemy, a foe.

abhimātin a. [me-kta, iṣṭādibhyaḥ in] One who hurts or injures, an enemy.

abhimāya a. [abhigato māyāmavidyāṃ] Bewildered (itikartavyatāmūḍha); ignorant, foolish.

abhimi(me)hya a. Ved. To be wetted (by making water upon).

abhimukha a. (khī f.) [abhigataṃ mukhaṃ yasya P. VI. 2. 185]
     (1) With the face turned or directed towards, in the direction of, towards, turned towards, facing; abhimukhe mayi saṃhṛtamīkṣitaṃ S. 2. 11; -khā śālā Sk.; gacchannabhimukho vahnau nāśaṃ yāti pataṃgavat Pt. 1. 237; with the acc.; rājānamevābhimukhā niṣeduḥ; paṃpāmabhimukho yaṃyau Ram.; Bg. 11. 28; K. 264; sometimes with dat., or gen. or loc.; āśramāyābhimukhā babhūvuḥ Mb.; yaste tiṣṭhedabhimukhe raṇe Ram.; mayyabhimukhībhūya Dk. 124; also in comp.; śakuṃtalābhimukho bhūtvā S. 1 turning towards S.; Ku. 3. 75, 7. 9.
     (2) Coming or going near, approaching, near or close at hand; abhimukhīṣviva vāṃchitasiddhiṣu vrajati nirvṛtimekapade manaḥ V. 2. 9; yauvanābhimukhī saṃjajñe Pt. 4; R. 17. 40.
     (3) Disposed or intending to, inclined to; ready for, about (to do something), in comp.; caṃdrāpīḍābhimukhahṛdayā K. 198, 233; astābhimukhe sūrye Mu. 4. 19; prasādābhimukho vedhāḥ pratyuvāca divaukasaḥ Ku. 2. 16; 5. 60; U. 7. 4, Mal. 10. 13; karmaṇyabhimukhena stheyaṃ Dk. 89; anabhimukhaḥ sukhānāṃ K. 45; prātaḥ prayāṇābhimukhāya tasmai R. 5. 29; nidrā cireṇa nayanābhisukhī babhūva 5. 64; sometimes as first member of comp. in this sense; phalamabhimukhapākaṃ rājajaṃbūdrumasya V. 4. 13.
     (4) Favourable, friendly or favourably disposed; ānīya jhaṭiti ghaṭayati vidhirabhimatamabhimukhībhūtaḥ Ratn. 1. 7.
     (5) Taking one's part, nearly related to.
     (6) With the face turned upwards. --khī One of the 10 earths according to Buddhists. --khaṃ, --khe ind. Towards, in the direction of, facing, in front or presence of, near to; with acc., gen. or in comp., or by itself; ye gatābhimukhaṃ viṣṇuṃ Ram.; āsītābhimukhaṃ guroḥ Ms. 2. 193; tiṣṭhanmunerabhimukhaṃ sa vikīrṇadhāmnaḥ Ki. 2. 59; Śi. 13. 2; Ki. 6. 46; nepathyābhimukhamavalokya S. 1; sa purābhimukhaṃ pratasthe Pt. 3; Me. 68; karṇaṃ dadātyabhimukhaṃ mayi bhāṣamāṇe S. 1. 31; also at the beginning of comp.; abhimukhanihatasya Bh. 2. 112 killed in the front ranks of battle.

abhimukhatā
     (1) Presence, proximity.
     (2) Favourableness; -tāṃ nī to win over Ki. 10. 40.

abhimukhīkṛ, --mukhayati To propitiate, win over; Ki. 12. 19; K. P. 2.

abhimukhīkaraṇam Causing (one) to turn the face towards; speaking to, addressing (in gram.); saṃbodhanamabhimukhīkaraṇaṃ.

abhimūrchita a. Utterly confused, bewildered.

abhimṛd 1 P.
     (1) To crush by standing, tread under foot, trample down; oppress, devastate (as a country).
     (2) (In astr.) To contend against, oppose, be in opposition.

abhimardaḥ
     (1) Rubbing, friction.
     (2) Crushing down, trampling down, ravage, devastation of a country (by an enemy).
     (3) War, battle.
     (4) Spirituous liquor.

abhimardana a. Crushing down, oppressing. --naṃ Crushing, oppression.

abhimṛś 6 P. To touch (in all senses); come in contact with; strike or rub gently; padābhimṛṣṭa, vacasā-, pādatala-, gadā-.

abhimarśaḥ, --rśanaṃ, --marṣaḥ, --rṣaṇam
     (1) Touch, contact; uṣṇāṃśukarabhimarṣāt Śi. 4. 16.
     (2) Assault, violence, attack, outraging, touching carnally, sexual intercourse; kṛtābhimarṣāmanumanyamānaḥ S. 5. 20 carnally touched or embraced, seduced, outraged; parābhimarśo na tavāsti Ku. 5. 43 (Malli. = paradharṣaṇaṃ); Ms. 8. 352, Y. 2. 284.

abhimarśaka --rṣaṃka, --marśin --rṣin a.
     (1) Touching, coming in contact with.
     (2) Outraging, assaulting; tvatkalatrābhimarṣī vairāspadaṃ dhanamitraḥ Dk. 63.

abhimṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Touched, rubbed or stroked gently.
     (2) Brought close to, grazing.

abhimethika a. Ved. --methikā
     (1) Use of words or language calculated to secure every thing (sarvaprāptisādhano vāgbhedaḥ).
     (2) Abusive speech, obscene expression; an imprecation.

abhimlāta --na a. Ved. Altogether faded or withered, decayed.

abhiyajñaḥ A sacrificial act.
     -- Comp.
          --gāthā a sacrificial verse.

abhiyā 2 P.
     (1) To go up to, approach, go or repair to; abhiyayau sa himācalamucchritaṃ Ki. 5. 1; R. 9. 27.
     (2) To come or draw near (without an object); come (as time).
     (3) To march against, attack, assail, encounter; kuberādabhiyāsyamānāt R. 5. 30; Dk. 30.
     (4) To give or resign oneself to, devote, attach or betake oneself to.
     (5) To partake or share in, get, obtain. --Caus. To send away.

abhiyā m. f. Going to, approaching, assailing.

abhiyātṛ, --yātin a. Approaching, assailing, encountering; assailant; rāmabhiyāyināṃ teṣāṃ R. 12. 43.

abhiyātiḥ, --yāyin --tṛ m. (--yī, --tā) Approaching with hostile intentions, an assailant, enemy, a foe. --tiḥ f. Assailing.

abhiyānam
     (1) Approaching.
     (2) Marching against, attack, assault; raṇābhiyānena Dk. 10 marching out for battle.

abhiyāc 1 A. To beg, request, ask for, solicit (= yāc q. v).

abhiyācanaṃ, --yāñcā Asking for, request, an entreaty, solicitation.

abhiyuj 7 A.
     (1) To apply oneself to, exert oneself, make oneself ready for, prepare, set about, strive or endeavour (used in passive also in this sense); tadyadi na sahase tataḥ svayamabhiyujyasva . ete svakarmaṇyabhiyujyāmahe . Mu. 3; Dk. 55; K. 300; vyasanamabhiyuṃjānasya Mu. 4 trying to find out a weak point.
     (2) To attack, assail; bhavaṃtamabhiyoktumudyuṃkte Dk. 3; vṛṣalamabhiyoktumudyataḥ Mu. 1; ka idānīmabhiyokṣyate U. 3.
     (3) To accuse, charge; complain or inform against, prosecute, claim or demand (as in a law-suit); na tatra vidyate kiṃcidyatparairabhiyujyate Ms. 8. 183; vibhāvitaikadeśena deyaṃ yadabhiyujyate V. 4. 17 claimed, asked, or demanded; Y. 2. 9, 28, 100.
     (4) To wish or long for, desire, ask for, request.
     (5) To say, speak, tell; nābhiyoktumanṛtaṃ tvamiṣyase Ki. 13. 58, 14. 7.
     (6) To appoint to, entrust with (with loc.).
     (7) To use with (instr.).
     (8) To be working or operative.
     (9) To put to; harness; harness repeatedly. (10) To hurt. --Caus. To join or unite to, attach oneself to; parakalatreṣu suhṛttvenābhiyojya Dk. 163.

abhiyukta p. p.
     (1)
          (a) Engaged or occupied or absorbed in, applying oneself to, intent on; svasvakarmaṇyadhikataramabhiyuktaḥ parijanaḥ Mu. 1.
          (b) Diligent, persevering, resolute, zealous, intent, assiduous, zealously engaged, attentive, careful; idaṃ viśvaṃ pālyaṃ vidhivadabhiyuktena manasā U. 3. 30; Mu. 1. 13; Dk. 55; aśvāvekṣaṇe'nabhiyukte Mu. 3; bhavatu bhūṃyobhiyuktaḥ svaravyaktimupalapsye Mu. 1; Bg. 9. 22; Kam. 5. 77.
     (2) Well-versed or proficient in; śāstrārtheṣvabhiyuktānāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ Kumarila.
     (3) (Hence) Learned, of acknowledged position; a competent judge, an expert, connoisseur, a learned person (m. also in this sense); na hi śakyate daivamanyathā kartumabhiyuktenāpi K. 62; anye'bhiyuktā api naivedamanyathā manyaṃte Ve. 2; sūktamidamabhiyuktaiḥ prakṛtirdustyajeti ibid.
     (4) Attacked, assailed; abhiyuktaṃ tvayainaṃ te gaṃtārastvāmataḥ pare Śi. 2. 101; Mu. 3. 25.
     (5) Accused, charged, indicted; Mk. 9. 9; prosecuted; a defendant; abhiyukto'bhiyogasya yadi kuryādapahnavaṃ Narada.
     (6) Appointed.
     (7) Said, spoken.

abhiyugva(jva)n  m. One who hurts or attacks; an enemy.

abhiyuj f. (k-g)
     (1) Attacking &c.
     (2) An enemy.

abhiyoktavya, --yojya pot. p. To be rebuked or blamed; to be accused; Ms. 8. 50; assailable, indictable.

abhiyoktṛ a. Assailing, attacking, accusing. --m. (ktā)
     (1) An enemy, assailant, invader; tvayyutkṛṣṭabale'bhiyoktari nṛpe Mu. 4. 15; H. 3. 93.
     (2) (In law) A complainant, plaintiff, accuser, prosecutor; Ms. 8. 52, 58; Y. 2. 95.
     (3) A pretender, claimant; a stronger party.

abhiyogaḥ
     (1) Application or devotion (to some thing); connection; gurucaryātapastaṃtramaṃtrayogābhiyogajāṃ Mal. 9. 51; Ch. P. 11.
     (2) Close application, perseverance, zealous intentness, energetic effort, exertion; -bhāj persevering, resolute Ki. 3. 40; saṃtaḥ svayaṃ parahiteṣu kṛtābhiyogāḥ Bh. 2. 73; Mal. 1. 34; matpriyābhiyogena Mal. 1; tadabhiyogaṃ prati nirudyogaḥ Mu. 1; svayamabhiyogaduḥkhaiḥ ibid.; Dk. 41, K. 345; Śi. 7. 63.
     (3)
          (a) Application or devotion to learn something; kasyāṃ kalāyāmabhiyogo bhavatyoḥ M. 5 to what art have you applied or devoted yourselves; K. 109.
          (b) Learning, scholarship; anabhiyogaśca śabdāderaśiṣṭānāṃ abhiyogaścetareṣāṃ Śabarasvāmin.
     (4)
          (a) Attack, assault; invasion (of a town or country); kṣubhitaṃ vanagocarābhiyogāt Ki. 13. 10, 2. 46; Ku. 7. 50; Ve. 4; Mal. 8, Mu. 2, 1. 7, Mv. 6. 38.
          (b) Battle, war, conflict.
     (5) (In law) A charge, accusation, plaint, indictment; abhiyogamanistīrya nainaṃ pratyabhiyojayet Y. 2. 9.

abhiyogin a.
     (1) Devoted to, intent on, absorbed in (in comp.).
     (2) Attacking, assaulting.
     (3) Accusing; mithyābhiyogī Y. 2. 11. --m. A plaintiff, complainant.

abhiyojanam Ved. Harnessing (one horse) on to another, re-fastening to make firm or tight (Say. yukte punaryojanaṃ).

abhirakṣ 1 P.
     (1) To protect, preserve, keep, guard, help; bhīṣmamevābhirakṣaṃtu Bg. 1. 10, 11.
     (2) To rule over, govern (as earth &c.); command.

abhirakṣā, --rakṣaṇam Universal or complete protection; protection in every quarter; praśāṃtabādhaṃ diśato'bhirakṣayā Ki. 1. 18.

abhirakṣitṛ a. Protecting, guarding.

abhiraṃj pass.
     (1) To be coloured or tinted.
     (2) To be flushed or greatly delighted, exult. --Caus. To tinge, colour, tint.

abhirakta p. p. Devoted, intent, attached.

abhiraṃjanam Colouring.

abhiram 1 A. (rarely P.)
     (1) To be pleased or delighted (with loc.); dṛṣṭirihābhiramate hṛdayaṃ ca Mk. 4, 5. 15; na gaṃdhahariṇo damanakakedārikāyāmabhiramati Vb. 3; Ratn. 2, Y. 1. 252.
     (2) To please or gratify oneself, take pleasure or delight in (with loc.); vidyāsu vidvāniva sobhireme Bk. 1. 9. --Caus. To gratify, please; matsapatnīrabhiramayiṣyasi Dk. 90, 92, 163.

abhirata p. p.
     (1) Glad, delighted, satisfied, Śi. 10. 55, 89.
     (2) Engaged in, devoted or attached to; performing, practising; Bg. 18. 45.
     (3) Attentive to.

abhiratiḥ f.
     (1) Pleasure, delight, satisfaction; attachment or devotion to; na mṛgayābhiratirna durodaraṃ (tamapāharat) R. 9. 7; Ki. 6. 44.
     (2) Practice, occupation.

abhiramaṇam Delighting in.

abhirāma a.
     (1) Pleasing, delightful, sweet, agreeable; manobhirāmāḥ (kekāḥ) R. 1. 39; 2. 72; 6. 47; Ki. 6. 30.
     (2) Beautiful, lovely, graceful, charming; syādasthāṃnopagatayamunāsaṃgamevābhirāmā Me. 51; kumārā mārābhirāmāḥ Dk. 10; -tvaṃ pramadavanasya V. 2; rāma ityabhirāmeṇa vapuṣā tasya coditaḥ R. 10. 67, 13. 32; K. 145; Mv. 5. 47-8. S. 3. 26 --maḥ An epithet of Śiva. --maṃ ind.
     (1) Gracefully, beautifully; grīvābhaṃgabhirāmaṃ dattadṛṣṭiḥ S. 1. 7.
     (2) Referring to Rama.

abhirāj a. Reigning everywhere, supreme.

abhirādh Caus. To propitiate; Śi. 7. 1.

abhirāddha a. Propitiated, pleased Śi. 1. 71.

abhirāṣṭ a. Ved. Who has gained dominion or supremacy.

abhiruc 1 A.
     (1) To shine, look finely; dharmo'bhirocate yasmāddharmarājastataḥ smṛtaḥ Mārk. P.
     (2) To like, desire; yadabhirocate or abhirucitaṃ bhavate V. 2 --Caus. To be inclined to, have a taste or liking for, long, desire or wish for.

abhiruciḥ f.
     (1) Desire, taste, liking, relish, delight, pleasure; yaśasi cābhiruciḥ Bh. 2. 63; parasparābhiruciniṣpanno vivāhaḥ K. 367.
     (2) Desire of fame, ambition; splendour.

abhirucita p. p. Liked, beloved. --taḥ A lover; Śi. 10. 68.

abhirucira a. Very pleasant or agreeable, beautiful, splendid.

abhiruta a. Sounded, vocal; cooed (as the voices of birds &c.). --taṃ A sound, cry, noise.

abhirūpa a. [abhigato rūpaṃ]
     (1) Corresponding with, conformable or suitable to, congruous; abhirūpamasyā vayaso valkalaṃ S. 1. v. l.
     (2) Pleasing, delightful, handsome, charming, beautiful, well-formed; abhirūpeṇāpi svadārasaṃtuṣṭena K. 51; utkṛṣṭāyābhirūpāya varāya sadṛśāya ca (kanyāṃ dadyāt) Ms. 9. 88.
     (3) Dear to, beloved or liked by, favourite; yo yaḥ pradeśaḥ sakhyā me'bhirūpaḥ S. 6.
     (4) Learned, wise, enlightened; abhirūpabhūyiṣṭhā pariṣadiyaṃ S. 1; K. 78; Ms. 3. 144. --paḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Śiva.
     (3) Viṣṇu.
     (4) Cupid,
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ 'having an agreeable husband,' N. of a fast or rite performed to secure a good husband in the next world; Mk. 1.

abhirūpaka = abhirūpa q. v.

abhiroruda a. Ved. Causing tears (of joy or earnest desire).

abhilakṣita a. Marked with signs, bearing marks.

abhilakṣya a. To be marked or noted. --kṣyaṃ ind. Towards a mark or aim.

abhilaṃgh 1. 10. P.
     (1) To jump across or over; Ms. 4. 54; Y. 1. 137.
     (2) To attack, rush upon or over, fly at; tatrabhavatyā vadanamabhilaṃghati madhukaraḥ S. 6.
     (3) To violate, transgress; to offend, injure.

abhilaṃghanam Jumping across or over, flying at.

abhilap 1 P. To talk to or ad dress; abhilapataśca dvāranihitalocanau Mk. 2.

abhilāpaḥ
     (1) Expression, word, speech; Ki. 10. 61.
     (2) Declaration, mention, specification; na ca smārtamataddharmābhilāpāt Br. Sūt.
     (3) Declaration of the object of a vow or religious obligation.

abhilaṣ 1. 4. P. To desire or wish for, long for, covet, crave or yearn after; tena dattamabhileṣuraṃganāḥ R. 19. 12; mānuṣānabhilaṣyaṃtī Bk. 4. 22.

abhilaṣaṇam Desiring, longing.

abhilaṣita p. p. Desired, wished, longed for. --taṃ Desire, wish, will, pleasure; yathābhilaṣitaṃ anuṣṭhīyatāṃ Pt. 1.

abhilāṣaḥ (-saḥ sometimes) A desire, wish, longing for, craving after; affection, longing of a lover, love, (usually with loc. of the object of desire); ato'bhilāṣe prathamaṃ tathāvidhe mano babaṃdha R. 3. 4; bhava hṛdaya sābhilāṣaṃ S. 1. 28; Me. 110 sābhilāṣaṃ nirvarṇya S. 3 casting a coveting or wistful look; na khalu satyameva śakuṃtalāyāṃ ma mābhilāṣaḥ S. 2, Pt. 5. 67; sometimes with prati and acc., or in comp.

abhilāṣaka, --lāṣi(si)n, --lāṣuka a. Wishing or desiring for (with acc., loc. or in comp.); desirous, covetous, greedy of; yadāryamasyāmabhilāṣi me manaḥ S. 1. 22; jalābhilāṣī jalamādadānāṃ R. 2. 6; 3. 36; Me. 78; jayamatrabhavānnūnamarātiṣvabhilāṣukaḥ Ki. 11. 18; Śi. 15. 59.

abhilāvaḥ [lū-ghañ P. III. 3. 28] Cutting, reaping, mowing.

abhilikhita a. Written, inscribed. --taṃ, abhilekhanaṃ
     (1) Writing, inscribing.
     (2) A writing.

abhilī 4 A. To enter into, lurk or lie hid into; kapilāśavasya kroḍamabhyalīyata Dk. 6.

abhilīna a.
     (1) Adhering or clinging to, attached to; R. 3. 8.
     (2) Embracing, shrouding; Me. 36.

abhilulita a.
     (1) Agitated, disturbed.
     (2) Playful, unsteady.

abhilūtā A sort of spider.

abhivad 1 U.
     (1) To speak to, address; parastriyaṃ yo'bhivadettīrthe'raṇye vanepi vā Ms. 8. 356; Y. 2. 301.
     (2) To speak of or with reference to, tell, declare, mention; yatkarma kriyamāṇaṃ ṛgabhivadati Ait. Br.
     (3) To express, utter, signify; yadvācā'nabhyuditaṃ yena vāgabhyudyate tadeva brahma tvaṃ viddhi nedaṃ yadida mupāsate Ken.
     (4) To name, call.
     (5) To salute, greet; see caus. --Caus.
     (1) To greet or salute respectfully, oft. with the mention of the person saluted and the person who salutes; tāta prācetasāṃtevāsī lavo'bhivādayate U. 6; bhagavannabhivādaye V. 5; see abhivāda also.
     (2) To cause to salute (with acc. or instr. of agent of action); abhivādayate devaṃ bhaktaṃ bhaktena vā.
     (3) To utter, pronounce.
     (4) To play on an instrument.

abhivadanam
     (1) Addressing &c.
     (2) Salutation.

abhivādaḥ, --vādanam
     (1) Reverential salutation, respectful obeisance, salutation of a superior or elder by an inferior or junior, or of a teacher by his disciple. It consists in
     (1) rising from one's seat (pratyuttthāna),
     (2) seizing the feet (pādopasaṃgraha), and
     (3) repeating the form of salutation (abhivāda) which includes the name or title of the person addressed, followed by the mention of the person's own name. For the different ways of performing obeisance and the merit arising therefrom see Ms. 2. 120-126.
     (2) Abuse, insulting or scurrilous speech (for ativāda).

abhivādaka a. (dikā f.)
     (1) Saluting; saluter.
     (2) Polite, respectful, humble.

abhivādayitṛ m. A respectful saluter.

abhivādin a.
     (1) Saluting respectfully.
     (2) Describing, referring to; tadabhivādinī eṣā ṛgbhavati Nir.

abhivādya--, vādanīya pot. p. To be respectfully saluted. --dyaḥ N. of Śiva.

abhivaṃd 1 A. To salute respectfully.

abhivaṃdanam Respectful salutation; pāda- holding the feet (of another) as an humble obeisance; see abhivādanaṃ above.

abhivayas a.
     (1) Very fresh or young.
     (2) Possessed of food.

abhivāsaḥ, --sanam Covering, clothing with.

abhivāsas ind. Over the covering or cloth.

abhivaha a. Conveying towards or near, driving near.

abhivahanam Carrying towards.

abhivāhya pot. p. To be carried near. --hyaṃ
     (1) Conveyance, transmission, carrying; Ms. 1. 94.
     (2) Presentation, offering.

abhivānyā, abhivānyavatsā Ved. A cow suckling an adopted calf.

abhivikhyāta a. Universally known, renowned, famous; called, known as.

abhividhiḥ [abhito vidhirvyāptiḥ]
     (1) Complete comprehension or inclusion; one of the senses of the particle ā; āṅ maryādābhividhyoḥ P. II. 1. 13, the limit inceptive as opposed to the limit conclusive and translated by 'from,' 'commencing with', 'including'; as in ābālaṃ --ābālebhyaḥharibhaktiḥ (maryādā and abhividhi are thus distinguished tena vinā maryādā, tatsahito'bhividhiḥ).
     (2) Complete pervasion, filling up or occupying completely; abhividhau bhāva inuṇ P. III. 3. 44; also V. 4. 53 and Sk. thereon.

abhivinī 1 U. To teach, instruct (= vinī q. v.).

abhivinīta p. p. Well behaved, well principled.
     (2) Taught, instructed; kasyāṃ kalāyāṃ abhivinīte bhavatyau M. 5 v. l. for abhiyogaḥ.
     (3) Pious, pure, devout.

abhivimāna a. Of unlimited dimensions, an epithet of the Supreme Being.

abhiviśruta a. Widely celebrated, renowned.

abhivīkṣa 1 A.
     (1) To look at, view, behold, see, perceive, observe; na cainaṃ bhuvi śaknoti kaścidapyabhivīkṣituṃ Ms. 7. 6.
     (2) To aim at.
     (3) To prove, test, examine.
     (4) To be affected towards, incline or lean to.

abhivīkṣaṇam Perceiving, beholding.

abhivīra a. [abhivṛto vīraiḥ] Surrounded by heroes.

abhivṛt 1 A.
     (1) To go up to, go towards, go or come near, approach; used with or without any acc.; ita evābhivartaṃte (in dramas) are coming hitherward or in this direction; śrāvastīmabhyavartiṣi Dk. 116; tamarcyamārādabhirvatamānaṃ R. 2. 10; yato yataḥ ṣaṭcaraṇobhivartate S. 1. 23 turns.
     (2) To attack, assail, rush upon or towards, turn towards (inimically or to attack); vadanaṃ me madhukaro'bhivartate S. 1; ayamekacaro'bhivartate māṃ Ki. 13. 3.
     (3) To face, encounter, stand opposite to.
     (4) To stretch or extend towards; drīrghāraṇyāni dakṣiṇāṃ diśamabhivartaṃte U. 2.
     (5)
          (a) To turn up, arise, begin.
          (b) To appear, commence, break (as day).
     (6) To be, exist, chance to be.
     (7) To procure for one (dat.). --Caus.
     (1) To carry over, transport.
     (2) To overcome, to be master of.

abhivartin a. Going towards, approaching, attacking &c.

abhivartanam Going towards, approaching, attacking &c.

abhivṛdh 1 A.
     (1) To grow, increase, be augmented; haviṣā kṛṣṇavartmeva bhūya evābhivardhate Ms. 2. 94.
     (2) To thrive, prosper (of men also); dātāro no'bhivardhaṃtāṃ vedāḥ saṃtatireva ca Ms. 3. 259; 7. 27; Y. 1. 245. --Caus.
     (1) To increase, augment, add to; kośaṃ, dharmaṃ, prītiṃ &c.
     (2) To stretch, extend, lengthen.
     (3) To bring up, rear.

abhivṛddhiḥ f. Increase, growth, addition; success, prosperity; rāṣṭra-, lābha-, dhana- &c.

abhivṛṣ 1 P. To rain upon, pour, sprinkle, water, bedew, cover with (a shower of any thing), pour or shower down upon; prasnavenābhivarṣaṃtī (bhuvaṃ) R. 1. 84; 10. 48, 15. 58, 99; Ki. 2. 31; bāṇairmāmabhivarṣati V. 4. --Caus. To sprinkle or cover with, shower upon,

abhivṛṣṭa p. p. Sprinkled; rained upon, showered; sthalī navāṃbhaḥ pṛṣatābhivṛṣṭā R. 7. 69; 15. 99; V. 4. 6; also used actively; V. 4. 34.

abhivarṣaṇam Raining upon, watering, bedewing.

abhivarṣin a. Raining upon, bedewing &c.

abhivegaḥ Ved. Consideration, thought, determination.

abhivyaṃj 7 P. (-aṃj) or Caus. To manifest, make clear, reveal, disclose, exhibit, display.

abhivyakta p. p.
     (1) Manifested, re vealed, declared.
     (2) Distinct, plain, clear, R. 6. 12, 16. 23, Mu. 1, V. 3. --ktaṃ ind. Clearly, distinctly, plainly.

abhivyaktiḥ f.
     (1) Manifestation (of a cause as an effect); distinction, exposition, declaration, revelation, display, exhibition; sarvāṃgasauṣṭhavābhivyaktaye M. 1; dūtīsaṃpreṣaṇairnāryā bhāvābhivyaktiriṣyate S. D. 6.
     (2) Association, concomitance; P. VIII. 1. 15 (Sk. = sāhacaryaṃ).

abhivyaṃjaka a. Displaying, showing, indicating; guṇābhivyaṃjakau śabdārthau S. D. 1.

abhivyaṃjanam Manifesting, revealing.

abhivyādānam
     (1) Suppressed sound.
     (2) Repetition of the same sound.

abhivyādhin a. Striking, injuring greatly, hurting much.

abhivyāp 5 P.
     (1) To extend to, include, comprehend; adhikāro'yaṃ yūnastiḥ ityabhivyāpya Sk.
     (2) To pervade, surround.

abhivyāpaka--, vyāpin a.
     (1) Including, comprehending, pervading.
     (2) (In gram.) One of the three kinds of ādhāra q. v.; -kaḥ ādhāraḥ P. II. 3. 36 Sk.

abhivyāptiḥ f. Inclusion, comprehension, universal pervasion, co-extension.

abhivyāpya pot. p. To be included. --pyaṃ Validity of a rule.

abhivyāhṛ 1 P. To utter, pronounce; say or express well.

abhivyāharaṇaṃ, --vyāhāraḥ
     (1) Uttering, pronunciation, speaking.
     (2) An articulate significant word, a name, appellation.

abhivyāhārin a. Pronouncing, telling, speaking.

abhivlaṃgaḥ Ved. Going towards or against, assault.

abhiśaṃs 1 P.
     (1) To blame, accuse, charge, calumniate, defame, traduce; mahāpāpopapāpābhyāṃ yo'bhiśaṃsenmṛṣā paraṃ Y. 3. 286.
     (2) To praise, extol.

abhiśaṃsaka, --śaṃsin a. Accusing, charging, calumniating, insulting, abusive; Y. 3. 285.

abhiśaṃsanam Accusation, charge, (whether true or false); mithyā- Y. 2. 289; abuse, insult, affront; paṃcāśad brāhmaṇo daṃḍyaḥ kṣatriyasyābhiśaṃsane Ms. 8. 268.

abhiśasta p. p.
     (1) Charged, falsely accused, calumniated, abused, insulted; Ms. 8. 116, 373; Y. 1. 161.
     (2) Hurt, injured, attacked (supposed to be from abhiśas); devi kenābhiśastāsi kena vāsi vimānitā Ram.; Ms. 11. 113 threatened.
     (3) Cursed (for abhiśapta).
     (4) Wicked, sinful, infamous. --staṃ = abhaśasti q. v.

abhiśastaka a.
     (1) Falsely accused, defamed; wicked; Y. 1. 223; a person of bad repute; 2. 70.
     (2) Caused by imprecation or curse.

abhiśastiḥ f.
     (1) A curse.
     (2) Effect of an imprecation, misfortune, evil, calamity.
     (3) Censure, calumny, abuse, defamation, charge, insult.
     (4) Asking, begging.
     (5) What curses or injures; the cause or source of injury.

abhiśaṃk 1 A. To doubt, mistrust, suspect, be suspicious of (with acc. of person or thing); mābhiśaṃkīrvaco mama Mb.; Mk. 9. 8; Ms. 8. 96; also with abl.; be afraid of; Bk. 6. 2.

abhiśaṃkā Doubt, suspicion, apprehension, fear, alarm, anxiety.

abhiśaṃkita p. p. Doubtful, suspicious, apprehensive.

abhiśap 1 U. To curse, execrate; abhiśaptaḥ phalametadanvabhūt Ku. 4. 41. --Caus. To conjure, invoke (as by charms), charm, enchant; satyena mābhirakṣa tvaṃ varuṇetyabhiśāpya kaṃ Y. 2. 108.

abhiśapanaṃ --śāpaḥ
     (1) A curse, imprecation.
     (2) A serious charge, accusation; Y. 2. 99; abhiśāpaḥ pātakābhiyogaḥ Mit.
     (3) Slander, calumny, false charge; asato doṣasya adhyāhāro'bhiśāpaḥ.
     (4) An injury, hurt.
     -- Comp.
          --jvaraḥ fever caused by the pronunciation of a curse.

abhiśāpanam Pronouncing a curse.

abhiśabdita a. Declared, announced, said, named.

abhiśas 1 P. To hurt, injure, attack (= abhiśaṃs q. v.). --f. Ved. Accusation, charge, imprecation &c.

abhiśasta p. p. Hurt, attacked.

abhiśastṛ m. An enemy, injurer.

abhiśirogra a. With the top and bottom inverted.

abhiśīta, --śyāta [śyai-kta] a. Cold, chilly, as wind.

abhiśīna, --śyāna a. Congealed, coagulated.

abhiśokaḥ
     (1) Intense grief.
     (2) Warmth; ardour (Ved.).

abhiśoca a.
     (1) Shining, glowing with heat.
     (2) Causing great grief.

abhiśocanam
     (1) Intense grief or pain, torment.
     (2) That which torments; a spirit or demon.

abhiśocayiṣṇu a. Tormenting.

abhiśravaṇam Repeating Vedic texts, while Brāhmaṇas are sitting down to a Śraddha.

abhiśrāvaḥ Hearing; becoming renowned.

abhiśrī a. Ved.
     (1) Joining, connected with, mixing.
     (2) Combining; arranging.
     (3) Approaching, having recourse to.
     (4) Worthy.
     (5) Shining.
     (6) Powerful.

abhiśriṣ --śliṣ f. (--ṭ) Ved. A ligature.

abhiśleṣaṇam A bandage.

abhiśvas m. Ved. One who breathes upon or towards.

abhiśvasaḥ Ved. Breathing forth or upon, eructation (of the stomach).

abhiśvāsaḥ Breathing or blowing upon; blowing into a flame.

abhiṣaṃj 1 P. [-saṃj, s being changed to ṣ by P. VIII. 3. 65]. To be in contact with, touch; attach oneself to.

abhiṣaṃgaḥ (also abhisaṃgaḥ)
     (1) Complete contact or union; attachment, connection, association; kanyakā dunvaṃti hṛdayaṃ manuṣyāṇāmīdṛśāddurabhisaṃgāt Māl. 7 ill attachment or union; Māl. 8; muhuriti vanavibhramābhiṣaṃgāt Śi. 7. 68; K. 146, 290.
     (2) Defeat, mortification, discomfiture; jātābhiṣaṃgo nṛpatiḥ R. 2. 30.
     (3) A sudden blow, shock, or grief, a sudden calamity or misfortune, unexpected reverse; tato'bhiṣaṃgānilavipraviddhā R. 14. 54, 77; Ku. 3. 73; -jaḍaṃ vijajñivān R. 8. 75.
     (4) Possession by devils or evil spirits; abhighātābhiṣaṃgābhyāmabhicārābhiśāpataḥ Madh. N.
     (5) An oath.
     (6) Embracing; copulation.
     (7) A curse or imprecation, abuse.
     (8) A false charge or accusation, calumny or defamation.
     (9) Contempt, disrespect.
     -- Comp.
          --jvaraḥ fever caused by the action of evil spirits.

abhiṣaṃjanam = abhiṣaṃga q. v.

abhiṣava see under abhiṣu.

abhiṣahya ind. By force, forcibly, violently; insolently.

abhiṣāc a. [abhi-sac svārthe ṇic kvip] Ved.
     (1) Following.
     (2) Honouring, devoted.
     (3) Defeating.

abhiṣāh a.
     (1) Bearing, patient.
     (2) Overpowering.

abhiṣic 6 U. [-sic, s changed to ṣ by P. VIII. 3. 65]
     (1) To sprinkle, pour down upon, water, wet, shower upon (fig. also); snātīhābhyaṣicajjalaiḥ Bk. 6. 21; 15. 3; 6. 23; saṃge punarbahutarāmamṛtābhiṣiktāṃ Ch. P. 29 v. l.; atha vapurabhiṣektuṃ tāstadāṃbhobhirīṣuḥ Śi. 7. 75.
     (2) To anoint, consecrate, appoint &c. (by sprinkling water on the head); to crown, install, inaugurate (with loc. of the post of authority); agnivarṇamabhiṣicya rāghavaḥ sve pade R. 19. 1, 17. 13; so'ṭavīrājye'bhiṣiktaḥ H. 2; V. 5. 23. --Caus.
     (1) To have another consecrated, inaugurated &c.
     (2) To let oneself be crowned.

abhiṣekaḥ
     (1) Sprinkling, watering, wetting.
     (2) Anointing, inaugurating or consecrating by sprinkling water (a king, idol &c.).
     (3) (Particularly) Coronation, inauguration, installation (of kings); royal unction; athābhiṣekaṃ raghuvaṃśaketoḥ R. 14. 7.
     (4) The (holy) water required at inauguration, coronation water; amātyapariṣadaṃ brūhi saṃbhriyatāmāyuṣo rājyābhiṣeka iti V. 5; yauvarājya- ibid.; R. 17. 14.
     (5) Bathing; ablution, holy or religious bathing; abhiṣekottīrṇāya kāśyapāya S. 4; atrābhiṣekāya tapodhanānāṃ R. 13. 51, 1. 85, 10. 63, 13. 58, 14. 82; K. 22, 36, 96; Ku. 5. 16; 7. 11; S. 7. 12; H. 4. 87.
     (6) Bathing or sprinkling with water (of a divinity to whom worship is offered).
     -- Comp.
          --ahaḥ day of coronation.
          --śālā coronation-hall.

abhiṣektṛ a. One who sprinkles, anoints, inaugurates.

abhiṣecanam
     (1) Sprinkling.
     (2) Coronation, inauguration; R. 8. 3.

abhiṣecanīya, --ṣecya, --kya
     (1) Worthy of inauguration, fit to be crowned.
     (2) Belonging to coronation. --yaḥ N. of a sacrificial ceremony performed at the coronation of a king.

abhiṣu 5 P. (-su)
     (1) To extract Soma juice or any juice; abhiṣuṇvaṃta āsate Ait. Br.
     (2) To apply water to or press out; Ms. 5. 10 (Kull. udakena saṃdhā).
     (3) To moisten, sprinkle; Bk. 9. 90.

abhiṣavaḥ [abhi-su-ap]
     (1) Extracting or pressing out the Soma juice.
     (2) Distillation or extraction (of liquors &c.).
     (3) Religious bathing, ablution preparatory to religious rites.
     (4) Bathing or ablution (in general); Ki. 3. 28.
     (5) Drinking the Soma juice.
     (6) A sacrifice in general.
     (7) Ferment, yeast; any substance producing fermentation.
     (8) A finger used in extracting Soma juice. (Nir.) --vaṃ Sour gruel.

abhiṣavaṇam
     (1) Bathing; Ki. 6. 23.
     (2) Means of extracting or pressing out Soma juice.

abhiṣavaṇī A mechanical contrivance to press out the Soma juice.

abhiṣāvakaḥ, --ṣotṛ m. The priest who extracts the Soma juice.

abhiṣuta p. p. Extracted, pressed out, as Soma juice. --taṃ Sour gruel.

abhiṣeṇa a. Ved. Approaching (as an enemy) with an army.

abhiṣeṇanam Marching against an enemy, encountering a foe.

abhiṣeṇayati Den. P. [abhisenā-ṇic P. III. 1. 25, VIII. 3. 65] To march against (with an army), to attack, to face or encounter (another) with an army; kaḥ siṃdhurājamabhiṣeṇayituṃ samarthaḥ Ve. 2. 25; Śi. 6. 64.

abhiṣṭanaḥ [abhi-stan-ap ṣatvaṃ] Ved. Roaring, a loud shout (siṃhanāda).

abhi(bhī)ṣṭi a. (Ved.) To be worshipped by offering sacrifices (Say. abhiyaṣṭavya); an assistant, a protector, one who is praised or worshipped as a protector, one who approaches to assist or attack, one who assails or overpowers an enemy, one who approaches in order to obtain, desiring, desire (these meanings are given by European scholars). --ṣṭiḥ f. Assistance, help, worshipping, praising; a sacrifice; a hymn; approaching to assist or approaching in general; access.

abhiṣṭimat a. Ved. Desirable.

abhiṣṭu 2 P. (--stu)
     (1) To praise, laud, extol; atha itarāmabhiṣṭuvaṃti U. 5; Śi. 15. 20.
     (2) To consecrate, invoke; Y. 3. 307.

abhiṣṭavaḥ Praise, eulogy.

abhiṣyaṃd 1 A. (s changed to ṣ by P. VIII. 3. 72)
     (1) To ooze, flow, trickle; abhisyaṃ --ṣyaṃ --date dugdhaṃ Sk.; satatamabhiṣyaṃdamānameghameduritanīlimā (giriḥ) U. 1 raining or pouring down water.
     (2) (fig.) To be melted (with pity, love &c), to overflow with; yadi tvāmīdṛśaṃ rāmabhadraḥ paśyet tadāsya hṛdayaṃ snehenābhiṣyaṃdate U. 5.

abhiṣyaṃ(syaṃ)daḥ
     (1) Oozing, flowing, trickling.
     (2) Weakness of, or running at, the eyes.
     (3) Great increase or enlargement, surplus, excess, superfluous portion; svargābhiṣyaṃdavamanaṃ kṛtvevopaniveśitaṃ (oṣadhiprasthaṃ) Ku. 6. 37 by drawing off the surplus population i. e. by emigration (abhiṣyaṃdaḥ atirekaḥ atiriktajana iti yāvat tasya vamanaṃ niḥsāraṇaṃ kṛtvā sthitamiva); cf. also R. 15. 29 Hemachandra's remarks thereon.

abhiṣyaṃ(syaṃ)din  a.
     (1) Oozing, flowing, trickling.
     (2) Laxative, opening the bowels.
     (3) Causing defluxions or watery effusion.
     -- Comp.
          --ramaṇaṃ a suburb, a smaller city appended to and regarded as part of a larger one; cf. śākhānagaraṃ.

abhiṣvaṃgaḥ [svaṃj-ghañ]
     (1) Contact.
     (2) Intense attachment, love, affection; vidyāsvabhiṣvaṃgaḥ Dk. 155; aho abhiṣvaṃgaḥ Mal. 1; kāma- ibid. Bg. 13. 9.

abhisaṃyogaḥ Close contat or union, intimate connection.

abhisaṃvṛta a. Clothed, clad.

abhisaṃśīna a. [śyai-kta] Coagulated, congealed.

abhisaṃśrayaḥ Refuge, shelter.

abhisaṃsāraḥ Coming together or in groups or flocks. --raṃ adv. Having approached together.

abhisaṃskṛ 8 U.
     (1) To shape, form, build.
     (2) To make, render.
     (3) To consecrate.

abhisaṃskāraḥ
     (1) Idea, thought, imagination.
     (2) Vain or profitless performance.

abhisaṃstavaḥ High praise.

abhisaṃkṣip --saṃkṣepaḥ =saṃkṣip, &c. q. v.

abhisaṃkhyā 2 P.
     (1) To enumerate.
     (2) To infer.

abhisaṃkhya a. Inferable, clearly ascertainable.

abhisaṃcārin a.
     (1) Moving or wandering about.
     (2) Fickle, changeable.

abhisatvan a. Ved. Surrounded by heroes; (cf. abhivīra).

abhisaṃtap 1 P. To torment, = saṃtap q. v.

abhisaṃtāpaḥ War, battle, contest; janyaṃ syādabhisaṃtāpaḥ Halāy.

abhisaṃdṛṣṭa a. Compressed, tightened.

abhisaṃdehaḥ
     (1) Exchange.
     (2) Organ of generation (written also abhisaṃdoha).

abhisaṃdhā 3 U.
     (1) To hold together
     (2) To acknowledge, recognize; own.
     (3) To fit or fix a missile, arrow &c. to the bow.
     (4) To throw or shoot at, aim at; (śūlaṃ) cikṣepa paramakruddho lakṣmaṇāyābhisaṃhitaṃ Ram.
     (5) To aim at, have in view, think of, (with acc.); padāviddhaṃ yāṃtī skhalitamabhisaṃdhāya bahuśaḥ V. 4. 28 calling to mind, thinking of my fault; ṛṣyamūkamabhisaṃdhāya Mv. 5 towards, in the direction of; Mv. 6; Bg. 17. 12, 25; sometimes with dat.; abhisaṃdadhate ye ca viśvāsāyāsya mānavāḥ Mb.
     (6) To deceive, cheat; janaṃ vidvānekaḥ sakalamabhisaṃdhāya Mal. 1. 14.
     (7) To come to an understanding or agreement; phalaṃ tvanabhisaṃdhāya Ms. 9. 52 (evaṃ yatra niyamo na kṛtaḥ).
     (8) To win over, make friendship with, ally oneself with; tān sarvānabhisaṃdadhyātsāmādibhirupakramaiḥ Ms. 7. 159 (vaśīkuryāt).
     (9) To declare solemnly, agree, promise. (10) To calumniate, traduce.
     (11) To add.
     (12) To prefer.

abhisaṃdhaḥ, --dhakaḥ
     (1) A deceiver, cheat.
     (2) Traducer, calumniator; Ms. 4. 195.

abhisaṃdhā
     (1) Speech, declaration; word, assertion, promise; tena satyābhisaṃdhena trivargamanutiṣṭhatā Ram. true to his word.
     (2) Deceit.

abhisaṃdhānam
     (1) Speech, word, deliberate declaration, promise; sā hi satyābhisaṃdhānā Ram.
     (2) Cheating, deception; parābhisaṃdhānaparaṃ yadyapyasya viceṣṭitaṃ R. 17. 76.
     (3) Aim, intention, purpose; anyābhisaṃdhānenānyavāditvamanyakartṛtvaṃ ca Mit.
     (4) Making peace.
     (5) Attachment or interest in any object.

abhisaṃdhāyaḥ = abhisaṃdhi.

abhisaṃdhiḥ
     (1) Speech; deliberate declaration, promise.
     (2) Intention, object, purpose, aim; tasyā abhisaṃdhinā vidheyīkṛtopi Mal. 1; Dk. 38; svarga- Ku. 6. 47.
     (3) Implied sense, the meaning intended, as in ayamabhisaṃdhiḥ (frequently occurring in explanatory glosses).
     (4) Opinion, belief.
     (5) Special agreement, terms of an agreement, condition, stipulation; athāvaśyameva mādhavasenaḥ pūjyena mocayitavyaḥ śrūyatāmabhisaṃdhiḥ M. 1.
     (6) Deception.
     (7) Making peace or alliance.
     (8) Junction, combination.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛta a. done intentionally.

abhisamavāyaḥ Union.

abhisaṃpat 1 P.
     (1) To fly towards, hasten, jump upon; mahītalātkocidudīrṇavegāḥ punardrumāgrānabhisapataṃti Ram.
     (2) To fly along; śastraiśca divyairabhisaṃpatadbhiḥ Mb.

abhisaṃpātaḥ
     (1) Meeting together, concourse, confluence.
     (2) War, battle, contest.
     (3) A curse.

abhisaṃpad 4 A.
     (1) To become (any thing); to be changed to, be similar to, assume the state of; iṣṭakāmagnirabhisaṃpadyate Śat. Br. śrotre hīme sarve vedā abhisaṃpannāḥ ibid.
     (2) To come or go to, arrive at.
     (3) To get, obtain. --Caus. To make similar to, change into.

abhisaṃpattiḥ f. Becoming or being effected completely; going over, transition; being changed into.

abhisaṃpad f. Becoming complete; complete number.

abhisaṃpanna p. p. Complete, completely effected; vadatyayamabhisaṃpannamārṣeṇa saṃskāreṇa U. 5 quite in keeping with his holy instruction.

abhisaṃparāyaḥ Futurity.

abhisaṃbaṃdh 9 P. To bind together. --pass. To be connected with, to relate or refer to.

abhisaṃbaṃdhaḥ Connection, relation; conjunction, contact; sexual connection; Ms. 5. 63.

abhisaṃbādha a. Very much contracted or confined.

abhisaṃmukha a. Facing, fronting; looking respectfully towards.

abhisara, --sarga, --sarjana &c. see under abhisṛ, abhisṛj &c.

abhisarpaṇam Approaching, drawing near (with hostile intention).

abhisāṃ(śāṃ)tv  10 P. To conciliate, propitiate, pacify, comfort, console.

abhisāṃ(śāṃ)tvaḥ, --tvanam  Conciliation, consolation.

abhisāyam ind. At sunset, about evening; śritodayādrerabhisāyamuccakaiḥ Śi. 1. 16; Ki. 11. 51.

abhisṛ 1 P.
     (1) To go up to, go towards, approach; to go to some place or other, go or proceed; purobhisasre surasuṃdarījanaiḥ Ki. 8. 4.
     (2) To attack, assail.
     (3) To go or advance to meet (as at an appointed place); suṃdarīrabhisasāra K. 58; Dk. 51, 52, 91; Śi. 6. 26. --Caus. To visit, approach, go to meet; vallabhānabhisisārayiṣūṇāṃ Śi. 10, 20, 21; S. D. 115; Ki. 9. 38; Mk. 8.

abhisaraḥ
     (1) A follower, an attendant; Dk. 73, 127.
     (2) A companion; manmathābhisarā tadāgāramabhisarāmi Dk. 15.
     (3) N. of a people.

abhisaraṇam
     (1) Approaching, going to meet (also with hostile intentions).
     (2) Meeting, rendezvous, assignation or appointment of lovers; tvadabhisaraṇarabhasena valaṃtī patati padāni kiyaṃti calaṃtī Gīt. 6.

abhisartṛ a. One who attacks; an assistant.

abhisāraḥ
     (1) Going to meet(as a lover), appointment, assignation; ratisukhasāre gatamabhisāre madanamanoharaveśaṃ Gīt. 5.
     (2) The place where lovers meet by appointment, rendezvous; tvaritamupaiti na kathamabhisāraṃ Gīt. 6.
     (3) An attack, assault; śvo'bhisāraḥ purasya naḥ Ram.
     (4) War, battle.
     (5) A follower, companion.
     (6) Might, power.
     (7) An instrument.
     (8) A purificatory rite.
     (9) (-rāḥ pl.) N. of a people. --rī N. of a town.
     -- Comp.
          --sthānaṃ a place fit for making appointments; see under abhisārikā below.

abhisāraṇam Going to meet a lover &c.; Ki. 10. 58.

abhisārikā A woman who either goes to meet her lover or keeps an appointment made by him; Ku. 6. 43; R. 16. 12; abhisārayate kāṃtaṃ yā manmathavaśaṃvadā . svayaṃ vābhisaratyeṣā dhīrairuktā'bhisārikā S. D. 115; kāṃtārthinī tu yā yāti saṃketaṃ sābhisārikā Ak. The directions as to dress &c. to be observed by the different kinds of abhisārikā are given in S. D. 116. The S. D. further recommends the following 8 places as eligible spots for lovers to meet:
     (1) a field;
     (2) a garden;
     (3) a ruined temple;
     (4) the house of a female messenger;
     (5) forest;
     (6) caravansary (a place for pilgrims &c.);
     (7) a cemetery, and
     (8) the bank of a river; kṣetraṃ vāṭī bhagnadevālayo dūtīgṛhaṃ vanaṃ . mālayaṃ ca śmaśānaṃ ca nadyādīnāṃ taṭī tathā ..

abhisārin a. Going to meet, visiting; attacking, rushing out, going forth; yuddhabhisāriṇaḥ U. 5. --ṇī
     (1) = abhisārikā see above.
     (2) N. of a species of the triṣṭubh metre in which the Padas contain 12 instead of 11 syllables, and which is therefore said to approach (abhisarati) another metre called jagatī.

abhisṛj 6 P.
     (1) To pour out or forth; Rv. 1. 135. 6.
     (2) To make, prepare; tasya citeyamabhisṛṣṭā Mv. 5.
     (3) To unloose, untie.
     (4) To give, grant; abhisṛjya varadvayaṃ Ram.
     (5) To fall upon, attack.

abhisargaḥ Creation.

abhisarjanam
     (1) A gift, donation.
     (2) Killing.

abhisevanam
     (1) Practising, observing.
     (2) Cultivating.
     (3) Fondness of, indulgence in.

abhiskaṃdaḥ Ved.
     (1) An attack, assault.
     (2) An assailant, enemy. --daṃ adv. By attacking.

abhisnehaḥ Attachment, affection; love, desire; yaḥ sarvatrānabhisnehaḥ Bg. 2. 57.

abhisphurita a. Expanded to the full, full-grown (as a blossom).

abhisvṛ 1 P.
     (1) To assent or agree to, approve of.
     (2) To praise, invoke.

abhisvar f. (or n. according to some) [abhitaḥ svaḥ svaraṇaśabdo yasya] Ved.
     (1) Invocation, calling into one's presence.
     (2) A song or hymn of praise.

abhisvaraḥ Urging towards, driving onwards. --re Very close or near.

abhisvartṛ m. Praising; invoking.

abhihan 2 P.
     (1) To strike, smite, beat (fig. also); thump at; abhihaṃti haṃta kathameṣa mādhavaṃ (smaraḥ) Mal. 1. 39; loṣṭairabhighnaṃto nayata U. 4; kallolamālābhihataḥ potaḥ Dk. 7.
     (2) To hurt, injure, kill, destroy.
     (3) To drive or beat off, ward off; ālolapatrābhihatadvirephaṃ (araviṃdaṃ) R. 6. 13.
     (4) To strike or beat (as a drum &c.) Bg. 1. 13.
     (5) To befall, attack; affect, overpower; Dk. 6. --Caus. To strike &c.

abhihata p. p.
     (1) Struck(fig. also), beaten, smitten, attacked, injured; dhārābhirātapa ivābhihataṃ sarojaṃ M. 5. 3, Amaru. 2; struck against (as sound); Śik. 9.
     (2) Struck, affected, overcome; śoka-, kāma-, duḥkha-, kṣuttṛṣā-.
     (3) Obstructed.
     (4) (In math.) Multiplied; anyonyahārābhihatau harāṃśau Līlā.

abhihatiḥ f.
     (1) Striking, beating, hurting &c.
     (2) (In Math.) Multiplication.

abhighātaḥ
     (1) Striking, (fig. also); beating, smiting, attack, injury, hurt; taṭābhighātādiva lagnapaṃke Ku. 7. 49; śītātapābhighātān Ms. 12. 77 attacks of heat and cold; so duḥkha-, śoka- &c.
     (2) (In Vaiśeṣika phil.) Striking against (such as gives rise to sounds &c.), regarded as a kind of saṃyoga.
     (3) Striking back, driving or warding off.
     (4) Extirpation, complete destruction or removal; duḥkhatrayābhighātājjijñāsā tadabhighātake hetau San. K. 1.
     (5) Abrupt or vehement articulation of words (as of Vedic texts); sudden shock. --taṃ
     (1) The combination of the 4th letter of any class with the first or third letter of that class; of the second with the first; and of the third with the second letter of any class; abhighātaṃ syātpūrvaṃ vedadvitryādivarṇāścet . navavargāṇāṃ navato dharaṇīcaṃdradvirāmādyāḥ Śabdak.
     (2) A harsh pronunciation caused by the neglect of Sandhi rules.

abhighātaka a. Striking; keeping or beating back, repelling, extirpating. --kaḥ An enemy.

abhighātin Striking, hurting. --m. An enemy; assailant.

abhihavaḥ [hve-aṃp]
     (1) Invocation, calling.
     (2) Sacrificing fully or completely.

abhihūtiḥ f. Calling, invocation; worshipping.

abhihasya a. Ved. Ridiculous.

abhihāsaḥ Jest, joke, mirth.

abhihita, --ti See under abhidhā.

abhihu 3 P. To make an oblation, sacrifice.

abhihavaḥ An oblation, a sacrifice.

abhihomaḥ Offering an oblation of clarified butter.

abhihṛ 1 P.
     (1) To carry or bear off, snatch away, remove, take away.
     (2) To tear off, pull down.
     (3) To bring; bring near. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to take away.
     (2) To bring on the table, serve up in dishes &c. (as food).
     (3) To lay or put on (as a coat).
     (4) To attack.

abhiharaḥ Carrying off, removing.

abhiharaṇam
     (1) Bringing near, fetching; R. 11. 43.
     (2) Robbing.

abhihartṛ m.
     (1) One who takes away, bears off, or takes by violence.
     (2) A ravisher, robber.

abhihāraḥ
     (1) Carrying away, robbing, stealing.
     (2) An attack, assault.
     (3) Arming oneself, taking up arms.
     (4) Mingling together, mixture.
     (5) An effort.
     (6) A drunkard; drinker of smoking drinks.

abhihrut a. Ved. Bending, causing crookedness, acting injuriously. --f. Fall; defeat, loss.

abhihruti a. Offensive, injurious; acting crookedly. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Causing to fall.
     (2) Defeat; loss.
     (3) Offence, injury.

abhihvara, --hvāra a. Falling off, crooked. --raḥ Crookedness, sin.

abhī [abhi-i] 2 P.
     (1) To approach, come or draw near, go up to (with acc.) asmānattumito'bhyeti Bk. 7. 84.; Ki. 2. 54.
     (2) To go along or after, follow, serve.
     (3)
          (a) To go into, enter; Bk. 5. 67; Ms. 8. 75.
          (b) To go over to, reach, arrive at; Me. 34 v. l.
          (c) To fall to one's share, come to; Bk. 7. 99.
     (4) To get, meet with, fall into, suffer, undergo (said of good or bad things); kāryaṃ saṃsiddhimabhyeti Pt. 1.

abhītiḥ f. Ved. Approach, attack.

abhītvan a. (rī f.), abhītvara a. Approaching, attacking, assailing.

abhyayaḥ
     (1) Going over, approach, arrival.
     (2) Entering.
     (3) Setting (of the sun).

abhī a. Without fear; R. 9. 63; 15. 8.

abhīka a. [For ety. see abhika]
     (1) Longing after, desirous, anxious.
     (2) Lustful, libidinous, voluptuous; medasvinaḥ sarabhasopagatānabhīkān Śi. 5. 64.
     (3) Fearless.
     (4) Gone to (abhigata).
     (5) Dreadful. --kaḥ
     (1) A lover, husband.
     (2) A poet.
     (3) A master. --kaṃ Ved.
     (1) Proximity, nearness.
     (2) Collision; combat, encounter, opposition. (The form abhīke frequently occurs in the Vedas in the sense of
          (a) near;
          (b) at the same time or place, at the right time, just in time;
          (c) in a moment, instantaneously, or (used like a preposition with abl.),
          (d) from, out of;
          (e) on account of, with regard to;
          (f) from.

abhīkṣṇa a. [abhigataḥ kṣaṇaṃ pṛṣo-; abhīkṣṇaṃ abhikṣaṇaṃ bhavāti, taddhi kṣaṇamābhimukhyena sthitaṃ bhavati Nir.]
     (1) Repeated, frequent.
     (2) Constant, perpetual.
     (3) Excessive. --kṣṇaṃ ind.
     (1) Frequently, repeatedly; kṣate prahārā nipataṃtyabhīkṣṇaṃ Pt. 2. 178.
     (2) Constantly,
     (3) Very much, exceedingly.
     (4) Quickly.

abhīkṣṇaśaḥ ind. Repeatedly.

abhīghāta = abhighāta q. v.

abhījya a. [fr. yaj] To be sacrificed to; one to whom a asacrifice is offered. --jyaḥ A God.

abhīta, --tim a. Not afraid, fearless. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Fearlessness.
     (2) Approach, attack.
     (3) Nearness.

abhīddha [iṃdh-kta] Inflamed,. shining.

abhīpat m. [abhi-pat-kvip dīrghaḥ] One who goes or resorts to (abhigamanavān Say.), a pond or any spot in which water collects; a favour.

abhīpsita a. Desired, wished. --taṃ A wish, desire.

abhīpsin, abhīpsu a. Wishing for, desirous of obtaining.

abhīma a. Not causing fear, not terrific. --maḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

abhīmāna = abhimāna q. v.

abhīmodaḥ Joy, delight. --mud Ved. great joy, or (a.) excessively delighted.

abhīraḥ [abhimukhīkṛtya īrayati gāḥ, īr, ac]
     (1) A cowherd.
     (2) N. of a pastoral people; more usually written ābhīra q. v. --rī The language of the abhīra people. --raṃ N. of a metre see ābhīra.
     -- Comp.
          --pallī a hamlet of cowherds.

abhīraṇī A kind of serpent.

abhīrājī N. of a poisonous insect.

abhīru a. (ruḥ, --rū f.)
     (1) Fearless.
     (2) Unterrific, harmless. --ruḥ N. of Śiva or Bhairava. --ruḥ f. --abhīrupatrī N. of a plant (Mar. śatāvarī) Asparagus Racemosus. --ru n. A place of battle.

abhīruṇa a. Fearless, innocent --ṇaṃ ind. Before or in front.

abhīlam
     (1) A difficulty, distress.
     (2) A dreadful scene.

abhīlu --luka = abhīru q. v.

abhīlāpaḥ [lap ghañ-dīrghaḥ] Discourse.

abhīvargaḥ Circuit, compass.

abhīvartaḥ [vṛt-karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) N. of a Saman, Brahma Saman.
     (2) N. of a hymn (Rv. 10. 174) recited in attacking the enemy.
     (3) A year.
     (4) A sort of oblation (B. and R. take this word to mean 'existing everywhere', 'attacking successfully', 'successful attack or victory.'

abhīvṛt a. Existing everywhere.

abhīvṛta a. Covered, surrounded.

abhīśāpaḥ A curse; see abhiśāpa.

abhīśuḥ --ṣuḥ [abhi-aś-un, pṛṣo- ata itvaṃ]
     (1) A rein, bridle; tena hi mucyaṃtāmabhīśavaḥ S. 1.
     (2) A ray of light; praphullatāpicchanibhairabhīṣubhiḥ Śi. 1. 22; -mat resplendent, splendid.
     (3) An arm (abhyaśnute karmāṇi Nir.).
     (4) A finger.

abhīṣ 6 P. To wish or desire for, seek for, strive to get.

abhīṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Wished, desired.
     (2) Dear, favourite, darling; anabhīṣṭadaṃpatyoḥ Pt. 1. 175; oft. with gen. of person; H. 1. 12.
     (3) Optional. --ṣṭaḥ A darling. --ṣṭā
     (1) A mistress, beloved woman.
     (2) Betel. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) An object of desire.
     (2) A desirable object (abhimata); anyasmai hṛdayaṃ dehi nānabhīṣṭe ghaṭāmahe Bk. 20. 24.
     -- Comp.
          --devatā favourite deity.
          --lābhaḥ, --siddhiḥ f. gaining a desired object.

abhīṣaṃga = abhiṣaṃga q. v.

abhīṣayā adv. Fearlessly.

abhīṣāh a. Overpowering; guaranteeing safety from enemies (parebhyo'bhayadātā; abhiṣahamāṇaḥ sapatnān, abhibhavati śatrūn Nir.). --f. (ṭ) Great power.

abhukta a.
     (1) Uneaten, unenjoyed, unused; Bh. 3. 25.
     (2) (Actively used) One who has not eaten, enjoyed, used &c.; cf. pīta.
     -- Comp.
          --mūlaṃ the interval between the closing part of Jyesṭhā and the beginning of Mūla.

abhuj a. Ved. One who has not experienced or enjoyed; one who does not keep a promise.

abhuṃjat a.
     (1) Not eating.
     (2) Not allowing to enjoy.
     (3) Not protecting.

abhugna a.
     (1) Not bent or crooked, straight.
     (2) Well, free from disease.

abhuja a. Armless, maimed.

abhujiṣyā Not a slave or servant, an independent woman; Mk. 4.

abhūḥ 'Unborn,' N. of Viṣṇu.

abhūta a. Non-existent, what is not or has not been; not true or real, false; Mu. 3. 16, Ki. 14. 19.
     -- Comp.
          --āharaṇaṃ 'utterance of an unreality,' a covert expression, a speech founded on fraud, one of the members of garbha S. D. 365.
          --tadbhāvaḥ the becoming or being changed into, or making, that which it is not before; kṛbhvastiyoṃge saṃpadye kartari cvi P. V. 4. 50; abhūtatadbhāve iti vaktavyaṃ; akṛṣṇaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ saṃpadyate taṃ karoti kṛṣṇīkaroti Sk.; cf. payodharībhūtacatuḥsamudrāṃ R. 2. 3.
          --pūrva a. unprecedented, unsurpassed; abhūt -rvo rājā ciṃtāmaṇirnāma Vās. 1, Ve. 3. 2, Śi. 3. 3.
          --prādurbhāvaḥ becoming manifest of what has not been before.
          --śatru a. having no enemy.

abhūtiḥ f.
     (1) Non-existence, nonentity.
     (2) Want of power.
     (3) Poverty.

abhūmiḥ f.
     (1) Non-earth, any thing but earth.
     (2) An unfit place or object, no proper object for, beyond the reach or scope of; abhūmiriyaṃ mālavikāyāḥ M. 3; abhūmiriyamavinayasya S. 7; sa khalu manorathānāmapyabhūmirvisarjanāvasarasatkāraḥ ibid. far exceeded or transcended my (highest) expectations; Śi. 1. 42; Śānti. 4. 22, K. 45, 196, 204.
     -- Comp.
          --ja 1. produced in a bad or improper place. --2. not produced in earth.

abhūri a. Few, some; several; so abhūman, abhūyiṣṭha.

abhṛta, --abhṛtrima a. Not hired or paid; Ms. 8. 231.
     (2) Not supported.

abhṛśa a. Not much, little, few.

abheda a.
     (1) Undivided.
     (2) Identical, same, alike; tayorabhedapratipattirasti me Bh. 3. v. l. --daḥ
     (1) Absence of difference or distinction, identity, sameness; tadrūpakamabhedo ya upamānopameyayoḥ K. P. 10, Śi. 13. 25.
     (2) Close union; icchatāṃ saha vadhūbhirabhedaṃ Ki. 9. 13; H. 3. 79; āśāsmahe vigrahayorabhedaṃ Bh. 1. 24.

abhedya, abhaidika a. Not to be divided, broken or pierced through, impenetrable.
     (2) Indivisible. --dyaṃ A diamond.

abhoktṛ, --bhogin a. Not using or enjoying, abstemious.

abhogaḥ Non-enjoyment.

abhoj a. Ved. Not sacrificing; not giving food to the gods.

abhojanam Not eating, fasting, abstinence; Ms. 11. 167, 204, 216.

abhojin a. Not eating, fasting.

abhojya a.
     (1) Not to be eaten, prohibited as food, impure, unholy; -anna a. one whose food is prohibited from being eaten by others; Ms. 4. 221.

abhautika a. (kī f.) Not material, not elemental, not produced by the gross elements; mental.

abhauma = abhūmija q. v.

abhyagra a. [abhimukhaṃ agraṃ yasya]
     (1) Near, proximate.
     (2) Fresh, new; idaṃ śoṇitamabhyagre saṃprahāre'cyutattayoḥ Mb. --graṃ Proximity, vicinity.

abhyaṃka a. Recently marked.

abhyaṃj 7 P.
     (1) To smear, anoint as with oily substances.
     (2) To decorate, adorn (Ved).
     (3) To defile.

abhyakta p. p. Smeared, anointed (with oil, perfumes &c.); abhyaktamiva snātaḥ S. 5. 11; Y. 1. 68; Ms. 4. 44.

abhyaṃgaḥ
     (1) Smearing the body with unctuous or oily substances, smearing with oil; abhyaṃganepathyamalaṃcakāra Ku. 7. 7; stanyadānābhyaṃgapoṣaṇādibhiḥ pupoṣa Pt. 5, Ms. 2. 178.
     (2) Smearing in general, inunction.
     (3) An unguent, salve, liniment.

abhyaṃjanam
     (1) Smearing the body with oily substances, inunction; Ms. 10. 91.
     (2) Smearing or anointing in general.
     (3) Applying collyrium to the eyelashes; Ms. 2. 211.
     (4) An oily substance; oil, unguent.
     (5) An ornament, decoration (Ved.)

abhyatīta p. p. Dead, passed away; Ms. 4. 252.

abhyadhika a.
     (1) More than, exceeding, beyond; sadyaḥ prasūtāpriyāpītādabhyadhikaṃ U. 4. 1 remaining after &c. Pt. 2.
     (2) Surpassing, more than in quality or quantity, higher, greater; eṣa cābhyadhiko'smākaṃ guṇaḥ Ram.; na tvatsamostyabhyadhikaḥ kutonyaḥ Bg. 11. 43; M. 3. 3, Ms. 7. 177; Y. 2. 295; sometimes with abl. or instr.; dhānyaṃ daśabhyaḥ kuṃbhebhyo harato'bhyadhikaṃ vadhaḥ Ms. 8. 320, 322; Y. 2. 27; prabhuḥ kṣamāvān vīraśca dātā cābhyadhiko nṛpaiḥ Nala. 21. 13.
     (3) More than ordinary, extraordinary, preeminent; bhava paṃcābhyadhikaḥ S. 6. 2. --kaṃ adv. Very much, exceedingly.

abhyadhvam Adv. Towards the way, on the way. --dhve Near the way.

abhyanujñā 9 U.
     (1) To permit, assent or agree to, approve; ato' bhyanujānātu bhavatī K. 209; M. 3; Ms. 2. 1.
     (2) To permit one to go, grant leave to, dismiss. --Caus. To ask for leave to depart, take leave.

abhyanujñā, --jñānam
     (1) Consent, approval, permission; kṛtābhyanujñā guruṇā garīyasā Ku. 5. 7, R. 2. 69.
     (2) Order, command.
     (3) Granting leave of absence, dismissing.
     (4) Admission of an argument.

abhyanūkta a. Said agreeably to what was said before.

abhyaṃtara a. [abhigatamaṃtaraṃ]
     (1) Interior, internal, inner (opp. bāhya); R. 17. 45; K. 66; Y. 3. 293.
     (2) Being included in, one of a group or body; devīparijanābhyaṃtaraḥ M. 5; gaṇābhyaṃtara eva ca Ms. 3. 154; R. 8. 95.
     (3) Initiated in, skilled or proficient in, familiar or conversant with; with loc., or sometimes gen., or in comp.; saṃgītake'bhyaṃtaresvaḥ M. 5; aho prayogābhyaṃtaraḥprāśnikaḥ M. 2; anabhyaṃtare āvāṃ madanagatasya vṛttāṃtasya S. 3; maṃtreṣvabhyataṃrāḥ ke syuḥ Ram., see abhyaṃtarīkṛ below.
     (4) Nearest, intimate, closely or intimately related; tyaktāścābhyaṃtarā yena Pt. 1. 259. --raṃ
     (1) The inside or interior, inner or interior part (of any thing), space within; praviśyābhyaṃtaraṃ ripuḥ (nāśayet) Pt. 2. 38; K. 15, 17, 18; -gataḥ ātmā M. 5 inmost soul; śamīmivābhyaṃtaralīnapāvakāṃ R. 3. 9; Bg. 5. 27, V. 2, Mk. 1, S. 7. 8.
     (2) Included space, interval (of time or place); ṣaṇmāsābhyaṃtare Pt. 4
     (3) The mind. --raṃ, --rataḥ adv. In the interior, inside, inward.
     -- Comp.
          --āyāmaḥ 1. curvature of the spine by spasm. --2. emprosthonos.
          --ārāma a. internally delighted; see aṃtarārāma. --karaṇa a. having the organs (concealed) inside, internally possessed of the powers of perception &c; -ṇayā mayā pratyakṣīkṛtavṛttāṃto mahārājaḥ V. 4 (
          --ṇaṃ) the internal organ i. e. aṃtaḥkaraṇa. --kalā the secret art, the art of coquetry or flirtation.

abhyaṃtarakaḥ An intimate friend.

abhyaṃtarīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To initiate, familiarize with; prāgalbhyādvaktumicchaṃti maṃtreṣvabhyaṃtarīkṛtāḥ Ram.
     (2) To admit or introduce to; sarvaviśraṃbheṣu abhyaṃtarīkaraṇīyā K. 101; Dk. 159, 162; muṣṭimardhamuṣṭiṃ vābhyaṃtarīkṛtya Dk. 156 throwing down into (the belly).
     (3) To make a near friend of (a person); bāhyāścābhyaṃtarīkṛtāḥ Pt. 1. 259.

abhyaṃtarīkaraṇam Initiating, introducing &c.; sajīvanirjīvāsu ca dyūtakalāsvabhyaṃtarīkaraṇaṃ Dk. 39.

abhyam 1 P. Ved.
     (1) To injure, pain, attack.
     (2) To overcome.
     (3) To be angry with.

abhyamanam
     (1) Attack, assault, injury.
     (2) Disease; -vat diseased.

abhyamita, abhyāṃta p. p.
     (1) Diseased, sick.
     (2) Injured.

abhyamin a. [am-ṇini P. III. 2. 157]
     (1) Attacking, inclined to attack.
     (2) Diseased, sick.

abhyamitram An attack on an enemy. --adv. Towards or against the enemy; to face the enemy; Ki. 16. 5; Mv. 6; Ve. 5. 37.

abhyamitrīṇaḥ, --yaḥ, --mitryaḥ [abhyamitra kha, cha, or yat; amitrānabhimukhaṃ suṣṭhu gacchatītyarthaḥ P. V. 2. 17.] A warrior who valiantly encounters his enemy; udyogamabhyamitrīṇo yatheṣṭaṃ tvaṃ ca saṃtanu Bk. 5. 47; mārīco'nunayaṃstrāsādabhyamitryo bhavāmi te 46; Dk. 171.

abhyaya See under abhī.

abhyarc 1. 10. P.
     (1) To honour, worship, R. 1. 35.
     (2) To praise, celebrate in song.

abhyarcanaṃ, --rcā Worship, adoration, reverence.

abhyarṇa a. [abhi-ard-kta, P. VII. 2. 25 Sk.] Near, proximate, adjoining, being close or near (of space); approaching, drawing near (of time); abhyarṇamāgaskṛtamaspṛśadbhiḥ R. 2. 32; āśrama- bhūmiḥ U. 4; Mu. 6; K. 69, 125, 208, 286; Mal. 5. 13; Ratn. 3. 10, Bk. 3. 28. --rṇaṃ Proximity, vicinity; aṃdhakāriṇi vanābhyarṇe kimudbhrāmyati Gīt. 7; abhyarṇe parirabhya nirbharabharaḥ premāṃdhayā rādhayā Gīt. 1, Śi. 3. 21.

abhyarṇatā Proximity; Śi. 12. 66.

abhyarth 10 A.
     (1) To request, beg, solicit, ask, entreat (with two acc.); imaṃ sāragaṃ priyāpravṛttinimittaṃ abhyarthaye V. 4; māṃ anabhyarthanīyamabhyarthayate Mal. 7; avakāśaṃ kilodanvān rāmāyābhyarthito dadau R. 4. 58.
     (2) To long for, desire, woo, court; yadi sā tāpasakanyakā anabhyarthanīyā S. 2.

abhyarthanaṃ --nā A request, an entreaty petition, suit; -nābhaṃgabhayena Ku. 1. 52.

abhyarthanīya, --rthya pot. p. To be asked, requested or desired; R. 10. 40.

abhyarthin a. One who begs, asks, &c.

abhyardanam Torturing, distressing.

abhyardha a. Ved.
     (1) Being on this side.
     (2) Near.
     (3) Increasing. --rdhaṃ Nearness.
     -- Comp.
          --yajvan m. granting gifts, increasing the sacrificer's prosperity.

abhyarh 1. 10. P. To salute, honor, worship, pay one's respects or compliments; paraśurāmo mālyavaṃtamabhyarhayati Mv. 2.

abhyarhaṇā
     (1) Worship.
     (2) Respect, honour, reverence.

abhyarhaṇīya pot. p. Respectable, venerable; -tā Ms. 9. 23 a position of honour.

abhyarhita a.
     (1) Honoured, revered, greatly respectable or venerable; abhyarhitaṃ ca (dvaṃdve pūrvaṃ syāt) Sk, K. 209.
     (2) Fit, becoming, suitable; abhyarhitā baṃdhuṣu tulyarūpā vṛttirviśeṣeṇa tapodhanānāṃ Ki. 3. 11.

abhyavakarṣaṇam Extraction, drawing out.

abhyavakāśaḥ An open space.

abhyavadānya Ved. Not liberal.

abhyavahita Laid, allayed, put down (e. g. dust).

abhyavaskaṃd 1 P. To jump up or upon, attack.

abhyavaskaṃdaḥ --danam
     (1) Vigorously encountering an enemy, impetuous attack, marching against an enemy.
     (2) Striking so as to disable an enemy.
     (3) A blow in general.
     (4) Overtaking, reaching up to.
     (5) A fall.

abhyavahṛ 1 P.
     (1) To throw, fling, cast.
     (2) To collect, draw in, procure, obtain.
     (3) To use as food or drink, eat; saktūn piba dhānāḥ khādetyabhyavaharati P. III. 4. 5 Sk. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to throw down (in water).
     (2) To cause to take or eat (as food), feed (one with something); śaknoṣi kimanena śāliprasthena saṃpannamannamasmānabhyavahārayituṃ Dk. 131, 72, 132; to take or eat (oneself).
     (3) To lay or put on (snares &c.).
     (4) To attack; get one to oppose another.

abhyavaharaṇam
     (1) Throwing away or down.
     (2) Eating, taking food; Throwing down the throat (kaṃṭhādadhonayanaṃ Mit.).

abhyavahāraḥ Eating, taking food, eating, drinking &c.
     (2) Food; jaṃbhaśabdo'bhyavahārārthavācī Kaśi.; -saṃvādāpekṣī M. 4; V. 2; Ratn. 2.

abhyavahārya pot. p. Fit to eat, eatable. --ryaṃ Food; sarvatraudarikasya abhyavahāryameva viṣayaḥ V. 3.

abhyave [-i] 2 P.
     (1) To go down, descend; avabhṛthamabhyavaiti Ait. Br.
     (2) To perceive, understand.

abhyavāyanam Going down, descending.

abhyaś 5 A. (P. also in Ved.)
     (1) To pervade, reach to, get, gain; to make oneself master of.

abhyaśanam Pervading, reaching to, gaining.

abhyāśa a. Near, proximate. --śaḥ
     (1) Reaching to, pervading.
     (2) Proximate neighbourhood, vicinity (also written as abhyāsa q. v.); vāyasābhyāśe samupaviṣṭaḥ Pt. 2: sahasābhyāgatāṃ bhaimīmabhyāśaparivartinīṃ Mb., Dk. 62.
     (3) Result, consequence.
     (4) Prospect, hope of gaining; hence oft. used in the sense of 'quickly'.

abhyas 4 P.
     (1) To practise, exercise; dhanyo vanyamataṃgajaḥ paricayaprāgalbhyamabhyasyati Mal. 9. 32; abhyasyatīva vratamāsidhāraṃ R. 13. 67; Ms. 11. 107.
     (2) To repeat, perform repeatedly; mṛgakulaṃ romaṃthamabhyasyatu S. 2. 6; abhyasyaṃti taṭāghātaṃ Ku. 2. 50; K. 183.
     (3) To learn, study, acquire or learn by practice, recite, read; vedameva sadābhyasyet Ms. 2. 166; 4. 147; 4. 149; Y. 3. 204; K. 79.
     (4) To throw down upon, heap one upon another, accumulate, lay on (Ved.).
     (5) To throw or fling at, shoot or aim at (as arrows).

abhyasanam
     (1) Repetition, repeated practice or exercise; brahmadhyānābhyasanavidhinā Bh. 3. 41; svādhyāyābhyasanaṃ Bg. 17. 15.
     (2) Constant study, close application (to any thing); (tāṃ) vidyāmabhyasaneneva prasādayitumarhasi R. 1. 88; anabhyasanaśīlasya vidyeva tanutāṃ gatā Ram.

abhyasta p. p.
     (1) Repeated, frequently practised, exercised; nayanayorabhyaratamāmīlanaṃ Amaru. 92; used or accustomed to; anabhyastarathacaryāḥ U. 5 not accustomed to the use of the chariot; -guṇā ca vāṇī Mal. 3. 11.
     (2) Learnt, studied; śaiśave'bhyastavidyānāṃ R. 1. 8; Bh. 3. 89.
     (3) (In Math.) Multiplied; ayutaṃ daśakṛtvo' bhyastaṃ niyutamucyate Nir.
     (4) (In gram.) Reduplicated. --staṃ Reduplicated base of a root.

abhyāsaḥ
     (1) Repetition in general; vyākhyātā vyākhyātā iti padābhyāso'dhyāyaparisamāptiṃ dyotayati S. B.; nābhyāsakramamīkṣate Pt. 1. 151; Ms. 12. 74; Y. 3. 323.
     (2) Repeated practice or exercise, continued practice or use; avirataśramābhyāsāt K. 30, Pt. 1. 133; abhyāsena tu kauṃteya vairāgyeṇa ca gṛhyate Bg. 6. 35, 44 by constant practice (to remain pure and unmodified); 12. 12; yoga- Y. 3. 51 practice of concentration; hence sometimes used for 'concentration of mind upon one subject'; -nigṛhītena manasā R. 10. 23; so śara-, astra- &c.
     (3) Habit, custom, practice; mithyopapadāt kṛño'bhyāse P. I. 3. 71; tad yathābhyāsaṃ abhidhīyatāṃ U. 1 therefore address me as is your wont; amaṃgalābhyāsaratiṃ Ku. 5. 65; Y. 3. 68.
     (4) Discipline in arms, exercise, military discipline.
     (5) Reciting, study, repeated reading or learning by heart; kāvyajñaśikṣayābhyāsaḥ K. P. 1; K. 146, 200; Ms. 5. 4; veda- is of 5 kinds: --vedasvīkaraṇaṃ pūrvaṃ vicāro'bhyasanaṃ japaḥ . taddānaṃ caiva śiṣyebhyo vedābhyāso hi paṃcadhā .. Daksha.
     (6) Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood (for abhyāśa); cūtayaṣṭirivābhyāse (śe) madhau parabhṛtonmukhī Ku. 6. 2; (abhyāse-śe madhau must mean here speaking to 'Madhu who was near her,' scil. by having manifested himself before her, which fully preserves the simile of Parvatī, herself silent, speaking to her lover who was near her through her friend); arpiteyaṃ tavābhyāse sītā puṇyavratā vadhūḥ U. 7. 17 given in your charge; Śi. 3. 40; abhyāsā-śā-dāgataḥ P. II. 1. 38 Sk. (ragarded as an Aluk compound).
     (7) (In gram.) Reduplication.
     (8) The first syllable of a reduplicated base, reduplicative syllable; pūrvo'bhyāsaḥ P. VI. 1. 4; atra ye dve vihite tayoḥ pūrvo'bhyāsasaṃjñaḥ syāt Sk.
     (9) (In Math.) Multiplication. (10) (In poetry) Repetition of the last verses or lines (as of a chorus); chorus, burden of a song.
     -- Comp.
          --gata a. approached, gone near.
          --parivartin a. wandering about or near.
          --yogaḥ abstraction of mind resulting from continuous deep meditation; abhyāsayogena tato māmicchāptuṃ dhanaṃjaya Bg. 12. 9.
          --lopaḥ dropping of the reduplicative syllable.
          --vyavāyaḥ interval caused by the reduplicative syllable; -yepi though separated by this syllable.

abhyāsin a. Practising, exercising.

abhyasūyati Den. P.
     (1) To be angry with, bear malice against, envy, be jealous of (with acc.); na ca māṃyo'bhyasūyati Bg. 18. 67; prahasaṃti sma tāṃ kecidabhyasūyaṃti cāpare Mb.
     (2) Not to like, detract from, calumniate; ye tvetadabhyasūyaṃto nānutiṣṭhaṃti me mataṃ Bg. 3. 32.

abhyasūya a. Angry, jealous.

abhyasūyaka a. (yikā f.) Jealous, envious; a detractor, calumniator; māmātmaparadeheṣu pradviṣaṃto'bhyasūyakāḥ Bg. 16. 18.

abhyasūyā Envy, jealousy, disfavour, anger; śukrābhyasūyāvinivṛttaye yaḥ R. 6. 74; rūpeṣu veśeṣu ca sābhyasūyāḥ 7. 2, 9. 64; Me. 39, Ku. 3. 4.

abhyastam ind. [astamabhi] Towards sunset; -gam-i, --yā to go down or set (as the sun) during or with reference to some act.

abhyastamayaḥ Setting of the sun during or with reference to some act.

abhyastamita a. One on whom the sun has set while asleep.

abhyākarṣaḥ Striking the breast with the flat of the hand as a sign of defiance (as by wrestlers &c.).

abhyākāṃkṣitam
     (1) A false charge, groundless complaint.
     (2) A desire.

abhyākāram adv. By drawing to oneself.

abhyākrāmam ind. By or in stepping near or mutually, in stepping rapidly.

abhyākhyāta a. Falsely accused, traduced.

abhyākhyānam A false charge; calumny, detraction.

abhyāgam 1 P.
     (1) To go near to, draw near, approach; visit; see abhyāgata below; to come, arrive (as time).
     (2) To come to, fall into, go to any state; ciṃtāmabhyāgataḥ fell to thinking.

abhyāgata p. p.
     (1) Come near, approached, arrived; bhobhavānabhyāgato'tithiḥ Pt. 4; kramādabhyāgataṃ dravyaṃ Y. 2. 119; tasminnabhyā gate kāle Ram.
     (2) Come as a guest; sarvatrābhyāgato guruḥ H. 1. 108; śrotriyāya abhyāgatāya U. 4; Śi. 4. 68. --taḥ A guest, visitor; -kriyayā niyojitaḥ Pt. 2; K. 280; Śi. 3. 81.

abhyāgamaḥ
     (1) Coming or going near, arrival; a visit; tapodhanābhyāgamasaṃbhavā mudaḥ Śi. 1. 23; kiṃ vā madabhyāgamakāraṇaṃ te R. 16. 8; Mv. 2. 22; vasaṃtamāsa- K. 308.
     (2) Vicinity, neighbourhood.
     (3) Arriving at or enjoying a result.
     (4) Rising, getting up.
     (5) Striking, killing.
     (6) Encountering, attacking.
     (7) War, battle.
     (8) Enmity, hostility.

abhyāgamanam Approach, arrival, visit; hetuṃ tadabhyāgamane parīpsuḥ Ki. 3. 4.

abhyāgārikaḥ [abhyāgāre tatsaṃbaṃdhikarmaṇi vyāpṛtaḥ ṭhan] One who is diligent in supporting a family.

abhyāghātaḥ
     (1) An attack, assault, striking.
     (2) Persuading to steal; Ms. 9. 272.

abhyāghātin a. Attacking.

abhyācar 1 P.
     (1) To approach.
     (2) To use, practise, perform.

abhyācāraḥ Ved. Approaching (as an enemy); disturbing, attacking.

abhyājñāyaḥ Ved. [jñāṃ-ghañ]
     (1) Recognition.
     (2) Order, command.

abhyātan 8 U. To take aim at, shoot or hurl (missiles) against.

abhyātānaḥ Spreading over, stretching, expansion.

abhyātma a. Directed towards oneself. --tmaṃ adv. Towards oneself.

abhyādā 3 A.
     (1) To take, seize, snatch.
     (2) To put on, wear (garland &c.).
     (3) To take up (the conversation), to commence speaking (after another).

abhyātta p. p.
     (1) Obtained, got.
     (2) Occupied or pervaded; epithet of the Supreme Being.

abhyādānam
     (1) Beginning, commencement, first beginning; omabhyādāne P. VIII. 2. 87 (-ne= āraṃbhe Sk.).

abhyādhā 3 U. To lay on, add (fuel &c.) to apply, throw under; Ms. 8. 372; yathāgnirabhyāhitaṃ dahati Śat. Br.

abhyādhānam Laying on, adding(as fuel).

abhyāhita p. p. Laid down, put on; -paśuḥ a sort of gift or present; P. VI. 3. 10 Sk.

abhyāṃta See under abhyam.

abhyāpātaḥ A calamity, misfortune, evil.

abhyāmardaḥ, --mardanam War, battle, conflict, attack.

abhyāyam 1 P.
     (1) To stretch, extend, lengthen (sound), draw or pull (as a rudder).
     (2) To give.
     (3) To aim at.
     (4) To restrain.
     (5) To approach, visit (= abhyāgam).

abhyāyaṃsenya a. [yam-karmaṇi vāhu- senya] To be restrained, to be made subject; (abhito niyaṃtavya).

abhyāram adv. Near, at hand; by going near.

abhyāruha 1 P.
     (1) To ascend, go up to, reach, get to (mostly Ved.).

abhyārūḍha p. p.
     (1) Ascended, gone up to.
     (2) Surpassed, excelled.

abhyārohaḥ, --rohaṇam
     (1) Ascending, mounting, going up to.
     (2) Ascending in prayer or devotion, muttering holy prayers.
     (3) Transition from one place or state to another.
     (4) Progress.

abhyārohaṇīyaḥ N. of a religious ceremony.

abhyāvṛt 1 A.
     (1) To come up to, approach.
     (2) To come again, be repeated. --Caus.
     (1) To come down, approach.
     (2) To repeat (as sāvitrī).

abhyāvartaḥ
     (1) Repetition.
     (2) A hymn the verses of which are repeated in singing (āvṛttistotraṃ). --rtaṃ adv. By repeating, repeatedly.

abhyāvartin a. Recurring, Śi. 18. 18.

abhyāvṛtta p. p. Come near to, repeated. --ttaḥ The residue of sacrificial offerings (homaśeṣadravyaṃ).

abhyāvṛttiḥ f. Repetition, recurrence (so many times); see P. V. 4. 17, and Sk. thereon; see anabhyāvṛtti also.

abhyāśa --sa see under abhyaś-s.

abhyāsad 1 P.
     (1) To get, obtain, attain; svamiva puruṣakāraṃ śailamabhyāsasāda Ki. 5. 52.
     (2) To sit oneself in (acc.). --Caus. To attack, assail.

abhyāsādanam Attacking or facing an enemy.

abhyāhan 2 P. To strike, smite, wound, injure, kill, destroy; vṛkṣasya yo mūle'bhyāhanyāt Ch. Up.

abhyāhata p. p.
     (1) Struck, beaten.
     (2) Affected, smitten; abhyāhataṃ kīrtiviparyayeṇa (hṛdayaṃ) R. 14. 33; mṛtyunā -taḥ &c.
     (3) Impeded, obstructed; rakṣobhirabhyāhatakarmavṛttiḥ Bk. 1. 17.

abhyāhananam
     (1) Striking, hurting, killing.
     (2) Impeding, obstructing.

abhyāhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To bring towards, bring near; to give or hand over; gṛhītvā phalamūlaṃ ca rāmasyābhyāharan bahu Ram.
     (2) To rob, plunder.

abhyāhāraḥ
     (1) Bringing near or towards, conveying.
     (2) Robbing.

abhyāhārya pot. p. To be eaten.

abhyukta a. Said with reference to some object.

abhyukṣ 1. 6. U. To sprinkle over.

abhyukṣaṇam
     (1) Sprinkling over, wetting; parasparābhyukṣaṇatatparāṇāṃ (tāsāṃ) R. 16. 57.
     (2) Consecration by sprinkling; (prokṣaṇa, abhyukṣaṇa and avokṣaṇa are thus distinguished; uttānenaiva hastena prokṣaṇaṃ parikītiṃtam . nyaṃcatābhyukṣaṇaṃ proktaṃ tiraścāvokṣaṇaṃ smṛtam ..).

abhyucita a. Usual, customary.

abhyuccayaḥ [ci-ac]
     (1) Increase, augmentation, growth.
     (2) Prosperity.

abhyucchrita a. Uplifted, upraised; elevated by, distinguished for.

abhyutkruṣṭa p. p. Praised with loud acclamations.

abhyutkrośanam Loud acclamation; -maṃtra a hymn of applause.

abhyutthā 1 P. To rise for another, rise in honour of, rise to greet; nābhyuttiṣṭhaṃti gurūn K. 108; S. 3; M. 5. 6; Śi. 4. 68.

abhyutthānam
     (1) Rising(from a seat) to do honour, rising in honour of; nābhyutyānakriyā yatra Pt. 2. 62.
     (2) Starting, departure, setting out; abhyutthānaṃ ca yuddhārthe Ram.
     (3) Rise (lit. and fig.), elevation, exaltation, prosperity, dignity, a position of dignity or authority; (tasya) navābhyutthānadarśinyo nanaṃduḥ saprajāḥ prajāḥ R. 4. 3; yadā yadā hi dharmasya glānirbhavati bhārata . abhyutthānamadharmasya tadātmānaṃ sṛjāmyahaṃ Bg. 4. 7 when impiety increases or is in the ascendant.
     (4) Sunrise.

abhyutthāyin a. Rising to greet or in honour of.

abhyutthita p. p.
     (1) Risen, arisen, gone up.
     (2) Blazing, flaming (fire); R. 1. 53.
     (3) Elevated, exalted.

abhyutpat 1 P. To fly up to, jump up to, leap upon. --Caus. To cause to fly up to (acc.).

abhyutpatanam Springing or leaping against, sudden spring or leap, assault; alakṣitābhyutpatano nṛpeṇa R. 2. 27.

abhyudāharaṇam An example or illustration of a thing by its reverse.

abhyudi 2 P. [ud-i]
     (1) To rise (fig. also); go up (as the sun); Ms. 4. 104.
     (2) To rise over (one); Ms. 2. 220, 219.
     (3) To come into existence, happen, originate.
     (4) To engage in combat with (one), encounter, (lokavīrān) ko jīvitārthī samare'bhyudīyāt Mb.
     (5) To prosper, thrive.

abhyudaya a. Rising. --yaḥ
     (1) Rise(of heavenly bodies); sunrise.
     (2) Rise, prosperity, good fortune, elevation, success; spṛśaṃti naḥ svāminamabhyudayāḥ Ratn. 1 success; bhavo hi lokābhyudayāya tāṭṛśāṃ R. 3. 14; Ms. 3. 254; Bh. 2. 63; R. 12. 3, V. 5.
     (3) A festival; any religious or festive celebration, festive occasion; -kālaḥ joyous or festive occasion; S. 7; Ms. 9. 84.
     (4) Beginning, commencement.
     (5) Occurrence, happening.
     (6) Accomplishment of a desired object (which is the cause of festivity).
     (7) The tonsure ceremony.
     (8) A Śraddha performed on account of child-birth (vṛddhiśrāddhaṃ)
     -- Comp.
          --arthakaṃ a Śrāddha for prosperity or elevation.
          --iṣṭiḥ f. N. of a particular expiatory sacrifice.

abhyudayin a. Rising, going up.

abhyudita p. p.
     (1) Risen; occurred.
     (2) Elevated, risen to prosperity.
     (3) Asleep at sunrise, over whom the sun has risen; Ms. 2. 221.
     (4) Celebrated as a festival. --tā N. of a religious ceremony. --taṃ Rising; sunrise.

abhyudgam 1 P.
     (1) To go forth to meet.
     (2) To extend, spread.

abhyudga a. Rising, uprisen.

abhyudgata p. p.
     (1) Gone forth to meet.
     (2) Extended, spread; elevated.

abhyudgamaḥ, --manaṃ, --gatiḥ f.
     (1) Going forth to meet or to do honour (to a guest or to a venerable person).
     (2) Rising, occurring, originating.

abhyuddṛṣṭam Becoming visible (of a star). --ṣṭā N. of a ceremony.

abhyuddhṛta a.
     (1) Taken out, taken up.
     (2) Got without solicitation.
     (3) Got after a request.

abhyudyam 1 P.
     (1) To bring, offer.
     (2) To lift up.

abhyudyata p. p.
     (1) Raised, lifted up; as -āyudha, -śastra, -kara &c.
     (2) Prepared or ready, exerting oneself for (with inf., dat., loc. or in comp.); M. 3. 20, Ku. 3. 70; Bṛ. S. 12. 6; Me. 57; Ms. 9. 302.
     (3) Gone forth, risen, appearing forth or approaching; kulamabhyudyatanūtaneśvaraṃ R. 8. 15.
     (4) Given or brought unsolicited.

abhyunnata a.
     (1) Raised, elevated; abhyunnatā purastāt S. 3. 8.
     (2) Projecting upwards; very high; Ku. 1. 33.

abhyunnatiḥ f. Great elevation or prosperity.

abhyupagam 1 P.
     (1)
          (a) To go to or near, approach; paralokamabhyupagate (bhartari) viviśuḥ Śi. 9. 13.
          (b) To come to the help of; vayamabhyupagacchāmaḥ kṛṣṇena tvāṃ pradharṣitaṃ Hariv.
          (c) To have recourse to.
          (d) To arrive at (a point of time); āṣāḍhīmabhyupagato bharataḥ Ram.
     (2) To obtain, get.
     (3) To admit, grant, own; abhyupagataṃ tāvadasmābhirevaṃ S. 5 we admit all this; Mu. 3.
     (4) To assent to, agree to, undertake, promise; Dk. 73. --Caus. To induce or cause one to assent to or grant; māmabhyupagamayya Dk. 60, 118.

abhyupagata p. p.
     (1) Approached, agreed or assented to; granted; suffered; Ratn. 4. 20; promised &c.
     (2) Inferred, probable.
     (3) Similar.

abhyupagamaḥ
     (1) Approach, arrival.
     (2) Granting, admitting, accepting to be true P. VIII. 3. 74 Sk.; confession (as of guilt); Ratn. 2. 19.
     (3) Undertaking, promising; nirṇaya- M. 1; a contract, agreement, promise; Ms. 9. 53.
     (4) Probable ascertainment, belief; judgment, a view accepted; Mv. 1. 38; supposition, inference.
     (5) Analogy, affinity.
     -- Comp.
          --siddhāṃtaḥ an admitted proposition or axiom.

abhyupagamita caus. p. p. Made to consent, obtained by free consent. --taḥ A slave for a fixed term.

abhyupapad 4 A.
     (1) To deliver(from distress), protect; to console, comfort, take compassion or pity on, pity, favour; ratimabhyupapattumāturāṃ madhurātmānamadarśayatpuraḥ Ku. 4. 25; (kadā) tapaḥkṛśāmabhyupapatsyate sakhīṃ vṛṣeva sītāṃ tadavagrahakṣatāṃ 5. 61; U. 2, 3, 7; Mal. 4.
     (2) To ask for help, seek protection, submit; abhyupapannavatsalaḥ Mk. 7.
     (3) To furnish with.

abhyupapattiḥ f.
     (1) Approaching to assist, taking pity or compassion on, favouring; a favour, kindness; abhyupapattyā asyā jīvitamavalaṃbasva S. 3; anayābhyupapattyā S. 4; mama- nimittaṃ Mk. 1.
     (2) Consolation.
     (3) Protection, defence; brāhmaṇābhyupapattau ca śapathe nāsti pātakaṃ Ms. 8. 112, 349; 10. 62; ārta- Dk. 39.
     (4) An agreement, assent, promise.
     (5) Impregnation of a woman (especially of a brother's widow as an act of duty).

abhyupapādanam Protection &c.

abhyupasthita a. Accompanied, assisted.

abhyupākṛta a. Asked to take part in a ceremony.

abhyupe 2 P. [-upa-i]
     (1) To go near, approach, arrive, enter; vyatītakālastvahamabhyupetaḥ R. 5. 14, 16. 22; trirahno'bhyupayannapaḥ Ms. 11. 260 entering the water i. e. bathing; Y. 3. 3.
     (2) To go to or enter a particular state, attain to; satyaṃ na tadyacchalamabhyupaiti H. 3. 61; so brāhmaṇatāṃ, vaiśyatāṃ, sakhitvaṃ &c.
     (3) To agree, (to do something), accept, promise, undertake; maṃdāyaṃne na khalu suhṛdāmabhyupetārthakṛtyāḥ Me. 38; asyai dāsyamabhyupetaṃ mayā Dk. 44, 55, 89, 138, 159.
     (4) To admit, grant, own, acknowledge, Śi. 11. 67; śrutyaiva ca tarkasyābhyupapetatvāt S. B.; Dk. 45.
     (5) To approve, agree with, assent to.
     (6) To obey, submit to, be faithful to; virodhya mohātpunarabhyupeyuṣāṃ Ki. 18. 42.

abhyupāyaḥ
     (1) A promise, an engagement, agreement.
     (2) A means, an expedient, remedy; asminsurāṇāṃ vijayābhyupāye Ku. 3. 19.

abhyupāyanam A complimentary present; inducement, bribe.

abhyupetya ind. Having approached having agreed or promised.
     -- Comp.
          --aśuśrūṣā one of the 18 titles of Hindu law, breach of contract or engagement between master and servant (where the servant does not work having agreed to do so).

abhyuṣaḥ, abhyūṣaḥ, abhyoṣaḥ [abhitaḥ uū-ṣyate agninā dahyate, u-ū-ṣ vāhu- ka]
     (1) A sort of cake or bread (Mar. poLī or roṭī) (ardhasvinnayavāderghṛtādinā bharjitayavādervā ghṛtapakvānnasya poLī iti khyātasya nāma).
     (2) Half parched food (in general).

abhyu(bhyū)ṣya-ṣīya, abhyoṣya, abhyoṣīya a. Belonging to, consisting of, or fit for, the above cake.

abhyuṣita a. [vas-kta] Dwelling near or with. --taḥ A servant who is in attendance.

abhyūḍha a. [vah-kta] Brought near.

abhyūh 1 U.
     (1) To cover over, clothe.
     (2) (A.) To watch for; form a plot against.
     (3) To infer, guess.
     (4) To reason, argue, think over; Dk. 90.
     (5) To supply an ellipsis.

abhyūhaḥ [ūh-ghañ]
     (1) Arguing, reasoning, discussion.
     (2) Deduction, inference, guess, conjecture; parābhyūhasthānānyapi tanutarāṇi sthagayati Mal. 1. 14.
     (3) Supplying an ellipsis
     (4) Understanding.

abhyeṣaṇam [iṣ-ghañ]
     (1) Desiring, wishing.
     (2) Going towards, attack.

abhr 1 P. [abhrati, ānabhra, abhrita] To go, wander about; vaneṣvānabhra nirbhayaḥ Bk. 4. 11; 14. 110.

abhram [abh-ac; but more correctly ap-bhṛ; apo bibharti, bhṛ-ka; abhraṃ abbharaṇāt Nir. being filled with water]
     (1) A cloud; agnirvai dhūmo jāyate dhūmādabhramabhrād vṛṣṭiḥ Śat. Br.; abhraṃ vā apāṃ bhasma; dhūmo bhūtvā abhraṃ bhavati abhraṃ bhūtvā megho bhavati megho bhūtvā pravarṣati Ch. Up. (these quotations show the conception of the ancient Ṛṣis about the formation of clouds).
     (2) Atmosphere, sky; parito vipāṃḍu dadhadabhraśiraḥ Śi. 9. 3, see abhraṃliha &c.
     (3) Talc, mica.
     (4) Gold.
     (5) Camphor.
     (6) A kind of reed; Calamus Rotang.
     (7) Cyperus Rotundus (mustā).
     (8) (In arith.) A zero or cypher. [cf. L. imber; Gr. ombros, appros; Zend awra, Pers. abr.]
     -- Comp.
          --avakāśaḥ clouds as the only shelter; fall of rain.
          --avakāśika, --kāśin a. exposed to the rain (and so practising penance), not seeking shelter from the rain; Ms. 6. 23.
          --utthaḥ 'sky born', the thunderbolt of Indra.
          --kūṭaṃ a peak of a (mountain-like) cloud.
          --gaṃgā the heavenly river; K. 50.
          --ghanaḥ a mass of clouds; R. 13. 77.
          --jā a. Ved. born from clouds, caused by vapours.
          --nāgaḥ one of the elephants supporting the globe; N. of Airavata.
          --pathaḥ 1. atmosphere. --2. balloon.
          --piśācaḥ, --cakaḥ 'sky-demon', epithet of Rāhu.
          --puṣpaḥ N. of a cane (Mar. veta) Calamus Rotang. (
          --ṣpaṃ) 1. water. --2. 'a sky flower', anything impossible, a castle in the air.
          --pruṣ (ṭ) f sprinkling of clouds, rain.
          --māṃsī N. of a plant (jaṭāmāṃsī). --mātaṃgaḥ Indra's elephant, Airāvata.
          --mālā, --vṛṃdaṃ a line, succession, or mass of clouds; R. 7. 69, 13. 76, 16. 25.
          --rohaṃ the lapis lazuli.
          --liptī 1. sky covered with a few clouds. --2. a woman smeared with mustā grass.
          --varṣa a. Ved. rained upon, sprinkled with water. (
          --rṣaḥ) downpour of rain.
          --vāṭikaḥ, --kā N. of a tree (āmrātaka). --vilāyaṃ ind. just as clouds melt away; Ki. 11. 79.

abhraṃliha a. [abhraṃ leḍhi spṛśati; khaś mumāgamaśca P. III. 2. 32] 'Cloudlicking', touching or scraping the clouds (very high); abhraṃlihāgrāḥ prāsādāḥ Me. 64; prāsādamabhraṃlihamāruroha R. 14. 29.; K. 270; Śi. 5. 65. --haḥ Wind.

abhrakam [svārthe kan] Talc, mica; said to be produced from Pārvatī's menstrual discharge.
     -- Comp.
          --bhasman n. calx of talc.
          --satvaṃ steel.

abhraṃkaṣa a. [abhraṃ kaṣati pīḍayati tuṃgatvāt; khac mumāgamaśca P. III. 2. 42] Touching or scraping the clouds, very high; ādāyābhraṃkaṣaṃ prāyānmalayaṃ phalaśalinaṃ Bk.; K. 33; Dk. 110; Mv. 6. 7. --ṣaḥ
     (1) Wind, air; abhraṃkaṣo vāyuḥ Sk.
     (2) A mountain.

abhrāyate Den. A. To create clouds, make cloudy; abhraṃ karoti abhrāyate Sk.

abhrita a. [abhrāṇi asya saṃjātāni; abhraitac tārakādigaṇa] Overcast with clouds, clouded; R. 3. 12.

abhriya a. [abhre bhavaḥ gha;] Belonging to or produced from clouds, sky or mustake. --yaḥ Lightning. --yaṃ A mass of thunder-clouds.

abhrayaḥ 'One who is clothed only by the air', an ascetic who is starknaked.

abhrama a. Not mistaking, steady, clear. --maḥ Composure, steadiness.

abhramuḥ f. The female elephant of the east, the mate of Airāvata, Indra's elephant; Śi. 1. 52.
     -- Comp.
          --priyaḥ, --vallabhaḥ Airavata.

abhrātṛvya a. Without a rival or enemy.

abhrāṃta a. Composed, steady.

abhrāṃtiḥ f. Composure, steadiness.

abhriḥ --bhrī f. [abhrati gacchati malaṃ yasmāt or yena; abhr-in]
     (1) A wooden scraper or sharp-pointed stick (for cleaning a boat).
     (2) A spade, hoe in general; Ms. 11. 134.
     -- Comp.
          --khātaṃ 'dug up with a spade', a ploughed field.

abhreṣaḥ Non-deviation, fitness, propriety P. III. 3. 37.

abhva a.
     (1) Huge, large(mahat Nir).
     (2) Mighty strong or powerful. --bhvaṃ
     (1) Immense power, immensity.
     (2) Monstrosity, hugeness; (the great pervading principle of the universe; water; a cloud; embarrassed state, calamity; a monster; closeness; offspring, given by B. and R.)

am ind.
     (1) Quickly.
     (2) A little.

am 1 P. [amati amituṃ, amita; Ved. pres. amiti; amīti]
     (1) To go; to go to or towards.
     (2) To serve, honour.
     (3) To sound.
     (4) To eat. (10) P. or Caus. (āmayati)
     (1) To come upon, attack, afflict with sickness or pain from disease.
     (2) To be ill or be afflicted or diseased. --With saṃ Ved. 1 A. 1. to convince oneself of, ascertain. --2. to ally or connect oneself with.
     (3) To fix or settle oneself.

ama a. Unripe (as fruit). --maḥ
     (1) Going.
     (2) Pressure, weight; strength, power (balaṃ).
     (3) Fright, terror.
     (4) Sickness, disease.
     (5) A servant, follower, an attendant.
     (6) Vital air, life-wind (prāṇa).
     (7) This, self.
     (8) Unmeasured state. --mā
     (1) Soul.
     (2) Unmeasured state.

amavat a. Ved.
     (1) Violent, strong, stormy (winds); powerful (sound also).
     (2) Persevering, constant.
     (3) Capable, fit, proper.
     (4) Attended by ministers.
     (5) Attended by diseases.
     (6) Possessed of self. --ind. Violently.

amataḥ [am-atac Uṇ. 3. 110]
     (1) Sickness, disease.
     (2) Death.
     (3) Time.
     (4) Dust, particle of dust.

amatiḥ [am-ati Uṇ. 4. 59]
     (1) Time.
     (2) The moon.
     (3) (Ved.) Form, shape (Nir).
     (4) Want, poverty. --a., --amatīvat a. Ved.
     (1) Evil-minded, wicked (duṣṭa, apraśastabuddhimat Say.).
     (2) Poor.

amaṃgala --lya a.
     (1) Inauspicious, evil, ill; R. 12. 43; -abhyāsaratiṃ Ku. 5. 65; amaṃgalyaṃ śīlaṃ tava bhavatu nāmaikamakhilaṃ Pushpadanta.
     (2) Unlucky, unfortunate. --laḥ The castor-oil tree (eraṃḍa). --laṃ Inauspiciousness, illluck; evil; oft. used in dramatic literature; śāṃtaṃ pāpaṃ pratihatamamaṃgalaṃ; cf. God forbid.

amaṃḍa a.
     (1) Without decoration or ornaments.
     (2) Without froth or scum (as boiled rice). --ḍaḥ The castor oil tree (eraṃḍa).

amata a.
     (1) Not felt, not perceptible by the mind, unknown.
     (2) Disliked, not agreed to, see under am also.
     -- Comp.
          --parārthatā 'an unaccepted second sense', one of the faults of a word (śabdadoṣa); amataḥ prakṛtaviruddhaḥ parārtho yatra; e. g. in rāmamanmathaśareṇa tāḍitā &c. (R. 11. 20) the second sense suggestive of śṛṃgārarasa is opposed to the proper rasa of the passage which is either vīra or bībhatsa; K. P. 7.

amati a. Evil-minded, wicked, depraved. --tiḥ A rogue, cheat. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Ignorance, unconsciousness, absence of knowledge, intention, or fore-thought; amatyaitāni ṣaḍ jagdhvā Ms. 5. 20; 4. 222. For some of the other senses see under am.
     -- Comp.
          --pūrva a. unconscious, unintentional.

amatra a. Ved. [am-atran Uṇ. 3. 105] Overpowering (enemies), strong or disposed to march on (gamanaśīla) Rv. 1. 61. 9. --traṃ [amati bhukteṃ annamatra, ādhāre atran]
     (1) A pot, vessel, utensil.
     (2) Strength, power.

amatrin a. Ved.
     (1) Strong, powerful.
     (2) Having a drinking vessel.

amada a.
     (1) Free from intoxication, grave, serious.
     (2) Sorrowful.

amatta a. Sober, sane.

amatsara a. Not jealous or envious, charitable.

amadhavya a. Not sweet, not worthy of the sweetness of Soma.

amanas, --amanaska a.
     (1) Without the organ of desire, thought &c.
     (2) Devoid of intellect (as a child).
     (3) Inattentive, careless.
     (4) Having no control over the mind.
     (5) Devoid of affection. --n. (--naḥ)
     (1) Not the organ of desire, non-perception.
     (2) Inattention. --m. The Supreme Being.
     -- Comp.
          --gata a. unknown, unthought of.
          --nīta --jña a. disapproved, condemned; reprobate.
          --yogaḥ absence of concentration of mind, inattention.
          --hara a. displeasing, disagreeable.

amanasvin a.
     (1) Unintelligent.
     (2) Inhuman (as a demon).

amaniḥ [am-aniḥ, amati gacchatyatra Uṇ. 2. 101] Motion (gatiḥ); way.

amanāk ind. Not a little, greatly, very much.

amanuṣya a.
     (1) Not human, not manly.
     (2) Not frequented by man. --ṣyaḥ
     (1) Not a man.
     (2) A demon, fiend (= rakṣaḥpiśācādi Sk. on P. II. 4. 23).

amaṃtu a. Ved.
     (1) Unwise, foolish.
     (2) Guiltless, innocent.
     (3) Despising.

amaṃtra, --traka a.
     (1) Not accompanied by Vedic verses, not requiring the repetition of Vedic texts, as a ceremony &c.; Ms. 3. 121, 2. 66.
     (2) Not entitled to Vedic verses, such as a Śūdra, a female &c.; Ms. 9. 18.
     (3) Not knowing Vedic texts; avratānāmamaṃtrāṇāṃ 12. 114.
     (4) Not accompanied by the use of spells or incantations, as a cure &c.; anayā kathamanyathāvalīḍhā na hi jīvaṃti janā manāgamaṃtrāḥ Bv. 1. 111.
     -- Comp.
          --taṃtra a. without the use of spells or the magical feats attendant on them, without the use of magical arts; Pt. 1. 70.
          --vid a. Not knowing Vedic hymns.

amaṃda a.
     (1) Not slow or dull, active, intelligent; M. 2. 8.
     (2) Sharp, strong, violent (wind &c.).
     (3) Not little, much, excessive, great, violent; amaṃdamadadurdina U. 5. 5; amaṃdamiladiṃdire nikhilamādhurīmaṃdire Bv. 4. 1; -daṣṭauṣṭhakarāvadhūnanaṃ Ki. 8. 6 violently bit. --daḥ N. of a tree.

amanyamāna a. Ved.
     (1) Not understanding; offering no homage.
     (2) Not being aware of.

amanyuta a. Ved. Not bearing illwill towards another.

amama a. Without egotism, without any selfish or worldly attachment, devoid of personal ties or de. sires; śaraṇeṣvamamaścaiva vṛkṣamūlaniketanaḥ Ms. 6. 26.

amamatā, --tvam Indifference, disinterestedness.

amamri a. Ved. Immortal.

amara a. [mṛ-pacādyac na. ta.] Undying, immortal, imperishable; ajarāmaravat prājño vidyāmarthaṃ ca sādhayet H. Pr. 3, Ms. 2. 148. --raḥ
     (1) A god, deity.
     (2) N. of a Marut.
     (3) N. of a plant (snuhīvṛkṣa).
     (4) Quicksilver.
     (5) Gold.
     (6) A species of pine.
     (7) The number 33 (that being the number of Gods).
     (8) N. of Amarasimha, see below; of of a mountain.
     (9) Mystical signification of the syllable u. (10) A heap of bones. --rā
     (1) The residence of Indra (cf. amarāvatī).
     (2) The naval string; umbilical cord.
     (3) The womb.
     (4) A house-post (sthūṇā).
     (5) N. of several plants; iṃdravāruṇī, vaṭī, mahānīlī, ghṛtakumārī, snuhī, guḍūcī, dūrvā. --rī The same as amarā.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganā, --strī a celestial nymph, heavenly damsel; muṣāṇa ratnāni harāmarāṃganāḥ Śi. 1. 51.
          --adriḥ 'mountain of the gods', N. of the mountain Sumeru.
          --adhipaḥ--iṃdraḥ, īśaḥ, īśvaraḥ, patiḥ, bhartā, rājaḥ &c. 'the lord of the gods', epithets of Indra; sometimes of Śiva and Viṣṇu also.
          --ācāryaḥ, --guruḥ, --ijyaḥ 'preceptor of the gods', epithets of Bṛhaspati.
          --āpagā, --taṭinī, --sarit f. the heavenly river, an epithet of the Ganges; -taṭinīrodhasi vasan Bh. 3. 123.
          --ālayaḥ the abode of the gods, heaven.
          --uttama a. the best of the gods.
          --upama a. God-like.
          --kaṃṭakaṃ N. of that part of the Vindhya range which is near the source of the river Narmadā.
          --koṭaḥ 'the fortress of the immortals', N. of the capital of a (modern) Rajaput state.
          --kośaḥ, --ṣaḥ N. of the most popular Sanskrit lexicon called after the author amarasiṃha. --jaḥ N. of a tree, a kind of khadira. --taruḥ, --dāruḥ 1. a celestial tree, a tree in the paradise of Indra; amarutarukusumasaurabhasevanasaṃpūrṇasakalakāmasya Bv. 1. 28. --2. devadāru. --3. the wishyielding tree.
          --dvijaḥ a Brahmaṇa who lives by attending a temple or idol; or one who superintends a temple.
          --puraṃ 1. the residence of the gods, celestial paradise. --2. N. of various other towns.
          --puṣpaḥ, --ṣpakaḥ 1. N. of several plants (ketaka, cūta). --2. N. of a kind of grass. --3. the wish-yielding tree (kalpavṛkṣa). --puṣpikā N. of a plant (adhaḥpuṣpīvṛkṣa); a kind of anise.
          --prakhya-prabha a. like an immortal.
          --prabhuḥ one of the 1000 names of Viṣṇu.
          --mālā N. of a lexicon.
          --ratnaṃ a crystal.
          --lokaḥ the world of the gods, heaven; -tā heavenly bliss; teṣu samyagvartamāno gacchatyamaralokatāṃ Ms. 2. 5.
          --vallarī N. of a plant (ākāśavallī). --siṃhaḥ N. of the author of Amarakosha; he was a Jaina and is said to have been one of the 9 gems that adorned the court of king Vikramaditya. The dates of many of these 'gems' are still doubtful, but if he was really a contemporary of Kalidasa, he could not have lived later than the 7th century which is usually assigned to Kalidasa as the terminus ad quem.

amaraṇam Not dying, immortality.

amaratā, --tvam The state of the gods, immortality.

amarāvatī [amara-vat, ra being changed to rā by P. VI. 3. 119]
     (1) Abode of the gods, residence of Indra (said to be above Meru or the sun's orb; cf. Ki. 7; 2); sasaṃbhrameṃdradrutapātitārgalā nimīlitākṣīva bhiyā'marāvatī K. P. 1.
     (2) N. of a modern town in Berar, Amraoti.

amariṣṇu, amarta a. Ved. Immortal.

amartya a. Immortal, divine, imperishable; -bhāvepi R. 7. 53; -bhuvanaṃ heaven; -tā immortality. --rtyaḥ A god.
     -- Comp.
          --āpagā the celestial river, epithet of the Ganges; Vikr. 18. 104.

amaruḥ N. of a king and poet who composed 100 verses which are usually known by the name amaruśataka.

amarman a. Ved. Not a vital organ or part of the body, having no joint or vital part.
     -- Comp.
          --jāta a. not produced in a vital organ.
          --vedhin a. not injuring the vital parts; mild, soft.

amaryāda a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Exceeding due limits or bounds, transgressing every bound, disrespectful, improper; maryādāyāmamaryādāḥ striyastiṣṭhaṃti sarvadā Pt. 1. 142; tādṛśaṃ tvamamaryādaṃ karma kartuṃ cikīrṣasi Ram.
     (2) Boundless, infinite. --dā Transgression of due limits or bounds, impropriety of conduct, forwardness, disrespect, violation of due respect.

amarṣa a. Not enduring or bearing. --rṣaḥ
     (1) Non-endurance, tolerance, impatience; amarṣaśūnyena janasya jatunā na jātahārdena na vidviṣādaraḥ Ki. 1. 33; jealousy, jealous anger; kiṃ nu bhavatastātapratāpotkarṣepyamarṣaḥ U. 5. In Rhet. amarṣa is one of the 33 minor feelings or vyabhicāribhāva See S. D.; R. G. thus defines it: parakṛtāvajñādinānāparādhajanyo maunavākpāruṣyādikāraṇabhūtaścittavṛttiviśeṣo'marṣaḥ.
     (2) Anger, passion, wrath; putravadhāmarṣoddīpitena gāṃḍīvinā Ve. 2; sāmarṣa angry, indignant; sāmarṣaṃ angrily.
     (3) Impetuosity, violence.
     (4) Determination of purpose.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. arising from anger or impatience.
          --hāsaḥ an angry laugh, sarcastic sneer.

amarṣaṇa, --rṣita, --rṣin, --rṣavat a.
     (1) Impatient, intolerant, unforgiving; viśeṣātparipūrṇasya yāti śatroramarṣaṇaḥ ābhimukhyaṃ Pt. 1. 326.
     (2) Angry, indignant, passionate; hṛdi kṣato gotrabhidapyamarṣaṇaḥ R. 3. 53; abhimanyuvadhāmarṣitaiḥ pāṃḍuputraiḥ Ve. 4.
     (3) Impetuous, determined.

amala a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Free from dirt or impurities, pure, undefiled, stainless, spotless; Ku. 7. 32, 33; amalāḥ suhṛdaḥ Pt. 2. 171 pure, sincere.
     (2) White, bright, shining; karṇāvasaktāmaladaṃtapatraṃ Ku. 7. 23; R. 6. 80. --lā
     (1) N. of the goddess Lakṣmī.
     (2) The navel cord.
     (3) N. of a tree (Mar. āṃvaLā) Emblica Officinalis Gaertn; also of a plant (sātalāvṛkṣa) also n. in this sense. --laṃ
     (1) Purity.
     (2) Talc.
     (3) The Supreme Spirit.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. of pure or undefiled mind.
          --patatrin m. (trī) the wild goose.
          --ratnaṃ, --maṇiḥ a crystal.

amalayati Den. P. To make pure or spotless, brighten; Ki. 5. 44.

amalina a. Clean, spotless, pure (morally also); kulamamalinaṃ na tvevāyaṃ jano na ca jīvitaṃ Mal. 2. 2.

amalānakam Globe-amaranth.

amavat See under ama.

amaviṣṇu a. Going in different directions, up and down.

amasaḥ [am-asac]
     (1) Disease.
     (2) Stupidity.
     (3) A fool.
     (4) Time.

amasṛṇa a. Not soft or bland, harsh, violent, strong, intense.

amastu n. Curds.

amā a. [na mā-kā] Measureless. --ind. Ved.
     (1) At home, in the house; kāmaścaratāmamābhūt Rv. 2. 38. 6.
     (2) In this world, here below (ihaloke).
     (3) With, near, close to; amaivāsāṃ tadbhavati Śat. Br.
     (4) Together with, in conjunction or company with, as in amātya, amāvāsyā q. v.; amākṛ to draw near, have near oneself. --f.
     (1) The day of the new moon, the day of the conjunction of the sun and moon; amāyāṃ tu sadā soma aṣedhīḥ pratipadyate Vyasa.
     (2) The sixteenth digit of the moon.
     (3) The fifteenth digit also. --m. The soul.
     -- Comp.
          --akta a. Ved. met, come together.
          --aṃtaḥ the end of the day of new moon.
          --jur f. living at home during life, growing old at home; Rv. 10. 39. 3; being without husband in the same dwelling with her parents, as a maiden (pitṛṣad); Rv. 2. 17. 7.
          --parvan n. the sacred time of amā, day of new moon.

amāsa a.
     (1) Without flesh, not containing flesh.
     (2) Lean, thin, weak, enfeebled. --saṃ Not flesh, any thing but flesh.
     -- Comp.
          --odanika a. (kī f.) not relating to a preparation of rice with meat.

amāt ind. Ved.
     (1) From near, at hand. --a. Not measuring.

amātṛ --tṛka a. Motherless.

amātṛbhogīṇa a. Not fit for the use of a mother.

amātyaḥ (amā saha vasati, amā-tyap, P. IV. 2. 104 Vart.)
     (1) One living with or near another, an inmate of the same house or family (Ved.).
     (2) A companion or follower of a king, minister; amātyaputraiḥ savayobhiranvitaḥ R. 3. 28.

amātra a. [nāsti mātrā iyattā yasya]
     (1) Boundless, immeasurable.
     (2) Not whole or entire.
     (3) Not elementary.
     (4) Having the measure or quantity of the letter a. --traṃ
     (1) Non-measure.
     (2) Not a measure or quantity. --traḥ The Supreme Spirit.

amātravatvam
     (1) Spirit, spiritual essence.
     (2) Defect, deficiency.

amānanaṃ, --nā Disrespect, insult; disobedience.

amānava a.
     (1) Not human; animal.
     (2) Superhuman.

amānasyam Pain(mānase sādhu na bhavati).

amānin a. Modest, humble.

amānitā, --tvam Modesty, humility.

amānuṣa a. (ṣī f.)
     (1) Not human, not belonging to man, supernatural, unearthly, superhuman; ākṛtirevānumāpayatyamānuṣatāṃ K. 132; -ākṛtiḥ K. 131, 132, 258; -śaktitvaṃ 103; -gītadhvaniṃ 126 an unearthly melody.
     (2) Inhuman, monster-like; ill-disposed towards man.
     (3) Tenantless, desolate; -ṣaṃ vanaṃ 135. --ṣaḥ, --ṣī One not a man, an irrational animal; Ms. 9. 284, S. 5. 22.

amānuṣya a. Not human, superhuman &c.

amāma(mā)sī  = amāvasī or amāvāsyā q. v.

amāya a.
     (1) Not cunning or sagacious, guileless, sincere, honest.
     (2) Immeasurable. --yā
     (1) Absence of fraud or deceit, honesty, sincerity.
     (2) (In Vedānta phil.) Absence of delusion or error, knowledge of the supreme truth. --yaṃ The Supreme Spirit (brahma).

amāyika, --māyin a. Guileless, honest, sincere, true.

amāraḥ Not dying.

amārga a. Pathless. --rgaḥ Not a road, absence of road; a bad road.

amāvasyā, --vāsyā, --vasī, --vāsī (also written amā masī-māsī) [amāvas -ṇyat, amā saha vasataḥ caṃdrārkau asyāṃ sā P. III. 1. 122 Sk.]
     (1) The day of new moon, when the sun and moon dwell together or are in conjunction; the 15th day of the dark half of every lunar month; sūryācaṃdramasoḥ yaḥ paraḥ sannikarṣaḥ sā'māvāsyā Gobhila.
     (2) A sacrifice offered at that time.
     (3) The sacrificial oblation.

amāvāsya, --syaka a. [amāvāsyā, vunaṣ P. IV. 3. 30-31; amāvāsyāyāṃ jātaḥ] Born or produced on the night of new moon.

amita a.
     (1) Unmeasured, boundless, unlimited, infinite, great, immense; mitaṃ dadāti hi pitā mitaṃ bhrātā mitaṃ sutaḥ . amitasya hi dātāraṃ bhartāraṃ kā na pūjayet Ram.
     (2) Neglected, disregarded.
     (3) Unknown.
     (4) Unpolished.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣara a. not having a fixed number of syllables; prosaic.
          --aśanaḥ powerful devourer, epithet of parameśvara; of Viṣṇu.
          --ābha a. of great lustre, of unbounded splendour. (
          --bhaḥ) a class of divinities mentioned in V. P.
          --ojas a. of unbounded energy, all-powerful, Almighty; Ms. 1. 4.
          --kratu a. of unbounded wisdom or energy.
          --tejas, --dyuti a. of unbounded lustre or glory.
          --vikramaḥ 1. of unbounded valour. --2. a name of Viṣṇu.
          --vīrya a. of immense strength.

amitraḥ [namitraṃ; by Uṇ. 4. 173 fr. am to go against; amedviṃṣati cit; amitraḥ śatruḥ] Not a friend, an enemy, adversary, a foe, rival, opponent; syātāmamitrau mitre ca sahajaprākṛtāvapi Śi. 2. 36; tasya mitrāṣyamitrāste 101; Dk. 109, 171; M. 1; prakṛtyamitrā hi satāmasādhavaḥ Ki. 14. 21; Ms. 7. 83; 12. 79; 2. 239. --trā An enemy; -yudh Ved. subduing one's enemies.
     -- Comp.
          --khād a. devouring one's enemies, epithet of Indra.
          --ghāta, --ghātin, --ghna, --han killing enemies.
          --jit a. conquering one's enemies; abhitrajinmitrajidojasā yat N. 1. 13; N. of a son of Suvarṇa.
          --daṃbhana a. Ved. hurting one's enemies.
          --sa (sā) ha a. enduring or overpowering one's enemies, epithet of Indra.
          --senā a hostile army.

amitratā, --tvam Enmity; Pt. 2. 98, Mk. 1. 53.

amitrayati Den. P., amitrāyate A. To act like an enemy, act hostilely towards, hate; Bh. 3. 111.

amitrin a. Hostile, inimical.

amitrīya, --trya a. Hostile, inimical.

amithita a. Ved. Not reviled, not provoked.

amithyā adv. Not falsely, truly; tāmūcatuste priyamapyamithyā R. 14. 6.

amin a. Sick, discased.

amina a. Ved. Inviolable(ahiṃsya); immense (?).

aminat a. Ved. Not hurting; unhurt.

amilātakam Globe-amaranth.

amiśra, --śrita a. Unmixed, unblended; not shared by others.

amiṣa a. [na. ba.] Free from guile or deceit. --ṣaṃ [am bhoge-karmaṇi iṣan]
     (1) An object of worldly enjoyment, luxury.
     (2) Honesty, absence of fraud or deceit.
     (3) Flesh.

amīta a. Unhurt; -varṇāḥ of unhurt or unextinguishable colour.

amīvā [am-van-īḍāgamaḥ nipātaḥ] Ved.
     (1) Affliction, sickness, disease.
     (2) Distress, terror.
     (3) A demon; tormenting spirit. --vaḥ An enemy, one who afflicts or torments. --vaṃ
     (1) Affliction, distress, pain, injury.

amuka pron. a. [adas-ṭerakac utvamattve Tv.] A certain person or thing, so and so (to be used when a person or thing is referred to without a name); mataṃ me'mukaputrasya yadatroparilekhitam Y. 2. 86-87; ubhayābhyarthitenaitanmayā hyamukasūnunā . likhitaṃ hyamukeneti lekhakoṃte tato likhet 88.

amukta a.
     (1) Not loosened, not let go.
     (2) Not liberated from recurring birth and death, not having got final beatitude. --ktaṃ A weapon (a knife, sword &c.) that is always grasped and not thrown.
     -- Comp.
          --hasta a. one whose hand is not open or free (to give), sparing, stingy (in a bad sense); frugal, economical, prudent (in a good sense); sadā prahṛṣṭayā bhāvyaṃ vyaye cāmuktahastayā Ms. 5. 150.

amuktiḥ f.
     (1) Non-liberation.
     (2) Want of freedom or liberty.

amuc f. Ved. Non-liberation.

amucī f. Ved. Not unbinding, not setting at liberty (said of an evil spirit).

amutaḥ ind.
     (1) From there, there.
     (2) From that place, from above, i. e. from the other world or heaven.
     (3) Upon this, thereupon; henceforth.

amutra ind. (opp. iha) [adas-tral]
     (1) There, in that place, therein; amutrāsan yavanāḥ Dk. 127.
     (2) There (in what precedes or has been said), in that case.
     (3) There above, in the next world, in the life to come; yāvajjīvaṃ ca tatkuryādyenāmutra sukhaṃ vaset; yattu vāṇijake dattaṃ neha nāmutra tadbhavet Ms. 3. 181; Bg. 6. 40.
     (4) There; anenaivārbhakāḥ sarve nagare'mutra bhakṣitāḥ Ks.
     (5) Thither, that way.
     -- Comp.
          --bhūyaṃ Ved. being in the other world; dying.

amutratya a. Belonging to a future life, being of the next world.

amuthā ind. Thus, in that manner, like that; -as to be thus, euphemistically for 'to fare very ill'.

amuyā ind. Ved. In that manner, thus and thus.

amurhi ind. Then, at that time.

amuvat ind. Like a person or thing referred to without name.

amuṣya (gen. of adas) Of such a one (in comp. only).
     -- Comp.
          --kula a. [aluk sa.] belonging to the family of such a one. (
          --laṃ) a wellknown family.
          --putraḥ, --trī the son or daughter of such a one or of a good or well-known family or origin; see āmuṣyāyaṇa.

amūdṛś, --śa, --kṣa, a. (--śī, --kṣī f. cf. anyādṛśa) Such-like, such a one, of such a form or kind.

amūra a. Ved. Not perplexed or bewildered, not ignorant, infallible.

amūrta a. Formless, shapeless, incorporeal, unembodied (opp. mūrta where Muktā. says mūrtatvaṃ = avacchinnaparimāṇavattvaṃ). --rtaḥ N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --guṇaḥ (In Vais. phil.) a quality considered to be amūrta or incorporeal such as dharma, adharma &c.; dharmādharmau bhāvanā ca śabdo buddhyādayopi ca . ete'mūrtaguṇāḥ sarve Bhaṣa P.

amūrti a. Formless, shapeless. --rtiḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --rtiḥ f. Shapelessness; (m. pl.) A class of Manes who have no definite form.

amūrtimat a. Formless &c. --m. N. of Viṣṇu.

amūla, --laka a.
     (1) Rootless(lit.); paśavo'mūlā oṣadhayo mūlinyaḥ Śat. Br.; (fig.) without basis or support, baseless, groundless.
     (2) Without authority; not being in the original; nāmūlaṃ likhyate kiṃcit Malli.
     (3) Without material cause, as the Pradhana of the Saṅkhyas; mūlaṃ mūlābhāvādamūlaṃ.
     (4) Not fixed in the earth, moving. --lā N. of a plant (agniśikhā).

amūlya a. Priceless, invaluable.

amṛkta a. Ved.
     (1) Unhurt, unharmed, safe.
     (2) Unwashed.

amṛṇālam [sādṛśye nañ] The root of a fragrant grass (vīraṇa, Mar. kāLā vāLā) used for screens &c.

amṛta a.
     (1) Not dead; amṛte jārajaḥ kuṃḍaḥ Ak.
     (2) Immortal; apāma somamamṛtā abhūma Rv. 8. 48. 3; U. 1. 1; Bg. 14. 27.
     (3) Imperishable, indestructible, eternal.
     (4) Causing immortality.
     (5) Beautiful, agreeable, desired. --taḥ
     (1) A god, an immortal, deity.
     (2) N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva.
     (3) N. of a plant (vanamudga).
     (4) N. of the root of a plant (vārāhīkaṃda). --tā
     (1) Spirituous liquor.
     (2) N. of various plants; e. g. āmalakī, harītakī, guḍūcī; māgadhī; tulasī, iṃdravāruṇī, jyotiṣmatī, gorakṣadugdhā; ativiṣā; raktatrivṛt; dūrvā, sthūlamāṃsaharītakī.
     (4) N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; Mal. 5. 2.
     (5) One of the rays of the sun; R. 10. 58. --taṃ
     (1)
          (a) Immortality, imperishable state; na mṛtyurāsīdamṛtaṃ na tarhi Rv. 10. 129. 2; Ms. 12. 85.
          (b) Final beatitude, absolution; tapasā kilbiṣaṃ haṃti vidyayāmṛtamaśnute Ms. 12. 104; sa śriye cāmṛtāya ca Ak.
     (2) The collective body of immortals.
     (3)
          (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity.
     (4) Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. viṣa) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; devāsurairamṛtamaṃbunidhirmamaṃthe Ki. 5. 30; viṣādaṣyamṛtaṃ grāhyaṃ Ms. 2. 239; viṣamapyamṛtaṃ kvacidbhavedamṛtaṃ vā viṣamīśvarecchayā R. 8. 46; oft. used in combination with words like vāc, vacanaṃ, vāṇī &c; kumārajanmāmṛtasaṃmitākṣaraṃ R. 3. 16; āpyāyitosau vacanāmṛtena Mb.; amṛtaṃ śiśire vahniramṛtaṃ kṣīrabhojanaṃ Pt. 1. 128 the height of pleasure or gratification.
     (5) The Soma juice.
     (6) Antidote against poison.
     (7) The residue or leavings of a sacrifice; (yajñaśeṣa) Ms. 3. 285.
     (8) Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; mṛtaṃ syādyācitaṃ bhaikṣyamamṛtaṃ syādayācitaṃ Ms. 4. 4-5.
     (9) Water; amṛtādhmātajīmūta U. 6. 21; amṛtādunmathyamānāt K. 136; cf. also the formulas amṛtopastaraṇamasi svāhā and amṛtāpidhānamasi svāhā repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. (10) A drug.
     (11) Clari fied butter; amṛtaṃ nāma yat saṃto maṃtrajihveṣu juhvati Śi. 2. 107.
     (12) Milk.
     (13) Food in general.
     (14) Boiled rice.
     (15) Any thing sweet, any thing lovely or charming; a sweetmeat.
     (16) Property.
     (17) Gold.
     (18) Quicksilver.
     (19) Poison. (20) The poison called vatsanābha.
     (21) The Supreme Spirit (brahma).
     (22) N. of a sacred place.
     (23) N. of particular conjunctions of Nakshatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (vāranakṣatrayoga) or of lunar days with week days (tithivārayoga).
     (24) The number four.
     (25) Splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ, --karaḥ, --dīdhitiḥ, --dyutiḥ, --raśmiḥ &c. epithets of the moon; amṛtadīdhitireṣa vidarbhaje N. 4. 104; amṛtāṃśūdbhava born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu.
          --akṣara a. immortal and imperishable; kṣaraṃ pradhānamamṛtākṣaraṃ haraḥ Śvet. Up.
          --aṃdhas, --aśanaḥ, --āśin m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal.
          --asu a. whose soul is immortal.
          --āśaḥ 1. N. of Viṣṇu. --2. a god.
          --āsaṃgaḥ a sort of collyrium.
          --āharaṇaḥ N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛta.
          --iṣṭakā a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (paśuśīrṣāṇi). --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ N. of Śiva.
          --utpannā a fly. (--nnaṃ), --udbhavaṃ a kind of collyrium (kharparītutthaṃ), (--vaḥ) N. of the Bilva tree.
          --kuṃḍaṃ a vessel containing nectar.
          --kṣāraṃ sal ammoniac.
          --gatiḥ N. of a metre consisting of 40 syllables.
          --garbha a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (
          --rbhaḥ) 1. the individual soul --2. the supreme soul.
          --citiḥ f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality.
          --ja a. produced by or from nectar. (
          --jaḥ) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan.
          --jaṭā N. of a plant (jaṭāmāṃsī). --taraṃgiṇī moonlight.
          --tilakā N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called tvaritagati. --drava a. shedding nectar. (
          --vaḥ) flow of nectar.
          --dhāra a. shedding nectar. (
          --rā) 1. N. of a metre. --2. flow of nectar.
          --paḥ 1. a drinker of nectar, a god or deity. --2. N. of Viṣṇu. --3. one who drinks wine; bhruvamamṛtapanāmavāchaṃyāsāvadharamamuṃ madhupastavājihīte Śi. 7. 42 (where a- has sense 1. also).
          --pakṣaḥ 1. having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. --2. the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. --3. fire itself.
          --phalaḥ N. of two trees paṭola and pārāvata. (--lā) 1. a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (drākṣā). --2. = āmalakī. (--laṃ) a sort of fruit (ruciphala) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhava P.
          --baṃdhuḥ Ved. 1. a god or deity in general. --2. a horse or the moon.
          --bhallātakī a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta.
          --bhuj m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues.
          --bhū a. free from birth and death.
          --mati = -gati q. v.
          --maṃthanaṃ churning (of the ocean) for nectar.
          --mālinī N. of Durga.
          --yogaḥ see under amṛta. --rasaḥ 1. nectar, ambrosia; kāvyāmṛtarasāsvādaḥ H. 1; vividhakāvyāmṛtarasān pibāmaḥ Bh. 3. 40. --2. the Supreme spirit. (
          --sā) 1. dark-coloured grapes. --2. a sort of cake (Mar. anarsā). --latā, --latikā a nectar-giving creeping plant (guḍūcī). --vāka a. producing nectar-like sweet words.
          --saṃyāvaṃ a sort of dish mentioned in Bhava P.
          --sāra a. ambrosial; -rāṇi prajñānāni U. 7. (
          --raḥ) 1. clarified butter. --2. a sort of ayaḥ pāka. -jaḥ raw sugar, molasses (guḍa). --sūḥ, --sūtiḥ 1. the moon (distilling nectar). --2. mother of the gods.
          --sodaraḥ 1. 'brother of nectar,' the horse called uccaiḥśravas. --2. a horse in general.
          --sravaḥ flow of nectar. (
          --vā) N. of a plant and tree (rudaṃtī). --srut a. shedding or distilling nectar; Ku. 1. 45.

amṛtatā, --tvam Immortality; Rv. 10. 90. 2; Ms. 6. 60.

amṛtamaya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Consisting of nectar, ambrosial, full of nectar.
     (2) Immortal.

amṛtakam The nectar of immortality.

amṛtāphalam The fruit of the Tricho. santhes (paṭolaphala).

amṛtāyate Den. A. To be like nectar; R. 2. 61; Ki. 12. 4.

amṛteśayaḥ N. of Viṣṇu(sleeping in waters).

amṛtyu a. Immortal; causing immortality. --tyuḥ Not death, immortality.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.

amṛdhra a. Ved.
     (1) Unassailable, invulnerable.
     (2) Unremitting, unceasing.

amṛṣā ind. Not falsely, truly.

amṛṣṭa a. Unrubbed.
     -- Comp.
          --mṛja a. of unimpaired purity.

amedaska a. Fatless, lean.

amedhas a. [a-medhā; nityamasic P. V. 4. 122] Foolish, stupid, an idiot.

amedhya a.
     (1) Not able or allowed to sacrifice.
     (2) Unfit for a sacrifice; nāmedhyaṃ prakṣipedagnau Ms. 4. 53, 56; 5. 5, 132.
     (2) Unholy, filthy, foul, dirty, impure; Bg. 17. 10; Bh. 3. 106. --dhyaṃ
     (1) Excrement, ordure; samutsṛjedrājamārge yastvamedhyamanāpadi Ms. 9. 282; 5. 126, 128; 12. 71.
     (2) An unlucky or inauspicious omen; amedhyaṃ dṛṣṭvā sūryamupatiṣṭheta Katy.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṇapāśin a. feeding on carrion.
          --yukta, --lipta a. smeared with ordure, foul, defiled, dirty.
          --lepaḥ smearing with ordure.

amena Ved.
     (1) Having no wife, a widower.
     (2) Not injuring or hurting.

ameya a.
     (1) Immeasurable, boundless; ameyo mitalokastvaṃ R. 10. 18.
     (2) Unknowable.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. possessing an immeasurable soul, magnanimous, large-minded. (--m.) N. of Viṣṇu.

ameṣṭa a. [ama-iṣṭa] Ved. Sacrificed at home.

amokya a. Ved. Not to be unloosed.

amocanam Not loosening or letting go, non-liberation.

amokṣa a. Not liberated, unloosed. --kṣaḥ
     (1) Bondage, confinement.
     (2) Non-liberation from worldly existence.

amogha a.
     (1) Unfailing, reaching the mark; dhanuṣyamoghaṃ samadhatta bāṇaṃ Ku. 3. 66; R. 3. 53; 12. 97; kāmilakṣyeṣvamodhaiḥ Me. 73.
     (2) Unerring, infallible (words, boon &c.); amodhāḥ pratigṛhṇaṃtāvarghyānupadamāśiṣaḥ R. 1. 44; yutamamoghatayā Ki. 6. 40.
     (3) Not vain or useless, efficacious, fruitful, productive; yadamoghamapāmaṃtaruptaṃ bījamaja tvayā Ku. 2. 5; so -balaṃ, -śakti, -vīrya, -krodha &c. --ghaḥ
     (1) Not failing or erring, unerringness.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu (or of Śiva according to some).
     (3) N. of a river. --ghā
     (1) N. of the plant pāṭalāṃ (Mar. pāḍaLī) (the trumpet flower).
     (2) N. of another plant viḍaṃga (Mar. vāvaḍiṃga) the seed of which is used as a vermifuge, and hence also called kṛmighna.
     (3) = pathyā.
     (4) N. of a spear or śakti.
     (5) N. of Śiva's wife.
     (6) Mystical name of the conjunct consonant kṣa.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃḍaḥ unerring in punishment, N. of Śiva.
          --darśin, -dṛṣṭi a. of unerring mind or view.
          --bala a. of never-failing strength or vigour.
          --vāc f. words not vain or idle, that are sure to be fulfilled or realized. (a.) one whose words are not vain.
          --vāṃchita a. never disappointed.
          --vikramaḥ of never-failing valour, N. of Śiva.

amota a. [amā-uta] Ved. The hems or skirts of which are not cut; woven at home, taken care of or protected at home; -putrakā a maiden protected at home.

amotakaḥ
     (1) One protected at home (as a child).
     (2) A weaver (?).

amaunam
     (1) Non-silence.
     (2) Knowledge of the soul.

amnas ind. Ved. (s being changed to r by P. VIII. 2. 70)
     (1) Unawares, quickly.
     (2) At present.
     (3) A little.

aṃb 1 P.
     (1) To go.
     (2) (A.) To sound.

aṃbaḥ
     (1) A father.
     (2) Sound; the Veda.
     (3) One who sounds. --bā see below. --baṃ
     (1) The eye.
     (2) Water. --ba ind. A particle of affirmation; 'well,' 'well now.'

aṃbakam
     (1) An eye(in tryaṃbaka).
     (2) A father.
     (3) Copper.

aṃbayā Ved. A mother; good woman (as a courteous mode of address); or, conveying water.

aṃbaram [aṃbaḥ śabdaḥ taṃ rāti dhatte, rā-ka]
     (1) Sky, atmosphere, ether; tāvatarjayadaṃbare R. 12. 41.
     (2) Cloth, garment, clothing, apparel, dress; divyamālyāṃbaradharaṃ Bg. 11. 11; R. 3. 9; digaṃbara; sāgarāṃbarā mahī the sea-girt earth.
     (3) Saffron.
     (4) Talc.
     (5) A kind of perfume (Ambergris).
     (6) Cotton.
     (7) N. of a people.
     (8) Circumference, compass.
     (9) Neighbourhood, surrounding country (Nir.). (10) Lip.
     (11) Evil, sin.
     (12) Destroyer of elephants (nāgabhid Trik.)
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. the end of a garment. --2. the horizon.
          --okas m. dwelling in heaven, a god; (bhasmarajaḥ) vilipyate maulibhiraṃbaraukasāṃ Ku. 5. 79.
          --ga a. sky-going.
          --daṃ cotton.
          --maṇiḥ the sun.
          --yugaṃ two principal garments used by men; upper and lower.
          --lekhin a. sky-touching; R. 13. 26.
          --śailaḥ a high mountain touching the sky.
          --sthalī the earth.

aṃbaryati Den. P. To bring together.

aṃbarīṣam [In some senses aṃbarīṣaḥ also; -ṣaḥ only by Uṇ. 4. 29; klībeṃ'barīṣaṃ bhrāṣṭhro nā Ak.]
     (1) A frying-pan.
     (2) Regret, remorse.
     (3) War, battle.
     (4) One of the hells.
     (5) A young animal, colt.
     (9) The sun.
     (7) The hog-plum plant (āmrātaka).
     (8) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (9) N. of Śiva. (10) N. of a king of the solar race who was celebrated as a worshipper of Viṣṇu.

aṃbaṣṭhaḥ
     (1) The offspring of a man of the Brāhmaṇa and a woman of the Vaiśya tribe; brāhmaṇādvaiśyakanyāyāmaṃbaṣṭho nāma jāyate Ms. 10. 8, 13, 15; Y. 1. 91. (According to Ms. 10. 47 the duty of an aṃbaṣṭha is the curing of diseases; aṃbaṣṭhānāṃ cikitsitaṃ).
     (2) An elephant-driver.
     (3) (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants (they seem to have occupied the country to the east of Tak, comprising the modern district of Lahore). --ṣṭhā N. of several plants:
          (a) gaṇikā, yūthikā (Mar. juī);
          (b) pāṭhā (Mar. pāhāḍamūLa).
          (c) cukrikā (Mar. cukā);
          (d) another plant (Mar. aṃbāḍā). --ṣṭhā, --ṣṭhī An Ambaṣṭha woman.

aṃbaṣṭhakī = aṃbaṣṭhā (pāṭhā) see above.

aṃbaṣṭhikā N. of a plant (brāhmī.)

aṃbā [aṃb-ghañ] (Voc. aṃbe Ved.; aṃba in later Sanskrit)
     (1) A mother; also used as an affectionate or respectful mode of address; 'good woman', 'good mother'; kimaṃbābhiḥ preṣitaḥ; aṃbānāṃ kāryaṃ nirvartaya S. 2; kṛtāṃjalistatra yadaṃba satyāt R. 14. 16.
     (2) N. of a plant (aṃbaṣṭhā d.).
     (3) N. of Durga, wife of Śiva.
     (4) N. of an Apsaras; of a sister of Pāṇḍu's mother, a daughter of Kāśīraja. [She and her two sisters were carried off by Bhīṣma to be the wives of VichitraVīrya who had no issue. Amba, however, had been previously betrothed to a king of Sala and Bhīṣma sent her to him; but the latter rejected her because she had been in another man's house. So she came back to Bhīṣma and prayed him to accept her; but he could not break his vow of life-long celibacy, and being enraged she returned to the forest and practised austere penance to revenge herself on Bhīṣma. Śiva favoured her and promised her the desired vengeance in another birth. Afterwards she was born as Śikhaṇḍini, daughter of Drupada, who came to be called Śikhaṇḍin and became the cause of Bhīṣma's death.]
     (5) A term in astrology to denote the fourth condition. [cf. Dravid Amma; Germ. amme; old Germ. Amma].

aṃbāḍā (Ved. --lā) A mother; P. VI. 1. 118.

aṃbāyuḥ f. A mother.

aṃbālikā
     (1) A mother; good woman (as a term of respect or endearment.
     (2) N. of a plant (Mar. aṃbāḍā).
     (3) N. of the youngest daughter of Kāśīrāja, wife of Vichitra-Vīrya. She became the mother of Pāṇḍu by Vyāsa who was invoked by Satyavatī to beget a son to Vichitra-Vīrya who had died without issue.

aṃbiḥ f. Ved. Water; woman; mother; nurse.

aṃbikā
     (1) A mother, good woman, also used like aṃbā as a term of respect or endearment; attike aṃbike śṛṇu mama vijñaptiṃ Mk. 1.
     (2) N. of a plant (aṃbā 2); of another plant kaṭukī.
     (3) N. of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva; āśīrbhiredhayāmāsuḥ puraḥ pākābhiraṃbikāṃ Ku. 6. 90.
     (4) N. of the middle daughter of Kaśīraja and the eldest wife of Vichitra-Vīrya. Like her youngest sister she had no progeny, and Vyasa begot on her a son named dhṛtarāṣṭra.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ, --bhartā N. of Śiva.
          --putraḥ, --sutaḥ N. of dhṛtarāṣṭra.

aṃbikeyaḥ, --yakaḥ N. of Ganesa, Kārttikeya or Dhṛtarāṣṭra; more correctly written āṃbikeya q. v.

aṃbu n. [aṃb-śabde uṇ]
     (1) Water; gāṃgamaṃbu sitamaṃbu yāmunaṃ K. P. 10.
     (2) The watery element of the blood (cf. imber).
     (3) N. of a metre.
     (4) A term in astrology (lagnāvadhikaṃ caturthasthānaṃ).
     -- Comp.
          --kaṇaḥ a drop of water.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ (short-nosed), alligator.
          --kirātaḥ alligator.
          --kīśaḥ, --kūrmaḥ a torpoise (śiśumāra); particularly Gangetic.
          --keśaraḥ lemon-tree (chālaṃgavṛkṣa). --kriyā libation of water; presentation of water to the Manes of the deceased.
          --ga, --cara, --cārin a. moving or living in water, aquatic (as fish &c.)
          --ghanaḥ hail.
          --catvaraṃ a lake.
          --cāmaraṃ an aquatic plant (śaivāla). --ja a. produced in water, aquatic (opp. sthalaja); sugaṃdhīni ca mālyāni sthalajānyaṃbujāni ca Ram. (
          --jaḥ) 1. the moon. --2. camphor. --3. the Sārasa bird. --4. the conch --5. N. of a tree (hijjala). (--jaṃ) 1. a lotus; iṃdīvareṇa nayanaṃ mukhamaṃbujena S. Til. 3. --2. the thunderbolt of Indra. -bhūḥ, -āsanaḥ 'the lotus-born god,' Brahma; -āsanā the goddess Lakṣmī.
          --janman n. a lotus. (--m.) 1. the moon. --2. the conch. --3. Sārasa.
          --taskaraḥ 'water-thief', the sun (whose heat drinks up water).
          --tālaḥ =-cāmara. --da a. giving or yielding water. (
          --daḥ) 1. a cloud; navāṃbudānīkamuhūrtalāṃchane R. 3. 53.
          --dhara [dharatīti dharaḥ, aṃbūnāṃ dharaḥ; dhṛac] 1. a cloud; vaśinaścāṃbudharāśca yonayaḥ Ku. 4. 43; śaratpramṛṣṭāṃbudharoparodhaḥ R. 6. 44. --2. the plant mustaka. --3. talc.
          --dhiḥ [aṃbūni dhīyaṃte atra; dhā-ki] 1. any receptacle of waters; such as a jar; aṃbudhirghaṭaḥ Sk. --2. the ocean; kṣāra- Bh. 2. 6. --3. the number four (in Math.). -prasavā N. of a plant (ghṛtakumārī). --nidhiḥ 'treasure of waters', the ocean; devāsurairamṛtamaṃbunidhirmamaṃthe Ki. 5. 30.
          --pa a. drinking water. (
          --paḥ) 1. the ocean. --2. Varuṇa, the regent of waters; rakṣoṃbupānilaśaśīśapurāṇi cāṣṭau Sid. Śir. --3. N. of a plant (cakramardaka). --patrā N. of a plant (uccaṭāvṛkṣa). --paddhatiḥ f.,
          --pātaḥ current, flow or stream of water, cascade; gaṃgāṃbupātapratimā gṛhebhyaḥ Bk. 1. 8.
          --prasādaḥ, --prasādanaṃ [aṃbūni prasādayati] the clearing nut tree (kataka) Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this tree are used for purifying water; when rubbed on the inner surface of the vessel, they precipitate the impurities which the water contains; phalaṃ katakavṛkṣasya yadyapyaṃbuprasādakaṃ . na nāmagrahaṇādeva tasya vāri prasīdati). --bhavaṃ a lotus.
          --bhṛt m. 1. water-bearer, a cloud. --2. the ocean. --3. = -patrā q. v. --4. N. of a plant mustaka. --5. talc.
          --mātraja a. produced only in water. (
          --jaḥ) a conch-shell.
          --muc m. a cloud; dhvanitasūcitamaṃbumucāṃ cayaṃ Ki. 5. 12.
          --rājaḥ 1. the ocean. --2. Varuṇa.
          --rāśiḥ receptacle or store of water, the ocean; tvayi jvalatyaurva ivāṃburāśau S. 3. 3; caṃdrodayāraṃbha ivāṃburāśiḥ Ku. 3. 67, R. 6. 57; 9. 82.
          --ruh n. 1. a lotus. --2. Sārasa.
          --ruhaḥ, --haṃ, a lotus; vipulināṃburuhā na saridvadhūḥ Ki. 5. 10. (
          --hā) N. of the land-lotus plant (sthalapadminī). --rohiṇī a lotus.
          --vācī [aṃbu tadvaṣarṇaṃ vācayati sūcayati] an epithet applied to the earth during four days from the 10th to the 13th in the dark half of the month of Āṣāḍha when it is supposed to be unclean (rajasvalā iva) and agriculture is prohibited; -pradaḥ the 10th day; -tyāgaḥ 13th day.
          --vāsinī, --vāsī N. of a plant (pāṭalā), the trumpet flower.
          --vāhaḥ [aṃbu vahatīti] 1. a cloud; taḍitvaṃtamivāṃbuvāhaṃ Ki. 3. 1; bharturmitraṃ priyamavidhave viddhi māmaṃbuvāhaṃ Me. 99. --2. a lake. --3. water-bearer. --4. the number 17. --5. a sort of grass.
          --vāhin a. carrying or conveying water. (m.) 1. a cloud. --2. = mustaka. (--nī) 1. a wooden vessel, a sort of bucket. --2. a woman fetching water. --3. N. of a stream.
          --vihāraḥ sporting in water.
          --visravā = ghṛtakumārī. --vetasaḥ a kind of cane or reed growing in water.
          --śirīṣikā N. of a plant.
          --saraṇaṃ flow or current of water.
          --sarpiṇī a leech (aṃbuni sarpati) --secanī a wooden baling vessel.

aṃbumat a. Watery, containing water. --tī N. of a river.

aṃbūkṛta a. Sputtered, pronounced indistinctly in shutting the lips, the sound thus remaining as it were in the mouth; uttered while emitting saliva from the mouth. --taṃ A sputtering noise, the growling of a bear; dadhati kuharabhājāmatra bhallūkayūnāmanurasitagurūṇi styānamaṃbūkṛtāni U. 2. 21; Mal. 9. 6; Mv. 5. 41.

aṃbyaḥ Ved. A chanter.

aṃbh 1 A. [aṃbhate, aṃbhita] To sound.

aṃbhas [By Uṇ. 4. 209 āp-asun; or aṃbh śabde asun]
     (1) Water; kathamapyaṃbhasāmaṃtarāniṣpatteḥ pratīkṣate Ku. 2. 37; svedyamānajvaraṃ prājñaḥ koṃbhasā pariṣiṃcati Śi. 2. 54; aṃbhasākṛtaṃ done by water P. VI. 3. 3.
     (2) The sky.
     (3) The fourth sign of the zodiac.
     (4) Mystical name of the letter v.
     (5) A God.
     (6) A man.
     (7) The world of the Manes.
     (8) A Rakṣasa or Asura.
     (9) (In phil.) tuṣṭi or acquiescence of the soul. (10) Power; splendour; fruitfulness. -- (dual.) aṃbhasī Heaven and earth. --(pl.) Collective name for Gods, men, Manes, and demons. [cf. L. imber: Gr. ombpos]
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. produced in water, aquatic. (
          --jaḥ) 1. the moon. --2. the (Indian) crane or Sarasa. (
          --jaṃ) a lotus; bāle tava mukhāṃbhoje kathamiṃdīvaradvayaṃ S. Til. 17; so pāda-, netra-; -khaṃḍaḥ a group of lotus flowers; kumudavanamapaśri śrīmadaṃbhojakhaṃḍaṃ Śi. 9. 11, 64; -janman m.,
          --janiḥ, --yoniḥ the lotus-born God, epithet of Brahmā.
          --janman n. a lotus.
          --daḥ, --dharaḥ 1. a cloud. --2. the plant mustaka. --dhiḥ, --nidhiḥ, --rāśiḥ 'receptacle of waters', the ocean; saṃbhūyāṃbhedhimabhyeti mahānadyā nagāpagā Śi. 2. 100; yādavāṃbhonidhīnruṃddhe veleva bhavataḥ kṣamā 58; so aṃbhasāṃ nidhiḥ; śikhābhirāśliṣṭa ivāṃbhasāṃ nidhiḥ Śi. 1. 20; -vallabhaḥ a coral.
          --ruh n. (ṭ), --ruhaṃ a lotus; hemāṃbhoruhasasyānāṃ tadvāpyo dhāma sāṃprataṃ Ku. 2. 44. (--m.) the (Indian) crane.
          --sāraṃ a pearl.
          --sūḥ smoke; cloudiness.
          --stha a. living in water; what holds or contains water.

aṃbhojinī
     (1) A lotus-plant or its flowers; -vananivāsavilāsaṃ Bh. 2. 18.
     (2) A group of lotus flowers.
     (3) A place abounding in lotuses.

aṃbhṛṇa a. Ved.
     (1) Powerful, great, mighty (mahat).
     (2) Roaring terribly. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A vessel or tub used in preparing the Soma juice.
     (2) The father of Vach.

ammaya a. (yī f.) [ap-maya] Watery, formed from water.

amyak Ved. Towards, near.

amra = āmra q. v.

amrātaḥ --takaḥ A species of hog-plum; see āmrātaka.

amla a. [am-kla Uṇ. 4. 108.] Sour, acid; kaṭvamlalavaṇātyuṣṇatīkṣṇarūkṣavidāhinaḥ (āhārāḥ) Bg. 17. 9. --maḥ
     (1) Sourness, acidity, one of the six kinds of tastes or rasas q. v.; yo daṃtaharṣamutpādayati mukhāsrāvaṃ janayati śraddhāṃ cotpādayati so'mlaḥ (rasaḥ) Suśr.
     (2) Vinegar.
     (3) Wood-sorrel.
     (4) = amlavetasa q. v.
     (5) The common citron tree.
     (6) Belch. --mlī =cāṃgerī. --mlaṃ Sour curds, butter-milk, with a fourth part of water.
     -- Comp.
          --akta a. acidulated.
          --aṃkuśaḥ a variety of sorrel (-vetasa). --adhyuṣitaṃ a disease of the eye.
          --udgāraḥ sour eructation.
          --kāṃḍaṃ N. of a plant (lavaṇatṛṇa). --keśaraḥ the citron tree.
          --gaṃdhi a. having a sour smell.
          --gorasaḥ sour buttermilk.
          --cukrikā-cūḍā a sort of sorrel.
          --jaṃbīraḥ, --niṃbakaḥ the lime-tree.
          --nāyakaḥ = -vetasaḥ q. v.
          --niśā N. of a plant (śaṭhī). --paṃcakaṃ, --paṃcaphalaṃ a collection of five kinds of vegetables and fruits; kaulaṃ ca dāḍimaṃ caiva vṛkṣāmlaṃ cukrikā tathā . amlavetasamityetadamlapaṃcaphalaṃ smṛtam .. or jaṃbīraṃ nāgaraṃgaṃ ca tathāmlaṃ vetasaṃ punaḥ .. tiṃtiḍīkaṃ vījapūramamlapaṃcaphalaṃ smṛtam. --putraḥ N. of a plant (aśmaṃtaka). (--trī) palāśīlatā and kṣudrāmlikā. --panasaḥ N. of a tree (lakuca). --pittaṃ acidity of stomach, sour bile.
          --pūraṃ = vṛkṣāmlaṃ q. v.
          --phalaḥ the tamarind tree. (
          --laṃ) tamarind fruit.
          --bhedanaḥ = -vetasa q. v.
          --mehaḥ a kind of urinary disease.
          --rasa a. having an acid taste. (
          --saḥ) sourness, acidity.
          --ruhā a kind of betel (mālavadeśajanāgavallībhedaḥ). --loṇikā, --loṇī, --lolikā wood sorrel (Mar. cukā). --vargaḥ a class of sour things including plants with acid leaves and fruits.
          --vallī N. of a plant (triparṇikā nāmakaṃdaviśeṣaḥ). --vāṭakaḥ hog-plum.
          --vāṭikā a sort of betel.
          --vastūkaḥ a sorrel (cukraṃ). --vṛkṣaḥ the tamarind tree.
          --vetasaḥ a kind of sorrel (Mar. cukā, cāṃgerī). --śākaḥ a sort of sorrel (śākāmla, śukrāmla, amla, cukrikā, cūḍa) commonly used as a pot-herb. (--kaṃ) = vṛkṣāmlaṃ, cukraṃ. --sāraḥ 1. the lime tree. --2. a sort of sorrel (-vetasa). --3. N. of a plant (hiṃtāla). (--raṃ) rice water after fermentation (kāṃjikaṃ). --haridrā N. of a plant (-niśā).

amlakaḥ N. of a plant(lakuca), a sort of bread-fruit tree.

amli(mlī)kā
     (1) Sour taste in the mouth, sour eructation.
     (2) The tamarind tree.
     (3) Wood-sorrel; also palāśīlatā, śvetāmlikā, and kṣudrāmlikā.
     -- Comp.
          --vaṭakaḥ a sort of cake.

amliman m. Sourness.

amvlaḥ Sourness.

amlāna a.
     (1) Not withered or faded (flowers &c.).
     (2) Clean, clear, bright (face); pure, unclouded; parārthanyāyavādeṣu kāṇopyamlānadarśanaḥ. --naḥ Globe-amaranth (Mar. āṃbolī). --naṃ A lotus.

amlāni a. Vigorous, not fading. --niḥ f.
     (1) Vigour.
     (2) Freshness; verdure.

amlānin Clear, clean. --nī A collection of globe-amaranths.

ay 1 A. (sometimes P. also, especially with ud) (ayate, ayāṃcakre, ayituṃ, ayita.) To go.

aya a. Going, moving. --yaḥ
     (1) Going, moving (mostly in comp., as in astamaya).
     (2) Good actions of former birth.
     (3) Good fortune, good luck (śubhāvaho vidhiḥ); śuddhapārṣṇirayānvitaḥ R. 4. 26.
     (4) A move towards the right (in chess).
     (5) A die or cube (to play with); kaliḥ sarvānayānabhibhavati Śat. Br.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita, ayavat a. fortunate, lucky; sulabhaiḥ sadā nayavatā'yavatā Ki. 5. 20.
          --śobhin a. bright with good fortune.

ayana a. [ay-lyuṭ]
     (1) Going (at the end of comp.); yathemā nadyaḥ syaṃdamānāḥ samudrāyaṇāḥ Praśn. Up.
     (2) (As a patronymic affix) Descended from; e. g. śākaṭāyana. --naṃ
     (1) Going, moving, walking; as in rāmāyaṇaṃ.
     (2) A walk, path, way, road; agastyacihnādayanāt R. 16. 44.
     (3) A place, site, abode, place of resort; tā yadasyāyanaṃ pūrvaṃ Ms. 1. 10 (occurring in the derivation of the word nārāyaṇa).
     (4) A way of entrance, an entrance (to an array of troops or vyūha); ayaneṣu ca sarveṣu yathābhāgamavāsthitāḥ Bg. 1. 11.
     (5) Rotation, circulation period; aṃgirasāṃ ayanaṃ; iṣṭi-, paśu-.
     (6) A particular period in the year for the performance of particular sacrificial or other religious works; N. of certain sacrificial performances; as gavāmayanaṃ.
     (7) The sun's passage, north and south of the equator.
     (8) (Hence) The period of duration of this passage, half year, the time from one solstice to another; see uttarāyaṇa and dakṣiṇāyana; cf. also sāyana and nirayaṇa.
     (9) The equinoctial and solstitial points; dakṣiṇaṃ ayanaṃ winter solstice; uttaraṃ ayanaṃ summer solstice. (10) Method, manner, way.
     (11) A Śastra, scripture or inspired writing.
     (12) Final emancipation; nānyaḥ paṃthā vidyate'yanāya Śvet. Up.
     (13) A commentary; treatise.
     (14) The deities presiding over the ayanas.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ, --bhāgaḥ the are between the vernal equinoctial point and the beginning of the fixed zodiac or first point in Aries.
          --kālaḥ the interval between the solstices.
          --jaḥ a month caused by ayanamsa.
          --saṃkramaḥ, --saṃkrāṃtiḥ f. passage through the zodiac.
          --vṛttaṃ the ecliptic.

ayakṣma a. Ved.
     (1) Not consumptive, healthy.
     (2) Causing health. --kṣmaṃ Healthiness, freedom from disease.
     -- Comp.
          --karaṇa a. causing health, making healthy and sound.
          --tātiḥ f. health.

ayajuṣka a. Without a sacrificial formula or verse.

ayajña a. Not offering sacrifice. --jñaḥ No sacrifice, a bad sacrifice; Ms. 3. 120.
     -- Comp.
          --sāc a. not performing a sacrifice.

ayajñaka a. Unfit for sacrifice.

ayajñiya a.
     (1) Not fit for sacrifice (as māṣa).
     (2) Not fit to perform a sacrifice (as a boy not invested with the sacred thread).
     (3) Profane, vulgar, common.

ayajyu a. Ved.
     (1) Profane, impious.
     (2) Obstructor or destroyer of sacrifices.

ayajvan a. Not sacrificing according to the rites; godless, impious; Ms. 11. 14, 20.

ayat a. Not attempting.

ayata a. Uncontrolled, unchecked.

ayatin a. Of unsubdued desires or passions, incontinent.

ayatna a. Not requiring any effort; -paṭavāsatāṃ R. 4. 55. --tnaḥ Absence of effort or exertion; ayatnena, --tnāt, --tnataḥ without effort or exertion, easily, readily.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. making no effort or exertion, indifferent; idle.
          --kṛta, --ja a. easily produced, spontaneous.
          --labhya a. easily obtainable; Bh. 3. 10.

ayatham Ved. A foot, leg.

ayathā ind. Not as it should be or is intended to be, unfitly, improperly, wrongly. --thaṃ Ved. Without effort.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. 1. not true to the sense, unmeaning, nonsensical; Mu. 3. 4. --2. incongruous, unfit, false, S. 3. 2; incorrect, wrong; anubhavo dvividho yathārtho'yathārthaśca T. S.; -anubhavaḥ incorrect or untrue knowledge, wrong notion; tadabhāvavati tatprakārako'nubhavo'yathārthānubhavaḥ . yathā śuktaurajatamidamiti jñānaṃ saiva aprametyucyate. --iṣṭa a. 1. not as wished or desired, disliked. --2. not enough or sufficient.
          --ucita a. unfit, unworthy. (
          --taṃ) unfitly.
          --tatha a. 1. not as it should be, unfit, unsuitable, unworthy; idamayathātathaṃ svāminaśceṣṭitaṃ Ve. 2. --2. vain, useless, profitless. (
          --thaṃ) 1. unfitly, unsuitably --2. in vain, uselessly; tadgacchati a- Ms. 3. 240. --3. wrongly; Ve. 5.
          --tathyaṃ unsuitableness, incongruity; uselessness.
          --dyotanaṃ intimation or occurrence of some thing or act which is not expected.
          --pura, --pūrva a. unprecedented, unparalleled, unusual.
          --mukhīna a. having the face turned away.
          --vṛtta a. acting wrongly.
          --śāstrakārin a. not acting according to the Śastras, irreligious; ayathāśāstrakārī ca na vibhāge pitā prabhuḥ Narada.

ayathāvat ind. Wrongly, erroneously, improperly.

ayaṃtram
     (1) Non-restraint; having no restraint.
     (2) A powerful weapon for restraining enemies.

ayaṃtrita a. Unrestrained, unchecked, self-willed.

ayamita a.
     (1) Unrestrained, unchecked.
     (2) Untrimmed, undecorated (as nails &c.) Me. 92.

ayava a.
     (1) Deficient.
     (2) Having worthless or no barley, such as a religious ceremony (also ayavaka in this sense). --vaḥ
     (1) Name of a worm bred in excrement.
     (2) (ayavan m., ayavas n. also). The dark half of the month; pūrvapakṣā vai yavā aparapakṣā vā ayavāstehīde sarvaṃ yuvate cāyuvate ca Śat. Br.
     (3) An incongruous enemy.

ayavya a. Unfit for barley.

ayaśas a. Disreputable, infamous, disgraceful; also ayaśaska in this sense. --n. (śaḥ) Infamy, disgrace, ignominy, ill-repute, stain, dishonour, scandal; ayaśo mahadāpnoti Ms. 8. 128; kimayaśo nanu ghoramataḥ paraṃ U. 3. 27; svabhāvaloletyayaśaḥ pramṛṣṭaṃ R. 6. 41.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. (rī f.) disgraceful, ignominious.

ayaśasya a. Infamous, ignominious.

ayas a. [i-gatau-asun] Going, moving; nimble. --n. (--yaḥ)
     (1) Iron (eti calati ayaskāṃtasaṃnikarṣaṃ iti tathātvaṃ); abhitaptamayopi mārdavaṃ bhajate kaiva kathā śarīriṣu R. 8. 43.
     (2) Steel.
     (3) Gold.
     (4) A metal in general.
     (5) Aloe wood.
     (6) An iron instrument.
     (7) Going. --m. Fire. [cf L. aes, aeris; Goth. ais, eisarn; Ger. eisin].
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ --agrakaṃ a hammer, a mace or club tipped with iron; a pestle for cleaning grain.
          --apāṣṭi a. Ved. furnished with iron claws or heels.
          --kaṃsaḥ --saṃ an iron goblet.
          --kāṃḍaḥ 1. an iron-arrow. --2. excellent iron. --3. a large quantity of iron.
          --kāṃtaḥ (ayaskāṃtaḥ) 1. 'beloved of iron', a magnet, load-stone; śaṃbhoryatadhvamākraṣṭumayaskāṃtena lohavat Ku. 2. 59; sa cakarṣa parasmāttadayaskāṃta ivāyasaṃ R. 17. 63; U. 4. 21. --2. a precious stone; -maṇiḥ a loadstone; ayaskāṃtamaṇiśalākeva lohadhātumaṃtaḥkaraṇamākṛṣṭavatī Mal. 1.
          --kāraḥ 1. an iron-smith, blacksmith. --2. the upper part of the thigh.
          --kīṭaṃ rust of iron.:
          --kuṃbhaḥ an iron vessel, boiler &c.; so -pātraṃ. --kuśā a rope partly consisting of iron.
          --kṛtiḥ f. a preparation of iron; one of the ways of curing leprosy (mahākuṣṭhacikitsābhedaḥ). --gaḥ an iron hammer.
          --guḍaḥ 1. a pill; one made of some preparation of iron. --2. an iron ball; Ms. 3. 133.
          --ghanaḥ [ayo hanyate anena iti P. III. 3. 82] an iron hammer, forge hammer; ayoghanenāya ivābhitaptaṃ R. 14. 33.
          --cūrṇaṃ iron filings.
          --jāla a. having iron nets; of impenetrable guiles. (
          --laṃ) an iron net-work.
          --tāpa a. making iron red-hot.
          --dat, --daṃṣṭra a. Ved. iron-toothed, having iron rims (as chariots); having iron weapons.
          --datī a proper name; (P. V. 4. 143).
          --daṃḍaḥ an iron club, K. 76.
          --dhātuḥ iron metal; U. 4. 21.
          --pānaṃ (ayaḥ pānaṃ) N. of a hell (where red-hot iron is forced down the throats of those who are condemned to it).
          --pratimā (ayaḥpratimā) an iron image.
          --malaṃ rust of iron; so -rajaḥ, -rasaḥ. --mukha a. (khī f.) 1. having an iron mouth, face, or beak. --2. tipped or pointed with iron; Ms. 10. 84. (
          --khaḥ) an arrow (iron-pointed); bhetsyatyajaḥ kuṃbhamayomukhena R. 5. 55.
          --śaṃkuḥ 1. an iron spear. --2. an iron nail, pointed iron spike, R. 12. 95.
          --śaya a. lying in, made of, iron, (said of fire).
          --śūlaṃ 1. an iron lance. --2. a forcible means, a violent proceeding (tīkṣṇaḥ upāyaḥ Sk.); (cf. āyaḥśūlika; also K. P. 10; ayaḥśūlena anvicchatītyāyaḥśūlikaḥ). --sthūṇa a. (aya- or yaḥ-) having iron pillars or stakes.
          --hata a. Ved. embossed in ironwork, made by a priest who wears a golden ring on his finger (B. and R.).
          --hṛdaya a. iron-hearted, stern, cruel, unrelenting; suhṛdayohṛdayaḥ pratigarjatām R. 9. 9.

ayasmaya,(ayomaya) a. (yī f.) Ved. Made of iron or of any metal. --yī N. of one of the three habitations of Asuras.

ayocchiṣṭam Rust of iron.

ayasa (At the end of comp.) see kārṣṇāyasa, kālāyasa &c.

ayā ind. Ved. Thus, in this manner.

ayācaka a. One who does not ask or solicit.

ayācita a. Unasked, unsolicited (as alms, food &c.); amṛtaṃ syādayācitaṃ Ms. 4. 5; 11. 212. --taḥ N. of the sage Upavarsha. --taṃ Unsolicited alms.
     -- Comp.
          --upanata, -upasthita a. got unasked or without solicitation; ayācitopasthitamaṃbu kevalaṃ Ku. 5. 22.
          --vṛttiḥ, --vrataṃ subsisting on alms got without begging or solicitation.

ayājya a.
     (1) (A person) for whom one must not perform sacrifices, not competent to offer sacrifices (as a Śūdra &c.).
     (2) (Hence), Out-cast; degraded, not admissible to or incapable of religious ceremonies.
     (3) Not fit for sacrificial offerings.
     -- Comp.
          --yājanaṃ, --saṃyājyaṃ sacrificing for a person for whom one must not perform sacrifices; Ms. 3. 65; 11. 60.

ayāta a. Not &c. gone.
     -- Comp.
          --pūrva a. following, succeeding, subsequent to.
          --yāma a. not old or weakened, not stale, fresh, not worn out by use; -maṃ ca yauvanaṃ Dk. 123 fresh, blooming; -maṃ vayaḥ 158; chaṃdāṃsyayātayāmāni Bhāg. (where Śrīdhara says a- =vigatadoṣāṇi free from faults, faultless, pure. (
          --maṃ) N. of certain texts of the Yajurveda revealed to Yājṇavalkya. -yāmatā freshness, unimpaired nature, strength, or vigour, purity.)
     -- Comp.
          --yāman a. Ved. not weak, fresh.

ayātu a. Ved. Not demoniacal; free from evil spirits. --tuḥ Not a demon, not an evil spirit, not destructive.

ayāthārthika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Not true, wrong, unjust, improper.
     (2) Not real or genuine, incongruous, absurd.

ayāthārthyam
     (1) Unfitness, incorrectness.
     (2) Absurdity, incongruity.

ayānam
     (1) Not going or moving; stopping, halt.
     (2) Natural disposition, nature.

ayānayam [ayaśca anayaśca tayoḥsamāhāraḥ] Good or bad luck. --yaḥ A particular position of the pieces on a chessboard (ānīyaṃte śārā asmin ityānayaḥ; ayena dakṣiṇāvartena apasavyagamanena ānayaḥ ayānayaḥ śīrṣasthānaṃ Sarala).

ayānayīnaḥ [ayānaya-kha] A piece at chess or backgammon; ayānayaḥ sthalaviśeṣaḥ taṃ neyo'yānayīnaḥ śāraḥ P. V. 2. 9 Sk.

ayāvaka a. Naturally red.

ayāvanam Not causing to unite.

ayāśu a. Ved.
     (1) Unfit for copulation.
     (2) Destructive of good things.

ayās a. [fr. i 'to go' Nir.] Ved. Agile, nimble. --yāḥ ind. [i-āsiḥ Uṇ. 4. 221] Fire.

ayāsya a. Ved. Indefatigable, inexhaustible, valiant, invincible. --syaḥ
     (1) A mystical name for the chief life-wind.
     (2) N. of Angirasa.

ayāsomīyam N. of some verses of the Sama Veda.

ayi ind.
     (1) As a gentle address in the sense of 'friend', 'oh' 'ah' (komalāmaṃtraṇe); or simply as a vocative particle; ayi vivekaviśrāṃtamabhihitaṃ M. 1; ayi kaṭhora U. 3. 27 Oh you ruthless one; ayi bho maharṣiputra S. 7; ayi vidyutpramadānāṃ tvamapi ca duḥkhaṃ na jānāsi Mk. 5. 32; ayi mātardevayajanasaṃbhave devi sīte U. 4; see also Bv. 1. 5, 11, 44.
     (2) As a particle of entreaty or solicitation (anunaya), 'I pray', 'prythee'; ayi saṃprati dehi darśanaṃ Ku. 4. 28; also of encouragement or persuasion; ayi maṃdasmitamadhuraṃ vadanaṃ tanvaṃgi yadi manākkuruṣe Bv. 2. 150.
     (3) As a particle of gentle or kind inquiry (praśna); ayi jīvitanātha jīvasi Ku. 4. 3; ayīdamevaṃ parihāsaḥ 5. 62; ayi jānīṣe robhilasya sārthavāhasya gṛhaṃ Mk. 3.

ayukta a.
     (1) Not yoked or harnessed.
     (2) Not joined, united or connected.
     (3) Not devout or pious, inattentive, negligent.
     (4) Unpractised, unused, unemployed; -buddhi, -cāra.
     (5) Unfit, improper, unsuitable; ayuktoyaṃ nirdeśaḥ P. IV. 2. 64, Mbh.
     (6) Untrue, wrong.
     (7) Unmarried.
     (8) Opening externally.
     (9) Reduced to straits, miserable.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. an official (perhaps for āyukta-). --kṛt a. doing improper or wrong acts.
          --padārthaḥ the sense of a word to be supplied, as the sense of api q. v.
          --rūpa a. incongruous, unsuitable; -paṃ kimataḥparaṃ vada Ku. 5. 69.

ayuktiḥ f.
     (1) Disunion, separation.
     (2) Unreasonableness, want of conformity to correct principles.
     (3) Unfitness, impropriety, incongruity.

ayuga, --gala a.
     (1) Separate, single.
     (2) Odd, uneven.
     -- Comp.
          --arcis m. Fire.
          --netraḥ, --nayanaḥ, --śaraḥ See under ayugma. --saptiḥ having seven horses; Śi. 11. 61.

ayugapad ind. Not all together, gradually, seriatim.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaṇaṃ apprehending gradually.
          --bhāvaḥ successive order, successiveness.

ayugūḥ f. A woman that bears only one child. (= kākavaṃdhyā q. v.).

ayugma a.
     (1) Not in pairs or couples; single, separate.
     (2) Odd, uneven (as a number) ayugmāsu rātriṣu Ms. 3. 48.
     -- Comp.
          --chadaḥ, --patraḥ having an odd (i. e. 7) number of leaves; the saptaparṇa tree; Ki. 1. 16.
          --nayanaḥ, --netraḥ, --locanaḥ having odd
     (3) eyes, N. of Śiva; Ku. 3. 51, 69. --bāṇaḥ, --śaraḥ &c. having odd
     (5) arrows; N. of Cupid. --vāhaḥ, --saptiḥ having seven horses, the sun.

ayuj a. Not being in couples, odd, uneven (opp. yuj even); ayuji nayugarephato yakāro yuji tu najau jaragāśca puṣpitāgrā V. Ratn.
     -- Comp.
          --iṣuḥ, --bāṇaḥ, --śaraḥ N. of Cupid (having 5 arrows).
          --chadaḥ = saptavarṇa (Mar. sātavaṇa); vavurayukchadagucchasugaṃdhayaḥ Śi. 6. 50.
          --palāśaḥ = saptapalāśa. --pādayamakaṃ a kind of alliteration having the same syllables (in a different sense) in the first and third padas.
          --netra, --locana, --akṣa, --śaktiḥ N. of Śiva.

ayuja a.
     (1) Having no equal or companion.
     (2) Separate, single, odd.

ayuṃga a. Ved. Not existing in couples, odd, uneven.

ayuta a.
     (1) Disjoined, detached, not connected.
     (2) Uninterrupted, undisturbed (Ved.) --taṃ Ten thousand, a myriad.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyāpakaḥ a good teacher.
          --siddha a. (in Vaiś. phil.) proved to be inseparable and inherent.
          --siddhiḥ f. proof that certain things or notions are inseparable and inherent.
          --homa a kind of sacrifice.

ayuddha a. Ved.
     (1) Not fighting.
     (2) Unconquered, irresitible. --ddhaṃ Absence of fighting or war.
     -- Comp.
          --sena a. of unconquerable armies (or arrows), irresistible.

ayuddhvī ind. Without fighting.

ayudhaḥ A non-combatant.

ayudhya a. Unconquerable, irresistible.

ayudhvin m. Not a warrior.

ayuva a.
     (1) Undisturbed, unshaken.
     (2) Unconnected.

aye ind.
     (1) As a vocative particle, or as a kind of gentle address (= ayi); aye gaurīnātha tripurahara śaṃbho trinayana Bh. 3. 123.
     (2) An interjection showing
          (a) 'surprise' or 'wonder' and translated by 'oh' 'ah', aye mātaliḥ S. 6; aye kumāralakṣmaṇaḥ prāptaḥ U. 1; aye mayyeva bhrukuṭīdharaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ U. 5;
          (b) 'grief', 'dejection'; aye davepādapadmopajīvino'vastheyaṃ Mu. 2 (alas!);
          (c) 'anger'; aye aśvamedha iti viśvavijayināṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ mahānutkarṣanikaṣaḥ U. 4;
          (d) 'fear,' 'flurry', 'agitation;'
          (e) 'recollection';
          (f) 'fear';
          (g) 'fatigue'.

ayoga a.
     (1) Unconnected with.
     (2) Indistinctly connected.
     (3) Making vigourous efforts. --gaḥ
     (1) Separation, disjunction, interval.
     (2) Unfitness, impropriety, incongruity.
     (3) An improper conjunction.
     (4) Inefficacy of a remedy or medicine (as of a purgative or emetic).
     (5) Strong or vigorous effort.
     (6) Medical treatment against the symptoms.
     (7) Non-application or misapplication of remedies.
     (8) A sort of disease (cured by prescribing emetics).
     (9) A widower; absent lover or husband (vidhura). (10) A hammer (for ayogra, ayoghana).
     (11) Dislike.
     (12) A conjunction of two planets (also inauspicious).
     -- Comp.
          --vāhaḥ a term for anusvāra, visarjanīya, upadhmānīya, and jihvāmūlīya as standing between vowels and consonants; anusvāro visargaśca ZkaVpau caiva parāśritau . ayogavāhā vijñeyā āśrayasthānabhāginaḥ ..

ayogavaḥ (vā or vī f.) The son of a Śūdra man and Vaiśya woman; Ms. 10. 32; see āyogava; (his business is carpentry).

ayoguḍa, --jāla &c. see under ayas.

ayogūḥ A blacksmith.

ayogya a.
     (1) Unfit, improper, unsuitable, useless.
     (2) Not ascertainable by senses.

ayoddhṛ m.
     (1) No warrior, a bad warrior.
     (2) One who is not equalled by other warriors.

ayodhya a. Not to be warred against, unassailable; irresistible; adyāyodhyā mahābāho ayodhyā pratibhāti naḥ Ram. --dhyā The capital of solar kings, born of the line of Raghu, (the modern Oudh) situated on the river Sarayū. [It is said to have extended 48 miles in length and 12 miles in breadth. It was also called Sāketa, and one of its suburbs was Nandi-grāma, where Bharata governed the kingdom during the absence of Rāma. The town plays an important part in the story of the Rāmāyaṇa; the second book (ayodhyākāṃḍa) dealing mostly with events that took place in that city during the youthful days of Rāma.]

ayoni a.
     (1) Without origin or source, eternal; jagadyonirayonistvaṃ Ku. 2. 9.
     (2) Not born from the womb; born in a manner not approved by law or religion. --niḥ f.
     (1) Not the womb; Y. 2. 293; Ms. 11. 174.
     (2) Not a particular verse of the Samaveda. --niḥ
     (1) N. of Brahma and Śiva.
     (2) A pestle.
     -- Comp.
          --ja, --janman a. not born from the womb, not produced in the ordinary course of generation; śarīraṃ dvividhaṃ yonijamayonijaṃ ceti T. S; tanayāṃ ayonijāṃ R. 11. 47, 48; kanyāratnamayonijanma bhavatāmāste Mv. 1. 30. (
          --jaḥ) N. of Viṣṇu. -īśaḥ, īśvaraḥ N. of Śiva. (--jā), --saṃbhavā N. of Sītā, daughter of Janaka, who was born from a furrow in a field.

ayonika a. Without the words eṣa te yoniḥ.

ayaugapadyam Absence of simultaneity.

ayaugika (kī f.) Not etymologically derived (as a word).

ayauktika a. Inconsistent with reason, unreasonable.

ara a. [iyarti gacchatyanena, ṛ-ac]
     (1) Speedy, swift.
     (2) Little.
     (3) Going (at the end of comp.). --raḥ
     (1) The spoke or radius of a wheel; (-raṃ also); araiḥ saṃdhāryate nābhirnābhau cārāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ Pt. 1. 81.
     (2) A spoke of the timewheel; a jaina division of time.
     (3) A corner (koṇa) or angle; tripaṃcāre pīṭhe Śyāmāstava.
     (4) Moss (śaivāla).
     (5) =parpaṭa q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtara (pl.) the intervals of the spoke; V. 1. 4.
          --ghaṭṭaḥ, --ghaṭṭakaḥ [araiḥ ghaṭṭyate racyate asau;] 1. a wheel or machine for raising water from a well (Mar. rāhāṭa). (It usually consists of a single wheel with spokes on each side serving as handles to turn it, and a rope with a bucket attached to it passes over this wheel); -dṛṃ khelayamānaḥ Pt. 4 turning this machine; -ghaṭī a bucket so used; kūpamāsādya -ṭīmārgeṇa sarpastenānītaḥ Pt. 4. --2. a deep well.

arakṣas a.
     (1) Not disturbed by evil spirits.
     (2) Harmless, honest.

araṃkṛ, --gam See under araṃ below.

araṃgin a. Passionless; -sattvaḥ a passionless being; a class of divinitieswith Buddhists.

arajas, araja, arajaska a.
     (1) Dustless, clean, pure (fig. also).
     (2) Free from passion (rajas).
     (3) Not having the monthly courses. --f. (--jāḥ) A young girl who has not reached the age of puberty; a girl before menstruation.

arajāyate Den. A.
     (1) To become dustless or pure.
     (2) To lose the monthly courses.

arajju a. Not consisting of, or furnished with, cords. --n. A prisonhouse.

araṇa a. (ṇī f.) Ved.
     (1) Departed, gone away; belonging to others, strange, unusual, foreign; distant, remote. (opp. sva, nitya or amā); (Say. grieved, sorry duḥkhita, aramamāṇa); inimical, hostile, (with whom one is not on speaking terms).
     (2) Not fighting. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Moving, going.
     (2) Entering into, being inserted.
     (3) A refuge.

araṇiḥ m. f., --ṇī f. [ṛ-ani Uṇ. 2. 101; araṇiḥ agneryoniḥ] A piece of wood (of the Śamī tree) used for kindling the sacred fire by attrition, the fire-producing wooden stick; cf. Pt. 1. 216. --ṇī (dual) The two pieces of wood used in kindling the sacred fire. --ṇiḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) Flint.
     (4) N. of several fire-producing plants, particularly agnimaṃtha. --ṇiḥ f.
     (1) A path, way.
     (2) Ved. Stinginess.
     -- Comp.
          --ketuḥ = agnimaṃtha Premna Intergrifolia.
          --sutaḥ N. of Śuka, a celebrated sage (born from the seed of Vyasa fallen upon an Arani at the sight of the nymph Ghṛtachī).

araṇimat a. Related to the two Araṇis; to be produced by them.

araṇyam (sometimes m. also,) [aryate gamyate śeṣe vayasi ṛ-anyaccanit Uṇ. 3. 102] A land neither cultivated nor grazed, a wilderness, forest, desert; priyānāśe kṛtsnaṃ kila jagadaraṇyaṃ hi bhavati U. 6. 30; mātā yasya gṛhe nāsti bhāryā cāpriyavādinī . araṇyaṃ tena gaṃtavyaṃ yathāraṇyaṃ tathā gṛhaṃ . Chāṇ. 44; oft. used as first member of comp. in the sense of 'wild', 'grown or produced in forest;' -bījaṃ wild seed; -kārpāsī, -kulatthikā; -kusuṃbhaḥ &c; so -mārjāra, -mūṣakaḥ. --ṇyaḥ N. of a plant kaṭphala.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyakṣaḥ headman or superintendent of a forest district; forest keeper or ranger.
          --ayanaṃ, --yānaṃ going into the forest, becoming a hermit; atha yadaraṇyāyanamityācakṣate brahmacaryameva tad Ch. Up.
          --okas, --sad a. 1. dwelling in woods, being in a forest; kiṃtu -sadovayaṃ anabhyastarathacaryāḥ U. 5; vaiklavyaṃ mama tāvadīdṛśamapi snehādaraṇyaukasaḥ S. 4. 5. --2. especially, one who has left his family and become an anchorite, forest-dweller.
          --kaṇā wild cumin seed.
          --kadalī wild plantain.
          --kāṃḍaṃ N. of the third book of the Ramayaṇa which embodies Rama's exploits in the course of his journey through the forests in company with Viśvāmitra.
          --gajaḥ a wild elephant (not tamed).
          --gānaṃ N. of one of the four hymn-books of the Śāmaveda (to be chanted in the forest).
          --caṭakaḥ a wild sparrow.
          --caṃdrikā (lit.) moonlight in a forest; (fig.) an ornament or decoration which is useless, or does not serve its purpose; just as moonlight in a forest is useless there being no human beings to view, enjoy and appreciate it, so is decoration when not viewed and appreciated by those for whom it is intended; thus Malli. on strīṇāṃ priyālokaphalo hi veṣaḥ Ku. 7. 22 remarks: anyathā'raṇyacaṃdrikā syāditi bhāvaḥ. --cara (-ṇyecara also),
          --jīva. a. wild, living in woods.
          --ja a. wild; -ārdrakā wild ginger.
          --jīraṃ wild cumin.
          --damanaḥ N. of the plant called dona.
          --dvādaśī, --vrataṃ N. of a ceremony performed on the 12th day of Margaśīrṣa.
          --dharmaḥ 1. wild state or usage, wild nature; tathāraṇyadharmādviyojya grāmyadharme niyojitaḥ Pt. 1. --2. the duties of a Vanaprastha or anchorite.
          --dhānyaṃ, --śāliḥ wild rice (nīvāra). --nṛpatiḥ, --rāj (ṭ), --rājaḥ 'lord of the woods', epithet of a lion or a tiger; so araṇyānāṃ patiḥ. --paṃḍitaḥ [araṇye eva paṃḍitaḥ, natu nagarādiṣu janasamājeṣu] 'wise in a forest'; (fig.) a foolish person (who can display his learning only in a forest where no one will hear him and correct his errors).
          --bhava a. growing in a forest, wild; yathā-vāstilāḥ Pt. 2. 86.
          --makṣikā a gadfly.
          --mūdgakaḥ a kind of wild bean.
          --yānaṃ retiring to the woods.
          --rakṣakaḥ conservator of forests, forest-keeper.
          --rājyaṃ sovereignty of the woods.
          --ruditaṃ (-ṇye-) 'weeping in a forest', a cry in the wilderness; (fig.) a vain or useless speech, or a cry with no one to heed it, or any thing done to no purpose; araṇye mayā ruditaṃ S. 2; proktaṃ śraddhāvihīnasya araṇyaruditopamaṃ Pt. 1. 393; tadalamadhunāraṇyaruditaiḥ Amaru. 76.
          --vāyasaḥ a wild crow, raven.
          --vāsaḥ, --samāśrayaḥ 1. retiring into woods, residence in a forest; -yonmukhaṃ pitaraṃ R. 8. 12. --2. a hermitage, forest habitation.
          --vāsin a. living in a forest, wild. (--m.) a forest-dweller, an anchorite. (
          --nī) N. of a plant atyamlaparṇī. --vāstu (stū) kaḥ N. of a planvanavetaḥ. --vilapitaṃ, --vilāpaḥ (-ṇye-) = -ruditaṃ above.
          --śvan m. 'a wild hound', wolf.
          --paṣṭhī N. of a festival celebratf ed on the 6th day of the bright halt of Jyesṭha.
          --sabhā a forest-court.

araṇyakam
     (1) Forest-court.
     (2) N. of a plant.

araṇyāniḥ --nī f. [araṇya-ānuk, ṅīp ca; P. IV. 1. 49; himāraṇyayormahattve]
     (1) A large forest or desert, vast wilderness; yathāraṇyānyāmutsāścaraṃtaḥ Śat. Br.
     (2) The spirit or presiding deity of the woods and mother of wild animals.

araṇyīya a.
     (1) Containing a forest.
     (2) Near a forest.

araṇye'nūcyaḥ (scil. puroḍāśa)
     (1) A kind of oblation (araṇye anūcyāḥ paṭhanīyāḥ maṃtrā yasya).
     (2) N. of a Mantra.

araṇyetilakaḥ (P. II. 1. 44) Wild sesamum yielding no oil; (fig.) any thing which does not answer to one's expectation.

arata a.
     (1) Dull, languid, apathetic.
     (2) Dissatisfied, discontented, averse to. --taṃ Non-copulation.
     -- Comp.
          --trapa a. not ashamed of copulation. (
          --paḥ) a dog (as copulating even in the streets without shame).

arati a.
     (1) Dissatisfied, discontented.
     (2) Dull, languid, restless. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Absence of pleasure or amusement, regarded as arising from the longings of love; svābhīṣṭavastvalābhena cetaso yā'navasthitiḥ . aratiḥ sā S. D.; one of the ten states of love-lorn persons (anaṃgadaśā).
     (2) Pain, distress; Ki. 10. 49.
     (3) Anxiety, regret, uneasiness, agitation; saṃdhatte bhṛśamaratiṃ hi sadviyogaḥ Ki. 5. 51.
     (4) Dissatisfaction, discontent.
     (5) Languor, dulness.
     (6) A bilious disease. --tiḥ [ṛ-ati]
     (1) Anger, passion.
     (2) Ved. Going, moving quickly.
     (3) Moving flame.
     (4) Occupying, attacking.
     (5) Servant, manager, assistant.
     (6) A master.
     (7) An intelligent being.

aratniḥ (m. or f.) [ṛ-katni ratniḥ sa nāsti yatra]
     (1) The elbow; sometimes the fist itself.
     (2) A cubit of the middle length, from the elbow to the tip of the little finger, an ell; aratnistu niṣkaniṣṭhena muṣṭinā Ak.; madhyāṃgulīkūrparayormadhye prāmāṇikaḥ karaḥ . baddhamuṣṭikaro ratniraratniḥ sakaniṣṭhikaḥ .. Halay.; Ki. 18. 6.
     (3) The arm.

aratnikaḥ The elbow; Y. 3. 86.

arathin a. One who does not fight in a car.

arathīḥ Ved. Not a charioteer.

arada a.
     (1) Toothless (as a child).
     (2) Whose teeth are broken.

aradhra a. Ved.
     (1) Not lazy, not to be subdued, invincible.
     (2) Prosperous (samṛddha).

araṃdhanam Absense of cooking (as on siṃha and kanyā saṃkrāṃta).

arapas a. Ved.
     (1) Unhurt, safe. (also arapa); sinless, pure.
     (2) Not hurting, sound; salutary, beneficial.

arapacanaḥ A mystical collective name of the 5 Buddhas.

aram ind. Ved. [ṛ-am]
     (1) Swiftly, near, at hand, present.
     (2) Readily, fitly, suitably, so as to answer some purpose.
     (3) Enough, sufficiently (cf. alaṃ); excessively.

araṃkṛ To prepare, make ready, serve; -kṛt gratifying, decorating, adorning, serving as a worshipper; -kṛtiḥ decorating, gratification.

araṃgam To be present, come or go near (to help); become visible, appear.

araṃgamaḥ Coming near or into the presence, becoming visible, being present to help.

araṃgaraḥ
     (1) Praising readily.
     (2) Factitious or made up poison.

araṃghuṣa a. Praising readily, sounding aloud.

arama a. Low, vile.

aramaṇas a. Ved.
     (1) Hostile.
     (2) Obedient, devoted to the worship of God.

aramati a. Not resting, active, going everywhere. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Splendour.
     (2) Readiness to serve, obedience, devotion to God; hence personified in the Vedas as a Goddess protecting the worshippers of the gods and pious works in general.

aramiṣ a. Ved. Going near quickly.

aramaṇa, aramamāṇa a.
     (1) Not pleasing or gratifying, disagreeable, unpleasant.
     (2) Unceasing, incessant.

araram [ṛ-aran; araścit syāt Uṇ. 3. 132] The leaf or panel of a door (kapāṭaṃ), sarabhasamararāṇi drāgapāvṛtya Mv. 6. 27 (--raḥ, --rī also); caṃcūkoṭivipāṭitārarapuṭo yāsyāmyahaṃ paṃjarāt Bv. 1. 58.
     (2) A door.
     (3) The sheath of a bamboo shoot (karīrakoṣa).
     (4) A covering or sheath in general. --raḥ
     (1) An awl.
     (2) A part of a sacrifice.
     (3) War, fighting.

arariḥ The leaf of a door; a door.

araridam Ved. Water(arariṃ pipāsopaśamaṃ dadāti).

ararivas m. f.
     (1) Not giving or offering.
     (2) Hard, unfriendly, envious, inimical.

araru a. Ved.
     (1) Moving(gamanasvabhāva).
     (2) = ararivas above. --ruḥ [arteḥ aruḥ Uṇ. 4. 79].
     (1) An enemy.
     (2) A weapon
     (3) N. of an Asura.

arare ind. A vocative particle expressive of
     (1) great haste;
     (2) contempt or disdain; arare mahārājaṃ prati kutaḥ kṣatriyāḥ G. M.

araryati Den. P.
     (1) To work with an awl.
     (2) To try, put to the test.

araviṃdam [arān cakrāṃgānīva patrāṇi viṃdate viṃd śa P. III. 1. 138 Vart.]
     (1) A lotus (it is one of the 5 arrows of Cupid; see under paṃcabāṇa); śakyamaraviṃdasurabhiḥ S. 3. 7. It is a sun lotus; cf. sūryāṃśubhirbhinnamivāraviṃdaṃ Ku. 1. 32; sthala-, caraṇa-, mukha- &c.
     (2) Also a red or blue lotus. --daḥ
     (1) The (Indian) crane.
     (2) Copper.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. lotus-eyed, an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --dalaprabhaṃ copper.
          --nābhiḥ,bhaḥ N. of Viṣṇu, from whose navel sprang the lotus which supported Brahma; hṛdaye madīye devaścakāstu bhagavānaraviṃdanābhaḥ Bv. 4. 8.
          --sad m. N. of Brahma.

araviṃdinī
     (1) A lotus plant; prapītamadhukā bhṛṃgaiḥ sudivevāraviṃdinī Bk. 5. 70.
     (2) An assemblage of lotus flowers.
     (3) A place abounding in lotus flowers.

arasa a.
     (1) Sapless, not juicy, tasteless, insipid.
     (2) Dull, flat.
     (3) Weak, having no strength, inefficacious. --saḥ No juice, absence of juice.
     -- Comp.
          --āśaḥ 1. eating sapless food. --2. maceration of the body.
          --āśin a. 1. eating sapless food. --2. macerating the body.

arasika a.
     (1) Devoid of taste, sapless, insipid, flavourless (of a thing).
     (2) Void of feeling or taste, dull, unfeeling, inappreciative, insensible to the charms (of poetry &c.); arasikeṣu kavitvanivedanaṃ śirasi mā likha mā likha mā likha Udb.

arahas n. Absence of secrecy.

arahāyate Den. A. To become known.

arāga, arāgin a. Cool, dispassionate; tamahamarāgamakṛṣṇaṃ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaṃ vaṃde Ve. 1. 4.

arājaka a. Having no king, anarchical; nārājake janapade Rām.; Ms. 7. 3; arājake jīvaloke durbalā valavattaraiḥ . pīḍyaṃte na hi vitteṣu prabhutvaṃ kasyacittadā .. Mb.; śocyaṃ rājyamarājakaṃ Chāṇ. 57.

arājan m. Not a king.
     -- Comp.
          --bhogīna a. not fit for the use of a king.
          --sthāpita a. not established by a king, illegal.

arājin a. Ved. Unchecked, unrestrained, or without splendour.

arāṭakī Ved. N. of the plant ajaśṛṃgī.

arātiḥ [na rāti dadāti sukhaṃ, rā-ka, na. ta.]
     (1) An enemy, foe; deśaḥ soyamarātiśoṇitajalairyasminhradāḥ pūritāḥ Ve. 3. 31; (in the Veda) non-offering (of sacrifices), stinginess, hardness, malignity, malevolence, failure or adversity; malignity personified; evil spirit whose aim it was to defeat the good intentions and disturb the happiness of man (used in f.).
     (2) The number six.
     (3) The sixth position (in astronomy).
     -- Comp.
          --dūṣaṇa, --dūṣi, --ha a. Ved. destroying adversities or enemies.
          --bhaṃgaḥ destruction of enemies.

arāti(tī)yati  Den. P. Ved. To desire not to offer; to act like an enemy, act maliciously.

arātīyat a. Not offering, unfriendly, malicious, acting like an enemy.

arātīyu a. Ved. Not accustomed to offer; inimical.

arātīvan a. Not offering; unfriendly, malicious, hostile, inimical.

arāddhiḥ f. Transgression, sin, offence; envy.

arādhas a. [rādhaḥ; dhanaṃ-- Nir. na. ba.] Poor, not able to perform sacrifices, stingy; hard.

arāya a. [nāsti rādhanaṃ yasya vede ṣacsamāsaḥ]
     (1) Devoid of wealth, without sacrificial gifts.
     (2) Stingy, niggardly. --yaḥ, --yī Any malignant or evil spirit.

arāla a. [ṛ-vic araṃ ālāti, lāka] Spreading like the spokes of a wheel, curved, crooked; pādāvarālāṃgulī M. 2. 3. --laḥ
     (1) A bent or crooked arm.
     (2) The resin of the plant Shorea Robusta (sarjarasa).
     (3) An elephant in rut. --lā
     (1) An unchaste woman, harlot, courtezan.
     (2) A modest woman (adhṛṣṭā).
     -- Comp.
          --keśī a woman with curled hair; bhittvā nirākrāmadarālakeśyāḥ R. 6. 81.
          --pakṣman a. having curved eyelashes; Ku. 5. 49.

arāvana a. Ved. Not offering malignant, epithet of evil spirits.

arāṣṭram Loss of royal power or sovereignty.

ari a. [ṛ-in] Moving, going, reaching; obtaining, aspiring, devoted to, zealous (Ved.). --riḥ
     (1) An enemy, foe (cf. Uṇ. 4. 138); (used in the Veda like an adjective in the sense of 'ungenerous', 'malicious', 'not worshipping or devoted,' 'hostile'); vijitāripuraḥsaraḥ R. 1. 59, 61; 4. 4.
     (2) An enemy of mankind (said of the six feelings which disturb man's mind); kāmaḥ krodhastathā lobho madamohau ca matsaraḥ; kṛtāriṣaḍvargajayena Ki. 1. 9.
     (3) A species of khadira or Mimosa (viṭkhadira).
     (4) N. of the number six (from the six enemies).
     (5) N. of a condition in astronomy.
     (6) Any part of a carriage.
     (7) A wheel.
     (8) A lord, master.
     (9) The wind. (10) A pious or religious man.
     -- Comp.
          --karṣaṇa a. tamer or subduer of enemies.
          --kulaṃ 1. a host of enemies. --2. an enemy.
          --gūrta a. Ved. ready for the destruction of enemies; praised by devoted men or worshippers.
          --ghnaḥ destroyer of enemies.
          --ciṃtanaṃ, --ciṃtā schemes directed against enemies; administration of foreign affairs.
          --tra a. protecting from enemies.
          --dhāyas a. possessed by lords only (i. e. very precious).
          --naṃdana a. 'an enemy's joy', affording triumph to an enemy.
          --nipātaḥ invasion made by enemies.
          --bhadraḥ the foremost or most powerful enemy; R. 14. 31.
          --mardaḥ 'crushing enemies' N. of a plant (kāmamarda). --mardana a. crushing or trampling foes, destroying enemies.
          --medaḥ N. of a tree (viṭkhadira); N. of a country; Bṛ. S. 14. 2.
          --medakaḥ N. of an insect bred in excrement.
          --sthānakaṃ consternation, defeat.
          --sūdanaḥ, --han, --hiṃsakaḥ destroyer of enemies; R. 9. 18.

ariṃdama a. [arīn dāmyati damayati vā; khac mumca] Subduer of enemies, victorious, conquering.

arikthabhāj, arikthīya a. Not entitled to a share in the ancestral property (as an heir incapacitated by impotence &c.).

ariṇin m. A cock.

aritṛ [ṛ-tṛc-iḍāgamaḥ] A rower, helmsman (Ved.).

aritra a. [gacchatyanena; ṛ-itra P. III. 2. 184] Ved.
     (1) Propelling, urging onwards.
     (2) Protecting on all sides. --traṃ
     (1) An oar; lolairaritraiścaraṇairivābhitaḥ Śi. 12. 71.
     (2) A rudder, helm.
     (3) A ship, boat.
     (4) A part of a carriage.
     (5) A Soma vessel. --traḥ A Soma vessel. [cf. L. aratrum; Gr. eretmos].
     -- Comp.
          --gādha a. 'oardeep,' shallow (water).
          --paraṇa a. Ved. crossing by means of oars.

arin n. (ri) A wheel; discus.

aripra a. [ripraṃ pāpanāma Nir., tannāsti yasya] Ved. Sinless, spotless, blameless.

ariphita a. Not changed to r (said of the Visarga).

ariṣam [na riṣyate vicchidyate] A continuous downpour of rain. --ṣaḥ A sort of disease in the anus.

ariṣaṇya a. Ved. Not harming or injuring, inoffensive.

ariṣaṇyat a. Ved. Not being hurt or injured.

ariṣṭa a. Unhurt; perfect, complete; imperishable, undecaying, secure, safe; ariṣṭaṃ gaccha paṃthānaṃ, ariṣṭaṃ mārgamātiṣṭhat puṇyaṃ vā tu niṣevitaṃ Ram. --ṣṭaḥ
     (1) A heron (kaṃka).
     (2) A raven, crow.
     (3) An enemy; ariṣṭastvāṣṭrasya Mv. 4. 18.
     (4) N. of various plants:
          (a) the soap-berry tree (Mar. riṭhā);
          (b) another plant (Mar. niṃba).
     (5) Garlic.
     (6) A distilled mixture.
     (7) N. of a demon killed by Kṛṣṇa; a son of Bali. --ṣṭā
     (1) A bandage.
     (2) N. of a medical plant (kaṭukā).
     (3) N. of a daughter of Daksha and one of the wives of Kaśyapa. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Bad or ill luck, evil, misfortune, calamity.
     (2) A portentous phenomenon foreboding misfortune, unlucky omen (such as earth-quake).
     (3) Unfavourable symptom, especially of approaching death; rogiṇo maraṇaṃ yasmādavaśyaṃ bhāvi lakṣyate . tallakṣaṇamariṣṭaṃ syādriṣṭamapyabhidhīyate ..
     (4) Good fortune or luck, happiness.
     (5) The lying-in-chamber, delivery-room, women's apartments (aṃtaḥpuraṃ); apasnāta ivariṣṭaṃ praviveśa gṛhottamaṃ Rām.
     (6) Butter-milk.
     (7) Spirituous liquor; Śi. 18. 77.
     -- Comp.
          --asu a. Ved. having one's life unhurt.
          --gātu a. Ved. dwelling securely.
          --gṛhaṃ the lying-in-chamber.
          --grāma a. Ved. of undivided group, having a complete troop.
          --tāti a. Ved. making fortune or happy, auspicious. (
          --tiḥ f.) safeness, security, succession of good fortune, continuous happiness (ariṣṭaṃ karotīti -tātiḥ; ariṣṭasya bhāvo vā P. IV. 4. 143-4Sk.); tadatrabhavatā niṣpannāśiṣāṃ kāmamariṣṭatātimāśāsmahe Mv. 1.
          --duṣṭadhī a. apprehensive of death, alarmed at the approach of death.
          --puraṃ N. of a place; cf. ariṣṭāśritapuraṃ P. VI. 2. 100.
          --bharman a. granting security.
          --mathanaḥ N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu.
          --śayyā a lyingin couch; ariṣṭaśayyāṃ parito visāriṇā R. 3. 15.
          --sūdanaḥ, --han m. killer of Ariṣṭa, epithet of Viṣṇu.

ariṣṭakaḥ = ariṣṭaḥ The soap-berry tree.

ariṣṭiḥ f. Security; safety.

ariṣyat a. Not hurt.

arī|a a. (= arīḍha) Ved. Not licked.

aruḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) N. of a plant (raktakhadira).

aruṃṣikā [arūṃṣi marmasthānānyadhikṛtya jātā] Scab on the head (Mar. khavaḍe).

aruc a. Ved. Lightless, dark.

aruciḥ f.
     (1) Aversion, dislike in general; kva sā bhogānāmuparyaruciḥ K. 146.
     (2) Want of appetite, disrelish, disgust; sannipātakṣayaśvāsakāsahikkārucipraṇut Suśr.
     (3) Absence of a satisfactory explanation.

arucira, arucya a. Disagreeable, disgusting.

aruj a.
     (1) Free from disease, sound, healthy.
     (2) Not festering (as a boil).

arugṇa a. Not broken, not diseased, sound.

aruja a.
     (1) Sound, healthy; yāvatsvasthamidaṃ śarīramarujaṃ Bh. 3. 88. v. l.
     (2) Not breaking, not suppurating. --jaḥ N. of a plant (āragvadha).

aruṇa a. (ṇā, --ṇī f.) [ṛ-unan; cf. Uṇ. 3. 60]
     (1) Reddish brown, tawny, red, ruddy (of the colour of the morning as opposed to the darkness of night); pratyākhyātaviśeṣakaṃ kurabakaṃ śyāmāvadātāruṇaṃ M. 3. 5; nayanānyaruṇāni ghūrṇayan Ku. 4. 12.
     (2) Perplexed, embarrassed.
     (3) Dumb. --ṇaḥ
     (1) Red colour, the colour of the dawn or morning twilight.
     (2) The dawn personified as the charioteer of the sun; āviṣkṛtāruṇapuraḥsara ekatorkaḥ S. 4. 1, 7. 4; vibhāvarī yadyaruṇāya kalpate Ku. 5. 44; R. 5. 71. [Aruṇa is represented as the elder brother of Garuḍa, being the son of Vinatā by Kaśyapa. Vinatā prematurely hatched the egg and the child was born without thighs, and hence he is called Anūru 'thighless', or Vipāda 'footless.' He cursed his mother that since she had brought him forth before the due season she would be a slave to her rival Kadrū; but at her earnest entreaties, he modified the curse and said that her next son would deliver her from bondage. Aruṇa now holds the office of the charioteer of the sun. His wife was Śyeni, who bore him two sons Sampāti and Jaṭayu].
     (3) The sun; rāgeṇa bālāruṇakomalena Ku. 3. 30, 5. 8; saṃsṛjyate sarasijairaruṇāṃśubhinnaiḥ R. 5. 69; S. 1. 32.
     (4) A kind of leprosy with red spots and insensibility of the skin.
     (5) A little poisonous creature.
     (6) N. of a plant puṃnāga; also a synonym of arka q. v.
     (7) Molasses (guḍa)
     (8) N. of a peak of the Himālaya situated to the west of Kailāsa.
     (9) N. of one of the 12 Ādityas, the one presiding over Magha. --ṇā
     (1) N. of several plants
          (a) ativiṣā (Mar. ativikha);
          (b) Madder (maṃjiṣṭhā);
          (c) trivṛt commonly called Teori;
          (d) a black kind of the same (śyāmākā);
          (e) bitter apple (iṃdravāruṇī);
          (f) the Gunja plant that yields the red and black berry (guṃja) used as a weight by jewellers &c.
          (g) muṃḍatiktā.
     (2) N. of a river. --ṇī
     (1) A red cow (Nir.).
     (2) The early dawn. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Red colour.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Saffron.
     -- Comp.
          --agrajaḥ N. of Garuḍa (aruṇaḥ agrajo yasya). --anujaḥ, --avarajaḥ N. of Garuḍa, younger brother of Aruṇa.
          --arcis m. the sun.
          --aśva a. having red horses, epithet of the Maruts.
          --ātmajaḥ 1. son of Aruṇa, N. of Jaṭāyu. --2. N. of Saturn, Savarṇi Manu, Karṇa, Sugrīva, Yama and the two Aśvins. (
          --jā) N. of Yamuna and Tāpti.
          --īkṣaṇa a. red-eyed.
          --udakaṃ N. of a lake. (
          --kā) N. of a river.
          --udayaḥ break of day, dawn; catasro ghaṭikāḥ prātararuṇodaya ucyate. --upalaḥ a ruby.
          --kamalaṃ a red lotus.
          --jyotis m. N. of Śiva.
          --dūrvā reddish fennel.
          --priya a. 'beloved of red flowers and lotuses', N. of the sun. (
          --yā) 1. the sun's wife. --2. shadow.
          --psu a. [aruṇaṃ psu rūpaṃ yasya] Ved. of reddish shape or colour.
          --babhru a. reddish-yellow.
          --yuj a. furnished with red rays of light, epithet of the dawn.
          --locana a. red-eyed. (
          --naḥ) a pigeon.
          --sārathiḥ 'having Aruṇa for his charioteer,' the sun.

aruṇita, aruṇīkṛta a. Reddened, dyed red, impurpled; stanāṃgarāgāruṇitācca kaṃdukāt Ku. 5. 11.

aruṇiman m., aruṇatā Redness, red colour; aruṇimnā pihitopi śuklabhāvaḥ Bv. 2. 180.

aruṇīyaḥ, ---yogaḥ The 25th Upanishad of the Atharvaveda.

aruta a. Ved. Not to be broken.

aruṃtuda a. [arūṃṣi marmāṇi tudati; arus-tud, khaś mumāgamaśca P. III. 2. 35; VI. 3. 67]
     (1) Cutting or wounding the vital parts, inflicting wounds, corrosive, painful, sharp (fig. also); caustic; aruṃtudamivālānamanirvāṇasya daṃtinaḥ R. 1. 71; Ki. 14. 55; Śi. 2. 109.
     (2) Acrimonious, sour (disposition); Ms. 2. 161.

aruṃdhatī [na ruṃdhatī pratirodhakāriṇī]
     (1) A medicinal climbing plant.
     (2) N. of the wife of Vasiṣṭha; anvāsitamaruṃdhatyā svāhayeva havirbhujaṃ R. 1. 56.
     (3) The morning star personified as the wife of Vasiṣṭha; one of the Pleiades.
     (4) N. of the daughter of prācetasadakṣa, one of the 10 wives of Dharma. [In mythology Arundhatī is represented as the wife of the sage Vasiṣṭha, one of the 7 sages. She was one of the 9 daughters of Kardama Prajāpati by Devahūti. She is regarded as the highest pattern of conjugal excellence and wifely devotion and is so invoked by the bridegroom at nuptial ceremonies. Though a woman she was regarded with the same-even more-veneration as the Saptarshis; cf. Ku. 6. 12: tāmagauravabhedena munīṃścāpaśyadīśvaraḥ . strī pumānityanāsthaiṣā vṛttaṃ hi mahitaṃ satām .. cf. also Janaka's remarks in. U. 4. 10. She, like her husband, was the guide and controller of Raghu's line in her own department, and acted as guardian angel to Sītā after she had been abandoned by Rāma. It is said that Arundhatī (the star) is not seen by persons whose end has approached: cf. Suśruta: na paśyati sanakṣatrāṃ yastu devīmaruṃdhatīṃ . dhruvamākāśagaṃgāṃ ca taṃ vadaṃti gatāyuṣaṃ ..; see H. 1. 76 also].
     (5) The tongue (personified).
     -- Comp.
          --jātiḥ, --nāthaḥ, --patiḥ N. of Vasiṣṭha, one of the seven Ṛṣis or stars in the Ursa Major
          --darśananyāyaḥ see under nyāya.

aruṣ --ṣṭa a. Not angry, calm.

aruṣa a.
     (1) Not angry.
     (2) Shining, bright; reddish.
     (3) Unhurt.
     (4) Moving, going about (as a horse). --ṣaḥ
     (1) The red horse of Agni; a flame.
     (2) The sun; the day as presided over by the sun.
     (3) The red storm-cloud. --ṣī
     (1) The dawn.
     (2) A flame.
     (3) N. of the wife of Bhṛgu and mother of Aurva.

aruṣa(ṣya)ti Den. P. To go.

aruṣkaḥ [arurmarbhasthānaṃ kāyati pīḍayati] N. of a tree (bhallātaka).

arus a. [ṛ-us Uṇ. 2. 116] Wounded, sore. --m. (--ruḥ)
     (1) The Arka tree.
     (2) Red Khadira. --n.
     (1) A vital part.
     (2) A wound, sore (--m. also).
     (3) An eye.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. [arus-kṛ-ṭaḥ P. III. 2. 21] causing or inflicting wounds, wounding. (
          --raḥ) N. of a tree aruṣka q. v. (
          --raṃ) the nut of this tree.
          --kṛta a. wounded, hurt.

arusikā Eruption on the scalp with acute pain.

aruhā N. of a plant(bhūmyāmalakī).

arūkṣa a. Not hard, soft; bland.

arūkṣita, arūkṣṇa a. Ved. Soft, tender, supple.

arūpa a.
     (1) Formless, shapeless.
     (2) Ugly, deformed.
     (3) Dissimilar, unlike. --paṃ
     (1) A bad or ugly figure.
     (2) The Pradhana of the Sāṅkhyas and Brahma of the Vedāntins.
     -- Comp.
          --hārya a. not to be attracted or won over by beauty; arūpahāryaṃ madanasya nigrahāt Ku. 5. 53.

arūpaka a. Without any figure or metaphor, not figurative, literal.

arūpatā --tvam Shapelessness, deformity, dissimilarity.

arūṣaḥ [ṛ-ūṣan Uṇ. 4. 73]
     (1) The sun.
     (2) A kind of serpent.

are ind. An interjection of
     (a) calling to inferiors; ātmā vā aredraṣṭavyaḥ śrotavyaḥ; na vā are patyuḥ kāmāyāsyāḥ patiḥ priyo bhavati Śat. Br. (said by Yājñavalkya to his wife Maitreyī);
     (b) of anger; are mahārājaṃ prati kutaḥ kṣatriyāḥ U. 4;
     (c) of envy.

areṇu a. Not dusty; not soiled with dust, not touching the dust (of the earth). --n. (--ṇu) What is not dust, the ether.

arepas a. [nāsti repaḥ pāpaṃ yasya]
     (1) Sinless, spotless.
     (2) Clear, pure, bright.

arere ind. An interjection of
     (a) calling out angrily; arere duryodhanapramukhāḥ kurubalasenāprabhavaḥ Ve. 3; arere vācāṭa ibid; or of
     (b) addressing inferiors or by way of contempt; arere rādhāgarbhabhārabhūta sūtāpasada ibid.

aroka a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Without holes (acchidra).
     (2) Without splendour, obscured, dim.
     -- Comp.
          --dat, --daṃta a. [P. V. 4. 144] 1. having black teeth. --2. having thick-set teeth (nibiḍadaṃta).

aroga a. Free from disease, healthy, sound, well; arogāḥ sarvasiddhārthāścaturvarṣaśatāyuṣaḥ Suśr. --gaḥ Sound health; na nāmamātreṇa karotyarogaṃ H. 1. 167.

arogaṇa a. Ved.
     (1) Freeing from disease.
     (2) Free from disease.

arogin, --arogya a. Healthy.

arocaka a. (cikā f.)
     (1) Not shining or bright.
     (2) Causing loss of appetite, producing loathing or disgust. --kaḥ Loss of appetite; disgust, loathing.

arocakin a. Suffering from loss of appetite or indigestion.

arocamāna a.
     (1) Not shining.
     (2) Not attached; Ms. 3. 62.

arociṣṇu a. 1 Not shining, dark.
     (2) Disagreeable, ugly.

aroṣaḥ Absence of anger, calmness.

araudra a. Not terrible or fierce; an epithet of Viṣṇu.

ark 10 P. [arkayati, arkayituṃ, arkita]
     (1) To heat or warm.
     (2) To praise.

arka a. [arc-ghañ-kutvaṃ Uṇ. 3. 40] Fit to be worshipped (arcaṃnīya). --rkaḥ
     (1) A ray of light, a flash of lightning (Ved.).
     (2) The sun; āviṣkṛtāruṇapuraḥsara ekatorkaḥ S. 4. 1.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) A crystal.
     (5) Copper.
     (6) Sunday.
     (7) Membrum virile.
     (8) N. of the sun-plant, Calatropis Gigantea (Mar. ruī), a small tree with medicinal sap and rind; arkasyopari śithilaṃ cyutamiva navamallikākusumaṃ S. 2. 8; yamāśritya na viśrāmaṃ kṣudhārtā yāṃti sevakāḥ . so'rkavannṛpatistyājyaḥ sadāpuṣpaphalo'pi san Pt. 1. 51.
     (9) N. of Indra. (10) A sort of religious ceremony.
     (11) Praise, hymn; praising, extolling, song of praise.
     (12) A singer (Ved. in these two senses).
     (13) A learned man.
     (14) An elder brother.
     (15) Food (arkaṃ also).
     (16) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (17) A kind of decoction.
     (18) The seventh day of a month.
     (19) The uttaraphalgunī asterism. (20) The number 12.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ, --kalā a digit or 12th part of the sun's disc.
          --aśman m.
          --upalaḥ 1. the sun-stone, heliotrope, girasol. --2. a sort of crystal or ruby.
          --āhvaḥ the swallow wort.
          --iṃdusaṃgamaḥ the time of conjunction of the sun and moon (darśa or amāvāsyā). --kāṃtā 1. N. of a plant commonly called huḍhuḍiyā. --2. sun's wife. --3. sun's shadow.
          --kṣetraṃ 1. the field of the sun; the sign Leo, presided over by the sun. --2. N. of a holy place in Orissa.
          --caṃdanaḥ a kind of red sandal (raktacaṃdana). --jaḥ epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Sugrīva. (
          --jau) the two Aśvins regarded as the physicians of Heaven.
          --tanayaḥ 'a son of the sun', an epithet of Karṇa, Yama, Manu Vaivasvata, Manu Savarṇi and Saturn; see aruṇātmaja. (--yā) N. of the rivers Yamuna and Tāpti.
          --tviṣ f. light of the sun.
          --dinaṃ, --vāsaraḥ Sunday.
          --dugdhaṃ milky sap or exudation of arka.
          --naṃdanaḥ, --putraḥ, --sutaḥ, --sūnuḥ N. of Saturn, Karṇa or Yama.
          --nayana a. one whose eyes are difficult to be gazed at. (
          --naḥ) an epithet of Virāj Purusha. nāman m. the red arka tree.
          --patraḥ, --parṇaḥ N. of the plant arka. (--trā) a kind of birthwort (sunaṃdā, arkamūṃlā) with wedgeshaped leaves. (
          --traṃ, --rṇaṃ) the leaf of the arka plant.
          --pādapaḥ N. of a plant (niṃba); another tree (ākaṃda). --puṣpaṃ a flower of arka. (--ṣpī), --puṣpikā N. of a plant (kuṭuṃbinī). --priyā N. of a plant (javā). --baṃdhuḥ,--bāṃdhavaḥ 1. N. of Buddha Śakyamuni. --2. a lotus (the sun-lotus).
          --bhaṃ 1. an asterism influenced by the sun. --2. the sign Leo. --3. uttarāphalgunīnakṣatra. --bhaktā = -kāṃtā q. v.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the disc of the sun.
          --mūlaḥ, --lā = -patrā; vilikhati vasudhāmarkamūlasya hetoḥ Bh. 2. 100.
          --varṣaḥ a solar year.
          --vallabhaḥ 1. N. of a plant (baṃdhūka). --2. a lotus.
          --vivāhaḥ marriage with the arka plant (enjoined to be performed before a man marries a third wife, who thus becomes his fourth); caturthādivivāhārthaṃ tṛtīyo'rkaṃ samudvahet Kaśyapa.
          --vedhaḥ N. of a tree (tālīśapatra). --vrataḥ --taṃ 1. a vow performed on māghaśuklasaptamī. --2. the law or manner of the sun; when a king exacts taxes from his subjects only to add to their material comforts and happiness, just as the sun draws up water during 8 months of the year, only to give it back increased a thousandfold, he is said to follow arkavrata; aṣṭau māsān yathādityastoyaṃ haratiraśmibhiḥ . tathā haretkaraṃ rāṣṭrānnityamarkavrataṃ hi tat .. Ms. 9. 305; cf. R. 1. 18 (the point of comparison may also be the imperceptible way in which the sun absorbs water, see Pt. 1. 221).
          --śokaḥ Ved. brilliancy of rays.
          --sātiḥ f. 1. finding of rays. --2. poetical inspiration; finding out hymns.
          --sodaraḥ 'brother of the sun', an epithet of Airāvata.
          --hitā = -kāṃtā q. v.

arkavat a. Containing flashes of lightning.

arkin a. Ved.
     (1) Shining, bright.
     (2) Praising.
     (3) Praised or worshipped.

arkīya, arkya a. [arka-cha; arc-ṇyat kutvaṃ]
     (1) Belonging to arka.
     (2) To be praised or worshipped.

argaḍaḥ = argala below.

argalaḥ --lā --lī --lam [arj kalac nyaṃkvādi- kutvaṃ Tv.]
     (1) A wooden bolt, pin, bar &c. (for fastening a door or the cover of a vessel), a bolt, latch, bar; purārgalādīrghabhujo bubhoja R. 18. 4; 16. 6; anāyatārgalaṃ Mk. 2.; sasaṃbhrameṃdradrutapātitārgalā nimīlitākṣīva bhiyā'marāvatī K. P. 1; dattaṃ ca bahirargalaṃ Ks. 4. 62 bolted from without; oft. used figuratively in the sense of a bar, impediment, something intervening as an obstruction; vākyārgalayā nivāritāḥ Pt. 2; Śi. 2. 118; īpsitaṃ tadavajñānādviddhi sārgalamātmanaḥ R. 1. 79 obstructed; vāryargalāmaṃga iva pravṛttaḥ 5. 45; kaṃṭe kevalamargaleva nihitā jīvasya nirgacchataḥ K. P. 8; see anargala also.
     (2) A wave or billow.
     (3) The leaf of a door (kapāṭaṃ).
     (4) A kind of stotra or hymn.

argalikā A small door-pin, small bolt.

argalita a. Fastened by a bolt, chained, bolted; -dvārā K. 357.

argalīya, --lya a. Belonging to a bolt or pin.

argh 1 P. [arghati, arghituṃ, arghita] To be worth, have value, to cost; parīkṣakā yatra na saṃti deśe nārghaṃti ratnāni samudrajāni Subhāṣ.

arghaḥ [argh-ghañ]
     (1) Price, value; kuryurarghaṃ yathāpaṇyaṃ Ms. 8. 398; Y. 2. 251; kutsyāḥ syuḥ kuparīkṣakā hi maṇayo yairarghataḥ pātitāḥ Bh. 2. 15 reduced in their true value, depreciated; so anargha priceless; mahārgha very costly.
     (2) A material of worship, respectful offering or oblation to gods or venerable men, consisting of rice, Dūrva grass &c. with or without water; dūrvāsarṣapapuṣpāṇāṃ dattvārghaṃ pūrṇamaṃjaliṃ Y. 1. 290; kuṭajakusumaiḥ kalpitārghāya tasmai Me. 4; (the ingredients of this offering are: -āpaḥ kṣīraṃ kuśāgraṃ ca dadhi sarpiḥ sataṃḍulam . yavaḥ siddhārthakaścaiva aṣṭāṃgo'rghaḥ prakīrtitaḥ .. see arghya below.
     -- Comp.
          --arha a. worthy of a respectful offering.
          --dānaṃ presentation of a respectful offering.
          --balābalaṃ rate of price, proper price, the cheapness or dearness of articles, fall or rise in prices; Ms. 9. 329.
          --saṃkhyānaṃ, saṃsthāpanaṃ the price of commodities, appraising, assizes of goods; kurvīta caiṣāṃ (vaṇijāṃ) pratyakṣamarghasaṃsthāpanaṃ nṛpaḥ Ms. 8. 402.

arghīśaḥ N. of Śiva.

arghya a. [argha-yat arghamarhati]
     (1) Valuable; anarghya invaluable; see s. v.
     (2) Venerable, deserving respectful offering; tānarghyānarghyamādāya dūrātpratyudyayau giriḥ Ku. 6. 50; Śi. 1. 14; Y. 1. 110. --rghyaṃ
     (1) A respectful offering or oblation to a god or venerable person (see argha); arghaḥ pūjāvidhiḥ tadarthaṃ dravyaṃ arghyaṃ Sk.; arghyamasmai V. 5.; dadatu taravaḥ puṣpairarghyaṃ phalaiśca madhuścutaḥ U. 3. 24; arghyamarghyamiti vādinaṃ nṛpaṃ R. 11. 69; 1. 44; Ku. 1. 58, 6. 50; (it often consists only of water given in a droṇa and forms part of the Madhuparka ceremony).
     (2) A kind of honey.

arghaṭam Ashes.

arc 1 U. (arcati-te, ānarca, ārcīt, arcituṃ, arcita)
     (1)
          (a) To adore worship, salute, welcome with respect; R. 2. 21, 1. 6, 90; 4. 84, 12. 89; Ms. 3. 93; ārcīd dvijātīn paramārthaviṃdān Bk. 1. 15, 14. 63; 17. 5; yasyārcatyasau śāsanaṃ Mv. 1. 29 honours, respectfully obeys.
          (b) To honour, i. e. decorate, adorn; U. 2. 9.
     (2) To praise (Ved.).
     (3) To shine. (10) P. or Caus.
     (1) To honour, adore, worship; svargaukasāmarcitamarcayitvā Ku. 1. 59.
     (2) To praise.
     (3) To cause to shine. --Desid. [arciciṣati] To wish to worship --WITH anu to congratulate, hail with joy. --pra 1. to praise, sing praises of. --2. to honour, worship; prānarcurarcyā jagadarcanīyaṃ Bk. 2. 20; (--caus.) to honour. --saṃ 1. to worship, adore. --2. to fix, settle, establish.

arca a. Ved. Shining.

arcaka a. [arc-ṇvul] Worshipping, adoring. --kaḥ A worshipper; gurudevadvijārcakaḥ Ms. 11. 225.

arcatri a. Ved. [arc vede bāhu- atri] Adorable, venerable (Say.); roaring aloud, singing loudly.

arcatrya a. Ved. To be praised or worshipped.

arcana a. [arc-lyuṭ] Worshipping, praising. --naṃ, --nā Worship, reverence or respect paid to deities and superiors.

arcanīya, arcya pot. p. [arc-anīyar ṇyat] To be adored or worshipped, venerable, adorable, respectable R. 2. 10; Bk. 6. 70.

arcā [arc-aṅ]
     (1) Worship, adoration.
     (2) An idol or image intended to be worshipped; mauryairhiraṇyārthibhirarcāḥ prakalpitāḥ Mbh. (there is some dispute among scholars as to the precise meaning of this passage).

arciḥ f. [arc-in] Ray, flame (of fire or of the morning twilight); āsīdāsannanirvāṇaḥ pradīpārcirivoṣasi R. 12. 1; naiśasyārcirhutabhuja iva chinnabhūyiṣṭhadhūmā V. 1. 8.

arcimat, --vat a. Ved. Shining.

arcita p. p. Worshipped, respected, honoured; R. 10. 55; Ms. 4. 235; Ku. 1. 59.

arcitin a. Honouring, adoring.

arcin a.
     (1) Praising, honouring, worshipping.
     (2) Shining as a ray of light, radiating. --m. (rcī) A ray of light.

arcis n. (--rciḥ) [arc-isi Uṇ. 2. 107]
     (1) A ray of light, flame; yatte pavitramarciṣyagne vitatamaṃtarā Rv. 9. 67. 23; pradakṣiṇārcirhaviragnirādade R. 3. 14.
     (2) Light, lustre; praśamādarciṣāṃ Ku. 2. 20; Ratn. 4. 16 (said to be also. f. --f. N. of the wife of kṛśāśva and mother of dhūmaketu. --m.
     (1) A ray of light.
     (2) Fire.

arciṣmat a. [astyarthe matup] Flaming, brilliant, bright; V. 3. 2. --m.
     (1) Fire, the god of fire.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A sort of subordinate deity.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu. --tī
     (1) N. of the town or world of Agni.
     (2) One of the 10 earths according to Buddhists.

arj 1 P. [arjati, ānarja, arjiṣyati, ārjīt, arjituṃ, ārjīta]
     (1) To procure, secure, gain, earn, usually in the caus. in this sense; pitṛdravyāvirodhena yadanyatsvayamarjitaṃ Y. 2. 118.
     (2) To take up; ānarjurnṛbhujostrāṇi Bk. 14. 74. (10) P. or caus.
     (1) To procure, acquire, obtain; svayamarjita, svārjita obtained by one's own exertions, self-acquired.
     (2) To work or manufacture make, prepare (satoguṇāṃtarādhānaṃ). --WITH ati 1. to allow, permit, let go. --2. to remove, despatch, make away with. --anu to let go, set free, deliver. --api to add to. --anvava 1. to cause to go after or in a particular direction. --2. to visit with any thing, overcome. --apyati to add, append; say something in addition to what is already said. --ava to permit to leave, release, let go. --ud to drive out, remove. --pra caus. to furnish, supply, procure.

arjaka a. [arj-ṇvul] (--rjikā f.) Procuring, acquiring; one who acquires or gets; arjako hyaṃśamāharet Smṛti. --kaṃḥ N. of several plants sitaparṇāsa, varvarībheda; sāmānyatulasī.

arjanam [arj-lyuṭ] Getting, acquisition; arthānāmarjane duḥkhaṃ Pt. 1. 163; arjayitṛvyāpāro'rjanaṃ Day. B.

arjuna a. [arj-unan ṇiluk ca Uṇ. 3. 58] (nā-nī f.).
     (1) White, clear, bright, of the colour of day; ahaśca kṛṣṇamahararjunaṃ ca Rv. 6. 9. 1; piśaṃgamauṃjīyujamarjunacchaviṃ Śi. 1. 6.
     (2) Silvery. --naḥ
     (1) The white colour.
     (2) A peacock.
     (3) A sort of cutaneous disease.
     (4) A tree (Mar. arjunasādaḍā), with useful rind.
     (5) N. of the third Pāṇḍava who was a son of Kuntī by Indra and hence called aiṃdri also. [Arjuna was so called because he was 'white' or 'pure in actions' (pṛthivyāṃ caturaṃtāyāṃ varṇome durlabhaḥ samaḥ . karomi karma śuddhaṃ ca tena māmarjunaṃ viduḥ). He was taught the use of arms by Droṇa and was his favourite pupil. By his skill in arms he won Draupadī at her Svayamvara (see Draupadī). For an involuntary transgression he went into temporary exile and during that time he learnt the science of arms from Paraśurāma. He married Ulūpi, a Nāga Princess, by whom he had a son named Irāvat, and also Chitrāṅgada, daughter of the king of Maṇipura, who bore him a son named Babhruvāhana. During this exile he visited Dwāraka, and with the help and advice of Kṛṣṇa succeeded in marrying Subhadra. By her he had a son named Abhimanyu. Afterwards he obtained the bow Gandiva from the god Agni whom he assisted in burniṇg the Khāṇḍava forest. When Dharma, his eldest brother, lost the kingdom by gambling, and the five brothers went into exile, he went to the Himālayas to propitiate the gods and to obtain from them celestial weapons for use in the contemplated war against the Kauravas. There he fought with Śiva who appeared in the disguise of a Kirāta; but when he discovered the true character of his adversary he worshipped him and Śiva gave him the Pāśupatāstra. Indra, Varuṇa, Yama and Kubera also presented him with their own weapons. In the 13th year of their exile, the Pāṇḍavas entered the service of the King of Virāta and he had to act the part of a cunuch, and music and dancing master. In the great war with the Kauravas Arjuna took a very distinguished part. He secured the assistance of Kṛṣṇa who acted as his charioteer and related to him the Bhagavadgītā when on the first day of the battle he hesitated to bend his bow against his own kinsmen. In the course of the great struggle he slew or vanquished several redoubtable warriors on the side of the Kauravas, such as Jayadratha, Bhīṣma, Karṇa &c. After Yudhiṣṭhira had been installed sovereign of Hastināpura, he resolved to perform the Aśvamedha sacrifice, and a horse was let loose with Arjuna as its guardian. Arjuna followed it through many cities and countries and fought with many kings. At the city of Maṇipura he had to fight with his own son Babhruvāhana and was killed; but he was restored to life by a charm supplied by his wife Ulūpi. He traversed the whole of Bharata khaṇḍa and returned to Hastināpura, loaded with spoils and tributes, and the great horse-sacrifice was then duly performed. He was afterwards called by Kṛṣṇa to Dvārakā amid the intestine struggles of the Yādavas and there he performed the funeral ceremonies of Vasudeva and Kṛṣṇa. Soon after this the five Pāṇḍavas repaired to heaven having installed Parīkṣit-the only surviving son of Abhimanyu-on the throne of Hastināpura. Arjuna was the bravest of the Pāṇḍavas, high-minded, generous, upright, handsome and the most prominent figure of all his brothers. He has several appellations, such as Pārtha, Gudākeśa, Savyasāchi, Dhananjaya, Phālguna, Kirīṭin, Jiṣṇu, Śvetavāhana, Gandivin &c. &c.]
     (6) N. of Kartavīrya, slain by Paraśurama. See kārtavīrya.
     (7) N. of a country Bṛ. S. 14. 25.
     (8) The only son of his mother.
     (9) N. of Indra. --nī
     (1) A procuress, bawd.
     (2) A cow.
     (3) A kind of serpent.
     (4) N. of Uṣā wife of Aniruddha.
     (5) N. of a river commonly called karatoyā.
     (6) (nyau, --nyaḥ dual and pl.) N. of the constellation Phalgunī. --naṃ
     (1) Silver.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Slight inflammation of the white of the eye.
     (4) Grass. --nāḥ (pl.) The descendants of Arjuna.
     -- Comp.
          --upamaḥ the teak tree; also śākaduma and mahāpatrākhyavṛkṣa. --kāṃḍa a. having a white stem or appendage.
          --chavi a. white, of a white colour.
          --dhvajaḥ 'white-bannered', N. of Hanūmat.
          --pākī N. of a plant and its fruits.

arjunaka a. Belonging to Arjuna. --kaḥ A worshipper of Arjuna.

arjunasa a. [tṛṇādigaṇa] Overgrown with Arjuna plants.

arṇa a. [ṛ-na]
     (1) Being in motion, agitated; restless.
     (2) Foaming, effervescing. --rṇaḥ
     (1) A flood, stream; water (Ved.)
     (2) The teak tree.
     (3) A letter (of the alphabet); paṃcārṇo manurīritaḥ.
     (4) N. of a metre having 10 feet and belonging to the class called Daṇḍaka. --rṇā A river (Ved.). --rṇaṃ Tumult or din of battl confused noise.

arṇava a. Being agitated, foaming, restless (Ved.); full of water (Sāy.). --vaḥ [arṇāṃsi saṃti yasmin, arṇas-va salopaḥ P. V. 2. 109 Vārt.].
     (1) A stream, flood, wave.
     (2) The (foaming) sea, ocean (fig. also); śoka- ocean of grief; so ciṃtā-; jana- ocean of men; saṃsārārṇavalaṃghana Bh. 3. 10.
     (3) The ocean of air.
     (4) N. of a metre.
     (5) N. of the sun or Indra (as givers of water).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ the extremity of the ocean.
          --udbhavaḥ 1. N. of a plant agnijāra. --2. the moon. (
          --vā) Lakṣmī. (
          --vaṃ) nectar.
          --ja a. sea-born, marine. (
          --jaṃ, jaḥ) cuttle-fish.
          --potaḥ, --yānaṃ a boat or ship.
          --maṃdiraḥ 1. 'inhabiting the ocean', N. of Varuṇa, regent of the waters. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.

arṇas n. [ṛ-asun-nuṭ Uṇ. 4. 196]
     (1) Water; a wave, flood, stream; savarṇamarṇaḥ kathamanyathāsya Śi. 12. 69.
     (2) The sea, ocean (usually -saḥ).
     (3) The ocean of air.
     -- Comp.
          --daḥ 1. a cloud. --2. N. of a plant mustaka. --bhavaḥ conch-shell.
          --vṛt a. Ved. including the waters.

arṇasvat a. Having much water. --m. The ocean.

artagalaḥ = ārtagala q. v.

artana a. [ṛt-lyuṭ]
     (1) Blaming, reviling.
     (2) Sorry, grieved. --naṃ Censure, reproach, abuse.

artiḥ f. [ard-ktin]
     (1) Pain, sorrow, grief; śiro'rti head-ache.
     (2) The end of a bow.

artikā [ṛt-ṇvul] An elder sister (in dramas).

artuka a. Ved. [ṛt-bāhu-ukañ] Provoking, quarrelsome (spardhaka).

arth 10 A. [arthayate, epic arthate; arthayāṃcake, arthayiṣyate, ārtathata, arthayituṃ, arthita]
     (1) To request, beg, supplicate, ask, entreat, solicit (with two acc.); tvāmimamarthamarthayate Dk. 71; tamabhikramya sarve'dya vayaṃcārthāmahe vasu Mb.; prahastamarthayāṃcakre yoddhuṃ Bk. 14. 88.
     (2) To strive to obtain, desire, wish.

arthaḥ [In some of its senses from arth; in others from ṛ-than Uṇ. 2. 4; aryate hyasau arthibhiḥ Nir.]
     (1) Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; jñātārtho jñātasaṃbaṃdhaḥ śrotuṃ śrotā pravartate; siddha-, -paripaṃthī Mu. 5; -vaśāt 5. 8; smartavyosmi satyarthe Dk. 117 if it be necessary; Y. 2. 46; M. 4. 6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of,' and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; arthena tu nityasamāso viśeṣyanighnatā ca Vart.; saṃtānārthāya vidhaye R. 1. 34; tāṃ devatāpitratithikriyārthāṃ (dhenuṃ) 2. 16; dvijārthāṃ yavāgūḥ Sk.; yajñārthātkarmaṇo'nyatra Bg. 3. 9. It mostly occurs in this sense as arthaṃ, arthe or arthāya and has an adverbial force;
          (a) kimarthaṃ for what purpose, why; yadarthaṃ for whom or which; velopalakṣaṇārthaṃ S. 4; taddarśanādabhūcchaṃbhorbhūyāndārārthamādaraḥ Ku. 6. 13;
          (b) parārthe prājña utsṛjet H. 1. 44; gavārthe brāhmaṇārthe ca Pt. 1. 420; madarthe tyaktajīvitāḥ Bg. 1. 9;
          (c) sukhārthāya Pt. 4. 18; pratyākhyātā mayā tatra nalasyārthāya devatāḥ Nala. 13. 19; ṛtuparṇasya cārthāya 23. 9.
     (2) Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; aluptaśca muneḥ kriyārthaḥ R. 2. 55 means or cause; ato'rthāt Ms. 2. 213.
     (3) Meaning, sense, signification, import; artha is of 3 kinds:vācya or expressed, lakṣya or indicated (secondary), and vyaṃgya or suggested; tadadoṣau śabdārthau K. P. 1; artho vācyaśca lakṣyaśca vyaṃgyaśceti tridhā mataḥ .. S. D. 2; vāgarthāviva R. 1. 1; avekṣya dhātorgamanārthamarthavit 3. 21.
     (4) A thing, object, substance; artho hi kanyā parakīya eva S. 4. 21; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; iṃdriya- H. 1. 146; Ku. 7. 71; R. 2. 51; na nirbaddhā upasargā arthānnirāhuḥ Nir.; iṃdriyebhyaḥ parā hyarthā arthebhyaśca paraṃ manaḥ Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five rūpa, rasa, gaṃdha, sparśa and śabda).
     (5)
          (a) An affair, business, matter, work; prāk pratipanno'yamarthoṃ'garājāya Ve. 3; artho'yamarthāṃtarabhāvya eva Ku. 3. 18; artho'rthānubaṃdhī Dk. 67; saṃgītārthaḥ Me. 56 business of singing, i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); saṃdeśārthāḥ Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages;
          (b) Interest, object; svārthasādhanatatparaḥ Ms. 4. 196; dvayamevārthasādhanaṃ R. 1. 19; 2. 21; durāpe'rthe 1. 72; sarvārthāciṃtakaḥ Ms. 7. 121; mālavikāyāṃ na me kaścidarthaḥ M. 3 I have no interest in M.
          (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); tvāmavagatārthaṃ kariṣyati Mu. 1 will acquaint you with the matter; uttaro'yaṃ lekhārthaḥ ibid.; tena hi asya gṛhītārthā bhavāmi V. 2 if so I should know its contents; nanu parigṛhītārthosmi kṛto bhavatā V. 5; tayā bhavato'vinayamaṃtareṇa parigṛhītārthākṛtā devī M. 4 made acquainted with; tvayā gṛhītārthayā atrabhavatī kathaṃ na vāritā 3; agṛhītārthe āvāṃ S. 6; iti paurān gṛhītārthān kṛtvā ibid.
     (6) Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds: --śukla honestly got; śabala got by more or less doubtful means, and kṛṣṇa dishonestly got;) tyāgāya saṃbhṛtārthānāṃ R. 1. 7; dhigarthāḥ kaṣṭasaṃśrayāḥ Pt. 1. 163; arthānāmarjane duḥkhaṃ ibid.; yasyārthāstasya mitrāṇi 1. 3; teṣāmarthe niyuṃjīta śūrān dakṣān kulodgatān Ms. 7. 62.
     (7) Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being dharma, kāma and mokṣa; with artha and kāma, dharma forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku. 5. 38; apyarthakāmau tasyāstāṃ dharma eva manīṣiṇaḥ R. 1. 25.
     (8)
          (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; tathā hi sarve tasyāsan parārthaikaphalā guṇāḥ R. 1. 29 for the good of others; arthānarthāvubhau buddhvā Ms. 8. 24 good and evil; kṣetriṇāmarthaḥ 9. 52.; yāvānartha udapāne sarvataḥ saṃplutodake Bg. 2. 46; also vyartha, nirarthaka q. v.
          (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; ko'rthaḥ putreṇa jātena Pt. 1 what is the use of a son being born; kaśca tenārthaḥ Dk. 59; korthastiraścāṃ guṇaiḥ Pt. 2. 33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh. 2. 48; yogyenārthaḥ kasya na syājjanena Śi. 18. 66; naiva tasya kṛtenārtho nākṛteneha kaścana Bg. 3. 18; yadi prāṇairihārtho vo nivartadhvaṃ Ram. ko nu me jīvitenārthaḥ Nala. 12. 65.
     (9) Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. (10) Action, plaint (in law).
     (11) The actual state, fact of the matter; as in yathārtha, arthataḥ, -tattvavid.
     (12) Manner, kind, sort.
     (13) Prevention, warding off; maśakārtho dhūmaḥ; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above).
     (14) Price (perhaps an incorrect form for argha).
     (15) Fruit, result (phalaṃ).
     (16) N. of a son of dharma.
     (17) The second place from the lagna (in astr.).
     (18) N. of Viṣṇu. Comp. --adhikāraḥ charge of money, office of treasurer -re na niyoktavyau H. 2. --adhikārin m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. --anveṣaṇaṃ inquiry after a matter. --aṃtaraṃ 1. another or different meaning. --2. another cause or motive; arthoyamarthāṃtarabhāvya eva Ku. 3. 18. --3. a new matter or circumstance, new affair. --4. opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. -nyāsaḥ a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; uktirarthāṃtaranyāsaḥ syāt sāmānyaviśeṣayoḥ . (1) hanumānabdhimatarad duṣkaraṃ kiṃ mahātmanāṃ .. (2) guṇavadvastusaṃsargādyāti nīcopi gauravaṃ . puṣpamālānuṣaṃgeṇa sūtraṃ śirasi dhāryate Kuval.; cf. also K. P. 10 and S. D. 709. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kalidasa, Magha and Bharavi). --anvita a. 1. rich, wealthy. --2. significant. --arthin a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. --alaṃkāraḥ a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. śabdālaṃkāra). --āgamaḥ 1. acquisition of wealth, income; -gamāya syāta Pt. 1. --2. collection of property. --3. conveying of a sense; S. D. 737. --āpattiḥ f. [arthasya anuktārthasya āpāttiḥ siddhiḥ] 1. an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmamsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance pīno devadatto divā na bhukteṃ the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'; pīnatvaviśiṣṭasya devadattasya rātribhojitvarūpārthasya śabdānuktasyāpi āpattiḥ. Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of anumāna and can be proved by a vyatirekavyāpti; cf. Tarka K. 17 and S. D. 460. --2. a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called kaimutikanyāya or daṃḍāpūpanyāya; e. g. hāroyaṃ hariṇākṣīṇāṃ luṭhati stanamaṃḍale . muktānāmapyavastheyaṃ ke vayaṃ smarakiṃkarāḥ Amaru. 100; abhitaptamayopi mārdavaṃ bhajate kaiva kathā śarīriṣu R. 8. 43. S. D. thus defines the figure: --daṃḍāpūpikayānyārthāgamo'rthāpattiriṣyate. --utpattiḥ f. acquisition of wealth; so -upārjanaṃ. --upakṣepakaḥ an introductory scene (in dramas); arthopakṣepakāḥ paṃca S. D. 308. --upamā a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under upamā. --uṣman m. the glow or warmth of wealth; arthoṣmaṇā virahitaḥ puruṣaḥ sa eva Bh. 2. 40. --oghaḥ, --rāśiḥ treasure, hoard of money. --kara (--rī f.), --kṛt a. 1. bringing in wealth, enriching; arthakarī ca vidyā H. Pr. 3. --2. useful, advantageous. --karman n. a principal action (opp. guṇakarman). --kāma a. desirous of wealth. (--mau- dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; R. 1. 25. --kṛcchraṃ 1. a difficult matter. --2. pecuniary difficulty; na muhyedarthakṛcchreṣu Nīti. --kṛtyaṃ doing or execution of a business; abhyupetārthakṛtyāḥ Me. 38. --kramaḥ due order or sequence of purpose. --gata a. 1. based on the sense (as a doṣa). --2. devoid of sense. --gauravaṃ depth of meaning; bhāraverarthagauravaṃ Udb., Ki. 2. 27. --ghna a. (ghnī f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; Y. 1. 73; Ms. 9. 80. --ciṃtaka a. 1. thinking of profit. --2. having charge of affairs; sarvārthaciṃtakaḥ Ms. 7. 121. --ciṃtā, -ciṃtanaṃ charge or administration of (royal) affairs; maṃtrī syādarthaciṃtāyāṃ S. D. --jāta a. 1. full of meaning. --2. wealthy (jātadhana). (--taṃ) 1. a collection of things. --2. large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk. 63, S. 6; Mk. 2. 6. --3. all matters; Śi. 11. 6. --4. its own meaning; Ki. 3. 48. --jña a. knowing the sense or purpose; arthajña itsakalaṃ bhadramaśnute Nir. --tatvaṃ 1. the real truth, the fact of the matter; H. 4. 94. --2. the real nature or cause of any thing. --da a. 1. yielding wealth; Dk. 41. --2. advantageous, productive of good, useful. --3. li beral, munificent Ms. 2. 109. --4. favourable, compliant. (--daḥ) N. of Kubera. --darśanaṃ perception of objects; Ki. 2. 33; Dk. 155. --dūṣaṇaṃ 1. extravagance, waste; H. 3. 115; Ms. 7. 48. --2. unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. --3. finding fault with the meaning. --4. spoiling of another's property. --doṣaḥ a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doshas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being padadoṣa, padāṃśadoṣa, and vākyadoṣa; for definitions &c. see K. P. 7. --nitya a. = aṃrthapradhāna Nir. --nibaṃdhana a. dependent on wealth. --niścayaḥ determination, decision. --patiḥ 1. 'the lord of riches'; a king; kiṃcidvihasyārthapatiṃ babhāṣe R. 2. 46; 1. 59; 9. 3; 18. 1; Pt. 1. 74. --2. an epithet of Kubera. --para, --lubdha a. 1. intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. --2. niggardly, parsimonious; Bh. 2. 47; Pt. 1. 425. --prakṛtiḥ f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five: --bījaṃ biṃduḥ patākā ca prakarī kāryameva ca . arthaprakṛtayaḥ paṃca jñātvā yojyā yathāvidhi S. D. 317.) --prayogaḥ 1. usury. --2. administration of the affairs (of a state). --prāpta a. derived or understood from the sense. --baṃdhaḥ 1. arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; S. 7. 5; lalitārthabaṃdhaṃ V. 2. 14 put or expressed in elegant words. --2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. --buddhi a. selfish. --bodhaḥ indication of the (real) import. --bhāj a. entitled to a share in the division of property. --bhṛt a. receiving high wages (as a servant). --bhedaḥ distinction or difference of meaning; arthabhedena śabdabhedaḥ. --mātraṃ, -trā 1. property, wealth; Pt. 2. --2. the whole sense or object. --yukta a. significant, full of meaning; Ku. 1. 13. --lābhaḥ acquisition of wealth. --lobhaḥ avarice. --vādaḥ 1. declaration of any purpose. --2. affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a vidhi or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; stutirnidā parakṛtiḥ purākalpa ityarthavādaḥ Gaut. Sūt.; (said by Laugākṣi to be of three kinds: --guṇavādo virodhe syādanuvādo'vadhārite . bhūtārthavādastaddhānādarthavādastridhā mataḥ; the last kind includes many varieties.) --3. one of the six means of finding out the tatparya (real aim and object) of any work. --4. praise, eulogy; arthavāda eṣaḥ . doṣaṃ tu me kaṃcitkathaya U. 1. --vijñānaṃ comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (dhīguṇa). --vid a. sensible, wise, sagacious. --viprakarṣaḥ difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. --vikaraṇaṃ = arthavikriyā change of meaning. --vikalpaḥ 1. deviation from truth, perversion of fact. --2. prevarication; also -vaikalyaṃ. --viśeṣaṇaṃ a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D. 490. --vṛddhiḥ f. accumulation of wealth. --vyayaḥ expenditure; -jña a. conversant with money-matters. --śāstraṃ 1. the science of wealth (political economy). --2. science of polity, political science, politics; Dk. 120; iha khalu arthaśāstrakārāstrividhāṃ siddhimupavarṇayaṃti Mu. 3; -vyavahārin one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu. 5. --3. science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt. 1. --śaucaṃ purity or honesty in money-matters; sarveṣāṃ caiva śaucānāmarthaśaucaṃ paraṃ smṛtaṃ Ms. 5. 106. --saṃsthānaṃ 1. accumulation of wealth. --2. treasury. --saṃgrahaḥ, --saṃcayaḥ accumulation or acquisition of wealth, wealth, treasure, property. --samājaḥ aggregate of causes. --samāhāraḥ 1. treasure. --2. acquisition of wealth. --saṃpad f. accomplishment of a desired object; Ki. 1. 15. --saṃbaṃdhaḥ connection of the sense with he word or sentence. --sādhaka a. 1. accomplishing any object. --2. bringing any matter to a conclusion. --sāraḥ considerable wealth; Pt. 2. 42. --siddha a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. --siddhiḥ f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. --hara a. inheriting wealth. --hīna a. 1. deprived of wealth, poor. --2. unmeaning, nonsensical. --3. failing.

arthataḥ ind. [artha-tasil]
     (1) With reference to the meaning or a particular object; yaccārthato gauravaṃ Mal. 1. 7 depth of meaning; Śi. 7. 28.
     (2) In fact, really, truly; na nāmataḥ kevalamarthato'pi Śi. 3. 56; ityādiṣṭamarthato bhavati Mv. 3.
     (3) For the sake of money, gain or profit; aiśvaryādanapetamīśvaramayaṃ lokorthataḥ sevate Mu. 1. 14.
     (4) On account of, by reason of.
     (5) By reason of wealth or a particular purpose; arthataḥ puruṣo nārī yā nārī sārthataḥ pumān Mk. 3. 27.

arthanā Request, entreaty, suit, petition; N. 5. 112.

arthavat a.
     (1) Wealthy, rich; R. 14. 23.
     (2) Significant, full of sense or meaning; arthavān khalu me rājaśabdaḥ S. 5; Pt. 1. 136; Ki. 3. 51.
     (3) Having meaning; arthavadadhāturapratyayaḥ prātipadikaṃ P. I. 2. 45.
     (4) Serving some purpose; successful, useful; sa pumānarthavajjanmā Ki. 11. 62; 10. 62. --adv. According to a purpose. --m. (--vān) A man.

arthavattā Wealth, property; Mu. 6.

arthāt ind. (abl. of artha)
     (1) As a matter of course, of course, in fact; mūṣikeṇa daṃḍo bhakṣita ityanena tatsahacaritamapūpabhakṣaṇamarthādāyātaṃ bhavati S. D. 10.
     (2) According to the circumstances or state of the case; as a matter of fact.
     (3) That is to say, namely.

arthāpaya = arth.

arthikaḥ [arthayate ityarthī kan]
     (1) A crier, watchman.
     (2) Especially, a minstrel whose duty it is to announce (by song &c.) the different fixed periods of the day, such as the hours of rising, sleeping, eating &c.

arthita p. p. Requested, asked, desired. --taṃ [bhāve-kta] Wish, desire; supplication, petition.

arthitā, --tvam
     (1) State or condition of a supplicant, begging, request; na vyahanyata kadācidarthitā R. 11. 2; M. 3; K. 141,; tenārthitvaṃ tvayi vidhivaśād dūrabaṃdhurgato'haṃ Me. 6; Mv. 2. 9.
     (2) Wish, desire; R. 14. 42; anarthitvānmanuṣyāṇāṃ Pt. 1. 142; Ki. 13. 69.

arthin a. [arth-ini]
     (1) Seeking to gain or obtain, wishing for, desirous of, with instr. or in comp; tuṣairarthinaḥ Dk. 132; koṣadaṃḍābhyāṃ Mu. 5; ko vadhena mamārthī syāt Mb., Ve. 6. 25; arthārthī Pt. 1. 4, 9.
     (2) Entreating or begging any one (with gen.); arthī vararucirme'stu Ks.
     (3) Possessed of desires; anarthī prārthanāvahaḥ R. 10. 18. --m.
     (1) One who asks, begs or solicits; a beggar, suppliant, suitor; yathākāmārcitārthināṃ R. 1. 6; 2. 64; 5. 31; 9. 27; korthī gato gauravaṃ Pt. 1. 146; kanyāratnamayonijanma bhavatāmāste vayaṃ cārthinaḥ Mv. 1. 30.
     (2) (In law) A plaintiff, complainant, prosecutor; sa dharmasthasakhaḥ śaśvadārthipratyarthināṃ svayaṃ . dadarśa saṃśayacchedyān vyavahārānataṃdritaḥ R. 17. 39.
     (3) A servant, follower.
     (4) A master or lord.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāvaḥ state of a suppliant, begging, request; Mal. 9. 30.
          --sāt adv. at the disposal of beggars; vibhajya merurna yadarthisātkṛtaḥ N. 1. 16.

arthīya a. [artha-cha] (In comp.)
     (1) Destined or intended for, doomed to suffer; śarīraṃ yātanārthīyaṃ Ms. 12. 16.
     (2) Belonging or relating to; karma caiva tadarthīyaṃ Bg. 17. 27.

arthya a. [arth-karmaṇi ṇyat]
     (1) Fit to be asked or sought for.
     (2) [arthādanapetaḥ, artha-yat] Fit, proper, suitable; arthyo virodhaḥ Mv. 2. 7.
     (3) Appropriate, not deviating from the sense, significant; stutyaṃ stutibhirarthyābhirupatasthe sarasvatī R. 4. 6, 1. 59; Ku. 2. 3.
     (4) Rich, wealthy.
     (5) Wise, intelligent. --rthyaṃ Red chalk.

ard 1 P. [ardati, ānarda, ārdīt, ardituṃ, ardita or arṇa]
     (1) To afflict, torment; strike, hurt, kill; rakṣaḥsahasrāṇi caturdaśārdīt Bk. 12. 56, see caus. below.
     (2) To beg, request, ask; nirgalitāṃbugarbhaṃ śaradghanaṃ nārdati cātakopi R. 5. 17.
     (3) To go.
     (4) To move, be agitated or moved; be scattered (as dust); fly in pieces, dissolve (Ved.). (The past participle is usually ardita, but arṇa when the root is preceded by abhi, ni, vi, saṃ; cf. P. VII. 2. 24-5). --Caus. (or 10 P.)
     (1)
          (a) To afflict, torment, distress; tata enaṃ mahāvegairardayāmāsa tomaraiḥ Mb.; kāmārdita, kopa-, bhaya- &c.
          (b) To strike, hurt, injure, kill; yenārdidat daityapuraṃ pinākī Bk. 2. 46; 9. 19; 15. 90.
     (2) To stir up, rouse, agitate, shake vehemently, make agitated or restless.
     (3) To distort; ardayitvānilo vaktramarditaṃ janayatyataḥ Suśruta. --WITH ati to torment excessively, fall upon or attack; atyārdīt vālinaḥ putraṃ Bk. 15. 115. --abhi to distress, afflict, pain, oppress; abhyardito vṛṣalaḥ (śītena pīḍitaḥ) P. VII. 2. 25 Sk. --ni Ved. to stream forth, flow out. --pra to overwork, to work or exert oneself beyond measure; to cause to flow away. --prati to oppress or press hard in return, assail in return, return an attack. --vi Ved. to go or move away; to oppress, harass, pain. (--caus.) to cause to be scattered or disolved, destroy, annihilate. --saṃ caus. to pain greatly, wound, distress.

ardana a.
     (1) Distressing, afflicting, tormenting; pura-, bala-.
     (2) Moving restlessly, being agitated. --naṃ [bhāve lyuṭ] Distressing, afflicting; pain, trouble, anxiety, disturbance, excitement, agitation, restlessness. --naṃ, --nā
     (1) Going, moving.
     (2) Asking, begging.
     (3) Killing, hurting, giving pain.

ardaniḥ
     (1) Asking, begging.
     (2) Sickness, disease.
     (3) Fire.

ardita p. p. [ard-kta] Tormented, afflicted; begged &c. --taṃ A disease, spasm of the jaw-bones, tetanus or hemiflegia (paralysis of the muscles on one side of the face and neck).

arditin a. [arditamastyasya-ini] Suffering from the spasms of jaw-bones.

ardha a. [ṛdh-ṇic ac; according to Nir. from dhṛ, or ṛdh] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); ardha-ardha the one half-the other half. --rdhaḥ [ṛdh-ghañ]
     (1) A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.).
     (2) Increase (vṛddhi).
     (3) Wind.
     (4) A part, portion, side. --rdhaṃ, --rdhaḥ
     (1) A half, half portion; sarvanāśe samutpanne ardhaṃ tyajati paṃḍitaḥ; gatamardhaṃ divasasya V. 2; pūrvārdhaḥ first half; so uttara- latter half; dakṣiṇa- southern half (half on the right side); so jaghana-, avara-, para-, grāma- &c.; yadardhe vicchinnaṃ S. 1. 9 divided in half; ṛjvāyatārdhaṃ M. 27; R. 3. 59, 12. 99; rātrau tadardhaṃ gataṃ Bh. 3. 107; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.);
     (2) Nearness, proximity; see ardhadeva. (ardha may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of', and forms an ekadośisamāsa or tatpuruṣa; -kāyaḥ = ardhaṃ kāyasya; -pippalī, -mārgaḥ; -puruṣaḥ &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; -śyāma half dark; -bhukta half eaten; so -piṣṭa, -pūrṇa &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; -śataṃ half of 100 i. e. 50; or ardhena sahitaṃ śataṃ i. e. 150; with ordinal numerals 'with a half of that number;' -tṛtīyaṃ containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so -caturtha three and a half.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣi n. side-look, wink;. Mk. 8. 42.
          --aṃgaṃ half the body.
          --aṃtaraṃ half the distance; -ekapadatā a fault in composition; see S. D. 575.
          --aṃśaḥ a half, the half.
          --aṃśin a. sharing a half.
          --ardhaḥ, --rdhaṃ 1. half of a half, quarter; carorardhārdhabhāgābhyāṃ tāmayojayatāmubhe R. 10. 56. --2. half and half.
          --avabhedakaḥ 1. pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. ardhaśiśī). (
          --kaṃ) dividing in equal parts.
          --avaśeṣa a. having only a half left.
          --ākāraḥ 1. half the letter a. --2. N. of avagraha q. v.
          --āsanaṃ 1. half a seat; ardhāsanaṃ gotrabhidodhitaṣṭhau R. 6. 73; mama hi divaukasāṃ samakṣamardhāsanopaveśitasya S. 7 (it being considered a mark of very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). --2. greeting kindly or with great respect. --3. exemption from censure.
          --iṃduḥ 1. the half or crescent moon. --2. semicircular impression of a finger-nail, crescentshaped nail-print; N. 6. 25. --3. an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= ardhacaṃdra below.); -mauli N. of Śiva Me. 56.
          --iṃdra a. that of which a half belongs to Indra.
          --ukta a. half said or uttered; rāmabhadra iti ardhokte mahārāja U. 1.
          --uktiḥ f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech.
          --udakaṃ water reaching half the body.
          --udayaḥ 1. the rising of the half moon. --2. partial rise. --3. a kind of parvan; -āsanaṃ a sort of posture in meditation.
          --udita a. 1. half risen. --2. half uttered.
          --ūrukaṃ a. [ardhamūroḥ ardhoru tatra kāśate] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (
          --kaṃ) 1. a short petti-coat (Mar. parakara); see caṃḍātaka. --2. mantle, veil.
          --kṛta a. half done, incomplete.
          --ketuḥ N. of Rudra.
          --kośaḥ a moiety of one's treasure.
          --kauḍavika a. measuring half a kuḍava.
          --khāraṃ, -rī a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P. V. 4. 101.
          --gaṃgā N. of the river Kaverī; (snānādau gaṃgāsnānārdhaphaladāyinī); so -jāhnavī. --garbha a. Ved. 1. in the middle of the womb. --2. N. of the rays of the sun.
          --gucchaḥ a necklace of 24 strings.
          --guṃjā half a gunja.
          --golaḥ a hemisphere.
          --cakravartin, --cakrin m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu.
          --caṃdra a. crescent-shaped. (
          --draḥ) 1. the half moon, crescent moon; sārdhacaṃdraṃ bibharti yaḥ Ku. 6. 75. --2. the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. --3. an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; ardhacaṃdramukhairbāṇaiściccheda kadalīsukham R. 12. 96. --4. a crescent-shaped nail-print. --5. the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; -draṃ dā to seize by the neck and turn out; dīyatāmetasyārdhacaṃdraḥ Pt. 1. (
          --drā) N. of a plant (karṇasphoṭa). --caṃdrākāra, --caṃdrākṛti a. half-moonshaped. (
          --raḥ, -tiḥ f.) a meniscus.
          --caṃdrikā N. of a climbing plant.
          --colakaḥ a short bodice.
          --jaratīyanyāyaḥ a kind of nyāya, see under nyāya. --tanuḥ f. half the body.
          --tiktaḥ N. of a plant (nepālaniṃba). --tūraḥ a kind of musical instrument.
          --dinaṃ, --divasaḥ 1. half a day, mid-day. --2. a day of 12 hours.
          --devaḥ 1. demi-god. --2. Ved. being near the gods; (devānāṃ samīpe vartamānaḥ Say.).
          --drauṇika a. measuring a half drona.
          --dhāraḥ a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 20 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta).
          --nārācaḥ a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; gṛdhralakṣavedhī ardhanārācaḥ V. 5.
          --nārāyaṇaḥ a form of Viṣṇu.
          --nārīśaḥ, --nārīśvaraḥ a form of Śiva, (half male and half female).
          --nāvaṃ half a boat.
          --niśā midnight.
          --paṃcāśat f. twenty-five.
          --paṇaḥ a measure containing half a paṇa.
          --pathaṃ half way. (
          --the) midway Y. 2. 198.
          --pādaḥ half a pada or foot; ardhapādaṃ kiṣkuviṣkaṃbhamuddhṛtya Dk. 109.
          --pādika a. having half a foot; Ms. 8. 325.
          --pāṃcālika a. born or produced in the ardhapanchala.
          --pārāvataḥ a kind of pigeon (ardhenāṃgena pārāvata iva). --pulāyitaḥ a half gallop, canter; citraṃ cakāra padamardhapulāyitena Śi. 5. 10.
          --praharaḥ half a watch, one hour and a half.
          --bhāgaḥ a half, half a share or part; tadardhabhāgena labhasva kāṃkṣitaṃ Ku. 5. 50; R. 7. 45.
          --bhāgika a. sharing a half; mṛte pitari kuryustaṃ bhrātarastvardhabhāgikaṃ Y. 2. 134.
          --bhāj a. 1. sharing a half, entitled to a half; Ms. 8. 39. --2. a companion, sharer.
          --bhāskaraḥ mid-day.
          --bhoṭikā a kind of cake.
          --bhramaḥ, --makaḥ a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki. 15. 27; Śi. 19. 72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus:
          --āhurardhabhramaṃ nāma ślokārdhabhramaṇaṃ yadi. --māṇavakaḥ, --māṇavaḥ a necklace of 12 strings (māṇavaka consisting of 24).
          --mātrā 1. half a (short) syllable. --2. a term for a consonant (vyaṃjanaṃ cārdhamātrakaṃ). --mārge ind. midway; V. 1. 3.
          --māsaḥ half a month, a fortnight.
          --māsatama = -māsika see P. V. 2. 57.
          --māsika a. 1. happening every fortnight. --2. lasting for a fortnight; Y. 2. 177.
          --muṣṭiḥ f. a half-clenched hand.
          --yāmaḥ half a watch.
          --rathaḥ [ardhaḥ asaṃpūrṇaḥ rathaḥ rathī] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a rathī); raṇe raṇe'bhimānī ca vimukhaścāpi dṛśyate . ghṛṇī karṇaḥ pramādī ca tena me'rdharatho mataḥ Mb.
          --rātraḥ [ardhaṃ rātreḥ] 1. midnight; athārdharātre stimitapradīpe R. 16. 4; sthite'rdharātre Dk. 109. --2. a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours.
          --rātrārdhadivasaḥ equinox.
          --lakṣmīhariḥ Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī.
          --visargaḥ, --visarjanīyaḥ the Visarga sound before k, kh, p, and ph, so called because its sign is the half of a Visarga
          (H). --vīkṣaṇaṃ a side-look, glance, leer. --vṛddha a. middle-aged. --vaināśikaḥ N. of the followers of Kaṇada (arguing half perishableness). --vaiśasaṃ half or incomplete murder; vidhinā kṛtamardhavaiśasaṃ nanu māṃ kāmavadhe vimuṃcatā Ku. 4. 31. --vyāsaḥ the radius of a circle. --śataṃ fifty. --śanaṃ [ardhamaśanasya śakaṃ-] half a meal. --śapharaḥ a kind of fish. --śabda a. having a low voice. --śeṣa a. having only a half left. --śyāma a. half clouded. --ślokaḥ half a sloka or verse. --sama a. equal to a half. (--maṃ) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as puṣpitāgrā. --sasya a. half the crops, half grown. --sīrin m. 1. a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; Y. 1. 166. --2. = ardhika q. v. --hara, --hārin a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku. 1. 50, Bh. 3. 121. --hāraḥ a necklace of 64 strings. --thasvaḥ half a (short) syllable.

ardhaka a. Half; see ardha.

ardharcaḥ --cam Half a verse, hemistich; -ādigaṇaḥ a class of words either m. or n.

ardhika a. (kī f.) [ardhamarhati ṭhan]
     (1) Measuring a half; tadardhika Ms. 3. 1.
     (2) Entitled to half a share; Y. 2. 296. --kaḥ A half-caste man; vaiśyakanyāsamutpanno brāhmaṇena tu saṃskṛtaḥ . ardhikaḥsa tu vijñeyo bhojyo viprairna saṃśayaḥ Paraśara.

ardhin a. [ardha-astyarthe ini] Sharing or entitled to a half; Ms. 8. 210.

ardhuka a. Prospering, succeeding.

ardhya a.
     (1) Belonging to the half (of anything).
     (2) Fit to be increased.

arpaṇam [ṛ-ṇic-lyuṭ]
     (1) Placing or putting upon, setting upon; pādārpaṇānugrahapūtapṛṣṭhaṃ R. 2. 35.
     (2) Inserting, placing or putting in.
     (3) Giving, offering, resigning; svadehārpaṇaniṣkrayeṇa R. 2. 55; mukhārpaṇeṣu prakṛtipragalbhāḥ 13. 9; tatkuruṣva madarpaṇaṃ Bg. 9. 27.
     (4) Restoration, delivery, giving back; nyāsa- Ak.
     (5) Piercing, perforating; tīkṣṇatuṃḍārpaṇairgrīvāṃ nakhaiḥ sarvāṃ vyadārayat Ram. (Said to mean also fire, god, an oblation, a Mantra and the tongue of fire-Tv.).

arpisaḥ [ṛ-ṇic-isun Uṇ. 4. 2] The heart; flesh in the heart.

arb 1 P. (arbati, ānarba, arbituṃ)
     (1) To go towards.
     (2) To kill, hurt.

arbu(rva)daḥ, --dam
     (1) A swelling, tumour, (of various kinds); māṃsa-, nāsā-, śoṇita- &c.
     (2) One hundred millions.
     (3) N. of a mountain in the west of India (Abu).
     (4) A serpent-like demon killed by Indra.
     (5) A serpent.
     (6) A cloud.
     (7) A place of pilgrimage (of the Jainas).
     (8) A long round mass, lump of flesh; yadi piṃḍaḥ pumānstrī cet peśī napuṃsakaṃ cedarbudaṃ Suśr; Y. 3. 75, 89 (māṃsapiṃḍa).
     (9) N. of a people. (10) N. of a hell.

arbudiḥ
     (1) A serpent-like demon conquered by Indra.
     (2) All-pervading lord.

arbudin a. Afflicted with swelling or tumour.

arbha a. [ṛ-bhan Uṇ. 3. 152] Ved. Little, small, unimportant; --rbhaḥ A child, pupil. [cf. L. orbus.]

arbhaka a. [According to Nir. avahṛtaṃ bhavati hrasvaṃ tasmādarbhakaḥ.]
     (1) Small, minute, short; namo mahadbhyo namoarbhakebhyaḥ Rv. 1. 27. 13.
     (2) Weak, emaciated, lean.
     (3) Foolish.
     (4) Young, childish.
     (5) Like, similar. --kaḥ
     (1) A boy, child; śrutasya yāyādayamaṃtamarbhakaḥ R. 3. 21, 25, 7. 67.
     (2) The young of an animal.
     (3) A fool, idiot.

arbhaga a. Ved. Youthful, young.

armaḥ --rmam [ṛ-man Uṇ. 1. 137]
     (1) A disease of the eye.
     (2) A country to which one should go (gaṃtavyadeśaḥ or ciraṃtanagrāmanivāsaḥ).
     (3) A cemetery.

armaka a. Narrow, thin. --kaṃ Narrowness.

armaṇam A measure of one droṇa.

arman n. [ṛ-manin] A disease of the eye (said to be of 5 kinds).

arya a. [ṛ-yat]
     (1) Excellent, best.
     (2) Respectable.
     (3) Attached, true, devoted.
     (4) Dear, kind. --ryaḥ
     (1) A master, lord; aryaḥ premṇā no tathā vallabhasya Śi. 18. 52; Śānti. 1. 18.
     (2) A man of the third tribe, Vaiśya. --ryā
     (1) A mistress.
     (2) A woman of the Vaiśya tribe. --ryī The wife of a Vaiśya.
     -- Comp.
          --jārā the mistress of an Ārya.
          --patnī the wife of a true or legitimate husband.
          --varyaḥ a Vaiśya of rank.

aryāṇī [arya-ānuk-ṅīp ca] A woman of the Vaiśya tribe.

aryaman m. [aryaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ mimīte, mā-kanin nipātoyaṃ] Uṇ. 1. 156]
     (1) The sun; proṣitāryamaṇaṃ meroraṃdhakārastaṭīmiva Śi. 2. 39.
     (2) The head of the Pitṛs or Manes; pitṝṇāmaryamā cāsmi Bg. 10. 29.
     (3) The constellation uttarāphalgunī.
     (4) N. of the arka plant.
     (5) One of the Ādityas.
     (6) A bosom-friend, play-fellow.
     -- Comp.
          --devā N. of the 12th lunar mansion.

aryamika a. Compassionate; (diminutive of aryamadatta P. V. 3. 84).

aryamyaḥ The sun; a bosom-friend.

arv 1 P. To kill.

arvaṭam Ashes.

arvan a. [ṛ-vanip]
     (1) Going, moving, running.
     (2) Mean, unworthy, censurable (garhya Uṇ. 4. 112; kutsita 5. 54). --m. (arvā, arvaṃtau, arvaṃtaḥ &c.)
     (1) A horse: ślathīkṛtapragrahamarvatāṃ vrajāḥ Śi. 12. 31.
     (2) An epithet of a horse or its driver.
     (3) One of the ten horses of the moon.
     (4) Indra.
     (5) A short span (gokarṇaparimāṇa). --tī
     (1) A mare.
     (2) A bawd, procuress.
     (3) A nymph.
     -- Comp.
          --vasuḥ one of the principal seven rays of the sun.

arvaśa a. Possessed of coursers, quick.

arvāṃc a. [avare kāle deśe vā aṃcati pṛṣo- arvādeśaḥ]
     (1) Coming hitherward (opp. parāṃc).
     (2) Turned towards coming to meet any one.
     (3) Being on this side (as the bank of a river); (opp. para).
     (4) Being below or behind (in time or place).
     (5) Following, subsequent. --k ind.
     (1) Hitherward, on this side.
     (2) From a certain point.
     (3) Before (in time or place); yatsṛṣṭerarvāk salilamayaṃ brahmāṃḍamabhūt K. 125; arvāk saṃvatsarātsvāmī hareta parato nṛpaḥ Y. 2. 173, 113; 1. 254; Ms. 8. 30; 5. 59.
     (4) On the lower side, behind, downwards (opp. ūrdhvaṃ).
     (5) Afterwards, subsequently.
     (6) (With loc.) Within, near; ete cārvāgupavanabhuvi chinnadarbhāṃkurāyāṃ . S. 1. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ posterior time.
          --kālika a. belonging to proximate time, modern; -tā modernness, posterity of time; Ms. 12. 96.
          --kūlaṃ the near bank of a river.
          --bila a. Ved. having the hole or mouth hitherward.
          --vasu a. offering riches. (
          --suḥ) 1. rain. --2. a cloud.
          --sāman n. Ved. epithet of three days during which the Soma sacrifice is performed.
          --srotas m. N. of a creation of beings in which the current of nutriment tends downwards, or where the men are addicted to sensual enjoyments.

arvāke ind. In the proximity of, near.

arvācīna a. [arvāc-kha]
     (1) Turned towards; favouring.
     (2) Being on this side, below.
     (3) Born afterwards, posterior.
     (4) Modern, recent.
     (5) Reverse, contrary; -tā state of being posterior or recent; state of being contrary. --naṃ ind. (With abl.)
     (1) On this side of.
     (2) Thenceforward.
     (3) Less than.
     (4) Later than; yadūrdhvaṃ pṛthivyā arvācīnamaṃtarīkṣāt Śat. Br.

arvāvat a. [avarakālo'styasya matup pṛṣo-] Later, modern. --f. Proximity.

arvāvasu N. of the Hotṛ of the Gods (devānāṃ hotā).

arvuka [arv-hiṃsaneṃ bāhu- ukañ] N. of a tribe or people in the south mentioned in the Mahabhārata and conquered by Sahadeva; N. of kings living in the southern forest.

arśa a. Bringing misfortune, sinful; indecent. --rśaḥ
     (1) Damage, hurt.
     (2) = arśas q. v.

arśas n. [ṛ-asun vyādhau śuṭ ca Uṇ. 4. 195] Piles.
     -- Comp.
          --ghna a. destroying piles. (
          --ghnaḥ) 1. N. of the plant śuraṇa, so called because it is said to cure piles. --2. one part of buttermilk with three parts of water. (
          --ghnī) 1. N. of the plant Curculigo Archioides Lin. --2. the marking nut plant (bhallātaka). --yuj a. afflicted with piles.
          --hita a. curing piles. (
          --taḥ) the marking nut plant.

arśasa a. [arśas-astyarthe-ac] Afflicted with piles; Ms. 3. 7.

arśin a. [arśamastyasya ini] Afflicted with piles.

arśasāna a. [ṛś-asānuc suṭca] Striving to hurt, malicious. --naḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) N. of a demon.

arṣaṇa a. [ṛṣ gatau lyuṭ] Flowing, moveable. --ṇaṃ Going, moving. --ṇī
     (1) Means of moving, conveyance.
     (2) A piercing or pricking pain.

arh 1 P. [arhati, arhituṃ, ānarha, arhita] (epic A. as rāvaṇo nārhate pūjāṃ Ram.)
     (1) To deserve, merit, be worthy of (with acc. or inf.); kimiva nāyuṣmānamareśvarānnārhati S. 7; so daṃḍaṃ, prāyaścittaṃ, vadhaṃ &c.
     (2) To have a right to, be entitled to, be allowed to do any thing (with acc.); nanu garbhaḥ pitryaṃ rikthamarhati S. 6; na strī svātaṃtryamarhati Ms. 9. 3; also with inf.; na sa tallabdhumarhati Ms. 8. 147; 11. 7, 18.
     (3) To be obliged or required to do a thing, oft. implying duty or obligation; nānyatstrī dātumarhati Y. 2. 49; imāṃ prasādayitumarhasi R. 1. 88.
     (4) To be fit or deserve to be done; arthanā mayi bhavadbhiḥ kartumarhati N. 5. 112; Dk. 137.
     (5) To be equal to; be worth, na te gātrāṇyupacāramarhaṃti S. 3. 18 are not equal to; sarve te japayajñasya kalāṃ nārhaṃti ṣoḍaśīṃ Ms. 2. 86; 3. 131.
     (6) To be able, translateable by 'can'; na me vacanamanyathā bhavitumarhati S. 4; vināśamavyayasyāsya na kaścitkartumarhati Bg. 2. 17; anudyogena tailāni tilebhyo nāptumarhati H. Pr. 30 cannot get.
     (7) To worship, honour; see caus. below.
     (8) (Used with inf. in the second pers. and sometimes in the third) arh represents a mild form of command, advice or courteous request, and may be translated by 'pray', 'deign', 'be pleased to', 'will be pleased to'; dvitrāṇyahānyarhasi soḍhumarhan R. 5. 25 pray wait &c; nārhasi me praṇayaṃ vihaṃtuṃ 2. 58; taṃ saṃtaḥ śrotumarhaṃti 1. 10 will be pleased or be good enough to listen to it; Ku. 6. 32; Ms. 1. 2; Bg. 10. 16, 2. 17; R. 1. 72; 1. 88; 3. 46. --Caus. or 10 P. To honour, worship; rājārjihattaṃ madhuparkapāṇiḥ Bk. 1. 17; Ms. 3. 3, 119.

arha a.
     (1) Respectable, worthy of respect, deserving; arhāvabhojayan vipro daṃḍamarhati māṣakaṃ Ms. 8. 392.
     (2) Worthy of, having a claim to, entitled to, with acc., inf., or in comp.; naivārhaḥ paitṛkaṃ rikthaṃ patitotpādito hi saḥ Ms. 9. 144; saṃskāramarhastvaṃ na ca lapsyase Ram.; tasmānnārhā vayaṃ haṃtuṃ dhārtarāṣṭrān svabāṃdhavān Bg. 1. 37; pradakṣiṇakriyārhāyāṃ R. 1. 76; so māna-, vadha-, daṃḍa- &c.
     (3) Being required, obliged, or allowed (with inf.).
     (4) Becoming, proper, fit; kevalaṃ yānamarhaṃ syāt Pt. 3; with gen. also; sa bhṛtyorho mahībhujāṃ Pt. 1. 87-92; or in comp; tadarheṇa prāyaścittena 1. 275; so nṛpa-, yajña- Ak.
     (5) Worth (in money), costing; see below. --rhaḥ [arh-ghañ]
     (1) N. of Indra.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) Price (as in mahārha); mahārhaśayyāparivartanacyutaiḥ Ku. 5. 12 (mahānarho yasyāḥ Malli.).
     (4) Fitness, propriety.
     (5) Motion, course (gati). --rhā Worship, adoration; Ki. 2. 58; R. 1. 76.

arhaṇaṃ-ṇā [arha-bhāve-lyuṭ] Worship, adoration, honour, treating with respect or veneration; arhaṇāmarhate cakrurmunayo nayacakṣuṣe R. 1. 55; Śi. 15. 22; 14. 58, R. 11. 23, Ms. 3. 54.

arhaṇā ind. Ved. According to what is due; according to one's means.

arhaṇīya pot. p. Fit to be worshipped, adored.

arhat a. [arha-śatṛ]
     (1) Worthy, deserving, deserving respect, respectable, adorable; S. 5. 15; R. 5. 25; 1. 55; Ku. 6. 56; Ms. 3. 128.
     (2) Praised, celebrated (stuta, khyāta).
     (3) Worthy of, deserving, entitled to (mostly Ved.). --m.
     (1) A Buddha; the highest rank in Buddhist hierarchy.
     (2) A superior divinity with the Jainas; sarvajño jitarāgādidoṣastrailokyapūjitaḥ . yathāsthitārthavādī ca devorhan parameśvaraḥ .; see the word jaina also.

arhaṃta a. [arhra-bā- jha] Worthy, deserving. --taḥ
     (1) A Buddha.
     (2) A Buddhist mendicant.
     (3) N. of Śiva.

arhaṃtī The quality of being fit to be worshipped, veneration, adoration; śrautrārhaṃtīcaṇairguṇyaiḥ Sk.

arhya pot. p. [arh-ṇyat]
     (1) Worthy. respectable.
     (2) Fit to be praised,
     (3) Right, fit, proper.
     (4) Fit to be obtained.

arhariṣvaṇi a. Ved. Making enemies cry aloud; exultant.

al 1 U. (alati-te, alituṃ, alita)
     (1) To adorn.
     (2) To be competent or able.
     (3) To prevent, ward off; see alam.

alam [al-ac]
     (1) The sting in the tail of a scorpion.
     (2) Yellow orpiment; cf. āla.

alakaḥ [al-kvun, alati bhūṣayati mukhaṃ]
     (1) A curl, lock of hair, hair in general; lalāṭikācaṃdanadhūsarālakā Ku. 5. 55; aspṛṣṭālakaveṣṭanau R. 1, 42; 4. 54; alakabhaṃgatāṃ gataḥ K. 4; alake bālakuṃdānuviddhaṃ Me. 65 (the word is n. also, as appears from a quotation of Malli.: svabhāvavakrāṇyalakāni tāsāṃ).
     (2) Curls on the fore-head.
     (3) Saffron besmeared on the body.
     (4) A mad dog (for alarka). --kā
     (1) A girl from eight to ten years of age.
     (2) N. of the capital of Kubera (situated on a peak of the Himālaya above the peak of Meru, inhabited also by Śiva), and of the lord of the Yakshas; alakāmativāhyaiva Ku. 6. 37; vibhāti yasyāṃ lalitālakāyāṃ manoharā vaiśravaṇasya lakṣmīḥ Bv. 2. 10; gaṃtavyā te vasatiralakā nāma yakṣeśvarāṇāṃ Me. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ, --patiḥ, --īśvaraḥ 'lord of Alaka', N. of Kubera; atyajīvadamarālakeśvarau R. 19. 15.
          --aṃtaḥ the end of a curl or ringlet; Śi. 4. 9; Me. 8.
          --naṃdā 1. N. of the Ganges, or a river falling into it. --2. a girl from eight to ten years of age.
          --prabhā N. of the capital of Kubera.
          --priyaḥ N. of a tree (pītasāla). --saṃhatiḥ f. rows of curls; Śi. 6. 3.

alakam ind. In vain, for nothing.

alaktaḥ --ktakaḥ [na rakto'smāt, rasya latvaṃ, svārthe kan Tv.] The red resin of certain trees, red lac or sap (formerly used by women to dye certain parts of their body, particularly the soles of the feet and lip); (daṃtavāsasā) cirojjhitālaktakapāṭalena Ku. 5. 34, 68; 7. 58; biṃbādharālaktakaḥ M. 3. 5; alaktakāṃkāṃ padavīṃ tatāna R. 7. 7; striyo hṛtārthāḥ puruṣaṃ nirarthaṃ niṣpīḍitālaktakavattyajaṃti Mk. 4. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --rasaḥ red lac, juice; alaktarasaraktābhāvalaktarasavarjitau . adyāpi caraṇau tasyāḥ padmakośasamaprabhau Ram.
          --rāgaḥ the red colour of alakta.

alakṣaṇa a.
     (1) Having no signs or marks.
     (2) Having no characteristic or distinguishing marks; undefined, undistinguished; Ms. 1. 5.
     (3) Having no good marks, inauspicious, unfortunate, ill-omened; kleśāvahā bharturalakṣaṇāham R. 14. 5. --ṇaṃ
     (1) A bad or inauspicious sign; Ms. 4. 156.
     (2) That which is no definition, a bad definition.

alakṣita a.
     (1) Unseen, unperceived, unobserved; alakṣitopasthita H. 1; alakṣitābhyutpatano nṛpeṇa R. 2. 27.
     (2) Uncharacterized; not marked.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaka a. suddenly dead.
          --upasthita a. one who has approached unobserved.

alakṣya a.
     (1) Invisible, unknown, unobserved.
     (2) Unmarked.
     (3) Having no particular marks.
     (4) Insignificant in appearance.
     (5) Having no pretence, free from fraud.
     (6) Not lakṣya or secondary (as meaning).
     -- Comp.
          --gati a. moving invisibly.
          --janmatā unknown birth, obscure origin; vapurvirūpākṣamalakṣyajanmatā Ku. 5. 72.
          --liṃga a. disguised, incognito.
          --vāc a. addressing words to no visible object; Ku. 5. 57.

alakṣmīḥ f. Evil fortune, bad luck, distress, poverty; kāmān dugdhe viprakarṣatyalakṣmīṃ U. 5. 31.

alagardaḥ [Ety. ?] A water-serpent, the black variety of the Cobra de Capello (also written alagartha). --rdā A large poisonous leech.

alagla a.
     (1) Speaking unconnectedly.
     (2) Stammering.

alaghu (ghu-ghvī f.)
     (1) Not light, heavy, big, weighty (as breasts, hips &c.); āyāsādalaghutarastanaiḥ Śi. 8. 1; 7. 5.
     (2) Not short, long (in prosody).
     (3) Serious, solemn.
     (4) Intense, violent, very great.
     -- Comp.
          --upalaḥ a rock.
          --ūṣman m. intense heat.
          --pratijña a. solemnly pledged or promised.

alāghavam Meanness, niggardliness; R. 9. 16.

alaṃghanam Not surmounting, not transgressing, not passing over or beyond.

alaṃghanīya a. Insurmountable, impassable, inaccessible, beyond the reach of; tridaśapaṃripakṣasyālaṃghanīye kṛte svaḥ V. 2 proof against injury; V. 4, Ki. 14. 37.

alaṃghanīyatā
     (1) Impassableness, insurmountableness, inaccessibility; Śi. 2. 48.
     (2) Inviolability; respectability.
     (3) Authoritative or absolute rule, superiority.

alaṃghya a.
     (1) Not to be transgressed, overcome &c.; Śi. 3. 64.
     (2) Beyond the reach of, impossible to be done; Ki. 13. 7.
     (3) Difficult to secure or attain, unattainable; Ki. 10. 6, 13; Śi. 8. 57; -tā state of being proof against an attack or injury; Ki. 11. 63.

alajaḥ A kind of bird.

alajī Inflammation of the eye; a sort of disease of the joints.

alajja a. Shameless. --jjā
     (1) Boldness.
     (2) Impudence.

alaṃjaraḥ, --juraḥ [alaṃ sāmarthyaṃ jṛṇāti, jṝ-ac, pṛṣo-ut Tv.] An earthen jar.

alatiḥ [al-bā- atic] Commencement of the notes of a song.

alabdha a. Unobtained.
     -- Comp.
          --abhīpsita a. disappointed in one's desired object.
          --nātha a. friendless, without a patron.

alabhya a. Unobtainable, unattainable.

alam ind. [al-bāhu- am]
     (1)
          (a) Enough, sufficient for, adequate to (with dative or inf.); tasyālameṣā kṣudhitasya tṛptyai R. 2. 39; Ku. 6. 82; anyathā prātarāśāya kuryāma tvāmalaṃ vayam Bk. 8. 98; Śi. 2. 40, 106, 110; K. 133; Bh. 3. 22; Ms. 11. 77; R. 2. 39, 9. 32; 15. 64; Me. 64, 88.
          (b) A match for, equal to (with dat.); daityebhyo hariralaṃ Sk.; alaṃ mallo mallāya Mbh.
     (2) Able, competent (with inf.); alaṃ bhoktuṃ Sk.; vareṇa śamitaṃ lokānalaṃ dagdhuṃ hi tattapaḥ Ku. 2. 56; V. 3. 10; with loc. also; trayāṇāmapi lokānāmalamasmi nivāraṇe Ram.
     (3) Away with, enough of, no need of, no use of (having a prohibitive force), with instr. or gerund; alamanyathā gṛhītvā M. 1. 20; alamalaṃ bahu vikatthya M. 1; ālapyālamidaṃ babhroryatsa dārānapāharat Śi. 2. 40; alaṃ mahīpāla tava śrameṇa R. 2. 34; Ku. 5. 82; alamiyadbhiḥ kusumaiḥ S. 4 so many flowers will do; Śi. 10. 75; sometimes used, though less correctly, with the inf. in the same sense; alamātmānaṃ khedayituṃ Ve. 2, 3; alaṃ suptajanaṃ prabodhayituṃ Mk. 3.
     (4)
          (a) Completely, thoroughly; arhasyenaṃ śamayitumalaṃ vāridhārāsahasraiḥ Me. 53; tvamapi vitatayajñaḥ svargiṇaḥ prīṇayālam S. 7. 34; R. 10. 80; K. 169; Śi. 3. 58; 4. 39.
          (b) Greatly, excessively, to a high degree; tudaṃti alam K. 2; yo gacchatyalaṃ vidviṣataḥ prati Ak.; Mv. 6. 40; ityalamanvaśān munirmāṃ Ki. 13. 13 again and again, pressingly.
     (5) In vain.
     (6) Surely, verily.
     (7) In the sense of asti and bhūṣaṇa also.
     -- Comp.
          --karmīṇa a. [alaṃ samarthaḥ karmaṇe kha] competent to do any act; skilful, clever.
          --kumāri a. [alaṃ kumāryai] sufficient to support a maiden (dhanaṃ); P. I. 2. 44.
          --kṛ, -kāra &c. see separately below.
          --gāmin a. [alaṃ paryāptaṃ gacchati, ṇini] going after, following in due or proper manner; P. V. 2. 15.
          --jīvika a. [alaṃ jīvikāyai cata.] sufficient for livelihood.
          --juṣa a. [alaṃjuṣyate karmaṇi bāhu- ka] sufficient, adequate to eating.
          --tama a. able, sufficient, having power.
          --dhana a. [alaṃ prabhūtaṃ dhanamastyasya ac] possessing sufficient wealth, rich; nirādiṣṭadhanaścettu pratibhūḥ syādalaṃdhanaḥ Ms. 8. 162.
          --dhūma a. [alamatyartho dhūmaḥ] thick smoke, volume of smoke.
          --paśuḥ [alaṃ yajñe nirarthaḥ paśuḥ] a bad or useless animal (for sacrifice). (--a.) able to keep cattle.
          --puruṣīṇa a. [alaṃ samarthaṃ puruṣāya; svārthekha] 1. fit for a man, becoming a man. 2. sufficient for a man. (
          --ṇaḥ) a man who is chief of the opposite warriors in a battle.
          --bala a. 1. strong enough, having sufficient power. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --buddhiḥ 1. sufficient sense. --2. false notion (mithyābuddhi). --bhūṣṇu a. [alaṃ sāmarthye bhū-gsnu] able, competent; vināpyasmadalaṃbhūṣṇurijyāyai tapasaḥ sutaḥ Śi. 2. 9.

alaṃkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To prepare, make ready (Ved.).
     (2) To ornament, decorate, grace; tatra ca śayanīyamalaṃcakāra K. 207; katamo vaṃśo'laṃkṛtaḥ S. 1.
     (3) To prevent from, impede (with gen.).

alaṃkaraṇam
     (1) Decoration, ornamenting.
     (2) An ornament (lit. and fig.); sṛjati tāvadaśeṣaguṇākaraṃ puruṣaratnamalaṃkaraṇaṃ bhuvaḥ Bh. 2. 92.
     (3) Preparation.

alaṃkariṣṇu a.
     (1) Fond of ornaments.
     (2) Decorating, skilled in decorating.
     (3) Ornamented. --ṣṇuḥ An epithet of Śiva.

alaṃkartṛ a. A decorator, skilled in decoration.

alaṃkāraḥ
     (1) Decoration, act of decorating or ornamenting.
     (2) An ornament (fig. also); alaṃkāraḥ svargasya V. 1; anutsekaḥ khalu vikramālaṃkāraḥ ibid.
     (3) A figure of speech of which there are three kinds: --śabda-, artha-, and śabdārtha-; śabdārthayorasthirā ye dharmāḥ śobhātiśāyinaḥ . rasādīnupakurvaṃto'laṃkārāsteṃ' gadādivat .. S. D. 631; upakurvaṃti laṃ saṃtaṃyeṃ'gadvāreṇa jātu cit . hārādivadalaṃkārāstenuprāsopamādayaḥ K. P. 8.
     (4) The whole science of Rhetoric.
     -- Comp.
          --caṃdrikā a commentary on Kuvalayananda.
          --śāstraṃ the science and art of rhetoric, poetics.
          --suvarṇaṃ gold used for ornaments.
          --sūraḥ N. of a kind of meditation in Buddhism.
          --hīna a. unadorned.

alaṃkārakaḥ Ornament, decoration; Ms. 7. 220.

alaṃkṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Decoration.
     (2) An ornament; karṇālaṃkṛti Amaru. 13.
     (3) A rhetorical ornament, a figure of speech; tadadauṣau śabdārthau saguṇāvanalaṃkṛtī punaḥ kvāpi K. P. 1; yo vidvān manyate kāvyaṃ śabdārthāvanalaṃkṛtī . asau na manyate kasmādanuṣṇamanalaṃ kṛtī ..; Chandr. 1; sālaṃkṛtiḥ śraṃvaṇakomalavarṇarājiḥ Bv. 3. 6 (where a- has senses 2. and 3.).

alaṃkriyā Adorning, ornamenting, decoration (fig. also); praśamastasya bhavatyalaṃkriyā Ki. 2. 32.

alaṃpaṭa a. Not libidinous, chaste. --ṭaḥ Women's apartments.

alaṃbuṣaḥ
     (1) Vomiting.
     (2) The palm of the hand with the fingers extended.
     (3) Prahasta, the minister of Ravaṇa.
     (4) A demon killed by Ghaṭotkacha. --ṣā
     (1) N. of a nymph or of a class of nymphs.
     (2) A kind of plant (lajjālu).
     (3) A barrier, a line of water drawn to prevent entrance (anyāpraveśārthaṃ dattā jalarekhā).

alaya a. [nāsti layaḥ avasthānaṃ yasya]
     (1) Houseless, vagrant, moving about; Śi. 4. 57.
     (2) Without destruction or loss, imperishable. --yaḥ
     (1) Nondestruction, permanance.
     (2) Birth, production.

alaṃbusā N. of a country.

alarkaḥ
     (1) A mad dog or one rendered furious.
     (2) A fabulous animal like a hog with eight legs.
     (3) A kind of worm.
     (4) N. of a plant (śvetārka).

alapas n. Merit.

alale ind. A word of no import, occurring in the dialect of the Piśachas (mostly used in dramas).

alavālam A basin for water at the root of a tree; see ālavāla.

alas a. Not shining.

alasa a. [na lasati vyāpriyate, lasac]
     (1) Inactive, without energy, lazy, idle, indolent.
     (2) Tired, fatigued, languid; mārgaśramādalasaśarīre dārike M. 5; Amaru. 4, 90; khedālaseva K. 143, 197, 211, 62, 98; Śi. 8. 7; V. 3. 2; Dk. 20, Śi. 13. 48; 9. 39; U. 1. 24; Ki. 10. 60, V. 5; gamanamalasaṃ Mal. 1. 17.
     (3) Soft, gentle.
     (4) Slow, dull (as in gait or motion); śroṇībhārādalasagamanā Me. 82; tasyāḥ parisphuritagarbhabharālasāyāḥ U. 3. 28. --saḥ
     (1) A sore or ulcer between the toes.
     (2) A kind of tree.
     (3) N. of a sage.
     (4) N. of a small poisonous animal. --sā N. of a plant (haṃsapadī).
     -- Comp.
          --īkṣaṇā a woman with languishing looks.

alasaka a. Indolent, idle. --kaḥ Flatulence, intumescence of the abdomen, with constipation and wind; prayāti nordhvaṃ nādhastādāhāro na ca pacyate . āmāśayo'lasībhūtastena so'lasakaḥ smṛtaḥ ..

alasya a. Idle, lazy.

alāṃḍuḥ N. of a small noxious insect or other animal.

alātaḥ --tam [lā-kta, na. ta.] A firebrand, half-burnt wood; nivārṇālāta lāghavaṃ Ku; 2. 23 coal; -sadṛśekṣaṇā Ram.; -cakrapratimaṃ V. 5. 2.

alātṛṇa a. Ved.
     (1) Disposed to afflict or injure very much.
     (2) Not granting anything. --ṇaḥ A cloud.

alābuḥ --būḥ f. [na-laṃbate; na-laṃb-uṇit nalopaśca vṛddhiḥ Tv.] The bottle-gourd. --bu (n.)
     (1) A vessel made of gourd.
     (2) A fruit of the gourd which is very light and floats in water; kiṃ hi nāmaitat aṃbuni majjaṃtyalābūni grāvāṇaḥ plavaṃta iti Mv. 1; Ms. 6. 54.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṭaṃ the dust or down (rajaḥ) of the bottle-gourd.
          --pātraṃ a jar made of the bottle-gourd.

alābumaya a. Made of a bottle; Y. 3. 60.

alābha a. [na. ba.] Without gain or profit. --bhaḥ Non-acquirement; Ms. 2. 43; 6. 57, 2. 184.
     (2) Loss; Ms. 9. 331, 11, 81; Bg. 2. 38.

alāyya a. Ved.
     (1) Going forward (to meet).
     (2) An assailing enemy, an assailant.
     (3) Epithet of Indra.

alāram A door.

alāsaḥ Inflammation and abscess at the root of the tongue.

alāsya a. Devoid of dancing, idle, unengaged; R. 16. 14.

aliḥ [al-in Uṇ. 4 138]
     (1) A black bee.
     (2) A scorpion.
     (3) A crow.
     (4) The (Indian) cuckoo.
     (5) The sign of the zodiac called vṛścika.
     (6) Spirituous liquor.
     -- Comp.
          --kulaṃ a flight or number of bees; -saṃkula full of a swarm of bees; alikulasaṃkulakusumanirākulanavadalamālatamāle Gīt. 1.; -saṃkulaḥ the kubja plant.
          --jihvā, --hvikā [aliriva kṣudrā jihvā] the uvula, soft. palate.
          --dūrvā N. of a plant (mālādūrvā). --patrikā, --parṇī N. of a tree (vṛścikapatrākhyavṛkṣaḥ). --priya a. pleasing to the bees. (
          --yaḥ) the red lotus. (
          --yā) the trumpet flower.
          --mālā a flight of bees.
          --modā N. of a plant (gaṇikārī). --virāvaḥ, --rutaṃ song or hum of a bee.
          --vallabhaḥ = -priya q. v.

alin m. [al-ini]
     (1) A scorpion.
     (2) A bee; malinimā'lini mādhavayoṣitām Śi. 6. 4. --nī
     (1) A swarm of bees; aramatālinī śilīṃbhre Śi. 6. 72; alinījiṣṇuḥ kacānāṃ cayaḥ Bh. 1. 5.

aliṃśaḥ Ved. A kind of demon.

alikam [alyate bhūṣyate al-karmaṇi ikan] The forehead; alikena ca hemakāṃtinā Bv. 2. 171; Vb. 3. 6.

aliklavaḥ A kind of carrion bird

aligardaḥ A kind of snake.

aliṃga a.
     (1) Having no characteristic marks, having no marks.
     (2) Having bad marks.
     (3) (In gram.) Having no gender. --gaḥ An epithet of the Supreme Being. --gaṃ Absence of marks.

aliṃgin m. An impostor, a pretended ascetic.

aliṃjaraḥ A water-jar; see alaṃjara.

alina a. [al-bāhu- inan] Greatly advanced in penance (tapobhirativṛddha). --naḥ N. of a tribe.

aliṃdaḥ [alyate bhūṣyate, al-karmaṇi-kiṃdac]
     (1) A terrace before a housedoor; mukhāliṃdatoraṇaṃ M. 5, Dk. 74.
     (2) A place (like a square) at the door.
     (3) (pl.) N. of a country or its inhabitants; or its ruler also.

alipakaḥ
     (1) A cuckoo.
     (2) A bee.
     (3) A dog.

alipsā Freedom from desire or cupidity.

alimakaḥ = animaka q. v.

aliṃpaka --baka see animaka.

alīka a. [al-vīkan] Uṇ. 4. 25 nipātaḥ]
     (1) Unpleasing, disagreeable.
     (2) Untrue, false, pretended; -mugdhaḥ K. 84; alīkakopakāṃtena K. 147; -vacana Amaru. 23, 33, 43.
     (3) Little, not much, few. --kaṃ
     (1) The forehead; diśāmalīkālakabhaṃgatāṃ gataḥ K. 4.
     (2) Anything displeasing, falsehood, untruth.
     (3) Heaven.
     -- Comp.
          --matsyaḥ a kind of dish resembling the taste of fish ('mock-fish').

alīkāyate Den. A. To be deceived.

alīkin a.
     (1) Disagreeable, unpleasant.
     (2) False, deceiving.

alīkya a. False.

alīgardaḥ A snake; see aligarda.

aluḥ [al-un] A small water pot.

aluk, -samāsaḥ [nāsti vibhakteḥ luk lopo yatra] A compound in which the case terminations are not dropped, but retained; e. g. sarasijaṃ, ātmanepadaṃ, januṣāṃdhaḥ &c.

alupta a.
     (1) Not cut off, undiminished.
     (2) Not destroyed, preserved; R. 2. 55.

alubdha a. Moderate, content, not covetous; -tvaṃ contentment,

alūkṣa a. Soft (Ved. for arūkṣa).

ale ind. Unmeaning words in the dialect of the Piśachas chiefly introduced in plays.

alele ind. Unmeaning words in the dialect of the Piśachas chiefly introduced in plays.

alepaka a. Stainless. --kaḥ An epithet of the Supreme Spirit.

aleśa a. Not little, much, large. --śaṃ ind. Not at all.

aleśaija a. Firm, steady.

aloka a.
     (1) Not having space (Ved.).
     (2) That which cannot be seen, as in lokāloka ivācalaḥ R. 1. 68 (na lokyata ityalokaḥ Malli.); see lokāloka also.
     (3) Having no people.
     (4) One who does not go to any other world after death (not having performed meritorious deeds). --kaḥ, --kaṃ
     (1) Not the world.
     (2) End or destruction of the world; absence of people; rakṣa sarvānimālloṃkān nālokaṃ kartumarhasiṃ Ram.
     (3) The immaterial or spiritual world.
     (4) The nether world (pātāla).
     (5) A Ritvij or any such priest.
     (6) One who is not a seer or observer. --kā A kind of bird.
     -- Comp.
          --sāmānya a. extraordinary, uncommon; -guṇastanūjaḥ Mal. 1. 10.

alokanam Invisibility, disappearance.

alokanīya a. Invisible.

alokita a. Unseen.

alokya a. Not securing the other world or heaven; unusual, unallowed; Ms. 2. 161; -tā unfitness for heaven.

alopāṃga a. Not defective in a single limb.

alobhaḥ
     (1) Freedom from covetousness, moderation.
     (2) Non-confusion; right process.

alobhin a. Not wanting or desiring anything.

alola a.
     (1) Tranquil, unagitated.
     (2) Firm, steady.
     (3) Not fickle.
     (4) Not thirsty, free from desire. --laṃ N. of a metre of 14 syllables.

alolu a. Indifferent to sensual objects; -tvaṃ indifference to sensual objects.

alolupa a.
     (1) Free from desire.
     (2) Not greedy or covetous, apathetic, indifferent to sensual objects.

alohita a. Bloodless, not red. --taṃ Nymphaea Rubra, a red lotus.

alaukika a. (--kī f.)
     (1) Not current in the world, not relating to this world, uncommon, supernatural.
     (2) Unusual, rare.
     (3) Not current in the usual language, peculiar to the sacred writings, not used in classics, Vedic; adhihari hari ṅi ityalaukikaṃ.
     (4) Theoretical; -tvaṃ rare occurrence of a word; alaukikatvādamaraḥ svakoṣe na yāni nāmāni samullilekha . vilokya tairapyadhunā pracāramayaṃ prayatnaḥ puruṣottamasya Trik. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃnikarṣaḥ proximity not common to the world (of three kinds).

alkaḥ
     (1) A tree.
     (2) A member of the body.

alpa a. [al-pa]
     (1) Trifling, unimportant, insignificant (opp. mahat or guru); Ms. 11. 36.
     (2) Small, little, minute, scanty (opp. bahu); alpasya hetorbahu hātumicchan R. 2. 47; 1. 2; alpakucāṃtarā V. 4. 26.
     (3) Mortal, of short existence; atha yadalpaṃ tanmartyaṃ Ch. Up.
     (4) Young.
     (5) Seldom, rare. --lpaṃ Very little. --lpaṃ, --lpena, --lpāt adv.
     (1) A little.
     (2) For a slight reason; prītiralpena bhidyate Ram.
     (3) Easily, without much trouble or difficulty.
     -- Comp.
          --alpa a. very little or minute, little by little; Ms. 7. 129; -bhāsaṃ Me. 81.
          --asu =-prāṇa q. v.
          --ākāṃkṣin a. desiring little, contented or satisfied with little.
          --āyus a. shortlived; Ms. 4. 157. (
          --yuḥ m.) 1. a young one, cub. --2. a goat.
          --āraṃbhaḥ a small or gradual beginning.
          --āhāra, --āhārin a. eating little, moderate in diet, abstemious. (
          --raḥ) taking little food, moderation, abstinence in food.
          --icchu a. moderate in wishes, seeking little.
          --itara a. 1. other than small, large. --2. other than few, many; as -rāḥ kalpanāḥ many or various ideas.
          --īśākhya a. named after an insignificant chief or master, of low origin.
          --ūna a. slightly defective, not quite complete.
          --upāyaḥ small means.
          --kāryaṃ a small matter.
          --keśī 1. N. of a plant (bhūtakeśī). --2. the root of a sweet flag.
          --krīta a. bought for a small sum, cheap.
          --gaṃdha a. having little scent or odour. (
          --dhaṃ) a red lotus.
          --ceṣṭita a. inert.
          --chada, --chāda a. scantily clad, Mk. 1. 37.
          --jña a. knowing little, shallow, superficial,
          --tanu a. 1. of short stature, dwarfish, short. --2. weak, thin. --3. having small bones. (
          --nuḥ) a kind of tree.
          --dakṣiṇa a. defective in presents (as a ceremony), not liberal in sacrificial gifts; Ms. 11. 39-40.
          --dṛṃṣṭi a. narrow-minded, short-sighted.
          --dhana a. of little wealth, not affluent or rich, poor; Ms. 3. 66; 11. 40.
          --dhī a. weak-minded, having little sense, foolish.
          --patraḥ 1. N. of a plant (a species of the Tulsi). --2. a tree having a few leaves.
          --padmaṃ a red lotus.
          --paśu a. Ved. having a small number of cattle.
          --prajas a. having few descendants or subjects.
          --prabhāva a. of small weight or consequence, insignificant, unimportant; -tvaṃ insignificance.
          --pramāṇa, --pramāṇaka a. 1. of little weight or measure. --2. of little authority, resting on little evidence. (
          --ṇaḥ, --ṇakaḥ) common cucumber.
          --prayoga a. of rare application or use, rarely used.
          --prāṇa-asu a. having little power or strength, having short breath, asthmatic; -ṇaśca kriyāsu bhavati Suśr. (
          --ṇaḥ) 1. slight breathing or weak aspiration. --2. (in gram.) a name given to the unaspirated letters of the alphabet (in pronouncing which little effort is required); ayugmā vargayamagā yaṇaścālpāsavaḥ smṛtāḥ Sk. i. e. the vowels, semivowels, nasals and the letters k c ṭ t p g j ḍ d b. --bala a. weak, feeble, having little strength.
          --bādha a. causing little annoyance or inconvenience, not very harmful.
          --buddhi --mati a. weak-minded, unwise, silly, ignorant; Ms. 12. 74.
          --bhaṣin a. speaking little, taciturn.
          --madhyama a. slender-waisted.
          --mātraṃ 1. a little, a little merely. --2. a short time, a few moments.
          --māriṣaḥ [alpaḥ māriṣaḥ śāka- karma-] a kind of amaranth (śāka) Amaranthus Polygamus.
          --mūrti a. small-bodied, diminutive, dwarfish. (
          --rtiḥ f.) a small figure or object.
          --mūlya a. of small value, cheap.
          --medhas a. of little understanding, ignorant, silly.
          --vayas a. young in age, youthful.
          --vādin a. speaking little, taciturn.
          --vidya a. ignorant, illtaught, uneducated.
          --viṣaya a. 1. of limited range or capacity; kva cālpaviṣayā matiḥ R. 1. 2. --2. engaged in trifling matters.
          --śakti a. of little strength, weak, feeble.
          --śamī a small tree like śamī. --saras n. a basin, a small pond (one which is shallow or dry in hot seasons).

alpaka a. (lpikā f.)
     (1) Small, little, minute.
     (2) Contemptible, mean; Śi. 16. 28; nāgnipariśuddhimapi alpakāḥ pratipadyaṃte U. 4. --kaṃ Little. --kaḥ N. of a plant (yavāsa).

alpatā, --tvam
     (1) Smallness, minuteness; Bh. 3. 47.
     (2) Smallness of intellect, folly; Ki. 6. 37.
     (3) Inferiority, insignificance.

alpaṃpaca a. Cooking little, stingy, niggardly. --caḥ A miser.

alpaśaḥ ind.
     (1) In a low degree, slightly, a little; bahuśo dadāti ābhyudayikeṣu, alpaśaḥ śrāddheṣu P. V. 4. 42 Com.; P. II. 1. 38.
     (2) Separately.
     (3) Seldom, now and then.

alpita a. [alpa kṛtārthe ṇic karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Diminished.
     (2) Lowered in estimation, disparaged; mṛṣā na cakre'lpitakalpapādapaḥ N. 1. 15.

alpiṣṭha a. [atiśayena alpaḥ iṣṭhan] Least, smallest, very small.

alpīkṛ 8 U. To make small, diminish, reduce in number, comminute.

alpībhūta a. Become small, diminished, reduced in number.

alpīyas a. [atiśayena alpaḥ īyasun] Smaller, less; very small.

allā (Ety.?)
     (1) A mother (Voc. alla) P. VII. 3. 107.
     (2) The Supreme Goddess.

av 1 P. [avati, āva, āvīt, aviṣyati, avituṃ, avita or ūta]
     (1) To protect, defend; yamavatāmavatāṃ ca dhuri sthitaḥ R. 9. 1; pratyakṣābhiḥ prapannastanubhiravatu vastābhiraṣṭābhirīśaḥ S. 1. 1.
     (2) To please, satisfy, give pleasure to; do good to; vikramastena māmavati nājite tvayi R. 11. 75; na māmavati sadvīpā ratnasūrapi medinī. 1. 65.
     (3) To like, wish, desire, love.
     (4) To favour, promote, animate. (In the Dhātupāṭha several other meanings are assigned to this root, but they are very rarely used in classical literature; e. g. gati, kāṃti, avagama, praveśa, śravaṇa, svāmyartha or sāmarthya, yācana, kriyā, dīpti, avāpti, grahaṇa, vyāpti, āliṃgana, hiṃsā, ādāna, dahana, bhāva, bhāga and vṛddhi). --Caus. To consume, devour. --WITH anu to encourage, inspire. --ud 1. to regard, attend to. --2. to wait for. --3. to promote, impel. --upa 1. to cherish, behave friendly towards. --2. to encourage. --saṃ 1. to satisfy, satiate. --2. to protect, maintain. [cf. L. aveo].

avana a. [av-lyuṭ] Protecting, defending; anavanī navanīpavanāvaliḥ Śi. 6. 37. --naṃ Protection &c.

ava ind. (the initial a is sometimes dropped, as in pūrvāparau toyanidhī vagāhya Ku. 1. 1)
     (1) (As a preposition) Away, off, away from, down.
     (2) (As a prefix to verbs) It expresses
          (a) determination; avadhṛ, avaso;
          (b) diffusion, pervasion; avakṝ, --kīrṇa;
          (c) disrespect; avajñā, avaman;
          (d) littleness; vrīhīnavahaṃti;
          (e) support, resting upon; avalaṃb;
          (f) purification, avadāta;
          (g) depreciation, discomfiture; avahaṃti śatrūn (parābhavati);
          (h) commanding; avakḷp;
          (i) depression, bending down; avatṝ, avagāh;
          (j) knowledge; avagam, avai.
     (3) As the first member of Tat. compounds it means avakruṣṭa; avakokilaḥ = avakruṣṭaḥ kokilayā Sk.

avaṃśaḥ A bad family, wrong family; -patito rājā Chaṇ. 81.

avakaṭa a. [ava-svārthe-kaṭac P. V. 2. 30]
     (1) Downwards; backwards.
     (2) Opposite, contrary. --ṭaṃ Contrariety, opposition.

avakaṭikā Dissimulation.

avakara, --karta &c. See under avakṝ-kṛt.

avakarṇ 10 P. To hear; Śi. 15. 67.

avakarṇanam Hearing; K. 108.

avakarṣaṇam Drawing with strength, removing a thing from one place to another.

avakalita a.
     (1) Seen, observed.
     (2) Known.
     (3) Taken, received.
     (4) Wicked, perverse.

avakā A grassy plant(śaivāla) growing in marshy land.
     -- Comp.
          --ada a. eating moss.
          --ulba a. covered or surrounded with avakā plants.

avakāś 1. 4. A. To be visible, to be manifest. --Caus. To cause to look at.

avakāśaḥ
     (1) Occasion, opportunity; tāte cāpadvitīye vahati raṇadhurāṃ ko bhayasyāvakāśaḥ Ve. 3. 5; uttarāvakāśamapāharaṃtyā K. 204, 265; sāhāyyadānāvakāśaḥ Dk. 96; M. 3. 13; M. 2; oft. used with labh in the sense of 'to get an opportunity or scope for action'; labdhāvakāśo'vidhyanmāṃ tatra dagdho manobhavaḥ Ks. 1. 41.
     (2)
          (a) Place, space, room; avakāśaṃ kilodanvānrāmāyābhyarthito dadau R. 4. 58; anyamavakāśamavagāhe V. 4; Ms. 3. 207; yathāvakāśaṃ nī to take to its proper place, R. 6. 14; asmākamasti na kathaṃcidihāvakāśaḥ Pt. 4. 8; avakāśo viviktoyaṃ mahānadyoḥ samāgame Rām.; sadoṣāvakāśa iva te vākyaśeṣaḥ V. 3 your unfinished sentence shows that there is room to find fault.
          (b) Footing, admission, scope, access, entrance; (chāyā) śuddhe tu darpaṇatale sulabhāvakāśā S. 7. 32; oft. used in these senses with labh; labdhāvakāśā me prārthanā, labdhāvakāśo me manorathaḥ S. 1; śokāvegadūṣite me manasi viveka eva nāvakāśaṃ labhate Prab.; also with kṛ or dā 'to make room for', 'admit', 'give way to'; asau hi datvā timirāvakāśaṃ Mk. 3. 6; tasmāddeyo vipulamatibhirnāvakāśo'dhamānāṃ Pt. 1. 366; śayane datto'vakāśaḥ Amaru. 18; adattāvakāśo matsarasya K. 45 not swayed by malice; Ms. 9. 271; Y. 2. 276; dadau ca nijacittepi sovakāśaṃ manobhuvaḥ Ks. 20. 71; K. 132, 141, 207; Ratn. 2. 14; avakāśaṃ rudh to obstruct, hinder or impede; nayanasalilotpīḍaruddhāvakāśāṃ (nidrāṃ) Me. 91.
     (3) Interval, intermediate space or time.
     (4) An aperture, opening.
     (5) A glance cast on anything.
     (6) N. of certain verses during the recitation of which the eyes must be fixed upon certain objects.

avakāśavat a. Spacious.

avakāśya a. Admitted in the recitation of the Avakasa verses.

avakīrṇa, --rṇin See under avakṝ.

avakuṃcanam
     (1) Bending, curving, contraction.
     (2) A kind of disease.

avakuṭāra a. [ava-svārthe atiśaye vā kuṭārac] Very deep, downwards, backwards. --raṃ Deformity. See avakaṭa.

avakuṭṭita a.
     (1) Vexed, inflamed.
     (2) Cut off.

avakuṃṭhanam
     (1) Investing, surrounding.
     (2) Attracting, engaging.

avakuṃṭhita a.
     (1) Invested, surrounded.
     (2) Attracted.

avakuts 10 U. To blame, revile, contemn.

avakutsita p. p. Blamed, reviled &c. --taṃ Blame, censure.

avakṛt 6 P. To cut off or away. --Caus. To cause to cut off.

avakartaḥ A part cut off, a strip; vastrāvakartena saṃvītā Nala. 10. 22.

avakartanam Cutting off, excision; vastrārdhasyāvakartanaṃ Nala. 10. 16.

avakartin a. Cutting off or out; carma- Ms. 4. 218.

avakṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To draw off or away, to pull off, drag down or pull down.
     (2) To extract, take out.

avakarṣaṇam
     (1) Taking or pulling out, extraction.
     (2) Expulsion.

avakṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Drawn away or down, pulled down.
     (2) Removed.
     (3) Expelled, turned out or away.
     (4) Inferior, low, degraded, outcast (opp. utkṛṣṭa or prakṛṣṭa); -jātiḥ Ms. 8. 177; pratikartuṃ prakṛṣṭasya nāvakṛṣṭena yujyate Rām. --ṣṭaḥ A servant who performs the lowest menial duties (such as sweeping &c.) (saṃmārjanaśodhanaviniyukta); paṇo deyo'vakṛṣṭasya ṣaḍutkṛṣṭasya vetanaṃ Ms. 7. 126.

avakṝ 6 P.
     (1) To bestow, pour upon, to shower upon, cover with, fill; Śi. 11. 62; (taṃ) avākiran bālalatāḥ prasūnaiḥ R. 2. 10, 4. 27; lājāṃjalibhiravakīryamāṇaḥ K. 86; Ki. 6. 2; avakīryottarīyāṇi Mb. spreading on the ground; tīrthāni avakīrṇāni tapasvibhiḥ Mb. filled with; Y. 3. 281; Me. 54.
     (2) To pour out, throw out Ms. 6. 48.
     (3) To shake off, throw off, leave.
     (4) (Atm.) (Used reflexively)
          (a) To extend, spread itself; avakirate hastī svayameva Sk.
          (b) To fall asunder.
          (c) To pass away, fall off.
          (d) To become faithless or untrue.

avakaraḥ [kṝ-ap] Dust, sweepings; avakaranikaraṃ vikirati Bh. 2. 124.

avakīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Scattered, filled, covered over; kimapauti rajobhiraurvarairavakīrṇasya maṇermahārghatā Śi. 16. 27.
     (2) Coarsely pounded.
     (3) Destroyed.
     (4) Violated (as the vow of a brahmacārī), degraded.

avakīrṇin a. [avakīrṇamanena iṣṭā- ini] Violating the vow or engagements of continence. --m. (--rṇī) A religious student who has committed an act of incontinence (such as sexual intercourse) against his vow of celibacy; avakīrṇī bhavedgatvā brahmacārī tu yoṣitam . gardabhaṃ paśumālabhya nairṛtaṃ sa viśudhyati .. Y. 3. 280; Ms. 3. 155, 11. 118-9; -vrataṃ penance for an act of incontinence.

avakḷp 1 A.
     (1) To correspond with, to answer.
     (2) To be right or fit, to be possible; itaśca na pradhānasya pravṛttiravakalpate S. B.
     (3) To help to, to serve, to accomplish, result in (with dat.); śarīriṇāṃ saṃsṛtaye'vakalpate Bhag. --Caus.
     (1) To put in order, to prepare; to make ready; saṃbhārānavakalpaya Mb.
     (2) To use or employ becomingly.
     (3) To consider as possible; nāvakalpyamidaṃglāyedyatkṛcchreṣu bhavānapi Bk. 19. 17; yattatrabhavānvṛṣalaṃ yājayennāvakalpayāmi P. III. 3. 147 Sk.

avakalpita p. p. Corresponding with; right, fit.

avakḷptiḥ f.
     (1) Considering as possible, possibility, probability; kveva bhokṣyesa anavakḷptāveva Sk. (anavakḷptirasaṃbhāvanā).
     (2) Suitableness.

avakeśa a. Having the hair hanging down.

avakeśin a.
     (1) Unfruitful, barren (as a tree).
     (2) [avasannāḥ keśā vidyaṃte asya ini] Having small or very few hair. --m. A fruitless tree.

avakokila a. [avakruṣṭaḥ kokilayā] Drawn or called down to by a cuckoo.

avaktavya a.
     (1) Not fit to be uttered, improper.
     (2) Censurable (as a saying).
     (3) False.
     (4) Indescribable, inexpressible.

avaktra a. Having no opening(as a vessel, wound &c.).

avakra a. Not crooked, straight; (fig.) honest, upright.

avakrakṣin [ava-kṛṣ ṇini pṛ-] Dashing down, overcoming; avakrakṣiṇaṃ vṛṣabhaṃ yathā juram Rv. 8. 1. 2.

avakraṃḍh 1 U. To cry out, roar.

avakraṃda a. Crying slowly, roaring, neighing. --daḥ A cry.

avakraṃdanam Crying out, weeping aloud.

avakram 1 U., 4 P.
     (1) To step down or away, run away, escape, withdraw.
     (2) To tread down, overcome; vajreṇaivenamavakrāmati Śat. Br.
     (3) To descend, come down. --Caus. To cause to go down.

avakramaḥ Descending, descent.

avakrāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Descending, descent.
     (2) Approach.

avakrāmin a. Ved. Running away, escaping.

avakriyā Neglect, omission, nonperformance of prescribed acts.

avakrī 9 U.
     (1) To purchase.
     (2) To let out, hire.
     (3) To bribe, buy off.

avakrayaḥ
     (1) Price.
     (2) Wages, hire, farm, rent.
     (3) Letting out to hire, leasing; Y. 2. 238.
     (4) A tax or tribute (to be paid to the king), duty (rājagrāhyaṃ dravyaṃ Sk.).

avakruś 1 P. To call down to; to revile.

avakruṣṭa p. p. Sounded ill or badly, reviled, censured.

avakrośaḥ
     (1) Discordant noise.
     (2) A curse.
     (3) Abuse, censure.

avaklinna a. Wet, thoroughly wet.

avakledaḥ Trickling, descent of moisture.
     (2) Ichor.

avakledanam Trickling, falling(as dew or moisture).

avakvaṇaḥ A discordant note.

avakvāthaḥ Imperfect digestion or decoction.

avakṣāmaḥ Ved. Propitiatory offering; satisfaction of claims, compensation.

avakṣi 1. 5. 9. P. To remove, carry off, destroy. --Pass. To waste away, decay.

avakṣayaḥ
     (1) Destruction, decay, waste, loss; labdhaṃ rakṣedavakṣayāt H. 2. 8.
     (2) A kind of malady.

avakṣayaṇam Means of extinguishing (fire &c.); as in aṃgāra-.

avakṣīṇa p. p. Wasted, emaciated. --ṇaṃ Loss, destruction.

avakṣip 6 U.
     (1) To fling away, to throw or cast off; sūkṣmavastramavakṣipya munivastrāṇyavasta ha Ram.; to hurl.
     (2) To cause to fly down or away.
     (3) To reprimand, revile any one, censure, slander; madalekhāmavakṣipya K. 317; avākṣipadvāsudevaṃ Mb.
     (4) To grant, yield. --Caus. To cause to fall down.

avakṣipta p. p.
     (1) Thrown down; badly thrown.
     (2) Said sarcastically, imputed, insinuated.
     (3) Reviled, censured, blamed.

avakṣepaḥ
     (1) Blaming, reviling.
     (2) Objection.

avakṣepaṇam
     (1) Throwing down, considered as one of the five kinds of karman, q. v.
     (2) Contempt, despising; avakṣepaṇe kan P. V. 3. 95.
     (3) Censure, blame; P. I. 3. 32; VI. 2. 195.
     (4) Overcoming, subduing. --ṇī Rein, bridle.

avakṣu 2 P. To sneeze upon.

avakṣuta p. p. Sneezed upon; dviṣadannaṃ nagaryannaṃ patitānnamavakṣutaṃ Ms. 4. 213.

avakhaṃḍ 10 P.
     (1) To cut down, break into pieces.
     (2) To waste away, wear away; ardhayāmamātrāvakhaṃḍitāyāṃ vibhāvaryāṃ K. 49 when the night had advanced only half a watch.
     (3) To destroy, annihilate.

avakhaṃḍanam Dividing, destroying.

avakhātam [nimnaḥ khātaḥ] A deep ditch.

avakhādaḥ [avajñātaḥ niṃditaḥ khādaḥ khādyaṃ] Bad or contemptible meal; an unworthy oblation.

avagaṇ 10 P. To disregard, not to heed, disrespect, despise, slight; parvatīya iti māvajīgaṇaḥ Ki. 13. 67; avagaṇitakhalīnākarṣaṇaḥ Pt. 5.

avagaṇanam
     (1) Disobedience, disrespect, contempt, disregard.
     (2) Censure, blame.
     (3) Insult, mortification.
     (4) Defeat.

avagaṇa a. Separated from one's companions, isolated, solitary, alone.

avagaṃḍaḥ A boil or pimple upon the face or cheeks.

avagatha a. [nipātaḥ Uṇ. 2. 9] Bathed early in the morning (prātaḥsnāta).

avagaditaḥ
     (1) Having exception.
     (2) Censured, blamed.

avagam 1 P. To go down, descend; aṃjaḥ samudramavajagmurāpaḥ Rv. 1. 32. 2.
     (2) To come to, visit, go near.
     (3) To reach, obtain.
     (4)
          (a) To know, learn, understand, think, believe; kṛtāparādhamivāvagacchati ātmānaṃ K. 203; māmevamavagacchati V. 2; kathaṃ śāṃtamityabhihite śrāṃta ityavagacchati mūrkhaḥ Mk. 1; na khalvavagacchāmi, parastādavagamyata eva S. 1; tattadevāvagaccha tvaṃ mama tejoṃśasaṃbhavaṃ Bg. 10. 41; R. 8. 88; Bk. 5. 81.
          (b) To consider, regard, look upon.
     (5) To assure oneself, be convinced. --Caus.
     (1) To bring near.
     (2) To inform oneself of, find out, know; tāvadetebhyaḥ priyāpravṛttiravagamayitavyā V. 4.
     (3) To inform, cause to know, teach; puruṣaviśeṣamavagamayati Mu. 5; sarvamidaṃ pitroravagamayya Dk.
     (4) To indicate, show; saṃnāhoyaṃ sāhasamavagamayati Dk. 96; Bk. 10. 53, 62.

avagata p. p.
     (1) Gone away or down.
     (2) Known, learnt, understood; sometimes used actively; tadaiva dhyānādavagatosmi S. 7 I learnt; ūḍhapūrvāṃ tadduhitaramavagatohaṃ ibid. came to know.
     (3) Assented, promised.

avagatiḥ f.
     (1) Knowledge, perception, comprehension.
     (2) True or determinate knowledge; brahmāvagatirhi puruṣārthaḥ; brahmāvagatistvapratijñātā S. B.

avagamaḥ --gamanam
     (1) Going near, descending.
     (2) Understanding, comprehension, perception, knowledge, being acquainted with.
     (3) True or determinate knowledge; pratyakṣāvagamaṃ dharmyaṃ susukhaṃ kartumavyayam Bg. 9. 2.

avagādaḥ A small wooden basin for baling water out of a boat.

avagāh 1 A.
     (1)
          (a) To bathe oneself in, plunge into, dive into; with acc. or loc.; tamopahaṃtrīṃ tamasāṃ vagāhya R. 14. 76; anyamavakāśamavagāhiṣye V. 4; svapne'vagāhatetyarthaṃ jalaṃ Y. 1. 272; Bk. 6. 29, 16. 38.
          (b) To go deep into, be absorbed into (fig.); amātyarākṣasenāpyanavagāhitayāryacāṇakyasya caritamavagāhitumicchasi Mu. 6.
     (2) To enter, penetrate, fully pervade; vimānaśṛṃgāṇyavagāhamānaḥ (ghoṣaḥ) Ku. 7. 40; pūrvāparau toyanidhī vagāhya Ku. 1. 1; pūrvāparasamudrāvagāḍhaḥ S. 7; Mk. 2; see avagāḍha also. --Caus. To bathe, cause to bathe.

avagāḍha p. p.
     (1) Plunged into, entered into, immersed; jalāvagāḍhasya vanadvipasya Mk. 2; amṛtathadamivāvagāḍhosmi S. 7; avagāḍhaḥ śokasāgaraṃ Ram.; samudramavagāḍhāni pattanāni Ram.
     (2) Depressed, low, deep (lit. and fig.); abhyunnatā purastādavagāḍhā jaghanagauravātpaścāt S. 3. 8; manyurabhajadavagāḍhataraḥ Śi. 15. 2.
     (3) That in which one bathes; avagāḍhā ca pītā ca (gaṃgā) punātyāsaptamaṃ kulaṃ Mb.
     (4) Congealed, curdling (as blood).

avagāhaḥ, --hanam
     (1) Bathing; subhagasalilāvagāhāḥ S. 1. 3; avagāhaprasthitamiva vanamahiṣayūthaṃ K. 29; sadāvagāhakṣamavārisaṃcayaḥ Rs. 1. 1.
     (2) Plunging, immersing (in general); entering into; hutabhugavagāhanasāhasikāṃ Dk. 16; paradeśāvagāhanāt H. 3. 95; jalāvagāhakṣaṇamātraśāṃtā R. 5. 47; dagdhānāmavagāhanāya vidhinā ramyaṃ saro nirmitaṃ S. Til. 1.
     (3) (fig.) Mastering, learning, studying completely; sakalaśāstrāvagāhagaṃbhīrabuddhiḥ K. 56.
     (4) A place of bathing.
     (5) A bucket.

avagāhya pot. p.
     (1) Fit for bathing.
     (2) Fit to be plunged into.

avaguṇaḥ A fault, defect, demerit; anyadoṣaṃ parāvaguṇaṃ Malli. on Ki. 13. 48.

avaguṃṭh 10 P.
     (1) To cover with, shroud; paruṣacarmāvaguṃṭhitaṃ Pt. 1; Ms. 4. 49.
     (2) To draw over, conceal, veil.

avaguṃṭhanam
     (1) The act of covering the head of women; hiding, veiling.
     (2) A veil (for the face); (fig. also); avaguṃṭhanasaṃvītā kulajābhisaredyadi S. D.; cāṃḍālasmimirāvaguṃṭhanapaṭakṣepaṃ vidhatte vidhuḥ ibid; kṛtaśīrṣāvaguṃṭhanaḥ Mu. 6; utsṛṣṭasatpuruṣocitalajjāvaguṃṭhanānāṃ Ve. 3; Mk. 4. 24; Śi. 5. 17.
     (3) A covering, mantle (in general).
     (4) A sweeping broom.
     -- Comp.
          --mudrā [avaguṃṭhanāya mudrā] a sort of religious ceremony; savyahastakṛtā muṣṭirdīrghādhomukhatarjanī . avaguṃṭhanamudreyamabhito bhramitā matā ..

avaguṃṭhanavat a. Covered with a veil, veiled; -vatī nārī S. 5.

avaguṃṭhikā
     (1) Veiling, hiding. covering.
     (2) A veil.
     (3) A curtain.

avaguṃṭhita p. p.
     (1) Veiled, covered, concealed; rajanītimirāvaguṃṭhite Ku. 4. 11 enveloped in nocturnal darkness.
     (2) Powdered, pounded.

avaguṃḍita a. Pounded, ground.

avaguṃphita a. Woven.

avagur 6 U. To assail with threats, to attack, to raise a weapon for the purpose of striking a blow (with loc. or dat.); na kadācid dvije tasmādvidvānavaguredapi Ms. 4. 169; brāhmaṇāyāvaguryaiva 165; 11. 207.

avaguraṇaṃ-goraṇam Menacing, assaulting with intent to kill, assailing with weapons.

avaguh 1 U.
     (1) To cover, to hide, conceal; (raviḥ) pāṃśupuṃjāvagūḍhaḥ Mb.
     (2) To put into or inside; uṣṇīṣaṃ saṃveṣṭya nivīte'vagūhate Kāty.
     (3) To embrace; yā mamodvijate nityaṃ sā māmadyāvagūhate Pt. 4.

avagūhanam
     (1) Hiding, concealing.
     (2) Embracing.

avagai 1 P.
     (1) To sing in a discorddant tone.
     (2) To sing deprecatingly, satirize in a song, revile, reproach (mostly used in p. p.).

avagīta p. p.
     (1) Sung in a discordant tone, sung badly
     (2) Reproached, abused, censured; anavagītaḥ paricayaḥ U. 2. 2; avagītāṃ gamite daśāmimāṃ Ki. 2. 7; soḍhāvagītaprathamāyudhasya 17. 28; Śi. 11. 10.
     (3) Wicked, vile.
     (4) Satirized in a song.
     (5) Seen frequently, well-known (muhurdṛṣṭa). --taṃ
     (1) A satire in song, derision.
     (2) Reproach, blame.
     (3) Bad or discordant singing.

avagrah 9 U.
     (1) To let loose, let go (as reins).
     (2) To divide, separate (as words or parts of words); pitṛpāṇamityatra hi pitṛ pāṇamityṛkāro'vagṛhyate P. VIII. 2. 46 Com.
     (3) To break off, discontinue; to distinguish, discriminate, discern.
     (4) To punish, chastise; maṃdopi nāma na mahānavagṛhya sādhyaḥ Śi. 5. 49.
     (5) To seize, choke; gadgadikāvagṛhyamāṇakaṃṭhā K. 307, 328.
     (6) To capture, take in possession, overpower; svāminamavaśamavagṛhṇaṃti Dk. 157; Dk. 32; Ve. 46.
     (7) To oppose, resist, hinder, obstruct.
     (8) To lay hold of (with the feet). --Caus. To knead, make dough.

avagṛhīta p. p. Obstructed, impeded, restrained.

avagṛhya a. Separable. --hyaṃ A pada having the name pragṛhya.

avagrahaḥ
     (1) Separation of the component parts of a compound, or of other grammatical forms.
     (2) The mark or interval of such a separation; samāse'vagraho thasvasamakālaḥ.
     (3) The syllable or letter after which such separation occurs; ṛdavagrahāt P. VIII. 4. 26.
     (4) A hiatus, absence of sandhi (as in dhik tāṃ ca taṃ ca madanaṃ ca imāṃ ca māṃ ca instead of cemāṃca) Bh. 2. 2.
     (5) The mark (') used to mark the elision of a after e and o.
     (6) Withholding of rain, drought, failure of rain; vṛṣṭirbhavati śasyānāmavagrahaviśoṣiṇāṃ R. 1. 62; rāvaṇāvagrahaklāṃtamiti vāgamṛtena saḥ 10. 48; nabhonabhasyayorvṛṣṭimavagraha ivāṃtare 12. 29; vṛṣeva sītāṃ tadavagrahakṣatāṃ Ku. 5. 61.
     (7) An obstacle, impediment, hindrance, restraint; saṃsāra- Mal. 1 the bonds or fetters of worldly existence; prasahya rakṣobhiravagrahaṃ ca Ram.; see anavagraha and niravagraha.
     (8) A herd of elephants.
     (9) The forehead of an elephant. (10) Nature, original temperament.
     (11) A sort of knowledge, a false idea.
     (12) Punishment (opp. anugraha); anugrahāvagrahayorvidhātā Śi. 1. 71.
     (13) An imprecation, a term of abuse.
     (14) An iron hook with which elephants are driven.

avagrahaṇam
     (1) An obstacle, impediment.
     (2) Disrespect, disregard.
     (3) Knowledge.

avagrāhaḥ
     (1) Breaking, separation.
     (2) Impediment; avagrāhaste bhūyāt Sk.
     (3) A curse; see avagraha.

avaghaṭṭ 1 A.
     (1) To push or brush away or off.
     (2) To split, break or cut asunder; paṃcabāṇān avaghaṭṭayaṃtī Dk. 124.
     (3) To touch, feel, rub; jalaukovraṇānmadhunā'vaghaṭṭayet Suśr.
     (4) To stir up, agitate.

avaghaṭṭaḥ
     (1) A hole in the ground, a cave, a cavern.
     (2) A grindstone, stone-mill for grinding corn.
     (3) Stirring up, shaking.

avaghaṭṭanam Rubbing away or off.

avaghuṣ 1 P.
     (1) To proclaim aloud.
     (2) To send for, summon, convoke; as a conclave (samāja).
     (3) To fill with cries, make resonant; nadīṣu kauṃcāvaghuṣṭāsu Mb.

avaghoṣaḥ, --ṣaṇam Proclaiming, denouncing. --ṇā A proclamation.

avaghūrṇ 1 U. To whirl round, brandish, move to and fro; as in avaghūrṇamānatāmradṛṣṭiḥ; vane yathā śāla ivāvaghūrṇitaḥ Mb. rocked to and fro.

avaghūrṇaḥ Whirling round, a whirlpool.

avaghūrṇanam Rolling or whirling round.

avaghṛṣ 1 U. To rub off, rub to pieces, grind to powder; mṛdunā salilena khanyamānānyavaghṛṣyaṃti girerapi sthalāni Pt. 1 v. l. --Caus. To rub off, scratch.

avagharṣaṇam
     (1) Rubbing into.
     (2) Grinding.
     (3) Cleaning, rubbing off; salilaiḥ śuddhireteṣāṃ govālaiścāvagharṣaṇāt Y. 3. 60.

avaghoṭita a. Covered on all sides, concealed.

avaghrā 1 P.
     (1) To smell at; touch with the mouth; Ms. 3. 218.
     (2) To kiss (as the head); mūrdhani triravaghrāya Asval.; avaghrātaśca mūrdhani Ram. --Caus. (--ghrāpayati) To cause to smell at.

avaghrāṇam The act of smelling at.

avaca a. Lower.

avacakṣ 2 A.
     (1) To look down upon (Ved.).
     (2) To perceive, observe.

avacakṣaṇa a. One telling a censured tale. --ṇaṃ Looking down upon.

avacana a. [na. ba.] Not speaking, silent, speechless; śakuṃtalā sādhvasādavacanā tiṣṭhati S. 1. --naṃ [abhāve na. ta.]
     (1) Absence of assertion, silence, taciturnity; avacane'gniṣṭomaḥ Katy.
     (2) Censure, blame, reproof; -kara a. not doing what one is bid, disobedient.

avacanīya a.
     (1) Not to be spoken or uttered, obscene or indecent (language); vādeṣvavacanīyeṣu tadeva dviguṇaṃ bhavet Ms. 8. 269.
     (2) Not censurable, not blamable, free from censure; lokairavacanīyā bhavati Mk. 2; -tā; impropriety of speech, freedom from censure; sarvathā vyavahartavye kuto hyavacanīyatā U. 1. 5.

avacaskara a. Not speaking, silent, taciturn.

avacaṃdramasam The looking down of the moon (Ved.).

avacar 1 U.
     (1) To move or come down.
     (2) To go down towards. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to move or descend upon.
     (2) To employ, use, apply; lepān, śastraṃ, kaṣāyaṃ &c.

avacāra a. Going or moving down in or upon. --raḥ A place of descent, road; field of action.

avacāraṇa a. Moving, going. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Employing, application, mode of proceeding.
     (2) A kind of saline preparation (kṣārapākavidhi).

avacārya a. To be cast down, to be given, to be put on or applied.

avaci 3P.
     (1) To worship, honour, respect.
     (2) (5 U.) To gather, pick up, pluck (with two acc.); gatā syādavacinvānā kusumānyāśramadrumān Bk. 6. 10; vṛkṣamavacinoti phalāni Sk.
     (3) To take off.
     (4) To let down behind, to open (one's cloak).

avacayaḥ Gathering (such as flowers, fruits &c.); tataḥ praviśataḥ kusumāvacayamabhinayaṃtyau sakhyau S. 4.

avacāyaḥ [ava-ci-ghañ] Gathering flowers (with the hands); aviratakusumāvacāyakhedāt Śi. 7. 71.

avacāyin a. Gathering, picking off.

avacita p. p.
     (1) Gathered.
     (2) Filled, inhabited.

avacūḍaḥ --laḥ [avanatā cūḍā agraṃ yasya vā ḍo laḥ] The pendent cloth on a chariot, an ornament (like a chowri) hanging from the top of a banner; picchāvacūḍamanumādhavadhāma jagmuḥ Śi. 5. 13; divasakaravāraṇasyāvacūlacāmarakalāpaḥ K. 26, 114, 116; Śi. 20. 46, 12. 18.

avacūrṇ 10 P.
     (1) To sprinkle with meal, dust.
     (2) To cover, put on or over, overlay; cūrṇaiḥ śanairvraṇamukhamavacūrṇya Suśr.; bheryo divyapuṣpāvacūrṇitāḥ Mb.

avacūrṇanam
     (1) Pounding, grinding, reducing to powder.
     (2) Sprinkling with powder; especially, throwing absorbent powders on wounds.
     (3) A kind of disease or wound.

avacūrṇita a. Pounded coarsely; trijātāvacūrṇitena mixed with Dk. 133.
     (2) Ground, crushed, reduced to powder.

avacūla = avacūḍa q. v.

avacūlakaḥ, --kam A chowri or brush (formed of a cow's tail or peacock's feathers) for fanning off flies.

avacchad 10 P.
     (1) To cover over, overspread.
     (2) To conceal, obscure, leave in darkness.

avaccha(cchā)daḥ A cover, covering; kāṃcanāvacchādān (kharān) Ram.

avacchid 7 U.
     (1) To cut off, separate, tear in pieces, break asunder.
     (2) To discriminate, distinguish, characterize.
     (3) To define, limit, modify (as by time, space &c.,) used in Nyāya; see avacchinna below.
     (4) To detach, excerpt.
     (5) To interrupt.

avacchinna p. p.
     (1) Cut off.
     (2) Separated, divided, detached, excerpted.
     (3) (In Logic) Separated or excluded from all other things by the properties predicated of a thing as peculiar to itself.
     (4) Bounded, modified, determined; dikkālādyanavacchinna Bh. 2. 1.
     (5) Particularized, distinguished, characterized, as by an attributive word.

avacchedaḥ
     (1) A part, portion, (avayava).
     (2) Boundary, limit.
     (3) Separation.
     (4) Distinction, distinguishing, particularization (as by attributes).
     (5) Determination, decision, settlement; śabdārthasyānavacchede viśeṣasmṛtihetavaḥ Vāk. P.
     (6) That property of a thing which distinguishes it from every thing else, a characteristic property.
     (7) Bounding, defining.
     (8) Pervading (vyāptiḥ). -avacchedaḥ generalizing, removing distinctions.

avacchedaka a.
     (1) Separating.
     (2) Determining, deciding, pratiyogikāvacchedakāvacchinnaṃ
     (3) Bounding, limiting.
     (4) Pervading.
     (5) Distinguishing, particularizing.
     (6) Peculiar, characteristic. --kaḥ
     (1) That which distinguishes.
     (2) A predicate, characteristic property.
     (3) Boundary, limit.

avacchedanam Cutting off, separating; determining, bounding &c.

avacchurita a. Mixed. --taṃ A horse-laugh.

avaji 1 P.
     (1) To spoil (deprive by conquest), to win; avajitya ca taddhanaṃ Mb.; Ms. 11. 81; puṣpakaṃ nāma vimānaṃ vīryādavajitaṃ Rām.
     (2) To recover; hṛtāṃ kṛṣṇāmavājayat Mb.
     (3) To ward off, prevent.
     (4) To conquer; avajitamadhunā tavāhamakṣṇoḥ Śi. 7. 60.

avajayaḥ Defeat, victory over; yeneṃdralokāvajayāya dṛptaḥ R. 6. 62.

avajita p. p. Conquered; contemned, disregarded.

avajitiḥ f. Conquest, defeat; Ki. 6. 43.

avajuṣṭa a. Visited, frequented.

avajñā 9 P. To have a low opinion of, to despise, to treat with contempt, disregard; avajānāsi māṃ yasmāt R. 1. 77; avajānaṃti māṃ mūḍhā mānuṣīṃ tanumāśritaṃ Bg. 9. 11; Bk. 3. 8.

avajñā [ava-jñā-aṅ] Disrespect, contempt; slighting, low opinion; nātmanyavajñā kartavyā H. 1; disregard (with the obj. in loc. or gen.); ātmanyavajñāṃ śithilīcakāra R. 2. 41; ye nāma kecidiha naḥ prathayaṃtyavajñāṃ Mal. 1. 6; Śānti. 3. 23; avijñāvajñeyaṃ paritapati noccairapi budhaṃ Udb.
     -- Comp.
          --upahata a. treated with contempt, humiliated.
          --duḥkhaṃ the agonies of humiliation; mā jīvan yaḥ parāvajñāduḥkhadagdhopi jīvati Śi. 2. 45.

avajñāta p. p. Disrespected, contemned, disregarded.

avajñānam Disrespect, disregard, contempt; īpsitaṃ tadavajñānāt viddhi sārgalamātmanaḥ R. 1. 79.

avajñeya pot. p. To be treated with disrespect; contemptible; viprā hi kṣatriyātmāno nāvajñeyāḥ kadācana Y. 1. 153.

avaṭa a. [ava-aṭan] Produced in a hole. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A hole, cavity.
     (2) A pit; avaṭe cāpi me rāma prakṣipemaṃ kalevaraṃ; avaṭe ye nidhīyaṃte Ram.
     (3) A well.
     (4) Any low or depressed part of the body, sinus; avaṭaścaivametāni sthānānyatra śarīrake Y. 3. 98.
     (5) A juggler.
     -- Comp.
          --kacchapaḥ a tortoise in a hole; (fig.) one who has had no experience, who has seen nothing of the world.
          --nirodhanaḥ N. of a particular hell.

avaṭiḥ, --ṭī f. [av-aṭi]
     (1) A hole.
     (2) A well.
     (3) A sinus.

avaṭīṭa a. [nāsikāyāḥ nataṃ avaṭīṭaṃ, ava-ṭīṭan nāsikāyāḥ saṃjñāyāṃ; nāsikāpyavaṭīṭā, puruṣopyavaṭīṭaḥ P. V. 2. 31 Sk.] Having a flat nose, flat-nosed.

avaṭuḥ [ava-ṭīk mita- ḍu]
     (1) A hole in the ground.
     (2) A well.
     (3) The back or nape of the neck.
     (4) The depressed part of the body.
     (5) A kind of tree. --ṭuḥ f. The raised portion of the neck. --ṭu n. A hole, a rent.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a hind curl, the hair on the back of the head; Śi. 10. 12.

avaṭya a. Ved. Being in a hole.

avaḍaṃgaḥ --kaṃḥ A market, a mart.

avaḍīnam [ava-ḍī-bhāve-kta] The flight of a bird, flying down-wards.

avaṃḍa a. Ved. Not without a tail (said of a cow).

avataḥ [ava-aṭac vede pṛ- ṭasya taḥ] A well, cistern.

avataṃsaḥ --sam [ava-taṃs-ghañ]
     (1) A garland.
     (2) An ear-ing, a ring-shaped ornament, an ear-ornament (fig. also); gaṇāṃ nameruprasavāvataṃsāḥ Ku. 1. 55; svavāhanakṣobhacalāvataṃsāḥ 7. 38; caṃdanapallavāvataṃsāṃ K. 11, 12, 140, 97; R. 13. 49; Dk. 5, 88; Ki. 3. 11; Śi. 3. 81; -utpalaṃ a lotus used as an ornament; Ku. 4. 8; oft. with a omitted; yairvataṃsakusumaiḥ priyametāḥ Śi. 10. 67.
     (3) An ornament worn on the head, crest; (fig.) anything that serves as an ornament; 'decked with'; tāmarasāvataṃsā jalasaṃniveśāḥ Chāt. 2. 3; puṃḍarīkāvataṃsābhiḥ parikhābhiḥ Rām.; puṣpāvataṃsaṃ salilaṃ Suśr.; kalyāṇāvataṃsā kalyāṇasaṃpad Māl. 6.

avataṃsayati Den. P. To use as ear-rings, make ear-rings of; avataṃsayaṃti dayamānāḥ pramadāḥ śirīṣakusumāni S. 1. 4; avataṃsayainaṃ M. 3.

avataṃsakaḥ An ear-ornament, an ornament in general; aśokastabakeneva diṅmukhasyāvataṃsakaṃ V. 5. 3; prāsādādṛvitaṃsakā (laṃkā) Rām.

avataṃsita a. Having a garland, crested; (fig.) decked, adorned.

avatakṣaṇam
     (1) Anything cut in pieces.
     (2) Chopped straw.

avataḍ 10 P. To strike downwards; vidyudavatāḍayati Nir.; to crush under, trample down upon.

avatāḍanam
     (1) Crushing, trampling or treading under; naisargikī surabhiṇaḥ kusumasya siddhā mūrdhni sthitirna caraṇairavatāḍanāni U. 1. 14.
     (2) Striking.

avatan 8U.
     (1) To stretch or extend downwards; ṛjvīrdadhānairavatatya kaṃdharāḥ Śi. 12. 18; viśālamūlāvatataḥ (nyagrodha) Hariv.
     (2) To overspread, cover; nabhasi meghāvatate Suśr.; khamavatatya saliladāḥ Bṛ. S. 24. 19.
     (3) To loosen, undo (especially a bow-string).

avatata p. p.
     (1) Overspread, covered; latāśatairavatatā (nadī) Rām.; turaṃgaughairavatatā (bhūḥ) ibid.
     (2) Loosened, slackened; -dhanvan whose bow is unbent.

avatatiḥ f. Stretching, extend ing; prāleyāvatatimlāna Ki. 11. 4 (snow-fall).

avatānaḥ
     (1) Stretching.
     (2) The unbending of a bow.
     (3) A downward face.
     (4) The spreading of a plant; latāśatairavatatāmavatānaśataistathā Ram.
     (5) A cover (in general); an awning.

avatap 1 P. To radiate heat or light downwards. --Caus.
     (1) To irradiate, heat; athāvatāpya pṛthivīṃ pūṣā divasasaṃkṣaye jagāmāstaṃ Mb.
     (2) To illuminate.

avatapta p. p. Heated, irradiated; avataptenakulasthitaṃ an ichneumon's standing on hot ground (metaphorically said of the inconstancy of man) P. II. 1. 47; avataptenakulasthitaṃ ta etat Sk.

avatāpin a. (A place) where the sun strikes vertically down.

avatamasam [avatataṃ vyāptaṃ tamaḥ acsamāsaḥ P. V. 4. 79]
     (1) Slight or dim darkness; kṣīṇe'vatamasaṃ tamaḥ Ak.
     (2) Darkness (in general); avatamasabhidāyai bhāsvatābhyudgatena Śi. 11. 57 (where Malli. says yadyapi kṣīṇe'vatamasaṃ tamaḥ ityuktaṃ tathāpi iha virodhādviśeṣānādareṇa sāmānyameva grāhyaṃ).
     (3) Obscurity.

avataram ind. Ved. Farther away, more distantly.

avatas ind. Below, in the lower world; Ki. 5. 27.

avatarpaṇam A soothing remedy.

avatṝ 1 P.
     (1) To descend, alight, come down; rathādavatatāra ca R. 1. 54, 13. 68; vasan dadarśāvataraṃtamaṃbarāt Śi. 1. 1; yamunātaṭamavatīrṇaḥ Pt. 1; meghapadavīmavatīrṇau svaḥ S. 7; kadaitadaṃvatariṣyati cakraṃmastakāt Pt. 5; (fig. also); iti matireva na boṃdhapadavīmavatarati K. 289 fails to see; vāgeva me nābhidheyaviṣayamavatarati trapayā 151 I cannot speak for very shame
     (2) To flow or run into, discharge contents, join (as a river); sāgaraṃ varjayitvā kutra vā mahānadyavatarati S. 3; see avatīrṇa also.
     (3) To enter, to enter into, to come to; M. 1. 22; Śi. 9. 32; tvadīyaṃ deśamavatīrya M. 5.
     (4) To begin, commence; avataratu bhavān Dk. 152; tatpreyasīmāhūya saṃgītakamavatarāmi Dhūrt. 1.
     (5) To present oneself, appear forth, come; prasabhamavatatāra cittajanmā Ki. 10. 17.
     (6) To descend (as a deity) into the world in the form of a mortal; śāpāvatīrṇa Ks. 2. 21; munikanyā ca sā śāpāttasyāṃ jātāvavātarat 2. 31. Rāj. T. 1. 130; 5. 66; viṣṇurevāvatīrṇosau Mārk. P.
     (7) To get over, subdue, conquer; avatīrṇosmi yadrogamatidustaraṃ Ks. 21. 194; ava tasya balaṃ tira Rv. 10. 133. 5. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to descend, bring or fetch down; mārge kathaṃcidavatārya Mu. 3. 9; rathāt, vṛkṣāt, śūlāgrāt &c.
     (2) To take down, put or set down; avatāraya salilasamīpaṃ K. 38; mātrāṃ kakṣāṃtarādavatārya Pt. 1; svabhujādavatāritā R. 1. 34; avatāryatāṃ rathaḥ V. 1.
     (3) To take off, remove, withdraw, put aside; svagātrādavatārya bhūṣaṇāni Mu. 2, 5; athāṃgarājādavatārya cakṣuḥ R. 6. 30, athorudeśādavatārya pādaṃ Ku. 3. 11, Śi. 9. 36.
     (4) To bring downwards.
     (5) To bend down.
     (6) To introduce, set a-going, make current, begin; tena vidyāvatāritā Raj. T. 4. 485; tatra tayā satre'vatārite 2. 58.

avataraḥ Descent; N. 3. 53; Śi. 1. 43.

avataraṇam
     (1) Descending for bathing in water &c., gaṃgā-, apsarastīrtha-; descending or alighting (in general), coming down; stanya-.
     (2) An incarnation; see avatāra.
     (3) Crossing.
     (4) Sudden disappearance.
     (5) Steps or stairs leading tto a river.
     (6) A holy bathing-place (tīrtha).
     (7) Translating from one language into another.
     (8) Introduction.
     (9) An extract, a quotation.

avataraṇikā
     (1) A short prayer at the beginning of a work which, it is supposed, causes the divinity so addressed to descend from heaven.
     (2) Introduction, preface.

avataraṇī [avatarati graṃtho'nayā avatṝkaraṇe-lyuṭ]
     (1) Preface.
     (2) Succession, order, method.

avatāraḥ [ava-tṝ karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) Descent, alighting; descending or going down into; (fig.) accepting, resorting to; pākhaṃḍipathāvatāraḥ Dk. 47; advent, setting in; vasaṃtāvatārasamaye S. 1.
     (2) Form, manifestation; matsyādibhiravatārairavatāravatā vatā'vatāvasudhāṃ Śaṅkara.
     (3) Descent of a deity upon earth, incarnation in general; kopyeṣa saṃprati navaḥ puruṣāvatāraḥ U. 5. 34; dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāmavatāra ivāṃgavān R. 10. 84; ṛṣyavatāroyaṃ nṛpatiḥ Ks. 7. 18.
     (4) An incarnation of Viṣṇu; viṣṇuryena daśāvatāragahane kṣipto mahāsaṃkaṭe Bh. 3. 95. (There are ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; the following verse from Gīt. describes them; vedānuddharate jagannivahate bhūgolamudbibhrate daityaṃ dārayate baliṃ chalayate kṣatrakṣayaṃ kurvate . paulastyaṃ jayate halaṃ kalayate kāruṇyamātanvate mlecchānmūrcchayate daśākṛtikṛte kṛṣṇāya tubhyaṃ namaḥ ... matsyaḥ kūrmo varāhaśca narasiṃhotha vāmanaḥ . rāmo rāmaśca kṛṣṇaśca buddhaḥ kalkī ca te daśa ...
     (5) Any new appearance, growth, rise; navāvatāraṃ kamalādivotpalam R. 3. 36; parīvādanavāvatāraḥ 5. 24; yauvanāvatāre K. 289; Ve. 3; Śānti. 2. 26; 3. 14; Ks. 8. 30.
     (6) Any distinguished person (who, in the language of respect, is called an avatāra or incarnation of a deity).
     (7) Aiming at an object.
     (8) A landing-place; ruddhe gajena saritaḥ saruṣāvatāre Śi. 5. 33.
     (9) A sacred bathing-place. (10) Translation.
     (11) A pond, tank.
     (12) Introduction, preface.
     (13) Crossing; -raṃ labh to gain one's object (with gen.)
     -- Comp.
          --kathā account of an avatāra, N. of a chapter in śaṃkaravijaya. --maṃtraḥ the prayer causing the descent of a deity.

avatāraka a. (--rikā f.)
     (1) Making one's appearance.
     (2) Making a descent.

avatāraṇam
     (1) Causing to descend.
     (2) Translation.
     (3) Possession by an evil spirit.
     (4) Worship, adoration.
     (5) The ends or border of a garment.
     (6) Preface or introduction (to a work).

avatārin a. Making one's appearance, making a descent.

avatīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Descended, alighted, come down; śailarājāvatīrṇāṃ jahnoḥ kanyāṃ Me. 50; jalanidhimanurūpaṃ jahnukanyāvatīrṇā R. 6. 85; saṃsārapathamavatīrṇānāṃ K. 175 who have entered upon mundane life.
     (2) Bathed in; udadhimivāvatīrṇaḥ K. 158; come to, entered into.
     (3) Appeared as an incarnation; tadarthamavatīrṇo'sau manniyogāccaturbhujaḥ Mb.; Pt. 1.
     (4) Crossed, passed over; api nāmāvatīrṇosi bāṇagocaraṃ Mal. 1 crossed the path, gone within the range, of arrows; darśanapathamavatīrṇaḥ S. 3.
     (5) Fallen (as the night); avatīrṇāyāṃ tasyāṃ yāminyāṃ K. 269; bhareṇāvatīrṇāyāṃ rajanyāṃ K. 368.
     (6) Translated.
     -- Comp.
          --ṛṇa a. absolved from debt.

avatūlayati Den. P. To rub with cotton; tūlairavakuṣṇāti tūlena tṛṇāgramavaghaṭṭayati Bop.

avatokā [avapatitaṃ tokaṃ asyāḥ; prā- ba-] A woman or a cow miscarrying from accident.

avatta, avattin See under avado.

avatrasta a. Terrified.

avatsīya a. Not suitable for a calf.

avadaṃśaḥ [avadaśyate pānarucyarthaṃ; avadaṃś karmaṇi ghañ]
     (1) Any pungent food which excites thirst, stimulant.

avadatta a.
     (1) Given away.
     (2) Finished, accomplished.

avadah 1 P. To burn down, destroy.

avadāghaḥ
     (1) Heat, burning down.
     (2) The hot season, summer.

avadāhaḥ --ham [avasādito dāho yena; prā- ba-]
     (1) N. of the root of a plant (vīraṇa).
     (2) Burning down, heat; -iṣṭakāpathaṃ the root of the vīraṇa plant.

avadāta a. [ava-dai-kta]
     (1) Beautiful; avadātakāṃtiḥ Dk. 107, 37.
     (2) Clean, clear, pure, spotless, refined, purified, polished; sarvavidyāvadātacetāḥ K. 36; so vidyāvadātaṃ mukhaṃ; śāstra-.
     (3) Bright, white; āpiśaṃgāvadātayā dehaprabhayā K. 36, 65, 128, 187, 189, 43, 62, 95; rajanikarakalāvadātaṃ kulaṃ K. 233; kuṃdāvadātāḥ kalahaṃsamālāḥ Bk. 2. 18; cf. also Bh. 2. 25; Ki. 11. 75, 3. 25; 13. 37; Śānti. 3. 14.
     (4) Virtuous, meritorious; anyasmiñ janmani na kṛtamavadātaṃ karma K. 62.
     (5) Yellow. --taḥ White or yellow colour.

avadānam
     (1) A pure or approved occupation.
     (2) An accomplished act.
     (3) A valorous or glorious act, prowess, heroic act, heroism, glorious achievement; saṃgīyamānatripurāvadānaḥ Ku. 7. 48; Śi. 7. 2, 18. 16; prāpadastramavadānatoṣitāt R. 11. 21; Ki. 17. 16; tattvatpūrvāvadānebhyo na rocate Dk. 52; Ki. 3. 43, 13. 32.
     (4) Object of a legend.

avadānya a. Niggardly, stingy.

avadāvada a. Ved. Having no bad reputation.

avadṝ 9 P. To split or force open, to rend or tear asunder. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to burst, to rend, split; manaḥśilāgireḥ śṛṃgaṃ vajreṇevāvadāritaṃ Ram.
     (2) To dig down, excavate; tadarthamurvīmavadārayadbhiḥ R. 13. 3; vasudhāṃ cāvadārayet Rām.

avadaraṇam Breaking(as a boil), bursting, separating.

avadāraṇam
     (1) Tearing, dividing, digging down, cutting into pieces.
     (2) (karaṇe-lyuṭ) A spade, hoe.

avadīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Split into two, divided, broken; avadīrṇaśuktipuṭamuktamauktikaprakaraiḥ Śi. 13. 37.
     (2) Melted, fused, liquefied.
     (3) Bewildered, perplexed; bhayāvadīrṇaḥ saṃtrāsādabaddhaṃ bahu bhāṣase Mb.

avado 4 P.
     (1) To cut off, divide.
     (2) (Ved.) To appease (anger).

avatta p. p. [ava-do-khaṃḍane karmaṇi kta] Cut off.

avattin a. [avattamanena iṣṭā- ini] One who divides or cuts off; paṃca- dividing into five parts.

avadānam [ava-do-lyuṭ]
     (1) Cutting or dividing into pieces.
     (2) A part, portion; hṛdayādyavadānānām S. B.
     (3) Transgression.
     (4) The root of a plant; see avadāna also.

avadohaḥ
     (1) Milking.
     (2) Milk.

avadya a.
     (1) Fit to be condemned, censurable, not to be praised; na cāpi kāvyaṃ navamityavadyaṃ M. 1. 2; kimavadyaḥ karikuṃbhajo maṇiḥ Śi. 16. 45.
     (2) Defective, faulty, blamable, disagreeable, disliked; udavahadanavadyāṃ tāmavadyādapetaḥ R. 7. 70; see anavadya also.
     (3) Unfit to be told.
     (4) Low, inferior.
     (5) Sinful. --dyaṃ
     (1) A fault, defect, imperfection.
     (2) Sin, vice.
     (3) Blame, censure, reproach; udavahadanavadyāṃ tāmavadyādapetaḥ R. 7. 70.
     (4) Shame.
     -- Comp.
          --gohana a. concealing or keeping off want.
          --bhīḥ f. fear of vices or sin.

avadyavat a. Ved. Disgraceful, lamentable.

avadyotanam Light.

avadyotin a. Shining down upon, illuminating.

avadraṃgaḥ A market.

avadha a. Ved. Inviolable, invulnerable. --dhaḥ Exemption from death; Ms. 5. 39.

avadhya a. Not to be killed, inviolable, sacred; -tā, -bhāvaḥ, -tvaṃ exemption from death, inviolability; vadhārhāṇāmavadhyatām R. 17. 19; sadaivāvadhyabhāvena dūto vadati nānyathā H. 3. 15; R. 10. 43.

avadharṣya a. To be defied.

avadhā 3 A.
     (1) To place down, deposit; avadhāya śvabhre mṛtpiṃḍaṃ Katy.; yathā kṣuraḥ kṣuradhāne'vahitaḥ Śat. Br.; tatastāṃsteṣu kuṃḍeṣu garbhānavadadhe tadā Mb.; vāsudevaḥ svamāyayātmanyavadhīyamānaḥ Bhāg.; to fix: pādāgre dṛśamavadhāya niścalāṃgī Mu. 5. 13.
     (2) To apply (as the mind).
     (3) To be attentive; ito'vadhattāṃ devarājaḥ Mv. 6.
     (4) To shut, close, press together. --Pass. To be placed, applied, or directed (mind); avadhīyatāṃ listen, hear.

avadhātavya pot. p. To be attended to, deserving attention and care.

avadhānīya pot. p. To be attended to, deserving attention and care.

avadhānam
     (1) Attention, avadhānapare cakāra sā pralayāṃtonmiṣnite vilocane Ku. 4. 2; avadhānaṃ dīyamānaṃ prārthaye Ve. 1; intentness, attentiveness; dattāvadhānaḥ śṛṇoti hears attentively.
     (2) Devotion, care, carefulness; avadhānāt carefully or attentively; śṛṇuta janā avadhānāt kriyāmimāṃ kālidāsasya V. 1. 2. v. l.

avadhānin a. Attentive.

avadhiḥ [ava-dhā-ki]
     (1) Application, attention.
     (2) Boundary, limit exclusive or inclusive, (in time or space); conclusion, determination; ekaikasya jagattrayapramathanatrāṇāvadhiryogyatā Mv. 1. 46; ravitejasāmavadhinādhiveṣṭitam Ki. 12. 22.
     (3) Furthest limit; dṛṣṭa āhlādanīyānāmavadhiḥ K. 124; smaraśāpāvadhidāṃ sarasvatīṃ Ku. 4. 43; conclusion; oft. at the end of comp., in the sense of 'ending with,' 'as far as', 'till'; eṣa te jīvitāvadhiḥ pravādaḥ U. 1; tatpratyāgamanakālāvadhayopi tāvat dhriyaṃtāṃ prāṇāḥ K. 171; vyāḍī rakṣatu me dehaṃ tataḥ pratyāgamāvadhi Ks. 4. 100; skaṃdhaḥ syānmūlācchākhāvadhistaroḥ Ak.
     (4) Period of time, time; sarve nidāghāvadhinā pramṛṣṭāḥ R. 16. 52; śeṣān māsān virahadivasasthāpitasyāvadhervā Me. 87; api samāptaḥ vanavāsasyāvadhiḥ Mv. 7, 2. 48; vivāhaṃ māsāvadhikamakalpayat Dk. 54, 174; K. 328; Ki. 12. 17; yadavadhi-tavadhi from or ever since, till, Bv. 2. 79; atha cedavadhiḥ pratīkṣyate Ki. 2. 16.
     (5) An engagement, appointment; ramaṇīyovadhirvidhinā visaṃvāditaḥ S. 6.
     (6) A division, district, department; janapadatadavadhyośca P. IV. 2. 124.
     (7) A hole, pit. -tā, -tvaṃ limit, limitation.

avadhimat a. Limited, bounded.

avadheya pot. p.
     (1) To be placed down or deposited.
     (2) To be attended to, to be believed.
     (3) To be known or apprehended. --yaṃ Attention.

avahita p. p.
     (1) Deposited, placed.
     (2) Attentive, careful; śṛṇuta manobhiravahitaiḥ V. 1. 2; śṛṇu me'vahitā vacaḥ Ram.; Me. 100.
     (3) Clebrated, known; -tā application, attention.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjali a. with joined hands.

avadhāv 1 U. To run down, to drop down, to run after.

avadhāvanam
     (1) Running after, pursuing, seizure.
     (2) Cleaning, washing.

avadhāvita p. p.
     (1) Chased, pursued.
     (2) Cleaned, washed.

avadhīr 10 P. To disregard, disrespect, treat with contempt, slight; avadhīritasuhṛdvacanasya H. 1; Śi. 9. 59, Amaru. 83; to despise, repudiate, repulse; tatkimavadhīrayati māmāryaputraḥ M. 5.

avadhīraṇam Treating with disrespect.

avadhīraṇā Disrespect, despising; repulse; kṛtavatyasi nāvadhīraṇāmaparāddhe 'pi yadā ciraṃ mayi R. 8. 48; M. 3. 19; ayaṃ sa te tiṣṭhati saṃgamotsuko viśaṃkase bhīru yatovadhīraṇāṃ S. 3. 14.

avadhīrita p. p. Disrespected, disregarded, slighted; avadhīritārtavaguṇaṃ Ki. 6. 25 excelled, set at naught; acetanaṃ nāma guṇaṃ na lakṣayenmayaiva kasmādavadhīritā priyā S. 6. 12.

avadhīrin a. 1. Despising, scorning.
     (2) Excelling.

avadhū 5 U.
     (1) To shake. move, wave, cause to tremble; reṇuḥ pavanāvadhūtaḥ R. 7. 43; līlāvadhūtaiḥ cāmaraiḥ Me. 35; Rs. 6. 15; Ki. 6. 3; Śi. 13. 36.
     (2) To shake off or out, shake, toss (lit. and fig.), remove (fig. also); overcome, get the better of; rājasattvamavadhūya mātṛkaṃ R. 11. 90; suravadhūravadhūtabhayāḥ śaraiḥ 9. 19 removing the fears of; avadhūya tadvyathāṃ 3. 61; vrajaṃti śatrūnavadhūya nispṛhāḥ śamena siddhiṃ munayo na bhūbhṛtaḥ Ki. 1. 42; ruṣāvadhūya rakṣāṃsi Rām.
     (3) To discard, spurn, reject or treat with contempt, disregard; caṃḍī māmavadhūya pādapatitaṃ V. 4. 38; Ku. 3. 8; avadhūtapraṇipātāḥ V. 3. 5; avadhūtaduhitṛprārthanasya Dk. 13. --Caus. (--dhūnayati) To shake.

avadhūta p. p. 1. Shaken, waved.
     (2) Discarded, rejected, despised; R. 19. 43.
     (3) Insulted, humiliated.
     (4) Excelled, surpassed; Ratn. 2. 8.
     (5) Attacked, overcome.
     (6) Separated from worldly attachments. --taḥ An ascetic who has renounced all worldly attachments and connections; yo vilaṃghyāśramānvarṇānātmanyeva sthitaḥ pumān . ativarṇāśramī yogī avadhūtaḥ sa ucyate .. or akṣaratvāt vareṇyatvāt dhūtasaṃsārabaṃdhanāt . tattvamasyarthasiddhatvādavadhūto'bhidhīyate ...
     -- Comp.
          --veśa a. undressed, naked.

avadhūnanam
     (1) Shaking, waving; pādasparśastu rakṣāṃsi duṣkṛtīnavadhūnanaṃ Ms. 3. 230; amaṃdadaṣṭauṣṭhakarāvadhūnanam Ki. 8. 6.
     (2) The practice of medicine, curing.
     (3) Agitation, trembling.
     (4) Disregarding.
     (5) Trampling on, treading.

avadhūkaḥ One having no wife.

avadhūpita a. Perfumed with incense.

avadhūlanam Sprinkling absorbent powders on sores.

avadhṛ 10 U.
     (1)
          (a) To determine, fix, resolve; ityavadhārya Pt. 1; yanmayā'vadhāritaṃ Mk. 4. cayastviṣāmityavadhāritaṃ purā Śi. 1. 3; vidarbhagatamanuṣṭheyamavadhāritaṃ M. 5.
          (b) To ascertain, determine accurately, make out, know, perceive, understand; na viśvamūrteravadhāryate vapuḥ Ku. 5. 78; Mu. 3, 4.
     (2) To consider or regard, think, look upon; mṛtā māmavadhāraya Mb.; kulīnetyavadhāryatāṃ Ks. 21. 124; Śi. 9. 22.
     (3) To hear, listen to, become acquainted with; vānaprasthasya dharmaṃ te kathayāmyavadhāryatāṃ Mārk. P.
     (4) To reflect, consider, think; bālakoyamityavadhārya Pt. 4.
     (5) To limit, restrict.

avadhāraḥ Accurate determination, limitation; sarvatra yadavadhāreṇocyate sa ekāṃtaḥ Suśr.

avadhāraka a.
     (1) Determining accurately; iṣṭāvadhārakaṃ vākyaṃ āśīḥ Bharata.
     (2) Restricting oneself to anything.

avadhāraṇa a. Restrictive, limiting. --ṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Ascertainment, determination; māna- Dk. 161.
     (2) Affirmation, emphasis.
     (3) Limitation (of the sense of words); yāvadavadhāraṇe, evāvadhāraṇe; mātraṃ kārtsnye'vadhāraṇe Ak.; turatrāvadhāraṇārthaḥ.
     (4) Restriction to a certain instance or instances to the exclusion of all others.

avadhāraṇīya, avadharya pot. p. To be ascertained, determined or considered; viṣṇorivāsyānavadhāraṇīyaṃ R. 13. 5; pariṇatiravadhāryā yatnataḥ paṃḍitena Bh. 2. 99.

avadhārita p. p. Ascertained, known, well observed, marked; samyagavadhāritaṃ Ratn. 1.

avadhṛta p. p.
     (1) Determined, resolved, settled.
     (2) Heard.

avadhya See under avadha.

ava(ba)dhra  a. Ved. Not injurious, innoxious, beneficent.

avadhvaṃs 1 A.
     (1) To apply oneself to, set about.
     (2) To strew over, scatter, spread; cūrṇairavadhvaṃsate Sk. --Caus.
     (1) To cast down.
     (2) To strew over.

avadhvaṃsaḥ
     (1) Abandoning, quitting.
     (2) Powder, dust.
     (3) Disrespect, censure, blame.
     (4) Falling off or from.
     (5) Sprinkling.

avadhvasta p. p.
     (1) Destroyed, perished.
     (2) Censured, disrespected.
     (3) Pounded coarsely or badly.
     (4) Abandoned.
     (5) Sprinkled.
     (6) Scattered.

avanam [av-lyuṭ]
     (1) Protection, defence; bhujo'navane P. I. 3. 66, Nalod. 1. 4.
     (2) Gratifying, pleasing.
     (3) Wish desire.
     (4) Delight, satisfaction.
     (5) Hurry, speed.

avanakṣatram The disappearance of the stars.

avanam 1 P.
     (1) To bow down, to bend down, stoop; Śi. 9. 74
     (2) To bend oneself, hang down; tvayyādātuṃ jalamavanate Me. 46. See avanata also. --Caus. (avana-nā-mayati) To bend down, bend; avanamaṃya dviṣatāṃ śirāṃsi K. 109; śvapucchamavanāmitam Pt. 4.

avanata p. p.
     (1) Bent down, hung down, downcast; vinaya-, praśraya-, lajjā, -uttarakāyaṃ R. 9. 60; phalapuṣpairavanatān Rām.
     (2) Verging in the west, setting; rajaniravanateṃdurlajjayādhomukhī ca Śi. 10. 91.
     (3) Bending, stooping, deepened, not projecting.
     (4) Humble.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. with stooping; limbs; Ku. 5. 86.
          --kāya a. bending the body, crouching down.
          --mukha a. with down-cast countenance.
          --śīrṣan a. bowing the head.

avanatiḥ f.
     (1) Bending, bowing down, stooping; avanatimavaneḥ Mu. 1. 2, 3. 8; Śi. 9. 8.
     (2) Declining in the west, setting; Śi. 9. 8.
     (3) A bow, prostration.
     (4) Bending (as a bow); dhanuṣāmavanatiḥ K. (where a- also means 'stooping').
     (5) Modesty, absence of insolence, humility.

avanamra a. Bowed, bent; paryāptapuṣpastabakāvanamrā Ku. 3. 54; pāda- fallen at the feet.

avanāmaḥ
     (1) Bending or bowing, falling at the feet; galitanayanavāreryāti pādāvanāmaṃ Śi. 11. 35.
     (2) Causing to bend down.

avanāmaka a. What depresses or causes to bend or bow.

avanāmin a. Bending or bowing down; Ki. 7. 19.

avanah 4 U. To bind on, tie on, put over, cover with.

avanaddha p. p.
     (1) Formed, made.
     (2) Fixed, seated; styānāvanaddhaghanaśoṇitaśoṇapāṇiḥ Ve. 1. 21.
     (3) Covered, encircled; tāṃbūlīlatāvanaddhapūgakhaṃḍamaṃḍitaiḥ K. 19; Śi. 3. 7; bound on, tied; carmāvanaddhaṃ durgaṃdhipūrṇaṃ mūtrapurīṣayoḥ Ms. 6. 76; hemamālāvanaddhaḥ (rathaḥ) Mb.; puṣpabhārāvanaddhaḥ (pādapaḥ) Rām.; Bṛ. S. 3. 19. 20, 67, 59, 84; fastened, woven, put together; sragavanaddhamanoramapallavā Śi. 6. 53; 7. 52. --ddhaṃ A drum.

avanāhaḥ Binding, girding, putting on.

avanāṭa a. [nataṃ nāsikāyāḥ; ava-nāṭac see avaṭīṭa] Flat-nosed. --ṭaṃ The condition of having a flat nose.

avaniḥ --nī f. [av-ani Uṇ. 2. 101]
     (1) The earth; oft used at the end of comp. meaning 'ground', 'place'; kānanāvanau Dk. 7, 13; līlāvanau place of recreation 25.
     (2) A finger (Nir.).
     (3) A river; Rv. 1. 190. 7.
     (4) N. of a plant.
     (5) Course, bed of a river. avaniṃgata a. fallen prostrate on the ground.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ --nāthaḥ, --patiḥ, --pālaḥ lord of the earth, king; patiravanipatīnāṃ taiścakāśe caturbhiḥ R. 10. 86, 11. 93.
          --caraḥ a. roving over the earth, vagabond.
          --dhraḥ a mountain Śi. 16. 78.
          --tala the surface of the earth.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the globe.
          --ruhaḥ, --ṭ a tree.

avanij 3 U. To wash, purify, cleanse, to wipe off. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to wash off.
     (2) To fill with, pervade; susugaṃdhatayāvanejitānāṃ Ghaṭ. 15.

avanikta p. p.
     (1) Washed, cleansed.
     (2) Searched.

avanejya a. Used for washing.

avanejanam
     (1) Washing, ablution; na kuryādguruputrasya pādayoścāvanejanam Ms. 2. 209.
     (2) Washing off, ablution.
     (3) Water for washing, foot-bath; āpaḥ pādāvanejanīḥ Ait. Br.
     (4) Sprinkling water on the darbha grass at a Śrāddha ceremony.

avaniścayaḥ Deduction, ascertainment.

avaniṣṭhīvanam Spitting upon.

avanī 1 P.
     (1) To lead or bring down, to push into; aśvānapo'vanīyamānān Kāty.
     (2) To cause to descend or flow.
     (3) To lead away.
     (4) To pour down or over.

avanayaḥ
     (1) Throwing down, precipitating.
     (2) Causing to descend.

avanayanam Leading down, pouring down.

avanāyaḥ Throwing down &c.

avanāyaka a. Causing to descend.

avaṃtiḥ --tī f. [av-bāhu- jhic Uṇ. 3. 50]
     (1) N. of a city, the modern ujjayinī, one of the seven sacred cities of the Hindus, to die at which is said to secure eternal happiness; cf. ayodhyā mathurā māyā kāśī kāṃciravaṃtikā . purī dvārāvatī caiva saptaitā mokṣadāyikāḥ ... The women of Avanti are said to be very skilful in all erotic arts; cf. āvaṃtya eva nipuṇā sudṛśo ratakarmaṇi B. R. 10. 82.
     (2) N. of a river. --m. pl. N. of a country and its inhabitants; its capital being ujjayinī on the river siprā; and there is also the temple of mahākāla in the suburbs. [According to Hemachandra abaṃti is synonymous with Mālava or the modern Mālavā; but the latter country covered in ancient times, as now, a wider area than Avanti, as Bāṇa applies the name to a neighbouring kingdom in the east, whose capital was Vidiśa on the Vetravati or Betva. In the time of the Mahābhārata Avanti appears to have extended on the south to the banks of the Narmadā and on the west probably to the banks of the Myhe or Mahi]; avaṃtinātho'yamudagrabāhuḥ R. 6. 32; asau mahākālaniketanasya vasannadūre kila caṃdramauleḥ 6. 34, 35; prāpyāvaṃtīnudayanakathākovidagrāmavṛddhān Me. 30; avaṃtīṣūjjayinī nāma nagarī K. 52.
     -- Comp.
          --puraṃ the city of Avanti ujjayinī. --brahmaḥ [avaṃtiṣu brahmā ac samāsaḥ P. V. 4. 104) a Brahmaṇa residing in Avanti.
          --somaḥ [avaṃtiṣu soma iva] sour gruel (prepared from the fermentation of rice-water (kāṃjikaṃ).

avaṃdhya a. Not barren, fruitful, productive; avaṃdhyavāṃchitaphalapradāna K. 260; avaṃdhyapātena bāṇena V. 2. 2; H. 2. 12.

avapaṭ 10 P. To split. --Pass. To split oneself, to be split.

avapāṭikā Laceration of the prepuce.

avapat 1 P. To fall down, fly down, jump down, descend, alight, pounce or swoop upon; śyenāvapātamavapatya Prab.; phalairvṛkṣāvapatitaiḥ Ram. --Caus. To throw down, fell down.

avapatanam Alighting, descending.

avapātaḥ
     (1) Falling down; jalaṃ kūlāvapātena prasannaṃ kaluṣāyate Mk. 9. 24; adhaścaraṇāvapātaṃ Bh. 2. 31 falling down at the feet; (fig.) cringing.
     (2) Descent, descending; śastrāvapātaḥ Y. 2. 277; kapota- H. 1; śyena- cakitā Mal. 8. 8 sudden swoop or pouncing.
     (3) A hole, pit.
     (4) Particularly, a hole or pit for catching elephants; avapātastu hastyarthe garte channe tṛṇādinā Yadava; rodhāṃsi nighnannavapātamagnaḥ karīva vanyaḥ paruṣaṃ rarāsa R. 16. 78.

avapātanam Felling, knocking down, throwing down; drumāṇāṃ Ms. 11. 65; kuḍyāvapātanaṃ Y. 2. 223.

avapad 4 A.
     (1) To go down, glide down; to descend, fall down as keśa, garbha &c.
     (2) To be deprived of (with abl.).
     (3) To fall, meet with an accident.
     (4) To overthrow, ruin. --Caus. To cause to glide or go down.

avapanna p. p.
     (1) Mixed with.
     (2) Cooked together with.
     (3) Fallen on or into.
     (4) Alighted, descended.

avapādaḥ Falling down.

avapāka a.
     (1) Badly or ill-cooked.
     (2) Without a net. --kaḥ Bad cooking.

avapātra a. [avaraṃ bhojanāyogyaṃ pātraṃ yasya] A Mlechchha whose eating in a vessel makes it useless for others.

avapātrita a. [avapātra kṛtyarthe ṇic -kta] One who has lost his caste, a person not allowed by his kindred to eat in a common vessel; see apapātrita (= bhinnodakīkṛta Dāy.).

avapālita a. Unprotected, neglected.

avapāśita a. [avapāśaḥ samaṃtāt pāśo jāto'sya tāra- itac] Snared, having a snare laid over (on all sides); paśyāmyaiva hi kaṃṭhe tvāṃ kālapāśāvapāśitaṃ Ram.

avapīḍ 10 P. To compress; mamajjeva mahī tasya bhūribhārāvapīḍitā Mb.; pādau śirobhiravapīḍitau Ram.; to press or squeeze together; ekīkṛtastvaci niṣikta ivāvapīḍya Mal. 6. 12.

avapīḍa a. Pressed on all sides. --ḍaḥ
     (1) Pressing down, pressure.
     (2) A kind of medicinal drug used to cause sneezing, sternutatory.
     (3) A kind of medical treatment.

avapīḍanam
     (1) The act of pressing down.
     (2) A sternutatory. --nā Damage, violation; Ms. 8. 287.

avapūrṇa a. Full of, filled.

avaprajjanaḥ The end of the warp of a web.

avaphaḥ Flatulence, wind from the bowels.

avabadhā Segment of the base of a triangle.

avabaṃdh 9 P.
     (1) To bind, fasten (fig. also); nītvā kāmaṃ gauraveṇāvabaddhaḥ Śi. 18. 19.
     (2) To arrest, rivet; śilpakuśalatayā'vabadhnāti dṛṣṭiṃ Mk. 9.

avabaṃdhaḥ
     (1) Falling or palsy of the eyelids, Blepharoptosis; vyādhirvetrāvabaṃdhakaḥ Suśr.
     (2) A kind of disease.
     (3) Binding on all sides.

avabādhā
     (1) Pain, agony.
     (2) Resistance, opposition.

avabāhukaḥ [avabaddho bāhuryena prā- sa-] Spasm in the arm.

avabudh 4 A.
     (1) To awake; to recognise; taṃ cāvabudhyābravam Dk. 127.
     (2) To become sensible or aware of, feel, perceive, know, understand; tvaksparśaṃ nāvabudhyate Mb.; ekāṃtamaugdhyānavabuddhavibhramaiḥ Śi. 12. 39; Bk. 15. 101; Ms. 8. 53; adhītyāvabuddhya ca; yenāvabudhyate tattvaṃ prakṛteḥ puruṣasya ca Bhāg. knows. --Caus.
     (1) To awaken, rouse; rāmo rāmāvabodhitaḥ R. 12. 23.
     (2) To make one aware of, inform; brahmacodanānupuruṣamavabodhayatyeva kevalaṃ S. B.; prāgeva viduro veda tenāsmānavabodhayat Mb.
     (3) To remind, put in mind of; ārye samyagavabodhito'smi S. 1. v. l.
     (4) To teach, instruct.

avabuddha p. p.
     (1) Known.
     (2) [kartarikta] One who knows.

avabodhaḥ
     (1) Waking, becoming awake (opp. svapna); yau tu svapnāvabodhau tau bhūtānāṃ pralayodayau Ku. 2. 8; Bg. 6. 17.
     (2) Knowledge, perception; svabhartṛnāmagrahaṇādvabhūva sāṃdre rajasyātmaparāvabodhaḥ R. 7. 41; bhāvāvabodhakaluṣā dayiteva rātrau 5. 64; pratikūleṣu taikṣṇasyāvabodhaḥ krodha iṣyate S. D.; M. 3. 10; svātmāvabodhaṃ mahaḥ Prab. 1. 1.
     (3) Discrimination, judgment; avabodhavāri rajasaḥ śamanaṃ Ki. 6. 41.
     (4) Teaching, informing.

avabodhaka a. Indicating, showing; nijaparākramāvabodhakāni caritāni Dk. 175. --kaḥ
     (1) The awakener, the sun.
     (2) A panegyrist, bard.
     (3) A teacher.
     (4) Thought, intention; madavabodhakaṃ prakaṭayatā Dk. 153; -tvaṃ instruction, guidance, explanation.

avabodhanam Knowledge, perception.

avabravaḥ [kutsitaḥ bravaḥ] Ill-report, defamation.

avabhaṃj 7 P. To break off, smash; vanaspatiṃ vraja ivāvabhajya Ku. 3. 74; avabhagnaśca me mānaḥ Ram., broken down, humbled.

avabhaṃgaḥ Humbling, overcoming, defeating; mānāvabhaṃganipuṇaṃ tvamamoghamastraṃ V. 4. 11.

avabhaṃjanam Breaking, off, tearing, humbling.

avabhāṣaṇam Speaking, telling.

avabhās 1 A.
     (1) To shine; nātyarthamastrairavabhāsamānaḥ Ki. 3. 46; sa tejasā sūrya ivāvabhāsate Mb.
     (2) To shine forth, become manifest; āhosvinmukhamavabhāsate yuvatyāḥ Śi. 8. 29.
     (3) To appear, seem (apparently or falsely); etattrayaṃ taptāyaḥpiṃḍavadekatvenāvabhāsate Vedānta. --Caus. To irradiate, illuminate; adhikāvabhāsitadiśāṃ nikaraḥ Śi. 9. 37.

avabhāsaḥ
     (1) Splendour, lustre, light.
     (2) Knowledge, perception.
     (3) Appearance, manifestation, in spiration; yenāsya tattveṣu kṛte'vabhāse Ki. 3. 26.
     (4) Space, reach, compass.
     (5) False knowledge.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ N. of a divinity.
          --prabhāḥ (pl.) N. of a whole class of deities.

avabhāsaka a. Luminous, irradiating. --kaṃ The Supreme spirit; -tvaṃ luminousness.

avabhāsita p. p.
     (1) Illumined, lighted, irradiated.
     (2) Evident, manifest.

avabhāsin a. Shining, bright. --nī The outer skin or cuticle.

avabhid 7 P. To break off, shatter.

avabhedaḥ Breaking off, shattering.

avabhedin a. Breaking off, shattering, dividing.

avabhuj 6 P. To bend down, curve.

avabhugna p. p. Contracted, bent, crooked; avabhugnabhogiphaṇamaṃḍalāṃ bhuvaṃ Śi. 15. 54.

avabhṛthaḥ [ava-bhṛ-kthan] Uṇ. 2. 3]
     (1) The end or completion of a principal sacrifice.
     (2) Bathing at the end of a principal sacrifice for purification; nāvabhṛthaṃ sarasvatyāṃ Kāty.; bhuvaṃ koṣṇena kuṃḍodhnī medhyenāvabhṛthādapi R. 1. 84; prītyāśvamedhāvabhṛthārdramūrteḥ 6. 61; 9. 22; 11. 31; 13. 61; Y. 3. 244; Ms. 11. 83.
     (3) Purification by bathing of the sacrificer and the sacrificial vessels at the end of a sacrifice.
     (4) The water of purification.
     (5) A supplementary sacrifice to atone for defects in a principal and preceding one; a sacrifice in general; snātavatyavabhṛthe tatastvayi Śi. 14. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --snānaṃ ablution after a sacrificial ceremony.

avabhraḥ Abduction, carrying off.

avabhraṭa a. [nataṃ nāsikāyāḥ; ava-bhraṭac P. V. 2. 31] Flat-nosed; see avaṭīṭa. --ṭaṃ The state of having a flat nose.

avama a. [ava-amac Uṇ. 5. 54.]
     (1) Sinful, wicked.
     (2) Contemptible, mean, undermost, lowest.
     (3) Base, low, inferior (opp. parama); analakānalakānavamāṃ purīṃ R. 9. 14; see anavama; yā ta uktiravamā yā paramā Rv. 6. 25. 1.
     (4) Next, intimate.
     (5) Last, youngest.
     (6) decreasing. --maḥ
     (1) A protector.
     (2) A class of Manes; trividhāḥ pitaraḥ avamā ūrvāḥ kāvyāśca. --maṃ
     (1) Sin.
     (2) A lunar day exactly coinciding with a solar one; the difference between a Chandra (29 days, 31 Ghaṭikās and 50 Palas) and a solar month (30 days); tithyaṃtadvaṃyameko dinavāraḥ spṛśati yatra tadbhavatyavamadinaṃ Jyotisha.

avaman 4 A(or Poet. P.)
     (1) To despise, contemn, disregard, disrespect; caturdigīśānavamatya māninī Ku. 5. 53; Ms. 2. 11, 4. 135, 7. 150; V. 2. 11.
     (2) To undervalue, depreciate, slight, make light of; tadīśitāraṃ cedīnāṃ bhavāṃstamavamaṃsta mā Śi. 2. 95; jaganmaṃgalamātmānaṃ kathaṃ tvamavamanyase U. 7. 8; Bk. 8. 81; 12. 25; 15. 14, 66. --Caus. To despise &c.; yā cainaṃ nāvamānayet Ms. 2. 50, 4. 136.

avamata p. p. Despised, contemned &c.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuśaḥ a restive elephant (that disdains the hook), one in rut; anvetukāmo'vamatāṃkuśagrahaḥ Śi. 12. 16.

avamatiḥ A master, an owner. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Disregard, disrespect.
     (2) Aversion, dislike.

avamaṃtavya, avamānya pot. p.
     (1) To be treated with disrespect, or slighted; bālo'pi nāvamaṃtavyo manuṣya iti bhūmipaḥ Ms. 7. 8, 9. 82.
     (2) Contemptible, mean.

avamaṃtṛ a.
     (1) Disrespectful, contemptuous, despising.
     (2) Arrogant.

avamānaḥ Disrespect, contempt, disregard; amṛtasyeva cākāṃkṣedavamānasya sarvadā Ms. 2. 162; Bg. 14. 25. -tā, --tvaṃ dishonourableness, contempt.

avamānanaṃ, --nā Despising, disrespect, contempt; avamānanārthamiha kiṃ nimaṃtritaiḥ Śi. 15. 18.

avamānin a. Contemning, despising, slighting, undervaluing; dhiṅ māmupasthitaśreyovamāninaṃ S. 6; ayi ātmaguṇāvamānini S. 3.

avamaṃtha a. [avamathnāti ava-maṃth-ac] Producing swellings. --thaḥ A kind of disease, swellings caused by boils or contusions.

avamarṣaḥ
     (1) Consideration, investigation.
     (2) One of the five principal parts or Sandhis of a play; yatra mukhyaphalopāya udbhinno garbhato'dhikaḥ . śāpādyaiḥ sāṃtarāyaśca so'vamarṣa iti smṛtaḥ S. D. 336; also written vimarṣa.
     (3) Attacking; vīryāvadāneṣu kṛtāvamarṣaḥ Ki. 3. 43.

avamarṣaṇam
     (1) Intolerance, impatience.
     (2) Effacing, obliterating, banishing from recollection.

avamuc 6 P.
     (1) To let loose, loosen (as a horse).
     (2) To take off (a garment &c.); mekhalāṃ, kirīṭaṃ, vāsāṃsi, bhūṣaṇāni &c.
     (3) To unharness.

avamocanam Setting at liberty, loosening, letting go.

avamūrdhan a. [avanato mūrddhā'sya] With one's head hanging down.
     -- Comp.
          --śaya a. [avamūrddhā san śete; śīac] lying with the head hanging down. (
          --yaḥ) one who sleeps with his head hanging down, such as man (opp. deva); uttānaśayā devā avamūrdhaśayā manuṣyāḥ.

avamṛj 2 P.
     (1) To rub off, to strip off, remove; lepamavamārṣṭi.
     (2) To efface.

avamārjanam Washing &c.

avamṛd 9 P.
     (1) To grind or pound down, to reduce by friction; crush, tread down, trample upon; avamṛdransa rāṣṭrāṇi pārthivānāṃ hayottamaḥ Mb.
     (2) To rub. --Caus. To pound down &c.

avamardaḥ
     (1) Trampling upon.
     (2) Pain, toils; raṇāvamardamāsādya Ram.
     (3) An expedient of a Government, inflicting punishment on an enemy by laying his country waste, devastation, oppression; avamardaḥ pratīghātastathā caiva balīyasāṃ Mb.
     (4) Slaying, killing; U. 5. 8.

avamardana a. Trampling down, grinding, crushing; śatrubala- Ram. --naṃ
     (1) Rubbing, shampooing; hastapāda- Pt. 1.
     (2) Oppression, crushing down.

avamṛś 6 P.
     (1) To touch; avamṛśaṃtī kalahaṃsakān K. 232.
     (2) To consider, ponder, reflect. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to touch.
     (2) To destroy; interrupt.

avamarśaḥ Touch, contact.

avayaj 1 A.
     (1) To expiate (sin), drive away, expel, disperse (enemies &c.) by performing sacrifices.
     (2) Not to worship; to abandon.

avayajanam Purification, means of expiating; devakṛtasyainaso'vayajanamasi &c. Tāṇḍya Br. (apagamanasādhanaṃ).

avayāj f. [ava-yaj-ṇvi] A particular portion of a sacrifice. --m. (-yāḥ,yājau) A kind of priest.

avayavaḥ [avayūyate kāryadravyeṇa saṃbadhyate, ava-yu-karmaṇi-ap]
     (1) A limb (of the body); mukhāvayavalūnāṃ tāṃ R. 12. 43, Amaru. 40, 46; a member (in general); kasmiṃścidapi jīvati naṃdānvayāvayave Mu. 1.
     (2) A part, portion (as of a whole); pade na varṇā vidyaṃte varṇeṣvavayavā na ca Bhartri.; dravyāṇāṃ kenacidavayavena Dk. 61; ktenāhorātrāvayavāḥ P. II. 1. 45; I. 1. 46.
     (3) A member or a component part of a logical argument or syllogism. (These are five: --pratijñā, hetu, udāharaṇa, upanaya and nigamana).
     (4) The body.
     (5) A component, constituent, ingredient (in general), as of a compound &c.
     (6) A means (sādhana, upakaraṇa).
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ the meaning of the component parts of a word.

avayavaśaḥ ind. Part by part, severally, piece-meal.

avayavin a. [avayavaḥ kāraṇatvenāstyasya ini] Having limbs, having portions or subdivisions (as a whole); avayavinā saha pūrvādayaḥ samasyaṃte P. II. 2. 1. Sk. --m. (vī)
     (1) A whole, any substance formed of several constituents; nanu avayavini kiṃ mānaṃ Sid. Mukt.
     (2) A syllogism, or any logical argument.

avayā 2 U.
     (1) To go down, to give way.
     (2) To desist from, turn off or away.
     (3) To know, understand; athavā na dharmamasubodhasamayamavayāta bāliśāḥ Śi. 15. 19.; na jano'yamityavayaye sa tāpasaiḥ Ki. 12. 15.
     (4) To avert, prevent, remove.

avayā, --yāta a. Ved. Giving way, desisting, ceasing; -heLaḥ Ved. one whose anger is appeased.

avayātṛ a.
     (1) One who separates.
     (2) Turning away, averting.
     (3) Appeasing, pacifying.

avayānam
     (1) Going away, retreat (Ved.).
     (2) Appeasing, pacification.
     (3) Expiation (of sins &c.)

avayuna a. [vayunaṃ prajñā niru- na. ba.] Having no intellect (Ved.).

avara a. [vṛ-bā-. ap na. ta.]
     (1)
          (a) Younger (in years); māsenāvaraḥ = māsāvaraḥ Sk.
          (b) Later; posterior, hinder (in time or space); dakṣo vivasvānavaraḥ Ram.; pūrvaje nāvaraḥ putro jyeṣṭho rājye'bhiṣicyate Ram.; yadavaraṃ kauśāṃbyāḥ, yadavaramāgrahāyaṇyāḥ P. III. 3. 136-7 Sk.; rāmādvarṣeṇādhokṣajo'varaḥ Bop.
     (2) Following, succeeding; jarāvarāḥ (śabdāḥ) Ak.; caturo'varān Ms. 3. 23.
     (3) Below, under, lower, inferior, less; varṇāvaro bhrātā M. 1.
     (4) Mean, unimportant, worst, lowest (opp. uttama); avyaṃgyamavaraṃ smṛtaṃ K. P. 1; dūreṇa hyavaraṃ karma buddhiyogāddhanaṃjaya Bg. 2. 49; śraddadhānaṃ śubhāṃ vidyāmādadītāvarādapi Ms. 2. 238.
     (5) Last (opp. prathama); sāmānyameṣāṃ prathamāvaratvaṃ Ku. 7. 44.
     (6) Least; usually as the last member of comp. with numerals; tryavaraiḥ sākṣibhirbhāvyaḥ Ms. 8. 60, 3. 187; 11. 81, 12. 110; tryavarā pariṣad jñeyā 112; Y. 2. 69.
     (7) Western.
     (8) Nearer, next.
     (9) Most excellent (atyaṃtaśreṣṭha). --raḥ
     (1) A country behind.
     (2) Time gone. --rā
     (1) A Direction.
     (2) N. of Durgā. --raṃ The hind thigh of an elephant (also -rā).
     -- Comp.
          --ardhaḥ 1. the least part, the minimum. --2. the last half. --3. the hinder part of the body. (
          --rdhaṃ) ind. in a certain succession of parts, successively. -taḥ ind. from below.
          --ardhya a. [avarārdhe bhavaḥ yat] 1. being on the lower or near side. --2. belonging to the last half. --3. beginning from below. --4. defective (nyūna). (--rdhyaṃ) the least or smallest part.
          --avara a. lowest, most inferior of all; na hi prakṛṣṭān preṣyāṃstu preṣayaṃtyavarāvarān Rām.
          --ukta a. named last.
          --ja a. 1. younger, junior, born afterwards; Śi. 14. 74. --2. of a low birth, inferior. (
          --jaḥ) 1. a younger brother; R. 11. 54; 14. 11, 36. --2. a Śūdra. (
          --jā) a younger sister; vidarbharājāvarajā R. 6. 58, 84; 12. 32.
          --paraṃ ind. one after another.
          --puruṣāḥ (pl.) one's descendants.
          --varṇa a. belonging to a low caste or tribe. (
          --rṇaḥ) 1. a Śūdra, a man of the fourth tribe. --2. the last or fourth tribe; Ms. 3. 241, 9. 248.
          --varṇakaḥ, -varṇajaḥ a Śūdra.
          --vrata a. having no vow (hīnavrata or adhamavrata). (--taḥ) [avaraṃ atyaṃtaśreṣṭhaṃ vratamasya] 1. the Sun. --2. a kind of tree (arka).
          --śailaḥ [avaraḥ paścādvartī śailaḥ] the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set).

avarataḥ ind. [avara-tasil] Behind, afterwards, hinder, posterior, downwards, below, from below.

avarastāt ind. [avara-prathamādyarthe astāti P. V. 3. 29, 41] Behind, hinder, posterior, below, downwards.

avarīṇa a. Degraded, censured, debased, despised (adharīṇa).

avareṇa ind. (With acc.) Below.

avaryati Den. P. To become lower.

avaram 1 A. To leave off, cease (only in p. p.)

avarata p. p. Stopped, ceased, resting.

avaratiḥ f.
     (1) Stopping, ceasing, cessation.
     (2) Repose, relaxation, rest.

avarahasa a. [avatataṃ rahaḥ ac P. V. 4. 81] Having no people, desolate.

avarugṇa a.
     (1) Broken, torn; avarugṇatuṃgasuradārutarau Ki. 6. 5.
     (2) Diseased.

avarudh 7 U.
     (1) To obstruct, hinder, stop, prevent, detain; mā gā ityavaruddhayā S. 2. 2.
     (2) To shut up, besiege; avarodhi gaurgaupena; avāruddha gauḥ; (svayameva) P. III. 1. 64 Sk.; so puramavāruṇat; to confine, lock up (oft. with two acc.); śokaṃ cittanavārudhat Bk. 6. 9; vrajamavaruṇaddhigāṃ Sk.; with loc. case also; ātmānamātmanyavarudhya Bhāg.
     (3) To furnish, supply, procure, obtain (for one), get, attain to; kāmaṃ, annaṃ.
     (4) To suspend; attach oneself.

avaruddha p. p.
     (1) Obstructed, stopped, checked, hindered.
     (2) Shut up or in, enclosed.
     (3) Incognito, disguised; asti kaścidrājasūnuravaruddhaścaran Dk.; avaruddho'caratpārtho varṣāṇi tridaśāni ca Mb.
     (4) Protected, and not seen by others; Y. 2. 290; Ms. 8. 236.
     (5) Imprisoned, secluded as in the inner apartments.
     -- Comp.
          --deha a. incarcerated.

avaruddhiḥ f. [rudh-ktin]
     (1) Obstruction, restraint; iṃdriyāṇāṃ vīryāṇāṃ cāvaruddhau Ait. Br.
     (2) Besieging.
     (3) Gaining.

avarodhaḥ
     (1) Hindrance, obstruction; phenāyamānaṃ sroto'varodhaḥ Suśr.
     (2) Restraint; aṃtaḥprāṇāvarodha Mk. 1. 1.
     (3) Inner apartments or women's apartments, harem, seraglio; ninye vinītairavarodhadakṣaiḥ Ku. 7. 73; Śi. 5. 7; avarodhajanaḥ K. 57; -gṛheṣu rājñaḥ S. 5. 3, 6. 11.
     (4) The wives of a king taken collectively (oft. pl.); avarodhe mahatyapi R. 1. 32, 4. 68, 87, 6. 48, 16. 58, Mv. 6. 20.
     (5) An enclosure, confinement.
     (6) Siege, investment, blockade; durgāvarodhaḥ H. 3.
     (7) A covering, lid.
     (8) A fence, a pen.
     (9) A watchman. (10) Depression, hollow.
     (11) Layer (plant); see under avaruh.
     -- Comp.
          --ayanaṃ 1. a seraglio. --2. siege.

avarodhaka a.
     (1) Obstruction, hindering, impeding.
     (2) Besieging; sudhanvā vīryavānnājā mithilāmavarodhakaḥ Ram. --kaḥ A guard. --kaṃ A barrier, fence.

avarodhanam
     (1) A siege, blockade.
     (2) Hindering, obstructing.
     (3) An obstacle, impediment.
     (4) A closed or private place.
     (5) The innermost part of anything.
     (6) The inner or women's apartments in a royal palace; rājāvarodhanavadhūravatārayaṃtaḥ Śi. 5. 18; avarodhane sthāsyati Dk. 120.
     (7) An inmate of the harem, a queen, wife; avarodhanāni siṃdhoḥ Śi. 8. 8 (samudramahiṣyo nadyaḥ).

avarodhika a. Obstructive, impeding. --kaḥ [avarodhe tadrakṣaṇādau niyuktaḥ ṭhan] A guard of the queen's apartments. --kā A female of the inner apartments; yayusturaṃgādhiruho'varodhikāḥ Śi. 12. 20.

avarodhin a.
     (1) Obstructing, hindering.
     (2) Besieging.

avaruh 1 P. To descend, alight, go down to; kūpaṃ, paṃthānaṃ &c.; come down (in general); to dismount, get down; yānāsanasthaścaivainamavaruhyābhivādayet Ms. 2. 202; R. 4. 80; Bk. 8. 104; so prāsādāt, vṛkṣāgrāt; aiśvaryāt avarūḍhaḥ come down from, bereft of, prosperity. --Caus. (rohayati or ropayati)
     (1) To cause to descend or alight; tāmavārohayat R. 1. 54; helped her down; to bring down, or set down; tāṃ sarastīre'varopya Dk. 139; vṛkṣāddhanūṃṣi, gāṃḍīvaṃ &c.
     (2) To lower, lessen, reduce; Ms. 1. 82.
     (3) To plant (as trees).
     (4) To depose, dethrone, dismiss, remove (as from a throne &c.); mayā'dhikārābhyāmavaropya Mu. 3; cāṇakyaṃ sācivyādavaropayet.

avarūḍha p. p.
     (1) Descended. alighted; dismounted.
     (2) Uprooted.

avarodhaḥ
     (1) Moving down, descending.
     (2) A shoot sent up by the root of a plant; a slip (for planting); the pendent shoots of the (Indian) fig-tree.

avarodhanam Ved. Descending motion, descending.

avaropaṇam
     (1) Uprooting.
     (2) Causing to descend.
     (3) Taking away, depriving, diminishing.
     (4) Setting (as of the sun).

avaropita p. p.
     (1) Uprooted.
     (2) Deprived of, curtailed.
     (3) Diminished, lost.

avarohaḥ
     (1) Descent, going or coming down.
     (2) A creeping plant winding itself round a tree from the bottom to the top (such as the guḍūcī creeper).
     (3) Heaven (tasmāddhi bhogāvasāne sarve'varohaṃti).
     (4) Mounting, ascending.
     (5) A shoot sent out by a plant, a pendent branch, one that strikes fresh roots into the earth, as of the fig-tree (vaṭa); avarohaśatākīrṇaṃ vaṭamāsādya tasthatuḥ Ram.
     (6) The growth of a plant or vine.
     (7) (In music) The descending scale of notes.
     -- Comp.
          --śāyin the Indian fig-tree; so
          --śākhaḥ, --śākhin.

avarohaṇam
     (1) Alighting, descending.
     (2) Ascending.

avarohikā N. of a plant aśvagaṃdhā.

avarohin a. Descending. --m. (hī) N. of the Indian fig-tree (vaṭa). --ṇī A particular condition (daśā) brought about by a particular position of the stars; uccāṃgapaṃcabhasthasya daśā syādavarohiṇī .. tasyāmalpamavāpnoti phalaṃ kleśācchubhaṃ naraḥ ...

avarūpa a.
     (1) Mis-shapen, deformed.
     (2) Degenerated, degraded.

avarokin a. Ved. Shining, briliant.

avarocakaḥ A kind of disease, loss of appetite; snehagaṃdhimukhaṃ tatra kāmaśvāsāvarocakaḥ.

avarohita a. Light red-coloured.

avarga a. Having no class. --rgaḥ The vowels.

avarcas a. Ved. Without splendour, mean-looking.

avarjivas a. Ved. Not hindering, not being able to prevent.

avarṇa a. 1. Colourless, having no marks.
     (2) Bad, low, destitute of good qualities. --rṇaḥ
     (1) Scandal, ill-repute, stigma, spot; soḍhuṃ na tatpūrvamavarṇamīśe R. 14. 38.
     (2) Blame, censure; na cāvadadbharturavarṇamāryā 57 spoke no ill words.
     (3) Epithet of 18 letters according to thasva, dīrgha, pluta, udātta, anudātta &c.
     -- Comp.
          --vādaḥ reproach, censure.

avartana a. Destitute of livelihood. --naṃ
     (1) Want of livelihood.
     (2) Non-existence.

avartiḥ f. Ved. Bad fortune, poverty, distress, want.

avartra a. Ved. Not turning back.

avarṣaḥ, avarṣaṇam Want of rain, drought.

avarṣuka a. Ved. Not raining.

avarṣya a. Being active in rainless bright weather.

avalakṣa a. (also written valakṣa) White. --kṣaḥ [avalakṣyate, ava-lakṣ-ghañ] The white colour.

avalagna a.
     (1) Clinging or adhering to, touching, in contact with; vipulataraniraṃtarāvalagna Śi. 7. 71.
     (2) Hanging down.
     (3) Placed contiguously, impressed. --gnaḥ The waist.

avalaṃb 1 A.
     (1)
          (a) To hang, slip or glide down, hang down, be suspended; kanakaśṛṃkhalāvalaṃbinī Mu. 2 suspended by a golden chain; stanavadavalaṃbateḥ yaḥ kaṃṭhe'jānāṃ maṇiḥ sa vijñeyaḥ Bṛ. S. 65. 3; śākhāyāṃ mṛtakamavalaṃbitamāste Vet.
          (b) To rest, recline, sink down, remain; yasya vacanāttatrāvalaṃbitāḥ H. 1.
     (2) To catch hold of, hold, cling to, throw or support oneself on, lean on, rest on; yayau tadīyāmavalaṃbya cāṃguliṃ R. 3. 25; urvaśī rājānamavalaṃbate V. 1; daṃḍakāṣṭhamavalabyaṃ sthitaḥ S. 2; citralekhāhastāvalaṃbitā V. 1 leaning on, supported by; K. 17, 185.
     (3) To hold up, bear up, support, sustain, take up; avalaṃbyatāṃ putraḥ S. 7; hastenāvalaṃbyorvaśīṃ V. 3; hṛdayamavalalaṃbe rātrisaṃbhogalakṣmīḥ Ki. 9. 78; adhīkārānavalaṃbya Ku. 2. 18; hṛdayaṃ na tvavalaṃbituṃ kṣamāḥ R. 8. 60; nātmanaivāvalaṃbe Me. 109; hastena tasthāvavalaṃbya vāsaḥ R. 7. 9; Ku. 3. 55, 6. 68; 7. 58; tadarhasyā jīvitamavalaṃbituṃ S. 3; Dk. 162; Ve. 4; M. 3; V. 2; Mu. 5; K. 163.
     (4) To depend on or upon, hang or hinge on; sarvo'yaṃ janastvāmavalaṃbate Bk. 18. 41; vyavahāroyaṃ cārudattamavalaṃbate, vasaṃtasenāmātaramavalaṃbate Mk. 9; Bhāṣa P. 167.
     (5) To have recourse to, resort to; nairāśyamavalaṃbitaṃ H. 1; vyathāṃ Bk. 7. 71; vaiklavyaṃ Māl. 8 to give way to despair; dhairyamavalaṃb to summon or pluck up courage, not to despair; mādhyasthyamiṣṭe'pyavalaṃbate'rthe Ku. 1. 52; dākṣiṇyamavalaṃbya M. 2 politely; K. 155; Ki. 2. 15; K. 220; āśāṃ to cherish hopes; kiṃ svātaṃtryamavalaṃbase S. 5 act wantonly, quite independently; avalaṃbyottarāṃ diśaṃ Ks. 37. 33 taking the northern direction.
     (6) To be slow or tardy, be late. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to hang down, suspend; taṃ kalaśaṃ nāgadaṃte'valaṃbya Pt. 4.
     (2) To make one rest upon or catch hold of.

avalaṃbaḥ
     (1) Hanging down.
     (2) Hanging on, dependence on (fig. also); taṃtujālāvalaṃbāḥ Me. 70; kunṛpatibhavanadvārasevā- Bh. 1. 67.
     (3) A prop, stay, support (lit. and fig.); help, assistance (fig.); sāvalaṃbagamanā R. 19. 50 walking supported by others; nabhasi niravalaṃbe Chāt. 1. 8; saṃtativicchedaniravalaṃbānāṃ S. 6; daivenetthaṃ dattahastāvalaṃbe Ratn. 1. 8; citralekhādattahastāvalaṃbā V. 1; see hastāvalaṃba also.
     (4) Hence, a crutch or stick for support.
     (5) A suspender.
     (6) An appendage.
     (7) A perpendicular line.

avalaṃbakaḥ N. of a metre.

avalaṃbanam
     (1) A prop, support, stay; avalaṃbanāya dinabharturabhūnna patiṣyataḥ karasahasramapi Śi. 9. 6; sahiṣyate tatprathamāvalaṃbanaṃ Ku. 5. 66; kathaṃ syātpunarihāvalaṃbanaṃ bhavatyāḥ H. 3; prasthānaviklavagateravalaṃbanārthaṃ S. 5. 3; mama pucche karāvalaṃbanaṃ kṛtvottiṣṭha H. 1.
     (2) Help, assistance.
     (3) Having recourse to, resorting to; adoption; itarapakṣāvalaṃbanadvāreṇa K. 160.
     (4) Walking-stick.

avalaṃbita p. p.
     (1) Supported, protected.
     (2) Suspended, hung down; saudhāvalaṃbitayā varatrayā Pt. 2; cūtaśākhāvalaṃbite samudgake S. 4.
     (3) Expeditious, prompt (śīghra).
     (4) Alighting, descending (actively used).
     (5) Depending upon, trusting to.

avalaṃbitavya pot. p.
     (1) To be caught hold of or grasped.
     (2) Expeditious, quick.

avalaṃbin a. Hanging down, depending upon, resting or reclining on, holding, supporting &c.; astācalacūḍāvalaṃbini kumudinīnāyake H. 1; atha dhūmābhitāmrākṣaṃ vṛkṣaśākhāvalaṃbinaṃ R. 15. 49; gavākṣavivarāvalaṃbinā 19. 7; aparadhuryapadāvalaṃbī 5. 66, Ku. 7. 37; iyaṃ hi nidrā nayanāvalaṃbinī Mk. 3. 8; puṣpabhārāvalaṃbibhiḥ (tarubhiḥ) Ram.

avalip 6 P. To smear, anoint, (generally used in p. p.).

avalipta p. p. [lip-kta]
     (1) Proud, arrogant, haughty.
     (2) Anointed, plastered, smeared.
     (3) Killed; kenā nyenāvaliptāḥ Mu. 3. 27. -tā, -tvaṃ unction; pride, arrogance, vanity.

avalepaḥ
     (1) Pride, haughtiness; priyasaṃgameṣvanavalepamadaḥ Śi. 9. 51 (where a- also means ointment); vyaktamānāvalepāḥ Mu. 3. 22; R. 5. 53; hasta- Me. 14.
     (2) Violence, attack, assault, insult, outrage; kiṃ bhavatīnāmasurāvalepenāparāddhaṃ V. 1; asura- ibid.; dadṛśe pavanāvalepajaṃ sṛjatī bāṣpamivāṃjanāvilaṃ R. 8. 35.
     (3) Smearing, anointing.
     (4) Ornament (bhūṣā).
     (5) Union, association (saṃga).

avalepanam
     (1) Anointing.
     (2) Oil, any unctuous substance.
     (3) Union, association.
     (4) Pride, arrogance.
     (5) The sandal tree (caṃdana).

avalih 2 U. To lick, lap; see avalīḍha below. --freq. (leloḍhi) To lick again and again.

avalīḍha p. p.
     (1) Eaten, chewed; darbhairardhāvalīḍhaiḥ S. 1. 7; Ms. 4. 208.
     (2) Licked, lapped; touched (fig. also); viṣajvālāvalīḍhāvayavā Dk. 9; navayauvanāvalīḍhāvayavā 17, 75 pervaded by youth; astrajvālāvalīḍhapratibalajaladheraṃtaraurvāyamāṇe Ve. 3. 5 surrounded (on all sides); Ki. 13. 11; bit; bījāṃjaliḥ patati kīṭamukhāvalīḍhaḥ Mk. 1. 9.
     (3) Devoured, destroyed. --ḍhā Disregard, contempt.

avalehaḥ
     (1) Licking, lapping.
     (2) An extract (as of Soma).
     (3) An electuary, confection; dāḍima-.

avalehanam Licking with the tongue.

avalehikā = avaleha
     (3).

avalī 4 A. To stick, hang on.

avalīna p. p. Sticking to, clinging to, resting under; vihagādibhiravalīnaiḥ Bṛ. S. 53. 114.

avalīlā [avarā-līlā]
     (1) Sport, play, mirth.
     (2) Disrespect, contempt.

avaluṃc 1 P. To pull down or out.

avaluṃcanam
     (1) Cutting off, tearing or pulling out; keśa-.
     (2) Uprooting.
     (3) Not tying up, allowing to hang down.
     (4) Taking away, pulling out.

avaluṃṭhanam
     (1) Rolling or wallowing on the ground.
     (2) Robbing.

avalup 6 U.
     (1) To rush upon (as a wild beast on its prey), to burst or break in upon; vṛkavaccāvaluṃpeta.
     (2) To eat, devour, swallow (fig. also); anyonyasyāvaluṃpaṃti sārameyā yathāmiṣaṃ Mb.; sarvamevāvaluṃpati H. 2. 99; avalupyamāna iva vṛṣṭipātaiḥ K. 93, 109.
     (3) To suppress, crush, keep down, stifle; rakṣatyavaluṃpate ca yaḥ Bhāg.; jarāvaluptamānāvamānaciṃtaḥ having lost all sense of &c.

avaluṃpanam Leaping on suddenly.

avalopaḥ
     (1) Cutting off or away; destruction.
     (2) Biting, kissing (as a lip); Śi. 7. 45.

avalopya a. That can be broken in upon or assailed suddenly.

avalekhaḥ
     (1) Breaking, scraping or scratching off.
     (2) Anything scraped off.

avalekhanam Scraping off.

avalekhā
     (1) Rubbing.
     (2) Adorning the person.

avalok 1 A. or 10 P.
     (1) To see, behold, view, look at; observe (lit.); nolūkopyavalokate yadi divā sūryasya kiṃ dūṣaṇaṃ Bh. 2. 93; parikramyāvalokya ca (in dramas); salileṣvavalokayata ivātmānaṃ pratiṣṭhānasya V. 2 being reflected in; mārgaṃ or vartma avalok to wait for; prayogaṃ witness a performance; M. 2; nimittāni Bṛ. S. 53. 105; look out for, seek; consult (as opinions).
     (2) To look at or see (in astron.); exercise influence upon; surapatiguruṇāvalokite 5. 62; śukravācaspatibhyāṃ ca tava bhāryāvalokitā Mārk. P.
     (3) To find,; observe, see; be aware of, meditate or reflect upon; ātmānamātmanyavalokayaṃtaṃ Ku. 3. 50; R. 8. 74; 11. 67.

avalokaḥ
     (1) Seeing, beholding; jṛṃbhāṃgabhaṃganayanamīlanāṃgāvalokakṛt S. D.; vanaśobhāvalokāya V. 4. 31.
     (2) Sight.
     (3) Looking down upon with compassion.

avalokaka a. Looking at, wishing to see.

avalokanam
     (1) Looking at, beholding, seeing; no babhūvuravalokanakṣamāḥ R. 11. 60.
     (2) Looking over, commanding a view of; dīrghikāvalokanagavākṣagatā M. 1.
     (3) Sight, eye.
     (4) A look, glance; yoganidrāṃtaviśadaiḥ pāvanairavalokanaiḥ R. 10. 14.
     (5) Looking out for, inquiry, seeking.

avalokayitṛ a. Looking upon, considering.

avalokita p. p. Seen &c. --taḥ N. of a Buddha. --taṃ A look, glance; parivṛtyāvalokitaṃ R. 4. 72.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvaraḥ N. of a Boddhisattva worshipped by the northern Buddhists

avalokin a. Looking at, seeing. caturāvalokinaḥ (cakṣuṣaḥ) Ku. 5. 49.

avalobhanam Sensual desire.

avaloma a. [avanaddhaṃ loma ānukūlyaṃ P. V. 4. 75] One who is favourable; suitable.

avalguja a. Of no good origin or extraction. --jaḥ N. of a plant somarājī.

avalgulī A poisonous insect.

avavadaḥ --vadanam Censure, an evil report or reputation.

avavaditṛ a.
     (1) One who speaks finally or decisively.
     (2) An adjudicator.

avavādaḥ
     (1) Censure, reproach.
     (2) Trust, confidence.
     (3) Disregard, disrespect.
     (4) Support, dependence on.
     (5) Evil report.
     (6) A command, an order.
     (7) Information.

avavarakaḥ
     (1) An aperture.
     (2) Window; see apavaraka.

avavarṣaṇam Raining upon (completely).

avaviddha a. Cast down.

avavraśc 6 P. To splinter, to cut off.

avavraścaḥ A splinter, chip.

avaśa a. [nāsti vaśaṃ āyattatvaṃ yasya]
     (1) Independent, free.
     (2) Not compliant or docile, disobedient, selfwilled; strī cāvaśā Pt. 1. 424; Ms. 5. 33.
     (3) Not subjected to or swayed; avaśo viṣayāṇāṃ K. 45; uncontrolled, unrestrained; -iṃdriyacittānāṃ H. 1. 18; 2. 182; Dk. 34; madhurairavaśāni laṃbhayan vaśaṃ Ki. 2. 55 wild.
     (4) Not master of oneself, subject to the senses; kamaparamavaśaṃ na viprakuryuḥ Ku. 6. 95.
     (5) Not having one's own will, dependent, helpless, powerless; sakalamavaśaṃ sīdati jagat H. 2. 77; kāryate hyavaśaḥ Bg. 3. 5; K. 174; Pt. 1. 335; U. 3; kathamavaśo hyayaśoviṣaṃ pibāmi Mk. 10. 13; vimuṃcaṃtyavaśā dehaṃ kālasya vaśamāgatāḥ Ram.; Mu. 1. 12.
     (6) Necessary, certain; kimasya bhavato yathā suhṛda eva nāśo'vaśaḥ Mu. 6.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdriyacitta a. whose mind and senses are not held in subjection.

avaśaṃgamaḥ Not submitting to another's will.

avaśikā = avaśa; Mk. 1. 23.

avaśībhūta a.
     (1) Unrestrained, independent.
     (2) Not influenced by magic.

avaśya a.
     (1) Untameable, ungovernable, unruly.
     (2) Inevitable; atha maraṇamavaśyameva jaṃtoḥ Ve. 3. 4.
     (3) Indispensable, necessary.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ a son whom it is impossible to govern or teach.

avaśyam ind. [ava-śyai-ḍamu Tv.]
     (1) Necessarily, inevitably; tvāmapyasraṃ navajalamayaṃ mocayiṣyaṃtyavaśyaṃ Me. 93.
     (2) Certainly, at all events, by all means, surely, of course; avaśyaṃ yāti tiryaktvaṃ jagdhvā caivāhutaṃ haviḥ Ms. 12. 68; avaśyaṃ yātāraścirataramuṣitvāpi viṣayāḥ Bh. 3. 16; tāṃ cāvaśyaṃ divasagaṇanātatparāmekapatnīṃ (drakṣyasi) Me. 10, 61. avaśyameva Most surely; if compounded with pot. pass. the final nasal is dropped; avaśyapācya to be necessarily cooked; avaśyakārya to be necessarily done.

avaśyaṃbhāvin a. Destined to take place, inevitable; -ādeśaḥ M. 5; avaśyaṃbhāvi lakṣaṇam H. 3; avaśyaṃbhāvino bhāvā bhavaṃti mahatāmapi H. Pr. 28; S. 6.

avaśyaka a. Necessary, inevitable, indispensable.

avaśyakatā, --tvam Necessity, obligation, certainty.

avaśakthikā = avasakthikā q. v.

avaśas f. [ava-śaṃs-kvip]
     (1) A wrong desire.
     (2) Censure, abuse.

avaśā Ved. Not a cow, a bad cow.

avaśātanam
     (1) Destroying, cutting or lopping off.
     (2) Withering, drying up.
     (3) Emaciation.

avaśiras a. Having the head bent or hung down.

avaśiṣ (Used mostly in pass.) To be left last or as a remainder, to remain over or behind; Bg. 7. 2. --Caus. To leave as a remainder; dehamātrāvaśeṣitaḥ Bhag.

avaśiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Left, remaining; staṃbena nīvāra ivāvaśiṣṭaḥ R. 5. 15; kimavaśiṣṭamahnaḥ Ratn. 3; nidrāgamasīmnaḥ kiyadavaśiṣṭaṃ Mv. 6; kiyadavaśiṣṭaṃ rajanyāḥ S. 4 how much of the night yet remains (has yet to run).
     (2) Remaining over and above, surplus. --ṣṭaṃ, --ṣṭakaṃ Rest, remainder, remnant; Y. 2. 47.

avaśeṣaḥ
     (1) Remnant, rest, leavings, remainder; rakṣasāmavaśeṣeṇa, ahnaḥ, puṇyānāṃ Rām.; vṛttāṃta- M. 5 the rest of the story; in this sense usually in comp.; ardha- having only one half left; kathā- or nāma- one who survives only in narration or name, having only the tale or name left behind; used figuratively for dead; see the words s. v.; bhasma- remaining only in ashes, reduced to ashes; S. 3. 3; bhasmāvaśeṣaṃ madanaṃ cakāra reduced to ashes Ku. 3. 72, Śi. 10. 16; sāvaśeṣamiva bhaṭṭinyā vacanaṃ M. 4 unfinished; sāvaśeṣo viṣavegaḥ ibid. still remaining; śīrṣāvaśeṣīkṛtaḥ Bh. 2. 34; Ratn. 2. 2; R. 2. 69; śṛṇu me sāvaśeṣaṃ vacaḥ S. 2 hear me out, let me finish my speech; alpāvaśeṣāyuḥ K. 46 having a short span of life; see niravaśeṣa also.

avaśeṣita p. p. Left, remaining.

avaśīnaḥ A scorpion.

avaśīrṣa --rṣaka a. [avanataṃ śīrṣaṃ yasyavā kap] Having the head bent down. --rṣaḥ
     (1) An error made in sleeping (as regards position).
     (2) A kind of eye-disease.

avaśyā [ava-śyai ka]
     (1) Hoar-frost, a fog or mist.
     (2) An independent woman.

avaśyāyaḥ [ava-śyai-ṇa P. III. 1. 141]
     (1) Frost, dew.
     (2) Hoarfrost, white dew avaśyāyāvasiktasya puṃḍarīkasya cārutāṃ U. 6. 29.
     (3) Pride.

avaśrayaṇam Taking anything from off the fire (opp. adhiśrayaṇa); adhiśrayaṇāvaśrayaṇāṃtādipūrvāparībhūto vyāpārakalāpaḥ pākādiśabdavācyaḥ S. D. 2.

avaṣkayaṇī A cow that bears a calf after a long interval.

avaṣṭaṃbh 5. 9. P.
     (1) To lean or rest upon; dhanuravaṣṭabhya Mv. 5; so daṃḍaṃ; prakṛtiṃ svāmavaṣṭabhya Bg. 9. 8 by the help of; vṛddhāṃ bhāryāmavaṣṭabhya Rām. on account of.
     (2) To block up; kosalanṛpaterdvāramavaṣṭabhya Ratn. 4.
     (3) To wrap, envelop, cover with; K. 116; timireṇāvaṣṭabhyamāne jīvaloke 159; occupy; Dk. 159.
     (4) To support, prop, hold up; clasp, embrace; avaṣṭabhyāsau māṃ Mv. 5. 5; kroḍavibhāgena māmavaṣṭabhya K. 33, 42, 54.
     (5) To hinder, stop, arrest, hold or keep back; avaṣṭabhyamāna iva jaladharaiḥ K. 303.
     (6) To be near
     (7) To be astounded or bewildered.

avaṣṭabdha p. p. [avastaṃbh-kta, ṣatvam]
     (1) Supported; rested on, protected; held, seized.
     (2) Hanging from or upon; avaṣṭabdhā yaṣṭiḥ Sk.
     (3) Near, contiguous; adyaśvīnāvaṣṭabdhe P. V. 2. 13, Bk. 9. 72.
     (4) Obstructed, stopped, suspended.
     (5) Paralysed.
     (6) Bound, tied, attached.
     (7) Wrapped up, enfolded.
     (8) Opposed.
     (9) Surpassed, overcome.

avaṣṭaṃbhaḥ [staṃbh-ghañ, sasya ṣatvaṃ]
     (1) Leaning, resting upon.
     (2) Support, prop; pakṣābhyāmīṣatkṛtāvaṣṭaṃbhaḥ K. 34, 44, 186, 231, 248; khaḍalatāvaṣṭaṃbhaniścalaḥ Māl. 3; (hence) having recourse to, plucking up or summoning (as courage); tatkathamahaṃ dhairyāvaṣṭaṃbhaṃ karomi Pt. 1; so pauruṣa-, dhīratva- Mal. 2; sahajasattva- K. 286.
     (3) Haughtiness, pride, dignity, majestic greatness; sāvaṣṭaṃbhākṛtinā K. 179 dignified, noble, see sāvaṣṭaṃbha.
     (4) A post, pillar.
     (5) Gold.
     (6) Commencement, beginning.
     (7) Stopping, standing till, staying.
     (8) Courage, steadiness; K. 156, 157; resolute determination; īdṛśo'syāvaṣṭaṃbhaḥ Ratn. 4; avinayakopito'vaṣṭaṃbhaṃ kṛtvā K. 261 plucking up courage; palāyanamavaṣṭaṃbho vā Pt. 4 holding out (as opposed to palāyanaṃ).
     (9) Obstruction, impediment. (10) Paralysis, stupefaction K. 141.
     (11) Excellence.

avaṣṭaṃbhamaya a. (yī f.) Golden, made of gold, or as large as a post; raghoravaṣṭaṃbhamayena patriṇā R. 3. 53 (a- is usually rendered in the above manner, but from the immediate context, it should more properly mean 'full of dignified boldness', 'breathing defiance'.

avaṣṭaṃbhanam
     (1) Resting upon, having recourse to.
     (2) Supporting.
     (3) Paralysing, stupefying.
     (4) A post, pillar.
     (5) Stopping, staying.

avaṣvan 1 P. To smack(one's lips), make a noise in eating.

avaṣvāṇaḥ [ava-svan-ghañ ṣatvam] Noisy eating, smacking (the lips),

avas n. [av-bhāve asic] Ved.
     (1) Protection, assistance.
     (2) Fame, celebrity.
     (3) Food, provision.
     (4) Wealth; riches.
     (5) Going.
     (6) Satisfaction, pleasure.
     (7) Wish, will, desire, aspiration. --ind. [avara-prathamāyāḥ paṃcamyā saptamyā vā'rthe asi, av ādeśaḥ P. V. 3. 39]
     (1) Below, downwards, hitherward.
     (2) (As a preposition with instr. or abl.)
          (a) Below, at the lowest place.
          (b) Without, on the outside.

avasvat a. Ved. Striving, aspiring.

avasaḥ [av-asac Uṇ. 3. 117; avatītyavaso rājā bhānuśca Ujjval.]
     (1) A king.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A kind of tree (arka). --saṃ
     (1) Refreshment, food, provision (especially for a journey), viaticum (-saḥ also); etatte rudrāvasaṃ Yv. 3. 61.
     (2) Preserving, protecting.

avasakthikā [avabaddhe sakthinī yasyāṃ kap]
     (1) A cloth girt round the legs and knees (by a person), when sitting on his hams; also, the act of girding round this cloth, or the posture itself; śayānaḥ prauḍhapādaśca kṛtvā caivāvasakthikām Ms. 4. 112; ahinā avasakthikābaṃdhahetubhūtena Malli. on Ki. 12. 22.
     (2) (Hence) A wrapper, a girth or band in general.

avasaṃj 1 P.
     (1) To suspend, attach, cling to, throw, place; aśithilamaparāvasajya kaṃṭhe Śi. 7. 16; so skaṃdhe pāṇiṃ, śarīre bhūṣaṇāni &c.
     (2) To entrust to, throw on.

avasakta p. p.
     (1) Suspended from, placed; karṇāvasaktāmaladaṃtapatraṃ Ku. 7. 23, K. 206; Ki. 7. 40; Śi. 5. 16, 18, 9. 7, Ch. P. 4.
     (2) In contact with, bound round, touching; avijñātāvasaktena dūṣitā mama vāsasā Mk. 1. 54.
     (3) Engaged in, intent on, eager. --ktaṃ Contact.

avasaṃjanam Embracing, clinging.

avasajjanam Embracing, clinging.

avasaṃḍīnam The downward flight of birds in a body.

avasathaḥ [ava-so-kathan]
     (1) A dwelling place, habitation.
     (2) A village.
     (3) A school, college (chātrālayaḥ, maṭhaḥ); see āvasatha. --thaṃ A house.

avasathyaḥ [avasatha-svārthe yat] A college, school.

avasad 1 P.
     (1) To sink down, faint, fail, give way; kariṇī paṃkamivāvasīdati Ki. 2. 6 sinks or fails; pauruṣaṃ 7; avasīdaṃti me prāṇāḥ Mb.; na hīṃgitajño'vasare'vasīdati Ki. 4. 20 fails not (does not shut his lips); na kṛcchreṣvavasīdati Mb.; Ms. 4. 187, Bk. 6. 24.
     (2) To suffer, be neglected or interfered with; nāvasīdati vā guru prayojanaṃ K. 181.
     (3) To become disheartened or exhausted; Dk. 127.
     (4) To perish, come to an end, be ruined; sarvamasmatkuṭuṃbakamavasīdet Dk. 60; nāstyudyamasamo baṃdhuḥ kṛtvā yaṃ nāvasīdati Bh. 2. 86. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to sink; to dispirit, render downhearted, to ruin; kuṭuṃbakaṃ cāvasāditaṃ Dk. 41, ruined; ātmānamātmanā' navasādyaivoddharaṃti saṃtaḥ 54 without ruining or killing; Bg. 6. 5; rājyasya mūlaṃ hastyaśvamavasādayet Mu. 3. ruin.
     (2) To allay, remove; autsukyamātramavasādayati pratiṣṭhā S. 5. 6; ayamahamavasādayāmi vaḥ sapatnān Dk. 127 destroy, kill; avasāditavācāṃ Śi. 10. 30 rendered speechless.

avasanna p. p.
     (1) Sunk down(fig. also), enervated, sinking, drooping; atiprabalapipāsāvasannāni K. 36; Śi. 15. 85; madāvasannahasta Dk. 62 powerless.
     (2) Dispirited, sad, melancholy, unhappy; dadhikarṇo'vasanno brūte H. 2 lean, weakened.
     (3) Ended, terminated, gone off; avasannatāpamatamisramabhāt Śi. 9. 12 devoid of heat; avasannāyāṃ rātrau H. 1.
     (4) Unable to do one's duty.
     (5) Lost, deprived of; pitroḥ sakāśamavasannadṛśornināya R. 9. 77 who had lost their sight.
     (6) (In law) Non-suited, defeated.

avasannatā --tvam
     (1) Affliction, dejection.
     (2) Termination, completion.

avasādaḥ
     (1) Sinking, fainting, sitting down; Ki. 18. 47; anavasādaḥ safety, protection; failure, as of the voice.
     (2) Ruin, loss, destruction, decline; paryāyajayāvasādā Ki. 17. 18; vipadeti tāvadavasādakarī Ki. 18. 23, 6. 41, 3. 38; Mv. 2.
     (3) End, termination.
     (4) Want of energy, exhaustion, languor, fatigue; kimivāvasādakaramātmavatāṃ Ki. 6. 19.
     (5) (In law) Badness of a cause, defeat, losing (a cause); alaṃ svapakṣāvasādaśaṃkayā M. 1.

avasādaka a.
     (1) Causing to sink, faint, or fail.
     (2) Causing dejection or fatigue; eṣa śokaḥ parityaktaḥ sarvakāryāvasādakaḥ Ram.
     (3) Exhausting, wearisome, tiresome, fatiguing.
     (4) Ending, finishing.

avasādanam
     (1) Decline, loss, destruction; asūnāmavasādanaṃ Ve. 6.
     (2) Inability to do one's duty.
     (3) Oppression.
     (4) Finishing.
     (5) An escharotic.
     (6) Removing proud flesh (from boils) by escharotic application; utsannamṛdumāṃsānāṃ vraṇānāmavasādanaṃ Suśr.

avasādin a. Sinking, drooping; Śi. 15. 81.

avasabha a. Ved. Excluded from society.

avasṛ 1 P. To spread, pervade; gaganāṃganāvakāśāvasaratkalakalaṃ Mal. 8.

avasaraḥ
     (1) Occasion, opportunity, time; utpannāvasaramarthitvaṃ M. 3; nāsyāvasaraṃ dāsyāmi S. 2; bhavadgirāmavasarapradānāya vacāṃsi naḥ Śi. 2. 8; visarjana- satkāraḥ S. 7; -prāptaṃ suited to the occasion M. 1; K. 158; -tulitābhiḥ Pt. 5. 28 equal to the occasion; vedasyāvasaro'tra kaḥ Ks. 5. 62 what has the Veda to do here?
     (2) (Hence) A fit or proper opportunity, proper or opportune time; śaśaṃsa sevāvasaraṃ surebhyaḥ Ku. 7. 40; avasaroyamātmānaṃ prakāśayituṃ S. 1; see anavasara also; avasaropasarpaṇīyā rājānaḥ S. 6.
     (3) Space, room, scope; kumudeṃganā manasi cāvasaraṃ (alabhata) Śi. 9. 41.
     (4) Leisure, advantageous position.
     (5) Introduction.
     (6) A kind of saṃgati q. v.
     (7) A year.
     (8) Raining.
     (9) Descent. (10) A consultation in private.

avasāraṇam Removing, causing to move.

avasarpaḥ A spy, a secret emissary.

avasarpaṇam Stepping or going down.

avasarpin a. Stepping down. --ṇī A long period of time (with the Jainas); according to Hemachandra it is equal to 2000,000,000,000,000 Sāgarasa of years.

avasavya a. Not left(= apasavya).

avasāmam [avaraṃ sāma acsamā- P. V. 4. 75] A bad song.

avasic 6 P. To sprinkle, bedew, bespatter.

avasikta p. p. Sprinkled; -aṃga having the limbs sprinkled.

avasekaḥ
     (1) Sprinkling, bedewing; deśaḥ ko nujalāvasekāśithilaḥ Mk. 3. 12.
     (2) A disease of the eye.

avasokimaḥ [avasekena nirvṛttaḥ avasekaiman] A kind of cake, pulse ground with oil and butter (vaṭakabhedaḥ).

avasecanam
     (1) Sprinkling.
     (2) Water used for sprinkling; pāda- Ms. 4. 151.
     (3) Bleeding.

avasupta a. Asleep.

avasṛj 6 P.
     (1) To throw or cast down, pour out, let fall, drop; U. 3. 23; Ms. 1. 8; so sāyakān, bījaṃ, vṛṣṭiṃ &c.
     (2) To let loose, liberate, dismiss &c.
     (3) To remit.
     (4) To form; create.
     (5) To place on, throw or cast at.
     (6) To leave, give up, abandon; as krodhaṃ, vairaṃ &c.

avasargaḥ
     (1) Letting off, relaxation.
     (2) Non-prevention, allowing one to follow one's inclinations.
     (3) Independence.

avasarjanam Liberation.

avasṛṣṭa p. p. Given away, left, abandoned, dismissed, let go.

avaso 4 P.
     (1) To finish, accomplish.
     (2) To destroy.
     (3) To determine, understand; kimapyanavasīyamānaṃ K. 278; avāsāsīcca vaiyāsikīṃ (vāṇīṃ) Malli.
     (4) (Intrans.) To fail; be at an end; śaktirmamāvasyati hīnayuddhe Ki. 16. 17.
     (5) To put up (as at an inn).
     (6) To let loose, liberate.
     (7) To draw near, approach.
     (8) To dwell, stay.
     (9) To settle, fix. (10) To stand firm, to persist in.
     (11) To know; Bk. 19. 28.
     (12) To get, attain to, reach. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to be completed, finish, complete; atha vidhimavasāyya śāstradṛṣṭaṃ R. 5. 76.
     (2) To understand, comprehend; avasāyayituṃ kṣamāḥ sukhaṃ Ki. 2. 29.

avasā Ved. Liberation, release.

avasātṛ m. Ved. A deliverer.

avasānam [ava-so-lyuṭ]
     (1) Stopping.
     (2) Conclusion, termination, cessation, end; dohāvasāne punareva dogdhrīṃ R. 2. 23, 45; tacchiṣyādhyayananivoditāvasānāṃ 1. 95; ityetadavasānaṃ kathāyāḥ M. 5 thus ends the story; -virase K. 180; ātmanaḥ sukhāvasānena V. 3 at the sacrifice of; (at the end of comp.) ending with, terminating at; sa cāyamaṃgulīyakadarśanāvasānaḥ S. 7; yatkhalu duḥkhāvasānameva duḥkhaṃ K. 328.
     (3) Death, decease; avasāneṃ'garājasya yoddhavyaṃ bhavatā kila Ve. 5. 38; mūlapuruṣāvasāne saṃpadaḥ paramupatiṣṭhaṃti S. 6.
     (4) Boundary, limit; vilokitā darśanīyānāmavasānabhūmiḥ K. 124 furthest or highest limit.
     (5) (In gram.) The last part of a word or period (opp. ādi); ādimadhyāvasāneṣu yaratā yāṃti lāghavaṃ; anīkapadāvasānaṃ devādi nāma R. 18. 10 (i. e. devānīka); varṇānāmabhāvo'vasānasaṃjñaḥ syāt P. I. 4. 110; VIII. 3. 15.
     (6) A pause.
     (7) The end of a verse, or the verse itself; ekāvasānā-dvyavasānā-ṛk.
     (8) A place of dismounting from a horse.
     (9) A place (sthāna); resting place, residence; -darśa a. looking at one's place of destination.

avasānaka a. Coming to an end, dying, perishing.

avasānya a. Ved. Belonging to the end of a verse.

avasāyaḥ [ava-so-ghañ] P. III. 1. 141]
     (1) Conclusion, end, termination; destruction; śaravarṣairavasāyamāśrayāśaḥ Śi. 20. 72.
     (2) Remainder.
     (3) Completion.
     (4) Determination, resolution, decision, certainty.

avasāyin a. Residing, dwelling in; cf. aṃtyāvasāyin.

avasita p. p. [so-kta]
     (1) Finished, ended, completed; avasito darśanārthaḥ M. 2; yūpavatyavasite kriyāvidhau R. 11. 37; avasitaśca paśurasau Dk. 91 it is all over with the brute; -maṃḍanāsi S. 4; vacasyavasite tasminsasarja giramātmabhūḥ Ku. 2. 53; anavasitavacana eva mayi Dk. 103; Bk. 10. 6.
     (2) Known, understood.
     (3) Well cooked; matured.
     (4) Resolved, determined, ascertained.
     (5) Standing in a pause
     (6) Stored, gathered (as grain).
     (7) Tied, fastened, bound.
     (8) Gone.
     (9) Remaining, dwelling (Ved.). --taṃ
     (1) A dwelling place; navāvasite vainamāhareyuḥ Śat. Br.
     (2) Corn ground.

avaseya pot. p.
     (1) To be determined, finished.
     (2) Perishable.

avaskaṃd 1 P.
     (1) To attack, storm, assault; overpower, overwhelm; chāyāmapyavaskaṃdituṃ Mv. 3; prabhuriva māmavaskaṃdayituṃ ibid. to attack or insult; purīmavarakaṃda lunīhi naṃdanaṃ Śi. 1. 51; snehāvaskannahṛdayā Ram. affected.
     (2) To spring or leap down.
     (3) To pour out.

avaskaṃdaḥ, --danam
     (1) Attacking; attack, assault; -pradānaṃ Pt. 3. 39 leading an assault.
     (2) Descending; sa nadyavaskaṃdamupāspṛśacca Bk. 2. 11.
     (3) A camp (jigīṣūṇāṃ niveśasthānaṃ Halay.).

avaṃskadita p. p.
     (1) Attacked.
     (2) Gone down, descended.
     (3) Refuted.
     (4) Bathed, bathing.

avaskaṃdin a.
     (1) Attaking, assaulting; outraging; gautamadārāvarakaṃdinaṃ Mv. 1.
     (2) Covering.
     (3) Leaping upon.

avaskṝ 6 U. To srcatch, butt against; rodhāṃsi dhīramavacaskarire mahokṣāḥ Śi. 5. 63.

avaskaraḥ [avakīryate ityavaskaraḥ, kṝ-ap suṭ P. VI. 1. 148]
     (1) Ordure, excrement.
     (2) The privities (guhyadeśa).
     (3) Dirt, sweepings (in general); gṛhadvārāśucisthānarathyāvaskaraśodhanaṃ Narada.
     (4) A place for faeces, dung-hill.
     -- Comp.
          --maṃdiraṃ a privy, water-closet.

avaskaraka a. [avaskare bhavaḥ, vun P. IV. 3. 28] Existing in the ordure. --kaḥ
     (1) An insect.
     (2) A sweeper, scavenger.
     (3) A brush, broom.

avaskava a. Noxious, injurious. --vaḥ A kind of worm.

avastāt ind. [avarasmin avarasmāt avaramityarthe astāti av ādeśaḥ P. V. 3. 41]
     (1) Below, from below, downwards, hitherwards; -prapadana a. attained from below (as heaven &c).
     (2) (Used as a preposition) Under.

avastu n. [kutsitārthe nañ]
     (1) A worthless thing or matter; avastunirbaṃdhapare kathaṃ nu te Ku. 5. 66 intent on a bad object.
     (2) Unreality (of matter), insubstantiality; vastunyavastvāropo'jñānaṃ attribution of unreality; -tā,tvaṃ unreality.

avastṝ 9 P. To cover, spread, overspread, overcast; prakaṃpayangāmavatastare diśaḥ Ki. 14. 29 pervaded, filled; urasi rasādavatastare stanābhyāṃ Śi. 7. 47.

avastaraṇam Spreading out.

avastāraḥ [ava-stṝ karmaṇi ghañ P. III. 3. 120]
     (1) A curtain.
     (2) A covering; a screen or wall of cloth around a tent.
     (3) A mat.

avastra a. Without clothes, naked.

avasthā 1 A.
     (1) To remain, stay, abide; tena saha sukhamavatiṣṭhaṃte K. 108; oft. with an adj. or adv.; vilokayaṃtī tāvadavatasthe 205; pādau viṣṭabhya; kṣaṇaṃ bhadrāvatiṣṭhasva Bk. 8. 11 stay, wait; anītvā paṃkatāṃ dhūlimudakaṃ nāvatiṣṭhate Śi. 2. 34.
     (2) To abide by, conform to, obey; na śāsane'vāsthita yo gurūṇāṃ Bk. 3. 14.
     (3) To live; kṣaṇamapyavatiṣṭhate śvasan yadi jaṃturnanu lābhavānasau R. 8. 87.
     (4) To stand (still), make a halt, stop; Bg. 1. 30, 14. 23; R. 2. 31, Ku. 3. 42, Śi. 9. 83.
     (5) To stand, exist, chance to be.
     (6) To fall to, devolve on.
     (7) To enter; reach, attain to.
     (8) To stand apart, go off, withdraw.
     (9) To descend; go to. (10) To place (Ved). --Caus. (sthāpayati te)
     (1) To cause to stand or stop, station, keep, place; paścādavasthāpitavāhinīkaḥ R. 13. 66; skaṃdhāvāramavasthāpya Dk. 174 having encamped; bhikṣāpātraṃ nāgadaṃtake'vasthāpya H. 1, 3.
     (2) To fix, settle; śakyo'vasthāpayituṃ Mu. 1.
     (3) To establish, found; dvairājyamavasthāpayitukāmosmi M. 5.
     (4) To compose, collect, steady, fix (as heart &c.); na śaknomi hṛdayamavasthāpayituṃ U. 4.
     (5) To comfort, console.
     (6) To separate, divide.

avasthaḥ The membrum virile. --sthā [ava-sthā-aṅ]
     (1) State, condition, situation; svāmino mahatyavasthā vartate Pt. 1 a critical state; tadanu kathayermādhavīyāmavasthāṃ Mal. 9. 26; tulyāvasthaḥ svasuḥ kṛtaḥ R. 12. 80; tāṃ tāmavasthāṃ pratipadyamānaṃ 13. 5; īdṛśīmavasthāṃprapannosmi S. 5; Ku. 2. 6; sarva- Me. 108; oft. in comp.; tadavasthaḥ Pt. 5. reduced to that state; etad-, bālāvasthaḥ adhipatiḥ V. 5; aṃtyāvasthā Pt. 4; so kāmayamānāvastho rājā S. 3; sphuliṃgāvasthayā vahniḥ 7. 15; aṃtarmadāvastho dvipeṃdraḥ R. 2. 7 rutting state.
     (2) Position, circumstance.
     (3) Period, stage (of life &c.); yauvana-; vayovasthāṃ tasyāḥ śṛṇuta Mal. 9. 29.
     (4) Form, appearance.
     (5) Degree, proportion.
     (6) Stability, fixity, as in anavastha q. v.
     (7) Appearance in a court of law; kṛtāvastho dhanaiṣiṇā Ms. 8. 60.
     (8) The female organ of generation.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ another or altered state; -raṃ āropitā S. 3, 5.
          --catuṣṭayaṃ the four periods or states of human life; i. e. bālyaṃ (childhood); kaumāraṃ (youth); yauvanaṃ (manhood); and vārdhakaṃ (old age).
          --trayaṃ the three states; i. e. jāgṛti (waking), svapna (dreaming), and suṣupti (sound sleep).
          --daśakaṃ the ten states of lovers; dṛṅ manaḥ saṃgasaṃkalpau jāgaraḥ kṛśatā'ratiḥ . hrītyāgonmādamūrchāṃtā ityanaṃgadaśā daśa .. D. R.
          --dvayaṃ the two states of life i. e. sukhaṃ and duḥkhaṃ (happiness and misery).
          --ṣaṭkaṃ the six states of an action mentioned by Yāska; jāyate'sti vardhate vipariṇamate'pakṣīyate naśyati Nir.

avasthānam
     (1) Standing, remaining, residing, abiding, dwelling; pūrvakṛtāvasthānena rājalokena K. 92; kimiha nivṛttyāvasthānaṃ Pt. 1; caturmaṃḍalāvasthānena ibid.
     (2) Situation, station, position; madhura- darśanīyaḥ S. 6.
     (3) Residence, abode, place; ghanāvasthānaiḥ K. 127.
     (4) Period of staying.

avasthāpanam
     (1) Fixing, settling.
     (2) Residence, abode.

avasthāyin a. Staying, residing, dwelling; paścādavasthāyi balaṃ Ak.

avasthita p. p.
     (1) Remained, stayed; kathamiyaṃtaṃ kālamavasthitā mayā vinā bhavatī V. 4; remaining, standing firm or fixed; staying, abiding, lasting &c.; R. 6. 19; evamavasthite K. 158 under these circumstances.
     (2) Firm of purpose, steady; see anavasthita.
     (3) Engaged in prosecuting; following; abiding by; Ms. 8. 42, Bg. 4. 23.
     (4) Resting with, dependent on; mayi sṛṣṭirhi lokānāṃ rakṣā yuṣmāsvavasthitā Ku. 2. 28; K. 344.
     (5) Settled, a matter of course; piturasyāḥ samīpanayanamavasthitameva S. 5.
     (6) Resolved; yuddhāya Pt. 1.

avasthitiḥ f.
     (1) Abiding, dwelling.
     (2) Residence, abode; atra kṛtāvasthitinā dharmeṇa K. 44.
     (3) Following, practising.

avaspartṛ a. Preserver, saviour.

avasphūrjitam Roar, thunder, K. 305.

avasphoṭaḥ Appearance.

avasyati Den. P. Ved. To seek favour or assistance.

avasyu a. [avaḥ rakṣaṇaṃ tadicchati kyac un] Ved. Desiring favour, help or protection.

avasvat a. [avo rakṣaṇamastyasya matup masya vaḥ] Defended, protected.

avasyaṃdanam Trickling, oozing.

avasraṃsanam Dropping or falling down, falling off, a fall.

avasraṃsita a. Burst, fallen down.

avasras a.
     (1) Apt to fall down.
     (2) Burst, cut.

avasvan 1 P. To sound, to smack the lips, make a noise in eating.

avasvanya a. Ved. Roaring, boisterous.

avaha a.
     (1) Not carrying.
     (2) Having no stream. --haḥ A kind of wind.

avahan 2 P.
     (1) To strike, beat off, hit, kill.
     (2) To destroy, remove; duritaṃ, kṣudhāṃ, dviṣaḥ &c.
     (3) To thresh (as rice); avahatya taṃḍulān Dk. 132.

avahatiḥ f. Beating, threshing.

avahananam
     (1) Threshing, beating off rice; avahananāyolūkhalaṃ Mbh.
     (2) The lungs; vapā vasāvahananaṃ Y. 3. 94 (avahananaṃ = phupphusaḥ Mit.).

avaghātaḥ [ava han-ghañ]
     (1) Striking.
     (2) Hurting, killing.
     (3) A violent or sharp blow, stroke or blow in general; karṇāvaghātanipuṇena ca tāḍyamānā dūrīkṛtāḥ karivareṇa (bhṛṃgāḥ) Nītipr. 2; adhare dattadaṃtāvaghāte S. D.
     (4) Threshing corn by bruising it with a wooden pestle in a mortar.
     (5) Unnatural or accidental death.

avaghātin a. Striking, killing.

avahas 1 P. To deride, mock, laugh or scoff at, ridicule; Bk. 1. 6.

avahāsaḥ
     (1) Smiling, a smile.
     (2) A jest, joke, ridicule, yaccāvahāsārthamasatkṛtosi Bg. 11. 42.

avahāsya pot. p. To be derided or ridiculed, ridiculous.

avahastaḥ [avaraṃ hastasya eka- ta-] The back of the hand.

avahā To leave, a bandon(used only in derivatives).

avahāniḥ f. Loss.

avahīna p. p. Abandoned, left; avahīnāḥ kathāḥ Dk. 129 over, at an end; asmāsvavahīneṣu S. 2 we being left behind, having fallen in the rear.

avahālikā A wall.

ava(ba)hitthā --ttham
     (1) Dissimulation in general.
     (2) Dissimulation or concealment of an internal feeling, regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings (vyabhicāribhāva); bhayagauravalajjāderharṣādyākāraguptiravahitthā S. D.; or according to R. G. vrīḍādinā nimittena harṣādyanubhāvānāṃ gopanāya janito bhāvaviśeṣo'vahitthaṃ; for ex. see Ku. 6. 84, or Bv. 2. 80.

avahṛ 1 P.
     (1) To take away, put or lay aside; place down; arbhakaṃ kasmādavahṛtaṃ bhavati Nir.
     (2) To hold, contain; kuḍavamavaharati Sk.
     (3) To throw or knock down (Ved.).

avaharaṇam
     (1) Taking away, removing.
     (2) Throwing away.
     (3) Stealing, plundering.
     (4) Removing from the battle-field to the camp.
     (5) Re-delivery.
     (6) Temporary suspension of hostilities, truce.

avahāraḥ [avahṛ-kartari ṇa P. III. 1. 141]
     (1) A thief.
     (2) A shark, a waterelephant.
     (3) Taking away the wealth of invited Brāhmaṇas.
     (4) Temporary cessation of hostilities, suspension of arms, truce.
     (5) Removing to the camp; tato'vahāraṃ sainyānāṃ tava teṣāṃ ca bhārata Mb.
     (6) Cessation, stop (in general).
     (7) Summoning, inviting.
     (8) Any object fit to be brought near (upanetavyaṃ).
     (9) Apostacy, abandoning a sect or caste. (10) Re-delivery, redeeming.

avahāraka a.
     (1) One taking away from one place to another.
     (2) One who desists from fighting.
     (3) Preventing, stopping. --kaḥ A shark, a marine monster.

avahārya pot. p.
     (1) To be taken away or removed.
     (2) Finable, punishable; Ms. 8. 198.
     (3) What one is forced to restore or redeem; ādhiścopanidhiścobhau na kālātyayamarhataḥ . avahāryau bhavetāṃ tau dīrghakālamavasthitau .. Ms. 8. 145.
     (4) To be completed,
     (5) Recoverable, redeemable.

avahṛta p. p.
     (1) Taken off, back or away.
     (2) Seized, stolen.
     (3) Fined.

avahelaḥ --lā Disrespect, disdain, contempt, disregard; sāvahelaṃ K. 244; avahelāṃ kuṭaja madhukare mā gāḥ Bv. 1. 6.

avahelanaṃ --nā Disregard.

avahelita a. Disregarded, slighted, contemned; kimiti bakairavahelitānabhijñaiḥ Bv. 1. 8. --taṃ Disregard.

avahvara a. [ava-vhṛ-ac] Crooked. --raḥ A crooked way; (fig.) deceit.

avākin Ved. Not speaking.

avākka Ved. Speechless.

avākṝ 6 P. To strew, pour upon; sprinkle with.

avākaraḥ A mint.

avākṣa a. [avanatānyakṣāṇi iṃdriyāṇi yasya] A guardian, keeper.

avāgra a. [avanatamagramasya] Having the head bent down, stooping, bowed.

avāc a. [na. ba.] Speechless dumb. --n. Brahma.
     -- Comp.
          --manasagocara a. beyond the power of thought and words, indescribable and inconceivable.
          --śruti a. deaf and dumb.

avācya a.
     (1) Not proper to be addressed; avācyo dīkṣito nāmnā yavīyānapi yo bhavet Ms. 2. 128.
     (2) Improper to be uttered; vile, bad; avācyaṃ vadato jihvā kathaṃ na patitā tava Ram.; -vādāṃśca bahūn vadiṣyaṃti tavāhitāḥ Bg. 2. 36.
     (3) Not distinctly expressed, not expressible in words; -tā, -tvaṃ impropriety; reproach, calumny.
     -- Comp.
          --deśaḥ 'the unspeakable place,' the vulva (yoni).

avāṃc a. [avāṃcati ava-ac-kvip]
     (1) Turned downwards, bent down, stooping; kurvaṃtamityatibhareṇa nagānavācaḥ Śi. 6. 79; vanālyavāṃcīva cakāra saṃhatiḥ Ki. 14. 34.
     (2) Being or situated below, lower than (with abl.) yadavāk pṛthivyāḥ Śat. Br.
     (3) Headlong, looking downwards.
     (4) South. --m., n. Brahma. --cī
     (1) The south.
     (2) The lower region.

avāk ind.
     (1) Downwards.
     (2) Southern, southward.
     -- Comp.
          --jñānaṃ disrespect.
          --puṣpī [avāk adhomukhaṃ puṣpamasyāḥ] N. of a plant Anethum Sowa Roxb (adhaḥpuṣpī). --bhāgaḥ the part below.
          --bhava a. southern.
          --mukha a. (khī f.) 1. looking downwards, with the face hung downwards; avāṅmukhasyopari puṣpavṛṣṭiḥ R. 2. 60; tasthuste'vāṅmukhāḥ sarve 15. 78. --2. headlong. (
          --khaḥ) N. of a weapon.
          --śākhaḥ [avācyaḥ śākhā asya] 'having the branches turned downwards', epithet of the sacred fig-tree (aśvattha). --śiras a. having the head hung downwards; sa mūḍho narakaṃ yāti kālasūtramavākśirāḥ Ms. 3. 249, 8. 94, 11. 74.

avācīna a. [avāc-kha P. V. 4. 8]
     (1) Downward, headlong.
     (2) Southern.
     (3) Descended, gone down.

avāṃcita a. Bent, low.

avācya a. Southern, southerly.

avājin m. A bad horse(Ved.).

avāta a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Windless, not shaken by wind.
     (2) Not breathing the air.
     (3) Not exposed to, or not dried up by, wind.
     (4) Unattacked, unconquered (Ved.).

avādin a.
     (1) One who is no speaker or disputer.
     (2) One who does not prosecute or bring any action, peace-loving.

avān 2 P. [ava-an] To breath or inhale.

avānaḥ Breathing, inhaling; see anavāna also.

avāna a. [ava-an-ac] Dried, dry.

avāṃtara a. [avagatamaṃtaraṃ madhyaṃ prā. sa.]
     (1) Situated or standing between; see compounds.
     (2) Included, involved.
     (3) Subordinate, secondary.
     (4) Not closely connected, extraneous, extra.
     -- Comp.
          --diś, --diśā an intermediate quarter (such as the āgneyī, aiśānī, nairṛtī and vāyavī). --deśaḥ a place situated between (two others), an intermediate region.

avāṃtarām ind. [avāṃtara bā- āsu] Between (Ved.).

avāp 5 U.
     (1) To get, obtain, secure, gain; tamavāpya satpatiṃ R. 3. 33; dīrghamāyuḥ Ms. 4. 76; kīrti, phalaṃ, kāmaṃ &c.; putraṃ samrājamavāpnuhi S. 4. 6.
     (2) To reach, go to, enter.
     (3) To suffer, incur, receive, meet with; niṃdāmavāpnoti Ms. 5. 161; so doṣaṃ &c.; mṛtyumavāpnoti meets with death.

avāpta p. p. Got, obtained, received; anavāptacakṣuḥ phalo'si S. 2.

avāptavya pot. p. Attainable; Bg. 3. 22, R. 10. 31.

avāptiḥ f. Obtaining, getting; tapaḥ kiledaṃ tadavāptisādhanaṃ Ku. 5. 64.

avāpya pot. p. Attainable.

avāpya a. [na. ta.] Uncut, not to be cut (as hair).

avāpita a.
     (1) Not sown(as grain) but planted.
     (2) Not cut (as hair).

avāma a.
     (1) Not left, right.
     (2) Favourable, not adverse.
     (3) Inauspicious, inelegant.

avāyaḥ [ava-i-ghañ]
     (1) A limb.
     (2) Giving way, conceding, complying with.

avāraḥ, --ram [na vāryate jalena vṛ-karmaṇi ghañ]
     (1) The near bank of a river.
     (2) This side; yo vai saṃvatsarasyāvāraṃ pāraṃ ca veda Ait. Br. -tas ind. to this side.
     -- Comp.
          --pāraḥ The ocean (P. IV. 2. 93, V. 2. 11.).
          --pārīṇa a. [avārapāre gacchati, kha P. IV. 2. 93] 1. belonging to the ocean. --2. crossing a river.

avārīṇa a. [avāraṃ gacchati, kha P. IV. 2. 93] Crossing a river.

avārya a. Being on the near side.

avāraṇa a. Insufferable, not to be remedied, irremediable. --ṇaṃ Not warding off or preventing.

avāraṇīya a.
     (1) Unable to be warded off (as enemies).
     (2) Treating of incurable diseases.

avārya, avārayitavya a. Not to be warded or kept off, irremediable.

avārikā [nāsti vāri yatra] N. of a plant (dhanyāka).

avāvaṭaḥ The son of a woman by any man (of the same caste) other than her first husband; dvitīyena tu yaḥ pitrā savarṇāyāṃ prajāyate . avāvaṭa iti khyātaḥ śūdradharmā sa jātitaḥ ..

avāvan m. [Said to be fr. oṇ P. VI. 4. 41] A thief, stealing away.

avāsas a. Unclothed, naked. --m. N. of Buddha.

avāstava a. (vī f.)
     (1) Unreal, unsubstantial.
     (2) Unfounded, irrational (as an argument).

avāstu a. Ved. Having no abode, homeless.

avāhana a. Having no carriage, not driving in a carriage.

avi a. Ved. [av-in] Favourable, kindly or favourably disposed. --viḥ
     (1) A sheep; (f. also in this sense); jīnakārmukavastāvīn Ms. 11. 139, 3. 6, 12. 55.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) N. of a tree (arka).
     (4) A goat.
     (5) A mountain.
     (6) Air, wind.
     (7) A woollen blanket (of the skin of mice).
     (8) A blanket, shawl in general.
     (9) A woollen strainer (for Soma juice). (10) A master.
     (11) A wall, enclosure.
     (12) A rat. --viḥ f.
     (1) An ewe.
     (2) Shame.
     (3) A woman in her courses. [cf. L. ovis; Gr. ois].
     -- Comp.
          --kaṭaḥ [avi saṃghāte kaṭac P. V. 2. 29 Vārt.] a flock of sheep.
          --kaṭoraṇaḥ [avikaṭe meghasaṃghāte deyaḥ uraṇaḥ bheṣaḥ P. VI. 3. 10] a kind of tribute (consisting of sheep).
          --gaṃdhā, --gaṃdhikā N. of a plant (= ajagaṃdhā). --dugdhaṃ, --dūsaṃ, --marīsaṃ, --soḍhaṃ the milk of an ewe.
          --paṭaḥ sheep's skin, a woollen cloth.
          --pālaḥ [avīn pālayati upa. sa.] a shepherd.
          --priyaḥ a kind of grass liked by sheep. (
          --yā) N. of a plant.
          --sthalaṃ sheep-place; N. of a town; avisthalaṃ vṛkasthalaṃ mākaṃdī vāraṇāvataṃ Mb.

avikaḥ [avireva avikaḥ, avi-ka P. V. 4. 28] A sheep. --kā An ewe. --kaṃ A diamond.

avitā An ewe, a sheep.

avikattha a. Not boasting, not bragging or vaunting.

avikatthana a. One who does not boast, not vaunting; satyapratijñepyavikatthanepi R. 14. 73; vidvāṃso'bikatthanā bhavaṃti Mu. 3.

avikala a.
     (1) Unimpaired, not defective, entire, perfect, whole, all; tānīṃdriyāṇyavikalāni Bh. 2. 40; Pt. 5. 26; -laṃ phalaṃ Me. 24, 34; -śaraccaṃdramadhuraḥ Mal. 2. 11 full, full-orbed; -iṃdriyaḥ K. 35, 71; Mv. 2. 17, 4. 29; -lamarakṣat 5. 5 entirely, complelety; yallokeṣvavikalamāptamādhipatyaṃ Ki. 18. 36 entire, supreme.
     (2) Regular, orderly; consistent, not discordant; kalamavikalatālaṃ gāyakairbodhahetoḥ Śi. 11. 10.

avikalpa a. Unchangeable --lpaḥ
     (1) Absence of doubt.
     (2) Absence of option or alternative.
     (3) Positive act or precept. --lpaṃ ind. Without doubt, unhesitatingly.

avikāra a. Immutable, unchangeable. --raḥ Immutability.

avikṛta a. Unchanged.

avikṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Absence of change.
     (2) (In San. phil.) The inanimate principle called prakṛti, regarded as the material cause of the universe; mūlaprakṛtiravikṛtiḥ San. K.

avikriya a. Unchangeable, immutable. --yaṃ Brahma.

avikrama a. Powerless, feeble. --maḥ Cowardice, timidity.

avikrāṃta a.
     (1) Unsurpassed.
     (2) Feeble, powerless.

aviklamaḥ Absence of fatigue, vigour, freshness.

avikṣata a. Unimpaired, uninjured; unhurt, whole, entire; vikretuḥ pratideyaṃ tattasminnevāhnyavikṣatam Smṛti.

avikṣita a. Unimpaired, unhurt; undiminished (Ved.).

avikṣipa a. [P. VI. 2. 157--8] Unable to distribute or dispense (ākrośārthe), (vikṣeptuṃ na śaktaḥ or yo na vikṣipati); not distributing or badly distributing.

avikṣipta a.
     (1) Not thrown away.
     (2) Attentive, composed.

avigata a. Not gone off, retained, present.

avigama a. Unseparated, unremoved. --maḥ Non-separation, association, inherence, presence, existence.

avignaḥ N. of a fruit-tree(karamardaka).

avigraha a. [nāsti vigraho yasya]
     (1) Bodiless, incorporeal; epithet of the Supreme Being (who has no body).
     (2) Not known. --haḥ (In gram.) A compound the sense of which cannot be expressed by its constituent parts separately (nityasamāsa).

avighāta a. Unimpeded, unobstructed; -gati a. unobstructed in one's course.

avighna a. Unobstructed, free from impediments; -kriyopalaṃbhāya S. 1. --ghnaṃ Freedom from obstacle or impediment, welfare (this word is usually neuter, though vighna is m.); sādhayāmyahamavighnamastu te R. 11. 91; avighnamastu te stheyāḥ piteva dhuri putriṇāṃ 1. 91; avighnamastu sāvitryāḥ pradāne duhitustava Mb.

avicācala a. Ved. Not staggering or fluctuating, standing firmly.

aviṃcāra a.
     (1) Void of judgment, undiscriminating, ill-judging, unwise.
     (2) Unhesitating, prompt.
     (3) Having spies. --raḥ
     (1) Absence of judgment, indiscretion, error, folly.
     (2) Promptitude.
     (3) A country fit for the grazing of sheep.

avicāraṇīya a. Not to be called in question; ājñā gurūṇāṃ hyavicāraṇīyā R. 14. 46.

avicārita a.
     (1) Ill-judged, not well thought out or considered.
     (2) Determined, certain.
     -- Comp.
          --nirṇayaḥ a prejudice, prejudiced opinion.

avicārin a.
     (1) Unthinking, inconsiderate, indiscreet.
     (2) Prompt.

avicālita a
     (1) Unmoved, unshaken.
     (2) Victorious.

avicṛtya a. Ved. Not to be loosened.

avicchinna a.
     (1) Not separated, undivided.
     (2) Continuous, uninterrupted; -saṃtānā saṃtatiḥ K. 65, R. 17. 11.

aviccheda a.
     (1) Uninterrupted.
     (2) Undivided, entire, whole. --daḥ
     (1) Entirety, wholeness.
     (2) Connection, continuity; Ki. 14. 32.

avicyuta a.
     (1) Not deviated from, observed or followed strictly.
     (2) Eternal, permanent.

avijāta a. Ved. Not having brought forth, having no offspring.

avijātīya a. Of the same kind.

avijña a.
     (1) Ignorant, untaught.
     (2) Clumsy, stupid, awkward; -tā ignorance, folly.

avijñāta a.
     (1) Unknown.
     (2) Unintelligible, doubtful, indistinct.
     -- Comp.
          --gada a. Ved. speaking in an unintelligible way.

avijñātṛ a. Not knowing. --m. (tā) The Supreme Being (parameśvara).
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu; avijñātā sahasrāṃśuḥ V. Sah.

avijñeya a. Undistinguishable, not to be recognized or known, unknowable. --yaḥ The Supreme God.

aviḍīnam A direct flight of birds (pākṣiṇāmābhimukhyābhigamanaṃ).

avitatha a.
     (1) Not false, true; tadavitathamavādīryanmamatvaṃ priyeti Śi. 11. 33; avitathā vitathā sakhi mā giraḥ 6. 18.
     (2) Realised, not fruitless; avitathaphalāḥ svapnāḥ K. 65; kuru guruvacanamavitathaṃ K. 178; cakārāvitathāṃ bhrātuḥ pratijñāṃ R. 15. 95; 5. 26. --thaṃ Truth; avitathamāha priyaṃvadā S. 3, P. is right, what P. says is right; Ve. 2. --thaṃ ind. Not falsely, according to truth; Ms. 2. 144. --thā N. of a metre.

avitārin a. Ved.
     (1) Not doing any harm, harmless (anapāyin).
     (2) Not departing, remaining.

avitta a.
     (1) Not famous, unknown.
     (2) Poor.

avitti a.
     (1) Not obtaining or getting.
     (2) Unwise, foolish. --ttiḥ f.
     (1) Not finding, getting, or possessing.
     (2) Want of wisdom.
     (3) Poverty.

avityajaḥ --jam Quicksilver.

avithura a. Not separated, united (Ved. for avidhura).

avithyā [avaye hitā, avi thyaṃn] P. V. 1. 8] N. of the plant ajathyā.

avidagdha a.
     (1) Unlearned, inexperienced, stupid.
     (2) Not well burnt, undigested.

avidāhin a.
     (1) Imperfectly digested, producing heart-burn.
     (2) Not burning or afflicting.

avidasya a. Ved. Unceasing, inexhaustible, perennial, perpetual.

avidāsin a. Perennial.

avidita a. Unknown; -gatayāmā rātriḥ U. 1. 27 the watches of which stole away (glided imperceptibly away). --taḥ The Supreme God.

avidīdhayu a. Ved.
     (1) Not delaying or hesitating.
     (2) Shining.

avidūra a. Not distant, near, contiguous. --raṃ Proximity, vicinity. --raṃ ind. Near to, not far from; so avidūreṇa, avidūrāt, --dūrataḥ, --vidūre.

aviddha a. Unpierced.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇā, --rṇī [aviddhaḥ achidraḥ parṇarūpaḥ karṇo'syāḥ] N. of a plant (pāṭhā) Cissampelos Hexaudra.
          --dṛś a. all-seeing.
          --varcas a. of unimpaired glory.

avidya a. 1. Not educated, unlearned, foolish, unwise; avidyānāṃ tu sarveṣāmīhātaśceddhanaṃ bhavet Ms. 9. 205.
     (2) Not pertaining to knowledge. --dyā
     (1) Ignorance, folly, want of learning.
     (2) Spiritual ignorance.
     (3) Illusion, illusion personified or Mayā (a term frequently occurring in Vedanta; by means of this illusion one perceives the universe, which does not really exist, as inherent in Brahma which alone really exists). The term appears also in the systems of Gautama, Patanjali, Kapila, where it has different bearings; (with Buddhists) ignorance together with non-existence.

avidyāmaya a. Caused by ignorance or illusion.

avidriya a. Ved.
     (1) Without a rent or hole.
     (2) Impenetrable, solid.

avidhavā Not a widow, a married woman whose husband is still living; bharturmitraṃ priyamavidhave viddhi māmaṃbuvāhaṃ Me. 99.

avidhā ind. An interjection meaning 'help, help' used in calling for help in danger.

avidhāna a. [na. ba.] Deviating from the fixed rule, irregular. --naṃ Absence of a definite rule; irregularity, deviation from rule.

avidhi a. Not lawful, contrary to rule. --dhiḥ Irregularity, absence of a rule or precept; -pūrvaka not according to rule.

avidheya a. Unmanageable, adverse; vidheravidheyatāṃ Mu. 4. 2; harṣaviṣādayoravidheyatvaṃ Dk. 161 not being influenced or swayed by &c.

avinaḥ [avati yajñaṃ, av-inac Uṇ. 2. 46]
     (1) A sacrificer.
     (2) An officiating priest at a sacrifice.

avinaya a. [na. ba.] Immodest, insolent, ill-behaved, ill-mannered. --yaḥ
     (1) Want of good manners or modesty; bahavo'vinayānnaṣṭā rājānaḥ saparicchadāḥ Ms. 7. 40, 41.
     (2) Rude behaviour, rudeness, immodest or rude act; -bahulatayā cābhinavayauvanasya K. 143; ayamācaratyavinayaṃ mugdhāsu tapasvikanyāsu S. 1. 25; indecorum, impropriety of conduct.
     (3) Incivility, disrespect.
     (4) Offence, crime, fault.
     (5) Pride, arrogance, insolence; avinayamapanaya viṣṇo Śaṅkara.

avinīta a.
     (1) Immodest, ill bred, unmannered.
     (2) Acting improperly, wicked, vile.
     (3) Insolent, rude.
     (4) Not tamed, ill-trained; Ms. 4. 67. --tā An unchaste woman.

avinaśvara a. Destructible. --raḥ The Supreme God.

avinābhāvaḥ
     (1) Non-separation.
     (2) Inherent or essential character, inseparable connection.
     (3) Connection (in general); avinābhāvo'tra saṃbaṃdhamātraṃ na tu nāṃtarīyakatvaṃ K. P. 2.

avinigamaḥ An illogical conclusion.

aviṃdhyaḥ N. of a Rākṣasa, minister of Rāvaṇa. --dhyā N. of a river.

avipakva a. Not ripe(fig. also); immature, undigested.; -buddhi inexperienced, of undeveloped understanding.

avipāka a. Suffering from indigestion. --kaḥ The state of not being ripe, indigestion, a disease arising from indigestion.

avipad f. Absence of misery, prosperity.

avipanna a.
     (1) Uninjured, unhurt.
     (2) Not defiled or polluted, pure.

avipra a. Ved.
     (1) Not(spiritually) excited, not inspired.
     (2) Not a worshipper or praiser. --praḥ One not a Brāhmaṇa.

avipluta a. Undeviating, steadily observing; unviolated.

avibhakta a.
     (1) Undivided, unpartitioned, joint, (as property of a family, or co-heirs); avibhaktā vibhaktā vā sapiṃḍāḥ sthāvare samāḥ.
     (2) Not broken, entire.
     (3) Not different.
     (4) Existing everywhere.

avibhāga a. Unpartitioned, undivided. --gaḥ
     (1) Not dividing.
     (2) Undivided inheritance.

avibhājya a. Indivisible. --jyaṃ
     (1) Indivisibility.
     (2) Not being liable to be partitioned; (said of certain articles which are not to be divided at the time of partition); e. g. vastraṃ pātramalaṃkāraṃ kṛtānnamudakaṃ striyaḥ . yogakṣemaṃ pracāraṃ ca na vibhājyaṃ pracakṣate Ms. 9. 219. -tā indivisibility, unfitness for partition.

avibhāvanā --nam Non-perception; disappearance.

avibhāvanīya a. Imperceptible, undistinguishable.

avimukta a. Unloosed, not quitted or let go. --ktaṃ
     (1) N. of a Tīrtha or sacred place near Benares, or Benares itself; na vimuktaṃ śivābhyāṃ yadavimuktaṃ tato viduḥ.
     (2) The space between the chin and the head.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvaraḥ a celebrated Śiva-linga at Benares.

avimṛṣya a. Undoubted, unquestionable; Ki. 6. 44.

avimokya a. Ved. Not to be loosened.

aviyukta a. Undivided, conjoined, united; not separated, absent.

aviyoga a. Not separated, united, connected. --gaḥ
     (1) Non-separation, presence.
     (2) Conjunction, association.
     -- Comp.
          --tṛtīyā N. of a certain festival or holiday.
          --vrataṃ a vow to be observed by women on the third day of the first fortnight of Mārgaśīrṣa.

avirata a. Not desisting or ceasing from (with abl.); uninterrupted, continual, unbroken, perpetual; aviratotkaṃṭhamutkaṃṭhitena Me. 102; Prov. maṃdopyaviratodyogaḥ sadaiva vijayī bhavet 'slow and steady wins the race'.
     (2) Abandoned. --taṃ ind. Eternally, continually; avirataṃ parakāryakṛtāṃ satāṃ Bv. 1. 113.

avirati a. Incessant, ceaseless. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Continuity, uninterruptedness.
     (2) Incontinence.

avirāma a. Uninterrupted, continuous. --maḥ Uninterrupted succession, continuance. --maṃ ind. Uninterruptedly.

avirala a.
     (1) Thick, dense; -vāridhārā U. 6 sharp-driving shower; -aśrubiṃdu; not thin, many; sādaramabhimukhadattāviralapadaḥ K. 95.
     (2) Contiguous, close.
     (3) Coarse, gross, substantial.
     (4) Uninterrupted, continuous. --laṃ ind.
     (1) Closely; aviralamāliṃgituṃ pavanaḥ S. 3. 7.
     (2) Uninterruptedly, incessantly, constantly; U. 3. 24.
     -- Comp.
          --dhārāsāraḥ an incessant down-pour of heavy rain.

aviralita a. Closely stuck, lying very close; -kapolaṃ U. 1. 27 cheek to cheek.

avirādhayat a. Ved. Not withdrawing oneself; not desisting.

aviruddha a.
     (1) Not opposed, compatible, consistent with.
     (2) Living together.
     (3) Unobstructed, unhindered, unimpeded.
     (4) Allowed; proper; yadyaviruddhaṃ śroṣyāmi V. 2.

avirodhaḥ
     (1) Consistency, compatibility, congruity; sāmānyāstu parārthamudyamabhṛtaḥ svārthāvirodhena ye Bh. 2. 74 consistently with their own interest; sarveṣāmavirodhena brahmakarma samārabhe Pūjāmantra.
     (2) Absence of impediment.
     (3) Assent, concurrence.

avirecanam Anything which causes constipation.

avirecya a. Not to be purged.

avilakṣya a.
     (1) Having no aim or mark.
     (2) Guileless.
     (3) Irremediable.

avilaṃghanam Non-transgression.

avilaṃghanīya a.
     (1) Not to be transgressed.
     (2) Prescribed, fixed, settled.

avilaṃba a. Prompt, not delaying, quick. --baḥ Absence of delay, quickness, promptitude. --baṃ, avilaṃbena ind. Without delay, quickly.

avilaṃbita a. Without delay, quick, expeditious, prompt. --taṃ ind. Quickly, without delay.

avilā [av-ilac] An ewe.

avilāsa a. Free from whims, faithful, constant. --saḥ Absence of pastime or whim.

avilikha a.
     (1) Not writing or painting, or unable to do so; (P. VI. 2. 157-8).
     (2) Writing badly.
     (3) Different from one who writes.

avivakṣita a.
     (1) Not intended or aimed at; bhrātaraḥ ityatra ekaśeṣagraha mavivakṣitaṃ.
     (2) Not to be said or spoken.

avivādaḥ Agreement, consent.

avivādin a. Not contending, quiet, peaceable.

avivāhin a.
     (1) Not marrying, remaining single or celibate.
     (2) Not relating to marriage.
     (3) Interdicted as to marriage.

avivikta a.
     (1) Uninvestigated, not properly thought out.
     (2) Indiscriminate, confounded.
     (3) Public.
     (4) Making no difference; -dṛś viewing all as one with God.

aviveka a. Wanting in judgment or discrimination, thoughtless. --kaḥ
     (1) Want of discrimination or judgment, absence of prudence, imprudence; avivekaḥ paramāpadāṃ padaṃ Ki. 2. 30.
     (2) Hastiness, rashness, recklessness.
     (3) Ignorance (anyonyatādātmyarūpamithyājñānaṃ).
     -- Comp.
          --kṛta a. done rashly.

avivekin a.
     (1) Undiscriminating, inconsiderate, thoughtless.
     (2) Superficial, short-sighted, ignorant.

avivena a. Ved. Not disaffected. --naṃ ind. Not disaffectedly, favourably.

aviśaṃka a. Having no fears or doubt, fearless. --kāṃ Absence of doubt or fear, confidence, certainty. --kaṃ, --aviśaṃkena ind. Without doubt, hesitation.

aviśaṃkita a.
     (1) Unapprehensive, fearless.
     (2) Without doubt, confiding; gṛdhravākyātkathaṃ mūḍhāstyajadhvamaviśaṃkitāḥ K. P.

aviśastṛ m. An unskilful cutter up or killer (of animals at a sacrifice).

aviśuddhiḥ f. Impurity.

aviśeṣa a. Without any difference, alike, similar, uniform. --ṣaḥ, --ṣaṃ
     (1) Absence of difference, uniformity, similarity.
     (2) Identity, sameness.
     (3) The subtle elements (in Sān. phil.).
     -- Comp.
          --jña a. not knowing the difference (in things), undiscriminating.

aviśrāṃta a.
     (1) Untiring, incessant, ceaseless; S. 6.
     (2) Unhurt. --taṃ ind. Incessantly, continuously.

aviśvāsa a. Not inspiring confidence, mistrusted. --saḥ Mistrust, suspicion. --sā A cow calving after long intervals.

aviśvasta a. Not trusted, suspected; na viśvasedaviśvaste H. 1.

aviśvāsin a. Mistrusting, unbelieving, diffident.

aviṣa a.
     (1) Not poisonous.
     (2) Anti-venomous, antidote.
     (3) Protecting. --ṣaḥ [av-ṭiṣac Uṇ. 1. 45]
     (1) An ocean.
     (2) A king.
     (3) Sky. --ṣā N. of a plant (nirviṣātṛṇa). --ṣī
     (1) A river.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) Heaven.

aviṣaya a.
     (1) Unperceived, invisible, beyond the reach of the senses.
     (2) Insensible.
     (3) Disregarding objects of sense; -manasāṃ yatīnāṃ M. 1. 1. --yaḥ
     (1) Absence, disappearance; raveraviṣaye kiṃ na pradīpasya prakāśanaṃ H. 2. 79.
     (2) Not an object of (anything), not within the reach of, beyond, transcending; na kaściddhīmatāmaviṣayo nāma S. 4; sakalavacanānāmaviṣayaḥ Māl. 1. 30 beyond the reach (power) of words; saumitrerapi patriṇāmaviṣaye tatra priye kvāsi bhoḥ U. 3. 45.
     (3) Disregard of the objects of sense.

aviṣayīkaraṇam Not making anything an object of.

aviṣṭha Ved. Gladly accepting, protecting very carefully or attentively; Rv. 7. 28. 5.

aviṣyā [av gatau isun avirgatimicchati kyac bhāve a Tv.]
     (1) Wish to go (gamanecchā); Rv. 2. 38. 3.
     (2) Wish.

aviṣyu a. Ved.
     (1) Attacking.
     (2) Desirous, wishing.
     (3) Violent, vehement.
     (4) Wishing to protect.

avis n. [av-bhāve isun]
     (1) Protection.
     (2) Going. --m. An extender, enlarger.

avisaṃvādin a. Unfailing, not false; Ki. 13. 15; lakṣaṇānyeva tavāvisaṃvādīni Dk. 67 entirely agreeing.

avisargin a. Not quitting, retaining, adhering to. --m. (--gī) An unintermittent fever.

avistara a. Of small extent or length, concise.

avistāraḥ Absence of amplification or diffuseness.

avistīrṇa a. Not extended or amplified, curtailed, concise.

avistṛta a. Compact, compressed, close.

avispaṣṭa a. Not clear or plain, indistinct, obscure. --ṣṭaṃ An indistinct speech.

aviharyata a. Not desired (anabhilaṣita); yenāviharyatakratoḥ Rv. 1. 63. 2 doer of undesired acts; whose will cannot be averted.

avithuta a. Ved.
     (1) Not to be killed, unassailable.
     (2) Unbent, unbroken.
     (3) Not curved.

avihvarat a. Ved.
     (1) Not slipping, not falling.
     (2) Undeviating.

avī [avatyātmānaṃ lajjayā av-ī Uṇ. 3. 158] A woman in her courses.

avīci a. Waveless. --ciḥ N. of a particular hell; -mayaḥ a place of punishment for liars (yatra jalamiva sthalamaśmapṛṣṭhamavabhāsate Bhag.)

avīja --jaka(abīja)
     (1) Seedless; Ms. 10. 71.
     (2) Impotent; Ms. 9. 79.
     (3) Having no prime cause. --jaḥ Restraint, controlling the mental passions. --jā Vine plant. --jaṃ
     (1) Bad seed, bad grain; -vikrayin Ms. 9. 291.
     (2) Absence of seed.
     -- Comp.
          --han a. Ved. not pernicious to men.

avītam A variety of anumāna or inference; (vyatirekamukhena pravartamānaṃ niṣedhakamavītaṃ; yathā pṛthivī pṛthivītarabhinnā gaṃdhavattvāt Tv.).

avīra a.
     (1) Unmanly, effeminate, cowardly.
     (2) Having no son (as a woman).
     (3) Helpless.
     (4) Destitute of men. --rā A woman who has neither sons nor husband; ajātaputrā vidhavā sā'vīrā parikīrtitā; (opp. vīrā which is thus defined; patiputravatī nārī vīrā proktā manīṣibhiḥ); anarcitaṃ vṛthā māṃsamavīrāṃyāśca yoṣitaḥ Ms. 4. 213; Y. 1. 163.

avīrya a. Ved. Weak, ineffective.

avṛka a.
     (1) Free from danger, safe.
     (2) Not hurting, inoffensive, true.
     (3) Free from one who obscures. --kaṃ
     (1) Safety, peace, security.
     (2) Quiet, repose.

avṛjina a. Ved. Straightforward, sincere, not deserting (friends); an epithet of the Ādityas; Rv. 2. 27. 2.

avṛta a.
     (1) Unchecked, unimpeded.
     (2) Unselected.
     (3) Uncovered, unprotected.
     (4) Unsubdued.

avṛtti a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Not existing, not present, not being in.
     (2) Having no livelihood. --ttiḥ f.
     (1) Absence of subsistence or means of livelihood, inadequate support; avṛttikarṣitā hi strī praduṣyet sthitimatyapi Ms. 9. 74; 10. 101; ādadītāmamevāsmādavṛttāvekarātrikaṃ 4. 223.
     (2) Absence of wages; -tvaṃ non-existence.

avṛthā ind. Not in vain, successfully.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. successful, gaining one's desired object.

avṛddhika a. Not augmentative, not bearing interest (as capital). --kaṃ Original capital, principal.

avṛdha a. Ved.
     (1) Not increasing.
     (2) Not promoting, not honouring.

avṛṣṭi a. Not pouring down rain (as a cloud). --ṣṭiḥ Want of rain, drought; famine.

ave 2 P. [ava i]
     (1)
          (a) To know, understand, learn, perceive, be aware of; avaimi te tasyāṃ sodaryasnehaṃ S. 4; avaimi caināmanagheti R. 14. 40; dviṣadabhiyoga ityavaiti Mu. 1. 7.; avaimi te sāraṃ Ku. 3. 13; R. 2. 35.
          (b) To know, look upon or consider, regard, tadavaimi kaitavaṃ Ku. 4. 9; S. 5. 11; Bk. 7. 33; kiṃ māṃ sutakṣayakaraṃ suta ityavaiṣi Ve. 5. 2.
     (2) To go or move away.
     (3) To go to, approach (with acc.).
     (4) To rush upon, come down upon (Ved.) --Freq. or Pass. (aveyate) To beg pardon for, conciliate.

aveta p. p.
     (1) Elapsed, past.
     (2) Obtained, attained.
     (3) Joined or united with.

avekṣ 1 A. [ava-īkṣ]
     (1) To look at, perceive, observe, behold.
     (2) To aim at, have in view; yotsyamānānavekṣehaṃ Bg. 1. 23; take into account or consideration, have regard to; avekṣya dhātorgamanārthamarthavid R. 3. 21; kimapi nimittamavekṣya V. 5; tridivotsukayāpyavekṣya māṃ R. 8. 60 out of regard for me; K. 329; oft. with na meaning 'not to mind or heed,' 'disregard'; R. 11. 69; na hi kamalinīṃ dṛṣṭvā grāhamavekṣate mataṃgajaḥ M. 3 (it may also mean 'expect' here); nidrāvaśena bhavatā hyanavekṣyamāṇā R. 5. 67.
     (3) To look to or after, attend to; avekṣamāṇaṃ mahatīṃ muhurmuhuḥ Śi. 1. 10.
     (4) To take care of, guard, watch over, protect; vasudheyamavekṣyatāṃ tvayā R. 8. 83; ślāghyāṃ duhitaramavekṣasva jānakīṃ U. 1, 7.
     (5) To think, consider; yadavocadavekṣya māninī Ki. 2. 3.
     (6) To look into or examine, inspect; sa kadācidavekṣitaprajaḥ R. 8. 32; prakṛtīravekṣituṃ 18 inquire into; S. 6.
     (7) To expect, hope for.

avekṣaka a.
     (1) Showing, showing all round.
     (2) Inspecting, supervising; a superintendent.

avekṣaṇam
     (1) Looking towards or at, seeing.
     (2) Guarding, watching over, protection, taking care of, attending to, supervision, inspection; varṇāśramāvekṣaṇajāgarūkaḥ R. 14. 85; hastyaśvāvekṣaṇe'nābhiyuktaḥ Mu. 3.
     (3) Attention, care, observation.
     (4) Regarding, considering; see anavekṣaṇaṃ.

avekṣaṇīya pot. p. To be looked to or respected, to be looked upon or considered; tapasvisāmānyamavekṣaṇīyā R. 14. 67.

avekṣā
     (1) Seeing, looking at.
     (2) Attention, care, regard; labdhaṃ rakṣedavekṣayā Ms. 7. 101; atrāstyavekṣā tvayi me Ram.
     (3) Agreement, engagement.

avekṣitṛ a. Looking at; thinking of, regarding &c.

avekṣin a. Seeing, observing; dharmāvekṣitā S. 5. regard for justice or righteousness.

aveṇi a.
     (1) Not braided.
     (2) Having no braid of hair.
     (3) Not flowing together or commingled (as the waters of rivers).

avedayāna a. Not knowing, not ascertaining.

avediḥ f. Absence of knowledge.

avedya a.
     (1) Unknowable, secret.
     (2) Unattainable. --dyaḥ A calf. --dyā (A woman) not to be married; Ms. 10. 24.

avenat a. Ved. Unconscious.

avela a.
     (1) Having no boundary or limit, unlimited.
     (2) Having no time, untimely. --laḥ Concealment of knowledge. --lā
     (1) Unfavourable time.
     (2) Chewed betel (supposed to be = ava+ilā).

aveṣṭiḥ Ved. Expiation(of sins) by sacrifices.

avaidha a. (dhī f.)
     (1) Irregular, not conformable to law or rule; avaidhaṃ paṃcamaṃ kurvan rājño daṃḍena śudhyati.
     (2) Not sanctioned by the Śāstras.

avaimatyam Unanimity.

avairahatyam Ved. Security from slaughter.

avokṣaṇam [ava-ukṣ-bhāve lyuṭ] Ved. Sprinkling with the hand slightly bent; uttānenaiva hastena prokṣaṇaṃ parikīrtitaṃ . nyaṃcatābhyukṣaṇaṃ proktaṃ tiraścāvokṣaṇaṃ smṛtaṃ ..

avoda a. [ava-uṃd-bhāve ghañ nipātaḥ nalopaḥ P. VI. 4. 29] Wet, moist. --daḥ Sprinkling, moistening.

avodeva a. [devānāmavastāt avyayī-] Bringing down the gods; below (the region of the) gods.

avoṣaḥ Hot food.

avya a. [avi bhavārthe yat] Coming or belonging to a sheep.

avyakta a.
     (1) Indistinct, not manifest or apparent, inarticulate; -varṇa indistinct accents S. 7. 17; phalamavyaktamabravīt.
     (2) Invisible, imperceptible.
     (3) Undetermined; avyaktoyamaciṃtyoyaṃ Bg. 2. 25; 8. 20.
     (4) Undeveloped, uncreated.
     (5) (In alg.) Unknown (as a quantity or number). --ktaḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     (3) Cupid.
     (4) Primary matter which has not yet entered into real existence.
     (5) A fool. --ktaṃ (In Vedānta phil.)
     (1) The Supreme Being or universal Spirit, Brahma.
     (2) Spiritual ignorance.
     (3) The subtle body.
     (4) The state of sleep (suṣuptyavasthā).
     (5) (In San. phil.) The primary germ of nature (sarvakāraṇa), the primordial element or productive principle from which all the phenomena of the material world are developed; buddherivāvyaktamudāharaṃti R. 13. 60; mahataḥ paramavyaktamavyaktātpuruṣaḥ paraḥ Kaṭh., San. K. 2, 10, 14, 16, 58.
     (6) The soul.
     (7) Nature. --ktaṃ ind. Imperceptibly, indistinctly, inarticulately.
     -- Comp.
          --anukaraṇaṃ imitating inarticulate or unmeaning sounds; P. V. 4. 57; VI. 1. 98.
          --ādi a. whose beginning is inscrutable.
          --kriyā 1. an algebraic calculation. --2. any act of an indistinct character.
          --pada a. inarticulate.
          --mūrti a. having an incomprehensible form.
          --mūlaprabhavaḥ the tree of mundane existence (in Sān. phil.).
          --rāga a. darkred, ruddy. (
          --gaḥ) the colour of the dawn; avyaktarāgastvaruṇaḥ Ak.
          --rāśiḥ an unknown number or quantity (in algebra).
          --lakṣaṇaḥ --vyaktaḥ an epithet of Śiva (whose qualities are not perceptible).
          --liṃga a. whose signs are invisible (as a disease). (
          --gaḥ) an ascetic (saṃnyāsī). (--gaṃ) the great principle (mahat) (in Sān. phil.).
          --vartman, --mārga a. whose ways are mysterious or inscrutable.
          --vāc a. speaking indistinctly.
          --sāmyaṃ an equation of unknown quantities.

avyagra a.
     (1) Not agitated or ruffled, steady, cool.
     (2) Not engaged or occupied (in business); avyagrasya punarasya U. 2.
     (3) Indifferent, undisturbed.
     (4) Attentive, careful. --graṃ ind. Quietly, at ease, coolly, leisurely; kravyamavyagramatti Māl. 5. 16.

avyaṃga a.
     (1) Not mutilated or defective, well-made, sound, perfect; avyaṃgāṃgīṃ saumyanāmnīṃ Ms. 3. 10.
     (2) Plain, not figurative (as a meaning). --gā
     (1) = avyaṃḍā q. v.
     (2) A legume or pod of the awn of barley.

avyacas a. Ved. Not spacious.

avyaṃjana a.
     (1) Having no distinctive or characteristic marks or signs (as of the sex); -nā kanyā.
     (2) Having no good marks.
     (3) Indistinct.
     (4) Not figurative. --naḥ An animal without horns, though of an age to have them.

avyaṃḍā [na vigatamaṃḍaṃ bījamasyāḥ]
     (1) N. of the plant Carpopogon Pruriens Roxb.
     (2) A legume or pod of the awn of barley.

avyatiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) Satisfaction, satiating.
     (2) Desire.

avyatikīrṇa a. Unmixed, unblended, distinct; specific, separate.

avyatha a.
     (1) Not giving or inflicting pain, merciful.
     (2) Free from pain. --thaḥ [na vyathate padbhyāṃ na saṃcalati vyath bhayacalanayoḥ ac] A snake. --thā
     (1) N. of two plants; Terminalia Citrina Roxb.; and Hibiscus Mutabilis.
     (2) Dry ginger.
     (3) (Ved.) Firmness, steadiness.

avyathayaḥ A horse.

avyathi a. Ved. [vyath-in, na. ta. Not tremulous or tottering (in steps), steady, sure-footed, undaunted; epithet of the horses of the Aśvins. --thiḥ f.
     (1) A firm step.
     (2) Undauntedness.

avyathin a. [cf. P. III. 2. 157]
     (1) Free from pain.
     (2) Free from fear, fearless; Śi. 15. 12.
     (3) Not giving pain.

avyathiṣaḥ [na-vyath-ṭiṣac Uṇ. 1. 49]
     (1) The Sun.
     (2) The ocean. --ṣī
     (1) The earth.
     (2) Midnight; night (avyathiṣī dharārātryoḥ Ujjval.)

avyathya a. Free from pain; not giving pain.

avyadha a. Not pierced; Śi. 18. 47.

avyanat a. Ved. Not breathing, lifeless.

avyapekṣā Carelessness; -cyūtane M. 3. 20 inadvertently fallen down.

avyabhi(bhī)cāraḥ
     (1) Non-separation; anyonyasyāvyabhīcāro bhavedāmaraṇāṃtikaḥ Ms. 9. 101.
     (2) Constancy, steadiness, fidelity.

avyabhicārin a.
     (1) Not opposed or adverse, favourable; bhavaṃtyavyabhicāriṇyo bharturiṣṭe pativratāḥ Ku. 6. 86.
     (2) Not subject to exceptions, true in all cases, without any instance to the contrary; yaducyate pārvati pāpavṛttaye na rūpamityavyabhicāri tadvacaḥ Ku. 5. 36; raṃdhropanipātino'narthā iti yaducyate tadavyabhicāri vacaḥ S. 6; iṃdriyārthasaṃnikarṣajñānamavyapadeśyamavyābhicāri Gaut. Sūt.
     (3) Virtuous, moral, chaste.
     (4) Steady, permanent, faithful (as devotion).

avyaya a. [nāsti vyayo yasya]
     (1)
          (a) Not liable to change, imperishable, undecaying, immutable; vedāvināśinaṃ nityaṃ ya enamajamavyayaṃ Bg. 2. 21; vināśamavyayasyāsya na kaścitkartumarhati 17, 4. 1, 6, 13; 7. 24-5; 15. 5, 17; Ms. 1. 18, 19, 57; 2. 81; R. 8. 24.
          (b) Eternal, everlasting; aśvatthaṃ prāhuravyayaṃ Bg. 15. 1; akīrtiṃ kathayiṣyaṃti te'vyayāṃ 2. 34.
     (2) Unexpended, unwasted.
     (3) Economical.
     (4) Giving imperishable fruit. --yaḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) N of Śiva. --yaṃ
     (1) (In the Vedanta) A member or corporeal part of an organized body.
     (2) Brahma.
     (3) (In gram.) An indeclinable particle &c.; sadṛśaṃ triṣu liṃgeṣu sarvāsu ca vibhaktiṣu . vacaneṣu ca sarveṣu yanna vyeti tadavyayam ...
     -- Comp.
          --ātman of an imperishable or eternal nature. (
          --tmā) the soul or spirit.
          --vargaḥ the class of indeclinable words.

avyayatvam Imperishableness.

avyayībhāvaḥ [anavyayamavyayaṃ bhavatyanena; avyaya-cvi-bhū karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) N. of one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit, an adverbial or indeclinable compound (formed of an indeclinable, i. e. a preposition or an adverb, and a noun); adhihari, satṛṇaṃ &c.
     (2) Absence of expenditure (owing to poverty); dvaṃdvo dvigurapi cāhaṃ madgehe nityamavyayībhāvaḥ . tatpuruṣa karmadhāraya yenāhaṃ syāṃ bahuvrīhiḥ .. Udb. (which, by the bye, gives the names of compounds in Sanskrit).
     (3) Unchangeable state, imperishableness.

avyartha a.
     (1) Not useless or fruitless, fruitful, profitable.
     (2) Effectual, successful.

avyalīka a.
     (1) Not false, true.
     (2) Agreeable, having no disagreeable feelings (priya); itthaṃ giraḥ priyatatamā iva so'vyalīkāḥ śuśrāva sūtataṃnayaśca tadā vyalīkāḥ Śi. 5. 1.

avyavadhāna a. 1. Close, immediate, without any intervening object, direct.
     (2) Not screened or concealed, open.
     (3) Not covered, bare (as ground).
     (4) Careless, inattentive. --naṃ Carelessness; -tā, -tvaṃ contiguity; carelessness.

avyavahita a. = avyavadhāna
     (1) above.

avyavastha a.
     (1) Not fixed, moving, unstable; sthalāraviṃdaśriyamavyavasthāṃ Ku. 1. 33.
     (2) Unlimited.
     (3) Unsettled, indiscriminate; bhaṃgaṃ jayaṃ cāpaturavyavasthaṃ R. 7. 54; disorderly, irregular. --sthā
     (1) Irregularity, deviation from established rule; kimavyavasthāṃ calito'pi keśavaḥ Śi. 12. 36.
     (2) An incorrect opinion given on a point of religious or civil law.

avyavasthita a.
     (1) Not conformable to law or practice, unacquainted with the law or custom.
     (2) Ill-regulated, fickle, unstable; avyavasthitacittasya prasādopi bhayaṃkaraḥ Nīti. 9
     (3) Not in due order, unmethodical.

avyavahārya a.
     (1) Not entitled to eat, drink, or commune in general with people of the same caste, excommunicated.
     (2) Not to be made the subject of litigation.

avyasana a. Free from evil practices, not vicious, moral. --naṃ Absence of vice, morality, virtue.

avyasta a.
     (1) Undecomposed, simple.
     (2) Not separated, collected.

avyākṛta a.
     (1) Not developed, not manifest; taddhedaṃ tarhyavyākṛtamāsīt, idaṃ nāmarūpābhyāmavyākṛtaṃ. S. B.
     (2) Not decomposed, elementary. --taṃ (In Vedanta phil.)
     (1) An elementary substance from which all things were created (considered identical with Brahma.)
     (2) (In San. phil.) The prime germ of nature (pradhāna).

avyākhyā, --khyānam Want of clearness or explanation, obscurity.

avyākhyāta a. Unexplained, obscure.

avyākhyeya a.
     (1) Inexplicable, unintelligible.
     (2) Not requiring explanation, easy.

avyāja a. Free from guile or fraud. --jaḥ, --jaṃ
     (1) Absence of guile or fraud, honesty.
     (2) Simplicity, artlessness; oft. in comp. with suṃdara, manohara &c. in the sense of 'artlessly', 'naturally'; idaṃ kilāvyājamanoharaṃ vapuḥ S. 1. 18; M. 2. 14; -ramaṇīyaṃ prema K. 175.

avyāpaka a.
     (1) Not comprehensive.
     (2) Not spread over or pervading the whole; not an invariable concomitant, special, individual, peculiar; -tā, ---tvaṃ non-comprehensiveness, speciality, individuality.

avyāpin a. Not comprehensive, not invariably concomitant, special, individual.
     (2) Partial, limited.

avyāpta a.
     (1) Not pervaded, peculiar, special.
     (2) Limited.

avyāptiḥ f.
     (1) Inadequate extent or pervasion of a proposition.
     (2) Non-inclusion or exclusion of a part of the thing defined, one of the three faults of a definition; lakṣyaikadeśe lakṣaṇasyāvartanamavyāptiḥ; yathā śikhāsūtravān brāhmaṇaḥ ityasya saṃnyāsinyavyāptiḥ, tasya brāhmaṇatvepi śikhāsūtratvābhāvāt.

avyāpya a. Not extending to the whole circumstances, not pervading the whole extent; vahnirdhūmasyāvyāpyaḥ.
     -- Comp.
          --vṛttiḥ f. (In Vais. phil.) a category of limited application, partial inherence with regard to time or space, as pleasure, pain &c.; avyāpyavṛttiḥ kṣaṇiko viśeṣaguṇa iṣyate Bhaṣa P. 27.

avyāpāra a. Having no work, unemployed. --raḥ
     (1) Cessation from work, state of being unemployed.
     (2) A business not practised or understood.
     (3) Not one's own business; avyāpāreṣu vyāpāraṃ kṛ to meddle with affairs not one's own (which do not concern one).

avyāyāma a. Having no exercise. --maḥ Non-exertion, absence of fatigue from exertion.

avyāyata a. Not occupied; not detached.

avyāhata a. Not broken or interrupted, unobstructed; obeyed; bharturavyāhatājñā R. 19. 57. --taṃ A true or uncontradicted statement.

avyutpanna a.
     (1) Not proficient, inexperienced, not practised, ignorant; avyutpanno bālabhāvaḥ K. 196.
     (2) Having no proper or regular derivation (as a word) (avayavārthaśūnya), uṇādayo'vyutpannāḥ prātipadikaṃ. --nnaḥ A person not versed in the grammar, idiom &c. of a language, a smattering or superficial linguist (śabdāvayavārthānabhijño'vaiyākaraṇaḥ).

avraṇa a. Without wounds or scars or rents, unhurt, sound. --ṇaṃ One of the four diseases of the eye.

avrata a. Not observing(the prescribed) religious rites or obligations; avratānāmamaṃtrāṇāṃ jātimātropajīvināmāsahasraśaḥ sametānāṃ pariṣattvaṃ na vidyate .. Ms. 12. 114; 3. 170; 10. 20.

avratyam [vratāya hitaṃ, yat na. ta.] Violation of religious duties, offenceagainst the rule of an ascetic.

aś I. 5 A. [aśnute, ānaśe, āśiṣṭa-āṣṭa, aśitā-aṣṭā, aśiṣyateakṣyate, aśituṃ-aṣṭuṃ, aśita-aṣṭa]
     (1) To pervade, fill completely, penetrate; khaṃ prāvṛṣeṇyairiva cānaśe'bdaiḥ Bk. 2. 30; sadigaśnuvānamiva viśvamojasā Ki. 12. 21; Śi. 17. 46, 65.
     (2) To reach, go or come to, arrive at, attain to; sarvamānaṃtyamaśnute Y. 1. 260.
     (3) To get, gain, obtain, enjoy, experience; atyutkaṭaiḥ pāpapuṇyairihaiva phalamaśnute H. 1. 83; udayamastamayaṃ ca raghūdvahādubhayamānaśire vasudhādhipāḥ R. 9. 9; na vedaphalamaśnute Ms. 1. 109; 4. 149; 5. 46; arthajña itsakalaṃ bhadramaśnute Nir.; phalaṃ dṛśorānaśire mahiṣyaḥ N. 6. 43; Bg. 3. 4; 5. 21; Bk. 3. 37; 5. 14; 14. 19.
     (4) To become master of; to master, to be able (Ved.).
     (5) To heap, accumulate. WITH anu 1. to reach, come up to. --2. to equal. --ā 1. to reach to. --2. to obtain, get. --3. to addict oneself to. --ud 1. to reach to the top of. --2. to reach, obtain, get. --3. to be master of. --upa 1. to obtain, enjoy, acquire; na ca lokānupāśnute Mb.; kriyāphalamupāśnute Ms. 6. 82, 12. 20, 81. --2. to become master of. --pari to reach, attain; fill competely, pervade. --pra 1. to arrive at, reach, occupy, fill completely. --2. to fall to the lot of one (acc.). --II. 9 P. (rarely A.) (aśnāti, āśīt, āśa, aśitā, aśiṣyati, aśita)
     (1) To eat, to consume; nivedya gurave'śnīyāt Ms. 2. 51; aśnīmahi vayaṃ bhikṣāṃ Bh. 3. 117.
     (2) To taste, enjoy; yaddadāti yadaśnāti tadeva dhanino dhanaṃ H. 1. 164-165; aśnaṃti divyān divi devabhogān Bg. 9. 20; pratyakṣaṃ phalamaśnaṃti karmaṇāṃ Mb. --Caus. (āśayati) To feed, give to eat, cause to eat or drink (with acc. of person); āśayaccāmṛtaṃ devān Sk.; Ms. 3. 83, 94, 219, 220; (for derivatives from the causal see under ā). --WITH ati to precede or surpass in eating. --upa to eat; taste, enjoy.

aśana a. [aś-lyuṭ] Reaching, reaching across. --naḥ N. of a tree = asana q. v. --naṃ
     (1) Pervasion, penetration.
     (2) The act of eating, feeding.
     (3) Tasting, enjoying.
     (4) Food; aśanaṃ dhātrā marutkalpitaṃ vyālānāṃ Bh. 3. 10; māṃsāśanaṃ ca nāśnīyuḥ Ms. 5. 73; yajñaśiṣṭa- 3. 118; phalamūlāśanaiḥ 5. 54; oft. at the end of adjective comp. in the sense of 'eating', 'one whose food is' &c.; phalamūlāśana, hutāśana, pavanāśana &c.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt a. Ved. preparing food.
          --patiḥ lord of food.
          --parṇī a kind of tree.

aśanā [aśanamicchati aśana-kyac kvip] Desire to eat, hunger.

aśanāyati Den. P. To desire food, to be hungry; P. VII. 4. 34; yāvadvai puruṣasya svaṃ bhavati naiva tāvadaśanāyati Śat. Br.

aśanāyā [aśanamicchati aśana-kyac striyāṃ bhāve a] Hunger; cyutāśanāyaḥ phalavadvibhūtyā Bk. 3. 40; annādvā'śanāyā nivartate pānātpipāsā Śat. Br.

aśanāyita, aśanāyuka a. Hungry.

aśita p. p. [aś-karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Eaten, satisfied.
     (2) Enjoyed.

aśitaṃgavīna a. Formerly grazed by cattle; see āśitaṃgavīna.

aśitṛ a. [aś-tṛc] An eater, eating.

aśin a. [aa-nini] Reaching far; enduring, lasting.

aśakunaḥ --nam An inauspicious or bad omen; Śi. 9. 83.

aśakta a. Unable, incompetent; -tā, ---tvaṃ inability.

aśaktiḥ f.
     (1) Weakness, impotence, powerlessness.
     (2) Inability, incapacity; śrameṇa tadaśaktyā vā na guṇānāmiyattayā R. 10. 32.
     (3) (In San. phil.) Incapacity of the intellect to produce knowledge.

aśakya a. Impossible, impracticable; yadaśakyaṃ na tacchakyaṃ H. 1. 90.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. unavailing, useless.

aśaṃka, aśaṃkita a.
     (1) Fearless, undaunted; praviśatyaśaṃkaḥ H. 1. 81.
     (2) Secure, certain, having no doubt.

aśatru a.
     (1) One who has no enemy.
     (2) One whom no enemy defies or challenges.
     (3) Without opposition from foes. --tru n. The condition of having no enemies. --truḥ The moon.

aśan m. Ved. A stone for slinging; a stone or cloud.

aśaniḥ m. f. [aśnute saṃhati, aś ani Uṇ. 2. 101]
     (1) Indra's thunderbolt; śakrasya mahāśanidhvajaṃ R. 3. 56.
     (2) Flash of lightning; anuvanamaśanirgataḥ Sk.; aśaniḥ kalpita eṣa vedhasā R. 8. 47; aśaneramṛtasya cobhayorvaśinaścāṃbudharāśca yonayaḥ Ku. 4. 43.
     (3) A missile.
     (4) The tip of a missile.
     (5) A sacrificial rite (anuyāja) to kill an enemy.
     (6) A master. --niḥ m.
     (1) Indra.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) Fire produced from lightning.

aśabda a. Not expressed in words; kimarthamaśabdaṃ rudyate K. 60 inaudibly. --bdaṃ
     (1) The 'inexpressible,' i. e. Brahma.
     (2) (In Sān. phil.) pradhāna or primary germ of nature; īkṣaternāśabdaṃ S. B.

aśam ind. Ved. Non-welfare, harm, mischief.

aśaraṇa a. Helpless, forlorn, destitute of refuge; balavadaśaraṇosmi S. 6; so aśaraṇya.

aśarīra a. Bodiless, incorporeal. --raḥ 1 The Supreme Being paramātman), Brahma.
     (2) (In Mīmāmsā) A god or deity in general.
     (3) Cupid, the god of love cetāṃsi ciṃtābhirivāśarīraḥ Ki. 17. 10: Śi. 9. 61.
     (4) An ascetic who has renounced all worldly connections; -tvaṃ --tā absolution.

aśarīrin a. Incorporeal, unearthly, heavenly; usually with words like vāṇī, vāk &c. U. 2, Ve. 3, S, 4.
     (1) Brahmā.
     (2) A god.

aśarman a. Unhappy, afflicted, sorry. --n. Unhappiness, misery, affliction, sorrow; ekaughabhūtaṃ tadaśarma kṛṣṇāṃ (prapede) Ki. 3. 35; 12. 25.

aśas a. Ved.
     (1) Not blessing, not praising.
     (2) Cursing, hating.

aśasta a. Ved.
     (1) Inexpressible, untold.
     (2) Not esteemed, hated, ill-starred.
     -- Comp.
          --vāra a. Ved, who is not asked for wealth, i. e. who grants it of his own accord; Rv. 10. 99. 5; having indescribable treasures(?)

aśastiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) Not wishing well, an evil wish or design, curse, imprecation.
     (2) A curser, hater.

aśastra a. Having no weaponsunarmed. --straṃ Not a weapon; -vihito vadhaḥ H. 2. 85; -pūtaṃ maraṇamupadiśāmi Ve. 2 (ātmaghātitvena śastreṇa na pūtaṃ); aśastrapūtaṃ Māl. 5. 12.

aśāṃta a.
     (1) Not quelled, violent, wild, restless, anxious; nāsti buddhirayuktasya aśāṃtasya kutaḥ sukhaṃ Mb.
     (2) Not sacred, irreligious, profane.

aśāmya a. Unappeasable, implacable, irreconcilable (as hatred, enmity &c.).

aśārīrika = aśarīrin q. v.

aśāśvata a. Perishable, transient.

aśāsana a. Having no order or rule. --naṃ Want of government, anarchy, disorder.

aśāsanīya a. Ungovernable, unruly.

aśāstra a. Not conformable to sacred authority, not scriptural, heterodox.
     -- Comp.
          --vihita, --siddha a. not sanctioned or enjoined by scriptures.

aśāstrīya a. Unscriptural, heterodox; illegal, immoral.

aśitraḥ [aś-saṃhatau itra Uṇ. 4. 172]
     (1) A thief.
     (2) An oblation of rice.

aśiraḥ [aś-irac]
     (1) The fire.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) Wind.
     (4) A demon; N. of a Rakṣasa. --rā The wife of a Rākṣasa. --raṃ A diamond.

aśiras a. Headless. --m. A body without head, a trunk.
     -- Comp.
          --snānaṃ bathing the whole body except the head.

aśiva a.
     (1) Inauspicious, causing or threatening mischief; aśivā diśi dīptāyāṃ śivāstatra bhayāvahāḥ (ruruvuḥ) Ram.
     (2) Unlucky, unfortunate.
     (3) Unkind, unfriendly, envious.
     (4) Pernicious, dangerous. --vaḥ N. of a certain divine being. --vā A female demon or goblin. --vaṃ
     (1) Ill-luck, misfortune.
     (2) Mischief.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāraḥ 1. improper behaviour, rudeness of conduct. --2. conduct opposed to every (sacred) authority.

aśiśu a. Childless, without young ones. --śuḥ A youth. --śvī, aśiśvikā
     (1) A childless female; without young ones (as a cow).
     (2) A childless woman.

aśiṣṭa a.
     (1) Ill-bred, ill-behaved, rude.
     (2) Unrefined, barbarous, not respectable, unworthy; -ālāpena Pt. 4.
     (3) Atheistical, profane.
     (4) Not sanctioned by any recognized authority.
     (5) Not prescribed in any work of authority; -tā, -ttvaṃ rudeness.

aśiṣya a. Not to be taught, not to be informed.

aśiṣṭha a. 1 Eating much.
     (2) Ved. Reaching very far. --ṣṭhaḥ Fire.

aśīta a. Not cold, hot.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ, --raśmiḥ &c. the sun.

aśītiḥ f. [nipātoyaṃ P. V. 1. 59] Eighty (used in the singular and fem. gender whatever be the number and gender of the noun it qualifies); sometimes in dual and pl.; piṃḍānāṃ tisro'śītīḥ Ms. 11. 221.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāgaḥ the eightieth part, one part out of eighty; Ms. 8. 140.

aśītika a. [aśītiḥ parimāṇaṃ yasya, ṭhan]
     (1) An octogenerian, one eighty years of age.
     (2) Measuring eighty.

aśīrṣaka a. = aśiras q. v.

aśīla a.
     (1) Ill-behaved, vulgar, rude.
     (2) Indifferent. --laṃ Bad manners, rudeness, depravity.

aśuci a.
     (1) Not clean, dirty, foul, impure; so'śuciḥ sarvakarmasu; in mourning; trirātramaśucirbhavet.
     (2) Black. --ciḥ The black colour. --ciḥ f.
     (1) Impurity.
     (2) Degradation.

aśuddha a.
     (1) Impure, foul.
     (2) Inaccurate, incorrect, wrong.
     (3) Unknown, unascertained.
     -- Comp.
          --vāsakaḥ a vagrant, a suspicious person.

aśuddhi a.
     (1) Impure, foul.
     (2) Wicked. --ddhiḥ f. Impurity, foulness.

aśodhana, --dhita a. Unclean. --naṃ
     (1) Uncleanliness.
     (2) Inaccuracy, incorrectness.

aśubha a.
     (1) Inauspicious.
     (2) Impure, dirty, foul (opp. śubha); śubhenāśubhena vopāyena K. 158 by any means, fair or foul.
     (3) Unlucky, unfortunate. --bhaṃ
     (1) Inauspiciousness.
     (2) Sin, a shameful deed.
     (3) Misfortune, calamity; nāthe kutastvayyaśubhaṃ prajānāṃ R. 5. 13; prāyaḥ śubhaṃ vidadhātyaśubhaṃ ca jaṃtoḥ Mal. 1. 23.
     -- Comp.
          --udayaḥ an inauspicious omen.

aśuṣa a. Ved.
     (1) Eating, consuming, voracious.
     (2) [na śuṣyati śuṣka, na- ta-] Not causing to dry up; Rv. 1. 174. 3.
     (3) Not extinguished.

aśūnya a.
     (1) Not empty or vacant; tasya ninyaturaśūnyatāmubhe R. 19. 13 occupied.
     (2) Not unattended to, fulfilled, executed; svaniyogamaśūnyaṃ kuru (occurring frequently in dramas), execute or go about your business. --nyaṃ
     (1) Not a void.
     (2) Something sent to accompany another; lekhasyāśūnyārthaṃ kiṃcidanupreṣitaṃ Mu. 5; ayaṃ lekhasyāśūnyārtho bhaviṣyati ibid. (an accompaniment such as a customary present accompanying a letter).
     -- Comp.
          --śayanaṃ, --śayanadvitīyā, --śayanavrataṃ N. of a certain ceremony or vow.

aśūlā The tree Vitex Alata.

aśṛta a. Uncooked, raw, unripe.

aśṛthita a. Ved. Not loosened.

aśeva a. [śī-vanip-na- ta-] Giving pleasure or happiness.

aśeṣa a. [na. ba.] Without remainder, whole, all, entire, complete, perfect; aśeṣaśemuṣīmoṣaṃ māṣamaśnāmi kevalaṃ Udb.; kratoraśeṣeṇa phalena yujyatāṃ R. 3. 65, 48. --ṣaḥ Non-remainder. --ṣaṃ, aśeṣeṇa, aśeṣataḥ ind. Wholly, entirely, completely; tathāvidhastāvadaśeṣamastu saḥ Ku. 5. 82; yena bhūtānyaśeṣeṇa drakṣyasyātmanyatho mayi Bg. 4. 35, 10. 16; etadvoyaṃ bhṛguḥ śāstraṃ śrāvayiṣyatyaśeṣataḥ Ms. 1. 59, 2. 66, 9. 105.
     -- Comp.
          --sāmrājyaḥ N. of Śiva.

aśeṣatā Totality.

aśeṣayati Den. P. To finish completely; sa veda niḥśeṣamaśeṣitakriyaḥ Ki. 1. 20; Ku. 7. 29.

aśeṣam a. Ved. Without offsprings or descendents.

aśaikṣaḥ An Arhat (no longer a pupil).

aśoka a. Without sorrow, not feeling or causing sorrow. --kaḥ N. of a tree having red flowers (Jonesia Asoka Roxb.); (said, according to the convention of poets, to put forth flowers when struck by ladies with the foot decked with jingling anklets; cf. asūta sadyaḥ kusumānyaśokaḥ ... pādena nāpaikṣata suṃdarīṇāṃ saṃparkamāśiṃjitanūpureṇa Ku. 3. 26; Me. 78; R. 8. 62; M. 3. 12, 16; also pādāghātādaśokastilakakurabakau vīkṣaṇāliṃganābhyāṃ strīṇāṃ spaśāṃt priyaṃguviṃkasati bakulaḥ sīdhugaṃḍūṣasekāt . maṃdāro narmavākyāt paṭumṛṭuhasanāccaṃpako vaktravātāt cūto gītānnameruviṃkasati ca puro nartanātkarṇikāraḥ).
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) N. of a minister of king Daśaratha.
     (4) N. of a celebrated king of the Maurya dynasty, said to have reigned from 234-198 B. C.
     (5) N. of the tree bakula. --kaṃ
     (1) N. of a medical plant (kaṭuka).
     (2) The sixth day in the first half of Chaitra.
     (3) One of the female domestic deities of the Jainas. --kā
     (1) Quicksilver.
     (2) The blossom of the Aśoka plant (forming one of the five arrows of Cupid).
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ the kadaṃba tree.
          --aṣṭamī [nāsti śoko yasyāḥ karma-] the eighth day in the first half of Chaitra.
          --taruḥ, --nagaḥ, --vṛkṣaḥ the Aśoka tree.
          --tīrthaṃ a holy place named Aśoka near Benares.
          --trirātraḥ, --traṃ N. of a festival or vrata which lasts for three nights; astyaśokatrirātrākhyaṃ vrataṃ śokabhayāpahaṃ . trirātraṃ tacca kartavyaṃ vrataṃ śokavināśanaṃ ... --pūrṇimā N. of a certain holiday, a ceremony to be observed on the 15th day of the month of Phālguna.
          --maṃjarī N. of a metre.
          --rohiṇī N. of a medical plant (kaṭukā). --vanikā a grove of Aśoka trees; -nyāya see under nyāya. --ṣaṣṭhī N. of a certain holiday; caitre māsyasite pakṣe ṣaṣṭhyāṃ ṣaṣṭhīṃ prapūjayet . sukhāya putralābhāya śuklapakṣe tathaiva ca ...

aśocaḥ
     (1) Absence of care or anxiety.
     (2) Tranquility, calmness.
     (3) Modesty.

aśocya a. Not to be lamented or deplored; aśocyānanvaśocastvaṃ prajñāvādāṃśca bhāṣase Bg. 2. 11.

aśaucam
     (1) Impurity, dirtiness, foulness; Pt. 1. 195.
     (2) Legal impurity or contamination; defilement caused either by child-birth (called jananāśauca) or by the death of some relation (called mṛtāśauca); it lasts for 10 days; during the mṛtāśauca a person defiled by it is not to touch any body else, or to eat with others in the same row or to do any sacred action; ahorātramupāsīrannaśaucaṃ bāṃdhavaiḥ saha Ms. 11. 184.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ end of defilement.
          --saṃkaraḥ blending or coming together of two or more defilements.

aśna a. [aśnute vyāpnoti aśnāti vā, aśa-nan]
     (1) Pervading.
     (2) Eating, voracious.
     (3) Pervaded, filled. --śnaḥ 1 N. of a demon.
     (2) A cloud (Nir.).
     (3) A stone to grind Soma on.

aśnayā Hunger.

aśnītapibatā [aśnīta vibata ityucyate yasyāṃ nideśakriyāyāṃ, sayū- sa-] Invitation to eat and drink, a feast where people are called to eat and drink; aśtītapibatīyaṃtī prasṛtā smarakarmaṇi Bk. 5. 92.

aśmaḥ
     (1) A mountain, a rock(at the end of comp.).
     (2) (Ved.) A cloud.

aśmakaḥ [aśmeva sthiraḥ, ivārthe kan]
     (1) N. of a sage.
     (2) N. of a country in the south; tathāśmakāḥ puliṃdāśca kaliṃgāśca viśeṣataḥ Ram.; (probably an old name of Travancore); according to Bṛ. S. 14. 22 it is in the north-west.
     (3) The inhabitants of the country (pl.).
     (4) A part of the sālva country or its inhabitants; or its king.

aśman a. Ved. Eating or pervading. --m. [aśnute vyāpnoti saṃhaṃtyanena bā- manin Uṇ. 4. 146]
     (1) A stone; nārācakṣepaṇīyāśmaniṣpeṣotpatitānalaṃ R. 4. 77.
     (2) A hard stone, rock.
     (3) Flint.
     (4) A cloud.
     (5) A thunderbolt.
     (6) A mountain.
     -- Comp.
          --āsya a. having a stone-mouth or source, flowing from a rock.
          --utthaṃ bitumen.
          --kadalī N. of a plant, a kind of kadalī. --kuṭṭa, --kuṭṭaka a. 1. breaking anything on stones. --2. broken by a stone. (
          --ṭṭaḥ, --ṭṭakaḥ) a class of devotees; a vānaprastha; Y. 3. 49; Ms. 6. 17.
          --ketuḥ [aśmeva keturyasya] N. of a plant.
          --gaṃdhā N. of a plant.
          --garbhaḥ, --rbhaṃ, --garbhajaḥ, --jaṃ, --yoniḥ an emerald.
          --garbhajaḥ fire produced from a flint.
          --guḍaḥ --ḍā a kind of weapon.
          --ghnaḥ N. of a tree.
          --cakra a. furnished with a disc of stone.
          --jaḥ, --jaṃ 1. red-chalk. --2. iron.
          --jatu n.,
          --jatukaṃ bitumen.
          --jātiḥ an emerald named pānnā. --dāraṇaḥ an axe or crow for breaking stones. (
          --ṇaṃ) breaking stones or rocks.
          --didyu a. one who has obtained a stony weapon, having adamantine weapons or grasped weapons (vyāptāyudha, aśmamayāyudha). --puṣpaṃ bitumen, benzoin.
          --bhālaṃ a mortar of stone or iron.
          --bhid, --bhedaḥ, --bhedakaḥ the plant Coleus Scutellarioides (supposed to dissolve stone in the bladder.).
          --rathaḥ N. of a sage.
          --vraja a. included in rocks.
          --sāra a. like iron or stone. (
          --raḥ, --raṃ) 1. iron; prāṇāḥ satvaramaśmasārakaṭhinā gacchaṃti gacchaṃtvamī S. D. --2. sapphire. -maya a. made of iron.
          --hanman n. 1. a weapon of iron; Rv. 7. 104. 5. --2. a stroke of the thunderbolt.

aśmamaya, aśmavat a. Stony, made of stone.

aśmara a. [aśman-ra]
     (1) Stony, rocky.
     (2) Pertaining to stones.

aśmarī [aśmānaṃ rāti rā-ka gaurā- ṅīṣ] (In medicine) A disease called stone (in the bladder), gravel, strangury.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnaḥ N. of the tree varuṇa (used as a lithontriptic).
          --bhedanaṃ a lithontriptic.
          --haraḥ N. of the tree Pentaptera Arjuna, used as a lithontriptic.

aśmīraḥ --ram Stone or gravel(the disease).

aśmaṃta a.
     (1) Inauspicious., unlucky (aśubha).
     (2) Unlimited. --taḥ N. of a Marut. --taṃ [aśmanoṃ'to'tra śakaṃ- pararūpam]
     (1) A fire-place.
     (2) A field, plain.
     (3) Death.

aśmaṃtakaḥ --kam
     (1) A fire-place.
     (2) The shade for a lamp (dīpādhāra).
     (3) A kind of grass. --kaḥ N. of several trees:
          (a) amloṭaka; its leaf; Mal. 9. 7;
          (b) N. of a tree kovidāraka;
          (c) N. of a plant from the fibres of which a Brahmaṇa's girdle may be made.

aśraḥ A corner, mostly at the end of comp.; caturaśra, tryaśra &c. --śraṃ [aśnute netraṃ, aś-rak]
     (1) A tear.
     (2) Blood (usually written asra q. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --paḥ a blood-drinker, a fiend, cannibal.

aśrin a. Having tears, in tears.

aśraddha a. Without faith, unbelieving, diffident. --ddhā Unbelief, diffidence.

aśraddadhāna a. Unbelieving, incredulous.

aśraddheya a. Not to be believed, incredible.

aśrama a. Ved. Indefatigable, untiring. --maḥ
     (1) Freedom from fatigue, freshness, vigour.
     (2) Absence of toil, laziness.

aśramaṇa a. Indefatigable. --ṇaḥ One who is not an ascetic or Buddhist mendicant.

aśrāṃta a.
     (1) Unwearied, not fatigued, untired.
     (2) Incessant, continual; aśrāṃtapuṇyakarmāṇaḥ Mv. 1. 26. --taṃ Absence of rest. --taṃ ind. Incessantly, continually; mayūkhairaśrāṃtaṃ tapati yadi devo dinakaraḥ U. 6. 14.

aśravaṇa a. Deaf, having no ears. --ṇaḥ A snake. --ṇaṃ Loss of hearing, deafness.

aśrāvya a.
     (1) Not to be heard.
     (2) Unfit to be heard, not be spoken of.

aśrātas ind. Ved. In an uncooked manner, raw.

aśrāddha a.
     (1) Not performing the Śrāddha ceremony; not entitled to it, not belonging or relating to it. --ddhaḥ Non-performance of a Śrāddha q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --bhojin a. one who has vowed not to eat during the performance of a Śrāddha ceremony.

aśriḥ --śrī f. [aśyate saṃhanyate anayā aś vaṃkryādi- kri; cf. Uṇ. 4. 137]
     (1) A corner, angle (of a room, house &c.) (changed to aśra at the end of comp. with catur, tri, ṣaṭ and a few other words; see caturasra); --aṣṭāśrirvai vajraḥ Ait. Br.
     (2) The sharp side or edge (of a weapon &c.); vṛtrasya haṃtuḥ kuliśaṃ kuṃṭhitāśrīva lakṣyate Ku. 2. 20.
     (3) The sharp side of anything.

aśrimat a. Cornered, angular.

aśrita a. Ved. Difficult of access.

aśrīka a.
     (1) Having no splendour, without beauty, pale; Śi. 15. 96.
     (2) Unlucky, unpropitious, not prosperous.

aśrīmat a. Unfortunate, unlucky.

aśrīra [na śrīḥ aśrīḥ astyartha- ra] Ved.
     (1) Ugly, ill-looking; Rv. 8. 2. 20.
     (2) Inauspicious.

aśrīla = aśrīka q. v.

aśru n. [aśnute vyāpnoti netramadarśanāya, aś-krun Uṇ. 5. 29, 2. 13, 4. 102] A tear; papāta bhūmau saha sainikāśrubhiḥ R. 3. 61. [cf. Zend asru; Pers. ars.].
     -- Comp.
          --upahata a. affected by tears, covered with tears.
          --kalā a tear-drop.
          --nālī Fistula Lachrymalis.
          --paripūrṇa a. filled with tears; -akṣa having eyes filled with tears.
          --paripluta a. suffused or filled with tears, bathed in tears.
          --pātaḥ flow of tears, shedding tears.
          --pūrṇa a. filled with tears; -ākula troubled and filled with tears; Bg. 2. 1.
          --mukha a. suffused with tears, (suddenly) bursting into tears; ekapade'śrumukhī saṃvṛttā V. 5; saṃsadaśrumukhī babhau R. 15. 66; Ku. 6. 92.
          --locana, --netra a. with tears in the eyes, with tearful eyes.
          --śālin a. having tears, tearful.

aśruta a.
     (1) Unheard, inaudible.
     (2) Contrary to the Vedas.
     (3) Not acquainted with the Śastras, foolish, uneducated; bhāgaṃ vidyādhanāttasmāt sa labhetāśruto'pi san Day. B.

aśrauta a. Not sanctioned by the Vedas.

aśruti a. Without ears. --tiḥ f. Not hearing, forgetfulness; aśrutimabhinīya U. 3.
     -- Comp.
          --dhara a. 1. not striking the ear or attention. --2. not knowing the Vedas.

aśreyas a.
     (1) Not better, inferior, worse; Ms. 10. 64.
     (2) Worthless, useless. --n. (s) Mischief, unhappiness.

aśreṣṭha a. Not the best, inferior, worse; bad, vile.

aślāghā Absence of self-praise, modesty.

aślāghya a.
     (1) Undeserving of praise or honour, worthless.
     (2) Base, mean, censurable.

aślīka a. Unlucky, unpropitious; Ms. 4. 206.

aślīla a. [na śriyaṃ lāti, lā-ka]
     (1) Unpleasant, ugly.
     (2) Vulgar, obscene, coarse; aślīlaprāyān kalakalān Dk. 49; -parivāra Y. 1. 33.
     (3) Abusive. --laṃ
     (1) Rustic or coarse language, low abuse.
     (2) (In Rhet.) A fault of composition; using such words as produce in the mind of the hearer a feeling of shame, disgust or inauspiciousness; tridhā aślīlaṃ; tridheti vrīḍājugupsāmaṃgalavyaṃjakatvāt K. P. 7; e. g. in sādhanaṃ sumahadyasya, mugdhā kuṭmalitānanena dadhatī vāyuṃ sthitā tatra sā, and mṛdupavanavibhinno matpriyāyā vināśāt, the words sādhana, vāyu and vināśa are aślīla, and produce respectively a sense of shame, disgust and inauspiciousness, sādhana suggesting the sense of liṃga (male organ of generation), vāyu, of the apāna wind (that escaping at the anus), and vināśa, of mṛtyu (death); cf. the instances under S. D. 574; dṛptārivijaye rājan sādhanaṃ sumahattava . prasasāra śanairvāyuviṃnāśe tanvi te tadā ...

aśleṣā [na śliṣyati yatrotpannena śiśunā, śliṣ-ghañ Tv.]
     (1) The 9th Nakshatra or lunar mansion containing five stars.
     (2) Disunion, disjunction.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --bhavaḥ, --bhūḥ N. of Ketu, i. e. the descending node.
          --śāṃtiḥ f. an expiatory ceremony performed on account of the birth of a child under the Aśleṣa.

aślona a. Ved. Not lame.

aśvaḥ [aśnute adhvānaṃ vyāpnoti, mahāśano vā bhavati Nir.; aś-kvan Uṇ. 1. 149]
     (1) A horse; the horses are said to have 7 breeds: --amṛtādbāṣpato vahrervedebhyoṃ'ḍācca garbhataḥ . sāmno hayānāmutpattiḥ saptadhā parikīrtitā ...
     (2) A symbolical expression for the number 'seven' (that being the number of the horses of the sun); sūryāśvairmasajastatāḥ saguravaḥ śārdūlavikrīḍitaṃ V. Ratn.
     (3) A race of men (horselike in strength); kāṣṭhatulyavapurdhṛṣyo mithyācāraśca nirbhayaḥ . dvādaśāṃgulameḍhraśca daridrastu hayo mataḥ .. --śvau (du.) A horse and a mare. [cf. L. equus; Gr. hippos; Zend aspa; Pers. asp.]
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ N. of a plant devasarṣapa. --ajanī a whip.
          --adhika a. strong in cavalry, superior in horses.
          --adhyakṣaḥ a guardian of horses, commander of cavalry.
          --anīkaṃ a troop of horse men, cavalry.
          --ariḥ a buffalo.
          --avarohakaḥ N. of a tree aśvagaṃdhā. --āyurvedaḥ veterinary science.
          --ārūḍha a. mounted, sitting on horse-back.
          --āroha a. riding or mounted on a horse. (
          --haḥ) 1. a horseman, rider. --2. one who is fighting. --3. a ride. (--hā), --ārohakaḥ N. of the plant aśvagaṃdhā. --ārohin a. mounted or riding on horseback.
          --iṣita a. hurried along by horses.
          --urasa a. broad-chested like a horse. (
          --saṃ) the chief or principal horse.
          --kaṃdā, --kaṃdikā N. of a plant aśvagaṃdhā. --karṇaḥ, --karṇakaḥ 1. a kind of tree (Vatica Robusta) Mal. 9. --2. the ear of a horse. --3. a term in surgery for a particular fracture of the bones. (
          --rṇaḥ) N. of a mountain.
          --kuṭī a stable for horses; Pt. 5.
          --kuśala, --kovida a. skilled in managing horses.
          --kraṃdaḥ 1. N. of a bird. --2. a general of the army of the gods.
          --kharajaḥ [aśvaśca kharīca aśvāca kharaśca vā tābhyāṃ jāyate puṃvadbhāvaḥ Tv.] a kind of horse, mule.
          --khuraḥ 1. a horse's hoof. --2. a kind of perfume. (
          --rā) N. of the plant aparājitā. --gatiḥ f. 1. the pace of a horse. --2. N. of a metre containing four lines of sixteen syllables in each.
          --gaṃdhā [aśvasya gaṃdha ekadeśo meḍhramiva mūlamasyāḥ] N. of a plant Physalis Flexuosa Lin; -tailaṃ a kind of oil.
          --goyugaḥ, --gaṃ a pair of horses.
          --goṣṭhaṃ a stable.
          --grīvaḥ 1. N. of a demon who was a foe of Viṣṇu, more commonly called Haya-grīva. --2. an incarnation of Viṣṇu.
          --ghāsaḥ a pasture for horses.
          --ghnaḥ [aśvaṃ haṃti amanuṣyakartṛkatvāt] 1. a horse-bane. --2. N. of a kind of Oleander, Nerium Odorum Ait.
          --cakraṃ 1. a collection of horses. --2. a kind of wheel.
          --calanaśālā a riding-house.
          --cikitsakaḥ --vaidyaḥ a farrier, a veterinary surgeon.
          --cikitsā farriery, veterinary science.
          --ceṣṭitaṃ 1. the motion of horses. --2. an omen, auspicious or inauspicious.
          --jaghanaḥ a kind of centaur; a creature having his lower limbs like those of a horse.
          --jit a. gaining horses by conquest.
          --tīrthaṃ N. of a place of pilgrimage near Kānyakubja on the Gaṅgā.
          --da a. giving horses.
          --daṃṣṭrā the plant Tribulus Lanuginosus (gokṣura). --dāḥ, --dāvan m. giving horses.
          --dūtaḥ a riding messenger.
          --nadī N. of a river.
          --nāyaḥ one who has the charge of a drove of grazing horses; a horseherd.
          --nibaṃdhikaḥ a groom, a horsefastener.
          --nirṇij a. Ved. decorated or embellished with horses.
          --paḥ Ved. a groom.
          --patiḥ 1. lord of horses. --2. N. of several persons; of a king of Madra and father of Sāvitrī.
          --parṇa a. [aśvānāṃ parṇaṃ gamanaṃ yatra] 1. having horses (as a chariot); Rv. 1. 88. 1. --2. a cloud (that penetrates everywhere).
          --pālaḥ, --pālakaḥ, --rakṣaḥ a horse-groom.
          --pucchī N. of the tree māṣapaṇīṃ. --pṛṣṭhaṃ horse-back.
          --peśas a. decorated or embellished with horses.
          --baṃdhaḥ a groom.
          --baṃdhana a. used for fastening horses. (
          --naṃ) fastening of horses.
          --balā N. of a vegetable.
          --bālaḥ 1. a kind of reed, Saccharum Spontaneum Lin. --2. the tail or hair of a horse.
          --budhna a. Ved. based on horses, standing on horses, i. e. on a carriage drawn by horses.
          --budhya a. Ved. based on horses, having its origin in horses (wealth); distinguished by horses.
          --bhā lightning.
          --mahiṣikā [aśvamahiṣayorvairaṃ vun] the natural enmity between a horse and a buffalo.
          --māraḥ, --mārakaḥ, --haṃtṛ m. 'horse-destroying,' a kind of Oleander, Nerium Odorum Ait.
          --mālaḥ a kind of serpent.
          --mukha a. [aśvasya mukhamiva mukhamasya] having the head or face of a horse. (
          --khaḥ) a horse-faced creature, a Kinnara or celestial chorister; (according to others) a kind of demigod distinct from the preceding. (
          --khī) a Kinnara woman; bhiṃdaṃti maṃdāṃ gatimaśvamukhyaḥ Ku. 1. 11.
          --muk m. a horse-stealer.
          --medhaḥ [aśvaḥ pradhānatayā medhyate hiṃsyate'tra, medh hiṃsane ghañ] a horse-sacrifice; yathāśvamedhaḥ kraturāṭ sarvapāpāpanodanaḥ Ms. 11. 261. [In Vedic times this sacrifice was performed by kings desirous of offspring; but subsequently it was performed only by kings and implied that he who instituted it was a conqueror and king of kings. A horse was turned loose to wander at will for a year, attended by a guardian; when the horse entered a foreign country, the ruler was bound either to submit or to fight. In this way the horse returned at the end of a year, the guardian obtaining or enforcing the submission of princes whom he brought in his train. After the successful return of the horse, the rite called Aśvamedha was performed amidst great rejoicings. It was believed that the performance of 100 such sacrifices would lead to the attainment of the seat or world of Indra, who is, therefore, always represented as trying to prevent the completion of the hundredth sacrifice]. -kāṃḍaṃ N. of the thirteenth book of the Śatapatha Brahmaṇa.
          --medhika, --medhīya a. fit for a horse-sacrifice, or relating to it. (
          --kaḥ, --yaḥ) a horse fit for the Asvamedha sacrifice. (
          --kaṃ) the fourteenth parvan in the Mahabharata; tato'śvamedhikaṃ parva proktaṃ tacca caturdaśaṃ Mb.
          --yuj a. 1. yoking the horses. --2. having horses yoked to it (as a carriage); rathenāśvayujā Ram. --3. born under the constellation aśvayuj. (--f.) 1. N. of a constellation, the head of Aries. --2. the first lunar mansion. --3. the month of Asvina. --4. a chariot having horses.
          --yūpaḥ the post to which the sacrificial horse was bound.
          --yoga a. 1. causing the yoking of horses. --2. joining or reaching as quickly as horses.
          --rakṣaḥ the keeper or rider of a horse, a groom.
          --rathaḥ a carriage drawn by horses. (
          --thā) N. of a river near gaṃdhamādana. --ratnaṃ, --rājaḥ the best or lord of horses; i. e. uccaiḥśravas. --rādhas a. Ved. furnishing horses.
          --rodhakaḥ N. of a plant (aśvamāra). --lakṣaṇaṃ a sign or mark of a horse.
          --lalitaṃ N. of a species of the Vikṛti metre.
          --lālā a kind of snake.
          --loman n. horse-hair; a kind of snake.
          --vaktraḥ = aśvamukha q. v.; a Kinnara or Gandharva.
          --vaḍavaṃ a stud of horses and mares. (
          --vau) a horse and a mare. (
          --vāḥ) horses and mares.
          --vadanaḥ = -mukha. --vahaḥ a horseman.
          --vāraḥ --vālaḥ, --vārakaḥ [aśvaṃ vārayati upa. sa.] a horseman, groom; duḥkhena niścakramuraśvavārāḥ Śi. 3. 66.
          --vāraṇaṃ N. of the Bos Gavaeus (gavaya). --vāhaḥ, --vāhakaḥ [aśvaṃ vāhayati cālayati] a horseman.
          --vikrayin a. a horse-dealer.
          --vid a. 1. skilled in taming or managing horses. --2. [aśvaṃ viṃdate vid -kvip] procuring horses. (--m.) 1. a jockey. --2. an epithet of Nala.
          --vṛṣaḥ a stallion.
          --vaidyaḥ a farrier.
          --śakṛt n.,
          --śakaṃ Ved. 1. excrements of a horse, horse-dung. --2. N. of a river.
          --śaṃkuḥ a pillar to tie a horse.
          --śālā a stable.
          --śāvaḥ a colt, a foal.
          --śāstraṃ a manual or text-book of veterinary science.
          --śiras a. having the head of a horse, an epithet of Narayaṇa. (--n.) 1. a horse's head. --2. N. of a Dānava.
          --śṛgālikā [aśvaśṛgālayorvairaṃ dvaṃdvāt vaire vun] the natural enmity between a horse and a jackal.
          --ṣaḍgavaṃ a set or team of six horses.
          --sani, --ṣā, --sā a. Ved. (P. VIII. 3. 110 and Mbh.) gaining or procuring horses, giving horses.
          --sādaḥ, --sādin m. a horseman, a rider, a horse-soldier; R. 7. 47.
          --sārathyaṃ coachmanship, charioteership, management of horses and chariots; sūtānāmaśvasārathyaṃ Ms. 10. 47.
          --sūnṛta a. Ved. 1. praised sincerely for (the gift of) horses. --2. whose praise for (giving) horses is agreeable and true.
          --senaḥ 1. N. of a king. --2. N. of a Naga.
          --stomīya a. relating to the praise of the sacrificial horse.
          --sthāna a. born in a stable. (
          --naṃ) a stable or stall for horses.
          --haṃtṛ a. killing a horse. (
          --tā) N. of a fragrant plant.
          --haya a. [aśvena hinoti gacchati hi kartari ac] 1. driving or spurring a horse, riding a horse; Rv. 10. 26. 5. --2. to be traversed by a horse; Rv. 9. 96. 2.
          --harakaḥ a horse-stealer.
          --hṛdayaṃ [aśvasya hṛdayaṃ manogatabhāvādi] 1. the desire or intention of a horse. --2. a kind of veterinary science. --3. horsemanship; aśvahṛdaye niveśyātmānaṃ K. 80.

aśvā A mare.
     -- Comp.
          --magha a. rich in horses.

aśvaka a. Horselike, acting like a horse. --kaḥ
     (1) A small horse; horse.
     (2) A hack, a bad horse.
     (3) A stray horse, one whose owner is not known.
     (4) A horse (in general).

aśvakinī [aśvasya kaṃ mukhaṃ tatsadṛśākāro'styasya ini ṅīp Tv.] The first Nakshatra or lunar mansion (aśvinī).

aśvatara a. Swift, speedy. --raḥ [tanuḥ aśvaḥ, aśva tanutve ṣṭarac, P. V. 3. 91]
     (1) A mule.
     (2) One of the chiefs of the Nagas or serpent-race inhabiting the lower regions.
     (3) A male calf.
     (4) A class of Gandharvas. --rī A mule; udarasya samutthāne svagarbho'śvatarīmiva Ram.; Pt. 2. 32; Chaṇ. 19. [cf. Pers. aster].

aśvati Den. P. To behave like a horse.

aśvatthaḥ [na śva ściraṃ śālmalīvṛkṣādivat tiṣṭhati sthā-ka pṛ- ni- Tv.]
     (1) The holy figtree; ūrdhvamūlo'vākśākha eṣo'śvatthaḥ sanātanaḥ Kaṭh.; the tree of this world; Bg. 15. 1.
     (2) A kind of the Aśvattha tree (naṃṭīvṛkṣa).
     (3) N. of another tree gardabhāṃḍa.
     (4) The constellation Aśvinī.
     (5) The time indicated or presided over by Aśvinī; aśvattho muhūrtaḥ Sk. on P. IV. 2. 5.
     (6) A vessel made of the aśvattha tree (Ved.).
     (7) The fruit of the sacred fig-tree; aśvatthasya phalamaśvatthaḥ Sk.
     (8) The time at which it bears fruit; aśvatthaphalayuktaḥ kālopyaśvatthaḥ P. IV. 3. 48 Sk.
     (9) An epithet of the sun. (10) N. of a people; Bṛ. S. 14. 3. --tthā The day of full moon in the month of Asvina, (in which month the fruits of the sacred fig-tree generally become ripe). --tthī [kṣudro'śvatthaḥ alpārthe ṅīp] A small fig-tree.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṇaḥ [aśvatthasya pākaḥ pīlvā- kuṇac P. V. 2. 24] the fruit-season of the holy fig-tree.
          --bhedaḥ N. of a tree (sthālīvṛkṣa).

aśvatthaka a. To be given or to be done when the Aśvattha tree bears fruit. --kaḥ [aśvatthastatphalam tadyuktaḥ kālo'pyaśvatthastatra deyamṛṇam vun P. IV. 3. 48 Sk.]
     (1) A debt to be given when the Aśvattha tree bears fruits.
     (2) [svārthe kan] The Aśvattha tree.

aśvatthāman m. [aśvasyeva sthāma balamasya, pṛṣo- samāsaḥ; cf. Mb. aśvasyevāsya yatsthāma nadataḥ pradiśo gatam .. aśvatthāmaiva bāloyaṃ tasmānnāmnā bhaviṣyati ..] N. of a celebrated Brāhmaṇa warrior and general on the side of the Kauravas, son of Droṇa and Kṛpī. [After the last great battle in which Duryodhana was mortally wounded, Aśvatthāman, with two other surviving Kauravas, entered the Pāṇḍava camp at night, where he stamped Dhṛṣṭadyumna, the slayer of his father, to death and killed the five young sons of the Pāṇḍavas, killing even Parīkṣit while yet in the mother's womb who was, however, restored to life by Kṛṣṇa. The next morning Draupadī clamoured for revenge upon the murderer of her children, but she consented to forego her demand for his blood if the precious jewel he wore on his head were brought to her. Bhīma, Arjuna, and Kṛṣṇa overtook Aśvatthāman and compelled him to yield the jewel which Yudhiṣṭhira afterwards wore on his head. He is represented as a very brave, fiery-tempered, young warrior, the embodiment of Brāhmaṇic and saintly lustre, and his altercation with Karṇa about the nomination of a general to succeed Droṇa clearly brings out the chief features of his character; see Ve. 3rd act. He is one of the 7 Chirajīvins 'ever living persons'].

aśvatthika a. [aśvatthena carati, ṣṭhan P. IV. 4. 10] Feeding on Aśvattha fruits.

aśvatthila a. see P. IV. 2. 80.

aśvayati Den. P. To wish for horses.

aśvayā A desire to get horses.

aśvayu a. [aśvo'styasya yuc]
     (1) Having horses.
     (2) Desiring horses.

aśvalaḥ [aśvaṃ lāti lā-ka.] N. of a sage, the Hotṛ-priest of Janaka; atha ha janakasya vaidehasya hotā'śvalo babhūva Bṛ. Up.

aśvasyati Den. P. To wish for a stallion.

aśvāyati Den. P. To wish for horses.

aśvika a. [P. IV. 4. 10.] Drawn or carried by horses.

aśvin a. [aśva-astyarthe ini] Possessed of horses, consisting of horses; Rv. 4. 2. 5. --m. A cavalier, a horse-tamer. --nau (du.)
     (1) The two physicians of the gods who are represented as the twin sons of the sun by a nymph in the form of a mare; cf. tvāṣṭrī tu saviturbhāryā vaḍavārūpadhāriṇī .. asūyata mahābhāgā sāṃtarīkṣe'śvināvubhau ... [According to Vedic conception they are the harbingers of Ushas or the dawn; they are young, beautiful, bright, swift &c.; and, according to Yāska, they represent the transition from darkness to light, when the intermingling of both produces that inseparable duality expressed by the twin nature of these deities; according to different interpretations quoted in the Nirukta they were 'heaven and earth', 'day and night', 'two kings, performers of holy acts' which may be traced to their dual and luminous nature. Mythically they were the parents of Nakula and Sahadeva and the physicians of the gods and are called Gadāgadau, Svarvaidyau, Dasrau, Nāsatyau, Vādaveyau, Abdhijau &c. They were celebrated for their active benevolence and curative power which they showed in restoring the sage Chyavana, when grown old and decrepit, to youth, and prolonged his life.].
     (2) Two horses.
     (3) (In astr.) The twins of the zodiac.

aśvinī [aśvastaduttamāṃgākāro'styasya ini ṅīp]
     (1) The first of the 27 Nakshatras or lunar mansions (consisting of three stars).
     (2) A nymph considered in later times as the mother of the Aśvins, the wife of the sun, who concealed herself in the form of a mare.
     -- Comp.
          --kumārau, --putrau, --sutau the twin sons of Aśvinī, the sun's wife.

aśvimat a. Containing the word Aśvin (such as a Mantra).

aśviya a. Referring to horses. --yā Ved. (pl.) A troop of horses.

aśvīna a. [aśva --kha] Distant, a day's journey for a horse.

aśvīya a. [aśva-cha]
     (1) Belonging or relating to a horse, agreeable to horses. --yaṃ [aśvānāṃ samūhaḥ P. IV. 2. 48] A number of horses, cavalry; Śi. 18. 5; K. 222.

aśvaya a. [aśva-yat]
     (1) Belonging to a horse.
     (2) Consisting of horses. --śvyaṃ
     (1) A number of horses.
     (2) Possession of horses.

aśvaṃta a.
     (1) Unlucky, inauspicious.
     (2) Unbounded, unlimited. --taḥ
     (1) Death.
     (2) A field.
     (3) A fireplace.
     (4) Termination, limit.

aśvastana, --stanika a.
     (1) Not of to-morrow, of to-day.
     (2) One who makes no provision for the morrow Ms. 4. 7.

aṣ 1 U. [aṣati-te, aṣituṃ]
     (1) To shlne.
     (2) To go, move.
     (3) To receive, take (trans.).

aṣaḍakṣīṇa a. Not seen by six eyes, known or determined by two persons only, (to the exclusion of a third); -ṇo maṃtraḥ dvābhyāmeva kṛta ityarthaḥ P. V. 4. 7 Sk. --ṇaṃ A secret.

aṣatara a. Ved. More accessible or acceptable.

aṣāḍha a. Ved.
     (1) Not to be overcome, invincible; Rv. 2. 21. 2.
     (2) Born under the constellation Aṣāḍha (P. IV. 3. 34). --ḍhaḥ
     (1) The month Aṣāḍha commencing with the sun's entrance into Gemini (usually written āṣāḍha).
     (2) A staff made of the wood of Palāśa, carried by a religious student or ascetic.
     (3) N. of the Malaya mountain. --ḍhā
     (1) N. of a constellation, the twentieth (pūrvāṣāḍhā) and twenty-first (uttarāṣāḍhā) lunar mansions.

aṣāḍhakaḥ The month of Aṣaḍha.

aṣṭan num. a. [aś-vyāptau kanin tuṭ ca Uṇ. 1. 154.] (nom. acc. aṣṭa-ṣṭau) Eight. It often occurs in comp. as aṣṭā with numerals and some other nouns; as aṣṭādaśan, aṣṭāviṃśatiḥ, aṣṭāpada &c. [cf. L. octo; Gr. okto; Zend. astan; Pers. hasht.].
     -- Comp.
          --akṣara a. consisting of eight letters or parts. (
          --raḥ) N. of a metre.
          --aṃga a. consisting of eight parts or members. (
          --gaṃ) 1. the eight parts of the body with which a very low obeisance is performed; -pātaḥ, --praṇāmaḥ, sāṣṭāṃganamaskāraḥ a respectful obeisance made by the prostration of the eight limbs of the body; sāṣṭāṃgapātaṃ praṇanāma fell prostrate on the ground in reverence; (jānubhyāṃ ca tathā padbhyāṃ pāṇibhyāmurasā dhiyā . śirasā vacasā dṛṣṭyā praṇāmo'ṣṭāṃga īritaḥ). --2. the 8 parts of yoga or concentration; yamo niyamaścāsanaṃ ca prāṇāyāmastataḥ paraṃ . pratyāhāro dhāraṇā ca dhyānaṃ sārdhaṃ samādhinā . aṣṭāṃgānyāhuretāni yogināṃ yogasiddhaye ... --3. materials of worship taken collectively. --4. the eight parts of every medical science; (they are:
          --śalyaṃ, śālākyaṃ, kāyacikitsā, bhūtavidyā, kaumārabhṛtyaṃ, agadataṃtraṃ, rasāyanataṃtraṃ, and vājīkaraṇataṃtraṃ). --5. the eight parts of a court; 1 the law, 2 the judge, 3 assessors, 4 scribe, 5 astrologer, 6 gold, 7 fire, and 8 water. --6. any whole consisting of eight parts. --7. a die, dice. -arghyaṃ an offering of eight articles. -dhūpaḥ a sort of medical incense removing fever. -maithunaṃ 'sexual enjoyment of 8 kinds'; the eight stages in the progress of a love-suit; smaraṇaṃ kīrtanaṃ keliḥ prekṣaṇaṃ guhyabhāṣaṇaṃ . saṃkalpo'dhyavasāyaśca kriyāniṣpattireva ca ... -hṛdayaṃ N. of a medical work.
          --adhyāyī N. of Paṇinī's grammatical work consisting of 8 Adhyayas or chapters.
          --ara a. having a wheel with 8 spokes.
          --asraṃ an octagon.
          --asriya a. octangular.
          --aha(n) a. lasting for 8 days.
          --ādiśābdikāḥ the first eight expounders of the science of words (grammar); iṃdraścaṃdraḥ kāśakṛtsnāpiśalī śākaṭāyanaḥ . pāṇinyamarajaineṃdrā jayaṃtyaṣṭādiśābdikāḥ ... --kapāla a. (-ṣṭā-) prepared or offered in 'eight' pans. (
          --laḥ) a sacrifice in which ghee is offered in eight pans.
          --karṇa a. one who has the number eight as a mark burnt in his ears (P. VI. 3. 115). (
          --rṇaḥ) eight-eared, an epithet of Brahmā.
          --karman m.),
          --gatikaḥ a king who has 8 duties to perform; (they are:
          --ādāne ca visarge ca tathā praiṣaniṣedhayoḥ . paṃcame cārthavacane vyavahārasya cekṣaṇe .. daṃḍaśuddhyoḥ sadā raktastenāṣṭagatiko nṛpaḥ .. --kṛtvas ind. eight times.
          --koṇaḥ 1. an octagon. --2. a kind of machine.
          --khaṃḍaḥ a title of a collection of several sections of the Ṛgveda.
          --gavaṃ [aṣṭānāṃ gavāṃ samāhāraḥ] a flock of 8 cows.
          --gāḍh m. 1. a fabulous animal supposed to have eight legs. --2. a spider.
          --guṇa a. eightfold; annādaṣṭaguṇaṃ cūrṇaṃ; dāpyoṣṭaguṇamatyayaṃ Ms. 8. 400. (
          --ṇaṃ) the eight qualities which a Brāhmaṇa should possess; dayā sarvabhūteṣu, kṣāṃtiḥ, anasūyā, śaucaṃ, anāyāsaḥ, maṃgalaṃ, akārpaṇyaṃ, aspṛhā ceti .. Gautama. -āśraya a. endowed with these eight qualities.
          --ṣṭa (ṣṭā) catvāriṃśat a. forty-eight.
          --taya a. eight-fold.
          --tāriṇī the eight forms of the goddess tāriṇī; tārā cogrā mahogrā ca vajrā kālī sarasvatī . kāmeśvarī ca cāmuṃḍā ityaṣṭau tāriṇyo matāḥ ... --triṃśat (--ṣṭā) a. thirty-eight.
          --trikaṃ [aṣṭāvṛttaṃ trikaṃ] the number 24.
          --dalaṃ 1. a lotus having eight petals. --2. an octagon.
          --daśan (-ṣṭā-) see below after aṣṭātaya. --diś f. [karma- saṃjñātvānna dviguḥ] the eight cardinal points; pūrvāgneyī dakṣiṇā ca nairṛtī paścimā tathā . vāyavī cottaraiśānī diśā aṣṭāvimāḥ smṛtāḥ ... -kariṇyaḥ the eight female elephants living in the eight points; kariṇyo'bhramukapilāpiṃgalānupamāḥ kramāt . tāmrakarṇī śubhradaṃtī cāṃganā cāṃjanāvatī .. Ak. -pālāḥ the eight regents of the cardinal points; iṃdro vahriḥ pitṛpatiḥ (yamaḥ) nairṛto varuṇo marut (vāyuḥ) . kubera īśaḥ patayaḥ pūrvādīnāṃ diśāṃ kramāt .. Ak. -gajāḥ the eight elephants guarding the 8 quarters; airāvataḥ puṃḍarīko vāmanaḥ kumudoṃ'janaḥ . puṣpadaṃtaḥ sārvabhaumaḥ supratīkaśca diggajāḥ .. Ak.
          --dravyaṃ the eight materials of a sacrifice; aśvatthoḍuṃbaraplakṣanyagrodhasamidhastilāḥ . siddhārthapāyasājyāni dravyāṇyaṣṭau viṭurbudhāḥ ... --dhātuḥ the eight metals taken collectively; svarṇaṃ rūpyaṃ ca tāmraṃ ca raṃgaṃ yaśadameva ca . śīsaṃ lauhaṃ rasaśceti dhātavo'ṣṭau prakīrtitāḥ ... --pada --d (-ṣṭa or ṣṭā-) a. 1. eight-footed. --2. a term for a pregnant animal.
          --padaḥ (-ṣṭā-) 1. a spider. --2. a fabulous animal called Śarabha. --3. a worm. --4. a wild sort of jasmin. --5. a pin or bolt. --6. the mountain Kailasa (the abode of Kubera). (
          --daḥ, --daṃ) [aṣṭasu dhātuṣu padaṃ pratiṣṭhā yasya Malli.] 1. gold; āvarjitāṣṭāpadakuṃbhatoyaiḥ Ku. 7. 10; Śi. 3. 28. --2. a kind of chequered cloth or a board for drafts, dice-board (Mar. paṭa); -paricayacaturābhiḥ K. 196. -patraṃ a sheet of gold.
          --pa (pā) dikā N. of a plant.
          --padī (-ṣṭa-ṣṭā-) 1. wild sort of jasmin. --2. a variety of metre, often used in Jayadeva's Gītagovinda.
          --palaṃ a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee.
          --pādya a. (-ṣṭā-) eight-fold.
          --maṃgalaḥ a horse with a white face, tail, mane, breast and hoofs. (--laṃ) [aṣṭaguṇitaṃ maṃgalaṃ śā- ta-] a collection of eight lucky things; according to some they are: mṛgarājo vṛṣo nāgaḥ kalaśo vyaṃjanaṃ tathā . vaijayaṃtī tathā bherī dīpa ityaṣṭamaṃgalam ..; according to others loke'sminmaṃgalānyaṣṭau brāhmaṇo gaurhutāśanaḥ . hiraṇyaṃ sarpirāditya āpo rājā tathāṣṭamaḥ ... --mānaṃ one kuḍava.
          --māsika a. occurring once in 8 months.
          --muṣṭiḥ a measure called kuṃci; aṣṭamuṣṭirbhavet kuṃciḥ, --mūrtiḥ the 'eight-formed', an epithet of Śiva; the 8 forms being the 5 elements (earth, water, fire, air and ether), the sun and moon, and the sacrificing priest; cf S. 1. 1--yā sṛṣṭiḥ sraṣṭurādyā vahati vidhihutaṃ yā haviryā ca hotrī . yedve kālaṃvidhattaḥ śrutiviṣayaguṇā yā sthitā vyāpya viśvaṃ . yāmāhuḥ sarvabhūtaprakṛtiriti yayā prāṇinaḥ prāṇavaṃtaḥ . pratyakṣābhiḥ prapannastanubhiravatu vastābhiraṣṭābhirīśaḥ ..; or, briefly expressed, the names in Sanskrit (in the above order) are: jalaṃ vahnistathā yaṣṭā sūryācaṃdramasau tathā . ākāśaṃ vāyuravanī mūrtayo'ṣṭau pinākinaḥ ... -dharaḥ 'having 8 forms', Śiva.
          --ratnaṃ the eight jewels taken collectively; the title of a collection of 8 Ślokas on morality.
          --rasāḥ the 8 sentiments in dramas &c.; śṛṃgārahāsyakaruṇaraudravīrabhayānakāḥ . bībhatsādbhutasaṃjñau cetyaṣṭau nāṭye rasāḥ smṛtāḥ .. K. P. 4 (to which is sometimes added a 9th Rasa called śāṃta; nirvedasthāyibhāvosti śāṃtopi navamo rasaḥ ibid); -āśraya a. embodying or representing the eight sentiments; V. 2. 18.
          --lohakaṃ a class of 8 metals; suvarṇaṃ rajataṃ tāmraṃ sīsakaṃ kāṃtikaṃ tathā . vaṃgaṃ lauhaṃ tīkṣṇalauhaṃ lauhānyaṣṭāvimāni tu ... --vargaḥ 1. a sort of diagram (cakra) showing the good or bad stars of a person. --2. the 8 classes of letters; (avarga, ka-, ca-, ṭa-, ta-, pa-, ya-, śa-,). --3. a class of three principal medicaments.
          --vakraḥ (ṣṭā) see below.
          --vidha a. [aṣṭa vidhāḥ prakārāḥ asya] eight-fold, of eight kinds.
          --viṃśatiḥ f. (-ṣṭā-) [aṣṭādhikā viṃśātiḥ śā. ta.] the number twenty-eight.
          --śataṃ eight hundred.
          --śravaṇaḥ, --śravasa N. of Brahma (having 8 ears or four heads).

aṣṭaka a. [aṣṭa parimāṇamasya kan] Consisting of 8 parts, eight-fold; krodhajo'pi gaṇo'ṣṭakaḥ Ms. 7. 48. --kaḥ
     (1) [aṣṭakaṃ (pāṇineḥ), vidaṃti adhīyate vā ityaṣṭakāḥ P. IV. 2. 65 Sk.] One who studies or is acquainted with the eight books of Pāṇini's grammar.
     (2) N. of a son of Viśvāmitra. --kā [aśnaṃti pitaro'syāṃ tithau aś-takan Uṇ. 3. 148]
     (1) A collection of three days (7th, 8th, and 9th) beginning from the seventh day after the full moon.
     (2) The 8th day of three months on which the Manes are to be propitiated.
     (3) A Śrāddha to be performed on the above days; worship of the Manes on certain days.
     (4) The 8th day of a month; Ms. 4. 113--4. --kaṃ
     (1) A whole consisting of 8 parts.
     (2) The 8 chapters of Paṇini's sūtras; aṣṭāvadhyāyāḥ parimāṇamasya ityaṣṭakaṃ; pāṇineḥ sūtraṃ Sk.).
     (3) The study of the Sūtras.
     (4) A division of the Ṛgveda (it being divided into 8 Aṣṭakas or 10 Maṇḍalas).
     (5) Any group of eight; as vānarāṣṭakaṃ, tārāṣṭakaṃ, gaṃgāṣṭakaṃ &c.
     (6) The number eight.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ, --gaṃ a kind of board or cloth for playing with dice on (having eight divisions).

aṣṭakika, aṣṭakin a. [aṣṭakā'styasya ṭhan ini vā] Having eight parts. --kī One who performs an Aṣṭaka.

aṣṭakya a. [aṣṭakena krītaḥ yat P. V. 1. 2] Bought for eight.

aṣṭataya a. [aṣṭāvayavā asya aṣṭan-tayap] Having eight parts or limbs. --yaṃ An aggregate of eight.

aṣṭadhā ind. [aṣṭan-prakāre dhāc]
     (1) Eight-fold, eight times.
     (2) In 8 parts or sections; bhinnā prakṛtiraṣṭadhā Bg. 7. 4; bhinnoṣṭadhā viprasasāra vaṃśaḥ R. 16. 3.

aṣṭama a. (mī f.) Eighth; garbhāṣṭame'bde kurvīta brāhmaṇasyopanāyanaṃ Ms. 2. 36. --maḥ The eighth part. --mī
     (1) The eighth day in a lunar half month; caturdaśyaṣṭamī caiva amāvāsyā ca pūrṇimā . parvāṇyetāni rājeṃdra ravisaṃkrātireva ca ...
     (2) N. of a medical plant (koṭālatā). [cf. L. octavus; Zend. astemo].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ an 8th part.
          --kālika a. [aṣṭamaḥ kālaḥ bhojane'styasya ṭhan] one who omits seven meal times (i. e. full three days and the morning of the fourth) and partakes only of the 8th; Ms. 6. 19.
          --bhāvaḥ the eighth condition or position (in astr.).

aṣṭhamaka a. The eighth; yoṃśamaṣṭamakaṃ haret Y. 2. 244.

aṣṭamikā A weight of four Tolas.

aṣṭātaya a. Consisting of eight parts. --yaḥ A collection of eight things.

aṣṭādaśan a. [aṣṭa ca daśa ca] Eighteen; agāhatāṣṭādaśatāṃ jigīṣayā navadvayadvīpapṛthagjayaśriyāṃ N. 1. 5.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ --gaṃ the eighteen parts of medical science.
          --upacāraḥ [karma- saṃjñātvānna dviguḥ] the eighteen modes of showing respect or worshipping; āsanaṃ svāgataṃ pādyamarghyamācamanīyakaṃ snānaṃ vastrepavītaṃ ca bhūṣaṇāni ca sarvaśaḥ . gaṃdhapuṣpe tathā dhūpadīpāvannaṃ ca tarpaṇaṃ . mālyānulepanaṃ caiva namaskāravisarjane . aṣṭādaśopacāraistu maṃtrī pūjāṃ samācaret Tantra.
          --upapurāṇaṃ a secondary or minor Puraṇa; aṣṭānyupapurāṇāni munibhiḥ kathitāni tu . ādyaṃ sanatkumāroktaṃ nārāsīṃhamataḥ paraṃ . tṛtīyaṃ nāradaṃ proktaṃ kumāreṇa tu bhāṣitaṃ . caturthaṃ śivadharmākhyaṃ sākṣānnaṃdīśabhāṣitaṃ . durvāsasoktamāścaryaṃ nāradoktamataḥparaṃ . kāpilaṃ mānavaṃ caiva tathaivośanaseritaṃ . brahmāṃḍaṃ vāruṇaṃ cātha kālikāhvayameva ca . māheśvaraṃ tathā śāṃbaṃ sauraṃ sarvārthasaṃcayaṃ . parāśaroktaṃ pravaraṃ tathā bhāgavatadvayaṃ . idamaṣṭādaśaṃ proktaṃ purāṇaṃ kaurmasaṃjñitaṃ . caturdhā saṃsthitaṃ puṇyaṃ saṃhitānāṃ prabhedataḥ .. Hemādri.
          --dhānyaṃ the 18 kinds of corn; yavagodhūmadhānyāni tilāḥ kaṃgukulatthakāḥ . māṣā mudgā masūrāśca niṣpāvāḥ śyāmasarṣapāḥ .. gavedhukāśca nīvārā oḍhakyo'tha satīnakāḥ . caṇakāścīnakāścaiva dhānyānyaṣṭādaśaiva tu ... --purāṇaṃ the eighteen Purāṇas: brāhmaṃ pādmaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ ca śaivaṃ bhāgavataṃ tathā . tathānyannāradīyaṃ ca mārkaṃḍeyaṃ ca saptamaṃ .. āgneyamaṣṭakaṃ proktaṃ bhaviṣyannavamaṃ tathā . daśamaṃ brahmavaivartaṃ liṃgamekādaśaṃ tathā .. vārāhaṃ dvādaśaṃ proktaṃ skāṃdaṃ cātra trayodaśaṃ . catudarśaṃ vāmanaṃ ca kaurmaṃ paṃcadaśaṃ tathā .. mātsyaṃ ca gāruḍaṃ caiva brahmāṃḍāṣṭādaśaṃ tathā ... --bhujā an epithet of the goddess mahālakṣmī. --vidyā the eighteen kinds of learning or lores; aṃgāni vedāścatvāro mīmāṃsā nyāyavistaraḥ . dharmaśāstraṃ purāṇaṃ ca vidyā hyetāścartudaśa .. āyurvedo dhanurvedo gāṃdharvaśceti te trayaḥ . arthaśāstraṃ caturthaṃ tu vidyā hyaṣṭādaśaiva tu ... --vivādapadaṃ the eighteen subjects of litigation (causes of dispute); see Ms. 8. 4-7.
          --smṛtikārin m. pl. the eighteen Smṛtikaras or law-givers of the Āryas; viṣṇuḥ parāśaro dakṣaḥ saṃvartavyāsahāritāḥ . śātātapo vasiṣṭhaśca yamāpastaṃbagautamāḥ . devalaḥ śaṃkhalikhitau bharadvājośanotrayaḥ . śaunako yājñavalkyaśca daśāṣṭau smṛtikāriṇaḥ ...

aṣṭāvakraḥ [aṣṭakṛtvaḥ aṣṭasu bhāgeṣu vā vakraḥ] N. of a celebrated Brāhmaṇa, son of the great sage Kahoḍa. [Kahoḍa married a daughter of his preceptor Uddālaka, but he was so devoted to study that he generally neglected her. When once she was far advanced in pregnancy, the unborn son was provoked at his father's neglect of her and rebuked him for his absorption in study to the neglect even of his wife. The sage was very angry at this impertinence and condemned him to be born crooked; so he came forth with his eight (aṣṭa) limbs crooked (vakra); whence his name; yasmātkukṣau vartamāno bravīṣi tasmādvakro bhavitāsyaṣṭakṛtvaḥ Mb. When Kahoḍa was drowned into a river as the result of a wager in a dispute with a Buddhist, young Aṣṭavakra defeated the sage and delivered his father, who, being pleased, directed his son to bathe into the Samaṅgā river, on doing which the lad became perfectly straight].

aṣṭiḥ f. [asyate bhūmau kṣipyate as-ktin pṛṣo- ṣatvaṃ]
     (1) A die for playing.
     (2) A metre consisting of sixty-four syllables.
     (3) [akṣ-vyāptau-ktin] Pervasion, reaching (Ved.).
     (4) The body (the instrument of enjoyment).
     (5) The number sixteen.
     (6) Seed.
     (7) Kernel.

aṣṭin a. Consisting of eight members or parts.

aṣṭrā [akṣyate cālyate'nayā akṣ-karaṇe ṣṭran]
     (1) A prick or goad for driving cattle, whip; Rv. 4. 57. 4, 6. 53. 9.
     (2) A part of the wheel of a chariot.

aṣṭhiḥ f.
     (1) A stone or kernel.
     (2) Seed.

aṣṭhīlā [aṣṭhistattulyakaṭhināśmānaṃ rāti; rā-ka, rasya laḥ dīrghaḥ Tv.]
     (1) A round swelling below the navel produced by wind.
     (2) A kind of disease of urine.
     (3) A globular or round body (in general).
     (4) A round pebble or stone.
     (5) Kernel.
     (6) Seedcorn.

aṣṭhīlikā
     (1) A kind of abscess.
     (2) A pebble.

aṣṭhīvat m. n. [nipātoyaṃ P. VIII. 2. 12;] The knee, the kneebone.

as I. 2 P. [asti, āsīt, astu, syāt; defective in non-conjugational tenses, its forms being made up from the root bhū].
     (1) To be, live, exist (showing mere existence); nāsadāsīnno sadāsīt Rv. 10. 129. 1; śrutidvaidhaṃ tu yatra syāt Ms. 2. 14; śapathe nāsti pātakaṃ 8. 112; na tvevāhaṃ jātu nāsaṃ Bg. 2. 12; āsīdrājā nalo nāma Nala. 1. 1; Ms. 5. 79; na as not to be, to be lost, disappear, perish, nāyamastīti duḥkhārtā Nala. 7. 16; asti bhoktuṃ Sk. it has to be eaten; (for other uses of asti see asti s. v.).
     (2) To be (used as a copula or verb of incomplete predication, being followed by a noun or adjective or adverb, or some other equivalent); bhaktosi me sakhā ca Bg. 4. 3; dhārmike sati rājani Ms. 11. 11; ācārye saṃsthite sati 5. 80; so evameva syāt, tūṣṇīmāsīt &c.
     (3) To belong to, be in the possession of (expres. sed in English by have), with gen. of possessor; yanmamāsti harasva tat Pt. 4. 76; yasya nāsti svayaṃ prajñā 5. 70; na hi tasyāsti kiṃcitsvaṃ Ms. 8. 417; nāsti buddhirayuktasya Bg. 2. 66.
     (4) To fall to the share of, to happen to or befall any one (with gen.); yadicchāmi te tadastu S. 4; tasya pretya phalaṃ nāsti Ms. 3. 139 he cannot enjoy or get.
     (5) To arise, spring out, occur; āsīcca mama manasi K. 142 (this) occurred to my mind.
     (6) To become; tāṃ dṛṣṭvā daśavistārāmāsaṃ viṃśatiyojanaḥ Ram.; also śuklīsyāt, rājasāt syāt &c. Sk.
     (7) To lead or tend to, turn out or prove to be (with dat.); sa sthāṇuḥ sthirabhaktiyogasulabho niḥśreyasāyāstu vaḥ V. 1. 1; saṃgataṃ śrīsarasvatyorbhūtayestu sadā satāṃ 5. 24; oft. with dat. alone without as; yatastau svalpaduḥkhāya Pt. 1.
     (8) To suffice (with dat.); sā teṣāṃ pāvanāya syāt Ms. 11. 86; anyairnṛpālaiḥ paridīyamānaṃ śākāya vā syāllavaṇāya vā syāt Jagannātha.
     (9) To stay, reside, dwell, live; hā pitaḥ kvāsi he subhru Bk. 6. 11. (10) To take place, happen.
     (11) To be in a particular relation, to be affected (with loc.); kiṃnu khalu yathā vayamasyāmevamiyamapyasmāt prati syāt S. 1. astu well, let it be; evamastu, tathāstu so be it, amen. The form āsa joined to roots in forming their periphrastic perfect is sometimes separated from the root and used by itself; taṃ pātayāṃ prathamamāsa papāta paścāt R. 9. 61, 16. 86. [Cf. L. est and Gr. esti with asti; esse; Zend. āsti; Pers. hast, ast]. --WITH ati to be over, excel, surpass. --anu to be at hand, reach. --api (with loc. or an adv. of place) 1. to be in anything. --2. to belong to, be closely connected with. --abhi 1. to belong to, to fall to one's share; yanmamābhiṣyāt Sk. --2. to be over. --3. to excel, surpass. --4. to domineer or to tyrannize over, rule over. --āvis to arise, spring up, be visible; ācāryakaṃ vijayi mānmathamāvirāsīt Mal. 1. 26. --upa to be near to or in. --pari 1. to be in the way. --2. to surpass. --3. to pass or spend (time). --4. to pervade. --pra 1. to be in front of. --2. to be in an extraordinary degree, to preponderate, excel, surpass. --prati 1. to be equal to, be a match for. --2. to rival, emulate, vie with. --3. to be a representative of, stand in place of. --prādus to appear, spring up; prādurāsīttamonudaḥ Ms. 1. 6; R. 11. 15. --vyati (Atm. vyatihe, vyatise; vyatiste) to excel, surpass, be above or superior to, out-weigh; anyo vyatiste tu mamāpi dharmaḥ Bk. 2. 35. --II 4 P. (asyati, āsa, āsthat, asituṃ, asta)
     (1) To throw, cast, hurl, discharge, shoot (with loc. of the mark); tasminnāsthadiṣīkāstraṃ R. 12. 23; Bk. 15. 91, 14. 77; sometimes with dat. or gen.; dasyave hetimasya Rv. 1. 103. 3.
     (2) To drive away, remove.
     (3) To frighten or scare away.
     (4) To throw or take away, let go, leave, give up; as in astamāna, astaśoka, astakopa; see asta. --WITH ati to shoot beyond or at, overpower (with arrows); atyasta having shot beyond, having surpassed or excelled; joined in acc. Tat. comp.; P. II. 1. 24. --abhipra to throw over or upon, hurl at. --parini to stretch. --III. 1 U. (asati-te, asita).
     (1) To go.
     (2) To take or receive, seize.
     (3) To shine (The examples usually cited to illustrate this sense are niṣprabhaśca prabhurāsa bhūbhṛtāṃ R. 11. 81; tenāsa lokaḥ pitṛmān vinetrā 14. 23; lāvaṇya utpādya ivāsa yatnaḥ Ku. 1. 35. But the sense of didīpe or 'shone' is far-fetched, though Vamana is disposed to take it. It seems preferable to regard āsa in these instances as equivalent to babhūva, either taking it, as Śakaṭāyana does, as an indeclinable tiṅaṃtapratirūpakamavyayaṃ, or considering it, as Vallabha does, as an ungrammatical form used against the rules of grammar, prāmādikaḥ prayogaḥ; see Malli. on Ku. 1. 35).

asta p. p.
     (1) Thrown, cast, given up, left; asamaye yattvayāsto'bhimānaḥ Ve. 6.
     (2) Finished.
     (3) Despatched. --stā Ved. A missile, an arrow.
     -- Comp.
          --karuṇa a. merciless; Māl. 5. 24.
          --kopa-ruṣ a. whose anger is pacified; Śi. 6. 65.
          --dhī a. foolish.
          --vyasta a. scattered here and there, confused, disordered; Ratn. 4. 6.
          --saṃkhya a. innumerable; Ki. 16. 16.

astṛ a. Ved. Throwing, a shooter.

astaḥ [asyaṃte sūryakiraṇā yatra as-ādhāre kta]
     (1) Setting or western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set); adhiroḍhumastagirimabhyapatat Śi. 9. 1; viḍaṃbayatyastanimagnasūryaṃ R. 16. 11; yātyekatostaśikharaṃ patiroṣadhīnāṃ S. 4. 1.
     (2) Sunset.
     (3) Setting in general; (fig.) fall, decline; see below.
     (4) Conjunction of a planet with the sun: śakrāsta, budhāsta &c. --staṃ
     (1) Home, abode, residence (Ved.); Rv. 7. 1. 2, 10. 34. 10.
     (2) Death, end.
     (3) The seventh house (in astr.); (lagnātsaptamaṃ sthānaṃ). --staṃ ind. At home, home; astaṃ gam, --yā, --i, --prāp
          (a) To set, decline in the western horizon; gatostamarkaḥ the sun has set; (fig.) it is time to do the duties to be performed at sunset; e. g. for a cowhord to drive home his cattle, for a religious person to begin his prayers, for a thief to begin his nightly work &c.; kathamihavai yuvayorastamitaḥ sūryaḥ V. 3 and Sar. S. 1.
          (b) To cease, vanish, be removed, disappear, be at an end; viṣayiṇaḥ kasyāpado'staṃ gatāḥ Pt. 1. 146; dhṛtirastamitā R. 8. 66; daṃḍenāstamitatviṣā Ku. 2. 23; astamitaiṣā kathā K. 156 at an end, over; 198, 204.
          (c) To die; atha cāstamitā tvamātmanā R. 8. 51, 12. 11.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ, -adriḥ, -giriḥ, -parvataḥ the setting or western mountain.
          --avalaṃbanaṃ the resting of a heavenly body on the western part of the horizon, being about to set.
          --udayau (dual) rising and setting, rise and fall; astodayāvadiśadapravibhinnakālaṃ Mu. 3. 17.
          --ga a. set, become invisible (as a planet or star).
          --gamanaṃ 1. setting, disappearance. --2. death, sunset of life; Mal. 9.

astakaḥ Final beatitude, absolution (mokṣa). --kaṃ Ved. Home.

astatātiḥ Ved. Home.

astamanam Setting (of the sun).

astamayaḥ
     (1) Setting (of the sun); karotyakālāstamayaṃ vivasvataḥ Ki. 5. 35; (opp. udaya).
     (2) Destruction, end, decline, loss; bhāgyāstamayamivākṣṇoḥ M. 2. 12.
     (3) Fall, subjugation; udayamastamayaṃ ca raghūdvahāt R. 9. 9.
     (4) Obscuring, eclipsing; prabhāprarohāstamayaṃ rajāṃsi R. 6. 33.
     (5) Conjunction (of a planet) with the sun.

astamike, astā ind. Ved. At hand, near.

asti ind. [as-śatip]
     (1) Being, existent, present; as in astikṣīrā, -kāya.
     (2) Often used at the commencement of a tale or narrative in the sense of 'so it is', 'there', or merely as an expletive; asti siṃhaḥ prativasati sma Pt. 4; astyatra nagare ... trayaḥ puruṣā devasya śriyaṃ na sahaṃte Mu. 1, 5; asti pūrvamahaṃ vyomacārī vidyādharo'bhavam Ks. 22. 56, 1. 27; asti tatrabhavān vṛṣalaṃ yājayiṣyati P. III. 3. 146 is it that &c. --stiḥ f. N. of a sister of Prāpti, daughter of Jarasandha and wife of Kamsa.
     -- Comp.
          --kāyaḥ [asti kāyaḥ svarūpaṃ yasya] a category or predicament (with the Jainas); these categories are 5:
          --jīva-, pudgala-, dharma-, adharma-, and ākāśa-. --kṣīra a. [asti kṣīraṃ yasya P. II. 2. 24 Vart.] having milk.
          --nāsti ind. doubtful, partly true and partly not; -tvaṃ, tā doubtful or partial existence.

astitvam Existence.

astimat a. [asti vidyamānaṃ dhanamasya] Possessed of property, wealthy.

astu ind. (Strictly 3rd. pers. sing. Imperative of as) Let it be, be it so, well, implying permission; it is also said to have the senses of pain, contest, jealousy, superiority, acceptance, praise, indication, and acceptance with envy.

astuṃkāra a. [P. VI. 3. 70 Vārt.]
     (1) Efficacious, working (as a medicine).
     (2) Producing that which the physician promises shall be.

asaṃyata a.
     (1) Unrestrained, not under control.
     (2) Not tied, as in asaṃyato'pi mokṣārthī; -ātman having the soul unrestrained. --taḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

asaṃyamaḥ Absence of control or restraint, especially of the senses.

asaṃyukta a.
     (1) Separated.
     (2) Not conjunct (as a consonant). --ktaṃ
     (1) Non-combination.
     (2) (In gram.) Hiatus.

asaṃyuta a. Unblended, ununited. --taḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

asaṃvidāna a. Ignorant, foolish; asaṃvidāneva jāmātre kupyasiṃ U. 7; Ki. 18. 42.

asaṃvṛta a. Uncovered, exposed. --taṃ N. of a hell.

asaṃvyavahita a. Immediate, without any interval (of time or space).

asaṃśaya a. Free from doubt, certain. --yaṃ ind. Without doubt, undoubtedly, certainly, assuredly; asaṃśayaṃ kṣatraparigrahakṣamā S. 1. 22.

asaṃśrava a. Out of hearing, inaudible; asaṃśrave out of the hearing of; asaṃśrave caiva gurorna kiṃcidapi kīrtayet Ms. 2. 203.

asaṃśliṣṭa a. Not joined or united. --ṣṭaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

asaṃsṛtiḥ f. Non-return to worldly existence, absorption into the Supreme Spirit.

asaṃsṛṣṭa a.
     (1) Not mixed with, not connected.
     (2) Not living in common, not reunited after partition of property (as an heir).

asaṃskṛta a.
     (1) Unpolished, not refined or cleansed &c.
     (2) Not decorated or adorned.
     (3) One over whom no purificatory rite (any one of the samskāras) has been performed. --taḥ An ungrammatical form (apaśabda).

asaṃstuta a.
     (1) Unknown, unacquainted, not familiar; asaṃstuta iva parityakto bāṃdhavo janaḥ K. 173, 308; Ki. 3. 2.
     (2) Unusual, strange; asaṃstuteṣu prasabhaṃ bhayeṣu Ki. 3. 21.
     (3) Not in harmony or agreement with; dhāvati paścādasaṃstutaṃ cetaḥ S. 1. 34.

asaṃsthānam
     (1) Absence of cohesion.
     (2) Disorder, confusion.
     (3) Want, destitution.

asaṃsthita a.
     (1) Not arranged, disordered, irregular; asaṃsthitamabhūyiṣṭhaṃ H. 3. 109.
     (2) Not collected.
     (3) Moving.

asaṃsthitiḥ f. Disorder, confusion.

asaṃhata a. Not joined or united, scattered, loose, straggling. --taḥ The Purusha or soul (in Sān. phil.). --taṃ A form of array, open order of troops.

asakṛt ind. Not once, repeatedly, often and often; asakṛdekarathena tarasvinā R. 9. 23; Me. 92, 93.
     -- Comp.
          --samādhiḥ repeated meditation.
          --garbhavāsaḥ repeated birth.

asakau a. = asau this or that; Śi. 7. 53.

asakta a.
     (1) Not excessively attached, not feeling interested in, indifferent (to); asaktaḥ sukhamanvabhūt R. 1. 21.
     (2) Not entangled; S. 2. 12.
     (3) Not united, detached.
     (4) Not attached to worldly feelings and connections. --ktaṃ ind.
     (1) Without being excessively attached or addicted to; Ki. 1. 11.
     (2) Without any hindrance, quickly; Dk. 35.
     (3) Incessantly, ceaselessly; Ki. 4. 31.

asaktha a. Thighless(P. V. 4. 121).

asakra a. Ved. Not ceasing to flow, not drying up; not going elsewhere (asaṃkramaṇī); Rv. 6. 63. 8.

asakhiḥ An enemy, adversary.

asagotra a. Not belonging to the same Gotra or family.

asaṃkasuka a. Not fickle, steady.

asaṃkula a. Not crowded, open, clear, broad, (as a road &c.). --laḥ A broad road.

asaṃkrāṃta a. Not gone over or transmitted; -māsaḥ an intercalary month.

asaṃkhya a. Beyond calculation, numberless, countless, innumerable; Ms. 1. 80; 12. 15; -tā, --tvaṃ infinity.

asaṃkhyāta a. Countless, innumerable.

asaṃkhyeya a. Innumerable. --yaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu; V. Sahas. --yaṃ An exceedingly large number.
     -- Comp.
          --guṇa a. innumerable.

asaṃga a.
     (1) Not attached, free from worldly ties.
     (2) Not hindered or obstructed, not blunted; asaṃgamadriṣvapi sāravattayā R. 3. 63; tasya mūrghni śitaṃ khaḍgamasaktaṃ parvateṣvapi Mb.
     (3) Not united, solitary, unassailed. --gaḥ
     (1) Non-attachment; Ms. 6. 75.
     (2) Purusha or soul (in Sān. phil.) -vat a. not attached to.

asaṃgata a.
     (1) Ununited, unaccompanied with.
     (2) Improbable, inconsistent.
     (3) Unequal.
     (4) Unesteemed.
     (5) Unbecoming, improper.
     (6) Rude, ill-mannered, unpolished.

asaṃgatiḥ f.
     (1) Not associating with.
     (2) Incongruity, improbability.
     (3) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which a cause and the effect are represented as locally different or separated (in which there is an apparent violation of the relation between cause and effect); bhinnadeśatayātyaṃtaṃ kāryakāraṇabhūtayoḥ . yugapaddharmayoryatra khyātiḥ sā syādasaṃgatiḥ .. K. P. 10; viruddhaṃ bhinnadeśatvaṃ kāryahetvorasaṃgatiḥ . viṣaṃ jaladharaiḥ pītaṃ mūrchitāḥ pathikāṃganāḥ .. Kuval.

asaṃgama a. Not united. --maḥ
     (1) Separation, disunion.
     (2) Incongruity.

asaṃgin a.
     (1) Not united or associated.
     (2) Not attached to the world.

asacadviṣ a. Ved.
     (1) Persecuting those who are not (his) worshippers.
     (2) Having no enemies.

asajāta a. Ved. Not related by blood.

asajātya a. Without consanguinity or blood-relationship.

asaṃjña a. Insensible. --jñā Disunion, disagreement, discord.

asat a.
     (1) Not being or existing; tadabhāve sadapyasat H. 3. 3; asati tvayi Ku. 4. 12; Ms. 9. 154.
     (2) Non-existent, unreal; ātmano brahmaṇo'bhedamasaṃtaṃ kaḥ kariṣyati.
     (3) Bad (opp. sat); sadasadvyaktihetavaḥ R. 1. 10.
     (4) Wicked, vile, evil; as -vicāra.
     (5) Not manifest.
     (6) Wrong, improper, false, untrue; iti yaduktaṃ tadasat (oft. occurring in controversial works).
     (7) Not answering its purpose. --m. (n) Indra. --n. (t)
     (1) Non-existence, non-entity; nāsadāsīnno sadāsīt Rv. 10. 129. 1; asadvā idamagra āsīt tato vai sadajāyata Ait. Br., Ms. 12. 118; 1. 11, 14, 74.
     (2) An evil, a harm.
     (3) Untruth, falsehood. --tī An unchaste woman; asatī bhavati salajjā Pt. 1. 418.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyetṛ m. a Brāhmaṇa who reads heterodox works, one who neglects his ownśakha and studies another; also cal led śākhāraṃḍaḥ; svaśākhāṃ yaḥ parityajya anyatra kurute śramaṃ . śākhāraṃḍaḥ sa vijñeyo varjayettaṃ kriyāsu ca ... --āgamaḥ 1. a heterodox Śastra or doctrine. --2. acquisition (of wealth) by unfair or foul means. --3. a foul means itself.
          --ācāra a. following evil practices, wicked. (
          --raḥ) an evil practice.
          --ācārin a. one who follows evil practices, wicked, vile.
          --karman, --kriyā &c. see below.
          --kalpanā 1. an untrue action, one which never took place. --2. fabrication of falsehood.
          --khyātiḥ f. wrong or improper perception or knowledge.
          --gra (grā) haḥ 1. a bad trick. --2. a bad opinion, prejudice. --3. childish desire.
          --ceṣṭitaṃ harm, injury; prāṇiṣvasacceṣṭitaṃ S. 5. 9.
          --janaḥ a bad, wicked, or contemptible man.
          --dṛś a. evil-eyed.
          --pathaḥ 1. a bad road (lit.). --2. evil practices or doctrines; nāśo haṃta satāmasatpathajuṣāmāyuḥ samānāṃ śataṃ Bv. 4. 36.
          --parigrahaḥ acceptance of a bad road.
          --putraḥ 1. a childless man. --2. a bad son or disreputable son.
          --pratigrahaḥ 1. present of bad things. --2. receiving unfit presents (such as tila) or from inproper persons.
          --bhāvaḥ 1. non-existence, absence. --2. a bad or wicked opinion. --3. an evil disposition.
          --vṛtti, --vyavahāra a. following evil practices, wicked. (
          --ttiḥ f.) 1. a low or degrading occupation. --2. wickedness.
          --vyavahāra a. following evil practices. (
          --raḥ) evil practice.
          --śāstraṃ 1. a wrong doctrine. --2. a heterodox doctrine (such as that of the Buddhas).
          --saṃsargaḥ bad company.
          --hetuḥ 1. a statement having exceptions (in nyāya). --2. a bad or fallacious hetu; see hetvābhāsa.

asatāyī Wickedness.

asatkṛ 8 U. To disrespect, dishonour, not to receive hospitably.

asatkarman a. Of bad conduct, wicked. --n. (--rma)
     (1) A bad action (prohibited by the Vedas).
     (2) Wickedness.

asatkāraḥ, asatkriyā Disrespect, dishonour, bad or inhospitable reception.

asatkṛta a.
     (1) Not honoured, disrespected.
     (2) Done from improper motives. --taṃ A bad or wicked deed.

asattā
     (1) Non-existence.
     (2) Untruth.
     (3) Wickedness, badness.

asattva a.
     (1) Without energy or strength.
     (2) Having no animal.
     (3) Having no goodness. --ttvaṃ
     (1) Non-existence.
     (2) Unreality, untruth.
     (3) Wickedness, badness.
     (4) Duet.
     (5) Darkness.

asatya a.
     (1) Untrue, false.
     (2) Imaginary, unreal; asatyakaṃṭhārpitabāhubaṃdhanā Ku. 5. 57. --tyaḥ A liar. --tyaṃ Falsehood, untruth.
     -- Comp.
          --vādin a. speaking falsely, liar.
          --saṃdha a. not true to one's promise, false, perfidious, treacherous; -dhe jane sakhī padaṃ kāritā S. 4.
          --sannibha a. improbable, unlikely.

asadṛśa a. (śī f.)
     (1) Dissimilar, unlike.
     (2) Unfit, improper, incongruous; -vyavahārin behaving improperly H. 2; -saṃyogakārin K. 12 unworthy; mātaḥ kimapyasadṛśaṃ vikṛtaṃ vacaste Ve. 5. 3.

asadyas ind. Not immediately, after delay.

asan n. Blood(used only in the declension of asṛū after acc. pl.).

asanam Throwing, discharging, casting; as in iṣvasanaṃ a bow. --naḥ N. of a tree (pītasāla); nirasanairasanairavṛthārthatā Śi. 6. 47. --nā Ved. A missile, an arrow.
     -- Comp.
          --parṇī N. of a tree (sātala).

asaniḥ One who throws &c.

asaṃtati a. Having no issue, childless. --tiḥ, --naḥ Childlessness, failure of issue.

asaṃtāna a. Having no issue, childless. --tiḥ, --naḥ Childlessness, failure of issue.

asaṃdigdha a.
     (1) Not doubtful, distinct, certain, clear.
     (2) Not vanished.
     (3) Confident, unsuspected. --gdhaṃ ind. Certainly, undoubtedly.

asaṃdita --na a. Ved. Not restrained, free.

asanna a. Ved. Without rest or repose, untiring, restless.

asaṃdhi a.
     (1) Not joined together (as words).
     (2) Not bound or restrained, at liberty. --dhiḥ Absence of Sandhi or euphony.

asaṃnaddha a.
     (1) Unarmed.
     (2) Pretending to knowledge, conceited (paṃḍitaṃmanya).
     (3) Proud, arrogant.
     (4) Born or produced.

asaṃnikarṣaḥ
     (1) Non-perception of objects, not bringing them to the mind.
     (2) Remoteness.

asaṃnikṛṣṭa a.
     (1) Unperceived.
     (2) Not near, remote.

asaṃnidhiḥ, --nidhānam
     (1) Absence, distance.
     (2) Confidence.

asaṃnihita a.
     (1) Not near, distant.
     (2) Placed in a wrong manner.

asaṃnivṛttiḥ f. Non-return; asaṃnivṛttyai tadatītameva S. 6. 9 gone never to return; R. 8. 49.

asapatna a.
     (1) Without a rival wife.
     (2) Not an enemy, friendly.
     (3) Without enemies, not attacked. --tnaṃ Undisturbed condition, peace. --tnī A sort of brick (iṣṭakābhedaḥ).

asapiṃḍa a. Not connected by offerings of rice-balls; or, not connected by blood-relationship.

asabhya a. Unfit for an assembly, vulgar, low, obscene, indecent (words &c.).

asama a.
     (1) Uneven, odd (as a number); asamaśīlāḥ khalu mṛgāḥ Bv. 1. 2 mean, contemptible.
     (2) Unequal (in space, number or dignity); asamaiḥ samīyamānaḥ Pt. 1. 74.
     (3) Unequalled, matchless, unsurpassed; samavatārasamairasamaistaṭaiḥ Ki. 5. 7; vādyaviśeṣāṇāmasamaḥ śrotā K. 12; Ms. 10. 73.
     (4) Uneven, not level (as ground). --maḥ N. of Buddha.
     -- Comp.
          --iṣuḥ, --bāṇaḥ, --sāyakaḥ 'having an odd number of arrows,' epithets of Cupid who has five arrows.
          --nayana, --netra, --locana a. 'having an odd number of eyes', epithets of Śiva, who has three eyes.
          --vṛttaṃ a metre in which the ganas are not the same in all lines.

asamagra a. Incomplete; partial.

asamaṃjasa a.
     (1) Indistinct, unintelligible; skhaladasamaṃjasamugdhajalpitaṃ te U. 4. 4; Mal. 10. 2 faltering, inarticulate and pretty prattle.
     (2) Unbecoming, improper; yadyapi na kāpi hānirdrākṣāmanyasya rāsabhe carati . asamaṃjasamiti matvā tathāpi taralāyate cetaḥ .. Udb.
     (3) Absurd, nonsensical, foolish. --saṃ Non-conformity, disparity, difference. --ind.
     (1) Unbecomingly, improperly.
     (2) In a fluctuating or confused manner.

asamad f. Ved. Non-conflict, harmony, concord.

asamada a. [saha madena garveṇa samadaḥ kalahaḥ sa nāsti yatra] Without a quarrel or opposition.

asamana a.
     (1) Of different colours or minds.
     (2) Going in different directions.
     (3) Uneven, unequal.

asamayaḥ
     (1) Unseasonableness.
     (2) Unfit or unfavourable time; asamaye matirunmiṣati dhruvaṃ N. 4. 57.

asamartha a.
     (1) Not able or competent.
     (2) Weak, feeble.
     (3) (In Rhet.) Powerless to convey the intended meaning, a defect of a word; yattadarthaṃ paṭhyate na ca tatrāsya śāktiḥ tadasamarthatvaṃ K. P. 7; e. g. in kuṃjaṃ haṃti kṛśodarī, han, though read in root-books in the sense of 'going', is here powerless to convey that meaning.
     -- Comp.
          --samāsaḥ a compound in which the conjunction of words is not as it should be; e. g. in aśrāddhabhojin, asūryaṃpaśya, a goes not with śrāddha or sūrya but with bhojin or paśya.

asamavāyin a. Not intimate or inherent, accidental, separable.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraṇaṃ (In logic) an accidental cause, not inherent and intimate relation; guṇakarmamātravṛttijñeyamathāpyasamavāyihetutvaṃ Bāhṣā. P.; yathā taṃtuyogaḥ paṭasya.

asamaveta a. Not classed together, incoherent; -rūpaṃ incoherently.

asamasta a.
     (1) Incomplete, imperfect, partial, not whole.
     (2) (In gram.) Not joined in a compound, not compounded.
     (3) Uncollected.
     (4) Separate, detached, unconnected (opp. vyasta). --staṃ An uncompounded word (the sentence showing the dissolution of a compound).

asamāti a. Having nothing equal, unparalleled.

asamāna a. Unequalled, matchless; -lāvaṇyaṃ Dk. 13.

asamāpta a.
     (1) Not completed or finished, left incomplete; R. 8. 76; Ku. 4. 19.
     (2) Not fully acquired.

asamāvṛttaḥ --ttakaḥ A religious student who has not completed the period of his residence with his preceptor; Ms. 11. 157.

asamāvartakaḥ A religious student who has not completed the period of his residence with his preceptor; Ms. 11. 157.

asamāvṛttikaḥ A religious student who has not completed the period of his residence with his preceptor; Ms. 11. 157.

asamāhāra a. Not joined. --raḥ
     (1) Non-recovery of anything.
     (2) Disunion.

asamīkṣya ind. Not having(properly) considered.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. acting inconsiderately, imprudent, not circumspect.

asaṃpatti a. Unlucky, poor, miserable. --ttiḥ f.
     (1) Ill-luck, want of success or wealth.
     (2) Non-accomplishment, failure.

asaṃpūrṇa a. 1 Not complete, unfinished.
     (2) Not whole or entire.
     (3) Not full, partial, as the moon; caṃdramasaṃpūrṇamaṃḍalamidānīṃ Mu. 1. 6.

asaṃprajñāta a. Not well discerned or distinguished, a kind of samādhi (= nirvikalpasamādhi q. v.)

asaṃbaddha a.
     (1) Unconnected, incoherent.
     (2) Nonsensical, absurd, unmeaning; -pralāpiṇī talking nonsense; asaṃbaddhaḥ khalvasi Mk. 9 absurd fellow; -manorathā Mal. 2; -ddhaṃ pralapituṃ pravṛttaḥ Ratn. 2.
     (3) Improper, wrong; Ms. 12. 6. --ddhaṃ An absurd sentence, unmeaning or nonsensical speech; e. g. yāvajjīvamahaṃ maunī when uttered by some one; see abaddha also.

asaṃbaṃdha a. Unconnected, not relating or belonging to. --dhaḥ Nonconnection, absence of any relation or connection; yadvā sādhyavadanyasminnasaṃbaṃdha udāhṛtaḥ Bhaṣa. P. 68.

asaṃbādha a.
     (1) Not narrow, spacious, wide.
     (2) Not crowded with people, lonely, solitary.
     (3) Open, accessible; Ki. 3. 53.
     (4) Separated by an interval; dvipairasaṃbādhamayāṃbabhūve Śi. 3. 67.
     (5) Without pain. --dhā N. of a metre consisting of 56 syllables. --dhaṃ Ved. Open space.

asaṃbhava a. Improbable, unlikely; inconsistent; asaṃbhavaṃ hemamṛgasya janma H. 1. 28. --vaḥ
     (1) Non-existence; rāmeṇāpi kathaṃ na hemahariṇasyāsaṃbhavo lakṣitaḥ Pt. 2. 4; Śi. 16. 34.
     (2) Improbability, impossibility. --vā, --vaṃ An extraordinary event.

asaṃbhavya, asaṃbhāvin a.
     (1) Impossible; asaṃbhavyaṃ na vaktavyaṃ.
     (2) Incomprehensible. --vyaṃ ind. In an incomprehensible or extraordinary manner.

asaṃbhāvanā
     (1) Difficulty or impossibility of comprehending.
     (2) Improbability.

asaṃbhāvanīya, asaṃbhāvya a.
     (1) Impossible.
     (2) Inconceivable, incomprehensible. --vyaṃ = asaṃbhavyaṃ q. v.

asaṃbhūtiḥ f.
     (1) Non-existence.
     (2) Not being born again.
     (3) Undeveloped cause (prakṛti).

asaṃbhṛta a.
     (1) Not brought about by artificial means, not artificial, natural; asaṃbhṛtaṃ maṃḍanamaṃgayaṣṭeḥ Ku. 1. 31.
     (2) Not properly nourished.

asaṃmrama a. Free from agitation, composed, cool. --maḥ Calmness, steadiness; R. 4. 72.

asaṃmata a.
     (1) Disapproved, not allowed or permitted, not consented to; asaṃmataḥ kastava muktimārgaṃ Ku. 3. 5.
     (2) Disliked, averse.
     (3) Dissentient, differing from. --taḥ An enemy; dyatu doṣairasaṃmatān K. P. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --ādāyin a. taking without the consent of the possessor, such as a thief.

asaṃmatiḥ f.
     (1) Dissent, difference of opinion, disagreement.
     (2) Disapproval; dislike, aversion.

asaṃmānaḥ Disrespect, disgrace.

asaṃmita a. Not limited, immense.

asaṃmūḍha a.
     (1) Not infatuated, undeluded.
     (2) Steady, composed.

asaṃmohaḥ
     (1) Absence of infatuation.
     (2) Steadiness, composure, coolness.
     (3) Real knowledge, true insight into a thing).

asaṃmṛṣṭa a. Ved.
     (1) Not blended or united together.
     (2) Without any hurt, uninjured, safe.
     (3) Not cleansed.

asamyaṃc a. (--mīcī f.)
     (1) Bad, improper, incorrect.
     (2) Imperfect, incomplete.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. 1. inexpert, incompetent. --2. ill-conducted, profligate.

asaruḥ [sarati sṛ-un na- ta-] N. of a medicinal plant; Blumea Lacera.

asarva a. Not all; -vīra a. Ved. not having all one's men collected.

asalam [asyate kṣipyate'nena; as + kalac]
     (1) Iron.
     (2) A Mantra used in discharging a missile.
     (3) Arms.

asavarṇa a. Of a different caste or tribe; api nāma kulapatoriyamasavarṇakṣetrasaṃbhavā syāt S. 1.

asaścat a. Ved.
     (1) Not disposed to go, not going; Rv. 8. 31. 4.
     (2) Unceasing, inexhaustible, not drying up.
     (3) Not closed up, not defeated or overcome, untouched (as by any one attempting to enter a door).

asasat a. Ved. Not sleeping, watchful, wakeful; Rv. 1. 143. 3.

asaha a.
     (1) Not enduring, intolerant, impatient of; kālakṣepāsahaḥ Ks. 9. 37.
     (2) Unable to bear, support, or endure; oft. with gen. of object; kumumapātasyāpyasahaṃ śarīraṃ K. 250; sā strīsvabhāvādasahā bharasya Mu. 4. 13; asahatarā kucakuṃbhayorbharasya Śi. 7. 48; 10. 81; Ki. 7. 7. --haṃ The middle of the breast.

asahana a. Not enduring, intolerant, impatient, envious, jealous; dūrārūḍhaḥ khalu praṇayo'sahanaḥ V. 4; 4. 27; Me. 54; Ratn. 3. 15; Śi. 15. 39. --naḥ An enemy. --naṃ Intolerance, impatience; paraguṇāsahanaṃ = asūyā.

asahanīya a. Unbearable, insufferable, intolerable; asahyapīḍaṃ bhagavannṛṇamaṃtyamavehi me R. 1. 71; 18. 25; Ku. 4. 1.

asahitavya a. Unbearable, insufferable, intolerable; asahyapīḍaṃ bhagavannṛṇamaṃtyamavehi me R. 1. 71; 18. 25; Ku. 4. 1.

asahya a. Unbearable, insufferable, intolerable; asahyapīḍaṃ bhagavannṛṇamaṃtyamavehi me R. 1. 71; 18. 25; Ku. 4. 1.

asahamāna a. Impatient.

asāhiṣṇu a.
     (1) Impatient, unenduring, envious or jealous of; as in parasukhāsahiṣṇuḥ.
     (2) Quarrelsome; -tā impatience, envy.

asahāya a.
     (1) Friendless, lonely, solitary; ekamasahāyamagāraṃ P. V. 1. 113 Com.
     (2) Without companions or assistants; Ms. 7. 30, 55; -tā, --tvaṃ loneliness, solitude; Ms. 6. 44; -vat without companions, friendless.

asahita a. Unassociated, unaccompanied.

asākṣāt ind.
     (1) Not before the eyes, invisibly, imperceptibly.
     (2) Not present (used adjectively).
     (3) Indirectly.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ absence; non-perception.

asākṣika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Having no witness, unattested, unwitnessed; asākṣikeṣu tvartheṣu mitho vivadamānayoḥ Ms. 8. 109.
     (2) Without a ruler.

asākṣin a.
     (1) Not an eye-witness.
     (2) One whose evidence is not admissible (in law).
     (3) One who is disqualified to attest a legal document.

asākṣyam Want of evidence.

asāda a. Ved. Not sitting; having no seat.

asādhana a. Without means, destitute of resources, materials, or instruments; Pt. 2. 1. --naṃ
     (1) Non-accomplishment.
     (2) Not proving or establishing.

asādhanīya, asādhya a.
     (1) Not to be accomplished or completed, not proper, easy, or capable of being accomplished; nāsti asādhyaṃ nāma manobhuvaḥ K. 157.
     (2) Not capable of being proved.
     (3) Incurable, irremediable (as a disease or patient); asādhyaḥ kurute kopaṃ prāpte kāle gado yathā Śi. 2. 84; asādhya iti vaidyenātura iva V. 3; Mv. 4. 23; bhiṣajāmasādhyaṃ R. 8. 93.

asādhāraṇa a.
     (1) Not common, peculiar, special, specific.
     (2) (In logic) Existing neither in sapakṣa or vipakṣa as a hetu; yastūbhayasmād vyāvṛttaḥ sa tvasādhāraṇo mataḥ.
     (3) Not to be claimed by any one else, exclusively belonging to one (as wealth &c.); pitā putrāṃtareṣvapi sādhāraṇo mātā tvasādhāraṇī Mit. --ṇaḥ A fallacy or hetvābhāsa in Logic; one of the three kinds of anaikāṃtika q. v. --ṇaṃ Speciality, special property.

asādhu a.
     (1) Not good, bad, distasteful, unpleasant; atorhasi kṣaṃtumasādhu sādhu vā Ki. 1. 4.
     (2) Wicked.
     (3) Illbehaved (with loc.); asādhurmātari Sk.
     (4) Corrupt, not properly formed or Sanskrit (as a word). --dhvī An unchaste woman. -tā, --tvaṃ Wickedness.
     -- Comp.
          --vṛttā an unchaste woman.

asāmayika a.(kī f.) Inopportune, unseasonable; Ki. 2. 40.

asāmānya a.
     (1) Not common, peculiar, exclusive, sole; R. 15. 39.
     (2) Extraordinary. --nyaṃ A peculiar or special property.

asāmi a. Ved. Not half, whole, complete. --mi ind. Completely, fully.

asāṃprata a. Unfit, unbecoming, improper; anācakṣāṇayā'sāṃprataṃ kṛtaṃ M. 5. --taṃ ind. Improperly, unfitly; oft. used with an adjectival force = asāṃprata; viṣavṛkṣo'pi saṃvardhya svayaṃ chettumasāṃprataṃ Ku. 2. 55; saṃpratyasāṃprataṃ vaktumukte musalapāṇinā Śi. 2. 71. R. 8. 61; Pt. 1. 245.

asāmyam
     (1) Difference, dissimilarity.
     (2) Unsuitableness (in medicine or diet).

asāra a. [na. ba.]
     (1) Sapless, insipid.
     (2)
          (a) Without essence, useless; asāraḥ khalu saṃsāraḥ Udb.;
          (b) worthless, unsubstantial, without strength, stuff or value, deprived of its essence; asāraṃ saṃsāraṃ parimuṣitaratnaṃ tribhuvanaṃ Māl. 5. 30; U. 1; asāre khalu saṃsāre sārametaccatuṣṭayaṃ Dharm. 12, 13; Bh. 3. 146.
     (3) Vain, unprofitable; Pt. 1. 28.
     (4) Weak, feeble, infirm, fragile; śrutipathamasāraṃ Mu. 6. 14; bahūnāmapyasārāṇāṃ saṃhatiḥ kāryasādhikā (samavāyo hi durjayaḥ) Pt. 1. 331; Śi. 2. 50.
     (5) Poor; Dk. 40. --raḥ, --raṃ
     (1) Unessential or unimportant portion; kuryādasārabhaṃgo hi sārabhaṃgamapi sphuṭaṃ H. 3. 89.
     (2) N. of a tree (eraṃḍa).
     (3) Aloe wood.

asāratā
     (1) Saplessness.
     (2) Worthlessness; Y. 2. 60.
     (3) Unsubstantial nature; transitory or frail state; dhigimāṃ dehabhṛtāmasāratāṃ R. 8. 51.

asāhasam Absence of violence, gentleness.

asiḥ [asyate kṣipyate; as-in Uṇ. 4. 139]
     (1) A sword.
     (2) A knife used for killing animals.
     (3) [asyati sevanena pāpāni] N. of a river to the south of Benares.
     (4) Breath (śvāsa). --si ind. The 2nd pers. sing. of the Present of as to be, used as an indeclinable in the sense of 'tvam' thou; as in kṛtavānasi vipriyaṃ na me Ku. 4. 7 (where however asi may be taken as a verb).
     -- Comp.
          --asi ind. sword against sword.
          --gaṃḍaḥ a small pillow for the cheeks; (asiḥ kṣipto gaṃḍo yatra Tv.).
          --jīvin a. one who earns his livelihood by means of swords, a soldier fighting for wages.
          --daṃṣṭraḥ, --daṃṣṭrakaḥ the marine monster makara or crocodile (painted on the banner of Kamadeva).
          --daṃtaḥ a crocodile.
          --dhārā the edge of a sword; suragaja iva daṃtairbhagnadaityāsidhāraiḥ R. 10. 86, 41.
          --dhārāvrataṃ [asidhārāyāṃ sthitiriva duṣkaraṃ vrataṃ] 1. (according to some) the vow of standing on the edge of a sword; (according to others) the vow of keeping constant company with a young wife and yet steadily resisting the temptation of sexual intercourse with her; yatraikaśayanasthāpi pramadā nopabhujyate . asidhārāvrataṃ nāma vadaṃti munipuṃgavāḥ .. or śayane madhye khaḍgaṃ vidhāya strīpuṃsau yatra brahmacaryeṇa svapatastat; or yuvā yuvatyā sārdhaṃ yanmugdhabhartṛvadācaret . aṃtarnivṛttasaṃgaḥ syādasidhārāvrataṃ hi tat Yadava. --2. (hence fig.) any hopelessly difficult task; satāṃ kenoddiṣṭaṃ viṣamamasidhārāvratamidaṃ Bh. 2. 28, 64; asidhārāvratamidaṃ yadariṇāsaha saṃvāsaḥ Pt. 3.
          --dhāvaḥ, --dhāvakaḥ an armourer, furbisher.
          --dhenuḥ, --dhenukā [asirdhenuriva yasyāḥ vā kap] a knife; Vikr. 4. 69.
          --patra a. having sword-shaped leaves; jātaṃ tamātmanyasipatravṛkṣaṃ R. 14. 48. (
          --traḥ) 1. the sugar-cane. --2. a kind of tree which grows in the lower world. --3. a hell paved with swords. (
          --traṃ) 1. the blade of a sword. --2. a sheath, a scabbard. -vanaṃ a hell where the trees have leaves as sharp as swords.
          --patrakaḥ a sugar-cane.
          --pathaḥ, --thaṃ the course of the breath.
          --pucchaḥ, --pucchakaḥ the Gangetic porpoise.
          --putrikā, --putrī a knife (aseḥ putrīva). --medaḥ [asiriva tīkṣṇo medo niryāso yasya] the fetid Khadira (viṭkhadira). --hatya a. to be killed with a sword. (
          --tyaṃ) fighting with knives or swords.
          --hetiḥ [asirhetiḥ sādhanamasya] a swordsman.

asikam The part of the face between the underlip and the chin.

asiknī [sitā keśādau śubhrā jaratī, tadbhinnā avṛddhā, sita-knādeśaḥ ṅīp ca P. IV. 1. 39 Vārt.]
     (1) A young maid-servant of the harem.
     (2) Night (Nir.).
     (3) N. of a river in the Punjaub, mentioned along with others in the line imaṃ me gaṃge yamune &c.

asiknikā A young woman-servant; gato gaṇastūrṇamasiknikānāṃ Kaśi. on P. IV. 1. 39.

asita a.
     (1) Unbound(Ved).
     (2) [na sitaḥ śubhraḥ] Not white, black, dark-blue, dark-coloured; asitā moharajanī Śānti. 3. 4; Y. 3. 166; -locanā, -nayanā &c. --taḥ
     (1) The dark or blue colour.
     (2) The dark fortnight of a lunar month.
     (3) N. of the planet Saturn.
     (4) A black snake.
     (5) N. of the sage devala.
     (6) N. of a being presiding over darkness and magic. --tā
     (1) The Indigo plant.
     (2) A girl attending upon the harem (whose hair is not whitened by age); see asiknī.
     (3) The river Yamunā.
     (4) N. of a daughter of Vīraṇa and wife of Daksha.
     (5) N. of the river A kesines in the Punjab.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbujaṃ, --utpalaṃ the blue lotus.
          --aciṃs m. fire.
          --aśman, m.
          --upalaḥ a dark-blue stone; lapis lazuli.
          --keśā a woman having black hair.
          --keśāṃta a. having black locks of hair.
          --giriḥ, --nagaḥ 'the blue mountain'; N. of a mountain.
          --grīva a. having a black neck. (
          --vaḥ) fire.
          --ju a. (for -jānu) having black knees.
          --nayanaṃ a. black-eyed; Me. 112.
          --pakṣaḥ the dark fortnight; Pt. 1. 173.
          --phalaṃ the sweet cocoanut.
          --bhrū a. having black eye-lids.
          --mṛgaḥ the black antelope.
          --yavana = kālayavana q. v.; Śi. 15. 56.

asiddha a.
     (1) Not accomplished.
     (2) Imperfect, incomplete.
     (3) Unproved.
     (4) Unripe, raw, uncooked.
     (5) Not derivable by inference. --ddhaḥ A fallacious hetu; one of the five principal divisions of hetvābhāsa or fallacies. It is of three kinds:
     (1) āśrayāsiddha where the existence of any such locality (āśraya) as that where the property is said to reside, is not established; as 'gaganāraviṃdaṃ surabhi araviṃdatvāt';
     (2) svarūpāsiddha where the nature (svarūpa) alleged does not really reside in the subject (pakṣa); as śabdo guṇaḥ cākṣuṣatvāt; and
     (3) vyāpyatāsiddha where the alleged invariableness of concomitancy is not real (the sādhyatva not residing in sādhya); as parvato vahnimān kāṃcanamayadhūmāt.

asiddhiḥ f.
     (1) Imperfect accomplishment, failure.
     (2) Want of ripe ness.
     (3) Non-accomplishment (inYoga phil.).
     (4) (In logic) Conclusion not warranted by the premises.
     (5) Want of resolution.

asinva a. Ved. Insatiable.

asiraḥ [as kṣepe kirac]
     (1) A beam, a ray.
     (2) An arrow, a bolt.

asī N. of a river; see asi.

asuḥ [asyate kṣipyate as-un Uṇ. 1. 10; cf. Nir.; sa hi astaḥ śarīre bhavati tasya tatra nityamavasthānaṃ]
     (1) Breath, life, spiritual life.
     (2) Life of departed spirits.
     (3) Water.
     (4) Heat.
     (5) (pl.)
          (a) The five vital breaths or lifewinds in the body; asubhiḥ sthāsnu yaśaścicīṣataḥ Ki. 2. 19; parīkṣitaṃ durlabhānasūn prāpitavān K. 175; Bh. 2. 110;
          (b) wisdom (prajñā Nir.).
     (6) The time taken in pronouncing 10 long syllables.
     (7) A sixth part of a pala q. v. --n. (--su)
     (1) Reflection, thought.
     (2) Heart, mind.
     (3) Grief.
     -- Comp.
          --dhāraṇaṃ --ṇā sustenance of life, life, existence.
          --nītaḥ the lord of spirits. (
          --taṃ) the world of spirits.
          --nītiḥ f. the life or the world of the spirits (personified as a female deity invoked for the preservation of life.).
          --bhaṃgaḥ 1. destruction or loss of life; malinamasubhaṃgepyasukaraṃ Bh. 2. 28. --2. danger or fear about life.
          --bhṛt m. a living being, a creature.
          --sama a. as dear as life, dearly loved. (
          --maḥ) a husband, lover; muhurasusamamāghnatī nitāṃtaṃ Śi. 7. 17.

asumat a. Living, breathing. --m.
     (1) A living being; satatamasumatāmagamyarūpāḥ Śi. 4. 29.
     (2) Life, the principle of vitality.

asukha a.
     (1) Unhappy, sorrowful.
     (2) Not easy (to obtain), difficult Ki. 5. 49. --khaṃ Sorrow, pain, affliction; asukhaṃ darśitaṃ vikāreṇa M. 4.
     -- Comp.
          --āvaha a. pained with grief.
          --āviṣṭa a. afflicted with grief or pain, causing great pain.
          --udaya a. causing or ending in unhappiness; Ms. 4. 70.
          --udarka a. productive of or ending in unhappiness; Ms. 11. 10.
          --jīvikā an unhappy life.

asukhin a. Unhappy, sorrowful.

asuta a.
     (1) Childless.
     (2) Ved. Not pressed out, not cleared or purified (as the Soma juice).

asunva [su abhiṣave bā- śa, na. ta.] Not pressing out the Soma juice.

asutṛp a. Insatiable. --paḥ A servant of Yama, messenger of death.

asupta a. Not asleep; -dṛś not closing the eyes in sleep.

asumna a. Ved. Contrary, adverse.

asura a. [asu-ra Uṇ. 1. 42]
     (1) Living, alive, spiritual.
     (2) An epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Varuṇa.
     (3) Incorporeal, superhuman, divine. --raḥ [According to Nir. a suratāḥ sthāneṣu na suṣṭhu ratāḥ sthāneṣu capalā ityarthaḥ; or astāḥ pracyāvitā devaiḥ sthānebhyaḥ; or from asu; asuḥ prāṇaḥ tena tadvaṃto bhavaṃti ro matvarthe; or sordevānasṛjata tatsurāṇāṃ suratvaṃ, asoḥ asurānasṛjata tadasurāṇāmasuratvaṃ; soḥ = praśastādātmanaḥ pradeśāt]
     (1) An evil spirit, a demon; the Rām. thus accounts for the name: surāpratigrahāddevāḥ surā ityabhiviśrutāḥ . apratigrahaṇāttasyā daiteyāścāsurāstathā [In the oldest parts of the Ṛgveda the term asura is used for the Supreme spirit and in the sense of 'god', 'divine'; it was applied to several of the chief deities such as Indra, Agni, and Varuṇa. It afterwards acquired an entirely opposite meaning, and came to signify a demon or an enemy of the gods. The Brāhmaṇas state that Prajāpati created asuras with the breath (asu); particularly from the lower breath. The Vāyu P. says that Asuras were first produced as sons from Prajāpati's groin; cf. also Nir. above].
     (2) A general name for the enemies of gods, Daityas and Dānavas, distinguished from Rākṣasas descended from Pulastya.
     (3) A ghost or spectre.
     (4) The sun (said to be from as to shine).
     (5) An elephant.
     (6) An epithet of Rāhu.
     (7) A cloud.
     (8) N. of a warrior tribe. --rā
     (1) Night.
     (2) A zodiacal sign.
     (3) A prostitute. --rī
     (1) A female demon, wife of an Asura.
     (2) N. of the plant Sinapis Racemosa Roxb.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ, --rāj, --jaḥ 1. the lord of the Asuras. --2. an epithet of Bali, grandson of Pralhada.
          --ācāryaḥ, --guruḥ 1. N. of the preceptor of the Asuras, Śukracharya. --2. the planet Venus.
          --āhvaṃ bell-metal.
          --kṣayaṇa, --kṣiti a. destroying the Asuras.
          --dviṣ m. an enemy of the Asuras, i. e. a god.
          --māyā demoniacal magic.
          --rakṣas n. (pl.) the Asuras and Rākṣasas. (
          --saṃ) a demoniacal being partaking of the qualities of both the classes.
          --ripuḥ, --sūdanaḥ 'destroyer of Asuras', an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --han m. 1. one who destroys the Asuras, an epithet of Agni, Indra &c. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.

asurya a. [asurāya hitā gavā- yat]
     (1) Incorporeal, spiritual, divine.
     (2) Demoniacal, belonging to the Asuras or sprung from them (asurasya svaṃ P. IV. 4. 123). --ryaṃ
     (1) The water of the clouds.
     (2) Spirituality, divine nature.
     (3) The collective body of spiritual beings.

asuratvam Spirituality, supernatural or divine nature.

asurasā [na suṣṭu raso yasyāḥ] N. of a plant; a variety of tulasī.

asulabha a. Not easily attainable, difficult to secure; asulabhā sakaleṃdumukhī ca sā V. 2. 9.

asuṣvi a. [su-bā- ki dvitvam na. ta. Tv.] Not pressing out the Soma juice, irreligious, wicked.

asusūḥ [asūn prāṇān suvati sū-kvip] An arrow; sa sāsiḥ sāsusūḥ sāso yeyāyeyāyayāyayaḥ Ki. 15. 5.

asustha a. Unwell, indisposed; -tā indisposition, sickness.

asuhṛd m. An enemy; Śi. 2. 117.

asū a. Not bringing forth, barren (as a cow).

asūta, asūtika a. One who has not brought forth, barren.

asūtiḥ f.
     (1) Non-production, barrenness.
     (2) Obstruction, removal.

asūkṣaṇam [sūkṣ-ādare lyuṭ abhāve na. ta.] Disrespect; also in the same sense, asukṣaṇaṃ, asurkṣaṇaṃ, asūrkṣaṇaṃ, astarkṣaṇaṃ.

asūyati Den. P. (P. III. 1. 27)
     (1) To envy, to be jealous of; kathaṃ citragato bhartā mayā'sūyitaḥ M. 4.
     (2) To detract from; murmur, grumble at, be displeased with, scorn, be discontented with or angry with (with dat. of person or thing); asūyaṃti sacivopadeśāya K. 108; asūyaṃti mahyaṃ prakṛtayaḥ V. 4; nyasanāya sasaurabhasya kastarusūnasya śirasyasūyati Śi. 16. 20; Bg. 3. 31; sometimes with acc.; asūyaṃti hi rājāno janānanṛtavādinaḥ Mb. --Caus. To cause to murmur at.

asūyaka a. [asūy-ṇyul P. III. 2. 146]
     (1) Envious, detracting, calumnious.
     (2) Discontented, displeased. --kaḥ A detractor, an envious man; Ms. 2. 114; Śānti. 3. 7, Y. 1. 28.

asūyanam
     (1) Detraction, calumny.
     (2) Envy, jealousy.

asūyā
     (1) Envy, intolerance, jealousy (of the happiness of others); krudhadruherṣyāsūyārthānāṃ yaṃ prati kopaḥ P. I. 4. 37; III. 4. 28; VIII. 1. 8; sāsūyaṃ enviously.
     (2) Calumny, detraction (of the merits of others); asūyā paraguṇeṣu doṣāviṣkaraṇaṃ Sk. (= doṣāropo guṇeṣvapi Ak.); Ms. 7. 48; R. 4. 23.
     (3) Anger, indignation; vadhūrasūyākuṭilaṃ dadarśa R. 6. 82; sāsūyamuktā sakhī S. 2. 2.

asūyitṛ a. Envious, detracting.

asūyuḥ
     (1) Envious, jealous.
     (2) Displeased.

asūra a. Ved. Devoid of praise or worship; Rv. 8. 10. 4 (stotrarahita). --raṃ Ved. Absence of a person to extract the Soma juice; a place devoid of praise.

asūrta a. Not moving(aprerita).

asūrya a. Sunless.
     -- Comp.
          --ga a. not entering into the sun, i. e. not set; R. 3. 13; (raviṇāstamayo yogo viyogastūdayo bhavet .).

asūryaṃpaśya a. [sūryamapi na paśyati dṛśkhaś mumca P. III. 2. 36] Not seeing even the sun; said of the wives of a king who, being shut up in the harem, have no opportunity of seeing the sun; asūyaparśyāṃ rājadārāḥ Sk. --śyā A chaste and loyal wife.

asṛj n. [na sṛjyate itararāgavat saṃsṛjyate sahajatvāt na-sṛj-kvin Tv.]
     (1) Blood.
     (2) The planet Mars.
     (3) Saffron. --m. N. of the 16th of the 27 Yogas; dhanī kurūpaḥ kumatī durātmā videśagāmī rudhiraprakopaḥ . mahāpralobhī puruṣo balīyānasṛkprasūtau kila yasya jaṃtoḥ ... Śabdak.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ [asṛk śoṇitaṃ karoti kṛ-ṭa] the essence of the body; lymph, serum; (the process of rasa turning into blood &c., is thus described by Suśr.: rasādraktaṃ tato māṃsaṃ māṃsānmedaḥ prajāyate . medasosthi tato majjā majjnaḥ śukrasya saṃbhavaḥ). --daraḥ an irregular or excessive menstruation, moenorrhagia.
          --dāheḥ shedding blood.
          --dharā the skin.
          --dhārā 1. a stream of blood. --2. the skin.
          --paḥ, --pāḥ 'a blood-drinker', a Rakṣasa.
          --pātaḥ the falling of blood. (pl.) drops of blood.
          --pāvan a. Ved. drinking blood.
          --vahā a blood-vessel; pulse.
          --vimokṣaṇaṃ blood-letting, bleeding.
          --śrā (srā) vaḥ bleeding.

asṛpāṭaḥ --ṭī [asṛjaḥ pāṭī paripāṭī pṛ-] A stream of blood.

asṛṇi a. Unrestrained(as by a goad).

asṛṣṭa a.
     (1) Uncreated.
     (2) Continued.
     (3) Unpresented or undistributed.
     -- Comp.
          --anna a. one who does not distribute food.

asecana, --naka a. That on which one cannot look enough, charming, lovely; nayanayugāsecanakaṃ mānasavṛttyāpi duṣprāpam S. D.

asenya a. Ved.
     (1) Not befitting an army.
     (2) Not striking.

asevana a.
     (1) Not serving, disregarding.
     (2) Not following or practising, shunning. --naṃ Disregard, disobedience, inattention.

asevita a. Neglected; disused, abstained from.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvara or -dvāra a. not waiting at the doors of the rich or great.

asaunāman a. Ved. Having such and such a name.

asaumya a. Not lovely, ugly, disagreeable; -svara a. having a bad or croaking voice.

asauṣṭhava a.
     (1) Devoid of beauty or loveliness, not in good trim; śarīramasauṣṭhavaṃ Mal. 1. 17.
     (2) Ugly, deformed. --vaṃ Worthlessness, absence of merit.
     (2) Deformity, ugliness.

askanna a.
     (1) Not split.
     (2) Not poured out or effused.
     (3) Not sprinkled, not covered.
     (4) Permanent, durable.

askaṃdita a. Not split; not gone; not attacked; -vrata true to one's vow.

askṛdhoyu a. Not short or deficient, abundant, uninterrupted (avicchinna Say.); Rv. 7. 53. 3; 6. 67. 11.

askhalita a.
     (1) Unshaken, unyielding, firm, permanent.
     (2) Unhurt, sound and safe; -bhrātṛśataḥ Ve. 5.
     (3) Not stumbling or slipping, undeviating, careful; same cirāyāskhalitopacārāṃ R. 5. 20; -prayāṇa a. with unfaltering steps, not stumbling in gait.

asta, astu &c. see under as.

astabdha a. Not firm or selfpossessed, confused; -tvaṃ want of self-possession, confusion.

astarkṣaṇam = asūkṣaṇaṃ q. v.

astāgha a. Very deep.

astikaḥ N. of a sage whose intercession saved the serpents from being burnt down in the sacrificial fire of Janamejaya.

astṛta a. Ved. Not overcome, invincible; -yajvan a. Ved. sacrificing untiringly.

asteyam Not stealing.

astyānam Reproach, blame.

astram [asyaṃte kṣipyate as-ṣṭran Uṇ. 4. 158]
     (1) A missile; a weapon in general; prayuktamapyastramito vṛthā syāt R. 2. 34; pratyāhatāstro giriśaprabhāvāt 2. 41, 3. 58; aśikṣatāstraṃ pitureva R. 3. 31 the science of missiles.
     (2) An arrow; sword.
     (3) A bow.
     -- Comp.
          --a(ā)gāraṃ an arsenal, armoury.
          --āghātaḥ a wound, a cut (made by a weapon).
          --āhata a. struck, wounded, killed.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ [astraṃ kaṃṭaka iva] an arrow.
          --kāraḥ, --kārakaḥ, --kārin a maker of weapons.
          --kṣepaka a. shooting arrows.
          --cikitsakaḥ a surgeon.
          --cikitsā surgery.
          --jit m. N. of a plant
          --jīvaḥ, --jīvin m.
          --dhārin m. a soldier, professional warrior.
          --dhāraṇaṃ the bearing of arms.
          --nivāraṇaṃ the warding of a weapon.
          --maṃtraḥ a Mantra to be repeated in discharging or withdrawing a missile; R. 5. 57, 59.
          --mārjaḥ --rjakaḥ a furbisher.
          --yuddhaṃ fighting with weapons.
          --lāghavaṃ dexterity in wielding or throwing missiles.
          --vid a. skilled in the science of arms.
          --vidyā, --śāstraṃ, --vedaḥ the art or science of throwing missiles, military science, science of arms; Ki. 13. 62, U. 6. 9.
          --vṛṣṭiḥ f. a shower of missiles.
          --śastraṃ all sorts of weapons.
          --śikṣā military exercise.
          --sāyakaḥ 1. an iron arrow. --2. the nārāca missile.
          --hīna a. unarmed.

astrin a. Fighting with a missile weapon, an archer; astrī janaḥ punaranena kṛtaḥ kila strī Udb. (a pun on the word).

astrī
     (1) Not a woman.
     (2) (In gram.) The masculine and neuter genders; valkaṃ valkalamastriyāṃ Ak.

astrīka a. Having no wife; without a woman.

astraiṇa a. Ved. Without a wife.

asthan n. (the base used in some of the cases of asthi after acc.) A bone.

asthā Ved. A thunderbolt.

asthāga a. Very deep.

asthāna a. Very deep. --naṃ
     (1) A bad or wrong place; asthāne patatāmatīva mahatāmetādṛśī syādgatiḥ S. D.
     (2) An improper place or object or occasion; -varṣī Dk. 81 (= apātradāyin); asthānaṃ paribhūteḥ K. 45.

asthāne ind. Unseasonably, out of place, inopportunely, in a wrong place, on an unworthy object; ubhayorapyasthāne prayatnaḥ Mu. 2; asthāne mahānarthotsargaḥ kriyate Mu. 3; asthāne kopaḥ M. 4.

asthāyin a. Not permanent, transitory, perishable; prāyeṇa sādhuvṛttānāmasthāyinyo vipattayaḥ Bh. 2. 85.

asthāvara a.
     (1) Moveable, moving, not fixed.
     (2) (In law) Personal, as property, money, cattle &c. as opposed to land (= jaṃgama).

asthi n. [asyate as-kathin Uṇ. 3. 154]
     (1) A bone (changed to astha at the end of certain compounds; cf. anastha, puruṣāstha).
     (2) The kernel or stone of a fruit; na kārpāsāsthi na tuṣān Ms. 4. 78. [cf. L. os; Gr. osteon; Zend. asta; Pers. astah]
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt, --tejas, --saṃbhavaḥ, --sāraḥ, --snehaḥ marrow; Māl. 5. 18.
          --chalitaṃ a particular fracture of the bone; (pārśvayorasthihīnodgataṃ). --jaḥ 1. marrow. --2. thunderbolt.
          --tuṃḍaḥ [asthīva kaṭhinaṃ tuṃḍamasya] 1. a kind of bird whose mouth or beak is as hard as a bone. --2. a bird.
          --todaḥ pain in the bones.
          --tvac f. periosteum.
          --dhanvan m. N. of Śiva.
          --paṃjaraḥ 'a cage of bones', a skeleton.
          --prakṣepaḥ throwing the bones of the dead into the Ganges or any holy waters.
          --bhakṣaḥ, --bhuk 'an eater of bones', a dog.
          --bhaṃgaḥ fracture of the bones.
          --bhūyas a. consisting chiefly of bones, dried up.
          --bhedaḥ 1. fracturing or breaking a bone. --2. a sort of bone.
          --bhedakaḥ a bone-breaker.
          --mālā 1. a string or wreath of bones. --2. a row of bones.
          --mālin m. N. of Śiva.
          --yuj m. [asthi yunakti] a kind of tree (hastiśuṃḍāvṛkṣa). --yogaḥ the joining of a broken limb.
          --vigraha a. reduced to a skeleton. (
          --haḥ) N. of bhṛṃginṃ, Śiva's attendant.
          --śṛṃkhalā, --saṃhāraḥ, --saṃhārikā N. of the plant Heliotropium Indicum (graṃthimatīvṛkṣa). --śeṣa a. [asthimātraṃ śeṣo'sya] very lean, reduced to a skeleton.
          --śoṣaḥ dryness and decay of the bones.
          --saṃhārakaḥ 1. bone-seizer. --2. the adjutant bird.
          --saṃcayaḥ 1. collecting the bones or their ashes after burning a corpse. --2. a heap of bones.
          --saṃdhiḥ 1. a joint, an articulation. --2. uniting a broken bone.
          --samarpaṇaṃ throwing the bones of the dead body into the Ganges or holy waters.
          --sthūṇaḥ 'having the bones for its pillars', the body.
          --sraṃsa a. Ved. causing the bones to fall asunder.

asthanvat, asthimat, asthimaya a. Bony, consisting of bones.

asthita a. Not firm or fixed.

asthiti a.
     (1) Not firm.
     (2) Having no settled boundary or limit. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Want of firmness or fixity (fig. also.).
     (2) Want of good manners or decorum.

asthira a.
     (1) Not stable or firm, unsteady, fickle.
     (2) Uncertain.
     (3) Unworthy of confidence.

asthairya a. Unsteady. --ryaṃ Instability, unsteadiness.

asthūriḥ A cart furnished with more than one horse (ekāśvayuktaśakaṭaṃ sthūri tadviparītaṃ).

asnāvira a.
     (1) Without sinews or bands.
     (2) Without the gross body.

asnigdha a.
     (1) Not smooth, hard, dry.
     (2) Unkind.
     -- Comp.
          --dāru n. a kind of pine tree.

asneha a. Unkind, cruel. --haḥ Unkindness, want of affection.

aspaṃda a. Not trembling or moving, motionless; U. 5. 13.

asparśa a. Not touching, not in contact. --rśaḥ Absence of contact.

asparśanam Non-contact, avoiding the contact (of anything); prakṣālanāddhi paṃkasya dūrādasparśanaṃ varaṃ; cf. 'Prevention is better than cure'.

aspṛśya a.
     (1) Not to be touched.
     (2) Impure, unholy.

aspṛṣṭa a. Untouched.
     -- Comp.
          --rajas, --tamaska a. perfectly pure.
          --vahni a. unsheathed by fire.

aspṛṣṭiḥ f. Not touching, avoiding contact.

aspaṣṭa a.
     (1) Not clear, not clearly visible.
     (2) Indistinct, not clearly understood, doubtful; aspaṣṭabrahnaliṃgāni vedāṃtavākyāni S. B.

aspṛta a. Irresistible, invincible.

asphuṭa a. Indistinct, obscure. --ṭaṃ An indistinct speech.
     -- Comp.
          --phalaṃ indistinct fruit or result.
          --vāc a. lisping, speaking indistinctly.

asmad pron. [as-madik Uṇ. 1. 136] A pronominal base from which several cases of the 1st personal pronoun are derived; it is also abl. pl. of the word. --m. The individual soul, the embodied soul; yūyaṃ vayaṃ vayaṃ yūyamityāsīnmatirāvayoḥ . kiṃ jātamadhunā yena yūyaṃ yūyaṃ vayaṃ vayaṃ .. Bh. 3. 65 (quite estranged from each other).
     -- Comp.
          --druh a. Ved. forming a plot against us or me, inimical.
          --vidha, --asmādṛśa a. similar or like us.

asmatrā ind. To us, with or among us.

asmadīya a. [asmad --cha] Our, ours; yadasmadīyaṃ na hi tatpareṣāṃ Pt. 2. 105; sahāsmadīyairapi yodhamukhyaiḥ Bg. 12. 26.

asmadryaṃc a. [asmānaṃcati P. VIII. 2. 80-81] Turned towards us. --k ind. Towards us.

asmayu a. Endeavouring to secure us, desiring us.

asmāka a. Ved. for āsmāka(our, ours).

asmaṃtam = aśmaṃtaṃ q. v.

asmaraṇam Forgetfulness.

asmārta a.
     (1) Not within memory, immemorial.
     (2) Illegal, not according to the Aryan institutes of Law.
     (3) Not belonging to the Smārta sect.

asmṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Want of memory, forgetfulness.
     (2) Not forming part of the institutes of law. --ti ind. Ved. Inattentively.

asmi ind. (Strictly 1st. pers. sing. Pres. of as to be) Used in the sense of 'I', ahaṃ; āsaṃsṛterasmi jagatsu jātaḥ Ki. 3. 6; dāse kṛtāgasi bhavatyucitaḥ prabhūṇāṃ pādaprahāra iti suṃdari nāsmi dūye .. quoted by Malli.; tvāmasmi vacmi viduṣāṃ samavāyo'tra tiṣṭhati S. D.; anyatra yūyaṃ kusumāvacāyaṃ kurudhvamatrāsmi karomi sakhyaḥ K. P. 3.

asmitā Egotism; dṛgdarśanaśaktyorekātmatevāsmitā Pat. Sūtra.

asmera a. Ved. Not sullen, confiding.

asyavāmīyam [asyavāmiti śabdo'styatra sūkte matvarthe cha] The hymn beginning with the words asya vām (Rv. 1. 164).

asyudyata a. = udyatāsi with the sword raised.

asraḥ [as-ran]
     (1) A corner, an angle.
     (2) Hair of the head. --sraṃ
     (1) Tear; asrottaramīkṣitāmimāṃ Ku. 5. 61.
     (2) Blood.
     -- Comp.
          --arjaka a. producing blood. (
          --kaḥ) 1. the white Tulsī plant. --2. the humour producing blood.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ [asraḥ koṇaḥ iva kaṃṭho'sya] an arrow.
          --khadiraḥ the red Mimosa.
          --jaṃ flesh.
          --jit = aśrajit q. v.
          --paḥ 1. 'a blood-drinker', a Rākṣasa or goblin; vadhyaṃte'srapapuṃgavāḥ Mv. 6. 24. --2. the Nakshatra mūlā. --pā 1. a leech. --2. a Dākinī or female imp.
          --patrakaḥ N. of a plant (bhiṃḍāvṛkṣa). --pittaṃ hemorrhage, involuntary discharge of blood from the mouth, nostrils &c.
          --phalā, --lī N. of a plant (sallakī). --mātṛkā chyle, chyme.
          --rodhinī the plant lajjālu Mimosa Pudica.
          --biṃducchadā N. of a tuberous plant (lakṣaṇāvṛkṣa).

asrāyate Den. A. To shed tears.

asriḥ
     (1) An angle.
     (2) Ten millions; see aśri.

asridh, astredhat a. Ved. Devout, faithful.

asru = aśru q. v.

asreman a.
     (1) Praiseworthy.
     (2) Undecaying, immortal.

asva a.
     (1) Indigent, poor (nāsti svaṃ dhanaṃ yasya).
     (2) Not one's own.

asvaka, --asvakīya, asvika a. Not one's own, belonging to another.
     -- Comp.
          --ga a. Ved. not going to one's home, homeless; -tā Ved. homelessness.
          --jātiḥ a. of a different caste or kind.

asvatvaṃ --tā Absence of ownership.

asvacchaṃda a. Not self-willed, dependent.
     (2) Docile, tractable.

asvataṃtra a.
     (1) Dependent, subject, not one's own master; asvataṃtrā strī puruṣapradhānā Vasiṣṭha.
     (2) Docile, humble, tractable.

asvaṃta a. Ending, ill. --taḥ Death. --taṃ Fire-place (aśmaṃta q. v.).

asvapna a. Sleepless, wakeful. --pnaḥ
     (1) A god, deity.
     (2) Sleeplessness.

asvapnaj a. Sleepless.

asvabhāva a. Of a different nature. --vaḥ Different or unnatural character.

asvara a.
     (1) Having a bad voice.
     (2) Indistinct, not loud, in a low tone (as a speech). --raḥ
     (1) A low tone.
     (2) A consonant.
     (3) Absence of any accent. --raṃ ind. Not aloud, in a low tone.

asvarūpa a. Essentially different, unlike.

asvargya a. Not securing or leading to heaven; asvargyaṃ lokavidviṣṭaṃ dharmamapyācarenna tu Y. 1. 156.

asvaveśa a. Expelled from home.

asvādhyāyaḥ [na svādhyāyo vedādhyayanamasya]
     (1) One who has not yet commenced his studies, not being invested with the sacred thread.
     (2) Interruption of studies (as on aṣṭamī, eclipses &c.)

asvastha a.
     (1) Not well, unwell, indisposed, sick; balavat asvasthā S. 3 seriously indisposed; -śarīrā ibid., K. 159, 211; -tā want of firmness, weakness, ill-ness.

asvāsthyam
     (1) Indisposition, sickness.
     (2) Absence of ease or comfort, trouble, anxiety; ya itthamasvāsthyamahardivaṃ divaḥ Śi. 1. 51.

asvāmika a. Unowned, unclaimed. --kaṃ (Unclaimed) Treasure &c.

asvāmin a.
     (1) Having no right to anything, not being master of it.
     (2) Unowned, unclaimed.
     -- Comp.
          --vikrayaḥ a sale without ownership; nikṣiptaṃ vā paradravyaṃ naṣṭaṃ labdhvā'pahṛtya vā . vikrīyata'samakṣaṃ yat sa jñeyo'svāmivikrayaḥ ...

asvāmya a.
     (1) Unowned.
     (2) Not one's own. --myaṃ Absence of right to property.

ah I. 1 A. or 10 U.
     (1) = aṃh q. v. --II. 1 P. To sing together, compose, celebrate, prepare. --III. 5 P. (ahnoti, āhīt, āha) To pervade. --IV. (a defective verb preserved only in five forms ātya, āhathuḥ, āha, āhatuḥ, āhuḥ)
     (1) To say, speak, mention.
     (2) To acknowledge, accept, state.
     (3) To declare, express, signify.
     (4) To hold, consider, regard.
     (5) To call.

aha ind. A particle implying
     (a) praise (pūjā);
     (b) separation;
     (c) resolution, ascertainment, certainty; and translated by 'surely,' 'certainly,' 'yes,' 'well';
     (d) rejecting;
     (e) sending;
     (f) deviation from custom, impropriety; tvamaha grāmaṃ gaccha, tvamaha rathetāraṇyaṃ gaccha Sk.; svayamaha rathena yāti 3 upādhyāyaṃ padātiṃ gamayati Sk.

ahata a.
     (1) Not hurt or struck, uninjured.
     (2) Unbeaten (as cloth in washing).
     (3) Unwashed, new.
     (4) Unblemished, unsoiled.
     (5) Not frustrated or disappointed (as hopes &c.). --taṃ An unwashed or new cloth; cf. aprahata.

ahatiḥ, ahaṃtiḥ f. Ved. Safety, security from danger.

ahaṃtya, ahaṃtra, ahanya a. Ved. Indestructible, invincible.

ahan n. [na jahāti na tyajati sarvathā parivartanaṃ, na, hā-kanin Uṇ. 1. 55] (Nom. ahaḥ, ahnī-ahanī, ahāni, ahnā, ahobhyāṃ &c.; ahariti haṃti pāpmānaṃ jahāti ca Śat. Br.)
     (1) A day (including day and night); aghāhāni Ms. 5. 84.
     (2) Day time; savyāpārāmahani na tathā pīḍayenmadviyogaḥ Me. 88; yadahnā kurute pāpaṃ by day.
     (3) The sky (as traversed by the sun); samārūḍhe ca madhyamahnaḥ savitari K. 99; M. 2.
     (4) A sacrificial or festival day.
     (5) A day's work.
     (6) Viṣṇu.
     (7) Night.
     (8) A portion of a book appointed for a day.
     (9) A day personified as one of the eight Vasus. --nī (du.) Day and night. (At the end of comp. ahan is changed to ahaḥ, --haṃ or to ahna; see P. V. 4. 88--91; VI. 3. 110, VIII. 4. 7 Note. At the beginning of comp. it assumes the forms ahas or ahar; e. g. saptāhaḥ, ekāhaḥ, pūrvāhṇaḥ, aparāhṇaḥ, puṇyāhaṃ, sudināhaṃ, ahaḥpatiḥ or aharpatiḥ &c. &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --āgamaḥ (aharā-) the approach of day.
          --ādiḥ dawn; Śi. 11. 62.
          --karaḥ (-haḥ or -skaraḥ) 1. the sun; alavakārāsya vadhūrahaskaraḥ Śi. 1. 58; (P. III. 2. 21.). --2. a kind of tree.
          --gaṇaḥ, (-harga-) 1. a series of sacrificial days. --2. a month. --3. any calculated term (Wilson).
          --jaraḥ [ahobhiḥ parivartamāno lokān jarayati jṝ-ṇicac, ahāni vā asmin jīryaṃti ādhāre apvā Tv.] Ved. the year as making days old.
          --jāta a. Ved. born in the day or from day, not belonging to night.
          --diva a. (-hardi-) existing every day. (
          --vaṃ) ind. [ahaśca divā ca samā- dvaṃ-] daily, every day, day by day; ya itthamasvāsthyamahardivaṃ divaḥ Śi. 1. 51.
          --divi ind. day by day, every day, constantly.
          --dṛś a. Ved. belonging to the day; living.
          --nāthaḥ 1. the sun, the lord of the day. --2. a kind of tree.
          --niśaṃ [ahaśca niśā ca samā- dvaṃ-] a day and night, a whole day; Ms. 1. 74, 4. 97. (
          --śaṃ) ind. day and night, during the whole day, continually.
          --patiḥ [ahaḥpatiḥ, aharpatiḥ, ahaspatiḥ P. VIII. 2. 70 Vārt.] 1. the sun; nanu rāhvāhvamaharpatiṃ tamaḥ Śi. 16. 57; R. 10. 54. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. a kind of tree. --4. swallow wort.
          --bāṃdhavaḥ the sun.
          --bhāj, --loka a. Ved. partaking of the day.
          --maṇiḥ the sun.
          --mukhaṃ commencement of the day, morning, dawn.
          --rathaṃtaraṃ (P. VIII. 2. 68 Vart.) a portion of Sama to be chanted at day.
          --rātraḥ (--traṃ also) 1. a day and night (P. II. 4. 29); trīnahorātrān Nala. 12. 44; triṃśatkalā muhūrtaḥ syādahorātraṃ tu tāvataḥ Ms. 1. 64, 65; Ms. 11. 84; Y. 1. 147. --2. a day of the Pitṛs, a month of the gods and a year of Brahma.
          --vid a. Ved. 1. existing many days. --2. known long ago. --3. one who knows the fit time or season of a sacrifice.
          --śeṣaḥ, --ṣaṃ (-haḥśeṣaṃ) 1. evening. --2. the last day of defilement.

ahanā Dawn, morning(uṣā Say.).

aham pron. (Nom. Sing. of asmad). I [cf. Zend azem; L. ego; Germ. ich.]
     -- Comp.
          --agrikā a contest for superiority, rivalry.
          --ahamikā [ahamahaṃ śabdo'styatra vīpsāyāṃ dvitvaṃ ṭhan na ṭilopaḥ P. II. 1. 72] 1. emulation, competition, assertion of superiority; ahamahamikā tu sā syātparasparaṃ yo bhavatyahaṃkāraḥ Ak.; ahamahamikayā praṇāmalālasānāṃ K. 14, 81; ahamahamikayā madhukarakulairanubadhyamānaṃ 139, Mv. 6. 54. --2. egotism. --3. military vaunting.
          --kartavya a. to be referred to self. (
          --vyaṃ) the object of ahaṃkāra. --kāraḥ 1. egotism, sense of self, self-love considered as an avidyā or spiritual ignorance in Vedānta phil.; Bg. 2. 71, 7. 4; Ms. 1. 14; Y. 3. 177. --2. pride, self-consciousness, self-conceit, haughtiness. --3. (in San. phil.) the third of the eight producers or elements of creation, i. e. the conceit or conception of individuality, one of the 25 elements; Sān. K. 22, 24, 25; -vat a. selfish, proud.
          --kārin a. proud, self-conceited.
          --kāryaṃ that which is to be done by oneself, personal business or object.
          --kṛta a. 1. egotistic; Bg. 18. 17. --2. proud, haughty, Y. 3. 151.
          --kṛtiḥ f. egotism, high opinion of oneself, pride.
          --pūrva a. desirous of being first.
          --pūrvikā, --prathamikā [ahaṃ pūrvo'haṃ pūrva ityabhidhānaṃ yatra] 1. the running forward of soldiers with emulation; (hence) emulation, competition; javādahaṃpūrvikayā yiyāsubhiḥ Ki. 14. 32. --2. bragging, vaunting.
          --pratyayaḥ [ahamityākārakaḥ pratyayaḥ] self-conceit.
          --bhadraṃ [ahameva bhadra iti nirṇayo yatra] self-conceit, high opinion of one's own superiority.
          --bhāvaḥ 1. pride, egotism; ahaṃbhāvāvṛto nistrapaḥ Bv. 4. 10. --2. = -mati q. v.
          --matiḥ f. 1. self-love or self-illusion regarded as spiritual ignorance (in Vedānta phil.). --2. conceit, pride, egotism.
          --vādin a. speaking only of oneself, proud, haughty; Bg. 18. 26.
          --śreyas or -saṃ n. claiming superiority for oneself; ahaṃśreyase vivadamānāḥ Śat. Br.
          --sana a. Ved. gaining for oneself.

ahaṃyu a. [ahaṃ ahaṃkāro'styasya, ahaṃ yus P. V. 2. 140] Selfish, proud, haughty; Bk. 1. 20. --yuḥ A warrior.

ahara a. Not taking away; so aharin. --raḥ A pure quantity.

aharaṇīya, ahārya a.
     (1) Not to be stolen, removed, or taken away; ahāryaṃ brāhmaṇadravyaṃ rājñāṃ nityamiti sthitiḥ Ms. 9. 189.
     (2) Not to be won over (by fraud), devoted, loyal; Ms. 7. 217.
     (3) Firm, unflinching, inexorable; -niścayā Dk. 41, Ku. 5. 8. --ryaḥ A mountain; -tā, --tvaṃ not being liable to be taken away, security; H. Pr. 4.

ahala --li a. Unploughed, unfurrowed.

ahalya a.
     (1) Unploughed.
     (2) Not arable. --lyaḥ N. of a country. --lyā N. of the wife of Gautama. [According to the Rāmāyaṇa she was the first woman created by Brahma, who gave her to Gautama. She was seduced by Indra who assumed the form of her husband and so deceived her, or, according to another version, she knew the god and was flattered by the great God's condescension. There is another story which states that Indra secured the assistance of the moon who, assuming the form of a cock, crowed at mid-night. This roused Gautama to his morning devotions, and Indra went in and took his place. Gautama, when he knew of her seduction, expelled her from his hermitage and cursed her to be a stone and become invisible till she should be touched by the feet of Dāśarathi Rāma which would restore her to her former shape. Rāma afterwards delivered her from her wretched state and she was reconciled to her husband. Ahalyā is one of the five very chaste and pure women whose names every one is recommended to repeat in the morning; ahalyā draupadī sītā tārā maṃdodarī tathā . paṃcakanyāḥ smaronnityaṃ mahāpātakanāśinīḥ .. Kumārila Bhaṭta explains the seduction of Ahalyā as Indra's (the sun's) carrying away the shades of night, Ahalyā signifying night]. For a very succinct account, see also Mv. 1.
     (2) N. of a sea.
     -- Comp.
          --jāraḥ Indra.
          --naṃdanaḥ the sage Śatānanda, son of Ahalyā.
          --hradaḥ N. of a Tīrtha near the hermitage of Gautama.

ahallikaḥ [ahani līyate, lī-ḍa, nipātaḥ saṃjñāyāṃ kan Tv.]
     (1) A dead body.
     (2) Ved. A talker.

ahavi a. Without oblations or sacrifices.

ahasta a.
     (1) Handless.
     (2) One whose hand is cut.

ahaha-hā [ahaṃ jahāti, hā-ka-pṛṣo-] A particle or interjection implying
     (a) sorrow or regret ('alas,' 'ah'); ahaha kaṣṭamapaṃḍitatā vidheḥ Bh. 2. 92, 3. 21; ahaha jñānarāśirvinaṣṭaḥ Mu. 2.
     (b) Wonder or surprise; ahaha mahatāṃ nissīmānaścaritravibhūtayaḥ Bh. 2. 35, 36.
     (c) Pity; dhruvaṃ te jīvaṃtopyahaha mṛtakā maṃdamatayaḥ Bv. 4. 39.
     (d) Calling; ahahāre tvā śūdra Ch. Up.
     (e) Fatigue.

ahi a. Killing; pervaded, pervading. --hiḥ [āhaṃti, ā-hana-iṇa sa ca ḍit āṅo thasvaśca Uṇ. 4. 137]
     (1) A serpent, snake; ahayaḥ saviṣāḥ sarve nirviṣā ḍuṃḍumāḥ smṛtāḥ Ks. 14. 84.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) The planet Rāhu.
     (4) A traveller.
     (5) The demon Vṛtra.
     (6) A wicked man.
     (7) A cheat, rogue.
     (8) The Aśleṣā Nakshatra.
     (9) Water. (10) Earth.
     (11) A milch cow.
     (12) Lead.
     (13) The navel.
     (14) A cloud. --hī (du.) Heaven and earth. [cf., L. anguis, Gr. ehis].
     -- Comp.
          --arṣu a. gliding away like a snake, not facing the enemy.
          --kāṃtaḥ air, wind.
          --koṣaḥ the slough of a snake.
          --kṣatraḥ, --kṣetraḥ N. of a country in the east.
          --gopa a. Ved. guarded by a serpent.
          --ghnaṃ the slaying of the serpent or demon Vṛtra.
          --ghnī m. killing snakes.
          --chatraḥ 1. N. of a country, conquered by Arjuna and given to Droṇa. --2. a kind of vegetable poison. (
          --trā) 1. sugar. --2. the plant meṣaśṛṃgī. --3. N. of the city ahicchatra. --chatrakaṃ a mushroom.
          --jit m. 1. N. of Kṛṣṇa (the slayer of the serpent Kāliyā). --2. N. of Indra.
          --jihvā N. of a plant (nāgajihvālatā). --tuṃḍikaḥ [ahestuṃḍaṃ mukhaṃ tena dīvyati ṭhan, ṭhañ vā] a snake-catcher, conjurer, juggler.
          --dviṣ, --druh, --māra, --ripu, --vidviṣ m. 1. N. of Garuḍa. --2. an ichneumon. --3. a peacock. --4. Indra. --5. Kṛṣṇa; Ki. 4. 27; Śi. 1. 41.
          --nakulaṃ snakes and ichneumons.
          --nakulikā [ahinakulayorvairam vun P. II. 4. 9] the natural antipathy between a serpent and an ichneumon.
          --nāmabhṛt m. N. of Baladeva.
          --nirmokaḥ, --nivlayanī the slough of a snake.
          --patākaḥ a kind of snake (not venomous).
          --patiḥ 1. 'the lord of snakes', Vāsuki. --2. any large serpent.
          --putrakaḥ a kind of boat (serpent-shaped).
          --pūtanaṃ, --nā a kind of disease.
          --phenaḥ --naṃ 'the saliva or venom of a snake', opium.
          --bu (vu) dhnaḥ, --vradhnaḥ, ahirbudhnaḥ --dhnyaḥ 1. one of the Rudras. --2. Śiva. --3. Uttarabhadrapada Nakshatra. --4. a name of a Muhūrta. -devatā the twenty-sixth lunar mansion.
          --bhayaṃ 1. the fear of a lurking snake. --2. apprehension of treachery, danger arising from one's own allies; -dā [ahiṃ bhayaṃ dyati khaṃḍayati do ka] N. of the plant bhūmyāmalakī. --bhānu a. Ved. 1. shining like serpents. --2. causing the motion of the sun (sūryagatihetu) as the wind; an epithet of the Maruts.
          --bhuj m. 1. N. of Garuḍa. --2. a peacock. --3. ichneumon. --4. N. of a plant.
          --bhṛt m. Śiva.
          --manyu a. 1. having destructive anger or with unimpaired knowledge. --2. enraged like serpents; epithet of the Maruts. (
          --nyuḥ) the anger of a serpent.
          --mardanī N. of a plant (gaṃdhanākulī). --māya a. having multiform or versatile forms like a snake, showing a variety of colour and shape, such as Vṛtra.
          --mārakaḥ, --medakaḥ 1. N. of a plant (arimeda). --2. = -dviṣ q. v.
          --latā 1. the betel-nut plant. --2. N. of a plant (gaṃdhanākulī. --śuṣma a. having all-pervading strength; -satvan Ved. one whose men hiss like serpents.
          --saktha a. having a long thigh like a serpent. (
          --kthaḥ) N. of a country.
          --hatyaṃ Ved. the slaying of the serpent or demon Vṛtra.
          --han a. killing serpents or Vṛtra, Garuḍa, Indra.

ahikaḥ
     (1) The polar star dhruva.
     (2) A blind snake.
     (3) (At the end of comp.) Lasting for a certain number of days; daśāhika. --kā The silkcotton tree (śālmalī).

ahiṃsaka a. Not hurting or injuring, harmless.

ahiṃsā
     (1) Harmlessness, abstaining from killing or giving pain to others in thought, word, or deed; as ahiṃsā paramo dharbhaḥ; Bg. 10. 5; Ms. 10. 63, 5. 44, 6. 75.
     (2) Security.

ahiṃsāna a. Ved. Not hurting, harmless.

ahiṃsra a. Harmless, innocent; Ms. 4. 246. --sraḥ, --srā N. of a plant (kulika). --sraṃ Harmless behaviour, innocence; Ms. 1. 29.

ahiṃḍukā A kind of small poisonous animal.

ahita a.
     (1) Not placed, put, or fixed.
     (2) Unfit, improper; Ms. 3. 20.
     (3) Hurtful, detrimental, harmful, injurious, prejudicial.
     (4) Disadvantageous, evil.
     (5) Inimical, hostile. --taḥ An enemy; ahitānaniloddhūtaistarjayanniva ketubhiḥ R. 4. 28, 9. 17, 11. 68; tadahitayuvaterabhīkṣṇamakṣṇoḥ Śi. 7. 57 a rival; Bg. 2. 36; K. 5, 77. --taṃ
     (1) Damage.
     (2) Food.
     -- Comp.
          --icchu a. not wishing well, malevolent.
          --kārin a. inimical, acting unkindly.
          --nāman a. having as yet no name assigned.
          --manas a. not friendly minded, hating, inimical.
          --hitaṃ good and evil; -vicāraśūnyabuddhi H. 2. 45.

ahima a. Not cold, hot.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ, --karaḥ, --tejas, --dyutiḥ, --ruciḥ the sun.

ahīna a.
     (1) Unimpaired, whole, entire, all; bhṛtabhūtirahīnabhogabhāk Śi. 16. 71.
     (2) Not inferior, great; ahīnabāhudraviṇaḥ śaśāsa R. 18. 14; 9. 5.
     (3) Not deprived of, possessed of; Ms. 2. 183.
     (4) Not outcast or vile.
     (5) (ahobhiḥ sādhyate, ahan-kha P. IV. 2. 43) Lasting for several days; dvyahīna, tryahīna &c. --naḥ
     (1) A sacrifice lasting for several days (--naṃ also); Ms. 11. 198.
     (2) A large snake.
     (3) The lord of serpents, Vāsuki (ahi-inaḥ).
     -- Comp.
          --guḥ N. of a king of the solar race; R. 18. 14.
          --vādin m. a witness unfit or incapable of giving evidence.

ahīraḥ A cowherd.

ahīraṇiḥ [ahīn īrayati drarīkaroti īr-ani] A snake having two heads.

ahīśruvaḥ [ahiriva śrūyate, śru-ka-bā- dīrdhaḥ] An enemy.

ahu a. [ah-vyāptau-un]
     (1) Narrow.
     (2) Pervading.

ahuta a.
     (1) Not sacrificed or offered (as an oblation); Ms. 12. 68.
     (2) One who has not yet received any oblation. --taḥ Religious meditation, prayer, and the study of the Vedas (considered as one of the five great Yajnas and necessary duties); ahutaṃ ca hutaṃ caiva tathā prahutameva ca . brāhmaṃ hutaṃ prāśitaṃ ca paṃcayajñān pracakṣate .. Ms. 3. 73, 74.
     -- Comp.
          --ada a. 1. not eating of a sacrifice. --2. not allowed to partake of a sacrifice.

ahṛṇāna a. Not being angry, friendly (akrodhana); Rv. 7. 86. 2.

ahṛṇīyamāna a. Ved.
     (1) Not angry or jealous.
     (2) Willing.

ahṛdaya a.
     (1) Heartless.
     (2) Absentminded; K. 84; hṛdayamahṛdayā na nāma pūrvaṃ Ki. 10. 47.

ahṛdya a. Not desired or agreeable, unpleasant; -kṛt a. causing disgust.

ahe ind. [ah-e] A particle implying
     (a) Reproach.
     (b) Regret.
     (c) Separation.

ahetu a. Causeless, spontaneous, involuntary; ahetuḥ pakṣapāto yaḥ U. 5. 17. --tuḥ Absence of cause and reason.

ahe(hai)tuka a. Groundless, causeless, without any motive; Bg. 18. 22.

aheLa(ḍa)t, --heḍamāna a. Ved. Not unwilling.

aheruḥ N. of the plant śatamūlī Asparagus Racemosus.

aho ind.
     (1) A particle showing
          (a) Surprise or wonder; often agreeable (ah, how great or wonderful); aho kāmī svatāṃ paśyati S. 2. 2; aho madhuramāsāṃ darśanaṃ S. 1; aho bakulāvalikā M. 1 Oh, it is B. (meaning 'I did not expect to see you here'); aho rāgabaddhacittavṛttirālikhita iva sarvato raṃgaḥ S. 1; aho rūpamaho vīryamaho sattvamaho dyutiḥ Rām. (how wonderful his form &c.).
          (b) Painful surprise; aho te vigatacetanatvaṃ K. 146.
     (2) Sorrow or regret in general; ('alas,' 'ah'); aho duṣyaṃtasya saṃśayamārūḍhāḥ piṃḍabhājaḥ S. 6; vidhiraho balavāniti me matiḥ Bh. 2. 91.
     (3) Praise ('bravo,' 'well done'); aho devadattaḥ pacati śobhanaṃ P. VIII. 1. 40 Sk.
     (4) Reproach ('fie,' 'shame'); aho vo dhigbalaṃ kṣātraṃ Mb.
     (5) Calling out or addressing; aho hiraṇyaka ślāghyosi H. 1.
     (6) Envy or jealousy; kaṭamaho kariṣyasi P. VIII. 1. 41 Com.
     (7) Enjoyment, satisfaction.
     (8) Fatigue.
     (9) Doubt (probably for āho q. v.). (10) Sometimes merely as an expletive. Prov. aho rūpamaho dhvaniḥ (used to convey the idea of mutual adulation, the ass complimenting the camel upon its fine form, and the camel the ass upon its melodious voice); aho nu khalu (bhoḥ) generally indicates surprise, often agreeable (āścarya); aho nu khalvīdṛśīmavasthāṃ prapanno' smi S. 5; aho nu khalu bhostadetatkākatālīyaṃ nāma Mal. 5. aho bata shows
          (a) compassion, pity, regret; aho bata mahatpāpaṃ kartuṃ vyavasitā vayaṃ Bg. 1. 44;
          (b) satisfaction or admiration (saṃtoṣa); aho batāsi spṛhaṇīyavīryaḥ Ku. 3. 20 (Oh, how enviable is your prowess; Malli. here takes aho bata in the sense of saṃbodhana);
          (c) addressing, calling;
          (d) fatigue. (aho dhigarthe śoke ca karuṇārthaviṣādayoḥ . saṃbodhane praśaṃsāyāṃ vismaye pādapūraṇe .. asūyāyāṃ vitarke ca prāyaśoho prayujyate . aho batānukaṃpāyāṃ khedāmaṃtraṇayostathā ..).
     -- Comp.
          --puruṣikā = āhopuruṣikā q. v.

ahnaḥ (The last member of a comp.) see under ahan.

ahnavāyya a. Ved.
     (1) Not concealing.
     (2) Not to be denied or set aside.

ahnāya ind. Instantly, speedily, at once; ahnāya sā niyamajaṃ klamamutsasarja Ku. 5. 86; ahnāya tāvadaruṇena tamo nirastaṃ R. 5. 71; Ki. 16. 16.

ahraya, ahrayāṇa a. Shameless, proud, presumptuously bold.

ahri a. [hṛ-kri]
     (1) Luxurious, fat.
     (2) Wise, learned (kavi).

ahrīka a. Shameless, impudent. --kaḥ A Buddhist mendicant.

ahruta a. Ved.
     (1) Not fluctuating or stumbling.
     (2) Not crooked (akaṭila); -psu a. Ved. of straight or upright appearance.

ahvala a. Not fluctuating, firm, steady. --lā N. of a tree (bhallātaka).

ā

ā The second letter of the Alphabet.

ā
     (1) Used as a particle or interjection showing
          (a) assent; 'yes', 'verily'.
          (b) Compassion (anukaṃpā) 'Ah'.
          (c) Pain or regret (usually written ās or āḥ q. v.), 'alas'.
          (a) Recollection (smaraṇa) 'Ah', 'Oh'; ā evaṃ kilāsīt U. 6.
          (e) But (used as a disjunctive conjunction). f) And (used as a cumulative conjunction).
          (g) Sometimes used as an expletive; ā evaṃ manyase. In all these senses ā is treated as a Pragṛhya vowel (does not form any Sandhi with a following vowel) P. I. 1. 14.
     (2) (As a prefix to verbs and nouns)
          (a) it expresses the senses of near, near to, towards, from all sides, all around (see the several verbs).
          (b) With verbs of motion, taking, carrying &c. it shows the reverse of the action; as gam to go, āgam to come; dā to give, ādā to take; nī to carry, ānī to bring.
     (3) (As a separable preposition with abl.) it shows either
          (a) the limit inceptive (abhividhi), from, ever since, away from, out of, off, from among; āmūlāt śrotumicchāmi S. 1; bahubhya ā from out of many; ā janmanaḥ S. 5. 25 ever since (her) birth; ā manoḥ U. 6. 18.
          (b) Or, it expresses the limit exclusive or conclusive (maryādā), till, until, upto, as far as, unto; āṅ maryādābhividhyoḥ P. II. 1. 13; see abhividhi; ā paritoṣādviduṣāṃ S. 1. 2 till the learned are satisfied; ā kailāsāt Me. 11 upto or as far as Kailasa; odakāṃtāt S. 4; U. 1. 37; V. 2. 2. In this sense ā sometimes governs the acc.; śatamā jātīḥ upto a hundred births.
          (c) In both these senses ā frequently enters into compound, forming either Avyayībhava comp. or compound adjectives; ābālaṃ (or ā bālebhyaḥ) haribhaktiḥ commencing with or including children; āmukti (or āmukteḥ) saṃsāraḥ Sk. till final emancipation; āmekhalaṃ Ku. 1. 5 as far as.; āmaraṇaṃ Pt. 1 till death; āgopālaṃ nanṛtuḥ K. 70 down to the cowherd; āgopālā dvijātayaḥ including the cowherds. Sometimes the compound so formed stands as the first member of other compounds, so'hamājanmaśuddhānāmāphalodayakarmaṇāṃ . āsamudrakṣitīśānāmānākarathavartmanāṃ R. 1. 5; āgaṃḍavilaṃbi S. 6. 17; ākarṇalaṃbi M. 5. 10.
          (d) Used with loc. it has the sense of 'in', 'at' (mostly Ved.); gāvo na yavaseṣvā Rv. 1. 91. 13.
     (4) With adjectives (or sometimes with nouns) ā has a diminutive force; āpāṃḍura a little white, whitish; ālakṣya S. 7. 17 slightly visible; ākaṃpaḥ gentle shaking; so ānīla, ārakta.
     (5) (As a separable adverb) ā chiefly occurs in the Vedas and means near, near to, or towards, there to, further; and also, even; in many cases it emphasizes the word which precedes it, and when placed after prepositions it strengthens their sense.

ām = ām q. v.

āḥ
     (1) = ās q. v.
     (2) N. of Lakṣmī (ā).

ākatthanam Boasting, swaggering.

ākaṃp 1 A. To shake, tremble; to tremble with fear; S. 4. --Caus. To shake, put in motion (fig. also.) anokahākaṃpitapuṣpagaṃdhī R. 2. 13 (some take ākaṃpita = īṣatkaṃpanaṃ); Rs. 6. 22.

ākaṃpaḥ
     (1) Shaking a little.
     (2) Shaking, trembling; anākaṃpadhairye V. 5. 22 v. l.

ākaṃpana a. Slightly shaking. --naṃ Trembling motion, shaking.

ākaṃpita, ākaṃpra a. Shaking, trembling; moved, agitated.

ākatyam [a-kata-ṣyañ P. V. 1. 121] Making any thing impure.

ākarṇ 10 P. (properly a Den. form) To hear, give ear to, listen; sarve savismayamākarṇayaṃti S. 1.

ākarṇanam Hearing, listening.

ākal 10 P.
     (1) To take hold of, seize, take; Śi. 7. 21; kutūhalākalitahṛdayā K. 49 seized.
     (2) To consider, regard; sparśamapi pāvanamākalayaṃti K. 108, 235; khinnamasūyayā hṛdayaṃ tavākalayāmi Gīt. 3.
     (3) To observe, notice, take into consideration; bhayahetumākalayya H. 1.
     (4)
          (a) To bind, fasten, tie; svacchadukūlapallavākalitamauleḥ K. 99, 84;
          (b) To confine; to restrain, tie up; suvarṇasūtrākalitādharāṃbarāṃ Śi. 1. 6, 9. 45; Ks. 20. 52.
     (5) To shake, agitate; mārutākalitāstatra drumāḥ Mb.; Bh. 1. 42.
     (6) To cast, throw; Śi. 3. 73, 9. 72.
     (7) To surrender, transfer.
     (8) To measure; ākalayaṃtamiva tribhuvanaṃ K. 78 to count, reckon.

ākalanam
     (1) Laying hold of, seizing; mekhalākalanaṃ K. 183; binding; Śi. 5. 42 confinement.
     (2) Counting, reckoning.
     (3) Wish, desire.
     (4) Inquiry.
     (5) Comprehending, understanding.

ākalpaḥ
     (1) An ornament, decoration; ākalpasāro rūpājīvājanaḥ Dk. 63, K. 313, 365; R. 17. 22, 18. 52.
     (2) Dress (in general), accoutrement.
     (3) Sickness, disease.
     (4) Adding to, increasing.

ākalpakaḥ
     (1) Remembering with regret, missing.
     (2) Fainting, loss of sense or perception.
     (3) Joy or delight.
     (4) Darkness.
     (5) A knot or joint.

ākalyam Sickness, disease.

ākaṣaḥ A touch-stone.

ākaṣaka a. Cutting, rubbing, or testing with a touch-stone; (āka ṣe kuśalaḥ, tatra niyukto vā); testing.

ākaṣika a. [ākaṣeṇa carati ṣṭhal] Testing, touching.

ākasmika a. (kī f.) [vinayādigaṇaḥ; akasmāt-ṣṭhak ṭilopaḥ]
     (1) Accidental, unforeseen, unexpected, sudden; trāsastvākasmikaṃ bhayaṃ Hem.
     (2) Causeless, groundless; nanvadṛṣṭāniṣṭau jagadvaicitryamākasmikaṃ syāt S. B.

ākāṃkṣ 1 U.
     (1) To desire, long or wish for, expect; pratyāśvasaṃtaṃ ripurācakāṃkṣa R. 7. 47, 5. 38; Ms. 2. 162, 10. 121; Y. 1 153; Me. 91.
     (2) To try to reach a place, turn to; Ms. 3. 258.
     (3) To require, need.
     (4) (In gram.) To require some word or words to be supplied for the completion of the sense; see ākāṃkṣā below.

ākāṃkṣa a.
     (1) Desiring, wishing.
     (2) (In gram.) Requiring some words to complete the sense; aṃgayuktaṃ tiṅākāṃkṣaṃ P. VIII. 2. 96, 104. --kṣā
     (1) Desire, wish; bhakta- Suśr., Amaru. 41.
     (2) (In gram. &c.) The presence of a word necessary to complete the sense, one of the three elements necessary to convey a complete sense or thought (the other two being yogyatā and āsatti); ākāṃkṣā pratītiparyavasānavirahaḥ S. D. 2 the absence of the completion of a sense; see Bhāṣā P. 82, 84 and T. S. 49; in the ex. gauraśvaḥ puruṣo hastī there is ākāṃkṣā.
     (3) Looking at or towards.
     (4) Purpose, intention.
     (5) Inquiry.
     (6) The significancy of a word.

ākāṃkṣita p. p. Desired, wished, inquired; looked at, wanted, necessary.

ākāṃkṣin a.
     (1) Wishing, desiring, expecting; Bg. 17. 11; R. 19. 57.
     (2) Asking, inquiring.

ākāṃkṣya a. Desirable. --kṣyaṃ Need of supplying a word or words for the completion of the sense; P. III. 4. 23.

ākāyaḥ [ā-ci-karmaṇi ghañ citau kutvam]
     (1) The fire on the funeral pile; ākāyamagniṃ cinvīta P. III. 3. 41. Sk.
     (2) A funeral pile.
     (3) Abode, residence.

ākāyya a. Ved.
     (1) Desirable.
     (2) Commendable in every way.

ākālaḥ
     (1) The right time.
     (2) Wrong time.

ākālika a. [akāle bhavaḥ ṭhañ](kī f.)
     (1) Momentary, transitory; Ms. 4. 103, 105; ākālikaḥ stanayitnuḥ; ākālikī vidyut, utpattyanaṃtaraṃvināśinītyarthaḥ P. V. 1. 114.
     (2) Unseasonable, premature, untimely; ākālikīṃ vīkṣya madhupravṛttim Ku. 3. 34; Mk. 5. 1. --kī Lightning.

ākāś 1 A.
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To view, recognize.

ākāśaḥ --śam [samaṃtādākāśaṃte sūrvādayo'tra Tv.]
     (1) The sky; ākāśabhavāsarasvatī Ku. 4. 39; -ga, -cārin &c.
     (2) Ether (considered as the fifth element).
     (3) The subtle and ethereal fluid pervading the whole universe; one of the 9 dravyas or substances recognized by the Vaiśeṣikas. It is the substratum of the quality 'sound;' śabdaguṇamākāśaṃ cf.; also śrutiviṣayaguṇā yā syitā vyāpya viśvaṃ S. 1. 1; athātmanaḥ śabdaguṇaṃ guṇajñaḥ padaṃ (scil. ākāśaṃ) vimānena vigāhamānaḥ R. 13. 1.
     (4) Free space or vacuity; yaścāyamaṃtarātmannākāśaḥ Bṛ. Up.
     (5) Space, place in general; saparvatavanākāśāṃ pṛthivīṃ Mb.; bhavanākāśamajāyatāṃburāśiḥ Bv. 2. 165.
     (6) Brahma (as identical with ether); ākāśastalliṃgāt Br. Sūt.; yāvānayamākāśastāvānayamaṃtarhṛdayākāśaḥ Ch. Up.
     (7) Light, clearness.
     (8) A hole.
     (9) A dot, zero (in Math.). ākāśe in the air; ākāśe lakṣyaṃ baddhvā fixing the look on some object out of sight. ākāśe in the sense of 'in the air' is used in dramas as a stage-direction when a character on the stage asks questions to some one not on the stage, and listens to an imaginary speech supposed to be a reply, which is usually introduced by the words kiṃ bravīṣi, kiṃ kathayasi &c.; dūrasthābhāṣaṇaṃ yatsyādaśarīranivedanaṃ . parokṣāṃtaritaṃ vākyaṃ tadākāśe nigadyate .. Bharata; cf. ākāśabhāṣitaṃ below; (ākāśe) priyaṃvade; kasyedamuśīrānulepanaṃ mṛṇālavaṃti ca nalinīpatrāṇi nīyaṃte . (śrutimabhinīya) kiṃ bravīṣi &c. S. 3. This is a contrivance used by poets to avoid the introduction of a fresh character, and it is largely used in the species of dramatic composition called bhāṇa where only one character conducts the whole play by a copious use of ā kāśabhāṣita.
     -- Comp.
          --anaṃtyāyatanaṃ the abode of infinity or of infinite space; N. of a world with the Buddhists.
          --astikāyaḥ N. of a category with the Jainas.
          --īśaḥ 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. (in law.) any helpless person (such as a child, a woman, a pauper) who has no other possession than the air.
          --kakṣā 'the girdle of the sky,' horizon.
          --kalpaḥ Brahma.
          --gaḥ a. moving through the atmosphere. (
          --gaḥ) a bird. (
          --gā) the heavenly Ganges.
          --gaṃgā [ākāśapathavāhinī gaṃgā] the celestial Ganges; nadatyākāśagaṃgāyāḥ srotasyuddāmadiggaje R. 1. 78.
          --camasaḥ the moon.
          --ja a. produced in the sky.
          --jananin m. a casement, loophole, an embrasure (left in castle-walls).
          --dīpaḥ, --pradīpaḥ 1. a lamp lighted in honour of Lakṣmī or Viṣṇu and raised on a pole in the air at the Divali festival in the month of Kārtika. --2. a beacon-light, a lantern on a pole.
          --bhāṣitaṃ 1. speaking off the stage, a supposed speech to which a reply is made as if it had been actually spoken and heard; kiṃbravīṣīti yannāṭye vinā pātraṃ prayujyate . śrutvevānuktamapyarthaṃ tatsyādākāśabhāṣitaṃ; S. D. 425. --2. a sound or voice in the air.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the celestial sphere.
          --māṃsī [ākāśabhavā māṃsī] N. of a plant (kṣudrajaṭāmāṃsī). --mūlī the aquatic plant (kuṃbhikā) Pistia Stratiotes.
          --yānaṃ 1. a heavenly car, a balloon. --2. moving or travelling through the sky; ākāśayānena praviśati enter passing through the sky (frequently occurring in dramas). --3. one who moves through the air.
          --rakṣin m. a watchman on the outer battlements of a castle (ākāśa iva atyuccaprācīropari sthitvā rakṣati). --vacanaṃ = -bhāṣitaṃ q. v.
          --vartman n. 1. the firmament. --2. the atmosphere, air.
          --vallī a sort of creeper, a parasitical plant (amaravela). --vāṇī a voice from heaven, an incorporeal speech (aśarīriṇī vāṇī). --salilaṃ rain; dew.
          --stha a. abiding in the sky, aerial.
          --sphaṭikaḥ a kind of crystal supposed to be formed in the atmosphere, hail (karakā).

ākāśavat a.
     (1) Filling a certain vacuum or space.
     (2) Going through the air.

ākāśīya, ākāśya a. [ākāśasyedaṃ; cha-yat] Atmospherical, aerial.

ākiṃcanaṃ, ākiṃcanyam Poverty, want of any possession.

ākīm ind. Ved. From(with abl.); leaving, excluding.

ākuṃc 1 A., 6 P. To bend. --Caus.
     (1) To draw together, contract, bend inward, curve, compress; ākuṃcitasavyapādaṃ Ku. 3. 70; R. 6. 15; Bh. 1. 3.
     (2) To shorten.

ākuṃcanam
     (1) Bending, contraction, compression; K. 78.
     (2) Contraction regarded as one of the 5 karmans q. v.
     (3) Collecting, heaping.
     (4) Curving.
     (5) Contortion.

ākula a.
     (1) Full of, burdened or filled with (in general); pracaladūrmimālākulaṃ (samudraṃ) Bh. 2. 4; mṛgapakṣigaṇākulaṃ Ram.; bāṣpākulāṃvācaṃ Nala. 4. 18; ālāpakutūhalākulatare śrotre Amaru. 81.
     (2) Overcome, affected or afflicted, smit; harṣa-, śoka-, vismaya-, sneha- &c.
     (3) Busily or intently engaged or absorbed in; S. 4. 18.
     (4) Confounded, agitated, flurried, distracted; abhicaidyaṃ pratiṣṭhāsurāsītkāryadvayākulaḥ Śi. 2. 1; perplexed, at a loss what to do, undetermined; Ki. 2. 54. -ākula very much agitated; K. 10, 28; Ki. 14. 32.
     (5) Dishevelled, disordered (as hair); asaṃyatākulālakān K. 60, 243; Ratn. 1. 17; Ki. 8. 18.
     (6) Wild, dreary; S. 2.
     (7) Taken out of one's natural condition.
     (8) Incoherent, contradictory. --laṃ An inhabited place; rahiteṣvākuleṣu ca Ram. --adv. In bewilderment; Śi. 1. 2.

ākulatā, --tvam
     (1) A multitude.
     (2) Perplexity, bewilderment, confusion; Amaru. 72; Bh. 1. 18.

ākulayati Den. P. To confound, make disordered, agitate.

ākulita a.
     (1) Distressed, confounded, agitated; mārgācalavyatikarākuliteva siṃdhuḥ Ku. 5. 85.
     (2) Entangled; K. 83.
     (3) Obscured, blinded; dhūma- dṛṣṭeḥ S. 4.
     (4) Overcome or affected; śoka-, pipāsā- &c.
     (5) Disordered, deranged; R. 16. 67; Rs. 6. 17.
     (6) Tilled.

ākulīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To fill with.
     (2) To confound, perplex, bewilder.
     (3) To overcome; kutūhalenākulīkriyamāṇo laghimā K. 134.
     (4) To trouble, pain; S. 2.

ākulībhū 1 P. To be perplexed or agitated; iti pratipāditamākulībhavet S. B. this conclusion would be shaken.

ākūṇita a. [ā-kūṇ-kta] Contracted, a little; madanaśaraśalyavedanākūṇitatribhāgena K. 166, 81.

ākūtam [ā-kū-bhāve-kta]
     (1) Meaning, intention, purpose; itīritākūtamanīlavājinaṃ Ki. 14. 26.
     (2) A feeling, state of heart, emotion; cūḍāmaṃḍalabaṃdhanaṃ taralayatyākūtajo vepathuḥ U. 5. 36; bhāvākūtaṃ Amaru. 4; Sān. K. 31; Māl. 9. 11; snehākūta U. 6. 35; sākūtaṃ feelingly, meaningly (oft. occurring in plays as a stage-direction).
     (3) Wonder or curiosity; sarvaṃ -karaṃ U. 4.
     (4) Wish, desire.

ākūtiḥ f. [ā-kū-bhāve-ktin] Intention, wish, desire; Rv. 10. 128. 4; ākūtīnāṃ ca cittīnāṃ pravartakaḥ Mb. -para a. accomplishing one's own intentions.

ākṛ 8 U, 5 P.
     (1) To bring near or towards; to drive near or together.
     (2) To bring down; form wholly (Ved.). --Caus.
     (1) To invite, call, summon; radanikāmākāraya Mk. 3; Dk. 174; Pt. 1; madhyasthasya dṛṣṭimākārayati Mk. 4 calls or arrests; Śi. 16. 52.
     (2) To prompt, incite, propel; mamāpi kautūhalenākārita eṣaḥ S. 6.
     (3) To call out boldly, challenge; Mk. 2.
     (4) To cause to appear, produce.
     (5) To ask anything of one.

ākāraḥ [ā-kṛ-ghañ]
     (1) Form, shape, figure; dvidhā- of two forms or sorts; Pt. 3. 37.
     (2) Aspect, appearance, mien, countenance; ākārasadṛśaprajñaḥ R. 1. 15, 16. 7; S. 1.
     (3) (Particularly) expression of the face, as giving a clue to one's inward thoughts or mental disposition; tasya saṃvṛtamaṃtrasya gūḍhākāreṃgitasya ca R. 1. 20; Pt. 1; bhavānapi saṃvṛtākāramāstāṃ V. 2; S. 7; Ki. 1. 14; sākāro nispṛhaḥ Pt. 3. 88 giving no clue to his inward thoughts, reserved; K. 233; Mv. 6; Ms. 7. 63, 8. 25--6.
     (4) Hint, sign, token.
     (5) Identity, oneness.
     (6) Recognition of identity (in San. phil.).
     (7) The letter ā.
     -- Comp.
          --guptiḥ, --gopanaṃ, --gūhanaṃ dissimulation, suppressing all outward manifestation of the internal feelings.

ākā(ka)raṇaṃ, --ṇā
     (1) Invitation, calling; bhavadākāraṇāya Dk. 175.
     (2) A challenge.

ākāravat a.
     (1) Embodied.
     (2) Symmetrical, well-formed.

ākārita a.
     (1) Called.
     (2) Agreed upon.
     (3) Demanded, exacted.

ākṛta p. p. Ved. Brought near to, being near.

ākṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Form, figure, shape (of anything); govardhanasyākṛtiranvakāri Śi. 3. 4.
     (2) Bodily form, body; kimiva hi madhurāṇāṃ maṃḍanaṃ nākṛtīnāṃ S. 1. 20; vikṛtākṛti Ms. 11. 53; ghora-, saumya- &c.
     (3) Appearance; oft. a good or noble appearance, good form; na hyākṛtiḥ susadṛśaṃ vijahāti vṛttaṃ Mk. 9. 16; yatrākṛtistatra guṇā vasaṃti Subbāṣ.; ākṛtimanugṛhṇaṃti guṇāḥ Vb. 2.
     (4) Specimen, character.
     (5) Tribe, species.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṇaḥ a list of words belonging to a certain grammatical rule which does not give every word belonging to that rule, but only specimens, a list of specimens (frequently occurring in the Gaṇapāṭha); e. g. arśa ādigaṇa, svarādigaṇa, cādi gaṇa &c.
          --chatrā the plant Achyranthes Aspera.

ākṛtimat a.
     (1) Embodied.
     (2) Selfformed.

ākṛṣ 1 P., 6 U. To draw towards, draw, drag, pull, attract (fig. also); keśeṣvākṛṣya cuṃbati H. 1. 109; dūramamutā sāraṃgeṇa vayamākṛṣṭāḥ S. 1; (manaḥ) śaṃbhoryatadhvamākraṣṭumayaskāṃtena lohavat Ku. 2. 59; anākṛṣṭasya viṣayaiḥ R. 1. 23 not attracted or seduced; lobhākṛṣṭaḥ H. 1; Śānti. 3. 5, 4. 16; pādākṛṣṭavratati S. 1. 33, Amaru. 2, 72.
     (2) To draw or bend (as a bow); Śi. 9. 40; S. 3. 5.
     (3) To draw or take out; hastātkaṭakamākṛṣya Mk. 2; U. 1.
     (4) To extract, borrow (from another source) H. Pr. 9.
     (5) To draw or carry along; to waft or be charged with; U. 3. 2.
     (6) To deprive, take away by force, snatch; Bk. 16. 30.
     (7) To supply a word or words from another rule or sentence. --Caus. To draw near to oneself, pull together; vastramākarṣayaṃtī Rs. 5. 11.

ākarṣaḥ
     (1) Attracting or drawing towards oneself.
     (2) Drawing away from, withdrawing; U. 3. 46.
     (3) Drawing (a bow).
     (4) Attraction, fascination.
     (5) Spasm.
     (6) Playing with dice; ākarṣaste'vākphalaḥ Mb.
     (7) A die or dice.
     (8) A board for a game with dice.
     (9) An organ of sense. (10) A magnet, a loadstone.
     (11) A touch-stone.

ākarṣaka a. Attracting, attractive. --kaḥ A magnet, a loadstone.

ākarṣaṇa a. Attracting, carrying to another place. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Pulling, drawing, attracting.
     (2) Seduction. --ṇī
     (1) A curved stick for pulling down fruits, flowers &c. (standing on elevated places); any instrument for pulling.
     (2) A variety of Mudrā (or mark on the body).

ākarṣika a. (kī f.) Magnetic, attractive (ākarṣeṇa carati).

ākarṣin a. Attractive(as a smell at a distance). --ṇī A rod with a hook at the end for pulling down boughs in order to gather fruits &c.

ākṛṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Attraction(in general).
     (2) Attraction, gravitation (in astr.); ākṛṣṭiśaktiśca mahī tayā yat khastha guru svābhimukhaṃ svaśaktyā . ākṛṣyate tatpatatīva bhāti same samaṃtāt kva patatviyaṃ khe .. Golārdh. 1.
     (3) Drawing or bending of a bow; jyā- Amaru. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --maṃtraḥ an incantation by which another person is attracted; ākṛṣṭimaṃtropamaṃ H. 1. 97.

ākṝ 6 P.
     (1) To scatter or spread over, fill, fill up, cover, heap up (used chiefly in p. p. q. v.).
     (2) To dig up.

ākaraḥ [by P. III. 3. 118 ākurvaṃtyasmin; kṝ-ap]
     (1) A mine; maṇirākarodbhavaḥ R. 3. 18; ākare padmarāgāṇāṃ janma kācamaṇeḥ kutaḥ H. Pr. 44; Ms. 7. 62; Y. 3. 242; (fig.) a mine or rich source of anything (utpattisthānaṃ); māso nu puṣpākaraḥ V. 1. 9; aśeṣaguṇākaraṃ Bh. 2. 92; Mk. 8. 38; Mu. 7. 7.
     (2) A collection, group; padmākaraṃ dinakaro vikacīkaroti Bh. 2. 73; Ku. 2. 29; Mal. 9. 47.
     (3) Best, excellent.
     (4) N. of a country.
     (5) N. of the Mahābhāṣya.

ākarikaḥ [ākare niyuktaḥ ṭhañ] A person appointed (by the king) to superintend a mine.

ākarin a. [ākara-ini]
     (1) Produced in a mine, mineral.
     (2) Of good breed; dadhatamākaribhiḥ karibhiḥ kṣataiḥ Ki. 5. 7.

ākīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Scattered or spread over.
     (2) Filled or overspread with, crowded, full of, abounding in; janākīrṇaṃ manye hutavahaparītaṃ gṛhamiva S. 5. 10; ākīrṇamṛṣipatnīnāmuṭajadvārarodhibhiḥ R. 1. 50; Pt. 1. 375; Ms. 6. 51. --rṇaṃ A crowd; V. 2.

āke ind. Ved.
     (1) Near, in the neighbourhood.
     (2) Distant.

ākekara a. Half-shut, half-closed (eyes); nimīladākekaralolacakṣuṣā Ki. 8. 53; Mal. 5; K. 81; Mu. 3. 21; dṛṣṭirākekarā kiṃcitsphuṭāpāṃge prasāritā . mīlitārdhapuṭāloke tārāvyāvartanottarā ...

ākenipa a. Ved. Advancing near (as rays of light); wise (?).

ākokeraḥ The sign Capricornus; (a word of Greek origin).

ākraṃd 1 U.
     (1) To lament, weep, cry, cry out, creak, scream; tṛṇāgralagnaistuhinaiḥ patadbhirākraṃdatīvoṣasi śītakālaḥ Rs. 4. 7; Bk. 15. 50.
     (2) To shout, roar.
     (3) To invoke, call out to; ākraṃdīdbhīmasenaṃ vai Mb. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to weep or cry.
     (2) To call out to; ehyehīti śikhaṃḍināṃ paṭutaraiḥ kekābhirākraṃditaḥ Mk 5. 23.
     (3) To inspire courage by the sound of a drum.
     (4) To shout or roar at; to cry incessantly.

ākraṃdaḥ
     (1) Weeping, crying out; kiṃ kraṃdasi durākraṃda Pt. 4. 29.
     (2) Calling, invoking, calling out to; Ms. 8. 292.
     (3) Sound, war-cry, a cry (in general); ākraṃda udabhūttatra Ks. 10 94.
     (4) A friend, defender.
     (5) A brother.
     (6) A fierce or violent combat, war, battle.
     (7) A place of crying.
     (8) A king who prevents an ally from aiding another; a king whose kingdom lies next but one; prārṣṇigrāhaṃ ca saṃprekṣya tathākraṃdaṃ ca maṃḍale Ms. 7. 207 (see Kull. thereon).

ākraṃdanam
     (1) Lamentation, weeping, cry of lamentation.
     (2) Calling out.

ākraṃdika a. [ākraṃdaṃ dhāvati ṭhañ P. IV. 4. 38] One who runs to a place where cries (of distress) are heard.

ākraṃdita p. p.
     (1) Roaring, crying or weeping bitterly.
     (2) Invoked, called. --taṃ
     (1) A cry, roar; R. 2. 28.
     (2) Lamentation, weeping, V. 1.

ākraṃdin a. Calling out in a weeping tone, weeping, shouting at; Ku. 5. 26.

ākram 1 U.
     (1) To go towards or near, approach; aṃtarikṣaṃ, āśramaṃ &c.
     (2) To step or tread upon, enter, fill, take possession of, cover; bhujagapatirayaṃ me mārgamākramya suptaḥ Mk. 9. 12 covering; khaṃ keśavo'para ivākramituṃ pravṛttaḥ 5. 2; chāyāmapyākramitu Ve. 3; Śi. 8. 28 to enter or cross; Ms. 4. 130; Y. 1. 152; padā mastakamākramya Ms. 11. 43; jaṃbudvīpamākramya H. 3; ākrāmati dhūmo harmyatalaṃ Mbh.
     (3) To occupy, extend over; yojanānāṃ sahasrāṇi bahūnākramya tiṣṭhati Ks. 1. 15.
     (4) To attack, invade, seize, fall upon, conquer, overcome, vanquish; pakṣiśāvakānākramya H. 1; 2. 97; paurastyānevamākrāmaṃstāṃstāñjanapadāñjayī R. 4. 34; H. 4; taṃ na ... śekurākramitumanyapārthivāḥ R. 19. 48; Bh. 1. 70; Śi. 1. 70.
     (5) To surpass, excel, eclipse.
     (6) To undertake, begin, commence
     (7) (A.) To rise, come up (as the sun); yāvatpratāpanidhirākramate na bhānuḥ R. 5. 71, ākramate sūryaḥ Mbh.
     (8) To ascend, mount, occupy (as sky, throne &c); divamākramamāṇeva Bk. 8. 23; Śi. 18. 14, 51; siṃhāsanaṃ, svargalokaṃ; dhvajaṃ &c.
     (9) To lie heavily upon, to press (as a load). (For further illustrations of the several senses see ākrāṃta below). --Caus. (kra-krā-mayati) To cause to enter, introduce, show into; sa tairākramayāmāsa śuddhāṃtaṃ Ku. 6. 52.

ākramaḥ, --maṇam
     (1) Coming near, approaching.
     (2) Falling upon, attacking; an attack; Śi. 16. 34.
     (3) Seizing, taking, covering, occupying.
     (4) Overcoming; obtaining.
     (5) Spreading or going over, surpassing.
     (6) Overloading.
     (7) Might, valour.
     (8) Possession of learning &c.
     (9) Food.

ākrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Seized, taken possession of, overpowered, defeated, vanquished, overcome; ākrāṃtavimānamārgaṃ R. 13. 37 reaching upto; rujā- Pt. 5. 52; didṛkṣā- hṛdayaḥ Dk. 141 seized with; ātapākrāṃtoyamuddeśaḥ M. 3 exposed to heat; ākrāṃtapūrvamiva bhujaṃgaṃ R. 9. 79 trodden or trampled under foot; filled with, full of, occupied, covered, overspread; śuśubhe tena cākrāṃtaṃ maṃgalāyatanaṃ mahat R. 17. 29; Bh. 2. 108; valibhirmukhamākrāṃtaṃ Bh. 3. 14, 62; U. 2. 20; Mv. 5. 40; Śi. 1. 70; H. 1. 24; Dk. 141; K. 55; Ve. 2. 26; -mati having the mind engrossed or occupied; U. 5. 19; Māl. 9. 48; so madana, -bhaya, -śoka- &c.
     (2) Loaded (as with a burden); bhārākrāṃtā vasuṃdharā Mk. 8. 6; K. 118; Amaru. 30.
     (3) Surpassed, eclipsed, superseded; R. 10. 38, Ve. 5, M. 3. 5.
     (4) Obtained, possessed of; varṇāṃtarākrāṃtapayodharāgrāṃ R. 14. 27; Ki. 11. 7.
     (5) Accompanied, attended.
     (6) Pained, distressed.

ākrāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Placing upon, occupying; stepping or treading upon; ākrāṃtisaṃbhāvitapādapīṭhaṃ Ku. 3. 11.
     (2) Overcoming, pressing upon, loading; Mu. 3. 10.
     (3) Ascending, rising.
     (4) Might, valour, force; Śi. 5. 41.

ākrāmakaḥ An invader.

ākrī 9 U. To purchase, buy.

ākrayaḥ A dealer, petty trader, a pedlar.

ākrīḍ 1 U. To play, sport, amuse oneself.

ākrīḍa a. Playing, sporting. --ḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ
     (1) Play, sport, pleasure.
     (2) A pleasure-grove, pleasure-garden; ākrīḍaparvatāstena kalpitāḥ sveṣu veśmasu Ku. 2. 43; kamapyākrīḍamāsādya tatra viśaśramiṣuḥ Dk. 12.

ākrīḍanam Sporting, playing.

ākrīḍin a. Playing.

ākruś 1 P.
     (1) To cry, cry out loudly; ayaṃ gaurīnātha tripurahara śaṃbho trinayana prasīdetyākrāśan Bh. 3. 123; call out loudly to; patimācukruśuḥ Ram.
     (2) To revile, abuse, scold, assail with angry words; parasya hetormāmākrośasi Dk. 58, 97; śataṃ brāhmaṇamākruśya kṣatriyo daṃḍamarhati Ms. 8. 267; 6. 48; Bk. 5. 39.
     (3) To curse.
     (4) To censure, express displeasure.

ākruṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Scolded, reviled, censured, abused, calumniated &c. Śi. 12. 27.
     (2) Sounded, vociferated.
     (3) Cursed. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Calling out.
     (2) A harsh cry or sound, an abusive speech (paruṣabhāṣaṇaṃ); mārjāramūṣikāsparśe ākruṣṭe krodhasaṃbhave Kāty.

ākrośaḥ, --śanam
     (1) Calling or crying out, vociferation, loud cry or sound.
     (2) Censure, blame, reviling; ākrośamapi parihāsamākalayaṃti K. 235, 291; abuse Y. 2. 302.
     (3) A curse, imprecation; -garbhamevamuktaṃ K. 291, 346.
     (4) An oath.

ākrośaka, --kroṣṭṛ a.
     (1) Vociferous, one who calls out or vociferates.
     (2) A reviler, abusive.

āklī ind. An indeclinable joined to the roots, kṛ, bhū and as; see Gaṇa on P. I. 4. 61.

ākledaḥ Moistening, wetting, sprinkling.

ākṣadyūtika a. (kī f.) [akṣadyūtena nirvṛttam ṭhak] Effected or completed by gambling.

ākṣapaṇam
     (1) Fasting, purifying by fasting, abstinence.

ākṣapāṭikaḥ [akṣapaṭa-ṭhak]
     (1) A judge at playing with dice, superintendent of a gambling house.
     (2) A judge, arranger of law-suits; see akṣapāṭaka.

ākṣapāda a. (dī f.) [akṣapāda-aṇ] Taught by Akṣapada or Gautama. --daḥ A follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy, a logician. --daṃ The Nyāya system of philosophy.

ākṣar 10 P.
     (1) To abuse, revile, accuse falsely, calumniate; yastvanākṣāritaḥ pūrvaṃ Ms. 8. 355, 354, 275.
     (2) To punish.

ākṣāraḥ A charge or calumny, accusation (of adultery).

ākṣāraṇaṃ, --ṇā Calumnious accusation (especially of adultery): tatra tvākṣāraṇā yaḥ syāda krośo maithunaṃ prati Ak.

ākṣārita p. p.
     (1) Calumniated.
     (2) Accused of adultery or fornication.
     (3) Guilty, criminal.

ākṣi 2. 6. P. Ved.
     (1) To abide, dwell in, stay (with).
     (2) To be or exist.
     (3) To possess.

ākṣit a. Abiding, dwelling.

ākṣika a. (kī f.) [akṣeṇa dīvyati jayati jitaṃ vā; akṣa-ṭhak P. IV. 4. 2]
     (1) One who plays at dice.
     (2) One who uses loaded dice (bhārabhūtānakṣānāharati vahati).
     (3) One who gains by gambling.
     (4) Won by gambling.
     (5) Relating to dice or gambling; ākṣikaṃ ṛṇaṃ Ms. 8. 159 incurred in gambling. --kaḥ N. of a tree (= akṣika q. v.). --kaṃ
     (1) Money gained by gambling.
     (2) Gambling debt, money lost at play.
     -- Comp.
          --paṇaḥ a stake, a wager.

ākṣip 6 U.
     (1) To throw or cast down, dash down; phalaṃ taraṃgākṣiptaṃ Pt. 4; śilāyāmākṣipya Pt. 1.
     (2) To attract, entice, allure, win over; yathā nākṣipyase viṣayaiḥ K. 109; Śi. 10. 79.
     (3) To strike with a dart, missile &c.
     (4) To draw near or together, contract, convulse (used in medicine).
     (5) To interrupt, cut short; evaṃvādino vacanamākṣipya K. 18, 207; Ve. 6.
     (6) To draw back or withdraw; take or throw off, snatch or draw away, pull off; agrapādamākṣipya R. 7. 7; Ku. 7. 58; vāso balādākṣipan Bh. 1. 43; Me. 68.
     (7) To chase, drive out of a place, remove; sa etānākṣipadrāṣṭrāt Mb.; ākṣiptādhikārayoḥ Mu. 1.
     (8) To hang out, expose to view (as a banner).
     (9) To point to, refer to, hint at, indicate; vastutastu neha pūrvapadamākṣipyate P. VI. 3. 34 Sk.; aśvādaya ākṣipyaṃte S. D. 2. (10) To reject, neglect, disregard, spurn; Amaru. 79.
     (11) To object to (as argument).
     (12) To insult; arere rādhāgarbhabhārabhūta kimevamākṣipasi Ve. 3; to blame; Śanti. 1. 18.
     (13) To eclipse, obscure; ākṣipaṃtīmiva prabhāṃ śaśinaḥ svena tejasā Mb.
     (14) To infer (from circumstances); jātyā vyaktirākṣipyate K. P. 2.
     (15) To say or state ironically.
     (16) To pass (as time); Śi. 14. 45.

ākṣipta p. p.
     (1) Cast, thrown down.
     (2) Overthrown, repulsed; Ratn. 4. 12.
     (3) Seized, grasped, snatched away; V. 5. 5.
     (4) Drawn, attracted, overpowered; kautuka-, kutūhala- U. 4; seduced, enticed; K. 281.
     (5) Perplexed, distracted, bewildered; -miva me cetaḥ Ve. 2.
     (6) Insulted, reviled, abused.
     (7) Equal or equivalent to.

ākṣiptikā A particular air or song sung by a character while approaching the stage; V. 4.

ākṣepaḥ
     (1) Throwing off, tossing, pulling off, snatching away; aśukākṣepavilajjitānāṃ Ku. 1. 14; withdrawing; Ku. 7. 95; movement, shaking; K. 13.
     (2) Reviling, censure, blame, abuse, reproach, defiant censure; -pracaṃḍattayā U. 5. 29; viruddhamākṣepavacaritatikṣitaṃ Ki. 14. 25; Bh. 2. 69.
     (3) Drawing together, attraction, diverting; kathārasasyākṣepasāmaṃrthyaṃ K. 346, 348 power to interest.
     (4) Distraction, allurement; viṣayākṣepaparyastabuddheḥ Bh. 3. 47, 23.
     (5) Throwing away, giving up.
     (6) Applying, laying on, putting in or into (as a colour); gorocanākṣepanitāṃtagauraiḥ Ku. 7. 17.
     (7) Hinting at, reference to, taking to oneself or assuming (as the meaning of another word); svasiddhaye parākṣepaḥ K. P. 2.
     (8) An inference.
     (9) A deposit. (10) An objection or doubt.
     (11) Convulsion, palpitation.
     (12) Sustaining, as a sound.
     (13) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech (cf. Greek paralipsis) in which something really intended to be said is apparently suppressed or denied to convey a particular meaning; ākṣepaḥ svayamuktasya pratiṣedho vicāraṇāt . caṃdra saṃdarśayātmānamathavāsti priyāmukham .. Kuval. For fuller definitions and explanations see K. P. 10, S. D. 714 and Akshepaprakarana in R. G.

ākṣapaka a.
     (1) Drawing; drawing or snatching off.
     (2) Censuring, reviling. --kaḥ
     (1) A thrower.
     (2) A detractor, calumniator, accuser.
     (3) A hunter.
     (4) (In medic.) Convulsion, spasm.

ākṣepaṇam Throwing, tossing.

ākṣepin a.
     (1) Drawing or snatching up; Māl. 9. 51.
     (2) Drawing in with a minute eye; bāhyābhyaṃtaraviṣayākṣepī caturthaḥ Pat. Sūt.
     (3) Applying to, regarding.

ākṣīva a.
     (1) Somewhat drunk.
     (2) Intoxicated. --vaḥ = akṣīva q. v.

ākṣaitrajñyam [akṣetrajña --ṣyañ] Spiritual ignorance.

ākṣoṭaḥ --ḍaḥ A walnut; see akṣoṭa.

ākṣodanam Hunting (for ācchodanaṃ).

ākṣyat a. (fr. aś or akṣ) Leading to completion (as days), epithet of certain days on which the ceremony Ayana performed for the Ādityas and Angirasas is finished.

ākhaṇa a. Hard(to dig up) (as a stone).

ākhaṃḍalaḥ [ākhaṃḍayati bhedayati parvatān, khaṃḍ-ḍalac ḍasya netvam Tv.] Indra; ākhaṃḍalaḥ kāmamidaṃ babhāṣe Ku. 3. 11; tamīśaḥ kāmarūpāṇāmatyākhaṃḍalavikramam R. 4. 83; Me. 15.

ākhaḥ, ākhanaḥ [khan --ḍa P. III. 3. 125] A spade, hoe.

ākhanikaḥ [ā --khan --ikan Uṇ. 2. 45]
     (1) A digger, ditcher, miner.
     (2) A mouse or rat.
     (3) A hog.
     (4) A thief.
     (5) A spade.

ākhanikabakaḥ [ā-khan-karaṇe karttari vā ikabaka P. III. 3. 125 Vart.]
     (1) A stork in relation to a mouse; (fig.) a man who behaves like a hero towards a weak person.
     (2) = ākhanika q. v. above (= khanitraṃ Sk.).

ākharaḥ
     (1) A spade.
     (2) A digger, miner.
     (3) A cover of any animal; a stable.

ākhātaḥ --tam A natural pond or pool of water, bay.

ākhānaḥ [ā-khan-ghañ]
     (1) Digging all around.
     (2) A spade, a digger.

ākhuḥ [ākhanatītyākhuḥ, ākhaṇ-ḍu Uṇ. 1. 33]
     (1) A mouse, rat, mole; attuṃ vāṃchati śāṃbhavo gaṇapaterākhuṃ kṣudhārtaḥ phaṇī Pt. 1. 159.
     (2) A thief.
     (3) A hog.
     (4) A spade.
     (5) A miser; vibhave sati naivātti na dadāti juhoti na tamāhurākhuṃ.
     (6) The grass Lipeocercis Serrata (devatāḍa).
     -- Comp.
          --utkaraḥ a mole-hill.
          --uttha a. produced from a mouse. (
          --tthaḥ) [ākhūnāmutthānaṃ P. III. 2. 4 Vārt.] the rising or appearance of rats, a swarm of rats.
          --karīṣaṃ a mole-hill.
          --karṇaparṇikā, --parṇikā, --karṇī, --parṇī the plant Salvinia Cucullata Roxb.
          --gaḥ, --patraḥ, --rathaḥ, --vāhanaḥ epithets of Gaṇeśa (whose vehicle is a rat); tamākhupatraṃ rājeṃdra bhaja mājñānadāyakaṃ Subhāṣ.
          --ghātaḥ a Śūdra or a man of low caste and profession; (lit.) rat-catcher or killer.
          --pāṣāṇaḥ 1. a kind of mineral. --2. a loadstone.
          --bhuj, --bhujaḥ a cat.
          --viṣahā a kind of grass (devatāḍavṛkṣa, devatālīlatā) considered as a remedy for a rat's bite.

ākheṭaḥ [ākhiṭyaṃte trāsyaṃte prāṇino'tra, ā-khiṭ-ghañ Tv.] Hunting, chase.
     -- Comp.
          --śīrṣakaṃ 1. a smooth floor or ground (kuṭṭimabheda). --2. a mine, cavern.

ākheṭaka a. Hunting, frightening (as beasts of prey &c.). --kaḥ A hunter; Pt. 1. 129, 388. --kaṃ Hunting.

ākheṭika a. [ākheṭe kuśalaḥ ṭhak]
     (1) Skilful in chase.
     (2) Terrible, frightful. --kaḥ
     (1) A hunter.
     (2) A hound.

ākhoṭaḥ The walnut tree.

ākhyā 2 P.
     (1)
          (a) To tell, say, inform, communicate, narrate (usually with dat. of person); te rāmāya vadhopāyamācakhyurvibudhadviṣaḥ R. 15. 5, 41, 71, 93; 12. 42, 91; Bg. 11. 31, 18. 63; Me. 100; Ms. 8. 224, 9. 73, Y. 1. 66, 2. 65; sometimes with gen. of person; ākhyāhi bhadre priyadarśanasya Pt. 4. 15; kenāhaṃ tavākhyātaḥ Mb.
          (b) To declare, announce, signify; R. 2. 11.
     (2) To call, denominate, name; suvarṇabiṃdurityākhyāyate Māl. 9; R. 10. 21, Ms. 4. 6.
     (3) To look at, count; to recite (Ved.). --Caus. (khyāpayati)
     (1) To cause to tell or narrate.
     (2) To declare.

ākhyā [ā-khyāyate anena; ākhyā aṅ]
     (1) A name, appellation; kiṃ vā śakuṃtaletyasya māturākhyā S. 7, 7. 33; paścādumākhyāṃ sumukhī jagāma Ku. 1. 26; tadākhyayā bhuvi paprathe R. 15. 101 became known by that name; often at the end of compounds meaning 'named' or 'called'; atha kimākhyasya rājarṣeḥ sā dharmapatnī S. 7; raghuvaṃśākhyaṃ kāvyaṃ &c.

ākhyāta p. p.
     (1) Said, told, declared.
     (2) Counted, recited.
     (3) Made known.
     (4) Inflected or conjugated, --taṃ A verb; bhāvagradhānamākhyātaṃ Nir.; dhātvarthena viśiṣṭhasya vidheyatvena bodhane . samarthaḥ svārthayatnasya śabdo vākhyātamucyate ...

ākhyātiḥ f.
     (1) Telling, informing, communication, publication (of a report &c.).
     (2) Fame.
     (3) A name.

ākhyātṛ m.
     (1) One who tells, communicates &c.
     (2) A teacher, instructor; P. I. 4. 29.

ākhyānam
     (1) Speaking, declaration, making known, relation, communication; itthaṃbhūtākhyāne P. I. 4. 90; rāmasaṃdeśa- Rām.
     (2) Allusion to some old tale; ākhyānaṃ pūrvavṛttoktiḥ S. D.; (e. g. deśaḥ so'yamarātiśoṇitajalairyasminhradāḥ pūritāḥ Ve. 3. 31).
     (3) A tale, story; especially, a legendary story, legend; apsarāḥ purūravasaṃ cakama ityākhyānavidaācakṣate Māl. 2; Ms. 3. 232.
     (4) A legendary work such as the Mahābhārata.
     (5) A reply; praśnākhyānayoḥ P. VIII. 2. 105, III. 3. 110.
     (6) A differentiating property (bhedakadharma).
     (7) A canto of an epic poem.

ākhyānakam A tale, a short legendary narrative, an episode; ākhyānakākhyāyiketihāsapurāṇākarṇanena K. 7; P. IV. 2. 60 Vart. --kī N. of a metre which is a combination of Indravajrā and Upendravajrā.

ākhyāyaka a. Telling, informing. --kaḥ
     (1) A messenger, courier; ākhyāyakebhyaḥ śrutasūnuvṛttiḥ Bk. 2. 44.
     (2) A herald; U. 5.

ākhyāyikā
     (1) A species of prose composition, a connected story or narrative; ākhyāyikā kathāvat syāt kavervaṃśādikīrtanaṃ . asyāmanyakavīnāṃ ca vṛttaṃ gadyaṃ kvacit kvacit . kathāṃśānāṃ vyavaccheda āśvāsa iti badhyate . āryāvaktrāpavaktrāṇāṃ chaṃdasā yena kenacit . anyāpadeśenāśvāsamukhe bhāvyarthasūcanaṃ . S. D. 568. Writers on Rhetoric usually divide prose composition into kathā and ākhyāyikā and make a distinction between them thus they regard Baṇa's harṣacarita as an ākhyāyikāṃ and kādaṃbarī as a kathā; according to Daṇḍin, however, (Kav. 1. 28) there is no distinction between the two: tatkathākhyāyiketyekā jātiḥ saṃjñādvayāṃkitā ..
     (2) Narration (of what is known).

ākhyāyin a. One who tells, informs, or communicates; rahasyākhyāyīva svanasi mṛdu karṇāṃtikacaraḥ S. 1. 24; Ms. 7. 223.

ākhyeya pot. p. Fit to be communicated or told; śabda- fit to be told in words, a verbal message; Me. 103.

āgam 1 P.
     (1) To come, come near, approach.
     (2) To arrive at, attain, reach; fall into (a particular state or condition); ānṛṇyamāgam to become free from debt; so viśvāsaṃ, dhyānaṃ &c.
     (3) To have recourse to. --Caus. (--gamayati)
     (1) To cause to come or draw near.
     (2) To lead towards, take, convey; āgamitāpi vidūraṃ Gīt. 12.
     (3) To announce the arrival of; rājānamāgamayati = rājāgamanamācaṣṭe Sk.
     (4) To ascertain, inform oneself about; prajñāmevāgamayati yaḥ prājñebhyaḥ sa paṃḍitaḥ Vop.
     (5) To learn, acquire, study; samyagāgamitā vidyā prabodhavinayāviva R. 10. 71; tadapyāgamitaṃ mayā Mb.; āgamaya daṃḍanītiṃ kulavidyāṃ Dk. 155; Mv. 5; Śi. 9. 79.
     (6) (Atm.) To wait for, have patience; āgamayasva tāvat = kṣamasva Sk.; āgamayate kālaṃ Vop.

āga a. Accidental, sudden; -tvaṃ accident, chance.

āgata p. p.
     (1) Come, arrived.
     (2) Occurred, happened.
     (3) Obtained, got; nyāyāgatadhanaṃ Y. 3. 205; -sādhvasa afraid; -kṣobha perplexed; anvaya- hereditary; -manyu angry; -vismaya surprised.
     (4) Reduced to, fallen into (a particular state); dāsatvaṃ, paṃcatvaṃ, saṃdehaṃ, vismayaṃ &c.
     (5) Living or residing in. --taṃ
     (1) Coming, arrival.
     (2) Occurrence, event.

āgatiḥ f.
     (1) Arrival, coming; lokasyāsya gatāgatiṃ Ram.; iti niścitapriyatamāgatayaḥ Śi. 9. 43.
     (2) Obtaining, acquisition; Y. 3. 170.
     (3) Return.
     (4) Origin.
     (5) Accident, chance.

āgaṃtavya pot. p. Likely to come, to be arrived; coming necessarily.

āgaṃtu a. [ā-gam-tun]
     (1) Coming, arriving.
     (2) Stray.
     (3) Coming from the outside; external (as a cause &c.).
     (4) Adventitious, accidental, casual; niyamastu sa yatkarma nityamāgaṃtusādhanaṃ Ak. --tuḥ A new-comer, stranger, guest; R. 5. 62; H. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. arising accidentally or casually; āgaṃtuje roge Suśr.

āgaṃtuka a. (kā, kī f.)
     (1) Coming of one's own accord, arriving uninvited; āgaṃtukā vayaṃ Dhūrtas.
     (2) Stray (as an animal); Y. 2. 163.
     (3) Incidental, accidental; adventitious; ityāgaṃtukā vikārāḥ Asval.
     (4) Interpolated, spurious (as a reading), having crept in without authority; atra gaṃdhavadgaṃdhamādanamityāgaṃtukaḥ pāṭhaḥ Malli. on Ku. 6. 46. --kaḥ
     (1) An intruder, interloper.
     (2) A stranger, guest, new-comer; S. 4, 6.
     (3) Interpolated reading.

āgamaḥ
     (1) Coming, arrival, approach, appearance; latāyāṃ pūrvalūnāyāṃ prasūnasyāgamaḥ kutaḥ U. 5. 20; Śi. 1. 30; avyaktād vyaktayaḥ sarvāḥ prabhavaṃtyaharāgame . rātryāgame pralīyaṃte Bg. 8. 18; R. 14. 80; Pt. 3. 48; Ms. 8. 401; so vyasana-, aṃdhakāra- &c.
     (2) Acquisition; eṣo'syā mudrāyā āgamaḥ Mu. 1; S. 6 this is how I came by this ring; Dk. 139; vedānāmāgamaḥ K. 18; vidyāgamanimittaṃ V. 5.
     (3) Birth, origin, source; āgamāpāyino'nityāstāṃstitikṣasva bhārata Bg. 2. 14 coming and going, of short birth or duration, transient; āgamaḥ kāvyāmṛtarasānāṃ K. 5.
     (4) Addition, accumulation, acquisition (of wealth); artha-, dhana- &c.
     (5) Flow, course, current (of water); Ms. 8. 252, 9. 281; rakta-, pheṇa-.
     (6) A voucher or written testimony; see anāgama.
     (7) Knowledge; śiṣyapradeyāgamāḥ Bh. 2. 15; prajñayā sadṛśāgamaḥ āgamaiḥ sadṛśāraṃbhaḥ R. 1. 15; yasyāgamaḥ kevalajīvikāyai M. 1. 17; Y. 2. 212, 92.
     (8) Supply of money, income, revenue.
     (9) Lawful acquisition of anything; āgamope balaṃ naiva bhuktiḥ stokāpi yatra no Y. 2. 27, 28. (10) Increase of property.
     (11) A traditional doctrine or precept, a sacred writing or scripture, Śastra; anumānena na cāgamaḥ kṣataḥ Ki. 2. 28, 5. 18; pariśuddha āgamaḥ 2. 33; K. 55, 337.
     (12) The study of Śāstras, sacred knowledge or learning.
     (13) Science, a system of philosophy; sāṃkhyāgameneva pradhānapuruṣopetena K. 51; bahudhāpyāgamairbhinnāḥ paṃthānaḥ siddhihetavaḥ R. 10. 26.
     (14) The Vedas, the sacred scripture; nyāyanirṇītasāratvānnirapekṣamivāgame Ki. 11. 39.
     (15) The last of the four kinds of proof, recognized by the Naiyayiks (also called śabda or āptavākya, the Vedas being so regarded).
     (16) An affix or suffix.
     (17) The addition or insertion of a letter; bhavedvarṇāgamāddhaṃsaḥ Sk.
     (18) An augment; iḍāgamaḥ.
     (19) Theory (opp. prayoga); catuḥṣaṣṭikalāgamaprayogacaturaḥ Dk. 120. (20) (--maḥ, --maṃ) A work inculcating the mystical worship of śiva and śakti, a Tantra; āgataṃ paṃcavaktrāttu gataṃ ca girijānane . mataṃ ca vāsudevasya tasmādāgamamucyate .. Śabdak.
     (21) The mouth of a river.
     -- Comp.
          --āvartā N. of the plant Targia Involucrata Lin. (vṛścikālī). --nirapekṣa a. independent of a voucher.
          --nīta a. studied, read, examined.
          --rahita a. 1. without a voucher. --2. devoid of Śāstras.
          --vṛddha a. advanced in knowledge, a very learned man; pratīpa ityāgamavṛddhasevī R. 6. 41.
          --vedin a. 1 knowing the Vedas. --2. learned in Śāstras. (--m.) an epithet of Śaṅkaracharya's preceptor Gauḍapada.
          --sākṣepa a. supposed by a voucher.

āgamavat a.
     (1) Having an augment or addition.
     (2) Having approached for sexual intercourse.

āgamanam
     (1) Coming, approaching, arrival; R. 12. 24.
     (2) Return, returning.
     (3) Acquisition, getting into; etatte sarvamākhyātaṃ vairasyāgamanaṃ mahat Ram.
     (4) Arising, birth.
     (5) Approaching a woman for sexual intercourse.

āgamin, āgāmin a. [ā-gam ṇini vā thasvaḥ]
     (1) Coming, future; kathayatyāgāminamarthaṃ K. 46.
     (2) Impending, arriving.
     (3) Learned, versed in theory; dvāvapyāgaminau M. 3.
     (4) An intruder.
     (5) Having an augment.

āgamiṣṭha a. Coming very quickly, or gladly.

āgāmika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to the future time; matirāgāmikā jñeyā buddhistatkāladarśinī Haima.
     (2) Impending, arriving.

āgāmuka a. [ā-gam-ukañ P. III. 2. 154]
     (1) Coming, arriving.
     (2) Future.

āgaraḥ [āgṝ-ap] The day of new moon (amāvāsyā).

āgalita a. Drooping, languid, dejected, sad.

āgavīna a. [goḥ pratyarpaṇaparyaṃtaṃ yaḥ karma karoti sa āgavīnaḥ P. V. 2. 14 Sk. āgo-kha] One who is engaged in business till the return of the cows.

āgas n. [i-asun-āgādeśaḥ Uṇ. 4. 211]
     (1) Fault, offence, transgression; sahiṣye śatamāgāṃsi sūnosta iti yattvayā Śi. 2. 108, 1. 61; dvau ripū mama matau samāgasau R. 11. 74; kṛtāgāḥ Mu. 3. 11; N. 3. 52; Amaru. 41, 43.
     (2) Sin.
     (3) Punishment.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt a. committing an offence, offender, criminal; abhyarṇamāgaskṛtamarapṛśadbhiḥ R. 2. 32.

āgastī [agastyasya iyaṃ, aṇ, yalopaḥ] The south.

āgastīya a. [agastaye hitaḥ yalopaḥ] Relating to or for the advantage of agasti.

āgastya a. [agastyasyedam yañ yalopaḥ]
     (1) Southern (digbhāga).
     (2) Pertaining to Agastya; -ākhyānaṃ saraḥ Mb.
     (3) Originating from the plant Agasti Grandiflorum. --styaḥ, styī
     (1) The descendants of Agasti.
     (2) Persons of their race (gotra).

āgastyāyana a. Connected with Agasti; U. 2.

āgādha a. [agādha eva svārthe aṇ]
     (1) Very deep or unfathomable (fig. also).
     (2) Difficult to obtain.

āgāram [āgamṛcchati ṛ-aṇ] A house, dwelling; room, covered place.
     -- Comp.
          --godhikā a small lizard.
          --dāhaḥ setting a house on fire.
          --dāhin a. an incendiary.
          --dhūmaḥ 1. smoke coming out from a house. --2. N. of a plant.

āgur 6 A. To approve, agree or assent to, promise to pronounce the āgur, see below.

āgur f. [ā-gur-kvip]
     (1) Assent, agreement, promise.
     (2) N. of a class of plauditory exclamations or formularies used by the priests in sacrificial rites; ye 3 yajāmaha ityāgūḥ Asval.

āgu(gū)raṇam
     (1) Recitation of the Āgur.
     (2) A secret suggestion.

āgūrṇa --rta p. p. Repeated(as an exclamation &c.). --rṇaṃ --rtaṃ Exertion, resolution.

āgūrtin a. [āgūrta-ini]
     (1) Performing or pronouncing the Āgur; āgūtīṃ vā eṣa bhavati yo darśapaurṇamāsābhyāṃ yajate Śat. Br.
     (2) Resolute, industrious.

āgurava a. (vī f.) Belonging to agallochum (aguru); Śi. 4. 52.

āgūḥ (f.) An agreement, promise.

āgai 1 P.
     (1) To sing to.
     (2) To obtain by singing.

āgātṛ a. Obtaining by singing.

āgānam Obtaining by singing.

āgnāpauṣṇa a. [agnāpūṣaṇau devate asyaaṇ] Belonging or referring to Agni and Pūṣan (as an oblation).

āgnāvaiṣṇava a.
     (1) Referring to Agni and Viṣṇu.
     (2) Containing the word agnāviṣṇū (as a chapter adhyāya, or anuvāka section).

āgnika a. (kī f.) [agneridaṃ bā- ṭhak] Belonging to fire, belonging to the sacrificial fire.

āgnipada a. [agnipade dīyate kāryaṃ vā vyuṣṭā- aṇ] To be done at or given to the fire-place.

āgnimāruta a. [agnāmarutau devate asya aṇ] Belonging to Agni and Marut (offerings &c.); so āgnivāruṇa belonging to Agni and Varuṇa.

āgniṣṭomika a. (kī f.) [agniṣṭomaṭhak]
     (1) Belonging to the agniṣṭoma; -kaṃ bhaktaṃ, -kī dakṣiṇā.
     (2) One who recites or is conversant with agniṣṭoma (agniṣṭomamadhīte veda vā).

āgnīdhra a. Belonging to the agnīdhra (the priest who kindles the fire). --dhraṃ [āgnimiṃdhe agnīt tasya śaraṇaṃ, raṇ bhatvānna jaś Tv.]
     (1) The place where the sacrificial or sacred fire is kindled.
     (2) The duty of the priest who kindles the sacred fire. --dhrā Care of the sacred fire. --dhraḥ The priest who kindles the sacred fire.

āgnīdhrīya a. Being within the āgnīdhra. --yaḥ
     (1) The fire within the āgnīdhra.
     (2) The fire-place within the āgnīdhra.

āgnīdhrya a. Belonging to the priest who kindles the sacred fire. --dhryā The place for the fire.

āgneṃdra a. [agniśca iṃdraśca-aṇ P. VI. 3. 28, VII. 3. 22] Belonging to Agni and Indra.

āgneya a. (yī f.) [agneridaṃ agnirdevatā vāsya ḍhak]
     (1) Belonging to Agni; fiery.
     (2) Offered or consecrated to Agni; Y. 3. 287.
     (3) Similar to fire (as an insect).
     (4) Increasing the fire in the stomach; stimulating digestion.
     (5) Kindling the fire (as ghee &c.).
     (6) Belonging to Agnāyī. --yaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Skanda or Kārtikeya.
     (2) N. of Agastya.
     (3) N. of a country.
     (4) A worshipper of Agni.
     (5) An offering or oblation to Svāhā. --yī
     (1) N. of the wife of Agni.
     (2) The south-east quarter (presided over by Agni).
     (3) The first day of a month (pratipattithi which is presided over by Agni). --yaṃ
     (1) The lunar mansion called Kṛttika.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Blood.
     (4) Lac, the red animal dye.
     (5) Ghee.
     (6) A missile presided over by Agni.
     (7) A Mantra used in the worship of Agni.
     (8) A descendant of Agni.
     (9) Bathing by applying sacred ashes to the body (bhasmamardanapūrvakasnānaṃ). (10) A kind of worm.
     -- Comp.
          --kīṭaḥ a kind of insect which flies into the fire.
          --purāṇaṃ = agnipurāṇa q. v.

āgnyādhānikī [agnyādhānasya yajñasya dakṣiṇā ṭhañ] The Dakṣiṇā or a gift of money given to Brahmaṇas.

āgrabhojanikaḥ [agrabhojanaṃ niyataṃ dīyate asmai ṭhañ P. IV. 4. 66] A Brahmaṇa always entitled to occupy the foremost seat at a dinner.

āgrayaṇaḥ [agre ayanaṃ bhojanaṃ śasyāderyena karmaṇā pṛ- hrasvadīrghaḥ vyatyayaḥ]
     (1) The first Soma libation at the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
     (2) A form of Agni.
     (3) The time of the sacrifice. --ṇī
     (1) An oblation consisting of firstfruits; see āgrayaṇaṃ. --ṇaṃ An oblation consisting of first-fruits at the end of the rainy season (āśvinīpūrṇimā); āgrayaṇaṃ trividhaṃ śyāmāka-, vrīhi-, yava-, yathāpūrvaṃ varṣāsu śaradi vasaṃte ca tatkaraṇopadeśāt Ārya. S.; āgrayaṇeneṣṭvā navānnaṃ prāśnīyāt Ait. Br.; āgrayaṇaṃ vrīhiśyāmākayavānāṃ Asval.

āgrah 9 U.
     (1) To seize, take hold of, catch.
     (2) To draw tight (as the reins) S. 1 v. l.
     (3) To persist in.

āgrahaḥ
     (1) Seizing, taking.
     (2) Attack.
     (3) Determination, strong attachment, persistence, insisting (sneha, abhiniveśa); calepi kākasya padārpaṇāgrahaḥ Naishadha; Dk. 176; also Malli. on Ku. 5. 7.
     (4) Favour, patronage.
     (5) Surpassing, surmount ing.
     (6) Moral power, courage.

āgrahikā Favour, patronage, help.

āgrahāyaṇaḥ [= agrahāyaṇa-aṇ] N. of the month of mārgaśīrṣa. --ṇī
     (1) The full moon day of mārgaśīrṣa; kārtikyā āgrahāyaṇī māse Sk.
     (2) A particular kind of Paka-yajna.
     (3) N. of a constellation called mṛgaśiras.

āgrahāyaṇa(ṇi)ka a. [āgrahāyaṇyāṃ deyamṛṇaṃ vuñ ṭhañ vā P. IV. 3. 50] To be paid on the full moon day in mārgaśīrṣa (as debt.). --kaḥ (--ṇikaḥ) [āgrahāyaṇī paurṇimāsyasmin māse ṭhak P. IV. 2. 22] The month of mārgaśīrṣa.

āgrahārika a. (kī f.) [agrahāraṭhañ; see āgrabhojanika] One who appropriates to himself an agrahāra (endowments of land conferred upon Brahmaṇas).

āghaṭṭa 10 P.
     (1) To strike against, touch; āghaṭṭayāmāsa gatāgatābhyāṃ Ki. 17. 38.
     (2) To move.

āghaṭṭaka a. Moving. --kaḥ The red Apāmārga.

āghaṭṭanā
     (1) Moving, shaking, striking against; raṇadbhirāghaṭṭanayā nabhasvataḥ Śi. 1. 10.
     (2) Friction, contact.

āgharṣaḥ, --rṣaṇam Rubbing, friction, striking against; gaṃḍasthalāgharṣagalanmadodakadravadrumaskaṃghanilāyino'layaḥ Śi. 12. 64. --ṇī A brush, rubber.

āghāṭaḥ [ā-han ghañ nipātaḥ]
     (1) Killing, striking (sometimes used as an adj.).
     (2) A musical instrument.
     (3) A cymbal or rattle.
     (4) Boundary, limit.
     (5) N. of a plant (apāmārga).

āghāṭiḥ m. f. Musical instruments.

āghātaḥ See under āhan.

āghuṣ 1 P.
     (1) To proclaim, cry aloud, declare.
     (2) To praise.
     (3) To listen.
     (4) To make oneself audible. (10) P. or Caus.
     (1) To make a noise, to cause to sound.
     (2) To proclaim, announce publicly.
     (3) To complain continually, weep bitterly.

āghoṣaḥ Calling out, invocation.

āghoṣaṇaṃ --ṇā A proclamation, public announcement; evamāghoṣaṇāyāṃ kṛtāyāṃ Pt. 5.

āghūrṇ 1 A., 6 P.
     (1) To roll, stagger, whirl, toss about; āghūrṇatīvānilaiḥ (aṃbaraṃ) Mk. 5. 27; pavanāghūrṇitapādapa Hariv., Bk. 14. 77.
     (2) To swim, roll (as eyes); Ku. 3. 38.

āghūrṇanam Rolling, tossing about, whirling round, swimming.

āghṛ 10 P. or Caus. To pour down upon, sprinkle.

āghāraḥ
     (1) Sprinkling(in general).
     (2) Especially, sprinkling clarified butter upon the fire at certain sacrifices.
     (3) Ghee, clarified butter.

āghṛṇi a. [āgato ghṛṇirdīptirasya] Glowing with heat or endowed with splendour, having splendid wealth. --ṇiḥ The sun.

āghrā 1 P.
     (1) To smell, smell at; gaṃdhamāghrāya Me. 21.
     (2) To kiss, touch (with the nose) as the head; Bk. 14. 12.
     (3) (Fig.) To attack, devour, seize upon; māmāghrātumāgatavān Dk. 6; kāmāghrātayā anayā 116 smitten, affected; Mal. 5. 29; Bh. 3. 104.

āghrāṇa a.
     (1) Smelt(as flowers).
     (2) Satisfied. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Smelling.
     (2) Satisfaction, satiety.

āghrāta p. p.
     (1) Smelt, scented, touched.
     (2) Satisfied.
     (3) Surmounted, surpassed.

āṃkṣī A musical instrument, a tabor.

āṃkuśikaḥ [aṃkaśa-ṭhak] One who strikes with the goad.

āṃga a. (gī f.) [aṃga-svārthe-aṇ]
     (1) Bodily, corporeal.
     (2) (In gram.) Relating to the base (aṃga).
     (3) Having limbs or parts.
     (4) Relating to the minor personages in a drama.
     (5) Belonging to a portion of the Vedas.
     (6) Produced or born in the country of the Angas. --gaḥ A prince of the Anga country. --gaṃ A delicate body.

āṃgaka a. (kī f.) [aṃgeṣu janapadeṣu bhavaḥ vuñ] Produced in the aṃga country; ruler of that country. --kaḥ
     (1) An inhabitant of the Anga country.
     (2) A ruler of that country.

āṃgavidya a. [aṃgavidyāṃ veda aṇ] Occurring in, or being familiar with, aṃgavidyā (chiromancy or the knowledge of lucky and unlucky marks on the body). --dyā A work on aṃgavidyā.

āṃgika a. (kī f.) [aṃganirvṛttārthe-ṭhak]
     (1) Bodily, corporeal.
     (2) Gesticulated, expressed by bodily actions; āṃgiko'bhinayaḥ, see abhinaya. --kaḥ A player on a tabor or drum.

āṃgāram [aṃgārāṇāṃ samūhaḥ aṇ] A multitude of fire-brands, charcoal.

āṃgirasa a. (sī f.) Descended from or referring to Angiras. --saḥ
     (1) N. of Bṛhaspati, son of Angiras; Ms. 2. 151.
     (2) Descendants of Angiras (pl.).
     (3) A particular Sūkta or hymn in the Atharvaveda.
     (4) The soul.
     (5) A Kshatriya by will of Brahma and by profession.

āṃgūṣaḥ [aṃgūṣa-svārthe-aṇ] Praise, hymn.

ācakṣ 2 A.
     (1) To speak, announce, declare, teach, tell, relate, communicate, say, narrate (usually with dat. of person); gurave ... prastutamācacakṣe R. 5. 19, 12. 55, 14. 36; Ms. 4 59, 81; M. 5; ityākhyānavida ācakṣate Mal. 2; sometimes with acc.; tattvāṃ kimācakṣmahe Bv. 1. 63 say to or address.
     (2) To name, call, say; śarva iti prācyā ācakṣate Śat. Br.
     (3) To divine, bespeak; yathā me hṛdayamācaṣṭe M. 4.
     (4) To make known, acquaint, introduce to.
     (5) To look at, inspect (Ved.).

ācakṣus m. [Uṇ. 2. 120] A learned man.

ācaturam ind. [catuḥ paryaṃtaṃ ac samā-] Till the fourth generation; ācaturaṃ hīme paśavo dvaṃdvaṃ mithunāyaṃte P. VIII. 1. 15 Sk.

ācam 1 P.
     (1) To sip, lick, lap drink (a small quantity); nāceme himamapi vāri vāraṇena Ki. 7. 34; paryāptamācāmati U. 4. 1; Bv. 4. 38; Ms. 2. 60, 5. 139.
     (2) To rinse the mouth (with instr. of the thing); Ms. 2. 61.
     (3) To lick up, dry or drink up, absorb; ācāmati svedalavān mukhe te R. 13. 20. --Caus. To cause to sip water; Ms. 3. 251, 5. 142.

ācamaḥ Rinsing the mouth, sipping.

ācamanam
     (1) Rinsing the mouth, sipping water before religious ceremonies, before and after meals &c. from the palm of the hand; dadyādācamanaṃ tataḥ Y. 1. 242, 195 (part of the water sipped being usually allowed to drop down).
     (2) The water used for rinsing the mouth.
     (3) Gargling the throat.

ācamanakam [svārthe ādhāre vā kan]
     (1) The water used for sipping.
     (2) A spitting pot (Mar. pikadāṇī).

ācamanīya pot. p. Used for rinsing the mouth. --yaṃ Water used for rinsing the mouth; a gargle.

ācāṃta p. p.
     (1) Sipped and ejected as water.
     (2) (Actively used) One who has rinsed his mouth or sipped water.
     (3) Fit for sipping.

ācāmaḥ [cam bhāve-ghañ]
     (1) Sipping water, rinsing the mouth.
     (2) The water or foam of boiled water (Mar. peja); Y. 3. 322.

ācāmaka a. Rinsing the mouth.

ācāmanakam A spitting pot.

ācāmya pot. p. To be rinsed. --myaṃ Water used for rinsing.

ācayaḥ
     (1) Collecting, gathering.
     (2) A collection, heap, plenty.

ācayaka a. Skilful in collecting or gathering (ācaye kuśalaḥ).

ācar 1 P.
     (1) To act, practise, do, perform, undertake, exercise; tapasvikanyāsvavinayabhācarati S. 1. 25 practises rudeness; sthitiṃ R. 1. 89, 12. 22; tvaṃ ca tasyeṣṭamācareḥ V. 5. 20, 1. 17; nācaṃretkiṃcidapriyaṃ Ms. 5. 156; Y. 3. 65; na cāpyācaritaḥ pūrvairayaṃ dharmaḥ Mb.; so sevāṃ, vidhiṃ, snānaṃ, vṛttiṃ.
     (2) To act or behave towards (with loc.); tasyāṃ tvaṃ sādhu nācaraḥ R. 1. 76; viṣṇāvivācarati śive Vop.
     (3) To act, proceed, manage (without loc.); jaḍavalloka ācaret Ms. 2. 110.
     (4) To treat; putraṃ mitravadācaret Chāṇ. 11; putramivācarati śiṣyaṃ Sk.; Ms. 8. 102.
     (5) To observe the usual formality; S. 7.
     (6) To come near, approach (Ved.); ā vāṃ caraṃtu vṛṣṭayaḥ Rv. 8. 25. 6.
     (7) To step upon, pass through, wander over or about; frequent, resort to, follow; taskarācarito mārgaḥ Ram.; śvāpadācarite bane Mb.; agastyācaritāmāśāṃ R. 4. 44; paretācaritāṃ diśaṃ Ram.; avidvajjanācarita eṣa mārgaḥ K. 173.
     (8) To have intercourse with; Ms. 11. 181, 190.
     (9) To devour, eat into, corrode. (10) To help forward, put into; hastenācarati Kāty. (hastena prerayati prakṣipati).

ācaraṇam
     (1) Practising, doing, performing, following, observing; dharma-, maṃgala- &c.
     (2) Conduct, behaviour; adhītibodhācaraṇapracāraṇaiḥ N. 1. 4 example (opp. precept); adharma-, dur- &c.
     (3) Usage, practice.
     (4) An institute; rite or rule of conduct.
     (5) Approaching, arrival.
     (6) A chariot, carriage, cart.

ācaraṇīya, ācaritavya, ācarya pot. p. To be done, performed, followed, observed &c.; fit, right.

ācarita p. p.
     (1) Done, observed, practised, as a rite or usage &c.
     (2) Usual, customary.
     (3) Enjoined, fixed by rule. --taṃ
     (1) Conduct, behaviour.
     (2) One of the five means of recovering or paying back debt; Ms. 8. 49; see also Bṛhaspati quoted by Kull.

ācāraḥ [ācar-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Conduct, behaviour, manner of action or of conducting oneself; sadācāraḥ good conduct; nīca- &c.; lokācāravivarjitāḥ Pt. 5. 40 ignorant of the ways of the world.
     (2) Good conduct or behaviour; Bg. 16. 7; Ms. 1. 109, 5. 4, 3. 165.
     (3) A custom, usage, practice; tasmindeśe ya ācāraḥ pāraṃparyakramāgataḥ Ms. 2. 18; Y. 1. 342.
     (4) An established usage, fixed rule of conduct in life, customary law, institute or precept (opp. vyavahāra in law); ācārya ācārāṇāṃ K. 56; Ms. 1. 109; oft. as the first member of comp. in the sense of 'customary', 'usual', 'as is the custom', 'according to form', 'as a formality'; -puṣpagrahaṇārthaṃ M. 4; see -dhūma, -lāja below; -parikarman S. 2.
     (5)
          (a) Any customary observance or duty; -prayataḥ V. 3. 2; gṛhācāravyapadeśena U. 3.
          (b) A form, formality; ācāra ityavahitena mayā gṛhītā S. 5. 3; Mv. 3. 26.
          (c) The customary salutation or bow, usual formality; ācāraṃ pratipadyasva S. 4; V. 2; aviṣayastāvadācārasya Mv. 2.
     (6) Diet.
     (7) A rule (of conduct).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ title of the first twelve sacred books of the Jainas.
          --taṃtraṃ one of the four classes of the Tantras (with Buddhists).
          --dīpaḥ [ācārārthaḥ nīrājanārtho dīpaḥ] 1. 'a lamp of religious customs', title of a work. --2. a lamp waved about a person as a formality and token of auspiciousness.
          --dhūmagrahaṇaṃ inhaling smoke as a customary rite (as of the sacrificial ceremony); R. 7. 27; Ku. 7. 82.
          --pūta a. purified by customary observances, of pure conduct; R. 2. 13.
          --bhedaḥ difference in the customary law.
          --bhraṣṭa, --patita a. apostate, fallen from established usages or rules of conduct.
          --lāja (m. pl.) fried grain customarily showered upon a king or other important personage as a mark of respect (as when he passes through the streets of his capital); R. 2. 10.
          --varjita, --hīna a. 1. irregular, out of rule. --2. outcast, who has renounced all customary observances.
          --vedī [ācārasya vedīva] 'altar of religious customs', N. of Āryāvarta, the sacred region of the Āryas.

ācāravat a. Well-conducted, virtuous; Ms. 12. 126.

ācārika a. [ācāra-ṭhak] Conformable to rule or practice, authorized, prescriptive. --kaṃ Rules for the preservation of health; hygiene, regimen, diet.

ācārin a. [ācar-ṇini, ācāra-ini vā] Following established customs.

ācārī N. of a plant(hilamocikā).

ācāryaḥ [ā-car-ṇyat P. VI. 2. 36]
     (1) A teacher or preceptor (in general).
     (2) A spiritual guide or preceptor, holy teacher (one who invests a boy with the sacred thread, instructs him in the Vedas &c.); upanīya tu yaḥ śiṣyaṃ vedamadhyāpayet dvijaḥ . sakalpaṃ sarahasyaṃ ca tamācāryaṃ pracakṣate Ms. 2. 140, see adhyāpaka also.
     (3) One who propounds a particular doctrine.
     (4) (When affixed to proper names) Learned, venerable (somewhat like the English Dr.).
     (5) An adviser or preceptor at a sacrifice &c.
     (6) An epithet of Droṇa. --ryā A female preceptor, a spiritual preceptress.
     -- Comp.
          --upāsanaṃ waiting upon or serving the spiritual preceptor.
          --karaṇaṃ acting as a teacher; P. I. 3. 36.
          --devaḥ one whose preceptor is his god.
          --bhogīna a. [ācāryabhogāya hitaṃ kha] to be enjoyed by, fit for the use of, a preceptor; delighting the preceptor.
          --miśra a. venerable, honourable.

ācāryaka a. Originating from a spiritual preceptor; P. IV. 2. 104 Vārt. --kaṃ
     (1) Instruction, tuition, teaching (lessons &c.); laṃkāstrīṇāṃ punaścakre vilāpācāryakaṃ śaraiḥ R. 12. 78; ācāryakaṃ vijayi mānmathamāvirāsīt Mal. 1. 26; Bv. 4. 37.
     (2) The proficiency of a spiritual teacher.

ācāryatā, --tvam The office or proficiency of a holy teacher.

ācāryānī [ācārya-striyāṃ ānuk P. VI. 1. 49 Vārt.] The wife of an ācārya or holy preceptor; śatrumūlamanutkhāya na punardraṣṭumutsahe . tryaṃbakaṃ devamācāryamācāryānīṃ ca pārvatīṃ Mv. 3. 6.

ācīrṇa p. p. Devoured or eaten into.

ācaraṇyati Den. P. To move oneself, to move or extend towards.

āci 5 U.
     (1) To accumulate, heap up, collect.
     (2) To load with, fill or cover with, cover over spread; śailairivācinodbhūmiṃ Bk. 17. 69, 14. 46, 47.

ācita p. p.
     (1) Filled, loaded with, covered with; kacācitau viṣvagivāgajau gajau Ki. 1. 36; kusumācitā vanarājī, ācitanakṣatrā dyauḥ &c.
     (2) Tied, strung, woven; ardhācitā satvaramutthitāyāḥ R. 7. 10 (v. l. for ardhāṃcitā); Ku. 7. 61; inlaid, set (as with gems).
     (3) Collected, accumulated, heaped.
     (4) Spread, diffused. --taḥ
     (1) A cartload.
     (2) (n. also) A measure of 10 Bharas or cart-loads (80, 000 Tolas); ācitaṃ daśa bhārāḥ syāt śākaṭo bhāra ācitaḥ.
     (3) A measure equal to 2000 palas.

ācitika (kī f.), ācitīna a. [ācita ṭhañ kha vā P. V. 1. 53-4] Holding, or being equal to, or cooking, a quantity equal to an Achita; e. g. tryācitaka.

ācūṣaṇam
     (1) Suction, sucking up.
     (2) Sucking out.
     (3) (In medic.) Application of cupping-glasses to the skin.

ācchad 10 P.
     (1) To cover(in general); nācchādayati kaupīnaṃ Pt. 3. 97.
     (2) To hide; bhānorācchādayatprabhāṃ Mb.
     (3) To clothe, dress, put on clothes; Ms. 3. 27; anena vāsasācchannaḥ Mb.; vastraṃ, prāvārān &c. ācchādayati &c.

ācchad f. Ved.
     (1) A cover, covering.
     (2) A sheath; -vidhānaṃ an arrangement made for defence, a means for covering.

ācchādaḥ [chad-ghañ] Cloth, clothes.

ācchādaka a. Covering, concealing.

ācchādanam
     (1) Covering, concealing, hiding.
     (2) A covering, sheath.
     (3) Cloth, clothes; bhūṣaṇācchādanāśanaiḥ Y. 1. 82.
     (4) A mantle, cloak &c.
     (5) Disappearance.
     (6) The wooden frame of a roof.

ācchādin a. Covering, concealing; S. 1. 19.

ācchā(cchu)kaḥ N. of a tree (= ākṣika).

ācchid 7 U.
     (1) To cut off or away, tear, cut in pieces, break; ācchidya dhamanīmapi Mb.; dhanuḥ, jyāṃ &c.
     (2) To snatch away, tear from, take away; jātavedomukhānmāyī miṣatāmācchinatti naḥ Ku. 2. 46; Māl. 5. 28, 8. 9; Dk. 99.
     (3) To disregard, take no notice of (as words); mama vaca ācchidya in spite of, notwithstanding, my words.
     (4) To cut off, exclude; bhartāramācchetsyāsi kāminībhyaḥ Mb.
     (5) To remove.
     (6) To take out, extract, draw or pull off.

ācchedaḥ, --danam
     (1) Cutting off, exclusion.
     (2) Cutting a little.
     (3) Taking away by force, snatching away.

ācchurita a.
     (1) Mixed, blended with.
     (2) Scratched.
     (3) Irritated. --taṃ
     (1) Making a noise with the finger-nails by rubbing them on one another (nakhavādyaṃ).
     (2) A horselaugh.

ācchuritakam
     (1) A scratch with a finger-nail.
     (2) A horse-laugh.

ācchoṭanam Cracking the fingers.

ācchodanam Hunting, chase.

ājaniḥ f. Ved. A stick for driving.

āja a. (jī f.) [ajasyedaṃ-aṇ] Coming from, belonging to, or produced by, goats. --jaḥ A vulture. --jaṃ
     (1) Ghee or clarified butter.
     (2) Throwing.

ājakam [ajānāṃ samūhaḥ vuñ] A flock of goats.

ājakāraḥ Śiva's bull.

ājagara a. (rī f.) [ajagara-aṇ] Relating to ajagara or the boa; a chapter in the Mahā-bharata.

ājagavam
     (1) The bow of Śiva.
     (2) A strong bow like that of Śiva.

ājan 4 A.
     (1) To be born or come into existence, to be produced or born from.
     (2) To beget, cause to be born, render prolific.

ājananam High birth or origin, famous or well-known origin. --ind. From birth.

ājanma --nmam ind. From or ever since birth.
     -- Comp.
          --surabhipatraḥ N. of a plant (the leaves of which are fragrant from their first appearance).

ājātiḥ f. Birth, origin.

ājānaḥ [ā-jan-ghañ]
     (1) Birth, origin.
     (2) Generating cause (said to be n. also in these two senses). --naṃ
     (1) Birth-place.
     (2) Birth, descent, species (Ved.). --ind. From the time of the creation.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. born since the creation (as gods &c).
          --devaḥ a god from the very creation.

ājāniḥ f.
     (1) One giving birth, parent, especially a mother (Say).
     (2) Birth, descent.

ājāneya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Of good breed (as a horse).
     (2) Of noble birth, fearless, undaunted. --yaḥ A well-bred horse; śaktibhirbhinnahṛdayāḥ skhalaṃtopi pade pade . ājānaṃti yataḥ saṃjñāmājāneyāstataḥ smṛtāḥ .. Śabdak.

ājāneyya a. Ved. Of good breed.

ājamīḍha a. Belonging to or produced in the country of ajamīḍha (or ajamīra). --ḍhāḥ (pl.) The kings of that country.

ājavanam Rushing upon, fighting, attacking.

ājānu ind. Up to the knees; -vilaṃbibāhuṃ R. 18. 26, 16. 84

ājiḥ m. f. [ajaṃtyasyāṃ, aj-iṇ P. III. 3. 108 Vārt.]
     (1) A battle, fight, combat; te tu yāvanta evājau tāvāṃśca dadṛśe sa taiḥ R. 12. 45.
     (2) A fighting or running match; ājiṃ dhāv or i, -aj or sṛ to run with or against any one for prize.
     (3) Battle-field, place for running; race-course, level ground; śastrāṇyājau nayanasalilaṃ cāpi tulyaṃ mumoca Ve. 3. 9.
     (4) Limit, boundary.
     (5) A road, way (m.).
     (6) An instant (m.).
     (7) Abuse, invective.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ the goal in a race-course.
          --kṛt a. Ved. 1. running for a prize. --2. making a war.
          --kriyā fighting.
          --tur a. Ved. victorious in battles.

āji 1 P. To conquer, win, acquire.

ājayanam
     (1) Conquering.
     (2) A battle.

ājigīṣu a. Ambitious, wishing to excel or surpass.

ājigraha a. One who takes or seizes.

ājijñāsenya a. Liable to be investigated. --nyāḥ (pl.) N. of a short section of the Kuntāpa hymns in the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa.

ājiri a. [ajira-iñ] Situated near the court-yard.

ājireya a. Belonging to or produced in a court-yard.

ājīv 1 P. To live by or maintain oneself with; to have the use or enjoyment of; to subsist.

ājīvaḥ, --vanam
     (1) Livelihood, subsistence, maintenance; bhavatyājīvanaṃ tasmāt Pt. 1. 48; cf. words like rūpājīva, ajājīva, śastrājīva, stryājīva &c.; ājīvanārthaḥ Ms. 10. 79 means of livelihood.
     (2) Profession, the means of maintaining oneself; viśuddha idānīmājīvaḥ S. 6. --vaḥ A Jaina beggar.

ājīvakaḥ A beggar, one who earns his livelihood every where.

ājīvikā Profession, means of subsistence.

ājīvin a.
     (1) Having a livelihood.
     (2) A particular kind of beggar (ekadaṃḍin).

ājīvya pot. p.
     (1) To be practised (as a profession).
     (2) Fit for or affording a livelihood.
     (3) Habitable, fertile; Y. 1. 320; Ms. 7. 69. --vyaṃ A means of subsistence.

ājur f., --ājū f. 1 Working without wages.
     (2) A servant working without wages.
     (3) Doomed residence in a hell.

ājñā 9 P. To know, under stand, learn, obtain information, ascertain, notice, perceive. --Caus. (jñāpayati)
     (1) To order, command, direct.
     (2) To assure.

ājñaptiḥ f. An order, injunction, command; -hara a. bearing a message, messenger; S. 2.

ājñā [ā-jñā-aṅ]
     (1) An order, command; tatheti śeṣāmiva bharturājñāṃ Ku. 3. 22.
     (2) Permission, allowance.
     -- Comp.
          --anuga, --anugāmin, --anuyāyin, --anuvartin, --anusārin, --saṃpādaka, --vaha a. obedient, submissive.
          --kara, --kārin a. obeying or executing orders, obedient. (
          --raḥ) a servent; -karatvamadhigamya V. 3. 19 being the obedient servant; kāryāṇāṃ gatayo vidherapi nayaṃtyājñākaratvaṃ cirāt Mu. 7. 16 subjection.
          --karaṇaṃ, --pālanaṃ obedience, execution of commands.
          --cakraṃ a mystical circle or diagram; one of the six described in Tantras.
          --patraṃ an edict, written order.
          --pratighātaḥ, --bhaṃgaḥ 1. disobedience, insubordination, nājñābhaṃgaṃ sahaṃte nṛvara nṛpatayastvādṛśāḥ sārvabhaumāḥ Mu. 3. 22. --2. rebellion, disloyalty.
          --vidheya a. obedient to commands.

ājñātṛ a. Ved. One who orders or directs.

ājñānam
     (1) The act of observing, perceiving (ājñānaṃ = ājñaptiḥ īśvarabhāvaḥ Śaṅkara.).

ājñāpaka a. Giving orders, a commander.

ājñāpanam
     (1) Ordering, commanding.
     (2) Making known.

ājñāyin a. Perceiving, knowing.

ājyam [ājyate, ā-aṃj-kyap]
     (1) Clarified butter, ghee; ājyadhūmodgamena S. 1. 15; (it is often distinguished from ghṛta; sapiṃviṃlīnamājyaṃ syād ghanībhūtaṃ ghṛtaṃ bhavet).
     (2) (In a wider sense) Oil, milk &c. used instead of clarified butter; ghṛtaṃ vā yadi vā tailaṃ payo vā dadhi yāvakaṃ . ājyasyāne niyuktānāmājyaśabdo vidhīyate ...
     (3) N. of a sort of chant or religious service (sāmastomabhedaḥ); ājimīyustasmādājyānāmājyatvaṃ Nir.
     (4) Turpentine.
     -- Comp.
          --dohaṃ a hymn to be recited by a Samavedin.
          --pa a. drinking ghee. (
          --pāḥ pl.) a class of Manes who are the sons of Pulastya and the ancestors of the Vaiśya order; pulastyasyājyapāḥ putrāḥ Mb.; Ms. 3. 197-8.
          --pātraṃ, --sthālī a vessel or dish to hold clarified butter.
          --bhaj m. 1. an epithet of Agni (the consumer of clarified butter). --2. a god, deity.
          --vāriḥ 'sea of clarified butter', one of the seven seas.

āṃcanam Partial extraction of thorns, arrows and the like from the body.

āṃch 1 P. (āṃchati, ānaṃcha, āṃchita)
     (1) To lengthen, stretch, extend.
     (2) To make straight.
     (3) To regulate, bring or draw into the right position; set (as a bone or leg.); cakrayogenāṃchedūrvasthi nirgataṃ Suśr.

āṃchanam Setting(a bone or leg); bringing into the right position by stretching, bending, or drawing.

āṃjana a. (nī f.) [aṃjanasyedaṃ-aṇ] Anointing or belonging to ointment. --naṃ
     (1) Ointment, especially for the eyes.
     (2) Fat. --naḥ N. of Maruti or Hanūmat; dāśarathibalairivāṃjananīlanalaparigataprāṃtaiḥ K. 58.

āṃjanī Ointment, especially for the eyes.
     -- Comp.
          --kārī a woman who anoints or prepares ointments.

āṃjanikyam [purohitādigaṇa P. V. 1. 128] That which is used to prepare ointments.

āṃjaneyaḥ [aṃjanāyāḥ apatyaṃ ḍhak] N. of Maruti.

āṃjalikyam [cf. āṃjanikyaṃ] Folding the hands in supplication.

āṃjineyaḥ [aṃjinyāṃ bhavaḥ ḍhak] A kind of insect, a kind of lizard.

āṭarūṣaḥ [aṭarūṣa eva, svārthe aṇ] N. of a tree, see aṭarūṣa.

āṭavikaḥ [aṭavyāṃ carati bhavo vā ṭhak]
     (1) A forester, a woodman, inhabitant of a forest.
     (2) A pioneer.
     (3) One of the six kinds of armies.

āṭavī [aṭavyāḥ sannikṛṣṭā pūḥ aṇ] N. of a city of the Yavanas in the south.

āṭiḥ [ā-aṭ-iṇ]
     (1) A kind of bird (śarāri) (also written āṭi).
     (2) A sort of fish.
     -- Comp.
          --mukhaḥ, --khaṃ a surgical instrument used in bloodletting (so called from its being like the beak of the bird āṭi).

āṭika, āṭikya a. [āṭāya gamanāya pravṛttaḥ ṭhaṇ, ṣyañ vā] Able to wander, being on a voyage or journey. --kī A woman fit to go out (anupajātapayodharādistrīvyaṃjanā Śaṅkara).

āṭīkanam [āṭīk-lyuṭ] The leaping motion of a calf; so āṭīlakaṃ.

āṭīkaraḥ A bull.

āṭopaḥ [ā-tup-ghaṃñ pṛṣo- ṭatvaṃ Tv.]
     (1) Pride, self-conceit, arrogance; sāṭopaṃ proudly, in a stately or majestic manner, frequently used as a stage direction.
     (2) Swelling, spreading, expanding, puffing; Prov. phaṭāṭopo bhayaṃkara; said also of clouds; adyāpi sāṭopā meghā dṛśyaṃte Pt. 1; Śi. 3. 74.
     (3) Flatulence (in the belly).

āḍaṃbaraḥ [ā-ḍaṃb-kṣepe, aran]
     (1) Pride, arrogance.
     (2) Show; means, external appendage; viracitanārasiṃharūpāḍaṃbaraṃ K. 5, 309; nirguṇaḥ śobhate naiva vipulāḍaṃbaropi nā Bv. 1. 115.
     (3) The sounding of a trumpet as a sign of attack.
     (4) Commencement.
     (5) Fury, anger, passion; daṃtināmāḍaṃbararaveṇa K. 114.
     (6) Happiness, pleasure.
     (7) The roaring of clouds and of elephants; Bv. 1. 4.
     (8) The eyelid.
     (9) A drum used in a battle. (10) (Hence) A charge sounded by musical instruments; the din or uproar of the battle. --raṃ Rubbing and kneading the body.
     -- Comp.
          --āghātaḥ one who beats a drum.

āḍaṃbarin a. Arrogant, proud.

āḍiḥ = āṭi q. v.

āḍūḥ [al-ū, lasya ḍaḥ ni- vṛddhi Tv.] A raft, a float.

āḍhakaḥ, --kam A measure of grain, the 4th of a Droṇa = 64 Prasthas = 16 Kuḍavas = (nearly 7 lbs. 11 ozs. avoir.); aṣṭamuṣṭirbhaveta kuṃciḥ kuṃcayo'ṣṭau tu puṣkalaṃ . puṣkalāni ca catvāri āḍhakaḥ parikīrtitaḥ ... --kī
     (1) A kind of pulse.
     (2) A kind of fragrant earth.

āḍhakika, āḍhakīna a. [cf. ācitika] Holding an Āḍhaka, sown with an Āḍhaka of seed; cooking an Āḍhaka (of rice &c.).

āḍhya a. [ā-dhyai-ka-pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) Rich, wealthy; āḍhyo'bhijanavānasmi konyosti sadṛśo mayā Bg. 16. 15; Pt. 5. 8; Ms. 8. 169.
     (2)
          (a) Rich in, abounding in, possessing abundantly, with instr. or as the last member of comp.; satya- Pt. 3. 9 very truthful; vaṃśasaṃpallāvaṇyāḍhyāya Dk. 18; evamādiguṇairāḍhyaḥ Vet.; samudramiva ratnāḍhyaṃ Ram.
          (b) Mixed with, watered with; gaṃdhāḍhya; sraja uttamagaṃdhāḍhyāḥ Mb.; mūtrāḍhyaiḥ karaṃjaphalasarṣapaiḥ Suśr.
     (3) Abundant, copious.
     -- Comp.
          --āḍu a. striving to get wealth.
          --kulīna a. [āḍhyakule bhavaḥ kha] Descended from a rich family.
          --cara a. (rī f.) [bhūtapūrva āḍhyaḥ caraṭ] once opulent.
          --vātaḥ [āḍhyo vāto yatra] a convulsive or rheumatic palsy of the loins.

āḍhayaṃkaraṇa a. (ṇī f.) [P. III. 2. 56] Enriching. --ṇaṃ The means of enriching, wealth, prosperity.

āḍhyaṃbhaviṣṇu, --bhāvuka a. [P. III. 2. 57] Becoming rich or eminent.

āḍhyatā Opulence, wealth.

āṇaka a. [aṇaka eva svārthe aṇ] Low, inferior, vile. --kaṃ Sexual enjoyment in a particular position; āṇakaṃ surataṃ nāma daṃpatyoḥ pārśvasaṃsthayoḥ ..

āṇava a. (vī f.) Exceedingly small. --vaṃ Exceeding smallness or minuteness.

āṇavīna a. [aṇudhānyānāṃ bhavanaṃ kṣetraṃ vā khañ] Bearing or fit to bear Aṇu (Panicum Miliaceum).

āṇiḥ m. f. [aṇ-iṇ striyāṃ vā ṅīp]
     (1) The pin of the axle of a cart, the linch-pin.
     (2) The part of the leg just above the knee (jānuna ūrdhvamubhayatastryaṃgulamaṇirnāma Suśr.).
     (3) The corner of a house.
     (4) A boundary, limit.
     (5) The edge of a sword.

āṃḍa a. [aṃḍe bhavaḥ aṇ] Born from an egg (as a bird). --ḍaḥ An epithet of Hiraṇyagarbha or Brahmā. --ḍaṃ
     (1) A multitude of eggs, brood.
     (2) Scrotum. --ḍau (Ved.) The testicles.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. born from eggs. (
          --jaḥ) a bird or a serpent. (
          --jaṃ) the body of a bird.

āṃḍī Ved. A testicle.

āṃḍīka a. Bearing eggs.

āṃḍīra a. [āṃḍamastyasya īrac]
     (1) Having many eggs.
     (2) Grown up, full-grown (as a bull.).

āt The letter ā. --ind. Ved.
     (1) Afterwards, then; generally used antithetically to yad, yadā, yadi and then sometimes strengthened by the particles aha, u, id &c.
     (2) Then, further, also, and (apica).
     (3) Sometimes it only strengthens the meaning of another word or gives emphasis to an interrogative pronoun like u, aṃga, nu added to kiṃ (possibly, at all).

āta a. [ā-at-ac] Spread around. --taḥ Ved.
     (1) A quarter of the sky.
     (2) A scaffold.
     (3) The frame of a door.

ātaṃc 7 P. To coagulate, to cause to shrink or contract.

ātaṃkaḥ [ā-taṃc-ghañ, --kutvaṃ]
     (1) Disease, sickness of the body; dīrghatīvrāmayagrastaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ gāmathāpi vā . dṛṣṭvā pathi nirātaṃkaṃ kṛtvā vā brahmahā śuciḥ .. Y. 3. 245.
     (2) Fever.
     (3) Pain, affliction (of the mind), disquietude; anguish, agony; kinnimittoyamātaṃkaḥ; ātaṃkasphuritakaṭhoragarbhagurvīṃ U. 1. 49; S. 3; V. 3.
     (4) Doubt, uncertainty.
     (5) Fear, apprehension; puruṣāyuṣajīvinyo nirātaṃkā nirītayaḥ R. 1. 63; fright, terror; Ratn. 2. 2.
     (6) The sound of a drum or tabor.

ātaṃcanam
     (1) Causing to coagulate or curdle, casting butter-milk into heated milk to turn it.
     (2) Causing to contract in general.
     (3) Curdled milk.
     (4) That which causes coagulation, a runnet.
     (5) A sort of whey.
     (6) Conveying.
     (7) Gratifying, satisfying.
     (8) Casting away, destroying.
     (9) Danger, calamity. (10) Speed, velocity.
     (11) Calcining, adding flux to metals in fusion.
     (12) The flux so used.
     (13) Making fat.

ātan 8 U.
     (1) To extend, stretch over, overspread, cover; niṣādivakṣaḥsthalamātanoti Ki. 16. 15 pervade, penetrate; Ki. 7. 25.
     (2) To spread, diffuse.
     (3) To cause, produce; ānaṃdanena jaḍatāṃ punarātanoti U. 3. 12; Ki. 6. 18, 7. 39; K. 176; Mal. 5. 9; Mv. 4. 31.
     (4) To bring to pass, effect, accomplish, do, perform; suratamātatāna K. 57; saparyāṃ 64.
     (5) To illuminate.
     (6) To take hold of; seek to attain.
     (7) To assume a hostile attitude.
     (8) To stretch (as a bow).

ātata p. p.
     (1) Spread, extended.
     (2) Stretched (as a bow-string); R. 1. 19; -jya stretched out on the bow; 11. 45, 16. 77.

ātatāyin a. or s. [ātatena vistīrṇena śastrādinā ayituṃ śīlamasya Tv.]
     (1) 'One whose bow is stretched to take another's life', endeavouring to kill some one; a desperado; guruṃ vā bālavadhvau vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā bahuśrutaṃ . ātatāyinamāyāṃtaṃ hanyādevāvicārayan .. Ms. 8. 350-1; Bg. 1. 36.
     (2) Any one who commits a heinous crime, such as a thief, ravisher, murderer, incendiary, a felon &c; agnido garadaścaiva śastronmatto dhanāpahaḥ . kṣetradāraharaścaitān ṣaḍ vidyādātatāyinaḥ .. Śukra N. -tā, --tvaṃ murdering, stealing, destroying &c.

ātatāvin a. Ved. One whose bow is stretched.

ātanam
     (1) Spreading, penetrating, expanding.
     (2) Sight, view.

ātani a. Ved. [tan-in] Spreading; pervading.

ātānaḥ [tan-ghañ]
     (1) An extended cord or string (Ved.).
     (2) Long extension.

ātap 1 P. To radiate, heat. blaze; inflame, to cause to glow. --pass. To suffer pain, be afflicted; to inflict (austerities) upon oneself.

ātap a. Ved. Heating(ātāpin) --f. Heat.

ātapa a. Ved. Causing pain or affliction. --paḥ Heat (of the sun, fire &c.), sunshine; ātapāyojjhitaṃ dhānyaṃ Mb. exposed to the sun; tamātapaklāṃtaṃ R. 2. 13; śītātapābhighātān Ms. 12. 77; pracaṃḍa- Rs. 1. 11, 10; sūrya- Me. 108; bālātapaḥ Ms. 4. 69 the morning sun; -ākrāṃta exposed to heat.
     (2) Light; chāyātapau brahmavido vadaṃti Kaṭh.
     -- Comp.
          --atyayaḥ passing of the sun's heat, sunset; ātapātyayasaṃkṣiptanīvārāsu R. 1. 52.
          --abhāvaḥ non-existence of the sun's heat, shadow.
          --udakaṃ mirage.
          --traṃ, --trakaṃ [ātapāt trāyate, trai-ka] an umbrella (of silk or leaves used as a parasol); tamātapaklāṃtamanātapatraṃ R. 2. 13, 47; padma- 4. 5; rājyaṃ svahastadhṛtadaṃḍamivātapatraṃ S. 5. 6.
          --laṃghanaṃ being exposed to heat, catching the sun-stroke; ātapalaṃghanādvalavadasvasthaśarīrā śakuṃtalā S. 3.
          --varṣya a. (water &c.) produced by rain during sunshine.
          --vāraṇaṃ [ātapaṃ vārayati] an umbrella, parasol; nṛpatikakudaṃ datvā yūne sitātapavāraṇaṃ R. 3. 70, 9. 15.
          --śuṣka a. dried in the sunshine.

ātapanaḥ N. of Śiva.

ātapavat a. Exposed to sunshine, sunny; Ku. 1. 5.

ātapīya a. Sunny.

ātapya a. Ved. Being in the sunshine.

ātamām ind. Very near.

ātāpiḥ [ā-tap-iṇ] N. of a demon; ātāpirbhakṣito yena vātāpiśca mahāsuraḥ . samudraḥ śoṣito yena sa me'gastyaḥ prasīdatu ...

ātāpi(yi)n N. of a bird, a kite, falcon (Falco Cheela).

ātālī ind. Compounded with as, bhū and kṛ; P. I. 4. 61.

ātiḥ A kind of bird.

ātiḥ = āṭi q. v. (cf. P. III. 3. 108 and Uṇ. 4. 130).

ātitheya a. (yī f.) [atithiṣu sādhuḥ ḍhañ; atithaye idaṃ ḍhak]
     (1) Attentive to guests, hospitable (as a man); pratyujjagāmātithimātitheyaḥ R. 5. 2, 12. 25 tamātitheyī bahumānapūrvayā Ku. 5. 31.
     (2) Proper for, or suited to, a guest, intended for a guest; ātitheyaḥ satkāraḥ S. 1. --yaṃ Hospitality; ātitheyamanivāritātithiḥ Śi. 14. 38; Ms. 3. 18; sajjātitheyā vayaṃ Mv. 2. 50. --yī Hospitality; Bv. 1. 85.

ātithya a. [atitheridaṃ ṣyañ] Hospitable, proper for a guest &c. (= ātitheya); havirātithyaṃ, ātithyā iṣṭiḥ &c. --thyaḥ A guest. --thyaṃ
     (1) Hospitable reception, hospitality; tamātithyakriyāśāṃtarathakṣobhapariśramaṃ R. 1. 58.
     (2) A particular rite, the reception of Soma when it is brought to the sacrificial place (also called ātithyeṣṭiḥ).
     -- Comp.
          --rūpa a. being in the place of the ātithya sacrifice.
          --satkāraḥ, --satkriyā the rites of hospitality.

ātideśika a. (kī f.) (In gram.) Connected with ātideśa q. v.

ātire(rai)kyam [atireka-ṣyañ] Superfluity, excess, abundance.

ātivāhaka a. [ativāhe niyuktaḥ ṭhak] Employed to convey to the other world; ātivāhikāstalligāt Br. Sūt. --kaṃ An epithet of the Sūkṣma Sarīra (in Sān. phil.) from its surpassing the wind in swiftness.

ātiśayyam [atiśaya-svārthe-ṣyañ] Excess, abundance, large quantity.

ātiṣṭham [atiṣṭhasya bhāvaḥ aṇ] Being a universal ruler (atiṣṭha).

ātuḥ [at-uṇ] A raft, float.

ātuc f. Evening, growing dusk.

ātuj m. Destroyer of enemies or giver of wealth.

ātuji a. Ved. [tuj-in]
     (1) Rushing on, hastening towards.
     (2) Carrying off (ādātṛ).
     (3) Injuring, destructive (hiṃsaka).

ātud 6 U. To strike, push, spur on, stir up.

ātodin a. Ved. Striking, pushing, pricking.

ātodyaṃ --dyakam A musical instrument; ātodyavinyāsādikāvidhayaḥ Ve. 1; srajamātodyaśironiveśitāṃ R. 8. 34, 15. 88; U. 7.

ātura a. [īṣadarthe ā, at-urac]
     (1) Hurt, injured.
     (2) Suffering from, influenced or affected by, tormented, afflicted; rāvaṇāvarajā tatra rāghavaṃ madanāturā R. 12. 32; Ku. 4. 25; so kāma-, bhaya-, vyādhi- &c.
     (3) Sick (in body or mind), disabled, diseased; ākāśeśāstu vijñeyā bālavṛddhakṛśāturāḥ Ms. 4. 184, 6. 77; Pt. 1. 155.
     (4) Eager, over-anxious; M. 2.
     (5) Weak, feeble, incapable of doing anything. --raḥ
     (1) A patient, one suffering from a disease; V. 3; Pt. 5. 41.
     (2) Illness, disease.
     -- Comp.
          --śālā an hospital.
          --saṃnyāsaḥ a kind of saṃnyāsa (taken by a person when sick and grown hopeless of life).

āturyam [āturasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) A kind of fever.
     (2) Sickness.

ātṛd 7 P.
     (1) To split, sever, pierce.
     (2) To push open, open.

ātardanam Pushing open, opening.

ātṛṇṇa p. p. [ā-tṛd-kta] Pierced, cut. --ṇaṃ
     (1) An opening, hole.
     (2) An open wound.

ātṛp 4. 5. 6 P. To be satisfied. --Caus. To satisfy.

ātarpaṇam
     (1) Satisfaction, gratification.
     (2) Pleasing, satisfying.
     (3) White-washing the wall, floor or seat (on festive occasions) (maṃgalālepanaṃ).
     (4) The pigment used for the above purpose.

ātṛpyaḥ A kind of tree, the custard apple tree. --pyaṃ The fruit of the tree.

ātṝ 1 P.
     (1) To pass through or over.
     (2) To cross over.
     (3) To overcome.
     (4) To enlarge, increase.

ātaraḥ, --ātāraḥ [ātarati anena ātṝ ap-ghañ vā] Fare for being ferried over a river, passage-money, freight.

ātārya a.
     (1) To be crossed.
     (2) Landing, coming to shore (Ved.).

ātta See under ādā.

ātman m. [at-maniṇ Uṇ. 4. 152 said to be from an to breathe also]
     (1) The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; kimātmanā yo na jiteṃdriyo bhavet H. 1; ātmānaṃ rathinaṃ viddhi śarīraṃ rathameva tu Kaṭh. (In H. 4. 87 ātman is compared to a river).
     (2) Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; anayā ciṃtayātmāpi me na pratibhāti Ratn. 1; āśramadarśanena ātmānaṃ punīmahe S. 1; guptaṃ dadṛśurātmānaṃ sarvāḥ svapteṣu vāmanaiḥ R. 10. 60, 4. 35, 14. 57; Ku. 6. 20; devī ... prāptaprasavamātmānaṃ gaṃgādevyāṃ vimuṃcati U. 7. 2; gopāyaṃti kulastriya ātmānamātmanā Mb.; K. 107; sometimes used in pl. also; Śi. 17. 19; Mal. 8.
     (3) Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahma; tasmādvā etasmādātmana ākāśaḥ saṃbhūtaḥ Upan.; U. 1. 1; Ms. 1. 15, 12. 24.
     (4) Essence, nature; kāvyasyātmā dhvaniḥ S. D., see ātmaka below.
     (5) Character, peculiarity.
     (6) The natural temperament or disposition.
     (7) The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); sthitaḥ sarvonnatenorvī krāṃtvā merurivātmanā R. 1. 14; yosyātmanaḥ kārayitā Ms. 12. 12; Ki. 9. 66.
     (8) Mind, intellect; maṃdātman, naṣṭātman, mahātman &c.
     (9) The understanding; cf. ātmasaṃpanna, ātmavat &c. (10) Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason.
     (11) Spirit, vitality, courage.
     (12) Form, image; ātmānamādhāya Ku. 3. 24 assuming his own form; 2. 61; saṃropitepyātmani S. 6. 23 myself being implanted in her.
     (13) A son; ātmā vai putranāmāsi.
     (14) Care, efforts, pain.
     (15) The sun.
     (16) Fire.
     (17) Wind, air. ātman is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see ātmaka. The form tman is also found to be used; kṛtārthaṃ manyate tnānaṃ Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen]
     -- Comp.
          --adhīna a. 1. dependent on oneself, independent. --2. sentient. existing. (
          --naḥ) 1. a son. --2. a wife's brother. --3. the jester or vidūṣaka (in dramatic literature).
          --anurūpa a. worthy of oneself; Ku. 1. 18; R. 1. 33.
          --anugamanaṃ personal attendance; R. 1. 88.
          --apahāra. concealing oneself; kathaṃ vā ātmāpahāraṃ karoti S. 1.
          --apahārakaḥ one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender.
          --ādiṣṭa a. self-counselled. (
          --ṣṭaḥ) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; H. 4. 121.
          --ārāma a. 1. striving to get knowledge (as an ascetic or yogin), seeking spiritual knowledge; ātmārāmā vihitaratayāṃ nirvikalpe samādhau Ve. 1. 23. --2. selfpleased, delighted in self; Bh. 3. 93; cf. Bg. 5. 24.
          --āśin m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. matsyā iva janā nityaṃ bhakṣayaṃtiparasparaṃ . Ram.
          --āśraya a. dependent on oneself or on his own mind. (
          --yaḥ) 1. self dependence. --2. innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known.
          --īśvara a. self-possessed, master of self; ātmeśvarāṇāṃ na hi ja nu vighnāḥ samādhibhedaprabhavo bhavaṃti Ku. 3. 40.
          --udayaḥ self-exaltation or elevation; Śi. 2. 30.
          --udbhava a. born or produced from oneself. (
          --vaḥ) 1. a son; R. 18. 12. --2. Cupid. --3. sorrow, pain. (
          --vā) 1. a daughter. --2. intellect. --3. N. of a plant (māṣparṇī.) --upajīvit m. 1. one who lives by his own labour; Ms. 7. 138. --2. a day-labourer. --3. one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms. 8. 362). --4. an actor, public performer.
          --upaniṣad f. N. of an upaniṣad which treats of the supreme spirit.
          --upama a. like oneself. (
          --maḥ) a son.
          --kāma a. 1. loving oneself, possessed of selfconceit, proud. --2. loving Brahma or the Supreme spirit only.
          --kāryaṃ one's own business, private affair.
          --kṛta a. 1. self-executed, done by oneself. --2. done against one's own self.
          --gata a. produced in one's mind; -to manorathaḥ S. 1. (
          --taṃ) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. prakāśaṃ aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as syagataṃ which is thus defined; aśrāvyaṃ khalu padvastu tadiha syagataṃ mataṃ S. D. 6.
          --gatiḥ f. 1. course of the soul's existence. --2. one's own course. -gatyā by one's own act.
          --guptiḥ f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair.
          --grāhin a. selfish, greedy.
          --ghātaḥ 1. suicide. --2. heresy.
          --ghātakaḥ, ghātin 1. a suicide, a self-destroyer; K. 174; vyāpādayet vṛthātmānaṃ svayaṃ yo' gnyudakādibhiḥ . avaidhenaiva mārgeṇa ātmaghātī sa ucyate ... --2. a heretic.
          --ghaṣaḥ 1. a cock (calling out to himself). --2. a crow.
          --jaḥ, --janman m.
          --jātaḥ, prabhavaḥ, saṃbhavaḥ 1. a son; tamātmajanmānamajaṃ cakāra R. 5. 36: tatyāmātmānurūpāyāmātmajanmasamutmukaḥ R. 1. 33; Mal. 1; Ku. 6. 28. --2. Cupid. --3. a descendant.
          --jā 1. a daughter; vaṃdyaṃ yugaṃ caraṇayorjanakātmajāyāḥ R. 13. 78; cf. nagātmajā &c. --2. the reasoning faculty, understanding.
          --jayaḥ 1. one's own victory. --2. victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation.
          --jñaḥ, vid m. a sage, one who knows himself.
          --jñānaṃ 1. self-knowledge. --2. spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the supreme spirit; Ms. 12. 85, 92. --3. true wisdom.
          --tattvaṃ 1. the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit. --2. the highest thing. -jñaḥ a sage versed in the Vedanta doctrines.
          --tuṣṭi a. self-satisfied. (
          --ṣṭiḥ f.) self. satisfaction.
          --tyāgaḥ 1. self-sacrifice. --2. suicide.
          --tyāgin m. 1. a suicide; ātmatyāgityo nāśaucodakabhājanāḥ Y. 3. 6. --2. a heretic, an unbeliever.
          --trāṇaṃ 1. self-preservation. --2. a bodyguard.
          --darśaḥ a mirror; prasādamātmīyamivātmadarśaḥ R. 7. 68.
          --darśanaṃ 1. seeing oneself. --2. spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; Y. 3. 157; cf. Ms. 12. 91.
          --dā a. Ved. granting one's existence or life.
          --dānaṃ self-sacrifice, resigning oneself
          --dūṣi a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying.
          --devatā a tutelary deity.
          --drohin a. 1. self-tormenting, fretful. --2. a suicide.
          --niṃtya a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself.
          --niṃdā self-reproach.
          --nivedanaṃ offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity).
          --niṣṭha a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge.
          --parājita a. one who has lost himself (Ved.).
          --purāṇaṃ N. of a work elucidating the Upanishads (consisting of 18 chapters).
          --prabodhaḥ 1. cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. --2. title of an upaniṣad. --prabha a. self-illuminated.
          --pravādaḥ conversation about the supreme spirit.
          --praśaṃsā self-praise.
          --baṃdhuḥ, --bāṃdhavaḥ 1. one's own kinsman; ātmamātuḥ svamuḥ putrā ātmapituḥ svasuḥ sutāḥ . ātmamātulaputrāśca vijñeyā hyātmabāṃdhavaḥ Śabdak., i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. --2. the soul, the self.
          --bodhaḥ 1. spiritual knowledge. --2. knowledge of self.
          --bhāvaḥ 1. existence of the soul. --2. the self proper, peculiar nature. --3. the body.
          --bhū a. self-born, self-existent. (--bhūḥ) --yoniḥ 1. N. of Brahmā; vacasyavasite tasmin sasarja giramātmabhūḥ Ku. 2. 53, 3. 16, 5. 81. --2. N. of Viṣṇu. --3. of Śiva; S. 7. 35. --4. Cupid, god of love; Ku. 3. 70. --5. a soa (
          --bhūḥ f.) 1 a daughter. --2. talent, understanding.
          --bhūta a. 1. self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. --2. attached, devoted, faithful; Ms. 7. 217 (Kull. = ātmatulya). (
          --taḥ) 1. a son. --2. Cupid. (
          --tā) 1. a daughter. --2. talent.
          --bhūyaṃ 1. peculiarity, own nature. --2. Brahma.
          --mātrā a portion of the Supreme spirit.
          --mānin a. self respecting, respectable. --2. arrogant, proud.
          --mūrtiḥ 1. a brother; bhrātā svamūrtirātmanaḥ --2. soul, supreme spirit.
          --mūlī N. of a plant (durālabhā). --mūli n. the universe.
          --yājin 1. sacrificing for oneself or himself. (--m.) a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; sarvabhūteṣu cātmānaṃ sarvabhūtāni cātmani . samaṃ paśyannātmayājī svārājyamadhigachati; Ms. 12. 91.
          --yoniḥ = -bhū (m.) q. v. Ku. 3. 70.
          --rakṣā 1. N. of a plant (iṃdravāruṇīvṛkṣa). --2. self-protection.
          --lābhaḥ birth, production, origin; yairātmalābhastvayā labdhaḥ Mu. 3. 1. 5. 23; Ki. 3. 32, 17. 19, 18. 34; K. 239.
          --loman 1. the hair of the body. --2. the beard.
          --vaṃcaka a. selfdeceiver.
          --vaṃcanā self-delusion; selfdeception.
          --vadhaḥ, --vadhyā, --hatyā. suicide.
          --vaśa a. depending on one's own will; Ms. 4. 159, 160 (
          --śaḥ) 1. self-control, self-government. --2. one's control, subjection; -śaṃ nī, -vaśīkṛ to reduce to subjection, win over.
          --vaśya a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained.
          --vikrayaḥ sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms. 11. 60.
          --vid m. 1. a wise man, sage; as in tarati śokamātmavit. --2. knowing one's own self (family &c.); Śi. 2. 116. --3. N. of Śiva.
          --vidyā knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; Ms. 7. 43.
          --vivṛddhiḥ, --vṛddhiḥ f. self-exaltation.
          --vīra a. 1. mighty, powerful, strong. --2. appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). --3. existent, sentient. (
          --raḥ) 1. a son. --2. wife's brother. --3. a jester (in dramas).
          --vṛttaṃ, --vṛttāṃtaḥ account of one's own self, autobiography.
          --vṛtti a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (
          --ttiḥ f.) 1. state of the heart; Ku. 5. 76. --2. action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; vismāyayan vismitamātmavṛttau R. 2. 33. --3. practising one's own duties or occupation.
          --śaktiḥ f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; daivaṃ nihatya kuru pauruṣamātmaśattayā Pt. 1. 361 to the best of one's power. --2. illusion.
          --śalyā N. of a plant (śatāvarī). --ślāghā, --stutiḥ f. self-praise, boasting, bragging.
          --saṃyamaḥ self-restraint.
          --sad a. Ved. dwelling in oneself.
          --saṃtuṣṭa a. self-sufficient.
          --sani a. Ved. granting the breath of life.
          --sama a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; Ku. 3. 13.
          --saṃdehaḥ 1. internal or personal doubt. --2. risk of life, personal risk.
          --saṃbhavaḥ, --samudbhavaḥ 1. a son; cakāra nāmnā raghumātmasaṃbhavaṃ R. 3. 21, 11. 57, 17. 8. --2. Cupid, god of love. --3. epithet of Brahma, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. --4. the Supreme being (paramātman). (--vā) 1. a daughter. --2. understanding, intellect.
          --saṃpanna a. 1. self-possessed. --2. talented, intelligent; R. 18. 18.
          --siddhiḥ f. self-aggrandizement.
          --mukha a. self-delighted. (
          --khaṃ) the highest bliss.
          --han a. 1. one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.). --2. a suicide, self-destroyer. --3. a heretic, unbeliever. --4. a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol.
          --hananaṃ, --hatyā suicide.
          --hita a. beneficial to oneself. (
          --taṃ) one's own good or welfare.

ātmaka a. (At the end of comp.) Made up or composed of, of the nature or character of &c.; paṃca- five-fold, made up of five; saṃśaya- of a doubtful nature; so duḥkha- sorry, grieved; dahana- hot; viṣa- poisonous &c. &c.

ātmakīya, ātmīya a. Belonging to oneself, one's own; sarvaḥ kāṃtamātmīyaṃ paśyati S. 2; svāninamātmīyaṃ kariṣyā ni H. 2 win over; ahamātmīyo na bhaviṣyāmi Mk. 8 I shall lose my life. ātmīyaṃ kurvaṃti subject K. 135, 167; ayanātmīyaḥ kriyatāṃ 12 let him be taken under your protection; prasādanātnīyanivātmadarśaḥ R. 7. 68; Ku. 2. 19; kindred, related, of kin, Bh. 2. 57.

ātmatā, --tvam Identity with self, spirituality.

ātmanā ind. (instr. of ātman) Used reflexively; atha cāratamitā tvamātmanā R. 8. 51 thou thyself; ātmanā śukanāsamādāya K. 293. It is oft. compounded with ordinal numerals; e. g. -dvitīyaḥ second includ ing himself, i. e. himself and one more; so -tṛtīyaḥ himself with two others &c.

ātmanīna a. [ātmane hitaḥ kha]
     (1) Belonging to oneself, one's own kasyaiṣa ātmanīnaḥ M. 4 on whose side is he?
     (2) Beneficial to oneself; ātmanīnamupatiṣṭhate Ki. 13. 69, 3. 16; Bh. 3. 77; good, fit, suitable, appropriate (as diet &c.).
     (3) Existent. sentient. --naḥ
     (1) A son.
     (2) A wife's brother.
     (3) A jester (in dramas).

ātmanepadam [ātmane ātmārthaphalabodhanāya padaṃ aluka sa-]
     (1) A voice for oneself, one of the two voices in which roots are conjugated in Sanskrit.
     (2) The terminations of this voice.

ātmaṃbhari a. [ātmānaṃ bibhatiṃ, bhṛkhi mum ca P. III. 2. 26] Selfish, greedy (one who feeds his own self); ātnaṃbhariratvaṃ piśitairnarāṇāṃ Bk. 2. 33; H. 3. 128.

ātmanvat, ātmanvin Ved. Having a soul, animated, alive.

ātmavat a. [aratyarthe matup masya vaḥ]
     (1) Self-possessed, possessed of selfrestraint; Mu. 3.
     (2) Composed, prudent, wise; kimivāvasādakaramātmavatāṃ Ki. 6. 19; Bg. 2. 45, 4. 41; Ms. 1. 108, 5. 43, 7. 52. --ind. Like oneself; ātmavat sarvabhūteṣu yaḥ paśyati sa paṃḍitaḥ.

ātmavattā Self-possession, selfcontrol, prudence, wisdom; prakṛtiṣvātmajamātmavattayā R. 8. 10, 84; Ms. 11. 87.

ātmasāt ind. In one's own possession, one's own; mostly in combination with kṛ or bhūḥ -kṛ to appropriate to oneself, take for oneself; duritairapi kartumātmasāt R. 8. 2 to bring under subjection or power; so -bhū come under one's subjection.

ātmīkṛ 8 U. To conquer, subdue; K. 117, 119.

ātmībhāvaḥ Identification with the Supreme spirit.

ātmya a.
     (1) Belonging to oneself, one's own, personal.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Having the nature of.

ātyaṃtika a. (kī f.) [atyaṃta bhavārthe ṭhañ]
     (1) Continual, uninterrupted, endless, infinite, permanent, everlasting; sa ātyaṃtiko bhaviṣyati Mu. 4; viṣṇuguptahatakasyātyaṃtikaśreyase 2. 15; Ms. 2. 242; Bg. 6. 21.
     (2) Excessive, abundant, superlative.
     (3) Supreme, absolute; ātyaṃtikī svatvamivṛttiḥ Mit.
     -- Comp.
          --duḥkhanivṛttiḥ f. absolution.
          --pralayaḥ the grand or universal destruction of the world.

ātyayika a. (kī f.) [atyayaḥ nāśaḥ prayojanamasya ṭhaka]
     (1) Destructive, disastrous.
     (2) Painful, unpropitious, ill-omened, distressing.
     (3) Pressing, urgent, emergent, ending quickly, not suffering delay; Ms. 7. 165; H. 3; K. 294; extraordinary, special.

ātyūhaḥ A gallinule.

ātreya a. (yī f.) [atrerapatye ḍhak] Belonging to, descended or sprung from, Atri. --yaḥ
     (1) A descendant of Atri.
     (2) The head of the descendants of Atri.
     (3) A priest closely related to the Sadasya.
     (4) An epithet of Śiva.
     (5) An essential humor or juice of the body, lymph. --yī
     (1) A female descendant of Atri.
     (2) The wife of Atri.
     (3) A woman in her courses (rajasvalā); Ms. 11. 87; Y. 3. 251.
     (4) Any woman of the Brāhmaṇical order.
     (5) N. of a river in the north of Bengal, also called Tistā.

ātreyikā [ātreyī svārthe kan] A woman in her courses.

āthavaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [atharvaṇā muninā dṛṣṭaḥ vedaḥaṇ ātharvaṇaḥ tamadhīte vetti vā aṇ P. IV. 3. 133] Originating from, relating or belonging to, the Atharvaveda or the Atharvans. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A Brahmaṇa knowing or studying the Atharvaveda.
     (2) A descendant of Atharvan.
     (3) A priest whose ritual is comprised in the Atharvaveda.
     (4) The Atharvaveda itself (atharvaṇāṃ samūhaḥ).
     (5) A housepriest. --ṇaṃ A private room in which the sacrificer is informed of the happy event of the sacrifice by the officiating Brahmaṇa.

ātharvaṇikaḥ A Brahmaṇa who has studied the Atharvaveda.

ādaṃś 1 P. To bite, peck at, nibble.

ādaṃśaḥ
     (1) A bite, a wound caused by biting.
     (2) A tooth.

ādaghna a. Ved. Reaching up to the mouth (ās+daghna).

ādadi a. Ved. Taking.

ādara, ādarśa &c. See under ādṛ, ādṛś.

ādahanam
     (1) Burning.
     (2) Injuring, killing.
     (3) Reviling, despising.
     (4) A cemetery, a place where anything is burnt (ādahyatesminniti).

ādā 3 A. (ādatte)
     (1) To receive, accept, take (to oneself), resort to; vyavahārāsanamādade yuvā R. 8. 18, 10. 40; malīmasāmādadate na paddhatiṃ R. 3. 46 follow or resort to; pradakṣiṇārcirhaviragnirādade 3. 14, 1. 45; Ms. 2. 238, 117.
     (2) (With words expressing speech) To begin to speak, utter; vācaṃ ādā to speak, utter; viniścitārthāmiti vācamādade Ki. 1. 3, 14. 2; Śi. 2. 13; R. 1. 59; śiṃva śiva śivetyāttavacasaḥ Bh. 3. 42. v. l.
     (3) To seize, take hold of; kṣitidharapatikanyāmādadānaḥ kareṇa Ku. 7. 94; R. 2. 28, 3. 60; Ms. 8. 315; idameva nimittamādāya M. 1; sa hi sarvasya lokasya mana ādade R. 4. 8 attracted, had a hold on, the mind.
     (4) To put on (as clothes &c.); yadyaccharīramādatte Śvet. Up.
     (5) To take up, absorb, drink up; R. 1. 18; pradīpaḥ snehamādatte daśayābhyaṃtarasthayā Śi. 2. 85.
     (6) To exact, take in (as taxes); take away, carry off; agṛdhnurādade sorthaṃ R. 1. 21; Ms. 8. 341, 222; so baliṃ, śulkaṃ, daṃḍaṃ &c.
     (7) To pluck, lop off, separate; S. 4. 8.
     (8) To carry, take, bear; jālamādāya Pt. 2 carrying or along with the net; kuśānādāya S. 3; toyamādāya gaccheḥ Me. 20, 46, 62; see ādāya below; kāśyapasaṃdeśamādāya bearing K. 's message.
     (9) To perceive, comprehend; ghrāṇena rūpamādatsva rasānādatsva cakṣuṣā śrotreṇa gaṃdhānādatsva &c. Mb. (10) To agree to, undertake, begin.
     (11) To imprison, make captive. --Caus. To cause to take. --Desid. (ditsate) To wish to take, carry off &c.

āda a. (At the end of comp.) Taking, receiving; as in dāyāda.

ādatta, ātta p. p. [ā-dā-kta]
     (1) Taken, received, assumed, accepted; āttasāraścakṣuṣā svaviṣayaḥ M. 2; evamāttaratiḥ R. 11. 57; M. 5. 1; -hāsaḥ Ratn. 1 smiling; 1. 2.
     (2) Agreed to, undertaken, begun.
     (3) Attracted.
     (4) Drawn out, extracted; gāmāttasārāṃ raghurapyavekṣya R. 5. 26; -balaṃ 11. 76 taken away.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdha a. 1. having one's pride humbled, attacked, insulted, defeated; pakṣacchidā gotrabhidāttagaṃdhāḥ R. 13. 7; kenāttagaṃdho māṇavakaḥ S. 6. --2. already smelt (as a flower); āttagaṃdhamavadhūya śatrubhiḥ Śi. 14. 84 (where ā- has sense 1 also).
          --garva a. humiliated, insulted, degraded.
          --daṃḍa a. assuming the royal sceptre; S. 5. 8.
          --manaska a. one whose mind is transported (with joy &c).
          --lakṣmī a. stripped of wealth.
          --vacas a. Ved. 1. destitute of speech. --2. having commenced speaking.

ādātṛ a. One who takes or receives.

ādānam
     (1) Taking, receiving, accepting, seizing; kuśāṃkurādānaparikṣatāṃguliḥ Ku. 5. 11; ādānaṃ hi visargāya satāṃ vārimucāmiva R. 4. 86.
     (2) Earning, getting.
     (3) A symptom (of a disease).
     (4) Binding, fettering (from ādā 2 P.).
     (5) A horse's trappings. --nī N. of a plant hastighoṣā.

ādāpanam Inviting or causing another to receive something.

ādāya ind. Having taken; oft. with a prepositional force 'with;' jālamādāya H. 1.

ādāyaḥ Receiving, taking &c.
     -- Comp.
          --cara a. one who goes away after taking anything.

ādāyin a. Taking, receiving, inclined to receive (gifts); adatta-, parasva- &c.

āditsu a. (fr. desid. of ādā) Wishing to take; Ku. 1. 34.

ādeya a. To be taken or received, receivable, acceptable.

ādādika a. Belonging to the class of roots of which the first is ad, i. e. to the second class.

ādi a.
     (1) First, primary, primitive; nidānaṃ tvādikāraṇaṃ Ak.
     (2) Chief, first, principal, pre-eminent; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; see below.
     (3) First in time, existing before. --diḥ
     (1) Beginning, commencement (opp. aṃta); apa eva sasarjādau tāsu bījamavāsṛjat Ms. 1. 8; Bg. 3. 41; anādi &c.; jagadādiranādistvaṃ Ku. 2. 9; oft. at the end of comp. and translated by 'beginning with,' 'et caetera' 'and others,' 'and so on' (of the same nature or kind), 'such like'; iṃdrādayo devāḥ the gods Indra and others (iṃdraḥ ādiryeṣāṃ te); evamādi this and the like; bhvādayo dhātavaḥ bhū and others, or words beginning with bhū, are called roots; oft. used by Paṇini to denote classes or groups of grammatical words; adādi, divādi, svādi &c.
     (2) First part or portion.
     (3) A firstling, first-fruits.
     (4) Prime cause.
     (5) Nearness.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃta a. 1. having beginning and end. --2. first and last. (
          --taṃ) beginning and end. -vat having beginning and end, finite. -aṃtarvartin a. having a beginning, end and middle; being all-in-all.
          --udātta a. having the acute accent on the first syllable.
          --upāṃtaṃ ind. from first to last.
          --karaḥ, --kartṛ, --kṛt m. the creator, an epithet of Brahma; Bg. 11. 37.
          --karman n. the beginning of an action.
          --kaviḥ 'the first poet', an epithet of Brahmā and of Vālmīki; the former is so called because he first produced and promulgated the Vedas; and the latter, because he was the first to show to others 'the path of poets'; when he beheld one of a pair of Kraunch birds being killed by a fowler, he cursed the wretch, and his grief unconsciously took the form of a verse (ślokatvamāpadyata yasya śokaḥ); he was subsequently told by Brahma to compose the life of Rama, and he thus gave to the world the first poem in Sanskrit, the Ramayaṇa; cf. U. 2 Vishkambhaka.
          --kāṃḍaṃ the first book of the Rāmayaṇa.
          --kāraṇaṃ the first or primary cause (of the universe), which, according to the Vedantins, is Brahma; while, according to the Naiyayikas and particularly the Vaiśeṣikas, atoms are the first or material cause of the universe, and not God. --2. analysis. --3. algebra.
          --kāvyaṃ the first poem; i. e. the Rāmāyaṇa; see ādikavi. --tālaḥ a sort of musical time or tāla; eka eva laghuryatra āditālaḥ sa kathyate. --devaḥ 1. the first or Supreme God; puruṣaṃ śāśvataṃ divyaṃ ādidevamajaṃ vibhuṃ Bg. 10. 12, 18. 38. --2. Narayaṇa or Viṣṇu. --3. Śiva. --4. the sun.
          --daityaḥ an epithet of Hiraṇyakaśipu.
          --parvan n. 'the first section or chapter,' N. of the first book of the Mahabharata.
          --purāṇaṃ the first Purāṇa, N. of the Brahma Puraṇa.
          --pu(pū)ruṣaḥ 1. the first or primeval being, the lord of the creation. --2. Viṣṇu, Kṛṣṇa, or Narayaṇa; te ca prāpurudanvaṃtaṃ bubudhe cādipūruṣaḥ R. 10. 6; tamardhyamarghyādikayādipūruṣaḥ Śi. 1. 14.
          --balaṃ generative power; first vigour.
          --buddha a. perceived in the beginning. (
          --ddhaḥ) the primitive Buddha.
          --bhava, --bhūta a. produced at first. (
          --vaḥ, --taḥ) 1. 'the first-born', primeval being, an epithet of Brahmā. --2. also N. of Viṣṇu; rasātalādādibhavena puṃsā R. 13. 8. --3. an elder brother.
          --mūlaṃ first foundation, primeval cause.
          --yogācāryaḥ 'the first teacher of devotion', an epithet of Śiva.
          --rasaḥ the first of the 8 Rasas, i. e. śṛṃgāra or love.
          --rājaḥ the first king pṛthu; an epithet of Manu.
          --vaṃśaḥ primeval race, primitive family.
          --varāhaḥ 'the first boar,' an epithet of Viṣṇu, alluding to his third or boar-incarnation.
          --vidvas m. the first learned man; kapila. --śaktiḥ f. 1. the power of māyā or illusion. --2. an epithet of Durgā.
          --śarīraṃ 1. the primitive body. --2. ignorance. --3. the subtle body.
          --sargaḥ the first creation.

ādika a. (At the end of comp.) Beginning with, and so on.

āditaḥ, ādau ind. From the first or beginning, at first; taddaivenādito hataṃ U. 5. 20.

ādima a. [ādau bhavaḥ ādi-ḍimac] First, primitive, original.

āditā, --tvam Priority, precedence.

ādimat a. Having a beginning.

ādya a. [ādau bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) First, primitive, being at the beginning.
     (2) Being at the head, excellent, unparalleled, pre-eminent, foremost; āsīnmahīkṣitāmādyaḥ praṇavaśchaṃdasāmiva R. 1. 11.
     (3) (At the end of comp.) Beginning with, and so on; see ādi.
     (4) Immediately preceding; ekādaśādyaṃ Śrut. 27 immediately before the 11th, i. e. 10th; so saṃyuktādyaṃ 2.
     (5) Eatable (ad-ṇyat). --dyāḥ (m. pl.) A class of deities. --dyā
     (1) An epithet of Durgā.
     (2) The first day (tithi) of a month. --dyaṃ
     (1) The beginning.
     (2) Grain, food.
     (3) A kind of funeral obsequial ceremony (pitṛśrāddhameda).
     -- Comp.
          --kaviḥ 'the first poet,' an epithet of Brahmā or Vālmīki; see ādikavi. --bījaṃ the primary or material cause of the universe, which, according to the Sāṅkhyas, is pradhāna or the inanimate principle.
          --māṣakaḥ a measure of five gunjas (about 17(1/2) grains Troy).

āditeya [aditerapatyaṃ ṭhak]
     (1) A son of Aditi.
     (2) A god, divinity in general.
     (3) The sun.

āditya a. [aditerapatyaṃ ṇya]
     (1) Solar, belonging to, or born in, the solar line; U. 6. 18.
     (2) Devoted to, or originating from, Aditi.
     (3) Belonging to, or sprung from, the Ādityas. --tyaḥ
     (1) A son of Aditi; a god, divinity in general. (The number of Ādityas appears to have been originally seven, of whom Varuṇa is the head, and the name Āditya was restricted to them. In the time of the Brāhmaṇas, however, the number of Ādityas rose to 12, representing the sun in the 12 months of the year; dhātā mitro'ryamā rudro varuṇaḥ sūrya eva cābhago vivasvān pūṣā ca savitā daśamaḥ smṛtaḥ .. ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā viṣṇurdvādaśa ucyate .); ādityānāmahaṃ viṣṇuḥ Bg. 10. 21; Ku. 2. 24. (These 12 suns are supposed to shine only at the destruction of the universe; cf. Ve. 3. 6; dagdhuṃ viśvaṃ dahanakiraṇairnoditā dvādaśārkāḥ).
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A name of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf-incarnation; svayaṃbhūḥ śaṃbhurādityaḥ V. Sah.
     (4) N. of the Arka plant. --tyau (dual) N. of a constellation, the seventh lunar mansion.
     -- Comp.
          --ketuḥ 1. N. of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. --2. the charioteer of the sun.
          --caṃdrau (dual) the sun and the moon.
          --patraḥ N. of a plant. (
          --traṃ) the leaf of the Arka tree.
          --parṇinī a creeping plant with gold-coloured flowers, growing near the bank of water.
          --puṣpikā red swallow wort.
          --bhaktā [āditye bhaktā] N. of a plant see arkabhaktā, --maṃḍalaṃ the disc or orb of the sun.
          --vrataṃ worship of the sun.
          --sūnuḥ 'the son of the sun', N. of Sugrīva, Yama, Saturn and Karṇa.

ādin a. [attīti ad ṇini] Eating (in comp.); parasparādinaḥ Ms. 12. 59.

ādi(dī)navaḥ, --vam
     (1) Misfortune, distress.
     (2) Hinderance; want of luck (in dice).
     (3) Fault; see anādīnava.
     -- Comp.
          --darśa a. having evil designs towards a fellowplayer at dice (Ved.).

ādiś 6 U.
     (1) To point out, indicate, show; mārgaṃ ādiś (oft. in dramas) lead the way; S. 5.
     (2) To order, direct, command; velopalakṣaṇārthamādiṣṭosmi S. 4; punarapyādiśa tāvadutthitaḥ Ku. 4. 16; teṣāmapyetadādiśet Ms. 11. 193; ādikṣadasyābhigamaṃ vanāya Bk. 3. 9, 7. 28; R. 1. 54, 2. 65; to appoint; vasumitraṃ goptāramādiśya M. 5.
     (3) To aim at; assign; ādikṣatsiṃhāsanaṃ tasya Bk. 3. 3; harivīrāṇāmādiśaddakṣiṇāṃ diśaṃ Ram.
     (4) To report, announce; teach, lay down, prescribe, instruct, advise; na cāsya vratamādiśet Ms. 4. 80; buddhimādiśya R. 12. 68.
     (5) To specify, determine; Y. 2. 260.
     (6) To foretell, predict; sā siddhenādiṣṭā Ratn. 4, Bṛ. S. 5. 96; ādiṣṭaḥ surāsurasaṃgaro bhāvī V. 5.
     (7) To undertake, try; brahmāstramādiśa Mb.
     (8) To provoke, challenge.
     (9) To profess as one's own duty. --Caus. To indicate, show, point out, announce &c. (same as ādiś).

ādiś f. Ved.
     (1) Aim, design, intention.
     (2) A project, proposition.
     (3) A proposal, declaration.
     (4) A region, quarter.
     (5) A sacrifice offered to a particular deity.

ādiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Directed, commanded, advised, enjoined &c.
     (2) Said, foretold.
     (3) Substituted. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Command, order.
     (2) Advice.
     (3) Leavings of a meal (ucchiṣṭa).

ādiṣṭin a. One who gives orders. --m. (astyarthe ini).
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life; a pupil, student (brahmacārin).
     (2) A penitent, one engaged in any expiatory rite; Ms. 5. 88.

ādeśaḥ
     (1) An order, command; bhrāturādeśamādāya Ram.; ādeśaṃ deśakālajñaḥ pratijagrāha R. 1. 92; rājadviṣṭādeśakṛtaḥ Y. 2. 304 doing acts forbidden by the king.
     (2) Advice, instruction, precept, rule; ādityo brahmetyādeśaḥ Ch. Up.
     (3) Account, information, relation, pointing out, indication.
     (4) A prediction, prophecy; vipraśnikādeśavacanāni K. 64; see siddhādeśa also.
     (5) (Gram.) A substitute; dhātoḥ sthāna ivādeśaṃ sugrīvaṃ saṃnyaveśayat R. 12. 58.
     (6) (In astrology) Event, result, consequence of the conjunction of stars.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. obedient.

ādeśanam The act of instructing or commanding.

ādeśin a.
     (1) Ordering, commanding.
     (2) Causing, producing.
     (3) Exciting, instigating; kapolapāṭalādeśi babhūva raghuceṣṭitaṃ R. 4. 68. --m.
     (1) A commander, director.
     (2) An astrologer, fortune-teller.

ādeṣṭṛ a. One who orders. --m.
     (1) An adviser, commander, director.
     (2) An employer of priests (yajamāna).

ādīnavaḥ
     (1) Distress, pain, uneasiness.
     (2) Fault, transgression; Śi. 2. 22.
     (3) An inflictor of distress.

ādīp Caus. To kindle, set on fire; to illuminate.

ādīpanam
     (1) Setting on fire, inflaming.
     (2) Exciting, stimulating; embellishing.
     (3) Whitening the walls, floors &c. on festive occasions.

ādīpita, ādīpta p. p. Set on fire, blazing up.

ādṛ 6 A. (driyate)
     (1) To respect, honour, reverence; sītāṃ raghūttama bhavatsthitimādriyasva Mv. 7. 3 receive respectfully; take or receive respectfully; dvitīyādriyate sadā H. Pr. 7; sarve tasyādṛtā dharmā yasyaite traya ādṛtāḥ Ms. 2. 234; Bk. 6. 55.
     (2) To heed or care for, mind, take notice of; usually with na; na tyāgamādriyate K. 104, 167; vākyaṃ nādriyate ca bāṃdhavajanaḥ Bh. 3. 111; anādṛtya disregarding; mama vacanamanādṛtya in spite of or notwithstanding my words.
     (3) To feel timid from a feeling of respect, be awed.
     (4) To apply or devote oneself closely to, have regard for; bhūri śrutaṃ śāśvatamādriyaṃte Mal. 1. 5.
     (5) To desire, be eager for; Mv. 6. 3.
     (6) To enjoy honour, be honoured.

ādaraḥ [ā-dṛ-kap]
     (1) Respect, reverence, honour; nirmāṇameva hi tadādaralālanīyaṃ Mal. 9. 49; na jātahārdena na vidviṣādaraḥ Ki. 1. 33; Ku. 6. 20.
     (2) Attention, care, notice, close application; ādaraprayatna Mal. 7 careful efforts; tāṃ praṇāmādarasrastajāṃbūnadavataṃsakāṃ Ku. 6. 91.
     (3)
          (a) Eagerness, desire, regard; bhūyāndārārthamādaraḥ Ku. 6. 13; ādarādupasarpitaturaṃgaḥ K. 119 eagerly; yatkiṃcanakāritāyāmādaraḥ 120; anveṣṭumādaramakaravaṃ 152 made up my mind; Ki. 8. 41, 26; 13. 58.
          (b) Earnest desire, request; S. 6.
     (4) Effort, endeavour; gṛhayaṃtrapatākāśrīrapaurādaranirmitā Ku. 6. 41.
     (5) Com mencement, beginning.
     (6) Love, attachment.

ādaraṇam Notice, respect.

ādaraṇīya, ādartavya pot. p. Venerable, respectful.

ādāraḥ Ved.
     (1) Allurement, attraction, an instigator (Say.).
     (2) N. of a plant used instead of Soma (when it is not available).

ādārin a. Ved.
     (1) Attracting.
     (2) Destroying.

āduri a. Ved. Careful, attentive.

ādṛta p. p.
     (1) Honoured, respected.
     (2) (Used actively)
          (a) Zealous, diligent, earnest; ādṛtataramavocat K. 211, 170; Ku. 7. 30.
          (b) Attentive, careful; daṃḍanītyāṃ nātyādṛto'bhūt Dk. 154.
          (c) Respectful (sādara); ityādṛtena kathitau R. 13. 72; iti sma pṛcchatyanuvelamādṛtaḥ 3. 5 respectfully or earnestly; Ms. 11. 226, 7. 150.

ādṛś 1 P. To look at, see, behold. --Caus. To show, indicate, exhibit; utkalādarśitapathaḥ R. 4. 38.

ādarśaḥ [ādṛśyate'tra, dṛś ādhāre ghañ]
     (1) A mirror, a looking-glass; ātmānamālokya ca śobhamānamādarśabiṃbe stimitāyatākṣī Ku. 7. 22.
     (2) The original manuscript from which a copy is taken; (fig.) a pattern, model, type; ādarśaḥ śikṣitānāṃ Mk. 1. 48; ādarśaḥ sarvaśāstrāṇāṃ K. 5; so guṇānāṃ &c.
     (3) A copy of a work.
     (4) A commentary, gloss.
     (5) A particular boundary of a country.
     (6) N. of a country.
     -- Comp.
          --maṃḍalaḥ 1. a globular mirror. --2. the surface of a mirror (
          --laṃ). --3. a kind of snake (with globular spots).

ādarśakaḥ A mirror.

ādarśanam
     (1) Showing, making apparent, displaying.
     (2) A mirror.

ādṛṣṭiḥ f. Looking at, power of looking.

ādṝ 9 U. Ved.
     (1) To crush, split open.
     (2) To make accessible, bring to light, manifest.

ādardari a. Ved. Crushing, splitting open.

ādārin, āduri a. Crushing, destroying.

ādevaka a. [div-ṇvul] One who sports or plays.

ādevanam
     (1) Gambling.
     (2) A die used in gambling.
     (3) A board for gambling; place for playing.

ādya see under ādi.

ādyūna a. [ā-div-kta, ūṭ natvaṃ ca P. V. 2. 67; perhaps derived from ad to eat] Shamelessly voracious, gluttonous, hungry; Ki. 11. 5.

ādyotaḥ Light, brilliance.

ādrisāra a. Made of iron.

ādhamanam A deposit, pledge; eko hyanīśaḥ sarvatra dānādhamanavikraye; Kāty.; yogādhamanavikrītaṃ yogadānapratigrahaṃ Ms. 8. 165.
     (2) Fraudulent puffing of goods at a sale.

ādhamarṇyam [adhamarṇasya bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyañ] The state of being indebted.

ādharmika a. [adharmaṃ carati ṭhañ P. IV. 4. 41 Vārt.] Unjust, unrighteous.

ādhā 3 U.
     (1) To put, place, deposit, implant, lodge; janapade na gadaḥ padamādadhau R. 9. 4; Bg. 5. 10; duṣyaṃtenāhitaṃ tejaḥ S. 4. 3; āhito jayaviparyayopi me R. 11. 86 inflicted on me; 19. 26; saṃbhṛte śikhini gūḍhamādadhuḥ 19 54 consigned to the flames, burnt; dhairyaṃ cādhiṣatādhikaṃ Bk. 7. 102 plucked up greater courage.
     (2) To apply, propose, fix upon, direct towards; pratipātramādhīyatāṃ yatnaḥ S. 1; mayyeva mana ādhatsta Bg. 12. 8; gamane matimādhatta Ram.; S. 2. 3; ādhīyatāṃ dhairye dharme ca dhīḥ K. 63 direct; sarvakāryeṣvāhitamatiḥ K. 56.
     (3) To appropriate to oneself, hold, possess, take, carry, have, bear; bhūyo babhau darpaṇamādadhānāṃ Ku. 7. 26; ādhatte kanakamayātapatralakṣmīṃ Ki. 5. 39 takes or assumes; garmamādhatta rājñī R. 2. 75, 5. 57; āhitakrodhā Amaru. 18.
     (4) To bear up, uphold, support; śeṣaḥ sadaivāhitabhūmibhāraḥ S. 5. 4.
     (5) To cause, produce, create, rouse, excite (fear, wonder &c.); chāyāścaraṃti bahudhā bhayamādadhānāḥ S. 3. 27; Ki. 4. 12, 6. 19, 8. 46, 57; Ku. 6. 20; Bk. 2. 8; vismayaṃ M. 5. 17; K. 246; navarasarucirāṃ nirmitimādadhatī bhāratī K. P. 1; to put in, infuse; Śi. 2. 76.
     (6) To supply, give, impart (with dat., gen. or loc); śuddhimādadhānā R. 1. 85; iṃdra trailokyamādhāya Mb.
     (7) To appoint; tameva cādhāya vivāhasākṣye R. 7. 20.
     (8) To consecrate (as fire); tatrāgnimādhāya samitsamiddhaṃ Ku. 1. 57.
     (9) To perform, practise (as a vow &c.).

ādhātṛ a. One that puts in, deposits, imparts &c.; M. 1. 6.

ādhānam
     (1) Placing, putting upon; samidādhānaṃ, tulādhānaṃ &c.
     (2)
          (a) Taking, having.
          (b) Receiving, recovering.
          (c) Containing or being in possession of anything or consecrating.
     (3) Keeping the sacred fire (agnyādhāna), a ceremony performed with the sacred fire; punardārakriyāṃ kuryāt punarādhānameva ca Ms. 5. 168.
     (4) Doing, executing, performing.
     (5) Infusing, putting in, inspiring, imparting; guṇo viśeṣādhānahetuḥ siddho vastudharmaḥ S. D. 2; niścayādhānaṃ K. 262; prajānāṃ vinayādhānādrakṣaṇādbharaṇādapi R. 1. 24 imparting or providing moral instruction.
     (6)
          (a) Engendering, producing, kautukādhānahetoḥ Me. 3; garbhādhānakṣaṇapārecayāt 9.
          (b) Assigning, attributing, employing.
     (7) Effort, exertion, application; Mv. 3. 13.
     (8) A pledge, deposit; Y. 2. 238, 247.
     (9) A place where anything is deposited, a receptacle, as in pakvādhānaṃ, puruṣādhānaṃ. (10) A surety.
     (11) Enclosure, circuit.
     (12) A ceremony performed previous to conception; see garbhādhāna.

ādhānikaḥ [ādhāna-ṭhañ] A ceremony performed after cohabitation to cause or favour conception.

ādhāyaḥ One who has placed anything.

ādhāyaka a. Putting, placing, assigning.

ādhiḥ [ādhīyate sthāpyate pratīkārāya mano'nena, ā-dhāki P. III. 3. 92; connected with ādhyai in some senses]
     (1) Mental pain or anguish, agony, anxiety, (opp. vyādhi which is bodily pain); na teṣāmāpadaḥ saṃti nādhayo vyādhayastathā Mb.; manogatamādhihetuṃ S. 3. 11; R. 8. 27, 9. 54; Bh. 3. 105; Bv. 4. 11; Mal. 4; Ki. 1. 37.
     (2) A bane, curse, misery; yāṃtyevaṃ guhiṇīpadaṃ yuvatayo vāmāḥ kulasyādhayaḥ S. 4. 17; Mv. 6. 28.
     (3) A pledge, deposit, pawn, mortgage; Y. 2. 23; Ms. 8. 143.
     (4) A place, residence.
     (5) Location, site.
     (6) Definition, epithet.
     (7) Misfortune, calamity (vyasana).
     (8) Reflection on religion or duty (dharmaciṃtā).
     (9) Hope, expectation. (10) A man solicitous for the maintenance of his family (kuṭuṃbavyāpṛta).
     -- Comp.
          --jña a. 1. suffering pain, distressed. --2. crooked.
          --bhogaḥ the use or enjoyment of a deposit (as of a horse, cow &c. when pledged).
          --manyuḥ (pl.) feverish heat or burning.
          --stenaḥ one who uses a deposit without the owner's consent.

ādhitvaṃ, --tā The nature or circumstance of a pledge; -upādhi the object or purpose for which a pledge is given.

ādhīkṛ 8 P. To pledge, mortgage, pawn, deposit.

ādhīkaraṇam Pledging, a pledge.

ādheya pot. p.
     (1) To be placed, pledged, appointed &c.
     (2) To be assigned, attributed, or given.
     (3) To be received, held, or supported; to be contained. --yaṃ = ādhānaṃ.

āhita p. p.
     (1) Placed, set, deposited; manasyāhitakartavyāḥ Ku. 2. 62 bearing in mind what they had to do; bhāratīmāhitabharāṃ Śi. 2. 69 full of deep meaning.
     (2) Given, imparted.
     (3) Entertained, felt.
     (4) Comprising, containing.
     (5) Performed, done.
     -- Comp.
          --agni a. 1. one who keeps or places the fire on the altar, sacli ficer; cf. agtyāhita. --2. a Brahmaṇa who maintains and consecrates sacred fire in his house perpetually.
          --aṃka a. marked, spotted.
          --autsukya a. one who creates anxiety; R. 2. 73.
          --klapna a. exhausted, tired.
          --lakṣaṇa a. bearing a characteristic epithet; kakutstha ityāhitalakṣaṇo'bhūt R. 6. 71; (according to Malli. = prakhyātaguṇa noted or well-known for good qualities).
          --vyatha a. pained, grieved.
          --svana a. making a sound, noisy.

āhitiḥ f. Ved. Placing on, anything placed on.

ādhikaraṇikaḥ [adhikaraṇe niyuktaḥ ṭhak] A judge; Mk. 9.

ādhikāraṇyam Possession, location.

ādhikārika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Supreme, superior, relating to a person or thing in authority.
     (2) Official, belonging to any office or duty.

ādhikyam [adhikasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Excess, abundance, preponderance, high degree; ṛddhirādhikyaṃ samṛddhiḥ Sk.
     (2) Superiority, supremacy; ādhikyaṃ sādhitaṃ H. 3.

ādhidaivika a. (kī f.) [adhidevaṭhañ]
     (1) Relating to avideva or tutelary deity (as a Mantra); adhiyajñaṃ brahma japedādhidaivikameva ca Ms. 6. 83.
     (2) Caused by fate (as pain &c.); according to Suśruta pain is of three kinds; ādhyātmika, ādhimautika or āvidaivika.

ādhipatyam [adhipaterbhāvaḥ karma vā yak]
     (1) Supremacy, power, sovereignty, lordship; rājyaṃ surāṇāmapi cādhipatyaṃ (avāpya) Bg. 2. 8.
     (2) The duties of a king; pāṃḍoḥ putraṃ prakuruṣvādhipatye Mb.

adhibhātika a. (kī f.) [adhibhūta ṭhañ]
     (1) Caused by animals (as pain).
     (2) Relating to beings.
     (3) Elementary, material, derived from the primitive elements.

ādhirājyam [adhirājasya bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyañ] Royalty, sovereignty, supreme sway; babhau bhūyaḥ kumāratvādādhirājyamavāpya saḥ R. 17. 30; Mu. 2.

ādhivedanikam [adhivedanāya hitaṃ ṭhak tatra kāle dattaṃ ṭhañ vā] Property, gifts &c. made to a first wife upon marrying a second; yacca dvitīyavivāhāyiṃnā pūrvastriyai pāriteṣikaṃ dhanaṃ dattaṃ tadādhivedanikaṃ Viṣṇu.; cf. Y. 2. 143, 148 also.

ādhu 5 U. To shake, stir, agitate.

ādhavaḥ Ved.
     (1) One who stirs up or agitates.
     (2) That which is agitated, mixture.
     (3) Throwing.

ādhavanam Shaking, agitating.

ādhavanīyaḥ A vessel in which the Soma plant is shaken and cleansed.

ādhāvaḥ That which is shaken.

ādhunika a. (kī f.) [adhunā bhavaḥ ṭhañ] New, modern, of recent origin.

ādhṛ 1. 10. P.
     (1)
          (a) To hold, keep, contain; sarvaṃ cādhārayet hṛdi Ks. 2. 37.
          (b) To support, bear.
     (2) To bring, supply.

ādhāraḥ [ā-dhṛ ghañ; ādhriyaṃte'sminkriyāḥ iti Kāśi.]
     (1) Support, prop, stay; Mu. 1. 2.
     (2) (Hence) Power of sustaining, aid, patronage, assistance; tvameva cātakādhāraḥ Bh. 2. 50.
     (3) A receptacle, reservoir; tiṣṭhaṃtyāpa ivādhāre Pt. 1. 67; carācarāṇāṃ bhūtānāṃ kukṣirādhāratāṃ gataḥ Ku. 6. 67; apāmivādhāramanuttaraṃgaṃ Ku. 3. 48; toyādhārapathāśca valkalaśikhāniṣyaṃdarekhāṃkitāḥ S. 1. 14; ādhāraḥ kṣamāṃbhasāṃ K. 44; Y. 3. 144, 165.
     (4) That which holds or contains, a vessel, recipient.
     (5) A part, character (in dramas); Mv. 1. 3.
     (6) A basin round the foot of a tree; ādhārabaṃdhapramukhaiḥ prayatnaiḥ R. 5. 6.
     (7) A dike, dam, embankment.
     (8) A canal.
     (9) The sense of the locative case, location, comprehension; ādhāro'dhikaraṇaṃ; (ādhāra is of 3 kinds: --aupaśleṣika, vaiṣayika, and abhivyāpaka see Sk. on P. I. 4. 45). (10) Relation.
     -- Comp.
          --ādheyabhāvaḥ the influence, relation, or action of the support or recipient upon the thing received or supported; H. 3. 12.
          --śaktiḥ f. 1. Māyā or illusion. --2. the Supreme goddess.

ādhārakaḥ A foundation.

ādhāraṇam Holding, supporting, sustaining.

ādhārya pot. p. To be located.
     -- Comp.
          --ādhārasaṃbaṃdhaḥ the relation of the recipient and the thing to be received or located.

ādhṛta a. Ved. Contained, supported.

ādhṛṣ 5 P.
     (1) To assail, defy.
     (2) To overcome, injure, hurt. (10) P. or Caus.
     (1) To defy, challenge; as sail, attack; Y. 2. 5 injure, hurt, overcome.
     (2) To convict, refute.

ādharṣaḥ
     (1) Contempt.
     (2) Injuring forcibly.

ādharṣaṇam
     (1) Conviction of crime or error; sentence.
     (2) Refutation.
     (3) Injuring, annoying.

ādharṣita p. p.
     (1) Injured, annoyed forcibly.
     (2) Aggrieved, censured, injured.
     (3) Refuted in argument, disproved.
     (4) Sentenced, convicted.

ādhṛṣṭa p. p. Checked, overcome.

ādhṛṣṭiḥ f. Assailing, attacking.

ādhenavam [adhenu-ṣyañ] Want of cows.

ādhoraṇaḥ [ādhor gaticāturye lyuṭ] The rider or driver of an elephant; ādhoraṇānāṃ gajasannipāte R. 7. 46, 5. 48, 18. 39.

ādhmā 1 P.
     (1) To inflate, puff up, swell.
     (2) To blow or fill with wind, sound (as a conch &c). --pass. To be elated or inflated, be filled; Ve. 3. 38; Mv. 5. 2.

ādhmāta p. p.
     (1) Puffed up, inflated, elated, filled with (lit. and fig.). charged with; pāpenevādhmātamūrtayaḥ K. 107; Dk. 110; mithyādhmāta Mv. 3. 28; 6. 30; Mk. 9. 12; amṛta- U. 6. 21, Mk. 5. 22; bhara- hṛdayaḥ U. 1. 29; darpa- filled with pride.
     (2) Excessively affected, increased, magnified; U. 5. 6; Mk. 5. 18.
     (3) Sounded, sounding.
     (4) Burnt.
     (5) Sick by the swelling of the belly. --taḥ
     (1) Flatulence, swelling of the abdomen with noise.
     (2) War, battle.

ādhmānam [ā-dhmā-lyuṭ]
     (1) Blowing inflation; (fig.) growth, increase; Mv. 7. 14.
     (2) Boasting, vaunting.
     (3) A bellows.
     (4) Intumescence, swelling of the belly, body &c., dropsy.

ādhmāpanam A means of inflating or causing a sound.

ādhyakṣam [adhyakṣa-ṣyañ] Ved.
     (1) Superintendence.
     (2) Presence.

ādhyātmika a. (kī f.) [ātmānaṃ ādhikṛtya bhavaḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Relating to the Supreme Spirit.
     (2) Spiritual, holy.
     (3) Relating to self; Y. 1. 101; Ms. 2. 117.
     (4) Caused by the mind (pain, sorrow &c.); see ādhidaivika.

ādhyāpakaḥ [adhyāpaka eva svārthe aṇa] A teacher, a spiritual preceptor.

ādhyāyika a. (kī f.) [adhyāya ṭhaña] Occupied or employed in reading or studying (the Vedas) (adhītaveda).

ādhyāsika a. (kī f.) [adhyāsena kalpitaḥ ṭhaka] Caused by adhyāsa i. e. by attributing the nature and properties of one thing to another (in Vedānta phil.).

ādhya 1 P. To think on, meditate, remember.

ādhi See under ādhā.

ādhī f. Ved. Thinking, longing, care, anxiety.

ādhīta p. p. Ved. Reflected or meditated upon. --taṃ The object or subject of one's thought; that which is intended or hoped for.

ādhyā Remembering, especially with regret, sorrowful recollection.

ādhyānam
     (1) Anxiety.
     (2) Remembering with regret, pensive or sorrowful recollection.
     (3) Meditating or reflecting upon.

ādhra a. Ved. [ā-dhṛ-ka] Poor, indigent, weak. --dhraḥ Support.

ādhvanika a. (kī f.) [adhvani vyāpṛtakuśalo vā ṭhak] Being on a journey, wayfaring; kāṃtāreṣvapi viśrāmo janasyādhvanikasya vai Mb.

ādhvarika a. (kī f.) [adhvara-ṭhak] One who knows or has studied works relating to the (Soma) sacrifice. --kaḥ [adhvarasya vyākhyāno graṃthaḥ] A work which treats of (Soma) sacrifice.

ādhvaryava a. (vī f.) [adhvaryoḥ idaṃ añ]
     (1) Belonging to the adhvaryu (q. v.) or to the Yajur-veda.
     (2) One con versant with the Yajurveda; (P. IV. 3. 123). --vaṃ
     (1) Service at a sacrifice.
     (2) Particularly, the office of an Adhvaryu priest.

ānaḥ
     (1) Inhalation, breath inspired.
     (2) Mouth or nose (Sāy.).
     (3) Breathing, blowing.

ānakaḥ
     (1) [ānayati utsāhavataḥ karoti an-ṇic-ṇvul Tv.] A large military drum (beaten at one end), a double drum, a drum or tabor in general; paṇavānakagomukhāḥ sahasaivābhyahanyaṃta Bg. 1. 13.
     (2) The thunder-cloud.
     -- Comp.
          --duduṃbhiḥ epithet of Vasudeva, father of Kṛṣaṇa; cf. Hariv. vasudevo mahābāhuḥ pūrvamānakaduṃdubhiḥ . jajñe yasya prasūtasya duṃdubhyaḥ prāṇadandivi .. ānakānāṃ ca saṃhrādaḥ sumahānabhavaddivi. . (--bhiḥ, --bhī f.) a large drum or dhol, kettle-drum (beaten at one end).
          --sthalī N. of a country.

ānaḍuha a. (hī f.) [anaḍuha idaṃ aṇ] Belonging to or originating from a bull; Y. 1. 280.

ānanam [ānityanena, ā-an karaṇa lyuṭ]
     (1) The mouth, face; R. 3. 3; nṛpasya kāṃtaṃ pibataḥ sutānanaṃ 17
     (2) A large division of a work, chapter, book &c. (e. g. the two ānanas of Rasagaṅgādhara).

ānaṃtaryam [anaṃtara-ṣyañ]
     (1) Immediate succession.
     (2) Immediate proximity, absence of interval (of time or space).

ānaṃtyam [anaṃta-ṣyañ]
     (1) Infinity, endlessness (in time, space or number); ānaṃtyād vyabhicārācca K. P. 2.
     (2) Boundlessness.
     (3) Immortality, eternity; Ms. 3. 266; 6. 84, 9. 107; lokānaṃtyaṃ divaḥ prāptiḥ putrapautraprapautrake Y. 1. 78, 260.
     (4) An upper world, heaven, future happiness; yastu nityaṃ kṛtamatirdharmamevābhipadyate . aśaṃkamānaḥ kalyāṇi so'mutrānaṃtyamaśnute Mb.

ānaṃd 1 P. To rejoice, be glad or delighted; ānaṃditārastvāṃ dṛṣṭvā Bk. 22. 14; Gīt. 11. --Caus.
     (1) To gladden, delight; Y. 1. 356; Bk. 21. 12.
     (2) To amuse oneself.

ānaṃdaḥ [ānaṃd --ghañ]
     (1) Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure; ānaṃdaṃ brahmaṇo vidvānna bibheti kadācana supreme bliss or felicity; ānaṃda evāsya vijñānamātmānaṃdātmāno haivaṃ sarve devāḥ Śat. Br.
     (2) God, Supreme spirit (brahma) (said to be n. also in this sense).
     (3) N. of the forty-eighth year of the cycle of Jupiter.
     (4) N. of Śiva.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (6) N. of Balarama (according to Jaina doctrines).
     (7) N. of a cousin and follower and favourite disciple of Buddha Sakyamuni, compiler of the Sūtras.
     (8) A variety of the Daṇḍaka metre. --dā, --dī N. of two plants. --daṃ
     (1) Wine, liquor.
     (2) A kind of house.
     -- Comp.
          --arṇavaḥ the delight of Brahma.
          --kānanaṃ, --vanaṃ N. of Kāśī.
          --giriḥ, --jñānaḥ, --jñānagiriḥ N. of a celebrated annotator on Śaṅkarāchārya.
          --ja a. caused by joy (as tears).
          --da, --kara a. exhilarating, delighting.
          --dattaḥ [ānaṃdo datto yena] the membrum virile.
          --paṭaḥ [ānaṃdajanako paṭaḥ] a bridal garment.
          --pūrṇa a. delighted supremely, full of bliss. (
          --rṇaḥ) the Supreme spirit.
          --pramavaḥ semen.
          --nairava a. causing both joy and fear. (
          --vaḥ) N. of Śiva.
          --lahariḥ, --rī f. 'wave of enjoyment,' title of a small hymn by Śaṅkarāchārya addressed to Pārvatī.

ānaṃdaka a. Delighting, gladdening, blessing.

ānaṃdatā Joyfulness, joy.

ānaṃdathu a. [ā-naṃd-athuc] Happy, joyful. --thuḥ Happiness, joy, pleasure.

ānaṃdana a. Pleasing, delighting; -naṃ cetasaḥ H. 1. 210. --naṃ
     (1) Delighting, making happy.
     (2) Paying respects to.
     (3) Courteous treatment of a friend or a guest at meeting and parting, courtesy, civility.
     (4) What gives or produces delight.

ānaṃdamaya a. Blissful, full of joy, made up or consisting of happiness; suṣuptitthāna ekībhūtaḥ prajñāghana evānaṃdamayo hyānadabhuk Māṇḍ. Up. --yaḥ The Supreme spirit. --yā A form of Durgā. -koṣaḥ the innermost wrapper or vesture of the body, causal frame enshrining the soul; see kośa.

ānaṃdayitavyam The object of enjoyment or sensual pleasure.

ānaṃdayitṛ a. One who gives joy or delight.

ānaṃdiḥ [ā-naṃd-in]
     (1) Joy, happiness; kosalyānaṃdivardhanaḥ Ram.
     (2) Curiosity.

ānadin a. [ā-naṃd-ṇini]
     (1) Happy, joyful, delighted.
     (2) Pleasing, giving delight.

ānapatyam Childlessness.

ānam 1 P.
     (1) To bend, bend down, bow, incline, stoop; Śi. 1. 13.
     (2) To salute (respectfully), bow down to; tamapi rājakamānanāma K. 59.
     (3) To humble. --Caus. (namayati) To cause to bend down; kucabhārānapnitā na yoṣitaḥ Bh 3. 27; vidarbhapati mānamitaṃ balaiśca M. 5. 3 humbled.

ānata p. p.
     (1) Respectfully saluted or bowed to.
     (2) (Actively used) Bent down, bending, stooping, inclined; kusumānatāḥ (taravaḥ) Ki. 5. 25; Rs. 6. 3; pādānataḥ Ku. 3. 8; so praśraya-, phalabhāra-.
     (3) Making a low bow, saluting respectfully; R. 1. 92, 4. 69.
     (4) Humble, obedient, submissive, pacified, conciliated.

ānatiḥ f.
     (1) Bending, bowing, stooping (fig. also); guṇavatmitramivānatiṃ prapede Ki. 13. 15; caraṇānativyatikare Amaru. 44; kiṃ vakṣaścaraṇānativyatikaravyājaṃna gopāyyate 22.
     (2) A bow or salutation, obeisance; ātmajātisadṛśiṃ kilānatiṃ Ki. 13. 36; Śi. 1. 11.
     (3) Homage, reverence.
     (4) Delight.

ānamaḥ Bending, stretching(as a bow); cf. durānama.

ānamra a. A little bent, bowing, stooping.

ānartaḥ [ānṛtyatyatra ādhāre ghañ]
     (1) A stage, theatre, a dancing hall.
     (2) War, battle.
     (3) N. of a king of the solar race.
     (4) N. of a country or its inhabitants, or its king. (It was also called Saurāṣṭra and may be identified with the modern Kattywar. Dwārakā was its capital, which is called Ānartanagarī. There was also an important town called Valabhī, which afterwards became its capital. The celebrated Tīrtha called Prabhāsa also stood in the same peninsula.) --rtaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Dancing (m. also).
     -- Comp.
          --puraṃ, --nagarī the capital of the Ānarta country.

ānartaka a.
     (1) Belonging to Ānarta.
     (2) Dancing about.

ānartīya a. [ānarta-cha] Belonging to or coming from Ānarta.

ānarthakyam [anaryasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Uselessness, unprofitableness; śrutyānarthakyaniti cet Katy.; āmnāyasya kriyārthatvādānarthakyamatadarthānāṃ Jaimini S.
     (2) Unfitness, impropriety.

ānava a. [ānuḥ prāṇī tasyedaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Human (as strength &c.).
     (2) Kind to men, benevolent. --vaḥ
     (1) Men, people.
     (2) Foreign men or people.

ānasa a. (sī f.) [anasaḥ śakaṭasya piturvā idaṃ aṇ] Ved.
     (1) Belonging to a waggon or cart.
     (2) Belonging to a father.

ānah 4 U.
     (1) To bind to, fasten.
     (2)
          (A) To be stopped.

ānaddha p. p.
     (1) Bound, tied, fastened.
     (2) Costive (as stomach). --ddhaḥ
     (1) A drum in general.
     (2) Dressing, putting on clothes, ornaments &c., accoutring.
     -- Comp.
          --bastitā retention of urine or constipation.

ānāhaḥ
     (1) Binding.
     (2) Suppression of urine, constipation, epistasis.
     (3) Length (especially of cloth).

ānāhika a. [ānāha-ṭhak] To be used in cases of constipation.

ānāthyam [anāthasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] The state of being helpless or forlorn, orphanism, helplessness.

ānirhata a. Ved. Of indestructible nature; wholly gone out of the world (Mahīdhara). --taḥ A class of principal deities.

ānila a. (lī f.) [anilasyedaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Proceeding from or produced by wind, windy.
     (2) Presided over by or sacred to Vāyu (as an oblation &c). --laḥ, --āniliḥ N. of Hanūmat or Bhīma.

ānī 1 P.
     (1) To bring, fetch; bhuvanaṃ matpārśvamānīyate S. 7. 8; teṣāmudakamānīya Ms. 3. 210.
     (2) To bring on, produce, cause; ānināya bhuvaḥ kaṃpaṃ R. 15. 24.
     (3) To lead towards or near, convey.
     (4) To mix in.
     (5) To reduce or lead to any condition; vaśaṃ ānī to reduce to subjection.
     (6) To lead off, divert. --Caus. To cause to bring (with instr. of person who brings); R. 12. 12, 15. 74.

ānayaḥ, ānayanam
     (1) Bringing.
     (2) Investiture with the sacred thread (cf. upanaya).

ānāyaḥ [ānīyate matsyo'nena nī-karaṇe-ghañ] A net; jālamānāyaḥ P. III. 3. 124.

ānāyen m. [ānāya-ini] A fisherman, fisher; ānāthibhistāmapakṛṣṭanakrāṃ R. 16. 55, 75.

ānāyya a. To be brought near. --yyaḥ [ānī-ṇyat āyādeśaḥ P. III. 1. 127] Consecrated fire taken from gārhapatya or household fire and placed on the south side (also called dākṣiṇāgni); dakṣiṇāgniviśeṣa evedaṃ sa hi gārhapatyādānīyate anityaśca satatamaprajvalanāt Sk.

ānītiḥ f. [ā-nī-ktin] Leading near; caṃkramitvā priyānītiṃ rāmo rakṣovadhe sthitaḥ . Mugdha.

ānetavya a. To be brought.

āneya a. To be fetched.

ānetṛ a. Bringer, bringing.

ānīla a. Darkish, slightly blue. --laḥ A black horse.

ānukalpika a. [anukalpaṃ vetti adhīte vā ukthā- ṭhak]
     (1) One who knows or studies the anukalpa q. v.
     (2) To be obtained by anukalpa.

ānukūlika a. (kī f.) [anukūlaṭhak] Favourable, conformable.

ānukūlyam [anukūlasya bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyañ]
     (1) Favourableness, conformity, suitableness; yatrānukūlyaṃ daṃpatyostrivargastatra vardhate Y. 1. 74.
     (2) Kindness, favour.

ānugatyam [anugata-ṣyañ] Acquaintance, familiarity.

ānugatika a. (kī f.) Relating to a follower.

ānuguṇyam [anuguṇasya bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyañ] Favourableness, suitableness, congruity.

ānugrāmika a. (kī f.) [anugrāmaṃ bhavaḥ ṭhañ] Rural, rustic.

ānujāvara a. Ved. Posthumous.

ānunāsikyam [anunāsikasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Nasality.

ānupadika a. (kī f.) [anupadaṃ dhāvati ṭhak veda adhīte vā] Following, pursuing, tracking, studying.

ānupūrvaṃ, --rvyaṃ --rvī [anupūrvasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ tato vā ṅīṣi yalopaḥ]
     (1) Order, succession, series; Ms. 2. 41.
     (2) (In law) The regular order of the castes; ṣaḍānupūrvyā viprasya kṣatrasya caturo'varān Ms. 3. 23.
     (3) (In logic) Conclusion regularly or syllogistically drawn.

ānupūrve --rvye --ṇa, ānupūrvyā ind. One after another, in due order; ānupūrvyeṇotyitarājalokaḥ K. 95.

ānumānika a. (kī f.) [anumānādāgataḥ ṭhak]
     (1) Relating to a conclusion.
     (2) Derived from an inference, subject to inference, inferential.
     (3) Inferred. --kaṃ The Pradhana of the Sāṅkhyas; ānumānikamapyekeṣāmiti cenna Br. Sūt.; -tvaṃ the state of being inferable.

ānuyātrikaḥ A follower, attendant; Mal. 6; U. 4.

ānuraktiḥ f. Passion, affection.

ānulopeka a. [anulepikāyāḥ striyā dharmyam] Forming the duty of an anulepikā.

ānulomika a. (kī f.) [anulomaṃvartate anuloma ṭhak]
     (1) Regular, orderly, in due course.
     (2) Favourable, suitable.

ānulomya a. 'In the direction of the hair,' produced in natural or direct order. --myaṃ [anulomasya bhāvaḥ karma vā brāhma- ṣyañ]
     (1) Natural or direct order, proper arrangement; ānulomyena saṃbhūtā jātyā jñeyāsta eva te Ms. 10. 5, 13.
     (2) Regular series or succession.
     (3) Favourableness, fit disposition.
     (4) Bringing to one's right place.

ānuvidhitsā Ingratitude.

ānuveśyaḥ [anuveśaṃ vasati] A neighbour who lives next to the next-door neighbour; prātiveśyānuveśyau ca kalyāṇe viṃśatidvije Ms. 8. 392; (on which Kull. says; niraṃtaraguhavāsī prātiveśyaḥ, tadanaṃtaragṛhavāsyānuveśyaḥ). The word is also found to be written as anuveśya.

ānuśāsanika a. (kī f.) [anuśāsanāya hitaṃ ṭhak] Relating to or treating of instruction.

ānuśūka a. (kī f.) Being with or within the awns (as rice).

ānuśra(śrā)vika  a. (kī f.) [gurupāṭhādanuśrūyate anuśravo vedastatra vihitaḥ ṭhak] According to hearing, resting on tradition. --kaḥ Means of obtaining Heaven, absolution &c. Sk.

ānuṣak ind. Ved. In continuous order, uninterruptedly, one after the other.

ānuṣaṃgika a. (kī f.) [anuṣaṃgāt āgataḥ ṭhak striyāṃ ṅīp]
     (1) Connected with, concomitant.
     (2) Implied, inherent.
     (3) Necessarily following, inevitable, necessary.
     (4) Of secondary importance, secondary; asubhiḥ sthāsnu yaśaścicīṣataḥ nanu lakṣmīḥ phalamānuṣaṃgikaṃ Ki. 2. 19; anyatarasyānuṣaṃgikatve'nvācayaḥ Sk.; see anvācaya.
     (5) Attached to, fond of, frequenting; tatra- Pt. 1.
     (6) Like, analogous.
     (7) Relative, proportionate.
     (8) (In gram.) Elliptical, including words not included in the sentence.

ānuṣaj ind. In order, successively.

ānuṣūka a. Promoting, urging, driving forward.

ānuṣṭubha a. (bhī f.) [anuṣṭup chaṃdo'sya utsā- añ]
     (1) Consisting of Anuṣṭubhs.
     (2) Relating to Anuṣṭubh, formed like the metre. --bhaṃ The Anuṣṭup metre.

ānusūya a. (yī f.) [anusūyayā atripatnyā dattaṃ aṇ] Coming from or given by Anusūyā; R. 14. 14.

ānūkam ind. Ved. In abundance, greatly.

ānūpa a. (pī f.) [anūpadeśe bhava, aṇ]
     (1) Watery, marshy, wet.
     (2) Produced in a marshy place. --paḥ Any animal frequenting marshy or watery places (as a buffalo); -māṃsaṃ the flesh of such animals.

ānūpaka a. Living in marshy places.

ānṛṇyam [anṛṇasya bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyañ] Acquittance of debt or obligation; see anṛṇatā.

ānṛta a. (tī f.) [anṛtaṃ śīlamasya aṇ] Always telling lies, untruthful.

ānṛśaṃsa --sya a. Mild, kind; merciful. --saṃ, --syaṃ
     (1) Mildness.
     (2) Kindness; Ms. 1. 101, 8. 411.
     (3) Compassion, pity, mercy.

ānaipuṇaṃ, --ṇyam [anipuṇasya bhāvaḥ aṇ, ṣyañ vā] Clumsiness, stupidity.

ānaiśvaryam [anīśvarasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Absence of power or supremacy.

āṃta a. (tī f.) [aṃta-aṇ] Final, terminal. --taṃ ind. Completely, to the end.

āṃtyaḥ Ved. One who finishes.

āṃtara a. [aṃtar madhye bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Internal, secret, hidden; U. 6. 12; Mal. 1. 24.
     (2) Inmost, inward; U. 2. --raṃ Inmost nature.
     -- Comp.
          --jña Knowing the hidden secret (of things &c.); Mal. 1. 8.

āṃtaratamyaṃ, āṃtaryam Nearest or closest relationship (as of letters).

āṃtarāgārika a. Belonging to the duties of a store-keeper or chamberlain.

āṃtarāla a. [aṃtarālaṃ vetti aṇ] One conversant with the inner nature.

āṃtari(rī)kṣa a. (kṣī f.) [aṃtarikṣe bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Atmospherical, heavenly, celestial.
     (2) Produced in the atmosphere. --kṣaṃ The firmament, the intermediate region between the earth and sky.

āṃtargaṇika a. (kī f.) [aṃtargaṇaṃ bhavaḥ ṭhañ] Included, comprised (as in a class, troop &c).

āṃtargehika a. (kī f.) [aṃtargehaṃ veśmani bhavaḥ ṭhañ] Being or produced inside a house.

āṃtikā [aṃtikeva aṇ ṭāp] An elder sister.

āṃtra a. (trī f.) [aṃtra-aṇ] Relating to the bowels. --traṃ Ved. Bowels, entrails.

āṃtrika a. (kī f.) Visceral, being within or relating to the bowels.

āṃdol 10 P. [--dolayati, dolita]
     (1) To swing, rock or move to and fro.
     (2) To shake, tremble (fig. also); Mal. 4; maṃdamārutāṃdolitā lateva Dk. 17, 21.

āṃdolaḥ
     (1) Swinging, a swing.
     (2) Trembling.

āṃdolanam [āṃdol bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Swinging, a swing.
     (2) Moving to and fro, shaking, rocking; kiṃtvāsāmaraviṃdasuṃdaradṛśāṃ drākcāmarāṃdolanāt Udb.
     (3) Trembling, oscillation.

āṃdhasaḥ The scum of boiled rice.

āṃdhasikaḥ [aṃdho bhaktaṃ śilpamasya ṭhak] A cook.

āṃdhyam [aṃdhasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Blindness.

āṃdhra a. Belonging to Andhra(as language). --dhraḥ (pl.) The Telagu country, modern Telaṅgaṇa; see aṃdhra.

ānna a. (nnī f.) [annaṃ labdhā anna-ṇa P. IV. 4. 85]
     (1) Fed, having food.
     (2) Relating to, derived from food.

ānyabhāvyam Another form.

ānvayika a. (kī f.) [anvaye praśastakule bhavaḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Of a good family, well-born, of noble birth.
     (2) Orderly.

ānvāhika a. (kī f.) [anvaha-ṭhañ] Daily occurring or to be performed every day; paktiṃ cānvāhikīṃ Ms. 3. 67.

ānvīkṣikī [anvīkṣā prayojanamasyāḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Logic, logical philosophy.
     (2) Metaphysics (ātmavidyā q. v.); ānvīkṣikyātmavidyā syādīkṣaṇātsukhaduḥkhayoḥ . īkṣamāṇastayā tattvaṃ harṣaśokau vyudasyati .. Kām. 2. 11; ānvīkṣikīśravaṇāya Māl. 1; Ms. 7. 43; (nyāya ānvīkṣikī paṃcādhyāyī gautamena praṇītā Madhusūdana).

ānvīpika a. (kī f.) [anvīpaṃ vartate ṭhak] Favourable.

āp 5 P., rarely 1 P. (āpnoti or āpati, āpa, āpat, āpsyati, āptuṃ, āpta)
     (1) To obtain, attain, get; putramevaṃguṇopetaṃ cakravartinamāpnuhi S. 1. 12; anudyogena tailāni tilebhyo nāptumarhati H. Pr. 30; śataṃ kratunāmapavighnamāpa saḥ R. 3. 38; so phalaṃ, kīrti, sukhaṃ &c.
     (2) To reach, go to; overtake, meet, fall in with; śabarīmāpaturvane Bk. 6. 59.
     (3) To pervade, occupy, enter into.
     (4) To undergo, suffer, meet with; diṣṭāṃtamāpsyati bhavān R. 9. 79; Ms. 8. 188.
     (5) To equal. --pass. (āpyate)
     (1) To be reached, found, met with, obtained &c.
     (2) To arrive at one's end or aim.
     (3) To become filled. --Caus. (āpayati)
     (1) To cause to reach or obtain.
     (2) To cause any one to feel or perceive.
     (3) To hit.

āpaḥ [āp-ghañ]
     (1) N. of one of the 8 demigods called Vasus.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) durāpa difficult to be obtained. --paṃ [apāṃ samūhaḥ] A flood or stream of water, water.
     (2) Sky (Nir.).

āpaka a. [āp-ṇvul] Getting, obtaining.

āpanam [āp-lyuṭ]
     (1) Getting, obtaining, reaching &c.
     (2) Pepper.

āpayitṛ a. [āp-ṇic-tṛc] One who gets or procures, procuring.

āpiḥ [āp-ṇic-in]
     (1) Obtaining wealth &c.
     (2) A friend, acquaintance, ally (baṃdhu); -tvaṃ friendship, alliance.

āpta p. p. [āp-kta]
     (1) Got, obtained, gained; -kāmaḥ, -śāpaḥ &c.
     (2) Reached, overtaken, equalled.
     (3) Reaching to, extending as far as.
     (4) Trustworthy, reliable, credible (as news &c.).
     (5) Trusty, confidential, faithful (person); R. 3. 12; 5. 39; Ms. 8. 63.
     (6)
          (a) Clever, skilful; prājakaścedbhavedāptaḥ Ms. 8. 294.
          (b) Apt, fit.
     (7) Full, complete, abundant; yajeta rājā kratubhirvividhairāptadakṣiṇaiḥ Ms. 7. 79.
     (8) True, exact.
     (9) Intimate, closely related, acquainted; kanyāyāḥ kila pūjayaṃti pitaro jāmāturāptaṃ janaṃ U. 4. 17 relatives; Ms. 5. 101. (10) Appointed.
     (11) Generally received, commonly used; authentic.
     (12) Accused, prosecuted.
     (13) Reasonable, sensible. --ptaḥ
     (1) A trustworthy, reliable, or fit person; credible person or source, guarantee; āptaḥ yathārthavaktā T. S.
     (2) A relative, friend; nigrahātsvasurāptānāṃ vadhācca dhanadānujaḥ R. 12. 52; kathamāptavargoyaṃ bhavatyāḥ M. 5; Y. 1. 28, 2. 71; Ms. 2. 109, 8. 64.
     (3) An Arhat. --ptā A twisted lock of hair. --ptaṃ
     (1) A quotient.
     (2) (In Math.) Equation of a degree.
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. 1. an augment. --2. an affix. --3. a word of received acceptation and established by usage only; see āptavāc also.
          --kāma a. 1. one who has obtained his desire. --2. one who has renounced all worldly desires and attchments. (
          --maḥ) the supreme soul.
          --kārin a. doing things in a fit or confidential manner; Ms. 9. 12. (--m.) a trusty agent or confidential servant.
          --garbhā a pregnant woman.
          --dakṣiṇa a. having proper or abundant gifts.
          --bacanaṃ 1. received text or authority, revelation. --2. the words of a credible or trustworthy person R. 11. 42, 15. 48.
          --vākyaṃ a true or correct sentence; =vacanaṃ above.
          --vāc a. worthy of belief, regarded as authority, one whose words are credible and authoritative; parātisaṃdhānamadhīyate yairvidyeti te saṃtu kilāptavācaḥ S. 5. 25. (--f.) 1. the advice of a friend or credible per son. --2. the Vedas or Śruti a word of authority (said to apply to Smṛtis, Itihasas and Puraṇas also, which are considered as authoritative evidence); āptavāgatumānābhyāṃ sādhyaṃ tvāṃ prati kā kathā R. 10. 28.
          --śrutiḥ f. 1. the Vedas. --2. Smṛtis &c.

āptiḥ f. [āp ktin]
     (1) Getting, obtaining, gain, acquisition; nitra-, kāma- &c.
     (2) Reaching, overtaking, meeting with.
     (3) Binding, connection, relation.
     (4) Union; especially with a woman (Med.).
     (5) Fitness, aptitude, propriety.
     (6) Completion, fulfilment; kāmasyāptiṃ jagataḥ pratiṣṭhāṃ Kaṭh.
     (7) Future time. --pl. N. of 12 sacrificial verses beginning with Āpaye.

āpya a. [apāṃ idaṃ aṇ svārthe ṣyañ]
     (1) Watery.
     (2) Obtainable, attainable (āp-ṇyat). --pyaḥ A class of gods. --pyaṃ Ved. Confederation, alliance.

āpakara a. (rī f.) [apakare bhavaḥaṇ añ ca] Offensive, unfriendly, mischievous.

āpakva a. Crude, raw, half-baked. --kvaṃ A cake, bread.

āpagā [apāṃ samūhaḥ āpaṃ; tena gacchati gam ḍa] A river, stream; phenāyamānaṃ patināpagānāṃ Śi. 3. 72.

āpageyaḥ [āpagāyāṃ gaṃgāyāṃ bhavaḥ ḍhak] A son of the river, an epithet of Bhīṣma or Kṛṣṇa.

āpaṇaḥ [āpaṇ-ghañ] A market; shop.

āpaṇika a. [āpaṇādāgataḥ ṭhak]
     (1) Relating to traffic, market &c., mercantile.
     (2) Got from the market (as duties). --kaḥ
     (1) A shop-keeper, merchant, dealer.
     (2) A tax on market shops.
     (3) Assize, market-rate.

āpat 1 P.
     (1) To fall upon, attack, assail; udāyudhānāpatataḥ R. 12. 44, 5. 50; Bk. 3. 48.
     (2) To approach, come towards; K. 202; etatprāyeṇa śrutiviṣayamāpatitameva K. 136 has reached the ears; 268.
     (3) To fly towards, come in flying, come or drive in haste, rush upon.
     (4)
          (a) To happen, take place, occur, come to pass; kathamidamāpatitaṃ U. 2; K. 262, 158; aho na śobhanamāpatitaṃ Pt. 2.
          (b) To fall to one's lot or share, befall; aho'smākaṃ mahadbhojamamāpatitaṃ Pt. 1; āpataṃti hi saṃsārapathamavatīrṇānāmete vṛttāṃtāḥ K. 175, 132; sarvasyaiva skhalitamāpatati 291; H. 1. 30, 173.
     (5)
          (a) To occur to, cross (the mind); iti hṛdaye nāpatitaṃ K. 288.
          (b) To be felt or regarded; madhuratarāṇyāpataṃti matasaḥ K. 103 are felt or regarded; 202, 236, 329. --Caus. (pātayati) To go towards, approach (Ved.).

āpatanam
     (1) Approaching, coming, assailing &c.
     (2) Happening, occurrence.
     (3) Descending, alighting
     (4) Obtaining.
     (5) Knowledge; kvacit prākaraṇikādarthādaprākaraṇikasyārthasyāpatanaṃ S. D. 10.
     (6) Natural sequence, necessarily following.

āpati a. Ved. Coming in haste, rushing on. --tiḥ The wind (always blowing) (satatagatirpāyuḥ).

āpatika a. (kī f.) Accidental, unforeseen, sent from heaven. --kaḥ A hawk, falcon.

āpatita a.
     (1) Fallen to the lot of.
     (2) Happened, befallen, occurred, come to pass.
     (3) Alighted, descended.

āpāta a. Rushing upon, attacking. --taḥ
     (1) Rushing or falling upon, attack, descending, alighting; tadāpātabhayātpathi Ku. 2. 45; garuḍāpātaviśliṣṭameghanādāstrabaṃdhanaḥ R. 12. 76.
     (2) Throwing down.
     (3) Causing to descend or fall, falling down; dhārāpātaiḥ Me. 48.
     (4)
          (a) The present or current moment, the instant; āpātaramyā viṣayāḥ paryaṃtaparitāpinaḥ Ki. 11. 12, āpatasurase bhoge nimagnāḥ kiṃ na kurvate S. D.; H. 4. 75; Bv. 1. 115; Mal. 5.
          (b) (Hence) First sight or appearance; see āpātataḥ
     (5) Happening, becoming apparent, appearance.
     -- Comp.
          --duḥsaha a. unbearable at the first attack; U. 7.
          --duṣprasaha a. unbearable in its onset, making a furious charge; M. 5. 10.

āpātataḥ ind. At the first sight or attack, instantly, immediately; S. D. 632.

āpātin a. Falling on, attacking, descending, happening.

āpatya a. (tyī f.) [apatya-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to offspring.
     (2) (In gram.) Relating to the formation of patronymic words.

āpathi a. Ved. Being on the way or journey. --thiḥ, --thīḥ, --thyaḥ Ved. A wanderer, traveller.

āpad 4 A.
     (1) To go near, walk towards, approach; eṣa rāvaṇirāpādi vānarāṇāṃ bhayaṃkaraḥ Bk. 15. 89.
     (2) To enter into, go to, attain to (a place, state &c.); vaktamāpadya mārutaḥ Śik. 9; nirvedanāpadyate becomes disgusted Mk. 1. 14; āpedireṃ'barapathaṃ Bv. 1. 17; kṣīraṃ dadhibhāvamāpadyate S. B. milk turns into curds; pāṃḍuratāmāpadyamānasya K. 69 becoming pale; 160; vismayamāpede 179; ślokatvamāpadyata yasya śokaḥ R. 14. 70 assumed the form of a verse; ciṃtāmāpede Dk. 130 fell a-thinking; so viśvāsaṃ, nirvṛtiṃ, saṃśayaṃ, vaśaṃ, paṃcatvaṃ &c.
     (3) To get into trouble, fall into misfortune; arthadhartau parityajya yaḥ kāmamanuvartate . evamāpadyate kṣipraṃ rājā daśaratho yathā .. Ram.; see āpanna below.
     (4) To happen, occur; Bk. 6. 31; evamāpadyate M. 1 so it is. --Caus.
     (1) To bring about, bring to pass, accomplish, effect; kūjadbhirāpāditavaṃśakṛtyaṃ R. 2. 12; Śānti. 3. 19.
     (2) To lead or reduce to, cause to suffer; R. 5. 5.
     (3) To cause, to produce, bring on; laghimānamāpādayati K. 105, 109; doṣamapi guṇatvamāpādayati makes the best of a bad matter.
     (4) To reach or attain to.
     (5) To spread, circulate (as news).
     (6) To turn or change into; ekāmapi kākiṇīṃ kārṣāpaṇalakṣamāpādayema Dk. 156.

āpattiḥ f. [ā-pad-ktin]
     (1) Turning or changing into, entering into any state or condition.
     (2) Obtaining, procuring, getting; sthānāpatterdravyeṣu dharmalābhaḥ Katy.
     (3) Misfortune, calamity, adversity; Y. 3. 42.
     (4) A fault, transgression.
     (5) Remonstrance, expostulation.
     (6) (In phil.) An undesirable conclusion or occurrence (aniṣṭaprasaṃga).

āpad f. [ā-pad kvip] A calamity, misfortune, danger, distress, adversity; daivīnāṃ mānuṣīṇāṃ ca pratihartā tvamāpadāṃ R. 1. 60; avivekaḥ paramāpadāṃ padam Ki. 2. 30, 14; prāyo gacchati yatra bhāgyarahitastatraiva yāṃtyāpadaḥ Bh. 2. 90; āpadi sthā, āpadaṃ prāp to fall into difficulty.
     -- Comp.
          --kalpaḥ an alternative to be used in times of difficulty; Ms. 11. 28.
          --kālaḥ days of adversity, time of distress, hour of danger; abrāhmaṇādadhyayanamāpatkāle vidhīyate Ms. 2. 241.
          --kālika a. (kā-kī f.) occurring in time of difficulty.
          --gata, --grasta-prāpta a. 1. fallen into misfortune, involved in difficulties. --2. unfortunate, unhappy, distressed.
          --dharmaḥ[āpadi kartavyo dharmaḥ] a practice, profession, or course of procedure, not usually proper for a caste, but allowable in times of extreme distress or calamity; Ms. 1. 116, 10. 130. (
          --rmaṃ) N. of a parva in Bharata.

āpadā f. Misfortune, calamity.

āpanna p. p.
     (1) Gained, obtained, acquired; jīvikāpannaḥ for āpannajīvikaḥ Sk.
     (2) Gone or reduced to, fallen into; kaṣṭāṃ daśāmāpannopi Bh. 2. 29; so duḥkha-.
     (3) Afflicted, distressed, being in difficulty; āpannābhayasatreṣu dīkṣitāḥ khalu pauravāḥ S. 2. 16; Me. 53; H. 4. 106, V. 2.
     (4) Befallen; paricchedo hi pāṃḍityaṃ yadāpannā vipattayaḥ H. 1. 148.
     -- Comp.
          --sattvā pregnant, quick or big with child; a pregnant woman; samamāpannasattvāstā rejurāpāṃḍuratviṣaḥ R. 10. 59.

āpādaḥ [ā-pad-vañ]
     (1) Attainment, obtaining.
     (2) Reward, remuneration.

āpādanam
     (1) Causing to arrive at, leading or contributing to, bringing about; tending to; dravyasya saṃkhyāṃtarāpādane Sk.

āpanikaḥ [ā-pan-ikan Uṇ. 2. 46]
     (1) An emerald, sapphire.
     (2) A Kirāta or barbarian.

āpamityaka a. [apamitya parivartya nirvṛttam kak] Received by barter or exchange. --kaṃ Property or anything obtained by barter or for a consideration.

āpayā [āpena jalapūreṇa yāti yā-ka] N. of a river near the Sarasvatī.

āparāhṇika a. (kī f.) Being in the afternoon.

āpartuka a. (kī f.) Not restricted to particular times or seasons.

āpavaḥ An epithet of Vasiṣṭha.

āpavargya a. Conferring final beatitude.

āpas n. [āp-asun] Water; āpomirmārjanaṃ kṛtvā.
     (2) Sin.
     (3) A religious ceremony.

āpaskāram The root or extremity of the trunk or body.

āpā 1 P.
     (1) To drink up(lit. and fig.); ṣaḍānanāpītapayodharāsu R. 14. 22; āpītasūryaṃ nabhaḥ Mk. 5. 20 quite concealed or obscured; divākarāpītarasā mahauṣadhīḥ Mb.
     (2) To drink with the ears or eyes, hear or see intently; tā rāghavaṃ dṛṣṭibhirāpibaṃtyaḥ R. 7. 12; K. 86; bhagavatkathāsudhāmāpīyakarṇāṃjalibhiḥ Bhag.
     (3) To eclipse, surpass.

āpānaṃ, --nakam
     (1) A drinking party, binquet; Mk. 8; āpāne pānakalitā daivanābhipaṇoditāḥ Mb.
     (2) A tavern, liquor-shop, a place for drinking in company (-bhūmi); tāṃbūlīnāṃ dalaistatra racitāpānabhūtayaḥ R. 4. 42; Ku. 6. 42; āpānakamutsavaḥ K. 32.

āpāyin a. Drinking, fond of drinking.

āpākaḥ [samaṃtāt pariveṣṭya pacyate'tra] A baking oven, a potter's kiln.

āpāṃgyam [apāṃge deyaṃ ñya] To be used for anointing the corners of the eyes (as aṃjana).

āpāliḥ A louse.

āpiṃjara a. Somewhat red, reddish; R. 16. 51. --raṃ Gold.

āpiśaliḥ N. of an old grammarian.

āpiśala a. Originating from āpiśali. --laḥ A pupil of āpiśali.

āpī, āpīna See āpyai.

āpīḍ 10 P.
     (1) To press, weigh down; payodharabhāreṇāpīḍitaḥ Gīt. 12; bhujābhyāṃ tamāpīḍya clasping him to the bosom.
     (2) To press hard, afflict, perplex, worry.
     (3) To compress.

āpīḍa a.
     (1) Giving pain, hurting.
     (2) Squeezing, compressing.
     (3) A chaplet (tied on the crown of the head), garland in general; cūḍāpīḍakapālasaṃkulagalanmaṃdākinīvārayaḥ Mal. 1. 2.
     (4) (Hence fig.) A crest jewel; tasminkulāpīḍanibhe vipīḍaṃ R. 18. 29; Mal. 1, 6, 7.

āpīḍanam
     (1) Compressing, squeezing; tying tightly.
     (2) Embracing, clasping.
     (3) Giving pain, hurting.

āpīḍita p. p.
     (1) Compressed, bound tightly; embraced &c.
     (2) Decorated with chaplets.

āpīta a.
     (1) Yellowish.
     (2) Drunk or sipped a little (as water). --taḥ Yellowish colour. --taṃ A pyritic mineral (mākṣikadhātu).

āpūpika a. (kī f.) [apūpaṭhak] 1 A good maker of apūpa (cakes).
     (2) Accustomed to eat cakes.
     (3) Fond of cakes, eating cakes (with benefit).
     (4) Selling cakes.
     (5) Baking cakes.
     (6) Forming an ingredient of cakes, good for cakes (as guḍa). --kaḥ A baker; confectioner. --kaṃ A multitude of cakes (apūpānāṃ samūhaḥ).

āpūpyaḥ [apūpāya sādhuḥ vā- ya] Flour.

āpūṣam A kind of metal (perhaps tin).

āpṛc 7 U.
     (1) To fill, pervade, occupy completely.
     (2) To mix or blend with.
     (3) (A.) To satiate oneself.

āpṛc a. [pṛc kvip] Connected, blended. --ind. In a mixed manner, confusedly.

āpṝ 9 U. or Caus.
     (1) To fill; R. 16 65; Bg. 11. 30; Bk. 6. 118; (fig.) to make full, complete, to fulfil (wishes); bhṛtyairāpūryate nṛpaḥ H. 2. 74. --pass. To be filled, to be filled with wind, be blown (as a conch); āpūryamāṇānāṃ snānaśaṃkhānāṃ K. 16.

āpūra a. Becoming full. --raḥ
     (1) Flow, current, large flood, quantity; svedāpūro yuvati caritāṃ vyāpa gaṃḍasthalāni Śi. 7. 74; harṣabharāpūrapīḍanotphullayā dṛśā Ks. 23. 71.
     (2) Filling, making full.

āpūraṇa a. Becoming full. --ṇaṃ Filling, making full; garta- kṛtaṃ Pt. 1.

āpūrṇa p. p. filled &c.; āpūrṇaśca kalābhirinduramalaḥ Mal. 9. 39.

āpūrtiḥ f.
     (1) Filling.
     (2) Fulness, satisfaction, satiety.

āpūryamāṇa a. Becoming full, being filled; -pakṣaḥ the crescent or waxing moon.

āpekṣika a. (kī f.) [apekṣāṭhak] Raising expectations.

āpoklimam N. of the 3rd, 6th, 9th, or 12th position; tṛtīyaṃ ṣaṣṭhanavamabhaṃtyaṃ cāpoklimaṃ viduḥ [cf. Gr. apoklima].

āpomaya a. (yī f.) [āpas-vikāre prācurye vā mayaṭa] Consisting of water.

āpomātrā The subtle elementary principle of water.

āpośānaḥ N. of a kind of prayer or formula repeated before and after eating (the formulas being respectively amṛtopastaraṇamasi svāhā and amṛtāpidhānamasi svāhā); āpośānakriyāpūrvaṃ satkṛtānnamakutsayan Y. 1. 31, 106. --naṃ The act of making an upastaraṇa (seat) and apidhāna (covering) for the food eaten.

āpta, āpya See āp.

āptyaḥ Ved. N. of a class of deities, especially of the deity Trita as belonging to that class.

āpyai 1 A.
     (1) To grow fat, stout, or full, become full, increase; āhutya, pyāyate sūryaḥ Y. 3. 71.
     (2) To make full, strengthen, enlarge. --Caus. (--pyāyayati)
     (1) To make fat, full, or comfortable, increase, enlarge; tejasā tava tejaśca viṣṇurāpyāyayiṣyati Mb.; saiva kāṃtirmanmathāpyāyitā dyutiḥ S. D.; vāyubhirāpyāyitaśarīraḥ Pt. 1; Me. 44; Ms. 9. 314.
     (2) To gratify, regale, satisfy, please; āpyāyito vacanāmṛtena H. 1; K. 124, Mv. 1, 2.

āpī a. Fat, stout. --pīḥ f. The 20th Nakshatra or lunar mansion.

āpīna p. p. [pyai-kta] Stout, fat, strong. --naḥ A well; āpīnoṃ'dhuḥ Sk. --naṃ An udder, teat; āpīnabhārodvahanaprayatnāt R. 2. 18.

āpyāna p. p.
     (1) Fat, stout, robust, strong; Bk. 5. 56, 9. 2.
     (2) Pleased, satisfied. --naṃ
     (1) Love.
     (2) Growth, increase.

āpyāyaḥ Becoming full or fat.

āpyāyana a. Causing fulness or stoutness, promoting welfare. --naṃ, --nā[pyāy-lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of making full or fat.
     (2) Satisfying, refreshing, pleasing.
     (3) Satisfaction, satiety: devasyāpyāyanā bhavati Pt. 1.
     (4) Advancing, promoting.
     (5) Corpulency, growing fat or stout.
     (6) Anything which causes corpulency or good condition.
     (7) A strengthening medicine.
     (8) Pouring water on Soma and thus causing it to swell.
     -- Comp.
          --śīla a. satisfying.

āpyāyita a.
     (1) Satisfied, pleased
     (2) Improved; grown, increased.
     (3) Stout, fat, robust.

āpra a. Ved. [ā-pṛ-mūla- ka]
     (1) Filling.
     (2) Able to reach (Say.).
     (3) Busy, zealous.

āpracch 6 A.
     (1) To bid adieu, bid farewell; āpṛcchasva priyasakhamamuṃ tuṃgamāliṃgya śailaṃ Me. 12; R. 8. 49, 12. 103; Māl. 7.; Bk. 14. 63.
     (2) To salute on receiving, but particularly parting with a visitor (sādho yāmi iti vacanaṃ).
     (3) To ask.
     (4) To extol.

āpṛcchā [pracch-aṅ]
     (1) Conversation.
     (2) Bidding farewell.
     (3) Curiosity.

āpṛcchya pot. p.
     (1) To be saluted, welcomed or honoured.
     (2) Praiseworthy, commendable.
     (3) Beautiful.

āpracchanam
     (1) Bidding adieu, taking leave at the time of departure.
     (2) Welcoming, hailing.

āpracchanna a. Secret, hidden.

āpradivam ind. For ever.

āprapadam [prapadaṃ padāgraṃ tatparyaṃtaṃ avyayī-] A dress reaching to the feet. --ind. To the end of the foot, reaching to the feet.

āprapadani a. [āprapadaṃ vyāpnoti kha] Reaching to the feet (as dress); K. 130; (āprapadīnakaṃ also).

āprī f. [āprīṇātyanayā ā-prī-ḍagaurā- ṅīṣ] Ved.
     (1) Conciliation, propitiation, gaining one's favour.
     (2) (pl.) 'Propitiatory verses', a name given to certain invocations addressed to several deified objects in consecutive order, and said to be introductory to the animal sacrifice; some take the Aprī1s to represent the objects themselves, the verses being consequently called Aprī verses. The objects invoked are 12: Susamiddha, Tanūnapāt, Narāśamsa, the divine being bearing invocations to the gods, Barhis, the doors of the sacrificial chamber, night and dawn, the two divine beings protecting the sacrifice, the three goddesses Ila, Sarasvatī, and Mahī, Tvaṣṭṛ, Vanaspati and Svaha, (all these being regarded by Sayaṇa to be different forms of Agni); sa etā āprīrapaśyattābhirvaisa mukhata ātmānamāprīṇīta; cf. also Max Müller's Hist. Anc. Lit. pp. 463-466.

āprītapaḥ, --pāḥ N. of Viṣṇu(protecting those who have appeased his anger).

āplu 1 A.
     (1) To jump up, dance, spring; āplutya padānyaṣṭau Mb.; (rathaṃ) āpupluve siṃha ivācalāgraṃ.
     (2) To bathe, wash, immerse oneself (fig. also); prayāge āplutya gātrāṇi Mb.; āplutyākāśagaṃgāyāṃ ibid; Ms. 7. 216, 11. 203. --Caus. (plāvayati)
     (1) To cause to be washed or bathed; āplāvayata gātrāṇi Mb.
     (2) To wash, wet, sprinkle; annamāplāvya vāriṇā Ms. 3. 244, 11. 98.
     (3) To overflow, overwhelm, inundate, flood over.
     (4) To set in commotion.
     (5) (Atm.) To bathe.

āplavaḥ, --plavanam
     (1) Bathing, immersing.
     (2) Sprinkling with water (on all sides).
     -- Comp.
          --vratin or āplutavratin m. a house-holder who has passed through the first order (brahmacarya) and is admitted into the second (gārhasthya), an initiated householder; cf. snātaka.

āplāvaḥ
     (1) Bathing, immersing.
     (2) Sprinkling, wetting.
     (3) Submerging.
     (4) A flood, an inundation.

āpluta p. p.
     (1) Bathed; avabhṛthāpluto muniḥ R. 11. 31; Ku. 6. 5.
     (2) Wetted, sprinkled; R. 17. 37.
     (3) Overflowing with, filled or overcome with; bāṣpa, -vyasana-, rudhira- &c. --taḥ, -vratī An initiated house-holder, see āplavavratin. --taṃ Bathing.

āpvan m. [āp-van Uṇ. 1. 152] Wind, air (āpvaḥ according to Ujjval.)

āpvā The neck.

āphūkam Opium.

ābaṃdh 9 P.
     (1) To bind, fasten, tie on, place, fix; kva samādhānamābadhnātu avaṣṭaṃbhaḥ K. 290; na kvacinnirbharamābadhnāti padaṃ 104 places; te'pi poṣitāḥ poṣitari snehamābadhnaṃti 289.
     (2) To make, form; ābaddhāṃjaliḥ, see ābaddha below.
     (3) To hold fast, cling to.

ābaddha p. p.
     (1) Bound, tied.
     (2) Fixed; syaṃdanābaddhadṛṣṭiṣu R. 1. 40.
     (3) Formed, made; ābaddhamaṃḍalā tāpasapariṣad K. 49 sitting in a circle; ābaddharekhamabhito ravimaṃjarībhiḥ Gīt. 11; Bk. 3. 30; Ki. 5. 33.
     (4) Obtained.
     (5) Hindered. --ddhaṃ (ddhaḥ also)
     (1) Binding, joining.
     (2) A yoke.
     (3) Ornament.
     (4) Affection.
     -- Comp.
          --māla a. forming a wreath, arranged in a row; Me. 9.

ābadhaḥ Ved. Binding.

ābaṃdhaḥ, --dhanam
     (1) A tie or bond (fig. also); premābaṃdhavivārdhita Ratn. 3. 18; Amaru. 38.
     (2) The tie of a yoke, or that which fastens the ox to the yoke, or the yoke to the plough.
     (3) Ornament, decoration.
     (4) Affection.

ābarha a. Having the power of tearing or pulling out. --rhaḥ, --rhaṇaṃ [-ā-barhahiṃsāyāṃ ghañ lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Tearing or pulling out.
     (2) Killing.

ābarhin a. [ābarh-ini] Fit for tearing out; mūlamasyābarhi P. IV. 4. 88.

ābalyam [abalasya bhāvaḥ] Weakness.

ābādh 1 A.
     (1) To check, rein in, restrain.
     (2) To interrupt, obstruct.
     (3) To annoy, harass, attack, molest, injure.
     (4) To set forth or declare wrongly.

ābādhaḥ
     (1) Affliction, injury, trouble, molestation, damage; na prāṇābādhamācaret Ms. 4. 54, 51.
     (2) Interruption, hinderance.
     (3) Attack (Ved.). --dhā
     (1) Pain, distress.
     (2) Mental agony or anguish.
     (3) Segment of the base of a triangle.

ābālyam Age ending with childhood.

ābila a.
     (1) Turbid, dirty (= āvila q. v.).
     (2) Clearing, breaking.

ābutta = āvutta q. v.

ābudh 1 P. To perceive, notice, understand (Ved.).

ābodhanam
     (1) Knowledge, understanding.
     (2) Instructing, informing.

ābda a. (bdī f.) [abda-aṇ] Belonging to, or produced from, a cloud.

ābdika a. (kī f.) [abda-ṭhak] Annual, yearly; ābdikaḥ karaḥ Ms. 7. 129, 3. 1.

ābhagaḥ Ved. A partner(of any thing); to be shared in (Say.).

ābharaṇam See under ābhṛ.

ābhā 2 P.
     (1) To shine, blaze; sutarāṃ ratnamābhāti cāmīkaraniyojitaṃ Subhāṣ.; R. 3. 33.
     (2) To appear, look like; ābhāsi tīrthapratipāditarddhiḥ R. 5. 15, 70, 13. 14; Bk. 7. 8, 66.
     (3) To outshine.

ābhā [bhā-aṅ]
     (1) Light, splendour, lustre; dīpābhāṃ śalabhā yathā Pt. 4.
     (2) Colour, appearance, beauty; praśāṃtamiva śuddhābhaṃ Ms. 12. 27.
     (3) Likeness, resemblance; oft. at the end of comp. in these two senses; rukmābhaṃ appearnig or shining like gold; yamadūtābhaṃ Pt. 1. 58; marutsakhābhaṃ R. 2. 10.
     (4) A reflected image, shadow, reflection.

ābhātiḥ f. [ā-bhā-ktic]
     (1) Reflection.
     (2) Splendour, light.

ābhāṇakaḥ A popular saying, proverb; tathā ca laukikānāmābhāṇakaḥ as the proverb goes.

ābhāṣ 1 A.
     (1) To address, speak to, converse with; vaiśaṃpāyanaścaṃdrāpīḍamābabhāṣe K. 117; kurute nālāpamābhāṣitā Nāg. 4.
     (2) To say or speak (something) (with two acc.); ābhāṣi rāmeṇa vacaḥ kanīyān Bk. 3. 51.
     (3) To say or speak; sakhī vetrabhṛdābabhāṣe R. 6. 82, 14. 44.
     (4) To name.
     (5) To talk aloud, shout.

ābhāṣaḥ [bhāṣ-ghañ]
     (1) Addressing.
     (2) An introduction, preface.

ābhāṣaṇam
     (1) Addressing, speaking to (saṃbodhana).
     (2) Conversation; saṃbaṃdhamābhāṣaṇapūrvamāhuḥ R. 2. 58.

ābhāṣya pot. p. To be addressed, worthy of being spoken to; janamābhāṣyamimaṃ na manyase R. 8. 48. --ṣyaṃ What is to be said by way of address; Me. 101.

ābhās 1 A.
     (1) To shine, blaze.
     (2) To be bright.
     (3) To appear, seem, look like; sthānāṃtaraṃ svarga ivābabhāse Ku. 7. 3; R. 7. 43, 63; 14. 12.
     (4) To appear untruly, have an appearance; śuktiḥ rajatavadābhāsate; Ki. 17. 21. --Caus. To illuminate.

ābhās f. Splendour, lustre, light.

ābhāsaḥ [bhās-ac]
     (1) Splendour, light, lustre.
     (2) A reflection; tatrājñānaṃ dhiyā naśyedābhāsāttu ghaṭaḥ sphuret Vedanta.
     (3)
          (a) Resemblance, likeness; oft. at the end of comp.; nabhaśca rudhirābhāsaṃ Rām. &c.; cidābhāsa,
          (b) Semblance, phantom; yuktivākyatadābhāsasamāśrayāḥ S.B.; tatsāhasābhāsaṃ Mal. 2 looks like wantonness.
     (4) Any unreal or fallacious appearance (as in hetvābhāsa); punaruktavadābhāsaḥ S. D.
     (5) A fallacy, fallacious reasoning, semblance of a reason, an erroneous but plausible argument; see hetvābhāsa; S. D. 270.
     (6) An intention, purpose.

ābhāsanam Making apparent or clear; illuminating.

ābhāsu(sva)ra  a. Splendid, bright, shining. --raḥ
     (1) A collective name of 64 demigods.
     (2) N. of an attendant Gana.

ābhicaraṇika, ābhicārika a. (kī f.) [abhicaraṇa-cāra-ṭhañ]
     (1) Magical.
     (2) Imprecatory, maledictory. --kaṃ A spell or incantation, magic.

ābhijana a. (nī f.) [abhijana-aṇ] Relating to birth (abhijana), patronymic (as a name); tāṃ pārvatītyābhijanena nāmnā Ku. 1. 26. --naṃ Nobility or loftiness of birth.

ābhijātyam [abhijātasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Nobility of birth; -śaṃsinī ca namratā Dk. 137; Ratn. 3. 18; Mv. 2. 18.
     (2) Rank.
     (3) Learning.
     (4) Beauty.

ābhijita a. [abhijiti nakṣatre jātaḥ aṇ] Born under the constellation Abhijit.

ābhidhā [abhidhaiva svārthe aṇ]
     (1) A sound, word.
     (2) A name; mentioning; see abhidhā.

ābhidhānika a. (kī f.) Contained in a dictionary. --kaḥ A lexicographer.

ābhidhānīyaka a. Relating to a word or name. --kaṃ The property of a name.

ābhiplavika a. (kī f.) [abhiplava-ḍhak] Relating to the religious ceremony called abhiplava q. v.

ābhimukhyam [abhimukhasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Direction towards; -khyaṃ yāti goes to meet or encounter.
     (2) Being in front of or face to face; nītābhimukhyaṃ punaḥ Ratn. 1. 2.
     (3) Favourableness.

ābhirāmika a. (kī f.) Good, agreeable; Mu. 4.

ābhirūpakaṃ, ābhirūpyam [abhirūpavuñ ṣyañ ca] Beauty.

ābhiṣecanika a. (kī f.) [abhiṣecana-ṭhañ] Relating to the inauguration of a king; ābhiṣecanikaṃ yatte rāmārthamupakalpitaṃ Ram.; Mv. 4.

ābhihārika a. (kī f.) [abhihāra-ṭhañ]
     (1) To be offered as a present.
     (2) Taken by force, or fraud. --kaṃ
     (1) A present.
     (2) A room.

ābhīkam [ābhīkena dṛṣṭaṃ sāma aṇ] N. of a Sāma melody.

ābhīkṣṇyam [abhīkṣṇasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Continued repetition; bahulamābhīkṣṇye P. III. 2. 81, 4. 22.

ābhīya a. Contained in a chapter of Paṇini which ends with bha (bha).

ābhīraḥ [ā samaṃtāt bhiyaṃ rāti, rā-ka Tv.]
     (1) A cowherd; ābhīravāmanayanāhṛtamānasāya dattaṃ mano yadupate tadidaṃ gṛhāṇa Udb.; according to Ms. 10. 15 ābhīra is the offspring of a Brahmaṇa and a female of the Ambaṣṭha tribe.
     (2) (pl.) N. of a country or its inhabitants; śrīkoṃkaṇādayobhāge tāpītaḥ paścime taṭe . ābhīradeśo deveśi viṃdhyaśaile vyavasthitaḥ ... --rī
     (1) A cowherd's wife.
     (2) A woman of the Ābhīra tribe.
     (3) The language of the Ābhīras; ābhīreṣu tathābhīrī (prayoktavyā) S. D. 432.
     -- Comp.
          --palliḥ, --llī f.,
          --pallikā a station or abode of herdsmen, a village inhabited by cowherds.

ābhīla a. [ābhiyaṃ lāti dadāti lāka]
     (1) Fearful, terrible; Śi. 18. 78.
     (2) Suffering from. --laṃ Injury, physical pain.

ābhu a. [ā-bhū-ḍu] Pervading, reaching (Say.); empty; stingy, empty-handed.

ābhūka a. Ved. Empty, powerless.

ābhugna a. A little curved or bent.

ābhū 1 P. Ved. To be present, continue one's existence.

ābhū a. Ved.
     (1) Approaching(as a praiser.)
     (2) Strong, sufficient, efficacious.
     (3) Applied according to rule (as a hymn).
     (4) Very prosperous. --m. A prison, a place of confinement.

ābhūtiḥ f.
     (1) Pervasion.
     (2) Overpowering strength.
     (3) Capability, efficiency.

ābhūṣeṇya a. Ved. Praiseworthy.

ābhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To bring; ā no agne rayiṃ bhara Rv. 1. 79. 8; kadapatyābhṛta duḥkhaṃ Bhāg.
     (2) To carry.
     (3) To fill, fill with.
     (4) To bear, support.

ābharaṇam
     (1) An ornament, decoration (fig. also); kimityapāsyābharaṇāni yauvane dhṛtaṃ tvayā vārddhakaśāṃbhi valkalaṃ Ku. 5. 44; praśamābharaṇaṃ parākramaḥ Ki. 2. 32. (ābharaṇa occurs in the names of works; e. g. sarasvatīkaṃṭhābharaṇa).
     (2) The act of nourishing.

ābharita p. p.
     (1) Filled.
     (2) Decorated.

ābherī One of the modes of music (rāgiṇī) personified as a female.

ābhogaḥ [ā-bhuj-ghañ]
     (1) Curving, winding.
     (2) A curve; ābhogakuṭilā (gaṅgā) Mb.; crumpling.
     (3) Circuit, circumference, expanse, extension, precincts, environs; akathito'pi jñāyata eva yathāyamāmogaratapovanasyeti S. 1; gaganābhogaḥ the expanse of heaven, wide firmament of the sky; Bh. 3. 57; Mv. 6. 30; Mal. 9. 16.
     (4) Magnitude, fulness, extent. expansive form; gaṃḍābhogāt Me. 92 from the broad cheek; pratiravābhoga Māl. 3, 8, 4. 10, 5. 11; pratibhayābhogaiḥ plavaṃgādhipaiḥ Mv. 6. 24 bodily form or stature; U. 2, 2. 14; bhavābhogodvignāḥ Bh. 3. 42, 86; Mv. 2; K. 305, 333.
     (5) Effort.
     (6) The expanded hood of a cobra (used by Varuṇa as his umbrella).
     (7) Enjoyment, satiety, completion; viṣayābhogeṣu naivādaraḥ Śantilakṣaṇa.
     (8) A serpent.

ābhogaya a. [ābhogaṃ yāti yā-ka] To be enjoyed (as Soma juice). --yaṃ Livelihood (Ved.).

ābhogiḥ Ved.
     (1) Enjoyment.
     (2) Living, supporting life.

ābhyaṃtara a. (rī f.) [abhyaṃtare bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Interior, inner, inward; as ābhyaṃtaro bhṛtyavarga.
     (2) One of the two kinds of prayatna or effort giving rise to the vocal sounds.

ābhyavakāśika a. (kī f.) Living in the open air.

ābhyavahārika a. (kī f.) [abhyavahārāya hitaṃ ṭhak] Eatable (as food &c.).

ābhyādāyikam [abhyādāna-ṭhak] A kind of strīdhana or woman's property.

ābhyāsika a. (kī f.) [abhyāsaṭhak]
     (1) Resulting from practice.
     (2) Practising, repeating.
     (3) Being near, neighbouring, adjoining (ābhyāśika).

ābhyudayika a. (kī f.) [abhyudayaṭhak]
     (1) Tending to good, granting prosperity; anābhyadayikaṃ śramaṇakadarśanaṃ Mk. 8.
     (2) Relating to the rise or beginning of anything; sukha- Ms. 12. 88.
     (3) High, exalted, important. --kaṃ A Śrāddha or offering to ancestors; an occasion of rejoicing.

ābhraka a. (kī f.) [abhryā khanati ṭhak] One who digs with a spade.

ām ind An interjection of
     (a) assent, acceptance, 'oh', 'yes'; āṃ kurmaḥ M. 1;
     (b) recollection; āṃ tasminnurvaśyā vacanaṃ rakhalitamāsīt V. 3; āṃ jñātam S. 3, Oh, 1 see it now; M. 3;
     (c) determination, 'surely,' 'verily', ācirasya khalu pratibuddhosmi;
     (d) reply.

āma a. [āmyate īṣat pacyate; ā-ama karmaṇi ghañ Tv.]
     (1) Raw, uncooked, undressed (opp. pakva) (oft. applied to the cow in the Veda); āmānnaṃ Ms. 4. 223; Y. 1. 287.
     (2) Unripe, immature.
     (3) Unbaked, unannealed (as a jar).
     (4) Undigested. --maṃ
     (1) State of being raw.
     (2) Constipation, passing hard excretion.
     (3) Grain freed from chaff. --maḥ
     (1) Disease; sickness.
     (2) Indigestion; āhārasya rasaḥ sāraḥ yo na pakvo'gnilādhavāt . āmasajñāṃ sa labhate mahāvyādhisamāśrayaḥ .. Suśr.
     -- Comp.
          --atisāraḥ dysentery or diarrhoea caused by vitiated mucus in the abdomen (the excretion being in this case mixed with hard and fetid matter).
          --ad a. eating raw flesh or food.
          --annaṃ undressed rice.
          --āśayaḥ[āmasyāpakvānnasyāśayaḥ] 'receptacle of undigested food', the upper part of the belly to the navel, stomach.
          --kuṃbhaḥ a jar of unbaked clay; H. 4. 66.
          --gaṃdhi n. smelling of raw meat or of a burning corpse.
          --gaṃdhikaṃ the smell of raw meat.
          --jvaraḥ a kind of fever; cf. ravedyamānajvaraṃ prājñaḥ koṃ'bhasā pariṣiṃcati Śi. 2. 54.
          --tvac a. of tender skin.
          --pākaḥ a preliminary stage of the disease called dropsy.
          --pātraṃ an unannealed vessel; vināśaṃvrajati kṣipramāmapātramivāṃbhasi Ms. 3. 179.
          --pīnasaṃ running at the nose, defluxion.
          --māṃsāśin m. a cannibal, an eater of raw flesh.
          --raktaṃ dysentery.
          --rasaḥ imperfect chyme.
          --vātaḥ constipation, torpor of the bowels attended with flatulence and intumescence.
          --śūlaḥ pain of indigestion, colic.
          --śrāddhaṃ a Śrāddhaperformed with uncooked food; āpadyanagnau tīrthe ca caṃdrasūryagrahe tathā . āmaśrāddhaṃ dvijaiḥ kāryaṃ śūdreṇa ca sadaiva hi .. Prāchetasa.

āmaka a. Raw.

āmatā, --tvam Rawness, unreadiness.

āmaṃju a. Lovely, charming; U. 2. 23.

āmaṃḍaḥ The castor-oil plant.

āmanam Ved. Friendly disposition or inclination, affection.

āma(mā)nasyam  [amanas-ṣyañ] Pain, sorrow.

āmaṃtr 10 A.
     (1) To bid farewell, bid adieu; āmaṃtrayasva sahacaraṃ S. 3; latābhaginīṃ S. 4; Ku. 6. 94; K. 223.
     (2) To speak to, call out to, address, converse with; tamāmaṃtrayāṃbabhūva K. 81, 197, Ve. 1; A. R. 3.
     (3) To say, speak; parijanopyevamāmaṃtrayate K. 195.
     (4) To call, invite, ask (to come); āmaṃtrayadhvaṃ rāṣṭreṣu brāhmaṇān Mb.
     (5) To invoke.

āmaṃtraṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Addressing, calling, calling out to abeti vai yoṣāyā āmaṃtraṇaṃ Śat. Br.
     (2) Bidding adieu, taking leave of.
     (3) Greeting, welcome, courtesy.
     (4) Invitation; aniṃdyāmaṃtraṇādṛte Y. 1. 112.
     (5) Permission.
     (6) Conversation. atyonyāmaṃtraṇaṃ yatsyājjanāṃte tajjanāṃtikaṃ S. D. 6.
     (7) The vocative case.
     (8) Deliberation; asking; interrogation.

āmaṃtrayitṛ a. Asking, inviting, calling &c. --m. (--tā) An inviter, entertainer, especially of Brāhmaṇas.

āmaṃtrita p. p.
     (1) Invited, called.
     (2) Appointed to do unnecessary things. --taṃ
     (1) Addressing.
     (2) Talk, conversation; V. 2.
     (3) The vocative case; saṃbodhane yā prathamā sāmaṃtritasaṃjñā syāt Sk.

āmaṃtrya pot. p. To be addressed or called to, to be invited &c. --tryaṃ A word in the vocative case.

āmaṃtraḥ Castor-oil plant.

āmaṃdra a. Having a slightly deep tone, uttering a low, muttering sound, rambling; āmaṃdrāṇā phala mavikalaṃ lapsyase garjitānāṃ Me. 34. --draḥ A slightly deep tone, rumbling.

āmayaḥ [ā-mī karaṇe ac; Tv.; said to be fr. am also]
     (1) Disease, sickness, distemper; darpāmayaḥ Mv. 4. 22; āmayastu ratirāgasaṃbhavaḥ R. 19. 48; samau hi śiṣṭirāmnātau vajaryaṃtāvāmayaḥ sa ca . Śi. 2. 10.
     (2) Damage, hurt.
     (3) Indigestion. --yaṃ N. of the medical plant Costus Speciosus.

āmayāvin a. [āmaya-vin-nipātaḥ P. V. 2. 122 Vait.] Sick, dyspeptic, af fected with indigestion; -pitvaṃ indigestion, dyspepsia.

āmaraṇāṃta, --tika a. (kī f.) Lasting till death, lasting for life; āmaraṇātāḥ praṇayāḥ kopāstatkṣaṇabhaṃgurāḥ H. 1. 118; anyonyasyāvyabhīcāro bhavedāmaraṇāṃtikaḥ Ms. 9. 101.

āmaritu m. Ved. A destroyer.

āmarṣaḥ --rṣaṇam Anger, wrath, impatience; see amarṣa.

āmalakaḥ, --kī
     (1) The tree, Emblic Myrobalan, Emblica Officinalis Gaertn (Mar. āṃvaLā).
     (2) N. of another tree (vāsaka). --kaṃ Fruit of the Emblic Myrobalan; badarāmalakāmradāḍimānāṃ Bv. 2. 8.

āmahīyā f. N. of a particular Rik or verse of the Ṛg-veda; (Rv. 8. 48. 3).

āmātyaḥ [amātya eva svārthe aṇ]
     (1) A minister, counsellor.
     (2) A general; see amātya.

āmānasyam [amānasa-ṣyañ] Pain, sorrow.

āmāvāsya a. (syī f.) [amāvāsyā aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to the new moon or its festival.
     (2) Happening or born at the time of new moon or conjunction. --syaṃ The new moon oblation.

āmikṣā [āmiṣyate sicyate, miṣa sak Tv.] Curd of milk and whey, a mixture of boiled and coagulated milk; tapte payasi dadhyānayati sā vaiśvadevyāmikṣā bhavati.

āmikṣyaṃ, āmikṣīyam [āmikṣā yat-cha] Curd suitable for the preparation of Āmikṣā; so ānikṣīṇaṃ in the same sense.

āmitra a. [amitra-aṇa] Inimical; odious.

āmitriḥ m. f. The child of an enemy.

āmiśra --śla a. Readily mixing.

āmiṣ n. [ā-miṣ-kvip] Flesh.

āniṣa [amṭiṣac dīrdhaśca Uṇ. 1. 46] 1 Flesh; upānayat piṃḍamivāmiṣaraya R. 2. 59; yayāmiṣaṃ jale matsyairbhakṣyate śvāpadairbhuvi . ākāśe pakṣibhiścaiva tathā sarvatra vittavān
     (2) (Hence fig.) A prey, victim, object of enjoyment; (rājyaṃ) raṃdhrānveṣaṇadakṣāṇāṃ dviṣāmāmiṣatāṃ yayau R. 12. 11 fell a prey &c.; Dk. 164.
     (3) Food, bait.
     (4) A bribe.
     (5) Desire, lust; as in nirapekṣo nirāmiṣaḥ Ms. 6. 49.
     (6) Enjoyment; pleasing or lovely object.
     (7) Form.
     (8) A leaf.
     (9) The fruit of the Jambīra tree.
     -- Comp.
          --āśin a. carnivorous, eating flesh.
          --priyaḥ, --bhuj 'fond of flesh,' a kind of bird, heron.

āmis m. Ved.
     (1) Raw flesh or meat.
     (2) A dead body.

āmiṣī N. of a plant(jaṭāmāṃsī).

āmīkṣā = āmikṣā q. v.

āmīl 1 P. To close (the eyes); netre cāmīlayanneṣa Kav. 2. 11; to shut; caitanyaṃ Mv 2. 22 benumbing; dhārākadabarajovṛṣṭiṣu cāmīlayan K. 303 being absorbed in.

āmīlanam Shutting or closing of the eyes; K. 256.

āmīvat a. Ved. Attacking.

āmukham
     (1) Commencement.
     (2) (In dramas) A prologue, prelude (prastāvanā); (every Sanskrit play is introduced by āmukha. It is thus defined in S. D. naṭī vidūṣako vāpi pāripārśvaka eva vā . sūtradhareṇa sahitāḥ saṃlāpaṃ yatra karvate .. citrairvākvaiḥ syakāryottyaiḥ prastutākṣepimirmithaḥ . āmukhaṃ tattu vijñeyaṃ nāmnā prastāvanāpi sā .. 287. --khaṃ ind. To the face.

āmuc 6 U.
     (1) To loosen, let go.
     (2) To wear, tie round or fasten; put on (as a garment &c.); accoutre with; karo'yamāmuktavivāhakautukaḥ Ku. 5. 66, 7. 21; āmuṃcatīvābharaṇaṃ dvitīyaṃ R. 13. 21, 12. 86, 16. 74, 17. 25; Ki. 11. 15; āmuṃcadvarma ratnāḍhyaṃ Bk. 17. 6.
     (3) To throw, cast, discharge; āmokṣyaṃte tvayi kaṭākṣān Me. 35.
     (4) To throw or cast off, take off, put aside (as garments &c.).

āmukta p. p.
     (1) Loosened, let go, liberated.
     (2) Put on, worn &c., see above.
     (3) Discharged, cast, shot off.

āmuktiḥ f.
     (1) Liberation, being let loose.
     (2) Final beatitude.
     (3) Putting on, wearing (clothes, ornaments &c.). --kti ind. Till final beatitude is obtained.

āmocanam
     (1) Loosing, liberating.
     (2) Emitting, shedding, letting forth, discharging.
     (3) Putting or tying on.

āmur, --ri a. Ved. Destroying, hurting.

āmuṣprika a. (kī f.) [amuṣmin paraloke bhavaḥ ṭhak] Belonging to the next or other world; āmuṣmikaṃ śreyaḥ Suśr.; naivālocya garīyasīrapi cirādāmuṣpnikīryātanāḥ S. D.

āmuṣyāyaṇa a. or --ṇaḥ (ṇī f.) [amuṣya khyātasyāpatyaṃ naḍā- phak aluk] Wellborn, a son or descendant of such a one; i. e. of an illustrious person or family; āmuṣyāyaṇo vai tvamasi Śat. Br.; tadāmuṣyāyaṇaraya tatrabhavataḥ suguhītanāmno bhaṭṭagāpālasya pautraḥ Māl. 1; Mv. 1.

āmṛṇa a. Vulnerable.

āmṛd 9 P.
     (1) To crush by rubbing.
     (2) To crumple.
     (2) To press, squeeze.

āmardaḥ
     (1) Crushing.
     (2) Roughly handling; ardhapītastanaṃ māturāmardakliṣṭakeśaraṃ S. 7. 14.
     (3) Pressing, squeezing.
     (4) N. of a town.

āmardin a. Crushing, pressing.

āmṛś 6 P. 1. To touch; handle (roughly), lay hands upon; navātapāmṛṣṭasarojacārubhiḥ Ki. 4. 14; (tāṃ) muhurāmṛśanmṛgadharo'grakaraiḥ Śi. 9. 34; śarāsanajyāṃ muhurāmamarśa Ku. 3. 64; K. 163; Dk. 71; S. 7. 2.
     (2)
          (a) To seize upon, eat up; R. 5. 9.
          (b) To attack, assail; āmṛṣṭaṃ naḥ paraiḥ padaṃ Ku. 2. 31.
     (3) To rub, injure.

āmarśaḥ, --rśanam
     (1) Touching, close contact.
     (2) Rubbing, wiping.
     (3) Counsel, advice.

āmṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Touched, attacked, seized &c.
     (2) Sweetened, made delicious; Pt. 4.
     (3) Rubbed, struck against; S. 7. 2.
     (4) Wiped, rubbed.

āmenya a. To be measured from all sides; to be reached with an arrow or bolt (?).

āmoṭanam Crushing; Mal. 3.

āmoda a. Gladdening, cheering up, delighting. --daḥ
     (1) Joy, pleasure, delight; āmodaṃ paramaṃ jagmuḥ Ram.
     (2) Fragrance (diffusive), perfume; āmodamupajighraṃtau svaniḥśvāsānukāriṇaṃ R. 1. 43; āmodaṃ kusumabhavaṃ mṛdeva dhatte mṛdgaṃdhaṃ na hi kusumāni dhārayaṃti Subhāṣ.; Śi. 2. 20; Me. 31.
     (3) Strong smell.

āmodana a. Delighting, pleasing. --naṃ
     (1) Delighting, rejoicing.
     (2) Making fragrant.

āmodita p. p.
     (1) Pleased, delighted.
     (2) Made fragrant, scented.

āmodin a.
     (1) Happy, delighted.
     (2) Fragrant; fragrant or perfumed with; oft. at the end of comp.; navakuṭajakadaṃbāmodino gaṃdhavāhāḥ Bh. 1. 35. --m. (--dī) A perfume for the mouth (made in the form of a pill of camphor &c.).

āmoṣa a. Robbing, stealing. --ṣaḥ Theft, robbing.

āmoṣin m. A thief.

āmohanikā A kind of fragrant odour.

āmnā 1 P.
     (1)
          (a) To hand down traditionally or in sacred texts; bhavatpraṇītamācāramāmanaṃti hi sādhavaḥ Ku. 6. 31; evaṃ kila sūtrakārā āmanaṃti Māl. 7.
          (b) Hence, to regard, consider, mention, lay down; tvāmāmanaṃti prakṛtiṃ puruṣārthapravartinīṃ Ku. 2. 13, 5. 81; M. 1. 4; Bk. 18. 5; Kam. 8. 24; U. 5; Mv. 4. 30.
     (2) To keep in mind, commit to memory, learn, study, repeat; āmananmaṃtramuttamaṃ Bk. 17. 30; yad brahma samyagāmnātaṃ Ku. 6. 16 learnt.
     (3) To celebrate, hail.

āmnāta p. p.
     (1) Considered, regarded, said to be; samau hi śiṣṭairāmnātau vartsyaṃtāvāmayaḥ sa (śatruḥ) ca Śi. 2. 10.
     (2) Studied, repeated.
     (3) Remembered, kept in mind.
     (4) Handed down in sacred texts or traditionally. --taṃ Study.

āmnātin a. [āmnāta-ini] One who has studied the Vedas.

āmnānam [ā-mnā-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Recitation or study of the sacred texts or Vedas.
     (2) Mention; repetition in general.

āmnāyaḥ [ā-mnā-ghañ]
     (1)
          (a) Sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by tradition or repetition.
          (b) Hence, the Veda, Vedas taken collectively (including Brahmaṇas, Upanishads and Āraṇyakas also); adhītī caturṣvāmnāyeṣu Dk. 120; āmnāyavacanaṃ satyamityayaṃ lokasaṃgrahaḥ . āmnāyebhyaḥ punarvedāḥ prasṛtāḥ sarvatomukhāḥ .. Mb.
     (3) A sacred text or precept in general; U. 4.
     (4) Traditional usage, family or national customs.
     (5) Received doctrine.
     (6) Advice or instruction (in past and present usage).
     (7) A Tantra.
     (8) A series of families.
     -- Comp.
          --sārin a. 1. pious, observing the traditional usages. --2. containing the essence of the Veda.

āmnāyavat a. Attended with, or learnt by, traditonal instruction; U. 6.

āṃbarīṣaputrakaḥ A country inhabited by the Ambarīṣaputras.

āṃbaṣṭhaḥ An inhabitant of Ambaṣṭha.

āṃbikeyaḥ [aṃbikāyā apatyaṃ ḍhak] An epithet of
     (a) Dhṛtarāṣṭra;
     (b) Kārtikeya.

āṃbhasa a. (sī f.) [aṃbhas-aṇ] Watery, fluid.

āṃbhasika a. (kī f.) [aṃbhasā vartate ṭhak] Aquatic. --kaḥ A fish.

āmraḥ [am gatyādiṣu ran dīrghaśca Uṇ. 2. 16] The mango-tree. --mraṃ The fruit of the mango-tree.
     -- Comp.
          --āvartaḥ 1. N. of a tree (āmrātaka). --2. inspissated mango juice. (
          --rtaṃ) the fruit of āmrātaka. --kūṭaḥ the name of a mountain; sānumānāmrakūṭaḥ Me. 17.
          --gaṃdhakaḥ N. of a plant (samaṣṭhilavṛkṣa). --peśī [āmrasya peśīva] a portion of dried mango-fruit.
          --vaṇaṃ [āmrasya vanaṃ cf. P. VIII. 4. 5] a grove of mango trees; sohamāmravaṇaṃ chittvā Ram.

āmrātaḥ [āmraṃ āmrarasaṃ atati atac Tv.] The hog-plum, Spondias Mangifera (its juice resembling that of the mango). --taṃ The fruit of this tree.

āmrātakaḥ
     (1) The hog-plum.
     (2) Inspissated mango juice (Mar. sāṭa); āmrasya sahakārasya kaṭe vistārito rasaḥ . gharmaśuṣko muhurdatta āmrātaka iti smṛtaḥ .. Bhāv. P.
     (3) N. of a mountain.

āmriman m. Acid taste; see Gaṇa to P. V. 1. 123.

āmreḍ Caus. To repeat; etadeva yadā vākyamāmreḍayati devarāṭ Mb.

āmreḍanam Tautology; repetition of words or sounds.

āmreḍita p. p. Reiterated, repeated (as words). --taṃ
     (1) Repetition of sound or word.
     (2) (In gram.) Reduplication, the second word in reduplication; dbitīyāmreḍitāṃteṣu Sk.

āmlaḥ, --mlā The tamarind tree. --mlaṃ Sourness, acidity.

āmli(mlī)kā
     (1) The tamarind tree.
     (2) Acidity of stomach.

āyaḥ [ā i-ac, ay-ghañ vā]
     (1) Arrival, approach.
     (2) Gaining or acquisition of money, acquiring (opp. vyaya); āye duḥkhaṃ vyaye duḥkhaṃ Pt. 1. 163.
     (3) Income, revenue, receipt; grāmeṣu svāmigrāhyo bhāga āyaḥ Sk.; Y. 1. 322, 326; Mk. 2. 6; āyadvārāṇi Dk. 162 sources of income; āyavyayau ca niyatāvākarān koṣameva ca Ms. 8. 419; āyādhikaṃ vyayaṃ karoti he lives beyond his means.
     (4) Gain, profit.
     (5) The eleventh house (in astrology).
     (6) The guard of the women's apartments.
     -- Comp.
          --vyayau (dual) receipt and disbursement, income and expenditure.
          --sthānaṃ a place where revenues are collected.

āyat a. Ved. Coming, approaching; -vasu one to whom good or wealth comes.

āyatīgavam ind. At the time when cows return home; prakrāṃtāmāyatīgavaṃ Bk. 4. 14.

āyanam Ved. Coming.

āyin a. Ved. Coming or driving near.

āyaḥśūlika a. (kī f.) [ayaḥśūlaṭhak P. V. 2. 76] Active, diligent, indefatigable. --kaḥ A man who, in order to gain an object, uses forcible instead of gentle means (tīkṣṇopāyena yo'nvicchetsa āyaḥśūliko janaḥ) cf. K. P. 10; ayaḥśūlena anvicchati (scil. arthān) ityāyaḥ śūlikaḥ.

āyaj 1 A.
     (1) To honour, worship (the gods).
     (2) To give, present, furnish, supply.
     (3) To consecrate, ordain, dedicate.

āyaji a. Ved. Performing sacrifices from all sides; procuring, granting.

āyajiṣṭha a. Sacrificing or procuring best.

āyajyu a. Inclined to sacrifice.

āyāgaḥ A gift given at a sacrifice; -bhūta a. obtained by sacrifice.

āyat 1 A.
     (1) To strive, endeavour.
     (2) To rest or depend on, rest with (with loc.); vayaṃ tvayyāyatāmahe Mv. 1. 49, 3. 34; Dk. 42.
     (3) To arrive, come to, reach, dwell (Ved.).

āyatanam [āyataṃte'tra, yat ādhāre lyuṭ]
     (1) Place, abode, house, resting-place; (fig. also); śūlāyatanāḥ Mu. 7 hangmen; snehastadekāyatanaṃ jagāma Ku. 7. 5 was centred in her; R. 3. 36; sarvāvinayānāmekaikamapyeṣāmāyatanaṃ K. 103; -mṛgeṇa 130 domestic deer; Chāṇ. 32; (hence) a receptacle, home, support, seat.
     (2) The place of the sacred fire, altar, shed for sacrifices.
     (3) A sanctuary, sacred place; as in devāyatanaṃ, maṭhāyatanaṃ &c.
     (4) The site of a house, groundplot.
     (5) A barn.
     (6) An inner seat (with Buddhists who consider the five senses with manas as the six Āyatanas).
     (7) The cause of disease.

āyatanatvam State of being an altar or seat.

āyatanavat a. Having a certain seat or home. --m. N. of the fourth foot of Brahmā.

āyatta p. p. [ā-yat-kta]
     (1) Dependent on, resting with (with loc. or in comp.); daivāyattaṃ kule janma madāyattaṃ tu pauruṣaṃ Ve. 3. 33; bhāgyāyattamataḥ paraṃ S. 4. 16.
     (2) Docile, tractable.
     (3) Attempted, tried; -tā, tvaṃ dependence, humility, docility.

āyattiḥ f. [ā-yat-ktin]
     (1) Dependence, subjection.
     (2) Affection.
     (3) Strength, power, might.
     (4) Boundary, limit.
     (5) An expedient, remedy.
     (6) Majesty, dignity.
     (7) A day.
     (8) Steadiness of conduct, continuance in the right path.
     (9) Length. (10) Future time (These two senses should perhaps be referred to āyati q. v.).

āyathātathyam Unfitness, unsuitableness, impropriety; Śi. 2. 56.

āyam 1 U.
     (1) To extend, lengthen out, stretch out; vastraṃ-pāṇiṃ-āyacchate Sk.; svāṃgamāyacchamānaḥ S. 4. v. 1.; āyacchati kūpādrajjuṃ Sk. draws up; bāṇamudyatamāyasīt Bk. 6. 119 stretched out.
     (2) To restrain, draw in (as breath &c.); Ms. 3. 217, 11. 100; Y. 1. 24.
     (3) To stretch oneself, to grow long (Atm.); P. I. 3. 28.
     (4) To grasp, possess; Bk. 8. 46.
     (5) To bring or lead towards. --Caus.
     (1) To lengthen, stretch, spread or draw out.
     (2) To remove, transplant.

āyata p. p.
     (1) Long; daśāṃgulamāyatā yaṣṭiḥ a stick ten fingers long; śatamadhyardhaṃ (yojanaṃ) āyatā Mb.; -svabhāvāni ca duḥkhāni K. 175 lasting.
     (2) Diffuse, prolix.
     (3) Big, large, great; Pt. 1.
     (4) Drawn, attracted.
     (5) Longdrawn, distant.
     (6) Curbed, restrained. --taḥ An oblong (in geometry). --taṃ ind. Deeply, long; as in āyataṃ niśvasya.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. (kṣī f.),
          --īkṣaṇa, --netra, --locana a. (a woman) with large eyes.
          --apāṃga a. having long-cornered eyes.
          --ardhaḥ half an oblong.
          --āyatiḥ f. long continuance, remote futurity; Śi. 14. 5.
          --chadā a plantain tree.
          --lekha a. long-curved; Ku. 1. 47.
          --stūḥ m. [āyataṃ stauti, ni- dīrghaḥ] a panegyrist, bard.

āyatiḥ f.
     (1) Length, extension.
     (2) Future time, the future; -bhaṃga K. 55 (length also), 58, Dk. 29; bhūyasī tava yadāyatāyatiḥ Śi. 14. 5; rahayatyāpadupetamāyatiḥ Ki. 2. 14; Ms. 7. 169; anāyati kṣamaṃ vacaḥ Pt. 3. 112 imprudent, not good for the future; -glānibhūtaḥ Mu. 4. 12; sthira- Ki. 1, 23 permanent.
     (3) Future consequence or result; āyatiṃ sarvakāryāṇāṃ tadātvaṃ ca vicārayet Ms. 7. 178; Ki. 1. 15, 2. 43, 3. 43; Ki. 4. 21 fruit-yielding season.
     (4) Majesty, dignity.
     (5) Stretching the hand, accepting, obtaining.
     (6) Work (karman); yathā mitraṃ dhruvaṃ labdhvā kṛśamapyāyatikṣamaṃ Ms. 7. 208 (karmakṣamaṃ Kull.).
     (7) Connection, junction.
     (8) Meeting, union.
     (9) Source, descent; tadāyatiḥ Dk. 154 descended from him. (10) Restraint (of mind).

āyatimat a.
     (1) Long, extended.
     (2) Dignified, majestic, stately.
     (3) Selfrestrained.

āyaṃtṛ m. Ved. One who approaches, one who fastens or raises.

āyamanam
     (1) Length, extension.
     (2) Restraint, curbing.
     (3) Stretching (as a bow).

āyāmaḥ [ā-yam ghañ]
     (1) Length; tiryagāyāmāśobhī Me. 57.
     (2) Expansion, extension; Ki. 7. 6.
     (3) Stretching, extending.
     (4) Restraint, control, stopping; prāṇāyāmaparāyaṇāḥ Bg. 4. 29; prāṇāyāmaḥ paraṃ tapaḥ Ms. 2. 83.

āyāmavat a. Extended, long; V. 1. 4; Śi. 12. 65.

āyāmita a. Stretched out, extended.

āyāmin a.
     (1) One who restrains.
     (2) Long (in space or time); K. 25, 55; -yāmāsu Ki. 11. 48.

āyallakaḥ Impatience, longing.

āyavanam Ved. A spoon for stirring or any similar implement.

āyavasaḥ, --sam Pasture-ground, place for feeding.

āyas 4 P.
     (1) To exert oneself; piṃḍārthamāyasyataḥ Mu. 3. 14.
     (2) To weary oneself, become exhausted or fatigued; nāyasyasi tapasyaṃtī Bk. 6. 69, 14. 104, 15. 54. --Caus.
     (1) To trouble, afflict; āyāsayati māṃ jalābhilāṣaḥ K. 35; Mu. 7. 8; V. 2.
     (2) To weary, tire out, worry.
     (3) To injure, affect; lessen, diminish; Bk. 8. 61.
     (4) To string (as a bow); anāyāsitakārmukaḥ Pt. 1. 385.

āyasta p. p. [yas-kta]
     (1) Pained, distressed, afflicted.
     (2) Hurt, injured, killed.
     (3) Vexed, angry.
     (4) Effected with difficulty.
     (5) Thrown, cast, sent forth.
     (6) Sharpened, whetted.
     (7) (Actively used) Toiling, labouring, exerting oneself.

āyāsaḥ [ā-yas-ghañ]
     (1) Effort, exertion, trouble, difficulty, pain, labour; bahulāyāsa Bg. 18. 24; cf. anāyāsa also.
     (2) Fatigue, weariness; snehamūlāni duḥkhāni dehajāni bhayāni ca . śokaharṣau tathāyāsaḥ sarvaṃ snehāt pravartate .. Mb.
     (3) Mental pain, anguish.

āyāsaka a. [ā-yas-ṇvul] Causing fatigue, wearisome; troublesome; Bh. 3. 58.

āyāsin a. [ā-yas-ṇini]
     (1) Exhausted, fatigued.
     (2) Making exertions, striving; manastu tadbhāvadarśanāyāsi S. 2. 1. v. l.

āyasa a. (sī f.) [ayaso vikāraḥ aṇ]
     (1) Made of iron, iron, metallic; āyasaṃ daṃḍameva vā Ms. 8. 315; sakhi mā jalpa tavāyasī rasajñā Bv. 2. 59.
     (2) Armed with an iron weapon. --sī A coat of mail, an armour for the body. --saṃ
     (1) Iron; mūḍhaṃ buddhamivātmānaṃ haimībhūtamivāyasaṃ Ku. 6. 55; sa cakarṣa parasmāttadayatkāṃta ivāyasaṃ R. 17. 63.
     (2) Anything made of iron.
     (3) A weapon.
     (4) A wind instrument.

āyaskāraḥ The upper part of the thigh of an elephant.

āyā 2 P.
     (1) To come, arrive, approach.
     (2) To reach, attain, go to (any particular state); kṣayaṃ, vaśaṃ, badhaṃna, tulāṃ &c.
     (3) To follow, result.
     (4) To be possible or practicable (with inf.).

āyāta a. Come, approached. --taṃ Excess, superabundance (udreka); Ki. 5. 23.

āyātiḥ f. [ā-yā-ktic] Coming near, arrival.

āyānam
     (1) Coming, arrival.
     (2) Natural temperament, disposition, nature.

āyāpanam Causing to come, inviting.

āyācita a. Urgently requested or asked for.

āyu a. [i-uṇ Uṇ. 1. 2] Ved. Living, going, moveable. --yuḥ
     (1) A living being, man.
     (2) Mankind, human race.
     (3) Living beings taken collectively.
     (4) The first man.
     (5) Life, duration of life.
     (6) Wind.
     (7) A son, descendant, offspring.
     (8) The son of Purūravas and Urvaśī.
     -- Comp.
          --ṣak a. attached to; joined with men.

āyuj 7 U. or Caus.
     (1) To join, fasten or tie, yoke (to anything).
     (2) To appoint.
     (3) To fix or direct (the mind) towards; āyojitastapasyātmā K. 173. --Caus.
     (1) To fix, or place; Rs. 2. 21.
     (2) To make or form; kusumāyojitakārmuko madhuḥ Ku. 4. 24.

āyukta p. p.
     (1) Appointed, charged with (with gen. or loc.); kuśalo'nveṣaṇasyāhamāyukto dūtakarmaṇi Bk. 8. 115.
     (2) United, joined, obtained. --ktaḥ A minister, an agent or deputy.

āyogaḥ
     (1) Appointment, en trusting one with something.
     (2) Action, performance of an act.
     (3) Offering flowers, perfumes &c.
     (4) A shore or bank; a quay to which boats are attached.
     (5) Connection, union; sa deśo bhramarāyogaḥ pradīpa iva lakṣyate Ram.
     (6) Obstruction (rodha).

āyojanam
     (1) Joining.
     (2) Taking. seizing.
     (3) Collecting.
     (4) Effort.

āyuta a.
     (1) Mixed, mingled.
     (2) Melted. --taṃ Half-melted butter.

āyudh 4 A. To fight with, attack, oppose. --Caus. To oppose, attack, fight with; rathinaḥ pādacāramāyodhayaṃti U. 5.

āyudhaḥ, --dham [āyudh ghañartheka]
     (1) A weapon, shield &c.; it is of 3 kinds
     (1) praharaṇa, e. g. a sword;
     (2) hastamukta, e. g. a disc;
     (3) yaṃtramukta, e. g. an arrow; na metvadanyena visoḍhanāyudhaṃ R. 3. 63.
     (2) A vessel (Ved.). --dhaṃ
     (1) Gold used for ornaments.
     (2) (pl.) Water (Ved.).
     -- Comp. (--a) āgāraṃ an armoury, arsenal; ahamapyāyudhāgāraṃ praviśyāyudhasahāyo bhavāmi Ve. 1; Ms. 9. 280
          --jīvin a. living by one's weapon. (--m.) a warrior, soldier.
          --dharmiṇī the tree called jayaṃtī (roganāśane tasyā āyudhadharbhatvāt). --piśācikā 'devil of arms,' devilish warlike spirit; Mv. 3; A. R. 4; B. R. 4.

āyudhika a. Relating to arms. --kaḥ [āyudhena jīvati ṭhañ] A soldier, warrior.

āyudhin, āyudhīya a. [āyudha-ini-cha] Bearing or using weapons. --dhī, --dhīyaḥ A warrior; Śi. 18. 11.

āyodhanam
     (1) A battle, fight, war; āyodhane kṛṣṇagatiṃ sahāyaṃ R. 6. 42; āyodhanāgrasaratāṃ tvayi vīra yāte 5. 71.
     (2) Battle-field; prayayau tūrṇamāyodhanaṃ prati Mb.
     (3) Slaughter, killing.

āyus n. [i-asi-ṇicca Uṇ. 2. 117]
     (1) Life, duration of life; dīrghamāyuḥ R. 9. 62, 12. 48; takṣakeṇāpi daṣṭasya āyurmarmāṇi rakṣati H. 2. 16; āyurvarṣaśataṃ nṛṇāṃ parimitaṃ Bh. 3. 107; śatāyurvai puruṣaḥ Ait. Br.; prāṇo hi bhūtānāmāyuḥ . tasmātsarvāyuṣamucyate . sarvameva ta āyuryāṃti Tait. Up.
     (2) Vital power.
     (3) Food.
     (4) N. of a ceremony called āyuṣṭoma performed to secure long life. (In comp. the final s of this word is changed to ṣ before hard consonants, and to r before soft ones).
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. (rī f.) promoting long life; K. 351.
          --kāma a. wishing for long life or health.
          --kṛt a. giving or producing life.
          --dravyaṃ 1. a medicament. --2. ghee.
          --yogaḥ N. of a yoga in astronomy.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. long life, longevity.
          --vedaḥ [āyurasmin vidyate'nena vā āyurvidatītyāyurvedaḥ Suśr.] the science of health or medicine, counted as a sacred science, and regarded as a supplement to the Atharvaveda; (it comprises 8 different departments;
     (1) śalyaṃ surgery;
     (2) śālākyaṃ diagnesis of diseases belonging to the head and its organs;
     (3) kāyacikitsā treatment of diseases of the whole body;
     (4) bhūtavidyā treatment of diseases of the mind supposed to be caused by the influence of evil spirits;
     (5) kaumārabhṛtyaṃ treatment of children;
     (6) agadataṃtraṃ doctrine of antidotes;
     (7) rasāyanataṃtraṃ doctrine of elixirs; and
     (8) vājīkaraṇataṃtraṃ treatment of remedies to increase generative power). --vedadṛś, --vedamaya, --vedika, --vedin a. 1. belonging to medicine. --2. acquainted with medical science, medical. (--m.) a physician. --śeṣaḥ 1. remainder of life; -śeṣatayā Pt. 1; -jīvita Pt. 4. being destined to live longer. --2. end or decline of life. --stomaḥ (āyuṣṭomaḥ) a sacrifice performed to obtain long life.

āyuṣmata a. [āyus matup]
     (1) Alive, living.
     (2) Long-lived; āyuṣmaṃtaṃ sutaṃ sūte Ms. 3. 263. (Generally used in dramas by elderly persons in addressing a nobly-born person; e. g. a charioteer addresses a prince as āyuṣman. A Brahmaṇa is also so addressed in saluting; cf. Ms. 2. 125; āyuṣmān bhava saumyeti vācyo vipro'mivādane).
     (3) Lasting.
     (4) Old. --m.
     (1) The third of the 27 Yogas or divisions of the ecliptic.
     (2) The Yoga star kṛttikā; the third lunar mansion.

āyuṣam (At the end of a few comps.) Life; e. g. puruṣāyuṣajīvinyaḥ R. 1. 63.

āyuṣkaḥ [āyuḥ kāyate, kai-ka Tv.]
     (1) That which proclaims age or duration of life.
     (2) (With Jainas) Connection with the body or person.

āyuṣya a. [āyuḥ prayojanamasya, yat] Promoting long life, vital, preservative of life; idaṃ yaśasyamāyuṣyamidaṃ niḥśreyasaṃ paraṃ Ms. 1. 106, 3. 106, 4. 13; M. 4. 4 v. l.; Dk. 158. --ṣyaṃ
     (1) Vital power, abundance of life or vigour.
     (2) N. of a ceremony performed after the birth of a child.

āye ind. An interjection of calling, expressive of affection.

āyogavaḥ [ayogava eva, svārthe aṇ] The son of a Śūdra by a Vaiśya wife (his business being carpentry; cf Ms. 10. 48); śūdrādāyogavaḥ kṣattā cāṃḍālaścadhamo nṛṇām . vaiśyarājanyaviprāstu jāyaṃte varṇasaṃkarāḥ ... --vī A woman of this tribe.

āraḥ, --ram [ā-ṛ-ghañ]
     (1) Brass.
     (2) Oxide of iron.
     (3) An angle, corner.
     (4) N. of a tree (madhurāmraphala). --raḥ
     (1) The planet Mars.
     (2) The planet Saturn.
     (3) Going.
     (4) Distance.
     (5) Nearness, as in ārāt q. v.
     (6) Extremity (prāṃtabhāga). --rā (ā-ṛ-ac)
     (1) A shoemaker's awl.
     (2) A knife, probe, instrument of iron.
     (3) A spoke; cf. ara.
     (4) A goad, or whip; udyamyārāmagrakāyotthitasya Śi. 18. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --agra 1. the point of an awl. --2. the iron thong at the end of a whip.
          --āvaliḥ N. of a chain of mountains, a part of the Vindhya.
          --kūṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ brass; U. 5. 14.

ārakāt ind. Ved. Far from.

ārakṣa a. Preserved, defended, fit to be protected. --kṣaḥ, --kṣā
     (1) Protection, preservation, guard; ārakṣe madhyame sthitān Ram; Śānti. 3. 5; Ms. 3. 204.
     (2) The junction of the frontal sinuses of an elephant (kaṃbhasaṃdhi).
     (3) The part of the forehead below this junction.
     (4) An army.

ārakṣa(kṣi)kaḥ
     (1) A watchman, patrol, sentinel.
     (2) A village or police magistrate.

āragvaṃdhaḥ The tree Cassia Fistula (Mar. bāhavā) largely used in medicinal recipes. --dhaṃ Its fruit.

āracita a. Arranged, prepared, formed &c; see racita.

āraṭaḥ [ā-raṭ-ac] An actor.

āraṭṭaḥ
     (1) N. of a country to the north-east of Panjab, famous for its breed of horses; (the people of Guzarath in Rāvalpinḍi still call their country Hairat or Airatdeśa); the inhabitants of this country (pl.).
     (2) A horse from this country.

āraṇam Ved.
     (1) Depth, abyss.
     (2) A precipice.

āraṇiḥ [ā-ṛ-ani] An eddy, whirlpool.

āraṇeya a. (yī f.) [araṇi-ṭhak] Relating to or sprung from Araṇi q. v. --yaḥ N. of Śuka. --yaṃ or -parvan Title of the last section of the third book of the Mahābhārata.

āraṇya a. (ṇyā, --ṇyī f.) [araṇye bhavaḥ ṇ] Wild, forest-born, relating to a forest (opp. grāmya); -paśuḥ Ms. 10. 48; (āraṇyapaśu is of 7 kinds:sarīsṛpo ruruścaiva mahiṣo vānarastathā . pṛṣatarkṣau mṛgaścaiva paśurvai saptadhā mataḥ .) --ṇyaḥ, --ṇyaṃ
     (1) A forest.
     (2) A kind of corn growing without sowing seed.
     (3) N. of certain signs of the zodiac (see -rāśi below).
     (4) Cow-dung (--ṇyaḥ only).
     (5) N. of a Parvan in the Mahābhārata.
     (6) N. of a Kāṇḍa in the Rāmāyaṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --kukkuṭaḥ a wild cock.
          --gānaṃ one of the four Gānas or psalmbooks of the Sāma-veda
          --parvan n. N. of the third book of the Mahābhārata, usually called Vana-Parvan.
          --paśuḥ a wild beast.
          --mudgā a kind of bean.
          --rāśiḥ (in the zodiac) 1. the signs Leo, Aries, and Taurus. --2. the former half of Capricorn.

āraṇyaka a. [araṇye bhavaḥ vuñ] Relating to or produced in a forest, wild, forest-born (usually with the words adhyāya, manuṣya, nyāya, pathin, vihāra, and hastin P. IV. 2. 129 Vārt). --kaḥ A forester, an inhabitant of the woods; tapaḥṣaḍbhāgamakṣayyaṃ dadatyāraṇyakā hi naḥ S. 2. 13; R. 5. 15. --kaṃ An Āraṇyaka; it is one of a class of religious and philosophical writings (connected with the Brāhmaṇas) which are either composed in forests, or must be studied there; e. g. aitareyāraṇyakaṃ, bṛhadāraṇyakaṃ and taittirīyāraṇyakaṃ; araṇye'nūcyamānatvāt āraṇyakaṃ Bṛ. Ar. Up.; (araṇye'dhyayanādeva āraṇyakamudāhṛtaṃ).
     -- Comp.
          --kāṃḍaṃ the title of the third book of the Ramayaṇa.

ārathaḥ [īṣatsvalyo rathaḥ] A carriage drawn by one horse or ox.

āranālam Gruel made from the fermentation of boiled rice.

ārabh 1 A.
     (1) To begin, commence, undertake; ārabhaṃte'lpamevājñāḥ Subhāṣ.; ārabdhā balivigrahaṃ Bk. 5. 38.
     (2) To be active or energetic, be busy; apyanārabhamāṇasya Śi. 2. 91.
     (3) To rely on.
     (4) To reach or attain to, obtain.
     (5) To seize, | grasp.
     (6) To form, make; bhūtaiḥ paṃcabhirārabdhe dehe Bhag.

ārabdha p. p. Begun, commenced. --bdhaṃ Beginning.

ārabdhiḥ f. Beginning, commencement.

ārabhaṭaḥ [ārabh-aṭi] An enterprising or courageous man. --ṭaḥ, --ṭī Boldness, confidence. --ṭī
     (1) A branch of the dramatic art, machinery of the drama, representation of supernatural, horrible events on the stage; māyeṃdrajālaṃsagrāmakrodhodbhrāṃtādiceṣṭitaiḥ saṃyuktā vadhabaṃdhādyairuddhatārabhaṭī matā .. (said to be of four kinds, see S. D. 420 et. seq.).
     (2) A kind of literary style (vṛtti).
     (3) A particular style of dancing.

ārabhya ind. Having begun, beginning with, ever since, since, with a prepositional force (with abl.); mālatyāḥ prathamāvalokadivasādārabhya Mal. 6. 3; S. 3; K. 102, 134, 196; sometimes with acc. also; pratipaddinamārabhya Bhag.

āraṃbhaḥ [ā rabh-ghañ mum]
     (1) Beginning, commencement; -upāyaḥ plan of commencement; nṛtyāraṃbhe hara paśupaterārdranāgājinecchāṃ Me. 99.
     (2) An introduction.
     (3)
          (a) An act, undertaking, deed, work; āgamaiḥ sadṛśāraṃbhaḥ R. 1. 15; Ku. 7. 71; V. 3; Bh. 2. 69; R. 7. 31; Bg. 12. 16.
          (b) Preparation; U. 4.
          (c) A thing begun; U. 4.
     (4) Haste, speed, velocity; caṃḍāraṃbhaḥ samīraḥ Ve. 2. 18.
     (5) Effort, exertion; Bg. 14. 12.
     (6) Scene, action; citrārpitāraṃbha ivāvatasthe R. 2. 31.
     (7) Pride.
     (8) Killing, slaughter.

āraṃbhaka a. [ā-rabh-ṇvul mum] Undertaking, beginning.

āraṃbhaṇam [ā-rabh lyuṭ mum)
     (1) Taking hold of, seizing.
     (2) The place of seizing, a handle.

āraṃbhin a. Enterprizing; one who forms new projects.

āram 1 P.
     (1) To delight in, take pleasure in, sport; āramaṃtaṃ paraṃ smare Bk. 8. 52, 3. 38.
     (2) To cease, stop (to speak); leave off; virāmo'stviti cāramet Ms. 2. 73.
     (3) To rest, take rest.

ārata p. p.
     (1) Stopped, ceased; Ki. 5. 6; see anārata also.
     (2) Quiet, gentle.

āratiḥ f.
     (1) Cessation, stopping.
     (2) Waving lights before an image (Mar. āratī).

āramaṇam
     (1) Taking delight.
     (2) Cessation, pause.
     (3) A resting place.

ārāma a. [ram-ghañ] Pleasing, delightful; rāmabhadra guṇārāma Mv. 7. 40. --maḥ
     (1) Delight, pleasure; iṃdriyārāmaḥ Bg. 3. 16; ātmārāmāḥ Ve. 1. 31; ekārāma Y. 3. 58.
     (2) A garden, grove; priyārāmā hi vaidehyāsīt U. 2; ārāmādhipatirvivekavikalaḥ Bv. 1. 31. [cf. Pers. ārām].
     -- Comp.
          --śītalā N. of a fragrant plant (ānaṃdī).

ārāmikaḥ A gardener.

āraṃbaṇam (Vedic for ālaṃbanaṃ) Support.

ārava &c. See under āru.

ārasyam [arasasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Insipidity, tastelessness.

ārā See under āra.

ārāt ind. [ā-rā-bā- āti Tv.; abl. of āra q. v.]
     (1) Near, in the vicinity of; (with abl. or by itself); tamarcyamārādabhivartamānaṃ R. 2. 10; 5. 3.
     (2) Far from; with acc. also in both these senses; Śi. 3. 31, 8. 29, 12. 28; to a distant place, distant.
     (3) Far, from a distance; U. 2. 24.
     (4) Directly, immediately.

ārātīya a. [ārāt-cha; P. IV 2. 104 Vart.]
     (1) Near, proximate.
     (2) Remote, distant.

ārāttāt ind. Ved. From a distant place.

ārātiḥ [ā-rāktic] An enemy.

ārātrikam [arātrāvapi nirvṛttaṃ ṭhañ] Waving a light (or the vessel containing it) at night before an idol (Mar. āratī oṃvāLaṇeṃ); sarveṣu cāṃgeṣu ca saptavārān ārātrikaṃ bhaktajanastu kuryāt.
     (2) The light so waved; śirasi nihitabhāraṃ pātramārātrikasya bhramayati mayi bhūyaste kṛpārdraḥ kaṭākṣaḥ Śaṅkara.

ārādh 5. 10. P.
     (1) To propitiate, conciliate, please, try to win the favour of; pareṣāṃ cetāṃsi pratidivasamārādhya bahudhā Bh. 3. 34, 2. 4-5; R. 1. 77, 81, 10. 86, 18. 23; Me. 45.
     (2) To honour, worship, respect.
     (3) To deserve, merit.

ārādhaka a. A worshipper.

ārādhanam
     (1) Pleasing, satisfaction, entertainment, gratification; yeṣāmārādhanāya U. 1; yadi vā jānakīmapi ārādhanāya lokānāṃ muṃcato nāsti me vyathā 1. 12, 41.
     (2) Serving, worshipping, adoration, propitiation (as of a deity); ārādhanāyāsya sakhīsametām Ku. 1. 58; Bg. 7. 22; kṛtamārādhanaṃ raveḥ Mb.
     (3) A means of pleasing; idaṃ tu te bhaktinamraṃ satāmārādhanaṃ vapuḥ Ku. 6. 73.
     (4) Honouring, respecting; U. 4. 17.
     (5) Cooking.
     (6) Accomplishment, undertaking.
     (7) Acquirement, attainment; Bh. 3. 4. --nā Service. --nī Worship, adoration, propitiation (of a deity).

ārādhanīya, ārādhya pot. p. Fit to be worshipped or propitiated; R. 16. 82.

ārādhayitṛ a. An adorer, humble servant, worshipper; tanvayamārādhayitā janastava samīpe vartate S. 3; pitaramārādhayitā bhava V. 5.

ārādhyayiṣṇu a. Endeavouring to please, desirous of worshipping.

ārālikaḥ [arālaṃ kuṭilaṃ carati ṭhak] 'One who deals crookedly', a cook; (dhanalobhena paraprotsāhitaḥ pācako viṣādisaṃsṛṣṭaṃ pacatīti tasya tathātvaṃ).

āric 7 U. To empty.

ārekaḥ [ā-ric ghañ]
     (1) Emptying.
     (2) Contraction.
     (3) Doubt.
     (4) Excess.

ārecita a. [a-ric-ṇic kta]
     (1) Emptied.
     (2) Mixed.
     (3) Contracted; ārecitabhrūcaturaiḥ kaṭākṣaiḥ Ku. 3. 5.

āritrika a. [P. IV. 2. 116] Pertaining to an oar &c.

āru 2 P.
     (1) To cry out, shout; Ki. 17. 24, to low (as cows).
     (2) To praise.

āra(rā)vaḥ [ā-ru-ap pakṣe ghañ]
     (1) A cry, howling; vānarāścakrurāravaṃ Ram.
     (2) Sound; Śi. 11. 8, 12. 18, 8. 45.
     (3) N. of a people.

ārāvin a. Sounding, noisy; nūpurārāviṇā M. 3. 16.

āruḥ [ṛ-uṇ]
     (1) A hog.
     (2) A crab.
     (3) N. of a tree. --ruḥ f. A pitcher.

ārukaḥ A medicinal plant having cooling properties (growing on the Himalayas).

āruc Caus. To regard as pleasant, choose, like; vāsaṃ nārocaye'raṇye Ram.

ārokaḥ
     (1) Shining through.
     (2) Small points of light between the threads of a web.

ārocana a. Shining.

āruj, --ja a. [ā-ruj-ka]
     (1) Distressing, giving pain.
     (2) Killing, destroying, breaking.

ārujatnu a. Ved. Breaking.

āruṇi a. [aruṇasya apatyaṃ iṇ] Belonging to, or sprung from, Aruṇa, q. v. --ṇiḥ
     (1) N. of Uddālaka.
     (2) Descendants of the sage aruṇa.
     (3) The son of the sun, as Yama.
     (4) The son of Vinatā (vainateya).

āruṇī f. Ved. 'The red one', a name given to the horses of the Maruts which are females.

ārudhū 7 U.
     (1) To keep or ward off, keep away, restrain; baṃdhutā śucamāruṇat Bk. 17. 49.
     (2) To shut up, confine.
     (3) To besiege.
     (4) To hold fast, grasp. --Caus. To obstruct, impede, block, besiege.

ārodhanam Ved. Obstruction, means of obstruction.

āruṣī N. of a daughter of Manu and the mother of aurva.

āruṣkaram The fruit of the tree called bhallātaka q. v.

āruh 1 P.
     (1) To ascend, mount, bestride, get upon (with acc., sometimes loc.); siṃhāsanamāruroha K. 111; āruruhū rathādiṣu Bk. 14. 8; ārūḍhakulālacakramiva Mu. 5. 5 mounted on a potter's wheel; 7. 12.
     (2) To ride upon, get ascendancy over, domineer over (fig.); vṛṣala bhṛtyamiva māmāroḍhumicchasi Mu. 3; Pt. 1. 36.
     (3) To venture upon, undertake, enter upon, make; pratijñāmāroḍhuṃ punarapi calatyeṣa caraṇaḥ Mu. 3. 30, 27; so yauvanārūḍha, yogārūḍha.
     (4) To attain, gain, get to, reach; sauṃdaryasya pāramārūḍhā na vā Dk. 88; Ki. 2. 13; tulāṃ yadārohatidaṃtavāsasā Ku. 5. 34; āruroha kumudākaropamāṃ R. 19. 34. The senses of this root are modified according to the noun with which it is joined; ārūḍharuṣā Ku. 7. 67 excited to anger; tadāgamārūḍhagurupraharṣaḥ R. 5. 61; maṃtripadamārūḍhaḥ Mu. 6; tarkārūḍhā 6. 19 engaged in guessing; S. 5. 9; śīghraṃ buddhimārohati S. B. strikes the mind; yauvanapadavīmārūḍhaḥ attained his majority; avasthāṃtaramārūḍhā M. 3; saṃśayaṃ punarāruhya H. 1. 7 running a risk; saṃśayamāruroha śailaḥ Ki. 13. 16. --Caus. (roha-pa-yati)
     (1) To cause to go up or ascend, raise up, elevate; amātyo'smānpurātanīmavasthāmāropayiṣyati Mu. 2 will raise or elevate; śūlānāropayet Y. 2. 273; āropitāmanoviṣayamātmanaḥ Ku. 6. 17.
     (2) To cause to mount or sit (on oneself) (Atm.); kareṇurārohayate niṣādinaṃ Śi. 12. 5.
     (3) To cause to grow, plant (lit.).
     (4) To establish, instal, seat (fig.); rājye cāropitā vayaṃ Mu. 7. 18; ityāropitaputrāste R. 15. 91.
     (5) To cause, produce, bring out; uṣmāṇaṃ K. 105; praṇayaṃ 134, 142; āropitaprītirabhūt 173, 212; pratāpamāropayituṃ 110, 119 show or exhibit.
     (6) To place, fix, direct; aṃkamāropya placing in the lap; R. 3. 26, 14. 27; Ku. 1. 37; cakṣuḥ- cast a look at; Pt. 1. 243; āśīrvādamāropayaṃtaḥ Ki. 18. 46 conferring or pronouncing; ābharaṇabhāramaṃgeṣu nāropayaṃti K. 203 put or wear; patre āropitaṃ kuru S. 6 commit to paper; āropyate śilā śaile H. 2. 47.
     (7) To entrust to, appoint to, charge with; maṃtriṇi rājyabhāramāropya K. 57; amātyapade āropitaḥ Pt. 1.
     (8) To cause to go to or attain a particular state; karatalaṃ karṇapūratāmāropitaṃ K. 60; āropaya garīyastvaṃ 207 raise to greatness; 315; Dk. 118.
     (9) To ascribe, attribute, impute; ātmanyāropitābhimānāḥ K. 108, 185; chāyā hi bhūmeḥ śaśino malatvenāropitā śuddhimataḥ prajābhiḥ R. 14. 40. (10) To string (as a bow); dhanurāropayan U. 4; taṃ deśamāropitapuṣpacāpe Ku. 3. 35; Bk. 14. 8.

ārurukṣu a. Wishing to ascend, mount or reach; kailāsagauraṃ vṛṣamārurukṣoḥ R. 2. 35; yogaṃ Bg. 6. 3.

āruh a. Ved. Ascending. --f.
     (1) Excrescence.
     (2) A shoot (of a plant).

āruha a. [ā-ruh-ka] Ascending, mounting &c. --haḥ Ascent.

ārūḍha p. p.
     (1) Mounted, ascended; seated on; ārūḍho vṛkṣo bhavatā Sk.; oft. used actively; ārūḍhamadrīn R. 6. 77; Me. 8, 18; S. 4; so vṛkṣaṃ, nāvaṃ, hayaṃ, rathaṃ &c.; cakra-, dolā-.
     (2) Raised up, elevated on high.
     (3) Arisen, produced. --ḍhaṃ Ascending, mounting; see atyārūḍha.

ārūḍhiḥ f. Ascent, mounting; rise, elevation (lit. and fig.); atyārūḍhirbhavati mahatāmapyapabhraṃśaniṣṭhā S. 4. v. l.

āropaḥ
     (1) Attributing the nature or properties of one thing to another; vastunyavastvāropo'dhyāropaḥ Vedānta S.; attributing or assigning to, imputation; doṣāropo guṇeṣvapi Ak.
     (2) Considering as equal; identification (as in sāropā lakṣaṇā).
     (3) Superimposition.
     (4) Imposing (as a burden), burdening or charging with.
     (5) Placing in or upon.
     (6) Relating to.
     (7) Superior position.

āropaka a. Placing, fixing, planting.

āropaṇam
     (1) Placing or fixing in or upon, putting; ārdrākṣatāropaṇamanvabhūtāṃ R. 7. 28; Ku. 7. 88; (fig.) establishing, installing; adhikārāropaṇaṃ Mu. 3.
     (2) Causing to mount or ascend, raising (to heaven).
     (3) Planting.
     (4) The stringing of a bow.
     (5) Trusting, delivering.

āropita p. p.
     (1) Raised, elevated.
     (2) Fixed, placed, made.
     (3) Strung (as a bow).
     (4) Deposited, entrusted.
     (5) Consecrated, hallowed.
     (6) Accidental, adventitious, ascribed.

ārohaḥ [ā-ruh-ghañ]
     (1) One who mounts, a rider, as in aśvāroha, syaṃdanāroha; sārohāṇāṃ ca vājināṃ Ram.; one who is seated in a carriage.
     (2) Ascent, rising, mounting, ascending, riding.
     (3) An elevated place, elevation, altitude, height; nagādyāroha ucchrāyaḥ Ak.
     (4) Haughtiness, pride.
     (5) A mountain, a heap.
     (6) A woman's waist; the buttocks; sā rāmā na varārohā Udb.; ārohairnibiḍabṛhannitaṃbabiṃbaiḥ Śi. 8. 8.
     (7) Length.
     (8) A kind of measure.
     (9) A mine. (10) Descending.

ārohaka a.
     (1) Ascending, mounting, riding.
     (2) Raising up, elevating.
     (3) Rising. --kaḥ A rider, driver; hastyārohakaḥ Pt. 2.
     (2) A tree.

ārohaṇam
     (1) The act of rising, ascending, mounting; ārohaṇārthaṃ navayauvanena kāmasya sopānamiva prayuktaṃ Ku. 1. 39.
     (2) Riding (on a horse &c).
     (3) A stair-case, ladder.
     (4) The rising or growing of new shoots, growing (of plants).
     (5) A raised stage for dancing.
     (6) A carriage (Ved.).

ārohaṇika a. Relating to mounting or ascending.

ārohin a. Ascending, mounting.

ārū a. Of a tawny colour. --rū m.
     (1) The tawny colour.
     (2) A hog; a crab; see āru.
     (3) N. of a medicinal plant on the Himālaya.

āre ind. Ved.
     (1) Far, far from, (with abl.).
     (2) Near.
     -- Comp.
          --agha a. Ved. having evil far removed.
          --avadya a. one from whom blame is far removed.
          --śatru a. one whose enemies are driven far away.

ārevataḥ N. of a tree(āragbagha q. v.). --taṃ The fruit of this tree.

ārehaṇam Ved. Licking, kissing.

ārogyam (arogasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ)] Freedom from disease, good health
     -- Comp.
          --śālā an hospital.

ārkiḥ [arkasya apatyaṃ iñ] A son of arka, epithet of
     (1) Yama,
     (2) the planet Saturn,
     (3) Karṇa,
     (4) Sugrīva,
     (5) vaivasvatamanu.

ārkṣa (rkṣī f.) [ṛkṣasyedaṃ aṇ] Stellar, regulated by stars or pertaining to them. --rkṣaḥ A son or descendant of Ṛkṣa.
     -- Comp.
          --varṣaḥ a stellar year or revolution of a constellation.

ārkṣoda [ṛkṣoda-aṇ] Inhabiting the mountain Ṛkṣoda.

ārgalaḥ --lī [argalameva svārthe aṇ] A bolt or bar; see argalaṃ.

ārgvadha = āragvadha q. v.

ārghā [ā-argha-ac] A kind of yellow bee.

ārghya a. Relating to this bee. --rghyaṃ Wild honey.

ārca a. (rcī f.) [arcā astyasya ṇa P. V. 2. 101]
     (1) Devout, worshipping, pious.
     (2) Relating to, the Ṛk or Ṛgveda.

ārcika a. (kī f.) [ṛci bhavaḥ. ṛco vyākhyāno graṃtho vā ṭhañ] Relating to the Ṛgveda, or explaining it. --kaṃ An epithet of the Sāma-Veda.

ārcīka a. [ṛcīke parvate bhavaḥ aṇ] Belonging to the ṝcīka mountain. --kaḥ The mountain ṛcīka.

ārjavam [ṛjorbhāvaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Straightness; dūraṃ yātyudaraṃ ca romalatikā netrārjavaṃ dhāvati S. D.
     (2) Straightforwardness, rectitude of conduct, uprightness, honesty, sincerity, open-heartedness; ahiṃsā kṣāṃtirārjavaṃ Bg. 13. 7; kṣetramārjavasya K. 45; Bh. 2. 22.
     (3) Simplicity, humility; Ki. 4. 13; Mv. 5. 46.

ārjīka a. [ṛjīkasyedaṃ aṇ] Belonging to the ṛjīka country, or a vessel called ṛjīka. --kaḥ A lake in the ṛjoka country; (according to others) perhaps a milk-vessel or celestial-vessel in which the heavenly Soma is purified.

ārjīkīya = ājīṃka a. --yā
     (1) A terrestrial river.
     (2) N. of a river (vipāśā.)

ārjuniḥ [arjunasya apatyaṃ iñ] The son of Arjuna, abhimanyu.

ārta a. [ā-ṛ-kta]
     (1) Afflicted with, struck by, suffering from, pained by; usually in comp., kāmārta, kṣudhārta tṛṣārta &c.
     (2) Sick, diseased; ārtasya yathauṣadhaṃ R. 1. 28; Ms. 4. 236.
     (3) Distressed, afflicted, struck by calamity, oppressed, unhappy; ārtatrāṇāya vaḥ śastraṃ na grahartumanāgasi S. 1. 11, R. 2. 28, 8. 31, 12. 10, 32.
     (4) Perishable (vināśin).
     -- Comp.
          --nādaḥ, --dhvaniḥ, svaraḥ a cry of distress,
          --badhuḥ, --sādhuḥ a friend of the distressed.

ārtiḥ f. [ā-ṛ-ktin]
     (1) Distress, affliction, suffering, pain, injury (bodily or mental); ārtiṃ na paśyasi purūravasastadarthe V. 2. 16; āpannārtipraśamanaphalāḥ saṃpado hyuttamānāṃ Me. 53.
     (2) Mental agony, anguish; utkaṃṭhārti Amaru. 39.
     (3) Evil, mischief.
     (4) Sickness, disease.
     (6) The end of a bow.
     (6) Ruin, destruction.

ārtimat a. Suffering from pain, afflicted.

ārtagalaḥ N. of a tree nīlajhiṃṭī.

ārtanā Ved.
     (1) A mortal combat.
     (2) An uncultivated ground.

ārtava a. (vā vī f.) [ṛturasya prāptaḥ, aṇ]
     (1) Conforming or relating to the season; seasonal; abhibhūya vibhūtimārtavīṃ R. 8. 36, svayamaṃgeṣu mamedamārtavaṃ Ku. 4. 68; V. 1. 13; vernal; R. 9. 28, 48.
     (2) Menstrual, relating to or produced by this discharge. --vaḥ A section of the year, a combination of several seasons (Ved.). --vī A mare. --vaṃ The menstrual discharge (of women); nopagacchetpramatto'pi striyamārtavadarśane Ms. 4. 40, 3. 48.
     (2) Certain days after menstrual discharge, favourable to conception.
     (3) A flower.

ārtaveyī A woman during her courses.

ārtniḥ The end of a bow.

ārtvijīna a. (nī f.) [ṛtvijaṃ tatkarmārhati khañ] Fit for the office of a sacrificial priest (ṛtvij).

ārtvijyam [ṛtvijo bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyañ] The office of a priest, his rank.

ārtha a. (rthī f.) [arthādāgataḥ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a thing or object.
     (2) Relating to, dependent on, sense (opp. śābda); ārthi upamā &c.
     (3) Material, significant.

ārthapatyam Power over a thing, possession of a thing.

ārthika a. (kī f.) [arthaṃ gṛhṇāti ṭhak]
     (1) Significant.
     (2) Wise.
     (3) Rich.
     (4) Substantial, real, material.

ārdra a. [ā-ard-rak dīrghaśca Uṇ. 2. 18]
     (1) Wet, moist, damp, taṃtrīmārdrāṃ nayanasalilaiḥ Me. 86, 43; ārdrākṣatāropaṇamanvabhṛtāṃ R. 7. 28.
     (2) Succulent. living, not dry, green, juicy; ārdraṃ dravyaṃ dvidhā proktaṃ sarasaṃ nīrasaṃ tathā.
     (3) Fresh, new; kānīvārdrāparādhaḥ Amaru. 2; kāṃtamārdrāparādhaṃ M. 3 12; R. 14. 4.
     (4) Soft, tender; oft. used with words like sneha, dayā, karuṇā in the sense of 'flowing with,' moved', 'melted'; snehārdraṃ hṛdayaṃ a heart wet or melted with pity; karuṇā-, dayā-; premārdrāḥ ceṣṭāḥ Mal. 5. 7.
     (5) Full of feeling, warm.
     (6) Loose, flaccid. --rdrā N. of a constellation or the sixth lunar mansion so called (consisting of one star). [cf. Gr. ardo].
     -- Comp.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ green wood.
          --dānu a. Ved. giving moisture.
          --nayana a. weeping
          --padī a woman with wet feet.
          --pavitra a. Ved. having a wet strainer, epithet of the Soma.
          --pṛṣṭha a. watered, refreshed; ārdrapṛṣṭhāḥ kriyaṃtāṃ vājinaḥ S. 1.
          --māṣā a. leguminous shrub (māṣaparṇī). --śākaṃ fresh ginger.
          --lubdhakaḥ (-rdrā- the dragon's tail or descending node, N. of Ketu.

ārdratā Wetness, moisture, freshness, tenderness, softness.

ārdraka a. (kī f.) Born under the constellation Ārdrā; cf. P. IV. 3. 28. --kaṃ Ginger in its undried state, wet ginger (Mar. āleṃ).

ārdrayati Den. P. To wet, moisten; Bh. 2. 51.

ārdha a. (Only used at the beginning of comp.) Half.
     -- Comp.
          --dhātuka a. (kī f.) (In gram.) applicable to half the root or to the shorter form of the verbal base. (
          --kaṃ) a name given to those terminations and affixes which belong to the six non-conjugational or general tenses (opp. sārvadhātuka); cf. P. III. 4. 114, I. 1. 4; II. 4, 35; VII. 2. 35 &c.
          --prasthika, --kaṃsika a. (
          --kī f.) bought with half a Prastha or Kamsa.
          --māsika a. (kī f.) lasting for half a month, observing or practising (penance &c.) for a fortnight.
          --rātrikāḥ (pl.) N. of an astronomical school who reckoned the beginning of the motions of the planets from midnight.

ārdhika a. (kī f.) [ardhamarhati ṭhak] Sharing half, relating to a half. --kaḥ One who ploughs the land for half the crop; one born of a Vaiśya woman, and brought up by a Brāhmaṇa; see the quotation under ārdhika.

ārdhuka a. (kī f.) Ved. Conducive to success, beneficial, profitable.

ārpayitṛ m. Ved. One who injures or hurts.

ārbhava a. (vī f.) Belonging or sacred to the Ṛbhus.

ārya a. [ṛ-ṇyat]
     (1) Āryan.
     (2) Worthy of an Ārya.
     (3) Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; yadāryamasyāmabhilāṣi me manaḥ S. 1. 22; so āryaveṣaḥ respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; āryacāṇakyaḥ, āryā aruṃdhatī &c.; ārya revered or honoured Sir; ārye revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of ārya in addressing persons:
     (1) vācyau naṭīsūtradhārāvāryanāmnā parasparaṃ .
     (2) vayasyetyuttamairvācyo mavyairāryeti cāgrajaḥ .
     (3) (vaktavyo) amātya āryeti ghetaraiḥ .
     (4) svecchayā nāmamiviṃpraiviṃpra āryeti cetaraiḥ . S. D. 431.
     (4) Noble, fine, excellent. --ryaḥ
     (1) N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from anārya, dasyu and dāsaḥ vijānīhyāryāvye ca darayavaḥ Rv. 1. 51. 8.
     (2) A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; kartavyamācaran kāryamakartavyamanācaran . tiṣṭhati prakṛtācāre sa vā ārya iti smṛtaḥ ...
     (3) N. of the first three castes (as opp. to śūdra).
     (4) A respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; vṛttena hi bhavatyāryo na dhanena na vidyayā Mb.
     (5) A man of noble birth.
     (6) A man of noble character.
     (7) A master, owner.
     (8) A preceptor.
     (9) A friend. (10) A Vaiśya.
     (11) A father-in-law (as in āryapuṃtra).
     (12) A Buddha.
     (13) (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them.
     (14) A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. --ryā
     (1) N. of Pārvatī.
     (2) A mother-in-law.
     (3) A respectable woman.
     (4) N. of a metre, see Appendix.
     -- Comp.
          --aṣṭaśataṃ title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses.
          --āvartaḥ [āryā āvartaṃte atra] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas);' particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms. 2. 22; āsamudrāttu vai pūrvādāsamudrācca paścimāt . tayorevāṃtaraṃ giryoḥ (himavadviṃdhyayoḥ) āryāvartaṃ vidurbudhāḥ; also 10. 34.
          --gṛhya a. [āryasya gṛhyaḥ pakṣaḥ] 1. to be respected by the noble --2. a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; tamāryagṛhyaṃ nigṛhītadhenuḥ R. 2. 33. --3. respectable, right, decorous.
          --deśaḥ a country inhabited by the Āryas.
          --putraḥ 1. son of an honourable man. --2. the son of a spiritual preceptor. --3. honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. --4. the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses).
          --prāya a. 1. inhabited by the Āryas. --2. abounding with respectable people.
          --bhaṭṭaḥ N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era.
          --bhāvaḥ honourable character or behaviour.
          --mārgaḥ the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way.
          --miśra a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (
          --śraḥ) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1. worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; āryamiśrān vijñāpayāmi V. 1. --2. your reverence or honour (a respectful address); nanvāryamiśraiḥ prathamameva ājñaptaṃ S. 1; āryamiśrāḥ pramāṇaṃ M. 1.
          --yuvan m. an Āryan youth.
          --rūpa a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor.
          --liṃgin m. an impostor; Ms. 9. 260.
          --vṛtta a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms. 9. 253; R. 14. 55. (
          --ttaṃ) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms. 4. 175.
          --veśa a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine.
          --vrata a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (
          --taṃ) the duty of an Āryan.
          --śvetaḥ a noble or honourable man.
          --saṃghaḥ the whole body of the Āryans.
          --satyaṃ a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism).
          --halaṃ ind. [cf. P. I. 1. 47] forcibly.
          --hṛdya a. liked by the noble.

āryakaḥ [ārya-svārthe-kan]
     (1) An honourable or respectable man.
     (2) A grand-father.
     (3) N. of a cow-herd who became a king; cf. Mk. 7. --kaṃ A ceremony performed to the manes or the vessel used in sacrifices to the manes.

āryakā, āryikā
     (1) A respectable woman.
     (2) N. of a Nakshatra.

ārvāk ind. After, afterwards; behind.

ārśa a. Belonging to the antelope.

ārṣa a. (rṣī f.) [ṛṣeridaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Used by a Ṛṣi only, relating or belonging to sages, archaic, Vedic (opp. laukika or classical); ārṣaḥprayogaḥ; saṃbuddhau śākalyasyetāvanārṣe Sk.; ārṣo dharmaḥ Ms. 3. 29; Y. 1. 59; ārṣaḥ pratyayaḥ P. II. 4. 58.
     (2) Sacred, holy, divine, superhuman; U. 6. --rṣaḥ A form of marriage derived from the Ṛṣis; one of the eight forms of marriage in which the father of the bride receives one or two pairs of cows from the bride-groom; ādāyārṣastu godvayam Y. 1. 59; Ms. 3. 53, 9. 196; for the names of the 8 forms see udvāha; ārṣoḍhā a wife married according to this form. --rṣā A class of Vedic metres. --rṣaṃ
     (1) The holy text, the Vedas.
     (2) Sacred descent.
     (3) Derivation (of a poem) from a Ṛṣi author.

ārṣeya a. (yī f.) [ṛṣi-ḍhak]
     (1) Relating to a Ṛṣi.
     (2) Worthy, venerable, respectable. --yaṃ
     (1) Sacred descent.
     (2) A collection of Ṛṣis (ṛṣisamūhaḥ).

ārṣabha a. (bhī f.) [ṛṣabha-aṇ] Derived from or produced by a bull; Ms. 9. 50.

ārṣabhyaḥ [ṛṣabha-ñya] A steer sufficiently full-grown to be used or let loose, one fit to be castrated.

ārhata a. (tī f.) [arhat-aṇ] Belonging to the Jaina doctrines. --taḥ A Jaina, a follower of Jaina doctrines. --taṃ The doctrines of the Jainas.

ārhatyam The quality or practice of an Arhat.

ārhaṃtī --tyam [P. V. 1. 124 Vārt.] Fitness.

āla a. [ā-al-paryāptau ac] Large, extensive. --laḥ, --laṃ
     (1) Spawn, any discharge of venomous matter from poisonous animals; -akta anointed with poison as an arrow.
     (2) Trick, fraud; yeṣāṃ śrutamālajālāya K. 288; -jālāni ciṃtayaṃtī 310.
     (3) Yellow arsenic, orpiment.

ālakṣ 10 U. To descry, behold.

ālakṣi a. [lakṣ-in] Knowing, seeing.

ālakṣya pot. p.
     (1) Visible, apparent; R. 13. 30.
     (2) Slightly visible; -daṃtamukulān S. 7. 17.

ālakṣaṇyam [alakṣaṇasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Misfortune, crime.

ālagardaḥ [alagarda eva svārthe aṇ] A water cobra.

ālap 1 P. To address, speak to, converse; kamālapāmi K. 164; tasyā nāmadheyena bhartrādevyālapitā V. 2 addressed. --Caus. To talk with, engage in conversation with, to question; yadā kaścittvāmālāpayiṣyati Pt. 5, 1. 387; K. 188.

ālāpaḥ
     (1) Talking, speaking to, speech, conversation; aye dakṣiṇena vṛkṣavāṭikāmālāpa iva śrūyate S. 1; pravasanālāpa Amaru. 97; lalitālāpe Śrut. 36.
     (2) Narration, mention.
     (3) The seven notes in music (Mar. sā, ri, ga, ma, pa, dha, ni).
     (4) Statement of a question in an arithmetical or algebraical sum.
     (5) A question.

ālāpana a. Causing to speak or converse with. --naṃ
     (1) Speaking to, conversation.
     (2) Congratulation (svastivācanaṃ).

ālāpya, --lāpanīya pot. p. To be spoken to, conversed with or narrated.

ālāpin a. Speaking to, conversing with. --nī A lute made of a gourd.

ālabh 1 A.
     (1) To touch; gāmālabhyārkamīkṣya vā Ms. 5. 87, 4. 117; Bk. 14. 91; satyenāyudhamālabhe; satyena (satyaṃ) ātmānamālabhe Mb.
     (2) To get, attain to; atitarāṃ kāṃtimālapsyate te (vapuḥ) Me. 15 v. l.; Kām. 9. 63.
     (3) To kill, immolate (as a victim in sacrifices); prātarvai paśūnālabhaṃte Śat. Br.; gardabhaṃ paśumālabhya Y. 3. 280.
     (4) To take hold of, seize, grasp, handle.
     (5) To gain or win over. --Caus.
     (1) To touch.
     (2) To commence.

ālabdha p. p.
     (1) Touched; united or in contact with.
     (2) Killed.

ālabdhiḥ f.
     (1) Touching.
     (2) Killing; immolation.

ālabhanam
     (1) Taking hold of, seizing.
     (2) Touching.
     (3) Killing.

ālabhya, āla(laṃ)bhanīya pot. p. To be killed or sacrificed; to be touched or rubbed.

ālaṃbhaḥ, --bhanam [ā-labh ghañ lyaṭ mum]
     (1) Taking hold of, seizing, touching; Y. 3. 157; Ms. 2. 179.
     (2) Tearing off, uprooting (of plants); Ms. 11. 145.
     (3) Killing (especially an animal at a sacrifice); aśvālaṃbhaṃ gavālaṃbhaṃ Ādipurāṇa.

ālaṃbhin a. Touching, seizing.

ālaṃb 1 A.
     (1) To rest or lean upon, support oneself on; śākhāmālaṃbya Ram.
     (2) To lay hold of, seize, take; athālaṃbya dhanū rāmaḥ Bk. 6. 35, 14. 95.
     (3) To support, hold or take up; ādhoraṇālaṃbitaṃ R. 18. 39.
     (4) To win, conquer, overcome; tasya kavitā maccittamālaṃbate Dhūrtas.
     (5) To resort to, have recourse to, take, assume; amumevārthamālaṃbya Mu. 2. 20; svātaṃtryamālaṃbya K. 181; Ki. 13. 14; yaśaḥśarīraṃ navamālalaṃbe Mv. 7. 18 obtained; Ki. 17. 34; so dhyānaṃ, dhairyaṃ, krodhaṃ, audāsyaṃ, dakṣiṇāṃ diśaṃ &c.
     (6) To hang from, be suspended; mukhālaṃbitahemasūtraṃ V. 5. 2.
     (7) To depend upon; tamālaṃbya rasodgamāt S. D. 63.
     (8) To stretch forth; V. 4. 34.
     (9) To strike up (a tune or note).

ālaṃba a. Hanging down. --baḥ
     (1) Depending on or from.
     (2) That on which one rests or leans, prop, stay; iha hi patatāṃ nāstyālaṃbo na cāpi nivartanaṃ Śānti. 3. 2.
     (3) Support, protection; tavālaṃbādaṃva sphuradalaghugarveṇa sahasā Jag.; sītāṃ śūnye yathāsukhaṃ nirālaṃbāṃ hariṣyāmi Rām.
     (4) Receptacle.
     (5) A perpendicular. --bā N. of a plant with poisonous leaves.

ālaṃbanam
     (1) Depending on or from, hanging from.
     (2) Support, prop, stay; Ki. 2. 13; Pt. 1. 32; sustaining, supporting; Me. 4.
     (3) Receptacle, abode; U. 6. 10.
     (4) Reason, cause.
     (5) Base.
     (6) (In Rhet.) That on which a rasa or sentiment, as it were hangs, person or thing with reference to which a sentiment arises, the natural and necessary connection of sentiment with the cause which excites it. The causes (vibhāva) giving rise to a Rasa are classified as two: --ālaṃbana and uddīpana; e. g. in the Bībhatsa sentiment stinking flesh &c. is the ālaṃbana of the Rasa, and the attendant circumstances which enhance the feeling of loathing (the worms &c. in the flesh) are its uddīpanāni (exciters); for the other Rasas see S. D. 210-238.
     (8) The mental exercise practised by the Yogin in endeavouring to bring before his thoughts the gross form of the Eternal.
     (9) Silent repetition of a prayer. (10) (With Buddhists) The five attributes of things corresponding to the five senses, i. e. rūpa, rasa, gaṃdha, sparśa and śabda.
     (11) Dharma or law corresponding to manas.

ālaṃbita p. p.
     (1) Pendent, suspended.
     (2) Supported, sustained, held; R. 7. 7; V. 5. 2.

ālaṃbin a.
     (1) Hanging from, resting or leaning upon; daśālaṃbī śāṭakaḥ Pt. 1. 144; depending on; R. 12. 85.
     (2) Laying hold of, supporting, maintaining, upholding; kulālaṃbī putraḥ H. Pr. 20.
     (3) Wearing; gajājinālaṃbi Ku. 5. 78.

ālarka a. [alarkasyedaṃ aṇa] Relating to or caused by a mad dog; ālarkaṃ viṣamiva sarvataḥ prasṛptaṃ U. 1. 40.

ālavaṇyam [alavaṇasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Insipidity, tastelessness.
     (2) Ugliness.

ālavālam [āsamaṃtāt lavaṃ jalalavaṃ ālāti, ā-lā-ka Tv.] A basin or trench for water (round the root of a tree); -pūraṇe niyuktā S. 1; viśvāsāya vihaṅgānāmālavālāmbupāyināṃ R. 1. 51.

ālasa a. (sī f.) [ālasati īṣat vyāpriyate ac] Idle, lazy, slothful.

ālasya a. Idle, slothful, apathetic. --syaṃ [alasasya bhāvaḥ, ṣyañ]
     (1) Idleness, sloth, want of energy; śaktasya cāpyanutsāhaḥ karmasvālasyamucyate Suśr.; ālasya 'want of energy' is regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings (vyabhicāribhāva); for example: --na tathā bhūṣayatyaṃgaṃ na tathā bhāṣate sakhīṃ . jṛṃbhate muhurāsīnā bālā garbhabharālasā S. D. 183.

ālātam [alātameva svārthe aṇ] A fire-brand.

ālānam [ālīyate'tra, ā-lī-lyuṭ]
     (1) The post to which an elephant is tied; tying post, also the rope that ties him; aruṃtudamivālānamanirvāṇasya daṃtinaḥ R. 1. 71, 4. 69, 81; ālāne gṛhyate hastī Mk. 1. 50.
     (2) A fetter, tie.
     (3) A chain, rope, string.
     (4) Tying, binding.

ālānika a. (kī f.) [ālāna-ṭhak] Serving as a post to which an elephant is tied; ālānikaṃ sthāṇumiva dvipeṃdraḥ R. 14. 38.

ālābuḥ(būḥ) f. A pumpkin gourd; see alābu.

ālāvartam A fan made of cloth.

ālāsyaḥ [ālaṃ paryāptamāsyaṃ asya] A crocodile.

āli a.
     (1) Useless, idle, unmeaning.
     (2) Honest, sincere (viśadāśaya). --liḥ
     (1) A scorpion.
     (2) A bee. --liḥ, --lī f.
     (1) A female companion or friend (of a woman); nivāryatāmāli kimapyayaṃ baṭuḥ Ku. 5. 83, 7. 68; Amaru. 23.
     (2) A row, range, continuous line; (cf. āvali); toyāṃtarbhāskarālīva reje muniparaṃparā Ku. 6. 49; rathyāli Amaru. 89; khadyotāli Me. 81.
     (3) A line, streak.
     (4) A bridge.
     (5) A dike.
     (6) A line, race, family.

ālikh 6 P.
     (1) To write, delineate, draw lines; mano niṣṭhāśūnyaṃ bhramati ca kimapyālikhati ca Mal. 1. 31; Mk. 2.
     (2) To paint, draw in a picture; ālikhita iva sarvato raṃgaḥ S. 1; V. 2; tvāmālikhya praṇayakupitāṃ Me. 105; R. 19. 19; M. 2. 2.
     (3) To poitray, write, sketch.
     (4) To scratch, scrape, touch; as in viṃdhyamālikhaṃtamivāṃbaraṃ.

ālekhaḥ
     (1) Writing.
     (2) A letter, document.

ālekhanam a. Scratching, painting. --nī A brush, pencil. --naṃ
     (1) Writing.
     (2) Painting.
     (3) Scratching.

ālekhya pot. p. To be written, painted &c. --khyaṃ A painting, picture; iti saṃraṃbhiṇo vāṇīrbalasyālekhyadevatāḥ Śi. 2. 67; R. 3. 15; V. 2. 10.
     (2) A writing.
     -- Comp.
          --lekhā a painting.
          --śeṣa a. having nothing left but a painting, i. e. deceased, dead; ālekhyaśeṣasya pituḥ R. 14. 15.

āliṃg 1 U. or 10 P. To embrace, clasp, encircle.

āliṃgaḥ
     (1) Embracing.
     (2) A kind of drum.

āliṃganam Embracing, clasping, an embrace; (sa prāpa) āliṃgananirvṛtiṃ R. 12. 65; (said to be of seven kinds; āmoda-, mudita-, preman-, mānasa-, ruci-, madana- and vinoda-).

āliṃgita p. p. Embraced, clasped. --taḥ A kind of Mantra of 20 letters. --taṃ An embrace.

āliṃgin a. Embracing &c. --m. (--gī), āliṃgyaḥ A small drum shaped like a barley-corn (yava); caturaṃgulahīnoṃkyānmukhe caikāṃgulena yaḥ . yavākṛtiḥ sa āliṃgya āliṃgya sa hi vādyate .. Śabdārṇava.

āliṃjaraḥ [aliṃjara eva svārthe aṇ] A large earthen water-jar.

āliṃdaḥ, --dakaḥ [aliṃda eva svārthe aṇ]
     (1) A terrace before a house.
     (2) A raised place for sleeping upon; see aliṃda.

ālin m. A scorpion.

ālip 6 P.
     (1) To anoint, besmear; āliṃpannamṛtamayairiva pralepaiḥ U. 3. 39; plaster, bedaub.
     (2) To rub (on the body); ālipyate caṃdanamaṃganābhiḥ Rs. 6. 12.

ālipa a. Anointing.

āliṃpanam [lip-lyuṭ-mum] Whitening the walls, floor &c. on festive occasions; cf. ādīpana.

ālepa a. To be anointed. --paḥ, --panaṃ
     (1) Anointing, smearing.
     (2) Liniment.

ālī = āli q. v.

ālī 4 A.
     (1) To settle down upon; nirbhidyopari karṇikārakusumānyālīyate ṣaṭpadaḥ V. 2. 23.
     (2) To faint; muhurālīyate bhītā Mb.
     (3) To melt.

ālayaḥ, --yam [ālīyate'smin, ālī-ac]
     (1) An abode, a house, a dwelling; ālayaṃ devaśatrūṇāṃ sughoraṃ khāṃḍavaṃ vanaṃ Mb.; na hi duṣṭātmanāmāryā nivasaṃtyālaye ciraṃ Ram.; sarvāñjanasthānakṛtālayān Rām. who lived or dwelt in Janasthana.
     (2) A receptacle, seat, place; himālayo nāma nagādhirājaḥ Ku. 1. 1; so devālayaṃ, vidyālayaṃ &c; fig. also; duḥkha- Bg. 8. 15; guṇa-.
     (3) Contact. --yaṃ ind. Till destruction.

ālīna p. p.
     (1) Embraced.
     (2) Sticking or clinging to; ālīnacaṃdanau R. 4. 51; so -bhramare padme.
     (3) Melted, fused. --naṃ-nakaṃ
     (1) Tin.
     (2) Lead.
     (3) Contact.

ālīḍha p. p. [ā-lih kta]
     (1) Licked, eaten, lapped, scraped.
     (2) Wounded, hurt; senānyamālīḍhamivāsurāstraiḥ R. 2. 37.
     (3) Closed (as in sleep) Dk. 117. --ḍhaṃ A particular attitude in shooting, the right knee being advanced and the left leg retracted; atiṣṭhadālīḍhaviśeṣaśobhinā R. 3. 52; see Malli. on Ku. 3. 70.

ālīḍhakam The frolicing of a calf.

āluḥ
     (1) An owl.
     (2) An esculent root (not applied to potato &c.).
     (3) Ebony; black ebony. --luḥ f. A pitcher, water-jar. --lu
          (n) A raft, float.

ālukaḥ
     (1) A kind of ebony (kāmālu).
     (2) An epithet of Śeṣa. --kaṃ An esculent root.

āluṃcanam Rending, tearing to pieces; śyeno grahāluṃcane Mk. 3. 20.

āluḍ 1 P. or Caus. To stir up, agitate, shake, disturb; kauravavanamāloḍayaṃtau Ve. 3, 4; viṣamāloḍya pāsyāmi Mb.; (fig.) to dive into; Pt. 1; to examine scrutinizingly; bharatādimataṃ sarvamāloḍyātiprayatnataḥ ..

āloḍanam
     (1) Stirring, shaking, agitating.
     (2) Mixing, blending.

āloḍita p. p.
     (1) Shaken, agitated.
     (2) Mixed, blended.
     (3) Powdered.

āluṃṭanam Plundering, taking away by force.

ālula a. Shaking, unsteady.

ālū See ālu.

ālūna p. p. Cut, cut off; Ku. 2. 41.

ālok 1 A., 10 P.
     (1) To see, perceive, behold; tvanmārgamālokate S. D.; athāluloke tapovanaṃ Bk. 2. 24; used in an astrological sense also.
     (2) To consider, regard, contemplate; tṛṇamiba jagajjālamālokayāmaḥ Bh. 3. 66.
     (3) To express congratulations, greet; iti vīraloka ālokayituṃ pravṛttaḥ Ve. 4.

ālokaḥ, --kanam
     (1) Seeing, beholding.
     (2) Sight, aspect, appearance; yadāloke sūkṣmaṃ S. 1. 9; Ku. 7. 22, 46; sukha- V. 4. 24; S. 1. 33; R. 1. 84; Me. 3, 37.
     (3) Range of sight; āloke te nipatati purā sā balivyākulā vā Me. 85; R. 7. 5; Ku. 2. 45.
     (4) Light, lustre, splendour; ālokamārgaṃ sahasā vrajaṃtyā R. 7. 6 air-hole, or window; nirālokaṃ lokaṃ Mal. 5. 30; 9. 37; 10. 4, 11; Ve. 2; K. 160, 290, 348, 68, 98.
     (5) Panegyric, praise, complimentary language; especially, a word of praise uttered by a bard (such as jaya, ālokaya); yayāvudīritālokaḥ R. 17. 27, 2. 9; K. 14.
     (6) Section, chapter.

ālokita p. p. Seen, beheld &c. --taṃ A look, glance; Māl. 1. 27.

ālokin a. Seeing, beholding.

āloc 1 A., 10 U.
     (1) To see, perceive.
     (2) To consider, reflect, think, ponder over, study; K. 7; ālocayaṃto vistāramaṃbhasāṃ dakṣiṇodadheḥ Bk. 7. 40; iti-evaṃ-ālocya so thinking.

ālocaka a.
     (1) Seeing, beholding.
     (2) Causing to see. --kaṃ The faculty of vision, the cause of sight.

ālocanaṃ, --nā
     (1) Seeing, perceiving, survey, view.
     (2) Considering, reflecting.

ālola a. Slightly trembling, rolling (as eyes); ālolāyatalocanāḥ Bh. 3. 48.
     (2) Shaken, agitated; ālolāmalakāvalīṃ Amaru. 3; krīḍālolāḥ Me. 61. --laḥ Trembling, agitation.

ālolita a. Shaken, agitated.

āvaka a. [av-ṇvul] Protecting.

āvat f. Ved. Proximity.

āvaneyaḥ [avaṃnyā apatyaṃ ḍhak] 'Son of the earth', an epithet of the planet Mars.

āvaṃtaḥ [avaṃterayaṃ rājā aṇ] A king of Avantī.

āvaṃtika a. (kī f.) Coming from or belonging to Avantī.

āvaṃtya a. [avaṃtiṣu bhavaḥ ñya] Coming from or belonging to Avantī. --tyaḥ
     (1) A prince or an inhabitant of Avantī.
     (2) The offspring of a degraded Brāhmaṇa; see Ms. 10. 21.

āvap 1 U.
     (1) To scatter, throw about; vayobhyaścāvapedbhuvi Mb.; so akṣān throws.
     (2) To sow (as seed).
     (3) To fit in, insert.
     (4) To pour out or forth.
     (5) To offer (as in a sacrifice), perform (as a Śraddha). --Caus.
     (1) To shave, cut off.
     (2) To trim.
     (3) To mix with.

āvapanam
     (1) The act of sowing, throwing, scattering.
     (2) Sowing seed.
     (3) Wearing.
     (4) Shaving.
     (5) A vessel, jar, ewer.
     (6) Instilling, inserting. --nī Ved. A vessel, jar.

āvapaṃtika a. Ved. Scattering.

āvāpa a. [āvap-ghañ] Throwing, scattering; (as in akṣāvāpa q. v.). --paḥ
     (1) Sowing seed.
     (2) Scattering, throwing in general; casting, directing.
     (3) Mixing, inserting.
     (4) Especially, throwing additional ingredients into a compound in course of preparation.
     (5) A basin for water round the root of a tree (ālavāla).
     (6) A vessel, jar for corn.
     (7) Setting out or arranging vessels.
     (8) Hostile purpose, intention of fighting (with another); foreign affairs; Śi. 2. 88.
     (9) A principal sacrifice or oblation to fire. (10) A kind of drink.
     (11) A bracelet (āvāpaka).
     (12) Uneven ground.

āvāpakaḥ A bracelet.

āvāpanam
     (1) A loom.
     (2) A reel or frame for winding thread.
     (3) Shaving.

āvāpika a. [āvāpāya sādhu ṭhak]
     (1) Good for sowing, shaving &c.
     (2) Additional, supplementary.

āvayaḥ
     (1) Coming.
     (2) One who comes.
     (3) N. of a country. --yaḥ, --yā Water (Ved.). --yaṃ Ved. Nonconception, barrenness.

āvayāj m. One who makes a sacrifice to reach the gods (Say.); or one who averts by means of sacrifices.

āvaraka, āvaraṇa &c. see āvṛ.

āvarasamaka a. (kī f.) [avarasame deyamṛṇaṃ vuñ] (A debt) To be paid in the following year.

āva(ba)rhita a. Eradicated, uprooted.

āvaliḥ, --lī f. [ā-val-in vā ṅīp]
     (1) A line, row, range; arāvalīṃ V. 1. 4; so alaka-, dhūma-, daṃta-, hāra-, ratna- &c.
     (2) A series, continuous line.
     (3) A dynasty, lineage.

āvalita a. [val-kta] Slightly turned; K. 46.

āvalgita a. Shaking gently; Ki. 4. 17.

āvalguja a. Produced from the plant avalguja.

āvaśyam [avaśya-aṇ] Necessity, inevitable act or conclusion.

āvaśyaka a. (kī f.) [avaśya-vuñ] Inevitable, necessary; eteṣvāvaśyakastvasau Bhaṣa. P. 22, 20. --kaṃ
     (1) Necessity, inevitable act or duty. -kṛ to do what nature compels one to do; Ms. 4. 93.
     (2) An inevitable conclusion.

āvaśyakatā, --tvam Necessity, inevitability.

āvas 1 P. (With acc.)
     (1) To inhabit, dwell in; ravimāvasate satāṃ kriyāyai V. 3. 7; purīmimāmāvasat Ram.; sometimes with loc.; Ms. 7. 69; Y. 1. 320.
     (2) To be occupied or engaged, enter upon; gṛhasthāśramaṃ Ms. 3. 2.
     (3) To take part carnally; cohabit.
     (4) To pass, spend (as night). --Caus.
     (1) To allow one to dwell, receive hospitably.
     (2) To inhabit, settle in a place.
     (3) To halt or encamp (for the night).

āvasatiḥ f. Night(the time during which one rests); mid-night.

āvasathaḥ [āvas-athac Uṇ. 3. 116]
     (1) A dwelling, dwelling-place, residence, house, habitation; nivasannāvasathe purādbahiḥ R. 8. 14.
     (2) A resting place; asylum.
     (3) A dwelling for pupils and ascetics.
     (4) A village.
     (5) A particular religious observance.
     (6) A fire-sanctuary, a place where sacrificial fire is preserved.

āvasathika a. (kī f.) [āvasathe gṛhe vasati ṭhaṇ Tv.]
     (1) Inhabiting a house.
     (2) Household, domestic.
     (3) Keeping a sacred fire in a house.

āvasathya a. [āvasatha-ñya] Being in a house. --thyaḥ The sacred fire kept in the house, one of the five fires used in sacrifices; see paṃcāgni. --thyaḥ --thyaṃ A dwelling for pupils and ascetics. --thyaṃ
     (1) Placing a sacred fire within a house.
     (2) A house.

āvāsaḥ
     (1)
          (a) A house, habitation, abode; āvāsavṛkṣonmukhabarhiṇāni R. 2. 17.
          (b) Apartment, room.
          (c) A place of refuge.

āvasāna a. [avasānamabhijano'sya añ] Living at the extremity of a town (as a cāṃḍāla).

āvasita a. [ā-ava-so-kta]
     (1) Finished or completed.
     (2) Decided, determined, settled.
     (3) Stored (as grain); winnowed.
     (4) Ripe, full-grown. --taṃ Ripe corn (when thrashed.)

āvasthika a. (kī f.) [avasthāyāṃ bhavaḥ ṭhañ] Suited or adapted to circumstances.

āvah 1 P.
     (1) To bring; agne patnīrihāvaha Rv. 1. 22. 9.
     (2) To bring home (as a bride).
     (3) To conduce, lead or tend to, produce, bring on; vrīḍamāvahati me sa saṃprati R. 11. 73 shames me; manorujamāvahan S. 3. 4 tending to mental anguish; na me saukhyamāvahati does not tend to my happiness Pt. 1; saṃgamaṃ K. 174; Ms. 3. 82.
     (4) To pay; Y. 2. 193.
     (5) To lead forth, conduct away.
     (6) To flow (as blood &c.).
     (7) To bear, support, wear; maṃḍanamāvahaṃtiṃ Ch. P. 18.
     (8) To apply, use, employ; mā rodīrdhairyamāvaha Mārk. P. --Caus.
     (1) To send for, cause to be brought.
     (2) To invoke a deity (by means of Mantras); gaṇapatimāvāhayāmi &c.

āvaha a. (As last member of comp.) Producing, leading or tending to, bringing on, kleśāvahā bharturalakṣaṇā'haṃ R. 14. 5; so duḥkha-, bhaya-, kṣaya- &c. --haḥ
     (1) N. of one of the seven winds or bands of air, usually assigned to the bhuvarloka or atmospheric region between the bhūrloka and svarloka.
     (2) One of the seven tongues of fire.

āvahanam Bringing near, producing.

āvahamāna a.
     (1) Bringing near.
     (2) Followed or succeeded by.

āvāhaḥ Marrying.

āvāhanam
     (1) Sending for, inviting, calling.
     (2) Invoking a deity (to be present) (opp. visarjana); āvāhane viniyogaḥ, āvāhanaṃ na jānāmi na jānāmi tavārcanaṃ Pūjā Mantra.
     (3) Offering oblations to fire; Y. 1. 251. --nī A particular position of the hands at the time of invoking a deity; hastābhyāmaṃjaliṃ baddhvā'nāmikāmūlaparvaṇoḥ . aṃguṣṭhau nikṣipetseyaṃ mudrā tvāvāhanī smṛtā .. Śabdak.

āvālam [ā-val-ṇic ac Tv.] A basin for water round the root of a tree; cf. ālavālaṃ.

āvika a. (kī f.) [avinā tallomnā nirmitaṃ ṭhak]
     (1) Relating to a sheep; āvikaṃ kṣīraṃ Ms. 5. 8, 2. 41.
     (2) Woollen. --kaṃ A woollen cloth, blanket; Ms. 5. 120.
     -- Comp.
          --sautrika a. made of woollen thread; Ms. 2. 44.

āvigna a. Distressed, troubled. --gnaḥ N. of a fruit-tree (avigna).

āvid Caus.
     (1) To make known, report, declare, announce, tell, communicate, inform; kimiti nāvedayasi-athavā kimāveditena Ve. 1; rājña āvedayadhvaṃ māṃ saṃprāptaṃ Ram; āyuṣaḥ pramāṇamāvedayati K. 46, 47; āvedayaṃti pratyāsannamānaṃdaṃ ... nimittāni 65, 67 foreshadow; 81, 168; Bk. 3. 49; Ku. 6. 21; R. 5. 23; ātmanaḥ sumahatkarma vraṇairāvedya R. 12. 55; K. 158.
     (3) To bring to, offer, give.

āvid a. Ved.
     (1) Knowledge.
     (2) A technical name of the Vedic formulas beginning with āvis and āvitta.

āvidvas a. Ved. Knowing fully, skilled in.

āvedaka a. Making known, reporting, communicating. --kaḥ
     (1) One who makes known, an informer.
     (2) A suitor, plaintiff.

āvedanam
     (1) Communicating, reporting, or addressing respectfully.
     (2) Representation.
     (3) Stating a complaint (in law); rājñe kuryāt pūrvamāvedanaṃ yaḥ Nārada.
     (4) A plaint.

āvedanīya, --vedya pot. p.
     (1) To be declared or reported.
     (2) To be made the subject of a plaint.

āvedita p. p. Made known, communicated &c. --taḥ The person to whom something is made known. --taṃ That which is communicated.

āvedin a.
     (1) Declaring, announcing.
     (2) Giving orders.

āvidūryam [avidūrasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Proximity.

āviddha, āvidha See under āvyadh.

āvirbhāva &c. See āvis.

āvila a. [āvilati dṛṣṭiṃ stṛṇāti vil stṛtau-ka Tv.]
     (1) Turbid, foul, dirty, muddy; paṃkacchidaḥ phalasyeva nikaṣeṇāvilaṃ payaḥ M. 2. 8; tasyāvilāṃbhaḥpariśuddhihetoḥ R. 13. 36.
     (2) Impure, spoiled; Ki. 8. 37; fig. also; tvadīyaiścaritairanāvilaiḥ Ku. 5. 37.
     (3) Dark-coloured, dark-blue, darkish; V. 5. 8.
     (4) Dim, obscure; āvilāṃ mṛgalekhāṃ R. 8. 42.

āvilayati Den. P. To sully, make turbid, stain, blot; S. 5. 21.

āviś 6 U.
     (1) To enter; gaurīgurorgahvaramāviveśa R. 2. 26, 3. 28.
     (2) To take possession of, possess, affect; mūḍhamāviśaṃti na paṃḍitaṃ H. 1. 3; so bhayaṃ, mohaḥ, krodhaḥ &c.
     (3) To go towards, approach.
     (4) To go or attain to a particular state; sukhaṃ, manyuṃ &c.
     (5) To arise. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to enter.
     (2) To possess; K. 107.

āviṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Entered.
     (2) Possessed (by an evil spirit); K. 120, 167, 318.
     (3) Possessed of, seized or filled with, full of, overpowered or overcome; bhaya-, krodha-, nidrā-; kṛpayāviṣṭaṃ Bg. 2. 1; bhoginaḥ kaṃcukāviṣṭāḥ Pt. 1. 65 covered with, clad in.
     (4) Engrossed or occupied in, intent on (tatpara, udyutka).
     -- Comp.
          --liṃga a. (a noun) which in every relationship preserves its own gender (niyataliṃga); e. g. pradhānaṃ, ardhaḥ, upasarjanaṃ.

āveśaḥ
     (1) Entering into, entrance; āveśaṃ kṛ Pt. 1 to enter or infuse oneself into.
     (2) Taking possession of, influence, exercise; smaya- influence of pride R. 5. 19; so madana-, krodha-, bhaya- &c.
     (3) Intentness, devotedness to an object, complete absorption in one wish or idea.
     (4) Pride, arrogance.
     (5) Flurry, agitation, anger, passion; K. 291.
     (6) Demoniacal possession.
     (7) Apoplectic or epileptic giddiness.

āveśanam
     (1) Entering, entrance.
     (2) Demoniacal possession.
     (3) Passion, anger, fury.
     (4) A manufactory, work-shop; Ms. 9. 265.
     (5) The disc of the sun or the moon.
     (6) A house, dwelling.

āveśika a. (kī f.) [āveśa-ṭhañ]
     (1) Peculiar, one's own (asādhāraṇa).
     (2) Inherent. --kaḥ A guest, visitor. --kaṃ
     (1) Entering into.
     (2) Hospitality.

āvis ind. A particle meaning 'before the eyes', 'openly', 'evidently' (usually prefixed to the roots as, bhū and kṛ); ācāryakaṃ vijayi mānmathamāvirāsīt Māl. 1. 26.

āvirbhū 1 P. To become manifest, appear, become visible, show oneself to; tamastapati gharmāṃśau kathamāvirbhaviṣyati S. 5. 14; teṣāmāvirabhūd brahmā parimlānamukhaśriyāṃ Ku. 2. 2; āvirbabhūva kuśagarbhamukhaṃ mṛgāṇāṃ yūthaṃ R. 9. 55.

āvirbhāvaḥ
     (1) Manifestation, presence, appearance.
     (2) An incarnation.
     (3) Nature or property of things.

āviṣkṛ 8 U. To make apparent, lay bare, reveal, show, manifest, put forth; (yāti) āviṣkṛtāruṇapurassara ekatorkaḥ S. 5. 1; Śi. 20. 76.

āviṣkaraṇaṃ, --ṣkāraḥ
     (1) Manifestation, making visible, showing; asūyā muṇeṣu doṣāviṣkaraṇaṃ Sk.
     (2) The means of making visible.

āviṣya a. Ved. Manifest.

āvistarām ind. In a more manifest way.

āvī f. [avīreva svārthe aṇ]
     (1) A woman in her courses.
     (2) A pregnant woman.
     (3) The pangs of childbirth.

āvīta a. [ā-vye-kta]
     (1) Worn, put on, held after throwing round.
     (2) Entered, passed, gone. --taṃ The sacrificial cord worn in any particular position.

āvītin m. [āvīta-iti] A Brāhmaṇa who makes the sacrificial cord hang over the right shoulder.

āvīracūrṇaḥ The opposite-leaved fig-tree.

āvukaḥ A father(in theatrical language).

āvuttaḥ A sister's husband; brother-in-law; U. 1; S. 6.

āvṛ 5. 9. 10. U.
     (1) To cover, hide, conceal; āvṛṇodātmano raṃdhraṃ R. 17. 61; K. 199; āvarītumivākāśaṃ Bk. 9. 24; dhūmenāvriyate vahniḥ Bg. 3. 38.
     (2) To fill, pervade; sarvamāvṛtya tiṣṭhati Bg. 13. 13; Ms. 2. 144.
     (3) To choose, desire.
     (4) To enclose, obstruct, shut, hem in, block; āvṛtya paṃthānamajasya tasthau R. 7. 31; 12. 28.
     (5) To keep off; Bk. 14. 109. --Caus.
     (1) To cover or conceal.
     (2) To ward or keep off.

āvaraka a. Covering, concealing. --kaṃ A cover, veil.

āvaraṇa a. Covering, hiding, obscuring, obstructing; netrāvaraṇamaśru R. 14. 71. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Covering, concealing, hiding, obscuring; sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭeḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamisrā R. 5. 13, 10. 46, 19. 16.
     (2) Shutting, enclosing, fencing.
     (3) A covering, anything that covers or protects &c.; hastau svau nayati stanāvaraṇatāṃ M. 4. 14; S. 3. 22; (fig.) protection, defence; śīlamāvaraṇaṃ striyāḥ Ram.; caritrāvaraṇāḥ striyaḥ Chaṇ. 76.
     (4) Obstruction, interruption, restraint (of bashfulness &c.); kālenāvaraṇātyayāt U. 1. 39.
     (5) An enclosure, fence, surrounding wall; labdhāṃtarā sāvaraṇepi gehe R. 16. 7; Ki. 5. 25.
     (6) A bolt, latch.
     (7) A shield.
     -- Comp.
          --śaktiḥ mental ignorance (which veils the real nature of things).

āvari(rī)tṛ a. One that covers or envelops; Ki. 18. 40.

āvāraḥ Enclosing, keeping off, as in durāvāra q. v.

āvāriḥ [āvṛ bāhu- iṇ] A shop, a stall (n according to some).

āvṛta p. p.
     (1) Covered, screened, concealed.
     (2) Invested, blocked.
     (3) Enclosed, surrounded (by a ditch, wall &c.).
     (4) Spread, overspread, overcast; āvṛte nabhastale H. 3.
     (5) Filled or abounding with. --taḥ A man of mixed origin, the son of a Brāhmaṇa by a woman of the Ugra caste; Ms. 10. 15.

āvṛtiḥ f. Covering, hiding; see āvaraṇa.

āvṛj 1 A.
     (1) To bestow, give (Ved.).
     (2) To turn to or towards.
     (3) To choose. --Caus.
     (1) To bend, bend down; incline; gauraveṇāvarjitaḥ Pt. 4.; āvarjya śākhāḥ sadayaṃ ca yāsāṃ R. 16. 19; 13. 17, 24; Mv. 5. 63; K. 14, 58; Ku. 2. 26, 3. 54; 7. 54; Me. 46.
     (2) To subdue, win or gain over, attract, please; āvarjitāni manāṃsi Nāg. 1; marīcimāvarjitavatīva ślāghase Dk. 45, 58, 133, 155; Mv. 2; K. 368.
     (3) To bring, collect; R. 6. 76.
     (4) To pour out, offer, give; api tvadāvarjitavārisaṃbhṛtaṃ Ku. 5. 34; R. 15. 80; tanayāvarjitapiṃḍakāṃkṣiṇaḥ 8. 26; 1. 62, 67; Mu. 4; K. 241.
     (5) To draw or force out; Nāg. 4.
     (6) To empty, pour out the contents of (as a jar &c.); kalaśamāvarjayati S. 1; V. 5; Ku. 7. 10; K. 82, 310.

āvarjanam
     (1) Bending down &c.
     (2) Giving.
     (3) Winning over, Dk. 139, 172.

āvṛt 1 A.
     (1) To turn round, revolve.
     (2) To return, come or turn back; dhenurāvavṛte vanāt R. 1. 82, 2. 19; Bg. 8. 26.
     (3) To go to or towards.
     (4) To be restless or uneasy; Mal. 1. 41. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to turn or revolve; akṣabalayamāvartayaṃtaṃ K. 42 telling the beads.
     (2) To roll, turn about or over.
     (3) To cause to roll down, shed (as tears &c.).
     (4) To attract, win over (see āvṛj)
     (5) To repeat, recite.

āvartaḥ
     (1) Turning round, winding, revolving; pradakṣiṇāvartaśikhaḥ Ram.
     (2) A whirlpool, an eddy, whirl; nṛpaṃ tamāvartamanojñanābhiḥ R. 6. 52; darśitāvartanābheḥ Me. 28; Dk. 2; āvartaḥ saṃśayānāṃ Pt. 1. 191.
     (3) Deliberation, revolving (in the mind), anxiety.
     (4) A lock of hair curling backwards, especially on a horse.
     (5) The two depressions of the forehead above the eye-brows.
     (6) A crowded place (where many men live closely together).
     (7) A kind of jewel.
     (8) N. of a form of cloud personified; āvarto nirjalo meghaḥ.
     (9) Melting (of metals). (10) Doubt.
     (11) Worldly existence (saṃsāra). --rtaṃ A mineral substance, pyrites (mākṣikadhātu).

āvartaka a. [āvarta eva svārthe kan] Revolving again and again. --kaḥ
     (1) N. of a form of cloud personified; jātaṃ vaṃśe bhuvanavidite puṣkarāvartakānāṃ Me. 6; Ku. 2. 50.
     (2) Depression above the eye-brows.
     (3) A whirlpool.
     (4) Revolution.
     (5) Revolution of the mind from the influence of the senses.
     (6) A curl of hair.
     (7) A sort of poisonous insect. --kī N. of a creeping plant.

āvartana a.
     (1) Turning round or towards.
     (2) Revolving. --naṃ
     (1) Turning round, returning, revolution.
     (2) Circular motion, gyration.
     (3) Churning or stirring up anything in fusion.
     (4) Melting together, fusion, alligation (said of metals).
     (5) Mid-day, the time when shadows are cast in an opposite direction.
     (6) Repeating, doing over and over agin.
     (7) Study, practising. --naḥ Viṣṇu. --nī
     (1) A crucible.
     (2) A spoon, ladle.

āvartin a.
     (1) Whirling or turning upon itself, returning; ābrahmabhuvanāllokāḥ punarāvartino'rjuna Bg. 8. 16; kālāṃtarāvarti H. 1. 207.
     (2) Melting, mixing &c. --m. (--rtī) A horse having curls of hair on various parts of the body (considered as a sign of auspiciousness). --nī
     (1) A whirlpool.
     (2) N. of a plant (ajaśṛṃgī).

āvṛt f.
     (1) Causing to turn towards.
     (2) Turning towards or round; entering.
     (3) Order, succession, method, mode, manner; anayaivāvṛtā kāryaṃ piṃḍanirvapaṇaṃ sutaiḥ Ms. 3. 248; Y. 3. 2.
     (4) Progress of an action; occurrence.
     (5) Turn of a path, course, direction.
     (6) A purificatory rite; Ms. 2. 66.

āvṛtta p. p.
     (1) Turned round, whirled, returned; Mal. 1. 29.
     (2) Repeated; dvirāvṛttā daśa dvidaśāḥ Sk.
     (3) Learnt (by heart), studied; U. 6.
     (4) Reverted, returned.
     (5) Averted.
     (6) Retreated, fled.

āvṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Turning towards; return, coming back; tapovanāvṛttipathaṃ R. 2. 18; Bg. 8. 23.
     (2) Reversion, retreat, flight.
     (3) Revolving, whirling, going round; Mal. 5. 4.
     (4) Recurrence to the same point or place (of the sun); udagāvṛttipathena nāradaḥ R. 8. 33.
     (5) Repetition of birth and death, worldly existence; anāvṛttibhayaṃ Ku. 6. 77.
     (6) Repetition in general; an edition (modern use); saptamīyamaṃkanāvṛttiḥ seventh edition.
     (7) Repeated reading, study; āvṛttiḥ sarvaśāstrāṇāṃ bodhādapi garīyasī Udb.
     (8) Use, employment, application.
     (9) Turn of a way, course or direction. (10) Occurrence.
     -- Comp.
          --dīpakaṃ a rhetorical figure; trividhaṃ dīpakāvṛttau bhavedāvṛttidīpakam . (padasyārthasyobhayorvā āvṛttiḥ). krameṇodāharaṇaṃḥ-varṣatyaṃbudamāleyaṃ varṣatyeṣā ca śarvarī .. unmīlaṃti kadaṃbāni sphuṭāṃti kuṭajodgamāḥ . mādyaṃti cātakāstṛptā mādyaṃti ca śikhābalāḥ .. Kuval.

āvṛṣṭiḥ f. Raining, a shower of rain.

āvegaḥ
     (1) Uneasiness, anxiety, excitement, agitation, flurry; alamāvegena S. 3, 7; Amaru. 83; śoka-, duḥkha-, sādhvasa- &c.
     (2) Hurry, haste; S. 4.
     (3) Agitation, regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings. --gī N. of a tree (vṛddhadārakavṛkṣa).

āveṣṭa 10 P. To surround; tṛṇairāveṣṭyate rajjuḥ is made or formed of straw; Pt. 1. 331.

āveṣṭakaḥ A wall, fence, an enclosure.

āveṣṭanam
     (1) Wrapping round, tying, binding.
     (2) A wrapper, an envelope.
     (3) A wall, fence, enclosure.

āvya a. (vī f.) [avermeṣasya vikāraḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Belonging to a sheep.
     (2) Woollen.

āvyadh 4 P.
     (1) To hit, pierce; see anāviddha.
     (2) To wound.
     (3) To break or pierce through.
     (4) To put on; Bk. 20. 11.
     (5) To shoot at, throw or cast towards.
     (6) To throw away, cast off.
     (7) To wave, brandish.
     (8) To pin on.
     (9) To rouse, agitate, stir up. (10) To drive away, expel; nirbaṃdhamāvidhyati Mv. 5. 39.

āviddha p. p.
     (1) Pierced, bored, rent, splintered, broken down; utpātāviddhamūrtiḥ Mv. 5. 44 rent or contracted; R. 12. 73.
     (2) Curved, crooked, uneven; V. 4. 28; harṣāviddhamabhyutthitaḥ Dk. 37.
     (3) Cast with force; dūranikṣepa- Māl. 8 cast forth in taking long strides; Mv. 2; Ms. 9. 40; thrown, put in motion.
     (4) Disappointed.
     (5) Fallacious, false.
     (6) Stupid, foolish.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇī, --karṇikā N. of a plant (pāṭhā).

āvidhaḥ [ā-vyadh-ghañarthe-ka] An awl; drill.

āvyādhin a. [ā-vyadh-ṇini] Giving pain, wounding, attacking. --nī A gang of robbers (Ved.).

āvraśca 6 P. To tear off, cut off, tear in pieces, interrupt.

āvraścanam
     (1) Cutting or tearing off.
     (2) The stump of a tree (Ved.).

āvraskaḥ Being torn off or tearing itself off (Ved.).

āvrīḍakaḥ [avrīḍānāṃ viṣayo deśaḥ] A country of the shameless.

āśa a. One who eats, eater (mostly as the last member of comp.); e. g. hutāśa, āśrayāśa &c. &c. --śaḥ [aś-ghañ] Eating (as in prātarāśa).

āśakam Eating.

āśayitṛ a.
     (1) Feeding, a feeder.
     (2) Protecting.

āśiḥ f. The act of eating food.

āśita a.
     (1) Eaten, given to eat.
     (2) Satisfied by eating.
     (3) Voracious, gluttonous. --taṃ Eating.

āśitaṃgavīna a. [āśitā aśanena tṛptā gāvo yatra, khañ ni- mum] Formerly grazed by cattle.

āśitaṃbhava a. [āśito'śanena tṛpto bhavatyanena P. III. 2. 45] Satiating, satisfying (as food). --vaṃ
     (1) Food, victuals.
     (2) Satisfaction, satiety (m. also); phalairyeṣvāsitaṃbhavaṃ Bk. 4. 11.

āśitṛ a. Voracious, gluttonous.

āśin a. Eating(in comp.); phalāśī &c.

āśaṃs 1 A. (rarely P.)
     (1) To hope for, expect, desire, wish or long for; svakāryasiddhiṃ punarāśaśaṃse Ku. 3. 57; Bk. 14. 70, 90; S. 2. 15; M. 1; manorathāya nāśaṃse S. 7. 13.
     (2) To bless, wish well to; evaṃ te devā āśaṃsaṃtu Mk. 1; ityāśaśaṃse karaṇairabāhyaiḥ R. 14. 50.
     (3) To speak, say.
     (4) To tell; Ku. 3. 14.
     (5) To ask for, beg.
     (6) To praise.
     (7) To repeat, recite.
     (8) To fear, be afraid of. --Caus. To render famous or celebrated.

āśaṃsanam
     (1) Expecting, wishing; iṣṭāśaṃsanamāśīḥ Sk.
     (2) Telling, declaring.

āśaṃsā
     (1) Desire, wish, expectation, hope; nidadhe vijayāśaṃsāṃ cāpe sītāṃ ca lakṣmaṇe R. 12. 44; Bk. 19. 5.
     (2) Speech, declaration.
     (3) Indication, reference; śaratsamayavarṇanāśaṃsayā Ve. 1.
     (4) Imagination; āśaṃsāparikalpitāsvapi bhavatyānaṃdasāṃdro layaḥ Mal. 5. 7.

āśaṃsita a.
     (1) Wished, hoped, expected.
     (2) Said, declared.
     (3) Considered, said to be.

āśaṃsitṛ, āśaṃsin a.
     (1) Wishing, desiring, expecting; V. 2.
     (2) Announcing, declaring.

āśaṃsu a. [ā-śaṃs-u] Desirous, hopeful.

āśas a. Ved. [ā-śaṃs-kvip] Hoping. --f.
     (1) Praise.
     (2) Desire.

āśak 5 P. Ved. To make one capable or a master or possessor (of a thing).

āśakta a. Able, powerful.

āśaktiḥ f. Power, ability.

āśaṃk 1 A.
     (1) To suspect, distrust; dayitāṃ sādhvīṃ tvamāśaṃkiṣvathāḥ kathaṃ Bk. 21. 1.
     (2) To suspect or believe to be; āśaṃkase yadagniṃ S. 1. 28; Śi. 3. 72; Bk 6. 6.
     (3) To be in doubt or suspense; M. 4. 5.
     (4) To fear, be afraid, apprehend; bharatāgamanamāśaṃkya R. 12. 24; Pt. 392; dattapūrvetyāśaṃkyate Mal. 4.
     (4) To start a doubt or objection.

āśaṃkanīya pot. p.
     (1) To be doubted or suspected.
     (2) To be apprehended.
     (3) Doubtful, questionable.

āśaṃkā
     (1) Fear, apprehension; naṣṭāśaṃkā hariṇaśiśavo maṃdamaṃdaṃ caraṃti S. 1. 16; āśaṃkayā bhuktaṃ Bh. 3. 5.
     (2) Doubt, uncertainty; ityāśaṃkāyāmāha Gadadhara.
     (3) Distrust, suspicion; -anvita a. apprehensive, afraid.

āśaṃkita p. p.
     (1) Feared, dreaded; idaṃ tadāśaṃkitaṃ gurujanenāpi U. 3; doubted, suspected. --taṃ
     (1) Fear, apprehension.
     (2) Doubt, uncertainty.

āśaṃkin a.
     (1) Doubting, fearing; R. 4. 21; attended with fears; Pt. 1. 284.

āśana a. [aśana-aṇ] One who feeds. --naḥ
     (1) N. of a tree; see aśana.
     (2) The thunderbolt.

āśaya &c. See under āśī.

āśaraḥ [ā-śṝ-ac]
     (1) Fire.
     (2) A demon, goblin (rakṣas).
     (3) Wind.

āśārikaḥ Violent and acute pain in the limbs (Ved.).

āśalaḥ A tree; see jīvaka.

āśavam [āśorbhāvaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Speed, quickness.
     (2) Distilled spirit, more, usually written āsava q. v.

āśasanam Ved. Cutting up an animal (when killed).

āśā [āsamaṃtāt aśnute ā-aś-ac]
     (1)
          (a) Hope, expectation, prospect; tāmāśāṃ ca suradviṣāṃ R. 12. 96; āśā hi paramaṃ duḥkhaṃ nairāśyaṃ paramaṃ sukhaṃ Subhāṣ.; tvamāśe moghāśe Bh. 3. 6; so bhagna, -hata, -nirāśa &c.
          (b) Wish, desire (in Bh. 3. 25 āśā is compared to a river).
     (2) False hope or expectation.
     (3) Space, region, quarter of the compass, direction; agastyācaritāmāśāmanāśāsyajayo yayau R. 4. 44; Ki. 7. 9.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita, --janana a. hopeful, inspiring hope; V. 3. 9.
          --kṛta a. attended with the hope of success.
          --gajaḥ a guardian elephant of a quarter or point of the compass; see aṣṭadiggaja. --taṃtuḥ a thread of hope, slender hope; Māl. 4. 3, 9. 26.
          --pālaḥ a guardian or regent of the regions or quarters; see aṣṭadikpāla. --piśācikā deceptive or illusive hope, phantom of hope.
          --puragugguluḥ or
          --saṃbhavaḥ a kind of Bdellium.
          --prāpta a. successful (= prāptāśa). --baṃdhaḥ 1. the tie or bond of hope, confidence, trust, expectation; gurvapi virahaduḥkhamāśābaṃdhaḥ sāhayati S. 4. 15; Ve. 6. 25; V. 3; U. 3; Me. 10. --2. consolation. --3. a spider's web.
          --bhaṃgaḥ disappointment.
          --vaha a. inspiring hope. (
          --haḥ) N. of a son of heaven.
          --vibhinna a. disappointed in expectation.
          --hīna a. despairing, despondent.

āśāvat a. Having hopes, trusting.

āśāḍhaḥ See a(ā) ṣāḍha.

āśāraḥ Shelter; -eṣin seeking shelter.

āśās 2 A.
     (1) To bless, pronounce or give a blessing; ṛkchaṃdasā āśāste S. 4; kimanyadāśāsmahe kevalaṃ vīraprasavā bhūyāḥ U. 1.
     (2) To desire, wish, hope, expect; yasya bhavān maṃgalamāśāste Ve. 6; Ms. 3. 80; sarvamasminvayamāśāsmahe S. 7; śāṃtiṃ Bk. 17. 1.
     (3) To order, command, relate (P. also in this sense).
     (4) To praise.

āśāsya pot. p.
     (1) To be obtained by a boon.
     (2) To be blessed; Mv. 4. 13.
     (3) To be wished for, desirable; anāśāsyajayo yayau R. 4. 44 (who had not to wish for victory, to whom victory came unsought). --syaṃ
     (1) A thing to be wished for, wish, desire; saṃpannāste sarvāśiṣaḥ Mu. 7; M. 5. 20.
     (2) A blessing, benediction; āśāsyaciṃtāstimito babhūva Ku. 7. 87; āśāsyamanyat punaruktabhūtaṃ R. 5. 34.

āśis f. (-śīḥ, -śīrbhyāṃ &c.) [āśās-kvip, ata itvam] A blessing, benediction. (It is thus defined: vātsalyādyatra mānyena kaniṣṭhasyābhidhīyate . iṣṭāvadhārakaṃ vākyamāśīḥ sā parikītiṃtā ..). āśis is sometimes distinguished from vara, the former being taken to be merely an expression of one's good wishes which may or may not be realized; while a vara is a boon which is more permanent in character and surer of fulfilment; cf. varaḥ khalveṣanāśīḥ S.4; āśiṣo gurujanavitīrṇā varatāmāpadyaṃte K. 291; amoghāḥ pratigṛhṇaṃtāvarghyānupadamāśiṣaḥ R. 1. 44, 11. 6; Ku. 5. 76, 7. 47.
     (2) Act of bestowing a blessing upon others.
     (3) A prayer, wish, desire; Ku. 5. 76, Bg. 4. 21, 6. 10.
     (4) A serpent's fang (cf. āśī).
     (5) One of the eight chief medicaments (vṛddhi).
     -- Comp.
          --vādaḥ, --vacanaṃ (āśīrvādaḥ &c.) a blessing, benediction, expression of a prayer or wish; āśīrvacanasaṃyuktāṃ nityaṃ yasmāt prakurvate S. D. 6; Ms. 2. 33.
          --viṣaḥ (āśīrviṣaḥ) 'having poison in its fangs,' a snake.

āśiṃjita a. Tinkling(as of the ornaments worn on the hands and feet); Ku. 3. 26.

āśita, āśin &c. See under āśa.

āśina a. Ved. Aged.

āśir f. [āśrīyate pacyate ā-śrī-kvip Tv.] Milk &c. that is being boiled; (kṣīrādikaṃ śrapaṇadravyaṃ Sāy.); the milk mixed with the Soma juice to purify it.

āśira a. Voracious. --raḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A demon.

āśī [āśīryate'nayā, ā-śṝ-kvip pṛ-]
     (1) A serpent's fang.
     (2) A kind of venom.
     (3) A blessing, benediction.
     -- Comp.
          --viṣaḥ [āśyāṃ viṣamasya] 1. a snake; garutmadāśīviṣabhīmadarśanaiḥ R. 3. 57. --2. a particular kind of snake; karṇāśīviṣabhoginipraśamite Ve. 6. 1.

āśī 2 A.
     (1) To lie or sleep on; kusumānyāśerate ṣaṭpadāḥ V. 2. 23 v. l.
     (2) To pass (the night) in sleep.
     (3) To wish, pray for.
     (4) To dwell, live, inhabit.

āśayaḥ [ā-śī-ac]
     (1) A bedchamber, resting-place, asylum.
     (2) A place of residence, abode, seat, retreat; vāyurgaṃdhānivāśayāt Bg. 15. 8; apṛthak- U. 1. 45.
     (3) Sleeping, lying down.
     (4) Receptacle, reservoir; viṣamopi vigāhyate naya kṛtatīrthaḥ payasāmivāśayaḥ Ki. 2. 3; cf. also words like jalāśaya, āmāśaya, raktāśaya &c.
     (5) Any recipient vessel or viscus of the body; the Aśayas are 7: --vāta-, pitta-, śleṣman-, rakta-, āma-, pakva- (and garbha- in the case of women).
     (6) The stomach; āśayāgnidīptiḥ Dk. 160.
     (7) Meaning, intention, purport, gist; ityāśayaḥ; evaṃ kaverāśayaḥ (oft. used by commentators; see abhiprāya).
     (8) The seat of feelings, mind, heart; ahamātmā guḍākeśa sarvabhūtāśayasthitaḥ Bg. 10. 20; Mv. 2. 37.
     (9) Disposition of mind. (10) Prosperity.
     (11) A barn.
     (12) Will or pleasure.
     (13) Virtue or vice (as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain).
     (14) Fate, fortune.
     (15) Property, possession.
     (16) A miser.
     (17) A kind of pit (made for catching animals); āste paramasaṃtapto nūnaṃ siṃha ivāśaye Mb.
     (18) N. of a tree (panasa).
     -- Comp.
          --āśaḥ fire.

āśu a. [aś-vyāptau uṇ] Fast, quick. --śuḥ Ved.
     (1) 'The quick one', a horse.
     (2) Rice (ripening quickly in the rainy season). --śu ind. Fast, quickly, immediately, directly; vartma bhānostyajāśu Me. 39, 22. [cf. L. acu; Gr. okus.].
     -- Comp.
          --āpas a. obtaining quickly.
          --kārin, --kṛt a. 1. doing anything quickly, smart, active. --2. operating quickly (as a medicine).
          --kopin a. irascible, irritable.
          --kriyā quick operation of a medicine.
          --ga a. swift, quick. (
          --gaḥ) 1. the wind. --2. the sun. --3. an arrow; papāvanāsvāditapūrvamāśugaḥ R. 3. 54, 11. 83, 12. 91.
          --gāmin a. going quickly. (--m). the sun.
          --toṣa a. easily appeased or pleased. (
          --ṣaḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --patrī a tree which yields frankincense (śallakīlatā). --patvan a. flying quickly.
          --bodha a. teaching quickly, N. of a grammar.
          --yā a. going quickly. (--ind.) quickly.
          --vrīhiḥ rice ripening in the rainy season.
          --ṣeṇa a. Ved. having swift arrows.
          --heman a. running on quickly, urging the horses.
          --heṣas a. Ved. quickly neighing; having quick horses, quickly praised; (śīghraśabdāyamāna).

āśutvaṃ, --tā Quickness, speed.

āśiman m. [āśorbhāvaḥ imanic] Quickness.

āśuśukṣaṇi a. [ā śuṣ san ani Uṇ. 2. 102]
     (1) Being worshipped on account of shining very quickly, or causing sorrow to one's enemies (Say).
     (2) Shining forth. --ṇiḥ
     (1) Wind, air.
     (2) Fire; maṃtrapūtāni havīṃṣi pratigṛhṇātyetatprītyāśuśukṣaṇiḥ K. 44.

āśū a. Quick, fast(Ved.).

āśekuṭin m. A mountain.

āśokeya a. (yī f.) [aśoka-ḍhañ] (A place &c.) Near an Aśoka tree.

āśoṣaṇam The act of drying.

āśaucam [aśucerbhāvaḥ aṇ; P. VII. 3. 30] Impurity, see aśaucaṃ; daśāhaṃ śāvamāśaucaṃ brāhmaṇasya vidhīyate Ms. 5. 59, 61, 62, 74, 80; Y. 3. 18.

āścarya a. [ā-car-ṇyat suṭ P. VI. 1. 147] Marvellous, wonderful, extraordinary, astonishing, strange, curious; āścaryo gavāṃ doho'gopena Sk.; tadanu vavṛṣuḥ puṣpamāścaryameghāḥ R. 16. 87; -darśano manuṣyalokaḥ S. 7. --ryaṃ
     (1) A wonder, miracle, marvel; kimāścaryaṃ kṣāradeśe prāṇadā yamadūtikā Udb.; karmāścaryāṇi U. 1 wonderful deeds; K. 65; Mv. 1; Bg. 11. 6 2. 29.
     (2) Surprise, wonder, astonishment; -maya Bg. 11. 11.
     (3) A strange appearance, prodigy.
     (4) (Used as an exclamation) A wonder, how strange or curious; āścaryaṃ paripīḍito 'bhiramate yaccātakastṛṣṇayā Chāt. 2. 4; usually with yacca, yatra or yadi with a following potential or future.
     -- Comp.
          --bhūta a. wonderful, being an object of wonder; K. 8.

āścaryatā, --tvam Wonderfulness, astonishment.

āśco --ścyo --tana a. Sprinkling. --naṃ
     (1) Aspersion, sprinkling.
     (3) Applying ghee &c. to the eyelids.

āśma a. (śmī f.) [aśman-aṇ] Made of stone, stony. --śmaḥ Anything made of stone.
     -- Comp.
          --bhārika a. having a mass of stones.
          --rathyaḥ N. of a teacher of ritual.

āśmana a. (nī f.) [aśmano vikāraḥ aṇ] Stony, made of stones. --naḥ
     (1) Anything made of stone.
     (2) N. of Aruṇa, the charioteer of the sun.

āśmarika a. (kī f.) [aśmaryeva svārthe bā- ṭhañ] Suffering from stone in the bladder. --kaḥ N. of a disease (aśmarī q. v.).

āśmika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Made of stone.
     (2) Carrying or bearing stones.

āśyai 1 A. To become congealed or coagulated, to become dry; yāvannāśyāyate vediḥ R. 17. 37.

āśyāna p. p.
     (1) Congealed, consolidated; paṃkairivāśyānavanaistaṭāni Ki. 16. 10.
     (2) Partially dried; pathaścāśyānakardamān R. 4. 24; Ku. 7. 9; dried by fumigation (as hair); R. 17. 22.

āśram [aśrameva, svārthe'ṇ] Tear.

āśrapaṇam [ā-śrā-ṇic lyuṭ] The act of cooking or boiling.

āśramaḥ, --mam [ā-śram ādhāre ghañ vṛddhya bhāvaḥ]
     (1) A hermitage, hut, cell, dwelling or abode of ascetics.
     (2) A stage, order, or period of the (reli gious) life of a Brāhmaṇa. (These are four: --brahmacarya the life of a student; gārhasthya the life of a house holder: vānaprasya the life of an anchorite or hermit, and saṃnyāsa the life of a Bhikshu or beggar. Kshatriyas (and Vaiśyas also) can enter upon the first three Asramas; cf. S. 7. 20; V. 5; (according to some authorities they can enter the fourth also; cf. sakilāśramamaṃtyamāśritaḥ R. 8. 14); pūrvāśramaḥ Ku. 5. 50.
     (3) A college, school.
     (4) A wood or thicket (where ascetics practise penance).
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --guruḥ the head of a religious order, a preceptor, principal.
          --dharmaḥ 1. the special duties of each order or life. --2. the duties of one leading a hermit's life; ya imāmāśramadharme niyuṅkte S. 1.
          --padaṃ, --maṃḍalaṃ, --sthānaṃ 1. a hermitage (including the surrounding grounds), a penance forest (tapovanaṃ); śāṃtamidamāśramapadaṃ S. 1. 16. --2. a period in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa.
          --bhraṣṭa a. fallen from any religious order, apostate.
          --vāsaḥ residence in a hermitage.
          --vāsika a. relating to residence in a hermitage; -kaṃ parva the 15th book of the Mb.
          --vāsin, --ālayaḥ, --sad m. an ascetic, hermit.

āśramika a., āśramin a. [āśrama-ṭhan iti]
     (1) Belonging to one of the four orders or periods of religious life; Ms. 6. 90-91, 12. 111, 3. 78.
     (2) Belonging to a hermitage.

āśravaḥ
     (1) Stream, river.
     (2) Fault, transgression; see āsrava and under āśru also.

āśri 1 U.
     (1)
          (a) To resort or betake oneself to; to have recourse to (a place, way, course of action &c.); vicaritamṛgayūthānyāśrayiṣye vanāni V. 5. 17; Rs. 1. 27 v. l.; dakṣiṇāṃ mūrtimāśritya K. 128, 132; na vayaṃ kumāramāśrayāmahe Mu. 4; āśiśrāya ca bhūtalaṃ Bk. 14. 111 fell on the ground; 17. 92; vṛtimāśritya vaitasīṃ R. 4. 35 resorting to or following; so dhairyaṃ, śokaṃ, balaṃ, mitrabhāvaṃ, saṃskṛtamāśritya &c.; āśritya having recourse or reference; tāmāśri ya M. 4. 1; katatatprakaraṇamāśritya gīyatāṃ S. 1
          (b) To seek refuge with, dwell with or in, inhabit (as a place &c); śaraṇyamenamāśrayante R. 13. 7; Pt. 1. 51; tathā gṛhasthamāśritya vartaṃte sarva āśramāḥ Ms. 3. 77; sarve guṇāḥ kāṃcanamāśrayaṃt..
     (2) To go through, experience; ekorasaḥ ... pṛthakpṛthagivāśrayate vivartān U. 3. 47.
     (3) To rest or depend upon.
     (4) To adhere or stick to, fall to the lot of, happen, occur; pāpamevāśrayedasmān Bg. 1. 36 we shall incur sin.
     (5) To choose, prefer.
     (6) To assist, help.

āśrayaḥ [āśri-ac]
     (1) A restingplace, seat, substratum; sauhṛdādapṛthagāśrayāmimāṃ U. 1. 45 v. l.; so āśrayāsiddha q. v. below.
     (2) That on which anything depends or rests, or with which it is closely connected.
     (3) Recipient, receptacle, a person or thing in which any quality is present or retained &c.; tamāśrayaṃ duṣprasahasya tejasaḥ R. 3. 58.
     (4)
          (a) A place of refuge, asylum; shelter; bhartā vai hyāśrayaḥ strīṇāṃ Vet.; tadahamāśrayonmūlanenaiva tvāmakāmāṃ karomi Mu. 2.
          (b) A dwelling, house.
     (5) Having recourse or resort to, resort; oft. in comp. sābhūdrāmāśrayā bhūyaḥ R. 12. 35; nānāśrayā prakṛtiḥ &c.
     (6) Following, practising; Ms. 2. 11.
     (7) Choosing, taking, attaching oneself to.
     (8) Dependence on; oft. in comp.; mama sarve viṣayāstvadāśrayāḥ R. 8. 69.
     (9) Patron, supporter; vināśrayaṃ na tiṣṭhaṃti paṃḍitā vanitā latāḥ Udb. (10) A prop, support; R. 9. 60.
     (11) Help, assistance, protection.
     (12) A quiver; bāṇamāśrayamukhāt samuddharan R. 11. 26.
     (13) Authority, sanction, warrant.
     (14) Connection, relation, association.
     (15) Union, attachment.
     (16) A plea, an excuse.
     (17) Contiguity, vicinity.
     (18) Seeking shelter or protection with another (= saṃśraya), one of the six gunas, q. v.
     (19) An appropriate act, or one consistent with character. (20) Source, origin.
     (21) (In gram.) The subject, or that to which the predicate is attached.
     (22) (With Buddhists) The five organs of sense with Manas or mind.
     -- Comp.
          --asiddhaḥ, --ddhiḥ f. a kind of fallacy, one of the three sub-divisions of asiddha; (that whose substratum is false or fictitious); e. g. gagamāraniṃdaṃ surabhi araviṃdatva tsarojāraviṃdavat. --āśaḥ, --bhuj a. consuming every thing with which it comes in contact. (
          --śaḥ, --k) 1. fire; durvṛttaḥ kriyate dhūrtaiḥ śrīmānātmavivṛddhaye . kiṃ nāma khalasaṃsargaḥ kurute nāśrayāśavat .. Udb. --2. a forfeiter of asylum. --3. the constellation kṛttikā. --bhūta a. one who is the refuge or support (of another person).
          --liṃgaṃ an adjective (a word which must agree in gender with the word which it qualifies or refers to).

āśrayaṇa a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Resorting to, seeking refuge with; Ku. 4. 20.
     (2) Referring to. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Betaking oneself to, taking refuge with.
     (2) Accepting, choosing.
     (3) Joining.
     (4) Refuge, asylum.

āśrayaṇīya pot. p.
     (1) To be had recourse to; R. 17. 60.
     (2) To be practised or followed &c.

āśrayin a.
     (1) Resting with, dependent on.
     (2) Related to, concerning; tadāśrayiṇī kathā V. 3. 10; K. 213.
     (3) Resorting to; R. 6. 4; Ratn. 2.

āśrita p. p. (Used actively) (with an acc.)
     (1) Resorting to, having recourse to; sa kilāśramamaṃtyamāśritaḥ R. 8. 14; kṛṣṇāśritaḥ=kṛṣṇamāśritaḥ Sk.; mānuṣīṃ tanuṃ Bg. 9. 11; R. 1. 13.
     (2) Dwelling in, inhabiting, seated or resting on, stationing oneself at or on; idaṃ sphaṭikatalamāśrito bhavāmi M. 4; so vātāyanamāśritaḥ paśyati; dravyāśrito guṇaḥ Ak.; R. 12. 21, 1. 75; hvāra-, durga- &c.
     (3) Using, employing.
     (4) Following, practising, observing; mādhyasthyaṃ, dharmaṃ, pravrajyāṃ; Ku. 6. 6; Bk. 7. 42.
     (5) Receiving anything as an inherent or integral part.
     (6) Dependent on; rāṣṭraṃ bāhubalāśritaṃ Ms. 9. 255.
     (7) Referring to, regarding; bhīṣmāśritāḥ kathāḥ Mb.
     (8) (Passively used) Resorted to, inhabited &c.; caṭakāśritā śākhā Pt. 1; R. 3. 11. --taḥ A dependent, servant, follower; asmadāśritānāṃ H. 1; prabhūṇāṃ prāyaścalaṃ gauravamāśriteṣu Ku. 3. 1. --taṃ (pl.) The objects perceived by the senses and mind.

āśriḥ f. The edge of a sword.

āśru 5 P.
     (1) To hear, listen to.
     (2) To promise (with dat. of person; cf. P. I. 4. 40; Y. 2. 196).
     (3) To accept, undertake. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to hear.
     (2) To call, particularly in ritualistic formulas; omityāśrāvayati Ch. Up.
     (3) To draw towards, win over, attract; Bk. 12. 30.
     (4) To say, repeat (as a Mantra).

āśrava a. [ā-śru-ac] Obedient, compliant; bhiṣajāmanāśravaḥ R. 19. 49; N. 3. 84. --vaḥ
     (1) A promise, engagement.
     (2) Fault, transgression.
     (3) One of the categories according to the Jainas; see āsrava.

āśrāvaṇam
     (1) Calling out so as to make one listen.
     (2) N. of certain short words uttered at ceremonies; oṃ svadhetyāśrāvaṇamastu svadheti pratyāśrāvaṇaṃ Asval.

āśruta p. p.
     (1) Heard.
     (2) Promised, agreed, accepted. --taṃ Calling so as to make one listen.

āśrutiḥ f.
     (1) Hearing.
     (2) Accepting.

āśrukarṇa a. One whose ears hear all around (Ved.).

āśliṣ 4 P.
     (1) To embrace, clasp; Bh. 3. 92.
     (2) To cleave or stick to.

āśliṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Embraced, clasped; used actively also; āśliṣṭo lakṣmīṃ Sk.
     (2) Connected, interwoven, blended; parasparāśliṣṭaśākhaiḥ pādapaiḥ Mb.
     (3) Joined to, touching, in contact with; avanitalāśliṣṭalalāṭarekhayā K. 67; aṃgada- bhuja R. 6. 53; Śi. 3. 72; meghamāśliṣṭasānuṃ Me. 2.
     (4) Joining what adheres or attaches to.
     (5) Invested; spread.
     (6) Deduced, concluded.

āśleṣaḥ
     (1) Embracing, clasping, an embrace; āśleṣalolupavadhūstanakārkaśyasākṣiṇīṃ Śi. 2. 17; Amaru. 15, 72, 94; kaṃṭhāśleṣapraṇayini jane Me. 3, 106.
     (2) Contact, intimate connection; relation; sāmīpyāśleṣaviṣayairvyāptyādhāraścaturvidhaḥ Mugdha.
     (3) The site of an act. --ṣā f. (pl.) N. of the ninth Nakshatra.

āśva a. (śvī f.) [aśvasyedaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to or coming from a horse, equestrian; āśvaṃ kaphaharaṃ mūtraṃ kṛmidadruṣu śasyate Suśr.
     (2) Drawn by horses (as a chariot). --śvaṃ
     (1) A number of horses.
     (2) A chariot drawn by horses.
     (3) The state or action of a horse (aśvasya bhāvaḥ karma vā Sk.).

āśvattha a. (tthī f.), āśvathika a. (kī f.) [aśvatthasyedaṃ aṇ ṭhak vā]
     (1) Relating to or made of the holy fig-tree.
     (2) Relating to the fruit-bearing season of this tree, as a muhūrta. --tthā The night having the aśvattha Nakshatra. --tthaṃ The fruit of the holy fig-tree.

āśvabhārika a. (kī f.) = aśvabhāraṃ harati, vahati āvahati vā.

āśvamedhika a. (kī f.) [aśvamedhāya hitaṃ ṭhaṇ] Belonging to the horsesacrifice. --kaṃ N. of the 14th Parvan of Mahābhārata.

āśvayuja a. (jī f.) [aśvayuja-aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to the month Asvina.
     (2) Born under the constellation aśvayuj. --jaḥ The month āśvina; bhādrapadāśvayujau varṣāḥ Suśr.; Ms. 6. 15; Y. 3. 47. --jī The day of the full moon in Asvina.

āśvayujaka a. (kī f.) Sown at the day of full moon in Asvina.

āśvaratha a. (thī f.) [aśvaratha-añ] Belonging to a chariot drawn by horses.

āśvalakṣaṇika a. (kī f.) [aśvalakṣaṇaṭhak] Knowing the marks of horses. --kaḥ A farrier, groom.

āśvika a. (kī f.) [aśva-ṭhañ] Relating to a horse, drawn by horses, equestrian, cavalier. --kaḥ
     (1) A cavalier.
     (2) A combination of stars or omens presaging acquisition of horses.

āśvina a. (nī f.)
     (1) Belonging or sacred to the Aśvins (aśvinau devate asya).
     (2) Pervading. --naḥ 1 N. of a month (in which the moon is near ths constellation Aśvinī).
     (2) A sacrifice or a weapon presided over by the Aśvins.
     (3) (du.) The Aśvins. --nī
     (1) N. of certain bricks.
     (2) A pile, stack (citibhedaḥ). --naṃ A day's journey for a horse or rider (Ved.).

āśvineya m. [aśvinyāḥ apatyaṃ ḍhak] The two Aśvins (physicians of gods). --naḥ
     (1) N. of Nakula and Sahadeva, the last two of the five Pāṇḍava princes.
     (2) A day's journey for a horse.

āśvīna a. (nī f.) [aśva-khañ] Made or traversed by a horse (as a journey &c.); -no'dhvā Sk. --naḥ --naṃ The distance travelled by a horse in a day; sahasrāśvīne vā itaḥ svargo lokaḥ Ait. Br.

āśvīyam A number of horses.

āśvalāyanaḥ N. of the author of a celebrated ritual work, called the Asvalāyana Sūtras.

āśvas 2 P.
     (1) To breathe; sukhamāśvasaṃti girayaḥ Mv. 5. 51 are lying at ease.
     (2) To breathe freely, recover breath, take courage, take heart, rest secure, be at ease; pratyayādāśvasatyaḥ Me. 8; Pt. 1. 307; Bk. 4. 38, 5. 23.
     (3) To revive.
     (4) To have confidence in. --Caus.
     (1) To encourage, comfort, console, cheer up; tadā saṃkīrtanenāśvāsayāmyātmānaṃ V. 3; R. 12. 5. 14. 58. 15. 45; Me. 113; V. 5. 16.
     (2) To refresh, gratify; chāyāśvāsitapathikajanasārthaḥ Pt. 2.
     (3) To conciliate.

āśvāsaḥ
     (1) Taking or recovering breath, breathing freely, recovery, revival.
     (2) Consolation, cheering up, inspiring confidence; U. 6. 10.
     (3) An assurance of safety or protection.
     (4) Cessation, completion, stop.
     (5) A chapter or section of a book.
     (6) A probable story.

āśvāsaka a. Consolatory, comforting. --kaḥ Clothing.

āśvāsanam Consoling, encouraging, cheering up, consolation; tadidaṃ dvitīyaṃ hṛdayāśvāsanaṃ S. 7; devasyāśvāsanaṃ bhavati Pt. 1 cheering up of spirits, recovery.

āśvāsin a. [ā-śvas-ṇini]
     (1) Breathing freely, reviving, becoming cheerful; S. 2. 1.
     (2) Consoling.

āṣāḍhaḥ [āṣāḍhīpūrṇimā asminmāse aṇ]
     (1) N. of a Hindu month (corresponding to June and July); āṣāḍhasya prathamadivase Me. 2; śete viṣṇuḥ sadāṣāḍhe kārtike pratibodhyate V. P.
     (2) A staff of the Palāśa wood carried by an ascetic; athājināṣāḍhadharaḥ pragalbhavāk Ku. 5. 30.
     (3) The Malaya mountain. --ḍhā The 20th and the 21st lunar mansions, usually called pūrvāṣāḍhā and uttarāṣāḍhā. --ḍhī The day of full moon in the month of Āṣāḍha.
     -- Comp.
          --bhava, --bhū a. produced in the month of Āṣāḍha. (
          --vaḥ, --bhūḥ) the planet Mars.

āṣāḍhakaḥ The month āṣāḍha.

āṣāḍhin a. Bearing a Palāśa staff; K. 21.

āṣāḍhīya a. [āṣāḍhā-cha] Born under the constellation Āṣāḍhā.

āṣṭamaḥ [aṣṭamo bhāgaḥ, aṣṭama-ña] The 8th part; P. V. 3. 50-1.

āṣṭram [aś-vyāptau ṣṭran Uṇ. 4. 159] Sky, ether, atmosphere.

āṣṭrī
     (1) An extensive forest.
     (2) A kitchen, fire-place.

ās, āḥ ind. An interjection, implying
     (a) Recollection; āḥ upanayatu bhavān bhūrjapatraṃ V. 2.
     (b) Anger; āḥ kathamadyāpi rākṣasatrāsaḥ U. 1; āḥ pāpe tiṣṭha tiṣṭha Māl. 8.
     (c) Pain; āḥ śītaṃ K. P. 10.
     (d) Angry contradiction (apākaraṇa); āḥ ka eṣa mayi sthite Mu. 1; āḥ vṛthāmaṃgalapāṭhaka Ve. 1.
     (e) Sorrow, regret; vidyāmātaramāḥ pradarśya nṛpaśūn bhikṣāmahe nistrapāḥ Udb.; (āḥ smaraṇe'pākaraṇe kopasaṃtāpayostathā Med.).

ās I. 2 A. (āste, āsāṃcakre, āsiṣṭa; āsituṃ, āsita)
     (1) To sit, lie, rest; etadāsanamāsyatāṃ V. 5; āsyatāmiti coktaḥ sannāsītābhimukhaṃ guroḥ Ms. 2. 193.
     (2) To live, dwell; tāvadvarṣāṇyāsate devaloke Mb.; yatrāsmai rocate tatrāyamāstāṃ K. 196; kurūnāste Sk.; yatrāmṛtāsa āsate Rv. 9. 15. 2; Bk. 4. 6, 8. 79.
     (3) To sit quietly, take no hostile measures, remain idle; āsānaṃ tvāmutthāpayati dvayam Śi. 2. 57.
     (4) To be, exist.
     (5) To be contained in; jagaṃti yasyāṃ savikāśamāsata Śi. 1. 23.
     (6) To abide, remain, continue or be in any state, be doing anything, last; oft. used with present participles to denote a continuous or uninterrupted action; vidārayanpragarjaṃścāste Pt. 1 kept on, continued, tearing up and bellowing; used in this sense also with an adj., subst., indeclinable, past part., an adverb (tūṣṇīṃ &c.), or with the instr. of a noun; sukhenāste &c.
     (7) To lead to, result in (with dat.); āstāṃ mānasatuṣṭaye sukṛtināṃ nītirnavoḍheva vaḥ H. 1. 212.
     (8) To cease, have an end.
     (9) To solemnize, celebrate. (10) To let go, lay or put aside; āstāṃ tāvat let it aside, let it go, to say nothing of, not to mention; K. 18. --Caus. To cause to sit, seat, fix; āsayatsalile pṛthvīṃ Sk. --Desid. āsisiṣate To wish to sit &c. --II. 4 P. [āsyati, āsituṃ]
     (1) To enclose, border.
     (2) To admit (as water) into.

āsaḥ [ās-ghañ]
     (1) A seat.
     (2) A bow (--saṃ also); sa sāsiḥ sāsusūḥ sāsaḥ Ki. 15. 5.
     (3) Ashes. --saṃ
     (1) Seat or lower part of the body.
     (2) Proximity.

āsanam [ās-lyuṭ]
     (1) Sitting down.
     (2) A seat, place, stool; sa vāsavenāsanasannikṛṣṭaṃ Ku. 3. 2; āsanaṃ muc to leave one's seat, rise; R. 3. 11.
     (3) A particular posture or mode of sitting; cf. padma-, vīra-, bhadra-, vajra- &c.
     (4) Sitting down or halting, stopping, encamping.
     (5) Abiding, dwelling; Ms. 2. 245, 6. 59.
     (6) Any peculiar mode of sexual enjoyment (84 such asanas are usually mentioned).
     (7) Maintaining a post against an enemy (opp. yānaṃ), one of the six modes of foreign policy; which are: --saṃdhirnā vigraho yānamāsanaṃ dvaidhamāśrayaḥ Ak.; pratibaddhaśaktyoḥ kālapratīkṣayā tūṣṇīmavasthānamāsanaṃ; parasparasya sāmarthyavighātādāsanaṃ smṛtaṃ Agni P.; Ms. 7. 160, 162, 166; Y. 1. 346; Pt. 3.
     (8) The front part of an elephant's body, withers.
     (9) Throwing (fr. as to throw). (10) N. of two trees (asana and jīvaka). --nā A seat, stool, stay. --nī
     (1) Stay, abiding, sitting.
     (2) A small seat or stool.
     (3) A shop, stall.
     -- Comp.
          --baṃdhadhīra a. resolute to sit down, firm in one's seat; niṣeduṣīmāsanabaṃdhadhīraḥ R. 2. 6.

āsita p. p. [ās-kta] Seated, at rest; āsitaḥ saḥ; āsitaṃ tena Sk. --taṃ
     (1) Sitting down.
     (2) A seat; idameṣāmāsitaṃ Sk.
     (3) Abode, a place where one has lived; a city.

āsīna pres. p. Sitting, seated; -pracalāyitaṃ nodding when seated, falling asleep.

āsyā Sitting, abode, state of rest.

āsā, āsaḥ (Instr. and abl. of ās) Before one's eyes, by word of mouth, personally; in close vicinity.

āsaṃsāra, --saṃsṛti a. Liable to progress or alteration. --raṃ, --ti ind.
     (1) Till the end of the world or worldly existence; Pt. 1.
     (2) Within the limits or range of worldly existence, throughout the sphere of worldly life; Bh. 3. 46; Ki. 3. 6 (Malli. yāvatsaṃsāraṃ).

āsaṃgatyam Detachment, disunion.

āsaṃj 1 P.
     (1) To fasten, fix on, attach to, join or add to, place or put on (dress, armour &c.); cāpamāsajya kaṃṭhe Ku. 2. 64; anubaṃdha āsajyate Sk.; āsajyamānekṣaṇaḥ S. 3. 26 with the eyes intently fixed; (fig. also); bhuje ... sa bhūmerdhuramāsasaṃja R. 2. 74; so putre rājyaṃ; jane doṣaṃ &c.; āsasaṃja bhayaṃ teṣāṃ Bk. 14. 104 fear overtook them.
     (2) To confer upon, conduce to; Ki. 13. 44.
     (3) To stick or adhere to, depend upon.
     (4) To take up. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to attach, have anything fastened or put on.
     (2) To place, put, throw round; āsaṃjayāmāsa yathāpradeśaṃ kaṃṭhe guṇaṃ R. 6. 83.
     (3) To entrust or appoint. --pass. (sajyate) To adhere, stick, be attached; yadi neṣṭātmanaḥ pīḍā māsaji bhavatā jane Ki. 11. 29; cf. "Do unto others as you would be done by.".

āsakta p. p.
     (1) Strongly attached to, intent on, devoted or addicted to, (usually with loc. or in comp.); dyūta-, mṛgayā-.
     (2) Absorbed or engaged in, zealously following or pursuing.
     (3) Fixed on, directed towards, joined or attached to, placed or resting on; manmukhāsaktadṛṣṭiḥ K. 158; yadāsaktaṃ sakhyaṃ jane Mv. 5. 58 formed; śikharāsaktameghāḥ Ku. 6. 40 resting on; -bāhulatayā 8.
     (4) Surrounded, encircled.
     (5) Continuous, perpetual, eternal.
     (6) Trusting to, confiding in. --ktaṃ ind. Eternally, perpetually.
     -- Comp.
          --citta, --cetas, --manas a. having the mind fixed on any object.

āsaktiḥ f.
     (1) Attachment, devotion, fondness; bāliśacariteṣvāsaktiḥ K. 120; intentness, application.
     (2) Waylaying (Ved.). --kti ind. Ved. Purposely.

āsaṃga a. Uninterrupted, perpetual. --gaḥ
     (1) Attachment, devotion (to any object) (to enjoy or protect it); sukha- lubdhaḥ K. 173; U. 3; Bh. 3. 60.
     (2) Intentness, close application.
     (3) Contact, adnerence, clinging; (paṃkajaṃ) saśaivalāsaṃgamapi prakāśate Ku. 5. 9; 3. 46; vratativalayāsaṃgasaṃjātapāśaḥ S. 1. 33; Mu. 1. 14; anāsaṃgaḥ absence of consolation; Māl. 2.
     (4) Association, connection, union; tyaktvā karmaphalāsaṃgaṃ Bg. 4. 20; so kāṃtāsaṃga &c.
     (5) Fixing, fastening to.
     (6) Pride about the authorship of a thing (kartṛtvābhimāna).
     (7) That which is fastened; cf. uttarāsaṃga.
     (8) Waylaying (?). --gaṃ A kind of fragrant earth; (saurāṣṭramṛttikā). --gaṃ ind. Without interruption, eternally.

āsaṃginī A whirlwind.

āsaṃgimaḥ [āsaṃge bhavaḥ ḍimac] (In surgery) A kind of bandage.

āsaṃjanam
     (1) Fastening to, fixing, putting on the body (as dress, armour &c.).
     (2) Getting entangled, clinging; vratativalayāsaṃjanāt S. 1. 33 v. l.
     (3) Attachment, devotion.
     (4) Contact, proximity.
     (5) A handle, hook.

āsad 1 P.
     (1) To sit down or near (with acc. or loc.).
     (2) To watch or lie in wait for.
     (3) To approach, reach, to go to or towards (a place &c.); himālayasyālayaptāsasāda Ku. 7. 69; Bk. 7. 31; Śi. 2. 2; āsanaṃ R. 6. 4, 53; 11. 23.
     (4) To meet with, find, form; sakhya R. 5. 60; 14. 25; apāyaṃ Bk. 3. 26 suffering; 4. 43.
     (5) To encounter, attack.
     (6) To commence, undertake.
     (7) To place. (10) P. or Caus.
     (1)
          (a) To meet with, find; mṛtyubhayamāsāditaḥ Bhāg.
          (b) To get, obtain; amaragaṇatālekhyamāsādya R. 8. 95; Ms. 4. 227; dhanaṃ, sukhaṃ &c.
     (2) To approach, go to, reach; nakraḥ svasthānamāsādya gajeṃ dramapi karṣati; te puṇyamāsādya sureṃdralokaṃ Bg. 9. 20; Me. 34; Bk. 8. 37.
     (3) To overtake, come up with; anena rathavegena pūrvaprasthitaṃ vainateyamapyāsādayeyaṃ V. 1, Ve. 3. 7.
     (4) To encounter, attack; āsāditau kathaṃ brūtaṃ na gajaiḥ kūlamudrujaiḥ Bk. 6. 95.
     (5) To effect, occasion, accomplish.
     (6) To make one sit down (Ved.).

āsattiḥ f. [ā-sad-ktin]
     (1) Meeting, junction.
     (2) Intimate union, nearness, close contact; kimapi kimapi maṃdaṃ maṃdamāsattiyogāt U. 1. 27.
     (3) Gain, profit, acquirement.
     (4) (In Logic) Proximity, the absence of interrup tion in the apprehension of what is said, relation between two or more proximate terms and the sense conveyed by them; kāraṇaṃ sannidhānaṃ tu padasyāsattirucyate Bhaṣā P. 83; vākyaṃ syād yogyatākāṃkṣāsattiyuktaḥ padoccayaḥ S. D. 2.

āsadanam
     (1) Gain, profit.
     (2) Contact, union.
     (3) Nearness, proximity.
     (4) The act of sitting down.
     (5) A seat.

āsanna p. p.
     (1) Drawn near, approached, near (in time, place or number); āsannaviṃśāḥ nearly or about 20; at hand, close by, impending, imminent; āsannapatane kūle S. B.; -maraṇa, -kāla q. v.
     (2) Adjacent, adjoining.
     (3) Well-placed.
     (4) About to die. --nnaḥ The setting sun.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ 1. the hour of death. --2. one whose death is near.
          --paricārakaḥ, --cārikā personal attendant, body-guard; U. 1; S. 6.
          --prasava a. about to be confined or delivered; about to bring forth or lay eggs (as a hen &c.).
          --mṛtyu --śarīrapāta a. one whose death has drawn near; Ku. 3. 44.

āsādaḥ Ved. Cushion.

āsādanam
     (1) Putting or laying down.
     (2) Attacking.
     (3) Overtaking, meeting with, going towards.
     (4) Obtaining, attaining, accomplishing.

āsādayitavya, āsādya pot. p. Attainable, to be attained &c.

āsādita p. p.
     (1) Obtained, got.
     (2) Reached, gone to.
     (3) Spread, extended.
     (4) Effected, completed.
     (5) Met with, attacked, overtaken.

āsanm n. Mouth; (a word optionally substituted for āsya in all cases after acc. dual).

āsanvat a. Ved. Having a mouth.

āsanya a. Ved. Being in the mouth.

āsaṃdaḥ [āsīdatyasmin pralayakāle nipātaḥ] Viṣṇu or Vāsudeva. --dī [āsadyate'syām]
     (1) A small couch or oblong chair; an arm-chair; K. 94; iyaṃ vā āsaṃdī asyāṃ hīdaṃ sarvamāsannaṃ Śat. Br.
     (2) A raised seat in a hall or assembly.

āsaṃdikā [svalpārthe kan] A small chair; K. 219.

āsaṃbādha a. Blocked up, obstructed, confined (on all sides); āsaṃbādhā bhaviṣyaṃti paṃthānaḥ śaravṛṣṭibhiḥ Ram.

āsava see under āsu.

āsā Ved. Proximity, nearness; āsayā near, in the presence of.

āsādhanam Accomplishment, attainment.

āsāraḥ [ā-sṛ-ghañ]
     (1) A hard or sharp-driving shower (of anything); āsārasiktakṣitibāṣpayogāt R. 13. 29; Me. 17; puṣpāsāraiḥ 43; so tuhina-, rudhira- &c.; bāṣpāsārā M. 3. 20 flooded or suffused with tears; dhārāsārairvṛṣṭirbabhūva H. 3 it rained in torrents.
     (2) Surrounding an enemy.
     (3) Attack, incursion.
     (4) The army of an ally or king (whose dominions are separated by other intervening states).
     (5) Provision, food; Pt 3. 41, 51.

āsikaḥ [asiḥ praharaṇamasya ṭhak] A swordsman.

āsikā [paryāyeṇa āsanaṃ, ās-ṇvul] Turn or order of sitting, sitting.

āsidhāram [asidhārā iva astyatra aṇ] N. of a particular vow; abhyasyatīva vratamāsidhāraṃ R. 13. 67; for explanation see aptidhārā.

āsic 6 P.
     (1) To pour in or on, wet, water, sprinkle.
     (2) To fill with. --Caus. To have anything poured in.

āsic f. An oblation which is poured out; a dish, vessel (?).

āsekaḥ Wetting, watering, pouring in.

āsekyaḥ A kind of eunuch or neuter man; pitrostu tulyavīryatvādāsekyaḥ puruṣo bhavet ..

āsecana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Charming, beloved; so āsecanaka. --naṃ
     (1) Pouring into, wetting, sprinkling.
     (2) A vessel for fluids (Ved.); -vat hollow, concave. --nī A small vessel.

āsidh 1 P. To arrest, keep in custody (only in p. p.).

āseddhṛ m. One who arrests another.

āsedhaḥ Arrest, custody, legal restraint; it is of four kinds: --syānāsedhaḥ kālakṛtaḥ pravāsāt karmaṇastathā Nārada; i. e. confinement to a place, limitation of time, prohibition against departure, and restriction from doing anything.

āsedhaka a. Restraining, confining.

āsu 5 U.
     (1) To press out Soma juice, distil (mostly Ved.).
     (2) (P.) To excite, enliven (Ved.).

āsavaḥ [ā su-aṇ]
     (1) Distillation.
     (2) Decoction.
     (3) Any spirituous liquor (distilled from sugar, molasses &c.); anāsavākhyaṃ karaṇaṃ madasya Ku. 1. 31; kumārī-, drākṣā- &c; yacca pakvauṣadhāṃbubhyāṃ siddhaṃ madyaṃ sa āsavaḥ Bhava P.
     (5) A vessel for liquor.
     (6) Exciting.
     -- Comp.
          --druḥ[āsavasya kāraṇaṃ druḥ śāka- ta-] N. of the Palmyra tree (the juice of which, on fermenting, forms a spirituous liquor).

āsāvaḥ A praiser, or one who extracts Soma juice.

āsutiḥ f.
     (1) Distilling, distillation.
     (2) Decoction.
     (3) A drought so prepared.
     (4) Birth, production (prasava).
     (5) Exciting, enlivening (Ved.).

āsutībalaḥ [āsutirastyasya balac dīrghaḥ P. V. 2. 112]
     (1) A sacrificing priest (who extracts Soma juice).
     (2) A sacrificer at the full and change of the moon.
     (3) A distiller.
     (4) A guardian of girls (kanyāpālaka).

āsura a. (rī f.) [asurasyedaṃ aṇ opp. daiva]
     (1) Belonging to Asuras.
     (2) Belonging to evil spirits; āsurī māyā, āsurī rātriḥ &c.
     (3) Infernal, demoniacal; āsuraṃ bhāvamāśritaḥ Bg. 7. 15 (for a full exposition of what constitutes āsura conduct, see Bg. 16. 7-24).
     (4) Not performing sacrifices.
     (5) Divine, spiritual. --raḥ
     (1) A demon [svārthe aṇ].
     (2) One of the eight forms of marriage, in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her father or other paternal kinsmen; (see udvāha); āsuro draviṇādānāt Y. 1. 61; Ms. 3. 31.
     (3) (pl.) The stars of the southern hemisphere.
     (4) A prince of the warrior-tribe Asura. --rī
     (1) Surgery, curing by cutting by instruments.
     (2) A female demon, demoness; saṃbhramādāsurībhiḥ Ve. 1. 3.
     (3) N. of a plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. (Mar. moharī; ruī). --raṃ
     (1) Blood.
     (2) Black salt.

āsuriḥ A pupil of Kapila.

āsurīya a. Belonging to or coming from Āsuri.

āsūtrita a.
     (1) Forming or wearing a garland.
     (2) Interwoven.

āsev 1 A. To carry out, practise, perform zealously; dhaṃrma, vrataṃ &c.
     (2) To indulge in, enjoy; agravātamāsevamānā M. 1; V. 4; Ku. 1. 15.
     (3) To accomplish; attend to.

āsevā, --vanam
     (1) Zealous practice, assiduous performance of any action.
     (2) Frequency, repetition; P. VIII. 3. 102; āsevanaṃ paunaḥpunyaṃ Sk.
     (3) Intercourse.

āsevita p. p.
     (1) Performed, done.
     (2) Repeated. --taṃ Performance.

āsevin a. Performing assiduously, indulging in.

āskaṃd 1 P.
     (1) To invade, attack; kathamidānīmunmādoparāgo mādhaveṃdumāskaṃdati Māl. 9; āskaṃdallakṣmaṇaṃ bāṇaiḥ Bk. 17. 82.
     (2) To step over, tread; Ki. 2. 20.
     (3) To depend or hang on (as the Vedāṅgas on the Vedas).
     (4) To jump, leap.

āskaṃdaḥ, --danam
     (1) An attack, assault; assailing, outraging; paravanitā -pragalbhasya Ve. 2.
     (2) Ascending, mounting; treading, stepping over; Ki. 13. 18.
     (3) Reproach, abuse.
     (4) The walk of a horse.
     (5) An assailant.
     (6) Battle, war.
     (7) Drying.
     (8) Effacing, destroying.

āskaṃditaṃ, --takam The walk of a horse, galloping at full speed.

āskaṃdin a.
     (1) Jumping upon, assailing, attacking; R. 17. 52.
     (2) Causing to flow.
     (3) Granting.
     (4) Spending.

āskra a.
     (1) Attacking or assailing enemies, approaching.
     (2) Joined or united.

āstāvaḥ [ā-stu-ghañ]
     (1) The place of reciting hymns in a sacrifice.
     (2) Praise, hymn.

āstika a. (kī f.) [asti paralokaḥ iti matiryasya, ṭhak]
     (1) One who believes in God and another world; yannāstyeva tadasti vastviti mṛṣā jalpadbhirevāstikaiḥ Prab. 2.
     (2) A believer in sacred tradition.
     (3) Pious, faithful, believing; āstikaḥ śraddadhānaśca Y. 1. 268. --kaḥ or āstīkaḥ N. of a Muni.

āstikatā, --tvaṃ, āstikyam
     (1) Belief in God and another world; āstikyaśuddhamavataḥ priyadharma dharmaṃ Ki. 18. 43.
     (2) Piety, faith, belief; Bg. 18. 42; āstikyaṃ śraddadhānatā paramārtheṣvāgamārtheṣu Śaṅkara.

āstīka a. Relating to, or treating of, the sage āstīka. --kaḥ N. of an old saint, son of Jaratkāru; (at whose intercession King Janamejaya spared the Nāga Takshaka from the destruction to which he had doomed the serpent race). Mb. gives the following etymology of the name; nāma cāsyābhavatkhyātaṃ lokeṣvāstīka ityuta . astītyuktvā gato yasmātpitā garbhasthameva tam ... --kaṃ A section (parva) of the first book of the Mahābharata.

āstṛ --stṝ 5. 9. U. To spread over, strew, cover, scatter over, bestrew, deck; darbhānāstīrya, vasanamāstīrya &c.

āstaraḥ [ā-stṛ-ap]
     (1) A covering, coverlet.
     (2) A carpet, bed, mat; vāso valkalamāstaraḥ kisalayāni Śānti. 2. 20.
     (3) Spreading (clothes &c.).

āstaraṇa a.
     (1) Spreading, covering. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Spreading, strewing.
     (2) A bed, layer; kusuma- a bed of flowers; Ku. 4. 35; sakusuma- strewn with flowers S. 3; tamālapatrāstaraṇāsu raṃtuṃ R. 6. 64.
     (3) A cushion, quilt, bedclothes; gata- without the bedclothes.
     (4) A rug, carpet.
     (5) An elephant's housings, painted cloth (thrown on his back).
     (6) A layer of Kuśa grass spread out at a sacrifice.

āstaraṇika a. (kī f.) [āstaraṇaṃ prayojanamasya ṭhak]
     (1) For spreading (as clothes &c.).
     (2) Resting on a carpet.

āstāraḥ [ā-stṝ-ghañ] Spreading, strewing, scattering.
     -- Comp.
          --paṃktiḥ N. of a metre, see App.

āstra a. [astrasyedaṃ aṇ] Belonging to a missile.

āsthā 1 U.
     (1) To stand or remain on or by, to occupy.
     (2) To ascend, mount; rathaṃ, syaṃdanaṃ &c.
     (3) To use, have recourse to, resort to, practise, take, assume, follow; yathā yathā hi sadvṛttamātiṣṭhaṃtyanasūyakāḥ Ms. 10. 128, 2. 133, 10. 101; samādhimāsthāya Ku. 5. 2 practising concentration of mind; svarūpaṃ Ku. 5. 84 assuming his own form; tanuṃ Mu. 7. 19; R. 6. 72; kūrmasaṃkocaṃ Pt. 3. 21 contracting himself like a tortoise; padamātasthuṣā Ku. 6. 72 taking a place among; vrataṃ Ve. 3. 19; so strīrūpaṃ Pt. 3. 31; āsthitaviṣādadhiyaḥ Ki. 6. 29 gloomy; Bg. 7. 20; K. 165; āsthitaviṣṭaraḥ R. 15. 79; suhṛdāsthitāyāṃ sabhā yāṃ Ku. 7. 29; viṣamagniṃ jalaṃ rajjumā sthāsye tava kāraṇāt Mb. use; ciṃtāmaunamivāsthitā V. 4. 38 lost in moody abstraction.
     (4) To do, perform, carry out.
     (5) To recognise, acknowledge, own.
     (6) To exhibit, aim at.
     (7) To undertake, promise, agree.
     (8) To behave. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to stand.
     (2) To hold fast, cling to.
     (3) To collect, obtain.
     (4) To place in, infix.
     (5) To show, represent, introduce; praviśya sthāpakastadvatkāvyamāsthāpayettataḥ S. D. 283; Mv. 1. 13.
     (6) To step.

āsthā [āsthā-aṅ]
     (1) Regard, care, respect, consideration, care for (with loc.); martyeṣvāsthāparāṅmukhaḥ R. 10. 43; mayyapyāsthā na te cet Bh. 3. 30; 2. 98; see anāsthā also.
     (2) Assent, promise.
     (3) Prop, support, stay.
     (4) Hope, confidence; jayalakṣmyāṃ babaṃdhāsthāṃ Rāj. T. 5. 245.
     (5) An effort.
     (6) State, condition.
     (7) An assembly.
     (8) A place or means of abiding.

āsthātṛ a. Standing, mounting.

āsthānam
     (1) A place, site.
     (2) Ground, base.
     (3) An assembly.
     (4) Care, regard; see āsthā.
     (5) A hall of audience; K. 8, 14.
     (6) Recreation-ground (viśrāmasthānaṃ). --nī An assembly-room.
     -- Comp.
          --gṛhaṃ, --niketanaṃ, --maṃḍapaḥ an assembly-room; tadīyamāsthānaniketanājiraṃ Ki. 1. 16.

āsthāpanam
     (1) Placing, fixing, causing to stay or remain.
     (2) A strengthening remedy.
     (3) An enema of oil or ghee.

āsthāyikā An audience.

āsthita p. p. (Used actively)
     (1) Dwelt, abiding; yatnaṃ Pt. 1. 220 using efforts carefully; upāyamāsthitasyāpi Śi. 2. 80, 9. 84; so niyamaṃ, dhyānaṃ, dharmaṃ &c.
     (2) Having recourse to, resorting to, using, practising, betaking oneself to; salilāśayaṃ Pt. 2.
     (3) Having obtained or got, having reached to; aiśvaryaṃ, kāmavaśaṃ &c.
     (4) Occupied; enclosed (as a hunting ground); R. 9. 53; dānavāsthitaḥ śailaḥ Ram.
     (5) Engrossed, engaged.
     (6) Covered (vyāpta); Ki. 9. 9; spread, overspread.
     (7) Got, obtained.

āsthitiḥ f. Condition.

āsnānam
     (1) Purity.
     (2) Water for washing, bath.

āsneya a. Bloody(fr. asan); being in the mouth (fr. āsan).

āspadam [ā-pad-gha suṭca]
     (1) A place, site, seat, room; tasyāspadaṃ śrīryuvarājasaṃjñitaṃ R. 3. 36; dhyānāspadaṃ bhūtapaterviveśa Ku. 3. 43, 5. 10, 48, 69; kathaṃ tādṛśānāṃ giri vaitathyamāspadaṃ kuryāt K. 174; rājanyāspadamalabhata Dk. 160 obtained a hold on the king.
     (2) (Fig.) An abode, subject, receptacle; nidhanatā sarvāpadāmāspadaṃ Mk. 1. 14; kariṇyaḥ kāruṇyāspadaṃ Bv. 1. 2; āspadaṃ tvamasi sarvasaṃpadāṃ Ki. 13. 39; so doṣa-, upahāsa- &c.
     (3) Rank, position, station; kāvyārthabhāvanenāyamapi sabhyapadāspadaṃ S. D.
     (4) Dignity, authority, office; labdhāspadosmīti vivādabhīroḥ M. 1. 17.
     (5) Business, affair.
     (6) Prop, support.
     (7) The tenth place from the lagna q. v.

āspardhā Emulation, rivalry.

āspardhin a. Emulous, striving after.

āsphal, --sphul 10 P. or Caus.
     (1) To cause to flap, rock or shake; to strike or press against; āsphālitaṃ yatpramadākarāgraiḥ R. 16. 13; payorāśeroghaḥ pralayapavanāsphālita iva U. 5. 9 lashed, stirred; Nag. 1; śilāyāmāsphālitaḥ Pt. 1.
     (2) To twang; dhanurāsphālayan U. 4.
     (3) To sound, play upon (as a lute), strike; vīṇāmāsphālayaṃtīṃ K. 131; Śi. 1. 9.
     (4) To rend assunder, tear in pieces.

āsphālaḥ
     (1) Striking, rubbing, causing to move gently.
     (2) Flapping.
     (3) Particularly, the flapping motion of an elephant's ears.

āsphālanam
     (1) Rubbing, striking or pressing against, stirring (as water &c.); flapping; anavaratadhanurjyāsphālamakrūrapūrvaṃ S. 2. 4; āsāṃ jalāsphālanatatparāṇāṃ R. 16. 62, 3. 55, 6. 73; Amaru. 54; kucataṭa- K. 6, 14, 57; airāvata- karkaśena hastena Ku. 3. 22 striking against.
     (2) Pride, arrogance.

āsphujit m. N. of the planet Venus.

āsphoṭaḥ
     (1) The Arka plant.
     (2) The sound made by striking on the arms (Mar. chaḍḍū ṭhokaṇeṃ); kara- miśreṇa K. 28.
     (3) Trembling, quivering.
     (4) Striking or rubbing against, blow; puccha- Mv. 5. 63; lāṃgūlāsphoṭaśabdācca calitaḥ sa mahāgiriḥ Mb. --ṭā The navamallikā plant, wild variety of jasmin.

āsphoṭaka a. Making a sound by striking on the arms. --ka = parvatajapīlubhedaḥ

āsphoṭanam
     (1) Flapping, moving to and fro.
     (2) Trembling, shaking.
     (3) Blowing, expanding.
     (4) Contracting, closing.
     (5) Slapping or clapping the arms, or the sound produced by it.
     (6) Disclosing, manifesting.
     (7) Winnowing, thrashing. --nī A gimlet.

āsphotaḥ, --takaḥ [ā-sphuṭ ac pṛṣo- ṭasya tatvaṃ] N. of several trees; arka, kovidāra, bhūpalāśa. --tā, --takā N. of several plants; mallikā, aparājitā, sārivā.

āsmāka a. (kī f.), āsmākīna a. [asmad-aṇ-khañ asmākādeśaḥ] Our, ours; āsmākadaṃtisānnidhyāt Śi. 2. 63, 8. 50.

āsya a. Belonging to the mouth or face. --syaṃ [asyate grāso'tra, asṇyat]
     (1) The mouth, jaws; āsyakuhare, vivṛtāsyaḥ.
     (2) Face; āsyakamalaṃ.
     (3) A part of the mouth used in pronouncing letters; tulyāsyaprayatnaṃ savarṇaṃ P. I. 1. 9; āsye bhavamāsyaṃ tālvādisthānaṃ Sk.; ṣaḍāsyāni Pt. 5. 55; (the six parts being the throat, head or brain palate, tooth, lip, and nose.
     (4) Mouth, opening; vraṇāsyaṃ, aṃkāsyaṃ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --āsavaḥ spittle, saliva.
          --patraṃ a lotus.
          --lāṃgalaḥ 1. a dog. --2. a boar.
          --loman n. beard.

āsyaṃdhaya a. [āsyaṃ dhayati dhe-kha mum] Kissing.

āsyaṃdanam Flowing, oozing.

āsyā See under ās.

āsram [asrameva svārthe'ṇ] Blood.
     -- Comp.
          --paḥ 1. 'blood-drinker', demon. --2. the 19th lunar mansion.

āsravaḥ [āsru-ap]
     (1) Pain, affliction, distress.
     (2) Flowing, running.
     (3) Discharge, emission.
     (4) Fault, transgression.
     (5) The foam on boiling rice.
     (6) (With Jainas) The impulse called yoga or attention which the soul participates in the movement of its various bodies; it is defined as the 'action of the senses which impels the soul towards external objects'; it is good or evil according as it is directed towards good or evil objects.

āsrāva a. Flowing, running. --vaḥ
     (1) A wound.
     (2) Flow, issue, discharge.
     (3) Spittle, saliva.
     (4) Pain, affliction.
     (5) A disease of the body.
     -- Comp.
          --bheṣajaṃ medicament, medicine.

āsrāvin a. Flowing, emitting fluid or humour; an epithet of the elephant when ichor is issuing from its temples.

āsvad 1 A. To taste. --Caus. To taste, enjoy; saṃbhogaṃ Me. 87; R. 3. 54; (fig.) to plunder, defraud; nāsvādyase bhujaṃgaiḥ K. 109.

āsvāda a. Tasting, eating. --daḥ
     (1) Tasting, eating; cūtāṃkurāsvādakaṣāyakaṃṭhaḥ Ku. 3. 32; kāvyāmṛtarasāsvādaḥ H. 1. 152; mūkhāsvādaḥ Y. 3. 229 kissing.
     (2) Relish, flavour, taste; jñātāsvādo vivṛtajaghanāṃ ko vihātuṃ samarthaḥ Me. 41; sukhāsvādaparaḥ H. 4. 76; citrāsvādakathairbhṛtyaiḥ Pt. 1.
     (3) Enjoying, experiencing; -vat a. delicious in flavour, palatable; āsvādavadbhiḥ kavalaistṛṇānāṃ R. 2. 5.

āsvādaka a. Tasting, enjoying.

āsvādanam Tasting, eating.

āsvādya pot. p. To be tasted, delicious, sweet, palatable.

āsvanita, or āsvāṃta [ā-svan-kta] Sounded.

āha ind.
     (1) An interjection showing
          (a) reproof;
          (b) severity;
          (c) command;
          (d) casting, sending.
     (2) An irregular verbal form of the 3rd. pers. sing. Pres. of a defective verb meaning 'to say,' or 'to speak' (supposed by Indian grammarians to be derived from brū and by European scholars from ah; the only forms of the root existing in the language are:  āttha, āhathuḥ, āha, āhatuḥ, and āhuḥ).

āhakaḥ [ā-haṇ-ḍa-kan] A peculiar disease of the nose; tanunā raktaśothena yukto nāsāpuṭāṃtare . gātraśūlajvarakaraḥ śleṣmaṇā hyāhako jvaraḥ ...

āhaṃkāryam Conceitedness.

āhan 2 P.
     (1) To strike, hit, beat; kuṭṭimamājaghāna K. 10; parasya śira āhaṃti Sk.; Śi. 7. 17; durjayān kariṇaḥ ... āhanyāt Kam. 19. 60; said to be Atm. when the object is some limb of one's own body; āhate śiraḥ; but cf. ājaghne viṣamavilocanasya vakṣaḥ Ki. 17. 63; so āhadhvaṃ mā raghūttamaṃ; Bk. 8. 15, 5. 102 (see Sk. on P. I. 3. 28 also).
     (2) To strike, ring, beat (as a bell, drum &c.); Bk. 1. 27, 17. 7, Me. 66; R. 17. 11.
     (3) To kill, slaughter.

āhata p. p.
     (1) Struck, beaten(as a drum &c.); Ku. 4. 25, 30; R. 4. 23, 12. 77.
     (2) Trodden; pādāhataṃ yadutthāya mūrdhānamadhirohati Śi. 2. 46; gajadaṃtāhatā vṛkṣāḥ Ram.
     (3) Injured, killed.
     (4) Dispelled, destroyed, removed.
     (5) Multiplied (in Math.); sūryābdhisaṃkhyayā dvitrisāgarairayutāhataiḥ Sūrya S.; ekaikamabdeṣu navāhateṣu Bṛ. S. 8. 22.
     (5) Known, understood.
     (6) Rolled (as dice).
     (7) Uttered falsely. --taḥ A drum. --taṃ 1 A new cloth or garment.
     (2) An old garment.
     (3) A nonsensical or meaningless speech, an assertion of impossibility; e. g. eṣa vaṃdhyāsuto yāti Subhāṣ.
     -- Comp.
          --lakṣaṇa a. = āhitalakṣaṇa q. v. under ādhā.

āhatiḥ f.
     (1) Killing.
     (2) A blow, hit, striking.
     (3) Coming (āgati).
     (4) Multiplication; aṃśāhaticchedavadhena bhaktā Līlā.

āhananam
     (1) Striking at, beating.
     (2) A stick.

āhananīya a. Making oneself known by beating a drum.

āhanas a. [ā-han-asun] To be beaten or pressed out (as Soma).

āghātaḥ [ā-han-ghañ]
     (1) Striking, striking against; abhyasyaṃti taṭāghātaṃ Ku. 2. 50; U. 5. 9.
     (2) A blow, stroke; tīvrāghātapratihatataruskaṃdhalagnaikadaṃtaḥ S. 1. 33; kaṭhinakucataṭa- Amaru. 55; pavana-; pāda- &c.
     (3) A wound.
     (4) Killing: prāṇāghātānnivṛttiḥ Bh. 2. 26; Y. 3. 275.
     (5) One who beats or strikes.
     (6) A misfortune, distress.
     (7) Retention of urine (mūtrāghāta).
     (8) A slaughter-house; āghātaṃ nīyamānasya vadhyasyeva pade pade H. 4. 67.

āghātanam
     (1) Striking. killing.
     (2) A slaughter-house.

āhava, āhāva, āhavana &c., See under āhu and āhve.

āhikaḥ [ahiriva, kan svārthe aṇ]
     (1) The descending node (ketu).
     (2) An epithet of Paṇini.

āhiṃḍ 1 A. To roam about, wander; āhiṃḍyate aṭavyā aṭavīṃ S. 2.

āhiṃḍikaḥ A man of mixed origin, the son of a Niṣada father and Vaidehī mother; āhiṃḍiko niṣādena vaidehyāmeva jāyate Ms. 10. 37; (according to Kull., he was employed as a watchman on the outside of jails, and hence called āhiṃḍika).

āhituṃḍikaḥ [ahituṃḍena dīvyati ṭhak] A juggler, a snake-catcher, conjurer; ahaṃkhalvāhituṃḍiko jīrṇaviṣo nāma Mu. 2.

āhīraṇin m. A two-headed snake.

āhu 3 U. To sacrifice, offer an oblation, worship (as fire).

āhavaḥ A sacrifice; tatra nābhavadasau mahāhave Śi. 14. 44 (for other meanings see under āhve).

āhavanam
     (1) A sacrifice; draṣṭumāhavanamagrajanmanām Śi. 14. 38.
     (2) An oblation.

āhavanīya pot. p. To be offered as an oblation. --yaḥ A consecrated fire taken from the house-holder's perpetual fire, one of the three fires (i. e. the eastern) burning at a sacrifice; gārhapatyādāhavanīyaṃ jvalaṃtamuddharet . pitā vā eṣo'gnīnāṃ yaddakṣiṇaḥ putro gārhapatyaḥ pautra āhavanīyaḥ Asval.; see also agnitretā under agni.

āhavanīyaka a. Fit for a burnt offering. --kaḥ A consecrated fire.

āhāvaḥ [ā-hu ādhāre ghañ] Fire; see under āhve also.

āhuta p. p. Offered to the gods, sacrificed. --taṃ
     (1) An offering made to men, hospitality.
     (2) The nourishment of all created beings (bhūtayajña or manuṣyayajña), regarded as one of the five principal sacrifices of the Hindus; cf. paṃcayajña.

āhutiḥ f.
     (1) Offering an oblation to a deity, any solemn rite accompanied with oblations; hoturāhutisādhanaṃ R. 1. 82.
     (2) An oblation offered to a deity.

āhukaḥ N. of a prince, grandfather of Kṛṣṇa. --kāḥ N. of a people.

āhulyam N. of a leguminous shrub; (tagara, taravaṭa &c.).

āhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To bring, fetch; yadeva vavre tadapaśyadāhṛtaṃ R. 3. 6; puṣpaṃ phalaṃ cārtavamāharaṃtyaḥ 14. 77, 18. 8; prativākyaṃ to bring an answer; vārtāṃ bring news.
     (2) To bring near, give; caṃdraguptāya medinīṃ Kām. 1. 5; ayācitāhṛta Y. 1. 215.
     (3) To recover, bring back.
     (4) To obtain, get, receive; Ms. 2. 183, 6. 27, 7. 80, 8. 151, 11. 12; Y. 1. 97.
     (5) To have, assume; ājahnatustaccaraṇau ... śriyaṃ Ku. 3. 33.
     (6) To cause, produce, lead to; balopacayaṃ K. 105; prītiṃ, krodhaṃ &c; janakānāṃ kule kīrtimāhariṣyati me sutā Rām.
     (7) To bring near (as wife), marry; Ku. 6. 28.
     (8) To wear, put on (as armour &c.); Ki. 1. 35.
     (9) To offer in a sacrifice, to perform (as a sacrifice); sa viśvajitamājahne R. 4. 86, 14. 87. (10) To take away, attract (as mind).
     (11) To separate, remove, draw off from.
     (12) To scare or frighten away, drive forth.
     (13) To use as food or drink, eat.
     (14) To speak, say, name, call. --Caus.
     (1) To make one fetch or bring, cause to give or pay; Ms. 10. 119.
     (2) To eat.
     (3) To bring together, collect; Pt. 3. 151.
     (4) To cause, produce.
     (5) To exact.
     (6) To show, exhibit.

āhara a. (At the end of comp.) Bringing, fetching, taking, seizing; samitkuśaphalāharaiḥ R. 1. 49. --raḥ
     (1) Taking, seizing.
     (2) Accomplishing, performing.
     (3) Offering a sacrifice.
     (4) Drawing in breath, inhaling.
     (5) The air so inhaled.
     (6) Inspiration, breath inspired.
     -- Comp.
          --karaṭā, --celā, --nivapā, --niṣkirā, --vasanā, --vitanā, --senā compounds of the class called mayūravyaṃsakādi.

āharaṇa a. Taking away, robbing; as in amṛtāharaṇaḥ. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Fetching, bringing (near); samidāharaṇāya prasthitā vayaṃ S. 1.
     (2) Seizing, taking; R. 6. 75. --3. Removing, extracting.
     (4) Performing, accomplishing (as sacrifice); aśvamedhasya kauravya cakārāharaṇe matiṃ Mb.
     (5) A dowry or present given to a bride (at the time of her marriage); satvānurūpāharaṇīkṛtaśrīḥ R. 7. 32.
     (6) Causing, inducing.

āhartṛ a.
     (1) One who takes or seizes.
     (2) Bringing, fetching.
     (3) Performing; āhartā kratūnāṃ K. 5.
     (4) Causing, bringing on; ātmano vadhamāhartā kvāsau vihagataskaraḥ V. 5. 1. --m. (--rtā A copy-holder (in law).

āhāra a. (rā or rī f.)
     (1) Bringing near, procuring, getting; bhārāhāraḥ kāryavaśāt Sk.
     (2) Going to fetch; ayaṃ gacchati bhartā me phalāhāro mahāvanaṃ Sav. 4. 23. --raḥ
     (1) Taking, fetching, or bringing near.
     (2) Employing, using.
     (3) Taking food.
     (4) Food; (āharaṃti rasamasmādityāhāraḥ Sk.); -vṛttimakarot Pt. 1 took his dinner; phalāhāra, -vṛttiḥ means of livelihood; bhaikṣāhāraḥ living on alms; yavāhāra, nirāhāra &c.
     -- Comp.
          --arthin a. begging or seeking for food.
          --niḥsaraṇamārgaḥ the posterior part, passage of voiding excrements.
          --pākaḥ 1. cooking. --2. digestion (of food).
          --virahaḥ want of food, privation, starvation.
          --saṃbhavaḥ the juice of the body, chyle, lymph.

āhārak a. Going to fetch or bring; edhānāhārako vrajati Sk.

āhārika (With the Jainas) One of the five bodies belonging to the soul; according to Colebrooke, it is 'a minute form issuing from the head of a meditative sage to consult an omniscient saint and returning with the desired information.'

āhārya pot. p.
     (1) To be taken or seized.
     (2) To be fetched or brought near.
     (3) To be extracted or removed.
     (4) To be pervaded (vyāpya).
     (5) Artificial, adventitious, incidental, ex ternal, accessary; āhāryaśobhārahitairamāyaiḥ Bk. 2. 14; na ramyamāhāryamapekṣate guṇaṃ Ki. 4. 23; nisargasubhagasya kimāhāryakāḍaṃbareṇa Malli. on Ku. 7. 20.
     (6) Purposed, intended (as for instance, the identification or āropa of upamāna or upameya in rūpaka of which the speaker is fully cognisant); ayaṃ caṃdro mukhabhityādau caṃdrabhinne mukhe caṃdrābhedajñānaṃ taccāhāryameva Tv.
     (7) Conveyed or effected by decoration or ornamentation, one of the 4 kinds of abhinaya q. v.
     (8) To be eaten.
     (9) To be worshipped (as Agni). --ryaḥ A kind of bandage (baṃdha). --ryaṃ
     (1) Any disease to be treated by means of extracting.
     (2) Extraction.
     (3) A vessel.
     (4) The ornamentative part of the drama, such as dress, decorations &c.

āheya a. [aheridaṃ ḍhak] Pertaining to a serpent; Pt. 1. 111.

āho ind. An interjection expressing
     (a) Doubt or alternative (or), and usually standing as a correlative of kiṃ; kiṃ vaikhānasaṃ vrataṃ niṣevitavyaṃ ... āho nivatsyati samaṃ hariṇāṃganābhiḥ S. 1. 27; dāratyāgī bhavāmyāho parastrīsparśapāṃsulaḥ S. 5. 29.
     (b) Interrogation.
     -- Comp.
          --puruṣikā [ahopuruṣavuñ P. II. 1. 72] 1. great self-conceit or pride; āhopuruṣikā darpādyā syātsaṃbhāvanātmani Ak.; āhopuruṣikāṃ paśya mama sadratnakāṃtibhiḥ Bk. 5. 27. --2. military vaunting, boasting. --3. vaunting of one's own prowess; nijabhujabalāhopuruṣikāṃ Bv. 1. 84.
          --svit ind. a particle implying doubt, 'or perhaps,' or may it be &c.' (corr. of kiṃ); āhosvitprasavo mamāpacaritairviṣṭaṃbhito vīrudhām S. 5. 9; kiṃ dvijaḥ pacati āhosvid gacchati P. VIII. 1. 44 Sk.

āhna a. (hnī f.) Daily, performed in a day. --hnaṃ [ahrāṃ samūhaḥ añ] A series of days, many days,

āhnika a. (kī f.) [ahni bhavaḥ, ahnā nirvṛttaḥ sādhyaḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Daily, diurnal, performed every day or on a day; āhnikaḥ svādhyāyaḥ daily course of study; -ācāraḥ daily observances.
     (2) Employed or occurring every day (as a teacher, servant, or fever). --kaṃ
     (1) Any religious rite or duty which is to be performed every day at a fixed hour; atrāhnikaṃ suraśreṣṭho japate Mb.
     (2) Anything to be performed daily, such as taking meals, bathing &c.; kṛtāhnikaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ V. 4; samudre kṛtāhnikaḥ Mv. 5.
     (3) Daily food.
     (4) Daily work or occupation, what may be read on one day.
     (5) A division of a work (such as that of the Mahābhāṣya).

āhlādaḥ Delight, joy; sāhlādaṃ vacanaṃ Pt. 4; -dugha a. conferring delight.

āhlādana a. Giving delight. --naṃ Gladdening, delighting.

āhlādin a. 1 Delighted, glad.
     (2) Giving delight, gladdening.

āhvṛ 1 P. Ved. To make crooked, injure.

āhūrya a.
     (1) To be invoked.
     (2) To be bent down or brought near.
     (3) To be made favourable.

āhnuta p. p. Injured; -bheṣaja a. curing what is injured or bent.

āṃhvarakaṃḥ A low or expelled man (who, after having offered a sacrifice to the manes, takes the sacrificial food for himself); annamapahartāra āhvarakā bhavaṃti thāddhe siddhe P. III. 2. 135 Com.

āhvārakaḥ A recension of the black Yajur-veda.

āhvṛti a. Making crooked.

āhve 1 P.
     (1) To call, summon.
     (2) To invite, invoke (in a liturgical sense).
     (3) (A.) To provoke, challenge; kṛṣṇaścāṇūramāhvayate Sk.; āhvata cedirāṇmurāriṃ Śi. 20. 1; Bk. 6. 25, 8. 18, 15. 28, 42, 89. --Caus.
     (1) To send for, call; kavimāhvāyayāmāsa prastutapratipattaye R. 15. 75; Bk. 6. 121.
     (2) To cause to invite or summon.

āhavaḥ [āhūyaṃte'rayo'tra, ā-hve-ap]
     (1) Battle, war, fight; evaṃvidhenāhavaceṣṭitena R. 7. 67; hatvā svajanamāhave Bg. 1. 31.
     (2) Challenge, provoking, calling; -kāmyā desire of fighting.

āhāvaḥ 1 A trough near a well for watering cattle.
     (2) War, battle.
     (3) Invoking, calling.

āhutiḥ f. Calling, invoking, challenging.

āhūḥ Ved. Calling, invoking.

āhūta p. p. 1 Called, invoked, invited; yiyakṣamāṇenāhūtaḥ pārthenātha dviṣanmuram Śi. 2. 1.
     (2) Named, called. --taṃ Calling.
     -- Comp.
          --prapalāyin m. a defendant or witness not appearing when summoned.
          --saṃplavaḥ the time of universal destruction.

āhūtiḥ f. [ā-hve-ktin] Calling, invoking.

āhva a. [ā-hve-ḍa]
     (1) Who or what calls, a crier.
     (2) Named, called. --hvā [ā-hve-aṅ]
     (1) Calling, calling out.
     (2) A name, appellation, oft. at the end of comp.; amṛtāhvaḥ, śatāhvā &c.

āhvayaḥ 1 A name, appellation(as last member of comp.); kāvyaṃ rāmāyaṇāhvayaṃ Ram.; cakrasāhvayaṃ, caraṇāhvayāḥ; vṛddherapyāhvayā ime Ak.
     (2) A lawsuit arising from a dispute about games with animals, as cock-fighting &c.; (one of the 18 titles of law); paṇapūrvakapakṣimeṣādiyodhanaṃ āhvayaḥ Rāghavānanda on Ms. 8. 7.

āhvayana a. Taking one's name. --naṃ Name, appellation.

āhvānam
     (1) Calling, inviting.
     (2) A call, invitation, summons (in general); suhṛdāhvānaṃ prakuvarti Pt. 3. 47.
     (3) A legal summons (from court or govt. to appear before a tribunal); Mk. 9.
     (4) Invocation of a deity; Ms. 9. 126.
     (5) A challenge.
     (6) A name, appellation.
     (7) N. of a liturgical formula.
     -- Comp.
          --darśanaṃ day of trial.

āhvānayati Den. P. (In law) To summon.

āhvāyaḥ 1. A summons.
     (2) A name.

āhvāyaka a. Calling, inviting. --kaḥ A messenger, courier; āhvāyakān bhūmipaterayodhyāṃ Bk. 2. 43.

i

i The third letter of the Devanāgarī alphabet.

iḥ [a-iñ] N. of Kamadeva. --ind. An interjection of
     (1) anger;
     (2) calling;
     (3) compassion;
     (4) reproach;
     (5) wonder;
     (6) sorrow;
     (7) distress.

i I. 2 P. (In Dhātup. written as iṇ) (eti, iyāya, agāt, etuṃ, ita)
     (1) To go, go to or towards, come to or near; śaśinaṃ punareti śarvarī R. 8. 56; īyurbharadvājamunerniketaṃ Bk. 3. 40.
     (2) To arrive at, reach, obtain, attain to, go to or be reduced to a particular state, fall into; nirbuddhiḥ kṣayameti Mk. 1. 14 goes to (ruin, is ruined; so vaśaṃ, śatrutvaṃ, śūdratāṃ &c.
     (3) To return.
     (4) To go away, retire; elapse, pass.
     (5) To spring from, come or arise from.
     (6) To undertake anything (with acc.); satramāyan Vaj.
     (7) To ask, beg.
     (8) To be; to appear.
     (9) To be employed in, go on with, be in a particular condition or relation, with a part. or instr.; kṛṣaṃto ha sma vaivapaṃto yaṃti Śat. Br.; gavāmayaneneyuḥ Katy. (10) To thrive, prosper. --II. 1 U. = ay q. v. --III. 4 A.
     (1) To come, appear.
     (2) To run, wander.
     (3) To go quickly or repeatedly.
     (4) To ask, request. --Caus. To cause to go or come. [cf. L. eo; Gr. eimi with emi].

it a. [i-kvip] Going(at the end of a few comp.; as arthet).

ita p. p. [i-kta] 1 Gone to; ruciraṃkamanīyata rāgamitā Śi. 6. 71.
     (2) Returned.
     (3) Obtained.
     (4) Remembered.
     (5) Attended by; sa khalu turagaiḥ saptabhiritaḥ K. P. 10. --taṃ
     (1) Course, mode of going.
     (2) A way.
     (3) Knowledge.

itiḥ f. Going, moving.

itya a. To be gone towards or approached; ityaḥ śiṣyeṇa guruvat. --tyā
     (1) Going; way.
     (2) A litter, palanquin.

itvan a. [i-kvanin] Going.

itvara a. (rī f.) [i-kvarap]
     (1) Going, travelling, a traveller.
     (2) Cruel, harsh.
     (3) Low, vile.
     (4) Despised, contemned.
     (5) Poor. --raḥ A eunuch. --rī
     (1) A disloyal or unchaste woman.
     (2) An abhisārikā q. v.

eṣyat a. Future, to come; Ki. 1. 23; Śi. 1. 26.

ikaṭaḥ A sprout or stem of a reed.

ikkaṭaḥ A kind of reed or grass for mats.

ikkavālaḥ (In astr.) Good fortune, prosperity [cf. Pers. iqbāl].

ikṣuḥ [iṣyate'sau mādhuryāt, iṣ-ksu Uṇ. 3. 157]
     (1) Sugar-cane.
     (2) N. of another tree kophilā.
     (3) Wish, desire.
     -- Comp.
          --kāṃḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ N. of two different species of sugar-cane (kāśa and muṃjatṛṇa). --kuṭṭakaḥ a gatherer of sugar-cane.
          --gaṃdhaḥ Saccharum Spontaneum.
          --ja a. produced from sugar-cane.
          --daṃḍaḥ, --yaṣṭiḥ f. the stem or cane of Saccharum Officinale.
          --darbhā a kind of grass.
          --dā N. of a river.
          --netraṃ 1. a kind of sugar-cane. --2. the eye of sugar-cane.
          --patraḥ a kind of grain.
          --pākaḥ molasses.
          --praḥ N. of a tree (śaravṛkṣa). --bālikā a kind of grass (kāśa). --bhakṣikā a meal of sugar and molasses.
          --bhakṣitī a woman who eats a sugar-cane.
          --matī, --mālinī, --mālavī N. of a river.
          --mūlaṃ the root of sugar-cane; a kind of sugar-cane.
          --mehaḥ diabetes or diabetes mellitus (cf. madhumeha). --mehin a. diabetic.
          --yaṃtraṃ a sugar-mill.
          --yoniḥ [ikṣoriva yoniḥ yasya] Saccharum Officinarum (puṃḍrakaikṣu). --rasaḥ 1. the juice of sugar-cane. --2. molasses, unrefined sugar. --3. a kind of kāśa grass; -kvāthaḥ raw or unrefined sugar, molasses.
          --vaṇaṃ a sugar-cane wood.
          --vallarī, --vallī the common yellow cane.
          --vāri n.,
          --samudraḥ the sea of syrup, one of the seven seas.
          --vālikā [ikṣuriva valati val-ṇvul] 1. N. of a tree. (Mar. tālimakhānā.) --2. the kāśa grass.
          --vāṭikā, --vāṭī 1. a kind of sugar-cane (puṃḍraka). --2. a garden of sugar-canes.
          --vikāraḥ 1. sugar, molasses. --2. any sweetmeat.
          --śākaṭaṃ, --śākinaṃ a field fit for planting the sugar-cane.
          --sāraḥ molasses, raw or unrefined sugar.

ikṣukaḥ Sugar-cane; see ikṣu.

ikṣukīyā A place abounding in sugar-cane.

ikṣuraḥ
     (1) Sugar-cane.
     (2) N. of a kind of grass (kāśa).

ikṣvākuḥ
     (1) N. of the celebrated ancestor of the solar kings who ruled in Ayodhyā; (he was the first of the Solar kings and was a son of Manu Vaivasvata; (cf. Bhag. kṣuvatastu manorjajña ikṣvākurghrāṇataḥ sutaḥ); ikṣvākuvaṃśo'bhimataḥ prajānāṃ U. 1. 44.
     (2) A descendant of Ikṣvāku; galitavayasāmikṣvākūṇāmidaṃ hi kulavrataṃ R. 3. 70. --kuḥ f. A kind of bitter gourd.

ikh, iṃkh 1 P. (ekhati, iṃkhati) To go, move; usually with pra, q. v.

iṃg 1 U. (iṃgati-te, iṃgituṃ, iṃgita)
     (1) To move, shake, be agitated; yathā dīpo nivātastho neṃgate Bg. 6. 19, 14. 23; tvayā sṛṣṭamidaṃ viśvaṃ yacceṃgaṃ yacca neṃgati Mb.
     (2) To go, move. --Caus.
     (1) To move, agitate, shake.
     (2) (In gram.) To separate the members of a compound; cf. iṃgya below.

iṃga a.
     (1) Moveable; tvayā sṛṣṭamidaṃ viśvaṃ yacceṃgaṃ yacca neṃgati Mb.
     (2) Wonderful, surprising. --gaḥ
     (1) A hint or sign.
     (2) An indication of a sentiment by gesture.
     (3) Knowledge. --gā A kind of counting.

iṃganam [iṃg-lyuṭ]
     (1) Moving, shaking, causing to move.
     (2) Knowledge.
     (3) The operation of separating one member of a compound from another, as by an Avagraha.

iṃgita p. p. Moved, shaken. --taṃ [bhāve-kta]
     (1) Palpitation, shaking.
     (2) Internal thought, inward thought or secret aim, intention, purpose; -ākāravedibhiḥ K. 7; Pt. 1. 43; agūḍhasadbhāvamitīṃgitajñayā Ku. 5. 62; tasya saṃvṛtamaṃtrasya gūḍhākāreṃgitasya ca R. 1. 20; Śi. 9. 69.
     (3) A hint, sign, gesture; Pt. 1. 44.
     (4) Particularly, the gesture or motion of the various limbs of the body indicating one's intentions; gesture suited to betray internal feelings; ākārairiṃgitairgatyā ... gṛhyateṃ'targataṃ manaḥ Ms. 8. 26.
     -- Comp.
          --kovida, --jña a. skilled in the interpretation of internal sentiments by external gestures, understanding signs.

iṃgya pot. p.
     (1) Moveable from its place.
     (2) (In the Prātiśākhyas) A term for those words or parts of a compound which in certain grammatical operations may be separated from the preceding parts; a word which in the Pada-Paṭha is divided by the Avagraha.

iṃguḥ A disease.

iṃgudaḥ, --dī, iṃgulaḥ N. of a medicinal tree, Terminalia Catappa; (Mar. hiṃgaṇabeṭa); iṃgudīpādapaḥ so'yaṃ U. 1. 2; prasnigdhāḥ kvacidiṃgudīphalabhidaḥ sucyaṃta evopalāḥ S. 1. 14. --daṃ The nut of the tree.

icikilaḥ A pond; mud.

icchaka, icchā See under iṣ.

icchakaḥ N. of a tree, the citron.

ijjalaḥ A small tree growing near water (hijjala).

ijya pot. p. (of yaj) To be worshipped. --jyaḥ
     (1) A teacher.
     (2) An epithet of bṛhaspati, the teacher of the gods.
     (3) The Pushya Nakshatra.
     (4) The Supreme being.
     (5) An epithet of Viṣṇu. --jyā
     (1) A sacrifice; jagatprakāśaṃ tadaśeṣamijyayā R. 3. 48, 1. 68, 15. 2; Bg. 11. 53, 9. 25.
     (2) A gift, donation.
     (3) An image.
     (4) Worship, reverence.
     (5) Meeting, union.
     (6) A bawd or procuress.
     (7) A cow.
     -- Comp.
          --śīlaḥ a constant sacrificer.

iṃcākaḥ A shrimp (jalavṛścika).

iṭ 1 P. [eṭati, iṭita]
     (1) To go, go to or towards.
     (2) To err.
     (3) To make haste (Ved.).

iṭaḥ Ved.
     (1) Cane or grass.
     (2) A mat, a web made of cane or grass.
     -- Comp.
          --sūnaṃ a mat (Ved.).

iṭcaraḥ [iṣā kāmena carati] A bull or steer allowed to go at liberty.

iḍ f. (also written il in Veda). [il-kvip, vā lasya ḍaḥ]
     (1) An offering or oblation, libation offered to the gods.
     (2) Prayer, flow of speech.
     (3) The earth.
     (4) Food.
     (5) The rainy season.
     (6) The third of the five prayāgas (iḍo yajati).
     (7) People or subjects.
     (8) (--pl.) The object of devotion.
     -- Comp.
          --devatā a deity of libation.

iḍa(la)spatiḥ N. of Viṣṇu or of Pūṣan.

iḍaḥ An epithet of Agni.

iḍā --lā [il-ac, vā lasya ḍatvaṃ]
     (1) The earth; prabudhyate nūnamiḍātalasthaḥ Mb.
     (2) Speech.
     (3) An offering, libation. (coming between prayāga and anuyāga).
     (4) Refreshing draught.
     (5) (Hence) Food.
     (6) (Fig.) Steam or flow of praise or worship personified as the goddess of sacred speech.
     (7) Libation and offering of milk.
     (8) A cow.
     (9) N. of a goddess, daughter of Manu. (She is the wife of Budha and mother of Purūravas; she is also called maitrāvaruṇī as the daughter of mitra and varuṇa). (10) N. of Durgā.
     (11) Heaven.
     (12) A tubular vessel (nāḍībheda), (being in the right side of the body).

iḍāvat a.
     (1) Possessed of sacrificial food.
     (2) Refreshing.

iḍācikā A wasp.

iḍikā The earth.

iḍikkaḥ A wild goat.

iḍvaraḥ see iṭcara.

iṃḍraḥ, --ḍraṃ(iṃḍvaṃ) (Dual) Two round small plates used as coverings for the hands in taking the fire-pans from the fire; athainamiṃḍrābhyāṃ parigṛhṇāti Śat. Br. (ukhā yābhyāṃ gṛhyaṃte tau iṃḍrau Karka).

itara pron. a. (rā f., --rat n.)
     (1) Another, the other (of two), the remaining one of the two; itaro dahane svakarmaṇāṃ R. 8. 20 v. l.
     (2) The rest or others (pl.).
     (3) Other than, different from (with abl.); itaratāpaśatani yathecchayā vitara tāni sahe caturānana Udb.; itaro rāvaṇādeṣa rāghavānucaro yadi Bk. 8. 106.
     (4) Opposite of, either used by itself as an adj. or at the end of comp.; jaṃgamānītarāṇi ca Rām.; vijayāyetarāya vā Mb.; sulabhetarasaṃprayogāṃ M. 5. 3 opposite of, other than easy, difficult; so dakṣiṇa- left; vāma- right &c.
     (5) Low, mean, vulgar, ordinary; itara iva paribhūya jñānaṃ manmathena jaḍīkṛtaḥ K. 154, 160, 203, 273. itara-itara the one-the other, this-that.
     -- Comp.
          --itara pron. a. respective, reciprocal, one with another (chiefly in oblique cases or in comp.); viyuktāvitaretaraṃ Ms. 9. 102; -kāmyayā 3. 35; R. 7. 54. -āśrayaḥ mutual dependence, inter-connection. -yogaḥ 1. mutual connection or union; Śi. 10. 24. --2. a variety of the Dvandva compound (opp. samāhāradvaṃdba) where each member of the compound is viewed separately; as plakṣanyagrodhau chinatti. --janāḥ (pl.) 1. other men. --2. euphemistically said of certain beings considered as spirits of darkness of which Kubera is one.

itarataḥ, itaratra ind. Otherwise than, different from, elsewhere; see anyataḥ, anyatra.

itarathā ind.
     (1) In another manner, in a contrary manner.
     (2) Perversely.
     (3) On the other hand.

itaredyuḥ ind. On another day, the other day.

itas ind. [idam-tasil iśādeśaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Hence, from here or hence.
     (2) From this person, from me; itaḥ sa daityaḥ prāptaśrīrneta evārhati kṣayaṃ Ku. 2. 55.
     (3) In this direction, towards me, here; ito niṣīdeti visṛṣṭabhūmiḥ Ku. 3. 2; prayuktamapyastramito vṛthā syāt R. 2. 34; itaḥ svapiti keśavaḥ &c. Bh. 2. 76; itogatamanurāgaṃ V. 2; -gatavṛttāṃtaṃ na smarati S. 4 news of this place; ita ito devaḥ this way, this way, my lord (in dramas).
     (4) Hence, for this reason, on this ground; itaśca paramātmaivehāttā bhavitumarhati S. B.
     (5) From this world.
     (6) From this time. itaḥ-itaḥ
          (a) on the one hand-on the other hand; itastapasvikāryamito gurujanājñā S. 2;
          (b) in one place-in another place, here-there; K. 27; itaścetaśca hither and thither; hence and thence, here and there, to and fro; itaścetaśca dhāvatāṃ; now, therefore; itastataḥ here and there, hither and thither, to and fro; lāṃgūlavikṣepavisarpiśobhairitastataścaṃdramarīcigauraiḥ Ku. 1. 13.

iti ind.
     (1) This particle is most generally used to report the very words spoken or supposed to be spoken by some one, as represented by the quotation marks in English. The speech reported may be
     (1) a single word used merely to express what the form of the word is, when it is used as it is (śabdasvarūpadyotaka); rāma rāmeti rāmeti kūjaṃtaṃ madhurākṣaraṃ Rām.; ata eva gavityāha Bhartṛ.;
     (2) or a substantive, which must be put in the nominative case when its meaning is to be indicated (prātipadikārthadyotaka); cayastviṣāmityavadhāritaṃ purā ... kramādamuṃ nārada ityabodhi saḥ Śi. 1. 3; avaimi caināmanagheti R. 14. 40; dilīpa iti rājeṃduḥ R. 1. 12; sometimes with acc. kaivartamiti yaṃ prāhuḥ Ms. 10. 34; Bg. 6. 2;
     (3) or a whole sentence when iti is merely used at the end of that sentence; (vākyārthadyotaka); jñāsyasi kiyadbhujo me rakṣati maurvīkiṇāṃka iti S. 1. 13; tayormunikumārayoranyataraḥkathayati akṣamālāmupayācitumāgatosmīti K. 151.
     (2) Besides this general sense iti has the following senses:
          (a) Cause, as expressed by 'because', 'since', 'on the ground that', in English; vaideśikosmīti pṛcchāmi U.; purāṇamityeva na sādhu sarvaṃ M. 1. 2; oft. with kiṃ q. v.
          (b) Purpose or motive, as expressed by 'that' 'in order that' śarīrasya vināśo mā bhūditi mayedamutkṣipya samānītaṃ K. 320; R. 1. 37.
          (c) Thus, to mark the conclusion (opp. atha); iti prathamoṃ'kaḥ thus or here ends the first Act.
          (d) It is often used to include under one head a number of separate objects grouped together; pṛthivyāpastejo vāyurākāśaṃ kālo digātmā mana iti dravyāṇi T. S.
          (e) So, thus, in this manner; ityuktavaṃtaṃ parirabhya dorbhyāṃ Ki. 11. 80.
          (f) Of this nature or description; gauraśvaḥ puruṣo hastīti jātiḥ.
          (g) As follows, to the following effect; rāmāmidhāno harirityuvāca R. 13. 1.
          (h) As for, in the capacity of, as regards, showing capacity or relation; piteti sa pūjyaḥ, adhyāpaka iti niṃdyaḥ, śīghramiti sukaraṃ, nibhṛtamiti ciṃtanīyaṃ bhavet S. 3.
          (i) It is often used with the name of an author to form an Avyayībhāva comp; itipāṇini thus according to Pāṇini.
          (j) Illustration (usually with ādi); iṃduriṃduriva śrīmānityādau tadananvayaḥ Chandr.; gauḥ śuklaścalo ḍittha ityādau K. P. 2.
          (k) A quotation or an opinion accepted; iti pāṇiniḥ, ityāpiśaliḥ, ityamaraḥ, viśvaḥ &c.
          (l) It is often used by commentators after quoting a rule in the sense of 'according to such a rule'; śaki liṅ ca (P. III. 3. 172) iti śakyārthe liṅ Malli. Other senses mentioned are:
          (m) Manifestation.
          (n) Order.
          (o) Arrangement.
          (p) Identity.
          (q) Proximity.
          (r) Visibility.
          (s) Excess or superiority.
          (t) Requiring. (iti svarūpe sānnidhye vivakṣāniyame mate . hetau prakārapratyakṣaprakāśepyavadhāraṇe, evamarthe samāptau ca .. Hem.).
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ sum and substance, meaning in short (often used by commentators).
          --arthaṃ ind. for this purpose, hence.
          --ādi a. having such a thing or things at the beginning, so forth, et caetera (&c.).
          --uktaṃ information, report.
          --katha a. 1. not fit to be believed, untrustworthy. --2. wicked, lost. (
          --thā) a meaningless or nonsensical talk.
          --kartavya, --karaṇīya a. proper or necessary to be done according to certain rules. (
          --vyaṃ, --yaṃ) duty, obligation; evaṃ sarvaṃ vidhāyedamitikartavyamātmanaḥ Ms. 7. 142, Ki. 7. 17; -tā, --kāryatā, kṛtyatā any proper or necessary duty, obligation; itikartavyatāmūḍhaḥ wholly at a loss what to do, embarrassed, perplexed.
          --mātra a. of such extent or quality.
          --vṛttaṃ 1. occurrence, event --2. a tale, story.

ititha a. Ved. Such a one, such.

itivat ind. In the same manner.

itiha ind. Thus indeed, quite in conformity to tradition.

itihāsaḥ [fr. iti-ha-āsa(3rd. pers. sing. Perf. of as to be); so it has been] 1 History (legendary or traditional); dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāmupadeśasamanvitaṃ . pūrvavṛttaṃ kapāyuktamitihāsaṃ pracakṣate ..
     (2) Heroic history (such as the Mahabhārata).
     (3) Historical evidence, tradition (which is recognized as a proof by the Paurāṇikas).
     -- Comp.
          --nibaṃdhanaṃ legendary composition or narrative; S. 3.
          --purāṇaṃ history and legendary stories.
          --vādaḥ historical story, legend; Mal. 3. 3.

itkilā N. of a perfume.

ittham ind. Thus, so, in this manner; itthaṃ rateḥ kimapi bhūtamadṛśyarūpaṃ Ku. 4. 45; itthaṃgate under these circumstances, such being the case; itthaṃgate kimasmābhiḥ karaṇīyaṃ S. 4; R. 9. 81.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraṃ ind. in this manner.
          --bhūta a. 1. so circumstanced, being in this state, being thus; -ākhyāne P. I. 4. 90; Me. 94; Ku. 6. 26; S. 3, 5; kathamitthaṃbhūtā M. 5, K. 146. --2. true or faithful (as a story).
          --bhāvaḥ being thus endowed, having these qualities.
          --vidha a. 1. of such kind. --2. endowed with such qualities.

itthaśālaḥ N. of the third Yoga.

itthā ind. Ved.
     (1) In this manner, thus.
     (2) A particle of affirmation used to lay stress on a following word, indeed.
     (3) Truly, really. -dhī a. performing such or true works.

itthāt ind. Thus, in this way.

id ind.
     (1) A particle of affirmation, even, just, only; especially in strengthening a statement; arthajña itsakalaṃ bhadramaśnute Nir.
     (2) It is often added to words expressing excess or exclusion; viśva it, eka it &c.
     (3) At the beginning of sentences it often adds emphasis to pronouns, prepositions &c. (Its place is taken by eva in classical Sanskrit).

idam pron. a. [ayaṃ m.; iyaṃ f., idaṃ n.)
     (1) This here, referring to something near the speaker; idamastu saṃnikṛṣṭaṃ rūpaṃ); idaṃ tat ... iti yaducyate S. 5 here is the truth of the saying.
     (2) Present, seen; the nominative forms are used with verbs in the sense of 'here'; iyamasmi here am I; so ime smaḥ; ayamāgacchāmi here I come.
     (3) It often refers to something immediately following, while etad refers to what precedes; anukalpastvayaṃ jñeyaḥ sadā sadbhiranuṣṭitaḥ . Ms. 3. 147 (ayaṃ = vakṣyamāṇaḥ Kull.); śrutvaitadidamūcuḥ.
     (4) It occurs connected with yat, tat, etad, adas, kiṃ or a personal pronoun, either to point out anything more distinctly and emphatically, or sometimes pleonastically; koyamācaratyavinayaṃ S. 1. 25; seyaṃ, soyaṃ, this here; so imāstāḥ; ayamahaṃ bhoḥ S. 4 ho, here am I. --ind. Ved.
     (1) Here, to this place.
     (2) Now.
     (3) There.
     (4) With these words, herewith.
     -- Comp.
          --prathama a. doing anything for the first time.
          --prakāraṃ ind. in this manner.
          --yugaṃ the present Yuga.
          --rūpa a. of this shape.
          --vasu a. Ved. rich in this and that.

idaṃtana a. (nī f.) Of this time, present; momentary.

idaṃtā [idamo bhāvaḥ] Identity, sameness.

idaṃmaya a. Made or consisting of this.

idaṃyu a. Wishing this.

idā ind. Now, at this (present) moment; oft. with ahan; idācidahnaḥ; idā hyaḥ only yesterday.
     -- Comp.
          --vatsaraḥ, so iduvatsaraḥ or idvatsaraḥ one of the five years in which gifts of clothes and food are said to be productive of great rewards.
          --vatsarīya or idvatsarīya a. belonging to such a year.

idānīm ind. [idaṃ-dānīṃ iś ca]
     (1) Now, at this moment, in this case, just now, even now; vatse pratiṣṭhasvedānīṃ S. 4; āryaputra idānīmasi U. 3; idānīmahnaḥ now a days; idānīmeva just now; idānīmapi now also, in this case also; tata idānīṃ thereupon, then, from that time.
     (2) As a measure of time, it is equal to onefifteenth part of an etarhi; cf. yāvaṃtyetarhīṇi tāvaṃti paṃcadaśakṛtva idānīni Śat. Br.

idānīṃtana a. (nī f.) Present, momentary, of the present moment.

idhma, iddha See under iṃdh.

in 6. 8. P. Ved.
     (1) To go.
     (2) To advance or rush upon, press upon; drive.
     (3) To invigorate.
     (4) To force, compel.
     (5) To drive away, remove.
     (6) To take possession of, pervade, fill.
     (7) To dispose.
     (8) To be lord or master (of anything).

ina a.
     (1) Able, strong, powerful, mighty.
     (2) Bold, determined.
     (3) Glorious. --naḥ
     (1) A lord, master.
     (2) The sun; Śi. 2. 65.
     (3) A king; na na mahīnamahīnaparākramaṃ R. 9. 5.
     (4) The lunar mansion Hasta.
     -- Comp.
          --kāṃtaḥ sunstone (sūryakāṃta); Bh. 2. 37.
          --sabhaṃ a royal court or assembly.

inakṣati (Desid. of nakṣ) Ved. To try to reach, strive to get.

iṃthihā An astronomical term taken from the Arabic (= muthahā).

iṃd 1 P. [iṃdati, iṃdituṃ] To be powerful (occurring in the etymology of iṃdra q. v.).

iṃdaṃbaram = iṃdīvara q. v.

iṃdiṃdiraḥ A large bee; lobhādiṃdiṃdireṣu nipatatsu Bv. 2. 183.

iṃdirā [iṃd-kirac] N. of Lakṣmī, wife of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --ālayaṃ 'abode of Indirā,' the blue lotus.
          --maṃdiraḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. (
          --raṃ) the blue lotus.

iṃdi(dī)varam [iṃdīrlakṣmīstasyā varaṃ varaṇīyaṃ Tv.] The blue lotus; bāle tava mukhāṃbhoje kathamiṃdīvaradvayaṃ S. Til. 17.

iṃdīvariṇī A group of blue lotuses.

iṃdīvāraḥ A blue lotus.

iṃduḥ [unatti kledayati caṃdrikayā bhuvanaṃ uṃd-u ādericca Uṇ. 1. 12]
     (1) The moon; dilīpa iti rājeṃduriṃduḥ kṣīranidhāviva R. 1. 12 (iṃdu is said to mean in the Veda a drop of Soma juice, a bright drop or spark; sutāsa iṃdavaḥ Rv. 1. 16. 6).
     (2) The mṛgaśiras Nakshatra.
     (3) (In Math.) The number 'one'.
     (4) Camphor. --(pl.)
     (1) The periodical changes of the moon.
     (2) The time of moonlight, night.
     -- Comp.
          --kamalaṃ the white lotus.
          --kalā 1. a digit of the moon. (These are 16, each of which is mythologically said to be devoured by 16 deities in succession). --2. N. of several plants; amṛtā, guḍūcī, somalatā. --kalikā 1. N. of a plant (ketakī). --2. a digit of the moon.
          --kāṃtaḥ the moon-stone. (
          --tā) 1. night. --2. N. of a plant (ketakī). --kṣayaḥ 1. waning or disappearance of the moon. --2. the new moon day.
          --jaḥ, --putraḥ the planet Mercury. (
          --jā) N. of the river Revā or Narmadā.
          --janakaḥ 1. the ocean (the moon being produced amongst other jewels at the churning of the ocean). --2. the sage atri. --dalaḥ a digit, crescent.
          --puṣpikā N. of a plant (kalikarī or jāṃgalī). --bhaṃ 1. the sign called Cancer. --2. the Nakshatra called mṛgāśiras. --bhā a kind of water-lily.
          --bhṛt, --śekharaḥ, --mauliḥ 'the moon crested god,' epithets of Śiva.
          --maṇiḥ 1. the moon-stone. --2. a pearl.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the orb or disc of the moon.
          --ratnaṃ a pearl.
          --le(re)khā 1. a digit of the moon. --2. N. of several plants, see iṃdukalā. --lokaḥ the world of the moon.
          --lohakaṃ, --lauhaṃ silver.
          --vadanā N. of a metre; see Appendix.
          --vāraḥ a kind of yoga.
          --vāsaraḥ Monday.
          --vrataṃ a religious observance depending on the age of the moon. It consists in diminishing the quantity of food by a certain portion daily, for a fortnight or a month; cf. cāṃdrāyaṇa.

iṃdumat m. An epithet of Agni.

iṃdumatī
     (1) A day of full moon.
     (2) The wife of aja and sister of bhoja.

iṃdūraḥ A rat, mouse.

iṃdraḥ [iṃd-ran; iṃdatīti iṃdraḥ; idi aiśvarye Malli.]
     (1) The lord of gods.
     (2) The god of rain, rain; cloud.
     (3) A lord or ruler (as of men &c.); first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; nareṃdraḥ a lord of men i. e. a king; so mṛgeṃdraḥ a lion; gajeṃdraḥ the lord or chief of elephants; so yogīṃdraḥ, kapīṃdraḥ.
     (4) A prince, king.
     (5) The pupil of the right eye.
     (6) N. of the plant kuṭaja.
     (7) Night.
     (8) One of the divisions of bhāratavarṣa.
     (9) N. of the 26th Yoga. (10) The human or animal soul.
     (11) A vegetable poison.
     (12) The Yoga star in the 26th Nakshatra.
     (13) Greatness. --drā The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭaka, and in Rv. 10. 90. 13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Purusha. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demous of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛtra, Śambara, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv. 10. 119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings, as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrani, who is invoked among the goddesses.
     Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇi or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahma, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R. 14. 59, 15. 40), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalya, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1000 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyaṇa Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Rāvaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit.' It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalya. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see. Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛṣṇa were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrani, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. vṛtrahan, balabhid, pākaśāsana, gotrabhid, puraṃdara, śatakratu, jiṣṇu, namucisūdana &c. (see Ak. I. 1. 44-47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvati; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja].
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the fire produced from the contact of clouds; -dhūmaḥ frost, snow; -devatā the 16th lunarmansion.
          --anujaḥ, --avarajaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Narayaṇa.
          --ariḥ an Asura or demon.
          --avasānaḥ a desert.
          --aśanaḥ 1. hemp (dried and chewed). --2. the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (guṃjāvṛkṣa) --āyudhaṃ Indra's weapon, the rainbow; iṃdrāyudhadyotitatoraṇāṃkaṃ R. 7. 4, 12. 79; K. 127. (
          --dhaḥ) 1. N. of horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapinjala changed into a horse). --2. a horse marked with black about the eyes. (
          --dhā) a kind of leech.
          --āsanaṃ 1. the throne of Indra. --2. a throne in general. --3. a foot of five short syllables.
          --ijyaḥ N. of bṛhaspati the preceptor of gods.
          --īśvaraḥ one of the forms of Śiva-linga.
          --utsavaḥ a festival honouring Indra.
          --ṛṣabha a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth.
          --karman m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds).
          --kīlaḥ 1. N. of the mountain maṃdara. --2. a rock. (
          --laṃ) the banner of Indra.
          --kuṃjaraḥ Indra's elephant, Airāvata.
          --kūṭaḥ N. of a mountain.
          --kṛṣṭa a. 'ploughed by Indra,' growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (
          --ṣṭaḥ) a kind of corn produced by rain-water.
          --ketuḥ Indra's banner.
          --kośaḥ --ṣaḥ, --ṣakaḥ 1. a couch, sofa. --2. a plat-form. --3. a projection of the roof of a house. --4. a pin or bracket projecting from the wall (nāgadaṃta). --giriḥ the maheṃdra mountain.
          --guruḥ, ācāryaḥ the teacher of Indra; i. e. bṛhaspati. --gopaḥ, --gopakaḥ [iṃdro gopo rakṣako'sya, varṣābhavatvāttasya] a kind of insect of red or white colour; K. 100.
          --caṃdanaṃ the white sandal wood.
          --cāpaṃ, --dhanus n. 1. a rainbow; vidyutvaṃtaṃlalitavanitāḥ seṃdracāpaṃ sacitrāḥ Me. 64; Śi. 7. 4. --2. the bow of Indra.
          --chaṃdas n. [iṃdra iva sahasranetreṇa sahasragucchena chādyate] a necklace consisting of 1000 strings.
          --jananaṃ Indra's birth.
          --jananīya a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work).
          --jā a. Ved. born or arising from Indra.
          --jālaṃ [iṃdrasya parameśvarasya jālaṃ māyeva] 1. the net of Indra. --2. a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. --3. deception, cheating. --4. conjur ing, jugglery, magical tricks; svapneṃdrajālasadṛśaḥ khalu jīvalokaḥ Śānti. 2. 2; K. 105.
          --jālika a. [iṃdrajāla-ṭhan] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (
          --kaḥ) a juggler, conjurer.
          --jit m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda, a son Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Lanka. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoner unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. -haṃtṛ or vijayin m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa.
          --jyeṣṭha a. Ved. led by Indra.
          --tāpanaḥ the thundering of clouds.
          --tūlaṃ, tūlakaṃ a flock of cotton.
          --damanaḥ the son of Bāṇāsura.
          --dāruḥ the tree Pinus Devadāru.
          --druḥ, drumaḥ 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (arjuna). --2. the plant kuṭaja. --dvīpaḥ --paṃ one of the 9 Dvīpas or divisions of the continent (of India).
          --dhvajaḥ a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra.
          --nakṣatraṃ Indra's lunar mansion phalgunī. --netraṃ 1. the eye of Indra. --2. the number one thousand.
          --nīlaḥ [iṃdra iva nīlaḥ śyāmaḥ] a sapphire; R. 13. 54; 16. 69; Me. 46, 77.
          --nīlakaḥ an emerald.
          --patnī Indra's wife, śacī. --parṇī, --puṣpā N. of a medicinal plant.
          --parvataḥ 1. the maheṃdra mountain. --2. a blue mountain.
          --putrā N. of aditi. --purogama, --puraḥsara, --śreṣṭa a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head.
          --purohitaḥ N. of bṛhaspati. (--tā) the asterism Pushya.
          --prasthaṃ N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Pāṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); iṃdraprasthagamastāvatkāri mā saṃtu cedayaḥ Śi. 2. 63.
          --praharaṇaṃ Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt.
          --bheṣajaṃ dried ginger.
          --makhaḥ a sacrifice in honour of Indra.
          --mahaḥ 1. a festival in honour of Indra. --2. the rainy season; -kāmukaḥ a dog.
          --mādana a. animating or delighting Indra.
          --medin a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra.
          --yavaḥ, --vaṃ seed of the Kutaja tree.
          --luptaḥ, --ptaṃ, --luptakaṃ 1. excessive baldness of the head. --2. loss of beard.
          --lokaḥ Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise.
          --lokeśaḥ 1. lord of the Indra's world, i. e. Indra. --2. a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host).
          --vaṃśā, --vajrā N. of two metres, see Appendix.
          --vallarī, --vallī N. of a plant (pārijāta) or of iṃdravāruṇī. --vastiḥ [iṃdrasya ātmanaḥ vastiriva] the calf (of the leg).
          --vātatama a. Ved. desired by Indra.
          --vāyū (du) Indra and Vayu.
          --vāruṇī, --vāruṇikā Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd (Mar. moṭhī kaṃvaḍaLa). --vāh a. carrying Indra.
          --vṛkṣaḥ the Devadaru tree.
          --vṛddhā a kind of abscess.
          --vaiḍūryaṃ a kind of precious stone.
          --vrataṃ Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow iṃdravrata when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); vārṣikāṃścaturo māsān yarthedropyabhivarṣati . tathābhivarṣetsvaṃ rāṣṭraṃ kāmairiṃdravrataṃ caran ... --śaktiḥ f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified.
          --śatruḥ 1. an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of prahlāda; R. 7. 35. --2. [iṃdraḥ śatruḥ yasya] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of vṛtra (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a. legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛtra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say iṃdraśatrurvadhasva &c., but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik. 52:
          --maṃtro hīnaḥ svarato varṇato vā mithyāprayukto na tamarthamāha . sa vāgvajro yajamānaṃ hināsti yatheṃdraśatruḥ svaratoparādhāt ... --śalabhaḥ a kind of insect.
          --saṃdhā connection or alliance with Indra.
          --sārathiḥ. 1. N of Mātalī. --2. an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra.
          --sutaḥ, --sūnuḥ 1. N. of
          (a) Jayanta;
          (b) Arjuna;
          (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. --2. N. of the arjuna tree. --surasaḥ, --surā a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (nirguṃḍī). --senā Indra's missile or host. --senānīḥ the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. --stut m., --stomaḥ 1. praise of Indra, N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. --2. a sacrifice in honour of Indra. --havaḥ invocation of Indra. --hastaḥ a kind of medicament.

iṃdrakam [iṃdrasya rājñaḥ kaṃ sukhaṃ yatra Tv.] An assembly room, a hall.

iṃdratama a. Ved. Most Indra-like, mighty, strong.

iṃdratā, --tvam Power and dignity of Indra, kingship, might.

iṃdrasvat a. Ved. Accompanied by Indra, possessed of power.

iṃdrayu a. Longing to go to Indra.

iṃdrāṇikā The plant nirguṃḍī.

iṃdrāṇī [iṃdrasya patnī ānuk ṅīp]
     (1) The wife of Indra.
     (2) N. of Durgā, considered as one of the eight mothers or divine energies.
     (3) A kind of coitus.
     (4) Large cardamoms.
     (5) N. of a tree (nīlasiṃduvāra); also the plant nirguṃḍī.

iṃdriya a. Fit for or belonging to or agreeable to, Indra. --yaḥ A friend or companion of Indra. --yaṃ [iṃdra-gha; iṃdreṇa durjayaṃ; by P. V. 2. 93 iṃdriyaṃ = iṃdraliṃgamiṃdradṛṣṭamiṃdrasṛṣṭamiṃdrajuṣṭamiṃdradattamiti vā]
     (1) Power, force, the quality which belongs to Indra.
     (2) An organ of sense, sense or faculty of sense. (Indriyas are often compared to restive horses, which, if not properly checked, will lead one astray; cf. mā bhūvannapathaharāstaveṃdriyāśvāḥ Ki. 5. 50.). There are two kinds of Indriyas:
          (a) jñāneṃdriyāṇi or buddhīṃdriyāṇiḥ --śrotraṃ tvakcakṣuṣī jihvā nāsikā caiva paṃcamī (also manaḥ according to some); and
          (b) karmaidriyāṇiḥ-pāyūpasthaṃ hastapādaṃ vāk cava daśamī smṛtā Ms. 2. 90. In the Vedānta manaḥ, buddhi, ahaṃkāra and citta are said to be the four internal organs, the total number of organs being, therefore, 14, each presided over by its own ruler or niyaṃtṛ. In Nyāya each organ is connected with its own peculiar element; the eye, ear, tongue, nose, and skin being connected respectively with Light or fire, Ether, Water, Earth and Air.
     (3) Bodily or virile power, power of the sense.
     (4) Semen.
     (5) Symbolical expression for the number '5.'
     -- Comp.
          --agocara a. imperceptible.
          --arthaḥ 1. an object of sense; these objects are:
          --rūpaṃ śabdo gaṃdharasasparśāśca viṣayā amī Ak.; Bg. 3. 34; Bh. 3. 58; R. 14. 25. --2. anything exciting these senses.
          --asaṃgaḥ non-attachment to sensual objects, stoicism.
          --ātman m. 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu --2. an organ of sense.
          --ādiḥ the principle called ahaṅkara (in San. phil.).
          --āyatanaṃ 1. the abode of the senses, i. e. the body. --2. the soul.
          --ārāma a. given to enjoying the objects of sense.
          --īśaḥ the soul.
          --gocara a. perceptible to the senses. (
          --raḥ) an object of sense.
          --grāmaḥ, --vargaḥ the assemblage or collection of organs, the five organs of sense taken collectively; balavāniṃdriyagrāmo vidvāṃsamapi karṣati Ms. 2. 215, 100, 175; nirvavāra madhunīṃdriyavargaḥ Śi. 10. 3.
          --ja a. in one's presence, visible.
          --jñānaṃ consciousness, the faculty of perception.
          --nigrahaḥ restraint of senses.
          --buddhiḥ f. perception by the senses, exercise of any organ of sense.
          --bodhana a. exciting power; stimulating or sharpening the senses. (
          --naṃ) any excitement of senses, a stimulus.
          --vadhaḥ insensibility.
          --vipratipattiḥ f. perversion of the organs, wrong perception.
          --vṛttiḥ f. function of the organs.
          --sukha sensual pleasures; R. 19. 47.
          --sannikarṣaḥ the contact of an organ of sense (either with its object or with the mind).
          --svāpaḥ insensibility, unconsciousness, stupor.

iṃdriyavat a.
     (1) One who has curbed his senses.
     (2) One having the organs of sense.

iṃdh 7 A. (iṃddhe or iṃdhe, iṃdhāṃcakre, aiṃdhiṣṭa, iddha) To kindle, light, set on fire. --pass. (idhyate) To be lighted, blaze, flame.

iddha p. p. [iṃdh-kta]
     (1) Kindled, lighted; Mv. 1. 53; krodha- Ratn. 1. 4; Mu. 1. 2; -rāga S. 7. 16 whose glow or red colour has just broken out.
     (2) Shining, glowing, blazing, bright; Ki. 2. 59; Śi. 1. 63; -bodhaiḥ Bk. 1. 5 (paṭubuddhibhiḥ) sharp.
     (3) Clean, clear.
     (4) Wonderful.
     (5) Obeyed, unresisted (as order); -śāsanaḥ Ki. 1. 22 --ddhaṃ
     (1) Sunshine, heat.
     (2) Refulgence, splendour.
     (3) Wonder.
     -- Comp.
          --dīdhitiḥ fire; Śi. 16. 35.
          --manyu a. having the anger excited.

idhmaḥ [idhyate'gniranena iṃdh-mak] Fuel, especially that used for the sacred fire; grīṣma idhmaḥ śaraddhaviḥ Rv. 10. 90. 6; R. 14. 70. --dhmaṃ Wood, fuel.
     -- Comp.
          --jihvaḥ fire.
          --pravraścanaḥ a hatchet, an axe.

idhyā f. Kindling, lighting.

iṃdha a. [iṃdh-ac] Kindling, lighting. --dhaḥ [iṃdh-ghañ]
     (1) Fuel.
     (2) The Supreme being.

iṃdhana a. [iṃdh-ṇic-lyuṭ] Kindling, lighting. --naṃ
     (1) Kindling, lighting.
     (2) Fuel, wood &c.; śokānaleṃdhanatāṃ K. 169.

iṃdhanavat a. Possessed of fuel.

iṃdhanvan a. Ved. Possessed of fuel.

inv 6 P
     (1) To go.
     (2) To pervade, surround.
     (3) To seize, take possession of.
     (4) To invigorate, gladden; see in also.

invakāḥ Stars in the head of Orion.

ibhaḥ [i-bhan-kicca Uṇ. 3. 151]
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) Fearless power or servants, dependants (Ved.). --bhī A female elephant. [cf. L. ebur].
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ a lion.
          --ākhyaḥ, --keśarā the plant nāgakeśara. --ānanaḥ N. of Gaṇeśa; cf. gajānana. --uṣaṇā, --kaṇā a kind of aromatic plant (gajapippalī). --gaṃdhā N. of a plant (the fruit of which is poisonous).
          --nibhīlikā 1. shrewdness, sagacity, sharpness. --2. hemp (bhaṃgā). --pālakaḥ the driver or keeper of an elephant.
          --poṭā [poṭā puṃlakṣaṇā ibhī] a young female elephant.
          --potaḥ a young elephant, a cub.
          --bharaḥ a collection of elephants.
          --yuvatiḥ f. a female elephant.

ibhamācalaḥ [ibhamācalayati] A lion.

ibhayā N. of the tree svarṇakṣīrī.

ibhya a. [ibhaṃ gajamarhati yat]
     (1) Wealthy, opulent, rich; Dk. 41.
     (2) Belonging to one's servants (Ved.). --bhyaḥ
     (1) A king.
     (2) An elephant-driver.
     (3) An enemy or foe (Say.). --bhyā
     (1) A female elephant.
     (2) N. of the Olibanum tree, Boswellia Serrata.
     -- Comp.
          --tilvi (va) la a. wealthy, rich.

ibhyaka a. Wealthy, rich.

imathā ind. Ved. As here, as now.

iyakṣu a. Ved. Longing for, seeking to gain.

iyat a.
     (1) So much, so large, of this extent; iyattavāyuḥ Dk. 93; iyaṃti varṣāṇi tayā sahograṃ R. 13. 67 so many years; dbayaṃ nītiritīyatī Śi. 2. 30 this much; iyato divasānutsava āsīt U. 1

iyattā, iyattvam
     (1)
          (a) So much, fixed measure or quantity; īdṛktayā rūpamiyattayā vā R. 13. 5; na ... yaśaḥ paricchettumiyattayālaṃ 6. 77; K. 129, 182.
          (b) Limited number, limitation na guṇānāmiyattayā R. 10. 32.
     (2) Limit, standard.

iyattaka a. So small, very small. --kā A bad limit.

iyas a. Ved. Going.

iyasā Ved. Low spirits, dejection.

ir 6 P(irati) To go.

irajya Ved. (irajyati-te)
     (1) To grow.
     (2) To be jealous.
     (3) To order, prepare; arrange, dispose of.
     (4) To be master of.
     (5) To lead.

irajyu a. Ved. Engaged in preparations for the sacrificial rite.

iraṇam
     (1) A desert.
     (2) Salt or barren ground; cf. iriṇa.

iraṃmada a. [cf. P. III. 2. 37] Delighting in drinking, an epithet of Agni. --daḥ
     (1) A flash of lightning, the fire attending the fall of a thunderbolt; iraṃmadamiva meghamālā'sūta K. 70.
     (2) The submarine fire.

irasyati Ved.
     (1) To behave insolently, be angry.
     (2) (With dat.) To be ill-affected towards.

irasyā
     (1) Ill will, malevolence.
     (2) Wish for food.

irā [i-ran Uṇ. 2. 28; iṃ kāmaṃ rāti rā-ka vā Tv.]
     (1) The earth.
     (2) Speech.
     (3) The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.
     (4) Water.
     (5) Food.
     (6) Spirituous liquor.
     (7) Any drinkable fluid; a draught (especially of milk).
     (8) Refreshment, comfort (Ved. in the last three senses).
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ 1. N. of Varuṇa, of Viṣṇu and of Gaṇeśa. --2. a king, sovereign.
          --kṣīra a. Ved. whose milk is a refreshment or enjoyment. (
          --raḥ) the milk ocean.
          --cara a. earth-born, terrestrial. --2. aquatic. (
          --raṃ) hail; so irāvaraṃ. --jaḥ N. of Kama or Cupid.
          --vellikā pimples on the head.

irāvat a.
     (1) Granting drink or refreshment, satiating.
     (2) Endowed with provisions, comfortable. --m. (--vān)
     (1) Ocean.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) A king.
     (4) N. of a son of Arjuna. --tī
     (1) N. of a river in the Panjab (rāvī).
     (2) N. of a plant.
     (3) N. of Durgā, Rudra's wife.

irikā N. of a plant or tree. -vanaṃ a grove of such trees.

iriṇam [ṛ-inac-kidicca Uṇ. 2. 51]
     (1) A salt ground, saline soil; yatheriṇe bījamuptvā na vaptā labhate phalaṃ Ms. 3. 142; Y. 1. 151.
     (2) Hence, a bare or barren soil, desert, dreary region.
     (3) Non-support.
     (4) A rivulet, well (Ved.).
     (5) A hollow, hole.

iriṇya a. Belonging or relating to a desert.

irin a. Ved.
     (1) Instigating.
     (2) Powerful, violent.
     (3) A proud or overbearing fellow.

irimedaḥ = arimeda q. v.

irivillā, or irivillikā Pimples on the head.

irgalaṃ, --lā = argala q. v.

irya a. Ved.
     (1) Instigating(preraka).
     (2) Destroying the enemies.
     (3) A lord, master.
     (4) Active, powerful, an epithet of Pūṣan and of the Aśvins.

irvāru --lu a. Destructive, carnivorous (hiṃsaka). --ruḥ m. f. A cucumber.
     -- Comp.
          --(lu) śuktikā a kind of melon.

irvārukaḥ An animal living in caves.

il 6 P. (ilati, iyela, ailīt, elituṃ, ilita) or 10 U. (ilayati or elayati, ailayīt or aililat).
     (1) To go, to move.
     (2) To sleep.
     (3) To throw, send, cast.
     (4) To keep still, not to move.
     (5) To become quiet. [cf. Germ. Eile, Gr. elao].

ilaya a. Motionless.

ilava a. Ved. Loud, noisy.

ilavilā N. of the wife of Viśravas and mother of Kubera; (hence the name ailavila for Kubera).

ila a. [il-ka] Sleepy. --lā
     (1) The earth.
     (2) A cow.
     (3) Speech; &c, see iḍā.
     -- Comp.
          --golaḥ, --laṃ the earth, the globe.
          --talaṃ 1. the fourth place in the circle of the zodiac. --2. the surface of the earth.
          --dharaḥ a mountain; Śi. 20. 54.
          --vṛtaṃ one of the nine Varshas or divisions of the known world; paścānmālyavataḥ prācyāṃ gaṃdhamādanaśailataḥ . ilāvṛtaṃ nīlagireryāmyato niṣadhādudak ...

ilikā The earth.

ilī [il-ka ṅīṣ] A cudgel, a stick shaped like a sword, a short sword (karavāla).

ilīviṣaḥ N. of a demon conquered by Indra.

ilīṣaḥ, illiśaḥ A sort of fish, commonly hilsa or sable.

ilvakāḥ, --lāḥ (pl.) N. of the five stars in the head of Orion (mṛgaśiras).

iva ind.
     (1) Like, as(showing upamā or comparison); vāgarthāviva saṃpṛktau R. 1. 1; vainateya iva vinatānaṃdanaḥ K. 5.
     (2) As if, as it were (denoting utprekṣā); paśyāmīva pitākinaṃ S. 1. 6; liṃpatīva tamoṃgāni varṣatīvāṃjanaṃ nabhaḥ Mk. 1. 34.
     (3) A little, somewhat, perhaps; kaḍāra ivāyaṃ G. M.
     (4) (Added to interrogative words), 'Possibly', 'I should like to know', 'indeed'; vinā sītādevyā kimiva hi na duḥkhaṃ raghupateḥ U. 6. 30; ka iva of what sort, what-like; ka iva kālaḥ Mal. 2 what a long time has elapsed.
     (5) iva is frequently used with adverbs, especially with such as involve restriction, by way of emphasis in the sense of even or just so, just, exactly, quite, indeed, very; muhūrtamiva but for a moment; kiṃcidiva just a little bit; so īṣadiva, nācirādiva &c.; (iva is considered by grammarians as forming compounds with the word after which it stands; ivena nityasamāso vibhaktyalopaśca).

iṣ I. 6 P. (icchati, iyeṣa, aiṣīt, eṣituṃ-eṣṭuṃ, iṣṭa)
     (1) To wish, desire, long for; icchāmi saṃvardhitamājñayā te Ku. 3. 3; oft. with pot. or imperat. mood; icchāmi bhuṃjīta or bhuṃktāṃ bhavān; bhuṃjīyetīcchati Sk.
     (2) To choose; mūtreṇa mauṃḍyamicchet tu kṣatriyaṃ daṃḍameva vā Ms. 8. 384.
     (3) To endeavour to obtain, strive or seek for; bhūtimicchatā, svargaṃ &c.
     (4) To be willing, be about to do anything, mean or intend (with. inf.).
     (5) To ask or expect anything (acc.) from any one (loc. or abl.); deveṣu yajñe bhāgamīṣire Śat. Br.
     (6) To acknowledge, regard.
     (7) To request, ask.
     (8) To be favourable.
     (9) To try to make favourable. (10) To assent or consent. --pass.
     (1) To be wished or liked.
     (2) To be asked, or requested.
     (3) To be prescribed or laid down; hastacchedanamiṣyate Ms. 8. 322; trirātraṃ daśarātraṃ vā śāvamāśaucamiṣyate Y. 3. 18.
     (4) To be approved, accepted, or regarded as; jaṃbho daṃtepi ceṣyate Trik. --II. 4 P. (iṣyati, iyeṣa, eṣiṣyati, eṣituṃ)
     (1) To move; to cause to move.
     (2) To let fly, cast, throw.
     (3) To raise (as one's voice).
     (4) To sprinkle. --III. 9 P. (iṣṇāti)
     (1) To cause to move quickly, let fly, cast.
     (2) To fly off, escape.
     (3) To strike, smite.
     (4) To impel, urge, incite, animate, promote. --IV. 1 U. (eṣati-te, aiṣīt-aiṣiṣṭa) To go, move.

icchaka a. Wishing, desiring &c. --kaḥ
     (1) (In Arith.) The sum sought.
     (2) N. of a tree.

icchat pres. p. Wishing, desirous, willing; anicchatopi tasya against his will.

icchā [iṣ bhāve śa]
     (1) Wish, desire, inclination of mind, will; icchayā according to one's desire, at will.
     (2) Willingness.
     (3) (In Math.) A question or problem.
     (4) (In gram.) The form of the Desiderative.
     -- Comp.
          --dānaṃ fulfilment of a wish.
          --nivṛttiḥ f. suppression of desire, indifference to worldly desires.
          --phalaṃ the solution of a question or problem.
          --rataṃ desired sports, favourite pastimes; Me. 89.
          --vasu a. 'possessing wealth according to wish', epithet of Kubera.
          --saṃpad f. fulfilment of one's wishes.

icchu a. Wishing, desirous; usually in comp.

icchuka a. Wishing &c.

iṣ a.
     (1) Speedy, going quickly.
     (2) Wishing, desirous. --f. Ved.
     (1) A draught, refreshment, food.
     (2) Libation.
     (3) Strength, power, sap, freshness.
     (4) Comfort; increase.
     (5) Affluence.
     (6) Refreshing waters of the sky.
     (7) Wish.

iṣaḥ
     (1) One possessed of sap or strength.
     (2) The month āśvina; dhvanimiṣe'nimiṣekṣaṇamagrataḥ Śi. 6. 49.

iṣaṇayate Den. A. To move, excite.

iṣaṇiḥ f.
     (1) Sending, despatching.
     (2) Wish, desire, impulse.

iṣaṇyati Den. P. To excite, drive, urge on.

iṣaṇyā Impulse, desire.

iṣayati Den. P.
     (1) To be juicy.
     (2) To swell, increase.
     (3) To be fresh or active.
     (4) To animate, strengthen.

iṣavya a.
     (1) (The object) of aim.
     (2) Skilled in archery.

iṣi a. [iṣ-ki] Wishing, desiring.

iṣita p. p. (fr. iṣ 4 cl.).
     (1) Moved, driven, sent, despatched.
     (2) Excited, animated.
     (3) Quick, speedy.

iṣira a. Ved. [iṣ-gatau-kirac]
     (1) Juicy, succulent, refreshing, fresh.
     (2) Powerful, strong, quick, active.
     (3) Moving. --raḥ Fire. --raṃ ind. Quickly.

iṣṭa p. p. [iṣ icchāyāṃ karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Wished, desired, longed for, wished for; upapanno guṇairiṣṭaiḥ Nala. 1. 1.
     (2) Beloved, agreeable, liked, favourite, dear; -ātmajaḥ Mu. 2. 8 fond of sons.
     (3) Worshipped, reverenced,
     (4) Respected.
     (5) Approved, regarded as good.
     (6) Desirable; see iṣṭāpūrta.
     (6) Valid.
     (7) Sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices.
     (8) Supposed (kalpita); oft. used in Līlavatī. --ṣṭaḥ
     (1) A lover, husband, beloved person; iṣṭapravāsajanitāni S. 4. 2.
     (2) A friend; Pt. 1. 57; 2. 167.
     (3) N. of a tree (eraṃḍa).
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (5) A sacrifice. --ṣṭā N. of a tree (śamī). --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Wish, desire.
     (2) A holy ceremony or saṃskāra.
     (3) A sacrifice; see iṣṭāpūrta. --ind. Voluntarily.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ desired object. -udyukta a. zealously engaged in gaining one's desired object.
          --āpattiḥ f. occurrence of what is desired; a statement by a debater which is favourable to his opponent also; iṣṭāpattau doṣāṃtaramāha Jag.
          --karman n. (In arith.) rule of supposition, operation with an assumed number.
          --kāpathaḥ the root of a fragrant grass (vīraṇamūla). --kāmaduh a. granting the desired objects, an epithet of the cow of plenty.
          --gaṃdha a. fragrant. (
          --dhaḥ) any fragrant substance. (
          --dhaṃ) sand.
          --janaḥ a beloved person (whether man or woman); U. 3.
          --devaḥ, --devatā a favourite god, one's tutelary deity.
          --yāman a. going according to one's desire.
          --vrata a. 1. performing desired vows. --2. obeying one's wish. --3. (food &c.) for the fulfilment of a vow. --4. that by which good works succeed.

iṣṭāpūrtam [iṣṭaṃ ca pūrtaṃ ca tayoḥ samāhāraḥ pūrvapadadīrghatvaṃ] Performance of pious or charitable deeds; performing sacrifices, and digging wells and doing other acts of charity; iṣṭāpūrtavidheḥ sapatnaśamanāt Mv. 3. 1; vāpīkūpataḍāgādidevatāyatanāni ca . annapradānamārāmāḥ pūrtamarthyāḥ pracakṣate .. ekāgnikarmahavanaṃ tretāyāṃ yacca hūyate . aṃtarvedyāṃ ca yaddānamiṣṭaṃ tadabhidhīyate ...

iṣṭiḥ f. [iṣ-ktin]
     (1) Wish, request, desire.
     (2) Seeking, striving to get.
     (3) Any desired object.
     (4) A desired rule or desideratum; (a term used with reference to Patanjali's additions to Kātyāyana's Vārtikas; iṣṭayo bhāṣyakārasya, iti bhāṣyakāreṣṭyā &c., cf. upasaṃkhyāna).
     (5) Impulse, hurry.
     (6) Invitation, order.
     (7) (yaj-ktin) A sacrifice.
     (8) An oblation consisting of butter, food &c.
     -- Comp.
          --ayanaṃ a sacrifice lasting for a long time.
          --pacaḥ 1. a miser. --2. a demon; an Asura; so -muṣ. --paśu an animal to be killed at a sacrifice.

iṣṭuḥ f. A wish, desire.

iṣma a. [iṣ-icchāyāṃ karmaṇi mak] Wishing. --ṣmaḥ
     (1) Cupid, god of love.
     (2) The spring.
     (3) Course, going.

iṣmin a. Speedy, impetuous, an epithet of the winds.

iṣyaḥ, --ṣyam [iṣ-kyap] The spring.

iṣi(ṣī)kā [iṣ gatyādau kvun ata itvaṃ]
     (1) Reed, rush, stalk of grass; kuśakāśaśareṣikāḥ Rām.; -astraṃ R. 12. 23.
     (2) An arrow.
     (3) A sort of sugar-cane; Saccharum Spontaneum.
     (4) A small stick of wood or iron used to see whether gold in a crucible is melted or not.
     (5) A brush.
     (6) The eye ball of an elephant.
     -- Comp.
          --tūlaṃ the point or upper part of a reed.

iṣuḥ [iṣ-u; cf. also Uṇ. 1. 13]
     (1) An arrow.
     (2) The number five.
     (3) (In Math.) A versed sine.
     (4) N. of a Soma ceremony.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ, --anīkaṃ the point of an arrow.
          --asanaṃ, --astraṃ the bow; rāmamiṣvasanadarśanotsukaṃ R. 11. 37; -yaṃtramukto bāṇaḥ Dk. 9.
          --āsa a. throwing arrows. (
          --saḥ) 1. a bow. --2. an archer, a warrior; Bg. 1. 4, 17.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛt m. an arrow-maker.
          --dharaḥ, --bhṛt m. an archer.
          --pathaḥ, --vikṣepaḥ an arrow-shot, the range of an arrow.
          --prayogaḥ discharging an arrow; R. 2. 42.
          --mātra a. having the length of an arrow (about 5 short spans or three feet.). (
          --traṃ) 1. the length of an arrow. --2. an altar (kuṃḍa). --hasta a. carrying arrows in the hand.

iṣustrikāṃḍā 'The three-fold arrow', N. of a constellation.

iṣuka a. Arrow-like. --kā Ved. An arrow.

iṣudhiḥ [iṣavo dhīyaṃte'tra dhā-ki] A quiver.

iṣudhyati Den. P.
     (1) To contain arrows.
     (2) To implore, request, ask.
     (3) To desire oblations.

iṣudhyā Imploring, request.

iṣudhyu a.
     (1) Going.
     (2) Requesting.

iṣūyati Den. P.
     (1) To long for food.
     (2) To request.

iṣvaḥ A spiritual teacher.

iṣkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To arrange, set in order.
     (2) To prepare.

iṣkartṛ a. Arranging &c.

iṣkṛta a. Arranged &c. -āhava a. whose Soma vessel is prepared or ready.

iṣkṛtiḥ f. A mother.

iṣṭakā [iṣ-takan ṭāp Uṇ. 3. 148]
     (1) A brick; Mk. 3.
     (2) A brick used in preparing the sacrificial altar &c.
     -- Comp.
          --gṛhaṃ a brick house.
          --cayanaṃ collecting fire by means of a brick.
          --cita a. made of bricks; Dk. 84; also iṣṭakacita. --nyāsaḥ laying the foundation of a house.
          --pathaḥ a road made of bricks.
          --rāśiḥ a pile of bricks.

iṣṭikā A brick &c.; see iṣṭakā.

is ind. An interjection of anger, pain, or sorrow.

iha ind. [idaṃ-ha iśādeśaḥ P. V. 3. 11 Sk.]
     (1) Here (referring to time, place or direction); in this place or case.
     (2) In this world (opp. paratra or amutra); oft. with jagati; K. 35.
     (3) In this case; in this book or system.
     (4) Now, at this time. [cf. Zend idha].
     -- Comp.
          --amutra ind. in this world and the next world, here and there.
          --āgata a. come here.
          --iha ind. here and there, now and then, repeatedly. -mātṛ a. 1. whose mother is here and there; that is, everywhere. --2. of whose mothers one is here and one there.
          --kālaḥ this life.
          --kratu, --citta a. whose intentions or thoughts are centred in this world or place.
          --bhava or
          --tana a. belonging to this world.
          --lokaḥ this world or life; -ke in this world.
          --samaye ind. here, now, at such a time as this.
          --stha a. standing here.
          --sthāna a. one whose residence is on the earth.

ihatya a. [iha-tyap] Being here, of this place or world.

ihalaḥ N. of a country(cedi).

ī

īḥ (m.) N. of Kamadeva, Cupid. --f. N. of Lakṣmī. --ind. An interjection of
     (1) dejection;
     (2) pain;
     (3) sorrow;
     (4) anger;
     (5) compassion;
     (6) perception or consciousness;
     (7) calling.

ī I. 4 A. (īyate) To go. --II. 2 P.
     (1) To go.
     (2) To shine.
     (3) To pervade.
     (4) To desire, wish.
     (5) To throw.
     (6) To eat.
     (7) To beg (A.).
     (8) To become pregnant.

īkṣ 1 A. (īkṣate, īkṣāṃcakre, aikṣiṣṭa, īkṣituṃ, īkṣitvā, īkṣita)
     (1) To see, behold, view, perceive, observe, look or gaze at.
     (2) To regard, consider, look upon; sarvabhūtasthamātmānaṃ ... īkṣate yogayuktātmā Bg. 6. 29.
     (3) To take into account, care for; nābhijanamīkṣate K. 104, na kāmavṛttirvacanīyamīkṣate Ku. 5. 82.
     (4) To think, reflect; tatteja aikṣata bahu syāṃ prajāyeya Ch. Up.
     (5) To require; Pt. 1. 151.
     (6) To look to, or to investigate, the good or bad luck of any one (with dat. of the person); kṛṣṇāya īkṣate gargaḥ Sk. (śubhāśubhaṃ paryālocayati); Bk. 8. 76 --With adhi to suspect; satyepyapāyamadhīkṣate H. 4. 102 v. l. --anvava 1. to see, behold. --2. to consider. --3. to care for, take into account.

īkṣakaḥ [īkṣ-ṇvul] A spectator, beholder.

īkṣaṇam [īkṣ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Seeing, beholding &c.
     (2) A look, sight, aspect, view.
     (3) An eye; ityadriśobhāprahitekṣaṇena R. 2. 27; so alasekṣaṇā.
     (4) Regarding, looking after, caring for.

īkṣaṇikaḥ [īkṣaṇa-ṭhan] A fortuneteller; Ms. 9. 258.

īkṣatiḥ [īkṣ-śatip] Looking, sight; īkṣaternāśabdaṃ Br. Sūt.

īkṣā [īks-a ṭāp]
     (1) Sight.
     (2) Viewing, considering.

īkṣikā
     (1) An eye.
     (2) A glance, look; Pt. 5.

īkṣita p. p. Seen, beheld, regarded &c. --taṃ
     (1) A look, sight.
     (2) An eye; abhimukhe mayi saṃhṛtamīkṣitaṃ S. 2. 11.

īkṣitṛ a. [īkṣ-tṛc] Seeing, beholding, a beholder.

īkṣeṇya a. Ved. Deserving to be seen; curious.

īkh, īṃkh 1 P. (īṃkhati, īṃkhāṃcakre, īṃkhituṃ, īṃkhita) To go, move, vacillate. --Caus.
     (1) To move backwards and forwards, swing, oscillate.
     (2) To shake, cause to tremble.

īj --īṃj 1 A.
     (1) To go.
     (2) To censure, blame.

ījāja a. [yaj-tācchīlye kānac] Performing sacrifices.

īḍ 2 A. (īṭṭe, īḍāṃcakre, aiḍiṣṭa, īḍituṃ, īḍita)
     (1) To praise; agnimīḍe purohitaṃ Rv. 1. 1. 1; śālīnatāmavrajadīḍyamānaḥ R. 18. 17; neḍiṣe yadi kākutsthaṃ Bk. 9. 57, 18. 15.
     (2) To implore, request, ask for (with two acc.); upasthāya mātaramannamaiṭṭa Rv. 3. 48. 3. --Caus.
     (1) To ask.
     (2) To praise.

īḍ f. Refreshment, libation.

īḍanam [īḍ-lyuṭ] Praising.

īḍā [īḍ-a ṭāp] Praise, commendation.

īḍe(le)nya Ved. = īḍya.

īḍya pot. p. To be praised or glorified, praiseworthy, laudable; bhavaṃtamīḍyaṃ bhavataḥ piteva R. 5. 34; Bg. 11. 44.

īṇmat a. [īṭ-astyasya matup] Having a lord or master.

īti a. [ī-ktic]
     (1) Produced, effected. --tiḥ f. Plague, distress, a calamity of the season. The ītis are usually said to be six:  1 excessive rain; 2 drought; 3 locusts; 4 rats; 5 parrots; and 6 foreign invasions; ativṛṣṭiranāvṛṣṭiḥ śalabhāmūṣakāḥ śukāḥ . pratyāsannāśca rājānaḥ ṣaḍetā ītayaḥ smṛtāḥ .. (some read for the second line svacakraṃ paracakraṃ ca saptaitā ītayaḥ smṛtāḥ .. making the total number seven); M. 5. 20; Mv. 7. 42; nirātaṃkā nirītayaḥ R. 1. 63.
     (2) An infectious disease.
     (3) Travelling (in a foreign country), sojourning (pravāsa).
     (4) An affray.

īdṛkṣa --śa a. (kṣī --śī f.), also īdṛś Such, of this kind, of this aspect, endowed with such qualities. --k n. Such a condition; such occasion.

īdṛktā Quality (opp. iyattā); viṣṇorivāsyānavadhāraṇīyaṃ īdṛktayā rūpamiyattayā vā R. 13. 5; māmīdṛktayā jānāti knows me to be so.

īṃt 1 P. To bind; cf. at.

īpsā [āptumicchā āp-san-a]
     (1) Desire to obtain.
     (2) A wish, desire.

īpsita a. Desired, wished for, dear to; apīpsitaṃ kṣatrakulāṃganānāṃ R. 14. 4; S. 3. 14. --taṃ Desire, wish.

īpsu a. Striving to obtain, wishing or desiring to get (with acc. or inf., but usually in comp.); saurabhyamīpsuriva te mukhamārutasya R. 5. 69; kāma-, ghana- &c.
     -- Comp.
          --yajñaḥ a particular Soma sacrifice.

īm ind. [ī-bā- muc] Ved.
     (1) A particle of affirmation or restriction; usually after short words at the beginning of a sentence, after yat, relative pronouns, prepositions and particles like uta, atha &c.
     (2) Now.
     (3) This, here (enaṃ).

īya [ī-bā- kyap] Pervading; -cakṣas of pervading sight.

īr 2 A. (irte, īrāṃcakre, airiṣṭa, īrituṃ, īrṇa); also 1 P. (p. p. īrita)
     (1) To go, move, shake (trans. also).
     (2) To rise, arise or spring from.
     (3) To go away, retire.
     (4) To agitate, elevate; raise one's voice. (10) U. or Caus. (īrayati, īrita)
     (1) To agitate, throw, cast; Śi. 8. 39; discharge, dart, hurl; airiracca mahādrumaṃ Bk. 15. 52; R. 15. 20.
     (2) To excite, prompt, urge; Bk. 12. 6.
     (3) To cause to rise, produce.
     (4) To utter, pronounce, proclaim, say, repeat; Māl. 1. 25; itīrayaṃtīva tayā niraikṣi N. 14. 21; Śi. 9. 69; Ki. 1. 26; R. 9. 8; nibodha cemāṃ giramīritāṃ mayā Sāv. 5. 23.
     (5) To cause to go, set in motion, move, shake; vāteritapallavāṃgulibhiḥ S. 1; aparāgasamīraṇeritaḥ Ki. 2. 50; Śi. 8. 20.
     (6) To draw towards, attract; Śi. 10. 32.
     (7) To employ, use.
     (8) To bring to life, revive.
     (9) To elevate. (10) To raise oneself (A.).

īraṇa a. [īr-lyuṭ] Agitating, driving. --ṇaḥ The wind. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Agitating, moving, driving.
     (2) Going.
     (3) = iraṇa q. v.

īrita p. p.
     (1) Sent, despatched.
     (2) Said, uttered &c.; -ākūtaṃ declared purpose or intention.

īrin a. [īr-ṇini]
     (1) Moving, agitating.
     (2) Going.

īrya a. To be excited. --ryā Wandering about as a religious mendicant.
     -- Comp.
          --pathaḥ 1. the observances of a religious mendicant to obtain knowledge. --2. the four positions of the body, i. e. going, standing upright, sitting, and lying down.

īriṇa a. [īr-inan] Desert, barren. --ṇaṃ A desert, barren soil; muhūrtamiva niḥśabdamāsīdīriṇasaṃnibhaṃ Ram.

īrkṣy See īrṣy.

īrma a. [īr-mak]
     (1) Agitated.
     (2) Going constantly or instigating everything (Say.) --ind. Here, in or to this place. --rmaḥ The arm; the fore-quarter of an animal. --rmaṃ A wound, sore (m. also).

īrmāṃta a. Ved. Full-haunched, or thin-haunched.

īrvāruḥ m. f. A cucumber.

īrṣā = īrṣyā q. v.

īrṣy, īrkṣy 1 P. (īrṣyati, īrṣyāṃcakāra, īrṣyituṃ, īṣyiṃta) To envy, be jealous of, be impatient of the success of (with dat. of person); haraye īrṣyati Sk.; Śi. 8. 36.

īrṣya, īrṣyu, īrṣyaka a. Envious, jealous.

īrṣyā --rṣā [īrṣy-ap] Envy, jealousy, envy of another's success, spite, malice.

īrṣyā(rṣā)lu, īrṣyu(rṣu) a. Envious, impatient.

iliḥ (lī f.)
     (1) A weapon, a cudgel or a short sword.
     (2) A stick shaped like a sword (karavālikā).

īvat a.
     (1) Going.
     (2) So large, so stately or magnificent.

īś 2 A. (īṣṭe, īśāṃcakre, aiśiṣṭa, īśitā, īśituṃ, īśita)
     (1) To rule, be master of, govern, command (with gen.) nāyaṃ gātrāṇāmīṣṭe K. 312 v. l.; arthānāmīśiṣe tvaṃ vayamapi ca girāmīśmahe yāvadarthaṃ Bh. 3. 30; sometimes with acc.; imāṃllokānīśata īśanībhiḥ Śvet. Up. (also used in the Veda with gen. of an infinitive or loc. of an abstract noun).
     (2) To be able, have power; expressed by 'can'; mādhuryamīṣṭe hariṇān grahītuṃ R. 18. 13, 14. 38; kamiveśate ramayituṃ na guṇāḥ Ki. 6. 24; U. 7. 4; Śi. 1. 38; Mal. 10. 13.
     (3) To act like a master, allow.
     (4) To own, possess.
     (5) To belong to.

īś m. A master, lord, the Supreme spirit.

īśa a. [īś-ka]
     (1) Owning, possessing, sharing, master or lord of; see below.
     (2) One who is completely master of anything.
     (3) Capable of (with gen.).
     (4) Powerful, supreme. --śaḥ
     (1) A lord, master; with gen. or in comp.; kathaṃcidīśā manasāṃ babhūvuḥ Ku. 3. 34 with great difficulty controlled (were masters of) their minds; so vāgīśa, sureśa &c.
     (2) A husband.
     (3) A Rudra.
     (4) The number 11 (derived from the eleven Rudras).
     (5) N. of Śiva (as regent of the north-east quarter). --śā
     (1) Supremacy, power, dominion, greatness.
     (2) N. of Durgā.
     (3) A woman having supremacy; a rich lady.
     -- Comp.
          --koṇaḥ the north-east quarter.
          --purī, --nagarī N. of Benares.
          --balaṃ the missile pāśupata. --saraghaḥ an epithet of Kubera.

īśanam [īś-lyuṭ] Commanding, reigning &c.

īśāna a. [īś tācchīlye cānaś]
     (1) Owning, possessing, master or lord.
     (2) Reigning, ruling.
     (3) Wealthy, rich. --naḥ
     (1) A ruler, master, lord.
     (2) N. of Śiva; īśānasaṃdarśanalālasānāṃ Ku. 7. 56; K. 10.
     (3) The Ārdrā Nakshtra.
     (4) One of the Rudras.
     (5) The number 'eleven'.
     (6) The sun as a form of Śiva.
     (7) A Sādhya.
     (8) N. of Viṣṇu. --nī N. of Durgā. --nī, --naḥ The silk-cotton tree (śālmalī). --naṃ Light, splendour.
     -- Comp.
          --ādipaṃcamūrtiḥ f. one of the five forms of Śiva.
          --kṛt a. 1. making one a master or able. --2. acting like a competent person.

īśitṛ a. [īś-tṛc] An owner, a master, proprietor. --m. The lord of the Universe; Śi. 18. 3.

īśitavyam Power, superiority.

īśitā, --tvam Superiority, greatness, one of the eight Siddhis or attributes of Śiva. See aṇiman.

īśin a. [īa-nini] Commanding, reigning &c. --m.
     (1) A god.
     (2) A husband.
     (3) A lord, master. --nī Supremacy.

īśvara a. (rā-rī f.) [īś-varac P. III. 2. 175]
     (1) Powerful, able, capable of (with inf.); Ku. 4. 11; R. 15. 7.
     (2) Rich, wealthy; Pt. 2. 67. --raḥ
     (1) A lord, master; īśvaraṃ lokorthataḥ sevate Mu. 1. 14; so kapīśvaraḥ, kośaleśvaraḥ, hṛdayeśvaraḥ &c.
     (2) A king, prince, ruler; rājyamastamiteśvaraṃ R. 12. 11; Ms. 4. 153, 9. 278.
     (3) A rich or great man; tṛṇena kāṃrya bhavatīśvarāṇāṃ Pt. 1. 71; R. 3. 46; Bh. 3. 59; mā prayaccheśvare dhanaṃ H. 1. 15; cf. "To carry coals to Newcastle."
     (4) A husband; neśvare paruṣatā sakhi sādhvī Ki. 9. 39.
     (5) The Supreme God (parameśvara); īśa evāhamatyarthaṃ na ca māmīśate pare . dadābhi ca sadaiśvaryamīśvarastena kīrtitaḥ ...
     (6) N. of Śiva; V. 1. 1.
     (7) The God of love, Cupid.
     (8) The Supreme soul; the soul.
     (9) The eleventh year (saṃvatsara) of the Śālivāhana era. --rā, --rī N. of Durga; of Lakṣmī; or of any other of the saktis; īśvarīṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ tvāmihopahvaye śriyaṃ. --rī N. of several plants and trees; liṃginīlatā, vaṃdhyākarkaṭī, kṣudrajaṭā and nākulīvṛkṣa.
     -- Comp.
          --adhīna a. subject to a lord or king, dependent on a lord or god.
          --niṣedhaḥ denial of the existence of god, atheism.
          --niṣṭha a. trusting in god.
          --pūjaka a. pious, devout.
          --pūjā worship of god.
          --prasādaḥ divine favour.
          --bhāvaḥ royal or imperial state.
          --vibhūtiḥ f. the several forms of the Supreme god; for a full enumeration, see Bg. 10. 19-42.
          --sadman n. a temple.
          --sabhaṃ a royal court or assembly.
          --sevā worship of god.

īśvaratā, --tvam Superiority, supremacy.

īṣ 1 U. (īṣati-te, aiṣīt, īṣituṃ, īṣita)
     (1) To fly away, escape.
     (2) To creep along.
     (3) To glean, collect a few grains.
     (4) To look, see.
     (5) To give.
     (6) To attack, hurt, kill.

īṣaḥ [īṣ-ka]
     (1) The month Asvina; cf. iṣa.
     (2) A servant of Śiva.

īṣaṇa, iṣāṇan a. Hastening. --ṇā Haste, speed.

īṣat ind. [īs-ati] Slightly, to some extent, a little; īṣat cuṃbitāni S. 1. 3; īṣacca kurute sevāṃ Pt. 1. 141.
     -- Comp.
          --uṣṇa a. tepid, slightly warm.
          --ūna a. not quite complete, a little less than; īṣadūnārthe kalyab. --kara a. 1. doing little. --2. easy to be accomplished; Mv. 4. (
          --raṃ) very little.
          --guṇa a. of little merit.
          --jalaṃ shallow water, a little water.
          --darśanaṃ a glance, sight, view, glimpse.
          --nāda a. slightly sounding (a term applied to unaspirated soft consonants).
          --nimaya a. exchanged for a little.
          --pāṃḍu a. a little white or pale, whitish. (
          --ḍuḥ) a pale or light-brown colour.
          --pāna a. that of which a little is drunk. (
          --naṃ) a small draught.
          --paruṣaḥ a mean or contemptible person.
          --rakta a. pale red. (
          --ktaḥ) 1. pale-red colour. --2. undistinguishable colour.
          --labha, --pralaṃbha a. to be got for little.
          --vivṛta a. slightly open.
          --śvāsa a. slightly resounding).
          --spṛṣṭa a. slightly touched (applied to the semi-vowels).
          --hāsaḥ slight laughter, a smile.

īṣā [īṣ-ka]
     (1) The pole or shafts of a carriage or a plough.
     (2) A part of a chariot.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃhaḥ the handle of a plough; Śi. 18. 43.
          --daṃta a. with projecting teeth. (
          --taḥ) 1. an. elephant with a large tusk or tooth. --2. the handle of a plough; Śi. 18. 38. --3. the tusk of an elephant.

īṣikā
     (1) An elephant's eye-ball.
     (2) A painter's brush.
     (3) A weapon, arrow, dart.
     (4) A kind of missile.

īṣiraḥ [īṣ-kirac] Fire.

īṣīkā
     (1) A painter's brush.
     (2) An ingot-mould.
     (3) = iṣīkā q. v.

īṣma, --ṣvaḥ See iṣmaḥ, iṣvaḥ

īh 1 A. (īhate, īhāṃcakre, aihiṣṭa, īhiṣyate, īhituṃ, īhita (
     (1) To wish, desire, long for; have in mind, think of with acc or inf.); īhaṃte ... arthasaṃcayān Bg. 16. 12, 7. 22; Ms. 4. 15, 3. 126; aihiṣṭa taṃ kārayituṃ kṛtātmā Bk. 1. 11.
     (2) To endeavour to obtain.
     (3) To aim at or attempt, endeavour, strive; mādhuryaṃ madhubiṃdunā racayituṃ kṣārāṃbudherīhate Bh. 2. 6; Y. 2. 116.
     (4) To take care of. --Caus. To impel, urge.

īhaḥ Attempt; as in ūrdhvehaḥ

īhā [īh-a]
     (1) Wish, desire; jalanidhimakarottarītumīhāṃ Ram.; see anīha also.
     (2) An undertaking, act.
     (3) Effort, exertion, activity; īhātaśceddhanaṃ bhavet Ms. 9. 205.
     -- Comp.
          --arthin a. aiming at any object, seeking wealth; Ms. 2. 37.
          --mṛgaḥ [īhāpradhāno mṛgaḥ] 1. a wolf. --2. an artificial deer. --3. a division of the drama consisting of four acts; for definition &c. see S. D. 518 = vṛkaḥ a wolf.

īhita p. p. [īh-kta]
     (1) Wished desired; śirasīhitaḥ Ratn. 1. 1.
     (2) Attempted, sought, striven for; Ve. 1. 24. --taṃ
     (1) A wish, desire;
     (2) Effort, exertion.
     (3) An undertaking, deed, act; pratīyate dhāturivehitaṃ phalaiḥ Ki. 1. 20, 8. 46, 11. 43, 18. 31; Śi. 9. 62.

u

u I. 1 A. (avate, ūve, auṣṭa, otuṃ, uta]
     (1) To sound, make a noise.
     (2) To roar, bellow (as a bull &c.). --II. 5P. (unoti) Ved. To ask, demand.

uḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva, the second of the three syllables in om; see a.
     (2) N. of Brahmā.
     (3) The orb of the moon. --ind.
     (1) As a particle used expletively; u umeśaḥ Sk.
     (2) An interjection of:
          (a) calling; u meti mātrā tapaso niṣiddhā paścādumākhyāṃ sumukhī jagāma Ku. 1. 26;
          (b) anger;
          (c) compassion;
          (d) command;
          (e) acceptance;
          (f) interrogation; or
          (g) used merely as an expletive. In the Veda used as an enclitic copula implying restriction and emphasis (and, but, on the other hand, now, I ask &c.); in classical literature used chiefly with atha (atho), na (no) and kim (kimu); see these words. u-u or uta on the one hand-on the other hand, partly-partly.

ukāraḥ
     (1) The vowel u.
     (2) The god Śiva.

ukānahaḥ A horse of a red and yellow (or red and black) colour, a bay or chesnut horse.

ukuṇaḥ A bug.

ukta, ukti see under vac.

uktham [vac-thak]
     (1) A saying, sentence, verse, hymn (stotraṃ).
     (2) Eulogy, praise.
     (3) N. of the Sāmaveda (Trik.); a variety of Sāma; (sāmabhedaḥ sāmaviśeṣaḥ).
     (4) (In ritual) A kind of recitation or certain recited verses (opp. sāman chanted, and yajus muttered verses).
     (5) The uktha sacrifice. --kthā N. of a metre, see Appendix
     -- Comp.
          --patraḥ 1. a sacrifice (having verses as its vehicle or leaves). --2. a sacrificer (yajamāna). --pātraṃ 1. a sacrificer. --2. vessels or libations offered during the recitation of an uktha. --bhṛt m. a sage who offers or divides Ukthas.
          --varddhana a. to be magnified or celebrated in praise, an epithet of Indra.
          --vāhas a. offering verses; or one to whom verses are offered.
          --śaṃsin a. praising, uttering the Ukthas. (--m.) a kind of priest.
          --śas, --śās, śasa a. Ved. uttering a verse, praising.
          --śuṣma a. whose strength is praise. --2. loudly resonant with verses. (--kthā) -vī a. fond of or reciting verses.

ukthin a. [uktha-ini]
     (1) Uttering verses, praising.
     (2) Accompanied by praise or Ukthas. --m. Indra and others.

ukthya a. [ukthamarhati yat]
     (1) Accompanied by praise.
     (2) Deserving praise or verses. --kthyaḥ
     (1) A libation at the morning and midday sacrifices.
     (2) N. of a sacrifice formng part of the jyotiṣṭoma sacrifice.
     (3) A Soma sacrifice.

ukṣ 1. 6. U. (ukṣati, ukṣāṃcakāra, vavakṣa-kṣe Ved., aukṣīt, ukṣituṃ, ukṣita)
     (1) To sprinkle, wet, moisten, pour down upon; aukṣan śoṇitamaṃbhodāḥ Bk. 17. 9, 3. 5; Śi. 5. 30; R. 11. 5, 20; Ku. 1. 54.
     (2) To emit, send forth.
     (3) To scatter, throw out (as sparks).
     (4) To clean, purify.
     (5) To grow up, become strong (Ved.).

ukṣa a. [uks-ac]
     (1) Sprinkling.
     (2) Sprinkled.
     (3) Large.

ukṣaṇam [ukṣ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Sprinkling.
     (2) Consecrating as by sprinkling; vasiṣṭhamaṃtrokṣaṇajāt prabhāvāt R. 5. 27.

ukṣaṇyati Den. P. To desire one who sends down riches.

ukṣaṇyu a. Desirous of one who sends down riches.

ukṣan a.
     (1) Large.
     (2) Sprinkling. --m. (--kṣā) [ukṣ-kanin Uṇ. 1. 156]
     (1) An ox or bull; Ku. 7. 70; (changed to ukṣa in some comp. mahokṣaḥ, vṛddhokṣaḥ, &c.).
     (2) An epithet of Soma; the Maruts; the sun and Agni.
     (3) One of the eight chief medicaments (ṛṣabhauṣadhi).
     -- Comp.
          --anna a. one whose food is oxen (Ved.).
          --taraḥ a small bull or ox; Śi. 12. 10; cf. vatsatara. --vaśa a. dependent on a bull (yadi vaśāṃ na viṃdedapyukṣavaśa eva syāt); male calf (?).

ukṣāla a. Swift, terrible, high; large, excellent. --laḥ A monkey.

ukṣita p. p. [ukṣ-kta]
     (1) Sprinkled, moistened.
     (2) Cleansed, perfumed.
     (3) Adult, of full growth.
     (4) Old.

ukh, uṃkh 1 P. (okhati, uṃkhati, uvokha or uṃkhāṃcakāra, okhita, uṃkhita) To go, move.

ukhaḥ A boiler, pot, vessel. --khā
     (1) A boiling vessel, a boiler or cooking pot (such as a sauce-pan).
     (2) A fire-place at a sacrifice.
     (3) A part of the body.

ukhya a. [ukhāyāṃ saṃskṛtaṃ yat]
     (1) Dressed or boiled in a pot (as flesh &c.); śūlyamukhyaṃ ca homavān Bk. 4. 9.
     (2) Being in a boiler (Ved).

ukharvalaḥ, ukhalaḥ A kind of grass (bhūripatraḥ tṛṇabhedaḥ).

ugaṇa a. Ved. Consisting of troops with uplifted or ready weapons (udāyudhagaṇopeta).

ugra a. [uc-ran gaścāṃtādeśaḥ Uṇ. 2. 28]
     (1) Fierce, cruel, ferocious, savage (as a look &c.); -darśanaḥ having a fierce or cruel look.
     (2) Formidable, terrific, frightful, fearful; siṃhanipātamugraṃ R. 2. 60; Bg. 11. 30; Ms. 6. 75, 12. 75; -daṃtaḥ, -nāsikaḥ &c.
     (3) Powerful, mighty, strong, violent, intense; ugrātapāṃ velāṃ S. 3. in-
tensely hot; ugraśokāṃ Me. 113 v.l.
     (4) Sharp, pungent, hot.
     (5) High, noble.
     (6) Angry, passionate, wrathful.
     (7) Ready to do any work, industrious. --graḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva or Rudra.
     (2) N. of a mixed tribe, descendant of a Kshatriya father and Śūdra mother (his business being to catch or kill animals dwelling in holes, such as snakes; cf. Ms. 10. 9, 13, 15.).
     (3) N. of a tree śobhāṃjanavṛkṣa.
     (4) A group of five asterisms; their names are: --pūrvāphālgunī, pūrvāṣāḍhā, pūrvābhādrapadā, maghā and bharaṇī).
     (5) N. of a country called Kerala (Modern Malabar).
     (6) The sentiment called raudra.
     (7) Wind. --grā
     (1) N. of different plants; vacā, yavānī, dhanyāka.
     (2) A cruel woman. --grī A kind of being belonging to the class of demons. --graṃ
     (1) A certain deadly poison, the root of Aconitum Ferox (vatsanābhaviṣaṃ).
     (2) Wrath, anger.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ the mighty or terrible lord, N. of Śiva.
          --karman a. fierce in action, cruel.
          --kāṃḍaḥ a sort of gourd (kāravela). --gaṃdha a. strong-smelling. (
          --dhaḥ) 1. the Champaka tree. --2. N. of other trees also; kaṭphala, arjakabṛkṣa. --3. garlic. (
          --dhā) 1. Orris root. --2. a medicinal plant. --3. N. of various plants; yavānī, vacā, ajamodā. (--dhaṃ) Asa foetida.
          --gaṃdhin a. strong-smelling.
          --cayaḥ a strong desire.
          --cāriṇī, --caṃḍā N. of Durgā.
          --jāti a. base-born.
          --tārā N. of a goddess.
          --tejas a. endowed with powerful or terrible energy.
          --daṃṣṭra a. having terrific teeth.
          --daṃḍa a. ruling with a rod of iron, stern, cruel, relentless; Pt. 3.
          --darśana, --rūpa a. frightful in appearance, fiercelooking, grim, terrible.
          --duhitṛ f. the daughter of a powerful man.
          --dhanvan a. having a powerful bow. (--m.) N. of Śiva and Indra.
          --nāsika a. large-nosed.
          --putra a. born in a mighty family. (
          --traḥ) N. of Kārttikeya.
          --pūti a. horribly stinking; Mal. 5. 16.
          --retas m. a form of Rudra.
          --vīra a. having powerful men.
          --śāsana a. strict in orders, severe in commands.
          --śekharā 'crest of Śiva', N. of the Ganges.
          --śoka a. sorely-grieving, deeply afflicted.
          --śravaṇadarśana a. terrible to hear and see.
          --senaḥ 1. N. of a son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. --2. N. of a king of Mathurā and father of Kamsa. He was deposed by his son; but Kṛṣṇa after having slain Kamsa restored him to the throne. (
          --nā) N. of the wife of Akrūra; -jaḥ N. of Kamsa, the uncle and enemy of Kṛṣṇa.

ugraka a. Brave, powerful &c.

ugratā, --tvam Violence, fearfulness, passion, anger, pungency, acrimony.

ugraṃpaśya a. [ugraṃ paśyāti, ugra-dṛś, khaś -mum]
     (1) Fierce-looking, frightful, hideous.
     (2) Malignant, wicked.

uṃkuṇaḥ A bug.

uc 4 P. (ucyati, uvoca, aucīt, uciṣyati, ucituṃ, ucita or ugra mostly used in p. p.)
     (1) To collect, to gather together.
     (2) To take pleasure in, delight in, be fond of.
     (3) To be accustomed or used to.
     (4) To be suitable, suit, fit.

ucita p. p.
     (1) Fit, proper, right, suitable; ucitastadupālaṃbhaḥ U. 3; usually with inf.; ucitaṃ na te maṃgalakāle rodituṃ S. 4.
     (2) Usual, customary; uciteṣu karaṇīyeṣu S. 4, 7. 12; K. 64; M. 3. 3.
     (3) Accustomed or used to, in comp.; nīvārabhāgadheyocitaiḥ R. 1. 50, 2. 25; 3. 54, 60; 11. 9; caṃdanocitaḥ Ki. 1. 34.
     (4) Praiseworthy.
     (5) Delightful, agreeable, pleasurable.
     (6) Known, understood.
     (7) Entrusted, deposited.
     (8) Measured, accurate, adjusted (bhita).
     (9) Acceptable (grāhya).

ucatham [ucyeta stūyate'nena vac-kathan] Praise, verse (stotraṃ).

ucathya a. [ucaya-yat] Deserving praise.

ucca a.
     (1) High(in all senses); tall; kṣitidhāraṇoccaṃ Ku. 7. 68; elevated, superior, exalted (family &c.).
     (2) Loud, high-sounding; uccāḥ pakṣigaṇāḥ Śi. 4. 18.
     (3) Intense, violent, strong.
     (4) (In astr.) Ascendant; see uccasaṃśraya below. --ccaḥ The apex of the orbit of a planet.
     -- Comp.
          --taruḥ 1. the cocoa-nut tree. --2. a lofty tree in general.
          --tālaḥ (heightened) music, dancing &c. at a tavern.
          --devatā time personified, chronos.
          --nīca a. 1. high and low. --2. various, multiform. (
          --caṃ) 1. the upper or lower stations of planets. --2. change of accent.
          --bhāṣaṇaṃ speaking aloud, vociferous.
          --bhāṣin a. shouting, bawling.
          --lalāṭā, --ṭikā a woman with a high or projecting forehead.
          --saṃśraya a. occupying a high station (said of a planet); R. 3. 13; see Malli. thereon.

uccatā, --tvam Height, superiority.

uccakaiḥ ind.
     (1) High, above, lofty (fig. also); śritodayādrerabhisāyamuccakaiḥ Śi. 1. 16, 16. 46; Ki. 2. 57.
     (2) Pre-eminently; Śi. 1. 70.
     (3) Loud.

uccā ind. High, above, upwards, aloft; -cakra, -budhna.

uccaiḥ ind. [cf. Uṇ. 5. 12]
     (1) Aloft, high, on high, above, upwards (opp. nīcaṃ-caiḥ); paścāduccairbhavati hariṇaḥ S. 4. v. l.; vipadyuccaiḥ stheyaṃ Bh. 2. 28; uccairudāttaḥ P. I. 2. 29.
     (2) Loudly, with a loud noise; uccairvihasya; R. 2. 12, 51; Bg. 1. 12.
     (3) Powerfully, intensely, very much, greatly; vidadhati bhayamaccairvīkṣyamāṇā vanāṃtāḥ Rs. 1. 22; āśleṣamarpaya madarpitapūrvamuccaiḥ Amaru. 94.
     (4) (Used as an adj. in comp. or by itself)
          (a) high, noble; janoyamuccaiḥpadalaṃghanotsukaḥ Ku. 5. 64, 6. 75; -kulaṃ cātmanaḥ S. 4. 16; kiṃpunaryastathoccaiḥ Me. 17; Ratn. 4. 16.
          (b) distinguished, pre-eminent, famous; uccairuccaiḥśravāstena Ku. 2. 47, M. 5. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. making acutely accented.
          --ghuṣṭaṃ 1. clamour, great uproar. --2. loud proclamation.
          --ghoṣa a. boisterous, crying, roaring. (
          --ṣaḥ) 1. loud noise. --2. a form of Rudra.
          --dviṣ a. having strong or powerful enemies; Ku. 3. 14.
          --bhujataru a. having trees like outstretched arms; Me. 36.
          --vādaḥ high praise; jāmadagnyasya damana iti ko'yamuccairvādaḥ U. 5.
          --śiras a. high-minded, one of high rank, magnanimous; kṣudrapi nūnaṃ śaraṇaṃ prapanne mamatvamuccaiḥśirasāṃ satīva Ku. 1. 12.
          --śravas, --sa a. 1. long-eared. --2. deaf. (--m.) N. of the horse of Indra (said to be churned out of the occan); uccairuccaiḥśravāstena hayaratnamahāri ca Ku. 2. 47.
          --svara a. high-sounding. (
          --raḥ) a loud sound or voice.

uccaistama a. Highest, tallest, loudest.

uccaistamām ind.
     (1) Exceedingly high.
     (2) Very loudly.

uccaistara a. Higher, taller, louder.

uccaistaraṃ --rām ind.
     (1) Very loud.
     (2) Exceedingly high, on high; Ku. 7. 68.

uccakṣus a.
     (1) With the eyes directed upwards, looking upwards; sarvā uccakṣuṣaḥ paśyaṃti V. 1.
     (2) With the eyes taken out, blind.

uccaghanam A secret smile, a laughter in the mind not expressed in the countenance.

uccaṭ 1 P. To go away, disappear. --Caus.
     (1) To scare or drive away, expel.
     (2) To destroy, root out; Bh. 3. 129; N. 3. 7.

uccāṭanam
     (1) Driving away, expulsion, removal from a place.
     (2) Separation.
     (3) Eradication, extirpation (of a plant).
     (4) A kind of charm or magical incantation.
     (5) Working this charm, ruining one's enemy, making a person leave his business by magical spells by making him disgusted with it.

uccaṭā
     (1) Pride, arrogance.
     (2) Habit, usage.
     (3) A kind of garlic.
     (4) N. of different plants; guṃjā, cūḍālā bhūmyāmalakī, nāgaramustā.

uccaṃḍa a.
     (1) Fierce, terrible, formidable; U. 6.
     (2) Quick, expeditious.
     (3) Loud.
     (4) Angry, irascible, violent.
     (5) Hanging down.

uccaṃdraḥ [ucchiṣṭaḥ caṃdro yatra] The last watch of the night.

uccar 1 P.
     (1) To go upwards, to rise; bāṣpamuccarati Mbh.; K. 14.
     (2) To ascend (as the sun), issue or go forth, go up; Śi. 17. 52; Māl. 5. 21.
     (3) To arise, appear forth, rise (as a voice), to be heard; uccacāra ninadoṃbhasi tasyāḥ R. 9. 73; 15. 46; 16. 87; kolāhaladhvanirudacarat K. 27; U. 2; Ratn. 1.
     (4) To empty the body by evacuations, void one's excrement; tiraskṛtyoccaretkāṣṭhaloṣṭapatratṛṇādinā Ms. 4. 49.
     (5) To emit (sounds), utter, pronounce; śabda uccarita eva māmagāt R. 11. 73.
     (6) (Used in the Atm.)
          (a) To quit, leave.
          (b) To sin against, be unfaithful (to a husband or wife), transgress against; dharmamuccarate Sk.
          (c) To violate or transgress in general, stray or deviate from; Bk. 8. 31.
          (d) To rise up to, ascend (trans.); N. 5. 48; Śi. 17. 52. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to issue.
     (2) To utter, pronounce, declare.
     (3) To void one's excrement.
     (4) To emit.

uccaraṇam
     (1) Going up or out.
     (2) Utterance, pronunciation.

uccarita p. p.
     (1) Gone up or out, risen.
     (2) Uttered, pronounced &c. --taṃ Excrement, faeces.

uccāraḥ
     (1) Utterance, pronunciation, declaration; varṇa-, kāma-.
     (2) Excrement, dung, faeces; māturuccāra eva saḥ H. Pr. 16; Ms. 4. 50.
     (3) Discharge (in general).
     (4) Passage (of heavenly bodies) to another zodiacal sign or asterism.

uccaraṇam
     (1) Pronunciation, utterance; vācaḥ Śik. 2; veda-.
     (2) Declaration, announcement, enunciation.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. 1. useful for pronunciation. --2. necessary for pronunciation, such as a redundant letter only used to facilitate pronunciation.
          --jñaḥ a linguist.
          --sthānaṃ the part of the throat from which certain sounds (such as nasals, gutturals &c.) issue.

uccarita p. p.
     (1) Pronounced, uttered.
     (2) Having excrement.

uccāraka a. Pronouncing, uttering.

uccal 1 P.
     (1) To start, set out; sthitaḥ sthitāmuccalitaḥ prayātāṃ R. 2. 6; uccacāla balabhitsakho vaśī 11. 51; sometimes with dat. of place; nagarāyodacalaṃ Dk.
     (2) To go or remove away or fly away (from one's place), fly away from; sthānādanuccalannapi S. 1. 29; puṣpoccalitaṣaṭpadaṃ R. 12. 27.
     (3) To free or extricate oneself from.

uccala a. Moving. --laṃ Mind, understanding.

uccalanam Moving away, setting out.

uccalita p. p.
     (1) On the point of going, setting out.
     (2) Gone up or out; winnowed (as grain).

uccāvaca a. [mayūravyaṃsakādigaṇa]
     (1) High and low, uneven, irregular, undulating; Ms. 6. 73.
     (2) Great and small, variegated, heterogeneous.
     (3) Various, multiform, of various kinds, diverse; uccāvacāśca padārthā bhavaṃtīti gārgyaḥ Nir.; Ms. 1. 38; Śi. 4. 46; Dk. 48, 104, 156.

ucci 5 U. To collect, gather, accumulate.

uccayaḥ
     (1) A collection, heap, multitude; rūpoccayena S. 2. 9; padoccayaḥ S. D. 2; cf. śiloccaya also.
     (2) Gathering, collecting (flowers &c.); puṣpoccayaṃ nāṭayati S. 4; Ku. 3. 61.
     (3) The knot of a woman's (wearing) garment (nīvibaṃdha); Ki. 8. 15, 51.
     (4) Nīvāra rice (collected by winnowing).
     (5) Prosperity, rise; uccayāpacayau H. 3. 133. --6. The opposite side of a triangle.

ucciṃgaṭaḥ
     (1) A passionate or angry man.
     (2) A kind of crab.
     (3) A kind of cricket.

ucciṭaṃ(ṭiṃ)gaḥ A crab.

uccitra a. With the pictures prominently appearing; Māl. 6. 5.

uccūḍaḥ --laḥ
     (1) The flag of a banner, or the banner itself.
     (2) An ornament fastened on the top of a banner.

ucchanna a. [ud-chad-kta]
     (1) Destroyed, cut down (perhaps for utsanna); see ucchinna.
     (2) Extinct (as a work).

ucchal 1 U. To fly upwards or away, move onwards, wave.

ucchalat pres. a.
     (1) Shining, moving about; Śi. 3. 37; Mal. 3; svacchaṃdocchaladaccha &c. K. P.
     (2) Appearing, bursting forth; Mal. 7.
     (3) Moving, going on; ibid.
     (4) Flying up or away, going up high.

ucchalanam Going or moving upwards.

ucchalita p. p.
     (1) Moved, waved above.
     (2) Shaken.
     (3) Gone.

ucchādanam
     (1) Covering.
     (2) Rubbing the body with perfumes.

ucchāsana a. [utkrāṃtaḥ śāsanaṃ] Not amenable to rule or command, ungovernable, unruly.

ucchāstra, -vartin a.
     (1) Contrary or opposed to śāstra (civil or religious law-books).
     (2) Deviating from or transgressing the law-books; Y. 1. 140; Ms. 4. 87.

ucchikha a. [udgatā śikhā yasya]
     (1) Crested, with erected crest; U. 3. 18.
     (2) Having the flame pointed upwards, flaming, blazing up; Ki. 1. 32; K. 127; R. 16. 87.
     (3) Radiant, bright.

ucchiṃghanam Breathing through the nostrils, snoring.

ucchid 7 U.
     (1)
          (a) To cut off, extirpate, eradicate, destroy; nocchiṃdyādātmano mūlaṃ pareṣāṃ cātitṛṣṇayā Mb.; kiṃ vā ripūṃstava guruḥ svayamucchinatti R. 5. 71, 2. 23; Pt. 1. 47, 365.
          (b) To dispel, chase away; ucchettuṃ prabhavati yanna saptasaptiḥ S. 6. 29.
          (c) To snap (thread); Māl. 9. 26.
     (2) To interfere with, interrupt, stop; nyāyānucchidya Mb.; taistairbhāvairanucchinnāḥ S. D. --pass.
     (1) To be cut or snapped.
     (2) To be stopped or interrupted, cease; ucchidyaṃte kriyāḥ sarvāḥ grīṣme kusarito yathā Pt. 2.
     (3) To waste away, fail, be wanting or deficient; etānyapi satāṃ gehe nocchidyaṃte kadācana Ms. 3. 101.

ucchittiḥ f. Extirpation, destruction; kosala- Ratn. 4.

ucchinna p. p.
     (1) Extirpated, destroyed, cut down or off; ucchinnāśrayakātareva kulaṭā gotrāṃtaraṃ śrīgartā Mu. 6. 5.
     (2) Abject, vile. --nnaḥ Peace obtained by ceding valuable lands.

ucchettṛ a. An extirpator, destroyer.

ucchedaḥ, --danam
     (1) Cutting off.
     (2) Extirpation, eradication, destruction, putting an end to; satāṃ bhavocchedakaraḥ piṃtā te R. 14. 74.
     (3) Excision.

ucchedin a. Destroying.

ucchiras a. [unnataṃ śiro'sya]
     (1) With the neck raised (lit.).
     (2) High, lofty.
     (3) (Hence) Noble, great, exalted; śailātmajāpi piturucchiraso'bhilāṣaṃ Ku. 3. 75, 6. 70.

ucchilīṃdhra a. Full of mushrooms (shot up); kartuṃ yacca grabhavati mahīmucchilīṃdhrāmavaṃdhyām Me. 11. --dhraṃ A mushroom.

ucchiṣ 7 P. (chiefly in pass.) To leave (as a remainder), reject.

ucchiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Left as a remainder
     (2) Rejected, abandoned; an- R. 12. 15.
     (3) Stale; -kalpanā stale idea or invention.
     (4) (Used actively) One who has not washed his mouth and hands after meals, and hence considered impure; na cocchiṣṭaḥ kvacid vrajet Ms. 2. 56. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Leavings, fragments, remainder (especially of food or sacrifice); nocchiṣṭaṃ kasyacid dadyāt Ms. 2. 56; so dvija-, gṛdhra-.
     (2) Honey.
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ leavings, offal.
          --cāṃḍālinī a form of the goddess mātaṃgī. --bhojana, --bhojin, --bhoktṛ a. one who eats the leavings of another or eats the leavings of offerings to gods (as an attendant upon an idol).
          --bhojanaṃ eating the leavings of another.

uccheṣaḥ, --ṣaṇam
     (1) Rest, remainder; sarasvatīmukhagrahaṇoccheṣaṇīkṛto daśanacchada eṣa cuṃbituṃ Dk. 27.
     (2) Leavings (of food).

ucchīrṣaka a. Having the head raised. --kaṃ [utthāpitaṃ śīrṣaṃ yasmin]
     (1) A pillow.
     (2) The head; Ms. 3. 89.

ucchuṣ Caus. To dry up, make dry, wither up.

ucchuṣka a. Dried up, withered.

ucchoṣaṇa a.
     (1) Making dry, withering up; yacchokamucchoṣaṇamiṃdriyāṇām Bg. 2. 8.
     (2) Burning, parching. --ṇaṃ Drying up; parching, withering.

ucchoṣuka a. Making dry, drying up, withering.

ucchuṣmam Confusion.

ucchūḍā = uccūḍa q. v.

ucchūna a. [ud-śvi-kta]
     (1) Swollen; prabalaruditocchūnanetraṃ priyāyāḥ Me. 84; uttānocchūnamaṃḍūkapāṭitodarasaṃnibhe K. P. 7; anavarataruditocchūnatāmradṛṣṭiṃ Dk. 95.
     (2) Fat, bulky.
     (3) High, lofty.

ucchṛṃkhala a.
     (1) Unbridled, unrestained, uncurbed; -vācā Pt. 3; anyaducchṛṃkhalaṃ sattvamanyacchāstraniyaṃtritaṃ Śi. 2. 62.
     (2) Self-willed, perverse.
     (3) Irregular, desultory, unsystematic.

ucchocanam Burning(Ved.).

ucchophaḥ Swelling; Mal. 5. 16.

ucchrāvaṇam Making one hear loudly.

ucchri [ud-śri] U.
     (1) To rise, be erected (A.).
     (2) To raise, erect, lift up.
     (3) To praise, extol. --Caus. To increase; Mv. 1. 8.

ucchra(cchrā)yaḥ [ud-śri-ac ghañ vā]
     (1) Rising (of a planet &c.); Y. 1. 147.
     (2) Raising, erecting.
     (3) Height, elevation (physical and moral); śṛṃgocchrāyaiḥ kumudaviśadairyo vitatya sthitaḥ khaṃ Me. 58; K. 105; Ki. 7. 27, 8. 23, 17. 61; Śi. 4. 10, 8. 22.
     (4) Growth, increase, intensity; guṇa- Ki. 8. 21, 16. 10; nītocchrāyaṃ 5. 31, 14. 21.
     (5) Pride.
     (6) The upright side of a triangle. --yī (ucchrāyī) Plank.
     -- Comp.
          --upeta a. possessing height, high, lofty, elevated.

ucchrayaṇa a. Raised, erected. --ṇaṃ Raising, elevation.

ucchrāyin a. High, raised, lofty; Śi. 5. 21.

ucchrita p. p.
     (1) Raised, lifted up; H. 2. 164; R. 17. 33.
     (2) Gone up, risen; -sitāṃśukara Śi. 4. 25; K. 206.
     (3) High, tall, lofty, exalted; Ki. 5. 1; Bg. 6. 11; R. 9. 19; paṃcayojanamucchritā Mb.
     (4) Produced, born.
     (5) Increasing, growing, prosperous; Ms. 7. 170; increased (in size or bulk), grown.
     (6) Proud.

ucchritiḥ = ucchraya q. v.

ucchreya a. High, lofty, tall.

ucchlakaḥ Ved. A part of the human body (used only in dual).

ucchvaṃkaḥ Ved. Gaping; cleaving open.

ucchvas 2 P.
     (1) To breathe, live; āsmecchayā na śakyamucchvasitumapi K. 175; Ve. 5. 15; Ms. 3. 72; anucchvasya without breathing, in one breath.
     (2) To take heart or courage, cheer up, revive, breathe a sigh of relief; nādyāpyucchvasiti U. 3, 7; tvatsannidhāvucchvasitīva cetaḥ Ki. 3. 8 is delighted; Śi. 18. 58; Ratn. 4; digaṃtaḥ Ki. 9. 21.
     (3) To open, bloom (as a lotus); nocchvasiti tapanakiraṇaiḥ (kumudaṃ) V. 3. 16; M. 2. 11; Śi. 10. 58, 11. 15.
     (4) To take a deep breath, pant, sigh deeply; Bk. 6. 120, 14. 55.
     (5) To throb, heave, palpitate.
     (6) To be loosened or relaxed. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to breathe.
     (2) To console, cheer up, delight; Rs. 6. 8; U. 3; Śi. 9. 34.
     (3) To loosen, relax, disjoin; Me. 58.

ucchvasanam
     (1) Breathing, sighing.
     (2) Taking a deep breath, heaving.
     (3) Loosening; Māl. 2. 5.

ucchvasita p. p. (Used actively).
     (1) Heaving, breathing; U. 3.
     (2) Emitting or sending out vapour (refreshed); V. 4.
     (3) Full-blown, opened, expanded; Mal. 4; -mūrtiḥ K. 92 raised up, Ch. P. 13.
     (4)
          (a) Enlivened, gladdened, refreshed; Me. 42.
          (b) Inspired or animated with hope; Ku. 6. 14.
     (5) Breathing a sigh of relief; M. 3. 6; R. 10. 73; K. 181.
     (6) Consoled; utkaṃṭhocchvasitahṛdayā Me. 100.
     (7) Waving, dishevelled; -alakaṃ R. 8. 55.
     (8) Effaced (sam-); Ku. 3. 38. --taṃ
     (1) Breath, the (very) life; sā kulapaterucchvasitamiva S. 3; Ku. 7. 4.
     (2) Blooming, blowing.
     (3) Exhalation; R. 8. 3.
     (4) Heaving, upheaval, throbbing; R. 6. 68; V. 1.
     (5) Becoming loose or relaxed.
     (6) Sighing.
     (7) The vital airs of the body.

ucchvāsaḥ
     (1) Breath, exhalation, breathing out; mukhocchvāsagaṃdhaṃ V. 4. 22; Rs. 1. 3; Me. 102.
     (2) Support of life, being alive; U. 3. 30; K. 158.
     (3) A sigh.
     (4) Consolation, encouragement; Amaru. 11.
     (5) Expiring, dying.
     (6) An air-hole.
     (7) A division or chapter of a book, as of the Harṣa-charita; cf. adhyāya.

ucchvāsita p. p.
     (1) Breathless, out of breath.
     (2) Much, excessive.
     (3) Loosened, released.
     (4) Detached, separated, divided.
     (5) Consoled.

ucchvāsin a.
     (1) Breathing, inhaling air.
     (2) Heaving, throbbing; V. 1. 6; Me. 102.
     (3) Sighing.
     (4) Expiring, dying.
     (5) Vanishing, fading away; Ku. 7. 82.
     (6) Pausing, stopping.
     (7) Rising, coming forward.

ucch 6 P. (ucchati, aucchīt, ucchituṃ, uṣṭa)
     (1) To finish.
     (2) To bind.
     (3) To abandon, transgress.
     (4) To cease, stop.

ujjas Caus. To kill, destroy, extirpate (with gen.); biḍaujasojjāsayituṃ jagaddruhāṃ Śi. 1. 37.

ujjāsanam Killing, slaughter; corasyojjāsanaṃ Sk.

ujjaya(yi)nī N. of a city, the modern Oujein in Mālvā, the capital of Vikramāditya. It is one of the seven sacred cities of the Hindus (cf. avaṃti), and the first meridian of their geographers from which they calculate longitude; saudhotsaṃgapraṇayavimukho mā sma bhūrujjayinyāḥ Me. 27.

ujjānakaḥ N. of a province in the North.

ujji 1 P.
     (1) To win, acquire by conquest, conquer.
     (2) To be victorious, triumph. --Caus. (jāpayati)
     (1) To cause to conquer.
     (2) To help one in winning.

ujjitiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) Victory.
     (2) N. of certain verses in the VājasaneyiSamhitā.

ujjeṣa a. Victorious. --ṣaḥ Obtaining prosperity.

ujjighra a. [ud-ghrā-śa] Smelling.

ujjīv 1 P. To revive, return to life. --Caus. To restore life.

ujjīvanam Revival.

ujjīvin Reviving, coming to life again.

ujjṛṃbh 1 A.
     (1) To gape, open.
     (2) To part asunder.
     (3) To become visible, come or break forth, expand, rise, go up; vaktreṃdau tava satyayaṃ yadaparaḥ śītāṃśurujjṛṃbhate Ratn. 3. 13; K. 290
     (4) To revive, come to senses; Mv. 6. 52. --Caus.
     (1) To display, show.
     (2) To produce; U. 5. 6.

ujjṛṃbha a.
     (1) Blown, expanded; ujjṛṃbhavadanāṃbhojā bhinatyaṃgāni sāṃganā S. D.
     (2) Gaping, open. --bhaḥ
     (1) Opening, expansion, blowing.
     (2) Gaping of the mouth.
     (3) Breaking asunder, parting.

ujjṛṃbhā, --bhaṇam
     (1) The act of gaping, opening the mouth, yawning,
     (2) Spreading, increase; Mal. 5. 23.
     (3) Flurry, agitation; U. 3. 36.

ujjṛṃbhita a. Opened, stretched, expanded, blown. --taṃ
     (1) The act of gaping.
     (2) Effort, exertion.

ujjya [udgatā jyā yasya] Having the bow-string loosened. --jjyaṃ A bow with the string fastened to it.

ujjval 1 P. To blaze up, shine. --Caus. (jvalayati) To light up, illuminate, irradiate; Śi. 9. 42; Gīt. 12.

ujjvala a.
     (1) Bright, shining, luminous, splendid; ujjvalakapālaṃ mukhaṃ Śi. 9. 48, 47.
     (2) Burning.
     (3) Clean, clear, white; Śi. 6. 5.
     (4) Lovely, beautiful; sargo nisargojjvalaḥ N. 3. 136.
     (5) Mixed with, seasoned; Mk. 8. 13.
     (6) Blown, expanded.
     (7) Unrestrained, full; Śi. 5. 48 --laḥ Love, passion. --lā
     (1) Splendour, brightness.
     (2) Clearness.
     (3) A form of the Jagatī metre. --laṃ Gold.
     -- Comp.
          --dattaḥ N. of the author of a commentary on the Uṇādi Sutras.

ujjvalanam
     (1) Burning, shining.
     (2) Splendour, brilliance.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) Gold.

ujjvalita p. p. Lighted, shining, brilliant.

ujjh 6 P. (ujjhati, ujjhāṃcakāra, ujjhituṃ, ujjhita]
     (1) To abandon, leave, quit; sapadi vigatanidrastalpamujjhāṃcakāra R. 5. 75; tatkṣaṇojjhatavṛkṣakaṃ R. 1. 40, 51; ātapāyojjhitaṃ dhānyaṃ Mb. exposed to the sun.
     (2) To avoid, escape from; udaye madavācyamujjhatā R. 8. 84; Śi. 1. 63.
     (3) To emit, give out, drop or pour down; aviratojjhitavārivipāṃḍubhiḥ Ki. 5. 6; Śi. 4. 63.

ujjha a. [ujjh-ac] Leaving, quitting.

ujjhakaḥ
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) A devotee.

ujjhanam [ujjh-lyuṭ] Abandoning, removing, leaving.

ujjhaṭita a. Perplexed, bewil dered, confounded.

uṃch 6 P. (uṃchati, uṃchituṃ, uṃchita) To glean, gather (bit by bit); śilānapyuṃchataḥ Ms. 3. 100.

uṃchaḥ [uṃch-ghañ] Gleaning or gathering grains; tānyuṃchaṣaṣṭhāṃkitasaikatāni R. 5. 8; Ms. 10. 112. --chaṃ Gleaning.
     -- Comp.
          --vṛtti, --śīla a. one who lives by gleaning grains, a gleaner.

uṃchanam Gleaning grains of corn in market-places &c.

uṭam
     (1) A leaf.
     (2) Grass.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --jaṃ [uṭebhyo jāyate] a hut, cottage, the residence of hermits, or saints, a hermitage (being mostly made of grass or leaves); uṭajadvāravirūḍhaṃ nīvārabaliṃ vilokayataḥ S. 4. 20; mṛgairvartitaromantha muṭajāṅganabhūmiṣu R. 1. 52, 50.

uṭh = ūṭh 1 P. (oṭhati, uvoṭha, oṭhīt uṭhituṃ, uṭhita)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To strike or knock down.

uḍuḥ f. uḍu n. [uḍ-vā- ka]
     (1) A lunar mansion; a star; iṃduprakāśāṃtaritoḍutulyāḥ R. 16. 65.
     (2) Water (said to been. only).
     -- Comp.
          --cakraṃ zodiacal circle.
          --paḥ --paṃ [uḍuni jale pāti] a raft, boat; titīrṣurdustaraṃ mohāḍhuḍupenāsmi sāgaraṃ R. 1. 2; kenoḍupena para lokanadīṃ tariṣye Mk. 8. 23 (
          --paḥ) the moon; Mk. 4. 23.
          --patiḥ, --rāj 1. the moon; jitamuḍupatinā Ratn. 1. 5; rasātmakasyoḍupateśca raśmayaḥ Ku. 5. 22. --2. Varuṇa, regent of waters.
          --pathaḥ the sky, the firmament.

uḍuṃbaraḥ
     (1) N. of a tree; Ficus Glomerata (Mar. auduṃbara).
     (2) The threshold of a house.
     (3) A eunuch.
     (4) A part of a sacrifice.
     (5) A kind of leprosy with copper spots (--raṃ also).
     (6) A kind of worm said to be produced in the blood and to produce leprosy. --raṃ
     (1) The fruit of the uduṃbara tree.
     (2) Copper.
     (3) A Karsha, a measure of two tolas.
     -- Comp.
          --dalā, --parṇī the plant Croton Polyandra.

uḍūpaḥ = uḍupaḥ q. v.

uḍḍāmara a.
     (1) Agreeable, excellent, respectable.
     (2) Formidable, terrific; uḍḍāmaravyastavistāridoḥkhaṃḍaparyāsitakṣmādharama Mal. 5. 23.

uḍḍī 1. 4. A. To fly up, soar. --Caus. To scare away.

uḍḍayanam Flying up, soaring; gato virutyoḍḍayane nirāśatāṃ N. 1. 125.

uḍḍīna p. p. Flown up, flying up. --naṃ
     (1) Flying up, soaring.
     (2) A particular flight of birds.

uḍḍīyanam Flying up.

uḍḍīśaḥ
     (1) N. of a work containing charms and incantation.
     (2) N. of Śiva.

uḍraḥ N. of a country; the modern Orissa; see oḍra.

uṇaka a. (kī f.) Removing, driving out.

uṇādiḥ A class of terminations beginning with uṇ.

uḍukaḥ
     (1) A species of leprosy.
     (2) A texture, net.
     (3) A part of the body.

uṃḍerakaḥ A ball of flour, rollloaf; tathaivoṃḍerakasrajaḥ Y. 1. 288.

ut ind. A particle of
     (a) doubt;
     (b) interrogation;
     (c) deliberation;
     (d) intensity.

uta ind.
     (1) A particle expressing
          (a) doubt, uncertainty guess (or); tatkimayamātapadoṣaḥ syāduta yathā me manasi vartate S. 3; sthāṇurayamuta puruṣaḥ G. M.
          (b) alternative; usually a correlative of kiṃ (whether, or); kimida gurubhirupadiṣṭamuta dharmaśāstreṣu paṭhitamuta mokṣaprāptiyaktiriyaṃ K. 155; kiṃ yena sṛjasi vyaktamuta yena bibharṣi tat Ku. 6. 23; the place of uta is also taken by āho or āhosvit; sometimes āho, āhosvit or svit are joined to uta.
          (c) association, connection, (having a cumulative force, 'and', 'also'); uta balavānutābalaḥ;
          (d) interrogation; uta daṃḍaḥ patiṣyati;
          (e) deliberation;
          (f) intensity;
          (g) wishing (especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by a potential 'would that');
          (h) sometimes used as an expletive;
          (i) oft. used for the sake of emphasis especially at the end of a line after iti or a verb; tadā vidyādvivṛddhaṃ sattvamityuta Bg. 14. 11; dharme naṣṭe kulaṃ kṛtsnamadharmo'bhibhavatyuta 1. 40.
     (2) With a preceding prati = on the contrary, on the other hand; but; sāmavādāḥ sakopasya tasya pratyuta dīpakāḥ Śi. 2. 55; na kevalaṃ dhriyate pratyuta paryupāsyamānastiṣṭhati Nag. 5.
     (3) With a preceding kiṃ = how much more or how much less; see kim. uta, --uta Either-or; ekameva varaṃ puṃsāmutarājyamutāśramaḥ G. M. uta vā or else, and; vā-utavā, utāhovā pi-vā either-or.

utathyaḥ N. of a son of Angiras and elder brother of Bṛhaspati.
     -- Comp.
          --anujaḥ, --anujanman m. Bṛhaspati, teacher of the gods, tathya mutathyānujavajjagādāgre gadāgrajaṃ Śi. 2. 69.
          --tanayaḥ N. of Gautama.

utka a. [ud-svārthe kan; utkaḥ = u. tkaṃṭhitaḥ; utka unmanāḥ P. V. 2. 80 Sk.]
     (1) Desirous of, longing for, anxiously wishing for (in comp.); adrisutāsamāgamotkaḥ Ku. 6. 95; mānasotkāḥ Me. 11; sometimes with an inf.; Śi. 4. 18.
     (2) Regretting, sad, sorrowful.
     (3) Absent-minded. --tkaḥ
     (1) Desire.
     (2) Opportunity.

utkatā
     (1) A state of longing or regret, anxiety.
     (2) N. of a plant having aromatic seeds (gajapippalī).

utkāyate Den. A. To long for.

utkayati Den. P. To make uneasy; Śi. 1. 59.

utkaca a.
     (1) Having the hair erect; as in ghaṭotkaca.
     (2) Having no hair.

utkacchā A metre of six lines, each line containing eleven syllabic instants.

utkaṃcuka a.
     (1) Without bodice, or jacket.
     (2) Without a coat of mail.

utkaṭ 1 P. To start or burst out; Mv. 5. 33.

utkaṭa a.
     (1) Large, spacious; U. 4. 29.
     (2) Powerful, mighty, extraordinary, fierce; Pt. 1. 103; Mv. 1. 39, 5. 33.
     (3) Excessive, much; atyutkaṭaiḥ pāpapuṇyīraheva phalamaśnute H. 1. 83.
     (4) Prominently visible, conspicuous; -lāṃchanasya U. 5. 36.
     (5) Abounding in, richly endowed with; pādapān kusumotkaṭān Ram.
     (6) Drunk, mad, furious; madotkaṭaḥ.
     (7) Superior, high.
     (8) Proud, haughty.
     (9) Uneven. (10) Difficult. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A fluid (ichor) dropping from the temples of an elephant in rut.
     (2) An elephant in rut.
     (3) The plant Saccharum Sara.
     (4) Pride, intoxication. --ṭā The plant Laurus Cassia (saihīlatā). --ṭaṃ The fragrant bark of Laurus Cassia.

utkaṭukāsanam Śittiṅg on the hams, squatting.

utkaṇikā A raised particle.

utkaṃṭha a. [unnataḥ kaṃṭho yasya]
     (1) Having the neck uplifted, ready, on the point of (doing anything), in comp.; ājñāvacanotkaṃṭhaḥ S. 2; rathasvanotkaṃṭhamṛge vālmīkīye tapovane R. 15. 11.
     (2) (Hence) Anxious. eager. --ṭhaḥ, --ṭhā A mode of sexual enjoyment.

utkaṃṭhate Den. A.
     (1) To be anxious. pine or be sorry for; S. 4; Śi. 9. 54.
     (2) To yearn, be eagerly desirous of (with gen. or dat.); svargāya notkaṃṭhate V. 3. 4; Mv. 6; utkaṭhate ca yuṣmatsannikarṣasya U. 6, 6. 21; Mal. 4; Bk. 5. 72. --Caus. (utkaṭhayati) To create anxiety or longing, inspire with tender emotions; Bh. 1. 35; Ghaṭ. 5.

utkaṃṭhā
     (1) Anxiety, uneasiness(in general); ya syatyadya śakuṃtaleti hṛdayaṃ saṃspṛṣṭamutkaṃṭhayā S. 4. 5; avāpta- Mal. 2. 12 seized with fright, suddenly startled.
     (2) Longing for a beloved person or thing; dṛṣṭiradhikaṃ sotkaṃṭhamudvīkṣate Amaru. 24.
     (3) Regret, sorrow, missing anything or person; gāḍhotkaṃṭhā Mal. 1. 15; Me. 83.

utkaṃṭhita p. p.
     (1) Anxious, uneasy.
     (2) Regretting, grieving for, sorrowful.
     (3) Longing for a beloved person or thing. --tā A mistress longing for her absent lover or husband, one of the eight heroines; she is thus defined --āgaṃtuṃ kṛtacitto'pi daivānnāyāti yatpriyaḥ . taṃdanāgamaduḥkhārtā virahotkaṃṭhitā tu sā .. S. D. 121.

utkaṃdhara a. [unnataḥ kaṃdharo'sya] Having the neck uplifted; utkaṃdharaṃ dārukamityuvāca Śi. 4. 18. --raṃ Bending back the neck.

utkaṃp 1 A. To tremble, quiver, shake. --Caus. To cause to tremble, shake, agitate.

utkaṃpa a. Trembling; śvāsa- kucaṃ Amaru. 90. --paḥ, --panaṃ Trembling, tremor, agitation; kimadhikatrāsotkaṃpaṃ diśaḥ samudīkṣase Amaru. 28; Me. 72.

utkaṃpin
     (1) Trembling.
     (2) Agitating.

utkaraḥ See under utkṝ.

utkarkaraḥ A kind of musical instrument.

utkarṇa a. Having the ears erect. --rṇaḥ An erect ear.

utkala a. Excessive, piteous; K. 306. --laḥ
     (1) N. of a country, the modern Orissa, or the inhabitants of that country (pl.); jagannāthaprāṃtadeśa utkalaḥ parikīrtitaḥ; see āṃḍra; utkalādarśitapathaḥ R. 4. 38.
     (2) A fowler, bird-catcher.
     (3) A porter (carrying a load with him).
     (4) A sub-division of Brāhmaṇas.

utkalita a.
     (1) Unbound loosened.
     (2) Regretting, sorry for.
     (3) Opened, blossomed (as flowers).
     (4) Rising, prosperous.

utkalāpa a. Having the tail erect and expanded; R. 16. 64.

utkalāpayati Den. P.
     (1) To ask (one) permission to go, take leave of: Pt. 5.
     (2) To cause the peacock to spread its plumage.
     (3) To cause (one) to be proud, produce conceit by an acknowledgment of merit.

utkalikā
     (1) Anxiety in general, uneasiness; jātā notkalikā Amaru. 78; K. 138, 205, 210, 234; Dk. 17, 20.
     (2) Longing for, regretting, missing anything or person.
     (3) Wanton sport, dalliance (helā)
     (4) A bud.
     (5) A wave; vanāvalīrutkalikāsahasraṃ Śi. 3. 70; kṣubhitamutkalikātaralaṃ manaḥ ruffled by waves Mal. 3. 10 (where utkalikā also means anxiety); K. 161.
     -- Comp.
          --prāyaṃ a variety of prosecomposition abounding in compound words and hard letters; bhavedutkalikāprāyaṃ samāsāḍhyaṃ dṛḍhākṣaraṃ Chand. M. 6.

utkaṣaṇam
     (1) Tearing, pulling up.
     (2) Ploughing, drawing through (as a plough); sadyaḥ sīrotkaṣaṇasurabhi kṣetramārutdya mālaṃ Me. 16.

utkākā A cow calving every year.

utkāśanam Ordering, commanding.

utkāsaḥ, --sanaṃ, utkāsikā Hemming, clearing the throat of mucus.

utkīlita a. Nailed up.

utkuṃcitā, --kā The plant Nigella Indica.

utkuṭam [unnataḥ kuṭo yatra] Lying down or sleeping with the face (or head) upwards, stretching out on the back.

utkuṭaka a. Stretched on the back with the face upwards.
     -- Comp.
          --āsanaṃ a posture with the face upwards.

utkuṇaḥ
     (1) A bug.
     (2) A louse.

utkula a. [utkrāṃtaḥ kulāt] Fallen from the family, disgracing or dishonouring one's family; yadi yayā vadati kṣitipastathā . tvamasi kiṃ piturutkulayā tvayā .. S. 5. 27.

utkūjaḥ The singing(of the cuckoo).

utkūṭaḥ [unnataṃ kūṭamasya] A parasol or umbrella.

utkūrdanam Jumping up, springing upwards; -śaktirnāsti Pt. 2.

utkūla a. [utkrāṃtaḥ kūlāta]
     (1) Going uphill (as rivers), (Ved.).
     (2) Reaching the bank.
     (3) Overflowing the bank; K. 303.

utkūlita a. Brought to the bank or shore, reaching the bank; pratikṣaṇotkūlitaśevalābhāḥ Śi. 3. 70.

utkṛ 8 A. To inform against.

utkṛtiḥ f. N. of a class of metres having 104 syllables.

utkṛt 6 P.
     (1) To cut out or off, tear out or off; tatminrāmaśarotkṛtte bale R. 12. 49; Ms. 11. 105; Y. 3. 259.
     (2) To cut to pieces, cut up, hack, butcher; utkṛtyotkṛtya kṛttiṃ Māl. 5. 16.

utkartanam
     (1) Cutting off, tearing out, cutting to pieces.
     (2) Rooting out, eradication.

utkṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To draw or pull up, raise or lift up; udakarṣi Śi. 13. 60; to draw or take out, extract, extricate; aṃgadakoṭilagnaṃ prālaṃbamutkṛṣya R. 6. 14.
     (2) To draw, attract; S. 17. 42.
     (3) To pull or put off.
     (4) To increase, enhance (opp. apakṛṣ).
     (5) To bend (as a bow).
     (6) To tear asunder. --Caus. To elevate, raise, increase. --pass.
     (1) To be lifted, raised.
     (2) To rise, be supreme or eminent.

utkarṣa a.
     (1) Superior, eminent.
     (2) Much, abundant.
     (3) Exaggerated, boastful.
     (4) Attractive. --rṣaḥ
     (1) Pulling off or upwards, drawing or pulling up.
     (2) Elevation, eminence, rise, prosperity; ninīṣuḥ kulamutkarṣaṃ Ms. 4. 244, 9. 24.
     (3) Increase, abundance, excess; pacānāmapi bhūtānāmutkarṣaṃ pupuṣurguṇāḥ R. 4. 11.
     (4) Excellence, highest merit, glory; utkarṣaḥ sa ca dhanvināṃ yadiṣavaḥ sidhyaṃti lakṣye cale S. 2. 5.
     (5) Self conceit, boasting.
     (6) Joy, pleasure.

utkarṣaka a. Drawing upwards, raising, elevating, increasing &c.

utkarṣaṇam
     (1) Drawing upwards.
     (2) Taking or pulling off.

utkarṣin a. Drawing or pulling up.

utkṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Drawn up or out, raised, elevated.
     (2) Extracted.
     (3) Excellent, eminent, superior, best, highest; Ms. 5. 163, 7. 126, 8. 281; bala- Pt. 3. 36 superior in strength; so jñāna-, guṇa- &c.
     (4) Much, excessive, very great, increased; jihvālau lya- Pt. 1.
     (5) Tilled; ploughed.
     -- Comp.
          --upādhitā state of high illusion.
          --bhūmaḥ a good soil.
          --vedanaṃ 1 marrying a man of a higher caste; Ms. 3. 44.

utkṛṣṭatā, tām Excellence, eminence; greatness.

utkṝ 6 U.
     (1) To scatter upwards, throw up, pile up or heap; rajānisturagotkīrṇaiḥ R. 1. 42.
     (2) To dig up, excavate.
     (3) To engrave, carve, sculpture; utkīrṇā iva vāsayaṣṭiṣu niśānidrālasā barhiṇaḥ V. 3. 2; R 4. 59; see utkīrṇa also.

utkara a. (--rā, rī f.) [kṝ-ap] That which piles or throws up or raises. --raḥ
     (1) A heap, multitude; nakhāṃśūtkara Ki. 8. 5.
     (2) A pile, stack.
     (3) Rubbish, what is thrown up (mūṣikotkara) Mk. 3.

utkarikā A sort of sweetmeat made with milk, treacle, and ghee.

utkarīya a. Belonging to a heap.

utkāraḥ [kṝ-ghañ P. III. 3. 30]
     (1) Winnowing corn.
     (2) Piling up corn.
     (3) One who sows corn.

utkārikā [kṝ-ṇvul] Poultice.

utkira a. [kṝ-kartari śa] Carrying or bearing away, wafting, scattering upwards (at the end of comp.); puṣpareṇūtkiraiḥ R. 1. 38; nināya sātyaṃtahimotkirānilāḥ Ku. 5. 26; 6. 5.

utkīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Thrown or piled up, scattered.
     (2) Engraven, carved, sculptured; Mal. 5. 10; K. 17, 36, 79, 106, 129, 133, 141, 186, 206; -nāmadheyaṃ engraven with a name.
     (3) Bored, perforated; ghuṇa- Pt. 3. 139

utkṛt 10 P. To proclaim, celebrate, praise, extol; mahimānaṃ yadutkīrtya R. 10. 32.

utkīrtanam
     (1) Crying out, proclaiming.
     (2) Praising, celebrating, extolling; S. D. 495.

utkīrtita p. p.
     (1) Proclaimed, promulgated.
     (2) Praised, celebrated, renowned.

utkocaḥ [utkuc-ghañ] A bribe (lit. bending one from the right path); utkocamiva dadatī K. 232, Dk. 155; Y. 1. 338.

utkocaka a. Bribed. --kaḥ
     (1) A bribe.
     (2) The receiver of a bribe; Ms. 9. 258.

utkoṭi a. Pointed.

utkam 1 U., 4 P.
     (1) To go up, step up, ascend.
     (2) To step beyond; utkrāṃtaśaiśavau R. 15. 33 past childhood.
     (3) To step out, go out or away, depart; ūrdhvaṃ prāṇā hyutkāmatiṃ Ms. 2. 120; Mv. 1.
     (4) To pass away, die.
     (5) To go or pass over, omit.
     (6) To disregard, not to notice, neglect; ārṣaṃ pramāṇamutkramya, dharmamutkragya Mb.
     (7) To transgress, violate; utkrāṃtasīmā Dk. 101, 97. --Caus. (krāmayati) To cause to go up or ascend.

utkramaḥ
     (1) Going up or out, departure.
     (2) Progressive increase.
     (3) Going astray, deviation, transgression, violation.

utkramaṇam
     (1) Going up or out, departure.
     (2) Ascent, soaring aloft.
     (3) Surpassing, exceeding.
     (4) The flight or passage of the soul (out of the body), i. e. death (= prāṇotkramaṇaṃ) Ms. 6. 63.

utkramaṇīya pot. p. To be transgressed, to be given up or abandoned.

utkrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Gone forth or out, departed; utkrāṃtamivāsubhiḥ K. 33; R. 7. 53.
     (2) Faded, effaced (as colour); R. 16. 17.
     (3) Gone over or beyond, passed, surpassed.
     (4) Dead.
     (5) Trespassing, exceeding, surpassing (actively used).

utkrāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Going up or out, departure.
     (2) The flight or passage of the soul (out of the body), death.

utkrāṃtin a. Passing away, gone, departed.

utkrāmaḥ
     (1) Going out or up, departure.
     (2) Surpassing, excelling.
     (3) Violation, transgression.
     (4) Opposition, contrariety.

utkuś 1 P.
     (1) To cry out, exclaim, cry aloud.
     (2) To call out to; udakrośat sa pāṃḍavān Mb.
     (3) To proclaim.

utkruṣṭa p. p. Crying out, exclaiming. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Crying out, calling, exclaiming.
     (2) Loud speaking or conversation.

utkrośaḥ
     (1) Clamour, outcry, loud noise.
     (2) Proclamation.
     (3) An osprey (kurarī).

utkodaḥ Ved. Exultation, joy.

utkliś 9 P. To feel uneasy or distressed. --Caus.
     (1) To excite, stir up, agitate, torment.
     (2) To expel, drive away.

utkleśaḥ
     (1) Excitement, disquietude, agitation.
     (2) Disorder of the humours (of the body).
     (3) Sickness; particularly, sea sickness, nausea.

utkleśaka a. Causing the disorder of the humours. --kaḥ A kind of poisonous insect.

utkleśana, --śin a. Exciting, stirring up, producing disorder; as in kapha- exciting phlegm.

utkledaḥ Becoming wet or moist.

utkledin a.
     (1) Wet.
     (2) Making wet or moist.

utkṣip 6 P. To throw or toss up, raise, set up, erect; utkṣiptagātraḥ Śi. 12. 5, 8. 14; balimākāśa utkṣipet Ms. 3. 90; Rs. 1. 22; so bāhuṃ, bhruvaṃ &c.; R. 6. 14.
     (2) To throw away, reject, get rid of.
     (3) To emit, vomit up.

utkṣipta p. p.
     (1) Thrown upwards, tossed, raised.
     (2) Held up, supported; R. 15. 83.
     (3) Seized or overcome with, distracted by, struck with; vismaya- Ratn. 1; so lobha-, anurāga-.
     (4) Demolished, destroyed.
     (5) Thrown out, rejected, dismissed. --ptaḥ The thorn apple, the Dhattūra plant.

utkṣiptikā A crescent-shaped ornament worn in the upper part of the ear.

utkṣepa a. Throwing up, tossing. --paḥ
     (1) Throwing or tossing up; pakṣmotkṣepa Me. 47.
     (2) That which is thrown or tossed up; biṃdūtkṣepān pipāsuḥ M. 2. 13.
     (3) Sending, despatching.
     (4) Throwing away, rejecting.
     (5) Vomiting.
     (6) The region above the temples (dual).

utkṣepaka a. One who throws or tosses up, who or what elevates or raises; Y. 2. 274. --kaḥ
     (1) A stealer of clothes &c.; vastrādyutkṣipatyapaharatītyutkṣepakaḥ Mit.
     (2) One who sends or orders.

utkṣepaṇam
     (1) Throwing upwards, lifting or tossing up; atimātralohitatalau bāhū ghaṭotkṣepaṇāt S. 1. 30.
     (2) Throwing upwards, regarded by the Vaiśeṣikas as one of the five karmans q. v.
     (3) Vomiting.
     (4) Sending away, despatching.
     (5) A kind of basket for cleaning corn; a kind of stick for threshing corn.
     (6) A fan.
     (7) A measure of sixteen Paṇas.

utkhacita a. Intermixed, interwoven, set or inlaid with; kusumotkhacitān valībhṛtaḥ R. 8. 53, 13. 54.

utkhan 1 P.
     (1) To dig up or out, excavate; utkhātaṃ nidhiśaṃkayā kṣititalaṃ Bh. 3. 4.
     (2) To tear up by the roots, eradicate; vaṃgānutkhāya tarasā R. 4. 36, 33; 14. 73; 18. 22; Me. 52; Bk. 12. 5, 15. 55.
     (3) To draw or tear out (eye &c.); Bk. 14. 32.
     (4) To draw or pull out; Śi. 5. 59, 18. 37; utkhātakhaḍgaḥ Ve. 3 unsheathed.

utkhāta p. p.
     (1) Excavated, dug up.
     (2) Extracted, drawn out; utkhātaṃ parityāgaśalyaṃ U. 3.
     (3) Uprooted, plucked up by the roots (lit.); līlā- uprooted in sport U. 3. 16; Māl. 9. 34.
     (4) (fig.)
          (a) Eradicated, totally destroyed, annihilated; kimutkhātaṃ naṃdavaṃśasya Mu. 1; -lavaṇo madhureśvaraḥ prāptaḥ U. 7.
          (b) Deposed, deprived of power or authority; phalaiḥ saṃvardhayāmāsurutkhātapratiropitāḥ R. 4. 37 (where utkhāta means 'uprooted' also). --taṃ A hole, cavity, hollow, uneven ground; anutkhātastimita not stopped by uneven ground; S. 7. 33.
     -- Comp.
          --keliḥ f. digging out earth in sport (by means of horns, tusks &c.); utkhātakeliḥ śṛṃgādyairvaprakrīḍā nigadyate.

utkhātin a. (utkhāta-ini]
     (1) Uneven, having ups and downs, rugged (opp. sama), utkhātinī bhūmiriti mayā raśmisaṃyamanādrathasya maṃdīkṛto vegaḥ S. 1.
     (2) Destructive.

utkhalā A kind of perfume.

utkhid 6 P. To draw out, extract.

utkhedaḥ Cutting out; drawing out.

utta See uṃd.

uttaṃsaḥ [ud taṃs ac]
     (1) A crest, chaplet, an ornament worn on the crown of the head; uttaṃ niharata vāri mūrdhajebhyaḥ Śi. 8. 57; sudhāṃśukalitottaṃsastāpaṃ haratu vaḥ śivaḥ Chandr. 5. 59, cf. karṇottaṃsa.
     (2) An ear-ring; Mal. 5. 18; Bv. 2. 55.

uttaṃsayati Den. P.
     (1) To cause to serve as a crest, to deck, adorn.
     (2) To tie or bind up (as hair); Ve. 1. 21.

uttaṃsita a.
     (1) Having ear-rings.
     (2) Put or worn on the crest; Bh. 3. 129; aṃjalikisalaya- Dk. 99.

uttaṭa a. [utkrāṃtaḥ taṭaṃ] Overflowing the bank; uttaṭā iva nadīrayāḥ sthalīṃ R. 11. 58.

uttan 8 U.
     (1) To stretch upwards or out.
     (2) To try to rise.

uttāna a.
     (1) Stretched out, spread out, expanded, dilated; uttānatārakrasya locanayugalasya K. 143; U. 3. 23.
     (2)
          (a) Lying on the back, with the face upwards, supine; Māl. 3; uttānocchūnamaṃḍūkapāṭitodarasaṃnibhe K. P. 7; Y. 1. 248.
          (b) Upright, erect.
     (3) Open, turned upwards; uttānapāṇidvayasaṃniveśāt Ku. 3. 45; -raśimaṣu Pt. 3. 150.
     (4) Open, unreserved, frank, candid; svabhāvottānahṛdayaṃ S. 5 frank-minded.
     (5) Elevated; Māl. 7.
     (6) Concave; having the mouth upwards.
     (7) Shallow.
     -- Comp.
          --karmakaṃ a particular posture in sitting.
          --patrakaḥ a species of Ricinus (raktairaṃḍa). --pad f. vegetation, the whole creation of upwardgerminating plants (Say.).
          --pāda- a. with extended legs (children). (
          --daḥ) 1. N. of a king, father of Dhruva. --2. the Supreme Spirit. -jaḥ N. of Dhruva, the polar star.
          --śaya a. sleeping supinely or on the back, lying with the face upwards; kadā uttānaśayaḥ putrakaḥ janayiṣyati me hṛdayāhlādaṃ K. 62. (
          --yaḥ, --yā) a little child, suckling, infant.
          --śīvan a. lying extended; stagnant.
          --hasta a. having the hands stretched out in prayers. (
          --stau) (du.) the two hands with the fingers stretched out and with the backs turned towards the ground.

uttānakaḥ A species of the Cyperus grass (uccaṭā).

uttānikā N. of a river.

uttānita a.
     (1) Raised, up-lifted; K. 38, 209, 298.
     (2) Dilated, expanded; K. 82, 84.

uttap 1 P.
     (1) To warm, make hot, heat thoroughly, scorch, burn, sear; uttaptanārācalīlāṃ Śi. 11. 50; uttapati suvarṇaṃ suvarṇakāraḥ Mbh. melts; so caitro maitrasya pāṇimuttapati. (Used in the Atm. when used intransitively 'to shine', or when it has a limb of the body for its object; uttapamānaḥ ātapaḥ Bk. 8. 15 scorching heat; Śi. 20. 40; uttapate pāṇī Mbh.).
     (2) To pain, torment, torture by heat; kusupteṣuruttapati yadviśikhaiḥ Śi. 9. 67.
     (3) To excite, urge on, press hard. --Caus. To warm, heat.

uttapta p. p.
     (1) Burnt, heated, seared, made red-hot. -kanaka K. 43, 36; U. 5. 14.
     (2) Bathed, washed.
     (3) Anxious.
     (4) Enraged, inflamed, fired; Ve. 2. --ptaṃ
     (1) Dried flesh.
     (2) Great heat.

uttāpaḥ
     (1) Great heat, inflammation.
     (2) Affliction, torment, distress.
     (3) Excitement, passion; pratyūhaḥ sarvasiddhīnāmuttāpaḥ prathamaḥ kila H. 3. 45.
     (4) Anxiety, ardour.
     (5) Energy, effort.

uttāpita a.
     (1) Heated, made hot.
     (2) Tormented, distressed.
     (3) Excited, urged, roused.

uttam 4 P.
     (1) To be afflicted or distressed, lose heart, faint.
     (2) To be uneasy or impatient, be anxious; hṛdaya mā uttāmya S. 1; K. 85, 231, 268, 275; Māl. 3.

uttamanam Losing heart, impatience.

uttama a. [ud-tamap]
     (1) Best, excellent (oft. in comp.); dvijottamaḥ the best of Brāhmaṇas; so sura-, nara- &c.; prāyeṇādhamamadhyamottamaguṇaḥ saṃsargato jāyate Bh. 2. 67.
     (2) Foremost, uppermost, highest (opp. hīna, jaghanya).
     (3) Most elevated, chief, principal.
     (4) Greatest, first; Ms. 2. 249. --maḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) The last person (= first person according to English phraseology). --mā
     (1) An excellent woman.
     (2) A kind of pustule or pimple.
     (3) The plant Asclepias Rosea Roxb.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ 'the best limb 'of the body', the head; kaścid dviṣatkhaḍgahṛtottamāṃgaḥ R. 7. 51; Ms. 1. 93, 8. 300; Ku. 7. 41; Bg. 11. 27.
          --adhama a. high and low -madhyama good, middling, and bad; high, low, and middling; (the order is often reversed); cf. Pt. 1. 210.
          --aṃbhas n. a sort of satisfaction (acquiescence) in Sān. phil.
          --araṇī the plant Asparagus Racemosus (iṃdīvarī). --ardhaḥ 1. the best half. --2. the last half or part.
          --ardhya a. pertaining to the best half.
          --ahaḥ the last or latest day; a fine or lucky day.
          --upapada a. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, excellent.
          --ṛṇaḥ, --ṛṇikaḥ (uṃttamarṇaḥ) a creditor (opp. adhamarṇaḥ) dhāreruttamarṇaḥ P. I. 4. 35; Ms. 8. 47, 50; Y. 2. 42.
          --ojas a. of excellent valour.
          --gaṃdhāḍhya a. possessing copiously the most delicious fragrance.
          --guṇa a. of the best qualities, best, highest; Mu. 2. 17.
          --padaṃ a high office.
          --pu(pū)ruṣaḥ 1. the last person in verbal conjugation; (=first person according to English phraseology; in Sanskrit verbs are conjugated by putting the English 1st person last and 3rd person first). --2. the Supreme Spirit. --3. an excellent man.
          --lābhaḥ an excellent profit.
          --veśaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --śākhaḥ a tree having excellent branches.
          --śloka a. of excellent fame, illustrious, glorious, well-known, famous.
          --saṃgrahaḥ (-strī-) intriguing with another man's wife, i. e. speaking with her privately, looking amorously at her &c.
          --sāhasaḥ, --saṃ 1. the highest (of the fixed) pecuniary punishments; a fine of 1000 (or according to some 80,000) paṇas; Ms. 9. 240; Y. 1. 365; paṇānāṃ dve śate sārdhe prathamaḥ sāhasaḥ smṛtaḥ . madhyamaḥ paṃcavijñeyaḥ sahasraṃ tveṣa cottamaḥ ... Capital punishment, banishment, confiscation, and mutilation are also regarded as forms of this punishment.

uttamatā --tvam
     (1) Excellence.
     (2) Goodness, good quality.

uttamāyya a. Ved. Made excellent.

uttamīya a. Uppermost, highest, best, principal.

uttaṃbh 5. 9. P. [ud-staṃbh] To stay, prop, support, hold up; K. 281, Ve. 6; skaṃdhottaṃbhitatīrthavārikalaśāḥ Ve. 6; Śi. 4. 25. --Caus.
     (1) To increase, heighten, rouse; Ki. 2. 48.
     (2) To bind up.

uttaṃbhaḥ, --bhanam
     (1) Upholding, propping, supporting; bhuvanottaṃbhanastaṃbhān K. 260; Śi. 18. 46.
     (2) A prop, stay, support.
     (3) Stopping, ar, resting.

uttara a. [ud-tarap]
     (1) Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun).
     (2) Upper, higher (opp. adhara); uttareadhare daṃtāḥ Śat. Br.; avanatottarakāyaṃ R. 9. 60; P. II. 2. 1.
     (3)
          (a) Laterlatter, following, subsequent (opp. pūrva); pūrvameghaḥ, uttarameghaḥ, -bhīmāṃsā; uttarārdhaḥ &c.; -rāmacaritaṃ later adventures of Rāma U. 1. 2; pūrvaḥ-uttaraḥ former-latter H. 1. 9; Ms. 2. 136.
          (b) Future, concluding; -kālaḥ subsequent time; -phalaṃ; -vacanaṃ a reply.
     (4) Left (opp. dakṣiṇa).
     (5) Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, powerful.
     (6) Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; tarkottarāṃ Mv. 2. 6.
     (7) More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); ṣaḍuttarā viṃśatiḥ 26; aṣṭottaraṃ śataṃ 108.
     (8) Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp); rājñāṃ tu caritārthatā duḥkhottaraiva S. 5; caṣakottarā R. 7. 49; asrottaramīkṣitāṃ Ku. 5. 61; utsavottaro maṃgalavidhiḥ Dk. 39, 166; K. 311; H. 1. 150; pravāla- puṣpaśayye R. 6. 50 over spread with; dharmottaraṃ 13. 7 rich in; 18. 7; kaṃpa- 13. 28; 17. 12; 19. 23.
     (9) To be crossed over. --raḥ
     (1) Future time, futurity.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) N. of Śiva. --rā
     (1) The north; astyuttarasyāṃ diśi devatātmā Ku. 1. 1.
     (2) A lunar mansion.
     (3) N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. --raṃ
     (1) An answer, reply; pracakrame ca prativaktumuttaraṃ R. 3. 47; uttarāduttaraṃ vākyaṃ vadatāṃ saṃprajāyate Pt. 1. 60 a reply is suggested to a reply.
     (2) (In law) Defence, a rejoinder.
     (3) The last part or following member of a compound.
     (4) (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an adhikaraṇa q. v.; the answer.
     (5) The upper surface or cover.
     (6) Conclusion.
     (7) Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; U. 3. 26.
     (8) Superiority, excellence.
     (9) Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. (10) Excess, over and above; see above (uttara a. 8).
     (11) Remainder, difference (in arith.). --raṃ ind.
     (1) Above.
     (2) Afterwards, after; tata uttaraṃ, ita uttaraṃ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --adhara a. higher and lower (fig. also). (
          --rau du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; punarvivakṣuḥ sphuritottarādharaḥ Ku. 5. 83; (spharaṇabhūyiṣṭho'dharo yasya Malli.).
          --adhikāraḥ, --ritā, --tvaṃ right to property, heirship, inheritance.
          --adhikārin m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner).
          --aparā north-west.
          --ayanaṃ (-yaṇaṃ na being changed to ṇa) 1. the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); Bg. 8. 24. --2. the period or time of the summer solstice.
          --araṇiḥ, --ṇī f. the upper araṇi (which by cutting becomes the pramaṃtha or churner).
          --artha a. for the sake of what follows.
          --ardhaṃ 1. the upper part of the body. --2. the northern part. --3. the latter half (opp. pūrvārdha). --4. the further end.
          --ardhya a. being on the northern side.
          --ahaḥ the following day.
          --ābhāsaḥ a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. -tā, --tvaṃ the semblance of a reply without reality.
          --āśā the northern direction. -adhipatiḥ, --patiḥ the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera.
          --āṣāḍhā the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars.
          --āsaṃgaḥ 1. an upper garment; kṛtottarāsaṃgaṃ K. 43; Śi. 2. 19; Ku. 5. 16. --2. contact with the north.
          --itara a. other than uttara i. e. southern. (
          --rā) the southern direction.
          --uttara a. [uttarasmāduttaraḥ] 1. more and more, higher and higher, further and further. --2. successive, ever increasing; -snehena dṛṣṭaḥ Pt. 1; Y. 2. 136. (
          --raṃ) 1. a reply to an answer, reply on reply; alamuttarottareṇa Mu. 3. --2. conversation, a rejoinder. --3. excess, exceeding quantity or degree. --4. succession, gradation, sequence. --5. descending. (
          --raṃ) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more; uttarottaramutkarṣaḥ K. P. 10; uttarottaraṃ vardhate H. 1.
          --uttarin a. 1. ever-increasing. --2. one following the other.
          --oṣṭhaḥ the upper lip (u ttaro-rau-ṣṭhaḥ). --kāṃḍaṃ the seventh book of the Ramayaṇa.
          --kāyaḥ the upper part of the body; R. 9. 60.
          --kālaḥ 1. future time. --2. time calculated from one full moon to another.
          --kuru (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude).
          --kosalāḥ (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; pituranaṃtaramuttarakosalān R. 9. 1.
          --kośalā the city of Ayodhyā; yadupateḥ kva gatā mathurā purī raghupateḥ kva gatottarakośalā .. Udb.
          --kriyā funeral rites, obsequies.
          --khaṃḍaṃ the last section or book.
          --khaṃḍanaṃ refutation.
          --graṃthaḥ supplement to a work.
          --chadaḥ a bed-covering, covering (in general); R. 5. 65, 17. 21; nāgacarmottaracchadaḥ Mb.
          --ja a. born subsequently or afterwards; Y. 1. 59.
          --jyā the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.).
          --jyotiṣāḥ (m. pl.) the northern Jyotishas.
          --taṃtraṃ N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta.
          --dāyaka a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; H. 2. 121.
          --diś f. the north. -īśaḥ, --pālaḥ 1. Kubera, the regent of the north. --2. the planet budha. -balin 1. the planet Venus. --2. the moon.
          --deśaḥ the country towards the north.
          --dheya a. to be done subsequently.
          --pakṣaḥ 1. the northern wing or side. --2. the dark half of a lunar month. --3. the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. pūrvapakṣa); prāpayan pavanavyādhergiramuttarapakṣatām Śi. 2. 15. --4. a demonstrated truth or conclusion --5. the minor proposition in a syllogism. --6. (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikarana q. v.
          --paṭaḥ 1. an upper garment. --2. a bed-covering (uttaracchadaḥ). --pathaḥ the northern way, way leading to the north.
          --pathika a. travelling in the northern country.
          --padaṃ 1. the last member of a compound. --2. a word that can be compounded with another.
          --padika, padakīya a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term.
          --paścārdhaḥ the northwestern half.
          --paścima a. northwestern. (
          --maḥ) the north-western country. (--mā) [uttarasyāḥ paścimāyāśca diśoṃtarālaṃ] the north-west.
          --pādaḥ the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; pūrvapakṣaḥ smṛtaḥ pādo dvitīyaścottaraḥ smṛtaḥ . kriyāpādagtṛtīyaḥ syāccaturyonirṇayaḥ smṛtaḥ .. --purastāt ind. north-eastward (with gen.).
          --puruṣaḥ = uttamapuruṣaḥ q. v.
          --pūrva a. northeastern. (
          --rvā) the north-east.
          --pracchadaḥ a coverlid, quilt.
          --pratyuttaraṃ 1. a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. --2. the pleadings in a lawsuit.
          --pha (phā) lgunī the twelith lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed).
          --bhādrapad-dā the 26th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch).
          --maṃdrā a loud but slow manner of singing.
          --mātraṃ a mere reply.
          --mīmāṃsā the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahma or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from māṃmāṃsā proper which is usually called pūrvamīmāṃsā). --rahita a. without a reply.
          --rāmacaritaṃ-traṃ N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ the indication of an (actual) reply.
          --loman a. having the hair turned upwards.
          --vayasaṃ, -s n. old age, the declining period of life.
          --vastiḥ a kind of small syringe.
          --vastraṃ, --vāsas n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak.
          --vādin m. 1. a defendant, respondent; Y. 2. 17. --2. one whose claims are of later date than another's.
          --vediḥ 1. the northern altar made for the sacred fire. --2. N. of a Tīrtha near the kurukṣetra. --sakyaṃ the left thigh.
          --saṃjñita a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (
          --taḥ) hearsay-witness.
          --sākṣin m. 1. a witness for the defence. --2. a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others.
          --sādhaka a. 1. finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. --2. who or what proves a reply. (
          --kaḥ) an assistant, helper.
          --hanuḥ Ved. the upper jaw bone.

uttaraṃgam [uttaramaṃgaṃ śakaṃdhvā- gaṇa] A wooden arch surmounting the doorframe.

uttaratara a. Still further, or higher, remote, distant.

uttarataḥ, --rāt ind.
     (1) From the north; to the north.
     (2) To the left (opp. dakṣiṇataḥ).
     (3) At the top, above.
     (4) Behind.
     (5) Afterwards.

uttaratra ind.
     (1) Subsequently, later or further on, below (in a work), in the sequel.
     (6) In the second case (opp. pūrvatra in the first case).
     (3) Northward.

uttarahi ind. [uttara-āhi] Northerly to the north of (with abl.); Bk. 8. 107.

uttarin a. Superior.

uttarīyaṃ, --yakam [uttara-cha vā-kap] An upper garment; R. 16. 17, 43.

uttareṇa ind. [uttara enap] (With gen., acc. or at the end of a comp.) Northward, on the north side of; tatrāgāraṃ dhanapatigṛhānuttareṇāsmadīyaṃ Me. 75. v. l., K. 120; niṣadhasyottareṇa tu V. P., Mal. 9. 24.

uttaredyuḥ ind. On a subsequent day, on the day following, to-morrow.

uttaraṃga a.
     (1) Ruffled or washed by waves, inundated; trembling, tremulous; Mu. 6. 3.
     (2) With surging waves; R. 7. 36; Ku. 3. 48.
     (3) Bouncing; Dk. 1.

uttaraṃgi a. Heaving, panting; Mal. 7.

uttarjanam [uccaistarjanaṃ] Violent threatening.

uttalita Thrown or cast upwards.

uttāna see under uttan.

uttāla a.
     (1) Great, strong; anuttālatālavṛṃtavāta K. 251.
     (2)
          (a) Violent, loud (as sound); Mal. 1; Śi. 12. 31.
          (b) Roaring, gusty (wind); Mal. 5. 4.
     (3) Formidable, terrific, fierce; uttālāsta ime gabhīrapayasaḥ puṇyāḥ saritsaṃgamāḥ U. 2. 30; -tumula U. 6; Śi. 20. 68; Mal. 5. 11, 23.
     (4) Huge, of monstrous shape; -tāḍakā Mv. 1. 37.
     (5) Arduous, difficult.
     (6) Manifest; distinctly visible; Śi. 18. 54.
     (7) Speedy, swift.
     (8) Best, excellent; Śi. 12. 31.
     (9) Elevated, lofty, tall; Śi. 3. 80. --laḥ An ape. --laṃ A particular number.

uttij Caus. P. To excite, stimulate, instigate, stir up, animate, provoke.

uttejaka a.
     (1) Instigating, stirring up.
     (2) Exciting, stimulating; kṣudh,- kāma- &c.

uttejanaṃ, --nā
     (1) Excitement, instigation, animating, stirring up; -samathaḥ ślokaiḥ Mu. 4; Mv. 2.
     (2) Urging on, driving.
     (3) Sending, despatching.
     (4) Whetting, sharpening, furbishing, polishing (weapons &c.); Śi. 3. 6.
     (5) An exciting speech.
     (6) An inducement, incentive, stimulant.

uttejita p. p.
     (1) Instigated, excited.
     (2) Animated.
     (3) Sent
     (4) Sharpened, polished &c. --taṃ
     (1) An inducement.
     (2) One of the five paces of a horse, sidling; moderate velocity in a horse's pace; uttejitaṃ madhyavegaṃ yojanaṃ ślathavalgayā ..

uttuga a.
     (1) Lofty, high, tall; karapraceyāmuttugaḥ prabhuśaktiṃ prathīyasīṃ Śi. 2. 89; -hemapīṭhāni 2. 5.
     (2) Swollen, increased (as a stream).

uttuṃḍitam The head of a thorn (which enters the skin).

uttul 10 P.
     (1) To raise up(by means of a balance).
     (2) To raise, erect, lift up.
     (3) To weigh.

uttolanam Lifting up, raising(by means of a balance).

uttuṣaḥ [udgataḥ tuṣo'smāt] 'Freed from husks', fried grain.

uttṝ 1 P.
     (1) To pass out of(water), disembark, come out of; Śi. 8. 63, 64; to get or jump out of, rise from; 12. 31; palvalottīrṇa R. 2. 17; abhiṣekottīrṇāya, snānottīrṇaḥ S. 4.
     (2) To cross, pass or get over (a river &c.); udatāriṣuraṃbhodhiṃ Bk. 15. 33, 10; śokasāgaramuttīrya Ve. 3; tenottīrya pathā R. 12. 71, 16. 33; Me. 47.
     (3) To vanquish, overcome, get out of, escape from (a difficulty); vyasanamaha rṇavāduttīrṇaṃ Mk. 10. 49.
     (4) To descend, alight; tadgṛhe uttīrṇau Vet.
     (5) To give up, leave, quit.
     (6) To raise, strengthen, increase. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to come out, deliver, lift up, rescue; Śi. 11. 44; Dk. 30, 77.
     (2) To take down, to take off (as ornaments); let down, place down.
     (3) To cause to cross over, convey, transport across.
     (4) To land, disembark.
     (5) To vomit up, emit.

uttara a.
     (1) Crossing over.
     (2) To be crossed over, as in duruttara.

uttaraṇa a. Coming out of, crossing. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Coming forth or out of (water &c.).
     (2) Landing, disembarking.
     (3) Crossing, passing over; saṃsārasamudra-.

uttāra a.
     (1) Surpassing others, exceilent, pre-eminent.
     (2) Having the eye balls turned up (as eyes). --raḥ
     (1) Transporting over, conveying.
     (2) Fording, crossing; sukhottāratāṃ K. 326.
     (3) Landing, disembarking.
     (4) Delivering, rescuing.
     (5) Getting rid of.
     (6) Vomiting.
     (7) Instability.

uttārakaḥ
     (1) A deliverer, saviour.
     (2) N. of Śiva.

uttāraṇa a. Transporting or bringing over, conveying; rescuing, delivering. --ṇaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --ṇaṃ
     (1) The act of landing, delivering or rescuing.
     (2) Transportation, conveying across.

uttārin
     (1) Transporting over.
     (2) Unsteady, unstable, changeable.
     (3) Sick.

uttārya pot. p.
     (1) To be vomited; Ms. 11. 161.
     (2) To be made to land.
     (3) To be crossed over.

uttīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Landed, crossed, passed over.
     (2) Rescued, delivered.
     (3) Released from obligation.
     (4) One who has finished his course of studies; experienced, clever.

utteritam One of the five paces of a horse.

uttoraṇa a. [unnataṃ toraṇamatra] Adorned with raised or upright arches; uttoraṇaṃ rājapathaṃ prapede Ku. 7. 63; R. 14. 10.

uttyakta a.
     (1) Abandoned, left.
     (2) Thrown, tossed.
     (3) Free from passion or attachment.

uttyāgaḥ
     (1) Abandonment, leaving.
     (2) Throwing, throwing up, tossing.
     (3) Renunciation of all worldly attachments.

uttras 1. 4. P. To be afraid. --Caus. To frighten, alarm.

uttrāsaḥ Extreme fear, terror, alarm.

uttripadam An upright tripod.

utthā 1 P. [ud-sthā]
     (1) To get up, stand, rise, raise oneself; uttiṣṭhetprathamaṃ cāsya Ms. 2. 194; R. 9. 59; Śi. 9. 39.
     (2) To get up from, leave, give up or cease from; anaśanāduttiṣṭhati Pt. 4.
     (3) To rise, come up (as the sun &c.).
     (4) To rebound (as a ball); karābhighātotthitakandukeyaṃ R. 16. 83.
     (5) To come forth, arise, spring or originate from, accrue from; grā mācchatamuttiṣṭhati Mbh; yaduttiṣṭhati varṇebhyo nṛpāṇa kṣayitatphalaṃ S. 2. 13; anyadamṛtādutthitam K. 136; udatiṣṭhan praśaṃsāvācaḥ Dk. 49 shouts of applause burst forth (were heard); N. 22. 44.
     (6) To rise, increase in strength or power, grow, (as an enemy, disease &c.); (Atm.) uttiṣṭhamānastu paro nopekṣyaḥ pathyamicchatā Śi. 2. 10 (= Pt. 1. 234.)
     (7) To become animated, rise (from the dead); mṛtetthitā Ku. 7. 4.
     (8) To be active or brave, rise up; hṛdayadaurbalyaṃ tyaktvottiṣṭha Bg. 2. 3, 37; Mv. 2; Pt. 3. 21.
     (9) To make efforts; take pains, strive, try; uttiṣṭhamānaṃ mitrārthe kastvāṃ na bahu manyate Bk 8. 12; 20. 18; Mv. 4. 6; mukāvuttiṣṭhate janaḥ Ki. 11. 13; udasthita kratau Śi. 14. 17. (10) To excel, surpass. --Caus. (utyāpayati)
     (1) To cause to stand up, raise, lift up: utyāpyate grāvā H. 3. 42; R. 14. 59; raise or throw up (as dust); R. 7. 39.
     (2) To instigate, excite, rouse to action; tvāmutthāpayati dvayaṃ Śi. 2. 57, 102; Kām. 5. 40; H. 3. 92; Dk. 107.
     (3) To arouse, awaken, raise to life, make alive; prāṇo hīdaṃ sarvamutthāpayati Śat. Br.
     (4) To support, feed, aid; atra parikarotthāpito'rthāṃtaranyāsālaṃkāraḥ Malli. on Ki. 8. 4.

uttha a. [ud-sthā-ka] (Used only at the end of comp.)
     (1) Born or produced from, arising, springing up, or originating from; darīmukhotthena samīraṇena Ku. 1. 8; 6. 59; R. 12. 82; ānaṃdotthaṃ nayanasalilaṃ Me. v. l.; Pt. 1. 274.
     (2) Standing up, coming up or forth. --tthaḥ Arising, coming forth.

utthātṛ a. Ved.
     (1) One who rises or gets up.
     (2) Resolving.

utthāna a. Causing to arise or spring up. --naṃ
     (1) The act of rising or standing up, getting up; śanairyaṣṭyutthānaṃ Bh. 3. 9.
     (2) Rising (as of luminaries); iṃduṃ navotthānamiveṃdumatyai R. 6. 31 newly risen.
     (3) Rise, origin.
     (4) Resurrection.
     (5)
          (a) Effort, exertion, activity; medaśchedakṛśodaraṃ laghu bhavatyutthānayogyaṃ vapuḥ S. 2. 5; -śīlaḥ Dk. 153 disposed to work; Mv. 6. 23; yadyutthānaṃ bhavetsaha Ms. 9. 215, effort (for money), acquisition of property.
          (b) Manly exertion, manhood.
     (5) Energy.
     (6) Joy, pleasure.
     (7) War, battle.
     (8) An army.
     (9) Evacuating (by stool &c.). (10) A book.
     (11) A court yard.
     (12) A shed where sacrifices are offered.
     (13) A term, limit, boundary.
     (14) Business (cares &c.) of a family or reaim.
     (15) Reflection.
     (16) Proximate cause of a disease.
     (17) Awakening.
     -- Comp.
          --ekādaśī the eleventh day in the light fortnight of Kārttika when Viṣṇu rises from his four months' sleep (also called prabodhinī).

utthāpaka a.
     (1) Raising up, causing to get up.
     (2) Exciting, instigating, animating.

utthāpanam
     (1) Causing to rise, come up, or get up.
     (2) Raising, elevating.
     (3) Causing to leave (a house).
     (4) Exciting, instigating.
     (5) Awakening, rousing (fig. also).
     (6) Vomiting.
     (7) Finishing, completing.
     (8) Bringing about.
     (9) Bringing forth. (10) (In Math.) Finding the quantity sought, an answer to the question, substitution of a value (Colebr.). --nī The concluding verse (ṛc).

utthāpya pot. p.
     (1) To be raised or lifted.
     (2) To be excited or animated.
     (3) To be mixed.

utthāyin a. Rising(fig. also); coming forth, becoming visible; caṃdraguptasahotthāyināṃ Mu. 3; Pt. 3. 153.

utthita p. p.
     (1) Risen or rising(as from a seat); vaco niśamyotthitamutthitaḥ san R. 2. 61, 7. 10, 3. 61; Ku. 7. 61; Śi. 1. 15.
     (2) Raised, gone up; pāṃśuḥ Śi. 5. 11; R. 6. 33; Śi. 4. 1, 17. 7.
     (3) Rescued, saved; Ratn. 4.
     (4) Born, produced, sprung up, arisen; vacaḥ R. 2. 61, 12. 49; broken out (as fire); agniḥ Ratn. 4. 14; hṛdaye'gnirivotthitaḥ R. 4. 2. burst into a flame.
     (5) Striving, active, diligent; Kam. 1. 17; 8. 49.
     (6) Increasing, growing (in strength), advancing.
     (7) Bounded up, rebounded; patitā utthitā Mu. 1.
     (8) Occurring.
     (9) High, lofty, eminent. (10) Extended, stretched; āparvabhāga- S. 4. 4.
     (11) An epithet of a Pragatha consisting of ten Pādas.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃguliḥ the palm of the hand with the fingers extended.

atthitiḥ f. Elevation, rising up.

utpakṣman a. With up turned eyelashes; utpakṣmaṇornayanayoruparuddhavṛttiṃ S. 4. 15; V. 2.

utpaviṣṇu a. Apt to ripen or cook.

utpaṭ 10 P.
     (1) To root up, extirpate, eradicate, pull up by the roots; R. 15. 19; Ku. 2. 43.
     (2) To tear up or out, draw out; daṃtairnotpāṭayennakhān Ms. 4. 69; kīlamutpāṭayan Pt. 1.
     (3) To remove, dispel; bhaya, ruṣaṃ, kopaṃ &c.; rājyāt to depose.

utpaṭaḥ Sap issuing from the cleft of a tree.

utpāṭaḥ
     (1) Uprooting, eradication, destroying root and branch.
     (2) A disease of the external ear.

utpāṭakaḥ
     (1) One who roots out.
     (2) A disease of the external ear.

utpāṭanam Uprooting, eradicating, destroying root and branch.

utpāṭikā The external bark of a tree.

utpāṭin a. (oft. at the end of comp.) Eradicating, tearing out; kīlotpāṭīva vānaraḥ Pt. 1. 21.

utpat 1 P.
     (1)
          (a) To fly or jump up; maṃkṣūdapāti paritaḥ paṭalairalīnāṃ Śi. 5. 37, 3. 77; oft. with acc. or dat. of place; pituḥ padaṃ madhyamamutpataṃtī V. 1. 19; utpatodaṅmukhaḥ khaṃ Me. 14; Bk. 5. 30, 6. 89; Ku. 6. 36; K. 46, 132; V. 4; svargāyotpatitā bhavet V. 4. 2.
          (b) To go or rush towards; R. 9. 63.
          (c) To start up, emerge into view; mātaṃgacakraiḥ sahasotpatadbhiḥ R. 13. 11.
     (2) To rebound (as a ball); pātitopi karāghātairutpatatyeva kaṃdukaḥ Bh. 2. 85.
     (3) To rise, be produced or originated; niṣpeṣotpatitānalaṃ R. 4. 77; rasāttasmādvarastriya utpetuḥ Ram.; Rs. 1. 26.
     (4) To be born (as from the womb).

utpataḥ A bird.

utpatanam
     (1) Flying up, a leap, spring.
     (2) Rising or going up, ascending.
     (3) Throwing up.
     (4) Birth, production.

utpatiṣṇu a. Flying, going up, springing up; R. 4. 47; Pt. 3.

utpātaḥ
     (1) Flying up, a spring, jump; ekotpātena at one jump.
     (2) Rebounding, rising up (fig. also); karanihatakaṃdukasamāḥ pātotpātā manuṣyāṇāṃ H. 1. v. l.
     (3) A portent, any portentous or unusual phenomenon boding calamity; utpātena jñāpite ca Vart.; -jaladharaḥ K. 111, 287; Ve. 1. 22; sāpi mukumārasubhagetyutpātaparaṃparā keyaṃ K. P. 10; Mv. 1. 37.
     (4) Any public calamity (as an eclipse, earthquake &c.); -ketu K. 5; -dhūmalekhā Ketu; Mal. 9. 48.
     -- Comp.
          --pavanaḥ, --vātaḥ, --vātāliḥ portentous or violent wind, whirlwind, a hurricane; R. 15. 23; Mv. 1.

utpātaka a.
     (1) Causing a calamity.
     (2) Flying up. --kaḥ =utpādakaḥ q. v.

utpatāka a. [uttolitā patākā yatra] With uplifted banners, where flags are hoisted; puraṃdaraśrīḥ puramutpatākaṃ R. 2. 74.

utpathaḥ [utkrāṃtaḥ paṃthānaṃ] A wrong road (fig. also); gurorapyavaliptasya kāryākāryamajānataḥ . utpathapratipannasya nyāyyaṃ bhavati śāsanaṃ Mb. (parityāgo vidhīyate Pt. 1. 306); Ms. 2. 214; Śi. 12. 24; a mistaken path, (wrong guess), error; U. 4. 22. --thaṃ ind. Astray, on the wrong road.

utpad 4 A.
     (1) To be born or produced, arise, originate, spring up; utpatsyate'sti mama kopi samānadharmā Mal. 1. 6; vāyoḥ jyotirutpadyate Ms. 1. 77.
     (2) To occur, happen; udapādi cāsya manasi K. 132 it occurred to his mind; yuddhamutpatsyate mahat Mb.; utpannāvasaramarthitvaṃ M. 3 for which an occasion has presented itself; Ms. 5. 48. --Caus.
     (1) To produce, beget, cause, effect, bring about, prepare; vastrāṇi sadaivotpādayati Pt. 2; Ms. 1. 63, 2. 147, 9. 60; so duḥkhaṃ, doṣaṃ, bhayaṃ, śaṃkāṃ &c.
     (2) To bring forward.

utpattiḥ f.
     (1) Birth; vipadutpattimatāmupasthitā R. 8. 83.
     (2) Production; kusume kusumotpattiḥ śrūyate na tu dṛśyate S. Til. 17.
     (3) Source, origin; utpattiḥ sādhutāyāḥ K. 45.
     (4) Rising, going up, becoming visible, coming into existence.
     (5) Profit, productiveness, produce; svalpotpattideśaḥ Raj. T. 5. 68.
     (6) Producing as a result or effect.
     (7) Resurrection.
     -- Comp.
          --kālīna a. taking place at the time of birth.
          --kramaḥ order of birth.
          --prayogaḥ 1. production by the combined action of cause and effect. --2. purport, meaning.
          --vyaṃjakaḥ a type of birth (as investiture with the sacred thread); a mark of the twice-born; Ms. 2. 68.

utpanna p. p.
     (1) Born, produced, arisen.
     (2) Risen, gone up.
     (3) Acquired, gained.
     (4) Effected, accomplished.
     (5) Occurred.
     (6) Known, ascertained.
     -- Comp.
          --taṃtu a. having a line of descendants.
          --bhakṣin a. living from hand to mouth, (eating what is earned).
          --vināśin a. perishing as soon as born.

utpāda a. With the feet up-lifted. --daḥ Birth, production, appearance; duḥkhe ca śoṇitotpāde śākhāṃgacchedane tathā Y. 2. 225; -bhaṃguraṃ Pt. 2. 177.
     -- Comp.
          --śayaḥ, --yanaḥ 1. a child. --2. a kind of partridge.

utpādaka a. (dikā f.) Productive, effective, bringing about; arthasyotpādakaṃ maṃtriṇaṃ H. 3. 17 acquiring. --kaḥ
     (1) A producer, generator, a father; Ms. 2. 146; 9. 32.
     (2) A fabulous animal with eight feet, called śarabha. --kaṃ Origin, cause.

utpādana a. Bringing forth, producing. --naṃ Giving birth, production, generating; utpādanamapatyasya jātasya paripālanaṃ Ms. 9. 27.

utpādin a. Produced, born; sarvamutpādi bhaṃguraṃ H. 1. 208.
     (2) Bringing forth, causing, producing (in comp.).

utpādikā
     (1) N. of a certain insect, the white ant.
     (2) A mother.

utpala a. [utkrāṃtaḥ palaṃ māṃsaṃ] Fleshless, emaciated, lean. --lī A kind of cake made with unwinnowed corn. --laṃ
     (1) A blue lotus, any lotus or water-lily; navāvatāraṃ kamalādivotpalaṃ R. 3. 36, 12. 86; Me. 26; nīlotpalapatradhārayā S. 1. 18; so rakta,-
     (2) The plant Costus Speciosus.
     (3) A plant in general.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa, --cakṣus a. lotuseyed.
          --ābha a. lotus-like.
          --gaṃdhikaṃ a variety of sandal of the colour of brass (which is very fragrant).
          --patraṃ 1. a lotus-leaf. --2. a wound caused by a female's finger-nail, nail-print. --3. a Tilaka or mark on the forehead made with sandal. --4. a broad-bladed knife or lancet.
          --patrakaṃ a broad-bladed knife or lancet.
          --bhedyakaḥ a kind of bandage.
          --mālā N. of a lexicon.

utpalin a. Abounding in lotusflowers. --nī
     (1) An assemblage of lotus flowers.
     (2) A lotus plant having lotuses.
     (3) A species of the Atijagatī metre (= caṃdrikā q. v.).

utpavanam See under utpū.

utpaśya a. Looking upwards.

utpāraṇam Ved. Conveying over, transportation.

utpālī Health.

utpiṃjara --la a.
     (1) Unconfined, uncaged.
     (2) Out of order, excessively confused, disordered; kurvāṇamutpiṃjalajātapatraiḥ Śi. 4. 6.

utpiṣ 7 P.
     (1) To rub together.
     (2) To crush, grind, reduce to powder.

utpiṣṭa a. Ground, rubbed. --ṣṭaṃ A disease, a grating of the bones or of the joints upon each other.

utpīḍ 10 P.
     (1) To press against, strike or rub against; anyonyamutpīḍayadutpalākṣyāḥ Ku. 1. 40; Śi. 3. 66.
     (2) To throw or strike upwards; press out, propel. urge; R. 16. 66, 5. 46.
     (3) To overwhelm, overpower, trouble; K. 242.

utpīḍa a. Pressing out. --ḍaṃḥ
     (1) Pressing out.
     (2)
          (a) Gush, gushing flow, rushing column or mass; bāṣpotpīḍaḥ K. 296; utpīḍa iva dhūmasya mohaḥ prāgāvṛṇoti māṃ U. 3. 9; nayanasalilotpīḍaruddhāvakāśāṃ Me. 91.
          (b) Overflow, excess; pūrotpīḍe taḍāgasya parīvāhaḥ pratikriyā U. 3. 29; Mal. 6, 7.
     (3) Froth, foam.

utpīḍanam
     (1) Pressing out.
     (2) Pressing or striking against; K. 82.

utpuccha a. With the tail erect.

utpucchayate Den. A.
     (1) To raise the tail.
     (2) (P.) To make one raise the tail.

utpuṭa a. Blown, expanded.

utpuṭakaḥ A sort of disease in the lobe of the ear.

utpulaka a.
     (1) Thrilled, bristling.
     (2) Joyful, delighted.

utpū 9 U.
     (1) To cleanse, purify; saviturvaḥ prasava utpunāmyacchidreṇa pavitreṇa Vaj.
     (2) To extract anything that has been purified.

utpavanam
     (1) Cleansing, purifying; dravyāṇāṃ caiva sarveṣāṃ śuddhirutpavanaṃ smṛtaṃ Ms. 5. 115.
     (2) Straining liquids for domestic or religious purposes.
     (3) Any instrument for cleansing.
     (4) Sprinkling ghee (or other fluids) on the sacrificial fire with two blades of Kuśa grass, the ends of which are held in either hand and the centre dipped into the liquid; apracchinnāgrāvanaṃtargarbhau prādeśamātrau kuśau nānāṃ. tayorgṛhītvā aṃguṣṭhopakaniṣṭhikābhyāmuttānābhyāṃ prāgutpunāti sakṛnmaṃtreṇa dvistūṣṇīṃ Asval.

utpavitṛ a. Purifying, a purifier.

utpāvaḥ [pū-ghañ] Purifying ghee.

utprabaṃdha a. Continuous, unceasing; Mal. 2. 5.

utprabha a. Flashing forth or diffusing light, bright. --bhaḥ Blazing fire.

utprasavaḥ Abortion.

utprāśanam Eating by lifting up anything.

utprāsaḥ, --sanam
     (1) Hurling, flinging away.
     (2) Jest, joke.
     (3) Violent burst of laughter.
     (4)
          (a) Ridicule, derision.
          (b) Satire, irony; Ratn. 3; Mv. 6; S. D. 478.
     (5) Excess.

utpruṣ f. Ved. A bubble.

utprekṣ 1 A. [utpra-īkṣ]
     (1) To look up to; Pt. 1. to expect; K. 35, 229; to anticipate, see in prospect; utprekṣamāṇā jaghanābhighātaṃ Mu. 2.
     (2) To see, perceive, behold.
     (3) To guess, conjecture; bhagavati kimutprekṣase kutastyoyamiti U. 4, 6; K. 67, 121, 198-9.
     (4) To believe, fancy; K. 108; Ve. 2. 9; utprekṣāmo vayaṃ tāvanmatimaṃtaṃ bibhīṣaṇaṃ Rām.
     (5) To remember, think of; Amaru. 38; U. 6. 37.
     (6) To transfer (with loc.).
     (7) To illustrate by a supposed simile; see utpretkṣā below.

utprekṣaṇam
     (1) Looking into, perceiving.
     (2) Looking upwards.
     (3) Guess, conjecture.
     (4) Comparing.

utprekṣā
     (1) Conjecture, guess.
     (2) Disregarding, carelessness, indifference.
     (3) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, 'Poetical fancy,' which consists in supposing upameya and upamāna as similar to each other in some respects and in indicating, expressly or by implication, a probability of their identity based on such similarity; it is the imagining of one object under the character of another; saṃbhāvanamathotprekṣā prakṛtasya pareṇa yat K. P. 10; e. g. liṃpatīva tamoṃgāni vaṣaṃtīvāṃjanaṃ nabhaḥ Mk. 1. 34; sthitaḥ pṛthivyā iva mānadaṃḍaḥ Ku. 1. 1. It is usually expressed by iva, or by words like manye, śaṃke, dhruvaṃ, prāyaḥ, nūnaṃ &c. (see Kav. 2. 234); cf. S. D. 686-692 and R. G. under utprekṣā also.
     (4) A parable.
     (5) An ironical comparison.

utplu 1 A.
     (1) To jump or leap up, bound, bound away; Śi. 12. 22, 5. 5; leap out of; Rs. 1. 18.
     (2) To spring or jump upon; yāmutplutya vṛko hanyāt Ms. 8. 236.
     (3) To float; K. 42.
     (4) To be fluctuating; K. 296.

utplavaḥ A jump, leap, bound. --vā A boat.

utplavanam
     (1) Jumping or leaping up, springing upon.
     (2) Skimming off impure oil or ghee or any dirt floating upon a liquid by passing a blade of Kuśa grass over it.

utphal 1 P.
     (1) To spring, leap.
     (2) To part asunder, expand, open (as a flower). --Caus. To open, cause to expand.

utphālaḥ
     (1) A jump, spring, leaping up; rapid motion; Mk. 6.
     (2) Shuffling of feet.
     (3) The jumping attitude.

utphulla p. p. [ud-phal-kta]
     (1) Opened, full blown (as flowers); utphullanīlanalinodaratulyabhāsaḥ Śi. 11. 36.
     (2) Widely opened, expanded, dilated (eyes); vismaya -nayanaḥ Pt. 1.
     (3) Swollen, increased in bulk.
     (4) Sleeping supinely or on the back; cf. uttāna. --llaṃ
     (1) The female organ of generation (strīkaraṇaṃ).
     (2) A kind of coitus.

utphalam An excellent fruit.

utsaḥ [unatti jalena, uṃd-sa kicca nalopaḥ Uṇ. 3. 68]
     (1) A spring, fountain; yathāraṇyānyāmutsāścaraṃtaḥ Śat. Br.
     (2) A watery place.
     -- Comp.
          --dhiḥ Ved. a well.

utsaktha a. Opening the thighs (Ved.).

utsaṃkalita Permitted; anut- K. 260, 275.

utsaṃgaḥ [ud-saṃj-ādhāre ghañ]
     (1) The lap; putrapūrṇotsaṃgā with a boy seated in the lap U. 1; V. 5. 10; na kevalamutsaṃgaścirānmanorathopi me pūrṇaḥ U. 4; Me. 87.
     (2) Embrace, contact, union; Māl. 8. 6.
     (3) Interior, vicinity; darīgṛhotsaṃganiṣaktabhāsaḥ Ku. 1. 10; karṇa- K. 15; śayyotsaṃge Me. 93.
     (4) Surface, side, slope; dṛṣado vāsitotsagāḥ R. 4. 74; 14. 76.
     (5) The haunch or part above the hip (nitaṃba).
     (6) The upper part, top; saudhotsaṃgapraṇayavimukho mā sma bhūrujjayinyāḥ Me. 27; K. 52.
     (7)
          (a) The acclivity or edge of a hill; tuṃgaṃ nagotsaṃgamivāruroha R. 6. 3;
          (b) Peak, summit; utsaṃge mahādreḥ Ki. 7. 21.
     (8) The roof of a house.
     (9) Vault, canopy (as of sky); Mv. 5. 53. (10) The bottom or deep part of an ulcer.
     (11) A high number (= 100 Vivāhas).
     (12) An ascetic (utkrāṃtaḥ saṃgaṃ).

utsaṃgita a.
     (1) Associated, joined, brought in contact with; utsaṃgitāṃbhaḥkaṇiko nabhasvān Śi. 3. 79 wafting sprays.
     (2) Taken in the lap; -ekaikadārakābhyāṃ U. 7.

utsaṃgin a.
     (1) Associating with, an associate, partner.
     (2) Deepseated (as an ulcer). --m. An ulcer, a deep sore. --nī Pimples on the inner edge of the eye-lids.

utsaṃjanam Throwing upwards, lifting up; P. I. 3. 36.

utsad 1 P.
     (1) To sink(fig. also), fall into ruin or decay; utsīdeyurime lokāḥ Bg. 3. 24.
     (2) To leave off, quit.
     (3) To rise up. --Caus.
     (1) To destroy, annihilate, bring to ruin; utsādyaṃte jātidharmāḥ Bg. 1. 43; Ms. 9. 267.
     (2) To overturn, upset (pots &c.).
     (3) To rub in, anoint (as with oil, perfumes &c.); Y. 1. 277.

utsanna p. p.
     (1) Decayed.
     (2) Destroyed, ruined, uprooted, left off; utsannosmi K. 164 undone; makaradhvaja ivotsannavigrahaḥ K. 54; Bg. 1. 44; -nidrā K. 171; utsanno yudhiṣṭhiraḥ Ve. 2 extirpated.
     (3) Curseed, wretched; K. 198.
     (4) Fallen into disuse, extinct (as a book).
     (5) Finished, completed.
     (6) Risen, increased (opp. avasanna).
     (7) Accomplished easily (Ved.).

utsādaḥ
     (1) Destruction, decay, ruin, loss; gītamutsādakāri mṛgāṇāṃ K. 32.
     (2) A particular part of the sacrificial animal (Ved.).

utsādaka a. Destroying.

utsādanam
     (1) Destroying, overturning; utsādanārthaṃ lokānāṃ Mb.; Bg. 17. 19.
     (2) Suspending, interrupting.
     (3) Cleaning the person with perfumes, chafing the limbs; Ms. 2. 209, 211.
     (4) Healing a sore.
     (5) Going up, ascending, rising.
     (6) Elevating, raising.
     (7) Ploughing a field twice (or thoroughly).

utsādanīya pot. p. To be destroyed, effected or ascended &c. --yaṃ Any application to a sore that produces granulations.

utsādita p. p.
     (1) Destroyed.
     (2) Cleansed, purified with oil or perfumes &c.
     (3) Risen, ascended.
     (4) Raised.

utsavaḥ [ud-sū-ap]
     (1) A festival, joyous or festive occasion, jubilee; rata- S. 6. 19; tāṃḍava- festive or joyous dance U. 3. 18; Ms. 3. 59.
     (2) Joy, merriment, delight, pleasure; sa kṛtvā viratotsavān R. 4. 78, 16. 10; Mv. 3. 41; Ratn. 1. 23; Śi. 2. 61; parābhavopyutsava eva mānināṃ Ki. 1. 41.
     (3) Height, elevation.
     (4) Wrath.
     (5) Wish, rising of a wish.
     (6) A section of a book.
     (7) Enterprise.
     (8) An undertaking, begining.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃketāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a people, a wild tribe of the Himālaya; śarairutsavasaṃketān sa kṛtvā viratotsavān R. 4. 78.

utsah 1 A.
     (1) To be able, have power or energy; (expressed by 'can'); dare, venture (with inf.); tavānuvṛttiṃ na ca kartumutsahe Ku. 5. 65; S. 5; Mu. 4. 14; Śi. 14. 83; Bk. 3. 54, 5. 59, 14. 89; sometimes with acc. and dat. also; Pt. 1.
     (2) To attempt, be prompted or incited; Ki. 1. 36; to cheer up, not to sink or give way; ajñavannotsahethāstvaṃ Bk. 19. 16.
     (3) To feel at ease, enjoy pleasure; kṣaṇamapyutsahate na māṃ vinā Ku. 4. 36.
     (4) To go forward, march on; K. 249. --Caus. To encourage, excite, instigate, incite; varuṇotsāhitena vedhasā K. 22; Bk. 9. 69.

utsāhaḥ [ud-sah-ghañ]
     (1) Effort, exertion; dhṛtyutsāhasamanvitaḥ Bg. 18. 26.
     (2) Energy, inclination, desire; maṃdotsāhaḥ kṛtosmi mṛgayāpavādinā māṭhavyena S. 2; mamotsāhabhaṃgaṃ mā kṛthāḥ H. 3 do not damp my energy.
     (3) Perseverance, strenuous effort, energy, one of the three Śaktis or powers of a ruler (the other two being maṃtra and prabhāva); nītāvivotsāhaguṇena saṃpad Ku. 1. 22.
     (4) Determination, resolution; hasitena bhāvimaraṇotsāhastayā sūcitaḥ Amaru. 10.
     (5) Power, ability; Ms. 5. 86.
     (6) Firmness, fortitude, strength.
     (7) (In Rhet.) Firmness or fortitude regarded as the feeling which gives rise to the vīra or heroic sentiment; kāryāraṃbheṣu saṃraṃbhaḥ stheyānutsāha ucyate S. D. 3; paraparākramadānādismṛtijanmā aunnatyākhya utsāhaḥ R. G.
     (8) Happiness.
     (9) A thread.
     -- Comp.
          --vardhanaḥ the heroic sentiment (vīrarasa). (--naṃ) increase of energy, heroism.
          --vṛttāṃtaḥ plan or scheme of encouraging or exciting; S. 2.
          --śaktiḥ f. firmness, energy; see
     (3) above. --saṃpanna a. active, energetic, persevering. --hetuka a. one who encourages or excites to exertion; apehire utsāhahetuka S. 2.

utsāhaka a. Persevering, active.

utsāhanam
     (1) Effort, perseverance.
     (2) Encouraging, exciting.

utsāhin a. Active, persevering.

utsic 6 P. To sprinkle, spread, pour down.
     (2) To make proud. --Pass.
     (1) To spout or foam up; utsicyamāne payasi Bhāg.
     (2) To be puffed up or proud, be elated; na tasyotsiṣice manaḥ R. 17. 43; stūyamānā notsicyaṃte K. 329.
     (3) To overflow, increase.

utsikta p. p.
     (1) Sprinkled.
     (2) Proud, haughty, puffed up.
     (3) Flooded, overflowing, excessive.
     (4) Enlarged, increased.
     (5) Raised, elevated.
     (6) Fickle, disturbed (in mind); jānīyādasthirāṃ vācamutsiktamanasāṃ tathā Ms. 8. 71.

utsekaḥ
     (1) Sprinkling, pouring.
     (2) Spouting out or over, showering.
     (3) Overflow, increase, excess; rudhirotsekāḥ Mv. 5. 33 streams of blood; Me. 55 v. l.; darpa-, bala- &c.
     (4) Pride, haughtiness, insolence; upadā viviśuḥ śaśvannotsekāḥ kosaleśvaraṃ R. 4. 70; anutseko lakṣmyāṃ Bh. 2. 64.

utsekin a.
     (1) Overflowing, excessive; Mu. 1. 26.
     (2) Proud, haughty, puffed up; bhāgyeṣvanutsekinī S. 4. 17.

utsecanam The act of showering or spouting upwards.

utsuka a.
     (1) Anxiously desirous, eagerly expecting, striving for (any object) (with instr. or loc. or in comp.); nidrayā nidrāyāṃ votsukaḥ Sk.; mano niyogakriyayotsukaṃ me R. 5. 11; sotsukā sutajanmani Ks. 21. 139; R. 2. 45; Me. 99; saṃgama- S. 3. 14; so raṇa-, gamana-, jaya- &c.
     (2) Restless, uneasy, anxious; R. 12. 24.
     (3) Fond of, attached to; vatsotsukāpi R. 2. 22.
     (4) Regretting, repining, sorrowing for. --kaḥ Longing for, anxious desire; prakurvate kasya mano na sotsukaṃ Rs. 1. 6

utsukatā, --tvam
     (1) Restlessness, uneasiness.
     (2) Zeal, ardent desire.
     (3) Attachment, affection.
     (4) Sorrow, regret.

utsukayati Den. P. To make uneasy; M. 5. 4.

utsukāyate Den. A To become uneasy or anxious.

utsūtra a. [utkrāṃtaḥ sūtraṃ]
     (1) Unstrung, loose, detached (from the string); -maṇibhiḥ Śi. 8. 53.
     (2) Irregular.
     (3) Deviating from the rule (sūtra) of Pāṇini; anutsūtrapadanyāsā sadvṛttiḥ sannibaṃdhanā Śi. 2. 112.

utsūraḥ [utkrāṃtaḥ sūraṃ sūryaṃ] Evening, twilight.

utsṛ Caus.
     (1) To expel, turn out, drive away; vetradaṃḍairivotsāryaṃte guṇāḥ K. 106; Mv. 4. 39.
     (2) To remove, keep or put aside; K. 204; to push far; R. 4. 53; parameśvarasya cārvākeṇa dūrotsāritatvāt Sar. S. 1.

utsaraḥ A variety of the atiśakvarī metre having 15 syllables.

utsaryā [ud-sṛ-yat] A cow when she is fit to take the bull (garbhayogyāvasthāpannā gauḥ).

utsārakaḥ
     (1) A policeman, (one who drives away men and makes room for others).
     (2) A guard.
     (3) A porter, door-keeper.

utsāraṇam
     (1) Removing, keeping at a distance, driving out of the way; -vetralatā K. 106, 112.
     (2) Helping one to step out (of a palanquin &c.).
     (3) Reception of a guest.

utsṛj 6 P.
     (1) To pour out, emit, send forth or down; vyalīkaniśvāsamivotsasarja Ku. 3. 25; sahasraguṇamutsraṣṭumādatte hi rasaṃ raviḥ R. 1. 18 to give back; Bg. 9. 19; so bāṣpaṃ, vāri.
     (2)
          (a) To quit, leave, abandon, give up; mātāpitṛbhyāmutsṛṣṭaṃ Ms. 9. 171; niyatamātmānamutsrakṣyāmi K. 177, 191, 194; R. 5. 51, 6. 46, 7. 7; Ku. 2. 36, 5. 86; kill; so tanuṃ, prāṇān, raṇaṃ &c.; parārthe prājña utsṛjet H. 1. 44.
          (b) To put off, lay aside; bhayotsṛṣṭavibhūṣāṇāṃ R. 4. 54, 3. 60.
     (3) To let loose, allow to roam at liberty; turaṃgaṃ R. 3. 39.
     (4) To avoid, escape.
     (5) To cast forth or away, discharge, throw (as arrows); Bk. 14. 45.
     (6) To let fall down, sow, scatter (as seed &c.); Ms. 10. 71.
     (7) To present, give; Mal. 10. 23.
     (8) To widen, stretch out, extend.
     (9) To abolish (as a rule), restrict or limit the scope of a rule. (10) To send one to a place.
     (11) To permit to go, discharge, dismiss.
     (12) To adjourn.
     (13) To hear to the end.
     (14) To make, form, shape (Ved.).

utsargaḥ
     (1) Laying or leaving side, abandoning, suspension; Ku. 7. 45.
     (2) Pouring out, dropping down, emission; toyotsargadrutataragatiḥ Me. 19, 37; so śukra-.
     (3) A gift, donation, giving away; Ms. 11. 194.
     (4) Spending; artha- Mu. 3.
     (5) Loosening, letting loose; as in vṛṣotsargaḥ.
     (6) An oblation, libation.
     (7) Excretion, voiding by stool &c.; purīṣa-, malamūtra-.
     (8) Completion (as of study or a vow); cf. utsṛṣṭā vai vedāḥ (opp. upākṛtā vai vedāḥ).
     (9) A general rule or precept (opp. apavāda a particular rule or exception); apavādairivotsargāḥ kṛtavyāvṛttayaḥ paraiḥ Ku. 2. 27; apavāda ivotsargaṃ vyāvartayitumīśvaraḥ R. 15. 7 (10) Offering what is promised (to gods, Brāhmaṇas &c.) with due ceremonies.
     (11) The anus; mitramutsarge Ms. 12. 121.

utsargataḥ ind. Generally, without any exception.

utsargin a.
     (1) Leaving out or off.
     (2) Omitting, abandoning.

utsarjanam
     (1) Leaving, abandoning, letting loose, quitting &c.
     (2) A gift, donation.
     (3) Suspension of a Vedic study.
     (4) A ceremony connected with this suspension (to be performed half yearly); Ms. 4. 96; vedotsarjanākhyaṃ karma kariṣye Śrāvaṇī Mantra.

utsṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Left, cast, thrown.
     (2) Used, employed; Pt. 1. 206.
     (3) Given, offered.
     (4) Poured forth, cast into or upon.
     -- Comp.
          --paśu a bull set at liberty upon particular occasions.

utsṛṣṭiḥ f. Abandonment, leaving, emission.

utsṛp 1 P.
     (1) To go upwards, glide or soar upwards.
     (2) To go up to, approach; saritpravāhastaṭamutsasarpa R. 5. 46.
     (3) To spread out.
     (4) To rise (as the sun).

utsarpaḥ, --rpaṇam
     (1) Going or gliding upwards.
     (2) Swelling, heaving, undulating.

utsarpin a.
     (1) Moving or gliding upwards, rising; payodharotsarpiṣu (śīkareṣu) R. 16. 62.
     (2) Soaring, towering; utsarpiṇī khalu mahatāṃ prārthanā S. 7.
     (3) Transcendental. --ṇī f. A division of time (with the Jainas), a long period said to be = ten crores of crores of oceans of year; cf. avasarpiṇī.

utsedha a. High, tall. --dhaḥ
     (1) A height, elevation; (fig. also); payodharotsedhaviśīrṇasaṃhati (valkalaṃ) Ku. 5. 8, 24 high or projecting breasts; sotsedhaiḥ skaṃdhadeśaiḥ Mu. 4. 7 raised high up.
     (2) Thickness, fatness.
     (3) Intumescence, swelling.
     (4) The body.
     (5) Sublimity, greatness. --dhaṃ Killing, slaughter.

utsmi 1 A. To smile at, deride. --Caus. To ridicule, make a fool of one.

utsmayaḥ Smile.

utsya a. Coming from a well or fountain (as water).

utsvana a. High-sounding. --naḥ A loud sound.

utsvapnāyate Den. A. To talk in one's sleep, dream through uneasiness; sītotsvapnāyate U. 1; sāṃprataṃ mālavikāmutsvapnāyate M. 4.

ud ind. A prefix to verbs and nouns. G. M. gives the following senses with illustrations:
     (1) Superiourity in place, rank or power; up, upwards, upon, on, over, above; (udbala).
     (2) Separation, disjunction; out, out off, from, apart &c.; udgacchati.
     (3) Motion upwards (uttiṣṭhati).
     (4) Acquisition, gain; upārjati.
     (5) Publicity; uccarati.
     (6) Wonder; anxiety; utsuka.
     (7) Liberation; udgata.
     (8) Absence; utpatha.
     (9) Blowing, expanding, opening; utphulla. (10) Pre-eminence; uddiṣṭa.
     (11) Power; utsāhaḥ; ut prābalyaviyogordhvakarmalābhaprakāśāścaryamokṣaṇābhāvadalaprādhānyaśāktiṣu. With nouns it forms adj. and adv. compounds; udarcis, ucchikha, udbāhu, unnidraṃ, utpathaṃ, uddāmaṃ &c. It is sometimes used in the Veda as an expletive simply to fill out the verse.

ud = uṃd q. v.

udakam [uṃd-ṇvul ni- nalopaśca Uṇ. 2. 39] Water; anītvā paṃkatāṃ dhūlimudakaṃ nāvatiṣṭhate Śi. 2. 34. udakaṃ dā, -pradā or kṛ To offer a libation of water to a dead person; udakaṃ upaspṛś to touch certain parts of the body with water, bathe; [cf. Gr. hudor; L. unda 'a wave'].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ margin of water, bank, shore; odakāṃtātsnigdho jano'nugaṃtavya iti śrūyate S. 4.
          --arthin a. desirous of water, thirsty.
          --ātman a. chiefly consisting of water.
          --ādhāraḥ a reservoir, a cistern, well.
          --udaṃjanaḥ a water-jar.
          --udaraṃ dropsy.
          --udarin a. dropsical.
          --odanaḥ rice boiled with water.
          --karman, --kāryaṃ, --kriyā, --dānaṃ presentation of (a libation) of water to dead ancestors or the manes; vṛkodarasyodakakriyāṃ kuru Ve. 6; Y. 3. 4.
          --kuṃbhaḥ a water-jar.
          --kṛcchraḥ a kind of vow.
          --gāhaḥ entering water, bathing.
          --giriḥ, parvataḥ a mountain abounding in streams of water.
          --grahaṇaṃ drinking water; Pt. 1.
          --caṃdraḥ a kind of magic.
          --da, --dātṛ, --dāyin, --dānika a. giver of water. (
          --daḥ) 1. a giver of water to the manes. --2. an heir, near kinsman.
          --dānaṃ = -karman q. v.
          --dharaḥ a cloud.
          --parīkṣā a kind of ordeal.
          --pūrvakaṃ ind. preceded by the pouring of water, by pouring water on the hand as preparatory to or confirmatory of a gift or promise.
          --pratīkāśa a. watery, like water.
          --bhāraḥ, -vīvadhaḥ a yoke for carrying water.
          --bhūmaḥ water or moist soil.
          --maṃḍaluḥ a water-pitcher (Ved.).
          --maṃthaḥ a kind of peeled grain.
          --mehaḥ a sort of diabetes (passing watery urine).
          --mehin a. suffering from this disease.
          --vajraḥ 1. a thunder-shower. --2. thunderbolt in the form of shower; Śi. 8. 39.
          --śākaṃ any aquatic herb.
          --śāṃtiḥ f. sprinkling holy or consecrated water over a sick person to allay fever; cf. śāṃtyudakaṃ. --śuddha a. bathed, purified by ablutions.
          --saktuḥ ground rice moistened with water.
          --sparśaḥ 1. touching different parts of the body with water. --2. touching water preparatory to or in confirmation of an oath, gift, or promise.
          --hāraḥ a water-carrier.

udakecaraḥ An aquatic animal.

udakeviśīrṇa a. Dried in water; figuratively used for anything unheard of or impossible.

udaka(ki)la a. [cf. P. V. 2. 97] Watery, containing water.

udakya a. [udakamarhati daṃḍā- yat]
     (1) Requiring water.
     (2) Being in water. --kyā A woman in her courses (requiring water for purification).

udagra a. [udgatamagraṃ yasya]
     (1) With elevated top, projecting, pointing upwards; as in -daṃta.
     (2) Tall, lofty, high, elevated, exalted (fig. also); udagradaśanāṃśubhiḥ Śi. 2. 21, 4. 19; udagraḥ kṣatrasya śabdaḥ R. 2. 53; udagraplutatvāt S. 1. 7 high leaps; Śi. 12. 65; -grāvan Dk. 6; vikramodagraṃ śiraḥ R. 15. 27 exalted; gaṃdhodagraṃ puṣpaṃ 16. 87 rich in odour.
     (3) Large, broad, vast, big; avaṃtināthoyamudagrabāhuḥ R. 6. 32; Mu. 6. 12.
     (4) Noble, good-looking (udāra); Ki. 14. 41.
     (5) Advanced in age.
     (6) Conspicuous, distinguished, exalted, magnified, increased; sa maṃgalodagrataraprabhāvaḥ R. 2. 71, 9. 64, 13. 50.
     (7) Intense, unbearable (as heat); Śi. 4. 12.
     (8) Fierce, fearful; saṃdadhe dṛśamudagratārakāṃ R. 11. 69.
     (9) Excited, furious, enraptured; madodagrāḥ kakudmaṃtaḥ R. 4. 22. (10) Mighty, strong; Ki. 18. 1; vegodagraṃ viṣaṃ V. 5. 18 strong or sharp (deadly).
     -- Comp.
          --dat a. having projecting teeth, largetoothed.

udagrayati Den. P. To display prominently; Mu. 6. 13.

udaj 1 U. [ud-aj] To drive out, expel, pull off.

udajaḥ Driving out or forth(of cattle &c.).

udājaḥ The driving out(of cattle); leading out.

udaṃc 1 U. [ud-aṃc]
     (1) To raise, elevate, lift or throw up, draw up (as water); ekaikameva pādamudacya tiṣṭhati aśvaḥ Śat. Br.; udaṃcitākṣaḥ Bk. 2. 31; udaṃcaya mukhaṃ manāk Vb. 3. 27.
     (2) To utter, send forth, cause to sound; harimanugāyati kācidudaṃcitapaṃcamarāgaṃ Gīt. 1.
     (3) (Intrans.)
          (a) To go up;
          (b) to rise, rise forth; udaṃcanmātsarya G. L. 6; Bv. 2. 76; K. 221; welter up; Mv. 3. 32.

udakta p. p.
     (1) Raised or lifted up (as water from a well); udaktamudakaṃ kūpāt Sk.
     (2) Risen, ascended.
     (3) Sent forth, uttered.

udaṃkaḥ [aṃc-ghañ]
     (1) A leathern vessel (for oil &c.).

udac, udaṃc a. (m. udaṅ, n. udak, f. udīcī)
     (1) Turned or going upwards.
     (2) Upper, higher; -kūlaḥ, -tīraḥ &c.
     (3) Northern, turned towards the north.
     (4) Subsequent. --ka ind.
     (1) Above.
     (2) Northward, to the north of (with abl.); Ms. 3. 217.
     (3) Subsequently.
     -- Comp.
          --adriḥ the northern mountain, Himālaya.
          --ayanaṃ the sun's progress north of the equator (= uttarāyaṇaṃ q. v.).
          --āvṛttiḥ f. return from the north; udagāvṛttipathena nāradaḥ R. 8. 33.
          --daśa a. having its skirts or border turned upwards or towards the north (as a garment).
          --pathaḥ a northern country.
          --pravaṇa a. 1. inclining or sloping towards the north. --2. proceeding well (as a sacrifice).
          --bhūmaḥ, -bhūmiḥ good or fertile soil.
          --mukha a. facing the north; utpatodaṅmukhaḥ khaṃ Me. 14.

udaktāt ind. Towards the north, northwards.

udaṃcanam [aṃc karaṇe-lyuṭ]
     (1) A bucket, a pail for drawing water out of a well; udaṃcanaṃ sarajjuṃ puraḥ cikṣepa Dk. 130.
     (2) Throwing upwards.
     (3) Rising, ascending.
     (4) A cover or lid.

udaṃcu a. [aṃc-un] Turned or going upwards.

udīcī The north; tenodīcīṃ diśamanusareḥ Me. 57.

udīcīna a.
     (1) Turned towards the north.
     (2) Northern.

udīcya a. Situated or living in the north. --cyaḥ
     (1) The country to the north and west of the river Sarasvatī; northern country.
     (2) (pl.) The inhabitants of the north; R. 4. 66. --cyaṃ A kind of perfume.
     -- Comp.
          --vṛttaṃ a kind of Vaitalīya metre.

udaṃjali a. One who hollows the palms and then raises them, folding the hands in supplication.

udaṃḍapālaḥ
     (1) A fish.
     (2) A kind of snake.

udadhiḥ See under 2. udan.

udan^1 2 P. (ud-an) To breathe upwards, send out the breath in an upward direction (opp. apān).

udānaḥ [an-ghañ]
     (1) Breathing upwards.
     (2) Breathing, breath in general.
     (3) One of the five vital airs or life-winds which rises up the throat and enters into the head); the other four being prāṇa, apāna, samāna and vyāna; spaṃdayatyadharaṃ vaktraṃ gātranetraprakopanaḥ . udvejayati marmaṇi udāno nāma mārutaḥ ...
     (4) (With Buddhists) An expression of praise or joy.
     (5) The navel.
     (6) An eye-lash.
     (7) A kind of snake.

udan^2 n. [uṃd-kanin] Water (usually occurring in compounds either at the beginning or at the end, and as an optional substitute for udaka after the acc. dual. It has no forms for the first five inflections. In comp. it drops its n); e. g. udadhi, acchoda, kṣīroda &c.
     -- Comp.
          --odanaḥ water-meal.
          --kīrṇaḥ --ryaḥ N. of a tree (mahākaraṃja) (the bark of which is rubbed and thrown in water to stun the fishes).
          --kuṃbhaḥ a water-jar; Ms. 2. 182, 3. 68.
          --grāmaḥ a cloud (Ved.).
          --ja a. aquatic, watery, produced in or by water.
          --dhānaḥ [udakaṃ dhīyate atra] 1. a waterjar. --2. a cloud
          --dhiḥ [udakāni dhīyaṃte'tra dhā-ki udādeśaḥ] 1. the receptacle of waters, ocean; udadheriva nimnagāśateṣvabhavannāsya vimānanā kvacit R. 8. 8. --2. a cloud. --3. a lake, any large reservoir of water. --4. a water-jar. --5. a symbolical expression for the number 4 or 7. -kanyā, tanayā, sutā Lakṣmī, the daughter of the ocean (produced from the ocean among the 14 jewels). -kramaḥ, -krāḥ m. a voyager, mariner. -malaḥ 1. cuttle-fishbone. --2. the foam of the ocean. -mekhalā the earth (girdled by the ocean, sea-girt). -rājaḥ the king of waters, i. e. the chief ocean.
          --sutā N. of Lakṣmī; and of Dvārakā, the capital of Kṛṣṇa (said to have been reclaimed from the ocean).
          --pa a. crossing the water (as a boat).
          --pātraṃ, --trī a water-jug, vessel.
          --pānaḥ, -naṃ a small pool or pond near a well, or the well itself; K. 50. -maḍūṃkaḥ (lit.) a frog in a well; (fig.) one who has had no experience of the world at large, a man of limited ideas who knows only his own neighbourhood; cf. kūpamaṃḍūka. --peṣaṃ a paste, anything ground with water. (
          --ṣaṃ) ind. by grinding in water.
          --prut a. Ved. causing water to flow; swimming or splashing in water (?).
          --pluta a. swimming in water.
          --biṃduḥ a drop of water; Ku. 5. 24.
          --bhāraḥ a water-carrier, i. e. a cloud.
          --maṃthaḥ barley-water.
          --mānaḥ, naṃ a fiftieth part of an āḍhaka q. v.
          --meghaḥ 1. a watery cloud. --2. a shower of rain.
          --lāvaṇika a. salted, prepared with brine, briny.
          --vajraḥ 1. a thunder-shower; water-spout. --2. thunderbolt in the form of water; Śi. 8. 39.
          --vāpaḥ one who offers waters to the manes.
          --vāsaḥ standing or residence in water; sahasyarātrīrudavāsatatparā Ku. 5. 26. (
          --saṃ) a house on the borders of a stream or pond.
          --vāsin a. standing in water; K. 23.
          --vāha a. bringing water. (
          --haḥ) a cloud.
          --vāhanaṃ a water-vessel.
          --vīvadhaḥ a yoke for carrying water.
          --śarāvaḥ a jar filled with water.
          --śuddhaḥ a water-jar.
          --śvit n. [udakena jalena śvayāti] butter-milk containing fifty per cent water (i. e. 2 parts of butter-milk and 1 part of water).
          --sthānaṃ 1. a place full of water. --2. residence in water.
          --sthālī a kettle, vessel for holding water.
          --haraṇaḥ a vessel for drawing water.
          --hāra a. fetching or carrying water. (
          --raḥ) a cloud (water-carrier).

udanvat a. Wavy, watery, abounding in water (Ved.). --m. The ocean; udanvacchannā bhūḥ B. R. 1. 8; R. 4. 52, 58, 10. 6; navairudanvāniva caṃdrapādaiḥ Ku. 7. 73.

udanya a.
     (1) Thirsty.
     (2) Watery. --nyā Thirst; nirvartyatāmudanyāpratīkāraḥ Ve. 6; vyasyannudanyāṃ śiśiraiḥ payobhiḥ Bk 3. 40.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. Ved. born or living in water.

udanyati Den. P.
     (1) To be thirsty.
     (2) To irrigate.

udanyu a.
     (1) Thirsty, seeking water.
     (2) Walking in water.

udak See under udaṃc.

udaṃta a. [udgatoṃ'to yasya] Reaching to the end or border of anything. --taḥ [udgatoṃ'to nirṇayo yasmāt]
     (1) News, intelligence, report, full tidings, account, history; śrutvā rāmaḥ priyodaṃtaṃ R. 12. 66; ātmodaṃta kathayiṣyati K. 132; kāṃtodaṃtaḥ suhṛdupagataḥ saṃgamātkiṃcidūnaḥ Me. 100.
     (2) A pure and virtuous man (sādhu).
     (3) Supporting oneself by sacrificing for others (vṛttiyājanaṃ).
     (4) One who gets a livelihood by a trade &c. (Wilson).

udaṃtakaḥ News, intelligence.

udaṃtikā Satisfaction, satiety.

udaṃtya a. Living beyond a limit or boundary.

udanya See under udan.

udaṃbhas a. Full of water; R. 4. 31.

udayaḥ, udayana See under udi.

udaram [ud-ṛ-ap]
     (1) The belly; duṣpūrodarapūraṇāya Bh. 2. 119; cf. kṛśodarī, udarabharaṇaṃ, udaraṃbhari &c.
     (2) The interior or inside of anything, cavity; taḍāga- Pt. 2. 150; R. 5. 70; U. 2. 16, 4. 29; tvāṃ kārayāmi kamalodarabaṃdhanasthaṃ S. 6. 19; Śānti. 1. 5; S. 1. 19; Amaru. 88; jaladodarebhyaḥ Mk. 5; Rs. 3. 12; ghanānāṃ vārigarbhodarāṇāṃ S. 7. 4.
     (3) Enlargement of the abdomen from dropsy or flatulence; tasya hodaraṃ jajñe Ait. Br.
     (4) Any morbid abdominal affection, such as liver, spleen &c. (said to be of 8 kinds vāta-, pitta-, kapha-, triliṃga- or dūṣī-, plīhā-, baddhaguda-, āgaṃtuka- and jala-).
     (5) Slaughter. [cf. L. uterus; Zend. udara].
     -- Comp.
          --ādhmānaḥ flatulence of the belly.
          --āmayaḥ disease of the belly, dysentery, diarrhoea.
          --āmayin a. suffering from dysentery.
          --āvartaḥ the navel.
          --āveṣṭaḥ the tape-worm.
          --graṃthiḥ --gulmaḥ disease of the spleen.
          --trāṇaṃ 1. a cuirass, armour covering the front of the body. --2. a bellyband.
          --piśāca a. [udare tatpūrtau piśāca iva] gluttonous, voracious (having a devilish appetite). (
          --caḥ) a glutton.
          --pūraṃ ind. till the belly is full; udarapūraṃ bhuṃkte Sk. eats his fill.
          --poṣaṇaṃ, --bharaṇaṃ feeding the belly, support of life.
          --śaya a. sleeping on the face or the belly. (
          --yaḥ) foetus.
          --sarvasvaḥ a glutton, an epicure (one to whom the belly is all-in-all).

udaraka a. Abdominal.

udaraṃbhari a. [udaraṃ bibhartti, bhṛ khi mumca P. III. 2. 26]
     (1) Nourishing one's own belly, selfish.
     (2) Gluttonous, voracious.

udaravat, udarika-la a. Having a large belly, corpulent, fat.

udarin a. [udara-ini]
     (1) Having a large belly, fat, corpulent.
     (2) Abdominal. --ṇī A pregnant woman.

udarya a. [udara-yat] Belonging to the belly. --ryaṃ Contents of the belly.

udarathiḥ [ud-ṛ-ghathin] Uṇ. 4. 88]
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) The sun.

udarkaḥ [Said to be fr. ṛc]
     (1)
          (a) End, conclusion; -svādunaḥ karmaṇaḥ Dk. 79; sukhodarkaṃ K. 328.
          (b) Result, consequence, future result of an action; udarkastava kalyāṇo bhavitā Nala. 12. 67; kiṃtu kalyāṇodarkaṃ bhaviṣyati U. 4; prayatnaḥ saphalodarka eva Mal. 8; Ms. 4. 176, 11. 10, 9. 25, 12. 18; Pt. 5. 73.
     (3) Remote consequence, reward.
     (4) Future time, futurity.
     (5) Elevation of a building (as a tower).
     (6) Surpassing.
     (7) N. of a tree Vanguiera Spinosa Roxb.

udarcis a. [ūrdhvamarciḥ śikhā'sya] Shining or blazing upwards, resplendent, radiant, glowing; sphurannudarciḥ sahasā tṛtīyādakṣṇaḥ kṛśānuḥ kila niṣpapāta Ku. 3. 71, 7. 79; R. 7. 24, 15. 76. --m.
     (1) Fire; prakṣipyodarciṣaṃ kakṣe śerate te'bhimārutaṃ Śi. 2. 42, 20. 75.
     (2) The god of love.
     (3) N. of Śiva.

udardaḥ [arda-ac] (In Medic.) Erysipelas.

udardhaḥ Scarlet fever.

udavagrahaḥ A Svarita accent depending on an Udātta which stands in the Avagraha q. v.

udavasānīya a. Ved. Last, final.

udavasitam [ud --ava --so --kta] A house, dwelling; jānīṣe rebhilasyodavasitaṃ Mk. 4; Śi. 11. 18.

udaśru a. [udgatānyaśrūṇi yasya] Bursting into tears, one whose tears gush forth, weeping; tasya paśyan sasaumitrerudaśrurvasatidrumān R. 12. 14; Amaru. 11.

udas 4 P. [ud-as]
     (1) To cast up, throw up; Śi. 15. 81; to raise, lift up, elevate, erect; svayamiti mugdhavadhūmudāsa dorbhyāṃ Śi. 7. 49; pucchamudasyati Sk.
     (2) To throw down; udastādhoraṇaḥ Dk. 35.
     (3) To throw out, expel, drive away, leave, quit; udasya dhairyaṃ dayitena sādaraṃ Ki. 8. 50.
     (4) To destroy, dispel; riputimiraṃ Ki. 1. 46.
     (5) To drive, propel; Ki. 8. 55.
     (6) To turn away.
     (7) To take pains, make efforts. --pass. To be driven off, fall off, deviate from; atimūḍha udasyate nayāt Ki. 2. 49.

udasanam
     (1) Throwing, raising, erecting.
     (2) Expelling, turning out.

udasta p. p.
     (1) Thrown or cast up, raised, erected.
     (2) Turned out, expelled.
     (3) Removed, scattered.
     (4) Shamed, humbled, humiliated.

udāsaḥ [ud-as-ghañ]
     (1) Throwing upwards, elevation, raising.
     (2) Expulsion.

udātta a. [ud-ādā-kta]
     (1) High, elevated, lofty, exalted, noble; -anvayaiḥ K. 92; Ratn. 4; sublime; Ve. 1.
     (2) Noble, dignified; atyudāttasujanaścaṃdraketuḥ U. 6.
     (3) Generous, bountiful, donor.
     (4) Famous, illustrious, great; Śi. 20. 82; lalitodāttamahimā Bv. 1. 79.
     (5) Dear, beloved.
     (6) Highly or acutely accented (as a Svara), see below. --ttaḥ
     (1) The acute accent, a high or sharp tone; uccairudāttaḥ P. I. 2. 29; tālvādiṣu sabhāgeṣu sthāneṣurdhvabhāge niṣpanno'judāttaḥ Sk.; see under anudātta also; nihaṃtyarīnekapade yaudāttaḥ svarāniva Śi. 2. 95.
     (2) Gift, donation.
     (3) A kind of musical instrument, a large drum.
     (4) A variety of the hero; see dhīrodātta. --ttaṃ (In Rhet.) A figure of speech which describes supermundane prosperity, or an action of one that is great represented collaterally to the subject in hand; lokātiśayasaṃpattivarṇanodāttamucyate . yadvāpi prastutasyāṃgaṃ mahatāṃ caritaṃ bhavet .. S. D. 752; cf. also K. P. 10; udāttaṃ vastunaḥ saṃpanmahatāṃ copalakṣaṇaṃ.
     -- Comp.
          --śruti a. Pronounced with the acute accent.

udāttatara a. More elevated, more acute.

udāna See under 1. udan.

udāpyam ind. Ved. Against the stream.

udāyudha a. With uplifted weapon, upraising weapons; manujapaśubhirnirmaryādairbhavadbhirudāyudhaiḥ Ve. 3. 22; udāyudhānāpatatastāndṛptānprekṣya rāghavaḥ R. 12. 44.

udāra a.
     (1) Generous, liberal, munificent.
     (2)
          (a) Noble, exalted, dignified; sa tatheti vineturudāramateḥ R. 8. 91, 5. 12; vācaḥ 65; Bg. 7. 18.
          (b) High, lofty, great, best, illustrious, distinguished; -kīrteḥ Ki. 1. 18; tapasaḥ Bh. 3. 51.
     (3) Honest, sincere, upright.
     (4) Good, nice, fine; udāraḥ kalpaḥ S. 5.
     (5) Proper, right.
     (6) Eloquent.
     (7) Kind, soft, agreeable; -vācaḥ kanyakāḥ R. 14. 77.
     (8) Rich, plentiful; udāramabhyavahāravidhiṃ Dk. 49; Mu. 3. 8.
     (9) Large, extensive, grand, splendid; sāketopavanamudāramadhyuvāsa R. 13. 79; udāranapathyabhṛtāṃ 6. 6 richly dressed. (10) Beautiful, charming, lovely; Ku. 7. 14; Śi. 5. 21; see udāradarśana below; R. 16. 26, 51.
     (11) Unperplexed.
     (12) Exciting, driving forth (Ved.). --raṃ ind.
     (1) Loudly; Śi. 4. 33.
     (2) By means of arguments; Ki. 12. 40. --raḥ Ved.
     (1) A rising fog or vapour.
     (2) A sort of grain with long stalks.
     (3) A figure in Rhetoric which attributes greatness to inanimate objects.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman, cetas, -carita, -manas, -sattva a. nobleminded, magnanimous; udāracaritānāṃ tu vasudhaiva kuṭuṃbakaṃ H. 1.
          --dhī a. 1. of sublime genius, highly intelligent; dhiyaḥ samagraiḥ sa guṇairudāradhīḥ R. 3. 30. --2. noble-minded. (--m.) N. of Viṣṇu. (--f.) good abilities.
          --darśana a. good-looking (having large eyes); tathā hi te śīlamudāradarśane Ku. 5. 36.
          --ramaṇīya a. grand and lovely, transcendental; S. 7.

udāratā
     (1) Liberality, generosity.
     (2) Richness (as of expression); vacasāṃ Mal. 1. 7; S. 6; (as applied to words) udāratā = kaṭhinavarṇaghaṭanārūpavikaṭatvalakṣaṇā R. G.; (as applied to the sense) = cuṃbanaṃ dehi me bhārye kāmacāṃḍāla tṛptaye ityādigrāmyārthaparihāraḥ ibid.

udārathi a.
     (1) Going upwards.
     (2) Rising, enlightening the organs of sense.
     (3) Steaming (as a hot dish). --thiḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

udāvatsaraḥ A year, one of the five years forming a period.

udāvartaḥ A disease of the bowels, 'iliac passion' (characterized by the retention of excrements). --rtā A painful menstruation with foamy blood; saphenilamudāvartā rajaḥ kṛcchreṇa muṃcati Suśr.

udās 2 A. [ud-ās] To be indiferent or unconcerned, be careless or apathetic; to be passive or inactive; tatkimityudāsate bharatāḥ Mal. 1; vidhāya vairaṃ sāmarṣe naro'rau ya udāsate Śi. 2. 42; Bg. 9. 9; Sān. K. 20; not to share in, show no interest in; Mu. 1.

udāsa, --sin a. Indifferent, apathetic, unconcerned. --saḥ, --sin m.
     (1) A stoic, philosopher.
     (2) One who has no passion for anything, a religious mendicant in general.
     (3) Indifference, apathy.

udāsitṛ a.
     (1) Indifferent, apathetic.

udāsīna pres. p.
     (1) Indifferent, unconcerned, apathetic, passive; taddarśinamudāsīṃnaṃ tvāmeva puruṣa viduḥ Ku. 2. 13 (taking no part in the creation of the material universe); see sāṃkhya; Pt. 1.
     (2) (In law) Not involved in any dispute.
     (3) Neutral (as a king or nation). --naḥ
     (1) A stranger.
     (2) A neutral, an indifferent person; arimitrodāsīnavyavasthā Mu. 5; Ms. 7. 158; Y. 1. 345; Bg. 6. 9.
     (3) A common acquaintance.

udāsthita a. Set over, appointed to. --taḥ
     (1) A superintendent.
     (2) A door-keeper.
     (3) A spy, an emissary.
     (4) An ascetic who has given up his vow.

udāhita a. Elevated, raised.

udāhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To relate, narrate, declare, announce.
     (2) To say, speak, utter; udājahāra drupadātmajā giraḥ Ki. 1. 27; Mk. 9. 4; Pt. 2.; cikitsakā doṣamudāharaṃti M. 2; Mal. 1; tvāṃ kāmino madanadūtimudāharaṃti V. 4. 11; mutter, repeat; dharmākṣarāṇi Mk. 8.
     (3) To cite as an instance or illustration, illustrate; tvamudāthiyasva kathamanyathā janaiḥ Śi. 15. 29.

udāharaṇam
     (1) Relating, declaration, saying, utterance.
     (2) Narration, recital, opening a conversation; athāṃgirasamagraṇyamudāharaṇavastuṣu Ku. 6. 65; adbhutodāharaṇāni Mv. 5 stories or narrations.
     (3) A declaratory song or poem, a sort of panegyric beginning with words like jayati and full of alliteration; patre niveśitamudāharaṇaṃ priyāyāḥ V. 2. 14; cāraṇebhyastvadīyaṃ jayodāharaṇaṃ śrutvā V. 1; jayodāharaṇaṃ bāhvorgāpayāmāsa kinnarān R. 4. 78; (yena kenāpi tālena gadyapadyasamanvitaṃ . jayatyupakramaṃ mālinyādiprāsavicitritam .. tadudāharaṇaṃ nāma vibhaktyaṣṭāṃgasaṃyutaṃ . Pratāparudra.)
     (4) An instance, example, illustration; samūlaghātamaghnaṃtaḥ parānnodyaṃti māninaḥ . pradhvaṃsitāṃdhatamasastatrodāharaṇaṃ raviḥ .. Śi. 2. 33; kimudāharaṇaṃ Kaśi.
     (5) (In Nyāya) The third member of an Indian syllogism (which has five members).
     (6) Beginning, commencement, introduction.
     (7) Exhibition, illustration; U. 1.
     (8) (In Rhet.) An illustration reckoned as a figure of speech by some rhetoricians. It resembles arthāṃtaranyāsa; e. g. amitaguṇopi padārtho doṣeṇaikena niṃdito bhavati . nikhilarasāyaṇarājo gaṃdhenogreṇa laśuna iva .. R. G. (For a clear distinction between the two figures see R. G., under udāharaṇa).

udāhāraḥ
     (1) An example or illustration.
     (2) The beginning of a speech.

udāhṛta p. p.
     (1) Said, uttered.
     (2) Named, called; śrutānvito daśaratha ityudāhṛtaḥ Bk. 1. 1.
     (3) Illustrated.

udāhṛtiḥ f. An example, illustration.

udi 2 P.
     (1) To rise(as a star, cloud &c.) (fig. also); come up; udeti pūrvaṃ kusumaṃ tataḥ phalaṃ S. 7. 30; udeti savitā tāmrastāmra evāstamoti ca Subhāṣ.; Māl. 2. 10; Ki. 2. 36; Bk. 6. 110, 8. 35, 18. 20; to be seen, appear.
     (2) To be produced, come out or arise from, spring or proceed from; uditadayaḥ Dk. 13; puṇyaḥ kṛśānorudiyāya dhūmaḥ R. 7. 26; uditaśriyaṃ 1. 93 v. l.; S. 1. 26.
     (3) To go out, escape.
     (4) To start up; R. 17. 77.
     (5) To rise up against; Ku. 2. 57; ya enamudīyādrathī Mb.

udaya a. (In gram.) Following, coming after or upon (as a letter, accent &c.); udayaśabdaḥ paraśabdasamānārthaḥ prātiśākhyeṣu prasiddhaḥ, --yaḥ
     (1) Rise (fig also); caṃdrodaya ivodadheḥ R. 12. 36, 2. 73; going upwards, ascending (as of the sun, stars &c.).
     (2)
          (a) Rising up, coming forth; draviṇa- acquisition of wealth; Pt. 2.; so bhāgya- dawn of fortune; Amaru. 25; svaguṇodayena Pt. 1. 94.
          (b) Appearance, becoming visible, production; ghanodayaḥ prāk S. 7. 30; megha- Ku. 6. 54; hasitamanyanimittakṛtodayaṃ S. 2. 11 raised from some other cause; Amaru. 88; S. 7. 8; phalodaya R. 1. 5 rising or accomplishment of the fruit; Ms. 3. 169; Ku. 3. 18.
     (3) Creation (opp. pralaya); yau tau svapnāvabodhau tau bhūtānāṃ pralayodayau Ku. 2. 8.
     (4) The eastern mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to rise); yairyatra dṛśyate bhāsvānsa teṣāmudayaḥ smṛtaḥ; udayagūḍhaśaśāṃkamarīcibhiḥ V. 3. 6.
     (5) Advancement, prosperity, rise; (opp. vyasana); tejodvayasya yugapadvyasanodayābhyāṃ S. 4. 1; udaye madavācyamujjhatā R. 8. 84; K. 5; importance, celebrity; -unmukhe tvayi R. 11. 73.
     (6) Elevation, exaltation, rise, growth; udayamastamayaṃ ca raghūdvahāt R. 9. 9; tamudayāya na vā navayauvanā 7; ātmodayaḥ paraglāniḥ Śi. 2. 30, 11. 60.
     (7) Result, consequence; asukhodayaṃ karma Ms. 4. 70; Amaru. 42; following; nodāttasvaritodayaṃ P. VIII. 4. 67.
     (8) Accomplishment, fulfilment; upasthitodayaṃ R. 3. 1; prāraṃbhasadṛśodayaḥ 1. 15.
     (9) Profit, advantage. (10) Income, revenue; Ms. 7. 55; Y. 2. 43.
     (11) Interest, consideration paid for the use of money; Y. 2. 67, 146.
     (12) Light, splendour.
     (13) Outlet, exit.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ --adriḥ, --giriḥ, --parvataḥ, --śailaḥ the eastern mountain behind which the sun moon &c. are supposed to rise; udayagirivanālībālamaṃdārapuṣpaṃ Udb.; śritodayādrerībhasāyamuccakaiḥ Śi. 1. 16; tata udayagirerivaika eva Mal. 2. 10.
          --kramaḥ gradual rise; nāḍīnāṃ Māl. 5. 2 by gradually inflating or filling with wind the Nādīs, (as in the act of restraining the wind).
          --puraṃ N. of the capital of Mārwār.
          --prasthaḥ the plateau of the mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise.

udayanam
     (1) Rising, ascending, going up.
     (2) Result, consequence.
     (3) End, conclusion. --naḥ
     (1) N. of Agastya.
     (2) N. of the king Vatsa; prāpyāvaṃtīnudayanakathākovidagrāmavṛddhān Me. 30. [A celebrated Prince of the lunar race, who is usually styled Vatsarāja. He reigned at Kauśambi. Vāsavadatta, Princess of Ujjayini, saw him in a dream and fell in love with him. He was decoyed to that city and there kept in prison by Chaṇḍamahāsena, the king. But on being released by the minister he carried off Vāsavadattā from her father and a rival suitor. Udayana is the hero of the play called Ratnāvalī and his life has been made the subject of several other minor compositions. See Vatsa also].

udayanīya a. Belonging to the end or conclusion, concluding (as a ceremony). --yā A concluding sacrifice.

udayin a.
     (1) Rising or ascending.
     (2) Streaming or flowing forth; Mal. 5. 17.
     (3) Prosperous, flourishing.

udita p. p.
     (1) Risen, ascended; uditabhūyiṣṭhaḥ Mal. 1 mostly risen; Bv. 2. 85; nityoditaḥ Bh. 3. 80 ever-existing.
     (2) High, tall, lofty.
     (3) Grown, augmented.
     (4) Born, produced.
     (5) Spoken, uttered (fr. vad). --taṃ A kind of perfume.
     (2) A kind of accent.
     -- Comp.
          --udita a. well grounded in the Śāstras.
          --homin a. sacrificing after sunrise.

uditiḥ f.
     (1) Ascending, rising (of the sun).
     (2) Setting.
     (3) Speech.

udeṣyat a. Increasing, rising; Śi. 2. 76.

udīkṣ 1 A.
     (1) To look up to, look at, view, behold; sapraṇāmamudīkṣitāḥ Ku. 6. 7, 7. 67; Amaru. 71.
     (2) To expect, look out for, wait for, śatruvyasanaṃ Mu. 4; trīṇi varṣāṇyudīkṣeta kumāryṛtumatī satī Ms. 9. 90.

udīkṣaṇam
     (1) Looking up to.
     (2) Seeing, beholding, seeking.

udīcīna, udīcya See under udaṃc.

udīpa a. [udgatā āpo yatra, apa īp] Flooded. --paḥ High water, inundation, flood.

udīr 2 A. [ud-īr]
     (1) To rise (sound &c.); udairata raṇitāni Dk. 123 were heard.
     (2) To start (to go or come).
     (3) To move upwards, ascend, go up.
     (4) To arise, originate. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to rise or move.
     (2) To utter, pronounce, speak; giramudīrayati K. 13; U. 5, 6; udīritorthaḥ paśunāpi gṛhyate Pt. 1. 43; so ālokaśadvaṃ R. 2. 9.
     (3) To call, name; sa bhīmarūpaḥ śiva ityudīryate Ku. 5. 77.
     (4) To put forth; yadaśokoyamudīrayiṣyati R. 8. 62.
     (5) To cast, throw, roll down (as dice); udīrayāmāsa salīlamakṣān R. 6. 18; to discharge, drive forward.
     (6) To raise, throw up; udīritaṃ rajaḥ Śi. 12. 58; udairayacchiraḥ Dk. 103 expanded its hood.
     (7) To display, manifest, make visible, cause; tisṛbhistvamavasthābhirmahimānamudīrayan Ku. 2. 6; Śi. 11. 7.
     (8) To bring about, effect; Ki. 13. 28.
     (9) To rouse, excite, stimulate; udīriteṃdriyaḥ Ku. 4. 41; -dhī acuteminded. --pass.
     (1) To be cast or thrown upwards, excited, uttered &c.
     (2) To sound.
     (3) To issue forth.

udīraṇam
     (1) Utterance, pronunciation, expression; udghātaḥ praṇavo yāsāṃ nyāyaistribhirudīraṇaṃ Ku. 2. 12.
     (2) Speaking, saying.
     (3) Throwing, discharging (as a missile.).

udīrṇa p. p. [īr-kta]
     (1) Grown, ascended, risen, produced, caused; Śi. 18. 37.
     (2) Puffed up, elated, grown haughty; bhavallabdhavarodīrṇastārakākhyo mahāsuraḥ Ku. 2. 32.
     (3) Excited, stimulated, roused; Śi. 1. 32; Dk. 43, 47.
     (4) Increased, intense.
     (5) Generous, great; excellent.
     (6) Uttered, pronounced; Śi. 13. 42.
     (7) Ready, strung; -dhanvā U. 5. 11. --rṇaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --dīdhiti a. intensely bright.
          --vega a. violent, impetuous in its course (as a torrent).

udīṣita a. Risen, elevated.

uduṃbaraḥ See uḍuṃbara. -maśaka = kūpamaṃḍūka q. v.

uduṃbala a. Ved. Mighty, of extended power (urubala). --laḥ The fig-tree.

uduṣṭa a. Ved. Red.

udūkhala = ulūkhala q. v.

udṛc f. [utkṛṣṭā ṛk]
     (1) An excellent Ṛk.
     (2) Future time.
     (3) Remainder, conclusion, end.
     (4) Prosperity, rise.

udejaya a. Shaking, causing to tremble, terrifying; udejayān bhūtagaṇān nyaṣedhīt Bk. 1. 15.

udojas a. Very powerful, violent (Ved.).

udgaṃdhi a.
     (1) Fragrant; vijṛṃbhaṇodgaṃdhiṣu kuḍmaleṣu R. 16. 47.
     (2) Having a strong smell (good or bad).

udgam 1 P.
     (1) To rise or go up, ascend (as a star &c.); asahyavātodgatareṇumaṃḍalā Rs. 1. 10. v. l.
     (2) To shoot up, dart upwards, appear; acirodgatapallavaṃ V. 4. 23; Rs. 6. 18; so udgataśṛṃgo vatsaḥ.
     (3) To rise or spring from, proceed, originate, arise; ityudgatāḥ pauravadhūmukhebhyaḥ śṛṇvan kathāḥ R. 7. 16; Amaru. 91.
     (4) To go out, break out, depart (as life &c.).
     (5) To be famous or wellknown, spread; unnābha ityudgatanāmadheyaḥ R. 18. 20.

udgata p. p.
     (1) Gone up, risen, ascended.
     (2) Proceeded forth or from.
     (3) Gone, departed.
     (4) Vomited. --tā N. of a metre.
     -- Comp.
          --asu a. deceased, dead.

udgatiḥ f.
     (1) Going up, rising, ascent.
     (2) Appearance; kusuma- K. 59; rise, origin.
     (3) Vomiting.

udgamaḥ
     (1) Going up, rising (of stars); ascent; ājyadhūmodgamena S. 1. 15.
     (2) Standing erect (of hair); romodgamaḥ prādurabhūdumāyāḥ Ku. 7. 77; vyaktaromodgamatvāt M. 4. 1; Amaru. 36.
     (3) Going out, departure, expiry; as in prāṇa-.
     (4) Birth, production, creation; pārijātasyodgamaḥ Māl. 2; appearance; phalena sahakārasya puṣpodgama iva prajāḥ R. 4. 9; V. 4. 38; Bh. 2. 70; katipayakusugodgamaḥ kadaṃbaḥ U. 3. 20; so māṃsa-, pakṣa-, graṃthi- &c.; Amaru. 81; origin, parentage; Māl. 2.
     (5) Action, vision (of eyes); Māl. 1. 35.
     (6) Projection, elevation; payodharodgamāṃ Māl. 7.
     (7) A shoot (of a plant); haritatṛṇodgamaśaṃkayā mṛgībhiḥ Ki. 5. 38.
     (8) Vomiting, casting up.

udgamanam Rising, becoming visible.

udgamanīya pot. p. To be gone up or ascended. --yaṃ A pair of bleached or washed clothes (tatsyādudgamanīyaṃ yaddhautayorvastrayoryugaṃ); dhautodgamanīyavāsinī Dk. 42; gṛhītapatyudgamanīyavastrā Ku. 7. 11 (where Malli. renders u- by dhautavastraṃ, and says yugagrahaṇaṃ tu prāyikābhiprāyaṃ &c.; see ad loc.).

udgāḍha a. Deep, intense, violent, strong, excessive, much; udgāḍharāgodayāḥ Mal. 5. 7, 6. 6. --ḍhaṃ Excess. --ind. Excessively, extremely.

udgātṛ, udgāra &c. See under udgai, udgṝ.

udgur 6 A. To raise the voice in a menacing manner.

udgūrṇa p. p. [gur-kta]
     (1) Raised, uplifted, held up; krodhodgūrṇagadasya Ve. 6. 12; Śi. 5. 25.
     (2) Erected, excited.

udgṝ 6 P.
     (1) To eject, spit out, vomit; udgirato yadgaralaṃ phaṇinaḥ puṣṇāsi parimalodgāraiḥ Bv. 1. 11; udgiranniva snehaṃ Śi. 14. 1.
     (2)
          (a) To emit, send or put forth, pour down or out, discharge, belch out; sahāṃbhasaivāpadamudgiraṃti Pt. 5. 67; nikṣepaṇāt rāgamivodgiraṃtau Ku. 1. 33.
          (b) To send out of the mouth, speak, utter (as words); mahīpateḥ śāsanamujjagāra R. 14. 53; Ve. 5. 14; yadudgirati bhramaraḥ Mu. 2. 11 (where it also means 'vomits' or 'emits').
     (3) To breathe out.
     (4) To rise from. --Caus. To cause to pour forth, raise (as sound).

udgāraḥ [ud-gṝ-ghañ] P. III. 3. 29]
     (1)
          (a) Ejection, spitting out, vomiting, giving out, emitting; kharjūrīskaṃdhanaddhānāṃ madodgārasugaṃdhiṣu R. 4. 57; Bh. 2. 36; salilodgāramuccairvimānāḥ Me. 63, 69; Śi. 12. 9.
          (b) Oozing, flowing out, stream, issuing out; sanirjharodgāra ivādrirājaḥ R. 6. 60; rudhira-digdhākhilāṃgāḥ Mv. 6. 33.
     (2) Repeating, narration, citing repeatedly; Mal. 2. 13; sāma- K. 42; H. 3. 106; saujanya- Mv. 4 expression of goodness.
     (3) Quantity, mass (thrown out); Mu. 3.
     (4) Spittle, saliva.
     (5) Eructation, belching.
     (6) Sound, roaring, echo, hissing sound (śabdaḥ, kaṃṭhagarjanaṃ, nāgavāyukarma); Śānti. 1. 21; gaṃbhīragahvara- Mal. 9.

udgārin
     (1) Going up, rising, being sent forth; Mv. 3. 29; U. 4. 29
     (2) Emitting, sending forth, pouring down; dhārāsvanodgāridarīmukho'sau R. 13. 47; Mk. 5. 27.

udgiraṇam
     (1) Vomiting.
     (2) Ejecting anything (as saliva) from the mouth, slavering.
     (3) Eructation, belch.
     (4) Extermination.

udgai 1 P.
     (1) To sing in a loud tone, sing aloud; udgāsyatāmicchati kinnarāṇāṃ Ku. 1. 8; geyamudgātukāmā Me. 86; to sing (in general); udgīyamānaṃ vanadevatābhiḥ R. 2. 12; nibhṛtākṣaramujjage Śi. 6. 20.
     (2) To begin to sing.
     (3) To sing or chant (applied to the singing of Sāmaveda); sāma sāmavidasaṃgamujjagau Śi. 14. 21; cf. udgātṛ.
     (4) To announce, to celebrate in song.
     (5) To sing before one (with acc.).
     (6) To fill or make resonant with song.

udgātṛ m. One of the four principal priests at a sacrifice, one who chants the hymns of the Sāmaveda.

udgāthā A variety of the Āryā measure, the same as Gīti q. v.

udgītiḥ f.
     (1) Singing aloud.
     (2) Chanting of the Sāmaveda.
     (3) A variety of the Āryā metre; see Appendix.

udgīthaḥ [ud-gai-thak]
     (1) Chanting of the Sāmaveda (the office of an udgātṛ).
     (2) The second part of the Samaveda; bhūyāṃsa udgīthavido vasaṃti U. 2. 3.
     (3) Designation of om, the three syllabled name of God.

udgraṃth 1. 9. U.
     (1) To bind up, tie into bundles.
     (2) To tie up, put or sew together (as garlands &c.); iyamudgrathate srajo vicitrāḥ Mu. 1. 4; tie or fasten, intertwine; latāpratānodgrathitaiḥ sa keśaiḥ R. 2. 8.
     (3) To unbind, loosen (as a knot &c.); Śi. 10. 63.

udgraṃtha a. Unbound, loosened. --thaḥ A section, chapter.

udgraṃthi a.
     (1) Untied (fig. also).
     (2) Free from worldly ties or attachments.

udgrah 9 P.
     (1) To take up, lift up; śaktiṃ cogrāmudagrahīt Bk. 15. 52; elevate, erect, raise; udgṛhītālakāṃtāḥ Me. 8.
     (2) To take or draw out, take away.
     (3) To deposit.
     (4) To preserve.
     (5) To cease (to rain).
     (6) To break off, discontinue (speaking). --Caus.
     (1) To cause to take up, or out; cause to pay.
     (2) To state, place before, adduce; viśeṣaviduṣaḥ śāstraṃ yattavodgrāhyate puraḥ Śi. 2. 75.
     (3) To extol, laud up.

udgrabhaṇaṃ, --udgrābhaḥ
     (1) Ved. Taking up, raising.
     (2) Giving, donation.

udgrahaḥ, --haṇam
     (1) Taking up, raising.
     (2) An object that can be accomplished by religious or other acts.
     (3) Eructation.

udgrāhaḥ
     (1) Lifting or taking up.
     (2) (In the Prātiśākhyas) The rule of Sandhi which causes the change of the terminations aḥ, e and o to a before a following vowel.
     (3) Replying in argument; rejoinder.
     (4) An objection.
     -- Comp.
          --padavṛttiḥ f. the Sandhi called Udgrāha; see above.

udgrāhaṇikā Replying in argument.

udgrāhita p. p.
     (1) Lifted or taken up.
     (2) Taken away.
     (3) Excellent; exalted.
     (4) Deposited, delivered.
     (5) Bound, tied.
     (6) Recalled, remembered.

udgrīva, udgrīvin a. With the neck uplifted; udgrīvairmayūraiḥ M. 1. 21; Amaru. 93.

uddhaḥ [ud-han ap ni-]
     (1) Excellence, eminence; (at the end of comp.); brāhmaṇoddhaḥ = an excellent or superior Brāhmaṇa; uddhādayaśca niyataliṃgā na tu viśeṣyaliṃgāḥ Sk.; cf. matallikāmacarcikā prakāṃḍamuddhatallajau praśastavācakānyamūni Ak.
     (2) Happiness.
     (3) The hollow hand.
     (4) Fire.
     (5) A model.
     (6) Organic air in the body.

uddhanaḥ A carpenter's bench(the plank on which he works); lauhoddhanaghanaskaṃdhāṃ lalitāpaghanāṃ striyaṃ Bk. 7. 62.

udghātin a. Uneven, rough.

udghaṭ 1 A. To open; Ku. 7. 53. --Caus. (ghāṭayati)
     (1) To open, unlock; nirayanagaradvāramudghāṭayaṃtī Bh. 1. 63; kapāṭamudghāṭayāmi Mk. 3.
     (2) To peel off, shell.
     (3) To reveal, expose, make known.
     (4) To undertake, commence.
     (5) To rub over, stroke gently, tickle.

uddhaṭitam A hint.

uddhāṭaḥ A watch or guard-house.

uddhāṭakaḥ
     (1) A key; uddhāṭako bhabati yaṃtraṭṭaḍhe kapāṭe Mk. 3. 16.
     (2) The rope and bucket of a well (--kaṃ also).

uddhāṭana a. (nī f.) Opening, unlocking; dharmaṃ yo na karoti niṃditamatiḥ svargārgalodghāṭanaṃ H. 1. 153. --naṃ
     (1) Opening; Ve. 1.
     (2) Raising, lifting up, hoisting.
     (3) A key, any means of opening.
     (4) The rope and bucket of a well; a water-wheel.

uddhāṭita p. p.
     (1) Opened, manifested.
     (2) Undertaken; commenced.
     (3) Raised, lifted up.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. 1. naked. --2. intelligent, wise.
          --jña a. wise, intelligent.

uddhaṭṭakaḥ A kind of time (in music).

uddhaṭṭanaṃ, --nā
     (1) Friction, striking against; Me. 61.
     (2) Opening upwards (as a lid).

uddhaṭṭita a.
     (1) Opened, unlocked.
     (2) Separated; Śi. 11. 42.

uddhasam Flesh.

uddhātaḥ
     (1) Beginning, commencement; uddhātaḥ praṇavo yāsāṃ Ku. 2. 12; ākumārakathoddhātaṃ śāligopyo jaguryaśaḥ R. 4. 20.
     (2) Allusion, reference; kathoddhātāḥ U. 2.
     (3) Striking, wounding, inflicting an injury.
     (4) A stroke, blow, wound.
     (5) Tripping, slipping, jolting, shaking (as of a carriage); yayāvanuddhātasukhena so'dhvanā Śi. 12. 2; R. 2. 72; Ve. 2. 28; cakra- V. 1; U. 5. 1.
     (6) Rising, elevation.
     (7) A club, mallet.
     (8) A weapon (in general).
     (9) Breathing through the nostrils as a religious exercise (Wilson). (10) A division of a book, chapter; section.

uddhuṣ 1 P. To sound, cry out or shout. (10) P. or Caus.
     (1) To proclaim, declare aloud.
     (2) To fill with cries.

uddhuṣṭa p. p. Sounded out, proclaimed. --ṣṭaṃ A sound, noise.

uddhoṣaḥ
     (1) Announcing aloud, proclaiming.
     (2) Popular talk, general report.

uddhṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To rub; lessen by rubbing.
     (2) To rub over, strike against.

uddharṣaṇam
     (1) Rubbing, rubbing up; yasyoddharṣaṇaloṣṭakairapi sadā pṛṣṭhe na jātaḥ kiṇaḥ Mk. 2. 11.
     (2) Rubbing the skin with hard substances.
     (3) A cudgel.

uddhṛṣṭam A peculiar fault in pronunciation.

uddaṃśaḥ
     (1) A bug.
     (2) A louse.
     (3) A mosquito, gadfly.

uddaṃḍa a.
     (1) With the stalk, stem, or staff raised or rising up; uddaṃḍapadma gṛhadīrghikāṇāṃ R. 16. 46; -dhavalātapatrāḥ Mal. 6 long; H. 2. 29.
     (2) Formidable, terrific.
     -- Comp.
          --pālaḥ 1. a punisher (whether king or magistrate). --2. a kind of fish. --3. a kind of serpent; cf. (udaṃḍapāla).

uddaṃtura a.
     (1) Large-toothed or having projecting teeth.
     (2) High, tall (uttuṃga).
     (3) Terrific, formidable (karāla).

uddamaḥ Subduing, overpowering.

uddāṃta a.
     (1) Energetic.
     (2) Humble.

uddānam [do baṃdhane lyuṭ]
     (1) Binding, confinement; uddāne kriyamāṇe tu matsyānāṃ tatra rajjubhiḥ Mb.
     (2) Taming, subduing.
     (3) The middle, the waist.
     (4) A fire-place.
     (5) The submarine fire.
     (6) Entrance of the sun into a zodiacal sign.

uddāma a.
     (1) Unbound, unrestrained, unchecked, free, bold; Śi. 4. 10.
     (2)
          (a) Strong, powerful, violent; Pt. 3. 148; Māl. 3, 7; -dehaparidāhamahājvarāṇi 6. 13.
          (b) Furious, intoxicated; srotasyuddāmadiggaje R. 1. 78; Śi. 11. 19; U. 3. 6.
     (3) Dreadful, formidable; -śarīrasaṃniveśaḥ Māl. 3.
     (4) Self-willed.
     (5) Luxuriant, large, great, excessive; Me. 25; uddāmotkalikāṃ Ratn. 2. 4, 4. 22; gaṃdhoddāmā dharā exhaling great smell Mk. 5. 22.
     (6) Proud, haughty; paulastyavijayoddāma Mv. 3. 45 elated.
     (7) Unlimited, extraordinary. --maḥ
     (1) N. of Yama.
     (2) N. of Varuṇa. --maṃ ind. Violently, fiercely, strongly; adyoddāmaṃ jvaliṣyataḥ U. 3. 9.

uddita a. [ud-do-kta] Tied, bound.

uddālaḥ
     (1) N. of a plant, Cordia Myxa or Latifolia (bahuvāraka) (Mar. bhoṃkarī).
     (2) The sage uddālaka.

uddālakaḥ =
     (1) uddāla q. v.
     (2) N. of a sage. --kaṃ A kind of honey.
     -- Comp.
          --puṣpabhaṃjikā [uddālakānāṃ puṣpāṇi bhajyaṃte yatra krīḍāyāṃ ṇvul] a sort of game played by the people in the eastern districts (in which Uddālaka flowers are broken or crushed).

uddinam Midday.

uddiś 6 U.
     (1) To point out, signify, declare, denote, mention, tell; prathamoddiṣṭamāspadaṃ Ku. 6. 35; Ms. 8. 52, 3. 182; Me. 30; yathoddiṣṭavyāpārā S. 3; aneḍamūka uddiṣṭaḥ śaṭhe Med. denotes or signifies.
     (2) To enunciate, prophesy; tvaṃ sādhubhiruddiṣṭaḥ S. 5.
     (3) To refer or allude to, have reference to; smaramuddiśya Ku. 4. 38; S. 6, see uddiśya below.
     (4) To mean, intend, aim at, direct towards, destine for, assign to, dedicate to; K. 40; uddiṣṭāmupanihitāṃ bhajasva pūjāṃ Mal. 5. 25; phalamuddiśya Bg. 17. 21.
     (5) To explain, teach, advise; satāṃ kenoddiṣṭaṃ viṣamamasidhārāvratamidaṃ Bh. 2. 28.

uddiśya ind.
     (1) With reference to, aiming at, in the direction of, towards; vadhyaśilāmuddiśya prasthitaḥ Pt. 1.
     (2) For, for the sake of, on account of, in the name of; tvāṃ- S. 3 on thy account; kiṃ- for what purpose, on what account; nimittaṃ- Pt. 1. 283 for some cause; tvāmuddiśya sabhājanākṣarāṇi M. 5. in your name.
     (3) Demanding, stipulating for.

uddiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Mentioned, particularized, specially told.
     (2) Desired, wished for.
     (3) Explained, taught &c.

uddeśaḥ
     (1) Pointing to or at, directing; sūryoddeśena tilā dātavyāḥ Pt. 2 in the name of.
     (2) Mention, specification; sārdhapraharadvayoddeśe Pt. 5; svarasaṃskāroddeśaḥ Nir.
     (3) Illustration, explanation, exemplification.
     (4) Ascertainment, determination, inquiry, investigation, search.
     (5) A brief statement or account; eṣa tūddeśataḥ prokto vibhūtervistaro mayā Bg. 10. 40.
     (6) Assignment, allotment.
     (7) Stipulation, bargain.
     (8) Object, motive.
     (9) A spot, region, place; aho pravātasubhagoyamuddeśaḥ S. 3; M. 3; vana- a part of the forest. (10) Upper region, high position.
     (11) (In phil.) The enunciation of a thing by its name (which is to be further discussed and explained), the other two processes being lakṣaṇa and parīkṣā.

uddeśaka a. Illustrative. --kaḥ
     (1) An illustration, example.
     (2) An illustrator, a guide.
     (3) (In Math.) A question, problem; atroddeśakaḥ (frequently occurring in Līlāvatī).

uddeśya pot. p.
     (1) To be illustrated or explained.
     (2) To be intended or aimed at.
     (3) That to which one refers or which one has in view. --śyaṃ
     (1) The object in view, an in centive.
     (2) The subject of an assertion (opp. vidheya); see the word anuvādya also.

uddeṣṭṛ a.
     (1) Pointing out.
     (2) One who acts with a certain object in view.

uddīpū 4 A. To flame, blaze up, be kindled; vāṇavadanamudadīpi bhiye Śi. 15. 48; uddīpyasva jātavedaḥ Kaus. --Caus.
     (1) To light up, inflame, illuminate, kindle; uddīpitakopānalāḥ Ve. 2.
     (2) To excite, animate, fire. putravadhāmarṣoddīpitena Ve. 2; na vairamuddīpayati praśāṃtaṃ Mb.

uddīpaḥ
     (1) Inflaming, lighting.
     (2) An inflamer.
     (3) That which animates or excites. --paṃ Bdellium.

uddīpaka a.
     (1) Exciting, rendering more intense; garalasyoddīpakatayā Dk. 9 virulence.
     (2) Lighting, inflaming.

uddīpanam
     (1) Inflaming, exciting; krodha-, agni-.
     (2) (In Rhet.) That which excites or feeds (a sentiment or rasa), any aggravating or attendant circumstance which gives poignancy to a feeling or passion; uddīpanavibhāvāste rasamuddīpayaṃti ye S. D. 160; see ālaṃbanaṃ also.
     (3) Illuminating, lighting, setting fire to, burning; Ve. 5. 25.
     (4) Burning of a body.

uddīpta p. p.
     (1) Lighted, set on fire.
     (2) Shining, bright.
     (3) Inflamed, excited, aggravated (as passion).

uddīpra a. [dīp-ran] Shining, blazing. --praḥ, --praṃ Bdellium.

uddṛś 1 P.
     (1) To see above, look upwards (lit.).
     (2) To look into the future; expect; look up to; Mv. 6; utpaśyataḥ siṃhanipātamugraṃ R. 2. 60.
     (3) To doubt.
     (4) To be aware of. --Caus. To make visible.

uddarśanam Making visible.

uddehikā The white ant.

uddyut 1 A. To blaze up, shine. --Caus. 1 To cause to shine; (hence) adorn, grace; jāte punarapyuddyotayotsaṃgaṃ U. 4; alamuddyotayāmāsurdevāraṇyamivartavaḥ R. 10. 80.

uddyota a. Shining, blazing. --taḥ Light, lustre (lit. and fig.); tribhirnetraiḥ kṛtoddyotaṃ Mb.; kuloddyotakarī tava Ram. adorning or gracing.
     (2) Revelation.
     (3) A division of a book, chapter, section.

uddrāva a. Running away. --vaḥ Flight, retreat.

uddhan 2 P. [ud-han] To raise up, elevate (fig. also); see uddhata.

uddhata p. p.
     (1) Raised up, elevated, lifted up; lāṃgūlamuddhataṃ dhunvan Bk. 9. 7; ātmoddhatairapi rajobhiḥ S. 1. 8 raised; khura- R. 9. 50, heaved; Ki. 8. 53.
     (2) Excessive, very much, exceeding.
     (3) Haughty, vain, puffed up; akṣavadhoddhataḥ R. 12. 63.
     (4) Harsh; Śi. 16. 27.
     (5) Excited, inflamed, intensified; -manobhavarāgā Ki. 9. 68, 69; madoddhatāḥ pratyanilaṃ viceruḥ Ku. 3. 31.
     (6) Majestic, stately; ill-mannered. --taḥ A king's wrestler.
     -- Comp.
          --manas, --manaska a. high-minded, haughty, proud.

uddhatiḥ f.
     (1) Elevation.
     (2) Pride, haughtiness; Śi. 3. 28.
     (3) Rudeness, insolence; 16. 72.
     (4) A stroke, shaking.

uddhama See under uddhmā.

uddhara, uddhāra See under uddhṛ.

uddharṣa a. Delighted, glad. --rṣaḥ
     (1) Great joy or delight.
     (2) Courage to undertake a thing.
     (3) A festival (especially a religious one).

uddharṣaṇa a. Animating, encouraging, exciting; hitamuddharṣaṇaṃ caiva uvāca prathitaṃ vacaḥ Ram. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Animating.
     (2) Erection of the hair (on the body), thrill.

uddharṣin
     (1) a. Encouraging.
     (2) Ved. One whose hair is erect.

uddhavaḥ
     (1) A sacrificial fire.
     (2) A festival, holiday.
     (3) N. of a Yādava, uncle and friend of Kṛṣṇa. [When Kṛṣṇa was taken by Akrūra to Mathurā Uddhava was implored by the citizens of Gokula to go and fetch him. He was very much attached to Kṛṣṇa. On seeing the destruction of the Yādavas to be inevitable, he went to Kṛṣṇa and asked him what to do; whereupon he was told to go to Badarikāśrama to practise penance and to secure heaven. He is the subject of two short poems, uddhavadūta and uddhavasaṃdeśa.

uddhasta a. Extending or raising the hands.

uddhā I. 3P. Ved.
     (1) To abandon or expose (an infant).
     (2) To set up, erect, build. II. 3 A.
     (1) To go or move upwards, rise (as the sun, dust &c.); yato rajaḥ pārthivamujjihīte R. 13. 64; Mu. 4. 21; Bk. 18. 27; N. 22. 45, 55.
     (2) To go away from, depart; ujjihānajīvitāṃ Mal. 10.
     (3) To raise; śirasā yūpamujjihīte Kāty.
     (4) To throw up, knit (as eyebrows); Bk. 3. 47.

uddhāna a.
     (1) Ejected, vomited.
     (2) Inflated, corpulent, fat.
     (3) Gone up, ascended, risen. --naṃ
     (1) A fireplace.
     (2) Ejecting, vomiting.

uddhiḥ [ud-dhā-ki] Ved.
     (1) A particular part of a carriage (the part which rests on the axles).
     (2) An earthen stand on which the Ukhā rests.

uddhita p. p. Set up, erected.

uddhāṃta a. Ejected, vomited. --taḥ An elephant out of rut (from whose temples ichor ceases to flow).

uddhura a. [udgatā dhūrasmāt]
     (1) Freed from a burden or yoke, unrestrained, unchecked, free.
     (2) Firm, intrepid, bold; abhiyoga- Mv. 6.
     (3) Victorious, conquering.
     (4) High, loud (voice &c); pitaramuddhuradhvanimahājanānuyātamānīya Dk. 104.
     (5) Heavy, full of; Śi. 5. 64.
     (6) Thick, gross.
     (7) Lively, cheerful.
     (8) Able, competent; Bv. 4. 40.

uddhū 5. 9. U.
     (1) To shake, move up, raise, throw up, wave (as a chawari); kairnoddhūtāni cāmarāṇi K. 117, 200; Ku. 2. 29; uddhunīyāta satketūn Bk. 19 8; Ki. 5. 39.
     (2) To shake or throw off; Śi. 18. 8, dispel, destroy (fig.), uddhūtapāpāḥ Me. 55.
     (6) To disturb, excite, rouse up.

uddhūta p. p.
     (1) Shaken off, fallen from; raised or thrown up; mārutabharoddhūtopi dhūlivrajaḥ Dhan. V.
     (2) Exalted, high, loud.

uddhūnanam
     (1) Throwing upwards, raising.
     (2) Shaking.

uddhūpanam Fumigating.

uddhūlanam
     (1) Powdering, sprinkling with dust or powder; bhasmoddhūlana K. P. 10; K. 129.
     (2) An article used to season food.

uddhūlayati Den. P. To powder, sprinkle with powder or dust.

uddhūṣaṇam Erection of the hair (on the body), thrill, horripilation.

uddhṛ I. 1. 10 P.
     (1) To draw out, raise up.
     (2) To save, deliver; bhagavati tava spṛṣṭānadbhiścirādudadīdharat U. 1. 23. --II. [ud-hṛ]
     (1) To draw or take out, extract, extricate; śaraṃ ... uddhartumaicchat R. 2. 30; 3. 64; to deliver from, relieve of, save, rescue, protect (with abl.); māṃ tāvaduddhara śuco dayitāpravṛttyā V. 4. 15; Pt. 1. 358; Bg. 6. 5.
     (2) To uproot, extirpate, eradicate; tear or pull out; namayāmāsa nṛpānanuddharan R. 8. 9, 4. 66; tridivamuddhṛtadānavakaṃṭakaṃ S. 7. 3; Mv. 3. 13; Māl. 9. 22; uddharaṇīye cakṣuṣī Dk. 102.
     (3) To pluck up (flowers &c.); K. 21, 144.
     (4) To raise, lift up, elevate, extend (as hands); pātayitumeva śaktirnānnapiṭamuddhartuṃ Pt. 1. 363; Ms. 4. 62; V. 4. 34.
     (5) To take up, absorb (water); R. 4. 66; Śi. 3. 75.
     (6) To sustain, bear up; rājyadhuramuddhartuṃ Pt. 1.
     (7) To separate, abstract.
     (8) To remove, put away.
     (9) To deduct, subtract. (10) To select, pick out; Ms. 9. 116.
     (11) To present, offer; Y. 1. 159.
     (12) To prove; Y. 2. 28.
     (13) To divide (as with partners).
     (14) To publish, make known. --Caus. To cause to extract or draw out; R. 9. 78.

uddharaṇam
     (1) Drawing or taking out, taking off (clothes &c.).
     (2) Extraction, pulling or tearing out; kaṃṭaka- Ms. 9. 252; cakṣuṣoruddharaṇaṃ Mit.; so śalya-
     (3) Extricating, deliverance, rescuing (from danger); dīnoddharaṇocitasya R. 2. 25; sa baṃdhuryo vipannānāmāpaduddharaṇakṣamaḥ H. 1. 3.
     (4) Destruction, eradication, extermination, deposition, dethronement; caṃdraguptasyoddharaṇāt Mu. 4.
     (5) Lifting, raising.
     (6) Taking a part or share.
     (7) Taking from the Gārhapatya fire to supply the other sacred fires.
     (8) Vomiting.
     (9) Anything vomited. (10) Final emancipation.
     (11) Acquittance of debt.

uddhartṛ, uddhāraka a.
     (1) One who raises or lifts up.
     (2) A sharer, coheir.
     (3) One who recovers property. --m.
     (1) A destroyer, exterminator; Y. 2. 271.
     (2) A saviour, deliverer.

uddhāraḥ
     (1) Drawing out, extraction.
     (2) Deliverance, redemption, saving, rescuing, extrication.
     (3) Raising, lifting up.
     (4) Deduction, a part to be set aside.
     (5) (In law) A part to be set aside from the paternal property for the benefit of the eldest son; the surplus allowed by Law to the eldest beyond the shares of the younger brothers; Ms. 9. 112.
     (6) The sixth part of booty taken in war which belongs to the king; Ms. 7. 97.
     (7) An obligation.
     (8) Debt, particularly such as bears no interest.
     (9) Recovering property. (10) Marching out.
     (11) Citing (a passage), quoting.
     (12) Final beatitude.
     (13) Prosperity, elevation. --rā The plant guḍūcī. --raṃ A fire-place.

uddhāraṇam
     (1) Raising, elevating.
     (2) Rescuing, drawing out of (danger), delivering.
     (3) Sharing, dividing.

uddhṛta p. p.
     (1) Drawn up or out (water), extracted &c.
     (2) Raised, elevated, lifted up, thrown up or upwards; nikṣepaṇāya padamuddhṛtamudvahaṃtī Ku. 5. 85.
     (3) Uprooted, eradicated; uddhṛtāriḥ R. 2. 30.
     (4) Separated, set apart.
     (5) Divided, partitioned.
     (6) Selected.
     (7) Dispersed, scattered.
     (8) Holding, containing.
     (9) Uncovered. (10) Vomited, cast up.
     -- Comp.
          --uddhāra a. 1. one who has received his share of the patrimony. --2. that from which the proper part has been deducted; Ms. 10. 85.
          --sneha a. skimmed (as milk).

uddhṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Drawing or pulling out, extracting.
     (2) An extract, passage selected.
     (3) Delivering, rescuing.
     (4) Especially, delivering or purifying from sin, final liberation; trapaṃte tīrthāni tvaritamiha yasyoddhṛtividhau G. L. 28.

uddhmā 1 P.
     (1) To breathe out, puff, blow.
     (2) To inflate, to make known by blowing (a trumpet).

uddhama a. [ud-dhmā-śa] Sounding, blowing. --maḥ
     (1) Sounding, blowing.
     (2) Breathing hard, panting.

uddhmānam A fire-place, stove.

uddhyaḥ [P. III. 1. 115; cf. ujjhatyudakamiti uddhyaḥ Malli.] N. of a river; toyadāgama ivoddhyabhidyayoḥ R. 11. 8.

uddhvaṃsaḥ Hoarseness (of sound).

udbaṃdh 9 P. To hang, tie up; kaṃṭhamudbadhnāti Mu. 6; pādape ātmānamudbadhya vyāpādayāmi Ratn. 3; Pt. 2.

udbaṃdha a. Loosened; R. 16. 67. --dhaḥ, --dhanaṃ
     (1) Tying up, hanging.
     (2) Hanging oneself.

udbaṃdhakaḥ N. of a mixed tribe(doing the duty of washermen); cf Uśanas: --āyogavena viprāyāṃ jātāstāmropajīvinaḥ . tasyaiva nṛpakanyāyāṃ jātaḥsūnika ucyate .. sūnikasya nṛpāyāṃ tu jātā udbaṃdhakāḥ smṛtāḥ . nirṇejayeyurvastrāṇi aspṛśāśca bhavaṃtyataḥ ..

udbaṃdhukaḥ One who hangs up (Ved.).

udbala a. Strong, powerful.

udbāṣpa a. Filled or suffused with tears; Ki. 3. 59; na ... mama nayanayorudbāṣpatvaṃ sakhe na bhaviṣyati V. 2. 10 tears will gush up in the eyes.

udbāhu a.
     (1) Having the arms raised, stretching or extending the arms; prāṃśulabhye phale lobhādudbāhuriva vāmanaḥ R. 1. 3.
     (2) Having the trunk upraised (as an ele hant).

udbila a. Out of the hole(an animal).

udbudh 1 P.
     (1) To awaken, remind.
     (2) To arouse, animate, excite.

udbuddha p. p.
     (1) Awakened, aroused, excited; manasi udbuddhamātro vikāro bhāvaḥ S. D.
     (2) Opened, expanded, full-blown; -kanakābja Mal. 1. 40.
     (3) Reminded, made to think of.
     (4) Recalled to memory (as an object seen before).
     -- Comp.
          --saṃskāraḥ association of ideas, calling anything to mind.

udbodhaḥ, --dhanam
     (1) Awakening, reminding.
     (2) Recalling to memory, rousing up; nanu kathaṃ rāmādiratyādyudbodhakāraṇaiḥ sītādibhiḥ sāmājikānāṃ ratyudbodhaḥ S. D. 3; so rasa-.

udbodhaka a.
     (1) Reminding, that which reminds or calls to remembrance.
     (2) Exciting, rousing.
     (3) Discovering, exhibiting, showing. --kaḥ N. of the sun.

udbhaṭa a.
     (1) Excellent, pre-eminent; pade pade saṃti bhaṭā raṇodbhaṭāḥ N. 1. 132.
     (2) Exalted, magnanimous. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A fan for winnowing corn.
     (2) A tortoise.

udbhava, udbhāvanā &c. See under udbhū.

udbhās 1 A. To shine. --Caus.
     (1) To light up, illuminate, render beautiful, decorate; ornament; udbhāsitaṃ maṃgalasaṃvidhābhiḥ R. 7. 16; kāle ghanodbhāsite Mk. 5. 35.
     (2) (fig.) To bring into prominence, elevate, exalt; udbhāsitākhilakhalasya Bh. 2. 59.

udbhāsaḥ Radiance, splendour.

udbhāsin, udbhāsura a. Shining, radiant, splendid; vibhūṣaṇodbhāsi pinaddhabhogi vā Ku. 5. 78; krīḍārasodbhāsini Mk. 8. 38; Bh. 1. 80; Amaru. 81.

udbhid 7 U. To break up. --pass. To break out, burst forth, become visible, be produced; adyāpi pakṣāvapi nodbhidyete K. 347; udbhidyamānapakṣa tiḥ 33, 29, 46; udbhinnapayodharayā K. 100 developed; Ve. 4. 10. --Caus. To bring out, develop, unfold; Mu. 4. 3.

udbhid a. [ud-bhid-kvip]
     (1) Sprouting, germinating, shooting forth.
     (2) Penetrating.
     (3) Destroying.
     (4) Causing to come forth. --m.
     (1) A sprout or shoot (of a plant); aṃkuro'bhinavodbhidi Ak.
     (2) A plant; udbhidastarugulmādyāḥ Ak.
     (3) A spring, fountain.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. (udbhijja) sprouting, germinating (as a plant). (
          --jjaḥ) a plant; udbhijjāḥ sthāvarāḥ sarve bījakāṃḍaprārehiṇaḥ Ms. 1. 46.
          --vidyā the science of botany.

udbhida a. Sprouting, germinating. --daṃ Culinary salt.

udbhinna p. p.
     (1) Produced, generated, developed; formed; svayameva brahmabaṃdhunodbhinno durgaprayogaḥ M. 4; R. 13. 21; Rs. 1. 20.
     (2) Shot forth, germinated; nītipādapasya puṣpamudbhinnaṃ M. 1; Ku. 1. 24.
     (3) Opened, expanded, budded; as in yauvanodbhinnaśaiśavā.
     (4) Breaking out, appearing; -romapulakaiḥ Ch. P. 34; S. 6.
     (5) Betrayed; udbhinnāsmi sahavāsinyā visraṃbheṇa Mal. 7; Kam. 17. 45.

udbhedaḥ, --danam
     (1) Breaking through or out, becoming visible, appearance, display, manifestation, growth, development; kisalayodbhedapratidvaṃdvibhiḥ S. 4. 4; umāstanodbhedamanu pravṛddhaḥ Ku. 7. 24; taṃ yauvanodbhedaviśeṣakāṃtaṃ R. 5. 38; Śi. 18. 36; Mu. 5. 3.
     (2) Breaking, plitting; prastarodbhadayogyaḥ U. 3. 25.
     (3) A spring, fountain.
     (4) Horripilation; as in pulakodbheda, romodbheda.
     (5) Treason, betrayal.

udbhū 1 P.
     (1) To arise, spring up, be produced from; udabhūnmurajadhvaniḥ, aṃtarīkṣātsarasvatī &c. see udbhava below.
     (2) To occur, take place; udabhavattīvro durbhikṣaḥ Ks. 27. 94.
     (3) To ascend, go up, mount.
     (4) To suffice.
     (5) To rise in arms, revolt, rebel. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to exist, create, produce; māyāṃ mayodbhāvya parīkṣitosi R. 2. 62.
     (2) To proclaim; māhātmyaṃ K. 109.
     (3) To use, employ.
     (4) To raise, elevate.

udbhavaḥ
     (1) Production, creation, birth, generation (lit. and fig.); iti hetustadudbhave K. P. 1; Y. 3. 80; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of 'springing or arising from,' 'produced from'; ūrūdbhavā V. 1. 3; maṇirākarodbhavaḥ R. 3. 18.
     (2) Source, origin; udbhavo yaśasaḥ K. 54.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu; udbhavaḥ kṣobhano devaḥ V. Sah.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. productive.
          --kṣetraṃ birthplace.

udbhāvaḥ
     (1) Production, generation.
     (2) Magnanimity.

udbhāvanam
     (1) Thinking, thinking over.
     (2) Production, generation, creation.
     (3) Speaking, saying.
     (4) Inattention, neglect, disregard.

udbhāvayitṛ a. Raising upwards, lifting up, exalting (fig. also); udbhāvayitā baṃdhūn Dk. 153.

udbhūta p. p.
     (1) Born, produced, generated.
     (2) Lofty (lit. and fig.).
     (3) Visible, perceptible, capable of being perceived by the senses; as a guṇa.

udbhūtiḥ f.
     (1) Generation, production.
     (2) Elevation, exaltation, prosperity; varaḥ śaṃbhuralaṃ hyeṣa tvatkulodbhūtaye vidhiḥ Ku. 6. 82.

udbhram 1. 4. P. To wander, roam about; dhāvatyudbhramati pramīlati patatyudyāti mūrchatyapi Gīt. 4.

udbhramaḥ
     (1) Whirling, turning round, flourishing (as of a sword).
     (2) Wandering.
     (3) Regret.
     (4) N. of a class of beings attending on Śiva.

udbhramaṇam
     (1) Moving or wandering about.
     (2) Rising.

udbhrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Agitated, bewildered, distracted; -cetanāṃ R. 12. 74; gone mad; Mv. 4.
     (2) Terrified, frightened; mārīcodbhrāṃtahārītāḥ R. 4. 46; U. 6.
     (3) Whirled, flourished, waved (as a sword).
     (4) Wandering upwards. --taṃ
     (1) Flourishing a sword.
     (2) (---takaṃ) Rising (in the air).

udman n. Ved. Flooding.

udyam 1 A. (P. in some cases)
     (1) To raise, elevate, lift up; bāhū udyamya S. 1; parasya daṃḍaṃ nodyacchet Ms. 4. 164, 8. 280; Bg. 1. 20; R. 15. 23, 11. 17; bhāramudyacchate Sk.; Bk. 4. 31, 17. 92.
     (2) To offer, give.
     (3) To prepare, become ready for, begin, set about (with dat., loc. or inf.); udyacchamānā gamanāya paścāt R. 16. 29; Bk. 8. 47; see udyata.
     (4) To strive, be diligent, strive hard for; udyacchati vedaṃ Sk.
     (5) To reign, manage, govern.
     (6) To keep back, stop, hinder.
     (7) To rise. --Caus. To prompt, stimulate; Ki. 9. 66.

udyata p. p.
     (1) Raised, lifted up; udyateṣvapi śastreṣu H. 3. 15; so -asiḥ, -pāṇiḥ &c.
     (2) Persevering, diligent, active.
     (3) Bent, drawn (as a bow); Ki. 1. 21.
     (4) Ready, prepared, on the point of, eager, bent or intent on, engaged in; with dat., loc., inf., or usually in comp; anarthāyodyatā Rām.; udyataḥ sveṣu karmasu R. 17. 61; haṃtuṃ svajanamudyatāḥ Bg. 1. 45; pakṣacchedodyataṃ śakraṃ R. 4. 40; jaya-, vadha- &c.
     (5) Trained, disciplined. --taḥ
     (1) Time (in music).
     (2) A section, chapter, or any such division of a book.

udyat a. Rising. --m. A star.

udyatiḥ f.
     (1) Raising, elevation.
     (2) Effort, exertion.

udyaṃtṛ a. Raising, elevating.

udyamaḥ
     (1) Raising, elevation.
     (2) Strenuous or assiduous effort, exertion, diligence, perseverance; niśamya caināṃ tapase kṛtodyamāṃ Ku. 5. 3; śaśāka menā na niyaṃtumudyamāt 5, firm resolve; udyamena hi sidhyaṃti kāryāṇi na manorathaiḥ Pt. 2. 131.
     (3) Readiness, preparation; gaṃtumudyamo vihitaḥ became ready to go Pt. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --bhaṃgaḥ discouragement.
          --bhṛt a. undergoing exertions, striving hard; Bh. 2. 74.

udyamanam Raising, elevation.

udyamin a. Diligent, persevering, active.

udyāmaḥ
     (1) Erecting, stretching out, elevation.
     (2) A rope, a cord.

udyā 2 P.
     (1) To go up, rise, ascend; kramaśaste punastasya cāpātsamamivodyayuḥ R. 12. 47; patatyudyāti Gīt. 4.
     (2) To originate, spring, arise; iti matirudayāsīt pakṣiṇaḥ prekṣya bhaimīṃ N. 2. 109.

udyānam (--naḥ also)
     (1) Going or walking out.
     (2) A garden, park, pleasure garden; bāhyodyānasthitaharaśiraścaṃdrikādhautaharmyā Me. 7, 26, 33; oft. opp. to vana; cf. dūrīkṛtāḥ khalu guṇairudyānalatā vanalatābhiḥ S. 1. 17.
     (3) Purpose, motive.
     (4) N. of a country to the North of India.
     -- Comp.
          --pālaḥ, --pālakaḥ, --rakṣakaḥ a gardener, superintendent or keeper of a garden; udyānapālasāmānyamṛtavastamupāsate Ku. 2. 36.

udyānakam A garden, park.

udyāpanam Bringing to a conclusion, completing, finishing (as vratodyāpana).

udyāpita a. Brought to a conclusion, accomplished.

udyāvaḥ [ud-yu-ghañ] Mixing, joining; blending.

udyāsaḥ [ud-yas-ghañ] Effort, exertion (Ved.).

udyuj 7 U. (Usually A. only)
     (1) To excite, make active or quick, stimulate to exertion.
     (2) (Intrans.) To exert, attempt, strive (with inf.); bhavaṃtamabhiyoktumudyuṃkte Dk. 3.
     (3) To prepare.

udyukta p. p. Zealously active, persevering, diligent, industrious; engaged, ready.

udyogaḥ
     (1) Effort, exertion, industry; taddaivamiti saṃciṃtya tyajennodyogamātmanaḥ Pt. 2. 140; udyogaḥ khalu kartavyaḥ phalaṃ mārjāravat bhavet ..
     (2) Work, duty, office; tulyodyogastava dinakṛtaścādhikāro mato naḥ V. 2. 1.
     (3) Perseverance, diligence.
     -- Comp.
          --parvan n. title of the 5th book of the Mahābhārata.

udyogin a. Active, diligent, persevering, industrious; udyoginaṃ puruṣasiṃhamupaiti lakṣmīrdaivaṃ hi daivamiti kāpuruṣā vadaṃti Pt. 1. 361.

udraḥ A kind of aquatic animal.

udrin a. Springing; abounding in water.

udraṃkaḥ, --gaḥ N. of the town of hariścaṃdra.

udrathaḥ [udgato ratho yasmāt]
     (1) The pin of the axle of a carriage.
     (2) A cock.

udrāvaḥ A loud noise, uproar.

udric (chiefly used in pass.
     (1) To excel, surpass (with abl.); mamaivodricyate janma-tava janmanaḥ Mb.
     (2) To increase, exceed, preponderate.
     (3) To abound in.

udrikta p. p.
     (1) Increased, excessive, abundant.
     (2) Distinct, evident.

udrekaḥ
     (1) Increase, excess, preponderance, abundance; jñānodrekādvighaṭitatamograṃthayaḥ sattvaniṣṭhāḥ Ve. 1. 23; gatvodrekaṃ jaghanapuline Śi. 7. 74; so moha-, dhana-, mada-.
     (2) Commencement, outset. --kā The plant (mahāniṃba).
     -- Comp.
          --bhaṃgaḥ discouraging a thing at the very beginning.

udrekin a. Abounding in, increasing.

udruja a.
     (1) Destroying, breaking down.
     (2) Undermining (as a bank); as in kūlamudruja q. v.

udrodhanam Rising, growth.

udvat a.
     (1) Excellent.
     (2) Raised, elevated. --f. An elevation, hill (Ved.).

udvatsaraḥ A year.

udvap 1 P.
     (1) To pour out, send forth.
     (2) To raise, elevate.

udvapanam
     (1) A gift, donation.
     (2) Pouring or shaking out.

udvāpaḥ
     (1) Ejection, throwing out.
     (2) Shaving.
     (3) (In logic) Nonexistence of a subsequent consequent on the absence of an antecedent (Wilson).
     (4) Rooting up.
     (5) Raising, elevating.

udvam 1 P. To throw up, eject, vomit (fig. also); udvavāma varau R. 12. 5 spoke out or uttered; shed (tears &c.); Mu. 6. 13.

udvamanaṃ, udvāṃtiḥ f. Vomiting, ejecting.

udvāta p. p.
     (1) Vomited.
     (2) Out of rut (as an elepant).
     (3) Dropped down; S. 6.

udvayas a. Throwing down food (as wind) (annāpātaka).

udvardhanam
     (1) Increase.
     (2) Sly or suppressed laughter.

udvas Caus. To banish, expel, drive away.

udvāsaḥ
     (1) Banishment.
     (2) Abandonment.
     (3) Killing.

udvāsanam
     (1) Expelling, banishing.
     (2) Abandoning.
     (3) Taking out of or away (from the fire).
     (4) Killing, slaughter.

udvāsya a.
     (1) Relating to the killing of a sacrificial animal.
     (2) To be raised or lifted up.
     (3) To be taken out or extracted.

udvasa a From which honey has been extracted (as a bee-hive); Vb. 1. 11.

udvah 1 P.
     (1) To marry, lead home (as a bride); pārthivīmudavahadraghūdvahaḥ R. 11. 54; nodvahetkapilāṃ kanyāṃ Ms. 3. 8, 10, 15; Y. 1. 52; Bk. 2. 48.
     (2) To bear up, raise up, elevate.
     (3) To hold up, sustain, support; padamudvahaṃtī Ku. 5. 85; udvaha dhuraṃ K. 109; Ku. 6. 30; ātmānamudvoḍhumaśakguvatyaḥ R. 16. 60, 11. 66; Śi. 9. 73; Bk. 9. 7; bhāraṃ &c.
     (4) To suffer, experience, feel; Mal. 6. 9; svāmyarthamudvahan Mu. 2. 21 adhering to his master's cause.
     (5) To possess, have, assume, be endowed with; puruṣābhimānamudvahadbhiḥ Mu. 4. yauvanamudvahaṃtyā Ku. 1. 19; śriyamudvahati mukhaṃ te bālātaparaktakamalasya V. 4. 42; M. 5. 14; so śabdaṃ, aṃguliṃ, pāṇiṃ, jñānaṃ, garvaṃ, pramodaṃ &c.
     (6) To carry off or away, take or lead away; tamudvahaṃtaṃ pathi bhojakanyāṃ R. 7. 35, 70.
     (7) To lead to termination, finish; prārabdhamuttamajanāstvamivodvahaṃti Mu. 2. 17 v. l. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to marry.
     (2) To spread above; Śi. 12. 73.

udūḍha p. p.
     (1) Married.
     (2) Coarse, gross.
     (3) Acquired, obtained; Śi. 1. 74.
     (4) Tall, protuberant, high; Ki. 14. 31.
     (5) Heavy, fat.
     (6) Material, substantial.
     (7) Excessive.

udvaha a.
     (1) Carrying, leading up, taking up or away.
     (2) Continuing, perpetuating (as a family); kula- U. 4; so raghu- 4. 22; R. 9. 9; 11. 54.
     (3) Eminent, head, principal, best, foremost. --haḥ
     (1) A son.
     (2) One (i. e. the 4th) of the seven courses of air.
     (3) The vital air which conveys nourishment upwards.
     (4) One of the seven tongues of fire.
     (5) Marriage. --hā A daughter.

udvahanam
     (1) Marrying.
     (2) Supporting, holding or lifting up, bearing, carrying; bhuvaḥ prayuktodvahanakriyāyāḥ R. 13. 8; kailāsanāthodvahanāya bhūyaḥ 14. 20; Māl. 10; R. 2. 18; Ku. 3. 13.
     (3) Being carried on, riding; khareṇodvahanaṃ tathā Ms. 8. 370.
     (4) Possessing, having; lajjā-, vinaya- &c.

udvāhaḥ
     (1) Bearing up, supporting.
     (2) Marriage, wedding; asavarṇāsvayaṃ jñeyo vidhirudvāhakarmaṇi Ms. 3. 43. (The Smṛtis mention 8 forms of marriage: --brāhmo daivastathā cārṣaḥ prājāpatyastathāsuraḥ . gāṃdharvo rākṣasaścaiva paiśācaścāṣṭamaḥ smṛtaḥ ..).

udvāhana a. That which raises or draws up (in comp.); ghaṭīyaṃtraṃ salilodvāhanaṃ praheḥ Ak. --naṃ
     (1) Lifting up.
     (2) Ploughing a field twice.
     (3) Marriage.
     (4) Anxiety, anxious regret. --nī
     (1) A cord, rope.
     (2) A small shell, cowarie (varāṭikā).

udvāhika a. [udvāha-ṭhak] Relating to marriage, matrimonial (as a Mantra); Ms. 9. 65.

udvāhita p. p.
     (1) Raised, lifted up.
     (2) Married.
     (3) Eradicated, pulled up.

udvāhin a.
     (1) Raising, drawing up.
     (2) Marrying. --nī A rope, cord.

udvoḍhṛ m. A husband.

udvādanam Crying aloud.

udvāna a. Vomited, ejected. --naṃ
     (1) Ejecting, vomiting.
     (2) A stove.

udvāsa, --sas a. One who has put off one's clothes.

udvij 6 A. (P. epic.)
     (1) To be grieved or afflicted, be agitated; nodvijetprāpyaṃ cāpriyaṃ Bg. 5. 20; tremble, shake (lit. and fig.).
     (2) To fear, be afraid of, shrink from, abhor (with abl.); tīkṣṇādudvijate Mu. 3. 5; Bg. 12. 15; lokāpavādānnodvignaṃ K. 197 nāyamudvijituṃ kālaḥ svāmikāryāt Bk. 7. 92.
     (3) To be tired or sick of, be disgusted with; jīvitādudvijamānena Mal. 3; sometimes with gen.; yā mamodvijate nityaṃ sādya māmavagūhate Pt. 4. 76.
     (4) To grieve, afflict, frighten. --Caus.
     (1) To trouble, harass, afflict, oppress; udvejayatyaṃgulipārṣṇibhāgān Ku. 1. 11; udvejitā vṛṣṭibhiḥ 5; mlecchairudvejyamānā Mu. 7. 19.
     (2) To terrify, frighten; udvejitāḥ kūjitaiḥ U. 2. 29.
     (3) To produce disgust or abhorrence; ramaṇīyāpyudvejayati K. 12; sīdhupānodvejitasya M. 3; S. 2.

udvigna p. p.
     (1) Grieved, afflicted, sorrowful, anxious (as for any absent lover); -citta, --manas depressed in mind, sorry, anxious.
     (2) Alarmed, frightened; U. 4.

udvega a. [udgato vego'smāt]
     (1) Going swiftly (as an express messenger), courier.
     (2) Steady, calm, tranquil.
     (3) Ascending, mounting.
     (4) One whose arms by long practice continue always raised above the head (as an ascetic). --gaḥ
     (1) Trembling, shaking, waving.
     (2) Agitation, excitement; Bg. 12. 15.
     (3) Alarm, fear; śāṃtodvegastimitanayanaṃ dṛṣṭabhaktirbhavānyā Me. 36; sahasodvegamiyaṃ vrajediti R. 8. 7.
     (4) Anxiety, regret, sorrow, distress (caused by separation from one's favourite object.).
     (5) Admiration, astonishment. --gaṃ A betelnut (fruit.).

udveji(gi)n, --jaka a.
     (1) Agitating, distressing, causing pain or distress.
     (2) Suffering distress, anxious, unhappy.

udvejana a. Causing to tremble (with fear); hurting the feelings. --naṃ
     (1) Agitation, anxiety.
     (2) Infliction of pain, torture, affliction; udvejanakarairdaṃḍaiścihnayitvā pravāsayet Ms. 8. 352 painful.
     (3) Regret, sorrow for one's absence.

udvejayitṛ a. Terrifying; Śi. 3. 19.

udvīkṣ 1 A.
     (1) To look up, view, see, perceive; dṛṣṭiradhikaṃ sotkaṃṭhamudvīkṣate Amaru. 24; priyasya padavīmudvīkṣya 74 looking at (waiting for); R. 13. 68.
     (2) To examine, consider; ātmanaḥ śaktimudvīkṣya Pt. 1. 236.

udvīkṣaṇam
     (1) Looking up or upwards.
     (2) Sight, an eye; seeing, looking at; sakhījanodvīkṣaṇakaumudīmukhaṃ R. 3. 1.

udvīj 10. P.
     (1) To fan.
     (2) To blow upon or towards.

udvījanam Fanning.

udvṛṃhaṇam Increase, growth.

udvṛt 1 A.
     (1) To go upwards, ascend.
     (2) To fly asunder, burst out; udvartamānamūlabaṃdhanaṃ U. 4 the strings of which are giving way or being snapped.
     (3) To tumble over, fall down.
     (4) To go out, depart.
     (5) To rise, swell, increase.
     (6) To be puffed up with pride, be haughty. --Caus.
     (1) To extirpate, eradicate, destroy; udvartitaṃ rasāṃtareṇa lajjālutvaṃ Mv. 2.
     (2) To throw up, elevate.
     (3) To turn round, roll (as eyes).
     (4) To anoint, smear.

udvarta a.
     (1) Superfluous, redundant, plentiful.
     (2) Left over as a remainder, surplus. --rtaḥ
     (1) A remainder, surplus.
     (2) Excess, preponderance.
     (3) Rubbing or smearing the body with perfumes.

udvartaka a.
     (1) Causing to rise.
     (2) Rubbing and cleaning the body. --kaḥ (In Math.) The quantity assumed for the purpose of the operation (Colebrooke).

udvartanam
     (1) Going up, rising.
     (2) Springing up, growth (of plants, grain &c.).
     (3) Prosperity, elevation.
     (4) Turning from side to side; springing up, popping the head; caṭulaśapharodvartanaprokṣitāni Me. 40.
     (5) Griding, pounding.
     (6) Drawing out metal, wire-drawing.
     (7) Anointing, smearing; karodvartanārthe caṃdanaṃ samarpayāmi.
     (8) Particularly, rubbing and cleaning the body with perfumes or fragrant unguents, or the unguents used for this purpose or to relieve pain; Y. 1. 152; Ms. 4. 132 (abhyaṃgamalāpakarṣaṇapiṣṭakādi Kull.).
     (9) Bad behaviour or conduct, rudeness.

udvartita a.
     (1) Risen, elevated.
     (2) Sprung up, drawn out.
     (3) Perfumed, scented, rubbed, kneaded.

udvṛtta p. p.
     (1) Raised, elevated stana, daṃta, megha &c.).
     (2) Flowing out, not contained in, swollen, overflowing; hṛdayabharitodvṛttavismaya Mal. 4; apāmudvṛttānāṃ Mu. 3. 8 overflowing; udvṛtaḥ ka iva sukhāvahaḥ pareṣāṃ Śi. 8. 18. (where u- means also 'gone astray, ill-behaved').
     (3) Grown, increased.
     (4) Exalted, prosperous.
     (5) Proud, furious, haughty; -mṛgapati K. 90.
     (6) Vomited up.
     (7) Left as a remainder.
     (8) Ill-conducted, ill-mannered, rude.
     (9) Agitated; udvṛttanakrāt sahasonmamajja R. 16. 79.

udvṛh 6 P. raise up, elevate.
     (2) To draw up, eradicate, uproot.

udvarhita a. Drawn up; eradicated.

udvega See under udvij.

udvedi a. [unnatā vediryatra] Having a raised seat or throne in it; vimānaṃ navamudvedi R. 17. 9.

udvepaḥ Shaking, trembling, excessive tremor.

udvela a. [utkrāṃto velāṃ]
     (1) Overflowing its banks (as a river); bhayamapralayodvelādācakhyurnairṛtodadheḥ R. 10. 34; K. 333.
     (2) Transgressing the proper limits.
     (3) Excessive; K. 138.

udvell 1 P.
     (1) To shake, wave; Māl. 2, 6; udvelladbālakadalī Ratn. 2.
     (2) To roll or move about, turn round; udvellaṃti purāṇacaṃdanataruskaṃdheṣu kuṃbhīnasāḥ U. 2. 29; Mv. 5. 2; Māl. 8. 9.

udvellita p. p. Shaken, tossed up. --taṃ Shaking.

udveṣṭa a. Investing, surrounding, covering on all sides. --ṣṭaḥ
     (1) Surrounding.
     (2) Investing or besieging (as a town &c.).
     (3) Devastating.
     (4) Overcoming in battle.

udveṣṭana a.
     (1) Loosened; kayācidudveṣṭanavāṃtamālyaḥ R. 7. 6; Ku. 7. 57.
     (2) Freed from bonds, unfettered, unbound. --naṃ
     (1) The act of surrounding or enclosing.
     (2) An enclosure, fence.
     (3) A pain in the buttocks or back of the body; hṛdaya- convulsive pain in the heart.

udveṣṭayati Den. P. To open, unfasten, untie.

udveṣṭita a. Surrounded, invested.

udhas An udder; see ūdhas.

udhras 9. 10. P. (udhrasnāti, udhrāsayati)
     (1) To glean or gather little by little at a time.
     (2) To throw or cast upwards.

uṃd 7 P. [unatti, uṃdāṃcakāra, auṃdīt, uṃdituṃ, utta-unna;]
     (1) To wet, moisten, bathe; yāḥ pṛthivīṃ payasoṃdaṃti.
     (2) To flow or issue out, spring (as water). --Caus. (aor. auṃdidat) To wet. --desid. (uṃdidiṣati) [cf. L. unda].

uṃdanam Moistening, wetting.

unna p. p.
     (1) Wet, wetted, moist.
     (2) (fig.) Kind, moved to pity.

uṃdaruḥ, uṃduraḥ, uṃduruḥ, uṃdūruḥ [uṃd-urauru vā] A mouse, rat.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇī, --karṇikā the plant Salvinia Cuccullata.

unnad 1 P. To roar or below aloud, sound, roar (in general); asoḍhasiṃhadhvanirunnanāda Ku. 1. 56; kālamegha ivonnadan Mb.

unnādaḥ Crying out, roar, humming, chirping &c.

unnam 1 P.
     (1)
          (a) To rise, appear; unnamyonnamya līyaṃte daridrāṇāṃ manorathāḥ Pt. 2. 91.
          (b) To hang over, arise, impend; unnamatyakāladurdinam Mk. 4, 5 an untimely storm impends; bahalonnamadaṃbudharāḥ Mal. 9. 18.
          (c) To rise, ascend, go up (fig. also); unnamati namati varṣati garjati meghaḥ Mk. 5; namratvenonnamaṃtaḥ Bh. 2. 69.
     (2) To bend up, raise, elevate, erect; Ki. 16. 35. --Caus. (namayati)
     (1) To bend upwards, raise, erect; mukhamunnamayya Ku. 7. 23; S. 3. 25; R. 1. 41.
     (2) (fig.) To elevate, raise to eminence; unnamaya baṃdhuvargaṃ K. 109.

unnata p. p.
     (1) Raised, elevated, uplifted (fig. also); upāsitaguruprajñābhimānonnatāḥ Bh. 3. 24; Śi. 9. 79; natonnatabhūmibhāge S. 4. 14.
     (2) High (fig. also), tall, lofty; great, eminent; sthitaḥ sarvonnatenorvī krāṃtvā merurivātmanā R. 1. 14; V. 5. 22; Ki. 5. 15, 14. 23; Pt. 1. 29; -icchaḥ R. 6. 71; Śi. 7. 27; -cetas a. noble-minded; Pt. 1. 122.
     (3) Projecting, plump, full (as breasts); M. 2. 3; Rs. 1. 7. --taḥ A boa (ajagara). --taṃ
     (1) Elevation.
     (2) Ascension, altitude.
     -- Comp.
          --ānata a. elevated and depressed, uneven, high and low; baṃdhuraṃ tūnnatānataṃ Ak.
          --caraṇa a. with uplifted paws, rampant.
          --nābhi a. having a projecting navel, i. e. corpulent, fat.
          --śiras a. carrying the head high, holding up the head, proud.

unnatatvam Height, sublimity, majesty; R. 5. 37.

unnatiḥ f.
     (1) Elevation, height (fig. also); see unnatimat below.
     (2) Exaltation, dignity, rise, prosperity, increase; stokenonnatimāyāti stokenāyātyadhogatiṃ Pt. 1. 150; dhvajānāmunnatiḥ K. 55; Śi. 16. 22, 72; Bv. 1. 40; mahājanasya saṃparkaḥ kasya nonnatikārakaḥ H. 3. v. l.; māna- Bh. 2. 23.
     (3) Raising.
     (4) The wife of Garuḍa.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ N. of Garuḍa (Lord of unnati).

unnatimat a.
     (1) Elevated, projecting, plump (as breasts); sā pīnonnatimatpayodharayugaṃ dhatte Amaru. 30; Śi. 9. 72.
     (2) High, sublime.

unnamanam
     (1) Raising, lifting up.
     (2) Height, elevation.

unnamita p. p.
     (1) Raised, lifted up.
     (2) Heightened, increased, proved to be superior; -upadeśaḥ M. 3.

unnamra a. Erect, upright, lofty, high (fig. also); unnamratāmrapaṭamaṃḍapamaṃḍitaṃ tat Śi. 5. 68; -tā erectness, uprightness (of the body).

unnāmaḥ Raising, lifting up; śatabuddhiḥ kṛtonnāmaḥ Pt. 5. 45 lifted up.

unnaya --yanam See under unnī.

unnasa a. [unnatā nāsikā yasya] Having a prominent nose; unnasaṃ dadhatī vaktraṃ Bk. 4. 18.

unnah 4 P.
     (1) To tie up, bind up, fasten round.
     (2) To draw out, pull out.
     (3) To come out of, rise from.

unnaddha p. p.
     (1) Tied or bound up, fastened; te'sya muktāguṇonnaddhaṃ maulimaṃtargatasrajaṃ R. 17. 23; 18. 50; Ku. 3. 46.
     (2) Swelled, increased, heaving; śvāsonnaddhapayodhara Gīt. 12.
     (3) Unbound.
     (4) Elated, flushed with; vīrya-, mada-, bala- &c.

unnāhaḥ
     (1) Projection, protuberance; stana- Mal. 9; rise; balāhaka- K. 26.
     (2) Tying up. --haṃ Sour gruel made from the fermentation of rice.

unnābha a.
     (1) Having a projecting navel, corpulent. --bhaḥ N. of a king of the Solar race.

unnāla a. With the stalk prominently appearing; Māl. 9. 13.

unnidra a. [udgatā nidrā yasya]
     (1) Sleepless, awake, without one wink of sleep; tāmunnidrāmavaniśayanāṃ saudhavātāyanasthaḥ Me. 88; vigamayatyunnidra eva kṣapāḥ S. 6. 4; Mu. 4. 2; Mal. 3.
     (2) Expanded, full-blown, budded (as lotuses.); -araviṃdaṃ K. 22; unnidrapuṣpākṣisahasrabhājā Śi. 4. 13, 31, 8. 28.

unnī 1 P.
     (1) To lead upwards, bring up.
     (2) To raise, erect, lift up (A.); daṃḍamunnayate Sk.; svadaṃṣṭronnītadharo varāhaḥ Bhag.
     (3) To bring out of, free from, help, rescue, redeem; rasāyā līlayonnītāṃ urvīṃ Bhag.
     (4) To draw up (as water).
     (5) To stroke; straighten out.
     (6) To lead out or aside, lead away; ekāṃtamunnīya Mb.
     (7) To press out, extract.
     (8) To infer, ascertain, guess, conjecture; kathamapi sa ityunnetavyastathāpi dṛśoḥ priyaḥ U. 3. 22, 1. 29, 6. 26; V. 4; prakṛtipratyayādyarthaiḥ saṃkīrṇe liṃgamunnayet Ak.
     (9) To fill completely. (10) To lead off (in singing).

unnayaḥ, unnāyaḥ
     (1) Raising, elevating.
     (2) Height, elevation.
     (3) Analogy, resemblance.
     (4) Inference.

unnayana a. With the eyes raised upwards; R. 4. 3. --naṃ
     (1) Raising, elevating, lifting up.
     (2) Drawing up water.
     (3) The vessel out of which a fluid is taken.
     (4) Leading away, extracting.
     (5) Making straight, smoothing; sīmaṃta-.
     (6) Deliberation, discussion.
     (7) Inference; śravaṇādanu paścādīkṣā anvīkṣā unnayanaṃ.

unnāyaka a.
     (1) Raising, lifting up.
     (2) What leads to an inference or conclusion.

unnetṛ a.
     (1) Raising, leading up.
     (2) Leading to an inference. --m. One of the 16 priests at a sacrifice.

unnetram The office of the unnetṛ.

unmajj(masj) 6 P. To emerge, rise up; vanyaḥ saritto gaja unmamajja R. 5. 43, 16. 79; unmamajja śanakaistuhināṃśuḥ Ki. 9. 23; S. 7. 8; Śi. 9. 30.

unmajjaka a. Emerging, rising up. --kaḥ A kind of ascetic; kaṃṭhadaghne jale sthitvā tapaḥ kurvan pravartate . unmajjakaḥ sa vijñeyastāpaso lokapūjitaḥ ...

unmajjanam Emerging, coming out of water. --naḥ An attendant of Śiva.

unmath, unmaṃth 1. 9. P.
     (1) To shake up, disturb, excite, stir; pain.
     (2) To strike, kill, destroy; mīmāṃsākṛtamunmamātha sahasā hastī muniṃ jaiminiṃ Pt. 2. 33; dhairyamunmathya Mal. 1. 18; vikalpanidrāmunmathya Prab.
     (3) To tear, cut off, peel off; vanyadvipenonmathitā tvagasya R. 2. 37.
     (4) To mix.

unmathana a. Tearing, disturbing, paining. --naṃ
     (1) Shaking off, throwing off or down.
     (2) Killing, slaughter; anyonyasūtonmathanāt R. 7. 52.

unmaṃthaḥ
     (1) Agitation, disturbance.
     (2) Killing, slaughter.
     (3) A disease of the outer ear.

unmaṃthaka a.
     (1) Shaking off, agitating, stirring.
     (2) Throbbing, beating. --kaḥ Inflammation of the outer ear.

unmaṃthanam
     (1) Shaking off, agitating.
     (2) Killing, slaughter, hurting.
     (3) Beating (with a stick).
     (4) Probing, stirring a dart lodged in the body.
     (5) The instrument used for this purpose.

unmātha a. Destroying or killing. --thaḥ
     (1) Torment, pang, deep pain; -vegāḥ Mal. 9. 45.
     (2) Shaking, agitation.
     (3) Killing, slaughter.
     (4) A snare or trap; prayojayati conmāthaṃ nityamastaṃ gate ravau Mb.

unmāthin a.
     (1) Shaking, agitating.
     (2) Tormenting, excruciating; Mal. 9. 10.

unmad 4 P.
     (1) To be or become mad.
     (2) To delight, gratify. --Caus. (ma-mā-dayati) To madden, inebriate, render drunk (lit. and fig.); lakṣmyonmāditāḥ K. 107; Ki. 4. 16.

unmatta p. p.
     (1) Drunk, intoxicated.
     (2) Insane, frantic, mad; dvāvatronmattau V. 2; aho unmattāsmi saṃvṛttā U. 3, 5. 30; S. 6; Ms. 9. 79.
     (3)
          (a) Puffed, elevated.
          (b) Furious, wild; madonmattasya bhūpasya kuṃjarasya ca gacchataḥ Pt. 1. 161; U. 2; Śi. 6. 31.
     (4) Possessed by a ghost or an evil-spirit; Y. 2. 32; Ms. 3. 161 (vātapittaśleṣmasaṃnipātagrahasaṃbhavenopasṛṣṭaḥ Mit.). --ttaḥ The thorn apple (dhattūra); N. of another tree (mucakuda).
     -- Comp.
          --kīrtiḥ, --veśaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --gaṃgaṃ N. of a country (where the Gaṅgā roars furiously along).
          --darśana, --rūpa a. maniac-like, mad in appearance.
          --pralapita a. spoken in drunkenness or madness. (
          --taṃ) the words of a madman.
          --liṃgin a. pretending to be mad.

unmattaka a.
     (1) Insane, mad.
     (2) Drunk, intoxicated.

unmada a.
     (1) Intoxicated, drunk; udīrayāmāsurivonmadānām R. 2. 9, 16. 54.
     (2) Mad, furious, extravagant; Śi. 10. 4, 12. 44, 77; 16. 59.
     (3) Causing intoxication, intoxicating; madhukarāṃganayā muhurunmadadhvanibhṛtā nibhṛtākṣaramujjage Śi. 6. 20. --daḥ
     (1) Insanity.
     (2) Intoxication, ecstacy.

unmadana a. [udbhūto madano'sya] Affected or inflamed with love; tadāprabhṛtyunmadanā babhūva Ku. 5. 55.

unmadiṣṇu a.
     (1) Mad, insane.
     (2) Intoxicated, drunk.
     (3) In rut (as an elephant); Śi. 12. 28.

unmāda a.
     (1) Mad, insane.
     (2) Extravagant. --daḥ
     (1) Madness, insanity; aho unmādaḥ U. 3; Mal. 9.
     (2) Intense passion, intoxication or extravagance of love; Mal. 3, 2. 11; vīrarabhasenmādaḥ Mv. 2. 22 rapturous joy.
     (3) Lunacy, mania (considered as a disease of the mind); madayaṃtyuddhatā doṣā yasmādunmārgamāśritāḥ . mānaso'yamato vyādhirunmāda iti kīrtitaḥ .. Suśr.
     (4) (In Rhet.) Madness considered as one of the 33 subordinate feelings; cittasaṃmoha unmādaḥ kāmaśokabhayādibhiḥ S. D. 3; or according to R. G. vipralaṃbhamahāpattiparamānaṃdādijanmā'nyasminnanyāvabhāsa unmādaḥ.
     (2) Bloom; unmādaṃ vīkṣya padmānāṃ S. D. 2.

unmādakaḥ N. of the plant dhattūra.

unmādana a. Maddening, exciting, intoxicating. --naḥ One of the five arrows of Cupid.

unmādayitṛka a. Intoxicating, enrapturing; S. 1.

unmādin a. Mad, intoxicated.

unmāduka a. Fond of drinking (Ved.).

unmanas, --naska a. [udbhrāṃtaṃ mano'sya]
     (1) Excited or disturbed in mind, perplexed, agitated, uneasy; unmanāḥ prathamajanmaceṣṭitānyasmarannapi babhūva rāghavaḥ R. 11. 22; Ki. 14. 45.
     (2) Regretting, repining for a lost or departed friend.
     (3) Anxious, eager, impatient; gaṃtuṃ pāvakamunmanastadabhavat Bh. 2. 75.
     (4) Proud (manasvin); Śi. 16. 3 (where it also means "anxious").

unmanāyate Den. A., unmanībhū 1 P. To become excited or disturbed in mind, be uneasy, regret; asmadvinā mā bhṛśamunmanībhūḥ Ki. 3. 39.

unmanīkṛ 8 U. To make excited, disturb; Ki. 10. 37.

unmayūkha a. Shining, radiant; R. 16. 69.

unmardanam
     (1) Rubbing, kneading.
     (2) A fragrant essence used for the purpose of rubbing.
     (3) Act of purifying air.

unmā Ved. A measure.

unmānam
     (1) Weighing, measuring upwards; ūrdhvamānaṃ kilonmānaṃ.
     (2) A measure of size or quantity.
     (3) Price.

unmita a. Measured.

unmitiḥ f. Measure; price.

unmeya a. To be weighed; what is weighed. --yaṃ Weight.

unmārga a. [utkrāṃtaḥ mārgāt] Going to a wrong path. --rgaḥ
     (1) A wrong road, deviation from the right road (fig. also); nityamunmārgagāmināṃ Pt. 1.
     (2) An improper conduct, evil course, moral turpitude; unmārgaprasthitāni iṃdriyāṇi K. 155; -pravartakaḥ 103. --rgaṃ ind. Astray, by a wrong way; Pt. 1. 161.
     -- Comp.
          --gata a. going wrong.
          --gamanaṃ following evil courses.
          --gāmin, --vartin a. going wrong, erring, taking a wrong road.

unmārgin a. Going astray; finding an outlet (as water).

unmiśra a. Mixed with, variegated.

unmiṣ 6 P.
     (1) To open the eyes; unmimeṣa tadā muniḥ Bhāg, Bg. 5. 9; Dk. 111.
     (2) To open (as the eyes); pralayāṃtonmiṣite vilocane Ku. 4. 2.
     (3) To open, bloom, be expanded (as lotuses); unmiṣadutpalavana K. 22.
     (4) To rise, peep up (as stars); unmiṣatsu grahagrāmaṇīṣu K. 176.
     (5) To shine, glitter, flash; as tejasa
     (6) To arise, originate; unmiṣadromaharṣa, unmiṣattoṣaṃ &c.

unmiṣa a. Blown, opened. --ṣaḥ Opening the eyes.

unmiṣita p. p. Opened(as eyes), blown, expanded &c. --taṃ
     (1) A look, glance; Ku. 5. 25; K. 72.
     (2) Opening; R. 5. 68.

unmeṣaḥ, --ṣaṇam
     (1) Opening (of the eyes), winking, twinkling (of eyes); pratyagronmeṣajihmā Mu. 3. 21.
     (2) Blowing, opening, expansion; unmeṣaṃ yo mama na sahate jātivairī niśāyāṃ K. P. 10; dīrghikākamalonmeṣaḥ Ku. 2. 33.
     (3) Light, flash, brilliancy; satāṃ prajñonmeṣaḥ Bh. 2. 114 light or flash; vidyudunmeṣadṛṣṭiṃ Me. 81.
     (4) Awakening, rising, becoming visible, manifestation; jñāna- Śānti. 3. 13.

unmeṣin a. Flying about, glittering about; Māl. 6. 5.

unmīl 1 P.
     (1) To open(as the eyes); udamīlīcca locane Bk. 15. 102; 16. 8.
     (2) To be awakened or roused, be excited; unmimīla viśadaṃ viṣameṣuḥ Śi. 10. 72; Bk. 1. 33.
     (3) To expand, blow (as lotuses); sarobhirunmīlitapadmalocanaiḥ Ki. 4. 3; Mal. 1. 38, 9. 15.
     (4) To be diffused or spread, cluster round; prāṃtonmīlanmanoharakuṃtalaiḥ U. 1. 20; unmīlanmadhugaṃdha Gīt. 1.
     (5) To appear, become manifest; khaṃ vāyurjvalano jalaṃ kṣitiriti trailokyamunmīlati Prab. 1. 2.
     (6) To break forth, burst out; U. 4. --Caus.
     (1) To open (eyes, lotuses &c.); tadetadunmīlaya cakṣurāyataṃ V. 1. 5; Mk. 1. 33.
     (2) To display, show; tvayādya sādhutonmīlitā.

unmīlaḥ, --lanam
     (1) Opening (of the eyes), awaking; jñānāṃjanaśalākābhirnetronmīlanakārakaḥ Mb.
     (2) Unfolding, opening (in general); priyāguṇasahasrāṇāmekonmīlanapeśalaḥ U. 6. 34.
     (3) Touching up, painting; ālekhya- K. 267.
     (4) Expanding, blowing.

unmīlita p. p.
     (1) Opened; ajñānatimirāṃdhasya jñānāṃjanaśalākayā . cakṣurunmīlitaṃ yena tasmai pāṇinaye namaḥ .. Śik. 58; Ki. 16. 12.
     (2) Blown, expanded; te conmīlitamālatīsurabhayaḥ prauḍhāḥ kadaṃbānilāḥ; K. P. 1; awakened; Mv. 1. 48; K. 110.
     (3) Touched up, painted; unmīlitaṃ tūlikayeva citraṃ Ku. 1. 32. --taṃ (In Rhet.) An open reference (to anything).

unmukha a. (khī f.) [ud-ūrdhvaṃ mukhaṃ yasya]
     (1) Raising the face, looking up; -darśana looking upwards; adreḥ śṛṃgaṃ harati pavanaḥ kiṃsvidityunmukhībhiḥ Me. 14, 100; R. 1. 39, 11. 26; āśrama- 1. 53.
     (2) Ready, intent on, on the point of, about to, prepared for; tamaraṇyasamāśrayonmukhaṃ R. 8. 12 about to retire to the woods; 16. 9, 3. 12; udayonmukhacaṃdrikā M. 5. 7; bhedonmukhaṃ V. 2. 7; Ku. 6. 48.
     (3) Eager, waiting for, expecting, looking up to; tasmin saṃyamināmādye jāte pariṇayonmukhe Ku. 6. 34; lakṣmīriva guṇonmukhī R. 12. 26, 6. 21, 11. 23.
     (4) Sounding, speaking or making a sound; parabhṛtonmukhī Ku. 6. 2 speaking through the cuckoo.

unmukhara a. Loud-sounding, noisy.

unmuc 6 U.
     (1) To unfasten, pull off; unmucya sūtreṇa vinaiva hārāḥ R. 6. 28; take off (clothes &c.); ātmakaṃṭhādunmucya K. 147, 67; Bk. 3. 22.
     (2) To loosen, liberate, free from (as a bond); ṛṇamunmucya devānāṃ Mb.; open (as a letter); lekhamunmucya Rāj. T. 3. 235; K. 221.
     (3) To raise, elevate, send forth (as sound); ārtanādo hi yaḥ paurairunmuktaḥ Rām.
     (4) To fling, hurl (as a missile). --Caus.
     (1) To extricate, loosen, free; Mv. 6. 46.
     (2) To deliver.

unmukta p. p. Pulled off, loosened &c.; -kaṃṭhaṃ bitterly.

unmocanam Unfastening, loosening.

unmudra a. [udgatā mudrā yasmāt]
     (1) Unsealed.
     (2) Opened, blown, expanded (as a flower).

unmūl 10 P. To eradicate, pluck up by the roots, exterminate; samūlamunmūlayatīva me manaḥ Ki. 1. 41; unmūlitā haladhareṇa padāvaghātaiḥ Udb.

unmūlanam
     (1) Plucking up by the roots, eradication, destroying, uprooting; na pādaponmūlanaśakti raṃhaḥ R. 2. 34.

unmṛj 2 P.
     (1) To rub or wipe off, clean by washing; Y. 1. 20.
     (2) To efface, blot out, obliterate.
     (3) To receive, accept (Ved.).

unmārjanam Rubbing, wiping off, removing; manaḥśalya- Dk. 161.

unmṛjāvamṛjā Repeatedly rubbing up and down.

unmṛṣṭa p. p. Blotted out, effaced, cleared, removed, wiped off; R. 15. 32; Y. 2. 91.

unmedā f. Corpulence, fatness.

upa ind.
     (1) As a prefix to verbs and nouns it expresses towards, near to, by the side of, with, under, down (opp. apa). According to G. M. the following are its senses: --upa sāmīpyasāmarthyavyātyācāryakṛtimṛtidoṣadānakriyāvīpsāraṃbhādhyayanapūjaneṣuḥ--
     (1) nearness, contiguity; upaviśati, upagacchati goes near;
     (2) power, ability; upakaroti;
     (3) pervasion; upakīrṇa;
     (4) advice, instructing as by a teacher; upadiśati, upadeśa;
     (5) death, extinction, uparata;
     (6) defect, fault; upaghāta;
     (7) giving; upanayati, upaharati;
     (8) action, effort; upa tvāneṣye;
     (9) beginning, commencement; upakramate, upakrama; (10) study; upādhyāyaḥ;
     (11) reverence, worship; upasthānaṃ, upacarati pitaraṃ putraḥ. It is also said to have the senses of disease, ornament, command, reproof, killing, wish, resemblance &c.
     (2) As unconnected with verbs and prefixed to nouns, it expresses direction towards, nearness, resemblance, relationship, contiguity in space, number, time, degree &c., but generally involving the idea of subordination or inferiourity; upakaniṣṭhikā the finger next to the little finger; upapurāṇaṃ a secondary Purāṇa; upaguruḥ an assistant master; upādhyakṣaḥ a vice-president. It usually, however, forms Avyayī. comp. in these senses; upagaṃgaṃ = gaṃgāyāḥ samīpe; upakūlaṃ, -vanaṃ &c.; these are again compounded with other words; upakūpajalāśayaḥ, upakaṃṭhanivāsinī. Prefixed to proper nouns it means a 'younger brother'; upeṃdraḥ.
     (3) With numerals it forms saṃkhyābahuvrīhi and means 'nearly,' 'almost'; upatriṃśāḥ nearly thirty; upaviṃśāḥ about twenty &c.
     (4) As a separable preposition
          (a) with acc. when it means inferiority (P. I. 4. 87); upa hariṃ surāḥ Sk the gods are under i. e. are inferior to Hari; śakrādaya upācyutaṃ Vop.
          (b) With loc. it expresses
     (1) over, above, superior to; upa niṣke kārṣāpaṇaṃ, upa parārdhe harerguṇāḥ;
     (2) addition;
     (3) near to, towards, in the direction of, under;
     (4) at, on, upon;
     (5) upto, in, above; e. g. upa sānuṣu on or above the peaks; vayo na vasatīrupa; or sometimes
          (c) with the instr.; with, at the same time with, according. to
     (5) As a separable adverb it is rarely used in the senses of further, moreover. (upāsanne'dhike hīne sādṛśyapratiyatnayoḥ . tadyogavyāptipūjāsu śaktāvāraṃbhadānayoḥ .. dakṣiṇācāryakaraṇadoṣākhyānātyayeṣu ca .. [cf. Gr. hupo; L. sub; Goth. up; Germ. ob.].

upakakṣa a. Ved. Reaching to the shoulder.

upakaṃṭha a. Near, proximate. --ṭhaḥ, --ṭhaṃ
     (1) Proximity, vicinity, neighbourhood; prāpa tālīvanaśyāmamupakaṃṭhaṃ mahodadheḥ R. 4. 34; 13. 48; Ku. 7. 51; Mal. 9. 2; ākṛṣya cāpaṃ śravaṇopakaṃṭhe S. 3. 5 to the very ear.
     (2) Space near a village or its boundary.
     (3) One of a horse's paces. --ind.
     (1) Upon the neck, near the throat; premṇopakaṃṭhaṃ muhuraṃkabhājaḥ Śi. 3. 36.
     (2) In the vicinity of, near.

upakathā A short story or tale.

upakaniṣṭhikā [upagatā kaniṣṭhikāṃ] The finger next to the little finger, the last but one finger (anāmikā); Śik. 44.

upakanyā The friend of one's daughter; -puraṃ near the woman's apartments.

upakarṇ 10 U. To hear; Śi. 20. 5.

upakarṇam ind. Close to the ear, into the ear.

upakarṇanam Hearing.

upakarṇikā Rumour, report.

upakiraṇa See under upakṝ.

upakīcakaḥ
     (1) A relation or follower of Kīchaka.
     (2) The army of Virāṭa under Kīchaka.

upakuṃciḥ, --cikā
     (1) The plant Nigella Indica (kṛṣṇajīraka).
     (2) Small cardamoms.

upakuṃbha a.
     (1) Near, proximate.
     (2) Solitary, retired, secluded. --bhaṃ ind. Near a jar.

upakulyā
     (1) The plant Piper Longum.
     (2) A canal, trench.

upakuśaḥ Gum-boil; a disease of the mouth.

upakūj 1 P. To fill with cooing.

upakūjita p. p. Made to resound (with cooing). --taṃ Filling with cooing.

upakūpaṃ --pe ind. Near a well; -jalāśayaḥ a trough near a well for watering cattle.

upakūlam ind. On the shore; R. 15. 28.

upakṛ 8 U. (a) upakaroti-kurute.
     (1) To place or bring near, furnish or provide with, do or render; kiṃ te bhūyaḥ priyamupakarotu pākaśāsanaḥ V. 5; Ms. 2. 149, 245, 5. 32.
     (2) To assist, serve, befriend, oblige, favour, benefit, help; prāṇairapyupakurvate Pt. 1. 83; Bk. 8. 18; (oft. with gen. of person); sā lakṣmīrupakurute yayā pareṣāṃ Ki. 7. 28, 8. 13; ātmanaścopakartuṃ Me. 101; Śi. 20. 74; K. 174; na hi dīpau parasparasyopakurutaḥ S. B.; sometimes with loc. also; Ms. 8. 394.
     (3) To foster, take care of.
     (4) To render homage, serve, wait or attend upon (with acc.); harimupakurute Sk.
     (5) To begin, set about anything (with dat.).
     (6) To subdue, overcome.
          (b) upaskaroti, -skurute.
     (1) To add, supply (vākyādhyāhāre); upaskṛtaṃ brūte P. VI. 1. 139 Sk.
     (2) To provide or furnish with; sitātapatravyajanairupaskṛtaḥ Bhāg.
     (3) To attend or wait on, serve.
     (4) To adorn, decorate, elaborate, refine, polish, prepare, perfect; rājataṃ cānupaskṛtaṃ Ms. 5. 112; upaskṛtā kanyā Sk.; Bh. 2. 15.
     (5)
          (a) To care for, take care of (with acc. of person); P. I. 3. 32, VI. 1. 139.
          (b) To make efforts (with gen. of thing); edhodakasyopaskurute, mā kasyacidupaskṛthāḥ Bk. 8. 19, 119.
     (6) To furnish badly, deform; Ms. 3. 257.
     (7) To corrupt, defile, censure; 7. 98.
     (8) To bring or call together; upaskṛtā brāhmaṇāḥ (=samuditāḥ Sk.).

upakaraṇam
     (1) Doing service or favour, helping, assisting.
     (2) Material, implement, instrument, means; sveṣūpakaraṇeṣu U. 5; -dravyaṃ Mk. 3; upakaraṇībhāvamāyāti U. 3. 3 serve as helping instruments, or assistants; paropakāropakaraṇaṃ śarīraṃ K. 207; so snāna- bathing materials; Pt. 1; vyāyāma- athletic materials; ātmā paropakaraṇīkṛtaḥ H. 2. 24; K. 80, 102, 198, 204; Y. 2. 276, Ms. 9. 270.
     (3) An engine, machine, apparatus, paraphernalia (in general).
     (4) Means of subsistence, anything supporting life.
     (5) A means or expedient; karma-, veda-, yajña- &c.
     (6) Fabricating, composing, elaborating.
     (7) The insignia of royalty.
     (8) The attendants of a king.

upakartṛ a. One who does a service or favour, useful, friendly; āpatsūpakartā Dk. 160; hīnānyanuparkatṝṇi pravṛddhāni vikurvate R. 17. 58; upakartrī rasādīnāṃ S. D. 624; Śi. 2. 37.

upakāraḥ
     (1) Service, help, assistance, favour, kindness, obligation (opp. apakāra); upakārāpakārau hi lakṣyaṃ lakṣaṇametayoḥ Śi. 2. 37; śāmyetpratyapakāreṇa nopakāreṇa durjanaḥ Ku. 2. 40, 3. 73; Y. 3. 284; Pt. 1. 22; upakāre vṛt to be of service or useful (to another).
     (2) Preparation.
     (3) Ornament, decoration.
     (4) Particularly, flowers, garlands &c. suspended at gate-ways as embellishments on festive occasions. --rī A royal tent, palace.
     (2) Caravansera.

upakāraka a. Doing service or favour, helping, contributing to, assisting, productive (of good results); upakārakamāyaterbhṛśaṃ Ki. 2. 43.

upakārikā
     (1) Protectress, a female assistant.
     (2) A palace.
     (3) A tent, a caravansera.
     (4) A kind of cake.

upakārin a. Helping, serving, beneficial &c.; subservient, benefactor.

upakārya a.
     (1) Deserving assistance or favour, fit to be assisted. --ryā A royal house, palace; ramyāṃ raghupratinidhiḥ sa navopakāryāṃ bālyātparāmiva daśāṃ madanodhyuvāsa R. 5. 63; a royal tent; tasyopakāryāracitopacārāḥ 5. 41, 11. 93, 13. 79, 16. 55, 73.

upakurvāṇa a. Doing service &c. --ṇaḥ A Brāhmaṇa in a state of pupilage (brahmacārin) who wishes to pass on to the state of a householder (gṛhastha).

upakṛta p. p. Assisted, benefited, served &c. --taṃ Aid, favour, obligation; gatā nāśaṃ tārā upakṛtamasādhāviva jane Mk. 5. 25.

upakṛtiḥ f., upakriyā Favour, obligation.

upakṝ 6 P. To bestrew, scatter or throw down, scatter or pour upon; ratnopakīrṇāṃ vasudhāṃ Mb.
     (2) (upaskṝ)
          (a) To cut up, split, lop.
          (b) To hurt, strike.

upakiraṇam
     (1) Scattering or throwing over, covering up; burying.
     (2) Pervasion. --ind. Near the rays.

upakḷp 1 A.
     (1) To be fit for; tatredamupakalpate Bhāg.
     (2) To be prepared or ready (at hand); āsaneṣūpakḷpteṣu Ms. 3. 208, 8. 333.
     (3) To result in, serve as, lead to (with dat.); vāryapi śraddhayā dattamakṣayāyopakalpate Ms. 3. 202.
     (4) To become, take a (particular) form or shape. --Caus.
     (1) To prepare, get ready, equip; rathaṃ Ve. 2.
     (2) To appoint, assign, allot; upakalpitaṃ paśuṃ Pt. 1; U. 2; Y. 1. 109.
     (3) To vow, promise; devatopakalpita Pt. 4.
     (4) To set up, exhibit.
     (5) To render (homage), communicate.
     (6) To bring near, fetch.
     (7) To assume, take.

upakalpanaṃ, --nā
     (1) Preparation; evaṃ vijñāya matimān bhojanasyopakalpanāṃ Suśr.
     (2) Fabricating, making &c.

upakalpita p. p.
     (1) Prepared, made &c.
     (2) Secondary, substituted.

upakḷpta p. p.
     (1) Brought near, at hand.
     (2) Ready, prepared.
     (3) Fitted for, adapted to.
     (4) Formed, produced.

upakram 1 A., 4 P.
     (1) To go near, approach, come to, advance towards; rājñastasyājñayā devī vasiṣṭhamupacakrame Mb.; Bk. 8. 25.
     (2) To do, perform, set about; yathoktaṃ nipuṇamupakrāṃtavān Dk. 120; mādhavasamakṣamuttaramupakramiṣye Mal. 3, 2. 7; Y. 3. 200.
     (3) To begin, commence. (with inf. or dat.); (Atm.); prasabhaṃ vaktumupakrameta kaḥ Ki. 2. 28; pratigrahītuṃ ... trilocanastāmupacakrame ca Ku. 3. 66; R. 17. 13.
     (4) To go against, attack, assail, upacakramāte vāgbhiḥ Rām.
     (5) To make advances (of love) to; sarvopāyairupakramya sītāṃ Ram.; win over; Dk. 65.
     (6) To step over, stride, traverse.
     (7) To treat, act towards, attend on (as a physician); cure or heal (as wounds); yatnādupakramyatāṃ S. 3 v. l.; sarvathopakrāṃtaḥ Dk. 68; -vraṇā 75.

upakraṃtṛ A beginner, one who undertakes.

upakramaḥ
     (1) Beginning, commencement; rāmopakramamācakhyau rakṣaḥparibhavaṃ navaṃ R. 12. 42 begun by Rāma; kimupakramo rāvaṇaḥ Mv. 2.
     (2) Approach, advance; sāhasa- forcible advance Mal. 7; so yoṣitaḥ sukumāropakramāḥ ibid.
     (3) An undertaking, work, enterprize.
     (4) A plan, contrivance, means, expedient, stratagem, remedy; sāmādibhirupakramaiḥ Ms. 7. 107, 159; M. 3; R. 18. 15; Y. 1. 345; Śi. 20. 76.
     (5) Attendance on a patient, treatment, practice of medicine, physicking.
     (6) A test of honesty, trying the fidelity of a friend &c.; see upadhā.
     (7) A kind of ceremony preparatory to reading the Vedas.

upakramaṇam
     (1) Approaching.
     (2) Undertaking.
     (3) Commencement.
     (4) (Medic.) Treatment, physicking.

upakramaṇikā A preface, introduction.

upakramaṇīya a.
     (1) To be gone to, approached, commenced &c.
     (2) Relating to the attendance (on a patient). --yaṃ A work on medicine.

upakramitavya, upakramya pot. p.
     (1) To be commenced or undertaken.
     (2) Curable; anupakramya ātaṃkaḥ V. 2.

upakramitṛ a. One who begins &c.

upakrīḍā A play-ground, a place for playing.

upakruś 1 P. To blame, chide, revile.

upakrośaḥ, --śanam Censure, reproach, ignominy; prāṇairupakrośamalīmasairvā R. 2. 53; vāksataṃkṣaṇairlokopakrośanaiḥ Dk. 41, 60.

upakroṣṭṛ a. Censuring, blaming --m. An ass (braying aloud).

upakva(kvā)ṇam [upa-kvaṇ-śabde, ap -ghañ vā] The sound of a lute.

upakvasaḥ Ved. A kind of worm or insect.

upakṣi 1 P. or pass.
     (1) To waste away, decay, be exhausted, disappear.
     (2) (2. 6. P.) To dwell near (Ved.).

upakṣaya a. Decayed, wasted. --yaḥ
     (1) Waste, decay, loss.
     (2) Expenditure. --yaṃ ind. Near the abode.

upakṣit a. Ved.
     (1) Dwelling near.
     (2) Clinging or attached to.

upakṣīṇa p. p.
     (1) Decayed, exhausted, consumed, disappeared.
     (2) Powerless.

upakṣetṛ a. One who draws near; or one who dwells near, attached to.

upakṣip 6 P.
     (1) To throw at, cast on, hurl against; vapuṣi vadhāya tatra tava śastramupakṣipataḥ Māl. 5. 31; to direct; tvayi upakṣipta ātmā M. 2; to entrust, assign; M. 3.
     (2) To insult, upbraid, accuse, charge with; parasparaṃ vāgbhirupakṣipaṃti Rām.
     (3) To throw out (a hint), hint, indicate, put forth, adduce; channaṃ kāryamupakṣipaṃti Mk. 9. 3; iti upakṣiptamanena Mu. 1; Mal. 1.
     (4) To throw down.
     (5) To commence, introduce, set on foot, begin; upakṣiptamanena kimapi Mu. 1; K. 162; Dk. 59; upakṣipto bhittibaṃdhaḥ M. 5.

upakṣepaḥ
     (1) Throwing at, hurling.
     (2) Mention, allusion, hint, suggestion; kāryopakṣepamādau tanumapi racayan Mu. 4. 3; dāruṇaḥ khalūpakṣepaḥ pāpasya Ve. 5.
     (3) A threat, specific mention or charge; karṇanāsācchedopabhīṣitābhyāṃ Dk. 61.
     (4) Commencement; upāya- M. 3.
     (5) Poetical or figurative style (Wilson).

upakṣepaṇam
     (1) Throwing or casting down.
     (2) Accusing, charging; -dharmaḥ =śūdrasvāmikāmānnasya pākārthaṃ brāhmaṇagṛhe samarpaṇaṃ Śabdak.

upagaṇa a. Forming a small or subordinate class. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A small or subordinate class.
     (2) A small number less than a troop.

upagaṃdhaḥ Perfume, scent.

upagam 1 P.
     (1) To go to, approach; attain, reach (fig. also.), arrive at, visit; śaśinamupagateyaṃ kaumudī meghamuktaṃ R. 6. 85; so daivādupagataṃ tṛṇaṃ Pt. 4; padamupagatā Bh. 2. 10; Bk. 1. 1; tadupagataṃ Mu. 5 duly received.
     (2) To enter into, penetrate; Śi. 9. 39.
     (2) To undergo, suffer; tapo ghoramupāgataṃ Ram.
     (4) To go to the state of, attain, acquire; tānapradāyitvamivopagaṃtuṃ Ku. 1. 8; pratikūlatāmupagate hi vidhau Śi. 9. 6; so nidrāvaśaṃ, harṣaṃ, tṛptiṃ, śāṃtiṃ, viṣādaṃ &c.
     (5) To approach a woman (for sexual intercourse); suptāṃ mattāṃ pramattāṃ vā raho yatropagacchati Ms. 3. 34, 4. 40.
     (6) To come upon, attack.
     (7) To occur, happen, present itself; kasyātyaṃtaṃ sukhamupagataṃ Me. 109 v. l.
     (8) To undertake, begin.
     (9) To suffer, share in. (10) To admit, agree to, consent, allow; vedāṃtopagataṃ phalaṃ Ms. 2. 160. --Caus. To cause to come near or approach.

upaga a. (At the end of comp. only)
     (1) Approaching, following, joining.
     (2) Receiving; oṣadhyaḥ phalapākāṃtā bahupuṣpaphalopagāḥ Ms. 1. 46; Śi. 16. 68.

upagata p. p.
     (1) Gone to, approached, arrived.
     (2) Occurred, happened.
     (3) Near, at hand.
     (4) Got, obtained.
     (5) Undergone, experienced.
     (6) Furnished with.
     (7) Gone to, become.
     (8) Promised, agreed.
     (9) Passed away, dead. (10) Feeling, suffering (actively used). --taṃ
     (1) Wealth acquired.
     (2) Receipt; dhanī vopagataṃ dadyāt svahastaparicihnitaṃ Y. 2. 93.

upagatiḥ f.
     (1) Approach, going near.
     (2) Knowledge, acquaintance.
     (3) Acceptance, receipt.
     (4) Attainment, acquirement.

upagaṃtṛ a.
     (1) Approaching.
     (2) Getting, acquiring.
     (3) Knowing.
     (4) Accepting, receiving.

upagamaḥ, --manam
     (1) Going to, drawing towards, approach; sīmaṃte ca tvadupagamajaṃ yatra nīpaṃ vadhūnāṃ Me. 65 your advent; vyāvartatānyopagamātkumārī R. 6. 69, 9. 50.
     (2) Knowledge, acquaintance.
     (3) Attainment, acquiring; viśvāsopagamādabhinnagatayaḥ S. 1. 14.
     (4) Intercourse (as of the sexes).
     (5) Society, company; na punaradhamānāmupagamaḥ H. 1. 136.
     (6) Undergoing, suffering, feeling.
     (7) Acceptance, receipt.
     (8) An agreement, promise.
     (9) A particular high number.

upagāmin a. Coming near.

upagiri --ram ind. Near a mountain. --riḥ N. of a country situated near a mountain in the north.

upagu ind. Near a cow.

upagupta a. Hidden, concealed; -vitta whose wealth is concealed.

upaguruḥ An assistant teacher. --ru ind. Near a teacher.

upaguh 1 U.
     (1) To clasp, embrace; taraṃgahastairupagūhatīva R. 13. 63, 18. 47; Bk. 14. 52; Śi. 9. 38.
     (2) To hide, conceal, cover, encircle, gird round; vanamālopagūḍhaḥ K. 24, 38.

upagūḍha p. p.
     (1) Hidden, concealed; R. 13. 30.
     (2) Embraced, clasped.
     (3) Held, supported; kaścitkarābhyāmupagūḍhanālaṃ R. 6. 13.
     (4) Suppressed. --ḍhaṃ An embrace; upagūḍhāni save --thūni ca Ku. 4. 17; Śi. 10. 88; kaṃṭhāśleṣopagūḍhaṃ Bh. 3. 82; Me. 97.

upagūhanam 1 Hiding, concealing.
     (2) An embrace.
     (3) Astonishment, surprise.

upagohya pot. p.
     (1) To be embraced.
     (2) To be taken or seized. --hyaḥ
     (1) An embrace.
     (2) A kind of fire regarded as impure (and therefore to be hidden).

upagai 1 P.
     (1) To sing to any one (with dat. or acc.); sāmnainamupāgāt Ch. Up.
     (2) To join in singing.
     (3) To praise in song, celebrate, extol; tapolakṣmyā dīptaṃ dinakṛtamivoccairupajaguḥ Ki. 18. 47.

upagā m. (gāḥ) A priest in a sacrifice who sings the hymns. --f. Accompaniment of a song.

upagātṛ a. Singing near. --m. One who accompanies the song of the Udgātṛ priest, a chorister.

upagīta p. p.
     (1) Celebrated, sung by bards.
     (2) Commencing to sing; Śi. 4. 57.

upagītiḥ f. A variety of the Āryā metre; see App.

upagraṃthaḥ A subsidiary writing or a class of such writings.

upagrah 9 U.
     (1) To hold under, seize or collect from below; as rasaṃ.
     (2) To seize, take, take possession of; tavaiva pādāvupagṛhya Ram.; upagṛhyāspadaṃ caiva Ms. 7. 184.
     (3) To meet with, obtain; sa mṛtyumupagṛhṇāti garbhamaśvatarī yathā Chaṇ. 19.
     (4) To subdue, vanquish.
     (5) To provide.
     (6) To conciliate, take as one's ally, favour, support; tadupagṛhītena mleccharājabalena Mu. 1.
     (7) To conceive with one's mind, grasp mentally.
     (8) To decide, determine.
     (9) To accept, approve.

upagrahaḥ
     (1) Confinement, seizure.
     (2) Defeat, frustration; Mu. 4. 2.
     (3) A prisoner.
     (4) Joining, addition.
     (5)
          (a) Favour, encouragement, assistance, conciliation; sopagrahaṃ K. 156.
          (b) Favourableness, kindness, complacence; sopagraha K. 264.
     (6) Use.
     (7) A kind of peace purchased by giving over every thing; cf H. 4. 121.
     (8) The voice or pada of a verb.
     (9) A pile or heap of kuśa grass. (10) The presiding spirit or cause which directs a planet's motion.
     (11) A minor planet (rāhu, ketu &c.), a secondary heavenly body, such as a comet, meteor.

upagrahaṇam
     (1) Seizing (from below); taking hold of; as in pādopagrahaṇaṃ.
     (2) Seizure, capture, taking one prisoner.
     (3) Supporting, furthering, promoting.
     (4) Holy study, study of the Vedas (after being initiated into them); vedopagrahaṇārthāya tāvagrāhayata prabhuḥ Rām.

upagrāhaḥ
     (1) Making a present.
     (2) A present; uccāvacānupagrāhān rājabhiḥ prāpitān bahūn Mb.

upagrāhya pot. p. To be favoured or retained in service; Mu. 5. --hyaḥ
     (1) An offering or present.
     (2) Particularly, a present or offering to a great man or king; the modern Nazarānā.

upaghāta See under upahan.

upaghuṣ 1. 10. P. To fill with noise, make resonant.

upaghuṣṭa p. p. 1, Resounding with, noisy.
     (2) Resonant.
     (3) Sounding.

upaghoṣaṇam Proclaiming, publication, making known.

upaghnaḥ [upa-han-ka]
     (1) Contiguous support; parvatopaghnaḥ Sk.; chedādivopaghnatarorvratatyau R. 14. 1.
     (2) Shelter, support, stay, protection.
     (3) That which rests upon or is supported by.

upacakraḥ [upagataḥ cakraṃ cakravākaṃ] A variety of the ruddy goose.

upacakṣus n. [upagataṃ cakṣurivaḥ] An eye-glass, spectacles; cf. upanetraṃ.

upacar 1 P.
     (1)
          (a) To serve, wait or attend upon; giriśamupacacāra Ku. 1. 60; nimittajñān K. 64; Ms. 3. 193, 4. 254; samamupacara bhadre supriyaṃ cāpriyaṃ ca Mk. 1. 31; K. 326.
          (b) To honour, worship; pratimāḥ pūjāsatkāreṇopacaryaṃte K. 40, 323; V. 3.
     (2) To treat, deal with, act towards; entertain; mitratvena upacaritasya Dk. 71 treated as a friend; bhojanādinā māmupācarat 77, 117; tāṃ priyasakhīmivopācarat 134; upācarat kṛtrimasaṃvidhābhiḥ R. 14. 17 honoured or entertained; 5. 62; sthāne iyaṃ devīśabdenopacaryate V. 3 honoured with the title of queen.
     (3) To attend on (as a patient), treat, tend, nurse; yatnādupacaryatāṃ S. 3; maṃtravādibhirupacaryamāṇaḥ Pt. 1.
     (4) To approach, go towards.
     (5) To undertake, begin (mostly Vedic in these senses). --pass. To be used figuratively or metaphorically, be applied figuratively to any one (with loc.); tasmāccetanavadupacaryate S. B.; para evātmā bālaiḥ śārīra ityupacaryate ibid; kāloyaṃ dviparārdhākhyo nimeṣa upacaryate Bhag.; bhuktā brāhmaṇā ityatra annasya bhuktatvaṃ brāhmaṇeṣūpacaryate Malli. on Ki. 1. 1; Bṛ. S. 5. 15; pratyāsattyā upacarya yojyate K. P.

upacaraḥ
     (1) Cure, treatment; tvagbhedī vraṇaḥ sūpacaraḥ easily curable.
     (2) --upacaraṇaṃ Approach.

upacarya pot. p.
     (1) To be served or waited upon; to be honoured or worshipped; Ms. 5. 154; anupacarye (bhṛtye) Pt. 1. 101 not requiring flattery, unassuming; duḥkha- Mu. 3. 5 difficult to serve. --ryā
     (1) Service, attendance.
     (2) Physicking, treating, curing.

upacāraḥ
     (1) Service, attendance; honouring, worshipping, entertaining; Mk. 4; askhalitopacārāṃ R. 5. 20; K. 344.
     (2) Civility, politeness, courtesy, polite behaviour, (external display of courtesy); -paribhraṣṭaḥ H. 1. 133 devoid of civility, uncourteous; -vidhirmanasvinīnāṃ M. 3. 3; upacārairupācarat Ks. 16. 29; mithyopacāraiśca vaśīkṛtānāṃ H. 1. 78; nopacāreṇa brūyāḥ Ram.; -padaṃ na cedidaṃ Ku. 4. 9 a merely complimentary saying, a flattering compliment; -mātramadhuraṃ K. 222, 207; M. 4; -kriyā Ms. 8. 357 showing marks of favour, courting, (sending perfumes &c.).
     (3) Salutation, usual or customary obeisance, homage; nopacāramarhaṃti S. 3. 18; -yaṃtraṇayā M. 4; -atikramaṃ 4, 5; -aṃjaliḥ R. 3. 11 folding the hands in salutation.
     (4) A form or mode of address or salutation; rāmabhadra ityeva māṃ pratyupacāraḥ śobhate tātaparijanasya U. 1; yathā gurustathopacāreṇa 6; V. 5; Śi. 9. 78.
     (5) External show or form, ceremony; prāvṛṣeṇyaireva liṃgairmama rājopacāraḥ V. 4 royal service, pomp or state of royalty; bhūṣaṇādyupacāreṇa Mu. 3. 23 v. l.
     (6) A remedy, physicking, application of cure or remedy; śiśira- Dk. 15; śīta- Pt. 1; Dk. 23; K. 102.
     (7) Practice, performance, art, conduct, management, procedure; vratacaryā- Ms. 1. 111; prasādhana- 10. 32, 9. 259; kāmopacāreṣu Dk. 81 in the conduct of love-affairs; samaṃtraṃ sopacāraṃ (astraṃ) Mb.; aveśasadṛśapraṇayopacārāṃ Mk. 8. 23 course of love &c.; vākyopacāre kuśalā Rām. skilled in the employment of words; use, usage; yatra laukikānāmupacāraḥ v. l. for vyāhāraḥ in U. 6.
     (8) Means of doing homage or showing respect; prakīrṇābhinavopacāraṃ (rājamārgaṃ) R. 7. 4 (hanging garlands &c.); 5. 41.
     (9) Hence, any necessary or requisite article (of worship, ceremony, decoration, furniture &c.); presenting flowers, perfumes &c.; sanmaṃgalopacārāṇāṃ R. 10. 77; kḷptopacārāṃ caturasravedīṃ Ku. 7. 88; kusumaiḥ kṛtopacāraḥ V. 2; so -ramaṇīyatayā S. 6; -vatsu maṃceṣu R. 6. 1 the necessary decorations (canopy &c.); (the Upachāras or articles of worship are variously numbered, being 5, 10, 16, 18 or 64). (10) Behaviour, conduct, demeanour; vaiśyaśūdropacāraṃ ca Ms. 1. 116; (religious) conduct in life; sādhūnāmupacārajñaḥ Ram.; parijana- Mk. 1.
     (11) Use, employment; K. 183.
     (12) Any religious performance, a ceremony; prayuktapāṇigrahaṇopacārau Ku. 7. 86; Mv. 1. 24.
     (13)
          (a) Figurative or metaphorical use, secondary application (opp. mukhya or primary sense); acetanepi cetanavadupacāradarśanāt S. B; kūlaṃ pipatiṣatītyacetanepi kūle cetanavadupacāro dṛśyate Mbh. on P. IV. 3. 86 personification; so chatriṇo gacchaṃtītyekenāpi chatriṇā bahūnāṃ chatriṃtvopacāradarśanāt S. B.; karaṇe kartṛtvopacārāt ibid.; na cāsya karadhṛtatvaṃ tattvatostīti mukhyepi upacāra eva śaraṇaṃ syāt K. P. 10.
          (b) Supposed or fancied identification founded on resemblance; ubhayarūpā ceyaṃ śuddhā upacāreṇāmiśritatvāt K. P. 2. (S. D. explains upacāra by utyaṃtaṃ viśakalitayoḥ sādṛśyātiśayamahimnā bhedapratītisthaganamātraṃ).
     (14) A bribe.
     (15) A pretext; Śi 10. 2.
     (16) A request, solicitation.
     (17) Occurrence of s and ṣ in the place of Visarga.

upacārin a. Attending, serving.

upacārya pot. p. To be served or waited upon; to be worshipped &c. --ryaḥ Practice of medicine. --ryaṃ Treatment.

upacarma --rmam ind. On the skin, near the skin.

upaci 5 U.
     (1) To gather together, heap up, accumulate, collect; śaśvatsiddhairupacitabaliṃ Me. 55.
     (2) To add, increase, strengthen; upacinvan prabhāṃ tanvīṃ pratyāha parameśvaraḥ Ku. 6. 25; cetaḥpīḍāmupacinoti Mu. 2; adhodhaḥ paśyataḥ kasya mahimā nopacīyate H. 2. 2; Bk. 6. 33; Śi. 4. 10; 8. 6; upacīyamānagarbhā K. 66 being developed; balenaiva sahopacīyate madaḥ K. 290; kṣīṇopyupacīyate punaścaṃdraḥ Bh. 2. 87 waxes.
     (3) To cover over with; Śi. 9. 35; Ms. 6. 41. --pass.
     (1) To be collected or accumulated; to increase, become strong, to be covered with &c.; see above.
     (2) To be prosperous, succeed, thrive, be better off; catvārastūpacīyaṃte vipra āḍhyo vaṇiṅ nṛpaḥ Ms. 8. 169.

upacayaḥ
     (1) Accumulation, addition, accession.
     (2) Increase, growth, excess; bala- K. 105; svaśaktyupacaye Śi. 2. 57; aṃbhasāmupacayāya 9. 32; bhāgya- Ratn. 1. 6 dawn of good fortune; so jñāna-, māṃsa-.
     (3) Quantity, heap.
     (4) Prosperity, elevation, rise.
     (5) The third, sixth, tenth and eleventh house or position from the first of a zodiacal sign (or a lagna q. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --apacaya (du.) rise and fall, prosperity and decay.
          --bhavanaṃ a species of the Daṇḍaka metre.

upacāyin a.
     (1) Increasing, growing.
     (2) Thriving, prosperous.

upacāyyaḥ [upacīyate'gniratra ādhāre ṇyat P. III. 1. 131]
     (1) A kind of sacred fire.
     (2) A place for holding sacrificial fire, altar, hearth

upacita p. p.
     (1) Collected, gathered together, accumulated; asrairupacitaiḥ Me. 105.
     (2) Increased, grown; U. 6. 28; R. 9. 27; -avayavā maṃjarī 9. 44 full-grown.
     (3) Grown in power, strengthened; Śi. 6. 63; R. 17. 54; -mahāmohagahanaḥ Mal. 1. 30; -vapuḥ Me. 32; lokaprasiddhiḥ upacitā Mu. 2 the popular idea was strengthened.
     (4) Full of, abounding in, covered over with; R. 9. 53; viyadupacitameghaṃ Bh. 1. 35.
     (5) Abundantly furnished with, plastered, smeared.

upacitiḥ f. Accumulation, collection, growth, increase.

upacitrā
     (1) N. of a tree (citrā).
     (2) N. of a lunar mansion svāti; also hasta.

upacūlanam Heating, burning.

upacchadaḥ A coverlet, cover in general.

upacchaṃd 10 P.
     (1) To wheedle, flatter, coax, entice, invite; jalenopacchaṃditaḥ S. 5 coaxed to drink water; paradārānupacchaṃdayati Sk.
     (2) To conciliate.
     (3) To beseech, request; R. 5. 58.
     (4) To persuade one to do a thing.
     (5) To give one something.

upacchaṃdanam
     (1) Coaxing, persuading; upacchaṃdanaireva svaṃ te dāpayituṃ prayatiṣyate Dk. 65.
     (2) Inviting; upamaṃtraṇamupacchaṃdanaṃ Sk.

upacyavaḥ Passing into the chamber (from the house); Rv. 1. 28. 3; passing close to (in sexual intercourse (?).

upajagatī A variety of the Triṣṭubh metre in which three Pādas contain twelve instead of eleven syllables.

upajan 4 A.
     (1) To be born or produced, originate, arise, grow; uṣmaṇaścopajāyaṃte Ms. 1. 45; H. Pr. 44; saṃgasteṣupajāyate Bg. 2. 62; 14. 11.
     (2) To happen, take place, become visible, appear; prāṇavipattirupajāyate K. 160.
     (3) To be or become, be or exist; satītvamupajāyate Pt. 1. 138.
     (4) To be born again; sargepi nopajāyaṃte Bg. 14. 2; Y. 3. 256. --Caus. (janayati) To produce, cause, rouse; uttarāpralāpopajanitakṛpaḥ K. 175.

upaja a. Increased, being produced in addition.

upajanaḥ
     (1) Addition, increase.
     (2) Appendage.
     (3) Rise, origin.
     (4) Addition of a letter in the formation of words; varṇa- Nir.
     (5) Any letter, syllable or affix so added; anarthakā upajanāḥ Nir. --naṃ The body.

upajā Ved. Remote posterity.

upajāta p. p.
     (1) Produced, caused; -kopa, -krodha excited, moved to anger; -viśvāsa confiding, believing, trusting.
     (2) Happened, taken place; U. 4.

upajātiḥ f. A mixed metre (see App.).

upajap 1 P.
     (1) To whisper into the ears of (another), win over to one's party by secretly suggesting anything in the ear; aṃgāravarṣaṃ rājavadhāyopajapya Dk. 104; kṣattāraṃ kururājastu śanaiḥ karṇamupājapat Mb.
     (2) (Hence) to instigate to rebellion or treachery, conspire with; upajapyānupajapet Ms. 7. 197.
     (3) To commit mischief.

upajapya a. To be brought over or instigated to rebellion by whispering in the ear; upajapyānupajapet Ms. 7. 197.

upajāpaḥ
     (1) Secretly whispering into the ear or communicating; parakṛtya- Mu. 2.
     (2) Secret overtures or negotiations (with the enemy's friends), sowing the seeds of dissension, treachery, treason; instigating to rebellion; upajāpaḥ kṛtastena tānākopavatastvayi Śi. 2. 99; upajāpasahān vilaṃghayan sa vidhātā nṛpatīnmadoddhataḥ Ki. 2. 47, 16. 42; api sahaṃte asmadupajāpaṃ prajāḥ Mu. 2.
     (3) Disunion, separation.

upajāpaka a.
     (1) Whispering into the ears of, instigating to rebellion; Ms. 9. 275.
     (2) Treacherous, traitor.

upajaras ind. Towards old age or in old age.

upajalp 1 P.
     (1) To talk to, converse with, chatter. -- To advise.

upajalpanaṃ, upajalpitam A talk.

upajalpin a. Giving advice.

upajihvā, --hvikā
     (1) The uvula or soft palate.
     (2) Enlargement of the under side of the tongue.
     (3) A kind of ant.

upajīka a. Living upon, subsisting by. --kaḥ Ved. A water-deity.

upajīv 1 P.
     (1) To live upon, subsist by, derive livelihood from, be supported by; upajīvyamānapādacchāyaḥ K. 5; kāṃ vṛttimārya upajīvati Mk. 2; saṃvāhakasya vṛttiṃ ibid.; śeṣāstamupajīveyuryathaiva pitaraṃ tathā Ms. 9. 105; Y. 2. 301.
     (2) To live under, be dependent on, serve; Śi. 9. 32.
     (3) To make use of, derive materials (for writing from); tadetadbhārataṃ nāma kavibhistūpajīvyate Mb.
     (4) To practise; Ms. 10. 74.

upajīva a. Ved. Living on &c.

upajīvaka, --vin a.
     (1) Living upon, subsisting by (instr. or in comp.); jātimātropajīvināṃ Ms. 12. 114, 8. 20; nānāpaṇyopajīvināṃ 9. 257; dyūtopajīvyasmi Mk. 2.
     (2) Living under, depending upon, subject to, a dependant, servant (--m.); bhīmakāṃtairnṛpaguṇaiḥ sa babhūvopajīvinām R. 1. 16; asmad- K. 61. --kaṃ Means of subsistence, profession.

upajīvanaṃ, --jīvikā
     (1) Living.
     (2) Subsistence, livelihood; niṃditārthopajīvanaṃ Y. 3. 236; kṣatriyasyaitadevāhurdharmaṃ kṛṣṇopajīvanaṃ Mb.
     (3) A means of living, such as property; kiṃciddatvopajīvanaṃ Ms. 9. 207.

upajīvya pot. p.
     (1) Affording a livelihood; Y. 2. 227.
     (2) Giving patronage, patronizing (as a king &c.).
     (3) (fig.) Supplying materials for writing, that from which one derives his materials; sarveṣāṃ kavimukhyānāmupajīvyo bhaviṣyati Mb. --vyaḥ
     (1) A patron.
     (2) A source or authority (from which one derives his materials); ityalamupajīvyānāṃ mānyānāṃ vyākhyāneṣu kaṭākṣanikṣepeṇa S. D. 2. --vyaṃ A means of subsistence.

upajuṣṭa a.
     (1) Approached, received with courtesy; Mv. 3. 26.
     (2) Frequented, resorted to; Mv. 4.

upajoṣaḥ, --ṣaṇam
     (1) Affection.
     (2) Enjoyment.
     (3) Frequenting, resorting to. --ṣaṃ ind.
     (1) According to one's desire or pleasure.
     (2) Silently.

upajñā 9 A.
     (1) To ascertain; to know.
     (2) To invent, find out, hit upon: (upajñātaṃ=vinopadeśena jñātaṃ); see upajñā below.

upajñā [upajñāyate ityupajñā karmaṇyaṅ]
     (1) Knowledge acquired by oneself and not handed down by tradition, invention, primitive or untaught knowledge; usually in comp. which is treated as a neuter noun (P. II. 4. 21); pāṇinerupajñā pāṇinyupajñaṃ graṃthaḥ Sk.; prācetasopajñaṃ rāmāyaṇaṃ R. 15. 63.
     (2) Undertaking or commencing a thing not done before; loke'bhūdyadupajñameva viduṣāṃ saujanyajanyaṃ yaśaḥ Malli. on Raghuvamśa.

upajñāta a. Invented.

upajman a. Ved. Striding or stepping upon.

upajvalita a. Lighted, inflamed.

upaḍhauk Caus.
     (1) To present (as an offering), make a respectful offering; ekaikaṃ paśumupaḍhaukayāmaḥ H. 2.
     (2) To carry out, accomplish.

upaḍhaukanam A respectful offering or present, Nazarānā.

upataṭaḥ The skirt or border; Me. 57. --ṭaṃ ind. Near the skirt.

upatap 1 P.
     (1) To make warm, heat; upataptodakā nadyaḥ Ram.; Śi. 9. 65 (where it means to pain also).
     (2) To feel pain, become sick; āhitāgniścedupatapet Asval.
     (3) To afflict, befall (as a sickness); sometimes used impresonally. --pass.
     (1) To be pained, become ill, be afflicted with; ityapūrvamupatapyate'smābhiḥ Mv. 2; so duḥkhenopatapyate &c.
     (2) To be emaciated with penance, practise penance; upatapyāmahe tapaḥ Av. --Caus.
     (1) To kindle, ignite, burn.
     (2) To torment, hurt, pain.
     (3) To offend, oppress.
     (4) To mortify the body by penance.

upatapat m. Interior heat, disease (Ved.).

upatapana a. Paining, afflicting; Ki. 12. 3.

upatapta p. p.
     (1) Heated, parched; consumed.
     (2) Distressed, pained, tormented.

upataptṛ a. Burning, heating. --m.
     (1) Morbid or extraordinary heat.
     (2) Any cause of heat, burning or inflammation.
     (3) A kind of disease.

upatāpaḥ
     (1) Heat, warmth.
     (2) Trouble, distress, pain, sorrow; sarvathā na kaṃcana na spṛśaṃtyupatāpāḥ K. 135, 177; śarīropatāpena Māl. 3.
     (3) Calamity, misfortune.
     (4) Sickness, disease, injury.
     (5) Haste, hurry.

upatāpaka a. Heating, igniting.

upatāpanam
     (1) Heating.
     (2) Distressing, tormenting.

upatāpin a.
     (1) Heating, inflaming; causing pain.
     (2) Suffering heat or pain, being sick; gurvarthaṃ pitṛmātrarthaṃ svādhyāyārthyupatāpinaḥ Ms. 11. 1.

upatāraka a. Overflowing (as water).

upatiṣyam
     (1) N. of the lunar mansion or asterism called aśleṣā.
     (2) N. of another asterism called punarvasu.

upatṛṇyaḥ Ved. A serpent(lurking in the grass).

upatya a. Situated under or below.

upatyakā [upa-tyakan P. V. 2. 34; parvatasyāsannaṃ sthalaṃ upatyakā Sk.] A land at the foot of a mountain, low land; malayādrerupatyakāḥ R. 4. 46; ete khalu himavato girerupatyakāraṇyavāsinaṃḥ saṃprāptāḥ S. 5.

upadaṃś
     (1) P. To bite or eat anything (as a relish or condiment).

upadaṃśaḥ
     (1) Anything which excites thirst or appetite, a relish, condiment &c.; dvitrānupadaṃśānupapādya Dk. 133; agramāṃsopadaṃśaṃ piba navaśoṇitāsavaṃ Ve. 3
     (2) Biting, stinging.
     (3) The venereal disease, chancre.
     (4)
          (a) A tree the root of which is used for horse-radish (śigru).
          (b) N. of another plant (samaṣṭhila).

upadaṃśin a. Afflicted with chancre.

upadaśa a. (pl.) About or nearly ten.

upadas 4 P. To fail, be wanting, dry up or be consumed. --Caus. To cause to fail or cease, extinguish.

upadāsuka a. Ved. Wanting.

upadā 3 U.
     (1) To give in addition.
     (2) To offer, give, grant (in general).
     (3) To add.
     (4) (1 A.) (Ved.)
          (a) To take upon oneself.
          (b) To erect, raise, support.

upadā a. Ved. Giving a present. --dā (cf. P. III. 3. 106)
     (1) A present, an offering to a king or a great man, a Nazarānā; upadā viviśuḥ śaśvannotsekāḥ kosaleśvaraṃ R. 4. 70, 5. 41, 7. 30; P. V. 1. 47.
     (2) A bribe.

upadīkṛ 8 U. To offer as a present; tasya ratnamupadīkṛtaṃ nṛpāḥ Śi. 14. 39.

upadānaṃ, --nakam
     (1) An oblation, a present (in general).
     (2) A gift made for procuring favour or protection, such as a bribe.

upadānavī N. of the daughter of the demon Vṛṣaparvan and mother of Dushyanta.

upadigdha a.
     (1) Smeared, covered, anointed.
     (2) Spotted over.

upadehaḥ
     (1) An ointment, liniment.
     (2) A cover.
     (3) A minor or secondary body (such as that which grows on diseased parts of the body).

upadiś 6 U.
     (1) To instruct, teach, explain, advise; yadyatprayogaviṣaye bhāvikamupadiśyate mayā tasya ... tattatpratyupadiśatīva me bālā M. 1. 5; sukhamupadiśyate parasya K. 156 it is easy to advise others; jñānamupadiś Bg. 4. 34; R. 16. 43.
     (2) To point, indicate, refer to; guṇaśeṣāmupadiśya bhāminīṃ R. 8. 73; suvarṇapuramārgamupadekṣyati K. 120, 92 point out or tell.
     (3) To assign the right place to a thing, arrange.
     (4)
          (a) To mention, specify, tell; kiṃ kulenopadiṣṭena śīlamevātra kāraṇaṃ Mk. 9. 7; pṛṣodarādīni yathopadiṣṭaṃ P. VI. 3. 109.
          (b) To inform, announce.
     (5) To prescribe, settle, sanction, lay down; na dvitīyaśca sādhvīnāṃ kvacidbhartopadiśyate Ms. 5. 162, 2. 190, 3. 14, 43; pṛṣodarādīni yathopadiṣṭaṃ P. VI. 3. 109.
     (6) To rule over, govern, command.
     (7) To name, call; drutavilaṃbitamityupadiśyate Śrut. 28; Ms. 12. 89.

upadiś f., upadiśā An intermediate quarter, such as aiśānī, āgneyī, nairṛtī and vāyavī.

upadiśya a. Being in an intermediate quarter.

upadiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Specified, pointed out, particularized; pṛthūpadiṣṭāṃ duduhurdharitrīṃ Ku. 1. 2.
     (2) Taught instructed, advised.
     (3) Put forward as a plea or reason.
     (4) Initiated. --ṣṭaṃ Advice.

upadeśaḥ
     (1) Instruction, teaching, advice, prescription; suśikṣitopi sarva upadeśena nipuṇo bhavati M. 1 (see the act inter alia); sthiropadeśāmupadeśakāle prapedire prāktanajanmavidyāḥ Ku. 1. 30; acirapravṛttopadeśaṃ nāṭyaṃ M. 1, 2. 10; S. 2. 3; Ms. 8. 272; Amaru. 26; R. 12. 57; K 26; M. 6; paropadeśe pāṃḍityaṃ H. 1. 103.
     (2) Pointing out or referring to: śabdānāmitaretaropadeśaḥ Nir.
     (3) Specification, mentioning, naming.
     (4) A plea, pretext.
     (5) Initiation, communication of an initiatory Mantra or formula; caṃdrasūryagrahe tīrthe siddhakṣetre śivālaye . maṃtramātraprakathanamupadeśaḥ sa ucyate ...
     (6) (In gram.) A form in a rule, an indicatory form (any word or part of a word, such as an affix, augment &c. with its anubandhas which show what particular grammatical rules are to be applied.
     -- Comp.
          --arthavākyaṃ, --vacanaṃ a parable, moral fable.
          --sahasrī N. of a philosophical work by Śaṅkarāchārya.

upadeśaka a. Giving instruction, teaching. --kaḥ An instructor, a guide, preceptor.

upadeśatā
     (1) The state of being a precept or rule.
     (2) Instruction, teaching.
     (3) Doctrine.

upadeśanam Advising, instructing. --nā Information, doctrine.

upadeśin a. Advising, instructing. --m.
     (1) A teacher, adviser.
     (2) A word or affix &c. in the form in which it appears in grammatical rules.

upadeṣṭṛ a. Giving instruction or advice. --m. (ṣṭā) A teacher, preceptor; especially a spiritual preceptor; catvāro vayamṛtvijaḥ sa bhagavānkarmopadeṣṭā hariḥ Ve. 1. 23.

upadī N. of a plant (vaṃdāka).

upadīkā A kind of ant.

upadīkṣin a.
     (1) Partaking in an initiatory or other religious rite.
     (2) A near relation.

upadṛś 1 P.
     (1) To see, behold, look at, perceive. --pass. To be or become visible. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to see, show or exhibit.
     (2) To place before, show up, communicate, make (one) acquainted (with); rājñaḥ puro māmupadarśya H. 3; nayavidbhirnave rājñi sadasaccopadarśitaṃ R. 4. 10.
     (3) To present a false appearance, deceive a person by a false appearance, illude.
     (4) To explain, illustrate; Y. 2. 8.

upadarśaka a. Showing. --kaḥ
     (1) One who shows the way, a guide.
     (2) A door-keeper.
     (3) A witness.

upadarśanam A commentary.

upadṛś a. Seeing, witnessing (as the sun and the moon). --f. Aspect, view (Ved.).

upadṛṣṭiḥ f. Show, view, appearance.

upadraṣṭṛ a. Seeing, overlooking. --m.
     (1) A supervisor, inspector.
     (2) A witness; Bg. 13. 22.

upadevaḥ, --devatā A minor or inferior god (as the Yakshas, Gandharvas and Apsarasas.).

upadohaḥ
     (1) A nipple of the udder of a cow.
     (2) A milking vessel.

upadru 1 P.
     (1) To run near to, run towards; Śi. 12. 42.
     (2) To attack, assault, rush at; tamupādravadudyamya dakṣiṇaṃ dorniśācaraḥ R. 15. 23; prāgjyotiṣamupādravat Mb.

upadravaḥ
     (1) An unhappy accident, misfortune, calamity.
     (2) Injury, trouble, harm; puṃsāmasamarthānāmupadravāyātmano bhavetkopaḥ Pt. 1. 324; nirupadravaṃ sthānaṃ Pt. 1.
     (3) Outrage, violence.
     (4) A national distress (whether caused by the king or famine, seasons &c.).
     (5) A national disturbance, rebellion.
     (6) A symptom, a supervenient disease (one brought on whilst a person is suffering from another).

upadravin a.
     (1) Attacking, oppressive, tyrannical, factious. --m.
     (1) A tyrant, an oppressor.
     (2) A rebel.

upadruta p. p.
     (1) Visited by calamities, oppressed, attacked, infested; vedanābhirupadrutaṃ H. 4. 88.
     (2) (In astr.) Eclipsed.
     (3) Boding evil, inauspicious. --taṃ A term used by the Bāṣkalas for a kind of Sandhi, also called udgrāhavat q. v.

upadvīpaḥ An island.

upadharmaḥ A bylaw, a secondary or minor religious precept (opp. para); Ms. 2. 237, 4. 147.
     (2) A heretic.

upadhā 3 U.
     (1) To place or lay upon, place under or in; adhijānu bāhumapadhāya Śi. 9. 54; upahitaṃ śiśirāpagamaśriyā mukulajālamaśobhata kiṃśuke R. 9. 31; Bk. 15. 47; Ku. 1. 44; hṛdi caināmupadhātumarhasi R. 8. 77 treasure uplay to heart; Ms. 4. 54; upahitasūkṣmagraṃthinā S. 1. 19.
     (2) To place, lay; vāmahastopahitavadanā S. 4 resting on.
     (3)
          (a) To place near; Mv. 4. 56.
          (b) To put to or yoke (as a horse to a carriage &c.).
     (4) To cause, bring on or produce; Mk. 1. 53.
     (5) To impose, entrust with, charge with (as a duty); tadupahitakuduṃbaḥ R. 7. 71.
     (6) To lay a command upon, enjoin, instruct in (with acc.); strīṣu nṛtyamupadhāya śikṣayan R. 19. 36.
     (7) To lie down upon, use as a pillow; upadhāya vāmabhujamaśayiṣi Dk. 111.
     (8) To apply, employ, lay or bestow upon, kriyā hi vastūpahitā prasīdati R. 3. 29.
     (9) To place over, cover, conceal. (10) To add, place in addition.
     (11) To communicate, impart, give, bestow; upahitaśobhā Bk. 2. 55.
     (12) To locate; etadupahitaṃ caitanyaṃ Vedānta S.
     (13) (In gram.) To precede without the intervention of another syllable.

upadhā
     (1) Imposition, forgery, fraud, deceit, trick, pretence; Ms. 8. 193.
     (2) Trial or test of honesty, (dharmādyairyatparīkṣaṇaṃ); (said to be of 4 kinds, 1 loyalty, 2 disinterestedness, 3 continence, 4 courage); (śodhayet) dharmopadhābhirviprāṃśca sarvābhiḥ sacivān punaḥ Kālikā P.
     (3) A means or expedient; ayaśobhidurā loke kopadhā maraṇādṛte Śi. 19. 58.
     (4) (In gram.) A penultimate letter (aṃtyādvarṇātpūrva upadhā)
     -- Comp.
          --bhṛtaḥ a servant who has been guilty of dishonesty.
          --śuci a. tried, of approved loyalty.

upadhāna a. Used (as a Mantra) in the putting up of the sacrificial bricks; P. IV. 4. 125. --naṃ
     (1) Placing or resting upon.
     (2) A pillow, cushion; vipulamupadhānaṃ bhujalatā Bh. 3. 79.
     (3) Peculiarity, individuality (viśeṣaṃ); phalopādhānābhāvāt P. VI. 3. 39 Sk.
     (4) Affection, kindness.
     (5) A religious observance.
     (6) Excellence or excellent quality; sopadhānāṃ dhiyaṃ dhīrāḥ stheyasīṃ khaṭvayaṃti ye Śi. 2. 77. (where u- also means a pillow).
     (7) Poison.

upadhānīya a. To be placed near. --yaṃ A pillow.

upadhāyin a. Using as a pillow; aśeta sā bāhalatopadhāyinī Ku. 5. 12.

upadhiḥ [upa-dhā-ki]
     (1) Fraud, dishonesty; ariṣu hi vijayārthinaḥ kṣitīśā vidadhati sopadhi saṃdhidūṣaṇāni Ki. 1. 45, see anupadhi also.
     (2) (In law) Suppression of the truth, a false suggestion; Ms. 8. 165.
     (3) Terror, threat, compulsion, false inducement; balopadhivinirvṛttān vyavahārānnivartayet Y. 2. 31, 89.
     (4) The part of a wheel between the nave and the circumference, or the wheel itself.
     (5) Foundation (with the Buddhists).

upadhikaḥ A cheat, knave, one who imposes by threats, fraud &c.; see aupadhika, the more correct form.

upahita p. p.
     (1) Placed in or upon, deposited; S. 1; -madhyamasvara M. 1. 21 taken as a basis.
     (2) Preceded by.
     (3) Joined, mixed, connected with.
     (4) Possessed of; Śi. 16. 7.
     (5) Ready; deputed to act as a spy.
     (6) Given, bestowed.

upadhātuḥ An inferior metal, semimetal. They are seven; saptopadhātavaḥ svarṇaṃ mākṣikaṃ tāramākṣikaṃ . tutthaṃ kāṃsyaṃ ca rātiśca siṃdūraṃ ca śilājatu ...
     (2) A secondary secretion of the body (six in number); e. g. milk, menses, adeps, sweat, teeth, hair, and lymph; stanyaṃ rajo vasā svedo daṃtāḥ keśāstathaiva ca . aujasyaṃ saptadhātūnāṃ kramātsaptopadhātavaḥ ...

upadhāv 1 U.
     (1) To run towards, approach hastily.
     (2) To resort to.
     (3) To run, glide
          (A).

upadhāvanaḥ A follower. --naṃ
     (1) Going after, following.
     (2) Meditating upon.

upadhiḥ See under upadhā.

upadhūpita a.
     (1) Fumigated.
     (2) Being at the point of death.
     (3) Suffering extreme pain. --taḥ Death.

upadhṛ 1. 10. P.
     (1) To hold up, support, sustain.
     (2) To bear, carry.
     (3) To hold as, consider or regard as; sattvaṃ tadupadhārayet Ms. 12. 27; Bg. 7. 6, 9. 6.
     (4) To comprehend, perceive, hear, experience, observe; puruṣo rāmacaritaśravaṇairupadhārayan Bhag.
     (5) To reflect or meditate upon.

upadhāraṇam
     (1) Consideration, reflection.
     (2) Drawing, pulling (as by a hook).

upadhṛtiḥ f.
     (1) A ray of light.
     (2) Holding up.

upadhmā 1 P. To blow or breathe out; excite by blowing, fan; nāgniṃ mukhenopadhamet Ms. 4. 53.

upadhmā
     (1) Blowing upon, breathing.
     (2) The effort of the voice which gives rise to the sound upadhmānīya q. v. below

upadhmānaḥ A lip. --naṃ Blowing upon, breathing.

upadhmānin a. Blowing upon, fanning.

upadhmānīyaḥ The aspirate Visarga before the letters p and ph; upūpadhmānīyānāmoṣṭhau Sk.

upadhvasta a.
     (1) Destroyed.
     (2) Mixed.

upanakṣatram A subordinate constellation, secondary star (their number is said to be 729); saptaviṃśatiḥ saptaviṃśatirhopanakṣatrāṇyekaikaṃ nakṣatramupatiṣṭhaṃte Śat. Br.

upanakham A disease of the finger nails, whitlow.

upanagaram A suburb.

upanam 1 P.
     (1) To come to, arrive at, approach, bend or tend towards.
     (2) To befall, fall to the lot of, occur, happen (used by itself or with gen., dat., or acc. of person); matsaṃbhogaḥ kathamupanamet svapnajo'pi Me. 91; tattasyopanamet Bh. 2. 121; aṃdha ātmane nopanamati Bhag.; apainaṃ sahasraṃ namati Ait. Br.
     (3) To share in. --Caus.
     (1) To lead towards, introduce (with gen.).
     (2) To offer, give.

upanata p. p.
     (1)
          (a) Come near, brought, arrived, approached, brought near to; S. 5. 19; R. 12. 102.
          (b) Got, obtained; aciropanatāṃ sa medinīṃ R. 8. 7, 5. 52; ciṃtitopanatāṃ K. 129; V. 3. 22; V. 2.
     (2) Presenting itself, fallen to the lot of, befallen, occurred; kasyātyaṃtaṃ sukhamupanataṃ duḥkhamekāṃtato vā Me. 109; yadevopanataṃ duḥkhātsukhaṃ tadrasavattaraṃ V. 3. 21; anupanatamanorathasya 22; 4. 3; so suhṛdupanataḥ Me. 100; Māl. 10; K. 33, 132, 348; sukha- that readily or without efforts presented itself S. 3; akāmopanataṃ R. 10. 39 unconsciously committed.
     (3) Formed, brought about, effected.
     (4) Presented to, offered, given; paralokopanataṃ jalāṃjaliṃ R. 8. 68.
     (5) Bent down, humbled, subjected, surrendered; daṃḍopanatacaritaṃ R. 17. 81, 8. 81; daṃḍopanataṃ śatruṃ Mb.
     (6) Dependent on (for protection).
     (7) Approximate, near (in time or space.)

upanatiḥ f.
     (1) Approach.
     (2) Bending, bow, salutation.

upanāmuka a. Ved. Bending towards.

upanadv 4 P. To tie up, tie together.
     (2) To form into a bundle, bind together.
     (3) To inlay, set with; as carmopanaddha.

upanahanam
     (1) A cloth in which anything is bound up.
     (2) Binding, tying together.

upanāhaḥ
     (1) A bundle.
     (2) An unguent applied to a wound or sore; śophayorupanāhaṃ kuryāt Suśr.
     (3) The tie of a lute, a peg to which the strings of a lyre are attached and by which they are tightened.
     (4) Inflammation of the ciliary glands, stye.

upanāhanam
     (1) Applying an unguent.
     (2) Anointing, plastering.

upanāgarikā A variety of vṛttyanuprāsa. It is formed by sweet-sounding letters (mādhuryavyaṃjakavarṇa); e. g. cf. the example cited in K. P. 9; apasāraya ghanasāraṃ kuru hāraṃ dūra eva kiṃ kamalaiḥ . alamalamāli mṛṇālairiti vadati divāniśaṃ bālā ...

upanāman n. A surname, nickname.

upanāsikam The part which is near the nose.

upanikṣip 6 U. To throw or place down, deposit. =nikṣip q. v.

upanikṣepaḥ
     (1) The act of depositing or placing down.
     (2) An open deposit, any article given in another's charge by letting him know its form, quantity &c. Y. 2. 25; (on which Mit. says: --upanikṣepo nāma rūpasaṃkhyāpradarśanena rakṣaṇārthaṃ parasya haste nihitaṃ dravyaṃ).
     (3) A deposit sealed or covered up (?).

upanidhā 3 U.
     (1) To put or place near; to bring or lead near to; karṇayorupanidhāya (mukhaṃ) Asval.; vahati samīre madanamupanidhāya Gīt. 5.
     (2) To produce, cause; Bk. 4. 45.
     (3) To present; Mal. 5. 25.
     (4) To deposit, entrust; Ms. 8. 37, 196.

upanidhātṛ, --dhāyaka a. Depositing, placing near.

upanidhānam
     (1) Placing near.
     (2) Depositing, entrusting to one's care.
     (3) A deposit.

upanidhiḥ
     (1) A deposit, pledge, property entrusted to another.
     (2) (In law) A sealed deposit; Y. 2. 25; Ms. 8. 145, 149; cf. Medhātithi: --yadapradarśitarūpaṃ sacihravastrādinā pihitaṃ nikṣipyate; also cf. Y. 2. 65 and Narada quoted in Mit.

upanihita p. p.
     (1) Deposited with.
     (2) Placed near to.
     (3) Presented, offered.

upanipat 1 P.
     (1) To fly down to.
     (2) To take place in addition.
     (3) To be stated incidentally or casually.

upanipātaḥ
     (1) Approaching, coming near.
     (2) A sudden and unexpected attack or occurrence.

upanipātin a. Coming (unexpectedly); raṃdhropanipātino'narthāḥ S. 6.

upanibaṃdh 9 P. To compose, write; kiṃcidupanibaddhaṃ U. 7.

upanibaṃdhanam
     (1) A means of accomplishment.
     (2) Binding.

upanimaṃtraṇam Invitation, inauguration.

upanivapanam The act of scattering or pouring down upon.

upaniveśita a. Placed, established, colonized; svargābhiṣyaṃdamana kṛtvevopaniveśitaṃ Ku. 6. 37; R. 15. 29.

upaniveśin a. Attached to, inherent.

upaniṣad f. [said to be from upani-sad 'knowledge derived from sitting at the feet of the preceptor'; but, according to Indian authorities, it means 'to destroy ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the Supreme Spirit and cutting off the bonds of worldly existence'; yathā ya imāṃ brahmavidyāmupayaṃtyātmabhāvena śraddhābhaktipuraḥsarāḥ saṃtasteṣāṃ garbhajanmajarārogādyanarthapūgaṃ niśātayati paraṃ vā brahma gamayati avidyādisaṃsārakāraṇaṃ cātyaṃtamavasādayati vināśayatītyupaniṣad upanipūrvasya saderevamarthasmaraṇāt Śaṅkara]
     (1) N. of certain mystical writings attached to the Brahmaṇas, the chief aim of which is to ascertain the secret meaning of the Vedas; Bv. 2. 40; Māl. 1. 7; (other etymologies also are given to explain the name:
     (1) upanīya tamātmānaṃ brahmāpāstadvayaṃ yataḥ . nihaṃtyavidyāṃ tajjaṃ ca tasmādupaniṣadbhavet .. or
     (2) nihatyānarthamūlaṃ svāvidyāṃ pratyaktayā paraṃ . nayatyapāstasaṃbhedamato vopaniṣadbhavet .. or
     (3) pravṛttihetūnniḥśeṣāṃstanmūlocchedakatvataḥ . yatovasādayedvidyā tasmādupaniṣadbhavet ... In the muktakopaniṣad 108 Upanishads are mentioned, but some more have been added to this number. They are said to have been the source of the six Darśanas or systems of philosophy, particularly of the Vedānta philosophy. The more important Upanishads are: --īśakenakaṭhapraśnamuṃḍamāṃḍkyatittiraḥ . aitareyaṃ ca chāṃdogyaṃ bṛhadāraṇyakaṃ tathā ...
     (2)
          (a) An esoteric or secret doctrine, mystical meaning, words of mystery.
          (b) Mystical knowledge or instruction; maṃtrapārāyaṇa- U. 6; Mv. 2. 2.
     (3) True knowledge regarding the Supreme Spirit.
     (4) Sacred or religious lore.
     (5) Secrecy, seclusion.
     (6) A neighbouring mansion.
     (7) A lonely place.
     (8) A religious observance.

upaniṣādin a.
     (1) Sitting at the feet (of another, such as a preceptor).
     (2) Subjected.

upaniṣkaraḥ A street, a principal road, high way.

upaniṣkramaṇam
     (1) Going out, issuing.
     (2) One of the Samskāras or religious rites, i. e. taking out a child for the first time into the open air (which is usually performed in the fourth month of its age); cf. Ms. 2. 34.
     (3) A main or royal road.

upanī 1 P.
     (1) To bring near, fetch; upanayati munikumārakebhyaḥ phalāni K. 45, 62; vidhinaivopanītastvaṃ Mk. 7. 6; annaṃ Ms. 3. 225; M. 2. 5; Y. 3. 122; tena hyupanaya śaraṃ V. 5; R. 10. 52; Ku. 7. 72.
     (2)
          (a) To offer, present to; haraye svadehamupānayat R. 2. 59; Bk. 6. 70; Ku. 3. 65; āryasyāsanamupanaya Mk. 9; M. 3.
          (b) To hand over, give over; aṃtaḥpuraparicārikāmadhyamupanītā K. 101; Mal. 1; S. 1; U. 2; aciropanītā vaḥ śiṣyā M. 1 recently made over (for instruction).
     (3) To bring to, subject, expose or put to; ātmā kleśasya padamupanītaḥ S. 1; R. 13. 39; K. 173.
     (4) To bring about, cause, produce, accomplish; upanayannarthān Pt. 3. 180; upanayannaṃgairanaṃgotsavaṃ Gīt. 1; K. 171.
     (5) To bring information, communicate.
     (6) To bring into any state, lead or reduce to; ayo'bhedyamupāyena dravatāmupanīyate Kam. 11. 47.
     (7) To take into one's possession, lead away, lead; K. 169.
     (8) To bring near to oneself, i. e. invest with the sacred thread (Atm. P. I. 3. 36); kṣātreṇa kalpenopanīya U. 2; māṇavakamupanayate Sk.; R. 3. 29; Bk. 1. 15; Ms. 2. 49, 69, 140.
     (9) To hire, employ as hired servants; karmakarānupanayate Sk. --Caus. To cause (a master) to receive (a pupil), cause to invest with the sacred thread.

upanayaḥ
     (1) Bringing near, fetching.
     (2) Gaining, attaining, procuring.
     (3) Employing.
     (4) Investiture with the sacred thread, initiation into sacred study, handing a youth of the first three castes to a teacher; gṛhyoktakarmaṇā yena samīpaṃ nīyate guroḥ . bālo vedāya tadyogāt bālasyopanayaṃ viduḥ ... (By this ceremony spiritual birth is conferred upon the youth, and he becomes a dvijanman; the ages at which the ceremony may be performed by the three castes are respectively 8-16, 11-22 and 12-24; (see Ms. 2. 36-38; of what materials &c. the cords should be is mentioned in 2. 41-46).
     (5) The fourth member of the five-membered Indian syllogism (in logic), the application to the special case in question; vyāptiviśiṣṭasya hetoḥ pakṣadharmatāpratipādakaṃ vacanamupanayaḥ Tarka K.

upanayanam
     (1) Leading to or near.
     (2) Presenting, offering; V. 4. 4.
     (3) Investiture with the sacred thread; āsamāvartanātkuryāt kṛtopanayano dbijaḥ Ms. 2. 108, 173.

upanāyaḥ, --nāyanam = upanaya q. v.

upanāyaka a. Leading to. --kaḥ
     (1) (upa gauṇo nāyakaḥ) A character in a dramatic or any other work of art next in importance to the hero; (nāyakasya guṇotkarṣakathakā upanāyakāḥ); e. g. Lakṣmaṇa in Rām.; Makaranda in Māl. &c. &c.
     (2) A paramour.

upanāyikā A character in a dramatic or any other work of art next in importance to the heroine; e. g. Madayantikā in Mal.

upanīta p. p.
     (1) Brought near.
     (2) Known.
     (3) Obtained, attained.
     (4) Presented, given.
     (5) Adduced. --taḥ A youth led to the teacher and invested with the sacred thread.

upanetavya pot. p. 1. To be brought near; M. 2. 4.
     (2) To be employed or observed &c.

upanetṛ a. One who leads or brings near, fetching; Ku. 1. 60; mālatyabhijñānasyopanetrī Mal. 9. --m. (tā) A preceptor who performs the upanayana ceremony, an Achārya; Pt. 4. 66.

upanṛt 4 P. To dance before some body; dance with insulting gestures.

upanṛtyam A place for dancing.

upanyas 4 P.
     (1) To lay upon, place or put down, put near, place before.
     (2) To entrust any one with, commit to the care of.
     (3) To explain, describe minutely.
     (4) To propose, suggest, hint, point out, state; mayopanyasteṣu maṃtreṣū H. 3; ityubhayalokāviruddhaṃ vacanamupanyastaṃ Māl. 2 spoken; sadupanyasyati kṛtyavartma yaḥ Ki. 2. 3 tells or points out; kimidamupanyastaṃ S. 5 what is this that is proposed or said.
     (5) To prove, establish argumentatively; Y. 2. 19.

upanyasta p. p.
     (1) Placed near, deposited.
     (2) Said, proposed, spoken.
     (3) Pledged, entrusted.
     (4) Given, communicated.
     (5) Brought forward as an example, adduced, hinted.

upanyāsaḥ
     (1) Placing near to, juxta-position.
     (2) A deposit, pledge.
     (3)
          (a) Statement, suggestion, proposal; pāvakaḥ khalu eṣa vacanopanyāsaḥ S. 5; Mal. 1, 3, 8.
          (b) Preface, introduction; niryātaḥ śanakairalīkavacanopanyāsamālījanaḥ Amaru. 23; caturo madhuraścāyamupanyāsaḥ Ak.; so śama- Ve. 5 overtures of peace.
          (c) Allusion, reference, hinting at; ātmana upanyāsapūrvaṃ S. 3; M. 4; S. D. 363.
     (4) A precept, law.
     (5) A kind of peace; H. 4. 114.
     (6) Propitiating (prasādanaṃ).

upapakṣaḥ Ved. The shoulder.

upapakṣya a. Near the shoulder.

upapatiḥ [upamitaḥ patyā, upa gauṇaḥ patiḥ] A paramour; upapatiriva nīcaiḥ paścimāṃtena caṃdraḥ Śi. 11. 65, 15. 63; Ms. 3. 155; 4. 216, 217.

upapatham ind. Near the road.

upapad 4 A.
     (1) To reach, come to, approach, go near; yamunātaṭamupapede Pt. 1; upapadyasva svakarmocitāṃ gatiṃ Dk. 93.
     (2) To be got or obtained, fall to one's share; Bg. 6. 39; 13. 18.
     (3) To take place, occur, happen, be produced; devi evamupapadyate M. 1 even as you say, just so; arthāstasyopapatsyaṃte Mb.; upapannā hi dāreṣu prabhutā sarvatomukhī S. 5. 26.
     (4) To be possible; kartavyaṃ vo na paśyāmi syāccetkiṃ nopapadyate Ku. 6. 61; Ms. 9. 121, 40; 10. 102; neśvaro jagataḥ kāraṇamupapadyate S. B.
     (5) To be suitable, be fit for, be adequate for, fit, suit (with loc.); mā klaibyaṃ gaccha kauṃteya naitattvayyupapadyate Bg. 2. 3; 18. 7; upapadyate it is fit; te guṇāḥ parasmin brahmaṇyupapadyaṃte S. B.
     (6) To go against, attack.
     (7) To put in a word or statement; iti ha viśvāmitra upapapāda Ait. Br. --Caus.
     (1) To bring into any state, cause to arrive or be obtained; viśvāsamupapāditā Ram. inspired with confidence; get ready; rathamupapādaya Ve. 2.
     (2) To offer, present any one with (acc.), bring to; diṣṭyā tvamasi me dhātrā bhītenevopapāditaḥ R. 15. 18, 14. 8; 16. 32; Ms. 9. 72, 73; 3. 96; sometimes with dat.; Ms. 11. 77; 9. 244; or with loc.; Y. 1. 315.
     (3)
          (a) To cause to happen or occur, bring about; maraṇamupapādayet K. 36.
          (b) To accomplish, effect, cause, do, perform; yāvattu mānuṣyake śakyamupapādayituṃ K. 62, 113, 120, 134; devakāryaṃ R. 11. 91; 17. 55; Me. 29.
     (4)
          (a) To make a statement, adduce, put forward.
          (b) To justify.
     (5) To make good, establish, prove; kathamīśvaraṃ vināśadharmiṇamupapādayasi Prab.
     (6) To pronounce, declare.
     (7) To make fit or adequate for; kālopapādite kṣetre Ms. 9. 36.
     (8) To furnish with, endow with; Kam. 11. 57; K. 2; ātmānaṃ prathamaṃ rājā vinayanopapādayet Subhāṣ.
     (9) To find out, ascertain; Ms. 3. 206. (10) To examine.

upapattiḥ f.
     (1) Happening, occurring, becoming visible, appearance, production, birth Śi. 1. 69 (janma); iṣṭāniṣṭopapattiṣu Bg. 13. 9.
     (2) Cause, reason, ground; priyeṣu yaiḥ pārtha vinopapatteḥ Ki. 3. 52.
     (3) Reasoning, argument; upapattimadūrjitaṃ vacaḥ Ki. 2. 1 argumentative; giving a reason for the establishment of a matter; S. D. 482.
     (4) Fitness, propriety.
     (5) Termination, end.
     (6) Association, connection.
     (7) Acceptance, adoption; Mv. 5.
     (8) Ascertainment, demonstration, demonstrated conclusion; upapattirudāhṛtā balāt Ki. 2. 28.
     (9) (In Arith. or Geom.) Proof, demonstration. (10) A means, an expedient.
     (11) Assistance, support, help; Ki. 14. 44.
     (12) Doing, effecting, gaining; accomplishment; svārthopapattiṃ durbalāśaḥ R. 5. 12; tātparyānupapattitaḥ Bhasha P.; H. 3. 118; see anupapatti.
     (13) Attainment, getting; asaṃśayaṃ prāk tanayopapatteḥ R. 14. 78; Ki. 3. 1.
     (14) Religious abstraction (samādhi).

upapanna p. p.
     (1) Obtained; secured; atīṃdriyeṣvapyupapannadarśanaḥ R. 3. 41; V. 5. 15; R. 1. 60.
     (2) Accompanied or attended by, in company with; śraddheva sākṣādvidhinopapannā R. 2. 16, 22.
     (3) Coming, presenting itself.
     (4) Right, fit, proper, suitable (with gen. or loc.); upapannaste tarkaḥ V. 2; upapannamidaṃ viśeṣaṇaṃ vāyoḥ ibid. this epithet befits the wind; upapannametadāsmin rājani S. 2.
     (5) Possible; ubhayamapyanupapannaṃ V. 2; Ku. 3. 12.
     (6) Full of, endowed with, possessed of, furnished with; upapanno guṇairiṣṭaiḥ Nala. 1. 1; Ms. 9. 141, 244; tallakṣaṇopapannaḥ S. 5.
     (7) Demonstrated, proved.
     (8) Offered, presented.
     (9) Cured.

upapādaka a.
     (1) Producing, effecting.
     (2) Well reasoned.

upapādanam
     (1) Effecting, accomplishing, doing.
     (2) Giving, delivering, presenting.
     (3) Proving, demonstration, establishing by arguments.
     (4) Examination, ascertainment, exposition (of a subject).

upapāduka a. Self-produced. --kaḥ A superhuman being, God; divyopapādukā devāḥ Ak.

upapadam
     (1) A word prefixed or previously uttered; dhanurupapadaṃ vedaṃ Ki. 18. 44 (dhanurvedaṃ); tasyāḥ sa rājopapadaṃ niśāṃtaṃ R. 16. 40.
     (2) A title, a degree; epithet of respect, such as ārya, śarman; kathaṃ nirupapadameva cāṇakyamiti na āryacāṇakyamiti Mu. 3.
     (3) A secondary word of a sentence, a preposition, particle &c. prefixed to a verb or a noun derived from a verb which determines or qualifies the sense of the verb; upapadamatiṅ P. II. 2. 19; (see Sk. thereon). -tatpuruṣaḥ a kind of Tat. comp. in which the last member is some form of a verbal character; e. g. vedavid, grāmaṇī, ākarṇalaṃbin &c.

upaparīkṣā --kṣaṇam Investigation, examination.

upaparcana, upapṛc a. Closely touching. --naṃ Impregnation or admixture (Ved.).

upaparśukā The false ribs.

upapātaḥ
     (1) An unexpected occur rence.
     (2) A calamity, misfortune, accident.
     (3) Destruction.

upapātakam A minor sin, crime or sin of the second degree; mahāpātakatulyāni pāpānyuktāniyāni tu . tāni pātakasaṃjñāni tannyūnamupapātakam ..; Y. 2. 210.

upapātakin a. One who has committed an upapātaka.

upapāduka a. Having shoes, shod (as a horse).

upapāpam = upapātakaṃ q. v.

upapārśvaḥ --rśvam
     (1) A shoulder.
     (2) A flank, side.
     (3) The opposite side.
     (4) The lesser ribs.

upapīḍ 10 P.
     (1)
          (a) To press down or against, hurt, injure, pain; stanopapīḍaṃ parirabdhukāmā Ki. 3. 54, 8. 16; Śi. 10. 47; pārśvopapīḍaṃ, pārśvayorupapīḍaṃ, pārśvābhyāmupapīḍaṃ Sk.
          (b) To oppress, devastate, lay waste; kṣuttṛṣṇopapīḍita troubled; Ms. 8. 67, 7. 195; Kam. 8. 72.
     (2) To eclipse.

upapīḍanam
     (1) Pressing down, devastating, laying waste.
     (2) Inflicting pain, injuring; vyādhibhiścopapīḍanaṃ Ms. 6. 62, 12. 80.
     (3) Pain, agony.

upapuram A suburb.

upapaurika a. (kī f.) Belonging to a suburb, suburban.

upapurāṇam A secondary or minor Puraṇa (for an enumeration of their names, see under aṣṭādaśan).

upapuṣpikā Yawning, gaping.

upapradarśanam Pointing out, indication.

upapradānam
     (1) Delivering over, entrusting.
     (2) A bribe, present; upapradānairmārjāro hitakṛtprārthyate janaiḥ Pt. 1. 95.
     (3) A tribute.

upapralobhanam
     (1) Seducing, alluring.
     (2) A bribe, an inducement, allurement; uccāvacānyupapralobhanāni Dk. 48.

upaprāṇaḥ A secondary life-wind (belonging to the body).

upaprekṣ = upekṣ q. v.

upaprekṣaṇam Overlooking, disregarding.

upapraiṣaḥ Invitation, summons.

upaplu 1 A.
     (1) To float, swim; yadupaplavate tallaghu Sk.
     (2) To overwhelm, cover with; upaplutamaghaughena Ram.
     (3) To assault violently, assail; to trouble, oppress, distress; paulastyopaplutā hariṃ R. 10. 5, 14. 64; Ms. 4. 118.
     (4) To jump or spring upon.
     (5) To depart from. --Caus. To water.

upaplavaḥ
     (1) Misfortune, evil, calamity, distress, adversity; atha madanavadhūrupaplavāṃtaṃ ... paripālayāṃbabhūva Ku. 4. 46; jīvanpunaḥ śaśvadupaplavebhyaḥ prajāḥ pāsi R. 2. 48; K. 32, 54.
     (2)
          (a) An unlucky accident, injury, trouble; kaccinna vāyvādirupaplavo vaḥ R. 5. 6; Me. 17.
          (b) An obstacle, impediment; Ki. 11. 20.
     (3) Oppression, harassing, troubling; upaplavāya lokānāṃ dhūmaketurivotthitaḥ Ku. 2. 32.
     (4) Danger, fear; see upaplavin below.
     (5) Agitation, perturbation; iṃdriya- K. 146.
     (6) A portent or natural phenomenon foreboding evil.
     (7) Particularly, an eclipse of the sun or moon; caṃdramivopaplavānmuktaṃ V. 1. 11.
     (8) N. of Rāhu, the ascending node; ketūpaplavabhaumamaṃdagatayaḥ ṣaṣṭhe tṛtīye śubhāḥ
     (9) Anarchy. (10) N. of Śiva.
     (11) Doubt, scepticism (with Buddhists).

upaplavin a.
     (1) One who has suffered a calamity, distressed, troubled; K. 208.
     (2) Suffering oppression; nṛpā ivopaplavinaḥ parebhyaḥ R. 13. 7.

upapluta p. p.
     (1) Violently attacked, beset, distressed, pained &c.
     (2) Harassed (by Rahu), eclipsed.
     (3) Marked by prodigies.
     (4) Moistened, watered; -akṣa, --nayana weeping. --tā Morbid sensibility of the uterus.

upabaṃdhaḥ
     (1) Connection.
     (2) An affix.
     (3) A particular mode of sexual enjoyment; Ch. P. 44.

upabarhaḥ, --rhaṇam
     (1) A pillow.
     (2) Pressing down, oppressing.

upabṛṃhaṇam Increase.

upabṛṃhita a. Increased, magnified; K. 27, 136; Dk. 42.

upabṛṃhin a. Supplementary, additional.

upabahu a. A few, a tolerable number.

upabāhuḥ The lower arm.

upabdaḥ, --bdiḥ Sound produced at the sprinkling of Soma; noise, sound in general.

upabhaṃgaḥ
     (1) Fleeing away, retreat.
     (2) A division (of a verse).

upabhāṣā A secondary dialect.

upabhuj 7 U.
     (1) To enjoy, taste (in all senses); tapasāmupabhuṃjānāḥ phalāni Ku. 6. 10; nopabhujyate is not enjoyed, Pt. 2. 142; Ms. 12. 8.
     (2) To eat, drink; payaḥ R. 2. 65, 1. 67; Bk. 8. 40; ardhopabhuktena Ku. 3. 37; Y. 3. 325.
     (3) To possess; strīratnamupabhuṃkṣva Hariv.
     (4) To use, make use of, receive.

upabhuktiḥ f. Enjoyment, use.

upabhoktṛ a. Enjoying, an enjoyer.

upabhogaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Enjoyment, eating, tasting; na jātu kāmaḥ kāmānāmupabhogena śāmyati Ms. 2. 94, 8. 285; Y. 2. 171. kāma- Bg. 16. 11; priyopabhoga R. 12. 22.
          (b) Use, application; caraṇopabhogasulabhaḥ S. 4. 4.
     (2) Enjoyment (of a woman), cohabitation; R. 14. 24.
     (3) Usufruct.
     (4) Pleasure, satisfaction.

upabhogin a. Enjoying, using.

upabhogya, --bhoktavya, --bhojya pot. p. To be enjoyed, used or eaten; Ku. 1. 20; kiṃcitkālopabhogyāni yauvanāni dhanāni ca Pt. 2. 114; asmākamupabhogyo bhaviṣyati Pt. 1 will become our prey. --gyaṃ
     (1) Any object of enjoyment.
     (2) Food.

upabhogin a. Eating, enjoying.

upabhūṣaṇam A minor or inferior ornament.

upabhṛt f. [upa-bhṛ-ādhāre kvip] A round cup used in sacrifices, made of the wood of the banian tree.

upama a. Ved.
     (1) Highest, uppermost.
     (2) Most excellent, best, eminent, first.
     (3) Nearest.

upamaṃtr 10 A.
     (1) To invoke, call, invite.
     (2) To address, call to; strī puṃsopamaṃtritā.
     (3) To persuade, conciliate.

upamaṃtraṇam
     (1) The act of addressing, inviting, calling.
     (2) Persuading, coaxing (upacchaṃdanaṃ); P. I. 3. 47.

upamaṃtrin a. Inviting, persuading.

upamaṃthanī A staff for stirring (fire).

upamaṃthitṛ a. Ved. Stirring.

upamanyu a. Ved.
     (1) Understanding, intelligent.
     (2) Zealous, striving after.

upamā 2 P., 3. 4. A.
     (1) To compare, liken; tenopamīyeta tamālanīlaṃ Śi. 3. 8; stanau māṃsagraṃthī kanakakalaśāvityupamitau Bh. 3. 20.
     (2) To give, grant (Ved.).

upamā
     (1) Resemblance, similarity, equality; sphuṭopamaṃ bhūtisitena śaṃbhunā Śi. 1. 4, 17. 69; Ki. 6. 23; ihopamā satāṃ Pt. 2. 7 the same is the case with the good.
     (2) (In Rhet.) Comparison of two objects different from each other, simile, comparison; sādharmyamupamā bhede K. P. 10; or sādṛśyaṃ suṃdaraṃ vākyārthopaskārakamupamālaṃkṛtiḥ R. G.; or upamā yatra sādṛśyalakṣmīrullasati dvayoḥ . haṃsīva kṛṣṇa te kīrtiḥ svargaṃgāmavagāhate .. Chandr. 5. 3; Kav. 2. 14; upamā kālidāsasya Subhaṣ. (Daṇḍin mentions 32 varieties of upamā; see Kav. 2. 15-50; as to words expressive of upamā see 2. 57-65); see K. P. 10 ad. loc. also.
     (3) The standard of comparison (upamāna); yathā vāto nivātastho neṃgate sopamā smṛtā Bg. 6. 19; see -dravya below; mostly at the end of comp., 'like,' 'resembling'; bubudhe na budhopamaḥ R. 1. 47; so svargopama, amaropama, anupama &c.
     (4) A likeness (as a picture, portrait &c).
     -- Comp.
          --dravyaṃ any object used for a comparison; sarvopamādravyasamuccayena Ku. 1. 49.
          --rūpakaṃ a figure in Rhetoric being a mixture of simile and metaphor.

upamātṛ m. An image-maker, a portrait-painter.

upamānam
     (1) Comparison, resemblance; jātāstadūrvorūpamānavāhyāḥ Ku. 1. 36.
     (2) The standard of comparison, that with which anything is compared (opp. upameya); one of the four requisites of an upamā; upamānamabhūdvilāsināṃ Ku. 4. 5; upamānasyāpi sakhe pratyupamānaṃ vapustasyāḥ V. 2. 3; Śi. 20. 49.
     (3) (In Nyāya phil.) Analogy, recognition of likeness, considered as one of the four kinds of pramāṇas or means of arriving at correct knowledge. It is defined as prasiddhasādharmyāt sādhyasādhanaṃ; or upamitikaraṇamupamānaṃ tacca sādṛśyajñānātmakaṃ Tarka. K.
     (4) A particle of comparison.
     -- Comp.
          --upameyabhāvaḥ relation between the subject of comparison and the standard of comparison.

upamita p. p. Compared, likened, similar &c.

upamitiḥ f.
     (1) Resemblance, comparison, similarity; pallavopamitisāmyasapakṣaṃ S. D.; tadānanasyopamitau daridratā N. 1. 24.
     (2) (In Nyāya phil.) Analogy, inference, deduction, knowledge of things derived from analogy, a conclusion deduced by means of an upamāna; pratyakṣamapyanumitistathopamitiśabdaje Bhāṣā P. 52.
     (3) A figure of speech = upamā q. v.
     (4) A likeness, picture.

upameya pot. p. Fit to be likened or compared, comparable with; (with instr. or in comp.); bhūyiṣṭhamāsīdupameyakāṃtiḥ guhena R. 6. 4; 18. 34, 37; aṃtaḥpuraṃ caikakulopameyaṃ Ku. 7. 2; Ch. P. 29 v. l. --yaṃ The subject of comparison, that which is compared (opp. upamāna); upamānopameyatvaṃ yadekasyaiva vastunaḥ Chandr. 5. 7, 9.
     -- Comp.
          --upamā a figure of speech in which the upamāna and upameya are compared to each other with a view to imply that the like of them does not exist; reciprocal comparison; viparyāsa upameyopamānayoḥ K. P. 10; e. g. kamaleva matirmatiriva kamalā tanuriva vibhā vibheba tanuḥ . &c.

upamātiḥ f.
     (1) Comparison.
     (2) Killing.
     (3) Approaching with a prayer, addressing. --tiḥ m. Granting wealth (Say.), approaching in a friendly way; affable, an epithet of Agni (B. and R.).
     -- Comp.
          --vani a. destroyer of an enemy (Say.); one who receives addresses in a friendly way (?).

upamīmāṃsā Ved. Deliberation, investigation, consideration.

upamātṛ f. [upamitā mātrā upa gauṇe vā]
     (1) 'A second mother,' wet nurse.
     (2) A near female relative; mātṛṣvasā mātulānī pitṛvyastrī pitṛṣvasā . śvaśrūḥ pūrvajapatnī ca mātṛtulyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ Śabdak.

upamāda a. Giving delight. --daḥ Enjoyment, delight.

upamāraṇam Ved. Submerging(in water).

upamāsya a. Occurring every month, monthly (Ved.). --syaṃ The Śrāddha ceremony to be performed every month.

upamit a. Ved.
     (1) Dug up, excavated.
     (2) Placing near. --f. A prop, stay, pillar (sthūṇā).

upamṛd 9 U.
     (1) To crush, bruise, dash to pieces, destroy, kill; yāmikānanupamṛdya N. 5. 110.
     (2) To rub down.
     (3) To pass through.

upamardaḥ
     (1) Friction, rubbing or pressing down, crushing under one's weight; anyāsu tāvadupamardasahāsu bhṛṃga lolaṃ vinodaya manaḥ sumanolatāsu S. D. (where u- also means rough handling or enjoyment).
     (2) Destruction, injury, killing.
     (3) Reproach, abuse, insult, harsh or insulting treatment; Mk. 1.
     (4) Unhusking.
     (5) Refutation of a charge.
     (6) Stirring, shaking.

upamardaka a. Crushing, destroying. --kaḥ Refutation of a charge.

upayaj m. (cf. P. III. 2. 73) N. of eleven additional formulas at a sacrifice; ekādaśopayajaḥ yadyajaṃtamupayajati tasmādupayajo nāma Śat. Br.

upayaṣṭṛ m. The priest who utters the above formulas.

upayājaḥ Additional formulas at a sacrifice.

upayaṃtram A minor surgical instrument, a secondary application of any kind.

upayam 1 U. To marry, take a wife (A. in this sense); bhavān mithaḥsamayādimāmupāyaṃsta S. 5; ātmānurūpāṃ vidhinopayeme Ku. 1. 18; R. 14. 87; Śi. 15. 27; Ms. 3. 11; Bk. 4. 20, 28; 7. 101.
     (2)
          (a) To seize, hold; upayaccha śūrpaṃ Av.; upāyaṃsta mahāstrāṇi Bk. 15. 21; śastrāṇyupāyaṃsata jitvarāṇi 1. 16.
          (b) To take, receive, accept; kopātkāścitpriyaiḥ prattamupāyaṃsata nāsavaṃ Bk. 8. 33.
     (3) To show, indicate (sūc); mopayadhvaṃ bhayaṃ Bk. 7. 101.
     (4) To lie under, support, prop up (Ved.).
     (5) To go to (a woman); Ms. 11. 173.
     (6) To curb, restrain.

upayaṃtṛ m. A husband; athopayaṃtāramalaṃ samādhinā Ku. 5. 45; R. 7. 1; Śi. 10. 45.

upayamaḥ
     (1) Marriage, marrying; kanyā tvajātopayamā salajjā navayauvanā S. D.
     (2) Restraint.

upayamanam
     (1) Marrying, taking a wife; P. I. 2. 16.
     (2) Restraining, curbing.
     (3) Placing down the fire.
     (4) Support. --nī
     (1) Any support of stone for holding fire-wood; upayamanīrupakalpayaṃti Śat. Br.
     (2) A sacrificial ladle.

upayāmaḥ
     (1) A kind of vessel in a sacrifice.
     (2) The formulas uttered in taking out the Soma juice by means of a ladle.
     (3) Marriage (see upayama).

upayā 2 P.
     (1) To approach, go towards, reach; suranimnagāmupayatīḥ saritaḥ Ki. 6. 16, 26; so puraṃ, gatiṃ, nayanaṃ, padavīṃ; durmaṃtriṇaṃ kamupayāṃti na nītidoṣāḥ H. 3. 117.
     (2) To attain to a particular state, meet with &c.; tanutāṃ, mṛtyuṃ, rujaṃ, pākaṃ, prasādaṃ &c.

upayāta p. p. Come, arrived. Arrival, return.

upayānam Approaching, coming near; haropayāne tvaritā babhūva Ku. 7. 22.

upayāyin a. Coming towards.

upayāc 1 A. To wish or ask for, solicit; tvayā purastādupayācito yaḥ R. 13. 53; akṣamālāmupayācituṃ K. 151.

upayācaka a. One who asks or solicits, suitor, beggar.

upayācanam Soliciting, begging, approaching with a request or prayer.

upayācita p. p. Begged, requested. --taṃ
     (1) A request or prayer in general.
     (2) A present promised to a deity for the fulfilment of a desired object and generally to propitiate her, (the present may be an animal or even a human being); nikṣepī mriyate tubhyaṃ pradāsyāmyupayācitaṃ Pt. 1. 14; 2. 46; adya mayā bhagavatyāḥ karālāyāḥ prāgupayācitaṃ strīratnamupahartavyaṃ Mal. 5; dīyate yattu devebhyo manorājyasya siddhaye . upayācitakaṃ divyaṃ dohadaṃ tadvidurbudhāḥ ...
     (3) A request or prayer to a deity for the accomplishment of a desired object; K. 330.

upayācitakam = upayācita above; siddhāyatanāni kṛtavividhadevatopayācitakāni K. 64.

upayuj 7 A.
     (1) To use, employ, apply; ṣāḍguṇyamupayuṃjīta Śi. 2. 93; ṣaḍupāyuṃkta samīkṣya tatphalaṃ R. 8. 21; M. 5. 12; anupayujyamāna useless, good for nothing S. 7; U. 4.
     (2) To enjoy, taste; paya upayujya Me. 13 v. l.; phalānyupāyuṃkta sa daṃḍanīteḥ R. 18. 46; Bk. 8. 39.
     (3) To devote or attach oneself to; na mṛgairupayujyate is not loved Pt. 2. 22; na vai prājñā gataśrīkaṃ bhartāramupayuṃjate Subhāṣ.
     (4) To yoke or harness (as horses to a carriage).
     (5) To appropriate, consume, eat; Ms. 8. 40. --pass.
     (1) To be used or applied.
     (2) To be fit or proper; tasyeyamupayujyate Bhāg.
     (3) To be of use, be taken into account; Pt. 1. 328.

upayukta p. p.
     (1) Attached &c.
     (2) Suited, appropriate, fit, right, proper.
     (3) Worthy, serviceable, useful.
     (4) Eaten, consumed.

upayogaḥ
     (1) Employment, use, application, service; upayogaṃ gam or vraja to be used or employed, serve; vrajaṃti ... anaṃgalekhakriyayopayogaṃ Ku. 1. 7.
     (2) Administration of medicine, or preparation of them.
     (3) Fitness, suitableness, propriety.
     (4) Contact, proximity.
     (5) Any act contributing to the fulfilment of a desired object.
     (6) Good conduct, observing established customs.

upayogin a
     (1) Employing, using.
     (2) Conducive or contributing to, serviceable, useful.
     (3) Appropriate, fit, proper.
     (4) Favourable, propitious.
     (5) Touching.

upayogitā, or -tvam
     (1) Usefulness, utility.
     (2) Fitness, propriety.
     (3) Occasion, need.
     (4) Favour.

upayojanam
     (1) Harnessing a horse.
     (2) A team.

upara a. Ved.
     (1) Being below, under.
     (2) Posterior, later.
     (3) Nearer. --raḥ
     (1) The lower stone on which the Soma plant is laid that it may be ground by means of other stones (grāvan).
     (2) The lower part of the sacrificial post.
     (3) A cloud.
     (4) A region, direction.

uparatāt ind. In the proximity, near to.

uparaṃj 4 U. or in pass. To be red; to be eclipsed; uparajyate bhagavān caṃdraḥ Mu. 1. --Caus.
     (1) To colour, tint, dye.
     (2) To affect, grieve, distress.

uparakta p. p.
     (1) Afflicted, overtaken by calamity, distressed.
     (2) Eclipsed; K. 314.
     (3) Tinged, coloured; Śi. 2. 18 --ktaḥ
     (1) The sun or moon in eclipse.
     (2) Rāhu.

uparāgaḥ
     (1) An eclipse of the sun or moon; uparāgāṃte śaśinaḥ samupagatā rohiṇī yogaṃ S. 7. 22; Śi. 20. 45.
     (2) Hence, Rāhu or the ascending node.
     (3) Redness, red colour, colour; kopoparāgajanitāṃ Ratn. 3. 14; Mk. 4; kalahakopa- Mal. 3.
     (4) A calamity, affliction, injury; blighting influence; mṛṇālinī haimamivoparāgaṃ R. 16. 7.
     (5) Misbehaviour, ill conduct.
     (6) Reproach, blame, abuse.

uparakṣaḥ A body-guard.

uparakṣaṇam A guard, an out-post.

uparatnam [upamitaṃ ratnena upa gauṇe vā] A secondary or inferior gem; uparatnāni kācaśca karpūrośmā tathaiva ca . muktāśuktistathā śaṃkha ityādīni bahūnyapi .. guṇā yathaiva ratnānāmuparatneṣu te tathā . kiṃtu kiṃcittatohīnā viśeṣo'yamudāhṛtaḥ ...

uparam 1 P. (Sometimes A. also).
     (1) To cease, end, terminate; saṃgatāvupararāma ca lajjā Ki. 9. 44, 13. 69; ityuktvopararāma; yuddhamupāramat ceased &c.
     (2) To cease or desist from, stop (oft. with pres. part.); vyāpādayannopararāma Pt. 1; or with abl.; Bg. 2. 35; Bk. 8. 54; 9. 51; or with inf.; Ki. 4. 17; or by itself; Bk. 8. 55.
     (3) To be quiet or calm; yatroparamate cittaṃ Bg. 6. 20.
     (4) To a wait, wait for.
     (5) To make quiet (= Caus.) --Caus. To cause to cease, stop, make quiet or still.

uparata p. p.
     (1) Stopped, ceased; rajasyuparate Ms. 5. 66.
     (2) Dead; adya daśamo māsastātasyoparatasya Mu. 4.
     (3) Withdrawn or retired from; raṇāta, kalahāt &c.
     (4) One who is disgusted with the world and has retired from it.
     -- Comp.
          --ari a. having no foe.
          --karman a. ceasing from works, not relying on worldly acts.
          --viṣayābhilāṣa a. one who has renounced all desire for worldly things.
          --spṛha a. void of desire, indifferent to worldly attachments or possessions.

uparatiḥ f.
     (1) Ceasing, stopping.
     (2) Death.
     (3) Abstaining from sexual enjoyment.
     (4) Indifference.
     (5) Abstaining from prescribed acts; the conviction that ceremonial acts are futile and ceasing to rely on them.
     (6) Intellect.

upara(rā)maḥ
     (1) Ceasing, stopping.
     (2) Abstaining from, giving up.
     (3) Death.

uparamaṇam
     (1) Abstaining from sexual pleasures.
     (2) Refraining from ceremonial acts.
     (3) Ceasing, stopping.

uparavaḥ A sort of hole used in the extraction of Soma juice (somābhiṣavāṃgo gartākāro deśabhedaḥ) (name of certain holes which increase the sound of the stones when Soma juice is being extracted).

uparasaḥ 1 A secondary mineral.
     (2) A secondary passion or feeling.
     (3) A subordinate flavour.

uparājaḥ A viceroy, one inferior to the ruling authority.

upari ind.
     (1) As a separable preposition (usually with gen., rarely with acc. or loc.) it means
          (a) Above, over, upon, on, towards; (opp. adhaḥ) (with gen.); gatamupari ghanānāṃ S. 7. 7; avāṅmukhasyopari vṛṣṭiḥ papāta R. 2. 60; arkasyopari S. 2. 8; prāsādānāṃ Mal. 7. 5; U. 5. 2; Śi. 16. 9; 12. 37; so -sthāpanaṃ, -sthita &c.; with loc. uparyeva sa laṃkāyāṃ Ram.; or acc. yaṃtrāṇyupari yaṃtrāṇi ibid; oft. at the end of comp.; ratha-, taruvara,-tad-.
          (b) At the end of, at the head of; sarvānaṃdānāmupari vartamānā K. 158.
          (c) Beyond, in addition to; paṇasyopari saṃsthāpya vyayaṃ Y. 2. 253; bhuktasyopari Suśr.
          (d) In connection with, with regard to, towards, upon; parasparasyopari paryacīyata R. 3. 24; Śānti. 3. 23; tasyopari kruddhaḥ, mamopari duṣṭabuddhiḥ &c.; tavopari prāyopaveśanaṃ kariṣyāmi on your account.
          (e) After; muhūrtādupari upādhyāyaścedāgacchet P. III. 3. 9 Sk. upari joined to upari (with acc. or gen. or by itself) means
          (a) Just above; lokānuparyuparyāste mādhavaḥ Vop.
          (b) higher and higher, far high, high above; uparyupari sarveṣāmāditya iva tejasā Mb.
     (2) (As a separable adverb) It means
          (a) high above, upon, towards the upper side of (opp. adhaḥ); uparyupari paśyaṃtaḥ sarva eva daridrati H. 2. 2; so upariyā; -sthāpana, -sthita &c.; oft. in comp. svamudroparicihnitaṃ Y. 1. 319.
          (b) Besides, in addition, further, more; śatānyupari caivāṣṭau tathā bhūyaśca saptatiḥ Mb.
          (c) Afterwards; yadā pūrvaṃ nāsīdupari ca tathā naiva bhavitā Śānti. 2. 7; sarpiḥ pītvopari payaḥ pibet Suśr.; uparyupari more and more, repeatedly, continuously. [cf. Zend upairi, upara; Gr. huper; L. super; Old Germ. obar; Germ. uber; Eng. over; Hind. upar].
     -- Comp.
          --āsanaṃ sitting on high.
          --gata a. gone up, ascended.
          --cara a. moving above (as a bird).
          --cita a. piled over or above.
          --ja a. produced above, elevated, high.
          --tana, stha a. upper, higher.
          --pruta a. Ved. coming from above.
          --budhna a. Ved. raised above the ground.
          --bhāgaḥ the upper portion or side.
          --bhāvaḥ being above or higher.
          --bhūmiḥ f. the ground above
          --martyaṃ ind. Ved. above men.
          --śayanaṃ a place of rest.
          --śreṇika a. being in the upper line or series.
          --sada a. lying or sitting above. (--m.) a class of gods.
          --sadyaṃ sitting above.

upariṣṭāt ind. [cf. P. V. 3. 31]
     (1) As an adverb it means
          (a) Over, above, from above, on high; parahitakaraṇe nopariṣṭānna cādhaḥ Bh. 3. 131; Y. 1. 106.
          (b) Further or later on, afterwards; kalyāṇāvataṃsā hi kalyāṇa saṃpadupariṣṭādbhavati Mal. 6; idamupariṣṭāt vyākhyātaṃ in the sequel.
          (c) Behind (opp. purastāt).
     (2) (As a preposition) it means
          (a) Over, upon (with gen., rarely acc.); Śi. 11. 3.
          (b) Down upon.
          (c) Behind (with gen.).
     -- Comp.
          --jyotiṣmatī N. of a Vedic metre consisting of 43 or 44 syllables.
          --jyotiḥ f. a verse of the Triṣṭubh metre, the last line of which consists of eight syllables.
          --bṛhatī N. of a Vedic metre having four Pādas, the first of which contains 12 syllables, each of the three others having only eight.

uparītakaḥ A particular mode or posture of sexual enjoyment; (also called viparītaka); ūrāvekapadaṃ kṛtvā dvitīyaṃ skaṃdhasaṃsthitaṃ . nārīṃ kāmayate kāmī baṃdhaḥ syāduparītakaḥ ... Śabdak.

uparudh 7 U.
     (1) To obstruct, hinder, interrupt, stop; utpakṣmaṇornayanayoruparuddhavṛttiṃ S. 4. 14; Ve. 3. 8; uparudhyate taponuṣṭhānaṃ S. 4; V. 5; paṇyamuparuṃdhatāṃ Y. 2. 250; to detain; anyāyyamuparoddhuṃ V. 5.
     (2)
          (a) To disturb, trouble; paurāstapovanamuparuṃdhaṃti S. 1.
          (b) To press, trouble with a request; R. 5. 22.
     (3) To overcome, subdue; R. 4. 83.
     (4) To besiege (an enemy, town &c.); uparudhyārimāsīta Ms. 7. 195; Kam. 13. 67; uparuddhaṃ kusumapuraṃ Mu. 2.
     (5) To lock up, pen, confine; vrajoparodhaṃ gāḥ sthāpayati Sk.
     (6) To conceal, hide; R. 7. 39.
     (7) To cast off, repudiate, reject; jyeṣṭhaputramupārudhat Ram.

uparuddha p. p.
     (1) Obstructed, impeded, stopped, confined, captive; vṛttaṃ hi rājñāmuparuddhavṛttaṃ R. 18. 18.
     (2) Covered, spread, concealed.
     (3) Protected, favoured.
     (4) Besieged, locked up.

uparodhaḥ
     (1) Obstruction, impediment, obstacle; śaratpramṛṣṭāṃbudharoparodhaḥ R. 6. 44; Śi. 20. 74; sakautuka- vinayaṃ U. 4.
     (2) Disturbance, trouble, molestation; tapovananivāsināmuparodho mā bhūt S. 1, 5, 6; anugrahaḥ khalveṣa noparodhaḥ V. 3; uparodhaḥ sahyatāṃ ibid.; detention; kiṃ rājarṣeruparodhena S. 3.
     (3) Opposition, refusal, check, restraint.
     (4) Covering, surrounding, blocking up.
     (5) Binding, tying, seizing.
     (6) Protection, favour.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. impeding, obstructing.

uparodhaka a.
     (1) Obstructing.
     (2) Covering, surrounding.
     (3) Favouring. --kaṃ An inner room, a private apartment.

uparodhanam Obstruction, impediment &c.; see uparodha.

uparodhin a. Obstructing, impeding; R. 18. 18.

uparūpakam [upagataṃ rūpakaṃ dṛśyakābyaṃ sādṛśyena] A drama of an inferior class, of which 18 kinds are enumerated; nāṭikā troṭakaṃ goṣṭhī saṭṭakaṃ nāṭyarāsakaṃ . prasthānollāpyakāvyāni preṃkhaṇaṃ rāsakaṃ tathā .. saṃlāpakaṃ śrīgaditaṃ śilpakaṃ ca vilāsikā . durbhallikā prakaraṇī hallīśo bhāṇiketi ca .. S. D. 276.

upalaḥ
     (1) A stone, rock; upalaśakalematadbhadaka gomayānāṃ Mu. 3. 15; kāṃte kathaṃ ghaṭitavānupalena cetaḥ S. Til. 3; Me. 19; S. 1. 14.
     (2) A precious stone, jewel.
     (3) Sand (Ved.).
     (4) A cloud. --lā
     (1) Refined sugar.
     (2) The upper and smaller millstone which rests on the Dṛṣad. [cf. L. opalus].

upalakaḥ A stone.

upalakṣ 10 P.
     (1) To look at, observe, behold, mark; āsannavartijana upalakṣayati K. 197; samyagupalakṣitaṃ bhavatyā S. 1.
     (2) To regard or consider; lokapravādaḥ satyoyaṃ paṃḍitairupalakṣitaḥ Rām
     (3) To mark, put a sign upon; Y. 1. 30; 2. 151; Kam. 7. 47.
     (4) To denote, designate, describe.
     (5) To imply in addition; nakṣatraśabdena jyotiḥśāstramupalakṣyate Kull. on Ms. 3. 162.
     (6) To mind, have in view; Kam. 16. 40.

upalakṣaka a.
     (1) Observing; marking; paracitta-.
     (2) Designating, indicating (as a word).

upalakṣaṇam
     (1) Looking at, beholding, observing, marking, ascertainment; velopalakṣaṇārthaṃ S. 4.
     (2) A mark, characteristic or distinctive feature: upalabdhamupalakṣaṇaṃ V. 4, 4. 33; upalakṣaṇe tṛtīyā Sk.
     (3) Designation; prādyupalakṣaṇaṃ Sk.
     (4) Implying something that has not been actually expressed, implication of something in addition or any similar object where only one is mentioned; synecdoche of a part for the whole, of an individual for the species, or of a quality for that in which the quality exists (svapratipādakatve sati svetarapratipādakatvaṃ); maṃtragrahaṇaṃ brāhmaṇasyāpyupalakṣaṇaṃ P. II. 4. 80 Sk.; so asti nāsterupalakṣaṇaṃ &c.

upalakṣita p. p.
     (1) Observed, marked, comprehended, implied, metaphorically expressed &c.
     (2) Understood, comprehended.
     (3) Characterized.

upalakṣya pot. p.
     (1) Inferable.
     (2) To be described, designated &c. --kṣyaḥ
     (1) A prop, stay, support.
     (2) An asylum, shelter.
     (3) An inference.

upaladhipriyaḥ [bāladhiḥ priyo'sya pṛṣo-] A kind of antelope (camara).

upalabh 1 A.
     (1) To know, understand, see, perceive (directly); Pt. 1. 76; anyā pratikriyā nopalabhyate K. 152.
     (2) To ascertain, find out, learn, know; brūhi yadupalabdhaṃ U. 1; tattvata enāmupalapsye S. 1; Mv. 7. 30; R. 12. 60; Bk. 3. 27; K. 159; M. 4, 3. 6, 4. 6.
     (3) To get, obtain, acquire, enjoy, experience (happiness &c.); upalabdhasukhaḥ Ku. 4. 42 experiencing; kathamupalabhe nidrāṃ V. 2. 10 enjoy; idānīṃ smṛtirupalabdhā Mu. 2 now I recollect; Ms. 11. 17; R. 8. 82, 10. 2, 18. 21.
     (4) To conceive, become pregnant. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to get.
     (2) To produce, bring about.

upalabdha p. p.
     (1) Gained, obtained.
     (2) Conceived.
     (3) Perceived, understood, known, guessed.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. having the meaning understood. (
          --rthā f.) a tale, a true or probable story.

upalabdhiḥ f.
     (1) Getting, obtaining, acquisition; vṛthā hi me syātsvapadopalabdhiḥ R. 5. 56, 8. 17.
     (2) Observation, perception, knowledge (jñāna); nābhāva upalabdheḥ cf. Nyāya S. 2. 28, 30.
     (3) Understanding, mind (mati).
     (4) A conjecture, guess.
     (5) Perceptibility, appearance (recognized as a kind of proof by the Mimamsakas); see anupalabdhi.

upalabdhṛ a.
     (1) Gaining, acquiring.
     (2) Knowing, perceiving. --m. Soul, self.

upalaṃbhaḥ [labh-ghañ-mum ca]
     (1) Acquisition; bhasmādaṃgulīyāpalaṃbhātsmṛtirupalabdhā S. 7.
     (2) Direct perception or recognition, comprehension otherwise than from memory (same as anubhava q. v.); prāktanopalaṃbha Māl. 5; jñātau sutasparśasukhopalaṃbhāt R. 14. 2.
     (3) Ascertaining, knowing; avighnakriyopalaṃbhāya S. 1.

upalaṃbhaka a. Causing to observe, reminding.

upalaṃbhanam Apprehension &c.

upalabhya pot. p.
     (1) Obtainable.
     (2) Respectable, commendable, praiseworthy.

upalipsā A desire to obtain.

upalal 10 P. To fondle, coax, flatter; natāṃgīmupalālayan Dk. 29; S. 7; M. 3.

upalālanam Fondling.

upalālikā Thirst.

upaliṃgam A portent, natural phenomenon, considered as boding evil.

upalip 6 P.
     (1) To anoint, smear, besmear.
     (2) To defile, pollute; tathātmā nopalipyate Bg. 13. 32.
     (3) To stick or adhere to; yo vaktramupaliṃpati Vagb.

upalepaḥ
     (1) Anointing, smearing.
     (2) Cleaning, white-washing.
     (3) Obstruction, being concealed, becoming deadened or dull (said of senses).

upalepanam
     (1) Smearing, anointing, plastering.
     (2) An ointment, unguent.

upalepin
     (1) Serving as an ointment.
     (2) Anointing, smearing.
     (3) Obstructing.

upavaktṛ m.
     (1) A priest at a sacrifice.
     (2) One who animates (by his words).

upavaṭaḥ The tree Buchanania Latifolia (priyāsāla).

upavad 1 A.
     (1) To talk over, conciliate.
     (2) To flatter, cajole, coax; bhṛtyānupavadate Sk.; dātāraṃ Bk. 8. 28.

upavādaḥ Censure, blame(Ved.).

upavādin a. Censuring, blaming.

upavanam [upamitaṃ vanena] A garden, grove, a planted forest; pāṃḍucchāyopavanavṛtayaḥ ketakaiḥ sūcibhinnaiḥ Me. 23; R. 8. 73, 13. 79; -latā a garden creeper.

upavarṇ 10 P. To describe in detail; upavarṇayedānīṃ kusumapuravṛttāṃtaṃ Mu. 1.

upavarṇaḥ Minute or detailed description.

upavarṇanam Minute description, delineation in detail; atiśayopavarṇanaṃ vyākhyānaṃ Suśr.; Y. 1. 320.

upavarṣaḥ N. of a son of Śaṅkara Svāmi, author of several writings on the Mīmāmsā philosophy.

upavalgita a. Swollen or dimmed with tears (as eyes).

upavallikā N. of a plant (amṛtaśravā).

upavalhaḥ Ved. Emulation, rivalry.

upavas 1 P.
     (1) To dwell in or at, inhabit (with acc.); vaikuṃṭhaṃ upavasati Sk.
     (2) To be in a state of abstinence, abstain from food, fast; upavaseddinaṃ Ms. 2. 220, 5. 20; Y. 3. 292, 64; (fig. also); upoṣitābhyāmiva netrābhyāṃ pibaṃtī Dk. 4.
     (3) To go to (a master).
     (4) To enter upon, learn, take to, begin. --Caus. To cause to fast.

upavasathaḥ [upa-vas-ādhāre atha]
     (1) A village.
     (2) The day preceding a Soma sacrifice; or a day of preparation for this sacrifice; a fast-day.

upavasathīya, upavasathya a. Selected for an upavasatha (as a day).

upavastam A fast.

upavastiḥ f. Support of life(as food, sleep &c.).

upavastṛ a. One who fasts.

upavāsaḥ
     (1) A fast; sopavāsastryahaṃ vaset Y. 1. 175, 3. 190; Ms. 11. 196 (a fast is a religious act and consists in abstaining from every kind of sensual gratification).
     (2) Kindling a sacred fire.
     (3) A fire-altar.

upavāsaka a. Fasting, observing a fast. --kaṃ A fast.

upavāsin a. Fasting.

upavah 1 P.
     (1) To bear or lead near, lead towards.
     (2) To bring about, commence.

upoḍha p. p.
     (1) Collected, accumulated, increased, stored up; upoḍhatapasāṃ S. 5. 7; -balasya te M. 5. 1; V. 2. 7; so -madaḥ, -harṣaḥ &c.
     (2) Brought near, proximate, near; Ki. 17. 54, 13. 23.
     (3) Arrayed for battle (as an army).
     (4) Begun, commenced; upoḍhaśabdā na rathāṃganemayaḥ S. 7. 10 causing sound.
     (5) Married.
     (6) A battle-array.

upavaham Ved. Anything placed on the neck of an ox under the yoke, to raise it to the right level for a yoke-fellow of greater height; M. W.

upavahanam (In music) Preliminary singing, humming a tune before beginning to sing it aloud; M. 2.

upavāhanam Carrying to, bringing near.

upavāhin a. Flowing towards.

upavāhyaḥ, --hyā
     (1) A king's riding elephant (male or female); caṃdraguptopavāhyāṃ gajavaśāṃ Mu. 2.
     (2) A royal vehicle (in general).

upavā Ved. Blowing at.

upavākaḥ
     (1) Addressing, speaking to, conversing.
     (2) Praising.
     (3) Indra-grain (iṃdrayava.)

upavājanam A fan.

upavāsanam A dress, garment (Ved.).

upavid a.
     (1) Gaining, obtaining.
     (2) Knowing. --f.
     (1) Acquisition.
     (2) Investigating, inquiring into, knowledge.

upavidyā Profane science, inferior kind of knowledge.

upavedaḥ 'Inferior knowledge', a class of writings subordinate to the Vedas. There are four such Upavedas, one being attached to each of the four Vedas: thus āyurveda or Medicine to ṛgveda; (according to some authorities such as Suśruta it is a part of the Atharvaveda); dhanurveda or military science to yajurveda; gāṃdharvaveda or Music to sāmaveda, and sthāpatya-śastraṃ-veda or Mechanics to atharvaveda.

upaviś 6 P.
     (1) To sit down, take a seat.
     (2) To sit near to, wait upon.
     (3) To pitch a camp, encamp.
     (4) To go down, set (as the sun).
     (5) To enter upon, practise; as prāyaṃ upaviśati; so anaśanopaviṣṭa.
     (6) To abstain from food, fast; sopyuktvaivamupāviśat Bk. 7. 75.
     (7) To seize, take possession of. --Caus. To cause to sit down, place or set down.

upaveśaḥ --śanam
     (1) Sitting, sitting down; as in prāyopaveśana.
     (2) Directing one's mind to, being attached to.
     (3) Voiding by stool.
     (4) Placing down.

upaveśin a.
     (1) Sitting.
     (2) Devoting oneself to.

upaveṣṭṛ a. One who sits, sitting down.

upaviṣaḥ --ṣam
     (1) An artificial poison.
     (2) A narcotic, any poisonous drug; arkakṣīraṃ snuhīkṣīraṃ tathaiva kalihārikā . dhattūraḥ karavīraśca paṃca copaviṣāḥ smṛtāḥ .. --ṣā N. of a plant (ativiṣā).

upavīṇayati Den. P. To play on the Vīṇā or lute (before a deity &c.); upavīṇayituṃ yayau raverudayāvṛttipathena nāradaḥ R. 8. 33; N. 6. 65; Ki. 10. 38; K. 131.

upavītam [upa-ve-kta]
     (1) Investiture with the sacred thread.
     (2) The sacred thread worn by the first three classes of the Hindus; pitryamaṃśamupavītalakṣaṇaṃ mātṛkaṃ ca dhanrūrjitaṃ dadhat R. 11. 64; muktāyajñopavītāni Ku. 6. 6; Śi. 1. 7; Ki. 12. 23; Ms. 2. 44, 64, 4. 36, 66.

upavītin a. Wearing the sacred thread.

upavīram A kind of demon.

upavṛṃha, --haṇam &c. See upabṛṃh &c.

upavṛt 1 A.
     (1) To go towards, approach.
     (2) To return.

upavartaḥ A particular high number.

upavartanam
     (1) A place for exercise.
     (2) A place whether inhabited or not.
     (3) A district or Pargana.
     (4) A kingdom (rājya).
     (5) A bog, marshy place.

upavṛttiḥ f. Motion towards, approaching.

upaveda See under upavid.

upaveṣaḥ Ved. A stick(of green wood) used for stirring the sacrificial fire; sa upaveṣamādatte Śat. Br.

upavaiṇavam The three periods of the day; i. e. morning, midday, and evening (trisaṃdhyaṃ).

upavyākhyānam A supplementary explanation or interpretation.

upavyāghraḥ A small hunting leopard.

upaśam 4 P.
     (1) To become calm or quiet, be assuaged; upaśāmyatu te buddhiḥ Bk. 20. 5.
     (2) To cease, stop; agniḥ, śabdaḥ, kopaḥ &c.; cease to speak; K. 110. --Caus.
     (1) To calm, tranquillize.
     (2) To appease, pacify, assuage, mitigate.
     (3) To extinguish, kill.

upaśamaḥ
     (1) Becoming quiet, assuagement, pacification; kuto'syā upaśamaḥ Ve. 3; manyurduḥsaha eṣa yātyupaśamaṃ no sāṃtvavādaiḥ sphuṭaṃ Amaru. 5; cessation, stopping, extinction.
     (2) Relaxation, intermission.
     (3) Tranquility, calmness, patience; jñānasyopaśamaḥ Bh. 2. 82.
     (4) Control or restraint of the senses.

upaśamaka a. Appeasing, pacifying, affording repose, making patient.

upaśamanam
     (1) Quieting, calming, appeasing.
     (2) Mitigation, assuagement.
     (3) Extinction, cessation.

upaśāṃta p. p.
     (1) Calmed, appeased, pacified.
     (2) Calm, tranquil.
     (3) Lessened, diminished.

upaśāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Cessation, allaying, quieting, alleviation; ārtabhayopaśāṃtaye R. 8. 31; Amaru. 65.
     (2) Appeasing, assuaging, pacification, satisfaction (of desires); Pt. 1. 147.

upaśāṃtin a.
     (1) Appeased, pacified.
     (2) Calm, tranquil. --m. A tame elephant.

upaśaya See under upaśī.

upaśalyam An open place in the vicinity of a town or village, suburb; athopaśalye ripumagnaśalyaḥ R. 16. 37, 15. 60; Śi. 5. 8, K. 50.

upaśākhā A secondary branch.

upaśāṃtvanam Appeasing(see upasāṃtvana).

upaśālam A place near a house, a court before a house. --laṃ ind. Near a house.

upaśāstram A minor science or treatise.

upaśikṣā --kṣaṇam Learning, training.

upaśiṃgha(ha)nam
     (1) Smelling.
     (2) Anything given to smell at.

upaśiṣyaḥ The pupil of a pupil; śiṣyopaśiṣyairupagīyamānamavehi tanmaṃḍanamiśradhāma Udb.

upaśī 2 A.
     (1) To lie near.
     (2) To cohabit.
     (3) To do good to, agree with; yanmamopaśete Charaka.

upaśaya a.
     (1) Lying by the side of.
     (2) Productive of happiness or rest. --yaḥ
     (1) Lying by the side of.
     (2) A lair, ambush; Śi. 2. 80.
     (3) Diagnosis by the effect of certain articles of food, or medicine (one of the five elements of nidāna).
     (4) Allaying disease by diet, regimen &c. --yā A prepared piece of clay.

upaśāyaḥ Sleeping in turn, rotation for sleeping with (another who keeps watch at night).

upaśāyin a.
     (1) Lying near to.
     (2) Sleeping, going to bed.
     (3) Allaying, calming.
     (4) Composing or narcotic (in medicine); -tā, -tvaṃ tranquilling; calming, secondary means of cure (as diet &c.).

upaśubh Caus. P. To adorn, ornament, decorate.

upaśobhanaṃ, --śobhā Adorning, ornamenting.

upaśoṣaṇam Drying up, withering.

upaśrī f. Covering, anything thrown above or upon.

upaśru 5 P.
     (1) To hear, listen; vacaḥ, giraḥ &c.
     (2) To promise.

upaśrut m. A sacrifice.

upaśruta a.
     (1) Heard.
     (2) Promised, agreed.

upaśrutiḥ f.
     (1) Hearing, listening.
     (2) Range of hearing.
     (3) A supernatural voice heard at night, and personified as a nocturnal deity revealing the future; naktaṃ nirgatya yatkiṃcicchubhāśubhakaraṃ vacaḥ . śrūyate tadvidurdhīrā devapraśnamupaśrutiṃ .. Hārāvali; parijano'pi cāsyāḥ satatamupaśrutyai nirjagāma K. 65.
     (4) Aspect of the stars, fortunetelling.
     (5) Promise, assent.

upaśrotṛ a. Listening, hearing.

upaśliṣ 4 P.
     (1) To embrace.
     (2) To draw near, approach. --Caus. To bring near, place at hand; upaśleṣaya rathaṃ V. 1; śaraṃ V. 5.

upaśliṣṭa p. p. Placed near, contiguous, adjoining.

upaśleṣaḥ, --ṣaṇam
     (1) Juxta-position, contact.
     (2) An embrace.

upaślokayati Den. P. To extolor praise in verses; samuttejanasamarthaiḥ ślokairupaślokayitavyaḥ Mu. 4.

upaśvasa a. Ved. Sounding, roaring.

upaṣṭut ind. Ved. (Ready) At one's call.

upasaṃyamaḥ
     (1) Curbing, restraining, binding.
     (2) The end of the world, universal destruction.

upasaṃyamanam Binding.

upasaṃyogaḥ A secondary connection, modification; nāmākhyātayoḥ karmopasaṃyogadyotakāḥ Nir.

upasaṃrohaḥ Growing together or over, cicatrizing; śalyamārgānupasaṃrohaḥ Suśr.

upasaṃvādaḥ An agreement, a contract.

upasaṃvyānam An under-garment; aṃtaraṃ bahiryogopasaṃvyānayoḥ P. I. 1. 36.

upasaṃskṛ 8 U.
     (1) To prepare(as a meal).
     (2) To ornament.
     (3) To consecrate, purify; K. 40.

upasaṃskaraṇam Preparing, purifying.

upasaṃhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To draw or bring together, collect.
     (2) To sum or wind up, conclude; idānīmupasaṃharati; prakṛtamupasaṃharati Kull. on Ms. 1. 57.
     (3) To contract; as kūrmoṃ'gāni.
     (4) To withdraw, take away, withhold: chettuḥ pārśvagatāṃ chāyāṃ nopasaṃharate drumaḥ H. 1. 59.
     (5) To check, stop, curb.
     (6) To absorb, destroy, annihilate.

upasaṃharaṇam
     (1) Withdrawing, taking away or back.
     (2) Refusing, withholding.
     (3) Excluding.
     (4) Attacking, invading.

upasaṃhāraḥ
     (1) Drawing in or together, contracting.
     (2) Drawing away, withdrawing, excluding, withholding.
     (3) A collection, assemblage.
     (4) Summing up, winding up, conclusion (opp. upakrama).
     (5) A preparation (of a speech &c).
     (6) A compendium, resume.
     (7) Brevity, conciseness.
     (8) Perfection.
     (9) Destruction, death, end. (10) Attacking, invading.
     (11) (In logic) Refutation.

upasaṃhārin a.
     (1) Comprehending.
     (2) Exclusive. --m. A hetu (hetu) which is not exclusive; see anupasaṃhārin.

upasaṃhṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Comprehension.
     (2) Seizing, taking.

upasaṃkrāṃta a. Handed down.

upasaṃkṣepaḥ An abstract, summary, resume.

upasaṃkhyānam
     (1) Addition.
     (2) Supplementary addition, further or additional enumeration (a term technically applied to the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana which are intended to supply omissions in Pāṇini's Sūtras and generally to supplement them); e. g. jugupsāvirāmapramādārthānāmupasaṃkhyānaṃ; cf. iṣṭi.
     (3) (In gram.) A substitute in form or sense.

upasaṃgrah 9 P.
     (1) To take upon oneself, experience, feel, suffer.
     (2) To receive, accept.
     (3) To seize, catch hold of; pāṇibhyāṃ tūpasaṃgṛhya Ms. 3. 224.
     (4) To take into custody or possession.
     (5) To win over, conciliate, make favourable; piṃḍadānādinopasaṃgṛhya Dk. 58.
     (6) To clasp, embrace.

upasaṃgrahaḥ, --haṇam
     (1) Keeping pleased, supporting, maintaining; tīkṣṇarasadāyināmupasaṃgrahārthaṃ Mu. 2.
     (2) Respectful salutation (as by touching the feet of the person saluted); sphurati rabhasātpāṇiḥ pādopasaṃgrahaṇāya ca Mv. 2. 30.
     (3) Accepting, adopting; Br. Sūt. I. 4. 11.
     (4) Polite address, obeisance.
     (5) Collecting, joining.
     (6) Taking, accepting (as a wife); dāropasaṃgrahaḥ Y. 1. 56.
     (7) (An external) appendage, any necessary article either for use or decoration (upakaraṇa).

upasaṃgrāhya a. To be respectfully saluted, respectable, venerable.

upasad 1 P., 6 P.
     (1) To sit near to, go near, approach; upasedurdaśagrīvaṃ Bk. 9. 92, 3. 12, 6. 135.
     (2) To sit at the feet of; upādhyāyamupāsadaṃ Ks. 108. 21.
     (3) To wait upon, serve; (taṃ) ākalpasādhanaistaistairupaseduḥ prasādhakāḥ R. 17. 22; Śi. 13. 24.
     (4) To march against.
     (5) To try to get or obtain.
     (6) To sink down. --Caus.
     (1) To place near.
     (2) To lead towards.
     (3) To get, find.

upasattiḥ f.
     (1) Connection, union.
     (2) Service, worship, attendance upon.
     (3) Gift, donation.

upasad a. Serving, waiting upon --f.
     (1) Siege, assault, attack.
     (2) Laying up, accumulating.
     (3) Service, worship.
     (4) N. of a ceremony, forming part of the jyotiṣṭoma ceremony, and lasting for several days.
     -- Comp.
          --vranin a. observing the rules of the Upasad, i. e. drinking milk in certain quantities, sleeping on the bare earth, keeping silence &c.

upasada a. Going near to, serving. --daḥ
     (1) Approach.
     (2) A gift, donation.
     (3) The upasad sacrifice.

upasadanam
     (1) Going near to approaching.
     (2) Sitting at the feet of a teacher, becoming a pupil; tatropasadanaṃ cakre droṇasyeṣvastrakarmaṇi Mb.
     (3) Neighbourhood.
     (4) Service.
     (5) Partaking of.

upasadī Ved.
     (1) A body of attendants (collectively).
     (2) Continuity.

upasanna p. p.
     (1) Approached; near, approximate.
     (2) Worshipped, served.
     (3) Serving, waiting upon.
     (4) Easily obtainable; got, obtained.

upasaṃtānaḥ
     (1) Immediate connection.
     (2) A descendant.

upasaṃdhā 3 U.
     (1) To put together, add, increase.
     (2) To join, connect; trivargeṇopasaṃdhatte Kam. 1. 13.
     (3) To aim at, direct towards.

upasaṃhita p. p.
     (1) Connected with, furnished or endowed with; śrutavṛttopasaṃhitaḥ Mb.
     (2) Accompanied or surrounded by; regarding, referring to.

upasaṃdhānam Adding, joining.

upasaṃnyāsaḥ Laying down, giving up, resignation.

upasamādhā 3 U.
     (1) To put on(as fuel on fire).
     (2) To arrange.

upasamādhānam Gathering together, heaping; upasamādhānaṃ rāśīkaraṇaṃ Sk.

upasamāhārya a. To be brought together, or arranged.

upasaṃpad 4 A.
     (1) To come to, arrive at; taṃ deśamupasaṃpede Mb.
     (2) To get, obtain. --Caus.
     (1) To bring or lead near.
     (2) To give, grant.
     (3) To receive into the order of priests, ordain.

upasaṃpattiḥ f.
     (1) Approaching, arriving at.
     (2) Entering into any condition.

upasaṃpanna p. p.
     (1) Gained, obtained.
     (2) Arrived at.
     (3) Furnished with, possessing; kusumairupasaṃpannā nadī Ram.
     (4) Familiar with.
     (5) Enough, sufficient.
     (6) Killed at a sacrifice (as an animal), immolated; Ms. 5. 81.
     (7) Dead, deceased.
     (8) Cooked, dressed (as food). --nnaṃ Condiment.

upasaṃbhāṣaḥ --ṣā
     (1) Conversation; Ki. 3. 3.
     (2) Friendly persuasion; upasaṃbhāṣā upasāṃtvanaṃ P. I. 3. 47 Sk.

upasara, upasarga, upasarpaṇa See under upasṛ, -sṛj, -sṛp.

upasāṃtv 10 P. To appease, conciliate, pacify; Ki. 2. 25.

upasāṃtvanam Appeasing, pacifying.

upasi ind. Ved. In the lap, on the hip; near, at hand.

upasīraḥ A plough.

upasuṃdaḥ N. of an Asura, son of Nikumbha and younger brother of Sunda.

upasūryakam The disc of the sun or its halo.

upasṛ 1 P.
     (1) To go towards, approach, draw near; rājānaṃ ... durgaṃ ... upasṛtya &c.
     (2) To go against, attack.
     (3) To have intercourse (as of a woman with a man).

upasara a. Approaching. --raḥ
     (1) Approaching (as a cow).
     (2) The first pregnancy of a cow; gavāmupasaraḥ Sk.

upasaraṇam
     (1) Going towards.
     (2) Rapid flowing of the blood towards the heart (as in sickness).
     (3) That which is approached as a refuge.

upasaryā A cow fit for a bull(cf. P. III. 1. 104).

upasṛj 6 P.
     (1) To pour out or on, offer (water &c.).
     (2) To add to, annex; to join, attach, connect with, bring to.
     (3) To beset with, oppress, infest; Ms. 4. 61; see upasṛṣṭa below; roṣeṇa, vyādhinā &c.
     (4) To eclipse; Ms. 4. 37; Y. 1. 272.
     (5) To come in contact with.
     (6) To produce, effect, create.
     (7) To destroy.

upasargaḥ
     (1) Sickness, disease, change occasioned by a disease; also a disease superinduced on another; kṣīṇaṃ hanyuścopasargāḥ prabhūtāḥ Suśr.
     (2) Misfortune, trouble, calamity, injury, harm; praśamitāśeṣopasargāḥ prajāḥ Ratn. 1. 10; sopasargaṃ vo nakṣatraṃ M. 4.
     (3) Portent, natural phenomenon foreboding evil.
     (4) An eclipse.
     (5) An indication or symptom of death.
     (6) Addition.
     (7) Possession by an evil spirit.
     (8) A preposition prefixed to roots; nipātāścādayo jñeyāḥ prādayastūpasargakāḥ . dyotakatvāt kriyāyoge lokādavagatā ime .. Upasargas are 20 in number: --pra, parā, apa, sam, anu, ava, nis or nir, dus or dur, vi, ā (ṅ), ni, adhi, api, ati, su, ut, abhi, prati, pari, upa; or 22 if nis-nir and dus-dur be taken as separate words. There are two theories as to the character of these prepositions. According to one theory roots have various meanings in themselves (anekārthā hi dhātavaḥ); when prepositions are prefixed to them they simply bring to light those meanings already existent but hidden in them, but they do not express them, being meaningless themselves; cf. Śi. 10. 15: --saṃtameva ciramaprakṛtatvādaprakāśitamadidyutadaṃge . vibhramaṃ madhumadaḥ pramadānāṃ dhātulīnamupasarga ivārtham ... According to the other theory prepositions express their own independent meanings; they modify, intensify, and sometimes entirely alter, the senses of roots; cf. Sk.: --upasargeṇa dhātvartho balādanyatra nīyate . prahārāhārasaṃhāravihāraparihāravat .. cf. also dhātvarthaṃ bādhate kaścitkaścittamanuvartate . tameva viśinaṣṭyanya upasargagatistridhā .. (The latter theory appears to be more correct. For a fuller exposition see Nirukta).

upasarjanam
     (1) Pouring on.
     (2) A misfortune, calamity (as an eclipse), portent; Ms. 4. 105.
     (3) Leaving.
     (4) Eclipsing.
     (5) Any person or thing subordinate to another, a substitute.
     (6) (In gram.) A word which either by composition or derivation loses its original independent character, while it also determines the sense of another word (opp. pradhāna); e. g. in pāṇinīyaḥ a pupil of pāṇini, pāṇini becomes upasarjana; or in rājapuruṣaḥ, rājan is upasarjana, having lost its independent character; P. I. 2. 43, 48, 57; II. 2. 30; IV. 1. 14, 54; VI. 3. 82; ācāryopasarjanaścāṃtevāsī.

upasṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Joined, connected with, accompanied by.
     (2) Seized or possessed by (a demon or evil spirit). upasṛṣṭā iva kṣudrādhiṣṭhitabhavanāḥ K. 107.
     (3) Troubled, affected, injured; rogopasṛṣṭatanudurvasatiṃ mumukṣuḥ R. 8. 94; K. 289.
     (4) Eclipsed.
     (5) Furnished with an upasarga (as a root); krudhadruhorupasṛṣṭayoḥ karma P. I. 4. 38. --ṣṭaḥ The sun or moon when eclipsed. --ṣṭaṃ Sexual union.

upasṛp 1 P.
     (1) To approach, move towards, draw near to; mamopāṃtikamupasarpan M. 1; 1. 12.
     (2) To meet unexpectedly.
     (3) To move, go; prativātaṃ na hi ghanaḥ kadācidupasarpati Pt. 3. 23; so pralayaṃ, duḥkhaṃ &c.
     (4) To begin (with inf.); Ms. 10. 105.
     (5) To attack.

upasarpaḥ
     (1) Approach, access.
     (2) Following a person.

upasarpaṇam Going near, approaching, advancing towards.

upasarpin a. Going near, approaching.

upasektṛ a. One who sprinkles or pours down.

upasecana a. Pouring, sprinkling. --naṃ, upasekaḥ
     (1) Pouring or sprinkling upon, watering.
     (2) Infusion; juice. --nī A ladle or cup for pouring.

upasev 1 A.
     (1) To serve, worship, honour; Ms. 4. 133.
     (2) To practise, follow, pursue, cultivate; as a vow.
     (3) To make use of.
     (4) To be addicted to, enjoy; Bg. 15. 9; so sukhaṃ, saṃdhiṃ, vigrahaṃ &c.
     (5) To frequent, inhabit.
     (6) To rub or anoint with (sandal &c.).

upasevaka a.
     (1) Worshipping, serving.
     (2) Following, practising.
     (3) Enjoying (carnally); Y. 3. 136.

upasevanaṃ, --sevā
     (1) Worshipping, honouring, adoring.
     (2) Service; rāja- Ms. 3. 64.
     (3) Addiction to; viṣaya- Ms. 12. 7.
     (4) Using, enjoying (carnally also); chāyā-; paradāra- Ms. 4. 134.

upasevin a. Serving, practising.

upaskṛ 8 U. To prepare, elaborate, perfect, adorn; (see upakṛ).

upaskaraḥ
     (1) Any article which serves to make anything complete, an ingredient.
     (2) (Hence) Condiment or seasoning for food (as mustard, pepper &c.).
     (3) Furniture, appurtenance, apparatus, instrument (upakaraṇa); upaskaro rathasyāsīt Mb.; Śi. 18. 72.
     (4) Any article or implement of household use (such as a broomstick); Y. 1. 83; 2. 193; Ms. 3. 68, 12. 66, 5. 150.
     (5) An ornament.
     (6) Censure, blame.

upaskaraṇam
     (1) Killing, injuring.
     (2) A collection.
     (3) A change, modification.
     (4) An ellipsis.
     (5) Blame, censure.

upaskāraḥ
     (1) Anything additional, a supplement.
     (2) (Supplying) An ellipsis; sākāṃkṣamanupaskāraṃ viṣvaggati nirākulaṃ Ki. 11. 38.
     (3) Beautifying, ornamenting by way of adding grace; uktamevārthaṃ sopaskāramāha Malli. on R. 11. 47.
     (4) An ornament.
     (5) A stroke.
     (6) A collection.

upaskṛta p. p.
     (1) Prepared, perfected.
     (2) Censured, blamed.
     (3) Killed, injured.
     (4) Collected.
     (5) Beautified, ornamented.
     (6) Supplied (as ellipsis).
     (7) Modified.

upaskṛtiḥ f. Supplement.

upastaṃbh 5. 9. P. To prop, support (fig. also).

upastaṃbhaḥ, --bhanam
     (1) Stay, support.
     (2) Support of life (as food, sleep &c.).
     (3) Encouragement, incitement, aid; maṃtropastaṃbhena H. 3.
     (4) Basis, ground, occasion; mūṣakabalopastaṃbhena kāraṇena bhavitavyaṃ H. 1.

upastaṃbhaka a. Supporting, aiding, encouraging.

upastaraṇam See under upastṛ.

upastiḥ Ved. 1 A tree.
     (2) An attendant, a follower, servant.

upastu 2 U.
     (1) To praise, extol.
     (2) To invoke.

upastut f. Ved. Praise, invitation.

upastutiḥ f. Invocation, praise.

upastṛ, --stṝ 5. 9. U.
     (1) To spread out (for another); spread under.
     (2) To strew or cover with.
     (3) To arrange, set in order.

upastaraṇam
     (1) Spreading out, scattering.
     (2) A covering, garment.
     (3) A bed.
     (4) Anything spread out (as a covering); amṛtopastaraṇamasi svāhā.

upastir f. Ved.
     (1) Spreading.
     (2) A covering, what is spread.

upastrī f. [gauṇī strī] A concubine.

upasthā 1 U. (cf. P. I. 3. 25--6 and Vart. 1)
     (1) To stand near; fall to one's share; nādattamupatiṣṭhati Pt. 2. 123; remain; Mu. 4. 13. --2. To come near, approach; māmupatiṣṭhasva Mu. 1 come to me; rāmaṃ munirupasthitaḥ R. 15. 76; Ku. 2. 64; Pt. 1. rājadvāraṃ U. 1; R. 1. 45, 87, 2. 39, 15. 15.
     (3) To wait or attend upon, serve; nāṭakenopasthātavyamasmābhiḥ S. 1 we must wait upon (serve) (the audience) with a play; Ms. 2. 48, 3. 189; purā śakramupasthāya R. 1. 75, 14. 24; U. 1.
     (4) To approach with prayers, worship (said to be Atm. only in this sense); ye sūryamupatiṣṭhaṃte maṃtraiḥ Bk. 8. 13; na tryaṃbakādanyamupāsthitāsau 1. 3; Ku. 2. 3; R. 4. 6, 10. 63, 17. 10, 18. 22; Mal.; U. 2, 3, 7; sakhyena māmupatiṣṭhate treats me as a friend.
     (5) To be or remain near, stay with.
     (6) To go to with the desire of getting (P. or A.); prabhumupatiṣṭhati-te Sk.
     (7) To approach for intercourse; kaṃ rahasyupatiṣṭhase Bk. 5. 68; patimupatiṣṭhate nārī Vop.
     (8) To meet, join (as a river) (A.); gaṃgā yamunāmupatiṣṭhate Sk.
     (9) To form friendship with, make a friend of; rathikānupatiṣṭhate Sk; upāsthitaivamukte taṃ sakhāyaṃ rāghavaḥ pituḥ Bk. 6. 42; saṃtamupatiṣṭhate sādhuḥ Vop. (10) To approach with hostile intentions.
     (11) To lead to, go to or reach
          (A) (as a way); paṃthāḥ srudhramupatiṣṭhate Sk. (prāpnoti); Ms. 3. 76.
     (12) To pass over to, devolve upon, fall to the share of; mūlapuruṣāvasāne saṃpadaḥ paramupatiṣṭhaṃti S. 6; Ki. 13. 69; vīrasūriti śabdoyaṃ tanayāttvāmupasthitaḥ M. 5. 16 applies to you; R. 8. 2; vipadutpattimatāmupasthitā 8. 83 awaits or falls to the lot of.
     (13) To occur, arise; be got; aho'smākaṃ bhojanamupasthitaṃ H. 1.
     (14) To be present (A.); smṛtyupasthitau ślokau U. 6; bhojanakāle upatiṣṭhate Sk.
     (15) To stand under for support.
     (16) To resort to; veśamupatiṣṭhaṃti Dk. 60.
     (17) To conciliate. --Caus. (-sthāpayati)
     (1) To provide, present with, furnish with; to get ready, prepare; askhalitasukhasaṃpātaṃ rathamupasthāpaya U. 1; sabāṇāsanaṃ rathaṃ S. 2.
     (2) To place upon or near.
     (3) To produce.

upastha a. Near, approximate. --sthaḥ
     (1) The lap; upasthaṃ kṛ to make a lap; -sthe kṛ to take on the lap.
     (2) The middle part in general. --sthaḥ sthaṃ
     (1) The organ of generation (of men and women, particularly of the latter); snānaṃ maunopavāsejyāsvādhyāyopasthanigrahāḥ Y. 3. 314 (male); sthūlopasthasthalīṣu Bh. 1. 20 (female); hastau pāyurupasthaśca Y. 3. 92 (where the word is used in both senses).
     (2) The anus.
     (3) The haunch or hip.
     -- Comp.
          --daghna a. reaching to the lap.
          --nigrahaḥ restraint of sensual passions, continence; Y. 3. 314.
          --patraḥ, -dalaḥ the Indian fig-tree (so called because its leaves resemble in shape the female organ of generation).
          --sad a. sitting in the lap.

upasthātṛ a.
     (1) Dependent on, humbled (upanata).
     (2) Not late, come in time. --m.
     (1) An attendant, a servant.
     (2) A sacrificial priest.

upasthānam
     (1) Presence, proximity, nearness.
     (2) Approaching, coming, appearance, coming into the presence of; yugapadācāryayorupasthānaṃ M. 1.
     (3)
          (a) Worshipping, waiting upon (with prayers); attendance, service; sūryopasthānātpratinivṛttaṃ purūravasaṃ māmupetya V. 1; sūryasyopasthānaṃ kurvaḥ V. 4; Y. 1. 22, 3. 282.
          (b) Obeisance; greeting; -stotrapaddhatiṃ U. 1 a form of congratulatory panegyric.
     (4) Attending to, guarding; rāvaṇahita- Mv. 5.
     (5) An abode.
     (6) The sanctuary, any sacred place (approached with respect).
     (7) An assembly.
     (8) Remembrance, recollection, memory; Y. 3. 160.
     (9) Obtaining, getting.

upasthānīya pot. p. To be stayed with, be kept near.
     (2) To be waited upon or served.

upasthāpaka a.
     (1) Placing or bringing near.
     (2) Explaining, teaching.
     (3) Causing to remember.

upasthāpanam
     (1) Placing near, getting ready.
     (2) The awakening of memory.
     (3) Attendance, service.

upasthāyakaḥ
     (1) A servant.
     (2) A follower of Buddha.

uparathāyin a. Standing near, waiting upon, approaching &c.

upasthita p. p.
     (1) Approached, arrived, come (person or thing); tasminnaṃtare bhartopasthitaḥ M. 1; -śreyo'vamāninaṃ S. 6; K. 157; Ms. 3. 243; Y. 2. 62; ciṃtita- Ku. 6. 24 come as soon as thought of.
     (2) Close or near, at hand, impending, drawing near; upasthitā rajanī S. 3 the night is at hand (arrived); -saṃprahāraḥ V. 1; -udayaṃ R. 3. 1 approaching its fulfilment; Mal. 10; Ratn. 1; R. 14. 39.
     (3) Worshipped or waited upon, served.
     (4) Got, obtained, received; ayācita- Ku. 5. 22 got without solicitation; aciṃtita- Pt. 2.
     (5) Taken place, happened, occurred, fallen to the lot; V. 5. 16.
     (6) Caused, occasioned, produced, felt.
     (7) Known.
     (8) Cleansed, clean.
     (9) Followed by the particle iti in the Pada text. --taṃ
     (1) The particle used in this manner.
     (2) The position of words before and after iti so used.
     (3) Service, worship.

upasthitiḥ f.
     (1) Approach.
     (2) Proximity, presence.
     (3) Obtaining, getting.
     (4) Accomplishing, effecting.
     (5) Remembrance, recollection.
     (6) Service, attendance.

upasnehaḥ Moistening.

upasnehayati Den. P. To melt (to love); U. 2, 6.

upaspṛś 6 P.
     (1) To touch(water), bathe; snānamupaspṛśaṃtī K. 172; tathetyupaspṛśya jalaṃ pavitraṃ R. 5. 59, 18. 31; upaspṛśya maṇikarṇikāyāṃ Dk. 95, 110; Ms. 11. 133.
     (2) To wash or rinse the mouth (or teeth); to sip water (and eject it); sa nadyavaskaṃdamupāspṛśacca Bk. 2. 11; K. 100; Ms. 2. 53, 58, 5. 63; Y. 3. 30, 1. 18.
     (3) To sprinkle.

upasparśaḥ --rśanam
     (1) Touching, contact.
     (2) Bathing, ablution, washing oneself.
     (3) Rinsing the mouth, sipping and ejecting water as a religious act.

upasparśin a.
     (1) Touching.
     (2) Sipping water.

upasmṛtiḥ f. A minor law-book. (They are 18 in all).

upasravaṇam
     (1) The periodical flow of a woman, menses.
     (2) Flow (in general).

upasvatvam Revenue, profit(derived from land or capital).

upasvedaḥ Moisture, sweat.

upahan 2 P.
     (1) To strike, smite; daḍopaghātaṃ gāḥ kālayati Sk.
     (2) To waste, injure, destroy, kill; anupaghnan pitṛdravyaṃ Ms. 9. 208; laṃkā copahaniṣyate Bk. 16. 12, 5. 12; Bg. 3. 24.
     (3) To thrust in or into.
     (4) To err, mistake in reciting.

upahata p. p.
     (1) Injured, struck, impaired; anupahatavidhiḥ paṃthāḥ Bh. 2. 26; pained, hurt; Ku. 5. 76.
     (2) Affected by, smit, injured, struck with, overpowered; bhūta- K. 167; dāridrya-, lobha-, darpa-, kāma-, śoka- &c.; Mu. 7.
     (3) Struck by lightning &c.
     (4) Doomed (to destruction); kathamatrāpi daivenopahatā vayaṃ Mu. 2; daivenopahatasya buddhirathavā pūrvaṃ viparyasyati Mu. 6. 8.
     (5) Censured, rebuked, disregarded.
     (6) Vitiated, polluted, made impure; śārīrairmalaiḥ surābhirmadyairvā yadupahataṃ tadatyaṃtopahataṃ Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. agitated in mind, mentally affected.
          --dṛś a. dazzled, blinded; Ki. 12. 18.
          --dhī a. infatuated.

upahataka a. Ill-fated, unfortunate.

upahatiḥ f.
     (1) Stroke.
     (2) Killing, injuring.

upahatnu a. Ved. Attacking.

upahatyā Dazzling of the eyes.

upahaṃtṛ a. Ved. Having a contrary effect, disturbing, exciting.

upaghātaḥ
     (1) A stroke, injury, insult; Ms. 2. 179; Y. 2. 256.
     (2) Destruction, ruin.
     (3) Touch, contact (with an intention to hurt).
     (4) Personal violence, assault.
     (5) Disease, sickness.
     (6) Sin.

upaghātaka, --tin a. Injuring, hurting, offending.

upahas 1 P.
     (1) To ridicule, deride, laugh at; (fig.) to excel, surpass; amaragurumapi prajñayopahasadbhiḥ K. 7; Dk. 10.
     (2) To couple oneself with.

upahāseta p. p. Ridiculed, derided. --taṃ Satirical laughter, ridicule.

upahāsaḥ
     (1) Ridicule, derision; R. 12. 37.
     (2) Satirical laughter.
     (3) Fun, play.
     -- Comp.
          --āspadaṃ, --pātraṃ laughing-stock, butt of ridicule.

upahāsaka a. Ridiculing others. --kaḥ A jester.

upahāsya pot. p. Ridiculous; -tā ridiculousness; -tāṃ gam or yā become an object of ridicule, be exposed to derision; gamiṣyāmyupahāsyatāṃ R. 1. 3; sarvajanasyopahāsyatāmupayāṃti K. 108.

upahastikā [upagatā hastaṃ ata itvam] A small purse (or box) containing the ingredients necessary for betel-chewing (e. g. leaves, chunam, catechu, betel &c.) (Mar. caṃcī, baṭavā, jhoLaṇā); upahastikāyāstāṃbūlaṃ karpūsahitamuddhatya Dk. 116.

upahālakaḥ N. of the Kuntala country, q. v.

upahṛ 1 P.
     (1) To fetch, bring near; bhaktyupahṛta Bg. 9. 26; phalamiśramarghamupahara S. 1; tamasyopahara S. 7; so baliṃ, annaṃ &c.
     (2) To offer, present, give (with dat. or gen.); tathāpi rājaparigraho'sya prabhutvamupaharati M. 1 invests with importance; mātṛbhyo balimupahara Mk. 1; nīvārabhāgadheyamasmākamupaharaṃtu S. 2; darbhān ṛtvigbhya upaharāmi S. 3; Mv. 6. 22; K. 40, 65; R. 14. 19, 16. 86, 19. 12; upahara pādaṃ M. 3 give.
     (3) To serve out or distribute (food).
     (4) To offer as a victim, sacrifice; prāgupayācitaṃ strīratnamupahartavyaṃ Māl. 5; mālatīmupaharan 9.
     (5) To put down, throw.
     (6) To collect, gather together.
     (7) To take away, destroy.
     (8) To employ, apply, use. --Caus. To cause to offer or bring; māṃ priyāṇyupahāraya Bk. 8. 84.

upaharaṇam
     (1) Bringing near, fetching.
     (2) Taking, seizing.
     (3) Offering gifts to superiors, deities &c.
     (4) Offering victims.
     (5) Serving out food or distributing it.

upahāraḥ
     (1) An oblation.
     (2) A gift, present (in general); ratnapuṣpopahāreṇa chāyāmānarca pādayoḥ R. 4. 84; nṛtyopahāraḥ Me. 32; K. 17, 41, 130, 183.
     (3) A victim, sacrifice, an offering to a deity; saparyāṃ sapaśūpahārāṃ R. 16. 39; Mal. 1; upahārīkṛtāsmi Mal. 2; Ve. 4. 7.
     (4) A complimentary gift, present to a superior &c.
     (5)
          (a) Offering of flowers &c., flowery gifts; collection of flowers; mlānapuṣpopahāraḥ R. 5. 74; Ku. 6. 42.
          (b) Presents (to gods) of flowers &c., materials of worship; V. 3; Śi. 11. 36.
     (6) Honour.
     (7) Indemnity, presents given as the price of peace; H. 4. 110.
     (8) Food distributed to guests.
     (9) Exultation, mirth (consisting of laughter, dance, singing &c.).

upahārin a.
     (1) Giving, presenting, bringing on; paribhavopahāriṇaḥ M. 5.
     (2) Sacrificing.

upahṛta p. p.
     (1) Offered, presented.
     (2) Immolated, offered as a victim.
     (3) Served out (as food).
     (4) Taken, collected.

upahomaḥ A supplementary sacrifice.

upahvaraḥ
     (1) A solitary or lonely place, privacy; upahvare punarityaśikṣayaṃ dhanamitraṃ Dk. 54 in secret.
     (2) Proximity. --raḥ
     (1) Ved. Bend, curve, slope
     (2) Declivity.
     (3) The curved form of the Soma vessel.
     (4) A car.

upahvai 1 A. (P. also)
     (1) To invoke, call near to (in a liturgical sense); (with acc., dat. or loc.); tāmihopahvaye śriyaṃ.
     (2) To call; tvayopahūtaḥ U. 5. 8; Śi. 7. 58.

upahavaḥ
     (1) Calling to, invitation.
     (2) Summoning, invoking.

upahavyaḥ A kind of sacrifice.

upahvatiḥ f. Calling, inviting; Śi. 14. 30; 17. 49.

upahvānam
     (1) Calling, inviting.
     (2) Invoking with prayers.

upāṃśu ind.
     (1) In a low voice or whisper.
     (2) Secretly, in secret or private; paricetumupāṃśu dhāraṇāṃ R. 8. 18; -vrataṃ a vow observed in secret; -vadhamākalayya Mu. 2; Śi. 13. 54. --śuḥ
     (1) A prayer uttered in a low voice, muttering of prayers: jihvoṣṭhau cālayet kiṃcit devatāgatamānasaḥ . nijaśravaṇayogyaḥ syādupāṃśuḥ sa japaḥ smṛtaḥ ..; Ms. 2. 85.
     (2) Hence, silence itself.
     (3) N. of a Soma offering.
     -- Comp.
          --krīḍita a. made the companion of (a king's) private amusements.
          --yājaḥ a kind of sacrifice.

upāka a. Ved. Joined together, near. --ke (du.) An epithet of night and morning. --ind. In the immediate neighbourhood, before or in the presence of.

upākṛ 8 U.
     (1) To fetch, bring near; tebhya imaṃ balimupākaroti Asval
     (2) To summon, invite.
     (3) To deliver. offer, grant, bestow, give (to another); gosahasramupākuru Ram.
     (4) To acquire, obtain (as fame).
     (5) To bring about, make preparations for a sacred rite; perform a rite; Ms. 4. 95, 5. 7; Y. 1. 171.
     (6) To undertake, begin, enter upon.

upākaraṇam
     (1) An invitation to begin, bringing near; pavamāna-, prātaranuvāka- &c.
     (2) A term given to certain sentences called Praishas (with which one priest calls another to perform a sacrifice).
     (3) Immolation, sacrifice of an animal consecrated according to rites.
     (4) Preparation, beginning, commencement.
     (5) Commencement of reading the Veda after the performance of the preparatory rite; cf. upākarman; vedopākaraṇākhyaṃ karma kariṣye Śrāvaṇī mantra.

upākarman n.
     (1) Preparation, beginning, commencement; adhyāya-.
     (2) A ceremony performed before commencing to read the Veda after the monsoons (cf. śrāvaṇī); adhyāyānāmupākarma śrāvaṇyāṃ śravaṇena vā . hastenauṣadhibhāve vā pacamyāṃ śrāvaṇasya tu .. Y. 1. 142; Ms. 4. 119.

upākṛta p. p.
     (1) Brought near.
     (2) invited, called with praiṣa sentences.
     (3) Killed at a sacrifice (an animal).
     (4) Begun, commenced.
     (5) Ominous, disastrous, calamitous. --taḥ
     (1) A sacrificial animal killed during the recitation of prescribed prayers.
     (2) A misfortune, portent. --taṃ
     (1) Beginning, commencement.
     (2) The performance of the usual rites (saṃskāra) over the sacrificial animal.
     (3) Invitation.

upākṣam ind. [akṣṇoḥ samīpaṃ] Before the eyes, in the presence of.

upākhyā 2 P. To tell, narrate, relate, give an account of (with acc.).

upākhyā
     (1) Observing with one's own eyes; P. VI. 3. 80 (upākhyāyate pratyakṣata upalabhyate).
     (2) Describing in words.

upākhyānaṃ, --nakam
     (1) A short tale or narrative, an episode; upākhyānairvinā tāvat bhārataṃ procyate budhaiḥ Mb.
     (2) Repetition of a story already heard from others.

upāgam 1 P.
     (1) To come, approach, go or draw near (a person or place).
     (2)
          (a) To go to, go to the state of; paṃcatvamupāgataḥ or parāṃ tṛptimupāgataḥ; so krodhaṃ, mohaṃ, kṣayaṃ &c.
          (b) To undergo, suffer, endure.
     (3) To obtain, get; dāyādupāgato dāsaḥ Mit.; Y. 2. 143.
     (4) To occur, fall to the lot of.

upāgata p. p.
     (1) Come, approached; tapodhanaṃ vetsi na māmupāgataṃ S. 4. v. l.
     (2) Occurred, happened.
     (3) Promised.
     (4) Suffering, feeling, enduring.

upāgamaḥ
     (1) Approach, arrival.
     (2) Occurrence.
     (3) A promise, agreement.
     (4) Acceptance.
     (5) Suffering, feeling.

upāgram
     (1) The part next to the end or top.
     (2) A secondary member.

upāgrahaṇam Reading the Vedas after being initiated to them.

upāṃgaḥ A mark of sandal on the forehead. --gaṃ
     (1) A subdivision, a subhead.
     (2) Any minor limb or member (of anything); vargāḥ ... sāṃgopāṃgairihoditāḥ Ak.
     (3) A supplement of a supplement.
     (4) A supplementary work (of inferior value).
     (5) A secondary portion of science; a class of writings supplementary to the Vedāṅgas; (these are four: --purāṇanyāyamīmāṃsādharmaśāstrāṇi).

upācar 1 P.
     (1) To approach.
     (2) To attend or wait upon, serve, be attached to.
     (3) To be obedient or humble.
     (4) To treat (in medic. also); jvarān &c.

upācarita p. p. Attached to any one's service, obedient. --taḥ (In gram.) That rule of Sandhi by which the sound Visarga becomes s before k and p.

upācāraḥ
     (1) Position(of a word in a sentence).
     (2) Procedure.
     (3) Same as upācarita q. v. above.

upāje ind. (Used only with the root kṛ) Supporting; upājekṛtya or kṛtvā having supported; P. I. 4. 73 Sk.

upāṃjanam Anointing, plastering the ground with cow-dung, chunam &c.; Ms. 5. 105, 122, 124; (maṭhādeḥ sudhāgomayādinā saṃmārjanānulepanaṃ Medhātithi).

upātyayaḥ
     (1) Transgression of, deviation from, established customs.
     (2) Disorderly conduct, rudeness.

upādā 3 A. (p. p. upātta)
     (1) To receive, accept, take.
     (2) To acquire, obtain; bhūryā pitāmahopāttā nibaṃdho dravyameva ca Y. 2. 121.
     (3) To give to, furnish with; Ku. 7. 41.
     (4) To take, appropriate to oneself, assume; Śi. 6. 23.
     (5) To take away or off, carry away; steal.
     (6) To seize, attack; Pt. 3. 154.
     (7) To take, lay hold of; R. 9. 54; to draw (water).
     (8) To assume a form
     (9) To feel, perceive, experience; upāttaharṣaiḥ puṃskokilaiḥ Rs. 6. 21. (10) To consider, regard.
     (11) To take in addition, include, comprise; atra tailaśabdastilabhavasneharūpamukhyārthamupādāya sārṣapādiranehaṃṣu vartate S. D. 2.
     (12) To employ, apply, use; yatparasya kutsārthamupādīyate Mbh.
     (14) To undertake, begin; as in upāttayajñaḥ.
     (15) To mention, enumerate; iti pūrvasūtropāttānāṃ Sk. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to use, apply or employ.
     (2) To make use of.

upātta p. p.
     (1) Got, received, acquired, obtained; -vidyaḥ R. 5. 1; janmāṃtara- K. 96, 166, 334, 346.
     (2) Appropriated.
     (3) Taken away, seized.
     (4) Felt, perceived, regarded.
     (5) Employed, used; Ku. 7. 20.
     (6) Comprised.
     (7) Begun, commenced.
     (8) Mentioned.
     (9) Allowed in argument, granted, conceded. --ttaḥ An elephant out of rut.
     -- Comp.
          --raṃhas a. speedy, quick, fleet.
          --varṇa a. celebrated in song; Ku. 5. 56.
          --śastra a. taking up arms, armed.

upādānam
     (1) Taking, receiving, acquisition, obtaining; viśrabdhaṃ brāhma ṇaḥ śūdrāt dravyopādānamācaret Ms. 8 417; 12. 7; vidyā- K. 75.
     (2) Taking away, appropriating to oneself.
     (3) Employment, using; becoming familiar with.
     (4) Mention, enumeration.
     (5) Saying, speaking.
     (6) Including, containing.
     (7) Withdrawing the organs of sense and perception from the external world and its objects.
     (8) A cause, motive, natural or immediate cause; pāṭavopādānaḥ bhramaḥ U. 3 v. l.; prakṛṣṭapuṇyaparipākopādāno mahimā syāt U. 6.
     (9) The material out of which anything is made, the material cause; nimittameva brahma syādupādānaṃ ca vekṣaṇāt Adhikaraṇamālā. (10) A mode of expression in which a word used elliptically, besides retaining its own primary sense, conveys another (in addition to that which is actually expressed); svasiddhaye parākṣepaḥ ... upādānaṃ K. P. 2.
     (11) (With Buddhists) Conception.
     (12) Effort of body or speech.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraṇaṃ a material cause; prakṛtiścopādānakāraṇaṃ ca brahmābhyupagaṃtavyaṃ S. B.
          --lakṣaṇā = ajahatsvārthā q. v.; see K. P. 2; S. D. 14.

upādeya pot. p.
     (1) Capable of being taken.
     (2) Capable of being endured; Mal. 10.
     (3) Acceptable, admissible.
     (4) To be chosen or selected.
     (5) Excellent, admirable.

upādikaḥ A sort of insect.

upādhā 3 U.
     (1) To place near or upon.
     (2) To offer, give, impart.
     (3) To put on, wear.
     (4) To create, cause, produce; kopopāhitabāṣpa Bh. 3. 85; Gīt. 10.
     (5) To render, make, effect.
     (6) To keep, hold.

upādhiḥ
     (1) Fraud, deceit, trick.
     (2) Deception, disguise (in Vedānta).
     (3) Discriminative or distinguishing property, attribute, peculiarity; tadupādhāveva saṃketaḥ K. P. 2. It is of four kinds: --jāti, guṇa, kriyā, saṃjñā.
     (4) A title, nick-name; (bhaṭṭācārya, mahāmahopādhyāya, paṃḍita &c.); bī. e. ityupādhidhāriṇaḥ (modern use).
     (5) Limitation, condition (as of time, space &c.); anupādhiramaṇīyo deśaḥ Prab. a country altogether (or naturally) beautiful; (oft. occurring in Vedānta phil.); dehādyupādhiracito bhedaḥ S. B.; U. 6. 12; Mal. 1. 24.
     (6) A trace, mark; bhaumā upādhayaḥ Mv. 7. 22.
     (7) A purpose, occasion, object.
     (8) (In logic) A special cause for a general effect; sādhyavyāpakatve sati sādhanāvyāpaka upādhiḥ; as ārdredhanaṃ (wet fuel) is the upādhi of the hetu vahnimattva in the inference parvato dhūmavān vahneḥ.
     (9) Reflection on duty or a virtuous reflection. (10) A man who is careful to support his family.

upādhika a. Exceeding, supernumerary, additional.

upāhita p. p.
     (1) Deposited, placed.
     (2) Put on, worn.
     (3) Connected, joined; -śyāmarucaśca caṃdanāḥ Ki. 8. 12 showing.
     (4) Ascribed or attributed to (āropita).
     (5) Agreed upon, done by mutual agreement. --taḥ A fiery portent, danger or destruction from fire.

upādhyāyaḥ [upetyādhīyate asmāt, upa-adhi-i-ghañ]
     (1) A teacher or preceptor in general.
     (2) Particularly, a spiritual teacher, religious preceptor; (by Y. 1. 35, a sub-teacher who instructs for wages only in a part of the Veda and is inferior to an ācārya; ekadeśamupādhyāyaḥ); cf. Ms. 2. 141; --ekadeśaṃ tu vedaraya vedāṃgānyapi vā punaḥ . yo'dhyāpayati vṛttyarthamupādhyāyaḥ sa ucyate .. see adhyāpaka and under ācārya also. --yā A female preceptor. --yī
     (1) A female preceptor.
     (2) The wife of a preceptor.

upādhyāyānī The wife of a preceptor.

upānas a. [upagatamanaḥ śakaṭaṃ pitaraṃ vā]
     (1) Like a cart, being in a cart.
     (2) Like a father (uncle &c). --n.
     (1) The space in a carriage.
     (2) Anything placed in a carriage, carriageload.

upānah f. [upa-nah-kvip upasargadīrgha] A sandal, shoe; upānadgūḍhapādasya sarbā carmavṛteva bhūḥ H. 1. 142; Ms. 2. 246; śvā yadi kriyate rājā sa kiṃ nāśnātyupānahaṃ H. 3. 58; cf. 'What is bred in the bones cannot go out of flesh', or 'Habit is second nature'.

upāṃta a. Near to the end, last but one. --taḥ
     (1) Border, edge, margin, skirt, point (of anything); upāṃtayorniṣkuṣitaṃ vihagaiṃḥ R. 7. 50 Ku. 3. 69, 7. 32; Amaru. 23; U. 1. 26; valkala- K. 136.
     (2) The corner or angle of the eye; vilocane tiryagupāṃtalohite Ku. 5. 74; nayanopāṃtavilokitaṃ ca yat 4. 23; R. 3. 26.
     (3) Immediate proximity, vicinity; tayorupāṃtasthitasiddhasainikaṃ R. 3. 57, 7. 24, 16. 21; Me. 24.
     (4) Side or slope (nitaṃba); Me. 18.
     (5) The last letter but one.

upāṃtika a. Near, proximate, neighbouring. --kaṃ Vicinity, proximity.

upāṃtima a. Proximate, near.

upāṃtya a. Last but one; uttamapadamupāṃtyasyopalakṣaṇārtham Sk. --tyaḥ The corner of the eye. --tyaṃ Vicinity.

upāptiḥ f.
     (1) Reaching to.
     (2) Obtaining, getting.

upābhṛt f. Bringing near or taking away (upāharaṇa).

upāyaḥ, upāyana See under upe.

upāyāta a. Approached, come near. --taṃ
     (1) Arrival.
     (2) An event, incident.

upāraḥ [upa-ṛ-karmaṇi ghañ]
     (1) Proximity.
     (2) A mistake, offence, sin.

upāram 1 P.
     (1) To sport, amuse oneself, delight in.
     (2) To cease, desist (from); dānapravṛtteranupāratānāṃ R. 16. 3; Ku. 3. 58; to rest, come to a stand-still; vātavarṣamupārataṃ Ram.

upārata p. p.
     (1) Delighted.
     (2) Returned; Ki. 4. 10.
     (3) Engaged in, occupied with.
     (4) Frequenting, resorting to.

upāraṃbhaḥ Beginning, commencement.

upārūḍha a. Grown, increased, attaied to; -yauvana attained to majority; -sneha K. 173 whose affection has increased.

upārj 1 P. To bring near to --Caus. To gain, earn, acquire.

upārjaka a. Acquiring, earning.

upārjanaṃ, --nā Acquiring, gaining.

upārtha a. Of little worth.

upālabh 1 A.
     (1) To censure, blame, revile, scold, taunt; payodharavistārayitṛkamātmano yauvanamupālabhasva māṃ kimupālabhase S. 1; rahasyupālabhyata caṃdraśekharaḥ Ku. 5. 58; R. 7. 44; Śi. 9. 60; Bk. 3. 30, 6. 125.
     (2) To obtain (Ved.).

upālaṃbhaḥ, --bhanam
     (1) Abuse, taunt, censure; asyā mahadupālaṃbhanaṃ gatosmi S. 5; tavopālaṃbhe patitāsmi M. 1 laid myself open to your censure; ucitastadupālaṃbhaḥ U. 3.
     (2) Delaying, putting off.

upāvasāyin a. Ved. Submissive, compliant, obedient.

upāvasu a. Ved. Bringing or granting wealth.

upāvaharaṇam Bringing down, taking down.

upāvṛt 1 A.
     (1) To turn or go towards, approach.
     (2) To turn away from, return.
     (3) To give. --Caus.
     (1) To win over, induce; Māl. 8.
     (2) To cause to turn; lead or bring back; M. 5.
     (3) To give to.
     (4) To cause, produce.
     (5) To stretch out more and more.

upāvartanam
     (1) Coming or turning back, return; tvadupāvartanaśaṃki me manaḥ (karoti) R. 8. 53.
     (2) Revolving, turning round.
     (3) Approaching.
     (4) Ceasing.

upāvṛt f. Ved. Return.

upāvṛtta p. p.
     (1) Returned, come, arrived.
     (2) Ceased, refraining.
     (3) Fit, proper.
     (4) Turned round; rolling or wallowing on the ground. --ttaḥ A horse rolling on the ground (to remove his fatigue).

upāvyādhaḥ A vulnerable or unprotected place.

upāśaṃsanīya a. To be expected.

upāśri 1 U. To have recourse to, resort to; Śi. 8. 53.

upāśrayaḥ
     (1) Recourse(for aid), asylum, support; Bh. 2. 48; paryaṃkasyopāśraye K. 186 resting-place.
     (2) Receptacle, recipient; Ki. 13. 40.
     (3) Reliance, dependence upon.

upāśrita a.
     (1) Relying or depending upon.
     (2) Supporting (fig. also), bearing, holding, protecting.

upās 2 A.
     (1) To sit near to (with acc.), sit at the side of (as a mark of submission and respect); wait upon, serve, worship; udyānapālasāmānyamṛtavastamupāsate Ku. 2. 36; aṃbāmupāssva sadayāṃ Aśvad. 13; Śi. 16. 47; Ms. 3. 189.
     (2) To use, occupy, abide in, reside; Ms. 5. 93.
     (3) To pass (as time); upāsya rātriśeṣaṃ tu Rām.
     (4) To approach, go to or towards; upāsāṃcakrire draṣṭuṃ devagaṃdharvakinnarāḥ Bk. 5. 107; paralokamupāsmahe 7. 89.
     (5) To invest or blockade (as an enemy's town).
     (6) To be intent upon, be engaged in, take part in, (perform as a sacred rite); upāsya paścimāṃ saṃdhyāṃ K. 176, 179; tepyupāsaṃtu me makhaṃ Mb.; Ms. 2. 222, 3. 104, 7. 223, 11. 42.
     (7) To undergo, suffer; alaṃ te pāṃḍuputrāṇāṃ bhaktyā klaṃśamupāsituṃ Mb.; Ms. 11. 184.
     (8) To remain or continue in any state or action; oft. with a pres. p.; Bg. 12. 6.
     (9) To expect, wait for; diṣṭamupāsīnaḥ Mb. (10) To attach oneself to, practise; Y. 3. 192.
     (11) To resort to, employ, apply, use; lakṣaṇopāsyate yasya kṛte S. D. 2; vastirupāsyamānaḥ Suśr.
     (12) To respect, recognize, acknowledge.
     (13) To practise archery.

upāsakaḥ
     (1) One who waits upon, a worshipper.
     (2) A servant, follower.
     (3) A Śūdra, a low fellow.
     (4) A worshipper of Buddha as distinguished from the Bhikshu.

upāsanaṃ, --nā
     (1) Service, serving, attendance, waiting upon; śīlaṃ khalopāsanāt (vinaśyati); upāsanamitya pituḥ sma sṛjyate N. 1. 34; Pt. 1. 169; Ms. 3. 107; Bg. 13. 7; Y. 3. 156; Bh. 2. 42.
     (2) Engaging in, being intent on, performing; saṃgīta- Mk. 6; Ms. 2. 69.
     (3) Worship, respect, adoration.
     (4) Practice of archery.
     (5) Regarding as, reflecting upon.
     (6) Religious meditation.
     (7) The sacred fire; Y. 3. 45.
     (8) Injuring hurting; (fr. as 2).

upāsā
     (1) Service, attendance.
     (2) Worship, adoration.
     (3) Religious meditation.

upāsitṛ a. A worshipper.

upāstiḥ f.
     (1) Service, attendance upon (especially a deity).
     (2) Worship, adoration; svargāpavargayormārgamāmanaṃti manīṣiṇaḥ . yadupāstimasāvatra paramātmā nirūpyate .. Kusum.

upāsya pot. p.
     (1) To be served or worshipped.
     (2) To be performed or accomplished.
     (3) To be respected; -tā, --tvaṃ respectability.

upāsaṃgaḥ
     (1) Proximity, vicinity.
     (2) A quiver.

upāstamanam Sunset.

upāstamayam ind. About sunset.

upāstram A secondary or minor weapon.

upāhṛ 1 U.
     (1) To offer, give.
     (2) To cause, produce; sparśasukhaṃ K. 124.
     (3) To make, prepare.
     (4) To seize.

upāhāraḥ Slight refreshment(fruits, sweetmeats &c.).

upe 2 P. [upa-i]
     (1) To approach, come near, arrive at, reach (a place, person &c.); latāmupetya S. 1; so rājānaṃ, durgaṃ &c. yogī paraṃ sthānamupaiti cādyaṃ Bg. 8. 28, 10, 15, 9. 28.
     (2) To go to (a master), become a pupil.
     (3) To have intercourse with (a woman), cohabit; Ms. 9. 4.
     (4) To undergo, perform, undertake, practise; tapaḥ, satraṃ &c.
     (5) To go to or pass into any state; yogaṃ R. 16. 84; bhedaṃ Ku. 2. 4; to fall into (misfortune &c.); kṣayaṃ, mṛtyuṃ, sukhaṃ, duḥkhaṃ, nidrāṃ &c.
     (6) To obtain, attain to; upaiti śasyaṃ pariṇāmaramyatāṃ Ki. 4. 22.
     (7) To incur, be present at.
     (8) To fall to one's lot or share, befall; udyoginaṃ puruṣasiṃhamupaiti lakṣmīḥ Pt. 1. 361; Bg. 6. 27.
     (9) To consider as, admit, acknowledge.

upāyaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Means, an expedient, remedy; upāyaṃ ciṃtayetprājñastathāpāyaṃ ca ciṃtayet Pt. 1. 406; Amaru. 21; Ms. 8. 48, 7. 177.
          (b) A plan, contrivance; -nilayā Mu. 1. 5.
          (c) A mode, way, stratagem.
     (2) A fact, circumstance; U. 7.
     (3) Beginning, commencement.
     (4) Effort, exertion; Bg. 6. 36; Ms. 9. 248; 10. 2.
     (5) A means of success against an enemy; (these are four: --sāman conciliation or negotiation, dānaṃ bribery; bhadaḥ sowing dissensions; and daṃḍaḥ punishment (open attack), some authorities add three more: --māyā deceit; upekṣā trick, deceit or neglect; iṃdrajāla conjuring; thus making the total number 7); caturthopāyasādhye tu ripau sāṃttramapakriyā Śi. 2. 54; sāmādīnāmupāyānāṃ caturṇāmapi paṃḍitāḥ Ms. 7. 109.
     (6) Joining (as in singing).
     (7) Approach.
     -- Comp.
          --catuṣṭayaṃ the four expedients against an enemy; see above
     (5). --ciṃtā devising an expedient or scheme. --jña a. fertile in expedients. --turīyaḥ the 4th expedient, i. e. daṃḍa or punishment. --yogaḥ application of means or remedy; Ms. 9. 10.

upāyanam
     (1) Going near, approach.
     (2) Becoming a pupil of.
     (3) Engaging in any religious rite.
     (4) Undertaking, beginning; vrata-.
     (5) A present, gift; mālavikopāyanaṃ preṣitā M. 1; tasyopāyanayogyāni vastūni saritāṃ patiḥ Ku. 2. 37; R. 4. 79.

upāyika a. Conducive to.

upāyin a.
     (1) Skilled in the use of means, having means.
     (2) Approaching.
     (3) Having sexual intercourse with.

upāyu a. Ved. Approaching.

upeta p. p.
     (1) Come near, approached, arrived at.
     (2) Present.
     (3) Endowed with, possessed of, having; with instr. or in comp.; putramevaṃguṇopetaṃ cakravartinamāpnuhi S. 1. 12.
     (4) Blockaded.
     (5) Fallen into.

upetiḥ f. Arrival, approach.

upetṛ a.
     (1) Approaching near to.
     (2) Contriving, one who uses expedients.

upeya pot. p.
     (1) To be gone to or approached.
     (2) To be effected by means; -upāyadarśane M. 1.
     (3) Assailable.
     (4) To be sought.
     (5) To be obtained.

upekṣ 1 A.
     (1) To neglect, overlook, disregard, connive at; kimātmanirvādakathāmupekṣe R. 14. 34; upekṣate yaḥ ślathalaṃbinīrjaṭāḥ Ku. 5. 47.
     (2) To let escape or let go; nopekṣeta kṣaṇamapi rājā sāhasikaṃ naraṃ Ms. 8. 344.
     (3) To quit, abandon.
     (4) To despise, slight.
     (5) To notice, consider, have regard to; evamuccāvaca narthān prāhuḥ te upekṣitavyāḥ Nir.
     (6) To look at. regard, perceive; prāsādarathā hyupaikṣata Nala. 22. 5.

upekṣaka a.
     (1) Disregarding, neglecting.
     (2) Patient, enduring.

upekṣaṇaṃ = upekṣā

upekṣā
     (1) Overlooking, disregard, neglect.
     (2) Indifference, contempt, disdain; kuryāmupekṣāṃ hatajīvite'smin R. 14. 65.
     (3) Leaving, quitting.
     (4) Endurance, patience.
     (5) Dissent.
     (6) Neglect, trick or deceit (one of the 7 expedients in war).
     (8) A sort of bhāvanā in Yoga, q. v.
     (9) Regard, consideration.

upenita a. Driven or pressed in.

upeṃdraḥ [upagata iṃdraṃ anuja-vāt] N. of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa as the younger brother of Indra in his 5th or dwarf incarnation; see iṃdra; upeṃdravajrādapi dāruṇo'si Gīt. 5; yadupeṃdrastvamatīṃdra eva saḥ Śi. 16. 70.
     -- Comp.
          --vajrā f. N. of a metre; see App.

upoḍha See under upavah.

upotī = upodikā q. v.

upottama a. Last but one. --maṃ (akṣaraṃ) The last letter but one.

upodaka a. Near water. --kaḥ Proximity of water. --kaṃ ind. Near water. --kā, -dikā, -dīkā The plant Basella Rubra (pūtikā).

upodgrahaḥ Knowledge.

upodghātaḥ
     (1) A beginning, commencement
     (2) An introduction, a preface.
     (3) An example, an apposite argument or illustration.
     (4) An occasion, medium, means; tatpraticchaṃdakamupodghātena mādhavāṃtikamupeyāt Mal. 1.
     (5) Analysis, ascertaining the elements of anything.
     (6) Alluding to, mentioning; Mu. 3.

upodbalayati Den. P. To confirm, strengthen.

upodbalaka a. Confirming; tasya pakṣasyopodbalakāni S. B.

upodbalanam Confirmation, corroboration.

upoṣaṇaṃ, upoṣitam A fast.

upoh 1 P. (upa-uh)
     (1) To propel, push or impel towards; upohya rucirāṃ nāvaṃ Ram.; so dhanuḥ.
     (2) To push under, insert, kūrcāvadhastādupohya Kātyāyana.
     (3) To bring near, produce: connected with upavah in this sense; q. v.
     (4) To accumulate, collect. --pass.
     (1) To be brought about.
     (2) To advance, begin.

upoḍha p. p. 1 Brought near.
     (2) Advanced, begun.

upohaḥ Ved. Adding, accumulating.

upta See under vap.

ubj 6 P. (ubjati, ubjāṃcakāra, aubjīt, ubjita)
     (1) To press down, subdue, keep under or check.
     (2) To make straight.

ubh, uṃbh 6. 9. 7. P. (ubhati or uṃbhati, ubhnāti, unapti, uṃbhita)
     (1) To confine.
     (2) To compact together.
     (3) To fill with; jalakuṃbhamuṃbhitarasaṃ sapadi sarasyāḥ samānayaṃtyāste Bv. 2. 144.
     (4) To cover or overspread with; sarvamarmasu kākutsthamauṃbhattīkṣṇaiḥ śilīmukhaiḥ Bk. 17. 88.

ubha pron. a. (Used only in the dual) Both ubhau tau na vijānītaḥ Bg. 2. 19; Ku. 4. 43; Ms. 2. 14; Śi. 3. 8. [cf Zend. uba; Gr. amphi; L. ambo].

ubhaya pron. a. (yī f.) (Though dual in sense, it is used in the singular and plural only; according to some grammarians in the dual also) Both (of persons or things); ubhayamapyaparitoṣaṃ samarthaye S. 7; ubhayamānaśire vasudhādhipāḥ R. 9. 9; ubhayīṃ siddhimubhāvavāpatuḥ 8. 23, 17. 38; Amaru. 60; Ku. 7. 78; Ms. 2. 55, 4. 224; 9. 34.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaṃ ind. for a double object (for earthly prosperity and heavenly happiness also).
          --ātmaka a. belonging to both.
          --cara a. living in water and on land or in the air, amphibious. (
          --raḥ) a class of birds who live both on land and in the air.
          --dyuḥ ind. 1. on both days. --2. the day past and to come.
          --bhāgahara a. 1. applicable to two objects. --2. taking two shares. (
          --raṃ) a medicine that acts in two ways (both as an emetic and a purgative).
          --vidyā two fold sciences; i. e. religious knowledge and knowledge about worldly affairs.
          --vidha a. of both kinds.
          --vetana a. receiving wages from both (parties), serving two masters, treacherous, perfidious; ubhayavetano bhūtvā Pt. 1; Śi. 2. 113.
          --vyaṃjana a. having the marks of both sexes.
          --saṃbhavaḥ a dilemma.

ubhayataḥ ind.
     (1) From both sides, on both sides, to both sides (with acc.); ubhayataḥ kṛṣṇaṃ gopāḥ Sk. tajjaḥ punātyubhayataḥ puruṣānekaviṃśatiṃ Y. 1. 58; Ms. 8. 315.
     (2) In both cases.
     (3) In both ways; Ms. 1. 47.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣut a. two-edged (Ved.).
          --dat, --daṃta a. having a double row of teeth; paśūn mṛgān manuṣyāṃśca vyālāṃścobhayatodataḥ Ms. 1. 43.
          --mukha a. 1. looking either way.
     (2) two-faced (as a house &c). (--khī) a cow; Y. 1. 206-7 --hrasva a. (an accented vowel) produced by two short vowels.

ubhayatra ind.
     (1) In both places.
     (2) On both sides; -udātta having an Udātta accent on both sides.
     (3) In both cases; Ms. 3. 125, 167.

ubhayathā ind.
     (1) In both ways; ubhayathāpi ghaṭate V. 3.
     (2) In both cases.

ubhayā ind. Ved. In both ways.
     -- Comp.
          --dat a. having teeth on both sides.
          --vin a. being on both sides, partaking of both.
          --hasti ind. as much as may be grasped with both hands.
          --hastya a. filling both hands.

ubhayīya a. Belonging to both.

ubhaye(ya)dyus  ind.
     (1) On both days.
     (2) On two subsequent days.

um ind. An interjection of
     (1) anger;
     (2) interrogation;
     (3) promise or assent;
     (4) cordiality or pacification.

umaḥ
     (1) A town.
     (2) A wharf.

umā [oḥ śivasya mā lakṣmīriva, uṃ śivaṃ māti manyate patitvena mā-ka vā Tv.]
     (1) N. of the daughter of Himavat and Menā and wife of Śiva; Kālidāsa thus derives the name: --u meti (oh do not, scil. practise penance) mātrā tapaso niṣiddhā paścādumākhyāṃ sumukhī jagāma Ku. 1. 26; umāvṛṣāṃkau R. 3. 23.
     (2) Light, splendour.
     (3) Fame, reputation.
     (4) Tranquility, calmness.
     (5) Night.
     (6) Turmeric (haridrā).
     (7) Flax (atasī).
     -- Comp.
          --kaṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ the pollen of flax.
          --guruḥ, --janakaḥ N. of the Himālaya (as the father of umā). --patiḥ N. of Śiva; muhuranusmarayaṃtamanukṣapaṃ tripuradāhamumāpatisevinaḥ Ki. 5. 14; so -īśa, -vallabhaḥ, -sahāyaḥ &c.
          --vanaṃ N. of the town Vanapura or Devikoṭa (śoṇitapura). --sutaḥ N. of Kārtikeya or of Gaṇeśa.

umyam A field of linseed or of Curcuma (umāyāḥ kṣetraṃ).

uṃba(bu)raḥ The upper timber of a door-frame.

uṃbī f. The stalks of wheat or barley fried over a fire of wet grass (considered as a tonic); maṃjarī tvardhapakvā yā yavagodhūmayorbhavet . tṛṇānalena saṃpluṣṭā budhairuṃbīti sā smṛtā .. Bhava P.

ur To go (a Sautra root).

ura a. Going (Ved.). --raḥ A sheep.

uragaḥ, (gī f.) [urasā gacchati, uras-gam-ḍa; salopaśca P. II 1. 2. 48 Vārt.]
     (1) A serpent, snake; aṃgulīvoragakṣatā R. 1. 28, 12. 5, 91.
     (2) A Nāga or semi-divine serpent usually represented in mythology with a human face; devagaṃdharvamānuṣoragarākṣasān Nala. 1. 28; Ms. 3. 196.
     (3) Lead. --gā N. of a city; R. 6. 59. --gī A female snake.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, -aśanaḥ, -śatruḥ 1. N. of Garuḍa (enemy of snakes). --2. a pea-cock.
          --āsyaṃ a kind of spade (serpentshaped hoe).
          --iṃdraḥ, --rājaḥ N. of Vāsuki or Śeṣa.
          --pratisara a. having a serpent for a wedding-ring.
          --bhūṣaṇaḥ N. of Śiva (decked with serpents).
          --sāracaṃdanaḥ, --naṃ a kind of sandal-wood.
          --sthānaṃ the abode of the Nāgas, i. e. Pātāla.

uraṃgaḥ, --gamaḥ A snake.

uraṇaḥ [cf. Uṇ. 5. 17.] (ṇī f.)
     (1) A ram, sheep; vṛkīvoraṇamāsādya mṛtyurādāya gacchati Mb.
     (2) A certain demon killed by Indra. --ṇī A ewe.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ, --kṣakaḥ, --ākhyaḥ the plant Cassia Alata or Tora.

uraṇakaḥ
     (1) A ram.
     (2) A cloud.

urabhraḥ
     (1) A ram; devi paśyāma urabhrasaṃvādaṃ kiṃ mudhā vetanadānena M. 1.
     (2) The plant Cassia Alata.
     (3) A kind of poisonous insect.

urarī ind. A particle implying
     (1) assent, admission or acceptance. (In this sense it is usually used with the roots kṛ, bhū, or as, and it has the force of a gati or preposition; urarīkṛtya not urarīkṛtvā. Other forms of the word are urī, ururī, ūrī and ūrurī);
     (2) extension.

urarīkṛ 8 U. To consent, allow, accept; giraṃ na kāṃ kāmurarīcakāra Bv. 2. 13; M. 5; Dk. 12; Śi. 10. 14.

urarīkāraḥ Promise, agreement, admission.

urarīkṛta p. p.
     (1) Promised, agreed, accepted.
     (2) Spread, extended.

urala a. Moving (Ved.).

uraśaḥ N. of a country inhabited by a warrior tribe.

uras a. Best, excellent. --n. (uraḥ) The breast, bosom; vyūḍhorasko vṛṣaskaṃdhaḥ R. 1. 13; Ku. 6. 51; urasi kṛ to clasp to the bosom.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṭaḥ 1. the sacrificial thread hung round the neck and upon the breast. --2. an upper garment (for boys).
          --kṣataṃ injury to the chest.
          --gāmin a. going on the breast (as a reptile), creeping, crawling.
          --grahaḥ, --ghātaḥ a disease of the chest, pleurisy.
          --chadaḥ, --trāṇaṃ a cuirass, breast-plate; Śi. 15. 80.
          --jaḥ, --bhūḥ, --urasijaḥ, --urasiruhaḥ the female breast; rejāte ruciradṛśāmurojakuṃbhau Śi. 8. 53, 25, 59.
          --bhūṣaṇaṃ an ornament of the breast.
          --sūtrikā a necklace of pearls hanging over the breast.
          --sthalaṃ the breast, bosom.

urasiloman a. Having hair on the breast.

urastas ind. From the breast, towards the bosom.

urasvat, urasila a. Broad-chested, full-breasted.

urasya a. [uras-yat]
     (1) Being in the breast.
     (2) Pectoral.
     (3) Requiring an effort of the chest (as any exertion).
     (4) Legitimate (a son or daughter); born from a married couple of the same tribe or caste.
     (5) Excellent. --syaḥ A son.

urasyati Den. P. To be strong.

urā Ved. A ewe.

urāhaḥ A horse of a pale colour with dark legs.

urī A particle of assent; see urarī.

urīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To allow, admit, accept; dakṣeṇorīkṛtaṃ tvayā Bk. 8. 11; R. 15. 70.
     (2) To follow, have recourse to; ayi roṣamurīkaroṣi no cet Bv. 1. 44, 1. 12, 2. 84.

urīkāra = urarīkāra q. v.

uru a. [ūrṇu-ku nulopo hrasvaśca Uṇ. 1. 31] (ru-rvī f.; compar. varīyas; super. variṣṭha)
     (1) Wide, spacious.
     (2) Great, large; R. 6. 74.
     (3) Exces sive, much, abundant; dhanānyurūṇi Śi. 3. 76.
     (4) Excellent, precious, valuable. --n. Ved. Wide space, space or room. --ind. Far, far off (Ved.)
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. a mountain. --2. the ocean.
          --kālaḥ, --kālakaḥ the creeper Cucumis Colocynthis.
          --kīrti a. renowned, well-known; R. 14. 74.
          --kṛt a. making room, granting space.
          --krama a. Ved. 1. taking wide strides. --2. of high rank. (
          --maḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu in the dwarf incarnation.
          --kṣaya a. having spacious dwellings. (
          --yaḥ) a spacious dwelling.
          --kṣitiḥ f. Ved. a spacious dwelling.
          --gāya a. 1. sung or praised by the great; Aśvad. 16. --2. offering wide scope for movement. (
          --yaḥ) 1. N. of Viṣṇu, the Aśvins, Soma and Indra. --2. wide space or scope (
          --yaṃ also). --3. praise.
          --cakri a. granting ample assistance, or allowing unrestrained motion.
          --cakṣus a. Ved. far-seeing.
          --janman a. nobly born; M. 5. 17.
          --jman a. having a wide path or range.
          --jrayas, --jri a. of great speed, of mighty impetus.
          --tāpaḥ great heat.
          --dhāra a. Ved. giving a broad stream (of milk, as a cow).
          --prathas a. wide-spreading, far-spread.
          --mārgaḥ a long road.
          --loka a. widely illuminating; or widely extended. (
          --kaḥ) the best world. (
          --kaṃ) the intermediate region between earth and heaven.
          --vikrama a. valiant, mighty.
          --vyacas a. widely extended, extensive. (--m.) a malignant spirit, an imp.
          --vyaṃc a. Ved. 1. far-reaching, capacious. --2. perceived in a distant place (as a sound).
          --śaṃsa a. 1. to be praised by many. --2. reigning over a wide region. --3. praising aloud.
          --śarman a. Ved. widely pervading.
          --ṣā a. granting much, or granting wide or free scope.
          --sattva a. of mighty or great strength, powerful; R. 2. 33; magnanimous, of a noble nature.
          --svana a. having a loud voice, stentorian.
          --hāraḥ a valuable necklace.

urutā, --tvam Greatness, magnitude, vastness.

uruvuḥ, --vukaḥ, --vūkaḥ The plant Ricinus Communis.

uruṣyati Den. P.
     (1) To protect, guard, defend.
     (2) To desire wide scope or freedom.
     (3) To escape from (with acc.).

uruṣyā A desire to protect.

uruṣyu a. Desirous of protecting.

urūla a.
     (1) Liking space.
     (2) Fond of expatiating.
     (3) Free, unrestrained, self-willed.

urviyā ind. Far, far off, far and near; widely.

urvī
     (1) 'Wide region', the earth; stokamurvyāṃ prayāti S. 1. 7; jugopa gorūpadharāmivorvīṃ R. 2. 3, 1. 14, 30, 75, 2. 66; Me. 21.
     (2) Land, soil.
     (3) The open space or expanse (comprising six spaces; i. e. the four quarters of the sky with the upper and lower spaces).
     (4) A river.
     (5) (du.) Ved. the two worlds, or the heaven and earth.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ, --patiḥ, --dhavaḥ a king.
          --dharaḥ 1. a mountain. --2. the serpent Śeṣa.
          --bhṛt m. 1. a king. --2. a mountain.
          --ruhaḥ a tree; Śi. 4. 7, 5. 69.

urvyā
     (1) Greatness.
     (2) Protection, security.

urvyūti a.
     (1) Yielding great protection.
     (2) Able to help far and near.

ururī = urarī q. v.

urūkaḥ = ulūka q. v.

urj 1. 10. P. To leave.

urjita p. p.
     (1) Aged, strong, powerful.
     (2) Abandoned, left.

urṇanābhaḥ A spider; cf. ūrṇanābha.

urṇā
     (1) Wool, felt.
     (2) A circle of hair between the eye-brows; see ūrṇā.

urd 1 A. (urdate, urdita)
     (1) To taste.
     (2) To give, grant.
     (3) To play.
     (4) To measure.
     (5) To be easy or cheerful.

urdraḥ An otter.

urv 1 P. (urvati, aurvīt, urvita) To kill or hurt.

urvaṭaḥ
     (1) A calf.
     (2) A year.

urvarā [uru śasyādikamṛcchati, ṛ-ac]
     (1) Fertile soil (yielding every kind of crop); patatāṃ gaṇaiḥ pibatu sārdhamurvarā Śi. 15. 66.
     (2) Land in general.
     (3) A mixed mass of fibres, wool &c.
     (4) A humorous term for curled hair.

urvarita a.
     (1) Much, excessive.
     (2) Remaining after; bhukta- Pt. 5.

urvarya a. [urvarāyāṃ bhavaḥ yat] Belonging to a field sown with corn.

urvarī
     (1) A superior woman.
     (2) Tow, fibres drawn out of the distaff.

urvaśī [urūn mahatopi aśnute vaśīkaroti, uru-aś-ka gaurā- ṅīṣ Tv.]
     (1) N. of a famous Apsaras or nymph of Indra's heaven who became the wife of Purūravas. [Urvaśi is frequently mentioned in the Ṛgveda; at her sight the seed of Mitra and Varuṇa fell down, from which arose Agastya and Vasiṣṭha; (see Agastya). Being cursed by Mitra and Varuṇa she came down to the world of mortals, and became the wife of Purūravas, whom she chanced to see while descending, and who made a very favourable impression upon her mind. She lived with him for some time, and went up to heaven at the expiration of her curse. Purūravas was sorely grievved at her loss, but succeeded in securing her company once more. She bore him a son named Āyus, and then left him for ever. The account given in the Vikramorvaśiyam differs in many respects, where Indra is represented to have favoured Purūravas with her lifelong company though he had himself cursed her. Mythologically she is said to have sprung from the thigh of the sage Nārāyaṇa, q. v.].
     (2) Wish, ardent desire.
     -- Comp.
          --tīrthaṃ N. of a sacred place referred to in Bhārata.
          --ramaṇaḥ, --sahāyaḥ, --vallabhaḥ N. of Purūravas.

urvāruḥ A kind of cucumber; see irvāru.

urvārukam The fruit of the above.

ul (A Sautra root) To burn.

ulaḥ A kind of wild animal.

ulapaḥ
     (1) A creeping plant, a spreading creeper.
     (2) Soft grass (komalaṃ tṛṇaṃ), the grass or reed Saccharum, Cylindricum; gogarbhiṇīpriyanavolapamālabhārisevyopakaṃṭhavipināvalayo bhavaṃti Mal. 9. 2; Ki. 10. 3; Śi. 4. 8.
     (3) A shrub or bush; a wick (Ved.).

ulapya a. Belonging to this grass. --pyaḥ N. of Rudra.

uliṃdaḥ
     (1) N. of a country.
     (2) N. of Śiva.

ulupa = ulapa q. v.

ulupin m. A guinea-pig, porpoise; so ula (-lū)-pin.

ululiḥ Ved. Howling, a howl.

ulūkaḥ
     (1) An owl; nolūkopyavalokate yadi divā sūryasya kiṃ dūṣaṇaṃ Bh. 2. 93 tyajati mudamulūkaḥ prītimāṃścakravākaḥ Śi. 11. 64.
     (2) N. of Indra.
     (3) (pl.) N. of a country and its king who was an ally of the Kurus. --kaṃ N. of the reed Saccharum Cylindricum; see ulapa.

ulūkhalaḥ A staff of Udumbara wood. --laṃ A wooden mortar used for cleansing rice (from the husk &c.); avahananāyolūkhalaṃ Mbh.; vanaspatibhya ityevaṃ muṣalolūkhale haret Ms. 3. 88, 5. 117.
     -- Comp.
          --sutaḥ the Soma juice pressed out in a (wooden) mortar.

ulūkhalakam
     (1) A mortar.
     (2) Bdellium, a gummy substance or the plant which yields it.

ulūkhalika a.
     (1) Pounded in a mortar.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Using as a mortar; daṃta- using the teeth as a mortar; Ms. 6. 17; Y. 3. 49.

ulūtaḥ A large snake, the Boa (ajagara).

ulūpa,--pin See ulapa, ulupin.

ulūpī A Nāga princess. [She was the daughter of the serpent Kauravya. While one day she was bathing in the Ganges, she happened to see Arjuna, and being enamoured of his handsome form, she managed to have him conveyed to her home, the Pātāla, and there induced him to take her as his wife, which he, after considerable hesitation, consented to do. She bore him a son named Irāvat. When Arjuna's head was cut off by Babhruvāhana's arrow, it was with her assistance that he was restored to life; see Arjuna].

ulkā (cf. Uṇ. 3. 42)
     (1) A fiery phenomenon in the sky, a meteor; virarāja kācana samaṃ maholkayā Śi. 15. 92; Ms. 1. 38, 4. 103; Y. 1. 145.
     (2) A fire-brand, torch; na hi tāpayituṃ śakyaṃ sāgarāṃbhastṛṇolkayā H. 1. 86.
     (3) Fire, flame; Me. 53.
     -- Comp.
          --dhārin a. a torch-bearer.
          --pātaḥ the fall of a meteor.
          --mālin m. N. of one of Śiva's attendants.
          --mukhaḥ a demon or goblin (having a mouth of fire); Ms. 12. 71; Mal. 5. 13.

ulkuṣī
     (1) A meteor.
     (2) A firebrand.

ulbaṃ, --lvam
     (1) The bag which surrounds the embryo, foetus.
     (2) The vulva.
     (3) The womb.
     (4) A cave.

ulbyam
     (1) Excess and vitiation of any one of the three humours of the body; i. e. phlegm, bile, or wind (tridoṣa).
     (2) Any calamity.

ulmukaḥ A firebrand, torch.

ulba(lva)ṇa a.
     (1) Thick, clotted, copious, abundant (blood &c.); -rudhiraṃ Mv. 6. 33.
     (2) Much, excessive, intense; Śi. 10. 54, 68, 12. 37; Ku. 7. 84.
     (3) Strong, powerful, great; Śi. 20. 41; -rasaḥ U. 5. 26 the heroic sentiment; Dk. 23, 25; K. 299, 302.
     (4) Manifest, clear; tasyāsīdulbaṇo mārgaḥ R. 4. 33.
     (5) Gaudy, showy; anulbaṇaveṣeṇa K. 66. --ṇaṃ ind. Much, heavily (as sighing).

ullakasanam Horripilation, erection of the hair of the body.

ullaṃgh 1 A., 10 P.
     (1) To leap over, pass over or beyond; ullaṃghyoccaiḥ kucataṭabhuvaṃ Śi. 7. 74, 12. 77.
     (2) To transgress, violate, disregard, exceed; Śi. 12. 57; Mu. 1. 10; gauravamullaṃghayiṣyati Mu. 4; K. 160; Śi. 3. 29.

ullaṃghanam
     (1) Leaping or passing over.
     (2) Transgression, violation.

ullaṃghita p. p.
     (1) Jumped over or across, passed over or beyond; -adhvan.
     (2) Transgressed, violated; -śāsana disobedient.

ullaṃbita a. Erected, elevated.

ullala a.
     (1) Shaking, tremulous.
     (2) Covered with thick hair, shaggy
     (3) Affected by many diseases.

ullalat a.
     (1) Shaking, trembling.
     (2) Moving irregularly or convulsively.

ullalita p. p.
     (1) Shaken, trembling, agitated.
     (2) Raised up, elevated.

ullalayati Den. P. To jump, spring (shake the body up); tāvatkharaḥ prakharamullalayāṃcakāra Śi. 5. 7; Pt. 4.

ullas 1 P.
     (1) To jump up, sport, play, wave, flutter; ullasitāsitapatākāsahasraṃ K. 96; Śi. 5. 47, 53.
     (2) To flash, shine, glitter, sparkle; ullasatkāṃcanakuṃḍalāgraṃ Śi. 3. 5, 33, 5. 55; 16. 61; 20. 56; (fig.) to brighten or cheer up; K. 189.
     (3) To rise, appear forth; Śi. 4. 58, 6. 51, 16. 51; Māl. 9. 38.
     (4) To be reflected; Śi. 11. 54.
     (5) To blow. open, be expanded. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to jump up or play.
     (2) To brighten, illuminate, grace; Ve. 1. 12; U. 4.
     (3) To divert, delight.
     (4) To shake, move K. 22; Ki. 16. 37.

ullasa a.
     (1) Bright, shining.
     (2) Merry, happy.
     (3) Going out, issuing, appearing; -tā splendour, brilliancy; mirth, happiness, issuing &c.

ullasanam
     (1) Happiness, joy.
     (2) Horripilation.

ullasita p. p.
     (1) Shining, brilliant, splendid.
     (2) Happy, delighted.
     (3) Drawn up, uplifted, brandishing (as a sword).
     (4) Gleaming, fluttering: -hariṇaketanaḥ rathaḥ V. 1.

ullāsaḥ
     (1) Joy, delight; sollāsaṃ U. 6; sakautukollāsaṃ U. 2; ullāsaḥ phullapaṃkeruhapaṭalapatanmattapuṣpaṃdhayānāṃ S. D.
     (2) Light, splendour.
     (3) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which a reference is made to the merits or demerits of one thing by comparing or contrasting the merits or demerits of another; anyadīyaguṇadoṣaprayuktamanyasya guṇadoṣayorādhānamullāsaḥ R. G.; for examples, see R. G. ad. loc.; cf. Chandr. 5. 131-133.
     (4) A division of a book, such as chapter, section &c.; as the ten Ullāsas of the Kāvyaprakāśa.
     (5) Beginning, commencement.

ullāsana a. Causing to leap or dance. --naṃ Splendour.

ullāsita a. Delighted, rejoicing.

ullāsin a.
     (1) Delighted.
     (2) Bright, splendid.

ullāgha a.
     (1) Recovered from sickness, convalescent.
     (2) Dextrous, clever, skilful.
     (3) Pure.
     (4) Happy, delighted.
     (5) Wicked.
     (6) Black.

ullap 1 P. To remove, allay; dīrghadāruṇamapi saṃtāpaṃ jhaṭityullapatā U. 4.

ullāpaḥ
     (1) Speech, words; śrutā mayāryaputrasyollāpāḥ U. 3.
     (2) Insulting words, taunting speech, taunt; khalollāpāḥ soḍhāḥ Bh. 3. 6.
     (3) Calling out in a loud voice.
     (4) Change of voice by emotion, sickness &c.
     (5) A hint, suggestion.

ullāpika a. Betraying, indicating.

ullāpin a. Calling out; indicating.

ullāpyam A kind of drama; see S. D. 545.

ullikh 6 P.
     (1) To scratch, cut up, scrape, tear or rip up, scarify; jaladasaṃhatimullikhaṃtyaḥ Śi. 5. 20; K. 30; to furrow (as ground); Mv. 1. 20.
     (2) To rub or grind against; viṣāṇollikhitaskaṃdhaṃ H. 3. 146; K. 14.
     (3) To grind down; polish; saṃskārollikhito mahāmaṇiḥ S. 6. 5; R. 6. 32; tvaṣṭā vivasvatamivollilekha Ki. 17. 48.
     (4) To carve.
     (5) To paint, write, draw in a picture; Ku. 5. 58.
     (6) To bear, raise.

ullikhita p. p.
     (1) Scratched, scraped &c.
     (2) Thrown up, tossed.
     (3) Written over or above.
     (4) Pared, made thin.

ullekhaḥ
     (1) Allusion, mention.
     (2) Description, utterance, pronunciation.
     (3) Boring or digging out.
     (4) (In Rhetoric) A figure of speech in which an object is described according to the different impressions caused by its appearance; bahubhirbahudhollekhodakasyollekha iṣyate . strībhiḥ kāmo'rthibhiḥ svardruḥ kālaḥ śatrubhiraukṣi saḥ Chandr. 5. 19; cf. S. D. 682.
     (5) Rubbing, scratching, tearing up; khuramukhollekha K. 191; kuṭṭima- 232.

ullekhanam
     (1) Rubbing, scratching, scraping &c.
     (2) Digging up; Y. 1. 188; Ms. 5. 124.
     (3) Vomiting.
     (4) Mention, allusion, utterance.
     (5) Raising up, elevating.
     (6) Writing, painting.
     (7) Marking out by lines (the sthaṃḍila &c. in a sacrifice).

ullekhin a. Tearing; K. 50.

ulliṃgita a. Famous, known.

ullīḍha a. Rubbed, polished; maṇiḥ śāṇollīḍhaḥ Bh. 2. 44.

ulluṃcanam
     (1) Plucking out, cutting; pādakeśāṃśukakarolluṃcaneṣu paṇān daśa (damaḥ); Y. 2. 217.
     (2) Plucking or pulling out the hair.

ullaṃṭhanaṃ, ulluṃṭhā Irony; dhīrādhīrātu solluṃṭhabhāṣaṇaiḥ khedayedamuṃ S. D. 105; solluṃṭhaṃ ironically, often occurring as a stage-direction in plays.

ulluṃṭhita a. Rubbed against.

ull a. Cutting up.

ullocaḥ A canopy, an awning.

ullāla a. Violently moving, excessively tremulous; -skhalita Mal. 5. 3; -kallola K. 302 high or surging; Mv. 5. 2; lola- violently agitated or exercised; U. 3. 36. --laḥ A large wave or surge.

ulva, ulvaṇa See ulba, ulbaṇa.

uśanas m. [vaś-kanasi saṃpra- Uṇ. 4. 238] (Nom. sing. uśanā; Voc. sing. uśanan, uśana, uśanaḥ) N. of Śukra, regent of the planet Venus, son of Bhṛgu and preceptor of the Asuras. In the Vedas he has the epithet Kavya given to him, probably because he was noted for his wisdom; cf. Bg. 10. 37; kavīnāmuśanā kaviḥ. He is also known as a writer on civil and religious law (Y. 1. 4), and as an authority on civil polity; śāstramuśanasā praṇītaṃ Pt. 5; adhyāpitasyośanasāpi nītiṃ Ku. 3. 6.

uśanā ind. Ved. Joyfully, willingly.

uśānā Ved.
     (1) Wish, desire.
     (2) The plant from which Soma juice is produced.

uśij a. Ved.
     (1) Desiring, striving earnestly.
     (2) Devoted to, willing. --m.
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Ghee or clarified butter.

uśī Wish, desire.

uśenya Ved. To be wished for or desired.

uśatī
     (1) Injurious talk.
     (2) Cutting speech.

uśīnarāḥ (pl.) N. of a country, (the modern Kandāhāra) and its inhabitants.

uśī(ṣī)raḥ, --raṃ, uśī(ṣī)rakam The fragrant root of the plant Andropogon Muricatus (variṇamūla, Mar. kāLāvāLā); stananyastośīraṃ S. 3. 9. --rī A sort of grass, a small sort of Saccharum.

uśīrika a. Trading in or selling Uśīra.

uṣ 1 P. (oṣati, uvoṣa, oṣāṃcakāra, oṣita-uṣita-uṣṭa)
     (1) To burn, consume; oṣāṃcakāra kāmāgnirdaśavaktramaharniśaṃ Bk. 6. 1, 14. 62; Ms. 4. 189.
     (2) To punish, chastise; daṃḍenaiva tamapyoṣet Ms. 9. 273.
     (3) To kill, injure.

uṣa a. Burning. --ṣaḥ
     (1) Early morning, dawn, day-break.
     (2) A libidinous man.
     (3) Saline earth.
     (4) Bdellium.

uṣaṇam
     (1) Black pepper
     (2) Ginger.
     (3) The root Piper Longum. --ṇā Piper Longum.
     (2) Piper Chaba (cavika).
     (3) Dried ginger.

uṣapaḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The sun.

uṣita p. p.
     (1) Burnt, consumed.
     (2) (fr. vas) Dwelt, fixed, remaining in or on; stale.
     (3) Quick, expeditious. --taṃ Habitation.

uṣṇa a. [uṣ-nak Uṇ. 3. 2]
     (1) Hot, warm; -aṃśuḥ, -karaḥ &c.
     (2) Sharp, strict, active; ādade nātiśītoṣṇo nabhasvāniva dakṣiṇaḥ R. 4. 8 (where uṣṇa has sense
     (1) also).
     (3) Pungent, acrid (as a rasa).
     (4) Clever, sharp.
     (5) Choleric, warm, passionate. --ṣṇaḥ, --ṣṇaṃ
     (1) Heat, warmth.
     (2) The hot season (grīṣma); Ms. 11. 114.
     (3) Sunshine.
     (4) A deep or feverish sigh. --ṣṇaḥ An onion. --ṣṇā
     (1) Warmth, heat.
     (2) Consumption.
     (3) Bile.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ, --karaḥ, --guḥ, --dīdhitiḥ, --raśmiḥ, --ruciḥ 'hot-rayed', the sun; R. 5. 4, 8. 30; Ku. 3. 25.
          --abhigamaḥ, --āgamaḥ, --upagamaḥ approach of heat, hot season.
          --asahaḥ the cold season.
          --udakaṃ warm or hot water.
          --kālaḥ, --gaḥ the hot season.
          --karaṇa a. heating.
          --nadī the hot river vaitaraṇī or the river of hell.
          --bāṣpaḥ 1. tears. --2. hot vapour.
          --vāraṇaḥ --ṇaṃ an umbrella, parasol; yadarthamaṃbhojamivoṣṇavāraṇaṃ Ku. 5. 52.
          --vīryaḥ Delphinus Gangeticus.

uṣṇaka a.
     (1) Sharp, smart, active.
     (2) Sick with fever, suffering pain.
     (3) Warming, heating.
     (4) Bent, stooping. --kaḥ
     (1) Fever.
     (2) The hot season, summer.
     (3) Revolving, turning round.

uṣṇatā, --tvam Heat, warmth.

uṣṇālu a. [uṣṇaṃ na sahate, ālu] Not being able to bear heat, scorched by, suffering from, heat; uṣṇāluḥ śiśire niṣīdati tarormūlālavāle śikhī V. 2. 23.

uṣṇikā Rice-gruel.

uṣṇiman m. Heat.

uṣṇīgaṃgā The hot Gaṅgā, i. e. the Badarī (having hot sources).

uṣmaḥ, uṣmakaḥ [uṣ-mak]
     (1) Heat.
     (2) The hot season, summer.
     (3) Spring.
     (4) Anger, warmth of temper.
     (5) Ardour, eagerness, zeal.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. enraged.
          --āgamaḥ, --upagamaḥ the hot season.
          --paḥ 1. the son of Bhṛgu. --2. the Manes; a deceased ancestor.
          --bhās m. the sun.
          --svedaḥ a vapour bath.

uṣman m. [uṣ-ādhāre manin]
     (1) Heat, warmth; arthoṣman Bh. 2. 40; Ms. 9. 231, 2. 23; Ku. 5. 46, 7. 14;
     (2) Steam, vapour; Ku. 5. 23.
     (3) The hot season.
     (4) Ardour, eagerness.
     (5) The letters ś, ṣ, s and h (in gram.); see ūṣman.

uṣmāyaṇaḥ The hot season.

uṣas f.
     (1) Dawn, morning; pradīpārcirivāṣesi R. 12. 1; uṣasi utthāya rising at day-break.
     (2) Morning light; cf. Aurora; (personified as the daughter of heaven and sister of the Ādityas).
     (3) The deity that presides over the morning and evening twilights (used in dual); uṣasau or uṣāsau.
     (4) The outer passage of the ear.
     (5) The Malaya range. --sī The end of the day, evening twilight.
     -- Comp.
          --budh a. awakening with the morning light, early awaked.
          --budha a. awakening early. (
          --dhaḥ) 1. fire; U. 6. --2. a child. --3. N. of a tree (citraka).

uṣāsānaktam Ved. Dawn and night.

uṣasya a. Sacred to the dawn.

uṣā [oṣatyaṃdhakāraṃ uṣ-ka]
     (1) Early morning, dawn.
     (2) Morning light.
     (3) Twilight.
     (4) Saline earth.
     (5) A cow.
     (6) Night.
     (7) A boiler, cooking vessel (sthālī); cf. ukhā.
     (8) N. of a wife of Bhava (who was a manifestation of Rudra).
     (9) N. of a daughter of the demon Baṇa and wife of Aniruddha. [She beheld Aniruddha in a dream and became passionately enamoursd of him. She sought the assistance of her friend Chitralekha, who advised her to have with her the portraits of all young princes living round about her. When this was done, she recognized Aniruddha and had him carried to her city, where she was married to him; see aniruddha also]. --ind. Early in the morning.
     (2) At night
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ a cock.
          --patiḥ, --ramaṇaḥ, --īśaḥ N. of Aniruddha, husband of Uṣā.

uṣaṃguḥ N. of Śiva.

uṣatī = uśatī q. v.

uṣari = uśīra q. v.

uṣṭraḥ [uṣ-ṭran-kicca Uṇ. 4. 161]
     (1) A camel; athoṣṭravāmīśatavāhitārthaṃ R. 5. 32; Ms. 3. 162, 4. 120, 11. 202.
     (2) A buffalo.
     (3) A bull with a hump.
     (4) A cart or carriage. --ṣṭrī
     (1) A she-camel.
     (2) An earthen vessel in the shape of a camel. [cf. Pers. ushtar; Zend ustra.]
     -- Comp.
          --karṇikā (pl.) N. of a country or its inhabitants, in the south.
          --kāṃḍī a flower of a red colour.
          --krośin a. making a noise like a camel.
          --goyugaṃ a couple of camels
          --grīvaḥ, --śirodharaḥ piles.
          --yānaṃ camel-litter.

uṣṭrikā
     (1) A she-camel.
     (2) An earthen wine-vessel of the shape of a camel; Śi. 12. 26.

uṣṇa, uṣṇaka, uṣman see under uṣ.

uṣṇih f. (Nom. uṣṇik)
     (1) A Vedic metre of 3 Pādas, the first two containing 8 syllables each, and the third 12.
     (2) A classical metre of 4 Pādas with 7 syllables in each.
     (3) A brick sacred to uṣṇih.

uṣṇiṣaḥ, --ṣam [uṣṇamīṣate hinasti īṣ-ka Tv.]
     (1) Anything wound round the head.
     (2) Hence, a turban, diadem, crownet; balākāpāṃḍuroṣṇīṣaṃ Mk. 5. 19; -paṭṭa K. 106; Ratn. 1. 4.
     (3) A distinguishing mark.
     (4) A characteristic mark (of hair) on the head of a Buddha which indicates his future sanctity.

uṣṇīṣin a. [uṣṇīṣa-ini] Wearing a diadem; K. 229. --m. N. of Śiva.

uṣmaṃ, uṣpa &c. See under uṣ.

usra a.
     (1) Relating to, or seen in, the morning.
     (2) Bright, shining. --sraḥ
     (1) A ray (of light), beam sarvairusraiḥ samagraistvamiva nṛpaguṇairdīpyate saptasaptiḥ M. 2. 13; R. 4. 66; Ki. 5. 31, 34.
     (2) A bull.
     (3) A god.
     (4) The sun.
     (5) A day.
     (6) The two Aśvini-kumāras. --strā
     (1) Morning, dawn.
     (2) Light; bright sky.
     (3) A cow.
     (4) The earth.
     -- Comp.
          --dhanvan a. having a bright bow. (--m.) N. of Indra.
          --yāman a. going out early in the morning (as the Aśvins).

usri a. Going (Ved.).

usrikaḥ [alpārthe kan]
     (1) A small ox.
     (2) An old ox. --kā A cow.

usriya a. Belonging to or coming from, an ox or cow. --yaḥ An ox. --yā
     (1) A cow.
     (2) Brightness, light.
     (3) A calf.
     (4) Milk.

uh 1 P. (ohati, uvoha; uhita) To hurt or give pain.
     (2) To kill, destroy; see ūh.

uha, uhaha ind. An interjection of calling.

uhūḥ f. [uh-kū] A word expressive of sorrow or dejection.

uhraḥ A bull.

ū

ūḥ [avatīti, ava-kvip ūṭh]
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) The moon.
     (3) A protector. --ind.
     (1) A particle used to introduce a subject.
     (2) An interjection of
          (a) calling;
          (b) of compassion;
          (c) protection.

ūḍha See under vah.

ūtiḥ f. [av-ktin P. III. 3. 97]
     (1) Weaving, sewing (fr. ve).
     (2) Protection.
     (3) Enjoyment.
     (4) Sport, play.
     (5) Favour, kindness.
     (6) Aid, assistance, help.
     (7) The money given to a tailor for sewing.
     (8) Wish, desire.

ūdhas n. An udder (changed to ūdhan in Bah. comp.); bhuvaṃ koṣṇena kuṃḍodhnī medhyenāvabhṛthādapi R. 1. 84.
     (2) A covered secret place to which only friends are admitted.
     (3) The bosom.
     (4) The breast of a mother.

ūdhanyam, or ūdhasyam Milk (produced from the udder); ūdhasyamicchāmi tavopabhoktuṃ R. 2. 66.

ūna a. [ūn-hānau ac Uṇ. 3. 2]
     (1) Wanting, deficient, defective; kiṃcidūnamanūnardheḥ śaradāmayutaṃ yayau R. 10. 1; incomplete, insufficient.
     (2) Less than (in number, size or degree); ūnadvivarṣaṃ nikhanat Y. 3. 1 less than two years old; ūnaṃ vābhyadhikaṃ vāpi Y. 2. 295.
     (3) Fewer, smaller.
     (4) Weaker, inferior; ūnaṃ na sattveṣvadhiko babādhe R. 2. 14.
     (5) Minus (in this sense used with numerals); ekona less by one; -viṃśatiḥ 20 minus 1=19; so -triṃśat, 29; -paṃcāśat 49; aṣṭonaṃ śataṃ 100 minus 8 = 92.

ūnaka a. Less, inferior.

ūnayati Den P.
     (1) To leave deficient or unfinished.
     (2) To deduct, lessen, diminish.
     (3) To measure.
     (4) To deal out in small quantities.

ūnita p. p. Lessened by subtraction, less, fewer &c.

ūm ind. An interjection of
     (a) interrogation;
     (b) anger;
     (c) reproach, abuse;
     (d) arrogance;
     (e) envy.

ūma a. Protecting. --maḥ Ved. A good friend, an affectionate companion.

ūy 1 A. [ūyate, ūta] To weave, sew.

ūrarī = urarī q. v.

ūrī = urarī q. v.; Śi. 2. 30.

ūruḥ (m.) [ūrṇu-karmaṇi ku nulopaśca Uṇ. 1. 30]
     (1) The thigh; ūrū tadasya yadvaiśyaḥ Rv. 10. 90. 12; Ms. 1. 31, 87; R. 12. 88; (at the end of fem. compounds the form is -ruḥ or -rūḥ, but more usually the latter; raṃbhorūḥ, vāmorūḥ, karabhoru Voc).
     -- Comp.
          --aṣṭhīvaṃ thigh and knee.
          --udbhava a. born or sprung from the thigh; V. 1. 3.
          --glāniḥ f. weakness of the thigh.
          --grāhaḥ = -staṃbhaḥ q. v.
          --ja, --janman, --saṃbhava a. sprung from the thigh. (--m.) a Vaiśya.
          --daghna, --dvayasa, --mātra a. as high as or reaching the thighs, knee-deep.
          --parvan m. n. the knee.
          --phalakaṃ the thighbone, hip-bone.
          --bhinna a. having a rent in the thigh; see P. IV. 1. 52.
          --staṃbhaḥ paralysis of the lower extremities, rheumatism of the thigh. (
          --bhā) the plantain tree.

ūravyaḥ (vyā f.) [ūru-yat] A Vaiśya, a man of the third tribe (as born from the thighs of Brahmā or Purusha); cf. Ms. 1. 31, 87.

ūrurī = urarī q. v.

ūrj f. [cf. P. III. 2. 177]
     (1) Strength, vigour.
     (2) Sap, juice.
     (3) Water.
     (4) Food; oft. with iṣ; iṣe tvā ūrje, iṣamūrjaṃ sukṣitiṃ &c.

ūrjaḥ
     (1) N. of the month Kārtika (as giving vigour and energy); Śi. 6. 50.
     (2) Energy.
     (3) Power, strength.
     (4) Procreative power.
     (5) Life, breath.
     (6) N. of the sons of hiraṇyagarbha (reckoned among the seven Ṛṣis of the third Manvantara). --rjā
     (1) Food.
     (2) Energy.
     (3) Strength, sap.
     (4) Growth.
     (5) N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Vasiṣṭha. --rjaṃ Water.

ūrjayati Den. P.
     (1) To feed, strengthen, nourish.
     (2) (A.) To become strong or powerful.

ūrjavya a. Ved. Abounding in food or strength.

ūrjas n. [ūrj-asun]
     (1) Vigour, energy.
     (2) Food.

ūrjasvat a.
     (1) Rich in food; juicy, succulent.
     (2) Powerful, strong, vigorous.

ūrjasvala a. [ūrjas-valac]
     (1) Great, powerful, strong, mighty; R. 2. 50; Bk. 3. 55; Mv. 4. 35; Mal. 2. 9.
     (2) Excellent, pre-eminent; U. 4.

ūrjasvin a. Mighty, strong, great; U. 5. 27. --nī A figure of Rhetoric, speaking of anything with contempt.

ūrjita a.
     (1)
          (a) Powerful, strong, mighty; mātṛkaṃ ca dhanurūrjitaṃ dadhat R. 11. 64; Bh. 2. 76; vigorous, strong (speech); Śi. 16. 38; Ve. 1. 13.
          (b) Great, large, exceeding, much; Mv. 2. 13.
     (2) Distinguished, glorious, superior; excellent, beautiful; -śrīḥ Śi. 16. 85; makarorjitaketanaṃ R. 9. 39; 1. 93; Mal. 7. 4.
     (3) High, noble, spirited; -āśrayaṃ vacaḥ Ki. 2. 1 spirited or noble.
     (4) Increased; deep, grave; Ki. 11. 40. --taṃ
     (1) Strength, might.
     (2) Energy.

ūrjin a. Abounding in food.

ūrṇam [ūrṇu-ḍa Uṇ. 5. 47]
     (1) Wool.
     (2) A woollen cloth.
     -- Comp. --
          --nābhaḥ, -paṭaḥ, -vābhiḥ a spider.
          --mrada, --das a. soft as wool.

ūrṇā
     (1) Wool; R. 16. 87.
     (2) A circle of hair between the eyebrows.
     (3) N. of the wife of Chitraratha.
     -- Comp.
          --piṃḍaḥ a ball of wool.
          --vala, -vat a. woollen.
          --sūtraṃ a thread of wool.
          --stukā Ved. a tuft of wool.

ūrṇāyu a. Woollen. --yuḥ
     (1) A ram.
     (2) Spider; Bv. 1. 90.
     (3) A woollen blanket.

ūrṇu 2 U. [ūrṇo(rṇau)ti, ūrṇute, aurṇot-aurṇuta, ūrṇunāva-nuve, aurṇa-rṇā-rṇu-vīt, ūrṇarṇu-viṣyati-te, ūrṇa-rṇu-vituṃ, ūrṇita]
     (1) To cover, surround, hide; ūrṇunāva sa śastraughairvānarāṇāmanīkinīṃ Bk. 14. 103, 3. 47; Śi. 20. 14.
     (2) To cover oneself. --Caus. ūrṇāvayati. --Desid. ūrṇunūṣati, ūrṇuna-nu-viṣati.

ūrd = urd q. v.

ūrdaram A vessel for measuring corn (such as a bushel). --raḥ A hero.
     (2) A Rakṣasa or goblin.

ūrdhva a.
     (1) Erect, upright, above; -keśa &c.; rising or tending upwards.
     (2) Raised, elevated, erected; hastaḥ, -pādaḥ &c.
     (3) High, superior, upper.
     (4) Not sitting (opp. āsīna).
     (5) Torn (as hair).
     (6) Thrown up. --rdhvaṃ Elevation, height. --rdhvaṃ ind.
     (1) Upwards, aloft, above.
     (2) In the sequel (= upariṣṭāt).
     (3) In a high tone, aloud.
     (4) Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); te tryahādūrdhvamākhyāya Ku. 6. 93; ūrdhvaṃ saṃvatsarāt Ms. 9. 77; Y. 1. 53; R. 14. 66; Bk. 18. 36; piturūrdhvaṃ Ms. 9. 104 after the father's death; ata ūrdhvaṃ henceforward, hereafter.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃguli a. with uplifted finger.
          --ayana a. going upwards. (
          --naṃ) motion above.
          --āvartaḥ rearing of a horse.
          --āsitaḥ the plant Momordica Charantia (kāravella). --īhaḥ motion or tendency upwards.
          --kaca, --keśa a. 1. having the hair erect. --2. one whose hair is torn. (
          --caḥ) N. of Ketu.
          --kaṃṭha a. with the neck upraised. (
          --ṭhī) N. of a plant (mahāśatāvarī). --karṇa a. with the ears pricked up or erect; S. 1. 8.
          --karman n.
          --kriyā 1. motion upwards. --2. action for attaining a high place. (--m.) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --kāyaḥ, --yaṃ the upper part of the body.
          --kṛṣṇa a. having the sharp qualities stirred up; effervescing (?).
          --ga, --gāmin a. 1. going upwards, ascended, rising; Ku. 5. 23. --2. being on high. --3. virtuous, pious. (
          --gaḥ) 1. a kind of disease. --2. N. of Viṣṇu; -puraṃ the city of Hariśchandra.
          --gata a. gone up, risen, ascended.
          --gati a. going upwards. (
          --tiḥ f.)
          --gamaḥ, --gamanaṃ 1. ascent, elevation. --2. going to heaven. --3. going above. (as life).
          --caraṇa, --pāda a. having the feet upwards. (
          --ṇaḥ) a fabulous animal called Śarabha.
          --cit a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up.
          --jānu, --jña, --jñu a. [ūrdhvamuccaṃ jānu yasya] 1. raising the knees, sitting on the hams; Śi. 11. 11. --2. long-shanked.
          --tilakin a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead.
          --daṃṣṭra(ṣṭrā)keśaḥ N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect).
          --dṛṣṭi, --netra a. 1. looking upwards. --2. (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (
          --ṣṭiḥ f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga phil.).
          --devaḥ a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu.
          --dehaḥ a funeral ceremony; -nimittārthamahaṃ dātuṃ jalāṃjaliṃ Ram.
          --nabhas a. being above in the clouds.
          --pathaḥ the upper region, the ether.
          --pātanaṃ causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury).
          --pātraṃ a sacrificial vessel; Y. 1. 182.
          --puṃḍraḥ, --ḍrakaḥ a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa.
          --pūraṃ ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; -raṃ pūryate Sk.
          --pṛśina a. Ved. spotted above. (
          --śniḥ) a sacrificial beast.
          --barhis a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. (--m.) a kind of manes called somapa. --bāhuḥ a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position.
          --budhna a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy.
          --bhāgaḥ 1. the upper part. --2. any part of a word coming after another part.
          --bhāj a. 1. being upwards. --2. enjoying the upper part. (--m.) the submarine fire.
          --maṃthin a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin.
          --mānaṃ an instrument for measuring altitudes.
          --māyu a. sending forth a loud noise.
          --mārutaṃ pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards.
          --mukha a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; prabodhayatyūrdhvamukhairmayūkhaiḥ Ku. 1. 16; R. 3. 57. (
          --khaṃ) the upper part of the mouth.
          --mūla a. having the roots upwards.
          --mauhūrtika a. happening after a short time; cf. P. III. 3. 9, 164.
          --retas a. [ūrdhvamūrdhvagaṃ nādhaḥ patat reto yasya] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse. (--m.) 1. N. of Śiva. --2. Bhīṣma.
          --liṃgaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --lokaḥ the upper world, heaven.
          --vartman m. the atmosphere.
          --vātaḥ, --vāyuḥ the wind in the upper part of the body.
          --vṛta a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa.).
          --śāyin a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (--m.) N. of Śiva.
          --śodhanaṃ vomiting.
          --śoṣaṃ ind. so as to dry (anything) above; Bk. 3. 14.
          --śvāsaḥ expiration.
          --sānu a. rising higher and higher. (--m. --n.) the top of a mountain.
          --stha a. being above, superior.
          --sthitiḥ f. 1. the rearing of a horse. --2. a horse's back. --3. elevation, superiority.
          --srotas m. 1. an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ūrdhvaretas. --2. N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. --3. a plant.

ūrdhvakaḥ A kind of drum.

ūrmiḥ m. f. [ṛ-mi arterucca Uṇ. 4. 44]
     (1) A wave, billow; payo vetravatyāścalormi Me. 24; R. 5. 61, 12. 85.
     (2) Current, flow.
     (3) Light.
     (4) Speed, velocity.
     (5) A fold or plait in a garment.
     (6) A row, line.
     (7) A human infirmity (Wilson); śokamohau jarāmṛtyū kṣutpipāse ṣaḍūrmayaḥ.
     (8) Distress, uneasiness, anxiety.
     (9) The course of a horse. (10) Missing, regretting.
     (11) Association, number, quantity.
     -- Comp.
          --mālin a. wreathed or adorned with waves. (--m.) the ocean.

ūrmimat a.
     (1) Wavy, undulating.
     (2) Crooked.
     (3) Plaited, curled (as hair).

ūrmikā
     (1) A wave.
     (2) A finger-ring (shining like a wave).
     (3) Regret, sorrow for anything lost.
     (4) The humming of a bee.
     (5) A plait or fold in a garment.

ūrmin a. Wavy, undulating.

ūrmilā N. of the wife of Lakṣmaṇa; pārthivīmudavahadraghūdvaho lakṣmaṇastadanujāmathormilāṃ R. 11. 54.

ūrmya a. Wavy, undulating. --rmyā Night.

ūrva a. Extensive, great. --rvaḥ
     (1) Submarine fire.
     (2) A receptacle of water.
     (3) A cloud.
     (4) A stable for cattle.
     (5) An epithet of a class of the Manes or Pitris.

ūrvya a. Ved. Being in lakes, reservoirs &c. --rvyaḥ N. of Rudra.

ūrvarā Fertile soil.

ūrvyaṃgam A mushroom.

ūrṣā A kind of grass (devatāḍa).

ūlupin A porpoise; see ūlūpin.

ūlūka = ulūka q. v.

ūṣ 1 P. (uṣati, ūṣita) To be diseased or disordered; be ill.

ūṣaḥ [ūṣ-rujāyāṃ-ka]
     (1) Salt ground.
     (2) An acid.
     (3) A cleft, fissure.
     (4) The cavity of the ear.
     (5) The Malaya mountain.
     (6) Dawn, daybreak (--ṣaṃ according to some).
     (7) Semen. --ṣī Saline earth.

ūṣakam
     (1) Dawn, day-break.
     (2) Salt; pepper.

ūṣaṇaḥ The plant Plumbago Zeylanica (citraka). --ṇaṃ, --ṇā
     (1) Black pepper.
     (2) Ginger.

ūṣara a. [ūṣa-matvarthīyoraḥ] Impregnated with salt or saline particles. --raḥ, --raṃ A barren spot with saline soil; na hi tasmātphalaṃ tasya sukṛṣṭādūṣarādiva Pt. 1. 47; Śi. 14. 46.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ 1. salt produced from salt soil. --2. a kind of magnet.

ūṣarāyate Den. A. To act like a salt desert (to allow no scope for the production of desires &c.); Pt. 5. 12.

ūṣavat = ūṣara a. q. v.

ūṣā = uṣā q. v.

ūṣma a. Hot. --ṣmaḥ
     (1) Heat.
     (2) Summer.

ūṣman m.
     (1) Heat, warmth.
     (2) The hot season, summer.
     (3) Steam, vapour, exhalation.
     (4) Ardour, passion, violence.
     (5) (In gram.) The sounds ś, ṣ, s and hṛ; applied also to ṣk, ṣp, aṃ and aḥ.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃta ending in an Ūṣman.
          --aṃtasthāḥ (m. pl.) the sounds called Ūṣman and semivowels.
          --upagamaḥ approach of summer.
          --pa a. drinking the steam of hot food. (
          --paḥ) 1. fire. --2. a class of Manes (pl.).

ūṣmaṇa, --ṇya a. Ved. Hot, steaming.

ūṣmāyate Den. A. To emit heat or steam; perspire.

ūh I. 1 U. (ūhati-te, ūhāṃcakāra-vakre, ūhituṃ, ūhita)
     (1) To note, mark, observe.
     (2) To guess, conjecture, infer; anuktamapyūhati paṃḍito janaḥ Pt. 1. 43.
     (3) To comprehend, conceive, perceive, expect; ūhāṃcakre jayaṃ na ca Bk. 14. 72, 3. 48, 15. 123.
     (4) To reason, deliberate about.
     (5) To reckon upon (with loc.).
     (6) To wait for.
     (7) To be regarded as. -II. 1 P.
     (1) To change or modify.
     (2) To push, thrust, remove (with a prep.) --Caus. To cause to reason, think, infer or conjecture; Ki. 16. 19.

ūha a. Observed, perceived. --haḥ [ūh-ghañ]
     (1) A change, modification.
     (2) A guess, conjecture.
     (3) Examination and determination.
     (4) Understanding.
     (5) Reasoning, arguing.
     (6) Supplying an ellipsis.
     (7) Attributing, ascribing.
     (8) Collection.
     -- Comp.
          --apohaḥ full discussion, consideration of the pros and cons; Bv. 2. 74; see apoha.

ūhanam Inferring, guessing.

ūhanī A broom.

ūhā Supplying an ellipsis.

ūhin a. Who or what reasons; inferring, conjecturing. --nī
     (1) An assemblage, collection.
     (2) Arrangement, a multitude reduced to order (cf. akṣauhiṇī).

ūhya pot. p.
     (1) Inferable, to be investigated.
     (2) To be supplied, elliptical.

ṛ

ṛ ind. An interjection of
     (1) calling;
     (2) ridicule;
     (3) censure or abuse;
     (4) used at the beginning of a sentence.

ṛ I. 1 P. (ṛcchati, āra, ārṣīt, ariṣyati, ṛta; caus. arpayati; desid. aririṣati)
     (1) To go, move; aṃbhaśchāyāmacchāmṛcchati Śi. 4. 44.
     (2) To rise, tend towards. --II. 3 P. (iyarti, ārat, ṛta) (Mostly used in the Veda)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To move, shake.
     (3) To obtain, gain, acquire, reach, meet with.
     (4) To move, excite, raise (as voice, words &c.) vācamiyarti.
     (5) To display. --III. 5 P. (ṛṇoti, ṛṇa)
     (1) To injure, hurt.
     (2) To attack. --Caus. (arpayati, ārpipat, arpita)
     (1) To throw, cast, fling; fix or implant in; hṛdi śalyamarpitaṃ R. 8. 87.
     (2) To put or place on, fix upon, direct or cast towards (as the eye &c.); vāmaprakoṣṭhārpitahemavetraḥ Ku. 3. 41; S. 6. 5, 17, 3. 26; R. 17. 79; S. 6. 8; Bk. 5. 90; Ku. 6. 11; R. 15. 77; Bg. 8. 7, 12. 14; karapallavārpita Śi. 9. 54.
     (3) To place in, insert, give, set or place; apathe padamarpayaṃti hi R. 9. 74, 78; citrārpitāṃ S. 6. 15 drawn in a picture; R. 2. 31; dvāradeśe Amaru. 62; V. 4. 35; Mu. 7. 6; Bh. 3. 18; lokottaraṃ caritamarpayati pratiṣṭhāṃ R. G.
     (4) To hand or make over, give to, give in charge of, consign, deliver; iti sūtasyābharaṇānyarpayati S. 1, 4. 19; Bk. 8. 118; Y. 2. 65.
     (5) To give up, sacrifice (as the inherent sense); atra kaliṃgagaṃgāśabdau ātmānamarpayataḥ S. D. 2.
     (6) To give back, restore; R. 19. 10; Bk. 15. 16; Amaru. 94; Ms. 8. 191; Y. 2. 169.
     (7) To pierce through, perforate, penetrate.

ṛkṇa a. Wounded, injured, hurt.

ṛktham [ṛc-thak]
     (1) Wealth.
     (2) Especially, property, possessions, effects (left at death); see riktha.
     (3) Gold.
     -- Comp.
          --ādānaḥ an inheritor, heir.
          --grahaṇaṃ receiving or inheriting property.
          --grāhaḥ an inheritor or receiver of property.
          --bhāgaḥ 1. division of property, partition. --2. a share, inheritance.
          --bhāgin, -hara, -hārin m. 1. an heir. --2. a co-heir.

ṛkva, ṛkvan a. Ved. Praising, rejoicing.

ṛkṣaḥ [ṛṣ-sa kicca Uṇ. 3. 66]
     (1) A bear; Ms. 12. 67.
     (2) N. of a mountain.
     (3) N. of a plant (bhallaka). --kṣaḥ, -kṣaṃ
     (1) A star, constellation, lunar mansion; Ms. 2. 101; 3. 9; 6. 10.
     (2) A sign of the zodiac.
     (3) A star under which a man happens to be born. --kṣāḥ (m. pl.) The seven stars called Pleiades; afterwards the seven Ṛṣis; R. 12. 25. --kṣā The north. --kṣī A female bear. [cf. Gr. arkos; L. ursus].
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhā the plant Argyreia Argentea (jāṃgalī, mahāśvetā, kṣīravidārī). --gaṃdhikā the plant Batatas Paniculata.
          --cakraṃ the circle of stars.
          --nāthaḥ, --īśaḥ 'lord of stars,' the moon.
          --nemiḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --rāj, --jaḥ 1. the moon. --2. Jāmbuvat, the king of bears.
          --harīśvaraḥ the lord of bears and apes; R. 13. 72.

ṛkṣavat m. [N. of a mountain near the Narmadā; vaprakriyāmṛkṣavatastaṭeṣu R. 5. 44; ṛkṣavaṃtaṃ giriśreṣṭhamadhyāste narmadāṃ piban Ram.

ṛkṣīka a. Carnivorous like a bear. --kā A goddess.

ṛkṣaraḥ [ṝṣ-ksaran Uṇ. 3. 75]
     (1) A priest (ṛtvij).
     (2) A thorn. --rā, --raṃ Shower of rain; stream.

ṛkṣalā Ved. A fetter.

ṛghāyati Den. U.
     (1) To tremble.
     (2) To tremble with anger, rage, rave.

ṛghāvat a. Ved. Raging, violent.

ṛc 6 P. (ṛcati, ānarca, ārcīt, arcituṃ)
     (1) To praise, extol, celebrate; yābhyāṃ gāyatramṛcyate Rv. 8. 38. 10.
     (2) To cover, screen.
     (3) To shine.

ṛc f. [ṛcyate stūyate'nayā, ṛc karaṇe kvip]
     (1) A hymn (in general).
     (2) A single verse, stanza, or text; a verse of the Ṛgveda (opp. yajus and sāman); tredhā vihitā vāgṛco yajūṃṣi sāmāni Śat. Br.
     (3) The collective body of the Ṛgveda (pl.); ṛcaḥ sāmāni jajñire Rv. 10. 90. 9.
     (4) Splendour (for. ruc).
     (5) Praise.
     (6) Worship.
     -- Comp.
          --ayanaṃ [ṛcāmayanaṃ] N. of a book; ṛkpārāyaṇa; -ādi N. of a collection of words in Pāṇini.
          --āvānaṃ the time for reciting the Vedas.
          --gāthā N. of a certain song.
          --taṃtraṃ, --vyākaraṇaṃ N. of the Pariśiṣṭas of the Sama-veda.
          --bhāj a. partaking of a Ṛk, (as a deity who is addressed with it).
          --vidhānaṃ the performance of certain rites by reciting verses of the Ṛg-veda.
          --vedaḥ the oldest of the four Vedas, and the most ancient sacred book of the Hindus. [The Ṛgveda is said to have been produced from fire; cf. Ms. 1. 23. This Veda is divided, according to one arrangement, into 8 Aṣṭakas, each of which is divided into as many Adhyāyas: according to another arrangement into 10 Maṇḍalas, which are again subdivided into 1000 Anuvākas, and comprises 1000 sūktas. The total number of verses or Riks is above 1000].
          --saṃhitā the arranged collection of the hymns of Ṛgveda.
          --sāma (-me dual) the verses Ṛk and Sāman. -śṛṃgaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

ṛgma a. Having the character of a Ṛk.

ṛgmat, ṛgmin a.
     (1) Praising, jubilant with praise.
     (2) Worshipping, honouring.

ṛgmiya a. Praiseworthy.

ṛcas a. Praising.

ṛcīkaḥ [ṛc-īkak]
     (1) The father of Jamadagni.
     (2) N. of a country.

ṛcīṣaḥ A hell. --ṣaṃ A fryingpan.

ṛcch 6 P. (ṛcchati, ārcchīt, ānarccha, arcchituṃ).
     (1) To become hard or stiff.
     (2) To go, move.
     (3) To fail in faculties.

ṛcchakā Wish, desire.

ṛccharā Ved.
     (1) A fetter.
     (2) A harlot.

ṛj 1 A. (arjate, ārjiṣṭa, arjituṃ, ṛjita)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To obtain, acquire.
     (3) To stand or be firm.
     (4) To be healthy or strong. --II. 1 P. To acquire, earn; cf. arj.

ṛjipya a. Ved. Going quick, striving upwards.

ṛjīka a. [ṛj-gatau īkan kicca Uṇ. 4. 22] Ved.
     (1) Coloured, variegated.
     (2) Mixed with.
     (3) Polluted, defiled. --kaḥ
     (1) Smoke.
     (2) N. of Indra.
     (3) N. of a mountain.

ṛjītiḥ f. Ved. Burning, sparkling.

ṛjīṣa a. Ved. Seizing, driving away, hastening towards (epithet of Indra). --ṣaṃ
     (1) A frying-pan.
     (2) A hell.
     (3) The residue of Soma.
     (4) Water (Say.).

ṛjīṣin a. Ved.
     (1) Hastening towards, seizing.
     (2) Consisting of or receiving the sediment of Soma.

ṛju, ṛjuka a. [arjayati guṇān, arj-u Tv.] (ju or jvī f.) (compar. ṛjīyas, superl. ṛjiṣṭha)
     (1) Straight (fig. also); umāṃ sa paśyan ṛjunaiva cakṣuṣā Ku. 5. 32; Śi. 10. 13, 12. 18, 20. 77; -praṇāma R. 6. 25.
     (2) Upright, honest, straight-forward; Pt. 1. 415.
     (3) Simple-minded, plain; Mk. 5; Ratn. 2, 3.
     (4) Favourable, beneficial, good.
     -- Comp.
          --āyata a. sitting or being upright and stretched up or distended; Ku. 3. 45; M. 2. 7.
          --kratu a. acting righteously.
          --gaḥ 1. one who is honest in his dealings. --2. an arrow.
          --gātha a. Ved. singing correctly.
          --nītiḥ f. Ved. right conduct.
          --mitākṣarā N. of a commentary on Yājñavalkya's lawbook, generally called Mitākṣarā.
          --rohitaṃ the straight red bow of Indra.
          --vani a. granting auspicious gifts.

ṛjutā, --tvam Straight direction, straightness, honesty, sincerity; Śi. 20. 9.

ṛjudhā ind. Straight, right.

ṛjūkṛ 8 U. To straighten, rectify.

ṛjūyati Den. P. To be on the right way, walk straight-forward.

ṛjūyā ind. In a straight line.

ṛjūyu a. Honest, upright.

ṛjvac a. Going straight-forward.

ṛjvī
     (1) A straight-forward or plain woman.
     (2) A particular gait (of the planets).

ṛṃj I. 6 U.
     (1) To spring forward, run.
     (2) To strive or long for.
     (3) To decorate. --II. 1 A. To fry.

ṛṃjasāna a.
     (1) Running towards.
     (2) Striving after. --naḥ A cloud.

ṛṇa a. [ṛ-kta]
     (1) Going.
     (2) Guilty. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Debt; (as to the three kinds of debt, see anṛṇa); ṛṇaṃ kṛ to incur debt; ṛṇaṃ dā to pay off or discharge debt; aṃtyaṃ ṛṇaṃ (pitṝṇaṃ) the last debt to be paid to the manes, i. e. creation of a son.
     (2) An obligation in general.
     (3) (In alg.) The negative sign or quantity, minus (opp. dhana).
     (4) A fort, strong-hold.
     (5) Water.
     (6) Land.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ the planet Mars.
          --apanayanaṃ, --apanodanaṃ, --apākaraṇaṃ, --dānaṃ, --muktiḥ, --mokṣaḥ, --śodhanaṃ paying off debt, discharge or liquidation of debt.
          --ādānaṃ 'recovery of a debt,' receipt of money lent &c. (one of the 18 titles or subjects of litigation).
          --udgrahaṇaṃ recovering a debt in any way from the creditor (by friendly or legal proceedings).
          --ṛṇaṃ (ṛṇārṇaṃ) debt for a debt, debt incurred to liquidate another debt.
          --kartṛ a. one who gets into debt.
          --kāti a. one to whom praise is due as a debt; or one who receives praise as a debt to be repaid in benefits (Say.).
          --grasta a. indebted, involved in debt.
          --grahaḥ 1. borrowing (money). --2. a borrower.
          --grāhin a. borrowing. (--m.) a debtor, borrower.
          --cit a. acknowledging (praise) as a debt to be paid for.
          --dātṛ,-dāyin a. one who pays a debt.
          --dāsaḥ [ṛṇāt mocanena kṛto dāsaḥ] one who is bought as a slave by paying off his debts; ṛṇamocanena dāsyatvamabhyupagataḥ ṛṇadāsaḥ Mit.
          --matkuṇaḥ, mārgaṇaḥ security, bail.
          --muktiḥ released from debt.
          --muktiḥ &c. see ṛṇāpanayanaṃ. --lekhyaṃ 'debt-bond,' a bond acknowledging a debt (in law; (Mar. karjarokhā).

ṛṇavat, --van, or ṛṇāvat a. One who is in debt, indebted.

ṛṇikaḥ [ṛṇamastyasya-ṭhan] A debtor; Y. 2. 56, 93.

ṛṇin a. A debtor, one indebted to another (on any account).

ṛt A. ṛtīyate (a Sautra root)
     (1) To reproach, contemn.
     (2) To pity.
     (3) To go.
     (4) To rival; have power.

ṛta a. [ṛ-kta]
     (1) Proper, right.
     (2) Honest, true; Bg. 10. 14; Ms. 8. 82.
     (3) Worshipped, respected.
     (4) Bright, luminous (dīpta).
     (5) Gone, risen, moved, affected by; sukhena ṛtaḥ =sukhārtaḥ; so duḥkha-, kāma-. --taṃ ind. Rightly, properly. --taḥ
     (1) A sacrifice.
     (2) The sun (n. also). --taṃ (Not usually found used in classical literature)
     (1) A fixed or settled rule, law (religious).
     (2) Sacred custom, pious action.
     (3) Divine law, divine truth.
     (4) Absolution.
     (5) Water; satyaṃ tvā ṛtena pariṣiṃcāmi.
     (6) Truth (in general), right; ṛtānṛte Ms. 1. 29, 2. 52, 8. 61, 104.
     (7) Truth (personified as an object of worship; in later Sanskrit regarded as a child of Dharma).
     (8) Livelihood by picking or gleaning grains in a field (as opposed to the cultivation of ground); ṛtamuṃcchaśilaṃ vṛttaṃ Ms. 4. 4.
     (9) The fruit of an action. (10) Agreeable speech.
     (11) N. of an Āditya.
     (12) The Supreme spirit. (In the Vedas ṛta is usually interpreted by Sāyaṇa to mean 'water', 'sun' or 'sacrifice', where European scholars take it in the sense of 'divine truth', 'faith' &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --jā, --jāta a. Ved. of a true nature, sprung from sacred truth.
          --jātasatya a. (Say.) born for the sake of sacrifice and having true result.
          --jit a. Ved. gaining the right.
          --jñā a. (Say.) knowing the sacrifice, familiar with the sacred law.
          --dyumna a. shining with truth.
          --dhāman a. 1. of a true or pure nature. --2. having an imperishable place. (--m.) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --dhīti a. Ved. of true disposition, or receiving true praise.
          --dhvajaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --nī a. leading in the right way.
          --parṇaḥ = ṛtuparṇaḥ q. v.
          --peyaḥ a sacrifice lasting one day.
          --peśas a. Ved. having a perfect shape. (--m.) one whose form consists of water; i. e. Varuṇa.
          --psuḥ 1. a god who consumes sacrificial food. --2. one whose form is truth.
          --yuktiḥ f. true application of a hymn.
          --yuj a. going to a sacrifice.
          --bākaḥ Ved. true speech.
          --sad a. dwelling in the sacrifice or truth. (--m.) fire.
          --sadanaṃ, nī the right or usual altar.
          --sāp a. pervading truth; steady in religious belief.
          --sthā a. standing right.

ṛtaṃbharaḥ God, upholder of truth.

ṛtayati To desire sacrifice.

ṛtayā ind. Through desire of reward.

ṛtaspatiḥ Lord of sacrifices or of divine truth.

ṛtāvan a. Ved.
     (1) Bestowing food.
     (2) Possessed of sacrifice.
     (3) Of true nature or character; according to fixed order, pious.

ṛtāvṛdh a. Increaser of sacrifice, water, or of truth; holy-minded (?).

ṛta(tā)yu a. Desirous of sacrifice.

ṛtena ind. Duly, rightly, truly, honestly, justly.

ṛtiḥ [ṛ-ktin] An army. --f.
     (1) Going, motion.
     (2) Assault, combat.
     (3) Abuse, censure.
     (4) Emulation, envy.
     (5) A road.
     (6) Manner of proceeding.
     (7) Prosperity.
     (8) Fitness, truth.
     (9) Remembrance. (10) Misfortune.
     (11) Protection.
     (12) Auspiciousness (most of these meanings are found only in lexicons).

ṛtiṃkara a.
     (1) Injuring, giving pain.
     (2) Unfortunate.

ṛtīyati Den. P.
     (1) To quarrel, fight.
     (2) To be ashamed.

ṛtīyā
     (1) Censure, reproach.
     (2) Shame.

ṛtīṣah a. Able to resist, enduring; overpowering an assailant.

ṛtuḥ [ṛ-tu-kicca Uṇ. 1. 71]
     (1) A season, period of the year, commonly reckoned to be six; śiśiraśca vasaṃtaśca grīṣmo varṣāḥ śaraddhimaḥ; sometimes only five; śiśira and hima or hemaṃta being counted together; cf. paṃcartavo hemaṃtaśiśirayoḥ samāsena Ait. Br.
     (2) An epoch, a period any fixed or appointed time.
     (3) Menstruation, courses, menstrual discharge.
     (4) A period favourable for conception; varamṛtuṣu naivābhigamanaṃ Pt. 1; ṛtuḥ svābhāvikaḥ strīṇāṃ rātrayaḥ ṣoḍaśa smṛtāḥ Ms. 3. 46, 9. 70; Y. 1. 11, 79.
     (5) Any fit season or right time.
     (6) Fixed order or rule.
     (7) Light, splendour.
     (8) A month.
     (9) N. of Viṣṇu. (10) A symbolical expression for the number 'six.'
     (11) A kind of collyrium.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. the close of a season. --2. termination of menstruation.
          --kālaḥ, samayaḥ, -velā 1. the time of menstruation, time favourable for conception, i. e. 16 nights from menstrual discharge; see ṛtu above. --2. the duration of a season.
          --gaṇaḥ the seasons taken collectively.
          --gāmin a. having intercourse with a wife (at the time fit for conception, i. e. after the period of menstruation).
          --grahaḥ a libation offered to the seasons, a kind of sacrifice.
          --dhāman m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --patiḥ 1. the lord of seasons, i. e. the spring. --2. N. of Agni.
          --parṇaḥ N. of a king of Ayodhyā; son of Ayutāyu, a descendant of Ikṣvāku. [Nala, king of Nishadha, entered into his service after he had lost his kingdom and suffered very great adversity. He was 'profoundly skilled in dice'; and he exchanged with Nala this skill for his skill in horsemanship; and by virtue of it the king succeeded in taking Nala to Kuṇḍinapura before Damayantī had put into execution her resolve of taking a second husband].
          --paryāyaḥ, -vṛttiḥ the revolution of the seasons.
          --pāḥ m. N. of Indra.
          --pātraṃ the cup in which the libation is offered.
          --prāpta a. fertile, fruitful.
          --mukhaṃ the beginning or first day of a season.
          --yājaḥ a sacrifice offered to the seasons.
          --rājaḥ the spring.
          --liṃgaṃ 1. a characteristic or sign of the season (as the blossom of the mango tree in spring). --2. a symptom of menstruation.
          --ṣṭhā (--sthā) a. fixed at the proper seasons.
          --saṃhāraḥ 'collection of the seasons,' N. of Kālidāsa's work on the six seasons.
          --saṃdhiḥ 1. the junction of two seasons. --2. the last day in the bright fort-night (paurṇamāsī) and in the dark one (darśa). --sātmyaṃ diet &c. suited to the season.
          --stomaḥ a kind of sacrifice.
          --snātā a woman who has bathed after menstruation and who is, therefore, fit for sexual intercourse; dharmalopabhayādrājñīmṛtusnātāmimāṃ smaran R. 1. 76.
          --snānaṃ bathing after menstruation.

ṛtumat a. Ved.
     (1) Coming regularly.
     (2) Enjoying the seasons --tī A woman during her courses.

ṛtavya a.
     (1) Seasonable, relating to the season.
     (2) Devoted to or worshipping the seasons (as divinities).

ṛtuyā ind.
     (1) In order, duly.
     (2) Precisely, exactly.
     (3) At the right or fixed time.

ṛtviya, ṛtvya a.
     (1) Due, regular.
     (2) Conforming to, or familiar with, ceremonial rules.
     (3) Menstruating.
     (4) Being in the period most favourable to conception. --n. Menstruation.

ṛte ind. Except, without, with the exception of (usually with abl.); ṛte krauryātsamāyātaḥ Bk. 8. 105; avehi māṃ prītamṛte turaṃgamāt R. 3. 63; pāpādṛte S. 6. 22; Ku. 1. 51; 2. 57; sometimes with acc. ṛte'pi tvāṃ na bhaviṣyaṃti sarve Bg. 11. 32; rarely with instr.

ṛtvij a. Ved. Sacrificing at the proper season or regularly, --m. A priest who officiates at a sacrifice; yajñasya devamṛtvijaṃ Rv. 1. 1. 1; ṛtvigyajñakṛducyate Y. 1. 35; cf. Ms. 2. 143 also; the four chief Ṛtvijas are hotṛ, udgātṛ, adhvaryu and brahman; at grand ceremonies 16 are enumerated.

ṛdūdara a. Ved. Mild, kind.

ṛdh 4. 5. P. (ṛdhyati, ṛdhnoti, ānardha, ārdhīt, ardhituṃ, ṛddha); sometimes 7 P. (ṛṇaddhi)
     (1) To prosper, flourish, thrive, succeed; nābrahma kṣatramṛdhnoti Ms. 9. 322.
     (2) To grow, increase (fig. also).
     (3) To cause to succeed, make prosperous.
     (4) To satisfy, gratify, please, propitiate; Mal. 5. 29.
     (5) To accomplish. --Desid. īrtsati or ardidhiṣati.

ṛddha p. p.
     (1) Prosperous, thriving, rich; ṛddhāpaṇaṃ rājapathaṃ sa paśyan R. 14. 30, 85; 2. 50, 5. 40, 8. 6; splendidly furnished; maṃdiraṃ Ku. 7. 55.
     (2) Increased, growing.
     (3) Stored (as grain). --ddhaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --ddhaṃ
     (1) Increase, growth.
     (2) A demonstrated conclusion; distinct result.

ṛddhiḥ f. [ṛdh-bhāve ktin]
     (1) Growth, increase.
     (2) Success, prosperity; affluence, good fortune.
     (3) Elevation, exaltation, greatness; U. 2. 11.
     (4)
          (a) Extent, magnitude, excellence; Ku. 2. 58.
          (b) Grandeur, magnificence; vyaktardhi vaḥ krīḍitaṃ Mal. 5. 22.
     (5) Supernatural power or supremacy, perfection.
     (6) Accomplishment.
     (7) Prosperity personified as the wife of Kubera.
     (8) N. of Pārvatī, and of Lakṣmī.
     (9) N. of a medicinal plant; (Mar. kevaṇī, murūḍaśeṃga).
     -- Comp.
          --kāma a. desiring increase or prosperity.
          --sākṣātkriyā manifestation of supernatural power.

ṛddhimat a. Prosperous, wealthy, respectable, rich; R. 19. 5.

ṛdhat a. Ved. Prospering, thriving; -vāraḥ having abundant wealth.

ṛdhaj(k) ind.
     (1) Separately.
     (2) Aside, apart.
     (3) Singly, one by one.
     (4) Particularly.
     (5) Truly.

ṛph, ṛph, ṛnph 6 P. To kill, injure.

ṛbīsam Ved.
     (1) Warmth of the earth; fire.
     (2) A fissure, rent, abyss.

ṛbhu a. Ved.
     (1) Skilful, clever, prudent (as an epithet of Indra, Agni and Ādityas).
     (2) Handy (as a weapon).
     (3) Shining far. --bhuḥ
     (1) A deity, divinity; a god (dwelling in heaven).
     (2) The god who is worshipped by the gods.
     (3) A class of the attendants of gods.
     (4) An artist, smith, especially a coach-builder (rathakāra).
     (5) N. of three semi-divine beings called Ṛbhu, Vibhvan and Vāja, sons of Sudhanvan, a descendant of Angiras, who were so called from the name of the eldest son. [Through their performance of good works they obtained divinity, exercised superhuman powers, and became entitled to worship. They are supposed to dwell in the Solar sphere, and are the artists who formed the horses of Indra, the carriage of the Aśvins, and the miraculous cow of Bṛhaspati. They made their aged parents young, and constructed four cups at a sacrifice from the one cup of Tvaṣṭri, who as the proper artificer of the gods, was in this respect their rival. They appear generally as accompanying Indra at the evening sacrifices. --M. W.].

ṛbhukṣaḥ
     (1) N. of Indra.
     (2) Heaven (of Indra) or paradise.
     (3) The thunderbolt of Śiva.

ṛbhukṣin m. [ṛbhukṣaḥ vajraṃ svargo vā asyāsti ini] (Nom. ṛbhukṣāḥ, acc. pl. ṛbhukṣaḥ)
     (1) N. of Indra.
     (2) N. of the Maruts.
     (3) A Ṛbhu in general.
     (4) Governing far; reigning over Ṛbhus.

ṛbhva a. Ved.
     (1) Attacking.
     (2) Courageous, determined.
     (3) Spreading far.
     (4) Clever, skilful.

ṛbhvan a. Shining far.

ṛllakaḥ A player on a kind of musical instrument.

ṛllarī A kind of musical instrument.

ṛś (A Sautra root)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To kill.

ṛśya a. [ṛś-karmaṇi-kyap] To be killed. --śyaḥ A white-footed antelope. --śyaṃ Killing.
     -- Comp.
          --ketuḥ, --ketanaḥ 1. N. of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. --2. N. of the god of love.
          --daḥ a pit for catching antelopes.
          --pad a. having the feet of an antelope.

ṛṣ I. 6 P. (ṛṣati, ārṣīt, ānarṣa, arṣituṃ, ṛṣṭa)
     (1) To go, approach.
     (2) To kill, injure, pierce.
     (3) To push. --II. 1 P. (arṣati)
     (1) To flow.
     (2) To glide.

ṛṣabhaḥ [ṛs-abhak Uṇ. 3. 123]
     (1) A bull.
     (2) (With names of other animals) the male animal; as ajarṣabhaḥ a goat.
     (3) The best or most excellent (as the last member of a comp.); as puruṣarṣabhaḥ, bharatarṣabhaḥ &c.
     (4) The second of the seven notes of the gamut; (said to be uttered by cows; gāvastvṛṣabhabhāṣiṇaḥ); Śi. 11. 1; ṛṣabho'tra gīyata iti Āryā S. 141.
     (5) The hollow of the ear.
     (6) A boar's tail.
     (7) A crocodile's tail.
     (8) A dried plant, one of the 8 principal medicaments.
     (9) N. of an antidote. (10) An incarnation of Viṣṇu.
     (11) A sacrifice (to be performed by kings). --bhī
     (1) A woman with masculine features (as a beard &c.).
     (2) A cow.
     (3) A widow.
     (4) The plant Carpopogon Pruriens (śūkaśiṃbī); also another plant (śirālā).
     -- Comp.
          --kūṭaḥ N. of a mountain.
          --dīpaḥ, --paṃ N. of a country.
          --dhvajaḥ N. of Śiva.

ṛṣabhakaḥ N. of a medicinal plant.

ṛṣabhataraḥ A small or young bull.

ṛṣiḥ [cf. Uṇ. 4. 119]
     (1) An inspired poet or sage, a singer of sacred hymns, (e. g. kutsa, vasiṣṭha, atri, agastya &c.). (These Ṛṣis form a class of beings distinct from gods, men, Asuras &c. They are the authors or seers of the Vedic hymns; ṛṣayo maṃtradraṣṭāro vasiṣṭhādayaḥ; or, according to Yāska, yasya vākyaṃ sa ṛṣiḥ, i. e. they are the persons to whom the Vedic hymns were revealed. In every Sūkta the ṛṣi is mentioned along with the devatā, chaṃdas and viniyoga. The later works mention seven Ṛṣis or Saptarshayas, whose names, according to Śat. Br., are gautama, bharadvāja, viśvāmitra, jamadagni, vasiṣṭha, kaśyapa and atri; according to Mahabhārata, marīci, atri, aṃgiras, pulaha, kratu, pulastya and vasiṣṭha; Manu calls these sages Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind, and gives ten names, three more being added to the latter list, i. e. dakṣa or pracetas, bhṛgu and nārada. In astronomy the seven Ṛṣis form the constellation of "the Great Bear").
     (2) A sanctified sage, saint, an ascetic, anchorite; (there are usually three classes of these saints; devarṣi, brahmarṣi or rājarṣi; sometimes four more are added; maharṣi, paramarṣi, śrutarṣi and kāṃḍarṣi.
     (3) A ray of light.
     (4) An imaginary circle.
     -- Comp.
          --kulyā 1. a sacred river. --2. N. of mahānadī. --kṛt a. making one's appearance.
          --giriḥ N. of a mountain in Magadha.
          --codanaṃ Ved. inspiring the singer.
          --chaṃdas n. the metre of a Ṛṣi.
          --jāṃgalaḥ, --jāṃgalikā the plant ṛkṣagaṃdhā. --tarpaṇaṃ libation offered to the Ṛṣis.
          --paṃcamī N. of a festival or ceremony on the fifth day in the first half of Bhādrapada (observed by women).
          --proktā the plant māṣaparṇī. --baṃdhu a. connected or related to the Ṛṣi.
          --manas a. inspired.
          --mukhaṃ the beginning of a Maṇḍala composed by a Ṛṣi.
          --yajñaḥ a sacrifice offered to a Ṛṣi (consisting of a prayer in low voice).
          --lokaḥ the world of the Ṛṣis.
          --stomaḥ 1. praise of the Ṛṣis. --2. a particular sacrifice completed in one day.

ṛṣītata a. Celebrated by the (sacred) sages.

ṛṣīvat a. Praising a Ṛṣi.

ṛṣīvan a. Ved. Accompanied by sages.

ṛṣi(ṣī)kaḥ N. of a country or its inhabitants (pl.).

ṛṣu a. (ṛṣ-gatau-ku)
     (1) Going.
     (2) Great, powerful, strong.
     (3) Wise. --ṣuḥ
     (1) A ray of the sun.
     (2) A firebrand.
     (3) Glowing fire.
     (4) A Ṛṣi (who sees the Mantras).

ṛṣṭiḥ m. f. [ṛṣ-karaṇe ktin]
     (1) A double-edged sword.
     (2) A sword (in general).
     (3) Any weapon (as a spear or lance &c).
     -- Comp.
          --vidyut a. shining with weapons.

ṛṣṭimat a. Furnished with spears (as the Maruts).

ṛṣyaḥ [ṛṣ-kyap]
     (1) A whitefooted antelope. --ṣyaṃ A kind of leprosy.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ, --ketanaḥ, ketuḥ N. of Aniruddha.
          --gatā the plant Asparagus Racemosus (= ṛṣyaproktā). --gaṃdhā the plant ṛkṣagaṃdhā. --jihvaṃ a kind of leprosy.
          --proktā N. of several plants; śūkaśiṃbī, atibalā, śatāvarī. --mūkaḥ a mountain near the lake Pampā which formed the temporary abode of Rāma with the monkey-chief Sugrīva; ṛṣyamūkastu paṃpāyāḥ purastāt puṣpitadrumaḥ. --śṛṃgaḥ N. of a sage [He was the son of Vibhāṇḍaka. According to mythical account he was born of a female deer, and had a small horn on his forehead, and hence called 'Riṣyaśṛṅga', or 'deerhorned'. He was brought up in the forest by his father, and he saw no other human being till he nearly reached his manhood. When a great drought well nigh devastated the country of Anga, its king Lomapāda, at the advice of Brāhmaṇas, caused Ṛṣyaśṛṅga to be brought to him by means of a number of damsels, and gave his daughter Santā (adopted by him, her real father being Daśaratha) in marriage to him, who being greatly pleased caused copious showers of rain to fall in his kingdom. It was this sage that performed for king Daśaratha the sacrifice which brought about the birth of Rāma and his three brothers].

ṛṣyakaḥ A painted or white-footed antelope.

ṛṣva a. Ved. Great, high, noble. --ṣvaḥ N. of Indra and Agni.

ṛhat a. Ved. Small, weak.

ṛ

ṝ ind. An interjection of
     (1) terror;
     (2) warding off;
     (3) reproach or censure;
     (4) compassion;
     (5) remembrance. --m. (ṝḥ)
     (1) N. of Bhairava.
     (2) A Dānava or demon. --f.
     (1) The mother of the gods; also of the demons.
     (2) Recollection.
     (3) Motion, going. --n. The breast.

ṝ 9 P. (ṛṇāti, īrṇa) To go, move.

ḷ, ḹ

ḷ ind.
     (1) The earth.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) The mother of the gods.
     (4) The female nature.
     (5) A mystical letter. (N. B. No Sanskrit word begins with ḷ or ḹ, except some of the technical names of Pāṇini for tenses and moods; e. g. ḷṅ and ḷṭ).

ḹ ind. A mother, a divine female. --m. Śiva. --f. = ḷ.

e

e 2 P. (ā+i). To come, approach &c.; (see i).

eḥ m. N. of Viṣṇu. --ind. An interjection of
     (1) remembering;
     (2) envy;
     (3) compassion;
     (4) calling;
     (5) contempt or censure.

eka pron. a. [i-kan]
     (1) One, single, alone, only; Bh. 3. 14.
     (2) Not accompanied by any one; U. 2. 28.
     (3) The same, one and the same, identical; ekānvayo mama S. 7; manasyekaṃ vacasyekaṃ karmaṇyekaṃ mahātmanāṃ H. 1. 101.
     (4) Firm, unchanged; Pt. 1. 260.
     (5) Single of its kind, unique, singular.
     (6) Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; -pārthiva, -dhanurdharaḥ, -aiśvarya M. 1. 1 sole sovereignty; eko rāgiṣu rājate Bh. 3. 121.
     (7) Peerless, matchless.
     (8) One of two or many; Me. 30, 78.
     (9) Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a' or 'an'; jyotirekaṃ S. 5. 30. (10) True.
     (11) Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; doṣaikadṛk looking only to faults; tvadekeṣu Ku. 3. 15 your arrow only; so bhogaikabaddhaspṛhaḥ. ekaḥ-anyaḥ, or aparaḥ the one-the other; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being anye or apare (others); Śi. 12. 45; see anya, apara also. --kaḥ N. of Viṣṇu, the Supreme being. --kā N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. oequus].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ a separate part, part in general.
          --akṣa a. 1. having only one axle. --2. having one eye. --3. having an excellent eye. (
          --kṣaḥ) 1. a crow. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --akṣara a. monosyllabic. (
          --raṃ) 1. a monosyllable. --2. the sacred syllable om; Ms. 2. 83. -kośaḥ a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Purushottamadeva. -rabhīvaḥ the production of only one syllable, contraction.
          --agra a. 1. fixed on one object or point only. --2. closely attentive, concentrated, intent; tadgītaśravaṇaikāgrā R. 15. 66; K. 49; Bg. 18. 72; manumekāgramāsīnaṃ Ms. 1. 1. --3. unperplexed. --4. known, celebrated. --5. single-pointed. (
          --graḥ) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. -citta, --manas a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. -cittaṃ, -cittatā intentness of purpose, concentration of mind. -dṛṣṭi a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
          --agrya = -a gra. (--gryaṃ) concentration.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. a body-guard. --2. the planet Mercury or Mars. --3. N. of Viṣṇu. (
          --gaṃ) 1. a single member or part. --2. sandal wood. --3. the head.
          --aṃgikā preparation made with sandal-wood.
          --aṃḍaḥ a kind of horse.
          --adhipatiḥ a sole monarch or sovereign.
          --anaṃśā the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛṣṇa and Baladeva and identified with Durga).
          --anudiṣṭa a. 1. left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
          --ṣṭaṃ) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead).
          --aṃta a. 1. solitary, retired. --2. aside, apart. --3. directed towards one point or object only. --4. excessive, great; -śaityātkadalīviśeṣāḥ Ku. 1. 36. --5. worshipping only only. --6. absolute, invariable, perpetual; svāyattamekāṃtaguṇaṃ Bh. 2. 7; kasyaikāṃtaṃ sukhamupagataṃ Me. 109. (
          --taḥ) 1. a lonely or retired place, solitude; vyoma- vihāriṇaḥ Pt. 2. 20; H. 1. 52. --2. exclusiveness. --3. an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; Pt. 3. 7. --4. exclusive aim or boundary. (
          --taṃ) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; tejaḥ kṣamā vā naikāṃtaṃ kālajñasya mahīpateḥ Śi. 2. 83. (
          --taṃ, --tena, --tataḥ, --te) ind. 1. solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely. --2. exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; vayamapyekāṃtato niḥspṛhāḥ Bh. 3. 24; duḥkhamekāṃtato vā Me. 109; oft. in comp.; -vidhvaṃsin sure or destined to perish; R. 2. 57; -bhīru Mu. 3. 5 always timid; so ekāṃtakaruṇa very weak &c. --3. alone, apart, privately. -bhūta being alone or solitary. -mati a. devoted to one object only. -vihārin a. a solitary wanderer. -suṣamā 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. -sthita a. staying or remaining apart.
          --aṃtara a. next but one, separated by one remove; S. 7. 27; V. 1. (
          --raḥ) a kind of fever.
          --aṃtika a. final, conclusive.
          --aṃtitvaṃ devotion to one object.
          --aṃtin a. devoted to one object only. (--m.) a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
          --annaṃ one and the same food. (--nnaḥ), ---ādin a mess-mate.
          --abdā a heifer one year old.
          --ayana a. 1. passable for only one (as a foot-path). --2. fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see ekāgra. (--naṃ) 1. a lonely or retired place. --2. a meeting. --place, rendezvous. --3. union of thoughts. --4. monotheism. --5. the sole object; sā snehasya ekāyanībhūtā M. 2. 15; ekāyanībhūya Mv. 4 with one accord, unanimously. -gata = ekāyana q. v.
          --arṇavaḥ general flood, universal deluge.
          --artha a. 1. having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; Śi. 2. 114. (
          --rthaḥ) 1. the same thing, object, or intention. --2. the same meaning. --3. N. of a glossary.
          --avama a. inferior or less by one.
          --avayava a. made up of the same components.
          --aśīta or -titama a. eighty-first.
          --aśītiḥ f. eighty-one.
          --aṣṭakā 1. the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon. --2. the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a śrāddha is to be performed).
          --aṣṭhīla a. having one kernel. (
          --laḥ) N. of a plant (vakavṛkṣa). --ahan (haḥ) 1. the period of one day. --2. a sacrifice lasting for one day. -gamaḥ, -adhvā a day's journey.
          --ātapatra a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); ekātapatraṃ jagataḥ prabhutvaṃ R. 2. 47. -trāṃ bhuvaṃ 18. 4; K. 206; Śi. 12; 33; V. 3. 19.
          --ātman a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
          --ādeśaḥ one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the ā in ekāyana. --āyu a. 1. providing the most excellent food. --2. the first living being.
          --āvaliḥ, --lī f. 1. a single string of pearls, beads &c.; ekāvalī kaṃṭhavibhūṣaṇaṃ vaḥ Vikr. 1. 30; latāviṭape ekāvalī lagnā V. 1. --2. (in Rhetoric) a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; sthāpyate'pohyate vāpi yathāpūrvaṃ pararaparaṃ . viśeṣaṇatayā yatra vastu saikāvalī dvidhā .. K. P. 10; cf. Chandr. 5. 103-4; netre karṇātaviśrāṃte karṇau doḥstaṃbhadolitau &c. and Bk. 2. 19.
          --uktiḥ f. a single expression or word.
          --uttara a. greater or increasing by one.
          --udakaḥ (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; Ms. 5. 71.
          --udaraḥ, --rā uterine, (brother or sister).
          --udātta a. having one Udātta accent.
          --uddiṣṭaṃ a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; Ms. 4. 110.
          --ūna a. less by one, minus one.
          --ṛc a. consisting of one verse (ṛc). --eka a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; ekekamapyanarthāya kimu tatra catuṣṭayaṃ H. Pr. 11; R. 17. 43. (--kaṃ) -ekaikaśaḥ, ind. one by one, singly, severally; S. 6. 11; -kaṃ nirdiśan S. 7 pointing to each severally.
          --oghaḥ a continuous current.
          --kapāla a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
          --kara a. (rī f.) 1. doing only one thing. --2. (
          --rā) one-handed. --3. one-rayed.
          --kārya a. 1. acting in concert with, cooperating, having made common cause with; co-worker; asmābhiḥ sahaikakāryāṇāṃ Mu. 2; R. 10. 40. --2. answering the same end. --3. having the same occupation. (
          --ryaṃ) sole or same business.
          --kālaḥ 1. one time. --2. the same time. (
          --laṃ, --le) ind. at one time, at one and the same time. -bhojanaṃ eating but one meal in any given time.
          --kālika, --kālīna a. 1. happening once only. --2. contemporary, coeval.
          --kuṃḍalaḥ N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra: and Śeṣa.
          --kuṣṭhaṃ a kind of leprosy; kṛṣṇāruṇaṃ yena bhaveccharīraṃ tadekakuṣṭhaṃ pravadaṃtyasādhyaṃ Suśr.
          --kṣīraṃ the milk of one (nurse &c.).
          --gayyaḥ the Supreme spirit.
          --guru, --guruka a. having the same preceptor. (
          --ruḥ, -rukaḥ) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
          --grāma a. living in the same village. (
          --maḥ) the same village.
          --cakra a. 1. having only one wheel. --2. governed by one king only. (
          --kraḥ) the chariot of the sun. -vartin m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch.
          --catvāriṃśat f. forty-one.
          --cara a. 1. wandering or living alone, alone; Ki. 13. 3; 3. 53. --2. having one attendant. --3. living unassisted. --4. going together or at the same time. --5. gregarious. (
          --raḥ) a rhinoceros.
          --caraṇa a. having only one foot.
          --cārin a. 1. living alone, solitary. --2. going alone or with one follower only. (
          --ṇī) a loyal wife.
          --citta a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (
          --ttaṃ) 1. fixedness of thought upon one object. --2. unanimity; ekacittībhūya H. 1 unanimously; -tā fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
          --ciṃtanaṃ thinking of only one object.
          --cetas, --manas a. unanimous; see -citta. --codana a. resting upon one rule. (
          --naṃ) referring to in the singular number.
          --ja a. 1. born alone or single. --2. growing alone (a tree). Pt. 3. 54. --3. alone of its kind. --4. uniform, unchanging.
          --jaḥ, --jā a brother or sister of the same parents.
          --janman m. 1. a king. --2. a Śūdra; see -jāti below.
          --jāta a. born of the same parents.
          --jāti a. 1. once born. --2. belonging to the same family or caste. (
          --tiḥ) a Śūdra (opp. dvijanman); brāhmaṇaḥ kṣatriyo caiśyastrayo varṇā dvijātayaḥ . caturtha ekajātistu śūdro nārita tu paṃcamaḥ .. Ms. 10. 4; 8. 270.
          --jātīya a. of the same kind or family.
          --jyā the chord of an arc: sine of 30-.
          --jyotis m. N. of Śiva.
          --tāna a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; brahmaikatānamanaso hi vasiṣṭhamiśrāḥ Mv. 3. 11. (
          --naḥ) 1. attention fixed on one object only. --2. musical harmony, = -tālaḥ. --tālaḥ harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. tauryatrikaṃ). (
          --lī) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
          --tīrthin a. 1. bathing in the same holy water. --2. belonging to the same religious order; Y. 2. 137. (--m.) a fellowstudent, spiritual brother.
          --tejana a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
          --triṃśat f. thirty-one; -triṃśa 31st.
          --trikaḥ a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
          --daṃṣṭraḥ, daṃtaḥ "one-tusked," epithets of Gaṇeśa.
          --daṃḍin m. N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called haṃsa). They are divided into four orders:
          --kuṭīcako bahudako haṃsaścaiva tṛtīyakaḥ . caturthaḥ parahaṃsaśca yo yaḥ paścātsa uttamaḥ .. Harīta.
          --diś a. living in the same region or quarter.
          --duḥkhasukha a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
          --dṛś, dṛṣṭi a. one-eyed. (--m.) 1. a crow. --2. N. of Śiva. --3. a philosopher.
          --dṛśya a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen.
          --dṛṣṭiḥ f. fixed or steady look.
          --devaḥ the Supreme god.
          --devata, --de(dai) vatya a. devoted, directed, or offered to one deity.
          --deśa a. occupying the same place. (
          --śaḥ) 1. one spot or place. --2. a part or portion (of the whole), one side; -avatīrṇā K. 22; tasyaikadeśaḥ U. 4; Mv. 2; vibhāvitaikadeśena deyaṃ yadabhiyujyate V. 4. 17 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called ekadeśavibhāvitanyāya). --deśin a. consisting of parts or portions, divided into parts.
          --deha, --dehin a. 1. having only one body. --2. elegantly formed. (
          --haḥ) the planet Mercury.
          --dhanaḥ a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (
          --naṃ) 1. an excellent gift. --2. honorific offering.
          --dhanin a. obtaining an honorific offering.
          --dharman, --dharmin a. 1. possessing the same properties, of the same kind. --2. professing the same religion.
          --dhura,--dhurāvaha, --dhurīṇa a. 1. fit for but one kind of labour. --2. fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P. IV. 4. 79).
          --dhurā a particular load or conveyance.
          --nakṣatraṃ a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
          --naṭaḥ the principal actor in a drama, the manager (sūtradhāra) who recites the prologue.
          --navataḥ ninety-first.
          --navatiḥ f. ninety-one.
          --nātha a. having one master. (
          --thaḥ) sole master or lord.
          --nāyakaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --niścaya a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
          --yaḥ) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity.
          --niṣṭha a. 1. intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). --2. intently fixed on one object.
          --netraḥ N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
          --pakṣa a. 1. of the same side or party, an associate. --2. partial. (
          --kṣaḥ) one side or party; -āśrayaviklavatvāt R. 14. 34; -kṣe in one point of view, in one case.
          --patika a. having the same husband.
          --paṃcāśat f. fifty-one.
          --patnī 1. a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); tāṃ cāvaśyaṃ divasagaṇanātatpara mekapatnīṃ Me. 10. --2. the wife of a man who has no other wives; Ms. 5. 158. --3. the wife of the same man; a co-wife; sarvāsāmekapatnīnāmekā cetputriṇī bhavet Ms, 9. 183. -vrataṃ a vow of perfect chastity; kāmekapatnīvrataduḥkhaśīlāṃ Ku. 3. 7.
          --patrikā the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (gaṃdhapatrā). --pad, --pād a. 1. one-footed, limping, lame. --2. incomplete. (
          --pād) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
          --padī) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on).
          --pada a. 1. one-footed. --2. consisting of or named in one word. (
          --daṃ) 1. a single step. --2. single or simple word. --3. the time required to pronounce a single word.
     (4) present time, same time. (--daḥ) 1. a man having one foot. --2. a kind of coitus (ratibaṃdha). (--de) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; nihaṃtyarīnekapade ya udāttaḥ svarāniva Śi. 2. 95; R. 8. 48; K. 45; V. 4. 3. (--dā) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (--dī) 1. a woman having one foot. --2. a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. --para a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of preeminent importance. --pari ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. akṣapari). --parṇā 1. N. of a younger sister of Durgā. --2. N. of Durgā. --3. a plant having one leaf only. --palāśaḥ a single Butea Frondosa. --pāṭalā N. of a younger sister of Durgā. --pāṇaḥ a single wager. --pāta a. happening at once, sudden. --pātin a. 1. sudden. --2. standing alone or solitary. (--nī) i. e. ṛk a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. --pāda a. 1. having only one foot. --2. using only one foot. (--daḥ) 1. one or single foot. --2. one and the same Pāda. --3. N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. --pādikā a kind of posture of birds. --piṃgaḥ, --piṃgalaḥ N. of Kubera, having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her). --piṃḍa a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; -tā, -tvaṃ consanguinity. --putra a. having only one son. --puruṣaḥ 1. the Supreme being; V. 1. 1. --2. the chief person. --puṣkalaḥ (raḥ) N. of a musical instrument. --prakāra a. of the same kind. --prakhya a. singularly like. --prabhutvaṃ sole sovereignty. --prayatnaḥ one effort (of the voice). --prasthaḥ a measure. --prahārika a. killed by one blow. --prāṇayogaḥ union in one breath. --buddhi a. having only one thought. --bhakta a. 1. serving one master only. --2. worshipping one deity. --3. eating together. (--ktaṃ) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day). -vrataṃ eating but once a day as a religious observance. --bhakti a. 1. believing in one deity. --2. firmly devoted. (--f.) eating but one meal a day. --bhāryā a faithful or chaste wife. (--ryaḥ) one having one wife only. --bhāva a. of the same or one nature. --2. sincerely devoted. --3. honest, sincerely disposed. (--vaḥ) 1. one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; Pt. 1. 285, 3. 65. --2. oneness, agreement. --bhūta a. 1. being one, undivided. --2. concentrated, closely attentive. --bhūmaḥ a palace having one floor. --bhojana, --bhukta a. 1. eating but one meal. --2. eating in common. --mati a. 1. fixed on one object. --2. unanimous, thinking in the same way. --manas a. 1. thinking with another, of one thought; Mu. 2. 13. --2. fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; ekamanāḥ śrotumarhati devaḥ M. 2. --mātra a. of one syllable. --mukha a. 2. having the face directed towards one place or object. --2. having the same aim. --3. having one chief or head. --4. having one door or entrance (as a maṃḍapa). (--khaṃ) 1. gambling. --2. a kind of fruit (rudrākṣaphala). --mūrdhan = -mukha q. v. --mūlā = atasī q. v. --yaṣṭiḥ, yaṣṭikā a single string of pearls. --yoni a. 1. uterine. --2. of the same family or caste; Ms. 9. 148. --rajaḥ the plant bhṛṃgarāja. --rasa a. 1. finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; R. 10. 17. --2. of one feeling or sentiment only; sāhasa- U. 5. 21 influenced only by rashness; vikrama- K. 7; bhāvaikarasaṃ manaḥ Ku. 5. 82; M. 3. 10; Bv. 2. 155; Śi. 6. 26; V. 1. 9. --3. of one tenor, stable, equable; Mal. 4. 7; U. 4, 15. --4. solely or exclusively devoted (to one); abalaikarasāḥ R. 9. 43, 8. 65. (--saḥ) 1. oneness of aim or feeling. --2. the only flavour or pleasure. (--saṃ) a drama of one sentiment. --rāj,--rājaḥ m. an absolute king. --rātraḥ a ceremony lasting one night. (--traṃ) one night. --rātrika a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. --rāśiḥ 1. a heap, crowd. --2. a sign of the zodiac. -bhūta a. collected or heaped together. --rikthin m. a coheir; Ms. 9. 162. --rūpa a. 1. of one form or kind, like, similar; Ki. 8. 2, 9. 55. --2. uniform, one coloured. (--paṃ) one form or kind; -tā uniformity, invariableness. --rūpya a. formed or arising from one. --liṃgaḥ 1. a word having one gender only. --2. N. of Kubera. (--gaṃ) a place in which for five krośas there is but one liṃga (Phallus); paṃcakrośāṃtare yatra na liṃgāṃtaramīkṣyate . tadekaliṃgamākhyātaṃ tatra siddhiranuttamā .. Śabdak. --vacanaṃ the singular number. --varṇa a. 1. of one colour. --2. identical, same. --3. of one tribe or caste. --4. involving the use of one letter (-samīkaraṇa). (--rṇaḥ) 1. one form. --2. a Brāhmaṇa. --3. a word of one syllable. --4. a superior caste. (--rṇī) beating time, the instrument (castanet); -samīkaraṇaṃ an equation involving one unknown quantity. --varṇika a. 1. of one colour. --2. of one caste. --varṣikā a heifer one year old. --vastra, --vasana a. having only one garment, in one dress. (--straṃ) a single garment. --vākyaṃ one or unanimous opinion; ekavākyaṃ vivavruḥ R. 6. 85 raised a unanimous cry; -tā consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements. --vādaḥ 1. a kind of drum or tabor. --2. the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. --vāraṃ, --vāre ind. 1. only once. --2. at once, suddenly. --3. at one time. --viṃśa a. twenty-first; consisting of twenty-one. (--śaḥ) the Ekavimśastoma. --viṃśatiḥ f. twenty-one. --vidha a. of one kind; simple. --vilocana a. one-eyed; see ekadṛṣṭi. --viṣayin m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). --vīraḥ a pre-eminent warrior or hero; dharma- Mv. 5. 48. --vṛkṣaḥ 1. one tree. --2. a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. --vṛt f. heaven. --vṛṃdaṃ 1. a peculiar disease of the throat. --2. one heap or collection. --vṛṣaḥ Ved. the chief bull. --veṇiḥ, --ṇī f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); gaṃḍābhogātkaṭhinaviṣamāmekaveṇīṃ kareṇa Me. 92; -dharā S. 7; dhṛta- S. 7. 21. --veśman n. a solitary house or room. --vyavasāyin a. following the same profession. --śata a. 101st. (--taṃ) 101. --śapha a. whole-hoofed. (--phaḥ) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.). --śaṃraṇaṃ the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). --śarīra a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. -anvayaḥ consanguineous descent. -avayavaḥ a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. -āraṃbhaḥ commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. --śākha a. having one branch. (--khaḥ) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. --śīrṣan = -mukha q. v. --śuṃga a. having one sheath. (--gā) N. of a medicinal plant. --śṛṃga a. having only one horn. (--gaḥ) 1. a unicorn; rhinocerous. --2. N. of Viṣṇu. --3. a class of Pitṛs. --4. a mountain having one top. --śepaḥ a tree having one root. --śeṣaḥ 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. pitarau father and mother, parents, (= mātāpitarau); so śvaśurau, bhrātaraḥ &c. --śruta a. once heard. -dhara a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. --śrutiḥ f. 1. monotony. --2. the neutral accentless tone. (--ti) ind. in a monotonous man ner. --śruṣṭi a. Ved. obedient to one command. --ṣaṣṭa a. sixty-first. --ṣaṣṭiḥ f. sixty-one. -tama a. sixtyfirst. --saṃstha a. dwelling in one place; R. 6. 29. --saptata, -titama a. seventyfirst. --saptatiḥ f. seventy-one. --sabhaṃ a common place of meeting. --sarga a. closely attentive. (--rgaḥ) concentration. --sahasraṃ 1001 or one thousand. --sākṣika a. witnessed by one. --sārthaṃ ind. together, in one company. --sūtraṃ N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it. --stomaḥ N. of a soma ceremony. --stha a. 1. being or centred in one place; Ku. 1. 49; Me. 104 v. l. --2. close-standing, standing side by side; Pt. 3. 53. --3. collected, combined. --sthānaṃ one or the same place; ekasthāne prasūte vāk Pt. 4. 5. --haṃsaḥ the chief or highest Hamsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). --hāyana a. one year old; Mal. 4. 8; U. 3. 28. (--nī) a heifer one year old. (--naṃ) the period of one year.

ekaka a.
     (1) Single, alone, solitary, without a co-adjutor; U. 5. 5; Dk. 111.
     (2) Same, identical.

ekatama a. (n. -mat, f. -mā)
     (1) One of many.
     (2) One (used as an indefinite article).

ekatara (n. -taraṃ)
     (1) One of two, either; P. VII. 1. 26.
     (2) Other, different.
     (3) One of many.

ekatas ind.
     (1) From one side, on one side.
     (2) Singly, one by one; ekataḥ --anyataḥ on one side-on the other side; R. 6. 85; Ki. 5. 2; ekataḥ, -ekataḥ on the one side-on the other side; S. 4. 2.

ekatā, --tvam Oneness, unity, union, identity.

ekatra ind. [eka-tral]
     (1) In one place, in close connection.
     (2) Together, all taken together; evametānyekatra caturdaśa kulāni K. 136; ekatra-aparatra or ekatra on one side-on the other, here-there.

ekadā ind.
     (1) Once, once upon a time, at one time.
     (2) At the same time, all at once, simultaneously; H. 4. 93.

ekadhā ind.
     (1) In one way.
     (2) Singly.
     (3) At once, at the same time.
     (4) Together.
     (5) Once, sometimes.

ekala a. Alone, solitary; U. 4.

ekaśas ind. One by one, singly.

ekākin a. Alone, solitary.

ekādaśan num. a. Eleven.

ekādaśa a. (śī f.)
     (1) Eleventh.
     (2) Consisting of eleven.
     (3) Lasting for eleven months. --śī
     (1) The eleventh day of every fortnight of a lunar month, sacred to Viṣṇu; (when fasting is enjoined and is considered to be productive of great religious merit).
     (2) Presentations of offerings to deceased ancestors or Piṭris on the eleventh day after decease. --śaṃ The number eleven.
     -- Comp.
          --ahaḥ 1. a collection of 11 days. --2. a sacrifice lasting for eleven days.
          --uttamaḥ N. of Śiva (the chief of the 11 Rudras).
          --dvāraṃ the eleven holes of the body; see kha. --rudrāḥ (pl.) the eleven Rudras; see rudra.

ekādaśaka a. Consisting of 11 parts.

ekādaśin a. Consisting of eleven.

ekīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To collect.
     (2) To unite, join together, combine.

ekībhū 1 P.
     (1) To become one, blend, combine, be mingled.

ekībhāvaḥ
     (1) Combination, association.
     (2) Common nature or property.

ekīya a. Belonging to, or proceeding from, one. --yaḥ A partisan, an associate.

ej I. 1 A. (epic. P.) (ejate; ejāṃcakre, aijiṣṭa, ejituṃ, ejita)
     (1) To tremble, shake.
     (2) To move, stir; dhṛtarāṣṭroyamejati Mb.
     (3) To shine (P.). --WITH apa to drive away. --ud to rise, go upwards.

ejaka a. Shaking.

ejatka a. Trembling.

ejathuḥ m. Ved. Trembling, shaking (of the earth).

ejanam Trembling, shaking.

ejita p. p. Shaken, agitated.

eji a. Affected by wind.

eṭh 1 A. (eṭhate, eṭhituṃ, eṭhita) To annoy, resist, oppose.

eḍa a. Deaf. --ḍaḥ A kind of sheep.
     -- Comp.
          --gajaḥ the medicinal plant Cassia Tora or Alata (uraṇa) used for curing ring-worms.
          --mūka a. 1. deaf and dumb; cf. aneḍamūka. --2. wicked, perverse.

eḍakaḥ
     (1) A ram.
     (2) A wild goat.
     (3) A kind of medicinal plant. --kā A ewe.

eḍu(ḍū,ḍo)kaḥ, --kam
     (1) A building constructed of rubbish, bones &c., or of hard substances resembling bones.
     (2) A tomb, a wall round bones.
     (3) (With Buddhists) A sanctuary filled with relics.

eṇaḥ, ekaṇaḥ
     (1) A kind of black antelope; the several kinds of deer are given in this verse: --anṛco māṇavo jñeya eṇaḥ kṛṣṇamṛgaḥ smṛtaḥ . rururgauramukhaḥ proktaḥ śaṃbaraḥ śoṇa ucyate ...
     (2) (In astr.) Capricorn.
     -- Comp.
          --ajinaṃ deerskin.
          --tilakaḥ, --bhṛt the moon; so -aṃkaḥ, -lāṃchanaḥ &c.
          --ṭṭaś a. one having eyes like those of a deer. (--m.) Capricorn.

eṇī
     (1) A female black deer.
     (2) A kind of poisonous insect.
     -- Comp.
          --pada a. having feet like those of a deer. (
          --daḥ) a kind of snake.

eta a. (etā, enī f.) Of a variegated colour; shining.
     (2) Come, arrived.
     (3) Going, flowing. --taḥ
     (1) A deer or antelope.
     (2) The hide of a deer.
     (3) A variegated colour.

enī A river, flowing stream.

etagva a.
     (1) Going on their way (said of the horses of gods).
     (2) Variegated. --gvaḥ A horse of a variegated colour.

etaśa a. Ved. Of a variegated colour, shining. --śaḥ A dappled horse (particularly the horses of the sun).

etaśas m.
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (2) A horse.

etiḥ f. Ved. Arrival, approach.

etad pron. a. (m. eṣaḥ, f. eṣā, n. etad)
     (1) This, this here, yonder (referring to what is nearest to the speaker (samīpataravarti caitado rūpaṃ); the Nom. forms are used like those of idaṃ in the sense of 'here'; eṣa pṛcchāmi --eṣa kathayāmi Mu. 3 here I ask &c.; kadā gamiṣyasi-eṣa gacchāmi Sk.; eṣosmi kāmaṃdakī saṃvṛttaḥ Mal. 1; ete navīkṛtāḥ smaḥ S. 5. In this sense etad is sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns; eṣohaṃ kāryavaśādāyodhyikastadānīṃtanaśca saṃvṛttaḥ U. 1.
     (2) As the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to which it refers; etad (śavalā) me dhanaṃ; but may sometimes remain in the neuter; etadeva guruṣu vṛttiḥ Ms. 2. 206.
     (3) It often refers to what precedes, especially when it is joined with idaṃ or any other pronoun; eṣa vai prathamaḥ kalpaḥ Ms. 3. 147; iti yaduktaṃ tadetacciṃtyaṃ; etānīmāni, ete te &c.
     (4) It is used in connection with a relative clause, in which case the relative generally follows; pracchannavaṃcakāstvete ye stenāṭavikādayaḥ Ms. 9. 257. --ind. In this manner, thus, so, here, at this time, now. Note. etad appears as the first member of compounds which are mostly self-explaining; e. g. -anaṃ tara immediately after this; -aṃta ending thus; -arthaḥ this matter; -arthe on this account, therefore; -avadhi to this limit, so far; -ava tha a. of such a state or condition.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ the present time.
          --kālīna a. belonging to the present time.
          --kṣaṇāt ind. hence-forth.
          --dvitīya a. one who does anything for the second time.
          --prathama a. one who does anything for the first time.
          --yonin a. having one's origin in that.

etadīya a. Belonging to this.

etarhi ind.
     (1) Now, at this time, at present, now-a-days; Ki. 1. 32.
     (2) Then (correlative to yarhi).
     (3) A certain measure of time = 15 idanīms or one-fifteenth of a Kshipra; cf. idānīṃ.

etādṛś, --dṛkṣa, --dṛśa(--śī, --kṣī) a.
     (1) Such, such like; sarvepi naitādṛśāḥ Bh. 2. 51.
     (2) Of this kind, similar to this.

etāvat a. So much, so great, so many, of such extent, so far, of such quality or kind; etāvaduktvā virate mṛgeṃdre R. 2. 51; Ku. 6. 89; etāvānme vibhavo bhavaṃtaṃ sevituṃ M. 2 so far; oft. used in connection with a relative pronoun which generally follows; etāvatā nanvanumeyaśobhi ... āropitaṃ yadgiriśena paścādaṃkaṃ Ku. 1. 37. --ind. So far, so much, in such a degree, thus.

etāvattvam
     (1) Quantity or number.
     (2) Greatness; such a state or condition; such extent.

etanaḥ
     (1) Breath, expiration.
     (2) A kind of fish (Silurus Pelorius).

etṛ a. Ved.
     (1) Going.
     (2) Asking requesting.

edidhiṣuḥpatiḥ The husband of a younger sister whose elder sister has not been married; cf. agredidhiṣuḥ

edh 1 A. (edhate, edhāṃcakre, aidhiṣṭa, e dhituṃ, edhita)
     (1) To grow, increase; vināpi saṃgamaṃ strīṇāṃ kavīnāṃ sukhamedhate Pt. 2. 164.
     (2) To prosper, become happy, live in comfort. dvāvetau sukhamedhete Pt. 1. 318.
     (3) To grow strong, become great.
     (4) To extend.
     (5) To swell, rise. --Caus. To cause to grow or increase; to greet, celebrate, honour; naididhaḥ svaparākramaṃ Bk. 15. 19; (tāṃ) āśīrbhiredhayāmāsuḥ Ku. 6. 90. --Desid. edidhiṣate.

edhaḥ Fuel; sphuliṃgāvasthayā vahniredhāpekṣa iva sthitaḥ S. 7. 15; Śi. 2. 99; R. 9. 81.

edhatu a. Increased, grown. --tuḥ
     (1) A man.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) Prosperity, happiness (Ved.).

edhamāna a. Prospering, increasing; -dṛś hating the impious who prosper (Say.).

edhas n.
     (1) Fuel; yathaidhāṃsi samiddhognirbhasmasāt kurute'rjuna Bg. 4. 37; analāyāgurucaṃdanaidhase R. 8. 71; Ms. 11. 71; Y. 2. 166.
     (2) Prosperity (in comp.).

edhā Prosperity, happiness.

edhita p. p.
     (1) Grown, increased; Śi. 14. 31.
     (2) Brought up; mṛgaśāvaiḥ samamedhito janaḥ S. 2. 18.
     (3) Filled; Mv. 7. 6.

enas n. [i-asun nuṭ Uṇ. 4. 197]
     (1) Sin, offence, fault; ātmaghātina enasā saṃyujyate K. 174; Śi. 14. 35; 16. 8.
     (2) Mischief, crime.
     (3) Unhappiness.
     (4) Censure, blame.

enasya a. 1 Caused by crime.
     (2) Sinful, wicked, wrong.

enasvat, or enasvin a. Wicked, sinful.

enā ind. Ved. Thus; then, at that time.

ema a. To be obtained. --maḥ, eman n. Ved. A course, way.

erakā A kind of grass(said to have turned to clubs when plucked by Kṛṣṇa and his family; cf. Mb. mausalaparvan). --kaṃ A woollen carpet.

eraṃgaḥ A kind of fish.

eraṃḍaḥ The castor-oil plant; (a small tree with a scanty number of leaves); and hence the proverb: nirastapādape deśe eraṃḍopi drumāyate. --ḍā Long pepper.
     -- Comp.
          --patrikā, --phalā the plant Croton Polyandrum (daṃtīvṛkṣa).

eraṃḍakaḥ =eraṃḍa.

eru a. Ved. Going.

ervāruḥ, ervārukaḥ A species of cucumber.

elakaḥ A ram; see eḍaka.

elaṃgaḥ A kind of fish.

elavālu n., elavālukaṃ The fragrant bark of kapittha (Feronia Elephantum)
     (2) A granular substance (used as a drug and perfume).

elavilaḥ N. of Kubera; see ailavila.

elā
     (1) Cardamom plant; elānāṃ phalareṇavaḥ R. 4. 47, 6. 64.
     (2) Cardamoms (the seed of the plant).
     -- Comp.
          --parṇī the plant Mimosa Octandra.

elīkā Small cardamoms.

elāyati Den P.
     (1) To be merry or frolicsome.
     (2) To be wantonly mischievous in behaviour.

elukam
     (1) A kind of perfume.
     (2) A medicinal substance or plant.

eva^1 a. Ved.
     (1) Going, moving.
     (2) Speedy, quick, evogaṃtā; ye ca evā marutaḥ Uṇ. 1. 150. --vaḥ
     (1) A course, way; or a courser, a fleet horse; svebhirevaiścarataḥ Rv. 1. 62. 8; (pl.) mode of proceeding, custom, habit; or, according to Say., a desire or hymn.
     -- Comp.
          --yā a. granting protection; or going in ways or courses.
          --yāvan a. going with horses or granting desires, going quickly. (--m.) N. of Viṣṇu.

eva^2 ind.
     (1) This particle is most frequently used to strengthen and emphasize the idea expressed by a word:
     (1) Just, quite, exactly; evameva quite so, just so;
     (2) same, very, identical; arthoṣmaṇā virahitaḥ puruṣaḥ sa eva Bh. 2. 40 that very man;
     (3) only, alone, merely, (implying exclusion); sā tathyamevābhihitā bhavena Ku. 3. 63 only the truth, nothing but the truth; so nāmnaiva, sa eva vīraḥ he alone (and not others);
     (4) already; gata eva nate nivartate Ku. 4. 30;
     (5) scarcely, the moment, as soon as; chiefly with participles; upasthiteyaṃ kalyāṇī nāmni kīrtita eva yat R. 1. 87 as soon as the name was uttered; iti cintayanneva while just thinking &c.;
     (6) also, likewise; tathaiva so also;
     (7) like, as (showing similarity); śrīsta eva mestu G. M. (=tava iva); and
     (8) generally to emphasize a statement; bhavitavyameva tena U. 4. it will (surely) take place. It is also said to imply the senses of
     (9) detraction; (10) diminution;
     (11) command;
     (12) restraint; or
     (13) used merely as an expletive. (This particle is used in the Vedas in the senses of so, just so, like, indeed, truly, really).

evam ind.
     (1) Thus, so, in this manner or way; (referring to what preceeds as well as to what follows): astyevaṃ Pt.
     (1) it is so; evaṃvādini devarṣau Ku. 6. 84; brūyā evaṃ Me. 101 (what follows); evamastu be it so, amen; yadyevaṃ if so; kimevaṃ why so; bhaivaṃ, mā bhaivaṃ oh, not so, (do not do so); evaṃ has sometimes an adjectival force; evaṃ vacanaṃ such words.
     (2) Yes, quite so (implying assent); sītāaho jāne tasminneva kāle varte . rāmaḥ-evaṃ U. 1; evaṃ yadāttha bhagavan Ku. 2. 31. It is also said to have the senses of
     (3) likeness;
     (4) sameness of manner;
     (5) affirmation or determination;
     (6) command; or it is often used merely as an expletive. (In the Vedas evaṃ occurs very rarely; its place being usually taken up by eva).
     -- Comp.
          --avastha a. so situated or circumstanced.
          --ādi, --ādya a. of such qualities or kind, such and the like; evamādibhiḥ S. 5; Ku. 5. 29.
          --kāraṃ ind. in this manner.
          --kāla a. containing so many syllabic instants.
          --kratu a. Ved. thus minded.
          --gata a. being in this condition or so circumstanced; evaṃ gate under these circumstances.
          --guṇa a. possessing such virtues; putramevaṃguṇopetaṃ cakravartinamāpnuhi S. 1. 12.
          --nāman a. so called, bearing this name.
          --prakāra,--prāya a. of such a kind; U. 5. 29; S. 7. 24.
          --bhūta a. of such quality or description, so, such.
          --rūpa a. of such a kind or form.
          --vādaḥ such an expression.
          --vid, --vidvas a. knowing so or such, well-informed.
          --vidha a. of such a kind, such.
          --vīrya a. possessing such a power.
          --vṛtta or vṛtti a. behaving such; of such a kind.

evāvada a. Ved. So speaking, true.

eṣ 1 U. (eṣati-te, eṣituṃ, eṣita)
     (1) To go or approach.
     (2) To hasten towards, fly at, attack any one.
     (3) To endeavour to reach or gain.
     (4) To request.
     (5) To desire.
     (6) To creep or glide.

eṣa a.
     (1) Desirable, to be desired.
     (2) Gliding, running; epithet of Viṣṇu. --ṣaḥ
     (1) Running or hastening towards.
     (2) Seeking.
     (3) Wish, choice. --ṣā Wish, desire.

eṣaṇa a. Seeking. --ṇaḥ An ironarrow. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Seeking.
     (2) Wish, desire.
     (3) Driving, pressing.
     (4) Probing. --ṇā
     (1) Seeking; wish, desire.
     (2) Begging, request. --ṇī
     (1) A goldsmith's balance.
     (2) A probe (of iron or steel).

eṣaṇikā A goldsmith's balance.

eṣaṇin a. Seeking, striving to get.

eṣaṇīya pot. p.
     (1) To be desired or desirable; Ku. 7. 88.
     (2) To be aimed at or sought.
     (3) To be approached.
     (4) (At the end of comp.) Relating to medical examination.

eṣitṛ a. Wishing, desirous.

eṣin a.
     (1) Driving, impelling.
     (2) Desiring, desirous of, wishing (at the end of comp.); yaubane viṣayaiṣiṇām R. 1. 8.

eṣṭiḥ f. Wish, desire.

eṣya a.
     (1) To be desired or sought.
     (2) To be approached.
     (3) To be probed.

eha Ved.
     (1) Desirous.
     (2) Striving well.

ehas n. Anger.

ehimāya a. Ved. Of all-pervading intellect, an epithet of the Viśvedevas; cf. Rv. 1. 3. 9.

ai

aiḥ m. N. of Śiva. --ind. An interjection of
     (1) calling (= Hola, ho);
     (2) remembrance;
     (3) inviting.

aika a. Belonging to one.

aikadyam ind. At once.

aikadhyam Singleness of time or occurrence.

aikapatyam
     (1) Sole sovereignty, supreme power.
     (2) Absolute monarchy.

aikapadika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging to a simple word.
     (2) Consisting of single words. --kaṃ The name given to the Naigama section of Yāska's commentary on the Nighaṇṭavas.

aikapadyam
     (1) Unity of words.
     (2) Being formed into one word.

aikabhāvyam Singleness of nature or purpose.

aikamatyam Unanimity, agreement, sameness of opinion; R. 18. 36; atra sarveṣānaikamatyaṃ H. 1 all are unanimous on this point.

aikarājyam Monarchy.

aikaśatika a. (kī f.) Provided with 101.

aikaśapha a. (phī f.) Produced by or relating to animals with uncloven hoofs (as milk &c.); Ms. 5. 8; Y. 1. 170.

aikaśrutyaṃ, aikasvaryam The one accentless monotonous tone, monotony.

aikasahasrika a. (kī f.) Provided with 1001.

aikāgārikaḥ
     (1) A thief (breaking into lonely houses); kenacittu hastavataikāgārikeṇa Dk. 67; Śi. 19. 111.
     (2) The owner of a single house.

aikāgra a. Intent on one object.

aikāgrayam Intentness on one object.

aikāṃgaḥ A soldier of the bodyguard; Rāj. T. 5. 249.

aikātmyam
     (1) Unity, unity of soul.
     (2) Identity, sameness.
     (3) Oneness with the Supreme Soul.

aikādhikaraṇyam
     (1) Oneness of relation.
     (2) Existence in the same subject; co-extension (in Logic): sādhyena hetoraikādhikaraṇyaṃ vyāptirucyate Bhaṣa P. 69.

aikāṃtika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Absolute, complete, perfect; Bg. 14. 27.
     (2) Assured, certain; Sān. K. 68; Mu. 4.
     (3) Exclusive. --ke In private, apart from others; Pt. 1.

aikānyikaḥ A pupil who commits one error in reading or reciting (the Vedas).

aikārthyam
     (1) Sameness of aim or purpose.
     (2) Consistency in meaning.

aikāhika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Ephemeral.
     (2) Of one or the same day, quotidian.
     (3) Lasting for one day (as a sacrifice, fever, festival &c.).

aikyam
     (1) Oneness, unity, harmony; R. 10. 82; U. 6. 33.
     (2) Unanimity.
     (3) Identity, sameness.
     (4) Especially, the identity of the human soul or of the universe with the Deity.
     (5) An aggregate, whole.
     (6) (In alg.) The product of the length and depth of the portions or little excavations differing in depth (Colebrooke).

aikṣava a. (vī f.) [ikṣu-aṇ] Made of, or produced from, sugar cane, sugary. --vaṃ
     (1) Sugar.
     (2) A kind of spirituous liquor.

aikṣavya a. Made of sugar cane.

aikṣuka a. [ikṣu-ṭhañ]
     (1) Suitable for sugar-cane.
     (2) Bearing sugar-cane. --kaḥ A carrier of sugar-cane.

aikṣubhārika a. [ikṣubhāra-ṭhañ] Carrying a load of sugar-canes.

aikṣvāka a. [ikṣvāku-aṇ] Belonging to Ikṣvāku. --kaḥ, --kuḥ
     (1) A descendant of Ikṣvāku; satyamaikṣvākaḥ khalvasi U. 5.
     (2) The country ruled by the Aikṣvākus.

aiṃguda a. (dī f.) [iṃgudī-aṇ] Produced from the iṃgudī tree. --daṃ The nut of the iṃgudī tree.

aicchika a. (kī f.) [icchā-ṭhañ]
     (1) Optional, voluntary; vikalpo vyavasthito na tvaicchikaḥ Day. B.
     (2) Arbitrary.

aiḍa a. Ved. [iḍā-aṇ]
     (1) Containing anything refreshing.
     (2) Containing the word (iḍā) (such as a chapter).
     (3) Belonging to a sheep. --ḍaḥ N. of Purūravas (iḍāyāḥ apatyaṃ).

aiḍaka a. (kī f.) Belonging to a sheep. --kaḥ A species of sheep.

aiḍa(la)viḍaḥ(laḥ) N. of Kubera.

aiḍu(ḍū)kam A wall &c. of bones and rubbish.

aiṇa a. [eṇa-aṇ] (ṇī f.) Of or belonging to an antelope (as skin, wool &c.); Y. 1. 259.

aiṇika a. (kī f.) Hunting black antelopes, a deer-killer.

aiṇeya a. (yī f.) [eṇī-ṭhak] Produced from the black doe or from anything connected with her. --yaḥ A black antelope. --yaṃ A kind of coitus (ratibaṃdha).

aitadātmyam The state of having this property or peculiarity.

aitareya a. [itarā-ṭhak] Originating from Aitareya. --yaḥ, --yaṃ A descendant of Itarā (or Itara, a sage) to whom the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa and Āraṇyaka were revealed.
     -- Comp.
          --upaniṣad N. of an Upanishad.

aitareyin m. A reader of the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa.

aitihāsika a. (kī f.) [itihāsa ṭhak]
     (1) Traditional.
     (2) Historical. --kaḥ
     (1) An historian.
     (2) One who knows or studies ancient legends.

aitihyam Traditional instruction, legendary account; aitihyamanumānaṃ ca pratyakṣamapi cāgamam Ram.; kiletyaitihye. (aitihya is regarded as one of the Pramāṇas or proofs by the Paurāṇik as and reckoned along with pratyakṣa anumāna &c.; see anubhava).

aidaṃparyam Substance, scope, bearing (lit. state of being idaṃpara, i. e. having this meaning, purport or scope); idaṃ tvaidaṃparyaṃ Māl. 2. 7.

aidaṃyugīna a. Fit for this yoke.

ainasam Sin.

aiṃdava a. (vī f.) [iṃdu-aṇ] Lunar; Māl. 8. 1; U. 1. 34. --vaḥ A lunar month. --vī The plant somarājī. --vaṃ
     (1) The asterism Mṛgaśiras.
     (2) The Vrata called cāṃdrāyaṇa q. v.; Ms. 11. 126.

aiṃdra a. (drī f.) [iṃdra-aṇ] Belonging or sacred to Indra; R. 2. 50; 6. 27. --draḥ
     (1) N. of Arjuna and of Vāli (who are regarded as sons of iṃdra).
     (2) N. of a Samvatsara.
     (3) The part of a sacrifice offered to Indra. --drī
     (1) N. of a Rik addressed to Indra; ityādikā kācidaiṃdrī samāmnātā J. N. V.
     (2) The east, eastern direction (presided over by Indra); ayamaiṃdrīmukhaṃ paśya raktaścuṃbati caṃdramāḥ Chandr. 5. 58; Ki. 9. 18.
     (3) The eighteenth lunar mansion.
     (4) The eighth day in the second half of the months of mārgaśīrṣa and pauṣa.
     (5) Indra's energy (personified as his wife Śachī).
     (6) Misfortune, misery.
     (7) A kind of cucumber.
     (8) An epithet of Durgā.
     (9) Small cardamom. --draṃ
     (1) The eighteenth lunar mansion (jyeṣṭhā).
     (2) Wild ginger.

aiṃdrajālika a. (kī f.) [iṃdrajālena carati ṭhak]
     (1) Deceptive, magical, illusive.
     (2) Familiar with magic. --kaḥ A juggler; Śi. 15. 25.

aiṃdraturīyaḥ The fourth part of a libation to Indra.

aiṃdraluptika a. (kī f.) Affected with morbid baldness of the head.

aiṃdraśiraḥ A species of elephant.

aiṃdrāgna a. Relating to Indra and Agni; so aiṃdravāruṇa, aiṃdrasaumya &c.

aiṃdriḥ [iṃdrasyāpatyaṃ-iñ]
     (1) N. of Jayanta, Arjuna, or Vāli, the monkey-chief.
     (2) A crow; aiṃdriḥ kila nakhaistasyā vidadāra stanau dvijaḥ R. 12. 22.

aiṃdriya, --yaka a. [iṃdriya-aṇ, vuñ vā]
     (1) Belonging to the senses, sensual.
     (2) Present, perceptible to the senses. --yaṃ The world of the senses.

aiṃdriyedhī a. Thinking only of sensual pleasures.

aiṃdhana a. (nī f.) [iṃdhana-aṇ] Consisting of fuel. --naḥ N. of the sun.

ainya a. [ina-ṇya] Belonging to a master or the sun.

aibha a. (bhī f.) [ibha-aṇ] Belonging to an elephant; Mu. 3. 20.

aiyatyam [iyat-ṣyañ] Quantity, number.

airāvaṇaḥ (see airāvata below) Indra's elephant (produced at the churning of the ocean).

airāvataḥ [irā āpaḥ tadvān irāvān samudraḥ tasmādutpannaḥ aṇ]
     (1) N. of the elephant of Indra.
     (2) An excellent elephant.
     (3) One of the chiefs of the Nāgas or serpent-race (inhabiting Pātāla).
     (4) The elephant presiding over the east.
     (5) A kind of rainbow.
     (6) A kind of lightning; (said to be n. also in these two senses).
     (7) The orange tree. --taṃ
     (1) A vast and waterless region.
     (2) (pl.) N. of a Varsha.
     (3) N. of the northern path of the moon. --tī
     (1) The female of Indra's elephant.
     (2) Lightning.
     (3) N. of a plant (vaṭapatrī).
     (4) N. of the river Rāvī in the Pañjāba (= irāvatī).
     (5) N. of a particular portion of the moon's path.

airiṇam [iriṇe bhavaṃ aṇ] Fossil or rock salt.

aireyam [irāyāṃ anne bhavaṃ ḍhak] Spirituous liquor (prepared from food).

airmyam [īrma-ṣyañ] A plaster good for healing wounds.

ailaḥ [ilāyā apatyaṃ aṇ]
     (1) N. of Purūravas (son of Ilā and Budha).
     (2) The planet Mars. --laṃ
     (1) Food, a quantity of food.
     (2) A particular number.

ailavaḥ Ved. Noise, cry; -kāraḥ Rudra's dog.

ailavālukaḥ N. of a perfume.

ailavilaḥ
     (1) N. of Kubera; Śi. 13. 18.
     (2) The planet Mars.

aileyaḥ
     (1) A kind of perfume.
     (2) Mars.

aiśa a. (śī f.) [īśa-aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to Śiva; R. 2. 75.
     (2) Supreme, regal.

aiśāna a. [īśāna-aṇ] Belonging to Śiva. --nī
     (1) The north-eastern direction.
     (2) N. of Durgā.

aiśvara a. [īśvara-aṇ] (rī f.)
     (1) Belonging to or produced by a lord or the Supreme Being, majestic.
     (2) Powerful, mighty.
     (3) Belonging to Śiva; R. 11. 76.
     (4) Supreme, royal.
     (5) Divine. --rī N. of Durgā.

aiśvarikaḥ (With Buddhists) A theist.

aiśvaryam [īśvara-ṣyañ]
     (1) Supremacy, sovereignty; ekaiśvaryasthitopi M. 1. 1; niśācara-.
     (2) Might, power, sway.
     (3) Dominion.
     (4) Affluence, wealth, greatness; -matteṣu S. 5. 18.
     (5) Superhuman power.
     (6) The divine faculties of omnipotence, omnipresence &c.

aiṣamas ind. During this year, in the present year.

aiṣamaratana --mastya a. Belonging to the present year.

aiṣāvīra a. Ved. Weak, powerless.

aiṣīka a. Consisting of stalks; made of reeds or canes; eṣīkaṃ parva a section of the sauptika parva of Mb.

aiṣṭakam Ved. Sacrificial bricks collectively.

aiṣṭika a. (kī f.) [iṣṭi-ṭhak]
     (1) Sacrificial, ceremonial.
     (2) Treating of iṣṭi or sacrifice (as a work).
     -- Comp.
          --pūrtika a. belonging to iṣṭāpūrta (belonging to sacrifices or charitable works).

aihalaukika a. (kī f.) [ihaloka-ṭhañ] Happening in or belonging to this world, temporal, sublunary (opp. pāralaukika).

aihika a. (kī f.) [iha-ṭhañ]
     (1) Of this world or place, temporal, secular, worldly.
     (2) Local, of this place. --kaṃ Business (of this world).
     -- Comp.
          --darśin a. worldly-minded

o

o m. (auḥ) N. of Brahmā. --ind.
     (1) A vocative particle (oh).
     (2) An interjection of
     (1) calling; (holla, ho);
     (2) remembrance;
     (3) compassion (ah!).

okaḥ
     (1) A house.
     (2) A refuge, shelter.
     (3) A bird.
     (4) A Śūdra.

okas n.
     (1) A house, residence; as in divaukas or svargai kas a god.
     (2) An asylum, refuge.
     (3) A resting place.
     (4) Pleasure, gratification. [cf. Gr. oikos].

okivas a. Meeting together, united (samaveta).

okya a.
     (1) Favourable to the house; i. e. to its inmates.
     (2) Good for a house, kind to a household. --kyaṃ
     (1) Gratification, pleasure.
     (2) A comfortable place.
     (3) A resting place, house (in general).

okaṇaḥ(ṇiḥ) A bug; so okodanī, okkaṇī.

okulaḥ A cake of flour.

okh 1 P. (okhati, okhāṃcakāra, okhituṃ, okhita)
     (1) To be dry.
     (2) To be able; be sufficient.
     (3) To adorn or grace.
     (4) To refuse.
     (5) To ward off, prevent.

ogaṇa a.
     (1) United.
     (2) Solitary; despised, cast off by one's friends.

oghaḥ [uc-ghañ pṛṣo- gha]
     (1) A flood, stream, current; punarodhena hi yujyate nadī Ku. 4. 44; so rudhira-, bāṣpa- &c.
     (2) An inundation.
     (3) A hepa, quantity, mass, multitude; bāṇa-, agha-, jana- &c.
     (4) The whole.
     (5) Continuity.
     (6) Quick time in music.
     (7) Tradition, traditional instruction.
     (8) A kind of dance.

oṃkāraḥ See under om.

oj 1. 10. U. (ojati, ojayati, ojayituṃ, ojita)
     (1) To be strong or able.
     (2) To increase, grow.

oja a. Odd, uneven. --jaṃ = ojas q. v.

ojas n.
     (1) Bodily strength, vigour; energy, ability.
     (2) Vitality.
     (3) Virility, the generative faculty.
     (4) Splendour, light.
     (5) (In Rhet). An elaborate form of style, abundance of compounds; (considered by Daṇḍin to be the 'soul of prose'); ojaḥ samāsabhūyastvametadgadyasya jīvitam Kāv. 1. 80; see K. P. 8 also; said to be of 5 kinds in R. G.
     (6) (In astr.) Each alternate sign of the zodiac (as the first, third &c.).
     (7) Water.
     (8) Matallic lustre.
     (9) Manifestation, appearance. (10) Skill in the use of weapons.

ojasīna, ojasya a. Ved. Strong, powerful.

ojasvat, ojasvin a.
     (1) Strong, vigorous, energetic, powerful; rūpaṃ tadojasvi tadeva vīryam R. 5. 37; Śi. 12. 35.
     (2) Splendid, bright.

ojāyate Den. A. To show strength or vigour, exhibit one's heroism; Bk. 5. 76; U. 5. 32.

ojiṣṭha a. (Super. of ugra also) Most strong, vehement.

ojīyas a. More vehement, stronger.

ojman a. An instigator. --m.
     (1) Speed.
     (2) Strength.

oḍaka, --ḍavaḥ A musical mode which omits two of the notes of the scale (ri and pa).

oḍikāḥ, oḍī Wild rice.

oḍraḥ (m. pl.) N. of a people and their country (the modern Orissa); Ms. 10. 44. --ḍraḥ The China-rose. --ḍraṃ The Javā-flower.
     -- Comp.
          --ākhyā the China-rose.
          --puṣpaṃ the Javā-flower; Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis and its flowers.

oṇ 1 P. (oṇati, oṇituṃ) To remove, take or drag along.

oṇi a. Removing. --ṇī (du.)
     (1) Heaven and earth.
     (2) Vessels used in the preparation of Soma.
     (3) Preserving power, protection.

ota a. [ā-ve-kta] Woven, sewn with threads across.
     -- Comp.
          --prota a. 1. sewn crosswise and lengthwise. --2. extending in all directions. (
          --taṃ) ind. crosswise and lengthwise, vertically and horizontally.

otuḥ
     (1) The woof or cross threads of a web.
     (2) A cat (f. also): as in sthūlo(lau)tuḥ.

odatī Issuing out, rising upwards; epithet of the dawn.

odanaḥ, --nam [uṃd-yuc Uṇ. 2. 76]
     (1) Food, boiled rice; e. g. dadhyodanaḥ, ghṛta-, guḍa-, māṃsa- &c.
     (2) Grain mashed and cooked with milk.
     (3) A cloud. (Sometimes odana is prefixed to the names of pupils to denote that the pupil's object is more to be fed by his master than be taught; e. g. odanapāṇinīyāḥ P. VI. 2. 69 Sk. --nī The plant (balā) Sida Cordifolia.
     -- Comp.
          --āhvayā, --āhvā, --odanikā N. of a medicinal plant (mahāsamaṃgā).

odanīyati Den. P. To wish to make mashed food of anything; puroḍāśaṃ yadyodanīyaṃti.

odmaḥ, odman n.
     (1) Flowing.
     (2) Wetting.

odhas n. An udder.

opaśaḥ Ved. An ornament of the head; curl; a horn (Say.).

om ind.
     (1) The sacred syllable om, uttered as a holy exclamation at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas, or previous to the commencement of a prayer or sacred work.
     (2) As a particle it implies
          (a) solemn affirmation and respectful assent (so be it, amen !).
          (b) assent or acceptance (yes, all right); omityucyatāmamātyaḥ Mal. 6; omityuktavatotha śāṃrgiṇa iti Śi. 1. 75; dvitīyaścedomiti brūmaḥ S. D. 1.
          (c) command;
          (d) auspiciousness;
          (e) removal or warding off.
     (3) Brahman. [This word first appears in the Upanishads as a mystic monosyllable, and is regarded as the object of the most profound religious meditation. In the Mandukya Upanishad it is said that this syllable is all what has been, that which is and is to be; that all is om, only om. Literally analysed, om is taken to be made up of three letters or quarters; the letter a is Vaiśvānara, the spirit of waking souls in the waking world; u is Taijasa, the spirit of dreaming souls in the world of dreams; and m is Prājña, the spirit of sleeping and undreaming souls; and the whole om is said to be unknowable, unspeakable, into which the whole world passes away, blessed above duality; (for further account see Gough's Upanishads pp. 69-73). In later times om came to be used as a mystic name for the Hindu triad, representing the union of the three gods a (Viṣṇu), u (Śiva), and m (Brahmā). It is usually called Praṇava or Ekākṣaram].
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ 1. the sacred syllable om. --2. the exclamation om, or pronunciation of the same. --3. (fig.) commencement; eṣa tāvadoṃkāraḥ Mv. 1; B. R. 3. 78.

omaḥ Ved.
     (1) A protector.
     (2) One who is favourably disposed (towards another).
     (3) Any one fit to be protected or favoured.

oman m.
     (1) Protection.
     (2) Favour, kindness.
     (3) A kind person.

omanvat a.
     (1) Friendly.
     (2) Favourable, kind.
     (3) Satiating, pleasing.

omātrā Protection, kindness, assistance.

omyā Ved. Favour, protection.

oraṃphaḥ A hard scratch; Māl. 7.

ola a. Wet, damp. --laḥ An esculent root (śūraṇa).

olaṃḍ 1 P., 10 U. (olaṃḍati, olaṃḍayati, olaṃḍita) To cast or throw upwards, throw up.

olla a. Wet, damp. --llaḥ A hostage; -āgataḥ come or received as a hostage; (this word occurs once or twice in Viddhaśālabhañjikā).

oṣaḥ
     (1) Burning, combustion.
     (2) Cooking, baking.

oṣaṇaḥ Pungency, sharp flavour. --ṇī A pot-herb.

oṣadhiḥ, --dhī f. [oṣaḥ pāko dhīyate atra, -dhā ki Tv.]
     (1) A herb, plant (in general); oṣadhyaḥ phalapākāṃtāḥ Ms. 1. 46; cf. saṃjīvana-.
     (2) A medicinal plant or drug.
     (3) An annual plant or herb which dies after becoming ripe.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ,--garbhaḥ, --nāthaḥ the moon (as presiding over and feeding plants); cf. puṣṇāmi cauṣadhīḥ savoḥ somo bhūtvā rasātmakaḥ Bg. 15. 13; R. 2. 73: Ku. 7. 1; S. 4. 2.
          --ja a. produced from plants. (
          --jaḥ) fire.
          --dharaḥ, -patiḥ 1. a dealer in medicinal drugs. --2. a physician. --3. the moon; Śi. 9. 36 (where it means 'physician' also).
          --prasthaḥ the capital of Himālaya; tatprayātauṣadhiprasthaṃ sthitaye himavatpuraṃ Ku. 6. 33, 36.

oṣam ind. Immediately, quickly.

oṣṭrāvin a. Burning.

oṣṭhaḥ [uṣyate uṣṇāhāreṇa, uṣ-karmaṇi than Uṇ. 2. 4] A lip (lower or upper); dvāvoṣṭhau chedayennṛpaḥ Ms. 8. 282; adhara-, biṃba-.--ṣṭhī A creeper bearing a red fruit to which the lip is commonly compared (biṃbaphala). (In comp. the a or ā of words before oṣṭha may be optionally dropped, and the fem. may end in ā or ī; as biṃbo(bau) ṣṭhā-ṣṭhī. [cf. L. ostium].
     -- Comp.
          --adharau-raṃ the upper and lower lip.
          --upamaphalā the creeper Bryonia Grandis (whose fruit resembles a lip).
          --kopaḥ --prakopaḥ a disease of the lips.
          --ja a. labial (produced by the lips).
          --jāhaṃ the root of the lip.
          --pallavaḥ --vaṃ a sprout-like or tender lip.
          --puṭaṃ the cavity made by opening the lips.
          --puṣpaḥ --ṣpaṃ the tree vaṃdhuka. --rogaḥ any disease of the lips.

oṣṭhaka a. (At the end of comp.) Taking care of the lips. --kaḥ A lip.

oṣṭhya a. [oṣṭha-yat]
     (1) Being at the lips.
     (2) Belonging to the lips, labial (as the sounds).

oṣṇa a. A little warm, tepid (īṣaduṣṇa).

ohaḥ Ved.
     (1) Bringing, performing.
     (2) Reaching.
     (3) Meditation.
     -- Comp.
          --brahman a. one who has sacred knowledge.

ohas n. Praise; idea, true notion (?).

au

au m.
     (1) A sound.
     (2) N. of Śeṣa or Ananta. --f. The earth. --ind. An interjection of
     (1) calling (ho, hola);
     (2) addressing (oh!);
     (3) opposition;
     (4) as severation or determination.

aukthikaḥ [uktha-ṭhak] A Brāhmaṇa who knows or studies or recites the ukthas.

aukthikyam The text of the Ukthas.

auktham A peculiar mode of recitation.

aukṣakaṃ, aukṣam A multitude of oxen; Śi. 5. 62.

aukhya a. [ukhāyāṃ saṃskṛtaṃ ṣyañ] Boiled in a pot (ukhā).

augryam [ugra ṣyañ] Formidableness, fierceness, dreadfulness, cruelty &c.

aughaḥ [ogha-svārthe aṇ] Flood.

aucityaṃ, ocitī [ucita-ṣyañ yalope ṅīṣ]
     (1) Aptness, fitness, propriety, suitableness.
     (2) Congruity or fitness, as one of the several circumstances which determine the exact meaning of a word in a sentence (such as saṃyoga, viyoga &c.); sāmarthyamaucitī deśaḥ kālo vyaktiḥ svarādayaḥ S. D. 2; in the example pātu vo dayitāmukhaṃ there is aucitī or fitness in taking mukha to mean sāṃmukhyaṃ (meeting) instead of ānanaṃ.
     (3) Habituation.

auccaiḥśravasaḥ N. of Indra's horse.

aujasam Gold.

aujasika a. (kī f.) [ojasā vartate ṭhak] Energetic, vigorous, acting. with strength. --kaḥ A hero.

aujasya a. Conducive to vigour or energy. --syaṃ Strength, vigour of life, energy.

aujjvalyam [ujjvala-ṣyañ] Brightness, brilliancy.

auḍa a. Wet, moist.

auḍava a. (vī f.) [uḍu-aṇ] Belonging to stars; K. 178. --vaḥ A kind of Rāga (in Music).

auḍupa a. [uḍupa-aṇ] Performed by means of the moon or raft.

auḍupika a. (kī f.) [uḍupena tarati ṭhak] Crossing in a boat. --kaḥ A passenger in a boat or raft.

auḍuṃbara = auduṃbara q. v.

auḍraḥ [oḍra-aṇ] An inhabitant, or the king, of the Odra country, q. v.

autkaṃṭhyam [utkaṃṭhā-ṣyañ]
     (1) Desire, longing for.
     (2) Anxiety.

autkarṣyam [utkarṣa-ṣyañ] Excellence; superiority.

auttamiḥ N. of the third of the fourteen Manus.

auttamika a. (kī f.) Referring to the gods who are in the highest place.

auttara a. (--rī --rā) [uttara-aṇ] Northern, living in the north.
     -- Comp.
          --aha a. belonging to the following day.
          --pathika a. going in the northern direction.
          --padika a. comprehended in the last word or term.

auttareyaḥ [uttarāyāḥ apatyaṃ ḍhak] N. of Parīkṣit, son of Abhimanyu and Uttarā.

auttānapādaḥ, --dīḥ [uttānapāda-aṇ iñ vā]
     (1) N. of Dhruva.
     (2) The polar star.

autpattika a. (kī f.) [utpattiṭhak]
     (1) Inborn, innate, natural.
     (2) Produced at the same time.

autpāta a. (tī f.) [utpāta-aṇ] Treating of portents, (such as a work).

autpātika a. (kī f.) [utpātaṭhak] Portentous, prodigious, calamitous; R. 14. 53. --kaṃ A portent.

autpāda a. (dī f.) [utpāda-aṇ] Relating to or treating of birth (utpāda q. v.).

autpuṭika a. (kī f.) [utpuṭa-ṭhak] Receiving anything with utpuṭa (the mouth or beak turned upwards).

autra a. Gross, rough.

autsa a. (tsī f.) [utsa-añ] Born or produced in a fountain.

autsaṃgika a. (kī f.) [utsaṃgaṭhak] Borne or placed upon the hip.

autsargika a. (kī f.) [utsargaṣṭhañ]
     (1) That which is liable to be abolished in exceptional cases, though generally valid (as a rule of grammar).
     (2) General (opp. to particular), not restricted
     (3) Terminating, concluding.
     (4) Leaving, quitting.
     (5) Natural, inherent.
     (6) Produced naturally or directly.
     (7) Derivative.

autsukyam [utsuka-ṣyañ]
     (1) Anxiety, uneasiness.
     (2) Ardent desire, eagerness, zeal; autsukyapātranavasādayati pratiṣṭhā S. 5. 6; autsukyeta kṛtatvarā sahabhuvā vyāvartamānā hriyā Ratn. 1. 2.

audaka a. (kī f.) [udaka-aṇ] Aquatic, watery, referring to water; -ja produced by aquatic plants.

audaṃcana a. (nī f.) [udaṃcana-aṇ] Contained in a bucket or pitcher.

audanikaḥ [odanāya prabhavati ṭhañ]
     (1) A cook, (one who knows how to cook).
     (2) One to whom rice or mashed grain is given at regular times.

audapāna a. (nī f.) [udapānādāgataḥ aṇ] Raised from wells or drinking fountains (as a tax).

audayakāḥ (pl.) A school of astronomers who reckoned the first motion of the planets from sunrise (udaya).

audayika a. (kī f.) [udaya-ṭhañ] One of the five different states of the soul (with Jainas), when actions arise and exert an inherent influence on the future.

audarika a. (kī f.) [udare eva prasitaḥ ṭhak] Voracious, gluttonous: a glutton; sarvatrodarikasyābhyavahāryameva viṣayaḥ V. 3; M. 4.

audarya a. [udare bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Being in the womb.
     (2) Entered into the womb.

audaśvita, --śvitkra a. (tī, kī f.) [udaśvit aṇ ṭhakvā] Made of, or seasoned with, butter-milk. --taṃ Butter-milk with an equal propor tion of water.

audasthāna a. (nī f.) [udasyāna-ṇaṃ] Accustomed to stand in water.

audārikam (With Jainas) The gross body which envelopes the soul.

audāryam [udāra-ṣyañ]
     (1) Generosity, nobility, magnanimity.
     (2) Greatness, excellence.
     (3) Depth of meaning (arthasaṃpatti); sa sauṣṭhavaudāryaviśeṣaśālinīṃ viniścitārthāmiti vāvabhādade Ki. 1. 3; see Malli. on Ki. 11. 40; and udāratā also under udāra.

audāsīnyaṃ, audāsyam [udāsīna or udāsa ṣyañ]
     (1) Indifference, apathy; paryāptesi pajāḥ pātumaudāsīnyena vartituṃ R. 10. 25; idābhīmaudāsyaṃ yadi bhajasi bhāgīrathi G. L. 4.
     (2) Solitariness, loneliness.
     (3) Perfect indifference (to worldly affairs), stoicism.

auduṃbara a. (rī f.) [udaṃbara-añ] Made of, or coming from, the Udumbara tree --raḥ
     (1) N. of a region abounding in Udumbara trees.
     (2) A form of Yama, the god of death. --rī A branch of the Udumbara tree. --raṃ
     (1) The wood of the Udumbara tree.
     (2) The Udumbara fruit.
     (3) A kind of leprosy.
     (4) Copper.

auduṃbarakaḥ A place full of Udumbara trees.

audgātram [udgātṛ-añ aṇ vā] The office of the Udgātṛ priest.

auddālakam [uddālena nirvṛttaṃ aṇ saṃjñāyāṃ kan] A bitter and acrid substance like honey; prāyo valmīkamadhyasyāḥ kapilāḥ svalpakīṭakāḥ . kurvati kapilaṃ svalpaṃ tatsyādauddālakaṃ madhu ...

auddeśika a. (kī f.) [uddeśaṭhak]
     (1) Showing, indicative of.
     (2) Enumerating.

auddhatyam [uddhata-ṣyañ]
     (1) Arrogance, insolence.
     (2) Boldness, bold or adventurous deeds; auddhatyamāyojitakāmasūtraṃ Mal. 1. 4.

auddhārika a. (kī f.) [uddhāra-ṭhañ] Deducted from patrimony, portionable, heritable. --kaṃ A portion or inheritance (deducted from patrimony).

audbhijjam [udbhijja-aṇ] Fossil salt.

audbhida a. (dī f.) [udbhid-aṇ]
     (1) Issuing (as from a well).
     (2) Victorious. --daṃ
     (1) Spring water.
     (2) Fossil salt, rock salt.

audbhidyam
     (1) Victoriousness.
     (2) Proluction of plants.

audvāhika a. (kī f.) [udvāha-ṭhañ]
     (1) Relating to marriage.
     (2) Obtained in marriage; Y. 2. 118; Ms. 9. 206. --kaṃ A gift made to a woman at her marriage.

audhasa a. (sī f.) [ūdhasaḥ idaṃ aṇ] Being or contained in the udder (as milk).

audhasyam Milk(produced from the udder); R. 2. 66 v. l.

aunnatyam [unnata-ṣyañ] Height, elevation (moral also).

aunnetram The office of the Unnetṛ, q. v.

aupakarṇika a. (kī f.) [upakarṇaṭhak] Being near the ears.

aupakāryaṃ, --ryā [upakārya-aṇ] A residence, a tent.

aupagrastikaḥ --grahikaḥ [upagrasta-graha ṭhañ]
     (1) An eclipse.
     (2) The sun or moon in eclipse.

aupacārika a. (kī f.) [upacāraṭhak] Metaphorical, figurative; secondary (opp. mukhya). --kaṃ Figurative application.

aupacchaṃdasikam N. of a metre; see App.

aupajānuka a. (kī f.) [upajānuṭhak] Being near the knees.

aupadeśika a. (kī f.) [upadeśa ṭhak]
     (1) Living by upadeśa or teaching.
     (2) Got by instruction (as wealth).

aupadravika a. (kī f.) [upadravaṭhak] Relating to, or treating of, symptoms (of diseases).

aupadraṣṭryam [upadraṣṭṛ-ṣyañ]
     (1) Superintendence.
     (2) The state of being an eye-witness.

aupadharmyam [upadharma-ṣyañ]
     (1) A false doctrine, heresy.
     (2) Inferior virtue, or a degraded principle of virtue.

aupadhika a. (kī f.) Deceitful, deceptive.

aupadheya a. (yī f.) [upadhiṭhañ] Serving for the part of the wheel of a carriage called upadhi, q. v. --yaṃ The wheel of a carriage (rathāṃgaṃ).

aupanāyanika a. (kī f.) [upanayanaṭhak] Relating to or serving for upanayana (the rite of investiture with the sacred thread); Ms. 2. 68; Y. 1. 37.

aupanāsika (kī f.) [upanāsa ṭhañ] Being near the nose.

aupanidhika a. (kī f.) [upanidhi-ṭhak] Forming, or relating to, a deposit. --kaṃ A deposit or pledge; anything pledged or deposited; Y. 2. 65.

aupaniṣatka a. (kī f.) [upaniṣadā jīvati ṭhak] Living by (teaching) the Upanishads.

aupaniṣada a. (dī f.) [upaniṣad-aṇ]
     (1) Contained or taught in an Upanishad; scriptural, theological.
     (2) Based or founded on, derived from, the Upanishads; aupaniṣadaṃ darśanaṃ (another name for Vedānta phil.) --daḥ
     (1) The supreme soul, Brahman.
     (2) A follower of the doctrines of the Upanishads.

aupanīvika a. (kī f.) [upanīvi-ṭhak] Being or placed near nīvi (the knot of the wearing garment) (of males or females), baddho durbalarakṣārthamasiryenaupanīvikaḥ Bk. 4. 26; aupanīvikamaruṃddha kila strī (karaṃ) Śi. 10. 60.

aupapakṣya [upapakṣa-ṣyañ] Being in the arm pit.

aupapattika a. (kī f.) [upapatti-ṭhak]
     (1) Ready at hand, within reach.
     (2) Fit, proper.
     (3) Theoretical.

aupapātika a. (kī f.) [upapātaṭhak] One who has committed an Upapātaka, q. v.

aupabhṛta a. (tī f.) [upabhṛt-al] Being in the ladle (as an offering).

aupamika a. (kī f.) [upamā-ṭhak]
     (1) Serving for a simile or comparison.
     (2) Shown by a simile.

aupayyam [upamā-ṣyañ] Comparison, resemblance, analegy; ātmaupayyena bhūteṣu dayāṃ kurvaṃti sādhavaḥ H. 1. 12; karakā -rubhagaḥ U. 3. 40 v. l.

aupayaja a. (jī f.) [upayajaṇ] Belonging to the sentences called upayaj, q. v.

aupayika a. (kī f.) [upāya-ṭhak]
     (1) Proper, fit, right.
     (2) Obtained by efforts. --kaḥ --kaṃ A means, an expedient, remedy; śivamaupayikaṃ garīyasīṃ Ki. 2. 35.

aupayaugika a. (kī f.) [upayogaṭhañ] Relating to the employment or application (of anything).

auparājika a. [uparāja-ṭhak] Belonging to a viceroy.

aupariṣṭa a. (ṣṭī f.) [upariṣṭa-aṇ] Bieng or produced above.

auparaidhikaḥ A staff made of the wood of the Pīlu tree.

auparo(rau)dhika a. (kī f.) [uparodha-ṭhak]
     (1) Proceeding from or relating to favour or kindness.
     (2) Opposing, impeding. --kaḥ A staff of the wood of the Pīlu tree.

aupala a. (lī f.) [upala-aṇ]
     (1) Stony, of stone.
     (2) Raised from stones (as a tax).

aupavastam Fasting, a fast.

aupavastram [upavastra-aṇ]
     (1) Food suitable for a fast.
     (2) Fasting.

aupavāsa a. (sī f.) [upavāsa-aṇ] Given during fasting (money); to be done during fast.

aupavāsika a. (kī f.) [upavāsa-ṭhañ] Fit for fasting; able to fast.

aupavāsyam Fasting.

aupavāhya a. [upavāhya svārthe aṇ]
     (1) Serving for riding on.
     (2) Drawn for pleasure (as a carriage). --hyaḥ
     (1) A king's elephant.
     (2) Any royal vehicle.

aupaveśika a. (kī f.) [upaveśaṭhañ] Getting livelihood by entire devotion to any employment.

aupaśleṣika a. (kī f.) [upaśleṣaṭhak] Relating to close or immediate contact.

aupasaṃkramaṇa a. (ṇī f.) (Anything) proper to be done at the Upasaṅkramaṇa.

aupasaṃkhyānika a. (kī f.) [upasaṃkhyāna-ṭhak]
     (1) Mentioned in a supplementary addition.
     (2) Supplementary.

aupasadaḥ [upasad-aṇ]
     (1) An adhyāya or anuvāka containing the word upasad.
     (2) N. of a ceremony lasting for one day.

aupasargika a. (kī f.) [upasargaṭhañ]
     (1) Able to cope with adversity.
     (2) Portentous.
     (3) Relating to change &c.
     (4) Superinduced (as a disease).
     (5) Connected with a preposition. --kaḥ Irregular action of the humours of the body, producing cold sweats &c. (vātādisannipāta).

aupasthāna (nī f.) [upasthāna-ṇa] One whose business is to serve, wait on, or worship.

aupasthānika a. (kī f.) [upasthāna-ṭhak] Living by waiting on or worshipping.

aupasthika a. [upastha-ṭhak] Living by fornication.

aupasthyam [upastha-ṣyañ] Cohabitation, sexual intercourse.

āpahārika a. (kī f.) [upahāraṭhak] Serving as an oblation or offering. --kaṃ An offering or oblation.

aupādhika a. (kī f.) [upādhiṭhañ]
     (1) Conditional.
     (2) Pertaining to attributes or properties; an effect produced.

aupādhyāyaka a. (kī f.) [upādhyāya-vuñ] Coming or obtained from a teacher.

aupānahya a. [upānah-ñya]
     (1) Used for making shoes.
     (2) To be tied or bound on (as leather &c.).

aupāyika = aupayika q. v.

aupāsana a. (nī f.) [upāsana-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to gṛhyāgni or household fire.
     (2) Belonging to worship or service, holy, sacred. --naḥ
     (1) A fire used for domestic worship.
     (2) A small rice-ball (piṃḍa) offered to the manes.

aupeṃdra a. Belonging to Upendra; Śi. 20. 79.

aum ind. The sacred syllable of the Śūdras (for om which is forbidden to be uttered by them).

auma, aumika, aumaka (mī, kī f.) [umā-aṇ-vuñ vā] Flaxen.

aumīnam [umānāṃ kṣetraṃ khañ] A field of flax.

auraga a. (gī f.) [uraga-aṇ] Serpentine, relating to a serpent. --gaṃ The constellation āśleṣā.

aurabhra a. (bhrī f.) [urabhra-aṇ] Belonging to or produced from a ram. --bhraṃ
     (1) Mutton.
     (2) Woollen cloth, coarse woollen blanket (-bhraḥ also).

aurabhrakam [urabhrāṇāṃ samūhaḥ vuñ] A flock of sheep.

aurabhrika a. [urabhra-ṭhañ] (kī f.) Belonging to sheep. --kaḥ A shepherd.

aurasa a. (sī f.) [urasā nimiṃtaḥ aṇ] Produced from the breast, born of oneself, legitimate; S. 7; V. 5; R. 16. 88. --saḥ, --sī A legitimate son or daughter; Y. 2. 128.

auraska a. Excellent, distinguished.

aurasya = aurasa q. v.

aurjityam [ūrjita-ṣyañ] Greatness; Mv. 2. 16.

aurṇa, aurṇaka, aurṇika a. (rṇī, --kī f.) [ūrṇā-añ, vuñ vā] Woollen.

aurdhvakālika a. (kī f.) [ūrdhvakāla-ṣṭhañ] Relating to subsequent or later time.

aurdhvadeham [urdhvadeha-aṇ] A funeral ceremony.

aurdhvade(dai)hika  a. (kī f.) [ūrdhvadehāya sādhu ṭhañ] Relating to a deceased person, funeral, performed in honour of the dead (as a rite); -kriyā obsequies, funeral rites; Pt. 1. --kaṃ Funeral rites, obsequies.

aurdhvasro(śro)tasikaḥ = śaivaḥ, a Śaiva or an adherent of the sect.

aurva a. (rvī f.) [ūru-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to Aurva.
     (2) Produced from the thigh.
     (3) Relating to the earth. --rvaḥ
     (1) N. of a celebrated Ṛṣi. [He was a descendant of Bhṛgu, (the son of Chyavana by his wife Āruṣi, and grandson of Bhṛgu). The Mahābhārata relates that the sons of Kārtavīrya, with the desire of destroying the descendants of Bhṛgu,) killed even the children in the womb. One of the women of the family in order to preserve her embryo secreted it in her thigh (ūru), whence the child at its birth was called Aurva. Beholding him the sons of Kārtavīrya were struck with blindness, and his wrath gave rise to a flame which threatened to consume the whole world, had he not, at the desire of his Pitṛs, the Bhārgavas, cast it into the ocean, where it remained concealed with the face of a horse; cf. Vadavāgni. Aurva was afterwards preceptor to king Sagara of Ayodhyā].
     (2) Submarine fire; tvayi jvalatyaurva ivāṃburāśau S. 3. 3; so -analaḥ. --rvaṃ Fossil salt.

aurvara a. Earthly; Śi. 16. 27.

aulānam
     (1) Support.
     (2) Reservoir of water.

aurvaśeyaḥ [urvaśyāḥ apatyaṃ ḍhak] N. of Agastya.

aulūkam [ulūkānāṃ samūhaḥ añ] A collection of owls.

aulūkyaḥ [ulūkasyāpatya, yañ] N. of Kanada, the propounder of the Vaiśeṣika philosophy; (see aulūkyadarśana in Sarva. S.].

aulūkhala a. (lī f.) [ulūkhalekṣuṇṇaṃ aṇ] Coming from, pounded or ground in, a mortar.

aulbaṇyam [ulbaṇa-ṣyañ] Excess, superabundance, virulence.

auśana, auśanasa a. (nī, --sī f.) [uśanas-aṇ] Belonging or peculiar to Uśanas; originating from Uśanas, or taught by him. --saṃ
     (1) The law-book of uśanas (a treatise on civil polity).
     (2) N. of an Upapuraṇa.

auśija a. (jī f.) [uśij-aṇ] Desirous, zealous, wishing.

auśīnaraḥ [uśīnarasyāpatyaṃ aṅ] The son of Uśīnara. --rī N. of the wife of king Purūravas.

auśīram [uśīraṃ-aṇ]
     (1) The handle of a fan or Chowri.
     (2) A bed; auśīre kāmacāraḥ kṛtobhūt Dk. 72 at liberty to sleep or sit.
     (3) A seat (chair, stool &c.).
     (4) An unguent made of Uśīra.
     (5) The root of the fragrant grass uśīra q. v.
     (6) A fan.

auśīrikā
     (1) The shoot(of a plant).
     (2) A basin.

auṣaṇam [uṣaṇa-aṇ]
     (1) Pungency.
     (2) Black pepper.
     -- Comp.
          --śauṃḍī dried ginger.

auṣadha a. (dhī f.) [oṣadhi-aṇ] Consisting of herbs. --dhaṃ
     (1) A herb; herbs taken collectively.
     (2) A medicament, medicinal drug, medicine in general.
     (3) A vessel for herbs.
     (4) A mineral.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.

auṣadhiḥ, --dhī f.
     (1) A herb, plant (in general); Y. 3. 276 v. l.; see oṣadhi.
     (2) A medicinal herb; aciṃtyo hi maṇimaṃtrauṣadhīnāṃ prabhāvaḥ Ratn. 2.
     (3) An herb which emits fire; viramaṃti najvalitumauṣadhayaḥ Ki. 5. 24 (tṛṇajyotīṃṣi Malli.); cf. Ku. 1. 10.
     (4) An annual or deciduous plant; -dhīpatiḥ N. of Soma, the lord of plants.

auṣadhīkṛ 8 U. To reduce to a medicament.

auṣadhīya a. Medicinal, consisting of herbs.

auṣaraṃ, --rakam [uṣare bhavaṃ aṇ, tataḥ kan]
     (1) Rock-salt.
     (2) Iron stone.

auṣasa a. (sī f.) [uṣas-aṇ] Relating to dawn, early; -ātapa Ki. 9. 11. --sī Day-break, morning.

auṣasya a. Sacred to Ushas or the dawn.

auṣasika, auṣika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Walking out at day-break.
     (2) Early born or produced at dawn.

auṣṭra a. (ṣṭrī f.) [uṣṭra-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to, or produced from, a camel.
     (2) Abounding in camels. --ṣṭraṃ
     (1) The milk of a camel.
     (2) Camel nature.

auṣṭraka a. (kī f.) [uṣṭra-vuñ] Relating to a camel. --kaṃ A multitude of camels; Śi. 5. 65.

auṣṭraratha a. (thī f.) Belonging to a carriage drawn by camels.

auṣṭhya a. [oṣṭha-yat] Relating to the lip, labial.
     -- Comp.
          --varṇaḥ a labial letter; i. e. u, ū, p, ph, b, bh, m, and v. --sthāna a. pronounced with the lips.
          --svaraḥ a labial vowel.

auṣṇam [uṣṇa-aṇ] Heat, warmth.

auṣṇyaṃ, auṣmyam [uṣṇa-uṣma-ṣyañ] Heat; R. 17. 33.

ka

ka The first consonant of the alphabet, and first letter of the guttural class.

kaḥ
     (1) Brahman.
     (2) Viṣṇu.
     (3) Kāmadeva.
     (4) Fire.
     (5) Wind or air.
     (6) Yama.
     (7) The sun.
     (8) The soul.
     (9) A king or prince. (10) Knot or joint.
     (11) A peacock.
     (12) The king of birds.
     (13) A bird.
     (14) The mind.
     (15) Body.
     (16) Time.
     (17) A cloud.
     (18) A word, sound.
     (19) Hair. (20) Light, splendour.
     (21) Wealth, property. --kaṃ
     (1) Happiness, joy, pleasure (as in nāka which is explained thus; na kaṃ sukhaṃ = duḥkhaṃ; na akaṃ yatra).
     (2) Water; satyena mābhirakṣa tvaṃ varuṇetyabhiśāpya kaṃ Y. 2. 108; keśavaṃ patitaṃ dṛṣṭvā pāṃḍavā harṣanirbharāḥ Subhaṣ. (where a pun is intended on keśava, the apparent meaning being Keśava).
     (3) The head; as in kaṃdharā (= kaṃ śiro dhārayatīti).
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. watery, aquatic.
          --daḥ a cloud (giving water.)

ka A Taddhita affix added to nouns and adjectives, mostly to the former, in the sense of diminution, deterioration, similarity, endearment, or sometimes to express the original meaning of the word itself; e. g. vṛkṣakaḥ a small tree; bālakaḥ a chap; putrakaḥ dear boy; aśvakaḥ a bad horse, or like a horse, or a horse itself (svārthe kan).

kaṃyya a. Happy, prosperous.

kaṃbūlam N. of the eighth Yoga.

kaṃs 2 A. (kaṃste)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To command.
     (3) To destroy; see kas.

kaṃsaḥ --sam
     (1) A drinking vessel, cup, can, goblet.
     (2) Bell-metal, white copper.
     (3) A particular measure known as āḍhaka, q. v. --saḥ N. of a king of Mathurā, son of Ugrasena and enemy of Kṛṣṇa. [He is identified with the Asura Kālanemi, and acted inimically towards Kṛṣṇa and became his implacable foe. The circumstance which made him so was the following. While, after the marriage of Devakī with Vasudeva, he was driving the happy pair home, a heavenly voice warned Kamsa that the eighth child of Devakī would kill him. Thereupon he threw both of them into prison, loaded them with strong fetters, and kept the strictest watch over them. He took from Devakī every child as soon as it was born and slew it, and in this way he disposed of her first six children. But the 7th and 8th, Balarāma and Kṛṣṇa, were safely conveyed to Nanda's house in spite of his vigilance, and Kṛṣṇa grew up to be his slayer according to the prophecy. When Kamsa heard this, he was very much enraged and sent several demons to kill Kṛṣṇa, but he killed them all with ease. At last he sent Akrūra to bring the boys to Mathura. A severe duel was fought between Kamsa and Kṛṣṇa, in which the former was slain by the latter]. --sā N. of a daughter of Ugrasena and sister of Kamsa.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, arātiḥ, jit, kṛṣ, dviṣ, han m. 'slayer of Kamsa, i. e. Kṛṣṇa; svayaṃ saṃdhikāriṇā kaṃsāriṇā dūtena Ve. 1; niṣedivān kaṃsakṛṣaḥ sa viṣṭare Śi. 1. 16.
          --asthi n. bell-metal.
          --udbhavā a fragrant earth.
          --kāraḥ (rī f.) 1. a mixed tribe; kaṃsakāraśaṃkhakārau brāhmaṇātsaṃbabhūvatuḥ Śabdak. --2. a worker in pewter or white-brass, a bell-founder.
          --mākṣikaṃ a metallic substance in large grains, a sort of pyrites.
          --vaṇik m. a brazier or seller of brass vessels.
          --vadhaḥ --hananaṃ the slaying of Kamsa.

kaṃsakam Bell-metal.

kaṃsavatī N. of a daughter of ugrasena.

kaṃsika a. (kī f.) Made of bellmetal &c.

kaṃsīya a. Fit for, or relating to, a cup. --yaṃ Bell-metal.

kaṃsāram Ved.
     (1) A bone.
     (2) Rice, the grain of which becomes hard in the middle.

kak
     (1) A. (kakate, kakita)
     (1) To wish.
     (2) To be proud.
     (3) To be unsteady; see kaṃk.

kakajākṛta a. Ved. Mutilated.

kakaṃdaḥ Gold.

kakaraḥ A kind of bird (Ved.).

kakarduḥ Destruction of happiness or of enemies; Rv. 10. 102. 6.

kakāṭikā A part of the back of the head (ghāṭā).

kakuṃjalaḥ The Chātaka bird.

kakud f.
     (1) A summit, peak.
     (2) Chief, head; see kakuda below.
     (3) The hump on the shoulders of the Indian bull.
     (4) A horn.
     (5) An ensign or symbol of royalty (as the chatra, cāmara &c.).
     (6) Any projecting corner.
     (7) N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma. (According to Pāṇini V. 4. 146-147 kakud is the form to be substituted for kakuda in adj. or Bah. comps.; e. g. trikakud).
     -- Comp.
          --sthaḥ [kakudi tiṣṭhatīti] an epithet of Puranjaya, son of Śaśada, a king of the solar race, and a descendant of Ikṣvāku; ikṣvākuvaṃśyaḥ kakudaṃ nṛpāṇāṃ kakutstha ityāhitalakṣaṇo'bhūt R. 6. 71. [Mythology relates that, when in their war with the demons, the gods were often worsted, they, headed by Indra, went to the powerful king Puranjaya, and requested him to be their friend in battle. The latter consented to do so, provided Indra carried him on his shoulders. Indra accordingly assumed the form of a bull, and Puranjaya, seated on its hump, completely vanquished the demons. Puranjaya is, therefore, called Kakutstha 'standing on a hump'].

kakudaḥ --dam
     (1) The peak or summit of a mountain.
     (2) A hump (on the shoulders of an Indian bull).
     (3) Chief, foremost, pre-eminent; kakudaṃ vedavidāṃ tapodhanaśca Mk. 1. 5; ikṣvākuvaṃśyaḥ kakudaṃ nṛpāṇāṃ R. 6. 71.
     (4) A sign or symbol of royalty; nṛpatikakudaṃ R. 3. 70, 17. 27.
     (5) A species of serpent.

kakudmat a. [astyarthe matup]
     (1) Furnished with a hump; Pt. 1.
     (2) Running high (as a wave). --m.
     (1) A mountain (having peaks).
     (2) A buffalo; madodagrāḥ kakudmaṃtaḥ R. 4. 22; a humped bull; 13. 47; Ku. 1. 56.
     (3) N. of a medicinal plant (ṛṣabha). --tī The hip and the loins.

kakudvat m. A buffalo with a hump on his shoulders.

kakudmin a.
     (1) Peaked; furnished with a hump &c. --m.
     (1) A bull with a hump on his shoulders.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu; and of king raivataka. -kanyā-sutā N. of Revatī and wife of Balarama; Śi. 2. 20.

kakuṃdaram The cavities of the loins; Y. 3. 96 (jaghanakūpa).

kakubh f.
     (1) A direction, quarter of the compass; viyuktāḥ kāṃtena striya iva na rājaṃti kakubhaḥ Mk. 5. 26; Śi. 9. 25, 3. 33.
     (2) Splendour, beauty.
     (3) A wreath of Champaka flowers.
     (4) A sacred treatise or Śāstra.
     (5) A peak, summit.
     (6) A Rāgiṇī or personified mode of music.
     (7) The personified quarter of the sky.
     (8) Breath, animation.
     (9) Unornamented hair; or hair hanging down as a tail.

kakubha a. Ved. Distinguished, superior. --bhaḥ
     (1) A crooked piece of wood at the end of the lute.
     (2) The tree Arjuna; kakubhasurabhiḥ śailaḥ U. 1. 33.
     (3) A kind of goblin or evil spirit.
     (4) One of the Rāgas or personified musical modes. --bhā
     (1) Space; quarter.
     (2) One of the Rāgiṇīs. --bhaṃ A flower of the Kuṭaja tree; Me. 22.
     -- Comp.
          --adanī 'food of the sky,' a kind of fragrance or perfume.

kakuha a. Ved. Eminent; excellent. --haḥ A part of a carriage.

kakerukaḥ A worm in the stomach.

kakk 1 P. To laugh.

kakkaṭaḥ A kind of animal.

kakkulaḥ The Bakula tree.

kakkolaḥ --lī N. of a plant bearing a berry; kakkolīphalajagdhi Mal. 6. 19 v. l. --laṃ, -lakaṃ
     (1) A berry of this plant.
     (2) A perfume prepared from its berries.

kakkh 1 P. To laugh.

kakkhaṭa a.
     (1) Hard, solid.
     (2) Laughing.

kakkhaṭī Chalk.

kakṣaḥ
     (1) A lurking or hidingplace.
     (2) The end of the lower garment; see kakṣā.
     (3) A climbing plant, creeper.
     (4) Grass, dry grass; yatastu kakṣastata eva vahniḥ R. 7. 55, 11. 75; Ms. 7. 110.
     (5) A forest of dead trees, dry wood.
     (6) The arm-pit; -aṃtara Pt. 1. the cavity of the armpit; prakṣipyodarciṣaṃ kakṣe śerate te'bhimārutaṃ Śi. 2. 42.
     (7) The harem of a king.
     (8) The interior of a forest; āś nirgatya kakṣāt Rs. 1. 27; kakṣāṃtaragato vāyuḥ Rām.
     (9) The side or flank (of anything). (10) A woman's girdle; as in ābaddhanibiḍakakṣaiḥ.
     (11) A surrounding wall.
     (12) A part of a boat.
     (13) The orbit of a planet.
     (14) A buffalo.
     (15) A gate.
     (16) The Beleric Myrobalan or Terminalia Belerica.
     (17) A marshy ground. --kṣā
     (1) Painful boils in the arm-pit.
     (2) An elephant's rope; also his girth.
     (3) A woman's girdle or zone; a girdle, waist-band (in general); Śi. 17. 24.
     (4) A surrounding wall; a wall.
     (5) The waist, middle part; Mk. 5. 21.
     (6) A courtyard; area.
     (7) An enclosure.
     (8) An inner apartment, a private chamber: room in general; Ku. 7. 70; Ms. 7. 224; gṛhakalahaṃsakānanusaran kakṣāṃtarapradhāvitaḥ K. 63, 182.
     (9) A harem. (10) Similarity.
     (11) An upper garment.
     (12) Objection or reply in argument (in Logic &c.).
     (13) Emulation or rivalry.
     (14) A secluded part of an edifice.
     (15) A particular part of a carriage.
     (16) The jeweller's weight, Retti.
     (17) The end of the lower garment which, after the cloth is girt round the lower part of the body, is brought up behind and tucked into the waistband (Mar. kāṃsoṭā).
     (18) Tying up the waist.
     (19) The wrist. (20) Border or lace.
     (21) The basin of a balance (kakṣaḥ also). --kṣaṃ
     (1) A star.
     (2) Sin.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ wild fire, conflagration; R. 11. 92.
          --aṃtaraṃ inner or private apartment.
          --avekṣakaḥ 1. a superintendent of the harem. --2. a keeper of a royal garden. --3. a door-keeper. --4. a poet. --5. a debauchee. --6. a player; painter. --7. an actor. --8. a paramour. --9. strength of feeling or sentiment (Wilson).
          --utthā a fragrant grass, (bhadramustā Cyperus).
          --dharaṃ the shoulder-joint.
          --paḥ 1. a tortoise. --2. one of the 9 treasures of Kubera.
          --(kṣā) paṭaḥ a cloth passed between the legs to cover the privities.
          --puṭaḥ the arm-pit.
          --ruhā = nāgaramustā q. v.
          --śāyaḥ --yuḥ a dog.
          --stha a. seated on the hip or the flank.

kakṣīkṛta a. Agreed to, promised.

kakṣāyate Den. A.
     (1) To lie in ambush.
     (2) To intend anything wicked.

kakṣīvat m. N. of a renowned Ṛṣi, sometimes called Pajriya; author of several hymns of the Ṛgveda.

kakṣya a. Ved.
     (1) Consisting of shrubs or dry grass.
     (2) Secret.
     (3) Filling the girth Sāy.). --kṣyā
     (1) The girth of an elephant or horse.
     (2) A woman's girdle or zone; Ki. 7. 8; Śi. 10. 62.
     (3) Fingers.
     (4) The upper garment.
     (5) The border of a garment.
     (6) The inner apartment of a palace.
     (7) A wall, enclosure.
     (8) Similarity.
     (9) A shrub yielding the black and red berry that serves as a weight. --kṣyaṃ
     (1) The cup or receptacle of a balance.
     (2) A part of a carriage.
     (3) The hinder part.
     -- Comp.
          --avekṣaka = kakṣāvekṣaka q. v.

kakh 1 P. (kakhati) To laugh at, deride.

kakhyā An enclosure; division of a large building.

kag 1 P. To act, perform.

kaṃk 1 A. To go.

kaṃkaḥ 1 A heron.
     (2) A variety of mango.
     (3) N. of Yama.
     (4) A Kshatriya.
     (5) A Vṛ hṇi.
     (6) A false or pretended Brāhmaṇa.
     (7) Name assumed by Yudhiṣṭhira in the palace of Virāṭa.
     (8) One of the 18 divisions of the continent.
     (9) N. of a people (pl.) --kā
     (1) A sort of sandal.
     (2) Scent of the lotus.
     -- Comp.
          --troṭaḥ --ṭiḥ a kind of fish.
          --patra a. furnished with the feathers of a heron. (
          --traḥ) an arrow furnished with a heron's feathers; R. 2. 31; U. 4. 20; Mv. 1. 18. (
          --traṃ) a heron's feather fixed on an arrow.
          --patrin m. = kaṃkapatraḥ. --mālā 1. a kind of musical instrument. --2. beating time by the clapping of hands.
          --mukha vadana a. shaped like a heron's mouth. (--khaḥ --khaṃ), --vadanaṃ a pair of tongs; Ve. 5. 1.
          --śāyaḥ a dog (sleeping like a heron).

kaṃkaṭaḥ, kaṃkaṭakaḥ
     (1) Mail; defensive armour; military accoutrements; Ve. 2. 26, 5. 1; R. 7. 59; Śi. 18. 20.
     (2) An iron hook to goad an elephant (aṃkuśa).

kaṃkaṇaḥ --ṇam
     (1) A bracelet; dānena pāṇirna tu kaṃkaṇena vibhāti Bh. 2. 71; idaṃ suvarṇakaṃkaṇaṃ gṛhyatāṃ H. 1.
     (2) The marriage string (fastened round the wrist); ayamāgṛhītakamanīyakaṃkaṇaḥ(karaḥ) U. 1. 18; Mal. 9. 9; devyaḥ kaṃkaṇamokṣaṇāya bhilitā rājan varaḥ preṣyatāṃ Mv. 2. 50.
     (3) An ornament in general.
     (4) A crest. --ṇaḥ Waterspray; nitaṃbe hārālī nayanayugale kaṃkaṇabharaṃ Udb. --ṇī, kaṃkaṇīkā
     (1) A small bell or tinkling ornament.
     (2) An ornament furnished with bells
     -- Comp.
          --bhṛṣaṇa a. adorned with tinkling ornaments.
          --maṇī f. the jewel in a bracelet.

kaṃkaṇin a. Adorned with a brace let.

kaṃkataḥ, --taṃ kaṃkatī, tikā A comb haircomb; Śi. 15. 33. --taḥ
     (1) A kind of tree.
     (2) A poisonous animal.

kaṃkara a. [kaṃ sukhaṃ kirati kṣipati kṝ-ac] Bad, vile, despicable. --raṃ
     (1) Buttermilk (mixed with water).
     (2) A high number (= 100 niyutas).

kaṃkarolaḥ The plant Alangium Hexapetalum (nikocaka).

kaṃkaloḍyam A kind of drug.

kaṃkālaḥ --lam A skeleton; Mal. 5. 14.
     -- Comp.
          --mālin m. N. of Śiva.
          --śeṣa a. reduced to a skeleton (remaining in the form of a skeleton); U. 3. 43.

kaṃkālayaḥ Body.

kaṃkuḥ A kind of corn.

kaṃku(gu)ṣṭhaḥ --ṣṭham A kind of medicinal earth (described as of two colours, one of a silvery and one of a gold colour, or one of a light and one of a dark yellow).

kaṃkūṣaḥ The inner body(ābhyaṃtaradeha).

kaṃkeruḥ A kind of crow.

kaṃkellaḥ --lliḥ The Aśoka tree.

kaṃkolī = kakvolī q. v.

kaṃkham Enjoyment, fruition.

kaṃgu n., kaṃgunī A kind of Panic seed (four kinds of it are mentioned in Bhava P.).

kaṃgulaḥ The hand.

kac I. 1 P. (kacati, kacita) To sound, cry. --II. 1 U.
     (1) To bind, fasten (with ā); tvaktra cācakace varaṃ Bk. 14. 94.
     (2) To shine.

kacaḥ [kacyaṃte badhyaṃta iti kacāḥ, kac-ac]
     (1) Hair (especially of the head); kaceṣu ca nigṛhyaitān Mb.: See -graha below; alinījiṣṇuḥ kacānāṃ cayaḥ Bh. 1. 5.
     (2) A dry or healed sore, scar.
     (3) A binding, band.
     (4) The hem of a garment.
     (5) A cloud.
     (5) N. of a son of Bṛhaspati. [In their long warfare with the demons, the gods were often times defeated, and rendered quite helpless. But such of the demons as would be slain in battle were restored to life by Śukrāchārya, their preceptor, by means of a mystic charm which he alone possessed. The gods resolved to secure, if possible, this charm for themselves, and induced Kacha to go to Śukrāchārya and learn it from him by becoming his disciple. So Kacha went to the preceptor, but the demons killed Kacha twice lest he should succeed in mastering the lore; but on both occasions he was restored to life by the sage at the intercession of Devayānī his daughter, who had fallen in love with the youth. Thus discomfited the Asuras killed him a third time, burnt his body, and mixed his ashes with Śukra's wine; but Devayānī again begged her father to restore to life the youth. Not being able to resist his daughter's importunities Śukra once more performed the charm, and, to his surprise, heard the voice of Kacha issuing from his own belly. To save his own life the sage taught him the much-coveted charm, and, on the belly of Śukra being ripped open, Kacha performed the charm and restored his master to life. Devayānī thenceforward began to make stronger advances of love to him, but he steadily resisted her proposals, telling her that she was to him as a younger sister. She thereupon cursed him that the great charm he had learnt would be powerless; he, in return, cursed her that she should be sought by no Brāhmaṇa, but would become a Kshatriya's wife.] --cā
     (1) A female elephant.
     (2) Beauty, splendour.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ curls, end of hair.
          --ācita a. having dishevelled hair; kacācitau viṣvagivāgajau gajau Ki. 1. 36.
          --āmodaḥ a fragrant ointment of the hair (vāLā). --grahaḥ seizing the hair, seizing (one) by the hair; R. 10. 47, 19. 31.
          --paḥ 1. 'cloud drinker', grass. --2. a leaf. (
          --paṃ) a vessel for vegetables.
          --pakṣaḥ, --pāśaḥ, --hastaḥ thick or ornamented hair; (according to Ak. these three words denote a collection; pāśaḥ pakṣaśca hastaśca kalāpārthāḥkacātpare). --mālaḥ smoke.

kacākaci ind. 'Hair against hair', (fighting by) pulling each other's hair.

kacaṃganam A free market(where no duty or custom has to be paid).

kacaṃgalaḥ The ocean.

kacāku a.
     (1) Ill-disposed, wicked, vile.
     (2) Intolerable, unbearable.
     (3) Difficult to be attained. --kuḥ A snake.

kacāṭuraḥ A gallinule.

kacuḥ f. An esculent root; see kacvī.

kacelam A string or cover containing and keeping together the leaves of a manuscript.

kaccaṭam An aquatic plant.

kaccara a.
     (1) Bad, dirty.
     (2) Wicked, vile, debased. --raṃ Buttermilk diluted with water.

kaccit ind. A particle of
     (1) interrogation (often translateable by 'I hope'); kaccit ahamiva vismṛtavānasi tvaṃ S. 6; kaccinmṛgīṇāmanaghā prasūtiḥ R. 5. 7; also 5, 6, 8, 9.
          (b) joy;
          (c) auspiciousness.

kacchaḥ --cham
     (1) Bank, margin, skirt, bordering region (whether near water or not); yamunākacchamavatīrṇaḥ Pt. 1; gaṃdhamādanakaccho'dhyāsitaḥ V. 5; Śi. 3. 80; Māl. 9. 16.
     (2) A marsh, morass, fen.
     (3) The hem of the lower garment tucked into the waistband; see kakṣā.
     (4) A part of a boat.
     (5) A particular part of a tortoise (in kacchapa).
     (6) A tree, the timber of which is used for making furniture (tunna). --cchā
     (1) A cricket.
     (2) The plant Lycopodium Imbricatum (vārāhī).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ the border of a lake or stream; marshy place; Ki. 7. 39, 12. 54.
          --deśaḥ N. of a place in the South.
          --paḥ (pī f.) 1. a turtle, tortoise; keśava dhṛtakacchaparūpa jaya jagadīśa hare Gīt. 1; Ms. 1. 44, 12. 42 (thus explained by Durga; kacchaṃ ātmano mukhasaṃpuṭaṃ pāti, sa hi kiṃcit dṛṣṭvā śarīra eva mukhasaṃpuṭaṃ praveśayati). --2. a tumour on the palate. --3. an apparatus used in the distillation of spirituous liquor. --4. an attitude in wrestling. --5. the tree Cedrela Toona. --6. one of the nine treasures of Kubera. (
          --pī) 1. a female tortoise. --2. a cutaneous disease, wart or blotch. --3. a kind of lute; also the lute of Sarasvatī.
          --bhūḥ f. marshy ground, morass.
          --ruhā a kind of grass (dūrvā).

kaccha(cchā)ṭikā, kacchāṭī  The end or hem of a lower garment which, after being carried round the body, is gathered up behind and tucked into the waist band.

kacchapikā
     (1) Pimple, blotch.
     (2) A wart accompanying gonorrhoea.

kacchoṭikā = kacchaṭikā q. v.

kacchuḥ --kacchū f. Itch, scab.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnī the plant (paṭola); another plant (hapuṣābheda).

kacchumatī The plant Carpopogon Pruriens śūkaśiṃbī (said to cause itching on being applied to the skin).

kacchura a. [kacchu ra thasvaśca P. V. 2. 107 Vart.]
     (1) Scabby, itchy.
     (2) Unchaste, libidinous.
     (3) Poor, wretched. --rā N. of several plants; śaṭī, śūkīṃśabī.

kacchoram A kind of Curcuma (śaṭī).

kacvī A plant with an esculent root (Arum Colocasia) cultivated for food.

kaj 1 P. (kajati)
     (1) To be happy.
     (2) To be confused with joy, pride, or sorrow.
     (3) To grow (in the last sense a Sautra root.).

kaja See under ka.

kajjalam [kutsitaṃ jalamasmātprabhavati, koḥ kadādeśaḥ]
     (1) Lamp-black or soot, considered as a collyrium and applied to the eyelashes or eyelids medicinally, or sometimes as an ornament; yathā yathā ceyaṃ capalā dīpyate tathā tathā dīvaśikheva kajjalamalinameva karma kevalamudvamati K. 105; adyāpi tāṃ vidhṛtakajjalalolanetrāṃ Ch. P. 15; -kālimā Amaru. 88.
     (2) Sulphuret of lead or antimony (used as a collyrium.)
     (3) Ink. --lī
     (1) Sulphuret of mercury, Aethiop's mineral.
     (2) Ink.
     -- Comp.
          --dhvajaḥ a lamp.
          --rocakaḥ --kaṃ the wooden stand on which a lamp is placed.

kajjalita a. Covered with lampblack or with a collyrium prepared from it.

kajjvalam Lamp-black(especially considered as an application to the eyes).

kaṃc 1 A.
     (1) To bind.
     (2) To shine.

kaṃcāraḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The Arka plant.

kaṃcikā
     (1) A small boil.
     (2) The branch of a bamboo.

kaṃcukaḥ
     (1) An armour, mail.
     (2) The skin of a snake, slough; bhoginaḥ kaṃcukāviṣṭāḥ Pt. 1. 65.
     (3) A dress, garb, cloth (in general); dharma- praveśinaḥ S. 5; kapaṭadharma- Dk. 29.
     (4) A dress fitting close to the upper part of the body, robe; aṃtaḥkaṃcukikaṃcukasya viśati trāsādayaṃ vāmanaḥ Ratn. 2. 3; subhāṣitarasāsvādajātaromāṃcakaṃcukaṃ Pt. 2. 64.
     (5) A bodice, jacket; kvacidiveṃdragajājinakaṃcukāḥ Śi. 6. 51, 12. 20; Amaru. 81; (Phrase: --niṃdati kaṃcukakāraṃ prāyaḥ śuṣkastanī nārī; cf. "a bad workman quarrels with his tools").
     (6) A kind of drawers or short breeches.
     (7) A strap of leather.
     (8) Husk.

kaṃcukāluḥ A snake.

kaṃcukita a.
     (1) Furnished with armour, mailed.
     (2) Having a garment; kathā- Bh. 3. 130.

kaṃcukin a. Furnished with armour or mail. --m.
     (1) An attendant on the women's apartments, a chamberlain; (an important character in dramas); aṃtaḥpuracaro vṛddho vipro guṇagaṇānvitaḥ . sarvakāryārthakuśalaḥ kaṃcakītyabhidhīyate .. (he must be a Brāhmaṇa, very old, &c.; cf. V. 3. 1 and S. 5. 3).
     (2) A libidinous man, debauchee.
     (3) A serpent.
     (4) A door keeper.
     (5) Barley.

kaṃculikā, kaculī A bodice; tvaṃ mugdhākṣi vinaiva kaṃculikayā dhatse manohāriṇīṃ lakṣmīṃ Amaru. 23.

kaṃcūlam An article of female dress, i. e. a bodice.

kaṃjaḥ
     (1) The hair.
     (2) N. of Brahmā. --jaṃ
     (1) A lotus.
     (2) Ambrosia, nectar.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃḥ N. of Brahmā.
          --nābhaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

kaṃjakaḥ --kī A kind of bird, Gracula Religiosa.

kaṃjanaḥ
     (1) The god of love.
     (2) A kind of bird (the bird of Kandarpa).

kaṃjaraḥ, kaṃjāraḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) An elephant.
     (3) The belly.
     (4) An epithet of Brahmā.
     (5) A peacock.
     (6) A hermit.

kaṃjalaḥ A kind of bird.

kaṃjikā The plant Siphonanthus Indica (brāhmaṇayaṣṭikā).

kaṭ, kaṃṭ 1 P. (kaṭati or kaṃṭati) To go.

kaṭ 1 P. (kaṭati, akaṭīt, kaṭituṃ)
     (1) To rain.
     (2) To surround.
     (3) To encompass, cover or screen.

kaṭaḥ
     (1) A straw mat; Ms. 2. 204.
     (2) The hip.
     (3) Hipand loins; the hollow above the hips.
     (4) The temples of an elephant; kaṃḍūyamānena kaṭaṃ kadācit R. 2. 37, 3. 37, 4. 47.
     (5) A particular throw of the dice in hazard; narditadarśitamārgaḥ kaṭena vinipātito yāmi Mk. 2. 8.
     (6) A kind of grass.
     (7) Excess (as in utkaṭa).
     (8) A corpse.
     (9) A hearse, bier. (10) An arrow.
     (11) A custom.
     (12) A cemetery, burial ground.
     (13) A time or season.
     (14) The plant Saccharum Sara (śara).
     (15) An annual plant.
     (16) Grass (in general).
     (17) A thin piece of wood, plank. --ṭī Long pepper. --ṭaṃ Dust of flowers.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a glance, a side-long look, leer; gāḍhaṃ nikhāta iva me hṛdaye kaṭākṣaḥ Māl. 1. 29; also 25, 28; Me. 35. -muṣṭa a. caught by a glance. -viśikhaḥ an arrow-like look of love.
          --agniḥ a fire kept up with dry grass or straw; the straw placed round a criminal to be burnt.
          --aṃtaḥ the extremity of the temples; Śi. 18. 42.
          --udakaṃ 1. water for a funeral libation. --2. rut, ichor (issuing from an elephant's temples).
          --kāraḥ a mixed tribe (of low social position); (śūdrāyāṃ vaiśyataścauryāt kaṭakāra iti smṛtaḥ Uśanas).
          --kolaḥ a spitting-pot.
          --khādaka a. eating much, voracious.
          --(--kaḥ) 1 a jackal --2. a crow. --3. a glass vessel, a tumbler or bowl.
          --ghoṣaḥ a hamlet inhabited by herdsmen.
          --pūtanaḥ,-nā a kind of departed spirits; amedhyakuṇapāśī ca kṣatriyaḥ kaṭapūtanaḥ Ms. 12. 71; uttālāḥ kaṭapūtanāprabhṛtayaḥ sāṃrāviṇaṃ kurvate Māl. 5. 11 (pūtana v. l.); also 23.
          --prabhedaḥ opening of the temples, appearance of rut; R. 3. 37.
          --prū a. acting by will. (
          --prūḥ) 1. Śiva. --2. an imp or goblin. --3. one who gambles or plays with dice. --4. a worm. --5. a kind of demi-god, (of the class of Vidyādharas).
          --prothaḥ, --thaṃ the buttocks.
          --bhaṃgaḥ 1. gleaning corn with the hands. --2. any royal calamity or misfortune.
          --bhīḥ N. of several plants jyotiṣmatī, aparājitā &c.
          --mālinī wine or any vinous liquor.
          --vraṇaḥ N. of Bhīma-sena.
          --śarkarā 1. a fragment of a mat broken off or of straw. --2. N. of a plant.
          --sthalaṃ 1. the hips and loins. --2. an elephant's temples.

kaṭaṃbhara N. of the kaṭabhī tree. --rā N. of several plants: --1 nāgabalā; 2 prasāriṇī; 3 rohiṇī; 4 hastinī; 5 kalaṃbikā; 6 mūrvā.

kaṭakaḥ, --kam
     (1) A bracelet of gold; ābaddhahemakaṭakāṃ rahasi smarāmi Ch. P. 15; Śi. 16. 77.
     (2) A zone or girdle.
     (3) A string.
     (4) The link of a chain.
     (5) A mat.
     (6) Sea-salt.
     (7) The side or ridge of a mountain; praphullavṛkṣaiḥ kaṭakairiva svaiḥ Ku. 7. 52; R. 16. 31.
     (8) Table-land; Śi. 4. 65.
     (9) An army, a camp; Śi. 5. 59; Mu. 5. (10) A royal capital or metropolis (rājadhānī).
     (11) A house or dwelling.
     (12) A circle or wheel.
     (13) A ring placed as an ornament upon an elephant's tusk.
     (14) N. of the capital of Orissa.

kaṭakin m. A mountain.

kaṭasī A cemetery.

kaṭāyanam The plant Andropogon Muricatus (vīraṇamūla).

kaṭin a.
     (1) Matted, screened.
     (2) Having handsome loins &c. --m. An elephant.

kaṭakaṭa a. Excellent, best. --ṭaḥ N. of Śiva.

kaṭakaṭā An onomatopoetic word supposed to represent the noise of rubbing together.

kaṭakaṭāpayati Den. P. To rub together, make a creaking or grating sound.

kaṭaṃkaṭaḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) N. of Ganeśa; Y. 1. 285.
     (4) N. of Śiva.
     (5) The citraka tree.

kaṭaṃkaṭerī
     (1) Turmeric.
     (2) Yellow saunders; cf. dāruharidrā.

kaṭanam The roof(or thatch) of a house.

kaṭaṃbaḥ
     (1) A kind of musical instrument.
     (2) An arrow.

kaṭā(ṭhā)kuḥ  A bird.

kaṭāṭaṃkaḥ N. of Śiva.

kaṭāraḥ 1 A libidinous man, a lecher.
     (2) A citizen.

kaṭāhaḥ [kaṭamāhaṃti, ā-haṇ-ḍa Tv.]
     (1) A frying-pan, a shallow boiler for oil or butter (of a semispheriodal shape and furnished with handles; Mar. kaḍhari).
     (2) A turtle's shell.
     (3) A well.
     (4) A hill or mound of earth.
     (5) A fragment of a broken jar; Śi. 5. 37; N. 22. 32.
     (6) A winnowing basket.
     (7) Hell, the infernal regions.
     (8) A young female buffalo whose horns are just appearing.
     (9) A Dvīpa or division of a known continent. (10) A heap or pile.

kaṭāhakam A pan, pot.

kaṭiḥ, --ṭī f. [kaṭ-in]
     (1) The hip.
     (2) The buttocks (considered by rhetoricians as vulgar and colloquial in these senses; the word kaṭi in kaṭiste harate manaḥ is said to be grāmya.)
     (3) An elephant's cheek. --ṭī Long pepper.
     -- Comp.
          --kūpaḥ the hollow above the hip, the loins.
          --taṭaṃ the loins; kaṭītaṭaniveśitaṃ Mk. 1. 27.
          --traṃ 1. a cloth girt round the loins. --2. a zone, girdle. --3. an ornament of small bells worn round the loins. --4. an armour of the hip or the loins.
          --deśaḥ the loins. (
          --ṭi or ṭī) prothaḥ the buttocks.
          --mālikā a woman's zone or girdle.
          --rohakaḥ the rider of an elephant (who sits upon the hinder parts of the elephant as distinct from the driver).
          --śīrṣakaḥ the loins.
          --śṛṃkhalā a girdle furnished with small bells.
          --sūtraṃ a zone or waistband.

kaṭikā The hip.

kaṭillaḥ A kind of gourd.

kaṭillakaḥ A species of the Balsam apple.

kaṭītalaḥ A crooked sword.

kaṭīraḥ, --ram
     (1) A cave, hollow.
     (2) The cavity of the loins, --raṃ A hip.

kaṭīrakam The posteriors, hips; Śi. 13. 34.

kaṭu a. (ṭu or ṭvī f.)
     (1) Pungent, acrid; (said of a rasa or flavour; the rasas are six; madhura, kaṭu, amla, tikta, kaṣāya, and lavaṇa); Bg. 17. 9.
     (2) Fragrant, exhaling strong odour; R. 5. 48.
     (3) Ill-smelling, having a bad smell.
     (4)
          (a) Bitter, caustic (words); Y. 3. 142.
          (b) Disagreeable, unpleasant: śravaṇakaṭu nṛpāṇāmekavākyaṃ vivavruḥ R. 6. 85.
     (5) Envious.
     (6) Hot, impetuous. --ṭuḥ
     (1) Pungency, acerbity (one of the six flavours).
     (2) N. of several plants. --ṭu f. A medical plant (kaṭurohiṇī). --ṭu n.
     (1) An improper action.
     (2) Blaming, reviling, scandal.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. the śyonāka tree. --2. N. of the king Dilīpa.
          --utkaṭaṃ ginger.
          --kaṃdaḥ --daṃ
     (1) ginger, the fresh root or the plant. --2. garlic. --kīṭaḥ, -kīṭakaḥ a gnat, mosquito. --kvāṇaḥ the ṭiṭṭibha bird. --graṃthiḥ, --thi n. dried ginger; so -bhaṃgaḥ -bhadraṃ dried ginger or ginger. --cāturjātakaṃ an aggregate of four pungent substances, as of cardamoms, the bark and leaves of Laurus Cassia and of black pepper. --chadaḥ the tagara tree. --ja a. prepared from acid substances. --tiktakaḥ 1. the bhūniṃba tree. --2. the śaṇa tree. --tiktā = kaṭutuṃbī. --tuṃbī a kind of bitter gourd. --trayaṃ a compound substance of ginger, black and long pepper. --dalā =karkaṭī plant. --niṣplāvaḥ grain not inundated. --patraḥ 1. N. of a medical plant. --2. sitārjaka tree. --patrikā N. of a tree kārī--pāka --pākin a. producing acid humors in digestion. --phalaḥ a sort of cucumber. (--lā) N. of two plants, paṭola and śrīvallī. --bījā long pepper. --maṃjarikā the apāmārga tree. --modaṃ a certain perfume. --rava a. having a harsh sound. (--vaḥ) 1. a frog. --2. a harsh word or sound. --rohiṇī the kaṭkī plant. --vipāka a. producing acid humors in digestion. --snehaḥ the mustard-seed plant.

kaṭuka a.
     (1) Sharp, pungent.
     (2) Impetuous, hot.
     (3) Disagreeable, unpleasant.
     (4) Fierce.
     (5) Harsh. --kaḥ
     (1) Pungency, acerbity.
     (2) N. of several plants: --paṭola, sugaṃdhitṛṇa, kuṭaja, arka, rājasarṣapa. --kā N. of several plants: --kaṭurohiṇī, tāṃbūlī, rājikā, tiktālābuka. --kī = kaṭurohiṇī. --kaṃ
     (1) Pungency; (at the end of comp. in a bad sense; as dadhikaṭukaṃ 'bad curds).'
     (2) A compound of ginger, black and long pepper.
     -- Comp.
          --ālābu, (bū) f. a kind of bitter gourd.
          --trayaṃ a compound of ginger, black and long pepper.
          --phalaḥ = kakkola (Mar. kaṃkoLa). (
          --laṃ) N. of a perfume prepared from the berries of this plant.
          --rohiṇī = kaṭurohiṇī. --vallī = kaṭī.

kaṭukatvam Pungency.

kaṭuṃkatā Rough manners, rudeness.

kaṭuram Buttermilk mixed with water.

kaṭoram An earthen vessel.

kaṭorā A shallow cup.

kaṭola a. Pungent. --laḥ
     (1) A pungent flavour.
     (2) A man of an inferior and degraded tribe, a Chāṇḍāla.
     -- Comp.
          --vīṇā a kind of lute played by the Chāṇḍālas.

kaṭṭāraḥ A weapon, dagger.

kaṭphalaḥ N. of a tree, commonly called kāyaphaLa.

kaṭvara a. Despised. --raṃ
     (1) The skim or whey of curds.
     (2) Buttermilk with water.
     (3) A sauce, condiment.

kaṭh 1 P. (kaṭhati, akaṭhīt, kaṭhita) To live in distress; see kaṃṭh.

kaṭhaḥ
     (1) N. of a sage, pupil of Vaiśampāyana, teacher of that branch of Yajurveda which is called after him.
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (3) A note or simple sound.
     (4) A kind of rik. --ṭhāḥ The followers of that sage. --ṭhī
     (1) A female follower of Kaṭha.
     (2) The wife of a Brāhmaṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyāpakaḥ a teacher of the Kaṭha branch of the Yajurveda.
          --dhūrtaḥ a Brāhmaṇa well-versed in the kaṭha branch of the Yajurveda.
          --śrotriyaḥ a Brāhmaṇa who has mastered the kaṭha branch of the Yajurveda.

kaṭhamardaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

kaṭhara a. Hard, stiff.

kaṭhalyaḥ, --kaṭhallaḥ Gravel.

kaṭhākuḥ A bird.

kaṭhāhakaḥ A gallinule.

kaṭhikā Chalk.

kaṭhiṃjaraḥ N. of a tree commonly called tulasī.

kaṭhina a.
     (1) Hard, stiff; kaṭhinaviṣamāmekaveṇīṃ sārayaṃtīṃ Me. 92; Amaru. 72; Mu. 2. 20; so -stanau.
     (2) Hardhearted, cruel, ruthless; na vidīrye kaṭhināḥ khalu striyaḥ Ku. 4. 5; Pt. 1. 64; Amaru. 6; so -hṛdaya.
     (3) Inexorable' inflexible.
     (4) Sharp, violent, intense (as pain &c.); nitāṃtakaṭhināṃ rujaṃ mama na veda sā mānasīṃ V. 2. 11.
     (5) Giving pain. --naḥ A thicket. --nā
     (1) A sweetmeat made with refined sugar.
     (2) An earthen vessel for cooking; (n. also in this sense). --nī Chalk.
     -- Comp.
          --pṛṣṭhaḥ,-kaḥ a tortoise.

kaṭhinatā, --tvam
     (1) Hardness, firmness.
     (2) Severity.
     (3) Cruelty, hard-heartedness; Ki. 10. 51.
     (4) Difficulty, obscurity.

kaṭhinikā, --kaṭhinī
     (1) Chalk.
     (2) The little finger.

kaṭhera a. Living in distress. --raḥ A needy or distressed man, a pauper.

kaṭhora a.
     (1) Hard(fig. also), solid, stiff; kaṭhorāsthigrāṃthi Māl. 5. 34.
     (2) Cruel, hard-hearted, ruthless; ayi kaṭhora yaśaḥ kila te priyaṃ U. 3. 27; so -hṛdaya, -citta.
     (3) Sharp, piercing; -aṃkuśa Śanti. 1. 22.
     (4) Full, developed, complete, fullgrown, of mature age; kaṭhoragarbhāṃ jānakīṃ vimucya U. 1, 1. 49, 6. 25; Māl. 6. 19; so kaṭhoratārādhipalāṃchanacchaviḥ Śi. 1. 20; so a- new, young; Māl. 1. 2.
     (5) (Fig.) Matured, refined: kalākalāpālocanakaṭhāremātibhiḥ K. 7; -rībhūtaḥ divasaḥ U. 2 it is noon-time.
     -- Comp.
          --garbha a. far advanced in pregnancy; U. 1. 49.
          --girimāhātmyaṃ a portion of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa.

kaṭhoratā, --tvam Hardness, firmness, severity.

kaṭhorayati Den. P. To furnish with buds, expand the blossoms of; Māl. 9. 41.

kaṭhola a. Hard, resisting.

kaḍ I. 1 U. (kaḍati-te, kaḍita)
     (1) To be proud.
     (2) To unhusk; cf. kaṃḍ.
     (3) To be disturbed or confused. --II. 6 P. To eat, consume. --III. 10 U.
     (1) To protect.
     (2) To remove the chaff or husk of grain.
     (3) To break off a part, separate or detach, tear.

kaḍa a.
     (1) Dumb.
     (2) Hoarse.
     (3) Ignorant, foolish.

kaḍakam Sea-salt obtained by evaporation.

kaḍaṃgaḥ A spirituous liquor, a kind of rum.

kaḍaṃga(ka)raḥ  Straw, the stalks of various sorts of pulse &c.

kaḍaṃga(ka)rīya  a. To be fed with straw. --yaḥ An animal fed with straw, such as a cow or buffalo; R. 5. 9.

kaḍa(la)tram
     (1) A kind of vessel.
     (2) A wife.
     (3) Hip.

kaḍaṃdikā Science(kalaṃḍikā).

kaḍaṃ(laṃ)baḥ
     (1) The stem or stalk (of a pot-herb).
     (2) The end or point, angle.

kaḍāra a.
     (1) Tawny; kaḍāra ivāyaṃ G. M.; U. 5. 14; U. 6.
     (2) Proud, haughty, impudent. --raḥ
     (1) The tawny colour.
     (2) A servant.

kaḍitulaḥ
     (1) A sword, scimitar.
     (2) A sacrificial knife.

kaḍḍ 1 P.
     (1) To be hard or rough.
     (2) To be harsh or severe.

kaṇ I. 1 P. (kaṇati, kaṇita)
     (1) To sound or cry (as in distress); moan.
     (2) To become small.
     (3) To go or approach. --II. 10 P. or --Caus.
     (1) To wink, to close the eye with the lids or lashes.
     (2) To sigh, sound.

kaṇitam Crying out with pain.

kaṇaḥ
     (1) A grain, a single seed; taṃḍulakaṇān H. 1; Ms. 11. 93.
     (2) An atom or particle (of anything).
     (3) A very small quantity; dravina- Śānti. 1. 19; 3. 5.
     (4) A grain of dust; R. 1. 85; or of pollen; V. 2. 7.
     (5) A drop (of water) or spray; kaṇavāhī mālinītaraṃgāṇām S. 3. 7; aṃbu-, aśru- Me. 26, 45, 69; Amaru. 54.
     (6) An ear of corn.
     (7) Spark (as of fire).
     (8) The spark or facet of a gem.
     (9) Flake (of snow). (10) śvetajīraka. --ṇā
     (1) A kind of fly.
     (2) Long pepper.
     (3) Cumin seed. --ṇī
     (1) An atom, a drop.
     (2) A kind of corn.
     (3) The plant Premna Spinosa or Longifolia.
     -- Comp.
          --adaḥ,--bhakṣaḥ, bhuj m. a nickname given to the philosopher who propounded the Vaiśeṣika system of philosophy (which may be said to be a 'doctrine of atoms').
          --anna a. one whose food consists of grains. -tā the state of one who is made to live on grains.
          --guggulaḥ a kind of plant.
          --jīraḥ a white kind of cumin seed.
          --jīrakaṃ small cumin seed.
          --bhakṣaḥ, bhakṣakaḥ, bhuj m. N. of Kaṇāda.
          --bhakṣakaḥ a kind of bird.
          --lābhaḥ a whirlpool.

kaṇaśaḥ ind. In small parts or minute particles, grain by grain, little by little, drop by drop &c.; tadidaṃ kaṇaśo vikīryate (bhasma) Ku. 4. 27.

kaṇikaḥ
     (1) A grain.
     (2) A small particle.
     (3) An ear of corn.
     (4) A meal of parched wheat.
     (5) An enemy.
     (6) N. of a purificatory ceremony, i. e. waving round lamps at sacrificial rites. --kā
     (1) An atom, a small or minute particle.
     (2) A drop (of water); Me. 98.
     (3) A kind of corn or rice.
     (4) Cumin seed.
     (5) The agnimaṃtha tree.

kaṇiśaḥ, --śam An ear or spike of corn.

kaṇiṣṭha a. The smallest, the most minute.

kaṇika a. Small, diminutive.

kaṇapaḥ A kind of iron lance or bar; lohastaṃbhastu kaṇapaḥ Vaijayantī; cāpacakrakaṇapakarṣaṇa &c. Dk. 35.

kaṇabhaḥ A kind of fly with a sting.

kaṇāṭīnaḥ, --ṭīraḥ, --ṭārakaḥ A wagtail.

kaṇādaḥ
     (1) N. of a philosopher; see under kaṇa.
     (2) A goldsmith.

kaṇīciḥ, --cī f.
     (1) A sound.
     (2) A tree.
     (3) A creeper in flower.

kaṇe ind. A particle expressing the satisfaction of a desire (śraddhāpratīghāta); kaṇehatya payaḥ pibati Sk. 'he drinks milk to his heart's content or till he is satisfied'.

kaṇeraḥ, --ruḥ The karṇikāra tree. --rā --ruḥ f.
     (1) A she-elephant.
     (2) A courtezan, harlot.

kaṃṭ 1 P. (kaṃṭati, kaṃṭita) To go or move.

kaṃṭa a. Thorny.

kaṃṭakaḥ, --kam
     (1) A thorn; pādalagnaṃ karasthena kaṃṭakenaiva kaṃṭakaṃ (uddharet) Chāṇ. 22; Pt. 4. 18.
     (2) A prickle, a sting; Y. 3. 53.
     (3) The point of anything.
     (4) (Fig.) Any troublesome fellow who is, as it were, a thorn to the state and an enemy of order and good government; utkhātalokatrayakaṃṭake'pi R. 14. 73; tridivamuddhṛtadānavakaṃṭakaṃ S. 7. 3; Ms. 9. 260; Mv. 7. 8.
     (5) (Hence) Any source of vexation or annoyance, nuisance; Ms. 9. 253.
     (6) Horripilation, erection of hair, thrill.
     (7) A finger-nail.
     (8) A vexing speech.
     (9) A fish-bone. (10) A sharp stinging pain, symptom of a disease.
     (11) (In Nyāya philosophy) Refutation of arguments, detection of error.
     (12) Impediment, obstacle.
     (13) The first, fourth, seventh, and tenth lunar mansions. --kaḥ
     (1) A bamboo.
     (2) A work-shop, manufactory.
     (3) Fault, defect.
     (4) N. of Makara or the marine monster, the symbol of the god of love. --kī A kind of vārtākī.
     -- Comp.
          --agraḥ a kind of lizard.
          --aśanaḥ bhakṣakaḥ --bhuj m. a camel.
          --aṣṭhīlaḥ a kind of fish (having many bones).
          --āgāraḥ a kind of worm.
          --āḍhyaḥ a kind of tree.
          --uddharaṇaṃ 1. (lit.) extracting thorns, weeding. --2. (fig.) removing annoyances, extirpating thieves and all such sources of public annoyance; kaṃṭakoddharaṇe nityamātiṣṭhedyatnamuttamaṃ Ms. 9. 252.
          --drumaḥ 1. a tree with thorns, a thorny bush; bhavaṃti nitarāṃ sphītāḥ sukṣetre kaṃṭakadrumāḥ Mk. 9. 7. --2. the Sālmali tree or silk-cottontree (Mar. sāṃvarī). --phalaḥ
     (1) the bread-fruit tree, Panasa tree. --2. th gokṣura plant. --3. the castor-oil tree. --4. the Dhattūra tree. --5. a term applicable to any plant the fruit of which is invested with a hairy or thorny coat. --mardanaṃ suppressing disturbance. --yukta a. having thorns, thorny. --viśodhanaṃ extirpating every source of disturbance or trouble; rājyakaṃṭakaviśodhanodyataḥ Vikr. 5. 1. --vṛṃtākī a species of nightshade with thorny leaves (vārtākī). --śroṇiḥ --ṇī f. 1. the Solanum Jacquini. --2. a porcupine.

kaṃṭakāraḥ N. of a tree (śālmalī); also vikaṃkata. --rī N. of several plants: Solanum Jacquini, the silk-cotton tree.

kaṃṭakārikā Solanum Jacquini; also the fruit of this tree.

kaṃṭakālaḥ = kaṃṭakaphala q. v.

kaṃṭāhvayam The tuberous root of the lotus.

kaṃṭakita a.
     (1) Thorny.
     (2) Covered with erect hair, thrilled; horripilated; prīti- tvacaḥ Ku. 6. 15; R. 7. 22; S. 3. 15.

kaṃṭakin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Thorny, prickly; kaṃṭakino vanāṃtāḥ Vikr. 1. 116.
     (2) Vexatious, troublesome. --m. A fish. --m. f. N. of several plants: --khadira, madana, gokṣura, vaṃśa, badara.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ a. 1. produced from a fish. --2. produced by the Mimosa tree.
          --phalaḥ the bread-fruit tree (panasa). (--lā) madhukharjurī plant.

kaṃṭakilaḥ A thorny kind of bamboo.

kaṃṭalaḥ
     (1) N. of a plant (varvura).
     (2) A tree yielding a species of Gum Arabic.

kaṃṭāluḥ f. N. of several plants: vārtakī, vaṃśa, varvura, bṛhatī.

kaṃṭin a. Thorny. --m. N. of several trees: --khadira, apāmārga, gokṣura.

kaṃṭh 1. 10. U. (kaṃṭhati-te, kaṃṭhayati-te, kaṃṭhita)
     (1) To mourn, grieve for.
     (2) To miss, be anxious or long for, remember with regret; (in this sense generally used with the preposition ud and a noun in the gen., loc. or dat. case).

kaṃṭhaḥ, --ṭham
     (1) Throat; kaṃṭhe nipaḍiyan mārayati Mk. 8. kaṃṭhaḥ staṃbhitabāṣpavṛttikaluṣaḥ S. 4. 5; kaṃṭheṣu skhalitaṃ gatepi śiśire puṃskokilānāṃ rutaṃ 6. 3.
     (2) The neck; kaṃṭhāśleṣaparigrahe śithilatā Pt. 4. 6; kaṃṭhāśleṣapraṇayini jane kiṃ punardūrasaṃsthe Me. 3, 97, 111; Amaru. 19, 57; Ku. 5. 57.
     (3) Sound, tone, voice; sā muktakaṃṭhaṃ cakraṃda R. 14. 68; kimidaṃ kinnarakaṃṭhi supyate 8. 64; āryaputro'pi pramuktakaṃṭhaṃ roditi U. 3.
     (4) The neck or brim of a vessel &c.
     (5) Vicinity, immediate proximity (as in upakaṃṭha).
     (6) The opening of the womb.
     (7) A bud on a stalk.
     (8) The space of an inch from the edge of the hole in which sacrificial fire is deposited.
     (9) The madana tree. (10) Guttural sound.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ a bird (digesting in the throat or gizzard).
          --avasakta a. clinging to the neck.
          --āgata a. come to the throat (as the breath or soul of a dying person).
          --ābharaṇaṃ a neck-ornament, necklace; parīkṣitaṃ kāvyasuvarṇametallokasya kaṃṭhābharaṇatvametu Vikr. 1. 24; cf. names like sarasvatīkaṃṭhābharaṇa. --āśleṣaḥ neck-embrace; Me. 3; Pt. 4. 6; -upagūḍha Bh. 3. 82.
          --uktaṃ personal testimony.
          --kubjaḥ a kind of fever.
          --kūṇikā the Indian lute.
          --ga a. reaching or extending to the throat.
          --gata a. 1. being at or in the throat, coming to the throat; i. e. on the point of departing; na vadedyāvanīṃ bhāṣāṃ prāṇaiḥ. kaṃṭhagatairapi Subhāṣ; Pt. 1. 296. --2. approaching or reaching the throat.
          --taṭaḥ, --taṭaṃ, --ṭī the side of the neck.
          --talāsikā the leather or rope passing round the neck of a horse.
          --daghna a. reaching to the neck.
          --nīḍakaḥ a kite.
          --nalikaḥ a large lamp or torch, a whisp of lighted straw &c; (Mar. maśāla). --pāśaḥ --pāśakaḥ 1. a rope tied round an elephant's neck. --2. a halter in general.
          --baṃdhaḥ a rope for an elephant's neck.
          --bhūṣā a short necklace; vidūṣāṃ kaṃṭhabhūṣātvametu Vikr. 18. 102.
          --maṇiḥ 1 a jewel worn on the neck. --2. (fig.) a dear or beloved object.
          --lagna a. 1. clinging to the throat.
     (2) suspended round the neck. --3. throwing the arms round the neck (in embraces); Māl. 3. 2. --latā 1. a collar. --2. a horse's halter. --vartin a. being at or in the throat, i. e. on the point of departing; -prāṇaiḥ R. 12. 54. --śālukaṃ a hard tumour in the throat. --śuṃḍī swelling of the tonsils. --śoṣaḥ (lit.) 1. drying up or parching of the throat. --2. (fig.) fruitless expostulation. --sajjanaṃ hanging on, by, or round the neck. --sūtraṃ a kind of embrace; (thus defined: --yatkurvate vakṣasi vallabhasya stanābhighātaṃ nibiḍopagūhāt . pariśramārthaṃ śanakairvidagdhāstatkaṃṭhasūtraṃ pravadaṃti saṃtaḥ ..); kaṃṭhasūtramapadiśya yoṣitaḥ R. 19. 32. --stha a. 1. being in the throat. --2. guttural (as a letter). --3. being in the mouth, ready to be repeated by rote. --4. learnt and ready to be repeated.

kaṃṭhataḥ ind.
     (1) From the throat.
     (2) Distinctly, explicitly.

kaṃṭhikā A necklace of a single string or row.

kaṃṭhin a. Belonging to the throat.

kaṃṭhī
     (1) Neck, throat.
     (2) A necklace, a collar.
     (3) A rope round the neck of a horse.
     -- Comp.
          --ravaḥ 1. a lion. --2. an elephant in rut; kaṃṭhīravo mahāgraheṇa nyapatat Dk. 7. --3. a pigeon. --4. explicit declaration or mention; (iti kaṃṭhīraveṇoktam).

kaṃṭhekālaḥ N. of Śiva(blue on the neck).

kaṃṭhya a.
     (1) Relating or suitable to, or being at, the throat.
     (2) Guttural.
     -- Comp.
          --varṇaḥ a guttural letter; namely a, ā, k, kh, g, gh, ṅ and h. --svaraḥ a guttural vowel (a and ā).

kaṃṭhālaḥ
     (1) A boat.
     (2) A spade, hoe.
     (3) War.
     (4) A camel.
     (5) An esculent root.
     (6) A churning vessel.
     (7) A bag. --lā A churning vessel.

kaṃṭhīlaḥ A camel. --laḥ, --lā A churning vessel.

kaṃḍ I. 1 U. (kaṃḍati-te, kaṃḍita)
     (1) To be glad or satisfied.
     (2) To be proud.
     (3) To unhusk. --II. 10 U. (kaṃḍayati-te, kaṃḍita)
     (1) To thresh (corn, grain &c.), unhusk.
     (2) To protect, defend.

kaṃḍanam
     (1) Threshing, separating the chaff from the grain; ajānatārthaṃ tatsarvaṃ(adhyayanaṃ) tuṣāṇāṃ kaṃḍanaṃ yathā.
     (2) Chaff. --nī
     (1) A wooden mortar in which the threshing of corn or grain is performed.
     (2) A pestle.

kaṃḍita a. Dislocated; S. 2.

kaṃḍarā
     (1) A sinew(of which 16 are considered to be in the human body).
     (2) A principal vessel of the body, a large artery, vein &c.

kaṃḍānakaḥ N. of a servant of Śiva.

kaṃḍikā
     (1) A short section, shortest subdivision; (as in the śuklayajurveda).
     (2) N. of a country.

kaṃḍuḥ m. f., kaṃḍūḥ f.
     (1) Scratching.
     (2) Itching, itching sensation; kapolakaṃḍūḥ karibhirvinetuṃ Ku. 1. 9; Śānti. 4. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --ādi m. pl. the nominal verbs.
          --karī N. of a plant śūkaśiṃbī. --ghnaḥ
     (1) N. of a plant.
     (2) white mustard.

kaṃḍura a. Scratching. --raḥ A species of reed.

kaṃḍūtiḥ f.
     (1) Scratching.
     (2) Itching, itch; subhaga tvatkathāraṃbhe karṇe kaṃḍūtilālasā S. D.

kaṃḍūmat a.
     (1) Scratching.
     (2) Itching.

kaṃḍūyati --te Den. U. (p. p. kaṃḍūyita)
     (1) To scratch, rub gently; kaṃḍūyamānena kaṭaṃ kadācit R. 2. 37; mṛgīmakaṃḍūyata kṛṣṇasāraḥ Ku. 3. 36; so śṛge kṛṣṇamṛgasya vāmanayanaṃ kaṃḍūyamānāṃ mṛgīṃ S. 6. 16; Ms. 4. 82.

kaṃḍūyana, --naka a. Scratching. --naṃ Scratching, rubbing; kaṃḍūyanairdaṃśanivāraṇaiśca R. 2. 5. --nī A brush for rubbing. --kaḥ A tickler; Pt. 1. 71.

kaṃḍūyā
     (1) Scratching.
     (2) Itching.

kaṃḍūyitam Scratching.

kaṃḍūyitṛ a. Scratching, a scratcher.

kaṃḍūrā N. of a plant causing itch.

kaḍūṃla a.
     (1) Having an itchy sensation, feeling the itch, itchy; kaṃḍūladvipagaṃḍapiṃḍakaṣaṇotkaṃpena saṃpātibhiḥ U. 2. 9.
     (2) Causing itch. --laḥ An esculent root.

kaṃḍolaḥ
     (1) A basket for holding grain (made of cane or bamboo).
     (2) A safe, store-room.
     (3) A camel (also f.). --lī The lute of a Chāṇḍāla.
     -- Comp.
          --vīṇā The lute of a Chāṇḍāla.

kaṃḍolakaḥ
     (1) A basket.
     (2) A safe, store-room.

kaṃḍoṣaḥ A caterpillar.

kaṇva a. [kaṇ kvan] a. Ved.
     (1) Talented, intelligent.
     (2) Praising; prasakṣaṇo diṭhayaḥ kaṇvahotā Rv. 5. 41. 4.
     (3) Fit to be praised or honoured; Rv. 10. 115. 5.
     (4) Deaf. --ṇvaḥ
     (1) N. of a renowned sage, foster-father of Śakuntalā and progenitor of the line of kāṇva Brāhmaṇas. He was the author of several hymns of the Ṛgveda.
     (2) (Ved.) A peculiar class of evil spirits against whom charms are used.
     (3) A praiser.
     (4) The founder of Vedic schools. --ṇvaṃ Sin, evil.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃbhana a. consuming or destroying the evil spirits called Kaṇvas (?).
          --duhitṛ, --sutā Śakuntalā, Kaṇva's daughter.
          --sakhin a. Ved. a friend of the Kaṇvas, friendly disposed to them.
          --hotṛ a. one whose priest is a Kaṇva.

kaṇvatama a. Ved. Very wise.

kaṇvamat a. United with a praiser or with the Kaṇvas (as Indra).

kataḥ, --katakaḥ [kaṃ jalaṃ śuddhaṃ tanoti tan --ḍa Tv.] The clearing-nut plant, (the nut of which is said to clear muddy water); phalaṃ katakavṛkṣasya yadyapyaṃbuprasādanaṃ . na nāmagrahaṇādeva tasya vāri prasīdati .. Ms. 6. 67. --taṃ --takaṃ The nut of this tree, see aṃbuprasādana also.

kataphalaḥ The clearing nut plant.

katama pron. a. [kim-ḍatam] (-mat n.) Who or which of many; api jñāyate katamena digbhāgena gataḥ sa jālma iti V. 1; atha katamaṃ punarṛtumadhikṛtya gāsyāmi S. 1; katame te guṇāstatraṃ yānudāharaṃtyāryamiśrāḥ Māl. 1; G. L. 22; (sometimes it is used merely as a strengthened substitute for kim). When followed by ca and preceded by yatama it means 'any whosoever', 'whatsoever'. In negative sentences katama with cana or api means 'not even one', 'none at all' It also means 'best or excessively good-looking'.

katara pron. a. (-rat n.) Who or who or which of two; naitadvidmaḥ kataraṃnno garīyo yadvā jayema yadi vā no jayeyuḥ Bg. 2. 6.

katarataḥ On which of the two sides?

kati pron. a. [kim + ḍati] (always declined in the plural only; kati, katibhiḥ &c.)
     (1) How many; katyagnayaḥ kati sūryāsaḥ Rv. 10. 88. 18; ebhirbhūtaiḥ smara kati kṛtāḥ svāṃta te vipralaṃbhāḥ Śānti. 3. 18;
     (2) Some. When followed by cit, cana or api, kati loses its interrogative force and becomes indefinite in sense, meaning 'some', 'several', 'a few'; tanvī sthitā katicideva padāni gatvā S. 2. 12; katyapi vāsarāṇi Amaru. 25; tasminnadrau katicidabalāviprayuktaḥ sa kāmī nītvā māsān Me. 2.

katikṛtvas ind. How many times.

katidhā ind.
     (1) How often.
     (2) In how many places or parts.

katipaya a. [kati-ayac puk ca]
     (1) Some, several, a certain number; katipayakusumodgamaḥ kadaṃbaḥ U. 3. 20; Me. 23; katipayadivasāpagame some days having elapsed; varṇaiḥ katipayaireva grathitasya svarairiva Śi. 2. 72; katipayena or katipayāt with some effort.

katipayatha a. Advanced to a certain place or degree.

katividha a. How many kinds.

katiśas ind. How many at a time.

katamālaḥ [kasya jalasya tamāya śoṣaṇāyālati paryāpnoti al-ac Tv.] Fire; cf. khatamāla.

katth 1 A. (katthate, katthita)
     (1) To boast, swagger; kṛtvā katthiṣyate na kaḥ Bk. 16. 4; kṛtvaitatkarmaṇā sarvaṃ katthethāḥ Mb.
     (2) To praise, celebrate.
     (3) To flatter or coax.
     (4) To abuse, revile.

katthana a. Boasting, praising. --naṃ, --nā Bragging, boasting.

katpaya a. Ved. Swelling, rising. --yaṃ Water causing happiness.

katr 10 P. (katrayati, katrita) To loosen, slaken, remove.

katsavaram The shoulder.

kath 10 U. (kathayati-te, kathita)
     (1) To tell, relate, narrate, communicate (usually with dat. of person); rāmamiṣvasanadarśanotsukaṃ maithilāya kathayāṃbabhūva saḥ R. 11. 37.
     (2) To declare, state, mention; Bg. 2. 34; R. 11. 15.
     (3) To converse, talk with, hold conversation with; kathayitvā sumaṃtreṇa saha Rām.
     (4) To indicate, betray, bespeak, show; V. 1. 6; Māl. 8. 10; ākārasaṭṭaśaṃ ceṣṭitamevāsya kathayati S. 7.
     (5) To describe, relate; kiṃ kathyate śrīrubhayasya tasya Ku. 7. 78; kathācchalena bālānāṃ nītistadiha kathyate H. Pr. 8; Pt. 4. 37.
     (6) To inform, give information about, complain against; Mk. 3.
     (7) To denounce.
     (8) To suppose. --Pass. (kathyate)
     (1) To be called.
     (2) To be regarded or considered as.

kathaka a. [kath-ṇvul] A narrator, a relator. --kaḥ
     (1) A chief actor, speaker of a prologue.
     (2) A disputant.
     (3) A story-teller.

kathana a. Telling, talkative. --naṃ narration, relation, description.

kathanīya a.
     (1) To be said or told or declared.
     (2) Worthy of relation, to be named.

kathayāna a. Telling, speaking.

kathā [kath ni- a] A tale, story; -prāvīṇyaṃ U. 4 historical knowledge.
     (2) A fable, feigned story; kathācchalena bālānāṃ nītistadiha kathyate H. Pr. 8
     (3) An account, allusion, mention; kathāpi khalu pāpānāmalamaśreyase yataḥ Śi. 2. 40.
     (4) Talk, conversation, speech; prathamaṃ kṛtāṃ kathāṃ S. 4. 1.
     (5) A variety of prose composition, often distinguished from ākhyāyikā; (prabaṃdhakalpanāṃ stokasatyāṃ prājñāḥ kathāṃ viduḥ . paraṃparāśrayā yā syāt sā matākhyāyikā budhaiḥ ..); see under ākhyāyikā also.
     (6) (In phil.) Disputation. kā kathā or kathā with prati (what mention) is often used in the sense of 'what need one say of', 'not to mention', 'to say nothing of', 'how much more', or 'how much less'; kā kathā bāṇasaṃdhāne jyāśabdenaiva dūrataḥ . huṃkāreṇeva dhanuṣaḥ sa hi vighnānapohati S. 3. 1; abhitaptamayopi mārdavaṃ bhajate kaiva kathā śarīriṣu R. 8. 43; āptavāganumānābhyāṃ sādhyaṃ tvāṃ prati kā kathā 10. 28; Ve. 2. 25.
     -- Comp.
          --anurāgaḥ taking pleasure in conversation, attention.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. the course of conversation; smartavyosmi kathāṃtareṣu bhavatā Mk. 7. 7. --2. another tale.
          --avaśeṣa or kathāśeṣa a. one of whom only the narrative remains, i. e. deceased, dead.
          --ākramaḥ the commencement of a conversation.
          --āraṃbhaḥ commencement of a tale.
          --ārāmaḥ garden of fable.
          --ālāpaḥ speech, conversation.
          --udayaḥ the beginning of a tale.
          --uddhātaḥ 1. the second of the five kinds of prastāvanā, where the first character enters the stage after over-hearing and repeating either the words of the manager (sūtradhāra) or their sense; see S. D. 290; e. g. in Ratn., Ve. or Mudrārākṣasa. --2. commencement of a tale or narration; ākumārakathoddhātaṃ śāligopyo jaguryaśaḥ R. 4. 20.
          --upakatha --upākhyānaṃ narration, relation, telling a story.
          --chalaṃ 1. the guise of a fable. --2. giving a false account.
          --nāyakaḥ, puruṣaḥ the hero or leading character of a story; rāmāyaṇa- U. 4, 6.
          --paṭhiṃ 1. the introductory part of a tale or story. --2. N. of the first laṃbaka or book of the kathāsaritsāgara. --prabaṃdhaḥ a tale, fiction, fable.
          --prasaṃga a. 1. talkative, talking much and foolishly. --2. mad, foolish. (
          --gaḥ) 1. conversation, talk or course of conversation; nānākathāprasaṃgāvasthitaḥ H. 1; kathāprasaṃgena vivādaṃ kila cakratuḥ Ks. 22. 181; N. 1. 35. --2. a curer of poisons (viṣavaidya); kathāprasaṃgena janairudāhṛtāt Ki. 1. 24 (where the word is used in sense 1 also).
          --prāṇaḥ 1. an actor. --2. a professional storyteller.
          --mukhaṃ the introductory portion of a story; Pt. 1.
          --yogaḥ course of conversation, talk, discourse.
          --viparyāsaḥ changing the course of a story.
          --virakta a. reserved, taciturn, disliking conversation.
          --śeṣa a. see kathāvaśeṣa.

kathānakam A small tale; e. g. Vetālapanchavimśati.

kathāpayati Den. P. To tell, relate &c.

kathikaḥ
     (1) A narrator.
     (2) A storyteller.

kathita p. p.
     (1) Told, described, narrated.
     (2) Expressed. --taḥ The supreme being. --taṃ A conversation, discourse; pūrvavṛttakathitaiḥ purāvidaḥ R. 11. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --padaṃ-padatā tautology, repetition, considered as a fault of composition relating to a sentence, where a word is used without any specific purpose; see K. P. 7; and S. D. 575 ad loc.

kathīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To reduce to a tale.
     (2) To cause to remain only in narration.

kathīkṛta a. Remaining in narration (only), dead, deceased; Ku. 4. 13.

katham ind. [kim-prakārārthethamu kādeśaśca]
     (1) How, in what way, in what manner, whence; kathaṃ mārātmake tvayi viśvāsaḥ H. 1; atha sa vaidyaḥ kathaṃ Mu. 2 'well how did the physician fare'; sānubaṃdhāḥ kathaṃ na syuḥ saṃpado me nirāpadaḥ R. 1. 64, 3. 44; kathamātmānaṃ nivedayāmi kathaṃ vātmāpahāraṃ karomi S. 1 (where the speaker is doubtful as to the propriety of what he says).
     (2) Oh what! indeed! (expressing surprise); kathaṃ māmevoddiśati S. 6.
     (3) It is often connected with the particles iva, nāma, nu, vā, or svid in the sense of, 'how indeed,' 'how possibly', 'I should like to know', (where the question is generalized); kathaṃ vā gamyate U. 3; kathaṃ nāmaitat U. 6.
     (4) When connected with the particles cit, cana or api it means 'in every way', 'on any account', 'somehow', 'with great difficulty', 'with great efforts'; tasya sthitvā kathamapi puraḥ Me. 3; kathamapyunnamitaṃ na cuṃbitaṃ tu S. 3. 25; na lokavṛttaṃ varteta vṛttihetoḥ kathaṃcana Ms. 4. 11, 5. 143; kathaṃcidīśā manasāṃ babhūvuḥ Ku. 3. 34; kathaṃ kathamapi utthitaḥ Pt. 1; visṛjya kathamapyumāṃ Ku. 6. 3; Me. 22; Amaru. 12, 39, 50, 73; Pt. 1.
     (5) Scarcely, hardly; kathamapi bhuvane'smiṃstādṛśā saṃbhavaṃti Māl. 2. 9.
     -- Comp.
          --kathikaḥ an inquisitive person.
          --kāraṃ ind. in what manner, how; kathaṃkāramanālaṃbā kīrtirdyāmadhirohati Śi. 2. 52; kathaṃkāraṃ bhuṃkte Sk; N. 17. 126.
          --pramāṇa a. of what measure.
          --bhāvaḥ what state.
          --bhūta a. 1. how being. --2. of what nature or kind (oft. used by commentators).
          --rūpa a. of what shape.
          --vīrya a. of what power.

kathaṃtā What sort or manner.
     (2) Inquiry, question' demand.

kad I. 4 A. (kadyate) To be confounded or confused, to suffer mentally. --II. 1 A. (kadate) also 1 P.
     (1) To cry, to weep or shed tears.
     (2) To grieve.
     (3) To call.
     (4) To kill or hurt; see kaṃd.

kadanam
     (1) Slaughter, havoc, destruction; U. 5. 10.
     (2) War.
     (3) Sin.

kad ind. [kad-kvip] Ved. A particle of interrogation, 'where'. This particle which is a substitute for the word ku is often used as the first member of a comp. and expresses the senses of badness, littleness, deterioration, uselessness, defectiveness &c. of anything.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ 1. a bad letter. --2. bad writing.
          --agniḥ a little fire.
          --adhvan a bad road.
          --annaṃ bad food.
          --apatyaṃ a bad child, bad posterity.
          --abhyāsaḥ a bad habit or custom.
          --artha a. 1. useless, unmeaning. --2. having what purpose or aim? (
          --rthaḥ) a useless thing.
          --arthanaṃ, --nā troubling, tormenting, torture.
          --arthayati Den. P. 1. to despise, slight. --2. to trouble, torment; Bh. 3. 100; N. 8. 75.
          --arthita a. 1. despised, disdained, slighted; kadarthitasyāpi hi dhairyavṛtterna śakyate dhairyaguṇaḥ pramāṃrṣṭu Bh. 2. 106. --2. tormented, teased; āḥ kadarthito'hamebhirvāraṃvāraṃ vīrasaṃvādavighnakāribhiḥ U. 5. --3. insignificant, mean. --4. bad, vile.
          --arthīkṛ 8 U. to disdain, despise.
          --arthīkṛta a. 1. despised, disdained. --2. rendered useless and unavailing.
          --arya a. 1. avaricious, miserly. --2. little, insignificant, mean. --3. bad, disagreeable. (
          --ryaḥ) a miser; Ms. 4. 210, 224; Y. 1. 161. -tā-tvaṃ 1. avarice. --2. insignificance. --3. badness. -bhāvaḥ avarice, stinginess.
          --aśvaḥ a bad horse.
          --ākāra a. deformed, ugly.
          --ācāra a. following evil practices, wicked, depraved. (
          --raḥ) bad conduct.
          --iṃdriyaṃ a bad organ of sense.
          --uṣṭraḥ a bad camel.
          --uṣṇa (also koṣṇa) a. tepid, lukewarm. (
          --ṣṇaṃ) lukewarmness.
          --tṛṇaṃ 1. a fragrant grass. --2. the plant kuṃbhikā. --toyaṃ an intoxicating drink, wine.
          --tri m. pl. three inferior articles.
          --rathaḥ a bad chariot or carriage; yudhi kadrathavadbhīmaṃ babhaṃja dhvajaśālinaṃ Bk. 5. 103.
          --vada a. 1. speaking ill or inaccurately or indistinctly; yena jātaṃ priyāpāye kadvadaṃ haṃsakokilaṃ Bk. 6. 75; vāgvidāṃ varamakadvado nṛpaḥ Śi. 14. 1. --2. vile, contemptible.

kada a.
     (1) Giving water.
     (2) Giving happiness. --daḥ A cloud.

kadakam A canopy, awning.

kadanam See under kad.

kadaṃbaḥ, --kadaṃbakaḥ [kad karaṇe aṃbac Tv.]
     (1) A kind of tree (said to put forth buds at the roaring of thunderclouds); katipayakusumodgamaḥ kadaṃbaḥ U. 3. 20, 42; Māl. 3. 7; Me. 25; R. 12. 99.
     (2) A kind of grass.
     (3) Turmeric.
     (4) The mustard-seed plant.
     (5) A particular mineral substance. --bī N. of a plant (devadālī). S. 6; U. 5. 18. --baṃ A multitude. --kaṃ
     (1) A multitude, group; chāyābaddhakadaṃbakaṃ mṛgakulaṃ romaṃthamabhyasyatu S. 2. 6.
     (2) The flower of the Kadamba tree; pṛthukadaṃbakadaṃbakarājitaṃ Ki. 5. 9.
     (3) A kind of grass (devatāḍa).
     -- Comp.
          --anilaḥ 1. a fragrant breeze (charged with the odour of Kadamba flowers); te conmīlitamālatīsurabhayaḥ prauḍhāḥ kadaṃbānilāḥ K. P. 1. --2. spring.
          --korakanyāyaḥ see under nyāya. --puṣpā, --ṣpī a plant the flowers of which resemble those of Kadamba.
          --vāyuḥ a fragrant breeze; =-anila.

kadaṃbadaḥ The mustard-seed plant.

kadaraḥ
     (1) A saw,
     (2) An iron goad for driving an elephant.
     (3) N. of a tree sometimes substituted for Khadira as a sacrificial post. --raḥ, --raṃ A corn, a callosity of the feet caused by external friction. --raṃ coagulated milk.

kadalaḥ, --kadalakaḥ The plantain tree; ūrudvayaṃ mṛgadṛśaḥ kadalasya kāṃḍau Amaru. 95. --lā N. of several plants: --pṛśni ḍiṃbikā, and śālmali. --lī
     (1) The plantain tree; kiṃ yāsi bālakadalīva vikaṃpamānā Mk. 1. 20; yāsyatyūruḥ sarasakadalīstaṃbhagauraścalatvaṃ Me. 96, 77; Ku. 1. 36; R. 12. 96; Y. 3. 8.
     (2) A kind of deer.
     (3) A flag carried by an elephant.
     (4) A flag or banner.
     -- Comp.
          --(lī) kusumaṃ the flower of the kadalī plant.
          --daṃḍaḥ --skaṃdhaḥ a kind of illusion.

kadalikā A banner, flag; Māl. 6.

kadalin m. A kind of antelope.

kadalīkṣatā
     (1) A sort of cucumber.
     (2) A beautiful woman.

kadā ind. When, at what time; kadā gamiṣyasi-eṣa gacchāmi; kadā kathayiṣyasi &c.; when connected with a following api it means 'now and then', 'at times', 'sometimeś', 'at some time': na kadāpi never; with a following cana it means 'at some time', 'one day', 'at one time or another', 'once'; ānaṃdaṃ brahmaṇo vidvānna bibheti kadācana; Ms. 2. 54, 144, 3. 25, 101; with a following cit it means 'at one time', 'once upon a time', 'at some time or other'; atha kadācit once upon a time; R. 2. 37, 12. 21; nākṣaiḥ krīḍetkadācittu Ms. 4. 74, 65, 169; kadācit-kadācit 'now-now'; kadācit kānanaṃ jagāhe kadācit kamalavaneṣu reme K. 58 et seq.) [cf. L. quando].

kadru a. [kad-ru] (dru or drū f.)
     (1) Tawny.
     (2) Variegated, spotted. --druḥ
     (1) The tawny colour.
     (2) The variegated colour. --druḥ, -drūḥ f. Wife of Kaśyapa and the mother of the Nāgas.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ, sutaḥ a serpent.

kadruṇa a. Reddish-brown, tawny.

kadvaram
     (1) Whey.
     (2) Buttermilk mixed with water.

kadhapriya --kadhaprī a. Ved. Fond of praise.

kan 1 P. Ved. (kanati, kaṃtuṃ).
     (1) To be satisfied or contented.
     (2) To love, wish.
     (3) To shine.
     (4) To go.

kanakam Gold; kanakavalayaṃ srastaṃ srastaṃ mayā pratisāryate S. 3. 13; Me. 2, 37, 67. --kaḥ
     (1) The Palaśa tree.
     (2) The Dhattūra tree.
     (3) Mountain ebony.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgadaṃ a gold bracelet.
          --acalaḥ, -adriḥ, -giriḥ, śailaḥ epithets of the mountain Sumeru; adhunā kucau te spardhete kila kanakācalena sārdham Bv. 2. 9.
          --adhyakṣaḥ the treasurer.
          --āhvaḥ the dhattūra tree. (--hvaṃ) = nāgakeśara. --ālukā a golden jar or vase.
          --āhvayaḥ the Dhattūra tree. (
          --yaṃ) a flower.
          --kṣāraḥ borax.
          --ṭaṃkaḥ a golden hatchet.
          --daṃḍaṃ --daṃḍakaṃ (golden-sticked) the royal parasol.
          --daṃḍikā a golden sheath for a sword &c.; Mu. 2.
          --nikaṣaḥ a streak of gold (rubbed on a touch-stone).
          --patraṃ an earornament made of gold; jīveti maṃgalavacaḥ parihṛtya kopāt karṇe kṛtaṃ kanakapatramanālapaṃtyā Ch. P. 10.
          --parāgaḥ gold-dust.
          --palaḥ a kind of fish. (
          --laṃ) a weight of gold.
          --prabha a. bright as gold. (
          --bhā) the mahājyotiṣmatī plant.
          --prasavā the svarṇaketakī plant.
          --bhaṃgaḥ a piece of gold.
          --raṃbhā the svarṇakadalī plant.
          --rasaḥ 1. a yellow orpiment. --2. fluid gold.
          --śaktiḥ N. of Kārtikeya.
          --sūtraṃ a gold necklace; kākyā kanakasūtreṇa kṛṣṇasarpo vināśitaḥ Pt. 1. 207.
          --sthalī 'a land of gold,' gold mine.

kanakamaya a. Made of gold, golden.

kanakhalam N. of a Tīrtha or sacred place and the hills adjoining it; (tīrthaṃ kanakhalaṃ nāma gaṃgādvāre'sti pāvanaṃ); tasmādgaccheranukanakhalaṃ śailarājāvatīrṇāṃ jahnoḥ kanyām Me. 50.

kanaṭī Red arsenic.

kanana a. One--eyed; cf. kāṇa.

kanayati Den. P. To lessen, reduce in size, make small, diminish; kīrtiṃ naḥ kanayaṃti ca Bk. 18. 25.

kanā Ved. A girl; the youngest girl.

kanikrada a. Ved. Neighing, crying very much.

kaniṣṭha a. (Snperl. of alpa or yuvan)
     (1) The smallest, least.
     (2) The youngest.
     (3) Lower.
     (4) Having the feet downwards. --ṣṭhaḥ N. of Śiva. --ṣṭhā
     (1) The little finger.
     (2) A kind of heroine.
     (3) The wife of a younger brother.
     -- Comp.
          --padaṃ --mūlaṃ the least or first root.

kaniṣṭhaka a. The smallest. --ṣṭhikā The little finger; kaniṣṭhikādhiṣṭhitakālidāsā Subhāṣ. --kaṃ A kind of grass.

kanī A daughter or girl.

kanīna a. Ved. Young. --nī
     (1) The little finger.
     (2) The pupil of the eye.

kanīnakaḥ
     (1) A boy, youth.
     (2) The pupil of the eye. --kā
     (1) A maiden, girl.
     (2) The pupil of the eye. --nikā
     (1) The little finger.
     (2) The pupil of the eye.

kanīyas a. (sī f.)(Compar. of alpa or yuvan)
     (1) Smaller, less.
     (2) Younger; kanīyān bhrātā, kanīyasī bhaginī &c.

kanīyasa a.
     (1) Smaller, less.
     (2) Younger. --saṃ Copper.

kanīciḥ f.
     (1) A cart.
     (2) A creeping plant.

kanūja = kanyākubja. q. v.

kanerā
     (1) A harlot.
     (2) A female elephant; (cf. kaṇerā).

kaṃta a. Happy.

kaṃtu a. Happy. --tuḥ
     (1) Cupid, the god of love.
     (2) Heart (seat of thought and feeling).
     (3) Granary.

kaṃthā
     (1) A patched garment, wallet (worn by ascetics); jīrṇā kaṃthā tataḥ kiṃ Bh. 3. 74, 19, 86; Śānti. 4. 4, 19.
     (2) A wall.
     (3) A town.
     -- Comp.
          --dhāraṇaṃ wearing a patched garment, as practised by some Yogins.
          --dhārin m. a religious mendicant, Yogin.

kaṃd 1 P. (kaṃdati, kaṃdita)
     (1) To cry, lament.
     (2)
          (A) To be confounded or perplexed.
     (3) To confound.

kaṃdaḥ --dam
     (1) A bulbous root.
     (2) A bulb; Bh. 3. 69; (fig. also); jñānakaṃda.
     (3) Garlic.
     (4) A knot, swelling.
     (5) An affection of the male or female organ. --daḥ
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) Camphor.
     -- Comp.
          --mūlaṃ a radish.
          --saṃjñaṃ prolapsus uteri.
          --sāraṃ the garden of Indra.

kaṃdin a. Having a bulbous root. --m. An esculent root.

kaṃdakaḥ A palanquin.

kaṃdaṭṭam The white water-lily; cf. kaṃdoṭa.

kaṃdaraḥ, --ram A cave, a valley; kiṃ kaṃdāḥ kaṃdarebhyaḥ pralayamupagatāḥ Bh. 3. 69; vasudhādharakaṃdarābhisarpī V. 1. 16; Me. 56. --raḥ A hook for driving an elephant. --rā-rī A cave, valley, hollow. --raṃ Dry ginger.
     -- Comp.
          --ākaraḥ a mountain.

kaṃdarpaḥ
     (1) N. of Cupid, the god of love; prajanaścāsmi kaṃdarpaḥ Bg. 10. 28; kaṃdarpa iva rūpeṇa Mb.
     (2) Love. (kaṃdarpa is thus derived: --kaṃ darpayāmīti madājjātamātro jagāda ca . tena kaṃdarpanāmānaṃ taṃ cakāra caturmukhaḥ ..)
     -- Comp.
          --kūpaḥ pudenda muliebre.
          --jvaraḥ fever of love, passion, vehement desire.
          --dahanaḥ, -mathanaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --muṣalaḥ --musalaḥ the male organ of generation.
          --śṛṃkhalaḥ 1. membrum virile. --2 a particular mode of sexual enjoyment or coitus (ratibaṃdha).

kaṃdalaḥ --lam
     (1) A new shoot or sprout; U. 3. 40.
     (2) Reproach, censure.
     (3) The cheek, or the cheek and temple.
     (4) A portent.
     (5) Sweet sound.
     (6) The plantain tree; kaṃdaladalollāsāḥ payobiṃdavaḥ Amaru. 48.
     (7) Collection; U. 3. 11. --laḥ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) War, battle.
     (3) (Hence) War of words, controversy. --laṃ A Kandala flower; vidalakaṃdalakaṃpanalālitaḥ Śi. 6. 30; R. 13. 29.

kaṃdalī
     (1) The plantain(or the Banana) tree; āraktarājibhiriyaṃ kusumairnavakaṃdalī salilagarbhaiḥ . kopādaṃtarbāṣpe smarayati māṃ locane tasyāḥ V. 4. 5; Me. 21; Rs. 2. 5.
     (2) A kind of deer.
     (3) A flag.
     (4) Lotus-seed.
     -- Comp.
          --kusumaṃ 1. a mushroom. --2. the flower of the plantain tree.

kaṃdalita a.
     (1) Budded, blown.
     (2) Put forth, emitted.

kaṃdirī N. of a plant (Mar. lājāLū.)

kaṃduḥ m. f. [Uṇ. 1. 14] A boiler, oven.
     -- Comp.
          --pakva a. parched, roasted (as grain).

kaṃdukaḥ, --kam A ball for playing with; pātito'pi karāghātairutpatatyeva kaṃdukaḥ Bh. 2. 83; Ku. 1. 29, 5. 11, 19; R. 16. 83. --kaṃ A pillow; Bh. 3. 145.
     -- Comp.
          --līlā any game with a ball.

kaṃdoṭaḥ(--ṭṭaḥ)
     (1) The white lotus.
     (2) The blue lotus (a provincial form for nīlotpala); mohamukalāyamānanetrakaṃdoṭṭayugalaḥ Mal. 7. --ṭaṃ A blue lotus.

kaṃdotaḥ The white lotus.

kaṃdhaḥ
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) A kind of grass.

kaṃdharaḥ [kaṃ śiro jalaṃ vā dhārayati]
     (1) The neck.
     (2) 'The holder of water', a cloud.
     (4) A kind of grass.
     (4) N. of a vegetable (māriṣa). --rā The neck; kaṃdharāṃ samapahāya kaṃ dharāṃ prāpya saṃyati jahāsa kasyacit; Y. 2. 220; Amaru. 16; see utkaṃdhara also.

kaṃdhiḥ [kaṃ śiro jalaṃ vā dhīyate'tra] The ocean. --f. The neck.

kannam [kan-kta]
     (1) Sin.
     (2) A swoon, a fainting fit.

kanyakā 1 A girl; saṃbaddhavaikhānasakanyakāni R. 14. 28; 11. 53.
     (2) An unmarried girl, virgin, maiden; gṛhe gṛhe puruṣāḥ kulakanyakāḥ samudvahaṃti Mal. 7; Y. 1. 105.
     (3) A technical name for a girl ten years old; (aṣṭavarṣā bhavedgaurī navavarṣā ca rohiṇī . daśame kanyakā proktā ata urdhvaṃ rajasvalā Śabdak.)
     (4) (In Rhet.) One of the several kinds of heroines; an unmarried girl serving as a chief character in a poetical composition; see under anyastrī.
     (5) The sign Virgo.
     -- Comp.
          --chalaḥ seduction: paiśācaḥ kanyakācchalāt Y. 1. 61.
          --janaḥ a maiden; viśuddhamugdhaḥ kulakanyakājanaḥ Mal. 7. 1.
          --jātaḥ the son of an unmarried girl; Y. 2. 129 (=kānīna); for instance vyāsa, karṇa &c.

kanyanā Ved. Calling a girl(kanyāhvāna); a girl (?).

kanyalā Ved. A girl.

kanyasaḥ The youngest brother. --sā The little finger. --sī The youngest sister.

kanyā [Uṇ. 4. 111]
     (1) An unmarried girl or daughter; P. 1. 51, 2. 10, 3. 33; Ms. 10. 8.
     (2) A girl ten years old.
     (3) A virgin, maiden; Ms. 8. 367, 3. 33.
     (4) A woman in general.
     (5) The sixth sign of the zodiac, i. e. Virgo.
     (6) N. of Durgā.
     (7) Large cardamoms.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥpuraṃ the women's apartments; surakṣitepi kanyāṃtaḥpure kaścitpraviśati Pt. 1; Mv. 2. 50.
          --āṭa a. following after or hunting young girls. (
          --ṭaḥ) 1. the inner apartments of a house. --2. a man who hunts or goes alter young girls.
          --kubjaḥ N. of a country. (
          --bjaṃ) N. of an ancient city in the north of India, situated on a tributary of the Ganges, now called Kanoja.
          --kumāri f.,
          --rī N. of Durgā.
          --gataṃ the position of a planet in the sign Virgo.
          --grahaṇaṃ taking a girl in marriage.
          --dānaṃ giving away a girl in marriage.
          --dūṣaṇaṃ defilement of a virgin.
          --doṣaḥ a defect or blemish in a girl, bad repute (such as a disease &c.).
          --dhanaṃ dowry.
          --patiḥ 'daughter's husband', a son-in-law.
          --pālaḥ a dealer in slave girls.
          --putraḥ, gabhaḥ the son of an unmarried daughter (called kānīna). --puraṃ the women's apartments.
          --bhartṛ m. 1. a son-in-law. --2. N. of Kārtikeya.
          --ratnaṃ a very fine girl; kanyāratnamayonijanma bhavatāmāste Mv. 1. 30.
          --rāśiḥ the sign Virgo.
          --vedin m. a son-in-law (marrying one's girl); Y. 1. 262.
          --śulkaṃ money given to the bride's father as her price, purchase-money of a girl.
          --svayaṃvaraḥ the choice of a husband by a maiden.
          --haraṇaṃ ravishment or seduction of a maiden; Ms. 3. 33.

kanyakā, kanyikā
     (1) Young girl.
     (2) A virgin.

kanyasa a. Younger. --sā The little finger. --sī The youngest sister.

kanyāmaya a. Consisting of, or in the form of, a young girl; R. 6. 11, 16. 86. --yaṃ The harem (consisting mostly of girls).

kanyuṣam The hand below the wrist.

kap 1 P. To move see; kaṃp.

kapa
     (1) N. of varuṇa.
     (2) A class of demons.

kapaṭaḥ, --ṭam Fraud, deceit, trick, cheating; kapaṭaśatamayaṃ kṣetramapratyayānāṃ Pt. 1. 191; kapaṭānusārakuśalā Mk. 9. 5. --ṭī A measure equal to the capacity of the hollows of the two hands joined together.
     -- Comp.
          --tāpasaḥ one who pretends to be an ascetic, pseudo ascetic.
          --paṭu a. adept in deceit, deceitful, crafty; chalayan prajāstvamanṛtena kapaṭapaṭuraiṃdrajālikaḥ Śi. 15. 35.
          --prabaṃdhaḥ a fraudulent contrivance; H. 1.
          --lekhyaṃ a forged document.
          --vacanaṃ deceitful talk.
          --veśa a. disguised, masked. (
          --śaḥ) disguise, false dress.

kapaṭikaḥ A rogue, cheat.

kapaṭin a. Fraudulent, dishonest. --f. A kind of perfume (ciḍā).

kapanaḥ Shaking. --naḥ --nā Ved. A worm, caterpillar (ghuṇa).

kapardaḥ, kapardakaḥ
     (1) A small shell or cowrie (used as a coin).
     (2) Braided and matted hair, especially of Śiva; G. L. 22.

kapardikā A small shell or cowrie (used as a coin); mitrāṇyamitratāṃ yāṃti yasya na syuḥ kapardi(rda)kāḥ Pt. 2. 98.

kapardin a. [kaparda-ini]
     (1) Shaggy.
     (2) Wearing braided and matted hair. --m. N. of Śiva.

kapalam Ved. A half, a part.

kapāṭaḥ --ṭam [kaṃ vātaṃ pāṭayati tadgatiṃ ruṇaddhi Tv.]
     (1) Leaf or panel of a door; kapāṭhavakṣāḥ pariṇaddhakaṃdharaḥ R. 3. 34; svargadvārakapāṭapāṭanapaṭurdharmopi nopārjitaḥ Bh. 3. 11.
     (2) A door; Śi. 11. 60.
     -- Comp.
          --uddhāṭanaṃ 1. the opening of a door. --2. a door-key.
          --ghnaḥ a house-breaker, thief.
          --vakṣas a. broad-chested; R. 3. 34.
          --saṃdhiḥ 1. the junction of the leaves of a door. --2. a manner of multiplying.
          --saṃdhikaḥ a disease of the ear.

kapālaḥ, --lam [kaṃ śiro jalaṃ vā pālayati]
     (1) The skull, skull-bone; cūḍāpīḍakapālasaṃkulagalanmaṃdākinīvārayaḥ Mal. 1. 2; rudro yena kapālapāṇipuṭake bhikṣāṭanaṃ kāritaḥ Bh. 2. 95.
     (2) A piece of a broken jar, potsherd; kapālena bhikṣārthī Ms. 8. 93.
     (3) A multitude, collection.
     (4) A beggar's bowl; Ms. 6. 44.
     (5) A cup, jar in general; paṃcakapāla.
     (6) A cover or lid.
     (7) A treaty of peace on equal terms. --laṃ
     (1) The shell of an egg.
     (2) The cotyla of the leg of a man, any flat bone.
     (3) A kind of leprosy. --lī A beggar's bowl. [cf. L. caput; Gr. kephale].
     -- Comp.
          --nālikā a sort of pin or spindle for winding cotton &c.
          --pāṇiḥ --bhṛt, --mālin, --śiras m. epithets of Śiva.
          --mālinī N. of Durgā.
          --saṃdhiḥ a peace on equal terms, H. 4. 100.

kapāliḥ N. of Śiva.

kapālikā
     (1) A potsherd; Ms. 4. 78, 8. 250.
     (2) The tartar of the teeth.

kapālin a.
     (1) Furnished with or having a skull; Y. 3. 243.
     (2) Wearing skulls; kapāli vā syādathaveṃduśekharaṃ (vapu) Ku. 5. 78. --m.
     (1) An epithet of Śiva; karaṃ karṇe kurvaṃtyapi kila kapāliprabhṛtayaḥ G. L. 28.
     (2) A man of low caste (offspring of a Brāhmaṇa mother and fisherman father). --nī N. of Durgā.

kapiḥ [kaṃp-in nalopaḥ; Uṇ. 4. 143.]
     (1) An ape, a monkey; kaperavāsiṣurnādāt Bk. 9. 11.
     (2) An elephant.
     (3) A species of Karanja.
     (4) Incense, storax or impure benzoin (śilārasa).
     (5) The sun.
     (6) N. of Viṣṇu. --piḥ f. --pī A female monkey.
     -- Comp.
          --ākhyaḥ incense.
          --ijyaḥ an epithet of
     (1) Rāma;
     (2) of Sugrīva. --iṃdraḥ (the chief of monkeys) an epithet of
     (1) Hanūmat; naśyaṃti dadarśa vṛṃdāni kapīṃdraḥ Bk. 10. 12;
     (2) of Sugrīva; vyarthaṃ yatra kapīṃdrasakhyamapi me U. 3. 45;
     (3) of Jāmbavat. --kacchuḥ f. N. of a plant. --kaṃdukaṃ the skull. --ketana, --dhvajaḥ N. of Arjuna; Bg. 1. 20. --cūḍā, cūtaḥ the hog-plum tree. --jaḥ,--tailaṃ,--nāman n. storax or benzoin. --prabhuḥ 1. an epithet of Rāma. --2. of Sugrīva. --rathaḥ an epithet of
     (1) Rāma;
     (2) Arjuna. --loman f. a kind of perfume. --lohaṃ brass. --vaktraḥ N. of Nārada. --śākaḥ --kaṃ a cabbage --śīrṣaṃ the upper part (coping) of a wall. --śaṣirkaṃ vermilion (Mar. hiṃguLa). --śīṣrṇī a kind of musical instrument.

kapiṃjalaḥ
     (1) The Chātaka bird.
     (2) The Tittiri bird.

kapitthaḥ The wood-apple tree. --tthaṃ
     (1) The fruit of the above tree.
     (2) A particular position of the hands and fingers.
     -- Comp.
          --āsyaḥ a kind of monkey.

kapila a. [kapi-lac]
     (1) Tawny, reddish; vātāya kapilā vidyut Mbh.
     (2) Having tawny hair; Ms. 3. 8; (Kull. =kapilakeśā). --laḥ
     (1) N. of a great sage. [He reduced to ashes the 60,000 sons of Sagara who, while searching for the sacrificial horse of their father taken away by Indra, fell in with him and accused him of having stolen it; (see U. 1. 23). He is also said to have been the founder of the Sāṅkhya system of philosophy].
     (2) A dog.
     (3) Benzoin.
     (4) Incense.
     (5) A form of fire.
     (6) The tawny colour.
     (7) Impure benzoin.
     (8) N. of the sun.
     (9) N. of a country. (10) One of the incarnations of Viṣṇu. --lā
     (1) A brown cow.
     (2) A kind of perfume.
     (3) A kind of timber.
     (4) The common leech.
     (5) N. of the female elephant of the south-east.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣī a kind of deer.
          --aṃjanaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --aśvaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --ācāryaḥ Viṣṇu.
          --dyutiḥ the sun.
          --drākṣā a vine with brown grapes.
          --drumaḥ a kind of perfume.
          --dhārā 1. N. of the Ganges. --2. a holy place.
          --smṛtiḥ f. the Saṅkhya Sūtras of Kapila.

kapiśa a. [kapi-atvarthe śa]
     (1) Brown, reddish-brown.
     (2) Reddish; (chāyāḥ) saṃdhyāpayodakapiśāḥ piśitāśanānāṃ S. 3. 27; toye kāṃcanapadmareṇukapiśe 7. 12; V. 2. 7; Me. 21; R. 12. 28. --śaḥ
     (1) The brown colour.
     (2) A compound of red and black colour.
     (3) Storax or coarse benzoin. --śā
     (1) The Mādhavī creeper.
     (2) N. of a river. --śā, --śī, --śaṃ A spirit, a kind of rum.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --ayanaḥ 1. spirit, a kind of rum. --2. a deity.

kapiśita a. Embrowned; Śi. 6. 5.

kapiśīkā A kind of liquor.

kapītanaḥ N. of several plants:such as the holy fig-tree, the betelnut tree &c.

kapucchalaṃ, kapuṣṭakā
     (1) The ceremony of tonsure.
     (2) A patch of hair on each side of the head.

kapūya a. Mean, worthless, abject, low.

kapotaḥ [ko vāyuḥ pota iva yasya Tv.]
     (1) A dove, pigeon.
     (2) A bird in general.
     (3) A particular position of the hands.
     (4) The grey colour of a pigeon.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃghriḥ f. a sort of perfume.
          --aṃjanaṃ antimony.
          --ariḥ a hawk, falcon.
          --ābha a. of the colour of a pigeon. (
          --bhaḥ) a pale or dirty white colour.
          --caraṇā a sort of perfume.
          --pālikā,--pālī f. an aviary, a pigeon-house, dove-cot.
          --rājaḥ the king of pigeons.
          --varṇī small cardamoms.
          --vāṇā a kind of perfume.
          --sāraṃ antimony.
          --hastaḥ a mode of folding the hands in supplication, fear &c.; kapotahastakaṃ kṛtvā S. 6.

kapotakaḥ
     (1) A small pigeon.
     (2) A mode of folding the hands together. --kaṃ Antimony.

kapotakīyā A place abounding in pigeons.

kapotī
     (1) A female pigeon.
     (2) A kind of sacrificial post.

kapolaḥ [Uṇ. 1. 66] A cheek; kṣāmakṣāmakapolamānanaṃ S. 3. 10, 6. 14; R. 4. 68. --lī The knee-cap.
     -- Comp.
          --kāṣaḥ any object against which anything (especially the cheeks) is rubbed; Ki. 5. 36.
          --phalakaḥ the (broad) cheeks.
          --bhittiḥ f. the temples and cheeks; or excellent (i. e. broad) cheeks; cf. gaṃḍamitti. --rāgaḥ the flush in the cheek.

kaphaḥ [kena jalena phalati phal-ḍa Tv.]
     (1) Phlegm, one of the three humours of the body (the other two being vāta and pitta); kaphāpacayādārogyaikamūlamāśayāgnidīptiḥ Dk. 160; prāṇaprayāṇasamaye kaphavātapittaiḥ kaṃṭhāvarodhanavidhau smaraṇaṃ kutaste Udb.
     (2) A watery foam or froth in general.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ dry ginger.
          --kūrcikā saliva, spittle.
          --kṣayaḥ pulmonary consumption.
          --ghna, --nāśana, --hara a. removing phlegm, antiphlegmatic.
          --jvaraḥ fever caused by excess of phlegm.
          --virodhin m. pepper.

kaphala a. Phlegmatic.

kaphin a. (nī f.) [kapha-ini] Affected with excess of phlegm, phlegmatic. --m. An elephant (?).

kaphaṇiḥ, kaphoṇiḥ (ṇī f.) The elbow.

kaphelū a. Phlegmatic.

kaphauḍaḥ Ved. The elbow.

kab 1 P. (kabati, kabita)
     (1) To colour.
     (2) To praise.

kabaṃdhaḥ, --dham A headless trunk (especially when it retains life); (svaṃ) nṛtyatkabaṃdhaṃ samare dadarśa R. 7. 51, 12. 49. --dhaḥ
     (1) The belly.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) A comet.
     (4) N. of Rāhu.
     (5) Water (said to be n. also in this sense); Śi. 16. 67.
     (6) N. of a mighty demon mentioned in the Rāmāyaṇa. [While Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa lived in the Daṇḍakā forest, Kabandha attacked them and was slain by them. It is said that, though at first a heavenly being, he was cursed by Indra to assume the form of a demon and to be in that state till killed by Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa. He advised Rāma to form friendship with Sugrīva; see R. 12. 57].

kabaṃ(vaṃ)dhin a. 'Endowed with water', epithet of the Maruts. --m. N. of Kātyāyana.

kabara, --rī Usually written kavara, --rī q. v.

kabitthaḥ The wood-apple tree.

kabila a. Tawny. --laḥ The tawny colour.

kabuliḥ f. The hinder part of an animal.

kam ind. Ved. A particle used as an expletive or enclitic.

kam 1. 10. A. (kāmayate, kāmita, cakabhe-kāmayāṃcakre, kāṃta)
     (1) To love, be enamoured of, be in love with; kanye kāmayamānaṃ māṃ na tvaṃ kāmayase kathaṃ Kāv. 1. 63 (an instance of grāmyatā); kalahaṃsako maṃdārikāṃ kāmayate Mal. 1.
     (2) To long for, wish, desire; na vīrasūśabdamakāmayetāṃ R. 14. 4; niṣkraṣṭumarthaṃ cakame kuberāt 5. 26; 4. 48; 10. 53; Bk. 14. 82.
     (3) To have intercourse with.
     (4) To value highly.

kamana a. [kam-yuc]
     (1) Lustful, libidinous.
     (2) Wishing for, desirous; Śi. 6. 74.
     (3) Lovely, beautiful. --naḥ
     (1) Cupid, the god of love.
     (2) The Aśoka tree.
     (3) N. of Brahmā.
     (4) A Brāhmaṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --chadaḥ a heron (having beautiful plumage).

kamanīya a.
     (1) To be desired, desirable; ananyanārīkamanīyamaṃkaṃ Ku. 1. 37.
     (2) Lovely, charming, beautiful; śākhāvasaktakamanīyaparicchadānāṃ Ki. 7. 40; tadapi kamanīyaṃ vapuridaṃ S. 3. 9 v. 1.

kamara a. [kam-arac] Lustful, desirous.

kamā Beauty, loveliness.

kamitṛ a. (trī f.) Lustful, libidinous.

kamra a.
     (1) Desirous.
     (2) Beautiful.

kamaṭhaḥ [Uṇ. 1. 100]
     (1) A tortoise; saṃprāptaḥ kamaṭhaḥ sa cāpi niyataṃ naṣṭastavādeśataḥ Pt. 2. 184.
     (2) A bamboo.
     (3) A water-jar. --ṭhī A female tortoise or a small tortoise.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ a king of tortoises.

kamaṃḍaluḥ, --lu n. A water-pot (earthen or wooden) used by ascetics; kamaṃḍalūpamo'mātyastanutyāgo bahugrahaḥ H. 2. 91; kamaṃḍalunodakaṃ siktvā; Ms. 2. 64; Y. 1. 133.
     -- Comp.
          --taruḥ the tree of which Kamaṇḍalus are made.
          --dharaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

kamala a.
     (1) Desirous.
     (2) Palered. --laḥ
     (1) The Sārasa bird.
     (2) A kind of deer.
     (3) N. of Brahmā. --lī A collection of lotuses. --laṃ [kamkalac]
     (1) A lotus; kamalamanaṃbhasi kamale ca kuvalaye tāni kanakalatikāyāṃ K. P. 10; so hasta-, netra-, caraṇa-, &c.
     (2) Water; N. 1. 130; Ki. 5. 25.
     (3) Copper.
     (4) A medicament, drug.
     (5) The Sārasa bird.
     (6) The bladder, the right lobe of the lungs.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣī a lotus-eyed lady.
          --ākara; 1. an assemblage of lotuses. --2. a lake full of lotuses.
          --ālayā an epithet of Lakṣmī; Mu. 2.
          --āsanaḥ 'lotus-seated' N. of Brahmā; kāṃtāni pūrvaṃ kamalāsanena Ku. 7. 70.
          --īkṣaṇā a lotus-eyed lady.
          --uttaraṃ safflower.
          --khaṃḍaṃ an assemblage of lotuses.
          --jaṃ 1. an epithet of Brahmā. --2 the lunar asterism called Rohiṇī.
          --janman m.,
          --bhavaḥ, --yoniḥ, --saṃbhavaḥ 'lotus-born', epithets of Brahmā.

kamalakam A small lotus.

kamalā
     (1) An epithet of Lakṣmī.
     (2) An excellent woman.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ, --sakhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.

kamalinī
     (1) A lotus-plant; sābhre'hnīva sthalakamalinīṃ na prabuddhāṃ na suptāṃ Me. 90; ramyāṃtaraḥ kamalinīharitaiḥ sarobhiḥ S. 4. 10; R. 9. 30, 19. 11.
     (2) An assemblage of lotuses.
     (3) A place abounding with lotuses.

kaṃp
     (1) A. (kaṃpate cakaṃpe, kaṃpita) To shake, tremble, move about; (fig. also); cakaṃpe tīrṇalauhitye tasmin prāgjyotiṣeśvaraḥ R. 4. 81; Mk. 4. 8; Bk. 14. 31, 15. 70. --Caus.
     (1) To shake, cause to tremble.
     (2) To utter with a thrill or shake.

kaṃpaḥ [kaṃp-ghañ]
     (1) Shaking, tremor; kaṃpena kiṃcitpratigṛhya mūrdhnaḥ R. 13. 44 with a gentle nod or bend of the head; 13. 28; Ku. 7. 46; bhayakaṃpaḥ, vidyutkaṃpaḥ &c.
     (2) A modification of the Svarita accent. --pā Shaking, moving, tremor.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. tremulous, agitated.
          --lakṣman m. wind.

kaṃpana a. [kaṃp-yuc] Trembling, shaking. --naḥ
     (1) Śiśira season (November-December).
     (2) A kind of missile.
     (3) A kind of fever (sānnipātika). --naṃ
     (1) Shaking, tremor.
     (2) Quivering pronunciation.

kaṃpākaḥ Wind.

kaṃpilla = kāṃpilla q. v.

kaṃpita p. p.
     (1) Trembling, shaking.
     (2) Shaken, swung. --taṃ
     (1) Trembling, tremor.
     (2) Causing to shake.

kaṃpra a. [kaṃp-ra]
     (1) Shaking, tremulous, moving, agitating; vidhāya kaṃprāṇi mukhāni kaṃ prati N. 1. 142; kaṃprā śākhā Sk.
     (2) Agile, quick.

kaṃb 1 P. (kaṃbati, kaṃbita) To go, move.

kaṃbara a. Variegated. --raḥ Variegated colour.

kaṃbalaḥ [Uṇ. 1. 106]
     (1) A blanket (of wool); kaṃbalavaṃtaṃ na bādhate śītaṃ Subhāṣ.; kaṃbalāvṛtena tena H. 3.
     (2) A dewlap.
     (3) A sort of deer.
     (4) An upper garment of wool.
     (5) A wall.
     (6) A small worm. --laṃ Water.
     -- Comp.
          --vāhyakaṃ a kind of carriage covered with a coarse blanket, and drawn by oxen.

kaṃbalakaḥ, --kam A woollen cloth, blanket.

kaṃbalikā
     (1) A small blanket.
     (2) A kind of female deer.

kaṃbalin a. Covered with a blanket. --m. A bullock, ox.
     -- Comp.
          --vāhyakaṃ a carriage covered with blankets and drawn by oxen, a bullock-cart.

kaṃbiḥ --bī f.
     (1) A ladle or spoon.
     (2) A shoot.
     (3) A branch or joint of a bamboo.

kaṃbu a. (bu or bū f.) Spotted, variegated. --buḥ --bu (m., n.) A conch, shell; smarasya kaṃbuḥ kimayaṃ cakāsti divi trilokījayavādanīyaḥ N. 22. 22; Śi. 18. 54. --buḥ
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) The neck.
     (3) The variegated colour.
     (4) A vein of the body.
     (5) A bracelet.
     (6) A tube-shaped bone.
     -- Comp.
          --ātāyin m. a kind of kite.
          --kaṃṭhī a lady having the neck like a conch-shell.
          --grīvā 1. a conch-shaped neck, (i. e. a neck marked with three lines like a shell and considered as a sign of great fortune). --2. a lady having the neck like the conchshell.

kaṃbukaḥ
     (1) A conch, shell.
     (2) A mean or contemptible person.

kaṃbū a. Stealing. --m.
     (1) A thief, plunderer.
     (2) A bracelet; cf. Uṇ. 1. 93.

kaṃbojaḥ
     (1) A shell.
     (2) A kind of elephant.
     (3) (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants; kaṃbojāḥ samare soḍhuṃ tasya vīryamanīśvarāḥ R. 4. 69 v. l.

kaṃbhu n. The fragrant root (uśīra)

kayādhūḥ f. The wife of Hiraṇyakaśipu and mother of Prahlāda.

kara a. (rā or rī) [karoti, kīryate anena iti, kṛ-kṝ-ap] (Mostly at the end of comp.) Who or what does, makes or causes &c; duḥkha-, sukha-, bhayaṃ- &c. --raḥ
     (1) A hand; karaṃ vyādhunvatyāḥ pibasi ratisarvasvamadharaṃ S. 1. 24.
     (2) A ray of light, beam; yamuddhartuṃ pūṣā vyavasita ivālaṃbitakaraḥ V. 4. 34; also pratikūlatāmupagate hi vidhau viphalatvameti bahusādhanatā . avalaṃbanāya dinabharturabhūnna patiṣyataḥ karasahasramapi Śi. 9. 6 (where the word is used in sense 1 also).
     (3) The trunk of an elephant; sekaḥ sīkariṇā kareṇa vihitaḥ U. 3. 16; Bh. 3. 20.
     (4) A tax, toll, tribute; yuvā karākrāṃtamahībhṛduccakairasaṃśayaṃ saṃprati tejasā raviḥ Śi. 1. 70; (where kara means 'ray' also) (dadau) aparāṃtamahīpālavyājena raghave karaṃ R. 4. 58; Ms. 7. 128.
     (5) Hail.
     (6) A particular measure of length equal to 24 thumbs.
     (7) The asterism called hasta.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ 1. the forepart of the hand. --2. the tip of an elephant's trunk.
          --āghātaḥ a stroke or blow with the hand.
          --āroṭaḥ a finger-ring
          --ālaṃbaḥ supporting with the hand, giving a helping hand.
          --āsphoṭaḥ 1. the chest. --2. a blow with the hand.
          --ṛddhiḥ f. 1. a cymbal. --2. a small musical instrument.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ, -kaṃ a finger-nail.
          --kamalaṃ, --paṃkajaṃ, --padmaṃ a lotus-like hand, beautiful hand; karakamalavitīrṇairaṃbunīvāraśaṣpaiḥ U. 3. 25.
          --kalaśaḥ, śaṃ the hollow of the hand (to receive water).
          --kisalayaḥ, --yaṃ 1. 'sprout-like hand', a tender hand; karakisalayatālairmugdhayā nartyamānaṃ U. 3. 19; Rs. 6. 30. --2. a finger.
          --kuḍmalaṃ the finger.
          --koṣaḥ the cavity of the palms, hands hollowed to receive water; -peyamaṃbu Ghaṭ. 22.
          --grahaḥ, -grahaṇaṃ --1. levying a tax. --2. taking the hand in marriage. --3. marriage.
          --grāhaḥ 1. a husband. --2. a tax-collector.
          --gharṣaṇaḥ, -gharṣin m. the churning-stick.
          --chadaḥ the teak tree.
          --jaḥ a fingernail; tīkṣṇakarajakṣuṇṇāt Ve. 4. 1; Śi. 11. 37; Bv. 1. 105; Amaru. 85. (
          --jaṃ) a kind of perfume.
          --jālaṃ a stream of light.
          --talaḥ the palm of the hand; vanadevatākaratalaiḥ S. 4. 4; karatalagatamapi naśyati yasya tu bhavitavyatā nārita Pt. 2. 124. -āmalakaṃ (lit.) an āmalaka fruit (fruit of the Myrobalan) placed on the palm of the hand; (fig.) ease and clearness of perception, such as is natural in the case of a fruit placed on the palm of the hand; karatalāmalakaphalavadakhilaṃ jagadālokayatāṃ K. 43. -stha a. resting on the palm of the hand.
          --tālaḥ,-tālakaṃ 1. clapping the hands; sa jahāsa dattakaratālamuccakaiḥ Śi. 15. 39. --2. a kind of musical instrument, perhaps a cymbal.
          --tālikā, --tālī 1. clapping the hands; uccāṭanīyaḥ karatālikānāṃ dānādidānīṃ bhavatībhireṣaḥ N. 3. 7. --2. beating time by clapping the hands.
          --toyā N. of a river.
          --da a. 1. paying taxes --2. tributary; karadīkṛtākhilanṛpāṃ medinīṃ Ve. 6. 18. --3. giving the hand to help &c.
          --dakṣa a. handy, dexterous.
          --patraṃ 1. a saw. --2. playing in water. -vat m. the palm tree.
          --patrakaṃ a saw.
          --patrikā splashing water about while bathing or sporting in it.
          --pallavaḥ 1. a tender hand. --2. a finger; cf. -kisalaya. --pālaḥ, pālikā 1. a sword. --2. a cudgel.
          --pātraṃ 1. splashing water about while bathing. --2. the hand hollowed to hold anything.
          --pīḍanaṃ marriage; cf. pāṇipīḍana. --puṭaḥ the hands joined and hollowed to receive anything.
          --pṛṣṭhaṃ the back of the hand.
          --bālaḥ, --vālaḥ 1. sword; aghoraghaṃṭaḥ karavālapāṇirvyāpāditaḥ Māl. 9; mlecchanivahanidhane kalayasi karavālam Gīt. 1, Śi. 13. 60. --2. a finger-nail.
          --bhāraḥ a large amount of tribute.
          --bhūḥ a finger-nail.
          --bhūṣaṇaṃ an ornament worn round the wrist, such as a bracelet.
          --mālaḥ smoke.
          --muktaṃ a kind of weapon; see āyudha. --ruhaḥ 1. a finger-nail; anāghrātaṃ puṣpaṃ kisalayamalūnaṃ kararuhaiḥ S. 2. 10; Me. 96. --2. a sword.
          --vālikā a small club.
          --vīraḥ, --vīrakaḥ 1. a sword or scimitar. --2. a cemetery. --3. N. of a town in the S. M. country. --4. a kind of tree. (
          --rā) red arsenic. (
          --rī) 1. a woman who has borne a son, a mother --2. N. of Aditi. --3. a good cow. (
          --raṃ) the flower of the tree.
          --śākhā a finger.
          --śīkaraḥ water thrown out by an elephant's trunk.
          --śūkaḥ a finger-nail.
          --śothaḥ swelling of the hands.
          --sādaḥ 1. weakness of the hand. --2. the fading of rays.
          --sūtraṃ a marriage string worn round the wrist.
          --sthālin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --svanaḥ clapping of the hands.

karakaḥ,--kam [kirati karoti vā jalamatra, kṝ-kṛ-vun Tv.]
     (1) The water-pot (of an ascetic); K. 41.
     (2) The shell of the cocoa-nut (used as a pot). --kaḥ
     (1) The pomegranate tree.
     (2) Hand.
     (3) Tax.
     (4) A kind of bird. --kaḥ, kā, --kaṃ Hail; tānkurvīthāstumulakarakāvṛṣṭipātāvakīrṇān Me. 54; Bv. 1. 35; U. 3. 40.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbhas m. the cocoa-nut tree.
          --āsāraḥ a shower of hail.
          --jaṃ water.
          --pātrikā a water-pot used by ascetics.

karaṃkaḥ
     (1) A skeleton.
     (2) The skull; pretaraṃkaḥ karaṃkādaṃkasthādasthisaṃsthaṃ sthapuṭagatamapi kravyamavyagramatti Māl. 5. 16; also 5. 19.
     (3) A small pot (of cocoa-nut); a small box, as in tāṃbūlakarakaṃvāhinī (used in Kādambarī).
     (4) A kind of sugar-cane.
     (5) Any bone of the body.

karaṃjaḥ [kaṃśiro jalaṃ vā raṃjayati Tv.] N. of a tree (used in medicinal preparations).

karaṭaḥ [kirati madaṃ, kṝ-aṭan Uṇ. 4. 81]
     (1) An elephant's cheek.
     (2) Safflower.
     (3) A crow; Śānti. 4. 19.
     (4) An atheist, unbeliever.
     (5) A degraded Brāhmaṇa
     (6) A man of a low profession.
     (7) A musical instrument.
     (8) The first Śrāddha ceremony performed in honor of a dead man. --ṭā
     (1) An elephant's cheek.
     (2) A cow difficult to be milked.

karaṭakaḥ
     (1) A crow; Mk. 7.
     (2) N. of karṇīratha the propounder of the science and art of theft.
     (3) N. of a jackal in H. and Pt.

karaṭin m. An elephant; digaṃte śrūyaṃte madamalinagaṃḍāḥ karaṭinaḥ Bv. 1. 2.

kara(re)ṭuḥ A kind of bird (crane).

karaṇa a. [kṛ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Making, doing, effecting, producing.
     (2) (Ved.) Clever, skilled. --ṇaḥ
     (1) (Ved.) An assistant.
     (2) A man of a mixed tribe.
     (3) A writer. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Doing, performing, accomplishing, effecting; parahita-, saṃdhyā-, priya- &c.
     (2) Act, action.
     (3) Religious action.
     (4) Business, trade.
     (5) An organ of sense; vapuṣā karaṇojjhitena sā nipataṃtī patimapyaṃpātayat R. 8. 38, 42; paṭukaraṇaiḥ prāṇibhiḥ Me. 5; R. 14. 50.
     (6) The body; upamānamabhūdvilāsināṃ karaṇaṃ yattava kāṃtimattaṃyā Ku. 4. 5.
     (7) An instrument or means of an action; upamitikaraṇamupamānaṃ T. S.
     (8) (In Logic) The instrumental cause which is thus defined: --vyāpāravadasādhāraṇaṃ kāraṇaṃ karaṇaṃ.
     (9) A cause or motive (in general). (10) The sense expressed by the instrumental case (in gram.); sādhakatamaṃ karaṇaṃ P. I. 4. 42; or kriyāyāḥ pariniṣpattiryadvyāpārādanaṃtaram . vivakṣyate yadā yatra karaṇaṃ tattadā smṛtam ...
     (11) (In law) A document, a bond, documentary proof; Ms. 8. 51, 52, 154.
     (12) A kind of rhythmical pause, beat of the hand to keep time; Ku. 6. 40.
     (13) (In astrol.) A division of the day; (these Karaṇas are eleven).
     (14) The Supreme Being.
     (15) Pronunciation.
     (16) The posture of an ascetic.
     (17) A posture in sexual enjoyment.
     (18) A field.
     (19) Plastering with the hand. (20) The usage of the writer caste. --ṇī
     (1) A woman of a mixed caste.
     (2) A surd or irrational number.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ the soul.
          --grāmaḥ the organs of sense taken collectively.
          --trāṇaṃ the head.

karaṃḍaḥ [kṛ-aṃḍan Uṇ. 1. 126]
     (1) A small box or basket (of bamboo); karaṃḍapīḍitatanoḥ bhoginaḥ Bh. 2. 84; sarvamāyākaraṃḍaṃ 1. 77.
     (2) A bee-hive.
     (3) A sword.
     (4) A sort of duck (kāraṃḍava).
     (5) Liver.

karaṃḍakaḥ, --karaṃḍikā, karaṃḍī f. A small box made of bamboo.

karaṃḍin m. A fish.

karaṃdhaya a. Kissing the hand.

karabhaḥ [kṛ-abhac Uṇ. 3. 122; kare bhāti, bhā-ka Tv.]
     (1) The back of the hand from the wrist to the root of the fingers; metacarpus; as in karabhorūḥ R. 6. 83; see karabhorū below.
     (2) The trunk of an elephant.
     (3) A young elephant.
     (4) A young camel; Śi. 5. 3.
     (5) A camel in general.
     (6) A kind of perfume. --bhī A shecamel.
     -- Comp.
          --ūrūḥ f. a lady whose thighs resemble the back of the fore-arm; aṃke nidhāya karabhoru yathāsukhaṃ te S. 3. 21; Śi. 10. 69; Amaru. 69; or (according to another explanation), whose thighs resemble the trunk of an elephant; cf. Ku. 1. 36.

karabhakaḥ A camel.

karabhin m. An elephant.

karabhīraḥ A lion.

karamaṭṭaḥ The betel-nut tree.

karamarin m. A prisoner.

karaṃba, karaṃbita a. [kṛ-aṃbac; Uṇ. 4. 82]
     (1) Mixed, intermingled, variegated; prakāmamādityamavāpya kaṃṭakaiḥ karaṃbitāmodabharaṃ vivṛṇvatī N. 1. 115, 85; sphuṭataraphenakadaṃbakaraṃbitamiva yamunājalapūraṃ Gīt. 11.
     (2) Set, inlaid.

karaṃbhaḥ(baḥ)
     (1) Flour or meal mixed with curds.
     (2) Mud; karaṃbhavālukātāpān Ms. 12. 76 (where the word is variously interpreted; but Medhātithi takes it to mean 'mud').
     (3) Groats or coarsely ground oats.
     (4) A mixed odour.

karaṃbhakam
     (1) Groats.
     (2) Flour mixed with curds.

karahāṭaḥ N. of a country; (perhaps the modern Karhāda in Satāra district); karahāṭapateḥ putrī trijagannetrakārmaṇam Vikr. 8. 2.
     (2) The fibrous root or stem of a lotus.
     (3) A group of lotuses.

karāṃgaṇaḥ
     (1) A market or fare.
     (2) A place where revenue is collected.

karāyikā A bird, (a small kind. of crane.)

karāla a.
     (1) Dreadful, formidable, frightful, terrible; U. 5. 5, 6. 1; Mal. 3; Bg. 11. 23, 25, 27; R. 12. 98; Mv. 3. 48.
     (2) Gaping, opening wide; U. 5. 6.
     (3) Great, large, high, lofty.
     (4) Uneven, jagged; pointed; Ve. 2. 6; Māl. 1. 38.
     (5) Harsh; Māl. 5. 3.
     (6) Wide, spacious; Mk. 3. 12.
     (7) Deformed. --laḥ
     (1) Resin, pitch.
     (2) A disease of the teeth.
     (3) Black Tulasī. --lā A terrific form of Durgā; -āyatanaṃ; na karālopahārācca phalamanyadvibhāvyate Māl. 5. 33. --lī One of the seven tongues of fire. --laṃ A particular condiment.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃṣṭ a. having terrific teeth.
          --vadanā an epithet of Durgā.

karālikaḥ
     (1) A tree.
     (2) A sword. --kā N. of Durgā.

karikā Scratching, a wound caused by a finger-nail.

karin m. [kara-ini]
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) The number '8' (in Math.).
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, --īśvaraḥ, --varaḥ a large elephant, lordly elephant; sadādānaḥ parikṣīṇaḥ śasta eva karīśvaraḥ Pt. 2. 70; dūrīkṛtāḥ karivareṇa madāṃdhabuddhyā Nītipr. 2.
          --kuṃbhaḥ the frontal globe of an elephant; Bv. 2. 177.
          --kusuṃbhaḥ a fragrant powder of nāgakeśara. --garjitaṃ the roaring of an elephant (bṛṃhitaṃ karigarjitaṃ Ak.)
          --daṃtaḥ ivory.
          --dārakaḥ a lion.
          --nāsikā a musical instrument.
          --paḥ an elephant-driver.
          --potaḥ, --śāvaḥ --śāvakaḥ a cub, young elephant.
          --baṃdhaḥ a column to which an elephant is tied.
          --mācalaḥ a lion.
          --mukhaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa.
          --yādas n., a water-elephant.
          --vara = -iṃdra q. v.
          --vaijayaṃtī a flag carried by an elephant.
          --skaṃdhaḥ a herd or troop of elephants.

kariṇī A female elephant; kathametya matirviparyayaṃ kariṇī paṃkamivāvasīdati Ki. 2. 6; Bv. 1. 2.

karīraḥ [kṝ-īran Uṇ. 4. 30]
     (1) The shoot of a bamboo.
     (2) A shoot in general; āninyire vaṃśakarīranīlaiḥ Śi. 4. 14; N. 5. 14.
     (3) A thorny plant growing in deserts and eaten by camels; patraṃ naiba yadā karīraviṭape doṣo vasaṃtasya kiṃ Bh. 2. 93; cf. also kiṃ puṣpaiḥ kiṃ phalaistasya karīrasya durātmanaḥ . yena vṛddhiṃ samāsādya na kṛtaḥ patrasaṃgrahaḥ Subhaṣ.
     (4) A waterjar. --rā --rī
     (1) The root of an elephant's tusk.
     (2) A cricket, a small grass-hopper.

karīrikā The root of an elephant's tusk.

kararikam Battle, fight.

karīṣaḥ, --ṣam [kṝ-īṣan Un. 4. 26] Dry cow-dung.
     -- Comp.
          --agni fire of dry cow-dung.

karīṣaṃkaṣā A strong wind or gale.

karīṣiṇī The goddess of wealth.

karuṇa a. [karoti manaḥ ānukūlyāya, kṛunan Tv.] Tender, pathetic, pitiable, exciting pity, mournful; karuṇadhvaniḥ V. 1; Śi. 9. 67; vikalakaruṇairāryacaritaiḥ U. 1. 28. --ṇaḥ
     (1) Pity, compassion, tenderness.
     (2) Pathetic sentiment, grief, sorrow (as one of the 8 or 9 sentiments); puṭapākapratīkāśo rāmasya karuṇo rasaḥ U. 3. 1, 13; 7. 12; vilapan ... karuṇārthagrathitaṃ priyāṃ prati R. 8. 70.
     (3) The supreme being.
     (4) A Jaina saint. --ṇaṃ Ved. An action, a holy or sacred rite.
     -- Comp.
          --mallī the Mallika plant.
          --vipralaṃbhaḥ (in Rhet.) the feeling of love in separation.

karuṇā Compassion, pity, tenderness; prāyaḥ sarvo bhavati karuṇāvṛttirārdrāṃtarātmā Me. 93; so sakaruṇa kind; akaruṇa unkind.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. tender-hearted.
          --ārdra a. tenderhearted, moved with pity, sensitive.
          --nidhiḥ store of mercy.
          --para, --maya a. very kind.
          --vimukha a. merciless, cruel; karuṇāvimukhena mṛtyunā R. 8. 67.
          --svanaḥ --dhvaniḥ a cry of distress, a piteous tone, wail.

karuṇin a. Pitiable, distressed.

kareṭaḥ A finger-nail.

kareṇuḥ [kṛ-eṇu Uṇ. 2. 1; ke mastake reṇurasya Tv.] An elephant in general; kareṇurārohayate niṣādinaṃ Śi. 12. 5, 5. 48.
     (2) The Karṇikāra tree. --ṇuḥ --ṇūḥ f.
     (1) A female elephant; dadau rasātpaṃkajareṇugaṃdhi gajāya gaṃḍūṣajalaṃ kareṇuḥ Ku. 3. 37; R. 16. 16.
     (2) N. of the mother of Pālakāpya.
     (3) N. of a medicinal plant.
     -- Comp.
          --bhūḥ, -sutaḥ N. of Pālakāpya the founder of the science of elephants.

kareṇukam The poisonous fruit of the plant Kareṇu.

kareṇū m. f. A male or female elephant.

karena(va)raḥ Storax.

karoṭaṃ, --karoṭiḥ f.
     (1) The skull; Mv. 5. 19.
     (2) A cup or basin.

kark 1 P. To laugh(a Sautra root).

karka a. [kṛ-ka Uṇ. 3. 40]
     (1) White.
     (2) Good, excellent. --rkaḥ
     (1) A crab.
     (2) Cancer, the fourth sign of the zodiac.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) A water-jar.
     (5) A mirror.
     (6) A white horse. [cf. Pers. kark; L. cancer; Gr. korkinos].
     -- Comp.
          --cirbhaṭī small cucumber.

karkaṭaḥ
     (1) A crab.
     (2) Cancer, the fourth sign of the zodiac.
     (3) A kind of crane.
     (4) The fibrous root of a lotus.
     (5) A thorn.
     (6) The curved end of the beam of a balance.
     (7) A kind of coitus (ratibaṃdha).
     (8) The radius of a circle.
     (9) Compass, circuit. (10) A kind of pin or wedge. --ṭī
     (1) A female crab.
     (2) A kind of cucumber.
     (3) The curved end of a balance.
     (4) A small water-pot.

karkaṭakaḥ
     (1) A crab.
     (2) Cancer, the fourth sign of the zodiac.
     (3) Compass, circuit.
     (4) A kind of sugarcane.
     (5) A hook. --kī A female crab. --kaṃ
     (1) A poisonous root.
     (2) A particular fracture of the bones.
     -- Comp.
          --asthi n. the shell or crust of a crab.
          --rajjuḥ a rope with a hook.

karkaṭiḥ, --ṭī f. A sort of cucumber.

karkaṭikā
     (1) A plant and its fruit, a species of cucumber; Pt. 5.
     (2) A kernel.

karkaṭuḥ A kind of crane.

karkaṃdhuḥ, --dhūḥ f. [karkaṃ kaṃṭakaṃ dadhāti dhā-kū Uṇ. 1. 93] The jujube tree; karkaṃdhūphalapākamiśrapacanāmodaḥ paristīryate U. 4. 1; karkaṃdhūnāmupari tuhinaṃ raṃjayatyagrasaṃdhyā S. 4. v. 1.
     (2) The fruit of this tree; Y. 1. 250.

karkara a.
     (1) Hard, solid.
     (2) Firm. --raḥ
     (1) A hammer.
     (2) A mirror.
     (3) A bone, broken piece (of skull); fragment; Mal. 5. 19.
     (4) A strap or rope of leather.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a wag-tail.
          --aṃgaḥ the Khanjana bird.
          --aṃdhukaḥ a blind well; cf. aṃdhakūpa.

karkarāṭuḥ A side-long look, a glance, leer.

karkarālaḥ A curl of hair, ringlet.

karkarī A water-jar with small holes at the bottom, as in a sieve.

karkaśa a. [karka-śa]
     (1) Hard, rough (opp. komala or mṛdu); suradvipāsphālanakarkaśāṃ gulau R. 3. 55, 12. 41, 13. 73; airāvatāsphālanakarkaśena hastena pasparśa tadaṃgabhiṃdraḥ Ku. 3. 22, 1. 36; Śi. 15. 10, 16. 18, 63.
     (2) Harsh, cruel, merciless (words, conduct &c.).
     (3) Violent, strong, excessive; tasya karkaśavihārasaṃbhavaṃ R. 9. 68.
     (4) Hardy, strong, muscular, robust.
     (5) Strict, imperative, peremptory; Mv. 2. 11.
     (6) Desperate.
     (7) Ill-conducted, unchaste, unfaithful (as a woman).
     (8) Incomprehensible, difficult to comprehend; tarke vā bhṛśakarkaśe mama samaṃ līlāyate bhāratī P. R. --śaḥ A sword.

karkaśikā, karkaśī Wild jujube.

karkārukaḥ A gourd; Mk. 1. 51.

karkiḥ Cancer, the fourth sign of the zodiac.

karketanaḥ --nam A kind of gem or precious stone.

karkoṭaḥ, --ṭakaḥ One of the eight principal cobras. [When king Nala, being persecuted by Kali, was made to undergo many hardships, Karkoṭa, who was once saved by him from fire, so deformed him that none might recognise him during his days of adversity]
     (2) The sugar-cane.
     (3) The bilva tree.

karcūraḥ A kind of fragrant tree. --raṃ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) Orpiment.

karcūrakaḥ Turmeric.

karj 1 P. (karjati, karjita) To pain, make uneasy, distress.

karṇ 10 U. (karṇayati, karṇita)
     (1) To pierce, to bore.
     (2) To hear; usually with the preposition ā q. v.

karṇa a. Ved.
     (1) Having long ears.
     (2) Furnished with chaff (as grain). --rṇaḥ
     (1) The ear; aho khalabhujaṃgasya viparītavadhakramaḥ . karṇe lagati cānyasya prāṇairanyo viyujyate .. Pt. 1. 305, 304 also; karṇaṃ dā to listen; karṇamāgam to come to the ear, become known; R. 1. 9; karṇe kṛ to put round the ear; Ch. P. 10; karṇe kathayati whispers in the ear; cf. ṣaṭkarṇa, catuṣkarṇa &c. also.
     (2) The handle or ear of a vessel.
     (3) The helm or rudder of a ship.
     (4) The hypotenuse of a triangle.
     (5) (In prosody) A spondee.
     (6) N. of a celebrated warrior on the side of the Kauravas mentioned in the Mahabhārata. [He was the son of Kuntī begotten on her by the god Sun while she was yet a virgin residing at her father's house (see Kuntī). When the child was born, Kunti, afraid of the censure of her relatives and also of public scandal, threw the boy into the river where he was found by Adhiratha, charioteer of Dhṛtarāṣṭra and given over to his wife Rādhā who brought him up like her own child; whence Karṇa is often called Sūtaputra, Rādheya &c. Karṇa, when grown up, was made king of Anga by Duryodhana, and became by virtue of his many generous acts a type of charity. On one occasion Indra (whose care it was to favour his son Arjuna) disguised himself as a Brāhmaṇa and cajoled him out of his divine armour and ear-rings, and gave him in return a charmed javelin. With a desire to make himself proficient in the science of war, he, calling himself a Brāhmaṇa went to Paraśurāma and learnt that art from him. But his secret did not long remain concealed. On one occasion when Paraśurāma had fallen asleep with his head resting on Karṇa's lap, a worm (supposed by some to be the form assumed by Indra himself to defeat Karṇa's object) began to eat into his lap and made a deep rent in it; but as Karṇa showed not the least sign of pain, his real character was discovered by his preceptor who cursed him that the art he had learnt would avail him not in times of need. On another occasion he was cursed by a Brāhmaṇa (whose cow he had unwittingly slain in chase) that the earth would eat up the wheel of his chariot in the hour of trial. Even with such disadvantages as these, he acquitted himself most valiantly in the great war between the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas, while acting as generalissimo of the Kaurava forces after Bhīṣma and Droṇa had fallen. He maintained the field against the Pāṇḍavas for three days, but on the last day he was slain by Arjuna while the wheel of his chariot had sunk down into the earth. Karṇa was the most intimate friend of Duryodhana, and with Śakuni joined him in all the various schemes and plots that were devised from time to time for the destruction of the Pāṇḍavas.]
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjaliḥ the auditory passage of the outer ear.
          --anujaḥ Yudhiṣṭhira.
          --aṃtika a. close to the ear; svanasi mṛdu karṇāṃtikacaraḥ S. 1. 24.
          --aṃduḥ --dū f. an ornament for the ear, ear-ring.
          --arpaṇaṃ giving ear, listening.
          --āsphālaḥ the flapping of the elephant's ears.
          --iṃduḥ f. a semicircular ear-ring.
          --uttaṃsaḥ an ear-ornament or merely an ornament (according to some authorities). (Mammaṭa says that here karṇa means karṇāsthitatva; cf. also his remark ad loc:
          --karṇāvataṃsādipade karṇādidhvaninirmitaḥ . saṃnidhānārthabodhārthaṃ sthiteṣvetatsamarthanaṃ .. K. P. 7).
          --upakarṇikā rumour; (lit. 'from ear to ear').
          --ūrṇaḥ a kind of deer.
          --kīṭā --ṭī] 1. a worm with many feet and of a reddish colour. --2. a small centipede.
          --kṣveḍaḥ (in medic.) a constant noise in the ear.
          --gūthaṃ ear-wax. (--thaḥ) --gūthakaḥ hardening of the wax of the ear.
          --gocara a. audible
          --grāhaḥ a helmsman.
          --japa a. (also karṇejapa) a secret traducer, talebearer, informer.
          --japaḥ --jāpaḥ slandering, tale-bearing, calumniating.
          --jalūkā a small centipede.
          --jāhaṃ the root of the ear; api karṇajāhaviniveśitānanaḥ Māl. 5. 8.
          --jit m. 'conqueror of Karṇa', epithet of Arjuna, the third Pāṇḍava prince.
          --jvaraḥ pain to the ear; U. 5. 6.
          --tālaḥ the flapping of the elephant's ears, the noise made by it; vistāritaḥ kuṃjarakarṇatālaiḥ R. 7. 39, 9. 71; Śi. 17. 37.
          --darpaṇaḥ an ear-ring.
          --duduṃbhiḥ = karṇakīṭā. --dhāraḥ a helmsman, a pilot; akarṇadhārā jaladhau viplaveteha nauriva H. 3. 2; avinayanadīkarṇadhāra karṇa Ve. 4.
          --dhāriṇī a female elephant.
          --pathaḥ the range of hearing.
          --paraṃparā from ear to ear, hearsay; iti karṇapaṃraparaya . śrutaṃ Ratn. 1.
          --parvan n. the eighth (i. e. Karṇa) section of the Mahābhārata.
          --pākaḥ inflammation of the outer ear.
          --pāliḥ --lī f. 1. the lobe of the ear. --2. the outer edge of the ear. (
          --lī) an ornament of the ear.
          --pāśaḥ a beautiful ear; U. 6. 27.
          --puṭaṃ the auditory passage of the ear.
          --pūraḥ 1. an ornament (of flowers &c.) worn round the ear, an ear-ring; idaṃ ca karatalaṃ kimiti karṇapūratāmāropitaṃ K. 60. --2. the Aśoka tree. --3. the Śirīṣa tree. --4. the blue lotus.
          --pūrakaḥ 1. an earring. --2. the Kadamba tree. --3. the Aśoka tree. --4. the blue lotus.
          --praṇādaḥ, --pratināhaḥ a disease of the ear.
          --prāṃtaḥ the lobe of the ear.
          --phalaḥ a kind of fish.
          --bhūṣaṇaṃ, --bhūṣā an ear-ornament.
          --mūlaṃ the root of the ear; R. 12. 2.
          --moṭī a form of Durgā.
          --yoni a. having the ear as a source.
          --latā-latikā the lobe of the ear.
          --vaṃśaḥ a raised platform or dais of bamboo.
          --varjita a. earless. (
          --taḥ) a snake.
          --vivaraṃ, --chidraṃ,-puraṃ,-raṃbhraṃ the auditory passage of the ear.
          --viṣ f. ear-wax.
          --viṣaṃ 'poisoning the ear', slandering, backbiting.
          --vedhaḥ piercing the ears to put ear-rings on.
          --vedhanī,-vedhanikā an instrument for piercing the ear.
          --veṣṭaḥ, --veṣṭanaṃ an ear-ring.
          --śaṣkulī the outer part of the ear (leading to the auditory passage); N. 2. 8.
          --śūlaḥ, --laṃ ear-ache.
          --śrava a. audible, loud; karṇaśrave'nile Ms. 4. 102.
          --śrāvaḥ, --saṃśravaḥ 'running of the ear', discharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear.
          --sūḥ f. Kuntī, mother of Karṇa.
          --hīma a. earless (
          --naḥ) a snake.

karṇakaḥ Ved.
     (1) A prominence; handle.
     (2) The leaves and branches &c. of trees.
     (3) A tendril.
     (4) White hair; Bh. 3. 126.
     (5) A kind of fever.

karṇalaḥ a. Having ears.

karṇavat a.
     (1) Long-eared.
     (2) Having tendrils or hooks.

karṇākarṇi ind. From ear to ear.

karṇika a.
     (1) Having ears.
     (2) Having a helm. --kaḥ A steersman. --kā
     (1) An ear-ring.
     (2) A knot, round protuberance.
     (3) Pericarp of a lotus.
     (4) A small brush or pen.
     (5) The middle finger.
     (6) A fruit-stalk.
     (7) The tip of an elephant's trunk.
     (8) Chalk.
     (9) A trowel. (10) A bawd.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ N. of the mountain sumeru.

karṇin a.
     (1) Having ears.
     (2) Longeared.
     (3) Barbed (as an arrow). --m.
     (1) An ass.
     (2) A helmsman.
     (3) An arrow furnished with knots &c.
     (4) A disease of the uterus.

karṇikin m. An elephant.

karṇila a. Long-eared.

karṇāṭaḥ (pl.) N. of a country in the south of the Indian Peninsula; (kāvyaṃ) karṇāṭeṃdorjagati viduṣāṃ kaṃṭhabhūṣātvametu Vikr. 18. 102. --ṭī f.
     (1) A woman of the above country; karṇāṭīcikurāṇāṃ tāṃḍavakaraḥ Vb. 1. 29.
     (2) The haṃsapadī plant.
     (3) One of the Rāgiṇīs or musical modes.

karṇikāraḥ
     (1) N. of a tree; nirbhidyopari karṇikāramukulānyālīyate ṣaṭpadaḥ V. 2. 23; Rs. 6. 6, 20.
     (2) The pericarp of a lotus. --raṃ A flower of the Karṇikāra tree. (This flower, though it has an excellent colour, has no smell and hence it is not liked; cf. Ku. 3. 28.: --varṇaprakarṣe sati kaṇiṃkāraṃ dunoti nirgadhatayā sma cetaḥ . prāyeṇa sāmagryavidhau guṇānāṃ parāṅmukhī viśvasṛjaḥ pravṛttiḥ ..).
     -- Comp.
          --priyaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

karṇī
     (1) An arrow of a particular shape (barbed arrow).
     (2) N. of the mother of Mūladeva, the father of the science and art of thieving.
     -- Comp.
          --rathaḥ a covered litter; a lady's vehicle, palanquin; karṇīrathasthāṃ raghuvīrapatnīṃ R. 14. 13.
          --sutaḥ Mūadeva, father of the science and art of thieving; karṇīsutakatheva saṃnihitavipulācalā K. 19; karṇīsutaprahite ca pathi matimakaravam Dk.

kart 10 P. (kartayati-kartita)
     (1) To slacken, unloose.
     (2) To remove.

karta a. Ved. Cutting. --rtaḥ
     (1) A hole, cavity.
     (2) Rending, tearing.

kartana a. Cutting. --naṃ
     (1) Cutting, lopping off; Y. 2. 229, 286.
     (2) Spinning cotton or thread (tarkuḥ kartanasādhanaṃ)

kartanī Scissors.

kartarikā, kartarī
     (1) Scissors.
     (2) A knife.
     (3) Cutlass, small sword.

kartavya a. What ought to be cut or lopped, fit to be destroyed or put down; putraḥ sakhā vā bhrāptā vā pitā vā yadi vā guruḥ . ripusthāneṣu vartaṃtaḥ kartavyā bhūtimicchatā .. Mb.

kartṛkā A small sword, a knife.

kartrikā --kartrī
     (1) Knife.
     (2) Scissors.

kartavya pot. p. What is fit or ought to be done; hīnasevā na kartavyā kartaṣyo mahadāśrayaḥ H. 3. 11; mayā prātarniḥsattvaṃ vanaṃ kartavyaṃ Pt. 1. --vyaṃ, kartavyatā What ought to be done, a duty, obligation; kartavyaṃ vo na paśyāmi Ku. 6. 61, 2. 62; Y. 1. 331.

kartṛ a. or s. [kṛ-tṛc]
     (1) A doer, one who does, makes, performs &c., an agent; vaṃśasya- R. 2. 64; vyākaraṇasya kartā author; ṛṇasya kartā one who incurs debt; hitakartā a benefactor; suvarṇakartā a goldsmith &c.
     (2) (In gram.) An agent (the meaning of the instrumental case).
     (3) The Supreme spirit.
     (4) An epithet of Brahmā.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva also.
     (6) A priest.
     -- Comp.
          --abhiprāya a. accruing to the agent.
          --vācyaḥ the active voice.

kartṛka a. An agent, one who does anything.

kartram Ved. A spell, charm.

kartva a. Ved. To be done. --rtvaṃ
     (1) Obligation, duty.
     (2) Task.

kard 1 P. (kardati, kardita)
     (1) To rumble (as the bowels).
     (2) To caw (as a crow).

kardanam Rumbling of the bowels. --nī The day of full-moon in the month of caitra.

kardaḥ, --kardaṭaḥ
     (1) Mud.
     (2) Clay.
     (3) The fibrous root of the lotus.
     (4) Any aquatic weed.

kardamaḥ [Uṇ. 4. 85]
     (1) Mud, slime, mire; pādau nūpuralagnakardamadharau prakṣālayaṃtī sthitā Mk. 5. 35; pathaścāśyānakardamān R. 4. 24.
     (2) Dirt, filth.
     (3) (Fig.) Sin.
     (4) N. of a Prajapati. --maṃ Flesh.
     -- Comp.
          --āṭakaḥ a receptacle for filth, sewer &c.

kardamakaḥ
     (1) A kind of granulous fruit.
     (2) A kind of serpent.

kardamita a.
     (1) Muddy.
     (2) Made clotty; Mal. 3, 9.

karpaṭaḥ, --ṭam
     (1) Old, ragged or patched garment.
     (2) A piece of cloth, strip.
     (3) A soiled garment; or a redcoloured garment.
     (4) A cloth; Pt. 5.

karpaṭika, --n a. Covered with ragged garments.

karpaṇaḥ A kind of weapon; cāpacakrakaṇapakarpaṇaprāsapaṭṭiśa &c.; Dk. 35.

karparaḥ
     (1) An iron sauce-pan, a frying-pan.
     (2) A pot or vessel in general (as of a potter).
     (3) A potsherd, piece of a broken jar; as in ghaṭakarpara; jīyeya yena kabinā yamakaiḥ pareṇa tasmai vaheyamudakaṃ ghaṭakarpareṇa Ghaṭ. 22.
     (4) The skull.
     (5) A kind of weapon.
     (6) A back-bone; Māl. 5. 22.

karpāsaḥ, --saṃ, --sī The cotton tree.

karpūraḥ, --ram [Un. 4. 90.] Camphor.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍaḥ 1. a field of camphor. --2. a piece of camphor.
          --tailaṃ camphor liniment.
          --nālikā a kind of food.
          --maṇiḥ 1. a kind of jewel. --2 a white mineral (used in medicine).

karpūrakaḥ Zedoary.

karpharaḥ A mirror.

karb 1 P. (karbati) To go, move, approach.

karbu a. Variegated, spotted; Y. 3. 166.

karbu(rvu)ra a.
     (1) Variegated, or spotted; kvacillasadghananikuraṃbakarburaḥ Śi. 17. 56.
     (2) Of the colour of pigeons, whitish, grey; pavanairbhasma kapotakarburaṃ Ku. 4. 27. --raḥ
     (1) The variegated colour.
     (2) Sin.
     (3) An evil spirit, demon.
     (4) The Dhattūra plant.
     (5) Rice growing amidst inundation. --rā N. of a plant (varvarī). --rī An epithet of Durgā. --raṃ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) Water.
     (3) The Dhattūra plant.

karbu(rvu)rita a. Variegated; U. 6. 4; Śi. 5. 68.

karbū(rvū)ra a. Variegated. --raḥ
     (1) A demon.
     (2) N. of a plant.
     (3) The variegated colour. --rā A leech. --raṃ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) Yellow orpiment.

karman n. [kṛ-manin Uṇ. 4. 144]
     (1) Action, work, deed.
     (2) Execution, performance.
     (3) Business, office, duty; saṃprati viṣavaidyānāṃ karma M. 4.
     (4) A religious rite (it may be either nitya, naimittika or kāmya).
     (5) A specific action, moral duty.
     (6)
          (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. jñāna); R. 8. 20.
          (b) Labour, work.
     (7) Product, result.
     (8) A natural or active property (as support of the earth).
     (9) Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; karmāyattaṃ phalaṃ puṃsāṃ buddhiḥ karmānusāriṇī Bh. 2. 89, 94. (10) (In gram.) The object of an action; karturīpsitatamaṃ karma P. I. 4. 49.
     (11) (In Vaiś. phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined: -- ekadravyamaguṇaṃ saṃyogavibhogaṣvanapekṣakāraṇaṃ karma Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold: --utkṣepaṇaṃ tato'vakṣepaṇamākuṃcanaṃ tathā . prasāraṇaṃ ca gamanaṃ karmāṃṇyetāni paṃca ca .. Bhaṣa P. 6.)
     (12) Organ of sense.
     (13) (In astr.) The tenth lunar mansion.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣama a. incapable of doing anything.
          --aṃgaṃ part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as prayāja of the Darśa sacrifice).
          --adhikāraḥ the right of performing religious rites.
          --anurūpa a. 1. according to action or any particular office. --2. according to actions done in a previous existence.
          --anuṣṭhānaṃ practising one's duties.
          --anusāraḥ consequence of, or conformity to, acts.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. the end of any business or task. --2. a work, business, execution of business. --3. a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms. 7. 62 (karmātaḥ ikṣudhānyādi saṃgrahasthānaṃ Kull.).
     (4) cultivated ground. --aṃtaraṃ 1. difference or contrariety of action. --2. penance, expiation. --3. suspension of a religious action. --aṃtika a. final. (--kaḥ) a servant, workman. --arha a. fit or suitable to an the act or rite. (--rhaḥ) a man. --ājīvaḥ one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) --ātman a. endowed with the principles of action, active; Ms. 1. 22. (--m.) the soul. --iṃdriyaṃ an organ of action, as distinguished from jñāneṃdriya; (they are: --vākpāṇipādapāyūpasthāni; Ms. 2. 99; see under iṃdriya also). --udāraṃ any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. --udyukta a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. --karaḥ 1. a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); karmakarāḥ sthapatyādayaḥ Pt. 1; Śi. 14. 16. --2. Yama. --kartṛ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. pacyate odanaḥ, it is thus defined: --kriyamāṇaṃ tu yatkarma svayameva prasidhyati . sukaraiḥ svairguṇaiḥ kartuḥ karmakarteti tadviduḥ ... --kāṃḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. --kāraḥ 1. one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). --2. any labourer in general (whether hired or not). --3. a black-smith; hariṇākṣi kaṭākṣeṇa ātmānamavalokaya . na hi khaḍgo vijānāti karmakāraṃ svakāraṇam .. Udb. --4. a bull. --kārin m. a labourer, artisan, workman. --kārmukaḥ, --kaṃ a strong bow. --kīlakaḥ a washerman. --kṣama a. able to perform any work or duty; ātmakarmakṣamaṃ dehaṃ kṣātro dharma ivāśritaḥ R. 1. 13. --kṣetraṃ the land of religious acts, that is, bharatavarṣa; cf. karmabhūmi. --gṛhīta a. caught in the very act (as a thief). --ghātaḥ leaving off or suspending work. --caṃ(cāṃ) ḍālaḥ 1. 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds: --asūyakaḥ piśunaśca kṛtaghno dīrgharoṣakaḥ . catvāraḥ karmacāṃḍālā janmataścāpi paṃcamaḥ ... --2. one who commits an atrocious deed; U. 1. 46. --3. N. of Rāhu. --ceṣṭā active exertion, action. --codanā 1. the motive impelling one to ritual acts. --2. any positive rule enjoining a religious act. --ja a. resulting from an act. (--jaḥ) 1. the holy fig-tree. --2. the Kali age. --3. the banian tree. --4. the effect arising from human acts: --saṃyoga, vibhāga &c. --5. heaven. --6. hell. --jña a. one acquainted with religious rites. --tyāgaḥ renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. --duṣṭa a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. --doṣaḥ 1. sin, vice; Ms. 6. 61, 95. --2. an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); Ms. 1. 104. --3. evil consequence of human acts. --4. discreditable conduct. --dhārayaḥ N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpurusha, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition); tatpuruṣa karmadhāraya yenāhaṃ syāṃ bahuvrīhiḥ Udb. --dhvaṃsaḥ 1. loss of fruit arising from religious acts. --2. disappointment. --nāman (in gram.) a participial noun. --nāśā N. of a river between Kāśī and Vihāra. --niṣṭha a. devoted to the performance of religious acts. --nyāsaḥ renunciation of the result of religious acts. --pathaḥ 1. the direction or source of an action. --2. the path of religious rites (opp. jñānamārga). --pākaḥ ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt. 1. 372. --pravacanīyaḥ a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; e. g. ā in ā mukteḥ saṃsāraḥ is a karmapravacanīya; so anu in japamanu prāvarṣat &c.; cf. upasarga, gati and nipāta also. --phalaṃ fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure). --baṃdhaḥ, -baṃdhanaṃ confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.). --bhūḥ, bhūmiḥ f. 1. the land of religious rites, i. e. bharatavarṣa, this world (a place for man's probation); prāpyemāṃ karmabhūmiṃ Bh. 2. 100, K. 174, 319. --2. ploughed ground. --mīmāṃsā the Mīmāmsā of ceremonial acts; see mīmāṃsā. --mūlaṃ a kind of sacred grass called kuśa. --yugaṃ the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. --yogaḥ 1. performance of actions, worldly and religious rites. --2. active exertion, industry. --vacanaṃ (with Buddhists) the ritual. --vajraḥ an epithet of a Śūdra. --vaśaḥ fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. --vāṭī a lunar day (tithi). --vipāka = karmapāka. --śālā a work-shop. --śīla, -śūra a. assiduous, active, laborious. --śaucaṃ humility. --saṃgaḥ attachment to worldly duties and their results. --sacivaḥ a minister. --saṃnyāsikaḥ, --saṃnyāsin m. 1. a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. --2. an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. --sākṣin m. 1. an eyewitness; Ku. 7. 83. --2. one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; (there are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; sūryaḥ somo yamaḥ kālo mahābhūtāni paṃca ca . ete śubhāśubhasyeha karmaṇo nava sākṣiṇaḥ ..) --siddhiḥ f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. --sthānaṃ a public office, a place of business.

karmaṭha a. [karman-aṭhac P. V. 2. 35].
     (1) Proficient in any work, clever.
     (2) Working diligently.
     (3) Exclusively devoted to the performance of religious rites. --ṭhaḥ The director of a sacrifice.

karmaṇya a. [karman-yat] Skilful, clever. --ṇyā Wages. --ṇyaṃ Activity.

karmin a.
     (1) Working, active, busy.
     (2) Engaged in any work or business.
     (3) One who performs religious deeds with the expectation of reward or recompense; karmibhyaścādhiko yogī tasmādyogī bhavārjuna Bg. 6. 46. --m. A mechanic, artisan; Y. 2. 265.

karmiṣṭha a. Skilled in business, clever, diligent.

karmaṃdin m. An ascetic, a religious mendicant.

karmarī The manna of the bamboo (vaṃśalocana).

karmāraḥ
     (1) A blacksmith; Y. 1. 163; Ms. 4. 215.
     (2) A bamboo.

karmīra a. Variegated, spotted.

karv 1 P. (karvati, karvita) To be proud, boast.

karvaḥ
     (1) Love. desire.
     (2) A rat.

karvaṭaḥ
     (1) The market-town or capital of a district (of two hundred villages).
     (2) Declivity of a mountain; (also karvaṭaka in this sense). --ṭaṃ A city.

karva(rba)ra a. Variegated. --raḥ
     (1) Sin.
     (2) Tiger.
     (3) A demon.
     (4) A sort of medicament. --rī
     (1) An epithet of Durgā.
     (2) Night.
     (3) A Rakṣasī.
     (4) A tigress.

karśana a. Rendering lean. --naḥ Fire.

karṣaḥ [kṛs-ac ghañ vā]
     (1) Drawing, dragging, pulling; Y. 2. 217.
     (2) Attracting.
     (3) Ploughing.
     (4) A furrow, a trench.
     (5) A scratch. --rṣaḥ, --rṣaṃ A weight of gold or silver equal to 16 Māṣas.
     -- Comp.
          --āpaṇa = kārṣāpaṇa q. v.

karṣaka a. [kṛṣ-ṇvul] Who or what draws, attracts &c. --kaḥ A cultivator, husbandman; Y. 2. 265.

karṣaṇa a.
     (1) Dragging.
     (2) Injuring.
     (3) Extending (in time), see below. --ṇaṃ [kṛṣ bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Drawing, dragging, pulling, bending (as of a bow); bhajyamānamatimātrakarṣaṇāt R. 11. 46, 7. 62.
     (2) Attracting.
     (3) Ploughing, tilling.
     (4) Injuring, tormenting; emaciation; Ms. 7. 112.
     (5) Cultivated land.

karṣaṇiḥ f. An unchaste woman.

karṣita a.
     (1) Drawn, attracted.
     (2) Tormented, harassed &c.
     (3) Worn out, decayed.
     (4) Ploughed.

karṣin a.
     (1) Who or what draws &c.
     (2) Attractive. --m. A ploughman. --ṇī
     (1) The bit of a bridle.
     (2) A medicinal moon-plant.

karṣūḥ f.
     (1) A furrow, trench.
     (2) A river.
     (3) Canal. --m.
     (1) A fire of dried cow-dung.
     (2) Agriculture, cultivation.
     (3) Livelihood.

karhi ind. Ved. When, at what time?

karhicit ind. At any time, usually with na; Ms. 2. 4, 40, 97; 4. 77; 6. 50.

kal I. 1 A. (kalate, kalita)
     (1) To count.
     (2) To sound. --II. 10 U. (kalayati-te, kalita)
     (1) To hold, bear, carry, wield, have, put on; karālakarakaṃdalīkalitaśastrajālairbalaiḥ U. 5. 5; mlecchanivahanidhane kalayasi karavālaṃ Gīt. 1; kalitalalitavanamālaḥ; halaṃ kalayate ibid.; kalaya valayaśreṇīṃ pāṇau pade kuru nūpurau 12; Śānti. 4. 18.
     (2)
          (a) To count, reckon; kālaḥ kalayatāmahaṃ Bg. 10. 30
          (b) To measure, sadā pāṃthaḥ pūṣā gaganaparimāṇaṃ kalayati Bh. 2. 114.
     (3) To assume, take, have, possess; kalayati hi himāṃśorniṣkalaṃkasya lakṣmīṃ Mal. 1. 22; Śi. 4. 36, 9. 59.
     (4) To know, understand, observe, take notice of, think of; kalayannapi savyatho'vatasthe Śi. 9. 83; kopitaṃ virahakheditacittā kāṃtameva kalayaṃtyanuninye 10. 29; N. 2. 65, 3. 12, Mal. 2. 9.
     (5) To think, regard, consider; kalayedamānamanasaṃ sakhi māṃ Śi. 9. 58, 6. 54, 15. 55, 16. 64; Śānti. 4. 15; vyālanilayamilanena garalamiva kalayati malayasamīraṃ Gīt. 4, 7.
     (6) To undergo, be influenced by; madalīlākalitakāmapāla Mal. 8; dhanyaḥ kopi na vikriyāṃ kalayati prāpte nave yauvane Bh. 1. 72.
     (7) To do, perform.
     (8) To go.
     (9) To attach to, tie on; furnish with. (10) To urge on, impel, incite; Mal. 9. 41.
     (11) To utter a sound, murmur.
     (12) To take hold of the die called Kali. --III. 10 P. (kālayati, kālita)
     (1) To push on, urge, drive forward.
     (2) To carry off.
     (3) To collect.
     (4) To throw, cast.
     (5) To proclaim the time.

kala a. [kal-ghañ]
     (1) Sweet and indistinct (aspaṣṭamadhura); karṇe kalaṃ kimapi rauti H. 1. 81; sārasaiḥ kalanirhrādaiḥ R. 1. 41, 8. 59; M. 5. 1. (Hence)
     (2) Low, soft, sweet (note &c.); melodious, pleasing.
     (3) Making noise, jingling, tinkling &c.; bhāsvatkalanūpurāṇāṃ R. 16. 12; kalakiṃkiṇīravaṃ Śi. 9. 74, 82; kalamekhalākalakalaḥ 6. 14, 4. 57.
     (4) Weak.
     (5) Crude; undigested. --laḥ
     (1) A low or soft and inarticulate tone.
     (2) (In poetry) Time equal to four Mātrās.
     (3) (m. plu.) A class of manes. --laṃ Semen.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ the Sarasa bird.
          --anuvādin m. 1. a sparrow. --2. a bee. --3. the Chataka bird.
          --avikalaḥ a sparrow.
          --ālāpaḥ 1. a sweet humming sound. --2. sweet and agreeable discourse; sphuratkalālāpavilāsakomalā karoti rāgaṃ hṛdi kautukādhikam K. 2. --3. a bee.
          --uttāla a. high, sharp.
          --kaṃṭha a. having a sweet voice. (
          --ṭhaḥ) (ṭhī f.) 1. the (Indian) cuckoo. --2. a goose, swan. --3. a pigeon.
          --kalaḥ 1. murmuring or hum of a crowd. --2. indistinct or confused noise; calitayā vidadhe kalamekhalākalakalo'lakaloladṛśānyayā Śi. 6. 14; nepathye kalakalaḥ (in (dramas); Bh. 1. 27, 37; Amaru. 28. --3. N. of Śiva. --4. resin, pitch.
          --kūjikā, --kūṇikā a wanton woman.
          --ghoṣaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --tūlikā a wanton or lascivious woman.
          --dhūtaṃ silver.
          --dhautaṃ 1. silver; Śi. 13. 51, 4. 41. --2. gold; vimalakaladhautatsaruṇā khadbhena Ve. 3. --3. a low or pleasing tone. -lipiḥ f. 1. illumination of a manuscript with gold. --2. characters written in gold; marakataśakalakalitakaladhautaliperiva ratijayalekhaṃ Gīt. 8.
          --dhvaniḥ 1. a low sweet tone. --2. a pigeon. --3. a peacock. --4. the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --nāda a. having a low and sweet tone. (
          --daḥ) a swan; see kaladhvani. --bhāṣaṇaṃ lisping, the prattle of childhood.
          --ravaḥ 1. a low sweet tone. --2. a dove. --3. the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --viśuddha a. soft and clear; S. 5.
          --haṃsaḥ 1. a gander, a swan; vadhūdukūlaṃ kalahaṃsalakṣaṇaṃ Ku. 5. 67. --2. a duck, drake; Bk. 2. 18; R. 8. 59. --3. the supreme soul. --4. an excellent king.

kalaṃkaṣaḥ (ṣī f.)
     (1) A lion.
     (2) A musical instrument.

kalaṃkuraḥ A whirlpool, eddy.

kalana a. (at the end of comp.) Caus ing, effecting. --naḥ A sort of cane--naṃ
     (1) A spot, mark.
     (2) A defect, an offence, fault.
     (3) Taking, seizing, grasping; kalanātsarvabhūtānāṃ sa kālaḥ parikīrtitaḥ.
     (4) Knowing, understanding, apprehension.
     (5) Sounding.
     (6) An embryo at the first stage after conception. --nā
     (1) Taking, seizing. grasping; kālakalanā A. L. 29.
     (2) Doing, effecting.
     (3) Subjection.
     (4) Understanding, comprehension.
     (5) Putting on, wearing.

kalita p. p.
     (1) Held, seized, taken; U. 5. 5.
     (2) Broken; Pt. 1.
     (3) Plucked, gathered; U. 3. 6.
     (4) Arisen, produced; U. 5. 2; kalitakuliśaghātāḥ kepi khelaṃti vātāḥ R. G.
     (5) Influenced; Māl. 8.
     (5) Mixed; Mal. 10. 10.
     (7) Known, understood; Māl. 8. 13, 2. 9.
     (8) Furnished, endowed, Mal. 6. 6; Ku. 6. 76.
     (9) Gained, obtained. (10) Reckoned, counted.
     (11) Separated, divided.
     (12) Sounded indistinctly, murmured.

kalakaḥ
     (1) A kind of fish.
     (2) A kind of prose.

kalaṃkaḥ
     (1) A spot, a mark, a dark spot (lit.); R. 13. 15.
     (2) (Fig.) A stain, stigma, obloquy, disrepute; vyapanayatu kalaṃkaṃ svasvabhāvena saiva Mk. 10. 34; R. 14. 37; so kula-.
     (3) A fault, defect; Bh. 3. 48.
     (4) Rust of iron.
     -- Comp.
          --hṛt m. an epithet of Śiva

kalaṃkayati Den. P. To defame, stain with stigma, sully.

kalaṃkita a. Spotted, stained, defamed; U. 6. 37.

kalaṃjaḥ
     (1) A bird.
     (2) A deer or any other animal struck with a poisoned weapon.
     (3) Tobacco. --jaṃ Flesh of such an animal.

kalaṭam The thatch of a house.

kalata a. Bald-headed.

kalatram
     (1) A wife; vasumatyā hi nṛpāḥ kalatriṇaḥ R. 8. 83; 1. 32; 12. 34; yadbhartureva hitamicchati tatkalatraṃ Bh. 2. 68.
     (2) The hip and loins; iṃdumūrtimivoddaḥmamanmathavilāsagṛhītagurukalatrāṃ K. 189 (where ka- has both senses); Ki. 8. 9, 17.
     (3) Any royal citadel.
     (4) The seventh lunar mansion.

kalaṃdaraḥ A man of a mixed tribe.

kalaṃdikā Wisdom, intelligence (sarvavidyā).

kalabhaḥ (bhī f.)
     (1) [kal-abhac Uṇ. 3. 122; kareṇa śuṃḍayā bhāti; bhā-ka, rasya latvaṃ Tv.]
     (1) A young elephant, cub; nanu kalabhena yūthapateranukṛtaṃ M. 5; dvipeṃdrabhāvaṃ kalabhaḥ śrayanniva R. 3. 32; 11. 39; 18. 38.
     (2) An elephant 30 years old.
     (3) A young camel; the young of any other animal.

kalamaḥ [Uṇ. 4. 84]
     (1) Rice which is sown in May-June and ripens in December-January; sutana pāṃvoḥ kalamasya gopikāṃ Ki. 4. 9, 34; Ku. 5. 47; R. 4. 37.
     (2) A pen, a reed for writing with.
     (3) A thief.
     (4) A rogue, rascal.

kalaṃbaḥ
     (1) An arrow.
     (2) The Kadamba tree.

kalaṃbikā The nape of the neck.

kalaṃbuṭa (Fresh) Butter.

kalalaḥ, --lam
     (1) The foetus, uterus.
     (2) A term for the embryo a short time after conception.

kalalajaḥ
     (1) The resinous exudation of the Shorea Robusta.
     (2) Womb.

kalaviṃkaḥ, --gaḥ
     (1) A sparrow; Ms. 5. 12; Y. 1. 174.
     (2) A spot, stain.

kalaśaḥ, --saḥ (śaṃ, --saṃ) [kena jalena laśa-sa-ti Tv.]
     (1) A pitcher, water pot, a jar, dish; statau māṃsagrathī kanakakalaśāvityupamitau Bh. 3. 20, 1. 97; stanakalasa Amaru. 54. -janman, -udbhavaḥ N. of Agastya.
     (2) A churn.
     (3) A kind of measure.
     (4) A rounded pinnacle on the top of a temple.
     -- Comp. (sa) udadhiḥ the ocean.

kalaśī (sī f.) A pitcher, a jar. Śi. 11. 8.
     -- Comp.
          --sutaḥ N. of Agastya.

kalahaḥ, --ham [kalaṃ kāmaṃ haṃti haṇ-ḍa Tv.]
     (1) Strife, quarrel: īrṣyākalahaḥ Bh. 1. 2; līlā- S. Til. 8; so śuṣkakalahaḥ, praṇayakalahaḥ &c.
     (2) War, battle.
     (3) Trick, deceit, falsehood.
     (4) Violence, kicking, beating &c; Ms. 4. 121; (where Medhātithi and Kullūka explain kalaha by daḍādinetaretaratāḍanaṃ and daṃḍādaṃḍyādi respectively).
     (5) A road, way.
     (6) The sheath of a sword.
     (7) A cry, sound; Māl. 9. 18.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaritā a woman separated from her lover in consequence of a quarrel with him (one who is angry and yet sorry for it); she is thus defined in S. D.:
          --cāṭukāramapi prāṇanāthaṃ roṣādapāsya yā . paścāttāpamavāpnoti kalahāṃtaritā tu sā .. 117.
          --apahṛta a. taken by main force or violence.
          --kāra, --kārin a. quarrelsome, turbulent.
          --priya a. fond of (promoting) quarrels; nanu kalahapriyosi M. 1. (
          --yaḥ) an epithet of Nārada. (
          --yā) a bird (sārikā).

kalā [kal-kac] A small part of anything; U. 1. 1; a bit, jot; kalāmapyakṛtapārelaṃbaḥ K. 304; sarve te mitragātrasya kalāṃ nārhaṃti ṣoḍaśīṃ Pt. 2. 55; Ms. 2. 86, 8. 36.
     (2) A digit of the moon (these are sixteen); jagati jayinaste te bhāvā naveṃdukalādayaḥ Māl. 1. 36; Ku. 5. 71; Me. 89.
     (3) Interest on capital (consideration paid for the use of money); ghanavīthivīthimavatīrṇavato nidhiraṃbhasāmupacayāya kalāḥ Śi. 9. 32 (where kalā means 'digits' also).
     (4) A division of time variously computed; one minute, 48 seconds, or 8 seconds.
     (5) The 60th part of one thirtieth part of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree.
     (6) Any practical art (mechanical or fine); there are 64 such arts, as music, dancing &c.
     (7) Skill, ingenuity.
     (8) Fraud, deceit.
     (9) (In Prosody) A syllabic instant. (10) A boat.
     (11) The menstrual discharge.
     (12) A term for the seven substrata of the elements of the human body; (they are: --ādyā māṃsadharā proktā dvitīyā raktadhāriṇī . medodharā tṛtīyā tu caturthī śleṣmadhāriṇī .. paṃcamī ca malaṃ dhatte ṣaṣṭhī pittadharā matā . retodharā saptamī syāt iti saptakalāḥ smṛtāḥ ..).
     (13) An atom.
     (14) A term for the embryo.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. another digit. --2. interest, profit; māse śatasya yadi paṃca kalāṃtaraṃ syāt Līlā.
          --ayanaḥ a tumbler, a dancer (as on the sharp edge of a sword).
          --ākulaṃ deadly poison.
          --keli a. gay, wanton. (
          --liḥ) an epithet of Kāma.
          --kṣayaḥ waning (of the moon); R. 5. 16.
          --dharaḥ, --nidhiḥ, --pūrṇaḥ the moon; aho mahattvaṃ mahatāmapūrvaṃ vipattikālepi paropakāraḥ . yathāsyamadhye patitopi rāhoḥ kalānidhiḥ puṇyacayaṃ dadāti .. Udb.
          --bhṛt m. 1 the moon. --2. an artist &c.

kalāvat a. Versed in the
     (64) arts; Māl. 2. 10. --m. The moon (having digits); Ku. 5. 71; Māl. 2. 10.

kalikā
     (1) A digit of the moon.

kalāṃkuraḥ
     (1) The Sārasa bird, crane.
     (2) N. of Kamsa.

kalācika-kalācī
     (1) A ladle.
     (2) The fore-arm.

kalāṭīnaḥ The white water wagtail.

kalādaḥ, --dakaḥ A goldsmith.

kalādhikaḥ A cock.

kalāpaḥ
     (1) A band, bundle; muktākalāpasya ca nistalasya Ku. 1. 42 a round necklace of pearls; raśanākalāpaḥ a zone of several strings.
     (2) A group or whole collection of things; akhilakalākalāpālocana K. 7.
     (3) A peacock's tail; taṃ me jātakalāpaṃ preṣaya maṇikaṃṭhakaṃ śikhinaṃ V. 5. 13; Pt. 2. 80; Rs. 1. 16, 2. 14.
     (4) A woman's zone or girdle; (oft. with kāṃcī or raśanā &c.); Bh. 1. 57, 67; Rs. 3. 20; Mk. 1. 27.
     (5) An ornament in general.
     (6) The rope round an elephant's neck.
     (7) A quiver.
     (8) An arrow.
     (9) The moon. (10) A shrewd and intelligent man.
     (11) A poem written in one metre.
     (12) A tuft (jaṭā-) or knot of braided hair. --pī A bundle of grass.

kalāpakam
     (1) A series of four stanzas on the same subject and forming one grammatical sentence (caturbhistu kalāpakaṃ); for an illustration see Ki 3. 41, 42, 43, 44.
     (2) A debt to be paid when the peacocks spread their tails. --kaḥ
     (1) A band or bundle in general.
     (2) A string of pearls.
     (3) The rope round an elephant's neck.
     (4) A zone or girdle (= kalāpa); Śi. 9. 45.
     (5) A sectarian mark on the forehead (viśeṣaka).

kalāpin a.
     (1) Having a quiver.
     (2) Spreading its tail (as a peacock). --m.
     (1) A peacock; kalavilāpi kalāpikadaṃbakaṃ Śi. 6. 31; Pt. 2. 80; R. 6. 9.
     (2) The (Indian) cuckoo.
     (3) The Indian fig-tree (plakṣa).
     (4) The time (when peacocks spread their tails).

kalāpinī The night.

kalāṃbiḥ f.
     (1) Lending, loan.
     (2) Usury.

kalāmakaḥ A kind of rice ripening in the cold season.

kalāyaḥ N. of a leguminous seed (Mar. vāṭāṇā); Śi. 13. 21.

kalāvikaḥ A cock.

kalāhakaḥ A kind of musical instrument (kāhala).

kaliḥ [kal-ini]
     (1) Strife, quarrel, dissension, contention; Śi. 7. 55: kalikāmajit R. 9. 33; Amaru. 19.
     (2) War, battle
     (3) The fourth age of the world, the iron age (consisting of 432,000 years of men and beginning from the 13th of February 3102 B. C.); Ms. 1. 86, 9. 301; kalivarjyāni imāni &c.
     (4) Kali age personified (this Kali persecuted Nala).
     (5) The worst of any class.
     (6) The Bibhītaka tree.
     (7) The side of a die which is marked with one point.
     (8) A hero.
     (9) An arrow. --f. A bud.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ, --kārakaḥ, --kriyaḥ an epithet of Nārada.
          --drumaḥ, --vṛkṣaḥ the Bibhītaka tree.
          --priya a. quarrelsome. (
          --yaḥ) 1. N. of Nārada. --2. a monkey, ape; Ms. 1. 85.

kalikaḥ Curlew.

kalikā, --kaliḥ f.
     (1) An unblown flower, a bud; cūtānāṃ ciranirgatāpi kalikā badhnāti na svaṃ rajaḥ S. 6. 3; kimāmrakalikābhaṃgamārabhase S. 6; Rs. 6. 17; R. 9. 33.
     (2) A digit, streak.
     (3) The bottom or peg of the Indian lute.

kaliṃga a.
     (1) Clever.
     (2) Cunning. --gāḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants; (a district on the Coromandel coast); utkalādarśitapathaḥ kaliṃgābhimukho yayau R. 4. 38; (its position is thus described in Tantras: --jagannāthātsamārabhya kṛṣṇātīrāṃtagaḥ priye . kāliṃgadeśaḥ saṃprokto vāmamārgaparāyaṇaḥ ..). --gaḥ
     (1) The fork-tailed shrike.
     (2) N. of several plants; (as śirīṣa, plakṣa &c.). --gā A beautiful woman. --gaṃ Indra grain (iṃdrayava).

kaliṃjaḥ A mat, a screen.

kalita see under kal.

kaliṃdaḥ
     (1) N. of the mountain on which the Yamunā rises.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) The Bibhītaka plant.
     -- Comp.
          --kanyā, -jā, -tanayā, -naṃdinī, -sutā epithets of the river Yamunā; kaliṃdakanyā mathurāṃ gatāpi R. 6. 48; kaliṃdajānīra Bv. 2. 120, Gīt. 3.
          --giriḥ the Kalinda mountain. -jā, -tanayā, -naṃdinī epithets of the river Yamunā; Bv. 4. 3, 4.

kalila a. [kal --ilac Uṇ. 1. 54]
     (1) Covered with, full of.
     (2) Mixed, blended with; tata evākraṃdakalilaḥ kalakalaḥ Mv. 1.
     (3) Affected by, subject to; akalkakalilaḥ Śi. 19. 98.
     (4) Impervious, impenetrable. --laṃ A large heap, confused mass; viśasi hṛdaya kleśakalilaṃ Bh. 3. 34; confusion; yadā te mohakalilaṃ buddhirvyatitariṣyati Bg. 2. 52.

kalukkaḥ A cymbal. --kkā
     (1) A tavern.
     (2) A meteor.

kaluṣa a. [kal-uṣac Uṇ. 4. 75]
     (1) Turbid, dirty, muddy, foul; gaṃgā rodhaḥ patanakaluṣā gṛhṇatīva prasādaṃ V. 1. 8; Ki. 8. 32; Ghaṭ. 13.
     (2) Choked, hoarse, husky; kaṃṭhaḥ staṃbhitabāṣpavṛttikaluṣaḥ S. 4. 5.
     (3) Bedimmed; full of; S. 6. 8.
     (4) Angry, displeased, excited; U. 3. 13; bhāvāvabodhakaluṣā dayiteva rātrau R. 5. 64 (Malli. takes kaluṣa to mean 'unable', 'incompetent').
     (5) Wicked, sinful, bad.
     (6) Cruel, censurable; R. 14. 73.
     (7) Dark, opaque.
     (8) Idle, lazy.
     (9) Perverted; -bhūtāyāṃ buddhau Pt. 3. 184; kāluṣyamupayāti buddhiḥ &c. --ṣaḥ A buffalo. --ṣaṃ
     (1) Dirt, filth, mud; vigatakaluṣamaṃbhaḥ Rs. 3. 22.
     (2) Sin.
     (3) Wrath.
     -- Comp.
          --yonija a. illegitimate, of impure origin; Ms. 10. 57, 58.

kaluṣita a.
     (1) Turbid or muddy.
     (2) Offended, displeased; Mu. 3. 9.
     (3) Wicked.

kaluṣīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make turbid or unclean.
     (2) To obscure, taint, sully; Pt. 2. 97.

kalevaraḥ, --ram The body; yāvatsvasthamidaṃ kalevaragṛhaṃ Bh. 3. 88; H. 1. 47; Bg. 8. 5; Bv. 1. 103, 2. 43.

kalka a. [kal-ka Uṇ. 3. 40] Sinful, wicked. --lkaḥ, --lkaṃ
     (1) The viscous sediment deposited by oily substances when ground.
     (2) A kind of tenacious paste; Y. 1. 277.
     (3) (Hence) Dirt, filth (in general).
     (4) Ordure, faeces.
     (5) Meanness, deceit, hypocrisy; Śi. 19. 98.
     (6) Sin.
     (7) Levigated powder; tāṃ lodhrakalkena hṛtāṃgatailāṃ Ku. 7. 9.
     (8) Incense.
     (9) The wax of the ear.
     -- Comp.
          --phalaḥ the pomegranate plant.

kalkanam Deceiving, over-reaching, falsehood.

kalkiḥ The tenth and last incarnation of Viṣṇu in his capacity of the destroyer of the wicked and liberator of the world from its enemies; (Jayadeva, while referring to the several avataras of Viṣṇu, thus refers to the last or Kalki avatāra: --mlecchanivahanidhane kalayasi karavālam dhūmaketumiva kimapi karālam . keśava dhṛtakalkiśarīraṃ jaya jagadīśa hare .. Gīt. 1. 10.)

kalkin a.
     (1) Foul, turbid, dirty.
     (2) Wicked. --m. see kalki above.

kalpa a. [kḷp-ghañ]
     (1) Practicable, feasible, possible.
     (2) Proper, fit, right.
     (3) Strong, vigorous.
     (4) Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); dharmasya, yaśasaḥ, kalpaḥ Bhag. able to do his duty &c.; svakriyāyāmakalpaḥ ibid. not competent to do one's duty; akalpa eṣāmadhiroḍhumaṃjasā padaṃ ibid., so svabharaṇākalpa &c. --lpaḥ
     (1) A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance.
     (2) A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; prabhuḥ prathamakalpasya yo'nukalpena vartate Ms. 11. 30 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; prathamaḥ kalpaḥ M. 1 a very good (or best) alternative; eṣa vai prathamaḥ kalpaḥ pradāne havyakavyayoḥ Ms. 3. 147.
     (3) (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; udāraḥ kalpaḥ S. 7.
     (4) Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); kṣātreṇa kalpenopanīya U. 2; kalpaditkalpayāmāsa vanyāmevāsya saṃvidhāṃ R. 1. 94; Ms. 7. 185.
     (5) End of the world, universal destruction.
     (6) A day of Brahmā or 1,000 Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; śrīśvetavārāhakalpe (the one in which we now live); kalpaṃ sthitaṃ tanubhṛtāṃ tanubhistataḥ kim Śānti. 4. 2.
     (7) Medical treatment of the sick.
     (8) One of the six Vedaṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; see under vedāṃga.
     (9) A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than,' 'almost like,' 'nearly equal to,' (denoting similarity with a degree of inferiority); kumārakalpaṃ suṣuve kumāraṃ R. 5. 36; upapannametadasminnṛṣikalpe rājani S. 2; prabhātakalpā śaśineva śarvarī R. 3. 2; so mṛtakalpaḥ, pratipannakalpaḥ &c. (10) The doctrine of poisons and antidotes.
     (11) One of the trees of paradise; cf. kalpadruma. --lpā --lpaṃ A kind of intoxicating liquor.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ end of the world, universal destruction; Bh. 2. 16. -sthāyin a. lasting to the end of a kalpa. --ādi renovation of all things in the creation.
          --kāraḥ 1. author of Kalpasūtra, q. v. --2. a barber.
          --kṣayaḥ end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. purā kalpakṣaye vṛtte jātaṃ jalamayaṃ jagat Ks. 2. 10.
          --taruḥ, --drumaḥ, --padapaḥ, --vṛkṣaḥ 1. one of the trees of heaven or Indra's paradise; R. 1. 75; 17. 26; Ku. 2. 39; 6. 41. --2. a tree supposed to grant all desires, 'wish-yielding tree'; na buddha kalpadrumatāṃ vihāya jātaṃ tamātmanyasipatravṛkṣaṃ R. 14. 48; N. 1. 15. --3. (fig.) a very generous person; sakalārthisārthakalpadrumaḥ Pt. 1.
          --pālaḥ 1 a protector of order. --2. a seller of spirituous liquors.
          --latā, --latikā 1. a creeper of Indra's paradise: Bh. 1. 90. --2. a creeper supposed to grant all desires; nānāphalaiḥ phalati kalpalateva bhūmiḥ Bh. 2. 46; cf. kalpataru above.
          --vid a. conversant with sacred precepts; R. 1. 94.
          --sūtraṃ a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras.

kalpakaḥ [kḷp-ṇvul]
     (1) A rite.
     (2) A barber.

kalpanam [kḷp lyuṭ]
     (1) Forming, fashioning, arranging.
     (2) Performing, doing, effecting.
     (3) Clipping, cutting.
     (4) Fixing.
     (5) Anything placed upon another for decoration. --nā
     (1) Fixing, settlement; anekapitṛkāṇāṃ tu pitṛto bhāgakalpanā Y. 2. 120, 247; Ms. 9. 116.
     (2) Making, performing, doing.
     (3) Forming, arranging; viṣamāsu ca kalpanāsu Mk. 3. 14; keśa- Mk. 4.
     (4) Decorating, ornamenting.
     (5) Composition.
     (6) Invention.
     (7) Imaginat on, thought; kalpanāpoḍhaḥ Sk. =kalpanāyā apoḍhaḥ.
     (8) An idea, fancy or image (conceived in the mind); Śānti. 2. 8.
     (9) Fabrication. (10) Forgery.
     (11) A contrivance, device.
     (12) (In Mīm. phil.) = arthāpatti q. v.
     (13) Decorating an elephant.

kalpanī Scissors.

kalpanīya a.
     (1) To be made, fashioned or contrived.
     (2) Feasible.
     (3) To be substituted or supplied.

kalpika a. Fit, proper.

kalpita a. Arranged, made, fashioned, formed; S. 3. 22; see kḷp caus. --taḥ An elephant armed or caparisoned for war.

kalman =karman q. v.

kalmaliḥ Ved. Splendour.

kalmalīkam Brightness, lustre.

kalmaṣa a.
     (1) Sinful, wicked.
     (2) Foul, dirty. --ṣaḥ, --ṣaṃ
     (1) Stain, dirt, dregs.
     (2) The hand below the wrist.
     (3) Sin; sa hi gaganavihārī kalmaṣadhvaṃsakārī H. 1. 21; Bg. 4. 30; 5. 16; Ms. 4. 260, 12. 18, 22. --ṣaḥ Hell.

kalmāṣa a. (ṣī f.)
     (1) Variegated, spotted.
     (2) Black and white. --ṣaḥ
     (1) The variegated colour.
     (2) A mixture of black and white.
     (3) A demon, goblin.
     (4) The black colour.
     (5) A form of Agni.
     (6) A kind of fragrant rice. --ṣī N. of the river Yamunā
     (2) The spotted cow of Jamadagni. --ṣaṃ Stain.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --pādaḥ N. of a king (saudāsa).

kalya a. [kalayati ceṣṭāmatra, kal-yak; kal karmaṇi yat, kalāsu sādhu kalā-yat vā Tv.]
     (1) Sound, free from sickness, healthy; sarvaḥ kalye vayasi yatate labdhumarthānkuṭuṃbī V. 3. 1; Y. 1. 28; yāvadeva bhavetkalyastāvacchreyaḥ samācaret Mb.
     (2) Ready, prepared; kathayasva kathāmetāṃ kalyāḥ smaḥ śravaṇe tava Mb.
     (3) Clever.
     (4) Agreeable, auspicious (as a discourse).
     (5) Deaf and dumb.
     (6) Instructive. --lyaṃ
     (1) Dawn, day-break.
     (2) To-morrow.
     (3) Sprituous liquor.
     (4) Congratulation, good wishes.
     (5) Good news.
     -- Comp.
          --āśaḥ, --jagdhiḥ f. the morning meal, breakfast.
          --pālaḥ, --pālakaḥ a distiller.
          --vartaḥ morning meal, breakfast. (
          --rtaṃ) (hence) anything light, trivial, or unimportant; a trifle; nanu kalyavartametat Mk. 2 but a trifle; strīkalyavartasya kāraṇena 4; sa idānīmarthakalyavartasya kāraṇādidamakāryaṃ karoti 9.

kalyā
     (1) Spirituous liquor.
     (2) N. of a plant (harītakī).
     (3) Congratulation.
     -- Comp.
          --pālaḥ, --pālakaḥ a distiller.

kalyāṇa a. (ṇā or ṇī f.) [kalye prātaḥ aṇyate śabdyate, aṇ-ghañ]
     (1) Blessed, happy, lucky, fortunate; tvameva kalyāṇi tayostṛtīyā R. 6. 29; Me. 109.
     (2) Beautiful, agreeable, lovely.
     (3) Excellent, illustrious.
     (4) Auspicious, salutary, propitious, good; U. 2. 2; kalyāṇānāṃ tvamasi mahasāṃ bhājanaṃ viśvamūrte Māl. 1. 3. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Good fortune, happiness, good, prosperity; kalyāṇaṃ kurutāṃ janasya bhagacāṃścaṃdrārdhacūḍāmaṇiḥ H. 1. 212; tadrakṣa kalyāṇaparaṃparāṇāṃ bhoktāramūrjasvalamātmadahaṃ R. 2. 50; 17. 11; Ms. 3. 60; so -abhiniveśī K. 104.
     (2) Virtue.
     (3) Festival.
     (4) Gold.
     (5) Heaven. --ṇī
     (1) A cow.
     (2) Holy or sacred cow; R. 1. 87.
     (3) A young cow, heifer; U. 4.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt a. 1. doing good, beneficial, good; Bg. 6. 40. --2. propitious, lucky. --3. virtuous.
          --dharman a. virtuous.
          --bījaṃ a kind of pulse; (Mar. masurā). --vacanaṃ a friendly speech, good wishes.

kalyāṇaka a. (ṇikā f.) Auspicious, prosperous, blessed. --ṇikā Red arsenic.

kalyāṇin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Happy, prosperous.
     (2) Lucky, fortunate, blessed.
     (3) Propitious, auspicious.

kall 1 A. (kallate, kallita)
     (1) To sound indistinctly.
     (2) To sound.
     (3) To be mute.

kalla a. Deaf; -tā-tvaṃ
     (1) Deafness.
     (2) Indistinctness of articulation.

kalli ind. To-morrow.

kallola a. Inimical, hostile. --laḥ
     (1) A large wave, billow; āyuḥ kallolalolaṃ Bh. 3. 82; kallolamālākulaṃ Bv. 1. 59.
     (2) An enemy.
     (3) Joy, happiness.

kallolinī A river; svarlokakallolini tvaṃ pāpaṃ tirayādhunā mama bhavavyālāvalīḍhātmanaḥ G. L. 50; so vipulapulināḥ kallolinyaḥ.

kalhāram A white water-lily.

kav 1 A. (kavate, kavita)
     (1) To praise.
     (2) To describe, compose (as a poem).
     (3) To paint, picture.

kavakaḥ A mouthful. --kaṃ A mushroom; viḍjāni kavakāni ca Y. 1. 171; Ms. 5. 5; 6. 14.

kavacaḥ, --cam [cf. Uṇ. 4. 2]
     (1) An armour, coat of mail, a mail.
     (2) An amulet, a charm, a mystical syllable (huṃ-hūṃ) considered as a preservative like armour.
     (3) A kettledrum.
     -- Comp.
          --patraḥ the birch tree.
          --hara a. 1. wearing armour. --2. old enough to wear an armour; kavacaharaḥ kumāraḥ Sk.; cf. varmahara in R. 8. 94. (
          --raḥ) a boy, child.

kavaṭī The leaf or panel of a door.

kavaḍaḥ Water for washing the mouth.

kavatnu n. A bad deed.

kavanam Water.

kava(ba)ra a. [Uṇ. 4. 154.] (--rā, --rī f.)
     (1) Mixed, intermingled; Śi. 5. 19.
     (2) Set, inlaid.
     (3) Variegated. --raḥ, --raṃ
     (1) Salt.
     (2) Sourness or acidity. --raḥ
     (1) A braid or fillet of hair.
     (2) A lecturer (pāṭhaka).

kava(ba)rī A braid or fillet of hair; dadhatī vilolakavarīkamānanaṃ U. 3. 4; Śi. 9. 28; Amaru. 59.
     -- Comp.
          --bharaḥ, --bhāraḥ a fine head of hair; ghaṭaya jaghane kāṃcīmaṃca srajā kavarībharaṃ Gīt. 12.

kavarakī A prisoner.

kavalaḥ, --lam [kena jalena valate calati, val-ac Tv.]
     (1) A mouthful; āsvādavadbhiḥ kavalaistṛṇānāṃ R. 2. 5; 9. 59; kavalacchedeṣu saṃpāditāḥ U. 3. 16.
     (2) A gargle.

kavalayati Den. P. To eat, devour; Pt. 4; Māl. 7.

kavalikā A bandage.

kavalita a.
     (1) Eaten, swallowed up (as a mouthful).
     (2) Chewed.
     (3) (Hence) Taken, seized; as in mṛtyunā kavalitā.

kavaṣa, --kavaṣ a. Ved. Sounding, creaking (as the door). --ṣaḥ A shield.

kavasaḥ
     (1) An armour.
     (2) A prickly shrub.

kavāṭa See kapāṭa.

kavāram A lotus.

kavāri a. Ved. Selfish, stingy; a mean or contemptible enemy.

kavi a. [ku-i Uṇ. 4. 138]
     (1) Omniscient; Bg. 8. 9; Ms. 4. 24.
     (2) Intelligent, clever, wise.
     (3) Thinking, thoughtful.
     (4) Praiseworthy. --viḥ
     (1) A wise man, a thinker, a sage; kavīnāmuśanā kaviḥ Bg. 10. 37; Ms. 7. 49, 2. 151.
     (2) A poet; tadbrūhi rāmacaritaṃ ādyaḥ kavirasi U. 2; maṃdaḥ kaviyaśaḥprārthī R. 1. 3; idaṃ kavibhyaḥ pūrvebhyo namovākaṃ praśāsmahe U. 1. 1; Śi. 2. 86.
     (3) An epithet of Śukra, the preceptor of the Asuras; kaviriva vṛṣaparvaṇaḥ K. 56.
     (4) Vālmīki, the first poet.
     (5) Brahmā.
     (6) The sun. --f. The bit of a bridle; see kavikā.
     -- Comp.
          --jyeṣṭhaḥ an epithet of Vālmīki, the first poet.
          --putraḥ an epithet of Śukra.
          --rājaḥ 1. a great poet; śrīharṣaṃ kavirājarājimukuṭālaṃkārahīraḥ sutaṃ occurring in the last verse of every canto of Naishadha Charita. --2. N. of a poet, author of a poem called rāghavapāṃḍavīya. --rāmāyaṇaḥ an epithet of Vālmiki.

kavikaḥ, kā The bit of a bridle.

kavitā Poetry; sukavitā yadyasti rājyena kiṃ Bh. 2. 21; yasyāścoraścikuranikaraḥ karṇapūro mayūro bhāso hāsaḥ kavikulaguruḥ kālidāso vilāsaḥ . harṣo harṣo hṛdayavasatiḥ paṃcabāṇastu bāṇaḥ keṣāṃ naiṣā kathaya kavitākāminī kautukāya .. P. R. 1. 22.

kavi(vī)yam The bit of a bridle.

kavelam A lotus.

kavoṣṇa a. Slightly warm, tepid; R. 1. 67.

kavyam (opp. havya) An oblation of food to deceased ancestors; eṣa vai prathamaḥ kalpaḥ pradāne havyakavyayoḥ Ms. 3. 147, 97, 128. --vyaḥ A class of manes.
     -- Comp.
          --vālaḥ 1. fire. --2. a class of manes.
          --vāh m.,
          --vāhaḥ, --vāhanaḥ fire.

kaś 1 P. To sound.

kaśaḥ A whip(usually in pl.). --śā A whip; idānīṃ sukumāre'smin niḥśaṃkaṃ karkaśāḥ kaśāḥ . tava gātre patiṣyaṃti sahāsmākaṃ manorathaiḥ .. Mk. 9. 35 (where the word may be m. or f.)
     (2) Flogging.
     (3) A string, rope.
     (4) The mouth.
     (5) A quality.

kaśya a. [kaśāmarhati, kaśā-yat] Fit to be whipped or flogged. --śyaṃ
     (1) Spirituous liquor.
     (2) A horse's flank.

kaśas n. Water.

kaśikaḥ A mungoose.

kaśipu m. or n.
     (1) A mat.
     (2) A pillow.
     (3) A bed. --puḥ
     (1) Food.
     (2) Clothing.
     (3) Food and clothing (according to viśva).

kaśe(se)ru m. n.
     (1) The backbone.
     (2) A kind of grass. --ruḥ One of the nine divisions of Jambudvīpa.

kaśerukaḥ, kaserukaḥ --kā A sort of grass. --kā The back-bone.

kaśmala a. [Uṇ. 1. 106.] Foul, dirty, disgraceful, ignominious; matsaṃbaṃdhātkaśmalā kiṃvadaṃtī syāccedasminhaṃta dhiṅmāmadhanyaṃ U. 1. 42. --laṃ
     (1) Dejection of mind, lowness or depression of spirits; kaśmalaṃ mahadāviśat Mb.; kutastvā kaśmalamidaṃ viṣame samupasthitaṃ Bg. 2. 2.
     (2) Sin
     (3) A swoon.
     (4) Consternation, alarm.

kaśmīraḥ (pl.) N. of a country, the modern Kāṣmira. (Its position is thus described in Tantras: --śāradāmaṭhamārabhya kuṃkumādritaṭāṃtakaḥ . tāvatkaśmīradeśaḥ syāt paṃcāśadyojanātmakaḥ).
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --jaṃ, --janman m., n. saffron; kaśmīrajasya kaṭutā'pi nitāṃtaramyā Bv. 1. 71. v. l.

kaśyapaḥ a. Having black teeth. --paḥ
     (1) A tortoise.
     (2) A sort of fish.
     (3) A kind of deer.
     (4) N. of a Ṛṣi, the husband of Aditi and Diti, and thus the father both of gods and demons, (so called because he drank kaśya 'liquor;' cf. kaśyapastasya putro'bhūt kaśyapānāt sa kaśyapaḥ . Mark. P.) [He was the son of Marīchi, the son of Brahma. He bears a very important share in the work of creation. According to Mahābhārata and other accounts, he married Aditi and 12 other daughters of Daksha, and begot on Aditi the twelve Ādityas. By his other twelve wives he had a numerous and very diversified progeny: serpents, reptiles, birds, demons, nymphs of the lunar constellation. He was thus the father of gods, demons, men, beasts, birds and reptiles-in fact of all living beings. He is therefore often called Prajāpati].
     -- Comp.
          --naṃdanaḥ an epithet of Garuḍa.

kaṣ I. 1 U. (kaṣati-te, kaṣita)
     (1) To rub, scratch, scrape; samūlakāṣaṃ kaṣati Sk; Bk. 3. 49.
     (2) To test, try, rub on a touch-stone (as gold); chadahema kaṣannivālasatkaṣapāṣāṇanibhe nabhastale N. 2. 69.
     (3) To injure, destroy.
     (4) To itch.
     (5) To leap. --II. 10 P. (kāṣayati) To hurt.

kaṣa a. [kas-ac] Rubbing, scratching. --ṣaḥ
     (1) Rubbing.
     (2) A touchstone; chadahema kaṣannivālasatkaṣapāṣāṇanibhe nabhastale N. 2. 69; Mk. 3. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --paṭṭikā a touch-stone; Vikr. 1. 3, 24.

kaṣaṇa a. [kaṣ-lyuṭ] Unripe, immature. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Rubbing, marking, scratching; kaṃḍūladvipagaṃḍapiṃḍakaṣaṇotkaṃpena saṃpātibhiḥ U. 2. 9; kaṣaṇakaṃpanirastamahāhibhiḥ Ki. 5. 47.
     (2) Test of gold by the touch-stone.

kaṣā = kraśā q. v.

kaṣākuḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The sun.

kaṣi a. Injurious, harmful, hurtful.

kaṣita a. Hurt, injured.

kaṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Test, trial.
     (2) Injury, trouble, pain.

kaṣāya a.
     (1) Astringent; S. 2.
     (2) Fragrant; sphuṭitakamalāmodamaitrīkaṣāyaḥ Me. 31; U. 2. 21; Mv. 5. 41.
     (3) Red, dark-red; cūtāṃkurāsvādakaṣāyakaṃṭhaḥ Ku. 3. 32.
     (4) (Hence) Sweet-sounding; Māl. 7.
     (5) Brown.
     (6) Improper, dirty. --yaḥ, --yaṃ
     (1) Astringent flavour or taste (one of the six rasas): see kaṭu; yo vaktraṃ pariśoṣayati jihvāṃ staṃbhayati kaṃṭhaṃ badhnāti hṛdayaṃ kaṣati pīḍayati ca sa kaṣāyaḥ Suśr.
     (2) The red colour.
     (3) A decoction with one part of a drug mixed with four, eight, or sixteen parts of water (the whole being boiled down until one quarter is left); Ms. 11. 154.
     (4) Plastering, smearing; Ku. 7. 17; anointing.
     (5) Perfuming the body with unguents; Rs. 1. 4.
     (6) Gum, resin, extract or exudation from a tree.
     (7) Dirt, uncleanness.
     (8) Dulness, stupidity.
     (9) Attachment to worldly objects. (10) Decay, ruin. --yaḥ
     (1) Passion, emotion.
     (2) Kali yuga.

kaṣāyita a.
     (1) Tinged, reddened, coloured; amunaiva kaṣāyitastanī Ku. 4. 34; Śi. 7. 11.
     (2) Affected.

kaṣāyin a.
     (1) Yielding a resinous exudation, astringent.
     (2) Dyed of a red colour.
     (3) Worldly-minded. --m. N. of several plants: --kharjūra, śāla &c.

kaṣikā A bird in general.

kaṣīkā A kind of bird.

kaṣe(se)rukā The backbone, the spine.

kaṣkaṣa; A kind of poisonous insect.

kaṣṭa a. [kaṣ-kta]
     (1) Bad, evil, ill, wrong; rāmahastamanuprāpya kaṣṭāt kaṣṭataraṃ gatā R. 15. 43 'gone from bad to worse', (reduced to a wretched condition).
     (2) Painful, grievous; mohādabhūtkaṣṭataraḥ prabodhaḥ R. 14. 56; kaṣṭo'yaṃ khalu bhṛtyabhāvaḥ Ratn. 1 full of cares; Ms. 7. 50; Māl. 9. 37; Y. 3. 29; kaṣṭā vṛttiḥ parādhīnā kaṣṭo vāso nirāśrayaḥ . nirdhano vyavasāyaśca sarvakaṣṭā daridratā .. Chāṇ. 59
     (3) Difficult; strīṣu kaṣṭo'dhikāraḥ V. 3. 1; U. 7.
     (4) Hard to subdue (as an enemy); Ms. 7. 186, 210.
     (5) Mischievous, hurtful, injurious.
     (6) Boding evil.
     (7) Sorrowful, miserable. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Evil, difficulty, misery, suffering, hardship, pain; kaṣṭaṃ khalvanapatyatā S. 6; dhigarthāḥ kaṣṭasaṃśrayāḥ Pt. 1. 163.
     (2) Sin, wickedness.
     (3) Difficulty, effort; kaṣṭena some how or other. --ṣṭaṃ ind. Alas! Ah.! hā dhik kaṣṭaṃ; hā kaṣṭaṃ jarayābhibhūtapuruṣaḥ putrairavajñāyate Pt. 4. 78.
     -- Comp.
          --āgata a. arrived or got with difficulty.
          --kara a. giving pain, troublesome.
          --kāraḥ --kārakaḥ the world (as the scene of miseries).
          --tapas a. one who practises hard penance; S. 7
          --saṃśraya a. attended with troubles: Pt. 1. 163; 2. 118.
          --sādhya a. to be accomplished with difficulty.
          --sthānaṃ a bad station, a difficult or disagreeable place.

kas I. 1 P. (kasati, kasita) To move, go, approach. --II. 2 A. (kaste or kaṃste) To go.
     (2) To destroy.

kasaḥ A touchstone; cf. kaṣa.

kasanā A poisonous spider.

kasipuḥ Food, boild rice.

kaseruḥ A kind of grass.

kastaṃbhī Ved. The prop of a carriage-pole.

kastīram Tin.

kastu(stū)rikā, kastūrī Musk; kastūrikātilakamāli vidhāya sāyaṃ Bv. 2. 4; 1. 121; Ch. P. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --mṛgaḥ the musk-deer.

kasmala = kaśmala q. v.

kasvara a.
     (1) Going;
     (2) Injuring.

kahāhaḥ A buffalo.

kahlāram The white lotus, kahlārapadmakusumāni muhurvidhunvan Rs. 3. 15.

kahvaḥ A kind of cane.

kāṃśiḥ A cup; (kaṃsapātra).

kāṃsīyam White copper.

kāṃsya a. [kaṃsāya pānapātrāya hitaṃ kaṃsīyaṃ tasya vikāraḥ yañ chalopaḥ cf. P. IV. 3. 168] Made of white copper or bell-metal; Ms. 4. 65. --syaṃ
     (1) Bell-metal or white copper; Ms. 5. 114; Y. 1. 190.
     (2) A gong of bell-metal. --syaḥ, --syaṃ A drinking vessel (of brass), a goblet; Śi. 15. 81.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ (rī f.) a brazier, a worker in bellmetal.
          --tālaḥ a cymbal.
          --bhājanaṃ a brass-vessel.
          --malaṃ verdigris.

kāṃsyakam Brass.

kākaḥ [kai śabdakaraṇe-kan Uṇ. 3. 43]
     (1) A crow; kākopi jīvati cirāya baliṃ ca bhuṃkte Pt. 1. 24.
     (2) (Fig.) A contemptible fellow, base or impudent person.
     (3) A lame man.
     (4) Bathing by dipping the head only into water (as crows do).
     (5) A sectarial mark (tilaka).
     (6) A kind of measure.
     (7) N. of a Dvīpa. --kā N. of several plants: kākanāsā, kākolī &c. --kī
     (1) A female crow. --kā
     (1) A multitude of crows.
     (2) A modus coeundi.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣigolakanyāya see under nyāya. --ariḥ an owl.
          --udaraḥ a snake; kākodaro yena vinītadarpaḥ Kavirāja; kākodarasodaraḥ khalo jagati Bv. 1. 76.
          --ulūkikā, --ulūkīyaṃ the natural enmity of the owl and the crow; (kākolūkīyaṃ is the name of the third Tantra in the Panchatantra).
          --ciṃcā the Guñjā plant.
          --chadaḥ, -chadiḥ 1. a wag-tail. --2. a side-lock of hair; see kākapakṣa below.
          --jātaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --tālīya a. (anything) taking place quite unexpectedly and accidentally, an accident; aho nu khalu bhoḥ tadetat kākatālīyaṃ nāma Māl. 5; kākatālīyavatprāptaṃ dṛṣṭvāpi nidhimagrataḥ H. Pr. 35; sometimes used adverbially in the sense of 'accidentally'; phalaṃti kākatālīyaṃ tebhyaḥ prājñā na bibhyati Ve. 2. 14. -nyāya see under nyāya. --tāṃlukin a. contemptible, vile.
          --daṃtaḥ (lit.) the tooth of a crow; (fig.) anything impossible or not existing; -gaveṣaṇaṃ searching after impossibilities, (said of any useless and unprofitable task).
          --dhvajaḥ the submarine fire.
          --nidrā a light slumber (easily broken).
          --pakṣaḥ, -pakṣakaḥ side-locks of hair on the temples of boys and young men (especially of the Kshatriya caste); ka kapakṣadharametya yācitaḥ R. 11. 1, 31, 42; 3. 28; U. 3.
          --padaṃ 1. the sign [symbol] in Mss. denoting that something has been left out. --2. an incision in the skin. (
          --daḥ) a particular mode of sexual intercourse.
          --pucchaḥ, --puṣṭaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --peya a. shallow; kākapeyā nadī Sk.
          --bhīruḥ an owl.
          --madguḥ a gallinule.
          --yavaḥ barren corn (the ear of which has no grain); yathā kākayavāḥ proktā yathāraṇyabhavāstilāḥ . nāmamātrā na siddhau hi dhanahīnāstathānarāḥ .. Pt. 2. 86; tathaiva pāṃḍavāḥ sarve yathā kākayavā iva Mb.; (kākayavāḥ = niṣphalatṛṇadhānyaṃ). --rutaṃ the shrill sound of a crow (considered as a sign of future good or evil under different circumstances); Śi. 6. 76.
          --vaṃdhyā a woman that bears only one child.
          --svaraḥ a shrill tone (as that of a crow).

kākaṇam Leprosy with black and red spots.

kākaṇiḥ A kind of small coin.

kākaru(rū)ka a.
     (1) Timid, cowardly.
     (2) Naked.
     (3) Poor, indigent. --kaḥ
     (1) A hen-pecked husband.
     (2) (kī f.) An owl.
     (3) Fraud, deceit, trick.

kāka(kā)laḥ A raven. --laṃ A jewel worn upon the neck.

kākalakaḥ
     (1) The top of the windpipe.
     (2) The thyroid cartilage. --kaḥ
     (1) An ornament of the neck.
     (2) A kind of rice.

kākaliḥ, --lī f.
     (1) A low and sweet tone; anubaddhamugdhakākalīsahitaṃ U. 3; Rs. 1. 8.
     (2) A musical instrument with a low tone used by thieves to ascertain whether a person is asleep or not; phaṇimukhakākalīsaṃdaṃśaka ... prabhṛtyanekopakaraṇayuktaḥ Dk. 49.
     (3) Scissors.
     (4) The Guñjā plant.
     -- Comp.
          --ravaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.

kākalīkaḥ A low sweet tone.

kākāra a. Scattering water(kaṃ jalamākirati).

kākiṇī, kākiṇikā
     (1) A shell or cowrie used as a coin.
     (2) A sum of money equal to 20 cowries or to a quarter of a Paṇa.
     (3) A weight equal to a quarter of a Māṣa.
     (4) A part of a measure.
     (5) The beam of a balance.
     (6) A cubit.

kākinī
     (1) A quarter of a Paṇa q. v.
     (2) A quarter of a measure.
     (3) cowrie; H. 3. 123.

kākilaḥ
     (1) A jewel worn upon the neck.
     (2) The upper part of the neck,.

kākuḥ f.
     (1) Change of the voice under different emotions, such as fear, grief, anger; bhinnakaṃṭhadhvanirdhīraiḥ kākurityabhidhīyate S. D.; alīkakākukaraṇakuśalatāṃ K. 222. (Hence)
     (2) A word of negation used in such a manner that it implies the contrary (affirmative), as in questions of appeal, (in such cases the intended meaning is suggested by a change of the voice), cf. Pt. 1. 146.
     (3) Muttering, murmuring.
     (4) Tongue.
     (5) Stress, emphasis.

kākutsthaḥ [kakutsthasyāpatyaṃ, kakutsthaaṇ] A descendant of kakutstha, an epithet of the kings of the solar dynasty; kākutsthamālokayatāṃ nṛpāṇāṃ R. 6. 2; 12. 30, 46; see kakutstha.

kākudam The palate.

kākolaḥ
     (1) A raven; Y. 1. 174.
     (2) A snake.
     (3) A boar.
     (4) A potter.
     (5) A division of the infernal regions or hell; Y. 3. 223.
     (6) A poisonous substance.

kākṣaḥ [kutsitamakṣaṃ atra, koḥ kādeśaḥ; cf. P. VI. 3. 104] A side-long look, a glance. --kṣaṃ Frown, look of displeasure, malicious look; kākṣeṇānādarekṣitaḥ Bk. 5. 24.

kākṣī A perfume, a kind of fragrant earth.

kāgaḥ A crow; cf. kāka.

kāṃkṣ 1 P. (epic Atm. also). kāṃkṣati, kāṃkṣita)
     (1) To wish, desire, (long for; yatkāṃkṣaṃti tapobhiranyamunayastasmiṃstapasyaṃtyamī S. 7. 12; na śocati na kāṃkṣati Bg. 12. 7; na kāṃkṣe vijayaṃ kṛṣṇa 1. 32; R. 12. 58; Ms. 2. 242.
     (2) To expect, wait for.

kāṃkṣā [kāṃks-a]
     (1) Wish, desire.
     (2) Inclination, appetite; as in bhaktakāṃkṣā.

kāṃkṣita p. p.
     (1) Wished, desired.
     (2) Expected. --taṃ A wish, desire.

kāṃkṣin a. (ṇī f.) [kāṃkṣ ṇini] Wishing for, desirous, darśana-, jala- &c.; Bg. 11. 52.

kāṃkṣoruḥ A heron.

kācaḥ
     (1) Glass, crystal; ākare padmarāgāṇāṃ janma kācamaṇeḥ kutaḥ H. Pr. 44; kācamūlyena vikrīto haṃta ciṃtāmaṇirmayā Śānti. 1. 12; maṇirluṭhati pādeṣu kācaḥ śirasi dhāryate . yathaivāste tathaivāstāṃ kācaḥ kāco maṇirmaṇiḥ .. H. 2. 68.
     (2) A loop, a swinging shelf, a string so fastened to the yoke as to support burdens.
     (3) An eye-disease, an affection of the optic nerve, producing dimness of sight.
     (4) Alkaline ashes.
     (5) The string of the balance. --caṃ
     (1) Alkaline salt.
     (2) Wax.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ N. of an aquatic bird (baka). --ghaṭī a glass ewer.
          --bhājanaṃ a glass vessel.
          --maṃṇiḥ crystal, quartz.
          --malaṃ, --lavaṇaṃ, --saṃbhavaṃ black salt or soda.

kācakaḥ
     (1) A glass, stone.
     (2) Alkaline ashes &c.

kācita a. Suspended in a loop or by a swing.

kācana, kācanakam A string or tape which ties a parcel or bundle of papers or the leaves of a manuscript; cf. kacela.

kācanakin m. A manuscript, writing.

kācighaḥ
     (1) A rat, mouse.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) A vegetable.

kācūkaḥ
     (1) A cock.
     (2) The Chakravāka bird.

kājalam
     (1) A little water.
     (2) Bad water.

kāṃc 1 A. (kāṃcate, kāṃcita)
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To bind.

kāṃcana a. (nī f.) [kāṃc-lyuṭ] Golden, made of gold; tanmadhye ca sphaṭikaphalakā kāṃcanī vāsayaṣṭiḥ Me. 79; kāṃcanaṃ valayaṃ S. 6. 5; Ms. 5. 112. --naṃ
     (1) Gold; (grāhyaṃ) amedhyādapi kāṃcanaṃ Ms. 2. 239.
     (2) Lustre, brilliancy.
     (3) Property, wealth.
     (4) The filament of a lotus.
     (5) Yellow orpiment.
     (6) A binding. --naḥ
     (1) The Dhattūra plant.
     (2) The Champaka tree. --nī
     (1) Turmeric.
     (2) Yellow orpiment.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgī a woman with a golden (i. e. yellow) complexion; Bv. 2. 72.
          --kaṃdaraḥ a gold-mine.
          --giriḥ N. of the mountain Meru.
          --bhūḥ f. 1. golden (yellow) soil. --2. gold-dust.
          --saṃdhiḥ a treaty of alliance between two parties on terms of equality; cf. H. 4. 113.

kāṃcanakaḥ The fruit of rice or grain. --kaṃ Yellow orpiment.

kāṃcanāraḥ(laḥ) The Kovidāra tree.

kāṃcanīya a. Golden. --yā Yellow orpiment (gorocanā).

kāṃciḥ, --cī f. [kāṃc baṃdhane ini]
     (1) A woman's girdle or zone furnished with small tinkling bells or other ornaments; etāvatā nanvanumeyaśobhi kāṃcīguṇasthānamaniṃditāyāḥ Ku. 1. 37, 3. 55; Me. 28; Śi. 9. 82; R. 6. 43.
     (2) N. of an ancient city in the south of India, regarded as one of the sacred cities of the Hindus; (for the names of the seven cities, see avaṃti).
     -- Comp.
          --purī, nagarī the same as kāṃcī
     (2). --padaṃ the hips and loins.

kāṃcikam Sour gruel.

kāṃjikaṃ, kāṃjikā, kāṃjī, kāṃjīkam Sour gruel.

kāṭaḥ A well.

kāṭukam Acidity.

kāṭhaḥ A rock, stone.

kāṭhinaṃ, --nyam
     (1) Hardness, tightness; kāṭhinyamuktastanaṃ S. 3. 10.
     (2) Sternness, hard-heartedness, cruelty.
     (3) Difficulty, obscurity (of style).

kāṇa a. [kaṇ nimīlane kartari ghañ Tv.]
     (1) One-eyed; akṣṇā kāṇaḥ Sk; kāṇena cakṣuṣā kiṃ vā H. Pr. 12; Ms. 3. 155.
     (2) Perforated, broken (as a cowrie); prāptaḥ kāṇavarāṭakopi na mayā tṛṣṇe'dhunā muṃca mām Bh. 3. 4; (Mar. phuṭakī kavaḍī). --ṇaḥ A crow.

kāṇūkaḥ
     (1) A crow.
     (2) A cock.
     (3) A kind of goose.
     (4) The bird which makes a hanging nest on the Tāla tree.

kāṇeyaḥ, --raḥ Son of a one-eyed woman.

kāṇelī
     (1) An unchaste or faithless woman.
     (2) An unmarried woman.
     -- Comp.
          --mātṛ m. one whose mother is an unmarried woman, son of an unmarried woman; (a term of reproach occurring usually in the voc. case only); kāṇelīmātaḥasti kiṃciccihnaṃ yadupalakṣayasi Mk. 1.

kāṃḍaḥ, --ḍam
     (1) A section, a part in general.
     (2) The portion of a plant from one knot to another.
     (3) A stem, stock, branch; līlotkhātamṛṇālakāṃḍakavalacchede U. 3. 16; Amaru 95, Ms. 1. 46, 48, Māl. 9. 34.
     (4) Any division of a work, such as a chapter of a book; as the seven Kaṇḍas of the Ram.
     (5) A separate department or subject; e. g. karma- &c.
     (6) A cluster, bundle, multitude.
     (7) An arrow.
     (8) A long bone, a bone of the arms or legs.
     (9) cane, reed. (10) A stick, staff.
     (11) Water.
     (12) Opportunity, occasion.
     (13) Private place.
     (14) A kind of measure.
     (15) Praise, flattery.
     (16) A horse.
     (17) Vile, bad, sinful, (at the end of comp. only).
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ a maker of arrows. (
          --raṃ) the betel-nut.
          --gocaraḥ an iron arrow.
          --paṭaḥ, --paṭakaḥ a screen surrounding a tent, curtain; Śi. 5. 22.
          --pātaḥ an arrow's flight, range of an arrow.
          --pṛṣṭhaḥ 1. one of the military profession, a soldier. --2. the husband of a Vaiśya woman. --3. an adopted son, any other than one's own son. --4. (as a term of reproach) a base-born fellow, one who is faithless to his family, caste, religion, profession &c. In Mv. 3 Jāmadagnya is styled by śatānaṃda as kāṃḍapṛṣṭha; (svakulaṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ kṛtvā yo vai parakulaṃ vrajet . tena duścaritenāsau kāṃḍapṛṣṭha iti smṛtaḥ ..). (--ṣṭhaṃ) the bow of Karṇa & Kāma.
          --bhaṃgaḥ --bhagnaṃ a fracture of the bone or limbs.
          --vīṇā the lute of a Chāṇḍāla.
          --saṃdhiḥ a knot joint (as of a plant).
          --spṛṣṭaḥ one who lives by arms, a warrior, soldier.

kāṃḍavat m. An archer.

kāṃḍālaḥ A reed-basket.

kāṃḍikā
     (1) A kind of corn.
     (2) A kind of gourd.

kāṃḍīraḥ [kāṃḍa-īran īracvā] An archer (this word also is sometimes used like kāṃḍapṛṣṭha as a term of reproach; cf. Mv. 3.)

kāṃḍolaḥ A basket of reed; see kaṃḍola.

kāṇvaḥ A descendant or follower of Kaṇva.

kāt ind. An exclamation of abuse or insult, usually in combination with kṛ; kātkṛ to insult, dishonour; yanmayaiśvaryamattena guruḥ sadasi kātkṛtaḥ Bhāg.

kātaṃtram N. of a grammar(said to have been written by Sarvavarman through the favour of Kārtikeya).

kātara a. [īṣattaratisvakāryāsīddhiṃ gacchati, tṝ-ac koḥ kādeśaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Cowardly, timid, discouraged; varjayaṃti ca kātarān Pt. 4. 42; Amaru. 7, 30, 75; R. 11. 78; Me 77.
     (2) Distressed, grieved, afraid; kimevaṃ kātarāsi S. 4.
     (3) Agitated; perplexed, confused; Bh. 1. 60.
     (4) Tremulous through fear (as eyes); R. 2. 52; Amaru. 79. --raḥ
     (1) A large kind of fish.
     (2) A boat, raft.

kātaryam Cowardice; kātaryaṃ kevalā nītiḥ śauryaṃ śvāpadacoṃṣṭatam R. 17. 47.

kāti a. Wishing, desiring.

kātīya a. Belonging to Kātyāyana. --yaḥ A pupil of the sage.

kātyāyanaḥ
     (1) N. of a celebrated writer on grammar who wrote Vārtikas to supplement the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
     (2) N. of a sage who is a writer on civil and religious law; Y. 1. 4.

kātyāyanī
     (1) An elderly or middleaged widow (dressed in red clothes).
     (2) N. of a wife of Yājñavalkya.
     (3) N. of Pārvatī.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ, --sutaḥ N. of Kārtikeya.

kātyāyanīya a. Composed by Kātyāyana. --yaḥ A pupil of the sage.

kātuḥ A well.

kāthaṃcitka a. (tkī f.) Accomplished with difficulty.

kāthikaḥ [kathāyāṃ sādhuḥ, kathā-ṭhak] A narrator of stories; also a writer of stories.

kādaṃbaḥ [cf. Uṇ. 4. 83]
     (1) A kind of goose (kalahaṃsa); R. 13. 55; Rs. 4. 9.
     (2) An arrow; Śi. 18. 29.
     (3) A sugarcane.
     (4) The Kadamba tree. --baṃ Flower of the Kadamba tree; R. 13. 27.

kādaṃbakaḥ An arrow.

kādaṃbinī A long line of clouds; Māl. 9. 16; madīyamaticuṃbinī bhavatu kāpi kādaṃbinī R. G.; Bv. 4. 9.

kādaṃbaram
     (1) A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the Kadamba tree; niṣevya madhu mādhavāḥ sarasamatra kādaṃbaraṃ Śi. 4. 66., --rī
     (1) A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the kadaṃba tree.
     (2) Spirituous liquor or wine in general; kādaṃbarīsākṣikaṃ prathamasauhṛdamiṣyate S. 6; or kādaṃbarīmadavighūrṇitalocanasya yuktaṃ hi lāṃgalabhṛtaḥ patanaṃ pṛthivyām Udb.; -rasabhareṇa K. 240.
     (3) The fluid issuing from the temples of a rutting elephant.
     (4) An epithet of Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning.
     (5) A female cuckoo.
     (6) The rain-water collected into clefts or hollow places.
     (7) A female bird (sārikā).

kādācitka a. (tkī f.) Incidental, occasional.

kādraveyaḥ A kind of snake; Śi. 20. 43.

kānaka a. [kanaka-aṇ] Golden. --kaṃ The seed of a plant (jayapāla bīja).

kānanam
     (1) A forest, a grove; R. 12. 27, 13. 18; Me. 18, 42; kānanābani forest-ground.
     (2) The mouth of Brahma.
     (3) A house.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ wild fire, conflagration.
          --okas m. 1. an inhabitant of a forest. --2. a monkey.

kāniṣṭhikam The little finger.

kāniṣṭhineyaḥ, --yī [kaniṣṭhā-apatyārthe ṭhak inaṅ ca] The offspring of the youngest child.

kānīnaḥ [kanyāyā anūḍhāyā apatyaṃ aṇ kanīnādeśaḥ; P. IV. 1. 116] The son of an unmarried woman; kānīnaḥ kanyakājāto mātāmahasuto mataḥ Y. 2. 129; see also the definition given in Ms. 9. 172.
     (2) N. of vyāsa.
     (3) N. of Karṇa.

kāṃta p. p. [kam-kta]
     (1) Desired, favourite, loved, dear; kāṃtaṃ kratuṃ cākṣuṣaṃ M. 1. 4.
     (2) Pleasing, agreeable; bhīmakāṃtairnṛpaguṇaiḥ R. 1. 16.
     (3) Lovely, beautiful; sarvaḥ kāṃtamātmīyaṃ paśyati S. 2. --taḥ
     (1) A lover.
     (2) A husband; kāṃtodaṃtaḥ suhṛdupagataḥ saṃgamāt kiṃcidūnaḥ Me. 100; Śi. 10. 3, 29.
     (3) Any beloved person.
     (4) The moon.
     (5) The spring.
     (6) A kind of iron.
     (7) A precious stone (in comp. with sūrya, caṃdra and ayas).
     (8) An epithet of
     (1) Kārtikeya,
     (2) Kṛṣṇa. --taṃ
     (1) Saffron.
     (2) A kind of iron.
     -- Comp.
          --ayasaṃ the loadstone.
          --pakṣin m. a peacock (of iron).
          --lohaṃ the loadstone.
          --lauhaṃ steel.

kāṃtā
     (1) A beloved or lovely woman.
     (2) A mistress, wife in general; kāṃtāsakhasya śayanīyaśilātalaṃ te U. 3. 21; so Śi. 10. 73.
     (3) The Priyangu creeper.
     (4) Large cardamoms.
     (5) A kind of perfume.
     (6) The earth.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃghridohadaḥ the Aśoka tree; see aśoka.

kāṃtāraḥ, --ram
     (1) A large or dreary forest; gṛhaṃ tu gṛhiṇīhīnaṃ kāṃtārādatiricyate Pt. 4. 81; Bh. 1. 86; Y. 2. 38.
     (2) A bad road.
     (3) A hole, cavity. --raḥ
     (1) A red variety of the sugarcane.
     (2) Mountain ebony.
     (3) A bamboo. --rī A kind of sugarcane. --raṃ
     (1) A symptom.
     (2) A lotus.

kāṃtārakaḥ A kind of sugarcane.

kāṃtiḥ f. [kam bhāve ktin]
     (1) Loveliness, beauty; Me. 15; akliṣṭakāṃti S. 5. 19.
     (2) Brightness, lustre, brilliance; Me. 84.
     (3) Personal decoration or embellishmedt.
     (4) Wish, desire.
     (5) (In Rhet.) Beauty enhanced by love; (S. D. thus distinguishes kāṃti from śobhā and dīptiḥ-rūpayauvanalālityaṃ bhogādyairaṃgabhūṣaṇaṃ . śobhā proktā saiva kāṃtirmanmathāpyāyitā dyutiḥ . kāṃtirevātivistīrṇā dīptirityabhidhīyate 130, 131).
     (6) A lovely or desirable woman.
     (7) An epithet of Durgā.
     (8) A digit of the moon.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. beautifying, illuminating, brightening.
          --da a. beautifying, adorning. (
          --daṃ)
     (1) bile.
     (2) clarified butter. --da, -dāyaka, --dāyin a. adorning. --bhṛt m. the moon.

kāṃtimat a. Lovely, beautiful, splendid; Ku. 4. 5, 5. 71; Me. 30. --m. The moon.
     (2) N. of Cupid.

kāṃdavam Anything roasted or baked in an iron pan or oven.

kāṃdavikaḥ A baker, a confectioner.

kāṃdiśīka a.
     (1) Put to flight, running away, fugitive; mṛgajanaḥ kāṃdiśīkaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ Pt. 1.
     (2) (Hense) Terrified afraid; Bv. 2. 178.

kānyakubjaḥ N. of a country; see kanyākubja.

kāpaṭika a. (kī f.) [kapaṭa-ṭhak]
     (1) Fraudulent, dishonest.
     (2) Wicked, perverse. --kaḥ
     (1) A flatterer, parasite.
     (2) A student, scholar.

kāpaṭyam Wickedness, fraud, deceit.

kāpathaḥ [kutsitaḥ paṃthāḥ] A bad road; (lit. and fig.). --yaṃ N. of a fragrant root (uśīra).

kāpāla, kāpālika a. [kapāla-aṇ-ṭhak-vā] Relating to skulls. --laḥ, --likaḥ A follower of a certain Śaiva sect (the left-hand order) characterized by carrying skulls of men in the form of garlands and eating and drinking from them; Pt. 1. 212. --laṃ A kind of leprosy. --lī
     (1) A wreath of skulls.
     (2) A clever woman.

kāpālikatvam Cruelty, brutality; Māl. 4.

kāpālin m. N. of Śiva.

kāpika a. (kī f.) Shaped or behaving like a monkey.

kāpila a. (lī f.)
     (1) Peculiar or belonging to Kapila.
     (2) Taught by, or derived from, Kapila. --laḥ
     (1) A follower of the Sāṅkhya system of philosophy propounded by Kapila.
     (2) Tawny colour.

kāpiśam A spirituous liquor.

kāpiśāyanam
     (1) Liquor; Śi. 10. 4.
     (2) A deity.

kāpiśeyaḥ An imp, goblin.

kāpeyam [kaperbhāvaḥ karma vā, ḍhak]
     (1) The monkey species.
     (2) Monkey-like behaviour, monkey-tricks.

kāpuruṣaḥ A mean contemptible fellow, coward, wretch; susaṃtuṣṭaḥ kāpuruṣaḥ svalpakenāpi tuṣyati Pt. 1. 25, 361.

kāpota a. (tī f.) [kapota-aṇ] Grey, of a dirty white colour. --taṃ
     (1) A flock of pigeons.
     (2) Antimony.
     (3) Natron.
     (4) Fossil. --taḥ The grey colour.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ antimony applied to the eyes as collyrium.

kāpyakaraḥ, --kāraḥ A penitent.

kāpyakāraḥ Avowal or confession of sin.

kāphalaḥ A bitter seed.

kām ind. An interjection used in calling out to another.

kāmaḥ [kam-ghañ]
     (1) Wish, desire; saṃtānakāmāya R. 2. 65, 3, 67; oft. used with the inf. form; gaṃtukāmaḥ desirous to go; Bg. 2. 62; Ms. 2. 94.
     (2) Object of desire; sarvān kāmān samaśnute Ms. 2. 5.
     (3) Affection, love.
     (4) Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (puruṣārtha); cf. artha 8 and arthakāma.
     (5) Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms. 2. 214.
     (6) The god of love.
     (7) N. of Pradyumna.
     (8) N. of Balarama.
     (9) A kind of mango tree. (10) The Supreme being. --mā Desire, wish. --maṃ
     (1) Object of desire.
     (2) Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology-the son of Kṛṣṇa and Rukmiṇi. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvati, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows-the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows flowers of five different plants].
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ 1. a fire of love, violent or ardent love. --2. violent desire, fire of passion. -saṃdīpanaṃ 1. inflaming fire of love. --2. an aphrodisiac.
          --aṃkuśaḥ 1. a finger-nail. --2. the male organ of generation.
          --aṃgaḥ the mango tree.
          --adhikāraḥ the influence of love or desire.
          --adhiṣṭhita a. overcome by love.
          --analaḥ see kāmāgni. --aṃdha a. blinded by love or passion. (
          --dhaḥ) the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --aṃdhā musk.
          --annin a. getting food at will.
          --abhikāma a. libidinous, lustful.
          --araṇyaṃ a pleasant grove.
          --ariḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. a mineral substance.
          --arthin a. amorous, lustful, lascivious.
          --avatāraḥ N. of Pradyumna.
          --avasāyaḥ suppression of passion or desire, stoicism.
          --aśanaṃ 1. eating at will --2. unrestrained enjoyment.
          --ākhyā --akṣī N. of Durgā.
          --ātura a. love-sick, affected by love; kāmāturāṇāṃ na bhayaṃ na lajjā Subhāṣ.
          --ātmajaḥ an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna.
          --ātman a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured; Ms. 7. 27.
          --āyudhaṃ 1. arrow of the god of love. --2. membrum virile. (
          --dhaḥ) the mango tree.
          --āyus m. 1. a vulture. --2. Garuḍa.
          --ārta a. love-stricken, affected by love; kāmārtā hi prakṛtikṛpaṇāścetanācetaneṣu Me. 5.
          --āsakta a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful.
          --īpsu a. striving to obtain a desired object.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. an epithet of Kubera. --2. the Supreme soul.
          --udakaṃ 1. voluntary libation of water. --2. a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; Y. 3. 4.
          --upahata a. affected by or overcome with passion.
          --kalā N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma.
          --kāma, --kāmin a. following the dictates of love or passion.
          --kāra a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (
          --raḥ) 1. voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Ms. 11. 41, 45. --2. desire, influence of desire; Bg. 5. 12.
          --kūṭaḥ 1 the paramour of a harlot. --2. harlotry.
          --kṛt a. 1. acting at will, acting as one likes. --2. granting or fulfilling a desire. (--m.) the Supreme soul.
          --keli a. lustful. (
          --liḥ) 1. a paramour. --2. amorous sport. --3. copulation.
          --krīḍā 1. dalliance of love. amorous sport. --2. copulation.
          --ga a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (
          --gā) an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y. 3. 6.
          --gati a. able to go to any desired place; R. 13. 76.
          --guṇaḥ 1. the quality of passion, affection. --2. satiety, perfect enjoyment. --3. an object of sense.
          --cara, --cāra a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; Ku. 1. 50.
          --cāra a. unchecked, unrestrained. (
          --raḥ) 1. unrestrained motion. --2. independent or wilful action, wantonness; na kāmacāro mayi śaṃkanīyaḥ R. 14. 62. --3. one's will or pleasure, free will; kāmacārānujñā Sk.; Ms. 2. 220. --4. sensuality. --5. selfishness.
          --cārin a. 1. moving unrestrained; Me. 63. --2. libidinous, lustful. --3. selfwilled. (--m.) 1. Garuḍa. --2. a sparrow.
          --ja a. produced by passion or desire; Ms. 7. 46, 47, 50.
          --jit a. conquering love or passion; R. 9. 33. (--m.) 1. an epithet of Skanda. --2. of Śiva.
          --tālaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --da a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (
          --daḥ) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva.
          --dā = kāmadhenu q. v.
          --darśana a. looking lovely.
          --dugha a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; prītā kāmadughā hi sā R. 1. 81, 2. 63; Mal. 3. 11.
          --dughā, duh f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; Bg. 10. 28.
          --dūtī the female cuckoo.
          --devaḥ 1. the god of love. --2. N. of Śiva. --3 N. of Viṣṇu.
          --dohin a. granting desires.
          --dhenuḥ f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; kalativalatī kāmadhenū. --dhvaṃsin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --pati, -patnī f. Rati, wife of Cupid.
          --pālaḥ N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva.
          --prada a. granting desires. (
          --daḥ) 1. a kind of coitus. --2. the Supreme being.
          --pravedanaṃ expressing one's desire, wish or hope; kaccit kāmapravedane Ak.
          --praśnaḥ an unrestrained or free question.
          --phalaḥ a species of the mango tree.
          --bhogāḥ (pl.) sensual gratifications.
          --mahaḥ a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra.
          --mālin m. N. of Gaṇeśa.
          --mūḍha, -mohita a. influenced or infatuated by love; U. 2. 5.
          --rasaḥ seminal discharge.
          --rasika a. lustful, libidinous; kṣaṇamapi yuvā kāmarasikaḥ Bh. 3. 112.
          --rūpa a. 1. taking any form at will; jānāmi tvāṃ prakṛtipuruṣaṃ kāmarūpaṃ maghonaḥ Me. 6. --2. beautiful, pleasing. (
          --pāḥ) (pl) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); R. 4. 83, 84.
          --rūpin a. 1. taking any form at will. --2. beautiful. (--m.) 1. a pole-cat. --2. a boar. --3. a Vidyādhara.
          --rekhā, --lekhā a harlot, courtezan.
          --latā membrum virile.
          --lola a. overcome with passion, love-stricken.
          --varaḥ a gift chosen at will.
          --vallabhaḥ 1. the spring. --2. the moon.
     (3) the mango tree. (--bhā) moonlight. --vaśa a. influenced by love. (--śaḥ) subjection to love. --vaśya a. subject to love. --vāda a. saying anything at will. --vihaṃtṛ a. disappointing desires. --vīrya a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. --vṛtta a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; Ms. 5. 154. --vṛtti a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; na kāmavṛttirvacanīyamīkṣate Ku. 5. 82. (--ttiḥ) f. 1. free and unrestrained action. --2. freedom of will. --vṛddhiḥ f. increase of passion. --vṛṃtaṃ the trumpet flower. --śara 1. a loveshaft. --2. the mango tree. --śāstraṃ the science of love, erotic science. --saṃyogaḥ attainment of desired objects. --sakhaḥ 1. the spring. --2. the month of Chaitra. --3. the mango tree. --sū a. fulfilling any desire; R. 5. 33. (--m.) N. of Vāsudeva. (--f.) N. of Rukmiṇī. --sūtraṃ 1. N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. --2. 'thread of love,' loveincident; Mal. 1. 4. --haituka a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg. 16. 8.

kāmataḥ, --kāmena ind.
     (1) Of one's own accord, willingly.
     (2) Voluntarily, knowingly, intentionally, wilfully; Ms. 4. 130; padā spṛṣṭaṃ ca kāmataḥ Y. 1. 168.
     (3) From passion or feeling, lustfully; Ms. 3. 173.
     (4) At will, freely, unrestrained.

kāmana a. Lustful, libidinous---naṃ Desire, wish. --nā Wish, desire.

kāmanīyam Beauty, attractiveness.

kāmaṃdhamin m. A brazier.

kāmam ind.
     (1) According to wish or inclination, at will; kāmaṃgāmī.
     (2) Agreeably to desire; Mu. 1. 25.
     (3) To the heart's content; U. 3. 16.
     (4) Willingly, joyfully; Śānti. 4. 4.
     (5) Well, very well (a particle of assent), it may be that; manāganabhyāvṛttyā vā kāmaṃ kṣāmyatu yaḥ kṣamī Śi. 2. 43.
     (6) Granted or admitted (that), true that, no doubt, (generally followed by tu, tathāpi, yet, still); kāmaṃ na tiṣṭhati madānanasaṃmukhī sā bhūyiṣṭhamanyaviṣayā na tu dṛṣṭirasyāḥ S. 1. 31; 2. 1; R. 4. 13, 6. 22; 12. 75; Māl. 9. 34.
     (7) Indeed, forsooth, really; R. 2. 43; (often implying unwillingness or contradiction).
     (8) Better, rather (usually with na); kāmamāmaraṇāttiṣṭhed gṛhe kanyartumatyapi . na caivaināṃ prayacchettu guṇahīnāya karhicit Ms. 9. 89; H. 1. 131.

kāmayamāna, kāmayāna, kāmayitṛ, a. Lustful, libidinous; R. 19. 50; S. 3.

kāmala a. Lustful, libidinous. --laḥ
     (1) The spring.
     (2) A desert.
     (3) Excessive obstruction of bile.

kāmalin a. Suffering from jaundice.

kāmalikā Śpirituous liquor.

kāmavat a.
     (1) Desirous, wishing.
     (2) Lustful.

kāmiḥ A libidinous man, lecher. --f. N. of Rati.

kāmika a. Desired, wished for. --kaḥ A wild duck.

kāmita a. Wished, desired. --taṃ A desire, wish, love; Ki. 10. 44.

kāmin a. (nī f.) [kam-ṇini]
     (1) Lustful.
     (2) Desirous.
     (3) Loving, fond. --m.
     (1) A lover, a lustful person (paying particular attention to ladies); tvayā caṃdramasā cātisaṃdhīyate kamijanasārthaḥ S. 3; tvāṃ kāmino madanadūtimudāharaṃti V. 4. 11; Amaru. 2; M. 3. 14.
     (2) A uxorious husband.
     (3) The ruddy goose or cakravāka bird.
     (4) A sparrow.
     (5) An epithet of Śiva.
     (6) The moon.
     (7) A pigeon.
     (8) The Supreme being. --nī 1 A loving, affectionate, or fond woman; Ms. 8. 112.
     (2) A lovely or beautiful woman; udayati hi śaśāṃkaḥ kāminīgaṃḍapāṃḍuḥ Mk. 1. 57; keṣāṃ naiṣā kathaya kavitākāminī kautukāya P. R. 1. 22.
     (3) A woman (in general); mṛgayā jahāra catureva kāminī R. 9. 69; Me. 63; Rs. 1. 28.
     (4) A timid woman.
     (5) Spirituous liquor.

kāmuka a. (kā or kī f.) [kam-ukañ]
     (1) Wishing, desirous.
     (2) Lustful, libidinous. --kaḥ
     (1) A lover, a libidinous man; kāmukaiḥ kuṃbhīlakaiśca parihartavyā caṃdrikā M. 4; R. 19. 33; Rs. 6. 9.
     (2) A sparrow.
     (3) The Aśoka tree. --kā A woman desirous of wealth. --kī A libidinous or lustful woman.

kāmya a. [kam-yat]
     (1) To be desired, desirable: sudhā viṣṭhā ca kāmyāśanaṃ Śanti. 2. 8.
     (2) Optional, performed for some particular object (opp. nitya); aṃte kāmyasya karmaṇaḥ R. 10. 50; Ms. 2. 2; 12. 89; Bg. 18. 2.
     (3) Beautiful, lovely, charming, handsome; nāsau na kāmyaḥ R. 6. 30; U. 5. 12. --myā A wish, desire, intention, request; brāhmaṇakāmyā Mk. 3; R. 1. 35; Bg. 10. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --abhiprāyaḥ a self-interested motive or purpose.
          --karman n. a rite performed for some particular object and with a view to future fruition.
          --gir a. sweet-voiced, having a pleasing voice; Śi. 6. 8. (--f.) an agreeable speech.
          --dānaṃ 1. an acceptable gift. --2. a free-will offering voluntary gift.
          --maraṇaṃ voluntary death, suicide.
          --vṛttaṃ voluntary vow.

kāmaṭha a. [kamaṭha-aṇ] Peculiar to the tortoise.

kāmālikā Spirituous liquor.

kāmodā A musical note.

kāṃpillaḥ, kāṃpilaḥ, --kāṃpillakaḥ N. of a tree; Māl. 9. 31.

kāṃbalaḥ [kaṃbala-aṇ] A carriage covered with a woollen cloth or blanket.

kāṃbavikaḥ [kaṃbu-ṭhak]
     (1) A vendor of shell ornaments, dealer in shells.

kāṃbojaḥ [kaṃboja-aṇ] A native of the Kambojas; Ms. 10. 44.
     (2) A king of the Kambojas.
     (3) The Punnāga tree.
     (4) A species of horse from the Kamboja country.

kāmla a. [īṣadamlaṃ] Slightly acid, acidulous.

kāyaḥ, --yam [cīyate'smin asthyādika miti kāyaḥ; ci-ghañ ādeḥ kakāraḥ P. III. 3. 41 Sk.]
     (1) The body; vibhāti kāyaḥ karuṇāparāṇā paropakārairnatu caṃdanena Bh. 2. 71; kāyena manasā buddhyā Bg. 5. 11; so kāyena vācā, manasā &c.
     (2) The trunk of a tree.
     (3) The body of a lute (the whole lute except the wires).
     (4) A multitude, assemblage, collection.
     (5) Principal, capital.
     (6) Home, residence, habitation.
     (7) A butt, a mark.
     (8) Natural temperament. --yaṃ (with or without tīrtha) The part of the hand just below the fingers, especially the little finger, or the last two fingers (this part being considered sacred to Prajāpati is called prajāpatitīrtha; cf. Ms. 2. 58-59). --yaḥ One of the eight forms of marriage, generally known as prājāpatya q. v.; Y. 1. 60; Ms. 3. 38.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the digestive faculty.
          --kleśaḥ bodily suffering or pain.
          --cikitsā the third of the eight departments of medical science, treatment of diseases affecting the whole body.
          --mānaṃ measurement of the body
          --baṃdhanaṃ 1. girdle. --2. the union of semen virile and blood.
          --valanaṃ an armour.
          --sthaḥ 1. the Supreme being. --2. the writer-caste (proceeding from a kṣatriya father and a śūdra mother). --3. a man of that caste; kāyastha iti laghvī mātrā Mu. 1; Y. 1. 336; Mk. 9. (
          --sthā) 1. a woman of that caste. --2. the Myrobalan tree. (
          --sthī) the wife of a kāyastha. --sthita a. corporeal, bodily.

kāyaka (--yikā f.), kāyika (kī f.) a. [kāya-ṭhak] Relating to the body, bodily, corporeal; kāyikatapaḥ Ms. 12. 8. --kā Interest (whatever is given for the use of money).
     -- Comp.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. 1. interest consisting in the use of any animal or capital stock pawned. --2. interest of which the payment does not affect the principal, or the use of the body of an animal pledged by the person to whom it is pledged.

kāyavat a. Having a body, embodied; U. 6. 9.

kāyamānam A hut made of thatch.

kāra a. (rī f.) [kṛ-ghañ] (At the end of comp.) Making, doing, performing, working, maker, doer, author; graṃthakāraḥ author; kuṃbhakāraḥ, suvarṇakāra &c. &c. --raḥ
     (1) Act, action; as in puruṣakāra.
     (2) A term denoting a sound or a word which is not inflected; as akāra Ms. 2. 76, 125; kakāra, phūtkāra &c.
     (3) Effort, exertion; Śi. 19. 27.
     (4) Religious austerity.
     (5) A husband, lord; master.
     (6) Determination.
     (7) Power, strength.
     (8) A tax or toll.
     (9) A heap of snow. (10) The Himālaya mountain.
     (11) Water produced by hail.
     (12) Killing, slaughter.
     -- Comp.
          --avaraḥ a man of a mixed and low caste, born from a Niṣāda father and Vaidehī mother; cf. Ms. 10. 36.
          --kara a. working, acting as agent.
          --bhūḥ a toll-station.

kāraka a. (rikā f.) [kṛ-ṇvul] (Usually at the end of comp.)
     (1) Making, acting, doing, performing, creating, doer &c.; svapnasya kārakaḥ Y. 3. 150; 2. 156; varṇasaṃkarakārakaiḥ Bg. 1. 42; Ms. 7. 204; Pt. 5. 36.
     (2) An agent.
     (3) Intending to act or do. --kaṃ
     (1) (In gram.) The relation subsisting between a noun and a verb in a sentence, (or between a noun and other words governing it); there are six such Kārakas, belonging to the first seven cases, except the genitive:
     (1) kartṛ;
     (2) karman;
     (3); karaṇa;
     (4) saṃpradāna;
     (5) apādāna;
     (6) adhikaraṇa.
     (2) That part of grammar which treats of these relations; i. e. syntax.
     (3) Water produced from hail.
     -- Comp.
          --dīpakaṃ (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which the same Kāraka is connected with several verbs in succession; e. g. khidyati kūṇati vellati vicalati nimiṣati vilokayati tiryak . aṃtarnaṃdati cuṃbitumicchati navapariṇayā vadhūḥ śayane .. K. P. 10.
          --hetuḥ the active or efficient cause (opp. jñāpakahetu).

kārakavat a.
     (1) Relating to one who is busy with anything.
     (2) Instrumental, causal.

kāraja a. Relating to the fingernail.

kāraṇam [kṛ-ṇic lyuṭ]
     (1) A cause, reason; kāraṇakopāḥ kuṭuṃbinyaḥ M. 1. 18; R. 1. 74; Bg. 13. 21; oft. with loc. of the effect; Bh. 2. 84.
     (2) Ground, motive, object kiṃ punaḥ kāraṇaṃ Mbh.; Y. 2. 203; Ms. 8. 347; kāraṇamānuṣīṃ tanuṃ R. 16. 22.
     (3) An instrument, means; Y. 3. 20, 65.
     (4) (In Nyāya phil.). A cause, that which is invariably antecedent to some product and is not otherwise constituted; or, according to Mill, 'the antecedent or concurrence of antecedents on which the effect is invariably and unconditionally consequent'; according to Naiyāyikas it is of three kinds;
     (1) samavāyi (intimate or inherent); as threads in the case of cloth;
     (2) asamavāyi (non-intimate or non-inherent), as the conjunction of the threads in the case of cloth;
     (3) nimitta (instrumental) as the weaver's loom.
     (5) The generative cause, creator, father; Ku. 5. 81.
     (6) An element, elementary matter; Y. 3. 148; Bg. 18. 13.
     (7) The origin or plot of a play, poem, &c.
     (8) An organ of sense.
     (9) The body. (10) A sign, document, proof or authority; Ms. 11. 85.
     (11) That on which any opinion or judgment is based.
     (12) Action.
     (13) A legal instrument or document.
     (14) Agency, instrumentality.
     (15) A deity (as the proximate or remote cause of creation.)
     (16) Killing, injuring. --ṇā
     (1) Pain, agony; Ve. 5. 32.
     (2) Casting into hell.
     (3) Urging, instigation. (kāraṇāṃt for the reason that; dveṣa- on account of hatred; matkāraṇāt for my sake; Pt. 1. 22.)
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. having a cause or reason.
          --uttaraṃ a special plea, denial of the cause of complaint; admission of the charge generally, but denial of the actual issue (in law).
          --kāraṇaṃ an elementary or primary cause; an atom; Ki. 18. 35.
          --gata a. referred to its cause, resolved into its principles.
          --guṇaḥ a quality of the cause.
          --balavat a. strong by motives; Pt. 5. 29.
          --bhūta a. 1. caused. --2. forming the cause.
          --mālā a figure of speech, 'a chain of causes'; yathottaraṃ cet pūrvasya pūrvasyārthasya hetutā . tadā kāraṇamālā syāt K. P. 10; e. g. Bg. 2. 62, 63; also S. D. 728.
          --vādin m. a complainant, plaintiff.
          --vāri n. the original water produced at the beginning of the creation.
          --vihīna a. without a cause.
          --śarīraṃ (in Vedānta phil.) the inner rudiment of the body, causal frame.

kāraṇaka (At the end of comp.) Cause, reason &c.

kāraṇika a. (kā or kī f.)
     (1) An examiner, a judge.
     (2) Causal, causative.

kārayitavya a. To be caused or performed; -dakṣā Ku. 7. 27.

kārayitṛ, kārayiṣṇu Causing to do, perform, effect &c.

kāriḥ f. Action, act, work. --m. An artist, a mechanic.

kārita a. Caused to be done or effected. --tā Interest, the amount of which is fixed by the debtor (being forced to do so by the creditor). --taṃ The causal form of a verb.

kārin a. Making, doing, causing, bringing about (at the end of comp). --m. A mechanic, artist.

kāraṃḍavaḥ A sort of duck; taptaṃ vāri vihāya tīranalinīṃ kāraṃḍavaḥ sevate V. 2. 23.

kāraṃdhamin m.
     (1) Brazier.
     (2) A mineralogist.

kārabha a. Produced or coming from a camel.

kāramihikā Camphor.

kāraṃbhā N. of a tree (priyaṃgu).

kāravaḥ A crow.

kāraskaraḥ N. of a tree(kiṃpāka).

kārā
     (1) Imprisonment, confinement.
     (2) A prison-house, a jail.
     (3) Part of a lute below the neck.
     (4) Pain, affliction.
     (5) A female messenger.
     (6) A female worker in gold.
     (7) A sound.
     (8) An instrument for drowning the sound of the lute.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraṃ, --gṛhaṃ, --veśman n. a prison house, a jail; kārāgṛhe nirjitavāsavena laṃkeśvaraṇoṣitamā prasādāt R. 6. 40, Śānti 4. 10.
          --guptaḥ a prisoner.
          --pālaḥ a guard of a prison, jailor.

kārādhunī A musical instrument (as a conch).

kārāyikā A female crane.

kārikā
     (1) A female dancer.
     (2) A business, or trade.
     (3) A memorial verse, or a collection of such verses, on grammatical, philosophical, or scientific subjects; e. g. Bhartṛhari's Karikās on grammar; sāṃkhyakārikā.
     (4) Torment, torture.
     (5) Interest.

kārīra a. [karīra-añ] Made of the shoots of reed or bamboo.

kārīṣam [karīṣāṇāṃ samūhaḥ aṇ] A heap of dried cowdung.

kāru a. (rū f.) [kṛ-uṇ Uṇ. 1. 1]
     (1) A maker, doer, an agent, servant.
     (2) An artisan, mechanic, artist; kārubhiḥ kāritaṃ tena kṛtrimaṃ svapnahetave Vb. 1. 13; iti sma sā kārutareṇa lekhitaṃ nalasya ca svasya ca sakhyamīkṣate N. 1. 38; Y. 2. 249, 1. 187; Ms. 5. 129; 10. 12. (They are: --takṣā ca taṃtravāyaśca nāpito rajakastathā . paṃcamaścarmakāraśca kāravaḥ śilpino matāḥ ..).
     (3) Terrible, horrible. --ruḥ
     (1) An epithet of viśvakarman the architect of the gods.
     (2) An art, a science.
     -- Comp.
          --cauraḥ one who commits burglary, a dacoit.
          --jaḥ 1. a piece of mechanism, any product of manufacture. --2. a young elephant. --3. a hillock, an ant-hill. --4. froth. --5. sesamum growing spontaneously. --6. red orpiment.

kārukaḥ, --kā An artisan.

kāruṇika a. (kī f.) [karuṇā-ṭhak] Compassionate, kind, tender; Nāg. 1. 1.

kāruṇyam Compassion, kindness, pity; kāruṇyamātanvate Gīt. 1; kariṇyaḥ kāruṇyāspadaṃ Bv. 1. 2.

kāruṃḍikā, --kāruṃḍī A leech.

kāreṇava a. Belonging to a female elephant.

kārota(tta)maḥ --raḥ Ved.
     (1) A filtering vessel.
     (2) Yeast, barm.
     (3) A well.

kārkaṇa a. Belonging to a pheasant.

kārkavākava a. Relating to a cock (kṛkavāku).

kārkaśyam
     (1) Hardness, roughness.
     (2) Firmness.
     (3) Solidity; Śi. 2. 17; Pt. 1. 190.
     (4) Hard-heartedness, sternness, cruelty; kārkaśyaṃ gamite'pi cetasi Amaru. 24.

kārkīka a. Like a white horse.

kārṇa a. Relating to an ear. --rṇaṃ
     (1) The wax of the ear.
     (2) An earring. --rṇaḥ N. of Vṛṣaketu.
     -- Comp.
          --chidrakaṃ a sort of well.
          --veṣṭakika a. fit for ear-rings.

kārtayuga a. Relating to the kṛtayuga.

kārtavīryaḥ The son of Kṛtavīrya and king of the Haihayas, who ruled at Māhiṣmatī. [Having worshipped Dattātreya, he obtained from him several boons, such as a thousand arms, a golden chariot that went wheresoever he willed it to go, the power of restraining wrong by justice, conquest of earth, invincibility by enemies &c.; (cf. R. 6. 39). According to the Vāyu Puraṇa he ruled justly and righteously for 85000 years and offered 10000 sacrifices. He was a contemporary of Ravaṇa whom he once captured and confined like a beast in a corner of his city; cf. R. 6. 40. Kārtavīrya was slain by Paraśurama for having carried off by violence the Kāmadhenu of his revered father Jamadagni. Kārtavīrya is also known by the name Sahasrārjuna.].

kārtasvaram Gold; sa taptakārtasvarabhāsurāṃbaraḥ Śi. 1. 20; -daṃḍena K. 82.

kārtāṃtikaḥ [kṛtāṃtaṃ vetti ṭhak] An astrologer, fortune-teller; kārtāṃtiko nāma bhūtvā bhuvaṃ babhrāma Dk. 130.

kārtika a. (kī f.) [kṛttikā-aṇ] Belonging to the month of Kārtika; R. 19. 39. --kaḥ
     (1) N. of the month in which the full moon is near the kṛttikā or Pleiades (corresponding to October-November).
     (2) An epithet of Skanda. --kī The full moon day in the month of Kārtika.

kārtikikaḥ The month of Kartika.

kārtikeyaḥ [kṛttikānāmapatyaṃ ḍhak] N. of Skanda (so called because he was reared by the six Kṛttikās). [Kārtikeya is the Mars or the god of war of the Indian mythology. He is the son of Śiva (but born without the direct intervention of a woman). Most of his epithets have reference to the circumstances of his birth. Śiva cast his seed into Agni (who had gone to the god in the form of a dove while he was enjoying Pārvatī's company), who being unable to bear it cast it into the Ganges; (hence Skanda is called Agnibhu, Gaṅgāputra). It was then transferred to the six Kṛttikās (when they went to bathe in the Ganges), each of whom therefore conceived and brought forth a son. But these six sons were afterwards mysteriously combined into one of extraordinary form with six heads and twelve hands and eyes, (hence he is called Kārtikeya, Ṣadānana, Ṣaṇmukha &c.). According to another account the seed of Śiva was cast by the Ganges into a thicket of reeds (Śara); whence the boy was called Śaravaṇabhava, or Śarajanman. He is said to have pierced the mountain Krauncha, whence his name Kraunchadāraṇa. He was the commander of the army of the gods in their war with Tāraka, a powerful demon q. v. whom he vanquished and slew; and hence his names Senānī and Tārakajit. He is represented as riding a peacock.]
     -- Comp.
          --prasūḥ f. Pārvatī, mother of Kārtikeya.

kārtsnyam Totality; entirety; tānnibodhata kārtsnyena dvijāgtyān paṃktipāvanān Ms. 3. 183.

kārdama (mī f.), kārdama(mi)ka a. (kī f.) [kardama-aṇ-ṭhak vā] Muddy, soiled or covered with mud.

kārpaṭaḥ [karpaṭa-aṇ]
     (1) A petitioner, a suitor, a candidate.
     (2) A rag.
     (3) Lac.

kārpaṭikaḥ [karpaṭa-ṭhak]
     (1) A pilgrim.
     (2) One who maintains himself by carrying water from holy rivers.
     (3) A caravan of pilgrims.
     (4) An experienced man.
     (5) A parasite.

kārpaṇyam
     (1) Poverty, indigence, wretchedness; vyaktakārpaṇyā Dk.
     (2) Compassion; pity
     (3) Niggardliness, imbecility; Bg. 2. 7.
     (4) Levity, lightness of spirit.

kārpāṇam Ved. Combat, battle.

kārpāsa a. (sī f.) [karpāsyāḥ avayavaḥ aṇ] Made of cotton. --saḥ --saṃ
     (1) Anything made of cotton; Ms. 8. 326; 12. 64.
     (2) Paper. --sī The cotton plant.
     -- Comp.
          --asthi n. the seed of the cotton plant.
          --nāsikā a spindle.
          --sautrika a. made of cotton thread; Y. 2. 179.

kārpāsika a. (kī f.) Made of or from cotton.

kārpāsikā The cotton plant.

kārma a. [karman-ṇa] Laborious, industrious.

kārmaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [karman-aṇ]
     (1) Finishing a work.
     (2) Doing any work well or completely. --ṇaṃ Magic, witchcraft; nikhilanayanākarṣaṇe kārmaṇajñā Bv. 2. 79; Vikr. 2. 14, 8. 2.

kārmāraḥ An artist, mechanic.

kārmārakam A smith's work.

kārmika a. (kī f.) [karman-ṭhak]
     (1) Manufactured, made.
     (2) Embroidered, intermixed with coloured thread (as cloth).
     (3) Any variegated texture.

kārmikyam Activity, industry.

kārmuka a. (kī f.) [karmaṇe prabhavati ukañ P. V. 1. 103.] Fit for or able to do a work, doing it well and completely. --kaṃ
     (1) A bow; tatkārmukaṃ karmasu yasya śaktiḥ Ki. 3. 48; tvayi cādhijyakārmuke S. 1. 6.
     (2) A bamboo.
     (3) The ninth sign of the zodiac.
     (4) A kind of machine or instrument shaped like a bow.
     -- Comp.
          --bhṛt m. 1. the archer or the sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. --2. an archer in general.

kārya pot. p. [kṛ-karmaṇi ṇyat] What ought to be done, made, performed, effected &c.; kāryā saikatalīnahaṃsamithunā srotovahā mālinī S. 6. 16; sākṣiṇaḥ kāryāḥ Ms. 8. 61; so daṃḍaḥ, vicāraḥ &c. --ryaṃ
     (1)
          (a) Work, action, act, affair, business; kāryaṃ tvayā naḥ pratipannakalpaṃ Ku. 3. 14; Ms. 5. 150.
          (b) A matter, thing.
     (2) Duty; Śi. 2. 1.
     (3) Occupation, enterprize, emergent business.
     (4) A religious rite or performance.
     (5) A motive, object, purpose; kāryamatra bhaviṣyati Pt. 2. 65, 113; Śi. 2. 36; H. 4. 61.
     (6) Want, need, occasion, business (with instr.); kiṃ kāryaṃ bhavato hṛtena dayitāsnehasvahastena me V. 2. 20; tṛṇena kāryaṃ bhavatīśvarāṇāṃ Pt. 1. 71, 4. 27; Amaru. 71.
     (7) Conduct, deportment.
     (8) A law-suit, legal business, dispute &c; bahirniṣkramya jñāyatāṃ kaḥ kaḥ kāryārthīti Mk. 9; Ms. 8. 43.
     (9) An effect, the necessary result of a cause (opp. kāraṇa). (10) (In gram.) Operation; vibhakti kāryaṃ declension.
     (11) The denouement of a drama; kāryopakṣepamādau tanumapi racayan Mu. 4. 3.
     (12) Healthiness (in medicine).
     (13) Origin. [cf. Germ. kara; Pers. kar; Prāk. kajja; Mar. kaja].
     -- Comp.
          --akṣama a. unable to do one's duty, incompetent.
          --akāryaṃ to be done and not to be done, right and wrong (action), Pt. 1. 306.
          --akāryavicāṃraḥ discussion as to the propriety or otherwise of anything, deliberation on the arguments for and against any proceeding.
          --adhipaḥ 1. the superintendent of a work or affair. --2. the planet that decides any question in astrology.
          --arthaḥ 1. the object of any undertaking, a purpose; Ms. 7. 167. --2. an application for employment. --3. any object or purpose.
          --arthin a. 1. making a request. --2. seeking to gain one's object or purpose; Bh. 2. 81. --3. seeking an employment. --4. pleading a cause in court, going to law; Mk. 9.
          --āsanaṃ seat of transacting business.
          --īkṣaṇaṃ superintendence of public affairs; Ms. 7. 141.
          --uddhāraḥ discharge of a duty.
          --udyogaḥ active engagement in any business.
          --kara a. efficacious.
          --kartṛ m. 1. an agent, a workman. --2. a friend, benefactor; Pt. 1. 131.
          --kāraṇe (dual) 1. cause and effect; object and motive; -varjitaḥ Pt. 1. 413. --2. some special cause of an act; Pt. 1. 412. -bhāvaḥ the relation of cause and effect.
          --kālaḥ time for action, season, fit time or opportunity.
          --gauravaṃ importance of the act, deed, or occasion; respect for the performance; U. 7.
          --ciṃtaka a. 1. prudent, cautious, considerate (
          --kaḥ) manager of a business, executive officer; Y. 2. 191.
          --cyuta a. out of work, out of employ, dismissed from an office.
          --jātaṃ, --darśanaṃ 1. inspection of a work. --2. inquiry into public affairs.
          --nirṇayaḥ settlement of an affair.
          --padavī line of conduct, course of action; Mal. 2. 13.
          --puṭaḥ 1. a man who does any useless thing. --2. a mad, eccentric or crazy man. --3. an idler.
          --pradveṣaḥ dislike to work, idleness, laziness.
          --preṣyaḥ an agent, a messenger.
          --bhājanaṃ, -pātraṃ any one engaged in active life.
          --vastu n. an aim or object.
          --vipattiḥ f. a failure, reverse, misfortune.
          --śeṣaḥ 1. the remainder of a business; Ms. 7. 153. --2. completion of an affair. --3. part of a business.
          --siddhiḥ f. success.
          --sthānaṃ a place of business, office.
          --haṃtṛ 1. obstructing or marring another's work; H. 1. 77.
     (2) opposed to another's interests.

kāryataḥ ind.
     (1) Through some object or motive.
     (2) Consequently, necessarily.

kāryika a.
     (1) Having business.
     (2) Engaged in a suit.

kāryin a.
     (1) Active, assiduous.
     (2) Seeking for some business.
     (3) Having an object in view.
     (4) A party to a suit.
     (5) (In Gram.) Subject to a rule.

kārśānava a. Fiery, hot.

kārśyam
     (1) Thinness, emaciation, leanness; Me. 29.
     (2) Smallness, littleness, scantiness; R. 5. 21.

kārṣaḥ, --rṣakaḥ A husbandman, cultivator.

kārṣi a. Ved.
     (1) Attracting, drawing.
     (2) Ploughing. --rṣiḥ Fire. --f.
     (1) Drawing.
     (2) Cultivation.

kārṣīvaṇaḥ Ved. A husbandman.

kārṣman Ved. The goal of a racecourse.

kārṣāpaṇaḥ, --ṇam (or --paṇakaḥ) A coin or weight of different values; Ms. 8. 136, 336; 9. 282. (= karṣa). --ṇaṃ Money.

kārṣāpaṇika a. (kī f.) Worth one kārṣāpaṇa.

kārṣika = kārṣāpaṇa q. v.

kārṣṇa a. (rṣṇī f.) [kṛṣṇa aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu; R. 15. 24.
     (2) Belonging to Vyāsa.
     (3) Belonging to the black antelope; Ms. 2. 41.
     (4) Black. --rṣṇaṃ Ved. The skin of the black antelope.

kārṣṇāyasa a. (sī f.) [kṛṣṇāyasa-aṇ] Made of black iron; U. 3. 43. --saṃ Iron.

kārṣṇiḥ [kṛṣṇasyāpatyaṃ --iñ] An epithet of the god of love; Śi. 19. 10.

kārṣṇyam Blackness, darkness.

kāla a. (lī f.)
     (1) Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour.
     (2) Injuring, hurting. --laḥ
     (1) The black or dark-blue colour.
     (2) Time (in general); vilaṃbitaphalaiḥ kālaṃ nināya sa manorathaiḥ R. 1. 33; tasminkāle at that time; kāvyaśāstravinodena kālo gacchati dhīmatāṃ H. 1.
     (1) the wise pass their time &c.
     (3) Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R. 3. 12, 4. 6, 12. 69; parjanyaḥ kālavarṣī Mk. 10. 60.
     (4) A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); ṣaṣṭhe kāle divasasya V. 2. 1; Ms. 5. 153.
     (5) The weather.
     (6) Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas.
     (7) The Supreme spirit regarded as the destroyer of the universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; kālaḥ kālyā bhuvanaphalake kraḍiti prāṇiśāraiḥ Bh. 3. 39.
     (8)
          (a) Yama, the god of death; kaḥ kālasya na gocarāṃtaragataḥ Pt. 1. 146.
          (b) Death, time of death.
     (9) Fate, destiny. (10) The black part of the eye.
     (11) The (Indian) cuckoo.
     (12) The planet Saturn.
     (13) N. of Śiva.
     (14) A measure of time (in music or prosody).
     (15) A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor.
     (16) A section, or part
     (17) A red kind of plumbago.
     (18) Resin, pitch
     (19) N. of an enemy of Śiva. (20) (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures.
     (21) A mystical name for the letter m. --lā
     (1) N. of several plants.
     (2) N. of a daughter of Daksha.
     (3) An epithet of Durgā. --lī
     (1) Blackness.
     (2) Ink, black ink.
     (3) An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife.
     (4) A row of black clouds.
     (5) A woman with a dark complexion.
     (6) N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa.
     (7) Night.
     (8) Censure, blame.
     (9) One of the seven tongues of Fire. (10) A form of Durgā; kālītanayaḥ a buffalo.
     (11) One of the Mātṛs or divine mothers.
     (12) N. of a wife of Bhīma.
     (13) A sister of Yama.
     (14) A kind of learning (mahāviḍyā).
     (15) A small shrub used as a purgative. --laṃ
     (1) Iron.
     (2) A kind of perfume.
     -- Comp.
          --ayasaṃ iron.
          --akṣarikaḥ a scholar, one who can read and decipher.
          --agaru n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; Bv. 1. 70, R. 4. 81. (--n.) the wood of that tree; Rs. 4. 5; 5. 5.
          --agniḥ, --analaḥ 1. the destructive fire at the end of the world. --2. an epithet of Rudra. --3. a kind of bead (rudrākṣa). --aṃga a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge).
          --ajinaṃ the hide of a black antelope.
          --aṃjanaṃ a sort of collyrium; Ku. 7. 20, 82. (
          --nī) a small shrub used as a purgative.
          --aṃḍajaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --atikramaḥ --maṇaṃ delay, being late; Pt. 1. 154.
          --atipātaḥ, --atirekaḥ loss of time, delay; Māl 2.
          --atīta a. elapsed, passed by.
          --atyayaḥ 1. delay, lapse of time. --2. loss by lapse of time.
          --adhyakṣaḥ 1. 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. --2. the Supreme soul.
          --anunādin m. 1. a bee. --2. a sparrow. --3. the Chātaka bird.
          --anusārakaḥ 1. Tagara tree. --2. yellow sandal.
          --anusāriḥ, --anusārin, --anusārivā, --anusāryaḥ, --ryakaḥ benzoin.
          --aṃtakaḥ time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. an interval. --2. a period of time. --3. another time or opportunity. -āvṛta a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. -kṣama a. able to bear delay; akālakṣamā devyāḥ śarīrāvasthā K. 263; S. 4. -prekṣin Pt. 3. 172. -viṣaḥ an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat.
          --abhraḥ a dark, watery cloud.
          --avadhiḥ appointed time.
          --avabodhaḥ knowledge of time and circumstances; Mal. 3. 11.
          --aśuddhiḥ f.,
          --aśaucaṃ period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see aśauca. --ākṛṣṭa a. 1. led to death. --2. produced or brought by time.
          --ātmaka a. depending on time or destiny.
          --ātman m. the Supreme spirit.
          --āyasaṃ iron.
          --upta a. sown in due season.
          --kaṃjaṃ a blue lotus.
          --kaṭaṃkaṭaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ 1. a peacock. --2. a sparrow. --3. a wagtail. --4. a gallinule. --5. an epithet of Śiva; U. 6.
          --kaṃṭhakaḥ --kaṃṭakaḥ a gallinule.
          --kaṃḍakaḥ a water-snake.
          --karaṇaṃ appointing or fixing time.
          --karṇikā, --karṇī misfortune.
          --karman n. death.
          --kalāyaḥ dark pulse.
          --kalpa a. fatal, deadly.
          --kālaḥ Supreme being.
          --kīlaḥ noise.
          --kuṃṭhaḥ Yama.
          --kuṣṭhaḥ a myrrh.
          --kūṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ
          (a) a deadly poison; S. 6.
          (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; adyāpi nojjhati haraḥ kila kālakūṭaṃ Ch. P. 50. --kṛt m. 1. the sun. --2. a peacock. --3. Supreme spirit. --kṛta 1. produced by time. --2. fixed, appointed. --3. lent or deposited. --4. done for a long time. (--taḥ) the sun. --kramaḥ lapse of time, course of time; kālakrameṇa in course or process of time; Ku. 1. 19. --kriyā 1. fixing a time. --2. death. --kṣepaḥ 1. delay, loss of time; Me. 22; maraṇe kālakṣepaṃ mākuru Pt. 1. --2. passing the time. --khaṃjaṃ, --khaṃjanaṃ, --khaṃḍaṃ the liver. --gaṃgā the river Yamunā. --grāṃthiḥ a year. --ghātin a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison) --cakraṃ 1. the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). --2. a cycle. --3. (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (--kraḥ) an epithet of the sun. --cihnaṃ a symptom of approaching death. codita a. summoned by the angel of death. --jyeṣṭha a. senior in years, grown up; U. 5. 12. --jña a. knowing the proPer time or occasion (of any action); atyārūḍho hi nārīṇāmakālajño manobhavaḥ R. 12. 33; Śi. 2. 83. (--jñaḥ) 1. an astrologer. --2. a cock. --jñānin m. an epithet of Śiva. --trayaṃ the three times; the past, the present, and the future; -darśī K. 46. --daṃḍaḥ death. --damanī an epithet of Durgā. --dharmaḥ, --dharman m. 1. the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. --2. the law or rule of time. --3. effects proper to the time. --4. fated time, death; na punarjīvitaḥ kaścitkāladharmamupāgataḥ Mb.; parītāḥ kāladharmaṇā &c. --dhāraṇā prolongation of time. --naraḥ (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. --nāthaḥ, --nidhiḥ Śiva. --niyogaḥ decree of fate or destiny; laṃdhyatena khalu kālaniyogaḥ Ki. 9. 13. --nirūpaṇaṃ determination of time, chronology. --nemiḥ 1. the rim of the wheel of time. --2. N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. --3. N. of a demon with 100 hands killed by Viṣṇu. -ariḥ, ripuḥ, haraḥ, han m. epithets of Kṛṣṇa. --pakva a. ripened by time, i. e. spontaneously; Ms. 6. 17, 21; Y. 3. 49. --parivāsaḥ standing for a time so as to become stale. --pāśaḥ the noose of Yama or death. --pāśikaḥ a hangman. --pṛṣṭhaṃ 1. a species of antelope. --2. a heron. (--kaṃ) 1. N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve. 4. --2. a bow in general. --prabhātaṃ autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). --bhakṣaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --bhṛt m. the sun. --bhairavaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --mānaṃ a measure of time. --mukhaḥ a species of ape. --meṣī f. the Mañjiṣṭha plant. --yavanaḥ a king of Yavanas and enemy of Kṛṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yadavas. Kṛṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. --yāpaḥ, --yāpanaṃ procrastination, delay, putting off. --yogaḥ fate, destiny. -taḥ according to the requirements of the time; Pt. 1. 184. --yogin m. an epithet of Śiva. --rātriḥ, --rātrī f. 1. a dark night. --2. a sister of Yama. --3. the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divālī holidays). --4. the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā). --5. a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. --lohaṃ --lauhaṃ steel. --viprakarṣaḥ prolongation of time. --vṛddhiḥ f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms. 8. 153. --velā the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. --saṃkarṣā a girl 9 years old personating Durga at a festival. --saṃrodhaḥ 1. keeping back for a long time; Ms. 8. 143. --2. lapse of a long period of time. --sadṛśa a. opportune, timely. --saṃpanna a. dated, bearing a date. --sarpaḥ the black and most poisonous variety of the snake. --sāraḥ the black antelope. (--raṃ) a yellow sort of sandal wood. --sūtraṃ, --sūtrakaṃ 1. thread of time or death. --2. N. of a particular hell; Y. 3. 222; Ms. 4. 88. --skaṃdaḥ the Tamāla tree. --svarūpa a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). --haraḥ an epithet of Śiva. --haraṇaṃ loss of time, delay; S. 3; U. 5; Mv. 4. 41. --hāniḥ f. delay; R. 13. 16.

kālaka a. Black, dark-blue. --kaḥ
     (1) A mole, freckle, mark.
     (2) A water-snake.
     (3) The black part of the eye.
     (4) A kind of grain. --kā Ved.
     (1) A kind of bird.
     (2) A daughter of Daksha. --kaṃ
     (1) The liver.
     (2) An unknown quantity (in alg.).

kālāyanī N. of Durgā.

kālika a. (kī f.) [kāla-ṭhan-ṭhakvā]
     (1) Relating to time.
     (2) Depending on time; viśeṣaḥ kāliko'vasthā Ak.
     (3) Seasonable, timely. --kaḥ
     (1) A crane.
     (2) A heron. --kā
     (1) Blackness, black colour.
     (2) Ink, black ink.
     (3) Price of an article to be paid by instalments.
     (4) Periodical interest paid at stated times.
     (5) A multitude of clouds, a dark cloud threatening rain; kālikeva nibiḍā balākinī R. 11. 15.
     (6) Flaw (alloy &c.) in gold
     (7) The liver.
     (8) A female crow.
     (9) A A scorpion. (10) A spirituous liquor.
     (11) N. of Durgā; Śi. 17. 44.
     (12) A particular blood-vessel in the ear.
     (13) A line of hair extending from the pudenda to the navel.
     (14) A small singing bird.
     (5) A kind of fragrant earth.
     (16) A girl four years old personating Durgā at a festival. --kaṃ
     (1) Black sandal wood.
     (2) Hostility.

kālinī N. of the sixth lunar mansion.

kāliya a. Relating to time, timely. --yaḥ The Kaliyuga.

kālīna a. [kāla-kha]
     (1) Belonging to a particular time.
     (2) Seasonable.

kālīyam [kāla-cha] A kind of sandal-wood; also kālīyaka.

kālakuṃcaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

kālaṃjaraḥ
     (1) N. of a mountain and adjacent country (modern Kallinjar).
     (2) An assembly of religious mendicants.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva. --rā or rī An epithet of Durgā.

kālaśeyam Buttermilk(produced in a jar by churning).

kālāpaḥ
     (1) The hair of the head.
     (2) A serpent's hood.
     (3) A demon, an imp, a goblin.
     (4) A student of the kalāpa grammar.
     (5) One who knows this grammar.

kālāpakam
     (1) An assemblage of the pupils of Kalāpa.
     (2) The doctrines or teachings of Kalāpa.

kāliṃga a. (gī f.) [kaliṃga-aṇ] Produced in, or belonging to, the Kalinga country. --gaḥ 1 A king of that country; pratijagrāha kāliṃgastamastrairgajasādhanaḥ R. 4. 40.
     (2) A snake of that country.
     (3) An elephant.
     (4) A species of cucumber.
     (5) A poisonous plant.
     (6) A sort of iron. --gāḥ (pl.) N. of a country; see kaliṃga. --gaṃ A water-melon.

kāliṃda a. (dī f.) [kaliṃda-aṇ] Connected with or coming from the mountain Kalinda or the river Yamunā. --dī
     (1) The river Yamunā; kāliṃdyāḥ pulineṣu kelikupitām Ve. 1. 2; R. 15. 28; Śānti. 4. 13.
     (2) A sort of vessel.
     (3) N. of a wife of Kriṣṇa. --daṃ A water melon.
     -- Comp.
          --karṣaṇaḥ, --bhedanaḥ an epithet of Balarāma q. v.
          --sūḥ f. Sanjñā (saṃjñā), a wife of the sun. (--m.) the sun.
          --sodaraḥ Yama, the god of death.

kāliman m.
     (1) Blackness; Amaru. 88; Śi. 4. 57.
     (2) Paleness; Śi. 8. 43.

kāliyaḥ N. of a tremendously large serpent who dwelt at the bottom of the Yamunā (which was a ground forbidden to Garuḍa, the enemy of serpents, owing to the curse of the sage Saubhari). He was crushed to death by Kṛṣṇa when he was but a boy; R. 6. 49; Śi. 17. 69. --yāḥ (pl.) The family of black serpents; Śi. 19. 28
     -- Comp.
          --damanaḥ, --mardanaḥ epithets of Kṛṣṇa.

kālīkaḥ A heron.

kālīcī The judgment hall of Yama.

kālīyakaḥ, --kam A species of aloe wood.
     (2) A kind of turmeric.
     (3) Yellow sandal.
     (4) A dark kind of sandal wood.
     (5) Saffron; Śi. 12. 14.

kāluṣyam
     (1) Foulness, dirtiness, turbidness, muddiness (fig. also); kāluṣyamupayāti buddhiḥ K. 103 becomes muddy or defiled.
     (2) Opacity.
     (3) Disagreement.

kāleya a. Belonging to the Kali age. --yaṃ
     (1) The liver.
     (2) Black sandal-wood; Ku. 7. 9.
     (3) Saffron.

kāleyakaḥ A kind of aloe wood. --kaṃ 1 A fragrant wood.
     (2) The black sandal wood.
     (3) A disease like jaundice. --kaḥ A dog, hound.

kāleyaruḥ
     (1) A dog.
     (2) A species of sandal.

kālpa a. [kalpa-aṇ]
     (1) Preceptive, laying down a rule, ritual.
     (2) Relating to Kalpa.

kālpanika a. (kī f.) [kalpanā-ṭhak]
     (1) Existing only in fancy, fictitious; kālpanikī vyutpattiḥ.
     (2) Counter-feit, fabricated.

kālya a. [kāla-yat]
     (1) Timely, seasonable.
     (2) Agreeable, pleasant, auspicious. --lyā
     (1) A cow fit for the bull.
     (2) A woman arrived at puberty or maturity (who has reached the time favourable to conception). --lyaṃ Day-break.

kālyāṇakam Auspiciousness.

kāvacika a. (kī f.) [kavaca-ṭhañ] Armorial. --kaṃ A multitude of men in armour.

kāvāram Moss. --rī An umbrella without a stick.

kāvṛkaḥ
     (1) A cock.
     (2) The Chakravāka bird.

kāveram Saffron.

kāverī
     (1) N. of a river in the south of India; kāverīṃ saritāṃ patyuḥ śaṃkanīyamivākarot R. 4. 45.
     (2) A harlot, courtezan.
     (3) Turmeric.

kāvya a. [kavi-yaṇ]
     (1) Possessed of the qualities of a sage or a poet.
     (2) Praiseworthy, fit to be described.
     (3) Prophetic, inspired, poetical. --vyaḥ N. of Śukra, preceptor of the Asuras. --vyā 1 Intelligence.
     (2) A female fiend. --vyaṃ 1 A poem; mahākāvyaṃ; meghadūtaṃ nāma kāvyaṃ &c.
     (2) Poetics, poetry, poetical composition. (kāvya is defined by writers on Poetics in different ways; tadadoṣau śabdārthau saguṇāvanalaṃkṛtī punaḥ kvāpi K. P. 1; vākyaṃ rasātmakaṃ kāvyaṃ S. D. 1; ramaṇīyārthapratipādakaḥ śabdaḥ kāvyaṃ R. G.; śarīraṃ tāvadiṣṭārthavyavacchinnā padāvalī Kāv. 1. 10; nirdoṣā lakṣaṇavatī sarītirguṇabhūṣitā . sālaṃkārarasā'nekavṛttirvāk kāvyanāmabhāk .. Chandr. 1. 7.).
     (3) Happiness, welfare.
     (4) Wisdom.
     (5) Inspiration. (The purposes of a Kāvya as mentioned by Mammaṭa are: --kāvyaṃ yaśase'rthakṛte vyavahāravide śivetarakṣataye . sadyaḥparanirvṛtaye kāṃtāsaṃmitatayopadeśayuje .. K. P. 1).
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ a poetical thought or idea. -cauraḥ a robber of the ideas of another poet, a plagiarist; yadasya daityā iva luṃṭhanāya kāvyārthacaurāḥ praguṇībhavaṃti Vikr. 1. 11.
          --cauraḥ a stealer of other men's poems.
          --mīmāṃsakaḥ a rhetorician, critic.
          --rasika a. one who has a taste for and can appreciate the beauties of poetry.
          --liṃgaṃ a figure of speech; thus defined:
          --kāvyaliṃgaṃ hetorvākyapadārthatā K. P. 10; e. g. jitosi maṃda kaṃdarpa maccitte'sti trilocanaḥ Chandr. 5. 119.
          --hāsyaṃ a farce.

kāś 1. 4. A. (kāśa-śya-te, kāśita)
     (1) To shine, look brilliant or beautiful; R. 10. 86, 7. 24; Ku. 1. 24; Bk. 2. 25; Śi. 6. 74.
     (2) To appear, be visible; naiva bhūmirna ca diśaḥ pradiśo vā cakāśire Mb.
     (3) To appear, or look like.

kāśaḥ, --śam [kāś-ac] A kind of grass used for mats, roofs, &c. --śaṃ A flower of that grass; Ku. 7. 11; R. 4. 17; Rs. 3. 1, 2, 28. --śaḥ 1 = kāsa q. v.
     (2) Appearance.
     (3) Splendour.

kāśi m. pl. N. of a country.

kāśin a. (nī f.)(Usually at the end of comp.) Shining, appearing or looking like, having the semblance of; jitakāśin e. g. one who behaves like a conqueror; see the word.

kāśila a. Made of Kāśa grass.

kāśiṣṇu a. Shining, brilliant.

kāśiḥ, --śī f. N. of a celebrated city on the Ganges, the modern Benares and one of the seven sacred cities; see kāṃcī. --śiḥ
     (1) The clenched hand, fist.
     (2) A handful.
     (3) The sun.
     (4) Light, splendour.
     -- Comp.
          --paḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --rājaḥ N. of a king, father of aṃbā, aṃbikā and aṃbālikā, q. v.

kāśikā
     (1) The city of Benaras.
     (2) N. of a commentary on Paṇini's Sūtras (called kāśikāvṛtti).

kāśī See kāśi.
     -- Comp.
          --nāyaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --yātrā pilgrimage to Benaras.

kāśmarī A plant commonly called gāṃbhārī; kāśmaryāḥ kṛtamālamudgatadalaṃ koyaṣṭikaṣṭīkate Māl. 9. 7.

kāśmīra a. (rī f.) Born in, belonging to, or coming from, Kāṣmīra. --rāḥ pl. N. of a country or its in habitants; see kaśmīra also. --rāḥ A sort of grape; see kaśmīra also. --raṃ
     (1) Saffron; kāśmīragaṃdhamṛganābhikṛtāṃgarāgāṃ Ch. P. 8; Bh. 1. 41; kāśmīragauravapuṣāmabhisārikāṇāṃ Gīt. 11; also 1.
     (2) Root of a tree.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ, janman n. saffron; Bv. 1. 71; Śi. 11. 53.

kāśmīra(ri)ka a. Born or produced in Kāśmīra.

kāśmīryam Saffron.

kāśyam Spirituous liquor.
     -- Comp.
          --paṃ flesh.

kāśyapaḥ
     (1) N. of a celebrated sage.
     (2) N. of Kaṇāda.
     (3) An epithet of Aruṇa. --pī The earth; tānapi dadhāsi mātaḥ kāśyapi yātastavāpi ca vivekaḥ Bv. 1. 68. --paṃ Flesh.
     -- Comp.
          --naṃdanaḥ 1. an epithet of Garuḍa. --2. N. of Aruṇa. --3. a god. --4. a demon.

kāśyapiḥ An epithet of Garuḍa and of Aruṇa.

kāśyapeyaḥ
     (1) An epithet of the twelve Ādityas.
     (2) Of the sun.
     (3) Garuḍa.
     (4) Gods and demons.

kāṣaḥ [kaṣ-ghaña]
     (1) Rubbing, scratching; pathiṣu viṭapināṃ skaṃdhakāṣaiḥ sadhūmaḥ Ve. 2. 18.
     (2) That against which anything is rubbed (as the stock of a tree); līnāliḥ surakariṇāṃ kapolakāṣaḥ Ki. 5. 26; see kapolakāṣa also.

kāṣāya a. (yī f.) [kaṣāyeṇa raktaṃ aṇ] Red, dyed of a reddish colour; kāṣāyavasanādhavā Ak. --yaṃ A red cloth or garment; ime kāṣāye gṛhīte M. 5; R. 15. 77; na kāṣāyairbhavedyatiḥ 'it is not the hood that makes a monk'.

kāṣṭham [kāś-kthan Uṇ. 2. 2]
     (1) A piece of wood, especially one used as fuel; Ms. 4. 49, 241; 5. 69.
     (2) Wood or timber, a piece or log of wood in general; yathā kāṣṭhaṃ ca kāṣṭhaṃ ca sameyātāṃ mahodadhau H. 4. 69; Ms. 4. 49.
     (3) A stick; Y. 2. 218.
     (4) An instrument for measuring length.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraḥ, --raṃ a wooden house or enclosure.
          --aṃbuvāhinī a wooden bucket.
          --ka dalī the wild plantain.
          --kīṭaḥ a small insect found in decayed wood.
          --kuṭaḥ, --kūṭaḥ a wood-pecker; Pt. 1. 332 (a worm generally found in wood).
          --kuddālaḥ a kind of wooden shovel used for baling water out of a boat or for scraping and cleaning its bottom.
          --takṣ m.,
          --takṣakaḥ a carpenter.
          --taṃtuḥ a small worm found in timber.
          --dāruḥ the Indian pine tree; also called devadāru. --druḥ the Palāśa tree.
          --puttalikā a wooden statue or image.
          --pradānaṃ piling up wood, forming a funeral pile.
          --bhārikaḥ a wood-carrier.
          --maṭhī a funeral pile.
          --mallaḥ a bier, a wooden frame on which dead bodies are carried.
          --lekhakaḥ a small worm found in wood (= kāṣṭhakūṭa). --lohin m. a cudgel armed with iron.
          --vāṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ a wall made of wood.

kāṣṭhakam Aloe-wood.

kāṣṭhikaḥ A bearer of wood.

kāṣṭhikā A small piece of wood.

kāṣṭhā
     (1) A quarter or region of the world, direction, region (diś) Ki. 3. 55.
     (2) A limit, boundary; svayaṃ viśīrṇadrumaparṇavṛttitā parā hi kāṣṭhā tapasaḥ Ku. 5. 28.
     (3) The last limit, extremity, pitch, climax, excess; kāṣṭhāgatasneharasānuviddhaṃ Ku. 3. 35.
     (4) Raceground, course.
     (5) A mark, goal.
     (6) The path of the wind and clouds in the atmosphere.
     (7) A measure of time = (1/30) Kalā.
     (8) Water.
     (9) The sun. (10) A fixed place of a lunar mansion.
     (11) N. of a wife of Kaśyapa and daughter of Daksha.

kāṣṭhīlā The plantain tree.

kās 1 A. (kāsate, kāsita)
     (1) To shine,; see kāś.
     (2) To cough, make a sound indicating any disease.

kāsaḥ, --sā [kās-ghañ]
     (1) Cough, catarrh.
     (2) Sneezing.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṃṭha a. affected with cough. (
          --ṭhaḥ) an epithet of Yama.
          --ghna, --hṛt a. removing cough, pectoral. (
          --ghnī) a sort of prickly nightshade.
          --mardaḥ a cure of cough.

kāsikā Cough.

kāsin a. Having cough.

kāsaraḥ (rī f.) A buffalo.

kāsāraḥ, --ram A pond, pool, lake; Bv. 1. 43; Bh. 1. 32, Gīt. 2.

kāsīsam Green vitriol, green sulphate of iron; (Mar. hirākasa).

kāsū(śū) f. [Uṇ. 1. 85]
     (1) A sort of lance.
     (2) Indistinct speech.
     (3) Light, lustre.
     (4) Disease.
     (5) Devotion.
     (6) Understanding.

kāsṛtiḥ f. A by-way, a secret path.

kāhakā A kind of musical instrument.

kāhala a.
     (1) Dry, withered.
     (2) Mischievous.
     (3) Excessive, spacious, large. --laḥ
     (1) A cat.
     (2) A cock.
     (3) A crow.
     (4) A sound in general. --laṃ
     (1) Indistinct speech.
     (2) A kind of musical instrument; Śi. 18. 54. --laṃ ind. Very much, excessively; Śi. 18. 54. --lā A large drum (military). --lī A young woman. --laḥ, --lā, --laṃ A horn.

kāhaliḥ An epithet of Śiva.

kiṃvat a. Poor, mean, insignificant.

kiṃśāruḥ
     (1) The beard of corn.
     (2) A heron.
     (3) An arrow.

kiṃśukaḥ [kiṃcit śuka iva śukatuṃḍasadṛśapuṣpatvāttathātvaṃ] A kind of tree having beautiful red blossoms, but without any odour; vidyāhīnā na śobhaṃte nirgaṃdhā iva kiṃśukāḥ Chāṇ. 7; Rs. 6. 20; R. 9. 31. --kaṃ The blossom of this tree; kiṃ kiṃśukaiḥ śukamukhacchavibhirna dagdham Rs. 6. 21.

kiṃśu(la)lukaḥ The Palāśa tree; see kiṃśuka.

kikiḥ
     (1) The cocoa-nut tree.
     (2) The blue jay.
     (3) The Chātaka bird; (the bird is also named as kikin, kikidivi, kikīdivi.

kikkiśaḥ A kind of worm, (said to be injurious to the hair, nails, and teeth).

kikhiḥ A monkey, an ape. --f. A jackal; fox.

kiṃkaṇī, kiṃkiṇikā, kiṃkiṇī, kiṃkaṇīkā A small bell or tinkling ornament; kvaṇatkanakakiṃkiṇījhaṇajhaṇāyitasyaṃdanaiḥ U. 5. 5; 6. 1; Śi. 9. 74; Ku. 7. 49.
     (2) N. of an acid sort of grape.

kiṃkiraḥ
     (1) A horse.
     (2) The(Indian) cuckoo.
     (3) A large black bee.
     (4) N. of Cupid, the god of love.
     (5) The red colour. --raṃ The frontal sinus of an elephant. --rā Blood.

kiṃkirātaḥ
     (1) A parrot.
     (2) The (Indian) cuckoo.
     (3) Cupid.
     (4) The Aśoka tree.
     (5) A species of amaranth.

kiṃcili(lu)kaḥ  An earthworm.

kiṃjaṃ, --kiṃjalaḥ, --kiṃjalkaḥ The filament or blossom of a lotus or any other plant; ākarṣadbhiḥ padmakiṃjalkagaṃdhān U. 3. 2; R. 15. 52.

kiṭ 1 P. (keṭati)
     (1) To go or approach.
     (2) To frighten, terrify.
     (3) To fear, dread.

kiṭiḥ A hog.

kiṭibhaḥ
     (1) A louse.
     (2) A bug.

kiṭimaḥ A kind of leprosy.

kiṭṭaṃ, --kiṭṭakam Secretion, excrement, sediment, dirt; anna-.
     -- Comp.
          --varjitaṃ semen virile.

kiṭṭālaḥ
     (1) A copper vessel.
     (2) Rust of iron.

kiṇaḥ
     (1) A corn, callosity, a scar; jñāsyasi kiyadbhujo me rakṣati maurvīkiṇāṃka iti S. 1. 13; Mk. 2. 11; R. 16. 84; 18. 47; Gīt. 1.
     (2) A wart, a mole.
     (3) An insect found in wood.

kiṇvam Sin. --ṇvaḥ, --ṇvaṃ A drug or seed used to cause fermentation in the manufacture of spirits; Ms. 8. 326.

kiṇvin m. A horse.

kit I. 1 P. (ketati)
     (1) To desire.
     (2) To live.
     (3) (cikitsati) To heal, cure.
     (4) To doubt, suspect. --II. 3 P. Ved. (cikitti) To know.

kitavaḥ (vī f.)
     (1) A rogue, liar, cheat; arhati kila kitava upadravaṃ M. 4; Amaru. 17, 41; Me. 111.
     (2) The Dhattūra plant.
     (3) A kind of perfume.
     (4) A gamester, gambler.
     (5) A mad or crazy person.

kināṭam The inner bark of a tree.

kiṃdhin m. A horse.

kinnara See under kim.

kim^1. ind. Used for ku only at the beginning of comp. to convey the senses of 'badness,' 'deterioration', 'defect,' 'blame' or 'censure'; e. g., kiṃsakhā a bad friend; kinnaraḥ a bad or deformed man &c.; see comp. below.
     -- Comp.
          --dāsaḥ a bad slave, or servant.
          --naraḥ a bad or deformed man; a mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse (aśvamukha); jayodāharaṇaṃ bāhvorgāpayāmāsa kinnarān R. 4. 78; Ku. 1. 8. -īśaḥ, -īśvaraḥ 1. an epithet of Kubera. --2. a kind of musical instrument. (
          --rī f.) 1. a female Kinnara; Me. 56. --2. a kind of lute.
          --puruṣaḥ 'a low or despicable man', a mythical being with a human head and the form of a horse; Ku. 1. 14. -īśvaraḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --prabhuḥ a bad master or king; hitānna yaḥ saṃśṛṇute sa kiṃprabhuḥ Ki. 1. 5.
          --rājan a. having a bad king. (--m.) a bad king.
          --sakhi m. (nom. sing. kiṃsakhā) a bad friend: sa kiṃsakhā sādhu na śāsti yo'dhipaṃ Ki. 1. 5.

kim^2 pron. a. (nom. sing. kaḥ m., kā f., kim n.)
     (1) Who, what, which (used interrogatively); prajāsu kaḥ kena pathā prayātītyaśeṣato veditumasti śaktiḥ S. 6. 25; karuṇāvimukhena mṛtyunā haratā tvāṃ vada kiṃ na me hṛtaṃ R. 8. 67; kā khalvanena prārthyamānātmanā vikatthate V. 2; kaḥ ko'tra bhoḥ The pronoun is often used to imply 'power or authority to do a thing'; i. e. ke āvāṃ paritrātuṃ duṣyaṃtamākraṃda S. 1 'who are we &c.', i. e. what power have we &c.; nṛpasadmani nāma ke vayaṃ Bh. 3. 27 who are we, i. e. what position have we &c. Sometimes kiṃ means 'long' as applied to time especially in combination with khalu or api or iva; kā khalu velā tatrabhavatyāḥ prāptāyāḥ Ve. 1 'what a time' i. e. a long time has elapsed, &c; so kopi kālastasyāāgatya gatāyāḥ Ratn. 3; or ka iva kālaḥ Māl. 3.
     (2) The neuter (kiṃ) is frequently used with instr. of nouns in the sense of 'what is the use of; kiṃ svāmiceṣṭānirūpaṇena H. 1; lobhaścedaguṇena . kiṃ &c. Bh. 2. 55; kiṃ tayā dṛṣṭayā S. 3; kiṃ kulenopadiṣṭena śīlamebātra kāraṇam Mk. 9. 7. api, cit, cana, cidapi or svit are often added to kiṃ to give it an indefinite sense; biveśa kaścijjaṭilastapovanaṃ Ku. 5. 30 a certain ascetic &c.; kāpi tata evāgatavatī Mal. 1 a certain lady; kasyāpi kopīti niveditaṃ ca 1. 33; kimapi kimapi ... jalpatorakrameṇa U. 1. 27; kasmiṃścidapi mahābhāgadheyajanmani manmathavikāramupalakṣitavānasmi Māl. 1. kimapi, kiṃcit 'a little', 'somewhat; Y. 2. 116; U. 6. 35. kimapi also means 'indescribable'; see api. iva is sometimes added to kim in the sense of 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; (mostly adding force and elegance to the period); vinā sītādevyā kimiva hi na duḥkhaṃ raghupateḥ U. 6. 30; kimiva hi madhurāṇāṃ maṃḍanaṃ nākṛtīnāṃ S. 1. 20; see iva also. --ind.
     (1) A particle of interrogation; jātimātreṇa kiṃ kaściddhanyate pūjyate kvacit H. 1. 58 'is any one killed or worshipped' &c.; tataḥ kiṃ what then.
     (2) A particle meaning 'why', 'wherefore'; kimakāraṇameva darśanaṃ vilapaṃtyai rataye na dīyate Ku. 4. 7.
     (3) Whether (its correlatives in the sense of 'or' being kiṃ, uta, utāho, āhosvit, vā, kiṃvā, athavā; see these words).
     -- Comp.
          --api ind. 1. to some extent, somewhat, to a considerable extent. --2. inexpressibly, indescribably (as to quality, quantity, nature &c.). --3. very much, by far; kimapi kamanīyaṃ vapuridaṃ S. 3; kimapi bhīṣaṇaṃ, kimapi karālaṃ &c.
          --artha a. having what motive or aim; kimartho'yaṃ yatnaḥ. --arthaṃ ind. why, wherefore.
          --ākhya a. having what name; kimākhyasya rājarṣeḥ sā patnī. S. 7.
          --iti ind. why, indeed, why to be sure, for what purpose (emphasizing the question); tatkimityudāsate bharatāḥ Mal. 1; kimityapāsyābharaṇāni yauvane dhṛtaṃ tvayā vārdhakaśobhi valkalaṃ Ku. 5. 44.
          --u, --uta 1. whether-or (showing doubt or uncertainty); kimu viṣavisarpaḥ kimu madaḥ U. 1. 35; Amaru. 9. --2. why (indeed); priyasuhṛtsārthaḥ kimu tyajyate. --3. how much more, how much less; yauvanaṃ dhanasaṃpattiḥ prabhutvamavivekitā . ekaikamapyanarthāya kimu yatra catuṣṭayaṃ .. H. Pr. 11; sarvāvinayānāmekaikamapyeṣāmāyatanaṃ kimuta samavāyaḥ K. 103; R. 14. 35; Ku. 7. 65.
          --karaḥ a servant, slave; avehi māṃ kiṃkaramaṣṭamūrteḥ R. 2. 35. (
          --rā) a female servant. (rī) the wife of a servant.
          --kartavyatā, --kāryatā any situation in which one asks oneself what should be done; kiṃkartavyatāmūḍhaḥ 'being at a loss or perplexed what to do'.
          --kāraṇa a. having what reason or cause.
          --kila ind. what a pity (expressing displeasure or dissatisfaction, (P. III. 3. 151); na saṃbhāvayāmi na marṣayāmi tatrabhavān kiṃkila vṛṣalaṃ yājayiṣyati Sk.
          --kṣaṇa a. one who says 'what is a moment,' a lazy fellow who does not value moments; H. 2. 91.
          --gotra a. belonging to what family.
          --ca ind. moreover, and again, further.
          --cana ind. to a certain degree, a little.
          --cit ind. to a certain degree, somewhat, a little; kiṃcidutkrāṃ. taśaiśavau R. 15. 33; 2. 46, 12. 21. -jña a. 'knowing little,' a smatterer. -kara a. doing something, useful. -kālaḥ sometime, a little time. -prāṇa a. having a little life. -mātra a. only a little.
          --chaṃdas a. conversant with which Veda.
          --tanuḥ a species of spider.
          --tarhi ind. how then, but, however.
          --tu ind, but, yet, however, nevertheless; avaimi caināmanagheti kiṃtu lokāpavādo balavānmato me R. 14. 40, 1. 65.
          --devata a. having what deity.
          --nāmadheya, nāman a. having what name.
          --nimitta a. having what cause or reason, for what purpose.
          --nimittam ind. why, wherefore,
          --nu ind. 1. whether; kiṃ nu me maraṇaṃ śreyo parityāgo janasya vā Nala. 10. 10. --2. much more, much less; apitrailokyarājyasya hetoḥ kinnu mahīkṛte Bg1. 35. --3. what indeed; kiṃnnu me rājyenārthaḥ --nu khalu ind. 1. how possibly, how is it that, why indeed, why to be sure; kiṃ nu khalu gītārthamākarpya iṣṭajanavirahādṛte pi balavadutkāṃṭhito'smi S. 5. --2. may it be that; kiṃ nu khalu yathā vayamasyāmevamiyamapyasmān prati syāt S. 1.
          --paca, --pacāna a. miserly, niggardly.
          --parākrama a. of what power or energy.
          --punar ind. how much more, how much less; svayaṃ ropiteṣu taruṣūtpadyate snehaḥ kiṃ punaraṃgasaṃbhaveṣvapatyeṣu K. 291; Me. 3, 17; Ve. 3.
          --prakāraṃ ind. in what manner.
          --prabhāva a. possessing what power.
          --bhūta a. of what sort or nature.
          --rūpa a. of what form or shape.
          --vadaṃti, --tī f. rumour, report; matsaṃbaṃdhātkaśmalā kiṃvadaṃtī U. 1. 42; U. 1. 4.
          --varāṭakaḥ an extravagant man.
          --vā ind. 1. a particle of interrogation; kiṃvā śakuṃtaletyasya māturākhyā S. 7. --2. or (corr. of kiṃ 'whether'); rājaputri suptā kiṃvā jāgarṣi Pt. 1; tatkiṃ mārayāmi kiṃvā viṣaṃ prayacchāmi kiṃvā paśudharmeṇa vyāpādayāmi ibid.; S. Til. 7.
          --vida a. knowing what.
          --vyāpāra a. following what occupation.
          --śīla a. of what habits.
          --svit ind. whether, how; adreḥ śṛṃgaṃ harati pavanaḥ kiṃsvidityunmukhībhiḥ Me. 14.

kiyat a. [cf. P. V. 2. 40] (Nom. sing. kiyān m., kiyatī f., kiyat n.)
     (1) How great, how far, how much, how many, of what extent or qualities (having an interrogative force); kiyānkālastavaivaṃ sthitasya saṃjātaḥ Pt. 5; N. 1. 130; ayaṃ bhūtāvāso vimṛśa kiyatīṃ yāti na daśāṃ Śānti. 1. 25; jñāsyasi kiyadbhujo me rakṣati S. 1. 13; kiyadavaśiṣṭaṃ rajanyāḥ S. 4.
     (2) Of what consideration, i. e. of no account, worthless; rājeti kiyatī mātrā Pt. 1. 40; mātaḥ kiyaṃto'rayaḥ Ve. 5. 9.
     (3) Some, a little; a small number, a few (having an indefinite force); nijahṛdi vikasaṃtaḥ saṃti saṃtaḥ kiyaṃtaḥ Bh. 2. 78; tvadabhisaraṇarabhasena valaṃtī patati padāni kiyaṃti calaṃtī Gīt. 6.
     -- Comp.
          --etikā effort, vigorous and persevering exertion.
          --kālam ind. 1. how long. --2. some little time.
          --ciraṃ ind. how long; kiyācciraṃ śrāmyasi gauri Ku. 5. 50.
          --dūraṃ ind. 1. how far, how distant, how long; kiyaddūre sa jalāśayaḥ Pt. 1; N. 1. 137. --2. for a short time, a little way.

kiyāhaḥ A horse of a red or bay colour.

kiraḥ A hog.

kirakaḥ
     (1) Ascribe.
     (2) A pig.

kiraṇaḥ [kṝ-kyu Uṇ. 2. 81]
     (1) A ray or beam of light, a ray (of the sun, moon or any shining substance); ravikiraṇasahipṇu S. 2. 4; eko hi doṣo guṇasaṃnipāte nimajjatīṃdoḥ kiraṇeṣvivāṃkaḥ Ku. 1. 3; Śānti. 4. 6; R. 5. 74; Śi. 4. 58; -maya radiant, brilliant.
     (2) A small particle of dust.
     (3) The sun.
     -- Comp.
          --mālin m. the sun.

kirātaḥ [kiraṃ paryaṃtabhūmiṃ atati gacchatīti kirātaḥ]
     (1) N. of a degraded mountain tribe who live by hunting, a mountaineer; vaiyākaraṇakirātādapaśabdamṛgāḥ kva yāṃtu saṃtrastāḥ . yadi naṭagaṇakacikitsaka vaitālikavadanakaṃdarā na syuḥ .. Subhāṣ.; Pt. 1. 17; paryaṃtāśrayibhirnijasya sadṛśaṃ nāmnaḥ kirātaiḥ kṛtaṃ Ratn. 2. 3; Ku. 1. 6, 15.
     (2) A savage, barbarian.
     (3) A dwarf.
     (4) A groom, a horseman.
     (5) N. of Śiva in the disguise of a Kirāta. --tāḥ (pl.) N. of a country.
     -- Comp.
          --arjunīyaṃ N. of a poem by Bhāravi (in which the combat of Arjuna with Śiva in the form of a Kirāta or mountaineer is poetically described).
          --āśin m. an epithet of Garuḍa.

kirātiḥ f.
     (1) The Ganges.
     (2) An epithet of Durgā.

kirātī
     (1) A female Kirāta, a woman of the Kirāta tribe.
     (2) A woman who carries a fly-flap or chowri; R. 16. 57.
     (3) A bawd, a procuress.
     (4) Pārvatī in the disguise of a Kirātī.
     (5) The celestial Gaṅgā.

kiriḥ [kirati bhūmiṃ, kṝ-ik]
     (1) A hog, boar.
     (2) A cloud.

kiriṭiḥ The fruit of the marshy date tree.

kirīṭaḥ, --ṭam [kṝ-kiṭan; Uṇ. 4. 184]
     (1) A diadem, crown, crest, tiara; kirīṭabaddhāṃjalayaḥ Ku. 7. 92.
     (2) A trader.
     -- Comp.
          --dhārin m. a king.
          --mālin m. an epithet of Arjuna.

kirīṭin a. [kirīṭa-ini] Wearing a crown or diadem; Bg. 11. 17, 46; Pt. 3. --m. N. of Arjuna; Bg. 11. 35. (Mb. thus accounts for the name: --purā śakreṇa me baddhaṃ yudhyato dānavarṣabhaiḥ . kirīṭaṃ mūrdhni sūryābhaṃ tenāhurmāṃ kirīṭinaṃ ..).

kirmiḥ f.
     (1) A hall, building.
     (2) An image of gold or iron.
     (3) The Palāśa tree.

kirmīra a. Variegated, spotted. --raḥ
     (1) N. of a Rākṣasa slain by Bhīma; Ve. 6.
     (2) The variegated colour.
     (3) The orange tree.
     -- Comp.
          --jit, --niṣūdanaḥ, --sūdanaḥ epithets of Bhīma.

kirmīrita a. Variegated, spotted.

kiryāṇī A wild hog.

kil I. 6 P. (kilati, kilita)
     (1) To be or become white.
     (2) To freeze.
     (3) To play, sport. --II. 10 P.
     (1) To urge, instigate.
     (2) To throw, cast, send.

kilaḥ
     (1) Play, trifling.
     -- Comp.
          --kiṃcitaṃ amorous agitation, weeping, laughing, being angry &c. in the society of a lover; tvayi vīra virājate paraṃ damayaṃtīkilakiṃcitaṃ kila N. 2. 44.

kila ind.
     (1) Verily, indeed, assuredly, certainly; arhati kila kitava upadravaṃ M. 4; idaṃ kilāvyājamanoharaṃ vapuḥ S. 1. 18.
     (2) As they say, as is reported (showing report or tradition aitihya); babhūva yogī kila kārtavīryaḥ R. 6. 38, 13. 51; jaghāna kaṃsaṃ kila vāsudevaḥ Mbh.
     (3) A feigned action (alīka); prasahya siṃhaḥ kila tāṃ cakarṣa R. 2. 27; Mu. 7. 9; payasyagādhe kila jātasaṃbhramā Ki. 8. 48, 11. 2.
     (4) Hope, expectation or probability; pārthaḥ kila vijeṣyate kurūn G. M.
     (5) Dissatisfaction, dislike; evaṃ kila kecidvadaṃti G. M.
     (6) Contempt; tvaṃ kila yotsyase G. M.
     (7) Cause, reason (hetu); (very rare). sa kilaivamuktavān G. M. 'for he said so'.

kilakilaḥ, --lā A sound, a cry expressing joy or pleasure, Mal. 5. 11. --laḥ An epithet of Śiva.

kilakilāyati --te Den. To make a chattering noise; Bk. 7. 102.

kilāṭaḥ Coagulated milk.

kilāṭin m. A bamboo.

kilāsa a. Ved. Leprous. --saṃ
     (1) A white leprous spot.
     (2) A blotch, scab.
     (3) A kind of leprosy.

kiliṃjam
     (1) A mat.
     (2) A thin plank of green wood, board; also kiliṃcaṃ.

kiliṃjakaḥ
     (1) A mat.
     (2) A screen or twist of grass.

kilimam The fir or pine tree.

kilvin m. A horse.

kilviṣam
     (1) Sin; Ms. 4. 243; 10. 118; Bg. 3. 13, 6. 45; R. 11. 34.
     (2) A fault, offence, injury, guilt; Ms. 8. 235.
     (3) A disease, sickness.

kiśalam A sprout, shoot.

kiśalayaḥ, --yam A sprout, a young shoot; see kisalaya.

kiśoraḥ [Uṇ. 1. 65]
     (1) A colt, cub, the young of any animal; kesarikiśoraḥ &c.
     (2) A youth, lad, a boy below fifteen, a minorin law (aprāptavyavahāra).
     (3) The sun. --rī A maiden, a young woman.

kiṣkiṃdhaḥ, --dhyaḥ
     (1) N. of a country.
     (2) N. of a mountain situated in that country. --dhā, --dhyā N. of a city, the capital of Kishkindha.

kiṣku a. Vile, contemptible, bad. --ṣkuḥ m. or f.
     (1) The fore-arm.
     (2) A cubit, span.
     (3) An instrument for measuring lengths.

kisalaḥ, --laṃ, kisalayaḥ, --yam A sprout, a young and tender shoot or foliage; adharaḥ kisalayarāgaḥ S. 1. 21; kisalayamalūnaṃ kararuhaiḥ 2. 10; kisalayaiḥ salayairiva pāṇibhiḥ R. 9. 35.

kīkaṭa a. (ṭī f.)
     (1) Poor, indigent.
     (2) Miserly. --ṭāḥ (pl.) N. of a country (Behar). --ṭaḥ A horse.

kīkasa a. Hard, firm. --saṃ A bone (m. also); Mv. 5. 19.
     -- Comp.
          --āsyaḥ, --mukhaḥ a bird in general.

kīkiḥ A blue jay.

kīcakaḥ [Uṇ. 5. 56] 1 A hollow bamboo.
     (2) A bamboo rattling or whistling in the wind; śabdāyaṃte madhuramanilaiḥ kīcakāḥ pūryamāṇāḥ Me. 56; R. 2. 12; 4. 73; Ku. 1. 8.
     (3) N. of a people.
     (4) N. of the commander-inchief of king Virāṭa. [While Draupadī in the guise of Sairandhrī was residing at the court of king Virāṭa with her five husbands also disguised, Kīchaka once happened to see her, and her beauty stirred up wicked passion in his heart. He thenceforward kept a sinister eye on her, and endeavoured through the help of his sister, the king's wife, to violate her chastity. Draupadī complained of his unmannerly conduct towards herself to the king; but when he declined to interfere, she sought the assistance of Bhīma, and at his suggestion showed herself favourable to his advances. It was then agreed that they should meet at mid-night in the dancing hall of the palace. Pursuant to appointment Kīchaka went there and attempted to embrace Draupadī (as he fancied Bhīma to be owing to the darkness of night). But the wretch was at once seized and crushed to death by the powerful Bhīma].
     -- Comp.
          --jit m. an epithet of Bhīma, the second Pāṇḍava prince.

kīja a. Ved. Wonderful.

kīṭ 10 P. (kīṭayati, kīṭita)
     (1) To tinge or colour.
     (2) To bind, fasten.

kīṭa a. Hard, harsh. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A worm, an insect; kīṭopi sumanaḥ saṃgādārohati satāṃ śiraḥ H. Pr. 45.
     (2) A term expressive of contempt (generally at the end of comp.); dvipakīṭaḥ a wretched elephant; so pakṣikīṭaḥ Pt. 1; &c.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnaḥ sulphur.
          --jaṃ silk.
          --jā lac.
          --maṇiḥ a fire-fly.

kīṭaka a. Hard, harsh. --kaḥ
     (1) A worm.
     (2) A bard of the Māgadha tribe.

kīṭikā
     (1) A small worm.
     (2) A poor insignificant creature; Pt. 1.

kīdṛśa, kīdṛśa (śī f.), kīdṛkṣa (kṣī f.) Of what kind or sort, of what nature; tadbhoḥ kīdṛgasau vivekavibhavaḥ kīdṛk prabodhodayaḥ Prab. 1; N. 1. 137.

kīnam Flesh.

kīnāraḥ Ved. A vile man.

kīnāśa a. [Uṇ. 5. 36]
     (1) Cultivating the soil.
     (2) Poor, indigent.
     (3) Niggardly.
     (4) Small, little. --śaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Yama, the god of death; vidhehi kīnāśaniketanātithiṃ Śi. 1. 73.
     (2) A kind of monkey.

kīraḥ
     (1) A parrot; evaṃkīravaremanorathamayaṃ pīyūṣamāsvādayati Bv. 1. 58; N. 3. 12. --rāḥ (pl.) The country and the people of Kāṣmīra. --raṃ Flesh.
     -- Comp.
          --iṣṭaḥ the mango tree (liked by parrots).
          --varṇakaṃ a kind of perfume.

kīrakaḥ
     (1) Gaining, obtaining.
     (2) A Buddha.
     (3) A kind of tree.

kīriḥ Ved. Praise, hymn.

kīrṇa p. p. [kṝ-kta]
     (1) Strewn, spread, cast, scattered.
     (2) Covered, filled.
     (3) Placed, put.
     (4) Injured, hurt.
     -- Comp.
          --vartman a. strewing the way; S. 1. 7.

kīrṇiḥ f. [kṝ-ktin]
     (1) Scattering.
     (2) Covering, hiding, concealing.
     (3) Injuring.

kīrtanam [kṝt-lyuṭ]
     (1) Telling, narrating.
     (2) Praising, celebrating.
     (3) A temple; any work of art, a building; na kīrtanairalaṃkṛtā medinī K. 280; 119. --nā
     (1) Narration, recital.
     (2) Fame, glory.

kīrtay = kṝt q. v.

kīrtiḥ f. [kṝt-ktin]
     (1) Fame, renown, glory; iha kīrtimavāpneti Ms. 2. 9; vaṃśasya kartāramanaṃtakīrti R. 2. 64; Me. 45.
     (2) Favour, approbation.
     (3) Dirt, mud.
     (4) Extension, expansion.
     (5) Light, lustre, splendour.
     (6) Sound.
     (7) Mention, speech, report.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāj a. famous, celebrated, renowned. (--m.) an epithet of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas.
          --śeṣaḥ survival or remaining behind only in fame, leaving nothing behind but fame: i. e. death; cf. nāmaśeṣa, ālekhyaśeṣa; sarasīva kīrtiśeṣaṃ gatavati bhuvi vikramāditye Vās.

kīrtita p. p.
     (1) Said, asserted.
     (2) Mentioned, told.
     (3) Known; notorious.
     (4) Praised, celebrated.

kīl 1 P.
     (1) To bind.
     (2) To pin.
     (3) To stake.

kīlaḥ [kīl-ghañ]
     (1) A wedge, a pin; kīlotpāṭīva vānaraḥ Pt. 1. 21.
     (2) A lance.
     (3) A post, pillar.
     (4) A weapon.
     (5) The elbow.
     (6) A blow with the elbow.
     (7) A flame.
     (8) A minute particle.
     (9) N. of Śiva. (10) A gnomon.
     (11) A position of the foetus just before the time of delivery.

kīlakaḥ
     (1) A wedge or pin.
     (2) A fence.
     (3) A pillar, column; see kīla.

kīlikā The pin of an axle.

kīlita a.
     (1) Tied, bound.
     (2) Fixed, nailed, pinned down; tena mama hṛdayamidamasamaśarakīlitaṃ Gīt. 7; sā naścetasi kīliteva Māl. 5. 10.
     (3) Staked, impaled.
     (4) Pierced, transfixed.
     (5) Set (as a stake or pole). --taṃ A tie.

kīlālaḥ
     (1) A heavenly drink similar to Amṛta, beverage of the gods.
     (2) Honey.
     (3) A beast. --kaṃ
     (1) Blood.
     (2) Water. Comp. --jaṃ flesh. --dhiḥ the ocean. --paḥ a demon, goblin.

kīśaḥ a. Naked. --śaḥ
     (1) An ape, monkey.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A bird.

kuḥ f.
     (1) The earth.
     (2) The base of a triangle or any plane figure.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ Mars.

ku ind. A prefix implying 'badness', 'deterioration,' 'depreciation', 'sin,' 'reproach,' 'littleness,' 'want,' 'deficiency' &c. Its various substitutes are kad(kadaśva), kava(kavoṣṇa), kā(koṣṇa), kiṃ (kiṃprabhuḥ); cf. Pt. 5. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. a bad deed, a mean act.
          --grahaḥ an unpropitious planet.
          --grāmaḥ a petty village or hamlet (without a king's officer, an agnihotrin, a physician, or a river).
          --cela a. wearing bad or ragged garments.
          --caryā wickedness, evil conduct, impropriety.
          --janman a. low-born.
          --tanu a. deformed, ugly. (
          --nuḥ) an epithet of Kubera.
          --taṃtrī a bad lute.
          --tarkaḥ 1. sophistical or fallacious argument. --2. a heterodox doctrine, freethinking; kutarkeṣvabhyāsaḥ satataparapaiśunyamananam G. L. 31. -pathaḥ a sophistical mode of arguing.
          --tīrthaṃ a bad teacher.
          --dinaṃ an evil or unpropitious day.
          --dṛṣṭiḥ f. 1. weak sight. --2. an evil eye, sinister eye (fig.). --3. an opinion or doctrine opposed to the Vedas, heterodox doctrines; Ms. 12. 95.
          --deśaḥ 1. a bad place or country. --2. a country where the necessaries of life are not available or which is subject to oppression.
          --deha a. ugly, deformed. (
          --haḥ) an epithet of Kubera.
          --dhī a. 1. foolish, silly, stupid. --2. wicked.
          --naṭaḥ 1. a bad actor --2. a sort of trumpet flower. --3. red arsenic.
          --nadikā a small river, rill; supūrā syātkunadikā Pt. 1. 25.
          --nāthaḥ a bad master.
          --nāman m. a miser.
          --pathaḥ 1. a wrong road, bad way (fig. also). --2. a heterodox doctrine.
          --pathya a. unwholesome, improper.
          --parīkṣaka a. examining badly, not valuing rightly; Bh. 2. 15.
          --putraḥ a bad or wicked son.
          --puruṣaḥ a low or wicked man.
          --pūya a. low, vile, contemptible.
          --priya a. disagreeable, contemptible, low, mean.
          --plavaḥ a bad boat; kuplavaiḥ saṃtaran jalam Ms. 9. 161.
          --brahmaḥ, --brahman m. a bad or degraded Brāhmaṇa.
          --maṃtraḥ 1. bad advice. --2. a charm used to secure success in a bad cause.
          --yogaḥ an inauspicious conjunction (of planets).
          --yogin m. a false devotee, impostor.
          --rasa a. having bad juice or flavour. (
          --saḥ) a kind of spirituous liquor.
          --rūpa a. ugly, deformed; Pt. 5. 19.
          --rūpyaṃ tin.
          --vaṃgaḥ lead.
          --vacas, --vākya a. abusive, bad, scurrilous; using abusive, or foul language. (--n.) abuse, bad language.
          --vajrakaṃ crystal; a stone resembling a diamond.
          --varṣaḥ a sudden or violent shower.
          --vivāhaḥ a degraded or improper form of marriage; Ms. 3. 63.
          --vṛttiḥ f. bad behaviour.
          --vaidyaḥ a bad physician, quack.
          --śīla a. rude, wicked, unmannerly, illtempered
          --ṣṭhalaṃ a bad place.
          --sarit f. a small river, rill; ucchidyaṃte kriyāḥ sarvā grīṣme kusarito yathā Pt. 2. 85.
          --sṛtiḥ f. 1. evil conduct, wickedness. --2. conjuring, magic. --3. roguery.
          --strī a bad woman.

ku I. 1 P. (kavate) To sound. --II. 6 A. (kuvate)
     (1) To moan, groan.
     (2) To cry. --III. 2 P. (kauti) To hum, coo (as a bee).

kuṃś(s) 1. 10. P.
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To speak.

kuk
     (1) A. (kokate) To take, accept, seize.

kukabham A kind of spirituous liquor.

kukīlaḥ A mountain.

kuku(kū)daḥ  One who gives away a girl in marriage with suitable decorations and in accordance with prescribed ceremonies.

kukuṃda(du)raḥ  The cavity of the loins just above the hips (jaghanakūpa); see kakuṃdara.

kukurāḥ (pl.)
     (1) N. of a country; also called daśārha.
     (2) N. of a people, a tribe of the Yādavas; Śi. 6. 15, 13. 6, 16. 79.

kukūlaḥ, --lam
     (1) Chaff; kukūlānāṃ rāśau tadanu hṛdayaṃ pacyata iva U. 6. 38.
     (2) A fire made of chaff. --laṃ
     (1) A hole, ditch (filled with stakes).
     (2) An armour, mail.

kukkuṭaḥ
     (1) A cock, wild cock.
     (2) A whisp of lighted straw, a firebrand.
     (3) A spark of fire. --ṭī
     (1) A hen.
     (2) A small house-lizard.
     (3) The silk-cotton tree.

kukkuṭakaḥ
     (1) A cock, wild cock.
     (2) A man of a mixed caste.

kukkuṭiḥ, --ṭī f. Hypocrisy, interested observance of religious rites.

kukkubhaḥ
     (1) A wild cock.
     (2) A cock in general.
     (3) Varnish.

kukkuraḥ (rī f.) [Uṇ. 1. 41] A dog; yasyaitacca na kukkurairahararjaṃghāṃtaraṃ carvyate Mk. 2. 11. --raṃ A vegetable perfume.
     -- Comp.
          --vāc m. a species of deer.

kukṣaḥ The belly.

kukṣiḥ
     (1) The belly(in general); jihmitādhmātakuṃkṣiḥ (bhujagapatiḥ) Mk. 9. 12.
     (2) The womb, the part of the belly containing the foetus; kuṃbhīnasyāśca kukṣijaḥ R. 15. 15; Śi. 13. 40.
     (3) The interior of anything: R. 10. 65 (where the word is used in sense 2 also).
     (4) A cavity in general.
     (5) A cavern, cave; R. 2. 38, 67.
     (6) The sheath of a sword.
     (7) N. of Bali.
     (8) A bay, gulf.
     -- Comp.
          --śūlaḥ belly-ache, colic.

kukṣiṃbhari a.
     (1) 'Caring to feed his own belly', selfish, gluttonous, voracious.
     (2) Filling or pervading the interior; Ku. 15. 56.

kuṃkumam
     (1) Saffron; lagnakuṃkumakesarān (skaṃdhān); R. 4. 67; Rs. 4. 2; 5. 9; Bh. 1. 10, 25.
     (2) Saffron paint; Māl. 1. 37.
     -- Comp.
          --adriḥ N. of a mountain.

kuc I. 6 P. (kucati, kucita)
     (1) To utter a shrill cry (as a bird).
     (2) To go.
     (3) To polish.
     (4) To contract, bend.
     (5) To be contracted.
     (6) To stop, impede.
     (7) To write or delineate.
     (8) To mix, connect. --II. 1 P., kuṃc also (kocati, kuṃcati, kuṃcita)
     (1) To make crooked, bend or curve.
     (2) To move or go crookedly.
     (3) To make small, lessen.
     (4) To shrink, contract.
     (5) To go to or towards.

kucaḥ [kuc-ka] The female breast, a teat, nipple; api vanāṃtaramalpakucāṃtarā V. 4. 26.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ, --mukhaṃ a nipple.
          --taṭaṃ, --taṭī the slope of the female breast, the breast, (taṭa being svārthe or meaningless).
          --phalaḥ the pomegranate tree.

kucita a.
     (1) Closed, contracted.
     (2) Small, little.

kucara a. (rā, --rī f.)
     (1) Going slowly, creeping.
     (3) Detracting, censorious. --raḥ A fixed star.

kucaryā Evil conduct, wickedness.

kuccham A species of lotus.

kujaḥ
     (1) A tree; Pt. 3. 93.
     (2) The planet Mars.
     (3) N. of a demon killed by Kṛṣṇa (also called naraka q. v.). --jā N. of Sītā; also of Durgā.

kujaṃbhalaḥ, kujaṃbhilaḥ, --raḥ A thief who breaks into a house.

kujjhaṭiḥ, kujjhaṭikā, kujjhaṭī f. A fog or mist.

kuṃc See kuc II.

kuṃcanam
     (1) Curving, bending, contraction.
     (2) A certain disease of the eye.

kuṃciḥ A measure of capacity equal to eight handfuls; aṣṭamuṣṭirbhavetkuṃciḥ

kuṃcikā
     (1) A key; Bh. 1. 63.
     (2) The shoot of a bamboo.
     (3) A sort of reed.
     (4) A kind of fish.

kuṃcita a. Contracted, curved, bent &c.

kuṃj 1 P. (kuṃjati) To murmur; cf. kūj.

kuṃjaḥ, --jam
     (1) A place overgrown with plants or creepers, a bower, an arbour; cala sakhi kuṃjaṃ satimirapuṃjaṃ śīlaya nīlanicolaṃ Gīt. 5; vaṃjulalatākuṃje 12; Me. 19; R. 9. 64.
     (2) The lower jaw.
     (3) A cave.
     (4) A tooth.
     (5) The tusk of an elephant.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṭīraḥ a bower, a place overgrown with plants and creepers; guṃjatkuṃjakuṭīrakauśikaghaṭā U. 2. 29; Mal. 5. 19; kokilakūjitakuṃjakuṭīre Gīt. 1.

kuṃjaraḥ [kuṃjo hastihanuḥ so'syāsti, kuṃja-ra, P. V. 2. 107 Vārt.]
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) Any thing pre-eminent or excellent of its class (at the end of comp. only). Amara gives the following words used similarly: --syuruttarapade vyāghrapuṃgavarṣabhakuṃjarāḥ . siṃhaśārdūlanāgādyāḥ puṃsi śreṣṭhārthavācakāḥ ...
     (3) The Aśvattha tree.
     (4) The lunar asterism called hasta
     (5) Hair. --rā, --rī A female elephant.
     -- Comp.
          --anīkaṃ the division of an army consisting of elephant-corps.
          --aśanaḥ the Aśvattha tree.
          --arātiḥ 1. a lion. --2. Śarabha (a fabulous animal with 8 feet).
          --grahaḥ an elephant-catcher.

kuṃjalam Sour gruel.

kuṭ I. 6 P. (kuṭati, kuṭita)
     (1) To be crooked or curved.
     (2) To curve or bend.
     (3) To act dishonestly, cheat, deceive. --II. 4 P. (kuṭyati) To break to pieces, break asunder, divide, split; Pt. 2.
     (2) To speak indistinctly.
     (3) To be warm, burn.

kuṭika --ta a. Bent, crooked.

kuṭaḥ, --ṭam [kuṭ-kaṃ] A waterpot, a jar, pitcher. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A fort, strong-hold.
     (2) A hammer.
     (3) A tree.
     (4) A house.
     (5) A mountain.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ 1. N. of a tree; Māl. 9. 15; Me. 4; R. 19. 37; Rs. 3. 13; Bh. 1. 35. --2. N. of Agastya. --3. N. of Droṇa.
          --hārikā a female servant.

kuṭakam A plough without a pole. --kaḥ The post round which the string of the churning-stick passes.

kuṭaṃkaḥ A roof, thatch.

kuṭaṃgakaḥ
     (1) An arbour formed by creeping plants overrunning a tree.
     (2) A small house, hut or cottage.

kuṭapaḥ
     (1) A measure of grain (= kuḍava).
     (2) A garden near a house.
     (3) A sage, an ascetic. --paṃ A lotus.

kuṭaraḥ The post round which the rope of the churning stick passes.

kuṭaruḥ Ved.
     (1) A cock.
     (2) A tent.

kuṭalam A roof, thatch.

kuṭiḥ [kuṭ-in]
     (1) The body.
     (2) A tree. --f.
     (1) A cottage, hut.
     (2) A curve, bend.
     -- Comp.
          --caraḥ a porpoise.

kuṭiram A cottage, hut.

kuṭila a. [kuṭ-ilac]
     (1) Crooked, bent, curved, curled; bhedād bhruvoḥ kuṭilayoḥ S. 5. 23; R. 6. 82; 19. 17; Pt. 1. 65.
     (2) Tortuous, winding; krośaṃ kuṭilā nadī Sk.
     (3) (fig.) Insincere, fraudulent, dishonest; a- Pt. 1. 126. --lā
     (1) N. of Sarasvatī.
     (2) A kind of perfume. --laṃ
     (1) N. of a plant (tagara).
     (2) Tin.
     -- Comp.
          --āśaya a. evil-minded, malevolent.
          --pakṣman a. having curved eye-lashes.
          --mati, --buddhi a. evil-minded, male. volent; Mu. 1. 7.
          --svabhāva a. crooked by nature, dishonest, malevolent.

kuṭilaka a. Curved, bent, crooked.

kuṭilikā
     (1) Coming stealthily as a hunter on his prey, crouching.
     (2) A blacksmith's forge.

kuṭī
     (1) A curve.
     (2) A cottage, hut; prāsādīyati kuṭyāṃ Sk.; Ms. 11. 73; parṇa-, aśva- &c.
     (3) A vessel with openings used for fumigation.
     (4) A nosegay.
     (5) A kind of perfume (murā).
     (6) Spirituous liquor.
     (7) A bawd, procuress.
     -- Comp.
          --cakaḥ a religious mendicant of a particular order; caturvidhā bhikṣavaste kuṭīcakabahūdakau . haṃsaḥ paramahaṃsaśca yo yaḥ paścāt sa uttamaḥ .. Mb.
          --caraḥ a kind of ascetic who entrusts the care of his family to his son and devotes himself solely to religious penance and austerities.

kuṭīraḥ, --raṃ, kuṭīrakaḥ A hut, cottage; U. 2. 29; Amaru. 48. --raṃ
     (1) Sexual intercourse.
     (2) Exclusiveness.

kuṭīkā A small house.

kuṭuṃgakaḥ
     (1) An arbour formed by creeping plants.
     (2) A creeper winding round a tree.
     (3) A thatch, roof.
     (4) A hut.
     (5) A granary.

kuṭunī A bawd, procuress; see kuṭṭanī.

kuṭuṃbaṃ, kuṭuṃbakam A household, a family; udāracaritānāṃ tu vasudhaiva kuṭuṃbakaṃ H. 1. 70; Y. 2. 45; Ms. 11. 12, 22; 8. 166.
     (2) The duties and cares of a family; tadupahitakuṭuṃbaḥ R. 7. 71. --baḥ, --baṃ
     (1) A kinsman, a relation by descent or marriage.
     (2) Offspring, progeny.
     (3) A name.
     (4) Race.
     (5) A group, collection; Vikr. 1. 92.
     -- Comp.
          --kalahaḥ, --haṃ internal or domestic quarrels.
          --bharaḥ the burden of the family; bhartrā tadarpitakuṭuṃbabhareṇa sārdham S. 4. 19; -ciṃtayā Pt. 5. 4.
          --vyāpṛta a. (a father) who is provident and attentive to the good of the family.

kuṭuṃbikaḥ, kuṭuṃbin m.
     (1) A householder, married man, a pater familias, one who has a family to support or take care of; prāyeṇa gṛhiṇīnetrāḥ kanyārtheṣu kuṭuṃbinaḥ Ku. 6. 85; V. 3. 1; Ms. 3. 80; Y. 2. 45.
     (2) (fig.) One who takes care of anything.
     (3) A peasant.
     (4) A member of a family; Śānti. 4. 9. --nī
     (1) The wife of a householder, a house wife (in charge of the house); bhavatu kuṭuṃbinīmāhūya pṛcchāmi Mu. 1; prabhavaṃtyo'pi hi bhartṛṣu kāraṇakopāḥ kuṭuṃbinyaḥ M. 1. 17; R. 8. 86; Amaru. 48.
     (2) A large household or family.
     (3) A woman in general.

kuṭṭ 10 U. (kuṭṭayati, kuṭṭita)
     (1) To cut, divide.
     (2) To grind, pound.
     (3) To blame, censure.
     (4) To multiply.
     (5) To burn.

kuṭṭa a. (At the end of comp.) Dividing, cutting; grinding. --ṭṭaḥ (in Math.) A multiplier.

kuṭṭakaḥ
     (1) A grinder.
     (2) A kingfisher.

kuṭṭanam
     (1) Cutting.
     (2) Pounding.
     (3) A busing, censuring.

kuṭṭa(ṭṭi)nī A bawd, procuress, a go-between.

kuṭṭāka a. (kī f.) Who or what divides or cuts; sāraṃgasaṃgaravidhāvibhakuṃbhakūṭakuṭṭākapāṇikuliśasya hareḥ pramādaḥ Mal. 5. 32.

kuṭṭita a.
     (1) Cut.
     (2) Pounded &c. --tā Unskilful opening of a vein.

kuṭṭamitam The affected repulse of a lover's endearments or caresses (one of the 28 graces or blandishments of the heroine]. The S. D. thus defines it: keśastanādharādīnāṃ grahe harṣepi saṃbhramāt . prāhuḥ kuṭṭamitaṃ nāma śiraḥkaravidhūnanam 142.

kuṭṭāraḥ A mountain. --raṃ
     (1) Sexual intercourse.
     (2) A woollen blanket.
     (3) Exclusion or oneness.

kuṭṭima a. Paved with small stones, decorated with mosaic. --maḥ, --maṃ
     (1) An inlaid or paved floor, ground paved with small stones, pavement; kāṃteṃdukāṃtopalakuṭṭimeṣu Śi. 3. 44; R. 11. 9.
     (2) Ground prepared for the site of a mansion.
     (3) A jewel-mine.
     (4) The pomegranate.
     (5) A hut, cottage, small house.

kuṭṭimita = kuṭṭamita q. v.

kuṭṭihārikā A maid-servant, slave; cf. kuṭahārikā.

kuṭṭīraḥ A small mountain.

kuṭṭīrakam A small house, hut.

kuṭmala = kuḍmala q. v.

kuṭhaḥ A tree; cf. kuṭa.

kuṭhara See kuṭara.

kuṭhākuḥ A bird, the wood-pecker.

kuṭhāṭaṃkaḥ, --kā An axe.

kuṭhāraḥ --rī
     (1) An axe, or hatchet; mātuḥ kevalameva yauvanavanacchede kuṭhārā vayaṃ Bh. 3. 11.
     (2) A sort of hoe or spade. --raḥ A tree.

kuṭhārakaḥ A small axe.

kuṭhārikaḥ A wood-cutter.

kuṭhārikā A small axe.

kuṭhāruḥ
     (1) A tree.
     (2) An ape, a monkey.
     (3) An armourer.

kuṭhiḥ
     (1) A tree.
     (2) mountain.

kuṭheraḥ Fire.

kuṭheruḥ The wind produced by a fan or chowri.

kuḍ 6 P. (kuḍati)
     (1) To play or act as a child, trifle.

kuḍaṃgaḥ A bower, an arbour.

kuḍavaḥ (--paḥ) A measure of grain equal to (1/4) of a Prastha and containing 12 handfuls.

kuḍiḥ The body; cf. Uṇ. 4. 143.

kuḍikā An earthen or wooden water-pot.

kuḍī A hut; cf. kuṭī.

kuḍupaḥ The clasp of a necklace or bracelet.

kuḍmala a. [Uṇ. 1. 106] Opening, full-blown, expanding, (as the blossom of a flower); R. 18. 37. --laḥ An opening bud; vijṛṃbhaṇodgaṃdhiṣu kuḍmaleṣu R. 16. 47; U. 6. 17; Śi. 2. 7. --laṃ A particular hell; Ms. 4. 89; Y. 3. 222.

kuḍmalita a.
     (1) Budded, blossomed.
     (2) Cheerful, smiling.
     (3) Half-closed; Māl. 9. 32.

kuḍyam
     (1) A wall; bhede kuḍyāvapātane Y. 2. 223; Śi. 3. 45.
     (2) Plastering (a wall).
     (3) Eagerness, curiosity.
     -- Comp.
          --chedin m. a house-breaker, a thief.
          --chedyaḥ a digger. (
          --dyaṃ) a ditch, pit, breach or opening (in a wall).

kuṇ I. 6 P. (kuṇati, kuṇita)
     (1) To support, aid.
     (2) To sound. --II. 10 P. (kaṇayati)
     (1) To counsel, advise.
     (2) To converse or speak with.
     (3) To invite.
     (4) To salute.

kuṇakaḥ A young animal just born.

kuṇapa a. (pī f.) [cf. Uṇ. 3. 143] Smelling like a dead body, stinking. --paḥ, --paṃ A dead body, corpse; śāsanīyaḥ kuṇapabhojanaḥ V. 5. (a vulture); amedhyakuṇapāśī ca Ms. 12. 71; often used as a term of contempt with living beings. --paḥ
     (1) A spear.
     (2) A foul smell, stench.

kuṇāru a. Ved. Crying out, (kviṇanaśīla); Rv. 3. 30. 8.

kuṇiḥ A cripple with a withered or crooked arm.
     (2) A whitlow.

kuṃṭaka a. (kī f.) Fat, corpulent.

kuṃṭh 1 P. (kuṃṭhati, kuṃṭhita)
     (1) To be blunted or dulled.
     (2) To be lame or mutilated.
     (3) To be dull or stupid, be idle.
     (4) To loosen. --Caus. or 10 P. To hide.

kuṃṭha a.
     (1) Blunt, dulled; vajraṃ tapovīryamahatsu kuṃṭhaṃ Ku. 3. 12 has no effect on &c.; kuṃṭhatvamāyāti guṇaḥ kavīnāṃ sāhityavidyāśramavarjiteṣu Vikr. 1. 14; Śi. 12. 12; kuṃṭhībhavaṃtyupalādiṣu kṣurāḥ S. B.
     (2) Dull, foolish, stupid.
     (3) Indolent, lazy.
     (4) Weak.

kuṃṭhakaḥ A fool.

kuṃṭhita p. p.
     (1) Blunted, dulled; (fig. also); bibhrato'stramacalepyakuṃṭhitaṃ R. 11. 74; Bv. 2. 78; Ku. 2. 20; śāstreṣvakuṃṭhitā buddhiḥ R. 1. 19 not hampered or impeded.
     (2) Stupid.
     (3) Mutilated.
     (4) Grasped, held.
     (5) Encircled.

kuṃḍ I. 1 A.
     (1) To burn.
     (2) To eat.
     (3) To heap. --II. 1 P. To maim or mutilate. --III. 10 U. To protect.

kuṃḍaḥ, --ḍī, --ḍam [cf. Uṇ. 1. 112]
     (1) A bowl-shaped vessel, a basin, bowl.
     (2) A round hole in the ground for receiving and preserving water.
     (3) A hole in general; agnikuṃḍaṃ.
     (4) A pool, well; especially one consecrated to some deity or holy purpose.
     (5) The bowl of a mendicant. --ḍaḥ (ḍā f.) A son born in adultery, the son of a woman by a man other than her husband while the husband is alive; patyau jīvati kuṃḍaḥ syāt Ms. 3. 174; Y. 1. 222. --ḍā An epithet of Durga.
     -- Comp.
          --āśin m. a pander, pimp, one who depends for his livelihood on a kuṃḍa i. e. a bastard, or adulterine; Ms. 3. 158; Y. 1. 224.
          --ūdhas (kuṃḍodhnī) 1. a cow with a full udder. --2. a woman with a full bosom.
          --kīṭaḥ 1. a keeper of concubines. --2. a follower of the Chārvāka doctrine, an atheist. --3. a Brāhmaṇa born in adultery.
          --kīlaḥ a low or vile man.
          --golaṃ, --golakaṃ 1. gruel. --2. a group of kuṃḍa and golaka (taken together).

kuṃḍalaḥ, --lam [kuṃḍa-matvarthe la]
     (1) An ear-ring; śrotraṃ śrutenaiva na kuṃḍalena Bh. 2. 71; Ch. P. 11; Rs. 2. 20, 3. 19; R. 11. 15.
     (2) A bracelet.
     (3) The coil of a rope.
     (4) A fetter, tie, collar.

kuṃḍalanā Encireling (as a word) to denote that it is to be left out or not considered; tadojasastadyaśasaḥ sthitāvimau vṛtheti citte kurute yadā yadā . tanoti bhānoḥ pariveṣakaitavāttadā vidhiḥ kuṃḍalanāṃ vidhorapi .. N. 1. 14; cf. 2. 95 also.

kuṃḍalin (nī f.)
     (1) Decorated with ear-rings.
     (2) Circular, spiral.
     (3) Winding, coiling (as a serpent). --m.
     (1) A snake.
     (2) A peocock.
     (3) An epithet of Varuṇa, and of Śiva.
     (4) The spotted or painted deer. --nī A form of Durgā or Śakti.

kuṃḍalīkṛta a. Forming a ring, coiled.

kuṃḍikā
     (1) A pitcher.
     (2) A student's water-pot (kamaṃḍalu).

kuṃḍin m.
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) A bastard.
     (3) A horse.

kuṃḍinam N. of a city, the capital of the Vidarbhas.

kuṃḍi(ḍī)ra a. Strong. --raḥ A man.

kutapaḥ
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (2) A twiceborn man (dvijanman).
     (3) The sun.
     (4) Fire.
     (5) A guest.
     (6) An ox, a bull.
     (7) A daughter's son.
     (8) A sister's son.
     (9) Grain. (10) The eighth Muhū1rta of the day; ahno muhūrtā vikhyātā daśa paṃca ca sarvadā . tatrāṣṭamo muhūrto yaḥ sa kālaḥ kutapaḥ smṛtaḥ ..
     (11) A musical instrument.
     (12) A time suitable for the performance of sacrifices to the manes. --paṃ
     (1) The Auśa grass

kutas ind.
     (1) From where, whence; kasya tvaṃ vā kuta āyātaḥ Moha M. 3.
     (2) Where, where else, in what (other) place &c.; īdṛgvinodaḥ kutaḥ S. 2. 5.
     (3) Why, wherefore, from what cause or motive; kuta idamucyate S. 5.
     (4) How, in what manner; sphurati ca bāhuḥ kutaḥ phalamihāsya S. 1. 15.
     (5) Much more, much less; na tvatsamostyabhyadhikaḥ kuto'nyaḥ Bg. 11. 43, 4. 31; na me steno janapade na kadaryo ... .na svairī svairiṇī kutaḥ Ch. Up.
     (6) Because, for; S. 1. kutas is sometimes used merely for the abl. of kim; kutaḥ kālātsamutpannaṃ V. P. (= kasmāt kālāt &c.). kutaḥ becomes indefinite when connected with the particles cid, cana, or api.

kutastya a.
     (1) Whence come; U. 3. 7.
     (2) How happened.

kutukam
     (1) Desire, inclination.
     (2) Curiosity (= kautukaṃ).
     (3) Eagerness, ardour, vehemence; kelikalākutukena ca kācidamuṃ yamunājalakūle . maṃjulavaṃjulakuṃjagataṃ vicakarṣa kareṇa dukūle Gīt. 1.

kutupaḥ, kutūḥ f. A small leathern bottle for oil. --paḥ
     (1) The eighth Muhūrta of the day.
     (2) = kutapa 12 q. v.

kutūhala a.
     (1) Wonderful.
     (2) Excellent, best.
     (3) Praised, celebrated. --laṃ
     (1) Desire, curiosity; ujjhitaśabdena janitaṃ naḥ kutūhalaṃ S. 1; yadi vilāsakalāsu kutūhalaṃ Gīt. 1; (papau) kutūhaleneva manuṣyaśoṇitam R. 3. 54; 13. 21; 15. 65.
     (2) Eagerness.
     (3) What excites curiosity, anything pleasing or interesting, a curiosity.
     (4) Delight, pleasure; U. 1. 20.

kutūhalin a.
     (1) Desirous, struck with curiosity; Mal. 1.
     (2) Eager, impatient.

kutra ind.
     (1) Where, in which place; kutra me śiśuḥ Pt. 1; pravṛttiḥ kutra kartavyā H. 1.
     (2) In which case; tejasā saha jātānāṃ vayaḥ kutropayujyate Pt. 1. 328. (kutra is sometimes used for the loc. sing of kim). When connected with the particles cid, cana or api, kutra becomes indefinite in sense. kutrāpi, --kutracit somewhere, anywhere; na kutrāpi no where; kutracit-kutracit in one place-in another place, herehere; Ms. 9. 34.

kutratya a. Where living or residing.

kuts 10 A. (kutsayate, kutsita) To abuse, revile, censure, condemn; Ms. 2. 54; Y. 1. 31; Śānti. 2. 30.

kutsanaṃ, kutsā Abuse, contempt, reproach, abusive language; devatānāṃ ca kutsanaṃ Ms. 4. 163. --nā Expression of contempt.

kutsita p. p.
     (1) Despised, contemptible.
     (2) Low, mean, vile. --taṃ Censure.

kuth 4 P. (kuthyati, kuthita) To stink, become putrid, or foul.

kuthaḥ The Kuśa grass.

kuthaḥ, --thaṃ, --thā
     (1) A painted cloth serving as an elephant's housings.
     (2) A carpet (in general).

kuddāraḥ, --laḥ, --lakaḥ
     (1) A spade, hoe.
     (2) The Kānchana tree. --lakaṃ A copper pitcher.

kudmalam = kuḍmala q. v.

kudraṃkaḥ, --gaḥ
     (1) A watch-house.
     (2) A dwelling raised on a scaffold.

kudhraḥ A mountain.

kunakaḥ A crow.

kunālikā The (Indian) cuckoo.

kuṃtaḥ
     (1) A lance, a barbed dart, spear; kuṃtāḥ praviśaṃti K. P. 2. (i. e. kuṃtadhāriṇaḥ puruṣāḥ); virahinikṛṃtanakuṃtamukhākṛtiketakidaṃturitāśe Gīt. 1.
     (2) A small animal, an insect.
     (3) A kind of grain.
     (4) Passion.

kuṃtalaḥ
     (1) The hair of the head, a lock of hair; pratanuviralaiḥ prāṃtonmīlanmanoharakuṃtalaiḥ U. 1. 20. Ch. P. 4, 6; Gīt. 2.
     (2) A drinking cup.
     (3) A plough.
     (4) Barley.
     (5) A kind of perfume. --lāḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants.

kuṃtalikā A butter knife.

kuṃtayaḥ (pl. of kuṃti m.) N. of a country and its people.

kuṃtiḥ N. of a king, son of kratha.
     -- Comp.
          --bhojaḥ N. of a Yādava prince, king of the Kunties, who being childless, adopted Kuntī.

kuṃtī N. of pṛthā, daughter of a Yādava named śūra, adopted by kuṃtibhoja. [She was the first wife of Pāṇḍu. As he was prevented by a curse from having progeny, he allowed his wife to make use of a charm she had acquired from the sage Durvāsas, by means of which she was to have a son by any god she liked to invoke. She invoked Dharma, Vāyu and Indra, and had from them Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhīma and Arjuna respectively. She was also mother of Karṇa by the deity Sun whom she invoked in her virginhood to test her charm.].
     (2) A fragrant resin.
     (3) The wife of a Brāhmaṇa.

kuṃth 1. 9. P. (kuṃthati, kuthnāti, kuṃthita)
     (1) To suffer pain.
     (2) To cling to.
     (3) To hurt.

kuṃdaḥ, --dam [Uṇ. 4. 98] A kind of jasmine (white and delicate); kuṃdāvadātāḥ kalahaṃsamālāḥ Bk. 2. 18; prātaḥ kuṃdaprasavaśithilaṃ jīvitaṃ dhārayethāḥ Me. 113; S. 5. 19. --daṃ The flower of this plant; alake bālakuṃdānuviddhaṃ Me. 65, 47. --daḥ
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) A fragrant oleander.
     (3) One of the nine treasures of Kubera.
     (4) The number 'nine'.
     (5) A lotus.
     (6) A turner's lathe.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ a turner.

kuṃdinī A multitude of lotuses.

kuṃdamaḥ A cat.

kuṃdaraḥ
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) A kind of grass.

kuṃduḥ A rat, mouse.

kup I. 4. P. (kupyati, cukopa, akupat, kopituṃ, kupita)
     (1) To be angry, (generally with the dat. of the person who is the object of anger, but sometimes with the acc. or gen. also); kupyatiṃ hitavādine K. 108; kupitaścaṃdraguptaścāṇakyasyopari Mu. 2; M. 3. 21; U. 7; cukopa tasmai sa bhṛśaṃ R. 3. 56.
     (2) To be excited, to gather strength, be virulent; as in doṣāḥ prakupyaṃti Suśr. --Caus. (kopayati-te)
     (1) To provoke, irritate; to excite, agitate.
     (2) To stir up. --II. 10 U.
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To speak.

kopaḥ [kup-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Anger, wrath, passion; kopaṃ na gacchati nitāṃtabalopi nāgaḥ Pt. 1. 123; na tvayā kopaḥ kāryaḥ do not be angry.
     (2) (In medicine) Morbid irritation or disorder of the humours of the body; i. e. pittakopa, vātakopa. &c.
     -- Comp.
          --ākula, --āviṣṭa a. enraged, furious.
          --kramaḥ 1. an angry orpassionate man. --2. the course of anger.
          --dīpta, --jvalita a. inflamed with anger.
          --padaṃ 1. cause of anger. --2. pretended anger.
          --vaśaḥ subjection to anger.
          --vegaḥ violence, fury of anger.

kopana a. [kup-tācchīlye yuc]
     (1) Passionate, irascible, angry.
     (2) Causing anger.
     (3) Irritating, causing morbid disorder of the humours of the body. --naṃ Becoming angry. --nā A passionate or angry woman; kayāsi kāmin suratāparādhāt pādānataḥ kopanayā'vadhūtaḥ Ku. 3. 8; Amaru. 65.

kopanaka a Angry. --kaḥ A kind of perfume.

kopayiṣṇu a. [kupa-ṇic bā- iṣṇuc] Intending to enrage or exasperate, inclined to make angry.

kopita a. Enraged, furious, provoked &c.

kopin a. [avaśyaṃ kupyati kup-ṇini]
     (1) Angry, irritated; satyamevāsi yadi mayi kopinī Gīt. 10.
     (2) Causing anger.
     (3) Irritating, causing disorder of the humours of the body. --m. A water-pigeon.

kupaḥ Ved. The beam or lever of a pair of scales.

kupaya a. Ved. To be guarded or protected.

kupiṃda See kuviṃda.

kupinin m. A fisherman.

kūpinī A kind of net for catching small fish.

kupūya a. Despised, low, mean, contemptible.

kupyam
     (1) A base metal.
     (2) Any metal but silver and gold; Ki. 1. 35; Ms. 7. 96; 10. 113.
     -- Comp.
          --śālā a braziery.

kube(ve)raḥ  [kutsitaṃ be(ve)raṃ śarīraṃ yasya saḥ] The god of riches and treasure and the regent of the northern quarter; kuberaguptāṃ diśamuṣṇaraśmau gaṃtuṃ pravṛtte samayaṃ vilaṃghya Ku. 3. 25 (vide Malli. thereon.). [Kubera is the son of Visravas by Iḍavida, and thus the halfbrother of Rāvaṇa. Besides being the lord of riches and regent of the north, he is the king of the Yakshas and Kinnaras, and a friend of Rudra. His abode is Kailāsa. He is represented as being deformed in body-having three legs, only eight teeth, and a yellow mark in place of one eye].
     -- Comp.
          --adriḥ. --acalaḥ an epithet of mountain Kailāsa.
          --diś f. the north.

kubja a. [ku īṣat ubjamārjaṃvaṃ yatra śakaṃ- Tv.] Hump-backed, crooked. --bjaḥ
     (1) A curved sword.
     (2) A hump on the back. --bjā A young female servant of Kamsa, said to be deformed in three parts of her body. [Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, while proceeding to Mathura, saw her on the high road carrying unguent to Kamsa. They asked her if she would give them some portion of it, and she gave as much as they wanted. Kṛṣṇa, being very much pleased with her kindness, made her perfectly straight, and she began to appear a most beautiful woman].
     -- Comp.
          --kirātaṃḥ --vāmanaṃ a hump-backed person and a dwarf.
          --gāmin a. going crookedly, going astray; Pt. 2. 5.
          --līlā the manner, gait, or character of a hump-backed person; S. 2.

kubjakaḥ N. of a tree; Ms. 8. 247, 5. 2.

kubjikā An unmarried girl eight years old.

kubra
     (1) A forest.
     (2) A hole for sacrificial fire.
     (3) A ring; an earring.
     (4) A thread.
     (5) A cart.

kubhṛt m. A mountain or a king.

kumāraḥ [cf. Uṇ. 3. 138]
     (1) A son, boy; a youth; R. 3. 48.
     (2) A boy below five.
     (3) A prince, an heir-apparent (especially in dramas); viproṣitakumāraṃ tadrājyamastamiteśvaraṃ R. 12. 11; kumārasyāyuṣo bāṇaḥ V5; upaveṣṭumarhati kumāraḥ Mu. 4 (said by Rākṣasa to Malayaketu).
     (4) N. of Kārtikeya, the god of war; kumārakalpaṃ suṣuve kumāraṃ R. 5. 36; kumāropi kumāravikramaḥ 3. 55.
     (5) N. of Agni.
     (6) A parrot.
     -- Comp.
          --pālanaḥ 1. one who takes care of children. --2. N. of king Śārivāhana.
          --bhṛtyā 1. care of young children. --2. care of a woman in pregnancy or confinement, midwifery; R. 3. 12.
          --vāhin, --vāhanaḥ a peacock.
          --vrataṃ a vow of eternal celibacy.
          --sūḥ f. 1. an epithet of Pārvatī. --2. or of the Ganges. (--m.) an epithet of Agni.

kumārakaḥ
     (1) A child, a youth.
     (2) The pupil of the eye.

kumārayati Den. P. To play, sport (like a child).

kumārayuḥ A prince, heir-apparent.

kumārika a. (kī f.) kumārin (ṇīf.) a. Furnished with girls, abounding in girls.

kumārikā, kumārī
     (1) A young girl, one from 10 to 12 years old.
     (2) A maiden, virgin; trīṇi varṣāṇyudīkṣeta kumāryṛtumatī satī Ms. 9. 90; 11. 59; vyāvartatānyopagamātkumārī R. 6. 69.
     (3) A girl or daughter in general.
     (4) N. of Durgā.
     (5) N. of several plants.
     (6) N. of Sītā.
     (7) Large cardamoms.
     (8) The southern extremity of the Indian peninsula (cf. the modern name Cape Comorin).
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ 1. the son of an unmarried woman. --2. N. of Karṇa.
          --śvaśuraḥ the fatherin-law of a girl defiled before marriage.

kumud a.
     (1) Unkind, unfriendly.
     (2) Avaricious. --n.
     (1) The white water-lily.
     (2) The red lotus.

kumudaḥ, --dam [kau modate iti kumudaṃ]
     (1) The white water-lily said to open at moon-rise; nocchvasiti tapanakiraṇaiścaṃdrasyevāśubhiḥ kumudaṃ V. 3. 16; so S. 5. 28; Rs. 3. 2, 21, 23; Me. 40.
     (2) A red lotus. --daṃ Silver. --daḥ
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) N. of the elephant supposed to guard the south.
     (3) Camphor.
     (4) A species of monkey.
     (5) N. of a Nāga who gave his younger sister kumudvatī to Kuśa, son of Rāma; see R. 16. 79. 86.
     -- Comp.
          --abhikhyaṃ silver.
          --ākaraḥ, --āvāsaḥ a pond full of lotuses.
          --īśaḥ the moon.
          --khaṃḍaṃ an assemblage of lotuses.
          --nāthaḥ, --patiḥ --baṃdhuḥ, --bāṃdhavaḥ, --suhṛd m. the moon.

kumudavatī The lotus plant.

kumudika a. Abounding in Kumudas. --kā N. of a plant, (kaṭaphalā).
     (2) A small tree (the seeds of which are aromatic).

kumudinī
     (1) A water-lily with white lotus-flowers; yatheṃdāvānaṃdaṃ vrajati samupoḍhe kumudinī U. 5. 26; Śi. 9. 34.
     (2) A collection of lotuses.
     (3) A place abounding in lotuses.
     -- Comp.
          --nāyakaḥ, --patiḥ the moon.

kumudvat a. Abounding in lotuses; kumudvatsu ca vāriṣu R. 4. 19. --tī
     (1) A water-lily with white flowers (opening at moon-rise); aṃtarhite śaśini saiva kumudvatī me dṛṣṭiṃ na naṃdayati saṃsmaraṇīyaśobhā S. 4. 2; 3. 17; kumudvatī bhānumatīva bhāvaṃ (na babaṃdha) R. 6. 36.
     (2) A collection of lotuses.
     (3) A place abounding in lotuses. -īśaḥ the moon.

kumodakaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

kuṃbaḥ Ved.
     (1) A kind of head-dress for women (?).
     (2) The upper part of a club. --bā
     (1) A thick petticoat.
     (2) An enclosure round the sacrificial ground.

kuṃbhaḥ [kuṃbhūmiṃ kutsitaṃ vā uṃbhati pūrayati uṃbh-ac śakaṃ- Tv.]
     (1) A pitcher, water-pot, jar; iyaṃ sustanī mastakanyastakuṃbhā Jag; varjayettādṛśaṃ mitraṃ viṣakuṃbhaṃ payomukhaṃ H. 1. 77; R. 2. 36; so kuca,- stana-.
     (2) The frontal globe on the forehead of an elephant; ibhakuṃbha Mal. 5. 32; mattebhakuṃbhadalane bhuvi saṃti śūrāḥ Bh. 1. 59.
     (3) Aquarius, the eleventh sign of the zodiac.
     (4) A measure of grain equal to 20 droṇas; Ms. 8. 320.
     (5) (In Yoga phil.) Closing the nostrils and mouth so as to suspend breathing.
     (6) The paramour of a harlot.
     (7) An urn in which the bones of dead bodies are collected.
     (8) A kind of heart-disease. --bhā A harlot, a whore. --bhaṃ A fragrant resin (guggula).
     -- Comp.
          --karṇaḥ 'pitchereared', N. of a gigantic Rākṣasa, brother of Rāvaṇa and slain by Rāma. [He is said to have devoured thousands of beings including sages and heavenly nymphs, and the gods were anxiously waiting for an opportunity to retaliate upon the powerful demon. After Brahmā had inflicted on him a curse for the humiliation to which he subjected Indra and his elephant Airāvata, Kumbhakarṇa began to practise the most rigid austerities. Brahmā was pleased and was about to grant him a boon, when the gods requested Sarasvatī to sit on his tongue and to pervert it. Accordingly when he went to the god, instead of asking indrapada he asked nidrapada which was readily granted. It is said that he slept for six months at a time, and, when roused, was awake for only one day. When Laṅkā was besieged by the monkey-troops of Rāma, Rāvaṇa with great difficulty roused Kumbhakarṇa, desirous of availing himself of his gigantic strength. After having drunk 2000 jars of liquor, he took Sugrīva prisoner, besides devouring thousands of monkeys. He was ultimately slain by Rāma]. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --kāmalā a bilious affection.
          --kāraḥ 1. a potter; Y. 3. 146. --2. a mixed tribe (veśyāyāṃ viprataścauryāt kuṃbhakāraḥ sa ucyate Uśanas; or mālākārātkarmakaryāṃ kuṃbhakāro vyajāyata Parāśara). --3. a serpent. --4. a kind of wild fowl. (--rī), --kārikā 1. the wife of a potter. --2. a kind of collyrium.
          --ghoṇaḥ N. of a town.
          --jaḥ, --janman m.,
          --yoniḥ, --saṃbhavaḥ 1. epithets of Agastya; prasasādodayādaṃbhaḥ kuṃbhayonermahaujasaḥ R. 4. 21; 15. 55. --2. an epithet of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. --3. an epithet of Vasiṣṭha.
          --dāsī a bawd, procuress; sometimes used as a term of reproach or abuse.
          --dharaḥ the sign of the zodiac called Aquarius.
          --rāśiḥ the sign Aquarius.
          --retas m. a form of Agni.
          --lagnaṃ that time of the day in which Aquarius rises above the horizon.
          --maṃḍūkaḥ 1. (lit.) a frog in a pitcher. --2. (fig.) an inexperienced man; cf. kūpamaṃḍūka. --śālā pottery.
          --saṃdhiḥ the hollow on the top of an elephant's head between the frontal globes.

kuṃbhakaḥ
     (1) The base of a column.
     (2) A religious exercise (in Yoga phil.), stopping the breath by closing the mouth and both nostrils with the fingers of the right hand.

kuṃbhikā
     (1) A small pot.
     (2) A harlot.
     (3) A disease of the eyes.

kuṃbhin
     (1) An elephant; Bv. 1. 52.
     (2) A crocodile.
     (3) A fish.
     (4) A kind of poisonous insect.
     (5) A sort of fragrant resin (guggula).
     -- Comp.
          --narakaḥ a particular hell.
          --madaḥ rut, ichor.

kuṃbhilaḥ
     (1) A thief who breaks into a house.
     (2) A plagiarist.
     (3) A wife's brother.
     (4) A child of an imperfect impregnation or born at undue seasons.

kuṃbhī
     (1) A small water-jar.
     (2) An earthen cooking vessel.
     (3) A measure of grain.
     (4) N. of several plants.
     -- Comp.
          --dhānyaṃ grain stored in jars sufficient for six days.
          --dhānyakaḥ a house-holder who stores grain.
          --nasaḥ a kind of venomous serpent; U. 2. 29.
          --pākaḥ 1. the contents of a cooking-vessel. --2. (sing. or pl.) a particular hell in which the wicked are baked like potter's vessels; Y. 3. 224; Ms. 12. 76.

kuṃbhīkaḥ
     (1) The Punnāga tree.
     (2) A catamite. --kā Swelling of the eye-lids.

kuṃbhīraḥ A shark.

kuṃbhīrakaḥ, kuṃbhīlaḥ, kuṃbhīlakaḥ A thief; loptreṇa gṛhītasya kuṃbhīrakasyāsti vā prativacanaṃ V. 2; kuṃbhīlakaiḥ kāmukaiśca parihartavyā caṃdrikā M. 4. --laḥ A crocodile.

kur 6 P. (kurati, kurita) To sound.

kuraṃkaraḥ, kuraṃkuraḥ The(Indian) crane.

kuraṃgaḥ (gī f.)
     (1) A deer in general; tanme brūhi kuraṃga kutra bhavatā kiṃ nāma taptaṃ tapaḥ Śānti. 1. 14, 4. 6; lavaṃgī kuraṃgīdṛgaṃgīkarotu Jag.
     (2) A species of deer (kuraṃga īṣattāmraḥ syāddhariṇākṛtiko mahān).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣī --nayanā, --netrā a deer-eyed woman.
          --nābhiḥ musk.

kuraṃgakaḥ, kuraṃgamaḥ = kuraṃga q. v.

kuracillaḥ A crab.

kuraṭaḥ A shoemaker.

kuraṃṭaḥ, kuraṃṭakaḥ, kuraṃṭikā The yellow amaranth.

kuraṃḍaḥ Enlargement of the testicles or of the scrotum, hydrocele.

kuraṃḍakaḥ Yellow amaranth.

kuraraḥ(laḥ) An osprey; Y. 1. 174.

kurarī
     (1) A female osprey; cakraṃda vignā kurarīva bhūyaḥ R. 14. 68.
     (2) A ewe.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṇaḥ a flight of ospreys.

kurarāvam A place abounding with ospreys.

kuralaḥ
     (1) An osprey.
     (2) A curl, a lock of hair.

kuravaḥ(baḥ), kurava(ba)kaḥ A species of amaranth; kuravakā ravakāraṇatāṃ yayuḥ R. 9. 29; Me. 78; Rs. 6. 18. --vaṃ (baṃ), --va (ba) kaṃ The flower of this tree; cūḍāpāśe navakuravakaṃ Me. 65; pratyākhyātaviśeṣakaṃ kuravakaṃ śyāmāvadātāruṇaṃ M. 3. 5.

kurālaḥ(haḥ) A light bay horse with black legs.

kurī A kind of grass or corn.

kurīram A kind of head-dress for women.
     (2) Copulation.

kuruḥ (pl.)
     (1) N. of a country situated in the north of India about the site of the modern Delhi; śriyaḥ kurūṇāmadhipasya pālanīṃ Ki. 1. 1; cirāya tasmin kuravaścakāsate 1. 17.
     (2) The kings of this country. --ruḥ
     (1) A priest.
     (2) Boiled rice.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣetraṃ N. of an extensive plain near Delhi, the scene of the great war between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; dharmakṣetre kurukṣetre samavetā yuyutsavaḥ Bg. 1. 1; Ms. 2. 19.
          --kṣetriyogaḥ a solar day in the course of which three lunar days, three asterisms and three yogas occur.
          --cillaḥ a crab.
          --jāṃgalaṃ = kurukṣetra q. v.
          --rāj m.,
          --rājaḥ an epithet of Duryodhana.
          --vistaḥ a weight of gold equal to about 700 Troy grains.
          --vṛddhaḥ an epithet of Bhīṣma.

kuruṭaḥ A kind of pot-herb.

kuruṭin m. A horse.

kuruṃṭaḥ A red species of amaranth. --ṭī
     (1) A wooden doll or puppet.
     (2) The wife of a Brāhmaṇa or teacher.

kuruṃṭakaḥ Yellow or white amaranth.

kuruṃḍa = kuruṃṭa q. v.

kururī A kind of bird(having a plaintive tone); cf. kurarī.

kuruṃbam A kind of orange.

kurulaḥ A lock of hair, especially on the forehead.

kurubaka = kurabaka q. v.

kuruviṃdaḥ, --dam A ruby. --daṃ
     (1) Black salt.
     (2) A mirror.

kurkuṭaḥ
     (1) A cock.
     (2) Rubbish.

kurkuraḥ A dog; upakartumapi prāptaṃ niḥsvaṃ manyaṃti kurkuraṃ Pt. 2. 90 v. l.

kurcikā = kūrcikā q. v.

kurd, kurdana See kūrd, kūrdana.

ku(kū)rparaḥ
     (1) The knee.
     (2) The elbow.

ku(kū)rpāsaḥ, ku(kū)rpāsakaḥ A sort of bodice worn by women; manojñakūrpāsakapīḍitastanāḥ Rs. 5. 8, 4. 16. v. l.

kurvat pres. p. Doing &c. --m.
     (1) A servant.
     (2) A shoemaker.

kul 1 P. (kolati, kulita)
     (1) To accumulate, collect.
     (2) To be related; behave as a kinsman.
     (3) To proceed or go uninterruptedly.
     (4) To count, reckon.

kulam
     (1) A race, family; nidānamikṣvākukulasya saṃtateḥ R. 3. 1.
     (2) The residence of a family, a seat, house, an abode; vasannṛṣikuleṣu saḥ R. 12. 25.
     (3) A high or noble family, noble descent; kule janma Pt. 5. 2; kulaśīlasamanvitaḥ Ms. 7. 54, 62; so kulajā, kulakanyakā &c.
     (4) A herd, troop, flock; collection, multitude; mṛgakulaṃ romaṃthamabhyasyatu S. 2. 6; U. 2. 9; alikulasaṃkula Gīt. 1; Śi. 9. 71; so go-, kṛmi-, mahiṣī- &c.
     (5) A lot, gang, band (in a bad sense).
     (6) A country.
     (7) The body.
     (8) The front or fore part.
     (9) A tribe, caste, community. (10) A blue stone. --laḥ The head of a guild or corporation.
     -- Comp.
          --akula a. 1. of a mixed character or origin. --2. middling. -tithiḥ m. f. the second, sixth, and the tenth lunar days of a fort-night in a month. -vāraḥ Wednesday.
          --aṃkuraḥ the scion of a family; S. 7. 19.
          --aṃganā a respectable or high-born (chaste) woman.
          --aṃgāraḥ a man who ruins his family; Pt. 4.
          --acalaḥ, --adriḥ, --parvataḥ, --śailaḥ a principal mountain, one of a class of seven mountains which are supposed to exist in each division of the continent; their names are:
          --maheṃdro malayaḥ sahyaḥ śuktimān ṛkṣaparvataḥ . viṃdhyaśca pāriyātraśca saptaite kulaparvatāḥ ... --anvita a. born in a noble family.
          --abhimānaḥ family pride.
          --ācāraḥ, --karman, n.
          --dharmaḥ a duty or custom peculiar to a family or caste.
          --ācāryaḥ, --guruḥ 1. a family-priest or teacher. --2. a geneologist.
          --ādhārakaḥ a son.
          --ālaṃbin a. maintaining a family.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. the chief of a family. --2. N. of Śiva. (
          --rā) N. of Durgā.
          --utkaṭa a. high-born. (
          --ṭaḥ) a horse of a good breed.
          --utpanna, --udgata, --udbhava a. sprung from a noble family, high-born.
          --udvahaḥ the head or perpetuator of a family; see udvaha. --upadeśaḥ a family name.
          --kajjalaḥ one who is a disgrace to his family.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ one who is a thorn or trouble to his family.
          --kanyakā, --kanyā a girl of high birth; viśuddhamugdhaḥ kulakanyakājanaḥ Māl. 7. 1; gṛhe gṛhe puruṣāḥ kulakanyakāḥ samudvahaṃti Māl. 7.
          --karaḥ --kartṛ m. the founder of a family.
          --kalaṃkaḥ one who is a disgrace to his family.
          --kṣayaḥ 1. ruin of a family. --2. extinction of a family.
          --giriḥ, --bhūbhṛt m.,
          --parvataḥ, --śailaḥ see kulācala above.
          --ghna a. ruining a family; doṣairetaiḥ kulaghnānāṃ Bg. 1. 43.
          --ja, --jāta a. 1. well-born, of high birth. --2. ancestral, hereditary; Ki. 1. 31 (used in both senses).
          --janaḥ a high-born or distinguished person.
          --taṃtuḥ one who continues or perpetuates a family.
          --tithiḥ m. f. an important lunar day, viz: the 4th, 8th, 12th or 14th of a lunar fort-night.
          --tilakaḥ the glory of a family, one who does honour to his family.
          --dīpaḥ, --dīpakaḥ the glory of a family.
          --duhitṛ f. see kulakanyā. --devatā a tutelary deity; the guardian deity of a family; Ku. 7. 27.
          --dhana a. one whose wealth is the preservation of the good name of the family; U. 1. 14. (
          --naṃ) the dearest and most valued treasure of the family; U. 7. 6.
          --dharmaḥ a family custom, a duty or custom peculiar to a family; utsannakuladharmāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ janārdana Bg. 1. 44; Ms. 1. 118; 8. 14.
          --dhārakaḥ a son.
          --dhuryaḥ (a son) able to support a family, a grown up son; na hi sati kuladhurye sūryavaṃśyā gṛhāya R. 7. 71.
          --naṃdana a. gladdening or doing honour to a family.
          --nāyikā a girl worshipped at the celebration of the orgies of the left-hand Śāktas.
          --nārī a high bred and virtuous woman.
          --nāśaḥ 1. ruin or extinction of a family. --2. an apostate, reprobate, outcast. --3. a camel.
          --paraṃparā the series of generations comprising a race.
          --patiḥ 1. the head or chief of a family. --2. a sage who feeds and teaches 10,000 pupils; thus defined:
          --munīnāṃ daśasāhasraṃ yo'nnadānādipoṣaṇāt . adhyāpayati viprarṣirasau kulapatiḥ smṛtaḥ ..; api nāma kulapateriyamasavarṇakṣetrasaṃbhavā syāt S. 1; R. 1. 95; U. 3. 48.
          --pāṃsukā a woman disgracing her family, an unchaste woman.
          --pāliḥ, --pālikā, --pālī f. a chaste, or high-born woman.
          --putraḥ a nobly-born youth; iha sarvasvaphalinaḥ kulaputramahādrumāḥ Mk. 4. 10.
          --puruṣaḥ 1. a respectable or high-born man; kaścuṃbati kulapuruṣo veśyādharapallavaṃ manojñamapi Bh. 1. 92. --2. an ancestor.
          --pūrvagaḥ an ancestor.
          --bhāryā a virtuous wife.
          --bhṛtyā the nursing of a pregnant woman.
          --maryādā family honor or respectability.
          --mārgaḥ a family custom, the best way or the way of honesty.
          --yoṣit, --vadhū f. a woman of good family and character.
          --vāraḥ a principal day; (i. e. Tuesday and Friday).
          --vidyā 1. knowledge handed down in a family, traditional knowledge. --2. one of the three ānvīkṣikī lores.
          --vipraḥ a family-priest.
          --vṛddhaḥ an old and experienced member of a family.
          --vrataḥ, --taṃ a family vow; galitavayasāmikṣvākūṇāmidaṃ hi kulavrataṃ R. 3. 70; viśvasminnadhunā'nyaḥ kulavrataṃ pālayiṣyati kaḥ Bv. 1. 13.
          --śreṣṭhin a. well-born, of a good family. (--m.) 1. the chief of a family or a guild. --2. an artisan of noble birth.
          --saṃkhyā 1. familyrespectability. --2. inclusion among respectable families; Ms. 3. 66.
          --saṃtatiḥ f. posterity, descendants, continuation of a lineage; Ms. 5. 159.
          --saṃbhava a. of a respectable family.
          --sevakaḥ an excellent servant.
          --strī a woman of good family, a noble woman; adharmābhibhavāt kṛṣṇa praduṣyaṃti kulastriyaḥ Bg. 1. 41.
          --sthitiḥ f. 1. antiquity or prosperity of a family. --2. family observance or custom; U. 5. 23.

kulaka a. Of good family, of good birth. --kaḥ
     (1) The chief of a guild.
     (2) Any artisan of eminent birth.
     (3) An ant-hill. --kaṃ
     (1) A collection, multitude.
     (2) A number of verses in grammatical connection; (the number of verses ranging from 5 to 15 and the whole forming one sentence); e. g. see Śi. 1. 4-10, R. 1. 5. 9; so Ku. 1. 1-16.
     (3) A kind of prose composition with few compounds.

kulataḥ ind. By birth.

kulaṃdhara a. One who continues or perpetuates a family.

kulabharaḥ, --laḥ A thief.

kulavat a. Of respectable birth or origin; nobly born.

kulika a. Of a good family, well-born. --kaḥ
     (1) A kinsman; Y. 2. 233.
     (2) The chief or head of a guild.
     (3) An artist of high birth.
     -- Comp.
          --velā certain portions of time on each day on which it is improper to begin any good business.

kulin a. (nī f.) Of good family, high-born. --m. A mountain.

kulīna a. [kule jātaḥ kha] Of high descent, of a good family, well-born; divyayoṣitamivākulīnāṃ K. 11. --naḥ A horse of good breed.
     (2) A worshipper of Śakti according to the left-hand ritual. --naṃ A disease of the nails.

kulya a. [kula-yat]
     (1) Relating to a family, race, or corporation.
     (2) Wellborn. --lyaḥ A respectable man. --lyaṃ
     (1) Friendly inquiry after family affairs, (condolence, congratulation &c.)
     (2) A bone; Mv. 2. 16.
     (3) Flesh.
     (4) A winnowing basket. --lyā
     (1) A virtuous woman.
     (2) A small river, canal, stream; kulyāṃbhobhiḥ pavanacapalaiḥ śākhino dhautamūlāḥ S. 1. 15; kulyevodyānapādapān R. 12. 3, 7. 49; U. 3. 23.
     (3) A dike, trench.
     (4) A measure of grain equal to 8 droṇas.

kulakkaḥ A cymbal.
     (2) Beating time in music.

kulaṭaḥ Any son except one's own, an adopted son. --ṭā [kulātkulāṃtaraṃ aṭati śakaṃ-] An unchaste woman; Mu. 6. 5, Y. 1. 215.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ a cuckold.

kulatthaḥ A kind of pulse. --tthikā A blue stone used as a collyrium.

kulahaṃḍakaḥ An eddy.

kulākṣutā A bitch.

kulāmiḥ A treasure.

kulāyaḥ, --yam
     (1) The nest of a bird; kūjatklāṃtakapotakukkuṭakulāḥ kūle kulāyadrumāḥ U. 2. 9; N. 1. 141.
     (2) The body.
     (3) A place or spot in general.
     (4) A woven texture, a web.
     (5) A case or receptacle.
     -- Comp.
          --nilāyaḥ the act of sitting in a nest, hatching, brooding.
          --sthaḥ a bird.

kulāyikā A bird-cage, an aviary, dove-cot.

kulālaḥ [Uṇ. 1. 117.]
     (1) A potter; brahmā yena kulālavanniyamito brahmāṃḍabhāṃḍodare Bh. 2. 95.
     (2) A wild cock.
     (3) An owl. --lī The wife of a potter.
     (2) A blue stone used as a collyrium.

kulālikā An aviary.

kulāhaḥ A horse of a light brown colour.

kulāhakaḥ A lizard.

kuliḥ A hand.

kuliṃgaḥ
     (1) A bird(in general).
     (2) A kind of mouse.
     (3) A sparrow.

kuliṃdaḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its rulers.

kuliraḥ, --ram
     (1) A crab.
     (2) The 4th sign of the zodiac, Cancer; see kulīra.

kuliśaḥ, --śam
     (1) The thunderbolt of Indra: vṛtrasya haṃtuḥ kuliśaṃ kuṃṭhitāśrīva lakṣyate Ku. 2. 20; Pt. 1; avedanājñaṃ kuliśakṣatānāṃ Ku. 1. 20; R. 3. 68; 4. 88; Amaru. 96.
     (2) Ved. An axe, a hatchet.
     (3) The point or end of a thing; Me. 61.
     -- Comp.
          --dharaḥ, --pāṇiḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --nāyakaḥ a particular mode of sexual enjoyment.
          --śāsanaḥ An epithet of Sākyamuni.

kulī A wife's elder sister.

kulīnasam Water.

kulīraḥ, --rakaḥ
     (1) A crab.
     (2) The fourth sign of the zodiac, Cancer.

kulīnaka a. Of a good family. --kaḥ A kind of wild kidney-bean.

kulīśaḥ --śam Indra's thunderbolt.

kulukam The fur or foulness of the tongue.

kulukkaguṃjā A fire-brand.

kulūtaḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its rulers.

kulphaḥ, --lpham A disease.

kulmalam
     (1) Sin.
     (2) The part of an arrow by which the head is attached to the shaft.

kulmāṣam Gruel. --ṣaḥ A kind of grain.
     -- Comp.
          --abhiṣutaṃ gruel.

kulva a. Ved. Bald, bare.

kulvakam Fur upon the tongue.

kuvam
     (1) A flower.
     (2) A lotus.

kuvamaḥ The sun.

kuvara See tuvara.

kuvalam
     (1) The water-lily.
     (2) A pearl.
     (3) Water.
     (4) The belly of a serpent.

kuvalayam
     (1) The blue water-lily kuvalayadalasnigdhairaṃgairdadau nayanotsavaṃ U. 3. 22.
     (2) A water-lily in general.
     (3) The earth (--m. also).
     -- Comp.
          --ānaṃda N. of a work on rhetoric by apyayādīkṣita. --īśaḥ a king.

kuvalayin a. Having blue lotuses, U. 1. 31.

kuvalayita a. Furnished with blue lotuses; Mal. 2. 11, R. 11. 93.

kuvalayinī
     (1) The blue water-lily; plant.
     (2) An assemblage of lotuses.
     (3) A place abounding in lotuses

kuvāṭaḥ The fold of a door.

kuvāda a.
     (1) Detracting, undervaluing, censorious.
     (2) Low, vile.

kuvāhulaḥ A camel.

kuviṃ(piṃ)daḥ
     (1) A weaver; kuviṃdastvaṃ tāvatpaṭayasi guṇagrāmamabhitaḥ K. P. 7.
     (2) N. of the weaver caste.

kuveṇī
     (1) A basket to hold fish (when caught), fish-basket.
     (2) A badly arranged tress of hair.

kuvelam A lotus.

kuśaḥ a.
     (1) Wicked, vile, depraved.
     (2) Mad. --śaḥ
     (1) A kind of grass considered holy and forming an essential requisite of several religious ceremonies; pavitrārthe ime kuśāḥ Śrāddha Mantra; kuśapūtaṃ pravayāstu viṣṭaraṃ R. 8. 18, 1. 49, 95.
     (2) N. of the elder son of Rāma. [He was one of the twin sons of Rāma, born after Sītā had been ruthlessly abandoned in the forest; yet he was the elder of the two in point of first seeing the light of this world. He, with Lava, was brought up by the sage Vālmīki, and the two boys were taught to repeat the Rāmāyaṇa, the epic of the poet. Kuśa was made by Rāma king of Kuśavati, and he lived there for some time after his father's death. But the presiding deity of the old capital Ayodhyā presented herself to him in his dream and besought him not to slight her. Kuśa then returned to Ayodhya; see R. 16. 3-42].
     (3) A rope of Kuśa grass for connecting the yoke of a plough with the pole.
     (4) One of the great Dvīpas. --śā
     (1) A plank for covering anything.
     (2) A piece of wood.
     (3) A horse's bridle. --śī A sort of ladle.
     (2) Wrought iron.
     (3) Ploughshare.
     (4) A pod of cotton. --śaṃ Water; as in kuśeśaya q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a monkey.
          --agraṃ the sharp point of a blade of the Kuśa grass; hence often used in comp. in the sense of 'sharp', 'shrewd,' 'penetrating' as intellect. -buddhi a. having a penetrating intellect, sharp, shrewd; (api) kuśāgrabuddhe kuśalī guruste R. 5. 4.
          --agrīya a. penetrating, sharp.
          --aṃgulī-rīyaṃ a ring of Kuśa grass worn at religious ceremonies.
          --araṇiḥ N. of Durvāsas.
          --ākaraḥ the sacrificial fire.
          --āsanaṃ a seat or mat of Kuśa grass.
          --udakaṃ water in which Kuśa grass has been infused.
          --cīraṃ a garment of Kuśa grass.
          --dhvajaḥ the younger brother of Janaka.
          --sthalaṃ N. of a place in the North of India; Ve. 1. (
          --lī) N. of the town Dvārakā.

kuśayaḥ --kuśapaḥ A drinking vessel, cup, goblet.

kuśin a. Mixed or combined with water.

kuśin a. Furnished with Kuśa grass. --m. An epithet of Vālmīki.

kuśeśayam A water-lily, a lotus in general; bhūyātkuśeśayarajomṛdureṇurasyāḥ (paṃthāḥ) S. 4. 10; R. 6. 18. --yaḥ The (Indian) crane or Sārasa bird.

kuśala a.
     (1) Right, proper, good, auspicious; Śi. 16. 41; Bg. 18. 10.
     (2) Happy, prosperous.
     (3) Able, skilful, clever, proficient, well-versed; with loc. or in comp.; daṃḍanītyāṃ ca kuśalaṃ Y. 1. 313, 2. 181; Ms. 7. 190; R. 3. 12. --laṃ
     (1) Welfare, a happy or prosperous condition, happiness; papraccha kuśalaṃ rājye rājyāśramamuniṃ muniḥ R. 1. 58; avyāpannaḥ kuśalamabale pṛcchati tvāṃ Me. 101; api kuśalaṃ bhavataḥ 'are you doing well' (how do you do?).
     (2) Virtue.
     (3) Cleverness, ability. --laḥ An epithet of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --kāma a. desirous of happiness.
          --praśnaḥ friendly inquiry after a person's health or welfare.
          --buddhi a. wise, intelligent, shrewd, sharp.

kuśalin a. (nī f.) Happy, doing well, prosperous; atha bhagavālloṃkānugrahāya kuśalī kāśyapaḥ S. 5; R. 5. 4, Me. 112.

kuśā
     (1) A rope.
     (2) A bridle.

kuśāvatī N. of a city, the capital of Kuśa, Rāma's son; see kuśa.

kuśika a. Squint eyed. --kaḥ
     (1) N. of the grand-father of Viśvāmitra (according to some accounts, of the father of viśvamitra).
     (2) A plough-share.
     (3) Sediment of oil.

kuśīdam Usury; see kusīda.

kuśīlavaḥ
     (1) A bard, singer; Ms. 8. 65, 102.
     (2) An actor, a dancer; tatsarve kuśīlavāḥ saṃgītagrayogeṇa matsamīhitasaṃpādanāya pravartaṃtāṃ Mal. 1; tatkimiti nāraṃbhayasi kuśīlavaiḥ saha saṃgītakaṃ Ve. 1.
     (3) A newsmonger.
     (4) An epithet of Vālmīki. --vau (du.) The two sons of Rāma.

kuśuṃbhaḥ The water-pot of an ascetic; or a jar in general.

kuśūlaḥ
     (1) A granary, cupboard, store-room; ko dhanyo bahubhiḥ putraiḥ kuśūlāpūraṇāḍhakaiḥ H. Pr. 20.
     (2) A fire made of chaff.
     -- Comp.
          --dhānyakaḥ a householder who has three years' grain in stock.

kuṣ 9 P. (kuṣṇāti, kuṣita)
     (1) To tear, extract, pull or draw out; śivāḥ kuṣṇaṃti māṃsāni Bk. 18. 12; 17. 80, 7. 95.
     (2) To test, examine.
     (3) To shine.

kuṣala a. Clever, expert.

kuṣāku a.
     (1) Burning, scorching.
     (2) Vile, wicked, detestable. --kuḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) An ape, monkey.

kuṣita a. Mixed with water.

kuṣīda a. Indifferent, inert. --daṃ Usury.

kuṣubhyati Den. P.
     (1) To throw.
     (2) To abuse.
     (3) To despise.

kuṣṭhaḥ, --ṣṭham [Uṇ. 2. 2]
     (1) Leprosy (of which there are 18 varieties); galatkuṣṭhābhibhūtāya ca Bh. 1. 90.
     (2) A sort of poison. --ṣṭhā The mouth or opening of a basket.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ 1. sulphur. --2. N. of several plants.

kuṣṭhin a. (nī f.), kuṣṭhita a. Affected with leprosy, a leper.

kuṣmalam
     (1) Cutting.
     (2) A leaf.

kuṣmāṃḍaḥ
     (1) A kind of pumpkin gourd.
     (2) A false conception.
     (3) A particular religious formula. --ḍī
     (1) A religious ceremony.
     (2) An epithet of the wife of Śiva.

kuṣmāṃḍakaḥ A kind of pumpkin gourd.

kus 4 P. (kusyati, kusita)
     (1) To embrace.
     (2) To surround.

kusitaḥ
     (1) An inhabited country.
     (2) One who lives on usury; see kusīda below.

kusī(si)da a. Lazy, slothful. --daḥ (also written as kuśī-ṣī-da) A money-lender, usurer. --daṃ
     (1) Any loan or thing lent to be repaid with interest.
     (2) Lending money, usury, the profession of usury; kusīdād dāridryaṃ parakaragatagraṃthiśamanāt Pt. 1. 11; Ms. 1. 90; 8. 410; Y. 1. 119.
     -- Comp.
          --pathaḥ usury, usurious interest; any interest exceeding 5 per cent.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. interest on money; kusīdavṛddhirdvaiguṇyaṃ nātyeti sakṛdāhṛtā Ms. 8. 151.

kusīdā A female usurer.

kusīdāyī The wife of a usurer.

kusīdikaḥ, kusīdin m. A usurer.

kusumam
     (1) A flower; udeti pūrvaṃ kusumaṃ tataḥ phalaṃ S. 7. 30.
     (2) Menstrual discharge.
     (3) A fruit.
     (4) A disease of the eyes. --maḥ A form of fire.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ the calx of brass used as a collyrium.
          --aṃjaliḥ a handful of a flowers.
          --adhipaḥ, --adhirāj m. the Champaka tree (bearing yellow fragrant flowers).
          --avacāyaḥ gathering flowers; anyatra yūyaṃ kusumāvacāyaṃ kurudhvamatrāsmi karomi sakhyaḥ K. P. 3.
          --avataṃsakaṃ a chaplet.
          --astraḥ, --āyudhaḥ, --iṣuḥ, --bāṇaḥ, --śaraḥ 1. a flowery arrow. --2. N. of the god of love; abhinavaḥ kusumeṣuvyāpāraḥ Māl.
     (1) (where the word may also be read as kusumeṣu vyāpāraḥ); tasmai namo bhagavate kusumāyudhāya Bh. 1. 1; Rs. 6. 34, Ch. P. 19, 24; R. 7. 61; Śi. 8. 70, so kusumaśarabāṇabhāvena Gīt. 10. --ākaraḥ 1. a garden. --2. a nosegay. --3. vernal season; ṛtūnāṃ kusumākaraḥ Bg. 10. 35; so Bv. 1. 48. --ātmakaṃ saffron. --āpīḍaḥ 1. a garland or chaplet of flowers. --2. the god of love; kusumāpīḍavyājena Māl. 1 (where it has both senses). --āsavaṃ 1 honey. --2. a kind of spirituous liquor (prepared from flowers). --ujjvala a. brilliant with blossoms. --kārmukaḥ, --cāpaḥ, dhanvan m. epithets of the god of love; kusumacāpamatejayadaṃśubhiḥ R. 9. 39; Rs. 6. 27. --cita a. heaped with flowers. --puraṃ N. of the town of Pātaliputra; kusumapurābhiyogaṃ pratyanudāsīno rākṣasaḥ Mu. 2. --pravṛttiḥ, --prasūtiḥ f. appearance of flowers; S. 4. 8. --latā a creeper in blossom. --śayanaṃ a bed of flowers; V. 3. 10. --stabakaḥ a nosegay, bouquet; kusumastabakasyeva dve gatī sto manasvināṃ Bh. 2. 33.

kusumavat a. Furnished with flowers, flowering.

kusumavatī
     (1) A woman in her courses.
     (2) N. of the town Pātaliputra.

kusumita a. Flowered, furnished with flowers.

kusumālaḥ A thief.

kusuṃbhaḥ, --bham [Uṇ. 4. 106]
     (1) Safflower; kusuṃbhāruṇaṃ cāru celaṃ vasānā Jag.; Rs. 6. 4.
     (2) Saffron.
     (3) The waterpot of an ascetic. --bhaṃ Gold. --bhaḥ Mere outward affection (compared with the colour of safflower).

kusū m. An earth-worm.

kusūlaḥ
     (1) A granary, store-house (for corn &c.).
     (2) Ved. A kind of supernatural being.

kusṛtiḥ f. Fraud, cheating, deceit.

kustubhaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) The ocean.

kusmayate Den. A.
     (1) To smile improperly.
     (2) To guess, perceive, imagine.

kuh 10 A. (kuhayate, kuhita)
     (1) To surprise, astonish.
     (2) To cheat, deceive.

kuhaḥ
     (1) Kubera, the god of riches.
     (2) A rogue, cheat.

kuhakaḥ [Uṇ. 2. 37]
     (1) A cheat, rogue, juggler. --kaṃ, --kā Jugglery, deception.
     -- Comp.
          --kāra a. conjuring, cheating.
          --cakita a. afraid of a trick, suspicious, cautious, wary; H. 4. 102.
          --svanaḥ, --svaraḥ a cock.

kuhana a.
     (1) Envious.
     (2) Hypocritical. --naḥ
     (1) A mouse.
     (2) A snake. --nā
     (1) Hypocrisy.
     (2) Assumed and false sanctity.
     (3) The interested performance of religious austerities, hypocrisy. --naṃ
     (1) A small earthen vessel.
     (2) A glass vessel.

kuhanikā Interested performance of religious austerities, hypocrisy (daṃbha).

kuharam
     (1) A cavity, hollow; as in nābhikahara āsya- &c.
     (2) The ear.
     (3) The throat.
     (4) Proximity.
     (5) Copulation.
     (6) A hole, rent.
     (7) A guttural sound.

kuharitam
     (1) Sound in general.
     (2) The cry of the (Indian) cuckoo.
     (3) A sound uttered in copulation.

kuhaliḥ The leaf of the Piper Betel.

kuhuḥ, kuhūḥ f.
     (1) New moon day, i. e. the last day of a lunar month when the moon is invisible; karagataiva gatā yadiyaṃ kuhūḥ N. 4. 57.
     (2) The deity that presides over this day; Ms. 3. 86.
     (3) The cry of the (Indian) cuckoo; pikena roṣāruṇacakṣuṣā muhuḥ kuhūrutāhūyata caṃdravairiṇī N. 1. 100; unmīlaṃti kūhūḥ kuhūriti kalottālāḥ pikānāṃ giraḥ Gīt. 1.
     (4) The first day of the first quarter on which the moon rises.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ, --mukhaḥ, --ravaḥ, --śabdaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --pālaḥ the king of turtles.

kūhūlam A pit filled with stakes.

kuheḍikā, kuheḍī, kuhelikā, A fog, mist.

kū 1. 6 A. (kavate, kuvate); also ku 9 U. (ku-kū-nāti, ku-kū-nīte)
     (1) To sound, make noise, cry out in distress; khagāścukuvire'śubhaṃ Bk. 14. 20; 1. 20; 14. 5; 15. 26; 16. 29.

kūḥ f. A female imp.

kūkudaḥ One who gives his daughter in marriage with due ceremony.

kūcaḥ The female breast, especially that of a young or unmarried woman; see kuca.

kūcikā, kucī
     (1) A small brush of hair, a pencil.
     (2) A key.

kūj 1. P. (kūjati, kūjita) To make any inarticulate sound, hum, coo, warble; kūjaṃtaṃ rāma rāmeti madhuraṃ madhurākṣaraṃ Ram.; puṃskokilo yanmadhuraṃ cukūja Ku. 3. 32; Rs. 6. 22; R. 2. 12; N. 1. 127.
     (2) To moan, groan.
     (3) To fill with sounds. --WITH ni, pari, or vi to coo, to make an indistinct noise.

kūjaḥ, kūjanaṃ, kūjitam
     (1) Cooing, warbling.
     (2) The rattling of wheels.

kūṭ I. 10 A. (kūṭayate, kūṭita)
     (1) To abstain from giving, not to give.
     (2) To censure. --II. 10 U.
     (1) To burn.
     (2) To call, invite.
     (3) To render confused, to muddle.
     (4) To be distressed.
     (5) To despair.
     (6) To counsel, advise.

kūṭa a.
     (1) False; as in kūṭāḥ syuḥ pūrvasākṣiṇaḥ Y. 2. 80.
     (2) Immoveable, steady.
     (3) Despised. --ṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ
     (1) Fraud, illusion, deception.
     (2) A trick, fraudulent or roguish scheme.
     (3) A puzzling question, knotty or intricate point, as in kūṭaśloka, kūṭānyokti.
     (4) Falsehood, untruth; oft. used in comp. with the force of an adjective; -vacanaṃ false or deceitful words; -tulā, -mānaṃ &c.
     (5) A summit or peak of a mountain; vardhayanniva tatkūṭānuddhatairdhātureṇubhiḥ R. 4. 71, Me. 113; Māl. 5. 32.
     (6) Any projection or prominence.
     (7) The bone of the forehead with its projections, the crown of the head.
     (8) A horn.
     (9) End, corner; Y. 3. 96. (10) Head, chief.
     (11) A heap, mass, multitude; abhrakūṭaṃ 'a heap of clouds'; so annakūṭaṃ 'a heap of food'; Mv. 6. 32.
     (12) A hammer, an iron mallet.
     (13) A plough-share, the body of a plough.
     (14) A trap for catching deer.
     (15) A concealed weapon, as a dagger in a woollen case or a sword in a stick.
     (16) A water-jar.
     (17) The door of a city. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A house, dwelling.
     (2) An ox whose horns are broken.
     (3) An epithet of Agastya.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a false or loaded die; kūṭākṣopadhidovinaḥ Y. 2. 202.
          --agāraṃ an apartment on the top of a house.
          --arthaḥ ambiguity of meaning. -bhāṣitā a tale, fiction.
          --upāyaḥ a fraudulent plan, trick, stratagem.
          --kāraḥ, --kārakaḥ a rogue, a false witness.
          --kṛt a. 1. cheating, deceiving. --2. forging a document; Y. 2. 70. --3. bribing. (--m.) 1. a man of the writer caste (kāyastha). --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --kārṣāpaṇaḥ a false kāṣārpaṇa q. v.
          --khaḍgaḥ a swordstick.
          --chadman m. a cheat; Pt. 1. 343.
          --tulā a false pair of scales.
          --dharma a. where falsehood is considered a duty (as a place, house, country, &c.).
          --pākalaḥ, --parvaḥ, --pūrvaḥ bilious fever to which elephants are subject (hastivātajvara); acireṇa vaikṛtavivartadāruṇaḥ kalabhaṃ kaṭhora iva kūṭapākalaḥ (abhihaṃti Mal. 1. 39; (also sometimes written as kūṭapālaka). --pālakaḥ a potter; a potter's kiln.
          --pāśaḥ, --baṃdhaḥ a trap, snare; R. 13. 39.
          --mānaṃ false measure or weight.
          --mohanaḥ an epithet of Skanda.
          --yaṃtraṃ a trap, a snare for deer, birds &c.
          --yuddhaṃ treacherous or unfair warfare; R. 17. 69.
          --racanā a trap laid; Pt. 2. 81.
          --śālmaliḥ f., m. 1. a species of the Śālmali tree. --2. a kind of tree with sharp thorns (regarded as one of the several instrumentsperhaps a club-with which the wicked are tortured in the world of Yama); see R. 12. 95. and Malli. thereon.
          --śāsanaṃ a forged grant or decree.
          --sākṣin m. a false witness.
          --stha a. standing at the top, occupying the highest place (said of a person who stands at the head in a geneological table). (
          --sthaḥ) the Supreme Soul (immoveable, unchangeable, and perpetually the same); Bg. 6. 8; 12. 3.
          --svarṇaṃ counterfeit gold.

kūṭaka a. Fraudulent, false. --kaṃ
     (1) Fraud, deceit, trick.
     (2) Elevation, prominence.
     (3) The body of a plough, a plough-share. --kaḥ
     (1) A braid or tress of hair.
     (2) A perfume.
     -- Comp.
          --ākhyānaṃ an invented tale.

kūṭaśaḥ ind. In heaps or multitudes.

kūḍ 6 P. (kūḍati, kūḍita)
     (1) To graze.
     (2) To become firm or solid.
     (3) To become fat.

kūḍyam = kuḍya q. v.

kūṇ 10 U. (kūṇayati-te, kūṇita)
     (1) To speak, converse.
     (2) To contract, close (said to be Atm. in this sense).

kūṇi a. Having a crooked arm.

kūṇita a.
     (1) Shut, closed.
     (2) Contracted; Māl. 4. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --īkṣaṇaḥ a hawk.

kūṇikā
     (1) The horn of any animal.
     (2) The peg of a lute.

kūdaraḥ The offspring of a Brahmaṇa woman by a Ṛṣi, begotten during menstruation.

kūdī A fetter for the foot.

kūddālaḥ Mountain ebony.

kūp 10 U. (kūpayati-te, kūpita)
     (1) To be weak.
     (2) To weaken.

kūpaḥ [kuvaṃti maṃḍūkā asmin, ku-pak dīrghaśca Uṇ. 3. 27]
     (1) A well; kūpe paśya payonidhāvapi ghaṭo gṛhṇāti tulyaṃ jalaṃ Bh. 2. 49; so nitarāṃ nīcosmīti tvaṃ khedaṃ kūpa mā kadāpi kṛthāḥ . atyaṃtasarasahṛdayo yataḥ pareṣāṃ guṇagrahītāsi Bv. 1. 9; proddīpte bhavane tu kūpakhananaṃ pratyadyamaḥ kīdṛśaḥ Bh. 3. 88.
     (2) A hole, cave, hollow, cavity; as in jaghanakūpa; Śi. 7. 74.
     (3) A leather oil-vessel.
     (4) A post to which a ship is moored.
     (5) A tree or rock in the midst of a river.
     (6) A mast; kṣoṇīnaukūpadaṃḍaḥ Dk. 1. --pī
     (1) A small well.
     (2) A flask, bottle.
     (3) The navel.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ, --aṃgaḥ horripilation.
          --kacchapaḥ, --maṃḍūkaḥ, --kī (lit.) a tortoise or frog in a well; (fig.) an inexperienced person, one who has had no experience of the world at large, a man of limited ideas who knows only his own neighbourhood; oft. used as a term of reproach.
          --yaṃtraṃ a water-wheel, a contrivance for raising water from a well. -yaṃtraghaṭī-ghaṭikā a bucket or pot attached to the water-wheel to draw up water. -yaṃtraghaṭikānyāya see under nyāya.

kūpakaḥ
     (1) A well(temporary).
     (2) A hole, cave, cavity.
     (3) The hollow below the loins.
     (4) A stake to which a boat is moored.
     (5) The mast of a ship.
     (6) A funeral pile.
     (7) A hole under a funeral pile.
     (8) A leather oil-vessel.
     (9) A rock or tree in the midst of a river. (10) A boat. --pikā A stone or rock in the midst of a stream.

kūpya a. Being in a well or hole.

kūpā(vā)raḥ  The ocean.

kūpuṣam The bladder.

kūba(va)ra  a. (rī f.)
     (1) Beautiful, agreeable.
     (2) Hump-backed. --raḥ, --raṃ The pole of a carriage to which the yoke is fixed. --raḥ A hump-backed man. --rī
     (1) A carriage covered with a cloth or blanket.
     (2) The pole of a carriage to which the yoke is fixed; Ve. 4.

kūba(va)rin  m. A carriage.

kūmam A pond, pool.

kūraḥ, --ram Food, boiled rice; itaśca kūracyutatailamiśraṃ piṃḍaṃ hastī pratigrāhyate mātrapuruṣaiḥ Mk. 4.

kūrcaḥ, --rcam
     (1) A bunch of any thing, a bundle.
     (2) A handful of Kuśa grass.
     (3) A peacock's feather
     (4) The beard; āgatamanadhyāyakāraṇaṃ siveśaṣabhūtamadya jīrṇakūrcānāṃ U. 4; or pūrayitavyamanena citraphalakaṃ laṃbakūrcānāṃ tāpasānāṃ kadaṃbaiḥ S. 6.
     (5) The tip of the thumb and the middle finger brought in contact so as to pinch &c.
     (6) The upper part of the rose, the part (or hair) between the eye-brows.
     (7) A brush.
     (8) Deceit, fraud.
     (9) Boasting, bragging. (10) Hypocrisy. --rcaḥ
     (1) The head.
     (2) A store-room.
     -- Comp.
          --śiras n. the upper part of the palm of the hand and foot.
          --śīrṣaḥ, --śekharaḥ the cocoa-nut tree.

kūrcakaḥ
     (1) A bushel.
     (2) A brush for cleaning the teeth.
     (3) A painter's brush.

kūrcikā
     (1) A painting brush or pencil.
     (2) A key.
     (3) A bud, blossom.
     (4) Inspissated milk.
     (5) A needle.

kūrcin a. Stuffed, puffy.

kūrd 1 U. (kūrdati-te, kūrdita)
     (1) To leap, jump.
     (2) To frolic; vavraścurājughūrṇuśca syemuścukūrdire tathā Bk. 14. 77, 9; 15. 45.

kūrdanam
     (1) Leaping.
     (2) Playing sporting. --nī
     (1) A festival in honour of Kāmadeva, held on the fifteenth day of Chaitra.
     (2) The full moon day in Chaitra.

kūrpaḥ The part between the eyebrows.

kūrparaḥ
     (1) The elbow; Śi. 20. 19.
     (2) The knee.

kūrpāsa = kurpāsa q. v.

kūrmaḥ [kau jale ūrmirvego'sya pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) A tortoise; gūhetkūrma ivāṃgāni rakṣedvivaramātmanaḥ Ms. 7. 105; Bg. 2. 58.
     (2) Viṣṇu in his second or Kūrma incarnation.
     (3) One of the outer winds of the body.
     (4) A particular gesticulation with the fingers. --rmī A female tortoise.
     -- Comp.
          --avatāraḥ the Kūrma incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Gīt. 1:
          --kṣitirativipulatare tava tiṣṭhati pṛṣṭhe dharaṇidharaṇakiṇacakragariṣṭhe . keśava dhṛtakacchaparūpa jaya jagadīśa hare ... --pṛṣṭhaṃ --pṛṣṭhakaṃ 1. the back or shell of a tortoise. --2. a lid or cover of a dish.
          --rājaḥ Viṣṇu in the shape of a tortoise in his second incarnation.

kūl 1 P. (kūlati, kūlita)
     (1) To cover, hide, screen, protect. --2 To enclose.
     (3) To keep off, obstruct, prevent.

kūlam
     (1) A shore, bank; rādhāmādhavayorjayaṃti yamunākūle rahaḥkelayaḥ Gīt. 1; nadīvobhavakūlabhāk R. 12. 35, 68.
     (2) A slope, declivity.
     (3) Skirt, edge, border, proximity; kulāyakūleṣu viluvya teṣu te N. 1. 141.
     (4) A pond.
     (5) The rear of an army.
     (6) A heap, mound.
     -- Comp.
          --cara a. frequenting or grazing on the banks of a river.
          --bhūḥ f the land on a bank.
          --haṃḍakaḥ --haṃḍakaḥ an eddy.

kūlakaḥ, --kam
     (1) Bank, shore.
     (2) A heap, mound. --kaḥ An ant-hill.

kūlavatī A river.

kūlin a. Furnished with banks or shores.

kūlaṃkaṣa a. Tearing away or undermining the bank; kūlaṃkaṣeva siṃdhuḥ prasannamaṃbhastaṭataruṃ ca S. 5. 21; Mal. 5. 19. --ṣaḥ
     (1) The current or stream of a river.
     (2) The ocean, sea. --ṣā A river.

kūlaṃdhaya a. Kissing, i. e. bordering on the bank of a river.

kūlamudruja a. Breaking down banks, (as rivers, elephants &c.); R. 4. 22.

kūlamudvaha a. Tearing up or carrying away the bank.

kūvara = kūvara q. v.

kūvāraḥ The ocean.

kūṣmāṃḍaḥ
     (1) A kind of pumpkin gourd.
     (2) A kind of spell or magical formula.
     (3) A kind of spirit, or imp. --ḍī N. of Durgā.

kūhā A fog, mist.

kṛ I. 5 U. (kṛṇoti-kṛṇute) To hurt, injure, kill. --II. 8 U. (karoti-kurute, cakāra-cakre, akārṣīt-akṛta, kartuṃ, kariṣyati-te, kṛta)
     (1) To do (in general); tāta kiṃkaravāṇyahaṃ.
     (2) To make; gaṇikāmavarodhamakarot Dk; nṛpeṇa cakre yuvarājaśabdabhāk R. 3. 35; yuvarājaḥ kṛtaḥ &c.
     (3) To manufacture, shape, prepare; kuṃbhakāro ghaṭaṃ karoti; kaṭaṃ karoti &c.
     (4) To build, create; gṛhaṃ kuru; sabhāṃ kuru madarthe bhoḥ
     (5) To produce, cause, engender; ratimubhayaprārthanā kurute S. 2. 1.
     (6) To form, arrange; aṃjaliṃ karoti; kapotahastakaṃ kṛtvā.
     (7) To write, compose; cakāra sumanoharaṃ śāstraṃ Pt. 1.
     (8) To perform, be engaged in; pūjāṃ karoti.
     (9) To tell, narrate; iti bahuvidhāḥ kathāḥ kurvan &c. (10) To carry out, execute, obey; evaṃ kriyate yuṣmadādeśaḥ Mal. 1; or kariṣyāmi vacastava or śāsanaṃ me kuruṣva &c.
     (11) To bring about, accomplish, effect; satsaṃgatiḥ kathaya kiṃ na karoti pusāṃ Bh. 2. 23. --12. To throw or let out, discharge, emit; mūtraṃ kṛ to discharge urine, make water; so purīṣaṃ kṛ to void excrement.
     (13) To assume, put on, take; strīrūpaṃ kṛtvā; nānārūpāṇi kurvāṇaḥ Y. 3. 162.
     (14) To send forth, utter; mānuṣīṃ giraṃ kṛtvā, kalaravaṃ kṛtvā &c.
     (15) To place or put on (with loc.); kaṃṭhe hāramakaret K. 212; pāṇimurasi kṛtvā &c.
     (16) To entrust (with some duty), appoint; adhyakṣān vividhānkuryāttatra tatra vipaścitaḥ Ms. 7. 81.
     (17) To cook (as food) as in kṛtānnaṃ.
     (18) To think, regard, consider; dṛṣṭistṛṇīkṛtajagattrayasattvasārā U. 6. 19.
     (19) To take (as in the hand); kuru kare gurumekamayoghanaṃ N. 4. 59. (20) To make a sound, as in khātkṛtya, phūtkṛtya bhuṃkte; so vaṣaṭakṛ, svāhākṛ &c.
     (21) To pass, spend (time); varṣāṇi daśa cakruḥ spent; kṣaṇaṃ kuru wait a moment.
     (22) To direct towards, turn the attention to, resolve on; (with loc. or dat.); nādharme kurute manaḥ Ms. 12. 118; nagaragamanāya matiṃ na karoti S. 2.
     (23) To do a thing for another (either for his advantage or injury; prāptāgninirvāpaṇagarvamaṃbu ratnāṃkurajyotiṣi kiṃ karoti Vikr. 1. 18; yadanena kṛtaṃ mayi, asau kiṃ me kariṣyati &c.
     (24) To use, employ, make use of; kiṃ tayā kriyate dhenvā Pt. 1.
     (25) To divide, break into parts (with adverbs ending in dhā); dvidhā kṛ to divide into two parts; śatadhā kṛ, sahasradhā kṛ &c.
     (26) To cause to become subject to, reduce completely to (a particular condition, with adverbs ending in sāt); ātmasāt kṛ to subject or appropriate to oneself; R. 8. 2; bhasmasāt kṛ to reduce to ashes.
     (27) To appropriate, secure for oneself.
     (28) To help, give aid.
     (29) To make liable. (30) To violate or outrage (as a girl).
     (31) To begin.
     (32) To order.
     (33) To free from.
     (34) To proceed with, put in practice.
     (35) To worship, sacrifice.
     (36) To make like, consider equal to, cf. tṛṇīkṛ (said to be Atm. only in the last 10 senses). This root is often used with nouns, adjectives, and indeclinables to form verbs from them, somewhat like the English affixes 'en' or '(i) fy', in the sense of 'making a person or thing to be what it previously is not'; e. g. kṛṣṇīkṛ to make that which is not already black, black, i. e. blacken; so śvetīkṛ to whiten; ghanīkṛ to solidify; viralīkṛ to rarefy &c. &c. Sometimes these formations take place in other senses also; e. g. kroḍīkṛ 'to clasp to the bosom', embrace bhasmīkṛ to reduce to ashes; pravaṇīkṛ to incline, bend; tṛṇīkṛ to value as little as straw; maṃdīkṛ to slacken, make slow; so śūlākṛ to roast on the end of pointed lances; sukhākṛ to please; samayākṛ to spend time &c. N. B. This root by itself admits of either Pada; but it is Atm. generally with prepositions in the following senses:
     (1) doing injury to;
     (2) censure, blame;
     (3) serving;
     (4) outraging, acting violently or rashly;
     (5) preparing, changing the condition of, turning into;
     (6) reciting.
     (7) employing, using; see P. 1. 3. 32 and "Student's Guide to Sanskrit Composition" Par. 338. Note. The root kṛ is of the most frequent application in Sanskrit literature, and its senses are variously modified, or almost infinitely extended, according to the noun with which the root is connected; e. g. padaṃ kṛ to set foot (fig. also); āśrame padaṃ kariṣyasi S. 4. 19; krameṇa kṛtaṃ mama vapuṣi navayauvanena padaṃ K. 141; manasā kṛ to think of, meditate; manasi kṛ to think; dṛṣṭvā manasyevamakarot K. 136; or to resolve or determine; sakhyaṃ, maitrīṃ kṛ to form friendship with; astrāṇi kṛ to practise the use of weapons; daṃḍaṃ kṛ to inflict punishment; hṛdaye kṛ to pay heed to; kālaṃ kṛ to die; matiṃ duddhiṃ-kṛ to think of, intend, mean; udakaṃ kṛ to offer libations of water to the Manes; ciraṃ kṛ to delay; darduraṃ kṛ to play on the lute; nakhāni kṛ to clean the nails; kanyāṃ kṛ to outrage or violate a maiden; vinā kṛ to separate from, to be abandoned by, as in madanena vinākṛtā ratiḥ Ku. 4. 21; madhye kṛ to place in the middle, to have reference to; madhyekṛtya sthitaṃ krathakaiśikān M. 5. 2; vaśe kṛ to win over, place in subjection, subdue; camatkṛ to cause surprise; make an exhibition or a show; satkṛ to honour, treat with respect; tiryakkṛ to place aside. --Caus. (kārayati-te) To cause to do, perform, make, execute &c.; ājñāṃ kāraya rakṣebhiḥ Bk. 8. 84; bhṛtyaṃ bhṛtyena vā kaṭaṃ kārayati Sk. --Desid. (cikīrṣīti -te) To wish to do &c.; Śi. 14. 41.

kṛt a. [kṛ-kvip] (Generally at the end of comp.) Accomplisher, doer, maker, performer, manufacturer, composer &c.; pāpa-, puṇya-, pratimā- &c. --m.
     (1) A class of affixes used to form derivatives (nouns, adjectives &c.) from roots.
     (2) A word so formed.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ a word ending with a kṛt affix.
          --lopaḥ the rejection of kṛt affixes.

kṛta p. p. [kṛ-kta] Done, performed, made, effected, accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of kṛ 8 U. q. v.). --taṃ
     (1) Work, deed, action; kṛtaṃ na vetti Pt. 1. 424 ungrateful; Ms. 7. 197.
     (2) Service, benefit.
     (3) Consequence, result.
     (4) Aim, object.
     (5) N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points.
     (6) N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728000 years of men; (see Ms. 1. 69 and Kull. thereon); but, according to Mb., over 4800 years of men.
     (7) The number '4'.
     (8) A stake at a game.
     (9) Prize or booty gained in a battle. (10) An offering.
     -- Comp.
          --akṛta a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed. (
          --taḥ) the Supreme being.
          --aṃka a. 1. marked, branded; Ms. 8. 281. --2. numbered. (
          --kaḥ) that side of a die which is marked with four points.
          --aṃjali a. folding the hands in supplication; Bg. 11. 14; Ms. 4. 154.
          --anukara a. following another's example, subservient.
          --anusāraḥ custom, usage.
          --aṃta a. bringing to an end, terminating. (
          --taḥ) 1. Yama, the god of death. dvitīyaṃ kṛtāṃtamivāṭaṃtaṃ vyādhamapaśyat H 1. --2. fate, destiny; krūrastasminnapi na sahate saṃgamaṃ no kṛtāṃtaḥ Me. 105. --3. a demonstrated conclusion. dogma, a proved doctrine. --4. a sinful or inauspicious action. --5. an epithet of Saturn. --6. Saturday. --7. the inevitable result of former actions. --8. the second lunar mansion. --9. the number 'two.' -janakaḥ the sun.
          --annaṃ 1. cooked food; kṛtānnamudakaṃ striyaḥ Ms. 9. 219; 11. 3. --2. digested food. --3. excrement.
          --aparādha a. guilty, offender, criminal.
          --abhaya a. saved from fear or danger.
          --abhiṣeka a. crowned, inaugurated. (
          --kaḥ) a prince.
          --abhyāsa a. practised.
          --ayaḥ the die called kṛta marked with four points.
          --artha a. 1. having gained one's object, successful. --2. satisfied; happy, contented; kṛtaḥ kṛtārtho'smi nibarhitāṃhasā Śi. 1. 29; R. 8. 3; Ki. 4. 9; S. 2. 1; Pt. 1. 194. --3. clever. (kṛtārthīkṛ 1. to render fruitful or successful. --2. to make good; kāṃtaṃ pratyupacārataścaturayā kopaḥ kṛtārthīkṛtaḥ Amaru. 15; so kṛtārthayati to make fruitful; Māl. 3. 6.).
          --avadhāna a. careful, attentive.
          --avadhi a. 1. fixed, appointed. --2. bounded, limited.
          --avamarṣa a. 1. effacing from recollection. --2. intolerant.
          --avastha a. 1. summoned, caused to be present. --2. fixed, settled.
          --astra a. 1. armed. --2. trained in the science of arms or missiles; R. 17. 62.
          --ahaka a. having performed the daily ceremonies.
          --āgama a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (--m.) the Supreme soul.
          --āgas a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; Mu. 3. 11.
          --ātman a. 1. having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a self-governed spirit. --2. purified in mind.
          --ābharaṇa a. adorned.
          --āyāsa a. labouring, suffering.
          --ālaya a. one who has taken up his abode in any place. (
          --yaḥ) a frog.
          --āvāsa, a lodging.
          --āspada a. 1. governed: ruled. --2. supporting, resting on. --3. residing in.
          --āhāra a. having taken one's meals.
          --āhvāna a. challenged.
          --utsāha a. diligent, making effort, striving.
          --udaka a. one who has performed his ablutions.
          --udvāha a. 1. married. --2. practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands.
          --upakāra a. 1. favoured, befriended, assisted; Ku. 3. 73. --2. friendly.
          --upabhoga a. used, enjoyed.
          --karman a. 1. one who has done his work; R. 9. 3. --2. skilful, clever. (--m.) 1. the supreme spirit. --2. a Sannyasin.
          --kāma a. one whose desires are fulfilled.
          --kārya a. 1. one who has done his work or obtained his object. --2. having no need of another's aid.
          --kāla a. 1. fixed or settled as to time. --2. who has waited a certain time. (
          --laḥ) appointed time; Y. 2. 184.
          --kṛtya, --kriya a. 1. who has accomplished his object; Bg. 15. 20. --2. satisfied, contented; Śānti. 3. 19; Māl. 4. 3. --3. clever. --4. having done his duty; Si. 2. 32
          --krayaḥ a purchaser.
          --kṣaṇa a. 1. waiting impatiently for the exact moment; vayaṃ sarve sotsukāḥ kṛtakṣaṇāstiṣṭhāmaḥ Pt. 1. --2. one who has got an opportunity.
          --ghna a. 1. ungrateful; Ms. 4. 214; 8. 89. --2. defeating all previous measures.
          --cūḍaḥ a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms. 5. 58, 67.
          --janman a. planted; Ku. 5. 60.
          --jña a. 1. grateful; Ms. 7. 209, 210; Y. 1. 308. --2. correct in conduct. (
          --jñaḥ) 1. a dog. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --tīrtha a. 1. one who has visited or frequented holy places. --2. one who studies with a profesional teacher. --3. fertile in means or expedients. --4. a guide.
          --dāsaḥ a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant.
          --dhī a. 1. prudent, considerate. --2. learned, educated, wise; Mu. 5. 20; Bg. 2. 54; Śi. 2. 79.
          --nāmadheya a. named, called as; S. 6.
          --nirṇejanaḥ a penitent
          --niścaya a. 1. resolute, resolved. --2. confident, sure.
          --puṃkha a. skilled in archery.
          --pūrba a. done formerly.
          --pratikṛtaṃ assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R. 12. 94.
          --pratijña a. 1. one who has made an agreement or engagement. --2. one who has fulfilled his promise.
          --phala a. successful. (
          --laṃ) result, consequence.
          --buddhi a. 1. learned, educated, wise; Ms. 1. 97, 7. 30. --2. a man of resolute character. --3. informed of one's duty.
          --brahman a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions.
          --maṃgala a. blessed, consecrated.
          --mati a. firm, resolute.
          --mukha a. learned, clever wise.
          --yugaṃ the first (golden) of the four ages.
          --lakṣaṇa a. 1. stamped, marked. --2. branded; Ms. 9. 239. --3. excellent, amiable. --4. defined, discriminated.
          --varman m. a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛpa and Aśvatthaman survived the general havoc of the great Bhāratī war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki.
          --vāpaḥ a penitent who has shaven his head and chin.
          --vidya a. learned, educated; śūrosi kṛtavidyosi Pt. 4. 43; suvarṇapuṣpitāṃ pṛthvīṃ vicinvaṃti trayo janāḥ . śūraśca kṛtavidyaśca yaśca jānāti sevituṃ .. Pt. 1. 45.
          --vīrya a. being strong or powerful. (
          --ryaḥ) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna.
          --vetana a. hired, paid (as a servant); Y. 2. 164.
          --vedin a. grateful; Ki. 13. 32; see kṛtajñaḥ --veśa a. attired, decorated; gatavati kṛtaveśe keśave kujaṃśayyāṃ Gīt. 11.
          --vyāvṛtti a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku. 2. 27.
          --śilpa a. skilled in art or trade.
          --śobha a. 1. splendid. --2. beautiful. --3. handy, dexterous.
          --śauca a. purified.
          --śramaḥ, --pariśramaḥ 1. one who has studied; kṛtapariśramosmi jyotiḥśāstre Mu. 1. I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy.
          --saṃkalpa a. resolved, determined.
          --saṃketa a. making an appointment; nāmasametaṃ kṛtasaṃketaṃ vādayate mṛdu veṇuṃ Git. 5.
          --saṃjña a. 1. having presence of mind. --2. restored to consciousness or senses. --3. aroused.
          --saṃnāha a. clad in armour, accoutred.
          --sāpatnikā, sāpatnī, sāpatnīkā, sāpatnakā, sapatnikā a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife.
          --hasta, --hastaka a. 1. dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. --2. skilled in archery.
          --haratatā 1. skill, dexterity. --2. skill in archery or generally in handling arms kauravye kṛtahastatā punariyaṃ deve yathā sīriṇi Ve. 6. 12; Mv. 6. 41.

kṛtaka a. [kṛta-kan]
     (1) Done, made, prepared; (opp. naisargika); yadyatkṛtakaṃ tattadanityaṃ Nyāya Sūtra.
     (2) Artificial, done or prepared artificially; akṛtakavidhi sarvāṃgīṇamākalpajātaṃ R. 18. 52.
     (3) Feigned, pretended, false, sham, assumed; kṛtakakalahaṃ kṛtvā Mu. 3; Ki. 8. 46.
     (4) A dopted (as a son &c.); oft. at the end of comp. also; yasyopāṃte kṛtakatanayaḥ kāṃtayā vardhito me (bālamaṃdāravṛkṣaḥ) Me. 75; soyaṃ na putrakṛtakaḥ padavīṃ mṛgaste (jahāti) S. 4. 13; U. 1. 4.

kṛtam ind. Enough, no more of, away; (with instr.); athavā kṛtaṃ saṃdehena S. 1; athavā girā kṛtaṃ R. 11. 41; kṛtamaviṣkṛtapauruṣairbhujaiḥ Ki. 2. 17; kṛtamaśvena U. 4.

kṛtiḥ f. [kṛ-ktin]
     (1) Doing, manufacturing, making, performing.
     (2) Action, deed.
     (3) Creation, work, composition; (tau) svakṛtiṃ gāpayāmāsa kaviprathamapaddhatiṃ R. 15. 33, 64, 69; N. 22. 155.
     (4) Magic, enchantment.
     (5) Injuring, killing.
     (6) The number '20'
     (7) An enchantress, a witch.
     (8) A knife.
     (9) Way-laying; hurting, injuring (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ an epithet of Rāvaṇa.

kṛtin a. [kṛtamanena, kṛta-ini]
     (1) One who has done his work or gained his end, satisfied, contented, happy, successful; yasya vīryeṇa kṛtino vayaṃ ca bhuvanāni ca U. 1. 32; na khalvanirjitya raghuṃ kṛtī bhavān R. 3. 51; 12, 64.
     (2) (Hence) Lucky, fortunate, blessed; S. 1. 24; 7. 19.
     (3) Clever, competent, able, expert, skilful, wise, learned; taṃ kṣurapraśakalīkṛtaṃ kṛtī R. 11. 29, 19. 14; Ku. 2. 10; Ki. 2. 9; Śi. 2. 25, 30; H. 3. 96; Ve. 4. 12.
     (4) Good, virtuous, pure, pious; tāvadeva kṛtināmapi sphuratyeṣa nirmalavivekadīpakaḥ Bh. 1. 56.
     (5) Following, obeying, doing what is enjoined.

kṛte, --kṛtena ind. (With gen. or in comp.) For, for the sake of, on account of; amīṣāṃ prāṇānāṃ ... kṛte Bh. 3. 36; kāvyaṃ yaśase'rthakṛte K. P. 1; Bg. 1. 35; Y. 1. 216; S. 6.

kṛtnu a. [kṛ-ktnu; Uṇ. 3. 30]
     (1) Working well, able to work, powerful.
     (2) Clever, skilful. --tnuḥ A mechanic, an artist.

kṛtya a. [kṛ-kyap; cf. P. III. 1. 120]
     (1) What should or ought to be done, right, proper, fit.
     (2) Feasible, practicable.
     (3) Who may be seduced from allegiance, treacherous; Rāj. T. 5. 247. --tyaṃ
     (1) What ought to be done, duty, function; Ms. 2. 237; 7. 67.
     (2) Work, business, deed, commission; baṃdhukṛtyaṃ Me. 114; anyonyakṛtyaiḥ S. 7. 34.
     (3) Purpose, object, end; kūjadbhirāpāditavaṃśakṛtyaṃ R. 2. 12; Ku. 4. 15.
     (4) Motive, cause. --tyaḥ A class of affixes used to form potential (future) passive participle; these are tavya, anīya, ya and also elima. --tyā
     (1) Action, deed.
     (2) Magic.
     (3) A female deity to whom sacrifices are offered for destruetive and magical purposes.

kṛtyakā A witch, enchantress.

kṛkaḥ The throat.

kṛkaṇaḥ, --raḥ
     (1) A kind of partridge.
     (2) A worm.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva.

kṛkalā Long pepper.

kṛkalāsaḥ, --śaḥ A lizard, chameleon.

kṛkavākṛḥ
     (1) A cock.
     (2) A peacock.
     (3) A lizard.
     -- Comp.
          --dhvajaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.

kṛkāṭakam
     (1) The neck.
     (2) A part of a column.

kṛkāṭikā
     (1) The raised and straight part of the neck.
     (2) The back of the neck.

kṛcchra a. [cf. Uṇ. 2. 21]
     (1) Causing trouble, painful; Ms. 6. 78.
     (2) Bad, miserable, evil.
     (3) Wicked, sinful.
     (4) Being in a difficult or painful situation. --cchraḥ, --cchraṃ
     (1) A difficulty, trouble, hardship, misery, calamity, danger; kṛcchraṃ mahattīrṇaḥ R. 14. 6; 13. 77.
     (2) Bodily mortification, penance, expiation; Ms. 4. 222; 5. 21; 11. 106.
     (3) Torment, torture.
     (4) A particular kind of religious penance (prājāpatya). --cchraḥ Ischury. --cchraṃ Sin. --cchraṃ, kṛcchret, kṛcchrās ind. With great difficulty, painfully, miserably; labdhaṃ kṛcchreṇa rakṣyate H. 1. 185.
     -- Comp.
          --prāṇa a. 1. one whose life is in danger. --2. breathing with difficulty. --3. hardly supporting life.
          --sādhya a. 1. curable with difficulty (as a patient or disease). --2. accomplished with difficulty

kṛcchrāyate Den. A.
     (1) To suffer pain.
     (2) To have wicked designs (in mind).

kṛṇuḥ A painter.

kṛt I. 6 P. (kṛṃtati-kṛtta)
     (1) To cut, cut off, divide, tear asunder, cut in pieces, destroy; praharati vidhirmarmacchedī na kṛṃtati jīvitaṃ U. 3. 31, 35; Bk. 9. 42; 15. 97; 16. 15; Ms. 8. 12. --II. 7 P. (kṛṇatti, kṛtta)
     (1) To spin.
     (2) To surround, encompass.
     (3) To attire.

kṛtta p. p.
     (1) Cut, divided.
     (2) Desired, sought.

kṛttiḥ f. [kṛta-ktin]
     (1) Skin, hide (in general); Mu. 3. 20.
     (2) Especially, the hide of an antelope on which a religious student sits.
     (3) The bark of the birch-tree used for writing upon &c.
     (4) The birch-tree.
     (5) One of the lunar mansions, Pleiades.
     (6) A house.
     -- Comp.
          --vāsaḥ, --vāsasa m. an epithet of Śiva; sa kṛttivāsāstapase yatātmā Ku. 1. 54; M. 1. 1.

kṛttikā (pl.) [kṛt-tikan kicca; Uṇ. 3. 147]
     (1) The third of the 27 lunar mansions or asterisms, (consisting of 6 stars) the Pleiades.
     (2) The six stars represented as nymphs acting as nurses to Kārtikeya, the god of war.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjiḥ a kind of horse in an Aśvamedha sacrifice having a carriage as an emblem.
          --tanayaḥ, --putraḥ, --sutaḥ epithets of Kārtikeya.
          --bhavaḥ the moon.

kṛṃtatram Ved.
     (1) A section.
     (2) A chip.
     (3) A plough.

kṛṃtanam Cutting, cutting off, dividing, tearing asunder.

kṛtrima a. [kṛtyā nirmitaṃ; cf. P. IV. 4. 20]
     (1) Artificial, fictitious, not spontaneous, acquired; -mitraṃ, -śatruḥ &c.; R. 13. 75; 14. 17.
     (2) Adopted (as a child); see below. --maḥ, -putraḥ an artificial or adopted son; one of the 12 kinds of sons recognised by the Hindu law; he is a grown up son adopted without the consent of his natural parents; cf. kṛtrimaḥ syātsvayaṃ kṛtaḥ Y. 2. 131; cf. also Ms. 9. 169.
     (2) Incense, olibanum.
     (3) Benzoin. --maṃ
     (1) A kind of salt.
     (2) A kind of perfume.
     -- Comp.
          --dhūpaḥ, --dhūpakaḥ incense, a kind of perfume.
          --putraḥ see kṛtrimaḥ. --putrakaḥ a doll, puppet Ku. 1. 29
          --bhūmiḥ f. an artificial floor.
          --vanaṃ a park, garden.

kṛtvan a. Ved.
     (1) Causing, effecting &c.
     (2) Active, diligent, busy.
     (3) Practising magic.

kṛtvas ind. An affix added to numerals to denote 'fold' or 'times'; e. g. aṣṭakṛtvaḥ eight times, eightfold; so daśa-, paṃca- &c.

kṛtvya a. Ved. Strong, efficacious.

kṛtsam [Uṇ. 3. 66]
     (1) Water.
     (2) A multitude. --tsaḥ Sin.

kṛtsna a. [Uṇ. 3 17] All, whole, entire; ekaḥ kṛtsnāṃ nagaraparighaprāṃśubāhurbhunakti S. 2. 15; Bg. 3. 29; Ms. 1. 105; 5. 82. --tsnaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) The flank or hip.
     (3) The belly.

kṛdaram Ved.
     (1) A store-room.
     (2) The lap. --raḥ
     (1) Granary, a cupboard.
     (2) A house.

kṛdhu a. Ved.
     (1) Shortened, mutilated.
     (2) Deficient.

kṛp I. 1 A. (karpate, kṛpita) To have pity or mercy. --II. 10 P. (kṛpa (pā) yati)
     (1) To be weak.
     (2) To pity.
     (3) To mourn, grieve, lament.

kṛpaḥ The maternal uncle of aśvatthāman. [He was born of the sage Śaradvat by a nymph called Jānapadi, but along with his sister Kṛpi, also born from the nymph, he was brought up by Śantanu. He was proficient in the science of archery. In the great war he sided with the Kauravas, and after all had been slain, he was given an asylum by the Pāṇḍavas. He is one of the seven Chirajīvins].

kṛpaṇa a. [kṛp kyun na latvam]
     (1) Poor, pitiable, wretched, helpless; rājannapatyaṃ rāmaste pālyāśca kṛpaṇāḥ prajāḥ U. 4. 25.
     (2) Void of judgment, unable or unwilling to discriminate or to do a thing; kāmārtā hi prakṛtikṛpaṇāścetanācetaneṣu Me. 5; so jarājīṇaiśvaryagrasanagahanākṣepakṛpaṇaḥ Bh. 3. 17.
     (3) Low, mean, vile; Bg. 2. 49; Mu. 2. 18; Bh. 2. 49.
     (4) Miserly, stingy.
     (5) Avaricious. --ṇaṃ Wretchedness. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A worm.
     (2) A miser; kṛpaṇena samo dātā bhuvi ko'pi na vidyate . anaśnanneva vittāni yaḥ parebhyaḥ prayacchati Vyāsa.
     -- Comp.
          --dhī, --buddhi a. little or low-minded.
          --vatsala a. kind to the poor.

kṛpaṇin a. Miserable.

kṛpaṇyati Den. P. To wish, desire.

kṛpā [krap-bhidā- aṅ saṃpra.] Pity, tenderness, compassion; cakravākayoḥ puroviyukte mithune kṛpāvatī Ku. 5. 26; Śānti. 4. 19; sakṛpaṃ kindly.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. merciful.
          --dṛṣṭiḥ f. a look with favour, a kind look.

kṛpāṇaḥ [kṛpāṃ nudati nud-ḍa saṃjñāyāṃ ṇatvam Tv.]
     (1) A sword; sa pātuvaḥ kaṃsaripoḥ kṛpāṇaḥ Vikr. 1. 2; kṛpaṇasya kṛpāṇasya ca kevalamākārato bhedaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) A knife.

kṛpāṇakaḥ A sword. --ṇikā A knife, dagger.

kṛpāṇī
     (1) A pair of scissors.
     (2) A dagger.

kṛpāyate Den. A. To lament, mourn.

kṛpālu a. [kṛpāṃ lāti lā-ādāne mi- ḍu] Merciful, compassionate, kind.

kṛpī The sister of kṛpa and wife of Droṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Droṇa.
          --sutaḥ an epithet of aśvatthāman.

kṛpīṭam [kṛp-kīṭan; Uṇ. 4. 184]
     (1) Underwood, forest, wood.
     (2) Wood, firewood.
     (3) Water.
     (4) The belly.
     -- Comp.
          --pālaḥ 1. a rudder. --2. the ocean. --3. air, wind.
          --yoniḥ fire.

kṛmi a. [kram-in ata itvam Uṇ. 4. 121] Full of worms, wormy. --miḥ
     (1) A worm, an insect in general; kṛmikulacitaṃ Bh. 2. 9.
     (2) Worms (disease).
     (3) An ass.
     (4) A spider.
     (5) The lac. (dye).
     (6) An ant.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭakaṃ N. of several plants: viḍaṃga, citrāṃga, uduṃbara. --karaḥ a kind of poisonous worm.
          --karṇaḥ, --karṇakaḥ 'worms or lice in the ear,' a kind of disease of the ear.
          --kośaḥ, --koṣaḥ the cocoon of a silkworm. -utthaṃ silken cloth.
          --graṃthiḥ a disease of the ear.
          --ghnaḥ N. of several plants used as vermifuge; as the onion, the root of the jujube, marking-nut plant &c.
          --ghnī turmeric.
          --jaṃ, --jagdhaṃ agallochum, aloe wood.
          --jā lac, the red dye produced by insects.
          --jalajaḥ, --vāriruhaḥ a shell-fish, an animal (fish, &c.) living in a shell.
          --daṃtakaḥ tooth-ache.
          --parvataḥ, --śailaḥ an ant-hill.
          --phalaḥ the Udumbara tree.
          --bhojanaḥ N. of a hell.
          --ripuḥ, --śatruḥ an anthelmintic plant (viḍaṃga). --varṇaḥ red cloth.
          --śaṃkhaḥ the fish living in the conch.
          --śuktiḥ f. 1. a bivalve shell. --2. the animal living in it. --3. an oyster.

kṛmikaḥ A small worm.

kṛmiṇa, kṛmila a. Having worms, wormy.

kṛmilā A fruitful woman.

kṛmilikā Linen cloth dyed with red colour.

kṛmīlakaḥ A white sort of kidneybean.

kṛv = kṛ 5 P. q. v.

kṛś 4 P. (kṛśyati, kṛśa)
     (1) To become lean or emaciated.
     (2) To wane (as the moon). --Caus. To emaciate.

kṛśa a. [kṛś --kta ni-] (Compar. kaśīyas; superl. kraśiṣṭha)
     (1) Lean, weak, feeble, emaciated; kṛśatanuḥ, kṛśodari &c.
     (2) Small, little, minute (in size or quantity); suhṛdapi na yācyaḥ kṛśadhanaḥ Bh. 2. 28.
     (3) Poor, insignificant; Ms. 7. 208.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a spider.
          --aṃga a. lean, thin. (
          --gaḥ) an epithet of Śiva. (
          --gī) 1. a woman with a slender frame. --2. the Priyangu creeper.
          --udara a. 1. thin-waisted; V. 5. 16; Ku. 5. 42. --2. having the belly reduced in bulk; S. 2. 5.

kṛśanam Ved.
     (1) A pearl.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Form, shape.

kṛśaraḥ
     (1) A dish made of milk, sesamum and rice.
     (2) Rice and peas boiled together with a few spices (Mar. khicaḍī).

kṛśalā Hair(of the head).

kṛśānuḥ [kṛś ānuk; Uṇ. 4. 2] Fire; guroḥ kṛśānupratimādvibhaṣi R. 2. 49; 7. 24; 10. 74; Ku. 1. 51; Bh. 2. 107.
     -- Comp.
          --retas m. an epithet of Śiva.

kṛśāśvin m. An actor.

kṛṣ I. 6 U. (kṛṣati-te, kṛṣṭa) To plough, make furrows. --II. 1 P. (karṣati, kṛṣṭa)
     (1) To draw, drag, pull, drag away, tear; prasahya siṃhaḥ kila tāṃ cakarṣa R. 2. 27; V. 1. 19.
     (2) To draw towards oneself, attract; Bk. 15. 47; Bg. 15. 7.
     (3) To lead or conduct as an army; sa senāṃ mahatīṃ karṣan R. 4. 32.
     (4) To bend (as a bow); nātyāyataṣṭakṛśāṃrgaḥ R. 5. 50.
     (5) To be come master of, subdue, vanquish, overpower; balavāniṃdriyagrāmo vidvāṃsamapi karṣati Ms. 2. 215; nakraḥ svasthānamāsādya gajeṃdramapi karṣati Pt. 3. 46.
     (6) To plough, till; anulomakṛṣṭaṃ kṣetraṃ pratilomaṃ karṣati Sk.
     (7) To obtain; kulasaṃkhyāṃ ca gacchaṃti karṣaṃti ca mahadyaśaḥ Mb.
     (8) To take away from, deprive one of (with two acc.). --Caus.
     (1) To draw out, tear up.
     (2) To extract.
     (3) To torture, torment, give pain.
     (4) To plough, till, cultivate.

kṛṣakaḥ a. [kṛṣ-kvun] Attractive, drawing.
     (2) Ploughing. --kaḥ
     (1) A ploughman, husbandman.
     (2) An ox. --kaṃ A ploughshare. (also m.).

kṛṣāṇaḥ, --kṛṣikaḥ [kṛṣ-ānak-kikan vā] A ploughman, husbandman.

kṛṣiḥ f. [kṛṣ-ik; cf. P. III. 3. 108 Vārt.]
     (1) Ploughing.
     (2) Agriculture, husbandry; cīyate baliśasyāpi satkṣetrapatitā kṛṣiḥ Mu. 1. 3; kṛṣiḥ kliṣṭā'vṛṣṭyā Pt. 1. 11; Ms. 1. 90, 3. 64, 10. 79; Bg. 18. 44.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. agriculture.
          --jīvin a. living by husbandry.
          --phalaṃ agricultural produce or profit; Me. 16.
          --sevā agriculture, husbandry.

kṛṣīvalaḥ [kṛṣi-valac dīrghaḥ; cf. P. V. 2. 112] One who lives by husbandry, a farmer; kṛṣiṃ cāpi kṛṣīvalaḥ Y. 1. 276; Ms. 9. 38.

kṛṣṭa a. [kṛṣ karmāṇi kta]
     (1) Drawn, pulled, dragged, attracted &c.
     (2) Ploughed; Pt. 1. 47.
     -- Comp.
          --upta a. sown on cultivated ground.
          --pacya, --pākya a. 1. ripening in cultivated. ground; cf. akṛṣṭapacya. --2. cultivated.
          --phalaṃ the product of a harvest.

kṛṣṭiḥ [kṛṣ-ktin] A learned man. --f.
     (1) Drawing, attracting.
     (2) Ploughing, cultivating the soil.

kṛṣkaraḥ An epithet of Śiva.

kṛṣṇa a. [kṛṣ-nak]
     (1) Black, dark, dark-blue.
     (2) Wicked, evil. --ṣṇaḥ
     (1) The black colour.
     (2) The black antelope.
     (3) A crow.
     (4) The (Indian) cuckoo.
     (5) The dark half of a lunar month (from full to new moon).
     (6) The Kali age.
     (7) Viṣṇu in his eighth incarnation, born as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī. [Kṛṣṇa is the most celebrated hero of Indian mythology and the most popular of all the deities. Though the real son of Vasudeva and Devakī and thus a cousin of Kamsa, he was, for all practical purposes, the son of Nanda and Yaśodā by whom he was brought up and in whose house he spent his childhood. It was here that his divine character began to be gradually discovered, when he easily crushed the most redoubtable demons, such as Baka, Pūtanā &c., that were sent to kill him by Kamsa, and performed many other feats of surprising strength. The chief companions of his youth were the Gopis or wives of the cowherds of Gokula, among whom Rādhā was his special favourite; (cf. Jayadeva's Gitagovinda). He killed Kamsa, Naraka, Keśin, Ariṣṭa and a host of other powerful demons. He was a particular friend of Arjuna, to whom he acted as charioteer in the great war, and his staunch support of the cause of the Pāṇḍavas was the main cause of the overthrow of the Kauravas. On several critical occasions, it was Kṛṣṇa's assistance and inventive mind that stood the Pāṇḍavas in good stead. After the general destruction of the Yādavas at Prabhāsa, he was killed unintentionally by a hunter named Jaras who shot him with an arrow mistaking him at a distance for a deer. He had more than 16000 wives, but Rukmiṇi and Satyabhāma, (as also Rādhā) were his favourites. He is said to have been of dark-blue or cloud-like colour; cf. bahiriva malinataraṃ tava kṛṣṇa manopi bhaviṣyati nūna Gīt. 8. His son was Pradyumna].
     (8) N. of Vyāsa, the reputed author of the Mahābhārata.
     (9) N. of Arjuna. (10) Aloe wood.
     (11) The Supreme spirit.
     (12) Black pepper.
     (13) Iron. --ṣṇā
     (1) N. of Draupadī, wife of the Pāṇḍavas; Ki. 1. 26.
     (2) N. of a river in the Deccan that joins the sea at Masulipattam.
     (3) A kind of poisonous insect.
     (4) N. of several plants.
     (5) A grape.
     (6) A kind of perfume.
     (7) An epithet of Durgā.
     (8) One of the 7 tongues of fire. --ṣṇī A dark night. --ṣṇaṃ
     (1) Blackness, darkness (moral also).
     (2) Iron.
     (3) Antimony.
     (4) The black part of the eye.
     (5) Black pepper.
     (6) Lead.
     (7) An inauspicious act.
     (8) Money acquired by gambling.
     -- Comp.
          --aguru n. a kind of sandal-wood.
          --acalaḥ an epithet of the mountain Raivataka.
          --ajinaṃ the skin of the black antelope.
          --adhvan, --arcis m. an epithet of fire; cf. kṛṣṇavartman. --ayas n.,
          --ayasaṃ, --āmiṣaṃ iron, crude or black iron.
          --aṣṭamī, janmāṣṭamī the 8th day of the dark half of Śrāvaṇa when Kṛṣṇa was born; also called gokulāṣṭamī. --āvāsaḥ the holy fig-tree.
          --udaraḥ a kind of snake.
          --kaṃdaṃ a red lotus.
          --karman a. of black deeds, criminal, wicked, depraved, guilty, sinful.
          --kākaḥ a raven.
          --kāyaḥ a buffalo.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ a kind of sandal-wood, agallochum.
          --kohalaḥ a gambler.
          --gaṃgā the river kṛṣṇaveṇī. --gati fire: āyodhate kṛṣṇagatiṃ sahāyaṃ R. 6. 42.
          --garbhāḥ (f. pl.) 1. the pregnant wives of the demon Kṛṣṇa. --2. waters in the interiors of the clouds.
          --godhā a kind of poisonous insect.
          --grīvaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --caṃcukaḥ a kind of pea.
          --caṃdraḥ N. of Vasndeva.
          --cara a. what formerly belonged to Kṛṣṇa.
          --cūrṇaṃ rust of iron.
          --tāmraṃ a kind of sandal wood.
          --tāraḥ 1. a species of antelope. --2. an antelope (in general).
          --dehaḥ a bee.
          --dhanaṃ money got by foul means.
          --dvaipāyanaḥ N. of Vyāsa: tamahamarāgamakṛṣṇa kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaṃ vaṃde Ve. 1. 4.
          --pakṣaḥ the dark half of a lunar month. --2. an epithet of Arjuna.
          --padī a female with black feet.
          --paviḥ an epithet of Agni.
          --piṃgala a. dark-brown. (
          --lā) N. of Durgā.
          --mṛgaḥ the black antelope; śṛṃge kṛṣṇamṛgasya vāmanayanaṃ kaṃḍūyamānāṃ mṛgīṃ S. 6. 16.
          --mukhaḥ, --vaktraḥ, --vadanaḥ the blackfaced monkey.
          --yajurvedaḥ the Taittirīya or black Yajurveda.
          --yāmaḥ an epithet of Agni.
          --raktaḥ dark-red colour.
          --rūpya= -cara q. v.
          --lavaṇaṃ 1. a kind of black salt. --2. a factitious salt.
          --lohaḥ the loadstone.
          --varṇaḥ 1. black colour. --2. N. of Rahu. --3. a Śūdra.
          --vartman m. 1. fire; R. 11. 42; Ms. 2. 94. --2. N. of Rāhu. --3. a low man, profligate, black-guard.
          --viṣāṇā Ved. the horns of the black antelope.
          --veṇī N. of a river.
          --śakuniḥ a crow.
          --śāraḥ, --sāraḥ, --sāraṃgaḥ the spotted antelope; kṛṣṇasāre dadaccakṣustvayi cādhijyakārmuke S. 1. 6, V. 4. 31.
          --śṛṃgaḥ a buffalo.
          --sakhaḥ, --sārathiḥ an epithet of Arjuna. (
          --khī) cummin seed.

kṛṣṇakam The hide of the black antelope.

kṛṣṇalaḥ The Guñja plant. --laṃ Its berry.

kṛṣṇaśa a. Extremely black.

kṛṣṇāyate Den. A.
     (1) To make black, blacken; uṣṇo dahati cāṃgāraḥ śītaḥ kṛṣṇāyate karaṃ H. 1. 83.
     (2) To behave like Kṛṣṇa.

kṛṣṇikā Black mustard.

kṛṣṇiman m. Blackness.

kṛṣṇīkaraṇam Blackening, making black.

kṛsaraḥ = kṛśara q. v.

kṝ 1. 6 P. (kirati, cakāra, akārīt, akari-rī-ṣṭa, akīrṣṭa, kari-rī-tuṃ, kīrṇa)
     (1) To scatter, throw about, pour out, cast, disperse; samaraśirasi caṃcatpaṃcacūḍaścamūnāmupari śaratuṣāraṃ kopyayaṃ vīrapotaḥ kirati U. 5. 2; 6. 1; diśi diśi kirati sajalakaṇajālaṃ Gīt. 4; S. 1. 7; Amaru. 11.
     (2) To strew, cover or fill with; Bk. 3. 5, 17. 42. --II. 9 U. (kṛṇāti, kṛṇīte) To injure, hurt, kill. --III. 10 A. (kārayate) To know, inform.

kṝt 10 U. (kīrtayati-te, kīrtita)
     (1) To mention, repeat, utter: nāmni kīrtita eva R. 1. 87. Ms. 7. 167, 2. 124.
     (2) To tell, recite, declare, communicate; Ms. 3. 36, 9. 42.
     (3) To name, call.
     (4) To praise, glorify, commemorate; apaprathatguṇān bhrāturacikīrtacca vikramaṃ Bk. 15. 72.

kḷp 1 A. (kalpate, cakḷpe, akḷpat, akḷpta, akalpiṣṭ; kalpiṣyate, kalpsyati-te, kalpituṃ, kaltpuṃ, kḷpta)
     (1) To be fit or adequate for, result in, bring about, accomplish, produce, tend to; (with dat.); kalpase rakṣaṇāya S. 5. 8; paścātputrairapahṛtabharaḥ kalpate viśramāya V. 3. 1; vibhāvarī yadyaruṇāya kalpate Ku. 5. 44, 6. 29; 5. 79; Me. 55; R. 5. 13, 8. 40: S. 6. 23; Bk. 22. 21.
     (2) To be well managed or regulated, to succeed.
     (3) To become, happen, occur; kalpiṣyate hareḥ prītiḥ Bk. 16. 12; 9. 44, 45.
     (4) To be prepared, be ready; cakḷpe cāśvakuṃjaraṃ Bk. 14. 89.
     (5) To be favourable to, subserve.
     (6) To partake of.
     (7) To prepare, arrange.
     (8) To produce, cause, effect, create (with acc.).
     (9) To accommodate one's self to. (10) To fall to the share. of. --Caus. (kalpayati-te)
     (1) To prepare, arrange, make ready, fit out; śayanamasyākalpayam K. 156; 157.
     (2) To settle, fix upon, intend, design; kalpitā mūlyameteṣāṃ krūreṇa bhavatā vayaṃ Mu. 5. 17.
     (3) To make, offer; Mu. 6. 20; R. 5. 28, 11. 51, 93.
     (4) To provide or furnish with; Bh. 3. 95; R. 1. 94; 5. 9.
     (5) To believe, consider, imagine, think; matsarastu me viparītaṃ kalpayati Mu. 7; Śi. 11. 6.
     (6) To cut, divide; S. 6.
     (7) To execute, bring about, do, perform; Śi. 11. 27, 14. 21.
     (8) To form, frame.
     (9) To invent, compose (as a poem).

kḷpta p. p. [kḷp-kta]
     (1) Arranged, prepared, done, got ready, equipped; kḷptavivāhaveṣā R. 6. 10 decked in her nuptial attire.
     (2) Cut, pared; kḷptakeśanakhaśmaśru Ms. 4. 35.
     (3) Caused, produced.
     (4) Fixed, settled.
     (5) Thought of, invented.
     (6) Formed, framed.
     (7) Ascertained, determined.
     -- Comp.
          --kīlā a title-deed.
          --dhūpaḥ frankincense.

kḷptiḥ f. [kḷp-ktin]
     (1) Accomplishment, success.
     (2) Invention, contrivance.
     (3) Arranging.

kḷptika a. Bought, purchased.

kekayaḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its people; magadhakosalakekayaśāsināṃ duhitaraḥ R. 9. 17. --yī N. of the wife of Daśaratha.

kekara a. (rī f.) [ke mūrghni karītuṃ netratārāṃ śīlamasya, kṝ-ac aluk Tv.] Squinteyed; Māl. 2. 5; 4. 2. --raṃ A squint eye; cf. ākekara.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. squint-eyed.

kekā The cry of a peacock; kekābhirnīlakaṃṭhastirayati vacanaṃ tāṃḍavāducchikhaṃḍaḥ Māl. 9. 30; ṣaḍjasaṃvadinīḥ kekāḥ R. 1. 39, 7. 69, 13. 27, 16. 64; Me. 22.

kekāvalaḥ, --kekikaḥ, --kekin m. A peacock; itaḥ kekikrīḍākalakalakhaḥ pakṣmaladṛśāṃ Bh. 1. 37.

keṇikā A tent.

keta a. [kit-ādhāre ghañ] Knowing. learned. --taḥ
     (1) A house, abode.
     (2) Living, habitation.
     (3) A banner,
     (4) Will, intention. desire.
     (5) Summons, invitation.
     (6) Apparition, form, shape.
     (7) Wealth.
     (8) Atmosphere, sky.
     (9) Intellect, judgment.

ketakaḥ [kit nivāse ṇvul]
     (1) N. of a plant; pratibhāṃtyadya vanāni ketakānāṃ Ghaṭ. 15.
     (2) A banner. --kaṃ A flower of the Ketaka plant; ketakaiḥ sūcibhinnaiḥ Me. 23; R. 6. 17, 13. 16. --kī
     (1) N. of a plant (= ketaka); hasitamiva vidhatte sūcibhiḥ ketakīnāṃ Rs. 2. 23.
     (2) A flower of that plant; Rs. 2. 20,

ketanam [kit-lyuṭ]
     (1) A house, an abode; akalitamahimānaḥ ketanaṃ magalānāṃ Mal. 2. 9; mama maraṇameva varamativitathaketanā Gīt. 7.
     (2) An invitation, summons.
     (3) Place, site.
     (4) A flag, banner; bhagnaṃ bhīmena marutā bhavato rathaketanaṃ Ve. 2. 23; Śi. 14. 28; R. 9. 39.
     (5) A sign, symbol; as in makaraketana.
     (6) An indispensable act (also religious); nivāpāṃjalidānena ketanaiḥ śrāddhakarmabhiḥ . tasyopakāre śaktastvaṃ kiṃ jīvan kimutānyathā Ve. 3. 16.
     (7) A spot, mark.

ketayati Den. P.
     (1) To summon, call, invite.
     (2) To advise, counsel.
     (3) To fix or appoint a time.
     (4) To hear.
     (5) To show, indicate; U. 6. 24.

ketita a.
     (1) Called, summoned.
     (2) Dwelt, inhabited.

ketuḥ [cāy-tu kyādeśaḥ Uṇ. 1. 73]
     (1) A flag, banner; cīnāṃśukamiva ketoḥ prativātaṃ nīyamānasya S. 1. 34.
     (2) A chief, head, leader, foremost, any eminent person (oft. at the end of comp.); manuṣyavācā manuvaṃśaketuṃ R. 2. 33, 14. 7; kulasya ketuḥ sphītasya (rāghavaḥ) Rām.
     (3) A comet, meteor; Ms. 1. 38.
     (4) A sign, mark.
     (5) Brightness, clearness.
     (6) A ray of light.
     (7) The descending node considered as the ninth planet, and the body or trunk of the demon saiṃhikeya (the head being regarded as Rāhu); krūragrahaḥ sa ketuścaṃdramasaṃpūrṇamaṃḍalamidānīṃ Mu. 1. 6.
     (8) Day-time.
     (9) Apparition, form, shape. (10) Intellect, judgment.
     (11) A pigmy race.
     (12) A disease.
     (13) An enemy.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ the descending node.
          --tārā a comet.
          --bhaḥ a cloud.
          --yaṣṭiḥ f. a flagstaff; R. 12. 103.
          --ratnaṃ lapis lazuli, (also called vaidūrya). --vasanaṃ a fiag.

kedara a. Squint-eyed; cf. kekara.

kedāraḥ
     (1) A field under water; meadow.
     (2) A basin for water round the root of a tree.
     (3) A mountain.
     (4) A particular mountain forming part of the Himalayas (modern Kedār).
     (5) A form of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --khaḍaṃ a small dyke, earth raised to keep out water.
          --nāthaḥ a particular form of Śiva.

kenatī The amorous sports of love.

kenāraḥ
     (1) The head.
     (2) The skull.
     (3) A cheek.
     (4) A joint.
     (5) The temples.
     (6) A kind of hell.

kenipa a. Ved. Wise, learned(bhedhāvin) Rv. 10. 44. 4.

kenipātaḥ A rudder, helm, a large oar used as a rudder.

keṃdram
     (1) The centre of a circle.
     (2) The argument of a circle.
     (3) The argument of an equation.
     (4) Distance of a planet from the first point of its orbit in the 4th, 7th or 10th degree.

kep 1 A(kepate) To shake or tremble.

kepi Ved. a. Unclean.

keyūraḥ, --ram [ke bāhuśirasi yāti, yāūra kicca aluk samā- Tv.] A bracelet worn on the upper arm, an armlet; keyūrā na vibhūṣayaṃti puruṣaṃ hārā na caṃdrojjvalāḥ Bh. 2. 19; R. 6. 68; Ku. 7. 69. --raḥ A kind of coitus.

keyūrin a. Decorated with a bracelet.

keralaḥ (pl.) N. of a country(in the south of India, the modern Malabār) and its inhabitants; Mal. 6. 19; R. 4. 54. --lī A woman of the Kerala country.
     (2) Astronomical science.
     (3) A Hora or period of time equal to one hour.

kel 1 P. (kelati, kelita)
     (1) To shake.
     (2) To sport, be frolicsome.

kelakaḥ A dancer, tumbler.

kelāyate Den. A. To sport, play.

kelāsaḥ Crystal.

keliḥ m. f. [kel-in]
     (1) Play, sport.
     (2) Amorous sport, pastime; kelicalanmaṇikuṃḍala &c. Gīt. 1; haririha mugdhavadhūnikare vilāsini vilasati kelipare ibid; rādhāmādhavayorjayaṃti yamunākule rahaḥkelayaḥ ibid.; Amaru. 7; Pt. 1. 175; Ms. 8. 357; Rs. 4. 17.
     (3) Joke, jest, mirth. --liḥ f. The earth.
     -- Comp.
          --kalā 1. sportive skill, wantonness, amorous address. --2. the lute of Sarasvati.
          --kilaḥ the confidential companion of the hero of a drama (a kind of vidūṣaka or buffoon). (
          --lā N. of Rati.
          --kilāvatī Rati, wife of the god of love.
          --kīrṇaḥ a camel.
          --kuṃcikā a wife's younger sister.
          --kupita a. angry in sport; Ve. 1. 2.
          --koṣaḥ an actor, a dancer.
          --gṛhaṃ, --niketanaṃ, --maṃdiraṃ, --sadanaṃ a pleasure-house, a private apartment; Amaru. 8.
          --nāgaraḥ a sensualist.
          --para a. sportive, wanton, amorous.
          --mukhaḥ joke, sport, pastime.
          --raṃgaḥ a pleasure ground.
          --vṛkṣaḥ a species of Kadamba tree.
          --śayanaṃ a pleasure-couch, sofa; keliśayanamanuyātaṃ Gīt. 11.
          --śuṣiḥ f. the earth.
          --sacivaḥ a boon companion, confidential friend.

kelikaḥ The Aśoka tree.

kelī
     (1) Play, sport.
     (2) Amorous sport.
     -- Comp.
          --pikaḥ a cuckoo kept for pleasure.
          --vanī a pleasure-park, pleasure-grove.
          --śukaḥ a parrot kept for pleasure.

kev (kevate)
     (1) To serve, attend to, wait upon.

kevaṭaḥ Ved. A hollow, cave.

kevartaḥ Ved. A fisherman.

kevala a. [kev sevane vṛṣā- kal]
     (1) Peculiar, exclusive, uncommon; Pt. 2. 134.
     (2) Alone, more, sole, only, isolated; sa hitasya na kevalāṃ śriyaṃ pratipede sakalān guṇānapi R. 8. 5; na kevalānāṃ payasāṃ prasūtimavehi māṃ kāmadughā prasannāṃ 2. 63; 15. 1; Ku. 2. 34.
     (3) Whole, entire, absolute, perfect.
     (4) Bare, uncovered (as ground); Ku. 5. 12.
     (5) Pure, simple, unmingled, unattended (by anything else); kātaryaṃ kevalā nītiḥ R. 17. 47.
     (6) Selfish, envious. --lī, --laṃ The doctrine of absolute unity of spirit and matter. --lī Astronomical science. --laṃ ind. Only, merely, solely, entirely, absolutely, wholly; kevalamidameva pṛcchāmi K. 155; na kevalaṃ-japi not only-but; vasu tasya vibhorna kevalaṃ guṇavattāpi paraprayojanā R. 8. 31; cf. also 3. 19, 20, 31.
     -- Comp.
          --anvayin see under anvaya. --ātman a. one whose essence is absolute unity; Ku. 2. 4.
          --jñānin m. the first Arhat.
          --dravyaṃ black pepper.
          --jñānaṃ highest Knowledge; Pt 5. 12.
          --naiyāyikaḥ a mere logician (not proficient in any other branch of learning); so -vaiyākaraṇa.

kevalatas ind. Simply, solely, wholly, purely, merely.

kevalin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Alone, only.
     (2) Devoted to the doctrine of absolute unity of the spirit.

keśaḥ [kliśyate kliśnāti vā kliś-an lo lopaśca Uṇ 5. 33]
     (1) Hair in general; vikīrṇakeśāsu paretabhūmiṣu Ku. 5. 68.
     (2) Especially, the hair of the head; keśeṣu gṛhītvā or keśagrāhaṃ yudhyaṃte Sk.; muktakeśā Ms. 7. 91; keśavyaparopaṇādiva R. 3. 56; 2. 8.
     (3) The mane of a horse or lion.
     (4) A ray of light.
     (5) An epithet of Varuṇa.
     (7) A kind of perfume.
     (8) An epithet of Viṣṇu. --śī
     (1) A lock of hair (on the crown of the head.)
     (2) An epithet of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. the tip of the hair. --2. long hair hanging down, a lock or tuft of hair. --3. cutting of the hair as a religious ceremony; Ms. 2. 65.
          --aṃtika a. 1. extending to the end of the hair as far as the forehead. --2. relating to the ceremony of final tonsure.
          --uccayaḥ much or handsome hair.
          --karman n. dressing or arranging the hair (of the head)
          --kalāpaḥ a mass or quantity of hair.
          --kīṭaḥ a louse.
          --garbhaḥ 1. a braid of hair. 2. an epithet of Varuṇa.
          --gṛhīta a. seized by the hair.
          --grahaḥ, --grahaṇaṃ pulling the hair, seizing(one)by the hair (both in amorous sports and in fighting); keśagrahaḥ khalu tadā drupadātmajāyāḥ Ve. 3. 11, 29; Me. 50; so yatra rateṣu keśagrahāḥ K. 8 (that is, not in battles).
          --ghna morbid baldness.
          --chida m. a hairdresser, barber.
          --jāhaṃ the root of the hair.
          --pakṣaḥ, --pāśaḥ, --hastaḥ much (or ornamented) hair; taṃ keśapāśaṃ prasamīkṣya kuryurbālapriyasvaṃ śithilaṃ camaryaḥ Ku. 1. 48; 7. 57; cf. kacapakṣa, kacahasta &c.
          --baṃdhaḥ a hair-band.
          --bhūḥ, --bhūmiḥ f. the head or any other part of the body on which hair grows.
          --prarādhanī, --mārjakaṃ, --mārjanaṃ a comb.
          --racanā dressing the hair.
          --veśaḥ a tress or fillet of hair.
          --veṣṭaḥ the parting of the hair.

keśakaḥ a. Skilful in dressing the hair.

keśaṭaḥ
     (1) A goat.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) A bug.
     (4) A brother.
     (5) A. louse.
     (6) An arrow of Cupid (śoṣaṇa)

keśava a. [keśāḥ praśastāḥ saṃtyasya; keśa-va P. V. 2. 109] Having much, fine or luxuriant hair. --vaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu; keśava jaya jagadīśa hare Gīt. 1; keśavaṃ patitaṃ dṛṣṭvā pāṃḍavā harṣanirbharāḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) The Supreme Being.
     -- Comp.
          --āyudhaḥ the mango tree. (
          --dhaṃ) a weapon of Viṣṇu.
          --ālayaḥ, --āvāsaḥ the Aśvattha tree.

keśākeśi ind. 'Hair to hair', (fighting) by pulling each other's hair; keśākeśyabhavadyuddhaṃ rakṣasāṃ vānaraiḥ saha Mb.; Y. 2. 283.

keśika a. (kī f.) [keśa-ṭhan] Having fine or luxuriant hair.

keśin m. [keśa-ini]
     (1) A lion.
     (2) N. of a Rākṣasa slain by Kṛṣṇa.
     (3) N. of another Rākṣasa who carried Devasenā and who was slain by Indra.
     (4) An epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
     (5) One having fine hair.
     -- Comp.
          --nipūdanaḥ, --mathanaḥ epithets of Kṛṣṇa; Bg. 18. 1.

keśinī
     (1) A woman with a beautiful braid of hair.
     (2) N. of the wife of Viśravas and mother of Rāvaṇa and Kumbhakarṇa.
     (3) An epithet of Durga.

kesa(śa)raḥ, --ram
     (1) The mane (as of a lion); na haṃtyadūre'pi gajānmṛgeśvaro vilolajihvaścalitāgrakesaraḥ Rs. 1. 14; S. 7. 14.
     (2) The filament of a flower; nīpaṃ dṛṣṭvā haritakapiśaṃ kesarairardharūḍhaiḥ Me. 21; S. 6. 17; M. 2. 11; R. 4. 67; Śi. 9. 47.
     (3) The Bakula tree; raktāśokaścalakisalayaḥ kesaraścātra kāṃtaḥ Me. 78; Ku. 3. 55.
     (4) The Punnāga tree.
     (5) The fibre (as of a mango fruit).
     (6) Saffron.
     (7) The hair. --raṃ
     (1) A flower of the Bakula tree; R. 9. 36.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Sulphate of iron.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ an epithet of the mountain Meru.
          --amlaḥ the citron.
          --varaṃ saffron.

kesariḥ N. of the father of Hanūmat.

kesa(śa)rin  m. [keśa-sa-ra-ini]
     (1) A lion; anuhuṃkurute ghanadhvaniṃ na hi gomāyurutāni kesarī Śi. 16. 25; dhanurdharaḥ kesariṇaṃ dadarśa R. 2. 29; S. 7. 3.
     (2) The best, excellent, or most pro minent of a class (at the end ofcomp.); cf. kuṃjara, siṃha &c.
     (3) A horse.
     (4) The citron plant.
     (5) The Punnāga tree.
     (6) N. of the father of Hanūmat.
     -- Comp.
          --sutaḥ an epithet of Hanūmat.

kai 1 P. (kāyati) To sound.

kaiṃśukam A flower of the kiṃśuka tree.

kaikayaḥ The king of the Kekayas; see kekaya.

kaikasaḥ [kīkasa-avy] A demon, goblin.

kaikeyaḥ [kekayānāṃrājā, aṇ] A prince or ruler of the Kekayas. --yī A daughter of the prince of the Kekayas and one (the youngest) of the three wives of king Daśaratha and mother of Bharata. [When Rāma was about to be installed as heir-apparent, she was not less rejoiced than Kausalya. But she had a very wicked nurse called Mantharā who long owed Rāma a grudge. Finding this to be an excellent opportunity for her revenge, Mantharā so completey perverted the mind of Kaikeyī that she became ready to ask the king, as suggested by her nurse, to grant her the two boons which he had formerly promised to her. By one of these boons she asked for the installation of her son Bharata, and by the other for the banishment of Rāma for fourteen years. Daśaratha, blinded by passion as he was, severely scolded her for her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. On account of this wicked act her name has become proverbial for 'a shrew', or 'Xanthippe'].

kaiṃkaryam The officce of a servant.

kaikirātaḥ An amorous person; Ratn. 1. 11.

kaiṭa a. Coming from an insect or worm.

kaiṭabhaḥ N. of a demon killed by Viṣṇu. [He was a very powerful demon. He and Madhu are said to have sprung from the ears of Viṣṇu while he was asleep; and when they were about to devour Brahman they were slain by Viṣṇu]. --bhā --bhī An epithet of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, --jit m.,
          --ripuḥ, --han epithets of Viṣṇu.

kaitakam [ketakyāḥ puṣpaṃ aṇ] A flower of the Ketaka plant.

kaitavam [kitavasya bhāvaḥ karma vā aṇ]
     (1) stake in a game.
     (2) Gambling.
     (3) Falsehood, deceit, fraud, roguery, trick; hṛdaye vasasīti matpriyaṃ yadavocastaddavaibhi kaitavaṃ Ku. 4. 9; R. 8. 49; Śi. 8. 32.
     (4) The lapis lazuli. --vaḥ
     (1) A cheat, rogue.
     (2) A gambler
     (3) The Dhattūra plant.
     -- Comp.
          --prayogaḥ a trick, device.
          --vādaḥ falsehood, roguery.

kaitavakam Gambling.

kadāra a. Being on or growing in a field or meadow. --raḥ Rice, corn. --raṃ, --kaidārakaṃ, --kaidārikā, --kaidāryaṃ A multitude of fields; Śi. 12. 42.

kainnara a. Coming from a Kinnara.

kaimutikaḥ (scil. nyāya) A maxim of 'how much more', an argument a fortiori (derived from kimuta 'how much more').

kairavaḥ
     (1) A gambler, cheat, rogue.
     (2) An enemy. --baṃ The white lotus opening at moonrise; caṃdro vikāsayati kairavacakravālaṃ Bh. 2. 73. --vī moonlight.
     -- Comp.
          --baṃdhuḥ an epithet of the moon.

kairavin m. The moon.

kairaviṇī
     (1) A lotus plant bearing white lotuses.
     (2) A place (pond &c.) abounding in white lotuses.
     (3) An assemblage of white lotuses; Bv. 1. 75.

kairāṭakaḥ A kind of vegetable poison.

kairāta a. [kirāta-aṇ] Belonging to the Kirātas. --taḥ
     (1) A prince of the Kirātas.
     (2) A strong man. --taṃ A kind of sandal-wood.

kairāta(ti)ka  a. Belonging to the Kirātas.

kailam Sport, pleasure.

kailakilaḥ An epithet of Yavana.

kailāsaḥ N. of a mountain, a peak of the Himālayas and residence of Śiva and Kubera; Me. 11. 58; R. 2. 35.
     -- Comp.
          --okas m.,
          --niketanaḥ, --nāthaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Kubera; kailāsanāthaṃ tarasā jigīṣuḥ R. 5. 28; kailāsanāthamupasṛtya nivartamānā V. 1. 3.

kaivartaḥ [ke jale vartate vṛt-ac; kevartaḥ; tataḥ svārthe aṇ Tv.] A fisherman; manobhūḥ kaivartaḥ kṣipati paritastvāṃ prati muhuḥ (tanūjālījālaṃ) Śānti. 3. 16; Ms. 8. 260; (as to his descent see Ms. 10. 34).

kaivartakaḥ A fisherman.

kaivalyam [kevalasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Perfect isolation, soleness, exclusiveness.
     (2) Individuality.
     (3) Detachment of the soul from matter, identification with the supreme spirit.
     (4) Final emancipation or beatitude.

kaiśika a. (kī f.) [keśa ṭhak] Hair-like, fine as hair. --kaḥ The sentiment of love, lust. --kaṃ A quantity of hair. --kī One of the four varieties of dramatic style, more usually and correctly written kauśikī q. v.
     (2) An epithet of Durgā.

kaiśoram [kiśorasya bhāvaḥ añ] Youth childhood, tender age (below fifteen); kaiśoramāpaṃcadaśāt.

kaiśyam The whole mass of hair, quantity of hair.

kokaḥ [kuk-ādāne ac Tv.]
     (1) A wolf; vanayūthaparibhraṣṭā mṛgī kokairivārditā Ram.
     (2) The ruddy goose (cakravāka); kokānāṃ karuṇasvareṇa sadṛśī dīrghā madabhyarthanā Gīt. 5.
     (3) A cuckoo.
     (4) A frog.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (6) A wild lizard.
     (7) A wild date tree.
     -- Comp.
          --devaḥ a pigeon.
          --baṃdhuḥ an epithet of the sun.
          --śāstraṃ an indecent treatise on the art of love.

kokanadam [kokān cakravākān nadati nādayati nad-ac]
     (1) The red lotus; kiṃcitkokanadacchadasya sadṛśe netre svayaṃ rajyataḥ U. 5. 36; nīlanalinābhamapi tanvi tava locanaṃ dhārayati kokanadarūpaṃ Gīt. 10; Śi. 4. 46.
     (2) The red water-lily.

kokāhaḥ A white horse.

kokilaḥ, --lā [kuk-ilac Uṇ. 1. 54]
     (1) The (Indian or black) cuckoo; puṃskokilo yanmadhuraṃ cukūja Ku. 3. 32; 4. 16; R. 12. 39.
     (2) A fire-brand.
     -- Comp.
          --āvāsaḥ, --utsavaḥ the mango tree.
          --ikṣuḥ a kind of sugar cane.

koṃkaḥ, koṃkaṇaḥ (pl.) N. of a country, the strip of land between the Sahyādri and the ocean.

koṃkaṇā N. of Reṇuka, wife of Jamadagni.
     -- Comp.
          --sutaḥ an epithet of Paraśurāma.

koca a. [kuc kartari ṇa] Drying, becoming dry. --caḥ
     (1) Drying up, withering, aridity.
     (2) A man of mixed caste, (the offspring of a fisherman by a female butcher.)

kojāgaraḥ [ko jāgarti iti lakṣmyā uktiratra kāle pṛṣo- Tv.] N. of a festival held on the full moon night in the month of Aśvina and celebrated with several games.

koṭaḥ [kuṭ-ghañ]
     (1) A fort.
     (2) A hut, shed.
     (3) Crookedness (moral also).
     (4) A beard.

koṭaka a. Curving, bending. --kaḥ
     (1) A builder of sheds, thatcher.
     (2) A mixed caste; (offspring of a mason by a daughter of a potter).

koṭaraḥ, --ram [koṭaṃ kauṭilyaṃ rāti rā-ka Tv.] The hollow of a tree; nīvārāḥ śukagarbhakoṭaramukhabhraṣṭāstarūṇāmadhaḥ S. 1. 14; koṭaramakālavṛṣṭyā prabalapurovātayā gamite M. 4. 2; Rs. 1. 26.

koṭarī, koṭavī
     (1) A naked woman.
     (2) An epithet of the goddess Durgā (represented as naked).

koṭiḥ, --ṭī f. [kuṭ iñ]
     (1) The curved end of a bow; bhūminihitaikakoṭi kārmukaṃ R. 11. 81; U. 4. 29.
     (2) The end or extremity, edge or point in general; sahacarīṃ daṃtasya koṭyā likhan Mal. 9. 32; aṃgadakoṭilagnaṃ R. 6. 14, 7. 46; 8. 36.
     (3) The edge or point of a weapon.
     (4) The highest point, excess, pitch, climax, excellence; parāṃ koṭimānaṃdasyādhyagacchan K. 369; so kopakoṭimāpannā Pt. 4 excessively angry.
     (5) The horns or digits of the moon; Ku. 2. 26.
     (6) Ten millions, a crore; R. 5. 21; 12. 82; Ms. 6. 63.
     (7) The complement of an arc to 90- (in math.)
     (8) The side of a right-angled triangle (in math.).
     (9) A class, department, kingdom; manuṣya-, prāṇi- &c. (10) One side of a question in dispute, an alternative.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvaraḥ a millionaire.
          --jit m. an epithet of Kālidāsa.
          --jyā the co-sine of an angle in a right-angled triangle (in math.).
          --dvayaṃ two alternatives.
          --pātraṃ a rudder.
          --pālaḥ the guard of a stronghold.
          --vedhin a. (lit.) striking a point; (fig.) performing the most difficult things.
          --śrīḥ an epithet of Durgā.

koṭika a. Forming the highest point of anything.

koṭimata a. Edged, pointed; S. 7. 26

koṭiśaḥ ind. By crores, by tens of millions, in innumerable numbers.

koṭiraḥ [koṭiṃ rāti rā-ka Tv.]
     (1) The hair collected on the forehead by asceties in the shape of a horn.
     (2) An ichneumon.
     (3) An epithet of Indra.

koṭi(ṭī)śaḥ  A harrow.

koṭīraḥ [koṭimīrayati īr-aṇ Tv.]
     (1) A diadem, crown.
     (2) A crest.
     (3) The hair collected (by ascetics) on the forehead in the shape of a horn, matted hair in general; koṭīrabaṃdhanadhanurguṇayogapaṭṭavyāpārapāragamamuṃ bhaja bhūtabhartuḥ N. 11. 18.

koṭṭaḥ [kuṭṭ-ghañ ni- guṇaḥ] A fort, castle.

koṭṭavī [koṭṭaṃ vāti vā-ka, gaurā- ṅīṣ Tv.]
     (1) A naked woman with dishevelled hair.
     (2) N. of the goddess Durgā.
     (3) N. of the mother of Bāṇa.

koṭṭāraḥ [kuṭṭ-ārak pṛṣo-] A fortified town, strong hold.
     (2) The stairs of a pond.
     (3) A well.
     (4) A libertine, a dissolute person.

koṭhaḥ
     (1) A variety of leprosy with large round spots.
     (2) Ring-worm.

koṇaḥ [kuṇ-karaṇe ghañ karttari ac vā Tv.]
     (1) A corner, an angle (of anything); bhayena koṇe kvacana sthitasya Vikr. 1. 99: yuktametanna tu punaḥ koṇaṃ nayanapadmayoḥ Bv. 2. 173.
     (2) An intermediate point of the compass.
     (3) The bow of a lute; a fiddle-stick.
     (4) The sharp edge of a sword or weapon.
     (5) A stick, staff, club.
     (6) A drum-stick.
     (7) N. of the planet Mars.
     (8) N. of the planet Saturn.
     (9) A sort of musical instrument. [cf. Gr. gonia].
     -- Comp.
          --āghātaḥ striking of drums, tabors &c., used in the sense of 'a mingled sound of various musical instruments'; koṇāghāteṣu garjatpralayaghanaghaṭānyonyasaṃghaṭṭacaṃḍaḥ Ve. 1. 22. (It is thus defined by Bharata.:
          --ḍhakkāśatasahasrāṇi bherīśataśatāni ca . ekadā yatra hanyaṃte koṇāghātaḥ sa ucyate). --kuṇaḥ a bug.
          --vādin m. an epithet of Śiva.

koṇapaḥ See kauṇapa.

koṇākoṇi ind. From angle to angle, corner-wise, diagonally.

koṇi a. Having a crooked hand.

kotha a. [kuth-ghañ]
     (1) Afflicted with pain.
     (2) Churned. --thaḥ
     (1) Putrefaction, corruption.
     (2) A sore.
     (3) Gangrene.
     (4) A disease of the eyes.
     (5) Churning.

kodaṃḍaḥ, --ḍam A bow, re kaṃdarpa karaṃ kadarthayasi kiṃ kodaṃḍaṭaṃkāravaiḥ Bh. 3. 100; kodaṃḍapāṇi ninadatpratirodhakānāṃ M. 5. 10. --ḍaḥ
     (1) An eye-brow.
     (2) N. of a country.

kodaṃḍin m. An epithet of Śiva.

kodāraḥ A kind of grain.

kodravaḥ A species of grain eaten by the poor; chittvā karpūrakhaṃḍān vṛtimiha kurute kodravāṇāṃ saṃmatāt Bh. 2. 100.

konālakaḥ, --kā, --kam A kind of aquatic bird.

komala a. [ku-kalac muṭ ca ni- guṇaḥ; of. Uṇ. 1. 106]
     (1) Tender, soft, delicate (fig. also); baṃdhurakomalāṃguliṃ (karaṃ) S. 6. 12; komalaviṭapānukāriṇau bāhū 1. 21; saṃpatsu mahatāṃ cittaṃ bhavatyutpalakomalaṃ Bh. 2. 66.
     (2)
          (a) Soft, low; komalaṃ gītaṃ.
          (b) Agreeable, pleasing, sweet; re re kokila komalaiḥ kalaravaiḥ kiṃ tvaṃ vṛthā jalpasi Bh. 3. 100.
     (3) Handsome, beautiful. --laṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Clay, earth.

komalakam The fibres of the stalk of a lotus.

koyaṣṭiḥ, koyaṣṭikaḥ
     (1) The lapwing; kāśmaryāḥ kṛtamālamudgatadalaṃ koyaṣṭikaṣṭīkate Mal. 9. 7; Ms. 5. 13; Y. 1. 173.
     (2) A small white crane.

koraḥ [kul saṃstyāne ac lasya-raḥ Tv.]
     (1) A moveable joint (as the fingers, the knees &c).
     (2) A bud; cf. koraka.

korakaḥ --kam [Uṇ. 5. 35]
     (1) A bud, an unblown flower; saṃnaddhaṃ yadapi sthitaṃ kurabakaṃ tatkorakāvasthayā S. 6. 3.
     (2) (fig.) Any thing resembling a bud, i. e. partially opened but not fully developed; rādhāyāḥ statakorakopari calannetro hariḥ pātu vaḥ Gīt. 12.
     (3) The fibres of the stalk of a lotus.
     (4) A kind of perfume.

korita a.
     (1) Budded, sprouted.
     (2) Ground, pounded, reduced to small particles.

koradūṣaḥ = kodravaḥ q. v.

kolaḥ [kul saṃstyāne ac]
     (1) A hog, boar; Śi. 14. 43, 86.
     (2) A raft, boat.
     (3) The breast.
     (4) The haunch, hip, lap.
     (5) An embrace.
     (6) The planet Saturn.
     (7) An out-cast, one of a degraded tribe.
     (8) A barbarian. --laṃ
     (1) The weight of one Tola.
     (2) Black pepper.
     (3) A kind of berry.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃcaḥ N. of the country of the Kalingas.
          --pucchaḥ a heron.

kolakuṇaḥ A bug.

kolaṃbakaḥ The body of a lute.

kolā, --liḥ, --lī f. See badarī.

kolāhalaḥ, --lam A loud and confused noise, an uproar.

kolyā Long pepper.

kovida a. Experienced, learned, skilled, wise, proficient (with gen: or loc. but usually in comp.); vyutpattirāvarjitakovidāpi Vikr. 1. 16; guṇadoṣakovidaḥ Śi. 14. 54, 69; prāpyāvaṃtīnudayanakathākovidagrāmavṛddhān Me. 30; Ms. 7. 26; sphuṭacaturakathā- Mu. 3. 10.

kovidāraḥ, --ram N. of a tree; cittaṃ vidārayati kasya na kovidāraḥ Rs. 3. 6; U. 5. 1.

kośaḥ, --śaṃ (ṣaḥ, --ṣaṃ) [kuś(ṣ) ādhārādau ghañ kartari ac vā Tv.]
     (1) A vessel for holding liquids, a pail.
     (2) A bucket, cup.
     (3) A vessel in general.
     (4) A box, cupboard, drawer, trunk.
     (5) A sheath, scabbard.
     (6) A case, cover, covering.
     (7) A store, mass; Ms. 1. 99.
     (8) A store-room.
     (9) A treasury, an apartment where money is kept; Ms. 8. 419. (10) Treasure, money, wealth; niḥśeṣaviśrāṇitakoṣajātaṃ R. 5. 1; (fig. also); kośastapasaḥ K. 45.
     (11) Gold or silver wrought or unwrought.
     (12) A dictionary, lexicon, vocabulary.
     (13) A closed flower, bud; sujātayoḥ paṃkajakośayoḥ śriyaṃ R. 3. 8, 13. 29; itthaṃ viciṃtayati kośagate dvirephe hā haṃta haṃta nalinīṃ gaja ujjahāra Subhāṣ.
     (14) The stone of a fruit.
     (15) A pod.
     (16) A nut-meg, nut-shell.
     (17) The cocoon of a silkworm; Y. 3. 147.
     (18) Vulva, the womb.
     (19) An egg. (20) A testicle or the scrotum.
     (21) The penis.
     (22) A ball, globe.
     (23) (In Vedānta phil.) A term for the five vestures (sheaths or cases) which successively make the body, enshrining the soul.
     (24) (In law) A kind of ordeal; cf. Y. 2. 112.
     (25) A house.
     (26) A cloud.
     (27) The interior of a carriage.
     (28) A kind of bandage or ligature (in surgery).
     (29) An oath. --śī (ṣī)
     (1) A bud.
     (2) A seed-vessel.
     (3) The beard of corn.
     (4) A shoe, sandal (pādukā).
     -- Comp.
          --adhipatiḥ, --adhyakṣaḥ 1. a treasurer, pay-master; (cf. the modern 'minister of finance'). --2. an epithet of Kubera.
          --agāraḥ, --raṃ a treasury, store-room.
          --kāraḥ 1. one who makes scabbards. --2. a lexicographer. --3. the silk-worm while in the cocoon. --4. a chrysalis.
          --kārakaḥ a silk-worm.
          --kṛt m. a kind of sugar-cane.
          --gṛhaṃ a treasury, store-room; R. 5. 29.
          --grahaṇaṃ undergoing an ordeal.
          --caṃcuḥ the (Indian) crane.
          --nāyakaḥ, --pālaḥ 1. a treasurer. --2. An epithet of Kubera.
          --peṭakaḥ, --kaṃ a chest in which treasure is kept, coffer.
          --phalaṃ 1. a kind of perfume. --2. a nutmeg.
          --vasin m. an animal living in a shell, a chrysalis.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. 1. increase of treasure. --2. enlargement of the scrotum.
          --śāyikā a clasped knife, a knife lying in a sheath.
          --śuddhiḥ f. purification by ordeal.
          --skṛt m. a silk-worm.
          --stha a. incased, sheathed. (
          --sthaḥ) an animal living in a shell (as a snail).
          --hīna a. deprived of riches, poor.

kośakaḥ
     (1) An egg.
     (2) A testicle.

kośikā A drinking vessel.

kośi(ṣi)n  m. The mango tree.

kośalikam A bribe (= kauśalika q. v. which is the more correct form).

kośātakin m.
     (1) Trade, business.
     (2) A trader, merchant.
     (3) Submarine fire.

kośātakī N. of a tree (paṭolī); Śi. 12. 37.

koṣṭha a. [kuṣ-than Uṇ. 2. 4] Own. --ṣṭhaḥ
     (1) Any one of the viscera of the body, such as the heart, lungs &c.
     (2) The belly, abdomen.
     (3) An inner apartment.
     (4) A granary, store-room. --ṣṭhaṃ
     (1) A surrounding wall.
     (2) The shell of anything.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraṃ 1. a store-house, store room; paryāptabharitakoṣṭhāgāraṃ māṃsaśoṇitairme gṛhaṃ bhaviṣyati Ve. 3; Ms. 9. 280. --2. a treasury.
          --agārikaḥ 1. an animal living in a shell. --2. the manager of a store-room.
          --agniḥ the digestive faculty, gastric juice.
          --pālaḥ 1. a treasurer, storekeeper. --2. a guard, watch. --3. a constable (resembling the modern municipal officer).
          --śuddhiḥ f. evacuation of the bowels.

koṣṭhakaḥ
     (1) A granary.
     (2) A surrounding wall. --kaṃ A brick trough for watering cattle.

koṣṭhakīkṛ 8 U. To surround, enclose.

koṣṭhya a. [koṣṭha-ya] Proceeding from the chest (as a sound).

koṣṇa a. [īṣaduṣṇa; koḥ kādeśaḥ] Lukewarm, tepid; R. 1. 84. --ṣṇaṃ Warmth.

kosa(śa)laḥ  (pl.) N. of a country and its people; pituranaṃtaramuttarakosalān R. 9. 1; 3. 5; 6. 71; magadhakosalakekayaśāsināṃ duhitaraḥ 9. 17.

kosa(śa)lā  The city of Ayodhyā.

kohala a. [kau halati spardhate ac pṛṣo- Tv.] Speaking indistinctly. --laḥ
     (1) A kind of musical instrument.
     (2) A sort of spirituous liquor.
     (3) The inventor or first teacher of the drama.

kaukṛtyam
     (1) Evil doing, wickedness.
     (2) Repentance.

kaukkuṭa a. [kukkuṭa-aṇ] Relating to a cock.

kaukkuṭikaḥ [kukkuṭa-ṭhak]
     (1) A poulterer.
     (2) A mendicant who walks always fixing his eyes on the ground for fear of treading upon worms, insects &c.
     (3) (Hence) A hypocrite.

kaukṣa a. (kṣī f.)
     (1) Tied to, or being on, the sides.
     (2) Abdominal.

kaukṣeya (yī f.) [kukṣi-ṭhañ]
     (1) Being in the belly.
     (2) Being in a sheath; asiṃ kaukṣeyamudyamya cakārāpanasaṃ makhaṃ Bk. 4. 31.

kaukṣeyakaḥ [kukṣau baddho'siḥ ḍhakañ] A sword, scimitar; bāmapārśvāvalaṃbinā kaukṣeyakeṇa K. 8; Vikr. 1. 90.

kauṃkaḥ, kauṃkaṇaḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its people or rulers; (see koṃkaṇa).

kauṃjara a. Belonging to an elephant.

kauṭa a. (ṭī f.) [kūṭa-añ]
     (1) Living in one's own house; hence, independent, free.
     (2) Domestic, homely, homebred.
     (3) Fraudulent, dishonest.
     (4) Snared. --ṭaḥ
     (1) Fraud, falsehood.
     (2) Giving false evidence.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ the Kutaja tree.
          --takṣaḥ (opp. grāmatakṣaḥ) an independent carpenter, one who works at home on his own account and not for the village.
          --sākṣin m. a false witness.
          --sākṣyaṃ false evidence, perjury.

kauṭakikaḥ, kauṭikaḥ
     (1) One whose business is to catch birds &c. in traps.
     (2) One who sells the flesh of birds, animals &c.; a butcher, poacher.

kauṭika a.
     (1) Relating to a snare or trap.
     (2) Dishonest, fraudulent; see kauṭakika above.

kauṭabhī An epithet of Durgā.

kauṭalya = kauṭilya q. v.

kauṭavī A naked woman; cf. koṭṭabī.

kauṭilikaḥ
     (1) A hunter.
     (2) A blacksmith.

kauṭilyam
     (1) Crookedness(lit. and fig.).
     (2) Wickedness
     (3) Dishonesty, fraud; Pt. 2. 185. --lyaḥ 'The crooked', N. of Chāṇakya. a celebrated writer on civil polity, (the work being known as cāṇakyanīti), the friend and adviser of Chandragupta and a very important character in the Mudrārākṣas; kauṭilyaḥ kuṭilamatiḥ sa eṣa yena krodhāgnau prasabhamadāhi naṃdavaṃśaḥ Mu. 1. 7; spṛśati māṃ bhṛtyabhāvena kauṭilyaśiṣyaḥ Mu. 7.

kauṭīra a. Belonging to the plant kuṭīra or made of it.

kauṭīryā An epithet of Durgā.

kauṭuṃba a. (bī f.) [kuṭuṃbaṃ tadbharaṇaṃ prayojanamasya aṇ] Necessary for the family or household. --baṃ Family relationship.

kauṭuṃbika a. (kī f.) [kuṭuṃbe tadbharaṇe prasṛtaḥ ṭhak] Constituting a family. --kaḥ The father or master of a family; paterfamilias.

kauṇapaḥ A goblin, demon; Māl. 5.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃtaḥ an epithet of Bhīṣma.

kauṇyam Distortion or paralysis of the hands.

kautukam [kutukasya bhāvaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Desire, curiosity, wish.
     (2) Eagerness, vehemence, impatience.
     (3) Anything creating curiosity or wonder.
     (4) The marriage thread (worn on the wrist); karoyamāmuktavivāhakautukaḥ Ku. 5. 66; R. 8. 1.
     (5) The ceremony with the marriage thread preceding a marriage.
     (6) Festivity, gaiety.
     (7) Particularly, auspicious festivity, solemn occasion (such as marriage); prasthāna- S. 4; Ku. 7. 25.
     (8) Delight, joy, pleasure, happiness; Bh. 3. 140; -rasāḥ U. 6. 33; Mal. 10. 3; U. 3. 37.
     (9) Sport, pastime. (10) A song, dance, show or spectacle.
     (11) Joke, mirth.
     (12) Friendly greeting, salutation.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraḥ, --raṃ, --gṛhaṃ a pleasure-house; kautukāgāramāgāt Ku. 7. 94.
          --kriyā, --maṃgalaṃ 1. a solemn ceremony. --2. particularly, marriage ceremony; R. 11. 53;
          --toraṇaḥ, --ṇaṃ a triumphal arch erected on festive occasions.

kautukita a. Eager, eagerly interested.

kautukin a. Festive, gay.

kautūhalaṃ(lyaṃ) [kutūhala-aṇ]
     (1) Desire, curiosity, interest; viṣayavyāvṛttakautūhalaḥ V. 1. 9; S. 1.
     (2) Eagerness, vehement or eager desire.
     (3) Anything exciting curiosity, a wonder, curiosity.
     (4) A solemn ceremony.

kautsam A Sāman composed by Kutsa. --tsaḥ
     (1) N. of a pupil of Varatantu; R. 5. 1.
     (2) N. of a degraded family.

kaudālikaḥ A man of a mixed caste, a fisherman.

kaudravikam Sochal salt.

kaunakhyam Ugliness of nails.

kauṃtikaḥ [kuṃtaḥ praharaṇamasya ṭhañ] A spearman, lancer.

kauṃteyaḥ [kuṃtyāḥ apatyaṃ ḍhak] 'Son of Kuntī', an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhīma or Arjuna.

kaupa a. (pī f.) [kūpa-aṇ] Relating to or coming from a well (as water). --paṃ Well-water.

kaupīnam [kūpa-khañ; see Sk. on P. V. 2. 20]
     (1) The pudenda.
     (2) A privity, privy part.
     (3) A small piece of cloth (usually a small strip) worn over the privities; kaupīnaṃ śatakhaṃḍajarjarataraṃ kaṃthā punastādṛśī Bh. 3. 101.
     (4) (Hence sometimes) A ragged or tattered garment.
     (5) Sin, an improper or wrong act; Pt. 3. 97.

kaupodakī The mace of Kṛṣṇa.

kaubjyam [kubja-ṣyañ]
     (1) Crookedness.
     (2) Hump-backedness.

kaumāra a. (rī f.) [kumāra-aṇ]
     (1) Juvenile, youthful, virgin, maidenly (of men and women); kaumāraḥ patiḥ, kaumārī bhāryā.
     (2) Soft, tender.
     (3) Belonging to the god of war; Māl. 1. 1. --rī
     (1) The wife of one who has not married another wife.
     (2) The Śakti (power) of Kārtikeya. --raṃ
     (1) Childhood (to the age of five).
     (2) Maidenhood (to the age of sixteen), virginity; pitā rakṣati kaumare bhartā rakṣati yaubane Ms. 9. 3; dehino'smin yathā dehe kaumāraṃ yovanaṃ jarā Bg. 2. 13.
     -- Comp.
          --baṃdhakī a harlot; Māl. 7.
          --bhṛtyaṃ the rearing and general treatment of children.
          --rājyaṃ the position of an heirapparent.
          --hara a. marrying or gaining a woman as a girl; yaḥ kaumāraharaḥ sa eva hi varaḥ K. P. 1.

kaumārakam Boyhood, juvenile or tender age; kaumārake'pi girivadgurutāṃ dadhānaḥ U. 6. 19.

kaumārikaḥ A father of girls.

kaumārikeyaḥ [kumārikāyā apatyaṃ ḍhak] The son of an unmarried woman.

kaumudaḥ The month Kārtika.

kaumudī [kumudasyeyaṃ prakāśakatvāt aṇ ṅīṣ Tv.]
     (1) Moonlight; śaśinā saha yāti kaumudī Ku. 4. 33; śaśinamupagateyaṃ kaumudī meghamuktaṃ R. 6. 85; (the word is thus popularly derived: kau modaṃte janā yasyāṃ tenāsau kaumudī matā).
     (2) Anything serving as moonlight, i. e. causing delight and balmy coolness; tvamasya lokasya ca netrakaumudī Ku. 5. 71; yā kaumudī nayanayorbhavataḥ sujanmā Māl. 1. 34; cf. caṃdrikā.
     (3) The full moon day in Kārtika.
     (4) The full moon day in Aśvina.
     (5) Festivity (in general).
     (6) Particularly, a festive day on which temples, houses &c. are illuminated.
     (7) (At the end of titles of works &c.) Elucidation, throwing light on the subject treated; i. g. tarkakaumudī, sāṃkhyatattvakai mudī, siddhāṃtakaumudī &c.
     -- Comp.
          --cāraḥ the day of full moon in the month Aśvina.
          --patiḥ the moon.
          --mukhaṃ appearance of moonlight; R. 3. 1.
          --vṛkṣaḥ the stick or stand of a lamp.

kaumodakī, kaumodī N. of the mace of Viṣṇu, kaumodakī modayati sma cetaḥ Śi. 3. 18.

kaurava a. (vī f.) [kurorapatyaṃ, taddeśasya rājā teṣu bhavo vā, kuru-aṇ] Relating to the Kurus; kṣetraṃ kṣatrapradhānapiśunaṃ kauravaṃ tadbhajethāḥ Me. 48. --vaḥ A descendant of Kuru; mathnāmi kauravaśataṃ samare na kopāt Ve. 1. 15; Chāṇ. 50.
     (2) A ruler of the Kurus. (so kauravaka, kauravāyaṇi and kauraveya).

kauravyaḥ [kuru-ṇya]
     (1) A descendant of Kuru; kauravyavaṃśadāve'smin ka eṣa śalabhāyate Ve. 1. 19, 25; kauravye kṛtahastatā punariyaṃ deve yathā sīriṇi 6. 12.
     (2) A ruler of the Kurus.

kaurpyaḥ The zodical sign Scorpio (a word derived from Greek).

kaurma a. [kūrma-aṇ] Belonging to a tortoise.
     (2) Belonging to the Avatāra of Viṣṇu as a tortoise; (-purāṇa). --rmaḥ N. of a Kalpa.

kaula a. (lī f.) [kule bhavaḥ aṇ cf. P. IV. 2. 96]
     (1) Relating to a family, ancestral, hereditary.
     (2) Of a noble family, well-born. --laḥ A worshipper of śakti according to the left hand ritual. --laṃ The doctrine and practices of the left hand Śāktas (for a short description of kauladharma see Karpūr. 1, speech of bhairavānaṃda).

kaulakeya a. Sprung from a noble family, of a good family. --yaḥ The son of an unchaste woman, a bastard.

kaulaṭineyaḥ [kulaṭāyāḥ apatyaṃ P. IV. 1. 127]
     (1) The son of a (chaste) female beggar.
     (2) A bastard.

kaulaṭeyaḥ
     (1) The son of a female beggar (chaste or unchaste).
     (2) A bastard.

kaulaṭeraḥ A bastard, son or daughter of a disloyal wife.
     (2) The child of a beggar.

kaulālaka a. Made by, or pertaining to, a potter. --kaṃ Earthenware, porcelain.

kaulika a. (kī f.) [kulādāgataḥ ṭhak]
     (1) Belonging to a family.
     (2) Customary in a family, ancestral. --kaḥ A weaver; kauliko viṣṇurūpeṇa rājakanyāṃ niṣevate Pt. 1. 202.
     (2) An impostor, a heretic.
     (3) A follower of the left hand Śakta ritual.

kaulīna a. [kau pṛthivyāṃ līnaḥ aluksa-; kulādāgataḥ khañ vā] Belonging to a noble family. --naḥ
     (1) The son of a female beggar.
     (2) A follower of the left hand Śakta ritual. --naṃ
     (1) An evil report, a scandal; mālavikāgataṃ kimapi kaulīnaṃ śrūyate M. 3; tadeva kaulīnamiva pratibhāti V. 2; Me. 112; kaulīnamātmāśrayamācacakṣe R. 14. 36, 84.
     (2) An improper act, bad or scandalous conduct; khyāte tasmin vitamasi kule janma kaulīnametat Ve. 2. 10.
     (3) A combat of animals.
     (4) Cock-fighting.
     (5) War, battle (in general).
     (6) High birth.
     (7) A privity, the pudenda.

kaulīnyam
     (1) High birth; Pt. 1. 116.
     (2) Family scandal.
     (3) Family honor.

kaulūtaḥ A king of the Kulūtas; kaulūtaścitravarmā Mu. 1. 20.

kauleyaka [kula-ḍhakañ] a.
     (1) Of a noble family.
     (2) Pertaining to a family. --kaḥ A dog, hound.

kaulya a.
     (1) Noble-born, of a high birth.
     (2) Of the left hand Śākta sect.

kauve(be)ra  a. (rī f.) [kuverasyedaṃ aṇ] Belonging to or coming from Kubera; yānaṃ sasmāra kauberaṃ R. 15. 45. --rī The north (the direction presided over by Kubera); tataḥ pratasthe kauverīṃ bhāsvāniva raghurdiśaṃ R. 4. 66.
     (2) The Śakti or female energy of Kubera.

kauśa a. (śī f.) [kuśa-aṇ]
     (1) Silken.
     (2) Made of Kuśa grass. --śaṃ An epithet of Kānyakubja.

kauśalaṃ(lyaṃ) [kuśala-aṇ ṣyañ vā]
     (1) Well-being, welfare, happiness, prosperity.
     (2) Skill, skilfulness, cleverness; kimakauśalāduta prayojanāpokṣitayā Mu. 3; hāvahāri hasitaṃ vacanānāṃ kauśalaṃ dṛśi vikārabiśeṣāḥ Śi. 10. 13.

kauśalikam A bribe.

kauśalikā, kauśalī
     (1) A present, an offering.
     (2) Friendly inquiry after one's health &c., greeting.

kauśaleyaḥ [kauśalyāyā apatyaṃ ṭhak yalopaḥ] An epithet of Rāma, son of Kauśalyā.

kauśalyā [kośaladeśe bhavā chaya] The eldest wife of Daśaratha and mother of Rāma.

kauśalyāyaniḥ [kauśalyāyā apatyaṃ phiñ] Rāma, son of Kauśalyā; Bk. 7. 99.

kauśāṃbī [kuśāṃbena nirvṛttā aṇ] N. of an ancient city on the Ganges in the lower part of the Doab.

kauśika a. (kī f.) [kuśa-ṭhañ, kuśika-aṇ vā]
     (1) Incased, sheathed.
     (2) Coming from an owl.
     (3) Born of the family of Kuśika.
     (4) Silken. --kaḥ
     (1) An epithet of viśvāmitra q. v.
     (2) An owl; U. 2. 29.
     (3) A lexicographer.
     (4) Marrow.
     (5) Bdellium.
     (6) An ichneumon.
     (7) A snakecatcher.
     (8) The sentiment of love (śṛṃgāra).
     (9) One who knows hidden treasures. (10) An epithet of Indra; N. 5. 64.
     (11) An epithet of Śiva. --kā A cup, drinking vessel. --kī
     (1) N. of a river in Behār.
     (2) N. of the goddess Durgā.
     (3) N. of one of the four varieties of dramatic style; sukumārārthasaṃdarbhā kauśikī tāsu kathyate; see S. D. 411 et. seq. also.
     -- Comp.
          --arātiḥ, --ariḥ a crow.
          --ātmajaḥ an epithet of Arjuna.
          --āyudhaṃ rainbow.
          --phalaḥ the cocoa-nut tree.
          --priyaḥ an epithet of Rāma.

kauśīdhānyam A leguminous plant, pulse.

kauśīlavam The profession of an actor.

kauśe(ṣe)ya  a. [kośādutthitaṃ ḍhak] Silk, silken. --yaṃ
     (1) Silk; Pt. 1. 94.
     (2) A silken cloth in general; Ms. 5. 120.
     (3) A woman's lower garment of silk; nirnābhi kauśeyamupāttabāṇamabhyaṃganepathyamalaṃcakāra Ku. 7. 7; vidyudgaṇakauśeyaḥ Mk. 5. 3; Rs. 5. 8.

kausalya a. Belonging to the people of the Kosalas. --lyaḥ A prince of the Kosalas. --lyā The wife of Daśaratha and mother of Rāma.
     -- Comp.
          --naṃdanaḥ, --mātṛ m. epithets of Rāma.

kausīda a.
     (1) Connected with a loan.
     (2) Usurious.

kausīdyam [kusīda-ṣyañ]
     (1) The practice of usury.
     (2) Sloth, indolence.

kausuma a. [kusuma-aṇ] Flowery, flowering. --maṃ
     (1) The ashes of brass (used as a collyrium).
     (2) Pollen of flowers (parāga); Śi. 7. 57.

kausuṃbha a. [kusuṃbha-aṇ]
     (1) Prepared with safflower.
     (2) Dyed with safflower, red. --maḥ Wild safflower.

kausṛtikaḥ [kusṛtyā carati ṭhak]
     (1) A cheat, knave.
     (2) A juggler.

kaustubhaḥ [kustubho jaladhistatra bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) N. of a celebrated gem obtained with 13 other jewels at the churning of the ocean and worn by Viṣṇu on his breast; sakaustubhaṃ hrepa yatīva kṛṣṇaṃ R. 6. 49; 10. 10.
     (2) A kind of oil.
     (3) A manner of joining the fingers.
     -- Comp.
          --lakṣaṇaḥ, --vakṣas m --hṛdayaḥ epithets of Viṣṇu.

knath 1. 10. P. To hurt, injure, kill.

knas 4. 10. P.
     (1) To be crooked.
     (2) To speak.
     (3) To shine.

knūy
     (1) A. (knūyate)
     (1) To make a creaking sound.
     (2) To sink.
     (3) To be wet.

krakacaḥ A saw; U. 4. 3. --cā The Ketaka tree.
     -- Comp.
          --chadaḥ the Ketaka tree.
          --patraḥ the teak tree.
          --pād m.,
          --pādaḥ a lizard.

krakaraḥ
     (1) A kind of partridge.
     (2) A saw.
     (3) A poor man.
     (4) A disease.

kratuḥ [kṛ-katu Uṇ. 1. 77]
     (1) A sacrifice; kratoraśeṣeṇa phalena yujyatāṃ R. 3. 65; śataṃ kratūnāmapavighnamāpa saḥ 3. 38; M. 1. 4; Ms. 7. 79.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (3) One of the ten Prajāpatis; M. 1. 35.
     (4) Intelligence, talent.
     (5) Power, ability.
     (6) Plan, design, purpose.
     (7) Resolution, determination.
     (8) Desire, will.
     (9) Fitness, adequacy, efficiency. (10) Deliberation, consultation.
     (11) Inspiration.
     (12) Enlightenment.
     (13) Offering, worship.
     (14) An Aśvamedha sacrifice (these senses are mostly Vedic).
     (15) The month Āṣāḍha.
     (16) Excess of fondness or liking.
     (17) An organ. [cf. Gr. kratos; Zend khratu].
     -- Comp.
          --uttamaḥ the rājasūya sacrifice.
          --karman n. a sacrificial ceremony.
          --druh, --dviṣ m. a demon, goblin.
          --dhvaṃsin m. an epithet of Śiva (who destroyed Daksha's sacrifice.)
          --patiḥ the performer of a sacrifice.
          --paśuḥ a sacrificial horse.
          --puruṣaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --bhuj m. a god, deity.
          --rāj m. 1. the lord of sacrifices; yathāśvamedhaḥ kraturāṭ Ms. 9. 260. --2. the rājasūya sacrifice.
          --rājaḥ the rājasūya sacrifice.

krath 1 P. (krathati, krathita) To injure, hurt, kill (with gen. of person). --10 U. To delight.

krathanam A slaughter.
     (2) Cutting.

krathakaśikaḥ (pl.) N. of a country; atheśvareṇa krathakaiśikānāṃ R. 5. 39; M. 5. 2.

kraṃd 1 P. (kraṃdati, cakraṃda, akraṃdīt, kraṃdita)
     (1) To cry, weep, shed tears; kiṃ kraṃdasi durākraṃda svapakṣakṣayakāraka Pt. 4. 29; kraṃdatyataḥ karuṇamapsarasāṃ gaṇo'yaṃ V. 1. 3; cakraṃda vignā kurarīva bhūyaḥ R. 14. 68; 15. 42; Bk. 3. 28, 5. 5.
     (2) To call out to, call out piteously to any one, (with acc.); kraṃdatyavirataṃ so'tha bhrātṛmātṛsutānatha Mārk. P.
     (3) To cry out, exclaim.
     (4) To yell, howl.
     (5) To neigh (as a horse).
     (6) To roar.
     (7) To creak (as a wheel). (10) P. or Caus.
     (1) To cry out continuously.
     (2) To roar, rave.
     (3) To cause to weep.

kraṃdaḥ Ved.
     (1) Neighing.
     (2) A cry, calling out.

kraṃdanaḥ [kraṃd bhāve lyuṭ] A cat. --naṃ
     (1) A cry of distress or weeping, lamentation.
     (2) Mutual defiance.
     (3) Calling, inviting.

kraṃdas n. Ved. Battle-cry.

kraṃdita a. [kraṃd-kta] Wept, called or cried out. --taṃ
     (1) Cry of distress or weeping, lamentation; hā tāteti kraṃditamākarṇya viṣaṇṇaḥ R. 9. 75.
     (2) Mutual defiance, challenge.

krap 1 A. (krapate)
     (1) To pity.
     (2) To mourn.
     (3) To lament.
     (4) To go.
     (5) To long for, desire.

kram 1 U., 4 P. (krāmati, kramate, krāmyati, cakrāma, cakrame, akramīt, akraṃsta, krāṃta)
     (1) To walk, step, go; krāmatyanudite sūrye vālī vyapagataklamaḥ Ram.; gamyamānaṃ na tenāsīdagataṃ krāmatā puraḥ Bk. 8. 2; 25.
     (2) To go to, approach (with acc).; devā imān lokānakramaṃta Śat. Br.
     (3) To pass or go over, go across, traverse; U. 2. 13; sukhaṃ yojanapaṃcāśatkrameyaṃ Ram.
     (4) To leap, jump; kramaṃ babaṃdha kramituṃ sakopaḥ (hariḥ) Bk. 2. 9. 5. 51.
     (5) To go up, ascend; krāmatyuccairbhūbhṛto yasya tejaḥ Śi. 16. 83.
     (6)
          (a) To cover, occupy, take possession of, fill; krāṃtā yathā cetasi viramayena R. 14. 17.
          (b) To reach up to, pervade, penetrate; krāmadbhirghanapadavīmanekasaṃkhyaiḥ Ki. 5. 34.
     (7) To surpass, excel; sthitaḥ sarvonnatenorvīṃ krāṃtvā merurivātmanā R. 1. 14.
     (8) To undertake, strive after, be able or competent for, show energy for (with dat. or inf.); vyākaraṇādhyayanāya kramate Sk. dharmāya kramate sādhuḥ Vop.; vyutpattirāvarjitakovidāpi na raṃjanāya kramate jaḍānāṃ Vikr. 1. 16; hatvā rakṣāṃsi lavitumakramīnmārutiḥ punaḥ . aśokavanikāmeva Bk. 9. 23.
     (9) To be developed or increased to have full scope, be at home (with loc.); kṛtyeṣu kramaṃte Dk. 170; kramaṃte'smiñśāstrāṇi, or ṛkṣu kramate buddhiḥ Sk.; kramamāṇo'risaṃsadi Bk. 8. 22. (10) To succeed, have effect (Atm.); na cakramasyākramatādhikaṃ dharaṃ Śi. 1. 54.
     (11) To be repeated (as a letter or word in the arrangement called krama q. v.).
     (12) To fulfil, accomplish.
     (13) To have sexual intercourse with. (By P. I. 3. 38 kram by itself is used in the Atm. in the sense of 'continuity' or 'want of interruption,' 'energy or application', and 'development or increase', and also 'conquering or getting over'). --Caus. (kramayati, krāmayati)
     (1) To cause to go &c.
     (2) To repeat a letter (as in the krama arrangement). --Desid. cikramiṣati, cikraṃsate &c.

kramaḥ [kram-bhāvakaraṇādau ghañ]
     (1) A step, pace; trivikramaḥ; sāgaraḥ plavageṃdreṇa krameṇaikena laṃghitaḥ Mb.; Śi. 12. 18.
     (2) A foot.
     (3) Going, proceeding, course; kālakrameṇa; kramāt or krameṇa in course of, gradually; kālakrameṇa gradually, in course of time; bhāgyakramaḥ course or turn of fate; R. 3. 7, 30, 32.
     (4) Performance, commencement; itthamatra vitatakrame kratau Śi. 14. 53.
     (5)
          (a) Regular course, order, series, succession; nimittanaimittakayorayaṃ kramaḥ S. 7. 30; Ms. 7. 24, 9. 85, 2. 173, 3. 69.
          (b) Traditional order, U. 6.
          (c) Order of propriety; Ku. 5. 32.
     (6) Method, manner; netratrameṇoparurodha sūryaṃ R. 7. 39.
     (7) Grasp, hold; kramagatā paśoḥ kanyakā Māl. 3. 18.
     (8) A position of attack (assumed by an animal before making a spring); na mayā kramaḥ sajjīkṛta āsīt Pt. 4.
     (9) Preparation, readiness; Bk. 2. 9. (10) An undertaking, enterprize.
     (11) An act or deed, manner of proceeding; kopyeṣa kāṃtaḥ kramaḥ Amaru. 43, 33.
     (12) Particular manner of reciting Vedic texts, leaving at each time one word and taking up another.
     (13) Power, strength.
     (14) N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --anusāraḥ, anvayaḥ regular order, due arrangement.
          --āgata, --āyāta a. descended or inherited lineally, hereditary; Pt. 1. 73, 84, 3. 167.
          --udvegaḥ an ox.
          --jyā the sine of a planet, declination.
          --pāṭhaḥ the Krama reading.
          --bhaṃgaḥ irregularity.
          --yogaḥ succession, order.

kramaka a.
     (1) Orderly, methodical.
     (2) Going, proceeding. --kaḥ A student who goes through a regular course of study.
     (2) One who knows the Krama arrangement of a text.

kramaṇaḥ [krāmatyanena karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) The foot.
     (2) A horse. --ṇaṃ
     (1) A step.
     (2) Walking.
     (3) Proceeding.
     (4) Transgressing.

kramataḥ ind. Gradually, successively.

kramaśaḥ ind.
     (1) In due order, regularly, successively, seriatim.
     (2) Gradually, by degrees; R. 12. 47; Ms. 1. 68, 3. 12.

kramika a. [kramādāgataḥ ṭhan]
     (1) Successive, serial.
     (2) Descended lineally, ancestral, hereditary.

kramuḥ, kramukaḥ [kram-un, saṃjñāyāṃ kan] The betel-nut tree; āsvāditārdrakramukaḥ samudrāt Śi. 3. 81; Vikr. 18. 98.

kramelaḥ, --kramelakaḥ
     (1) A camel; nirīkṣate kelivanaṃ praviśya kramelakaḥ kaṃṭakajālameva Vikr. 1. 29; Śi. 12. 18; N. 6. 104.

krāṃta p. p. Gone, passed over, traversed &c.; (p. p. of kram q. v.). --taḥ
     (1) A horse.
     (2) A foot, step.
     (3) Declination. --taṃ
     (1) Going, passing.
     (2) A step.
     (3) A certain aspect in astronomy (when the moon is in conjunction with a planet).
     -- Comp.
          --darśin a. omniscient.

krāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Going, proceeding.
     (2) A step, pace.
     (3) Surpassing.
     (4) Attacking, overcoming.
     (5) Declination of a planet.
     (6) The ecliptic.
     -- Comp.
          --kakṣaḥ, --maṃḍalaṃ, --vṛttaṃ the ecliptic.
          --kṣetraṃ a figure described by the ecliptic.
          --jyā the sine of the declination or of the ecliptic.
          --pātaḥ the equinoctial points or nodes of the ecliptic.
          --bhāgaḥ the declination of a point of the ecliptic.
          --valayaḥ 1. the ecliptic. --2 the tropical zone, space within the tropics.

krāṃtuḥ A bird.

kravaṇa a. Ved. Worshipping, praising.

kravis n. Ved. Raw flesh, carrion.

kravyam Raw flesh, carrion, sthapuṭagatamapi kravyamavyagramatti Mal. 5. 16. [cf. Gr. kreas; L. caro]
     -- Comp.
          --ad, ad, --bhuj a. eating raw flesh; Ms. 5. 131. (--m.) 1. a carnivorous animal, such as a tiger &c.; U. 1. 49. --2. a demon, goblin; R. 15. 16.
          --ghātanaḥ a deer (killed for its flesh.)
          --vāhanaḥ Ved. an epithet of Agni.

kraśayati Den. P. To emaciate, make thin or lean.

kraśita a. Made lean, emaciated.

kraśiman m. Thinness, emaciation, leanness.

krākacikaḥ A sawyer.

krāthaḥ Killing, murder.

krimiḥ
     (1) A worm.
     (2) An insect. see kṛmi.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ aloewood.
          --śailaḥ an ant-hill.

kriyaḥ The sign of the Zodiac called Aries.

kriyā [kṛ bhāve karaṇādau vā śa]
     (1) Doing, execution, performance, accomplishment; upacāra-, dharma-; pratyuktaṃ hi praṇayiṣu satābhīpsitārthakriyaiva Me. 114.
     (2) An action, act, business, undertaking; praṇayikriyā V. 4. 15; Ms. 2. 4.
     (3) Activity, bodily action, labour.
     (4) Teaching, instruction; kriyā hi vastūpahitā prasīdati R. 3. 29.
     (5) Possession of some art (as of singing, dancing &c.), knowledge; śiṣṭā kriyā kasyācidātmasaṃsthā M. 1. 16.
     (6) Practice (opp. (śāstra theory).
     (7) A literary work, composition; śṛṇuta manobhiravāhitaiḥ kriyāmimāṃ kālidāsasya V. 1. 2; kālidāsaraya kiyāyāṃ kathaṃ pariṣado bahumānaḥ M. 1.
     (8) A purificatory rite, a religious rite or ceremony.
     (9) An expiatory rite, expiation. (10)
          (a) The ceremony of offering oblations to the deceased ancestors (śrāddha).
          (b) Obsequies.
     (11) Worship.
     (12) Medical treatment, application of remedies, cure; śītakriyā M. 4 cold remedies.
     (13) (In gram.) Action, the general idea expressed by a verb.
     (14) Motion
     (15) Especially, motion as one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; see karman.
     (16) (In law) Judicial investigation by human means (witnesses &c.) or by ordeals.
     (17) Burden of proof; kriyā syādvādinordvayoḥ; dvayorapi vādinoḥ kriyā prāpnoti V. May.
     (18) A verb.
     (19) A noun of action. (20) Disquisition.
     (21) Study.
     (22) Means, expedients,
     (23) Instrument, implement.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. practising ritual observances.
          --apavargaḥ 1. completion or termination of an affair, execution of a task, kriyāpavargeṣvanujīvisāt kṛtāḥ Ki. 1. 14. --2. liberation from ceremonial acts, absolution.
          --abhyupagamaḥ a special agreement; kriyābhyupagamāttvetat bījārthaṃ yatpradīyate Ms. 9. 53.
          --avasanna a. one who loses a law-suit through the statements of the witnesses &c.
          --iṃdriyaṃ see karmeṃdriya. --kalāpaḥ the whole body of ceremonies enjoined in the Hindu religious law. --2. all the particulars or points of any business.
          --kāraḥ 1. an agent, worker. --2. a beginner, tyro, a fresh student. --3 an agreement.
          --dveṣin m. a witness whose testimony is prejudicial to the cause (one of the five kinds of witnesses).
          --dvaitaṃ efficient cause.
          --nirdeśaḥ evidence.
          --paṭuṃ a. dexterous.
          --pathaḥ mode of medical treatment.
          --padaṃ a verb.
          --para a. diligent in the performance of one's duty.
          --pādaḥ the third division of a legal plaint; that is, witnesses, documents and other proofs adduced by the plaintiff or complainant.
          --yogaḥ 1. connection with the verb. --2. the employment of expedients or means. --3. active devotion.
          --lopaḥ omission or discontinuance of any of the essential ceremonies of the Hindu religion; kriyālopāt vṛṣalatvaṃ gatāḥ Ms. 10. 43.
          --vaśaḥ necessary influence of acts done.
          --vācaka, --vācin a. expressing any action, as a verbal noun.
          --vādin m. a plaintiff, complainant.
          --vidhiḥ a rule of action, manner of any rite; Ms. 9. 220.
          --viśeṣaṇaṃ 1. an adverb. --2. a predicative adjective.
          --śaktiḥ f. the power of god (in creating this world)
          --saṃkrātiḥ f. imparting (to others) one's knowledge; teaching; M. 1. 19.
          --samabhihāraḥ the repetition of any act Śi. 2. 43.

kriyāvat a.
     (1) Engaged in any actual work, versed in the practice of a thing; yastu kriyānpuruṣaḥ sa vidvān H. 1. 167.
     (2) Performing ceremonies in the right manner.

krivi a. Ved.
     (1) Doing, performing.
     (2) Killing. --viḥ
     (1) A cistern, well.
     (3) A leather bag; a cloud (?)
     (4) N. of the country of pāṃcāla.

krī 9. U. (krīṇāti, krīṇīte, krīta)
     (1) To buy, purchase; mahatā puṇyapaṇyena krīteyaṃ kāyanaustvayā Śānti. 3. 1; krīṇīṣva majjīvitameva paṇyamanyanna cedasti tadastu puṇyaṃ N. 3. 87, 88; krīṇaṃti sma prāṇamūlyairyaśāṃsi Śi. 18. 15; Pt. 1. 13; Ms. 9. 174.
     (2) To barter, exchange; kaccitsahasrairmūrkhāṇāmekaṃ krīṇāsi paṃḍitaṃ Mb.
     (3) To win. [cf. Pers. kharidan].

krī a. (At the end of comp.) Buying.

krayaḥ [krī bhāve ac] Buying, purchasing.
     -- Comp.
          --ārohaḥ a market, fair
          --krīta a. bought.
          --lekhyaṃ a deed of sale, conveyance &c. (gṛhaṃ kṣetrādikaṃ krītvā tulyamūlyākṣarānvitaṃ . patraṃ kārayate yattu krayalekhyaṃ taducyate Bṛhaspati).
          --vikrayau (du.) trade, traffic, buying and selling; Ms. 8. 5; 7. 127.
          --vikrayikaḥ a trader, merchant.
          --vikrayin a. buying or selling, striking a bargain.

krayaṇam [krī bhāve lyuṭ] Buying, purchasing.

krayikaḥ [kraya-ṭhan]
     (1) A trader, dealer.
     (2) A purchaser.

krayya a. [krī-yat] A thing exhibited for sale in the market; (opp. keya which only means 'fit to be purchased'; cf. Sk. on P. VI. 1. 82).

krāya(yi)kaḥ
     (1) A purchaser.
     (2) A trader, merchant.

krīta p. p. Bought; see krī. --taḥ One of the twelve kinds of sons recognised in Hindu Law; a son purchased from his natural parents; krītaśca tābhyāṃ vikrītaḥ Y. 2. 131.
     -- Comp.
          --anuśayaḥ 'repenting a purchase', rescission, returning a thing purchased to the seller (admissible in some cases by law).

krītaka a. Got by purchase. --kaḥ A son bought from his parents and adopted; Ms. 9. 174. cf. krīta above.

kreṇiḥ, --ṇī f. Buying, purchase.

kretṛ m. A buyer, purchaser; Y. 2. 168.

kreya a. Purchasable, fit to be bought.

krīḍ 1 P. (krīḍati, krīḍita)
     (1) To play, amuse oneself; vānarāḥ krīḍitumārabdhāḥ Pt. 1; eṣa krīḍati kūpayaṃtraghaṭikānyāyaprasakto vidhiḥ Mk. 10. 59.
     (2) To gamble, play at dice; bahuvidhaṃ dyūtaṃ krīḍataḥ Mk. 2; nākṣaiḥ krīḍetkadāciddhi Ms. 4. 74; Y. 1. 138.
     (3) To jest, joke or trifle with; sadvṛttastanamaṃḍalastava kathaṃ prāṇairmama krīḍati Gīt. 3; krīḍiṣyāmi tāvadenayā V. 3; evamāśāgrahagrastaiḥ krīḍaṃti dhaninorthibhiḥ H. 2. 23; Pt. 1. 187; Mk. 3. --WITH anu (Atm.) to play, sport, amuse oneself; sādhvanukrīḍamānāni paśya vṛṃdāni pakṣiṇāṃ Bk. 8. 10. --ā, --pari, --saṃ (Atm.) to play &c.; saṃkrīḍaṃte maṇibhiryatra kanyāḥ Me. 67; but krīḍ with saṃ is Paras. in the sense of 'making a noise'; tvannāmavarṇā iva karṇapītā mayāsya saṃkrīḍati cakracakre N. 3. 50; saṃkrīḍaṃti śakaṭāni Mbh. 'the carts creak.'

krīḍa a [krīḍ-ghañ] Playing, sporting. --ḍaḥ
     (1) Sport, pastime, play, pleasure.
     (2) Jest, joke.

krīḍakaḥ
     (1) A player.
     (2) A porter, door-keeper.

krīḍanam [krīḍ bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Playing, sporting
     (2) A play-thing, toy.

krīḍanakaḥ, --kaṃ, krīḍanīyaṃ, --yakam A play-thing, toy; S. 7.

krīḍā [krīḍ-bhāve a]
     (1) Sport, pastime, play, pleasure, toyakrīḍāniratayuvatisnānatiktairmarudbhiḥ Me. 33, 61.
     (2) Jest, joke.
     -- Comp.
          --ākūtaṃ a sportive purpose.
          --uddeśaḥ play ground.
          --kānanaṃ, --vanaṃ a pleasure grove, park.
          --kopa false or feigned anger; Amaru. 12.
          --kautūkaṃ 1. wanton curiosity. --2. sport, play. --3. sexual intercourse.
          --gṛhaṃ, --maṃdiraṃ a pleasure-house.
          --nārī a prostitute, harlot.
          --mayūraḥ a peacock kept for pleasure; R. 16. 14.
          --mṛgaḥ a toy-deer.
          --ratnaṃ 'the gem of sports', copulation.
          --veśman n. a pleasure-house.
          --śailaḥ, --parvataḥ an artificial hill serving as a pleasure abode, a pleasure mountain; krīḍāśailaḥ kanakakadalīveṣṭanaprekṣaṇīyaḥ Me. 77.

krīḍi a. Ved. Playing, sporting, (epithet of the wind.)

krīḍu a. Ved. Playing, moving up (as the Soma).

kruṃc 1 P. (kruṃcati, kruṃcita)
     (1) To curve or make crooked.
     (2) To become or be crooked.
     (3) To be or become small, shrink.
     (4) To make mall, lessen.
     (5) To approach, arrive at, go up to.

kruṃc m.
     (1) A curlew, heron.
     (2) A swan.

kruṃcaḥ
     (1) A curlew, heron.
     (2) A kind of lute.
     (3) N. of the mountain krauṃca.

kruḍ 6 P. (kruḍati, kruḍita)
     (1) To sink, dive.
     (2) To be or become thick.

kruth 9 P. (kruthnāti) To kill, slay.

krothaḥ Murder, killing.

krudh 4 P. (krudhyati, kruddha) To be angry (with the dat. of the person who is the object of anger); haraye krudhyati; but sometimes with words like upari, prati &c. also; mamopari sa kruddhaḥ, na māṃ prati kruddho guruḥ &c.

krudh f. Anger.

kruddha p. p.
     (1) Angry, provoked.
     (2) Fierce; cruel. --ddhaṃ Anger.

krudhmin a. Ved. Angry, wrathful.

krodhaḥ [krudh-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Anger, wrath; kāmātkrodho'bhijāyate Bg. 2. 62; so krodhāṃdhaḥ, krodhānalaḥ &c.
     (2) (In Rhet.) Anger considered as the feeling which gives rise to the raudra sentiment. --dhā N. of a daughter of Daksha.
     -- Comp.
          --iddha a. inflamed with anger, darting out fire; Ratn. 1. 4.
          --ujjhita a. free from anger, composed, cool.
          --kṛt a. angry. (--m.) the Supreme being.
          --ja a. proceeding from wrath (as the eight vices; paiśunyaṃ sāhasaṃ droha īrṣyāsūyārthadūṣaṇaṃ . vāgdaṃḍajaṃ ca pāruṣyaṃ krodhajo'pi gaṇoṣṭakaḥ .. Ms. 7. 48).
          --mūrcchita a. overcome or infatuated with anger.
          --vaśa a. passionate, violent.
          --han m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.

krodhana a. [krudh --yuc] Wrathful, passionate, angry, irascible; yadrāmeṇa kṛtaṃ tadeva kurute drauṇāyaniḥ krodhanaḥ Ve. 3. 31. --naḥ N. of a son of Kauśika. --nā A passionate woman, vixen. --naṃ Being angry, anger.

krodhanīya a. Provocative. --yaṃ Injury.

krodhālu a. [krudh-ālac] Wrathful, irascible, angry, passionate.

krodhin a. [krudh-ṇini] Passionate, angry. --m.
     (1) A buffalo.
     (2) A dog.

kruṃth 9 P. (kruthnāti)
     (1) To embrace.
     (2) To be distressed, suffer pain.

krumukaḥ Ved. A piece of wood to catch the sacrificial fire.

kruś 1 P. (krośati, kruṣṭa)
     (1) To cry, weep, lament, mourn (for); krośaṃtyastaṃ kapistriyaḥ Bk. 6. 124.
     (2) To cry out, yell, scream, bawl, call out; atīva cukrośa jīvanāśaṃ nanāśa ca Bk. 14. 31.

kruśvan m. A jackal.

kruṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Cried out.
     (2) Called out to.
     (3) Called at, abused. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Crying, a cry, yell.
     (2) Weeping.
     (3) A noise, sound.

krośaḥ [kruś-ghañ]
     (1) A cry, yell, shout, scream, noise.
     (2) A measure of distance equal to (1/4)th of a Yojana, a Koss; krośārdhaṃ prakṛtipuraḥsareṇa gatvā R. 13. 79; samudrātpurī krośau (nom.) or krośayoḥ (loc.).
     -- Comp.
          --tālaḥ, --dhvaniḥ a large drum.

krośana a. Crying. --naṃ A cry.

krūra a. [kṛta-rak dhātoḥ krūḥ cf. Uṇ. 2. 21]
     (1) Cruel, wicked, hard-hearted, pitiless; tasyābhiṣekasaṃbhāraṃ kalpitaṃ krūraniścayā R. 12. 4; Me. 105; Ms. 10. 9.
     (2) Hard, rough.
     (3) Formidable, terrible, fierce, ferocious, savage.
     (4) Destructive, mischievous.
     (5) Wounded, hurt.
     (6) Bloody.
     (7) Raw.
     (8) Strong.
     (9) Inauspicious. (10) Hard, solid, hardened; S. 2. 4.
     (11) Hot; disagreeable, sharp; Ms. 2. 33. --raḥ, --raṃ Boiled rice. --raḥ
     (1) A hawk.
     (2) A heron.
     (3) An uneven sign of the zodiac.
     (4) N. of a planet (Rāhu or Saturn). --raṃ
     (1) A wound.
     (2) Slaughter, cruelty.
     (3) Any horrible deed.
     (4) Any frightful appearance.
     -- Comp.
          --ākṛti a. terrible in form. (
          --tiḥ) epithet of Rāvaṇa.
          --ācāra a. following cruel or savage practices.
          --āśaya a. 1. containing fierce animals (as a river). --2. of a cruel disposition.
          --karman n. 1. a bloody act. --2. any hard labour.
          --kṛt a. fierce, cruel, unrelenting.
          --koṣṭha a. having costive bowels (unaffected by strong purgatives).
          --gaṃdhaḥ sulphur.
          --dṛś a. 1. evil-eyed, having a malignant look. --2. mischievous, villainous. (--m.) N. of Saturn; also of Mars.
          --rāvin m. a raven.
          --locanaḥ an epithet of the planet Saturn.

kroṃcaḥ N. of a mountain; see krauṃca.

kroḍaḥ [kruḍ ghanībhāve saṃjñāyāṃ ghañ]
     (1) A hog.
     (2) The hollow of a tree, cavity; hā hā haṃta tathāpi janmaviṭapikroḍe mano dhāvati Udb.
     (3) The chest, bosom, breast; kroḍīkṛ to clasp to the bosom; kroḍīkaroti prathamaṃ yathā jātamanityatā . dhātrīva jananī paścāttathā śokasya kaḥ kramaḥ .. Nag. 4; Bh. 2. 35.
     (4) The middle part of anything; Vikr. 11. 75; see kroḍa n.
     (5) An epithet of the planet Saturn. --ḍaṃ, --ḍā 1 The breast, chest, the part between the shoulders.
     (2) The interior of anything, a cavity, hollow.
     (3) The breast of a horse.
     (4) The lap; U. 4.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ, --aṃghriḥ, --pādaḥ a tortoise.
          --patraṃ 1. marginal writing. --2. a postscript to a letter. --3. a supplement. --4. a codicil to a will.

kroḍīkaraṇam Embracing, clasping to the bosom.

kroḍīmukhaḥ A rhinoceros.

kroṣṭu m. (ṣṭrī f.) [kruś-tun Uṇ. 1. 69]. A jackal (the strong cases of this word are necessarily formed from kroṣṭṛ and the weak ones optionally); so kroṣṭuka.

krauṃcaḥ [kruṃc prajñā- aṇ]
     (1) A curlew, heron; manoharakrauṃcanināditāni sīmāṃtarāṇyutsukayaṃti cetaḥ Rs. 4. 8; Ms. 12. 64.
     (2) N. of a mountain (said to be the grandson of Himālaya and said to have been pierced by Kārtikeya and Paraśurāma); haṃsadvāraṃ bhṛgupatiyaśovartma yat krauṃcaraṃbhraṃ Me. 57.
     -- Comp.
          --adanaṃ the fibres of the stalk of a lotus. (
          --nī) the seed of the lotus.
          --arātiḥ, --ariḥ, --ripuḥ 1. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --2. of Paraśurāma.
          --dāraṇaḥ, --sūdanaḥ an epithet
     (1) of Kārtikeya
     (2) of Paraśurāma.

krauryam
     (1) Cruelty, hard-heartedness.
     (2) Terribleness.

krauśaśatikaḥ
     (1) A mendicant who walks a hundred Krośas.
     (2) One who deserves to be approached from a distance of 100 Krośas (as a teacher).

klath 1. 9. P.
     (1) To kill, hurt.
     (2) To turn round, revolve.

klaṃda I. 1 P. (klaṃdati, klaṃdita)
     (1) To call out.
     (2) To cry, lament, weep. --II. 1 A. (klaṃdate or kladate) To be confused.
     (2) To grieve.

klam 1. 4. P. (klāmati, klāmyati, klāṃta) To be fatigued or tired, be exhausted or depressed; na caklāma na vivyathe Bk. 5. 102; 14. 101.
     (2) To feel sorry, pine for; S. 6. --Caus. (klamayati-te) To fatigue, exhaust, depress, wither; U. 3. 30.

klamaḥ, klamathaḥ, klamathuḥ Fatigue, languor, exhaustion; vinoditadinaklamāḥ kṛtarucaśca jāṃbūnadaiḥ Śi. 4. 66; Ms. 7. 151; S. 3. 21.

klāṃta p. p. [klam-kta]
     (1) Fatigued, tired out; tamātapaklāṃtaṃ R. 2. 13, Me. 18, 35; V. 2. 23.
     (2) Withered, faded: klāṃto manmathalekha eṣa nalinīpatre nakhairarpitaḥ S. 3. 26; R. 10. 48.
     (3) Lean, thin, emaciated.
     (4) Depressed in spirits, exhausted.

klāṃtiḥ f. [klam-ktin] Fatigue.
     -- Comp.
          --chid a. refreshing, invigorating.

klav 4 A. (klavyate) To fear, be afraid (according to some 1 A also).

klid 4 P. (klidyati, klinna) To become wet, be damp, be damp, be moist. --Caus. To moisten, wet; na cainaṃ kledayaṃtyāpaḥ Bg. 2. 23; Bk. 18. 11.

klinna a. Wet, moistened; running (as an eye).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. bleareyed.
          --vartman n. watering of the eyes.
          --hṛd a. tender-hearted.

kledaḥ [klid-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Wetness, moisture, dampness; Śanti 1. 29; R. 7. 21.
     (2) Running, discharge from a sore.
     (3) Distress, suffering; R. 15. 32 (= upadrava Malli.)

kledaka a. Wetting, moistening. --kaḥ
     (1) Phlegm.
     (2) One of the fires in the body.

kledan m. The moon.

kledana a. [klid ṇic lyuṭ] Wetting, making wet. --naḥ Phlegm. --naṃ
     (1) Wetting, moistening.
     (2) Trickling, oozing.

kleduḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Morbid combination of the three humors of the body (saṃnipāta).

kliṃd
     (1) U. (kliṃdati-te) To lament.

klib f. Ved. The created world.

kliś 4 A. (also P. according to some authorities) (kliśyate, kliṣṭa or kliśita)
     (1) To be tormented, be afflicted, suffer; apyupadeśagrahaṇe nātikliśyate vaḥ śiṣyā M. 1; trayaḥ parārthe kliśyaṃti sākṣiṇaḥ pratibhūḥ kulaṃ Ms. 8. 169.
     (2) To torment, molest. --II 9 P. (kliśnāti, kliṣṭa, kliśita)
     (1) To torment, afflict, molest, distress; kliśnāti labdhaparipālanavṛttireva S. 5. 6; evamārādhyamānopi kliśnāti bhuvanatrayaṃ Ku. 2. 40; R. 11. 58.
     (2) To suffer, feel pain.

kliśita, --kliṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Distressed, suffering pain or misery.
     (2) Afflicted, tormented.
     (3) Faded.
     (4) Inconsistent, contradictory; e. g. mātā me vaṃdhyā.
     (5) Elaborate, artificial, (as a composition.).
     (6) Put to shame.
     (7) Wearied; hurt, injured.
     (8) Being in a bad condition, worn.
     (9) Marred, impaired; S. 5. 19; Pt. 1. 11; S. 6. 9; disordered; S. 7. 14. (10) Dimmed, made faint; Ku. 2. 19.
     (11) Injured, hurt; S. 6. 19. --ṣṭaṃ A contradictory statement.
     -- Comp.
          --vartman n. a disease of the eyelids.

kliṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Affliction, anguish, distress, pain.
     (2) Service.

kleśaḥ [kliś-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Pain, anguish, suffering, distress, trouble; kimātmā kleśasya padamupanītaḥ S. 1; kleśaḥ phalena hi punarnavatāṃ vidhatte Ku. 5. 86; Bg. 12. 5.
     (2) Wrath, anger.
     (3) Care, trouble.
     (4) Worldly occupation.
     -- Comp.
          --apaha a. allaying pain, consoling, palliative. (
          --haḥ) a son.
          --kara a. causing pain or trouble.
          --kṣama a capable of enduring trouble.

kleśaka a. [kliś-vuñ] Giving pain, troublesome.

kleśita a. Pained, distressed.

kleśin a.
     (1) Causing pain or suffering
     (2) Hurting, injuring.

klīb 1 A. (klībate)
     (1) To be impotent, to behave like a eunuch.
     (2) To be timorous, to be modest or unassuming.

klība(va) a.
     (1) Impotent, neuter, emasculated; Ms. 3. 150, 4. 205; Y. 1. 223.
     (2) Unmanly, timid, weak, weak-minded; R. 8. 84; klībān pālayitā Mk. 9. 5.
     (3) Cowardly.
     (4) Mean, base.
     (5) Idle.
     (6) Of the neuter gender. --baḥ, --baṃ (--vaḥ, --vaṃ)
     (1) An impotent man, a eunuch; na mūtraṃ phenilaṃ yasya viṣṭhā cāpsu nimajjati . meḍhaṃ conmādaśukrābhyāṃ hīnaṃ klībaḥ sa ucyate .. Kātyāyana quoted in Dāyabhaga.
     (2) The neuter gender.

klaibyaṃ(vyaṃ)
     (1) Impotence (lit.); varaṃ klaibyaṃ puṃsāṃ na ca parakalatrābhigamanaṃ Pt. 1.
     (2) Unmanliness; timidity, cowardice; klaivyaṃ mā sma gamaḥ pārtha Bg. 2. 3.
     (3) Impotence, powerlessness; R. 12. 86.

klu
     (1) A. (klavate) To move, go.

kleś
     (1) A. (kleśate)
     (1) To speak articulately.
     (2) To impede, hinder.
     (3) To strike, kill.
     (4) To distress.

klaitakikam Fermented liquor.

klomaṃ, kloman n. [klu gatau manin]
     (1) The lungs.
     (2) The bladder.

klośaḥ Ved. Fear; Rv. 6. 46. 14.

kva ind.
     (1) Whither, where; kvate' nyonyaṃ yatnāḥ kva ca nu gahanāḥ kautukarasāḥ U. 6. 33; kva-kva when repeated in co-ordinate sentences imply 'great difference,' or 'incongruity'; kva rujā hṛdayapramāthinī kva ca te viśvasanīyamāyudhaṃ M. 3. 2; kva sūryaprabhavo vaṃśaḥ kva cālpaviṣayā matiḥ R. 1. 2; Ki. 1. 6; S. 2. 18.
     (2) Sometimes kva is used in the sense of the loc. of kim kva pradeśe i. e. kasminpradeśe.
          (a) With a following api it means
     (1) somewhere, anywhere;
     (2) sometimes.
          (b) With a following cit it means
     (1) in some places; prasnigdhāḥ kvacidiṃgudīphalabhidaḥ sūcyaṃta evopalāḥ S. 1. 14; Rs. 1. 2; R. 1. 41;
     (2) in some cases; kvacid gocaraḥ kvacinna gocaro'rthaḥ kvacit-kvacit
          (a) in one place-in another place, here-here; kvacidvīṇāvādyaṃ kvacidapi ca hāheti ruditaṃ Bh. 3. 125, 1. 4.
          (b) now-now (referring to time); kvacit pathā saṃcarate surāṇāṃ kvacit ghanānāṃ patatāṃ kvacicca R. 13. 19.

kvatya a. Belonging to what place, being where.

kvaṇ 1 P. (kvaṇati, kvaṇita)
     (1) To sound (indistinctly), jingle, tinkle; iti ghoṣayatīva ḍiṃḍimaḥ kariṇo hastipakāhataḥ kvaṇan H. 2. 86; kvaṇanmaṇinūpurau Amaru. 28; Rs. 3. 24; Me. 36.
     (2) To hum, warble (as bees &c.); sing indistinctly; Ku. 1. 54; U. 3. 24; Bk. 6. 84.

kvaṇaḥ, kvaṇanaṃ, kvaṇitaṃ, kvāṇaḥ
     (1) A sound in general.
     (2) The sound of any musical instrument. --naḥ A small earthen pot or boiler.

kvath 1 P. (kvathati, kvathita)
     (1) To boil, decoct.
     (2) To digest.

kvathaḥ A decoction, solution prepared with a continued or gentle heat.

kvathanam [kvath-lyuṭ] Boiling, decocting.

kvathita a. [kvath-kta] Boiled, decocted.

kvāthaḥ [kvath-karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) A decoction, solution prepared with a continued or gentle heat.
     (2) The mixture of the materials for decoction.
     (3) Pain, sorrow, distress.
     -- Comp.
          --udbhavaṃ blue vitriol used as a collyrium.

kvācitka a. (tkī f.) Met with occasionally, rare, unusual; iti kvācitkaḥ pāṭhaḥ.

kvel 1 P. (kvelati) To shake, move.

kṣaḥ
     (1) Destruction.
     (2) Disappearance, loss.
     (3) Lightning.
     (4) A field.
     (5) A farmer.
     (6) Viṣṇu in his 4th or Narasimha incarnation.
     (7) A demon.

kṣaṃj, kṣaj 10 U. (kṣaṃjayati-te) To live in distress or pain. --1 A. (kṣajate) To kill. --1 A. (kṣaṃjate)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To give.

kṣaṇ(n) 8 U. (kṣaṇoti, kṣaṇute, kṣata)
     (1) To hurt, injure; imāṃ hṛdi vyāyatapātamakṣaṇot Ku. 5. 54.
     (2) To break (to pieces); (dhanuḥ) tvaṃ kilānamitapūrvamakṣaṇoḥ R. 11. 72; (with parā, --pari, --vi used in the same senses as kṣaṇ).

kṣaṇaḥ, --ṇam [kṣaṇoti duḥkhaṃ kṣaṇ-ac]
     (1) An instant, moment, measure of time equal to 4/5 of a second; kṣaṇamātramṛṣistasthau suptamīna iva hradaḥ R. 1. 73; 2. 60; Me. 26; kṣaṇamavatiṣṭhasva wait a moment.
     (2) Leisure; ahamapi labdhakṣaṇaḥ svagehaṃ gacchāmi M. 1; Pt. 1. 138; gṛhītaḥ kṣaṇaḥ S. 2 'my leisure is at your disposal' i. e. I pledge my word to do your work.
     (3) A fit moment or opportunity; raho nāsti kṣaṇo nāsti nāsti prārthayitā naraḥ Pt. 1. 138; Me. 62; adhigatakṣaṇaḥ Dk. 147.
     (4) An auspicious or lucky moment.
     (5) A festival, joy, delight.
     (6) Dependence, servitude.
     (7) The centre, the middle.
     (8) A certain day of the fortnight (as the full moon). (In comp. kṣaṇa is translated by 'momentary', 'temporary.' kṣaṇāt, --kṣaṇena in a moment, at once, immediately).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtare ind. the next moment, after a little while.
          --kṣepaḥ a momentary delay.
          --daḥ an astrologer. (
          --daṃ) 1. night-blindness. --2. water. (
          --dā) 1. night; kṣaṇādathaiṣa kṣaṇadāpatiprabhaḥ N. 1. 67; R. 8. 74; 16. 45; Śi. 3. 53. --2. turmeric. -karaḥ, -patiḥ the moon; Śi. 9. 70. -caraḥ a night-walker, a demon; sānuplavaḥ prabhurapi kṣaṇadācarāṇāṃ R. 13. 75. -āṃdhyaṃ night-blindness, nyctalopsis.
          --dyutiḥ f.,
          --prakāśā, --prabhā lightning.
          --niḥśvāsaḥ the porpoise.
          --bhaṃgura a. transient, frail, perishable; H. 4. 130.
          --mātraṃ ind. for a moment.
          --rāmin m. a pigeon.
          --vidhvaṃsin a. perishable in a moment. (--m.) a class of atheistic philosophers who deny the continued identity of any part of nature, and maintain that the universe perishes and undergoes a new creation every instant.

kṣaṇatuḥ A wound, sore.

kṣaṇanam Injuring, killing, wounding.

kṣaṇika a. [kṣaṇaḥ svasattāvyāpyatayā'styasya ṭhan] Momentary, transient; svapneṣu kṣaṇikasamāgamotsavaiśca R. 8. 92; ekasya kṣaṇikā prītiḥ H. 1. 66. --kā Lightning.

kṣaṇin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Having leisure.
     (2) Momentary.
     (3) Having a festival. --nī Night.

kṣat f.
     (1) Killing.
     (2) Tearing.
     (3) Injury, hurt.

kṣata p. p. [kṣaṇ-kta]
     (1) Wounded, hurt, injured, bitten, torn, rent, broken down &c.; see kṣaṇ; raktaprasādhitabhuvaḥ kṣatavigrahāśca Ve. 1. 7; Ku. 4. 6; R. 1. 28; 2. 56; 3. 53.
     (2) Diminished; trodden. --taṃ
     (1) Scratching, a scratch.
     (2) A wound, hurt, injury; kṣate prahārā nipataṃtyabhīkṣṇaṃ Pt. 2. 178; kṣate kṣāramivāsahyaṃ jātaṃ tasyaiva darśanaṃ U. 4. 7; kṣāraṃ kṣate prakṣipan Mk. 5. 18; nakha- Ku. 3. 29.
     (3) Danger, destruction, peril; kṣatāt kila trāyata ityudagraḥ R. 2. 53.
     -- Comp.
          --ari a. victorious.
          --udaraṃ dysentery.
          --kāsaḥ a cough produced by injury.
          --jaṃ 1. blood; sa chinnamūlaḥ kṣatajena reṇuḥ R. 7. 43; Ve. 2. 27. --2. puss, matter.
          --yoniḥ f. a violated woman, a woman who is no longer a virgin.
          --vikṣata a. mangled, covered with cuts and wounds.
          --vṛttiḥ f. destitution, being deprived of any means of support.
          --vrataḥ a student who has violated his vow or religious engagements.
          --haraṃ aloewood.

kṣatiḥ f. [kṣaṇ-ktin]
     (1) Injury, wound.
     (2) Destruction, cutting, tearing down; visrabdhaṃ kriyatāṃ varāhatatibhirmustākṣatiḥ palvale S. 2. 6.
     (3) (Fig.) Ruin, loss, disadvantage; sukhaṃ saṃjāyate tebhyaḥ sarvebhyopīti kā kṣatiḥ S. D. 37.
     (4) Decline, decay, diminution; pratāpakṣatiśītalāḥ Ku. 2. 24; H. 1. 114.

kṣattṛ m. [kṣad saṃjñāyām tṛc Uṇ. 2. 91]
     (1) One who cuts or carves anything.
     (2) An attendant, a doorkeeper.
     (3) A coachman, charioteer.
     (4) A man born of a Śūdra man and Kshatriya woman; cf. Ms. 10. 9.
     (5) The son of a female slave; (e. g. vidura).
     (6) Brahma.
     (7) A fish.
     (8) One who fights from a chariot.
     (9) The manager of a treasure (koṣādhyakṣa).

kṣatraḥ, --tram
     (1) Dominion, power, supremacy, might.
     (2) A man of the Kshatriya caste, or the Kshatriya tribe taken collectively; kṣatātkila trāyata ityudagraḥ kṣatrasya śabdo bhuvaneṣu rūḍhaḥ R. 2. 53; 11. 69, 71; asaṃśayaṃ kṣatraparigrahakṣamā S. 1. 22; Ms. 9. 322.
     (2) A man of the warrior class, a soldier; kṣatrapratāpa U. 6. 18 martial or heroic valour; 6. 16. --trī
     (1) A woman of the military caste.
     (2) The rank of a member of the military caste.
     (3) Wealth.
     (4) Water.
     (5) The body.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ an epithet of Paraśurama.
          --dharmaḥ 1. bravery, military heroism. --2. the duties of a Kshatriya.
          --paḥ a governor, satrap.
          --baṃdhuḥ 1. a Kshatriya by caste; Ms. 2. 38. --2. a mere Kshatriya, a vile or wretched Kshatriya; (as a term of abuse); cf. brahmabaṃdhu.

kṣatrin m. A man of the military order.

kṣatriyaḥ [kṣatre rāṣṭre sādhu tasyāpatyaṃ jātau vā ghaḥ Tv.] A member of the military or second caste; brāhmaṇaḥ kṣatriyo vaiśyastrayo varṇā dvijātayaḥ Ms. 10. 4. --yaṃ The rank or power of the Kshatriya class.
     -- Comp.
          --hanaḥ (ṇaḥ) an epithet of Paraśurāma.

kṣatriyakā, kṣatriyā, kṣatriyikā A woman of the Kshatriya caste.

kṣatriyāṇī
     (1) A woman of the Kshatriya caste.
     (2) The wife of a Kshatriya.

kṣatriyī The wife of a Kshatriya.

kṣad 1 A. (kṣadate) Ved.
     (1) To cut.
     (2) To kill.
     (3) To consume, eat.
     (4) To cover, protect.

kṣadanam
     (1) Carving, dividing, tearing.
     (2) Eating.

kṣadman n. [kṣad bhakṣaṇe manin]
     (1) Water.
     (2) Food.

kṣap 1 U. (kṣapati-te, kṣapita) To fast, to be abstinent; Ms. 5. 69. --Caus. or 10 U. (kṣapayati-te, kṣapita)
     (1) To throw, send, cast.
     (2) To miss.

kṣap f. Ved.
     (1) Night.
     (2) A measure of time.
     (3) Darkness.
     (4) Water.

kṣapaḥ Water.

kṣapaṇaḥ A Bauddha mendicant. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Defilement, impurity (aśauca).
     (2) Destroying, suppressing, expelling.

kṣapaṇakaḥ A Bauddha or Jaina mendicant; nagnakṣapaṇake deśe rajakaḥ kiṃ kariṣyati Chaṇ. 110; kathaṃ prathamameva kṣapaṇakaḥ Mu. 4.

kṣapaṇī
     (1) An oar.
     (2) A net.

kṣapaṇyuḥ An offence.

kṣapā [kṣapayati ceṣṭāṃ; kṣi-ṇic ac]
     (1) A night; vigamayatyunnidra eva kṣapāḥ S. 6. 4; R. 2. 20; Me. 110.
     (2) Turmeric.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭaḥ 1. night-stalker. --2. a demon, goblin; tataḥ kṣapāṭaiḥ pṛthupiṃgalākṣaiḥ Bk. 2. 30.
          --āṃdhyaṃ night-blindness.
          --karaḥ, --nāthaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --ghanaḥ a dark cloud.
          --caraḥ a demon, goblin.

kṣam 1 A., 4 P. (kṣamate, kṣāmyati, cakṣame, cakṣāma, kṣāṃta or kṣamita)
     (1) To permit, allow, suffer; ato nṛpāścakṣamire sametāḥ strīratnalābhaṃ na tadātmajasya R. 7. 34; 12. 46.
     (2) To pardon, forgive (as an offence); kṣāṃtaṃ na kṣamayā Bh. 3. 13; kṣamasva parameśvara; nighnasya me bhartṛnideśaraukṣyaṃ devi kṣamasveti babhūva namraḥ R. 14. 58.
     (3) To be patient or quiet, wait; R. 15. 45.
     (4) To endure, put up with, suffer; api kṣamaṃte'smadupajāpaṃ prakṛtayaḥ Mu. 2; nājñābhaṃgakarān rājā kṣameta svasutānapi H. 2. 107.
     (5) To oppose, resist.
     (6) To be competent or able (to do anything); ṛne raveḥ kṣālayituṃ kṣameta kaḥ kṣapātamaskāṃḍamalīmasaṃ nabhaḥ Śi. 1. 38, 9. 65.

kṣaṃtavya pot. p.
     (1) To be borne or endured.
     (2) Pardonable, fit to be forgiven.

kṣaṃtṛ a. [kṣam-tṛc] Patient, enduring, forbearing, submissive.

kṣam f. Ved. The ground, earth.

kṣama a. [kṣam-ac]
     (1) Patient.
     (2) Enduring, submissive.
     (3) Adequate, competent, able (with gen., loc., inf. or in comp.); malino hi yathādarśo rūpālokasya na kṣamaḥ Y. 3. 141; sā hi rakṣaṇavidhau tayoḥ kṣamā R. 11. 6; hṛdayaṃ na tvavalaṃbituṃ kṣamāḥ R. 8. 60; gamanakṣama, nimūrlanakṣama &c.
     (4) Appropriate, fit, proper, suitable; tanno yaduktamaśivaṃ na hi tatkṣamaṃ te U. 1. 14; ātmakarmakṣamaṃ dehaṃ kṣātro dharma ivāśritaḥ R. 1. 13; S. 5. 27.
     (5) Fit for, capable of, suited to; upabhogakṣame deśe V. 2; tapaḥkṣamaṃ sādhayituṃ ya icchati S. 1. 18; sparśakṣamaṃ ratnaṃ 1. 28; 7. 5.
     (6) Bearable, endurable.
     (7) Favourable, friendly. --maṃ
     (1) Propriety, fitness.
     (2) Battle, war. --maḥ N. of Śiva.

kṣamaṇīya a.
     (1) To be borne, patiently borne.
     (2) To be pardoned or forgiven.

kṣamā [kṣam-aṅ]
     (1) Patience, forbearance, forgiveness; kṣamā śatrau ca mitre ca yatīnāmeva bhūṣaṇaṃ H. 2; R. 1. 22; 18. 9; tejaḥ kṣamā vā naikāṃtaṃ kālajñasya mahīpateḥ Śi. 2. 83.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) An epithet of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ the planet Mars.
          --bhuj, bhujaḥ a king.

kṣamāvat, kṣamānvita, kṣamāyukta a. Patient, indulgent.

kṣamāpayati Den. P. To ask any one's pardon, beg pardon.

kṣamitṛ a. (trī f.), kṣamin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Patient, forbearing, of a forgiving nature; kāmaṃ kṣāmyatu yaḥ kṣamī Śi. 2. 43; Y. 2. 200, 1. 133.
     (2) Capable, able.

kṣāṃta p. p. [kṣam-kta]
     (1) Patient, forbearing, enduring.
     (2) Forgiven.
     (3) Borne, endured.
     (4) Friendly. --taḥ N. of Śiva. --tāṃ The earth.

kṣāṃtiḥ f. [kṣam-bhāve ktin]
     (1) Patience, forbearance, forgiveness; kṣāṃtiścedvacanena kiṃ Bh. 2. 21; Bg. 18. 42.

kṣāṃtu a. [kṣam-tun vṛddhiśca] Patient, forbearing. --tuḥ A father.

kṣāmya pot. p.
     (1) To be borne.
     (2) To be pardoned or forgiven.

kṣaya See under kṣi.

kṣar 1 P. [kṣarati, kṣarita] (Used transitively or intransitively)
     (1) To flow, glide.
     (2) To send or stream forth, pour out, emit; R. 13. 74; Bk. 9. 8.
     (3) To drop, trickle, ooze.
     (4) To waste away, wane, perish.
     (5) To become useless, have no effect; yajño'nṛtane kṣarati tapaḥ kṣarati vismayāt Ms. 4. 237.
     (6) To melt.
     (7) To slip from, be deprived of (with abl.). --Caus. (kṣārayati-te) To accuse, traduce (usually with ā). --WITH --vi to melt away, dissolve.

kṣara a. [kṣarati syaṃdate muṃcati vā, kṣar-ac]
     (1) Melting away.
     (2) Moveable.
     (3) Perishable; kṣaraḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni kūṭastho'kṣara ucyate Bg. 15. 16. --raḥ A cloud. --raṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) The body.
     (3) Ignorance.
     (4) The Supreme Being.
     (5) Cause and effect.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a. (also kṣareja) a. produced by distillation or from a cloud.
          --bhāva a. mutable.

kṣaraṇam [kṣar-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of flowing, trickling, dropping, oozing.
     (2) The act of perspiring; aṃgulīkṣaraṇasannavartikaḥ R. 19. 19.

kṣarita p. p. Dropped, liquefied, oozed, melted &c.

kṣarin m. The rainy season.

kṣāra a. [kṣar-jvalā bā- ṇa]
     (1) Corrosive, caustic, acid, pungent, saline.
     (2) Flowing, oozing. --raḥ
     (1) Juice, essence.
     (2) Treacle, molasses.
     (3) Any corrosive or acid substance; kṣate kṣāramivāsahyaṃ jātaṃ tasyaiva darśanaṃ U. 4. 7; kṣāraṃ kṣate prakṣipan Mk. 5. 18; (kṣāraṃ kṣate kṣip &c. has become proverbial, and means 'to aggravate the pain which is already unbearable,' 'to make bad worse', 'to add insult to injury').
     (4) Glass.
     (5) Salt.
     (6) Ashes.
     (7) A rogue, cheat. --raṃ
     (1) Black salt.
     (2) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --acchaṃ sea-salt.
          --aṃjanaṃ an alkaline unguent.
          --aṃbu n. an alkaline fluid.
          --udaḥ, --udakaḥ, --udadhiḥ, --samudraḥ the salt ocean.
          --kardamaḥ 1. a pool of saline mud. --2. N. of a hell.
          --tailaṃ oil cooked with alkaline ingredients.
          --trayaṃ, --tritayaṃ natron, salt-petre and borax.
          --nadī a river of alkaline water in hell.
          --bhūmiḥ f.,
          --mṛttikā saline soil; kimāścaryaṃ kṣārabhūmau prāṇadā yamadūtikā Udb.
          --melakaḥ an alkaline substance.
          --rasaḥ a saline flavour.
          --śreṣṭhaṃ alkaline earth.

kṣārakaḥ [kṣar-ṇvul]
     (1) Alkali.
     (2) Juice, essence.
     (3) A cage, basket or net for birds.
     (4) A washerman.
     (5) A blossom; a bud or new-blown flower (kalikā).

kṣāraṇaṃ, --ṇā Accusing, especially of adultery. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Converting to alkali or ashes.
     (2) Distilling.

kṣārayati Den. P. 1 To furnish or mix with acid substances.
     (2) To torture a person with acid substances.
     (3) To speak ill of a person, accuse.
     (4) To abuse, calumniate, taduce, censure; cf. ākṣar.

kṣārikā Hunger.

kṣārita a.
     (1) Distilled from saline matter.
     (2) Falsely accused (especially of adultery).

kṣal 10 U. (kṣālayati-te, kṣālita)
     (1) To wash, wash off, purify, cleanse; ṛte raveḥ kṣālayituṃ kṣameta kaḥ kṣapātamaskāṃḍamalīmasaṃ nabhaḥ Śi. 1. 38; H. 4. 60.
     (2) To wipe away. --WITH vi to wash off; R. 5. 44.

kṣāla a. Cleaning, washing.

kṣālanam [kṣal-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Washing, cleansing (with water).
     (2) Sprinkling.

kṣālita p. p. [kṣal-kta]
     (1) Washed, cleansed, purified.
     (2) Wiped away, requited; tathā vṛttaṃ pāpairvyathayati yathā kṣālitamapi U. 1. 28.

kṣavaḥ, kṣavathuḥ See under kṣu.

kṣātra a. (trī f.) [kṣatrasya karma bhāvo vā aṇ] Relating or peculiar to the military tribe; kṣātro dharmaḥ śrita iva tanuṃ brahmaghoṣasya guptyai U. 6. 9; R. 1. 13. --traṃ
     (1) The Kshatriya tribe.
     (2) The qualifications of a Kshatriya; the Gītā thus describes them: --śauryaṃ tejo dhṛtirdākṣyaṃ yuddhe cāpyapalāyanaṃ . dānamīśvarabhāvaśca kṣātraṃ karma svabhāvajaṃ Bg. 18. 43.

kṣātriḥ The son of a Kshatriya by a woman of another caste.

kṣāṃta &c. see under kṣam.

kṣāma a. [kṣai-kartari kta]
     (1) Scorched, singed.
     (2) Diminished, thin, wasted; emaciated, lean; kṣāmakṣāmakapolamānanaṃ S. 3. 10; madhye kṣāmā Me. 82; kṣāmacchāyaṃ bhavanamadhunā madviyogena nūnaṃ 80, 89.
     (3) Slight, little, small.
     (4) Weak, infirm. --maḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu. --mā The earth. --maṃ Destruction.
     -- Comp.
          --āsyaṃ unwholesome diet.

kṣāman a. [kṣai-manin] Destructive. --n. Ved. The earth, ground.

kṣāmavat a. Ved. Scorching, withering, drying; an epithet of Agni.

kṣāraḥ &c. See under kṣar.

kṣālanam &c. See under kṣal.

kṣi I. 1 P. (kṣayati, kṣita or kṣīṇa)
     (1) To decay or waste.
     (2) To rule, govern, be master of. --II 1. 5. 9. P. (kṣayati, kṣiṇoti, kṣiṇāti)
     (1) To destroy, affect, ruin, corrupt; na tadyaśaḥ śastrabhṛtāṃ kṣiṇoti R. 2. 40.
     (2) To diminish, cause to waste away; R. 19. 48.
     (3) To kill, injure.
     (4) To spend, pass (as time); kati punarahaṃ vāsarāṇi kṣayiṣye Ud. S. 83. --III. 6 P. (kṣiyati)
     (1) To abide, stay, dwell.
     (2) To inhabit.
     (3) To remain.
     (4) To go, move, approach. --Pass. (kṣīyate)
     (1) To waste, wane; decay, be diminished (fig. also) pratikṣaṇamayaṃ kāyaḥ kṣīyamāṇo na lakṣyate H. 4. 66; pratyāsannavipattimūḍhamanasāṃ prāyo matiḥ kṣīyate Pt. 2. 4; Amaru. 93; Bh. 2. 19. --Caus. (kṣayayati or kṣapayati)
     (1) To destroy, remove, put an end to; mamāpi ca kṣapayatu nīlalohitaḥ punarbhavaṃ parigataśaktirātmabhūḥ S. 7. 35, R. 8. 47; Me. 53.
     (2) To spend or pass (as time).

kṣayaḥ [kṣi-ac]
     (1) A house, residence, abode; yātanāśca yamakṣaye Ms. 6. 61; nirjagāma punastasmātkṣayānnārāyaṇasya ha Mb.
     (2) Loss, decline, waste, wane, decay, diminution; āyuṣaḥ kṣayaḥ R. 3. 69; dhanakṣaye vardhati jāṭharāgniḥ Pt. 2. 178; so caṃdrakṣayaḥ, kṣayapakṣaḥ &c.
     (3) Destruction, end, termination; niśākṣaye yāti hriyaiva pāṃḍutāṃ Rs. 1. 9; Amaru. 60.
     (4) Pecuniary loss; Ms. 8. 401.
     (5) Fall (as of prices.)
     (6) Removal.
     (7) Universal destruction (pralaya).
     (8) Consumption.
     (9) A disease in general. (10) The negative sign or quantity, minus (in algebra).
     (11) Family, race.
     (12) The house of Yama.
     -- Comp.
          --kara (also kṣayaṃkara) a. causing decay or destruction, ruinous.
          --kālaḥ 1. time of universal destruction. --2. the period of decline.
          --kāsaḥ consumptive cough.
          --pakṣaḥ the dark fortnight.
          --yuktiḥ f.,
          --yogaḥ an opportunity of destroying.
          --rogaḥ consumption.
          --vāyuḥ the wind that is to blow at the destruction of the world.
          --saṃpad f. total loss, ruin.

kṣayaṇa a. Destroying &c. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A place with calm water.
     (2) A bay or harbour. --ṇaṃ A dwelling-place, habitation.

kṣayathuḥ Consumptive cough, consumption.

kṣayas n. A dwelling-place, habitation.

kṣayin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Diminishing, decaying; āraṃbhagurvī kṣayiṇī krameṇa Bh. 2. 60; waning, wasting; na cābhūttāviva kṣayī R. 17. 71 Ms. 9. 314.
     (2) Consumptive.
     (3) Perishable, fragile. --m. The moon.

kṣayiṣṇu a.
     (1) Wasting, decaying.
     (2) Perishable, fragile.

kṣiḥ f.
     (1) Abode.
     (2) Going.
     (3) Destruction.
     (4) Waste, loss.

kṣit a.
     (1) Ruling, a ruler.
     (2) Dwelling.

kṣita p. p. [kṣi-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Wasted, decayed, lost.
     (2) Weakened.
     (3) Poor, miserable. --taṃ Killing; injuring.

kṣitā The earth.

kṣitiḥ f. [kṣi nivāse ādhāre ktin]
     (1) The earth.
     (2) A dwelling, an abode, a house.
     (3) Loss, destruction.
     (4) The end of the world.
     (5) Wane.
     (6) A man (Ved.)
     -- Comp.
          --aditiḥ an epithet of Devakī, mother of Kṛṣṇa.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ a king; R. 1. 5; 3. 3; 11. 1.
          --kaṇaḥ dust.
          --kaṃpaḥ an earth-quake.
          --kṣit m. a king, prince.
          --jaḥ 1. a tree. --2. an earthworm. --3. the planet Mars. --4. N. of the demon Naraka killed by Viṣṇu. (
          --jaṃ) the horizon. (
          --jā) an epithet of Sītā.
          --talaṃ the surface of the earth.
          --devaḥ a Brāhmaṇa.
          --dharaḥ a mountain; Ku. 7. 94.
          --dhenuḥ earth considered as a milchcow; Bh. 2. 46.
          --nāthaḥ, --paḥ, --patiḥ, --pālaḥ, --bhuj m.,
          --rakṣin m. a king, sovereign; R. 2. 51, 5. 76, 6. 86, 7. 3, 9. 75.
          --putraḥ 1. the planet Mars. --2. the demon Naraka.
          --pratiṣṭha a. dwelling on the earth.
          --bhṛt m. 1. a mountain; sarvakṣitibhṛtāṃ nātha V. 4. 27; (where it means 'a king' also); Ki. 5. 20; Rs. 6. 26. --2. a king.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the globe.
          --raṃdhraṃ a ditch, hollow.
          --ruh m. a tree.
          --vardhanaḥ m. a corpse, dead body.
          --vṛttiḥ f. 'the course of the earth', patient behaviour.
          --vyudāsaḥ a cave within the earth, an underground hole.

kṣitvan m. Wind, air.

kṣīṇa p. p. [kṣi-kta]
     (1) Thin, emaciated, waned, become lean, diminished, worn away, expended; bhāryāṃ kṣīṇeṣu vitteṣu (jānīyāt) H. 1. 72; so kṣīṇaḥ. śaśī; kṣīṇe puṇye martyaloke viśaṃti.
     (2) Slender, delicate.
     (3) Small, little.
     (4) Poor, miserable.
     (5) Powerless, weak.
     (6) Wasted away, decreased, lost, diminished.
     (7) Dead, destroyed; akṣīṇabhaktiḥ kṣīṇe'pi naṃde Mu. 2. 21,
     (8) Injured, broken, torn.
     -- Comp.
          --caṃdraḥ the moon on the wane.
          --dhana a. reduced to poverty, impoverished.
          --pāpa a. one who is purified after having suffered the consequences of sin.
          --puṇya a. one who has enjoyed all his stock of merit, and must work to acquire more in another birth.
          --madhya a. slenderwaisted.
          --vāsin a. inhabiting a dilapidated house. (m.) a dove or pigeon.
          --vikrāṃta a. destitute of courage or prowess.
          --vṛtti a. deprived of the means of support, out of employ.
          --śakti, --bala a. weakened in strength, subsided (as a disease); Pt 1. 235.

kṣiṇ 5 U. (kṣiṇoti-kṣiṇute, kṣita) To kill, hurt, injure.

kṣidraḥ [kṣid-raka]
     (1) A disease.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A horn.

kṣip 6 U. (but only P. when preceded by adhi, prati and ati), 4. P. (kṣipati-te, kṣipyati, kṣipta)
     (1) To throw, cast, send, dispatch, discharge, let go (with loc. or sometimes dat.); marudbhya iti tu dvāri kṣipedapsvadbhya ityapi Ms. 3. 88; śilāṃ vā kṣepsyate mayi Mb.; R. 12. 95; with prati also; Bh. 3. 67, Śi. 15. 86.
     (2) To place, put on or upon, throw into, srajamapi śirasyaṃdhaḥ kṣiptāṃ dhunotyahiśaṃkayā S. 7. 24; Y. 1. 230; Bg. 16. 19.
     (3) To fix on, attach to (as a blame); bhṛtye doṣān kṣipati H. 2.
     (4) To cast or throw off, cast away, rid oneself of; kiṃ kūrmasya bharavyathā na vapuṣi kṣmāṃ na kṣipatyeṣa yat Mu. 2. 18.
     (5)
          (a) To take away, destroy; Mal. 1. 17.
          (b) To kill or slay; kesarī niṣṭhurakṣiptamṛgayūtho mṛgādhipaḥ Śi. 2. 53.
     (6) To reject, disdain.
     (7) To insult, revile, abuse, scold; Ms. 8. 312, 270; Śānti. 3. 10.
     (8) To pour on, scatter, strew. --9, To strike, hit. (10) To distract, afflict; Mal. 4. 8. --WITH paryā to bind or tie up, collect (as hair); (keśāṃtaṃ) paryākṣipat kācidudārabaṃdhaṃ Ku. 7. 14.

kṣip f. Ved. A finger; Rv. 3. 23. 3, 9. 97. 57.

kṣipa a. [kṣip-ka] Throwing, striking, hitting. --paḥ
     (1) Throwing, casting.
     (2) Reviling, insulting. --pā
     (1) Sending.
     (2) Throwing.
     (3) Night.

kṣipakaḥ An archer, a warrior.

kṣipaṇam [kṣip bhāve bā- kyun]
     (1) Sending, throwing, casting.
     (2) Reviling, abusing.

kṣipaṇiḥ, --ṇī f.
     (1) An oar.
     (2) A priest.
     (3) A net.
     (4) A weapon. --ṇiḥ A stroke with a whip.

kṣipaṇuḥ [kṣip-anuṅ]
     (1) An archer.
     (2) A weapon.
     (3) Air, wind.

kṣipaṇyu a. [kṣip-kanyuc]
     (1) Fragrant, sweet-smelling.
     (2) Diffusive. --ṇyuḥ
     (1) The body.
     (2) The spring season.
     (3) A fragrant smell.

kṣipatiḥ(stiḥ) Ved. The arm.

kṣipta p. p. [kṣip-kta]
     (1) Thrown, scattered, hurled, cast.
     (2) Abandoned.
     (3) Disregarded, neglected, disrespected.
     (4) Placed.
     (5) Distracted, mad; (see kṣip). --ptā Night. --ptaṃ A wound caused by shooting.
     -- Comp.
          --kukkuraḥ a mad dog.
          --citta a. distracted in mind, absent-minded.
          --deha a. prostrating the body, lying down.

kṣiptiḥ f. [kṣip-ktin]
     (1) Throwing, sending forth.
     (2) Explaining a hidden meaning (such as solving riddles).

kṣipnu a.
     (1) Throwing, casting.
     (2) Killing; rakṣogaṇaṃ kṣiptuṃ Bk. 2. 21; Śi. 16. 50.
     (3) Obstructive.

kṣipra a. [kṣip-rak] (compar. kṣepīyas; superl. kṣepiṣṭha)
     (1) Elastic (as a bow).
     (2) Quick, speedy. --praṃ
     (1) A measure of time = (1/15) of a Muhūrta.
     (2) The part of the hand between the thumb and the forefinger. --praṃ ind. Quickly, speedily, immediately; vināśaṃ vrajati kṣipramāmapātramivāṃbhasi Ms. 3. 179; Śānti. 3. 6; Bk. 2. 44.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. acting quickly, prompt.

kṣepaḥ [kṣip-ghañ]
     (1) Throwing, tossing, casting, moving about, movement (of limbs); kuṃdakṣepānugama Me. 47; bhrūkṣepamātrānumatapraveśāṃ Ku. 3. 60.
     (2) A throw, cast.
     (3) Sending, dispatching.
     (4) Depression; striking down.
     (5) Transgressing.
     (6) Passing away (time); kālakṣepaḥ.
     (7) Delay, dilatoriness.
     (8) Insult, abuse; kṣepaṃ karoti ceddaṃḍyaḥ Y. 2. 204; kiṃ kṣepe.
     (9) Disrespect, contempt. (10) Pride, haughtiness.
     (11) A nosegay.
     (12) A stroke (of an oar &c).
     (13) Laying on (as a paint &c.), besmearing.
     (14) (in arith.) Addendum.

kṣepaka a. [kṣip-ṇvul] A thrower, sender.
     (2) Interpolated, inserted (as a passage).
     (3) Abusive, disrespectful. --kaḥ
     (1) A spurious or interpolated passage.
     (2) An additive quantity.

kṣepaṇam [kṣip-lyuṭ]
     (1) Throwing, casting, sending, directing &c.
     (2) Spending (as time).
     (3) Omitting.
     (4) Abusing.
     (5) A sling. --ṇiḥ, --ṇī f.
     (1) An oar.
     (2) A net for fishing.
     (3) A sling or any instrument with which missiles are thrown.

kṣepaṇīya a. [kṣip-anīyar] To be thrown or cast. --yaṃ A sling, any instrument for casting missiles, stones &c.

kṣepiman m. Great velocity, speed.

kṣeptṛ a. A thrower, caster, sender.

kṣepya a. To be thrown or cast &c.

kṣiyā
     (1) Loss, destruction, waste, decay.
     (2) An impropriety, offence against established customs (ācārabheda); the following is an instance; svayamaha rathena yāti upādhyāyaṃ padātiṃ gamayati Sk.

kṣiv 1. 4. P. (kṣevati or kṣīvyati) To eject from the mouth, vomit, spit out.

kṣī 1 U. (kṣayati-te) To kill, injure, hurt.

kṣīj 1 P. (kṣījati) To sound indistinctly.

kṣījanam [kṣīj bhāve lyuṭ] The whistling of hollow reeds.

kṣīṇa See under kṣi.

kṣīb, kṣība See kṣīb, kṣīva.

kṣīraḥ, ram
     (1) Milk; haṃso hi kṣīramādatte tanmiśrā varjayatyapaḥ S. 6. 27.
     (2) The milky juice or sap of trees, exudation; resin; ye tatkṣīrasrutisurabhayo dakṣiṇena pravṛttāḥ Me. 107; Ku. 1. 9.
     (3) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --adaḥ an infant, a sucking child.
          --abdhiḥ the sea of milk. -jaḥ 1. the moon. --2. the Amṛta or nectar produced at the churning of the sea. --3. an epithet of Śeṣa. --4. a pearl. -jaṃ sea-salt. -jā, -tanayā an epithet of Lakṣmī.
          --āhvaḥ the pine tree.
          --udaḥ the sea of milk; kṣīrodaveleva saphenapuṃjā Ku. 7. 26. -tanayaḥ, -naṃdanaḥ the moon. -tanayā, -sutā an epithet of Lakṣmī.
          --udadhi = kṣīroda q. v. above.
          --ūrmiḥ a wave of the sea of milk; R. 4. 27.
          --odanaḥ rice boiled witk milk;
          --kaṃṭhaḥ, kaṃṭhakaḥ a young child (having milk in the throat); tvayā tatkṣīrakaṃṭhena prāptamāraṇyakaṃ vrataṃ Mv. 4. 52, 5. 11.
          --jaṃ coagulated milk.
          --dātrī yielding milk (as a cow).
          --drumaḥ the Aśvattha tree.
          --dhātrī a wet-nurse.
          --dhiḥ, --nidhiḥ the sea of milk; iṃduḥ kṣīranidhāviva R. 1. 12.
          --dhenuḥ f. a milch cow.
          --nīraṃ 1. water and milk. --2. milk-like water. --3. a fast embrace.
          --paḥ a child.
          --pāṇaḥ an inhabitant of Usīnara. (
          --ṇaṃ, --naṃ) drinking milk. (
          --ṇī) any vessel out of which milk is drunk.
          --bhṛta a. supported by milk (as a Gopāla).
          --vāriḥ, --vāridhiḥ the sea of milk.
          --vikṛtiḥ f. inspissated milk.
          --vṛkṣaḥ 1. N. of the four trees nyagrodha, uduṃbara, aśvattha and madhūka. --2. the glomerous fig-tree.
          --śaraḥ cream, the skim of milk.
          --samudraḥ the sea of milk.
          --sāraḥ butter; kṣīrasāramapanīya śaṃkayā svīkṛtaṃ yadi palāyanaṃ tvayā Udb.
          --snigdha a. unctuous with milky juice or sap; S. 3. 6.
          --sphaṭikaḥ a precious stone.
          --svāmin m. a commentator on the Amarakośa.
          --hiṃḍīraḥ the foam of milk.

kṣīrayati Den. P. To look like milk.

kṣīrikā A dish prepared with milk.

kṣīrin a.
     (1) Milky.
     (2) Yielding milk; kṣīriṇyaḥ saṃtu gāvaḥ Mk. 10. 60.

kṣīreyī An oblation of milk, rice, and sugar.

kṣīv 1. 4. P. [kṣīvati, kṣīvyati]
     (1) To be drunk or intoxicated.
     (2) To spit, eject from the mouth.

kṣīva a. Excited, drunk, intoxicated; dhruvaṃ jaye yasya jayāmṛtena kṣīvaḥ kṣamābharturabhūtkṛpāṇaḥ Vikr. 1. 96; kṣīvo duḥśāsanāsṛjā Ve. 5. 27.

kṣu 2 P. [kṣauti, kṣuta]
     (1) To sneeze; apayāti saroṣayā niraste kṛtakaṃ kāmini cukṣuve mṛgākṣyā Śi. 9. 83; Ch. P. 10; Bk. 14. 75.
     (2) To cough.

kṣavaḥ [kṣu-bhāvādau ap]
     (1) Sneezing.
     (2) Cough.

kṣavakam A kind of pot-herb. --vikā
     (1) A species of rice.
     (2) A woman.

kṣavathuḥ [kṣu-athuc]
     (1) Sneezing.
     (2) Cough.
     (3) Irritation of the throat.
     (4) Sore throat.

kṣut f., kṣutaṃ --tā, --tiḥ f. A sneeze or sneezing.

kṣuḥ Ved.
     (1) Food.
     (2) A lion.

kṣuṇṇa See under kṣud below.

kṣud 7 U. (kṣuṇatti, kṣuṃte, kṣuṇṇa)
     (1) To tread or trample upon, strike against, crush (under the foot), bruise, pound down; kṣuṇadmi sarpān pātāle Bk. 6. 36; te taṃ vyāśiṣatākṣautsuḥ pādairdaṃtaistathācchidan 15. 43, 17. 66.
     (2) To move, be agitated (A.). --WITH pra to crush, bruise, pound; mitraghnasya pracukṣoda gadayāṃgaṃ bibhīṣaṇaḥ Bk. 14. 33.

kṣuṇṇa p. p. [kṣud-kta]
     (1) Pounded, crushed to pieces, bruised.
     (2) Powdered, pulverized, ground.
     (3) Beaten, trodden (as a path); R. 1. 17.
     (4) (Fig.) Practised, followed; kṣudrajanakṣuṇṇa eṣa mārgaḥ K. 146; a- unusual; Māl. 3.
     (5) Violated (a vow).
     (6) Exercised, practised, skilful.
     (7) One versed in the sacred science but unable to teach it.
     (8) Overcome, defeated.
     -- Comp.
          --manas a. penitent, repentant.

kṣuṇṇakaḥ A kind of drum beaten at a funeral.

kṣud f. Grinding, crushing.

kṣudaḥ Flour, meal.

kṣudra a. [kṣud-kartari rak] (compar. kṣodīyas; superl. kṣodiṣṭha)
     (1) Minute, small, tiny, little, trifling.
     (2) Mean, low, vile, base; kṣudre'pi nūnaṃ śaraṇaṃ prapanne Ku. 1. 12.
     (3) Wicked.
     (4) Cruel.
     (5) Poor, indigent.
     (6) Miserly, niggardly; Me. 17.
     (7) Diminutive, short.
     (8) Trifling, insignificant.
     (9) Unimportant, minor. --draḥ
     (1) A small particle of rice.
     (2) A bee or wasp. --drā
     (1) A bee.
     (2) A fly or gnat.
     (3) A woman maimed or crippled.
     (4) A quarrelsome woman.
     (5) A prostitute, whore, harlot; upasṛṣṭā iva kṣudrādhiṣṭhitabhavanāḥ K. 107.
     (6) A base or despicable woman.
     (7) A dancing girl. --draṃ Ved. A particle of dust, flour, meal.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ a kind of unguent applied to the eyes in certain diseases.
          --aṃtraḥ the small cavity of the heart.
          --ulūkaḥ a small owl.
          --kaṃbuḥ a small shell.
          --kuliśaḥ a precious stone.
          --kuṣṭhaṃ a mild form of leprosy.
          --ghaṃṭikā 1. small bell. --2. a girdle of small bells.
          --caṃdanaṃ red sandal-wood.
          --jaṃtuḥ any small animal.
          --taṃḍulaḥ a grain of rice.
          --daṃśikā a small gadfly.
          --buddhi a. low-minded, mean.
          --rasaḥ honey.
          --rogaḥ a minor disease; (44 are enumerated by Suśruta).
          --śaṃkhaḥ a small conch-shell.
          --suvarṇaṃ low or bad gold; i. e. brass.
          --han m. an epithet of Śiva.

kṣudratā, --tvam Smallness, insignificance.

kṣudrala a. Minute, small(applied especially to diseases and animals).

kṣudrikā
     (1) A small gadfly.
     (2) Small bells (for ornaments).

kṣottṛ m. A pestle, implement for grinding.

kṣodaḥ [kṣuṭ-ghañ]
     (1) Pounding, grinding.
     (2) The stone on which anything is ground or powdered, a mortar.
     (3) Any ground substance, flour.
     (4) Dust, particle, any small or minute particle; U. 3. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣama a. capable of standing a test, scrutiny or investigation.

kṣodas n. [kṣud-asun] Water.

kṣodita a. [kṣud-ṇic-kta] Pounded, ground. --taṃ
     (1) Powder, dust.
     (2) Flour, any ground substance.

kṣodiman m. Minutness, smallness.

kṣudh 4 P. (kṣudhyati, kṣudhita) To be hungry; Bk. 5. 66, 6. 44, 9. 39.

kṣud f. kṣudhā
     (1) Hunger; sīdati kṣudhā Ms. 7. 134, 4. 187.
     (2) Food.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita, --ārta, --āviṣṭa a. afflicted by hunger.
          --kṣāma a. emaciated by hunger; Bh. 2. 29.
          --pipāsita a. hungry and thirsty.
          --nivṛttiḥ f. cessation of hunger, appeasing of appetite (in general).

kṣudhālu a. Hungry.

kṣudhita a. Hungry; R. 2. 39.

kṣudhunaḥ N. of a savage race, the Mlechchhas.

kṣupaḥ A tree with small roots and branches, a shrub, bush.

kṣubh 1 A., 4. 9. P. (kṣobhate, kṣubhyati, kṣubhnāti, kṣubhita-kṣubdha)
     (1) To shake, tremble, to be agitated or disturbed; mahāhrada iva kṣubhyan Bk. 9. 118; R. 4. 21; Śi. 8. 24.
     (2) To be unsteady.
     (3) To stumble (fig. also). --Caus. (kṣobhayati) To agitate, stir up, excite, perturb.

kṣubh f. Ved. A blow, push.

kṣubha a. [kṣubh-ka] Exciting, agitating &c.

kṣubhita a.
     (1) Shaken, agitated &c.; mahāpralayamārutakṣubhitapuṣkarāvartaka &c.; Ve. 3. 2.
     (2) Afraid.
     (3) Enraged.

kṣubdha p. p.
     (1) Agitated, shaken, unsteady.
     (2) Disturbed.
     (3) Afraid. --bdhaḥ A churning stick; śobhaiva maṃdarakṣubdhakṣubhitāṃbhodhivarṇanā Śi. 2. 107.
     (2) A particular mode of sexual enjoyment.

kṣobhaḥ [kṣubh-ghañ]
     (1) Shaking, moving, tossing; Me. 28, 95; so kānanakṣobhaḥ &c.
     (2) Jolting; R. 1. 58; V. 3. 11.
     (3)
          (a) Agitation, disturbance, excitement, emotion; kṣoka- U. 3, 3. 29; svayaṃvarakṣobhakṛtāmabhāvaḥ R. 7. 3; atheṃdriyakṣobhamayugmanetraḥ punarvaśitvādbalavannigṛhya Ku. 3. 69.
          (b) Provocation, irritation; prāyaḥ svaṃ mahimānaṃ kṣobhātpratipadyate jaṃtuḥ S. 6. 30.

kṣobhaṇam [kṣubh-ṇic lyuṭ] Agitating, disturbing. --ṇaḥ One of the five arrows of Kāmadeva.
     (2) An epithet of
          (a) Viṣṇu,
          (b) Śiva.

kṣumā
     (1) Linseed, a kind of flax.
     (2) The Indigo plant.

kṣur 6 P. (kṣurati, kṣurita)
     (1) To cut, scratch.
     (2) To make lines or furrows.

kṣuraḥ [kṣur-ka]
     (1) A razor; R. 7. 46; Ms. 9. 292.
     (2) A razor-like barb attached to an arrow.
     (3) The hoof of a cow or horse.
     (4) An arrow.
     (5) The foot of a bed-stead.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n.
          --kriyā the act of shaving; Pt. 1. 386.
          --catuṣṭayaṃ the four things necessary for shaving.
          --dhānaṃ, --bhāṃḍaṃ a razor-case.
          --dhāra a. as sharp as a razor.
          --praḥ 1. an arrow with a sharp horse-shoe-shaped head; taṃ kṣurapraśakalīkṛtaṃ kṛtī R. 11. 29; 9. 62. --2. a sort of hoe, a weeding-spade.
          --mardin, muṃḍin m. a barber.

kṣurikā, kṣurī
     (1) A knife, dagger.
     (2) A small razor.

kṣuriṇī The wife of a barber.

kṣurin m. A barber.

kṣulla a. Small, little.
     -- Comp.
          --tātaḥ the younger brother of one's father; cf. khulla.

kṣullaka a.
     (1) Little, minute.
     (2) Low, vile.
     (3) Insignificant.
     (4) Wicked, malicious.
     (5) Poor.
     (6) Pained, distressed.
     (7) Hard
     (8) Young. --kaḥ A small shell.

kṣetram [kṣi-ṣṭran] A field, ground, soil; cīyate bāliśasyāpi satkṣetrapatitā kṛṣiḥ Mu. 1. 3.
     (2) Landed property, land.
     (3) Place, abode, region, repository; kapaṭaśatamayaṃ kṣetramapratyayānāṃ Pt. 1. 191; Bh. 1. 77; Me. 16.
     (4) A sacred spot, a place of pilgrimage; kṣetraṃ kṣatrapradhanapiśunaṃ kauravaṃ tadbhajethāḥ Me. 48; Bg. 1. 1.
     (5) An enclosed spot of ground, portion of space, superficies, circuit.
     (6) Fertile soil.
     (7) Place of origin.
     (8) A wife; api nāma kulapateriyamasavarṇakṣetrasaṃbhavā syāt S. 1; Ms. 3. 175.
     (9) The sphere of action, the body (regarded as the field of the working of the soul); yogino yaṃ vicinvaṃti kṣetrābhyaṃtaravartinaṃ Ku. 6. 77; Bg. 13. 1, 2, 3. (10) The mind.
     (11) A house; a town.
     (12) A plane figure, as a triangle.
     (13) A diagram.
     (14) A sign of the zodiac.
     -- Comp.
          --adhidevatā the tutelary deity of any sacred piece of ground.
          --ājīvaḥ, --karaḥ, --kṛt m. a cultivator, peasant.
          --gaṇitaṃ geometry.
          --gata a. geometrical. -upapattiḥ f. geometrical proof.
          --ja a. 1. produced in a field. --2. born from the body. (
          --jaḥ) one of the 12 kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu Law, the offspring of a wife by a kinsman duly appointed to raise up issue to the husband; Ms. 9. 167, 180; Y. 1. 69, 2. 128.
          --jāta a. begotten on the wife of another.
          --jña a. 1. knowing places. --2. clever, dexterous. (
          --jñaḥ) 1. the soul; cf. Bg. 13. 1, 3; Ms. 12. 12. --2. the supreme soul. --3. a libertine. --4. a husbandman. --5. a form of Śiva. --6. a witness. (
          --jñā) a girl fifteen years old personating Durgā at a festival.
          --patiḥ a land-owner, a landlord.
          --padaṃ a place sacred to a deity.
          --pālaḥ 1. a man employed to guard a field. --2. a deity protecting fields. --3. an epithet of Śiva.
          --phalaṃ the area or superficial contents of a figure (in math.).
          --bhaktiḥ f. the division of a field.
          --bhūmiḥ f. cultivated land.
          --rāśiḥ quantity represented by geometrical figures.
          --vid a. = kṣetrajña q. v. (--m.) 1. a husbandman. --2. a sage, one who has spiritual knowledge; Ku. 3. 50. --3. the soul.
          --vyavahāraḥ 1. drawing a figure in geometry. --2. geometrical demonstration.
          --stha a. residing at a sacred place.

kṣetrika a. (kī f.) [kṣetramastyasya ṭhan] Relating to a field. --kaḥ
     (1) A farmer; Ms. 8. 241, 9. 53.
     (2) A husband; Ms. 9. 145.

kṣetrin a. [kṣetra-ini]
     (1) Owning a field; cultivating land.
     (2) Agricultural. --m.
     (1) An agriculturist, a cultivator; Y. 2. 161.
     (2) A (nominal) husband; S. 5.
     (3) The soul.
     (4) The Supreme soul; Bg. 13. 33.

kṣotriya a. [kṣetra-gha]
     (1) Relating to a field.
     (2) Curable in a future body, or incurable in the present life, irremediable; daṃḍoyaṃ kṣetriyo yena mayyapātīti sā'bravīt Bk. 4. 32. --yaṃ
     (1) An organic disease.
     (2) Meadow grass, pasturage.
     (3) (pl.) The surrounding parts of any place. --yaḥ
     (1) A medicament.
     (2) An incurable disease.
     (3) An adulterer.
     (4) Physicking, operating.

kṣetrīyati Den. P. To desire another's wife.

kṣetrīkṛ 8 U. To expose to, to subject to; Mu. 7. 4; K. 135.

kṣepa &c. See under kṣip.

kṣema a. [kṣi-man Uṇ. 1. 138]
     (1) Conferring happiness, ease or comfort, good, beneficial, well; dhārtarāṣṭrā raṇe hanyustanme kṣemataraṃ bhavet Bg. 1. 46.
     (2) Prosperous, at ease, comfortable,
     (3) Secure, happy. --maḥ, --maṃ
     (1) Peace, happiness, ease, welfare, wellbeing; vitanvati kṣemamadevamātṛkāścirāya tāsmin kuravaścakāsate Ki. 1. 17; vaiśyaṃ kṣemaṃ samāgamya (pṛcchet) Ms. 2. 127; adhunā sarvajalacarāṇāṃ kṣemaṃ bhaviṣyati Pt. 1.
     (2) Safety, security; kṣemeṇa vraja bāṃdhavān Mk. 7. 7 safely; Pt. 1. 146.
     (3) Preserving, protection; R. 15. 6.
     (4) Keeping what is acquired; cf. yogakṣema.
     (5) Final beatitude, eternal happiness.
     (6) Basis, foundation.
     (7) Residence, resting-place.
     (8) A star, asterism (nakṣatra). --maḥ A kind of perfume. --mā An epithet of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --kara, --kāra (also kṣemaṃkara) a. propitious, causing peace or security.

kṣemin a. (ṇī f.) Safe, secure, happy.

kṣemya a. [kṣemāya sādhu yat]
     (1) Resting, at ease.
     (2) Habitable, comfortable.
     (3) Healthy, salubrious.
     (4) Lucky, prosperous.
     (5) Giving peace. --myaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

kṣai 1 P. [kṣāyati, kṣāma] To wane, waste away, become emaciated, decline, decay.

kṣaiṇyam
     (1) Destruction.
     (2) Leanness, slenderness.

kṣaitram [kṣetrāṇāṃ sagūhaḥ aṇ]
     (1) A multitude of fields.
     (2) A field.

kṣaitrajñam Spirituality, knowledge of the soul.

kṣaipram Quickness, speediness.

kṣaireya a. (yī f.) [kṣīre saṃskṛtaṃ ḍhañ] Milky.

kṣoḍaḥ The post to which an elephant is tied.

kṣoṇiḥ, kṣoṇī f.
     (1) The earth.
     (2) The number 'one' (in math.).

kṣoda See under kṣud.

kṣābhe &c. See under kṣubh.

kṣomaḥ, --mam [kṣu-man] A room on the top of a house. --maṃ Wove silk.

kṣauṇiḥ, --ṇī f. See kṣoṇi.
     -- Comp.
          --prācīraḥ the ocean.
          --bhuj m.,
          --patiḥ a king.
          --bhṛt m., dharaḥ a mountain.

kṣaudraḥ
     (1) The Champaka tree.
     (2) N. of a mixed caste. --draṃ
     (1) Smallness.
     (2) Meanness, lowness.
     (3) Honey; sakṣaudrapaṭalairiva R. 4. 63.
     (4) Water.
     (5) A particle of dust.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ wax.
          --dhātuḥ a kind of mineral substance; (mākṣika). --mehaḥ the disease diabetes mellitus.

kṣaudreyam Wax.

kṣaumaḥ a. [kṣu-man svārthe aṇ] Linen. --maḥ, --maṃ
     (1) Silken cloth, wove silk; kṣaumaṃ kenacidiṃdupāṃḍutaruṇā māṃgalyamāviṣkṛtaṃ S. 4. 4; kṣaumāṃtaritamekhale (aṃke) R. 10. 8.
     (2) An airy room on the top of a house.
     (3) The back of an edifice.
     (4) A fortified place before a building. --maṃ
     (1) Linen cloth.
     (2) Linseed. --mī Flax.

kṣauram Shaving. --rī A razor.

kṣaurikaḥ A barber.

kṣṇu 2 P. (kṣṇauti, kṣṇuta) To whet, sharpen. --WITH saṃ (Atm.) to sharpen (fig. also); Bk. 8. 40.

kṣṇuta a. [kṣṇu-kta] Whetted, sharpened.

kṣṇotram Ved. A grind-stone.

kṣmā
     (1) The earth; (putraṃ) kṣmāṃ laṃbhayitvā kṣamayopapannaṃ R. 18. 9; kiṃ śeṣasya bharavyathā na vapuṣi kṣmāṃ na kṣipatyeṣa yat Mu. 2. 18.
     (2) (In math.) The number 'one'.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ the planet Mars.
          --paḥ, --patiḥ, --bhuj m. a king; kavikṣmāpatiḥ Gīt. 1; deśānāmupari kṣmāpāḥ Pt. 1. 155.
          --bhṛt m. a king or mountain.

kṣmāy 1 A. (kṣmāyate, kṣmāyita) To shake, tremble; cakṣmāye ca mahī Bk. 14. 21; 17. 73.

kṣmīl 1 P. (kṣmīlati) To wink, close the eyelids.

kṣviḍ 1 U. (kṣveḍati-te, kṣveṭṭa or kṣveḍita) To hum, roar, whistle, growl, murmur, sound indistinctly; Ms. 4. 64.

kṣviḍ 1 A., kṣvid 4 P.
     (1) To be wet or unctuous.
     (2) To emit sap, or discharge juice, ichor &c., exude. --WITH pra to murmur, hum; Bk. 7. 103.

kṣviṇṇa a.
     (1) Sounded inarticulately.
     (2) Soft, unctuous, oily.

kṣveḍa a.
     (1) Crooked, curved.
     (2) Wicked, depraved
     (3) Difficult to be approached. --ḍaḥ
     (1) Sound, noise.
     (2) Venom, poison; guṇadoṣau budho gṛhṇanniṃdukṣveḍāviveśvaraḥ . śirasā ślāghate pūrvaṃ paraṃ kaṃṭheniyacchati Subhāṣ.
     (3) Moistening.
     (4) Abandonment.
     (5) An inarticulate sound. --ḍā
     (1) The roaring of a lion.
     (2) A war-cry, war-whoop.
     (3) A bamboo.

kṣveḍanam
     (1) Murmuring, hissing, whistling
     (2) A hissing pronunciation.

kṣveḍitaḥ tam
     (1) Humming, murmuring.
     (2) A growl, roar.
     (3) The roaring of a lion.
     (4) A battle-cry, warwhoop.

kṣvel 1 P. (kṣvelati &c.)
     (1) To leap, jump.
     (2) To play.
     (3) To go, move.
     (4) To shake, tremble.

kṣvelā, kṣvelikā, kṣvelitaṃ, kṣvelyam Play, jest, joke.

kha

khaḥ The sun. --khaṃ
     (1) The sky; khaṃ keśavo'para ivākramituṃ pravṛttaḥ Mk. 5. 2; yāvadriraḥ khe marutāṃ caraṃti Ku. 3. 72; Me. 9.
     (2) Heaven.
     (3) Organ of sense.
     (4) A city.
     (5) A field.
     (6) A cypher.
     (7) A dot, an anusvāra.
     (8) A cavity, an aperture, hollow, hole; Ms. 9. 43.
     (9) An aperture of the human body; (of which there are 9, i. e. the mouth, the two ears, the two eyes, the two nostrils, and the organs of excretion and generation); khāni caiva spṛśedādbhiḥ Ms. 2. 60, 53; 4. 144; Y. 1. 20; cf. Ku. 3. 50. (10) A wound.
     (11) Happiness, pleasure.
     (12) Talc.
     (13) Action.
     (14) Knowledge.
     (15) Brahman.
     (16) The glottis (in anatomy).
     (17) The tenth from any given constellation or the sun's entrance into it. --khā
     (1) A well, fountain.
     (2) A river
     -- Comp.
          --aṭaḥ (khe'ṭaḥ) 1. a planet. --2. Rāhu, the ascending node.
          --āpagā an epithet of the Ganges.
          --ulkaḥ 1. a meteor. --2. a planet.
          --ulmukaḥ the planet Mars.
          --kāminī N. of Durgā.
          --kuṃtalaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --kholkaḥ 'sky meteor,' N. of the sun. -ādityaḥ a form of the sun.
          --ga a. [khe ākāśe gacchati gam-ḍa] moving in the air. (
          --gaḥ) 1. a bird; adhunīta khagaḥ sa naikadhā tanuṃ N. 2. 2; Ms. 12. 63. --2. air, wind; tamāṃsīva yathā sūryo vṛkṣānagnirghanānkhagaḥ Mb. --3. the sun. --4. a planet; e. g. āpoklime yadi khagāḥ sa kileṃduvāraḥ Tv. --5. a grasshopper. --6. a deity. --7. an arrow. -adhipaḥ an epithet of Garuḍa. -aṃtakaḥ a hawk, falcon. -abhirāmaḥ an epithet of Śiva. -āsanaḥ 1. the eastern mountain on which the sun rises. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -iṃdraḥ, -īśvaraḥ, -patiḥ epithets of Garuḍa. -vatī f. the earth. -sthānaṃ 1. the hollow of a tree. --2. a bird's nest.
          --gaṃgā celestial Gaṅgā.
          --gatiḥ f. 1. flight in the air. --2. the motion of a planet.
          --gama a. moving in the air, flying (as the Gandharvas or missile weapons). (
          --maḥ) a bird.
          --(khe) gamanaḥ a kind of gallinule.
          --guṇa a. having a cypher as a multiplier.
          --golaḥ the celestial sphere. -vidyā astronomy.
          --camasaḥ the moon.
          --cara a. flying, moving in the air. (
          --raḥ) or khecaraḥ 1. a bird. --2. a cloud. --3. the sun. --4. the wind. --5. a demon. --6. an aerial spirit. --7. a Gandharva or Vidyādhara. --8. a planet. --9. mercury or quicksilver. --10. a sign of the zodiac. (
          --rī i. e. khecarī) 1. a semi-divine female able to fly. --2. an epithet of Durgā.
          --cārin a. moving in the air. (--m.) an epithet of Skanda.
          --jalaṃ 'sky-water', dew, rain, frost &c.
          --jyotis m. a firefly.
          --tamālaḥ 1. a cloud. --2. smoke.
          --tilakaḥ the sun.
          --dyotaḥ 1. a firefly; khadyotālīvilasitanibhāṃ vidyudunmeṣadṛṣṭiṃ Me. 81. --2. the sun.
          --dyātanaḥ the sun.
          --dhūpaḥ a rocket; mumucuḥ khadhūpān Bk. 3. 5.
          --parāgaḥ darkness.
          --puṣpaṃ 'sky-flower', used figuratively to denote anything impossible, an impossibility; cf. the four impossibilities stated in this verse: mṛgatṛṣṇāṃbhasi snātaḥ śaśaśṛṃgadhanurdharaḥ . eṣa vaṃdhyāsuto yati khapuṣpakṛtaśekharaḥ Subhāṣ.
          --bhaṃ a planet.
          --bhrāṃtiḥ a falcon.
          --maṇiḥ 'the jewel of the sky', the sun.
          --mūrtiḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --vāri n. rain-water, dew &c.
          --bāṣpaḥ snow, hoar-frost.
          --śaya (also kheśaya) a. resting or dwelling in the air.
          --śarīraṃ a celestial body.
          --śvāsaḥ wind, air.
          --samuttha, --saṃbhava a. produced in the sky.
          --siṃdhuḥ the moon.
          --stanī the earth.
          --sphaṭikaṃ the sun or moon gem.
          --hara a. having a cypher for its denominator.

khakkh 1 P. (khakkhati) To laugh at, deride, ridicule.

khakkhaṭa a. Hard, solid. --ṭaṃ Chalk.

khakkharaḥ A beggar's staff.

khaggaḍaḥ A kind of reed.

khaṃkaraḥ A curl, a lock of hair.

khac I. 1. 9. P. (khacati, khacnāti, khacita)
     (1) To come forth, appear.
     (2) To be born again.
     (3) To purify. --II. 10 U. (khacayati, khacita)
     (1) To fasten, bind.
     (2) To set, inlay.

khacita p. p. [khac-kta]
     (1) Fastened, joined, full of, intermixed with; śakuṃtanīḍakhacitaṃ vibhrajjaṭāmaṃḍalaṃ S. 7. 11.
     (2) Mixed, blended.
     (3) Inlaid, set, studded, in comp.; maṇi-, ratna-; Māl. 8. 10.

khaj 1 P. (khajati, khajita) To churn, agitate.

khajaḥ [khaj-ac]
     (1) A churning stick.
     (2) Agitating, churning.
     (3) A ladle or spoon. --jā
     (1) A churning stick, ladle.
     (2) The hand with the fingers extended.
     (3) Churning, agitating, stirring.
     (4) Killing, destroying.
     (5) A battle.

khajakaḥ A churning-stick. --jikā A ladle or spoon.

khajapam Clarified butter, ghee.

khajākaḥ A bird. --kā A ladle.

khajājikā A ladle or spoon.

khaṃj 1 P. (khaṃjati) To limp, halt, walk lame; khaṃjan prabhaṃjanajanaḥ pathikaḥ pipāsuḥ N. 11. 107.

khaṃja a. [khaṃj-ac] Lame, crippled, halt; pādena khaṃjaḥ Sk.; Ms. 8. 274, Bh. 1. 64.
     -- Comp.
          --kheṭaḥ, --khelaḥ the wag-tail.

khaṃjaka a. Limping, lame.

khaṃjanaḥ [khaṃj-lyuṭ] A species of the wag-tail; sphuṭakamalodarakhelitakhaṃjanayugamiva śaradi taḍāgaṃ Gīt. 11; netre khaṃjanagaṃjane S. D; eko hi khaṃjanavaro nalinīdalasthaḥ S. Til. 4, 5. --nā
     (1) A kind of wag-tail.
     (2) Mustard. --naṃ Going lamely.
     -- Comp.
          --rataṃ the cohabitation of saints.

khaṃjanakaḥ A wag-tail; (also khaṃjanikā in this sense).

khaṃjarīṭaḥ, --ṭakaḥ, khaṃjalekhaḥ The wag-tail; Bv. 2. 78; Ms. 5. 14; Y. 1. 174; Amaru. 99.

khaṭ 1 P. (khaṭati) To desire; wish.

khaṭaḥ [khaṭ-ac]
     (1) Phlegm.
     (2) A blind well.
     (3) A hatchet.
     (4) A plough.
     (5) Grass.
     (6) The closed fist.
     (7) A kind of blow or wound.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṭāhakaḥ a spitting-box.
          --khādakaḥ 1. a jackal. --2. a crow. --3. an animal. --4. a glass-vessel. --5. an eater.

khaṭakaḥ
     (1) A man whose business is to negotiate marriages; cf. ghaṭaka.
     (2) The half-closed hand.
     (3) The doubled fist of wrestlers or boxers.

khaṭakāmukham A particular position of the hand in shooting. --khaḥ A man in the attitude of shooting.

khāṭikaḥ The hand half-closed. --kā
     (1) Chalk.
     (2) The external opening of the ear.

khaṭa(ḍa)kkikā
     (1) A side-door, window.

khaṭinī, khaṭī Chalk.

khaṭṭ 10 P. (khaṭṭayati) To cover, screen.

khaṭṭana a. Dwarfish. --naḥ A dwarf.

khaṭṭā
     (1) A bed-stead.
     (2) A kind of grass.

khaṭṭāśaḥ --śī The civet-cat.

khaṭṭiḥ m. f. A bier.

khaṭṭikaḥ
     (1) A butcher.
     (2) A hunter, fowler. --kā
     (1) A small bed-stead, a cot.
     (2) A bier.

khaṭṭeraka a. Dwarfish.

khaṭvā [khaṭ-kvun; cf. Uṇ. 1. 150]
     (1) A bed-stead, couch, cot.
     (2) A swing, hammock.
     (3) A kind of bandage.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. a club or staff with a skull at the top considered as the weapon of Śiva and carried by ascetics and Yogins; Mal. 5. 4, 23.
     (2) N. of Dilīpa. -dhara, bhṛt an epithet of Śiva. --aṃgin m. an epithet of Śiva. --āpluta, --ārūḍha a. 1. lying on a bed. --2. low, vile --3. abandoned, wicked. --4. silly, stupid. --5. erring, going wrong or astray.

khaṭvayati Den. P. To use as a couch; Śi. 2. 77.

khaṭvākā, khaṭvikā A small bed-stead.

khaḍ See khaṃḍ.

khaḍaḥ
     (1) Breaking, dividing.
     (2) Buttermilk boiled with acid vegetables and spices.

khaḍikā, khaḍī Chalk.

khaḍuḥ --ḍūḥ m. or f. A bier or bed on which the corpse is carried.

khaḍgaḥ [khaḍ-bhedane gan Uṇ. 1. 121]
     (1) A sword; na hi khaḍgo vijānāti karmakāraṃ svakāraṇaṃ Udb.; khaḍgaṃ parāmṛśya &c.
     (2) The horn of a rhinoceros.
     (3) A rhinoceros; R. 9. 62; Ms. 3. 272, 5. 18. --ḍgaṃ Iron.
     -- Comp.
          --āghātaḥ a sword-cut.
          --ādhāraḥ a sheath, scabbard.
          --āmiṣaṃ a buffalo's flesh.
          --āhvaḥ a rhinoceros.
          --kośaḥ a scabbard.
          --dharaḥ a swordsman.
          --dhenuḥ, --dhenukā 1. a small sword. --2. a female rhinoceros.
          --patraṃ the blade of a sword. (
          --traḥ) a tree in hell having swords for leaves; cf. asipatra. --pāṇi a. sword in hand.
          --pātraṃ a vessel made of buffalo's horns.
          --pidhānaṃ, --pidhānakaṃ a scabbard.
          --putrikā a knife, small sword.
          --prahāraḥ a sword-cut.
          --phalaṃ a sword-blade.
          --baṃdhaḥ a kind of artificial composition, the words being arranged in the form of a sword; see K. P. 9 ad loc.

khaḍgārīṭaḥ
     (1) A shield.
     (2) One who observes a particular religious penance peculiar to Buddhists by walking on swords; cf. asidhārā.

khaḍgavat a. Armed with a sword.

khaḍgikaḥ
     (1) A swordsman.
     (2) A butcher.
     (3) The cream of buffalo's milk.

khaḍgin a. (nī f.) Armed with a sword. --m.
     (1) A rhinoceros.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.

khaḍgīkam A sickle.

khaṇakhaṇāyate Den. A. To tick, tinkle, crack, clank.

khaṃḍ 10 P. (khaṃḍayati, khaṃḍita)
     (1) To break, cut, tear, break to pieces, crush; Bk. 15. 54; sauhārdaṃ śakaṭena khaṃḍitaṃ Mu. 5. 18; Śi. 7. 31, 20. 24, 6. 16, 12. 3.
     (2) To defeat completely, destroy, dispel; rajanīcaranāthena khaṃḍite timire niśi H. 2. 111.
     (3) To disappoint; frustrate, cross in love; strībhiḥ kasya na khaṃḍitaṃ bhuvi manaḥ Pt. 1. 146.
     (4) To disturb.
     (5) To cheat.

khaṃḍa a. [khaṃḍ-ghañ]
     (1) Broken, divided, torn asunder; -devakulaṃ Pt. 2 a temple in ruins.
     (2) Having chasms, gaps or breaks.
     (3) Defective, deficient. --ḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ
     (1) A break, chasm, gap, fissure, fracture.
     (2) A piece, part, fragment, portion; divaḥ kāṃtimatkhaṃḍamekaṃ Me. 30; kāṣṭha-, māṃsa- &c.
     (3) A section of a work, chapter.
     (4) A multitude, an assemblage, group; tarukhaṃḍasya K. 23; Māl. 5. 23, 8. 10.
     (5) A term in an equation. --ḍaḥ
     (1) Candied sugar.
     (2) A flaw in a jewel. --ḍaṃ
     (1) A kind of salt.
     (2) A sort of sugar-cane. (In comp. khaṃḍa means 'partial,' 'incomplete').
     -- Comp.
          --abhraṃ 1. scattered clouds. --2. the impression of the teeth in amorous sports.
          --āliḥ 2. a measure of oil. --2. a pond or lake. --3. a woman whose husband has been guilty of infidelity.
          --kathā a short tale.
          --karṇaḥ 1. a kind of bulbous plant. --2. sweet potato.
          --kāvyaṃ a small poem, such as the meghadūta; it is thus defined: khaṃḍakāvyaṃ bhavet kāvyasyaikadeśānusāri ca S. D. 564.
          --jaḥ a kind of sugar.
          --dhārā scissors.
          --paraśuḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva; mahaiśvaryaṃ līlājanitajagataḥ khaṃḍaparaśoḥ G. L. 1; yenānena jagatsu khaṃḍaparaśurdevo haraḥ khyāpyate Mv. 2. 33. --2. an epithet of Paraśurāma, son of Jamadagni. --3. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --parśuḥ 1. N. of Śiva. --2. of Paraśurāma. --3. of Rāhu. --4. an elephant with a broken tusk.
          --pālaḥ a confectioner.
          --pralayaḥ 1. a partial destruction of the universe in which all the spheres beneath Svarga are dissolved in one common ruin. --2. a quarrel.
          --maṃḍala a. gibbous, not full or round. (
          --laṃ) the segment of a circle.
          --modakaḥ a kind of sugar.
          --lavaṇaṃ a kind of salt.
          --vikāraḥ sugar.
          --śarkarā candied sugar.
          --śīlā a loose woman, an unchaste wife.

khaṃḍaka a. [khaṃḍ-ṇvul] Destroying, tearing, breaking to pieces, removing, &c. --kaḥ, --kaṃ A fragment, part or piece. --kaḥ
     (1) Candied sugar.
     (2) One who has no nails.
     -- Comp.
          --ālu n. sweet potato.

khaṃḍana a. [khaṃḍ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Breaking, cutting, dividing.
     (2) Destroying, annihilating; smaragaralakhaṃḍanaṃ mama śirasi maṃḍanaṃ Gīt. 10; bhavajvarakhaṃḍana 12. --naṃ
     (1) Breaking or cutting.
     (2) Biting; injuring, hurting; adharoṣṭhakhaṃḍanaṃ Pt. 1; ghaṭaya bhujabaṃdhanaṃ janaya radakhaṃḍanaṃ Gīt. 10; Ch. P. 12; darśanena kṛtakhaṃḍanavyathāḥ R. 19. 21.
     (3) Disappointing, frustrating (as in love).
     (4) Interrupting; rasakhaṃḍanavarjitaṃ R. 9. 36.
     (5) Cheating, deceiving.
     (6) Refuting (margument); N. 6. 113.
     (7) Rebellion, opposition.
     (8) Dismissal.

khaṃḍanīya, khaṃḍayitavya pot. p.
     (1) To be broken, frangi le, brittle.
     (2) Destructible.
     (3) Refutable &c.

khaṃḍalaḥ, --lam A piece.

khaṃḍaśas ind.
     (1) To pieces, into fragments; -kṛ to cut into pieces.
     (2) Bit by bit, piece by piece, piece-meal.

khaṃḍikaḥ [khaṃḍ-astyarthe ṭhan]
     (1) A sugar-boiler.
     (2) Pease.
     (3) The armpit. --kā
     (1) The food of pease.
     (2) A kind of air or tune (in music).

khaṃḍita p. p. [khaṃḍ-kta]
     (1) Cut, broken in pieces.
     (2) Destroyed, annihilated, lost, decayed; khaṃḍita ca vasuni Bh. 3. 33.
     (3) Refuted (in argument), controverted.
     (4) Rebelled.
     (5) Disappointed, betrayed, abandoned; khaṃḍitayuvativilāpaṃ Gīt. 8. --tā A woman whose husband or lover has been guilty of infidelity, and who is therefore angry with him; one of the 8 principal Nāyikās in Sanskrit; R. 5. 67; Me. 39. She is thus described: pārśvameti priyo yasyā anyasaṃbhogacihritaḥ . sā khaṃḍiteti kathitā dhīrairīrṣyākaṣāyitā S. D. 114.
     -- Comp.
          --vigraha a. maimed, mutilated.
          --vṛtta a. immoral, dissolute, abandoned; Mk. 2.

khaṃḍin a. [khaṃḍa-ini]
     (1) Consisting of parts, in pieces or parts.
     (2) Divided. --nī The earth.

khaṃḍīkṛ 8 U. To divide, tear to pieces, cut up.

khaṃḍya a.
     (1) To be broken or divided, fragile.
     (2) Destructible.

khad 1 P. (khadati, khadita)
     (1) To be steady, firm.
     (2) To strike, hurt, kill.

khadiraḥ [khad-kirac]
     (1) N. of a tree, Acacia Catechu; Y. 1. 302.
     (2) An epithet of Indra.
     (3) The moon.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṇaḥ the fruit-time of the Khadira tree.
          --patrikā, --patrī a sensitive plant.
          --sāraḥ catechu.

khadikāḥ (pl.) Fried or parched grain.

khan 1 U. (khanati-te, khāta; pass. khanyate or khāyate) To dig up, delve, excavate; khanannākhubilaṃ siṃhaḥ Pt. 3. 17; Ms. 2. 218; Rs. 1. 17.
     (2) To dig into the earth, bury.

khanaka a. [khan-vun]
     (1) Digging, dividing.
     (2) A digger, excavator. --kaḥ
     (1) A miner.
     (2) A house-breaker.
     (3) A rat.
     (4) A mine.

khananam [khan-lyuṭ]
     (1) Digging, excavating.
     (2) Burying.

khaniḥ, --nī f. [khan-in vā ṅīp]
     (1) A mine (of jewels); R. 17. 66; 18. 22; Mu. 7. 31.
     (2) A cave.

khanitṛ a. A digger, ditcher.

khanitram [khan-itra] A spade, hoe, a pick-axe.

khanitrakaṃ --trikā A small shovel.

khanitrima a. Ved. Produced by digging; Rv. 7. 49. 2.

khāta p. p.
     (1) Dug up, excavated, bored; kīṭa- Pt. 2. 89.
     (2) Torn, rent. --taṃ
     (1) An excavation.
     (2) A hole.
     (3) A ditch, moat; Pt. 5. 29.
     (4) An oblong pond.
     (5) A cavern.
     (6) Digging a hole. --tā An artificial pond.
     -- Comp.
          --bhūḥ f. a moat, ditch.
          --rūpakāraḥ a potter.

khātakaḥ 1 A digger.
     (2) A debtor. --kaṃ A moat, ditch.

khātiḥ f. Digging, excavating.

khātram
     (1) A spade.
     (2) An oblong pond.
     (3) A thread.
     (4) A wood, forest.
     (5) Horror.

khānam
     (1) Digging.
     (2) Injury.
     -- Comp.
          --udakaḥ the cocoa-nut tree.

khānaka a. (nikā f.) [khan-ṇvul] One who digs, a miner.

khāniḥ f. A mine.

khānikaḥ, --kam A hole in a wall, breach.

khānilaḥ A house-breaker.

kheya a. To be dug or excavated. --yaṃ A ditch, moat.

khapūraḥ The betel-nut tree.
     (2) Flatulence.

khara a. (opp. mṛdu, ślakṣṇa, drava)
     (1) Hard, rough, solid.
     (2) Severe, sharp, strict; R. 8. 9; smaraḥ kharaḥ khalaḥ kāṃtaḥ Kav. 1. 59.
     (3) Pungent, acid.
     (4) Dense, thick.
     (5) Hurtful, injurious, cutting, smart (words).
     (6) Sharpedged; dehi kharanayanaśaraghātaṃ Gīt. 10.
     (7) Hot; kharāṃśuḥ &c.
     (8) Cruel. --raḥ
     (1) An ass; Ms. 2. 201; 4. 115, 120, 8. 370; Y. 2. 160.
     (2) A mule.
     (3) A heron.
     (4) A crow.
     (5) A kind of prickly nightshade.
     (6) A quadrangular mound of earth for receiving the sacrificial vessels.
     (7) A Daitya or demon in general.
     (8) An attendant of
          (a) Sūrya,
          (b) Śiva.
     (9) N. of a demon, half-brother of Rāvaṇa and slain by Rāma; R. 12. 42.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ, --karaḥ, --raśimaḥ the sun.
          --abdāṃkurakaḥ lapis lazuli.
          --kuṭī 1. a stable for asses. --2. a barber's shop.
          --koṇaḥ, --kvāṇaḥ the francoline partridge.
          --komalaḥ the month Jyeṣṭha.
          --gṛhaṃ, --gehaṃ a stable for asses.
          --ṇas, --ṇasa a. sharp-nosed.
          --daṃḍaṃ a lotus.
          --dalā the opposite-leaved fig-tree.
          --dūṣaṇaḥ the thorn apple.
          --dhvaṃsin m. an epithet of Rāma, who killed the demon khara. --nādaḥ the braying of an ass.
          --nālaḥ a lotus.
          --pātraṃ an iron vessel.
          --pādāḍhyaḥ the wood-apple.
          --pālaḥ a wooden vessel.
          --priyaḥ a pigeon.
          --yānaṃ a donkey-cart.
          --śabdaḥ 1. the braying of an ass. --2. an osprey.
          --śālā a stable for asses.
          --svarā wild jasmine.

kharikā Powdered musk.

khariṃdhama, --ya a. Drinking ass's milk.

kharī A she ass.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃghaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --vṛṣaḥ a jackass.

kharālikaḥ
     (1) A barber.
     (2) A razorcase.
     (3) An iron arrow.
     (4) A pillow.

kharu a. [khan-ku raścāṃtādeśaḥ]
     (1) White.
     (2) Foolish, stupid.
     (3) Cruel.
     (4) Desirous of prohibited things. --ruḥ
     (1) A horse.
     (2) A tooth.
     (3) Pride.
     (4) Cupid, the god of love.
     (5) Śiva.
     (6) Likeness for prohibited things.
     (7) The white colour. --ruḥ f. A girl who chooses her own husband (patiṃvarā kanyā Sk.).

kharj 1 P. [kharjati, kharjiṃta]
     (1) To pain, make uneasy.
     (2) To creak.
     (3) To cleanse.
     (4) To worship, honour.

kharjanam Scratching.

kharjikā
     (1) A venereal disease.
     (2) A relish.

kharjuḥ f.
     (1) Scratching.
     (2) The date-tree.
     (3) The Dhattūra tree.
     (4) A worm, a kind of insect.

kharjuram Silver.

kharjūḥ f. Itching, itch, scab.

kharjūraḥ [Uṇ. 4. 90]
     (1) Datetree.
     (2) A scorpion. --raṃ
     (1) Silver.
     (2) Yellow orpiment.
     (3) The fruit of the date-tree. --rī The datetree; R. 4. 57.

kharjūrakaḥ A scorpion.

khard 1 P. [khardati] To bite' sting.

kharparaḥ
     (1) A thief.
     (2) A rogue, cheat.
     (3) A beggar's bowl.
     (4) The skull.
     (5) A piece of a broken jar, pot-sherd.
     (6) An umbrella. --raṃ = kharparī q. v.

kharparīkā, kharparī A kind of collyrium.

kharv (kharvati, kharvita)
     (1) To go, move, go towards.
     (2) To be proud.

kharva(rba) a. [kharv-ac]
     (1) Mutilated, crippled, imperfect.
     (2) Dwarfish, low, short in stature. --rvaḥ, --rvaṃ A large number (10, 000, 000, 000).
     (3) N. of one of the treasures of Kubera.
     -- Comp.
          --śākha a. dwarfish, small, short.

kharvaṭaḥ, --ṭam [kharv-aṭan]
     (1) A markettown.
     (2) A village at the foot of a mountain.

kharvu(rbu)jam  The water-melon.

khal 1 P. (khalati, khalita)
     (1) To move, shake.
     (2) To gather, collect.

khalaḥ, --lam [khal-ac]
     (1) A threshing floor; Ms. 11. 17, 115; Y. 2. 282.
     (2) Earth, soil.
     (3) Place, site.
     (4) A heap of dust.
     (5) Sediment, dregs, deposit of oil &c.
     (6) A mill.
     (7) A contest, battle. --laḥ
     (1) A wicked or mischievous person, a villain; (also a.) low, mischievous, base, villainous, inferior, mean; sarpaḥ krūraḥ khalaḥ krūraḥ sarpāt krūrataraḥ khalaḥ . maṃtrauṣadhivaśaḥ sarpaḥ khalaḥ kena nivāryate .. Chaṇ. 26; viṣadharato'pyativiṣamaḥ khala iti na mṛṣā vadaṃti vidvāṃsaḥ . yadayaṃ nakuladveṣī sakuladveṣī punaḥ piśunaḥ .. Vās.; cf. Bv. 1. 76, 78, 91, 98.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) The thorn-apple. [khalīkṛ means
     (1) 'to crush';
     (2) 'to hurt or injure';
     (3) 'to ill-treat, scorn'; parokṣe khalīkṛrto'yaṃ dyūtakāraḥ Mk. 2.]
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. abuse, wicked language.
          --dhānyaṃ a threshing floor.
          --pūḥ m. f. a sweeper, cleaner.
          --mūrtiḥ quicksilver.
          --saṃsargaḥ keeping company with a wicked man.

khalin a. Having sediment. --m. N. of Śiva.

khali(lī)naḥ, --nam The bit of a bridle; Śi. 3. 66.

khalinī A multitude of threshing floors.

khalīkāraḥ, --kṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Hurting, injuring.
     (2) Ill-treating; Śānti. 1. 25.
     (3) Evil, mischief.

khaledhānī, --vālī The post of a threshing floor.

khalakaḥ A pitcher.

khalati a. Bald-headed, bald; yubakhalatiḥ.

khalatikaḥ A mountain.

khaliḥ, --lī f. Sediment of oil or oil-cake; sthālyāṃ vaidṛryamayyāṃ pacati tilakhalīmiṃdhanaiścaṃdanādyaiḥ Bh. 2. 100.

khalu ind. A particle implying:
     (1) Certainly, surely, verily, indeed; mārge padāni khalu te viṣamībhavaṃti S. 4. 14; anutsekaḥ khalu vikramālaṃkāraḥ V. 1; na khalvanirjitya rughaṃ kṛtī bhavān R. 3. 51.
     (2) Entreaty, conciliation ('pray'); na khalu na khalu bāṇaḥ sannipātyoyamasmin S. 1. 10; na khalu na khalu mugdhe sāhasaṃ kāryametat Nag. 3.
     (3) Inquiry; na khalu tāmabhikruddho guruḥ V. 3. (= kiṃ abhikruddho guruḥ); na khalu viditāste tatra nivasaṃtaścāṇakyahatakane Mu. 2; na khalūgraruṣā pinākinā gamitaḥ sopi suhṛdratāṃ gatiṃ Ku. 4. 24.
     (4) Prohibition (with gerunds) nirdhārite'rthe lekhena khalūktvā khalu vācikaṃ Śi. 2. 70.
     (5) Reason (for); na vidīrye kaṭhināḥ khalu striyaḥ Ku. 4. 5 (G. M. cites this as an illustration of viṣāda or dejection); vidhinā jana eṣa vaṃcitastvadadhīnaṃ khalu dehināṃ sukhaṃ 4. 10.
     (6) khalu is sometimes used as an expletive.
     (7) Sometimes only to add grace to the sentence (vākyālaṃkāra).

khaluj m. Darkness.

khalūrikā A place for military exercise.

khalyā [khalānāṃ samūhaḥ yat] A multitude of threshing floors.

khallaḥ
     (1) A stone or vessel for grinding drugs, a mill.
     (2) A pit.
     (3) Leather.
     (4) The Chātaka bird.
     (5) A leather water-bag.
     (6) A canal, trench. --llī Shooting pain in the extremities.

khallikā A frying-pan.

khalli(llī)ṭa  a. Bald-headed.

khalvāṭa a. Bald, bald-headed; khalvāṭo divaseśvarasya kiraṇaiḥ saṃtāpito mastake Bh. 2. 90; Vikr. 18. 99.

khav 9 P.
     (1) To cause prosperity, produce wealth.
     (2) To purify.

khaśaḥ (pl.) A mountainous country in the north of India and its inhabitants; Ms. 10. 44; (also written khasa).

khaśīraḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its people.

khaṣ 1 P. (khaṣati) To injure, hurt, kill.

khaṣpaḥ
     (1) Anger.
     (2) Violence, cruelty.

khasaḥ
     (1) Itch, scab.
     (2) N. of a country: see khaśa.

khasatilaḥ Poppy.

khasūciḥ m. f.
     (1) An expression of reproach (at the end of a compound); vaiyākaraṇakhasūciḥ 'a bad grammarian', 'one who has forgotten it'.

khaskhasaḥ Poppy.
     -- Comp.
          --rasaḥ opium.

khājikaḥ Fried grain.

khāṭ(t) ind. The sound made in clearing the throat; khātkṛ to clear the throat.

khāṭaḥ --ṭā, --ṭikā --ṭī f. A bier, a bed-stead on which dead bodies are carried to the cemetery.

khāṭiḥ [khaṭ vā- in]
     (1) A bier.
     (2) A scar.
     (3) Caprice, whim.

khāḍaga a. Relating to a rhinoceros.

khāṃḍam The state of having fractures or gaps.

khāṃḍavaḥ Sugar-candy. --vaṃ N. of a forest in Kurukshetra, sacred to Indra, and burnt by Agni with the assistance of Arjuna and Kṛṣṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --prasthaḥ N. of a town.

khāṃḍavikaḥ, khāṃḍikaḥ [khāṃḍava-ṭhan khaṃḍa-ṭhañ] A confectioner.

khāta, khātra See under khan.

khād 1 P. (khādati, khādita) To eat, devour, feed; to prey upon, bite; prākpādayoḥ patati khādati pṛṣṭhamāṃsaṃ H. 1. 81; khādanmāṃsaṃ na duṣyati Ms. 5. 32, 53; Bk. 6. 6; 9. 78, 14. 87, 101; 15. 35.
     (2) To hurt.

khāda a. Eating, devouring. --daḥ
     (1) Eating, chewing
     (2) Food.

khādaka a. (dikā f.) [khād-ṇvul] Eating, consuming. --kaḥ
     (1) A debtor.
     (2) An eater, consumer.

khādatamodatā [khādata modadhvamiti satataṃ yatrābhidhīyate] Eating and being glad; cf. "Eat, drink and be merry"; so khādatavamatā, khādatācamatā; cf. P. II. 1. 72.

khādanaḥ [khād-karaṇe-lyud] A tooth. --naṃ
     (1) Eating, chewing.
     (2) Food.

khāduka a. (kī f.) Mischievous, injurious, malicious.

khādya a. Eatable, --dyaṃ Food, victuals.

khādiḥ Ved. A brooch, bracelet, ring.

khādira a. (rī f.) [khadirasyedaṃ, aṇ] Made, of or coming from, the Khadira tree; khādiraṃ yupaṃ kurvati; Ms. 2. 45. --raḥ Catechu,

khāraḥ, --riḥ --rī f. A measure of grain equal to 16 dronas. --rī A scar.

khāri(rī)ka  a. Equal to or sown with a khārī of grain.

khāriṃpaca a. Cooking a Khārī by measure.

khārkāraḥ The braying of an ass.

khārvā The Tretā age or second Yuga of the world.

khālatyam Morbid baldness.

khālika a. Like a threshing floor.

khikhiḥ A fox.

khiṃkhiraḥ
     (1) A fox (rī f.)
     (2) The foot of a bed-stead.

khiṭ 1 P. (kheṭati, kheṭita)
     (1) To be terrified or frightened, to fear, dread.
     (2) To terrify, frighten, surprise, scare away.

kheṭita a. Terrified, scared.

khid I. 6 P. (khiṃdati, khinna) To strike, press down, afflict. --II. 4. 7. A. (khidyate, khiṃtte, khinna)
     (1) To suffer pain or misery, to be afflicted or wearied, feel tired, depressed or exhausted; S. 5. 7; sa puruṣo yaḥ khidyate neṃdriyaiḥ H. 2. 141 overpowered; kiṃ nāma mayi khidyate garu Ve. 1; Śānti. 3. 7; Bk. 14. 108, 17. 10. --Caus.
     (1) To frighten, terrify.
     (2) To exhaust, fatigue, make tired.

khinna p. p. [khid-kta]
     (1) Depressed, afflicted, dejected, distressed, suffering pain; guruḥ khedaṃ khinne mayi bhajati nādyāpi kuruṣu Ve. 1. 11; anaṃgabāṇavraṇakhinnamānasaḥ Gīt. 3.
     (2) Fatigued, exhausted; khinnaḥ khinnaḥ śikhariṣu padaṃ nyasya gaṃtāsi yatra Me. 13, 38; tayāpecārāṃjalikhinnahastayā R. 3. 11; Ch. P. 3, 20; Śi. 9. 11.

khedaḥ [khid-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Depression, lassitude, dejection (of spirits).
     (2) Fatigue, exhaustion; alasalulitamugdhānyadhvasaṃjātakhedāt U. 1. 24; adhvakhedaṃ nayethāḥ Me. 32; R. 18. 45.
     (3) Pain, torment; Amaru. 33.
     (4) Distress, sorrow; guruḥ khedaṃ khinne mayi bhajati nādyāpi kuruṣu Ve. 1. 11; Amaru. 53.
     (5) Poverty.
     (6) A disease. --dā Ved. A hammer, mallet.

khedanam Lassitude, languor.
     (2) Exhaustion.
     (3) Pain.
     (4) Sorrow, distress.
     (5) Poverty.

khedita a.
     (1) Pained, distressed, afflicted.
     (2) Annoyed, troubled.

khedin a.
     (1) Tiring, exhausting.
     (2) Disturbing, afflicting, troubling.

khidiraḥ
     (1) An ascetic.
     (2) A pauper.
     (3) The moon.
     (4) An epithet of Indra.

khidraḥ [khid-dainye rak]
     (1) A poor man, a pauper.
     (2) Disease, sickness.

khilaḥ --lam [khil-ka]
     (1) A piece of waste or uncultivated land, desert or bare soil; a desert, waste.
     (2) A gap, vacant place.
     (3) An additional hymn appended to the regular collection; Ms. 3. 232.
     (4) A supplement in general.
     (5) A compendium, compilation.
     (6) Vacuity.
     (7) Remainder. --laḥ N. of Brahmā and of Viṣṇu. [khila is often used in combination with bhū and kṛ;
     (1) khilībhū
          (a) to become impassable, to be blocked up, be left unfrequented; khilībhūte vimānānāṃ tadāpātabhayātpathi Ku. 2. 45.
          (b) to be impossible, be rendered impracticable or stopped; prajāgarātkhilībhūtaratasyāḥ svaptasamāgamaḥ S. 6. 21.
     (2) khilīkṛ means
          (a) to obstruct, impede, make impassable, block up; R. 11. 14, 87.
          (b) to lay waste, devastate, put down or vanquish completely; vipakṣamakhilīkṛtya pratiṣṭhā khalu durlabhā Śi. 2. 34.]

khilyaḥ Ved.
     (1) A desert.
     (2) A piece of rock in the earth.

khu 1 A. To sound.

khuj 1 P. (khojati) To rob, steal.

khuḍ 10 P. (khoḍayati) To break in pieces, divide, cut up.

khuḍakaḥ The ankle-joint.

khuṃḍ 1 A. (khuṃḍate)
     (1) To break in pieces.
     (2) To limp, be lame.

khur 6 P(khurati) To scratch, cut, break in pieces.

khuṃgāhaḥ A. tawny (or black) horse.

khuraḥ [khura-ka]
     (1) A hoof; R. 1. 85, 2. 2; Ms. 4. 67.
     (2) A kind of perfume.
     (3) A razor.
     (4) The foot of a bed-stead.
     -- Comp.
          --āghātaḥ, --kṣepaḥ a kick.
          --ṇas, --ṇasa a. flat nosed.
          --padavī a horse's foot-marks.
          --praḥ an arrow with a semi-circular head; see kṣurapra. --nyāsaḥ prints of hoof; R. 2. 2.

khuralī Military exercise or practice (as of arms, archery &c.); astraprayogakhuralīkalahe gaṇānāṃ Mv. 2. 34; dūrotpatanakhuralīkelijanitān 5. 5.

khurākaḥ, --kā [khur-ākan] An animal in general.

khurālakaḥ A iron arrow.

khurālikaḥ
     (1) A razor-case.
     (2) An iron arrow.
     (3) A pillow.

khu(khū)rd  1 A. (khu-khūrdate) To play.

khulla a. Small, little, mean, low; see kṣudraḥ
     -- Comp.
          --tātaḥ a father's younger brother.

khullamaḥ A road.

khecara See khacara.

kheṭ 10 P. (kheṭayati &c.) To eat, consume.

kheṭa a. [khe aṭati, aṭ ac; khiṭ-ac vā] Having a weapon, armed. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A village, small town or hamlet.
     (2) Phlegm.
     (3) The club of Balarāma.
     (4) A horse. --ṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ
     (1) Hunting, chase.
     (2) A shield. --ṭaṃ
     (1) Grass.
     (2) Hide, skin. (N. B. At the end of comp. kheṭa expresses 'defectiveness' or 'deterioration', & may be rendered by 'miserable', 'low', 'vile', 'wretched' &c.; nagarakheṭaṃ a miserable town.)

khe'ṭa See under kha.

kheṭakaḥ A small village, hamlet. --kaḥ, --kaṃ
     (1) A shield.
     (2) The club of Balarāma.

kheṭin m.
     (1) A lecher, libertine.
     (2) A citizen.

kheṭitānaḥ, --laḥ A minstrel, whose business it is to awaken the master of the house with music and singing; (vaitālika.)

khel 1 P. (khelati, kholita)
     (1) To shake, move to and fro.
     (2) To tremble.
     (3) To play, sport.

khela a.
     (1) Sportive, amorous, playful; R. 4. 22. V. 4. 16, 43.
     (2) Moving, shaking. --lā Sport, play, pastime.
     -- Comp.
          --gati, --gamana a. having a sportive or stately gait.

khelanam
     (1) Shaking.
     (2) Play, pastime.
     (3) A performance. --nī A piece or man at chess &c.

kheliḥ f.
     (1) Sport, play.
     (2) An arrow.
     (3) An animal.
     (4) A bird.
     (5) The sun.
     (6) A song or hymn.

khev 1 A. (khevate) To serve, wait upon.

khesaraḥ A mule.

khailika a. Supplementary, additional.

khoṃgāhaḥ A white and brown horse.

khoṭ, --ḍ, --r, --l 1 P.
     (1) To limp.
     (2) To be lame.

khoṭiḥ f. A cunning or shrewd woman.

khoḍa a. Crippled, lame, limping.

khora(la) a. Limping, lame.

kholaḥ a. Lame. --laṃ Helmet.

kholakaḥ
     (1) A helmet.
     (2) An anthill.
     (3) The shell of a betel-nut.
     (4) Sauce-pan, pot.

kholiḥ A quiver.

khyā 2 P. (m. also in non-conjugational tenses) (khyāti, khyāta) To tell, declare, communicate (with dat. of person). --Pass. (khyāyate)
     (1) To be named or called; Bk. 6. 97.
     (2) To be known or famous. --Caus. (khyāpayati-te)
     (1) To make known, proclaim; Ms. 7. 201.
     (2) To tell, declare, relate; Bh. 2. 69; Ms. 11. 99.
     (3) To extol, make renowned, praise.

khyāta p. p. [khyā-kta]
     (1) Known; R. 18. 6.
     (2) Named, called.
     (3) Told.
     (4) Celebrated, famous, well-known.
     (5) Notorious.
     (6) Made known, betrayed, discovered; Pt. 1. 39. --taṃ
     (1) Communication, mention.
     (2) Proclamation.
     -- Comp.
          --garhaṇa a. notoriously vile, infamous.

khyātavya a.
     (1) To be styled or called.
     (2) To be told.
     (3) To be celebrated.

khyātiḥ f. [khyā-ktin]
     (1) Renown, fame, reputation, glory, celebrity; Ms. 12. 36; Pt. 1. 371.
     (2) A name, title, appellation
     (3) Narration.
     (4) Praise.
     (5) (In phil.) Knowledge, the faculty of discriminating objects by appropriate designation; Śi. 4. 55.
     (6) Praise.
     -- Comp.
          --kara, --janaka a. glorious.

khyāpaka a.
     (1) Making known, declaring.
     (2) One who confesses.
     (3) Indicative.

khyāpanam
     (1) Declaring, divulging.
     (2) Confessing, avowing, publicly declaring; Ms. 11. 227.
     (3) Making renowned, celebrating.

ga

ga a. (Used only at the end of comp.) Who or what goes, going, moving, being, staying, remaining, having sexual intercourse with &c. --gaḥ
     (1) A Gandharva.
     (2) An epithet of Gaṇeśa.
     (3) A long syllable (used as an abbreviation of guru), (in prosody). --gā, --gaṃ A song.

gaganaṃ(ṇaṃ) (Some suppose gagaṇa to be an incorrect form, as is observed by a writer: --phālgune gagane phene ṇatvamicchaṃti barbarāḥ)
     (1) The sky, atmosphere; avocadenaṃ gaganaspṛśā raghuḥ svareṇa R. 3. 43; gaganamiva naṣṭatāraṃ Pt. 5. 6; soyaṃ cadraṃḥ patati gaganāt S. 4. v. 1; Śi. 9. 27.
     (2) (In math.) A cypher.
     (3) Firmament.
     (4) Heaven.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the highest heavens.
          --aṃganā a heavenly nymph, an Apsaras.
          --adhvagaḥ 1. the sun. --2. a planet. --3. a celestial being.
          --aṃbu n. rain-water.
          --ulmukaḥ the planet Mars.
          --kusumaṃpuṣpaṃ 'sky-flower'; i. e. any unreal thing, an impossibility; see khapuṣpa. --gatiḥ 1. a deity.
     (2) a celestial being; Me. 46. --3. a planet. --cara (also gaganecara) a. moving in the air. (--raḥ) 1. a bird. --2. a planet. --3. a heavenly spirit. --4. a lunar mansion. --5. the zodiac (rāśicakra). --dhvajaḥ 1. the sun. --2. a cloud. --vihārin a. moving or ranging in the sky; H. 1. 21. (--m.) 1. a luminary. --2. the sun. --3. a celestial being. --sad a. dwelling in the air. (--m.) a celestial being; Śi. 4. 53. --siṃdhuḥ f. an epithet of the Ganges. --stha, --sthita a. situated in the sky. --sparśanaḥ 1. air, wind. --2. N. of one of the eight Maruts.

gaggh 1 P. To laugh, deride.

gaṃgā [gam-gan; Uṇ. 1. 120]
     (1) The river Ganges, the most sacred river in India; adhodho gaṃgeyaṃ padamupagatā stokamathavā Bh. 2. 10; R. 2. 26; 13. 57; (mentioned in Rv. 10. 75. 5 along with other rivers considered sacred in India).
     (2) The Ganges personified as a goddess. [Gaṅgā is the eldest daughter of Himavat. It is said that a curse of Brahmā made her come down upon earth, where she became the first wife of King Santanu. She bore him eight sons, of whom Bhīṣma, the youngest, became a well-known personage, renowned for his valour and life-long celibacy. According to another account she came down on earth being propitiated by Bhagīratha: see bhagīratha and jahnu also; and cf. Bh. 2. 10.].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbu-aṃbhas n. 1. water of the Ganges. 2. pure rain-water (such as falls in the month of āśvina). --avatāraḥ 1. the descent of the Ganges on the earth; bhagīratha iva dṛṣṭagaṃgāvatāraḥ K. 32 (where gaṃ- also means 'descent into the Ganges' for ablution). 2. N. of a sacred place.
          --aṣṭakaṃ a collection of eight verses addressed to the Ganges.
          --udbhedaḥ the source of the Ganges.
          --kṣetraṃ the river Ganges and the district two Koss on either of its banks.
          --cillī Gangetic kite.
          --jaḥ 1. N. of Bhīṣma. --2. of Kārtikeya.
          --dattaḥ an epithet of Bhīhma.
          --dvāraṃ the place where the Ganges enters the plains (also called haridvāra). --dharaḥ
     (1) an epithet of Śiva.
     (2) the ocean. -puraṃ N. of a town. --putraḥ 1. N. of Bhīṣma. --2. of Kārtikeya. --3. a man of a mixed and vile caste whose business is to remove dead bodies. --4. a Brāhmaṇa who conducts pilgrims to the Ganges. --bhṛta m. 1. N. of Śiva. --2. the ocean. --madhyaṃ the bed of the Ganges. --yātrā 1. a pilgrimage to the Ganges. --2. carrying a sick person to the river-side to die there. --laharī N. of a poem by Jagannātha paṇḍita. --sāgaraḥ the place where the Ganges enters the ocean. --suptaḥ 1. an epithet of Bhīṣma. --2. of Kārtikeya. --hradaḥ N. of a tīrtha.

gaṃgākā, gaṃgakā, gaṃgikā The Ganges.

gaṃgībhūta a. Become as sacred as the Ganges.

gaṃgolaḥ A precious stone also called gomeda.

gacchaḥ
     (1) A tree.
     (2) The period (i. e. number of terms) of a progression (in math).

gaj 1 P. (gajati, gajita)
     (1) To sound, roar; jagajurgajāḥ Bk. 14. 5.
     (2) To be drunk; to be confused or inebriated.

gajaḥ [gaj-made ac]
     (1) An elephant; kacācitau viśvagivāgajau gajau Ki. 1. 36.
     (2) The number 'eight'.
     (3) A measure of length, a Gaja or yard, (thus defined: sādhāraṇanarāṃgulyā triṃśadaṃgulako gajaḥ).
     (4) A demon killed by Śiva.
     (5) One of the eight elephants of the quarters.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṇī m. 1. the most excellent among elephants. --2. An epithet of airāvata, the elephant of Indra.
          --adhipatiḥ lord of elephants, a noble elephant.
          --adhyakṣaḥ a superintendent of elephants.
          --apasadaḥ a vile or wretched elephant, a common or low-born elephant.
          --aśanaḥ the religious figtree (aśvattha). (--naṃ) the root of a lotus.
          --ariḥ 1. a lion. --2. N. of Śiva who killed the demon gaja. --ājīvaḥ 'one who gets his livelihood by elephants', an elephantdriver.
          --ānanaḥ, --āsyaḥ epithets of Gaṇeśa.
          --āyurvedaḥ science of the treatment of elephants.
          --ārohaḥ an elephant-driver.
          --āhvaṃ, --āhvayaṃ N. of Hastināpura.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. an excelent elephant, a lordly elephant; kiṃ ruṣṭāsi gajeṃdramaṃdagamane S. Til. 7. --2. Airāvata, Indra's elephant. -karṇaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --kaṃdaḥ a large esculent root.
          --kūrmāśin m. N. of Garuḍa.
          --gatiḥ f. 1. a stately, majestic gait like that of an elephant. --2. a woman with such a gait.
          --gāminī a woman having a stately elephant-like gait.
          --chāyā a portion of time proper for a Śrāddha, time at the eclipse of the sun; saiṃhikeyo yadā bhānuṃ grasate parvasaṃdhiṣu . gajacchāyā tu sā proktā śrāddha tatra prakalpayet .. --daghna, --dvayasa a. as high or tall as an elephant.
          --daṃtaḥ 1. an elephant's tusk. --2. an epithet of Gaṇeśa. --3. ivory. --4. a peg, pin, or bracket projecting from a wall. -maya a. made of ivory.
          --dānaṃ 1. the fluid (ichor) exuding from the temples of an elephant. --2. the gift of an elephant.
          --nāsā the trunk of an elephant.
          --patiḥ 1. the lord or keeper of elephants. --2. a very tall and stately elephant; Śi. 6. 55. --3. an excellent elephant.
          --puṃgavaḥ a large and excellent elephant; gajapuṃgavagtu dhīraṃ vilokayati cāṭuśataiśca bhuṃkte Bh. 2. 31.
          --puṭaḥ a small hole in the ground for fire.
          --puraṃ N. of Hastināpura.
          --baṃdhanī, --baṃdhinī a stable for elephants.
          --bhakṣakaḥ the sacred fig-tree.
          --bhakṣā the gum olibanum tree.
          --maṃḍanaṃ the ornaments with which an elephant is decorated, particularly the coloured lines on his head.
          --maṃḍalikā, --maṃḍalī a ring or circle of elephants.
          --mācalaḥ a lion.
          --muktā, --mauktikaṃ a pearl supposed to be found in the kumbhas or projections on the forehead of an elephant.
          --mukhaḥ, --vaktraḥ, --vadanaḥ epithets of Gaṇesa.
          --moṭanaḥ a lion.
          --yūthaṃ a herd of elephants; R. 9. 71.
          --yodhin a. fighting on an elephant.
          --rājaḥ a lordly or noble elephant.
          --vīthiḥ, --thī f. the three lunar mansions rohiṇī, ārdrā and mṛgaśiras; rohiṇyārdrā mṛgāśiro gajavīthyabhidhīyate. --vrajaḥ a troop of elephants.
          --śikṣā the science of elephants.
          --sāhvayaṃ N. of Hastināpura.
          --snānaṃ (lit) bathing of an elephant; (fig.) useless or unproductive efforts resembling the ablution of elephants which, after pouring water over their bodies, end by throwing dirt, rubbish, and other foul matter; cf. avaśeṃdriyacittānāṃ hastisnānamiva kriyā H. 1. 18.

gajatā A multitude of elephants; Śi. 12. 50.

gajavat a. Having elephants; R. 9. 10.

gaṃj 1 P. (gaṃjati) To sound, sound in a particular way.

gaṃjaḥ
     (1) A mine.
     (2) A treasury.
     (3) A cow-house.
     (4) A mart, a place where grain is stored for sale.
     (5) Disrespect, contempt. --jā
     (1) A hut, hovel.
     (2) A tavern.
     (3) A drinking vessel.
     (4) A mine, jewelmine. --jaṃ
     (1) A mine.
     (2) A treasury.

gaṃjana a.
     (1) Contemning, putting to shame, surpassing, excelling; sthalakamalagaṃjanaṃ mama hṛdayaraṃjanaṃ (caraṇadvayaṃ) Gīt. 10; alikulagaṃjanamaṃjanakaṃ 12; netre khaṃjanagaṃjane S. D.
     (2) Defeating. conquering: kāliyaviṣadharagaṃjana Gīt. 1.

gaṃjikā A tavern, liquor shop.

gaḍ 1 P. (gaḍati, gaḍita)
     (1) To distil, draw out.
     (2) To run (as a liquid). --10. P. (gaḍayati) To cover, hide.

gaḍaḥ [gaḍ-ac]
     (1) A screen.
     (2) A fence.
     (3) A ditch, moat.
     (4) An impediment.
     (5) A kind of gold-fish.
     -- Comp.
          --utthaṃ, --deśajaṃ --lavaṇaṃ rock or fossil salt, especially that found in the district called gaḍa.

gaḍayaṃtaḥ, gaḍayitnuḥ A cloud.

gāḍaḥ [gaḍ-in]
     (1) A young steer.
     (2) A lazy ox; guṇānāmeva daurātmyāddhuri dhuryo niyujyate . asaṃjātakiṇaskaṃdhaḥsukhaṃ svapiti gaurgaḍiḥ K. P. 10.

gaḍu a. [gaḍ-un] Crooked, hump backed. --ḍuḥ
     (1) A hump on the back.
     (2) A javelin.
     (3) A water-pot.
     (4) An earth-worm.
     (5) Any superfluous excrescence or addition, a useless object; see aṃtargaḍu.
     (6) A goitre, excrescence on the neck.
     (7) A hump-backed person.

gaḍukaḥ
     (1) A water-pot.
     (2) A finger-ring.

gaḍura, --la a. Hump-backed, crooked, bent.

gaḍeraḥ A cloud.

gaḍolaḥ
     (1) A mouthful.
     (2) Raw sugar.

guḍḍaraḥ; --laḥ A sheep.

gaḍḍarikā [gaḍḍaraṃ meṣamanudhāvati ṭhan]
     (1) A line of sheep.
     (2) A continuous line, stream, current; -pravāhaḥ 'a stream of sheep, used to signify 'blindly following other people like a flock of sheep;' cf. iti gaḍḍarikāpravāhenaiṣāṃ bhedaḥ K. P. 8.

gaḍḍakaḥ A golden vase.

gaṇ 10 U. (gaṇayati-te, gaṇayāṃcakāra, ajīgaṇat-ta, ajagaṇat-ta, gaṇayituṃ, gaṇita) To count, number; enumerate; līlākamalapatrāṇi gaṇayāmāsa pārvatī Ku. 6. 84; nāmākṣaraṃ gaṇaya gacchasi yāvadaṃtaṃ S. 6. 11.
     (2) To calculate, compute; Śi. 6. 15; 15. 61.
     (3) To sum or add up, reckon.
     (4) To estimate, value at (with instr.); na taṃ tṛṇenāpi gaṇayāmi.
     (5) To class with or among, reckon among; agaṇyatāmareṣu Dk. 154.
     (6) To take into account, give consideration to; vāṇīṃ kāṇabhujīmajīgaṇat Malli.
     (7) To regard, consider, think or take to be; tvayā vinā sukhametāvadajasya gaṇyatāṃ R. 8. 69, 5. 20; pāvakasya mahimā sa gaṇyate 11. 75; jātastu gaṇyate so'tra yaḥ sphuratyanvayādhikaṃ Pt. 1. 27; kisalayatalpaṃ gaṇayati vihitahutāśavikalpaṃ Gīt. 4.
     (8) To ascribe or impute to, attribute to (with loc.); jāḍyaṃ hrīmati gaṇyate Bh. 2. 54.
     (9) To attend to, take notice of, mind; praṇayamagaṇayitvā yanmamāpadgatasya V. 4. 13. (10) (With a negative particle) not to care for, not to mind; na mahāṃtamapi kleśamajīgaṇat K. 64; manasvī kāryārthī na gaṇayati duḥkhaṃ na ca sukhaṃ Bh. 2. 81, 9; Śānti. 1. 10; Bk. 2. 53; 15. 5, 45; H. 2. 142; S. 7. 1, 4. 18. --WITH adhi
     (1) to praise.
     (2) to enumerate, count.

gaṇaḥ [gaṇ karmaṇi kartari vā ac]
     (1) A flock, multitude, group, troop, collection; guṇigaṇagaṇanā, bhagaṇaḥ &c.
     (2) A series, a class.
     (3) A body of followers or attendants.
     (4) Particularly, a troop of demigods consider-; ed as Śiva's attendants and under the special superintendence of Gaṇeśa a demigod of this troop; gaṇānāṃ tvā gaṇapatiṃ havāmahe kaviṃ kavīnāṃ &c.; gaṇā nameruprasavāvataṃsāḥ Ku. 1. 55, 7. 40, 71; Me. 33, 55, Ki. 5. 13.
     (5) Any assemblage or society of men formed for the attainment of the same objects
     (6) A company, association.
     (7) A tribe, class.
     (8) A series of lunar mansions classed under three heads (of god, men and demons).
     (9) A sect (in philosophy or religion). (10) A small body of troops (a subdivision of akṣauhiṇī), consisting of 27 chariots, as many elephants, 81 horses and 135 foot.
     (11) A number (in math.)
     (12) A foot (in prosody).
     (13) (In gram.) A series of roots or words belonging to the same rule and called after the first word of that series; e. g. bhvādigaṇa i. e. the class of roots which begin with bhū.
     (14) An epithet of Gaṇeśa.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṇī m. N. of Gaṇeśa.
          --acalaḥ N. of the mountain Kailāsa, as the residence of the Gaṇas of Śiva.
          --adhipaḥ, =adhipatiḥ 1. N. of Śiva; Śi 9. 27. --2. N. of Gaṇeśa --3. the chief of a troop of soldiers or of a class of disciples, of a body of men or animals.
          --annaṃ a mess, food prepared for a number of persons in common; Ms. 4. 209, 219.
          --abhyaṃtara a. one of a troop or number. (
          --raḥ) the leader or member of any religious association; Ms. 3. 154.
          --īśaḥ N. of Gaṇapati, Śiva's son (see gaṇapati below). -jananī an epithet of Pārvatī. -bhūṣaṇaṃ red-lead.
          --īśānaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. an epithet of Gaṇeśa. --2. of Śiva.
          --utsāhaḥ the rhinoceros
          --kāraḥ 1. a classifier. --2. an epithet of Bhīmasena.
          --kṛtvas ind. for a whole series of times, for a number of times.
          --gatiḥ a particular high number.
          --cakrakaṃ a dinner eaten in common by a party of virtuous men.
          --chaṃdas n. a metre regulated and measured by feet.
          --titha a. forming a troop or collection.
          --dīkṣā 1. initiation of a number or a class. --2. performance of rites for a number of persons.
          --dīkṣin a. 1. one who officiates for a number of persons or for various castes (as a priest). --2. one who has been initiated into the worship of Gaṇeśa.
          --devatāḥ (pl.) groups of deities who generally appear in classes or troops; Ak. thus classifies them: ādityaviśvavasavastuṣitā bhāsvarānilāḥ . mahārājikasādhyāśca rudrāśca gaṇadevatāḥ .. --dravyaṃ 1. public property, common stock. --2. a variety of articles.
          --dharaḥ 1. the head of a class or number. --2. the teacher of a school.
          --nāthaḥ, --nāyakaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Gaṇeśa.
          --nāyikā an epithet of Durgā.
          --paḥ, --patiḥ 1. N. of Śiva. --2. N. of Gaṇeśa. [He is the son of Śiva and Pārvati, or of Pārvatī only, for according to one legend; he sprang from the scurf of her body. He is the god of wisdom and remover of obstacles; hence he is invoked and worshipped at the commencement of every important undertaking. He is usually represented in a sitting postureshort and fat, with a protuberant belly, and four hands; riding a mouse; and with the head of an elephant. This head has only one tusk, the other having been lost in a scuffle between him and Paraśurāma when he opposed the latter's entrance to Śiva's inner apartments; (whence he is called Ekadanta, Ekadaṇṣṭra &c.) There are several legends accounting for his elephant head. It is said that he wrote the Mahābhārata at the dictation of Vyāsa who secured his services as a scribe from the god Brahman.] --3. also an epithet of Bṛhaspati and Indra. --4. the leader of a class or troop.
          --parvata see gaṇācala. --pāṭhaḥ a collection of gaṇas or series of words falling under the same grammatical rule.
          --pīṭhakaṃ the breast, bosom.
          --puṃgavaḥ the head of a tribe or class. (pl.) N. of a country and its people.
          --pūrvaḥ the leader of a tribe or class.
          --bhartṛ m. 1. an epithet of Śiva; gaṇabharturukṣā Ki. 5. 42. --2. of Gaṇeśa. --3. the leader of a class.
          --bhojanaṃ mess, eating in common.
          --yajñaḥ a rite common to all.
          --rājyaṃ N. of an empire in the Dekkan.
          --rātraṃ a series of nights.
          --vṛttaṃ see gaṇacchaṃdas. --hāsaḥ, --hāsakaḥ a species of perfume.

gaṇaka a. [gaṇ-ṇvul] (ṇikā f.) Bought for a large sum. --kaḥ
     (1)
     (1) An arithmetician.
     (2) An astrologer; re pāṃtha pustakadhara kṣaṇamatra tiṣṭha vaidyosi kiṃ gaṇakaśāstraviśāradosi . kenauṣadhena mama paśyati bharturaṃbā kiṃ vāgamiṣyati patiḥ sucirapravāsī Subhāṣ.
     (3) An assemblage of eight stars. --kī The wife of an astrologer.

gaṇatā --tvam
     (1) Forming a class or multitude, belonging to a party or faction.
     (2) A cabal.
     (3) Collusion.
     (4) Classification.
     (5) Arithmetic.

gaṇanam [gaṇ-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Counting, calculation.
     (2) Adding, enumerating.
     (3) Considering supposing, regarding,
     (4) Believing, thinking.
     (5) Account. --nā Calculation, consideration, regard, account; kā vāgaṇanā sacetaneṣu apagatacetanānyapi saṃghaṭṭayitumalaṃ (madanaḥ) K. 157 (what need we say of &c.; cf. kathā); Me. 10, 87; R. 11. 66; Śi. 16. 59; Amaru. 64.
     -- Comp.
          --gatiḥ f. = gaṇagati q. v.
          --patiḥ 1. an arithmetician. --2. an epithet of Gaṇeśa.
          --mahāmātraḥ a minister of finance.

gaṇanīya pot. p.
     (1) Calculable, to be counted or reckoned.
     (2) To be classed.
     (3) Numerable.

gaṇaśas ind. In troops or flocks, by classes.

gaṇiḥ f. [gaṇa-in] Counting. --m. One who is well-versed in the sacred writings and the auxiliary sciences.

gaṇikā [gaṇaḥ samūho'styasyāḥ bhartṛtvena gaṇa-ṭhañ]
     (1) A harlot, courtezan; guṇānuraktā gaṇikā ca yasya vasaṃtaśobheva vasaṃtasenā Mk. 1. 6; gaṇikā nāma pādukāṃtarapraviṣṭeva leṣṭukā duḥkhena punarnirākriyate Mk. 5: nirakāśayadravimapetavasuṃ viyadālayādaparadiggīṇakā Śi. 9. 10.
     (2) A female elephant.
     (3) A kind of flower.
     (4) A kind of jasmine.

gaṇita p. p. [gaṇ-kta]
     (1) Counted, numbered, calculated.
     (2) Regarded, cared for &c.; see gaṇ. --taṃ
     (1) Reckoning, calculating.
     (2) The science of computation, mathematics; (it comprises pāṭīgaṇita or vyaktagaṇita 'arithmetic', bījagaṇita, 'algebra', and rekhāgaṇita 'geometry'); gaṇitamatha kalāṃ vaiśikīṃ hastiśikṣāṃ jñātvā Mk. 1. 4.
     (3) The sum of a progression.
     (4) A sum (in general).

gaṇitin m.
     (1) One who has made a calculation.
     (2) A mathematician.

gaṇin a. (nī f.) Having a flock or troop (of anything); śvagaṇin 'having a pack of hounds'; R. 9. 53. --m. A teacher (having a class of pupils).

gaṇībhūta a.
     (1) Included in any group or class.
     (2) Calculated, counted.

gaṇeya a. Numerable, what may be counted.

gaṇya pot. p
     (1) Calculable, to be counted.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Belonging to a multitude or class or troop.

gaṇeruḥ The Karṇikāra tree. --f.
     (1) A harlot.
     (2) A female elephant.

gaṇerukā
     (1) A bawd, procuress.
     (2) A female servant.

gaṃḍaḥ
     (1) The cheek, the whole side of the face including the temples; gaṃḍābhoge pulakapaṭalaṃ Mal. 2. 5; tadīṣadārdrāruṇagaṃḍalekhaṃ Ku. 7. 82; Me. 26, 92; Amaru. 81; Rs. 4. 6; 6. 10; S. 6. 17; Śi 12. 54.
     (2) An elephant's temple; Mal. 1. 1.
     (3) A bubble.
     (4) A boil, tumour, swelling, pimple; ayamaparo gaṃḍasyopari visphoṭaḥ Mu. 5; tadā gaṃḍasyopari piṭikā saṃvṛttā S. 2.
     (5) Goitre and other excrescences of the neck.
     (6) A joint, knot.
     (7) A mark, spot.
     (8) A rhinoceros.
     (9) The bladder. (10) A hero, warrior.
     (11) Part of a horse's trappings, a stud or button fixed as an ornament upon the harness.
     (12) An unexpected combination of words consisting in putting one speech immediately after another, so as to be syntactically connected; see vīthi; e. g. rākṣasaḥ --api nāma cāṇakyabaṭuḥ --dau-jayatu-rā. atisaṃdhātuṃ śakyaḥ syāt. --dau. amātyaḥ Mu. 4; so kimasyā na preyo yadi punarasahyastu virahaḥ. --dau. deva upasthitaḥ U. 1
     (13) The tenth yoga or one of the twenty-seven portions of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic.
     (14) An astronomical period.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ a rhinoceros.
          --upadhānaṃ a pillow; mṛdugaṃḍopadhānāni śayanāni sukhāni ca Suśr.
          --kusumaṃ the juice that exudes from the elephant's temples during rut, ichor.
          --kūpaḥ a well on the peak or summit of a mountain.
          --grāmaḥ any large or considerable village.
          --deśaḥ, --pradeśaḥ, --sthalaṃ, --pālī, --piṃḍaḥ 1. the cheek, the temples of an elephant. --2. temple-region (in general); U. 2. 9; Mal. 9. 31.
          --phalakaṃ a broad cheek; dhṛtamugdhagaṃḍaphalakairvibabhurvikasadbhirāsyakamalaiḥ pramadāḥ Śi. 9. 47.
          --bhittiḥ f. 1. the opening in the temples of an elephant from which ichor exudes during rut. --2. 'a wall-like cheek', an excellent i. e. broad and expansive cheek; nirdhautadānāmalagaṃḍabhittiḥ (gajaḥ) R. 5. 43 (where Malli. says praśastau gaṃḍau gaṃḍabhittī, see et seq.), 12. 102.
          --mālaḥ, --mālā inflammation of the glands of the neck.
          --mūrkha a. exceedingly foolish, very stupid.
          --śilā any large rock.
          --śailaḥ 1. a huge rock thrown down by an earthquake or storm; Ki. 7. 37. --2. the forehead.
          --sāhvayā N. of a river, also called gaṃḍakī. --sthalaṃ, --sthalī the cheek; gaṃḍasthaleṣu madavāriṣu Pt. 1. 123; S. Til. 7; gaṃḍasthalīḥ proṣitapatralekhāḥ R. 6. 72; Amaru. 77. --2. temples of an elephant.

gaṃḍakaḥ [gaṃḍa svārthe ka]
     (1) A rhinoceros.
     (2) An impediment, obstacle.
     (3) A joint, knot.
     (4) A mark, spot.
     (5) A boil, tumour, pimple.
     (6) Disjunction, separation.
     (7) A coin of the value of four cowries.
     (8) A mode of reckoning by fours.
     (9) Astrological science.
     -- Comp.
          --vatī see gaṃḍakī q. v.

gaṃḍakā A lump, a ball.

gaṃḍakī
     (1) N. of a river flowing into the Ganges.
     (2) A female rhinoceros.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ, --śilā the Śāligrāma stone.

gaṃḍalin m. N. of Śiva.

gaṃḍālī A white sort of Dūrvā.

gaṃḍiḥ
     (1) The trunk of a tree from the root to the beginning of the branches.
     (2) Goitre.

gaṃḍikā
     (1) A sort of pebble.
     (2) A kind of beverage.
     (3) Anything advanced beyond the first stage.

gaṃḍinī An epithet of Durgā.

gaṃḍīraḥ A hero, champion.

gaṃḍuḥ(ḍūḥ) m. f.
     (1) A pillow.
     (2) A joint, knot.

gaṃḍūḥ f.
     (1) A joint, knot.
     (2) A bone.
     (3) A pillow.
     (4) Oil.
     -- Comp.
          --padaḥ a kind of worm. -bhavaṃ lead.
          --padī a small gaṃḍūpada.

gaṃḍūla a. Bent, crooked.

gaṃḍūṣaḥ --ṣā
     (1) A mouthful, handful (of water); gajāya gaṃḍūṣajalaṃ kareṇuḥ (dadau) Ku. 3. 37; U. 3. 16; Mal. 9. 34; gaṃḍūṣajalamātreṇa śapharī pharpharāyate Udb.
     (2) The tip of an elephant's trunk.
     (3) A mouthful, handful in general.

gaṃḍolaḥ
     (1) Raw sugar.
     (2) A mouthful.

gata, gati, &c. see under gam.

gad I. 1 P. (gadati, gadita)
     (1) To speak articulately, speak, say, relate; jagādāgre gadāgrajaṃ Śi. 2. 69; bahu jagada purastāttasya mattā kilāhaṃ 11. 39; śuddhātarakṣyā jagade kumārī R. 6. 45.
     (2) To enumerate. --II. 10 U. (gadayati-te &c.) To thunder.

gadaḥ [gad-ac]
     (1) Speaking, speech.
     (2) A sentence.
     (3) Disease, sickness; asādhyaḥ kurute kopaṃ prāpte kāle gado yathā Śi. 2. 84; janapade na gadaḥ padamādadhau R. 9. 4, 17. 81.
     (4) Thunder. --daṃ A kind of poison.
     -- Comp.
          --agadau (du.) the two Aśvins, physicians of gods.
          --agrajaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa; Śi. 2. 69.
          --agraṇīḥ the chief of all diseases. i. e. consumption.
          --aṃbaraḥ a cloud.
          --arātiḥ a drug, medicament.
          --gadaṃ indistinct utterance.

gadayitnu a.
     (1) Loquacious, garrulous, talkative.
     (2) Libidinous, lustful. --tnuḥ N. of Kāma, the god of love.

gadā [gad-ac ṭāp] A mace, club; saṃcūrṇayāmi gadayā na suyodhanorū Ve. 1. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --agrapāṇi a. having a mace in the right hand.
          --dharaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --bhṛt a. a clubbearer, one who fights with a mace. (--m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --yuddhaṃ a fight with clubs.
          --hasta a. armed with a club.

gadita p. p. [gad-kta] Spoken, said, related.

gadin a. (nī f.) [gada-ini]
     (1) Armed with a club; Bg. 11. 17.
     (2) Affected with sickness, diseased. --m. [gadā astyasya ini] An epithet of Viṣṇu.

gadgada a. Stammering, stuttering faltering; tatkiṃ rodiṣi gadgadena vacasā Amaru. 53; gadgadagalastryuṭyadvilīnākṣaraṃ ko dehīti vadet Bh. 3. 8; sānaṃdagadgadapadaṃ harirityuvāca Gīt. 10. --daṃ ind. In a faltering or stammering tone; vilalāpa sa bāṣpagadgadaṃ R. 8. 43; -nadat U. 2. 30 producing a gurgling sound. --daḥ, --da
     (1) Stammering.
     (2) Indistinct or convulsive speech.
     -- Comp.
          --dhvaniḥ a low, inarticulate sound expressive of joy or grief.
          --padaṃ inarticulate speech.
          --vāc f. inarticulate or convulsive speech, interrupted by sobbing &c.
          --svara a. uttering stammering sounds. (
          --raḥ) 1. indistinct or stammering utterance. --2. a buffalo.

gadgadita a. Stammered.

gadgadayati Den. P. To stammer.

gadya pot. p. [gad-yat] To be spoken or uttered; gadyametattvayā mama Bk. 6. 47. --dyaṃ Prose, elaborate prose composition, composition not metrical yet framed with due regard to harmony; one of the three classes into which all compositions may be divided; see Kāv. 1. 11.

gadyāṇa(na, --la)kaḥ A weight equal to 48 Guñjas.

gadh 4 P. (gadhyati) To be mixed.

gadhya a. Ved. To be seized(as booty).

gaṃdh 10 A. (gaṃdhayate)
     (1) To injure hurt.
     (2) To ask, beg.
     (3) To move, go.
     (4) To adorn.

gaṃdhaḥ [gaṃdh-pacādyac]
     (1) Smell, odour; gaṃdhamāghrāya corvyāḥ Me. 21; apaghnaṃto duritaṃ havyagaṃdhaiḥ S. 4. 7; R. 12. 27. (gaṃdha is changed to gaṃdhi when as the last member of a Bah. comp. it is preceded by ud, pūti, su, surabhi, or when the compound implies comparison; sugāṃdhi, surabhigaṃdhi, kamalagaṃdhi mukhaṃ; śāliniryāsagaṃdhibhiḥ R. 1. 38; āhuti- 1. 53; also when gaṃdha is used in the sense of 'a little').
     (2) Smell considered as one of the 24 properties or guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas; it is a property characteristic of pṛthivī or earth which is defined as gaṃdhavatī pṛthvī T. S.
     (3) The mere smell of anything, a little, a very small quantity; ghṛtagaṃdhi bhojanaṃ Sk.
     (4) A perfume, any fragrant substance; eṣā mayā sevitā gaṃdhayuktiḥ Mk. 8; Y. 1. 231; Mu. 1. 4.
     (5) Sulphur.
     (6) Pounded sandal wood.
     (7) Connection, relationship.
     (8) A neighbour.
     (9) Pride, arrogance; as in āttagaṃdha humbled or mortified. (10) An epithet of Śiva. --dhaṃ
     (1) Smell.
     (2) Black aloewood.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikaṃ a kind of perfume.
          --apakarṣaṇaṃ removing smells.
          --aṃbu n. fragrant water.
          --amlā the wild lemon tree.
          --aśman m. sulphur.
          --aṣṭakaṃ a mixture of 8 fragrant substances offered to deities, varying in kind according to the nature of the deity to whom they are offered.
          --ākhuḥ the musk-rat.
          --ājīvaḥ a vendor of perfumes.
          --āḍhya a. rich in odour, very fragrant; srajaścottamagaṃdhāḍhyāḥ Mb. (
          --ḍhyaḥ) the orange tree. (
          --ḍhyaṃ) sandal-wood.
          --iṃdriyaṃ the organ of smell.
          --ibhaḥ, --gajaḥ, dvipaḥ, --hastin m. 'the scentelephant', an elephant of the best kind; (yasya gaṃdhaṃ samāghrāya na tiṣṭhaṃti pratidvipāḥ . sa vai gaṃdhagajo nāma nṛpatorvījayāvahaḥ ..); Mu. 2. 6; śamayati gajānanyāngaṃdhadvipaḥ kalabho'pi san V. 5. 18; R. 6. 7; 17. 70; Ki. 17. 17.
          --uttamā spirituous liquor.
          --udaṃ scented water.
          --upajīvin m. one who lives by perfumes, a perfumer.
          --otuḥ (forming gaṃdhotu or gaṃdhautu) the civet-cat.
          --kārikā 1. a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes. --2. a female artisan living in the house of another, but not altogether subject to another's control.
          --kālikā, --kālī f. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ aloewood.
          --kuṭī a kind of perfume.
          --kelikā, --celikā musk.
          --ga a. 1. taking a scent, smelling. --2. redolent.
          --gajaḥ see gaṃdhebha. --guṇa a. having the property of odour.
          --ghrāṇaṃ the smelling of any odour.
          --jalaṃ fragrant water.
          --jñā the nose.
          --tūryaṃ a musical instrument of a loud sound used in battle (as a drum or trumpet).
          --tailaṃ a fragrant oil, a kind of oil prepared with fragrant substances.
          --dāru n. aloe-wood.
          --dravyaṃ a fragrant substance.
          --dhārin a. bearing fragrance. (--m.) an epithet of Śiva.
          --dhūliḥ f. musk.
          --nakulaḥ the muskrat.
          --nālikā, --nālī the nose.
          --nilayā a kind of jasmine.
          --paḥ N. of a class of manes.
          --patrā, --palāśī a species of zedoary.
          --palāśikā turmeric.
          --pālin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --pāṣāṇaḥ sulphur.
          --piśācikā the smoke of burnt fragrant resin (so called from its dark colour or cloudy nature, or perhaps from its attracting demons by fragrance).
          --puṣpaḥ 1. the Vetasa plant. --2. the Ketaka plant. (
          --ṣpaṃ) 1. a fragrant flower. --2. flowers and sandal offered to deities at the time of worship.
          --puṣpā an indigo plant.
          --pūtanā a kind of imp or goblin.
          --phalī 1. the Priyangu creeper. --2. a bud of the Champaka tree.
          --baṃdhuḥ the mango tree.
          --mātṛ f. the earth.
          --mādana a. intoxicating with fragrance. (
          --naḥ) 1. a large black bee. --2. sulphur. --3. an epithet of Rāvaṇa. (
          --naḥ --naṃ) N. of a particular mountain to the east of Meru, renowned for its fragrant forests. (
          --naṃ) the forest on this mountain.
          --mādanī spirituous liquor.
          --madinī lac.
          --mārjāraḥ the civet-cat.
          --mukhā, --mūṣikaḥ --mūṣī f. the musk rat.
          --mṛgaḥ 1. the civet cat. --2. the muskdeer.
          --maithunaḥ a bull.
          --modanaḥ sulphur.
          --mohinī a bud of the Champaka tree.
          --yuktiḥ f. preparation of perfumes.
          --rasaḥ myrrh. -aṃgakaḥ turpentine.
          --rājaḥ a kind of jasmine. (
          --jaṃ) 1. a sort of perfume. --2. sandal-wood.
          --latā the Priyangu creeper.
          --lolupā 1. a bee. --2. a fly or gnat.
          --vahaḥ the wind; rātriṃdivaṃ gaṃdhavahaḥ prayāti S. 5. 4; digdakṣiṇā gaṃdhavahaṃ mukhena Ku. 3. 25.
          --vahā the nose.
          --vāhaḥ 1. the wind; Bv. 1. 104. --2. the musk-deer.
          --vāhī the nose.
          --vihvalaḥ wheat.
          --vṛkṣakaḥ --vṛkṣaḥ the Śala tree.
          --vyākulaṃ a kind of fragrant berry (kakkola. --śuṃḍinī the musk-rat.
          --śekharaḥ musk.
          --sāraḥ 1. sandal --2. a kind of jasmine.
          --sukhī sūyī the musk shrew.
          --somaṃ the white water-lily.
          --hārikā a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes; cf gaṃdhakārikā.

gaṃdhakaḥ Sulphur.

gaṃdhanam [gaṃdh-lyuṭ]
     (1) Continued effort, perseverance.
     (2) Hurting, injury, killing
     (3) Manifestation.
     (4) Intimation, information, hint.

gaṃdhavat a. Scented, fragrant. --tī
     (1) The earth.
     (2) Wine.
     (3) N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa.
     (4) A variety of jasmine.

gaṃdhālu a. Fragrant, perfumed, scented.

gaṃdhi a. (At the end of comp.) Having the smell of, smelling of; see gaṃdha. --dhi n. A kind of perfume.

gaṃdhika a. (Used only at the end of comp.)
     (1) Having the smell of; as in utpalagaṃdhika.
     (2) Having a very small quantity of, having only the smell of; bhrātṛgaṃdhikaḥ a brother only in name. --kaḥ
     (1) A seller of perfumes.
     (2) Sulphur.

gaṃdhin a. Having a smell, smelling. --m. A bug.

gaṃdharvaḥ
     (1) A celestial musician, a class of demi-gods regarded as the singers or musicians of gods, and said to give good and agreeable voice to girls; somaṃ śaucaṃ dadāvāsāṃ gaṃdharvaśca śubhāṃ giraṃ Y. 1. 71.
     (2) A singer in general.
     (3) A horse.
     (4) The musk-deer.
     (5) The soul after death and previous to its being born again.
     (6) The black cuckoo.
     (7) The sun.
     (8) A sage, pious man.
     -- Comp.
          --nagaraṃ, --puraṃ the city of the Gandharvas, an imaginary city in the sky, probably the result of some natural phenomenon, such as mirage.
          --rājaḥ Chitraratha, the chief of the Gandharvas.
          --vidyā the science of music.
          --vivāhaḥ one of the eight forms of marriage described in Ms. 3. 27 &c.; in this form marriage proceeds entirely from love or the mutual inclination of a youth and maiden without ceremonies and without consulting relatives; it is, as Kālidasa observes, kathamapyabāṃdhavakṛtā snehapravṛtti S. 4. 16.
          --vedaḥ one of the four subordinate Vedas or Upavedas, which treats of music; see upaveda. --hastaḥ, --hastakaḥ the castor-oil plant.

gaṃdhāraḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its rulers.

gaṃdhālī
     (1) A wasp.
     (2) Continued fragrance.
     -- Comp.
          --garbhaḥ small cardamoms.

gaṃdholī
     (1) A wasp.
     (2) Dried ginger.

gabhaḥ Ved.
     (1) A slit, cleft.
     (2) The vulva.

gabhastiḥ m. f.
     (1) A ray of light, a sunbeam or moonbeam.
     (2) Ved. The shaft (of a car).
     (3) The forepart of the arm, the hand. --stiḥ The sun. --f. An epithet of Svāhā, the wife of Agni.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ, --pāṇiḥ, --mālin m.,
          --hastaḥ, --mat m. the sun.
          --nemiḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

gabhastimat m. The sun; ghanavyapāyena gabhastimāniva R. 3. 37. --n. One of the seven divisions of Pātāla.

gabhīra a. [gacchati jalamatra, gam īran bhāṃtādeśaśca Uṇ. 4. 35]
     (1) Deep (in all senses); u ttālāsta ime gabhīrapayasaḥ puṇyāḥ saritsaṃgamāḥ U. 2. 30; Bv. 2. 105.
     (2) Deepsounding (as a drum).
     (3) Thick, dense, impervious (as a forest).
     (4) Profound, sagacious.
     (5) Grave, serious, solemn, earnest.
     (6) Secret, mysterious.
     (7) Inscrutable, difficult to be perceived or understood.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman the Supreme Soul.
          --vedha a. very penetrating.

gabhīrikā
     (1) A large drum with a deep sound.
     (2) A gong.

gabholikaḥ A small round pillow.

gam 1 P. (gacchati, jagāma, agamat, gamiṣyati, gaṃtuṃ, gata desid; jigamiṣati, jigāṃsate Atm.; freq. jaṃgamyate; jaṃgamīti or jaṃgaṃti)
     (1) To go, move in general; gacchatvāryā punardarśanāya V. 5; gacchati puraḥ śarīraṃ dhāvati paścādasaṃstutaṃ cetaḥ S. 1. 34; kvādhunā gamyate 'where art thou going'.
     (2) To depart, go forth, go away, set forth or out; utkṣipyaināṃ jyotirekaṃ jagāma S. 5. 30.
     (3) To go to, reach, resort to, arrive at, approach; yadagamyopi gamyate Pt. 1. 7; eno gacchati kartāraṃ Ms. 8. 19 the sin goes to (recoils on) the doer; 4. 199; so dharaṇiṃ mūrdhnā gam &c.
     (4) To pass, pass away, elapse (as time); dineṣu gacchatsu R. 3. 8 as days rolled on, in course of time; Me. 83; kāvyaśāstravinodena kālo gacchati dhīmatāṃ H. 1. 1; gacchatā kālena in the long run.
     (5) To go to the state or condition of, become, undergo, suffer, partake of &c. (usually joined with nouns ending in tā, --tva &c. or any noun in the acc.); gamiṣyāmyupahāsyatāṃ R. 1. 3; paścādumākhyāṃ sumukhī jagāma Ku. 1. 26 went by or received the name of Umā; so tṛptiṃ gacchati becomes satis fied; viṣādaṃ gataḥ became dejected; kopaṃ na gacchati does not become angry; ānṛṇyaṃ gataḥ became released from debt; manasā gam to think of, remember; Ku. 2. 63; vṛṣeṇa gacchataḥ riding a bull; Ku. 5. 80.
     (6) To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; guroḥ sutāṃ ... yo gacchati pumān Pt. 2. 107; Y. 1. 80. --Caus. (gamayati-te)
     (1) To cause to go, lead or reduce to (as a state); gamitaḥ gatiṃ Ku. 4. 24; Bh. 3. 38; Ki. 2. 7.
     (2) To spend, pass (as time).
     (3) To make clear, explain, expound.
     (4) To signify, denote, convey an idea or sense of; dvau nañau prakṛtārthaṃ gamayataḥ 'two negatives make one affirmative.'
     (5) To send to.
     (6) To bring to a place (acc.).
     (7) To impart, grant, bestow.
     (8) To intend, mean.

gata p. p. [gam-kta]
     (1) Gone, departed, gone for ever; Mu. 1. 25; kiṃ gate salile setubaṃdhena, kiṃ gate vivāhe nakṣatraparīkṣayā Vb. 4. 'what is the use of locking the stable-door when the steed is stolen?.'
     (2) Passed away, elapsed, past; gatāyāṃ rātrau.
     (3) Dead, deceased, departed to the next world; Ku. 4. 30.
     (4) Gone to, arrived at, reaching to.
     (5) Being in, situated in, seated in, resting on, contained in; usually in comp.; prāsādaprāṃtagataḥ Pt. 1 seated on &c.; sadogataḥ R. 3. 66 seated in the assembly; bhartāraṃ gatā S. 4. 13. united to a husband; so ādya-; sarvagata existing everywhere.
     (6) Fallen into, reduced to; e. g. āpadgataḥ.
     (7) Referring or relating to, with regard to, about, concerning, connected with (usually in comp.); rājā śakuṃtalāgatameva ciṃtayati S. 5; bhartṛgatayā ciṃtayā S. 4: vayamapi bhavatyau sakhīgataṃ kimapi pṛcchāmaḥ S. 1; so putragataḥ snehaḥ &c.
     (8) Frequented, resorted to; suhṛd- Ku. 4. 24.
     (9) Known, celebrated. (10) Directed towards, belonging to.
     (11) Known, understood. --taṃ
     (1) Motion, going; gatamupari ghanānāṃ vārigarbhodarāṇāṃ S. 7. 7; Śi. 1. 2, 7. 4.
     (2) Gait, manner of going; Ku. 1. 34; V. 4. 16.
     (3) An event.
     (4) The place where one has gone.
     (5) Celebration, being known, diffusion.
     (6) Manner. (As first member of comp. translated by 'free from', 'bereft of', 'deprived of', 'without.')
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. sightless, blind.
          --adhvan a. 1. one who has accomplished or finished a journey; R. 4. 46, 11. 33. --2. conversant, familiar (with anything). (--f.) the time immediately preceding new moon when a small streak of the moon is still visible; (caturdaśīyuktā'māvāsyā). --anugataṃ following custom or precedent.
          --anugatika a. doing as others do, a blind follower; gatānugatiko loko na lokaḥ pāramarthikaḥ Pt. 1. 342 'people are blind followers or servile imitators'; Mu. 6. 5.
          --aṃta a. one whose end has arrived.
          --artha a. 1. poor. --2. meaningless (the meaning being already expressed).
          --asu, --jīvita, --prāṇa a. expired, dead; Bg. 2. 11.
          --āgataṃ 1. going and coming, frequent visits; Bh. 3. 7; Bg. 9. 21; Mu. 2. 3, 4. 1. --2. interchange of place, Mal. 9. 46. --3. the flight of a bird backward and forward. --4. irregular course of the stars (in astronomy).
          --ādhi a. free from anxiety, happy.
          --āyus a. decrepit, infirm, very old.
          --ārtavā 1. a woman past her child-bearing. 2. a barren woman.
          --utsāha a. disspirited, dejected.
          --ojas a. bereft of strength or energy.
          --kalmaṣa a. freed from crime or sin, purified.
          --klama a. refreshed.
          --cetana a. deprived of sense or consciousness, insensible, senseless.
          --dinaṃ, --divasaḥ the past day, yesterday.
          --dinaṃ ind. yesterday.
          --pratyāgata a. returned after having gone away; Ms. 7. 186.
          --prabha a. bereft of splendour, dim, obscured, faded.
          --prāṇa a. lifeless, dead.
          --prāya a. almost gone, nearly passed away; gataprāyā rajanī. --bhartṛkā 1. a widow. --2. (rarely) a woman whose husband has gone abroad (= proṣitabhartṛkā). --lakṣmīka a. 1. bereft of lustre or splendour, faded. --2. deprived of wealth, impoverished, suffering losses.
          --vayas, --vayaska a. advanced in years, aged, old; Pt. 1. 10.
          --varṣaḥ, --rṣaṃ the past year.
          --vaira a. at peace (with), reconciled.
          --vyatha a. free from pain.
          --śaiśava a. past child-hood.
          --saṃga a. 1. free from attachment. --2. adverse or indifferent to.
          --sattva a. 1. dead, annihilated, lifeless. --2. base.
          --sannakaḥ an elephant out of rut.
          --spṛha a. indifferent to worldly attachments.

gatakam Going, motion.

gatiḥ f. [gam-bhāve ktin]
     (1) Motion, going, moving, gait; gatirvigalitā Pt. 4. 78; abhinnagatayaḥ S. 1. 14; (na) bhiṃdaṃti maṃdāṃ gatimaśvamukhyaḥ Ku. 1. 11 do not mend their slow gait (do not mend their pace); so gaganagatiḥ Pt. 1; laghugatiḥ Me. 16, 10, 46; U. 6. 23.
     (2) Access, entrance; maṇau vajrasamutkīrṇe sūtrasyevāsti me gatiḥ R. 1. 4.
     (3) Scope, room; astragatiḥ Ku. 3. 19; manorathānāmagatirna vidyate Ku. 5. 64; nāstyagatirmanorathānāṃ V. 2.
     (4) Turn, course; daivagatirhicitrā, Mu. 7. 16.
     (5) Going to, reaching, obtaining; vaikuṃṭhīyā gatiḥ Pt. 1. obtaining Heaven.
     (6) Fate, issue; bharturgatirgaṃtavyā Dk. 103.
     (7) State, condition; dānaṃ bhogo nāśastisro gatayo bhavaṃti vittasya Bh. 2. 43; Pt. 1. 106.
     (8) Position, station, situation, mode of existence; parārdhyagateḥ pituḥ R. 8. 27; kusumastabakasyeva dve gatī sto manasvināṃ Bh. 2. 104; Pt. 1. 41, 420.
     (9) A means, expedient, course, alternative; anupekṣaṇe dvayī gatiḥ Mu. 3; kā gatiḥ what help is there, can't help (often used in dramas); Pt. 1. 319; anyā gatirnāsti K. 158. (10) Recourse, shelter, refuge, asylum, resort; vidyamānā gatiryeṣāṃ Pt. 1. 320, 322; āsayat salile pṛthvīṃ yaḥ sa me śrīharirgatiḥ Sk.
     (11) Source, origin, acquisition; Bg. 2. 43; Ms. 1. 50.
     (12) A way, path.
     (13) A march, procession.
     (14) An event, issue, result.
     (15) The course of events, fate, fortune.
     (16) Course of asterisms.
     (17) The diurnal motion of a planet in its orbit.
     (18) A running wound or sore, fistula.
     (19) Knowing; Ki. 14. 15; knowledge, wisdom. (20) Transmigration, metempsychosis; Ms. 6. 73, 12. 3, 23, 40-45.
     (21) A stage or period of life (as śaiśava, yauvana, vārdhaka).
     (22) (In gram.) A term for prepositions and some other adverbial prefixes (such as alaṃ, tiras &c.) when immediately connected with the tenses of a verb or verbal derivatives.
     (23) Position of a child at birth.
     -- Comp.
          --anusaraḥ following the course of another.
          --ūna a. impassable, desert.
          --bhaṃgaḥ stoppage.
          --hīna a. without refuge, helpless, forlorn.

gatikam
     (1) Going, motion.
     (2) Curse.
     (3) Condition.
     (4) Refuge, asylum.

gatimat a.
     (1) In motion, moving; V. 3. 3.
     (2) Having running sores, fistulous.

gatilā
     (1) A series, succession.
     (2) A river.

gatvara a. (rī f.)
     (1) Going, moveable, locomotive.
     (2) Transient, perishable; gatvarairasubhiḥ Ki. 2. 19; gatvaryo yauvanaśriyaḥ 11. 12.

gaṃtavya pot. p. To be gone, to be gone to or attained.
     (2) To be accomplished (as a way), to be approached, accessible.

gaṃtuḥ [gama-tun]
     (1) A way, course.
     (2) A traveller.

gaṃtṛ a. (trī f.)
     (1) One that goes or moves.
     (2) Having sexual intercourse with a woman.

gaṃtrī A car drawn by oxen; (gaṃtrīratha in the same sense).

gama a. [gam bhāvādau ap] (At the end of comp.) Going, moving, going to, reaching, attaining, getting &c.; khagama, purogama, hṛdayaṃgama, &c. --maḥ
     (1) Going, moving.
     (2) March; aśvasyaikāhagamaḥ.
     (3) The march of an assailant.
     (4) A road.
     (5) Inconsiderateness, thoughtlessness.
     (6) Superficiality, careless perusal.
     (7) (Sexual) intercourse with a woman, cohabitation; gurvaṃganāgamaḥ Ms. 11. 55; Y. 2. 293.
     (8) A game played with dice and men.
     -- Comp.
          --āgamaḥ going and coming.

gamaka a. (mikā f.) [gam-ṇvul]
     (1) Indicative or suggestive, a proof or index of; tadeva gamakaṃ pāṃḍityavaidagdhyayoḥ Māl. 1. 7.
     (2) Convincing. --kaḥ A kind of musical note (of which there are seven).

gamathaḥ
     (1) A traveller.
     (2) A road.

gamanam [gam-lyuṭ]
     (1) Going, motion, gait; śroṇībhārādalasagamanā Me. 82; so gajeṃdragamane S. Til. 7.
     (2) Going, motion. considered as one of the five karmans by the Vaiśeṣikas.
     (3) Approaching, going to.
     (4) March of an assailant.
     (5) Undergoing, suffering
     (6) Obtaining, attaining.
     (7) Cohabitation.

gamanīya pot. p.
     (1) Accessible, approachable; vikārasya gamanīyāsmi saṃvṛttā S. 1.
     (2) Intelligible, easy to be comprehended.
     (3) Fit to be practised or observed.
     (4) Relating to sexual intercourse; gurustrī- Ms. 11. 103 (pāpaṃ); for other senses see gamya.

gamin a. Intending to go; as in grāmaṃgamī. --m. A passenger.

gamya pot. p.
     (1) Accessible, approachable.
     (2) Intelligible, or easy to be comprehended.
     (3) Intended, implied, meant.
     (4) Suitable, desirable, fit; Y. 1. 64.
     (5) Fit for cohabitation; durjanagamyā nāryaḥ Pt. 1. 278; abhikāmāṃ striyaṃ yaśca gamyāṃ rahasi yācitaḥ . nopaiti Mb.
     (6) Curable (by a drug &c.); na gamyo maṃtrāṇāṃ Bh. 1. 89. --myaḥ A man with whom a woman may have intercourse, a libidinous or voluptuous, man, lover, paramour; Dk. 41.

gaṃbhārikā, gaṃbhārī N. of a tree.

gaṃbhīra a. [gacchati jalamatra; gam-īran ni- bhugāgamaḥ] = gabhīra q. v.; R. 1. 36; Me. 64, 66. --raḥ
     (1) A lotus.
     (2) A citron.
     -- Comp.
          --vedin a. restive (as an elephant); not minding the goad; aṃkuśaṃ dviradasyeva yaṃtā gaṃbhīravedinaḥ R. 4. 39, Śi. 5. 49 (see Malli. ad loc.).

gaṃbhīraka a. Lying deep.

gaṃbhīrā, gaṃbhīrikā N. of a river; gaṃbhīrāyāḥ payasi Me. 40.

gayaḥ 1 N. of the people living round Gayā and the district inhabited by them.
     (2) N. of an Asura.
     (3) Wealth.
     (4) House, household, family.
     (5) Offspring, progeny.
     (6) The sky.
     (7) One's own place or abode. --yā N. of a city in Behar which is a place of pilgrimage.

gara a. (rī f.) [gīryate gṝ-karmādau ac] Swallowing. --raḥ
     (1) Any drink or fluid, beverage.
     (2) Sickness, disease.
     (3) Swallowing (garā also in this sense).
     (4) A factitious poison. --raḥ, --raṃ
     (1) Poison.
     (2) An antidote. --raṃ
     (1) Sprinkling, wetting.
     (2) The fifth of the eleven Karaṇas.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikā 1. the insect called Lākṣā. --2. the red dye obtained from it.
          --ghna a. 1. destroying poison. --2. healthy.
          --śrīḥ a kind of fish.
          --da a. poisoning, giving poison. (
          --daṃ) poison.
          --vrataḥ a peacock.

garaṇam [gṝ bhāve-lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of swallowing.
     (2) Sprinkling.
     (3) Poison.

garabhaḥ [gṝ bā- abhac] Foetus, embryo; see garbha.

garalaḥ, --lam [girati jīvanaṃ, gṝ-alac Tv.]
     (1) Poison or venom in general; kuvalayadalaśreṇī kaṃṭhe na sā garaladyutiḥ Gīt. 3; garalamiva kalayati malayasamīraṃ 4; smaragaralakhaṃḍanaṃ mama śirasi maṃḍanaṃ 10.
     (2) The venom of a snake. --la A bundle of grass.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ an emerald.

garalin a. Poisonous.

garita a. Poisoned.

garālliḥ A hoarse, gurgling sound (of the throat); Māl. 3.

gariman m.
     (1) Weight, heaviness; Śi. 9. 49.
     (2) Importance, greatness, dignity; Pt. 1. 30.
     (3) Worth, excellence.
     (4) One of the eight siddhis or faculties of Śiva, by which he can make himself heavy or great at will; see siddhi.

gariṣṭha a. Heaviest.
     (2) Most important; (superl. of guru a. q. v.)

garīyas a. Heavier, weightier, more important (compar. of guru a. q. v.); matireva balādgarīyasī H. 2. 86; vṛddhasya taruṇī bhāryā prāṇebhyo'pi garīyasī H. 1. 112; Śi. 2. 24, 36.

garuḍaḥ [garudbhyāṃ ḍayate, ḍī-ḍa pṛṣo- talopaḥ; gṝ-uḍac Uṇ. 4. 166.]
     (1) N. of the king of birds. [He is a son of Kaśyapa by his wife Vinata. He is the chief of the feathered race, an implacable enemy of serpents, and elder brother of Aruṇa. In a dispute between his mother and Kadru, her rival, about the colour of uccaiḥśravas Kadrū defeated Vinata, and, in accordance with the conditions of the wager, made her her slave. Garuḍa brought down the heavenly beverage (Amṛta) to purchase her freedom, not, however, without a hard struggle with Indra for the same. Vinatā was then released; but the Amṛta was taken away by Indra from the serpents. Garuḍa is represented as the vehicle of Viṣṇu, and as having a white face, an aquiline nose, red wings and a golden body].
     (2) A building shaped like Garuḍa.
     (3) N. of a particular military array.
     -- Comp.
          --agrajaḥ an epithet of Aruṇa, the charioteer of the sun.
          --aṃkaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --aṃkitaṃ, --aśman m.
          --uttīrṇaṃ an emerald.
          --dhvajaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --vyūhaḥ a particular military array.

garut m. [gṛ-gṝ-vā uti Uṇ. 1. 94]
     (1) The wing of a bird.
     (2) Eating, swallowing.
     -- Comp.
          --yodhin m. a quail.

garutmat a. Winged; garutmadāśīviṣabhīmadarśanaiḥ R. 3. 57. --m.
     (1) Garuḍa.
     (2) A bird in general.
     (3) The fire.

garulaḥ Garuḍa, the chief of birds.

gargaḥ
     (1) N. of an old sage, one of the sons of Brahmā.
     (2) A bull.
     (3) An earth-worm. --(pl.) The descendants of Garga.
     (4) A kind of musical pause or time.

gargaraḥ
     (1) A whirlpool, an eddy.
     (2) A kind of musical instrument.
     (3) A kind of fish.
     (4) A churn. --rī A churn, a vessel for holding water.

gargāṭaḥ A kind of fish.

garj 1 P., 10 U. (garjati, garjayati-te, garjita)
     (1) To roar, growl; garjan hariḥ sāṃbhasi śailakuṃje Bk. 2. 9; 15. 21; raṇe na garjaṃti vṛthā hi śūrāḥ Rām.; hṛṣṭo garjati cātidarpitabalo duryodhano vā śikhī Mk. 5. 6.
     (2) To emit a deep or thundering sound, thunder; yadi garjati vāridharo garjatu tannāma niṣṭhurāḥ puruṣāḥ Mk. 5. 32 (and in several other verses of the same Act); garjati śaradi na varṣati vaṣati varṣāsu niḥsvano meghaḥ Udb.

garjaḥ [garj-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) The roaring of elephants.
     (2) The rumbling or thundering of clouds.
     (3) A (roaring) elephant.
     (4) Roaring, thundering.

garjanaṃ, --nā [garj-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Roaring, a roar, growl, thunder.
     (2) (Hence) sound, noise in general.
     (3) Passion, wrath.
     (4) War, battle.
     (5) Reproach.

garjā, garjiḥ The thundering of clouds.

garjita a. [garj-kta] Sounded, roared &c. --taṃ A The thunder of clouds. --taḥ A roaring elephant in rut.

gartaḥ, --rtā, --rtam [gṝ-tan Uṇ. 3. 86]
     (1) A hollow, hole, cave; sasattveṣu garteṣu Ms. 4. 47, 203.
     (2) A grave. --rtaḥ
     (1) The hollow of the loins.
     (2) A kind of disease.
     (3) N. of a country, a part of the Trigartas q. v.
     (4) Ved. A throne.
     (5) A chariot.
     (6) A table for playing at dice.
     (7) A house.
     (8) The post of an assembly room.
     -- Comp.
          --āśrayaḥ an animal living in holes or under ground, as a mouse or rat.

gartikā [gartaḥ astyasyāḥ ṭhan] A weaver's work-shop; (so called because the weaver sits at his loom with his feet in a hole below the level of the floor).

gard I P., 10 U. (gardati, gardayati-te) To sound, roar.

gardabhaḥ (bhī f.) [gard-abhac Uṇ. 3. 122]
     (1) An ass; na gardabhā vajidhuraṃ vahaṃti Mk. 4. 17; prāpte tu ṣoḍaśe varṣe gardabhī hyapsarā bhavet Subhāṣ. The ass is noted for three remarkable qualities: --aviśrāṃtaṃ vahedbhāraṃ śītoṣṇaṃ ca na viṃdati . sasaṃtoṣastathā nityaṃ trīṇi śikṣeta gardabhāt .. Chāṇ. 70.
     (2) Smell, odour. --bhaṃ The white water-lily. --bhī
     (1) A she-ass.
     (2) An insect generated in cowdung.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃḍaḥ, --ḍakaḥ N. of two trees plakṣa & pippalī. --āhvayaṃ a white lotus.
          --gadaḥ a particular disease of the skin.

gardabhakaḥ A kind of insect. --bhikā A cutaneous disease, a blotch, erup, tion.

gardh = gṛdh q. v.

gardhaḥ [gṛdh-ghañ ac vā]
     (1) Desire, eagerness.
     (2) Greediness.

gardhana, gardhita a. Covetous, greedy.

gardhin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Desirous, greedy, covetous; navānnāmiṣagardhinaḥ Ms. 4. 28.
     (2) Following or pursuing (anything) with eagerness.

garbhaḥ [gṝ-bhan Uṇ. 3. 152]
     (1) The womb, the belly; garbheṣu vasatiḥ Pt. 1; punargarbhe ca saṃbhavaṃ Ms. 6. 63.
     (2) A foetus, embryo; act of conception, pregnancy; conception; narapatikulabhūtyai garbhamādhatta rājñī R. 2. 75; garbho'bhavadbhūdhararājapatnyāḥ Ku. 1. 19; garbhaṃ vahati Pt. 1. 30 bears a child in the womb.
     (3) The time of conception; garbhāṣṭame'bde kurvīta brāhmaṇasyopanāyanaṃ Ms. 2. 36.
     (4) The child (in the womb); S. 6.
     (5) A child, brood or offspring of birds.
     (6) The inside, middle, or interior of anything (in comp. in this sense and translated by 'full of,' 'filled with,' 'containing' &c.); himagarbhairmayūkhaiḥ S. 3. 3; śuka- koṭara 1. 14; 7. 7; -patraṃ U. 3. 5. inwardly situated; agnigarbhāṃ śamīmiva S. 4. 1; R. 3. 9, 5. 17, 9. 55; Śi. 9. 62; Māl. 3. 12; Mu. 1. 12.
     (7) The offspring of the sky, i. e. the vapours and fogs drawn upwards by the rays of the sun during 8 months and sent down again in the rainy season; cf. Ms. 9. 305.
     (8) An inner apartment, a lying-in-chamber.
     (9) Any interior chamber. (10) A hole.
     (11) Fire.
     (12) Food.
     (13) The rough coat of the jack-fruit (panasakaṃṭaka).
     (14) The bed of a river, especially of the Ganges on the fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhādrapada or in the very height of the rains when the river is fullest.
     (15) The fruit (of plants).
     (16) Joining, union.
     (17) The calyx of a lotus.
     (18) (In dramas) One of the Sandhis q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ (also garmeṃ'kaḥ) an interlude during an act, as the scene of the birth of Kuśa and Lava in U. 7, or the sītāsvayaṃvara in Bālarāmayaṇa. The S. D. thus defines it:
          --aṃkodarapraviṣṭo yo raṃgadvārāmukhādimān . aṃko'paraḥ sa garbhāṃkaḥ sabījaḥ phalavānapi .. 279.
          --avakrāṃtiḥ f. descent of the soul into the womb.
          --aṣṭamaḥ 1. the eighth month from conception. --2. the eighth year from conception.
          --aspaṃdanaṃ non-quickening of the foetus.
          --āgāraṃ 1. uterus. --2. an inner and private room, the female apartments. --3 a lying-in-chamber. --4. the body or sanctuary of a temple, the chamber where the image of a deity is placed.
          --ādhānaṃ 1. impregnation; garbhā dhānakṣaṇaparicayānnūnamābaddhamālāḥ (balākāḥ) Me. 9. --2. one of the Samskaras or purificatory ceremonies performed after menstruation to ensure or facilitate conception; (this ceremony legalizes in a religious sense the consummation of marriage); Y. 1. 11.
          --āśayaḥ the uterus, the womb.
          --āsrāvaḥ mis-carriage, abortion.
          --īśvaraḥ one born rich (cf. 'born in the purple'); a sovereign or rich man by birth.
          --utpattiḥ f. the formation of the embryo.
          --upaghātaḥ miscarriage of the embryo (applied to the sky).
          --upaghātinī a cow or female miscarrying from unseasonable gestation.
          --upapattiḥ f. formation of the embryo.
          --kara, --kāra a. impregnating, procreative.
          --kālaḥ 1. time of impregnation. --2. the time when the vapour collected in the air shows the first signs of life.
          --kośaḥ, --ṣaḥ uterus.
          --kleśaḥ pains caused by the embryo, the throes of parturition or childbirth.
          --kṣayaḥ miscarriage.
          --gṛhaṃ, --bhavanaṃ, --veśman n. 1. an inner apartment, the body of a house. --2. a lying-in-chamber. --3. the sanctuary or body of a temple; nirgatya garbhabhavanāt Mal. 1.
          --grahaṇaṃ impregnation, conception.
          --ghātin a. causing abortion.
          --calanaṃ quickening, motion of the foetus in the uterus.
          --cyuta a. 1. fallen from the womb (as a child). --2. miscarrying.
          --cyutiḥ f. 1. birth, delivery. --2. miscarriage.
          --dāsaḥ --sī a slave by birth; (often used as a term of abuse or reproach.).
          --divasāḥ certain days on which the vapours collected in the air show signs of life.
          --druh a. (nom. sing. -dhruk-ḍa) causing abortion.
          --dhaṃ Ved. semen virile.
          --dharā pregnant.
          --dhāraṇaṃ, --dhāraṇā gestation, impregnation.
          --dhiḥ Ved. 1. a breeding place, a nest. --2. cohabitation.
          --dhvaṃsaḥ abortion.
          --nāḍī the umbilical cord.
          --nud a. causing abortion.
          --parisravaḥ secundines or foetal membranes collectively.
          --pākin m. rice ripening in sixty days.
          --pātaḥ miscarriage after the fourth month of pregnancy.
          --poṣaṇaṃ, --bharman n. nourishment of the foetus, gestation; anuṣṭhite bhiṣagbhirāptairatha garbhabharmaṇi R. 3. 12.
          --maṃḍapaḥ an inner apartment, a bed-chamber.
          --māsaḥ month of pregnancy.
          --mocanaṃ delivery, birth.
          --yoṣā a pregnant woman; (fig.) the Ganges overflowing its banks.
          --rakṣaṇaṃ protecting the foetus.
          --rūpa a. childish, youthful, juvenile.
          --rūpaḥ --rūpakaḥ, a child, an infant, a youth.
          --lakṣaṇa a. observing the signs of the rainy season. (
          --ṇaṃ) a symptom of pregnancy.
          --laṃbhanaṃ a ceremony performed for the sake of facilitating and developing pregnancy.
          --vasatiḥ f.,
          --vāsaḥ 1. the womb; Ms. 12. 78. --2. being in the womb.
          --vicyutiḥ f. abortion in the beginning of pregnancy.
          --vipattiḥ death of the foetus.
          --vedanā throes of child-birth.
          --vyākaraṇaṃ the formation of the embryo.
          --śaṃkuḥ a kind of instrument for extracting the dead foetus.
          --śayyā the abode of the foetus or uterus.
          --saṃbhavaḥ, --saṃbhūtiḥ f. becoming pregnant.
          --stha a. 1. situated in the womb. --2. interior, internal.
          --srāvaḥ abortion, miscarriage; varaṃ garbhasrāvaḥ Pt. 1; Y. 3. 20; Ms. 5. 66.

garbhakaḥ A chaplet of flowers worn in the hair. --kaṃ A period of two nights with the intermediate day.

garbhavatī A pregnant woman.

garbhita a. Pregnant, filled with. --taṃ A defect in poetical composition.

garbhin a. Pregnant, impregnated with.

garbhaṃḍaḥ Enlargement of the navel.

garbhiṇī A pregnant female (whether of men or animals); gogarbhiṇīpriyanavolapamālabhāresevyopaṃkaṭhavipināvalayo bhavaṃti Māl. 9. 2; Y. 1. 105; Ms. 3. 114.
     -- Comp.
          --avekṣaṇaṃ mid-wifery, care and attendance of pregnant women and new-born infants,
          --dauhadaṃ the longings of a pregnant woman.
          --vyākaraṇaṃ, --vyākṛtiḥ f. 'science of the progress of pregnancy', (a particular head in medical works.)

garbhetṛpta a.
     (1) 'Contented in the womb,' as a child.
     (2) Contented as to food or issue.
     (3) Indolent.

garmut f.
     (1) A kind of grass.
     (2) A kind of reed.
     (3) Gold.
     (4) A kind of bee.

garv 1 P. (garvati, garvita) To be proud or haughty; (used only in p. p. which is also supposed to be an adjective derived from garva); korthānprāpya na garvitaḥ Pt. 1. 146.

garvaḥ
     (1) Pride, arrogance; mā kuru dhanajanayauvanagarvaṃ harati nimeṣātkālaḥ sarvaṃ Moha M. 4; mudhedānīṃ yauvanagarvaṃ vahasi M. 4.
     (2) Pride considered as one of the 33 subordinate feelings in rhetoric; rūpadhanavidyādiprayuktātmotkarṣajñānādhīnaparāvahelanaṃ R. G.; or, according to S. D. garvo madaḥ prabhāvaśrīvidyāsatkulatādijaḥ . avajñāsavilāsāṃgadarśanāvinayādikṛt .. 181.

garvita a. [garv karttari kta, garvojāto'sya tāra- itac vā]
     (1) Proud, haughty.
     (2) Conceited.

garvāṭaḥ A watch-man, door-keeper.

garh 1. 10. A. (sometimes P. also) (garhate, garhayate, garhita)
     (1) To blame, censure, reproach; viṣamāṃ hi daśāṃ prāpya daivaṃ garhayate naraḥ H. 4. 3; Ms. 4. 199.
     (2) To accuse, charge with.
     (3) To be sorry for.

garhaṇaṃ, --ṇā [garh lyuṭ] Censure, blame, reproach, abuse.

garhā [garh-a] Abuse, censure.

garhita p. p. [garh-kta]
     (1) Blamed, censured.
     (2) Contemned, despised.
     (3) Contemptible.
     (4) Forbidden, bad, vile. --taṃ A blamable or sinful act; Pt. 1. 342.

garhya a. [garh-ṇyat] Deserving censure, cencurable, blamable; garhye kuryādubhe kule Ms. 5. 149.
     -- Comp.
          --vādin a. speaking ill, speaking vilely.

gal 1 P. (galati, jagāla, agālīt, galituṃ, galita)
     (1) To drop, drip, ooze, trickle; jalamiva galatyupadiṣṭaṃ K. 103; acchakapolamūlagalitaiḥ (aśrubhiḥ) Amaru. 26, 91, Bv. 2. 21; R. 19. 22.
     (2) To drop or fall down; śaradamacchagaladvasanopamā Śi. 6. 42; 9. 75; pratodā jagaluḥ Bk. 14. 99; 17. 87. galaddhammilla Gīt. 2, R. 7. 10, Me. 44,
     (3) To vanish, disappear, pass away, be removed; galati madhyarātre Dk.; śaiśavena saha galati gurujanasnehaḥ K. 289, vidyāṃ pramādagalitāmiva ciṃtayāmi Ch. P. 1; Bh. 2. 44; Bk. 5. 43, R. 3. 70.
     (4) To eat, swallow (connected with gṝ). --Caus. or 10 U. (p. p. galita)
     (1) To pour out.
     (2) To filter, strain.
     (3) To flow (A.).
     (4) To fuse, liquefy, dissolve, melt. --WITH nis to ooze or flow out, trickle down; R. 5. 17. --paryā to drop down; Bk. 2. 4.

galaḥ [gal-bhakṣaṇe bā-karaṇe ac]
     (1) The throat, neck; na garalaṃ gale kastūrīyaṃ; cf. ajāgalastana; Bh. 1. 64; Amaru. 88.
     (2) The resin of the Śāla tree.
     (3) A kind of musical instrument.
     (4) A rope.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ a particular disease of the throat (inflammation).
          --udbhavaḥ the tuft of hair on the neck of a horse.
          --oghaḥ tumor in the throat.
          --kaṃbalaḥ a bull's dewlap.
          --gaṃḍaḥ 1. enlargement of the glands of the neck. --2. goitre.
          --grahaḥ, --grahaṇaṃ 1. seizing by the throat, throttling, smothering. --2. a kind of disease. --3. N. of certain days in the dark fortnight of a month:  i. e. the 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 13th and the three following days. --4. a day on which a course of study is commenced, but immediately preceding a day on which it is prohibited. --5. study. begun but immediately interrupted.
          --carman n. the gullet, throat.
          --dvāraṃ the mouth.
          --mekhalā a necklace.
          --vārta a. 1. safe in the work of the throat, able to eat much and digest it, healthy, sound; dṛśyaṃte caiva tīrtheṣu galavārtāstapasvinaḥ Pt. 3. v. l. --2. a parasite.
          --vidradhiḥ tumor and abscess in the throat.
          --vrataḥ a peacock.
          --śuṃḍikā the uvula.
          --śuṃḍī swelling of the glands of the neck.
          --stanī (also galestanī) a she goat.
          --hastaḥ 1. seizing by the throat, throttling, collaring. --2. an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; cf. ardhacaṃdra. --hastita a. seized by the throat, throttled, strangled.

galakaḥ [gal bā- vun]
     (1) The throat, the neck.
     (2) A kind of fish.

galanam [gal bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Oozing, trickling, dripping.
     (2) Leaking.
     (3) Melting, fusing.
     (4) Falling down or off.

galaṃtikā, galaṃtī
     (1) A small pitcher.
     (2) A small water-jar with a hole in the bottom from which the water drops upon the object of worship (an image, Linga, Tulasī &c.) placed below.

galita p. p. [gal-kta]
     (1) Dropped or fallen down.
     (2) Melted.
     (3) Oozed, flowing.
     (4) Lost, vanished, de. prived.
     (5) Untied, got loose.
     (6) Emptied, leaked away.
     (7) Filtered.
     (8) Decayed, imparied.
     (9) Decreased, exhausted; galitavibhavāścārthiṣu nṛpāḥ Bh. 2. 44.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṣṭhaṃ advanced or incurable leprosy when the fingers and toes fall off.
          --nakhadaṃta a. one who has lost his claws and teeth.
          --daṃta a. toothless.
          --nayana a. one who has lost his eyes, blind.
          --yauvana a. one who has lost the bloom or charm of youth, grown old; galitayauvanā kāminī Bh. 2. 56.
          --vayas a. being in the decline of age, in declining years; R. 3. 70.

galitakaḥ A kind of dance, gesticulation.

galyā
     (1) A multitude of throats.
     (2) A quantity of a particular kind of grass or of ropes made of it.

galegaṃḍaḥ A kind of bird, (so called from the pendulous fleshy purse hanging from its throat).

galānilaḥ A prawn or shrimp.

galiḥ [gaḍiḥ, ḍasya laḥ] A strong but lazy bull; see gaḍi.

galdaḥ, --ldā Ved.
     (1) Speech.
     (2) Straining.

galbh 1 A(galbhate, galbhita) To be bold or confident.

galbha a.
     (1) Bold, confident, audacious.
     (2) Proud, haughty.

gallaḥ The cheek; especially, the part of the cheek near the corners of the mouth. (Rhetoricians consider this word to be grāmya or vulgar; cf. the instance given in K. P. 7: --tāṃbūlabhṛtagalloyaṃ bhallaṃ jalpati mānuṣaḥ; but cf. Bhavabhūti's use: --pātālapratimallagallavivaraprakṣiptasaptārṇavaṃ Māl. 5. 22).
     -- Comp.
          --cāturī a small round pillow to put underneath the cheek.

gallakaḥ
     (1) A wine-glass.
     (2) Sapphire; see galvarka below.

gallarkaḥ A vessel for drinking spirituous liquor; evaṃ bṛhattare gallarkapramāṇe kule jātaḥ Mk. 8; gallarkaśataparivṛtaḥ &c.

galvarkaḥ
     (1) Crystal.
     (2) Lapis lazuli.
     (3) A goblet, a vessel for drinking spirituous liquor.

galh 1 A. (galhate, galhita) To blame, censure.

gava (A substitute for go at the beginning of certain compounds, especially before words beginning with vowels or as the second member of Dvigu comp.; paṃcagavaṃ five cows; gavākṛti cow-shaped).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ 1. an air hole, a round window; vilolanetrabhramarairgavākṣāḥ sahasrapatrābharaṇā babhūvuḥ R. 7. 11; kuvalayitagavākṣāṃ locanairaṃganānāṃ 11. 93; Ku. 7. 58; Me. 98 -jālaṃ a lattice. --2. the mesh of a shirt of mail.
          --akṣakaḥ an air-hole.
          --akṣita a. furnished with windows.
          --agraṃ a multitude of cows; (written as go'graṃ, goagraṃ and gavāgraṃ). --adanaṃ pasture or meadow grass.
          --adanī 1. a pasture. --2. a manger, a trough for holding grass &c. for feeding cattle.
          --adhikā lac.
          --amṛtaṃ 1. the beverage or nectar consisting of rays of light. --2. cow's milk.
          --arha a. of the value of a cow.
          --avikaṃ cattle and sheep.
          --aśanaḥ 1. a shoe-maker. --2. an outcast.
          --aśvaṃ bulls and horses.
          --ākṛti a. cow-shaped.
          --āhnikaṃ the daily measure of food given to a cow.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. an owner of kine. --2. an excellent bull.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ an owner of cows.
          --uddhaḥ an excellent cow or bull.
          --rājaḥ a bull.

gavayaḥ A species of ox; gosadṛśo gavayaḥ T. S.; dṛṣṭaḥ kathaṃcidgavayairvivignaiḥ Ku. 1. 56; Rs. 1. 23. --yī The female Gayal.

gavalaḥ The wild buffalo. --laṃ Buffalo's horn; Śi. 20. 12.

gavāṃpatiḥ
     (1) The chief cattle, a bull.
     (2) A cowherd.
     (3) An epithet of the sun; also of fire.

gavālūkaḥ = gavaya q. v.

gavinī A herd of cows.

gaviṣ, --gaviṣa a. Ved.
     (1) Wishing for cows.
     (2) Eager (in general).

gaviṣṭhi a. Ved.
     (1) Wishing for cows.
     (2) Desirous, eager, ardent. --ṣṭhiḥ f.
     (1) Desire, eagerness.
     (2) Desire for fighting, battle.

gaviṣṭhaḥ The sun.

gavya a. [gave hitaṃ yat]
     (1) Consisting of cattle or cows.
     (2) Coming or got from a cow (as milk, curds &c.).
     (3) Proper or fit for cattle.
     (4) Sacred to the cow, worshipping the cow. --vyaṃ
     (1) Cattle, a herd of cows.
     (2) Pasture-land.
     (3) The milk of a cow.
     (4) A bow-string.
     (5) Colouring substance, yellow pigment. --vyā
     (1) A herd of cows.
     (2) A measure of distance equal to two Krośas.
     (3) A bow-string.
     (4) A colouring substance, yellow pigment.

gavyaya a. Ved. Belonging to or coming from a cow.

gavyayu a. Ved. Desirous of cows.

gavyā Ved.
     (1) Desire for cows.
     (2) Desire, fervency.
     (3) Desire for what comes from a cow (as milk &c.).
     (4) Desire of battle.

gavyu a.
     (1) Delighting in cows.
     (2) Desiring cows or milk.
     (3) Fervent, eager.
     (4) Desirous of battle.

gavyūtaṃ, --tiḥ f.
     (1) A measure of length nearly equal to two miles or one Krośa.
     (2) A measure of distance equal to two Krośas.
     (3) A pasture-ground, pasturage.

gaveḍuḥ, --dhuḥ--, dhukā A kind of grass eaten by cattle. --ḍuḥ A cloud.

gaverukam Red chalk.

gaveṣ 1 A., 10 P. (gaveṣate, gaveṣayati, gaveṣita)
     (1) To seek, hunt for, search or inquire for; tasmādeṣa yataḥ prāptastatraivānyo gaveṣyatāṃ Ks. 25. 176.
     (2) To strive after, desire ardently or fervently, make efforts for; gaveṣamāṇaṃ mahiṣīkulaṃ jalaṃ Rs. 1. 21.

gaveṣa a. Searching for. --ṣaḥ Search, inquiry.

gaveṣaṇam a. Ved.
     (1) Desiring ardently.
     (2) Desirous of combat. --ṇaṃ, --ṇā Search or inquiry after anything; N. 4. 107.

gaveṣita a. Searched, sought, inquired or looked for.

gah 10 U. (gahayati-te)
     (1) To be thick or impervious (as a forest).
     (2) To enter deeply into.

gahana a.
     (1) Deep, dense, thick.
     (2) impervious, impenetrable, impassable, inaccessible.
     (3) Hard to be understood, inexplicable, mysterious; sevādharmaḥ paramagahano yogināmapyagamyaḥ Pt. 1. 11, 285; Bh. 2. 58; gahanā karmaṇo gatiḥ Bg. 4. 17; Śānti. 1. 8.
     (4) Grave, dignified; Māl. 1. 4.
     (5) Impassioned, replete with love, strong; U. 6. 33.
     (6) Hard, difficult, causing pain or trouble; gahanasaṃsāraḥ Śānti. 3. 15; U. 7. 6.
     (7) Deepened, intensified; Mal. 1. 30. --naṃ
     (1) An abyss, depth.
     (2) A wood, thicket, deep or impenetrable forest; yadanugamanāya niśi gahanamapi śīlitaṃ Gīt. 7; Bv. 1. 25.
     (3) A hiding-place.
     (4) A cave.
     (5) Pain, distress.
     (6) An ornament.
     (7) Water. --naḥ The Supreme Being.

gahīya a. 1 Relating to a cave or thicket.

gahman n. Ved. Depth.

gahvam
     (1) Depth.
     (2) An inaccessible place.

gahvara a. (rā or rī f.). Deep, impervious. --raṃ
     (1) An abyss, a depth.
     (2) A thicket, forest.
     (3) A cave, cavern; gaurīgurorgahvaramāviveśa R. 2. 26, 46; Rs. 1. 21.
     (4) An inaccessible place.
     (5) A hiding-place.
     (6) A riddle.
     (7) Hypocrisy.
     (8) Weeping, crying.
     (9) Water. (10) A deep sigh. --raḥ An arbour, bower. --rī
     (1) A cave, cavern, recess in a rock or mountain.

gahvarita a. Being in a hiding-place, concealed.

gā 1 or 2 A, 3 P. (gāte, jigāti)
     (1) To go, see i.
     (2) To come to any state or condition.
     (3) To praise, sing.

gā A song, verse.

gāga a. (gī f.) [gaṃgāyā apatyaṃ aṇ] Being in or on the Ganges.
     (2) Coming from or relating to the Ganges; gāṃgamaṃbu sitamaṃbu yāmunaṃ kajjalābhamubhayatra majjataḥ K. P. 10; Ku. 5. 37. --gaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Bhīṣma.
     (2) Of Kārtikeya. --gaṃ
     (1) Rain-water of a peculiar kind (supposed to fall down from the heavenly Ganges).
     (2) Gold. --gī An epithet of Durgā.

gāṃgaṭaḥ --ṭeyaḥ A kind of prawn or shrimp.

gāṃgāyaniḥ [gaṃgāyā apatyaṃ phiñ] N. of Bhīṣma or Kārtikeya.

gāṃgeya a. (yī f.) Being in or on the Ganges. --yaḥ N. of Bhīṣma or Kārtikeya. --yaṃ Gold.

gājaram A carrot.

gāṃjikāyaḥ A quail.

gāḍavaḥ A cloud.

gāḍha See under gāha.

gāṇapata a. (tī f.) [gaṇapati-aṇ] 1 Relating to the leader of a troop.
     (2) Relating to Gaṇeśa.

gāṇapatyaḥ [gaṇapati-yak] A worshipper of Gaṇeśa. --tyaṃ
     (1) Worship of Gaṇeśa.
     (2) The leadership of a troop, chieftainship.

gāṇikyam [gaṇikānāṃ samūhaḥ yañ] A group of harlots.

gāṇeśaḥ A worshipper of Gaṇeśa.

gāṃḍi(ḍī)vaḥ, --vam  [gāṃḍirastyasya saṃjñāyām va P. V. 2. 110]
     (1) The bow of Arjuna, presented by Soma to Varuṇa by Varuṇa to Agni, and by Agni to Arjuna, when the latter assisted him in consuming the khāṃḍavavana; gāṃḍīvaṃ sraṃsate hastāt Bg. 1. 29.
     (2) A bow in general.
     -- Comp.
          --dhanvan m. an epithet of Arjuna; Me. 48.

gāṃḍīvin m. An epithet of Arjuna, the third Pāṇḍava prince; Ve. 4.

gātāgatika a. (kī f.) Caused by going or coming.

gātānugatika a. (kī f.) Caused by blindly following or imitating custom or example.

gātuḥ
     (1) A song.
     (2) A singer.
     (3) A celestial chorister.
     (4) The male (Indian) cuckoo.
     (5) The large black bee. --Ved.
     (6) Going, motion.
     (7) Free place for moving.
     (8) The earth.
     (9) A refuge. (10) way, course.
     (11) Access, egrees.
     (12) Progress. increase, welfare.

gātram [gai-tran gāturidam vā, aṇ; cf. Uṇ. 4. 168]
     (1) The body; apacitamapi gātraṃ vyāyatatvādalakṣyaṃ S. 2. 4; tapati tanugātri madanaḥ 3. 17.
     (2) A limb or member of the body; guruparitāpāni na te gātrāṇyupacāramarhaṃti S. 3. 18; Ms. 2. 209; 5. 109.
     (3) The fore-quarter of an elephant. --trā The earth.
     -- Comp.
          --anulepanī a fragrant unguent applied to the body.
          --āvaraṇaṃ a shield.
          --utsādanaṃ cleaning the body with perfumes.
          --karṣaṇa a. emaciating or weakening the body.
          --mārjanī a towel.
          --yaṣṭiḥ f. a thin or slender body; R. 6. 81.
          --ruhaṃ the hair on the body.
          --latā a thin or tender body, slim figure.
          --saṃkocin m. the pole-cat; (so called because it contracts its body in order to spring).
          --saṃplavaḥ a small bird, the diver.

gātrakam The body.

gātha, gāthaka See under gai.

gādh 1 A. (gādhate, gādhita)
     (1) To stand, stay, remain.
     (2) To set out for; dive or plunge into; gādhitāse nabho bhūyaḥ Bk. 22. 2; 8. 1.
     (3) To seek, search or inquire for.
     (4) To compile, string or weave together.

gādha a. [gādh-bhavādau ghañ] Fordable, not very deep, shallow; saritaḥ kurvatī gādhāḥ pathaścāśyānakardamān R. 4. 24; cf. agādha. --dhaṃ
     (1) A shallow place, ford.
     (2) A place, site.
     (3) Desire of gain, cupidity.
     (4) Bottom.

gādhiḥ, gādhin m. [gādha-in] N. of the father of Viśvāmitra (he is supposed to have been an incarnation of Indra and born as the son of king Kauśāmba).
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --naṃdanaḥ, --putraḥ an epithet of Viśvāmitra.
          --nagaraṃ, --puraṃ an epithet of Kānyakubja, the modern Kanoja.

gādheyaḥ An epithet of Viśvāmitra.

gāṃtuḥ
     (1) A traveller.
     (2) A singer.

gāṃtrī A carriage drawn by oxen.

gāṃdinī
     (1) An epithet of the Ganges.
     (2) N. of a princess of Kaśī, wife of Śvaphalka and mother of Akrūra.
     -- Comp.
          --sutaḥ an epithet
     (1) of Bhīṣma.
     (2) of Kārtikeya.
     (3) of Akrūra.

gāṃdī The mother of Akrūra.

gāṃdharva a. (rvī) [gaṃdharvasyedam-aṇ] Relating to the Gandharvas. --rvaḥ
     (1) A singer, celestial chorister.
     (2) One of the eight forms of marriage; gāṃdharvaḥ samayānmithaḥ Y. 1. 61; (for explanation, see gaṃdharvavivāha).
     (3) A subordinate Veda treating of music attached to the Sāmaveda; see upaveda.
     (4) A horse. --rvaṃ The art of the Gandharvas; i. e. music, singing; kāpi velā cārudattasya gāṃdharvaṃ śrotuṃ gatasya Mk. 3. --rvī
     (1) Speech.
     (2) An epithet of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --citta a. one whose mind is possessed by a Gandharva.
          --śālā a music saloon, concert-hall.

gāṃdharva(rvi)kaḥ  A singer.

gāṃdhāraḥ
     (1) The third of the seven primary notes of the Indian Gamut; (commnoly denoted by ga in musical notation).
     (2) Red lead.
     (3) N. of a country between India and Persia, the modern Kandāhāra.
     (5) A native or a ruler of that country. --raṃ Gum myrrh.

gāṃdhāriḥ An epithet of Śakuni, Duryodhana's maternal uncle.

gāṃdhārī [gāṃdhārasyāpatyaṃ iñ] N. of the daughter of Subala, king of the Gāndhāras and wife of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. [She bore to her husband 100 sons-Duryodhana and his 99 brothers. As her husband was blind she always wore a scarf over her face (probably to reduce herself to his state). After the destruction of all the Kauravas, she and her husband lived with their nephew Yudhiṣṭhira].

gāṃdhāreyaḥ [gāṃdhāryā apatyaṃ ḍhak] An epithet of Duryodhana.

gāṃdhikaḥ [gaṃdho gaṃdhadravyaṃ paṇyamasya ṭhak]
     (1) A vendor of perfumes, a perfumer.
     (2) A scribe, clerk. --kaṃ Fragrant wares, perfumes; paṇyānāṃ gāṃdhikaṃ paṇyaṃ kimanyaiḥ kāṃcanādikaiḥ Pt. 1. 13.

gāmika a. (At the end of comp.) Going, leading to (as a way).

gāmin a. [gam-ṇini] (Only at the end of comp.)
     (1) Going, moving, walking; vaidiśagāmī M. 5; mṛgeṃdragāmī R. 2. 30 having the gait of a lion; kubja- Pt. 2. 5; alasa- Amaru. 51.
     (2) Riding; dvirada- R. 4. 4.
     (3) Going or reaching to, extending or appplying to, relating to; nanu sakhīgāmī doṣaḥ S. 4; dvitīyagāmī na hi śabda eṣa naḥ R. 3. 49.
     (4) Leading or going to, accruing to; citrakūṭagāmī mārgaḥ; kartṛgāmi kriyāphalaṃ.
     (5) United with; sadṛśabhartṛgāminī M. 5.
     (6) Passing over to, devolving on; S. 6; Y. 2. 145.

gāmuka a. Going, locomotive.

gāṃbhīryam [gaṃbhīrasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Deepness, depth (of water, sound &c.).
     (2) Depth, profundity (of meaning, character &c.); samudra iva gāṃbhīrye Ram.; Śi. 1. 55; R. 3. 32.

gāyaḥ [gai bhāve ghañ] Singing, a song; Y. 3. 112.

gāyakaḥ [gai-ṇvul] A singer, musician; na naṭā na viṭā na gāyakāḥ Bh. 3. 27.
     (2) An actor.

gāyatraḥ --tram A song or hymn.

gāyatrī
     (1) A Vedic metre of 24 syllables; gāyatrī chaṃdasāmahaṃ Bg. 10. 35.
     (2) N. of a very sacred verse repeated by every Brāhmaṇa at his Sandhyā (morning and evening devotions) and on other occasions also. Great sins even are said to be expiated by a pious repetition of this verse, which is as follows: tatsaviturvareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi dhiyo yo na pracodayāt Rv. 3. 62. 10. --traṃ A hymn composed and recited in the Gāyatrī metre.
     -- Comp.
          --vallabhaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

gāyatrin a. (ṇī f.) One who sings hymns, especially of the Samaveda.

gāyanaḥ (nī f.) [gai-lyuṭ] A singer; tathaiva tatpauruṣagāyanīkṛtāḥ N. 1. 103; Bh. 3. 27 v. l. --naṃ Singing, a song.
     (2) Practising singing as a means of subsistence.

gāritram Rice, corn.

gāruḍa a. (ḍī f.) [garuḍasyedaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Shaped like Garuḍa.
     (2) Coming from or relating to Garuḍa. --ḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ
     (1) An emerald; R. 13. 53.
     (2) A charm against (snake) poison; saṃgṛhītagāruḍena K. 51 (where it has sense 1 also).
     (3) A missile presided over by Garuḍa.
     (4) A military array (vyūha) of the shape of Garuḍa.
     (5) Gold.

gāruḍikaḥ A charmer, dealer in antidotes.

gārutmata a. (tī f.) [garutmān astyasya aṇ]
     (1) Shaped like Garuḍa.
     (2) Sacred or presided over by Garuḍa (as a missile); R. 16. 77. --taṃ An emerald.

gārga a. Coming from or connected with Gārgya.

gārgya a. Descended from Garga.

gārdabha a. (bhī f.) [gardabhasyedaṃ aṇ] Belonging to or coming from an ass, asinine.

gārddhyam Greediness; Śi. 3. 73.

gārdhra a. (dhrī f.) [gṛdhrasyāyam aṇ] Derived from a vulture. --rdhraḥ
     (1) Greediness (probably for gārdhyaṃ).
     (2) An arrow.
     -- Comp.
          --pakṣaḥ, --vāsas m. an arrow furnished with a vulture's feathers.

gārbha a. (rbhī f.) [garbhe sādhu aṇ], gārbhika (kī f.) a.
     (1) Uterine, fetal.
     (2) Relating to gestation; Ms. 2. 27.

gārbhiṇaṃ, --ṇyam [gārbhiṇīnāṃ samūhaḥ bhikṣā- aṇ] A number of pregnant women.

gārhapatam [gṛhapateridaṃ aṇ] The position and dignity of a householder.

gārhapatyaḥ [gṛhapatinā nityaṃ saṃyuktaḥ, saṃjñāyāṃ ñya]
     (1) One of the three sacred fires perpetually maintained by a householder, which he receives from his father and transmits to his descendants, and from which fires for sacrificial purposes are lighted; cf. Ms. 2. 231.
     (2) The place where this sacred fire is kept. --tyaṃ The government of a family; position and dignity of a householder.

gārhamedha a. (dhī f.) [gṛhamedhasyedaṃ aṇ] Fit or proper for a householder. --dhaḥ The five Yajṇas to be performed by a householder.

gārhasthyam [gṛhasthasya bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyañ]
     (1) The order or stage of life of a householder (gṛhastha).
     (2) Domestic affairs, household.
     (3) The five Yajṇas to be daily performed by a householder.

gārhya a. Domestic.

gālaḥ
     (1) Flowing, liquefying.
     (2) Dropping.
     (3) A flux.

gālanam [gal ṇic-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Straining (fluids).
     (2) Fusing, liquefying, melting.

gālavaḥ
     (1) The Lodhra tree.
     (2) A kind of ebony.
     (3) N. of a sage, a pupil of Viśvāmitra (said in Hariv. to be his son).

gāliḥ f. [gal-in]
     (1) Abuse, abusive or foul language; dadatu dadatu gālīrgālimaṃto bhavaṃto vayamapi tadabhāvādgālidāne'samarthāḥ Bh. 3. 133.

gālita a.
     (1) Strained.
     (2) Distilled.
     (3) Melted, fused.

gālinī A particular position of the fingers.

gāloḍita a.
     (1) Drunk, intoxicated.
     (2) Sick, diseased.
     (3) Foolish. --taṃ Examination.

gāloḍyam The seed of a lotus.

gāvalgaṇiḥ An epithet of Sanjaya, son of Gavalgaṇa.

gāh
     (1) A [gāhate, jagāhe, agāhiṣṭa, agāḍha, gāhituṃ, gāḍhuṃ, gāḍha or gāhita]
     (1) To dive or plunge into, bathe, immerse oneself into (as water); gāhaṃtāṃ mahiṣā nipānasalilaṃ śṛṃgairmuhustāḍitaṃ S. 2. 6; gāhitāse'tha puṇyasya gaṃgāmūrtimiva drutāṃ Bk. 22. 11, 14. 67; (fig. also); manastu me saṃśayameva gāhate Ku. 5. 46 is plunged into or entertains doubt.
     (2) To enter deeply into, penetrate, roam or range over; gāhitamakhilaṃ gahanaṃ Bv. 1. 21; kadācitkānanaṃ jagāhe K. 58; ūnaṃ na sattveṣvadhiko babādhe tasminvanaṃ goptari gāhamāne R. 2. 14; Me. 48; H. 1. 171; Ki. 13, 24.
     (3) To stir up, agitate, shake, churn.
     (4) To be absorbed in (with loc.).
     (5) To hide oneself in.
     (6) To destroy. WITH saṃ to enter, go to or into, penetrate into; samagāhiṣṭa cāṃbaraṃ Bk. 15. 59.

gāḍha p. p. [gāh-kta]
     (1) Dived or plunged into, bathed in, deeply entered.
     (2) Frequently plunged into, resorted to, thickly crowded or inhabited; tapasvigāḍhāṃ tamasāṃ prāpa nadīṃ turaṃgameṇa R. 9. 72.
     (3) Closely pressed together, tightly drawn, fast, close, tight; gāḍhāṃgadairbāhubhiḥ R. 16. 60; gāḍhāliṃgana Amaru. 36, a close embrace; Ch. P. 6.
     (4) Thick, dense.
     (5) Deep, impervious.
     (6) Strong, vehement excessive, intense; gāḍhanidrāmavāpa fell fast asleep; 20 -udvega excessively tor-mented; U. 3. 31; Māl. 9. 12; gāḍhotkaṃṭhālalitalulitairaṃgakaistāmyatīti Māl. 1. 15; Me. 83; prāptagāḍhaprakaṃpā S. Til. 12; Amaru. 72; so also gāḍhataptena taptaṃ Me. 102. --ḍhaṃ ind. Closely, fast, much, excessively, heavily, vehemently, powerfully.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgada a. having closely fitting armlets.
          --āliṃganaṃ a close embrace.
          --karṇaḥ an attentive ear.
          --muṣṭi a. close-fisted, avaricious, miserly. (
          --ṣṭiḥ) a sword.

gāha a. [gāh-ghañ] Diving into, bathing. --haḥ
     (1) Diving into, plunging, bathing.
     (2) Depth, interior.

gāhanam [gāh lyuṭ] The act of diving into, plunging, bathing &c.

gāhita a.
     (1) Bathed in, plunged into.
     (2) Penetrated, entered into; see gāh.

gāhitṛ a.
     (1) One who plunges into water, a bather, diver.
     (2) One who penetrates.
     (3) Shaking or agitating.
     (4) Destroyer.

giṃdukaḥ
     (1) A ball for playing with.
     (2) N. of a tree; see geṃduka.

gir a. [gṝ-kvip vā ṭāp] Ved. Addressing, invoking. --f. (nom. sing gīḥ; instr. dual gīrbhyāṃ &c.)
     (1) Speech, words, language; vacasyavasite tasmin sasarja giramātmabhūḥ Ku. 2. 53; 3. 72; bhavatīnāṃ sūnṛtayaiva girā kṛtamātithyaṃ S. 1; pravṛttisārāḥ khalu mādṛśāṃ giraḥ Ki. 1. 25; Śi. 2. 15; Y. 1. 71.
     (2) Invocation, praise, song.
     (3) N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech and learning.
     -- Comp.
          --devī (gīrdevī) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech.
          --patiḥ, (written as gīḥpatiḥ, gīṣpatiḥ and gīrpatiḥ)
     (1) N. of Bṛhaspati, the preceptor of the gods.
     (2) a learned man so girīśaḥ, --rathaḥ (gīrathaḥ) N. of Bṛhaspati. --vā (bā) ṇaḥ (gīrvāṇa) a god, deity; parimalo gīrvāṇacetoharaḥ Bv. 1. 63, 84. -kusumaṃ cloves.

girā Speech, speaking, language, voice.

giri a. [gṝ-i kicca Uṇ. 4. 142] Venerable, respectable, worshipful. --riḥ
     (1) A hill, mountain, an elevation; paśyādhaḥkhanane mūḍha gigyo na pataṃti kiṃ Subhaṣ.; nanu pravāte'pi niṣkaṃpā girayaḥ S. 6.
     (2) A huge rock.
     (3) A disease of the eyes.
     (4) An honorific title given to Sannyāsins; e. g. ānaṃdagiriḥ
     (5) (In math.) The number 'eight'.
     (6) A ball with which children play (geṃduka).
     (7) A cloud.
     (8) A peculiar defect in quicksilver. --riḥ f.
     (1) Swallowing.
     (2) A rat; mouse (written also girī in this sense).
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. a high moun tain --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. the Himālaya mountain. --4. a term for the number 'eight'.
          --īśaḥ 1. an epithet of the Himālaya mountain. --2. an epithet of Śiva; sutāṃ girīśapratisaktamānasāṃ Ku. 5. 3.
          --kacchapaḥ a species of tortoise living in mountains.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ Indra's thunder-bolt.
          --kadaṃbaḥ, --bakaḥ a species of the Kadamba tree.
          --kaṃdaraḥ a cave, cavern.
          --karṇikā the earth.
          --kāṇaḥ a blind or one-eyed man.
          --kānanaṃ a mountaingrove.
          --kūṭaṃ the summit of a mountain.
          --gaṃgā N. of a river.
          --guḍaḥ a ball for playing with.
          --guhā a mountain cave.
          --cara a. roaming or wandering on a mountain; giricara iva nāgaḥ prāṇasāraṃ bibharti S. 2. 4. (
          --raḥ) a thief.
          --ja a. mountain-born. (
          --jaṃ) 1. talc. --2. red chalk. --3. benzoin. --4. bitumen. --5. iron. (
          --jā) 1. N. of Pārvatī (the daughter of Himālaya). --2. the hill-plantain (parvatakadalī) --3. the Mallikā creeper. --4. an epithet of the Ganges. -tanayaḥ, --naṃdanaḥ, --sutaḥ 1. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --2. of Gaṇeśa. -patiḥ an epithet of Śiva. -malaṃ talc.
          --jālaṃ a range of mountains.
          --jvaraḥ Indra's thunderbolt.
          --durgaṃ a hill-fort, any stronghold among mountains; nṛdurgaṃ giridurgaṃ vā samāśritya vasetpuraṃ Ms. 7. 70, 71.
          --dvāraṃ a mountain-pass.
          --dhātuḥ red chalk.
          --dhvajaṃ Indra's thunderbolt.
          --nagaraṃ N. of a district in Dakṣiṇāpatha.
          --ṇadī or nadī a mountain-torrent, rill.
          --ṇaddha (naddha) a. enclosed by a mountain.
          --naṃdinī 1. N. of Pārvatī. --2. of the Ganges. --3. a river in general (flowing from a mountain;) kaṃliṃdagirinaṃdinītaṭasuradrumālaṃbinī Bv. 4. 3.
          --ṇitaṃbaḥ (nitaṃbaḥ) the declivity of a mountain.
          --pīluḥ N. of a fruit-tree.
          --puṣpakaṃ bitumen.
          --pṛṣṭhaḥ the top of a hill.
          --prapātaḥ the declivity or slope of a mountain.
          --prasthaḥ the table-land of a mountain.
          --priyā a female of the Bos Grunniens.
          --bāṃdhavaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --bhid m. an epithet of Indra. (--f.) a river (breaking through a mountain).
          --bhū a. mountain-born. (
          --bhūḥ f.) 1. an epithet of the Ganges. --2. of Pārvatī.
          --mallikā the Kuṭaja tree.
          --mānaḥ an elephant, especially a large and powerful one.
          --mṛd f.,
          --mṛdbhavaṃ 1. red chalk. --2. mountain soil.
          --rāj m. 1. a high mountain. --2. an epithet of the Himālaya.
          --rājaḥ the Himālaya mountain.
          --vrajaṃ N. of a city in Magadha.
          --śālaḥ a kind of bird.
          --śṛṃgaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa. (
          --gaṃ) the peak of a mountain.
          --ṣada(sada) m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --sānu n. table-land.
          --sāraḥ 1. iron. --2. tin. --3. an epithet of the Malaya mountain.
          --sutaḥ the Maināka mountain.
          --sutā an epithet of Pārvatī.
          --sravā a mountain torrent.

girikaḥ [girau kāyati kai-ka]
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) A ball for playing. --kā A small mouse.

giri(rī)yakaḥ, giriyākaḥ A ball for playing with.

giriśaḥ [girau kailāsaparvate śete, śī bāhu- ḍa; girirasyāstīti lomāditvāt śaḥ P. III. 2. 15 Vārt.] An epithet of Śiva; pratyāhatāstro giriśaprabhāvāt R. 2. 41; giriśamupacacāra pratyahaṃ sā sukeśī Ku. 1. 60, 37. (Also giriśayaḥ and giriśaṃtaḥ).

gil 6 P. (gilati, gilita) To swallow; (properly speaking, this is not a separate root, but is connected with gṝ).

gila a. [gil-ka] Who or what swallows or devours; e. g. timiṃgilagilo'pyasti tadgilopyasti rāghavaḥ; see timiṃgila. --laḥ
     (1) The citron tree.
     (2) A crocodile in the Ganges.
     -- Comp.
          --gilaḥ, --grāhaḥ a crocodile, shark.

gilanaṃ, giliḥ f. Swallowing, eating up.

gilayuḥ A hard tumour in the throat.

gili(ri)ta  a. Eaten, swallowed.

gi(ge)ṣṇuḥ [gai-iṣṇuc ādguṇaḥ]
     (1) A singer.
     (2) Especially, a Brāhmaṇa versed in the hymns of the Sāmaveda and who chants them.

gīta p. p. [gai-kta]
     (1) Sung, chanted (lit.); ārye sādhu gītaṃ S. 1; cāraṇadvaṃdvagītaḥ śabdaḥ S. 2. 14.
     (2) Declared, told, said; gītaścāyamarthoṃ'girasā Māl. 2; (see under gai also). --taṃ Singing, a song; tavāsmi gītarāgeṇa hāriṇā prasabhaṃ hṛtaḥ S. 1. 5; gītamutsādakāri mṛgāṇāṃ K. 32.
     -- Comp.
          --ayanaṃ a means or instrument of singing, i. e. a lute, flute &c.
          --kramaḥ the arrangement of a song.
          --jña a. versed in the art of singing.
          --priya a. fond of song or music. (
          --yaḥ) an epithet of Siva. (
          --yā) N. of one of the Matṛs attending on Skanda.
          --modin m. a Kinnara.
          --śāstraṃ the science of music.

gītakam A song.

gītā [gai karmaṇi kta] A name given to certain sacred writings in verse (often in the form of a dialogue) which are devoted to the exposition of particular religious and theosophical doctrines; e. g. śivagītā, rāmagītā, bhagavadgītā. But the name appears to be especially confined tothe last, the Bhagavadgītā; gītāsugītā kartavyā kimanyaiḥ śāstravistaraiḥ . yā svayaṃ padmanābhasya mukhapadmādviniḥsṛtā .. quoted by Śridharasvāmin.

gītiḥ f. [gai-bhāve ktin]
     (1) A song; ahorāgaparivāhiṇī gītiḥ S. 5; śrutāpsa rogītirapi kṣaṇe'smin haraḥ prasaṃkhyānaparo babhūva Ku. 3. 40.
     (2) N. of a metre; see App.

gītikā
     (1) A short song.
     (2) Singing.

gītin a. (nī f.) One who recites in a singing manner; gītī śīghrī śiraḥkaṃpī tathā likhitapāṭhakaḥ Śik. 32.

gīthā
     (1) Song.
     (2) Speech.

gu I. 6 P. (guvati, gūna) To void by stool, void excrement, discharge faeces. --II. 1 A. Ved. (gavate) To speak indistinctly.

guggulaḥ, --luḥ A particular fragrant gum resin.

guggulukaḥ A dealer in bdellium.

gucchaḥ
     (1) A bundle, bunch(in general).
     (2) A bunch of flowers, a cluster of blossoms, a clump (of trees &c.); akṣṇornikṣipadaṃjanaṃ śravaṇayostāpicchagucchāvaliṃ Gīt. 11; Ms. 1. 48; Śi. 6. 50; Y. 2. 229.
     (3) The plumage of a peacock.
     (4) A necklace of pearls (in general).
     (5) A pearl necklace of 32 (or, according to some, of 70) strings.
     -- Comp.
          --ardhaḥ a pearl necklace of 24 strings. (
          --rdhaḥ, --rdhaṃ) half of a cluster.
          --kaṇiśaḥ a kind of corn.
          --patraḥ the palm tree.
          --phalaḥ 1. the vine. --2. plantain tree.

gucchakaḥ see guccha.

guj 1 P. (gojati), often guṃj 1 P. (guṃjati, guṃjita or gujita) To sound inarticulately or indistinctly, hum, buzz; na ṣaṭpado'sau na juguṃja yaḥ kalaṃ Bk. 2. 19; 6. 143; 14. 2; U. 2. 29; 5. 6; ayi daladaraviṃda syaṃdamānaṃ maraṃdaṃ tava kimapi lihaṃto maṃju guṃjaṃtu bhṛṃgāḥ Bv. 1. 5.

guṃjaḥ
     (1) Humming.
     (2) A cluster of blossoms, bunch of flowers, a nosegay; cf. guccha.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt a large black bee.

guṃjanam Sounding low, humming, buzzing.

guṃjā [guṃj-ac]
     (1) A small shrub of that name, bearing a red black berry; aṃtarviṣamayā (for -yyaḥ) hyetā bahiścaiva manoramāḥ . guṃjāphalasamākārā yoṣitaḥ kena nirmitāḥ .. Pt. 1. 196; kiṃ jātu guṃjāphalabhūṣaṇānāṃ suvarṇakāreṇa vanecarāṇāṃ Vikr. 1. 25.
     (2) A berry of this shrub used as a weight, measuring on an average 1 (5/16) grains Troy, or an artificial weight called Gunja measuring about 2 (3/16) grains.
     (3) Humming, a low murmuring sound.
     (4) A kettle-drum; Bk. 14. 2.
     (5) A tavern.
     (6) Reflection, meditation,
     (7) A kind of plant with a poisonous root.

guṃjikā A berry of the Guñjā plant.

guṃjitam Huming, murmuring; svacchaṃdaṃ daladaraviṃda te maraṃdaṃ viṃdaṃto vidadhatu guṃjitaṃ miliṃdāḥ Bv. 1. 15; na guṃjitaṃ tanna jahāra yanmanaḥ Bk. 2. 19.

guṭikā
     (1) A pill.
     (2) A round pebble, any small globe or ball; loṣṭaguṭikāḥ kṣipati Mk. 5.
     (3) The cocoon of the silk-worm.
     (4) A pearl; nirdhautahāraguṭikāviśadaṃ himāṃbhaḥ R. 5. 70.
     (5) A small pustule.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ a kind of collyrium.

guṭī = guṭikā q. v.

guḍ 6 P. (guḍati)
     (1) To defend, preserve.
     (2) To strike, injure.

guḍaḥ
     (1) Treacle, molasses; guḍadhānāḥ Sk.; guḍaudanaḥ Y. 1. 303; guḍadvitīyāṃ harītakīṃ bhakṣayet Suśr.
     (2) A globe, ball.
     (3) A ball for playing with.
     (4) A mouthful, bit.
     (5) An elephant's armour.
     (6) The cotton tree.
     -- Comp.
          --udakaṃ water mixed with molasses.
          --udbhavā sugar.
          --odanaṃ rice boiled with coarse sugar.
          --tṛṇaṃ, --dāruḥ, --ru n. sugar-cane.
          --tvac --cā f. the aromatic bark of the Laurus Cassia (dālacinī Mar.).
          --dhenuḥ f. a milch-cow symbolically represented by molasses and offered as a present to Brāhmaṇas.
          --piṣṭaṃ a sort of sweatmeat, flour and molasses ground and boiled together.
          --phalaḥ the Pīlu tree.
          --śarkarā refined sugar.
          --śṛṃgaṃ a cupola.
          --harītakī myrobalan preserved in molasses; (Mar. murāṃvaLā).

guḍakaḥ [guḍena pakvaḥ vā- kan]
     (1) A ball.
     (2) A mouthful.
     (3) A kind of drug prepared with molasses. --ḍikā
     (1) A small ball.
     (2) A pill.
     (3) Kernel. --kaṃ Molasses.

guḍalam Spirituous liquor distilled from molasses.

guḍā
     (1) The cotton plant.
     (2) A pill.

guḍākā
     (1) Sloth.
     (2) Sleep.

guḍākeśaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Arjuna; mama dehe guḍākeśa yaccānyad draṣṭumarhasi Bg. 11. 7 (and in several other places of the Gītā.)
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.

guḍuguḍāyanam A rattling in the throat (as breath) caused by cough.

guḍu(ḍū)cī  N. of a very useful medicinal plant, Cocculus Cordifolius (Mar. guLavela).

guḍeraḥ
     (1) A ball, globe.
     (2) A mouthful, bit.

guṇ 10 U. (guṇayati-te, guṇita)
     (1) To multiply.
     (2) To advise.
     (3) To invite.

guṇaḥ [guṇ-ac]
     (1) A quality(good or bad); suguṇa, durguṇa.
     (2)
          (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; katame te guṇāḥ Māl. 1; vasaṃti hi premṇi guṇā na vastuni Ki. 8. 37; R. 1. 9, 22; sādhutve tasya ko guṇaḥ Pt. 4. 108.
          (b) Eminence.
     (3) Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually); Pt. 5.; kaḥ sthānalābhe guṇaḥ 2. 20; H. 1. 52; Mu. 1. 15.
     (4) Effect, result, efficacy, good result; saṃbhāvanāguṇamavehi tamīśvarāṇāṃ S. 7. 4; guṇamahatāṃ mahate guṇāya yogaḥ Ki. 10. 25, 6. 7.
     (5)
          (a) A single thread or string.
          (b) Thread, string, rope, cord; mekhalāguṇaiḥ Ku. 4. 8; 5. 10; tṛṇairguṇatvaptāpannairbadhyaṃte mattadaṃtinaḥ H. 1. 35; yataḥ pareṣāṃ guṇagrahītāsi Bv. 1. 9 (where guṇa also means 'a merit').
     (6) The bow-string; guṇakṛtye dhanuṣo niyojitā Ku. 4. 15, 29; kanakapiṃgataḍidguṇasaṃyutaṃ R. 9. 54.
     (7) The string of a musical instrument; Śi. 4. 57.
     (8) A sinew.
     (9) A quality, attribute, property in general; Ms. 9. 22. (10) A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories or padarthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24).
     (11) An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are sattva, rajas, and tamas); guṇatrayavibhāgāya Ku. 2. 4; Bg. 14. 5; R. 3. 27.
     (12) A wick, cotton thread; Pt. 1. 221.
     (13) An object of sense; (these are five rūpa, rasa, gaṃdha, sparśa, and śabda).
     (14) Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; āhāro dviguṇaḥ strīṇāṃ buddhistāsāṃ caturguṇā . ṣaḍguṇo vyavasāyaśca kāmaścāṣṭaguṇaḥ smṛtaḥ .. Chaṇ. 78; so triguṇa; śataguṇībhavati becomes a hundred-fold.
     (15) A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. mukhya).
     (16) Excess, abundance, superfluity.
     (17) An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence.
     (18) The substitution of e, o, ar and al for i, u, ṛ (short or long) and ḷ, or the vowels a, e, o, and ar and al.
     (19) (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines guṇa. --ye rasasyāṃgino dharmāḥ śauryādaya ivātmanaḥ . utkarṣahetavaste syuracalasthitayo guṇāḥ .. K. P. 8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Gunas to be properties both of śabda and artha, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says: mādhuryaujaḥprasādākhyāstrayaste na punardaśa K. P. 8). (20) (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; jāti, guṇa, kriyā and dravya, and give gauḥ, śuklaḥ, calaḥ and ḍitthaḥ as instances to illustrate these meanings.
     (21) (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six: --1 saṃdhi peace or alliance; 2 vigraha war; 3 yāna march or expedition; 4 sthāna or āsana halt; 5 saṃśraya seeking shelter; 6 dvaidha or dvaidhībhāva duplicity; saṃdhirnā vigraho yānamāsanaṃ dvaidhamāśrayaḥ Ak.) see Y. 1. 346; Ms. 7. 160; Śi. 2. 26; R. 8. 21.
     (22) The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities).
     (23) The chord of an arc (in geom.).
     (24) An organ of sense.
     (25) A subordinate dish; Ms. 3. 226, 233.
     (26) A cook.
     (27) An epithet of Bhīma; as in yudhiṣṭhiropi guṇapriyaḥ Vas.
     (28) Leaving, abandonment.
     (29) A multiplier, co-efficient (in arith.). (30) Division, subdivision, species, kind.
     (31) The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (bāhyaprayatna); they are eleven.
     -- Comp.
          --agryaṃ a principal quality; -vartin R. 3. 27.
          --aguṇaḥ merit and demerit; Śi. 16. 44.
          --atīta a. freed from all properties, being beyond them. (
          --taḥ) the Supreme Being.
          --adhiṣṭhānakaṃ the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened.
          --anubaṃdhitvaṃ connection or association with virtues; R. 1. 22.
          --anurāgaḥ love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; Ki. 1. 11.
          --anurodhaḥ conformity or suitableness to good qualities.
          --aṃtaraṃ a different (higher) quality; guṇāṃtaraṃ vrajati śilpamādhātuḥ M. 1. 6.
          --anvita, --upapanna, --yukta, --saṃpanna a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent.
          --apavādaḥ, --niṃdā disparagement, detraction.
          --ākaraḥ 1. 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; Bh. 2. 92. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --āḍhya a. rich in virtues.
          --ātman a. having qualities.
          --ādhāraḥ 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person.
          --āśraya a. virtuous, excellent.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. the Supreme Being. --2. the Chitrakūṭa mountain.
          --utkarṣaḥ excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities.
          --utkīrtanaṃ panegyric, eulogium.
          --utkṛṣṭa a. superior in merit.
          --upeta a. endowed with good qualities; S. 1. 12.
          --oghaḥ --ghaṃ superior or abundant merits.
          --kathanaṃ 1. extolling, praising. --2. a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid.
          --karman n. 1. an unessential or secondary action. --2. (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example netā'śvasya srughnaṃ srughnasya vā, srughnaṃ is a guṇakarman. --kāra a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (
          --raḥ) 1. a cook who prepares side-dishes or any secondary articles of food. --2. an epithet of Bhīma.
          --kīrtanaṃ, --ślāghā, --stutiḥ f. praise, extolling.
          --gānaṃ singing of merits, panegyric, praise.
          --gṛdhnu a. 1. desiring good qualities. --2. possessing enviable or good qualities.
          --gṛhya a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; nanu vaktṛviśeṣaniḥspṛhā guṇagṛhyā vacane vipaścitaḥ Ki. 2. 5.
          --grahaṇaṃ appreciating merits.
          --grahītṛ, --grāhaka, --grāhin a. appreciating the merits (of others); Ratn. 1. 6; Śi. 20. 82; Bv. 1. 9.
          --grāmaḥ a collection of virtues or merits; gurutaraguṇagrāmāṃbhojasphuṭojjvalacaṃdrikā Bh. 3. 116; gaṇayati guṇagrāmaṃ Gīt. 2; Bv. 1. 103.
          --ghātin a. detractor, envious, censorious.
          --jña a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; bhagavati kamalālaye bhṛśamaguṇajñāsi Mu. 2; guṇā guṇajñeṣu guṇā bhavaṃti H. Pr. 47.
          --trayaṃ, --tritayaṃ the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. sattva, rajas and tamas. -ābhāsaḥ life.
          --doṣau (du.) virtue and vice; -kathā; Pt. 2. 62.
          --dharmaḥ the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities.
          --nidhiḥ a store of virtues.
          --padī a woman having feet as thin as cords.
          --pūgaṃ great merits.
          --prakarṣaḥ excellence of merits, great merit.
          --bhoktṛ a. perceiving the properties of things.
          --mahat n. superior quality.
          --rāgaḥ delighting in the merits of others.
          --rāśiḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ mark or indication of an internal property.
          --layanikā, --layanī a tent.
          --lubdha a. 1. desirous of merits. --2. attached to merits.
          --vacanaṃ, vācakaḥ a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as śveta in śveto'śvaḥ. --vādaḥ pointing out good merits.
          --vivecanā discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit.
          --vṛkṣaḥ, --vṛkṣakaḥ a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened.
          --vṛttiḥ f. 1. a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. mukhyavṛtti). --2. the character or style of merits.
          --vaiśeṣyaṃ preeminence of merit.
          --śabdaḥ an adjective.
          --saṃkhyānaṃ 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy.
          --saṃgaḥ 1. association with qualities or merits. --2. attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures.
          --saṃpad f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection.
          --sāgaraḥ 1. 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. --2. an epithet of Brahmā.
          --hīna a. 1. void of merit', meritless. --2. poor (as food).

guṇakaḥ [guṇ-ṇvul]
     (1) A calculator.
     (2) A multiplier (in math.).

guṇataḥ ind.
     (1) According to the three chief qualities (of all existing things).
     (2) According to property.
     (3) According to merit.

guṇatā, --tvam
     (1) Subordination, dependence.
     (2) Virtue, excellence, good qualities.
     (3) Being endowed with, or possession of, qualities in general.
     (4) Multiplication.
     (5) The state of a rope or cord.

guṇanam [guṇ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Multiplication.
     (2) Enumeration.
     (3) Describing merits or qualities, pointing out or enumerating merits; iha rasabhaṇane kṛtahariguṇane madhuripupadasevake Gīt. 7. --nī Examining books, studying; collating and correcting copies to determine the value of variants.

guṇanikā [guṇ bhāve yuc svārthe ka]
     (1) Study, repeated reading, repetition; viśeṣaviduṣaḥ śāstra yattavodagrāhyate puraḥ . hetuḥ paricayasthairye vakturguṇanikaiva sā .. Śi. 2. 75 (āmreḍitaṃ Malli.).
     (2) Dancing, the science or profession of dancing.
     (3) The prologue or introduction to a drama.
     (4) A garland, necklace; daridrāṇāṃ ciṃtāmaṇiguṇanikā A. L. 3.
     (5) Determining the value of the various readings of a manuscript.
     (6) A cypher, the character in arithmetic which expresses nothing.

guṇanīya a. [guṇ karaṇe anīyar]
     (1) To be multiplied.
     (2) To be enumerated.
     (3) To be advised. --yaḥ Study, practice. --yaṃ The multiplicand.

guṇamaya a.
     (1) Consisting of single threads.
     (2) Consisting of the three constituent properties of nature.
     (3) Possessed of merits, meritorious.

guṇavat a.
     (1) Endowed with good qualities, virtuous, meritorious, good, excellent; Pt. 1. 101.
     (2) Endowed with qualities.

guṇavattā, --tvam
     (1) The possession of good qualities; guṇavattāpi paraprayojanā R. 8. 31.
     (2) Excellence, superiority.

guṇikā A tumour, a swelling.

guṇita p. p. [guṇ karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Multiplied.
     (2) Heaped together, collected.
     (3) Enumerated.

guṇin a. [guṇa-in]
     (1) Possessed of or endowed with merits, meritorious; guṇī guṇaṃ vetti na vetti nirguṇaḥ; Ms. 8. 73; Y. 2. 78.
     (2) Good, auspicious; guṇinyahani Dk. 61.
     (3) Familiar with the merits of anything.
     (4) Possessing qualities (as an object).
     (5) Possessed of the three qualities; Ve. 6. 42.
     (6) Having (subordinate) parts, principal (opp. guṇa); guṇaguṇinoreva saṃbaṃdhaḥ. --nī A bow.

guṇībhūta a.
     (1) Deprived of the original meaning or importance.
     (2) Made secondary or subordinate.
     (3) Invested with attributes.
     (4) Made or having become a merit or ornament.
     (5) Varied according to qualities.
     (6) Having a certain force or application (as a word &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --vyaṃgyaṃ (in Rhet.) the second of the three divisions of Kāvya (poetry), in which the charm of the suggested sense is not more striking than that of the expressed one. S. D. thus defines it:
          --aparaṃ tu guṇībhūtavyaṃgyaṃ vācyādanuttame vyaṃgye . 265. This division of Kāvya is further subdivided into 8 classes; see S. D. 266 and K. P. 5.

guṇya a. [guṇ-yat]
     (1) Endowed with merits or virtues; guṇyaguṇya iti na vyajīgaṇat Śi. 14. 47.
     (2) To be enumerated.
     (3) To be described or praised.
     (4) To be multiplied, the multiplicand.

guṃṭh 10 U. (guṃṭhayati-te, guṃṭhita)
     (1) To encircle, surround, envelop, enclose.
     (2) To hide, conceal.

guṃṭhanam
     (1) Concealing, covering, hiding.
     (2) Smearing, as in bhasmaguṃṭhanaṃ.

guṃṭhita a.
     (1) Surrounded, covered.
     (2) Pounded, ground, reduced to dust.

guṃḍ 10 P. (guṃḍayati, guṃḍita)
     (1) To cover, hide.
     (2) To pound, reduce to powder.

guṃḍaḥ [guṃḍ-ac]
     (1) A kind of fragrant grass.
     (2) Pounding, grinding.

guṃḍakaḥ
     (1) Dust, powder.
     (2) An oil-vessel.
     (3) A soft or low pleasing tone.
     (4) Dirty flour or meal

guṃḍanam Concealing, covering, hiding.

guṃḍikaḥ Flour, meal, powder.

guṃḍita a.
     (1) Pounded, ground.
     (2) Covered with dust.

gutsaḥ = guccha q. v.

gutsakaḥ [gutsa-svārthādau kan]
     (1) A bundle, bunch.
     (2) A nosegay.
     (3) A cow-tail, chowrie.
     (4) The section or chapter of a book.

gud 1 A. (godate, gudita) To play.

gudam The anus; Y. 3. 93; Ms. 5. 136.; 8. 282.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ piles.
          --āvartaḥ obstruction of the bowels.
          --uddhavaḥ piles.
          --oṣṭhaḥ the opening of the anus.
          --kīlaḥ, --kīlakaḥ piles.
          --grahaḥ constipation, flatulence.
          --pākaḥ inflammation of the anus.
          --bhraṃśaḥ prolapsus ani.
          --vartman n. the anus.
          --staṃbhaḥ constipation.

gudh I. 4 P. (gudhyati, gudhita) To wrap up, cover, envelop, clothe. --II. 9 P. (gudhnāti) To be angry. --III. 1 A. (godhate) To play, sport.

gudhita a. Surrounded, enclosed.

gudhera a. Protecting; a defender.

guṃdalaḥ The sound of a small oblong drum.

guṃdā(drā)laḥ The Chātaka bird.

guṃdr 10. P. (guṃdrayati) To lie.

guṃdraḥ A kind of grass.

gup I. 1 P. (gopāyati, gopāyita or gupta)
     (1) To guard, protect, defend, watch over; gopāyaṃti kulastriya ātmānaṃ Mb.; jugopātmānamatrastaḥ R. 1. 21; jugopa gorūpadharāmivorvī 2. 3; Bk. 17. 80.
     (2) To hide, conceal; kiṃ vakṣaścaraṇānativyatikaravyājena gopāyyate Amaru. 22; see gupta. --II. 1 A. (jugupsate strictly desid. of gup)
     (1) To despise, shun, abhor, detest, censure; (with abl., sometimes acc. also); pāpājjugupsate Sk.; kiṃ tvaṃ māmajugupsiṣṭhāḥ Bk. 15. 19; Y. 3. 296.
     (2) To hide, conceal (gopate in this sense). --III. 4 P. (gupyati) To be confused or disturbed. --IV. 10 U. (gopayati-te)
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To speak.
     (3) To conceal; tava gopyate kimiva Śi. 9. 59, 11. 34; (the following stanza from kavirahasya illustrates the root in its different conjugations: --gopāyati kṣitimimāṃ caturabdhisīmāṃ pāpājjugupsata udāramatiḥ sadaiva . vittaṃ na gopayati yastu vaṇīyakebhyo dhīro na gupyati mahatyapi kāryajāte ..)

gupilaḥ A king.
     (2) A protector.

gupta p. p. [gup karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Protected, preserved, guarded; R. 10. 60.
     (2) Hidden, concealed, kept secret; Ms. 2. 150, 7. 76, 8. 374.
     (3) Secret, private.
     (4) Invisible, withdrawn from sight.
     (5) Joined. --ptaḥ An appellation usually (though not necessarily) added to the name of a Vaiśya; as caṃdraguptaḥ, samudraguptaḥ &c. (Usually śarman or deva is added to the name of a Brāhmaṇa; gupta, bhūti or datta to that of a Vaiśya; and dāsa to that of a Śūdra; cf. śarmā devaśca viprasya varmā trātā ca bhūbhujaḥ . bhūtirdataśca vaiśyasya dāsaḥ śūdrasya kārayet).
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu. --ptaṃ ind. Secretly, privately, apart. --ptā One of the principal female characters in a poetical composition, a lady married to another (parakīyā) who conceals her lover's caresses and endearments past, present or future; vṛttasuratagopana vartiṣyamāṇasuratagopanā and vartamānasuratagopanā; see Rasamañjarī 24.
     -- Comp.
          --kathā a secret or confidential communication, a secret.
          --gatiḥ a spy, an emissary.
          --cara a. going secretly. (
          --raḥ) 1 an epithet of Balarāma. --2 a. spy, an emissary.
          --dānaṃ a secret gift or present.
          --veśaḥ a disguise.

guptakaḥ A preserver.

guptiḥ f. [gup-bhāve ktin]
     (1) Preserving, protection; sarvasyāsya tu sargasya guptyaṃrtha Ms. 1. 87, 94, 99; Y. 1. 198.
     (2) Concealing, hiding.
     (3) Covering, sheathing; asidhārāsu koṣaguptiḥ K. 11.
     (4) A hole in the ground, a cavern, sink, cellar.
     (5) Digging a hole in the ground.
     (6) A means of protection, fortification, rampart; Ku. 6. 38.
     (7) Confinement, prison; sarabhasa iva guptisphoṭamarkaḥ karoti Śi. 11. 60.
     (8) The lower deck of a boat.
     (9) A leak in a ship. (10) Check, stoppage.

gopaḥ (pī f.) [gup-ac]
     (1) One who guards or protects; śāligopyo jaguryaśaḥ R. 4. 20.
     (2) Hiding, concealment.
     (3) Reviling, abuse.
     (4) Flurry, agitation.
     (5) Light, lustre, splendour.

gopanam [gup bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Guarding, protecting.
     (2) Hiding, concealing.
     (3) Reviling, abuse.
     (4) Flurry, hurry, alarm.
     (5) Light, lustre.
     (6) Envy, jealousy.
     (7) Perplexity, confusion. --nā
     (1) Protection.
     (2) Light, lustre.

gopanīya a.
     (1) To be preserved or protected.
     (2) To be prevented.
     (3) To be concealed or hidden.
     (4) Secret, mysterious.

gopāyaka a. A preserver, defender, one who guards.

gopāyanam Protecting, guarding, defending.

gopāyita a. Protected, defended.

gopāyitṛ m. A protector.

gopin, --gopila a. Protecting, preserving.

goptṛ a. (ptrī f.) [gup-tṛc]
     (1) A protector, preserver, guardian; tasminvanaṃ goptari gāhamāne R. 2. 14; 1. 55; M. 5. 20; Bg. 11. 18.
     (2) One who hides or conceals. --m. An epithet of Viṣṇu.

gopya a. [gup karmaṇi yat]
     (1) To be protected.
     (2) To be kept secret or hidden; Pt. 1. 100.
     (3) To be kept, to be taken care of.
     (4) To be cherished --pyaḥ
     (1) A servant, slave.
     (2) A son of a female slave.
     -- Comp.
          --ādhiḥ a pledge to be carefully preserved.

gopyakaḥ A slave, servant.

guph, or guṃph 6 P. (gu-guṃ-phati, guṃphita)
     (1) To put string or weave together, tie, wind round; guṃphitāḥ śirasi veṇayo'bhavan Śi. 14. 30; viśvābhirāmaguṇagauravaguṃphitānāṃ Bv. 1. 71; Bk. 7. 105.
     (2) (fig.) To write, compose.

gu(guṃ)phita  p. p. Strung together, tied, woven.

guṃphaḥ [guṃph-ghañ]
     (1) Tying, stringing together; guṃpho vāṇīnāṃ B. R. 1. 1.
     (2) Putting together, composing, arrangement.
     (3) A bracelet.
     (4) A whisker, a mustachio.

guṃphanā [guṃph --yuc]
     (1) Stringing together.
     (2) Arranging, composing.
     (3) Good adjustment (of words and their senses), good composition; vākye śabdārthayoḥ samyagracanā guṃphanā matā.

gur I. 6 A. [gurate, gūrta-gūrṇa]
     (1) To make an effort or exertion. --II. 4 A. (p. p. gūrṇa)
     (1) To hurt, kill, injure.
     (2) To go.

guraṇam [gur bhāve lyuṭ] Effort, perseverance.

guru a. (ru-rvī) f. [gṝ-ku ucca Uṇ. 1. 24.] compar. garīyas; superl. gariṣṭha
     (1) Heavy, weighty (opp. laghu); (fig. also); tena dhūrjagato gurvī saciveṣu nicikṣipe R. 1. 34; 3. 35; 12. 102; Rs. 1. 7.
     (2) Great, large, long, extended.
     (3) Long (in duration or length); āraṃbhagurvī Bh. 2. 60; guruṣu divaseṣveṣu gacchatsu Me. 83.
     (4) Important, momentous, great; vibhavagurubhiḥ kṛtyaiḥ S. 4. 18; svārthātsatāṃ gurutarā praṇayikriyaiva V. 4. 15; Ku. 3. 13, Bh. 3. 7; R. 14. 35.
     (5) Arduous, difficult (to bear); kāṃtāvirahaguruṇā śāpena Me. 1.
     (6) Great, excessive, violent, intense; guruḥ praharṣaḥ prababhūva nātmani R. 3. 17; gurvapi virahaduḥkhaṃ S. 4. 15; Bg. 6. 22.
     (7) Venerable, respectable.
     (8) Heavy, hard of digestion (as food).
     (9) Best, excellent. (10) Dear, beloved.
     (11) Haughty, proud (as a speech).
     (12) (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a conjunct consonant &c.; e. g. ī in īḍ or ta in taskara. (It is usually represented by ga in works on prosody; māttau gau cecchālinī vedalokaiḥ &c.).
     (13) Irresistible, unassailable; Māl. 6. 1.
     (14) Mighty, powerful.
     (15) Valuable, highly prized.
     (16) Grievous. --ruḥ
     (1)
          (a) A father; na kevalaṃ tadgururekapārthivaḥ kṣitāvabhūdekadhanurdharo'pi saḥ R. 3. 31, 48; 4. 1; 8. 29.
          (b) Forefather, ancestor; U. 5. 28.
     (2) Any venerable or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) śuśrūṣasva gurūn S. 4. 17; Bg. 2. 5; Bv. 2. 7, 18, 19, 49; ājñā gurūṇāṃ hyavicāraṇīyā R. 14. 46.
     (3) A teacher, preceptor; guruśiṣyau.
     (4) Particularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor; tau gururgurupatnī ca prītyā pratinanaṃdatuḥ R. 1. 57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; sa gururyaḥ kriyāḥ kṛtvā vedamasmai prayacchati Y. 1. 34).
     (5) A lord, head, superintendent, ruler; varṇāśramāṇāṃ gurave sa varṇī R. 5. 19 the head of the castes or orders; gururnṛpāṇāṃ gurave nivedya 2. 68.
     (6) N. of Bṛhaspati, the preceptor of the gods; guruṃ netrasahasreṇa codayāmāsa vāsavaḥ Ku. 2. 29; Pt. 1. 230.
     (7) The planet Jupiter; gurukāvyānugāṃ bibhraccāṃdrīmabhinabhaḥ śriyaṃ Śi. 2. 2.
     (8) The propounder of a new doctrine.
     (9) The lunar asterism called puṣya. (10) N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas.
     (11) N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāmsakas (called after him Prābhākara).
     (12) The supreme spirit.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ a long syllable.
          --aṃganā 1. the wife of a Guru. --2. a woman entitled to great respect.
          --artha a. important. (
          --rthaḥ) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; gurvarthamāhartumahaṃ yatiṣye R. 5. 17.
          --uttama a. highly revered. (
          --maḥ) the Supreme soul.
          --kāraḥ worship, adoration.
          --kāryaṃ 1. a serious or weighty affair. --2. the office of a spiritual teacher.
          --kṛta a. 1. worshipped. --2. made much of; Bh. 3. 20.
          --kramaḥ instruction handed down through a series of teachers, traditional instruction.
          --ghnaḥ white mustard.
          --caryā attendance upon a preceptor; Māl. 9. 51.
          --janaḥ any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; nāpekṣito gurujanaḥ K. 158; Bv. 2. 7.
          --talpaḥ 1. the bed (wife) of a teacher. --2. violation or violator of a teacher's bed.
          --talpagaḥ, --talpin m. 1. one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an atipātaka; cf. Ms. 11. 103). --2. one who defiles his step-mother.
          --dakṣiṇā fee given to a spiritual preceptor; R. 5. 1.
          --dānaṃ a guru's gift.
          --daivataḥ the constellation puṣya. --patrā the tamarind tree.
          --pāka a. difficult of digestion.
          --pūjā 1. the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛhaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken. --2. the worship of one's spiritual preceptor.
          --prasādaḥ the product of a guru's blessing, i. e. learning.
          --bhaṃ 1. the constellation puṣya. --2. a bow. --3. the sign pisces of the zodiac.
          --mardalaḥ a kind of drum or ta bor.
          --ratnaṃ 1. topaz. --2. a gem broughfrom the Himālaya and the Indust
          --lāghavaṃ relative importance or value. S. 5.
          --vartin, --vāsin m. a student (brahmacārin) who resides at his preceptor's house.
          --vāraḥ, --vāsaraḥ Thursday.
          --vṛttiḥ f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor.
          --vyatha a. greatly distressed, heavy with grief.
          --śikharin m. an epithet of the Himālaya.

guruka a. (kī f.)
     (1) A little heavy.
     (2) Long (in prosody.)

gurutama a. Most important. --maḥ
     (1) A best teacher.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.

gurutā, --tvam
     (1) Weight, heaviness.
     (2) Burden, trouble
     (3) Dignity, greatness; U. 6. 19; loke gurutvaṃ viparītatāṃ vā svaceṣṭitānyeva naraṃ nayaṃti H. 2. 46; Śi. 16. 27.
     (4) Respectability, venerableness.
     (5) The office of a teacher.
     (6) Importance.
     (7) Universal gravitation.

gu(gū)rjaraḥ
     (1) The district of Gujarāth.
     (2) An inhabitant of Gujarāth; teṣāṃ mārge paricayavaśādarjitaṃ gurjarāṇāṃ yaḥ saṃtāpaṃ śithilamakarot somanāthaṃ vilokya Vikr. 18. 97.

gurviṇī, gurvī A pregnant woman; e. g. gurviṇīṃ nānugacchati na spṛśaṃti rajasvalāṃ. --rvī The wife of a preceptor.

gurd See gūrd.

gurv 1 P. (gurvati)
     (1) To endeavour, try.
     (2) To raise or elevate.

gulaḥ Molasses; cf. guḍa. --lī
     (1) A pill.
     (2) Small-pox.

gulyaḥ Sweetness, a sweet taste.

gulikā
     (1) A ball.
     (2) A pearl.

guliṃkaḥ A sparrow.

gulucchaḥ, guluṃchaḥ A bunch or cluster; see guccha.

gulphaḥ The ankle; āgulphakīrṇāpaṇamārgapuṣpaṃ Ku. 7. 55; gulphāvalaṃbinā K. 10.

gulmaḥ, --lmam [guḍ mak ḍasya laḥ Tv.]
     (1) A clump or cluster of trees, a thicket, wood, bush; Ms. 1. 48; 7. 192; 12. 58; Y. 2. 229.
     (2) A troop of soldiers, a division of an army, consisting of 45 foot, 27 horse, 9 chariots and 9 elephants.
     (3) A fort.
     (4) The spleen.
     (5) A chronic enlargement of the spleen.
     (6) A village police-station.
     (7) A wharf of stairs (Mar. ghāṃṭa).
     (8) Disciplining an army, keeping it in a posture of defence. --lmī
     (1) A cluster or clump of trees.
     (2) Jujube.
     (3) Small cardamoms.
     (4) A tent.
     -- Comp.
          --ketuḥ a small sort of cane, sorrel.
          --keśa a. having bushy hair.
          --mūlaṃ fresh ginger.
          --vātaḥ, --udaraḥ a disease of the spleen.

gulmin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Growing in a clump or cluster.
     (2) Having a diseased spleen, or a spleen affected by gulma.
     (3) Composed of different divisions (as a force &c.).

gu(gū)vākaḥ  The betel-nut tree.

guṣpita a. Ved. Interlaced, intwined.

guh 1 U. (gūhati-te, jugūha, juguhe, agūhīt, agūhiṣṭa, agūḍha, aghukṣat-ta, gūhiṣyati-te, ghokṣyati-te, gūhituṃ, goḍhuṃ, gūḍha) To cover, hide, conceal, keep secret; guhyaṃ ca gūhati guṇān prakaṭīkaroti Bh. 2. 72; gūhetkūrma ivāṃgāni Ms. 7. 105; R. 14. 49; Bk. 16. 41.
     (2) To cover with clothes.

guhaḥ [guh-ka]
     (1) An epithet of Kārtikeya; guha ivāpratihataśaktiḥ K. 8; Ku. 5. 14.
     (2) A horse.
     (3) N. of a Chāṇḍāla or Niṣāda, king of Śṛṅgavera and a friend of Rama.
     (4) An epithet of Viṣṇu; also of Siva.
     -- Comp.
          --rājaḥ the peculiar form of construction of a temple.
          --ṣaṣṭhī the sixth day in the first fortnight of mārgaśīrṣa.

guhā
     (1) A cave, cavern, hidingplace; guhānibaddhapratiśabdadīrghaṃ R. 2. 28, 51; dharmasya tattvaṃ nihitaṃ guhāyāṃ Mb.
     (2) Hiding, concealing.
     (3) A pit, hole in the ground.
     (4) The heart.
     (5) Intellect.
     -- Comp.
          --āhita a. placed in the heart.
          --caraṃ Brahman.
          --mukha a. 'cave-mouthed,' widemouthed, open-mouthed.
          --śayaḥ 1. a mouse. --2. a tiger or lion. --3. the Supreme soul.

guhinam A wood, thicket.

guhilam Wealth, property.

guheraḥ
     (1) A guardian, protector.
     (2) A blacksmith.

guhya pot. p.
     (1) To be concealed, covered or kept secret, private; guhyaṃ ca gūhati Bh. 2. 72.
     (2) Secret, solitary, retired.
     (3) Mysterious; Bg. 18. 63. --hyaḥ
     (1) Hypocrisy.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (3) A tortoise. --hyaṃ
     (1) A secret, mystery; maunaṃ caivāsmi guhyānāṃ Bg. 10. 38; 9. 2; Ms. 12. 117; Pt. 2. 45.
     (2) A privity, the male or female organ of generation.
     (3) The anus.
     -- Comp.
          --guruḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --dīpakaḥ the firefly.
          --niṣyaṃdaḥ urine.
          --puṣpaḥ the Aśvattha tree ('with concealed blossoms').
          --bhāṣitaṃ 1. secret speech or conversation. --2. a secret.
          --mayaḥ an epithet of Kartikeya.

guhyakaḥ N. of a class of demigods, who, like the Yakshas, are attendants of Kubera and guardians of his treasures; guhyakastaṃ yayāce Me. 5, Ms. 12. 47.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipatiḥ --īśvaraḥ an epithet of Kubera.

gūḍha p. p. [guh-kta]
     (1) Hidden, concealed, kept secret.
     (2) Covered.
     (3) Invisible, latent.
     (4) Secret, private.
     (5) Disguised. --ḍhaṃ
     (1) A solitary or private place.
     (2) A private part.
     (3) A mystery.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ a tortoise.
          --aṃghriḥ a snake.
          --ātman (the compound word being gūḍhotman thus accounted for in Sk.; bhaved varṇāgamād haṃsaḥ siṃho varṇaviparyayāt . gūḍhotmā varṇavikṛtervarṇalopātpṛṣodaraḥ) the Supreme soul.
          --upannaḥ, --jaḥ one of the 12 kinds of sons in Hindu law; he is a son born secretly of a woman, when her husband is absent, the real father being unknown; gṛhe pracchanna utpanno gūḍhajastu sutaḥ smṛtaḥ Y. 2. 129; Ms. 9. 159, 170.
          --cāra --cārin a. going about secretly. (--m.) a spy, secret emissary.
          --nīḍaḥ the wag-tail.
          --pathaḥ 1. a hidden path. --2. a by-path. --3. the mind, intellect.
          --pād, pādaḥ a snake.
          --puruṣaḥ a spy, secret emissary. disguised agent.
          --puṣpakaḥ the Bakula tree.
          --bhāṣitaṃ secret intelligence, private communication.
          --mārgaḥ 1. a passage under-ground. --2. a defile.
          --maithunaḥ a crow.
          --varcas m. 'a concealed witness', one placed to overhear secretly what has been said by the defendant.

gūhanam Concealing, hiding.

gū 6 P. (guvati) To void by stool.

gūḥ f.
     (1) Dirt.
     (2) Ordure, excrement.

gūthaḥ --tham Feces, ordure.

gūna a. Voided by stool(as ordure).

gūr = gur q. v.

gūraṇam See guraṇa.

gūrta(rṇa) a. Ved. Agreeable, thankful.

gūrtiḥ f. Ved. Praise, approval.

gūrd(gurd)
     (1) A. (gū(gu)rdate)
     (1) To play, sport. --2. To leap, jump. --II. 10 P. (gūrdayati)
     (1) To play, sport
     (2) To dwell, inhabit.

gūrdaḥ A jump.

gūrdh 10 P. (gūrdhayati) Ved. To praise, extol.

gūvāka See guvāka.

gūṣaṇā The eye in a peacock's tail.

gṛ 1 P. (garati)
     (1) To sprinkle, moisten, wet.
     (2) To grant.

gṛj, gṛṃj 1 P. (garjati or gṛṃjati) To sound, roar, grumble &c.

gṛṃjanaḥ
     (1) A small red variety of garlic.
     (2) A turnip.
     (3) The tops of hemp chewed to produce intoxication, the Gāñjā. --naṃ The meat of an animal destroyed by poisoned arrows.

gṛṃḍi(ḍī)vaḥ  A species of jackal.

gṛtsa a.
     (1) Clever; dexterous; judicious, wise.
     (2) A sharp fellow, sharper. --tsaḥ The god of love.

gṛdh 4 P. (gṛdhyati, gṛddha)
     (1) To covet; desire, strive after greedily.
     (2) To long for, be desirous of. --Caus. (gardhayati)
     (1) To make desirous or greedy.
     (2) To deceive, cheat (Atm).

gṛdhu a. [gṛdh-ku] Lustful, libidinous. --dhuḥ The God of love.

gṛdhnu a. [gṛdh-knu]
     (1) Greedy, covetous; agṛdhnurādade so'rthaṃ R. 1. 21.
     (2) Eager, desirous.

gṛdhyaṃ, --dhyā a. [gṛdh karmaṇi kyap] Desire, greediness.

gṛdhra a. [gṛdh-kran] Greedy, covetous. --dhraḥ, --dhraṃ A vulture; mārjārasya hi doṣeṇa hato gṛdhro jaradgavaḥ H. 1. 56; R. 12. 50, 54. --dhrī The female vulture.
     -- Comp.
          --kūṭaḥ N. of a mountain near Rājagṛha.
          --patiḥ--rājaḥ the lord of the vultures, an epithet of Jaṭayu; asyaivāsīnmahati śikhare gṛdhrarājasya vāsaḥ U. 2. 25.
          --vāja, --vājita a. furnished with vulture feathers (as an arrow).

gṛdhrāṇa Similar to a vulture (in greediness).

gṛdhrikā The mother of vultures a daughter of Kaśaypa and Tamrā.

gṛdhū a. Bad, wicked. --f.
     (1) The wind escaping at the anus (apāna).
     (2) Understanding, reason, intellect.

gṛdhrasī
     (1) Lumbago.
     (2) Rheumatism affecting the loins.

gṛbham Ved. A house; cf. gṛhaṃ.

gṛmiḥ Ved. Grasping, holding.

gṛmīta a.
     (1) Seized.
     (2) Impregnated, bearing fruit.

gṛṣṭiḥ f. [gṛhṇāti sakṛta garbhaṃ, grah kartari ktic pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) A cow which has had only one calf, a young cow (sakṛtprasūtā gauḥ) āpīnabhārodvahanaprayatnād gṛṣṭiḥ R. 2. 18; strī tāvatsaṃkṛtaṃ paṭhaṃti dattanavanāsyā iva gṛṣṭhi sūsūśabdaṃ karoti Mk. 3.
     (2) (In comp. with the names of other animals) Any young female animal; vāsitāgṛṣṭiḥ 'a young she-elephant.'
     (3) A woman who has one child only. --m. A boar.

gṛham [gṛhyate dharmācaraṇāya, grah gehārthe ka Tv.]
     (1) A house, dwelling, habitation, mansion; na gṛhaṃ gṛhamityāhurgṛhiṇī gṛhamucyate Pt. 4. 81, 5. 15; paśya vānaramūrkheṇa sugṛhī nirgṛhīkṛtā Pt. 1. 390.
     (2) A wife; (the first quotation in
     (1) is sometimes erroneously cited as an illustration).
     (3) The life of a householder; na hi sati kuladhurye sūryavaṃśyā gṛhāya R. 7. 71, 5. 10; Mv. 4. 28.
     (4) A sign of the zodiac.
     (5) A name or appellation. --hāḥ (m. pl.)
     (1) A house, dwelling; ime no gṛhāḥ Mu. 1; sphaṭikopalavigrahā gṛhāḥ śaśabhṛdbhittaniraṃkabhittayaḥ N. 2. 74; tatrāgāraṃ dhanapatigṛhānuttareṇāsmadīyaṃ Me. 75.
     (2) A wife.
     (3) The inhabitants of a house, family. --haḥ Ved. An assistant, or servant. In comp. oft. rendered by 'domestic,' 'household' or 'tame'; e. g. -kapotaḥ 'a tame pigeon'; -kāryāṇi-karmāṇi 'household duties'; -śakuṃtikā 'tame bird' U. 1. 45 &c.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a loophole, eyelet-hole, a round or oblong window.
          --adhipaḥ, --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. a house-holder. --2. a regent of a sign of the zodiac.
          --ayanikaḥ a house-holder.
          --arthaḥ domestic affairs, any household matter; gṛhārtho'gniparipkriyā Ms. 2. 67.
          --aṃbhipālin m. a watchman.
          --amlaṃ a kind of sour-gruel
          --avagrahaṇī the threshold.
          --aśman m. a flat oblong stone upon which condiments are ground; (Mar. pāṭā). --āgata a. one who has come to a house. (
          --taḥ) a guest.
          --ācāraḥ household or domestic business; U. 2.
          --ārāmaḥ, --vāṭī, --vāṭikā a garden attached to a house.
          --āśayā the betel-tree.
          --āśramaḥ the order of a house-holder, the second stage in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; see āśrama. --āśramin m. a householder.
          --utpātaḥ any domestic nuisance
          --upakaraṇaṃ a domestic utensil, anything required for household use.
          --kacchapaḥ = gṛhāśman q. v.
          --kapotaḥ --takaḥ a tame or domestic pigeon.
          --karaṇaṃ 1. household affairs. --2. house-building.
          --kartṛ m. 'a house-builder,' a kind of sparrow.
          --karman n. 1. household affairs. --2. a domestic rite. -karaḥ, -kāraḥ, -dāsaḥ a menial, domestic servant; śaṃbhusvayaṃbhuharayo hariṇekṣaṇānāṃ yenākriyaṃta satataṃ gṛhakarmadāsāḥ Bh. 1. 1.
          --kalahaḥ domestic feuds, intestine broils.
          --kārakaḥ a house-builder, mason; Y. 3. 146.
          --kārin m. 1. a housebuilder. --2. a kind of wasp.
          --kukkuṭaḥ a domestic cock.
          --kāryaṃ household affairs; Ms. 5. 150.
          --godhā, --godhikā the small house-lizard.
          --cūllī a house with two rooms contiguous to each other, but one facing west, the other east.
          --chidraṃ 1. a family-secret or scandal. --2. family dissensions.
          --jaḥ, --jātaḥ a slave born in the house.
          --janaḥ family, members of a family, especially the wife; Mu. 1.
          --jālikā deceit, disguise.
          --jñānin (also gṛhejñānin) 'wise only in the inside of the house', inexperienced, stupid, foolish.
          --taṭī a terrace in front of the house.
          --dāhaḥ setting a house on fire, incendiarism.
          --dāsaḥ a domestic slave.
          --dīptiḥ f. the splendour or ornament of a house, a virtuous woman.
          --devatā the goddess of a house; (pl.) a class of household deities.
          --dehalī the threshold of a house; yāsāṃ baliḥ sapadi madgṛhadehalīnāṃ Mk. 1. 9.
          --namanaṃ wind.
          --nāśanaḥ a wild pigeon.
          --nīḍaḥ a sparrow.
          --patiḥ 1. a householder, a man who has entered on the second stage of life, one who, after having completed his studies, is married and settled. --2. a sacrificer. --3. the virtue of a householder; i. e. hospitality. --4. Ved. an epithet of Agni. --5. the maintenance of the sacred and perpetual fire.
          --patnī Ved. 'the mistress of a house,' the wife of the householder.
          --pālaḥ 1. the guardian of a house. --2. a house-dog.
          --potakaḥ the site of a house, the ground on which it stands and which surrounds it.
          --praveśaḥ a solemn entrance into a house according to prescribed rites.
          --babhruḥ a domestic ichneumon.
          --baliḥ a domestic oblation, offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals, supernatural beings, and particularly household deities; Ms. 3. 265. -priyaḥ a crane. -bhuj m. 1. a crow. --2. a sparrow; nīḍāraṃbhaigṛhabalibhujāmākulagrāmacaityāḥ Me. 23. -devatā a deity to whom a domestic oblation is offered.
          --bhaṃgaḥ 1. one who is driven from his house, an exile. --2. destroying a house. --3. breaking into a house. --4. failure, ruin or destruction of a house, firm &c.
          --bhaṃjanaṃ 1. breaking down or destroying a house. --2. causing the decay or ruin of a family.
          --bhartṛ m. the master of a house.
          --bhūmiḥ f. the site of a house.
          --bhedin a. 1. prying into domestic affairs. --2. causing domestic quarrels.
          --bhojin m. an inmate of the same house, tenant.
          --maṇiḥ a lamp.
          --mācikā a bat.
          --mṛgaḥ a dog.
          --meghaḥ a multitude of houses.
          --medha a. 1. one who performs the domestic rites. --2. connected with the duties of a householder. (
          --dhaḥ) 1. a householder. --2. a domestic sacrifice.
          --madhin m. a householder, a married Brāhmaṇa who has a household; (gṛhairdārairmedhaṃte saṃgacchaṃte Malli.); prajāyai gṛhamedhinām R. 1. 7; see gṛhapati above. (
          --nī) the wife of a householder, a house-wife.
          --yaṃtraṃ a stick or other instrument to which, on solemn occasions, flags are fastened; gṛhayaṃtrapatākāśrīrapaurādaranirmitā Ku. 6. 41.
          --raṃdhraṃ family-dissensions.
          --vāṭikā, --vāṭī a garden attached to a house.
          --vittaḥ the owner of a house.
          --śukaḥ a domestic parrot, one kept for pleasure; Amaru. 13.
          --saṃveśakaḥ a house-builder by profession.
          --sthaḥ a householder, one who has entered on the stage of a householder; saṃkaṭā hyāhitāgnīnāṃ pratyavāyairgṛhasthatā U. 1. 9; see gṛhapati above and Ms. 3. 68; 6. 90. -āśramaḥ the life of a householder; see gṛhāśrama. -dharmaḥ the duty of a householder.
          --sthūṇā the pillar of a house.

gṛhayāyyaḥ A householder; (according to Tv. the form gṛhayāpya given in śabdakalpadruma is not correct).

gṛhayālu a. Disposed to catch hold of or seize.

gṛhā(ho)likā  A small houselizard.

gṛhiṇī 'The mistress of a house', a wife, house-wife, (the lady in charge of the house); na gṛhaṃ gṛhamityāhurgṛhiṇī gṛhamucyate . gṛhaṃ tu gṛhiṇīhīnaṃ kāṃtārādatiricyate Pt. 4. 81.
     -- Comp.
          --padaṃ the position or dignity of the mistress of the house; yāṃtyevaṃ gṛhiṇīpada yuvatayo vāmāḥ kulasyādhayaḥ S. 4. 17; sthitā gṛhiṇīpade 18.

gṛhin a. [gṛh-ini] Possessing a house. --m The master of a house, a householder; pīḍyaṃte gṛhiṇaḥ kathaṃ nu tanayāviślaṣaduḥkhairnavaiḥ S. 4. 5; U. 2. 22; Śānti. 2. 24, Pt. 2. 61.

gṛhībhū To serve as a house; S. 7. 20.

gṛhya a. [gṛha kyap]
     (1) To be attracted or pleased, as in guṇagṛhya q. v.
     (2) Domestic.
     (3) Not master of oneself, dependent.
     (4) Tame, domesticated
     (5) Situated out-side of; grāmagṛhyā senā 'an army out-side a village'. --hyaḥ
     (1) The inmate of a house.
     (2) A tame animal or bird.
     (3) The domestic fire. --hyaṃ The anus.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ a sacred fire which every Brāhmaṇa is enjoined to maintain.

gṛhyaka a.
     (1) Tame, domestic.
     (2) Dependent. --kaḥ A tame animal.

gṛhaṇī Sour gruel made from the fermentations of rice water.

gṛhīta See under grah.

gṛhyā A village adjoining to a city.

gṝ I. 9 P. (gṛṇāti, gūrṇa)
     (1) To utter a sound, call out, invoke, nāmāpi nāma gṛṇatāmamṛtatvāya kalpatāṃ Mv. 7. 15.
     (2) To announce, speak, utter, proclaim; R. 10. 63.
     (3) To relate, promulgate.
     (4) To praise, extol; keciddhītāḥ prāṃjalayo gṛṇaṃti Bg. 11. 21; Bk. 8. 77. --WITH anu to encourage; Bk. 8. 77. --II. 6 P. (girati or gilati)
     (1) To swallow, devour, eat up.
     (2) To send forth, pour out, spit out, or eject, from the mouth. --WITH ava (Atm.) to eat, devour; tathāvagiramāṇaiśca piśācairmāṃsaśoṇitaṃ Bk. 8. 30. --III. 10 A. (gārayate)
     (1) To make known, relate.
     (2) To teach.

gīrṇa a. [gṝ karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Swallowed, eaten up.
     (2) Described, praised.

gīrṇiḥ f. [gṝ bhāve ktin]
     (1) Praise.
     (2) Fame.
     (3) Eating up, swallowing.

geṃḍu(du)kaḥ A ball for playing with (also geṃḍūka).

gep 1 A. (gepate) To shake, tremble.

gev 1 A. (gevate) To serve.

geṣ 1 A. (geṣate, geṣṇa) To seek, search, investigate; cf. gaveṣ.

geham [go gaṇeśo gaṃdharvo vā īhaḥ īpsito yatra Tv.] A house, habitation; sā nārī vidhavā jātā gehe roditi tatpatiḥ Subhāṣ. N. B. The loc. of this word is used with several words to form aluk Tat. compounds; e. g. gehekṣveḍin a. 'bellowing at home only', i. e. a coward, poltroon. gehedāhin a. 'sharp at home only' i. e. a coward. gehenardin a. 'shouting defiance at home only'; i. e. a coward, dunghill-cock. gehemehin a. 'making water at home;' i. e. indolent. gehevyāḍaḥ a braggadocio, braggart, boaster. geheśūraḥ 'a househero', a carpet-knight, boasting coward.

gehin a. (nī f.) = gṛhin q. v.

gohinī A wife, the mistress of the house; dhairyaṃ yasya pitā kṣamā ca jananī śāṃtiściraṃ gehinī Śanti. 4. 9; madgehinyāḥ priya iti sakhe cetasā kātareṇa Me. 77.

gehya a. Domestic, being in a house. --hyaṃ
     (1) Domestic affair.
     (2) Wealth.

gai 1 P. (gāyati, jagau, agāsīt, gāsyati, gātuṃ, gīta)
     (1) To sing, sing a song; aho sādhu rebhilena gītaṃ Mk. 3; grīṣmasamayamadhikṛtya gīyatāṃ S. 1; Ms. 4. 64; 9. 42.
     (2) To speak or recite in a singing tone.
     (3) To relate, declare, tell (especially in metrical language); gītaścāyamarthoṃgirasā Māl. 2.
     (4) To describe, relate or celebrate in song; cāraṇadvaṃdvagītaḥ S. 2. 14, prabhavastasya gīyate Ku. 2. 5. --Caus. (gāpayati-te) To cause to sing or praise in song; jayodāharaṇaṃ bāhvorgāpayāmāsa kinnarān R. 4. 78, 15. 33.

gātavya a. To be sung; what may be sung.

gātṛ a. (trī f.) [gai-gāne tṛc]
     (1) Singer.
     (2) Angry. --m.
     (1) A singer.
     (2) A Gandharva.

gāthaḥ A song, singing.

gāthakaḥ --thikaḥ [gai-thakan]
     (1) A musician, singer.
     (2) A chanter of sacred poems or Purāṇas.

gāthā
     (1) Verse.
     (2) A religious verse, but not belonging to any one of the Vedas.
     (3) A stanza.
     (4) A song.
     (5) A Prākṛta dialect.
     (6) N. of the Aryā metre.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ a writer of Prākṛta verses.

gāthikā A song, verse; Y. 1. 45.

gānam [gai bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Singing, a song.
     (2) A sound.
     (3) Going.
     (4) Praise.

gānin a.
     (1) Going, moving.
     (2) Singing, praising. --nī A plant used in clearing the voice.

geya pot. p. [gai kartari ni- yat]
     (1) A singer, one who sings; geyo māṇavakaḥ sāmnāṃ P. III. 4. 68 Sk.
     (2) To be sung. --yaṃ
     (1) A song, singing, also the art of singing; geye kena vinītau vāṃ R. 15. 69; Me. 86; anaṃtā vāṅmayasyāho geyasyeva vicitratā Śi. 2. 72.

geṣṇaḥ
     (1) A singer, a professional singer.
     (2) An actor.

geṣṇuḥ [gai iṣṇuc] A singer, an actor.

gaira a. (rī f.) [giraubhavaḥ aṇ] Coming from a mountain, mountainborn.

gairika a. (kī f.) [girau bhavaḥ ṭhañ] Mountain-born. --kaḥ, --kaṃ Red chalk; Śi. 5. 391. --kaṃ Gold.

gaireya a. [girau bhavaḥ ḍhak] Mountainborn. --yaṃ Bitumen, red chalk.

go m. f. (Nom. gauḥ) [gacchatyanena, gam karaṇe ḍo Tv.]
     (1) Cattle, kine (pl.).
     (2) Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.
     (3) The stars.
     (4) The sky.
     (5) The thunder-bolt of Indra.
     (6) A ray of light.
     (7) A diamond.
     (8) Heaven.
     (9) An arrow. --f.
     (1) A cow; jugopa gorūpadharāmivorvī R. 2. 3; kṣīriṇyaḥ saṃtu gāvaḥ Mk. 10. 60.
     (2) The earth; dudoha gāṃ sa yajñāya R. 1. 26; gāmāttasārāṃ raghurapyavekṣya 5. 26, 11. 36; Bg. 15. 13; seko'nugṛhṇātu gāṃ Mu. 3. 2; Me. 30.
     (3) Speech, words; raghorudārāmapi gāṃ niśamya R. 5. 12, 2. 59; Ki. 4. 20.
     (4) The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.
     (5) A mother.
     (6) A quarter of the compass.
     (7) Water (pl.).
     (8) The eye.
     (9) A region of the sky. --m.
     (1) A bull, an ox; asaṃjātakiṇaskaṃdhaḥ sukhaṃ svapiti gaurgaḍiḥ K. P. 10; Ms. 4. 72; cf. jaradgava.
     (2) The hair of the body.
     (3) An organ of sense.
     (4) The sign Taurus of the zodiac.
     (5) The sun.
     (6) The number 'nine' (in math.).
     (7) The moon.
     (8) A singer.
     (9) A billion. (10) A cowsacrifice.
     (11) A house.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ, --kaṃ 1. a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. --2. the cow's hoof. --3. the print of a cow's hoof.
          --karṇa a. having cow's ears. (
          --rṇaḥ) 1. a cow's ear. --2. a mule. --3. a snake. --4. a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger). --5. N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva; śritagokarṇaniketamīśvaraṃ R. 8. 33. --6. a kind of deer. --7. a kind of arrow.
          --kirāṭā-kirāṭikā the Sārikā bird.
          --kilaḥ, --kīlaḥ 1. a plough. --2. a pestle.
          --kulaṃ 1. a herd of kine; vṛṣṭivyākulagokulāvanarasāduddhṛtya govardhanaṃ Gīt. 4; gākulasya tṛṣārtasya Mb. --2. a cow-house. --3. N. of a village (where Kṛṣṇa was brought up).
          --kulika a. 1. one who does not help a cow in the mud. --2. squint-eyed.
          --kulodbhavā an epithet of Durgā.
          --kṛtaṃ cow-dung.
          --kṣīraṃ cow's milk.
          --kṣuraṃ --rakaṃ a cow's-hoof.
          --khā a nail.
          --gṛṣṭiḥ a young cow which has had only one calf.
          --goyugaṃ a pair of oxen.
          --goṣṭhaṃ a cow-pen, cattle-shed.
          --graṃthiḥ 1. dried cowdung. --2. a cow-house.
          --grahaḥ capture of cattle.
          --grāsaḥ the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.
          --ghātaḥ, --ghātakaḥ, --ghātin m. a cow-killer.
          --ghṛtaṃ 1. rain-water. --2. clarified butter coming from a cow.
          --ghna a. 1. destructive to cows. --2. one who has killed a cow. --3. one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.
          --caṃdanaṃ a kind of sandal-wood.
          --cara a. 1. grazed over by cattle. --2. frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting; pitṛsadmagocaraḥ Ku. 5. 77. --3. within the scope, power, or range of; avāṅmanasagocaraṃ R. 10. 15; so buddhi-, dṛṣṭi-, śravaṇa- &c. --4. moving on earth. --5. accessible to, attainable. --6. circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (
          --raḥ) 1. the range of cattle, pasturage; upāratāḥ paścimarātrigocarāt Ki. 4. 10. --2.
          (a) a district, department, province, sphere.
          (b) an abode, dwelling-place. --3. range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; śravaṇagocare tiṣṭha be within ear-shot; nayanagocaraṃ yā to become visible. --4. scope, range, in general; harturyāti na gocaraṃ Bh. 2. 16. --5. (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; kaḥ kālasya na gocarāṃtaragataḥ Pt. 1. 146; gocarībhūtamakṣṇoḥ U. 6. 26; Māl. 5. 24; api nāma manāgavatīrṇo'si ratiramaṇabāṇagocaraṃ Māl. 1. --6. horizon. --7. the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. (gocarīkṛ to place within the range (of sight), make current.). --carman n. 1. a cow's hide. --2. a particular measuse of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha: --daśahastena vaṃśena daśavaṃśān samaṃtataḥ . paṃca cābhyadhikān dadyādetadgocarma cocyate ... -vasanaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --cārakaḥ cowherd. --cāraṇaṃ the tending or feeding of cows. --ja a. born in the earth (rice &c). --jaraḥ an old ox or bull. --jalaṃ the urine of a bull or cow. --jāgarikaṃ auspiciousness, happiness. (--kaḥ) a preparer of food, baker. --jāta a born in the heaven (gods). --tallajaḥ an excellent bull or cow. --tīrthaṃ a cowhouse. --traṃ [gāṃ bhūrmi trāyate trai-ka] 1. a cowpen. --2. a stable in general. --3. a family, race, lineage; gotreṇa māṭharo'smi Sk.; so kauśikagotrāḥ, vasiṣṭhagotrāḥ &c.; Ms. 3. 109, 9. 141. --4. a name, appellation; jagāda gotraskhalite ca kā na taṃ N. 1. 30; S. 6. 4; see -skhalita below; madgotrāṃkaṃ viracitapadaṃ geyamudgātukāmā Me. 86. --5. a multitude. --6. increase. --7. a forest. --8. a field. --9. a road. --10. possessions, wealth. --11. an umbrella, a parasol. --12. knowledge of futurity. --13. a genus, class, species. --14. a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (--traḥ) a mountain. (--trā) 1. a multitude of cows. --2. the earth. -kartṛ, --kārin m. the founder of a family. -kīlā the earth. -ja a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Y. 2. 135. -paṭaḥ a genealogical table, pedigree. -pravaraḥ the oldest member or founder of a family. -bhida m. an epithet of Indra; hṛdi kṣato gotrabhidapyamarṣaṇaḥ R. 3. 53, 6. 73; Ku. 2. 52. -skhalanaṃ, -skhalitaṃ blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; smarasi smara mekhalāguṇairuta gātraskhaliteṣu baṃdhanaṃ Ku. 4. 8. --da a. giving cows. (--daḥ) brain. (--dā) N. of the river Godāvarī. --datra a. Ved. giving cows. (--traḥ) an epithet of Indra. (--traṃ) a crown (protecting the head). --daṃta a. armed with a coat of mail. (--taṃ) 1. yellow orpiment. --2. a white fossil substance. --dānaṃ 1. the gift of a cow. --2. the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; athāsya godānavidheranaṃtaraṃ R. 3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); kṛtagodānamaṃgalāḥ U. 1; (Ram. explains the word differently). --3. the part of the head close to the right ear. --dāya a. intending to give cows. --dāraṇaṃ 1. a plough. --2. a spade, hoe. --dāvarī N. of a river in the south. --duh m., --duhaḥ 'cow-milker' a cowherd. --dohaḥ 1. the milking of cows. --2. the milk of cows. --3. the time of milking cows. --dohanaṃ 1. the time of milking cows. --2. the milking of cows. --dohanī a milk-pail. --dravaḥ the urine of a bull or cow. --dhanaṃ 1. a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. --2. possession of cows. (--naḥ) a broadpointed arrow. --dharaḥ a mountain. --dharmaḥ the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle. --dhuptaḥ, --dhūptaḥ 1. wheat. --2. the orange. -cūrṇaṃ wheat-flour; -saṃbhavaṃ a sour paste. --dhūliḥ 'dust of the cows,' the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). --dhenuḥ a milch-cow with a calf. --dhraḥ a mountain. --naṃdā an epithet of the wife of Śiva. --naṃdī the female of the Sārasa bird. --nardaḥ 1. the (Indian) crane. --2. an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). --3. N. of a country. --nardīyaḥ an epithet of Patanjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. --nasaḥ, --nāsaḥ 1. a kind of snake. --2. a kind of gem. --nasā the mouth of a cow. --nāthaḥ 1. a bull. --2. an owner of land. --3. a herdsman. --4. an owner of kine. --nāyaḥ a cowherd. --nāsā the projecting snout of a cow or ox. --nāsaṃ a kind of gem. --niṣyaṃdaḥ cow's urine. --paḥ 1. a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); gopaveśasya viṣṇoḥ Me. 15. --2. the chief of a cowpen. --3. the superintendent of a village. --4. a king. --5. a protector, guardian. -anasī the wood of a thatch. -āṭavikā a cowherd. -kanyā 1. the daughter of a cowherd. --2. a nymph of Vṛndāvana. -adhyakṣaḥ, -iṃdraḥ, -īśaḥ the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛṣṇa. -dalaḥ the betel-nut tree. -bhadraṃ the fibrous root of a water-lily. -rasaḥ gum myrrh -vadhūḥ f. a cowherd's wife. -vadhūṭī a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; gopavadhūṭīdukūlacaurāya Bhāṣā P. 1. (--pakaḥ) 1. the superintendent of a district. --2. myrrh. (--pikā) 1. a cowherdess. --2. protectress. (--pī) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛndāvana, the companions of Kṛṣṇa in his juvenile sports). --2. a milk-maid. --3. a protectress. --4. Nature, elementary nature. --patiḥ 1. an owner of cows. --2. a bull. --3. a leader, chief. --4. the sun. --5. Indra. --6. N. of Kṛṣṇa --7. N. of Śiva. --8. N. of Varuṇa. --9. a king. --paśuḥ a sacrificial cow. --pāḥ m. Ved. 1. a herdsman. --2. protector, or guardian. 1. --pānasī a curved beam which supports a thatch. --pālaḥ 1. a cowherd. --2. a king. --3. an epithet of Śiva. --4. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa. -dhānī a cow-pen, cow-shed, --pālakaḥ 1. a cowherd. --2. a king. --3. an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛṣṇa. --pāliḥ an epithet of Śiva. --pālikā, --pālī the wife of a cowherd. --pittaṃ bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment gorocanā is prepared; Pt. 1. 94.). --pītaḥ a species of wagtail. --pīthaḥ protec tion. (--thaṃ) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. --pucchaṃ a cow's tail. (--cchaḥ) 1. a sort of monkey. --2. a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. --puṭikaṃ the head of Śiva's bull --putraḥ 1. a young bull. --2. an epithet of Karṇa. --puraṃ 1. a town-gate; Māl. 9. 1. --2. a principal gate; Ki. 5. 5. --3. the ornamental gate-way of a temple. --purīṣaṃ cowdung. --prakāḍaṃ an excellent cow or bull. --pracāraḥ pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; Y. 2. 166. --prata(tā)raḥ 1. a ford for cattle. --2. a place of pilgrimage on the Sarayū. --praveśaḥ the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight. --phaṇā 1. a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. --2. a sling. --bālaḥ the hair of cows. --bhuj m. a king. --bhṛt m. a mountain. --makṣikā a gadfly. --magha a. granting cattle or cows. --maṃḍalaṃ 1. the globe. --2. a multitude of cows. --mataṃ = gavyūti q, v. --matallikā a tractable cow, an excellent cow. --mathaḥ a cowherd. --mahiṣadā N. of one of the Mātṛs attending on kārtikeya. --māṃsaṃ beef. --māyu 1. a kind of frog. --2. a jackal anuhuṃkurute ghanadhvaniṃ na hi gomāyurutāni kesarī Śi. 16. 25. --3. bile of a cow. --4. N. of a Gandharva. --mukhaḥ, --mukhaṃ [gormukhamiva mukhamasya] a kind of musical instrument; Bg. 1. 13. (--khaḥ) 1. a crocodile, shark. --2. a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (--khaṃ) 1. a house built unevenly. --2. spreading unguents, smearing. (--khaṃ, --khī) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. (--khī) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. --mūḍha a. stupid as a bull. --mūtraṃ cow's urine. --mūtrikā 1. an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first (Malli. thus defines it: --vaṃrṇānāmekarūpatvaṃ yadyekāṃtaramardhayoḥ gomūtriketi tatprāhurduṣkaraṃ tadvido viduḥ .. see Śi. 19. 46). --2. a form of calculation. --mṛgaḥ a kind of ox (gavaya). --medaḥ a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours: --white, paleyellow, red, and dark-blue. --medakaḥ 1. see gomeda. --2. a kind of poison (kākola). --3. smearing the body with unguents. --medhaḥ, --yajñaḥ a cowsacrifice. --yānaṃ a carriage drawn by oxen. --yukta a. drawn by oxen. --yutaṃ a cattle-station. --rakṣaḥ 1. a cowherd. --2. keeping or tending cattle. --3. the orange. --4. an epithet of Śiva. -jaṃbū f. wheat. --raṃkuḥ 1. a water-fowl. --2. a prisoner. --3. a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. --4. a chanter. --ravaṃ saffron. --rasaḥ cow's milk. --2. curds. --3. buttermilk. --4. the flavour of a sentence, ko raso gorasaṃ vinā Udb. -jaṃ buttermilk. --rājaḥ an excellent bull. --rāṭikā, --rāṭī the Sārikā bird. --rutaṃ a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. --rūpaṃ the form of a cow. (--paḥ) N. of Śiva. --rocaṃ yellow orpiment. --rocanā a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. --lavaṇaṃ a measure of salt given to a cow. --lāṃgu (gū) laḥ a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks. and a tail like that of a cow; Mal. 9. 30. --lokaḥ a part of heaven, cowworld. --lomī a prostitute. --vatsaḥ a calf. -ādin m. a wolf. --vardhanaḥ a celebrated hill in vṛṃdāvana the country about Mathurā. (This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛṣṇa's divinity.') -dharaḥ, -dhārin m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa. --vaśā a barren cow. --vāṭaṃ, --vāsaḥ a cow-pen. --vāsana a. covered with an ox-hide. --vikartaḥ, --vikrartṛ m. 1. the killer of a cow. --2. a husbandman. --vitataḥ a horse-sacrifice having many cows. --viṃdaḥ 1. a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. --2. N. of Kṛṣṇa. --3. Bṛnaspati. -dvādaśī the twelfth day in the light half of the month of phalguna. --viṣ f., --viṣṭhā cowdung. --visargaḥ day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests). --vīthiḥ f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms bhādrapadā, revatī and aśvinī, or according to some, hasta, citrā and svātī. --vīryaṃ the price received for milk. --vṛṃdaṃ a drove of cattle. --vṛṃdārakaḥ an excellent bull or cow. --vṛṣaḥ, --vṛṣabhaḥ an excellent bull. -dhvajaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --vaidyaḥ a quack doctor. --vrajaḥ 1. a cow-pen. --2. a herd of cows. --3. a place where cattle graze. --vrata, --vratin a. one who imitates a cow in frugality. --śakṛt n. cowdung. --śataṃ a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. --śālaṃ, --lā a cow-stall. --śīrṣaḥ, --rṣaṃ a kind of sandal. --ṣaḍgavaṃ three pairs of kine. --ṣan, --ṣā a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. --ṣā (sā) tiḥ 1. acquiring cattle. --2. giving cattle. --ṣṭomaḥ a kind of sacrificelasting for one day. --saṃkhyaḥ a cowherd. --sadṛkṣaḥ a species of ox (gavaya). --sargaḥ the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see govisarga. --savaḥ a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age). --sahasraṃ a kind of present (mahādāna). (--srī) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of kārtika and jyeṣṭha. --sūtrikā a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. --stanaḥ 1. the udder of a cow. --2. a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. --3. a pearl-necklace of four strings. --stanā, --nī a bunch of grapes. --sthānaṃ, --kaṃ a cow-pen. --svāmin m. 1. an owner of cows. --2. a religious mendicant. --3. an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. vopadevagosvāmin). --hatyā cow-slaughter. --hallaṃ (sometimes written hannaṃ) cowdung. --hita a. cherishing or protecting kine. (--taḥ) N. of Viṣṇu.

gomat a.
     (1) Rich in cows.
     (2) Possessing or containing cattle.
     (3) Mixed with milk. --n. Possession of cattle, property consisting in herds. --tī N. of a river.

gomaya a.
     (1) Consisting of cattle.
     (2) Defiled with cow-dung. --yaḥ, --yaṃ Cow-dung. --yaṃ Cowdung cake; upalaśakalametadbhedakaṃ gomayānāṃ Mu. 3. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --utthā 1. a kind of beetle found in cow-dung --2. a gad fly.
          --chatraṃ, --priyaṃ a mushroom, a fungus.

gomin a. Rich in herds. --m.
     (1) An owner of cattle.
     (2) A jackal.
     (3) A worshipper.
     (4) An attendant on a Buddha.

goṣṭhaḥ --ṣṭham [gāvastiṣṭhaṃtyatra ghañarthe ka ṣatvam] (Usually goṣṭhaṃ only)
     (1) A cowpen, cowhouse, cow-station.
     (2) A station of cowherds. --ṣṭhaḥ An assembly or meeting.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva. --ṣṭhaṃ A purificatory śrāddha ceremony. -patiḥ a chief herdsman. -vedikā a mound or altar in a cowpen. -śvaḥ a dog in a cowpen which barks at every one; applied figuratively to a slanderous person, one who stays idly at home and slanders his neighbours. goṣṭhepaṃḍitaḥ 'wise in a cowpen,' a braggart, vain boaster. goṣṭhekṣvoḍin m. a boasting coward; also goṣṭhapaṭu, goṣṭhepragalbhaḥ, --śūraḥ &c.

goṣpadam
     (1) A cow's foot.
     (2) The mark or impression of a cow's foot in the soil.
     (3) The quantity of water sufficient to fill such an impression; i. e. a very small puddle.
     (4) As much as a cow's footstep will hold.
     (5) A spot frequented by cows.

goḍuṃbaḥ The water-melon.

goṇī
     (1) A sack.
     (2) A measure of capacity equal to a Droṇa.
     (3) Ragged garment, torn clothes.

goṃḍaḥ
     (1) A fleshy navel.
     (2) A person with a fleshy navel.
     (3) A man of a low tribe, a mountaineer, especially one inhabiting the eastern portion of the Vindhya range between the Narmada and Kṛṣṇā.

gotamaḥ
     (1) N. of a sage belonging to the family of Angiras, father of Śatānanda and husband of Ahalyā.
     (2) N. of a sage, the founder of Nyāya philosophy.

gotamī Ahalyā, wife of gotama.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ an epithet of Śatānanda.

godhā [gudhyate, veṣṭyate bāhuranayā karaṇe ghaña]
     (1) A leathern fence fastened round the left arm to prevent injury from the bow-string.
     (2) The alligator.
     (3) A sinew chord.

godhiḥ [gaurnetraṃ dhīyate yasmin ādhāre in]
     (1) The forehead.
     (2) The Gangetic alligator.

godhikā A kind of lizard.

godheraḥ A protector, guardian.

gopaḥ, --gopanam See under gup.

goraṇam Energy, continued effort, perseverance.

gordaḥ Brain; (also goda).

golaḥ, --lā, --lam [guḍ ac ḍasya laḥ] 1 A ball, globe; Māl. 7. 1.
     (2) The celestial or terrestrial globe.
     (3) A circle.
     (4) A sphere, anything round or globular. --laḥ
     (1) A widow's bastard; cf. kuṃḍa.
     (2) The conjunction of several planets or the presence of several in one sign.
     (3) Myrrh. --lā
     (1) A wooden ball with which children play.
     (2) A large globular water-jar.
     (3) Red arsenic.
     (4) Ink.
     (5) A woman's female friend.
     (6) N. of Durgā.
     (7) N. of the river Godāvarī.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyāyaḥ N. of an astronomical work by Bhāskarāchārya.
          --yaṃtraṃ a kind of astronomical instrument.

golakaḥ [guḍ ṇvul ḍasya laḥ]
     (1) A ball, globe.
     (2) A wooden ball for playing with.
     (3) A globular water-jar.
     (4) A widow's bastard.
     (5) A conjunction of six or more planets.
     (6) Molasses.
     (7) Gum myrrh. --kaṃ The heaven of Kṛṣṇa.

golāsaḥ, --ga A mushroom.

goṣṭh
     (1) A. (goṣṭhate) To assemble, collect, heap together.

goṣṭhiḥ --ṣṭhī f.
     (1) An assembly, meeting.
     (2) Society, association.
     (3) Conversation, chitchat, discourse; goṣṭhī satkavibhiḥ samaṃ Bh. 1. 28; Māl. 10. 25; tenaiva saha sarvadā goṣṭhīmanubhavati Pt. 2.
     (4) A multitude or collection.
     (5) Family connections, relatives, especially such as require to be maintained.
     (6) A kind of dramatic composition in one act. -patiḥ 1. the chief of an assembly, president. --2. the master of a family.

gosaḥ [gāṃ jalaṃ syati so-ka]
     (1) Gum myrrh.
     (2) Early morning, day-break.
     (3) Hot season.

gohaḥ Ved.
     (1) A house.
     (2) A hiding-place, a lair.

gohanam Covering, hiding.

gohiram The heel.

gauṃjikaḥ, --gaḥ A goldsmith.

gauḍaḥ
     (1) N. of a country; the skadaṃpurāṇa thus describes its position: --vaṃgadeśaṃ samārabhya bhuvaneśāṃtagaḥ śive . gauḍadeśaḥ samākhyātaḥ sarvavidyāviśāradaḥ ..
     (2) A particular subdivision of Brāhmaṇas. --ḍāḥ (pl.) The inhabitants of Gauḍa. --ḍī
     (1) Spirit distilled from molasses; gauḍī paiṣṭī ca mādhvī ca vijñeyā trividhā surā Ms. 11. 95.
     (2) One of the Rāgiṇis.
     (3) (In rhet.) One of the Rītis or Vrittis or styles of poetic composition: S. D. mentions four Ritis, while K. P. only three, gauḍī being another name for paruṣā vṛtti; ojaḥprakāśakaistaiḥ (varṇaiḥ) tu paruṣā (i. e. gauḍī) M. P. 7; ojaḥprakāśakairvarṇairbaṃdha āḍaṃbaraḥ punaḥ samāsabahulā gauḍī S. D. 627. --ḍaṃ Sweetmeats.

gauḍika a. Relating to molasses. --kaḥ Sugar-cane. --kaṃ Rum.

gauṇa a. (ṇī f.) [guṇamadhikṛtya pravṛttā gauṇī, tata āgataḥ aṇ]
     (1) Subordinate, secondary, unessential.
     (2) (In gram.) Indirect or less immediate (opp. mukhya or pradhāna); gauṇe karmaṇi duhyādeḥ pradhāne nīhṛkṛṣvahāṃ Sk.
     (3) Figurative, metaphorical, used in a secondary sense (as a word or sense).
     (4) Founded on some resemblance between the primary and secondary sense of a word; as in gauṇīlakṣaṇā.
     (5) Relating to enumeration or multiplication.
     (6) Attributive.
     -- Comp.
          --pakṣaḥ the minor or weaker side of an argument &c.

gauṇika a.
     (1) Relating to the three qualities (sattva, rajas and tamas).
     (2) Having qualities.
     (3) Subordinate.
     (4) Resembling a sack.

gauṇyam Subordination, inferior position or rank.

gautamaḥ N. of
     (1) the sage Bhāradvāja;
     (2) of Śatānanda, Gotama's son;
     (3) N. of Kṛpa, Droṇa's brother-in-law;
     (4) of Buddha;
     (5) of the propounder of the Nyāya system of philosophy.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃbhavā the river Godāvarī.

gautamī
     (1) N. of Kṛpī, wife of Droṇa.
     (2) An epithet of the Godāvarī.
     (3) The teaching of Buddha.
     (4) The Nyāya system of philosophy propounded by Gautama.
     (5) Turmeric.
     (6) A kind of yellow pigment.
     (7) An epithet of Durgā.
     (8) N. of the river Gomatī.

gaudhūmīnam A field where wheat is grown.

gaunardaḥ An epithet of Patanjali, the author of the Māhabhāṣya.

gaupikaḥ The son of a Gopī or herdsman's wife.

gaupuccha a. Like a cow's tail.

gaupucchika a. Belonging to a cow's tail, bought for it.

gaupteyaḥ The son of a Vaiśya woman.

gaura a. (rā or rī f.)
     (1) White; kailāsagauraṃ vṛṣamārurukṣoḥ R. 2. 35; dviradadaśanacchedagaurasya tasya Me. 59, 52; Rs. 1. 6.
     (2) Yellowish, pale-red; gorocanākṣepanitāṃtagaure Ku. 7. 17; R. 6. 65; gaurāṃgi garvaṃ na kadāpi kuryāḥ R. G.
     (3) Reddish.
     (4) Shining, brilliant.
     (5) Pure, clean, beautiful. --raḥ 1 The white colour.
     (2) The yellowish colour.
     (3) The reddish colour.
     (4) White mustard.
     (5) The moon.
     (6) A kind of buffalo.
     (7) A kind of deer.
     (8) The planet Jupiter.
     (9) N. of Chaitanya. --raṃ
     (1) The filament of a lotus.
     (2) Saffron.
     (3) Gold.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ N. of
     (1) Viṣṇu.
     (2) Kṛṣṇa. --āsyaḥ a kind of black monkey, with a white face. --kharaḥ a wild monkey. --sarṣapaḥ white mustard (considered as a kind of weight).

gaurakṣyam The office of a herdsman.

gauravam a. [gurobhārvaḥ karma- vā aṇ] Belonging to a Guru or teacher. --vaṃ
     (1) Weight, heaviness (lit.); jaghana- S. 3. 8; sureṃdramātrāśritagarbhagauravāt R. 3. 11.
     (2) Importance, high value or estimation; svavikrame gauravamādadhānaṃ R. 14. 18; 18. 39; kāryagauraveṇa Mu. 5; importance or urgent nature; U. 6. 7.
     (3) Respect, regard, consideration; tathāpi yanmayyapi te gururityasti gauravaṃ Śi. 2. 71; prayojanāpekṣitayā prabhūṇāṃ prāyaścalaṃ gauravamāśriteṣu Ku. 3. 1; Amaru. 19.
     (4) Respectability, dignity, venerableness; ko'rthī gato gauravaṃ Pt. 1. 146; Ms. 2. 145.
     (5) Cumbrousness.
     (6) (In prosody) Length (as of a syllable).
     (7) Depth (as of meaning); yaccārthato gāraivaṃ Māl. 1. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --āsanaṃ a seat of honour.
          --īrita a. praised, famed, celebrated.

gauravita a. Highly esteemed or honoured.

gaurikā A virgin, a young girl.

gaurilaḥ
     (1) White mustard.
     (2) Dust of iron or steel.

gaurī
     (1) N. of Pārvatī; as in gaurīnātha.
     (2) A young girl eight years old; aṣṭavarṣā bhavedgaurī.
     (3) A young girl prior to menstruation, virgin, maid.
     (4) A woman with a white or yellowish complexion.
     (5) The earth.
     (6) Turmeric.
     (7) A yellow pigment or dye; (called gorocanā).
     (8) The wife of Varuṇa.
     (9) The Mallikā creeper. (10) The Tulasī plant.
     (11) The Mañjiṣṭhā plant.
     (12) Speech.
     -- Comp.
          --kāṃtaḥ, --nāthaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --guruḥ the Himālaya mountain; gaurīgurorgahvaramāviveśa R. 2. 26; Ki. 5. 21.
          --jaḥ N. of Kārtikeya. (
          --jaṃ) talc.
          --paṭṭaḥ the horizontal plate of the Linga or Phallus of Śiva, symbolizing the female organ.
          --putraḥ N. of Kārtikeya.
          --lalitaṃ a yellow orpiment.
          --sutaḥ 1. N. of kārtikeya. --2. the son of a girl married when 8 years old.

gaurutalpikaḥ The violator of the preceptor's bed.

gaulakṣaṇikaḥ One who knows the good or bad marks of a cow.

gaulmikaḥ A single soldier of a troop.

gaulyam
     (1) Syrup.
     (2) Spirituous liquor.

gauśatika a. (kī f.) Possessing a hundred cows.

gauṣṭhīnam Thesite of an old cowpen.

gausahasrika a. Possessing a thousand cows.

gdhiḥ f. Ved. Eating, consuming.

gnā Ved. A woman.

gmā The earth.

grath, or graṃth 1 A. (grathane, graṃthate)
     (1) To be crooked.
     (2) To be wicked.
     (3) To bend.

grathanam
     (1) Coagulation, thickening, becoming obstructed or clogged with knotty lumps.
     (2) Stringing together.
     (3) Composing. writing; (nāṃ also in these two senses).

grathnaḥ [graṃth bā- naṅ] A cluster, bunch, tuft.

grathita p. p. [graṃth saṃdarbhe kta nalopaḥ]
     (1) Strung or tied together.
     (2) Composed; kālidāsagrathitavastunā nāṭakena S. 1. varṇaiḥ katipayaireva grathitasya svarairiva Śi. 2. 72.
     (3) Arranged, classed.
     (4) Thickened, coagulated.
     (5) Knotty.
     (6) Hardened.
     (7) Hurt, injured.
     (8) Seized, taken possession of.
     (9) Overcome. --taṃ A tumor with hard knots.

graṃth 1. 9. P., 10 U., 1 A. (graṃthati, grathnāti, graṃthayati-te, also grathati, grathate)
     (1) To fasten, tie or string together; Bk. 7. 105; srajo grathayate &c.
     (2) To arrange, class together, connect in a regular series.
     (3) To wind round.
     (4) To write, compose; grathnāmi kāvyaśaśinaṃ vitatārtharaśiṃma K. P. 10.
     (5) To form, make, produce; grathnaṃti bāṣpabiṃdunikaraṃ pakṣmapaṃktayaḥ K. 60; Bk. 17. 69.
     (6) To set or strew with.

graṃthaḥ [graṃth saṃdarbhe bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Binding, stringing together (fig. also).
     (2) A work, treatise, composition, literary production, book; graṃthāraṃbhe, graṃthakṛt, graṃthasamāpti &c.
     (3) Wealth, property.
     (4) A verse consisting of 32 syllables, written in the Anuṣṭubh metre.
     -- Comp.
          --kartṛ, m.
          --kāraḥ --kṛt m. a writer, an author; graṃthāraṃbhe samuciteṣṭadevatāṃ graṃthakṛtparāmṛśati K. P. 1
          --kuṭī, --kūṭī 1. a library. --2. a studio.
          --vistaraḥ, vistāraḥ voluminousness, diffuse style.
          --saṃdhiḥ a section or chapter of a work; (for the several names by which sections, or chapters of works in Sanskrit, are called, see under adhyāya).

graṃthanaṃ, --nā [graṃth bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Stringing or tying together.
     (2) Composing, writing.

graṃthiḥ
     (1) A knot, bunch, protuberance in general; stanau māṃsagraṃthī kanakakalaśāvityupamitau Bh. 3. 20; so medograṃthi.
     (2) A tie or knot of a cord, garment &c.; idamupahitasūkṣmagraṃthinā skaṃdhadeśe S. 1. 18; Mk. 1. 1; Ms. 2. 43; Bh. 1. 57.
     (3) A knot tied in the end of a garment for keeping money; hence, purse, money, property; kusīdād dāridryaṃ parakaragatagraṃthiśamanāt Pt. 1. 11.
     (4) The joint or knot of a reed, cane &c.
     (5) A joint of the body.
     (6) Crookedness, distortion, falsehood, perversion of truth.
     (7) Swelling and hardening of the vessels of the body.
     -- Comp.
          --chedakaḥ, --bhedaḥ, --mocakaḥ a cut-purse, a pick pocket; aṃgulīrgraṃthibhedasya chedayet prathame grahe Ms. 9. 277; Y. 2. 274; S. 6.
          --parṇaḥ, --rṇaṃ 1. N. of a fragrant tree; na graṃthiparṇapraṇayāścaraṃti kastūrikāgaṃdhamṛgāstṛṇeṣu Vikr. 1. 17. --2. a kind of perfume.
          --baṃdhanaṃ 1. tying together the garments of the bride and the bridegroom at the marriage ceremony. --2. tying a knot. --3. a ligament.
          --mūlaṃ garlic.
          --haraḥ a minister.

graṃthikaḥ
     (1) An astrologer, a fortuneteller.
     (2) The name assumed by Nakula when at the palace of Virāṭa.
     (3) A kind of disease of the outer ear.

graṃthita See grathita.

graṃthin m.
     (1) One who reads books, bookish; ajñebhyo graṃthinaḥ śreṣṭhā graṃthibhyo dhāriṇo varāḥ Ms. 12. 103.
     (2) Learned, well-read.
     (3) Relating to books.

graṃthimat a. Knotty, tied by a knot; Ku. 3. 46.

graṃthila a. [graṃthirvidyate'sya sidhmā-lac] Knotted, knotty. --laṃ
     (1) The root of long pepper.
     (2) Undried ginger.

gras I. 1 A. [grasate, grasta]
     (1) To swallow, devour, eat up, consume; sa imāṃ pṛthivīṃ kṛtsnāṃ saṃkṣipya grasate punaḥ Mb.; Bg. 11. 30.
     (2) To seize.
     (3) To eclipse; dvāveba grasate dineśvaraniśāprāṇeśvarau bhāsurau Bh. 2. 34; himāṃśumāśu grasate tanmradimnaḥ sphuṭaṃ phalaṃ Śi. 2. 49.
     (4) To slur over words.
     (5) To destory. --WITH saṃ to destroy; Bk. 12. 4. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (grasati, grāsayati-te) To eat, devour.

grasanam [gras bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Swallowing, eating.
     (2) Seizing.
     (3) A partial eclipse of the sun or moon.
     (4) A mouthful.

grasiṣṇu a. Accustomed to swallow. --m. The Supreme Soul.

grasta p. p. [gras karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Eaten, devoured.
     (2) Seized, stricken, affected, possessed; graha-, vipad-, jarā- U. 6. 39.
     (3) Slurred; -muktaṃ U. 5. 13; -āmiṣaṃ Pt. 1. 193.
     (4) Eclipsed.
     (5) Taken, seized. --staṃ A word or sentence half-uttered or slurred over.
     -- Comp.
          --astaṃ the setting of the sun or moon while eclipsed.
          --udayaḥ rising of the sun or moon while eclipsed.

grastiḥ f. The act of swallowing or devouring.

grāsaḥ [gras karmaṇi ghañ]
     (1) A mouthful, a quantity of anything equal to a mouthful; Ms. 3. 133; 6. 28; Y. 3. 55.
     (2) Food, nourishment.
     (3) The part of the sun or moon eclipsed.
     (4) The morsel bitten.
     (5) The act of swallowing.
     (6) Slurring, indistinct pronunciation; fault in the pronunciation of the gutturals.
     (7) (In geom.) A piece cut out by the intersection of two circles.
     (8) An eclipse.
     -- Comp.
          --ācchādanaṃ food and clothing; i. e. bare subsistence.
          --śalyaṃ any extraneous substance lodged in the throat.

grah 9 U. (In Vedic literature grabh; gṛhṇāti, jagrāha, agrahīt, grahītuṃ, gṛhīta caus. grāhayati; desid. jighṛkṣati)
     (1) To seize, take, take or catch hold of, lay hold of, catch, grasp; tayorjagahatuḥ pādān rājā rājñī ca māgadhī R. 1. 57; ālāne gṛhyate hastī vājī valgāsu gṛhyate Mk. 1. 50; taṃ kaṃṭhe jagrāha K. 363; pāṇiṃ gṛhītvā, caraṇaṃ gṛhītvā &c.
     (2) To receive, take, accept, exact; prajānāmeva bhūtyarthaṃ sa tābhyo balimagrahīt R. 1. 18; Ms. 7. 124; 9. 162.
     (3) To apprehend, capture, take prisoner; baṃdigrāhaṃ gṛhītvā V. 1; yāṃstatra corān gṛhṇīyāt Ms. 8. 34.
     (4) To arrest, stop, catch; Bg. 6. 35.
     (5) To captivate, attract; mahārājagṛhītahṛdayayā mayā V. 4; hṛdaye gṛhyate nārī Mk. 1. 50; mādhuryamīṣṭe hariṇān grahītuṃ R. 18. 13.
     (6) To win over, persuade, induce to one's side; lubdhamarthena gṛhṇīyāt Chaṇ. 33; Pt. 1 69, 184.
     (7) (Hence) To please, gratify, satisfy, propitiate; grahītumāryān paricaryayā muhurmahānubhāvāhi nitāṃtama rthinaḥ Śi. 1. 17. 33.
     (8) To affect, seize or possess (as a demon, spirit &c.); as in piśacagṛhīta, vetāla gṛhīta.
     (9) To assume, take; dyutimagrahīd grahagaṇaḥ Śi. 9. 23; Bk. 19. 29. (10) To learn, know, recognize, understand; Ki. 10. 8, Pt. 1. 43.
     (11) To regard, consider, believe, take for; mayāpi mṛtpiṃḍabuddhinā tathaiva gṛhītaṃ S. 6; parihāsavijalpitaṃ sakhe paramāthena na gṛhyatāṃ vacaḥ S. 2. 18. evaṃ jano gṛhṇāti M. 1; Mu. 3.
     (12) To catch or perceive (as by an organ of sense); jyāninādamatha gṛhṇatī tayoḥ R. 11. 15.
     (13) To master, grasp, comprehend; R. 18. 46.
     (14) To guess, conjecture, infer; netravaktravikāraiśca gṛhyateṃ'targataṃ manaḥ Ms. 8. 26.
     (15) To utter, mention (as a name); yadi mayānyasya nāmāpi na gṛhītaṃ K. 305; na tu nāmāpi gṛhṇīyāt patyau prete parasya tu Ms. 5. 157.
     (16) To buy, purchase; kiyatā mūlyenaitatpustakaṃ gṛhītaṃ Pt. 2; Y. 2. 169; Ms. 8. 201.
     (17) To deprive (one) of, take away from, rob or seize away; Bk. 9. 9; 15. 63.
     (18) To wear, put on (as clothes &c.); vāsāṃsi jīrṇāni yathā vihāya navāni gṛhṇāti naro'parāṇi Bg. 2. 22.
     (19) To conceive. (20) To observe (as a fast).
     (21) To eclipse.
     (22) To undertake, undergo, begin.
     (23) To take up, draw (water.)
     (24) To stop, intercept.
     (25) To withdraw, draw back.
     (26) To include.
     (27) To receive hospitably (as a guest). [The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is joined]. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to take, catch, seize or accept.
     (2) To give away in marriage; Ku. 1. 52
     (3) To teach, make one acquainted with.
     (4) To make one take, deliver over to.
     (5) To become familiar with. --WITH anusaṃ to salute humbly. --apa to take away, tear off. --abhi to seize forcibly. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (grahati, grāhayati-te) To take, receive, &c.

gṛhīta p. p. [grah karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Taken, seized, caught, held, grasped, laid hold of; keśeṣu gṛhītaḥ.
     (2) Obtained, acquired, gained.
     (3) Received, accepted.
     (4) Robbed.
     (5) Collected.
     (6) Agreed, promised.
     (7) Perceived, known, understood, learnt.
     (8) Worn (see grah).
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. knowing the meaning or sense; agrahītārthe āvām S. 6.
          --garbhā a pregnant woman.
          --diś 1. run away, fugitive, dispersed. --2. disappeared.
          --deha a. incarnate.
          --nāṃman a. called by name; U. 1. 48; su- 'whose name is auspiciously invoked' a respectful way of speaking of venerable or dead persons.
          --vidya a. versed in science, learned.
          --vetana a. paid, remunerated.
          --śvāpada a. the beasts in which are confined or tracked.

gṛhītin a. Who has grasped or comprehended (with loc.); gṛhītī ṣadasvaṃgeṣu Dk. 120.

gṛhya a.
     (1) To be taken or received.
     (2) To be sized.
     (3) To be observed, perceptible, perceivable.
     (4) To be acknowledged or admitted.
     (5) To be trusted or relied on; to be honored.
     (6) Taking the side of, adopting or choosing as best.
     (7) Dependent, subservient. --hyaḥ The anus.

grahaḥ [grah ac]
     (1) Seizing, grasping, laying hold of, seizure, rurudhuḥ kacagrahaiḥ R. 19. 31.
     (2) A grip, grasp, hold; karkaṭakagrahāt Pt. 1. 260.
     (3) Taking, receiving, accepting; receipt.
     (4) Stealing, robbing; aṃgalīgraṃthibhedasya chedayetprathame grahe Ms. 9. 277; so gograhaḥ.
     (5) Booty, spoil.
     (6) Eclipse; see grahaṇa.
     (7) A planet, (the planets are nine: --sūryaścaṃdro maṃgalaśca budhaścāpi bṛhaspatiḥ . śukraḥ śanaiścaro rāhuḥ ketuśceti grahā nava ..); nakṣatratārāgrahasakulāpi (rātri) R. 6. 22, 3. 13; 12. 28; garuṇā stanabhareṇa mukhacaṃdreṇa bhāsvatā . śanaiścarābhyāṃ pāda bhyāṃ reje grahamayīva sā .. Bh. 1. 17.
     (8) Mentioning; utterance, repeating (as of a name); nāmajātigrahaṃ tveṣāmabhidroheṇa kurvataḥ Ms. 8. 271; Amaru. 83.
     (9) A shark, crocodile. (10) An imp in general.
     (11) A particular class of evil demons supposed to seize upon children and produce convulsions &c.
     (12) Apprehension, perception.
     (13) An organ or instrument of apprehension.
     (14) Tenacity, perseverance, persistence.
     (15) Purpose, design.
     (16) Favour, patronage.
     (17) The place of a planet in the fixed zodiac.
     (18) The number 'nine'.
     (19) Any state of mind which proceeds from magical influences. (20) A house.
     (21) A spoonful, ladleful.
     (22) A ladle or vessel.
     (23) The middle of a bow.
     (24) A moveable point in the heavens.
     (25) Keeping back, obstructing.
     (26) Taking away, depriving; prāṇa- Pt. 1. 295.
     -- Comp.
          --adhīna a. subject to planetary influence.
          --avamardanaḥ an epithet of Rāhu. (
          --naṃ) friction of the planets.
          --adhīśaḥ the sun.
          --ādhāraḥ, --āśrayaḥ polar star (as the fixed centre of the planets).
          --āmayaḥ 1. epilepsy. --2. demoniacal possession.
          --āluṃcanaṃ pouncing on one's prey, tearing it to pieces; śyeno grahāluṃcane Mk. 3. 20.
          --īśaḥ the sun.
          --kallālaḥ an epithet of Rāhu.
          --gatiḥ the motion of the planets.
          --ciṃtakaḥ an astrologer.
          --daśā the aspect of a planet, the time during which it continues to exercise its influence.
          --devatā the deity that presides over a planet.
          --nāyakaḥ 1. the sun. --2. an epithet of Saturn
          --nigrahau (du.) reward and punishment.
          --nemiḥ the moon.
          --patiḥ 1. the sun. --2. the moon.
          --pīḍanaṃ, --pīḍā 1. oppression caused by a planet. --2. an eclipse; śaśidivākarayorgrahapīḍanaṃ Bh. 2. 91; H. 1. 51; Pt. 2. 19.
          --puṣaḥ the sun.
          --bhaktiḥ f. division of countries &c. with respect to the presiding planets.
          --bhojanaḥ oblation offered to the planets.
          --maṃḍalaṃ, --lī the circle of the planets.
          --yajñaḥ, --yāgaḥ worship or sacrifice offered to the planets.
          --yutiḥ conjunction of planets. yuddha opposition of planets.
          --rājaḥ 1. the sun. --2. the moon. --3. Jupiter.
          --varṣaḥ the planetary year.
          --vipraḥ an astrologer.
          --śātiḥ f, propitiation of planets by sacrifices &c.
          --śṛṃgāṭakaṃ triangular position of the planets with reference to one another.
          --saṃgamaḥ conjunction of planets.

grahakaḥ A prisoner.

grahaṇam [grah bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Seizing, catching, seizure; śvā mṛgagrahaṇe'śuciḥ Ms. 5. 130.
     (2) Receiving, accepting, taking; ācāradhūmagrahaṇāt R. 7. 27.
     (3) Mentioning, uttering; nāmagrahaṇaṃ.
     (4) Wearing, putting on; sottaracchadamadhyāsta nepathyagrahaṇāya saḥ R. 17. 21.
     (5) An eclipse: Y. 1. 218.
     (6) Understanding, comprehension, knowledge; na pareṣāṃ grahaṇasya gocarāṃ N. 2. 95.
     (7) Learning, acquiring, grasping mentally, mastering; lipaṃryathāvadgrahaṇena vāṅmayaṃ nadīmukheneva samudramāviśat R. 3. 28.
     (8) Taking up of sound, echo; adrigrahaṇagurubhirgarjitairnartayaṃthāḥ Me. 44.
     (9) The hand. (10) An organ of sense.
     (11) A prisoner, captive.
     (12) Taking by the hand, marrying.
     (13) Taking captive, imprisonment.
     (14) Gaining, obtaining, purchasing
     (15) Choosing.
     (16) Taking or drawing up.
     (17) Attraction.
     (18) Containing, enclosing.
     (19) Undertaking, undergoing. (20) Service.
     (21) Mentioning with praise, rospecting.
     (22) Acceptation, meaning.
     (23) Assent, agreement.
     (24) Inviting, calling, addressing.
     -- Comp.
          --ataḥ close of study.

grahaṇaka a. Containing, involving.

grahaṇiḥ, --ṇī f.
     (1) An imaginary organ supposed to lie between the stomach and the intestines.
     (2) The small intestines or that part of the alimentary canal where the bile assists digestion and from which vital warmth is diffused.
     (3) Diarrhoea, dysentery.
     -- Comp.
          --haraṃ cloves.

grahaṇīya a. Acceptable.

grahila a.
     (1) Taking, accepting.
     (2) Unyielding, relentless, obstinate; na niśākhilayāpi vāpikā prasasāda grahileva māninī N. 2. 77.

grahītavya a.
     (1) To be taken, seized or received, acceptable.
     (2) To be taken up or drawn (as a fluid).
     (3) To be apprehended or perceived, to be learnt or acquired.

grahītṛ a. (trī f.) [grah-tṛc iṭo dīrghaḥ]
     (1) A taker, an accepter; as in guṇagrahītṛ q. v.
     (2) Perceiver, observant.
     (3) Debtor.
     (4) Purchaser.

grāha a. (hī f.) [grah bhāve ghañ] Seizing, clutching; taking, holding, receiving &c. --haḥ
     (1) Seizing, grasping.
     (2) A crocodile, shark; rāgagra havatī Bh. 3. 45.
     (3) A prisoner.
     (4) Accepting.
     (5) Understanding, knowledge.
     (6) Persistence, importunity.
     (7) Determination, resolve; Bg. 17. 19.
     (8) A disease.
     (9) Any large fish or marine animal. (10) Morbid affection, disease.
     (12) Beginning, undertaking. --hī A female crocodile.

grāham ind. (At the end of comp.) Taking, seizing; badigrāha gṛhītā V. 1.

grāhaka a. (hikā f.) [grah ṇvul] One who receives, takes &c. --kaḥ 1 A hawk, falcon.
     (2) A curer of poison.
     (3) A purchaser.
     (4) A police-officer.

grāhakatvam Sensibility, power of feeling; Mal. 1. 41.

grāhiḥ
     (1) A female evil spirit.
     (2) A swoon.

grāhita a. Made to take or seize.

grāhin a. [grah ṇini]
     (1) Seizing, taking, holding.
     (2) Picking, gathering.
     (3) Containing.
     (4) Drawing, attracting, alluring.
     (5) Obtaining, gaining.
     (6) Searching through, scrutinizing.
     (7) Choosing, selecting
     (8) Perceiving, observing.
     (9) Accepting. (10) Astringent.
     (11) Obstructing. --m. The wood-apple tree. --ṇī Adverse fate (pratikūlā).

grāhuka a. Seizing, laying hold of.

grāhya a. [grah-ṇyat]
     (1) To be taken or seized &c., see grah.
     (2) To be understood; Pt. 1. 47.
     (3) Acceptable.
     (3) To be received in a hospitable manner.
     (5) To be admitted in evidence. --hyaṃ A present.

grāmaḥ [gras-man ādaṃtādeśaḥ]
     (1) A village, hamlet; pattane vidyamāne'pi grāme ratnaparīkṣā M. 1; tyajedekaṃ kulasyārthe grāmasyārthe kulaṃ tyajet . grāmaṃ janapadasyārthe svātmārthe pṛthivīṃ tyajet .. H. 1. 149; R. 1. 44; Me. 30.
     (2) A race, community.
     (3) A multitude, collection (of anything); e. g. guṇagrāma, iṃdriyagrāma; Bg. 8. 19, 9. 8.
     (4) A gamut, scale in music.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikṛtaḥ --adhyakṣaḥ, --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ superintendent, head, chief of a village.
          --aṃtaḥ the border of a village, space near a village; Ms. 4. 116. 11. 79.
          --aṃtaraṃ another village.
          --atikaṃ the neighbourhood of a village.
          --aṃtīya a. situated in the neighbourhood of a village.
          --yaṃ space near a village.
          --ācāraḥ a village custom.
          --ādhānaṃ hunting.
          --upādhyāyaḥ the village priest.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ 1. 'the village-pest', one who is a source of trouble to the village. --2. a tale-bearer.
          --kāma a. 1. one wishing to take possession of a village. --2. fond of living in villages.
          --kukkuṭaḥ a domestic cock.
          --kumāraḥ 1. one beautiful in a village. --2. a village-boy.
          --kūṭaḥ 1. the noblest man in a village. --2. a Śūdra.
          --gṛhya a. being outside a village.
          --goduhaḥ the herdsman of a village.
          --ghātaḥ plundering a village.
          --ghoṣin m. an epithet of Indra.
          --caryā sexual intercourse; (strīsaṃbhoga) --caityaḥ a sacred fig-tree of a village; Me. 23.
          --ja, --jāta a. 1. village-born, rustic. --2. grown in cultivated ground.
          --jālaṃ a number of villages, a district.
          --ṇīḥ 1. the leader or chief of a village or community. --2. a leader or chief in general. --3. a barber. --4. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --5. a libidinous man. (--f.) 1. a whore, harlot. --2. the indigo plant. -putraḥ a bastard, the son of a harlot.
          --takṣaḥ a village-carpenter.
          --devatā the tutelary deity of a village.
          --drumaḥ a sacred tree in a village.
          --dharmaḥ sexual intercourse.
          --pālaḥ 1. the guardian of a village. --2. army for the protection of a village.
          --preṣyaḥ the messenger or servant of a community or village.
          --madgurikā a riot, fray, village tumult.
          --mukhaṃ a market.
          --mṛgaḥ a dog.
          --yājakaḥ, --yājin m. 1. 'the village priest', a priest who conducts the religious ceremonies for all classes and is consequently considered as a degraded Brāhmaṇa. --2. the attendant of an idol.
          --yuddhaṃ a riot, fray.
          --luṃṭhanaṃ plundering a village.
          --vāsaḥ (grāmevāsaḥ also) 1. a villager. --2. residence in a village.
          --ṣaṃḍaḥ an impotent man (klība). --saṃkaraḥ the common sewer or drain of a village.
          --saṃghaḥ a village-corporation.
          --siṃhaḥ a dog.
          --stha a. 1. a villager. --2. a co-villager.
          --hāsakaḥ a sister's husband.

grāmakaḥ
     (1) A villager.
     (2) The collective department of celestial pleasures.

grāmāṭikā A wretched or miserable village; katipayagrāmaṭikāparyaṭanadurvidagdha P. R. 1.

grāmayati Den. P. To invite or call.

grāmika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Rural, rustic
     (2) (In music) Chromatic.
     (3) Rude. --kaḥ
     (1) The headman of a village; Ms. 7. 116, 118.
     (2) A villager.

grāmin a.
     (1) Rustic, rural.
     (2) Libidinous. --m.
     (1) A villager, peasant.
     (2) The head of a village. --ṇī The indigo plant.

grāmīṇa a. [grāme bhavaḥ khañ]
     (1) Vulgar, rude.
     (2) Chromatic.
     (3) Belonging to a village. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A villager; grāmīṇavadhvastamalakṣitā janaiściraṃ vṛtīna mupari vyalokayan Śi. 12. 37; Amaru. 11.
     (2) A dog.
     (3) A crow.
     (4) A hog.

grāmīya a. Belonging to a village. --yaḥ A villager, boor, churl.

grāmeya a. (yī f.) Village-born, rustic. --yī A harlot, prostitute.

grāmya a. [grāma-yat]
     (1) Relating to or used in a village; Ms. 6. 3; 7. 120.
     (2) Living in a village, rural, rustic; alpavyayena suṃdari grāmyajano miṣṭamaśnāti Chand. M. 1.
     (3) Domesticated, tame (as an animal).
     (4) Cultivated (opp. vanya 'growing wild').
     (5) Low, vulgar, used only by low people (as a word); cuṃbanaṃ dehi me bhārye kāmacāṃḍālatṛptaye R. G., or kaṭiste harate manaḥ S. D. 574, are instances of grāmya expressions.
     (6) Indecent, obscene.
     (7) Relating to sexual pleasures.
     (8) Relating to a musical scale. --myaḥ
     (1) A tame hog.
     (2) The first two signs of the zodiac, Aries and Taurus. --myā The Indigo plant. --myaṃ
     (1) A rustic speech.
     (2) Food prepared in a village.
     (3) Sexual intercourse.
     (4) Acceptance.
     -- Comp.
          --aśvaḥ an ass.
          --karman n. 1 the occupation of a villager. --2. sexual plea sure.
          --kuṃkumaṃ safflower.
          --dharmaḥ 1. the duty of a villager. --2. sexual intercourse, copulation. --3. the right of a villager (as opp. to that of a 'recluse').
          --paśuḥ a domestic animal.
          --buddhi a. boorish, clownish, ignorant.
          --mṛgaḥ a dog.
          --vallabhā a harlot, prostitute.
          --sukhaṃ sexual intercourse, copulation.

grāvan a. Hard, solid. --m.
     (1) A stone or rock; kiṃ hi nāmaitadaṃbuni majjaṃ tyalābūni grāva ṇaḥ saṃplavaṃta iti Mv. 1; api grāvā rodityapi dalati vajrasya hṛdayaṃ U. 1. 28; Śi. 4. 23.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) A cloud.

grīvā [giratyanayā, gṝ-vanip ni- Uṇ. 1. 152] The neck, the back part of the neck; grīvābhaṃga bhirāmaṃ muhuranupatati syaṃdane dattadṛṣṭiḥ S. 1. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --ghaṃṭā a bell hanging dowm from the neck of a horse.

grīvalikā See grīvā.

grīvin a. Long-necked, handsomenecked. --m. A camel.

grīṣma a. [grasate rasān; gras-manin Uṇ. 1. 147] Hot, warm. --ṣmaḥ
     (1) The summer, the hot season, corresponding to the months of Jyeṣṭha and Ṣāḍha; grīṣmasamayamadhikṛtya gīyatāṃ S. 1; R. 16. 54; Bv. 1. 35.
     (2) Heat, warmth. --ṣmī The navamallikā plant.
     -- Comp.
          --kālīna a. pertaining to summer.
          --udbhavā, --jā, --bhavā the Navamallikā creeper, (double jasmine).

gruc 1 P. (grocati)
     (1) To steal, rob.
     (2) To go.

grava (vī f.), graiveya (yī f.) a. [grīvāyāṃ bhavaḥ; aṇ ḍhañ vā] Being on or belonging to the neck; Śi. 18. 10. --vaṃ, --yaṃ
     (1) A collar or necklace.
     (2) A chain worn round the neck of an elephant; nāsrasat kariṇāṃ graivaṃ tripadīcchedināmapi R. 4. 48, 75.

graiveyakam [grīvāyāṃ baddho'laṃkāraḥ, ḍhakañ]
     (1) A neck-ornament; e. g. asmākaṃ sakhi vāsasī na rucire graiveyakaṃ nojjvalaṃ S. D. 3.
     (2) A chain worn round the neck of an elephant.

graiṣma, graiṣmika a. Relating to summer.

graiṣmaka a. (ṣmikā f.)
     (1) Sown in summer.
     (2) To be paid in summer (as a debt).

glas
     (1) A(glasate, glasta) To eat, devour.

glah 1 U., 10 U. (glahati-te, glāhayati-te)
     (1) To gamble, to win by gambling.
     (2) To take, receive.

glahaḥ [cf. P. III. 3. 70]
     (1) A diceplayer.
     (2) A stake, wager, bet; vyātyukṣīmabhisaraṇaglahāmadīvyan Śi. 8. 32.
     (3) A die.
     (4) Gambling, playing.
     (5) A dice-box.
     (6) Cast of the dice, game at dice.
     (7) A chess-man.

gluc 1 P. (glecati, gluka)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To steal, rob.
     (3) To take away, deprive of; bahūnāmaglucat prāṇānaglocīcca raṇe yaśaḥ Bk. 15. 30.

gluṃc 1 P. (gluṃcati)
     (1) To rob.
     (2) To go.

glep 1 A. (glepate)
     (1) To be poor or miserable.
     (2) To shake, tremble.
     (3) To move or go.

glev
     (1) A. (glevate) To serve, worship.

gleṣ
     (1) A. (gleṣate) To seek, search, investigate.

glai 1 P. (glāyati, glāna)
     (1) To feel aversion or dislike, be unwilling or disinclined to do anything (with inf.).
     (2) To be fatigued or wearied, feel tired or exhausted.
     (3) To despond, sink in spirit, be dejected; Bk. 19. 17, 6. 12.
     (4) To wane, fade, faint away. --Caus. (gla-glāpayati, but praglāpayati)
     (1) To cause to fade away, wither up; S. 3. 18; Ku. 3. 49.
     (2) To tire out, exhaust.
     (3) To injure, trouble, hurt.
     (4) To emaciate, waste; Ku. 5. 29; U. 3. 5.

glapanam
     (1) Withering, drying up.
     (2) Exhaustion.

glāna p. p. [glai kartari kta]
     (1) Weary, languid, tired, fatigued, exhausted.
     (2) Sick, ill. --naṃ
     (1) Exhaustion.
     (2) Disease.

glāniḥ f. [glai bhave ni]
     (1) Exhaustion, languor, fatigue; manaśca glānimṛcchati Ms. 1. 53; aṃgaglāniṃ suratajanitāṃ Me. 70, 31; Śanti. 4. 4.
     (2) Decay, decline; ātmodayaḥ paraglānirdvayaṃ nītiritīyatī Śi. 2. 30; yadā yadā hi dharmasya glānirbhavati bhārata Bg. 4. 7.
     (3) Debility, weakness.
     (4) Displeasure, unwillingness, sickness.

glāsnu a. [glai-snu] Languid, wearied.

glau m.
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Camphor.
     (3) The earth.

gha

gha a. (Used only as the last member of comp.) Striking, killing, destroying; as in pāṇigha, rājagha &c. --ghaḥ
     (1) A bell.
     (2) Rattling, gurgling or tinkling noise.

ghaṃṣ 1 A. (ghaṃṣate)
     (1) To shed or diffuse lustre.
     (2) To flow, stream.

ghaggh 1 P. (ghagghate)
     (1) To laugh.
     (2) To laught at, deride.

ghaṭ I. 1 A. (ghaṭate, jaghaṭe, aghaṭiṣṭa, ghaṭituṃ, ghaṭita)
     (1) To be busy with, strive after, exert oneself for, be intently occupied with anything (with inf., loc., or dat.); dayitāṃ trātumalaṃ ghaṭasva Bk. 10. 40; aṃgadena samaṃ yoddhumaghaṭiṣṭa 15. 77, 12. 26, 16. 23; 20. 24; 22. 31.
     (2) To happen, take place, be possible; prāṇaistapobhirathavā'bhimataṃ madīyaiḥ kṛtyaṃ ghaṭeta suhṛdo yadi tatkṛtaṃ syāt Māl. 1. 9 if it can be effected; kasyāparasyoḍumayaiḥ prasūnairvāditrasṛṣṭirghaṭate bhaṭasya N. 22. 22; ubhayathāpi ghaṭate Ve. 3; prasīdoti brūyāmidamasati kope na ghaṭate Ratn. 2. 19 is not proper &c.
     (3) To be united with: Māl. 2. 8.
     (4) To come to, reach. --Caus. (ghaṭayati)
     (1) To unite, join, bring together; itthaṃ nārīrghaṭayitumalaṃ kāmibhiḥ Śi. 9. 87; anena bhainīṃ ghaṭayiṣyatastathā N. 1. 46; krudhā saṃdhiṃ bhīmo vighaṭayati yūyaṃ ghaṭayata Ve. 1. 10; Bk. 11. 11.
     (2) To bring or place near to, bring in contact with, put on; ghaṭayati ghanaṃ kaṃṭhāśleṣe rasānna payodharau Ratn. 3. 9; ghaṭaya jaghane kāṃcīṃ Gīt. 12.
     (3) To accomplish, bring about, effect; taṭasthaḥ svānarthān ghaṭayati ca maunaṃ ca bhajate Mal. 1. 14; (abhimataṃ) ānīya jhaṭiti ghaṭayati Ratn. 1. 7; Bh. 2. 120.
     (4) To form, fashion, shape, work out, make; evamabhidhāya vainateyaṃ ... aghaṭayat Pt. 1; kāṃte kathaṃ ghaṭitavānupatena cetaḥ S. Til. 3; ghaṭaya bhujabaṃdhanaṃ Gīt. 10.
     (5) To prompt, impel; snehaugho ghaṭayati māṃ tathāpi vaktu Bk. 10. 73.
     (6) To rub, touch.
     (7) To exert oneself for.
     (8) To move, agitate. --II. 10 U. (ghāṭayati, ghāṭita)
     (1) To hurt, injure, kill.
     (2) To unite, join, bring or collect together.
     (3) To shine.

ghaṭaḥ [ghaṭa ac] A large earthen water-jar, pitcher, jar, watering-pot; kūpe paśya payonidhāvapi ghaṭo gṛhṇāti tulyaṃ jalaṃ Bh. 2. 49.
     (2) The sign Aquarius of the zodiac (also called kuṃbha).
     (3) An elephant's frontal sinus.
     (4) Suspending the breath as a religious exercise.
     (5) A measure equal to 20 droṇas.
     (6) A part of a column.
     (7) A border.
     (8) A peculiar form of a temple.
     -- Comp.
          --āṭopaḥ covering for a carriage or any article of furniture.
          --udbhavaḥ, --jaḥ, --yoniḥ, --saṃ bhavaḥ epithets of the sage Agastya.
          --ūdhas f. (forming ghaṭodhnī) a cow with a full udder; gāḥ koṭiśaḥ sparśayatā ghaṭodhnīḥ R. 2. 49.
          --karparaḥ 1. N. of a poet. --2 a piece of a broken jar, pot-sherd; jīyeya yena kavinā yamakaiḥ pareṇa tasmai vahaṃyamudakaṃ ghaṭakarpareṇa Ghaṭ. 22.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛt m. a potter.
          --grahaḥ a water-bearer.
          --dāsī a procuress; cf. kuṃbhadāsī. --paryasanaṃ the ceremony of performing the funeral rites of a patita or apostate (who is unwilling to go back to his caste &c.) during his very life-time.
          --bhedanakaṃ an instrument used in making pots.
          --rājaḥ a water-jar of baked clay.
          --rathāpanaṃ placing a water-pot as a type of Durgā.

ghaṭaka a. [ghaṭayati ghaṭ-ṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Exerting oneself, striving for; ete satpuruṣāḥ parārthaghaṭakāḥ svārthaṃ parityajya ye Bh. 2. 74.
     (2) Bringing about, accomplishing.
     (3) Forming a constituent part, constituent, component. --kaḥ
     (1) A tree that produces fruit without apparent flowers.
     (2) A match-maker, an agent who ascertains genealogies and negotiates matrimonial alliances.
     (3) A genealogist.

ghaṭanaṃ, --nā [ghaṭ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Effort, exertion.
     (2) Happening, occurring
     (3) Accomplishment, bringing about, effecting; as in aghāṭetaghaṭanā.
     (4) Joining, union, mixing or bringing together, combination; taptena taptamayasā ghaṭanāya yogyaṃ V. 2. 16; dehadvayārdhaghaṭanāracitaṃ K. 239: U. 3. 13.
     (5) Making, forming, shaping.
     (6) Motion.
     (7) Strife, hostility; Pt. 1. 159.
     (8) (nā) A troop of elephants.

ghaṭā [ghaṭ bhāve aṅ]
     (1) An endeavour, effort, exertion.
     (2) A number, troop, assemblage; pralayaghanaghaṭā K. 111; kauśikaghaṭā U. 2. 29; 5. 6; Māl. 5. 19; mātaṃgaghaṭā Śi. 1. 64.
     (3) A troop of elephants assembled for martial purposes.
     (4) An assembly.

ghaṭikaḥ [ghaṭena tarati ṭhan] A waterman. --kaṃ The hip, the posteriors.

ghaṭekā
     (1) A small water-jar, bucket, a small earthen vessel: nāryaḥ śpaśānaghaṭikā iva varjanīyāḥ Pt. 1. 192; eṣa krīḍati kūpayaṃtraghaṭikānyāyaprasakto vidhiḥ Mk. 10. 59.
     (2) A measure of time equal to 24 minutes.
     (3) A water-pot used in calculating the Ghaṭikās of the day.
     (4) The ankle.

ghaṭita p. p. [ghaṭ ṇic kta]
     (1) United, joined, connected; Māl. 10. 23.
     (2) Planned, devised.
     (3) Happened.
     (4) Effected, produced.
     (5) Made or composed of.

ghaṭin m. The sign Aquarius of the zodiac (also called kuṃbha).

ghaṭiṃdhama a. One who blows into a water-jar or pot. --maḥ A potter.

ghaṭiṃdhaya a. One who drinks a pitcherful (of water &c.).

ghaṭī
     (1) A small jar.
     (2) A measure of time equal to 24 minutes.
     (3) A small water-pot used in calculating the Ghaṭikās or time of the day.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ a potter.
          --graha, --grāha a. see ghaṭagraha. --yaṃtraṃ 1. a machine for raising water (largely used in India), the rope and bucket of a well; see araghaṭṭa. --2. a contrivance (like a clepsydra) to ascertain the ghaṭikās or time of the day.

ghaṭighaṭaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

ghaṭotkacaḥ N. of a son of Bhīma by a female demon named hiḍiṃbā. He was a very powerful person and fought valiantly in the great war between the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas on the side of the former, but was slain by Karṇa with the Śakti or missile he had received from Indra; cf. Mu. 2. 15.].

ghaṭṭ 1 A. (ghaṭṭte), usually 10 U. (ghadṛyati-te, ghaṭṭita)
     (1) To shake, stir about; as in vāyuvaṭṭitā latāḥ.
     (2) To touch, rub, rub the hands over; viṭajananakhaghaṭṭiteva vīṇā Mk. 1. 24; Bk. 14. 2.
     (3) To smooth, stroke.
     (4) To speak spitefully or malignantly.
     (5) To disturb.

ghaṭṭaḥ [ghaṭṭ-ghañ]
     (1) A landing place, steps on the side of a river leading to the waters (Mar. ghāṃṭa).
     (2) Stirring, agitating.
     (3) A tollstation.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṭī a toll station. -prabhātanyāya see under nyāya. --jīvin m. 1. a ferryman. 2. a man of a mixed tribe; (vaiśyāyāṃ rajakājjātaḥ). --3. attendant at a landing place.

ghaṭṭanam Shaking, moving.

ghaṭṭanā [ghaṭṭ-yuñ]
     (1) Shaking, moving, stirring round, agitating.
     (2) Rubbing.
     (3) A means of livelihood, practice, business, profession.

ghaṭṭita a. [ghaṭṭ karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Shaken.
     (2) Produced.

ghaṇ 8 U. (ghaṇoti, ghaṇute) To shine.

ghaṃṭ 1. 10. P. (ghaṃṭati, ghaṃṭayati)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To shine.

ghaṃṭa a. Shining, splendid --ṭaḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) A kind of sauce, a kind of dish.
     -- Comp.
          --phalakaḥ a shield with a ringing sound.

ghaṃṭā [ghaṃṭ-ac]
     (1) A bell.
     (2) A plate of iron or mixed metal struck as a clock.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraṃ a belfry.
          --phalakaḥ, --kaṃ a shield furnished with small bells.
          --tāḍaḥ a bellman.
          --nādaḥ the sound of a bell.
          --pathaḥ 1. the chief road through a village, a highway, main road; (daśadhanvaṃtaro rājamārgo ghaṃṭāpathaḥ smṛtaḥ Kauṭilya). --2. N. of Mallinātha's commentary on the Kirātārjunīyam; kartuṃ praveśamiha bhāravikāvyamadhye ghaṃṭāpathaṃ kamapi nūtanamātaniṣye Malli.
          --śabdaḥ 1. bell-metal. --2. the sound of a bell.

ghaṃṭikā A small bell.

ghaṃṭin a.
     (1) Furnished with bells.
     (2) Sounding like a bell. --m. An epithet of Śiva.

ghaṃṭuḥ
     (1) A string of bells tied on an elephant's chest by way of ornament.
     (2) Heat, light.

ghaṃḍaḥ A bee.

ghana a. [han mūrtau ap ghanadeśaśca Tv].
     (1) Compact, firm, hard, solid: saṃjāta śca ghanāghanaḥ Mal. 9. 39; nāsā ghanāsthikā Y. 3. 89; R. 11. 18.
     (2) Thick, close, dense; ghanāviralabhāvaḥ U. 2. 27; R. 8. 91; Amaru. 57.
     (3) Thick-set, full, fully developed (as breasts); ghaṭayati ghasune kucayugagagane mṛgamadarucirūṣite Gīt. 7; agurucatuṣkraṃ bhavati gurū dvau ghanakucayugme śaśivadanā'sau Śrut. 8; Bh. 1. 8; Amaru. 28.
     (4) Deep (as sound); Mal. 2. 12; Mu. 1. 21.
     (5) Uninterrupted, permanent.
     (6) Impenetrable.
     (7) Great, excessive, violent.
     (8) Complete.
     (9) Auspicious, fortunate. (10) Coarse, gross.
     (11) Engrossed by, full or replete with; Māl. 1. 32; nirvṛti- U. 6. 11. --naḥ A cloud; ghanodayaḥ prāk tadanataraṃ payaḥ S. 7. 30; ghanarucirakalāpo niḥsapatno'sya jātaḥ V. 4. 10.
     (2) An iron club, a mace.
     (3) The body.
     (4) The cube of a number (in math.).
     (5) Extension, diffusion.
     (6) A collection, multitude, quantity, mass, assemblage.
     (7) Talc
     (8) Phlegm.
     (9) Any compact mass or substance. (10) Hardness, firmness.
     (11) A particular manner of reciting Vedic texts; thus the padas namaḥ rudrebhyaḥ ye repeated in this manner would stand thus: --namo rudrebhyo rudrebhyo namo namo rudrebhyo ye ye rudrebhyo namo namo rudrebhyo ye. --naṃ
     (1) A cymbal, a bell, a gong.
     (2) Iron.
     (3) Tin.
     (4) Skin, rind, bark.
     (5) A mode of dancing.
     -- Comp.
          --atyayaḥ, --aṃtaḥ 'disappearance of the clouds', the season succeeding the rains, autumn; (śarad); R. 3. 37.
          --ajñānī N. of Durgā.
          --aṃbu n. rain.
          --ākaraḥ the rainy season.
          --āgamaḥ, --udayaḥ 'the approach of clouds', the rainy season; ghanāgamaḥ kāmijanapriyaḥ priye Rs. 2. 1.
          --āmayaḥ the date-tree.
          --āśrayaḥ the atmosphere, firmament.
          --uttamaḥ the face.
          --upalaḥ hail.
          --oghaḥ gathering of clouds.
          --kaphaḥ hail.
          --kālaḥ the rainy season.
          --garjitaṃ 1. thunder, peal or thundering noise of clouds, roar of thunder. --2. a deep loud roar.
          --golakaḥ alloy of gold and silver.
          --ghataḥ the cube of a cube.
          --jaṃbāla, thick mire.
          --jvālā lightning.
          --tālaḥ a kind of bird (sāraṃga). --tolaḥ the Chataka bird.
          --dhātuḥ lymph.
          --dhvani a. roaring. (
          --niḥ) 1. a deep or low tone. --2. the muttering of thunder clouds; Śi. 16. 25.
          --nābhiḥ smoke (being supposed to be a principal ingredient in clouds; Me. 5).
          --nīhāraḥ thick hoar-frost or mist.
          --padaṃ the cube root.
          --padavī 'the path of clouds', firmament, sky; krāmadbhirghanapadavīmanekasaṃkhyaiḥ Ki. 5. 34.
          --pāṣaṃḍaḥ a peacock.
          --phalaṃ (in geom.) the solid or cubical contents of a body or of an excavation.
          --mūlaṃ cube root (in math.).
          --rasaḥ 1. a thick juice. --2. extract, decoction. --3. camphor. --4. water (m. or n.).
          --varaṃ the face.
          --vargaḥ the square of a cube, the sixth power (in math.).
          --vartman n. the sky; ghanavartma sahasradheva kurvan Ki. 5. 17.
          --vallikā, --vallī lightning.
          --vātaḥ a thick oppressive breeze or air.
          --vīthiḥ the sky.
          --śabdaḥ thunder, peal of thunder.
          --vāsaḥ a kind of pumpkin gourd.
          --vāhanaḥ 1. Śiva. --2. Indra.
          --śyāma a. 'dark like a cloud', deep-black, dark. (
          --maḥ) an epithet
     (1) of Rāma,
     (2) of Kṛṣṇa. --samayaḥ the rainy season. --sāraḥ 1. camphor; ghanasāranīhārahāra &c. Dk.
     (1) (mentioned among white substances). --2. mercury. --3. water. --svanaḥ, --śabdaḥ, --svaḥ the roaring of clouds. --hastasaṃkhyā the contents of an excavation or of a solid (in math).

ghanīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make compact, harden, thicken, solidify.
     (2) To congeal, condense.

ghanībhū 1 P. To be thickened, condensed or congealed, be increased or deepened; U. 2. 26.

ghanīyati Den. P. To long for solid food.

ghanāghana a.
     (1) Fond of slaughter, striking down.
     (2) Cruel, hurting, mischievous.
     (3) Even, uniform, compact. --naḥ
     (1) Indra.
     (2) A vicious elephant, or one in rut or intoxication.
     (3) A thick or raining cloud.
     (4) Mutual collision or contact.

ghaṃb 1 A. (ghaṃbate) To go, move.

ghar 10 P. (ghārayati) To cover.

gharaḥ A house.

gharaṭṭaḥ A grinding stone.

gharghara a.
     (1) Indistinct, purring, gurgling (as a sound); gharghararavā pāraśmaśānaṃ sarit Mal. 5. 19, U. 4. 29.
     (2) Murmuring, muttering (as clouds). --raḥ
     (1) An indistinct or low murmur, a low, murmuring or gurgling sound.
     (2) Noise in general.
     (3) A door, gate.
     (4) Creaking, crackling, rattling &c.
     (5) The pass of a mountain.
     (6) A sliding door, curtain.
     (7) Mirth, laughter.
     (8) An owl.
     (9) A fire of chaff.

ghargharā, --rī
     (1) A bell used as an ornament.
     (2) A girdle of small bells.
     (3) The Ganges.
     (4) A kind of lute.
     (5) A bell hanging on the neck of a horse.
     (6) One of the notes in music (n. also).

ghargharikā
     (1) A bell used as an ornament.
     (2) A kind of musical instrument.
     (3) Fried grain.

ghargharitam The grunting of a hog.

gharb 1 P. (gharbati) To go.

gharmaḥ a. [gharati aṃgāt; ghṛ-seke kartari mak ni- guṇaḥ Uṇ. 1. 146] Hot. --rmaḥ
     (1) Heat, warmth; H. 1. 97.
     (2) The hot season, summer; niḥśvāsahāryāṃśukamājagāma gharmaḥ priyāveśamivopadeṣṭuṃ R. 16. 49.
     (3) Sweat, perspiration; Śi. 1. 58.
     (4) A cauldron, boiler
     (5) Sunshine; U. 2. 9, 3. 5.
     (6) A cavity in the earth shaped like a boiler.
     (7) A hot day.
     (8) Ved. A sacrifice.
     (9) Juice. (10) Milk (of cows).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ the sun; S. 5. 14.
          --aṃtaḥ the rainy season.
          --aṃbu, aṃbhas n.,
          --udaka, --jalaṃ sweat, perspiration; S. 1. 30; Māl. 9. 17, 1. 37.
          --carcikā eruptions caused by heat and suppressed perspiration.
          --chedaḥ cessation of heat.
          --dīdhitiḥ the sun; R. 11. 64.
          --dughā, --duh f. a cow giving warm milk for offerings.
          --dyutiḥ the sun; Ki. 5. 41.
          --payas n. sweat, perspiration; Śi. 9. 35.
          --śmiḥ 1. the sun. --2. heat, radiance.
          --sveda a. Ved. coming with splendour, or showering down water, or coming to the oblation (Say); perspiring with heat (B. and R).

ghas 1. 2. P. (ghasati, ghasti, ghasta) To eat, devour (a defective root used only to form certain tenses of ad).

ghasaḥ The eater, devourer.

ghasiḥ Ved. Food.

ghaspara a. [ghas-kmarac]
     (1) Voracious, gluttonous; dāvānalo ghasmaraḥ Bv. 1. 34.
     (2) Devourer, destroyer; drupadasutacamūghasmaro droṇirasmi Ve. 5. 36.

ghasra a. [ghas-rak] Hurtful, injurious. --sraḥ
     (1) A day; ghasro gamiṣyati bhaviṣyati supradoṣaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (2) The sun; Mv. 6. 8. --sraṃ Saffron.

ghāsaḥ [ghas karmaṇi ghañ]
     (1) Food.
     (2) Meadow or pasture grass; ghāsābhāvāt Pt. 5; ghāsamuṣṭiṃ paragave dadyāt saṃvatsaraṃ tu yaḥ Mb.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṃdaṃ, --sthānaṃ a pasture.
          --kūṭaṃ hay-rick.

ghāsiḥ [ghas bā- iṇ]
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Grass.

ghāṭaḥ, --ṭā [ghaṭ-ac] The back of the neck. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A pitcher.
     (2) A landing place.

ghāṃṭikaḥ
     (1) A bell-ringer.
     (2) A bard who sings in chorus, especially in honour of gods or kings.
     (3) The Dhattūra plant.

ghātaḥ [han-ṇic ghañ]
     (1) A blow, stroke, bruise, hit; jyāghāta S. 3. 13; nayanaśaraghāta Gīt. 10; so pārṣṇighātaḥ, śiroghāta &c.
     (2) Killing, hurting, destruction, slaughter; viyogo mugdhākṣyāḥ sa khalu ripugha tāvadhirabhūt U. 3. 44; paśughātaḥ Gīt. 1; Y. 2. 159; 3. 252.
     (3) An arrow.
     (4) Power.
     (5) The product of a sum in multiplication. (In comp. translated by 'inauspicious'; -divasaḥ).
     -- Comp.
          --caṃdraḥ the moon when in an inauspicious mansion determined by one's natal zodiacal sign.
          --tithiḥ an inauspicious lunar day.
          --nakṣatraṃ an inauspicious constellation.
          --vāraḥ an inauspicious day of the week.
          --sthānaṃ a slaughter-house, place for execution.

ghātaka a. [han-ṇic ṇvul] Killing, destroying, a killer, destroyer, murderer &c.

ghātana a. [han ṇic bhāve lyuṭ] A killer, murderer. --naṃ
     (1) Striking, killing, slaughter.
     (2) Killing (as an animal at a sacrifice), immolatting.

ghātiḥ [han ṇic iṇ]
     (1) Striking' killing.
     (2) Catching or killing birds. --f. A bird-net.

ghātin a. (nī f.) [han ṇic-ṇini]
     (1) Striking, killing.
     (2) Catching or killing (birds &c.)
     (3) Destructive.
     -- Comp.
          --pakṣin, --vihagaḥ a hawk falcon.

ghātuka a. (kī f.) [han ṇic ukañ]
     (1) Killing, destructive, mischievous, hurting.
     (2) Cruel, savage, ferocious.

ghātya a. [han-ṇic ṇyat] Proper or fit to be killed.

ghāraḥ See under gha.

ghārtikaḥ [ghṛtena nirvṛtaḥ ṭhañ] A kind of dish or cake prepared with clarified butter which is full of small holes; and hence one of the learned fools in the Panchatantra says on seeing the cake served to him; "chidreṣvanarthā bahulībhavaṃti".

ghāsaḥ See under ghas.

ghu 1 A. (ghavate, ghuta) To sound, make an indistinct noise.

ghuḥ The indistinct sound of a pigeon.

ghuṭ I. 6 P. (ghuṭati, ghuṭita)
     (1) To strike again, retaliate, resist.
     (2) To protect, preserve. --II.
     (1) A. (ghoṭate)
     (1) To come back, return.
     (2) To barter, exchange.

ghuṭaḥ, ghuṭiḥ, --ṭī f., ghuṭikaḥ, --kā The ankle.

ghuḍ 6 P. (ghuḍati) To prevent, defend.

ghuṇ I.
     (1) A., 6 P. (ghoṇate, ghuṇati, ghuṇita) To roll, whirl, stagger, reel. --II. 1 A. To take, receive.

ghuṇaḥ [ghuṇ-ka] A particular kind of insect found in timber.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ, --lipiḥ f. an incision in wood or in the leaf of a book made by an insect or worm and resembling somewhat the form of a letter. -nyāyaḥ see under nyāya.

ghuṃṭaḥ, ghuṃṭakaḥ, ghuṃṭikā The ankle.

ghuṃṭikam Cow-dung found in woods.

ghuṃḍaḥ A large black bee.

ghur 6 P. (ghurati, ghurita)
     (1) To sound, make a noise, snore, snort; grunt (as a pig, dog &c.); kaḥ kaḥ kutra na ghurghurāyitaghurīghoro ghurecchūkaraḥ K. P. 7.
     (2) To be frightful or terrible.
     (3) To cry in distress.

ghuraṇaḥ A sound.

ghuraghurāyate Den. A. To utter gurgling sounds.

ghurī The nostrils, especially of a hog; ghurghurāyitaghurīghoro ghurecchūkaraḥ K. P. 7.

ghurghuraḥ
     (1) Guinea-worm.
     (2) Snorting, growling, grumbling. --rā Growling &c. (as of a dog).

ghurghurakaḥ, --rikā A gurgling sound.

ghurghurāyate Den. A. To murmur, hum, whisper.

ghurghurī
     (1) The grunting of a hog.
     (2) The mole-cricket.

ghulaghulāravaḥ A sort of pigeon.

ghuṣ I. 1 P., 10 U. (ghoṣati, ghoṣayatite, ghuṣita, ghuṣṭa or ghoṣita)
     (1) To sound, make any sound or noise.
     (2) To cry or proclaim aloud, announce or declare publicly; sa sa pāpādṛte tāsāṃ duṣyaṃta iti ghuṣyatāṃ S. 6. 22; ghoṣayatu manmathanideśaṃ Gīt. 10; iti ghoṣayatīva ḍiṃḍimaḥ kariṇo hastipakāhataḥ kvaṇan H. 2. 86; R. 9. 10.
     (3) To praise.
     (4) To fill with cries, make resonant. --II. 1 A. (ghuṣate) To be beautiful or brilliant.

ghuṣa a. Sounding.

ghuṣita a. [ghuṣ kta] Proclaimed, sounded, declared; also ghuṣṭha.

ghuṣṭram A cart, carriage.

ghoṣaḥ [ghuṣ-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Noise, tumult, cry or sound in general; sa ghoṣo dhārtarāṣṭrāṇāṃ hṛdayāni vyadārayat Bg. 1. 19; so ratha-, tūrya,- śaṃkha- &c.
     (2) The thundering of clouds; snigdhagaṃbhīraghoṣaṃ Me. 64.
     (3) Proclamation.
     (4) Rumour, report.
     (5) A herdsman; haiyaṃgavīnamādāya ghoṣavṛddhānupāsthitān R. 1. 45.
     (6) A hamlet, station of cowherds; gaṃgāyāṃ ghoṣaḥ K. P. 2; ghoṣādānīya Mk. 7.
     (7) (In gram.) The soft sound heard in the articulation of the soft consonants.
     (8) A Kāyastha.
     (9) A vowel. (10) A gnat, mosquito.
     (11) An epithet of Śiva. --ṣaṃ Bell-metal.

ghoṣakaḥ [ghoṣa svārthe ka] A crier, proclaimer.

ghoṣavat a. Making a sound, sounding.
     (2) Sonant. --tī A lute

ghoṣaṇaṃ, --ṇā [ghuṣ bhāve lyuṭ] Proclamation, declaring or speaking aloud, public announcement; vyāghāto jayaghoṣaṇādiṣu balādasmadbalānāṃ kṛtaḥ Mu. 3. 26; R. 12. 72.
     (2) Speaking aloud, making a great noise.

ghoṣayitnu
     (1) A crier, bard, herald.
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (3) A cuckoo.
     (4) A captive.

ghusṛṇam Saffron; yatra strīṇāṃ masṛṇaghusṛṇālepanoṣṇā kucaśrīḥ Vikr. 18. 31.

ghūkaḥ An owl.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ acrow.
          --nādinī the Ganges.

ghūtkāraḥ Hooting; Mal. 5. 19; U. 2. 29.

ghūr 4 A. (ghūryate) To kill, hurt.

ghūrṇ 1 A., 6 P. [ghūrṇate, ghūrṇati, ghūrṇita] To roll about, move to and fro, whirl, turn round, shake, reel, stagger; yoṣitāmatimadena jughūrṇu rvibhramātiśayapūṃṣi vapūṃṣi Śi. 10. 32; bhayātkecidaghūṇiṣuḥ Bk. 15. 32, 118; Śi. 11. 18; adyāpi tāṃ suratajāgaraghūrṇamānāṃ Ch. P. 5; bhūpālāḥ kamalāvilāsamadironmīlanmadāghūrṇitāḥ Bv. 4. 42. --Caus. (ghūrṇayati-te) To cause to shake, reel or roll about; nayanānyaruṇāni ghūrṇayan Ku. 4. 12; Śi. 2. 16; Bh. 1. 89 (with prepositions like ā, vi the root retains the same meaning).

ghūrṇa a. Shaking, moving to and fro. --rṇaḥ Whirling, rolling.
     -- Comp.
          --vāyuḥ a whirlwind.

ghūrṇanaṃ, --nā [ghuṇ-bhāve-lyuṭ] Shaking, reeling, whirling or turning round, revolving; maulighūrṇanacalat Gīt. 9; ghūrṇanāmātrapatanabhramaṇādarśanādikṛt S. D.

ghūrṇiḥ [bhāve-in] Rolling, revolving.

ghṛ I. 1 P. (gharati, ghṛta) To sprinkle. --II. 10 U. (ghārayati-te, ghārita). To sprinkle over, wet, moisten. --III. 3 P. (jigharti)
     (1) To sprinkle. --2 To shine. --IV. 5 U. (ghṛṇoti, ghṛṇute)
     (1) To sprinkle.
     (2) To shine.

ghāraḥ [ghṛ-ghañ] Sprinkling, wetting.

ghṛta a. [ghṛ-kta]
     (1) Sprinkled.
     (2) Illumined. --taṃ
     (1) Ghee, clarified butter; (sarpirvilīnamājyaṃ syād ghanībhūtaṃ ghṛtaṃ bhavet Sāy.).
     (2) Butter.
     (3) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --annaḥ, --arcis m. blazing fire.
          --avaniḥ the spot on the sacrificial post which is smeared with ghee.
          --āhavanaḥ fire.
          --āhutiḥ f. an oblation of ghee.
          --āhvaḥ 1. the Sarala tree. --2. turpentine
          --udaḥ 'ocean of ghee' one of the seven oceans.
          --odanaḥ, boiled rice mixed with ghee.
          --kulyā a stream of ghee.
          --keśaḥ 1. fire. --2. one whose locks are unctuous.
          --dīdhitiḥ fire.
          --dhārā a continuous stream of ghee.
          --nirṇij a. shining. (--m.) fire.
          --padī an epithet of the goddess Ilā.
          --paśuḥ a sacrificial victim represented by ghee.
          --pūraḥ, --varaḥ a kind of sweetmeat; also -pūrvakaḥ. --pṛc a. accompanied with ghee.
          --pṛṣṭa a. having a shining body.
          --pratīkaḥ, --prayas m., prasattaḥ fire.
          --maṃḍaḥ the scum of melted butter.
          --yoniḥ fire.
          --lekhanī a ladle for ghee.

ghṛtavat a. Greasy.

ghṛtin a. Containing ghee.

ghṛtelī A cock-roach.

ghṛṇ 8 P. (ghṛṇoti, ghṛṇṇa) To shine, burn. --II
     (1) A (ghṛṇate) To seize.

ghṛṇaḥ
     (1) Heat, ardour.
     (2) Sunshine.
     (3) A Day.

ghṛṇā [ghṛ-nak]
     (1) Compassion, pity, tenderness; tāṃ vilokya vanitāvadhe ghṛṇāṃ patriṇā saha mumoca rāghavaḥ R. 11. 17; 9. 81; Ki. 15. 13.
     (2) Disgust, aversion, contempt; tatyāja toṣaṃ parapuṣṭaghuṣṭa ghṛṇāṃ ca vīṇākvaṇite vitene N. 3. 60; 1. 20; R. 11. 65.
     (3) Reproach, censure.
     -- Comp.
          --ārciḥ m. fire.

ghṛṇālu a. Compassionate, merciful, tender-hearted.

ghṛṇi a. [ghṛ-nini- guṇābhāvaḥ]
     (1) Displeasing.
     (2) Shining. --ṇiḥ
     (1) Heat. sunshine.
     (2) A ray of light.
     (3) The sun.
     (4) A wave. --n. Water.
     -- Comp.
          --nidhiḥ the sun. (f.) the Ganges.

ghṛṇin a. Merciful, tender-hearted, kind; Pt. 1. 424.
     (2) Censorious, abusive.

ghṛtācī a.
     (1) Greasy, abounding in ghee.
     (2) Containing water.
     (3) Shining. --f.
     (1) Night.
     (2) N. of Sarasvatī.
     (3) N. of an apsaras; N. 2. 109 (the following are the principal nymphs of Indra's heaven; ghṛtācī menakā raṃbhā urvaśī ca tilottamā . sukeśī maṃjudhoṣādyāḥ kathyaṃte'psaraso budhaiḥ).
     -- Comp.
          --garbhasaṃbhavā large cardamoms.

ghṛṣ 1 P. (gharṣati, ghṛṣṭa)
     (1) To rub, strike against; adyāpi tatkanakakuṃḍalaghṛṣṭamārayaṃ Ch. P. 11; Pt. 1. 144.
     (2) To brush, furbish, polish.
     (3) To crush, grind, pound; draupadyā nanu matsyarājabhavane ghṛṣṭaṃ na kiṃ caṃdanaṃ Pt. 3. 175.
     (4) To compete, rival (as in saṃgharṣa q. v.).

gharṣaḥ
     (1) Rubbing, friction.
     (2) Grinding.

gharṣaka a. Rubbing. --kaḥ A polisher.

gharṣaṇa a. Rubbing, grinding. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Rubbing, friction.
     (2) Grinding, pounding. --ṇī Turmeric.

gharṣita a. Rubbed, pounded, brushed.

ghṛṣṭa a. [karmaṇi-kta] Rubbed, &c.

ghṛṣṭiḥ [kartari-ktic] A hog. --f.
     (1) Grinding, pounding, rubbing.
     (2) Emulation, rivalry, competition.

ghṛṣviḥ A hog.

ghoṃghaḥ Intermediate space.

ghoṭaḥ, --ghoṃṭakaḥ A horse
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ a buffalo.

ghoṭī, --ghoṭikā A mare, horse in general; āṭīkaseṃ'ga karighoṭīpadātijuṣi vāṭībhuvi kṣitibhujāṃ Aśvad. 5.

ghoṇa(na)saḥ  A sort of reptile.

ghoṇā
     (1) The nose; ghoṇonnataṃ mukhaṃ Mk. 9. 16.
     (2) The nose of a horse, snout (of a hog); ghurghurāyamāṇaghoraghoṇana K. 78.

ghoṇin m. A hog.

ghoṃṭā The jujube tree.
     (2) The betel-nut tree.
     (3) A timber tree.

ghora a. [ghar-ac Uṇ. 5. 64]
     (1) Terrific, frightful, horrible, awful; śivāghorasvanāṃ paścādbubudhe vikṛteti tāṃ R. 12. 39; or tatkiṃ karmaṇi ghore māṃ niyojayasi keśava Mb.; ghoraṃ loke vitatamayaśaḥ U. 7. 6; Ms. 1. 50; 12. 54.
     (2) Violent, vehement.
     (3) Ved. Venerable, awful, sublime. --raḥ N. of Śiva. --rā Night. --raṃ 1 Horror, awfulness.
     (2) Poison.
     (3) Venerableness.
     (4) Magic formulae and charms.
     (5) Saffron.
     -- Comp.
          --ākṛti, --darśana a. frightful in appearance, terrific, hideous. (
          --naḥ) an owl.
          --ghuṣyaṃ bell metal.
          --ghorataraḥ Śiva.
          --puṣpaṃ brass.
          --rāsanaḥ, --rāsin, --vāśanaḥ, --vāśin m. a jackal.
          --rūpaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

gholaḥ, --lam Butter-milk having no water in it; (tattu sasnehamajalaṃ mathitaṃ gholamucyate Suśr.).

ghna a. (ghnī f.) (Used only at the end of comp.) Killing, destroying, removing, curing; brāhmaṇaghnaḥ, bālaghnaḥ, vātaghnaḥ, pittaghnaḥ; depriving one of, taking away; puṇyaghna, dharmaghna &c.

ghraṃsaḥ Ved. A day.

ghrā 1 P. (jighrati, jaghrau, aghrāt-aghrāsīt, ghrāta-ghrāṇa)
     (1) To smell, smell at, perceive by smell; spṛśannapi gajo haṃti jighrannapi bhujaṃgamaḥ H. 3. 14; Bv. 1. 99.
     (2) To kiss. --Caus. (ghrāpayati) To cause to smell; Bk. 15. 109. (Prepositions like ava, ā, upa, vi, saṃ &c. are added to this root without any material change of meaning; gaṃdhamāghrāya corvyāḥ Me. 21; āmodamupajighraṃtau R. 1. 43; see Bk. 2. 10; 14. 12; R. 3. 3; 13. 70; Ms. 4. 209 also).

ghrāṇa p. p. [ghrā karmaṇi-kta] Smelt. --ṇaḥ, --ṇaṃ
     (1) Smell.
     (2) Smelling.
     (3) The nose (also n.). --ṇaṃ
     (1) The act of smelling; ghrāṇena sūkarā haṃti Ms. 3. 241.
     (2) Odour, scent.
     (3) The nose. buddhīṃdriyāṇi cakṣuḥśrotraghrāṇarasanātvagākhyāni Sān. K. 26; Ku. 3. 47, Rs. 6. 27; Ms. 5. 135.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdreyaṃ the organ or sense of smell; nāsāgravarti ghrāṇaṃ T. S.
          --cakṣus a. 'having nose for the eyes', blind (who smells out his way).
          --tarpaṇa a. grateful or pleasant to the nose, fragrant, odorous. (
          --ṇaṃ) fragrance, odour.
          --pākaḥ a disease of the nose.

ghrāta p. p. Smelled smelled at.

ghrātavya a. To be smelled at. --vyaṃ Odour.

ghrātiḥ f.
     (1) The act of smelling; ghrātiraghreyamadyayoḥ Ms. 11. 68.
     (2) Smell.
     (3) The nose.

ghreya a. To be smelled at. --ya Smell, odour.

ṅa

(No word in general use begins with this letter).



ṅaḥ
     (1) An object of sense.
     (2) Desire, wish.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva.

ṅu 1 A. (ṅavate) To sound.

ca

ca a.
     (1) Seedless.
     (2) Bad, vile. --caḥ An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) Chewing, eating.
     (3) The moon.
     (4) A tortoise.
     (5) A thief. --ind. A particle expressing
     (1) Copulation (and, also as well as, moreover) used to join words or assertions together; (in this sense it is used with each of the words or assertions which it joins together; or it is used after the last of the words or as sertions so joined, but it never stands first in a sentence): mano niṣṭhāśūnyaṃ bhramati ca kimapyālikhati ca Mal. 1. 31; tau gururgurupatnī ca prītyā pratinanaṃdatuḥ R. 1. 57; Ms. 1. 64; 3. 5; kulena kāṃtyā vayasā navena guṇaiśca taistairvinayapradhānaiḥ R. 6. 79; Ms. 1. 105; 3. 116.
     (2) Disjunction (but, still, yet); śāṃtamidamāśramapadaṃ raphurati ca bāhuḥ S. 1. 16.
     (3) Certainty, determination, (indeed, certainly, exactly, quite, having the force of eva); atītaḥ paṃthānaṃ tava ca mahimā vāṅmanasayoḥ G. M.; te tu yāvaṃta evājau tāvāṃśca dadṛśe sa taiḥ R. 12. 45.
     (4) Condition (if = cet); jīvituṃ cecchase (= icchase ced) mūḍha hetuṃ me gadataḥ śṛṇu Mb.; lobhaścāsti (asti ced) guṇena kiṃ Bh. 2. 45 v. l.
     (5) It is often used expletively (pādapūraṇārthe); bhīmaḥ pārthastathaiva ca G. M. (Lexicographers give, besides the above, the following senses of ca which are included in the general idea of copulation;
     (1) anvācaya joining a subordinate fact with a principal one; bho bhikṣāmaṭa gāṃ cānaya; see anvācaya.
     (2) samāhāra collective combination; as pāṇī ca pādau ca pāṇipādaṃ.
     (2) itaṃratarayoga or mutual connection; as plakṣaśca nyagrodhaśca plakṣanyagrodhau.
     (4) samuccaya aggregation; as pacati ca paṭhati ca). ca is frequently repeated with two assertions
     (1) in the sense of 'on the one hand-on the other hand', 'though-yet', to denote antithesis; na sulabhā sakaleṃdumukhī ca sā kimapi cedamanaṃgaviceṣṭitaṃ V. 2. 9; 4. 3; R. 16. 7; or
     (2) to express simultaneous or undelayed occurrence of two events (no sooner than, as soon as); te ca prāpurudanvaṃtaṃ bubudhe cādipūruṣaḥ R. 10. 6; 3. 40; 11. 50, 81; Ku. 3. 58, 66; S. 6. 7; Mal. 9. 39.

cak
     (1) U. (cakati-te, cakita)
     (1) To be satiated, be contented or satisfied.
     (2) To repel, resist.
     (3) To shine.

cakita a. [cak kartarikta]
     (1) Shaking, trembling (through fear); bhaya-, sādhvasa-; Me. 27.
     (2) Frightened, made to tremble, startled; vyādhānusāracakitā hiraṇīva yāsi Mk. 1. 17; Amaru. 46; Me. 14.
     (3) Afraid, timid, apprehensive; cakitavilokitasakaladiśā Gīt. 2; paulastyacakiteśvarāḥ (diśaḥ) R. 10. 73. --taṃ
     (1) Trembling.
     (2) Alarm, fear. --taṃ ind. With fear, in a startled manner, alarmingly, with awe; cakitamupaimi tathāpi pārśvamasya M. 1. 11; sabhayacakitaṃ Gīt. 5; Śanti. 4. 4.

cakās 2 P. (rarely A.)(cakāstiste, cakāsāṃcakāra, acakāsīt cakāsita)
     (1) To shine, be bright; gaṃḍaścaṃḍi cakāsti nīlanalinaśrīmocanaṃ locanaṃ Gīt. 10; cakāsataṃ cārucamūrucarmaṇā Śi. 1. 8; Bk. 3. 37.
     (2) (Fig.) To be happy or prosperous; vitanvati kṣemamadevamātṛkāścirāya tasmin kuravaścakāsate Ki. 1. 17. --Caus. To cause to shine, illuminate; Śi. 3. 6. --WITH vi to shine, be bright.

cakāsita a. Shining, splendid, bright.

cakoraḥ [cak-tṛptau oran Uṇ. 1. 64] A kind of bird, the Greek partridge (said to feed on moonbeams); jyotsnāpānamadālasena vapuṣā mattāścakorāṃganāḥ Vb. 1. 11; itaścakorākṣi vilokayeti R. 6. 59; 7. 25; raphuradadharasīdhave tava vadanacaṃdramā rocayati locanacakoraṃ Gīt. 10. (cakorakaḥ also.)

cakk 10 P. (cakkayati)
     (1) To suffer.
     (2) To give or inflict pain, trouble.

cakkala a. Round, circular.

caknasaḥ Dishonesty, crookedness, fraud.

cakram [kriyate anena, kṛ ghañarthe ka ni- dvitvam Tv.]
     (1) The wheel of a carriage; cakravatparivartaṃte duḥkhāni ca sukhāni ca H. 1. 173.
     (2) A potter's wheel.
     (3) A sharp circular missile weapon, a disc (especially applied to the weapon of Viṣṇu).
     (4) An oil mill.
     (5) A circle, ring; kalāpacakreṣu niveśitānanaṃ Rs. 2. 14.
     (6) A troop, multitude, collection, Śi. 20. 17.
     (7) A realm, sovereignty.
     (8) A province, district, a group of of villages.
     (9) A form of military array in a circle. (10) A circle or depression of the body.
     (11) A cycle, cycle of years.
     (12) The horizon.
     (13) An army, a host.
     (14) Section of a book.
     (15) A whirlpool.
     (16) The winding of a river.
     (17) An astronomical circle; rāśi- the zodiac.
     (18) Circular flight (of birds &c.).
     (19) A particular constellation in the form of a hexagon. (20) Range, department in general.
     (21) The convolutions or spiral marks of the śāligrāma.
     (22) A crooked or fraudulent contrivance. --kraḥ
     (1) The ruddy goose (also called cakravāka).
     (2) A multitude, troop, group.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. a gander having a curved neck. --2. a carriage. --3. the ruddy goose (cakravāka). (--gī) a goose. (
          --gaṃ) a parasol.
          --aṭaḥ 1. a juggler, snakecatcher. --2. a rogue, knave, cheat. --3. a particular coin, a dīnara.
          --adhivāsin m. the orange tree
          --ākāra, --ākṛti a. circular, round.
          --āyudhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --āvartaḥ whirling or rotatory motion.
          --āhvaḥ, --āhvayaḥ the ruddy goose;
          --īśvaraḥ 1. 'lord of the discus', N. of Viṣṇu. --2. the officer in charge of a district.
          --upajīvin m. an oilman.
          --kārakaṃ 1. a nail. --2. a kind of perfume.
          --gaṃḍuḥ a round pillow.
          --gatiḥ f. rotation, revolution.
          --gucchaḥ the Aśoka tree.
          --grahaṇaṃ, --ṇī f. a rampart, an entrenchment.
          --cara a. moving in a circle. (
          --raḥ) a juggler.
          --cārin m. a chariot.
          --cūḍāmaṇiḥ a round jewel in a coronet or diadem.
          --jīvakaḥ, --jīvin m. a potter.
          --tīrthaṃ N. of a holy place.
          --daṃṣṭraḥ a hog.
          --dhara a. 1. bearing or having a wheel. --2. carrying a discus. --3. driving in a carriage. (
          --raḥ) 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu; cakradharaprabhāvaḥ R. 16. 55. --2. a sovereign, governor or ruler of a province. --3. a village tumbler or juggler. --4. a snake.
          --dhārā the periphery of a wheel.
          --nadī the Gaṇḍakī river.
          --nābhiḥ the nave of a wheel.
          --nāman m. 1. the ruddy goose (cakravāka). --2. a pyritic ore of iron.
          --nāyakaḥ 1. the leader of a troop. --2. a kind of perfume.
          --nemiḥ f. the periphery or circumference of a wheel; nīcairgacchavyupari ca daśā cakranemikrameṇa Me. 109.
          --pāṇiḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --pādaḥ, --pādakaḥ 1. a carriage. --2. an elephant.
          --pālaḥ 1. the governor of a province. --2. an officer in charge of a division of an army. --3. horizon. --4. a circle. --5. one who carries a discus.
          --phalaṃ a kind of discus.
          --baṃdhuḥ, --bāṃdhavaḥ the sun.
          --bālaḥ, --ḍaḥ, vālaḥ, --laṃ, --ḍaṃ 1. a ring, circle. --2. a collection, group, multitude, mass; kairavacakravālaṃ Bh. 2. 74; prakaṭayasi kimuccairarciṣāṃ cakravālaṃ Ratn. 4. 16; Mv. 6. 4; Mu. 3. 21.; K. 126, 178. --3. horizon. (
          --laḥ) 1. a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the orb of the earth like a wall and to be the limit of light and darkness. --2. the ruddy goose.
          --bāladhiḥ a dog.
          --bhṛt m. 1. one who holds a discus. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --bhedinī night.
          --bhramaḥ, --bhramiḥ f. a lathe or grindstone; āropya cakrabhramimuṣṇatejāstvaṣṭreva yatnollikhito vibhāti R. 6. 32.
          --bhrāṃtiḥ f. revolution of wheels; V. 1. 5.
          --maṃḍalin m. a species of cobra.
          --mukhaḥ a hog.
          --muṣalaḥ a battle carried on with the discus and club.
          --yānaṃ a wheelcarriage.
          --radaḥ a hog.
          --vartin m. 1. an emperor, universal monarch, sovereign of the world, a ruler whose dominions extend as far as the ocean (āsamudrakṣitīśa Ak.); putramevaṃguṇopetaṃ cakravartinamāptuhi S. 1. 12; tava tanvi kucāvetau niyataṃ cakravartinau . āsamudrakṣitīśo'pi bhavān yatra karapradaḥ .. Udb.: (where there is a pun on the word cakavartin. the other mean ing being 'resembling in shape the ruddy goose', 'round'); --2. (hence) head, foremest; āpadgataḥ kila maha śayacakravartī vistārayatyakṛtapūrvamudārabhāvaṃ Bv. 1. 70.
          --vākaḥ (kī f.) the ruddy goose; dūrībhūte mayi sahacare cakravākīmivaikāṃ Me. 83. -baṃdhuḥ the sun.
          --vāṭaḥ 1. a limit, boundary. --2. a lamp-stand. --3. engaging in an action.
          --vātaḥ a whirlwind, hurricane.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. 1. interest upon interest, compound interest; Ms. 8. 153, 156. --2. wages for transporting goods in a carriage.
          --vyūhaḥ a circular array of troops.
          --saṃjñaṃ tin. (
          --jñaḥ) the ruddy goose.
          --sāhvayaḥ the ruddy goose.
          --hastaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.

cakraka a. [cakramiva kāyati kai-ka] Wheel-shaped, circular. --kaḥ Arguing in a circle (in logic).

cakravat a. [cakramastyasya matup masya vaḥ]
     (1) Wheeled.
     (2) Circular.
     (3) Armed with a discus. --m.
     (1) An oilman.
     (2) A sovereign emperor.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu.

cakrākī, cakrāṃkī A goose.

cakrikaḥ A discus-bearer. --kā
     (1) A heap, troop.
     (2) A fraudulent device.

cakrin a. [cakramastyasya ini]
     (1) Having a wheel, wheeled.
     (2) Bear ing a discus.
     (3) Driving in a carriage.
     (4) Circular, round.
     (5) Indicative (sūcaka). --m.
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu; Śi. 13. 22.
     (2) A potter.
     (3) An oilman.
     (4) An emperor, a universal monarch, absolute ruler.
     (5) The governor of a province.
     (6) An ass.
     (7) The ruddy goose.
     (8) An informer.
     (9) A snake. (10) A crow.
     (11) A kind of tumbler or juggler.

cakriya a. Going in a carriage, being on a journey.

cakrīkṛ 8 U. To form into a circle, to curve or bend as a bow; Ku. 3. 70.

cakrīvat m. An ass; Śi. 5. 8.

cakṣ 2 A (caṣṭe) (Defective in non-conjugational tenses).
     (1) To see, observe, perceive.
     (2) To speak, say, tell (with dat. of the person).
     (3) To abandon, leave.

cakṣaṇam [ckṣ-lyuṭ na khyādeśaḥ]
     (1) Ved.
     (1) Appearance, new aspect.
     (2) Speaking, saying.
     (3) Eating a relish to promote appetite.

cakṣaṇi a. Ved. Illuminating, irradiating, brightening.

cakṣan n. Ved. The eye.

cakṣas m. [cakṣ asi na khyādeśaḥ]
     (1) A teacher, an instructor in sacred science, a spiritual teacher.
     (2) An epithet of Bṛhaspati. --n
     (1) Radiance, clearness.
     (2) The act of seeing, being seen.
     (3) Look, sight, the eye.

cakṣu m. or n. Ved The eye.

cakṣus a. [cakṣ karaṇe usi Uṇ. 2. 118] Seeing. --n.
     (1) The eye; dṛśyaṃ tamami na paśyati dīpena vinā sacakṣurapi M. 1. 9; kṛṣṇasāre dadaccakṣuḥ S. 1. 6; cf. words like ghrāṇacakṣus, jñānacakṣus, na yacakṣus, cāracakṣus &c.
     (2) Sight, look, vision, the faculty of sight; cakṣurāyuścaiva prahīyate Ms. 4. 41, 42.
     (3) Light, clearness.
     (4) Lustre, splend our.
     -- Comp.
          --gocara a. visible, being within the range of the eye.
          --grahaṇaṃ morbid affection of the eye
          --dānaṃ the ceremony of anointing the eyes of an image at the time of consecrating it.
          --pathaḥ the range of sight, the horizon.
          --baṃdhaḥ blinding the sight; Vās. 67.
          --malaṃ the excretion of the eyes.
          --rāgaḥ (cakṣūrāgaḥ) 1. redness in the eyes. --2. 'eye-love', love or liking as expressed by an exchange of glances: puraścakṣūrāgaratadanu manaso'nanyaparatā Māl. 6. 15; cakṣūrāgaḥ kokileṣu na parakalatre ṣu K. 41 (where the word has sense 1 also).
          --rogaḥ (cakṣūroga. a disease of the eye.
          --viṣayaḥ 1. the range of sight, ken, presence, visibility; ca kṣurviṣayatikrāṃteṣu kapoteṣu H. 1; Ms. 2. 198. --2. an object of sight, any visible object. --3. the horizon.
          --śravas m. a serpent; Ki. 16. 42; N. 1. 28.

cakṣuṣmat a.
     (1) Seeing, furnished with eyes, endowed with the faculty of sight; tadā cakṣuṣmatāṃ prītirāsītsamarasā dvayoḥ R. 4. 18; -tā 4. 13.
     (2) Having a clear sight or good eyes.

cakṣuṣya a. [cakṣaṣe hita yat]
     (1) Goodlooking, agreeable to the sight, pleasing, beautiful: Śi. 8. 57.
     (2) Good for the eyes.
     (3) Produced from the eye. --ṣyaḥ, --ṣyā A collyrium or application to the eyes. --ṣyā A pleasing or agreeable woman.

caṃkuṇaḥ, --raḥ
     (1) A tree.
     (2) A carriage.
     (3) A vehicle in general (n. also).

caṃkramaṇam a. [kram yaṅ lyuṭ yaño luk Tv.]
     (1) Moving about, taking exercise.
     (2) Going slowly or crookedly.
     (3) Moving or going about, walking; viṣa cakramaṇa rātrau Chāṇ. 97; cakre sa cakranibhacaṃkramaṇacchalena N. 1. 144.
     (4) Going slowly or tortuously.
     (5) Leap, jump, spring; Pt. 4.

caṃkramā Going or moving about, walking.

caṃga a.
     (1) Handsome, beautiful.
     (2) Clever.
     (3) Healthy, sound.

caṃgiman m. Beauty.

caṃc 1 P. (cacati, caṃcita)
     (1) To move, wave, shake; samaraśirasi caṃca paṃcacūḍaścamūnāṃ U. 5. 3; Mal. 5. 23; caṃcaccacū Nāg. 4; caṃcatparāga Gīt. 1.
     (2) To dangle about; vilapati hasati viṣīdati roditi caṃcati muṃcati tāpaṃ Gīt. 4.
     (3) To leap, jump.
     (4) To go, move.

caṃcaḥ [caṃc-ac]
     (1) A basket.
     (2) A measure of length equal to 5 fingers (paṃcāṃgulaṃ mānaṃ). --cā
     (1) Anything made of cane (as mat &c.).
     (2) A straw-man, doll.
     (3) A puppet of grass or reed.
     (4) A contemptuous epithet of a man.

caṃcatka a.
     (1) Leaping, jumping.
     (2) Moving, trembling, shaking.

caṃcarin m. The large black bee; karī barībharīti ceda diśaṃ sarīsarīti kāṃ . ritharī carīkarīti cenna caṃcarīti caṃcarī Udb.

caṃcarī, --caṃcarīkaḥ A large black bee; culukayani madīyāṃ cetanāṃ caṃcarīkaḥ R. G.; kuṃdalatāyā vimuktamakaraṃdarasāyā api caṃcarīkaḥ . graṇayaprarūḍhapremabharabhaṃjanakātarabhāvabhītaḥ .. Vb. 1. 4; Vikr. 1. 2; Bv. 1. 48.

caṃcalam a. [caṃc-alac, caṃcaṃ garti lāti la -ka vā Tv.]
     (1) Moving, shaking, trembling, tremulous; śrutvaiva bhītahariṇīśiśucaṃcalākṣīṃ Ch. P. 27; caṃcalakuṃḍala Gīt. 7; Amaru. 79.
     (2) (Fig.) Inconstant, fickle, unsteady; bhogā meghavitānamadhyavilasatsaudāminīcaṃcalāḥ Bh. 3. 54; Ki. 2. 19; manaścaṃcalamasthiraṃ Bg. 6. 26. --laḥ
     (1) The wind.
     (2) A lover
     (3) A libertine. --lā
     (1) Lightning.
     (2) Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth.

caṃcu a. [caṃc-un]
     (1) Celebrated, renowned, known.
     (2) Clever (as akṣaracaṃcu); oṣṭhena rāmo rāmauṣṭhabiṃvacuṃbanacaṃcutā Śi. 2. 14; see cuṃca. --cuḥ A deer. --cuḥ, --cūḥ f. A beak, bill.
     -- Comp.
          --puṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ the bill of a bird when shut; caṃcūpuṭaṃ capalayaṃti cakorapotāḥ R. G.; Bv. 2. 99; amoci caṃcūpuṭamaunamudrā vihāyasā tena vihasya bhūyaḥ N. 3. 99; vyalikhaccaṃcupuṭena pakṣatī 2. 2, 4; Amaru. 13.
          --prahāraḥ a peck with the beak.
          --bhṛt --mat, m. a bird.
          --sūciḥ the tailor bird.

caṃcukā A beak, bill.

caṃcura a. Clever, expert.

caṭ I. 1 P. (caṭati, caṭita)
     (1) To break, fall off, separate.
     (2) To rain.
     (3) To cover. --II. 10 U. (cāṭapati-te)
     (1) To kill, injure.
     (2) To pierce, break.

caṭakaḥ A sparrow.

caṭakā, caṭikā
     (1) A hen-sparrow.
     (2) The root of long pepper.

caṭanam
     (1) Cracking, splitting.
     (2) Falling off in small pieces.

caṭuḥ, --ṭu n. [ca-un]
     (1) Kind or flattering words; see cāṭu.
     (2) A scream.
     (3) A devotional posture among ascetics. --ṭuḥ The belly.

caṭula a. [caṭ-ṭalac]
     (1) Trembling, tremulous, unsteady, moving about, shaking; āyastamaikṣata jataścaṭulāgrapādaṃ Śi. 5. 6; trāsātimātracaṭalaiḥ smarataḥ sunetraiḥ R. 9. 58; caṭulaśapharodvartanaprekṣitāni Me. 40; Mu. 324; Śi. 5. 10, 13.
     (2) Fickle, inconstant (as a lover &c.); kiṃ labdhaṃ caṭula tvayeha nayatā saubhāgyametāṃ daśāṃ Amaru. 14; caṭalapremṇā dayitena 71.
     (3) Fine, beautiful, agreeable; iti caṭulaca ṭupaṭucāru mutvairiṇo rādhikā madhi vacanajātaṃ Gīt. 10. --lā Lightning.

caṭulola, caṭullola a.
     (1) Tremulous.
     (2) Lovely, beautiful.
     (3) Talking sweet words.

caṭacaṭā The sound of the clashing of weapons, cracking of fire &c.

caṭacaṭāyate Den. A. To crackle rattle.

caṭacaṭāyanam Crackling.

caṇ 1 P. (caṇati)
     (1) To sound.
     (2) To go.
     (3) To injure, hurt, kill.

caṇa a. (At the end of comp.) Renowned, celebrated, skilled in, famous for; akṣaracaṇaḥ. --ṇaḥ The chick-pea.

caṇakaḥ Chick-pea; utpatitopi hi caṇakaḥ śaktaḥ kiṃ bhraṣṭrakaṃ bhaktuṃ Pt. 1. 132.
     -- Comp.
          --amlaṃ sour pease.
          --ātmajaḥ the sage cāṇakya.

caṃḍa a.
     (1)
          (a) Fierce, violent, impetuous.
          (b) Passionate, angry, wrathful; athaikadhenoraparādhacaṃḍāt guroḥ kṛśānupratibhāda bibheṣi R. 2. 49; M. 3. 20; see caṃḍī below.
     (2) Hot, warm; as in caṃḍāṃśu.
     (3) Active, quick.
     (4) Pungent, acrid.
     (5) Mischievous evil.
     (6) Circumcised. --ḍaḥ
     (1) An evil being or demon.
     (2) Śiva.
     (3) Skanda.
     (4) The tamarind tree. --ḍaṃ
     (1) Heat, warmth.
     (2) Passion, wrath. --adv. Violently, fiercely, angrily.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ, --dīdhitiḥ, --bhānuḥ the sun.
          --nāyikā an epithet of Durgā
          --muṃḍā a form of Durgā; (= cāmuṃḍā q. v.).
          --mṛgaḥ a wild animal.
          --vikrama a. of impetuous valour, fierce in prowess.

caṃḍavat a. Violent, warm. --tī N. of Dugrā.

caṃḍā, --ḍī f.
     (1) An epithet of Durgā.
     (2) A passionate or angry woman: caṃ ḍī caṃḍaṃ haṃtu bhyudyatā māṃ M. 3. 20; caṃḍī māmavadhūya pa dapatitaṃ jātānutāpeva sā V. 4. 38; R. 12. 5; Me. 104. --ḍī
     (1) A term of endearment applied to one's mistress.
     (2) Hurt, injury.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃśvaraḥ, --patiḥ an epithet of Śiva; puṇyaṃ yāyāstribhuvanagurordhāma caṃḍīśvarasya Me. 33.
          --kusumaḥ red oleander.

caṃḍiḥ f., caṃḍikā N. of Durgā.

caṃḍimana m.
     (1) Passion, violence, impetuosity, wrath
     (2) Heat, warmth.

caṃḍilaḥ A barber.

caṃḍīkṛ 8 U. To enrage, make angry or violent, provoke.

caṃḍātaḥ The fragrant oleander.

caṃḍātakaḥ, --kam A short petticoat.

caṃḍāla a. [caṃḍ-ālac] Wicked or cruel in deeds, of black deeds (krūrakarman); cf. karmacāḍāla. --laḥ A general name for the lowest and most despised of the mixed castes originating from a Śūdra father and a Brāhmaṇa mother.
     (2) A man of this caste, an outcast, caṃḍālaḥ kimayaṃ dvija tirathavā Bh. 3. 56; Ms. 5. 131; 10. 12, 16; 11. 176.
     -- Comp.
          --vallakī the lute of a Chāṇḍāla, a common or vulgar lute.

caṃḍālikā
     (1) The lute of a Chāṇḍāla.
     (2) N. of Durgā.

caṃḍuḥ [caṃḍ-un]
     (1) A rat, mouse.
     (2) A small monkey.

cat 1 U. (catati-te)
     (1) To ask, beg, request.
     (2) To go. --Caus. (cātayati -te)
     (1) To cause to hide.
     (2) To scare, terrify.

catita a. (Ved. catta) Hidden; made to disappear.

cātana a. Driving away, removing. --naṃ
     (1) Tormenting, afflicting.
     (2) Removing, scaring away.

catur num. a. [cat-uran Uṇ. 5. 58] (always in pl.; catvāraḥ m.; catasraḥ f.; catvāri n.) Four; catvāro vayamṛtvijaḥ Ve. 1. 25; catasro'vasthā bālyaṃ kaumāraṃ yauvanaṃ vārdhakaṃ ceti; catvāri śṛṃgā trayo asya pādāḥ &c.; śeṣān māsān gamaya caturo locane mīlayitvā Me 110. --ind. Four times. [cf. Zend chathru; Gr. tessares; L. quatuor]. [In comp. the r of catura is changed to a visarga (which in some cases becomes ś, ṣ or s, or remains unchanged) before words beginning with hard consonants].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ a fourth part.
          --aṃga a. having 4 members, quadripartite. (
          --gaṃ) 1. a complete army consisting of elephants, chariots, cavalry, and infantry; eko hi khaṃjanavaro nalinīdalastho dṛṣṭaḥ karoti caturaṃgabalādhipatyaṃ S. Til. 4; caturaṃgabalo rājā jagatīṃ vaśamānayet . ahaṃ paṃcāṃgabalavānākāśaṃ vaśamānaye Subhaṣ. --2. a sort of chess.
          --aṃgin a. having four parts. (
          --nī) a complete army, see caturaṃga. --agulaṃ 1. the four fingers of the hand. --2. four fingers broad.
          --aṃta a. bordered on all sides; bhūtvā cirāya caturaṃtamahīsapatnī S. 4. 19.
          --aṃtā the earth.
          --aśīta a. eighty-fourth.
          --aśīti a. or f. eighty four.
          --aśra, --asra a. (for aśri-sri) 1. four cornered, quadrangular; R. 6. 10. --2. symmetrical, regular or handsome in all parts; babhūva tasyāścaturasraśobhi vapuḥ Ku. 1. 32. (
          --śraḥ, --sraḥ) 1. a square. --2. a quadrangular figure. --3. (in astr.) N. of the fourth and eighth lunar mansions.
          --ahaṃ a period of four days.
          --ātman m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --ānanaḥ, --mukhaḥ an epithet of Brahmā; itaratāpaśatāni yathecchayā vitara tāni sahe caturānana Udb.
          --āśramaṃ the four orders or stages of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa.
          --uttara a. increased by four.
          --uṣaṇaṃ the four hot spices, i. e. black pepper, long pepper, dry ginger, and the root of long pepper.
          --karṇa (catuṣkarṇa) a. heard by two persons only; Pt. 1. 99.
          --koṇa (catuṣkoṇa) a. square, quadrangular. (
          --ṇaḥ) a square, tetragon, any quadrilateral figure.
          --gatiḥ 1. the Supreme Soul. --2. a tortoise.
          --gavaḥ a carriage drawn by four oxen.
          --guṇa a. four times, four-fold, quadruple.
          --catvāriṃśata (catuścatvāriṃśat) a. forty-four; -riṃśa --śattama forty-fourth.
          --ṇavata(caturnavata) a. ninety-fourth, or with ninety-fouradded; caturṇavataṃ śataṃ 'one hundred and ninety-four'.
          --daṃtaḥ an epethet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra.
          --daśa a. fourteenth.
          --daśan a. four teen. -ratnāni (pl.) the fourteen 'jewels' churned out of the ocean; (their names are contained in the following popular Maṅgalāṣṭaka:
          --lakṣmīḥ kaustubhapārijātakasurā dhanvaṃtariścaṃdramā gāvaḥ kāmadughāḥ sureśvaragajo raṃbhādidevāṃganāḥ . aśvaḥ saptamukho viṣaṃ haridhanuḥ śaṃkho'mṛtaṃ cābudhe ratnānīha caturdaśa pratidinaṃ kuryuḥ sadā maṃgalaṃ ..). -vidyā (pl.) the fourteen lores; (they are:
          --ṣaḍaṃgamiśritā vedā dharmaśāstraṃ purāṇakaṃ . mīmāṃsā tarkamapi ca etā vidyāścaturdaśa ..). --daśī the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight.
          --diśaṃ the four quarters taken collectively.
          --diśaṃ ind. towards the four quarters, on all sides.
          --dolaḥ --laṃ a royal litter.
          --dvāraṃ 1. a house with four entrances on four sides. --2. four doors taken collectively.
          --navati a. or f. ninety-four.
          --paṃca a. (catuḥpaṃca or catuṣpaṃca) four or five.
          --paṃcāśat f. (catu paṃcāśat or catuṣpaṃcāśat) fifty-four.
          --pathaḥ (catuḥpathaḥ or catuṣpathaḥ) (--thaṃ also) a place where four roads meet, a crossway; Ms. 4. 39, 9. 264. (
          --thaḥ) a Brāhmaṇa.
          --pada a. (catuṣpada) 1. having four feet. --2. consisting of four limbs. (
          --daḥ) a quadruped. (
          --dī) a stanza of four lines; padya catuṣpadī tacca vṛttaṃ jātiriti dvidhā Chand. M. 1.
          --pāṭhī (catuṣpāṭhī) a school for Brāhmaṇas in which the four Vedas are taught and repeated.
          --pāṇiḥ (canuṣpāṇiḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --pād --da (catuṣya d-da) a. 1. quadruped. --2. consisting of four members or parts. (--m.) 1. a quadruped. --2. (in law.) a judicial procedure (trial of suits) consisting of four processes; i. e. plea, defence, rejoinder, and judgment.
          --pārśvaṃ the four sides of a square.
          --bāhuḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. (
          --hu n.) a square.
          --bhadraṃ the aggregate of the four ends of human life (puruṣārtha); i. e. dharma, artha, kāma and mokṣa. --bhāgaḥ the fourth part, a quarter.
          --bhāvaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --bhuja a. 1. quadrangular. --2. having four arms, Bg. 11. 46. (
          --jaḥ) 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu; R. 16. 3. --2. a quadrangular figure. --3. square. (
          --jaṃ) a square.
          --māsaṃ a period of four months. (reckoned from the 11th day in the bright half of āṣāḍha to the 11th day in the bright half of kārtika). --mukha having four faces. (
          --khaḥ) an epithet of Brahmā; tvattaḥ sarvaṃ caturmukhāt R. 10. 22. (
          --khaṃ) 1. four faces; Ku. 2. 17. --2. a house with four entrances.
          --maṃḍalaṃ a four-fold arrangement (of troops &c.).
          --yugaṃ the aggregate of the four Yugas or ages of the world.
          --rātraṃ (catūrātraṃ) an ag gregate of four nights.
          --vaktraḥ an epithet of Brahmā.
          --vargaḥ the four ends of human life taken collectively (puruṣārtha); i. e. dharma, artha, kāma and mokṣa; R. 10. 22.
          --varṇaḥ 1. the four classes or castes of the Hindus; i. e. brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra; caturvarṇamayo lokaḥ R. 10. 22. --2 four principal colours.
          --varṣikā a cow four years old.
          --viṃśa a. 1. twenty-fourth. --2. having twenty-four added; as caturviṃśaṃ śataṃ
     (124). --viṃśati a. or f. twenty-four. --viṃśatika a. consisting of twenty-four. --vidya a. one who has studied the four Vedas. --vidyā the four Vedas. --vidha a. of four sorts or kinds, four-fold. --veda a. familiar with the four Vedas. (--daḥ) the Supreme Soul. --vyūhaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. (--haṃ) medical science. --śālaṃ (catuḥśālaṃ, catuśśālaṃ, catuḥśālī, catuśśālī) a square of four buildings, a quadrangle enclosed by four buildings; alaṃ catuḥśālamimaṃ pravaṃśya Mk. 3. 7. --ṣaṣṭi a. or f. 1. sixty-four. --2. N. for the Ṛgveda containing 64 Adhyāyas. -kalāḥ (pl.) the sixtyfour arts. --saptati a. or f. seventyfour. --samaṃ an unguent of four things, sandal, agallochum, saffron and musk. --sīmā the boundaries on all four sides. --hāyana, --ṇa a. four years old; (the f. of this word ends in ā if it refers to an inanimate object, and in ī if it refers to an animal). --hotrakaṃ the four priests taken collectively.

caturtha a. (rthī f.) [caturṇāṃ pūraṇaḥ ḍaṭ yuk ca] The fourth. --rthaḥ The fourth letter of any class. --rthaṃ A quarter, a fourth part.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśa a. receiving a fourth part. (
          --śaḥ) a quarter or fourth part.
          --āśramaḥ the fourth stage of a Brāhmaṇa's religious life, Sannyāsa.
          --phalaṃ the second inequality or equation of a planet.
          --bhakta a. eating the fourth meal.
          --bhāj a. receiving a fourth part of every source of income from the subjects, as a king; (this is allowed only in times of financial embarrassments, the usual share being a sixth.).

caturthaka a. The fourth. --kaḥ A fever that returns or is repeated every four days, a quartan. --rthikā A weight equal to four Karshas.

caturthī
     (1) The fourth day of a lunar fortnight.
     (2) The dative case (in gram.).
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. the ceremonies to be performed on the fourth night of the marriage.

caturdhā ind. In four ways, fourfold.

catuṣka a. [caturavayavaṃ catvāro'vayavā yasya vā kan]
     (1) Consisting of four.
     (2) Increased by four; dvikaṃ trikaṃ catuṣkaṃ ca paṃcakaṃ ca śataṃ samaṃ Ms. 8. 142 (i. e. 102, 103, 104, or 105, or interest at the rate of 2 to 5 per cent). --ṣkaṃ
     (1) The number 'four.'
     (2) A collection of four.
     (3) A crossway.
     (4) A quadrangular courtyard.
     (5) A hall resting on (four) pillars, a hall or saloon in general; Ku. 5. 68, 7. 9.
     (6) A necklace of four strings. --ṣkī
     (1) A large foursided pond.
     (2) A mosquito curtain.

catuṣkikā The number 'four'.

catuṣṭaya a. (yī f.) [catvāro'vayavā vidhā asya tayap] Four fold, consisting of four; purāṇasya kavestasya catu rmukhasamīritā . pravṛttirāsīcchabdānāṃ caritārthā catuṣṭayī .. Ku. 2. 17. --yaṃ A group or collection of four; ekaikamapyanarthāya kimu yatra catuṭayaṃ H. Pr. 11; Ku. 7. 62; māsacatuṣṭayasya bhojanaṃ H. 1.
     (2) A square.
     (3) The first, fourth, seventh, and tenth signs of the zodiac.
     (4) The centre of a circle.

catvāriṃśat f. Forty.

catura a. [cat-urac]
     (1) Clever, skilful, ingenious, sharp-witted; sarvātmanā ratikathācatureva dūtī Mu. 3. 9; Amaru. 15, 44; mṛgayā jhāra catureva kāminī R. 9. 69; 18. 15.
     (2) Quick, swift.
     (3) Charming, beautiful, lovely, agreeable; na punareti gataṃ caturaṃ vayaḥ R. 9. 47; Ku. 1. 47; 3. 5; 5. 49. --raḥ
     (1) A round pillow.
     (2) Crooked gait.
     (3) An elephant's stable. --raṃ
     (1) Cleverness, ingenuity.
     (2) An elephant's stable.

catula a. Depositing, placing.

catvaram [cat-ṣvarac Uṇ. 2. 121]
     (1) A quadrangular place or courtyard.
     (2) A place where many roads meet; sa khalu śraṣṭhicatvare nivasati Mk. 2.
     (3) A levelled spot of ground prepared for a sacrifice.
     (4) A collection of four chariots.

catvālaḥ
     (1) A hole in the ground prepared for an oblation or for the sacrificial fire.
     (2) Kuśa grass.
     (3) Womb.

cad 1 U. [cadati-te] To ask, beg.

cadiraḥ [cad-kirac]
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Camphor.
     (3) An elephant.
     (4) A snake.

can 1. 6. P. [canati]
     (1) To sound,
     (2) To hurt, injure, kill.

canas n.
     (1) Food.
     (2) Delight, satisfaction, pleasure.

canasita a. Ved. Delighted, satisfied, pleased.

canasyati Den. P.
     (1) To like.
     (2) To eat.
     (3) To delight in.

caniṣṭha n. Containing or granting much food.

cana ind. Not, not also, even not (not used by itself, but found used in combination with the pronoun kim or its derivatives, such as kad, kathaṃ, kva, kadā, kutaḥ to which it imparts an indefinite sense; see under kim). Note. Some regard cana to be not a separate word, but a combination of ca and na.

caṃd 1 P. [caṃdati, caṃdita]
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To be glad or rejoiced.

caṃdaḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Camphor.

cadakaḥ The moon.
     (2) A kind of fish.

caṃdanaḥ --nam [caṃd ṇyaṃtāt-lyu] Sandal, (the tree the wood, or any unctuous preparation of the wood, held in high estimation as a perfume and refrigerant application); analāyāgurucaṃdanaidhase R. 8. 71; maṇiprakārāḥ sarasaṃ ca cadanaṃ śucau priye yāṃti janasya sevyatāṃ Rs. 1. 2; evaṃ ca bhāṣate lokaścaṃdataṃ kila śītalaṃ . putragātrasya saṃsparśaścaṃdanādatiricyata Pt. 5. 20; vinā malayamanyatra caṃdanaṃ na prarohati 1. 41.
     (2) Anything most excellent of its kind.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ, --giriḥ, --adriḥ the Malaya mountain.
          --udakaṃ sandal-water.
          --puṣpaṃ cloves.
          --sāraḥ 1. the most excellent sandal-wood. --2. a kind of alkali (vajrakṣara).

caṃdanin a. Rubbed with, or smelling of, sandal wood.

caṃdanīyā A kind of yellow pigment (gorocatā).

caṃdiraḥ [Uṇ. 1. 51]
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) The moon; api ca mānasamaṃbunidhiryaśo vimalaśāradacaṃdiracaṃdrikā Bv. 1. 113; mukuṃdamukhacaṃdire ciramidaṃ cakorāyatā 4. 1.

caṃdra a. [caṃṭ ṇic rak] Ved.
     (1) Glittering, bright, shining (as gold).
     (2) Lovely, beautiful. --draḥ
     (1) The moon: yathā prahlādanāccaṃdraḥ R. 4. 12; hṛtacaṃdrā tamaseva kaumudī 8. 37; na hi saṃharate jyotsnāṃ cadraścāṃḍālaveśmani H. 1. 61; mukha-, vadana- &c.; paryāptacaṃdreva śarattriyāmā Ku. 7. 26 (for mythological account see soma).
     (2) The moon, as a planet.
     (3) Campher; vilepanasyādhikacaṃdrabhāgatāvibhāvanāccāpalalāpa pāṃḍutāṃ N. 1. 51.
     (4) The eye in a peacock's tail.
     (5) Water.
     (6) Gold (n. also).
     (7) A lovely or agreeable phenomenon.
     (8) A spot similar to the moon
     (9) The symbol or mark of a Visarga. (10) A reddish kind of pearl.
     (11) The fifth lunar mansion.
     (12) The number 'one'. (Used at the end of comp. caṃdra means 'excellent', 'eminent', or 'illustrious'; as puruṣacaṃdraḥ 'a moon of men', an excellent or illustrious man). --drā
     (1) Small cardamoms.
     (2) An open hall only furnished with a roof.
     (3) An awning, a canopy.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ 1. Viṣṇu. --2. a moon-beam.
          --ardhaḥ the half moon; Pt. 4. -cūḍāmaṇiḥ, -moliḥ, -śekharaḥ epithets of Śiva.
          --ātapaḥ 1. moon-light. --2. awning. --3. an open hall only furnished with a roof.
          --ātmajaḥ, --aurasaḥ, --jaḥ, --jātaḥ, --tanayaḥ, --naṃdanaḥ, --putraḥ the planet Mercury.
          --ānana a. moon-faced. (
          --naḥ) an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --āpīḍaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --ābhāsaḥ 'false moon', an appearance in the sky resembling the real moon.
          --āhvayaḥ camphor.
          --iṣṭā a lotus plant, or a collection of lotuses, blossoming during the night.
          --udayaḥ 1. moon-rise. --2. awning. --3. a mercurial preparation used in medicine. (
          --yā) a kind of medicine for the eyes.
          --upalaḥ the moon-stone.
          --kalā 1. a digit of the moon; rāhoścaṃdrakalāmivānanacarīṃ daivātsamāsādya me Mal. 5. 28. --2. the crescent before or after the new moon.
          --kāṃtaḥ, --māṇiḥ the moonstone (supposed to ooze away under the influence of the moon); dravati ca hinaraśmāvudgate cadrakāṃtaḥ U. 6. 12; Śi. 4. 58; Amaru 57; Bh. 1. 21; Mal. 1. 24. (
          --taḥ --taṃ) the white eatable water-lily blossoming during the night. (
          --taṃ) sandal-wood.
          --kāṃtā 1. a night. --2. the wife of the moon. --3. moon-light.
          --kāṃtiḥ f. moon-light. (--n.) silver.
          --kṣayaḥ the new-moon-day or the last day of a lunar month (amā) when the moon is not visible.
          --gṛhaṃ the fourth sign of the zodiac, Cancer.
          --golaḥ the world of the moon, lunar sphere. -rathaḥ a deceased progenitor, the manes.
          --golikā moonlight.
          --grahaṇaṃ an eclipse of the moon.
          --caṃ valā a small fish
          --cūḍaḥ, --mauliḥ, śekharaḥ, --cūḍāmaṇiḥ epithets of Śiva; ('having the moon for his crest', 'moon-crested'); rahasyupālabhyata caṃdraśekharaḥ Ku. 5. 58, 86; R. 6. 34.
          --dārāḥ (m. pl.) 'the wives of the moon', the 27 lunar mansions mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Daksha and married to the moon.
          --dyutiḥ sandal-wood. (--f.) moon-light.
          --nāman m. camphor.
          --nibha a. bright, handsome.
          --paṃcāgaṃ the luni-solar calendar.
          --pādaḥ a moon-beam; Me. 70; Mal. 3. 12.
          --prabhā moon-light.
          --bālā 1. large cardamoms. --2. moon-light.
          --biṃdu the sign for the nasal (ṃ). --bhasman n. camphor.
          --bhāgā N. of a river in the south.
          --bhāsaḥ a sword; see caṃdrahāsa. --bhūti n. silver.
          --maṇiḥ the moon-stone.
          --maṃḍalaṃ 1. the orb or disc of the moon. --2. the lunar sphere. --3. a halo round the moon.
          --mukhī a moon-faced (i. e. lovely) woman.
          --rekhā, lekhā the digit or streak of the moon.
          --reṇuḥ a plagiarist.
          --lokaḥ the world of the moon.
          --lohakaṃ, --lauhaṃ, --lauhakaṃ silver.
          --vaṃśaḥ the lunar race of kings, the second great line of royal dynasties in India.
          --vadana a. a moon-faced.
          --vrataṃ 1. a kind of vow or penance = cāṃdrāyaṇa q. v. --2. a regal property or virtue.
          --śālā 1 a room on the top (of a house &c.); viyadgataḥ puṣpakacaṃdraśālāḥ kṣaṇaṃ pratiśrunmukharāḥ karoti R. 13. 40. --2. moonlight.
          --śālikā a room on the top of a house.
          --śilā the moon-stone; Bk. 11. 15.
          --saṃjñaḥ camphor.
          --saṃbhavaḥ N. of Budha or Mercury. (
          --vā) small cardamoms.
          --sālokya attainment of the lunar heaven.
          --han m. an epithet of Rāhu.
          --hāsaḥ 1. a glittering sword. --2. the sword of Ravaṇa; he pāṇayaḥ kimiti vāṃchatha caṃdrahāsaṃ B. R. 1. 56, 61. --3. N. of a king of Kerala, son of Sudhārmika. [He was born under the Mūla asterism and his left foot had a redundant toe; for this his father was killed by his enemies, and the boy was left an orphan in a state of destitution. After much exertion he was restored to his kingdom. He became a friend of Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna when they came to the South in the course of their wanderings with the sacrificial horse.] (
          --saṃ) silver.

caṃdrakaḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) The eye in a peacock's tail.
     (3) A finger-nail.
     (4) A circle of the moon's shape (formed by a drop of oil thrown into water). --kaṃ Black pepper.

caṃdrakavat m. A peacock.

caṃdrakin m. A peacock; Śi. 3. 49.

caṃdramas m.
     (1) The moon: nakṣatratārāgrahasaṃkulāpi jyotiṣmatī caṃdramasaiva rātriḥ R. 6. 22.
     (2) A month
     (3) Camphor.

caṃdrikā
     (1) Moonlight; itaḥ stutiḥ kā khalu caṃdrikāyā yadabdhimapyuttaralīkaroti N. 3. 116; R. 19. 39; kāmukaiḥ kuṃbhīlakaiśca parihartavyā caṃdrikā M. 4.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Elucidation, throwing light on the subject treated; alaṃkāracādrikā, kāvyacāṃdrikā; cf. kaumudī.
     (3) Illumination.
     (4) A large cardamom.
     (5) The river Chandrabhāgā.
     (6) The Mallikā creeper.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbujaṃ the white lotus opening at moonrise.
          --drāvaḥ the moon-stone.
          --pāyit m. the Chakora bird.

caṃdrin a. Ved.
     (1) Golden, possessing gold.
     (2) Having the moon. --m. The planet Mercury (son of the moon).

caṃdrimā Moonlight.

caṃdrilaḥ
     (1) A barber.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.

caṃdramahaḥ A dog.

cap I. 1 P. (capati) To console, soothe. --II. 10 U. (capayati-te)
     (1) To grind, pound, knead.
     (2) To cheat.

capaṭaḥ = capeṭa q. v.

capala a. [cup-maṃdāyāṃ gatau kala upadhokārasyākāraḥ Tv.; cf. Uṇ. 1. 108]
     (1) Shaking, trembling, tremulous; kulyāṃbhobhiḥ pavanacapalaiḥ śākhino dhaitamūlāḥ S. 1. 15; capalāyatākṣī Ch. P. 8.
     (2) Unsteady, fickle, inconstant, wavering; Śānti. 2. 12; capalamati &c.
     (3) Frail, transient, momentary; nalinīdalagatajalapratitaralaṃ tadvajjīvitamatiśayacapalaṃ Moha M. 5.
     (4) Quick, nimble, agile; (gataṃ) śaiśavāccapalamapyaśobhata R. 11. 8.
     (5) Inconsiderate, rash; cf. cāpala. --laḥ
     (1) A fish.
     (2) Quicksilver.
     (3) The Chātaka bird.
     (4) Consumption.
     (5) A sort of perfume.
     (6) Black mustard.

capalā
     (1) Lightning; kurabakakusumaṃ capalāmuṣamaṃ ratipatimṛgakānane Gīt. 7.
     (2) An unchaste or disloyal wife.
     (3) Spirituous liquor.
     (4) Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth.
     (5) The tongue.
     (6) Long pepper.
     -- Comp.
          --janaḥ 1. a fickle or unsteady woman; Śi. 9. 16. --2. the goddess of wealth.

capalaka a. Wanton, fickle, unsteady &c.

capalatā --tvam
     (1) Trembling.
     (2) Fickleness.

capalāyate Den. A. To move to and fro, tremble.

capeṭaḥ
     (1) The palm of the hand with the fingers extended.
     (2) A blow with the open hand.

capeṭā, capeṭikā A blow with the open hand; khaḍikopādhyāyaḥ śiṣyāya capeṭikāṃ dadāti Mbh.

cam 1 P. (camati, cāṃta)
     (1) To drink, sip, drink off; cacāma madhu mādhvīkaṃ Bk. 14. 94.
     (2) To eat.

camatkaraṇaṃ, camatkāraḥ, camatkṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Admiration, surprise.
     (2) Show, spectacle.
     (3) Poetical charm, that which constitutes the essence of poetry; cetaścamatkṛtipadaṃ kaviteva ramyā Bv. 3. 16; tadapekṣayā vācyatyaiva camatkāritvāt K. P. 1.
     (4) Riot, festive or angry riot.

camatkārin a. Astonishing, surprising.
     (2) Unusual, uncommon.

camaraḥ [cam-arac Uṇ. 3. 31] A kind of deer. --raḥ, --raṃ A chowrie most usually made of the tail of Chamara. --rī
     (1) A shoot, sprout (maṃjarī).
     (2) The female Chamara; yasyātharyuktaṃ girirājaśabdaṃ kurvaṃti bālavyajanaiścaptaryaḥ Ku. 1. 13, 48; Śi. 4. 60; Me. 53.
     -- Comp.
          --pucchaṃ the tail of a Chamara used as a fan. (
          --cchaḥ) a squirrel.

camarikaḥ The Kovidāra tree.

camasaḥ, --sam [camatyasmin, cam-asac Tv.]
     (1) A vessel (can, ladle &c.) used at sacrifices for drinking the Soma juice; Y. 1. 183 (also camasī).
     (2) A cake made of barley, rice &c.

camasiḥ f. A kind of cake.

camūḥ f. [cam-ū Uṇ. 1. 81]
     (1) An army (in general); paśyaitāṃ pāṃḍuputrāṇāmācārya mahatīṃ camūṃ Bg. 1. 3; vāsavīnāṃ camūnāṃ Me. 43; gajavatī javatīvrahayā camūḥ R. 9. 10.
     (2) A division of an army consisting of 729 elephants, as many cars, 2187 horse, and 3645 foot.
     (3) Ved. A dish or vessel.
     (4) A grave.
     -- Comp.
          --caraḥ a soldier, warrior.
          --nāthaḥ, --paḥ, --patiḥ the leader of an army, a general, commander; R. 13. 74.
          --haraḥ an epithet of Śiva.

camūruḥ A kind of deer; cakāsataṃ cārucamūrucarmaṇā Śi. 1. 8.

caṃp 10 U. (caṃpayati-te) To go, move.

caṃpaḥ [caṃp-ac] The Kovidāra tree. --paṃ The flower of this tree.

caṃpakaḥ [caṃp-ṇvul]
     (1) A tree bearing yellow, fragrant flowers.
     (2) A kind of perfume. --kaṃ
     (1) A flower of this tree; adyāpi tāṃ kanaṃkacapakadāmagaurīṃ Ch. P. 1.
     (2) The fruit of a variety of plantain.
     -- Comp.
          --mālā 1. N. of a neck-ornament worn by women. --2. a garland of Champaka flowers. --3. a kind of metre (see App.).
          --raṃbhā a species of plantain.

caṃpakāluḥ The jack or bread-fruit tree.

capakāvatī, caṃpā, caṃpāvatī N. of an ancient city on the Ganges, capital of the Angas and identified with the modern Bhāgalpura.

caṃpāluḥ = caṃpakālu q. v.

caṃpūḥ f. A kind of elaborate and highly artificial composition in which the same subject is continued through alterations in prose and verse; gadyapadyamayaṃ kāvyaṃ caṃpūrityabhidhīyate S. D. 569; for instance bhojacaṃpū, nalacaṃpū, bhāratacaṃpū &c.

caṃb 1 P. (caṃbati) To go, move.

camriṣ a. Ved. Contained in the sacrificial vessel (as hibations) (camasastha); Rv. 1. 56. 1.

cay 1 A. (cayate) To go to or towards, move.

car 1 P. (carati, cacāra, acārīt, carituṃ, carita or sometimes cīrṇa)
     (1) To walk, move, go about, roam, wander; naṣṭāśaṃkā hariṇaśiśavo maṃdamadaṃ caraṃti S. 1. 15 (car may mean here 'to graze' also); iṃdriyāṇāṃ hi caratāṃ Bg. 2. 67; kapayaścerurārtasya rāmasyeva manorathāḥ R. 12. 59; Ms. 2. 23, 6. 68; 8. 236; 9. 306; 10. 55.
     (2)
          (a) To perform, do, act; racayati rekhāḥ salile yastu khale carati satkāraṃ Bv. 1. 98.
          (b) To practise, perform, observe; carataḥ kila duścaraṃ tapaḥ R. 8. 79; Y. 1. 60; Ms. 3. 30.
     (3) To act, behave towards, conduct oneself (oft. with loc. of the person); caraṃtīnāṃ ca kāmataḥ Ms. 5. 90; 9. 287; ātmavatsarvabhūteṣu yaścaret Mb.; tasyāṃ tvaṃ sādhu nācaraḥ R. 1. 76 (where the root may be also ācara).
     (4) To graze; suciraṃ hi caran śasyaṃ H. 3. 9.
     (5) To eat, consume.
     (6) To be engaged in, be busy with.
     (7) To live, continue to be, continue in any state.
     (8) To spread, be diffused.
     (9) To live, be, exist. (10) To move, travel through, pervade, go along, follow. --Caus. (cārayati)
     (1) To cause to move or go.
     (2) To send, direct, move.
     (3) To drive away.
     (4) To cause to perform or practise.
     (5) To cause to copulate.
     (6) To cause to graze, pasture.
     (7) To obtain knowledge of, acquaint oneself with.
     (8) To doubt. [cf. L. curro.]

cara a. (rī f.) [car-ac]
     (1) Moving, going, walking; grazing &c.; dharmāraṇyacareṣu prāṇiṣu S. 5. 9
     (2) Following, practising (at the end of comp.).
     (3) Trembling, shaking.
     (4) Moveable; see carācara below; Ms. 3. 201; Bg. 13. 15.
     (5) Animate; Ms. 5. 29; 7. 15.
     (6) (Used as an affix) formerly, late; āḍhyacara 'one who was formerly rich'; so devadattacaraḥ adhyāpakacara late teacher &c. --raḥ
     (1) A spy.
     (2) A wagtail.
     (3) A game played with dice and men.
     (4) A cowrie.
     (5) The planet Mars.
     (6) (Hence) Tuesday.
     (7) The seventh Karaṇa in astrology.
     (8) The Karaṇas taken collectively.
     (9) The difference of time between two meridians. (10) The first, fourth, seventh, and tenth signs of the zodiac.
     -- Comp.
          --acara a. 1. moveable and immoveable; carācarāṇāṃ bhūtānāṃ ku kṣirādhāratāṃ gataḥ Ku. 6. 67; 2. 5; Bg. 11. 43. --2. wished, desired. --3. shaking, trembling. (
          --raṃ) 1. the aggregate of all created things, the world; Ms. 1. 57, 63; 3. 75; Bg. 11. 7; 9. 10. --2. the sky, the atmosphere. --3. heaven. (
          --rī) a young woman.
          --dravyaṃ moveables, goods and chattels.
          --puṣṭaḥ a mediator.
          --bhaṃ, --bhavanaṃ a varying sign of the zodiac; i. e. the first, fourth, seventh and tenth.
          --mūrtiḥ f. an idol which is carried about in procession.

carakaḥ
     (1) A spy.
     (2) A wandering mendicant, a vagrant.

caraṭaḥ The wag-tail.

caraṇaḥ --ṇam [car-karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) A foot; śirasi caraṇa eṣa nyasyate vārayainaṃ Ve. 3. 38; jātyā kāmamavadhyosi caraṇa tvidamuddhṛtaṃ 39.
     (2) A support, pillar, prop.
     (3) The root of a tree.
     (4) The single line of a stanza.
     (5) A quarter.
     (6) A school or branch of any of the Vedas; e. g. caraṇaguravaḥ Mv. 1, Māl. 1; Pt. 4. 3.
     (7) A race.
     (8) (In prosody) A dactyl. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A foot-soldier.
     (2) A ray of light. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Moving, roaming, wandering.
     (2) Performance, practising; Ms. 6. 75.
     (3) Conduct of life, behaviour (moral).
     (4) Accomplishment.
     (5) Eating, consuming.
     (6) Course.
     (7) Acting, dealing, managing, conduct.
     (8) Fixed observance of any class, age (as priesthood &c).
     -- Comp.
          --amṛtaṃ, --udakaṃ water in which the feet of a (revered) Brāhmaṇa or spiritual guide have been washed.
          --araviṃdaṃ, --kamalaṃ, --padmaṃ a lotus-like foot.
          --āyudhaḥ a cock
          --āskaṃdanaṃ trampling, treading under foot.
          --gata a. fallen at the feet, prostrate.
          --graṃthiḥ m.,
          --parvan n. the ankle.
          --nyāsaḥ a footstep.
          --paḥ a tree.
          --patanaṃ falling down or prostration (at the feet of another); Amaru. 17.
          --patita a. prostrate at the feet; Me. 105.
          --pātaḥ 1. tread, trampling. --2. footfall. --3. prostration.
          --śuśrūṣā, --sevā 1. prostration. --2. service, devotion.

caraṇiḥ A man(manuṣya); Rv. 8. 24. 23.

caraṇyu a. Ved. moving, moveable (caraṇaśīla).

caratha a. Ved.
     (1) Moving, living.
     (2) Moveable. --thaḥ, --thaṃ
     (1) Going, moving.
     (2) Moveableness.
     (3) Life.
     (4) A way.

carama a. [car-amac Uṇ. 5. 69]
     (1) Last, ultimate, final; caramā kriyā 'the final or funeral ceremony.'
     (2) Posterior, back; pṛṣṭhaṃ tu caramaṃ tanoḥ Ak.
     (3) Old (as age).
     (4) Outermost.
     (5) Western, west.
     (6) Lowest, least. --maṃ ind. At last; at the end.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ, --adriḥ, --kṣmābhṛt m. the western mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to set.
          --avasthā the last state (old age).
          --kālaḥ the hour of death.
          --vayas a. old, aged; Māl 6. 2.

cariḥ [car-in] An animal.

carita p. p. [car karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Wandered or roamed over, gone.
     (2) Performed, practised.
     (3) Attained.
     (4) Known.
     (5) Offered; S. 4. 21.
     (6) Acted, behaved; S. 5. 16. --taṃ
     (1) Going, moving, course.
     (2) Acting, doing, practice, behaviour, acts, deeds; udāracaritānāṃ H. 1. 70; sarvaṃ khalasya caritaṃ maśakaḥ karoti 1. 81.
     (3) Life, biography, adventures, history,; uttaraṃ rāmacaritaṃ tatpraṇītaṃ prayujyate U. 1. 2; divaukasaratvaccaritaṃ likhaṃti S. 7. 5; so daśakumāracaritaṃ &c.
     (4) Nature.
     (5) Fixed law, due or proper observance.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. 1. that has accomplished its end or desired object, successful; rāmarāvaṇayoryuddhaṃ caritārthamivābhavat R. 12. 87; caritārthaiva bhāratī 10. 36; Ki. 13. 62. --2. satisfied, contented. --3. effected, accomplished. --4. significant, true to its sense; Ku. 2. 17. --5. appropriate, fit; Ku. 4. 45. -tā the attainment of the desired object; S. 5.

caritavya pot. p.
     (1) To be gone.
     (2) To be followed, practised or performed &c.

caritram [car itra]
     (1) Behaviour, habit, conduct, practice, acts, deeds.
     (2) Performance, observance.
     (3) History, life, biography, account, adventures
     (4) Nature, disposition.
     (5) Duty, established or instituted observance; Ms. 2. 20, 9. 7.
     (6) A foot, leg.
     (7) Going. --trā The tamarind tree.
     -- Comp.
          --badhakaḥ a friendly pledge.

cariṣṇu a. [car-iṣṇuc] Moveable, active, wandering about; Ms. 1. 56.

carītram Behaviour, conduct, practice &c.

carya a. [car-karmaṇi yat] To be gone; to be practised &c. --ryā
     (1) Going about, moving, walking about; driving or going in a carriage; ratha- U. 5.
     (2) Course, motion; as in rāhucaryā.
     (3) Behaviour, conduct, deportment.
     (4) Practice, performance, observance; Ms. 1. 111; vratacarya, tapaścaryā.
     (5) Regular performance of all rites or customs.
     (6) Eating.
     (7) A custom, usage; Ms. 6. 32.
     (8) Pervading; visiting. --ryaṃ
     (1) Going about.
     (2) Behaviour, conduct.

caruḥ [car un]
     (1) An oblation of rice or barley boiled for presentation to the gods and the manes: anavasrāvī niruṣmapakva āṃdanaścaruriti yājñikāḥ (It is often boiled in milk and is called payaścaru; cf. R. 10. 51, 54, 56; or sprinkled over with butter or ghee.)
     (2) A kind of vessel in which an oblation is prepared.
     (3) A cloud.
     -- Comp.
          --celin m. N. of Śiva.
          --sthālī a vessel for boiling rice &c for presentation to the gods and the manes.

carkṛtiḥ f. Ved. Mention, praise, glory; Rv. 5. 74. 9.

cargh 1 P. (carghati) To go or move.

carc I. 10. U. (carvayati-te carcita). To read, read carefully, peruse, study. --II. 6 P. (carcati, carcita)
     (1) To abuse, condemn, censure, menace.
     (2) To discuss, consider, investigate.
     (3) To injure, hurt.
     (4) To anoint, smear.

carcaḥ [carc-ac] Considering, deliberation.

carcaka a. [carc-ṇvul] Repeating.

carcanam [carc-lyuṭ]
     (1) Studying, repetition, reading repeatedly.
     (2) Smearing the body with unguents.

carcarikā, carcarī [carc-bā- aran gairā. ṅīṣ]
     (1) A kind of song.
     (2) Striking the hands to beat time (in music).
     (3) The recitation of scholars.
     (4) Festive sport, festive cries or merriment.
     (5) A festival.
     (6) Flattery.
     (7) Curled hair.
     (8) Triple symphony.
     (9) Alternate recitation of a poem by two persons.

carcarīkaḥ
     (1) Siva.
     (2) Decoration or curling of the hair.

carcā, carcikā
     (1) Repetition, recitation, study, repeated reading, perusal.
     (2) Discussion, inquiry, investigation.
     (3) Reflection.
     (4) Smearing the body with unguents; aṃgacarcāmaracayaṃ K. 157; śrīkhaṃḍacarcā viṣa Gīt. 9.
     (5) An epithet of the goddess Durga.

carciḥ f. [carc bhāve in]
     (1) Repetition.
     (2) Investigation (vicāraṇā).

carcikyam
     (1) Anointing the body.
     (2) An unguent.

carcita p. p.
     (1) Anointed, smeared, perfumed, scented &c.; caṃdanacarcitanīlakalevarapītavasanavanamālī Gīt. 1; Rs. 2. 21.
     (2) Discussed, considered, investigated.
     (3) Sought, desired. --taṃ Anointing, smearing.

carcas m. N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.

cartana a. Ved. Stringing together. --naṃ A hook, or pin.

cartya a.
     (1) To be strung or tied.
     (2) To be hurt or injured.

carpaṭaḥ [cṛp-aṭan] The open palm of the hand with the fingers extended; cf. capeṭa.
     (2) A quantity of bubbles or specks.

carpaṭī A thin cake or biscuit of flour (piṣṭakabheda).

carb 1 P. (carbati)
     (1) To go, move,
     (2) To eat.

carbhaṭaḥ A kind of cucumber.

carbhaṭī
     (1) Noise of merriment.
     (2) Cucumber.
     (3) A proud or arrogant saying.

carmam
     (1) A shield.
     (2) Ved. A skin.

carmaṇvatī N. of a river flowing into the Ganges, the modern Chambal.

carman n. [car-manin Uṇ. 4. 144]
     (1) Skin (of the body).
     (2) Leather, hide; Ms. 2. 41, 174.
     (3) The sense of touch.
     (4) A shield; Śi. 18. 21.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ a piece or strap of leather.
          --aṃbhas n. lymph.
          --avakartana working in leather.
          --avakartina, --avakartṛ m. a shoe-maker.
          --kāraḥ, --kārin, --kṛt m. 1. a shoe-maker, currier. --2. a mixed caste (from a Chāṇḍāla woman and a fisherman).
          --kārakaḥ a worker in leather.
          --kīlaḥ, --laṃ a wart.
          --caṭakaḥ, --kā, --caṭikā, --caṭī a bat.
          --citrakaṃ white leprosy.
          --jaṃ 1. hair. --2. blood.
          --taraṃgaḥ a wrinkle.
          --tila a. covered with pimples.
          --daṃḍaḥ, --nālikā, --nāsikā a whip.
          --dalaṃ, --dūṣikā a kind of leprosy, cutaneous disease.
          --drumaḥ, --vṛkṣaḥ the Bhūrja tree.
          --paṭṭikā a flat piece of leather for playing upon with dice.
          --patrā a bat, the small house-bat.
          --pādukā a leather shoe.
          --prabhedikā a shoemaker's awl.
          --prasevakaḥ, --prasevikā a bellows.
          --baṃdhaḥ a leather band or strap.
          --muṃḍā an epithet of Durgā.
          --yaṣṭiḥ f. a whip.
          --vasanaḥ 'clad in skin', N. of Śiva.
          --vādyaṃ a drum, tabor &c.
          --saṃbhavā large cardamoms.
          --sāraḥ lymph, serum.

carmaṇya a. Leathern. --ṇyaṃ Leatherwork.

carmamaya a. Leathern.

carmaruḥ, carmāraḥ A shoe-maker, a worker in leather, currier.

carmika a. [carbha-ṭhan] Armed with a shield.

carmin a. (ṇī f.) [carma-ini]
     (1) Armed with a shield.
     (2) Leathern. --m.
     (1) A soldier armed with a shield.
     (2) Plantain.
     (3) The Bhūrja tree.

caryā See under car.

carv 1 P., 10 U. (carvati, carbayati-te, carvita)
     (1) To chew, chop, eat, browse, bite; lāṃgūlaṃ gāḍhataraṃ carvitumārabdhavān Pt. 4; yasyaitacca na kukkurairaharaharjaṃghāṃtaraṃ carvyate Mk. 2. 11.
     (2) To suck up.
     (3) To relish, taste.

carvaṇaṃ, --ṇā [carv bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Chewing, eating.
     (2) Sipping, tasting.
     (3) Food which must be chewed, solid food.
     (4) (Fig.) Tasting, relishing, enjoying; pramāṇaṃ carvaṇaivātra svābhinne viduṣāṃ mataṃ S. D. 57; (com. = carvaṇā āsvādanaṃ tacca svādaḥ kāvyārthasaṃbhedādātmānaṃdasamudbhava ityuktaprakāraṃ); so also; niṣpattyā carvaṇasyāsya niṣpattirupacārataḥ 58.

carvā [carv-aṅ]
     (1) A blow with the flat of the hand (said to be also carvan m.).
     (2) Chewing.

carvita p. p. [carv karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Chewed, bitten, eaten.
     (2) Tasted.
     -- Comp.
          --carvaṇaṃ (lit.) chewing the chewed; (fig.) tautology, useless repetition, profitless reiteration.
          --pātraṃ a spitting pot.

carvya p. [carv karmaṇi ṇyat yat vā] To be chewed, chewable. --rvyaṃ Solid food, such as requires mastication.

carṣaṇi a. [kṛṣ ani ādeśca caḥ Tv.] Ved.
     (1) Seeing, observing.
     (2) Moving, moveable.
     (3) Swift active, --ṇiḥ A man. --f. A disloyal. woman (baṃdhakī).

cal I. 1 P. (calati, rarely calate, cacāla, acālīt, calituṃ, calita)
     (1) To shake, tremble, move, throb, palpitate, stir; chinnāśceluḥ kṣaṇaṃ bhujāḥ Bk. 14. 40; sapakṣodririvācālīt 15. 24; 6. 84.
     (2)
          (a) To go, move on, walk, stir or move (from one's place); padātpadamapi calituṃ na śaknoti Pt. 4; ca latyekena pādenatiṣṭhatyekena buddhimān Chaṇ. 32; cacāla bālā stanabhinnavalkalā Ku. 5. 84; Mk. 1. 56.
          (b) To proceed (on one's way), depart, set out, start off; celuścīraparigrahāḥ Ku. 6. 92 vl.
     (3) To be affected, to be disturbed, confused or disordered (as mind), be agitated or perturbed; munerapi yatastasya darśanāccalate manaḥ Pt. 1. 400; lobhena buddhiścalati H. 1. 140.
     (4) To deviate or swerve (with abl.); calati nayānna jigīṣatāṃ hi cetaḥ Ki. 10. 29; to fall off, leave; Ms. 7. 15; Y. 1. 361. --Caus. (ca-cā-layati, calita, cālita)
     (1) To cause to move, shake, stir; R. 8. 53.
     (2) To drive away, dismiss, remove or expel from; cāṇakye calitādhikāravimukhe Mu. 4. 15.
     (3) To lead away from.
     (4) To cherish, foster (cālayati only).
     (5) To disturb, agitate; sujanaṃ janāścalayituṃ ka īśate Śi. 15. 40. --II. 6 P. (calati, calita) To sport, play, frolic about.

cala a. [cal-ac]
     (1)
          (a) Moving trembling, shaking, tremulous, rolling (as eyes &c); calāpāṃgāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ spṛśasi S. 1. 24 calakākapakṣakairamātyaputraiḥ R. 3. 28. waving; Bh. 1. 16.
          (b) Moveable (opp. sthira), moving; cale lakṣye S. 2. 5; paricayaṃ calalakṣyanipātane R. 9. 49.
     (2) Unsteady, fickle, inconstant, loose, unfixed: dayitāsvanavasthitaṃ nṛṇāṃ na khalu prema calaṃ suhṛjjane Ku. 4. 28; prāyaścalaṃ gauravamāśritaṣu 3. 1.
     (3) Frail, transitory, perishable; calā lakṣmīścalāḥ prāṇāścalaṃ jīvitayauvanaṃ Bh. 3. 128.
     (4) Confused. --laḥ
     (1) Trembling, shaking, agitation.
     (2) Wind.
     (3) Quicksilver.
     (4) The supreme being. --lā
     (1) Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth.
     (2) Lightning.
     (3) A kind of perfume.
     -- Comp.
          --acala a. 1. moveable and immoveable. --2. fickle, unsteady, very transitory (= aticala); calācale ca saṃsāre dharma eko hi niścalaḥ Bh. 3. 128; lakṣmīmiva calācalāṃ Ki. 11. 30 (calācala = caṃcalā Malli.); kasya na bhavati calācalaṃ dhanaṃ Mk. 2. 14; N. 1. 60. (
          --laḥ) a crow.
          --ātaṃkaḥ rheumatism.
          --ātman a. inconstant, fickle-minded.
          --iṃdriya a. 1. sensitive. --2. sensual.
          --iṣuḥ one whose arrow flies unsteadily or misses the mark, a bad archer.
          --karṇaḥ the true distance of a planet from the earth.
          --caṃcuḥ the Chakora bird.
          --citta a. fickle-minded.
          --dalaḥ, --patraḥ the Aśvattha tree.
          --saṃdhiḥ moveable articulation of the bones.

calana a. [cal bhāve lyuṭ] Moving, tremulous, trembling, shaking. --naḥ
     (1) A foot.
     (2) A deer. --naṃ
     (1) Trembling, shaking or shaking motion; calanātmakaṃ karma T. S.; hasta-, jānu- &c.; taraladṛgaṃcalacalanamanoharavadanajanitaratirāgaṃ Gīt. 11.
     (2) Turning or leaving off.
     (3) Roaming, wandering. --nī
     (1) A short petticoat worn by common women.
     (2) The rope for tying an elephant.

calanakam [calanaṃ saṃjñāyāṃ kan] A short petticoat worn by low women. --nikā Silken fringes.

calita p. p. [cal-kta]
     (1) Shaken, moved, stirred, agitated.
     (2) Gone, departed; evamuktvā sa calitaḥ.
     (3) Attained.
     (4) Known, understood.
     (5) Removed, displaced. (see cal). --taṃ
     (1) Shaking, moving.
     (2) Going, walking.
     (3) A kind of dance; calitaṃ nāma nāṭyamaṃtaraṃṇa M. 1.

caluḥ [cala-un] A mouthful (of water).

calukaḥ [calunā mīyate kan Tv.]
     (1) Water taken up in the hollowed palm for rinsing the mouth.
     (2) A handful or mouthful (of water); cf. culuka.

caladviṣaḥ The Kokila or Indian cuckoo.

caliḥ A cover, wrapper.

caṣ I. 1 U. (caṣati te) To eat. --II. 1 P. (caṣati) To kill, injure, hurt.

caṣakaḥ --kam [caṣ-karaṇe kvun] A vessel used for drinking spirits, a goblet, a wine-glass; cyutaiḥ śirastraiścaṣakottareva R. 7. 49; mukhaṃ lālāklinnaṃ pibati caṣakaṃ sāsavamiva Śanti. 1. 29; Ki. 9. 56, 57; Māl. 5. 18. --kaṃ
     (1) A kind of spirituous 1 quor.
     (2) Honey.

caṣatiḥ [caṣ-bhāve ati]
     (1) Eating.
     (2) Killing.
     (3) Decay, infirmity, decline.

caṣālaḥ
     (1) A wooden ring on the top of a sacrificial post.
     (2) An iron ring at the base of that post.
     (3) A hive.

cah 1 P., 10 U. (cahati, cahayati te)
     (1) To be wicked.
     (2) To cheat, deceive.
     (3) To be proud or haughty.
     (4) To grind, pound.

cākacakyam Brilliancy, lustre.

cākra a. (krī f.) [cakreṇa nirvṛttaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Carried on with the discus (as a battle).
     (2) Cincular.
     (3) Relating to a wheel.

cākrika a. (kī f.) [cakreṇa carati ṭhak]
     (1) See cākra above.
     (2) Relating to a company or circle. --kaḥ
     (1) A potter.
     (2) An oil-maker; Y. 1. 165 (= tailika according to Mit.; śākaṭika or cartman according to others).
     (3) A proclaimer.
     (4) A bard, chorister.
     (5) A coachman, driver.

cākriṇaḥ The son of a potter or oil-maker.

cākreya a. [cakra-ḍhañ] Relating to a wheel.

cākṣuṣa a. (ṣī f.) [cakṣuṣā gṛhyate, cakṣus-aṇ]
     (1) Depending on, or produced from, sight.
     (2) Belonging to the eye, visual, optical. M. 1. 4.
     (3) Visible, to be seen. --ṣaḥ N. of the sixth Manu. --ṣaṃ Knowledge dependent on vision.
     -- Comp.
          --jñānaṃ ocular evidence or proof.

cākṣma a. Ved.
     (1) Seeing, a seer.
     (2) Forbearing, gracious, kind.

cāṃgaḥ
     (1) Wood-sorrel.
     (2) Whiteness or beauty of the teeth.

cāṃcalyam [caṃcala-ṣyañ]
     (1) Unsteadiness, quick motion, rolling, tremour (as of the eyes &c.); Bv. 2. 60.
     (2) Fickleness.
     (3) Transitoriness.

cāṭaḥ [caṭ-bhede ac] A rogue or cheat, swindler, one who wins the confidence of the person he wishes to deceive; Y. 1. 336; (caṭāḥ = pratārakāḥ viśvāsya ye paradhanamapaharaṃti Mit.); Pt. 1. 343.

cāṭakairaḥ A young sparrow.

cāṭuḥ, --ṭu n.
     (1) [caṭ-uṇ] Pleasing or agreeable words, sweet or coaxing speech, flattery (especially of a lover to his sweet-heart); priyaḥ priyāyāḥ prakaroti cāṭuṃ Rs. 6. 14; viracitacāṭuvacanaracanaṃ caraṇaracitapraṇipātaṃ Gīt. 11; Amaru. 83; Pt. 1. 175; Śānti. 3. 14; Ch. P. 20; (the greater part of the 10th canto of gītagoviṃda consists of such coaxing).
     (2) Distinct or clear speech.
     (3) Endearing words or acts; Māl. 10. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. 1. flattering or coaxing language. --2. service.
          --ullola, --kāra a. speaking agreeably or sweetly, flatterer; śiprāvātaḥ priyatama iva prārthanācāṭukāraḥ Me. 31.
          --paṭu a. skilful in using flattering or coaxing language, an accomplished flatterer.
          --baṭuḥ a jester, buffoon.
          --lola a. elegantly tremulous.
          --śataṃ a hundred entreaties, repeated coaxing; paṭucāṭuśatairanukūlaṃ Gīt. 2; gajapuṃgavastu dhīra vilokayati cāṭuśataiśca bhuṃkte Bh. 2. 31.

cāṭukaḥ, kam Pleasing or grateful discourse.

cāṇakīna a. [caṇakasya bhavanaṃ kṣetraṃ, khañ] Fit for, or sown with, the chickpea.

cāṇakyaḥ N. of a celebrated writer on civil polity; also known as viṣṇugupta, kauṭilya; see kauṭilya.

cāṇūraḥ A celebrated wrestler in the service of Kamsa. When Kṛṣṇa was taken by Akrūra to Mathura, Kamsa sent this redoubtable wrestler to fight with him; but in the duel which ensued, Kṛṣṇa whirled him round and round several times and smashed his head.
     -- Comp.
          --mardanaḥ, --sūdanaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.

cāṃḍam Violence, force.

cāṃḍālaḥ (lī f.) [caṃḍāla eva svārthe aṇ] An out-cast; see caṃḍāla; cāṃḍālaḥ kimayaṃ dvijātirathavā Bh. 3. 56; Ms. 3. 239; 4. 79; Y. 1. 93.

cāṃḍālikā
     (1) = caṃḍālikā q. v.
     (2) N. of Durgā.

cātakaḥ (kī f.) [cat yācane kartari ṇvul] N. of a bird which is supposed to live only on rain-drops; sūkṣmā eva pataṃti cātakamukhe dvitrāḥ payobiṃdavaḥ Bh. 2. 121; see also 2. 51 and R. 5. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --ānaṃdanaḥ 1. the rainy season. --2. a cloud.

cātura a. (rī f.) [catura eva svārthe aṇ]
     (1) Relating to four.
     (2) Clever, able, shrewd.
     (3) Speaking well, flattering.
     (4) Drawn by four (as a carriage).
     (5) Governing, ruling.
     (6) Visible, perceptible. --raḥ A small round pillow. --raṃ A four-wheeled carriage. --rī Skill, dexterity, ability; tadbhaṭacāturīturī N. 1. 12.

cāturaka a.
     (1) Flattering.
     (2) Perceptible, visible.
     (3) Governing. --kaḥ A small round pillow.

cāturikaḥ A charioteer, coachman.

cāturakṣam [caturbhirakṣairniṣpādyate aṇ] Four casts in playing at dice. --kṣaḥ A small round pillow.

cāturarthikaḥ [caturṣu artheṣu vihitaḥ ṭhak] (In gram.) A suffix added to words in four different senses.

cāturāśramika a. (kī f.), [caturṣu āśrameṣu vihitaḥ ṭhak], cāturāśramin a. (ṇī f.) Being in one of the four periods of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; see āśrama.

cāturāśramyam The four periods of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; see āśrama.

cāturikaḥ [cāturīṃ rathacaryāṃ vetti ṭhak] A coachman, driver.

cāturthaka, --cāturthika a. (kī f.) [caturthe ahni bhavaḥ ṭhak vuñ vā]
     (1) Quartan, occurring every fourth day. --kaḥ A quartan ague.

cāturthāhnika a. (kī f.) Belonging to the fourth day.

cāturdaśa a. Appearing on the fourteenth day. --śaṃ A demon (Sk.) (caturdaśyāṃ dṛśyate iti).

cāturdaśika One who studies on the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight (that being a day of anadhyāya q. v.).

cāturbhautika a. Consisting of four elements.

cāturmāsa a. [caturṣu māseṣu bhavaḥ aṇ] Produced in four months. --sī
     (1) N. of a sacrifice (iṣṭi).
     (2) The day of full moon at this sacrifice.

cāturmāsaka a. (sikā f.) One who performs the Chāturmāsya sacrifice.

cāturmāsyam [caturṣu māseṣu bhavo yajñaḥ, ṇya] N. of a sacrifice performed every four months; i. e. at the beginning of kārtika, phālguna and āṣāḍha.

cāturyam [caturasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Skill, cleverness, dexterity, shrewdness.
     (2) Loveliness, amiableness, beauty; bhrūcāturya Bh. 1. 3.

cāturvarṇya a. [caturvaṇa-ṣyañ] Suited to the four tribes, or belonging to them. --rṇyaṃ
     (1) The aggregate of the four original castes of the Hindus; evaṃ sāmāsikaṃ dharmaṃ cāturvarṇye 'bravīnmanuḥ Ms. 10. 63; Bg. 4. 13.
     (2) The duties of these four castes.

cāturvidya a. (dyī) Knowing the four Vedas. --dyaṃ The four Vedas; also cāturvaidya.

cāturvidhyam Four kinds(collectively), a four-fold division.

cāturhotra a. Conducted by the four priests. --traṃ
     (1) A sacrifice performed by four priests.
     (2) The office or duties of these priests.
     (3) The four priests taken collectively.

cāturhotriyaḥ A sacrifice performed by four priests.

cātuṣkāṃḍika a. Divided into four parts.

cātuṣṭaya a. [catuṣṭayaṃ vetti, aṇ] Knowing or familiar with the catuṣṭaya.

cātram [cāy karaṇe ṣṭran] A cylinder of catechu-wood used in producing the sacred fire.

cātvālaḥ [cf. Uṇ. 1. 113]
     (1) A hole in the ground to receive an oblation or the sacred fire.
     (2) Kuśa grass (darbha).

cāṃdanika a. (kī f.) [caṃdanena saṃpadyate ṭhak]
     (1) Made of or derived from sandal.
     (2) Perfumed with sandal juice &c.

cāṃdra a. (drī f.) [caṃdrasyedam aṇ] Relating to the moon, lunar; gurukāvyānugāṃ bibhraccāṃdrīmabhinabhaḥ śriyaṃ Śi. 2. 2. --draḥ
     (1) A lunar month.
     (2) The bright fortnight (śuklapakṣa).
     (3) The moon-stone. --draṃ
     (1) The vow called cāṃdrāyaṇa q. v.
     (2) Fresh ginger.
     (3) The lunar mansion called mṛgaśīrṣa. --drī Moonlight.
     -- Comp.
          --ākhyaṃ fresh ginger.
          --bhāgā the river Chandrabhāgā.
          --māsaḥ a lunar month.
          --vratikaḥ one who observes the cāṃdrāyaṇa vow q. v.

cāṃdrakam Dried ginger.

cāṃdramasa a. (sī f.) [caṃdramasa idam aṇ] Relating to the moon, lunar; labdhodayā cāṃdramasīva lekhā Ku. 1. 25; caṃdraṃ gatā padmaguṇānna bhuṃkte padmāśritā cāṃdramasīmabhikhyāṃ 1. 43; R. 2. 39; Bg. 8. 25. --sī N. of the wife of Bṛhaspati. --saṃ
     (1) The constellation mṛgaśiras.
     (2) The stars in Orion.

cāṃdramasāyanaḥ, --niḥ [caṃdramaso'patyaṃ phiñ] The planet Mercury.

cāṃdrāyaṇam [caṃdrasyāyanamivāyanamatra pūrvapadāt saṃjñāyāṃ ṇatvam saṃjñāyāṃ dīrghaḥ svārthe aṇ vā Tv.] A religious observance or expiatory penance regulated by the moon's age (the period of its waxing and waning); (in it the daily quantity of food, which consists of fifteen mouthfuls at the full moon, is diminished by one mouthful every day during the dark fortnight till it is reduced to zero at the new moon, and is increased in like manner during the bright fortnight); cf. Y. 3. 324 et seq. and Ms. 11. 217.

cāṃdrāyaṇika a. (kī f.)
     (1) One who performs the cāṃdrāyaṇa vow.

cāpaḥ [capasya vaṃśabhedasya vikāraḥ aṇ Tv.]
     (1) A bow; tāte cāpadvitīye vahati raṇadhurāṃ ko bhayasyāvakāśaḥ Ve. 3. 5; so cāpapāṇiḥ 'with a bow in hand.'
     (2) The rain-bow.
     (3) (In geom.) An arc of a circle.
     (4) The sign of the zodiac called Sagittarius.

cāpin a. [cāpo'styasya ini] Armed with a bow. --m.
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) The sign of the zodiac Sagittarius.

cāpalaṃ, --lyam [capalasya bhāvaḥ karma vā aṇ pakṣe ṣyañ]
     (1) Quick motion, swiftness.
     (2) Fickleness, unsteadiness, transitoriness; Ki. 2. 41.
     (3) Inconsiderate or rash conduct, rashness, rash act; dhik cāpalaṃ U. 4; tadguṇaiḥ karṇamāgatya cāpalāya pracoditaḥ R. 1. 9; svacittavṛttiriva cāpalebhyo nivāraṇīyā K. 101; Ku. 3. 41.
     (4) Restiveness (as of a horse); punaḥ punaḥ sūtaniṣiddhacāpalaṃ R. 3. 42.
     (5) Boldness; Ku. 5. 40.
     (6) Agitation, tremour.

cāmaraḥ, --ram [camaryāḥ vikāraḥ tatpucchanirmitatvāt] (also --rā --rī sometimes)
     (1) A chowrie or bushy tail of the Chamara (Bos Grunniens) used as a fly-flap or fan, and reckoned as one of the insignia of royalty (and sometimes used as a sort of streamer on the heads of horses); vyādhūyaṃte niculatarubhirmaṃjarīcāmarāṇi V. 4. 4; adeyamāsīt trayameva bhūpateḥ śaśiprabhaṃ chatramubhe ca cāmare R. 3. 16; Ku. 7. 42; H. 2. 29; Me. 35; citranyastamivācalaṃ hayaśirasyāyāmavaccāmaraṃ V. 1. 4; S. 1. 8.
     -- Comp.
          --grāhaḥ, --grāhin m. a person who carries a chowrie.
          --grāhiṇī a waiting girl who carries in her hand a chowrie and waves it over the head of a king &c.; pṛṣṭhe līlāvalayaraṇitaṃ cāmaragrāhiṇīnāṃ Bh. 3. 61.
          --puṣpaḥ, --puṣpakaḥ 1. the betel-nut tree. --2. the Ketaka plant. --3. the mango tree.

cāmarikaḥ A person who carries a chowrie.

cāmarin m. [cāmara-ini] A horse.

cāmīkaram [camīkare svarṇākarabhede bhavam aṇ Tv.]
     (1) Gold; taptacāmīkarāṃgadaḥ V. 1. 14; R. 7. 5; Śi. 4. 24; Ku. 7. 49.
     (2) The Dhattura plant.
     -- Comp.
          --prakhya a. like gold.

cāmuṃḍā A terrific form of Durgā; Māl. 5. 25; (the word is thus derived; yasmāccaṃḍaṃ ca muṃḍaṃ ca gṛhītvā tvamupāgatā . cāmuṃḍoti tato loke khyātā devī bhaviṣyasi ..).

cāṃpilā The river Champā; (perhaps the modern Chambal).

cāṃpeyaḥ
     (1) The Champaka tree.
     (2) The Nāgakeśara tree. --yaṃ
     (1) Filament, especially of a lotus flower.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) The Dhattūra plant; (m. also in the last two senses).

cāṃpeyakam A stamen or filament.

cāmyam Food.

cāy 1 U(cāyati-te)
     (1) To observe, discern, see; taṃ pārvatīyapramadāścacāyire vikāśavisphāritavibhramekṣaṇāḥ Śi. 12. 51.
     (2) To worship honour.

cāyanīya a. To be worshipped.

cāyitṛ a. Ved. Observing, seeing.

cāyu a. [cāy-uṇ] Worshipping, adoring, honouring.

cāraḥ [cara eva aṇ]
     (1) Going, walking, gait, wandering about; maṃḍalacāraśīghraḥ V. 5. 2; krīḍāśaile yadi ca vicaret pādacāreṇa gaurī Me. 60 walk on foot.
     (2) Motion, course, progression; maṃgalacāra; śanicāra, rāhu- &c.
     (3) A spy, scout, secret emissary; Ms. 7. 184; 9. 261; see cāracakṣus below.
     (4) Performing, practising.
     (5) A prison.
     (6) A bond, fetter. --raṃ An artificial poison.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaritaḥ a spy.
          --īkṣaṇaḥ, --cakṣus m. 'using spies as eyes', a king (or a statesman) who employs spies and sees through their medium; cāracakṣurmahīpatiḥ Ms. 9. 256; cf. Kāmandaka:
          --gāvaḥ paśyaṃti gaṃdhena vedaiḥ paśyaṃti ca dvijāḥ . cāraiḥ paśyaṃti rājānaścakṣurbhyāmitare janāḥ .. also Rām.:
          --yasmātpaśyanti dūrasthāḥ sarvānarthānnarādhipāḥ . cāreṇa tasmādacyaṃte rājānaścāracakṣuṣaḥ .. --caṇa, --caṃcu a. graceful in gait, of graceful carriage.
          --jyā the sine of the ascensional difference.
          --pathaḥ a place where two roads meet.
          --bhaṭaḥ a valorous man, warrior.
          --bhaṭī courage.
          --vāyuḥ summer-air, zephyr.

cāraka a. [cārayati car-ṇic-ṇvul]
     (1) Acting, doing, proceeding. --kaḥ
     (1) A spy.
     (2) A herdsman.
     (3) A leader, driver.
     (4) An associate.
     (5) A groom, cavalier.
     (6) A prison; nigaḍitacaraṇā cārake niroddhavyā Dk. 32.
     (7) A bond, fetter.
     (8) Going, motion.
     (9) A wandering Brāhmaṇical student.

cāraṇaḥ [cārayati kīrtiṃ car-ṇic lyu]
     (1) A wanderer, a pilgrim.
     (2) A wandering actor or singer, a dancer, mimic, bard; Ms. 12. 44.
     (3) A celestial singer, heavenly chorister; S. 2. 14.
     (4) A reader of scriptures.
     (5) A spy.
     -- Comp.
          --dārāḥ female dancers, actresses.

cāraṇatvam The art of dancing.

cāratha a. Ved. Wandering, going.

cārikā A female attendant.

cārita a.
     (1) Caused to go.
     (2) Distilled &c.

cāritārthyam Attainment of an object, successfulness.

cāritram [car-ṇitran Uṇ. 4. 171; caritrameva svārthe aṇ vā] (also written cāritryaṃ)
     (1) Conduct, behaviour, manner of acting.
     (2) Good name or character, reputation, probity, uprightness, good conduct; anṛtaṃ nābhidhāsyāmi cāritrabhraṃśakāraṇaṃ Mk. 3. 26, 25; cāritryavihīna āḍhyopi ca durgato bhavati 1. 43.
     (3) Chastity, purity of life (of women).
     (4) Disposition, temperament.
     (5) Peculiar observance or practice.
     (6) Hereditary observance. --trā The tamarind tree.
     -- Comp.
          --kavaca a. clad in the armour of chastity.
          --devatā the presiding deity of virtue or chastity; U. 7.

cārin a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Walking, going, moving, being, living; pāda-, mṛga-.
     (2) Acting, proceeding, doing.
     (3) Living or feeding on. --m. A foot-soldier.

cāru a. (ru or rvī f.) [carati citte car uṇ, cf. Uṇ. 1. 3]
     (1) Agreeable, welcome, beloved. esteemed, dear (with dat. or loc.); varuṇāya or varuṇe cāruḥ.
     (2) Pleasing, lovely, beautiful, elegant, pretty; priye cāruśīle muṃca mayi mānamanidānaṃ Gīt. 10; sarvaṃ priye cārutaraṃ vasaṃte Rs. 6. 2; cakāsataṃ cārucamūrucarmaṇā Śi. 1. 8; 4. 49. --ruḥ An epithet of Bṛhaspati. --ru n. Saffron.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgī a beautifully formed woman.
          --ghoṇa a. handsome-nosed.
          --darśana a. good-looking, lovely.
          --dhāmā, --dhārā, --rāvā Śachī, Indra's wife.
          --netra, --locana a. having beautiful eyes. (
          --netraḥ, --naḥ) a deer.
          --puṭaḥ a particular time in music.
          --phalā a vine, grape.
          --locanā a woman with lovely eyes.
          --vaktra a. having a beautiful face.
          --vardhanā a woman.
          --vratā a female who fasts for a whole month.
          --śilā 1. a jewel, gem. --2. a beautiful slab of stone.
          --śīla a. of a lovely disposition or character.
          --hāsin a. sweet-smiling.

cārcika a. Conversant with the repetition (of the Veda).

cārcikyam
     (1) Perfuming the person, smearing with sandal &c.
     (2) An unguent.

cārma a. (rmī f.) [carmaṇā parivṛtaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Leathern.
     (2) Covered with leather (as a car).
     (3) Shielded, provided with a shield.

cārmaṇa a. (ṇī f.) Covered with skin or leather. --ṇaṃ [carmaṇāṃ samūhaḥ aṇ] A multitude of hides or shields.

cārmika a. (kī f.) [carmaṇā nirvṛttaḥ ṭhak] Made of leather; Ms. 8. 289.

cārmiṇam [carmiṇāṃ samūhaḥ aṇ] A number of men armed with shields.

cārvākaḥ [cāruḥ lokasaṃmato vāko vākyaṃ yasya, pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) N. of a sophistical philosopher (said to have been a pupil of Bṛhaspati), who propounded the grossest form of atheism or materialism (for a summary of the doctrines of Chārvāka, see Sarva. S. 1.).
     (2) N. of a Rākṣasa described in the Mahābhārata, as a friend of Duryodhana and an enemy of the Pāṇḍavas. [When Yudhiṣṭhira entered Hastināpura in triumph, he assumed the form of a Brāhmaṇa and reviled him and the assembled Brāhmaṇas, but he was soon detected, and the real Brāhmaṇas, filled with fury, are said to have killed him on the spot. He also tried to deceive Yudhiṣṭhira at the end of the great war by telling him that Bhīma was slain by Duryodhana; see Ve. 6].

cārvī
     (1) A beautiful woman.
     (2) Moonlight.
     (3) Intelligence.
     (4) Splendour, lustre, brilliancy.
     (5) N. of the wife of Kubera.

cālaḥ [cal-ṇa]
     (1) The thatch or roof of a house.
     (2) The blue jay.
     (3) Being moveable.

cālakaḥ A restive elephant.

cālanam [cal-ṇic bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Causing to move, shaking, wagging (as a tail).
     (2) Loosening.
     (3) Muscular action.
     (4) Causing to pass through a sieve, sifting.
     (5) A sieve. --nī A sieve, strainer.

cālanīya a.
     (1) To be moved.
     (2) To be loosened or shaken; also cālya in the same sense.

cāṣaḥ --saḥ [caṣ bhakṣaṇe svārthe ṇic-ac] The blue jay; Mal. 6. 5; Y. 1. 175.

ci I. 5 U. (cinoti, cinute, cikācā-ya, cicye-kye, acaiṣīt-aceṣṭa, cetuṃ, -cita; caus. cāyayati, cāpayati, also cayayati, capayati, desid. cicīṣati, -cikīṣati)
     (1) To collect, gather, accumulate (said to govern two accusatives being a dvikarmaka root, but this use is very rare in classical literature); vṛkṣaṃ puṣpāṇi cinvatī.
     (2) To gather for oneself, acquire, gain; cicīṣatāṃ janmavatāmalaghvīṃ bhūtiṃ Ki. 3. 11, 2. 19, Mv. 3. 4.
     (3) To search, look out for; Bh. 3. 46.
     (4) To pile or heap up, place in a line; parvatāniva te bhūmāvacairṣuvānarottamān Bk. 15. 76.
     (5) To set, inlay, cover or fill with, see cita. --pass. To bear fruit, grow, increase, thrive, prosper; sicyate cīyate caiva latā puṣpaphalapradā Pt. 1. 222 bears fruit; cīyate bāliśasyāpi satkṣetrapatitā kṛṣiḥ Mu. 1. 3; gajahaṃsa tava saiva śubhratā cīyate na ca na cāpacīyate K. P. 10. --II. 3 P. (ciketi) Ved.
     (1) To observe, see, perceive.
     (2) To look steadfastly upon.
     (3) To be intent upon.
     (4) To seek for, search, investigate, make inquiries, search through. --III. 1 A. (cayate)
     (1) To detest, hate.
     (2) To revenge, take vengeance on. --IV. 1 U. (cāyati-te)
     (1) To fear, dread, be afraid of (with acc.).
     (2) To respect, honour.
     (3) To observe; cf. cāy.

cayaḥ [ci-ac]
     (1) An assemblage, collection, multitude, heap, mass; cayastviṣāmityavadhāritaṃ purā Śi. 1. 3; mṛdāṃ cayaḥ U. 2. 7 a lump of clay; kacānāṃ cayaḥ Bh. 1. 5 a braid of hair; so camarīcayaḥ Śi. 4. 60; kusumacaya, tuṣāracaya &c.
     (2) A mound of earth raised to form the foundation of a building.
     (3) A mound of earth raised from the ditch of a fort.
     (4) A rampart.
     (5) The gate of a fort.
     (6) A seat, stool.
     (7) A pile of buildings, any edifice.
     (8) Stacked wood.
     (9) A cover, or covering. (10) Arranging or keeping the sacred fire; cf. agnicaya.
     (11) The amount by which each term increases, the common increase or difference of the terms (in a progression).

cayanam [ci bhāve-lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of collecting (especially flowers &c.).
     (2) Piling, heaping.
     (3) Keeping the sacred fire.
     (4) Stacking wood.

cita p. p. [ci-kta]
     (1) Collected, piled up, heaped, gathered.
     (2) Hoarded, accumulated.
     (3) Got, acquired.
     (4) Covered with, full of; kṛmikulacitaṃ Bh. 2. 9.
     (5) Set or inlaid with. --taṃ A building.

citā
     (1) A funeral pile, pyre; kuru saṃprati tāvadāśu bhe praṇipātāṃjaliyācitaścitāṃ Ku. 4. 35; citādhirohaṇaṃ R. 8. 57; citābhasman Ku. 5. 69.
     (2) A heap, assemblage, multitude.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the funeral fire.
          --cūḍakaṃ a pyre.

citiḥ f. [ci-āghāre ktin]
     (1) Collecting, gathering.
     (2) A heap, multitude, quantity.
     (3) A layer, pile, stack.
     (4) A funeral pile.
     (5) An oblong with quadrangular sides.
     (6) The understanding. --m. The thinking mind.

citikā
     (1) A pile, stack.
     (2) A funeral pile.
     (3) A small chain (or girdle) worn as an ornament round the loins.

citya a.
     (1) To be arranged in order or built up.
     (2) Constructed upon a foundation (as fire). --tyaṃ
     (1) The place at which a corpse is burnt.
     (2) A monument. --tyā
     (1) A funeral pile.
     (2) Piling up, building (as an altar).

ceya pot. p.
     (1) To be piled up.
     (2) To be gathered or collected.

cikita a. [ci jñāne karmaṇi kta] Known, understood.

cikitāna a. [kit jñāne kānac] Knowing, perceiving, understanding.

cikitu a. [kit un vede dvitvam] Ved. Knowing, experienced. --f. Understanding, intellect.

cikitvan m. Ved. Intellect, wisdom.

cikitvas a. Ved. Knowing, conversant or familiar with, experienced.

cikitvit a. Knowing, conversant with; making known.

cikitsakaḥ [kit svārthe san ṇvul] A physician, doctor; ucitavelātikrame cikitsakā doṣamudāharaṃti M. 2; Bh. 1. 87, Y. 1. 162.

cikitsanam Healing, practising medicine.

cikitsā [kit svārthe san bhāve a]
     (1) Administering remedies or medicine, medical treatment, curing, healing.
     (2) (In the system of medicine) Therapeutics, one of the six sections (or sthānāni) of medicine.

cikitsita a. [kit syārthe san karmaṇi kta] Healed, cured. --taṃ Healing, curing.

cikina a. Flat-nosed.

cikilaḥ Mud, a slough, mire.

cikīrṣaka a. [kṛ-san ṇvul] Wishing or meaning to do, desirous of doing.

cikīrṣā Desire of doing(anything), will, wish, desire.

cikīrṣita a. Wished, desired, purposed. --taṃ Design, intention, purpose.

cikīrṣu a. Desirous of doing anything, desirous for; Bg. 1. 23; 3. 25.

cikura a.
     (1) Moving, tremulous, fickle, unsteady.
     (2) Inconsiderate, rash. --raḥ
     (1) The hair of the head; mama rucire cikure kuru mānada ... kusumāni Gīt. 12; so ghanacayarucire racayati cikure taralitataruṇānane 7.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) A musk-rat.
     (4) A reptile, snake.
     -- Comp.
          --uccayaḥ, --kalāpaḥ, --nikaraḥ, --pakṣaḥ, --pāśaḥ, --bhāraḥ, --hastaḥ a mass or tuft of hair; yasyāścoraścikuranikaraḥ karṇapūro mayūraḥ P. R. 1. 22.

cikūraḥ The hair.

cikk 10 U. (cikkayati-te)
     (1) To give or inflict pain, distress.
     (2) To feel pain.

cikka a. Flat-nosed. --kkaḥ The musk-rat. --kkā
     (1) A mouse.
     (2) A betel-nut.

cikkaṇa a. (ṇā or ṇī f.) [cikk --kvip cik, taṃ kaṇati, kaṇ-śabde ac Tv.]
     (1) Smooth, glossy.
     (2) Slippery.
     (3) Bland.
     (4) Unctuous, greasy; laghu paritrāyatāmenāṃ bhavān mā kasyāpi tapasvina iṃgudītailacikkaṇaśīrṣasya haste patiṣyati S. 2. --ṇaḥ The betel-nut tree. --ṇā An excellent cow. --ṇaṃ A betel-nut.

cikkaṇā, --ṇī
     (1) The betel-nut tree.
     (2) A betel-nut.

cikkasaḥ Rarley-meal.

cikkiṇa = cikkaṇa q. v.

cikkiraḥ [cikk bā- irac] A mouse.

ciklidam Moisture; freshness. --daḥ The moon.

cikhallaḥ Mud, mire.

ciṃgaṭaḥ A shrimp or prawn.

ciciṃḍaḥ A sort of gourd.

cicchilāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a country and its people.

ciṃcā
     (1) The tamarind tree, or its fruit.
     (2) The Guñjā plant.

ciṭ 1 P., 10 U. (ceṭati, ceṭayati-te) To send forth or out (as a servant.)

cit 1 P., 10 A. (cetati, cetayate, cetita)
     (1) To perceive, see, notice, observe; neṣūnacetannasyaṃtaṃ Bk. 17. 16; ciceta rāmastatkṛcchraṃ 14. 62; 15. 38; 2. 29.
     (2) To know, understand, be aware or conscious of; parairadhyāruhyamāṇamātmānaṃ na cetayate Dk. 154; kādaṃbarīrasabhareṇa samasta eva matto na kiṃcidapi cetayate janoyaṃ K. 240.
     (3) To regain consciousness.
     (4) To aim at, intend, design (with dat.).
     (5) To desire or long for.
     (6) To be anxious about, care for, be intent upon, be engaged in.
     (7) To resolve upon.
     (8) To appear, shine.
     (9) To be regarded as. (10) To make attentive, remind of.
     (11) To teach, instruct.
     (12) To form an idea, be conscious of, understand, comprehend, think, reflect upon.

cit f. [cit-saṃpadā- bhāve kvip]
     (1) Thought, preception.
     (2) Intelligence, intellect, understanding; Bh. 2. 1; 3. 1.
     (3) The heart, mind.
     (4) The soul, spirit, the animating principle of life.
     (5) Brahman.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman m. 1. the thinking principle or faculty. --2. pure intelligence, the Supreme Spirit.
          --ātmakaṃ consciousness.
          --ābhāsaḥ the individual soul (jīva) (which still sticks to worldly defilements).
          --ullāsaḥ gladdening the heart or spirit.
          --ghanaḥ the Supreme Spirit or Brahman.
          --pravṛttiḥ f. reflection, thinking.
          --rūpa a. 1. consisting of intelligence. --2. wise, intelligent, of a liberal mind. --3. amiable, good-hearted. (
          --paṃ) pure intelligence, the Supreme Being.
          --śaktiḥ f. mental power, intellectual capacity.
          --svarūpaṃ the Supreme spirit. --ind.
     (1) A particle added to kiṃ and its derivatives (such as kad, kathaṃ, kva, kadā, kutra, kutaḥ &c.) to impart to them an indefinite sense; kutracit somewhere; kecit some &c.
     (2) The sound cit.

cinmaya a. Consisting of pure intelligence, spiritual (as the Supreme spirit). --yaṃ
     (1) Pure intelligence.
     (2) The Supreme spirit.

cinmātram Pure intelligence.

citta p. p. [cit-kta]
     (1) Observed, perceived.
     (2) Considered, reflected or meditated upon.
     (3) Resolved.
     (4) Intended, wished, desired.
     (5) Visible, perceptible. --ttaṃ
     (1) Observing, attending.
     (2)
          (a) Thought, thinking, attention;
          (b) desire, intention, aim; maccittaḥ satataṃ bhava Bg. 18. 57; anekacittavibhrāṃta 16. 16.
     (3) The mind; yadāsau durvāraḥ prasarati madaścittakariṇaḥ Śānti. 1. 22; so calacitta and comps. below.
     (4) The heart (considered as the seat of intellect).
     (5) Reason, intellect, reasoning faculty.
     -- Comp.
          --anuvartin a. acting according to one's will, humouring.
          --apahā --ka, --apahārin, --ākarṣin, --hārin a. 1. 'hearts-tealing,' attractive, captivating. --2. pleasing, aggreeable, beautiful.
          --ābhogaḥ attention of the mind to its own feelings, exclusive attachment to one thing.
          --āsaṃgaḥ attachment, love.
          --udrekaḥ pride, arrogance.
          --aikyaṃ agreement, unanimity.
          --unnatiḥ, --samunnatiḥ f. 1. noble-mindedness. --2. pride, arrogance.
          --kalita a. anticipated, expected, calculated.
          --cārin a. acting according to the will of another.
          --jaḥ, --janman m.,
          --bhūḥ, --yoniḥ 1. love, passion. --2. Cupid, the god of love; cittayonirabhavatpunarnavaḥ R. 19. 46; soyaṃ prasiddhavibhavaḥ khalu cittajanmā Mal. 1. 20.
          --jña a. knowing the mind of another.
          --nāśaḥ loss of conscience.
          --nirvṛtiḥ f. contentment, happiness.
          --pramāthin a. moving or touching the heart, exciting passion or love.
          --praśama a. composed, tranquil. (
          --maḥ) tranquility of heart.
          --prasannatā joy, pleasure.
          --bhedaḥ
     (1) difference of view. --2. inconsistency, inconstancy. --mohaḥ infatuation of the mind. --rāgaḥ affection, passion, desire. --vikāraḥ change of thought or feeling. --vikṣepaḥ distraction of the mind. --viplavaḥ, --vibhramaḥ aberration, disturbance or derangement of mind, madness, insanity. --viśleṣaḥ breach of friendship. --vṛttiḥ f. 1. disposition or state of the mind, inclination, feeling; evamātmābhiprāyasaṃbhāviteṣṭajanacittavṛttiḥ prārthayitā viḍaṃbyate S. 2. --2. thinking, imagining. --3. inward purpose, emotion. --4. (in Yoga phil.) inward working of the mind, mental vision; yogaścittavṛttinirodhaḥ Yoga S. --vedanā affliction, anxiety. --vaikalyaṃ bewilderment of the mind, distraction. --saṃkhya a. pervading the heart, penetrating the soul. --hārin a. fascinating, attractive, agreeable.

cittavat a.
     (1) Reasonable, endowed with reason.
     (2) Kind-hearted, amiable.

cittiḥ f. [cit bhāve ktin]
     (1) Thinking, thought, reflection.
     (2) Understanding, wisdom.
     (3) Devotion.
     (4) Intention, aim, purpose.
     (5) A wise person.
     (6) Fame, celebrity (khyāti).

cittin a. Ved. Intelligent, wise.

cetaka a.
     (1) Causing to think.
     (2) What thinks or feels, sentient. --kī N. of a plant (harītakī).

cetana a. (nī f.) [cit-lyu]
     (1) Animate, alive, living, sentient, feeling; cetanācetaneṣu Me. 5 animate and inanimate.
     (2) Visible, conspicuous, distinguished. --naḥ
     (1) A sentient being, a man.
     (2) Soul, mind.
     (3) The supreme soul.
     (4) An animal in general. --nā
     (1) Sense, consciousness; culukayati madīyāṃ cetanāṃ caṃcarīkaḥ R. G.; U. 3. 31; Māl. 9. 12, R. 12. 74; cetanāṃ pratipadyate regains one's consciousness.
     (2) Understanding, intelligence; paścimādyāminīyāmātprasādamiva cetanā R. 17. 1.
     (3) Life, vitality, animation; Bg. 13. 6.
     (4) Wisdom, reflection. --naṃ
     (1) Appearance.
     (2) The thinking principle, the mind.

cetanāvat a. Animate, having consciousness.

cetas n. [cit karaṇe asun]
     (1) Consciousness, sense.
     (2) Thinking soul, reasoning faculty.
     (3) The mind, heart, soul; cetaḥ prasādayati Bh. 2. 23; gacchati puraḥ śarīraṃ dhāvati paścādasaṃstutaṃ cetaḥ S. 1. 34.
     (4) Will.
     -- Comp.
          --janman, --bhavaḥ, --bhūḥ m. 1. love, passion. --2. the god of love.
          --vikāraḥ disturbance of the mind, emotion, agitation.

cetomat a. Living, sentient.

citra a. [citr-bhāve ac; ci-ṣṭran vā Uṇ. 4. 163]
     (1) Bright, clear.
     (2) Variegated, spotted, diversified.
     (3) Amusing, interesting, agreeable; Māl. 1. 4.
     (4) Various, different, manifold; Pt. 1. 136; Ms. 9. 248; Y. 1. 288.
     (5) Surprising, wonderful, strange; kimatra citraṃ R. 5. 33; S. 2. 15.
     (6) Perceptible, visible.
     (7) Conspicuous, excellent, dstinguished.
     (8) Rough, agitated (as the sea, opp. sama).
     (9) Clear, loud, perceptible (as a sound). --traḥ
     (1) The variegated colour.
     (2) A form of Yama.
     (3) The Aśoka tree.
     (4) = citragupta q. v. below. --traṃ
     (1) A picture, painting, delineation; citre niveśya parikalpitasattvayogā S. 2. 9; punarapi citrīkṛtā kāṃtā S. 6. 20, 13, 21 &c.
     (2) A brilliant ornament or ornament.
     (3) An extraordinary appearance, wonder.
     (4) A sectarial mark on the forehead.
     (5) Heaven, sky.
     (6) A spot.
     (7) The white or spotted leprosy.
     (8) (In Rhet.) The last of the three main divisions of Kavya (poetry). (It is of two kinds śabdacitra and artha-vācyacitra, and the poetical charm lies mainly in the use of figures of speech dependent on the sound or sense of words. Mammaṭa thus defines it: --śabdacitraṃ vācyacitramavyaṃgyaṃ tvavaraṃ smṛtaṃ K. P. 1. As an instance of śabdacitra may be cited the following verse from R. G. mitrātriputranetrāya trayīśātravaśatrave . gotrārigotrajaitrāya gotrātre te namo namaḥ ...
     (9) Anything bright which strikes the eye. (10) Playing upon words, punning, using conundrums, riddles &c. --traṃ ind. Oh!, how strange!, what a wonder! citraṃ badhiro nāma vyākaraṇamadhyeṣyate Sk.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣī, --netrā, --locanā a kind of bird commonly called Sārikā.
          --aṃga a. striped, having a spotted body. (
          --gaḥ) 1. a kind of snake. --2. N. of Arjuna. (
          --gaṃ) 1. vermilion. --2. yellow orpiment.
          --aṃgada a. decked with brilliant bracelets. (
          --dā) N. of a wife of Arjuna and mother of Babhruvāhana.
          --aṃgadasūḥ f. an epithet of Satvavatī, mother of Vyāsa.
          --annaṃ rice dressed with coloured condiments; Y. 1. 304.
          --apūpaḥ a kind of cake.
          --arpita a. committed to a picture, painted. -āraṃbha a. painted; R. 2. 31; Ku. 3. 42.
          --ākṛtiḥ f. a painted resemblance, portrait.
          --āyasaṃ steel.
          --āraṃbhaḥ a painted scene, outline of a picture; V. 1. 4. v. l.
          --uktiḥ f. 1. agreeable or eloquent discourse; jayaṃti te paṃcamanādamitracitroktisaṃdarbhavibhūṣaṇeṣu Vikr. 1. 10. --2. a voice from heaven. --3. a surprising tale.
          --odanaḥ boiled rice coloured with turmeric &c.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ a pigeon.
          --kathālāpaḥ telling agreeable or charming stories.
          --kaṃbalaḥ 1. painted cloth used as an elephant's housing. --2. a variegated carpet.
          --kara. 1. a painter. --2. an actor.
          --karman n. 1. an extraordinary act. --2. ornamenting, decorating. --3. a picture; Mu. 2. 4. --4. magic. (--m.). 1. a magician, one who works wonders. --2. a painter. -vid m. 1. a painter. --2. a magician.
          --kāyaḥ 1. a tiger in general. --2. a leopard or panther.
          --kāraḥ 1. a painter. --2. N. of a mixed tribe; (sthapaterapi gāṃdhikyāṃ citrakāro vyajāyata Parāśara).
          --kūṭaḥ N. of a hill and district near Prayāga; R. 12. 15, 13. 47, U. 1.
          --kṛt a. astonishing, surprising. (--m) a painter.
          --kolaḥ a kind of lizard.
          --kriyā painting.
          --kṣatra a. Ved. having manifold power, or one whose wealth is visible.
          --ga, --gata a. 1. painted, drawn in a picture. --2. coloured, variegated.
          --gaṃdhaṃ yellow orpiment.
          --guptaḥ one of the beings in Yama's world recording the vices and virtues of mankind; Mu. 1. 20.
          --gṛhaṃ a painted room.
          --jalpaḥ a random or incoherent talk, talk on various subjects.
          --taṃḍuṃla a medicinal plant said to possess anthelmintic virtues.
          --tvac m. the Bhūrja tree.
          --daṃḍakaḥ the cotton-plant.
          --nyasta a. painted, drawn in a picture; Ku. 2. 24.
          --pakṣaḥ the francoline partridge.
          --paṭaḥ, --ṭṭaḥ 1. a painting, a picture. --2. a coloured or chequered cloth.
          --pada a. 1. divided into various parts. --2. full of graceful expressions.
          --pādā the bird called Sārikā.
          --picchakaḥ a peacock.
          --puṃkhaḥ a kind of arrow.
          --pṛṣṭhaḥ a sparrow.
          --pratikṛtiḥ f. representation in colours, a painting, picture.
          --phalakaṃ a tablet for painting, a pictureboard.
          --barhaḥ a peacock.
          --bhānu a. of a variegated colour, shining with light. (
          --nuḥ) 1. fire. --2. the sun; (citrabhānurvibhātīti dine ravau rātrau vahnau K. P. 2 given as an instance of one of the modes of aṃjana). --3. N. of Bhairava. --4. the Arka plant. --5. Śiva. --6. an epithet of the Aśvins. --7. the first year of the first cycle of Jupiter.
          --bhūta a. painted.
          --maṃḍalaḥ a kind of snake.
          --mṛgaḥ the spotted antelope.
          --mekhalaḥ a peacock.
          --yodhin a. fighting in a wonderful manner. (--m.) an epithet of Arjuna.
          --rathaḥ 1. the sun. --2. N. of a king of the Gandharvas, one of the sixteen sons of Kaśyapa by his wife Muni; atra munestanayaścitrasenādīnāṃ paṃcadaśānāṃ bhrātṝṇāmadhiko guṇaiḥ ṣoḍaśaścitraratho nāma samutpannaḥ K. 136; V. 1.
          --likhanaṃ painting.
          --likhita a. 1. painted. --2. dumb, motionless (as in a picture).
          --lekha a. of beautiful outlines, highly arched; rucistava kalāvatī ruciracitralekhe bhruvau Gīt. 10. (
          --khā) 1. a portrait, picture. --2. N. of a friend and companion of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa. [When Uṣā related to her her dream, she suggested the idea of taking the portraits of all young princes in the neighbourhood; and on Uṣā's recognising Aniruddha, Chitralekha, by means of her magical power, conveyed him to her palace].
          --lekhakaḥ a painter.
          --lekhanikā a painter's brush.
          --vadālaḥ the sheat-fish.
          --vanaṃ N. of a forest near the Gaṇḍakī.
          --vājaḥ a cock.
          --vicitra a. 1. variously coloured, variegated. --2. multiform.
          --vidyā the art of painting.
          --śālā a painter's studio.
          --śikhaṃḍin m. an epithet of the seven sages: marīci, aṃgiras, atri, pulastya, pulaha, kratu and vasiṣṭha. -jaḥ an epithet of Bṛhaspati.
          --śiras m.,
          --śīrṣakaḥ a kind of venomous insect.
          --śrīḥ great or wonderful beauty.
          --saṃstha a. painted.
          --hastaḥ a particular position of the hands in fighting.

citraka a.
     (1) Bright, lovely, agreeable.
     (2) Brave, powerful. --kaḥ
     (1) A painter.
     (2) A tiger in general.
     (3) A small hunting leopard.
     (4) N. of a tree. --kaṃ
     (1) A sectarial mark on the forehead.
     (2) A particular manner of fighting.
     (3) N. of a wood near the mountain Raivataka.

citrayati Den. P.
     (1) To make variegated, paint.
     (2) To regard as wonderful.

citrala a. Variegated, spotted. --laḥ The variegated colour.

citrā [citr-ac]
     (1) N. of the fourteenth lunar mansion consisting of one star; himanirmuktayoryoge citrācaṃdramasoriva R. 1. 46.
     (2) A kind of snake.
     (3) Worldly illusion, unreality.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭīraḥ 1. the moon. --2. the forehead spotted with the blood of a goat offered as a victim to a deity.
          --īśaḥ the moon.
          --maghā the dawn.

citrikaḥ The month Chaitra.

citriṇī N. for a woman 'endowed with various talents and excellences', one of the four divisions into which writers on erotic science class women: --padminī, citriṇī, śaṃkhinī and hastinī or kariṇī. The Ratimañjarī thus defines citriṇī: --bhavati ratirasajñā nātikharvā na dīrghā tilkusumasunāsā snigdhanīlotpalākṣī . ghanakaṭhinakucāḍhyā suṃdarī baddhaśīlā sakalaguṇavicitrā citriṇī citravaktrā .. 5.

citrita a.
     (1) Variegated, spotted.
     (2) Painted.

citrin a. (ṇī f.) [citr-ṇini; citra-astyarthe ini vā]
     (1) Wonderful.
     (2) Variegated.
     (3) Having variegated (black and gray) hair.

citrīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To feel wonder.
     (2) To adorn, embellish.

citrīkaraṇaṃ, --kāraḥ Wonder, surprise.

citrīkṛta a. Painted, embellished.

citrīyate Den. A.
     (1) To cause wonder, to be an object of wonder; evamuttarottarabhāvaścitrīyate jīvalokaḥ Mv. 5; Bk. 17. 64; 18. 23.
     (2) To wonder.

citrya a. To be honoured or worshipped.

ciṃt 10 U. (ciṃtayati-te, ciṃtita)
     (1) To think, consider, reflect, ponder over; tacchrutvā piṃgalakaściṃtayāmāsa Pt.
     (1) ciṃtaya tāvatkenāpadeśena punarāśramapadaṃ gacchāmaḥ S. 2.
     (2) To think of, have an idea of, bring before the mind; tasmādetat (vittaṃ) na ciṃtayet H. 1; tasmādasya; vadhaṃ rājā manasāpi na ciṃtayet Ms. 8. 381, 4. 258; Pt. 1. 135; Ch. P. 1.
     (3) To mind, take care of, look to; tātastvāṃ ciṃtayiṣyati S. 4.; cf. also R. 1. 64; U. 1. 19.
     (4) To call to mind, remember.
     (5) To find out, devise, discover, think out; kopyupāyaściṃtyatāṃ H. 1.
     (6) To regard as, esteem.
     (7) To weigh, discriminate.
     (8) To discuss, treat of, consider.

ciṃtaka a. [ciṃt-ṇvul] Thinking upon, reflecting on (at the end of comp); as daiva- an astrologer; upāya-.

ciṃtanaṃ, --nā [ciṃt-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Thinking, thinking of, having an idea of; manasā'niṣṭaciṃtanaṃ Ms. 12. 5.
     (2) Thought, reflection.
     (3) Anxious thought.

ciṃtā [ciṃt-bhāve a]
     (1) Thinking, thought.
     (2) Sad or sorrowful thought, care, anxiety; ciṃtājaḍaṃ darśanaṃ S. 4. 5; so vītaciṃtaḥ 12.
     (3) Reflection, consideration.
     (4) (In Rhet.) Anxiety, considered as one of the 33 subordinate feelings; dhyānaṃ ciṃtā hitānāpteḥ śūnyatāśvāsatāpakṛt S. D. 201.
     -- Comp.
          --ākula a. full of care, disturbed in mind, anxious.
          --karman n. anxiety.
          --para a. thoughtful, anxious.
          --maṇiḥ 1. a fabulous gem supposed to yield to its possessor all desires, the philosopher's stone; kācamūlyena vikrīto haṃta ciṃtāmaṇirmayā Śānti 1. 12; api ciṃtāmaṇiściṃtāpariśramamapekṣate Māl. 10. 22; tadekalubdhe hṛdi me'sti labdhuṃ citā na ciṃtāmaṇimapyanardhyaṃ N. 3. 81, 1. 145. --2. N. of Brahmā.
          --veśman n. a council-hall.

ciṃtita a.
     (1) Thought, reflected.
     (2) Devised, found out. --taṃ
     (1) Reflection, thought.
     (2) Care, attention.

ciṃtitiḥ f., ciṃtiyā Consideration, reflection, thought.

ciṃtya pot. p. [ciṃt karmaṇi yat]
     (1) To be considered or thought over.
     (2) To be discovered, to be devised or found out.
     (3) Conceivable, comprehensible.
     (4) Requiring consideration, doubtful, questionable, yacca kvacidasphuṭālaṃkāratve udāhṛtaṃ (yaḥ kaumāraharaḥ &c.) etacciṃtyaṃ S. D. 1.

ciṃtiḍī The tamarind tree.

cipaṭa a. Flat-nosed. --ṭaḥ Rice or grain flattened.

cipiṭaḥ a. See cipaṭa.
     -- Comp.
          --grīva a. short-necked.
          --nāsa, --nāsika a. flat-nosed.

cipiṭakaḥ, --cipuṭaḥ Flattened rice.

cippaḥ A disease of the fingernail; also cipya.

cibu(vu)kam  The chin; cibukaṃ sudṛśaḥ spṛśāmi yāvat Bv. 2. 34; Y. 3. 98.

cimiḥ A parrot; also cimikaḥ.

cira a. [ci-rak] Long, lasting a long time, existing from a long time, old; ciravirahaḥ cirakālaḥ ciramitraṃ &c. --raṃ A long time. Note.--The singular of any of the oblique cases of cira may be used adverbially in the sense of 'long', 'for a long time,' 'after a long time,' 'long since,' 'at last,' 'finally;' na ciraṃ parvate vaset Ms. 4. 60; tataḥ prajānāṃ ciramātmanā dhṛtāṃ R. 3. 35, 62; Amaru. 79; kiyaccireṇāryaputraḥ pratipattiṃ dāsyati S. 6; R. 5. 64; prītāsmi te saumya cirāya jīva R. 14. 59; Ku. 5. 47; Amaru. 3; cirātsutasparśarasajñatāṃ yayau R. 3. 26; 11. 63, 12. 87; cirasya vācyaṃ na gataḥ prajāpatiḥ S. 5. 15; cire kuryāt Śat. Br.
     -- Comp.
          --āyus a. long-lived. (--m.) a god.
          --ārodhaḥ a protracted siege, blockade.
          --uttha a. existing for a long time.
          --kāra,kārika, --kārin, --kriya a. acting slowly, delaying, tarrying, dilatory.
          --kālaḥ a long time.
          --kālika, --kālīna a. 1. of long standing, old, long-continued. --2. chronic (as a disease).
          --jāta a. born long ago, old.
          --jīvin a. long-lived (--m.) 1. an epithet of seven persons who are considered to be 'deathless'; aśvatthāmā balirvyāso hanumāṃśca bibhīṣaṇaḥ . kṛpaḥ paraśurāmaśca saptaite cirajīvinaḥ ... --2. N. of Viṣṇu. --3. a crow. --4. N. of two plants jīvaka &c. śālmali. --pākin a. ripening late.
          --puṣpaḥ the Bakula tree.
          --mitraṃ an old friend.
          --mehin m. an ass.
          --rātraṃ a period of many nights, a long time. -uṣita a. having lodged for a long time.
          --viproṣita a. long banished, a long sojourner.
          --sūtā, --sūtikā a cow that has borne many calves.
          --sevakaḥ an old servant.
          --stha, sthāyin, --sthita a. lasting, long, enduring, continuing; durable.

ciraṃjīva a. Long lived. --vaḥ An epithet of Kāma.

ciraṃṭī, ciriṃṭī [cireṇa aṭati pitṛgṛhāt bhartṛgehaṃ aṭ ac pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) A woman married or single who continues to reside after maturity in her father's house.
     (2) A young woman (in general).

ciratna a. (tnī f.) [cire bhavaḥ cira-tna] Of long standing, old, ancient.

ciraṃtana a. (nī f.) [ciraṃ bhavārthe ṭyul tuṭ ca] Of long standing, old, ancient; svahastadatte munimāsanaṃ muniściraṃtanastāvadabhinyavīviśat Śi. 1. 15; ciraṃtanaḥ suhṛd &c.

cirāyati Den. P.; also cirāyate To delay, tarry; kathaṃ cirayati pāṃcālī Ve. 1; kiṃ cirāyitaṃ bhavatā; saṃketake cirayati pravaro vinodaḥ Mk. 3. 3.

ciriḥ A parrot.

ciri 5 P. (ciriṇoti) To kill, hurt, injure (used only in the Veda).

ciruḥ The shoulder-joint.

cirbhaṭiḥ A sort of cucumber.

cil 6 P. (cilati) To put on clothes.

cilamī(mi)likā
     (1) A kind of necklace.
     (2) A fire-fly.
     (3) Lightning.

cill 1 P. (cillati, cillita)
     (1) To become loose, be slack or flacid.
     (2) To act wantonly, sport.

cilla a. [cill-ac] Blear-eyed. --llaḥ
     (1) A bleared or sored eye.
     (2) The (Bengal) kite; cillā also in this sense; baṃdhanabhraṣṭo gṛhakapotaścillāyā mukhe patitaḥ M. 4; cf. English "From the frying-pan into the fire".
     -- Comp.
          --ābhaḥ a petty thief, a pickpocket.

cillakā, --cillikā, cillī A cricket; cf. jhillikā.

civiḥ The chin.

civiṭa = cipiṭa q. v.

cihaṇa a. = cikkaṇa q. v.

cihura = cikura q. v.

cihn 10 U. (cihrayati-te) To mark, stamp (properly a Denom. from the noun cihna).

cihnam
     (1) Mark, spot, stamp, symbol; emblem, badge, symptom; grāmeṣu yūpacihneṣu R. 1. 44; 3. 55; saṃnipātasya cihnāni Pt. 1. 177.
     (2) A sign, indication; prasādacihnāni puraḥphalāni R. 2. 22; praharṣacihna 2. 68.
     (3) A sign of the zodiac.
     (4) Stamp, print, impression; pada-.
     (5) Aim, direction.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. 1. marking, spotting. --2. striking, wounding, killing. --3. frightful, hideous.

cihnita a.
     (1) Marked, signed, stamped, bearing the badges of an office; Y. 2. 85; 1. 319; divā careyuḥ kāryārthaṃ cihnitā rājaśāsanaiḥ Ms. 10. 55, 2. 170.
     (2) Branded.
     (3) Known, designated.

cīk 1. 10. P. (cīkati, cīkayati)
     (1) To endure, bear, suffer.
     (2) To be impatient.
     (3) To touch.

cītkāraḥ An onomatopoetic word, the cry of certain animals, particularly of the ass or elephant; sa viṣīdati cītkārādrardabhastāḍito yathā H. 2. 31; vaināyakyaściraṃ vo vadanavidhutayaḥ pāṃtu cītkāravatyaḥ Mal. 1. 1.

cīnaḥ [ci-nak pṛṣo- dīrghaḥ]
     (1) N. of a country, the modern China.
     (2) A kind of deer.
     (3) A sort of cloth.
     (4) A thread. --nāḥ (m. pl.) The rulers or people of China. --naṃ
     (1) A banner.
     (2) A kind of bandage for the corners of the eyes.
     (3) Lead.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśukaṃ, --vāsas n. Chinacloth, silk, silken cloth; cīnāṃśukamiva ketoḥ prativātaṃ nīyma nasya S. 1. 34; Ku. 7. 3; Māl. 6. 5; Amaru. 75.
          --karpūraḥ a kind of camphor.
          --jaṃ steel.
          --paṭṭaṃ lead.
          --piṣṭaṃ 1. red lead. --2. lead.
          --vaṃgaṃ lead.

cīnākaḥ A kind of camphor.

cībh 1 A. (cībhate)
     (1) To coax, wheedle, flatter.
     (2) To boast, swagger.

cīram [ci-kran dīrghaśca; Uṇ. 2. 26]
     (1) A rag, a tattered cloth, a long stripe or garment; Ms. 6. 6.
     (2) A bark.
     (3) A cloth or garment in general.
     (4) A necklace of pearls consisting of four strings.
     (5) A stripe, stroke, line.
     (6) A manner of writing with strokes.
     (7) Lead.
     (8) A crest.
     (9) The dress of a Buddhist priest.
     -- Comp.
          --parigraha, --vāsas a. 1. clothed in bark; Ku. 6. 92; Ms. 11. 102. --2. dressed in rags or tatters. (--m.) an epithet of Śiva.
          --bhavaṃtī the elder sister of a wife (?).

cīrakaḥ A manner of writing, see cīra above.

cīrita a. Having strips, ragged.

cīrin a. [cīra-ini] Clothed in bark, garments or rags.

cīriḥ f. [ci bā- kri dīrghaśca]
     (1) A veil for covering the eyes.
     (2) A cricket.
     (3) The hem of an undergarment.

cīri(ru)kā  A cricket.

cīrṇa a. [car-nak pṛṣo- ata ītvam]
     (1) Done, performed, observed.
     (2) Studied, repeated.
     (3) Split, divided.
     -- Comp.
          --parṇaḥ the Kharjūra and Nimba trees.

cīlikā A cricket.

cīv I. 1 U. (cīvati-te)
     (1) To wear, cover.
     (2) To take or receive.
     (3) To seize. --II. 10 U. (cīvayati-te)
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To speak.

cīvaram [ci-ṣvarac ni-dīrghaḥ; cīv-arac vā; cf. Uṇ. 3. 1]
     (1) A garment (in general); a tatter, rag; pretacīvaravasā svanograyā R. 11. 16.
     (2) The dress of any mendicant, particularly of a Buddhist mendicant; cīvarāṇi paridhatte Sk.; cīracīvaraparicchadāṃ Māl. 1; prakṣālitametanmayā cīvarakhaṃḍaṃ Mk. 8.

cīvarin m.
     (1) A Buddhist or Jaina mendicant.
     (2) A mendicant (in general).

cukk 10 U. (cukkayati-te) To inflict or suffer pain.

cukkāraḥ The roaring of a lion.

cukraḥ [cak-rak ata utvaṃ ca Uṇ. 2. 15]
     (1) A kind of cane or sorrel.
     (2) Sourness. --kraṃ Sourness, acidity.
     -- Comp.
          --amlaṃ vinegar made by the acetous fermentation of grain. (
          --mlā) 1. a tamarind tree. --2. a kind of sour rice-gruel.
          --phalaṃ the tamarind fruit.
          --vāstūkaṃ wood-sorrel.

cukrakaṃ, cukrikā A kind of woodsorrel.

cukrā The tamarind tree.

cukriman m. Sourness.

cukṣā
     (1) Injuring, killing.
     (2) Washing.

cuciḥ The female breast; udder.

cucukaḥ, --kaṃ, cucūkam The nipple of the breast.

cuṃcu a. (At the end of certain comp.) Celebrated, famous, renowned, skilled in; akṣara-, cāra- &c. --cuḥ
     (1) The musk-rat or shrew.
     (2) A mixed caste born of a Brāhmaṇa father and Vaideha female.

cuṃcurī A game played with tamarind seeds instead of dice.

cuṭ I. 6. 10. P. (cuṭati, coṭayati) To cut off, divide. --II. 1. 10. P. (coṭati, coṭayati) To become small, to be diminished, wane.

cuṭṭ 10 P. (cuṭṭayati) To become small or shallow (as a river.)

cuḍ I. 6 P. (cuḍati) To conceal or hide.

cuḍḍ 1 P. (cuḍḍati)
     (1) To dally, sport.
     (2) To hint one's meaning.
     (3) To act or do.

cuṇ 6. P. (cuṇati) To cut off, pierce.

cuṃṭ I. 1. 10. P. (cuṃṭati, cuṃṭayati) To cut off. --II. 1. P. To become small.

cuṃḍ I. 1 P. To become small. --II. 10 P. To cut off.

cuṃṭā, --ḍā A small well or reservoir.

cut 1 P. (cotati) To ooze, trickle, see cyut.

cutaḥ The anus.

cud I. 10 U. (codayati-te, --codita)
     (1) To send, direct, throw forward, urge or drive on, push on; codayāśvān S. 1.
     (2) To prompt, inspire, impel, animate, excite; R. 4. 24.
     (3) To hasten, accelerate.
     (4) To question, ask.
     (5) To press with a request.
     (6) To put forward, adduce, as an argument or objection.
     (7) To enjoin, lay down; Ms. 2. 165.
     (8) To request, solicit.
     (9) To help on. (10) To bring or offer quickly.
     (11) To fix, settle, direct.
     (12) To be quick. --II. 1 U. Ved. (codati te)
     (1) To impel, incite.
     (2) To offer quickly (Soma).
     (3) To hasten, be quick.

coda a. [codayatīti cud-ac] Animating, inspiring, promoting &c. --daḥ A whip or goad.

codaka a. [cud ṇvul] Driving, urging. --kaḥ
     (1) Directing, invitation.
     (2) (in gram.) parigraha q. v.

codana a. [cud-bhāve lyuṭ] Driving, impelling. --naṃ
     (1) The act of driving.
     (2) In vitation.
     (3) Order, rule, precept.

codanā
     (1) Sending, directing, throwing.
     (2) Urging or driving onward.
     (3) Prompting, inciting, encouraging, inspiration.
     (4) A precept, sacred commandment, scriptural injunction.
     -- Comp.
          --guḍaḥ a ball for playing with.

codita p. p.
     (1) Sent, directed.
     (2) Urged on, driven.
     (3) Incited, prompted, inspired.
     (4) Put forward as an argument.
     (5) Thrown, cast.
     (6) Appointed.
     (8) Ordered, directed.

codya a. [cuṭ-ṇyat]
     (1) To be driven or impelled.
     (2) To be sent, thrown, or directed.
     (3) To be mentioned. --dyaṃ
     (1) Objecting, asking a question.
     (2) An objection.
     (3) Wonder, surprise.

cuṃdī A procuress, bawd.

cup 1 P. (copati) To move slowly, creep or steal along.

copana a. Moving, stirring. --naṃ Moving slowly.

cubukaḥ The chin.

cubram The mouth, face.

cuṃb I. 1. 10. U. (cuṃbati-te, cuṃbayati-te, cuṃbita)
     (1) To kiss (fig. also); śliṣyati cuṃbati jaladharakalpaṃ harirupagata iti timiramanalpaṃ Gīt. 6; priyāmukhaṃ kiṃpuruṣaścucuṃbe Ku. 3. 38, Amaru. 16; H. 4. 132.
     (2) To touch softly, or graze; --WITH pari to kiss; Rs. 6. 18; Amaru. 77. --II. 10 P. To hurt, kill.

cuṃbaḥ, bā [cuṃb-bhāve ghañ ac vā] A kiss.

cuṃbakaḥ [cuṃb-ṇvul]
     (1) A kisser.
     (2) A lecher, a lustful man, libertine.
     (3) A rogue, cheat.
     (4) One who has kissed or dipped in a variety of subjects, a superficial scholar.
     (5) A loadstone.
     (6) The upper part or middle of a balance.

cuṃbanam [cuṃb bhāve lyuṭ] Kissing, a kiss; cuṃbanaṃ dehi me bhārye kāmacāṃḍālatṛptaye R. G.

cuṃbita p. p.
     (1) Kissed.
     (2) Touched softly.

cuṃbin a.
     (1) Kissing, sipping; Māl. 9. 7.
     (2) Touching, grazing; Bh. 3. 95.

cur 10 U. (corayati-te, corita)
     (1) To rob, steal; Ms. 8. 333; V. 3. 17.
     (2) (Fig.) To bear, have, possess, take, assume; acūcuraccaṃdramasobhirāmatāṃ Śi. 1. 16.

cura a. Stealing, robbing &c.

curaṇam Robbing, theft.

curā Theft.

co(cau)raḥ
     (1) A thief, robber; sakalaṃ cora gataṃ tvayā gṛhītaṃ V. 4. 16; iṃdīvaradalaprabhācoraṃ cakṣuḥ Bh. 3. 67.
     (2) Any dishonest dealer.
     (3) One that steals or captivates the heart.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. theft.
          --gata a. robbed.
          --rūpaḥ a clever thief.

co(cau)rikā  Theft, robbery; -vivāha Mal.
     (1) secret marriage.

corita a. Stolen, robbed. --taṃ Theft.

coritakam
     (1) Petty theft, larceny.
     (2) Anything stolen.

curiḥ = rī f. A small well.

cul 10 P. (colayati)
     (1) To raise or elevate.
     (2) To rise, increase.
     (3) To dip, dive or plunge into.

culukaḥ [cul-ukañ]
     (1) Deep mud.
     (2) A mouthful of water or the hand hollowed to hold water or anything; mamau sa bhadraṃ culuke samudraḥ N. 8. 45; jñātvā vidhātuśculukāt prasūtiṃ Vikr. 1. 37.
     (3) A small vessel. --ka Water in which pulse has been steeped.

culukin m. A porpoise.

culuṃp 1 P. (culuṃpati)
     (1) To swing, rock, move to and fro, agitate. --WITH uda 1. to swing. --2. to agitate; aṃbhodhernālikelīrasamiva culukairucculuṃpaṃtyapo ye Mv. 5. 8.

culuṃpaḥ Fondling children.

culuṃpā A she-goat.

cull 1 P. (cullati)
     (1) To play, sport, to make amorous gestures.
     (2) To conjecture.

culla a. Blear-eyed. --llaḥ A blear eye.

cullakaḥ The palm of the hand hollowed as in the act of holding water. --kī
     (1) A kind of water-pot.
     (2) A porpoise.

culliḥ A fire-place.

cullī
     (1) A fire-place.
     (2) A funeral pile.
     (3) A large apartment or hall composed of three divisions, one looking north, another east, and the third west.

custaḥ, --stam [cu kta bā- suṭ]
     (1) The burnt exterior of roast meat.
     (2) Fried meat.
     (3) Chaff.
     (4) Rind.

cūcukaṃ, cūcūkam The nipple of a breast; Śi. 7. 19.

cūḍaḥ Ved.
     (1) A protuberance.
     (2) The ceremony of tonsure.

cūḍakaḥ A well.

cūḍā
     (1) The hair on the top of the head, a single lock on the crown of the head (left after the ceremony of tonsure); R. 18. 51; U. 5. 36; 5. 3; 4. 20.
     (2) The ceremony of tonsure.
     (3) The crest of a cock or peacock; Pt. 2. 73.
     (4) Any crest, plume or diadem.
     (5) The head.
     (6) Top, summit.
     (7) A room on the top of a house.
     (8) A well.
     (9) An ornament (like a bracelet worn on the wrist).
     -- Comp.
          --karaṇaṃ, --karman n. the ceremony of tonsure; Ms. 2. 35.
          --pāśaḥ a mass of hair; cūḍāpāśe navakurabakaṃ Me. 65.
          --maṇiḥ, --ratnaṃ 1. a jewel worn on the top of the head, a crest jewel (fig. also). --2. best, excellent (usually at the end of comp.).
          --lakṣaṇaṃ tonsure.

cūḍāra --la a.
     (1) Having a single lock of hair on the crown of the head.
     (2) Crested. --laṃ The head.

cūḍika, cūḍin a.
     (1) Having a lock of hair on the head.
     (2) Crested.

cūḍāmlam Vinegar prepared from fruits.

cūṇ 10 P. (cūṇayati)
     (1) To contract.
     (2) To close, shrink.

cūtaḥ [cūṣ-kta, cotati rasaṃ cut-ac vā pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) The mango tree; īṣadbaddharajaḥkaṇāgrakapiśā cūte navā maṃjarī V. 2. 7; cūtāṃkurāsvādakaṣāyakaṃṭhaḥ Ku. 3. 32; one of the 5 arrows of Cupid; see paṃcabāṇa. --taṃ The anus.

cūtakaḥ
     (1) The mango tree.
     (2) A small well.

cūtiḥ f. The anus.

cūr 4 A. (cūryate) To burn.

cūrī --cūrikā A small well.

cūrṇ 10 U. (cūrṇayati-te, cūrṇita)
     (1) To reduce to powder, pulverize, pound.
     (2) To bruise, crush.

cūrṇaḥ --rṇam [cūrṇ karmaṇi ac]
     (1) Powder.
     (2) Flour.
     (3) Dust.
     (4) Aromatic powder, pounded sandal, camphor &c; bhavati viphalapreraṇā cūrṇamuṣṭiḥ Me. 68. --rṇaḥ
     (1) Chalk.
     (2) Lime.
     (3) Pounding.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ a limeburner.
          --kuṃtalaḥ a curl, curly hair; samaṃ keralakāṃtānāṃ cūrṇakuṃtalavallibhiḥ Vikr. 4. 2.
          --khaṃḍaḥ ḍaṃ 1. gravel, pebble. --2. lime-stone nodule.
          --padaṃ a peculiar exercise, walking backwards and forwards.
          --pāradaḥ vermilion. muṣṭiḥ f. a handful of perfume or powder.
          --yogaḥ perfumed powder.

cūrṇakaḥ [cūrṇa svārthe ka] Grain fried and pounded. --kaṃ
     (1) A fragrant powder.
     (2) A style of prose-composition which is easy, does not contain hard letters, and has very few compounds; akaṭhorākṣaraṃ svalpasamāsaṃ cūrṇakaṃ viduḥ Chand. M. 6.
     (3) Explaining in prose the purport of a foregoing verse.

cūrṇanam Crushing, pounding.

cūrṇiḥ --rṇī f.
     (1) Pounding, powder.
     (2) A sum of hundred cowries.
     (3) N. of Patanjali's Mahābhāṣya on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
     (4) A selection of an unanswerable argument.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt m. 1. an epithet of Patanjali. --2. an annotator, commentator.

cūrṇikā
     (1) Grain fried and powdered.
     (2) A style of prose composition.

cūrṇita a.
     (1) Pounded, pulverized.
     (2) Crushed, bruised, smashed, shattered to pieces; Ku. 5. 24.

cūrṇin a. Made or mixed up with anything powdered.

cūrṇīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To reduce to powder, pound, grind.
     (2) To bruise, smash.

cūrṇībhū 1 P. To become dust, fly off into minute particles.

cūrtiḥ f. Going.

cūlaḥ Hair. --lā
     (1) An upper room.
     (2) A crest.
     (3) The crest of a comet; cf. cūḍā.

cūlikam A cake of flour fried with ghee.

cūlin a. Having a crest.

cūlikā [cul samuccaṃye ṇvul pṛṣo- dīrghaḥ]
     (1) The crest or comb of a cock.
     (2) The root of an elephant's ear.
     (3) (In dramas) The hinting or indication of the occurrence of any event by characters behind the stage; aṃtarjavanikāsaṃsthaiḥ sūcanārthasya cūlikā S. D. 310; e. g. in the beginning of the 4th act of Mv.

cūṣ 1 P. (cūṣati, cūṣita) To drink, suck up or out.

cūṣā
     (1) A leathern girth(for an elephant).
     (2) Sucking.
     (3) A girdle.

cūṣyam [cūṣ karmaṇi ṇyat] Any article of food to be sucked.

coṣaḥ
     (1) Sucking.
     (2) Inflammation (in medicine).
     (3) Drying up.

coṣaṇam Sucking, suction.

coṣyam = cūṣya q. v.

cṛt I. 6 P. (cṛtati)
     (1) To hurt, kill.
     (2) To tie, bind or connect together. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (cartati, cartayati-te) To light, kindle.

cekitānaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) N. of a Yādava prince, who fought on the side of the Pāṇḍavas in the great war.

ceṭaḥ(ḍaḥ) [ciṭa ac, vā ṭasya ḍaḥ] A servant.

ceṭakaḥ
     (1) A servant, slave; any one who does a set task.
     (2) A paramour.

ceṭi(ḍi)kā, ceṭiḥ(ṭī)(ḍī) f. A female slave or servant.

ced ind. If, provided that, although (never used at the beginning of a sentence); ayi roṣamurīkaroṣi no cetkimapi tvāṃ prati vāridhe vadāmaḥ Bv. 1. 44; Ku. 4. 9; iti ceda --na 'if it be urged that ... (we reply) not so' (frequently used in controversial works); sannidhānamātreṇa rājaprabhṛtīnāṃ dṛṣṭaṃ kartṛtvamiti cenna S. B.; atha ceda but if.

codiḥ (m. pl.) N. of a country; tadīśitāraṃ cedīnāṃ bhavāṃstamavamaṃsta mā Śi. 2. 95, 63.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ, --bhūbhṛt m.,
          --rāj m.,
          --rājaḥ N. of Śiśupāla, son of Damaghosha and king of the Chedis; Śi. 2. 96; see śiśupāla.

cel 1 P. (celati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To shake, be disturbed, tremble.

celam
     (1) A garment; kusuṃbhāruṇaṃ cāru celaṃ vasānā Jag.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Bad, wicked, vile; bhāryācelaṃ 'a bad wife.'
     -- Comp.
          --āśakaḥ a moth.
          --prakṣālakaḥ a washerman.

celikā A bodice.

celukaḥ A Buddhist novice.

cell 1 P. (cellati) To go or move.
     (2) To shake, tremble.

ceṣṭ 1 A. (ceṣṭate, ceṣṭita)
     (1) To move about, stir, be active, show signs of life; yadā sa devo jāgarti tadedaṃ ceṣṭate jagat Ms. 1. 52; Māl. 8. 8; S. 6. 27.
     (2) To make effort, endeavour, exert oneself, struggle.
     (3) To perform, do (anything).
     (4) To frequent.
     (5) To behave, act. --WITH vi 1. to stir, move, be in motion, move about. --2. to act, behave.

ceṣṭam
     (1) Moving the limbs, gesture.
     (2) Acting.

ceṣṭaka a. [ceṣṭ-ṇvul] Making efforts. --kaḥ A particular mode of sexual enjoyment or coitus.

ceṣṭanam
     (1) Motion.
     (2) Effort, exertion.
     (3) Performing, doing.

ceṣṭā [ceṣṭ-aṅ]
     (1) Motion, movement; kimasmākaṃ svāmiceṣṭānirūpaṇena H. 3; Māl. 5. 7.
     (2) Gesture, action; ceṣṭayā bhāṣaṇena ca netravaktravikāraiśca lakṣyate'targataṃ manaḥ Ms. 8. 26.
     (3) Effort, exertion.
     (4) Behaviour; Pt. 1. 150.
     (5) Action, deed, performing. --nāśaḥ destruction of the world. --nirūpaṇaṃ observing a person's movements.

ceṣṭita p. p. [ceṣṭ-kartari kta] Moved, stirred &c. --taṃ
     (1) Motion, gesture, act.
     (2) Doing, action, behaviour; kapolapāṭalādeśi babhūva raghuceṣṭitaṃ R. 4. 68; tattatkāmasya ceṣṭitaṃ Ms. 2. 4 doing or work.

caitanyam [cetanasya bhānaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Spirit, life, intelligence, vitality, sensation.
     (2) Soul, spirit, mind; U. 1. 36.
     (3) Consciousness, feeling, sensation, sense; U. 1. 48.
     (4) (In Vedānta phil.) The supreme spirit considered as the essence of all being and source of all sensation. --nyaḥ N. of a modern reformer of the Vaiṣṇava faith.

caittasika a. Relating to the mind.

caitta a. [cittasyedaṃ aṇ] Belonging to the mind, mental. --ttaṃ Memory.

caittika a. Mental, intellectual.

caitya a. Relating to a pile. --tyaḥ
     (1) The individual soul.
     (2) A pile of stones forming a land-mark.
     (3) A monument, tomb-stone.
     (4) A sacrificial shed.
     (5) A place of religious worship, altar, sanctuary,
     (6) A temple.
     (7) A reflection.
     (8) A religious fig-tree or any tree growing by the side of streets; Me. 23. (rathyāvṛkṣa Malli.)
     -- Comp.
          --taruḥ, --drumaḥ., --vṛkṣaḥ a fig-tree standing on a sacred spot.
          --pālaḥ the guardian of a sanctuary.
          --mukhaḥ a hermit's waterpot.

caitraḥ [ci ṣṭraṇ; citrameva svārthe aṇ; citrāyāṃ bhavaḥ aṇ vā]
     (1) N. of a lunar month in which the full moon stands in the constellation Chitrā (corresponding to March-April).
     (2) A Buddhist mendicant.
     (3) One of the seven ranges of mountains dividing the continent into Varshas. --traṃ A temple, monument for the dead.
     -- Comp.
          --āvaliḥ f. the full-moon-day of Chaitra.
          --sakhaḥ an epithet of the god of love.

caitrakaḥ The month caitra.

caitriḥ, caitrikaḥ, caitrin m. The month called Chaitra.

caitrī The day of full-moon in the month of Chaitra.

caitrarathaṃ(thyaṃ) N. of the garden of Kubera; eko yayau caitrarathapradeśān saurājyaramyānaparo vidarbhān R. 5. 60.

caidyaḥ N. of Śiśupāla; abhicaidyaṃ pratiṣṭhāsuḥ Śi. 2. 1.

caila a. Made of cloth. --laṃ A piece of cloth, garment. --laḥ A month.
     -- Comp.
          --dhāvaḥ a washerman.

cailakaḥ A Buddhist mendicant.

cailikaḥ A piece of cloth.

cokṣa a.
     (1) Pure, clean.
     (2) Honest.
     (3) Clever, dexterous, skilful.
     (4) Pleasing, agreeable, delightful.
     (5) Sharp, pungent, keen.

cocam
     (1) A bark, rind.
     (2) Skin, hide.
     (3) The cocoa-nut.
     (4) The uneatable part of a fruit.
     (5) The fruit of the fan-palm.
     (6) A plantain.

cocakaḥ A bark in general.

coṭī A petticoat.

coḍaḥ A bodice; coḍī also.

colaḥ (m. pl.) [cul karmaṇi ghañ] N. of a country in southern India, the modern Tanjore. --laḥ, --lī
     (1) A short jacket, a bodice.
     (2) A garment reaching to the feet. --laṃ A garment.
     -- Comp.
          --uṃḍukaḥ a diadem, turban.

colakaḥ
     (1) A breast-plate.
     (2) A bark-dress.
     (3) A bodice. --kaṃ Bark, rind.

colakin m.
     (1) A soldier armed with a breast-plate.
     (2) The orange tree.
     (3) The wrist.
     (4) The shoot of a bamboo.

colaṃ(loṃ)ḍukaḥ  A fillet for the head, a turban, tiara or diadem.

coskaḥ An excellent horse.

caukṣa a.
     (1) Pure, clean.
     (2) Pleasant, agreeable, lovely.

cauḍa (ḍī f.), caula (lī f.) a. [cūḍā prayojanamasya cūḍā- ṇaḥ vā ḍasya laḥ]
     (1) Crested.
     (2) Relating to tonsure. --ḍaṃ, --laṃ The ceremony of tonsure.

cauryam
     (1) Theft, robbery.
     (2) Trickery.
     (3) Secrecy, concealment.
     -- Comp.
          --rataṃ secret sexual enjoyment; Pt. 1. 174.
          --vṛttiḥ f. the habit of robbery.

cauryakam Theft, stealing.

cyu I. 1 A. (cyavate, cyuta)
     (1) To fall or drop down, slip, sink (fig. also); S. 2. 8.
     (2) To come out of, flow or issue from, drop, trickle or stream forth from; svataścayutaṃ vahnimivādbhiraṃbudaḥ R. 3. 58; Bk. 9. 71.
     (3) To deviate or swerve from, fall off or away from, leave (duty &c.); (with abl.) asmāddharmānna cyaveta Ms. 7. 98, 12. 7172.
     (4) To lose, be deprived of; acyoṣṭa sattvānnṛpatiḥ Bk. 3. 20, 7. 92.
     (5) To vanish, disappear, perish, be at an end; R. 8. 66; Ms. 12. 96.
     (6) To decrease.
     (7) To bring about, make, form, create.
     (8) To cause to go away, cause to forget. --Caus. (cyāvayati-te)
     (1) To cause to move, excite, agitate.
     (2) (A.) To move oneself, be shaken or moved.
     (3) To remove, drive away, expel.
     (4) To deprive, take away; Pt. 1. 240.
     (5) To cause to fall. --II. 10 P. (cyāvayati)
     (1) To suffer, bear.
     (2) To laugh.

cyavanam
     (1) Moving, motion.
     (2) Being deprived of, loss; deprivation.
     (3) Dying, perishing.
     (4) Sinking, falling.
     (5) Departure, deviation.
     (6) Flowing, trickling.

cyāvana a. Causing to fall. --naṃ Expulsion, driving away.

cyuta p. p. [cyu-kta cyut-ka vā]
     (1) Fallen down, slipped, fallen.
     (2) Removed, expelled.
     (3) Strayed, erred, deviated from.
     (4) Deprived.
     (5) Broken, disordered.
     (6) Dropped, oozed out.
     (7) Lost, gone, perished; R. 3. 45.
     (8) Moved, shaken.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikāra a. dismissed from office.
          --ātman a. of a depraved soul, evil-minded; Ku. 5. 81.

cyutiḥ f. [cyu-bhāve ktin]
     (1) Falling down, a fall.
     (2) Deviation from.
     (3) Dropping, oozing.
     (4) Losing, deprivation; dhairyacyutiṃ kuryāṃ Ku. 3. 10.
     (5) Vanishing, perishing.
     (6) The vulva.
     (7) The anus.
     (8) Quick motion.

cyut 1 P. (cyotati)
     (1) To drop, flow, ooze, trickle, stream forth; idaṃ śoṇitamabhyagraṃ saṃprahāre'cyutattayoḥ Bk. 6. 28.
     (2) To drop or fall down, slip; idaṃ kavacamacyotīt Bk. 6. 29.
     (3) To cause to drop or stream forth.
     (4) To wet thoroughly, moisten.

cyotam
     (1) Sprinkling, pouring.
     (2) Dropping, falling.
     (3) Trickling, oozing.

cyupaḥ The face, mouth.

cyus 10 P. (cyosayati)
     (1) To laugh.
     (2) To suffer.
     (3) To leave.
     (4) To hurt, kill.
     (5) To loose.

cyūtaḥ The mango tree.

cyautna a. [cyu gatau karaṇe tnaṇ]
     (1) Animating, enlivening.
     (2) A goer.
     (3) Oviparous.
     (4) Abandoned; wicked, void of virtue. --tnaṃ
     (1) Shaking, concussion.
     (2) Enterprise.
     (3) Management.
     (4) Strength.

cha

cha a.
     (1) Pure, clean.
     (2) Trembling, unsteady. --chaḥ
     (1) A part, fragment.
     (2) Cutting, dividing. --chā
     (1) Covering, concealing.
     (2) An infant, a child.
     (3) Quick-silver. --chaṃ A house.

chagaḥ (gī f.) A goat.

chagaṇaḥ --ṇam, Dry cow-dung.

chagalaḥ
     (1) A goat.
     (2) N. of the sage Atri.
     (3) N. of a country. --lā, --lī A she-goat. --laṃ A blue cloth.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtrikā, --aṃtriḥ a wolf.

chagalakaḥ A goat.

chaṭā
     (1) Mass, lump, number, assemblage; saṭācchaṭābhinnaghanena Śi. 1. 47; Māl. 10. 10.
     (2) A collection of rays of light, lustre, splendour, light; Śi. 8. 38; Māl. 5. 23.
     (3) A continuous line, streak; chātetarāṃbucchaṭā K. P. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --ābhā lightning.
          --phalaḥ the betel-nut tree.

chatraḥ A mushroom. --traṃ
     (1) A parasol, an umbrella; adeyamāsīttrayameva bhūpateḥ śaśiprabhaṃ chatramubhe ca cāmare R. 3. 16; Ms. 7. 96.
     (2) Concealing the faults of one's teacher.
     -- Comp.
          --dharaḥ, --dhāraḥ the bearer of an umbrella.
          --dhāraṇa 1. carrying or bearing an umbrella; Ms. 2. 178. --2. carrying an umbrella as a type of royal authority.
          --patiḥ 1. a king over whom an umbrella is carried as a mark of dignity, a sovereign, emperor. --2. N. of an ancient king in jaṃbudvīpa. --bhaṃgaḥ 1. 'destruction of the royal parasol', loss of dominion, deposition. --2. dependence. --3. wilfulness. --4. a forlorn condition, widowhood.

chatrakaḥ
     (1) A temple in honour of Śiva.
     (2) A bee-hive of a conical form.
     (3) A king-fisher. --trikā Mushroom. --kaṃ A mushroom.

chatrā, chatrākaḥ A mushroom; Ms. 5. 19; Y. 1. 176; also chatrākī-kaṃ.

chatrikaḥ The bearer of an umbrella.

chatrin a. (ṇī f.) Having or bearing an umbrella. --m. A barber.

chatvaraḥ
     (1) A house.
     (2) A bower, arbour.

chad 10 U. (chadati-te, chādayatite, channa, chādita)
     (1) To cover, cover over, veil; haimaiśchannā Me. 76; cakṣuḥ khedātsalilagurubhiḥ pakṣmabhiśchādayaṃtīṃ Me. 90; channopāṃtaḥ ... kānanāmraiḥ 18.
     (2) To spread anything (as a cover), cover oneself.
     (3) To hide, conceal; Pt. 1. 287; (fig.); keep secret; jñānapūrvaṃ kṛtaṃ karma chādayaṃte hyasādhavaḥ Mb.; channaṃ doṣamudāharaṃti Mk. 9. 4.

chadaḥ, --chadanam
     (1) A covering, cover; alpacchada, uttaracchada &c.
     (2) A wing; anyabhṛtacchadacchaveḥ Śi. 16. 50; cchadahema kaṣannivālasat N. 2. 69.
     (3) A leaf.
     (4) A sheath, case.
     -- Comp.
          --patraḥ the Bhūrja tree.

chadiḥ f., --chadis n. [chad-ki-is vā]
     (1) The roof of a carriage.
     (2) The ro of or thatch of a house.

chadman n. [chādyate svarūpamanena; chad-manin Uṇ. 4. 144]
     (1) A deceptive dress, a disguise.
     (2) A plea, pretext, guise; brahmachadmā sāmarthyasāraḥ Mv. 2. 25; palitachadmanā jarā R. 12. 2; Śi. 2. 21; kuto'nyathā sravatyeṣa svedacchadmā mṛtadravaḥ Ratn. 2. 17.
     (3) Fraud, dishonesty, trick; chadmanā paridadāmi mṛtyave U. 1. 46; Ms. 4. 199; 9. 72.
     (4) The thatch or roof of a house.
     -- Comp.
          --tāpasaḥ a religious hypocrite.
          --rūpeṇa ind. incognito, in disguise.
          --veśin m. a player, a cheat, one dressed in disguise.

chadmin a. (nī f.) [chadman-ini]
     (1) Fraudulent, deceitful.
     (2) Disguised (at the end of comp.); e. g. brāhmaṇachadmin disguised as a Brāhmaṇa.

channa a. [chad-kta ni-]
     (1) Covered.
     (2) Hidden, concealed, secret &c. see chad.
     (3) Desolate, solitary.
     (4) Private. --nnaṃ A secret.

chanacchan ind. An imitative sound, expressive of the noise of falling drops &c.; chanacchaniti bāṣpakaṇāḥ pataṃti Amaru. 89.

chaṃd 10 U. (chaṃdayati-te, chaṃdita)
     (1) To please, gratify.
     (2) To persuade, coax.
     (3) To cover.
     (4) To be delighted in.

chaṃda a. [chaṃd-ac]
     (1) Pleasing, fascinating, inviting, alluring.
     (2) Private, solitary, secret.
     (3) Praising.
     (4) Wish, desire, fancy, liking, will; vijñāpyatāṃ devī yaste chaṃda iti V. 3 just as you like; Pt. 1. 69.
     (2) Free will, one's own choice, whim, free or wilful conduct; ṣaṣṭhe kāle tvamapi divasasyātmanaśchaṃ davartī V. 2. 1; Gīt. 1; Y. 2. 195; svacchaṃdaṃ according to one's free will, independently.
     (3) (Hence) subjection, control.
     (4) Meaning, intention, purport.
     (5) Poison.
     (6) Appearance, look, shape.
     (7) Pleasure, delight.
     -- Comp.
          --anuvṛttaṃ, --ttiḥ indulgence of whims, humouring, compliance.

chaṃdakaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Vāsudeva.
     (2) A protector.

chaṃdana a. Pleasing, charming.

chadas n. [chaṃdayati asun]
     (1) Wish, desire, fancy, will, pleasure; (gṛhṇīyāt) mūrkhaṃ chaṃdo'nuvṛttena yāthātathyena paṃḍitaṃ Chāṇ. 33.
     (2) Free will, free or wilful conduct.
     (3) Meaning, intention.
     (4) Fraud, trick, deceit.
     (5) The Vedas, the sacred text of the Vedic hymns; sa ca kulapatirādyaśchaṃdasāṃ yaḥ prayoktā U. 3. 48; bahulaṃ chaṃdasi frequently used by Pāṇini; praṇavaśchaṃdasāmiva R. 1. 11; Y. 1. 143; Ms. 4. 95.
     (6) A metre; ṛkchaṃdasā āśāste S. 4; gāyatrī chaṃdasāmahaṃ Bg. 10. 35; 13. 4.
     (7) Metrical science, prosody; (regarded as one of the six Vedāṅgas or auxiliaries to the Vedas, the other five being śikṣā, vyākaraṇa, kalpa, nirukta and jyotiṣa).
     -- Comp.
          --kṛtaṃ any metrical part of the Vedas or other sacred compositions; yathoditena vidhinā nityaṃ chaṃdaskṛtaṃ paṭhet Ms. 4. 100.
          --gaḥ (--chaṃdogaḥ) 1. a reciter in metre. --2. a student or chanter of the Sāmaveda; Ms. 3. 145; (chaṃdogaḥ sāmavedādhyāyī) --bhaṃgaḥ a violation of the laws of metre.
          --vicitiḥ f. 'examination of metres', N. of a work on metres, sometimes ascribed to Daṇḍin; chaṃdovicityāṃ sakalastatprapaṃco nidarśitaḥ Kav. 1. 12.
          --vṛttaṃ a metre in general.
          --stubh m. N. of Aruṇa.

chaṃdasya a. Ved.
     (1) Fit for hymns, metrical.
     (2) Made at will.

chaṃdita a. Gratified, pleased.

chaṃdu a. Ved. Pleasing, lovely.

cham 1 P. (chamati) To eat, consume.

chamacchamita An imitative word for the sound of 'crackling', or 'rattling.'

chamaṃḍaḥ
     (1) An orphan.
     (2) A single man; one who has no relative.

chaṃp 1. 10. P. (chaṃpati, chaṃpayati) To go, move.

chard 10 U. (chardapati, chardita) To vomit.

chardaḥ, chardanaṃ, chardiḥ f., chardikā Vomiting, sickness.

chardis f. [chard-bhāve isi]
     (1) Vomiting.
     (2) A secure place or residence.
     (3) A house.

chalaḥ, --lam [chal-ac]
     (1) Fraud, trick, deceit, deception; vidmahe śaṭha palāyanacchalāni R. 19. 31; chalamatra na gṛhyate Mk. 9. 18; Y. 1. 61; Ms. 8. 49, 187; Amaru. 16; Śi. 13. 11.
     (2) Roguery, knavery.
     (3) A plea, pretext, guise, semblance (often used in this sense to denote an utprekṣā); asurakṣāhi bahucchalāḥ śriyaḥ Ki. 2. 39; parikhāvalayacchalena yā na pareṣāṃ grahaṇasya gocarā N. 2. 95; pratyarpya pūjāmupadācchalena R. 7. 30, 6. 54, 16. 28; Bk. 1. 1; Amaru. 15; Mal. 9. 1.
     (4) Intention.
     (5) Wickedness.
     (6) A family.
     (7) Design, device.
     (8) Fiction, circumvention.

chalaka a. Delusive, cheating.

chalayati Den. P. To outwit, deceive, cheat; baliṃ chalayate Gīt. 1; śaivālalolāṃśchalayaṃti mīnān R. 16. 61; Bg. 10. 36; Amaru. 41.

chalikam A kind of drama or dancing; chalikaṃ duṣprayojyamudāharaṃti M. 2.

chalanaṃ, --nā [chal ṇic bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Deceiving, cheating, outwitting.
     (2) Fraud, trick.

chalita a. Cheated, deceived &c. --taṃ Deceiving, cheating.

chalin m. A cheat, swindler, rogue.

challiḥ, --llī f. [chad-kvip tāṃ lāti lā-ka gaurā- ḍīṣ]
     (1) Bark, rind.
     (2) A spreading creeper.
     (3) Offspring, progeny, posterity.

chaviḥ f. [chyati asāraṃ chinatti tamo vā cho-vi kicc vā ṅīp; cf. Uṇ. 4. 56]
     (1) Hue, colour of the skin, complexion; himakarodayapāṃḍumukhacchaviḥ R. 9. 38; chaviḥ pāṃḍurā S. 3. 10; Me. 33; U. 6. 27.
     (2) Colour in general.
     (3) Beauty, splendour, brilliance; chavikaraṃ mukhacūrṇamṛtuśriyaḥ R. 9. 45.
     (4) Light, lustre.
     (5) Skin, hide.

chaṣ 1 U. (chaṣati-te) To hurt, injure, kill.

chāga a. (gī f.) Relating to a goat or she-goat; Y. 1. 258. --gaḥ (gī f.)
     (1) A goat; brāhmaṇaśchāgato yathā (vaṃcitaḥ) H. 4. 53; Ms. 3. 269.
     (2) The sign Aries of the zodiac. --gaṃ
     (1) The milk of a she-goat.
     (2) An oblation.
     -- Comp.
          --bhojin m. a wolf.
          --mukhaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --rathaḥ, --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Agni, the god of fire.

chāgaṇaḥ A fire of dried cowdung.

chāgala a. (lī f.) Coming from or relating to a goat. --laḥ A goat.

chāgikā A she-goat.

chāta a.
     (1) Cut, divided.
     (2) Feeble, thin, emaciated (p. p. of cho q. v.).

chātraḥ [chatraṃ gurorvaiguṇyāvaraṇaṃ śīlamasya Sk.; chatrā- ṇa] A pupil, disciple. --traṃ A kind of honey.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃḍaḥ an indifferent poetical scholar, knowing only the beginnings of stanzas.
          --darśanaṃ fresh butter prepared from milk one day old.
          --vyaṃsakaḥ a roguish or dull-witted pupil.

chātrakam Honey in the comb or hive.

chādam [chad-ac] A thatch, roof.

chādanam [chad-lyuṭ]
     (1) A cover, screen (fig. also); vinirmitaṃ chādanamajñatāyāḥ Bh. 2. 7.
     (2) Concealing.
     (3) A leaf.
     (4) Clothing.
     (5) Darkening. --nī Hide, skin.

chādita a. See channa.

chādmika a. [chadmanā carati vyavaharati ṭhak] Fraudulent. --kaḥ A rogue; Ms. 4. 105.

chāṃdasa a. (sī f.) [chaṃdaḥ adhīte vetti vā pakṣe aṇ]
     (1) Vedic, peculiar to the Vedas; as chāṃdasaḥ prayogaḥ.
     (2) Studying or familiar with the Vedas.
     (3) Metrical. --saḥ A Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas.

chāṃdasīya a. Metrical, familiar with metres.

chāṃdomika a. Belonging to the chaṃdomas (as a day or sūkta).

chāyā [cho-ṇa Uṇ. 4. 109]
     (1) Shade, shadow (changed at the end of Tat. comp. into chāyaṃ when bāhulya or thickness of shade is meant; e. g. ikṣucchāyaniṣādinyaḥ R. 4. 20; so 7. 4, 12. 50; Mu. 4. 21); chāyāmadhaḥ sānugatāṃ niṣevya Ku. 1. 5; 6. 46; anubhavati hi mūrdhnā pādapastīvramuṣṇaṃ śamayati paritāpaṃ chāyayā saṃśritānāṃ S. 5. 7; R. 1. 75, 2. 6; 3. 70; Me. 67.
     (2) A reflected image, a reflection; chāyā na mūrchati malopahataprasāde śuddhe tu darpaṇatale sulabhāvakāśā S. 7. 32.
     (3) Resemblance, likeness.
     (4) A shadowy fancy, hallucination.
     (5) Blending of colours.
     (6) Lustre, light; chāyāmaṃḍalalakṣyeṇa R. 4. 5; ratnacchāyāvyatikaraḥ Me. 15, 35.
     (7) Colour; Māl. 6. 5.
     (8) Colour of the face, complexion; kevalaṃ lāvaṇyamayī chāyā tvāṃ na muṃcati S. 3; meghairaṃtaritaḥ priye tava mukhacchāyānukārī śaśī S. D.; Pt. 5. 88.
     (9) Beauty; kṣāmacchāyaṃ bhavanaṃ Me. 80, 104. (10) Protection.
     (11) A row, line.
     (12) Darkness.
     (13) A bribe.
     (14) N. of Durgā.
     (15) The shadow of a gnomon as indicating the sun's position.
     (16) The Sun.
     (17) Nightmare.
     (18) N. of a wife of the sun (she was but a shadow or likeness of saṃjñā, the wife of the Sun; consequently when saṃjñā went to her father's house without the knowledge of her husband, she put chāyā in her own place. chāyā bore to the Sun three children: two sons Savarṇi and Śani, and one daughter Tapanī). --yaḥ One who grants shade.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ the moon.
          --ātman m. a reflected image or form.
          --karaḥ the bearer of an umbrella.
          --grahaḥ a mirror.
          --tanayaḥ, --sutaḥ --ātmajaḥ Saturn, son of chāyā. --taruḥ --drumaḥ a large umbrageous tree; Me. 1; S. 4. 11.
          --dvitīya a. 'accompanied only by one's shadow', alone.
          --pathaḥ the galaxy, the atmosphere; R. 13. 2.
          --bhṛt m. the moon.
          --mānaḥ the moon. (
          --naṃ) a measure of shadow.
          --mitraṃ a parasol.
          --mṛgadharaḥ the moon.
          --yaṃtraṃ a sun-dial.

chāyāmaya a. Reflected, shadowy.

chālaḥ, --lam Bark; a bark-garment.

chiḥ f. [cho-vā- ki] Abuse, reproach.

chikkā Sneezing.

chita a. See chāta.

chid 7 U. (chinatti, chiṃtte, ciccheda, acchidat, acchaitsīt, acchitta, chettuṃ, chinna)
     (1) To cut, cut or lop off, hew, mow, tear, pierce, break asunder, rend, split, divide; nainaṃ chiṃdaṃti śastrāṇi Bg. 2. 23; R. 12. 80; Ms. 4. 69, 70; 9. 276; Y. 2. 302.
     (2) To disturb, interrupt (as sleep).
     (3) To remove, drive off, destroy, quell, annihilate; tṛṣṇāṃ chiṃddhi Bh. 2. 77; etanme saṃśayaṃ chiṃddhi matirme saṃpramuhyati Mb; rāghavo rathamaprāptāṃ tāmāśāṃ ca suradviṣāṃ . ardhacaṃdramukhairbāṇaiściccheda kadalīsukhaṃ .. R. 12. 96; Ku. 7. 16.
     (4) To take away, remove, deprive of; na naḥ kiṃcid chidyate S. B. we do not lose anything [cf. L. scindo].

chittiḥ f. [chid-ktin] Cutting, dividing.

chitvara a. (rī f.) [chid-ṣvarap pṛṣo- dasya taḥ]
     (1) Fit for cutting.
     (2) Hostile, fraudulent, roguish.

chid a. (At the end of comp.) Cutting, dividing, destroying, removing, splitting &c.; śramacchidāmāśramapādapānāṃ R. 5. 6; paṃkacchidaḥ phalasya M. 2. 8. --m. The divisor, denominator.

chidakam [chid-kvun]
     (1) Indra's thunderbolt.
     (2) A diamond.

chidā Cutting, dividing.

chidiḥ f.
     (1) An axe.
     (2) Indra's thunderbolt.
     (3) Cutting off.

chidiraḥ [chid-kirac Uṇ. 1. 51]
     (1) An axe.
     (2) A sword.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) A rope, cord.

chidura a. [chid-kurac]
     (1) Cutting, dividing, removing; Śi. 6. 8.
     (2) Easily breaking.
     (3) Broken, disordered, deranged; saṃlakṣyate nacchiduro'pi hāraḥ R. 16. 62.
     (4) Hostile.
     (5) Roguish, knavish.

chidra a. [chid-rak, chidra-ac vā] Pierced, containing holes. --draṃ
     (1) A hole, slit; cleft, fissure, rent, pit, opening, crack; nava chidrāṇi tānyeva prāṇasyāyatanāni tu Y. 3. 99; Ms. 8. 239; ayaṃ paṭaśchidraśatairalaṃkṛtaḥ Mk. 2. 9; so kāṣṭha-, bhūmi- &c.
     (2) A defect, flaw, blemish; tvaṃ hi sarṣapamātrāṇi paracchidrāṇi paśyasi . ātmano bilvamātrāṇi paśyannapi na paśyasi .. Mb.
     (3) A vulnerable or weak point, weak side, imperfection, foible; nāsya chidraṃ paro vidyādvidyācchidraṃ parasya tu . gūhet kūrma ivāṃgāni rakṣedvivaramātmanaḥ .. Ms. 7. 105, 102; chidraṃ nirūpya sahasā praviśatyaśaṃkaḥ H. 1. 81 (where chidra means a hole also); Pt. 3. 39; Pt. 2. 38; Proverb: chidreṣvanarthā bahulībhavaṃti 'misfortunes never come single'.
     (4) (Astr.) N. of the eighth house.
     -- Comp.
          --anujīvin, --anusaṃdhānin, --anusārin, --anveṣina a. 1. looking out for faults or flaws. --2. seeking the weak points of another, picking holes, censorious; sarpāṇāṃ durjanānāṃ ca paracchidrānujīvināṃ Pt. 1.
          --aṃtar m. a cane, reed.
          --ātman a. one who exposes his weak points to the attack of others.
          --karṇa a. having the ear pierced.
          --darśana a. 1. exhibiting faults. --2. seeking the weak points.
          --darśin a. observing faults, a captious critic.

chidrayati Den. P. To perforate, bore, pierce through.

chidrita a. [chidr-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Having holes.
     (2) Bored, perforated.

chidvara = chitvara q. v.

chinna p. p. [chid-kta]
     (1) Cut, divided, rent, chopped, riven, torn, broken.
     (2) Destroyed, removed; see chid.
     (3) Decaying, declining.
     (4) Exhausted, tired, fatigued. --nnā A whore, harlot.
     -- Comp.
          --keśa a. shorn, shaven.
          --drumaḥ a riven tree.
          --dvaidha a. whose doubt is dispelled.
          --nāsika a. noseless.
          --bhinna a. cut up through and through, mutilated, mangled, cut up.
          --masta, --mastaka a. decapitated. (
          --stā-kā) a headless form of Durgā.
          --mūla a. cut up by the roots; R. 7. 43.
          --śvāsaḥ a kind of asthma.
          --saṃśaya a. 'one whose doubt is dispelled', free from doubt, confirmed.

chettṛ a.
     (1) Cutter.
     (2) A wood-cutter.
     (3) Destroying, removing (doubts &c.).

chedaḥ [chid bhāve ghañ ac vā]
     (1) Cutting, felling down, breaking down, dividing; abhijñāśchedapātānāṃ kriyaṃte naṃdanadrumāḥ Ku. 2. 41; chedo daṃśasya dāho vā M. 4. 4; R. 14. 1; Ms. 8. 270, 370; Y. 2. 223, 240.
     (2) Solving, removing, dissipating, clearing; as in saṃśayaccheda.
     (3) Destruction, interruption; nidrācchedābhitāmrā Mu. 3. 21.
     (4) Cessation, end, termination, disappearance as in gharmaccheda S. 2. 5.
     (5) A distinguishing mark.
     (6) A cut, an incision, cleft.
     (7) Deprivation, want, deficiency.
     (8) Failure; saṃtaticcheda S. 6.
     (9) A piece, bit, cut, fragment, section; bisakisalayacchedapātheyavaṃtaḥ Me. 11, 59; abhinavakaridaṃtacchadapāṃḍuḥ kapolaḥ Māl. 1. 22; Ku. 1. 4; S. 3. 6; R. 12. 100. (10) (In math.) A divisor, the denominator of a fraction.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ a wood-cutter.

chedaka a. [chid-ṇvul] Cutting off, dividing &c. --kaḥ The denominator of a fraction.

chedana a. [chid bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Cutting asunder, dividing, splitting.
     (2) Destroying, solving, removing. --naṃ
     (1) Cutting, tearing, cutting off, splitting, dividing; Ms. 8. 280, 292, 322.
     (2) A section, portion, bit, part.
     (3) Destruction, removal.
     (4) Division.

chedi a. [chid-in]
     (1) Cutting.
     (2) Breaking. --diḥ
     (1) A carpenter.
     (2) Indra's thunderbolt.

chedita a. Cut, divided, split &c.

chedin a.
     (1) Cutting or tearing off, dividing.
     (2) Destroying, removing.

chedya p. p. [chid-ṇyat] To be cut or divided, divisible. --dyaṃ Amputation.

chuchuṃdaraḥ (rī f.) The musk-rat; Y. 3. 213; Ms. 12. 65.

chuṭ 6. 10. P. (chuṭati, choṭayati) To cut, clip off.

chuḍ 6 P. (chuḍati) To cover, hide, screen.

chudram [chad-rak pṛṣo-]
     (1) Retaliation, counteraction.
     (2) A ray (of light).

chup 6 P. (chupati) To touch.

chupaḥ a. [chup kartari ka, ghañarthe ka vā] Active, zealous, swift. --paḥ
     (1) Touch.
     (2) A shrub, bush.
     (3) Combat, war.
     (4) Air, wind.

chubukam Ved. The chin; see cibuka.

chur I. 1 P. (chorati, churita)
     (1) To cut, divide.
     (2) To engrave. --II. 6 P. (churati, churita)
     (1) To cover, smear, daub, inlay, coat, envelop.
     (2) To intermix. --Caus. (chorayati, churayati)
     (1) To inlay, set with mosaic ornaments.
     (2) To overspread.
     (3) To besmear; Māl. 9. 30.

churaṇam
     (1) Smearing, anointing; jyotsnābhasmacchuraṇadhavalā rātrikāpālikīyaṃ K. P. 10.
     (2) Overspreading; U. 6. 4.

churā [chur-ka] Lime.

churikā A knife.

churita p. p. [chur-kta]
     (1) Set, inlaid.
     (2) Overspread, coated, covered over with; anekadhānucchuritāśmarāśeḥ Śi. 3. 4, 7; iṃdukiraṇacchuritamukhīṃ K. 10.
     (3) Blended, intermixed; paraspareṇa churitāmalacchavī Śi. 1. 22.
     (4) Besmeared, anointed; Ve. 1. 1.
     (5) Cut.

churī, chūrikā, chūrī A knife.

chṛd I. 1 P., 10 U. (chardati, chardayati te) To kindle. --II. 7 P. (chṛṇatti, chṛnna)
     (1) To play.
     (2) To shine.
     (3) To vomit. --Caus. (chardayati-te)
     (1) To pour out.
     (2) To spit out, eject, vomit.
     (3) To kindle, light.

chṛṣ 1 P., 10 U. (charṣati, charṣayati-te) To beg, request.

cheka a. [cho-bā- ḍekan Tv.]
     (1) Tame, domesticated (as a beast).
     (2) Citizen, town-bred.
     (3) Shrewd, trained in the acuteness and vice of towns. --kaḥ
     (1) A bee.
     (2) A kind of anuprāsa see below.
     -- Comp.
          --anuprāsaḥ one of the five kinds of anuprāsa, 'the single alliteration', which is a similarity occurring once (or singly) and in more than one way among a collection of consonants; e. g. ādāya bakulagaṃdhānaṃdhīkurvanpade pade bhramarān . ayameti maṃdamaṃdaṃ kāverīvāripāvanaḥ pavanaḥ .. S. D. 634.
          --apahnutiḥ f. a figure of speech; one of the varieties of apahnuti. The Chandrāloka thus defines and illustrates it:
          --chekāṃpahnutiranyasya śaṃkātastasya nihnave . prajalpanmatpade lagnaḥ kāṃtaḥ kiṃ na hi nūpuraḥ 5. 27.
          --uktiḥ f. insinuation, double entendre.

chekāla, chekila a. = cheka q. v.

chemaṃḍaḥ An orphan.

chelakaḥ A goat.

chaidikaḥ A cane.

cho 4 P. (chyati, acchāt-acchāsīt, chāta, or chita, caus. chāyayati) To cut, cut asunder, mow, reap; Bk. 14. 101, 15. 40.

choṭikā Snapping the thumb and fore-finger together (Mar. cuṭakī)

choṭin m. [chuṭ-ṇini] A fisherman.

choraṇam A bandoning, leaving.

cholaṃgaḥ A citron, lime.

chyu 1 A. (chyavate) To go, move approach.

ja

ja a. [ji-jan-ju-vā ḍa]
     (1) (At the end of comp.) Born from or in, produced or caused by, descended from, growing in, living or being at or in &c.; atrinetraja, kulaja, jalaja, kṣatriyaja, aṃḍaja, udbhija &c.
     (2) Prepared from, made of.
     (3) Belonging to, connected with, peculiar to.
     (4) Swift.
     (5) Victorious, conquering. --jaḥ 1 A father.
     (2) Production, birth.
     (3) Poison.
     (4) An imp or goblin.
     (5) A conqueror.
     (6) Lustre.
     (7) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (8) N. of Śiva.
     (9) Enjoyment. (10) Speed, swiftness.
     (11) (In prosody) One of the eight syllabic feet (gaṇa).

jaṃs 10 P. (jaṃsayati)
     (1) To protect.
     (2) To liberate, release, set free.

jakuṭaḥ
     (1) The Malaya mountain.
     (2) A dog. --ṭaṃ A pair.

jakṣ 2 P. (jakṣiti, jakṣita or jagdha)
     (1) To eat, eat up, destroy, consume; Bk. 4. 39; 13. 28; 15. 46, 18. 19; Me. 21.
     (2) To laugh.

jakṣaṇaṃ, jakṣiḥ Eating, consuming.

jagat a.(tī f.) Moving, moveable; sūrya ātmā jagatastasthuṣaśca Rv. 1. 115. 1; idaṃ viśvaṃ jagatsarvamajagaccāpi yadbhavet Mb. --m. Wind, air. --n. The world, the universe; jagataḥ pitarau vaṃde pārvatīparameśvarau R. 1. 1.
     (2) 'The world of the soul', body; Māl. 5. 2. --tī (dual) Heaven and the lower world.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbā, --aṃbikā N. of Durgā.
          --ātman m. the Supreme spirit.
          --ādiḥ, --ādijaḥ the Supreme deity.
          --ādijaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --ādhāraḥ 1. time. --2. air, wind.
          --āyuḥ, --āyus m. wind.
          --īśaḥ, --patiḥ the lord of the universe,' the Supreme deity; an epithet of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
          --uddhāraḥ salvation of the world.
          --kartṛ, --dhātṛ m. 1. the creator of the world. --2. Brahmā.
          --kāraṇaṃ the cause of the universe.
          --guruḥ 1. the Supreme deity. --2. Śiva. --3. Nārada. --4. Brahmā. --5. Viṣṇu.
          --cakṣus m. the sun.
          --jīvaḥ a living being.
          --trayaṃ the three worlds i. e. heaven, earth and the lower world.
          --dīpaḥ the sun.
          --dhātrī 1. Durgā. --2. Sarasvatī.
          --nāthaḥ 1. the lord of the universe. --2. Viṣṇu. --3. Dattātreya. --4. N. of a country. --5. N. of an idol at Jagannātha. --6. N. of a poet. (
          --thau) Viṣṇu and Śiva. (
          --thā) N. of Durgā.
          --nivāsaḥ 1. the Supreme Being. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu; jagannivāso vasudevabharmaṇi Śi. 1. 1. --3. worldly existence.
          --prabhuḥ 1. an epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Śiva. --2. an Arhat of the Jainas.
          --prāṇaḥ, --balaḥ wind.
          --bījaṃ N. of Śiva.
          --mātṛ f. 1. Durgā. --2. Lakṣmī.
          --yoniḥ 1. the Supreme Being. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --3. of Śiva. --4. of Brahmā. (
          --niḥ f.) the earth.
          --vaṃdyaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.
          --vināśaḥ the expiration of Yugas.
          --vahā the earth.
          --sākṣin m. 1. the Supreme spirit. --2. the sun.
          --setuḥ the Supreme Being.
          --sraṣṭṛ m. 1. the creator of the world. --2. Brahmā. --3. Śiva.

jagatī
     (1) The earth; (samīhate) nayena jetuṃ jagatīṃ suyodhanaḥ Ki. 1. 7; samatītya bhāti jagatī jagatī 5. 20.
     (2) People, mankind.
     (3) A cow.
     (4) The site of a house.
     (5) A field planted with jambu.
     (6) A kind of metre; (See App.).
     -- Comp.
          --adhīśvaraḥ, --īśvaraḥ a king; N. 2. 1.
          --dharaḥ a mountain.
          --ruh m. a tree.

jagadaḥ An attendant, guardian.

jaganuḥ(nnuḥ)
     (1) Fire.
     (2) An insect.
     (3) An animal.

jagaraḥ [jāgarti yuddhe'nena jāgṛ-ac pṛṣo- Tv.] An armour.

jagala a. Roguish, tricky, knavish. --laṃ
     (1) Cowdung.
     (2) An armour.
     (3) A kind of liquor (m. also in the last two senses).

jagdha a. [ad karmaṇi-kta] Eaten. --gdhaṃ
     (1) A place where a person has eaten.
     (2) Eating, dinner, food.

jagdhiḥ f. [ad-ktin]
     (1) Eating; Mal. 6. 19.
     (2) Food, victuals.

jagmi a. [gam kin dvitvam]
     (1) Going, being in constant motion.
     (2) Going to, hastening or drawing towards. --gmiḥ Wind, air.

jaghanam [vakraṃ haṃti han yaṅ ac pṛṣo-; Uṇ. 5. 32]
     (1) The hip and the loins, the buttocks; ghaṭaya jaghane kāṃcīmaṃca srajā kabarībharaṃ Gīt. 12.
     (2) The pudenda.
     (3) Rear-guard, the reserve of an army.
     -- Comp.
          --ardhaḥ 1. the hinder part. --2. rear-guard.
          --kūpakau (dual) the hollows of the loins of a handsome woman.
          --gauravaṃ weight of the hips; S. 3. 8.
          --capalā 1. an unchaste or libidinous woman; patyaurvideśayāte paramasukhaṃ jaghanacapalāyāḥ Pt. 1. 173. --2. a woman active in dancing.

jaghanin a. Having large buttocks.

jaghanya a. [jaghane bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Hindmost, last; Bg. 14. 18; Ms. 8. 270.
     (2) Worst, vilest, base, lowest, censurable.
     (3) Of low origin or rank. --nyaḥ A Śūdra. --nyaṃ The penis.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ 1. a younger brother. --2. a Śūdra.

jaghniḥ [han-kin dvitvaṃ ca] A weapon (offensive).

jaghnu a. [han-ku dvitvaṃ ca] Striking, killing.

jaṃgama a. [gam-yaṅ ac] Moving, living, moveable (opp. immoveable sthāvara); citāgniriva jaṃgamaḥ R. 15. 16; śokāgniriva jaṃgamaḥ Mv. 5. 20; Ms. 1. 41.
     (2) Derived from living beings. --maṃ A moveable thing; R. 2. 44.
     -- Comp.
          --itara a. immoveable.
          --kuṭī an umbrella.

jaṃgala a. [gal-yaṅ-ac pṛṣo-] Desert, waste. --laḥ, --laṃ Flesh, meat. --laṃ
     (1) A desert, dreary ground, waste land.
     (2) A thicket, forest.
     (3) A secluded or unfrequented place.

jaṃgālaḥ A ridge of earth running along the edge of a field to collect water and to form a passage over it, land-mark.

jaṃgulam Poison, venom.

jaṃghā [jaṃghanyate kuṭilaṃ gacchati han yaṅluki ac pṛṣo-; cf. Uṇ. 5. 31]
     (1) Leg from the ankle to the knee, the shank.
     (2) The upper part of the leg, the part about the loins.
     (3) A part of a bed-stead.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ, --karikaḥ, --kāraḥ, --kārikaḥ a runner, courier, an express.
          --trāṇaṃ an armour for the legs.

jaṃghāla a. [jaṃghā vegavatī astyasya lac] Running swiftly, rapid. --laḥ
     (1) A courier.
     (2) A deer, an antelope.

jaṃghila a. [jaṃgha-ilac] Running swiftly, rapid, quick.

jaj, jaṃj 1 P. (jajati or jaṃjati) To fight.

ja(jaṃ)jaḥ A warrior, soldier.

jajjh (jajjhati) To make a dashing sound.

jaṃjana a. [jan-yaṅ luk-ac pṛṣo-]
     (1) Being born again.
     (2) Burning.

jaṃjapūka a. Muttering prayers repeatedly. --kaḥ An ascetic, or devotee (who mutters prayers); cf. P. III. 2. 166.

jaṭ 1 P. (jaṭati) To clot, become twisted or matted together (as hair).

jaṭa a. [jaṭ-ac; jan uṇā- ṭan aṃtyalopaśca] Wearing twisted locks of hair. --ṭā [Uṇ. 5. 30]
     (1) The hair matted and twisted together, matted or clotted hair; aṃsavyāpi śakuṃtanīḍanicitaṃ bibhrajjaṭāmaṃḍalaṃ S. 7. 11; jaṭāśca bibhṛyānnityaṃ Ms. 6. 6; Mal. 1. 2.
     (2) A fibrous root.
     (3) A particular manner of reciting Vedic texts; thus the words namaḥ rudrebhyaḥ repeated in this manner would stand thus: --namo rudrebhyo rudrebhyo namo namo rudrebhyaḥ.
     (4) A root in general.
     (5) A branch.
     (6) The śatāvarī plant.
     -- Comp.
          --cīraḥ, --ṭaṃkaḥ, ṭīraḥ, --dharaḥ epithets of Śiva.
          --jūṭaḥ 1. a mass of twisted hair (in general). --2. the twisted hair of Śiva; jaṭājūṭagraṃthau yadasi vinibaddhā purabhidā G. L. 14.
          --jvālaḥ a lamp.
          --dhara a. wearing matted hair. (
          --raḥ) a mendicant or ascetic.
          --maṃḍalaṃ braided hair forming a coil on the top of the head.
          --mauliḥ crest of (formed by) clotted hair; Ku. 2. 26.

jaṭāyuḥ, --jaṭāyus m. A son of Śyeni and Aruṇa, a semi divine bird. [He was a great friend of Daśaratha. He once saved his life while he was thrown down along with his car by Saturn against whom he had proceeded when a drought, said to be caused by the planet, well-nigh devastated the earth. While Rāvaṇa was carrying away Sītā, Jaṭayu heard her cries in the chariot and fought most desperately with the formidable giant to rescue her from his grasp. But he was mortally wounded, and remained in that state till Rāma passed by that place in the course of his search after Sīta. The kind-hearted bird told Rāma that his wife had been carried away by Rāvaṇa and then breathed his last. His funeral rites were duly performed by Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa].

jaṭāla a. [jaṭā asyartheṃ sidhmā -lac]
     (1) Wearing a coil of twisted hair.
     (2) Collected together (like matted hair); davadahanajaṭālajvālajālāhatānāṃ Bv. 1. 36. --laḥ The (Indian) figtree.
     (2) Bdellium.

jaṭālaka, --jaṭika a. Wearing twisted or braided hair.

jaṭiḥ(ṭī) f. [jaṭ-in]
     (1) The (Indian) fig-tree.
     (2) Clotted hair.
     (3) An assemblage, multitude.

jaṭin (nī f.) a. [jaṭā astyasya ini] Having twisted hair. --m.
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) The waved-leaf fig-tree (plakṣa).
     (3) An elephant sixty years old.

jaṭila a. [jaṭā astyarthe ilac]
     (1) Wearing matted or twisted hair (as an ascetic); viveśakaścijjaṭilastapovanaṃ Ku. 5. 30; (jaṭila may be here a noun meaning 'an ascetic'). jyeṣṭhānuvṛttijjaṭilaṃ ca śiro'sya sādhoḥ R. 13. 78.
     (2) Complicated, confused, intermixed, intermingled; vijānaṃto'pyete vayamiha vipajjālajaṭilān na muṃcāmaḥ kāmānahaha gahano mohamahimā Bh. 3. 21; śikhākalāpa- Pt. 2. 81; Ve. 2. 18.
     (3) Dense, impervious; Bv. 1. 52. --laḥ 1 A lion.
     (2) A goat.
     (3) An ascetic.
     (4) A Brāhmaṇa in the first period of his life. --lā Long pepper.

jaṭilīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To twist together, form into a braid.
     (2) To complicate, interweave.

jaṭilībhāvaḥ Complication, confusion.

jaṭu(ḍu)laḥ [jaṭ-ulac pṛṣo-ṭasya ḍo vā] A freckle, mark.

jaṭhara a. [jāyate jaṃturgarbho vāsmin jan-ara ṭhāṃta deśaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Hard, stiff, firm.
     (2) Old.
     (3) Bound, tied. --raḥ, --raṃ
     (1) The stomach, belly, abdomen; jaṭharaṃ ko na bibharti kevalaṃ Pt. 1. 22.
     (2) The womb.
     (3) A hole, cavity.
     (4) The interior of anything.
     (5) The bosom.
     (6) Morbid affection of the bowels.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the digestive fire of the stomach, the gastric fluid.
          --āmayaḥ dropsy.
          --jvālā, --vyathā bellyache, colic.
          --yaṃtraṇā, --yātanā pain endured by the child in the womb.

jaṭharīkṛta a.
     (1) Contained in the belly.
     (2) Concealed in the bosom.

jaṭhalam Ved. The cavity or receptacle of waters.

jaḍa a. [jalati ghanībhavati jal ac lasya ḍaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Cold, frigid, chilly; Māl. 9. 13; U. 6. 13.
     (2) Dull, paralysed, motionless, benumbed; ciṃtājaḍaṃ darśanaṃ S. 4. 5; U. 3. 41; 6. 28; 6. 39; parāmṛśan harṣajaḍena pāṇinā R. 3. 68, 2. 42.
     (3) Dull, senseless, stupid, irrational, dull-witted; jaḍānaṃdhān paṃgūn ... trātuṃ G. L. 15, so jaḍadhī, jaḍamati &c. Y. 2. 25; Ms. 2. 110.
     (4) Dulled, made senseless or apathetic, devoid of appreciation or taste; vedābhyāsajaḍaḥ kathaṃ nu viṣayavyāvṛttakautūhalaḥ V. 1. 9.
     (5) Stunning, benumbing, stupefying.
     (6) Dumb.
     (7) Unable to learn the Vedas (Dayabhaga). --ḍaḥ
     (1) Cold, frost, winter.
     (2) Idiocy, stupidity.
     (3) Dulness, apathy, sluggishness. --ḍaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Lead.
     -- Comp.
          --kriya a. slow, dilatory.
          --bharataḥ an idiot.

jaḍatā, --tvam
     (1) Dulness, aversion to work, slothfulness.
     (2) Ignorance, stupidity; Pt. 1.
     (3) (In Rhet.) Dulness, regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings; S. D. 175.
     (4) Stupefaction, numbness, stupor; U. 3. 12.
     (5) Dulness, timidity; Mal. 6. 15.

jaḍayati Den. P. To stupefy, benumb; Māl. 1. 30.

jaḍiman m.
     (1) Frigidity.
     (2) Stupidity.
     (3) Dulness, apathy.
     (4) Stupor, stupefaction, Māl. 1. 35.

jaḍīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To stupefy, benumb.
     (2) To paralyse, render motionless or insensible; R. 2. 42.

jaḍībhū 1 P. To become insensible or stupid.

jaḍībhāvaḥ
     (1) Frigidity, coldness.
     (2) Stupidity.
     (3) Apathy, sluggishness.

jaḍulaḥ A freckle, mark.

jatu n. [jaṇ-ḍa toṃ'tādeśaḥ Uṇ. 1. 18]
     (1) Lac; Pt. 1. 107.
     (2) A kind of red dye. --tuḥ, --tūḥ f. A bat.
     -- Comp.
          --aśmakaṃ red arsenic.
          --gṛhaṃ a house made of lac (such as was built by Duryodhana in order to burn up the Pāṇḍavas).
          --putrakaḥ a man at chess.
          --maṇiḥ a mole, a natural mark on the body.
          --rasaḥ lac.

jatukam Lac.

jatukā
     (1) Lac.
     (2) A bat.

jatunī, jatūkā A bat.

jatru n. [jan-ru toṃ'tādeśaḥ Uṇ. 4. 102.] The collar bone, the clavicle; jatrukaṃ also.

jan 4 A. (jāyate, jajñe, ajāni-ajaniṣṭa, janituṃ, jāta; pass. janyate or jāyate)
     (1) To be born or produced (with abl. of source of birth); ajani te vai putraḥ Ait. Br.; Ms. 1. 9; 3. 39, 41; prāṇādvāyurajāyata Rv. 10. 90. 12; Ms. 10. 8; 3. 76; 1. 75.
     (2) To rise, spring up, grow (as a plant &c.).
     (3) To be, become, happen, take place, occur; aniṣṭādiṣṭalābhe'pi na gatirjāyate śubhā H. 1. 6; raktanetro'jāni kṣaṇāt Bk. 6. 32; Y. 3. 226; Ms. 1. 99.
     (4) To be possible, applicable &c.
     (5) To be born or destined for anything. --Caus' (janayati)
     (1) To give birth, beget, cause, produce.
     (2) To cause, occasion.

janaḥ [jan-ac]
     (1) A creature, living being, man.
     (2) An individual or person (whether male or female); kva vayaṃ kva parokṣamanmatho mṛgaśāvaiḥ samamedhito janaḥ S. 2. 18; tattasya kimapi dravyaṃ yo hi yasya priyo janaḥ U. 2. 19; so sakhījanaḥ a female friend; dāsajanaḥ a slave, abalājanaḥ &c. (In this sense janaḥ or ayaṃ janaḥ is often used by the speaker-whether male or female, in the sing. or pl.--instead of the first personal pronoun to speak of himself in the third person); ayaṃ janaḥ praṣṭumanāstapodhane Ku. 5. 40 (male); bha gavanparavānayaṃ janaḥ pratikūlācaritaṃ kṣamasva me R. 8. 81 (female); paśyānaṃgaśarāturaṃ janamimaṃ trātāpi no rakṣāsi Nag. 1. 1 (female and pl.).
     (3) Men collectively, the people, the world (in sing. or pl.); evaṃ jano gṛhṇāti M. 1; satīmapi jñātikulaikasaṃśrayāṃ jano'nyathā bhartṛmatīṃ viśaṃkate S. 5. 17.
     (4) Race, nation, tribe.
     (5) The world beyond Maharloka, the heaven of deified mortals. --nā Birth, production.
     -- Comp.
          --atiga a. extraordinary, uncommon, superhuman.
          --adhipaḥ, --adhināthaḥ 1. a king. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. a place removed from men, an uninhabited place. --2. a region. --3. an epithet of Yama. --4. personal proximity.
          --aṃtikaṃ secret communication, whispering or speaking aside (to another). (-ind.) aside (to another) (in dramas); the S. D. thus defines this stage direction:
          --tripatākakareṇānyānapavāryāṃtarā kathāṃ . anyonyāmaṃtraṇaṃ yat syājjanāṃte tajjanāṃtikaṃ .. 425.
          --arṇavaḥ a large concourse of people, caravan.
          --arthaśabdaḥ a family appellation.
          --ardanaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa.
          --aśanaḥ a wolf.
          --ākīrṇa a. thronged or crowded with people; S. 5. 10.
          --ācāraḥ 1. a popular usage or custom. --2. propriety, decorum.
          --āśramaḥ an asylum for people, an inn, caravansary.
          --āśrayaḥ a pavilion.
          --iṃdraḥ, --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ, a king.
          --iṣṭa a. desired or liked by the people. (
          --ṣṭaḥ) a kind of jasmine. (
          --ṣṭā) turmeric.
          --udāharaṇaṃ glory, fame.
          --oghaḥ a concourse of people, crowd, mob.
          --kārin m. lac.
          --cakṣus n. 'the people's eye', the sun.
          --janmādiḥ the Supreme Being.
          --trā an umbrella, a parasol.
          --devaḥ a king.
          --padaḥ 1. a community, race, nation; Y. 1. 361 v. l. --2. a kingdom, an empire, an inhabited country; janapade na gadaḥ padamādadhau R. 9. 4; dākṣiṇātye janapade Pt. 1; Me. 48. --3. the country (opp. the town pura, nagara); janapadavadhūlocanaiḥ pīyamānaḥ Me. 16. --4. the people, subjects (opp. the sovereign); janapadahitakartā tyajyate pārthivena Pt. 1. 131. --5. mankind.
          --padin m. the ruler of a country or community.
          --pravādaḥ 1. rumour, report. --2. scandal, calumny.
          --priya a. 1. philanthropic. --2. liked by the people, popular. (
          --yaḥ) 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. coriander-seed.
          --marakaḥ an epidemic disease.
          --maryādā established custom or usage, popular custom.
          --raṃjanaṃ gratifying the people, courting popular favour.
          --ravaḥ 1. rumour. --2. calumny, scandal.
          --lokaḥ one, (i. e. the fifth), of the seven divisions of the universe situated above Maharloka.
          --vādaḥ (also janevādaḥ) 1. news, rumour. --2. a scandal.
          --vyavahāraḥ popular usage.
          --śruta a. well-known among people, famous.
          --śrutiḥ f. a rumour, report.
          --saṃbādha a. densely crowded with people.
          --sthānaṃ N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest; R. 12. 42; 13. 22, U. 1. 28, 2. 17.

janaṃgamaḥ A Chāṇḍāla.

janaka a. (nikā f.) [jan-ṇic ṇvul] Generating, producing, causing; kleśajanaka, duḥkhajanaka &c. --kaḥ
     (1) A father, progenitor.
     (2) N. of a famous king of Videha or Mithilā, foster-father of Sītā. He was remarkable for his great knowledge, good works, and holiness. After the abandonment of Sītā by Rāma, he became an ancherite-indifferent to pleasure or pain-and spent his time in philosophical discussions. The sage yājñavalkya was his priest and adviser.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmajā, --tanayā, --naṃdinī, --sutā epithets of Sītā, daughter of king Janaka.

janatā [janānāṃ samūhaḥ tal]
     (1) Birth.
     (2) A number or assemblage of people, mankind, community; paśyati sma janatā dinātyaye pārvaṇau śaśidivākarāviva R. 11. 82; 15. 67; Pt. 1. 301; Śi. 5. 14, 12. 29; 16. 6.

janana a. [jan bhāve lyuṭ] Producing, causing &c.; bhujagānāṃ jananīṃ jajāpa vidyāṃ Śi. 20. 41. --naḥ The Supreme Being. --naṃ
     (1) Birth, being born; yāvajjananaṃ tāvanmaraṇaṃ Moha M. 13.
     (2) Causing, production, creation; śobhājananāt Ku. 1. 42.
     (3) Appearance, manifestation, rise.
     (4) Life, existence; yadaiva pūrve janane śarīraṃ sā dakṣaroṣātsudatī sasarja Ku. 1. 53; S. 5. 2.
     (5) Race, family, lineage.
     (6) Preparation for a religious ceremony (dīkṣā).

jananiḥ f. [jan-ani]
     (1) A mother.
     (2) Birth.

jananī [jan-ṇic ani ṅīp]
     (1) A mother.
     (2) Mercy, tenderness, compassion.
     (3) A bat.
     (4) Lac.

janamejayaḥ N. of a celebrated king of Hastinapura, son of Parīkṣit, the grandson of Arjuna. [His father died, being bitten by a serpent; and Janamejaya, determined to avenge the injury, resolved to exterminate the whole serpent-race. He accordingly instituted a serpent sacrifice, and burnt down all serpents except Takshaka, who was saved only by the intercession of the sage Āstīka, at whose request the sacrifice was closed. It was to this king that Vaīśampāyana related the Mahābhārata, and the king is said to have listened to it to expiate the sin of killing a Brāhmana.].

janayatiḥ f. Ved. Production, generation.

janayaṃta a. Generating, producing.

janayitṛ a. (trī f.) Producing, begetting, creator. --m. A father; Pt. 1. 9.

janayitrī A mother.

janayiṣṇuḥ A progenitor, producer.

janar, --janas n. See jana 3.

janiḥ, --janikā, --janī f.
     (1) Birth, creation, production.
     (2) A woman.
     (3) A mother.
     (4) A wife.
     (5) A daughterin-law.

janita a. [jan-ṇic-kta]
     (1) Given birth to.
     (2) Produced, created.
     (3) Occasioned, occurred, happened &c.

janitṛ m. A father.

janitram Ved.
     (1) A birth-place, home.
     (2) Origin, source.

janitrī A mother.

janitvaḥ A father. --tvā A mother. --tvau (dual) Parents.

janiman m. or n.
     (1) Birth, production.
     (2) Offspring, descendants.
     (3) A creature, being.
     (4) Gender, sex.
     (5) Genus, kind.

janīyati Den. P. To long for a wife.

janu(mū) f. Birth, production.

janus n.
     (1) Birth; dhigvāridhīnāṃ januḥ Bv. 1. 16.
     (2) Creation, production.
     (3) Life, existence; januḥ sarvaślādhyaṃ jayati lalitottaṃsa bhavataḥ Bv. 2. 55.
     (4) Nativity.
     (5) Birth-place.
     (6) A creature, being.
     (7) Genus, kind.
     -- Comp.
          --januṣāṃdhaḥ blind from birth, born blind.

jaṃtuḥ [jan-tun]
     (1) A creature, a living being, man; S. 5. 2; Ms. 3. 77.
     (2) The (individual) soul.
     (3) An animal of the lowest organization.
     (4) People, mankind.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃvuḥ 1. a snail's shell. --2. a snail.
          --ghnaḥ 1. the citron. --2. a snail.
          --phalaḥ the Udumbara tree.

jaṃtukā Lac.

jaṃtumatī The earth.

janmam Birth.

janman n. [jan bhāve manin]
     (1) Birth; tāṃ janmane śailavadhūṃ prapede Ku. 1. 21.
     (2) Origin, rise, production, creation; ākare padmarāgāṇāṃ janma kācamaṇeḥ kutaḥ H. Pr. 44; Ku. 5. 60; (at the end of comp.) arising or born from; saralaskaṃdhasaṃghadṛjanmā davāgniḥ Me. 53.
     (3) Life, existence; pūrveṣvapi hi janmasu Ms. 9. 100; 5. 38; Bg. 4. 5.
     (4) Birth-place.
     (5) Nativity.
     (6) A father, giver of birth, progenitor; S. 7. 18.
     (7) Natal star.
     (8) (In astr.) N. of the first mansion or Nakshatra.
     (9) A creature, being. (10) People.
     (11) The people of a household.
     (12) Kind, race.
     (13) Nature; property, quality.
     (14) Custom, manner. --adhipaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. the regent of a constellation under which a person is born (in astrology). --aṃtaraṃ 1. another life. --2. the preceding life, former birth; mano hi janmāṃtarasaṃgatijñaṃ R. 7. 15. --3. regeneration. --4. the other world. --aṃtarīya a. belonging to or done in another life. --aṃdhaḥ a. born blind. --aṣṭamī the eighth day of the dark fortnight of Śrāvaṇa, the birth-day of Kṛṣṇa. --āspadaṃ birthplace. --īśaḥ = 2 janmādhipa. --kīlaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --kuṃḍalī a diagram in a horoscope in which the positions of different planets at the time of one's birth are marked. --kṛt m. a father. --kṣetraṃ birthplace. --tithiḥ m., f., --dinaṃ, --divasaḥ birth-day. --daḥ a father. --nakṣatraṃ-bhaṃ the natal star. --nāman n. the name received on the 12th day after birth. --paḥ the regent of a planet under which a person is born. --patraṃ, --patrikā a horoscope. --pādapaḥ a family-tree. --pratiṣṭhā 1. a birth-place. --2. a mother; S. 6. --bhāj, --bhṛt m. a creature, living being; modaṃtāṃ janmabhājaḥ satataṃ Mk. 10. 60. --bhāṣā a mothertongue; yatra strīṇāmapi kimaparaṃ janmabhāṣāvadeva pratyāvāsaṃ vilasati vacaḥ saṃskṛtaṃ prākṛtaṃ ca Vikr. 18. 6. --bhūmiḥ f. birth-place, native country. --yogaḥ a horoscope. --rogin a. sickly from birth. --lagnaṃ, --rāśiḥ the sign of the zodiac under which a person is born. --vartman n. the vulva. --śodhanaṃ discharging the obligations derived from birth. --sāphalyaṃ attainment of the ends of existence; Pt. 1. 28. --sthānaṃ 1. birth-place, native country, home. --2. the womb. --hetuḥ cause of birth, author of one's being; pitarastāsāṃ kevalaṃ janmahetavaḥ R. 1. 24.

janmin m. A creature, a living being; Pt. 1. 106.

janya a. [jan kartari yat]
     (1) To be born or produced.
     (2) Born, produced.
     (3) (At the end of comp.) Born from, occasioned by.
     (4) Belonging to a race or family.
     (5) Vulgar, common.
     (6) National.
     (7) Relating to, or fit for men. --nyaḥ
     (1) A father.
     (2) A friend, attendant or relative of a bridegroom; Mal. 6. 2.
     (3) A common man.
     (4) A report, rumour. --nyaṃ
     (1) Birth, production, creation.
     (2) That which is born or created, a created thing, an effect (opp. janaka); janyānāṃ janakaḥ kālaḥ Bhāṣā P. 45; janakasya svabhāvo hi janye tiṣṭhati niścitaṃ Śabdak.
     (3) The body.
     (4) A portent occurring at birth.
     (5) A market, a fair.
     (6) War, battle; tatra janyaṃ raghorghoraṃ parvatīyairgaṇairabhūt R. 4. 77.
     (7) Censure, abuse.
     (8) A community, nation.
     (9) People. (10) Report, rumour. --nyā
     (1) The friend of a mother.
     (2) The relation of a bride, a bride's maid; yāhīti janyāmavadatkumārī R. 6. 30.
     (3) Pleasure, happiness.
     (4) Affection.

janyuḥ [jan-yuc bā- na anādeśaḥ]
     (1) Birth.
     (2) A creature, living being.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) The creator or Brahmā.

jap 1 P. (japati, japita or japta)
     (1) To utter in a low voice, repeat internally, mutter; japannapi tavaivālāpamaṃtrāvaliṃ Gīt. 5; haririti haririti japati sakāmaṃ 4; N. 11. 26.
     (2) To mutter prayers or spells; Ms. 11. 194, 251, 260.
     (3) To pray to one or invoke in a low voice.

japa a. [jap-kartari ac] Muttering, whispering. --paḥ 1 Muttering prayers, repeating prayers &c. in an under-tone.
     (2) Repeating passages of the Veda or names of deities &c.; Ms. 3. 74; Y. 1. 22.
     (3) A muttered prayer.
     (4) Counting silently the beads of a rosary &c.
     -- Comp.
          --parāyaṇa a. engaged in muttering prayers.
          --mālā a rosary of beads.
          --yajñaḥ, --homaḥ muttering prayers as a sacrifice.

japanam [jap-bhāve lyuṭ] The muttering of prayers.

japā [jap-ac ṭāp] The China rose (the plant or its flower); sāṃdhyaṃ tejaḥ pratinavajapāpuṣparaktaṃ dadhānaḥ Me. 36.

japya a. [jap karmaṇi yat] To be repeated in a low voice, muttered, or whispered. --pyaḥ, --pyaṃ A muttered prayer.

jabh, jaṃbh I. 1 P. (jabhati, jaṃbhati) To copulate; cf. yabh --II.
     (1) A. (jabhate, jaṃbhate)
     (1) To yawn, gape.
     (2) To snap at; seize with the mouth. --Caus. (jaṃbhayati) To crush, destroy, dispel.

jam 1 P. (jamati) To eat.

jamanam = jemana q. v.

jamadagniḥ A Brāhmaṇa and descendant of Bhṛgu and father of Paraśurāma. [Jamadagni was the son of Ṛchīka and Satyavati. He was a pious sage, deeply engaged in study, and is said to have obtained entire possession of the Vedas. His wife was Reṇukā who bore him five sons. One day when she had gone out to bathe, she beheld a loving pair of Gandharvas (according to some Chitraratha and his queen) sporting and playing in the water. The lovely sight made her feel envious of their pleasure, and she returned defiled by unworthy thoughts, 'wetted but not purified by the stream'. Her husband, who was anger incarnate, seeing her shorn of the lustre of her sanctity, furiously scolded her, and ordered his sons, as they came in, to cut off her head. But the first four sons shrank from that cruel deed. It was only Paraśurāma, the youngest, that with characteristic obedience to his father's command, struck off her head with his axe. The deed pacified the father's anger, and he desired Paraśurāma to ask a boon. The kind-hearted son begged that his mother might be restored to life which the father readily granted].

jaṃpatī m. du. [jāyā ca patiśca] Husband and wife; cf. daṃpatī and jāyāpatī.

jaṃbālaḥ
     (1) Mud.
     (2) Moss.
     (3) The Ketaka plant.

jaṃbālinī A river.

jaṃbīraḥ The citron tree. --raṃ A citron.

jaṃbu-bū f.
     (1) The rose apple tree and its fruit.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍaḥ, --dvīpaḥ, --parvataḥ N. of one of the seven continents surrounding the mountain Meru.
          --nadī one of the seven heavenly rivers.

jaṃbu(bū)kaḥ (kī f.)
     (1) A jackal.
     (2) A low man.
     (3) The rose apple tree.
     (4) An epithet of Varuṇa.

jaṃbūmat m.
     (1) A mountain.
     (2) A monkey. --tī A heavenly nymph.

jaṃbulaḥ [jaṃbuṃ tannāmaphalaṃ lāti lā-ka]
     (1) A kind of tree (= jaṃbū q. v.).
     (2) The Ketaka plant. --laṃ Jest or jesting compliments addressed to the bride and the bridegroom by the friends and female relatives of the bridegroom (or of the bride).
     -- Comp.
          --mālikā the same as above.

jaṃbhaḥ [jabh-ac-num]
     (1) The jaws (usually in pl.).
     (2) A tooth.
     (3) Eating.
     (4) Biting asunder.
     (5) A part, portion.
     (6) A quiver.
     (7) The chin.
     (8) Yawning, gaping.
     (9) N. of a demon killed by Indra. (10) One who devours a demon.
     (11) Explanation, interpretation.
     (12) The citron tree.
     -- Comp.
          --arātiḥ, --dviṣ, --bhedin, --ripuḥ epithets of Indra.
          --ariḥ 1. fire. --2. Indra's thunderbolt. --3. Indra.

jaṃbhaka a.
     (1) Eating, devouring.
     (2) Killing, crushing; destroying.
     (3) Biting asunder.
     (4) Explaining, interpreting.
     (5) Opening, expanding.
     (6) Yawning. --kaḥ A lime or citron.

jaṃbhakā, jaṃbhā, jaṃbhikā A yawn, gaping.

jaṃbhanam Sexual intercourse.

jaṃbha(bhī)raḥ The lime or citron tree.

jaṃbhalaḥ = jaṃbharaḥ. --lā A female Rākṣasī (by meditating on whom women are said to become pregnant).

jaṃbhin m. The citron tree.

jamvaḥ Mud, mire.

jayaṃtaḥ 1 N. of the son of Indra; paulomīsaṃbhaveneva jayaṃtena puraṃdaraḥ V. 5. 14; S. 7. 2; R. 3. 23, 6. 78.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     (3) The moon.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (5) A name assumed by Bhīma at the court of Virāṭa. --tī
     (1) A flag or banner.
     (2) N. of the daughter of Indra.
     (3) N. of Durgā.
     (4) Blades of barley planted at the commencement of the Dasarā and gathered at its close.
     (5) The rising of the asterism Rohiṇī at midnight on the eighth day of the dark half of Śrāvaṇa i. e. on the birth day of Kṛṣṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ (in law) 1. the written award of the judge in favour of either party. --2. the label on the fore-head of a horse turned loose for the Aśvamedha sacrifice.

jayadrathaḥ A king of the Sindhu district and brother-in-law of Duryodhana, having married Duhśalā, daughter of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. [Once while out on hunting, he chanced to see Draupadī in the forest, and asked of her food for himself and his retinue. Draupadi, by virtue of her magical sthāli, was able to supply him with materials sufficient for their break-fast. Jayadratha was so much struck with this act, as well as her personal charms, that he asked her to elope with him. She, of course, indignantly refused, but he succeeded in carrying her off, as her husbands were out on hunting. When they returned they pursued and captured the ravisher and released Draupadi; and he himself was allowed to go after having been subjected to many humiliations. He took a leading part in compassing the death of Abhimanyu, and met his doom at the hands of Arjuna in the great war.].

jara a. [jṝ--ap]
     (1) Becoming old or worn out, old, aged.
     (2) Wearing out.
     (3) Causing old age, producing decay, consuming. --raḥ
     (1) Wearing out, wasting.
     (2) Destruction.

jaraṭha a. [jṝ bā -aṭha]
     (1) Hard, solid.
     (2) Old, aged; ayamatijaraṭhāḥ prakāmagurvīḥ pariṇatadikkarikāstaṭīrbibharti Śi. 4. 29 (where jaraṭha means 'hard' also).
     (3) Decayed, decrepit, infirm.
     (4) Bent, bowed down, drooping.
     (5) Pale, yellowish-white.
     (6) Full-grown, ripe, matured; jaraṭhakamala Śi. 11. 14.
     (7) Hard-hearted, cruel. --ṭhaḥ
     (1) N. of Paṇdu, father of the five Pāṇḍavas.
     (2) Old age.

jaraṇa a. [jṝ-lyu]
     (1) Old, decayed, infirm.
     (2) Promoting digestion. --ṇaḥ, --ṇaṃ Cummin seed. --ṇā
     (1) Old age.
     (2) Praise. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Old age.
     (2) One of the ten ways in which an eclipse is supposed to end.

jaraṃḍa a. Decayed, old.

jaraṇyā Ved. Old age.

jarat a.
     (1) Old, aged, decayed.
     (2) Infirm, decrepit. --m. An old man.
     -- Comp.
          --kāruḥ N. of a great sage who married a sister of the serpent Vāsuki. [One day as he was fallen asleep on the lap of his wife, the sun was about to set. His wife, perceiving that the time of offering his evening prayers was passing away, gently roused him. But he became angry with her for having disturbed his sleep, and left her never to return. He, however, told her, as he went, that she was pregnant and would give birth to a son who would be her support, and at the same time the saviour of the serpent-race. This son was Āstīka].
          --gavaḥ an old ox; dāridryasya parā mūrtiryanmānadraviṇālpatā . jaradgavadhanaḥ śarvastathāpi parameśvaraḥ .. Pt. 2. 159.

jaratikā, --jaratī An old woman.

jarataḥ
     (1) An old man.
     (2) A buffalo.

jarā [jṝ-aṅ guṇaḥ] (The word jaras is optionally substituted for jarā before vowel terminations after acc. dual)
     (1) Old age; kaikeyīśaṃkayevāha palitacchadmanā jarā R. 12. 2; tasya dharmaraterāsīd vṛddhatvaṃ jarayā (jarasā) vinā 1. 23.
     (2) Decrepitude, infirmity, general debility consequent on old age.
     (3) Praise.
     (4) Digestion.
     (5) N. of a female demon; see jarāsaṃdha below.
     (6) Invoking, greeting.
     -- Comp.
          --avasthā decrepitude.
          --ātura a. 1. infirm. --2. old.
          --jīrṇa a. old through age, debilitated, infirm; Bh. 3. 17.
          --puṣṭa = jarāsaṃdha. --bhīruḥ the god of love, Cupid.
          --saṃdhaḥ N. of a celebrated king and warrior, son of Bṛhadratha. [According to a legend, he was born divided in two halves which were put together by a Rākṣasī called Jara, whence the boy was called Jarasandha. He became king of Magadha and Chedi after his father's death. When he heard that Kṛṣṇa had slain his son-inlaw Kamsa, he gathered a large army and besieged Mathurā eighteen times, but was as often repulsed. When Yudhiṣṭhira performed the great Rājasūya sacrifice, Kṛṣṇa, Arjuna and Bhīma went to the capital of Jarāsandha disguised as Brāhmaṇas, chiefly with the object of slaying their enemy and liberating the kings imprisoned by him. He, however, refused to release the kings, whereupon Bhīma challenged him to a single combat. The challenge was accepted; a hard fight ensued, but Jarāsandha was at last overpowered and slain by Bhīma].

jarāyaṇiḥ N. of Jarāsandha.

jarāyu n. [jarāmeti i-ñuṇ]
     (1) The slough or cast-off skin of a serpent.
     (2) The outer skin of the embryo.
     (3) After-birth.
     (4) Secundines.
     (5) The uterus, womb.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. born from the womb, viviparous; Ms. 1. 43 and Malli. on Ku. 3. 42.

jarita a. [jara-itac]
     (1) Old, aged.
     (2) Decayed, infirm.

jarin a.(ṇī f.) [jarā astyasya ini] Old, aged. --m. An old man.

jariman m. Ved. Decrepitude, old age.

jarūtha a. [jṝ-ūthan]
     (1) Speaking harshly. --thaṃ Flesh.

jarc (rch, rj) 1. 6. P.
     (1) To say, speak.
     (2) To blame, reprove, censure.
     (3) To threaten or menace.

jarjara a. [jarj-bā- ara]
     (1) Old, infirm, decayed.
     (2) Worn out, torn, shattered, broken to pieces, divided in parts, split up into thin particles; jarājarjaritaviṣāṇakoṭayo mṛgāḥ K. 21; gātraṃ jarājarjaritaṃ vihāya Mv. 7. 18; visarpan dhārābhirluṭhati dharaṇīṃ jarjarakaṇaḥ U. 1. 29; Śi. 4. 23; Māl. 9. 16.
     (3) Wounded, hurt.
     (4) Pained, tormented; Māl. 9. 53.
     (5) Dull, hollow (as the sound of a broken vessel). --raṃ
     (1) The banner of Indra.
     (2) Moss.

jarjarita a. [jarj-ṇic karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Old, decayed, infirm.
     (2) Worn out, torn to pieces, shattered, splintered &c.
     (3) Completely overpowered, disabled; smaraśarajarjaritāpi sā prabhāte Gīt. 8.

jarjarīka a.
     (1) Old, decayed.
     (2) Ragged, full of holes, perforated.

jarjarīkṛ 8 U. To wound, disable.

jarṇa a. [jṝ-nan] Old, aged, decayed. --rṇaḥ
     (1) The (waning) moon.
     (2) A tree.

jarjh 9. 6 P. (jarjhati)
     (1) To say, speak.
     (2) To blame.
     (3) To threaten, menace.

jartilaḥ Wild sesamum.

jartuḥ
     (1) The vulva.
     (2) An elephant.

jarts 1 P. (jartsati)
     (1) To say, speak.
     (2) To blame, censure, abuse.
     (3) To protect.

jarhilaḥ = jartila q. v.

jal I. 1 P. (jalati)
     (1) To be rich or wealthy.
     (2) To cover, hide, screen.
     (3) To cover (as with a net), encircle, entangle.
     (4) To be sharp.
     (5) To be cold, stiff, dull, or dumb. --II. 10 P. (jālayati) To cover, screen &c.

jala a. [jal ac ḍasya lo vā]
     (1) Dull, cold, frigid = jaḍa q. v.
     (2) Stupid, idiotic. --laṃ
     (1) Water; tātasya kūpoyamiti bruvāṇāḥ kṣāraṃ jalaṃ kāpuruṣāḥ pibaṃti . Pt. 1. 322.
     (2) A kind of fragrant medicinal plant or perfume (hrīvera).
     (3) The embryo or uterus of a cow.
     (5) The constellation called pūrvāṣāḍhā.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃcalaṃ 1. a spring. --2. a natural water-course. --3. moss.
          --aṃjaliḥ 1. a handful of water. --2. a libation of water presented to the manes of a deceased person; kuputramāsādya kuto jalāṃjaliḥ Chāṇ. 69; mānasyāpi jalāṃjaliḥ sarabhasaṃ loke na datto yathā Amaru. 97 (where, jalāṃjaliṃ dā means 'to leave or give up').
          --aṭanaḥ a heron.
          --aṭanī a leech.
          --aṇukaṃ, --aṃḍakaṃ the fry of fish.
          --aṃṭakaḥ a shark.
          --atyayaḥ autumn (śarad). --adhidaivataḥ, --taṃ an epithet of Varuṇa. (
          --taṃ) the constellation called pūrvāṣāḍhā. --adhipaḥ an epithet of Varuṇa.
          --aṃbikā a well.
          --arkaḥ the image of the sun reflected in water.
          --arṇavaḥ 1. the rainy season. --2. the ocean of sweet water.
          --arthin a. thirsty.
          --avatāraḥ a landing-place at a river side.
          --aṣṭhīlā a large square pond.
          --asukā a leech.
          --ākaraḥ a spring, fountain, well.
          --ākāṃkṣaḥ, kāṃkṣaḥ, --kāṃkṣin m. an elephant.
          --ākhuḥ an otter.
          --āḍhya a watery, marshy.
          --ātmikā a leech.
          --ādhāraḥ a pond, lake, reservoir of water.
          --āyukā a leech.
          --ārdra a. wet. (
          --rdraṃ) wet garment or clothes. (
          --rdrā) a fan wetted with water.
          --ālokā a leech.
          --āvartaḥ eddy, whirl-pool.
          --āśaya a. 1. resting or lying in water. --2. stupid, dull, apathetic. (
          --yaḥ) 1. a pond, lake, reservoir. --2. a fish. --3. the ocean. --4. the fragrant root of a plant (uśīra). --āśrayaḥ 1. a pond. --2. water-house.
          --āhvayaṃ a lotus.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. an epithet of Varuṇa. --2. N. of Mahādeva. --3. the ocean.
          --iṃdhanaḥ the submarine fire.
          --ibhaḥ a waterelephant.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. an epithet of Varuṇa. --2. the ocean.
          --uchvāsaḥ 1. a channel made for carrying off excess of water, drain, (cf. parīvāha). --2. overflow of a river.
          --udaraṃ dropsy.
          --udbhava a. aquatic. (
          --vā) benzoin.
          --uragā, --okas m.,
          --okasaḥ a leech.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ a crocodile
          --kapiḥ the Gangetic porpoise.
          --kapotaḥ a water-pigeon.
          --kara a. making or pouring forth water. (
          --raḥ) tax for water.
          --karaṃkaḥ 1. a shell. --2. cocoa-nut. --3. a cloud. --4 a wave. --5. a lotus.
          --kalkaḥ mud.
          --kalmaṣaḥ the poison produced at the churning of the ocean.
          --kākaḥ the diver-bird.
          --kāṃtaḥ the wind.
          --kāṃtāraḥ an epithet of Varuṇa.
          --kirāṭaḥ a shark.
          --kukkuṭaḥ a water-fowl. (
          --ṭī) the black-headed gull.
          --kuṃtalaḥ, --kośaḥ moss.
          --kūpī 1. a spring, well. --2. a pond. --3. a whirlpool.
          --kūrmaḥ the porpoise.
          --keliḥ, m. or f.,
          --krīḍā playing in water, splashing one another with water.
          --keśaḥ moss.
          --kriyā presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased.
          --gulmaḥ 1. a turtle. --2. a quadrangular tank. --3. a whirlpool.
          --cara a. (also jalecara) aquatic. (
          --raḥ) 1. an aquatic animal. --2. a fish. --3. any kind of water-fowl. -ājīvaḥ, -jīvaḥ a fisherman.
          --catvaraṃ a square tank.
          --cārin m. 1. an aquatic animal. --2. a fish.
          --ja a. born or produced in water. (
          --jaḥ) 1. an aquatic animal. --2. a fish. --3. sea-salt. --4. a collective name for several signs of the zodiac. --5. moss. --6. the moon. (
          --jaḥ, --jaṃ) 1. a shell. --2. the conch-shell; adharoṣṭhe niveśya dadhmau jalajaṃ kumāraḥ R. 7. 63, 10. 60. (
          --jaṃ) a lotus. -ājīvaḥ a fisherman. -āsanaḥ an epithet of Brahmā; vācaspatiruvācedaṃ prāṃjalirjalajāsanaṃ Ku. 2. 30. -kusumaṃ the lotus. -dravyaṃ a pearl, shell or any other thing produced from the sea.
          --jaṃtuḥ 1. a fish. --2. any aquatic animal.
          --jaṃtukā a leech.
          --janman a lotus.
          --jihvaḥ a crocodile.
          --jīvin m. a fisherman.
          --ḍiṃbaḥ a bivalve shell.
          --taraṃgaḥ 1. a wave. --2. a metal cup filled with water producing harmonic notes like a musical glass.
          --tāḍanaṃ (lit.) 'beating water'; (fig.) any useless occupation.
          --trā an umbrella.
          --trāsaḥ hydrophobia.
          --daḥ 1. a cloud; jāyaṃte viralā loke jaladā iva sajjanāḥ Pt. 1. 29. --2. camphor. -aśanaḥ the Sāla tree.
          --āgamaḥ the rainy season. -ābha a. black, dark. -kālaḥ the rainy season. -kṣayaḥ autumn.
          --darduraḥ a kind of musical instrument.
          --devaḥ the constellation pūrvāṣāḍhā. --devatā a naiad, water-nymph.
          --droṇī a bucket.
          --dharaḥ 1. a cloud. --2. the ocean.
          --dhārā a stream of water.
          --dhiḥ 1. the ocean. --2. a hundred billions. --3. the number 'four'. -gā a river. -jaḥ the moon. -jā Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. -raśanā the earth.
          --nakulaḥ an otter.
          --naraḥ a merman.
          --nāḍī, --lī a water-course.
          --nidhiḥ 1. the ocean. --2. the number 'four'.
          --nirgamaḥ 1. a drain, water-course. --2. a water-fall, descent of a spring &c. into a river below.
          --nīliḥ moss.
          --pakṣin m. a water-fowl.
          --paṭalaṃ a cloud.
          --patiḥ 1. the ocean. --2. an epithet of Varuṇa.
          --pathaḥ a sea voyage; R. 17. 81.
          --paddhatiḥ f. a gutter, drain.
          --pātraṃ 'a water-pot' drinking-vessel.
          --pārāvataḥ a waterpigeon.
          --pittaṃ fire.
          --puṣpaṃ an aquatic flower.
          --pūraḥ 1. a flood of water. --2. a full stream of water.
          --pṛṣṭhajā moss.
          --pradānaṃ presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased.
          --pralayaḥ destruction by water.
          --prāṃtaḥ the bank of a river.
          --prāyaṃ a country abounding with water; jalaprāyamanūpaṃ syāt Ak.
          --priyaḥ 1. the Chātaka bird. --2. a fish. (
          --yā) an epithet of Dakṣayaṇi.
          --plavaḥ an otter.
          --plāvanaṃ a deluge, an inundation.
          --baṃdhaḥ, --baṃdhakaḥ a dam, dike, rocks or stones impeding a current.
          --baṃdhuḥ a fish.
          --bālakaḥ, --vālakaḥ the Vindhya mountain.
          --bālikā lightning.
          --biḍālaḥ an otter.
          --biṃbaḥ, --baṃ a bubble.
          --bilvaḥ 1. a (quadrangular) pond, lake. --2. a tortoise. --3. a crab.
          --bhītiḥ f. hydrophobia
          --bhū a. produced in water.
          --bhūḥ m. 1. a cloud. --2. a place for holding water. --3. a kind of camphor.
          --bhūṣaṇaḥ wind.
          --bhṛt m. 1. a cloud. --2. a jar. --3. camphor.
          --makṣikā a waterinsect.
          --maṃḍūkaṃ a kind of musical instrument; (= jaladardura). --madguḥ a king-fisher.
          --masiḥ 1. a cloud. --2. camphor.
          --mārgaḥ a drain, canal.
          --mārjāraḥ an otter.
          --muc m. 1. a cloud; Me. 69. --2. a kind of camphor.
          --mūrtiḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --mūrtikā hail.
          --modaṃ a fragrant root (uśīra). --yaṃtraṃ 1. a machine for raising water. --2. a water-clock, clepsydra. --3. a fountain. -gṛhaṃ, -nikatenaṃ, -maṃdiraṃ a house erected in the midst of water (a summer-house) or one supplied with artificial fountains; kvacidvicitraṃ jalayaṃtramaṃdiraṃ Rs. 1. 2.
          --yātrā a voyage.
          --yānaṃ a ship.
          --raṃkuḥ a kind of gallinule.
          --raṃḍaḥ, --ruṃḍaḥ 1. a whirlpool. --2. a drop of water, drizzle, thin sprinkling. --3. a snake.
          --rasaḥ sea-salt.
          --rāśiḥ the ocean.
          --ruh, --haṃ a lotus.
          --rūpaḥ a crocodile.
          --latā a wave, billow.
          --varaṃṭaḥ a watery pustule.
          --vādyaṃ a kind of musical instrument.
          --vāyasaḥ a diver-bird.
          --vāsaḥ residence in water. (--saṃ) = uśīra. q. v.
          --vāhaḥ 1. a cloud. --2. a water-bearer. --3. a kind of camphor.
          --vāhakaḥ, --naḥ a water-carrier.
          --vāhanī an aqueduct.
          --viṣuvaṃ the autumnal equinox.
          --vṛścikaḥ a prawn.
          --vaikṛtaṃ any change in the waters of rivers indicating a bad omen.
          --vyālaḥ 1. a water-snake. --2. a marine monster.
          --śayaḥ, --śayanaḥ, --śāyin m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --śuktiḥ f. a bivalve shell.
          --śuci a. bathed, washed.
          --śūkaṃ moss.
          --śūkaraḥ a crocodile.
          --śoṣaḥ drought.
          --samudraḥ the ocean of fresh water.
          --saṃparkaḥ mixture or dilution with water.
          --sarpiṇī a leech.
          --sūciḥ f. 1. the Gangetic porpoise. --2. a kind of fish. --3. a crow. --4. a water-nut. --5. a leech.
          --sthānaṃ, --sthāyaḥ a pond, lake, reservoir.
          --haṃ a small waterhouse (rather summer-house) furnished with artificial fountains.
          --hastin m. a water-elephant.
          --hāriṇī a drain.
          --hāsaḥ 1. foam. --2. cuttlefish-bone considered as the foam of the sea.

jalakam A conch, shell.

jalaṃga a. Aquatic. --gaḥ The colocynth.

jalaṃgama A Chāṇḍāla.

jalākā, jalālukā, jalikā, jalukā, jalūkā, jalokā, jalokikā A leech.

jalejaṃ, jalejātam A lotus.

jalevāhaḥ A diver.

jaleśayaḥ
     (1) A fish.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.

jalāṣa a. Ved.
     (1) Mitigating, pacifying.
     (2) Healing, comforting. soothing (as a medicine); Rv. 2. 33. 7. --ṣaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Happiness, comfort.

jalp 1 P. (jalpati, jalpita)
     (1) To speak, talk, speak or converse (with another); aviralitakapolaṃ jalpatorakrameṇa U. 1. 27; ekena jalpaṃtyanalpākṣaraṃ Pt. 1. 136; Bh. 1. 82.
     (2) To murmur, speak inarticulately.
     (3) To chatter, prattle, babble.
     (4) To praise.

jalpaḥ [jalp bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Talk, speech.
     (2) Discourse, conversation.
     (3) Babble, prattling, gossip.
     (4) Debate, wrangling discussion.

jalpaka a. (lpikā f.), jalpāka a. Talkative, garrulous.

jalpanam a. [jalp-lyuṭ] Speaking, saying, talking &c. --naṃ
     (1) Saying, talking.
     (2) Chattering, garrulity.

jalpiḥ f. Ved. Inarticulate speech.

jalpita a. [jalp karmaṇi kta] Said, spoken, prattled &c. --taṃ Talk, gossip.

jalhuḥ Ved. Fire.

java a. [ju-bhāve ap] Swift, expeditious. --vaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Speed, swiftness, quickness, rapidity; javo hi sapteḥ paramaṃ vibhūṣaṇaṃ Bh. 3. 121; S. 1. 8.
          (b) Haste, hurry; javena pīṭhādudatiṣṭhadacyutaḥ Śi. 1. 12.
     (2) Velocity.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikaḥ a fleet horse, a courser.
          --anilaḥ a strong wind, hurricane.

javana a.(nī f.) [ju bhāve lyuṭ] Quick, swift, fleet; R. 9. 56. --naḥ A courser, a swift horse. --naṃ Speed, quickness, velocity.

javaniman m. Speed, velocity.

javas n. Ved. Quickness, speed.

javin a. Quick, fleet. --m.
     (1) A horse.
     (2) A camel.

javina a. Rapid, quick.

javanikā, javanī [ju karaṇe lyuṭ saṃjñāyāṃ kan]
     (1) A screen of cloth surrounding a tent.
     (2) A curtain in general; naraḥ saṃsārāṃte viśati yamadhānījavanikāṃ Bh. 3. 112.
     (3) The sail of a boat.

javasaḥ Pasture-grass.

javā The China rose; see japā.

jaṣ 1 U. (jaṣati-te) To injure, hurt, kill.

jas I. 4 P. (jasyati)
     (1) To set free, release.
     (2) To be exhausted or tired.
     (3) To go. --II. 1. 10. P. (jasati, jāsayati)
     (1) To hurt, injure, strike.
     (2) To disregard, slight.

jasuḥ
     (1) An weapon(āyudha).
     (2) Weakness, exhaustion.

jasuri a. Ved. Exhausted, tired. --riḥ Indra's thunderbolt.

jasram Exhaustion, fatigue.

jahaka a. Abandoning, leaving. --kaḥ
     (1) Time.
     (2) A child.
     (3) The slough of a snake. --kā A kind of pole-cat.

jahat a. (tī f.) Leaving, abandoning.
     -- Comp.
          --lakṣaṇā, --svārthā a kind of lakṣaṇā (also called lakṣaṇalakṣaṇā) in which a word loses its primary sense, but is used in one which is in some way connected with the primary sense; e. g. in the familiar instance gaṃgāyāṃ ghoṣaḥ 'a hamlet on the Ganges,' gaṃgā loses its primary sense and means gaṃgātaṭa; cf. ajahatsvārthā also. --2. irony.

jahānakaḥ Total destruction of the world.

jahuḥ A young animal.

jahnuḥ N. of an ancient king, son of Suhotra, who adopted the river Gaṅga as his daughter. [The river Ganges, when brought down from heaven by the austerities of Bhagīratha, was forced to flow over earth to follow him to the lower regions. In its course it inundated the sacrificial ground of king Jahnu, who being angry drank up its waters. But the gods and sages, and particularly Bhagīratha, appeased his anger, and he consented to discharge those waters from his ears. The river is therefore regarded as his daughter, and is styled jāhnavī, jahnutanayā, --kanyā, --sutā, naṃdinī &c.; cf. R. 8. 95].

jahman n. Ved. Water.

jā
     (1) A mother.
     (2) A husband's brother's wife.
     (3) A race, tribe.

jāgatam The Jagatī metre.

jāguḍam Saffron. --ḍaḥ N. of a country famous for its saffron.

jāgṛ 2 P. (jāgārti, jāgarita)
     (1) To be awake, be watchful or attentive (fig. also); so'pasarpairjajāgāra yathākālaṃ svapannapi R. 17. 51; gurau ṣāḍguṇyaciṃtāyāmārye cārye ca jāgrati Mu. 7. 13; to sit up during the night; yā niśā sarvabhūtānāṃ tasyāṃ jāgarti saṃyamī Bg. 2. 69.
     (2) To be roused from sleep, awake.
     (3) To foresee, be provident.

jāgarā See jāgaraṇa.

jāgara a. [jāgṛ bhāve ghañguṇaḥ] A wake, watchful. --raḥ
     (1) Wakefulness, waking. keeping awake; rātrijāgaraparo divāśayaḥ R. 19. 34.
     (2) A vision in a waking state.
     (3) An armour, mail.

jāgaraka a. [jāgṛ-ṇvul guṇaḥ] Waking, awake.

jāgaraṇam [jāgṛ bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Waking, wakefulness.
     (2) Watchfulness, vigilance.
     (3) Sitting up at night as a part of a religious ceremony.

jāgarita a. One who has been long awake. --taṃ Waking.

jāgaritṛ a.(trī f.), jāgarūka a. [jāgṛtṛc ūk vā]
     (1) Wakeful, waking, sleepless; svapato jāgarūkasya yāthārthyaṃ veda kastava R. 10. 24.
     (2) Watchful, vigilant; varṇāśramāvekṣaṇajāgarūkaḥ R. 14. 85; Śi. 20. 36.

jāgarin a. Wakeful, awake, vigilant.

jāgṛvi a. Ved.
     (1) Watchful, attentive, vigilant.
     (2) A wake.
     (3) Clear, bright (as fire).
     (4) Active, animating. --viḥ
     (1) A king.
     (2) Agni, or fire.

jāgartiḥ, jāgaryā, jāgriyā Wakefulness, keeping awake.

jāgrat a.
     (1) Watching, being awake.
     (2) Attentive, careful, watchful.
     (3) Clear, bright. --m. Ved. Dreaming in a waking state, daydream.

jāghanī
     (1) A tail.
     (2) The thigh.

jāṃgala a. (lī f.) [jaṃgale bhavaḥ jaṃgalaprāyo vā aṇ]
     (1) Rural, picturesque.
     (2) Wild.
     (3) Savage, barbarous.
     (4) Arid, desert. --laḥ The francoline partridge. --laṃ Flesh, flesh of deer &c.; Māl. 5. 5.

jāṃgaliḥ, jāṃgalikaḥ A snake-charmer.

jāṃgulam Poison, venom. --lī
     (1) Knowledge of poisons, possession of charms or drugs as antidotes.
     (2) An epithet of Durgā.

jāṃguliḥ, jāṃgulikaḥ A snake-doctor, a dealer in antidotes (viṣavaidya).

jāṃghika a. [jaṃghābhyāṃ jīvati vetanā- ṭhañ] Running. --kaḥ
     (1) A courier, an express.
     (2) A camel.

jājin m. A warrior, combatant; jajaujojājijijjājī Śi. 19. 3.

jāṭhara a. (rī f.) [jaṭhare bhavaḥ aṇ] Belonging to or being in the stomach, stomachic, abdominal; dhanakṣaye vardhati jāṭharāgniḥ Pt. 2. 178. --raḥ
     (1) The digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
     (2) 'Offspring of the womb', a child.

jāḍyam [jaḍasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Coldness, frigidity.
     (2) Apathy, sluggishness, inactivity.
     (3) Dulness of intellect, folly, stupidity; tajjāḍyaṃ vasudhādhipasya Bh. 2. 15; jāḍyaṃ dhiyo harati 2. 23; jāḍyaṃ hrīmati gaṇyate 54.
     (4)Tastelessness of the tongue.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ the citron tree.

jāta p. p. [jan kartari kta]
     (1) Brought into existence, engendered, produced.
     (2) Grown, arisen.
     (3) Caused, occasioned.
     (4) Felt, affected by, oft. in comp.; -duḥkha &c.
     (5) Apparent, clear.
     (6) Become, present.
     (8) Happened.
     (8) Ready at hand, collected; see jan. --taḥ
     (1) A son, male offspring (in dramas often used as a term of endearment; ayi jāta kathayitavyaṃ kathaya U. 4 'dear boy, 'oh my darling &c.').
     (2) A living being. --tā A daughter, mostly used in addressing; jāte 'dear child.' --taṃ
     (1) A creature, living being.
     (2) Production, origin.
     (3) Kind, sort, class, species.
     (4) A collection of things forming a class; niḥśeṣaviśrāṇitakrośajātaṃ R. 5. 1 all that goes to form wealth, i. e. every kind of property; so karmajātaṃ the whole aggregate of actions; sukha- everything included under the name of sukha or pleasure; apatyajātaṃ 'the brood of young ones;' S. 5. 22.
     (5) A child, a young one.
     (6) Individuality, specific condition.
     -- Comp.
          --apatyā a mother.
          --amarṣa a. vexed, enraged.
          --aśru a. shedding tears.
          --iṣṭiḥ f. a sacrifice performed at the birth of a child.
          --ukṣaḥ a young bullock.
          --karman n. a ceremony performed at the birth of a child; R. 3. 18.
          --kalāpa a. having a tail (as a peacock).
          --kāma a. enamoured.
          --pakṣa a. having wings; ajātapakṣa unfledged.
          --pāśa a. fettered.
          --putrā a woman who has borne a son or sons.
          --pratyaya a. inspired with confidence.
          --preta a. born and dead; Pt. 1.
          --manmatha a. fallen in love.
          --mātra a. just born.
          --rūpa a. beautiful, brilliant. (
          --paṃ) 1. gold; apyākarasamutpannā maṇijātirasaṃskṛtā . jātarūpeṇa kalyāṇi na hi saṃyogamarhati M. 5. 18; N. 1. 129 --2. the form in which a person is born, i. e. nakedness. --3. the thorn apple. -dhara a. naked.
          --vidyā Ved. knowledge of the origin and nature of all things.
          --vibhrama a. 1. confounded. --2. precipitate.
          --vedas m. an epithet of fire (or of the sun); Ku. 2. 46; Śi. 2. 51; R. 12. 104, 15. 72; the word is variously explained; cf. Nir.: jātavedāḥ kasmāt jātāni veda, jātāni vainaṃ viduḥ, jāte jāte vidyate iti vā, jātavitto vā jātadhano, jātavidyo vā jātaprajñāno yattajjātaḥ paśūnaviṃdateti tajjātavedaso jātavedastvamiti brāhmaṇam. --vedasī an epithet of Durgā.
          --vāsagṛhaṃ, --veśman m. the lying-in-chamber.

jātaka a. [jāta-svārthe ka] Born, produced. --kaḥ
     (1) A new-born infant.
     (2) A mendicant. --kaṃ
     (1) A ceremony performed after the birth of a child (jātakarman).
     (2) Astrological calculation of a nativity.
     (3) An aggregate of similar things.
     -- Comp.
          --dhvaniḥ a leech.

jātiḥ f. [jan-ktin]
     (1) Birth, production; Pt. 1. 38; Ms. 2. 148.
     (2) The form of existence fixed by birth.
     (3) Race, family, lineage, rank.
     (4) A caste, tribe or class (of men); are mūḍha jātyā cedavadhyo'haṃ eṣā sā jātiḥ parityaktā Ve. 3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four: --brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra).
     (5) A class, genus, kind, species; paśujātiḥ, puṣpajātiḥ &c.
     (6) The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as gotva, aśvatva of cows, horses &c.; see guṇa, kriyā and dravya; Śi. 2. 47 and cf. K. P. 2.
     (7) A fire-place.
     (8) Nutmeg.
     (9) The Jasmine plant or its flower; puṣpāṇāṃ prakaraḥ smitena raciṃto no kuṃdajātyādibhiḥ Amaru. 40 (written also as jātī in the last two senses). (10) (In Nyāya) Futile answer.
     (11) (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut.
     (12) Reduction of fractions to a common denominator.
     (13) False generalization.
     (14) A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskrit as well as in Prākṛta (saṃskṛtaprākṛtayoḥ samā jātiḥ); cf. Vb. 1. 30.
     (15) A class of metres; see App.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃdha a. born blind; Bh. 1. 90.
          --kośaḥ, --ṣaḥ, --ṣaṃ nutmeg.
          --kośī, --ṣī the outer skin of the nutmeg.
          --dharmaḥ 1. the duties of a caste. --2. a generic property.
          --dhvaṃsaḥ loss of caste or its privileges.
          --patrī the outer skin of the nutmeg.
          --phalaṃ a nutmeg.
          --brāhmaṇaḥ a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāhmaṇa; (tapaḥ śrutaṃ ca yoniśca trayaṃ brāhmaṇyakāraṇaṃ . tapaḥśrutābhyāṃ yo hīno jātibrāhmaṇa eva saḥ .. śabdārthaciṃtāmaṇi). --bhraṃśaḥ loss of caste; Ms. 11. 67.
          --bhraṣṭa a. outcast.
          --mahaḥ birth-day festival.
          --mātraṃ 1. 'mere birth,' position in life obtained by mere birth. --2. caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms. 8. 20; 12. 114. --3. species, genus.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ generic distinction, a characteristic of a class.
          --vācaka a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); gauraśvaḥ puruṣo hastī. --vairaṃ instinctive or natural hostility.
          --vairin m. a born enemy.
          --vailakṣaṇyaṃ inconsistency, incompatibility in kind.
          --śabdaḥ a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; gauḥ, aśvaḥ, puruṣaḥ, hastī &c.
          --saṃkaraḥ admixture of caste; mixed blood.
          --saṃpanna a. belonging to a noble family.
          --sāraṃ nutmeg.
          --smara a. remembering one's condition in a former life; jāṃtismaro munirasmi jātyā K. 355.
          --svabhāvaḥ generic character or nature.
          --hīna a. of low birth, outcast.

jātimat a. Nobly born, of high rank.

jātī The jasmine plant(mālatī).

jātīya, --ka a. Belonging to a tribe, race, kind &c.

jātya a. [jātau bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Of the same family, related.
     (2) Noble, well-born, sprung from a noble family; jātyastenābhijātena śūraḥ śauryavatā kuśaḥ R. 17. 4.
     (3) Lovely, beautiful, pleasing.
     (4) Best, excellent.
     (5) (Math.) Rectangular.

jātu ind. A particle meaning:
     (1) At all, ever, at any time, possibly; kiṃ tena jātu jātena māturyauvanahāriṇā Pt. 1. 26; na jātu kāmaḥ kāmānāmupabhogena śāmyati Ms. 2. 94; Ku. 5. 55.
     (2) Perhaps, sometimes; R. 19. 7.
     (3) Once, once upon a time, sometime, at some day.
     (4) Used with the potential mood jātu has the sense of 'not allowing or putting up with'; jātu tatrabhavānvṛṣalaṃ yājayennāvakalpayāmi (na marṣayāmi) Sk.
     (5) Used with a present indicative it denotes censure (garhā); jātu tatrabhavān vṛṣalaṃ yājayati ibid.

jātudhānaḥ A demon, imp.

jātuṣa a. (ṣī f.) [januno vikāraḥ aṇ-ṣuk ca P. IV. 3. 138]
     (1) Made of, or covered with, lac.
     (2) Sticky, adhesive.

jātūḥ m. A thunderbolt.

jātūkarṇaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

jānam Ved. Birth, production, origin.

jānakī [janakasyāpatyaṃ strī, aṇ] N. of Sītā, wife of Rāma.

jānapadaḥ [jānena utpattyā padyate pad ap; janapade bhavaḥ, aṇ vā]
     (1) An inhabitant of the country, a rustic, boor, peasant (opp. paura).
     (2) A country.
     (3) A tax &c. from peasants.
     (4) subject. --dā A popular expression. --dī Profession, business.

jānapadika a. Relating to a country.

jānāna a. Knowing, understanding.

jāni A substitute for jāyā at the end of Bah. comp.

jānu n. [jan-ñuṇ] The knee; jānubhyāmavaniṃ gatvā kneeling (or falling on one's knees) on the ground.
     -- Comp.
          --daghna a. reaching to, as high as, the knees, knee-deep.
          --phalakaṃ, --maṃḍalaṃ the knee-pan.
          --vijānu n. a peculiar position in figh ting (contracting and extending the knees).
          --saṃdhiḥ the knee-joint.

jāpaḥ [jap-ghañ]
     (1) Muttering prayers, whispering, murmuring.
     (2) A muttered prayer.

jāpaka a. Muttering prayers. --kaṃ A kind of fragrant wood.

jāpya a. To be muttered. --pyaṃ A prayer to be muttered in a low voice.

jāpanam
     (1) Declining, rejection.
     (2) Dismissing, sending away.
     (3) Completing, finishing.

jābālaḥ A goat-herd.

jābāliḥ
     (1) N. of the author of a law-book.
     (2) N. of an infidel Brāhmaṇa, a priest of king Daśaratha who tried to dissuade Rāma from his resolution of going to the forest and to induce him to accept the throne offered by Bharata.

jāmadagnyaḥ N. of Paraśurāma q. v.

jāmā [jam-adane bā- aṇ strītvaṃ]
     (1) A daughter.
     (2) A daughter-inlaw.

jāmātṛ m. [jāyāṃ māti minoti mimīte vā ni-; cf. Uṇ. 2. 94]
     (1) A sonin-law; jāmātṛyajñena vayaṃ niruddhāḥ U. 1. 11; jāmātā daśamo grahaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) A lord, master.
     (3) The sunflower.

jāmātṛkaḥ A son-in-law.

jāmi a. [jam-in ni- vṛddhiḥ]
     (1) Customary, usual.
     (2) Peculiar, or belonging to. --miḥ f.
     (1) A sister.
     (2) A daughter.
     (3) A daughter-in-law.
     (4) A near female relative (sannihitasapiṃḍastrī Kull.); Ms. 3. 57-58.
     (5) A virtuous and respectable woman.
     (6) Ved. A finger.
     (7) Water. --n.
     (1) Blood-relationship, relation of sister and brother.
     (2) Relation (in general), descent.
     (3) Tautology.

jāmitram The seventh zodiacal sign from the natal sign (lagna); tithau ca jāmitraguṇānvitāyāṃ Ku. 7. 1. (jāmitraṃ lagnātsaptamaṃ sthānaṃ Malli.) Note--Some derive the word from jāyā, because in astrology, the jāmitra sign indicates the future good-luck of one's wife (jāyāmitraṃ?); but the word is obviously connected with the Greek diametron.

jāmeyaḥ [jāmyā bhaginyā apatyaṃ ḍhañ] A sister's son.

jāṃbavam [jaṃbvāḥ phalaṃ aṇ tasya bā- na lup Tv.]
     (1) Gold.
     (2) The fruit of the Jambu tree.

jāṃbavat m. N. of a king of bears who was of signal service to Rāma at the siege of Laṅkā. He was also noted for his medical skill. [This same Jāmbavat appears to have lived up to the time of Kṛṣṇa, or perhaps he was another being of that time; for there was a fight between Kṛṣṇa and Jāmbavat for the Syamantaka jewel which the latter had got from Prasena, brother of Satrājit. Kṛṣṇa vanquished Jāmbavat, who placed the jewel, along with his daughter Jāmbavati, at his entire disposal].

jāṃbīraṃ (--laṃ) A citron. --laṃ Ved. The knee-pan.

jāṃbūnadam [jaṃbūnadyāṃ bhavaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Gold; R. 18. 44.
     (2) A golden ornament; kṛtarucaśca jāṃbūnadaiḥ Śi. 4. 66.
     (3) The Dhattūra plant.

jāyakam A kind of yellow fragrant wood.

jāyā A wife. (The word is thus derived: --patirbhāryāṃ saṃpraviśya garbho bhūtveha jāyate . jāyāyāstaddhi jāyātvaṃ yadasyāṃ jāyate punaḥ Ms. 9. 8; see also Malli. on R. 2. 1). As last member of Bah. comp. jāyā is changed to jāni; sītājāniḥ 'one who has Sītā for his wife'; so yuvajāniḥ, vāmārdhajāniḥ.
     -- Comp.
          --anujīvin m.,
          --ājīvaḥ 1. an actor, a dancer. --2. the husband of a harlot. --3. a needy man, pauper. --4. a kind of crane (baka). --ghnaḥ 1. a murderer of his wife. --2. a mole or mark on the body indicative of the death of one's wife.
          --patī (dual) husband and wife. (The other forms of the comp. are daṃpatī and jaṃpatī q. v.)

jāyin a. (nī f.) [ji-ṇini] Conquering, subduing. --m. The burden of a song (in music).

jāyu a. Victorious. --yuḥ
     (1) Medicine.
     (2) A physician.

jāraḥ [jīryatyanena jṝ karaṇe ghañ; jarayatīti jāraḥ Nir.]
     (1) A paramour, gallant, lover; rathakāraḥ svakāṃ bhāryāṃ sajārāṃ śirasāvahat Pt. 4. 54.
     (2) A confidential friend. --rī N. of Durga.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --janman, --jātaḥ a bastard.
          --bharā an adulteress.

jāriṇī An adulteress.

jālam 1 A net, snare.
     (2)
          (a) A web, cob-web. (
     (6)) Any woven texture.
     (3) A coat of mail, a helmet made of wire.
     (4) An eye-hole, lattice, window; jālāṃtarapreṣitadṛṣṭiranyā R. 7. 9; dhūpairjālāviniḥ sṛtairvalabhayaḥ saṃdigdhapārāvatāḥ V. 3. 2; Ku. 7. 60.
     (5) A collection, an assemblage, number, mass; ciṃtāsaṃtatitaṃtujālanibiḍasyūteva Māl. 5. 10; Ku. 7. 89; Śi. 4. 56; Amaru. 58.
     (6) Magic.
     (7) Illusion, deception.
     (8) An unblown flower.
     (9) The membrane which unites the toes of many water-birds. (10) A disease of the eyes.
     (11) Pride, arrogance. --laḥ The Kadamba tree.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a loop-hole, window.
          --karman n. the occupation of catching fish, fishing.
          --kārakaḥ 1. a net-maker. --2. a spider.
          --gardabhaḥ a kind of pimple or boil.
          --goṇikā a kind of churning vessel.
          --grathita a. connected by a web; S. 7. 16.
          --pād, --pādaḥ a goose.
          --prāyā mail, armour.

jālakam [jālamiva kāyati kai-ka]
     (1) A net.
     (2) A multitude, collection; baddhaṃ karṇaśirīṣarodhi vadane gharmāṃbhasāṃ jālakaṃ S. 1. 30; R. 9. 68.
     (3) A lattice, window.
     (4) A bud, an unblown flower; abhinavaijalikairmālatīnāṃ Me. 98; so yūthikājālakāni 26.
     (5) A kind of ornament (worn in the hair); tilakajālakajālakamauktikaiḥ R. 9. 44 (ābharaṇaviśeṣaḥ).
     (6) A nest.
     (7) Illusion, deception.
     (8) A plantain or the fruit.
     (9) Pride. --kaḥ A window, lattice.
     -- Comp.
          --mālin a. veiled.

jālakin m. A cloud.

jālakinī A ewe.

jālavat a.
     (1) Furnished with a net, reticulated.
     (2) Covered with iron network.
     (3) Cunning, deceptive (māyāvin).

jālikaḥ [jālena carati parpā- ṣṭhan]
     (1) A fisherman.
     (2) A fowler, birdcatcher.
     (3) A spider.
     (4) The governor or chief ruler of a province.
     (5) A rogue, cheat.
     (6) A conjurer, juggler. --kā
     (1) A net.
     (2) A chain-armour.
     (3) A spider.
     (4) A leech.
     (5) A widow.
     (6) Iron.
     (7) Plantain.
     (8) A veil, woollen cloth.

jālinī
     (1) A room ornamented with pictures.
     (2) A kind of melon (koṣātakī).
     (3) Certain boils or pustules which appear in the disease called prameha.

jālaṃdharaḥ N. of a country in the north-west of India, the territory between the rivers Beas and Sutlej.

jālāṣam Ved. A kind of drug with healing properties.

jālma a. (lmī f.)
     (1) Cruel, severe, harsh.
     (2) Rash, inconsiderate. --lmaḥ (lmī f.)
     (1) A rogue, rascal, villain, wretch, miscreant; api jñāyate katamena digbhāgena ga taḥ sa jālma iti V. 1.
     (2) A poor man, a low or degraded man.
     (3) One who reads or recites badly; cf. P. VI. 2. 158.

jālmaka a. (lmikā f.) Despised, low, mean, contemptible.

jāvanyam
     (1) Speed, swiftness.
     (2) Haste, hurry.

jāspatiḥ Ved. A son-in-law.

jāham A termination added to nouns expressive of the parts of the body in the sense of 'the root of'; karṇajāhaṃ the root of the ear; so akṣi, -oṣṭha- &c.

jāhakaḥ
     (1) A pole-cat.
     (2) A leech.
     (3) A bed, a cot.

jāhnavī [jahroḥ apatyaṃ strī aṇ ṅīp] An epithet of the river Ganges.

ji 1 P. (Atm. when preceded, by parā and vi) (jayati, jigāya jigye ajaiṣīt-ajeṣṭa, jetuṃ, jita)
     (1) To conquer, defeat, overcome, vanquish, subjugate; jayati tulāmadhirūḍho bhāsvānapi jaladapaṭalāni Pt. 1. 330; Bk. 15. 76, 19. 2.
     (2) To surpass, excel; garjitānaṃtarāṃ vṛṣṭiṃ saubhāgyena jigāya sā Ku. 2. 53; R. 3. 34; Ghaṭ. 22; Śi. 1. 19.
     (3) To win (by conquest, in gambling or in a law-suit), acquire by conquest; prāgajīyata ghṛṇā tato mahī R. 11. 65; (where ji means 'to conquer' also); Ms. 7. 96.
     (4) To curb, restrain, control, conquer (as passions).
     (5) To be victorious, be supreme or pre-eminent (generally used in benedictory stanzas or salutations); jayatu jayatu mahārājaḥ (in dramas). sa jayati pariṇaddhaḥ śaktibhiḥ śaktināthaḥ Mal. 5. 1; jitamuḍupatinā namaḥ surebhyaḥ Ratn. 1. 5; Bh. 2. 24; Gīt. 1. 1.
     (6) To convict.
     (7) To overcome or get the better of (as a disease &c.).
     (8) To expect from (with abl.). --Caus. (jāpayati) To cause to win or conquer. --Desid. (jigīṣati) To wish to win, acquire or excel, to vie with, emulate, to seek for; calati nayānna jigīṣatāṃ hi cetaḥ Ki. 10. 29. --WITH adhi to conquer, defeat, vanquish; Bk. 19. 2.

jayaḥ [ji bhāve ac]
     (1) Conquest, triumph, victory, success, winnning (in battle, game or a law-suit).
     (2) Restraint, curbing, conquest as in iṃdriyajaya.
     (3) N. of the sun.
     (4) N. of Jayanta, son of Indra.
     (5) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the first Pāṇḍava prince.
     (6) N. of an attendant of Viṣṇu.
     (7) An epithet of Arjuna. --yā 1 N. of Durgā.
     (2) N. of an attendant of the goddess Durgā.
     (3) A kind of banner.
     (4) The third, eighth or thirteenth lunar days of any of the two lunar fortnights.
     -- Comp.
          --āvaha a. conferring victory.
          --āśis f. 1. a prayer for victory. --2. congratulations after victory; a cheer of victory.
          --uddhura a. exulting in victory.
          --kolāhalaḥ 1. a shout of victory. --2. a kind of game with dice.
          --ghoṣaḥ, --ghoṣaṇaṃ, --ṇā a proclamation of victory.
          --ḍhakkā a kind of drum beaten as a sign of victory.
          --dattaḥ N. of Jayanta, Indra's son.
          --patraṃ a record of victory.
          --pālaḥ 1. a king. --2. an epithet of Brahmā. --3. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --putrakaḥ a kind of dice.
          --maṃgalaḥ 1. a royal elephant. --2. a remedy for fever. (
          --laṃ) a cheer of victory.
          --yajñaḥ the aśvamedha sacrifice.
          --lakṣmīḥ, --śrīḥ the goddess of victory; Ku. 2. 52.
          --lekhaṃ record of victory.
          --vāhinī an epithet of Śachi.
          --śabdaḥ 1. a shout of victory. --2. the exclamation 'jaya' (hail! glory!) uttered by bards &c.
          --śṛṃgaṃ a horn blown to announce a victory.
          --staṃbhaḥ a trophy, a column erected to commemorate a victory, a triumphal column; nicakhāna jayastaṃbhāngaṃgāsrotoṃ'tareṣusaḥ R. 4. 36.
          --svāmin m. an epithet of Śiva.

jayaka a. Victorious.

jayatsenaḥ A name assumed by Nakula while living at Viṛāta King.

jayadvalaḥ A name assumed by Sahadeva.

jayanam [ji karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) Conquering, subduing.
     (2) Armour for cavalry, elephants &c.
     -- Comp.
          --yuj 1. caparisoned. --2. victorious.

jayin a. [ji śīlārthe ini]
     (1) Conquering, vanquishing; virūpākṣasya jayinīstāḥ stuve vāmalocanāḥ Vb. 1. 2.
     (2) Successful, winning a law-suit; Y. 2. 79.
     (3) Fascinating, captivating, subduing the heart; jagati jayinaste te bhāvā naveṃdukalādayaḥ Māl. 1. 36. --m. A victor, a conqueror; paurastyānevamākrāmaṃstāṃstāñjanapadāñjayī R. 4. 34.

jayya a. [ji-yat] Conquerable, vulnerable, that can be conquered (opp. jeya).

jigīṣā [ji-san bhāve a]
     (1) Desire of conquering, subduing or overcoming; yānaṃ sasmāra kauberaṃ vaivasvata jigīṣayā R. 15. 45.
     (2) Emulation, rivalry.
     (3) Eminence.
     (4) Exertion, profession, habit of life.
     (5) Eminence.
     (6) Military ardour, warlike spirit.

jigīṣu a. Desirous of conquering.
     (2) Vying or contending with.

jita p. p. [ji-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Conquered, subdued, curbed, restrained, (as enemies, passions &c.)
     (2) Won, got, obtained (by conquest).
     (3) Surpassed, excelled.
     (4) Subject to, enslaved or influenced by; kāmajita; strījita &c. --taṃ Victory.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣara a. reading well or readily.
          --amitra a. one who has conquered his foes, triumphant, victorious. --2. one who has subdued his passions. (
          --traḥ) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --ari a. one who has conquered his enemies or passions. (
          --riḥ) an epithet of Buddha.
          --ātman a. selfsubdued, void of passion.
          --āhava a. victorious.
          --iṃdriya a. one who has conquered his passions or subdued the senses (rūpa, rasa, gaṃdha, sparśa & śabda); śrutvā spaṣṭvātha dṛṣṭvā ca bhukvā ghrātvā ca yo naraḥ . na hṛṣyati glāyati vā sa vijñeyo jiteṃdriyaḥ Ms. 2. 98.
          --kāśiḥ the fist doubled.
          --kāśin a. appearing victorious, proud of victory, assuming the airs of a victor; cāṇakyo'pi jitakāśitayā Mu. 2; jitakāśī rājasevakaḥ ibid.
          --kopa, --krodha, --manyu a. imperturbable, not excitable (
          --dhaḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --nemiḥ a staff made of the Aśvattha tree.
          --loka a. 'one who has won heaven' (epithet of a class of manes).
          --śatru a. victorious.
          --śrama a. inured to fatigue, hardy.
          --svarga a. one who has won heaven.

jit a. [ji-kvip] (At the end of comp.) Conquering, defeating, winning &c.; tārakajit, kaṃsajit, sahasrajit &c.

jitiḥ f.
     (1) Victory, conquest.
     (2) Gaining, obtaining.

jitya a. Conquerable. --tyā
     (1) Victory.
     (2) Acquisition, gain.
     (3) A ploughshare. --tyaḥ A harrow.

jitvan a. Victorious.

jitvara a. [ji-kvarap] (rī f.) Victorious, conquering, triumphant; śastrāṇyupāyaṃsata jitvarāṇi Bk. 1. 16; karadīkṛtabhūpālo bhātṛbhirjitvarairdiśāṃ Śi. 2. 9. --rī N. of the city Benares.

jiṣṇu a. [ji-gtsnu]
     (1) Victorious, triumphant; R. 4. 85; 10. 18.
     (2) Winning, gaining.
     (3) (At the end of comp.) Canquering, excelling; alinījiṣṇuḥ kacānāṃ cayaḥ Bh. 1. 5; Śi. 13. 21. --ṣṇuḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) N. of Indra.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (4) N. of Arjuna.

jetṛ a. [ji-tṛc]
     (1) Victorious, triumphant.
     (2) Surpassing, excelling. --m.
     (1) A conqueror, victor.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

jiḥ A demon(piśāca).

jigatnuḥ Breath, life.

jighatsā [ad san ghasādeśaḥ bhāve a]
     (1) Desire of eating, hunger.
     (2) Striving for.
     (3) Contending with.

jighatsu a. [ad san ghasādeśe u] Hungry.

jighatnuḥ Ved. An enemy.

jighāṃsaka a. Revengeful, murderous.

jighāṃsā Desire of killing; R. 15. 19.
     (2) Malice, revenge.

jighāṃsu a. [han san u] Desirous of killing, murderous. --suḥ An enemy.

jighṛkṣā [grah san bhāve a] Desire of taking or seizing.

jighra a. [ghrā kartari śa jighrādeśaḥ]
     (1) Suspecting.
     (2) Conjecturing, guessing; observing; e. g. manojighraḥ sapatnījanaḥ S. D.

jijñāsā [jñā san bhāve a]
     (1) Desire of knowing, curriosity, inquisitiveness.
     (2) Search, investigation, test, examination.

jijñāsita a. Investigated, asked, inquired to.

jijñāsu a. [jñā san u]
     (1) Desirous of knowing, inquisitive, curious; Bg. 6. 44.
     (2) Desirous of getting absolution (mumukṣu).

jittamaḥ, jitumaḥ, jitmaḥ Gemini, the third sign of the zodiac (a word of Greek origin).

jina a. [ji-nak]
     (1) Victorious, triumphant.
     (2) Very old. --naḥ 1 A generic term applied to a chief Bauddha or Jaina saint.
     (2) N. applied to the Arhats of the Jainas.
     (3) A very old man.
     (4) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. a chief Bauddha saint. --2 an Arhat of the Jainas.
          --sadman n. a Jaina temple or monastery.

jivri a. Ved. Old, decayed. --vriḥ 1 Time.
     (2) A bird.

jim 1 P. (jemati) To eat.

jiri 5 P. (jiriṇoti) To kill, hurt.

jinv 1 P. (jinvati)
     (1) To be active or lively, busy oneslf.
     (2) To urge on, impel, excite.
     (3) To refresh, animate.
     (4) To promote.
     (5) To grant, confer.
     (6) To please, satisfy.

jiṣ 1 P. (jeṣati) To sprinkle.

jivājivaḥ The Chakora bird.

jihāna a.
     (1) Going, going to.
     (2) Getting, obtaining; See hā 'to go'.

jihānakaḥ Destruction of the world.

jihma a. [jahāti saralamārgaṃ; hā-man sanvat ālopaśca Uṇ. 1. 138]
     (1) Sloping, athwart, oblique.
     (2) Crooked, awry, squint; Rs. 1. 12.
     (3) Tortuous, curved, going irregularly.
     (4) Curved, bent.
     (5) Morally crooked, deceitful, dishonest, wicked, unfair; dhṛtahetirapyadhṛtajihmamatiḥ Ki. 6. 24; suhṛdarthamīhitamajihmadhiyāṃ Śi. 9. 62.
     (5) Dim, dark, pale-coloured: vidhisamayaniyogāddīptisaṃhārajihmaṃ Ki. 1. 46.
     (6) Slow, lazy. --hmaṃ
     (1) Dishonesty, falsehood.
     (2) The Tagara tree.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. crooked-eyed, squinting.
          --ga a. moving slowly. (
          --gaḥ) a snake.
          --gati a. meandering, going tortuously; Rs. 1. 13.
          --mehanaḥ a frog.
          --yodhin a. fighting unfairly. (--m.) an epithet of Bhīma.
          --śalyaḥ the Khadira tree.

jihmāyati Den. P. To go crookedly.

jihvaḥ The tongue.

jihvala a. Voracious, greedy.

jihvā
     (1) The tongue.
     (2) The tongue of fire, i. e. a flame.
     (3) A sentence.
     -- Comp.
          --āsvādaḥ lick; ing, lapping.
          --ullekhanī, --ullekhanikā, --nirlekhanaṃ a tongue-scraper.
          --paḥ 1. a dog. --2. a cat. --3. a tiger. --4. a leopard. --5. a bear.
          --malaṃ the fur of the tongue.
          --mūlaṃ the root of the tongue.
          --mūlīya a. a term particularly applied to the Visarga before k and kh and also to ṛ, ḷ and the guttural class of consonants (in gram.).
          --radaḥ a bird.
          --lih m. a dog.
          --laulyaṃ greediness.
          --śalyaḥ the Khadira tree.

jītiḥ f. [ji-ktin vede dīrghaḥ]
     (1) Victory.
     (2) Decrease, loss.
     (3) Fading away, growing old.

jīna a. [jyā-kta saṃprasā- dīrghaḥ] Old, aged, decayed. --naḥ A leather bag; jīnakārmukabastāvīn pṛthag dadyādviśuddhaye Ms. 11. 139.

jīmūtaḥ [jayā ti nabhaḥ, jīyate anilena jīvanasyodakasya mūtaṃ baṃdho yatra, jīvanaṃ jalaṃ mūtaṃ baddhaṃ anena, jāvanaṃ muṃcatīti vā pṛṣo- Tv. cf. Uṇ. 3. 91]
     (1) A cloud; jīmūtena svakuśalamayīṃ hārayiṣyan pravṛttiṃ Me. 4.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) A nourisher, sustainer.
     (4) An epithet of Indra.
     -- Comp.
          --kūṭaḥ a mountain.
          --ketuḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --vāhanaḥ 1. N. of Indra. --2. N. of a king of the Vidyādharas, hero of the play called Nāgānanda; (mentioned also in kathāsaritsāgara). [He was the son of Jimūtaketu and renowned for his benevolent and charitable disposition. When his father's kingdom was invaded by his kinsmen, he scorned the idea of fighting with them and induced his father to leave it to those who sought for it and to repair with him to the Malaya mountain to lead a holy life. It is related that there he one day took the place of a young serpent who was, by virtue of an agreement, to be offered to Garuḍa as his daily meal, and induced, by his generous and touching behaviour, the enemy of serpents to give up his practice of devouring them. The story is very pathetically told in the play].
          --vāhin A. smoke.

jīra a. [jyā rak saṃprasā- dīrghaḥ] Ved. Swift, quick. --raḥ
     (1) A sword.
     (2) Cumin-seed.
     (3) An atom.

jīrakaḥ, jīraṇaḥ Cumin-seed.

jīriḥ [jīryati jṝ-bā- rik] Ved. A man. --f. Quick or flowing water.

jīrṇa p. p. [jṝ-kta]
     (1) Old, ancient.
     (2) Worn out, ruined, wasted, decayed, tattered (as clothes); vāsāṃsi jīrṇāni yathā vihāya Bg. 2. 22; U. 6. 38; Māl. 5. 30.
     (3) Digested; sujīrṇamannaṃ suvicakṣaṇaḥ sutaḥ H. 1. 22. --rṇaḥ
     (1) An old man.
     (2) A tree.
     (3) Cuminseed. --ṇā Large cumin-seed. --rṇaṃ
     (1) Benzoin.
     (2) Old age, decrepitude.
     -- Comp.
          --uddhāraḥ 'renewing the old', repairs, especially of a temple or any charitable or religious institution.
          --udyānaṃ ruined or neglected garden.
          --jvaraḥ lingering fever.
          --parṇaḥ the Kadamba tree.
          --vajraṃ a particular gem.
          --vastra a. wearing old clothes.
          --vāṭikā a ruined house.

jīrṇaka a. Almost dried up or withered.

jīrṇiḥ f.
     (1) Old age, decrepitude, decay, infirmity.
     (2) Digestion.

jīrviḥ [jṝ-kvin]
     (1) An axe.
     (2) The body.
     (3) A cart.
     (4) An animal.

jīv 1 P. (jīvati, jīvita)
     (1) To live, be alive; yasmiñjīvati jīvaṃti bahavaḥ so'tra jīvati Pt. 1. 23; mā jīvan yaḥ parāvajñāduḥkhadagdhopi jīvati Śi. 2. 45; Ms. 2. 235.
     (2) To revive, come to life.
     (3) To live by, subsist on, make a livelihood by (with instr.); satyānṛtaṃ tu vāṇijyaṃ tena caivāpi jīvyate Ms. 4. 6; vipaṇena ca jīvaṃtaḥ 3. 152, 162; 11. 26; sometimes used with acognate accusative in this sense; ajihmāmaśaṭhāṃ śuddhāṃ jīvedbrāhmaṇajīvikāṃ Ms. 4. 11.
     (4) (Fig.) To live or prey upon, depend upon as one's source of existence (with loc.); caurāḥ pramatte jīvaṃti vyādhiteṣu cikitsakāḥ . pramadāḥ kāmayāneṣu yajamāneṣu yācakāḥ .. rājā vivadamāneṣu nityaṃ mūrkheṣu paṃḍitāḥ Mb. --Caus.
     (1) To restore to life.
     (2) To nourish, nurture, bring up.

jīva a. [jīv-kartari ka] Living, existing. --vaḥ
     (1) The principle of life, the vital breath, life, soul; gatajīva, jīvatyāga, jīvāśā, &c.
     (2) The individual or personal soul enshrined in the human body and imparting to it life, motion and sensation (called jīvātman as opposed to paramātman the Supreme soul); Y. 3. 131; Ms. 12. 22-23.
     (3) Life, existence.
     (4) A creature, living being.
     (5) Livelihood, profession.
     (6) N. of Karṇa.
     (7) N. of one of the Maruts.
     (8) The constellation puṣya.
     (9) N. of Bṛhaspati. (10) The third lustrum in the cycle of Jupiter.
     (11) Association of cause and effect.
     (12) N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ 1. a bird-catcher, fowler. --2. a murderer, slayer.
          --ajībādhāraḥ the world of organic and inorganic creation.
          --ātman m. the individual soul enshrined in the human body (as opposed to paramātman 'the Supreme soul').
          --ādānaṃ abstracting healthy blood, bleeding, (in medic.).
          --ādhānaṃ preservation of life.
          --ādhāraḥ the heart.
          --iṃdhanaṃ glowing fire-wood, burning wood.
          --utsargaḥ 'casting off life,' voluntary death, suicide.
          --upādhiḥ the three states, i. e. waking, dreaming and sleeping.
          --ūrṇā the wool of a living animal.
          --gṛhaṃ, --maṃdiraṃ 'the abode of the soul,' the body.
          --grāhaḥ a prisoner taken alive.
          --ghanaḥ Brahmā.
          --ja a. born alive.
          --jīvaḥ (also jīvaṃjīvaḥ) the Chakora bird.
          --tokā a woman whose children are living.
          --daḥ 1. a physician. --2. an enemy.
          --daśā mortal existence.
          --dhanaṃ 'living wealth', property in the shape of living creatures, live-stock.
          --dhānī the earth.
          --nikāyaḥ a being endowed with life.
          --patiḥ f.,
          --patnī a woman whose husband is alive.
          --patraṃ a fresh leaf.
          --pitṛ, --pitṛka a. (a son or daughter) whose father is still alive.
          --putrā, --vatsā a woman whose son is living.
          --mātṛkā the seven mothers or female divinities; (kumārī dhanadā naṃdā vimalā maṃgalā balā . padmā ceti ca vikhyātāḥ saptaitā jīvamātṛkāḥ). --yoniḥ a sentient being.
          --raktaṃ menstrual blood.
          --lokaḥ 1. the world of living beings, the world of mortals, the world or worldly existence; tvatprayāṇe śātāṃlokaḥ sarvato jīvalokaḥ Mal. 9. 37; jīvalokatilakaḥ pralīyate 21; so svapneṃdrajālasadṛśaḥ khalu jīvalokaḥ Śānti. 2. 2; Bg. 11. 7; U. 4. 17. --2. living beings, mankind; divasa ivābhraśyāmastapātyaye jīvalokasya S. 3. 12; or ālokamarkādiva jīvalokaḥ R. 5. 35.
          --vṛttiḥ f. breeding or keeping cattle.
          --śeṣa a. one to whom only life is left, escaping only with life and nothing more.
          --śoṇitaṃ living, i. e., healthy blood.
          --saṃkramaṇaṃ transmigration of the soul.
          --sādhanaṃ grain, corn.
          --sāphalyaṃ relization or attainment of the chief end of human existence.
          --sūḥ 'the mother of living beings', a woman whose children are living.
          --sthānaṃ 1. a joint, an articulation. --2. the vital parts, heart.

jīvaka a. [jīv --ṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Living, making a livelihood by, generating &c.
     (2) One who lives a long time. --kaḥ 1 A living being.
     (2) A servant.
     (3) A Buddhist mendicant, any mendicant who lives by begging.
     (4) A usurer.
     (5) A snakecatcher.
     (6) A tree.
     (7) A medicinal plant of that name.

jīvat a. (ntī f.) Living, alive.
     -- Comp.
          --tokā a woman whose children are living.
          --patiḥ f.,
          --patnī f. a woman whose husband is living.
          --pitṛkaḥ one whose father is alive.
          --mukta a. 'liberated while living', a man who, being purified by a true knowledge of the Supreme spirit, is freed from the future birth and all ceremonial rites while yet living.
          --muktiḥ f. final liberation in the present state of life.
          --mṛta a. 'dead while alive,' one who, though alive, is as good as dead and useless to the world (said of a mad man or one whose character is lost).

jīvatha a. [jīv-atha]
     (1) Long-lived.
     (2) Virtuous, pious. --thaḥ
     (1) Life, existence.
     (2) A tortoise.
     (3) A peacock.
     (4) A cloud.
     (5) Virtue, piety.

jīvana a. (nī f.) [jīv bhāve lyuṭ] Enlivening, giving life. --naḥ
     (1) A living being.
     (2) Wind.
     (3) A son.
     (4) The Supreme Being. --naṃ
     (1) Life, existence; (fig. also); tvamāse mama bhūṣaṇaṃ tvamasi mama jīvanaṃ Gīt. 10.
     (2) The principle of life, vital energy; Bg. 7. 9.
     (3) Water; bījānāṃ prabhava namo'stu jīvanāya Ki. 18. 39; or jīvanaṃ jīvanaṃ (life) haṃti prāṇān haṃti samīraṇaḥ Udb.
     (4) Livelihood, profession, means of existence (fig. also); Ms. 11. 77; viduṣāṃ jīvanaṃ mūrkhaḥ H. 3. 33.
     (5) Butter made from milk one day old.
     (6) Marrow.
     (7) Enlivening, making alive.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ death.
          --āghātaṃ poison.
          --āvāsaḥ 1. 'residing in water', epithet of Varuṇa, the regent of water. --2. the body.
          --upāyaḥ livelihood.
          --oṣadhaṃ 1. elixir of life. --2. a lifegiving medicine.

jīvanaka a. [jīvana-kan] Enlivening. --kaṃ Food.

jīvanīya a. [jīv --bā- karaṇe anīyar]
     (1) To be lived.
     (2) Supporting life. --yaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Fresh milk.

jīvaṃta a,
     (1) Living, existing.
     (2) Long-lived. --taḥ
     (1) Life, existence.
     (2) A drug, medicament.

jīvaṃtikaḥ A fowler.

jīvala a.
     (1) Full of life.
     (2) Animating, inspiriting.

jīvā [jīv-ac]
     (1) Water.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) A bow-string; muhurjīvāghoṣairbadhirayati Mv. 6. 30.
     (4) The chord of an arc.
     (5) Means of living.
     (6) The tinkling of metallic ornaments.
     (7) N. of a plant (vacā).
     (8) Life, existence.

jīvātu m., n.
     (1) Food.
     (2) Life, existence (fig. aloo); sa khalu prājñajīvātuḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ J. N. V.
     (3) Restoration to life, revival; re hasta dakṣiṇa mṛtasya śiśordvijasya jīvātave visṛja śūdramunau kṛpāṇaṃ U. 2. 10.
     (4) A medicine for restoring life.

jīvikā [jīv akan ata itvaṃ]
     (1) Means of living, livelihood.
     (2) The life-giving element, i. e. water.

jīvita p. p. [jīv-kartari kta]
     (1) Living, existent, alive; R. 12. 75.
     (2) Returned to life, revived.
     (3) Animated, enlivened.
     (4) Lived through (as a period). --taṃ
     (1) Life, existence; tvaṃ jīvitaṃ tvamasi me hṛdaya dvitīyaṃ U. 3. 26; kanyeyaṃ kulajīvitaṃ Ku. 6. 63; Me. 83; nābhinaṃdeta maraṇaṃ nabhinaṃdeta jīvitaṃ Ms. 6. 45; 7. 111.
     (2) Duration of life.
     (3) Livelihood.
     (4) A living being.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --āśā hope of life, love of life.
          --īśaḥ 1. a lover, husband. --2. an epithet of Yama; jīviteśavasatiṃ jagāma sā R. 11. 20 (where the word is used in sense 1 also). --3. the sun. --4. the moon. --5. a drug which is said to revive the dead.
          --īśvaraḥ Śiva.
          --kālaḥ duration of life.
          --jñā an artery.
          --nāthaḥ a husband.
          --vyayaḥ sacrifice of life.
          --saṃśayaḥ risk of life, jeopardy, danger to life; sa āturo jīvitasaṃśaye vartate 'he is dangerously ill'; Bv. 2. 20.

jīvitavya a. To be lived, kept alive &c. --vyaṃ
     (1) The possibility of living.
     (2) Life.
     (3) Possible return to life.

jīvin a. (nī f.) [jīv-ṇini, jīva-ini vā] (Generally at the end of comp.)
     (1) Living, alive, existing; R. 1. 63.
     (2) Living upon or by; śastrajīvin' āyudhajīvin &c. --m. A living being.

jīvyam Life. --vyā A means of livelihood.

jukuṭaḥ
     (1) A dog.
     (2) The Malaya mountain.

jugupsanaṃ, jugupsā
     (1) Censure, reproach.
     (2) Dislike, aversion, disgust, abhcrrence.
     (3) (In Rhet.) Disgust considered as the feeling which gives rise to the Bībhatsa sentiment, thus defined: --doṣekṣaṇādibhirgarhā jugupsā viṣayodbhavā S. D. 207.

juṃg 1 P. (juṃgati)
     (1) To abandon, quit.
     (2) To exclude, set aside.

juṃgita a. Deserted, abandoned. --taḥ A man of a degraded caste, a Chāṇḍāla.

juṭakam A braid of hair.

juṭikā A tuft of hair on the top of the head; cf. cūḍā.

juḍ I. 6 P. (juḍati)
     (1) To bind.
     (2) To go. --II. 10 P.
     (1) To send, throw or cast, direct.
     (2) To grind or pound.

jut 1 A. (jotate) To shine.

jun 6 P. (junati) To go, move.

juṃbakaḥ Ved. An epithet of Varuṇa.

jur 6. 4. P. (jurati, jūryati) Ved.
     (1) To decay, become or grow old, waste away, perish.

jur m. An old man.

jūrṇa a. Decayed, old.

jul 10 P. (jolayati) To reduce to powder, grind, pound.

juvas a. Ved. Speed, quickness.

juṣ I. 6 A. (juṣate-juṣṭa)
     (1) To be pleased or satisfied.
     (2) To be favourable or propitious.
     (3) To like, be found of, take pleasure or delight in, enjoy; sattvaṃ juṣāṇasya bhavāya dehināṃ Bhag.
     (4) To devote or attach oneself to, practise, undergo, suffer; paulastyo'juṣata śucaṃ vipannavaṃdhuḥ Bk. 17. 112.
     (5) To frequent, visit, inhabit; jupraṃte parvataśreṣṭhamṛṣayaḥ parvasaṃdhiṣu Mb.
     (6) To enter, seat oneself, resort to; rathaṃ ca jujuṣe śubhaṃ Bk. 14. 95.
     (7) To choose.
     (8) To enjoy, possess, have; Māl. 5. 18.
     (9) To happen to. (10) To delight in granting or performing.
     (11) To show oneself favourable towards. --Caus.
     (1) To like, be fond of.
     (2) To fondle, cherish.
     (3) To delight in, approve of, rejoice at. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (joṣati, joṣayati-te)
     (1) To reason, think.
     (2) To investigate, examine.
     (3) To hurt.
     (4) To be satisfied.

juṣ a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Liking, enjoying, taking delight in; Bh. 3. 103.
     (2) Visiting, approaching, going to, taking, amusing, resorting to &c.; paralokajuṣāṃ R. 8. 85; rajojuṣe janmani K. 1.

juṣya a. To be served, worshipped &c. --ṣyaṃ Service.

juṣṭa p. p. [juṣ-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Pleased, gratified.
     (2) Practised, resorted to, visited, suffered &c.; Bg. 2. 2.
     (3) Furnished or endowed with, possessed of.
     (4) Liked loved, agreeable.
     (5) Served, worshipped.
     (6) Propitious, favourable.
     (7) Shared, partaken in; U. 6. 40. --ṣṭaṃ The remnants of meal (ucchiṣṭa).

joṣaḥ
     (1) [juṣ-bhāve ghañ] Satisfaction, enjoyment, happiness, pleasure.
     (2) Silence. --ṣaḥ Happiness. --ṣaṃ ind.
     (1) According to one's wish, with ease.
     (2) Silently; kimiti joṣamāsyate S. 5; Bv. 2. 17.

joṣaṇaṃ, --ṇā
     (1) Liking.
     (2) Satisfaction, approval.
     (3) Choosing.

juhurāṇa a. Making crooked or acting crookedly. --ṇaḥ The moon.

juhuvānaḥ [hu karmaṇi kānac]
     (1) Fire.
     (2) A tree.
     (3) A hard-hearted man.

juhūḥ f. [hu kvip ni- dvitvaṃ dīrghaśca Tv.]
     (1) A crescent-shaped wooden ladle used for pouring the sacrificial ghee into the fire.
     (2) A tongue; especially of Agni, i. e. a flame.
     -- Comp.
          --āsyaḥ fire.

juhūrā(vā)ṇaḥ
     (1) A sacrificial priest.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) The moon.

juhūvat m. Fire.

juhotiḥ A technical name for those sacrificial ceremonies to which the verb juhoti is applied as distinguished from those to which yajati is applied; kṣaraṃti sarvā vaidikyo juhotiyajatikriyāḥ Ms. 2. 84. (See Medhātithi and other commentators; sarvajñanārāyaṇa shortly renders juhoti by upaviṣṭahoma and yajati by tiṣṭhaddhoma. See Aśvalāyana 1. 2. 5. also).

jū 1 U., 9 P. (javati-te, junāti)
     (1) To press or hurry on, move on quickly.
     (2) To impel quickly, urge or drive on.
     (3) To excite, animate, inspire.

jū a. Ved. Quick, speedy.

jūḥ f.
     (1) Speed.
     (2) Atmosphere.
     (3) A female demon.
     (4) An epithet of Sarasvatī.
     (5) Going speedily, quick motion.
     (6) A mark on the forehead of horses and oxen.

jūta a. [jū-kta] (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Impelled, urged, pressed.
     (2) Ved. Gone.
     (3) Drawn.
     (4) Given.

jūtiḥ f.
     (1) Going on, proceeding, moving.
     (2) Quickness, speed.
     (3) Uninterrupted flow or motion.
     (4) Impulse, incitement, instigation.
     (5) Inclination, propensity, tendency.

jūkaḥ The sign Libra of the zodiac (a word of Greek origin).

jūṭaḥ The mass of twisted or matted hair; bhūteśasya bhujaṃgavallivalayasraṅnaddhajūṭājaṭāḥ Mal. 1. 2.

jūṭakam Matted hair.

jūr 4 A. (jūryate, jūrṇa)
     (1) To hurt, injure, kill.
     (2) To be angry with (with dat.); bhartre nakhebhyaśca ciraṃ jujūre Bk. 11. 8.
     (3) To grow old.

jūrṇi a. Ved.
     (1) Swift, speedy, quick.
     (2) Running, proceeding quickly.
     (3) Praising, invoking. --rṇiḥ f.
     (1) Speed.
     (2) An epithet of Āditya or sun.
     (3) The body.
     (4) The Brahman (n.).
     (5) Anger.
     (6) A fiery weapon.

jūrtiḥ f. [jvar bhāve ktin ūṭh]
     (1) Fever.
     (2) Feverish or morbid heat.

jūrv 1 P. (jūrvati) Ved.
     (1) To burn.
     (2) To hurt, injure, kill.

jūṣ 1 U. (jūṣati-te) To hurt, kill.

jūṣaḥ, --ṣam The water of boiled pulse.

jṛ 1 P. (jarati)
     (1) To make low or humiliate.
     (2) To excel.

jṛbh, jṛṃbh 1 A. (jṛbhate, jṛṃbhate, jṛṃbhita jṛbdha)
     (1) To gape, yawn; Ms. 4. 43.
     (2) To open, expand, burst open (as a flower &c.); varayuvatimukhābhaṃ paṃkajaṃ jaṃbhate'dya Rs. 3. 22.
     (3) To increase, spread or extend everywhere; jṛṃbhatāṃ jṛṃbhatāmapratihataprasaraṃ krodhajyotiḥ Ve. 1; tṛṣṇe jṛbhaṃsi (Paras. is irregular) Bh. 3. 5; bhogaḥ kopi sa eka eva paramo nityodito jṛṃbhate 3. 80.
     (4) To appear, rise, show oneself, become visible or manifest; saṃkalpayonerabhimānabhūtamātmānamādhāya madhūrjajṛṃbhe Ku. 3. 24; U. 5. 13.
     (5) To be at ease.
     (6) To recoil or fly back (as a bow). --Caus. To cause to yawn or expand.

jṛṃbhaḥ, --bhā --bham
     (1) [jṛṃbh-ghañ]
     (1) Yawning, gaping; U. 4. 29.
     (2) Opening, blossoming, expanding; kalikāśrayī jṛṃbhā prabhavati K. 257; jṛṃbhāraṃbhapravitatadalopāṃtajālapraviṣṭaiḥ Ve. 2. 7; Mal 9. 16.
     (3) Expansion.
     (4) Bursting open.

jṛṃbhakaḥ [jṛṃbh-ṇvul]
     (1) 'A yawner', a sort of demon. --kaṃ Swelling. --bhikā Gaping, yawning.

jṛṃbhaṇa a. [jṛṃbh-bhāve lyuṭ] Causing to gape or yawn. --ṇaṃ 1 Gaping, yawning
     (2) Stretching (the limbs); (aṃgāni) muhurmuhurjṛṃbhaṇatatparāṇi Rs. 6. 10.
     (3) Blossoming, blooming; mālatī śirasi jṛṃbhaṇonmukhī Bh. 1. 25.

jṛṃbhita p p [jṛṃbh-kta]
     (1) Yawned, gaped.
     (2) Opened, expanded, displayed; Māl. 1. 32.
     (3) Opened, blown (as a flower).
     (4) Done, exerted.
     (5) Enlarged, increased. --taṃ
     (1) Gaping.
     (2) Expansion, opening, blooming.
     (3) Developing, coming into view.

jṝ I. 1. 4. 9. P., 10 U. (jarati, jīryati, jṛṇāti, jārayati-te, jajāra, jārayāmāsa, ajarat ajārīt, ajījarat, -jari-rī-tuṃ, jīrṇa or jārita)
     (1) To grow old, wear out, wither away, decay; jīryaṃte jīryataḥ keśā daṃtā jīryaṃti jīryataḥ . jīryataścakṣuṣī śrotre tṛṣṇaikā taruṇāyate Pt. 5. 16; Bk. 9. 41.
     (2) To perish, be consumed (fig. also); ajārīdiva ca prajñā balaṃ śokāttathā'jarat Bk. 6. 30; jerurāśā daśāsyasya 14. 112.
     (3) To be dissolved or digested; jīrṇamannaṃ praśaṃsīyāt Chāṇ. 79; udare cājarannanye Bk. 15. 150.
     (4) To break up or fall to pieces. --Caus. (ja-jā-ra yati)
     (1) To make old, wear out, consume.
     (2) To cause to be digested; to digest. --II. 1 A. (jarate) Ved.
     (1) To move, approach, come near.
     (2) To crackle (as fire).
     (3) To roar.
     (4) To call out to, invoke, praise.

jāraka a. [jṝ-ṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Causing to decay.
     (2) Promoting digestion, digestive.

jāraṇam [jṝ-ṇic lyuṭ]
     (1) Causing to decay.
     (2) Stimulating digestion.
     (3) Calcining or oxidizing metals.
     (4) A condiment.

jāradgava a. (vīthiḥ) The portion of the moon's path occupied by the constellations śravaṇa, dhaniṣṭhā and śatatārakā (according to varāhamihira); according to others, by viśākhā, anurādhā and jyeṣṭhā.

jeṃtākaḥ A heated chamber for inducing perspiration, a dry hot bath.

jenya a. Ved.
     (1) Of noble origin, well-born.
     (2) Genuine, true.
     (3) Victorious.

jemanam [jim-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Eating.
     (2) Food.

jeṣ 1 A. (jeṣate) To move, go.

jeh 1 A. (jehate) Ved.
     (1) To reach, go towards.
     (2) To strive after, exert.
     (3) To open the mouth, pant, gasp.

jai 1 P. (jāyati) To wane, decline, decay, perish.

jaitra a. (trī f.) [jetṛ-aṇ]
     (1) Victorious, successful, leading to victory; idamiha madanasya jaitramastraṃ viphalaguṇātiśayaṃ bhaviṣyatīti Mal. 2. 6 dhanurjaitraṃ raghurdadhau R. 4. 16, 16. 72.
     (2) Superior. --traḥ 1 A victor, conqueror.
     (2) Quick-silver. --traṃ A Victory, triumph.
     (3) Superiority.
     -- Comp.
          --rathaḥ a victor.

jainaḥ A 1 A Jaina, a follower of Jaina doctrines.
     (2) A Buddha.

jaiminiḥ N. of a celebrated sage and philosopher, founder of the Mīmāmsā school of philosophy (properly pūrvamīmāṃsā); mīmāṃsākṛtamunmamātha sahasā hastī muniṃ jaiminiṃ Pt. 2. 23.

jaiva a. [jīvasyedaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to jīva or the soul.
     (2) Belonging to Jupiter.

jaivātṛka a. (kī f.)
     (1) Longlived, one for whom long life is desired; jaivātṛka nanu śrūyate patirasyāḥ Dk.
     (2) Thin, lean. --kaḥ
     (1) The moon; rājānaṃ janayāṃbabhūva sahasā jaivātṛka tvāṃ tu yaḥ Bv. 2. 78.
     (2) Camphor.
     (3) A son
     (4) A drug, medicament
     (5) A peasant.

jaiveyaḥ An epithet of Kacha, son of Bṛhaspati.

jaihmyam Crookedness, deceit, falsehood.

jaihvyam The pleasure of taste.

joṃgaṃ, --gakam Aloe-wood.

joṃgaṭaḥ The longings of a pregnant woman (dohada).

joṭiṃgaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) A devotee who practises the most rigid austerities.

joḍaḥ Binding, tie.

joṣā, joṣit f. A woman; cf. yoṣā, yoṣit.

joṣikā
     (1) A cluster of young buds.
     (2) A woman.

jñā 9 U. (jānāti, jānīte, jajñau, jajñe, ajñāsīt-ajñāsta, jñātuṃ, jñāta)
     (1) To know (in all senses), to learn, become acquainted with; mā jñāsīstvaṃ sukhī rāmo yadakārṣītsa rakṣasāṃ Bk. 15. 9.
     (2) To know, be aware of, be familiar or conversant with; jāne tapaso vīryaṃ S. 3. 1; jānannapi hi medhāvī jaḍavalloka ācaret Ms. 2. 110, 123; 7. 148.
     (3) To find out, ascertain, investigate; jñāyatāṃ kaḥ kaḥ kāryārthīti Mk. 9.
     (4) To comprehend, apprehend, understand, feel, experience; as in duḥkhajña, sukhajña &c.
     (5) To test, try, know the true character of; āpatsu mitraṃ jānīyāt H. 1. 72; Chaṇ. 21.
     (6) To recognise; ma tvaṃ dṛṣṭvā na punaralakāṃ jñāsyase kāmacārin Me. 63.
     (7) To regard, consider, know to be; jānāmi tvāṃ prakṛtipuruṣaṃ kāmarūpaṃ maghonaḥ Me. 6.
     (8) To act, engage in (with gen. of the instrument); sarpiṣo jānīte Sk. 'he engages in sacrifice with clarified butter (sarpi ṣaḥ = sarpiṣā).
     (9) Ved. To acknowledge, approve, allow. (10) To recognise as one's own, take possession of. --Caus. (jñāpayati, jñapayati)
     (1) To announce, inform, make acquainted with, make known, notify.
     (2) To request, ask (Atm.).
     (3) To sharpen.
     (4) To satisfy.
     (5) To praise.
     (6) To immolate, kill (as an animal). --Desid. (jijñāsate)
     (1) To desire to know, investigate, ascertain; R. 2. 26; Bk. 8. 33; 14. 91.
     (2) To conjecture, suppose, guess.

jña a. [jñā-ka] (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Knowing, familiar with; kāryajña, nimittajña, śāstrajña, sarvajña &c.
     (2) Wise; as in jñaṃmanya thinking oneself to be wise. --jñaḥ
     (1) A wise and learned man.
     (2) The sentient soul.
     (3) The planet Mercury.
     (4) The planet Mars.
     (5) An epithet of Brahmā.

jñapita, jñapta a. Made known, informed, expounded, taught.

jñaptiḥ f.
     (1) Understanding.
     (2) Intellect.
     (3) Promulgating.
     (4) Satisfaction.
     (5) Sharpening.
     (6) Praise.
     (7) Immolating, killing.

jñāta a. [jñā-karmaṇi-kta] Known, ascertained, understood, learnt, comprehended &c.; ājñāpaya jñātaviśeṣa puṃsāṃ Ku. 3. 3; see jñā above. --taṃ Knowledge.
     -- Comp.
          --siddhāṃtaḥ a man completely versed in any Śāstra.

jñātavya pot. p.
     (1) To be known or understood.
     (2) Conceivable, comprehensible.

jñātiḥ [jñā-ktic]
     (1) A paternal relation, a father, brother &c.; agnate relatives collectively.
     (2) A kinsman or kindred in general.
     (3) A distant kinsman who is not entitled to the oblations offered to deceased ancestors.
     (4) A father.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n.,
          --kāryaṃ the duty of a kinsman.
          --bhāvaḥ kin, relationship.
          --bhedaḥ dissension among relatives.
          --vid a. one who has or makes near relatives.

jñāteyam Relationship.

jñātṛ a. [jñā-tṛc] Knowing, intelligent, wise. --m.
     (1) A wise man.
     (2) An acquaintance.
     (3) A bail, surety.

jñānam [jñā-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Knowing, understanding, becoming acquainted with, proficiency; sāṃkhyasya yogasya ca jñānaṃ Mal. 1. 7.
     (2) Knowledge, learning; buddhirjñānena śudhyati Ms. 5. 109; jñāne maunaṃ kṣamā śatrau R. 1. 22.
     (3) Consciousness, cognizance, knowledge; jñānato'jñānato vāpi Ms. 8. 288. knowingly or unknowingly, consciously or unconsciously.
     (4) Sacred knowledge; especially, knowledge derived from meditation on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which teaches man how to understand his own nature and how he may be reunited to the Supreme spirit (opp. karman); cf. jñānayoga and karmayoga in Bg. 3. 3.
     (5) The organ of intelligence, sense, intellect.
     (6) Conscience.
     (7) The Supreme spirit.
     (8) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (9) The Vedās taken collectively.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃnutpādaḥ ignorance, folly.
          --apohaḥ forgetfulness.
          --abhyāsaḥ 1. study. --2. thinking, reflection.
          --ātman a. allwise.
          --iṃdriyaṃ an organ of perception; (these are five tvaca, rasanā, cakṣus, karṇa and ghrāṇa the skin, tongue, eye, ear and nose; see buddhiṃdriya under iṃdriya). --kāṃḍaṃ that inner or esoteric portion of Veda which refers to true spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Supreme spirit, as distinguished from the knowledge of ceremonial rites (opp. karbhakāṃḍa). --kṛta a. done knowingly or intentionally.
          --gamya a. attainable by the understanding.
          --cakṣus n. the eye of intelligence, the mind's eye, intellectual vision (opp. carmacakṣus); sarvaṃ tu samavekṣyedaṃ nikhilaṃ jñānacakṣuṣā Ms. 2. 8; 4. 24. (--m.) a wise and learned man.
          --tattvaṃ true knowledge, knowledge of god.
          --tapas n. penance consisting in the acquisition of true knowledge.
          --daḥ a preceptor.
          --dā an epithet of Sarasvatī.
          --durbala a. wanting in knowledge.
          --niścayaḥ certainty, ascertainment.
          --niṣṭha a. intent on acquiring true (spiritual) knowledge.
          --patiḥ 1. the Supreme spirit. --2. a teacher, preceptor.
          --mudra a. 'having the impress of wisdom', wise.
          --mūla a. foundeb on spiritual knowledge.
          --yajñaḥ a man possessed of true or spiritual knowledge, philosopher.
          --yogaḥ contemplation as the principal means of, attaining the Supreme spirit or acquiring true or spiritual knowledge.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ, --ṇā 1. indication, sign, a means of knowing or inferring. --2. (in logic) sign or proof of knowledge; subsequent derived from antecedent knowledge.
          --vijñānaṃ 1. sacred and miscellaneous knowledge. --2. the Vedas with the supplementary branches of knowledge, such as medicine, arms, &c.
          --śāstraṃ the science of fortunetelling.
          --sādhanaṃ 1. a means of acquiring true or spiritual knowledge. --2. an organ of perception.

jñānataḥ ind. Consciously, knowingly, intentionally.

jñānamaya a.
     (1) Consisting of knowledge, spiritual; itaro dahane svakarmaṇāṃ vavṛte jñānamayena vahninā R. 8. 20.
     (2) Containing knowledge. --yaḥ 1 The Supreme spirit.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.

jñānin a. (nī f.) [jñānamastyasya ini] Intelligent, wise. --m. 1 An astrologer, a fortune-teller.
     (2) A sage, one possessed of true or spiritual knowledge.

jñānitvam Fortune-telling.

jñānīyati Den. P. To wish for knowledge.

jñāpaka a. [jñā --ṇic --lyu] Making known, teaching, informing, indicating &c. --kaḥ
     (1) A teacher.
     (2) A commander, a master.
     (3) A master of requests, an officer of the court of an Indian prince; Pt. 3. --kaṃ (In phil.) A significant expression, a suggestive rule or precept, said of such rules as imply something more than what is actually expressed by the words of those rules themselves.

jñāpanam [jñā ṇic --lyuṭ] Making known, informing, teaching, announcing, indicating.

jñāpita a. Made known, informed, announced, declared.

jñīpsā [jñā --san --bhāve a] The desire of knowing.

jñeya pot. p. [jñā karmaṇi yat]
     (1) To be investigated, or learnt or understood.
     (2) To be regarded as.
     (3) Perceptible, cognizable.

jyā I. 9 P. (jināti)
     (1) To overpower, oppress.
     (2) To grow old.
     (3) A. (jīyate) To be oppressed.

jīta a.
     (1) Oppressed, overpowered.
     (2) Become old; also jīna.

jyānam Ved. Oppression.

jyeya a.
     (1) To be oppressed.
     (2) First, best.

jyā
     (1) A bow-string; viśrāmaṃ labhatāmidaṃ ca śithilajyābaṃdhamasmaddhanuḥ S. 2. 6; R. 3. 59, 11. 15; 12. 104.
     (2) The chord of an arc.
     (3) The earth.
     (4) A mother.
     (5) Overpowering force or strength.
     (6) Excessive demand, importunity.

jyāniḥ f. [jyā --ni]
     (1) Old age, decay.
     (2) Quitting, abandoning.
     (3) A river, stream.
     (4) Oppression.
     (5) Deprivation, loss; Māl. 9. 33.

jyāyas a. (sī f.; compar. of praśasya, vṛddha)
     (1) Elder, senior; prasavakrameṇa sa kila jyāyān U. 6.
     (2) Superior, more excellent or worthy; Ms. 4. 8, 3. 137; Bg. 3. 1, 8.
     (3) Larger, greater.
     (4) (In law) One not a minor, i. e. come of age and responsible for his own action.
     (5) Aged, old.
     (6) Decayed, worn out.

jyāyiṣṭha a. (irreg.) 1 The most excellent.
     (2) Noblest, first, best.

jyeṣṭha a. (Superl. of praśasya or vṛddha).
     (1) Eldest, most senior.
     (2) Most excellent, best.
     (3) Pre-eminent, first, chief, highest. --ṣṭhaḥ
     (1) An elder brother; R. 12. 19, 35.
     (2) An epithet of the Supreme Being.
     (3) Life.
     (4) N. of a lunar month (= jyaiṣṭha q. v.). --ṣṭhā
     (1) An eldest sister.
     (2) N. of the eighteenth lunar mansion (consisting of the three stars).
     (3) The middle finger.
     (4) A small houselizard.
     (5) An epithet of the Ganges.
     (6) The goddess of misfortune, elder sister of Lakṣmī. --ṣṭhī A small house-lizard. --ṣṭhaṃ 1 The most excellent, the first or head.
     (2) Tin.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ 1. eldest brother's share. --2. the right of the eldest brother to a larger share of the patrimonial property. --3. the best share.
          --aṃbu n. 1. water in which grain has been washed. --2. the scum of boild rice.
          --āśramaḥ 1. the highest or most excellent order in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; i. e. that of a householder. --2. a householder.
          --tātaḥ a father's eldest brother.
          --tātiḥ f. Ved. superiority.
          --varṇaḥ 1. the highest caste (that of Brāhmaṇas). --2. a Brāhmaṇa.
          --vṛttiḥ f. the duties of seniority.
          --śvaśrūḥ f. 1. a wife's eldest sister. --2. the eldest mother-in-law.

jyeṣṭhāmūla --mūlīyaḥ The month jyaiṣṭha q. v.

jyaiṣṭhaḥ N. of a lunar month in which the full moon stands in the constellation jyeṣṭhā (corresponding to May-June). --ṣṭhī
     (1) The fullmoon day in the month of jyaiṣṭha.
     (2) A small house-lizard.

jyaiṣṭhineya a. Born from the eldest or principal wife.

jyaiṣṭhyam
     (1) Precedence, priority of birth, primogeniture, seniority.
     (2) Pre-eminence, sovereignty.

jyu 1 A. (jyavate) To go near, approach.

jyut 1 U. (jyotati-te) To shine.

jyutiḥ f. Light.

jyo 1 A. (jyavate)
     (1) To advise, instruct.
     (2) To observe any religious obligation (such as a vow).

jyotis n. [dyut-isun āderdasya jaḥ, jyut-isun vā]
     (1) Light, lustre, brightness, flash; jyotirekaṃ jagāma S. 5. 30; R. 2. 75; Me. 5.
     (2) Light of Brahman, light regarded as the Supreme spirit; Bg. 5. 24, 13. 17; U, 4. 18.
     (3) Lightning.
     (4) A heavenly body.
     (5) A heavenly body, a luminary (planet, star &c.); jyotirbhirudyādbhiriva triyāmā Ku. 7. 21; Bg. 10. 21; H. 1. 21; Ku. 2. 19; S. 7. 6.
     (6) Brightness of the sky, day-light (opp. tamas).
     (7) The sun and moon (dual).
     (8) Light as the divine principle of life, intelligence.
     (9) The science of the course of heavenly bodies; astronomy. see jyotiṣa. (10) The faculty of seeing.
     (11) The celestial world. --m.
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃgaḥ, --iṃgaṇaḥ the fire-fly.
          --kaṇaḥ a spark of fire.
          --gaṇaḥ the heavenly bodies collectively;
          --cakraṃ the zodiac.
          --jñaḥ an astronomer or astrologer.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the stellar sphere.
          --milin m,
          --vī(bī)jaṃ a firefly.
          --rathaḥ (jyotīrathaḥ) the polar star.
          --lokaḥ the supreme spirit.
          --vid m. an astronomer or astrologer.
          --vidyā, --śāstraṃ (jyotiḥśśāstraṃ) astronomy or astrology.
          --stomaḥ (jyotiṣṭomaḥ) a Soma sacrifice considered as the type of a whole class of sacrificial ceremonies.
          --hastā N. of Durgā.

jyotirmaya a. Consisting of stars, starry; R. 15. 59; Ku. 6. 3.

jyotiṣa a. (ṣī f.) [jyotiḥ sūryādigatyādikaṃ pratipādyatayā'styasya ac]
     (1) Astronomical or astrological. --ṣaḥ An astronomer or astrologer. --ṣaṃ
     (1) Astronomy, astrology, the science of the course of the heavenly bodies and divisions of time resting thereon.
     (2) One of the six Vedāṅgas (being a short tract on astronomy).
     -- Comp.
          --vidyā astronomical or astrological science.

jyotiṣikaḥ One who studies or knows astronomy.

jyotiṣī, jyotiṣkaḥ A planet, star, luminary. --ṣkaṃ N. of the shining peak of Meru. --ṣkaḥ The citraka tree.

jyotiṣmat a. [jyotirastyasya matup]
     (1) Luminous, bright, shining, possessed of luminous bodies; nakṣatratārāgrahasaṃkulāpi jyotiṣmatī caṃdramasaiva rātriḥ R. 6. 22.
     (2) Celestial. --m.
     (1) The sun.
     (2) N. of the third foot of Brahma.
     (3) N. of one of the seven suns appearing at the destruction of the world. --tī
     (1) The night (as illuminated by the stars).
     (2) (In phil.) A state of mind pervaded by sattvaguṇa i, e. a tranquil state of mind.

jyotsnā [jyotirastyasyāṃ jyotiṣa upadhālopo naśca pratyayaḥ P. V. 2. 114 Sk.]
     (1) Moonlight; sphuratsphārajyotsnādhavalitatale kvāpi puline Bh. 3. 42; jyotsnāvato nirviśati pradoṣān R. 6. 34.
     (2) Light (in general).
     (3) An epithet of Durgā.
     (4) A moonlight-night.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ the moon.
          --priyaḥ the Chakora bird.
          --vṛkṣaḥ a lamp-stand, a candle-stick.

jyotsnī A moonlight-night.

jyautsna a. Bright or lit with moonlight. --tsnaḥ The bright half of a month. --tsnī A full-moon night.

jyauḥ The planet Jupiter, (a word connected with Greek Zeus).

jyautiṣikaḥ an astronomer or astrologer.

jri I. 1 P. (jrayati)
     (1) To overpower, conquer.
     (2) To go. --II. 9. 10 P. (jriṇāti, jrāyayati) To grow old.

jvar 1 P. (jvarati, jūrṇa)
     (1) To be hot with fever or passion, be feverish.
     (2) To be diseased.

jvara a. [jvar bhāve tha]
     (1) Heated, feverish.
     (2) Excited, inflamed. --raḥ
     (1) Fever, feverish heat (in medicine); svedyamānajvaraṃ prājñaḥ koṃ'bhasā pariṣiṃcati Śi. 2. 54; also used fig.; darpajvaraḥ, madanajvaraḥ, madajvaraḥ &c.
     (2) Fever of the soul, mental pain, affliction, distress, grief, sorrow; vyetuṃ te manaso jvaraḥ Rām.; manasastadupasthite jvare R. 8. 84; Bg. 3. 30. --rā Fever.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the paroxysm of fever.
          --aṃkuśaḥ a febrifuge.
          --pratīkāraḥ cure of fever, febrifuge.

jvarita, jvarin a. (ṇī f.) Attacked with fever.

jval 1 P. (jvalati, jvalita)
     (1) To burn brightly, blaze, glow, shine; jvalati caliteṃdhanogniḥ S. 6. 30; Ku. 5. 30.
     (2) To be burnt up, be consumed or afflicted (as by fire) amṛtamadhuramṛdutaravacanena jvalati na sā malayajapavanena Gīt. 7.
     (3) To be ardent; jajvāla lokasthitaye sa rājā Bk. 1. 4.
     (4) To burn (as a wound). --Caus. (jvalayati-te, jvālayati-te, but prajvalayati)
     (1) To set on fire, light, kindle.
     (2) To irradiate, illuminate, brighten.

jvala a. [jval-ac]
     (1) Flaming, blazing.
     (2) Bright, brilliant. --laḥ Flame, blaze, light.

jvalakā A large flame of fire.

jvalana a. [jval-yuc]
     (1) Flaming, shining.
     (2) Combustible. --naḥ Fire; tadanu jvalanaṃ madarpitaṃ tvarayerdakṣiṇavātavījanaiḥ Ku. 4. 36, 32; Bg. 11. 29.
     (2) Corrosive alkali.
     (3) The number 'three'. --naṃ Burning, blazing, shining.
     -- Comp.
          --aśman m. the sun-stone.

jvalita a. [jval-kta]
     (1) Burnt, kindled, illuminated.
     (2) Flaming, blazing.

jvāla a. [jval-ṇa] Burning, blazing. --laḥ
     (1) A flame, light; davadahanajaṭālajvālajālāhatānāṃ Bv. 1. 36.
     (2) A torch.

jvālā
     (1) A blaze, flame, illumination; R. 15. 16; Bh. 1. 95.
     (2) Burnt rice.
     -- Comp.
          --jihvaḥ, --dhvajaḥ fire.
          --mukhī a volcano.
          --vaktraḥ an epithet of Śiva.

jvālin a. [jval-ṇini] 1 Flaming, blazing.
     (2) Shining. --m. An epithet of Śiva.

jha

jha a.
     (1) Asleep, sleeping.
     (2) Lost, destroyed. --jhaḥ
     (1) Beating time.
     (2) Jingling, clanking or any similar sound.
     (3) Wind accompanied by rain.
     (4) N. of Bṛhaspati.
     (5) A thing lost or mislaid.
     (6) A hurricane. --jhā The descent of a cascade, waterfall.

jhagajhagāyate Den. A. To flash, sparkle.

jhaga(gi)ti ind. Quickly, at once; sāpyapsarā jhagityāsīttadrūpākṛṣṭalācanā Mb.

jhaṃkāraḥ, jhaṃkṛtam A low murmuring sound, as the buzzing of bees; (ayaṃ) digaṃtānātene madhupakulajhaṃkārabharita n Bv. 1. 33, 4. 29; Bh. 1. 9; Amaru. 48; Pt. 5. 53.

jhaṃkāriṇī The river Ganges.

jhaṃkṛtiḥ f. A clanking or jingling sound as of metal ornaments.

jhaṃjhanam
     (1) Jingling and clanking of metal ornaments.
     (2) A rattling or ringing sound.

jhaṃjhā
     (1) The noise of the wind or of falling rain.
     (2) Wind and rain, hurricane, gale.
     (3) A clanking sound, jingling.
     (4) Raining in large drops.
     (5) Anything lost.
     -- Comp.
          --anilaḥ, --marut, --vātaḥ wind with rain, a storm, squall, stormy gale; jhaṃjhāvātaḥ savṛṣṭikaḥ Ak. himāṃbujhaṃjhānilavihvalasya (padmasya) Bv. 2. 169; Amaru. 48; Māl. 9. 17.

jhaṭ 1 P. (jhaṭti)
     (1) To become matted or clotted together (as hair).
     (2) To become confused or entangled.

jhaṭiḥ [jhaṭ, --in] A small tree, shrub, bush.

jhaṭiti ind. Quickly, at once; muktājālamiva prayati jhaṭiti bhraśyadradṛśo'dṛśyatāṃ Bh. 1. 96, 70.

jhaṇajhaṇaṃ, --ṇā Jingling sound.

jhaṇajhaṇāyita a. Tinkling, jingling, making a tinkling sound; U. 5. 5.

jhaṇa(na)tkāraḥ Jingling, tinkling or clinking, as of metallic ornaments; jhaṇatkārakrūrakvaṇitaguṇaguṃjadgurudhanurdhṛtapremā bāhuḥ U. 5. 26; udvejayati daridraṃ paramudrāgaṇanajhaṇatkāraḥ Udb.

jham 1 P. (jhamati) To eat, consume.

jhaṃpaḥ, jhaṃpā A spring, jump, leap; Mv. 5. 63.
     -- Comp.
          --āśin m. a king-fisher.

jhaṃpākaḥ, jhaṃpāruḥ, jhaṃpin m. A monkey, an ape.

jharaḥ, jharā, jharī [jhṛ-ac] A cascade, spring, fountain, stream; pratyagrakṣatajajharīnivṛttapādyaḥ Mv. 6. 14; Bv. 4. 37.

jharc 6 P. (jharcati)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To blame, censure.
     (3) To injure.
     (4) To threaten, menace.

jharjharaḥ 1 A sort of drum.
     (2) The Kali age.
     (3) A cane-staff.
     (4) An iron instrument used in cooking.
     (5) A cymbal. --rā A whore, harlot. --rī A sort of drum. --raṃ A sound as of splashing or dropping.

jharjharakaḥ The Kali age.

jharjharāvatī The Ganges.

jharjharin a. Furnished with a drum. --m. An epithet of Śiva.

jharjharīkaḥ 1 The body.
     (2) A region, country.
     (3) A picture.

jhalajjhalā The noise of falling drops or of the flapping of an elephant's ears.

jhalā 1 A girl, daughter.
     (2) Sunshine, glittering light, splendour.
     (3) A cricket.

jhaliḥ f. The areca-nut.

jhallaḥ
     (1) A prize-fighter.
     (2) N. of one of the degraded classes; Ms. 10. 22, 12. 45. --llī A kind of drum.

jhallakaṃ --kī Cymbal.

jhallakaṃṭhaḥ A pigeon.

jhallarā --rī
     (1) A cymbal.
     (2) A kind of drum.
     (3) A curl, lock of hair.
     (4) Moisture.
     (5) Purity.

jhallikā
     (1) Dirt rubbed off the body by the application of perfumes.
     (2) Light, lustre, splendour.
     (3) A rag or cloth used for applying colour or perfumes.

jhallolaḥ A ball at the lower end of a spindle.

jhaṣ 1 U. (jhaṣati-te)
     (1) To take.
     (2) To put on, wear.
     (3) To hurt or kill (only P. in this sense).

jhaṣaḥ
     (1) A fish in general; jhaṣāṇāṃ makaraścāsmi Bg. 10. 31; cf. words like jhaṣaketana below.
     (2) A large fish.
     (3) The sign Pisces of the zodiac.
     (4) Heat, warmth.
     (5) The sign Capricornus of the zodiac. --ṣaṃ
     (1) A forest, wood.
     (2) A desert, dreary forest.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ, --ketanaḥ, --ketuḥ, --dhvajaḥ N. of the god of love; strīmudrāṃ jhaṣaketanasya Pt. 4. 34.
          --aśanaḥ a porpoise.
          --udarī an epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa.

jhāṃkṛtam
     (1) A tinkling ornament worn round the feet.
     (2) A splashing sound (as of falling cascades); sthāne sthāne mukharakakubho jhāṃkṛtairnirjharāṇāṃ U. 2. 14.

jhāṭaḥ [jhaṭ-ṇica-ac]
     (1) An arbour, bower.
     (2) A wood, thicket.
     (3) Cleaning sores. --ṭā, --ṭī The Jasmine plant.

jhāṭāstrakaḥ The water melon.

jhāṭi(ṭī)kā Jasmine.

jhāmakam A burnt brick.

jhāmaraḥ A small whetstone used in sharpening needles &c.

jhārjharaḥ A tabor-player, drummer.

jhāliḥ A sort of sour or raw mango fried with salt, mustard, and Asa Foetida (hiṃgu); āmramāmaphalaṃ paṣṭi rājikālavaṇānvitam . bhṛṣṭaṃ hiṃguyutaṃ pūtaṃ gholitaṃ jhālirucyate .. Bhāva P.

jhiṃginī 1 A sort of cucumber.
     (2) A torch, fire-brand.

jhiṃjhī A cricket.

jhiṃjhimaḥ A forest on fire.

jhiṃṭī A kind of shrub.

jhirikā, jhirī, or jhirīkā A cricket.

jhilliḥ f.
     (1) A cricket.
     (2) A kind of musical instrument.
     (3) Parchment.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ a domestic pigeon.

jhillikā
     (1) A cricket.
     (2) The sound or cry of a cricket.
     (3) The light of sunshine.
     (4) Light, splendour.
     (5) The dirt which comes from the body in rubbing it with perfumes.
     (6) A cloth used for applying colour &c.

jhillī A cricket.
     (2) A kind of musical instrument, cymbal.
     (3) A parchment.
     (4) The wick of a lamp.
     (5) A cloth for applying unguents, colours &c.
     (6) Sunshine.
     (7) Light, lustre.
     (8) Rice burnt by cooking in a sauce-pan &c.

jhillīkaḥ A cricket. --kā
     (1) A cricket.
     (2) Sunshine.
     (3) Dirt which comes from the body in rubbing it with perfumes.

jhīrukā A cricket; also jhīrikā.

jhuṃṭaḥ
     (1) A tree.
     (2) A shrub, bush.

jhūṇiḥ(liḥ)
     (1) A kind of betelnut.
     (2) A voice from heaven boding ill-luck, an evil omen.
     (3) A thicket.

jhṝ 4. 9. P(jhīryati or jhṛṇāti) To grow old; cf. jṝ.

jhoṃḍaḥ The betel-nut tree.

jhyu 1 P. (jhyavati) To go or move

ṭa

ṭaḥ
     (1) A sound like the twang of a bow-string.
     (2) A dwarf.
     (3) A quarter, a fourth part. --ṭā
     (1) The earth.
     (2) An oath. --ṭaṃ A hollowed cocoanut.

ṭakvaraḥ An epithet of Śiva.

ṭagara a. Squint-eyed. --raḥ 1 Borax.
     (2) Wanton play or sport.
     (3) Confusion.
     (4) An object of sense.

ṭaṃk 10 U. (ṭaṃkayati-te, ṭaṃkita)
     (1) To bind, tie, fasten.
     (2) To cover. --WITH ud 1. to scrape, scratch. --2. to bore out, pierce through.

ṭaṃkaḥ, --kam [ṭaṃk-ghañ ac vā]
     (1) A hatchet, an axe; a stone-cutter's chisel; ṭaṃkairmanaḥ śilaguheva vidāryamāṇā Mk. 1. 20; R. 12. 80.
     (2) A sword.
     (3) The sheath of a sword.
     (4) A peak shaped like the edge of a hatchet; the slope or declivity of a hill; Bk. 1. 8.
     (5) Anger.
     (6) Pride.
     (7) The leg.
     (8) A chasm, cleft.
     (9) The wood-apple tree. (10) Borax.
     (11) A weight of silver equal to four Māṣas.
     (12) The fruit of the wood-apple (n.).
     (13) A stamped coin.
     (14) A spade, hoe. --kā The leg.

ṭaṃkakaḥ A stamped coin, especially of silver.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ a mintmaster.
          --śālā a mint.

ṭaṃkaṭīkaḥ N. of Śiva.

ṭaṃkaṇaṃ(naṃ)
     (1) Borax.
     (2) Binding, tying. --ṇaḥ (naḥ)
     (1) A species of horse.
     (2) N. of a people.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣāraḥ borax.

ṭaṃkāraḥ
     (1) The twang of a bowstring.
     (2) A howl, cry, shout.
     (3) Fame.
     (4) Surprise, wonder.

ṭaṃkārin a. (ṇī f.) Twanging, making a hissing or twanging sound; ṭaṃkāricāpamanu laṃkāśarakṣatajapaṃkāvarūṣitaśaraṃ Aśvad. 1.

ṭaṃkikā A hatchet; Vikr. 1. 16.

ṭaṃgaḥ, --gam
     (1) A spade, hoe. --gaḥ
     (1) Borax.
     (2) A weight of four Māṣas.

ṭaṃgaṇaḥ, --ṇam Borax.

ṭaṃgā The leg.

ṭaṭṭanī A small house-lizard.

ṭaṭṭarī
     (1) A kind of musical instrument.
     (2) A joke, jest.
     (3) A lie.
     (4) A kettle-drum.

ṭaṭṭuraḥ The sound of a drum.

ṭal 1 P. (ṭalati) To be onfusced or disturbed.

ṭa(ṭā)laḥ, --ṭalanam Confusion, perturbation.

ṭāṃkam A kind of spirituous liquor (prepared from the fruit of the wood-apple tree).

ṭāṃkaraḥ A libertine, lecher.

ṭāṃkāraḥ A clang, twang.

ṭāraḥ 1 A horse.
     (2) A catamite.

ṭik 1 A. (ṭekate) To go, move.

ṭiṭi(ṭṭi)bhaḥ (bhī f.) A kind of bird; utkṣipya ṭiṭṭibhaḥ pādāvāste bhaṃgabhayāddivaḥ Pt. 1. 314; Ms. 5. 11; Y. 1. 172; also ṭiṭṭibhaka.

ṭip 10 P. (ṭepayati) To direct, throw, cast.

ṭepanam Sending, throwing.

ṭippaṇī(nī) A gloss, a comment; sometimes used in the sense of 'a gloss on a gloss'; as Kaiyaṭa's commentary on the Mahābhāṣya, or Nāgojībhaṭṭa's gloss on Kaiyaṭa's gloss.

ṭīk 1 A. (ṭīkate) To move, go, resort to; kāśmaryāḥ kṛtamālamudgatadalaṃ koyaṣṭikaṣṭīkate Māl. 9. 7. --WITH ā to go, move, go about; āṭīkaseṃ'ga karighoṭīpadātijuṣi vāṭībhuvi kṣitibhujāṃ Aśvad. 5.

ṭīkā [ṭīkyate gamyate graṃthārtho'nayā] A commentary, gloss; kāvyaprakāśasya kṛtā gṛhe gṛhe ṭīkā tathāpyeṣa tathaiva durgamaḥ.

ṭuḥ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) One who can change his shape at will.
     (3) N. of the god of love.

ṭuṃṭuka a.
     (1) Small, little.
     (2) Vile, cruel.
     (3) Harsh.

ṭera, --ṭeraka a. Squint-eyed.

ṭoṭa a. Small, little.

ṭval 1 P. To become disturbed or confused.

ṭha

ṭhaḥ
     (1) An imitative sound, as of a metallic jar rolling down steps; rāmābhiṣeke madavihvalāyāḥ kakṣāccyuto hemaghaṭastaruṇyāḥ . sopānamārge prakaroti śabdaṃ ṭhaṭhaṃ ṭhaṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṭhaṭhaṃ ṭhaṭhaṃ ṭhaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) A loud noise.
     (3) The disc of the sun or moon.
     (4) A circle, globe.
     (5) A cypher.
     (6) A place resorted to or held sacred by all.
     (7) An object of sense.
     (8) An idol, deity.
     (9) An epithet of Śiva.

ṭhakkuraḥ 1 An idol, a deity.
     (2) An honorific title added to the name of a distinguished person; (e. g. goviṃdaṭhakkura the author of the Kāvyapradīpa).

ṭhāraḥ Hoar-frost.

ṭhālinī A girdle.

ḍa

ḍaḥ
     (1) A sound.
     (2) A kind of drum or tabor.
     (3) Submarine fire.
     (4) Fear.
     (5) An epithet of Śiva. --ḍā
     (1) A kind of female imp (ḍākinī).
     (2) A basket carried by means of a sling.

ḍakkārī The lute of the Chāṇḍālas.

ḍap 10 A. (ḍāpayate) To collect, amass, heap together.

ḍam 1 P. (ḍamati) To sound.

ḍamaḥ A despised and mixed caste (Dom).

ḍamaraḥ 1 Riot, tumult, affray.
     (2) Petty warfare between villages.
     (3) Terrifying an enemy by shouts and gestures. --raṃ Running away through fear, rout.

ḍamaruḥ A sort of small drum, shaped like an hour-glass and generally used by Kāpālikas; (sometimes regarded as n. also).

ḍaṃp = ḍap q. v.

ḍaṃb 10 U. (ḍaṃbayati-te)
     (1) To throw, send.
     (2) To order.
     (3) To behold.

ḍaṃbara a. Famous, renowned. --raḥ
     (1) An assemblage, collection, mass; Mal. 9. 16.
     (2) Show, pomp.
     (3) Resemblance, likeness, appearance; U 6. 17; Māl. 3. 7.
     (4) Pride, arrogance.

ḍaṃbh 10 U. (ḍaṃmayati-te) To collect.

ḍalakaṃ, ḍallakam A sling, basket.

ḍavitthaḥ A wooden antelope.

ḍākinī A kind of female imp, a female goblin.

ḍāṃkṛtiḥ f. The clang of a bell, ding-dong &c.

ḍāmara a.
     (1) Terrific, dreadful, awful; paryāptaṃ mayi ramaṇīyaḍāmaratvaṃ saṃdhatte gaganatalaprayāṇavegaḥ Mal. 5. 3.
     (2) Riotous, tumultuous.
     (3) Resembling, having the appearance (i. e. lovely, beautiful); ratigalite lalite kusumāni śikhaṃḍakaḍāmare (cikure) Gīt. 12. --raḥ
     (1) An uproar, rout, affray, riot.
     (2) The bustle and confusion of festivity or strife.
     (3) Any surprising sight.
     (4) N. of a mixed caste.

ḍālimaḥ = dāḍimaḥ q. v.

ḍāhalaḥ (pl.) N. of a people and their country; kīrtiḥ samāśliṣyati ḍāhalovīṃ Vikr. 1. 103.

ḍāhukaḥ A gallinule.

ḍikkarī A young woman.

ḍiṃgaraḥ
     (1) A servant.
     (2) A knave, cheat, rogue.
     (3) A depraved or low man.
     (4) A fat man.
     (5) Throwing, casting forth.
     (6) An insult.

ḍiṃḍimaḥ A kind of small drum (fig. also); iti ghoṣayatīva ḍiṃḍimaḥ H. 2. 86; mukharayasva yaśonavaḍiṃḍimaṃ N. 4. 53; Amaru. 28; caṃḍi raṇitarasanāravaḍiṃḍimamabhisara sarasamalajjaṃ Gīt. 11; āryabālacaritaprastāvanāḍiṃḍimaḥ Mv. 1. 54.

ḍiṃḍī(ḍi)raḥ  1 Cuttle-fish-bone considered as the foam of the sea.
     (2) Foam (in general); uddaṃḍānena ḍiṃḍīre piṃḍapaṃktiradṛśyata Vikr. 4. 64.

ḍitthaḥ
     (1) A wooden elephant.
     (2) A good-looking, dark-coloured young man proficient in every science.

ḍip, --ḍiṃp I. 10 A. To collect, heap together. --II. 4. 6. 10. P. (ḍipyati, ḍipati, ḍepayati)
     (1) To throw, cast, send.
     (2) To direct.

ḍim (ḍemati) To hurt, injure.

ḍimaḥ One of the ten kinds of dramas; māryeṃdrajālasaṃgrāmakrodhodbhrāṃtādiceṣṭitaiḥ . uparāgaiśca bhūyiṣṭho ḍimaḥ khyāto'tivṛttakaḥ .. S. D. 517.

ḍiṃbaḥ
     (1) Affray, riot.
     (2) sound or noise occasioned by terror.
     (3) A young child or animal.
     (4) An egg.
     (5) A globe or ball.
     (6) Globular or round blossom; Māl. 9. 26.
     (7) A chrysalis.
     (8) The embryo in the first stage of its existence.
     (9) The spleen. (10) The uterus.
     -- Comp.
          --āhavaḥ, --yuddhaṃ petty warfare, an affray without weapons, skirmish, sham-fight; Ms. 5. 95.

ḍiṃbikā
     (1) A libidinous woman.
     (2) A bubble.

ḍiṃbhaḥ
     (1) A young child.
     (2) Any young animal such as a cub; jṛṃbhasva re ḍiṃbha daṃtāṃste gaṇayiṣyāmi S. 7.
     (3) A fool, a block-head. --bhā An infant

ḍiṃbhakaḥ (bhikā f.)
     (1) A young child.
     (2) Any young animal.

ḍī 1. 4. A. (ḍayate, ḍīyate, ḍiḍye, aḍayiṣṭa, ḍayituṃ, ḍīna)
     (1) To fly, pass through the air.
     (2) To go. --WITH pra to fly up; haṃsaiḥ praḍīnairiva Mk. 5. 5. --prod to fly up; proḍḍīyeva balākayā sarabhasaṃ sotkaṃṭhamāliṃgitaḥ 23.

ḍayanam
     (1) Flight.
     (2) A litter carried upon men's shoulders, palanquin.

ḍīna p. p. [ḍī-kta] Flown up. --naṃ The flight of a bird. The varieties of the flight of birds are said to be 101, the word prefixed to ḍīna showing the particular mode of flight; e. g. avaḍīnaṃ, uḍḍīnaṃ, praḍīnaṃ, abhiḍīnaṃ, viḍīnaṃ, pariḍīnaṃ, parāḍīnaṃ &c.

ḍuṃḍubhaḥ --maḥ A kind of snake not poisonous (nirviṣā ḍuṃḍubhāḥ smṛtāḥ).

ḍuṃḍulaḥ A small owl.

ḍuṃdukaḥ A gallinule.

ḍuliḥ A small turtle.

ḍomaḥ A man of a very low caste; also ḍoṃba.

ḍoraḥ A fillet of thread(tied round the arm).
     (2) The string with which a packet or parcel is tied.

ḍval 10 U. (ḍvālayati-te) To mix.

ḍha

ḍhaḥ
     (1) An imitative sound.
     (2) A large drum.
     (3) A dog's tail.
     (4) A dog.
     (5) A serpent.

ḍhakkā
     (1) A large or double drum; na te huḍukkena na sopi ḍhakkayā na mardalaiḥ sāpi na te'pi ḍhakkayā .. N. 15. 17.
     (2) Coveting.
     (3) Disappearance.

ḍhāmarā A goose.

ḍhālam A shield.

ḍhālin m. A warrior armed with a shield.

ḍhuṃḍhanam Seeking, investigating.

ḍhuṃḍhiḥ An epithet of Gaṇeśa.

ḍhaulaḥ A large drum or tabor.

ḍhauk 1 A. (ḍhaukate, ḍhaukita) To go, approach; yāṃtaṃ vane rātricarī ḍuḍhauke Bk. 2. 23; 14. 71, 15. 49. --Caus. (ḍhaukayati-te)
     (1) To bring near, cause to approach; tanmāṃsaṃ caiva gomāyostaiḥ kṣaṇādāśu ḍhaukitaṃ Mb.; Bk. 17. 103.
     (2) To present, offer. --WITH upa to present, offer; ekaikaṃ paśumupaḍhaukayāmaḥ Pt. 1.

ḍhaukanam
     (1) Offering.
     (2) A present, bribe.

ṇa

[There are hardly any words in real use in Sanskrit beginning with ṇa. Many roots which, in the Dhātupaṭha, are written with an initial ṇa really begin with na. They are so written to show that the na is liable to be changed to ṇa when preceded by prepositions, like pra, pari, aṃtar &c.]



ṇaḥ
     (1) Knowledge.
     (2) Certainty, ascertainment.
     (3) An ornament.
     (4) A water or summer-house.
     (5) A bad man.
     (6) Śiva.
     (7) The sound of negation.
     (8) Gift, giving.

ta

taḥ
     (1) A tail.
     (2) The tail of a jackal.
     (3) The breast.
     (4) The womb.
     (5) The hip or flank.
     (6) A warrior.
     (7) A thief.
     (8) A wicked man.
     (9) An outcast, a barbarian. (10) A Bud dha.
     (11) A jewel.
     (12) Nectar.
     (13) (In prosody) One of the eight syllabic feet. --tā, --taṃ
     (1) Passing, crossing.
     (2) Virtue, religious merit. --tā N. of Lakṣmī.

taṃs I. 1 A. Ved. (taṃsate)
     (1) To shake.
     (2) To pour out.
     (3) To beg, request. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (taṃsati, taṃsayatite) To decorate.

tak 1. 2. P. Ved. (takati, takti)
     (1) To fly (as an arrow or bird), rush at or upon
     (2) To laugh at, deride, scoff
     (3) To bear, endure.

taka a. Ved. 1 Censured.
     (2) Enduring.

taku a. Ved. Approaching(gāmuka).

takvan a. Ved. Rushing, darting along. --m. A bird (especially a bird of prey).
     (2) A fleet horse.
     (3) A thief, rogue.

takila a. Fraudulent, crafty, rogue. --lā A medicament, drug.

takkan n. A child, offspring.

takram Butter-milk.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭaḥ a churning-stick.
          --sāraṃ fresh butter.

takṣ 1. 5. P. (takṣati, takṣṇoti, taṣṭa)
     (1) To chop, cut off, pare, chisel, slice, split; ātmānaṃ takṣati hyeṣa vanaṃ paraśunā yathā Mb.; nidhāya takṣyate yatra kāṣṭhe kāṣṭhaṃ sa udghanaḥ Ak.
     (2) To fashion, shape, form (out of wood &c.).
     (3) To make, create in general.
     (4) To wound, hurt.
     (5) To invent, form in the mind.
     (6) To make one's own, appropriate.
     (7) To cover.
     (8) To peel.
     (9) To make thin. --WITH nis
     (1) to slice out of.
     (2) to form, create.

takṣ a. (At the end of comp.) Paring, cutting &c.; also takṣa.

takṣakaḥ [takṣ ṇvul]
     (1) A carpenter, wood-cutter (whether by caste or profession).
     (2) The chief actor in the prelude of a drama (i. e. the sūtradhāra).
     (3) N. of the architect of the gods.
     (4) N. of one of the principal Nāgas or serpents of the Patāla, son of Kaśyapa and Kadru; (saved at the intercession of the sage Astīka from being burnt down in the serpent-sacrifice performed by king Janamejaya, in which many others of his race were burnt down to ashes).

takṣaṇam [takṣ bhāve-lyuṭ] Paring, cutting; dāravāṇāṃ ca takṣaṇaṃ Ms. 5. 115; Y. 1. 185. --ṇī A carpenter's adze.

takṣan m. [takṣ-kanin]
     (1) A carpenter, wood-cutter (whether by caste or profession); atakṣā takṣā K. P. 'one not a takṣan by caste is called takṣan when he acts like or follows the profession of a takṣan (carpenter);' Śi. 12. 25.
     (2) N. of the architect of the gods.

tagaraḥ A kind of plant.

tak 1 P. (taṃkati, taṃkita)
     (1) To endure, bear.
     (2) To laugh.
     (3) To live in distress.

taṃkaḥ [taṃk bhāve ac]
     (1) Living in distress, a miserable life.
     (2) Grief produced by separation from a beloved object.
     (3) Fear, terror.
     (4) A stone-cutter's chisel.
     (5) A garment.

taṃkanam Living in distress, miserable living.

taṃg 1 P. (taṃgati, taṃgita)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To shake, tremble.
     (3) To stumble.

taṃc I. 7 P. (tanakti, taṃcita) To contract, shrink; tanacmi vyoma vistṛtaṃ Bk. 6. 38. --II. 1 P. (taṃcati) To go.

taṃj 7 P. See taṃc.

taṭ I. 1 P. (taṭati)
     (1) To groan.
     (2) To rise, be raised or elevated. --II. 10 U. (tāṭayati-te) To beat, strike.

taṭaḥ [taṭ-ac]
     (1) A slope, declivity, precipice.
     (2) The sky or horizon.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva. --ṭaḥ --ṭā, --ṭī, --ṭaṃ
     (1) The shore or bank, declivity, slope; śīlaṃ śailataṭātpatatu Bh. 2. 39; prottuṃgaciṃtātaṭī Bh. 3. 45; siṃdhostaṭāvogha iva pravṛddhaḥ Ku. 3. 6; U. 3. 8; uccāraṇātpakṣigaṇāstaṭīstaṃ Śi. 4. 18.
     (2) A term applied to certain parts of the body which have, as it were, sloping sides; padmāpayodharataṭīpariraṃbhalagna Gīt. 1; no luptaṃ sakhi caṃdanaṃ stanataṭe S. Til. 7; so jaghanataṭa, kaṭitaṭa, śroṇītaṭa, kucataṭa, kaṃṭhataṭa, lalāṭataṭa &c. --ṭaṃ A field.
     -- Comp.
          --āghātaḥ butting, striking against a bank or declivity; abhyasyaṃti taṭāghātaṃ nirjitairāvatā gajāḥ Ku. 2. 50.
          --stha a. 1. (lit.) situated on a bank or declivity. --2. (fig.) standing aloof, neutral, indifferent, alien, passive; taṭasthaḥ svānarthān ghaṭayati ca maunaṃ ca bhajate Mal. 1. 14; taṭasthaṃ nairāśyāt U. 3. 13; mayā taṣṭasthastvamupadrutosi N. 3. 55 (where taṭastha has sense 1. also). (
          --sthaḥ) an indifferent person, one neither a friend nor a foe. (
          --sthaṃ) that property or lakṣaṇa of a thing which is distinct from its nature, and yet is the property by which it is known; e. g. gaṃdhavattva in the case of pṛthvī.

taṭakam A shore or bank.

taṭagaḥ = taḍāga q. v.

taṭākaḥ --ka A pond (deep enough for the lotus and other aquatic plants); See taḍāga.

taṭinī [taṭamastyasyā ini ṅīp] A river; kadā vārāṇasyāmamarataṭinīrodhasi vasan Bh. 3. 123; Bv. 1. 23.

taṭayaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

taḍ 10 U. (tāḍayati-te, tāḍita)
     (1) To beat, strike (in general), dash against; gāhaṃtāṃ mahiṣā nipānasalilaṃ śṛṃgairmuhastāḍitaṃ S. 2. 5; (nauḥ) tāḍitā mārutairyathā Ram.; R. 3. 61; Ku. 5. 24; Bh. 1. 50.
     (2) To beat. strike, punish by beating, hit; lālayetpaṃca varṣāṇi daśa varṣāṇi tāḍayet Chaṇ. 11, 12; na tāḍayettṛṇenāpi Ms. 4. 169; pādena yaratāḍyate Amaru. 52.
     (3) To strike, beat (as a drum); tāḍyamānāsubherīṣu Mb.; atāḍayan mṛdaṃgāṃśca Bk. 17. 7; Ve. 1. 22.
     (4) To play on, strike the wires of (a musical instrument); śroturvitaṃtrīriva tāḍyamānā Ku. 1. 45.
     (5) To shine.
     (6) To speak.
     (7) (In astr.) To strike against, touch, obscure or eclipse partially.
     (8) (In Math.) To multiply.

taḍi a. Beating. --ḍiḥ Striking, a stroke.

tāḍa a. [taḍ bhāve ac] Beating, striking. --ḍaḥ
     (1) A blow, knock, thumb, whipping, chastisement.
     (2) Noise, sound.
     (3) A sheaf.
     (4) A mountain.
     -- Comp.
          --gha a. beating with a whip or strokes of any kind.
          --ghaḥ, --ghātaḥ an artificer who beats or hammers, a smith.

tāḍana a. [taḍ bhāve lyuṭ] Beating, whipping, striking. --naṃ
     (1) Beating, whipping, flogging; lālane bahavo doṣāstāḍane bahavo guṇāḥ Chāṇ. 12; avataṃsotpalatāḍanāni vā Ku. 4. 8; S. Til. 9.
     (2) (In astr.) Touching, partial eclipse. --nā Striking. --nī A whip.

tāḍita p. p. Struck, beaten, chastised.

tāḍula a. Beating, striking.

tāḍyamāna a. Being beaten or struck; śroturvitaṃtrīriva tāḍyamānā Ku. 1. 45; tāḍyamānaḥ kiṃ na brūyāt Mu. 5. --naḥ A musical instrument struck with a stick &c. (as a drum).

taḍagaḥ See taḍāga.

taḍākaḥ A pond, pool. --kā 1 A blow.
     (2) A bank, shore.
     (3) Splendour, lustre.

taḍāgaḥ --gam
     (1) A pond, deep pool, tank; sphuṭakamalodarakhelitakhaṃjanayugamiva śaradi taḍāgaṃ Gīt. 11; Ms. 4. 203; Y. 3. 237.
     (2) A tank.
     (3) A trap for catching deer.

taḍāghātaḥ See taṭāghāta; (uccaiḥkarikarākṣepe taḍāghātaṃ vidurbudhāḥ Śabdak.).

taḍit f.
     (1) Lightning; ghanaṃ ghanāṃte taḍitāṃ guṇairiva Śi. 1. 7; Me. 77; R. 6. 65.
     (2) Killing, injury. --ind. Closely, near.
     -- Comp.
          --garbhaḥ a cloud.
          --latā forked lightning.
          --lekhā a streak of lightning.

taḍitvat a. Containing or having lightning; avarohati śailāgraṃ taḍitvāniva toyadaḥ V. 1. 14; Ki. 5. 4. --m. A cloud; Śi. 1. 12.

taḍinmaya a. Consisting of lightning; Ku. 5. 25.

taṃḍ 1 A. (taṃḍate, taṃḍita) To strike.

taṃḍakaḥ [taṃḍ-ṇvul]
     (1) A juggler, a cheat.
     (2) Froth, foam.
     (3) A wagtail. --kaḥ --kaṃ
     (1) Complete performance or preparation.
     (2) Decoration.
     (3) The upright post of a house.
     (4) A composition abounding in compounds.

taṃḍā Killing, striking.

taṃḍurīṇaḥ 1 A barbarian.
     (2) A fool, blockhead.
     (3) Water in which rice has been soaked.

taṃḍulaḥ [taṃḍ-ulac] Grain after threshing, unhusking and winnowing; (especially rice); śasya, dhānya, taṃḍula and anna are thus distinguished from one another: śasyaṃ kṣetragataṃ proktaṃ satuṣaṃ dhānyamucyate . nistuṣastaṃḍulaḥ proktaḥ svinnamannamudāhṛtaṃ ..).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbu n. gruel.
          --utthaṃ-kaṃ rice-gruel.
          --oghaḥ 1. a prickly sort of bamboo. --2. a heap of grain.

tata See under tan.

tatama a. That one(of many).

tatara a. That one(of two).

tatas (tataḥ) ind.
     (1) From that (person or place &c.), thence; na ca nimnadiva hṛdayaṃ nivartate me tato hṛdayaṃ S. 3. 1; Māl. 2. 10; Ms. 6. 7; 12. 85.
     (2) There, thither.
     (3) Then, thereupon, afterwards; tataḥ katipayadivasāpagame K. 110, Amaru. 66; Ki. 1. 27; Ms. 2. 93, 7. 59.
     (4) Therefore, consequently, for that reason.
     (5) Then, in that case (as a corr. of yadi); yadi gṛhītamidaṃ tataḥ kiṃ K. 120; amocyamaśvaṃ yadi manyase prabho tataḥ samāpte &c. R. 3. 65.
     (6) Beyond that (in place), further, further more, moreover; tataḥ parato nirmānuṣamaraṇyaṃ K. 121.
     (7) Than that, other than that; yaṃ labdhvā cāparaṃ lābhaṃ manyate nādhikaṃ tataḥ Bg. 6. 22, 2. 36.
     (8) Sometimes used for the ablative forms of tad such as tasmādtasyāḥ; tato'nyatrāpi dṛśyate Sk.; yataḥtataḥ means
          (a) where-there; yataḥ kṛṣṇastataḥ sarve yataḥ kṛṣṇastato jayaḥ Mb., Ms. 7, 188.
          (b) since-therefore. yato yataḥ --tatastataḥ wherever-there; yatoyataḥ ṣaṭcaraṇobhivartate tatastataḥ preri tavāmalocanā S. 1. 23. tataḥ kiṃ 'what then', 'of what use is it', 'what avails it'; prāptāḥ śriyaḥ sa kalakāmadughāstataḥ kiṃ Bh. 3. 73, 74; Śānti. 4. 2, tatastataḥ
          (a) 'here and there', 'to and fro'; tato divyāni mālyāni prādurāsaṃstatastataḥ Mb.
          (b) 'what next', 'what further,' well proceed (occurring in dramas); tataḥ prabhṛti thence-forward, (corr. of yataḥ prabhṛti); tṛṣṇātataḥ prabhṛti me dviguṇatvameti Amaru. 68; Ms. 9. 68.

tatastya a. Coming or proceeding from thence; Ki. 1. 27.

tati pron. a. (Declined only in plural, nom. and acc. tati) So many; e. g, tati puruṣāḥ saṃti &c. (for other senses see the word under tan).

tatitha a. (Correlative of yatitha) That one of a number.

taturi a.
     (1) Preserving, cherishing.
     (2) Conquering.
     (3) Killing, hurting. --riḥ An epithet of Agni and Indra.

tattvam (Sometimes written as tatvaṃ)
     (1) True state or condition, fact; vayaṃ tattvānveṣānmadhukara hatāstvaṃ khalu kṛtī S. 1. 24.
     (2) Truth, reality; na tu māmābhijānaṃti tattvenātaścyavaṃti te Bg. 9. 24.
     (3) True or essential nature; saṃnyāsasya mahābāho tatvamicchāmi vedituṃ Bg. 18. 1, 3. 28; Ms. 1. 3, 3. 96, 5. 42.
     (4) The real nature of the human soul or the material world as being identical with the Supreme Spirit pervading the universe.
     (5) A true or first principle.
     (6) An element, a primary substance.
     (7) The mind.
     (8) Sum and substance.
     (9) Slow time in music. (10) An element or elementary property.
     (11) The Supreme Being.
     (12) A kind of dance.
     (13) The three qualities or constituents of every thing in nature (sattva, rajas and tamas).
     -- Comp.
          --abhiyogaḥ a positive charge or declaration.
          --arthaḥ truth, reality, the exact truth, real nature.
          --jña, --vid a. 1. a philosopher. --2. knowing the true nature of Brahman. --3. knowing the true nature of anything. --4. acquainted with the true principles of science. (
          --jñaḥ) a Brāhmaṇa.
          --jñānaṃ 1. knowledge of the truth. --2. a thorough knowledge of the principles of a science. --3. philosophy.
          --nyāsaḥ N. of a ceremony performed in honour of Viṣṇu consisting in the application of mystical letters or other marks to different parts of the body while certain prayers are repeated.

tattvataḥ --tattvena ind. Truly, really, accurately; tattvata enāmupalapsye S. 1; Ms. 7. 10.

tatra ind.
     (1) In that place, there, yonder, thither.
     (2) On that occasion, under those circumstances, then, in that case.
     (3) For that, in that; nirītayaḥ . yanmadīyāḥ prajāstatra hetustvadbrahmavarcasaṃ R. 1. 63.
     (4) Often used for the loc. case of tad; Ms. 2. 112, 3. 60; 4. 186; Y. 1. 263. tatrāpi 'even then' 'nevertheless'; (corr. of yadyapi.). tatra tatra 'in various places or cases, 'here and there,' 'to every place'; adhyakṣānvividhānkuryāta tatra tatra vipaścitaḥ Ms. 7. 81.
     -- Comp.
          --bhavat a. (tī f.) his honour, his reverence, revered, respectable, worthy, a respectful title given in dramas to persons not near the speaker; (pūjye tatrabhavānatrabhavāṃśca bhagavānapi); ādiṣṭosmi tatrabhavatā kāśyapena S. 4; tatrabhavān kāśyapaḥ S. 1. &c.
          --stha a. standing or being there, belonging to that place.

tatratya a. (tatra bhavaḥ avyayāt tyapū) Born or produced there, belonging to that place.

tathā [tad prakāre thāl vibhaktitvāt] ind.
     (1) So, thus, in that manner; tathā māṃ vaṃcayitvā S. 5; sūtastathā karoti V. 1.
     (2) And also, so also, as well as; anāgatavidhātā ca pratyutpannamatistathā Pt. 1. 318; R. 3. 21.
     (3) True, just so, exactly so; yadāttha rājanyakumāra tattathā R. 3. 48; Ms. 1. 42.
     (4) (In forms of adjuration) As surely as (preceded by yathā); see yathā. (For some of the meanings of tathā as a correlative of yathā, see under yathā). tathāpi (oft. corr. of yadyapi) 'even then,' 'still', 'yet', 'never-the-less', prathita duṣyaṃtasya caritaṃ tathāpīdaṃ na lakṣaye S. 5; varaṃ mahatyā mriyate pipāsayā tathāpi nānyasya karotyupāsanā Chāt. 2. 6; vapuḥprakarṣādajayadruruṃ raghustathāpi nīcairvinayādadṛśyata R. 3. 34, 62. tatheti shows 'assent' or 'promise'; tatheti śeṣāmiva bharturājñāmādāya mūrdhnā madanaḥ pratasthe Ku. 3. 22; R. 1. 92, 3. 67; Ku. 6. 3; tatheti niṣkrāṃtaḥ (in dramas). tathaiva; 'even so', 'just so'; 'exactly so'; tathaiva ca 'in like manner'; tathā ca 'and also', 'and likewise', 'in like manner', 'so it has been said'; tathāhi 'for so' 'as for instance', 'for this (it has been said)'; taṃ vedhā vidadhe nūnaṃ mahābhūtasamādhinā . tathāhi varse tasyāsam parārthaikaphalā guṇāḥ .. R. 1. 29; S. 1. 32.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛta a. thus done.
          --gata a. 1. being in such a state or condition; tathāgatāyāṃ parihāsapūrvaṃ R. 6. 82. --2. of such a quality. (
          --taḥ) 1. Buddha; kāle mitaṃ vākyamudarkapaśyaṃ tathāgatasyeva janaḥ sucetāḥ Śi. 20. 81. --2. a Jina.
          --guṇa a. endowed with such qualities.
          --bhāvaḥ 1. that state or condition. --2. reality; Māl. 1. 31.
          --bhūta a. 1. of such qualities or nature. --2. so circumstanced, in that condition; tathābhūtāṃ dṛṣṭvā nṛpasadasi pāṃcālatanayāṃ Ve. 1. 11.
          --rājaḥ an epithet of Buddha.
          --rūpa, --rūpin a. thus shaped, looking thus.
          --vidha a. of such a sort, of such qualities or nature; tathāvidhastāvadaśeṣamastu saḥ Ku. 5. 82, R. 3. 4.
          --vidhaṃ ind. 1. thus, in this manner. --2. likewise. equally.
          --vidheya a. of such a sort.

tathātvaṃ --tathātā
     (1) Such a state, being so.
     (2) True state or nature, truth.
     (3) The case being admitted to be as stated.

tathya a. [tathā sādhu yat] True, real, genuine; priyamapi tathyamāha priyaṃvadā S. 1. --thyaṃ Truth, reality; sā tathyamevābhihitā bhavena Ku. 3. 63; Ms. 8. 274.

tad pron. a. (Nom. sing. saḥ m., sā f., tat n.)
     (1) That, referring to something not present; (taditi parokṣe vijānīyāt).
     (2) He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of yad); yasya buddhirbalaṃ tasya Pt. 1.
     (3) That, i. e. wellknown; sā ramyā nagarī mahānsa nṛpatiḥ sāmaṃtacakraṃ ca tat Bh. 3. 37; Ku. 5. 71.
     (4) That (referring to something seen or experienced before, anubhūtārthaḥ); utkāṃpinī bhayapariskhalitāṃśukāṃtā te locane pratidiśaṃ vidhure kṣipaṃtī K. P. 7; Bv. 2. 5.
     (5) The same, identical, that, very; usually with eva; tānīṃdriyāṇi sakalāni tadeva nāma Bh. 2. 40. Sometimes the form of tad are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); sohamijyāviśuddhātmā R. 1. 69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); sa tvaṃ nivartasva vihāya lajjāṃ 2. 40 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated tad has the sense of 'several', 'various'; teṣu teṣu sthāneṣu K. 369; Bg. 7. 20; Māl. 1. 36; te te bhāvāḥ 1 17. tena the instr. of tad is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account, in that case', 'for that reason.' tena hi if so, well then. --ind. 1 There, thither.
     (2) Then, in that case, at that time.
     (3) For that reason, therefore, consequently; tadehi vimardakṣamāṃ bhūmimavatarāvaḥ U. 5; Me. 7, 109: R. 3. 46.
     (4) Then (corr. of yadi); tathāpi yadi mahatkutūhalaṃ tatkathayāmi K. 136; Bg. 1. 46. --n.
     (1) The Supreme Spirit or Brahman. --2. This world.
     -- Comp.
          --atipāta a. going beyond the bounds.
          --anaṃtara a. next to that. (--ind.) immediately after that, thereupon.
          --anu ind. after that, afterwards; saṃdeśaṃ me tadanu jalada śroṣyasi śrotrapeyaṃ Me. 13; R. 16. 87; Mal. 9. 26.
          --aṃta a. perishing in that, ending thus.
          --artha, --arthīya a. 1. intended for that. --2. having that meaning.
          --arha a. meriting that.
          --avadhi ind. 1. so far, upto that period, till then; tadavadhi kuśalī purāṇaśāstraramṛtiśatacāruvicārajo vivekaḥ Bv. 2. 14. --2. from that time, since then, śvāso dīrghastadavadhi mukhe pāṃḍimā Bv. 2. 62.
          --avastha a. so circumstanced.
          --ekācitta a. having the mind solely fixed on that.
          --kara a. serving, obeying as servant.
          --kālaḥ 1. the current moment, present time. --2. that time. -dhī a. having presence of mind.
          --kālaṃ ind. 1. instantly, immediately. --2. at that time, at a certain time.
          --kṣaṇaḥ 1. present, time be ing present or current moment; R. 1. 51. --2. the same moment. --3. a measure of time.
          --kṣaṇaṃ, --kṣaṇāt ind. immediately, directly, instantly; R. 3. 14; Śi. 9. 5; Y. 2. 14; Amaru. 83.
          --kriya a. working without wages.
          --gata a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that. (
          --taḥ) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities.
          --guṇa a. possessing those qualities. (
          --ṇaḥ) 1. the quality or virtue of anything. --2. a figure of speech (in Rhet.); svamutsṛjya guṇaṃ yogādatyujjvalaguṇasya yat . vastu tadguṇatāmoti bhaṇyate sa tu tadguṇaḥ K. P. 10; see Chandr. 5. 141. -saṃvijñānaḥ a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as laṃbakarṇa; cf. atadguṇasaṃvijñāna also
          --ja a. immediate, instantaneous.
          --jñaḥ a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher.
          --tṛtīya a. doing that for the third time.
          --dhana a. miserly, niggardly.
          --padārthaḥ the Supreme Being.
          --para a. 1. following that, coming after that, inferior. --2. having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); samrāṭ samārādhanatatparo'bhūt R. 2. 5; 1. 66; Me. 10; Y. 1. 83; Ms. 3. 262. --3. diligent. (
          --raḥ) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. -tā, -tvaṃ 1. intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. --2. inferiority.
          --parāyaṇa a. solely devoted or attached to anything.
          --puruṣaḥ 1. the original or Supreme Spirit. --2. N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as tatpuruṣaḥ; tatpuruṣa karmadhāraya yenāhaṃ syāṃ bahuvrīhiḥ Udb.
          --pūrva a. 1. happening or occurring for the first time; akāri tatpūrvanibaddhayā tayā Ku. 5. 10, 7. 30; R. 2. 42, 14. 38. --2. prior, former.
          --prathama a. doing that for the first time; Ku. 5. 66.
          --phala a. having that as a fruit or result. (
          --laḥ) 1. the white water-lily. --2. a kind of perfume.
          --balaḥ a kind of arrow.
          --bhāvaḥ becoming that.
          --mātraṃ 1. merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity. --2. (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as śabda, rasa, sparśa, rūpa and gaṃdha). --mātrika a. consisting of rudimentary atoms.
          --rājaḥ an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from aṃga is formed āṃga 'king of the Angas' by the affix aṇ. --vācaka a. denoting or signifying that
          --vid a. 1. knowing that. --2. knowing the truth.
          --vidha a. of that kind or sort; R. 2. 22; Ku. 5. 73; Ms. 2. 112.
          --stha a. being on or in that, connected with it. (
          --sthaḥ) a particular mode of multiplication.
          --hita a. good for that (
          --taḥ) 1. an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them --2. a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun.

tadā ind. 1 Then, at that time.
     (2) Then, in that case; (corr. of yadā). Bg. 2. 52-53; Ms. 1. 52, 54-56; yadā yadā-tadā tadā 'whenever'; tadāprabhṛti 'since then,' 'thenceforward;' Ku. 1. 53.
     -- Comp.
          --mukha a. begun, commenced. (
          --khaṃ) beginning.

tadātvam The time being, present time.

tadānīm ind. Then, at that time.

tadānīṃtana a. Belonging to that time, contemporary of that time; eṣosmi kāryavaśādāyodhyikastadānīṃtanaścasaṃvṛttaḥ U. 1.

tadīya a. Belonging to that, his, hers, its, theirs; R. 1. 81, 2. 28; 3. 8, 25.

tadvat a. Containing or possessed of that; as in tadvānapohaḥ K. P. 2. --ind.
     (1) Like that, in that manner.
     (2) Equally, in like manner, so also.

tanmaya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Made up of that.
     (2) Wholly absorbed in that; Māl. 1. 41; S. 6. 21; M. 2. 9.
     (3) Identical with, or become one with that.

tan I. 8 U. (tanoti, tanute, tatāna, tene, ata-tā-nīt, tanituṃ, tata; pass. tanyate or tāyate; desid. titaṃsati, titāṃsati, titaniṣati)
     (1) To stretch, extend, lengthen, lengthen out; vāhvoḥ sakarayostatayoḥ Ak.
     (2) To spread, shed, diffuse; Bk. 2. 3, 10. 32, 15. 91; Ku. 2. 33.
     (3) To cover, fill; sa tamīṃ tamobhirabhigamya tatāṃ Śi. 9. 23; Ki. 5. 11.
     (4) To cause, produce, form, give, grant, bestow; tvayi vimukhe mayi sapadi sudhānidhirapi tanute tanudāhaṃ Gīt. 4; piturmudaṃ tena tatāna so'rbhakaḥ R. 3. 25; 7. 7; U. 3. 39; Māl. 9. 43; yo durjanaṃ vaśayituṃ tanute manīṣāṃ Bv. 1. 95, 10.
     (5) To perform, do, accomplish (as a sacrifice); iti kṣitīśo navatiṃ navādhikāṃ mahākratūnāṃ mahanīyaśāsanaḥ . samārurukṣurdivamāyuṣaḥ kṣaye tatāna sopānaparaṃparāmiva .. R. 3. 69; Ms. 4. 205.
     (6) To compose, write (as a work &c.); as in nāmnāṃ mālāṃ tanomyahaṃ or tanute ṭīkāṃ.
     (7) To stretch or bend (as a bow).
     (8) To spin out, weave.
     (9) To propagate, or be propagated. (10) To continue, last.
     (11) To protract, prolong, augment.
     (12) To emboss.
     (13) To prepare (a way for).
     (14) To direct one's way towards. [cf. L. tendo]. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (tanati, tānayati-te)
     (1) To confide, trust, place confidence in.
     (2) To help, assist, aid.
     (3) To pain or afflict with disease.
     (4) To be harmless.
     (5) To sound.

tata p. p. [tan-kta]
     (1) Extended, spread; Śi. 9. 23, 6. 50; Ki. 5. 11.
     (2) Spreading or reaching over, extending to.
     (3) Covered over, concealed.
     (4) Protracted, continued.
     (5) Bent (as a bow).
     (6) Spreading wide &c.; see tan. --taḥ Ved.
     (1) A father.
     (2) Wind, air.
     (3) Extent.
     (4) Offspring, a child (n. also).
     (5) A son. --taṃ Any stringed musical instrument.

tatiḥ f. [tan ktin]
     (1) A series, row, line.
     (2) A troop, group, multitude; visrabdhaṃ kriyatāṃ varāhatatibhimurstākṣatiḥ palvale S. 2. 6; balāhakatatīḥ Śi. 4. 54; 1. 5.
     (3) A sacrificial act, a cere. mony.

tan f. Ved.
     (1) Continuation, diffusion.
     (2) Offspring, posterity.

tanaḥ Ved. A descendant. --nā --naṃ Offspring.

tanayaḥ [tanoti kulaṃ, tan-kayan]
     (1) A son.
     (2) A male descendant.
     (3) (In astrol.) N. of the fifth lunar mansion. --yā A daughter; giri-, kaliṃda- &c. --yau (dual) A son and a daughter. --yaṃ Posterity, family, offspring.

tanayitnu a. Ved. Roaring, thundering.

tanas m. Ved. Offspring, posterity.

tanikā A rope for fastening anything.

taniman m. [tanu-imanic] Thinness, slenderness, minuteness &c. --n. The liver.

taniṣṭha a.
     (1) Thinnest; least.
     (2) Very minute, or delicate (superl. of tanu q. v.).

tanīyas a. Thinner, more minute, very thin (compar. of tanu q. v.).

tanu a. (nu, nvī f.) [tan-un]
     (1) Thin, lean, emaciated
     (2) Delicate, slender, slim (as a limbs, as a mark of beauty); R. 6. 32; cf. tanvaṃgī.
     (3) Fine, delicate (as cloth); Rs. 1. 7.
     (4) Small, little, tiny, scanty, few, limited; tanuvāgvibhavo'pi san R. 1. 9, 3. 2; tanutyāgo bahugrahaḥ H. 2. 91 'giving little' &c.
     (5) Trifling, unimportant, little; Amaru. 27.
     (6) Shallow (as a river). --f.
     (1) The body, the person.
     (2) Outward form, manifestation: pratyakṣabhiḥ prapannastanubhiravatu vastābhiraṣṭābhirīśaḥ S. 1. 1; M. 1. 1.
     (3) Nature, the form or character of anything.
     (4) Skin. [cf. L. tenuis, Eng. thin.].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. having slender limbs, delicate. (
          --gī) a delicate woman.
          --ūnaḥ the wind.
          --kūpaḥ a pore of the skin.
          --chada (da) a. protecting, clothing.
          --chadaḥ an armour; R. 9. 51; 12. 86.
          --ja a. born from the body; Pt. 2. 80. (
          --jaḥ) a son.
          --jā a daughter.
          --tyaj a. 1. risking one's life. --2. giving up one's person, dying; R. 1. 8. --3. rash, desperate, fool-hardy.
          --tyāga a. spending little, sparing, niggardly.
          --traṃ, --trāṇaṃ, an armour.
          --prakāśa a. of dim lustre; R. 3 2.
          --bhavaḥ a son. (
          --vā) a daughter.
          --bhastrā the nose.
          --bhṛt m. any being furnished with a body, a living being; particularly a human being: kalpaṃ rithataṃ tanubhṛtāṃ tanubhistataḥ kiṃ Bh. 3. 73.
          --bījaḥ the jujube.
          --madhya a. having a slender waist.
          --rasaḥ perspiration.
          --ruh n.,
          --ruhaṃ the hair of the body.
          --vāta a kind of hell
          --vāraṃ an armour
          --vraṇaḥ a pimple.
          --saṃcāriṇī a young woman, a girl ten years old
          --saraḥ perspiration.
          --hradaḥ the anus.

tanuka a. Thin, small.

tanutā Thinness, littleness, waning; Ku. 4. 13.

tanula a. Spread, expanded.

tanusa n. The body.

tanū f. The body.
     -- Comp.
          --udbhavaḥ, --jaḥ a son.
          --udbhavā, --jā a daughter.
          --janiḥ, janman a son.
          --talaṃ a measure of length equal to the arms extended, a fathom.
          --tāpaḥ fatigues or troubles of the body; U. 1. 23.
          --napaṃ clarified butter, ghee.
          --napāt m. fire; tanūnapāddhūmavitānamādhijaiḥ Śi. 1. 62; adha. kṛtasyāpi tanūnapāto nādhaḥ śikhā yāti kadācideva .. H. 2. 67. (--n.) ghee.
          --naptṛ m. wind.
          --ruhaṃ 1. the hair of the body (--m. also). --2. the wing of a bird, a feather. (
          --haḥ) a son.
          --thadaḥ the anus, the rectum; cf. tanuthada.

tanūkṛ 8 U. To make thin or fine, diminish, lessen; as in lajjāṃ tanūkṛtya.

tanvī A delicate or slender woman; iyamadhikamanojñā valkalenāpi tanvī S. 1. 20; tava tanvi kucāvetau niyataṃ cakravartinau Udb.

taṃtiḥ f. [tan-karmaṇi ktic]
     (1) A cord, line, string.
     (2) A row, series.
     (3) Extension, expansion.
     (4) A cow.
     (5) A weaver.
     -- Comp.
          --pālaḥ 1. a guardian of (the rows of) cows. --2. N. assumed by Sahadeva when living at the house of Viraṭa.

taṃtuḥ [tan tun] 1 A thread, cord, wire, string, line; ciṃtāsaṃtatitaṃtu Māl. 5. 10; Me. 70.
     (2) A cob-web; R. 16. 20.
     (3) A filament; bisataṃtuguṇasya kāritaṃ Ku. 4. 29.
     (4) An offspring, issue, race.
     (5) A shark.
     (6) The Supreme Being.
     -- Comp.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ a piece of wood or brush used by weavers for cleaning threads.
          --kīṭaḥ a silk-worm.
          --nāgaḥ a (large) shark.
          --niryārsaḥ the palmyra tree.
          --nābhaḥ a spider.
          --parvat n. the anniversary of the day of full-moon in the month of Srāvaṇa when Kṛṣṇa was invested with the sacred thread.
          --bhaḥ 1. the mustard seed.
     (2) a calf. --vardhanaḥ 'increasing the race', N. of Viṣṇu, also of Śiva. --vādyaṃ any stringed musical instrument. --vānaṃ weaving. --vāpaḥ 1. a weaver. --2. a loom. --3. weaving. --vāyaḥ 1 a spider. --2. a weaver --3. weaving -daṃḍaḥ a loom. --vigrahā a plantain. --śālā a weaver's workshop. --saṃtata a. woven, sewn. (--ta) wove cloth. --saṃtatiḥ f., --saṃtānaḥ weaving. --sāraḥ the betel-nut tree.

taṃtukaḥ
     (1) The mustard seed.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) A thread, rope. --kī A vein or any tubular vessel of the body.

taṃtunaḥ --ṇaḥ A shark.

taṃturaṃ --lam The fibrous root of a lotus.

taṃtr 10 U. (taṃtrayati--te, taṃtrita)
     (1) To rule, control, govern; prajāḥ prajāḥ svā iva taṃtrayitvā S. 5. 5.
     (2) To perform or go through in order.
     (3) To maintain by discipline, keep in order.
     (4) (A.) To support, maintain (as a family).

taṃtram 1 A loom.
     (2) A thread.
     (3) The warp or threads extended lengthwise in a loom.
     (4) Posterity.
     (5) An uninterrupted series
     (6) The regular order of ceremonies and rites, system, framework, ritual; karmaṇāṃ yugapadbhāvastaṃtraṃ Kāty.
     (7) Main point.
     (8) Principal doctrine, rule, theory science; jitamanasijataṃtravicāraṃ Gīt. 2.
     (9) Subservience, dependence; as in svataṃtra, parataṃtraḥ daivataṃtraṃ duḥkhaṃ Dk. 5. (10) A scientific work.
     (11) A chapter, section, as of a work; taṃtraiḥ paṃcabhiretaccakāra sumanoharaṃ śāstraṃ Pt. 1.
     (12) A religious treatise teaching magical and mystical formularies for the worship of the deities or the attainment of superhuman power.
     (13) The cause of more than one effect.
     (14) A spell.
     (15) A chief remedy or charm.
     (16) A drug, medicament.
     (17) An oath, ordeal.
     (18) Raiment.
     (19) The right way of doing anything. (20) Royal rotinue, train, court.
     (21) A realm, country, authority.
     (22)
          (a) Government, ruling, administration; lokataṃtrādhikāraḥ S. 5.
          (b) Arrangement or machinery of government; sarvameva taṃtramākulībhūtaṃ Mu. 1; 2. 1.
     (23) An army.
     (24) A heap, multitude.
     (25) A house.
     (26) Decoration.
     (27) Wealth.
     (28) Happiness.
     (29) Model. (30) Supporting a family.
     (31) Providing for the security and prosperity of a kingdom.
     -- Comp.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ = taṃtukāṣṭha q. v.
          --vāpaḥ, --paṃ 1. weaving. --2. a loom.
          --vāyaḥ 1. a spider. --2. a weaver. (taṃtravāpaḥ also).

taṃtrakaḥ A new garment (unbleached cloth).

taṃtraṇam Maintenance of order, discipline, government.

taṃtratā 1 Arranging into a system.
     (2) Dependence, subjection.

taṃtrā Sleepiness; cf. taṃdrā.

taṃtrāyin m. The sun.

taṃtrin a.
     (1) Having threads, made of threads.
     (2) Having chords or wires (as a lute).
     (3) Having a Tantra, or following one. --m.
     (1) A musician.
     (2) A soldier.

taṃtriḥ, --trī f.
     (1) A string, cord; Ms. 4. 38.
     (2) A bow-string.
     (3) The wire of a lute; taṃtrīmārdrāṃ nayanasalilaiḥ sārayitvā kathaṃcit Me. 86.
     (4) A sinew.
     (5) A tail.
     (6) A young woman having peculiar qualities.
     (7) A lute.

taṃdra a.
     (1) Tired, fatigued.
     (2) Lazy. --draṃ Ved. A series or row.

taṃdrā
     (1) Lassitude, weariness, fatigue, exhaustion.
     (2) Sleepiness, sluggishness; taṃdrālasyavivarjanaṃ Y. 3. 158; Mv. 7. 42; H. 1. 34.

taṃdrālu a.
     (1) Tired, exhausted.
     (2) Sleepy, slothful.

taṃdriḥ, --drī f. Sleepiness, drowsiness.
     (2) Exhaustion, fainting.

taṃdrikā Sloth, sleepiness.

taṃdrita a. Lazy; as in ataṃdrita 'unremitting'; Ku. 5. 14.

taṃdrin a. Weary, lazy.

tanyutaḥ [tan-yutac]
     (1) Wind.
     (2) Night.
     (3) Roaring, thundering.
     (4) A thunderbolt.

tanmaya See under tad.

tap I. 1 P. rarely A., 4. P. (tapati, tapyati; tapta)
     (1) (Intransitively used)
          (a) To shine, blaze (as fire or sun); tamastapati gharmāṃśau kathamāvirbhaviṣyati S. 5. 14; R. 5. 13; U. 6. 14; Bg. 9. 19.
          (b) To be hot or warm, give out heat.
          (c) To suffer pain; tapati na sā kisalayaśayanena Gīt. 7.
          (d) To mortify the body, undergo penance (with tapas); agaṇitatanūta paṃ taptvā tapāṃsi bhagīrathaḥ U. 1. 23.
     (2) (Transitively used)
          (a) To make hot, heat, warm; Bk. 9. 2; Bg. 11. 19.
          (b) To inflame, burn, consume by heat; tapati tanugātri madanastvāmaniśaṃ māṃ punardahatyeva S. 3. 17; aṃgairanaṃgataptaiḥ 3. 7.
          (c) To hurt, injure, damage, spoil; yāsyan sutastapyati māṃ samanyuṃ Bk. 1. 23; Ms. 7. 6.
          (d) To pain, distress.
          (e) To mortify the body. undergo penance (with tapas)' --Pass. (tapyate) (regarded by some as a root of the 4th conjugation)
     (1) To be heated, suffer pain.
     (2) To undergo severe penance (oft. with tapas) U. 2. 8. --II. 10 U. or Caus. (tāpayati-te, tāpita)
     (1) To heat, make warm; gaganaṃ tāpitapāyitāsilakṣmīṃ Śi. 20. 75; na hi tāpayituṃ śakyaṃ sāgarāṃbhastṛṇolkayā H. 1. 86.
     (2) To torment, pain, distress; bhṛśaṃ tāpitaḥ kaṃdarpeṇa Gīt. 11; Bk. 8. 13. --WITH nis 1. to heat. --2. to purify. --3. to burnish. --vi 1. to shine (Atm. like uttap q. v.); ravirvitapate'tyarthaṃ Bk. 8. 14. --2. to warm, heat.

tapa a. [tap-ac]
     (1) Burning, warming, consuming by heat.
     (2) Causing pain or trouble, distressing. --paḥ
     (1) Heat, fire, warmth.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) The hot season; Śi. 1. 66.
     (4) Penance, religious austerities.
     -- Comp.
          --atyayaḥ, --aṃtaḥ the end of the hot season and the beginning of the rainy season; ravipītajalā tapātyaye punaroghena hi yujyate nadī Ku. 4. 44; 5. 23; S. 3. 12.
          --ātmaka a. practising austerities.

tapatī
     (1) The river Tāptī.
     (2) N. of a daughter of the sun, married to Samvarṇa and mother of Kuru.

tapana a. [tap-lyu]
     (1) Warming, heating, burning, shining &c.
     (2) Causing distress, paining.
     (3) The sun; pratāpāttapano yathā R. 4. 12; lalāṭaṃtapastapati tapanaḥ U. 6; Māl. 1.
     (4) The hot season.
     (5) The sun-stone.
     (6) N. of a hell.
     (7) An epithet of Śiva.
     (8) The Arka plant.
     (9) N. of Agastya. --naṃ
     (1) Heat, burning.
     (2) Paining, grieving.
     (3) Mental agony, anguish.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ, --karaḥ, --dīdhitiḥ 1. the sun. --2. a sun-beam.
          --ātmajaḥ, --tanayaḥ an epithet
     (1) of Yama.
     (2) of Karṇa.
     (3) of Sugrīva. --ātmajā, --tanayā an epithet of the Yamunā and of the Godāvarī. --iṣṭaṃ copper. --upalaḥ, --maṇiḥ the sun-stone. --chadaḥ the sun-flower.

tapanī 1 The river Godāvarī or the river Tāptī.
     (2) Heat.

tapanīya a.
     (1) To be heated.
     (2) To be suffered or practised (as a penance). --yaṃ Gold; especially gold purified with fire; tapanīyāśokaḥ M. 3; tapanīyopānadyugalamāryaḥ prasādīkarotu Mv. 4; asaṃspṛśaṃtau tapanīyapīṭhaṃ R. 18. 41. (Also tapanīyakaṃ in this sense.)

tapas n. [tap-asun]
     (1) Warmth, heat, fire.
     (2) Pain, suffering.
     (3) Penance, religious austerity, mortification; tapaḥ kiledaṃ tadavāptisādhanaṃ Ku. 5. 64.
     (4) Meditation connected with the practice of personal selfdenial or bodily mortification.
     (5) Moral virtue, merit.
     (6) Special duty or observance of any particular caste.
     (7) One of the seven worlds; i. e. the region above the world called janas.
     (8) The month of religious austerities.
     (9) A long period of time, Kalpa. (10) (In astr.) The ninth lunar mansion. --m.
     (1) The month of Māgha; tapasi maṃdagabhastirabhīṣumān Śi. 6. 63.
     (2) An epithet of Agni. --m., --n. 1 The cold season; (śiśira).
     (2) The winter (hemaṃta).
     (3) The hot season (grīṣma).
     -- Comp.
          --anubhāvaḥ the influence of religious penance.
          --avaṭaḥ the Brahmāvarta country.
          --kara a. undergoing penance; also tapaskara. --kleśaḥ the pain of religious austerity.
          --caraṇaṃ, --caryā the practice of penance.
          --takṣaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --dhana a. 1. rich in religious penance. --2. pious, ascetic. --3. consisting in penance, (
          --naḥ) 'rich in penance', an ascetic, devotee; ramyāstapodhanānāṃ kriyāḥ S. 1. 13; śamapradhāneṣu tapodhaneṣu 2. 7; 4. 1; Śi. 1. 23; R. 14. 19; Ms. 11. 242.
          --nidhiḥ an eminently pious man, an ascetic; R. 1. 56.
          --niṣṭha a. performing penance.
          --prabhāvaḥ, --balaṃ the power acquired by religious austerities; efficacy or potency of devotion.
          --bhṛt a. ascetic, pious.
          --mūrtiḥ 1. an ascetic. --2. the Supreme spirit.
          --rājaḥ the moon.
          --rāśiḥ an ascetic.
          --lokaḥ the region above the world called janas. --vanaṃ a penance-grove, a sacred grove in which ascetics practise penance; kṛtaṃ tvayopavanaṃ tapovanamiti prekṣe S. 1; R. 1. 90, 2. 18.
          --vāsaḥ a place of penance or religious austerities.
          --viśeṣaḥ excellence of devotion, pre-eminent religious austerities.
          --vṛddha a. very ascetic or devout.
          --śīla a. inclined to practise penance.
          --samādhiḥ the practice of penance or religious austerities; Ku. 3. 24; 5. 6, 18.
          --sthalī 1. a seat of religious austerity. --2. N. of Benares.

tapasaḥ 1 The sun.
     (2) The moon.
     (3) A bird.

tapasya a. Produced by heat. --syaḥ 1 The month of Phālguna.
     (2) An epithet of Arjuna. --syā Religious austerity, penance; (also m. and n.).

tapasyati Den. P. To practise penance; surāsuraguruḥ so'tra sapatnīkastapasyati S. 7. 9, 12; R. 13. 41; 15. 49, Bk. 18. 21; Ku. 3, 17.

tapasvat a. Ved. 1 Burning, hot. --2. Ascetic, devout, pious.

tapasvitā 1 Religious penance.
     (2) Piety, devotion.

tapasvin a. 1 Practising penance, devout.
     (2) Poor, miserable, helpless, pitiable; sā tapasvinī nirvṛtā bhavatu S. 4; Māl. 3; N. 1. 135. --m. 1 An ascetic; tapasvisāmānyamavekṣaṇīyā R. 14. 67.
     (2) A mendicant, pauper.
     (3) An epithet of Nārada.
     (4) A sparrow. --nī 1 A female ascetic.
     (2) A poor or wretched woman.
     -- Comp.
          --patraḥ the sun-flower.

tapita a. Heated, burnt &c.

tapiṣṇu a. Warming, heating, burning.

tapu a. Ved. Burning hot.

tapuṣī The heat of anger.

tapus a. [tap-usi; cf. Uṇ. 2. 116] Burning hot. --m. 1 Fire.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) An enemy.

tapomaya a.
     (1) Consisting in religious penance.
     (2) Practising penance, devout. --yaḥ The Supreme Being.

tapta p. p. [tap-kta]
     (1) Heated, burnt.
     (2) Red-hot, hot.
     (3) Melted, fused.
     (4) Distressed, pained, afflicted.
     (5) Practised (as penance).
     -- Comp.
          --kāṃcanaṃ gold purified with fire.
          --kṛcchraṃ a kind of penance consisting in drinking hot water, milk and ghee for three days each, and inhaling hot air for three days; Ms. 11. 214; Y. 3. 318.
          --rūpaṃ, --rūpakaṃ purified silver.

tāpaḥ [tap ghañ] 1 Heat, glow; arkamayūkhatāpaḥ S. 4. 10; M. 2. 13; Ms. 12. 76; Ku. 7. 84.
     (2) Torment, pain, affliction, misery, agony; itaratāpaśatāni tavecchayā vitara tāni sahe caturānana Udb.; samastāpaḥ kāmaṃ manasijanidāghaprasarayoḥ S. 3. 9; Bh. 1. 16.
     (3) Sorrow, distress.
     -- Comp.
          --trayaṃ the three kinds of miseries which human beings have to suffer in this world; i. e. ādhyātmika, ādhidaivika and ādhibhautika. --hara a. 1. removing heat, cooling. --2. consoling.

tāpaka a. [tap-ṇvul] Heating, burning, inflaming. --kaḥ Fever, morbid heat.

tāpana a. [tap-ṇic bhāve lyuṭ] 1 Heating, inflaming.
     (2) Distressing. --naḥ 1 The sun.
     (2) The hot season.
     (3) The sun-stone.
     (4) N. of one of the arrows of Cupid. --naṃ
     (1) Burning.
     (2) Distressing.
     (3) Chastising.
     (4) A division of hell.
     (5) Gold.

tāpanīya a. Golden. --yaṃ Gold of the weight of a niṣka.

tāpayāna a. Warming, burning.

tāpita p. p.
     (1) Warmed Heated.
     (2) Distressed, pained.

tāpin a.
     (1) Suffering from a disease (moral or physical.).
     (2) Heating.
     (3) Hot.

tāpyam Sulphuret of iron.

tam 4 P. (tāmyati, tāṃta)
     (1) To choke, be suffocated.
     (2) To be exhausted or fatigued; lalitaśirīṣapuṣpahananairapi tāmyati yat Māl. 5. 31.
     (3) To be distressed (in body or mind), be uneasy or pained, pine, waste away; praviśati muhuḥ kuṃjaṃ guṃjanmuhurbahu tāmyati Gīt. 5; gāḍhotkaṃṭhā lalitalulitairaṃgakaistāmyatīti Māl. 1. 15, 9. 33; tṛṣṇe mudhā tāmyasi Mu. 3. 1; Amaru. 7.
     (4) To stop, become immoveable.
     (5) To wish, desire. --Caus. (tamayati) To suffocate, choke.

tamam 1 Darkness.
     (2) The tip of the foot. --maḥ 1 An epithet of Rāhu.
     (2) The Tamāla tree.
     (3) Darkness.

tamakaḥ A kind of asthma.

tamata a. [tam-atac Uṇ. 3. 110] 1 Desirous, longing for.
     (2) Wished, desired.

tamanam Becoming suffocated or breathless.

tāṃta p. p. [tam-kta] 1 Wearied, languid, fatigued.
     (2) Troubled, afflicted.
     (3) Faded, withered; see tam.

tamas n. [tam-asun]
     (1) Darkness; kiṃ vā'bhaviṣyadaruṇastamasāṃ vibhettā taṃ cetsahasrakiraṇo dhuri nākariṣyat S. 7. 4; V. 1. 7; Me. 37.
     (2) The gloom or darkness of hell; Ms. 4. 242.
     (3) Mental darkness, illusion, error; munisutāpraṇayasmṛtirodhinā mama ca muktamidaṃ tamasā manaḥ S. 6. 7.
     (4) (In Sān. phil.) Darkness or ignorance, as one of the three qualities or constituents of every thing in nature (the other two being sattva and rajas); Ku. 6. 60; Ms. 12. 24.
     (5) Grief, sorrow.
     (6) Sin. --m., --n. An epithet of Rāhu.
     -- Comp.
          --apaha a. removing darkness or ignorance, illumining, enlightening; Ki. 5. 22. (
          --haḥ) 1. the sun. --2. the moon. --3. fire. --4. a Buddha.
          --ariḥ 1. the sun. --2. the moon. --3. fire.
          --kāṃḍaḥ --ḍaṃ great or spreading darkness.
          --guḥ an epithet of Rāhu.
          --guṇaḥ see tamas above
     (4). --ghnaḥ 1. the sun. --2. the moon. --3. fire. --4. Viṣṇu. --5. Śiva. --6. knowledge. --7. a Buddha. --jyotis m. a fire-fly. --tatiḥ spreading darkness. --nud m. 1. a shining body. --2. the sun. --3. the moon; R. 3. 33. --4. fire. --5. a lamp, light. --nudaḥ 1. the sun. --2. the moon. --3. the Supreme Being. --prabhā a sort of hell. --praveśaḥ 1. groping in the dark. --2. mental gloom. --bhid, --maṇiḥ a fire-fly. --vikāraḥ sickness, disease. --vṛta a. 1. obscured, clouded. --2. affected with anger, fear &c. --han, --hara a. dispersing darkness. (--m.) 1. the sun. --2. the moon.

tamasa a. Dark-coloured. --saḥ
     (1) Darkness.
     (2) A well. --sā N. of a river. --saṃ
     (1) Darkness.
     (2) A city.

tamasvat a. Dark, gloomy. --tī 1 Night.
     (2) Turmeric.

tamasvinī, tamā A night.

tamālaḥ 1 N. of a tree with a very dark bark; taruṇatamālanīlabahalonnamadaṃbudharāḥ Mal. 9. 18; R. 13. 15, 49; Gīt. 11.
     (2) A sectarial mark of sandal upon the forehead.
     (3) A sword, scimitar.
     (4) The bark of the bamboo.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ 1. a sectarial mark upon the forehead. --2. a Tamāla leaf.

tamālakaḥ
     (1) The Tamāla tree.
     (2) The bark of a bamboo.

tamālinī A place over-grown with Tamāla trees.

tami, --mī f.
     (1) Night, especially a dark night; sa tamīṃ tamobhirabhigamya tatāṃ S. 9. 23.
     (2) A swoon, faint.
     (3) Turmeric.

tamisra a. Dark. --sraṃ 1 Darkness; etattamāladalanīlatamaṃ tamisraṃ Gīt. 11; karacaraṇorasi maṇigaṇabhūṣaṇakiraṇavibhinnatami sraṃ 2; Ki. 5. 2.
     (2) Mental darkness, illusion.
     (3) Anger, wrath. --sraḥ The dark half of the month.
     -- Comp.
          --pakṣaḥ the dark fortnight (of a lunar month); R. 6. 34.

tamisrā 1 A dark night; sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭeḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamisrā R. 5. 13; Śi. 6. 70; Ki. 9. 18; Ku. 6. 43.
     (2) Extensive darkness.

tamomaya a. 1 Covered with darkness.
     (2) Ignorant. --yaḥ N. of Rāhu.

tama A Taddhita affix of the superlative degree applied to nouns, adjectives, and also to verbs and indeclinables in which latter case it is changed to tamām; aśva- Pt. 5. 'the best horse'; suhṛttama Mu. 1; so pacatitamām. It is also added to pronouns in the sense of 'one of many'; e. g. katama, yatama, tatama &c.

tamaṃgaḥ A platform, a stage.

tamaṃgakaḥ The projecting roof of a house.

tamaram
     (1) Tin.
     (2) Lead.

taṃbā, taṃbikā A cow.

tay 1 A. (tayate)
     (1) To go, move; adhyuvāsa rathaṃ teye purāt Bk. 14. 75, 108. 2 To guard, protect.

tayaḥ Protection.

tara A Taddhita affix of the comparative degree, added to adjectives, nouns, and also to verbs and indeclinables in which latter case it is changed to tarām. It is added, like tama, to pronouns in the sense of 'one of two,' e. g. katara, tatara, yatara &c.

tara, taraṇa, taraṇi, taraṃḍa, tari-rī, tarīṣa &c. See under tṝ.

tarakṣaḥ, --kṣuḥ A hyena.

taraṃgaḥ [tṝ-aṃgac] 1 A wave; U. 3. 47; Bh. 1. 81; R. 13. 63; S. 3. 7.
     (2) A section or part of a work (as of the kathāsaritsāgara).
     (3) A leap, jump, gallop, jumping motion (as of a horse).
     (4) Cloth or clothes.
     (5) Waving, moving to and fro.

taraṃgi a. [taraṃgaḥ saṃjāto'sya, tāra- itac]
     (1) Wavy, tossing with waves; pīḍā- Māl. 9. 11.
     (2) Overflowing.
     (3) Tremulous. --taṃ Waving; apāṃgataraṃgitāni bāṇāḥ Gīt. 3.

taraṃgin a. Wavy, undulating, unsteady. --ṇī A river; as in rājataraṃgi ṇī.

taraṃtaḥ [tṝ-jhac]
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) A hard shower.
     (3) A frog.
     (4) A demon or Rākṣasa.
     (5) A devotee. --tī A boat.

tarala a. [tṝ-alac] 1 Trembling, waving, shaking, tremulous; tārāpatistaralavidyudivābhravṛṃdaṃ R. 13. 76, ghana iva tara balāke Gīt. 5; Śi. 10. 40; U. 5. 11; S. 1. 26.
     (2) Fickle, unsteady, transient; vairāyitārarataralāḥ svayaṃ matsariṇaḥ pare Śi. 2. 115; Amaru. 27.
     (3) Splendid, sparkling, glittering; Pt. 1. 190.
     (4) Liquid.
     (5) Libidinous, wanton.
     (6) Hollow.
     (7) Extensive, wide. --laḥ 1 The central gem of a necklace; muktāmayo'pyataralamadhyaḥ Vas. 35; or hārāṃstārāṃrataralaguṭikān (Malli. considers this as an interpolation in Meghadūta).
     (2) A necklace.
     (3) A level surface.
     (4) Bottom, depth.
     (5) A diamond.
     (6) Iron.
     (7) Thorn-apple. --lā 1 Rice-gruel.
     (2) Spirituons liqur.
     (3) A bee.
     -- Comp.
          --nayanā-locanā a woman with rolling or tremulous eyes.

taralayati Den. P. To cause to shake, to wave, move to and fro; Amrau. 87; U. 5. 35.

taralāyate Den. A. To tremble, shake, move to and fro.

taralāyitaḥ A large wave, surf. --taḥ, taṃ Fickleness.

taralita a. Shaking, tremulous, undulating; -tuṃgataraṃga Gīt. 11; -hārā 7.

taravāriḥ A sword.

taras a. [tṝ-karaṇādau asun] Ved. Quick, energetic. --n. 1 Speed, velocity. 2 Vigour, strength, energy; kailāsanāthaṃ tarasā jigīṣuḥ R. 5. 28, 11. 77; Śi. 9. 72.
     (3) A bank, a place of crossing.
     (4) A float, raft.
     (5) A monkey.
     (6) A disease.

tarasam Meat, flesh.

tarasānaḥ A boat.

tarasvat a. 1 Quick, swift.
     (2) Sick.
     (3) Energetic, strong, powerful.

tarasvin a. (nī f.) 1 Swift, quick.
     (2) Strong, powerful, courageous; mighty; R. 9. 23, 11. 89; 16. 77. --m. 1 A courier, an express.
     (2) A hero
     (3) Air, wind.
     (4) An epithet of Garuḍa.

tarāṃdhuḥ, tarāluḥ A large flat-bottomed boat.

tariḥ, tarīṣaḥ &c. See under tṝ

taritā 1 The fore-finger.
     (2) Garlic, or hemp.
     (3) A form of Durgā.

taru a. [tṝ-un Uṇ. 1. 7] Protecting. --ruḥ 1 A tree; navasaṃrohaṇaśithilastaruriva sukaraḥ samuddhartuṃ M. 1. 8.
     (2) Ved. Velocity.
     (3) A wooden ladle for taking up Soma.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍaḥ --ḍaṃ, --ṣaṃḍaḥ --ḍaṃ an assemblage or clump of trees.
          --jīvanaṃ the root of a tree.
          --talaṃ the ground about the foot of a tree, foot of a tree.
          --nakhaḥ a thorn.
          --mṛgaḥ a monkey.
          --rāga 1. a bud or blossom. --2. a young shoot, sprout.
          --rājaḥ the Tāla tree.
          --rājan m. 'the king of trees', N. of the tree Pārijātaka; also -varaḥ. --ruhā a parasitical plant.
          --vilāsinī the Nav mallikā creeper.
          --śāyin m. a bird.
          --sāraḥ camphor.

taruśa a. Full of or abounding in trees.

taruṭaḥ The root of the lotus.

taruṇa a. [tṝ-unan Uṇ. 3. 54] 1 Young, youthful, juvenile, (as a man).
     (2)
          (a) Young, newly-born or produced, tender, soft; Bh. 3. 49.
          (b) Newly risen, not high in the sky (as the sun) Ku. 3. 54.
     (3) New, fresh; taruṇaṃ dadhi Chāṇ. 64; taruṇaṃ sarṣapaśākaṃ navaudanaṃ picchilāni ca dadhīni . alpavyayena suṃdari gra myajano miṣṭamaśnāti .. Chand. M. 1.
     (4) Lively, vivid. --ṇaḥ A young man, youth; Pt. 1. 11; Bv. 2. 62.
     (2) The castor-oil plant.
     (3) Large cumin-seed. --ṇī A young or youthful woman; vṛddhasya taruṇī viṣaṃ Chāṇ 78. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Cartilage.
     (2) A sprout.
     -- Comp.
          --asthi n. cartilage.
          --jvaraḥ fever lasting for a week.
          --dadhi n. coagulated milk five days old.
          --pītikā red arsenic.

taruṇakam A sprout.

taruṇayati Den. P. To heighten, spread; Māl. 5. 6.

taruṇāyate Den. A. To remain young or fresh; tṛṣṇekā taruṇāyate Pt. 5. 16.

taruṇiman m. Youth, juvenility.

tarutṛ Ved. 1 Overcoming, conquering.
     (2) Impelling, driving onward.
     (3) Protecting (tāraka)

tarutra a. Ved 1 Carrying across.
     (2) Conquering.

taruṣaḥ A conqueror. --ṣā Victory.

taruṣyati Den. P. To attack.

tarus n. Ved. 1 Battle.
     (2) Superiority.
     (3) Overcoming.

tark 10 U. (tarkayati-te, tarkita) 1 To suppose, guess, suspect, believe, conjecture, infer; tvaṃ tāvatkatamāṃ tarkayasi S. 6; Me. 96.
     (2) To reason, speculate about, reflect.
     (3) To consider or regard as (with two acc.).
     (4) To think of, intend, mean, have in view; (pātuṃ) tvaṃ cedaccharaphaṭikaviśadaṃ tarkayeritaryagaṃbhaḥ Me. 51.
     (5) To ascertain.
     (6) To shine.
     (7) To speak.

tarkaḥ (tark-bhāve ac)
     (1) Supposition, conjecture, guess; prasannaste tarkaḥ V. 2.
     (2) Reasoning, speculation, discussion, abstract reasoning; kutaḥ punarasminnavadhārite āgamārthe tarkanimittasyākṣepasyāvakāśaḥ; idānīṃ tarkanimitta ākṣepaḥ parihriyate S. B.; tarko'pratiṣṭhaḥ smṛtayo vibhinnāḥ Mb.; Ms. 12. 106.
     (3) Doubt.
     (4) Logic, the science of logic; yatkāvyaṃ madhuvarṣi dharṣitaparāstarkeṣu yasyoktayaḥ N. 22. 155; tarkaśāstraṃ, tarkadīpikā
     (5) (In logic) Reduction to absurdity, a conclusion opposed to the premises, a reductio ad absurdum.
     (6) A system of doctrine founded on pure reasoning or free thinking, a philosophical system (particularly one of the six principal darśanas q. v.).
     (7) A name for the number 'six'.
     (8) Supplying an ellipsis.
     (9) Cause, motive. (10) Wish, desire. --rkā Speculation, reasoning.
     -- Comp.
          --ābhāsaḥ fallacious reasoning, fallacy in drawing conclusions.
          --vidyā logic.
          --śāstraṃ 1. logic. --2. a philosophical work.

tarkaka a. [taṃrk-ṇvul] Inquiring, inquisitive. --kaḥ 1 A suitor, an inquirer, a petitioner.
     (2) A logician.

tarkaṇam Reasoning, speculation.

tarkita p. p. Doubted, guessed, discussed, investigated, examined &c.; see tark. --taṃ A supposition, conjecture.

tarkin a. [tark-ṇini]
     (1) Guessing.
     (2) Reasoning, versed in speculation. --m. A logician, reasoner.

tarkukaḥ A suppliant, petitioner.

tarkuḥ m., f. A spindle, an iron pin upon which cotton is first drawn out; tarkuḥ kartanasādhanaṃ.
     -- Comp.
          --piṃḍaḥ, --pīṭhī, --pīṭhaḥ, --pāṭhī a ball at the lower end of a spindle.

tarkṣuḥ A hyena.

tarkṣyaḥ Nitre, salt-petre.

tarj 1 P., 10 A. (often P. also) (tarjati, tarjayati-te, tarjita)
     (1) To threaten, menace, terrify; sakhīmaṃgulyā tarjayati S. 1; ahitānaniloddhūtaistarjayānniva ketubhiḥ R. 4. 28, 11. 78, 12. 41; Bk. 14. 80.
     (2) To scold, revile, censure, blame; Bk. 6. 3, 8. 101, 17. 103.
     (3) To mock, deride.

tarjanaṃ --nā [tarj-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Threatening, frightening.
     (2) Censuring; R. 19. 17; Ku. 6. 45.
     (3) Pointing at (in ridicule or contempt).
     (4) Putting to shame, excelling, surpassing.
     (5) Anger. --nī The fore-finger.

tarjita p. p. 1 Threatened.
     (2) Blamed.
     (3) Disgraced. --taṃ Threatening, a menace.

tarṇaḥ, tarṇakaḥ A calf; Śi. 12. 41.

tārṇiḥ
     (1) A raft.
     (2) The sun.

tard 1 P. (tardati)
     (1) To injure, hurt.
     (2) To kill, cut through; Bk. 14. 108; see tṛd also.

tardu-rdū f. A wooden ladle.

tarhman n. Ved. A hole, an opening

tarpaṇam See under tṛp.

tarphitṛ a. A killer, an injurer.

tarb 1 P. (tarbati) To go, move.

tarbaṭaḥ A year.

tarman n. The top of the sacrificial post.

tarṣaḥ, tarṣaṇam &c. See under tṛṣ.

tarhaṇam Ved. Injuring.

tarhi ind. [tad-rhil]
     (1) At that time, then.
     (2) In that case; yadā --tarhi 'when-then'; yadi-tarhi 'if-then'; kathaṃ tarhi 'how then'.

tal 1 P., 10 U. (talati, tālayati-te)
     (1) To be full or complete.
     (2) To fix, found, establish.
     (3) To be fixed.
     (4) To accomplish a vow.

talaḥ --lam [tal-ac]
     (1) A surface; bhuvastalamiva vyoma kurvan vyomeva bhūtalaṃ R. 4. 29; sometimes used at the end of comp. without much alteration of meaning; mahītalaṃ 'surface of the earth' i. e. earth itself; śuddhe tū darpaṇatale mulabhāvakāśā S. 7. 32; nabhastalaṃ &c.
     (2) The palm of the hand; R. 6. 18.
     (3) The sole of the foot.
     (4) The fore-arm.
     (5) A slap with the hand.
     (6) Lowness, inferiority of position.
     (7) A lower part, part underneath, base, foot, bottom; revārodhasi vetasītarutale cetaḥ samutkaṃṭhate K. P. 1.
     (8) (Hence) The ground under a tree or any other object, shelter afforded by anything; phaṇī mayūrasya tale niṣīdati Rs. 1. 13.
     (9) A hole, pit. (10) A span. --laḥ
     (1) The hilt of a sword.
     (2) The palmyra tree.
     (3) N. of Śiva.
     (4) Pressing the strings of a lute with the left hand.
     (5) A division of hell. --laṃ 1 A pond.
     (2) A forest, wood.
     (3) Cause, origin, motive.
     (4) A leathern fence worn round the left arm (talā also in this sense).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃguliḥ f. a toe.
          --atalaṃ the fourth of the seven divisions of hell.
          --īkṣaṇaḥ a hog.
          --udara a. having a protuberant belly, pot-bellied.
          --udā a river.
          --ghātaḥ a slap with the palm of the hand.
          --tālaḥ 1. a kind of musical instrument. --2. clapping of the hands.
          --traṃ, --trāṇaṃ, --vāraṇaṃ a leathern glove of an archer.
          --prahāraḥ a slap with the hand.
          --yuddhaṃ a fight with the palms of the hands.
          --lokaḥ nether world (pātāla). --sārakaṃ a martingale.
          --hṛdayaṃ the centre of the sole of the foot.

talakam A large pond.

talataḥ ind. From the bottom.

talācī A mat.

talikā A martingale.

talita a. Fixed, having a bottom. --taṃ Fried meat.

talavāraṇam A sword.

talit f. Lightning; cf. taḍit.

talina a. [tal-inan Un. 2. 53.] 1 Thin, meagre, spare.
     (2) Small, little.
     (3) Clear, clean.
     (4) Situated under or beneath.
     (5) Weak.
     (6) Separate. --naṃ A bed, couch.

talimam 1 Paved ground, a pavement.
     (2) A bed, cot, couch.
     (3) An awning.
     (4) A large sword or knife.

taluna a. [tal-unan] Young. --naḥ 1 A youth.
     (2) Wind, air. --nī A girl, young woman.

talkam A forest.

talpaḥ --lpam [tal-pak Uṇ. 3. 28]
     (1) A couch, bed, sofa; sapadi vigatanidrastalpamujjhāṃcakāra R. 5. 75 'left the bed', 'rose.'
     (2) (Fig.) A wife (as in gurutalpaga q. v.).
     (3) The seat of a carriage.
     (4) An upper story, a turret, tower; R. 16. 11.
     -- Comp.
          --kīṭaḥ a bug.

talpakaḥ One whose business it is to make or prepare beds (as a servant).

talpanam 1 An elephant's back.
     (2) The flesh on the back-bone.

talpalam The back-bone of an elephant, (pṛṣṭhavaṃśa); sāṃdratvakkāstalpalāśliṣṭakakṣāḥ Śi. 18. 6.

tallaḥ A reservoir, tank. --llī 1 A youthful woman.
     (2) N. of the wife of Varuṇa.
     (3) A boat. --llaṃ A pit, hole.

tallajaḥ 1 Excellence, superiority, happiness.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Excellent (in this sense the word is always masculine, whatever be the gender of the first member of the compound) gotallajaḥ 'an excellent cow'; so kumārītallajaḥ 'an excellent maiden'.

tallikā A key.

talvam Scent produced from the rubbing of fragrant substances.

tavakṣīram 1 Manna of bamboo.
     (2) A kind of extract of wheat, rice &c.

tavarājaḥ A sort of sugar.

tavas a. Ved. 1 Old.
     (2) Strong, great. --n. Strength, power (bala).

tavasya a.
     (1) Increasing strength (as an oblation). --syaṃ Strength.

taviṣa a. Ved.
     (1) Old.
     (2) Strong, powerful, bold, courageous. --ṣaḥ
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) Heaven.
     (3) Strength.
     (4) Business (vyavasāya). --ṣī
     (1) Power.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) A river.
     (4) N. of a daughter of Indra.

taviṣyā Violence, force.

tavīṣaḥ
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) Heaven.
     (3) Gold.

tavya A Kṛt affix by means of which potential passive participles are formed from roots, e. g. kartavya from kṛ.

taṣṭa a.
     (1) Hewn, cut, chiseled, split.
     (2) Fashioned; see takṣ.

taṣṭṛ m.
     (1) A carpenter in general.
     (2) The architect of gods (viśvakarman).

tas 4 P. (tasyati)
     (1) To fade away, become exhausted.
     (2) To throw down.
     (3) To wane, decay, perish.
     (4) To reject, cast. [cf. Eng. toss.]

taskaraḥ 1 A thief, robber; māsaṃcara manaḥpāṃtha tatrāste smarataskaraḥ Bh. 1. 86; Ms. 4. 135, 8. 67.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Anything bad or contemptible.
     (3) The ear. --rī A passionate woman.

taskaratā
     (1) Theft.
     (2) Hearing.

tasthu a. Stationary, immoveable, stable.

tākṣaṇyaḥ, tākṣṇaḥ The son of a carpenter.

tācchīlikaḥ N. of an affix used to denote a particular inclination, tendency, or habit.

tācchīlyam The act of being accustomed to that; tācchīlye ṇiniḥ.

tājat a. Quick, speedy. --ind. Suddenly, abruptly; (opp. ciraṃ).

tāṭaṃkaḥ An ornament for the ear, a large ear-ring.

tāṭasthyam
     (1) Proximity.
     (2) Indifference, disregard, neutrality; see taṭastha.

tāḍa, tāḍanam &c. see under taḍ.

tā(ṭa)ḍakā
     (1) N. of a female fiend, daughter of Suketu, wife of Sunda and mother of Mārīcha. [She was changed into a fiend by the sage Agastya whose devotions she had disturbed. She was killed by Rāma when she began to disturb the sacrificial rites of Viśvāmitra. Rāma was first unwilling to bend his bow against a woman, but the sage overcame his scruples, see R. 11. 20].
     (2) The large dark-green pumpkin.

tāḍakeyaḥ [tāḍakāyā apatyaṃ ḍhak] An epithet of the demon Mārīcha, son of Tāḍakā.

tāḍaṃkaḥ, tāḍapatram See tāṭaṃka.

tāḍāga a. (gī f.) Being in or coming from tanks.

tāḍiḥ --ḍī f.
     (1) A kind of palm.
     (2) A kind of ornament.

tāṃḍavaḥ --vam
     (1) Dancing in general; madatāṃḍavotsavāṃte U. 3. 18; bhrū- dance or playful movement of the eyebrows; 3. 19.
     (2) Particularly, the frantic or violent dance of Śiva; tryaṃbakānaṃdi vastāṃḍavaṃ devi bhūyādabhīṣṭyai ca hṛṣṭyai ca naḥ Mal. 5. 23, 1. 1.
     (3) The art of dancing.
     (4) A sort of grass.
     (5) (In prosody) A foot of three short syllables.
     -- Comp.
          --tālikaḥ an epithet of Nandin, the door-keeper of Śiva.
          --priyaḥ N. of Śiva.

tāṃḍavita a.
     (1) Dancing, made to dance; Māl. 2.
     (2) Moving round in a wild dance; U. 5. 36.
     (3) Fluttering.
     (4) Frowning.

tāṃḍiḥ The science of dancing.

tātaḥ [tan-kta dīrghaśca Uṇ. 3. 90] 1 A father; mṛṣyaṃtu lavasya bāliśatāṃ tātapādāḥ U. 6; hā tāteti kraṃditamākarṇya viṣaṇṇaḥ R. 9. 75.
     (2) A term of affection, endearment or pity, applied to any person, but usually to inferiors or juniors, pupils, children &c.; tāta caṃdrāpīḍa K. 106; Māl. 6. 16; rakṣasā bhakṣitastāta tava tāto vanāṃtare Mb.
     (3) A term of respect applied to elders or other venerable personages; hepitā hi bahavo nareśvarāstena tāta dhanuṣā dhanurbhṛtaḥ R. 11. 40; tasmānmucye yathā tāta saṃvidhātuṃ tathārhasi 1. 72.
     (4) Any person for whom one feels pity.
     -- Comp.
          --gu a. 1. agreeable to a father. --2. paternal. (
          --guḥ) a paternal uncle.
          --tulyaḥ a paternal uncle, or the most respectable of a man's male relations.

tātanaḥ The Khanjana or wagtail.

tātala a.
     (1) Paternal.
     (2) Hot. --laḥ 1 A disease.
     (2) An iron club or spike.
     (3) Cooking, maturing.
     (4) Heat.
     (5) A relative who may be regarded as a father.

tātiḥ Offspring. --tiḥ f. Continuity, succession, as in ariṣṭatāti or śivatāti q. v.

tātkālika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Simultaneous.
     (2) Immediate.
     (3) Relating to any particular time.

tātkālyam Simultaneity.

tātparyam [tatparasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Purport, meaning, scope, atredaṃ tātparyaṃ &c.
     (2) Purport of propositions; K. P. 2.
     (3) Aim, object, intended reference to any object, purpose, intention (with loc.); iha yathārthakathane tātparyaṃ P. II. 3. 43 Com.
     (4) The object or intention of the speaker (in using particular words in a sentence); vakturicchā tu tātparyaṃ parikīrtitaṃ Bhāṣā P. 84; tātparyānupapattitaḥ 82.
     (5) Explanation.
     (6) Entire devotion to or absorption in any object.

tātparyaka a. Aiming at, meaning.

tāttvika a. True, real, essential; kiṃ cāsīdamṛtasya bhedavigamaḥ sācismite tāttvikaḥ Bv. 2. 81; tāttvikaḥ saṃbaṃdhaḥ &c.

tādarthika a. Intended for that.

tādarthyam 1 Identity of aim, object.
     (2) Relation to.
     (3) Sameness of meaning.
     (4) Purpose, aim.

tādātmyam Sameness of nature, identity, unity; nayanayostādātmyamaṃbhoruhāṃ Bv. 2. 81; bhagavatyātmanastādātmyaṃ &c.

tādṛkṣa a. (kṣī f.), tādṛś a., tādṛśa a. (śī f.) Such-like, like him, her or it, like that; tādṛgguṇā Ms. 9. 22, 36; Amaru. 46; yādṛśastādṛśaḥ any body whoever, common or ordinary man; upadeśo na dātavyo yādṛśe tādṛśe jane Pt. 1. 390.

tānaḥ [tan-ghañ]
     (1) A thread, fibre.
     (2) (In music) A protracted tone, a key-note; yathā tānaṃ vinā rāgaḥ Bv. 1. 119; tānapradāyitvamivopagaṃtuṃ Ku. 1. 8. (the number of tānas is said to be 49).
     (3) A monotonous tone. --naṃ
     (1) Expanse, extension.
     (2) An object of sense.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. 1. tuning the voice as a preparatory step to singing. --2. running over the notes to catch the key.

tānavam Thinness, smallness; hāsyaprabhā tānavamāsasāda Vikr. 1. 106.

tānūraḥ A whirlpool.

tāṃta See under tam.

tāṃtava a. (vī f.) [taṃtorvikāraḥ añ] Made of threads. --vaṃ 1 Spinning, weaving.
     (2) A web.
     (3) A woven cloth.

tāṃtuvāyiḥ, tāṃtavāyyaḥ The son of a weaver.

tāṃtrika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Well-versed in any science or doctrine.
     (2) Relating to the Tantras.
     (3) Taught or contained in them. --kaḥ A follower of Tantra doctrines.

tāpa, tāpana, &c. See under tap.

tāpatyaḥ An epithet of Kuru; also of Arjuna.

tāpasa a. (sī f.)
     (1) Relating to religious penance or to an ascetic.
     (2) Devout. --saḥ (sī f.) A hermit, devotee, an ascetic.
     -- Comp.
          --iṣṭā, --priyā a grape.
          --taruḥ, --drumaḥ the tree of ascetics, also called iṃgudī.

tāpasyam Asceticism.

tāpicchaḥ The Tamāla tree or its flower (n.); praphullatāpicchanibhairabhīṣubhiḥ Śi. 1. 22; vyomnastāpicchagucchāvalibhiriva tamovallaṃrībhirvriyaṃte Mal. 5. 6; (tāpiṃja used in the same sense).

tāpījam Sulphuret of iron.

tāpī
     (1) N. of the river Tāptī, which joins the sea near Surat.
     (2) The river Yamunā.

tāmaḥ [tam-karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) An object of terror.
     (2) A fault, defect.
     (3) Anxiety, distress.
     (4) Desire.
     (5) Exhaustion, fatigue.

tāmaram
     (1) Water.
     (2) Clarified butter.

tāmarasam [tāmare jale sasti sas ḍa Tv.]
     (1) The red lotus; Pt. 1. 94; R. 6. 37, 9. 12, 37; Amaru. 70. 88.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Copper. --sī A lotus-pond.

tāmasa a. (sī f.) [tamo'styasya aṇ]
     (1) Dark, consisting of darkness; Māl. 9. 52; U. 5. 12.
     (2) Affected by or relating to tamas or the quality of darkness (the third of the three qualities of nature); Bg. 7. 12, 17. 2; M. 1. 1; Ms 12. 3334.
     (3) Ignorant.
     (4) Vicious. --saḥ
     (1) A malignant person, an incendiary, a villain.
     (2) A snake.
     (3) An owl.
     (4) N. of a son of Rāhu. --saṃ Darkness. --sī
     (1) Night, a dark night.
     (2) Sleep.
     (3) An epithet of Durgā.

tāmasika a. (kī f.) [tamasā nirvṛttaṃṭhañ]
     (1) Dark.
     (2) Belonging to, derived from, or connected with tamas.

tāmisraḥ
     (1) A division of hell.
     (2) The dark fortnight of a month.
     (3) Hatred.
     (4) Anger.
     (5) A demon, Rākṣasa (going about in the dark).

tāṃbūlam
     (1) The areca-nut.
     (2) The leaf of piper-betel, which together with the areca-nut, catechu, chunam, and spices is usually chewed after meals; tāṃbūlabhṛtagallo'yaṃ bhallaṃ jalpati mānuṣaḥ K. P. 7; rāgo na skhalitastavādharapuṭe tāṃbūlasaṃvardhitaḥ S. Til. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikāraḥ the office of carrying the betel-box; Pt. 1.
          --karaṃkaḥ, --peṭikā a betel-box; (Mar. pānadāna, pānapuḍā). --daḥ, --dharaḥ, --vāhakaḥ a servant attached to men of rank to carry the betel-box and to provide them with tāṃbūla whenever necessary.
          --vallī the betel-plant; R. 6. 64.

tāṃbūlikaḥ A seller of betel.

tāṃbūlin a. Relating to betel. --m. A servant who prepares the Tāmbūla and gives it to his master when wanted.

tāṃbūlī The betel-plant; tāṃbūlīnāṃ dalaistatra racitāpānabhūmayaḥ R. 4. 42.

tāmra a. [tam-rak dīrghaḥ Uṇ. 2. 16]
     (1) Made of copper.
     (2) Of a coppery red colour, red; udeti savitā tāmrastāmra evāstameti ca. --mraḥ A kind of leprosy with red spots. --mraṃ
     (1) Copper.
     (2) A dark or coppery red. --mrī A copper pot having a small hole at the bottom used in measuring time by placing it in a watervessel.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ 1. a crow. --2. the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --ardhaḥ bellmetal.
          --aśman m. a kind of jewel (padmarāga). --ābhaṃ red sandal (raktacaṃdana). --upajīvin m. a coppersmith.
          --oṣṭhaḥ (forming tāmroṣṭha or tāmrauṣṭha) a red or cherry lip; Ku. 1. 44.
          --kāraḥ, --kuṭṭaḥ a brazier, coppersmith.
          --kṛmiḥ. a kind of red insect (iṃdragopa). --2. the lady bird. --3. cochineal.
          --garbha sulphate of copper.
          --cūḍaḥ a cock.
          --trapujaṃ brass.
          --druḥ the red sandalwood.
          --dvīpaḥ the island of Ceylon.
          --dhātuḥ red chalk.
          --paṭṭaḥ, --patraṃ, a copper-plate on which grants of land were frequently inscribed; Y. 1. 319.
          --parṇī N. of a river rising in Malaya, celebrated for its pearls; R. 4. 50.
          --pallavaḥ the Aśoka tree.
          --phalakaṃ a copper-plate.
          --mukha a. copper-faced. (
          --khaḥ) a Frank or European.
          --varṇī the blossom of sesamum.
          --liptaḥ N. of a country. (
          --ptāḥ pl.) its people or rulers.
          --vṛkṣaḥ a species of sandal.
          --śikhin m. a cock.
          --sārakaḥ a sort of Khadira. (
          --kaṃ) red sandal-wood.

tāmrakam Copper.

tāmrika a. (kī f.) Made of copper, coppery. --kaḥ A brazier, coppersmith.

tāmriman m. Redness, the colour of copper.

tāmrayam Redness.

tāy 1 A. (tāyate, tāyita)
     (1) To spread, extend, proceed in a continuous line.
     (2) To protect, preserve. --WITH vi to spread, create; Bk. 16. 105.

tāyanam
     (1) Proceeding well, succeeding.
     (2) Increase, growth.

tāyuḥ Ved. A thief.

tāra a. [tṝ-ṇic bhāve ac]
     (1) High, (as a note.)
     (2) Loud, shrill (as a sound); Māl. 5. 20.
     (3) Shining, radiant, clear; hārāṃstārāṃstaralaguṭikān (regarded as an interpolation in Me. by Malli.); urasi nihitastāro hāraḥ Amaru. 28; R. 5. 52.
     (4) Good, excellent, well-flavoured.
     (5) Clear, clean. --raḥ
     (1) The bank of a river.
     (2) The clearness of a pearl.
     (3) A beautiful or big pearl; hāramamalataratāramurasi dadhataṃ Gīt. 11.
     (4) An epithet of
     (1) Viṣṇu,
     (2) Śiva.
     (5) The mystical syllable om (praṇava).
     (6) Protection.
     (7) A high tone or note.
     (8) Crossing, passing over. --raḥ, --raṃ
     (1) A star or planet; (said to be f. also).
     (2) The pupil of the eye; (said to be m. also).
     (3) A pearl (said to be f. also).
     -- Comp.
          --abhraḥ camphor.
          --ariḥ a pyritic ore of iron.
          --patanaṃ the falling of a star or meteor.
          --puṣpaḥ the Kunda or jasmine creeper.
          --vāyuḥ loud-sounding wind, a whistling breeze.
          --śuddhikaraṃ lead
          --svara a. having a loud or shrill sound.
          --hāraḥ 1. a necklace of big or beautiful pearls. --2. a shining necklace.

tārakaḥ N. of a demon killed by Kārtikeya. [He was the son of Vajrāṅga and Varāṅgi. He propitiated the god Brahmadeva by means of his penance on the Pāriyātra mountain, and asked as a boon that he should not be killed by any one except a child seven days old. On the strength of this boon he began to oppress the gods who were obliged to go to Brahmā and ask his assistance in the destruction of the demon; (see Ku. 2). But they were told that the offspring of Śiva could alone vanquish him. Afterwards Kārtikeya was born, and he slew the demon on the seventh day of his birth].
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, --jit m. an epithet of Kārtikeya. (For other senses, see under tṝ).

tārakā
     (1) A star.
     (2) A meteor, falling star.
     (3) The pupil of the eye; saṃdadhe dṛśamudagratārakāṃ R. 11. 69; Ch. P. 5; Bh 1. 11.
     (4) N. of the wife of Bṛhaspati.

tārakiṇī A starry night, night during which stars are visible.

tārakita a. [tārakāḥ asya saṃjātāḥ itac] Starry, star-spangled, studded with stars.

tāraṇa, tārita, tārika &c. See under tṝ.

tāratamyam [taratamayorbhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Gradation, proportion, relative importance, comparative value.
     (2) Difference, distinction; nirdhanaṃ nidhanametayordvayostāratamyāvidhimuktacetasāṃ . bodhanāya vidhinā vinirmitā repha eva jayavaijayaṃtikā .. Udb.

tārala a. Unsteady. --laḥ
     (1) A libidinous man, lecher, libertine.
     (2) The companion of a dissolute man (viṭa).

tāralyam
     (1) Tremulousness.
     (2) Libidinousness, dissoluteness.

tārā
     (1) A star or planet in general; haṃsaśreṇīsu tārāsu R. 4. 19; Bh. 1. 15.
     (2) A fixed star; R. 6. 22.
     (3) The pupil of the eye, the eye-ball; kāṃtāmaṃtaḥ pramodādabhisarati madabhrāṃtatāraścakoraḥ Māl. 9. 30; vismayasmeratāraiḥ 1. 28, Ku. 3, 47.
     (4) A pearl.
     (5)
          (a) N. of the wife of Vāli, king of the monkeys, and mother of Angada. She in vain tried to dissuade her husband Vāli from fighting with Rāma and Sugrīva, and married Sugrīva after Vāli had been killed by Rāma.
          (b) N. of the wife of Bṛhaspati, the preceptor of the gods. She was on one occasion carried off by Soma (the moon) who refused to deliver her up to her husband when demanded. A fierce contest then ensued, and Brahmā had at last to compel Soma to restore her to her husband. Tārā gave birth to a son named Budha who became the ancestor of the Lunar race of kings.
          (c) N. of the wife of Hariśchandra and mother of Rohidāsa; (also called Tārāmatī).
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ 1. the moon; Ku. 7. 48; Bh. 1. 71. --2. Śiva. --3. Bṛhaspati. --4. Vāli. --5. Sugrīva.
          --āpīḍaḥ the moon.
          --ābhaḥ quicksilver.
          --patiḥ 1. the moon; R. 13. 76. --2. Vāli. --3. Bṛhaspati. --4. Śiva.
          --pathaḥ the atmosphere, firmament.
          --pramāṇaṃ sidereal measure, sidereal time.
          --bhūṣā the night.
          --maṃḍalaṃ 1. the starry region, the zodiac. --2. the pupil of the eye.
          --mṛgaḥ the constellation mṛgaśiras. --maitrakaṃ 'the friendship of the stars', spontaneous or unaccountable love; Māl. 7, 4; U. 5.
          --varṣaṃ falling stars.

tārāyaṇaḥ The holy fig-tree.

tāruṇa a. Youthful, young.

tāruṇyam
     (1) Youth, youthfulness.
     (2) Freshness (fig.).

tāreyaḥ
     (1) The planet Mercury.
     (2) An epithet of Angada, son of Vāli.

tārkava a. (vī f.) Spun, woven.

tārkikaḥ [tarkaṃ vetti tacchāstramadhīte vā ṭhañ]
     (1) A dialectician, logician.
     (2) A philosopher.

tārkṣaḥ N. of the sage kaśyapa.

tārkṣyaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Garuḍa; trastena tārkṣyāt kila kāliyena R. 6. 49.
     (2) N. of Garuḍa's elder brother Aruṇa.
     (3) A car.
     (4) A horse.
     (5) A snake.
     (6) A bird in general.
     (7) N. of Śiva.
     (8) N. of Śiva.
     (9) Gold. (10) A kind of antidote.
     -- Comp.
          --dhvajaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --nāyakaḥ an epithet of Garuḍa.

tārṇa a. (rṇī f.) [tṛṇasyedaṃ śivā- aṇ]
     (1) Made of grass.
     (2) Levied from grass (as a tax). --rṇaḥ Fire.

tārtīya a. [tṛtīya eva, svārthe aṇ]
     (1) The third.
     (2) Belonging to the third --yaṃ A third part.

tārtīyīka a. The third; tārtīyīkatayā mito'yamagamattasya prabaṃdhe N. 3. 136; tārtīyīkaṃ purārestadavatu madanaploṣaṇaṃ locanaṃ vaḥ Māl. 1. v. l.

tālaḥ [tal eva aṇ]
     (1) The palmyra tree; Bh. 2. 90; R. 15. 23.
     (2) A banner formed of the palm.
     (3) Slapping or clapping the hands together, the noise made by it; Mal. 5. 23.
     (4) Flapping in general.
     (5) Flapping of the ears of an elephant.
     (6) Beating time (in music); karakisalayatālairmugdhayā nartyamānaṃ U. 3. 10; Me. 79.
     (7) A musical instrument made of bell-metal; R. 9. 71.
     (8) The palm of the hand.
     (9) A lock, bolt. (10) The hilt of a sword.
     (11) An epithet of Śiva.
     (12) (In prosody) A trochee.
     (13) A particular measure of height.
     (14) A short span. --laṃ
     (1) The nut of the palmyra tree.
     (2) Yellow orpiment.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ 1. N. of Balarāma. --2. the palm-leaf used for writing. --3. a book. --4. a saw. --5. N. of Śiva. --6. a man endowed with every fortunate mark or sign.
          --avacaraḥ a dancer, an actor.
          --ketuḥ an epithet of Bhīṣma.
          --kṣīrakaṃ, --garbhaḥ the exudation of the palm.
          --jaṭā, --pralaṃbaḥ the fibres of the palm tree.
          --dhvajaḥ, --bhṛt m. an epithet of Balarama.
          --patraṃ 1. the palm-leaf used for writing. --2. a kind of ear-ornament (hollow cylinder of gold thrust through the lobe of the ear).
          --baddha, --śuddha a. measured, rhythmical, regulated by musical time.
          --mardalaḥ a kind of musical instrument, a cymbal.
          --yaṃtraṃ 1. a kind of surgical instrument. --2. a lock, a lock and key.
          --recanakaḥ a dancer, an actor.
          --lakṣaṇaḥ an epithet of Balarāma.
          --vanaṃ a grove of trees.
          --vṛṃtaṃ a fan; S. 3. 21, Ku. 2. 35; also tālavṛṃtakaḥ.

tālī
     (1) A species of the mountainpalm, palm-tree.
     (2) The common toddy (tādī).
     (3) Fragrant earth.
     (4) A sort of key.
     -- Comp.
          --vanaṃ a grove of palm trees; R. 4. 34, 6. 57.

tālakam
     (1) Yellow orpiment.
     (2) A fragrant earth.
     (3) A bolt, latch. --kī The vinous exudation of the palm, toddy.
     -- Comp.
          --ābha a. green. (
          --bhaḥ) the green colour.

tālaṃkaḥ A kind of ear-ornament, (=tāḍaṃka q. v.).

tālavya a. Relating to the palate, palatal.
     -- Comp.
          --varṇaḥ a palatal letter; i. e. i, ī, c, ch, j, jh, ñ and y. --svaraḥ a palatal vowel; i. e. i and ī.

tālikaḥ [tālena nirvṛttaḥ ṭhak]
     (1) The open palm of the hand.
     (2) Clapping the hands (tālikā also); yathaikena na hastena tālikā saṃprapadyate Pt. 2. 128; uccāṭanīyaḥ karatālikānāṃ dānādidānīṃ bhavatībhireṣaḥ N. 3. 7.
     (3) A tie, seal.

tālitam
     (1) Coloured cloth.
     (2) Any musical instrument.
     (3) A string, tie.

tālin m. N. of Śiva.

tāliśaḥ A mountain.

tālu n. [taraṃtyanena varṇāḥ tṝ-aṇ rasya laḥ; cf. Uṇ. 1. 5] The palate; tṛṣā mahatyā pariśuṣkatālavaḥ Rs. 1. 11.
     -- Comp.
          --jihvaḥ 1. a crocodile. --2. the uvula.
          --pākaḥ an abscess in the palate.
          --puppuṭaḥ an indolent swelling of the palate.
          --mūlaṃ the root or back-part of the palate.
          --sthāna a. palatal. (
          --naṃ) the palate.

tālukam
     (1) The palate.
     (2) A disease of the palate.

tālūraḥ A whirlpool, an eddy.

tālūṣakam The palate.

tāvaka a. (kī f.), tāvakīna a. Thy, thine; tapaḥ kva vatse kva ca tāvakaṃ vapuḥ Ku. 5. 4; Ki. 3. 12; Bv. 1. 36, 96.

tāvat a. (Correlative of yāvatṃ q. v.)
     (1) So much, that much, so many; te tu yāvaṃta evājau tāvāṃśca dadṛśe sa taiḥ R. 12. 45; H. 4. 72; Ku. 2. 33.
     (2) So great, so large, of this extent; yāvatī saṃbhaved vṛttistāvatīṃ dātumarhasi Ms. 8. 155, 9. 249; Bg. 2. 46.
     (3) All (expressing totality); yāvaddattaṃ tāvadbhuktaṃ G. M. --ind.
     (1) First (before doing anything else); ārye itastāvadāgamyatāṃ S. 1; āhlādayasva tāvaccaṃdrakaraścaṃdrakāṃtamiva V. 5. 11; Me. 13.
     (2) On one's part, in the meanwhile; sakhe sthirapratibaṃdho bhava . ahaṃ tāvat svāminaścittavṛttimanuvartiṣye S. 2; R. 7. 32.
     (3) Just, now; gaccha tāvat.
     (4) Indeed, (to emphasize an expression); tvameva tāvatprathamo rājadrohī Mu 1 'thou thyself'; tvameva tāvatpariciṃtaya svayaṃ Ku. 5. 67.
     (5) Truly, really (to express assent); dṛḍhastāvadbaṃdhaḥ H. 1.
     (6) As for, with respect to; vigrahastāvadupasthitaḥ H. 3; evaṃ kṛte tava tāvatkleśaṃ vinā prāṇayātrā bhaviṣyati Pt. 1.
     (7) Completely; tāvatprakīrṇābhinavopacārāṃ R. 7. 4 (tāvatprakīrṇa = sākalyena prasārita Malli.).
     (8) Surprise (oh!, what a wonder). (For the senses of tāvat as a correlative of yāvat, see yāvat).
     -- Comp.
          --kṛtvas ind. so many times.
          --mātraṃ just so much.
          --varṣa a. so many years old.

tāvatika, tāvatka a. Bought for so much, worth so much, of so much value.

tāvaddhā ind.
     (1) In such a number.
     (2) So often.

tāvaram A bow-string.

tāviṣaḥ --ṣī
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) Heaven.

tāvīṣaḥ
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Heaven. --ṣī
     (1) A river.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) N. of a daughter of Indra.

tāvuriḥ The sign Taurus of the Zodiac, (a word borrowed from the Greek Tauros.).

tāskaryam Theft.

tik I. 1 A. (tekate) To go or move. --II. 5 P. (tiknoti)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To attack, assail.
     (3) To wound.
     (4) To seek to injure or kill.
     (5) To challenge; also written tig or tigh in this sense.

tikta a. [tij-bā-kartari kta]
     (1) Bitter, pungent (as one of the six flavours or Rasas); Me. 20.
     (2) Fragrant; Me. 33. --ktaḥ
     (1) Bitter taste; (see under kaṭu).
     (2) The Kuṭaja tree.
     (3) Pungency.
     (4) Fragrance.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhā mustard.
          --taṃḍulā long pepper.
          --dhātuḥ bile.
          --phalaḥ, --maricaḥ the clearing-nut plant.

tiktaka a. Bitter. --kaḥ
     (1) The Khadira tree.
     (2) N. of several plants.

tigma a. [tij-mak jasya gaḥ Uṇ. 1. 45]
     (1) Sharp, pointed (as a weapon).
     (2) Violent.
     (3) Hot, scorching.
     (4) Pungent, acrid.
     (5) Fiery, passionate. --gmaṃ
     (1) Heat.
     (2) Pungency. Comp. --aṃśuḥ
     (1) the sun; tigmāṃśurastaṃ gataḥ Gīt. 5. --2. fire. --3. N. of Śiva. --karaḥ, --dīdhitiḥ, --raśmiḥ, --ruc m. the sun. --tejas a. Ved. 1. sharp-pointed. --2. penetrating. --3. of a violent nature. --4. of resplendent lustre. --yātanā acute or violent pain.

tij I. 1 A. (Strictly desid. of tij) (titikṣate, titikṣita)
     (1) To endure, bear.
     (2) To put up with, suffer patiently or with courage; titikṣamāṇasya pareṇa niṃdāṃ M. 1. 17; tāṃstitikṣasva bhārata Bg. 2. 14; Mv. 2. 12; Ki. 13. 68; Ms. 6. 47. --II. 10 U. or Caus. (tejayati-te, tejita)
     (1) To sharpen, whet; kusumacāpamatejayadaṃśubhiḥ R. 9. 39.
     (2) To stir up, excite, instigate.

titikṣā Endurance, patience, resignation, forbearance.

titikṣu a. Patient, forbearing, enduring.

tejaḥ
     (1) Pungency.
     (2) Sharpness (of a weapon).
     (3) Brilliancy.
     (4) Spirit.

tejanam [tij-ṇic-lyu]
     (1) A bamboo.
     (2) Sharpening, whetting.
     (3) Kindling.
     (4) Rendering bright.
     (5) Polishing.
     (6) A reed.
     (7) The point of an arrow, the edge of a weapon. --nī
     (1) A mat.
     (2) A tuft.
     (3) A tuft of hair on the head of a horse.

tijilaḥ(naḥ)
     (1) The moon.
     (2) A Rākṣasa.

titauḥ A sieve. --n. A parasol.

titikṣā &c. See under tij.

titibhaḥ
     (1) A fire-fly.
     (2) A kind of insect (iṃdragopa).

titiraḥ, tittiraḥ The francoline partridge.

tittiriḥ [titti iṃti śabdaṃ rauti ru-bā- ḍi Tv.]
     (1) The francoline partridge.
     (2) N. of a sage said to be the first teacher of the black Yajurveda.

tittirikaḥ The francoline partridge.

tittirīka a. Spotted like a partridge.

tithaḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Love.
     (3) Time.
     (4) The rainy season or autumn.

tithiḥ m. or f. [at-ithin pṛṣo- vā ṅīp cf. Uṇ. 4. 2]
     (1) A lunar day; tithireva tāvanna śuddhyati Mu. 5; Ku. 6. 93, 7. 1.
     (2) The number '15'.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ the regent of a lunar day.
          --kṣayaḥ 1. the day of new moon. --2. the day on which a tithi begins and ends without one sunrise or between two sunrises.
          --patrī an almanac.
          --pālanaṃ observance of the rites prescribed for the several lunar days.
          --praṇīḥ the moon.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. the day in which a tithi is completed under two suns (one which comprises two sunrises).

tiniśaḥ A particular tree; dātyūhaistiniśasya koṭaravati skaṃdhe nilīya sthitaṃ Māl. 9. 7.

tiṃtiḍaḥ, --ḍī, tiṃtiḍikā, tiṃtiḍīkaḥ
     (1) The tamarind tree.
     (2) A sour sauce (made of its fruits). --kaṃ
     (1) The fruit of the tamarind.
     (2) A sour sauce.

tiṃtilī, tiṃtili(lī)kā The tamarind tree.

tiṃduḥ, tiṃdukaḥ, tiṃdulaḥ N. of a tree.

tiṃdukaṃ, --kī The fruit of the ebony tree. --kaṃ A kind of measure (karṣa).

tip 1 A. (tepate)
     (1) To sprinkle.
     (2) To drop, distil, ooze, leak.
     (3) To protect.

tim I. 1 P. (temati, timita) To make wet or damp, moisten. --II. 4 P. (timyati)
     (1) To become wet.
     (2) To become quiet or tranquil, be calm.

timita a. [tim-kartari-kta]
     (1) Moist, wet, damp.
     (2) Motionless, steady.
     (3) Calm, tranquil.

timiḥ
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) A kind of whale or fish of an enormous size; R. 13. 10.
     (3) A fish in general.
     (4) The figure of a fish produced by drawing two lines, one intersecting the other at right angles.
     -- Comp.
          --koṣaḥ the ocean.
          --jaṃ a kind of pearl.
          --dhvajaḥ N. of a demon killed by Indra with the assistance of Daśaratha. (It was in the fight with this demon that Kaikeyī saved the life of Daśaratha while in a swooning fit and got from him two boons which she afterwards used to send Rāma into exile).

timiṃgilaḥ A kind of fish which swallows a timi; Bv. 1. 55. -aśanaḥ, -gilaḥ a very large fish which swallows even a timingila; timiṃgilagilo'pyasti tadgilo'pyasti rāghavaḥ ..

timita See under tim.

timira a. [tim-kirac] Dark; vinyasyaṃtīṃ dṛśau timire pathi Gīt. 5; babhūvustimirā diśaḥ Mb. --raḥ --raṃ
     (1) Darkness; tannaiśaṃ timiramapākaroti caṃdraḥ S. 6. 29; Ku. 4. 11; Śi. 4. 57.
     (3) Blindness.
     (3) Iron-rust.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, --nud m.,
          --ripuḥ the sun.

timiramayaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Rāhu.
     (2) An eclipse in general.

timirayati Den. P. To obscure, eclipse, darken.

timirāyate Den. A. To be or appear dark.

timirin m. The cochineal insect.

tirayati Den. P.
     (1) To conceal, keep concealed or secret.
     (2) To hinder, stop, obstruct, obscure; tirayati karaṇānāṃ grāhakatvaṃ pramohaḥ Māl. 1. 40; vāraṃvāraṃ tirayati dṛśorudgamaṃ bāṣpapūraḥ 35; tiraṃyati vacanaṃ 9. 30 'drowns'.
     (3) To conquer.

tiras ind. [tṝ-asun svarādi]
     (1) Crookedly, obliquely, awry; sa tiryaṅ yastiroṃ'cati Ak.
     (2) Without; apart from.
     (3) Secretly, covertly, invisibly.
     (4) Across, beyond, over.
     (5) Indirectly, badly. [In classical literature tiras is rarely used by itself, but chiefly occurs in composition with
          (a) kṛ,
          (b) dhā, and
          (c) bhū; see below.]
     -- Comp.
          --kuḍya, --prākāra a. looking through a wall.
          --gata a. vanished, disappeared.
          --varṣa a. protected from rain.

tiraskṛ(tiraḥ --kṛ) 8 U.
     (1) To despise, contemn; H. 3. 8, Bk. 9. 62.
     (2) To blame, scold, abuse; gībhirgurūṇāṃ paruṣākṣarābhistiraskṛtā yāṃti narā mahattvaṃ Bv. 1. 73.
     (3) To surpass, excel; R. 3. 8.
     (4) To cover, conceal; R. 16. 20; Ms. 4. 49, Amaru. 81.
     (5) To set aside, remove.

tiraskara a. Surpassing, excelling.

tiraska(skā)riṇī
     (1) A curtain, veil; tiraskariṇyo jaladā bhavaṃti Ku. 1. 14; M. 2. 1
     (2) An outer tent, screen of cloth.
     (3) A kind of magical veil (or spell) rendering the wearer invisible; S. 6. and V. 2, inter alia. It is properly the science or art possessed by celestial beings of rendering themselves invisible by repeating some Mantras.

tiraskāraḥ, tiraskṛtiḥ f., tiraskriyā
     (1) Contempt, disrespect.
     (2) Censure, abuse, reproach.
     (3) Concealment, disappearance.

tiraskṛta p. p.
     (1) Disregarded, despised.
     (2) Abused, condemned.
     (3) Concealed, covered.
     (4) Disappeared, vanished.
     (5) Surpassed, excelled.

tirodhā 3 U.
     (1) To disappear, vanish; R. 10. 48, 11. 91.
     (2) To cover, conceal, hide.
     (3) To excel, eclipse.
     (4) To overpower, conquer, defeat.
     (5) To set aside, remove.
     (6) To hide one's self from (with abl.).

tirodhānam
     (1) Disappearance, removal; atha khalu tirodhānamadhiyāṃ G. L. 18.
     (2) A covering, veil, sheath, a cloth or cloak.

tirohita p. p.
     (1) Concealed, hidden, removed from sight.
     (2) Vanished, disappeared.

tirobhū 1 P. To disappear, vanish; Bk. 6. 71, 14. 44. --Caus. To dispel.

tirobhāvaḥ Disappearance.

tirasyati Den. P. To disappear.

tirāheyati Den. P. To hide, conceal.

tiryac a. (tiraścī f., rarely tiryaṃ, cī)
     (1) Oblique, transverse, horizontal, awry; Ku. 6. 71.
     (2) Crooked, curved.
     (3) Crossing over, traversing.
     (4) Winding.
     (5) Lying in the middle or between. --m., --n.
     (1) An animal (going horizontally, as distinguished from man who walks erect), a lower or irrational animal; baṃdhāya divye na tiraści kaścit pāśādirāsāditapauruṣaḥ syāt N. 3. 20; Ku. 1. 48.
     (2) A bird.
     (3) (With Jainas) The organic world, or plants.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ intermediate space measured across, breadth.
          --ayanaṃ the annual revolution of the sun.
          --īkṣa a. looking obliquely.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa
          --gaḥ an animal.
          --gatiḥ transmigration of animals.
          --janaḥ an animal.
          --jātiḥ f. the brute kind (opp. man).
          --pramāṇaṃ breadth.
          --prekṣaṇaṃ a side-look.
          --yānaḥ a crab.
          --yonaḥ an animal.
          --yoniḥ f. animal creation or race; tiryagyonau ca jāyate Ms. 4. 200.
          --sūtraṃ a cross-line.
          --srotas m. 1. the animal world. --2. an animal, a beast or bird.

tiryak ind. Obliquely, crookedly, in a slanting or oblique direction; vilokayati tiryak K. P. 10; Me. 51, Ku. 5. 74;

tiryaktā --tvam
     (1) Animal nature.
     (2) Breadth.

tiraścī, tiryaṃcī The female of an animal.

tiraścīna a. [tiryageva svārthe kha]
     (1) Oblique, sideways, awry; gataṃ tiraścīnamanūrusāratheḥ Śi. 1. 2; yathā tiraścīnamalātaśalyaṃ U. 3. 35.
     (2) Irregular.

til I. 1 P. (telati) To go, move. --II. 6 P., 10 U. (tilati, telayati-te)
     (1) To be unctuous or greasy.
     (2) To anoint, smear with oil.

tilaḥ [til-ka]
     (1) The sesamum plant; nāsābhyeti tilaprasūnapadavīṃ Gīt. 10.
     (2) The seed of this plant; nākasmācchāṃḍilīmātā vikrīṇāti tilaistilān . luṃcitānitarairyena kāryamatra bhaviṣyati .. Pt. 2. 65.
     (3) A mole, spot.
     (4) A small particle, as much as a sesamumseed; tile tālaṃ paśyati 'makes mountains of molehills'.
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ rice with sesamum seed.
          --aṃbu, --udakaṃ water with sesamum seed offered to the dead as a libation; S. 3; Ms. 3. 223.
          --uttamā N. of an Apsaras.
          --odanaḥ, --naṃ a dish of milk, rice and sesamum.
          --kalkaḥ dough made of ground sesamum. -jaḥ oil-cake made of the sediment of ground sesamum.
          --kālakaḥ 1. a mole, a dark spot under the skin. --2. a disease of the penis in which the fleshy parts become black and die off.
          --kidṛṃ, --khaliḥ f.,
          --khalī, --cūrṇaṃ the caky sediment of sesamum after the oil is extracted.
          --taṃḍulakaṃ an embrace (so called because in it the two bodies are united together like rice mixed up with sesamum-seed).
          --tailaṃ sesamum-oil.
          --dhenuḥ f. sesamum made up in the form of a cow and offered as a present to a Brāhmaṇa.
          --parṇaḥ turpentine. (
          --rṇaṃ) sandal-wood.
          --parṇī 1. the sandal tree. --2. frankincense. --3. turpentine.
          --parṇikā, --parṇi (rṇa) kaṃ sandal-wood.
          --piṃjaḥ, --pejaḥ barren sesamum.
          --pīḍaḥ an oilman.
          --bhāvinī jasmine.
          --rasaḥ, --snehaḥ sesamum oil.
          --homaḥ a burnt offering of sesamum.

tilakaḥ [til-kvun, tila ivārthe svalpe vā kan vā]
     (1) A species of tree with beautiful flowers; ākrāṃtā tilakakriyāpi tilakairlīnadvirephāṃjanaiḥ M. 3. 5; na khalu śobhayati sma vanasthalīṃ na tilakastilakaḥ pramadāmiva R. 9. 41.
     (2) A freckle or natural mark under the skin.
     (3) The sesamum tree. --kaḥ, --kaṃ
     (1) A mark made with sandalwood or unguents &c.; mukhe madhuśrīstilakaṃ prakāśya Ku. 3. 30; kastūrikātilakamāli vidhāya sāyaṃ Bv. 2. 4: 1. 121.
     (2) The ornament of anything (used at the end of comp. in the sense of 'best', 'chief' or 'distinguished'); jīvaloka- Māl. 9. 21; Pt. 1. 105.
     (3) The burden of a song (dhruvaka). --kā A kind of necklace. --kaṃ
     (1) The bladder.
     (2) The lungs.
     (3) A kind of salt.
     (4) A kind of disease, the appearance of dark spots on the skin without any inflammation.
     (5) Alliteration.
     -- Comp.
          --āśrayaḥ the forehead.

tilakāyate Den. A. To serve as a Tilaka--mark.

tilakita a.
     (1) Marked with a Tilaka.
     (2) Freckled, spotted; also tilakin.

tilaṃtudaḥ An oilman.

tilaśaḥ ind. In pieces as small as sesamum-seed, in very small quantities.

tilya a. Fit for the cultivation of sesamum. --lyaṃ A field of sesamum.

tilvaḥ The lodhra tree.

tilitsaḥ A large snake.

tiṣṭhadgu ind. At the time when cows stand to be milked (i. e. after an hour or an hour and a half after evening); ātiṣṭhadgu japan saṃdhyāṃ Bk. 4. 14 (tiṣṭhadgu = rātraiḥ prathamanāḍikā).

tiṣṭhaddhomaḥ A sacrifice at which the oblation is offered by a priest standing.

tiṣya a. [tuṣyaṃtyasmin tuṣ-kyap ni-]
     (1) Auspicious, fortunate.
     (2) Born under the asterism puṣya. --ṣyaḥ
     (1) The eighth of the 27 constellations, (also called puṣya).
     (2) The lunar month Pausha. --ṣyaṃ The Kali Yuga.
     -- Comp.
          --ketuḥ an epithet of Śiva.

tiṣyakaḥ The month pauṣa.

tīk 1 A. (tīkate) To go, move; cf. ṭīk.

tīkṣṇa a. [tij-ksna, Un. 3. 18]
     (1) Sharp (in all senses), pungent; Śi. 2. 109.
     (2) Hot, warm (as rays); Rs. 1. 18.
     (3) Fiery, passionate.
     (4) Hard, forcible, strong (as upāya).
     (5) Rude, cross.
     (6) Severe, harsh, rough, strict; Ms. 7. 140.
     (7) Injurious, inauspicious.
     (8) Keen.
     (9) Intelligent, clever. (10) Zealous, vehement, energetic.
     (11) Devoted, selfabandoning.
     (12) Unfriendly, unfavourable.
     (13) Devout, ascetic, pious. --kṣṇaḥ
     (1) Nitre.
     (2) Long pepper.
     (3) Black pepper.
     (4) Black mustard. --kṣṇaṃ
     (1) Iron.
     (2) Steel.
     (3) Heat, pungency.
     (4) War, battle.
     (5) Poison.
     (6) Death.
     (7) A weapon.
     (8) Sea-salt.
     (9) Haste. (10) Anything sharp (as words &c.).
     (11) Plague, pestilence.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ 1. the sun. --2. fire.
          --agniḥ dyspepsia, heartburn.
          --āyasaṃ steel.
          --upāyaḥ a forcible means, strong measure.
          --kaṃdaḥ the onion.
          --karman a. active, zealous, energetic. (--n.) a clever work.
          --kalkaḥ coriander.
          --taṃḍulā long pepper.
          --tailaṃ 1. spirituous liquor. --2. the resin of the Sala tree.
          --daṃṣṭraḥ a tiger.
          --daṃṣṭrakaḥ a leopard.
          --dhāraḥ a sword.
          --puṣpaṃ cloves.
          --puṣpā 1. the clove tree. --2. the Ketaka plant.
          --phalaṃ 1. coriander. --2. black mustard.
          --buddhi a. sharpwitted, acute, clever, shrewd.
          --maṃjarī the betel-plant.
          --raśmiḥ the sun.
          --rasaḥ 1. salt-petre. --2. any poisonous liquid, a poison; śatruprayuktānāṃ tīkṣṇarasadāyināṃ Mu. 1, 2.
          --lauhaṃ steel.
          --śūkaḥ barley.
          --sāraḥ iron.

tīm 4 P. (tīmyati) To be wet or moist.

tīr 10 U. (tīrayati-te)
     (1) To get through, cross over.
     (2) To finish, accomplish, settle, adjust.

tīram
     (1) A shore, bank; nadītīra, sāgaratīra &c.
     (2) Margin, brim, edge.
     (3) The bank of the Ganges. --raḥ
     (1) A sort of an arrow.
     (2) Lead.
     (3) Tin.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a tree near a shore.

tīrita a. Settled, adjusted, decided according to evidence. --taṃ
     (1) Completion of any affair.
     (2) Noninfliction of a sentence owing to bribery or other unfair means.

tīruḥ N. of Śiva.

tīrṇa See under tṝ.

tīrtham [tṝ-thak Uṇ. 2. 7]
     (1) A passage, road, way, ford.
     (2) A descent into a river, the stairs of a landingplace; (Mar. ghāṭa); viṣamopi vigāhyate nayaḥ kṛtatīrthaḥ payasāmivāśayaḥ Ki. 2. 3. (where tīrtha means 'a remedy or means also); tīrthaṃ sarvavidyāvatārāṇāṃ K. 44.
     (3) A place of water.
     (4) A holy place, place of pilgrimage, a shrine &c, dedicated to some holy object (especially on or near the bank of a sacred river &c.); śuci mano yadyasti tarthina kiṃ Bh. 2. 55; R. 1. 85.
     (5) A channel, medium, means; tadanena tīrthena ghaṭeta &c. Mal. 1.
     (6) A remedy, expedient.
     (7) A sacred or holy personage, worthy person, an object of veneration, a fit recipient; kva punastādṛśasya tīrthasya sādhoḥ saṃbhavaḥ U. 1; Ms. 3. 136; H. 2. 8, R. 5. 15.
     (8) A sacred preceptor, a teacher; mayā tīrthādabhinayavidyā śikṣitā M. 1.
     (9) Source, origin. (10) A sacrifice.
     (11) A minister.
     (12) Advice, instruction.
     (13) Right place or moment.
     (14) The right or usual manner.
     (15) Certain parts of the hand sacred to deities, Manes &c.
     (16) A school of philosophy.
     (17) Pudendum muliebre.
     (18) Menstrual courses of a woman.
     (19) A Brāhmaṇa. (20) (In liturgical language) The path to the altar between the cātvāla and utkara q. q. v. v.
     (21) Fire.
     (22) Ascertainment of a disease.
     (23) A science (śāstra).
     (24) An auxiliary, a help; a person or official connected with the king and being in close attendance on him; (the number being 15 on one's side and 18 on the enemy's side); cf. Pt. 3. 69. --rthaḥ An honorary affix added to the names of ascetics, saints &c.; e. g. ānaṃdatīrtha.
     -- Comp.
          --udakaṃ holy water; tīrthodakaṃ ca vahniśca nānyataḥ śuddhimarhataḥ U. 1. 13.
          --kamaṃḍalu m. n. a pot filled with water from a holy place.
          --karaḥ 1. a Jaina Arhat, sanctified teacher or saint of the Jainas; (also tīrthaṃkara in this sense). --2. an ascetic. --3. the founder of a new religious or philosophical school. --4. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --kākaḥ, --dhvāṃkṣaḥ, --vāyasaḥ 'a crow at a sacred bathing-place', i. e. a very greedy person; (lolupa). --devaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --pād m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --bhūta a. sacred, holy.
          --yātrā a visit to a holy place, a pilgrimage.
          --rājaḥ N. of Prayāga.
          --rājiḥ, --jī f. an epithet of Benaras.
          --vākaḥ the hair of the head.
          --vidhiḥ rites observed at a place of pilgrimage, (such as kṣaura). --śilā the stone-steps leading to a bathing-place.
          --sevin a. a pilgrim. (--m.) a crane.

tīrthaka a. Holy, sacred, venerable. --kaḥ An ascetie, a Brāhmaṇa.

tīrthikaḥ A pilgrim, an ascetic Brāhmaṇa (visiting holy places).

tīrthīkṛ 8 U. To make sacred, sanctify.

tīrthīṃbhūta a. Become sacred, venerable.

tīrthya a. Relating to a sacred place. --rthyaḥ An ascetic.

tīv 1 P. (tīvati)
     (1) To be large or strong.
     (2) To be fat or corpulent.

tīvaraḥ
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) A hunter.
     (3) The adulterine offspring of a Rājaputrī by a Kshatriya (one of the mixed tribes).

tīvra a.
     (1) Severe, intense, sharp, acute, violent, poignant, pungent, impetuous; vilaṃghitādhoraṇatīvrayatnāḥ R. 5. 48 'strong or violent efforts'; &c. U. 3. 35; S. 1. 33, 5. 7.
     (2) Hot, warm.
     (3) Flashing.
     (4) Pervading.
     (5) Endless, unlimited.
     (6) Horrible, dreadful. --vraḥ
     (1) Sharpness.
     (2) Śiva. --vraṃ
     (1) Heat, pungency.
     (2) A shore.
     (3) Iron, steel.
     (4) Tin. --vraṃ ind. Violently, sharply, excessively.
     -- Comp.
          --ānaṃdaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --gati a. quick, swift.
          --gaṃdhā cumin seed.
          --pauruṣaṃ 1. daring heroism. --2. heroism (in general).
          --vedanā acute or sharp pain.
          --saṃvega a. 1. of strong impulse, resolute. --2. very poignant or sharp.

tīvrayati Den. P. To make sharp, strengthen.

tu 2 P. (tauti and tavīti)
     (1) To have authority or power, to be strong.
     (2) To get, attain.
     (3) To thrive, increase, become full.
     (4) To go, move.
     (5) To injure, hurt, strike.

tu ind. (Never used at the beginning of a sentenec, but usually after the first word)
     (1) An adversative particle meaning 'but', 'on the contrary', 'on the other hand', 'nevertheless'; sa sarveṣāṃ sukhānāmaṃtaṃ yayau . ekaṃ tu sutamukhadarśanasukhaṃ na lebhe K. 59; viparyaye tu piturasyāḥ samīpanayanamavasthitameva S. 5; (in this sense tu is often added to kiṃ and paraṃ, and kiṃtu and paraṃtu are, unlike tu, always used at the beginning of a sentence).
     (2) And now, on one's part, and; ekadā tu pratīhārī samupasṛtyābravīt K. 8; rājā tu tāmāryāṃ śrutvā'bravīt 12.
     (3) As to, as regards, as for; pravartyatāṃ brāhmaṇānuddiśya pākaḥ . caṃdroparāgaṃ prati tu kenāpi vipralabdhāsi Mu. 1; Māl. 8. 4.
     (4) It sometimes marks a difference (bheda) or superior quality; mṛṣṭaṃ payo mṛṣṭataraṃ tu dugdhaṃ G. M.
     (5) Sometimes it is used as an emphatic particle; bhīmastu pāṃḍavānāṃ raudraḥ G. M.
     (6) And sometimes it is used as a mere expletive; nirarthakaṃ tu hītyādi pūraṇaikaprayojanaṃ Chandr. 2. 6.

tukkhāraḥ, tukhāraḥ, tuṣāraḥ N. of a people inhabiting the Vindhya mountain; cf. Vikr. 18. 93.

tugryā Ved. Water.

tuṃga a.
     (1) High, elevated, tall, lofty, prominent; jalanidhimiva vidhumaṃḍaladarśanataralitatuṃgataraṃgaṃ Gīt. 11; tuṃgaṃ nagotsaṃgamivāruroha R. 6. 3, 4. 70; Śi. 2. 48; Me. 12, 64.
     (2) Long.
     (3) Vaulted.
     (4) Chief, principal.
     (5) Strong, passionate. --gaḥ
     (1) A height, elevation.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) Top, summit.
     (4) The planet Mercury.
     (5) A rhinoceros.
     (6) The cocoa-nut tree.
     (7) The aphelion of a planet.
     (8) (Fig.) A throne.
     (9) A wise man. (10) An epithet of Śiva. --gaṃ The stamina of the lotusblossoms.
     -- Comp.
          --bījaḥ quicksilver.
          --bhaṃ the apsis of a planet.
          --bhadraḥ a restive elephant, an elephant in rut.
          --bhadrā N. of a river flowing into the Kṛṣṇā.
          --mukhaḥ a rhinoceros.
          --veṇā N. of a river.
          --śekharaḥ a mountain.

tuṃgin a. High, lofty. --m. A planet at the apex of its orbit.

tuṃgī
     (1) Night.
     (2) Turmeric.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ 1. the moon. --2. the sun. --3. an epithet of Kṛṣnā.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. a temple of Śiva.
          --patiḥ the moon.

tuc m. f. Ved. Offspring, children.

tuccha a.
     (1) Empty, void, vain, light.
     (2) Small, little, trifling.
     (3) Abandoned, deserted.
     (4) Low, mean, insignificant, contemptible, worthless.
     (5) Poor, miserable, wretched. --cchaṃ Chaff.
     -- Comp.
          --druḥ the castor-oil tree.
          --dhānyaḥ --dhānyakaḥ straw, chaff.

tucchaka a. Void, empty.

tucchayati Den. P. To make empty or poor; Mk. 10. 60.

tucchīkṛ 8 U. To despise, slight, contemn.

tucchya a. Ved. Void, empty.

tuj 1 P. (tojati) To hurt, injure.

tuj f. Ved.
     (1) Shock.
     (2) Pressure.
     (3) Assault.

tuṃj 1 P. (tuṃjati) Ved.
     (1) To reach, extend, convey.
     (2) To kill, hurt.
     (3) To guard, protect.
     (4) To clothe.
     (5) To live.
     (6) To strike, hit.
     (7) To push.
     (8) To emit, send forth.
     (9) To incite, instigate, urge onwards. (10) To give.

tuja a. Ved. Noxious, mischievous, hurtful. --jaḥ
     (1) A shock, assault.
     (2) A demon.
     (3) A thunderbolt.
     (4) Giving.

tuṭ 6. P. (tuṭati)
     (1) To dispute, quarrel.
     (2) To hurt or injure.

tuṭituṭaḥ N. of Śiva.

tuṭumaḥ A mouse, rat.

tuḍ 1. 6. P. (toḍati, tuḍati)
     (1) To split, rend, break.
     (2) To push.
     (3) To injure, hurt.
     (4) To bring near, convey.

tuḍḍ 1 P. (tuḍḍati) To disregard, contemn.

tuṇ 6 P. (tuṇati)
     (1) To curve, make crooked, bend.
     (2) To act fraudulently, deceive.
     (3) To be crooked.

tuṃḍ 1 A. (tuṃḍate) To press out.

tuṃḍam [tuṃḍ-ac] 1. Mouth, face, beak, snout (of a hog); tuṃḍairātāmrakuṭilaiḥ (śukāḥ) Kāv. 2. 9.
     (2) The trunk of an elephant.
     (3) The point of an instrument. --ḍaḥ N. of Śiva.

tuṃḍakerikā The cotton plant.

tuṃḍiḥ [tuṃḍ-in]
     (1) Face, mouth.
     (2) A beak. --ḍiḥ f. The navel.

tuṃḍika a. Furnished with a trunk. --kā The navel.

tuṃḍikerī
     (1) The cotton plant.
     (2) A large swelling on the palate.

tuṃḍin m. N. of the bull of Śiva.

tuṃḍibha See tuṃdibha.

tuṃḍila a. [tuṃḍ-bha, sidhmā- lac vā]
     (1) Talkative, loquacious.
     (2) Having a prominent navel.
     (3) Talking severely; cf. tuṃdila.

tutth 10 U. (tutthayati-te)
     (1) To praise.
     (2) To cover, screen, Śi. 5. 11.
     (3) To spread.

tutthaḥ [tud-thak]
     (1) Fire.
     (2) A stone. --tthaṃ Sulphate of copper, usually applied to the eyes as a sort of collyrium or medical ointment. --tthā
     (1) Small cardamoms.
     (2) The indigo plant.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ blue vitriol applied to the eyes as a medical ointment.

tutthakam Blue vitriol.

tud 6 U. (tudati-te, tunna)
     (1) To strike, wound, hit; tutoda gadayā cāriṃ Bk. 14 81; 15. 37: Śi. 20. 77.
     (2) To prick, goad.
     (3) To bruise, hurt.
     (4) To pain, vex, torment, afflict; sutīkṣṇadhārāpatanograsāyakaistudaṃti cetaḥ prasabhaṃ pravāsināṃ Rs. 2. 4, 6. 28.

tuda a. Striking, tormenting &c.

tunna p. p. [tud-kta]
     (1) Struck, hurt, wounded.
     (2) Tormented.
     (3) Cut, broken.
     (4) Pricked.
     -- Comp.
          --vāyaḥ a tailor, Ms. 4. 214.
          --sevanī the suture of a wound or of a skull.

totram [tud-karaṇe ṣṭrn] A goad for driving cattle or elephants.
     -- Comp.
          --vetraṃ a rod borne by Viṣṇu.

todaḥ [tud bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Pain, anguish, terture.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) Guiding, urging, driving (horses &c.).
     (4) Sharp pain.
     (5) Ved. A sacrificer.

todanam [tud-karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) Pain, anguish.
     (2) A goad.
     (3) Face, mouth (tuṃḍa).

tuṃdam The belly, a corpulent or protuberant belly. --daḥ, --dī The navel.
     -- Comp.
          --kūpikā, --kūpī the cavity of the navel.
          --parimārja, --parimṛj, --mṛja a. lazy, sluggish.

tuṃdavat a. Corpulent, fat.

tuṃdi f. n. The belly. --f. The navel.

tuṃdika, tuṃdita, tuṃdin, tuṃdibha, tuṃdila, a.
     (1) Having a protuberant belly.
     (2) Corpulent.
     (3) Filled or laden with. makaraṃdatuṃdilānāmaraviṃdānāmayaṃ mahāmānyaḥ Bv. 1. 6.
     (4) Great; N. 2. 89.

tuṃdikaraḥ, tuṃdikā The navel.

tup, --tuṃp, --tuṃpha 1. 6. P. (topati, tupati, tuṃpa-pha-ti) To injure, hurt.

tubh 4. 9. P. (tubhyati, tubhnāti) To hurt, injure, strike; Bk. 17. 79. 90.

tumula a. Tumultuous, noisy; Māl. 9. 3; Bg. 1. 13, 19.
     (2) Fierce, raging; R. 3. 57.
     (3) Excited.
     (4) Perplexed, confused; R. 5. 49. --laḥ --laṃ
     (1) An uproar, a tumult, clang.
     (2) A confused combat, melee.

tuṃb I. 1 P. (tuṃbati)
     (1) To distress, trouble.
     (2) To kill, hurt. --II. 10 U. (tuṃbayati-te) To hurt, trouble.

tuṃbaḥ [tuṃb-ac] A kind of gourd. --bā
     (1) A kind of long gourd.
     (2) A milch cow.
     (3) A milk-vessel.

tuṃbaraḥ N. of a Gandharva; see tuṃbaru. --raṃ A kind of musical instrument.

tuṃbiḥ --bī f. A sort of gourd; na hi tubīphalavikalo vīṇādaṃḍaḥ prayāti mahimānaṃ Bv. 1. 80.

tuṃba(bu)ruḥ N. of a Gandharva.

tumra a. Ved.
     (1) Destroying, defeating, killing.
     (2) Impelling.
     (3) Energetic, strong.

tur I. 6 U. (turati-te)
     (1) To hurry, hasten.
     (2) To overcome.
     (3) To. injure. --II. 3 P. (tutorti) To run. --tur a.
     (1) Hastening.
     (2) Fighting. --f. Speed.

tura a. Ved.
     (1) Advaneing, promoting.
     (2) Speedy, quick, prompt.
     (3) Strong, energetic.
     (4) Hurt, wounded.
     (5) Rich.
     (6) Abundant. --raḥ Speed, velocity.

turaṇa a. Ved. Quick, swift. --ṇaṃ Haste, speed.

turaṇyati Den. P.
     (1) To be swift.
     (2) To make haste, accelerate, expedite.

turī Ved. Great strength.

turakin a. Turkish.

turakvaḥ N. of a people, the Turks.

turagaḥ [tureṇa gacchati gam-ḍa]
     (1) A horse; turagakhurahataratathā hi reṇuḥ S. 1. 31; R. 1. 42, 3. 51.
     (2) The mind, thought. --gī A mare.
     -- Comp.
          --ārohaḥ a horseman.
          --upacārakaḥ a groom.
          --priyaḥ --yaṃ barley.
          --brahmacaryaṃ forced or compulsory celibacy leading a life of celibacy simply in consequence of the absence of female society.
          --medhaḥ a horse-sacrifice.
          --rakṣaḥ a groom, an equery.

turagin m. A horseman; turaṃgin also.

turaṃgaḥ [tureṇa gacchati, gam-kha mum vā ḍicca]
     (1) A horse; bhānuḥ sakṛdyuktaturaṃga eva S. 5. 5; R. 3. 38, 13. 3.
     (2) A name for the number 'seven'.
     (3) The heart, mind. --gī A mare.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ 1. a buffalo --2. fragrant oleander.
          --ārūḍhaḥ a horseman.
          --dviṣaṇī a she-buffalo.
          --priyaḥ --yaṃ barley.
          --medhaḥ a horsesacrifice; R. 13. 61.
          --yāyin, --sādin m. a horseman.
          --vaktraḥ, --vadanaḥ a Kinnara.
          --śālā, --sthānaṃ a horsestable.
          --skaṃdhaḥ a troop of horses.

turaṃgakaḥ A horse.

turaṃgamaḥ A horse; R. 3. 63, 9. 72.

turāyaṇam
     (1) Non-attachment to any object or pursuit (asaṃga).
     (2) A kind of sacrifice.

turāsāh m. (Nom. sing. turāṣāṭḍ) N. of Indra; Ku. 2. 1; R. 15. 40; also of Viṣṇu.

turī [tur-in ṅīp]
     (1) The fibrous stick used by weavers to clear and separate the threads of the woof.
     (2) A shuttle; tadbhaṭacāturīturī N. 1, 12.
     (3) A painter's brush.

turīya a.
     (1) The fourth.
     (2) Consisting of four parts.
     (3) Mighty. --yaṃ
     (1) A quarter, a fourth part, fourth.
     (2) (In Vedānta phil.) The fourth state of the soul in which it becomes one with Brahman or the Supreme Spirit.
     -- Comp.
          --varṇaḥ a man of the fourth caste, a Śūdra.

turīyaka a. A fourth(part).

turya a. Fourth; N. 4. 123. --ryaṃ
     (1) A quarter, a fourth part.
     (2) (In Vedānta phil.) The fourth state of the soul in which it becomes one with Brahman.

turuṣkāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a people, the Turks.

turpharī, turpharītu a. Ved. Killing (haṃtṛ); Rv. 10. 106. 6.

turv 1 P. (tu-tū-rvati) Ved.
     (1) To injure, hurt, kill; vṛtraṃ yādiṃdra tūrvasi Rv. 8. 99. 6.
     (2) To excel.
     (3) To overpower.
     (4) To save.

turvaṇi a. Ved.
     (1) Acting or moving quickly.
     (2) Injuring or destroying enemies, victorious.

tul 1 P., 10 U. (tolati-tolayati-te; also tulayati-te which some suppose to be a denominative from tulā)
     (1) To weigh, measure.
     (2) To weigh in the mind, ponder, consider.
     (3) To raise, lift up; kailāse tulite Mv. 5. 37; paulastyatulitasyādrerādadhāna iva thiyaṃ R. 4. 80, 12. 89; Śi. 15. 30.
     (4) To bear up, hold up, support; pṛthivītale tulitabhūbhṛducyase Śi. 15. 30, 61.
     (5) To compare, equal, liken (with instr.); tṛṇamiva tulayaṃti Pt. 5. 31; mukhaṃ śleṣmāgāraṃ tadapi ca śaśāṃkena tulitaṃ Bh. 3. 20; Śi. 8. 12.
     (6) To match, be equal to (with acc.); prāsādāstvāṃ tulayitumalaṃ yatra taistairviśeṣaiḥ Me. 64.
     (7) To make light of, contemn, despise; aṃtaḥsāraṃ ghana tulayituṃ nānilaḥ śakṣyati tvāṃ Me. 20 (where tu. also means 'to bear up or carry away'); Śi. 15. 30.
     (8) To suspect, examine with distrust; kaḥ śraddhāsyati bhūtārthaṃ sarvo māṃ tulayiṣyati Mk. 3. 24, 5. 43 (where some editions read tūlayiṣyati for tulayiṣyati).
     (9) To try, put to test, reduce to a wretched state; hā avasthe tulayasi Mk. 1 (tūlayasi v. l.). (10) To counterbalance, outweigh.
     (11) To have in the same degree, attain or reach to.

tulanam [tul-lyuṭ]
     (1) Weight.
     (2) Lifting.
     (3) Comparing, likening, &c. --nā
     (1) Comparison.
     (2) Weighing.
     (3) Lifting, raising.
     (4) Rating, assessing, estimating.
     (5) Examining.

tulā [tul-bhidā-aṅ]
     (1) A balance or the beam of a balance; tulayā dhṛ to hold in a balance, to weigh, consider equal; aśvamedhasahasrāṇi satyaṃ ca tulayā dhṛtaṃ H. 4. 131. v. l.
     (2) A measure, weight.
     (3) Weighing.
     (4) Resemblance, likeness, equality, similarity (with gen., instr. or in comp.); kiṃ dhūrjaṭeriva tulāmupayāti saṃkhye Ve. 3. 8; tulāṃ yadārāheti daṃtavāsasā Ku. 5. 34; R. 8. 15; sadyaḥ parasparatulāmadhirohatāṃ dve R. 5. 68, 19. 8, 50.
     (5) Libra, the seventh sign of the zodiac; jayati tulāmadhirūḍho bhāsvānapi jaladapaṭalāni Pt. 1. 330.
     (6) A sloping beam or timber in the roof of a house.
     (7) A measure of gold or silver equal to 100 palas.
     -- Comp.
          --kūṭaḥ a false weight.
          --koṭiḥ --ṭī f. 1. an ornament (an anklet or nūpura) worn on the feet by women; līlācalatstrīcaraṇāruṇotpalaskhalattulākoṭininādakomalaḥ Śi. 12. 44. --2. a hundred millions (arbuda). --kośaḥ, --koṣaḥ 1. ordeal by weighing. --2. a place where a balance is kept.
          --dānaṃ the gift to a Brahmaṇa of as much gold or silver as equals the weight of one's body.
          --dhaṭaḥ 1. the scale of a balance. --2. an oar.
          --dharaḥ 1. a trader, merchant. --2. the sign Libra of the zodiac.
          --dhāraḥ a dealer trader, or merchant. --2. the string of a balance. --3. the beam. --4. the sign Libra of the zodiac.
          --parīkṣā ordeal by the balance.
          --puruṣaḥ gold, jewels or other valuable things equal to a man's weight (given to a Brāhmaṇa as a gift); cf. tulādāna. --pragrahaḥ, --pragrāhaḥ the string or beam of a balance.
          --mānaṃ, --yaṣṭiḥ f. the beam of a balance; Pt. 1. 150.
          --bījaṃ the berry of the Guñjā plant
          --sūtraṃ the string of a balance

tulita p. p.
     (1) Weighed, counterpoised.
     (2) Compared, likened, equal led; Bh. 3. 36; see tul.

tulya a. [tulayā saṃmitaṃ yat]
     (1) Of the same kind or class, well-matched, similar, like, equal, resembling (with gen., instr., or in comp.); Ms. 4. 86; Y. 2. 77; R. 2. 35, 12. 80, 18. 38.
     (2) Fit for.
     (3) Identical, same.
     (4) Indifferent.
     -- Comp.
          --darśana a. regarding with the same or indifferent eyes.
          --pānaṃ drinking together, compotation.
          --bhāvanā (in arith.) combination of like sets of magnitude.
          --yogitā (in Rhet.) a figure of speech, a combination of several objects having the same attribute, the objects being either all relevant or all irrelevant; niyatānāṃ sakṛddharmaḥ sā punastulyayogitā K. P. 10; cf. Chandr. 5. 41.
          --rūpa a. like, similar, analogous.
          --śuddhi f. equal subtraction.
          --śodhanaṃ reducing an equation by removing the like terms on both sides.

tolaḥ, --lam [tul-karmaṇi ac]
     (1) Weight or quantity measured by the balance.
     (2) A weight of gold or silver equal to 12 māṣas or a tolā.

tolanam Raising, lifting, weighing &c.

tolya a. To be weighed. --lyaṃ Weighing.

tulasāriṇī A quiver.

tulasī [tulāṃ sādṛśyaṃ syati, so-ka gaurā- ṅīṣ śakaṃdhvā. Tv.] The holy basil held in veneration by the Hindus, especially by the worshippers of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ (lit.) a Tulasī leaf; (fig.) a very small gift.
          --vivāhaḥ the marriage of an image of Bālakṛṣṇa with the holy basil, performed on the 12th day of the bright half of Kārtika.
          --vṛṃdāvanaḥ --naṃ a square pedestal in which the sacred basil is planted.

tuliḥ --lī f. = turī.
     (1) and
     (2) q. v.

tuvara a.
     (1) Astringent.
     (2) Beardless; also tūvara. --raḥ, --raṃ An astringent taste. --rī 1 A fragrant earth.
     (2) Alum.

tuvarikā
     (1) A kind of earth.
     (2) Alum.

tuvi a. Ved.
     (1) Much, many; Rv. 3. 30. 3.
     (2) Strong, powerful. --viḥ f. A long gourd (tuṃbī).

tuvis n. Ved.
     (1) Growth.
     (2) Strength.
     (3) Intellect.

tuś Ved. 1 A. (tośate)
     (1) To strike, hurt, kill.
     (2) To be pressed out or extracted.
     (3) To trickle.

tuṣ 4 P. (tuṣyati, tuṣṭa)
     (1) To be pleased or satisfied, be contented or delighted with anything (usually with instr.); ratnairmahārhaistutuṣurna devāḥ Bh. 2. 80, Ms. 3. 207; Bg. 2. 55; Bk. 2. 13, 15. 8; R. 3. 62.
     (2) To become calm or quiet.
     (3) To satisfy, please (with acc.). --Caus. (toṣayatite) To please, gratify, satisfy.

tuṣṭa p. p. [tuṣ kartari kta]
     (1) Pleased, satisfied, delighted, gratified, contented.
     (2) Contented with what one possesses and indifferent to everything else. --ṣṭaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

tuṣṭiḥ f. [tuṣ-bhāve-ktin]
     (1) Satisfaction, gratification, pleasure, contentment.
     (2) (In Sān. phil.) Acquiescence, indifference to everything except what is possessed.

toṣaḥ [tuṣ-bhāve ghañ] Satisfaction, contentment, pleasure, delight.

toṣaṇa a. [tuṣ-kartari lyu] Satisfying, gratifying, pleasing. --ṇaṃ [bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Satisfaction, gratification, contentment.
     (2) Anything that gives satisfaction, a gratification. --ṇī An epithet of Durgā.

toṣita a. Pleased, satisfied &c.

toṣin a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Pleased with.
     (2) Gladdening, satisfying.

tuṣaḥ [tuṣ-ka] The husk or chaff of grain; ajānatārthaṃ tatsarvaṃ (adhyayanaṃ) tuṣāṇāṃ kaṃḍanaṃ yathā; Ms. 4. 78.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ, --analaḥ 1. fire of the chaff or husk of corn --2. a mode of capital punishment consisting in twisting straw round the limbs of a criminal and then setting it on fire.
          --aṃbu n.
          --udakaṃ, --utthaṃ sour rice-gruel or barley gruel.
          --grahaḥ, --sāraḥ fire.

tuṣāra a. [tuṣ-āran kicca Uṇ. 3. 139] Cold, frigid, frosty or dewy; apāṃ hi tṛptāya na vāridhārā svāduḥ sugaṃdhiḥ svadate tuṣārā N. 3. 93; Śi. 9. 7. --raḥ
     (1) Frost, cold; Ku. 5. 27.
     (2) Ice, snow; Ku. 1. 6; Rs. 4. 1.
     (3) Dew; R. 14. 84; S. 5. 19.
     (4) Mist, thin rain, spray, especially of cold water; pṛktastuṣārairgirinirjharāṇāṃ R. 2. 13; 9. 68; U. 5. 3.
     (5) A kind of camphor.
     -- Comp.
          --adriḥ, --giriḥ, --parvataḥ the Himālaya mountain; te tuṣārādrivātāḥ Me. 107.
          --karaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --kaṇaḥ a dewdrop, an icicle, hoar-frost.
          --kālaḥ winter.
          --kiraṇaḥ, --raśmiḥ the moon; Amaru. 49; Śi. 9. 27.
          --gaura a. 1. white as snow. --2. white with snow. (
          --raḥ) camphor.

tuṣitāḥ (m. pl.) A class of subordinate deities, said to be 12 or 36 in number.

tuṣṭa, --tuṣṭiḥ See under tuṣ.

tuṣṭuḥ A jewel worn in the ears.

tuṣyaḥ N. of Śiva.

tus 1 P. (tosati) To sound.

tusa = tuṣa q. v.

tustam
     (1) Dust.
     (2) Husk.

tuhina a. [tuh-inan thasvaśca Uṇ. 2. 52] Cold, frigid. --naṃ
     (1) Snow, ice.
     (2) Dew or frost; tṛṇāgralagnaistuhinaiḥ patadbhiḥ Rs. 4. 7, 3. 15.
     (3) Moonlight.
     (4) Camphor.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ, --karaḥ, --kiraṇaḥ, --guḥ, --dyutiḥ, --raśmiḥ 1. the moon; Śi. 9. 30. --2. camphor.
          --acalaḥ, --adriḥ, --śailaḥ the Himālaya mountain; R. 8. 54.
          --kaṇaḥ 1. a dew-drop; Amaru. 54. --2. a snow-flake.
          --śarkarā ice.

tūḍ 1 P. (tūḍati)
     (1) To disrespect, contemn.
     (2) To split.

tūṇ I. 10 U. (tūṇayati-te) To contract. --II. 10 A. (tūṇayate) To fill, fill up.

tūṇaḥ [tūṇ-karmaṇi ghaj] A quiver; militaśilīmukhapāṭalipaṭalakṛtasmaratūṇavilāse Gīt. 1; R. 7. 57. --ṇī
     (1) An internal disease by which the anus and the bladder become painfully affected.
     (2) The indigo plant.
     (3) A quiver; R. 9. 56; U. 4. 20; Mv. 1. 18.
     -- Comp.
          --dharaḥ --dhāraḥ an archer.

tūṇiḥ, tūṇīraḥ --ram A quiver.

tūtujāna a. Ved. Quick, eager(kṣipra)

tūtuma a. Quick, active; Rv. 10. 50. 6.

tūdaḥ The cotton tree. --dī N. of a country.

tūparaḥ Ved. A hornless beast, particularly a goat.

tūbaraḥ
     (1) A beardless man.
     (2) A bull without horns.
     (3) Astringent flavour.
     (4) A eunuch. --rī A fragrant earth.

tūya a. Ved. Quick. --yaṃ Water.

tūr 4 A. (tūryate, tūrṇa)
     (1) To go quickly, make haste.
     (2) To hurt, kill.

tūra a.
     (1) Hastening.
     (2) A courier. --rā Speed.

tūram A kind of musical instrument. --rī A thorn-apple.

tūrṇa, tūrṇi &c. See under tvar.

tūryaḥ, --ryam [tūryate tāḍyate tūr-yat] A kind of musical instrument; Ms. 7. 225; Ku. 7. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --oghaḥ a band of instruments.
          --khaṃḍaḥ a sort of tabor.

tūrvayāṇa, tūrvi a. Quick, rapid.

tūl I. 10 A. (tūlayate) To fill. --II. 1 P. (tūlati)
     (1) To ascertain the quantity or weight of.
     (2) To weigh, measure.
     (3) To drive out.

tūlaḥ --lam [tūl-ac] Cotton. --laṃ
     (1) The atmosphere, sky, air.
     (2) A tuft of grass.
     (3) The mulberry.
     (4) The panicle of a flower or plant.
     (5) The thorn-apple. --lā
     (1) The cotton tree.
     (2) The wick of a lamp. --lī
     (1) Cotton.
     (2) The wick of a lamp.
     (3) A weaver's fibrous stick or brush.
     (4) A painter's brush.
     (5) The Indigo plant.
     -- Comp.
          --kārmukaṃ, --dhanus n. a cotton-bow, i. e. a bow used for cleaning cotton.
          --nālī (liḥ) f.,
          --nālikā a thick roll of cotton drawn out in spinning.
          --picuḥ cotton.
          --śarkarā a seed of the cotton plant.
          --secanaṃ the act of spinning.

tūlakam Cotton.

tūliḥ f. A painter's brush.
     -- Comp.
          --phalā the silk-cotton tree.

tūlikā
     (1) A painter's brush; a pencil; unmīlitaṃ tūlikayave citraṃ Ku. 1. 32.
     (2) A wick of cotton either for a lamp or for applying unguents.
     (3) A mattress filled with cotton, a down or cotton-bed.
     (4) A boaring instrument, probing-rod.
     (5) An ingot mould.

tūlinī = tūliphalā above.

tūvara = tūbara q. v.

tūvaraka a. Unmanly, eunuch.

tūṣ 1 P.
     (1) To be satisfied.
     (2) To satisfy.

tūṣaḥ Ved. The border of a garment.

tūṣṇīka a. Silent, taciturn.

tūṣṇīm ind. [tuṣ bā- nīm svarādi] In silence, silently, quickly, without speaking or noise; kiṃ bhavāṃstūṣṇīmāste V. 2; na yotsya iti goviṃdamuktvā tūṣṇīṃ babhūva ha Bg. 2. 9.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāvaḥ silence, taciturnity.
          --śīla a. silent, taciturn.

tūstam [tus bā- tān dīrghaśca]
     (1) Matted hair.
     (2) Dust.
     (3) Sin.
     (4) An atom, any minute particle.

tṛṃh 6 P. (tṛṃhati) To kill, hurt; see tṛh.

tṛṃhaṇam Hurting, killing.

tṛṃḍha a. Hurt, injured, killed; see tṛh.

tṛkṣ 1 P. (tṛkṣati) To go, move.

tṛkṣaḥ N. of the sage Kaśyapa.

tṛkham Nutmeg.

tṛṇ 8 U. (tṛṇoti-tṛṇute or tarṇoti tarṇute) To eat, grass graze.

tṛṇam [tṛh-nak halopaśca Uṇ. 5. 8]
     (1) Grass in general; kiṃ jīrṇaṃ tṛṇamatti mānamahatāmagresaraḥ kesarī Bh. 2. 29.
     (2) A blade of grass, reed, straw.
     (3) Anything made of straw (as a mat for sitting); often used as a symbol of worthlessness or uselessness; tṛṇamivalaghulakṣmīnaiva tānsaṃruṇāddhi Bh. 2. 17; see tṛṇīkṛ also.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ 1. a fire of chaff or straw; Ms. 3. 168. --2. fire quickly extinguished. --3. burning a criminal by twisting straw round his body and then setting it on fire.
          --aṃjanaḥ a chameleon.
          --aṭavī a forest abounding in grass.
          --annaṃ rice growing wild.
          --asṛj n.,
          --kuṃkumaṃ, --gauraṃ a variety of perfume.
          --āvartaḥ a whirlwind.
          --iṃdraḥ the palmyra tree.
          --ulkā a torch of hay, a fire-brand made of straw.
          --okas n. a hut of straw.
          --kāṃḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ a heap of grass.
          --kuṭī, --kuṭīrakaṃ a hut of straw.
          --kūṭaṃ a heap of straw.
          --ketuḥ 1. the palmyra tree. --2. a bamboo.
          --godhā a kind of chameleon.
          --grāhin m. a sapphire.
          --caraḥ a kind of gem (gomeda). --jalāyukā, --jalūkā a caterpillar.
          --jaṃbhan a. feeding on grass.
          --jātiḥ f. grass kind, the vegetable kingdom.
          --jyotis n. the plant called jyotiṣmatī. --drumaḥ 1. the palm tree. --2. the cocoa-nut tree. --3. the betel-nut tree. --4. the Ketaka tree. --5. the date-tree.
          --dhānyaṃ grain growing wild or without cultivation.
          --dhvajaḥ 1. the palmyra tree. --2. a bamboo.
          --pīḍaṃ hand-to-hand fighting.
          --pūlī a mat, seat made of reeds.
          --prāya a. worth a straw, worthless, insignificant.
          --biṃduḥ N. of a sage; R. 8. 79.
          --maṇiḥ a sort of gem (amber).
          --matkuṇaḥ a bail or surety (perhaps a wrong reading for ṛṇamatkuṇa). --rāj m. the vine palm.
          --rājaḥ 1. the cocoa-nut tree. --2. the bamboo. --3. the sugarcane. --4. the palmyra tree.
          --vṛkṣaḥ 1. the fanpalm tree. --2. the date-tree. --3. the cocoa-nut tree. --4. the areca-nut tree.
          --śītaṃ a kind of fragrant grass.
          --śūnyaṃ N. of two plants ketakāṃ and mallikā. --sārā the plantain tree.
          --siṃhaḥ an axe.
          --harmyaḥ a house of straw.

tṛṇakam Grass, a worthless blade of grass.

tṛṇakīyā A grassy place.

tṛṇīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make light of, look down upon, treat with contempt; U. 6. 19.
     (2) (Hence) To eclipse, obscure; jagāda vaktreṇa tṛṇīkṛteṃduḥ N. 3. 54.

tṛṇyā A heap of grass or straw.

tṛtīya a. The third. --yaṃ A third part.
     -- Comp.
          --prakṛtiḥ m. or f. 1. a eunuch. --2. the neuter gender.

tṛtīyaka a.
     (1) Recurring every third day, tertian (as a fever).
     (2) Occurring for the third time.
     (3) The third.

tṛtīyā
     (1) The third day of a lunar fortnight.
     (2) (In gram.) The in strumental case or its terminations
     -- Comp.
          --kṛta a. thrice ploughed (as a field).
          --tatpuruṣaḥ the instrumental Tatpurusha.
          --prakṛtiḥ m., f. 1. a cunuch. --2. a hermaphrodite. --3. the neuter gender.

tṛtīyin a.
     (1) Entitled to a third portion (of inheritance &c.).
     (2) Occupying the third rank.

tṛd 1 P., 7 U. (tardati, tṛṇatti, tṛṃtte, tṛṇṇa)
     (1) To cleave, split, pierce.
     (2) To kill, destroy, annihilate; Bk. 6. 38, 14. 13, 108; 15. 36, 44.
     (3) To set free.
     (4) To disregard.

tṛp I. 4. 5. 6. P. (tṛpyati, tṛpnoti, tṛpati, tṛpta)
     (1) To become satisfied, be pleased or contented; adya tarpsyaṃti māṃsādāḥ Bk. 16. 29; prāśīnna cātṛpat krūraḥ 15. 29; (usually with instr.; but sometimes with gen. or loc also); kona tṛpyati vittena H. 2. 174. tṛptastatpiśitane Bh. 2. 84; nāgniratṛpya, ti kāṣṭānāṃ nāpagānāṃ mahodadhiḥ . nāṃtakasarvabhūtānāṃ na puṃsāṃ vāmalocanā .. Pt. 1: 137; tasminhi tatṛpurdevāstate yajñe Mb.
     (2) To please, gratify. --Caus. To gratify, please. --Desid. titṛpsati, ti) tapiṃṣati. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (tarpati, tarpayati-te)
     (1) To light up, kindle.
     (2) (Atm.; To be satisfied.
     (3) To please, satisfy.
     (4) To gladden, refresh, reanimate, U. 3. 2.

tarpaṇa a. [tṛp-ṇic vā lyuṭ] Satis fying, pleasing, refreshing. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Pleasing, satisfying.
     (2) Satisfaction, pleasure.
     (3) Satiety, fulness.
     (4) One of the five daily Yajṇas (performed by men), presenting libations of water to the Manes of the deceased ancestors (pitṛyajña).
     (5) Fuel for the sacred fire.
     (6) Food.
     (7) Filling the eyes with oil &c.
     -- Comp.
          --icchuḥ an epithet of Bhīṣma.

tarpita a. Pleased, gratified.

tarpin a.
     (1) Gratifying.
     (2) Offering libations to the Manes of deceased ancestors.

tṛpat A. Ved.
     (1) The moon.
     (2) A parasol.

tṛpta a. [tṛp-kta] Satiated, satisfied, contented. --ptaṃ Satisfaction.

tṛptiḥ f. [tṛp-ktin]
     (1) Satisfaction, contentment; R. 2. 39, 73; 3. 3; Ms. 3. 271; Bg. 10. 18.
     (2) Satiety, disgust.
     (3) Pleasure, gratification.
     (4) (Ved.) Water.

tṛpra a.
     (1) Restless, anxious.
     (2) Pleased, satisfied.
     (3) Pleasing, satisfying. --praḥ A sacrificial cake (puroḍāśa). --praṃ
     (1) Ghee or an oblation thereof.
     (2) Suffering, sorrow (duḥkha).

tṛpataḥ The moon.

tṛpala a.
     (1) Pleased.
     (2) Restless. --laḥ A stone. --lā A creeper.

tṛpuḥ Ved. A thief.

tṛphūḥ f. The serpent race.

tṛṃp, or tṛṃph = tṛp q. v.

tṛṣ 4 P. (tṛṣyati, tṛṣita)
     (1) To be thirsty; Bk. 7. 106, 14. 30; 15. 51.
     (2) To wish, wish excessively, be cager or greedy.

tarṣaḥ [tṛṣ-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Thirst.
     (2) Desire, wish.
     (3) The ocean.
     (4) A boat.
     (5) The sun.

tarṣaṇam [tṛṣ-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Thirst.
     (2) Desire.

tarṣita, tarṣula a.
     (1) Thirsty.
     (2) Wishing, desiring.

tṛṣ f. [tṛṣ-saṃpa- kvip] (nom. sing. tṛṭ-ḍ) 1 Thirst; tṛṣā śuṣyatyāsye pibati salilaṃ svādu surabhi Bh. 3. 92; Rs. 1. 11.
     (2) Strong desire, eagerness.
     (3) Desire personified as the daughter of Kāma.

tṛṣā See tṛṣ.
     -- Comp.
          --ārta a. suffering from thirst, thirsty.
          --bhū f. the bladder.
          --haṃ water.

tṛṣita p. p.
     (1) Thirsty; Ghaṭ. 9; Rs. 1. 18.
     (2) Greedy, thirsting for, desirous of gain. --taṃ Thirst, desire.

tṛṣu a. Ved.
     (1) Greedy, thirsting for.
     (2) Quick, speedy.

tṛṣṇaj a. Covetous, greedy, thirsting.

tṛṣṇā [tṛṣ na kicca]
     (1) Thirst (lit. and fig.); tṛṣṇāṃ chinattyātmanaḥ H. 1. 171; Rs. 1. 15.
     (2) Desire, strong desire, greed, avidity, desire of gain; tṛṣṇāṃ chiṃddhi Bh. 2. 77, 3. 5; R. 8. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣayaḥ cessation of desire, tranquillity of mind, contentment.

tṛṣṇālu a. Very thirsty.

tṛṣya a. To be wished or desired. --ṣyaṃ Greediness, thirst.

tṛṣṭa a. Ved.
     (1) Harsh.
     (2) Pungent.
     (3) Rugged.
     (4) Hoarse.

tṛh 7 P., 10 U., 6 P. (tṛṇeḍhi, tarhayatite, tṛhati, tṛḍha; desid. titṛkṣati, titarhiṣati, titṛṃhiṣati) To injure, hurt, kill, strike; na tṛṇehmīti loko'yaṃ viṃtte māṃ niṣparākramaṃ Bk. 6. 39; (tāni) tṛṇiḍhu rāmaḥ saha lakṣmaṇena 1. 19.

tṝ 1 P. (tarati, tatāra, atārīt, tarirī-ṣyati, tīrṇa)
     (1) To cross over, cross; kenoḍupena paralokanadīṃ tariṣye Mk. 8. 23; sa tīrtvā kapiśāṃ R. 4. 38; Ms. 4. 77.
     (2)
          (a) To cross over, traverse (as a way); Ku. 7. 48; Me. 19.
          (b) To sail across, navigate (as a river).
     (3) To float, swim; śilā tariṣyatyudake na parṇaṃ Bk. 12. 77.
     (4)
          (a) To get over, surmount, overcome, overpower; dhīrā hi taraṃtyāpadaṃ K. 175; kṛcchraṃ mahattīrṇa. R. 14. 6; Pt. 4. 1; Bg. 18. 58; Ms. 11. 34.
          (b) To subdue, destroy, become master of.
     (5) To go to the end of, master completely; R. 3. 30.
     (6) To fulfil, accomplish, perform (as a promise); daivāttīrṇapratijñaḥ Mu. 4. 12.
     (7) To be saved or rescued, escape from; gāvo varṣabhayāttīrṇā vayaṃ tīrṇā mahābhayāt Hariv.
     (8) To acquire, gain.
     (9) To move forward rapidly. (10) To fill completely, pervade.
     (11) To live through (a definite period).
     (12) To deliver, liberate from.
     (13) To strive together, compete. --Pass. (tīryate) To be crossed &c. --Caus. (tārayati-te)
     (1) To carry or lead over.
     (2) To cause to arrive at.
     (3) To save, rescue, deliver, liberate. --Desid. (titīrṣati. titariṣati, titarīṣati) To wish to cross &c.; dorbhyāṃ titīrṣati taraṃgavatībhujaṃgaṃ K. P. 10.

tara a. [tṝ-bhave-ap]
     (1) Crossing.
     (2) Surpassing, excelling.
     (3) Conquering, overpowering; cf. dustara. --raḥ
     (1) Passing over, crossing, passage; Bk. 7. 55.
     (2) Freight; dīrghādhvani yathādeśaṃ yathākālaṃ taro bhavet Ms. 8. 406.
     (3) A road.
     (4) A ferry-boat.
     (5) Fire.
     -- Comp.
          --paṇyaṃ freight.
          --paṇyikaḥ one who receives the freight.
          --sthānaṃ a landing-place, wharf.

taraṇaḥ [tṝ-lyuṭ]
     (1) A boat, raft.
     (2) Svarga or heaven. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Crossing over.
     (2) Conquering, overcoming.
     (3) An oar.

taraṇi a. [tṝ-ani] Ved.
     (1) Passing through, pervading (as the sun).
     (2) Quick, energetic, unremitting.
     (3) Saving, carrying over, benevolent --ṇiḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) A ray of light
     (3) The Arka plant.
     (4) Copper. --ṇiḥ, --ṇī f. A raft, boat.
     -- Comp.
          --dhanyaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --peṭakaḥ an oval bowl of wood for baling a boat.
          --ratnaṃ a ruby.

taraṃḍaḥ, --ḍā, --ḍī, --ḍam [tṝ-aṃḍac] A boat. --ḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ
     (1) A raft or float made of bamboos tied together and floated on jars or inverted hollow gourds.
     (2) The float of a fishing line.
     (3) An oar.
     -- Comp.
          --pādā a kind of boat.

taraṇyati Den. P. To cross over.

tarad f. [tṝ-karaṇe adi]
     (1) A boat.
     (2) A kind of duck (kāraṃḍava).

taraṃtī A boat.

tariḥ --rīḥ f. [tṝ karaṇe i]
     (1) A boat; jīrṇā tariḥ saridatīva gabhīranīrā Udb.; Śi. 3. 76.
     (2) A box for clothes.
     (3) The end or hem of a garment. --rī
     (1) A small wooden baling-vessel.
     (2) A club.
     (3) Smoke.
     -- Comp.
          --rathaḥ an oar, a paddle.

tarikaḥ [tarāya taraṇāya hitaḥ bā- ṭhan]
     (1) A ferry-man.
     (2) A float, raft. --kā
     (1) A boat.
     (2) Cream.

tarikin m. A ferry-man.

taritraṃ, taritrī, tariṇī A boat, ship.

tarīṣaḥ [tṝ-īṣan]
     (1) A boat, raft.
     (2) The ocean.
     (3) A fit or competent person.
     (4) Heaven.
     (5) Work, business, practice, profession.
     (6) A fine shape or form.
     (7) Decorating, ornamenting.
     (8) Dry cow-dung. --ṣī N of a daughter of Indra.

tāraka a. (rikā f.) [tṝ-ṇic ṇvula]
     (1) Carrying over.
     (2) Protecting, preserving, rescuing.
     (3) Helping another through a difficulty. --kaḥ
     (1) A pilot, helmsman.
     (2) A deliverer, saviour.
     (3) N. of Śiva. --kaḥ, --kaṃ A boat, raft. --kaṃ
     (1) The pupil of the eye.
     (2) The eye (also f.).

tāraṇa a. [tārayatyanena tṝ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Enabling to cross.
     (2) Saving, delivering, liberating.
     (3) Helping one through a difficulty &c. --ṇaḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva; also of Viṣṇu.
     (2) A boat, raft. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Crossing.
     (2) Conquering.
     (3) Carrying or conveying across.
     (4) Rescuing, delivering, liberating.

tāraṇiḥ, --ṇī A float, raft.

tārikam Fare, freight.

tārita p. p. Made to cross, conveyed across, saved, rescued.

tārin a. [tṝ-ṇic-ṇini] Enabling to cross, saving, delivering.

tārya a. [tṝ karmaṇi ṇyat]
     (1) To be crossed, passable.
     (2) To be conquered or defeated. --ryaṃ Fare, freight, toll.

titīrṣā
     (1) Desire to cross over.
     (2) Desire of final emancipation.

titīrṣu a.
     (1) Desirous of crossing; R. 1. 3.
     (2) Wishing to attain.
     (3) Desirous of final emancipation.

tīrṇa p. p. [tṝ-kta]
     (1) Crossed, passed over.
     (2) Spread, expanded.
     (3) Surpassed, excelled.
     (4) Gone down to bathe, bathed.
     (5) Defeated, conquered, overeome; see tṝ.

tej 1 P. (tejati) To guard, defend, protect.

tejaḥ, tejanam See under tij.

tejalaḥ The francoline partridge.

tejas n. [tij-bhāve karuṇādau asun]
     (1) Sharpness.
     (2) The sharp edge (of a knife &c.).
     (3) The point or top of a flame.
     (4) Heat, glow, glare.
     (5) Lustre, light, brilliance, splendour; R. 4. 1; Bg. 7. 9, 10. 30.
     (6) Heat or light considered as the third of the five elements of creation (the other four being pṛthivī, ap, vāyu, and ākāśa).
     (7) The bright appearance of the human body, beauty; R. 3. 15.
     (8) Fire of energy; S. 2. 7, U. 6. 14.
     (9) Might, prowess, strength, courage, valour, martial or heroic lustre; tejastejasi śāmyatu U. 5. 7; S. 7. 15. (10) One possessed of heroic lustre; tejasāṃ hi na vayaḥ sasīkṣyate R. 11. 1; Pt. 1. 328, 3. 33.
     (11) Spirit, energy.
     (12) Strength of character, not bearing insult or ill-treatment with impunity.
     (13) Majestic lustre, majesty, dignity, authority, consequence; tejoviśeṣānumitāṃ (rājalakṣmīṃ) dadhānaḥ R. 2. 7.
     (14) Semen, seed, semen virile; syādrakṣaṇīyaṃ yadi me na tejaḥ R. 14. 65; 2. 75; duṣyaṃtenāhitaṃ tejo dadhānāṃ bhūtaye bhuvaḥ S. 4. 3.
     (15) The essential nature of any thing.
     (16) Essence, quint-essence.
     (17) Spiritual, moral, or magical power.
     (18) Fire.
     (19) Marrow. (20) Bile.
     (21) The speed of a horse.
     (22) Fresh butter.
     (23) Gold.
     (24) Clearness of the eyes.
     (25) A shining or luminous body, light; Ku. 1. 51, S. 4. 2.
     (26) The heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile (pitta).
     (27) The brain.
     (28) Violence, fierceness.
     (29) Impatience.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. 1. illuminating. --2. granting vital power or strength.
          --bījaṃ marrow.
          --bhaṃgaḥ 1. disgrace, destruction of dignity.
     (2) depression, discouragement. --maṃḍalaṃ a halo of light. --mūrtiḥ the sun. --rūpaṃ 1. the Supreme Spirit, Brahman. --2. the nature of light. --vṛttaṃ 1. noble behaviour. --2. superior power or lustre.

tejasvat, tejovat a.
     (1) Bright, brilliant, splendid.
     (2) Sharp, pungent.
     (3) Brave, heroic.
     (4) Energetic.

tejasvin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Brilliant, bright.
     (2) Powerful, heroic, strong; U. 6. 14; Ki. 16. 16.
     (3) Dignified, noble.
     (4) Famous, illustrious.
     (5) Violent.
     (6) Haughty.
     (7) Lawful.

tejita a.
     (1) Sharpened, whetted.
     (2) Excited, stimulated, prompted.

tejomaya a.
     (1) Glorious.
     (2) Bright, brilliant, luminous; Bg. 11. 47.
     (3) Full of energy, spirited.

tenaḥ A note introductory to a song.

tep 1 A. (tepate)
     (1) To sprinkle.
     (2) To ooze, drop.
     (3) To shake, tremble.
     (4) To shine.

temaḥ [tim-ghañ] Becoming wet or moist, moisture.

temanam
     (1) Wetting, moistening.
     (2) Moisture.
     (3) A sauce, condiment. --nī A fire-place.

tev 1 A. (tevate)
     (1) To play, sport.
     (2) To weep, lament.

tevanam
     (1) Play, pastime.
     (2) A pleasure-garden, play-ground.

taikṣṇyam
     (1) Sharpness(of a knife), acuteness.
     (2) Pungency.
     (3) Fierceness, severity, cruelty.

taijasa a. (sī f.) [tejaso vikāraḥ aṇ]
     (1) Bright, splendid, luminous; U. 2. 12.
     (2) Made up or consisting of light; taijasasya dhanuṣaḥ pravṛttaye R. 11. 43.
     (3) Metallic.
     (4) Passionate.
     (5) Vigorous, energetic.
     (6) Powerful, intense. --saḥ The highly refined or subtle essence (Vedānta phil.). --saṃ
     (1) Any metal.
     (2) Ghee.
     (3) Intensity, severity.
     (4) Vigour, energy, might.
     -- Comp.
          --āvartanī a crucible.

taitikṣa a. (kṣī f.) Patient, enduring.

taitiraḥ A partridge.

taitilaḥ
     (1) A rhinoceros.
     (2) A god. --laṃ N. of the fourth astronomical period or karaṇa.

taittiraḥ
     (1) A partridge.
     (2) A rhinoceros. --raṃ A flock of partridges.

taittirikaḥ One who catches partridges.

taittirīya m. pl. The followers of the Taittirīya school of the Yajurveda. --yaḥ The Taittirīya branch of the Yajurveda (kṛṣṇayajurveda).

taitiḍīka a. (kī f.) Prepared with a sour sauce of tamarinds.

taimiraḥ A disease of the eyes (dimness).

tairtha a. (rthī f.) Relating to a sacred place.

tairthika a.
     (1) Sacred, holy.
     (2) Coming from a sacred place.
     (3) Frequenting sacred places or shrines. --kaḥ
     (1) An ascetic.
     (2) One who propounds a new religious or philosophical doctrine. --kaṃ Holy water (such as that brought from a sacred bathing-place).

tailam [tilasya tatsadṛśasya vā vikāraḥ aṇ]
     (1) Oil; labheta sikatāsu tailamapi yatnataḥ pīḍayan Bh. 2. 5; Y. 1. 284; R. 8. 38.
     (2) Benzoin.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭī a wasp.
          --abhyaṃgaḥ anointing the body with oil.
          --kalkajaḥ oil-cake.
          --kāraḥ an oilman.
          --kiṭṭaṃ oil-cake.
          --caurikā a cockroach.
          --droṇī an oil-tub.
          --parṇikā, -parṇī 1. sandal. --2. incense. --3. turpentine.
          --pāyin m. 1. a kind of cockroach. --2. a sword.
          --piṃjaḥ the white sesamum.
          --pipīlikā the small red ant.
          --pīta a. one who has drunk oil.
          --phalaḥ 1. the Ingudi tree. --2. the sesamum plant.
          --bhāvinī Jasmine.
          --mālī the wick of a lamp.
          --yaṃtraṃ an oil-mill.
          --sphaṭikaḥ a kind of gem.

tailakam A small quantity of oil.

tailaṃpātā Oblation to fire(svadhā), especially by pouring sesamumseeds into fire; cf. śyainaṃpātā and P. IV. 2. 58 and VI. 3. 71.

tailikaḥ, tailin m. An oilman, an oil-grinder or manufacturer.

tailinī The wick of a lamp.

tailīnam A field of sesamum.

tailaṃgaḥ N. of a country, the modern Telaṅgaṇa or Carnatic. --gāḥ (pl.) The people of this country.

taiṣaḥ N. of the lunar month Pausha.

tokam An offspring, a child; vyākaraṇe śakaṭasya ca tokaṃ Nir.

tokakaḥ The Chātaka bird.

tokmaḥ
     (1) A young green blade of corn, green barley.
     (2) Green colour.
     (3) A cloud. --kmaṃ The wax of the ear.

toḍ 1 P. (toḍati) To disrespect.

toḍanam
     (1) Splitting, dividing.
     (2) Tearing.
     (3) Hurting, injuring.

tottraṃ, toda, --todanam See under tud.

tomaraḥ --ram
     (1) An iron club.
     (2) A javelin.
     -- Comp.
          --dharaḥ 1 fire (considered as a deity). --2. a warrior armed with a club.

tomarikā A fragrant earth.

toyam
     (1) Water; S. 7. 12.
     (2) The constellation pūrvāṣāḍhā or its regent.
     -- Comp.
          --adhivāsinī trumpet-flower.
          --ātman m. the Supreme Being.
          --ādhāraḥ, --āśayaḥ a lake, well, any reservoir of water; toyādhārapathāśca valkalaśikhāniṣyaṃdarekhāṃkitāḥ S. 1. 14.
          --ālayaḥ the ocean, sea.
          --īśaḥ 'lord of waters' an epithet of Varuṇa. (
          --śaṃ) the constellation called pūrvāṣāḍhā. --utsargaḥ discharge of water, raining; Me. 37.
          --karman n. 1. ablutions of various parts of the body performed with water. --2. libations of water to the deceased.
          --kāma a. 1. fond of water. --2. thirsty. (
          --maḥ) a sort of crane.
          --kṛcchraḥ, --cchraṃ a kind of penance, drinking nothing but water for a fixed period.
          --krīḍā sporting in water; Me. 33.
          --garbhaḥ the cocoanut.
          --caraḥ an aquatic animal.
          --ḍiṃbaḥ, --ḍiṃbhaḥ hail.
          --daḥ a cloud; R. 6. 65; V. 1. 14. -atyayaḥ the autumn.
          --daṃ ghee.
          --dharaḥ a cloud.
          --dhāraḥ 1. a cloud. --2. raining.
          --dhiḥ, --nidhiḥ 1. the ocean. --2. the number 'four' -priyaṃ cloves.
          --nīvī the earth.
          --pāṣāṇajamalaṃ oxide of zinc.
          --puṣpī, --praṣṭhā trumpet-flower.
          --prasādanaṃ the clearing-nut tree or its nut, see. aṃbuprasādana or kataka. --malaṃ sea-foam
          --muc m. a cloud.
          --yaṃtraṃ 1. a waterclock. --2. an artificial jet or fountain of water.
          --rasaḥ moisture.
          --rāj m. 1. the ocean. --2. Varuṇa, the regent of waters.
          --rāśiḥ the ocean.
          --velā the edge of water, shore.
          --vyatikaraḥ confluence (as of rivers); R. 8. 95.
          --śuktikā an oyster.
          --sarpikā, --sūcakaḥ a frog.

toraṇaḥ --ṇam [tur-yuc ādhāre lyuṭ Tv.]
     (1) An arched doorway, a portal.
     (2) An outer door or gateway; gaṇo nṛpāṇāmatha toraṇād bahiḥ Śi. 12. 1; dūrāllakṣyaṃ surapatidhanuścāruṇā toraṇena Me. 75.
     (3) Any temporary and ornamental arch; Ku. 7. 3; R. 1. 41, 7. 4, 11. 5.
     (4) An elevated place near a bathing-place. --ṇaṃ The neck, throat. --ṇaḥ N. of Śiva.

tola, tolanam &c. See under tul.

toṣa, toṣaṇa &c. See under tuṣ.

toṣalam A club (musala).

taukṣikaḥ The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac (a word borrowed from Greek).

tautikaḥ The pearl-oyster. --kaṃ A pearl.

tauryam [tūrye bhavaṃ aṇ] The sound of musical instruments.
     -- Comp.
          --trikaṃ the union of song, dance, and instrumental music, triple symphony; tauryatrikaṃ vṛthāṭyā ca kāmajo daśako gaṇaḥ Ms. 7. 47; U. 4.

taulam A balance.

taulikaḥ, taulikikaḥ A painter.

taulin m.
     (1) A weigher.
     (2) The sign Libra of the zodiac.

taulyam
     (1) Weight.
     (2) Equality, similarity.

tauṣāra a. (rī f.) Snowy. --raṃ Snow, cold.

tman m. Ved.
     (1) The vital air.
     (2) One's own person, self; cf. ātman.

tyaj 1 P. (tyajati, tatyāja, atyākṣīt, tyakṣyati, tyakta)
     (1) To leave (in all senses), abandon, quit, go away from; vartma bhānostyajāśu Me. 39; Ms. 6. 77, 9. 177; S. 5. 26.
     (2) To let go, dismiss, discharge; Bk. 6. 122.
     (3) To give up, renounce, resign, surrender; Bh. 3. 16; Ms. 2. 95, 6. 33; Bg. 6. 24, 16. 21.
     (4) To shun, avoid.
     (5) To get rid of, free oneself from; Bg. 2. 3.
     (6) To set aside, disregard; ta ime'vasthitā yuddhe prāṇāṃstyaktvā dhanāni ca Bg. 1. 33.
     (7) To except.
     (8) To distribute, give away; kṛtaṃ (saṃcayaṃ) āśvayuje tyajet Y. 3. 47; Ms. 6. 15.
     (9) To shoot off. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to give up &c., to deprive (a person) of anything.
     (2) To expel, turn out.
     (3) To quit. --Desid. (tityakṣati) To wish to leave &c.

tyakta p. p. [tyaj karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Abandoned, forsaken, left, quitted.
     (2) Resigned, surrendered.
     (4) Shunned, avoided; see tyaj.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ a Brāhmaṇa who has given up household fire.
          --jīvita, --prāṇa a. ready to abandon life, willing to run any risk; madarthe tyaktajīvitāḥ Bg. 1 9.
          --lajja a. shameless.

tyaktṛ a. Abandoning, leaving &c.

tyajanam
     (1) Leaving, quitting.
     (2) Giving.
     (3) Excepting, exclusion.

tyajas m. Ved.
     (1) Abandonment.
     (2) Difficulty.
     (3) Anger.
     (4) Estrangement, dislike, envy.
     (5) A weapon causing abandonment. --m. --f. --n. Ved. Offspring, descendants.

tyāgaḥ [tyaj-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Leaving, forsaking, abandoning, deserting, separation; na mātā na pitā na strī na putrastyāgamarhati Ms. 8. 389, 9. 79.
     (2) Giving up, resigning, renouncing; Ms. 10. 112; Bg. 12. 11.
     (3) Gift, donation, giving away as charity; kare ślāghyastyāgaḥ Bh. 2. 65; H. 1. 154; tyāgāya saṃbhṛtārthānāṃ R. 1. 17; Pt. 1. 169.
     (4) Liberality, generosity; R. 1. 22.
     (5) Secretion, excretion.
     (6) Dismissing, discharging.
     (7) Sacrificing oneself.
     (8) A sage.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ a bill of divorcement.
          --yuta, --śīla a. liberal, generous, munificent.

tyāgin a.
     (1) Leaving, abandoning, giving up &c.
     (2) Giving away, a donor.
     (3) Heroic, brave.
     (4) Liberal.
     (5) Sacrificing.
     (6) One who does not look to any reward or result from the performance of ceremonial rites; yastu karmaphalatyāgī sa tyāgītyabhidhīyate Bg. 18. 11.

tyājita p. p.
     (1) Made to leave or abandon.
     (2) Caused to be disregarded.

tyājya a.
     (1) To be left, shunned or expelled.
     (2) To be given up or relinquished.
     (3) To be sacrificed.
     (4) To be excluded. --jyaṃ A part of an asterism or its duration considered to be unlucky.

traṃs 1 P., 10 U. (traṃsati, traṃsayati-te) To speak or shine.

traṃk 1 A. (traṃkate) To go; so also traṃkh 1 P., traṃg 1 P.

traṃd 1 P. (traṃdati)
     (1) To act, perform some functions.
     (2) To try, strive.
     (3) To be busy or active.

trap 1 A. (trapate, trapita) To be ashamed or abashed, be embarrassed; trapaṃte tīrthīni tvaritamiha yasyāddhṛtividhau G. L. 28. --WITH apa to turn away or retire through shame; tasmādbalerapatrepe Bk. 14. 84; yenāpatrapate sādhurasādhustena tuṣyati Mb.

trapā [trap bhāve aṅ]
     (1) Bashfulness modesty; maṃdatrapābhara Gīt. 12.
     (2) Shame (in a good or bad sense).
     (3) A libidinous or unchaste woman.
     (4) Family, race.
     (5) Fame, celebrity
     -- Comp.
          --nirasta, hīna a. shameless, impudent.
          --raṃḍā a harlot.

trapita a. Modest, bashful.

trapu n. [agniṃ dṛṣṭvā trapate lajjate iva, trap un Tv.]
     (1) Tin; yadi maṇistrapuṇi pratibadhyate Pt. 1. 75.
     (2) Lead.

trapulaṃ --ṣaṃ, trapus n, trapusaṃ Tin. --ṣaṃ Cucumber.

traptyam Diluted curds.

trapiṣṭha a. (superl. of tṛpra) Highly satisfied.

trapīras a. (sī f.) (compar. of tṛpra) More satisfied.

traya a. (yī f.) Triple, threefold, treble, divided into three parts, of three kinds; trayī vai vidyā ṛco yajūṃṣi sāmāni Śat. Br.; Ms. 1. 23. --yaṃ A triad, a group or collection of three; adeyamāsītvayameva bhūpateḥ śaśiprabhaṃ chatramubhe ca cāmare R. 3. 16; lokatrayaṃ Bg. 11. 20, 43; Ms. 2. 76.

trayas (Nom. pl. m. of tri, entering into comp. with some nu merals) Three.
     -- Comp.
          --catvāriṃśa a. forty third.
          --catvāriṃśat a. or f. forty-three.
          --triṃśa a. thirtythird.
          --triṃśat a. or f. thirtythree. -patiḥ an epithet of
     (a) Indra,
     (b) prajāpati. --daśa a. 1. thirteenth. --2. having thirteen added; trayodaśaṃ śataṃ 'one hundred and thirteen.' --daśan a. pl. thirteen. --daśaka a. consisting of thirteen. (--kaṃ) the number thirteen. --daśama a. thirteenth. --daśī the thirteenth day of a lunar fort-night. --navatiḥ f. ninety-three. --paṃcāśat f. fiftythree. --viṃśa a. 1. twenty-third. --2. consisting of twenty-three. --viṃśatiḥ f. twenty-three --ṣaṣṭiḥ f. sixty-three. --saptatiḥ f. seventy-three.

trayī
     (1) The three Vedas taken collectively (ṛgyajuḥsāmāni); trayī mayāya triguṇātmane namaḥ K. 1; tau trayī varjamitarā vidyāḥ paripāṭhitau U. 2; Ms. 4. 125.
     (2) A triad, triplet; vyadyotiṣṭa sabhāvedyāmasau naraśikhitrayī Śi. 2. 3.
     (3) A matron or married woman whose husband and children are living.
     (4) Intellect, understanding.
     -- Comp.
          --tanuḥ 1. an epithet of the sun; so trayīmayaḥ. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --dharmaḥ the duty enjoined by the three Vedas: Bg. 9. 21.
          --mukhaḥ a Brāhmaṇa.

tras I. 1. 4. P. (trasati, trasyati, trasta)
     (1) To quake, tremble, shake, start with fear.
     (2) To fear, dread, be afraid of (with abl., sometimes with gen or instr.); pramadavanāttrasyati K. 255; kaperatrāsiṣunādāt Bk. 9. 11, 5. 75, 14. 48, 15. 53; Śi. 8. 24; Ki. 8. 7.
     (3) To run away, run from. --Caus. (trāsayati-te) To frighten, terrify --II. 10 U. (trāsayati-te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To hold.
     (3) To take, seize.
     (4) To oppose, prevent.

trasa a. [tras-ghañarye ka] Moveable, locomotive. --saḥ The heart. --saṃ
     (1) A wood, forest.
     (2) Animals.
     (3) The aggregate of moving or living beings.
     (4) Animals and men.
     -- Comp.
          --reṇaḥ 1. an atom, the mote or atom of dust which is seen moving in a sunbeam; cf. jālāṃtaragate bhānau sūkṣmaṃ yaddṛśyate rajaḥ . prathamaṃ tatpramāṇānāṃ trasareṇuṃ pracakṣate .. Ms. 8. 132; also Y. 1. 361.
     (2) N. of one of the wives of the sun.

trasanam [tras bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Alarm, fear.
     (2) Anxiety, uneasiness.

trasaraḥ A shuttle.

trasura, trasnu a. [tram-urac] Fearful, trembling, timid; atrasnubhiryuktadhuraṃ turaṃgaiḥ R. 14. 47; sītāṃ saumitriṇā tyaktāṃ sadhrīcīṃ trasnumekikāṃ Bk. 6. 7.

trasta p. p. [tras-kta]
     (1) Frightened, terrified, alarmed; trastaikahāyatakuraṃgaviloladṛṣṭiḥ Māl. 4. 8.
     (2) Timid, fearful.
     (3) Quick, rolling.

trāsa a. [tras bhāve dhañ]
     (1) Moveable, moving.
     (2) Frightening. --saḥ
     (1) Fear, terror, alarm; aṃtaḥ kaṃcukikaṃcukasya viśati trāsādayaṃ vāmanaḥ Ratn. 2. 3; R. 2. 38, 9. 58.
     (2) Alarming, frightening.
     (3) A flaw or defect in. a jewel.

trāsana a. [tras-ṇic bhāve lyuṭa] Terrifying, frightening, alarming. --naṃ 1 The act of frightening or causing alarm.
     (2) A means of frightening, any cause of alarm.

trāsita a. Frightened, alarmed, terrified.

trā 2 A. (trāte) To protect; see also trai.

trāṇa, trāta &c. See under trai.

tri num. a. [Uṇ. 5. 66](declined in pl. only, nom. trayaḥ m., tisraḥ f. trīṇi n.) Three; ta eva hi trayo lokāsta eva traya āśramāḥ &c. Ms. 2. 229; priyatamābhirasau tisṛbhirbabhau R. 9. 18; trīrṇi varṣāṇyudīkṣeta kumāryutṛmatī satī Ms. 9. 90. [Cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three.]
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ 1. a three-fold share. --2. a third part. --3. three-fourths.
          --akṣa a. triocular.
          --akṣaḥ, --akṣakaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --akṣaraḥ 1. the mystic syllable om consisting of three letters; see under a. --2. a match-maker or ghaṭaka (that word consisting of three syllables.) --3. a genealogist. (
          --rī) knowledge, learning; see vidyā. --aṃkaṭaṃ, --aṃgaṭaṃ 1. three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. --2. a sort of collyrium. (
          --ṭaḥ) N. of Śiva.
          --aṃjanaṃ the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. kālāṃjana, rasāṃjana, and puṣpāṃjana. --aṃjalaṃ, --li three handfuls taken collectively.
          --adhipatiḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --adhiṣṭhānaḥ the soul. (
          --naṃ) spirit, life (catanya). --adhvagā, --mārgagā, --vartmagā epithets of the river. Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).
          --anīka a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; Rv. 3. 56. 3. (
          --kā) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.
          --aṃbakaḥ (also triyaṃbaka in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva; triyaṃbakaṃ saṃyaminaṃ dadarśa Ku. 3. 44; jaḍīkṛtastryaṃbakavīkṣaṇena R. 2. 42, 3. 49. -sakhaḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --aṃbakā an epithet of Pārvatī.
          --abda a. three years old. (bdaṃ) three years taken collectively.
          --aśīta a. eighty-third.
          --aśītiḥ f. eighty-three.
          --aṣṭan a. twentyfour.
          --aśra, --asra a. triangular. (
          --sraṃ) a triangle.
          --ahaḥ 1. a period of three days. --2. a festival lasting three days.
          --āhika a. 1. performed or produced in three days. --2. recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). --3. having provision for three days.
          --ṛcaṃ (tṛcaṃ also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms. 8. 106.
          --aihika a. having provision for three days.
          --kakud m. 1. N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. --2. N. of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa. --3. the highest, chief. --4. a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.
          --kakbh m. Ved. 1. Indra. --2. Indra's thunderbolt.
          --karman n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (--m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).
          --kāyaḥ N. of Buddha.
          --kālaṃ 1. the three times; the past, the present, and the future, or morning, noon and evening. --2. the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (
          --laṃ) ind. three times, thrice. -jña, -darśin a. omniscient. (m.) 1. a divine sage, seer. --2. a deity. --3. N. of Buddha. -vid m. 1. a Buddha. --2. an Arhat (with the Jainas).
          --kūṭaḥ N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa; Śi. 2. 5.
          --kūrcakaṃ a knife with three edges.
          --koṇa a. triangular, forming a triangle. (
          --ṇaḥ) 1. a triangle. --2. the vulva
          --khaṃ 1. tin. --2. a cucumber.
          --khaṭvaṃ, --khadvī three bedsteads taken collectively.
          --gaṇaḥ an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. dharbha, artha and kāma; na bādhataṃ'sya trigaṇaḥ parasparaṃ Ki. 1. 11; see trivarga below.
          --gata a. 1. tripled. --2. done in three days.
          --gartāḥ (pl.) 1. N. of a country, also called jalaṃdhara, in the north-west of India.
     (2) the people or rulers of that country. --gartā 1. a lascivious woman, wanton. --2. a woman in general. --3. a pearl. --4. a kind of cricket. --guṇa a. 1. consisting of three threads; vratāya mauṃjīṃ triguṇāṃ babhāra yāṃ Ku. 5. 10. --2. three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; sapta vyatīyustriguṇāni tasya (dināni) R. 2. 25. --3. containing the three Guṇas satva, rajasa and tamas (--ṇaṃ) the Pradhāna (in Sān. phil.) (--ind.) three times; in three ways' (--ṇāḥ m. pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; trayīmayāyatriguṇātmana namaḥ K. 1. (--ṇā) 1. Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). --2. an epithet of Durgā --cakṣus m. an epithet of Śiva. --catura a. (pl.) three or four; gatvā javāttracaturāṇi padāni sī tā B. R. 6. 34. --catvāriṃśa a. forty third. --catvāriṃśat f. forty-three. --jagat n. --jagatī the three worlds,
     (1) the heaven, the atmosphere, and the earth; or
     (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world. --jaṭaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --jaṭā N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa at tendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same --jīdā --jyā the sine of three signs or 90-, a radius. --ṇatā a bow. --ṇava, --ṇavan a. pl. three times nine, i. e. 27. --ṇāciketaḥ a part of the Adhvaryu sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms. 3. 185). --ṇītā a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). --takṣaṃ, takṣī three carpenters taken collectively. --daḍaṃ 1. the three staves of a Sannyasin (who has resigned the world) tied together so as to form one. --2. the triple subjection of thought. word, and deed. (--ḍaḥ) the state of a religious ascetic. --daṃḍin m. 1. areligious mendicant or Sannyasin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand. --2. one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed), cf. vāgdaṃḍo'tha manodaṃḍaḥ kāyadaṃḍastathaiva ca . yasyaite nihitā buddhau vidaṃḍīti sa ucyate .. Ms. 12. 10. --daśāḥ (pl.) 1. thirty. --2. the thirty-three gods. (--śaḥ) a god, an immortal; Ku. 3. 1. -aṃkuśaḥ, -āyudhaṃ Indra's thunderbolt; R. 9. 54. -āyudhaṃ rainbow. -adhipaḥ, -īśvaraḥ, -patiḥ epithets of Indra. -adhipatiḥ N. of Śiva. -adhyakṣaḥ -ayanaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ariḥ, a demon. -ācāryaḥ an epithet of Bṛhaspati. -ālayaḥ, -āvāsaḥ 1. heaven. --2. the mountain Meru.
     (3) a god. -āhāraḥ 'the food of the gods', nectar. -iṃdraḥ 1. Indra. --2. Siva. --3. Brahman. -guruḥ an epithet of Bṛhaspati, -gopaḥ a kind of insect; (cf. iṃdragopa); śraddadhe tridaśagopamātrake dāhaśaktimiva kṛṣṇavartmani R. 11. 42. -dīrghikā an epithet of the Ganges. -maṃjarī the holy basil. -vadhū, -vanitā, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; kailāsasya tridaśavanitādarpaṇasyatithiḥ rayāḥ Me. 58. -vartman the sky. -śraṃṣṭhaḥ 1. Agni. --2. Brahman. --vinaṃ three days collectively. -spṛś m. concurrence of three lunarions with one solar day. --divaṃ 1. the heaven; trimārgayeva tridivaraya mārgaḥ Ku. 1. 28; S. 7. 3.
     (2) sky, atmosphere. --3. paradise. --4. happiness. (--vā) cardamoms. -adhīśaḥ, -īśaḥ 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. a god. -udbhavā 1. the Ganges. --2. small cardamoms. -okas m. a god. --dṛś m. an epithet of Śiva. --doṣaṃ vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. vāta, pitta and vapha. --dhātuḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa. --dhāman m 1. N. of Viṣṇu. --2. of Vyāsa; --3. of Śiva. --4. of Agni. --5. death. --dhārā the Ganges. --ṇayanaḥ (nayanaḥ) --netraḥ, --locanaḥ epithets of Śiva; R. 3. 66; Ku. 3. 66, 5. 72. --navata a. ninety-third. --navatiḥ f. ninetythree. --nayanā Pārvatī. --nābhaḥ Viṣṇu. --netracūmaṇiḥ the moon. --paṃca a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. --paṃcāśa a. fifty-third. --paṃcāśat f. fifty-three. --paṭuḥ glass (kāca). --patākaḥ 1. the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. --2. the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. --patrakaḥ the Palāśa tree. --pathaṃ 1. the three patls taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.
     (2) a place where three reads meet. (--thā) an epithet of Mathurā. -gā an epithet of the Ganges; dhṛtasatpathastripathagāmabhitaḥ sa tamāruroha puruhūtasutaḥ Ki. 6. 1; Amaru. 99. --pad, --pād, --pāt m. Ved. 1. Viṣṇu. --2. fever (personified). --pada a. three-footed. (--daṃ) a tripod. --padikā 1. a tripod. --2. a stand with three feet. --padī 1. the girth of an elephant; nāsrasatkariṇāṃ graivaṃ tripadīcchedināmapi R. 4. 48.
     (2) the Gāyatrī metre. --3. a tripod. --4. the plant godhāpadī. --parikrāṃta a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. --parṇaḥ the Kimśuka tree. --pāṭaḥ 1. intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). --2. the figure formed by such intersection. --pāṭhin a. 1. familiar with Samhitā, Pada, and Krama. --2. one who learns a thing after three repetitions. --pādaḥ 1. the Supreme Being. --2. fever. --pād a. 1. having three feet. --2. consisting of three parts, having threefourths; R. 15. 96. --3. trinomial. (--m.) 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. --2. the Supreme Being. --puṭa a. triangular. (--ṭaḥ) 1. an arrow. --2. the palm of the hand. --3. a cubit. --4. a bank or shore. --puṭakaḥ a triangle. --puṭā an epithet of Durgā. --puṭin m. the castoroil plant. --puṃḍraṃ, --puṃḍrakaṃ a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. --puraṃ 1. a collection of three cities. --2. the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along with the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku. 7. 48; Amaru. 2; Me. 56; Bh. 2. 123; (--raḥ) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. -adhipatiḥ N. of Maya, -aṃtakaḥ, -ariḥ, -ghnaḥ, -dahanaḥ, -dviṣ m. -haraḥ &c. epithets of Śiva; Bh. 3. 123; R. 17. 14. -dāhaḥ burning of the three cities; Ki. 5. 14. (--rī) 1. N. of a place near Jabbalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. --2. N. of a country. --puruṣa a. 1. having the length of three men. --2. having three assistants. (--ṣaṃ) the three ancestors, father, grand-father, and great-grand-father. --pṛṣṭhaṃ the highest heaven. --pauruṣa a. 1. belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. --2. offered to three (as oblations). --3. inherited from three (as an estate). --prasrutaḥ an elephant in rut. --phalā the three myrobalans taken collectively, (Mar. hiraḍā, behaḍā and āṃvaLakāṭhī). --baṃdhanaḥ the individual soul. --bali, --balī, --valiḥ, --valī f. 1. the three folds or wrinklas of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); kṣāmodaroparilasattrivalīlatānāṃ Bh. 1. 93, 81; cf. Ku. 1. 39. --2. the anus. --balīkaṃ the anus. --bāhuḥ a kind of fighting with swords. --bhaṃ three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. --bhadraṃ copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. --bhāgaḥ 1. the third part. --2. the third part of a sign of the zodiac. --bhujaṃ a triangle. --bhuvanaṃ the three worlds; puṇyaṃ yāyāstribhuvamagurordhāma caṃḍīśvarasya Me. 33, Bh. 1. 99. -guruḥ Śiva. -patiḥ Viṣṇu. --bhūmaḥ a palace with three floors. --madhu n. --madhuraṃ sugar, honey, and ghee. --mārgā the Ganges; Ku. 1. 28. --mukuṭaḥ the Trikūṭa mountain. --mukhaḥ an epithet of Buddha. --muni ind. having the three sages pāṇini, kātyāyana and pataṃjali; trimuni vyākaraṇam. --mūrtiḥ 1. the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; Ku. 2. 4. --2. Buddha, or Jina. --mūrdhan m. a demon; U. 2. 15. --yaṣṭiḥ a necklace of three strings. --yāmakaṃ sin. --yāmā 1. night (consisting of 3 watches or praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); saṃkṣipyeta kṣaṇa iva kathaṃ dīrghayāmā triyāmā Me. 108, Ku. 7. 21, 26; R. 9. 70, V. 3. 22. --2. turmeric. --3. the Indigo plant. --4. the river Yamunā. --yugaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --yoniḥ a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). --rasakaṃ spirituous liquor. --rātra a. lasting for three nights. (--traḥ) a festival lasting for three nights. (--traṃ) a period of three nights. --rekhaḥ a conch-shell. --liṃga a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. --2. possessing the three Guṇas. (--gāḥ) the country called Telanga. (--gī) the three genders taken collectively. --lokaṃ the three worlds. (--kaḥ) an inhabitant of the three worlds. -ātman m. the Supreme Being. -īśaḥ the sun. -nāyaḥ 'lord of the three worlds' an epithet of 1. Indra; R. 3. 45. --2. of Śiva; Ku. 5. 77. --lokī the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; satvāmeva trilokīsariti haraśiraścuṃbinīvicchaṭāyāṃ Bh. 3. 95; Śānti. 4. 22. --locanaḥ Śiva. (--nā) 1. an unchaste woman. --2. an epithet of Durgā. --lohakaṃ the three metals: gold, silver, and copper. --vargaḥ 1. the three objects of worldly existence, i. e. dharma, artha, and kāma; Ku. 5. 38. --2. the three states of loss, stability, and increase; kṣayaḥ sthānaṃ ca vṛddhiśca trivargo nītivedināṃ Ak. --3. the three qualities of nature, i. e. sattva, rajas, and tamas. --4. the three higher castes. --5. the three myrobalans. --6. propriety, decorum. --varṇakaṃ the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. --varṣa a. three years old. --vāraṃ ind. three times, thrice. --vikramaḥ Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. --vidyaḥ a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. --vidha a. of three kinds, three-fold. --viṣṭapaṃ, --piṣṭapaṃ 1. the world of Indra heaven; triviṣṭapasyeva patiṃ jayaṃtaḥ R. 6. 78. --2. the three worlds. -sad m. a god. --vṛt a. 1. threefold. --2. consisting of three parts. (--m.) 1. a sacrifice. --2. a girdle of three strings.
     (3) an amulet of three strings. (--f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. -karaṇa combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. --veṇiḥ, --ṇī f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī. --vedaḥ a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. --śaṃkuḥ 1. N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chandala. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down headforemost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the well-known proverb; triśaṃkurivāṃtarā tiṣṭha S. 2]. --2. the Chātaka bird. --3. a cat. --4. a grass-hopper. --5. a fire-fly. -jaḥ an epithet of Hariśchandra. -yājin m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. --śata a. three hundred. (--taṃ) 1. one hundred and three. --2. three hundred. --śaraṇaḥ a Buddha. --śālaṃ a house with three halls or chambers. --śikhaṃ 1. a trident. --2. a crown or crest (with three points). --śiras m. 1. N. of a demon killed by Rāma. --2. an epithet of Kubera. --3. fever. --śīrṣaḥ Śiva. --śīrṣakaṃ, --śūlaṃ a trident. -aṃkaḥ, -dhārin m. an epithet of Śiva. --śūlin m. an epithet of Śiva. --śṛṃgaḥ 1. the Trikuṭa mountain. --2. a triangle. --śokaḥ the soul. --ṣaṣṭiḥ f. sixty-three. --saṃdhyaṃ, --saṃdhyī the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset. --saṃdhyaṃ ind. at the time of the three Sandhyās. --saptata a. seventy-third. --saptatiḥ f. seventy-three. --saptan, --sapta a. pl. three times 7, i. e. 21. --sama a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. --sāmyaṃ an equilibrium of the three (qualities). --sthalī the three sacred places, kāśī, prayāga, and gayā. --srotas f. an epithet of the Ganges; trisrotasaṃ vahati yo gaganapratiṣṭhāṃ S. 7. 6; R. 10. 63; Ku. 7. 15. --sītya, --halya a. ploughed thrice (as a field). --hāyaṇa a. three years old.

triṃśa a. (śī f.) 1 Thirtieth.
     (2) Joined with thirty; e. g. triṃśaṃ śataṃ one hundred and thirty.
     (3) Consisting of thirty.
     (4) (1/30) of a sign of the zodiac, a degree.

triṃśaka a.
     (1) Consisting of thirty.
     (2) Bought for or worth thirty.

triṃśat f. Thirty.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ A lotus opening at moonrise.

triṃśatkam An aggregate of thirty.

triṃśatiḥ f. Thirty.

trika a. [trayāṇāṃ saṃghaḥ kan]
     (1) Triple, three-fold.
     (2) Forming a triad.
     (3) Three per cent.
     (4) Happening the third time. --kaṃ
     (1) A triad.
     (2) A place where three roads meet.
     (3) The lower part of the spine, the part about the hips; trike sthūlatā Pt. 1. 190; kaścidvivṛttatrikabhinnahāraḥ R. 6. 16.
     (4) The part between the shoulderblades.
     (5) The three spices. --kā
     (1) A contrivance for raising water (like a wheel) over which passes the rope of the bucket.
     (2) The cover of a well.

tritaya a. (yī f.) Consisting of three parts, three-fold. --yaṃ A triad, a group of three; śraddhā vittaṃ vidhiśceti tritayaṃ tatsamāgataṃ S. 7. 29; R. 8. 78; Y. 3. 266.

tridhā ind. In three ways, or in three parts; Ku. 7. 44; Bg. 18. 19.

tris ind. Thrice, three times.

truṭ 4. 6. P. (truṭyati, truṭati, truṭita) To tear, break, fall asunder, snap, be split (fig. also); gadgadagalattryuṭyadvilīnākṣaraṃ Bh. 3. 8, 1. 96; ayaṃ te bāṣpaughastruṭita iva muktāmaṇisaraḥ U. 1. 29.

truṭiḥ, --ṭī f. [truṭ-im vā ṅīp]
     (1) Cutting, tearing.
     (2) A small part, an atom.
     (3) A very minute space of time equal to (1/4) of a Kshaṇā or (1/2) of a Lava.
     (4) Doubt, uncertainty.
     (5) Loss, destruction.
     (6) Small cardamoms (the plant).

truṭita p. p. Cut, broken, divided, split &c.

troṭiḥ f., --ṭī A bill, beak.
     -- Comp.
          --hastaḥ a bird.

trup(ph), truṃp(ph) 1 P. (tropati &c.) To hurt, kill.

tretā
     (1) A triad, triplet.
     (2) The three sacred fires taken collectively; Ms. 2. 231; R. 13. 37.
     (3) A particular throw at dice, a cast of three or trey; tretāhṛtasarvasvaḥ Mk. 2. 8.
     (4) The second of the four Yugas of the Hindus; see yuga.

tredhā ind. Trebly, in three ways or parts; tadekaṃ sattredhākhyāyate Śat. Br.; (namaḥ) tubhyaṃ tredhā sthitātmane R. 10. 16.

trai 1 A. (trāyate, trāta or trāṇa) To protect, preserve, rescue or save from, defend from (usually with abl.); kṣatātkila trāyata ityudagraḥ kṣatrasya śabdo bhuvaneṣu rūḍhaḥ R. 2. 53; Bg. 2. 40; Ms. 9. 138; Bk. 5. 54; 15. 120. --WITH pari to save &c.; paritrāyasva, paritrāyasva (in dramas).

trāṇa p. p. [trai karmaṇi kta, bhāve lyuṭ vā] Protected, guarded, preserved, saved. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Protection, defence, preservation; ārtatrāṇāya vaḥ śastraṃ na prahartumanāgasi S. 1. 11; R. 15. 3; Mal. 9. 26.
     (2) Shelter, help, refuge.
     (3) Protecting, preserving.
     (4) An armour.

trāta p. p. Preserved, saved, protected. --taṃ Protection.

trātṛ a.
     (1) A guardian, defender, protector.
     (2) Protecting, defending.

traikālika a. (kī f.) Relating to the three times, i. e. past, present, and future.

traikālyam
     (1) The three times, past, present, and future, or sunrise, noon and sunset.
     (2) Tripartition.
     (3) A triad.

traiguṇika cai a. (kī f.) Triple three-fold.

traiguṇyam
     (1) The state of consisting of three threads, qualities &c.
     (2) Triplicity.
     (3) The three Guṇas or properties (sattva, rajas and tamas) taken collectively; traiguṇyodbhavamatra lokacaritaṃ nānārasaṃ dṛśyate M. 1. 4.

traitam Ved. A triad.

traidaśika a. Divine. --kaṃ The part of the hand sacred to the gods.

traidha a. Threefold, triple.

trainiṣkika a. Worth three nishkas.

traipuraḥ
     (1) The Tripura country.
     (2) A ruler or inhabitant of that country.

traipuruṣa a. (ṣī f.) Extending to the three male generations.

traimāturaḥ An epithet of Lakṣmaṇa.

traimāsika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Three months old.
     (2) Lasting for or occurring every three months.
     (3) Quarterly.

traimāsyam A period of three months.

trairāśikam The rule of three(in math.).

trailokaḥ An epithet of Indra.

trailokyam The three worlds taken collectively; R. 10. 53.

traivargika a. (kī f.) Relating to the three objects of life; cf. trivarga.

traivarṇika a. (kī f.) Relating to the first three castes. --kaḥ A member of the first three castes.

traivarṣika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Three years old.
     (2) Lasting for three years &c.; also traivārṣika.

traivikama a. (mī f.) Belonging to Trivikrama or Viṣṇu; R. 7. 35. --maṃ The three steps of Viṣṇu.

traividyam
     (1) The three Vedas.
     (2) The study of the three Vedas.
     (3) An assembly of Brāhmaṇas familiar with the three Vedas.
     (4) The three sciences. --dyaḥ A Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas; Bg. 9. 20.

traividhyam Three-foldness, three kinds or sorts, triplicity.

traiviṣṭapaḥ, traiviṣṭapeyaḥ A god.

traiśaṃkavaḥ An epithet of Hariśchandra, son of Triśaṅku.

troṭakam [truṭ-ṇvul]
     (1) A species of drama: --saptāṣṭanavapaṃcākaṃ divyamānuṣasaṃśrayaṃ . troṭakaṃ nāma tatpra huḥ pratyaṃkaṃ sadidūprakaṃ .. S. D. 540; e. g. Kalidāsa's Vikramorvaśīyam (?). --2. An angry speech. --kaḥ A kind of poisonous insect.

troṭiḥ See under truṭ.

trotram
     (1) A goad.
     (2) A kind of discase.

tvakṣ 1 P. (tvakṣati, tvaṣṭa)
     (1) To pare, hew, peel.
     (2) To make thin.
     (3) To cover.

tvakṣas n. Strength, might, power.

tvaṣṭa p. p. Made thin, pared, peeled &c.

tvaṣṭiḥ f. Carpentry. --m. N. of a mixed tribe (?).

tvāṣṭ a. [tvaṣṭā devatā asya aṇ] Belonging to Tvaṣṭṛ; U. 6. 3. --ṣṭrī
     (1) The asterism citrā.
     (2) A small car. --ṣṭraṃ The creative power.

tvaṃkāraḥ Addressing disrespectfully with a 'thou', theeing and thouing.

tvaṃg 1 P. (tvaṃgati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To jump, gallop.
     (3) To tremble.

tvac 6 P. (tvacati) To cover.

tvac f.
     (1) Skin(of men, serpents &c.); U. 4. 20; Mv. 1. 18.
     (2) Hide (as of a cow, deer &c.); R. 3. 31.
     (3) Bark, rind; Ku. 1. 7; R. 2, 37, 17. 12.
     (4) Any cover or coating.
     (5) The sense of touch.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ horripilation.
          --iṃdriyaṃ the organ of touch.
          --kaṃḍuraḥ a sore
          --gaṃdhaḥ the orange.
          --chedaḥ 1. a skin wound, scratch, bruise. --2. circumcision.
          --jaṃ
     (1) blood.
     (2) hair (on the body). --taraṃgakaḥ a wrinkle. --traṃ an armour; tvaktraṃ cācakace varaṃ Bk. 14. 94. --doṣaḥ disease of the skin, leprosy. --paripuṭanaṃ peeling of the skin. --pāruṣyaṃ roughness of the skin. --puṣpaḥ horripilation. (--ṣpī, --ṣpaṃ) a blotch, scab. --bhedaḥ a scratch. --malaṃ hair of the body. --rogaḥ leprosy &c., any cutaneous disease. --sāraḥ (tvacisāraḥ) a bamboo; tvaksāraraṃdhraparipūraṇalabdhagītiḥ Śi. 4. 61. --sugaṃdhaḥ an orange.

tvacam
     (1) Skin.
     (2) Bark.

tvacanam
     (1) Covering with a skin.
     (2) Skinning.

tvacayati Den. P.
     (1) To cover with a hide.
     (2) To peel off the skin.

tvacas n. Skin.

tvacā See tvac.

tvacya a. Conducive to the healthiness of the skin.

tvāca a. (cī f.) Relating to the skin, contagious.

tvad A form of the second personal pronoun occurring as the first member of some compounds: e. g. tvadadhīna, tvatsādṛśyaṃ &c.

tvadīya a. Thy, thine, your, yours; R. 3 50.

tvadvidha a. Like thee or you.

tvar 1 A. (tvarata, tvarita tūrṇa) To hurry, make haste, move with speed, do anything quickly; bhavānsuhṛdarthe tvaratāṃ M. 2; nānunetumabalāḥ sa tatvare R. 19. 38. --Caus. (tvarayati)
     (1) To cause to hasten, expedite, urge forward, accelerate; tvarayorvaśīṃ V. 2; Ku. 4. 36.
     (2) To call quickly away; Māl. 5. 25.

tūrṇa p. p. [tvar-bhāvekta]
     (1) Quick, speedy, rapid.
     (2) Fleet. --rṇaṃ Rapidity, quickness. --rṇaṃ ind. Quickly, speedily; cūrṇamānīyatāṃ tūrṇaṃ pūrṇacaṃdranibhānane Subhāṣ.

tūrṇi a. Quick. --rṇiḥ f. Speed --m.
     (1) The mind.
     (2) A Śloka.
     (3) Dirt, excrement.

tvaraṇam Making haste, velocity.

tvarā, tvariḥ f. [tvar-aṅ]
     (1) Haste, hurry, speed; autsukyena kṛtatvarā sahabhuvā vyāvartamātā hriyā Ratn. 1. 2.
     (2) Urgency or pressing nature; Ku. 2. 63.
     -- Comp.
          --ārohaḥ a pigeon.

tvarita p. p. Quick, swift, speedy. --taṃ Despatch, haste. --ind. Quickly, fast, speedily, hastily.

tvaṣṭṛ m. [tvakṣ-tṛc]
     (1) A carpenter, builder, workman.
     (2) Viśvakarman, the architect of the gods. [Tvaṣṭri is the Vulcan of the Hindu mythology. He had a son named Triśiras and a daughter called saṃjñā, who was given in marriage to the son. But she was unable to bear the severe light of her husband, and therefore Tvaṣṭri mounted the sun upon his lathe, and carefully trimmed off a part of his bright disc; cf. āropya cakrabhramimuṣṇatejāstvaṣṭreva yatnollikhito vibhāti. R. 6. 32. The part trimmed off is said to have been used by him in forming the discus of Viṣṇu, the Triśula of Śiva, and some other weapons of the gods].

tvādṛś, tvādṛśa (śī f.) a. Similar to thee or you, of thy kind; Me 69.

tviṣ 1 U. (tveṣati-te) To shine, glitter, sparkle, blaze.

tviṣ f.
     (1) Light, lustre, splendour, brilliance; cayastviṣāmityavadhāritaṃ purā Śi. 1. 3, 9. 13; R. 4. 75; Ratn. 1. 18.
     (2) Beauty.
     (3) Authority, weight.
     (4) Wish, desire.
     (5) Custom, practice.
     (6) Violence, vehemence.
     (7) Speech.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, the sun; also tviṣāṃpātaḥ or tviṣāmīśaḥ

tviṣā Splendour, lustre, light.

tviṣiḥ
     (1) A ray of light.
     (2) Beauty, lustre.

tveṣa a. Bright, brilliant.

tsar 1 P. (tsarati)
     (1) To go or approach gently or stealthily, creep, crawl.
     (2) To proceed crookedly or fraudulently.

tsaruḥ
     (1) Any creeping animal.
     (2) The hilt or handle of a sword or any other weapon; supragrahavimalakaladhautatsaruṇā khaḍgena Ve. 3; tsarupradeśādapavarjitāṃgaḥ Ki. 17. 58; R. 18. 48.
     -- Comp.
          --mārgaḥ sword-exercise.

tsāruka a. Skilful in handling a sword.

tha

thaḥ
     (1) A mountain.
     (2) A protector.
     (3) A sign of danger.
     (4) A kind of disease.
     (5) Eating. --thaṃ
     (1) Protection, preservation.
     (2) Terror, fear.
     (3) Auspiciousness.

tharv 1 P. (tharvati) To go or move.

thuḍ 6 P. (thuḍati)
     (1) To cover, screen.
     (2) To hide or conceal.

thoḍanam Covering, wrapping up.

thutkāraḥ The sound thutu made in spitting.

thurv 1 P. (thu-thūrvati) To hurt, injure.

thūtkāraḥ, thūtkṛtam The sound thūt made in spitting.

thaithai ind. The imitative sound of a musical instrument.

da

da a. (At the end of comp.) Giving, granting, producing, causing, cutting off, destroying, removing; as dhanada, annada, garada, toyada, analada &c. --daḥ
     (1) A gift, donation.
     (2) A mountain. --daṃ A wife. --dā
     (1) Heat.
     (2) Repentance.

daṃś I. 1. P. (daśati, daṣṭa; desid. didaṃkṣati) To bite, sting; Bk. 15. 4, 16. 19; mṛṇālikā adaśat K. 32 ate, browsed &c. --II 1 P, 10 U (daṃśati, daṃśayati-te) To speak or shine.

daṃśaḥ [daṃś-ac bhāve ghañ vā]
     (1) Biting, stinging; mugdhe vidhehi mayi nirdayadaṃtadaṃśaṃ Gīt. 10.
     (2) The sting of a snake.
     (3) A bite, the spot bitten; chedo daṃśasya dāho vā M. 4. 4; U. 3. 35.
     (4) Cutting, tearing.
     (5) A gad-fly; R. 2. 5; Ms. 1. 40; Y. 3. 215.
     (6) A flaw, fault, defect (in a jewel).
     (7) A tooth.
     (8) Pungency.
     (9) An armour. (10) A joint, limb.
     -- Comp.
          --bhīruḥ, --bhīrukaḥ a buffalo.
          --vadanaḥ a heron.

daṃśaka a. [daṃa-nvul] Biting, stinging. --kaḥ
     (1) A dog.
     (2) A gad-fly.
     (3) A fly.

daṃśana [daṃś-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of biting or stinging; e. g. daṣṭāśca daṃśanaiḥ kāṃtaṃ dāsīkurvaṃti yoṣitaḥ S. D.
     (2) An armour, mail; Śi. 17. 21.

daṃśita a.
     (1) Bitten.
     (2) Mailed, furnished with an armour.
     (3) Protected.
     (4) Fitting closely (as an armour). --taṃ A bite.

daṃśin m. See daṃśaka.

daṃśī A small gad-fly.

daṃśera a.
     (1) Biting.
     (2) Noxious, hurtful, injurious.

daṃṣṭrā [daṃś ṣṭran ṭāp] A large tooth, tusk, fang; prasahya maṇimuddharenmakaravaktradaṃṣṭrāṃkurāt Bh. 2. 4; R. 2. 46; daṃṣṭrābhaṃgaṃ mṛgāṇāmadhipataya iva vyaktamānāvalepā nājñābhaṃgaṃ sahaṃte nṛvara nṛpatayastvādṛśāḥ sārvabhaumāḥ .. Mu. 3. 22.
     -- Comp.
          --astraḥ, --āyudhaḥ a wild boar.
          --karāla a. having terrible tusks.
          --viṣaḥ a kind of snake.

daṃṣṭrāla a. Having large tusks.

daṃṣṭrika a. Tusked. --kā = daṃṣṭrā q. v.

daṃṣṭrin a.
     (1) Tusked, having large teeth.
     (2) Biting or wounding with the teeth.
     (3) Carnivorous. --m.
     (1) A wild boar.
     (2) A snake.
     (3) A hyena.
     (4) Any animal with tusks.

daśanaḥ, --nam [daṃś bhāve karaṇādau vā lyuṭ ni- nalopaḥ]
     (1) A tooth; muhurmuhurdaśanavikhaṃḍitoṣṭhayā Śi. 17. 2; śikharidaśanā Me. 82; Bg. 11. 27.
     (2) Biting. --naḥ The peak of a mountain. --naṃ An armour; (also m.).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ brightness of the teeth; Ku. 6. 25.
          --aṃkaḥ a tooth-mark, bite.
          --ucchiṣṭaḥ 1. a lip. --2. a kiss. --3. a sigh.
          --chadaḥ, --vāsas n. 1. a lip. --2. a kiss.
          --padaṃ a bite, tooth-mark; daśanapadaṃ bhavadadharagataṃ mama janayati cetasi khedaṃ Gīt. 8.
          --bījaḥ the pomegranate tree.

daśera a.
     (1) Biting.
     (2) Noxious, hurtful. --raḥ A mischievous or venomous animal.

daśe(se)rakaḥ A young camel.

daṣṭa p. p. Bitten, stung; see daṃś.

daṃsanaṃ --nā, daṃsas, daṃsiḥ Ved. An act, deed.

dakam Water; as in dakodara.

dakṣ
     (1) A. (dakṣate)
     (1) To grow, increase.
     (2) To do, go or act quickly.
     (3) To hurt, kill.
     (4) To act conformably to another (Paras.).
     (5) To be competent or able.
     (6) To go, move.

dakṣa a. [dakṣ-kartari ac]
     (1) Able, competent, expert, clever, skilful; nāṭye ca dakṣā vayaṃ Rat. 1. 6; merau sthite dogdhari dohadakṣe Ku. 1. 2; R. 12. 11.
     (2) Fit, suitable.
     (3) Ready, care ful, attentive, prompt; Y. 1. 76.
     (4) Honest, upright. --kṣaḥ
     (1) N. of a celebrated Prajāpati. [He was one of the ten sons of Brahman, being born from his right thumb, and was the chief of the patriarchs of mankind. He is said to have had many daughters, 27 of whom became the wives of the moon, thus forming the 27 lunar mansions, and 13 the wives of Kaśyapa, becoming by him the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals; see kaśyapa. At one time Daksha celebrated a great sacrifice, but did not invite his daughter Sati, nor her husband Śiva, the chief of the gods. Sati, however, went to the sacrifice, but being greatly insulted threw herself into fire and perished; cf. Ku. 1. 21. When Śiva heard this he was very much provoked, and, according to one account, himself went to the sacrifice, completely destroyed it, and pursued Daksha who assumed the form of a deer, and at last decapitated him. But Śiva is said to have afterwards restored him to life, and he thenceforward acknowledged the god's supremacy. According to another account, Śiva, when provoked, tore off a hair from his matted hair, and dashed it with great force against the ground, when lo! a powerful demon started up and awaited his orders. He was told to go and destroy Daksha's sacrifice; whereupon the mighty demon, attended by several demigods, went to the sacrifice, routed the gods and priests, and, according to one account, beheaded Daksha himself.]
     (2) A cock.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) The bull of Śiva.
     (5) A lover attached to many mistresses.
     (6) An epithet of Śiva.
     (7) Mental power, ability, capacity.
     (8) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (9) The right side or part; vāmato jānakī yasya dakṣabhāge ca lakṣmaṇaḥ. (10) Ability, power, fitness.
     (11) Strength of will, energy, resoluteness.
     (12) Strength, power.
     (13) Bad disposition, wickedness. --kṣā
     (1) The earth.
     (2) An epithet of the Ganges. --kṣaṃ Strength, vigour.
     -- Comp.
          --adhvaraṣvaṃsakaḥ, --kratuṣvaṃsin m. epithets of Śiva.
          --kanyā, --jā, --tanayā 1. an epithet of Durgā. --2. a lunar mansion.
          --jāpatiḥ 1. the moon --2. Śiva.
          --sutaḥ a god. (
          --tā) a lunar mansion.

dakṣāyyaḥ
     (1) A vulture.
     (2) An epithet of Garuḍa.

dakṣiṇa a. [dakṣ-inan Uṇ. 2. 50]
     (1) Able, skilful, dexterous, competent, clever.
     (2) Right (opp. vāma).
     (3) Situated on the right side.
     (4) South, southern; as in dakṣiṇavāyu, dakṣiṇadik.
     (5) Sitvated to the south.
     (6) Sincere, straightforward, honest, impartial.
     (7) Pleasing, amiable.
     (8) Courteous, civil.
     (9) Compliant, submissive. (10) Dependent. --ṇaḥ
     (1) The right hand or arm.
     (2) A civil or courteous person, applied in poetic compositions to a lover who professes attachment to one mistress, while his heart has been entirely taken up by another.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu.
     (4) The right-hand horse of a carriage.
     (5) The southern sacred fire. --ṇaḥ, --ṇaṃ
     (1) The right side.
     (2) The Deccan. --ṇaṃ The highest doctrine of the Saktas.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the southern fire, the sacred fire placed southwards; also called anvāhāryapacana q. v.
          --agra a. pointing to the south.
          --acalaḥ the southern mountain, i. e. Malaya.
          --atyayaḥ a dweller in the south.
          --apara a. south-western.
          --abhimusva a. facing the south, directed towards the south.
          --ayanaṃ the sun's progress south of the equator, the half year in which the sun moves from the north to the south, the winter solstice.
          --ardhaḥ 1. the right hand. --2. the right or southern side.
          --āṃcāra a. 1. honest, well-behaved. --2. a worshipper of Śakti according to the right hand (or purer) ritual.
          --āśā the south. -patiḥ 1. an epithet of Yama. --2. the planet Mars.
          --itara a. 1. left (as hand or foot); Ku. 4. 19. --2. northern. (
          --rā) the north.
          --uttara a. turned or lying to the south and the north. -vṛttaṃ the meridian line.
          --paścāt ind. to the south-west.
          --paścima a. south-western. (
          --mā) the southwest.
          --pūrva, --prāc a. south-east.
          --pūrvā, --prācī the south-eastern quarter.
          --bhāgaḥ the southern hemisphere.
          --samudraḥ, --sāgaraḥ the southern ocean.
          --sthaḥ a charioteer.

dakṣiṇataḥ ind.
     (1) From the right or south.
     (2) To the right hand.
     (3) To the south or southward (with gen.).

dakṣiṇā ind.
     (1) On the right or south of.
     (2) In the southern direction (with abl.). --ṇā
     (1) A present or gift to Brāhmaṇas (at the completion of a religious rite, such as a sacrifice).
     (2) Dakṣiṇā regarded as a daughter of Prajāpati and as the wife of Sacrifice personified; patnī sudakṣiṇetyāsīdadhvarasyeva dakṣiṇā R. 1. 31.
     (3) A gift, offering or donation in general, fee, remuneration; prāṇadakṣiṇā, gurudakṣiṇā &c.
     (4) A good milch-cow, prolific cow.
     (5) The south.
     (6) The southern country, the Deccan.
     (7) Fame.
     (8) A kind of heroine thus defined: --yā gauravaṃ bhayaṃ prema sadbhāyaṃ pūrvanayike . na muṃcatyanyasaktāpi sā jñeyā dakṣiṇā budhaiḥ ...
     (9) Completion of any rite.
     -- Comp.
          --arha a. deserving or worthy of a gift.
          --āvarta a. 1. curved to the right. --2. turned towards the south. (
          --rtaḥ) the Deccan.
          --kālaḥ the time of receiving Dakṣiṇa.
          --pathaḥ 1. the southern part of India the south or Deccan; asti dakṣiṇāpathe vidarbheṣu padmapuraṃ nāma nagaraṃ Māl. 1. --2. 'the path of the dakṣiṇā', i. e. the cow constituting the sacrificial cow.
          --praṇava a. inclining to the south.
          --baṃdhaḥ (in Sāṅkhya phil.) the bondage of ritual or ceremonial observances.
          --yugyaḥ the right yokehorse.

dakṣiṇāt ind. On the right, from the south, southward.

dakṣiṇāhi ind. 1 Far on the right.
     (2) Far in the south, to the south of (with abl.); dakṣiṇāhi grāmāt Sk.

dakṣiṇīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To place on the right side.
     (2) To keep the right side towards any one (as a mark of respect); cf. pradakṣiṇa.

dakṣiṇīya, dakṣiṇya a. Worthy of or deserving a sacrificial gift, such as a Brāhmaṇa; dakṣiṇāṃ devī dakṣiṇyaiḥ pratigrāhayati M. 5.

dakṣiṇena ind. On the right side of (with acc. or gen.); dakṣiṇena vṛkṣavāṭikāmālāpa iva śrūyate S. 1; dakṣiṇena grāmasya &c.

dagā(kā)rgalam Examining the ground in searching for water, or rules for ascertaining the places of waters.

dagdha, --dagdhikā See under daha.

dagh I. 5 P. (daghnoti)
     (1) To kill, hurt.
     (2) To go, leap.
     (3) To protect. --II. 4 P. (daghyati) Ved.
     (1) To go, flow.
     (2) To reach, attain.
     (3) To go away.

daghna a. (ghnī f.) A termination added to nouns in the sense of 'reaching to', 'as high or deep as'; ūrudaghnena payasottīrya K.; kīlālavyatikaragulphadaghnapaṃkaḥ (mārgaḥ) Māl. 3. 17; 5. 14, Y. 2. 108.

daṃgh 1 P. (daṃghati)
     (1) To abandon, leave.
     (2) To protect, cherish.

daṃḍ 10 U. (daṃḍayati-te, daṃḍita) To punish, fine, chastise; (this is one of the 16 roots that govern two accusatives); tān sahasraṃ ca daṃḍayet Ms. 9. 234; 8. 123; Y. 2. 269; sthityai daṃḍayato daṃḍyān R. 1. 25.

daṃḍaḥ --ḍam [daṃḍ --ac]
     (1) A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; patatu śirasyakāṃḍayamadaṃḍa ivaiṣa bhujaḥ Māl. 5. 31; kāṣṭhadaṃḍaḥ.
     (2) The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; āttadaṃḍaḥ S. 5. 8.
     (3) The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf. Ms. 2. 4547.
     (4) The staff of a saṃnyāsin or ascetic.
     (5) The trunk of an elephant.
     (6) The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U. 1. 31; Māl. 9. 14; the handle as of an umbrella; brahmāṃḍacchatradaṃḍaḥ &c. Dk. 1 (opening verse); rājyaṃ svahastadhṛtadaṃḍamivātapatraṃ S. 5. 6; Ku. 7. 89; so kamaladaṃḍa &c.
     (7) The oar of a boat.
     (8) An arm or leg (at the end of comp.).
     (9) The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. (10) The beam of a plough.
     (11) The crossbar of a lute or a stringed instrument.
     (12) The stick with which an instrument is played.
     (13) A churning-stick.
     (15) Fine; Ms. 8. 341, 9. 229; Y. 2. 237.
     (15) Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; yathāparādhadaṃḍānāṃ R. 1. 6; evaṃ rājāpathyakāriṣu tīkṣṇadaṃḍo rājā Mu. 1; daṃḍaṃ daṃḍyeṣu pātayet Ms. 8. 126; kṛtadaṃḍaḥ svayaṃ rājñā lebhe śūdraḥ satāṃ gatīṃ R. 15. 53.
     (16) Imprisonment.
     (17) Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see upāya; Ms. 7. 109; Cf. Śi. 2. 54.
     (18) An army; tasya daṃḍavato daṃḍaḥ svadehānna vyaśiṣyata R. 17. 62; Ms. 7. 65, 9. 294; Ki. 2. 12.
     (19) A form of military array. (20) Subjection, control, restraint; vāgdaṃḍo'tha manodaṃḍaḥ kāyadaṃḍastathaiva ca . yasyaite mihitā buddhau tridaṃḍīti sa ucyate .. Ms. 12. 10.
     (21) A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas.
     (22) The penis.
     (23) Pride.
     (24) The body.
     (25) An epithet of Yama.
     (26) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (27) N. of Śiva.
     (28) An attendant on the sun.
     (29) A horse; (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). (30) A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick).
     (31) An uninterrupted row or series, a line.
     (32) Standing upright or erect.
     (33) A corner, an angle.
     -- Comp.
          --ajinaṃ 1. staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). --2. (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit.
          --adhipaḥ a chief magistrate.
          --anīkaṃ a detachment or division of an army; tava hṛtavato daṃḍānīkairvidarbhapateḥ śriyaṃ M. 5. 2.
          --bhapa (va) tānakaḥ tetanus, lock-jaw.
          --apūpanyāyaḥ see under nyāya. --arha a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment.
          --alasikā cholera.
          --ākhyaṃ a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east.
          --ājñā judicial sentence.
          --āśramaḥ the condition of a pilgrim.
          --āśramin m. a devotee, an ascetic.
          --āhataṃ buttermilk.
          --karman n. infliction of punishment, chastisement.
          --kākaḥ a raven.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ a wooden club or staff.
          --grahaṇaṃ assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant.
          --ghna a. striking with a stick, committing an assault.
          --cakraḥ a division of an army.
          --chadanaṃ a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept.
          --ḍhakkāṃ a kind of drum.
          --dāsaḥ one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt.
          --devakulaṃ a court of justice.
          --dhara, --dhāra a. 1. carrying a staff, staffbearer. --2. punishing, chastising; U. 2. 10. --3. exercising judicial authority. (
          --raḥ) 1. a king; śramanudaṃ manudaṃḍadharānvayaṃ R. 9. 3. --2. N. of Yama. --3. a judge, supreme magistrate. --4. a mendicant carrying a staff. --5. a potter.
          --dhāraṇaṃ 1. carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). --2. following the order of a mendicant. --3. infliction of punishment.
          --nāyakaḥ 1. a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. --2. the leader of an army, a general. --3. a king. -puruṣaḥ a policeman, constable.
          --nipātanaṃ punishing, chastising.
          --nītiḥ f. 1. administration of justice, judicature. --2. the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; R. 18. 46. --3. an epithet of Durgā.
          --netṛ m. 1. a king. --2. Yama. --3. a judge.
          --paḥ a king.
          --pāṃśulaḥ a porter, door-keeper.
          --pāṇiḥ 1. an epithet of Yama. --2. N. of the god Śiva at Benares.
          --pātaḥ 1. falling of a stick. --2. infliction of punishment. --3. dropping one line in a manuseript.
          --pātanaṃ infliction of punishment, chastisement.
          --pāruṣyaṃ 1. assault, violence. --2. hard or cruel infliction of punishment.
          --pālaḥ, --pālakaḥ 1. a head magistrate. --2. a door-keeper, porter.
          --pāśakaḥ, --pāśikaḥ 1. a head policeofficer; Pt. 2. --2. a hangman, an executioner; Mu. 1.
          --poṇaṃ a strainer furnished with a handle.
          --praṇāmaḥ 1. bowing without bending the body, (keeping it erect like a stick). --2. falling flat or prostrate on the ground.
          --bāladhiḥ an elephant.
          --bhaṃgaḥ non-execution of a sentence.
          --bhṛt m. 1. a potter. --2. an epithet of Yama.
          --māṇa (na) vaḥ 1. a staff-bearer.
     (2) an ascetic bearing a staff. --3. a chief or leader. --māthaḥ a principal road, highway. --mukhaḥ a leader, general of an army. --yātrā 1. a solemn procession (particularly bridal). --2. warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). --yāmaḥ
     (1) an epithet of Yama. --2. of Agastya. --3. a day. --vadhaḥ capital punishment. --vādin a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also --m.). --vāsikaḥ a door-keeper, warder. --vāsin m. 1. a door-keeper. --2. a magistrate. --vāhin m. a policeofficer. --vikalpaḥ discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine. --vidhiḥ, --udyamaḥ 1. rule of punishment; Pt. 1. 376. --2. criminal law. --viṣkaṃbhaḥ the post to which the string of a churningstick is fastened. --vyūhaḥ a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns. --śāstraṃ the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. --hastaḥ 1. a door-keeper, warder, porter. --2. an epithet of Yama.

daṃḍakaḥ
     (1) A stick, staff &c.
     (2) A line, row.
     (3) N. of a metre; see App. I. --kaḥ, --kā, --kaṃ N. of a celebrated district in the Deccan situated between the rivers Narmadā and Godāvarī; (it was a vast region said to be tenantless in the time of Rāma); prāptāni duḥkhānyapi daṃḍakeṣu R. 14. 25; kiṃ nāma daṃḍakeyaṃ U. 2; kvāyodhyāyāḥ punarupagamo daṃḍakāyāṃ vane vaḥ U. 2. 13, 14, 15.

daṃḍanam Punishing, chastising, fining.

daṃḍanīya a. Punishable, deserving or liable to be fined.

daṃḍāyate Den. A. To stand erect (like a stick).

daṃḍavat a.
     (1) Carrying a staff.
     (2) Furnished with a handle.
     (3) Having a large army. --ind.
     (1) Erect or upright like a stick.
     (2) Falling prostrate; daṃḍavat praṇāmaṃ kṛtvā.

daṃḍādaṃḍi ind. 'Stick against stick,' fighting with sticks and staves, cudgelling.

daṃḍāraḥ [daṃḍamṛcchati ṛ --aṇ upa- sa-]
     (1) A carriage.
     (2) A potter's wheel.
     (3) A raft, boat.
     (4) An elephant in rut.
     (5) A bow or any other instrument.

daṃḍikaḥ A staff-bearer, a macebearer.

daṃḍikā
     (1) A stick.
     (2) A row, line, series.
     (3) A string of pearls, a necklace.
     (4) A rope.

daṃḍita p. p. Punished, chastised, fined &c.

daṃḍin a. [daṃḍa-astyarthe ini] Bearing or having a staff. --m.
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa of the fourth order, a Sannyasin.
     (2) A door-keeper, porter.
     (3) An oarsman.
     (4) A Jaina ascetic.
     (5) An epithet of Yama.
     (6) A king.
     (7) A religious mendicant (Bhikshu).
     (8) An epithet of Śiva.
     (9) N. of a poet, author of the Kāvyādarśa and Daśakumāracharita; jāte jagati vālnīke kavirityabhidhā'bhavat . kavī iti tato vyāse kavayastvayi daṃḍini .. Udb.
     -- Comp.
          --muṃḍaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

daṃḍya a. Punishable, deserving punishment or fine.

dat m. A tooth; (a word optionally substituted for daṃta in all the case-forms after the acc. dual. It has no forms for the first five inflections).
     -- Comp.
          --chadaḥ (dacchadaḥ) a lip.

datta, dataka, datrima See under dā.

dad 1 A. (dadate) To give, offer, present.

dada a. Giving, offering &c.

dadanam A gift, donation.

dadruḥ [dad-ru]
     (1) A cutaneous eruption, herpes.
     (2) A kind of leprosy.
     (3) A tortoise.

dadrukaḥ Leprosy.

dadru(drū)ṇa a. Herpetic, afflicted with a cutaneous disease.

dadh
     (1) A. (dadhate)
     (1) To hold.
     (2) To have, possess.
     (3) To give, present.

dadha a. Holding, possessing, giving &c.

dadhi n. [dadh-in]
     (1) Coagulated milk, thick sour milk; kṣīraṃ dadhibhāvena pariṇamate S. B; dadhyodanaḥ &c.
     (2) Turpentine.
     (3) A garment.
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ, --odanaṃ boiled rice mixed with dadhi. --uttaraṃ, --uttarakaṃ(gaṃ) the skim of curdled milk, whey.
          --udaḥ, --udakaḥ the ocean of coagulated milk.
          --kūrcikā mixture of boiled and coagulated milk.
          --cāraḥ a churningstick.
          --jaṃ fresh butter.
          --phalaḥ the wood-apple (kapittha). --maṃḍaḥ, --vāri n. whey.
          --maṃthanaṃ churning coagulated milk.
          --śoṇaḥ a monkey.
          --saktu m. pl. barley-meal mixed with coagulated milk.
          --sāraḥ, --snehaḥ fresh butter.
          --svedaḥ buttermilk.

dadhitthaḥ The wood-apple(kapittha).

dadhiṣāyyaḥ Clarified butter.

dadhisyati Den. P. To wish for curds: also dadhyarayati.

dadhīcaḥ, --ciḥ N. of a celebrated sage, who became ready to die, and offered his bones to the gods; with these bones the architect of the gods made a thunderbolt with which Indra defeated Vṛtra and other demons.
     -- Comp.
          --asthi n.
     (1) the thunderbolt of Indra. --2. a diamond.

danuḥ f. N. of one of the daughters of Daksha given in marriage to Kaśyapa and mother of the Danavas. --m. N. of a monster, son of Śrī, cursed by Indra and killed by Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa. He had a headless trunk, and hence called danukabaṃdha.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --putraḥ, --saṃbhavaḥ, --dūnuḥ a demon. -ariḥ, --dviṣ m. a god.

daṃtaḥ [dam-tan Uṇ. 3. 86]
     (1) A tooth, tusk, fang (as of serpents, beasts &c.); vadasi yadi kiṃcidapi daṃtarucikaumudī harati daratimiramatighoraṃ Gīt. 10; sarpadaṃta, varāha- &c.
     (2) An elephant's tusk, ivory: -pāṃcālikā Māl. 10. 5.
     (3) The point of an arrow.
     (4) The peak of a mountain.
     (5) The side or ridge of a mountain.
     (6) The number thirty-two.
     (7) A bower, an arbour (kuṃja).
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the point of a tooth.
          --aṃtaraṃ the space between the teeth.
          --arbudaḥ, --daṃ gumboil.
          --āghātaḥ 1. a bite. --2. the citron tree.
          --āyudhaḥ a hog.
          --ālayaḥ the mouth.
          --ālikā, --ālī a horse's bridle.
          --uddhedaḥ dentition.
          --ulūkhalikaḥ, --khalin m. one who uses his teeth for a mortar, (grinding grain to be eaten between his teeth), an anchorite; cf. Ms. 6. 17.
          --karṣaṇaḥ a lime or citron tree.
          --kāraḥ an artist who works in ivory.
          --ka ṣṭhaṃ a piece of stick or twig used as a tooth-brush.
          --kūraḥ fight.
          --grāhin a. injuring the teeth, causing them to decay.
          --gharṣaḥ chattering or grinding the teeth.
          --ghātaḥ a bite.
          --cālaḥ looseness of the teeth.
          --chadaḥ a lip; vāraṃvāramudāraśītkṛtakṛto daṃtacchadān pīḍayana Bh. 1. 43; Rs. 4. 12.
          --jāta a. (a child) that is teething.
          --jāhaṃ the root of a tooth.
          --dhāvanaṃ 1. cleaning or washing the teeth. --2. a tooth-brush. (
          --naḥ) 1. the Bakula tree. --2. the Khadira tree.
          --patraṃ a sort of ear-ornament; R. 6. 17; Ku. 7. 23; (often used in Kādambarī).
          --patrakaṃ 1. an ear-ornament. --2. a Kunda flower.
          --patrikā 1. an ear-ornament; Śi. 1. 60. --2. Kunda.
          --pavanaṃ 1. a tooth-brush. --2. cleaning or washing the teeth.
          --pāṃca likā an ivory doll; Māl. 10. 5.
          --pātaḥ the falling out of the teeth.
          --pālī 1. the point of a tooth. --2. gum.
          --puppuṭaḥ --ṭakaḥ gum-boil.
          --puṣpaṃ 1. the Kunda flower. --2. fruit of the clearing-nut plant (katakaphala). --prakṣālanaṃ washing the teeth.
          --phalaḥ the wood-apple tree. (
          --lā) long pepper.
          --bhāgaḥ the fore-part of an elephant's head (where the tusks appear).
          --malaṃ, --rajas n. the tartar of the teeth.
          --māṃsaṃ, --mūlaṃ, --valkaṃ gums.
          --mūlīyāḥ pl. the dental letters, viz.
          --ḷ, t, th, da, dh, n, l and s. --rogaḥ toothache.
          --lekhakaḥ one who earns his bread by painting or marking the teeth.
          --valkaṃ the enamel of the teeth.
          --vastraṃ, --vāsas n. the lip; tulāṃ yadārohati daṃtavāra sā Ku. 5. 34, Śi. 10. 86.
          --bījaḥ, --vījaḥ, --vījakaḥ, --vījakaḥ the pomegranate tree.
          --vīṇā 1. a kind of musical instrument or harp. --2. chattering of the teeth; daṃtavīṇāṃ vādayan Pt. 1.
          --veṣṭaḥ 1. the gums. --2. a ring round the tusk of an elephant. --3. a tumor of the gums.
          --vaidarbhaḥ loosening of the teeth through external injury.
          --vyasanaṃ fracture of the teeth.
          --śaṃkuḥ a pair of pincers for drawing out teeth.
          --śaṭha a. sour, acid. (
          --ṭhaḥ) 1. sourness, acidity. --2. the citron tree.
          --śarkarā tartar of the teeth.
          --śāṇaḥ a kind of tooth-powder, dentifrice.
          --śirā 1. a back or double tooth. --2. the gum.
          --śūlaḥ, --laṃ tooth-ache.
          --śodhaniḥ f. a tooth-pick.
          --śophaḥ swelling of the gums.
          --saṃgharṣaḥ gnashing or rubbing together the teeth.
          --harṣaḥ morbid sensitiveness of the teeth (as when they are set on edge).
          --harṣakaḥ the citron tree.

daṃtaka a. Paying attention to one's teeth. --kaḥ
     (1) A tooth (at the end of comp.); see daṃta.
     (2) A peak, summit.
     (3) A pin or shelf projecting from a wall, bracket.

daṃtādaṃti ind. 'Tooth against tooth', biting one another.

daṃtāvalaḥ, daṃtin m. An elephant; Bv. 1. 60; tṛṇairguṇatvamāpannairbadhyaṃte mattadaṃtinaḥ H. 1. 35; R. 1. 71; Ku. 16. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃtaḥ ivory.
          --madaḥ the juice exuding from the temples of an elephant in rut.

daṃtura a. [daṃta-urac]
     (1) Having long or projecting teeth; śūkare nihate caiva daṃturo jāyate naraḥ Tv.; Śi. 6. 54.
     (2) Jagged, dentated, notched, serrated, uneven (fig. also); akharvagarvasmitadaṃtureṇa Vikr. 1. 50.
     (3) Undulatory.
     (4) Rising, bristling (as hair).
     (5) Overspread, covered with; U. 6. 27.
     -- Comp.
          --chadaḥ the lime tree.

daṃturita a.
     (1) Having long or projecting teeth.
     (2) Notched, serrated, bristling; ketakidaṃturitāśe Gīt. 1; pulakabhara- 11; K. 216.
     (3) Besmeared, covered with; Māl. 3.

daṃtula a. Having or furnished with teeth.

daṃtya a. [daṃte daṃtamūle vā bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Dental.
     (2) Suitable to the teeth. --tyaḥ (i. e. varṇaḥ) A letter of the dental class; see daṃtamūlīya above.

daṃdaśaḥ A tooth.

daṃdaśūka a. [daṃś-yaṅ-ūka]
     (1) Biting, venomous.
     (2) Mischievous. --kaḥ
     (1) A serpent, snake.
     (2) A reptile in general.
     (3) A demon, Rākṣasa; iṣumati raghusiṃhe daṃdaśūkāñjighāsau Bk. 1. 26.

dabh, daṃbh I. 1. 5. P. (dabhati or dabhnoti, dabdha; desid. dhipsati, dhīpsati, didaṃbhiṣati)
     (1) To injure, hurt.
     (2) To deceive, cheat.
     (3) To go. --II. 10 U. (daṃbhayati-te) To impel, propel, drive onward.

dabdhiḥ f. Ved. Injury, hurt, damage.

dabhaḥ Ved. Deception, fraud.

dabhra a. Little, small; adabhradarbhāmadhiśayya sa sthalīṃ Ki. 1. 38; see adabhra. --bhraḥ The ocean. --bhraṃ ind. A little, slightly, to some extent.

dam 4 P. (dāmyati, damita, dāṃta)
     (1) To be tamed.
     (2) To be calm or tranquil; Ms. 4. 35, 6. 8, 7. 141.
     (3) To tame, subdue, conquer, restrain; yamo dāmyati rākṣasān Bk. 18. 20; damitvāpyarisaṃghātān 9. 42, 19; 15. 37.
     (4) To pacify. --Caus. (damayati te)
     (1) To tame.
     (2) To subdue, conquer, overpower.
     (3) To afflict, crush down; atibhāreṇa damayati Pt. 4.

damaḥ [dam bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Taming, subduing.
     (2) Self-command, subduing or curbing the passions, self-restraint; Bg. 10. 4; (nigraho bāhyavṛttīnāṃ dama ityabhidhīyate).
     (3) Drawing the mind away from evil deeds or curbing its evil propensities; (kutsitātkarmaṇo vipra yacca cittanivāraṇaṃ sa kīrtito damaḥ).
     (4) Firmness of mind.
     (5) Punishment, fine; Ms. 9. 284, 290; 8. 293; Y. 2. 4.
     (6) Mire, mud.
     (7) Viṣṇu.
     (8) N. of a brother of Damayantī. --maḥ --maṃ Ved.
     (1) A house, home.
     (2) The inmates of a house.
     -- Comp.
          --kartṛ m. a lord, ruler.
          --ghopaḥ N. of a king, father of śiśupāla q. v.

damaka a. Taming, subduing, conquering.

damathaḥ, --thuḥ [dam-bhāve-athac]
     (1) Subduing or curbing the passions, selfrestraint.
     (2) Punishment.

damana a. (nī f.) [dam bhāve lyuṭ] Taming, subduing, overpowering, conquering, defeating; jāmadagnyasya damane naivaṃ nirvaktumarhasi U. 5. 32; Bh. 3. 89; so sarvadamana, aridamana &c.
     (2) Tranquil, passionless. --naḥ
     (1) A charioteer.
     (2) A warrior.
     (3) The Kunda plant.
     (4) An epithet of Viṣṇu. --naṃ
     (1) Taming, subjugation, curbing, restraint.
     (2) Punishing, chastising; durdāṃtānāṃ damanavidhayaḥ kṣatriyeṣvāyataṃte Mv. 3. 34.
     (3) Self-restraint.
     (4) Slaying, killing; U. 5. 35.

damanakaḥ N. of a tree.

damayaṃtī N. of the daughter of Bhīma, king of the Vidarbhas. [She was so called because by her matchless beauty she subdued the ride of all lovely women; cf. N. 2. 18: --bhuvanatrayasubhruvāmasau damayaṃtī kamanīyatāmadaṃ . udiyāya yatastanuśriyā damayaṃtīti tato'bhidhāṃ dadhau ... A golden swan first described to her the beauty and virtues of king Nala, and through him she communicated her love to Nala. Afterwards at a Svayamvara she chose Nala for her husband from out of a host of competitors among whom were the four gods Indra, Agni, Yama, and Varuṇa themselves, and the lovely pair spent some years very happily. But their happiness was not destined to last long. Kali, envious of the good fortune of Nala, entered his body, and induced him to play at dice with his brother Pushkara. In the heat of the play the infatuated monarch staked and lost everything except himself and his wife. Nala and Damayantī were therefore driven out of the kingdom, 'clad in a single garment'. While wandering through the wilderness, Damayantī had to pass through several trying adventures, but her devotion to her husband remained entirely unshaken. One day while she was asleep, Nala in the frenzy of despair abandoned her, and she was obliged to go to her father's house. After some time she was united with her husband, and they passed the rest of their lives in the undisturbed enjoyment of happiness. See Nala and Ṛtuparṇa also].

damayitṛ a. [dam-ṇic-tṛc]
     (1) Taming, subduing.
     (2) A punisher. chastiser
     (3) An epithet of Viṣṇu, or Śiva.

damita a.
     (1) Tamed, calmed, tranquillized.
     (2) Conquered, curbed, subdued, defeated.

damin a.
     (1) Tamed, subdued.
     (2) Taming, subduing, overpowering.

damya a.
     (1) To be trained or tamed.
     (2) To be punished, punishable --myaḥ
     (1) A young bullock (requiring training and experience); nārhati tātaḥ puṃgavadhāritāyāṃ dhuri damyaṃ niyojayituṃ V. 5; gurvīṃ dhuraṃ yo bhuvanasya pitrā dhuryeṇa damyaḥ sadṛśaṃ bibharti R. 6. 78; Mu. 3. 3.
     (2) A steer that has to be tamed.

dāṃta p. p. [dam --kartari kta]
     (1) Tamed, subdued, overpowered, curbed, restrained, bridled; see dam.
     (2) Docile, tame, mild.
     (3) Self-possessed, self-controlled; U. 5.
     (4) Subdued, conquered, vanquished; U. 5. 33.
     (5) Resigned.
     (6) Liberal.
     (7) Dental.
     (8) Patient of bodily mortifications or austerities &c. --taḥ
     (1) A tamed ox.
     (2) A donor.
     (3) N. of a tree (damanaka).

dāṃtiḥ f. [dam-ktin]
     (1) Self-restraint, subjection, control.
     (2) The patient endurance of bodily mortifications, religious austerities &c.
     (3) Humiliation.

damu(mū)nas m. Fire.

daṃpatī m. du. (comp. of jāyā and pati) Husband and wife; R. 1. 35, 2. 70; Ms. 3. 116.

daṃbh I. 5 P. See dabh. --II. Caus. or 10 U. (daṃbhayati-te)
     (1) To kill, destroy, strike down.
     (2) (A.) To collect, arrange, string.

daṃbhaḥ [daṃbh-ghañ]
     (1) Deceit, fraud, trickery.
     (2) Religious hypocrisy; Bg. 16. 4.
     (3) Arrogance, pride, ostentation.
     (4) Sin, wickedness.
     (5) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (6) An epithet of Śiva.

daṃbhaka a. Cheating, deceiving.

daṃbhanam [daṃbh-bhāve lyuṭ] Cheating, deceiving, deceit.

daṃbhin a. [daṃbh-ṇini]
     (1) Wicked, proud.
     (2) Hypocritical. --m. A hypocrite, an impostor; Y. 1. 130; Bg. 13. 7.

daṃbholiḥ
     (1) Indra's thunderbolt.
     (2) A diamond.

day 1 A. (dayate, dayita)
     (1) To feel pity or compassion for, pity, sympathise with (with gen.); rāmasya dayamāno'sāvadhyeti tava lakṣmaṇaḥ Bk. 8. 119; teṣāṃ dayase na kasmāt 2. 33, 15. 63.
     (2) To love, like, be fond of; dayamānāḥ pramadāḥ S. 1. 4; Bk. 10. 9.
     (3) To protect; nagajā na gajā dayitā dayitāḥ Bk. 10. 9.
     (4) To go, move.
     (5) To grant, give, divide or allot.
     (6) To hurt.

dayā [day bhidā-bhāve aṅ] Pity, tenderness, compassion, mercy, sympathy; nirguṇeṣvapi sattveṣu dayāṃ kurvaṃti sādhavaḥ H. 1. 60; R. 2. 11; yatnādapi parakleśaṃ hartuṃ yā hṛdi jāyate . icchā bhūmisuraśreṣṭha sā dayā parikīrtitā ...
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. kind, sympathetic. (
          --raḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --kūṭaḥ, --kūrcaḥ epithets of Buddha.
          --vīraḥ (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroic compassion; the sentiment of heroism arising out of compassion; e. g. Jīmūtavāhana's remark to Garuḍa in Nāg.:
          --śirāmukhaiḥ syaṃdata eva raktamadyāpi dehe mama māṃsamasti . tṛptiṃ na paśyāmi tavāpi tāvat kiṃ bhakṣaṇāttvaṃ virato garutman .. cf. also R. G. under dayāvīra.

dayālu [day-āluc] Kind, tender, merciful, compassionate; yaśaḥśarīre bhava me dayāluḥ R. 2. 57, 52, 3.

dayita p. p. [day-kta] Beloved, desired, liked; Bk. 10. 9. --taḥ A husband, lover, a beloved person; V. 3. 5 Bv. 2. 182. --tā A wife, one's beloved woman; dayitājīvitālaṃbanārthī Me. 4; R. 2. 3; Bv. 2. 182; Ki. 6. 13; dayitājitaḥ 'a hen-pecked husband'.

dayitnu a. Kind, compassionate.

dara a. [dṝ-ap]
     (1) Tearing, rending, &c. (at the end of comp.).
     (2) Little, small. --raḥ, --raṃ
     (1) A cave, cavity, hole.
     (2) A conch-shell. --raḥ
     (1) Fear, terror, dread; sā daraṃ pṛtanā ninye hīyamānā rasādaraṃ Śi. 19. 23; na jātahārdena na vidviṣā daraḥ Ki. 1. 33.
     (2) A stream. --raṃ ind. A little, slightly (in comp.); daramīlannayanā nirīkṣate Bv. 2. 182, 7; daravigalitamallīvallicaṃcatparāga &c. Gīt. 1; so daradalita-vikasita U. 4; Māl. 3.
     -- Comp.
          --timiraṃ the darkness of fear; harati daratimiramatighoraṃ Gīt. 10.
          --da a. causing fear.
          --daḥ, --daṃ vermilion.
          --varaḥ, --iṃdraḥ Viṣṇu's conch (pāṃcajanya.)

daraka a. Timid, cowardly.

daraṇam Breaking, splitting.

daraṇi m. f., daraṇī [dṝ-aṇ]
     (1) An eddy.
     (2) A current.
     (3) Surf.
     (4) Breaking.

darathaḥ
     (1) A cavity, hollow cave.
     (2) Fleeing away, taking flight.
     (3) Over-running the country for forage.

darad f.
     (1) The heart.
     (2) Terror, fear.
     (3) A mountain.
     (4) A precipice.
     (5) A bank or mound.

daradāḥ m. pl. A country bordering on Kāṣmīra. --daḥ Fear, terror. --daṃ Red lead.

dariḥ, --rī f. A cave, cavern, valley; darīgṛha Ku. 1. 10; ekā bhāryā suṃdarī vā darī vā Bh. 3. 120.
     -- Comp.
          --bhṛt m. a mountain.

darita p. p.
     (1) Frightened, terrified.
     (2) Timid.
     (3) Torn, rent.

daridrā 2 P. (daridrāti, daridrita; caus. daridrayati; desid. didaridrāsati, didaridriṣati)
     (1) To be poor or needy; adho'dhaḥ paśyataḥ kasya mahimā nopajāyate . uparyupari paśyaṃtaḥ sarva eva daridrati .. H. 2. 2; Bk. 18. 31.
     (2) To be in distress; yuktaṃ mamaiva kiṃ vaktuṃ daridrāti yathā hariḥ Bk. 5. 86.
     (3) To become thin or sparse; daridrati viyaddrume kusumakāṃtayastārakāḥ Vikr. 11. 74.

daridra a. [daridrā-ka] Poor, needy, indigent, in distressed circumstances; sa tu bhavatu daridro yasya tṛṣṇā viśālā manasi ca parituṣṭe ko'rthavān ko daridraḥ Bh. 3. 50. -tāṃ Poverty; śaṃkanīyā hi loke'sminniṣpratāpā daridratā Mk. 3. 24.

daridrāṇam Poverty.

daridrāyaka a. Poor, needy.

daridrita a. Poor, pauper, distressed.

darodara
     (1) A gamester.
     (2) A stake at play. --raṃ
     (1) Gambling.
     (2) A die, dice; see durodara.

dardara a. Cracked, broken. --raḥ
     (1) A mountain.
     (2) A jar slightly broken.

dardarīkaḥ
     (1) A frog.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) A kind of musical instrument. --kaṃ A musical instrument in general.

darduraḥ [dṛṇāti karṇau śabdena urac ni- Tv.]
     (1) A frog; paṃkaklinnamukhāḥ pibaṃti salilaṃ dhārāhatā dardurāḥ Mk. 5. 14.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) A kind of musical instrument such as a flute.
     (4) A mountain.
     (5) N. of a mountain in the south (associated with Malaya); stanāviva diśastasyāḥ śailaumalayadardurau R. 4. 51.
     (6) The sound of a drum.
     (7) A sort of rice. --rā, --rī N. of Durgā. --raṃ A group or assembly of villages, district, province.
     -- Comp.
          --puṭaḥ the mouth of a pipe.

dardruḥ (rdrūḥ) f. A kind of leprosy.

dardru(rdrū)ṇa a. Herpetic.

darpaḥ, darpaṇa, darpita &c. See under dṛp.

darbhaḥ [dṛbh-ghañ ac vā] A kind of sacred grass (Kuśa grass) used at sacrificial ceremonies &c.; S. 1. 7; R. 11. 31; Ms. 2. 43, 3. 208, 4. 36.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ a pointed blade of darbha grass; S. 2. 12.
          --anūpaḥ a watery place full of darbha grass.
          --āhvayaḥ the Munja grass.
          --patraṃ a kind of grass (kāśa). --saṃstaraḥ a bed of Kuśa grass.

darbhaṭam A private apartment, a retired room.

darma a. Ved.
     (1) Destroying.
     (2) Tearing, rending asunder.

darvaḥ [dṝ-va]
     (1) A mischievous or harmful person (hiṃsra).
     (2) A demon, goblin.
     (3) A ladle.
     (4) Injury, hurt.
     (5) The hood of a snake.

darvaṭaḥ
     (1) A village constable, a police-officer.
     (2) A door-keeper.

darvarīkaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Indra.
     (2) A kind of musical instrument.
     (3) Air, wind.

darvikaḥ --kā A ladle, spoon.

darvī(rviḥ) f. [dṝ-vin vā ṅīp]
     (1) A ladle, spoon.
     (2) The expanded hood of a snake; Śi. 20. 42.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ a snake, serpent.
          --homaḥ an oblation made with a ladle.

darśa, darśaka, darśana &c. See under dṛś.

dal 1 P. (dalati, dalita)
     (1) To burst open, split, cleave, crack; dalati hṛdayaṃ gāḍhodvegaṃ dvidhā tu na bhidyate U. 3. 31; api grāvā rodityapi dalati vajrasya hṛdayaṃ 1. 28; Mal. 9. 12, 20; dalati na sā hṛdi virahabhareṇa Gīt. 7; Amaru. 38.
     (2) To expand, bloom, open (as a flower); dalannavanīlotpala U. 1; svacchaṃdaṃ daladaraviṃda te maraṃdaṃ viṃdaṃto vidadhatu guṃjitaṃ miliṃdāḥ Bv. 1. 15; Śi. 6. 23; Ki. 10. 39. --Caus. (da-dā-layati)
     (1) To cause to burst, tear asunder.
     (2) To cut, divide, split.
     (3) To dispel, drive or chase away; Māl. 8. 1.
     (4) To wither. --WITH ud (caus.) to tear up. --vi 1. to break, split, crack; tvadiṣubhirvyadaliṣyadasāvapi N. 4. 88. --2. to dig up.

dalaḥ --lam [dal-ac]
     (1)
          (a) A piece, portion, part, fragment; Śi. 4. 44.
          (b) A piece torn or split off.
          (c) Tearing, cutting.
     (2) A degree.
     (3) A half, the half.
     (4) A sheath, scabbard.
     (5) A small shoot or blade, a petal, leaf; R. 4. 42; S. 3. 21, 22.
     (6) The blade of any weapon.
     (7) A clump, heap, quantity.
     (8) A detachment, a body of troops.
     (9) Alloy or adulteration.
     -- Comp.
          --āḍhakaḥ 1. foam. --2. a cuttle-fish bone. --3. a ditch, moat. --4. a hurricane, high wind. --5. red chalk. --6. wild sesamum. --7. the Kunda creeper. --8. a Śūdra. --9. the headman of a village. --10. an elephant's ear.
          --āḍhyaṃ mud on the banks of a river.
          --kapāḍhaḥ a folded leaf.
          --komalaṃ a lotus.
          --koṣaḥ the Kunda creeper.
          --nirmokaḥ the Bhūrja tree.
          --puṣpā the Ketaka plant.
          --sūciḥ, --cī f. a thorn.
          --snasā the fibre or vein of a leaf.

dalanam [dal-karaṇe lyuṭ] Bursting, breaking, cutting, dividing, crushing, grinding, splitting; mattebhakuṃbhadalane bhuvi saṃti śūrāḥ Bh. 1. 59.

dalanī, daliḥ m. f. A clod of earth.

dalaśaḥ ind. By pieces, in fragments.

dalikam Timber, a piece of wood.

dalita p. p. [dal-kta]
     (1) Broken, torn, rent, burst, split.
     (2) Opened, expanded.
     (3) Bisected.
     (4) Driven asunder, dispelled, scattered.
     (5) Trodden down, crushed, destroyed.
     (6) Manifested, displayed.

dalapaḥ
     (1) A weapon.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Śāstra.

dalbhaḥ
     (1) A wheel.
     (2) Fraud, dishonesty.
     (3) Sin.

dalmiḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) Indra's thunderbolt.

davaḥ
     (1) A wood, forest.
     (2) Wild fire, forest-conflagration; vitara vārida vāri davāture Subhāṣ.
     (3) Fire, heat.
     (4) Fever, pain.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ, --dahanaḥ a forest-conflagration; yasya na savidhe dayitā davadahanastuhinadīdhitistasya . yasya ca savidhe dayitā davadahanastuhinadīdhitistasya .. K. P. 9; Bv. 1. 36; Me. 53; śaśāma vṛṣṭyāpi vinā davāgniḥ R. 2. 14.

davathuḥ 1 Fire, heat.
     (2) Pain, anxiety, distress.
     (3) Inflammation of the eye.

davayati Den. P. To make distant, remove (to a distance).

daviṣṭha a. (Superl. of dūra) Most distant &c.

davīyas a. (Compar. of dūra)
     (1) More distant or remote.
     (2) Far beyond or removed from; vidyāvatāṃ sakalameva girāṃ davīyaḥ Bv. 1. 69.

daśan num. a. (pl.) Ten; sa bhūmiṃ viśvato vṛtvā atyatiṣṭhaddaśāṃgulaṃ Rv. 10. 90. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgula a. ten fingers long. (
          --laṃ) a water-melon.
          --adhipatiḥ a commander of ten men.
          --ardha a. five. (
          --rdhaṃ) five. (
          --rdhaḥ) an epithet of Buddha.
          --arhaḥ 1. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu. --2. Buddha.
          --avatārāḥ m. pl. the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; see under avatāra. --avara a. consisting of at least ten.
          --aśvaḥ the moon.
          --ānanaḥ, --āsyaḥ epithets of Rāvaṇa; R. 10. 75.
          --āmayaḥ an epithet of Rudra.
          --īśaḥ a superintendent of 10 villages.
          --ekādaśika a. who lends 10 and receives 11 in return; i. e. who lends money at ten per cent.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ, --kaṃdharaḥ epithets of Rāvaṇa; saptalokaikavīrasya daśakaṃṭhakuladbiṣaḥ U. 4. 27. -ariḥ, -jit m., ripuḥ epithets of Rāma; R. 8. 29.
          --karman n. the ten ceremonies prescribed to the three twice-born classes.
          --kumāracaritaṃ a prose work by Daṇḍin.
          --guṇa a. ten-fold, ten times larger.
          --grāmapatiḥ, --grāmikaḥ, --grāmin m.
          --paḥ a superintendent of ten villages.
          --grāmī a collection or corporation of ten villages.
          --grīvaḥ = daśakaṃṭha q. v.
          --pāramitādhvaraḥ 'possessing the ten perfections,' an epithet of Buddha.
          --puraṃ N. of an ancient city, capital of king Rantideva; Me. 47.
          --baṃdhaḥ a tenth part.
          --balaḥ, --bhūmigaḥ epithets of Buddha.
          --bāhuḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --bhujā, --mahāvidyā N. of Durgā.
          --mālikāḥ pl. 1. N. of a country. --2. the people or rulers of this country.
          --māsya a. 1. ten months old. --2. ten months in the womb (as a child before birth).
          --mukhaḥ an epithet of Ravaṇa. -ripuḥ an epithet of Rāma; R. 14. 87.
          --mūlaṃ a tonic medicine prepared from the roots of ten plants.
          --rathaḥ N. of a celebrated king of Ayodhyā, son of Aja, and father of Rāma and his three brothers. [He had three wives Kauśalya, Sumitra, and Kaikeyi, but was for several years without issue. He was therefore recommended by Vasiṣṭha to perform a sacrifice which he successfully did with the assistance of Ṛṣyaśṛṅga. On the completion of this sacrifice Kausalyā bore to him Rāma, Sumitrā Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna, and Kaikeyī Bharata. Daśaratha was extremely fond of his sons, but Rāma was his greatest favourite -- 'his life, his very soul'. Thus when Kaikeyī at the instigation of Manthara demanded the fulfilment of the two boons he had previously promised to her, the king tried to dissuade her mind from her wicked resolve by threats, and, failing these, by the most servile supplications. But Kaikeyī remained inexorable, and the poor monarch was obliged to send his beloved son into exile. He soon afterwards died of a broken heart].
          --raśmiśataḥ the sun; R. 8. 29.
          --rātraṃ a period of ten nights. (
          --traḥ) a particular sacrifice lasting for ten days.
          --rūpabhṛt m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --lakṣaṇakaḥ religion; cf. dhṛtiḥ kṣamā damo'steyaṃ śaucamiṃdriyanigrahaḥ . dhīviṃdyā satyamakrodho daśakaṃ dharmalakṣaṇam ... --vaktraḥ, --vadanaḥ see daśamukha. --vājin m. the moon.
          --vārṣika a. happening after, or lasting for, ten years.
          --vidha a. of ten kinds.
          --śataṃ 1. a thousand. --2. one hundred and ten. -raśmiḥ the sun. -akṣaḥ, -nayanaḥ Indra.
          --śatī a thousand.
          --sa (sā) hasraṃ ten thousand.
          --harā 1. an epithet of the Ganges. --2. a festival in honour of the Ganges held on the 10th day of Jyeṣṭha. --3. a festival in honour of Durgā held on the tenth of Asvina.

daśaka a. Consisting of ten, tenfold; kāmajo daśako gaṇaḥ Ms. 7. 47. --kaṃ A group of ten; decad.
     -- Comp.
          --māsika a. hired for ten months.

daśat f., daśatiḥ f. A group of ten, decad.

daśataya a. (yī f.) Consisting of ten parts, ten-fold.

daśadhā ind.
     (1) In ten ways.
     (2) In ten parts.

daśama a. (mī f.) Tenth. --maṃ A tenth part.

daśamin a. (nī f.) Very old.

daśamī
     (1) The tenth day of a lunar fortnight.
     (2) The tenth decad of the human life.
     (3) The last ten years of a century.
     -- Comp.
          --stha, --daśamīṃgata a. above ninety years old.

daśin a.
     (1) Divided into ten parts.
     (2) Having ten. --m. A superintendent of ten villages.

daśana, daṣṭa See under daṃś.

daśā
     (1) The threads at the end of a piece of woven cloth, the fringe of a garment, the skirt, edge or hem of a garment; raktāṃśukaṃ pavanaloladaśaṃ vahaṃtī Mk. 1. 20; chinnā ivāṃbarapaṭasya daśāḥ pataṃti 5. 4.
     (2) The wick of a lamp; Bh. 3. 129; Ku 4. 30.
     (3) Age or time of life; see daśāṃta below.
     (4) A period or stage of life; as bālya, yauvana, &c.; R. 5. 40.
     (5) A period in general.
     (6) State, condition, circumstances; nīcairgacchatyupari ca daśā cakranāmaṃkraṃmaṃṇa Me. 109; viṣamāṃ hi daśāṃ prāpya daivaṃ garhayate naraḥ H. 4. 3.
     (7) State or condition of mind.
     (8) The result of actions, fate.
     (9) The aspect or position of planets (at birth). (10) The mind, understanding.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipatiḥ, --īśaḥ the sun; (for other meanings see under daśan). --aṃtaḥ 1. the end of a wick. --2. the end of life; nirviṣṭaviṣayasnehaḥ sa daśāṃtamupeyivān R. 12. 1 (where the word is used in both senses).
          --aṃtaraṃ different states, vicissitudes of life; S. 4. 1.
          --aṃtaraḥ a lamp.
          --karṣaḥ, --karṣin m. 1. the end of a garment. --2. a lamp.
          --pākaḥ, --vipākaḥ 1. the fulfilment of fate. --2. a changed condition of life.
          --viparyāsaḥ ill-luck, misfortune.

daśārṇāḥ m. pl.
     (1) N. of a country; saṃpatsyaṃte katipayadinasthāyihaṃsā daśārṇāḥ Me. 23.
     (2) The people of this country.

daśera See under daṃś.

daśe(se)rakaḥ A young camel.

das I. 4 P. (dasyati)
     (1) To throw up, toss.
     (2) To decay, waste away, perish. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (daṃsati, daṃsayati te)
     (1) To bite, destroy, overpower.
     (2) To see.
     (3) To shine. --Caus. To exhaust, weary.

dasanam
     (1) Wasting, perishing.
     (2) Throwing.
     (3) Dismissing, sending away.

dasta a.
     (1) Wasted, perished.
     (2) Thrown, tossed.
     (3) Dismissed.

dasma a. [das-mak] Ved.
     (1) Destroying, destructive.
     (2) Beautiful.
     (3) Wonderful, extraordinary. --smaḥ
     (1) A sacrificer.
     (2) A thief, rogue.
     (3) Fire.

dasmat a. Ved. Desirable, acceptable.

dasmya a. Beautiful.

dasyuḥ [das-yuc]
     (1) N. of a class of evil beings or demons, enemies of gods and men, and slain by Indra, (mostly Vedic in this sense).
     (2) An outcast, a Hindu who has become an outcast by neglect of the essential rites; cf. Ms. 5. 131, 10. 45.
     (3) A thief, robber, bandit; pātrīkṛto dasyurivāsi yena S. 5. 20; R. 9. 53; Mc. 7. 143.
     (4) A villain, miscreant; Māl. 5. 21.
     (5) A desperado, violator, oppressor.

dasra a. [dasyati pāṃsūn das-rak] Savage, fierce, destructive. --srau (m du.)
     (1) The two Aśvins, the physicians of the gods.
     (2) The number 'two'. --sraḥ
     (1) An ass.
     (2) A robber. --sraṃ
     (1) The cold season.
     (2) The lunar mansion Aśvinī.
     -- Comp.
          --devatā the constellation Aśvinī.
          --sūḥ f. wife of the sun and mother of the Aśvins, = saṃjñā q. v.

dah 1 P. (dahati, dadāha, adhākṣati, dhakṣyati, dagdhuṃ, dagdha, desid. didhakṣati)
     (1) To burn, scorch (fig. also); dagdhuṃ viśvaṃ dahanakiraṇairnoditā dvādaśārkāḥ Ve. 3. 6, 5. 20; sapadi madanānalo dahati mama mānasaṃ dehi mukhakamalamadhupānaṃ Gīt. 10; S. 3. 17.
     (2) To consume, destroy completely.
     (3) To pain, torment, afflict, distress, grieve; ityamātmakṛtamapratihataṃ cāpalaṃ dahati S. 5; tatsaviṣamiva śalyaṃ dahati māṃ 6. 8; etattu māṃ dahati yada gṛhamasmadīyaṃ kṣīṇāryamityatithayaḥ pasvirjayaṃti Mk. 1. 12, R. 8. 86, U. 4. 14.
     (4) To cauterize (in medicine). --WITH nis 1. to burn, consume. --2. to torment, distress, pain. --pari to burn, scorch; diśi diśi paridagdhā bhūmayaḥ pāvakena Rs. 1. 24; Bg. 1. 30. --pra 1. to burn. --2. to burn completely. --3. to pain, torment. --4. to trouble, tease. --saṃ to burn; abhijanaḥ saṃdahyatāṃ vahninā Bh. 2. 39.

dahana a. (nī f.) [dah-lyu]
     (1) Burning, consuming by fire; Bh. 1. 71.
     (2) Destructive, injurious. --naḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) A pigeon.
     (3) The number 'three'.
     (4) A bad man.
     (5) The Bhallātaka plant.
     (6) Lead-wort. (citraka).
     (7) The constellation kṛttikā. --naṃ
     (1) Burning, consuming by fire (fig. also); R. 8. 20.
     (2) Cauterizing.
     (3) Sour gruel.
     -- Comp.
          --arātiḥ water.
          --upalaḥ the sun-stone.
          --ulkā a fire-brand.
          --ketanaḥ smoke.
          --priyā Svāhā, wife of Agni.
          --sārathiḥ wind.

dahanīya
     (1) a. To be burnt.
     (2) Combustible.

dagdha p. p. [dah-kta]
     (1) Burnt, consumed by fire.
     (2) (Fig.) Consumed by grief, tormented, distressed.
     (3) Famished.
     (4) Inauspicious, as in dagdhayoga.
     (5) Dry, tasteless, insipid
     (6) Wretched, accursed, vile. (used as a term of abuse before a word); nādyāpi me dagdhadehaḥ patati U. 4; asya dagdhodarasyārthe kaḥ kuryātpātakaṃ mahat H. 1. 68; so dagdhajaṭharasyārthe Bh. 3. 8.
     (7) Cunning (vidagdha). --gdhā
     (1) The quarter where the sun remains overhead.
     (2) A lunar day or tithi on which it is considered inauspicious or unlucky to do any act. --gdhaṃ
     (1) Burning.
     (2) Cauterizing.
     -- Comp.
          --kākaḥ a raven.

dagdhikā Scorched rice.

dāhaḥ [dah-bhāve-ghañ]
     (1) Burning, conflagration; dāhaśaktimiva kṛṣṇavartmani R. 11. 42; chedo daṃśasya dāho vā M. 4. 4; Ki. 5. 14.
     (2) Glowing redness (as of the sky).
     (3) The sensation of burning, internal heat.
     (4) Feverish or morbid heat.
     -- Comp.
          --aguru n.,
          --kāṣṭhaṃ a kind of agallochum.
          --ātmaka a. destructive, having power to burn, combustible; S. 2. 7.
          --jvaraḥ inflammatory fever.
          --saraḥ, --saras n.,
          --sthalaṃ a place where dead bodies are burnt, cemetery.
          --hara, --haraṇa a. allaying heat. (
          --raṃ, --ṇaṃ) the Uśīra plant.

dāhaka a. (hikā f.) [dah-ṇvul]
     (1) Burning, kindling.
     (2) Incendiary, nflammatory.
     (3) Cauterizing. --kaḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The Chitraka plant.

dāhanam
     (1) Burning, reducing to ashes.
     (2) Cauterizing.

dāhin a. [dah-ṇini]
     (1) Burning, setting on fire.
     (2) Tormenting, paining, distressing.

dāhuka a. Burning &c.

dāhya a. [dah-karbhaṇi ṇyat]
     (1) To be burnt.
     (2) Combustible.

dahara a. [dah-ar] Small, subtile, fine, thin.
     (2) Young in age.
     (3) Unintelligible. --raḥ
     (1) A child, an infant.
     (2) Any young animal.
     (3) A younger brother.
     (4) The cavity of the heart, or the heart itself.
     (5) A mouse or rat.

dahra a. Small, fine, thin. --hraḥ
     (1) cavity of the heart, or the heart itself.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) A forest-conflagration.

dā I. 1 P. (yacchati, datta] To give, grant. --WITH prati to exchange; tilebhyaḥ prati yacchati māṣān Sk. --II. 2. P. (dāti,) To cut; dadāti draviṇaṃ bhūri dāti dāridryamarthināṃ K. R. --III. 4. P. (dāyati) To bind (?). --IV. 3 U. (dadāti, datte; dadau-dade, adāt-adita, dāsyati-te, dātuṃ, datta; but with ā the p. p. is ātta; with upa, upātta; with ni, nidatta or nītta, and with pra, pradatta or pratta)
     (1) To give, grant, bestow, offer, yield, impart, present (usually with acc. of the thing and dat., sometimes gen. or loc. also, of the person); avakāśaṃ kilodanvān rāmāyābhyarthito dadau R. 4. 58; secanaghaṭaiḥ bālapādapabhyeḥ payo dātumita evābhivartate S. 1; Ms. 3. 31, 9. 271; kathamasya stanaṃ dāsye Hariv.
     (2) To pay (as debt, fine &c.).
     (3) To hand or deliver over.
     (4) To restore, return.
     (5) To give up, sacrifice, surrender; prāṇām dā to sacrifice one's life; so ātmānaṃ dā to sacrifice oneself.
     (6) To put, place, apply, plant; karṇe karaṃ dadāti &c.
     (7) To give in marriage; yasmai dadyāt pitā tvenāṃ Ms. 5. 151; Y. 2. 146, 3. 24.
     (8) To allow, permit (usually with inf.); bāṣpastu na dadātyenāṃ draṣṭuṃ citragatāmapi S. 6. 21. (The meanings of this root may be variously modified or extended according to the noun with which it is connected; mano dā to think, direct the mind to anything; nītau mano dīyate Mu. 2. 5; avakāśaṃ dā to give place to, make room; (see avakāśa); karṇaṃ dā to give ear to or listen; darśanaṃ dā to show oneself to, grant audience to; śabdaṃ dā to make a noise; tālaṃ dā to clap the hands; ātmānaṃ khedāya dā to expose oneself to trouble; ātape dā to expose to the sun's heat; ājñāṃ, nideśaṃ dā to issue orders, command; āśiṣaṃ dā to pronounce a blessing; cakṣuḥ, dṛṣṭiṃ dā to cast a glance, see; vācaṃ dā to address a speech to; prativacaḥ, --vacanaṃ or pratyuttaraṃ dā to give reply; śokaṃ dā to cause grief; śrāddhaṃ dā to perform a Śrāddha; mārgaṃ dā to make way for, allow to pass, stand out of the way; varaṃ dā to grant a boon; saṃgrāmaṃ dā to fight; argalaṃ dā to bolt, fasten or secure with a latch; nigaḍaṃ dā to put in chains, fetter; saṃketaṃ dā to make an appointment; śāpaṃ dā to curse; vṛttiṃ dā to enclose, fence in; agniṃ, pāvakaṃ dā to set on fire, &c. &c. --Caus. (dāpayati-te) To cause to give, grant, &c. --Desid. (ditsati-te) To wish to give, &c.

datta p. p. [dā karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Given, given away, presented.
     (2) Made over, delivered, assigned.
     (3) Placed, stretched forth.
     (4) Preserved, guarded; see dā. --ttaḥ
     (1) One of the twelve kinds of sons in Hindu law; (also called dattrima); mātā pitā vā dadyātāṃ yamadbhiḥ putramāpadi . sadṛśaṃ prītisaṃyuktaṃ sa jñeyo dattrimaḥ sutaḥ .. Ms. 9. 168.
     (2) A title added to the names of Vaiśyas; cf. the quotation under gupta.
     (3) N. of a son of Atri and Anasūyā; see dattātreya below. --ttaṃ Gift, donation.
     -- Comp.
          --anapa(pā)karbhan, --apradānikaṃ non-delivery or resumption of gifts, one of the 18 titles of Hindu law.
          --avadhāna a. attentive.
          --ātman m. an orphan or a son who being deserted by his parents, offers himself to persons disposed to adopt him; dattātmā tu svayaṃ dattaḥ Y. 2. 131.
          --ātreyaḥ N. of a sage, son of Atri and Anasūyā, considered as an incarnation of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa.
          --ādatta a. given and receive'.
          --ādara a. 1. showing respect, respectful. --2. treated with respect.
          --dṛṣṭi a. looking at; S. 1. 7.
          --nṛtyopahāra a. presented with the offering of a dance, i. e. complimented with a dance; Me. 32.
          --śulkā a bride for whom a dowry has been paid.
          --hasta a. having a hand given for support, supported by the hand of; śaṃbhunā dattahastā Me. 60 'leaning on Śambhu's arm'; sa kāmarūpeśvaradattahastaḥ R. 7. 17; (fig.) being given a helping hand, supported, aided, assisted; daivenetthaṃ dattahastāvalaṃbe Ratn. 1. 8; vātyā khedaṃ kṛśāṃgyāḥ suciramavayavairdattaha tā karoti Ve. 2. 21.

dattakaḥ An adopted son; Y. 2. 130; see datta above.

dattiḥ A gift, donation.

datram Ved. A gift, donation.

dattrima a. Received by gift. --maḥ One of the twelve kinds of sons; see datta; Ms. 8. 415; 9. 141.

dā
     (1) Protection, defence.
     (2) Cleaning, purifying.

dākaḥ
     (1) A giver, donor.
     (2) An institutor of a sacrifice (who employs and pays the priests).

dāta a.
     (1) Divided, cut.
     (2) Washed, purified.
     (3) Reaped.

dātavya a.
     (1) To be given.
     (2) Payable.
     (3) To be restored or returned.
     (4) To be given in marriage, &c. see dā.

dātiḥ f.
     (1) Giving.
     (2) Cutting, destroying.
     (3) Distribution.

dātṛ a. (trī f.) [dā-tṛc]
     (1) Giving offering, granting, presenting, bestowing, imparting, &c.
     (2) Liberal. --m. (tā)
     (1) A giver (in general); Ku. 6. 1.
     (2) A donor; Bv. 1. 66.
     (3) A lender, creditor.
     (4) A teacher.
     (5) A cutter.

dātram
     (1) An instrument of cutting, a sort of sickle or knife.
     (2) Ved. A share, possession.
     (3) A gift, donation.

dātvaḥ A donor. --tvaṃ
     (1) The performance of a sacrifice.
     (2) A sacrificial rite.

dānam [dā-lyuṭ]
     (1) Giving, granting, teaching, &c. (in general).
     (2) Delivering, handing over.
     (3) A gift, donation, present; Ms. 2. 158; Bg. 17. 20; Y. 3. 274.
     (4) Liberality, charity, giving away as charity, munificence; R. 1. 69; Bh. 2. 43.
     (5) Ichor or the juice that exudes from the temples of an elephant in rut; sadānatoyena viṣāṇi nāgaḥ Śi. 4. 63; Ki. 5. 9; V. 4. 25; Pt. 2. 70 (where the word has sense 4 also); R. 2. 7, 4. 45, 5. 43.
     (6) Bribery, as one of the four Upāyas or expedients of overcoming one's enemy; see upāya.
     (7) Cutting, dividing.
     (8) Purification, cleaning.
     (9) Protection. (10) Pasture.
     (11) Adding. --naḥ Ved.
     (1) Distribution (of food), meal, especially a sacrificial meal.
     (2) Part, possession, share.
     (3) A distributor.
     -- Comp.
          --kāma a. liberal.
          --kulyā the flow of rut from an elephant's temples.
          --dharmaḥ alms-giving, charity.
          --patiḥ 1. an exceedingly liberal man. --2. Akrūra, a friend of Kṛṣṇa.
          --patraṃ a deed of gifts.
          --pātraṃ 'a worthy recipient', a Brāhmaṇa fit to receive gifts.
          --prātibhāvyaṃ security for payment of a debt.
          --bhinna a. made hostile by bribes.
          --vajraḥ an epithet of the Vaiśyas or men of the third tribe.
          --vāri n.,
          --toyaṃ ichor flowing from the temples of elephants.
          --vīraḥ 1. a very liberal man.
     (2) (In Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of liberality, the sentiment of chivalrous liberality; e. g. Paraśurāma who gave away the earth with its seven continents; cf. the instance given in R. G. under dānavīraḥ-kiyadidamadhikaṃ me yaddvijāyārthayitre kavacamaramaṇīyaṃ kuṃḍalaṃ cārpayāmi . akaruṇamavakṛtya drākkṛpāṇana niryadbahalarudhiradhāraṃ maulimāvedayāmi ... --śīla, --śūra, --śauṃḍa, a. exceedingly liberal or munificent.

dānakam A mean or unworthy gift.

dānin a.
     (1) Liberal, munificent.
     (2) Having gifts.

dānīya a.
     (1) Due, bestowable, fit to be given.
     (2) Receiving gifts. --yaṃ A gift, donation.

dānu a. [dā-nu]
     (1) Valiant.
     (2) Conquering, destroying. --nuḥ
     (1) A donor.
     (2) Prosperity.
     (3) Satisfaction.
     (4) Air, wind.
     (5) A demon. --n.
     (1) A gift.
     (2) A fluid, drop.

dāpanam Causing or obliging(one) to pay or give.

dāpita p. p. [dā-ṇic karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Caused to be given.
     (2) Condemned to pay fine, fined.
     (3) Adjudged.
     (4) Assigned, awarded.

ditsā Desire of giving; Bv. 1. 125.

ditsu a. Wishing to give &c.,

deya a. [dā karmaṇi yat]
     (1) To be given, offered or presented; R. 3. 16.
     (2) Fit to be given, proper for a gift.
     (3) To be returned or restored; vibhāvitaikadeśena deyaṃ yadabhiyujyate V. 4. 17; Ms. 8. 139, 185.
     (4) To be shown.
     (5) To be given in marriage.
     (6) To be paid (as a debt &c.).
     (7) To be placed, put, applied, laid, &c.; see dā above. --yaṃ A gift, donation.

dākṣa a. (kṣī f.) Relating to Daksha. --kṣaṃ The south.

dākṣāyaṇa a. (ṇī f.) Coming from the Daksha family. --ṇaḥ A son of Daksha. --ṇaṃ Gold or a golden ornament.

dākṣāyaṇin m. A Brāhmaṇa student wearing gold ear-rings.

dākṣāyaṇī [dakṣasyāpatyaṃ strī iñi phakṅīp]
     (1) Any one of the 27 lunar mansions (they being mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Daksha).
     (2) N. of Diti, wife of Kaśyapa and mother of the demons.
     (3) N. of Pārvatī.
     (4) The lunar constellation called Revatī.
     (5) N. of Kadru or Vinatā.
     (6) N. of Aditi, mother of the gods.
     (7) The Dantī plant.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. the moon.
          --putraḥ a god.

dākṣāyaṇyaḥ The sun.

dākṣāyyaḥ A vulture.

dākṣiḥ A son of Daksha.

dākṣiṇa a. (ṇī f.) [dakṣiṇā prayojanamasya-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a sacrificial gift or to a gift in general.
     (2) Relating to the south. --ṇaṃ A collection of sacrificial gifts.

dākṣiṇātya a. Belonging to or living in the south, southern; asti dākṣiṇātye janapade mahilāropyaṃ nāma nagaraṃ Pt. 1. --tyaḥ A southerner, a native of the Deccan; āraṃbhaśūrāḥ khalu dākṣiṇātyāḥ.
     (2) The cocoa-nut.

dākṣiṇika a. (kī f.) Connected with a sacrificial gift.

dākṣiṇya a. [dakṣiṇasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Relating to a sacrificial gift. --ṇyaṃ
     (1)
          (a) Politeness, civility, courtesy; tasya dākṣiṇyarūḍhena nāmnā magadhavaṃśajā R. 1. 31.
          (b) Kindness; V. 1. 2; Bh. 2. 22; Mal. 1. 8.
     (2) Insincere or overcourteous conduct of a lover (towards his beloved); S. 6. 4; it is thus defined: --dākṣiṇyaṃ ceṣṭayā vācā paracittānuvartanam.
     (3) The state of relating to or coming from the south; snehadākṣiṇyayoryogāt kāmīva pratibhāti me V. 2. 4 (where the word has sense 1 or 2 also).
     (4) Concord, harmony, agreement.
     (5) Honesty, candour.
     (6) Talent, cleverness.

dākṣī
     (1) A daughter of dakṣa.
     (2) N. of the mother of Pāṇini.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ N. of Pāṇini.

dākṣeyaḥ A metronymic of Pāṇini.

dākṣyam [dakṣasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Cleverness, skill, fitness, dexterity, ability; Bg. 18. 43.
     (2) Probity, integrity, honesty.

dāghaḥ Burning.

dāḍakaḥ A tooth, tusk.

dāḍi(li)maḥ --mā
     (1) The pomegranate tree; pākāruṇasphuṭitadāḍimakāṃti vaktraṃ Māl. 9. 31; Amaru. 13.
     (2) Small cardamoms. --maṃ The fruit of the pomegranate tree.
     -- Comp.
          --priyaḥ, --bhakṣaṇaḥ a parrot.

dāḍiṃbaḥ The pomegranate tree.

dāḍhā
     (1) A large tooth or tusk.
     (2) A multitude.
     (3) Wish, desire.

dāḍhikā The beard; Ms. 8. 283 (Kull. śmaśru).

dāṃḍa a. (ḍī f.) Relating to a stice or punishment. --ḍā A kind of gamk with sticks.

dāṃḍājinika a. (kī f.) Carrying a staff and hide (as mere outward signs of religious devotion). --kaḥ A cheat, hypocrite, impostor.

dāṃḍikaḥ A chastiser, punisher.

dāka, dāti, dātṛ, dānaṃ, dānu, &c. See under dā.

dātyūhaḥ
     (1) The gallinule; dātyūhaistiniśasya koṭaravati skaṃdhe nilīya sthitaṃ Māl. 9. 7.
     (2) The Chātaka bird.
     (3) A cloud.
     (4) A water-crow. (Written also dātyauha).

dādaḥ [dad-ghañ] A gift, donation.
     -- Comp.
          --daḥ a donor.

dādhika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Made of or from, or mixed or sprinkled with, coagulated milk.
     (2) Carrying about or selling coagulated milk.
     (3) Eating anything with coagulated milk. --kaṃ A kind of broth.

dān 1 U. (dānati-te) To cut, divide. --Desid. (dīdāṃsati-te) To make straight; (desid. in form, but not in sense).

dānavaḥ [danorapatyaṃ aṇ] A demon, Rākṣasa; tridivamuddhṛtadānavakaṃṭakaṃ S. 7. 3.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ 1. a god. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --guruḥ an epithet of Śukra.

dānaveyaḥ = dānava q. v.

dāṃta, dāṃtiḥ See under dam.

dāṃtika a. (kī f.) Made of ivory.

dāpana, dāpita See under dā.

dāman n. [do-manin]
     (1) A string, thread, fillet, rope.
     (2) A chaplet, a garland in general; ādye baddhā virahadivase yā śikhā dāma hitvā Me. 92; kanakacaṃpakadāmagaurīṃ Ch. P. 1; Śi. 4. 50.
     (3) A line, streak (as of lightning); vidyuddāmnā hemarājīva viṃdhyaṃ M. 3. 20; Me. 27.
     (4) A large bandage.
     (5) Ved. A gift.
     (6) A portion, share.
     (7) A girdle.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃcalaṃ, --aṃjanaṃ a foot-rope for horses, &c.; Śi. 5. 61.
          --udaraḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

dāmanī A foot-rope.

dāmā A string, cord.

dāminī Lightning.

dāṃpatyam Matrimony, the matrimonial relation.

dāṃbhika a. (kī f.) [daṃbhena carati dharmaṃ-ṭhak]
     (1) Deceitful, hypocritical.
     (2) Proud, imperious.
     (3) Ostentatious, sanctimonious. --kaḥ
     (1) A cheat.
     (2) A hypocrite.

dāyaḥ [dā bhāve-ghañ]
     (1) A gift, present, donation; rahasi ramate prītyā dāyaṃ dadātyanuvartate Māl. 3. 2; prītidāyaḥ Māl. 4; Ms. 8. 199.
     (2) A nuptial present (given to the bride or the bridegroom).
     (3) Share, portion, inheritance, patrimony; anapatyasya putrasya mātā dāyamavāptuyāt Ms. 9. 217, 77, 164, 203.
     (4) A part or share in general.
     (5) Delivering, handing over.
     (6) Dividing, distributing.
     (7) Loss, destruction.
     (8) Irony.
     (9) Site, place. (10) Alms given to a student at his initiation, &c.
     -- Comp.
          --apavartanaṃ forfeiture of inheritance; Ms. 9. 79.
          --arha a. claiming inheritance.
          --ādaḥ [dāyamādatte, ādā-ka] 1. one entitled to a share of patrimony, an heir; pumāndāyādo'dāyādā strī Nir.; Y. 2. 118; Ms. 8. 160. --2. a son. --3. a relative, kinsman near or remote, a distant descendant. --4. a claimant or pretender in general; gavāṃ goṣu vā dāyādaḥ Sk.
          --ādā, --dī 1. an heiress. --2. a daughter.
          --ādyaṃ 1. inheritance. --2. the state of being an inheritor.
          --kālaḥ the time of the partition of an inheritance.
          --baṃdhuḥ 1. a partner in the inheritance. --2. a brother.
          --bhāgaḥ division of property among heirs, partition (of inheritance).

dāyaka a. (yikā f.) [dā-ṇvul] Giving, granting, bestowing, &c. (at the end of comp.); uttara-, piṃḍa-, &c. --kaḥ
     (1) An heir, inheritor.
     (2) A donor.

dāyin a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Giving, granting.
     (2) Causing, producing; as in kleśadāyin &c.

dāraḥ
     (1) A rent, gap, cleft, hole.
     (2) A ploughed field. --rāḥ [dārayaṃti (bhrātṝn) iti dārāḥ. cf. P. III. 3. 20 Vart.] (m. pl.) A wife; ete vayamamī dārāḥ katyeyaṃ kulajīvitaṃ Ku. 6. 63; daśarathadārānadhiṣṭhāya vasiṣṭhaḥ prāptaḥ U. 4; Pt. 1. 100; Ms. 1. 112; 2. 217; S. 4. 16, 5. 29.
     -- Comp.
          --adhīna a. dependent on a wife.
          --upasaṃgrahaḥ, --grahaḥ, --parigrahaḥ, --grahaṇaṃ marriage; nave dāraparigrahe U. 1. 19.
          --karman n.,
          --kriyā marriage; R. 5. 40.
          --valibhuj m. a crane.

dāraka a. (rikā f.) [dṝ-ṇvul] Breaking, tearing, splitting; dārikā hṛdayadārikā pituḥ. --kaḥ
     (1) A boy, a son.
     (2) A child, infant.
     (3) Any young animal.
     (4) A village hog.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāryaḥ a schoolmaster.

dāraṇam [dṝ-ṇic yuc]
     (1) Splitting, tearing, rending, opening, cleaving.
     (2) The fruit of the clearing-nut plant. --ṇī N. of Durgā.

dārikā
     (1) A daughter.
     (2) A harlot.
     (3) A rent, cleft.
     -- Comp.
          --dānaṃ the gift of a daughter in marriage.

dārava a. (vī f.) Wooden, made of wood.

dāriḥ f. Tearing, cutting.

dārita p. p. Torn, divided, split, rent.

dārin m.
     (1) A husband.
     (2) A polygamist.

dārī
     (1) A cleft.
     (2) A kind of disease.
     (3) A chap.

dāradaḥ
     (1) Quicksilver.
     (2) The ocean. --daḥ, --daṃ Vermilion.

dāridryaṃ, dāridram [daridrasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Poverty, indigence; dāridryadoṣo guṇarāśināśī Subhāṣ.

dāru a. [dīryate dṝ-uṇ]
     (1) Tearing, rending.
     (2) Liberal.
     (3) Kind. --ruḥ
     (1) A liberal or munificent man.
     (2) A donor.
     (3) An artist. --ru n. (said to be m. also)
     (1) Wood, a piece of wood, timber.
     (2) A block.
     (3) A lever.
     (4) A bolt.
     (5) The pine or Devadāru tree.
     (6) Ore.
     (7) Brass.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃḍaḥ the peacock.
          --āghāṭaḥ the wood-pecker.
          --kṛtyaṃ wood-work; Pt. 1. 90.
          --garbhā a wooden puppet.
          --jaḥ a kind of drum.
          --pātraṃ a wooden vessel, such as a trough.
          --putrikā, --putrī a wooden doll.
          --mukhyāhvayā, mukhyāhvā a lizard.
          --yaṃtraṃ 1. a wooden puppet moved by strings. --2. any machinery of wood.
          --vadhūḥ a wooden doll.
          --sāraḥ sandal.
          --hastakaḥ a wooden spoon.

dārukaḥ
     (1) The Devadāru tree.
     (2) N. of Kṛṣṇa's charioteer; utkaṃdharaṃ dāruka ityuvāca Śi. 4. 18. --kā
     (1) A puppet.
     (2) A wooden figure.

dāruṇa a. [dṝ-ṇic-unan Uṇ. 3. 53] 1 Hard, rough; U. 3. 34.
     (2) Harsh, cruel, ruthless, pitiless; mayyeva vismaraṇadāruṇacittavṛttau S. 5. 23; paśumāraṇakarmadāruṇaḥ 6. 1; dāruṇarasaḥ 'of cruel resolve or nature' U. 5. 19; Ms. 8. 270.
     (3) Fierce, terrible, frightful; S. 6. 28.
     (4) Heavy, violent, intense, poignant, agonizing (grief, pain &c.); hṛdayakusumaśoṣī dāruṇo dīrghaśokaḥ U. 3. 5.
     (5) Sharp, severe (as words).
     (6) Atrocious, shocking. --ṇaḥ
     (1) The sentiment of horror (bhayānaka).
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu. --ṇaṃ Severity, cruelty, horror, &c.

dāruṇyam
     (1) Harshness.
     (2) Cruelty.
     (3) Dreadfulness.

dārḍhyam [dṛḍhasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Hardness, tightness, firmness.
     (2) Confirmation, corroboration.
     (3) Strength, energy.

dārduraḥ --ram
     (1) A conch-shell the valve of which opens to the right.
     (2) Water.
     (3) Lac.

dārbha a. (rbhīṃ f.) Made of darbha grass; dārbhaṃ muṃcatyuṭajapaṭalaṃ vītanidro mayūraḥ S. 4 v. l.

dārva a. (rvī f.) Wooden.

dārvaṭam A council-house, court; (a word derived from the Persian).

dārśanikaḥ One familiar with the Darśanas or systems of philosophy.

dārṣada a. (dī f.)
     (1) Stony, mine ral.
     (2) Ground on a flat stone (as saktu &c.).

dārṣṭāṃta a. (tī f.), dārṣṭāṃtika a. (kī f.) Explained or illustrated by a dṛṣṭāṃta q. v., that which is the subject of an illustration (upameya); svāpasya dārṣṭāṃtikatvena vivakṣitaṃ Śaṅkara.

dālam A kind of wild honey.

dālanam Tooth-ache.

dālimaḥ = dāḍima q. v.

dālmiḥ N. of Indra.

dāvaḥ [dunāti-du kartari ṇa] = dava q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ, --analaḥ, --dahanaḥ a forest-conflagration; ānaṃdamṛgadāvāgniḥ śīlaśākhimadadvipaḥ . jñānadīpamahāvāyurayaṃ khalasamāgamaḥ .. Bv. 1. 109, 34.

dāvita a. Pained, troubled; Māl. 6.

dāś I. 1. 10. U. (dāśati-te, dāśayati-te)
     (1) To give, grant.
     (2) To offer an oblation. --II. 5 P. (dāśnoti) To hurt, kill.

dāśaḥ
     (1) A fisherman; Ms. 8. 408, 409, 10. 34.
     (2) A servant, (da sa q. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --grāmaḥ a village mostly inhabited by fishermen.
          --naṃdinī an epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa.

dāśe(se)yaḥ The son of a fisherman's wife. --yī An epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa.

dāśarathaḥ, --dāśarathiḥ
     (1) A son of Daśaratha in general; R. 10. 44.
     (2) N. of Rāma and his three brothers, but especially of Rāma; R. 12. 45.

dāśārhāḥ (m. pl.) The descendants of Daśārha, the Yādavas; Śi. 2. 64. --rhaḥ An epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

dāśeraḥ
     (1) The son of a fisherman.
     (2) A fisherman.
     (3) A camel.

dāśerakaḥ The Mālava country. --kāḥ (m. pl.) The rulers or inhabitants of that country; see dāśera also.

dāśva a. Liberal, giving.

dās 1 U. 5 P. = dāś q. v.

dāsaḥ
     (1) A slave, servant in general; gṛhakarmadāsāḥ Bh. 1. 1; gṛha-, karma- &c.
     (2) A fisherman.
     (3) A Śūdra, a man of the fourth caste.
     (4) A knowing man, one who knows the universal spirit.
     (5) N. of Vṛtrāsura.
     (6) A demon.
     (7) A savage, barbarian (opp. ārya).
     (8) A worthy recipient (dānapātra).
     (9) A word added to the name of a Śūdra; cf. gupta.
     -- Comp.
          --anudāsaḥ 'a slave of a slave', the humblest of the servants; (sometimes used by the speaker as a mark of humility).
          --janaḥ a servant or slave; kamaparādhalavaṃ mayi paśyasi tyajasi mānini dāsajanaṃ yataḥ V. 4. 29; (dāsasyakulaṃ is used as a compound in the sense of 'the mob or the common people').
          --bhāvaḥ servitude.

dāsikā A female servant or slave.

dāsī
     (1) A female servant or slave.
     (2) The wife of a fisherman.
     (3) The wife of a Śūdra.
     (4) An altar.
     (5) A harlot.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ, --sutaḥ the son of a female slave.
          --śrotriyaḥ a Brāhmaṇa (knowing the Vedas) attached to a female slave.
          --sabhaṃ a collection of female slaves. (The gen. sing. dāsyāḥ enters into some compounds, but loses its literal sense; e. g. dāsyāḥputraḥ, --sutaḥ 'a whore-son', used as a term of abuse; dāsyāḥputraiḥ śakunilubdhakaiḥ S. 2; but dāsyāḥ sadṛśī 'like a female slave').

dāseyaḥ The son of a female slave.

dāseraḥ, --rakaḥ
     (1) The son of a female slave.
     (2) A Śūdra.
     (3) A fisherman.
     (4) A camel; Śi. 12. 32, 5. 66.

dāsyam Servitude, slavery, service, bondage; patikule tava dāsyamapi kṣamaṃ S. 5. 27; Ms. 8. 410.

dāsram The first of the 27 lunar mansions.

dāha, dāhaka, dāhana, dāhya, &c. See under dah.

dikkaḥ A young elephant (karabha) twenty years old.

digdha See under dih.

diṃḍiḥ, diṃḍiraḥ A kind of musical instrument.

dita a. [do-kta itvam] Cut, torn, rent, divided.

ditiḥ f.
     (1) Cutting, splitting, dividing.
     (2) Liberality.
     (3) N. of a daughter of Daksha, wife of Kaśyapa and mother of the demons or daityas. --m. A king.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --tanayaḥ a demon, a Rākṣasa.

dityaḥ A demon.

didyuḥ Ved.
     (1) A bright weapon.
     (2) The sky, heaven.

didhiḥ Firmness, stability.

didhiṣāyya a. Supporting. --yyaṃ
     (1) Spirituous liquor.
     (2) A false friend.

didhiṣuḥ
     (1) The second husband of a woman married again or twice.
     (2) A suitor.
     (3) A husband. --f. A virgin widow remarried.

didhi(dhī)ṣūḥ f.
     (1) A woman twice married.
     (2) An unmarried elder sister whose younger sister is married; jyeṣṭhāyāṃ yadyanṛḍhāyāṃ kanyāyāmuhyate'nujā . sā cāgrodīdhiṣūrjñeyā pūrvā ca didhiṣūḥ smṛtā ...
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ a man who has a sexual intercourse with the widow of his brother (not as a sacred duty but for carnal gratification); bhrāturmṛtasya bhāryāyāṃ yo'nurajyeta kāmataḥ . dharmeṇāpi niyuktāyāṃ sa jñeyo didhiṣūpatiḥ Ms. 3. 173.

didhīrṣā Desire to sustain or support; dikkuṃjarāḥ kuruta tattritaye didhīrṣāṃ B. R. 1. 48.

dinaḥ --nam [dyati tamaḥ, do dī vā nak hrasvaḥ; Uṇ. 2. 49]
     (1) Day (opp. rātri); dināṃte nihitaṃ tejaḥ savitreva hutāśanaḥ R. 4. 1; yāminayaṃti dināni ca sukhaduḥkhavaśīkṛte manasi K. P. 10; dināṃte nilayāya gatuṃ R. 2. 15.
     (2) A day (including the night,) a period of 24 hours; dine dine sā parivardhamānā Ku. 1. 25; sapta vyatīyustriguṇāni tasya dināni R. 2. 25.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ any portion of a day, i. e. an hour, a watch, &c.
          --aṃḍaṃ darkness.
          --atyayaḥ, --aṃtaḥ, --avasānaṃ evening, sunset; R. 2. 15, 45.
          --adhīśaḥ the sun.
          --ardhaḥ midday, noon.
          --aṃtakaḥ darkness.
          --āgamaḥ, --ādiḥ --āraṃbhaḥ daybreak, morning.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ the sun. -ātmajaḥ 1. an epithet of Saturn. --2. of Karṇa. --3. of Sugrīva.
          --karaḥ, --kartṛ, --kṛt m. the sun; tulyodyogastavadinakṛtaścādhikāro mato naḥ V. 2. 1; dinakarakulacaṃdra caṃdraketo U. 6. 8; R. 9. 23. -tanayaḥ N. of
     (1) Saturn;
     (2) Sugrīva;
     (3) Karṇa;
     (4) Yama. -tanayā N. of
     (1) the river Yamunā;
     (2) the river Tāptī. --keśaraḥ, --vaḥ darkness. --kṣayaḥ, --pātaḥ evening. --caryā daily occupation, daily routine of business. --jyotis n. sunshine. --duḥkhitaḥ the Chakravāka bird. --paḥ, --patiḥ, --baṃdhuḥ, --praṇīḥ, --maṇiḥ, --mayūkhaḥ, --ratnaṃ the sun. --balaṃ N. of the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, eleventh, and twelfth signs of the zodiac taken collectively. --malaṃ a month. --mukhaṃ morning; R. 9. 25. --mūrddhan m. the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise. --yauvanaṃ mid-day, noon (the youth of day).

dinikā A day's wages.

dinv 1 P. (dinvati)
     (1) To be glad, or to gladden.
     (2) To please, or to be pleased.

diṃp 10 A. (diṃpayate)
     (1) To accumulate.
     (2) To order, direct. So diṃbh.

diripakaḥ A ball for playing with.

dilīpaḥ A king of the Solar race, son of aṃśumat and father of bhagīratha, but according to Kālidāsa, of raghu. [He is described by Kālidāsa as a grand ideal of what a king should be. His wife was Sudakshina, a woman in every respect worthy of her husband; but they had no issue. For this he went to his family priest Vasiṣṭha who told him and his wife to serve the celestial cow Nandini. They accordingly served her for 21 days and were on the 22nd day favoured by the cow. A glorious boy was then born who conquered the whole world and became the founder of the line of the Raghus.]

dilīram A mushroom.

diva I. 4 P. (dīvyati, dyūta or dyūna; desid. dudyūṣati, dideviṣati)
     (1) To shine, be bright.
     (2) To throw, cast (as a missile); Bk. 17. 87, 5. 81.
     (3) To gamble, play with dice (with acc or instr. of the 'dice'); akṣairakṣānvā dīvyati Sk.; Śi. 8. 32; Ve. 1. 13.
     (4) To play, sport.
     (5) To joke, trifle with, make sport of, rally; (with acc.).
     (6) To stake, make a bet.
     (7) To sell. deal in (with gen.); adevīdvaṃdhubhīgānāṃ Bk. 8. 122; (but with acc. or gen. when the root is preceded by a preposition; śataṃ śatasya vā paridīvyati Sk.).
     (8) To squander, make light of.
     (9) To praise. (10) To be glad, rejoice.
     (11) To be mad or drunk.
     (12) To be sleepy.
     (13) To wish for. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (devati, devayati-te)
     (1) To cause to lament, pain, vex, torment.
     (2) To ask, beg. --III. 10 A. (devayate) To suffer pain, lament, moan. --WITH pari to lament, moan, suffer pain; Bk. 4. 34.

div f. [dīvyatyatra div-bā -ādhāre ḍivi Tv.] (Nom. sing. dyauḥ)
     (1) The heaven; R. 3. 4, 12; Me. 30.
     (2) The sky.
     (3) A day.
     (4) Light, brilliance.
     (5) Fire, glow of fire. N. B. The compounds with div as first member are mostly irregular; e. g. divaspatiḥ an epithet of Indra; anatikramaṇīyā divaspaterājñā S. 6. divaspṛthivyau heaven and earth. divijaḥ, diviṣṭhaḥ, divisthaḥ, divisa (ṣa) d m., divokas m., divaukas, --saḥ 'inhabitant of the heaven', a god; S. 7; R. 3. 19, 47; diviṣadravṛṃdaiḥ Gīt. 7. divaspṛś m. the Supreme Being. divispṛś a. reaching or pervading the sky. divodbhavā cardamoms. divolkā a meteor. divaukas m. 1. a god. --2. the Chātaka bird. --3. a deer. --4. a bee. --5. an elephant.

divam [dīvyatyatra ghañarthe ādhāre ka]
     (1) Heaven.
     (2) The sky.
     (3) A day.
     (4) A forest, wood, thicket.

divan n. The heaven. --m. A day.

divasaḥ --saṃ [divyatetra-div asac kicca cf. Uṇ. 3. 121] A day; divasa ivābhraśyāmastapātyaye jīvalokasya S. 3. 12.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvaraḥ, --karaḥ, --nāthaḥ the sun; Rs. 3. 22.
          --mukhaṃ morning, daybreak.
          --mudrā a day's wages.
          --vigamaḥ evening, sunset; Me. 99.

divā ind. By day, in the daytime; divābhū 'to become day.'
     -- Comp.
          --aṭanaḥ a crow.
          --aṃdha a. blind by day. (
          --dhaḥ) an owl.
          --aṃdhakī, --aṃdhikā a musk-rat.
          --avasānaṃ 'close of day', evening.
          --karaḥ 1. the sun; Ku. 1. 12, 5. 48. --2. a crow. --3. the sun-flower.
          --kīrtiḥ 1. a Chāṇḍāla, a man of low caste. --2. a barber. --3. an owl.
          --caraḥ 1. a Chāṇḍāla. --2. a kind of bird (śyāmā). --niśaṃ ind. day and night.
          --puṣṭaḥ, --maṇiḥ the sun.
          --pradīpaḥ 'a lamp by day', an obscure man.
          --bhītaḥ, --bhītiḥ 1. an owl; divākarādrakṣati yo guhāsu līnaṃ divābhītamivāṃdhakāraṃ Ku. 1. 12. --2. a white lotus (opening at night). --3. a thief, house-breaker.
          --madhyaṃ midday.
          --rātraṃ ind. day and night.
          --vasuḥ the sun.
          --śaya a. sleeping by day; R. 19. 34.
          --svapnaḥ, --svāpaḥ sleep during day-time. (
          --paḥ) an owl.

divātana a. (nī f.) [divā bhavaḥ ṭyu tud ca] Of or belonging to the day; Ku. 4. 46; Bk. 5. 65.

diviḥ The Chāṣa bird; (also divaḥ).

divya a. [divi bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Divine, heavenly, celestial.
     (2) Supernatural, wonderful; paradoṣekṣaṇadivyacakṣuṣaḥ Śi. 16. 29; Bg. 11. 8.
     (3) Brilliant, splendid.
     (4) Charming, beautiful. --vyaḥ
     (1) A superhuman or celestial being; divyānāmapi kṛtavismayāṃ purastāt Śi. 8. 64.
     (2) Barley.
     (3) An epithet of Yama.
     (4) A fragrant resin, bdellium.
     (5) A philosopher. --vyaṃ
     (1) Celestial nature, divinity.
     (2) The sky.
     (3) An ordeal (of which 10 kinds are enumerated); cf. Y. 2. 22, 95.
     (4) An oath, a solemn declaration.
     (5) Cloves.
     (6) A kind of sandal.
     (7) A kind of water.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ the sun.
          --aṃganā, --nārī, --strī a heavenly nymph, celestial damsel, an apsaras.
          --adivya a. partly human and partly divine (as a hero, such as Arjuna).
          --udakaṃ rainwater.
          --upapādukaḥ a god.
          --oṣadhiḥ f. a herb of great supernatural efficacy, i. e. curing snake-poison; Mu. 1. 21.
          --kārin a. 1. taking an oath. --2. undergoing an ordeal.
          --gaṃdhaḥ sulphur. (
          --dhā) large cardamoms. (
          --dhaṃ) cloves.
          --gāyanaḥ a Ghandharva.
          --cakṣus a. 1. having divine vision, heavenly-eyed; R. 3. 45. --2. blind. (--m.) a monkey. (--n.) a divine or prophetic eye, supernatural vision, the power of seeing what is invisible by the human eye.
          --jñānaṃ supernatural knowledge.
          --dṛś m. an astrologer.
          --dohadaṃ a present offered to a deity for the accomplishment of one's desired object.
          --puṣpaḥ the Karavīra tree.
          --praśnaḥ inquiry into celestial phenomena or future course of events, augury.
          --mānaṃ measuring the time according to the days and years of the gods.
          --mānuṣaḥ a demi-god.
          --ratnaṃ a fabulous gem said to grant all desires of its possessor, the philosopher's stone; cf. ciṃtāmaṇi. --rathaḥ a celestial car moving through the air.
          --rasaḥ 1. quicksilver. 2. heavenly water or love; V. 2.
          --vastra a. divinely dressed. (
          --straḥ) 1. sunshine. --2. a kind of sun-flower.
          --vākyaṃ a celestial word or voice.
          --śrotraṃ an ear which hears everything.
          --sarit f. the celestial Ganges.
          --sānuḥ N. of one of the Viśvedevas.
          --sāraḥ the Śāla tree.

diś 6 U. (diśati-te, diṣṭa; desid. didikṣati-te)
     (1) To point out, show, exhibit, produce (as a witness); sākṣiṇaḥ saṃti metyuktvā diśetyukto diśenna yaḥ Ms. 8. 57, 52, 53.
     (2) To assign, allot; iṣṭāṃ gatiṃ tasya surā diśāṃti Mb.
     (3) To give, grant, bestow upon, deliver or make over to; bāṇamatrabhavate nijaṃ diśan Ki. 13. 68; R. 5. 30, 11, 2, 16. 72.
     (4) To pay (as tribute).
     (5) To consent to; R. 11. 49.
     (6) To direct, order, command.
     (7) To allow, permit; smartuṃ diśaṃti na divaḥ surasuṃdarībhyaḥ Ki. 5. 28. --Caus. (deśayati-te)
     (1) To show, point out, allot, assign.
     (2) To teach, communicate, tell, inform.
     (3) To direct, order.
     (4) To confer, bestow.

diś f. [diśati dadātpavakāśaṃ diś-kvip] (Nom. sing. dik-g)
     (1) A direction, cardinal point, point of the compass, quarter of the sky; diśaḥ prasedurmaruto vavuḥ sukhāḥ R. 3. 14; diśi diśi kirati sajalakaṇajālaṃ Gīt. 4.
     (2)
          (a) The mere direction of a thing, hint, indication (of the general lines); iti dik (often used by commentators &c.); itthaṃ laukikaśabdānāṃ diṅmātramiha darśitaṃ Sk.
          (b) (Hence) Mode, manner, method; muneḥ pāṭhoktadiśā S. D.; digiyaṃ sūtrakṛtā pradarśitā; dāsīsabhaṃ nṛpasabhaṃ rakṣaḥsabhamimā diśaḥ Ak.
     (3) Region, space, place in general.
     (4) A foreign or distant region.
     (5) A point of view, manner of considering a subject.
     (6) A precept, order.
     (7) The number 'ten'.
     (8) A side or party.
     (9) The mark of a bite. (N. B. In comp. diś becomes dig before words beginning with vowels and soft consonants, and dik before words beginning with hard consonants; e. g. digaṃbara, diggaja, dikpatha, dikkarin, &c.)
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ end of the direction or horizon, remote distance, remote place; Bv. 1. 2; Māl. 2. 9; R. 3. 4, 5. 67, 16. 87; nānādigaṃtāgatā rājānaḥ &c.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. another direction. --2. the intermediate space, atmosphere, space. --3. a distant quarter, another or foreign country.
          --aṃbara a. having only the directions for his clothing, stark naked, unclothed; digaṃbaratvena niveditaṃ vasu Ku. 5. 72. (
          --raḥ) 1. a naked mendicant (of the Jaina or Buddha sect.). --2. a mendicant, an ascetic. --3. an epithet of (
     (1)) Śiva; (
     (2)) Skanda. --4. darkness. (--rī) an epithet of Durgā. --aṃbarakaḥ a naked mendicant (of the Jaina sect). --īśaḥ --īśvaraḥ the regent of a quarer; Ku. 5. 53; see aṣṭadikpāla. --kanyā, --kāṃtā, --kāminī a region of the sky (considered as a virgin). --karaḥ 1. a youth, youthful man. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --karikā, --karī a young girl or woman. --karin, --gajaḥ, --daṃtin, --vāraṇaḥ m. one of the eight elephants said to guard and preside over the eight cardinal points; (see aṣṭadiggaja); digdaṃtiśeśāḥ kakubhaṣcakāra Vikr. 7. 1. --grahaṇaṃ observation of the quarters of the compass. --cakraṃ 1. the horizon. --2. the whole world. --jayaḥ, --vijayaḥ 'conquest of the directions,' the conquest of various countries in all directions, conquest of the world; sa digvijayamavyājavīraḥ smara ivākarot Vikr. 4. 1. --taṭaṃ the horizon. --darśanaṃ 1. showing merely the direction, pointing out only the general mode or manner. --2. a general outline or survey. --3. a compass. --dāhaḥ preternatural redness of the horizon. --nāgaḥ 1. an elephant of the quarter of the compass; see diggaja. --2. N. of a poet said to be a contemporary of Kālidāsa. (This interpretation is based on Mallinātha's gloss on Me. 14 which is, however, very doubtful). --patiḥ, --pālaḥ the regent or guardian of a quarter; (for the names of the several regents, see aṣṭadikpāla; cf. Ms. 5. 96; 7. 303. also). --pathaḥ the surrounding region. --bhāgaḥ a point of the compass, direction. --maṃḍalaṃ = dikcakraṃ q. v. --mātraṃ the mere direction or indication. --mukhaṃ any quarter or part of the sky; harati me harivāhanadiṅmukhaṃ V. 3. 6; Amaru. 5. --mohaḥ mistaking the way or direction. --vastra a. stark naked, unclothed. (--straḥ) 1. a Jain or Buddhist mendicant of the digaṃvara class. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --vibhāvita a. renowned or celebrated in all quarters.

diśā Direction, quarter of the compass, region, &c.
     -- Comp.
          --gajaḥ, --pālaḥ see diggaja, dikpāla.

diśobhāj m. One who runs in all directions, a fugitive.

diśya a. [diśi bhavaḥ digā- yat] Belonging to or situated towards any quarter of the compass.

diṣṭa p. p. [diś karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Shown, indicated, assigned, pointed out.
     (2) Described, referred to.
     (3) Fixed, settled.
     (4) Directed, ordered &c. --ṣṭaḥ Time. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Assignment, allotment.
     (2) Fate, destiny, good or ill-luck; bho diṣṭaṃ S. 2.
     (3) Order, direction, command.
     (4) Aim, object.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ 'the end of one's appointed time', death; diṣṭāṃtamāpsyati bhavānapi putraśokāt R. 9. 79.

diṣṭiḥ f. [diś bhāve ktin, saṃjñāyāṃ kartari ktic vā]
     (1) Assignment, allotment.
     (2) Direction, command, instruction, rule, precept.
     (3) Fate, fortune, destiny.
     (4) Good fortune, happiness, any auspicious event (such as the birth of a son); diṣṭivṛddhimiva śuśrāva K. 55; diṣṭivṛddhisaṃbhramo mahānabhūt K. 70.
     (5) A sort of measure of length.

diṣṭyā ind. (Strictly the instr. sing. of diṣṭi) Fortunately, luckily, thank God, how glad I am, how fortunate, bravo; (an exclamation of joy or gratulation); diṣṭyā pratihataṃ durjātaṃ Māl. 4; diṣṭyā soyaṃ mahābāhuraṃjanānaṃdavardhanaḥ U. 1. 32; Ve. 2. 12. (diṣṭyā vṛdh means 'to be congratulated upon'; as in diṣṭyā dharmapatnīsamāgamena putramukhadarśanena cāyuṣmānvardhate S. 7).

diṣṇuḥ A giver, donor.

dih 2 U. (degdhi, digdhe, digdha; desid. didhikṣati)
     (1) To anoint, smear, plaster spread over; Bk. 3. 21, 17. 54.
     (2) To soil, defile, pollute; R. 16. 15.
     (3) To increase, augment.

dih f.
     (1) Anointing, smearing.
     (2) Pollution, soiling.

digdha p. p. [dih-kta]
     (1) Smeared, anointed, daubed; hastāvasṛgdigdhau Ms. 3. 132; R. 16. 15; digdho'mṛtena ca viṣeṇa ca pakṣmalākṣyā gāḍhaṃ nikhāta iva me hṛdaye kaṭākṣaḥ Māl. 1. 29.
     (2) Soiled, defiled, polluted.
     (3) Poisoned, envenomed; Ku. 4. 25. --gdhaḥ
     (1) Oil, ointment.
     (2) Any oily substance or unguent.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) A poisoned arrow.
     (5) A story (true or fictitious.)

dī I. 4 A. (dīyate, dīna)
     (1) To perish, die.
     (2) To waste, decay, diminish --II. 4 P. (dīyati) (Ved). soar, fly. --III. 3 P. Ved.
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To please, be admired, appear good.

dīḥ f. Decay, ruin.

dītiḥ, dīditiḥ f. Splendour lustre.

dīna a. [dī-kta taspa na]
     (1) Poor, indigent.
     (2) Distressed, ruined, afflicted, miserable, wretched.
     (3) Sorry, dejected, melancholy, sad; sā virahe tava dīnā Gīt. 4.
     (4) Timid, frightened.
     (5) Mean, piteous; Bh. 2. 51. --naḥ A poor person, one in distress or misery; dīnānāṃ kalpavṛkṣaḥ Mk. 1. 48; dināni dīnoddharaṇocitasya R. 2. 25. --naṃ Distress, wretchedness. --nā The female of a mouse or shrew.
     -- Comp.
          --dayālu, --vatsala a. kind to the poor.
          --baṃdhuḥ a friend of the poor.
          --locanaḥ a cat.

dīnaka a. Distressed, wretched.

dīkṣ 1 A. (dīkṣate, dīkṣita)
     (1) To consecrate or prepare oneself for the performance of a sacred rite; see dīkṣita below.
     (2) To dedicate oneself to.
     (3) To initiate or introduce a pupil.
     (4) To invest with the sacred thread.
     (5) To sacrifice.
     (6) To practise self-restraint.
     (7) To shave one's head, to be shaved.

dīkṣakaḥ A spiritual guide.

dīkṣaṇam [dīkṣ bhāve lyuṭ] Initiation, consecration.

dīkṣā [dīkṣ-bhāve a]
     (1)
          (a) Consecration for a religious ceremony, initiation in general; R. 3. 44, 65.
          (b) Receiving the initiatory mantra.
     (2) A ceremony preliminary to a sacrifice.
     (3) A ceremony or religious rite in general; vivāhadīkṣāṃ R. 3. 33; Ku. 7. 1, 8, 24.
     (4) Investiture with the sacred thread.
     (5) Dedicating oneself to a particular object, selfdevotion.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ a supplementary sacrifice made to atone for the defects in a preceding one.
          --patiḥ the Soma.

dīkṣita p. p. [dīkṣ karttari kta, dīkṣā jātā'sya tāra-itac vā]
     (1) Consecrated, initiated (as for a religious ceremony;) ete vivāhadīkṣitā yūyaṃ U. 1; Pt. 1. 167; āpannābhayasatreṣu dīkṣitāḥ khalu pauravāḥ S. 2. 16; R. 8. 75, 11. 24, Ve. 1. 25.
     (2) Prepared for a sacrifice.
     (3) Prepared for, having taken a vow of; R. 11. 67.
     (4) Crowned; R. 4. 5.
     (5) Performed, (as the dīkṣā ceremony). --taḥ
     (1) A priest engaged in a Dīkṣā.
     (2) A pupil.
     (3) A person who or whose ancestors may have performed a grand sacrificial ceremony, such as jyotiṣṭoma.

dīkṣitṛ m. A consecrator, spiritual father.

dīdivi a.
     (1) Shining.
     (2) Risen (as a star). --viḥ
     (1) Boiled rice.
     (2) Heaven.
     (3) An epithet of
     (1) Agni;
     (2) Bṛhaspati.
     (4) Final emancipation.

dīdhitiḥ f.
     (1) A ray of light; R. 3. 22, 17. 48; N. 2. 69; U. 6. 18.
     (2) Splendour, brightness.
     (3) Bodily lustre, energy; Bh. 2. 29.
     (4) A finger.
     (5) Ved. A religious prayer or devotion.
     (6) A son-inlaw.
     (7) Divine inspiration.

dīdhitimat a. Brilliant. --m. The sun; Ku. 2. 2, 7. 70.

dīdhī 2 A. (dīdhīte)
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To seem, appear.

dīnāraḥ
     (1) A particular gold coin; jitaścāsau mayā ṣoḍaśasahasrāṇi dīnārāṇāṃ Dk.
     (2) A coin in general.
     (3) A gold ornament.
     (4) A seal.
     (5) A weight of gold; [cf. Gr. denarius].

dīp 4 A. (dīpyate, dīpta; freq. dedīpyate)
     (1) To shine, blaze, (fig. also); sarvairusraiḥ samagraistvamiva nṛpaguṇairdīpyate saptasaptiḥ M. 2. 13; taruṇīstana eva dīpyate maṇihārāvalirāmaṇīyakaṃ N. 2. 44; Bk. 2. 2, R. 14. 64; H. Pr. 46.
     (2) To burn, be lighted; yathā yathā ceyaṃ capalā dīpyate K. 105.
     (3) To glow, be inflamed or excited, increase (fig. also); R. 5. 47; Bk. 15. 88, Śi. 20. 71.
     (4) To be fired with anger; Ki. 3. 55.
     (5) To be illustrious. --Caus. (dīpayati te)
     (1) To kindle, set on fire, inflame.
     (2) To illuminate, light, irradiate; vṛṃdāvanāṃtaramadīpayadaṃśujālaiḥ (iṃduḥ) Gīt. 7; U. 1. 42.
     (3) To excite, raise.
     (4) To adorn, grace; Ki. 10. 1.

dīpaḥ [dīp-ṇic ac]
     (1) A lamplight; nṛpadīpo dhanasnehaṃ prajābhyaḥ saṃharannapi . aṃtarasthairguṇaiḥ śubhrairlakṣyate naiva kenacit .. Pt. 1. 221; na hi dīpau parasparasyopakurutaḥ S. B.; so jñānadīpa &c.
     -- Comp.
          --anvitā 1. the day of new moon (amā). --2. = dīpālī q. v.
          --ārādhanaṃ worshipping an idol by waving a light before it.
          --āliḥ, --lī, --āvalī, --utsavaḥ 1. a row of lights, nocturnal illumination. --2. particularly, the festival called Diwali held on the night of new moon in āśvina. --kalikā the flame of a lamp.
          --kiṭṭaṃ lamp-black, soot.
          --kūpī, --khorī the wick of a lamp.
          --dhvajaḥ 1. lamp-black. --2. lamp-stand.
          --puṣpaḥ the Champaka tree.
          --bhājanaṃ a lamp; R. 19. 51.
          --mālā lighting, illumination.
          --vṛkṣaḥ 1. a lampstand. --2. a light. --3. a lantern. --4. the tree called devadāru q. v.
          --śatruḥ a moth.
          --śikhā 1. the flame of a lamp. --2. lamp-black.
          --śṛṃkhalā a row of lights, illumination.

dīpaka a. (pikā f.) [dīp-ṇvul]
     (1) Kindling, inflaming.
     (2) Illuminating, making bright.
     (3) Illustrating, beautifying, making illustrious.
     (4) Exciting, making intense; Śi. 2. 55; Pt. 3. 28.
     (5) Tonic, stimulating digestion, digestive.
     (6) Skilful in managing a lamp. --kaḥ
     (1) A light, lamp; tāvadeva kṛtināmapi sphuratyeṣanirmalavivekadīpakaḥ Bh. 1. 57.
     (2) A falcon.
     (3) An epithet of Kāmadeva, (also dīpyaka.) --kaṃ
     (1) Saffron.
     (2) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which two or more objects (some prakṛta 'relevant' and some aprakṛta 'irrelevant') having the same attribute are associated together, or in which several attributes (some relevant and some irrelevant) are predicated of the same object; sakṛdvṛttistu dharmasya prakṛtāprakṛtātmanāṃ . saiva kriyāsu bahvīṣu kārakasyeti dīpakaṃ .. K. P. 10; cf. vadaṃti varṇyāvarṇyānāṃ dharmaikyaṃ dīpakaṃ budhāḥ . madena bhāti kalabhaḥ pratāpena mahīpatiḥ .. Chandr. 5. 45.

dīpana a. [dīp ṇic lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Kindling, inflaming, &c.
     (2) Digestive, tonic.
     (3) Exciting, animating, stimulating; Māl. 9. 46. --naṃ 1 Kindling, inflaming.
     (2) A tonic stimulating digestion.
     (3) Exciting, stimulating.
     (4) Lighting, illuminating.
     (5) Promoting digestion.
     (6) Saffron.

dīpanīya a.
     (1) To be lighted or set on fire.
     (2) Combustible, inflammable.
     (3) To be excited or stimulated.
     (4) Relating to tonic medicines. --yaḥ An aromatic seed (yavānī). --yaṃ A tonic medicine.

dīpikā
     (1) A light, torch; R. 4. 75, 9. 70.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Illustrator, elucidator, as in tarkadīpikā.
     (3) Moonlight.

dīpita p. p.
     (1) Set on fire.
     (2) Inflamed.
     (3) Illuminated.
     (4) Manifested.
     (5) Excited, stimulated.

dīpin a.
     (1) Inflaming, kindling.
     (2) Illuminating.
     (3) Shining, bright.

dīpta p. p. [dīp kta]
     (1) Lighted, inflamed, kindled.
     (2) Glowing, hot, flashing, radiant.
     (3) Illuminated.
     (4) Excited, stimulated.
     (5) Luminous, bright.
     (6) Heated by the sun, exposed to sunshine.
     (7) Inauspicious (in general). --ptaḥ
     (1) A lion.
     (2) The citron tree.
     (3) Inflammation of the nose. --ptaṃ Gold.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ the sun.
          --akṣaḥ a cat.
          --agni a. kindled (as fire). (
          --gniḥ) 1. blazing fire. --2. N. of agastya. --aṃgaḥ a peacock.
          --ātman a. having a fiery nature.
          --upalaḥ 1. the sunstone. --2. a crystalline lens.
          --kiraṇaḥ the sun.
          --kīrtiḥ, -varṇaḥ, -śaṃktiḥ epithets of Kārtikeya.
          --jihvā a vixen; (used figuratively for an ill-tempered, quarrelsome woman).
          --tapas a. of glowing piety, fervent in devotion.
          --piṃgalaḥ a lion.
          --mūrtiḥ Viṣṇu.
          --rasaḥ an earth-worm.
          --locanaḥ a cat.
          --lohaṃ brass, bell-metal.

dīptakaḥ A kind of disease of the nose. --kaṃ Gold.

dīptiḥ f. [dīp-bhāve-ktin]
     (1) Brightness, splendour, brilliance, lustre.
     (2) Brilliancy of beauty, extreme loveliness; (for the difference between dīpti and kāṃti see under kāṃti).
     (3) Lac.
     (4) Brass.
     (5) The flash-like flight of an arrow.

dīptimat a. Splendid, brilliant, shining.

dīpya a.
     (1) To be kindled, inflammable.
     (2) Tonic, digestive. --pyaṃ White cumin seed.

dīpra a. Shining, brilliant, radiant, resplendent; U. 6. 18. --praḥ Fire.

dīrgha a. (Compar. drāghīyas, Superl. drāghiṣṭha)
     (1) Long (in time or space), reaching far; dīrghākṣaṃ śaradiṃdukāṃti vadanaṃ M. 2. 3; dīrghān kaṭākṣān Me. 35; dīrghāpāṃga &c.
     (2) Of long duration, lasting long, tedious; dīrghayāmā triyāmā Me. 108; V. 3. 4; S. 4. 15.
     (3) Deep (as a sigh); Amaru. 11; dīrghamuṣṇaṃ ca niśvasya.
     (4) Long (as a vowel), as the ā in kāma.
     (5) Lofty, high, tall.
     (6) Dilated, expanded; U. 3. 46. --rghaḥ
     (1) A camel.
     (2) A long vowel.
     (3) The fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth signs of the zodiac.
     (4) A kind of grass or reed. --rghā A long lake or oblong tank. --rghaṃ ind.
     (1) Long, for a long time.
     (2) Deeply.
     (3) Far.
     -- Comp.
          --adhvagaḥ 1. a messenger, an express. --2. a camel.
          --ahan m. summer (grīṣma). --ākāra a. oblong.
          --āyu a. longlived.
          --āyus, --āyuṣya a. longlived. (--m.) 1. a crow. --2. N. of Mārkaṇḍeya.
          --āyudhaḥ 1. a spear. --2. any long weapon. --3. a hog.
          --āsyaḥ an elephant.
          --kaṇā white cumin.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ, --kaṃṭhakaḥ, --kaṃdharaḥ the (Indian) crane.
          --kāya a. tall (in stature).
          --kāṣṭhaṃ a beam.
          --keśaḥ a bear.
          --kośā, --śī, --kośikā a cockle.
          --gatiḥ, --grīvaḥ, --ghāṭikaḥ a camel.
          --chadaḥ sugar-cane.
          --jaṃghaḥ 1. a camel. --2. a crane.
          --jihvaḥ a snake, serpent
          --tapas m. an epithet of Gautama, husband of Ahalyā; R. 11. 33.
          --taruḥ, --druḥ the palm tree.
          --tuṃḍī musk-rat.
          --daṃḍaḥ 1. the palm tree --2. the castor-oil tree.
          --darśin a. 1. provident, prudent, far-seeing, longsighted; Pt. 3. 167. --2. sagacious, wise. (--m.) 1. a vulture. --2. a bear. --3. an owl.
          --dṛṣṭi a. far-sighted, shrewd, prudent.
          --nāda a. making a long continued noise. (
          --daḥ) 1. a dog. --2. a cock. --3. a conchshell.
          --nidrā 1. long sleep. --2. the long sleep, sleep of death; R. 12. 81.
          --pakṣaḥ the fork-tailed shrike.
          --patraḥ the palm tree.
          --parvan m. a sugar-cane.
          --pavanaḥ an elephant.
          --pādaḥ, --pa (pā) d m. a heron.
          --pādapaḥ 1. the cocoa-nut tree. --2. the areca-nut tree. --3. the palm tree.
          --pṛṣṭhaḥ a snake.
          --prajña a. far-seeing, prudent, sagacious.
          --bālā a kind of deer (camarī) of whose tails chowries are made.
          --mārutaḥ an elephant.
          --mṛkhī the musk-rat.
          --raṃgā turmeric.
          --rataḥ a dog.
          --radaḥ a hog.
          --rasanaḥ a snake.
          --roman m. a bear.
          --lohitayaṣṭikā the red variety of sugar-cane.
          --vaktraḥ an elephant.
          --saktha a. having long thighs.
          --satraṃ a long-continued Soma sacrifice. (
          --traḥ) one who performs such a sacrifice; R. 1. 80.
          --surataḥ a dog.
          --sūtra, -sūtrin a. working slowly, slow, dilatory, procrastinating; dīrghasūtrī vinaśyati Pt. 4.
          --skaṃdhaḥ the palm tree.

dīrghīkṛ 8 U. To lengthen, prolong; Ku. 3. 76, Me. 31.

dīrghībhū 1 P. To become long or prolonged.

dīrghikā
     (1) A long or oblong lake; M. 2. 13, R. 16 13.
     (2) A well or lake in general.

dīrṇa See under dṝ.

du I. 5 P. (dunoti, duta or dūna)
     (1) To burn, consume with fire; Bk. 14. 85.
     (2) To torment, afflict, distress; udbhāsīni jalejāni dunvaṃtyadayitaṃ janaṃ Bk. 6. 74, 5. 98, 17. 99; (mukhaṃ) tava viśrāṃtakathaṃ dunoti māṃ R. 8. 55.
     (3) To pain, produce sorrow; varṇaprakarṣe sati karṇikāraṃ dunoti nirgaṃdhatayā sma cetaḥ Ku. 3. 28.
     (4) (Intrans.) To be afflicted or pained; dehi suṃdari darśanaṃ mama manmathena dutomi Gīt. 3. --Pass. (or 4 A. according to some) To be afflicted or pained &c.; nāyātaḥ sakhi nirdayo yadi śaṭhastvaṃ dūti kiṃ dūyase Gīt. 7; Ku. 5. 12, 48; R. 1. 70, 16. 21. --II. 1 P. (davati) To go, move.

dūna p. p.
     (1) Pained, afflicted, fatigued.
     (2) Burnt, inflamed.
     (3) Agitated; see du and dū.

duḥkh 10 U. (duḥkhayati-te) To pain, afflict, distress.

duḥkha a. [duṣṭāni khāni yāsmin, duṣṭaṃ khanati khan-ḍa, duḥkh ac vā Tv.]
     (1) Painful, disagreeable, unpleasant; siṃhānāṃ ninadā duḥkhāḥ śrotuṃ duḥkhamato vanaṃ Rām.
     (2) Difficult, uneasy. --khaṃ
     (1) Sorrow, grief, unhappiness, distress, pain, agony; sukhaṃ hi duḥkhānyanubhūya śobhate Mk. 1. 10; yadevopanataṃ duḥkhātsukhaṃ tadrasavattaraṃ V. 3. 21; so duḥkhasukha, samaduḥkhasukha &c.
     (2) Trouble, difficulty; S. Til. 12; Pt. 1. 163. (duḥkhaṃ and duḥkhena are used as adverbs in the sense of 'hardly', 'with great difficulty or trouble' S. 7. 13; Bg. 12. 5; Ku. 4. 13; Pt. 1.; R. 19, 49; H. 1. 158).
     -- Comp.
          --atīta a. freed from pain.
          --aṃtaḥ final emancipation.
          --ārta, anvita a. pained, afflicted, distressed.
          --kara a. painful, troublesome.
          --grāmaḥ 'the scene of suffering', worldly existence.
          --chinna a. 1. tough, hard. --2. pained, distressed.
          --chedya a. 1. hard. --2. to be conquered with difficulty.
          --jāta a. feeling pain.
          --dohyā (a cow) difficult to be milked.
          --prāya, bahula a. full of trouble or grief.
          --bhāj a. unhappy.
          --bhogaḥ occurrence of trouble or misery.
          --lokaḥ worldly life, the world as a scene of constant suffering.
          --śīla a. 1. hard to please or manage, bad-tempered, irritable; R. 3. 6. S. 4. --2. accustomed to the misery of; kāmekapatnīvrataduḥkhaśīlāṃ Ku. 3. 7 'who is accustomed to (suffers) the misery (hard lot) of a perfectly chaste life.
          --saṃcāra a. 1. passing (time) unhappily. --2. impassable.
          --sāgaraḥ 'the sea of troubles'; worldly life.

duḥkhāyate Den. A. To feel pain, be distressed. (Also duḥkhyati Den. P.)

duḥkhita a. [duḥkha tāra-itac]
     (1) Distressed, afflicted, pained.
     (2) Poor, unhappy, miserable. --taṃ Trouble, distress.

duḥkhin a.
     (1) Distressed, afflicted, pained.
     (2) Difficult, painful.
     (3) Poor, miserable.

duḥkhīyati Den. P. To suffer pain, be distressed; duḥkhīyati sukhahetoḥ ko mūḍhaḥ sevakādanyaḥ H. 2. 27.

dukūlam Woven silk, a silk-garment, a very fine garment in general; śyāmalamṛdulakalevaramaṃḍanamadhigatagauradukūlaṃ Gīt 11; Ku. 5. 67, 78; Bk. 3. 34, 10. 1; R. 17. 25.

dugdha, --dugha &c. See under duh.

duḍiḥ f. A small tortoise.

duṃḍuka a. Dishonest, bad-hearted, fraudulent.

duṃḍubhaḥ = ḍuṃḍubha q. v.

dudrumaḥ A green onion.

duṃdamaḥ A kind of drum; see duṃdubhi.

dudh 1 P. (dodhati) Ved.
     (1) To kill, hurt, injure.
     (2) To drive forward, propel.

dudhi a. Ved. Injurious, hurtful; Rv. 6. 36. 2.

dudhita a. Troubled, perplexed.

dudhra a. Ved.
     (1) Restraining wicked enemies.
     (2) Powerful, violent, terrible, injurious, (= dudhi q. v.).

duṃduḥ
     (1) A kind of drum.
     (2) N. of Vasudeva, Kṛṣṇa's father.

duṃdubhaḥ
     (1) A kind of large kettledrum.
     (2) A kind of water-snake.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva.

duṃdubhiḥ m. f.
     (1) A sort of large kettle-drum, drum; vijayaduṃdubhitāṃ yayurarṇavāḥ R. 9. 11. --m.
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Kṛṣṇa.
     (3) A kind of poison.
     (4) N. of a demon slain by Vāli. (When Sugrīva showed to Rāma the skeleton of this demon to show him how powerful Vāli was, Rama kicked it with but a gentle force, and threw it many miles away).
     (5) N. of Varuṇa.

duṃdubhikaḥ A kind of poisonous insect.

duṃdumā A sound(of a drum).

duṃdumāyate Den. A. To sound.

duṃdumāyitam Drum-sound; U. 6. 2.

duṃdumāraḥ
     (1) A sort of red worm.
     (2) The smoke of a house.
     (3) A cat.

dur ind. (A prefix substituted for dus before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad', 'hard or difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with dus as first member see dus s. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. 1. weak-eyed. --2. evil-eyed. (
          --kṣaḥ) 1. a loaded or false die. --2. dishonest gambling.
          --atikrama a. 1. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; sbabhāvo duratikramaḥ 'nature cannot be changed'; svajātirduratikramā Pt. 1. --2. insurmountable. --3. inevitable. (
          --maḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --atyaya a. 1. difficult to be overcome; R. 11. 88. --2. hard to be attained or fathomed.
          --adṛṣṭaṃ illluck, misfortune.
          --adhiga, --adhigama a. 1. hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Pt. 1. 330. --2. insurmountable. --3. hard to be studied or understood; Ki. 5. 18.
          --adhiṣṭhita a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (
          --taṃ) improper stay at a place.
          --adhīta a. badly learnt or read.
          --adhyaya a. 1. difficult of attainment. --2. hard to be studied.
          --adhyavasāyaḥ a foolish undertaking.
          --adhvaḥ a bad road.
          --aṃta a. 1. whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; saṃkarṣaṇāya sūkṣmāya duraṃtāyāṃtakāya ca Bhāg. --2. ending ill or in misery, unhappy; aho duraṃtā balavadvirodhitā Ki. 1. 23; nṛtyati yuvatijanena samaṃ sakhi virahijanasya duraṃte (vasaṃte) Gīt. 1. --3. hard to be understood or known. --4. insurmountable.
          --aṃtaka a. = duraṃta q. v. (
          --kaḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --anvaya a. 1. difficult to be passed along. --2. hard to be carried out or followed. --3. difficult to be attained or understood. (
          --yaḥ) 1. a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. --2. (in gram.) a false agreement.
          --abhigraha a. difficult to be caught.
          --abhimānin a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud.
          --avagama a. incomprehensible.
          --avagraha a. 1. difficult to be restrained or subjugated. --2. disagreeable.
          --avabodha a. unintelligible.
          --avastha a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced.
          --avasthā a wretched or miserable state.
          --vāpa a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; S. 1.
          --avekṣitaṃ an improper look.
          --ākṛti a. ugly, misshaped.
          --ākraṃda a. crying bitterly or miserably; Pt. 4. 29.
          --ākrama a. 1. invincible, unconquerable. --2. difficult to be passed,
          --ākramaṇaṃ 1. unfair attack. --2. difficult approach.
          --āgamaḥ improper or illegal acquisition.
          --āgrahaḥ foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity.
          --ācara a. 1. hard to be performed. --2. incurable (as a disease).
          --ācāra a. 1. ill-conducted, badly behaved. --2. following bad practices, wicked, depraved; Bg. 9. 30. (
          --raḥ) bad practice, ill-conduct, wickedness.
          --ātmatā vileness, baseness, wickedness.
          --ātman a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; Pt. 1. 39. (--m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel.
          --ādhara a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, riresistible,
          --ādharṣa a. 1. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable. --2. not to be attacked with impunity.
     (3) haughty. (--rṣaḥ) white mustard. --ādhāraḥ an epithet of Śiva. --ādhī a Ved. malignant, thinking ill of --ānama a. difficult to bend or draw; R. 11. 38. --āpa a. 1. difficult to be obtained; śriyā durāpaḥ kathamīpsito bhavet S. 3. 14; R. 1. 72; 6. 62. --2. difficult to be approached; Pt. 1. 67. --3. hard to be overcome. --ābādha a. hard to be molested. (--dhaḥ) N. of Śiva. --ārādhya a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; Pt. 1. 38. --āruha a. difficult to be mounted. (--haḥ) 1. the Bilva tree. --2. the cocoa-nut tree. --3. the date tree. --āroha a. difficult of ascent. (--haḥ) 1. the cocoa-nut tree. --2. the palm tree. --3. the date tree. --ālāpaḥ 1. a curse, imprecation. --2. foul or abusive language. --āloka a. 1. difficult to be seen or perceived. --2. painfully bright, dazzling; durālokaḥ sa samare nidāghāṃvararatnavat K. P. 10. (--kaḥ) dazzling splendour. --āvāra a 1. difficult to be covered. --2. difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. --āśaya a. 1. evil-minded, wicked, malicious. --2. having a bad place of rest. --āśā 1. a bad or wicked desire. --2. hoping against hope. --āsada a. 1. difficult to be approached or overtaken, unassailable, unconquerable; R. 3. 66, 8. 4; Mv. 2. 5, 4. 15. --2. difficult to be found or met with. --3. unequalled, unparalleled. --4. hard to be borne, insupportable. (--daḥ) an epithet of Śiva. --ita a. 1. difficult.
     (2) sinful. (--taṃ) 1. a bad course, evil, sin; daridrāṇāṃ dainyaṃ duritamatha durvāsanahṛdāṃ drutaṃ dūrīkurvana G. L. 2; R. 8. 2; Amaru. 2; Mv. 3. 43. --2. a difficulty, danger. --3. a calamity, evil; U. 4. 3. --itiḥ f. Ved. 1. a bad course. --2. difficulty. --iṣṭaṃ 1. a curse, imprecation. --2. a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. --īśaḥ a bad lord or master. --īṣaṇā, --eṣaṇā 1. a curse, an imprecation. --2. an evil eye. --ukta a. harshly uttered; Pt. 1. 89. --uktaṃ, --uktiḥ f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure. --uccheda a. difficult to be destroyed. --uttara a. unanswerable. --udāhara a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; anujjhitārthasaṃbaṃdhaḥ prabaṃdho durudāharaḥ Śi. 2. 73. --udvaha a. burdensome, unbearable. --ūha a. abstruse. --eva a. Ved. 1. having evil ways. --2. irresistible, unassailable. (--vaḥ) a wicked person. --oṣas a. Ved. slow, lazy. --ga a. 1. difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable. --2. unattainable. --3. incomprehensible. (--gaḥ, --gaṃ) 1. a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. --2. a citadel, fortress, castle. --3. rough ground. --4. difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; nistārayati durgācca Ms. 3. 98, 11. 43; Bg. 18. 58. (--gaḥ) 1. bdellium. --2. the Supreme Being. --3. N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). -adhyakṣaḥ, -patiḥ, -pālaḥ the commandant or governor of a castle. -karman n. fortification. -kāraka a. making difficult. (--kaḥ) the birch tree. -ghnī N. of Durgā. -taraṇī an epithet of Sāvitrī. -mārgaḥ a defile, gorge. -laṃghanaṃ surmounting difficulties. (--naḥ) a camel. -saṃcaraḥ 1. a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. -vyasanaṃ a defect or weak point in a fortress. (--rgā) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. --gata a. 1. unfortunate, in bad circumstances; Bk, 18. 10. --2. indigent, poor. --3. distressed, in trouble. --gatatā illluck, poverty, misery; Pt. 1. 265. --gatiḥ f. 1. misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; Bg. 6. 40. --2. a difficult situation or path. --3. hell. --gaṃdha a. ill-smelling. (--dhaḥ) 1. bad odour, stink. --2. any ill-smelling substance. --3. an onion. --4. the mango tree. (--dhaṃ) sochal salt. --gaṃdhi, --gaṃdhin a. ill-smelling. --gama a. 1. impassable, inaccessible, impervious; kāminīkāyakāṃtāre kucaparvatadurgame Bh. 1. 86; Śi. 12. 49. --2. unattainable, difficult of attainment. --3. hard to be understood. --gāḍha, --gādha, --gāhya a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. --graha a. 1. difficult to be gained or accomplished. --2. difficult to be conquered or subjugated; R. 17. 52. --3. hard to be understood. (--haḥ) a cramp, spasm. --ghaṭa a. 1. difficult. --2. impossible. --ghaṇa a. closely packed together, very compact. --ghoṣaḥ 1. a harsh cry. --2. a bear. --jana a. 1. wicked, bad, vile. --2. slanderous, malicious, mischievous; U. 1. 6. (--naḥ) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; durjanaḥ priyavādī ca naitadviśvāsakāraṇaṃ Chāṇ. 24, 25; śāmyetpratyapakāreṇa nopakāreṇa durjanaḥ Ku. 2. 40. (durjanāyate Den. A. to become wicked; Pt. 1. 5.). --jaya a. invincible. (--yaḥ) N. of Viṣṇu. --jara a. 1. ever youthful. --2. hard (as food), indigestible. --3. difficult to be enjoyed. --jāta a. 1. unhappy, wretched. --2. badtempered, bad, wicked. --3. false, not genuine. (--taṃ) 1. a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; tvaṃ tāvaddurjāte metyaṃtasāhāyyakāriṇī bhava M. 3; durjātabaṃdhuḥ R. 13. 72 'a friend in need or adversity.' --2. impropriety. --jāti a. 1. bad-natured, vile, wicked; Amaru. 96. --2. outcast. (--tiḥ f.) misfortune, ill-condition. --jñāna, --jñeya a. difficult to be known, incomprebensible. (--yaḥ) N. of Śiva. --ṇayaḥ, --nayaḥ, --nītiḥ 1. bad conduct. --2. impropriety. --3. injustice. --ṇāman, --nāman a. having a bad name. --ṇīta a. 1. ill-behaved. --2. impolitic. --3. forward. (--taṃ) misconduct. --dama, --damana, --damya a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. --darśa a. 1. difficult to be seen. --2. dazzling; Bg. 11. 52. --darśana a. ugly, ill-looking; Māl. 2. 8. --daśā a misfortune, calamity. --dāṃta a. 1. hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi. 12. 22. --2. intractable, proud, insolent; durdāṃtānāṃ damanavidhayaḥ kṣatriyeṣvāyataṃte Mv. 3. 34. (--taḥ) 1. a calf. --2. a strife, quarrel. --3. N. of Śiva. --dina a. cloudy, rainy. (--naṃ) 1. a bad day in general. --2. a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; unnamatyakāladurdinaṃ Mk. 5; Ku. 6. 43; Mv. 4. 57. --3. a shower (of any. thing); R. 4. 41, 82, 5. 47; U. 5. 5. --4. thick darkness. (durdināyate Den. A to become cloudy.) --divasaḥ a dark or rainy day; Pt. 1. 173. --durūṭaḥ an unbeliever. --dṛśa a. disagreeable to the sight, disgusting. --dṛṣṭa a. ill-judged or seen, wrongly decided. --daivaṃ ill-luck, misfortune. --dyūta an unfair game. --drumaḥ onion. --dhara a. 1. irresistible, difficult to be stopped. --2. difficult to be borne or suffered; durdhareṇa madanena sādyate Ghaṭ. 11; Ms. 7. 28. --3. difficult to be accomplished. (--raḥ) quicksilver. --dharṣa a. 1. inviolable, unassailable. --2. inaccessible; H. Pr. 5. --3. fearful, dreadful. --4. haughty. --dhī a. stupid, silly. --nāmakaḥ piles. --nāman m. f. a cockle. (--n.) piles. --nigraha a. irrepressible, unruly; mano durnigrahaṃ calaṃ Bg. 6. 35. --nimita a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; pade pade durnimite galaṃtī R. 7. 10. --nimittaṃ 1. a badomen; R. 14. 50. --2. a bad pretext. --nivāra, --nivārya a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. --nītaṃ misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; Pt. 2. 20; H. 1. 39. --2. ill-luck. --nītiḥ f. mal-administration; Bv. 4. 36. --bala a. 1. weak, feeble. --2. enfeebled, spiritless; U. 1. 24. --3. thin, lean, emaciated; U. 3. --4. small, scanty, little; R. 5. 12. --bāla a. baldheaded. --2. void of prepuce. --3. having crooked hair. --buddhi a. 1. silly, foolish, stupid. --2. perverse, evilminded, wicked; Bg. 1. 23. --bodha a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; nisargadurbodhamabodhaviklavāḥ kva bhūpatīnāṃ caritaṃ kva jaṃtavaḥ Ki. 1. 6. --bhaga a. 1. unfortunate, unlucky; Pt. 1. 415. --2. not possessed of good features, ill-looking. --bhagā 1. a wife disliked by her husband. --2. an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. --bhara a. insupportable, burdensome. --bhāgya a. unfortunate, unlucky. (--gyaṃ) ill-luck. --bhāvanā 1. an evil thought. --2. a bad tendency. --bhikṣaṃ 1. scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y. 2. 147; Ms. 8. 22; H. 1. 73; Pt. 2. --2. want in general. --bhida, --bheda, --bhedya a. firm. --bhṛtyaḥ a bad servant. --bhrātṛ m. a bad brother. --mati a. 1. silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. --2. wicked, evilminded; Ms. 11. 30. --mada a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated. --manas a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, melancholy. [durmanāyate Den. A. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl. 3]. --manuṣyaḥ a bad or wicked man. --maṃtraḥ, --maṃtritaṃ, --maṃtraṇā evil advice, bad counsel; Pt. 1. 169. --maraṃ a hard or difficult death. --maraṇaṃ violent or unnatural death. --marṣa a. 1. unbearable. --2. obstinate, hostile. --marṣaṇaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --maryāda a. immodest, wicked. --mallikā, --mallī a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D. 553. --mitraḥ 1. a bad friend. --2. an enemy. --mukha a. 1. having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh. 1. 90. --2. foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh. 2. 69. (--khaḥ) 1. a horse. --2. N. of Śiva. --mūlya a. highly priced, dear. --medhas a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt. 1. (--m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; graṃthānadhītya vyākartumiti durmedhaso'pyalaṃ Śi. 2. 26. --yaśas n. ill-repute, dishonour. --yogaḥ 1. a bad or clumsy contrivance. --2. a bad combination. --yodha, --yodhana a. invincible, unconquerable. (--naḥ) the eldest of the 101 sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heirapparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇavata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them alldestroyed when they should enter it. But the Pāṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasūya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.]. --yoni a. of a low birth. --lakṣya a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. --labha a. 1. difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R. 1. 67, 17. 70; Ku. 4. 40, 5. 46, 61. --2. difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; śuddhāṃtadurlabhaṃ S. 1. 16. --3. best, excellent, eminent. --4. dear, beloved. --5. costly. --lalita a. 1. spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; hā madaṃkadurlalita Ve. 4; V. 2. 8; Māl. 9. --2. (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; spṛhayāmi khalu durlalitāyāsmai S. 7 (--taṃ) waywardness, rudeness. --lekhyaṃ a forged document. --vaca a. 1. difficult to be described, indescribable. --2. not to be talked about. --3. speaking improperly, abusing. (--caṃ) abuse, censure, foul language. --vacas n. abuse, censure. --varṇa a. bad-coloured. (--rṇaṃ) 1. silver. --2. a kind of leprosy. --vasa a. difficult to be resided in. --vasatiḥ f. painful residence; R. 8. 94. --vaha a. heavy, difficult to be borne; U. 2. 10; Ku. 1. 11. --vāc a. speaking ill. (--f.) 1. evil words, abuse. --2. inelegant language or speech. --vācya a. 1. difficult to be spoken or uttered. --2. abusive, scurrilous. --3. harsh, cruel (as words). (--cyaṃ) 1. censure, abuse. --2. scandal, ill-repute. --vādaḥ slander, defamation, calumny. --vāra, --vāraṇa a. irresistible, unbearable; R. 14. 87; Ku. 2. 21. --vāsanā 1. evil propensity, wicked desire; Bv. 1. 86. --2. a chimera. --vāsas a. 1. ill-dressed. --2. naked. (--m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial). --vāhitaṃ a heavy burden. --vigāha, --vigāhya a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. --viciṃtya inconceivable, inscrutable --vidagdha 1. unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. --2. wholly ignorant. --3. foolishly puffed up, elated, vainly proud; vṛthāśastragrahaṇadurvidagdha Ve. 3; jñānalavadurvidagdhaṃ brahmāpi naraṃ na raṃjayati Bh. 2. 3. --vidya a. uneducated. --vidha a. 1. mean, base, low. --2. wicked, vile. --3. poor, indigent; vidadhāte rucigarvadurvidhaṃ N. 2. 23. --4. stupid, foolish, silly. --vinayaḥ misconduct, imprudence. --vinīta a. 1.
          (a) badly educated, ill-mannered, ill-behaved, wicked; śāsitari durvinītānāṃ S. 1. 25.
          (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. --2. stubborn, obstinate. (--taḥ) 1. a restive or untrained horse. --2. a wayward person, reprobate. --vipāka a. producing bad fruit; U. 1. 46. (--kaḥ) 1. bad result or consequence; U. 1. 40; Mv. 6. 7. --2. evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. --vibhāvya a. inconceivable. --vilasitaṃ a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness. --vilāsaḥ a bad or evil turn of fate; U. 1. --viṣa a. illnatured, malignant. (--ṣaḥ) N. of Śiva. --viṣaha a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (--haḥ) N. of Śiva --vṛtta a. 1. vile, wicked, ill-behaved. --2. roguish. (--ttaṃ) misconduct, illbehaviour. --vṛttiḥ f. 1. misconduct. --2. misery, want, distress. --3. fraud --vṛṣṭiḥ f. insufficient rain, drought. --veda a. difficult to be known or ascertained. --vyasanaṃ a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu. 3. --vyavahāraḥ a wrong judgment in law. --vrata a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. --hutaṃ a badly offered sacrifice. --hṛd a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical. (--m.) an enemy. --hṛdaya a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. --hṛṣīka a. having defective organs of sense.

durodaraḥ
     (1) A gamester.
     (2) A dicebox.
     (3) A stake. --raṃ
     (1) Gambling, playing at dice; durodaracchadmajitāṃ samīhate nayena jetuṃ jagatīṃ suyodhanaḥ Ki. 1. 7; R. 9. 7.
     (2) A die.

durv 1 P. (du-dū-rvati) To hurt, kill.

dul 10 U. (dolayati-te, dolita)
     (1) To swing, shake to and fro, cause to oscillate or move about; kaṭiṃ ceddolayedāśu Ratimañjarī; dolayandvāvivākṣau Bh. 3. 39.
     (2) To move or shake upwards, throw up; dolayati dhūliṃ vāyuḥ Śabdak.

duliḥ f. A small or female tortoise.

duvas a. Active. --n.
     (1) Wealth.
     (2) An offering.
     (3) Worship, honor.

duvasyati Den. P.
     (1) To honor, worship.
     (2) To reward.

duvasana a. Adorable, to be worshipped.

duvasvan a.
     (1) Worshipping.
     (2) Enjoying worship.

duvoyu a. Honouring, worshipping.

duṣ 4 P. (duṣyati, duṣṭa)
     (1) To be bad or corrupted, be spoiled or suffer damage.
     (2) To be defiled or violated (as a woman &c.), be stained, be or become impure or contaminated; Pt. 1. 66; Ms. 7. 24, 9. 318, 10. 102.
     (3) To sin, commit a mistake, be wrong.
     (4) To be unchaste or faithless. --Caus. (dūṣayati-te, but dūṣayati-te or doṣayati-te in the sense of 'making depraved' or 'corrupting')
     (1) To corrupt, spoil, cause to perish, hurt, destroy, defile, taint, contaminate, vitiate, pollute (lit. and fig.); na bhīto maraṇādasmi kevalaṃ dūṣitaṃ yaśaḥ Mk. 10. 27; purā dūṣayati sthalīṃ R. 12. 30, 8. 68, 10. 47, 12. 4; Ms. 5. 1, 104; 7. 195; Y. 1. 189; Amaru. 70; na tvevaṃ dūṣayiṣyāmi śastragrahamahāvrataṃ Mv. 3. 8 'shall not sully, violate or break &c.'
     (2) To corrupt the morals, demoralize.
     (3) To violate or dishonour (as a girl or another's wife); Ms. 8. 364, 368.
     (4) To abrogate, rescind, annul.
     (5) To blame, censure, find fault with, speak ill of, accuse; dūṣitaḥ sarvalokeṣu niṣādatvaṃ gamiṣyati Rām.; Y. 1. 66.
     (6) To adulterate.
     (7) To falsify.
     (8) To refute, disprove.

duṣṭa p. p. [duṣ-kta]
     (1) Spoiled, damaged, injured, ruined.
     (2) Defiled, tainted, violated, sullied.
     (3) Depraved, corrupted
     (4) Vicious, wicked; as duṣṭavṛṣaḥ.
     (5) Guilty, culpable.
     (6) Low, vile.
     (7) Faulty or defective, as a hetu in logic.
     (8) Painful.
     (9) Worthless. --ṣṭā
     (1) A bad or unchaste woman.
     (2) A harlot. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Sin, crime, guilt.
     (2) A kind of leprosy.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman, --āśaya a. evilminded, wicked.
          --gajaḥ a vicious elephant.
          --cārin a. wicked, sinful.
          --cetas, --dhī, --buddhi a. evil-minded, malevolent, wicked.
          --vṛṣaḥ a strong but stubborn ox which refuses to draw, a vicious ox.
          --vraṇaḥ 1. a dull boil or sore. --2. a sinus.

duṣṭiḥ f. Corruption, depravity,

dūṣa a. (At the end of comp.) Defiling, polluting; e. g. paṃktidūṣa.

dūṣaka a. (ṣikā f.) [duṣ-ṇic-ṇvul]
     (1) Corrupting, polluting, vitiating, defiling, spoiling.
     (2) Violating, dishonouring, seducing.
     (3) Offending, trespassing, guilty.
     (4) Disfiguring.
     (5) Sinful, wicked (as an action). --kaḥ
     (1) A seducer, a corrupter.
     (2) Any infamous or wicked person.

dūṣaṇa a. [duṣ-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Corrupting, spoiling, destroying, &c.; see duṣ.
     (2) Dishonouring, violating.
     (3) Offending against.
     (4) Opposing, counteracting. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Spoiling, corrupting, vitiating, ruining, polluting &c.
     (2) Violating, breaking (as an agreement).
     (3) Seducing, violating, dishonouring (as a woman).
     (4) Abuse, censure, blame; R. 12. 46.
     (5) Detraction, disparagement,
     (6) Adverse argument or criticism, objection.
     (7) Refutation.
     (8) A fault, offence, defect, sin, crime; nolūkoṣyavalokate yadi divā sūryasya kiṃ dūṣaṇaṃ Bh. 2. 93; hāhā dhik paragṛhavāsadūṣaṇaṃ U. 1. 40; Ms. 2. 213; H. 1. 98, 115; 2. 180. --ṇaḥ N. of a demon, one of the generals of Rāvaṇa, slain by Rāma.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ an epithet of Rāma.
          --āvaha a. involving (one) in blame.

dūṣaṇīya a. Liable to be blamed, corrupted, vitiated &c; see dūṣya.

dūṣayitṛ m. A corrupter, violator.

dūṣiḥ --ṣī f. The rheum of the eyes.

dūṣikā
     (1) A pencil, paint-brush.
     (2) A kind of rice.
     (3) Rheum of the eyes.

dūṣita a. [duṣ-ṇic-kta]
     (1) Corrupted, defiled, spoiled.
     (2)
          (a) Hurt, injured.
          (b) Marred, spoiled, frustrated; S. 5. 9.
          (c) Blinded, obscured, injured; Ku. 4. 8.
     (3) Damaged, demoralized.
     (4) Blamed, censured.
     (5) Falsely accused, traduced, vilified. --tā A girl who has been violated. --taṃ A fault, offence; U. 4. 14.

dūṣīkā = dūṣi q. v.

dūṣya a. [duṣ karmaṇi ṇyat]
     (1) Corruptible.
     (2) Condemnable, culpable, blamable. --ṣyaṃ
     (1) Matter, pus.
     (2) Poison.
     (3) Cotton.
     (4) A garment, clothes.
     (5) A tent; Śi. 12. 65. --ṣyā Leathern girth of an elephant.

doṣaḥ [duṣ bhāve karaṇe vā ghañ]
     (1)
          (a) A fault, blame, censure, defect, blemish, weak point; patraṃ naiva yadā karīraviṭape doṣo vasaṃtasya kiṃ Bh. 2. 93; Pt. 1. 242; nātra kulapatirdoṣaṃ grahīṣyati S. 3 'will not find fault or take exception'; so punaruktadoṣā R. 14. 9.
          (b) An error, a mistake.
     (2) A crime, sin, guilt, offence; jāyāmadoṣāmuta saṃtyajāmi R. 14. 34; Ms. 8. 205; Y. 3. 79.
     (3) Noxious quality, badness, injurious nature or quality; as in āhāradoṣa.
     (4) Harm, evil, danger, injury; bahudoṣā hi śarvarī Mk. 1. 58; ko doṣaḥ 'what harm is there'.
     (5) Bad or injurious consequence, detrimental effect; tatkimayamātapadoṣaḥ syāt S. 3; adātā vaṃśadoṣeṇa karmadoṣāddaridratā Chāṇ. 48; Ms. 10. 14.
     (6) Morbid affection, disease.
     (7) Disorder of the three humours of the body, or the three humours when in a disordered state.
     (8) (In Nyāya &c.) A fault of a definition; (i. e. avyāpti, ativyāpti and asaṃbhava).
     (9) (In Rhet.) A fault or defect of composition (such as padadoṣa, padāṃśadoṣa, vākyadoṣa, rasadoṣa, and arthadoṣa which are defined and illustrated in the 7th Ullāsa of K. P.). (10) A calf.
     (11) Refutation.
     (12) Evening, dusk; cf. doṣā.
     -- Comp.
          --ākara a. faulty.
          --āropaḥ charge, accusation.
          --ekadṛś a. fault-finding, censorious, picking holes.
          --kara, --kārin, --kṛt a. causing evil, hurtful.
          --grasta a. 1. convicted, guilty. --2. full of faults or defects.
          --grāhin a. 1. malicious, malignant. --2. censorious.
          --jña a. knowing faults &c. (
          --jñaḥ) 1. a wise or learned man; R. 1. 93. --2. a physician.
          --trayaṃ disorder or vitiation of the three humours of the body; (i. e. vāta. pitta and kapha). --dṛṣṭi a. censorious.
          --prasaṃgaḥ attaching blame, condemnation, censure.
          --bhāj a. faulty, guilty, wrong.
          --bhedaḥ a peculiar modification of the vitiation of the three humours.

doṣakaḥ A calf.

doṣaṇam A charge, an accusation.

doṣala a. Faulty, defective, corrupt, sinful.

doṣika a. (kī f.) Faulty, defective, bad. --kaḥ Sickness, disease.

doṣin a. (ṇī f.) [duṣ-ṇini]
     (1) Impure, corrupt, defiled, contaminated.
     (2) Faulty, defective.
     (3) Criminal, wicked, sinful, guilty, bad.

duṣṭhu ind.
     (1) Ill, bad.
     (2) Improperly, incorrectly, wrongly.

duṣyaṃtaḥ N. of a king of the lunar race, descendant of Puru, husband of Śakuntalā and father of Bharata. [Once upon a time Dushyanta, while hunting in the forest, went to the hermitage of the sage Kaṇva, while pursuing a deer. There he was hospitably received by Śakunlala, the adopted daughter of the sage, and her transcendent beauty made so great an impression on his mind that he prevailed on her to become his queen, and married her according to the Gandharva form of marriage. Having passed some time in her company the king returned to his capital. After some months Śakuntalā was delivered of a son, and her father thought it advisable to send her with the boy to her husband. But when they went and stood before Dushyanta, he (for fear of public scandal) denied all knowledge of having ever before seen or married her. But a heavenly voice told him that she was his lawful wife, and he thereupon admitted her, along with the boy, into his harem, and made her first queen. The happy pair lived to a good old age, and committing the realm to the care of Bharata, retired to the woods. Such is the account of Dushyanta and Sakuntalā given in the Mahābhārata; the story told by Kālidāsa differs in several important respects; see "Śakuntala."].

dus A prefix to nouns and sometimes to verbs meaning 'bad, evil, wicked, inferior, hard or difficult, &c.' (N. B. The s of dus is changed to r before vowels and soft consonants; see dur; to a Visarga before sibilants, to ś before c and ch, and to ṣ before k and p).
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. 1. wicked, acting badly. --2. hard to be done or accomplished, arduous, difficult; vaktuṃ sukaraṃ kartuṃ duṣkaraṃ 'sooner said than done'; Amaru. 41; Mk. 3. 1.; Ms. 7. 55. (
          --raṃ) 1. a difficult or painful task or act, a difficulty. --2. atmosphere, ether.
          --karman n. 1. any bad act, sin, crime. --2. any difficult or painful act.
          --kālaḥ 1. bad times; Mu. 7. 5. --2. the time of universal destruction. --3. an epithet of Śiva.
          --kulaṃ a bad or low family; (ādadīta) strīratnaṃ duṣkulādapi Ms. 2. 238.
          --kulīna a. low-born.
          --kṛt m. a wicked person.
          --kṛtaṃ, --kṛtiḥ f. a sin, misdeed; ubhe sukṛtaduṣkṛte Bg. 2. 50.
          --krama a. ill-arranged, unmethodical, unsystematic.
          --kriyā a misdemeanour, bad act.
          --cara a. 1. hard to be performed or accomplished, arduous, difficult; R. 8. 79; Ku. 7. 65. --2. inaccessible, unapproachable. --3. acting ill, behaving wickedly. (
          --raḥ) 1. a bear. --2. a bi-valve shell. -cārin a. practising very austere penance.
          --carita a. wicked, ill-behaved, abandoned. (
          --taṃ) misbehaviour, ill-conduct.
          --carman a. affected with a disease of the skin, leprous. (--m.) 1. a circumcised man, or one whose prepuce is naturally wanting.
          --cikitsya a. difficult to be cured, incurable.
          --ceṣṭitaṃ misconduct, error.
          --cyavanaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --cyāvaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --chada a. difficult to be clothed, tattered.
          --tara a. (duṣṭara or dustara) 1. difficult to be crossed; R. 1. 2; Ms. 4. 242; Pt. 1. 111. --2. difficult to be subdued, insuperable, invincible. --3. not to be surpassed or excelled. --4. difficult to be borne or endured.
          --tarkaḥ false reasoning.
          --paca (duṣpaca) a. difficult to be digested.
          --patanaṃ 1. falling badly. --2. a word of abuse, abusive epithet (apaśabda). --parigraha a. difficult to be seized, taken or kept; Pt. 1. 67. (
          --haḥ) a bad wife.
          --pāna a. difficult to be drunk.
          --pāra a. 1. difficult to be crossed. --2. difficult to be accomplished.
          --pūra a. difficult to be filled or satisfied.
          --prakāśa a. obscure, dark, dim.
          --prakṛti a. ill-tempered, evil-natured.
          --prajas a. having bad progeny.
          --prajña a. (duṣprajña) weakminded, stupid.
          --prajñānaṃ bad intellect.
          --praṇīta a. ill-arranged or managed. (
          --taṃ) impolitic conduct.
          --pradharṣa, --pradhṛṣya 1. unassailable; see durdharṣa; R. 2. 27. --2. secure from assault, intangible.
          --prameya a. immeasurable.
          --pravādaḥ slander, calumnious report, scandal.
          --pravṛttiḥ f. bad news, evil report; R. 12. 51.
          --prasaha (duṣprasaha) a. 1. irresistible, terrible. --2. hard to bear or endure; M. 5. 10; R. 3. 58.
          --prāpa, --prāpaṇa a. unattainable, hard to get; R. 1. 48; Bg. 6. 36.
          --prītiḥ f. displeasure.
          --śaṃsa a. Ved. evil-minded, malevolent, wicked.
          --śaka, --śakta a. powerless, weak.
          --śakunaṃ a bad omen.
          --śalā N. of the only daughter of dhṛtarāṣṭra given in marriage to Jayadratha.
          --śāsana a. difficult to be managed or governed, intractable. (
          --naḥ) N. of one of the 100 sons of dhṛtarāṣṭra. [He was brave and warlike, but wicked and intractable. When Yudhiṣṭhira staked and lost even Draupadi, Duhśasana dragged her into the assembly by her hair and began to strip her of every clothing; but Kṛṣṇa, ever ready to help the distressed, covered her from shame and ignominy. Bhīma was so much exasperated at this dastardly act of Duhśasana that he vowed in the assembly that he would not rest till he had drunk the villain's blood. On the 16th day of the great war Bhīma encountered Duhśasana in a single combat, killed him with ease, and drank, according to his resolution, his blood to his heart's content].
          --śīla (duśśīla) a. illmannered or ill behaved, reprobate.
          --śṛṃgī a disloyal wife.
          --saṃcāra a. difficult to be passed; Pt. 1. 173.
          --ṣama (duḥṣama or duṣṣama), --sama (duḥsama or dussama) a. 1. uneven, unlike, unequal. --2. adverse, unfortunate. --3. evil, improper, bad.
          --ṣamaṃ, --samaṃ ind. ill, wickedly.
          --satvaṃ an evil being.
          --saṃdhāna, --saṃdheya a. difficult to be united or reconciled.
          --saha (dussaha) a. unbearable, irresistible, insupportable.
          --sākṣin m. a false witness.
          --sādha, --sādhya a. 1. difficult to be accomplished or managed. --2. difficult to be cured. --3. difficult to be conquered.
          --supta a. having bad dreams (in one's sleep).
          --stha, --sthita a. (written also dustha and dusthita) 1. ill-conditioned, poor, miserable. --2. suffering pain, unhappy, distressed. --3. unwell, ill. --4. unsteady, disquieted. --5. foolish, unwise, ignorant. (
          --sthaṃ ind.) badly, ill, unwell.
          --sthitiḥ f. 1. bad condition or situation, unhappiness, misery. --2. instability.
          --spṛṣṭaṃ (duḥ --duspṛṣṭaṃ) 1. slight touch or contact. --2. slight touch or action of the tongue which produces the sounds y, r, l and v. --smara a. hard or painful to remember; U. 6. 34.
          --svapnaḥ a bad dream.

duh I. 2 U. (dogdhi, dugdhe, dudoha-duduhe, adhukṣat-ta or adugdha, dhokṣyati-te, dogdhuṃ, dugdha)
     (1) To milk or squeeze out, extract (with two acc.); bhāsvaṃti ratnāni mahauṣadhīśca pṛthūpadiṣṭāṃ duduhurdharitrīṃ Ku. 1. 2; yaḥ payo dogdhi pāṣāṇaṃ sa rāmāddhūtimāptuyāt Bk. 8. 82; payo ghaṭodhnīrapi gā duhaṃti 12. 73; R. 5. 33.
     (2) To draw anything out of another (with two acc.); prāṇānduhannivātmānaṃ śokaṃ cittamavārudhat Bk. 6. 9.
     (3) To drain a thing of its contents, to make profit out of; dudoha gāṃ sa yajñāya śasyāya maghavā divaṃ R. 1. 26.
     (4) To yield or grant (any desired object); kāmāndugdhe viprakarṣatyalakṣmīṃ U. 5. 31.
     (5) To enjoy. --Caus. (dohayati-te) To cause to milk. --Desid. (dudhukṣati-te) To wish to milk; rājan dudhukṣasi yadi kṣitidhenumetāṃ Bh. 2. 46. --II. 1 P. (dohati) To hurt, pain, distress.

dugdha p. p. [duh-kta]
     (1) Milked, milked out.
     (2) Extracted, drawn out &c.
     (3) Collected, filled, full. --gdhaṃ
     (1) Milk.
     (2) The milky juice of plants.
     (3) Milking.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ, --amraṃ, --tālīyaṃ the skim of milk, cream.
          --dā a milch cow.
          --pācanaṃ a vessel for boiling milk.
          --poṣya a. living on the mother's milk (as a child), a suckling.
          --phenaḥ cream.
          --baṃdhaḥ, --baṃdhakaḥ the post to which a cow is tied before being milked.
          --bījā rice mixed with milk.
          --samudraḥ, --abdhiḥ the ocean of milk, one of the seven oceans.

dugha a. (At the end of comp. Milking, yielding, granting, as in kāmadugha q. v. --ghā A milch-cow.

dogdhṛ m. [duh-tṛc]
     (1) A cowherd, a milkman; merau sthite dogdhari dohadakṣe Ku. 1. 2.
     (2) A calf.
     (3) A panegyrist, one who writes verses for hire or reward.
     (4) One who performs anything out of interested motives (with a view to profit himself).

dogdhrī
     (1) A cow which yields milk.
     (2) A wet nurse (having much milk).
     (3) A female who gives anything (with acc.).

dogha a. Ved. Milking. --ghaḥ Milking.

dohaḥ [duh bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Milking; āścaryo gavāṃ doho'gopena Sk; Ku. 1. 2; R. 2. 28; 17. 19.
     (2) Milk.
     (3) A milk-pail.
     (4) Making profit out of anything, satisfaction, success.
     -- Comp.
          --apanayaḥ, --jaṃ milk.

dohana a. [duh bhāve lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Milking.
     (2) Yielding or granting (desired objects). --naṃ
     (1) Milking.
     (2) A milkpail. --nī A milk-pail.

dohita p. p. Milked.

dohya a. [duh karmaṇi ṇyat] To be milked, milkable. --hyaṃ Milk. --hyā A cow.

duhitṛ f. [duh dah vā tṛc] A daughter.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ a son-inlaw. (also duhituḥ patiḥ).

dū 4 P. (dūyate, dūna)
     (1) To be afflicted, suffer pain, be sorry; na dūye sātvatīsūnuryanmahyamaparādhyati Śi. 2. 11; kathamatha vaṃcayase janamanugatamasamaśarajvaradūnaṃ Gīt. 8 'afflicted or distressed &c.' see du pass
     (2) To give or cause pain.

dūtaḥ, --dūtakaḥ [cf. Uṇ. 3. 90] A messenger, an envoy, an ambassador; Chāṇ. 106.
     -- Comp.
          --mukha a. speaking by an ambassador.

dūtikā, --dūtī
     (1) A female messenger, a confidante.
     (2) A go-between, procuress.
     (3) A gossiping or mischief-making woman. (N. B. The tī of dūtī is sometimes shortened; see R. 18. 53, 19. 18; Ku. 4. 16 and Malli. thereon).

dūtyam
     (1) Employment of a messenger.
     (2) An embassy.
     (3) A message.

dūna See under du.

dūra a. (Compar. davīyas, superl. daviṣṭha) Distant, remote, far off, a long way off, long; kiṃ dūraṃ vyavasāyināṃ Chāṇ. 73; na yojanaśataṃ dūraṃ vāhyamā(nasya tṛṣṇayā H. 1. 146, 49. --raṃ Distance, remoteness. [N. B. Some of the oblique cases of dūra are used adverbially as follows:
     (a) dūraṃ
          (1) to a distance, far away, far or distant from (with abl. or gen.); grāmāt or grāmasya dūraṃ Sk.
          (2) high above.
          (3) deeply, far below.
          (4) highly, in a high degree, very much; netre dūramanaṃjane S. D.
          (5) entirely, completely; nimagnāṃ dūramaṃbhasi Ks. 10. 29; dūramuddhūtapāpāḥ Me. 55.
     (b) dūreṇa
          (1) far, from a distant place, from afar; khalaḥ kāpaṭyadoṣeṇa dūreṇaiva visṛjyate Bv. 1. 78.
          (2) by far, in a high degree; dūreṇa hyavaraṃ karma buddhiyogāddhanaṃjaya Bg. 2. 49; R. 10. 30. v. l.
     (c) dūrāt
          (1) from a distance, from afar; prakṣālanāddhi paṃkasya dūrādasparśanaṃ varaṃ; dūrādāgataḥ 'come from afar' (regarded as comp.); nadīyamabhito ... dūrātparityajyatāṃ Bh. 1. 81; R. 1. 61.
          (2) in a remote degree.
          (3) from a remote period.
     (d) dūre far, far away, in a distant place; na me dūre kiṃcitkṣaṇamapi na pārśve rathajavāt S. 1. 9; bhoḥ śroṣṭhin śirasi bhayamatidūre tatpratīkāraḥ Mu. 1; Bh. 3. 88]. (dūrīkṛ means
          (1) to remove to a distance, remove, take away; āśrame dūrīkṛtaśrame Dk. 5; Bv. 1. 122.
          (2) to deprive (one) of, separate; Mk. 9. 4.
          (3) to prevent, ward off.
          (4) to surpass, excel, distance; S. 1. 17; so dūrībhū to be away or removed, be separated from, be at a distance; dūrībhūte mayi sahacare cakravākīmivaikāṃ Me. 83
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtarita a. separated by a long distance.
          --āpātaḥ shooting from afar.
          --āplāva a. jumping or leaping far.
          --ārūḍha 1. mounted high. --2. far-advanced, intense, vehement; dūrārūḍhaḥ khalu praṇayo'sahanaḥ V. 4.
          --īritekṣaṇa a. squint-eyed.
          --gata a. 1. far removed, distant. --2. gone far, far advanced, grown intense; dūragatamanmathā'kṣameyaṃ kālaharaṇasya S. 3.
          --grahaṇaṃ the supernatural faculty of seeing objects though situated at a distance.
          --darśana, --dṛś a. far-seeing. (
          --naḥ), --m. 1. a vulture. --2. a learned man, a Pandit. -- (
          --naṃ) prudence, foresight.
          --darśin a. farseeing, foresighted, prudent. (--m.) 1. a vulture. --2. a learned man. --3. a seer, prophet, sage.
          --dṛṣṭiḥ 1. longsightedness. --2. prudence, foresight.
          --pātaḥ 1. a long fall. --2. a long flight. --3. falling from a great height.
          --pātra a. having a wide channel, or bed (as a river.)
          --pāra a. 1. very broad (as a river). --2. difficult to be crossed. (
          --raḥ) a broad river. (
          --rā) an epithet of the Ganges.
          --baṃdhu a. banished from wife and kinsmen; Me. 6.
          --bhāj a. distant, remote.
          --bhinna a. wounded deeply.
          --vartin a. being in the distance, far removed. remote, distant.
          --vastraka a. naked.
          --vāsin a. outlandish.
          --vilaṃbin a. hanging far down.
          --vedhin a. piercing from afar.
          --saṃstha a. being at a distance, remote, far away; kaṃṭhāśleṣapraṇayini jane kiṃ punardūrasaṃsthe Me. 3.
          --stha, -sthita a. remote, far off.

dūrataḥ ind.
     (1) From afar, from a distance; tadrājyaṃ dūratastyajet Pt. 569; vahati ca parītāpaṃ doṣaṃ vimuṃcati dūrataḥ Gīt. 2.
     (2) Far away, to a distance; Pt. 1. 9.

dūretya a. Being far, come from afar.

dūryam Feces, ordure.

dūrvā Bent grass, panic grass (con sidered as a sacred article of worship and offered to deities &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ a soft blade of Dūrvā grass; V. 3. 12.

dūlikā, dūlī The Indigo plant.

dūśyam A tent.

dūṣaka, dūṣaṇa, dūṣya &c. See under duṣ.

dṛ I. 6 A. (driyate, dṛta; desid. didariṣate) (rarely used by itself, usually found in combination with ā)
     (1) To respect, honor, worship, reverence; dvitīyādriyate sadā H. Pr. 7; Mv. 7. 3; Bk. 6. 55.
     (2) To care for, mind; usually with na.
     (3) To apply or devote oneself closely to, have regard for; bhūri śrutaṃ śāśvatamādriyaṃte Māl. 1. 5.
     (4) To desire. --II. 5 P. (dṛṇoti) To hurt, kill.

dṛta a. Respected, honoured. --tā Cumin.

dṛtyam Respect.

dṛṃh I. 1 P. (dṛṃhati, dṛṃhita)
     (1) To make firm, strengthen.
     (2) To make fast, fasten.
     (3) To fortify. --II.
     (1) A. (dṛṃhate)
     (1) To be firm.
     (2) To grow or increase.

dṛṃhaṇam Ved. Fortifying, &c.

dṛṃhita p. p.
     (1) Made firm, strengthened.
     (2) Grown, increased.

dṛkam A hole, an opening.

dṛḍha a. [dṛṃh-kta ni- nalopaḥ]
     (1) Fixed, firm, strong, unswerving, untiring; Bg. 15. 3; H. 3. 65; R. 13. 78.
     (2) Solid, massive.
     (3) Confirmed, established.
     (4) Steady, persevering; Bg. 7. 28.
     (5) Firmly fastened, shut fast.
     (6) Compact.
     (7) Tight, close, dense.
     (8) Strong, intense, great, excessive, mighty, severe, powerful; tasyāḥ kariṣyāmi dṛḍhānutāpaṃ Ku. 3. 8; R. 11. 46.
     (9) Tough. (10) Difficult to be drawn or bent (as a bow).
     (11) Durable.
     (12) Reliable.
     (13) Certain, sure.
     (14) Hard-hearted, cruel; U. 4.
     (15) Secure.
     (16) (In Math.) Reduced to the smallest number by a common divisor. --ḍhaṃ
     (1) Iron.
     (2) A stronghold, fortress.
     (3) Excess, abundance, high degree.
     (4) Anything fixed or firm or solid. --ḍhaṃ ind.
     (1) Firmly, fast.
     (2) Very much, excessively, vehemently.
     (3) Thoroughly.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. strong-limbed, stout. (
          --gaṃ) a diamond.
          --āyudhaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --iṣudhi a. having a strong quiver.
          --kāṃḍaḥ, --graṃthiḥ, --patraḥ a bamboo.
          --kārin a. resolute.
          --gātrikā granulated sugar.
          --grāhin a. seizing firmly, pursuing an object with untiring energy, resolute.
          --daṃśakaḥ a shark.
          --dvāra a. having the gates well-secured.
          --dhanaḥ an epithet of Buddha.
          --dhanvan, --dhanvin m. a good archer.
          --niścaya a. 1. of firm resolve, resolute, firm. --2. confirmed.
          --nīraḥ, --phalaḥ the cocoanut tree.
          --pāda a. resolute. (
          --daḥ) an epithet of Brahmā.
          --pratijña a. firm to a promise, true to one's word, faithful to an agreement.
          --pratyayaḥ firm confidence, settled conviction
          --prarohaḥ the holy figtree.
          --prahārin a. 1. striking hard. --2. hitting firmly, shooting surely.
          --bhakti a. faithful, devoted.
          --mati a. resolute, strong-willed, firm.
          --muṣṭi a. close-fisted, miserly, niggardly. (
          --ṣṭiḥ) a sword.
          --mūlaḥ, --vṛkṣaḥ the cocoa-nut tree.
          --loman m. a wild hog.
          --vairin m. a relentless foe, an inveterate enemy.
          --vrata a. 1. firm in religious austerity. --2. firm, faithful. --3. persevering, persistent.
          --saṃdhi a. 1. firmly united, closely joined. --2. close, compact. --3. thick-set.
          --sauhṛda a. firm in friendship.

dṛḍhayati Den. P. To make firm, confirm, strengthen; cf. draḍhayati.

dṛḍhīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To fix, make strong.
     (2) To corroborate, confirm.

dṛḍhīkaraṇaṃ, --kāraḥ Confirmation, corroboration.

dṛtiḥ m. f. [vṝ-vidāraṇe tikit hrasvaśca]
     (1) A leathern bag for holding water &c.; Ms. 2. 99; Y. 3. 268.
     (2) A fish.
     (3) A skin, hide.
     (4) A pair of bellows.
     (5) Ved. A cloud.
     (6) A bull's dewlap.
     -- Comp.
          --hariḥ a dog.
          --hāraḥ a watercarrier.

dṛdhram Ved. An obstruction to the egress or door of a cow-pen.

dṛnphūḥ f.
     (1) A snake.
     (2) Thunder-bolt.
     (3) A wheel. --m. The sun.

dṛnbhūḥ m.
     (1) The thunderbolt(of Indra).
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A king.
     (4) Yama, god of death (aṃtaka).

dṛp I. 1 P., 10 U. (darpati, darpayatite) To light, inflame, kindle. --II. 4 P. (dṛpyati, dṛpta)
     (1) To be proud, be arrogant or insolent; sa kila nātmanā dṛpyati U. 5; dṛpyaddānavadūyamānadiviṣaddurvāraduḥkhāpadāṃ Gīt. 9.
     (2) To be greatly delighted.
     (3) To be wild or extravagant.
     (4) To be mad or foolish. --III. 6 P. (dṛpati) To pain, torture.

darpaḥ [dṛp bhāve ghañ kartari ac vā]
     (1) Pride, arrogance, insolence, haughtiness; Ms. 8. 217; Bg. 16. 4.
     (2) Rashness.
     (3) Vanity, conceit.
     (4) Sullenness, sulkiness.
     (5) Heat.
     (6) Musk.
     -- Comp.
          --ādhmāta a. inflated or puffed up with pride.
          --kala a. uttering a proud and agreeable sound; Ku. 1. 56.
          --chid, hara a. humbling, humiliating.
          --daḥ, han m. N. of Viṣṇu.

darpaka a. Making proud, inflaming. --kaḥ N. of Kāmadeva, the god of love.

darpaṇaḥ [dṛp-lbu]
     (1) A looking-glass, mirror; locanābhyāṃ vihīnasya darpaṇaḥ kiṃ kariṣyati Chāṇ. 109; Ku. 7. 26; R. 10. 10; 14. 37.
     (2) N. of a mountain inhabited by Kubera. --ṇaṃ
     (1) The eye.
     (2) Kindling, inflaming, making proud.

darpita, darpin a. (ṇī f.) Proud, arrogant, haughty.

dṛpta a. [dṛp-kta]
     (1) Proud, arrogant.
     (2) Mad, wild, frantic. --ptaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

dṛpra a.
     (1) Proud, arrogant.
     (2) Strong, powerful.

dṛbh I. 1. 6. P., 10 U. (darbhati, dṛbhati, darbhayati-te) To tie, fasten, string together, arrange. --II. 10 U. (darbhayati-te) To fear, be afraid of.

dṛbdha p. p.
     (1) Tied, strung.
     (2) Afraid. --bdhaṃ
     (1) A string.
     (2) Fear.

dṛbdhiḥ f. Stringing together, arranging.

dṛṃp(ph) 6 P. (dṛṃpa-pha-ti) To afflict, torture, hurt.

dṛṃphū f. A snake in general; cf. dṛnphū.

dṛś 1 P. (paśyati, dadarśa, adarśat, adrākṣīt, drakṣyati, draṣṭuṃ, dṛṣṭa)
     (1) To see, look at, observe, view, behold, perceive; drakṣyasi bhrātṛjāyāṃ Me. 10, 19; R. 3. 42.
     (2) To look upon, regard, consider; ātmavatsarvabhūteṣu yaḥ paśyati sa paṃḍitaḥ Chāṇ. 5; Pt. 1. 58.
     (3) To visit, wait or call upon; pratyudyayau muniṃ draṣṭuṃ brahmāṇamiva vāsavaḥ Rām.
     (4) To perceive with the mind, learn, know, understand; Ms. 1. 110, 12. 23.
     (5) To inspect, discover.
     (6) To search, investigate, examine, decide; Y. 1. 327, 2. 305.
     (7) To see by divine intuition; ṛṣirdarśanātstomān dadarśa Nir.
     (8) To look helplessly on (without power to prevent what is taking place). --Pass. (dṛśyate)
     (1) To be seen or perceived, become visible or manifested; tava taccāru vapurna dṛśyate Ku. 4. 18, 3; R. 3. 40; Bk. 3. 19; Me. 112.
     (2) To appear or look like, seem, look; R. 3. 34.
     (3) To be found or seen, occur (as in a book &c.); dvitīyāmreḍitāṃteṣu tato'nyatrāpi dṛśyate Sk.; iti prayogo bhāṣye dṛśyate.
     (4) To be considered or regarded; sāmānyapratipattipūrvakamiyaṃ dāreṣu dṛśyā tvayā S. 4. 16. --Caus. (darśayati-te)
     (1) To cause any one (acc., dat. or gen.) to see anything (acc.), to show, point out; darśaya taṃ caurasiṃhaṃ Pt. 1; darśayati bhaktān hariṃ Sk.; pratyabhijñānaratnaṃ ca rāmāyādarśayatkṛtī R. 12. 64; 1. 47; 13. 24; Ms. 4. 59.
     (2) To prove, demonstrate; Bk. 15. 12.
     (3) To exhibit, display, make visible; tadeva me darśaya deva rūpaṃ Bg. 11. 45.
     (4) To produce (as in a court of justice); Ms. 8. 158.
     (5) To adduce (as evidence); atra śrutiṃ darśayati.
     (6) (Atm.) To show oneself, appear, show oneself or anything belonging to oneself; bhavo bhaktān darśayate Sk. (i. e. svayameva); svāṃ gṛhe'pi vanitāṃ kathamāsyaṃ thīnimīli khalu darśayitāhe N. 5. 71; sa saṃtataṃ darśayate gatasmayaḥ kṛtādhipatyāmiva sādhu baṃdhutāṃ Ki. 1. 10; Ku. 4. 25. --Desid. (didṛkṣate) To wish or desire to see.

darśa a. [dṛś bhāve ghañ] Seeing, looking. --rśaḥ
     (1) Sight, view, appearance, (usually in comp.); durdarśaḥ, priyadarśaḥ &c.
     (2) Ocular evidence or proof.
     (3) The day of the new moon (amāvāsyā); ekatrasthitacaṃdrārkadarśanād darśa ucyate.
     (4) The new moon.
     (5) The half-monthly sacrifice, a sacrificial rite performed on the day of the new moon.
     -- Comp.
          --paḥ a god.
          --yāminī the night of the new moon.
          --vipad m. the moon.

darśaka a. (kā or rśikā f.) [dṛa-nic ṇvul]
     (1) Seeing, observing, &c.
     (2) Showing, pointing out; Ku. 6. 52.
     (3) Examining, looking out for.
     (4) Explaining, making clear, elucidating. --kaḥ
     (1) One who shows or exhibits.
     (2) A door-keeper, warder.
     (3) A skilful man, one proficient in any art or science.

darśata a. [dṛś karbhaṇi atac] Ved.
     (1) Visible.
     (2) Beautiful. --taḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The moon.

darśana a. [dṛś-lyuṭ]
     (1) Seeing, looking at, (at the end of comp.); deva-, dharma-, &c.
     (2) Showing, exhibiting.
     (3) Demonstrating, teaching. --naṃ
     (1) Looking at, seeing, observing; R. 3. 41.
     (2) Knowing, understanding, perceiving, foreseeing; R. 8. 72.
     (3) Sight, vision; ciṃtājaḍaṃ darśanaṃ S. 4. 5.
     (4) The eye.
     (5) Inspection, examination.
     (6) Showing, displaying, exhibition.
     (7) Becoming visible.
     (8) Visiting, paying a visit, a visit; devadarśanaṃ.
     (9) (Hence) Going into the presence of, audience; mārīcaste darśanaṃ vitarati S. 7; rājadarśanaṃ me kāraya &c. (10) Colour, aspect, appearance, semblance; Bg. 11. 10; R. 3. 57.
     (11) Appearance, producing (in court); Ms. 8. 158, 160.
     (12) A vision, dream.
     (13) Discernment, understanding, intellect.
     (14) Judgment, apprehension.
     (15) Religious knowledge.
     (16) A doctrine or theory prescribed in a system.
     (17) A system of philosophy; as in sarvadarśanasaṃgraha.
     (18) A mirror.
     (19) Virtue, moral merit. (20) Opinion.
     (21) Intention.
     (22) Demonstration.
     (23) A sacrifice.
     -- Comp.
          --īpsu a. anxious to see.
          --ujjvalā the great white jasmine.
          --pathaḥ the range of sight or vision, horizon; mama darśanapathamavatīrṇaḥ S. 3 'crossed my sight'.
          --pratibhūḥ, --prātibhāvyaṃ a bail or surety for appearance.

darśanīya pot. p. [dṛś-anīyar]
     (1) To be seen, visible, observable, perceptible.
     (2) Fit to be seen, goodlooking, handsome, beautiful; aho darśanīyānyakṣarāṇi Mu. 1; Pt. 4. 38.
     (3) To be produced in a court of justice.
     -- Comp.
          --mānin a. conceited, proud, vain.

darśayitṛ a. [dṛa-nic tṛc]
     (1) Showing, exhibiting.
     (2) Directing, guiding. --m.
     (1) A warder, door-keeper.
     (2) A guide (in general).

darśita p. p. [dṛś-ṇic-kta]
     (1) Shown, displayed, manifested, exhibited.
     (2) Explained, demonstrated, proved.
     (3) Apparent, visible.

darśin a. [dṛa-nini] (At the end of comp.) Seeing, perceiving, viewing, observing, knowing, understanding, showing, exhibiting, &c.

dṛś a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Seeing, superintending, surveying, viewing.
     (2) Discerning, knowing.
     (3) Looking like, appearing. --f.
     (1) Seeing, viewing, perceiving.
     (2) The eye, sight; saṃdadhe dṛśamudagratārakāṃ R. 11. 69.
     (3) Knowledge.
     (4) The number 'two'.
     (5) The aspect of a planet.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyakṣaḥ the sun.
          --karṇaḥ a snake.
          --kṣayaḥ decay or loss of sight, becoming dimsighted.
          --gocara a. visible. (
          --raḥ) the range of sight.
          --jalaṃ tears.
          --kṣepaḥ, --jyā the sine of the zenith-distance.
          --tulya a. coincident with observation, or an observed place (in astr.).
          --pathaḥ the range of sight.
          --pātaḥ a look, glance.
          --priyā beauty, splendour.
          --bhaktiḥ f. a look of love, an amorous glance.
          --laṃbanaṃ vertical parallax.
          --viṣaḥ a snake.
          --vṛttaṃ a vertical circle.
          --śaktiḥ f. the faculty of perception.
          --śrutiḥ a snake, serpent.

dṛśatiḥ f. Ved. Looking, seeing.

dṛśā The eye.
     -- Comp.
          --ākāṃkṣyaṃ a lotus.
          --upamaṃ a white lotus.

dṛśānaḥ [dṛś-ānac kicca]
     (1) A spiritual teacher.
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (3) A guardian of the world (lokapāla). --naṃ Light, brightness.

dṛśiḥ --śī f.
     (1) The eye.
     (2) A Śāstra.
     (3) Light. --śiḥ f. Seeing, viewing.

dṛśīka a. [dṛś karmaṇi bā- īṃkak]
     (1) Worthy of regard, fit to be seen, conspicuous.
     (2) Beautiful. --kā, --kaṃ Appearance, becoming manifest.

dṛśya pot. p. [dṛś karmaṇi kyap]
     (1) To be seen, visible.
     (2) To be looked at.
     (3) Beautiful, pleasing to the sight, lovely; R. 6. 31; Ku. 7. 64. --śyaṃ A visible object; M. 1. 9.

dṛśvan a. (rī f) [dṛś-kvanip] (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Seeing, perceiving.
     (2) (Fig.) Familiar or conversant with; as in śrutapāradṛśvā R. 5. 24; vidyānāṃ pāradṛśvanaḥ 1. 23.

dṛṣṭa p. p. [dṛś-karbhaṇi-kta]
     (1) Seen, looked, perceived, observed, beheld.
     (2) Visible, observable.
     (3) Regarded, considered.
     (4) Occurring, found.
     (5) Appearing, manifested.
     (6) Known, learned, understood.
     (7) Determined, decided, fixed.
     (8) Valid.
     (9) Allotted. (10) Experienced, suffered, endured, felt.
     (11) Treated of. See dṛś. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Perception, observation.
     (2) Danger from dacoits.
     -- Comp.
          --adṛṣṭa a. 1. seen for the first time. --2. scarcely or hardly seen.
          --aṃtaḥ, --taṃ 1. an example, illustration, parable; pūrṇaścaṃdrodayākāṃkṣī dṛṣṭāṃto'tra mahārṇavaḥ Śi. 2. 31. --2. (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which an assertion or statement is illustrated by an example; (distinguished from upamā and prativastūpamā; see K. P. 10 and R. G. ad. loc.). --3. a Śāstra or science. --4. death; (cf. diṣṭāṃta). --artha a. 1. having the object or meaning obvious or quite apparent. --2. practical. --3. having a clear idea about anything.
          --kaṣṭa, --duḥkha &c. a. one who has experienced or suffered misery, inured to hardships.
          --kūṭaṃ a riddle, an enigma.
          --doṣa a. 1. found fault with, considered to be faulty; S. 2. --2. vicious. --3. exposed, detected.
          --pṛṣṭha a. running from a battle-field.
          --pratyaya a. 1. having confidence manifested. --2. convinced.
          --rajas f. a girl arrived at puberty.
          --vyatikara a. 1. one who has experienced a misfortune. --2. one who foresees evil.

dṛṣṭiḥ f. [dṛś-bhāve ktin]
     (1) Seeing, viewing.
     (2) Seeing with the mental eye.
     (3) Knowing, knowledge.
     (4) The eye, the faculty of seeing, sight; kenedānīṃ dṛṣṭiṃ vilobhayāmi V. 2; calāpāṃgāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ spṛśasi S. 1. 24; dṛṣṭistṛṇīkṛtajagattrayasattvasārā U. 6. 19; R. 2. 28; S. 4. 2; deva dṛṣṭiprasādaṃ kuru H. 1.
     (5) A look, glance.
     (6) View, notion; kṣudradṛṣṭireṣā K. 173; etāṃ dṛṣṭimavaṣṭabhya Bg. 16. 9.
     (7) Consideration, regard.
     (8) Intellect, wisdom, knowledge.
     (9) (In astrol.) Aspect of the stars. (10) Light (prakāśa).
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt n.,
          --kṛtaṃ a kind of lily (sthalapadma). --kṣepaḥ a glance, look.
          --guṇaḥ a mark for archers, butt, target.
          --gocara a. within the range of sight, in sight, visible. (
          --raḥ) the range of sight.
          --pātaḥ 1. a look, glance; mārge mṛgaprekṣiṇi dṛṣṭipātaṃ kuruṣva R. 13. 18; Bh. 1. 11, 94; 3. 66. --2. act of seeing, function of the eye; rajaḥkaṇaurvighnitadṛṣṭipātāḥ Ku. 3. 31 (Malli. interprets-unnecessarily in our opinion
          --pāta by prabhā). --pathaḥ the range of sight.
          --pūta a. 'kept pure by the sight', watched that no impurity is contracted; dṛṣṭipūtaṃ nyasetpādaṃ Ms. 6. 46.
          --baṃdhuḥ a fire-fly.
          --vikṣepaḥ a side-glance, leer, oblique look.
          --vidyā optics.
          --vibhramaḥ an amorous glance, a coquettish look; S. 1. 23.
          --viṣaḥ a serpent.

dṛṣṭin a.
     (1) Having an insight into, or familiar with anything.
     (2) Having the looks or thoughts directed upon anything, absorbed in the contemplation of.

dṛśad f. A stone; see dṛṣad.

dṛṣad f. [dṝ-adi ṣuk hrasvaśca; cf. Uṇ. 1. 128]
     (1) A rock, large stone, or stone in general; Me. 55; R. 4. 74; Bh. 1. 38.
     (2) A mill-stone, a flat stone for grinding condiments upon.
     -- Comp.
          --upalaḥ a grind-stone for grinding condiments upon. (dṛṣadimāṣakaḥ a tax raised from mill-stones).

dṛṣadvat a. Stony, rocky. --tī
     (1) N. of a river flowing into the Sarasvatī and forming the eastern boundary of the Āryāvarta; cf. Ms. 2. 17.
     (2) An epithet of Durgā.

dṛh, dṛṃh 1 P. (darhati, dṛṃhati)
     (1) To be fixed or firm.
     (2) To grow, increase.
     (3) To prosper.
     (4) To fasten.

dṝ I. 4. 9. P. (dīryaṃti, dṛṇāti, dīrṇa)
     (1) To burst or break asunder, split open.
     (2) To cause to burst, tear, divide, rend, sunder, pull to pieces. --Pass. (dīryate)
     (1) To burst, break open, be sundered; kathamevaṃ pralapatāṃ vaḥ sahasradhā na dīrṇamanayā jihvayā Ve. 3.
     (2) To separate.
     (3) To be afraid, to fear. --Caus. (da-dā-rayati-te)
     (1) To split, tear asunder, divide by digging.
     (2) To disperse, scatter. --II. 1 P. (darati) To fear, be afraid of. (With prepositions like ava, ā, pra, &c. the root does not change its meaning).

dīrṇa p. p. [dṝ-kta]
     (1) Torn, rent, split, &c.
     (2) Frightened, afraid. --rṇaṃ
     (1) Cutting, a rent.
     (2) Fear.

de 1 A. (dayate, dāta, desid. ditsate) To protect, cherish.

dedīpyamāna a. Shining intensely, bright, blazing, resplendent.

deya See under dā.

dev 1 A. (devate)
     (1) To sport, play, gamble.
     (2) To lament.
     (3) To shine.
     (4) To throw, cast. --WITH pari to lament, mourn.

deva a. (vī f.) [div-ac]
     (1) Divine, celestial; Bg. 11. 11; Ms. 12. 117.
     (2) Shining; yajñasya devamṛtvijaṃ Rv. 1. 1. 1.
     (3) Fit to be worshipped or honoured. --vaḥ
     (1) A god, deity; eko devaḥ keśavo vā śivo vā Bh. 3. 120.
     (2)
          (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in dvādaśa varṣāṇi devo na vavarṣa.
          (b) A cloud.
     (3) A divine man, Brāhmaṇa.
     (4) A king, ruler, as in manuṣyadeva.
     (5) A title affixed to the names of Brāhmaṇas; as in goviṃdadeva, puruṣottamadeva &c.
     (6) (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); tataśca deva Ve. 4; yathājñāpayati devaḥ &c.
     (7) Quicksilver.
     (8) The Supreme Spirit.
     (9) A fool. (10) A child.
     (11) A man following any particular business.
     (12) A lover.
     (13) Emulation.
     (14) Sport, play. --vaṃ An organ of sense. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ a partial incarnation of god.
          --agāraḥ, --raṃ a temple.
          --aṃganā a celestial damsel, an apsaras.
          --atidevaḥ, --adhidevaḥ 1. the highest god. --2. an epithet of
     (1) Śiva.
     (2) Buddha.
     (3) Viṣṇu. --adhipaḥ 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. the supreme god. --anucaraḥ, --anuyāyin m. an attendant or follower of a god. --aṃdhas n., --annaṃ 1. the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. --2. food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms. 5. 7 and Kull. thereon. --abhīṣṭa a. 1. liked by or dear to gods. --2. sacred or dedicated to a deity. (--ṣṭā) piper betel. --araṇyaṃ the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; R. 10. 80. --ariḥ a demon. --arcanaṃ, --nā the worship of gods. --āvasathaḥ a temple. --aśvaḥ an epithet of uccaiḥśravas, the horse of Indra. --ākrīḍaḥ 'the garden of the gods,' Nandana garden. --ājīvaḥ, --ājīvin m. 1. an attendant upon an idol. --2. a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. --ātman a. 1. consecrated, holy, sacred. --2. of a divine nature. (--m.) 1. the divine soul. --2. the holy fig-tree. --āyatanaṃ a temple; Ms. 4. 46. --āyudhaṃ 1. a divine weapon. --2. rainbow. --āyuṣaṃ the life-time of a god. --ālayaḥ 1. heaven. --2. a temple. --āvāsaḥ 1. heaven. --2. the holy fig-tree (aśvattha). --3. a temple. --4. the Sumeru mountain. --āhāraḥ nectar, ambrosia. --ij a. (nom. sing. deveṭ-ḍ) worshipping the gods. --ijyaḥ an epithet of Bṛhaspati, preceptor of the gods. --iṃdraḥ 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. of Śiva. --iṣṭa a. dear to gods. (--ṣṭaḥ) bdellium. (--ṣṭā) the wild lime tree. --īśaḥ an epithet of
     (1) Indra.
     (2) Śiva.
     (3) Viṣṇu.
     (4) Brahman. (--śī) N. of Durgā; also of Devakī, mother of Kṛṣṇa. --īśvaraḥ N. of
     (1) Śiva.
     (2) Indra. --udyānaṃ 1. divine garden. --2. the Nandana garden. --3. a garden near a temple. --ṛṣiḥ (devarṣiḥ) 1. a deified saint, divine sage, such as atri, bhṛgu, pulastya, aṃgiras &c., evaṃvādini devarṣau Ku. 6. 84 (i. e. aṃgiras). --2. an epithet of Nārada; Bg. 10. 13, 26. --okas n. the mountain Sumeru. --kanyā a celestial damsel, a nymph. --karman n., --kāryaṃ 1. a religious act or rite. --2. the worship of gods. --kāṣṭhaṃ the Devadāru tree. --kuṭaṃ a temple. --kuṃḍaṃ a natural spring. --kulaṃ 1. a temple. --2. a race of gods. --3. a group of gods. --kulyā the celestial Ganges. --kusumaṃ cloves. --khātaṃ, --khātakaṃ 1. a natural hollow among mountains. --2. a natural pond or reservoir; Ms. 4. 203. --3. a pond near a temple. -bila a cavern, chasm. --gaṇaḥ a class of gods. --gaṇikā an apsaras; q. v. --gaṃdharvaḥ an epithet of Nārada. (--rvaṃ) a particular mode of singing. --garjanaṃ thunder. --gāyanaḥ a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. --giriḥ N. of a mountain; Me. 42. --guruḥ 1. an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). --2. of Bṛhaspati (the preceptor of gods). --guhī an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. --guhyaṃ 1. a secret only known by gods. --2. death. --gṛhaṃ 1. a temple. --2. the place of a king. --3. a planetary sphere. --caryā the worship or service of gods. --cikitsakau (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. --chaṃdaḥ a pearl-necklace having a hundred strings. --janaḥ the gods collectively. --jātaṃ a class of gods. --jāmiḥ f. a sister of the gods. --taruḥ 1. the holy fig-tree. --2. one of the trees of paradise, (i. e. maṃdāra, pārijāta, saṃtāna, kalpa, and haricaṃdana). --3. the tree in a village (caityavṛkṣa) where the villagers usually meet. --tāḍaḥ 1. fire. --2. an epithet of Rāhu. --tātaḥ 1. a sacrifice. --2. N. of Kaśyapa. --tātiḥ 1. a god. --2. divine service. --tīrthaṃ 1. the right moment for the worship of gods. --2. the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. --datta a. 1. god-given, granted by the gods. --2. given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (--ttaḥ) 1. N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; Bg. 1. 15. --2. a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); devadattaḥ pacati, pīno devadatto divā na bhuṃkte &c. --3. one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; devadatto vijṛṃbhaṇe, -agrajaḥ N. of Buddha. --darśana a. visiting the gods. (--naḥ) N. of Nārada. --dāru m. n. a species of pine; Ku. 1. 54; R. 2. 36. --dāsaḥ a servant or attendant upon a temple. (--sī) 1. a female in the service of gods or a temple. --2. a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). --3. the wild citron tree. --dīpaḥ the eye. --duṃdubhiḥ 1. a divine drum. --2. the holy basil with red flowers. --3. an epithet of Indra. --dūtaḥ a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. --devaḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. of Śiva; Ku. 1. 52. --3. of Viṣṇu. --droṇī a procession with idols. --dharmaḥ a religious duty or office. --dhānī the city of Indra. --nadī 1. the Ganges. --2. any holy river; Ms. 2. 17. --naṃdin m. N. of the door-keeper of Indra. --nāgarī N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. --nāthaḥ Śiva. --nikāyaḥ 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven. --niṃdakaḥ a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. --nirmita a. 'god-created', natural. --patiḥ an epithet of Indra. --pādāḥ 'the royal feet or presence,' an honorific term for a king; devapādāḥ pramāṇam. --pathaḥ 1. 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament. --2. the milky way. --paśuḥ any animal consecrated to a deity. --pātraṃ an epithet of Agni. --pur, --purī f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. --pūjyaḥ an epithet of Bṛhaspati. --pratikṛtiḥ f., --pratimā an idol, the image of a deity. --praśnaḥ 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. --priyaḥ 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (devānāṃpriyaḥ an irreg. comp. meaning 1. a goat. --2. a fool, idiot like a brute beast, as in tepyatātparyajñā devānāṃpriyāḥ K. P. --3. an ascetic (who renounces the world). --baliḥ an oblation to the gods. --brahman m. an epithet of Nārada. --brāhmaṇaḥ 1. a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. --2. a venerable Brāhmaṇa. --bhavanaṃ 1. the heaven. --2. a temple. --3. the holy fig-tree. --bhū m. a god. (--f.) heaven. --bhūmiḥ f. heaven. --bhūtiḥ f. an epithet of the Ganges. --bhūyaṃ divinity, godhead. --bhṛt m. an epithet 1. of Viṣṇu. --2. of Indra. --bhojyam nectar. --maṇiḥ 1. the jewel of Viṣṇu called kaustubha. --2. the sun. --3. a curl of hair on a horse's neck. --mātṛ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. --mātṛka a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother,' watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); deśo nadyaṃbuvṛṣṭyaṃbusaṃpannavrīhipālitaḥ . syānnadīmātṛko devamātṛkaśca yathākramaṃ .. Ak.; cf. also vitanvati kṣemamadevamātṛkāḥ (i. e. nadīmātṛkāḥ) cirāya tasmin kurabaścakāṃsate Ki. 1. 17. --mānakaḥ the jewel of Viṣṇu called kaustubha. --māsaḥ the eighth month of pregnancy. --muniḥ a divine sage. --yajanaṃ a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; devayajanasaṃbhave sīte U. 4. --yaji a. making oblations to gods. --yajñaḥ a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms. 3. 81, 85; and paṃcayajña also). --yajyaṃ, --yajyā a sacrifice. --yātrā 'an idol-procession', any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession. --yānaṃ, --rathaḥ a celestial car. --yugaṃ 1. the first of the four ages of the world; also called kṛtayuga. --2. an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. --yoniḥ 1. a superhuman being, a demigod. --2. a being of divine origin. --3. fuel used in kindling fire; (f. also). --yoṣā an apsaras. --rahasyaṃ a divine mystery. --rāj, --rājaḥ 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. a king. --3. N. of Buddha. --latā the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. --liṃgaṃ the image or statue of a deity. --lokaḥ heaven, paradise; Ms. 4. 182. --vaktraṃ an epithet of fire. --vartman n. the sky. --vardhakiḥ, --śilpin m. Viśvakarman, the architeet of gods. --vāṇī 'a divine voice', a voice from heaven. --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Agni. --vidyā 1. divine science. --2. the science of Nirukta or etymology. --vibhāgaḥ the northern hemisphere. --viś f., --viśā a deity. --vītiḥ food of the gods. --vṛkṣaḥ the Mandāra tree. --vyacas a. Ved. occupied by the gods. --vrataṃ 1. a religious observance, any religious vow. --2. the favourite food of the gods. (--taḥ) an epithet of 1. Bhīṣma. --2. Kārtikeya. --śatruḥ a demon. --śunī an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. --śekhara the damanaka tree. --śeṣaṃ the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. --śrīḥ m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. --śrutaḥ an epithet of 1. Viṣṇu. --2. Nārada. --3. a sacred treatise. --4. a god in general. --saṃdha a. divine. --sabhā 1. an assembly of the gods (sudharman). --2. a council of a king, council-chamber. --3. a gamblinghouse. --sabhyaḥ 1. a gambler. --2. a frequenter of gaming-houses. --3. an attendant on a deity. --4. the keeper of a gambling-house. --sāyujyaṃ identification or unification with a deity conjunction with the gods, deification. --siṃhaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --suṣiḥ a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. udāna. --sṛṣṭā an intoxicating drink. --senā 1. the army of gods. --2. N. of the wife of Skanda; skaṃdena sākṣādiva devasenāṃ R. 7. 1; (Malli.: --devasenā = skaṃdapatnī; perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). -patiḥ, -priyaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya. --svaṃ 'property of gods,' property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; yaddhanaṃ yajñaśīlānāṃ devasvaṃ tadvidurbudhāḥ Ms. 11. 20, 26. -apaharaṇaṃ sacrilege. --havis n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. --hūtiḥ f. 1. invocation of the gods. --2. N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. --heḍanaṃ an offence against the gods. --hetiḥ a divine weapon.

devaka a. [diva-ṇvul]
     (1) Sporting, playing.
     (2) Divine, godlike, celestial. --kaḥ (at the end of comp.) A god, deity.

devakī N. of a daughter of Devaka and wife of Vasudeva and mother of Kṛṣṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --naṃdanaḥ, --putraḥ, --mātṛ m.
          --sūnuḥ, epithets of Kṛ, ṣṇa.

devakīya, devakya a. Divine, godlike.

devatā
     (1) Divine dignity or powerf divinity.
     (2) A deity, god; Ku. 1. 1.
     (3) The image of a deity.
     (4) An idol.
     (5) An organ of sense.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraḥ, --raṃ, --āgāraḥ, --raṃ, --gṛhaṃ --sthānaṃ a temple.
          --adhipaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --abhyarcanaṃ worshipping a deity.
          --ātman a. of a divine nature. Ku. 1. 1.
          --āyatanaṃ, --ālayaḥ, --veśman n. a temple or chapel.
          --pratimā the image of a god, an idol.
          --snānaṃ the ablution of an idol.

devatya a.
     (1) Having as one's deity; as in agnidevatya.
     (2) Sacred to a deity.

devadryaṃc a. (drīcī f.) Adoring a deity.

devan m. The younger brother of a husband.

devanaḥ [dīvyatyanena div karaṇe lyuṭ] A die. --naṃ
     (1) Beauty, splendour, lustre.
     (2) Gaming, gambling, a game at dice.
     (3) Play, sport, pastime.
     (4) A pleasure-ground, a garden.
     (5) A lotus.
     (6) Emulation, desire to excel.
     (7) Affair, business.
     (8) Praise.
     (9) Going, motion. (10) Grief, lamentation, sorrow. --nā
     (1) Gambling, a game at dice.
     (2) Sport, pastime.
     (3) Lamentation.

devayā N. of the daughter of Śukra, preceptor of the Asuras. [She fell in love with Kacha, her father's pupil, but he rejected her advances. On this she cursed the youth, who in return cursed her that she should become the wife of a Kshatriya; (see kaca). Once upon a time Devayānī and her companion Śarmiṣṭhā--the daughter of Vṛṣaparvan, the king of the Daityas, went to bathe keeping their clothes on the shore. But the god Wind changed their clothes, and when they were dressed they began to quarrel about the change until Śarmiṣṭhā so far lost her temper that she slapped Devayānī's face, and threw her into a well. There she remained until she was seen and rescued by Yayāti, who, with the consent of her father, married her, and Śarmiṣṭhā became her servant as a recompense for her insulting conduct towards her. Devayānī lived happily with Yayāti for some years and bore him two sons, Yadu and Turvasu. Subsequently her husband became enamoured of Śarmiṣṭha, and Devayāni, feeling herself aggrieved, abruptly left her husband and went home to her father, who at her request condemned Yayāti with the infirmity of old age; see Yayāti also].

devayu a.
     (1) Pious, holy, virtuous.
     (2) Attending sacred festivals. --yuḥ A god.

devaraḥ A husband's brother(elder or younger); Ms. 3. 55; 9. 59; Y. 1. 68.

devalaḥ
     (1) An attendant upon an idol, a low Brāhmaṇa who subsists upon the offerings made to an idol.
     (2) A virtuous man.
     (3) N. of Nārada.
     (4) A husband's brother.
     (5) N. of a law-giver.

devalakaḥ An attendant upon an idol; see the preceding word.

devāṭaḥ N. of a sacred place called Harihara.

devasāt ind. To the nature of a god or gods. (-bhū to be changed into a god).

devika a. (kī f.), devila a.
     (1) Divine, godly.
     (2) Derived from a god.
     (3) Virtuous, pious.

devitṛ, devin n. A gamester.

devī
     (1) A female deity, a goddess.
     (2) N. of Durgā.
     (3) N. of Sarasvatī.
     (4) N. of Sāvitrī.
     (5) A queen, especially a crowned queen (agramahiṣī who has undergone the consecration along with her husband); preṣyabhāvena nāmeyaṃ devīśabdakṣamā satī . snānīyavastrakriyayā pattrorṇaṃ vopayujyate M. 5. 12; devībhāvaṃ gamitā parivārapadaṃ kathaṃ bhajatyeṣā K. P. 10.
     (6) A respectful title applied to a lady of the first rank.
     -- Comp.
          --koṭaḥ the city of Bāṇa, (śoṇitapura). --gṛhaṃ 1. the temple of a goddess. --2. the apartment of a queen.

devṛ m. [div-ṛ]
     (1) A husband's brother (especially younger).
     (2) The husband of a woman previously married (?).

deveśayaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

devyam Divine dignity, god-head.

devaṭaḥ An artisan, a mechanic.

deśaḥ [diś-ac]
     (1) A place or spot in general; deśaḥ ko nujalāvaseka śithilaḥ Mk. 3. 12; (often used after words like kapola, skaṃdha, aṃsa, nitaṃba &c., without any meaning; skaṃdhadeśe S. 1. 19 'on the shoulder').
     (2) A region, country, province, land, territory; yaṃ deśaṃ śrayate tameva kurute bāhupratāpārjitaṃ H. 1. 171.
     (3) A department, part, side, portion (as of a whole); as in ekadeśa, ekadeśīya q. v.
     (4) An institute, an ordinance.
     (5) Range, compass; dṛṣṭideśaḥ Pt. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --atithiḥ a foreigner.
          --aṃtaraṃ another country, foreign parts; Ms. 5. 78.
          --aṃtarin m. a foreigner.
          --ācāraḥ, --dharmaḥ a local law or custom, the usage or custom of any country; Ms. 1. 118.
          --kālau (m. du.) time and place. (
          --laṃ) ind. according to time and place; Pt. 2. 72.
          --kālajña a. knowing the proper place and time.
          --ja, --jāta a. 1. native, indigenous. --2. produced in the right country. --3. genuine, of genuine descent.
          --dṛṣṭa a. 1. seen in a country. --2. customary in a place.
          --bhāṣā the dialect of a country; ālocya lakṣyamadhigamya ca deśabhāṣāḥ Kāvyāl. 4. 35.
          --rūpaṃ propriety, fitness.
          --vyavahāraḥ a local usage, custom of the country.

deśakaḥ [diś-kartari ṇvul]
     (1) A ruler, governor.
     (2) An instructor, a preceptor.
     (3) A guide in general.

deśanā [diś-ṇic-yuc] Direction, instruction.

deśika a. [deśe prasitaḥ --ṭhan] Local, pertaining to a particular place, native. --kaḥ
     (1) A spiritual teacher (guru).
     (2) A traveller.
     (3) A guide.
     (4) One familiar with places.

deśita a.
     (1) Told, directed, ordered.
     (2) Advised, instructed.
     (3) Pointed out, shown, indicated.

deśinī The fore-finger.

deśī The dialect of a country, one of the varieties of the Prākṛta dialect; see Kāv. 1. 33.

deśīya a. [deśe bhavaḥ --cha]
     (1) Belonging to a province, provincial.
     (2) Native, local.
     (3) Inhabiting any country (at the end of comp.); as in magadhadeśīya, taddeśīya, vaṃgadeśīya &c.
     (4) Not far or distant from, almost, bordering on (used as an affix at the end of words); aṣṭādaśavarṣadeśīyāṃ kanyāṃ da darśa K. 131 'a girl about 18 years old (whose age bordered on 18); R. 18. 39; so paṭudeśīya &c.

deśya a. [diś-karbhaṇiṇyat deśa-yat vā]
     (1) To be pointed out or proved.
     (2) Local, provincial.
     (3) Born in a country, native.
     (4) Genuine, of genuine descent.
     (5) Being on the spot or place (where anything is due).
     (6) Not far from, almost; see deśīya above. --śyaḥ
     (1) An eye-witness of anything abhiyoktā diśeddeśyaṃ Ms. 8. 52.--53.
     (2) The inhabitant of a country. --śyaṃ The statement of a question or argument, the thing to be proved or substantiated (pūrvapakṣa).

deṣṇam Ved. A gift.

deṣṇu a.
     (1) Very liberal.
     (2) Intractable, unruly. --m. A washerman.

dehaḥ, --ham [diha-ghañ] The body; dehaṃ dahaṃti dahanā iva gaṃdhavāhāḥ Bv. 1. 104. --haḥ A nointing, smearing. --hī A rampart, wall, mound.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ another body. -prāptiḥ f. transmigration.
          --ātmavādaḥ materialism, the doctrines of Chārvāka.
          --ātmavādin m. a materialist, a Chārvāka.
          --āvaraṇaṃ armour, dress.
          --īśvaraḥ the soul.
          --udbhava, --udbhūta a. born in the body, inborn, innate.
          --karaḥ a father.
          --kartṛ m. 1. the sun. --2. the Supreme Soul. --3. father.
          --koṣaḥ 1. the covering of the body. --2. a feather, wing &c. --3. skin.
          --kṣayaḥ 1. decay of the body. --2. sickness, disease.
          --gata a. incarnate, embodied.
          --jaḥ a son.
          --jā a daughter.
          --tyāgaḥ 1. death (in general). --2. voluntary death; resigning the body; tīrtheṃ toyavyatikarabhave jahnukanyāsarayvordehatyāgāt R. 8. 95.
          --daḥ quicksilver.
          --dīpaḥ the eye.
          --dharmaḥ the function of the body.
          --dhārakaṃ a bone.
          --dhāraṇaṃ living, life.
          --dhiḥ a wing.
          --dhṛṣ m. air, wind.
          --baddha a. embodied, incarnate; R. 11. 35: Ku. 2. 47.
          --baṃdhaḥ bodily frame; U. 3. 38, Māl. 9. 20.
          --bhāj a. embodied, corporeal. (--m.) any being possessed of a body or life, especially a man.
          --bhuj m. 1. the soul. --2. the sun.
          --bhṛt m. 1. a living being, especially a man; dhigimāṃ dehabhṛtāmasāratāṃ R. 8. 51; Bg. 8. 4; 14. 14. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. life, vitality.
          --yātrā 1. dying, death. --2. nourishment, food.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ a mole, a black or dark spot upon the skin.
          --vāyuḥ one of the five vital airs or lifewinds; see prāṇa. --saṃcāriṇī a daughter.
          --sāraḥ marrow.
          --svabhāvaḥ bodily temperament.

dahaṃbhara a. Gluttonous.

dehavat a. Embodied. --m.
     (1) A man.
     (2) The soul.

dehin a. (nī f.) [deha-ini] Incarnate, embodied. --m.
     (1) A living being, especially a man; tvadadhīnaṃ khalu dehināṃ sukhaṃ Ku. 4. 10; Śi. 2. 46; Bg. 2. 13, 17. 2; Ms. 1. 30, 5. 49.
     (2) The soul, spirit (enshrined in the body); tathā śarīrāṇi vihāya jīrṇānyanyāni saṃyāti navāni dehī Bg. 2. 22, 5. 13. 14. 5. --nī The earth.

dehalā Spirituous liquor.

dehaliḥ --lī f. The threshold of a door, the sill or lower part of the wooden frame of a door; vinyasyaṃtī bhuvi gaṇanayā dehalīdattapuppaiḥ Me. 87; Mk. 1. 9.
     -- Comp.
          --dīpaḥ a lamp suspended over the threshold; -nyāya see under nyāya.

dai 1 P. (dāyati, dāta)
     (1) To purify, cleanse.
     (2) To be purified.
     (3) To protect. --WITH ava 1. to whiten. brighten. --2. to purify.

daiteyaḥ [diterapatyaṃ-ḍhak] 'A son of Diti,' a Rākṣasa, demon.
     -- Comp.
          --ijyaḥ, --guruḥ, --purodhas m.,
          --pūjyaḥ epithets of Śukra, the preceptor of the Asuras.
          --niṣūdanaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --mātṛ f. Diti, mother of the demons.
          --medajā the earth.

daityaḥ [diterapatyaṃ-ṇya] See daiteya.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ 1. a god.
     (2) an epithet of Viṣṇu. --devaḥ 1. an epithet of Varuṇa. --2. wind. --patiḥ an epithet of Hiraṇyakaśipu q. v. --yugaṃ an age of the demons consisting of 12000 divine years.

daityā
     (1) A drug.
     (2) Spirituous liquor.

daina (nī f.), dainaṃdina(nī) f.), dainika (kī f.) a. Diurnal, daily; Bv. 1. 103.

dainikī Daily wages, day's hire.

dairghyaṃ --rgham Length, longness.

dainaṃ, --nyam [dīnasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Poverty, poor and pitiable condition, miserable state; daridrāṇāṃ dainyaṃ G. L. 2; phaṇino dainyamāśritaḥ Ku. 2. 21; iṃdordainyaṃ tvadanusaraṇakliṣṭakāṃterbiṃbharti Me. 84.
     (2) Affliction, sorrow, dejection, grief, low-spiritedness.
     (3) Feebleness.
     (4) Meanness.

daiva a. (vī f.) [devādāgataḥ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to gods, caused by or coming from gods, divine, celestial; saṃskṛtaṃ nāma daivī vāganvākhyātā maharṣibhiḥ Kāv. 1. 33; daivīnāṃ mānuṣīṇāṃ ca pratihartā tvamāpadāṃ R. 1. 60; Y. 2. 235; Bg. 4. 25, 9. 13, 16. 3; Ms. 3. 75. --vaḥ (i. e. vivāhaḥ) One of the eight forms of marriage, that in which the daughter is given away at a sacrifice to the officiating priest; yajñasya ṛtvije daivaḥ Y. 1. 59; (for the eight forms of marriage see udvāha or Ms. 3. 21). --vaṃ
     (1) Fate, destiny, luck, fortune; daivamavidvāṃsaḥ pramāṇayaṃti Mu. 3; vinā puruṣakāreṇa daivamatra na sidhyati 'God helps those who help themselves'; daivaṃ nihatya kuru pauruṣama tmaśaktyā Pt. 1. 361. (daivāt by chance, luckily, accidentally).
     (2) A god, deity.
     (3) A religious rite or offering, an oblation to gods.
     (4) A kind of Śraddha ceremony.
     (5) Parts of the hands sacred to the gods, i. e. the tips of the fingers; cf. Ms. 2. 59. --vī A woman married according to the form of marriage called daiva q. v. above.
     -- Comp.
          --atyayaḥ evil resulting from unusual natural phenomena.
          --adhīna --āyatta a. dependent on fate; daivāyattaṃ kule janma madāyattaṃ tu pauruṣaṃ Ve. 3. 33.
          --ahorātraḥ a day of the gods. i. e. the human year.
          --upahata a. illfated, unfortunate; Mu. 6. 8.
          --karnan n. offering oblations to gods.
          --kṛta a. 1. fated. --2. natural.
          --kovid, --ciṃtakaḥ, --jñaḥ an astrologer, a fortune-teller; Y. 1. 313; Kām. 9.; 25.
          --gatiḥ f. turn or course of fate; muktājālaṃ ciraparicitaṃ tyājito daivagatyā Me. 96; Pt. 3. 174.
          --taṃtra a. dependent on fate.
          --dīpaḥ the eye.
          --durvipākaḥ hardness of fortune, adverseness or unpropitiousness of fate, an evil turn of fate; U. 1. 40
          --doṣaḥ badness of fate.
          --para a. 1. trusting to fate, a fatalist. --2. fated, predestined.
          --praśnaḥ 1. fortune-telling, astrology. --2. a voice from heaven.
          --yugaṃ 'a Yuga of the gods', said to consist of 12000 divine years, but see Kull. on Ms. 1. 71.
          --yogaḥ a lucky coincidence, fortuitous combination, fortune, chance; (daivayogena, daivayogāt fortunately, accidentally).
          --lekhakaḥ a fortune-teller, an astrologer.
          --vaśaḥ, --śaṃ the power of destiny, subjection to fate.
          --vāṇī 1. a voice from heaven. --2. the Sanskrit language; cf. Kāv. 1. 33 quoted above.
          --hīna a. ill-fated, unfortunate, unlucky.

daivakaḥ A god, deity.

daivata a. (tī f.) [devatā-aṇ]
     (1) Divine.
     (2) (At the end of an adj. comp.) Honouring or worshipping as one's deity, as in sūryadaivatā janāḥ. --taṃ A god, deity, divinity; mṛdaṃ gā daivataṃ vipra ghṛtaṃ madhu catuṣpadaṃ pradakṣiṇāni kurvīta Ms. 4. 39, 153; U. 4. 4; Amaru. 3.
     (2) A number of gods, the whole class of gods; Ve. 2.
     (3) An idol. (The word is said to be m. also, but is rarely used in that gender. Mammaṭa notices it as a fault called aprayuktatva; see aprayukta).
     (4) N. of the third Kāṇḍa of Yāska's Nirukta.

daivatas ind. By chance, fortunately, luckily.

daivatya a. A ddressed or sacred to a deity; Y. 1. 99; Ms. 2. 18 9; 4. 124. --tyaṃ A deity.

daivika a. (kī f.) [deva-ṭhak] Relating to the gods, divine; Ms. 1. 65, 8. 409. --kaṃ An inevitable accident.

daivin m. An astrologer.

daivya a. (vyā or vyī f.) Divine. --vyaṃ
     (1) Fortune, fate.
     (2) Divine power.

daivalaḥ, --lakaḥ The servant of an evil spirit.

daivāripaḥ A conch-shell(śaṃkha).

daivāsuram The natural enmity subsisting between the gods and the demons.

daiśika a. (kī f.) [deśena nirvṛttaṃ tasyedaṃ vā-ṭhañ]
     (1) Local, provincial.
     (2) National, belonging to the whole country.
     (3) Belonging or having reference to space; Bhaṣa P. 120.
     (4) Acquainted with any place.
     (5) Teaching, pointing, directing, showing. --kaḥ
     (1) A teacher, preceptor.
     (2) A guide.

daiṣṭika a. (kī f.) [diṣṭamiti matiryasya, ṭhak] Fated, predestined. --kaḥ A fatalist.

daihika a. (kī f.) [dehe bhavaḥ, tasyedaṃ vā ṭhak] Bodily, corporeal.

daihya a. [dehe bhavaḥ --ṣyañ] Bodily. --hyaḥ The soul (enshrined in the body).

do 4 P. (dyati, dita; caus. dāpayati; desid. ditsati)
     (1) To cut, divide.
     (2) To mow, reap. --WITH ava to cut or lop off; yadanyasminyajñe srucyavadyati Śat. Br.

dogdhṛ See under druh.

doghaḥ A calf.

doraḥ A rope(rajju).

dorakam A string for fastening the wires of a lute.

dolaḥ [dal ghañ]
     (1) Swinging, rocking, oscillating.
     (2) A swing, litter.
     (3) A festival held on the fourteenth or full-moon day of the month of Phālguna when figures of 'young Kṛṣṇa' (bālakṛṣṇa) are swung in a swing.

dolā, dolikā
     (1) A litter, palanquin.
     (2) A swing, hammock (fig. also); āsītsa dolācalacittavṛttiḥ R. 14. 34; 9. 46; 19. 44; saṃdehadolāmāropyate K. 207.
     (3) Swinging, fluctuation.
     (4) Doubt, uncertainty.
     (5) The Indigo plant.
     -- Comp.
          --adhirūḍha, --ārūḍha a. (lit.) mounted on a swing; (fig.) uncertain, irresolute, disquieted.
          --yuddhaṃ uncertainty of success, a fight with varying success; Śi. 18. 80.

dolāyate Den. A.
     (1) To swing, rock to and fro, oscillate, fluctuate, vacillate (fig. also).
     (2) To be restless or uneasy.

dolāyamāna a.
     (1) Swinging, oscillating.
     (2) Wavering, vacillating.
     (3) Perplexed, doubtful.

dolāyita, dolita a. Swung, shaken, oscillating &c.

dolikā, dolī
     (1) A cradle.
     (2) A swing.

doṣa, doṣika, doṣin See under duṣ.

doṣan m., n. (This word has no forms for the first five inflections, i. e. before acc. pl.) An arm.

doṣas f. Night. --n. Darkness.

doṣā ind. At night; doṣā'pi nūnamahimāṃśurasau kileti Śi. 4. 46; 62. --f
     (1) The arm.
     (2) The darkness of night, night; gharmakāladivasa iva kṣapitadoṣaḥ K. 37 (where the word means 'a fault or sin' also).
     -- Comp.
          --āsyaḥ, --tilakaḥ a lamp.
          --karaḥ the moon.

doṣātana a. (nī f.) Nightly, nocturnal; R. 13. 76.

dos m. n. [damyate anena dam do'si arddharcā-; Uṇ. 2. 69] (doṣana is optionally substituted for this word after acc. dual)
     (1) The forearm, the arm; tamupādravadudyamya dakṣiṇaṃ dorniśācaraḥ R. 15. 23; hemapātragataṃ dorbhyāmādadhānaṃ payaścaru 10. 51; Ku. 3. 76.
     (2) The part of an are defining its sine.
     (3) The side of a triangle or square.
     -- Comp.
          --gaḍu (dorgaḍa) a. crooked-armed,
          --graha (dorgraha) a. strong, powerful.
          --haḥ) pain in the arm.
          --jyā (dorjyā) the sine of the base.
          --daṃḍaḥ (derdaṃḍaḥ) a stick-like arm, strong arm; Mv. 7. 8; Bv. 1. 128.
          --nikartanaṃ (dornikartamaṃ) amputation of the arm.
          --mūlaṃ (doṃrbhūlaṃ) the arm-pit.
          --yuddhaṃ (doryuddhaṃ) a duel; Mv. 5. 37.
          --śālin (doḥ śālin) possessed of strong arms, warlike, brave; Ve. 3. 32.
          --śikharaṃ (doḥ śiṃkharaṃ) the shoulder.
          --sahasrabhṛt (doḥ sahasrabhṛt) m. 1. an epithet of the demon Bāṇa. --2. an epithet of Sahasrārjuna.
          --sthaḥ (dosthaḥ) 1. a servant. --2. service. --3. a player. --4. play, sport.

doha, dohana, dohya &c. See under duh.

dohadaḥ --dam [dohamākarṣaṃ dadāti dā-ka]
     (1)
          (a) The longing of a pregnant woman; prajāvatī dohadaśaṃsinī te R. 14. 45; upetya sā dohadaduḥkhaśīlatāṃ yadeva vavre tadāśyadāhṛtaṃ 3. 6, 7.
          (b) The desired object itself.
     (2) Pregnancy.
     (3) The desire of plants at budding time (as, for instance, of the Aśoka to be kicked by young ladies, of the Bakula to with sprinkled by mouthfuls of liquor &c.); mahīruhā dohadasekaśakterākālikaṃ korakamudgiraṃti N. 3. 21; R. 8. 62; Me. 78; see aśoka.
     (4) Vehement desire; pravartitamahāsamaradohadā narapatayaḥ Ve. 4.
     (5) Wish or desire in general.
     -- Comp.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ 1 the foetus, the embryo (= daurhṛda-kṣaṇa q. v.) --2. the period of passing from one stage of life to another.

dohadavatī A pregnant woman longing for anything.

dohadin a. Eagerly longing for, ardently desirous of.

dohalaḥ See dohada; vṛthā vahasi dohalaṃ (v. l.): lalitakāmisādhāraṇaṃ M. 3. 16.

dohalī The Aśoka tree.

dauḥśīlyam Bad temper, wickedness, wicked disposition.

dauḥsādhikaḥ
     (1) A door-keeper, porter.
     (2) The superintendent of a village.

dauḥsram Wrangling between women.

daukū(gū)laḥ A car covered with silk cloth. --laṃ Fine silk cloth.

dautyam Message, mission.

daurātmyam
     (1) Wickedness, evil or wicked temper, depravity; R. 15. 72.
     (2) Mischievousness; guṇānāmave daurātmyād dhuri dhuryo niyujyate K. P. 10.

dauritam Mischief, evil, harm.

daurgatyam
     (1) Poverty, want, destitution; Pt. 2. 92.
     (2) Wretchedness, distress.

daurgaṃdhyam Bad or disagreeable smell.

daurgrahaḥ The Aśvamedha sacrifice.

daurgyam Difficulty.

daurjanyam Wickedness, depravity.

daurjīvityam A wretched or miserable life.

daurbalyaṃ --lam Impotency, debility, weakness, feebleness; Ms. 8. 171; Bg. 2. 3.

daurbhāgineyaḥ The son of a woman disliked by her husband.

daurbhāgyam Ill-luck, misfortune; Y. 1. 283.

daurbhrātram A quarrel or disagreement between brothers.

daurmanasyam
     (1) Evil disposition.
     (2) Mental pain, affliction, dejection, sorrow.
     (3) Despair.

daurmaṃtryam Evil advice, bad counsel; daurmaṃtryānnṛpatirvinaśyati Bh. 2. 42.

daurlabhyam Scarcity, rarity.

daurvacasyam Evil speech, bad language.

daurvīṇam
     (1) The sap of Dūrvā or bent grass.
     (2) A clean leaf (iṣṭaparṇa.)

daurhṛdaṃ, dauhṛdam
     (1) Evil disposition of the mind, enmity; (also daurhārda in this sense).
     (2) Pregnancy; sudakṣiṇā daurhṛdalakṣaṇaṃ davau R. 3. 1.
     (3) The longing of a pregnant woman.
     (4) Desire in general.

daurhṛdayam Evil disposition of mind, enmity.

dauleyaḥ A tortoise.

daulmiḥ An epithet of Indra.

dauvārikaḥ (kī f.) A door-keeper, warder; R. 6. 59.

dauścaryam
     (1) Evil conduct, wickedness.
     (2) A bad deed.

dauṣka a. (ṣkī f.) One who swims by the help of his arms.

dauṣkula a. (lī f.), dauṣkuleya a. (yī f.) Sprung from a low family, born in a contemptible family.

dauṣṭyaṃ, dauṣṭhavam Badness, wickedness.

dauṣyaṃ(ṣmaṃ)tiḥ A son of Dushyanta; dauṣyaṃtimapratirathaṃ tanayaṃ niveśya S. 4. 19.

dauhitraḥ [duhiturapatyaṃ añ] A daughter's son; Ms. 3. 148, 9. 131. --traṃ Sesamum seed.

dauhitrāyaṇaḥ The son of a daughter's son.

dauhitrī A daughter's daughter.

dauhṛdinī A pregnant woman.

dyavidyavī f. A day.

dyu 2 P. (dyauti) To advance towards, encounter, attack, assail; Bk. 6. 118, 14. 101.

dyu n.
     (1) A day.
     (2) The sky.
     (3) Brightness.
     (4) Heaven.
     (5) Sharpness; cf. adyu. --m. Fire. (dyu is a substitute for div f. before terminations beginning with consonants and in compounds).
     -- Comp.
          --gaḥ a bird.
          --caraḥ 1. a planet. --2. a bird.
          --jayaḥ attainment or gaining of heaven.
          --dalaḥ noon.
          --dhuniḥ f.,
          --nadī the heavenly Ganges.
          --nivāsaḥ a deity, god; śokāgninā'gād dyunivāsabhūyaṃ Bk. 3. 21.
          --nivāsin m. 1. a deity. --2. a virtuous man.
          --patiḥ 1. the sun. --2. an epithet of Indra.
          --maṇiḥ the sun.
          --yoṣit f. an apsaras.
          --lokaḥ heaven.
          --ṣad, --sad m. 1. a god, deity; Śi. 1. 43. --2. a planet.
          --sarit f. the Ganges.

dyukaḥ An owl.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ a crow.

dyukṣa a. Ved.
     (1) Celestial, heavenly.
     (2) Shining, brilliant. --kṣaḥ An epithet of
     (1) Varuṇa,
     (2) Aryaman,
     (3) Indra,
     (4) Agni,
     (5) Soma.

dyut
     (1) A. (dyetate, dyutita or dyotita; desid. didyutiṣate, didyotiṣate) To shine, be bright or brilliant, didyute ca yathā raviḥ Bk. 14. 104; 6. 26, 7. 107; 8. 89. --Caus. (dyotayati-te)
     (1) To illuminate, irradiate; Bk. 8. 46; Ku. 6. 4.
     (2) To make clear, explain, elucidate.
     (3) To express, mean. --WITH abhi (Caus.) to illuminate; R. 6. 36. --vi to shine, be bright; vyadyotiṣṭa sabhāvedyāmasau naraśikhitrayī Śi. 2. 3; 1. 20.

dyut m. A ray of light.

dyutiḥ f. [dyut-in]
     (1) Splendour, brightness, lustre, beauty; kācaḥ kāṃcanasaṃsargāddhatte mārakatīṃ dyutiṃ H. Pr. 41, Māl. 2. 10; R. 3. 64.
     (2) Light, a ray of light; Bh. 1. 61.
     (3) Majesty, dignity; Ms. 1. 87.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ the polar star or the sage Dhruva.
          --dharaḥ Viṣṇu.

dyutita a. Illuminated, shining bright.

dyotaḥ [dyut-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Light, lustre, brilliance; as in khadyāṃta.
     (2) Sunshine.
     (3) Heat.

dyotaka a. [dyut-ṇvul]
     (1) Shining.
     (2) Illuminating.
     (3) Explaining, making manifest, showing.

dyotana a. [dyut-yuc]
     (1) Bright, shining.
     (2) Illuminating.
     (3) Explaining, elucidating. --naḥ A lamp. --naṃ
     (1) Shining.
     (2) Illuminating.
     (3) Explaining.
     (4) Sight, seeing.
     (5) Light.
     (6) Dawn.

dyotanikā Explanation, elucidation.

dyotani a. Shining. --niḥ Ved. Splendour, lustre.

dyotita p. p.
     (1) Illuminated.
     (2) Illustrated; see dyut.

dyotin a. Splendid, bright.

dyotis n.
     (1) Light, brightness, lustre.
     (2) A star.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃgaṇaḥ (dyotiriṃgaṇaḥ) a fire-fly.

dyumat a.
     (1) Bright, brilliant.
     (2) Clear, loud.
     (3) Strong, vigorous.
     (4) Calm, serene.
     -- Comp.
          --gānaṃ a mode of chanting the Sāmaveda.
          --senaḥ N. of a king of Śālva, and father of Satyavat, husband of Sāvitrī.

dyumnam
     (1) Splendour, glory, lustre.
     (2) Energy, strength, power.
     (3) Wealth, property.
     (4) Inspiration.
     (5) Sacrificial offering or oblation.

dyumnin a.
     (1) Having wealth or oblations.
     (2) Majestic.
     (3) Inspired.
     (4) Powerful.

dyūtaḥ, --tam [div bhāve-kta-ūṭh arddharcā-]
     (1) Play, gambling, playing with dice; dyūtaṃ hi nāma puruṣasyāsiṃhāsanaṃ rājyaṃ Mk. 2; dravyaṃ labdhaṃ dyūtenaiva dārā mitraṃ dyūtenaiva . dattaṃ bhuktaṃ dyūtenaiva sarvaṃ naṣṭaṃ dyūtenaiva 2. 7; agrāṇibhiryatkriyate talloke dyūtamucyate Ms. 9. 223.
     (2) (fig.) A battle, fight.
     (3) The prize won.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikārin m. the keeper of a gambling-house.
          --karaḥ, --kṛt m. a gamester, a gambler; ayaṃ dyūtakaraḥ sabhikena khalīkriyate Mk. 2.
          --kāraḥ, --kārakaḥ 1. the keeper of a gambling house. --2. a gambler.
          --krīḍā playing at dice, gambling.
          --pūrṇimā, --paurṇimā the day of full moon in the month of Aśvina (also called kojāgara) when people spend their time in games of chance in honour of Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth.
          --pratipada f. the first day of the bright half of Kārtika (usually spent in gambling).
          --vījaṃ a cowrie, a shell used in playing.
          --vṛttiḥ 1. a professional gambler. --2. the keeper of a gambling-house.
          --sabhā, --samājaḥ 1. a gambling house. --2. an assembly of gamblers.

dyūna a.
     (1) Playing, sporting.
     (2) Lamenting, sorry. --naṃ The seventh sign of the zodiac.

dyai 1 P. (dyāyati)
     (1) To despise, treat with contempt.
     (2) To disfigure.

dyo f. (Nom. sing. dyauḥ) Heaven, paradise, the sky; dyaurbhūmirāpo hṛdayaṃ yamaṃśca Pt. 1. 182; S. 2. 14. (In Dvandva compounds dyo is changed to dyāvā, e. g. dyāvāpṛthivyau, dyāvābhūmī, dyāva kṣame 'heaven and earth').
     -- Comp.
          --bhūmiḥ a bird.
          --sad m. (dyoṣad) a god.

drakaṭaḥ, dragaḍaḥ A kettle-drum; (used in awakening sleepers).

drakṣaṇam A measure of weight, a tola.

draḍhayati Den. P.
     (1) To make firm, fasten, tighten, (lit.); as in jaṭājūṭagraṃthiṃ draḍhayati.
     (2) To strengthen, confirm, corroborate; niveśaḥ śailānāṃ tadidamiti buddhiṃ draḍhayati U. 2. 27; viśuddherutkarṣastvayi tu mama bhaktiṃ draḍhayati 4. 11.

draḍhiman m.
     (1) Tightness, firmness; badhāna dragiva draḍhimaramaṇīyaṃ parikaraṃ G. L. 47.
     (2) Confirmation, corroboration; uktasyārthasya draḍhimne Śaṅkara.
     (3) Assertion, affirmation.
     (4) Heaviness.

drapsa a. Dripping, trickling down. --psaḥ
     (1) A drop.
     (2) A spark (of fire). --psaṃ Diluted sour milk, diluted curds; (also drapsyaṃ).

dram 1 P. (dramati) To go about, run, run about; Bk. 14. 70.

drammam A drachma; (a word derived from the Greek drachme).

drava a. [dru gatau-bhāve ap]
     (1) Running (as a horse).
     (2) Dropping, oozing, wet, dripping; ākṣipya kā cid dravarāgameva (pādaṃ) R. 7. 7.
     (3) Flowing, fluid.
     (4) Liquid (opp. kaṭhina); Ku. 2. 11.
     (5) Melted, liquefied. --vaḥ
     (1) Going, walking about, motion.
     (2) Dropping, trickling, oozing, exudation.
     (3) Flight, retreat.
     (4) Play, amusement, sport.
     (5) Fluidity, liquefaction.
     (6) A liquid substance, fluid; U. 3. 25; 2. 16.
     (7) Juice, essence.
     (8) Decoction
     (9) Speed, velocity. (dravīkṛ means 'to melt, liquefy'. dravībhū to be melted, as with pity &c.; dravībhavati me manaḥ Mv. 7. 34; dravībhūtaṃ premṇā tava hṛdayamasminkṣaṇa iva U. 3. 13; dravībhūtaṃ manye patati jalarūpaṇe gaganaṃ Mk. 5. 25.)
     -- Comp.
          --ādhāraḥ 1. a small vessel or receiver. --2. the hands joined together and hollowed, (= culuka q. v).
          --itara a. solid, hard.
          --uttara a. very fluid.
          --jaḥ treacle.
          --dravyaṃ a fluid substance.
          --rasā 1. lac. --2. gum. --3. extract.

dravaka, dravaṇa a.
     (1) Running.
     (2) Oozing, trickling.

dravaṃtī A river.

dravasyati Den. P.
     (1) To trouble or afflict oneself.
     (2) To serve or wait upon a person.

draviḍaḥ
     (1) N. of a country on the east coast of the Deccan (pl.); asti draviḍeṣu kāṃcī nāma nagarī Dk. 130.
     (2) An inhabitant or native of that country; jaraddraviḍadhārmikasyecchayā nisṛṣṭaiḥ K. 229.
     (3) N. of a degraded tribe; cf. Ms. 10. 22.

draviṇam [dru-inan; Uṇ. 2. 50]
     (1) Wealth, money, property, substance; Ve. 3. 20; Pt. 3. 174; Bv. 4. 29.
     (2) Gold; R. 4. 70.
     (3) Strength, power.
     (4) Valour, prowess.
     (5) A thing, matter, material.
     (6) That of which anything is made.
     (7) A wish, desire.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipatiḥ --īśvaraḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --pradaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.

draviṇasyu a. Desiring wealth or sacrificial offerings.

dravyam
     (1) A thing, substance, object, matter.
     (2) The ingredient or material of anything.
     (3) A material to work upon.
     (4) A fit or suitable object (to receive instruction, &c.): Mu. 7. 14; see adravya also.
     (5) An elementary substance, the substratum of properties, one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; (the dravyas are nine: --pṛthivyaptejovāyvākāśakāladigātmamanāṃsi).
     (6) Any possession, wealth, goods, property, money; tattasya kimapi dravyaṃ yo hi yasya priyo janaḥ U. 2. 19.
     (7) A medicinal substance or drug.
     (8) Modesty.
     (9) Bell-metal. (10) Spirituous liquor.
     (11) A wager, stake.
     (12) Anointing, plastering.
     (13) An ointment.
     (14) The animal-dye, lac.
     (15) Extract, gum.
     -- Comp.
          --arjanaṃ, --vṛddhiḥ, --siddhiḥ f. acquisition of wealth.
          --oghaḥ f. affluence, abundance of wealth.
          --gaṇaḥ a class of 37 similar substances (in Medic.).
          --parigrahaḥ the possession of property or wealth.
          --prakṛtiḥ f. the nature of matter.
          --vācakaṃ a substantive.
          --saṃskāraḥ the consecration of articles for sacrifice &c.

dravyakaḥ A carrier of anything.

dravyamaya a. (yī f.) Material.
     (2) Having any substance.
     (3) Consisting of wealth.

dravyavat a.
     (1) Rich, wealthy.
     (2) Inherent in the substance.

draṣṭavya pot. p. [dṛś-tavya]
     (1) To be seen, visible.
     (2) Perceptible.
     (3) Fit to be seen, investigated, or examined.
     (4) Lovely, pleasing to the sight, beautiful; tvayā draṣṭavyānāṃ paraṃ na dṛṣṭaṃ S. 2; Bh. 1. 8.
     (5) To be understood.
     (6) To be regarded or considered as.

draṣṭṛ m [dṛś-tṛc]
     (1) A seer, one who sees mentally; as in ṛṣayo maṃtradraṣṭāraḥ.
     (2) A judge.

drahaḥ A deep lake.

drā 2 P. (drāti, drāṇa)
     (1) To sleep.
     (2) To run, make haste.
     (3) To fly, run away.
     (4) To be ashamed.

drāṇa a.
     (1) Flown, run away.
     (2) Sleeping, sleepy. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Running away, flight, retreat.
     (2) Sleep.

drāk ind. Quickly, instantly, forthwith, immediately.
     -- Comp.
          --bhṛtakaṃ water just drawn from a well.

drākṣā Vine, grape, (the creeper or the fruit); drākṣe drakṣyaṃti ke tvāṃ Gīt. 12; R. 4. 65; Bv. 1. 14, 4. 39.
     -- Comp.
          --rasaḥ grape-juice, wine.

drākh 1 P. (drākhati)
     (1) To become dry.
     (2) To be able, or sufficient.
     (3) To prohibit, prevent.
     (4) To adorn, grace.

drāgh 1 A. (drāghate)
     (1) To be able.
     (2) To stretch.
     (3) To exert oneself.
     (4) To be weary or fatigued.
     (5) To torment, vex.
     (6) To wander about.

drāghayati Den. P.
     (1) To lengthen, stretch, extend.
     (2) To increase, in tensify; drāghayaṃti hi me śokaṃ smaryamāṇā guṇāstava Bk. 18. 33.
     (3) To tarry, delay.

drāghiman m.
     (1) Length.
     (2) A degree of longitude.

drāghiṣṭha a. Longest, very long; (superl. of dīrgha q. v.).

drāghīyas a. (sī f.) Longer, very long; (compar. of dīrgha q. v.); Bv. 1. 35.

drāṃkṣ 1 P. (drāṃkṣati)
     (1) To desire, long for.
     (2) To croak, sound (as a bird).
     (3) To utter a discordant sound.

drāḍ 1 A. (drāḍate)
     (1) To cut, divide, split.
     (2) To be pulled to pieces.

drāpaḥ
     (1) Mud, mire.
     (2) Heaven, sky.
     (3) A fool, an idiot.
     (4) An epithet of Siva.
     (5) A small shell.

drāmilaḥ N. of Chāṇakya.

drāvaḥ [dra-bhāve-ghañ]
     (1) Flight, retreat.
     (2) Speed.
     (3) Running, flowing.
     (4) Heat.
     (5) Liquefaction, melting.
     -- Comp.
          --karaṃ a flux.

drāvaka [dru-ṇvul] a.
     (1) Attracting, captivating.
     (2) Solvent.
     (3) Liquefying. --kaḥ
     (1) A flux used to assist the fusion of metals.
     (2) The loadstone.
     (3) Moon-stone.
     (4) A thief.
     (5) A sharp or clever man, wit, wag.
     (6) A libertine, lecher. --ka Wax.

drāvaṇam [dra--ṇic--yuc]
     (1) Putting to flight.
     (2) Melting, fusing.
     (3) Distilling.
     (4) The clearing-nut.

drāvikā Spittle, saliva.

drāvita a.
     (1) Put to flight, driven away.
     (2) Fused, melted.
     (3) Softened, mollified.

drāvya a.
     (1) To be made to run or put to flight.
     (2) Fusible.

drāviḍaḥ [draviḍadeśo'bhijano'sya-aṇ]
     (1) A Dravidian, Draviḍa.
     (2) A general name for a Brāhmaṇa of any of the five southern tribes (the paṃcadraviḍa), drāviḍa, karṇāṭa, gurjara, mahāra ṣṭra and tailaṃga. --ḍāḥ pl. The Draviḍa country and its people. --ḍī Cardamoms.

drāviḍakaḥ Zedoary. --kaṃ Black salt.

drāh 1 A. (drāhate) To wake.

dru I. 1 P. (dravati, druta; desid. drudrūṣati)
     (1) To run, flow, run away, retreat, fly (often with acc.); yathā nadīnāṃ bahavoṃbu'vegāḥ samudramevābhimukhaṃ dravaṃti Bg. 11. 28; rakṣāṃsi bhītāni diśāṃ dravaṃti 36; drutaṃ dravata kauravāḥ Mb.
     (2) To rush, attack, assault quickly; Bk. 9. 95.
     (3) To become fluid, dissolve, melt, ooze (fig. also); dravati ca himaraśmāvudrate caṃdrakāṃtaḥ Māl. 1. 24; 8. 12; U. 6. 12; Pt. 4. 33; dravati hṛdayametat Ve. 5. 21; Śi. 9. 9; Bk. 2. 12.
     (4) To go, move. --Caus. drāvayati-te)
     (1) To cause to run away, put to flight.
     (2) To melt, fuse. --II. 5 P. (druṇoti)
     (1) To hurt, injure; taṃ dudrāvādriṇā kapiḥ Bk. 14. 81, 85.
     (2) To go.
     (3) To repent.

druta p. p. [dru-kta]
     (1) Quick, swift, speedy.
     (2) Flown, run away, escaped.
     (3) Melted, liquid, dissolved.
     (4) Scattered, diffused.
     (5) Indistinct.
     (6) Moved, softened; Māl. 5. 28; see dru. --taḥ
     (1) A scorpion.
     (2) A tree.
     (3) A cat. --taṃ ind. Quickly, swiftly, speedily, immediately.
     -- Comp.
          --pada a. going quickly.
          --vilaṃbitaṃ N. of a metre; see App. I.

drutiḥ f.
     (1) Melting, dissolving.
     (2) Going, running away.

dru m. n. [dravatyūrdhvaṃ dru-bā--ḍu]
     (1) Wood.
     (2) Any instrument made of wood. --m.
     (1) A tree; Ms. 7. 131.
     (2) A branch. --f. Motion.
     -- Comp.
          --kilimaṃ the Devadāru tree.
          --ghaṇaḥ 1. a mallet, wooden mace. --2. an iron weapon made like a carpenter's hammer. --3. an axe, a hatchet. --4. an epithet of Brahmā.
          --ghnī a hatchet.
          --nakhaḥ a thorn.
          --nasa (ṇasa) a. largenosed.
          --na (ṇa) haḥ a scabbard; see druṇa-ha also.
          --padaṃ Ved. a pillar (in general).
          --padī a splay-footed female.
          --sallakaḥ a kind of tree (piyāla).

druta, drutiḥ See under dru.

druḍ 1. 6. P. (droḍati, druḍati) To sink, perish.

druṇ 6 P. (druṇati)
     (1) To make curved or crooked, bend.
     (2) To go, move.
     (3) To hurt, injure.

druṇaḥ [druṇ-kta]
     (1) A scorpion.
     (2) A bee.
     (3) A rogue. --ṇaṃ
     (1) A bow.
     (2) A sword.
     -- Comp.
          --haḥ a sheath, scabbard.

druṇā A bow-string.

druṇiḥ --ṇī f.
     (1) A small or female tortoise.
     (2) A bucket.
     (3) A centipede.

drupadaḥ N. of a king of the Pānchālas. [He was a son of Pṛṣata. He and Droṇa were school-fellows, as theyearnt the science of archery from Droṇa's a ther, Bharadvāja. After Drupada had ucceeded to the throne, Droṇa, when in pecuniary difficulties, went to him on the strength of his former friendship, but the proud monarch disrespected and slighted him. For this Droṇa afterwards got him captured by his pupils the Paṇḍavas, but waś kind enough to spare his life, and allowed him to retain half his kingdom. But the defeat sustained by him at Droṇa's hands rankled in his soul, and with the desire of getting a son who would avenge the wrong done to him, he performed a sacrifice, when a son named Dhṛṣṭadyumna (and a daughter called Draupadī) sprang up from the fire. This son afterwards treacherously cut off the head of Droṇa; see Droṇa also].

drumaḥ [druḥ śākhāstyasya-maḥ; cf. P. V. 2. 108]
     (1) A tree; yatra drumā api mṛgā api baṃdhavo me U. 3. 8.
     (2) A tree of Paradise.
     (3) An epithet of Kubera.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ an elephant.
          --āmayaḥ lac, gum.
          --āśrayaḥ a lizard.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. the palm tree. --2. the moon. --3. the parijāta tree.
          --utpala the Karṇikāra tree.
          --nakhaḥ, --maraḥ a thorn.
          --vyādhiḥ lac, gum.
          --śreṣṭhaḥ the palm tree.
          --ṣaṃḍaṃ a grove of trees.

drumiṇī An assemblage of trees.

druvayaḥ A measure (mānaṃ).

druh 4 P. (druhyati, drugdha)
     (1) To bear malice or hatred.
     (2) To seek to hurt or injure, plot maliciously or revengefully, meditate mischief; (generally with the dat. of the object of hatred); yānveti māṃ druhyati mahyameva sātretyupālaṃbhi tayālivargaḥ N. 3. 7; Bk. 4. 39.

druh a. (At the end of comp.) (Nom. sing. dhruk-g, dhruṭ-ḍ) Injuring, hurting, plotting or acting as an enemy against; Śi. 2. 35; Ms. 5. 90. --f. Injury, damage.

drugdha p. p. Injured, plotted against. --gdhaṃ An offence, injury, malevolent act.

drogdhṛ a. Malevolent, hater.

droghaḥ Injury, damage.

drohaḥ [druh bhāve-ghañ]
     (1) Plotting against, seeking to hurt or assail, injury, mischief, malice; adrohaśapathaṃ kṛtvā Pt. 2. 35; Bg. 1. 38; Ms. 2. 161, 7. 48, 9. 17.
     (2) Treachery, perfidy.
     (3) Wrong, offence.
     (4) Rebellion.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭaḥ 1. a religious impostor, hypocrite, impostor. --2. a hunter. --3. a false man.
          --ciṃtanaṃ a malicious thought, malice prepense, a thought or attempt to injure.
          --buddhi a. bent on mischief or evil design. (
          --ddhiḥ f.) a wicked or evil purpose.

drohita a. Maliciously inclined, malevolent, hostile.

drohin a.
     (1) Hurting, injuring.
     (2) Malevolent, malicious.
     (3) Plotting against, rebellious.

druhaḥ
     (1) A son.
     (2) A lake. --hī A daughter.

druhaṇaḥ, druhiṇaḥ N. of Brāhmā or Śiva or Viṣṇu.

drū 5. 9. P. (drūṇo-ṇā-ti,)
     (1) To hurt, injure.
     (2) To go, move.

drūḥ Gold.

drūghaṇaḥ A hammer, an iron club; see dughaṇa.

drūṇaḥ A scorpion. --ṇaṃ A bow.

drek 1 A. (drekate)
     (1) To sound.
     (2) To grow, increase.
     (3) To show joy, be exhilarated.

drai 1 P. (drāyati) To sleep; cf. drā.

droṇaḥ [cf. Uṇ. 3. 10]
     (1) A lake 400 poles long.
     (2) A cloud (or a particular kind of cloud) abounding in water (from which rain streams forth as from a bucket); koyamevaṃvidhe kāle kālapāśasthite mayi . anāvṛṣṭihate śasye droṇamegha ivoditaḥ .. Mk. 10. 26.
     (3) A raven or a carrion crow.
     (4) A scorpion.
     (5) A tree (in general).
     (6) A tree bearing (white) flowers.
     (7) N. of the preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. [Droṇa was the son of the sage Bharadvāja, and was so called because the seed, which fell at the sight of a nymph called Ghṛtāchi, was preserved by the sage in a drona. Though a Brāhmaṇa by birth, he was wellversed in the science of arms which he learnt from Paraśurāma. He afterwards taught the Kauravas and the Pāṇḍavas the science of arms and archery. When, however, the great war commenced, he attached himself to the side of the Kauravas, and after Bhīshma had been mortally wounded'lodged in the cage of darts' --he assumed the command of the Kaurava forces and maintained the struggle for four successive days, achieving wonde ful exploits and killing thousands of warriors on the Pāṇḍava side. On the fifteenth day of the battle the fight continued even during the night, and it was on the morning of the 16th that Bhīma, at the suggestion of Kṛṣṇa, said within Droṇa's hearing that Aśvatthāman was slain, (the fact being that an elephant named Aśvatthāman had fallen on the field). Being at a loss to understand how that could be, he appealed to Yudhiṣṭhira, 'the truthful', who also, at the advice of Kṛṣṇa, gave an evasive reply-uttered loudly the word Aśvatthāman and added Gaja or elephant' in a very low tone; see Ve. 3. 9. Sorely grieved at the death of his only son, the kind-hearted old father fell in a swoon, and Dhṛṣṭadyumna, his avowed enemy, took advantage of this circumstance, and cut off his head]. --ṇaḥ, --ṇa A measure of capacity, either the same as an Āḍhaka or equal to 4 Āḍhakas or (1/16) of a Kharī, or 32 or 64 shers. --ṇaṃ
     (1) A wooden vessel or cup, bucket.
     (2) A tub.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāryaḥ see droṇa above.
          --kākaḥ, --kākalaḥ a raven.
          --kṣīrā, --ghā, --dugdhā, --dughā a cow yielding a dronā of milk.
          --mukhaṃ the capital of 400 villages.
          --bheghaḥ see droṇa
     (2) above.

droṇiḥ, --ṇī f. [dru-ni vā ṅīp; Uṇ. 4 51]
     (1) An oval vessel of wood used for holding or pouring out water, a bucket, basin, baling-vessel.
     (2) A water-reservoir (jalādhāra).
     (3) A trough for feeding cattle.
     (4) A measure of capacity, equal to two Śūrpas or 128 shers.
     (5) The valley or chasm between two mountains; bṛhaddroṇīśailakāṃtārapradeśamadhitiṣṭhato mādhavasyāṃtikaṃ prayāmi Māl. 9; himavaddroṇī &c.
     (6) N. of the wife of Droṇa.
     (7) The plantain tree.
     (8) The Indigo plant.
     -- Comp.
          --dalaḥ the Ketaka tree.

droṇikā
     (1) A tub, bucket.
     (2) The Indigo plant.

drauṇāyanaḥ, --niḥ, drauṇiḥ An epithet of Aśvatthāman; yadrāmeṇa kṛtaṃ tadeva kurute drauṇāyaniḥ krodhanaḥ Ve. 3. 31.

drauṇika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Containing a drona.
     (2) Sown with a dronā of grain (as a field). --kī A vessel holding the measure drona.

drauṇī A tub, trough.

draupadī [drupadasyāpatyaṃ strī-aṇ ṅīp] N. of the daughter of Drupada, king of the Pānchālas. [She was won by Arjuna at her Svayamvara ceremony, and when he and his brothers returned home they told their mother that they had that day made a great acquisition. Whereupon the mother said "Well, then, my dear children, divide it amongst yourselves." As her words once uttered could not be changed, she became the common wife of the five brothers. When Yudhiṣṭhira lost his kingdom and even himself and Draupadī in gambling, she was grossly insulted by Duhśassana q. v. and by Duryodhana's wife. But these and the like insults she bore with uncommon patience and endurance; and on several occasions, when she and her husbands were put to the test, she saved their credit (as on the occasion of Durvāsas begging food at night for his 60,000 pupils). At last, however, her patience was exhausted, and she taunted her husbands for the very tame way in which they put up with the insults and injuries inflicted upon them by their enemies; (see Ki. 1. 29-46). It was then that the Pāṇḍavas resolved to enter upon the great Bhāratī war. She is one of the five very chaste women whose names one is recommended to repeat; see ahalyā].

dropadeyaḥ A son of Draupadi; Bg. 1. 6, 18.

dvaṃdaḥ A plate on which hours are struck. --daṃ A pair, couple.

dvaṃdvam [dvau dvau sahābhivyaktau; cf. P. VIII. 1. 15. Sk.]
     (1) A pair, couple.
     (2) A couple of animals (including even men) of different sexes, i. e. male and female; dvaṃdvāni bhāvaṃ kriyayā vivavruḥ Ku. 3. 35; Me. 45; na cedidaṃ dvaṃdvamayojayiṣyat Ku. 7. 66; R. 1. 40; S. 2. 14, 7. 27.
     (3) A couple of opposite conditions or qualities, (such as sukha and duḥkha, śīta and uṣṇa); balavatī hi dvaṃdvānāṃ pravṛtiḥ K. 135; dvaṃdvairayojayaccemāḥ sukhaduḥkhādibhiḥ prajāḥ Ms. 1. 26; 6. 81; sarvarttunirvṛtikare nivasannupaiti na dvaṃdvaduḥkhamiha kiṃcidakiṃcano'pi Śi. 4. 64.
     (4) A strife, contention, quarrel, dispute, fight.
     (5) A duel.
     (6) Doubt, uncertainty.
     (7) A fortress, stronghold.
     (8) A secret. --dvaḥ
     (1) (In gram.) One of the four principal kinds of compounds, in which two or more words are joined together which, if not compounded, would stand in the same case and be connected by the copulative conjunction 'and'; cārthe dvaṃdvaḥ P. II. 2. 29; dvaṃdvaḥ sāmāsikasya ca Bg. 10. 33.
     (2) A kind of disease.
     (3) The sign Gemini of the zodiac.
     -- Comp.
          --cara, cārin a. living in couples. (--m.) the ruddy goose; dayitā dvaṃdvacaraṃ patattriṇaṃ R. 8. 56, 16. 63.
          --ja a. 1. produced from morbid affection of two humours. --2. arising from a quarrel --3. arising from a couple.
          --bhāvaḥ antagonism, discord.
          --bhinnaṃ separation of the sexes.
          --bhūta a. 1. forming a couple. --2. doubtful, uncertain.
          --mohaḥ trouble caused by doubt.
          --yuddhaṃ a duel, a single combat.

dvaṃdvaśaḥ ind Two by two, in pairs or couples.

dvaṃdvin a.
     (1) Forming a couple.
     (2) Opposed to one another (as sukha and duḥkha), contradictory.
     (3) Quarrelsome, contentious.

dvaṃdvībhūta a. Engaged in a single combat.

dvaya a. (yī f.) Two-fold, double, of two kinds or sorts; anupekṣaṇe dvayī gatiḥ Mu. 3; Bh. 2. 104 v. l.; sometimes used in pl. also; see Śi. 3. 57. --yaṃ
     (1) Pair, couple, brace; (usually at the end of comp.); dvitayena dvayameva saṃgataṃ R. 8. 6; 1. 19; 3. 8; 4. 4.
     (2) Two fold nature, duplicity.
     (3) Untruthfulness.
     (4) (In gram.) The masculine and feminine gender. --yī A pair, couple.
     -- Comp.
          --atiga a. one whose mind is freed from the influence of the two bad qualities rajas and tamas, a saint or a virtuous man.
          --ātmaka a. of a two-fold nature.
          --vādin a. doubletongued, insincere.
          --hīna a. of the neuter gender.

dvayasa a. (sī f.) A termination added to nouns in the sense of 'reaching to', 'as high or deep as', 'as far as'; gulphadvayase madapayasi K. 114; nārīnitaṃbadvayasaṃ babhūva (aṃbhaḥ) R. 16. 46; Śi. 6. 55.

dvāja, dvātriṃśat, dvādaśa &c. See under dvi.

dvāparaḥ --ram [dvābhyāṃ satyatretayugābhyāṃ paraḥ pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) N. of the third Yuga of the world; Ms. 9. 301.
     (2) The side of a die marked with two points.
     (3) Doubt, suspense, uncertainty.

dvāmuṣyāyaṇaḥ = dvyāmuṣyāyaṇa q. v.

dvār f.
     (1) A door, gate; Y. 3. 12; Ms. 3. 88.
     (2) Access, way.
     (3) A means, an expedient. (dvārā 'by means of', 'through').
     -- Comp.
          --sthaḥ, --sthitaḥ (dvāḥsthaḥ, dvāsthaḥ, dvāḥsthitaḥ, dvāsthitaḥ) a door-keeper, porter.

dvāram [dvṛ-ṇic-ac Tv.]
     (1) A door, gateway, gate.
     (2) A passage, entrance, ingress, opening; athavā kṛtavāgdvāre vaṃśe'smin R. 1. 4; 11. 18.
     (3) An aperture of the human body; (they are nine); see khaṃ and Ku. 3. 50, Bg. 8. 12, and Ms. 6. 48 also.
     (4) Way, medium, means (dvāreṇa 'through' 'by means of'; Pt. 1.). --rī A door.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ a porter, door-keeper.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ the bolt of a door.
          --kapāṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ the leaf or panel of a door.
          --gopaḥ, --nāyakaḥ --paḥ, --pālaḥ, --pālakaḥ a door keeper, porter, warder. (
          --paḥ) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --darśin m. a door-keeper.
          --dāruḥ teak-wood.
          --paṭṭaḥ 1. the panel of a door. --2. the curtain of a door.
          --piṃḍī the threshold of a door.
          --pidhānaḥ the bolt of a door.
          --balibhuj m. 1. a crow. --2. a sparrow.
          --bāhuḥ a door-post, jamb.
          --yaṃtraṃ a lock, bolt.
          --vṛttaṃ black-pepper.
          --śākhā the leaf of a door.
          --sthaḥ a door-keeper.

dvāra(ri)kā N. of the capital of Kṛṣṇa on the western point of Gujarath; (for a description of Dvāraka, see Śi. 3. 33-63)
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --nāthaḥ, --patiḥ epithets of Kṛṣṇa.

dvāravatī, dva rāvatī = dvārakā q. v.

dvārikaḥ, dvārin m. A porter, doorkeeper.

dvi num. a. (Nom. du. dvau m., dve f., dve n.) Two, both; sadyaḥ parasparatulāmadhirohatāṃ dve R. 5. 68. (N. B. In comp. dvā is substituted for dvi necessarily before daśan, viṃśati and triṃśat, and optionally before catvāriṃśat, paṃcāśat, ṣaṣṭi, saptati and navati, dvi remaining unchanged before aśīti). [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.].
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. two-eyed, binocular.
          --akṣara a. dissyllabic. (
          --raḥ) a word of two syllables.
          --aṃgula a. two fingers long. (
          --laṃ) two fingers' length.
          --aṇuka an aggregate or molecule of two atoms a diad.
          --artha a. 1. having two senses. --2. ambiguous, equivocal. --3. having two objects in view.
          --aśīta a. eighty-second.
          --aśītiḥ f. eighty-two.
          --aṣṭaṃ copper.
          --ahaḥ a period of two days.
          --ātmaka a. 1. having a double nature. --2. being two.
          --āmuṣyāyaṇaḥ 'a son of two persons or fathers, an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another.
          --ṛcaṃ (dvṛcaṃ or dvyarcaṃ) a collection of two verses or ṛks.
          --kaḥ, --kakāraḥ 1. a crow (there being two Kas in the word kāka). --2. the ruddy goose (there being two kas in the word koka). --kakud m. a camel.
          --gu a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (
          --guḥ) a sub-division of the Tatpurusha compound in which the first member is a numeral; dvaṃdvo dvigurapi cāhaṃ Udb.
          --guṇa a. double, twofold. (dviguṇākṛ to plough twice; dviguṇīkṛ to double, increase; dviguṇībhūta a. doubled, augmented).
          --guṇita a. 1. doubled, multiplied by two; Ki. 5. 46. --2. folded double. --3. enveloped. --4. doubly increased, doubled.
          --caraṇa a. having two legs, two-legged; dvicaraṇapaśūnāṃ kṣitibhujāṃ Śānti. 4. 15.
          --catvāriṃśa a. (dvi-dvā-catvāriṃśa) fortysecond.
          --catvāriṃśat f. (dvi dvā-catvāriṃśat) forty-two.
          --jaḥ 'twice-born' 1. a man of any of the first three castes of the Hiṇdus (a Brāhmaṇa, Kshatriya or Vaiśya); see Y. 1. 39. --2. a Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Samskāras or purificatory rites are performed); janmanā brāhmaṇo jñeyaḥ saṃskārairdvija ucyate. --3. any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; sa tamānaṃdamaviṃdata dvijaḥ N. 2. 1; S. 5. 21; R. 12. 22; Mu. 1. 11; Ms. 5. 17. --4. a tooth; kīrṇaṃ dvijānāṃ gaṇaiḥ Bh. 1. 13 (where dvija means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also). -agryaḥ a Brāhmaṇa. -ayanī the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. -ālayaḥ 1. the house of a dvija. --2. a nest. -iṃdraḥ, -īśaḥ 1. the moon; Śi. 12. 3--2. an epithet of Garuḍa. --3. cam. phor. -dāsaḥ a Śūdra. -devaḥ a Brāhmaṇa. -patiḥ, -rājaḥ an epithet off 1. the moon; R. 5. 23. --2. Garuḍa. --3. camphor. -prapā 1. a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water. --2. a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle, &c. -baṃdhuḥ, -bruvaḥ 1. a man who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. --2. one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. brahmabaṃghu -mukhyaḥ a Brāhmaṇa. -liṃgin m. 1. a Kshatriya. --2. a pseudo-Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. -vāhanaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu, (having Garuḍa for his vehicle.). -sevakaḥ a Śūdra.
          --janman a. 1. having two natures. --2. regenerated. --3. oviparous. (--m.),
          --jātiḥ m. 1. a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; Ms. 2. 24 --2. a Brāhmaṇa; Ki. 1. 39; Ku. 5. 40. --3. a bird. --4. a tooth.
          --jātīya a. 1. belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus. --2. of a twofold nature. --3. of mixed origin, mongrel. (
          --yaḥ) a mule.
          --jihva a. 1. double-tongued, (fig. also). --2. insincere (
          --hvaḥ) 1. a snake; Śi. 1. 63; R. 11. 64, 14. 41; Bv. 1. 20.
     (2) an informer, a slanderer, tale-bearer. --3. an insincere person --4. a thief --ṭhaḥ 1. the sign visarga consisting of two dots. --2. N. of Svāhā wife of Agni. --tra a. pl. two or three: R. 5. 25; Bh. 2. 121. --triṃśa (dvātriṃśa) a. 1. thirty second. --2. consisting of thirty two. --triṃśat (dvātriṃśat) f. thirtytwo. -lakṣaṇa a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon thebody. --daṃḍi ind. stick against stick. --dat a. having two teeth. --dala a. having two parts, two leafed. --daśa a. pl. twenty. --daśa a. (dvādaśa) 1. twelfth; Ms. 2. 36. --2. consisting of twelve. --daśan (dvādaśam) a. pl. twelve. -aṃśuḥ, -arcis m. an epithet of 1. the planet Jupiter. --2. Bṛhaspati, the preceptor of the gods. -akṣaḥ, -karaḥ, -locanaḥ epithets of Kārtikeya. -aṃgulaṃ a measure of twelve fingers. -adhyāyī N of Jaimini's Mīmāmsā in twelve Adhyāyas. -anyika a. committing twelue mistakes in reading. -asraṃ a dodecagon. -ahaḥ 1. a period of twelve days; Ms. 5. 83, 11. 168. --2. a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. -ākhyaḥ, -akṣaḥ a Buddha. -ātman m. the sun. -ādityāḥ pl. the twelve suns; see āditya. -āyus m. a dog. -vārṣika a. 1. twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt. 1. -vidha a. twelve-fold. -sahasra a. consisting of 12000. --daśī (dvādaśī) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. --daśaṃ (dvādaśaṃ) a collection of twelve. --dāmnī a cow tied with two ropes. --divaḥ a ceremony lasting for two days. --devataṃ the constellation viśākhā. --dehaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa. --dhātuḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa. --nagnakaḥ a circumcised man. --navata (dvi-dvā-navata) a. ninety-second. --navatiḥ (dvi-dvānavatiḥ) f. ninety-two. --paḥ an elephant. -adhipaḥ Indra's elephant. -āsyaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa. --pakṣaḥ 1. a bird. --2. a month. --paṃcāśa (dvidvā-pacāṃśa) a. fifty-second. --paṃcāśat f. (dvi-dvā-paṃcāśat) fifty-two. --pathaṃ 1. two ways.
     (2) a cross-way, a place where two roads meet. --pad see dvipād below. --pada a. having two feet (as a verse). --padaḥ a biped, man. --padikā, --padī a kind of Prākṛta metre. --pād, --pādaḥ 1. a biped, man. --2. a bird. --3. a god. --pādyaḥ, --dyaṃ a double penalty. --pāyin m. an elephant. --biṃduḥ a Visarga(:) --bhujaḥ an angle. --bhūma a. having two floors (as a palace). --mātṛ, -ma tṛjaḥ an epithet of 1. Gaṇeśa. --2. king Jarāsandha. --mātraḥ a long vowel (having two syllabic instants.) --mārgī a crossaway. --mukhā a leech. --raḥ 1 a bee; cf. dvirepha. --2 = barvara q. v. --radaḥ an elephant; R. 4. 4; Me. 59. -aṃtakaḥ, -arātiḥ, -aśanaḥ 1. a lion. --2. the Śarabha. --rasanaḥ a snake. --rātraṃ two nights. --rūpa a. 1. biform. --2. written in two ways. --3. having a different shape.
     (4) bi-colour, bipartite. (--paḥ) 1. a variety of interpretation or reading. --2. a word correctly written in two ways. --retas m. a mule. --rekaḥ a large black bee (there being two ras in the word bhramara); Ku. 1. 27, 3. 27, 36. --vacanaṃ the dual number (in gram.). --vajrakaḥ a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides). --vāhikā a swing. --viṃśa (dvāviṃśa) a. twenty-second. --viṃśatiḥ f. (dvātriṃśatiḥ) twenty-two. --vidha a. of two kinds or sorts; Ms 7. 162 --veśarā a kind of light carriage drawn by mules. --śataṃ 1. two hundred. --2. one hundred and two. --śatya a. worth or bought for two hundred. --śapha a. clovenfooted. (--phaḥ) any cloven-footed animal. --śīrṣaḥ an epithet of Agni. --ṣaṣ a. pl. twice six, twelve. --ṣaṣṭa (dviṣaṣṭa, dvāṣaṣṭa) a. sixty-second. --ṣaṣṭiḥ f. (dviṣaṣṭiḥ, dvāṣaṣṭiḥ) sixtytwo. --saptata (dvi-dvā-saptata) a. seventysecond. --sraptatiḥ f. (dvi-dvā-saptatiḥ) seventy-two. --saptāhaḥ a fortnight. --samatribhujaḥ an isosceles triangle. --sahasrākṣaḥ the great serpent Śeṣa. --sahasra, --sāhasra a. consisting of 2000. (--sraṃ) 2000. --sītya, --halya a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first lengthwise and then breadth-wise. --suvarṇa a. worth or bought for two golden coins. --han m. an elephant. --hāyana, --varṣa a. two years old. --hīna a. of the neuter gender. --hṛdayā a pregnant woman. --hotṛ m. an epithet of Agni.

dvika a.
     (1) Two-fold, forming a pair, consisting of two.
     (2) Second.
     (3) Happening the second time.
     (4) Increased by two, two percent; dvikaṃ śataṃ vṛddhiḥ Ms. 8. 141-2 See dvika under dvi also.

dvitaya a. (yī f.) Consisting of or divided into two, double, twofold; drumasānumata kimaṃtaraṃ yadi vāyau dvitaye'pi te calāḥ R. 8. 90; someimes used in pl. --yaṃ A pair, couple; R. 8. 6.

dvitīya a. Second; tvaṃ jīvitaṃ tvamasi me hṛdayaṃ dvitīyaṃ U. 3. 26; Me. 83; R. 3. 49. --yaḥ
     (1) The second in a family, a son
     (2) A companion, partner, friend; (usually at the end of comp.); prayataparigrahadvitīyaḥ R. 1. 95; Ku. 3. 35; so chāyā-, duḥkha- &c.
     (3) The second letter of a class.
     (4) The second person (in gram.). --yā
     (1) The second day of a lunar fortnight.
     (2) A wife, companion, partner.
     (3) (In gram.) The accusative case. --yaṃ The half. --yaṃ ind. A second time, again.
     -- Comp.
          --āśramaḥ the second stage or period of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa, i. e. gārhasthya. --vayas a. having arrived at the second stage of life.

dvitīyākṛ 8. U. To plough twice.

dvitīyaka a.
     (1) Second; also dvitīyika.
     (2) Happening the second time.
     (3) Returning every second day (as a fever).

dvitīyākṛta a. Ploughed twice(as a field).

dvitīyin a. (nī f.) Occupying the second place.

dvitvam
     (1) A pair, couple.
     (2) The number 'two'.
     (3) Duality.
     (4) The dual.
     (5) Reduplication.

dvidha a. Divided into two parts, split asunder.

dvidhā ind.
     (1) In two parts; dvidhā bhinnāḥ śikhaṃḍibhiḥ R. 1. 39; Ms. 1. 12, 32; dvidheva hṛdayaṃ tasya duḥkhitasyābhavattadā Mb.
     (2) In two ways.
     -- Comp.
          --karaṇaṃ dividing into two parts, splitting.
          --gatiḥ 1. an amphibious animal. --2. a crab. --3. a crocodile.

dviśas ind. By twos, two by two, in couples.

dvis ind. Twice; dvirivapratiśabdena vyājahāra himālayaḥ Ku. 6. 64; Ms. 2. 60.
     -- Comp.
          --āgamanaṃ (dvirāgamanaṃ) the ceremony of the second entrance of the bride into her husband's house.
          --āpaḥ (dviropaḥ) an elephant.
          --ukta a. (dvirukta) 1. spoken twice, repeated. --2. said in two ways. --3. redundant, tautologous, superfluous. (
          --ktaṃ) repetition.
          --uktiḥ f. (dviruktiḥ) 1. repetition, tautology. --2. superfluity, uselessness. --3. twofold way of narration.
          --ūḍhā (dvirūḍhā) a woman married twice.
          --bhāvaḥ, --vacanaṃ reduplication.

dviṣ 2. U. (dveṣṭi, dviṣṭe; dviṣṭa) To hate, dislike, be hostile towards; na dvekṣi yajjanamatastvamajātaśatruḥ Ve. 3. 13; Bg. 2. 57, 18. 10; Bk. 17. 61; 18. 9; ramyaṃ dveṣṭi S. 6. 4. (Prepositions like pra, vi and saṃ are prefixed to this root without any change of meaning.)

dviṣ a. Hostile, hating, inimical. --m. An enemy; raṃbhrānbeṣaṇadakṣāṇāṃ dviṣāmāmiṣatāṃ yayau R. 12. 11; 3. 45; Pt. 1. 70. --f. Ved. Hostility.
     -- Comp.
          --sevā treachery.

dviṣaḥ An enemy. (dviṣaṃtapa a. Harassing an enemy, retaliating).

dviṣat m. An enemy(with acc. or gen.); tataḥ paraṃ duṣprasahaṃ dviṣadbhiḥ R. 6. 31; Śi. 2. 1; Bk. 5. 97.

dviṣṭa p. p. [dviṣ-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Hostile.
     (2) Hated, disliked. --ṣṭaṃ Copper.

dveṣaḥ [dviṣ-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Hate, dislike, abhorrence, repugnance, distaste; S. 5. 18; Bg. 3. 34, 7. 27; so annadveṣaḥ, bhaktadveṣaḥ &c.
     (2) Enmity, hostility, malignity; Ms. 8. 225.

dveṣaṇa a. Hating, disliking. --ṇaḥ An enemy. --ṇaṃ Hate, hatred, enmity, dislike.

dveṣas n. Ved.
     (1) Hatred.
     (2) Sin.
     (3) An enemy.

dveṣin, dveṣṭṛ a. Hating &c. --m. An enemy; Pt. 1. 57.

dveṣya pot. p.
     (1) To be hated.
     (2) Odious, hateful, disagreeble; R. 1. 28; Pt. 1. 239. --ṣyaḥ An enemy; Bg. 6. 9; 9. 29; Ms. 9. 307.

dvīpaḥ, --pam [dvirgatā dvayo rdiśorvā gatā āpo yatra; dvi-ap, apa īp]
     (1) An island.
     (2) A place of refuge, shelter, protection.
     (3) A division of the terrestrial world; (the number of these divisions varies according to different authorities, being four, seven, nine or thirteen, all situated round the mountain Meru like the petals of a lotus flower, and each being separated from the other by a distinct ocean. In N. 1. 5 the Dvīpas are said to be eighteen; but seven appears to be the usual number; cf. R. 1. 65 and S. 7. 33. The central one is jaṃbudvīpa in which is included bharatakhaṃḍa or India.) --paṃ The skin of a tiger.
     -- Comp.
          --karpūraḥ camphor from China.

dvīpavat a. Full of islands. --m.
     (1) A river.
     (2) The ocean. --tī
     (1) The earth.
     (2) A river.

dvīpin m.
     (1) A tiger in general; carmaṇi dvīpinaṃ haṃti Sk.
     (2) A leopard, panther.
     -- Comp.
          --nakhaḥ --khaṃ 1. a tiger's nail. --2. a kind of perfume.

dvīpyaḥ
     (1) An islander.
     (2) N. of Vyāsa.
     (3) A sort of crow, slight.
     (4) N. of Rudra.

dvṛ 1 P. (dvarati)
     (1) To hinder.
     (2) To cover.
     (3) To disregard.
     (4) To appropriate wrongly.

dvedhā ind. In two parts, in two ways, twice.

dveṣaḥ dveṣaṇa, dveṣya &c. See under dviṣ.

dvaiguṇikaḥ A usurer who charges cent per cent interest.

dvaiguṇyam
     (1) Dble amount, value, or measure.
     (2) Duality.
     (3) The possession of two out of the three qualities sattva, rajas and tamas.

dvaitam [dvidhā itaṃ dvītaṃ tasya bhāvaḥ svārthe aṇ]
     (1) Duality.
     (2) Dualism in philosophy, the assertion of two distinct principles, such as the maintenance of the doctrine that spirit and matter, Brahman and the universe, or the Individual and the Supreme Soul, are different from each other; cf. advaita; kiṃ śāstraṃ śravaṇena yasya galati dvaitāṃdhakārotkaraḥ Bv. 1. 86.
     (3) N. of a forest.
     -- Comp.
          --vanaṃ N. of a forest; Ki. 1. 1.
          --vādaḥ the doctrine of dualism; see above.
          --vādin m. a philosopher who maintains the dvaita doetrine.

dvaitin m. A philosopher who maintains the dvaita doctrine.

dvaitīyīka a. (kī f.) Second; dvaitīyīkatayā mito'yamagamattasya prabaṃdhe mahākāvye cāruṇi naiṣadhīyacarite sargo nisargojjvalaḥ N. 2. 110; cf. tārtīyīka.

dvaidha a. (dhī f.) Two-fold, double. --dhaṃ
     (1) Duality, two-fold nature or state.
     (2) Separation into two parts.
     (3) Double resource, secondary reserve.
     (4) Diversity, difference, conflict, contest, variance; śrutidvaidhaṃ tu yatra syāt tatra dharmāvubhau smṛtau Ms. 2. 14 9. 32; Y. 2. 78.
     (5) Doubt, uncertainty; Bg. 5. 25; Ve. 6. 44.
     (6) Double-dealing, duplicity, one of the six modes of foreign policy; see dvaidhībhāva below and guṇa.
     (7) Contradiction. --dhaṃ ind.
     (1) In two parts.
     (2) In two ways, doubly.

dvaidhīkṛ 8 U. To separate, divide (into two).

dvaidhīkṛta a. Separated, made twofold.
     (2) Brought into a dilemma, embarrassed, perplexed.

dvaidhībhū 1 P.
     (1) To become divided into two parts, be disunited.
     (2) To vacillate, be divided or uncertain, be in suspense (as mind); kṛtyayorbhinnadeśaṃtvād dvaidhībhavati me manaḥ S. 2. 17. s

dvaidhībhāvaḥ
     (1) Duality, double state or nature.
     (2) Separation into two, difference, diversity.
     (3) Doubt, uncertainty, vacillation, suspense; dhṛtadvaidhībhāvakātaraṃ me manaḥ S. 1.
     (4) A dilemma.
     (5) One of the six Guṇas or modes of foreign policy. (According to some authorities it means 'double-dealing' or 'duplicity', 'keeping apparently friendly relations with the enemy'; balinordviṣatormadhye vācātmānaṃ samarpayan . dvaidhībhāvena tiṣṭhettu kākākṣivadalakṣitaḥ ... According to others it means 'dividing one's army and encountering a superior enemy in detachments', 'harassing the enemy by attacking them in small bands'; dvaidhībhāvaḥ svabalasya dvidhākaraṇaṃ Mit. on Y. 1. 347; cf. also Ms. 7. 173 and 160.
     (6) A contest, dispute.
     (7) Falsehood, duplicity.

dvaidhyam
     (1) Duplicity.
     (2) Diversity, difference.
     (3) Falsehood.

dvaipa a. (pī f.) [dvīpino vikāraḥ --añ dvīpādāgataḥ -aṇ vā]
     (1) Relating to or living on an island.
     (2) Belonging to a tiger, made of or covered with a tiger's skin. --paḥ A car covered with a tiger's skin. --paṃ The skin of a tiger.

dvaipakṣam Two parties.

dvaipāyanaḥ [dvīpaḥ ayanaṃ janmabhūmiryasya sa dvīpāyanaḥ, svārthe-aṇ] 'The island-born', N. of Vyāsa.

dvaipya a. (pyā, pyī f.) Living on or relating to an island; Śi. 3. 76.

dvaimātura a. Having two mothers, i. e. a natural mother and a stepmother. --raḥ
     (1) N. of Gaṇeśa.
     (2) N. of Jarāsandha; hate hiḍiṃbaripuṇā rājñi dvaimāture yudhi Śi. 2. 60.

dvaimātṛka a. (kī f.) Nourished by rain and rivers (as a country); cf. devamātṛka.

dvairatham
     (1) A single combat in chariots.
     (2) A single combat in general. --thaḥ An adversary.

dvairājyam A dominion divided between two kings.

dvaivārṣika a. (kī f.) Biennial.

daividhyam
     (1) Duality, two-fold nature.
     (2) Variance, diversity, difference.

dvaisamika a. (kī f.) Two years old.

dvaihāyanam The period of two years.

dha

dha a. (At the end of comp.) Placing, holding, containing, causing &c. --dhaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Brahmā.
     (2) N. of Kubera.
     (3) Virtue, moral merit. --dhaṃ Wealth, property.

dhak An exclamation of anger; U. 4. 24.

dhakk 10 U. (dhakkaṃyati-te) To destroy or annihilate.

dhaṭaḥ
     (1) A balance, a pair of scales.
     (2) Ordeal by the balance.
     (3) The sign Libra of the zodiac.

dhaṭakaḥ A kind of weight equal to 42 Guñjās or Raktikas.

dhaṭikā, dhaṭī
     (1) Old cloth or raiment.
     (2) A strip of cloth fastened round the loins or over the privities.

dhaṭin m. [dhaṭo'styasya-ini]
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) The sign Libra of the zodiac.
     (3) A dealer, trader. --nī = dhaṭī.

dhaṇ 1 P. (dhaṇati) To sound.

dhattūraḥ, --dhattūrakaḥ --kā The white thorn-apple; (Mar. dhotarā).

dhan I. 1 P. (dhanati) To sound, --II. 3 P. (dadhaṃti) Ved. To bear fruit.

dhanam [dhan-ac]
     (1) Property, wealth, riches, treasure, money (gold, chattels &c.); dhanaṃ tāvadasulabhaṃ H. 1; (fig. also), an in tapodhana, vidyādhana, &c.
     (2)
          (a) Any valued possession, an object of affection or endearment, dearest treasure; kaṣṭaṃ janaḥ kuladhanarainuraṃjanīyaḥ U. 1. 14; gurorapīdaṃ dhanamāhitāgneḥ R. 2. 44; mānadhana, abhimāna- &c.
          (b) A valuable article; Ms. 8. 201, 202.
     (3) Capital, (opp. vṛddhi or interest).
     (4) A booty, prey, spoil.
     (5) The reward given to a victor in a combat, the prize won in a game.
     (6) A contest for prizes, a match.
     (7) The lunar mansion called dhaniṣṭhā.
     (8) Surplus, residue.
     (9) (In math.) The affirmative quantity or plus (opp. ṛṇa). (10) A sound.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikāraḥ right to property, right of inheriting property.
          --adhikārin m.,
          --adhikṛtaḥ 1. a treasurer. --2. an heir.
          --adhigoptṛ m.,
          --adhipaḥ, --adhipatiḥ, --adhyakṣaḥ 1. an epithet of Kubera; Ki. 5. 16. --2. a treasurer.
          --apahāraḥ 1. fine. --2. plunder.
          --arcita a. 1. honoured with gifts of wealth, kept contented by valuable presents; mānadhanā dhanārcitāḥ Ki. 1. 19. --2. wealthy, opulent.
          --arthin a. desiring or seeking for wealth, covetous, miserly.
          --ādhāraḥ a treasury.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. a treasurer. --2. an epithet of Kubera.
          --uṣman m. warmth of wealth; cf. arthoṣman. --eṣin m. a creditor who claims his money
          --kāma, kāmya a. covetous, greedy.
          --keliḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --kṣayaḥ loss of wealth; dhanakṣaye vardhati jāṭharāgniḥ Pt. 2. 178.
          --garva, --garvita a. purseproud.
          --chūḥ the numidian crane.
          --jātaṃ all kinds of valuable possessions, aggregate property.
          --da a. liberal. (
          --daḥ) 1. a liberal or munificent man. --2. an epithet of Kubera; R. 9. 25; 17. 80. --3. N. of fire. --4. = dhanaṃjaya
     (4) q. v. -anujaḥ an epithet of Ravaṇa; R. 12. 52, 88. --daṃḍaḥ punishment in the shape of a fine. --dāyin m. fire. --dhānī treasury. --patiḥ 1. an epithet of Kubera; tatrāgāraṃ dhanapatigṛhānuttareṇāsmadīyaṃ Me. 75, 7. --2. a treasurer. --3. = dhanaṃjaya
     (4) q. v. --pālaḥ 1. a treasurer. --2. an epithet of Kubera. --piśācikā, --piśācī 'the demon of wealth', an avaricious desire of wealth, greed, avarice. --prayogaḥ usury. --mada a. purseproud. (--daḥ) pride of wealth. --mūlaṃ principal, capital. --lobhaḥ avarice, cupidity. --vyayaḥ 1. expen. diture. --2. extravagance. --sthānaṃ a treasury. --haraḥ 1. an heir. --2. a thief. --3. a kind of perfume. --hārya a. to be won over by wealth; Mk. 1. 31, 5. 9. --hīna a. deprived of wealth, poor.

dhanakaḥ, --dhanāyā Avarice, greed, covetousness.

dhanaṃjayaḥ
     (1) N. of Arjuna; (the name is thus derived in Mb.: --sarvāñjanapadāñjitvā vittamādāya kevalaṃ . madhye dhanasya tiṣṭhāmi tenāhurmāṃ dhanaṃjayaṃ ..).
     (2) An epithet of fire.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (4) A kind of vital air nourishing the body.

dhanavat a. Rich, wealthy. --tī N. of the constellation dhaniṣṭhā.

dhanāyati Den. P. To wish for wealth; Ki. 13. 56; Mv. 4. 49.

dhanika a. [dhanamādeyatvenāstyasya-ṭhan]
     (1) Rich; wealthy.
     (2) Virtuous. --kaḥ
     (1) A rich or wealthy man.
     (2) A money-lender, creditor; dāpayeddhanikasyārthaṃ Ms. 8. 51; Y. 2. 55.
     (3) A husband.
     (4) An honest trader.
     (5) The priyaṃgu tree. --kā
     (1) A virtuous woman.
     (2) A wife, young woman.
     (3) N. of a tree (priyaṃgu).

dhanin a. (nī f.) Rich, opulent, wealthy. --m.
     (1) A wealthy man.
     (2) A creditor; Y. 2. 18, 41; Ms. 8. 61.
     (3) The possessor of anything.

dhaniṣṭha a. Very rich; (Superl. of dhanin or dhanavat). --ṣṭhā N. of the twenty-third lunar mansion (consisting of four stars).

dhanī, dhanīkā A young girl or woman.

dhanīyatī Den. P. To wish for wealth.

dhanī(ne)yakam Coriander seed; see dhanyāka.

dhanuḥ
     (1) A bow (perhaps for dhanus q. v.).
     (2) N. of the priyaṃgu tree.
     (3) A measure of four hastas.
     (4) The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac.
     (5) An archer. --f. A sandy shore.

dhanus a. [dhan śabde-usi] Armed with a bow. --n.
     (1) A bow; dhanuṣyamoghaṃ samadhatta bāṇaṃ Ku. 3. 66; so iṃdradhanuḥ &c. (At the end of Bah. comp. dhanus is changed to dhanvan; R. 2. 8).
     (2) A measure of length equal to four hastas; Y. 2. 167; Ms. 8. 237.
     (3) An arc of a circle.
     (4) The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac.
     (5) A desert; cf. dhanvan. --m. N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --ākāra a. (dhanurākāra) bow shaped, curved, bent.
          --kara (dhanuṣkara) a. having or armed with a bow. (
          --raḥ) a bow-maker.
          --kāṃḍaṃ (dhanuḥkāṃḍaṃ) a bow and arrow.
          --khaṃḍaṃ (dhanuḥkhaṃḍaṃ) part of a bow; Me. 15.
          --guṇaḥ (dhanurguṇaḥ) a bow-string.
          --grahaḥ (dhanurgrahaḥ), --grāhaḥ an archer.
          --jyā (dhanurjyā) a bow-string; anavaratadhanurjyāsphālanakrūrapūrvaṃ S. 2. 4.
          --drumaḥ (dhanurdrumaḥ) a bamboo.
          --dharaḥ, --bhṛt m. (dhanurdharaḥ &c.) 1. an archer; R. 2. 11, 29; 3. 31, 38, 39; 9. 11; 12. 97; 16. 77. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --3. the sign Sagittarius of the zodiac.
          --dhārin m. an archer.
          --pāṇi a. (dhanuṣpāṇi) armed with a bow, with a bow in hand.
          --mārgaḥ (dhanurmārgaḥ) a line curved like a bow, a curve.
          --vidyā (dhanurvidyā) the science of archery.
          --vṛkṣaḥ (dhanurvṛkṣaḥ) 1. a bamboo. --2. the aśvattha tree.
          --vedaḥ (dhanurvedaḥ) the science of archery, one of the four Upavedas q. v.
          --vedin m. an epithet of Śiva.

dhanuṣmat m. An archer.

dhanū f. A bow. --m. A store of grain.

dhanya a. [dhanaṃ labdhā --yat]
     (1) Bestowing or conferring wealth; Ms. 3. 106, 4. 19.
     (2) Wealthy, rich, opulent.
     (3) Blessed, fortunate, lucky, happy; dhanyaṃ jīvanamasya mārgasarasaḥ Bv. 1. 16, 4. 37; dhanyā keyaṃ sthitā te śi rasi Mu. 1. 1.
     (4) Excellent, good virtuous. --nyaḥ
     (1) A lucky or bless'ed man, a fortunate being; dhanyāstadaṃgarajasā malinībhavaṃti S. 7. 17; Bh. 1. 41; dhanyaḥ ko'pi na vikriyāṃ kalayate prāpte nave yauvane 1. 72.
     (2) An infidel, an atheist.
     (3) N. of a spell. --nyā
     (1) A nurse.
     (2) Coriander. --nyaṃ
     (1) Wealth, treasure.
     (2) Coriander.
     -- Comp.
          --vādaḥ 1. an expression of thanks, thanksgiving. --2. praise, applause.

dhanyaṃmanya a. Considering oneself to be blessed or fortunate.

dhanyākam
     (1) A plant bearing a small pungent seed used as a condiment.
     (2) The seed of this plant (coriander).

dhanvam A bow (rarely used in classical literature).
     -- Comp.
          --dhiḥ a bow-case.

dhanvan m., n.
     (1) A dry soil, desert, waste; evaṃ dhanvani caṃpakasya sakale saṃhārahetāvapi Bv. 1. 31.
     (2) Shore, firm land.
     (3) The sky.
     -- Comp.
          --durgaṃ a fort inaccessible on account of a surrounding desert; Ms. 7. 70.

dhanvaṃtaram A measure of distance or length equal to four hastas; cf. daṃḍa.

dhanvaṃtariḥ N. of the physician of the gods, said to have been produced at the churning of the ocean with a cup of nectar in his hand; cf. caturdaśaratna.

dhanvin a. (nī f.) [dhanvaṃ cāpo'styasya ini]
     (1) Armed with a bow.
     (2) Cunning, shrewd. --m.
     (1) An archer; ke mama dhanvino'nye Ku. 3. 10; utkarṣaḥ sa ca dhanvināṃ yadiṣavaḥ sidhyaṃti lakṣye cale S. 2. 5.
     (2) An epithet of Arjuna.
     (3) Of Śiva.
     (4) of Viṣṇu.
     (5) The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac.

dhanvinaḥ A hog(śūkara).

dhama a. (mā or mī f.) [dham dhmāne ac] (Usually at the end of a comp.)
     (1) Blowing; agniṃdhama, nāḍiṃdhama.
     (2) Melting, fusing. --maḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) An epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
     (3) Of Yama, the god of death.
     (4) Of Brahmā.

dhamakaḥ A blacksmith.

dhamadhamā An onomatopoetic word expressive of the sound made by blowing with a bellows or a trumpet.

dhamana a.
     (1) A Blowing.
     (2) Cruel. --naḥ A kind of reed.

dhamaniḥ, --nī f.
     (1) A reed, blow-pipe.
     (2) A tube or canal of the human body, tubular vessel, as a vein, a nerve, &c.
     (3) Throat, neck.
     (4) A speech.

dhamiḥ f. The act of blowing.

dhammalaḥ, dhammilaḥ, dhammillaḥ The braided and ornamented hair of a woman tied over the head and intermixed with flowers, pearls, &c.; ākulākulagaladdhammilla- Gīt. 2; urasi nipatitānāṃ srastadhammilakānāṃ (vadhūnāṃ) Bh. 1. 49; S. Til. 1.

dhaya a. (Usually at the end of comp.) Drinking, sucking; as in stanaṃdhaya.

dhara a. (rā or rī f.) [dhṛ-ac] (Usually at the end of comp.) Holding, carrying, bearing, wearing, containing, possessing, endowed with, preserving, observing, &c.; as in akṣadhara, aṃśudhara, gadādhara, gaṃgādhara, mahīdhara, asṛgdhara, divyāṃbaradhara, &c. --raḥ
     (1) A mountain; utkaṃ dharaṃ draṣṭumavekṣya śaurimutkaṃdharaṃ dāruka ityuvāca Śi. 4. 18.
     (2) A flock of cotton.
     (3) A frivolous or dissolute man (viṭa).
     (4) The king of the tortoises, i. e. Viṣṇu in his Kūrma incarnation.
     (5) N. of one of the Vasus.

dharaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [dhṛ-yuc] Bearing, preserving, holding, &c. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A ridge of land serving the purpose of a bridge; the side of a mountain.
     (2) The world.
     (3) The sun.
     (4) The female breast.
     (5) Rice, corn.
     (6) The Himālaya, (as king of mountains). --ṇaṃ
     (1) Supporting, sustaining, upholding; sāraṃ dharitrīdharaṇakṣamaṃ ca Ku. 1. 17; dharaṇidharaṇakiṇacakragariṣṭhe Gīt. 1.
     (2) Possessing, bringing, procuring, &c.
     (3) Prop, stay, support.
     (4) Security.
     (5) A measure of weight equal to ten palas.

dharaṇiḥ, --ṇī f. [dhṛ-ani vā ṅīp]
     (1) The earth; luṭhatiṃ dharaṇiśayane bahu vilapati tava nāma Gīt. 5.
     (2) Ground, soil.
     (3) A beam for a roof.
     (4) A vein.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. a king. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --3. Of Śiva.
          --kīlakaḥ a mountain.
          --jaḥ, --putraḥ, --sutaḥ 1. an epithet of Mars. --2. an epithet of the demon Naraka.
          --jā, --putrī, --sutā an epithet of Sītā, daughter of Janaka, (as born from the earth).
          --dharaḥ 1. an epithet of Śeṣa. --2. of Viṣṇu. --3. a mountain. --4. a tortoise. --5. a king. --6. an elephant fabled to support the earth.
          --dhṛt m. 1. a mountain. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (3) of Śeṣa. --patiḥ a king. --pūraḥ, --plavaḥ the ocean. --bhṛt m. 1. a king. --2. a mountain. --3. Viṣṇu. --4. Śeṣa. --maṃḍalaṃ the globe. --ruhaḥ a tree.

dharaṇīya a.
     (1) To be held, kept or carried.
     (2) Supportable.

dharā [dharati viśvaṃ dhṛ-ac]
     (1) The earth; dharā dhārāpātairmaṇimayaśarairbhidyata iva Mk. 5. 22.
     (2) A vein.
     (3) Marrow.
     (4) The womb or uterus.
     (5) A mass of gold or other valuables given as a present to Brāhmaṇas.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ a king.
          --amaraḥ, --devaḥ, --suraḥ a Brāhmaṇa.
          --ātmajaḥ, --putraḥ, --sūnuḥ 1. epithets of the planet Mars. --2. epithets of the demon Naraka.
          --ātmajā an epithet of Sītā.
          --uddhāraḥ deliverance of the earth.
          --dharaḥ 1. a mountain. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa. --3. of Śeṣa.
          --patiḥ 1. a king. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --bhuj m. a king.
          --bhṛt m. a mountain.

dharitrī [dhṛ-itra gaurā-ṅīp]
     (1) The earth; S. 2. 15; R. 14. 54; Ku. 1. 2, 17.
     (2) Ground, soil.

dhariman m.
     (1) A balance, pair of scales.
     (2) A form, figure.

dharuṇa a. [dhṛ-unan] Ved. Holding, bearing, carrying, supporting. --ṇaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Brahman.
     (2) Heaven, paradise.
     (3) Water, (n. also).
     (4) Opinion.
     (5) A place where anything is preserved.
     (6) Fire.
     (7) A sucking calf. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Basis, prop, support.
     (2) Firm soil.
     (3) A reservoir.

dharṇasa, --si, dharṇi a. Ved.
     (1) Supporting.
     (2) Strong, able.
     (3) Durable, firm.

dhartṛ m. A supporter, holder.

dharttūraḥ The Dhattūra plant.

dhartram [dhṛ-tra]
     (1) A house.
     (2) A prop, stay.
     (3) A sacrifice.
     (4) Virtue, moral merit.

dharmaḥ [dhriyate loko'nena, dharati lokaṃ vā dhṛ-man; cf. Uṇ. 1. 137]
     (1) Religion the customary observances of a caste sect, &c.
     (2) Law, usage, practice custom, ordinance, statute.
     (3) Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); Ku. 5. 38 and see trivarga also; eka eva suhṛddharmo nidhane'pyanuyāti yaḥ H. 1. 65.
     (4) Duty, prescribed course of conduct; ṣaṣṭhāṃśavṛtterapi dharma eṣaḥ S. 5. 4; Ms. 1. 114.
     (5) Right, justice, equity, impartiality.
     (6) Piety, propriety, decorum.
     (7) Morality, ethics.
     (8) Nature, disposition, character; Māl. 1. 6; prāṇi-, jīva-.
     (9) An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; vadaṃti varṇyāvarṇyānāṃ dharmaikyaṃ dīpakaṃ budhāḥ Chandr. 5. 45; Pt. 1. 304. (10) Manner, resemblance, likeness.
     (11) A sacrifice.
     (12) Good company, associating with the virtuous.
     (13) Devotion, religious abstraction.
     (14) Manner, mode.
     (15) An Upanishad q. v.
     (16) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava.
     (17) N. of Yama, the god of death.
     (18) A bow.
     (19) A drinker of Soma juice. (20) (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion.
     (21) An Arhat of the Jainas.
     (22) The soul.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ (--gā f.) the Indian crane.
          --adharmau (m. du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion. -vid m. a Mīmāmsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action.
          --adhikaraṇaṃ 1. administration of the laws. --2. a court of justice. (
          --ṇaḥ) a judge.
          --adhikaraṇikaḥ, --adhikārin m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary.
          --adhikaraṇin m. a judge, magistrate.
          --adhikāraḥ 1. superintendence of religious affairs; S. 1. --2. administration of justice. --3. the office of a judge.
          --adhiṣṭhānaṃ a court of justice.
          --adhyakṣaḥ 1. a judge. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --anuṣṭhānaṃ acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct.
          --anusāraḥ confor mity to virtue or justice.
          --apeta a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (
          --taṃ) vice, immorality, injustice.
          --araṇyaṃ a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; dharmāraṇyaṃ praviśati gajaḥ S. 1. 33.
          --arthaṃ ind. 1. for religious purposes. --2. justly, according to justice or right.
          --alīka a. having a false character.
          --āgamaḥ a religious statute, lawbook.
          --ācāryaḥ 1. a religious teacher. --2. a teacher of law or customs.
          --ātmajaḥ an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v.
          --ātman a. just, righteous, pious, virtuous. (--m.) a saint, a pious man.
          --āśraya, --āśrita a. righteous, virtuous; Pt. 1. 415.
          --āsanaṃ the throne of justice, judgment-seat, tribunal; na saṃbhāvitamadya dharmāsanamadhyāsituṃ S. 6; dharmāsanādviśati vāsagṛhaṃ nareṃdraḥ U. 1. 7.
          --astikāyaḥ (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. astikāya. --iṃdraḥ an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of Yama.
          --uttara a. 'rich in virtue', chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; dharmottaraṃ madhyamamāśrayaṃte R. 13. 7.
          --upadeśaḥ 1. instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. --2. the collective body of laws.
          --upadeśakaḥ 1. a teacher of the law. --2. a spiritual teacher, a Guru.
          --kathakaḥ an expounder of law.
          --karman n.,
          --kāryaṃ, --kriyā 1. any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. --2. virtuous conduct.
          --kathādaridraḥ the Kali age.
          --kāma a. 1. devoted to virtue. --2. observing duty or right.
          --kāyaḥ 1. an epithet of Buddha. --2. a Jaina saint.
          --kīlaḥ a grant, royal edict or decree.
          --kṛt a. observing duty, acting justly. (--m.) 1. N. of Viṣṇu. --2. a pious man.
          --ketuḥ an epithet of Buddha.
          --kośaḥ, --ṣaḥ the collective body of laws or duties; dharmakoṣasya guptaye Ms. 1. 99.
          --kriyā, --kṛtyaṃ any act of religion, any moral or religious rite.
          --kṣetraṃ 1. Bharatavarsha (the land of religion). --2. N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; dharmakṣetre kurukṣetre samavetā yuyutsavaḥ Bg. 1. 1. (
          --traḥ) a virtuous or pious man.
          --gupta a. observing and protecting religion. (
          --ptaṃ) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --graṃthaḥ a sacred work or scripture.
          --ghaṭaḥ a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha.
          --ghna a. immoral, unlawful.
          --cakraḥ a Buddha. -bhṛt m. a Buddha or Jaina.
          --caraṇaṃ, --caryā observance of the law, performance of religious duties; Ku. 7. 83.
          --cārin a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; R. 3. 45. (--m.) an ascetic.
          --cāriṇī 1. a wife. --2. a chaste or virtuous wife.
          --ciṃtaka a. 1. studying or familiar with duty. --2. reflecting on the law.
          --ciṃtanaṃ, --ciṃtā study of virtue, consideration, of moral duties, moral reflection.
          --jaḥ 1. 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms. 9. 107. --2. N. of yudhiṣṭhira. --janman m. N. of yudhiṣṭhira. --jijñāsā inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; athāto dharmajijñāsā Jaimini's Sutra.
          --jīvana a. one whe acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (
          --naḥ) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites.
          --jña a. 1. knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms. 7. 141, 8. 179, 10. 127. --2. just, righteous, pious.
          --tyāgaḥ abandoning one's religion, apostacy.
          --dānaṃ a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.)
          --dughā a cow milked for religious purposes only.
          --dravī N. of the Ganges.
          --dārāḥ (m. pl.) a lawful wife; strīṇāṃ bhartā dharmadārāśca puṃsāṃ Māl. 6. 18.
          --drohin m. a demon.
          --dhātuḥ an epithet of Buddha.
          --dhvajaḥ, --dhvajin m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor.
          --naṃdanaḥ an epithet of yudhiṣṭhira. --nāthaḥ a legal protector, rightful master.
          --nābhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --nibaṃdhin a. pious, holy.
          --niveśaḥ religious devotion.
          --niṣpattiḥ f. 1. discharge or fulfilment of duty. --2. moral or religious observance.
          --patnī a lawful wife; R. 2. 2, 20, 72; 8. 7; Y. 2. 128.
          --pathaḥ the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct.
          --para a. religiously-minded, pious, righteous.
          --pāṭhakaḥ a teacher of civil or religious law.
          --pālaḥ 'protector of the law,' said metaphorically of (daṃḍa) 'punishment or chastisement,' or 'sword'.
          --pīḍā transgressing the law, an offence against law.
          --putraḥ 1. a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. --2. an epithet of yudhiṣṭhira. --3. any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son.
          --pravaktṛ m. 1. an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. --2. a religious teacher, preacher.
          --pravacanaṃ 1. the science of duty; U. 5. 23. --2. expounding the law. (
          --naḥ) an epithet of Buddha.
          --bāṇijikaḥ, --vāṇijikaḥ 1. one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. --2. one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit.
          --bhaginī 1. a lawful sister. --2. a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. --3. a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister from discharging the same religious duties.
          --bhāginī a virtuous wife.
          --bhāṇakaḥ a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c.
          --bhikṣukaḥ a mendicant from virtuous motives.
          --bhṛt m. 1. 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. --2. a virtuous person.
          --bhrātṛ m. 1. a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. --2. any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties.
          --mahāmātraḥ a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs.
          --mūlaṃ the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas.
          --yugaṃ the Kṛta age.
          --yūpaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --rati a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; R. 1. 23.
          --rāj m. an epithet of Yama.
          --rājaḥ an epithet of 1. Yama. --2. Jina. --3. yudhiṣṭhira. --4. a king.
          --rājan m. N. of yudhiṣṭhira. --rodhin a. 1. opposed to law, illegal' unlawful. --2. immoral.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ 1. the essential mark of law. --2. the Vedas. (
          --ṇā) the Mīmāmsa philosophy.
          --lopaḥ 1. irreligion, immorality. --2. violation of duty; R. 1. 76.
          --vatsala a. loving piety or duty.
          --vartin a just, virtuous.
          --vardhanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --vādaḥ discussion about law or duty, religious controversy.
          --ghāsaraḥ the day of full moon.
          --vāhanaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama).
          --vid a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). -uttamaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --vidyā knowledge of the law or right.
          --vidhiḥ a legal precept or injunction.
          --viplavaḥ violation of duty, immorality.
          --vivecanaṃ 1. judicial investigation. --2. dissertation on duty.
          --vīraḥ (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:
          --sapadi vilayametu rājyalakṣmīrupari pataṃtvathavā kṛpāṇadhārāḥ . apaharatutarāṃ śiraḥ kṛtāṃto mama tu matirna manāgapaitu dharmāt ... --vṛddha a. advanced in virtue or piety; Ku. 5. 16.
          --vaitaṃsikaḥ one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous.
          --śālā 1. a court of justice, tribunal. --2. any charitable institution.
          --śāsanaṃ, --śāstraṃ a code of laws, jurisprudence; H. 1. 17; Y. 1. 5.
          --śīla a. just, pious, virtuous.
          --saṃhitā a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājṇavalkya, &c.).
          --saṃgaḥ 1. attachment to justice or virtue. --2. hypocrisy.
          --saṃgītiḥ 1. discussion about law. --2. (with Buddhists) a council.
          --sabhā a court of justice.
          --sahāyaḥ a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties.
          --sūḥ m. the fork-tailed shrike.
          --setuḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --sthaḥ a judge.
          --svāmin m. an epithet of Buddha.

dharmataḥ ind.
     (1) According to law or rule, rightly, religiously, justly.
     (2) Virtuously, righteously.
     (3) From a virtuous or religious motive.

dharmatvam
     (1) Morality, virtue, righteousness.
     (2) Inherent property or nature.

dharman m. [dhṛ-manin]
     (1) A preserver, maintainer, supporter. --n.
     (1) A religious rite.
     (2) Support, stay.
     (3) Religion, duty.
     (4) Law, custom.
     (5) A mode, manner.
     (6) Characteristic quality or mark.

dharmamaya a. Virtuous, righteous, pious.

dharmayu a. Virtuous, just, pious, righteous.

dharmavat a.
     (1) Holy, virtuous.
     (2) Upright, just.
     (3) Lawful, legal.

dharmin a. [dharmo'styasya-ini]
     (1) Virtuous, just, pious.
     (2) Knowing one's duties.
     (3) Obeying the law.
     (4) Having the properties of, having the nature, peculiar properties, or characteristics of anything, (at the end of comp.); ṣaṭ sutā dvijadharmiṇaḥ Ms. 10. 41; kalpavṛkṣaphaladharmi kāṃkṣitaṃ R. 11. 50.
     (5) Following the habits of any person. --m. An epithet of Viṣṇu.

dharmiṣṭha a. Very pious; (Superl. of rdhīman). --ṣṭhaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

dharmīputraḥ An actor, player.

dharmya a. [dharmādanapetaḥ --yat]
     (1) Consistent with law, duty or religion, lawful, legal; Ms. 3. 22; 25--26.
     (2) Religious (as an act); Ku. 6. 13.
     (3) Just, righteous, fair; dharmyāddhi yuddhācchreyo'nyatkṣatriyasya na vidyate Bg. 2. 31; 9. 2; Y. 3. 44.
     (4) Legitimate.
     (5) Usual.
     (6) Endowed with particular qualities, as taddharmya.

dharṣaḥ [dhṛṣ-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Boldness, insolence, haughtiness, impudence.
     (2) Pride, arrogance.
     (3) Impatience.
     (4) Restraint.
     (5) Violation, seduction (of a woman).
     (6) Injury, wrong, insult.
     (7) A eunuch.
     -- Comp.
          --kāriṇī a violated woman.

dharṣaka a. [dhṛṣ-ṇvul]
     (1) Assailing, attacking, assaulting.
     (2) Violating, seducing.
     (3) Impatient. --kaḥ
     (1) A seducer, an adulterer, a violator.
     (2) An actor, dancer.
     (3) Mime.

dharṣaṇaṃ, --ṇā [dhṛṣ-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Boldness, insolence.
     (2) Insult, affront.
     (3) An assault, outrage, seduction, violation; as in nārī-.
     (4) Copulation.
     (5) Contempt, disrespect.
     (6) Abuse.
     (7) Arrogance.
     (8) An offence.

dharṣaṇiḥ --ṇī f. A disloyal or wanton woman, a harlot.

dharṣita a. [dhṛṣ-karmaṇi kta-iṭ guṇaśca]
     (1) Seduced, outraged, violated.
     (2) Overpowered, overcome, defeated; N. 22. 155.
     (3) Ill-treated abused, insulted. --taṃ
     (1) Contumely, pride.
     (2) Cohabitation, copulation.
     (3) Impatience, intolerance. --tā A harlot, a disloyal or unchaste woman.

dharṣin a.
     (1) Proud, arrogant, overbearing.
     (2) Assaulting, seducing, outraging.
     (3) Insulting, ill-treating.
     (4) Audacious, impudent.
     (5) Cohabiting. --ṇī A harlot, an unchaste woman.

dhavaḥ
     (1) Shaking, trembling.
     (2) A man.
     (3) A husband, as in vidhavā.
     (4) A master, lord.
     (5) A rogue, cheat.
     (6) A kind of tree.

dhavala a. [dhavaṃ kaṃpaṃ lāti lā-ka; Tv.]
     (1) White; dhavalātapatra, dhavalagṛhaṃ, dhavalavastraṃ &c.
     (2) Handsome.
     (3) Clear, pure. --laḥ
     (1) The white colour.
     (2) An excellent bull.
     (3) China camphor (cīnakarpūra).
     (4) N. of a tree (dhava). --laṃ Whitepepper. --lā A woman with a white complexion. --lī A white cow; (dhavalā also).
     -- Comp.
          --utpalaṃ the white water-lily (said to open at moonrise).
          --giriḥ N. of the highest peak of the Himālaya mountain.
          --gṛhaṃ a house whitened with chunam, a palace.
          --pakṣaḥ 1. a goose. --2. the bright half of a lunar month.
          --mṛttikā chalk.

dhavalita a. Whitened, made white.

dhavaliman m.
     (1) Whiteness, white colour.
     (2) Paleness; iyaṃ bhūtirnāṃge priyavirahajanmā dhavalimā Subhāṣ.

dhavāṇakaḥ Wind.

dhavitram A fan made of the deer's skin.

dhas a. [dhā --kasun] Holding; retodhas, purodhas &c. --m.
     (1) N. of Brahman.
     (2) Bṛhaspati.

dhā 3 U. (dadhāti, dhatte, dadhau-dadhe, adhāt-adhita, dhāsyati-te, dhātuṃ, hita; pass. dhīyate; caus. dhāpayati-te; desid. dhitsati-te)
     (1) To put, place, set, lay, put in, lay on or upon; vijñātadoṣeṣu dadhāti daṃḍaṃ Mb.; niḥśaṃkaṃ dhīyate (v. l. for dīyate) lokaiḥ paśya bhasmacaye padaṃ H. 2. 173.
     (2) To fix upon, direct (the mind or thoughts &c.) towards (with dat. or loc.); dhatte cakṣurmukulini raṇatkokile bālacūte Māl. 3. 12; dadhuḥ kumārānugame manāṃsi Bk. 3. 11, 2. 7; Ms. 12. 23.
     (3) To bestow anything upon one, grant, give, confer, present; (with dat., gen., or loc.); dhuryāṃ lakṣmīmatha mayi bhṛśaṃ dhehi deva prasīda Mal. 1. 3; yadyasya so'dadhātsarge tattasya svayamāviśat Ms. 1. 29.
     (4) To hold, contain; tānapi dadhāsi mātaḥ Bv. 1. 68; S. 4. 3.
     (5) To seize, take hold of (as in the hand); Bk. 1. 26, 4. 26; Ki. 13. 54.
     (6) To wear, put on, bear; gurūṇi vāsāṃsi vihāya tūrṇaṃ tanūni ... dhatte janaḥ kāmamadālasāṃgaḥ Rs. 6. 13, 16; dhatte bharaṃ kusumapatraphalāvalīnāṃ Bv. 1. 94; dadhato maṃgalakṣaumai R. 12. 8, 9. 40; Bk. 17. 54.
     (7) To assume, take, have, show, exhibit, possess; (usually Atm.); kācaḥ kāṃcanasaṃsargāddhatte mārakatīṃ dyutiṃ H. Pr. 41; śirasi masīpaṭalaṃ dadhāti dīpaḥ Bv. 1. 74; R. 2. 7; Amaru. 23. 67; Me. 36; Bh. 3. 46; R. 3. 1; Bk. 2. 1; 4. 16, 18; Śi. 9. 3, 10. 86; Ki. 5. 5.
     (8) To hold up, sustain, bear up; gāmadhāsyatkathaṃ nāgo mṛṇālamṛdubhiḥ phaṇaiḥ Ku. 6. 68.
     (9) To support, maintain saṃpadvinimayenobhau dadhaturbhuvanadvayaṃ R. 1. 26. (10) To cause, create, produce, generate, make; mugdhā kuḍmalitānanena dadhatī vāyuṃ sthitā tatra sā Amaru. 70.
     (11) To suffer, undergo, incur; Śi. 9. 2, 32, 66.
     (12) To perform, do
     (13) Ved. To bring, convey.
     (14) To appoint, fix. [The meanings of this root, like those of dā, are variously modified according to the word with which it is connected; e. g. manaḥ, matiṃ, dhiyaṃ, &c. dhā to fix the mind or thoughts upon, resolve upon; padaṃ dhā to set foot on, to enter; karṇe karaṃ dhā to place the hand on the ear &c.]. --WITH api (the a being sometimes dropped) 1.
          (a) to close, shut; dhvanati madhupasamūhe śravaṇamapidadhāti Gīt. 5; so karṇau-nayane-pidadhāti.
          (b) to cover, hide, conceal; prāyo mūrkhaḥ paribhavavidhau nābhimānaṃ pidhatte S. Til. 17 v. l. prabhāvapihitā V. 4. 2; Śi. 9. 76; Bk. 7. 69. --2. to hinder, obstruct, bar; bhujaṃgapihitadvāṃra pātālamadhitiṣṭhati R. 1. 80. (The following verse illustrates the use of dhā with some prepositions: adhita kāpi mukhe salilaṃ sakhī pyadhita kāpi sarojadalaiḥ stanau . vyadhita kāpi hṛdi vyajanānilaṃ nyadhita kāpi himaṃ sutanostanau N. 4. 111; or, better still, the following verse of Jagannātha: nidhānaṃ dharmāṇāṃ kimapi ca vidhānaṃ navamudāṃ pradhānaṃ tīrthānāmamalaparidhānaṃ trijagataḥ . samādhānaṃ buddheratha khalu tirodhānamadhiyāṃ śriyāmādhānaṃ naḥ pariharatu tāpaṃ tava vapuḥ .. G. L. 18).

dhākaḥ [dhā-uṇā -ka tasya netvam]
     (1) An ox.
     (2) A receptacle, reservoir.
     (3) Food, boiled rice.
     (4) A post, pillar, column.
     (5) Brahman.
     (6) A supporter.

dhātuḥ [dhā-ādhāre tun]
     (1) A constituent or essential part, an ingredient.
     (2) An element, primary or elementary substance, i. e. pṛthivī, ap, tejas, vāyu and ākāśa.
     (3) A secretion, primary fluid or juice, essential ingredient of the body (which are considered to be 7: --rasāsṛṅmāṃsamedo'sthimajjāśukrāṇi dhātavaḥ, or sometimes ten if keśa, tvac and snāyu be added).
     (4) A humour or affection of the body, (i. e. vāta, pitta and kapha).
     (5) A mineral, metal, metallic ore; nyastākṣarā dhāturasena yatra Ku. 1. 7; tvāmālikhya praṇayakupitāṃ dhāturāgaiḥ śilāyāṃ Me. 105; R. 4. 71; Ku. 6. 51.
     (6) A verbal root; bhūvādayo dhātavaḥ P. I. 3. 1; paścādadhyayanārthasya dhātoradhirivābhavat R. 15. 9.
     (7) The soul.
     (8) The Supreme Spirit.
     (9) An organ of sense. (10) Any one of the properties of the five elements, i. e. rūpa, rasa, gaṃdha, sparśa; and śabda.
     (11) A bone.
     (12) A part, portion.
     (13) A fluid mineral of a red colour.
     (14) Ved. A supporter.
     (15) Anything to be drunk, as milk &c. --f A milch cow.
     -- Comp. . upalaḥ chalk.
          --kāśīśaṃ, --kāsīsaṃ red sulphate of iron.
          --kuśala a. skilful in working in metals.
          --kriyā metallurgy, mineralogy.
          --kṣayaḥ waste of the bodily humours, a wasting disease, a kind of consumption.
          --grāhin m. calamine.
          --ghnaṃ, --nāśanaṃ sour gruel (prepared from the fermentation of rice-water.
          --jaṃ bitumen
          --drāvakaḥ borax.
          --paḥ the alimentary juice, the chief of the seven essential ingredients of the body.
          --pāṭhaḥ a list of roots arranged according to Pāṇini's grammatical system; (the most important of these lists called dhātupāṭha being supposed to be the work of Pāṇini himself, as supplementary to his Sūtras).
          --puṣṭiḥ f. nutrition of the bodily humours.
          --bhṛt m. a mountain.
          --malaṃ 1. impure excretion of the essential fluids of the body. --2. lead.
          --mākṣikaṃ 1. sulphuret of iron. --2. a mineral substance.
          --mārin. m. sulphur.
          --rasaḥ a mineral or metallic fluid; Ku. 1. 7.
          --rājakaḥ --kaṃ semen.
          --vallabhaṃ borax.
          --vādaḥ mineralogy, metallurgy.
          --vādin m. a mineralogist.
          --viṣ f. lead.
          --vairin m. sulphur.
          --śekharaṃ green sulphate of iron, green vitriol.
          --śodhanaṃ, --saṃbhavaṃ lead.
          --sāmyaṃ good health, (equilibrium of the three humours).
          --han m. sulphur.

dhātumat a. Rich or abounding in metals. -tā richness in metals; Ku. 1. 4.

dhātumaya a. Full of metals, abounding in red minerals; R. 2. 29.

dhātṛ m. [dhā-tṛc]
     (1) A maker, creator, originator, author.
     (2) A bearer, preserver, supporter.
     (3) An epithet of Brahmā, the creator of the world; manye durjanacittavṛttiharaṇe dhātāpi bhagnodyamaḥ H. 2. 165; R. 13. 6; Śī. 13; Ku. 7. 44; Ki. 12. 33.
     (4) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (5) The soul.
     (6) N. for the seven sages (saptarṣi) being the first creation of Brahmā; cf. Ku. 6. 9.
     (7) A married woman's paramour, adulterer.
     (8) One of the forty-nine winds.
     (9) An arranger. (10) One who nourishes.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ an epithet of Sanatkumāra.

dhātram [dhā-ādhāre ṣṭral] A vessel for holding anything, a receptacle.

dhātrī
     (1) A nurse, wet-nurse, fostermother; uvāca dhātryā prathamoditaṃ vacaḥ R. 3. 25; Ku. 7. 25.
     (2) A mother; Y. 3. 82.
     (3) The earth.
     (4) The tree called āmalaka.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ 1. a foster-brother. --2. an actor.
          --phalaṃ An Āmalaka fruit.

dhātreyikā, dhātreyī
     (1) A foster-sister; dhātreyikāyāścaturaṃ vacaśca Māl. 1. 33; kathitameva no māṃlatīdhātreyyā lavaṃgikayā Māl. 1.
     (2) A nurse, wet-nurse.

dhānaṃ, --nī [dhā-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) A receptacle, seat; as in masīdhānī, rājadhānī, yamadhānī.
     (2) Nourishing, nourishment. --nī
     (1) The site of a habitation.
     (2) Coriander.

dhānāḥ f. pl.
     (1) Fried barley or rice.
     (2) Grain fried or powdered.
     (3) Corn, grain.
     (4) A bud, shoot.
     (5) Coriander.
     -- Comp.
          --cūrṇaṃ the meal of fried rice.
          --pūpaḥ a cake of fried barley.
          --bharjanaṃ the frying of grain.

dhānakam Coriander.

dhānākāḥ f. pl.
     (1) Grain, corn.
     (2) Fried barley or parched rice.

dhānī See dhānaṃ.

dhāṭī Assault, attacking.

dhāṇakaḥ A gold coin(part of a Dīnāra).

dhānayaḥ --kaḥ Coriander.

dhānurdaṃḍikaḥ, dhānuṣkaḥ An archer (living by the bow), a bowman; nimittādaparāddheṣordhānuṣkasyeva valgitaṃ Śi. 2. 27.

dhānuṣyaḥ Bamboo.

dhāṃdhā Cardamoms.

dhānyam [dhāne poṣaṇe sādhu yat]
     (1) Graint corn, rice; (for the distinction between sasya, dhānya, taṃḍula and anna see under taṃḍula).
     (2) Coriander.
     (3) A measure equal to four sesamum seeds.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ a pile of grain presented to, Brhāmaṇas as a gift.
          --ariḥ a mouse, rat.
          --arthaḥ wealth in rice or grain
          --amlaṃ sour gruel made of the fermentation of rice-water.
          --asthi n. husk, chaff.
          --uttamaḥ the best of grain, i. e. rice.
          --kalkaṃ 1. bran. --2. chaff, straw.
          --kośaḥ, --koṣṭhakaṃ --kaḥ a granary.
          --kṣetraṃ a corn-field.
          --camasaḥ rice flattened by threshing after it has been steeped and fried in the husk.
          --tvac f. the husk of corn.
          --māyaḥ a corn-dealer.
          --rājaḥ barley.
          --vardhanaṃ lending grain at interest, usury with grain.
          --vījaṃ (bījaṃ) coriander.
          --vīraḥ a sort of pulse (māṣa). --śīrṣakaṃ the ear of corn.
          --śūkaṃ the beard or awn of corn.
          --sāraḥ threshed corn.

dhānyā, dhānyākam Coriander.

dhānvana a. (nī f.) Situated in a desert (dhanvan).

dhāmakaḥ A sort of weight, (māṣa q. v.).

dhāman n. [dhā-manin]
     (1) A dwelling-place, abode, residence, house; turāsāhaṃ purodhāya dhāma svāyaṃbhuvaṃ yayuḥ Ku. 2. 1, 44; puṇyaṃ yāyāstribhuvanagurordhāma caṃḍīśvarasya Me. 33; Bg. 8. 21; Bh. 1. 33.
     (2) A place, site, resort; śriyo dhāma.
     (3) The inmates of a house, members of a family.
     (4) A ray of light; dhāmnātiśāyayati dhāma sahasradhāmnaḥ Mu. 3. 17; Śi. 9. 53.
     (5) Light, lustre, splendour; Mu. 3. 17; Ki. 2. 20, 55, 59; 10. 6; Amaru. 86; R. 6. 6; 18. 22.
     (6) Majestic lustre, majesty, glory, dignity; R. 11. 85.
     (7) Power, strength, energy (pratāpa); Ki. 2. 47.
     (8) Birth.
     (9) The body. (10) A troop, host.
     (11) State, condition.
     (12) A class.
     (13) Ved. Law, rule.
     (14) Ved. Property, wealth.
     (15) A fetter.
     (16) Fashion, mode, manner.
     -- Comp.
          --keśin, m.
          --nidhiḥ the sun.
          --chad m. Ved. N. of Agni.

dhāmanikā, dhāmanī See dhamanī.

dhāya, --dhāyaka a. Having, possessing, holding, sustaining, &c.

dhāyas a. Ved.
     (1) Sustaining, supporting.
     (2) Nourishing.
     (3) Drinking. --n. The act of drinking or sucking.

dhāyu a.
     (1) Sustaining, supporting.
     (2) Liberal.
     (3) Feeding, eating.

dhāyyaḥ A Purohita or family priest.

dhāra a. [dhṛ-ṇic-ac]
     (1) Holding, bearing, supporting.
     (2) Streaming, dripping, flowing. --raḥ
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) A sudden and violent shower of rain, sharp-driving shower.
     (3) Snow, hail.
     (4) A deep place.
     (5) Debt.
     (6) A boundary, limit.
     (7) A sort of stone.

dhāraka a. Holding, possessing, bearing &c.; nāma-, deha-. --kaḥ
     (1) A vessel of any kind (box, trunk, &c.), a water-pot.
     (2) A debtor. --kā The vulva of a female.

dhāraṇa a. (ṇī f.) [dhṛ-ṇic-lyuṭ] Holding, bearing, carrying, preserving, sustaining, protecting, having, assuming, &c. --ṇau (du.) The two female breasts. --ṇaṃ
     (1) The act of holding, bearing, supporting, preserving or keeping back.
     (2) Possessing, possession.
     (3) Observing; holding fast.
     (4) Retaining in the memory; grahaṇadhāraṇapaṭurbālakaḥ.
     (5) Being indebted (to any one.)
     (6) Steady abstraction of the mind.
     (7) Keeping, maintaining.
     (8) Restraining.
     (9) (In gram.) Pronouncing imperfectly, --ṇī
     (1) A row or line.
     (2) A vein or tubular vessel.
     (3) Steadiness.

dhāraṇakaḥ A debtor.

dhāraṇā
     (1) The act of holding, bearing, supporting preserving, &c.
     (2) The faculty of retaining in the mind, a good or retentive memory; dhīrdhāraṇāvatī medhā Mk.
     (3) Memory in general.
     (4) Keeping the mind collected, holding the breath suspended, steady abstraction of mind; paricetumupāṃśu dhāraṇāṃ R. 8. 18; Ms. 6. 72; Y. 3. 201; (dhāraṇetyucyate ceyaṃ dhāryate yanmano tayā).
     (5) Fortitude, firmness, steadiness.
     (6) A fixed precept or injunction, a settled rule, conclusion; iti dharmasya dhāraṇā Ms. 8. 184, 4. 38, 9. 124.
     (7) Understanding, intellect.
     (8) Continuance in rectitude, propriety, decorum.
     (9) Conviction or abstraction.
     -- Comp.
          --yogaḥ deep devotion.
          --śaktiḥ f. a retentive memory.

dhārayiṣṇu a. Capable of holding, sustaining, &c.

dhārayitrī The earth.

dhārā
     (1) A stream or current of water, a line of descending fluid, stream, current; Bh. 2. 93; Me. 55; R. 16. 66; ābaddhadhāramaśru prāvartata Dk. 74.
     (2) A shower, a hard or sharp-driving shower.
     (3) A continuous line or series; Bv. 2. 20.
     (4) A leak or hole in a pitcher.
     (5) The pace of a horse; dhārāḥ prasādhayitumavyatikīrṇarūpāḥ Śi. 5. 60.
     (6) The margin, edge or border of anything; dhruvaṃ sa nīlotpalapatradhārayā śamīlatāṃ chettumṛṣirvyabasyati S. 1. 18.
     (7) The sharp edge of a sword, axe, or of any cutting instrument; tarjitaḥ paraśudhārayā mama R. 11. 78; 6. 42; 10. 86, 41; Bh. 2. 28.
     (8) The edge of a mountain or precipice.
     (9) A wheel or the periphery of a wheel; R. 13. 15. (10) A garden-wall, fence, hedge.
     (11) The van or front line of an army.
     (12) The highest point, excellence
     (13) A multitude.
     (14) Fame.
     (15) Night.
     (16) Turmeric.
     (17) Likeness.
     (18) The tip of the ear.
     (19) Speech. (20) Rumour, report.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the broad-edged head of an arrow.
          --aṃkuraḥ 1. a drop of rain. --2. hail. --3. advancing before the line of an army (to defy the enemy).
          --aṃgaḥ a sword.
          --aṭaḥ 1. the Chātaka bird. --2. a horse. --3. a cloud. --4. a furious elephant, one in rut.
          --adhirūḍha a. raised to the highest pitch.
          --avaniḥ f. wind.
          --aśru n. a flood of tears; Amaru. 10.
          --āsāraḥ a heavy down-fall of rain, a hard or sharp driving shower; dhārāsārairmahatī vṛṣṭirbabhūva H. 3; V. 4. 1.
          --uṣṇa a. warm from a cow (as milk).
          --gṛhaṃ a bathroom with water-jets, a shower-bath or a house furnished with artificial jets or fountains of water; R. 16. 49.
          --dharaḥ 1. holder of streams, a cloud. --2. a sword.
          --nipātaḥ, --pātaḥ 1. a fall of rain, a hard or pelting shower; Me. 48. --2. a stream of water.
          --yaṃtraṃ a fountain, jet (of water); Amaru. 59; Ratn. 1. 12.
          --varṣaḥ, rṣaṃ--, saṃpātaḥ a hard, sharp-driving or incessant, shower; R. 4. 82.
          --bāhin a. incessan continuous; U. 4. 3.
          --viṣaḥ a crooked sword.

dhārāla, dhārāvat a. Having an edge. edged (as a sword &c.).

dhāriṇī The earth.

dhārita a. Held, supported, maintained, &c.

dhārin a. (ṇī f.) [dhṛ-ṇini]
     (1) Carrying, bearing, sustaining, preserving, having, holding, supporting; pādāṃbhoruhadhāri Gīt. 12; kara- &c.
     (2) Keeping in one's memory, possessed of retentive memory; ajñebhyo graṃthinaḥ śreṣṭhā graṃthibhyo dhāriṇo varāḥ Ms. 12, 103.
     (3) Edged.

dhārya a.
     (1) To be held or maintained.
     (2) Bearable.
     (3) To be worn.
     (4) To be suffered, supportable.
     (5) To be borne in mind. --ryaṃ Clothes, garments.

dhārtarāṣṭraḥ [dhṛtarāṣṭrasyāpatyaṃ pumān-aṇ]
     (1) A son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra.
     (2) A sort of goose with black legs and bill; nipataṃti dhārtarāṣṭrāḥ kālavaśānmedinīpṛṣṭhe Ve. 1. 6 (where the word is used in both the senses).

dhārma a. [dharmasyedaṃ aṇ] Belonging to justice or Dharma q. v.

dhārmika a. (kī f.) [dharmaṃ adhīte caratī vā ṭhak]
     (1) Righteous, pious, just, virtuous.
     (2) Resting on right, conformable to justice, equitable.
     (3) Religious.

dhārmiṇam An assemblage of virtuous men.

dhārṣṭyam [dhṛṣṭasya bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyañ] Arrogance, insolence, audacity, impudence, rudeness.

dhāv I. 1 P. (dhāvati, dhāvita)
     (1)
          (a) To run, advance; adyāpi dhāvati manaḥ Ch. P. 36; dhāvaṃtyamī mṛgajavākṣamayeva rathyāḥ S. 1. 8; gacchati puraḥ śarīraṃ dhāvati paścādasaṃstuṃtaṃ cetaḥ 1. 34.
          (b) To move, glide.
     (2) To run towards, advance against, assault, encounter; Bk. 16. 67.
     (3) To flow, stream or flow forth; dhāvatyaṃbhasi tailavat Suśr.
     (4) To run or flee away.
     (5) To give milk (as a cow). --II 1 U. (dhāvati-te, dhauta or dhāvita)
     (1) To wash, clean, cleanse, purify, rub off; dadhābādbhistataścakṣuḥ sugrīvasya bibhīṣaṇaḥ vidāṃcakāra dhautākṣaḥ sa ripuṃ khe nanarda ca .. Bk. 14. 50, S. 6. 24; Śi. 17. 8.
     (2) To brighten, polish.
     (3) To rub into one's person (Atm.).

dhāva a. (At the end of comp.) Washing, cleaning &c.

dhāvaka a. [dhāv-ṇvul]
     (1) Running, flowing.
     (2) Quick, swift.
     (3) Washing. --kaḥ
     (1) A washerman.
     (2) N. of a poet (said to have composed the Ratnāvalī for King Śrīharṣa) śrīharṣāderdhāvakādīnāmiva yaśaḥ K. P. 1. v. l.; prathitayaśasāṃ dhāvakasaumillakaviputrādīnāṃ pranaṃdhānatikramya M. 1. v. l.

dhāvanam [dhāv-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Running, galloping.
     (2) Flowing.
     (3) Attacking.
     (4) Cleansing, purifying, rubbing, washing off.
     (5) Rubbing with anything.

dhāvita p. p.
     (1) Purified, cleansed.
     (2) Running towards, or against.
     (3) Running, going quickly.

dhāvalyam
     (1) Whiteness.
     (2) Paleness.

dhāsas m. Ved. A mountain.

dhāsiḥ Ved. Food.

dhi I. 6 P. (dhiyati) To hold, have, possess. --WITH saṃ to make peace, treat with; cf. saṃdhā. --II. or dhinv 5 P. (dhinoti) To please, delight; satisfy; paśyaṃtī cātmarūpaṃ tadapi vilulitasragdhareyaṃ dhinoti Gīt. 12; dhinoti nāsmāñjalajena pūjā tvayānvahaṃ tanvi vitanyamānā N. 8. 97; U. 5. 27; Ki. 1. 22.

dhiḥ (At the end of comp. only) A receptacle, store, reservoir &c.; as in udadhi, iṣudhi, vāridhi, jaladhi &c.

dhik ind. An interjection of censure, menace or displeasure ('fie', 'shame;' 'out upon,' 'what a pity' &c. usually with acc.); dhik tāṃ ca taṃ ca madanaṃ ca imāṃ ca māṃ ca Bh. 2. 2; dhigimāṃ dehabhṛtāmasāratāṃ R. 8. 50; dhik tān dhik tān dhigetān kathayati satataṃ kīrtanastho mṛdaṃgaḥ; dhik sānujaṃ kurupatiṃ dhigajātaśatruṃ Ve. 3. 11; sometimes with nom., voc, and gen. also; dhiṅ mūrkha, dhigarthāḥ kaṣṭasaṃśrayāḥ Pt. 1; dhigastu hṛdayasyāsya &c.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃḍaḥ reprimand, censure; Ms. 8. 129.
          --pāruṣyaṃ abuse, reproach, reviling.

dhikkṛ 8. U. To despise, disregard, contemn, reproach.

dhikkāraḥ --dhikkriyā Reproach, contempt, disregard.

dhikkṛta a. Censured, reproached. --taṃ Reproach, censure, contempt.

dhikṣ 1 A. (dhikṣate)
     (1) To kindle.
     (2) To live.
     (3) To be harassed.
     (4) To be weary.

dhigvaṇaḥ A man of a mixed tribe (sprung from a Brāhmaṇa and a female of the Āyogava tribe).

dhipsu a. Wishing to deceive, deceptive; Bk. 9. 33.

dhinv See dhi II.

dhiṣ 3 P. (didheṣṭi) To sound.

dhiṣ f. = dhiṣaṇā q. v. below.

dhiṣaṇaḥ N. of Bṛhaspati, preceptor of the gods. --ṇaṃ A dwellingplace, an abode, residence. --ṇā
     (1) Speech.
     (2) Praise, hymn.
     (3) Intellect, understanding; Mv. 6. 8.
     (4) Earth.
     (5) A cup, bowl
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ N. of Bṛhaspati.

dhiṣṇya a. Ved.
     (1) To be praised or meditated upon.
     (2) Worthy of a high place. --ṣṇyaḥ
     (1) A place for the sacrificial fire; amī vediṃ paritaḥ kḷptadhiṣṇyāḥ S. 4. 7.
     (2) N. of Śukra, preceptor of the demons.
     (3) The planet Venus.
     (4) Power, strength. --ṣṇyaṃ
     (1) A seat, an abode, site, place, house; na bhaumānyeva dhiṣṇyāni hitvā jyotirmayānyapi R. 15. 59.
     (2) A meteor.
     (3) Fire (m. also).
     (4) A star, an asterism.

dhī 4 A. (dhīyate)
     (1) To disregard, disrespect.
     (2) To propitiate.
     (3) To hold, contain.
     (4) To accomplish, fulfil.

dhīḥ f. [dhyai bhāve kvip saṃprasāraṇaṃ ca]
     (1)
          (a) Intellect, understanding; dhiyaḥ samagraiḥ sa guṇairudāradhīḥ R. 3. 30; cf. kudhī, sudhī &c.
          (b) Mind; duṣṭadhī wicked-minded; Bg. 2. 54; R. 3. 30.
     (2) Idea, imagination, fancy, conception; na dhiyāṃ pathi vartase Ku. 6. 22; Pt. 1. 136.
     (3) A thought, intention, purpose, propensity; Ki. 1. 37.
     (4) Devotion, prayer.
     (5) A sacrifice.
     (6) Knowledge, science.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdriyaṃ an organ of perception (= jñāneṃdriya q. v.); manaḥ karṇastathā netraṃ rasanā catvacā saha . nāsikā ceti ṣaṭ tāni dhīṃdriyāṇi pracakṣate ... --guṇāḥ (pl.) intellectual qualities: they are:
          --śuśrūṣā śravaṇaṃ caiva grahaṇaṃ dhāraṇaṃ tathā . ūhāpohorthavijñānaṃ tatvajñānaṃ ca dhīguṇāḥ .. Kamandaka).
          --patiḥ (dhiyāṃpatiḥ) Bṛhaspati, the preceptor of the gods.
          --maṃtrin m.,
          --sacivaḥ 1. a minister for counsel (opp. karmasaciva 'a minister for action or execution'). --2. a wise or prudent adviser.
          --śaktiḥ f. intellectual quality or faculty.
          --sakhaḥ a counsellor, adviser, minister.

dhīmat a. Wise, intelligent, learned. --m. An epithet of Bṛṣaspati.

dhīkṣ = dīkṣ. q. v.

dhīta a.
     (1) Sucked, drunk; see dhe.
     (2) Reflected upon, thought about.
     (3) Propitiated.

dhītiḥ f.
     (1) Drinking, sucking.
     (2) Thirst.
     (3) Ved. The fingers.
     (4) Thought, notion.
     (5) Devotion.
     (6) Disrespect, disregard.

dhīdā
     (1) Intellect.
     (2) A daughter, virgin.

dhīra a. [dhiyaṃ rāti rā-ka, dhiyamīrayati īra-aṇ vā upa- sa- Tv.] Brave, bold, courageous; dhīroddhatā gatiḥ U. 6. 19.
     (2) Steady, steadfast, firm, durable, lasting, constant; R. 2. 6.
     (3) Strong-minded, persevering, self-possessed, resolute, of firm resolve or purpose; dhīrā hi taraṃsyāpadaṃ K. 175; vikārahetau sati vikriyaṃte yeṣāṃ na cetāṃsi ta eva dhīrāḥ Ku. 1. 59.
     (4) Composed, calm, collected.
     (5) Sedate, sober, grave, solemn; R. 18. 4. 6 Strong, energetic.
     (7) Wise, prudent, intelligent, sensible, learned, clever; dhṛteśca dhīraḥ sadṛśīrvyadhatta saḥ R. 3. 10; 5. 38, 16. 74; U. 5. 31.
     (8) Deep, grave, loud, hollow (as sound); svareṇa dhīreṇa nivartayanniva R. 3. 43, 59; U. 6. 17.
     (9) Well-conducted, well-behaved. (10) Gentle, soft, agreeable, pleasing (as a breeze); dhīrasamīre yamunātīre vasati vane vanamālī Gīt. 5.
     (11) Lazy, dull.
     (12) Daring.
     (13) Headstrong. --raḥ
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) An epithet of Buddha.
     (3) The thinking principle, the soul (cidātman).
     (4) An epithet of king Bali. --raṃ Saffron. --raṃ ind. Boldly, firmly, steadfastly, steadily; Bh. 2. 31; Amaru. 11.
     -- Comp.
          --udāttaḥ the hero of a poetic composition (i. e. a play or poem) who is brave and nobleminded; avikatthanaḥ kṣamāvānatigaṃbhīro mahāsattvaḥ . stheyānnigūḍhamāno dhīrodātto dṛḍhavrataḥ kathitaḥ .. S. D. 66.
          --uddhataḥ the hero of a poetic composition who is brave but haughty; māyāparaḥ pracaṃḍaścapalo'haṃkāradarpabhūyiṣṭhaḥ . ātmaślāghānirato dhīrairdhīroddhataḥ kathitaḥ S. D. 67.
          --cetas a. firm, resolute, strongminded, courageous.
          --praśāṃtaḥ the hero of a poetic composition who is brave and calm; sāmānyaguṇairbhūyān dvijātiko dhīrapraśāṃtaḥ syāt S. D. 69.
          --lalitaḥ the hero of a poetic composition who is firm and brave, but sportive and reckless; nirścito mṛduraniśaṃ kalāparo dhīralalitaḥ syāt S. D. 68.
          --skaṃdhaḥ a buffalo.

dhīratā
     (1) Fortitude, courage, strength of mind; vipattau ca mahālṃloke dhīratāmanugacchati H. 3. 44; V. 2.
     (2) Suppression of jealousy &c.
     (3) Gravity, solemnity (as shown by silence &c.); pratyādeśānna khalu bhavato dhīratāṃ kalpayāmi Me. 114.
     (4) Steadiness, firmness.
     (5) Wisdom, cleverness.
     (6) Refusal. (For other meanings see dhairya).

dhīrā The heroine of a poetic composition who, though jealous of her husband or lover, suppresses all outward manifestation or expression of her resentment in his presence, or as the Rasamañjarī puts it, vyaṃgyakopaprakāśikā dhīrā; see S. D. 102--105 also.
     -- Comp.
          --adhīrā the heroine of a poetic composition who, being jealous of her husband or lover, alternately expresses and conceals her jealousy; (vyaṃgyāvyaṃgyakopaprakāśikā dhīrādhīrā Rasamañjarī).

dhīlaṭiḥ --ṭī f. A daughter.

dhīvan a. (rī f.) Clever, skilful. --m.
     (1) An artist.
     (2) A fisherman.

dhīvaraḥ A fisherman; mṛgamīnasajjanānāṃ tṛṇajalasaṃtoṣavihitavṛttīnāṃ . lubdhakadhīvarapiśunā niṣkāraṇavairiṇo jagati .. Bh. 2. 61, 1. 85. --raṃ Iron. --rī
     (1) A fisherman's wife.
     (2) A kind of harpoon for catching fish.
     (3) A fishbasket.

dhīvarakaḥ A fisherman.

dhu 5 U. (dhunoti dhunute, dhuta) See dhū.

dhuḥ f. Shaking, trembling.

dhuta a.
     (1) Shaken; R. 11. 16.
     (2) Left, abandoned.

dhuna a. Ved.
     (1) Sounding.
     (2) Shaking, agitating.

dhunayati Den. P.
     (1) To sound, roar.
     (2) To flow.

dhukṣ 1 A. (dhukṣate, dhukṣita)
     (1) To be kindled.
     (2) To live.
     (3) To be weary. --Caus. (dhukṣayati-te) To kindle, inflame. --WITH saṃ to be kindled or excited (fig. also); saṃdudhukṣe tayoḥ kopaḥ Bk. 14. 109. (--Caus.) to kindle, inflame, excite; nivārṇabhūyiṣṭhamathāsya vīryaṃ saṃdhukṣayaṃtīva vapurguṇena Ku. 3. 52.

dhuniḥ, --nī f. A river; purāṇāṃ saṃhartuḥ suradhuni kapardo'dhiruruhe G. L. 22.
     -- Comp.
          --nāthaḥ the ocean.

dhuṃdhumāraḥ
     (1) A kind of insect(iṃdragopa).
     (2) The smoke of a house.

dhur f. (Nom. sing. dhūḥ)
     (1) A yoke (lit.); na gardabhā vājidhuraṃ vahaṃti Mk. 4. 17; atrasnubhiryuktadhuraṃ turaṃgaiḥ R. 14. 47.
     (2)
          (a) That part of a yoke which rests on the shoulder.
          (b) The foremost part of the pole where the yoke is fixed.
     (3) The pin at both ends of an axle for fastening the nave of the wheel.
     (4) The shaft or pole of a carriage.
     (5) A load, burden (fig. also); responsibility, duty, task; tena dhūrjagato gurvī saciveṣu nicikṣipe R. 1. 34, 2. 74, 3. 35, 5. 66; Ku. 6. 30; kāryadhuraṃ vahaṃti Mu. 1. 14; āptairapyanavāptapauruṣaphalaiḥ kāryasya dhūrujjhitā Mu. 6. 5, 4. 6; Ki. 3. 50; 14. 6.
     (6) The foremost or highest place, van, front, top, head; apāṃsulānāṃ dhuri kīrtanīyā R. 2. 2; dhuri sthitā tvaṃ patidevatānāṃ 14. 74; avighnamastu te stheyāḥ piteva dhuri putriṇāṃ 1. 91; dhuri pratiṣṭhāpayitavya eva M. 1. 16, 5. 16.
     (7) A finger.
     (8) Agitation, trembling.
     (9) Reflection. (10) A spark of fire.
     (11) Distress, affliction.
     (12) A part, portion, share.
     (13) Wealth.
     (14) N. of the Ganges. (dhuri kṛ 'to place at the head or in front of'; S. 7. 4).
     -- Comp.
          --gata (dhūrgata) a. 1. standing on the pole of a chariot. --2. standing at the head, chief, head, foremost.
          --jaṭiḥ (dhūrjaṭiḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --dhara (dhūrdhara, also dhuraṃdhara) a. 1. bearing the yoke. --2. fit to be harnessed. --3. laden with good qualities or important duties. --4. chief, head, foremost, pre-eminent; kuladhuraṃdharo bhava V. 5. (
          --raḥ) 1. a beast of burden. --2. a man of business. --3. a chief, head, leader. --4. an epithet of Śiva.
          --vaha (dhūrvaha) a. 1. carrying or bearing a burden. --2. managing affairs. (
          --haḥ) a beast of burden; so dhūrvodṛ.

dhuraḥ (At the end of comp.)
     (1) A yoke, pole.
     (2) Burden.
     (3) A pin at the end of an axle &c. see dhur.

dhuraṃdhara See dhūrdhara above.

dhurā A burden, load; raṇadhurā Ve. 3. 5.

dhurīṇa, dhurīya a. [dhuraṃ vahati, arhati vā, dhur kha cha bā]
     (1) Able to bear or carry a burden.
     (2) Fit to be harnessed.
     (3) Charged with important duties. --ṇaḥ, --yaḥ
     (1) A beast of burden.
     (2) A man of business, or one charged with important duties.
     (4) A chief, head, leader.

dhurya a. [dhuraṃ vahati, yat]
     (1) Fit for a burden, able to bear a burden &c.
     (2) Fit to be entrusted with important duties.
     (3) Standing at the head, chief, foremost; see below. --ryaḥ
     (1) A beast of burden.
     (2) A horse or bullock yoked to the pole of a carriage; nāvinītairvrajed dhuryaiḥ Ms. 4. 67; yenedaṃ dhriyate viśvaṃ dhuryairyānamivādhvani Ku. 6. 76; dhuryān viśrāmayeti R. 1. 54, 6. 78; 17. 19.
     (3) One who carries a burden (of responsibility); R. 5. 66.
     (4) A chief, leader, head; na hi sati kuladhurye sūryavaṃśyā gṛhāya R. 7. 71.
     (5) A minister, one charged with important duties.
     (6) An epithet of Viṣṇu. --ryaṃ The forepart of a pole.

dhurv 1 P. (dhurvati) To hurt, injure, kill.

dhuvakā The introductory stanza of a song; cf. dhruvakā.

dhuvitram A sort of fan(made of deer-skin) used in kindling the sacred fire; cf. dhavitra.

dhuvanaḥ Fire.

dhustu(stū)raḥ N. of a plant (= dhattūra q. v.).

dhū 6 P., 1. 5. 9. 10. U. (dhuvati, dhavati-te, dhunoti, dhūnute, dhūnāti, dhunīte, dhūnayatite, dhūtadhūna)
     (1) To shake, agitate, cause to move or tremble; dhunvaṃti pakṣapavanairna nabho balākāḥ Rs. 3. 12; dhunvan kalpadrumakisalayāni Me. 62; Ku. 7. 49; R. 4. 67; Bk. 5. 101, 9. 7; 10. 22.
     (2) To shake off, remove, throw off; srajamapi śirasyaṃdhaḥ kṣiptāṃ dhunotyahiśaṃkayā S. 7. 24.
     (3) To blow away, destroy.
     (4) To kindle, excite, fan (as fire); vāyunā dhūyamāno hi vanaṃ dahati pāvakaḥ Mb.; pavanadhūtaḥ ... agniḥ Rs. 1. 26.
     (5) To treat roughly, hurt, injure; mā na dhāvīrariṃ raṇe Bk. 9. 50; 15. 61.
     (6) To shake off from oneself, free oneself from; (sevakāḥ) ārohaṃti śanaiḥ paścāddhunvaṃtamapi pārthivaṃ Pt. 1. 36.
     (7) To strive against, resist, oppose. (The following stanza from Kavirahasya illustrates the root in its different conjugations: --dhūnoti caṃpakavanāni dhunotyaśokaṃ cūtaṃ dhunāti dhuvati sphuṭitātimuktaṃ . vāyurvidhūnayati caṃpakapuṣpareṇūn yatkānane dhavati caṃdanamaṃjarīśca ..).

dhūḥ f. Shaking, trembling, agitating.

dhūkaḥ
     (1) Wind.
     (2) A rogue, cheat.
     (3) Time.

dhūta p. p. [dhū-kta]
     (1) Shaken.
     (2) Shaken off, removed.
     (3) Fanned.
     (4) Abandoned, deserted.
     (5) Reviled.
     (6) Judged.
     (7) Disregarded, treated with contempt.
     (8) Judged. --tā A wife.
     -- Comp.
          --kalmaṣa, --pāpa a. who has shaken off his sins, free from sin.

dhūtiḥ f.
     (1) Shaking, moving.
     (2) Fanning.

dhūna p. p.
     (1) Shaken, agitated &c.
     (2) Afflicted by heat or thirst.

dhūnanaḥ Wind. --naṃ Shaking, agitation.

dhūniḥ f. Shaking, agitating.

dhūp I. 1 P. (dhūpāyati, dhūpāyita) To heat or to be heated. --II. 10 U. (dhūpayati-te dhūpita)
     (1) To fumigate, perfume, incense, to make fragrant.
     (2) To shine.
     (3) To speak.
     (4) (In astr.) To obscure with mist, eclipse.

dhūpaḥ [dhūpa-ac]
     (1) Incense, frankincense, perfume, any fragrant substance.
     (2) The vapour issuing from any fragrant substance (like gum, resin &c.), aromatic vapour or smoke; dhūpoṣmaṇā tyājitamārdrabhāvaṃ Ku. 7. 14; Me. 32; V. 3. 2; R. 16. 50.
     (3) A fragrant powder.
     -- Comp.
          --aguru n. a kind of agallochum used for incense.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. turpentine. --2. the Sarala tree.
          --arhaṃ a black kind of agallochum.
          --pātraṃ a vessel for incense, censer.
          --vāsaḥ fumigating, perfuming.
          --vṛkṣaḥ a kind of pine, the Sarala tree.

dhūpa(pi)kaḥ A perfumer.

dhūpanam
     (1) Fumigation, perfuming.
     (2) Incense; Ms. 7. 219.

dhūpita, dhūpāyita a.
     (1) Fumigated, heated, perfumed, incensed.
     (2) Suffering pain or fatigue, distressed.

dhūmaḥ [dhū-kaṃpe mak]
     (1) Smoke, vapour; dhūmajyotiḥsalilamarutāṃ sannipātaḥ kva meghaḥ Me. 5.
     (2) Mist, haze.
     (3)
          (a) A meteor.
          (b) The fall of a meteor.
     (4) A cloud.
     (5) Smoke inhaled (as a sternutatory).
     (6) Belch, eructation.
     (7) A place prepared for the building of a house.
     -- Comp.
          --ābha a. of a smoky appearance, smokecoloured. (
          --bhaḥ) purple.
          --āvaliḥ f. a wreath or cloud of smoke.
          --utthaṃ ammoniac.
          --udgāraḥ 1. issuing of smoke or vapour; Me. 69. --2. eructation, belch.
          --ūrṇā N. of the wife of Yama. -patiḥ an epithet of Yama.
          --ketanaḥ, ketuḥ 1. fire; kopasya naṃdakulakānanadhūmaketoḥ Mu. 1. 10; R. 11. 81. --2. a meteor, comet, falling star; dhūmaketumiva kimapi karālaṃ Gīt. 1; dhūmaketurivotthitaḥ Ku. 2. 32. --3. Ketu.
          --grahaḥ Rāhu; Māl. 2. 8.
          --jaḥ a cloud. -aṃgajaṃ ammoniac.
          --dhvajaḥ fire.
          --pa a. inhaling only smoke as a sort of penance.
          --pathaḥ 1. a sacrifice. --2. seeking salvation by religious works. --3. an air-hole, a window.
          --pānaṃ inhaling smoke or vapour.
          --prāśa a. feeding only on smoke (as a hermit).
          --latā a mass of curling smoke; Mu. 1. 9.
          --mahiṣī fog, mist.
          --yoniḥ a cloud; cf. Me. 5.

dhūmayati Den. P. To cover with smoke, obscure with mist, darken.

dhūmala a. Smoke-coloured, brownish-red, purple. --laḥ
     (1) Purple.
     (2) A kind of musical instrument.

dhūmavat a.
     (1) Smoky.
     (2) Smoking, steaming.

dhūmāyati --te Deu. P.
     (1) To cover or fill with smoke, vapour &c., darken; dhūmāyitā daśa diśo dalitāraviṃdāḥ Bv. 1. 104; Mk. 5. 27.
     (2) To smoke, or be covered with smoke.

dhūmāyanam
     (1) Smoking, steaming.
     (2) Heat.

dhūmikā Vapour, fog, mist.

dhūmita a. Obscured with smoke, darkened; Ku. 4. 30. --tā (i. e. dik) The quarter towards which the sun turns first.

dhūmin a. Smoking. --nī N. of one of the tongues of fire.

dhūmyā [dhūmānāṃ samūhaḥ ya] A volume or cloud of smoke, thick smoke; Māl. 5. 6.

dhūmra a. [dhūmaṃ tadvarṇaṃ rāti rā-ka]
     (1) Smoke-coloured, smoky, grey; Bh. 3. 55; R. 15. 16.
     (9) Dark-red.
     (3) Dark, obscured.
     (4) Purple. --mraḥ
     (1) A mixture of red and black.
     (2) Incense.
     (3) Purple (the colour).
     (4) An epithet of Śiva. --mrā An epithet of Durgā. --mraṃ Sin, vice, wickedness.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣiḥ a pearl of a of a bad colour.
          --aṭaḥ the fork-tailed shrike.
          --ābhaḥ air, atmosphere.
          --ruc a. of a purple hue.
          --locanaḥ a pigeon.
          --lohita a. dark-red, deeppurple. (
          --taḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --varṇaḥ 1. the dark-red colour. --2. incense.
          --varṇakaḥ a kind of animal living in caves, a fox.
          --śūkaḥ a camel.

dhūmrakaḥ A camel.

dhūr 4 A. (dhūryate)
     (1) To hurt, kill.
     (2) To go, move.

dhūrta a. [dhūrv-dhūr vā kta, uṇā -tan vā Tv.]
     (1) Cunning, knavish, roguish, crafty, fraudulent.
     (2) Mischievous, injurious.
     (3) Hurt, injured.
     (4) Gay, licentious; Mu. 3. 10. --rtaḥ
     (1) A cheat, rogue, swindler.
     (2) A gamester.
     (3) A lover, gallant, gay deceiver; tatte dhūrta hṛdi sthitā priyatamā kācinmamaivāparā Pt. 4. 6; dhūrto'parāṃ cuṃbati Amaru. 16; so dhūrtānāmabhisārasatvarahṛdāṃ Gīt. 11.
     (4) The thornapple (dhattūra).
     (5) Hurting, injuring. --rtaṃ
     (1) Rust, iron-filings.
     (2) Blacksalt.
     -- Comp.
          --kitavaḥ a gamester.
          --kṛt a. crafty, dishonest. (--m.) the Dhattūra plant.
          --jaṃtuḥ a man.
          --racanā a roguery.

dhūrtakaḥ
     (1) A jackal.
     (2) A rogue.

dhūrv 1 P. (dhūrvati) To hurt, injure, kill.

dhūrvī The fore-part or pole of a carriage.

dhūlakam Poison.

dhūliḥ m. f. dhūṃlī
     (1) Dust; anītvā paṃkatāṃ dhūlimudakaṃ nāvatiṣṭhate Śi. 2. 34.
     (2) Powder.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṭṭimaṃ, --kedāraḥ 1. a mound, rampart of earth. --2. a ploughed field.
          --dhvajaḥ wind.
          --paṭalaḥ --laṃ a cloud of dust.
          --puṣpikā, --puṣpī the Ketaka plant.

dhūlikā Fog, mist.

dhūś (ṣ-s) 10 U. (dhūśayati-te) To adorn, decorate.

dhūsara a. [dhū-sara kicca na ṣatvam Tv.] Of a dusty, greyish, or dusky-white colour, grey; śaśī divasadhūsaraḥ Bh. 2. 56; Ku. 4. 4, 46; R. 5. 42; 16. 17; Śi. 17. 41. --raḥ
     (1) The grey colour.
     (2) A donkey.
     (3) A camel.
     (4) A pigeon.
     (5) An oilman.
     (6) Anything of a grey colour.

dhūsarita a. Made grey, greyish.

dhūstūraḥ The thorn-apple.

dhṛ I. 6 A (Supposed by some to be a passive form of dhṛ; (dhriyate, dhṛta)
     (1) To be or exist, live, continue to live, survive; āryaputra dhriye eṣā dhriye U. 3; dhriyate yāvadekopi ripustāvatkutaḥ sukhaṃ Śi. 2. 35; 15. 89.
     (2) To be maintained or preserved, remain, continue; surataśramasaṃbhṛto mukhe dhriyate svedalavodgamo'pi te R. 8. 51; Ku. 4. 18.
     (3) To resolve upon. --II. 1. P. 10. U. (dharati, usually dhārayati-te, dhṛta, dhārita)
     (1) To hold, bear, carry, bhujaṃgamapi kopitaṃ śirasi puṣpavaddhārayet Bh. 2. 4; vaiṇavīṃ dhārayedyaṣṭiṃ sodakaṃ ca kamaṃḍaluṃ Ms. 4. 36; Bk. 17. 54; V. 4. 36.
     (2) To hold or bear up, maintain, support, sustain; dhṛtamaṃdara e Gīt. 1; yathā sarvāṇi bhūtāni dharā dhārayate samaṃ Ms. 9. 311; Pt. 1. 126; prātaḥkuṃdaprasavaśithilaṃ jīvitaṃ dhārayethāḥ Me. 113; ciramātmanā dhṛtāṃ R. 3. 35; U. 3. 29.
     (3) To hold in one's possession, possess, have, keep; yāṃ saṃskṛtā dhāryate Bh. 2. 19.
     (4) To assume, take (as a form, disguise &c.); keśava dhṛtaśūkararūpa Gīt. 1; dhārayati kokanadarūpaṃ 10.
     (5) To wear, put on, use (clothes, ornaments &c.); śritakamalākucamaṃḍala dhṛtakuṃḍala e Gīt. 1.
     (6) To hold in check, curb, restrain, stop, detain.
     (7) To fix upon, direct towards; (with dat. or loc.); brāhmaṇye dhṛtamānasaḥ, mano dadhre rājasūyāya &c.
     (8) To suffer, undergo.
     (9) To assign anything to any person, allot, assign. (10) To owe anything to a person (with dat.; rarely gen. of person, 10 only in this sense); vṛkṣasecane dve dhārayasi me S. 1; tasmai-tasya vā dhanaṃ dhārayati &c.
     (11) To hold, contain.
     (12) To observe, practise.
     (13) To cite, quote.
     (14) To keep, retain (in one's service).
     (15) To preserve, maintain.
     (16) To seize, lay hold of.
     (17) To hold out or on, endure.
     (18) To fix, place, deposit. (The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. manasā dhṛ to bear in mind, remember; śirasā, --mūrdhni dhṛ to bear on the head, respect highly; aṃtare dhṛ to pledge, deposit anything as surety; samaye dhṛ to bring to terms or agreement; daṃḍaṃ dhṛ to punish, chastise, use force; jīvitaṃ, --prāṇān, --śarīraṃ, --gātraṃ, --dehaṃ &c. dhṛ to continue to live, maintain the soul &c., preserve the vital spirits; vrataṃ dhṛ to observe a vow; R. 2. 25; tulayā dhṛ to hold in a balance, weigh &c; manaḥ --matiṃ, --cittaṃ, --buddhiṃ dhṛ to bend the mind to a thing, fix the mind upon, think of, resolve upon; garbhaṃ dhṛ to become pregnant, conceive; dhāraṇāṃ dhṛ to practise concentration or self-control &c.).

dhṛk a. (At the end of comp.) Bearing, carrying, supporting &c.; kālarūpa-, śakti- &c.

dhṛt a. (At the end of comp.) Possessing, bearing, holder, bearer &c.

dhṛta p. p. [dhṛ-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Held, carried, borne, supported.
     (2) Possessed.
     (3) Kept, preserved, retained.
     (4) Seized, grasped, laid hold of.
     (5) Worn, used, put on; Ku. 5. 44.
     (6) Placed, deposited.
     (7) Practised, observed.
     (8) Weighed.
     (9) (Actively used) Holding, bearing. (10) Intent upon.
     (11) Prepared ready. See dhṛ also. --taṃ
     (1) Falling.
     (2) State, existence.
     (3) Taking, seizing.
     (4) Wearing, putting on.
     (5) A particular manner of fighting.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. firmminded, steady, calm, collected. (--m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --daṃḍa a. 1. inflicting punishment. --2. one on whom punishment is inflicted.
          --dīdhitiḥ fire.
          --paṭa a. covered with a cloth.
          --rājan a. ruled by a good king (as a country).
          --rāṣṭraḥ 1. a good king. --2. a country ruled by a good king. --3. N. of the eldest son of Vyāsa by a widow of vicitravīrya. [As the eldest son he was entitled to the throne, but being blind from birth, he renounced the sovereignty in favour of Pāṇḍu; but on his retirement to the woods, he undertook it himself, making Duryodhana--his eldest on-the virtual ruler. When Duryodhana was killed by Bhīma, the old king thirsted for revenge, and expressed his desire to embrace Yudhiṣṭhira and Bhīma. Kṛṣṇa readily discovered his object, and convinced that Bhīma was marked out by the King as his prey, he caused an iron image of Bhīma to be made. And when the blind king rushed forward to embrace Bhīma, Kṛṣṇa substituted the iron image which the revengeful old man pressed with so much force that it was crushed to pieces, and Bhīma escaped. Thus discomfited, he, with his wife, repaired to the Himālaya and there died after some years].
          --varman a. clad in armour, mailed.
          --vrata a. 1. observing vows, performing religious rites. --2. devoted, attached. --3. of a fixed law or order. (
          --taḥ) an epithet of
     (1) Indra.
     (2) Varuṇa.
     (3) Agni.

dhṛtiḥ f. [dhṛ-ktin] Taking, holding, seizing.
     (2) Having, possessing.
     (3) Maintaining, supporting.
     (4) Firmness; steadiness, constancy.
     (5) Fortitude, energy, resolution' courage, self-command; bhaja dhṛtiṃ tyaja bhītimahetukāṃ N. 4. 105; Ki. 6. 11; R. 8. 66.
     (6) Satisfaction, contentment, pleasure, happiness, delight, joy; dhṛteśca dhīraḥ sadṛśīrvyadhatta saḥ R. 3. 10; 16. 82; na cakṣurbadhnāti dhṛtiṃ V. 2. 8; Śi. 7. 10, 14.
     (7) Satisfaction considered as one of the 33 subordinate feelings (in Rhetoric); jñānābhīṣṭāgamādyaistu saṃpūrṇaspṛhatā dhṛtiḥ . sauhityavacanollāsasahāsapratibhādikṛt S. D. 198, 168.
     (8) A sacrifice.
     -- Comp.
          --muṣ a. destroying all composure, discomposing.

dhṛtimat a.
     (1) Firm, steady; steadfast, resolute.
     (2) Satisfied, happy, glad, content; R. 13. 77.

dhṛtvan m.
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Brahmā.
     (3) Virtue, morality.
     (4) The sky.
     (5) The sea.
     (6) A clever man.

dhṛtvarī The earth.

dhṛj, dhṛṃj 1 P. (dharjati dhṛṃjati) To go, move.

dhṛṣ I. 1 P. (dharṣati, dharṣita)
     (1) To come together, be compact.
     (2) To hurt or injure. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (dharṣati, dharṣayati-te)
     (1) To offend, hurt, injure.
     (2) To insult, treat with indignity.
     (3) To assail, overcome, overpower, conquer, destroy.
     (4) To dare to attack, challenge, defy.
     (5) To violate or outrage (as a woman). III. 5 P. (dhṛṣṇoti, dhṛṣṭa)
     (1) To be bold or courageous.
     (2) To be confident.
     (3) To be proud or overbearing.
     (4) To be impudent or impatient.
     (5) To dare, venture (with inf.).
     (6) To brave, challenge; Bk. 14. 102.
     (7) To insult, treat with contumely. --IV. 10 A. (dharṣayate) To assail, attack, outrage.

dhṛṣita a. Brave, bold.

dhṛṣu a. [dhṛṣ-ku]
     (1) Bold, brave.
     (2) Clever. --ṣuḥ A heap, group, multitude.

dhṛṣṭa p. p. [dhṛṣ-kta]
     (1) Bold, courageous, confident.
     (2) Impudent, rude, shameless, saucy, insolent; dhṛṣṭaḥ pārśve vasati H. 2. 26.
     (3) Forward, presumptuous.
     (4) Profligate, abandoned.
     (5) Cruel, unkind. --ṣṭaḥ A faithless husband or lover; kṛtāgā api niḥśaṃkastarjito'pi na lajjitaḥ . dṛṣṭadoṣo'pi mithyāvāk kathito dhṛṣṭanāyakaḥ S. D. 72. --ṣṭā A disloyal woman.
     -- Comp.
          --dyumnaḥ N. of a son of Drupada and brother of Draupadī. [He with his father fought on the side of the Pāṇḍavas, and for some days he acted as commander-in-chief of their forces. When Droṇa had killed Drupada after a hard struggle, Dhṛṣṭadyumna vowed that he would be revenged for the death of his father. And he was able to fulfil this vow on the morning of the 16th day of the battle, when he unfairly cut off the head of Droṇa; (see Droṇa). He was afterwards surprised by Aśvatthāman while lying asleep in the camp of the Pāṇḍavas, and was stamped to death.].
          --dhī a. bold, presumptuous.
          --mānin a. having too high an opinion of oneself, presumptuous.

dhṛṣṭi a. Ved. Bold. --m.
     (1) A pair of tongs. --f. Boldness, bravery.

dhṛṣṇaj a.
     (1) Bold, confident.
     (2) Impudent, shameless.

dhṛṣṇiḥ A ray of light.

dhṛṣṇu a. [dhṛṣ-knu]
     (1) Bold, confident, courageous, valiant, powerful (in a good sense).
     (2) Shameless, impudent.
     (3) Ved. Strong, powerful.

dhṛṣya a. To be attacked, assailable, conquerable; as in adhṛṣya q. v.

dhe 1 P. (dhayati, dhīta; caus. dhāpayati; desid. dhitsati)
     (1) To suck, drink, drink in, absorb (fig. also), adhādvasāmadhāsīcca rudhiraṃ vanavāsināṃ Bk. 15. 29, 6. 18; Ms. 4. 59; Y. 1. 140.
     (2) To kiss; dhanyo dhayatyānanaṃ Gīt. 12.
     (3) To suck out, draw or take away.
     (4) To appropriate. --Caus. To suckle, nourish.

dhenaḥ [dhayaṃti enaṃ dhe-nan iccaṃ]
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) A male river (nada). --nā
     (1) A river.
     (2) Speech.
     (3) A milch cow (Ved.).

dhenuḥ f. [dhayati sutān, dhīyate vatsairvā, dhe-nu icca Tv.]
     (1) A cow, milch-cow; dhenu dhīrāḥ sūnṛtāṃ vācamāhuḥ U. 5. 31.
     (2) The female of a species (affixed to the names of other animals in this sense); as khaḍgadhenuḥ, vaḍavadhenuḥ &c.
     (3) The earth. (Sometimes at the end of comp. dhenu forms a diminutive; as asidhenuḥ, khaḍgadhenuḥ).
     (4) A gift, present.
     -- Comp.
          --makṣikā a gadfly.

dhenukaḥ N. of s demon killed by Balarāma.
     -- Comp.
          --sūdanaḥ an epithet of Balarāma.

dhenukā
     (1) A female elephant.
     (2) A milch-cow.
     (3) A gift, an offering.
     (4) A female animal in general.

dhenuṣṭarī A milch-cow ceasing to give milk.

dhenuṣyā A cow who or whose milk has been pledged.

dheya a.
     (1) To be held or taken.
     (2) To be produced.
     (3) To be fed or nourished.
     (4) To be drunk.
     (5) An affix, as in nāma-, bhāga-, q. q. v. v. --yaṃ
     (1) Nourishing.
     (2) Drinking.
     (3) Holding, taking &c.

dhainukam
     (1) A herd of cows.
     (2) A particular mode of sexual enjoyment (ratibaṃtha).

dhairyam [dhīrasya bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyaña]
     (1) Firmness, durability, strength, constancy, steadiness, stability, fortitude, courage; dhairyamavaṣṭabhya Pt. 1; vipadi dhairyaṃ Bh. 2. 63; so dhairyavṛtti Śi. 9. 59.
     (2) Calmness, composure.
     (3) Gravity, patience.
     (4) Inflexibility.
     (5) Boldness, forwardness; Me. 40 (dhāṣṭye Malli.).

dhaivataḥ The sixth of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut.

dhaivatyam Cleverness.

dhoḍaḥ = ḍuṃḍubhaḥ q. v.

dhor 1 P. (dhorati) To go quickly have good paces, run, trot.
     (2) To be skilful (in general).

dhoraṇam [dhor karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) A vehicle in general (as a horse, elephant &c.).
     (2) Going well or quickly.
     (3) A horse's trot.

dhoraṇiḥ --ṇī f. [dhor-ani vā ṅīp]
     (1) An uninterrupted series or continuity; yairmākaṃdavane manojñapavane sadyaḥ skhalanmādhurīdhārādhoraṇidhātaidhāmani dharādhīśatvamālaṃbyate . teṣāṃ nityavinodināṃ sukṛtināṃ mādhvīkapānāṃ punaḥ kālaḥ kiṃ na karoti ketaki yatastvaṃ cāpi kelisthalī Udb.
     (2) Tradition.

dhoritam [dhor-bhāve kta]
     (1) Injuring, hurting, striking.
     (2) Going, motion
     (3) A horse's trot.

dhauta p. p. [dhāv-kta ūṭh]
     (1) Washed, washed off, cleaned, purified, laved; kulyāṃbhobhiḥ pavanacapalaiḥ śākhino dhautamūlāḥ S. 1. 15; Śik. 58; Ku. 1. 6, 6. 57; R. 16. 49; 19. 10.
     (2) Polished, brightened.
     (3) Bright, white, shining, brightened, glistening; haraśiraścaṃdrikādhautaharmyā Me. 7, 44; vikasaddaṃtāṃśudhautādharaṃ Gīt. 12. --taṃ
     (1) Silver
     (2) Cleaning, washing.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṭa- a bag of coarse cloth.
          --koṣajaṃ, --kauḥ ṣeyaṃ bleached or purified silk.
          --khaṃrḍā sugar-candy.
          --śilaṃ rock-crystal.

dhauteyaḥ, --yam A kind of salt (saiṃdhava).

dhautari a. Ved. Shaking, trembling; Rv. 6. 44. 7.

dhauti --tī f. Ved. 1 A spring.
     (2) A river.
     (3) One of the ways of practising Yoga.

dhaumraḥ
     (1) Greyness.
     (2) A place for building (prepared in a particular way).

dhauritakam A horse's trot; cf. dhaurita.

dhaureya a. (yī f.) [dhuraṃ vahati ḍhak] Fit for a burden. --yaḥ
     (1) A beast of burden A horse.
     (3) A chief, leader.

dhaurtakaṃ, dhaurtikaṃ, dhaurtyam Fraud, dishonesty, roguery.

dhauryam A horse's trot, cf. dhoraṇaṃ.

dhmā 1 P. (dhamati, dhmāta; caus. dhmāpayati)
     (1) To blow, breathe out, exhale
     (2) To blow (as a wind-instrument), produce sound by blowing; śaṃkhaṃ dadhamau pratāpavān Bg. 1. 12, 18; R. 7. 63; Bk. 3. 34; 17. 7.
     (3) To blow a fire, excite fire by blowing, excite sparks; ko dhamecchāṃtaṃ ca pāvakaṃ Mb.
     (4) To manufacture by blowing.
     (5) To cast, blow, or throw away.

dhmākāraḥ A blacksmith, smith.

dhmāta p. p. [dhmā-kta]
     (1) Blown(as a wind-instrument).
     (2) Blown up or into, inflamed, blown, fanned, excited.
     (3) Inflated, puffed, puffed up.

dhmānam Blowing.

dhmāpanam Inflating, swelling by blowing into.

dhmāpita a. Reduced to ashes, burnt to cinder.

dhmāṃ(dhvāṃ)kṣ 1 P. (dhmāṃkṣati)
     (1) To crow, or caw.
     (2) To desire.

dhyāṃkṣaḥ see dhvāṃkṣa.

dhyāta, dhyāna, dhyānika &c. Śee under dhyai.

dhyāma a. Unclean, dirty, black, soiled; Bk. 8. 71. --maṃ A kind of grass.

dhyāman m. 1 Measure.
     (2) Light. --n. Meditation (less correctly dhmāman).

dhyai 1 P. (dhyāyati, dhyāta; desid didhyāsaṃti; pass. dhyāyate) To think of, meditate upon, ponder over, contemplate, reflect upon, imagine, call to mind; dhyāyato viṣayān puṃsaḥ saṃgasteṣūpajāyate Bg. 2. 62; na dhyātaṃ padamīśvarasya Bh. 3. 11; pitṝn dhyāyan Ms. 3. 224; dhyāyaṃti cānyaṃ dhiyā Pt. 1. 136; Me. 3; Ms. 5. 47, 9. 21.

dhyā Thought, meditation, reflection.

dhyāta p. p. [dhyai-kta] Thought of, meditated or reflected upon.

dhyātavya, dhyeya a.
     (1) To be meditated upon, to be contemplated.
     (2) Fit for meditation.
     (3) To be imagined or conceived.

dhyāna [dhyai-bhāve-lyuṭ]
     (1) Meditation, reflection, thought, contemplation; jñānād dhyānaṃ viśiṣyate Bg. 12. 12; Ms. 1. 12, 6. 72.
     (2) Especially, abstract contemplation, religious meditation; tadaiva dhyānādavagato'smi S. 7; R. 1. 73.
     (3) Divine intuition or discernment.
     (4) Mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity; iti dhyānaṃ.
     -- Comp.
          --gamya a. attainable by meditation only.
          --tatpara, --niṣṭha, --para a. lost in thought, absorbed in meditation, contemplative.
          --mātraṃ mere thought or reflection.
          --yogaḥ profound meditation.
          --stha a. absorbed in meditation, lost in thought.

dhyānika a. Sought or obtained by pious contemplation or abstract meditation.

dhra a. (At the end of comp.) Holding, supporting; as in mahīdhraḥ, kudhraḥ &c.

dhraj, dhraṃj 1 P. (dhrajati &c.) To go, move.

dhraji f. Gliding motion(of wind) &c.

dhrājiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) = dhrajiḥ.
     (2) Impulse.
     (3) Strong wind, storm.

dhraṇ 1 P. (dhraṇati) To sound.

dhras 9 P., 10 U. (dhrasnāti, dhrāsayati-te) To throw or toss up.

dhrā 1 P. (dhrāti) To go.

dhrākh 1 P.
     (1) To be dry or arid.
     (2) To clear.

dhrāgh 1 A.
     (1) To be able or competent.

dhrāṃkṣ 1 P.
     (1) To crow, caw.
     (2) To desire.

dhrāḍ 1 A. To divide, split.

dhrāḍiḥ Gathering flowers (puṣpacaya).

dhrij 1 P. To go, move.

dhru 1. 6. P. (dhravati, dhruvati)
     (1) To be firm or fixed.
     (2) To go, move.
     (3) To ascertain, know definitely.
     (4) To kill.

dhrutiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) Fixed destiny.
     (2) Misleading, corrupting.

dhruva a.
     (1)
          (a) Fixed, firm, immoveable, stable, permanent, constant, unchangeable; iti dhruvecchāmanuśāsatī sutāṃ Ku. 5. 5.
          (b) Perpetual, everlasting, eternal; dhruveṇa bhartrā Ku. 7. 85; Ms. 7. 208.
     (2) Fixed (in astrology).
     (3) Certain, sure, inevitable; jātasya hi dhruvo mṛtyardhruvaṃ janma mṛtasya ca Bg. 2. 27; yo dhruvāṇi parityajya adhruvaṃ pariṣevate Chāṇ. 63; Pt. 1. 419.
     (4) Retentive, tenacious; as in dhruvā smṛtiḥ
     (5) Strong, fixed, settled (as a day). --vaḥ
     (1) The polar star; R. 17. 35; 18. 34; Ku. 7. 85.
     (2) The pole of any great circle.
     (3) The distance of a planet from the beginning of the sidereal zodiac, polar longitude.
     (4) The Indian figtree.
     (5) A post, stake.
     (6) The stem or trunk (of a tree lopped off).
     (7) The introductory stanza of a song (repeated as a kind of chorus; see Gīt.).
     (8) Time, epoch, era.
     (9) An epithet of Brahmā. (10) Of Viṣṇu.
     (11) Of Śiva.
     (12) A constant arc.
     (13) The tip of the nose.
     (14) A sacrificial vessel.
     (15) N. of the son of Uttānapāda and grandson of Manu. [Dhruva is the polar star, but personified in mythology as the son of Uttāna. pāda. The account of the elevation of an ordinary mortal to the position of the polar star runs thus. Uttānapāda had two wives, Suruchī and Sunīti, but the latter was disliked by him. Suruchī had a son named Uttama, and Sunīti gave birth to Dhruva. One day the boy tried, like his elder brother, to take a seat in his father's lap, but he was contemptuously treated both by the King and his favourite wife. The poor child went sobbing to its mother who told him in consolatory terms that fortune and favour were not attainable without hard exertions. At these words the youth left the paternal roof, retired to the woods, and, though quite a lad, performed such rigorous austerities that he was at last raised by Viṣṇu to the position of the Polar Star]. --vaṃ
     (1) The sky, atmosphere.
     (2) Heaven. --vā A sacrificial ladle (made of wood).
     (2) A virtuous woman.
     (3) A cow who stands still when being milked. --vaṃ ind. Certainly, surely, verily; R. 8. 49; S. 1. 18.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --āvartaḥ the point on the crown of the head from which the hair radiate.
          --tārā, --tārakaṃ the Polar star.

dhruvakaḥ
     (1) The introductory stanza of a song (repeated as a sort of chorus); see bhruva.
     (2) A trunk, stem.
     (3) A post.
     (4) Polar longitude.

dhruvi a. Ved. Firm, stable.

dhrek 1 A. (dhrekate)
     (1) To sound.
     (2) To grow, increase.
     (3) To be filled with joy.

dhrai 1 P. (dhrāyati) To be pleased or satisfied.

dhrauvyam
     (1) Fixedness, firmness, stability.
     (2) Duration.
     (3) Certainty.

dhvaṃs 1 A. (dhvaṃsate, dhvasta)
     (1) To fall down, fall to pieces, be reduced to dust or powder; Bk. 15. 93; 14. 55.
     (2) To drop, sink, despond; Māl. 9. 44.
     (3) To perish, be ruined or decayed.
     (4) To be eclipsed; Mu. 3. 28.
     (5) To be covered with dust.
     (6) To scatter or sprinkle over.
     (7) To go. --Caus. (dhvaṃsayati) To destroy, ruin, remove.

dhvaṃsaḥ [dhvaṃs-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Falling down, sinking, falling to pieces.
     (2) Vanishing, disappearance.
     (3) Loss, destruction, ruin. --sī A mote in the sun-beam.

dhvaṃsana a. [dhvaṃs-ṇic lyu]
     (1) Destroying, ruining.
     (2) Scattering, dispersing.
     (3) Sprinkling, covering. --naṃ
     (1) Perishing, dying.
     (2) Loss, destruction.
     (3) Falling.
     (4) Going.

dhvaṃsiḥ The hundredth part of a Muhūrta.

dhvaṃsita a.
     (1) Destroyed, demolished, ruined.
     (2) Removed, driven away.

dhvaṃsin a.
     (1) Destroying, demolishing, removing.
     (2) Falling, perishing, as in kṣaṇadhvaṃsin. --m. The Pīlu tree.

dhvasta p. p.
     (1) Fallen.
     (2) Destroyed, removed.
     (3) Lost.
     (4) Covered.
     (5) Eclipsed.

dhvastiḥ f. Destruction, ruin, loss.

dhvaj 1 P. (dhvajati) To go, move.

dhvajaḥ [dhvaj-ac] 1 A flag, banner, standard, ensign; R. 7. 40; 17. 32; Pt. 1. 26.
     (2) A distinguished or eminent person, the flag or ornament (at the end of comp.); as in kuladhvajaḥ 'the head, ornament, or distinguished person of a family.'
     (3) A flag-staff.
     (4) A mark, emblem, sign, a symbol; vṛṣabha-, makara- &c.
     (5) The attribute of a deity.
     (6) The sign of a tavern.
     (7) The sign of a trade, any trademark.
     (8) The organ of generation, (of any animal, male or female).
     (9) One who prepares and sells liquors. (10) A house situated to the east of any object.
     (11) Pride.
     (12) Hypocrisy.
     (13) A skull carried on a staff (as a mark of ascetics).
     (14) (In prosody) An iambic foot. ('dhvajīkṛ to hoist a flag; fig. to use as a a plea or pretext).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśukaṃ, --paṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ a flag; R. 12. 85.
          --āhṛta a. seized on the battle-field.
          --utthānaṃ a festival in honor of Indra.
          --gṛhaṃ a room in which banners are kept.
          --drumaḥ the palm tree.
          --praharaṇaḥ air, wind.
          --bhaṃgaḥ --pātaḥ inability to beget children.
          --yaṃtraṃ any contrivance to which a flag-staff is fastened.
          --yaṣṭiḥ a flag-staff; Ms. 9. 285.

dhvajavat a.
     (1) Adorned with flags.
     (2) Having a mark.
     (3) Having the mark of a criminal, branded. --m.
     (1) A standard-bearer.
     (2) A vendor of spirituous liquors, distiller.
     (3) A Brāhmaṇa who carries with him the skull of the man murdered by him to places of pilgrimage by way of penance.

dhvajikaḥ A hyprocrite(who only makes a pretence of religion).

dhvajin a. (nī f.) [dhvajo'styasya ini]
     (1) Bearing or carrying a flag.
     (2) Having as a mark.
     (3) Having the mark of a liquor-vessel (surābhājanacihna); Ms. 11. 93. --m.
     (1) A standard-bearer.
     (2) A distiller or vendor of spirituous liquors; Y. 1. 141.
     (3) A car, carriage, chariot.
     (4) A mountain.
     (5) A snake.
     (6) A peacock.
     (7) A horse.
     (8) A Brāhmaṇa. --nī An army; R. 7. 40; Śi. 12. 66; Ki. 13. 9.

dhvajīkaraṇam
     (1) Raising a standard, hoisting a flag.
     (2) Setting up as a pretext or claim, making anything a plea.

dhvaṇ 1 P. (dhvaṇati) To sound; cf. dhvan.

dhvan 1 P. (dhvanati, dhvanita) To sound, produce or utter sounds, buzz, hum, echo, reverberate, thunder, roar; bibhidyamānā iva dadhvanurdiśaḥ Ki. 14. 46; ayaṃ dhīraṃ dhīraṃ dhvanati navanīlo jaladharaḥ Bv. 1. 60; kapirdadhvāna meghavat Bk. 9. 5; 14. 3; dhvanati madhupasamūhe śravaṇamapidadhāti Gīt. 5. --Caus. (dhvanayati) To cause to sound, ring (as a bell); but dhvānayati 'to cause to articulate indistinctly'.

dhvanaḥ
     (1) Sound, tune.
     (2) Hum, buzz.
     -- Comp.
          --modin m. a bee.

dhvananam [dhvan-karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) Sounding.
     (2) Hinting at, suggesting or implying (as a meaning).
     (3) (In Rhet.) The same as vyaṃjanā q. v., or that power of a word or sentence by virtue of which it conveys a sense different from its primary or secondary meaning, suggestive power; cf. aṃjana also.
     (4) Humming, indistinct utterance.

dhvaniḥ [dhvan-in]
     (1) Sound, echo, noise in general; mṛdaṃgadhīradhvanimanvagacchat R. 16. 13; 2. 72; 4. 72; U. 6. 17.
     (2) Tune, note, tone; Śi. 6. 48.
     (3) The sound of a musical instrument; R. 9. 71.
     (4) The roar or thunder of a cloud.
     (5) A mere empty sound.
     (6) --word.
     (7) Hint, implied meaning.
     (8) (In Rhet.) The first and best of the three main divisions of kāvya or poetry, in which the implied or suggested sense of a passage is more striking than the expressed sense; or where the expressed sense is made subordinate to the suggested sense; idamuttamamatiśayini vyaṃge vācyāddhvanirbudhaiḥ kathitaḥ K. P. 1 (R. G. gives 5 kinds of dhvaniḥ see under dhvani).
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ 1. the ear. --2. hearing. --3. a fife, pipe.
          --vikāraḥ a change of voice caused by fear, grief &c.; see kāku.

dhvanita p. p.
     (1) Sounded.
     (2) Implied, suggested, hinted at. --taṃ
     (1) A sound.
     (2) The roar or thunder of a cloud; Ki. 5. 12.

dhvānaḥ [dhvan-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Sound(in general).
     (2) Buzzing, humming, murmuring.

dhvasta, dhvasti &c. see under dhvaṃs.

dhvasira a. Ved. Destroyed; also dhvasman. dhvasra.

dhvāṃkṣaḥ
     (1) A crow. (Sometimes used at the end of comp. to show contempt; e. g. tīrthadhvāṃkṣaḥ q. v.).
     (2) A beggar.
     (3) An impudent fellow.
     (4) A gull, crane.
     (5) A carpenter.
     -- Comp.
          --arātiḥ an owl.
          --puṣṭaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.

dhvāṃtam Darkness; dhvāṃtaṃ nīlanicolacāru sudṛśāṃ pratyaṃgamāliṃgati Gīt. 11; N. 19. 42; Śi. 4. 62.
     -- Comp.
          --unmeṣaḥ, --vittaḥ a fire-fly.
          --śātravaḥ, --arātiḥ 1. the sun. --2. the moon. --3. fire. --4. the white colour.

dhvṛ 1 P. (dhvarati)
     (1) To bend.
     (2) To kill.

na

na a.
     (1) Thin, spare.
     (2) Vacant, empty.
     (3) Same, identical.
     (4) Unwearied.
     (5) Praised.
     (6) Undivided. --naḥ
     (1) A pearl.
     (2) N. of Gaṇeśa.
     (3) Wealth, prosperity.
     (4) A band, tie.
     (5) War.
     (6) N. of Buddha.
     (7) A gift. --ind.
          (a) A particle of negation equivalent to 'not,' 'no,' 'nor,' 'neither', and used in wishing, requesting, or commanding, but not in prohibition before the imperative mood.
          (b) Used with the potential mood na may sometimes have the force of 'lest,' 'for fear lest,' 'that not;' kṣatriyairdhāryate śastraṃ nārtaśabdo bhavediti Rām.
          (c) In agrumentative writings na often comes after iti cet and means 'not so.'
          (d) When a negative has to be repeated in successive clauses of the same sentence or in different sentences, na may be simply repeated or may be used with particles like uta, ca, api, cāpi, vā &c.; nādhīyītāśvamārūḍho na vṛkṣaṃ na ca hastinaṃ . na nāvaṃ na kharaṃ noṣṭraṃ neriṇattho na yānagaḥ .. Ms. 4. 120; praviśaṃtaṃ na māṃ kaścidapaśyannāpyavārayat Mb.; Ms. 2. 195; 3. 8, 9; 4. 15; S. 6. 17. Sometimes na may not be expressed in the second and other clauses, but represented only by ca, vā, apivā; saṃpadi yasya na harṣovipadi viṣādo raṇe ca dhīratvaṃ H. 1. 33.
          (e) na is frequently joined with a second na or any other negative particle to intensify or emphasize an assertion; pratyuvāca tamṛṣirna tattvatastvāṃ na vedmi puruṣaṃ purātanaṃ R. 11. 85; na ca na paricito na cāpyagamyaḥ M. 1. 11; na punaralaṃkāraśriyaṃ na puṣyati S. 1; nādaṃḍyo nāma rājño'sti Ms. 8. 335; Me. 63, 106; nāsau na kāmyo na ca veda samyag draṣṭuṃ na sā R. 6. 30; Śi. 1. 55; Ve. 2. 10.
          (f) In a few cases na is retained at the beginning of a negative Tatpurusha compound; as nāka, nāsatya, nakula; see P. VI. 3. 75.
          (g) na is often joined with other particles; naca, navā, naiva natu, naced, nakhalu &c. &c.
          (h) It is also used, especially in early Vedic literature, in the sense of 'like,' 'as,' 'as it were'; gāvo na gavyūtīranu; Śi. 20. 4. v. l.
     -- Comp.
          --asatyau (m. du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of the gods.
          --eka a. 'not one', more than one, several, various. (
          --kaḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ātman a. of a manifold or diverse nature. (--m.) N. of the Supreme Being. -cara a. 'not living alone', gregarious, living in society. -jaḥ the Supreme Being. -dhā ind. in many ways, diversely. -bheda, -rūpa a. various, multiform. -śas ind. repeatedly, often.
          --kiṃcana a. very poor, beggarly.

naśuka a. (kī f.)
     (1) Injurious, destructive.
     (2) Going astray, being. lost.
     (3) Small, minute, thin.

nakuṭam The nose.

nakulaḥ
     (1) The mungoose, an ichneumon; yadayaṃ nakuladveṣī sakuladveṣī punaḥ piśunaḥ Vās.
     (2) N. of the fourth Pāṇḍava prince; ahaṃ tasya atiśayitadivyarūpiṇo nakulasya darśanenotsukā jātā Ve. 2 (where nakula has really sense 1, but is taken in sense 2 by Duryodhana).
     (3) A son.
     (4) An epithet of Śiva. --lī
     (1) A female mungoose.
     (2) Saffron.

nakk 10 U. (nakkayati-te) To destroy completely.

nakta a. [naj-kta] Ashamed. --ktaṃ
     (1) Night.
     (2) Eating only at night, as a sort of religious vow or penance.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃdha a. blind at night.
          --caryā wandering at night.
          --cārin m. 1. an owl. --2. a cat. --3. a thief. --4. a demon, goblin, evil spirit.
          --bhojanaṃ supper.
          --mālaḥ N. of a tree; R. 5. 42.
          --mukhā evening.
          --vrataṃ 1. fasting by day and eating at night. --2. any penance or religious rite observed at night.

naktam ind. At nighit, by night; gacchaṃtīnāṃ ramaṇavasatiṃ yoṣitāṃ tatra naktaṃ Me. 37; Ms. 6. 19. Comp. --caraḥ 1. any animal that goes about at night. --2. a fiend, demon, goblin. --3. a thief. --caryā wandering by night. --cārin m. = naktacārin q. v. --dinaṃ night and day. --dinaṃ, --divaṃ ind. night and day.

naktan n., naktiḥ f. Ved. Night.

naktakaḥ Dirty or ragged cloth (karpaṭaḥ).

nakraḥ [na krāmatīti]
     (1) A crocodile, an alligator; nakraḥ svasthānamāsādya gajeṃdramapi karṣati Pt. 3. 46; R. 7. 30; 16. 55.
     (2) The sign Scorpio of the zodiac. --kraṃ
     (1) The upper timber of a door.
     (2) The nose. --krā
     (1) The nose.
     (2) A swarm of bees or wasps.
     -- Comp.
          --rāj m.,
          --rājaḥ, --hārakaḥ a shark or any other large sea-animal.

nakṣ 1 P. (nakṣati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To come near, approach.

nakṣatram [na kṣarati; cf. Uṇ. 3. 105 also] 1 A star in general.
     (2) A constellation, an asterism in the moon's path, lunar mansion; nakṣatratārāgrahasaṃkulāpi R. 6. 22; (they are twenty-seven).
     (3) A pearl.
     (4) A necklace of 27 pearls.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, īśvaraḥ, --nāthaḥ, --paḥ, --patiḥ, --rājaḥ the moon; R. 6. 66.
          --kāṃtivistāraḥ the white Yāvanāla flower.
          --cakraṃ 1. the sphere of the fixed stars. --2. the lunar asterisms taken collectively.
          --darśaḥ an astronomer or astrologer.
          --nemiḥ 1. the moon. --2. the pole-star. --3. an epithet of Viṣṇu. (
          --miḥ f.) Revatī, the last asterism.
          --pathaḥ the starry sky.
          --pāṭhakaḥ an astrologer.
          --puruṣaḥ 1. (in astr.) the figure of a man's body on the eimbs of which are shown the various asterisms.
          --mālā 1. a group of stars. --2. a necklace of twentyseven pearls. --3. the table of the asterisms in the moon's path. 4. a kind of neck-ornament of elephants; anaṃgavāraṇaśironakṣatramālāyamānena mekhalādāmnā K. 11.
          --yogaḥ the conjunction of the moon with the lunar mansions.
          --lokaḥ the starry region, the firmament.
          --vartman n. the sky.
          --vidyā astronomy or astrology.
          --vṛṣṭiḥ f. shooting or falling stars.
          --sūcakaḥ a bad astrologer; tithyutpattiṃ na jānaṃti grahāṇāṃ naiva sādhanaṃ . paravākyena vartaṃte te vai nakṣatrasūcakāḥ .. or aviditvaiva yaḥ śāstraṃ daivajñatvaṃ prapadyate . sa paṃktidūṣakaḥ pāpo jñeyo nakṣatrasūcakaḥ .. Bri. S. 2. 17, 18.

nakṣatrin m.
     (1) The moon.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

nakṣatriya a.
     (1) Belonging to the stars in general.
     (2) Twenty-seven.
     (3) Not a Kshatriya.

nakh 1 P. (nakhati) To go, move.

nakhaḥ, --kham
     (1) A nail of a finger or of a toe, claw, talon; nakhānāṃ pāṃḍityaṃ prakaṣṭayatu kasminmṛgapatiḥ Bv. 1. 2; R. 2. 31; 12. 22.
     (2) The number 'twenty'. --khaḥ A part, portion.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ a scratch, nail-mark; Bv. 2. 32.
          --āghātaḥ a scratch, nailwound; Mal. 5. 23.
          --āyudhaḥ 1. a tiger; Māl. 3. 17. --2. a lion. --3. a cock.
          --āśin m. an owl.
          --kudṛḥ a barber.
          --jāhaṃ the root of a nail.
          --dāraṇaḥ a falcon, hawk. (
          --ṇaṃ) a pair of nail-scissors.
          --nikṛṃtanaṃ, --raṃjanī a pair of nail-scissors, nailparer.
          --padaṃ, --vraṇaḥ a nail-mark, or scratch; nakhapadasukhān prāpya varṣāgrabiṃdūn Me. 35.
          --mucaḥ a bow.
          --lekhakaḥ a nail-painter.
          --lekhā 1. a nailmark. --2. nail-painting.
          --viṣaḥ a man; nakhaviṣā narādayaḥ. --viṣkiraḥ a bird of prey (tearing with claws).
          --śaṃkhaḥ a small shell.

nakhaṃpaca a. Nail-scorching; Śi. 9. 85; P. III. 2. 34 Sk.

nakharaḥ --ram [nakhaṃ rāti, rā-ka nakha bā- uṇā- ara vā] A finger-nail, claw, talon; Bv. 1. 52.
     -- Comp.
          --āyudhaḥ 1. a tiger. --2. a lion. --3. a cock.
          --āhvaḥ fragrant oleander (karavīra).

nakhānakhi ind. [nakhairnakhaiḥ prahṛtyedaṃ yuddhaṃ pravṛttaṃ] Nail against nail.

nakhin a. [nakhaḥ astyasya-ini]
     (1) Having or armed with nails, claws, &c.
     (2) Thorny. --m. Any animal armed with claws, such as a tiger or lion.

nagaḥ [na gacchati, gam-ḍa]
     (1) A mountain; Ku. 1. 1; 7. 72; Śi. 6. 79.
     (2) A tree.
     (3) A plant in general.
     (4) The sun.
     (5) A serpent.
     (6) The number 'seven'.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭanaḥ a monkey.
          --adhipaḥ, --adhirājaḥ, --iṃdraḥ 1. Himālaya (the lord of mountains). --2. the Sumeru mountain.
          --ariḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --āvāsaḥ a peacock.
          --ucchrāyaḥ the height of a mountain.
          --okas m. 1. a bird (in general). --2. a crow. --3. a lion. --4. the fabulous animal called śarabha. --ja a. produced in a mountain, mountain-born; Bk. 10. 9. (
          --jaḥ) an elephant.
          --jā, --naṃdinī epithets of Pārvatī.
          --patiḥ 1. the Himālaya mountain. --2. the moon (as the lord of plants and herbs).
          --bhid m. 1. an axe. --2. an epithet of Indra. --3. a crow.
          --mūrdhan m. the crest or brow of a mountain.
          --raṃdhrakaraḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya; R. 9. 2.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

nagaram [nagā iva prāsādāḥ saṃtyatra bā- ra; cf. P. V. 2. 107 Vārt.] A town, city (opp. grāma); nagaragamanāya matiṃ na karoti S. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikṛtaḥ, -adhipaḥ, --adhyakṣaḥ 1. the chief magistrate of a town, head police-officer. --2. governor or superintendent of a town.
          --abhyāśaḥ --saḥ the vicinity of a town.
          --upāṃtaḥ a suburb, the skirt of a town.
          --okas m. a townsman.
          --kākaḥ 'a town-crow', an expression of contempt.
          --kīrtanaṃ repeating the name of a god while wandering through a city.
          --ghātaḥ an elephant.
          --janaḥ 1. townsfolk. --2. a citizen.
          --pradakṣiṇā carrying an idol round a city in procession.
          --prāṃtaḥ a suburb.
          --mardin m. an intoxicated elephant.
          --mārgaḥ a principal road, high-way.
          --rakṣā superintendence or government of a town.
          --rakṣin m. 1. the superintendent of a town. --2. a town-watchman.
          --sthaḥ a townsman, citizen.

nagarī = nagara q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --kākaḥ the (Indian) crane.
          --bakaḥ a crow.

nagarīya a. [nagara-cha] Belonging to a town, urban, civil.

nagna See under naj below.

naṃgaḥ A lover, paramour(jāra).

naciketas m. An epithet of Agni.

nacira a. See acira; Bg. 5. 6; 12. 7.

naj 1 A. (najate) To be ashamed, modest or bashful.

nagna a. [naj-na-kartari kta tasya naḥ]
     (1) Naked, nude, bare; na nagnaḥ snānamācaret Ms. 4. 45; nagnakṣapaṇake deśe rajakaḥ kiṃ kariṣyati Chāṇ. 110.
     (2) Uncultivated, uninhabited, desolate. --gnaḥ A naked mendicant.
     (2) A Buddhist mendicant (kṣapaṇaka).
     (3) A hypocrite.
     (4) A bard accompanying an army, or a wandering bard.
     (5) N. of Śiva. --gnā 1 A naked, shameless (or wanton) woman.
     (2) A girl before menstruation, or less than 12 or 10 (and therefore may go about naked).
     -- Comp.
          --aṭaḥ, --aṭakaḥ 1. one who goes about naked. --2. especially a Jaina or Buddhist mendieant (of the digaṃbara class).

nagnaka a. (gnikā f.) Naked, nude. --kaḥ
     (1) A naked mendicant.
     (2) A Jaina or Buddhist mendicant (of the digaṃbara class).
     (3) A bard.

nagnakā, --nagnikā
     (1) A naked, shameless (or wanton) woman.
     (2) A girl before menstruation.

nagnaṃkaraṇam Making naked.

nagnaṃbhaviṣṇu, --bhāvuka a. Becoming naked.

nagnīkṛ 8 U. To make naked, to convert into a naked (Jaina) mendicant; Pt. 4. 34.

nagnīkṛta a.
     (1) Made naked, undressed.
     (2) Converted into a naked mendicant.

nañ ind. The technical term for the negative particle na.

naṭ I. 1 P. (naṭati, the na not changed to ṇa after pra in the sense of 'hurting')
     (1) To dance; yadi manasā naṭanīyaṃ Gīt. 4.
     (2) To act.
     (3) To injure (by a deceptive trick). --Caus. (nāṭayati-te)
     (1) To act, gesticulate, represent dramatically (in dramas); śarasaṃdhānaṃ nāṭayati S. 1. &c.
     (2) To imitate, copy; sphaṭikakaṭakabhūmirnāṭayatyeṣa śailaḥ ... adhigatadhavalimnaḥ śūlapāṇerabhikhyāṃ Śi. 4. 65. (N. B. naṭ forms naṭayati in the sense of 'causing to dance'; Bh. 3. 126). --II. 10 U. (nāṭayati-te)
     (1) To drop or fall.
     (2) To shine.
     (3) To injure.

naṭaḥ [naṭ-ac]
     (1) A dancer; na naṭā na viṭā na gāyakāḥ Bh. 3. 27.
     (2) An actor; kurvannayaṃ prahasanasya naṭaḥ kṛto'si Bh. 3. 126, 112.
     (3) The son of a degraded Kshatriya.
     (4) The Aśoka tree.
     (5) A kind of reed.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtikā shame, modesty.
          --īśvaraḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --caryā the performance of an actor.
          --bhūṣaṇaḥ, --maṃḍanaḥ (yellow) orpiment.
          --raṃgaḥ a theatrical stage.
          --varaḥ 'the chief actor', the Sūtradhāra of a drama.
          --saṃjñakaṃ yellow orpiment. (
          --kaḥ) an actor, dancer.
          --sūtraṃ directions or rules for actors.

naṭakaḥ An actor.

naṭanam [naṭ bhave lyuṭ]
     (1) Dancing, dance.
     (2) Acting, gesticulation, dramatic representation.

naṭitam Representation, gesticulation, acting.

naṭī
     (1) An actress.
     (2) The chief actress (regarded as the wife of the Sūtradhāra).
     (3) A courtezan, harlot.
     (4) Red arsenic.
     -- Comp.
          --su taḥ the son of a dancing girl.

naṭyā A company of actors.

naḍaḥ --ḍam A species of reed. --ḍaḥ N. of a tribe preparing a sort of bracelets.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraṃ, --āgāraṃ a hut of reeds.
          --prāya a. abounding in reeds.
          --bhaktaṃ a place abounding in reeds.
          --vanaṃ a thicket of reeds.
          --saṃhatiḥ f. a collection or quantity of reeds.

naḍakam A bone between the shoulders.

naḍaśa a. (śī f.) Covered with reeds; (also naḍakīya).

naḍinī
     (1) A quantity of reeds.
     (2) A reed-bed, a river abounding in reeds.

naḍila a., naḍvat a. (tī f.) Abounding in or covered with reeds, reedy.

naḍyā A quantity of reeds.

naḍvala a. Abounding in reeds. --laṃ, --lā A quantity or a bed of reeds; yo naḍvalānīva gajaḥ pareṣāṃ balānyamṛdgānnalinābhavaktraḥ R. 18. 5.

naḍaha a. Beautiful, lovely.

nata p. p. [nam-kta]
     (1) Bent, bowed, stooping, inclined.
     (2) Sunk, depressed.
     (3) Crooked, curved. --taṃ
     (1) The distance of any planet from the meridian.
     (2) The zenith distance at a meridian transit.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ zenith distance.
          --aṃga a. 1. bending the body. --2. stooping, bowed. (
          --gī) 1. a woman with stooping limbs. --2. a woman in general.
          --unnata a. high and low; S. 4. 15.
          --nāḍī, --nāḍikā 1. the distance in time of any planet from the meridian. --2. any hour of birth after noon or before midnight.
          --nāsika a. flat-nosed.
          --parvan a. flatjointed.
          --bhrūḥ a woman with curved eye-brows.

natiḥ f. [nam-bhāve ktin]
     (1) Bending, stooping, bowing.
     (2) Curvature, crookedness.
     (3) Bending the body in salutation, a bow, courtesy.
     (4) Parallax in latitude (in astronomy).
     (5) The change of a dental to a lingual letter.

nad 1 P. (nadati, nadita)
     (1) To sound, resound, thunder (as a cloud &c); vāmaścāyaṃ nadati madhuraṃ cātakaste sagaṃdhaḥ Me. 9; nadatyākāśagaṃgāyāḥ srotasyuddāmadiggaje R. 1. 78; Śi. 5. 63; Bk. 2. 4.
     (2) To speak, shout, cry, roar, (often with words like śabda, svana, nāda &c. as object); nanāda balavannādaṃ, śabdaṃ ghorataraṃ nadaṃti Mb.
     (3) To vibrate. --Caus. (nādayati-te)
     (1) To fill with noise, make noisy or resonant.
     (2) To cause to make a sound. --WITH ud to roar, cry (loudly), bellow (as a bull); Ku. 1. 56.

nadaḥ [nadati śabdāyate-ac]
     (1) A river. great river (such as the Indus); Śi. 4. 66 (where Malli. remarks: --prāksretaso nadyaḥ pratyaksrotaso nadānarmadāṃ vinetyahuḥ).
     (2) A stream, flowing stream, rivulet; Ki. 5. 27.
     (3) The ocean.
     (4) Ved. A horse.
     (5) A cloud.
     (6) A praiser (ṛṣi).
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ, --rājaḥ the ocean.

nadathuḥ [nad-ayuc]
     (1) Noise, roaring.
     (2) The roaring of a bull.
     (3) Crying.

nadanuḥ
     (1) A lion.
     (2) Sounding, roaring.
     (3) The sound of praise.
     (4) War, battle.
     (5) A cloud.

nadiḥ Ved. Praise.

nadikā A small river, rivulet, rill, brook.

nadī A river, any flowing stream; ravipītajalā tapātyaye putaroghena hi yujyate nadī Ku. 4. 44.
     -- Comp.
          --īnaḥ, --īśaḥ, --kāṃtaḥ the ocean.
          --kāṃtā 1. the roseapple. --2. a shrub.
          --kūlapriyaḥ a kind of reed.
          --ja a. aquatic. (
          --jaḥ) 1. an epithet of Bhīṣma. --2. antimony. (
          --jaṃ) a lotus.
          --tarasthānaṃ a landing-place, ferry.
          --dohaḥ freight, river-toll, fare.
          --dharaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --paṃkaḥ the marshy bank of a river.
          --patiḥ, --īnaḥ 1. the ocean. --2. an epithet of Varuṇa.
          --pūraḥ a river which has overflown its banks.
          --bhavaṃ river-salt.
          --mātṛka a. watered by rivers, irrigated, supplied with the water of rivers, canals &c. (as a country &c.); N. 3. 38; cf. devamātṛka. --rayaḥ the current of a river.
          --vaṃkaḥ the bend or arm of a river.
          --ṣṇaḥ (snaḥ) 1 bathing in rivers. --2. knowing the dangerous spots in rivers, their depth, course &c.; tataḥ satājñāpayadāśu sarvānānāyinastadvicaye nadīṣṇān R. 16. 75; (hence) --3. experienced, clever.
          --sarjaḥ the Arjuna tree.

nadya a. Connected with a river.

nadāla a. Fortunate. --laṃ A potsherd.

naddha p. p.
     (1) Tied, bound, fastened, bound, round, put on.
     (2) Covered, inlaid, interwoven.
     (3) Joined, connected; see nah. --ddhaṃ A tie, band, bond, knot.

naddhiḥ Binding, fastening.

nadatrī A leather-strap.

nanaṃdṛ, nanāṃdṛ A husband's sister; nanāṃdṛḥ patyā ca devyāḥ saṃdiṣṭamṛṣyaśṛṃgeṇa U. 1.
     -- Comp. nanāṃdṛpatiḥ (also nanāṃduḥpatiḥ) the husband of a husband's sister.

nanā Ved.
     (1) Speech.
     (2) Mother.
     (3) A daughter; Rv. 9. 112. 3.

nanu ind. (Originally a combination of na and nu, now used as a separate word) A particle implying:
     (1) Inquiry or interrogation; nanu samāptakṛtyo gautamaḥ M. 4.
     (2) Surely, certainly, indeed, is it not indeed (with an interrogative force); yadā'medhāvinī śiṣyopadeśaṃ malinayati tadācāryasya doṣo nanu M. 1.
     (3) Of course, indeed, certainly (avadhāraṇaṃ); upapannaṃ nanu śivaṃ saptasvaṃgeṣu R. 1. 60; trilokanāthena sadā makhadviṣastvayā niyamyā nanu divyacakṣuṣā 3. 45.
     (4) It is used as a vocative particle meaning 'O', 'Oh'; nanu mānava Dk.; nanu mūrkhāḥ paṭhitameva yuṣmābhistatkāṃḍe U. 4.
     (5) It is used in propitiatory expressions in the sense of 'pray', 'be pleased'; nanu māṃ prāpaya patyuraṃtikaṃ Ku. 4. 32.
     (6) It is sometimes used as a corrective word like the English 'why, or' 'I say'; nanu pade parivṛtya bhaṇa Mk. 5; nanu bhaṇābhi ciṃtita upāya iti V. 2.; nanu bhavānagrato me vartate S. 2; nanu vicinotu bhavān V. 2.
     (7) In argumentative discussions nanu is frequently used to head an objection or advance a contrary proposition (generally followed by ucyate); nanvacetanānyeva vṛścikādiśarīrāṇi acetanānāṃ ca gomayādīnāṃ kāryāṇīti ucyate S. B.

naṃd 1 P. (naṃdati, naṃdita) To be glad, be pleased, delighted or satisfied, rejoice at (anything); nanaṃdatustatsadṛśena tatsamau R. 3. 23, 11; 2. 22; 4. 3; Bk. 15. 28. --Caus. (naṃdayati-te) To please, delight, gladden, make happy; aṃtarhite śaśini saiva kumudvatī me dṛṣṭiṃ na naṃdayati saṃsmaraṇīyaśobhā S. 4. 2; Bk. 2. 16; R. 9. 52.

naṃdaḥ [naṃd-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Happiness, pleasure, joy.
     (2) A kind of lute (11 inches long).
     (3) A frog.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (5) N. of a cowherd, husband of Yaśodā and foster-father of Kṛṣṇa (to whose care the child was committed when Kamsa wanted to destroy it).
     (6) N. of the founder of the Nanda dynasty; or of nine brother-kings of Pāṭaliputra killed by the machinations of Chāṇakya, the minister of Chandragupta; samutkhātā naṃdā nava hṛdayarogā iva bhuvaḥ Mu. 1. 13; agṛhīte rākṣase kimutkhātaṃ naṃdavaṃśasya Mu. 1, 3. 27, 28.
     (7) One of the nine treasures of Kubera. --dī An epithet of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmajaḥ, --naṃdanaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --pālaḥ an epithet of Varuṇa.

naṃdaka a. [naṃd-ṇvul]
     (1) Rejoicing, making happy, gladdening.
     (2) Delighting or rejoicing in.
     (3) Gladdening a family. --kaḥ
     (1) A frog.
     (2) N. of the sword of Kṛṣṇa.
     (3) A sword in general.
     (4) Happiness.
     (5) Nanda, the foster-father of Kṛṣṇa.

naṃdakiḥ Long pepper.

naṃdakin m. An epithet of Viṣṇu.

naṃdathuḥ Happiness, pleasure, delight.

naṃdana a. [naṃd-lyu] Delighting, pleasing, gladdening; S. 7; Māl. 9. 21. --naḥ
     (1) A son; Y. 1 274; R. 3. 41.
     (2) A frog.
     (3) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (4) N. of Śiva.
     (5) N. of the twentysixth year (saṃvatsara). --nā A daughter. --naṃ
     (1) N. of the garden of Indra, the Elysium; abhijñāśchedapātānāṃ kriyaṃte naṃdanadrumāḥ Ku. 2. 41; R. 8. 95.
     (2) Rejoicing, being glad.
     (3) Joy.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ yellow sandal-wood (haricaṃdana).

naṃdanakaḥ A son.

naṃdaṃta a. Delighting, making happy. --taḥ
     (1) A son.
     (2) A friend.
     (3) A king or prince. --tī A daughter

naṃdā [naṃdayati naṃd-ac]
     (1) Delight, joy, happiness.
     (2) Affluence, wealth, prosperity.
     (3) A small earthen water jar.
     (4) A husband's sister.
     (5) The first, sixth and eleventh days of a lunar fortnight (considered as auspicious tithis).
     (6) An epithet of Gaurī.

naṃdiḥ m. f. [naṃd-in] Joy, pleasure, delight; kausalyānadivardhanaḥ. --diḥ m.
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Śiva.
     (3) N. of an attendant of Śiva.
     (4) Gambling, gaming; (n. also in this sense).
     (5) The speaker of a prelude or benediction (in a drama.)
     -- Comp.
          --āvartaḥ a sort of building in the form of a quadrangle without a western gate; (n. also).
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva.
          --grāmaḥ N. of a village where Bharata lived during Rāma's banishment; R. 12. 18.
          --ghoṣaḥ 1. N. of the chariot of Arjuna. --2. a sound of joy. --3. the proclamation of a herald.
          --tūryaṃ a musical instrument played on festive occasions.
          --vardhanaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva, --2. a friend. --3. the end of a lunar fortnight, i. e the day of new or full moon. --4. a son.

naṃdikaḥ
     (1) Joy, pleasure.
     (2) A small water-jar.
     (3) An attendant of Śiva. --kā
     (1) A small water-jar.
     (2) = naṃdā
     (5) above.
     (3) N. of Indra's pleasure-ground.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. N. of one of Śiva's chief attendants. --2. N. of Śiva.

naṃdin a. [naṃd-ṇini]
     (1) Happy, pleased, glad, delighted.
     (2) Making happy, gladdening, giving delight; U. 3. 14.
     (3) Delighting in, liking. --m.
     (1) A son.
     (2) The speaker of a prelude or benediction in a drama.
     (3) N. of the door-keeper of Śiva, his chief attendant, or of the bull which he rides; latāgṛhadvāragato'tha naṃdī Ku. 3. 41; Māl. 1. 1.
     (4) An epithet of Vishnu.
     (5) The Indian figtree. --nī
     (1) A daughter; U. 1. 9.
     (2) A husband's sister
     (3) A fabulous cow, daughter of Surabhi, yielding all desires (kāmadhenu) and in the possession of the sage Vasiṣṭha; aniṃdyā naṃdinī nāma dhenurāvavṛte vanāt R. 1. 82, 2. 69.
     (4) An epithet of the Ganges.
     (5) The holy basil.

naparājit m. An epithet of Śiva.

napāt m.
     (1) A grandson(usually restricted to the Vedas), as in ta nūnapāt.
     (2) A descendant, son.

napuṃs m., napuṃsaḥ Not a man, a eunuch.

napuṃsakaḥ, --kam [na pumān na strī]
     (1) A hermaphrodite (neither man, nor woman).
     (2) An impotent man, a eunuch.
     (3) A coward. --kaṃ
     (1) A word in the neuter gender.
     (2) The neuter gender.

naptṛ m. A grandson(a son's or daughter's son).

nabh
     (1) A. (nabhate)
     (1) To hurt, injure; sugrīvaḥ praghasaṃ nebhe Bk. 14. 33.
     (2) To be torn or rent, to burst.

nabh f. Ved. Hurt, injury.

nabha a. Killing, hurting. --bhaḥ The month Śrāvaṇa. --bhaṃ The sky, atmosphere. --bhā A spitting-pot.

nabhanu a. Ved. Hurting. --nu f. A river.

nabhanyu a. Ved.
     (1) Injuring, destroying.
     (2) Ethereal.

nabhas n. [nahyate meghaiḥ nah-asun bhaścāṃtādeśaḥ; cf. Uṇ. 4. 210]
     (1) The sky, atmosphere; R. 5. 29; Bg. 1. 19; Rs. 1. 11.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) Fog, vapour.
     (4) Water.
     (5) Period of life, age. --m.
     (1) The rains or rainy season.
     (2) The nose, smell.
     (3) N. of the month of Śrāvaṇa (corresponding to July-August), (said to be n. also in this sense); pratyāsanne nabhasi dayitājīvitālaṃbanārthī Me. 4; R. 12. 29; 17. 41; 18. 6.
     (4) The fibres in the root of the lotus.
     (5) A spittingpot. --(Dual) Both the worlds, heaven and earth.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbupaḥ the Chātaka bird.
          --ketanaḥ, --pāṃthaḥ the sun.
          --krātin m. a lion.
          --ga a. going in the sky (as a star, god, bird &c.).
          --gajaḥ a cloud.
          --gati f. soaring, flying.
          --cakṣus m. the sun.
          --camasaḥ 1. the moon. --2. magic.
          --cara a. moving in the sky; Ku. 5. 23. (
          --raḥ) 1. a god or demi-god; R. 18. 6. --2. a bird.
          --talaṃ 1. the atmosphere. --2. the lower region of the sky.
          --duhaḥ a cloud.
          --dṛṣṭi a. 1. blind. --2. looking towards the sky.
          --dvīpaḥ, --dhūmaḥ a cloud.
          --nadī the celestial Ganges.
          --prāṇaḥ wind.
          --maṇiḥ the sun.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the firmament, the atmosphere; nedaṃ nabhomaṃḍalamaṃburāśiḥ S. D. 10. -dīpaḥ the moon.
          --yoniḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --rajas n. darkness.
          --reṇuḥ f. fog, mist.
          --layaḥ smoke.
          --lih a. licking the sky, lofty, very high; cf. abhrāṃliha. --śvāsaḥ wind.
          --sad m. 1. a bird. --2. a star. --3. a god; Śi. 1. 11.
          --sarit f. 1. the milky way. --2. the celestial Ganges.
          --sthalaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --sthalī the sky.
          --spṛś a. reaching the sky, lofty.

nabhasa a. Vapoury, misty. --saḥ
     (1) The sky.
     (2) The rainy season.
     (3) The ocean.

nabhasaṃgamaḥ A bird.

nabhasya a. Vapoury, foggy. --syaḥ N. of the month Bhādrapada (corresponding to August-September); R. 9. 54, 12. 29, 17. 41.

nabhasvat a.
     (1) Vaporous, misty, cloudy.
     (2) Young. --m. The wind, air; N. 1. 97; R. 4. 8; 10. 73, Śi. 1. 10.

nabhya a. Cloudy, misty. --bhyaṃ The central part of a wheel; cf. nābhi.

nabhākaḥ
     (1) Darkness.
     (2) An epithet of Rāhu.
     (3) A cloud.
     (4) The sky.

nabhrāj m. A dark cloud.

nam 1 P., sometimes A. (namati-te, nanāma, anaṃsīt, naṃsyati, nata; caus. namayati-te or nāmayati-te, but with a preposition namayati only; desid. ninaṃsati)
     (1) To bow to, make obeisance to, salute (as a mark of respect) (with acc. or dat.); iyaṃ namati vaḥ sarvān trilocanavadhūriti Ku. 6. 89; Bg. 11. 37; Bk. 9. 51, 10. 31; 12. 39; Śi. 4. 57.
     (2) To submit or subject oneself, bow down; aśaktaḥ saṃdhimān namet Kam. 8. 55.
     (3) To bend, sink; go down; anaṃsīdbhūrbhareṇāsya Bk. 15. 25. nemuḥ sarvadiśaḥ K. 55; unnamati namati varṣati ... meghaḥ Mk. 5. 26.
     (4) To stoop, be inclined.
     (5) To be bent or curved.
     (6) To sound.
     (7) To change a dental to a lingual letter. --Caus.
     (1) To bend, make curved.
     (2) To bend (as a bow); S. 2. 3.
     (3) To cause to sink.
     (4) To prevent, ward off.

namata a. [nam-atac] Bent, bowed, crooked, curved. --taḥ
     (1) An actor.
     (2) Smoke.
     (3) A master, lord.
     (4) A cloud. --taṃ Woollen stuff.

namanam [nam-lyuṭ]
     (1) Bowing down, bending, stooping.
     (2) Sinking.
     (3) A bow, salutation, obeisance. --naḥ One who causes to bend or bow.

namas ind.
     (1) A bow, salutation, obeisance, adoration; (this word is, by itself, invariably used with dat.; tasmai vadānyagurave tarave namo'stu Bv. 1. 94; namastrimūrtaye tubhyaṃ Ku. 2. 4; but with kṛ, generally with acc.; munitrayaṃ namaskṛtya Sk.; but sometimes with dat. also; namaskurmo nṛsiṃhāya ibid. The word has the sense of a noun, but is treated as an indeclinable.)
     (2) Ved. Food.
     (3) A thunderbolt.
     (4) A gift, present.
     (5) A sacrifice.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛtiḥ f.
          --karaṇaṃ bowing, respectful or reverential salutation, respectful obeisance (made by uttering the word namas). --kṛta a. 1. bowed down to, saluted. --2. revered, adored, worshipped.
          --guruḥ 1. a spiritual teacher. --2. a Brāhmaṇa.
          --vākaṃ ind. uttering the word namas, i. e. making a low obeisance; idaṃ kavibhyaḥ pūrvebhyo namovākaṃ praśāsmahe U. 1. 1.
          --vṛdh m. a sacrifice.

namasa a. Favourable, kindly disposed.

namasita, namasyita a. Reversd, respected, saluted.

namasyati Den. P.
     (1) To bow down to, pay homage to, worship; Bh. 2. 94.
     (2) To act humbly towards.

namasya a.
     (1) Entitled to obeisance, revered, respectable, adorable.
     (2) Respectful, humble. --syā Worship, adoration, reverence, obeisance.

namasyu a. Ved. Worshipping, saluting.

namita a. Bowed, bent down.

namya a. Venerable, respectable.

namra a. [nam-ra]
     (1) Bowing, bowing down, bent, inclined, hanging down; bhavaṃti namrāstaravaḥ phalāgamaiḥ S. 5. 12; stokanamrā stanābhyāṃ Me. 82; Pt. 1. 106; Ratn. 1. 19.
     (2) Bowing down, making a low obeisance; abhūcca namraḥ praṇipātaśikṣayā R. 3. 25; ityucyate tābhirumā sma namrā Ku. 7. 28.
     (3) Lowly, submissive, humble, reverential; as in bhaktinamraḥ Me. 55.
     (4) Crooked, curved.
     (5) Worshipping.
     (6) Devoted or attached to
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga, --mūrti a. bent, stooping.

namraka a. Bent, stooping. --kaḥ A kind of reed.

namratā, --tvam
     (1) Obeisance, respect.
     (2) Submissiveness, humility.
     (3) Condescension.

namrita a. Bent or bowed down, stooping.

namuciḥ [na muṃcati]
     (1) N. of a demon slain by Indra; vanamuce namuceraraye śiraḥ R. 9. 22. [When Indra conquered the Asuras, there was only one called Namuchi who strongly resisted and at last captured him. He offered to let Indra go provided he promised 'not to kill by day or by night, with wet or dry'. Indra promised to do so and was released, but he cut off Namuchi's head at twilight and with foam of water (which is neither wet nor dry). According to another version Namuchi was a friend of Indra, and once drank up his strength and made him quite imbecile. The Aśvins (and Sarasvatī also, as the story goes) then supplied Indra with a Vajra with which he cut off the demon's head].
     (2) N. of the god of love.
     -- Comp.
          --sūdanaḥ, --dviṣ --han m. epithets of Indra.

nameruḥ N. of a tree(rudrākṣa or rurapunnāga); gaṇā nameruprasavāvataṃsāḥ Ku. 1. 55; 3. 43; R. 4. 74.

nay 1 A. (nayate)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To protect.

naya a. [nī bhāve ac]
     (1) Leading, conducting.
     (2) A guide.
     (3) Suitable, right, proper. --yaḥ
     (1) Guiding, leading, managing.
     (2)
          (a) Behaviour, course of conduct, conduct, way of life, as in durnaya.
          (b) Prudent or righteous conduct, virtue.
     (3) Prudence, foresight, circumspection; Pt 1. 371; 3. 176.
     (4) Policy, political wisdom, statesmanship, civil administration, state-policy; nayapracāraṃ vyavahāraduṣṭatāṃ Mk. 1. 7; nayaguṇopacitāmiva bhūpateḥ sadupakāraphalāṃ śriyamarthinaḥ R. 9. 27; nayaśālibhiḥ Mu. 1. 22.
     (5) Morality, justice, rectitude, equity; calati nayānna jigīṣatāṃ hi cetaḥ Ki. 10. 29, 2. 3, 6. 38, 16. 42.
     (6) A plan, design, scheme; Pt. 1. 339; 377; Mu. 6. 11, 7. 9.
     (7) A maxim, principle.
     (8) Course, method, manner.
     (9) A system, doctrine, opinion. (10) A philosophical system; vaiśeṣike naye Bhāṣā P. 105.
     (11) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (12) A kind of game.
     -- Comp.
          --kovid, --jña a. skilled in policy, prudent.
          --cakṣus a. having political foresight, wise, prudent; R. 1. 55.
          --netṛ m. a master in politics.
          --pīṭhī the board or cloth on which men are moved in play.
          --prayogaḥ political wisdom, statesmanship.
          --vādin m. a politician; Pt. 3.
          --vid m.,
          --viśāradaḥ a politician, statesman.
          --śāstraṃ 1. the science of politics. --2. any work on politics or political economy. --3. a work on morality.
          --śālin a. just, righteous; Ki. 5. 24.

nayakaḥ
     (1) A skilful manager.
     (2) One versed in policy, a statesman.

nayanam [nī-karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) Leading, guiding; conducting, managing.
     (2) Taking, bringing to or near, drawing.
     (3) Ruling, governing.
     (4) Obtaining.
     (5) The eye.
     (6) Passing, spending (as time). --nā, --nī The pupil of the eye.
     -- Comp.
          --abhirāma a. gladdening the sight, lovely to behold. (
          --maḥ) the moon.
          --āmoṣin a. blinding the sight, obscuring.
          --utsavaḥ 1. a lamp. --2. delight of the eyes. --3. any lovely object.
          --upāṃtaḥ the corner of the eye; Ku. 4. 23.
          --gocara a. visible, within the range of sight.
          --chadaḥ an eyelid.
          --jalaṃ, --vāri n. tears.
          --pathaḥ the range of sight.
          --puṭaṃ the cavity of the eye.
          --viṣayaḥ --1. any visible object. --2. the horizon. --3. the range of sight.
          --salilaṃ tears; Me. 39.

naraḥ [nṝ-naye-ac]
     (1) A man, male, person; saṃyojayati vidyaiva nīcagāpi naraṃ sarit . samudramiva durdharṣaṃ nṛpaṃ bhāgyamataḥ paraṃ H. Pr. 5; Ms. 1. 96; 2. 213.
     (2) A man or piece at chess.
     (3) The pin of a sun-dial.
     (4) The Supreme Spirit, the original or eternal man.
     (5) Man's length (= puruṣa q. v.).
     (6) N. of a primitive sage.
     (7) N. of Arjuna; see naranārāyaṇa below.
     (8) A horse.
     (9) (In gram.) A personal termination.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. the penis. --2. eruption on the face.
          --adhamaḥ a wretch, miscreant.
          --adhipaḥ, -adhipatiḥ, --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ, --devaḥ, --patiḥ, --pālaḥ a king; Bg. 10. 27; Ms. 7. 13; R. 2. 75, 3. 42; 7. 62; Me. 37; Y. 1. 311.
          --aṃtakaḥ death.
          --ayaṇaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --aśaḥ a demon, goblin.
          --ādhāraḥ N. of Śiva. (
          --rā) the earth.
          --itaraḥ 1. a being higher than a man. --2. an animal.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. a king; R. 2. 18, 3. 33, 6. 80; Ms. 9. 253. --2. a physician, dealer in antidotes, curer of poisons; teṣu kaścinnareṃdrābhimānī tāṃ nirvarṇya Dk. 51; sunigrahā nareṃdreṇa phaṇīṃdrā iva śatravaḥ Śi. 2. 88 (where the word is used in both senses). -mārgaḥ a high street, main road.
          --uttamaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. of Buddha.
          --ṛṣabhaḥ 'the chief of men', a prince, king.
          --kapālaḥ a man's skull.
          --kīlakaḥ the murderer of a spiritual preceptor.
          --keśarin m. 1. Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. narasiṃha below. --2. the chief of men.
          --dhiḥ the world.
          --dviṣ m. a demon goblin; Bk. 15. 94.
          --nārāyaṇaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa. (
          --ṇau dual) originally regarded as identical, but in mythology and epic poetry, considered as distinct beings, Arjuna being identified with Nara and Kṛṣṇa with Nārayaṇa. [In some places they are called devau, pūrvadevau, ṛṣī or ṛṣisattamau. They are said to have been practising very austere penance on the Himālaya, which excited the fear of Indra, and he sent down several damsels to disturb their austerities. But Nārāyaṇa put all of them to shame by creating a nymph called Urvaśi from a flower placed on his thigh who excelled them in beauty; cf. sthāne khalu nārāyaṇamṛṣiṃ vilobhayaṃtyastadūrusaṃbhavāmimāṃ dṛṣṭvā vrīḍitāḥ sarvā apsarasa iti V. 1.]
          --paśuḥ 'a beast-like man', a beast in human form.
          --puṃgavaḥ 'best of men', an excellent man.
          --baliḥ a human sacrifice.
          --bhuj a. man-eating, cannibal.
          --bhūḥ f. the Bharata-Varsha, i. e. India.
          --mānikā, --māninī, --mālinī 'manlike woman', a woman with a beard, masculine woman or an amazon.
          --mālā a girdle of skulls.
          --medhaḥ a human sacrifice.
          --yaṃtraṃ sun-dial.
          --yānaṃ, --rathaḥ, --vāhanaṃ a vehicle drawn by men.
          --lokaḥ 1. 'the world of men', the earth, terrestrial world. --2. mankind.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Kubera; R. 9. 11.
          --viṣvaṇaḥ a demon, goblin.
          --vīraḥ a brave man, hero.
          --vyāghraḥ, --rśādūlaḥ an eminent man.
          --śṛṃgaṃ 'man's horn', an impossibility, a chimera, non-entity.
          --saṃsargaḥ human society.
          --sakhaḥ an epithet of Nārāyaṇa; V. 1. 3.
          --siṃhaḥ, --hariḥ 'manlion', Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. tava karakamalavare nakhamadbhutaśṛṃgaṃ dalitahiraṇyakaśiputanubhṛṃgaṃ . keśava dhṛtanaraharirūpa jaya jagadīśa hare .. Gīt. 1.
          --skaṃdhaḥ a multitude or body of men.
          --hayaṃ a fight or enmity between man and horse.

naraṃgam
     (1) The penis.
     (2) Eruption on the face; cf. narāṃga.

naraṃdhiḥ Worldly life or existence.

naraṃdhipaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

narāśaṃsaḥ
     (1) A sacrifice.
     (2) Agni.

narī A woman; Bv. 3. 16.

narya a. Ved. [nṛbhyo hitaṃ yat]
     (1) Suitable to men (as food &c.).
     (2) Manly, strong.
     (3) Human. --ryaḥ
     (1) A man.
     (2) Indra. --ryau (du.) The two objects of human desire, i. e. Heaven and earth. --ryaṃ
     (1) A manly deed.
     (2) A gift for men.

narakaḥ, --kam Hell, infernal regions; (corresponding to the realm of Pluto; there are said to be 21 different parts of these regions where different kinds of tortures are inflicted upon sinners). --kaḥ N. of a demon, king of Prāgjyotiṣa. [According to one account he carried off Aditi's ear-rings and Kṛṣṇa at the request of the gods killed him in a single combat and recovered the jewels. According to another account, Naraka assumed the form of an elephant and carried off the daughter of Viśvakarman and outraged her. He also seized the daughters of Gandharvas, gods, men and the nymphs themselves, and collected more than 16000 damsels in his harem. These, it is related, were transferred by Kṛṣṇa to his own harem after he had slain Naraka. The demon was born of earth, and hence called 'Bhauma.'].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ, --ariḥ, --jit m. epithets of Kṛṣṇa.
          --āmayaḥ 1. the soul after death. --2. a ghost, spirit.
          --āvāsaḥ an inhabitant of hell.
          --kuṃḍaṃ a pit in hell where the wicked are tormented; (86 such places are enumerated).
          --devatā 'the deity of hell', Nirṛti (nirṛti). --rūpin a. hellish.
          --sthā the Vaitariṇī river.

narakāyate Den. A. To resemble a hell.

nariṣṭhā Ved.
     (1) Sport, pastime.
     (2) A human sacrifice.

narkuṭakam Nose.

narta a. [nṛt-ac] Dancing. --rtaḥ Dancing, a dance.

nartakaḥ [nṛt-kartari ṣvun]
     (1) A dancer; sometimes a dancing preceptor.
     (2) An actor, mime, mummer.
     (3) A bard, herald.
     (4) An elephant.
     (5) A king.
     (6) A peacock.
     (7) An epithet of Śiva.
     (8) N. of a mixed tribe; (veśyāyāṃ rajakājjāto nartako gāyako bhavet). --kī
     (1) A female dancer, a singing girl, an actress; raṃgasya darśayitvā nivartate nartakī yathā nṛtyāt Sān. K. 59; Ki. 10. 41; R. 19. 14, 19.
     (2) A female elephant.
     (3) A peahen.

nartanaḥ [nṛt-lyuṭ] A dancer. --naṃ Gesticulation, dancing, dance.
     -- Comp.
          --gṛhaṃ, --śālā a dancing hall.
          --priyaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. a peacock.

nartayitṛ m. A dancing-master; adya nartayitāsmi M. 2.

nartita a.
     (1) Danced, made to dance.
     (2) Dancing, moving to and fro.

nartu a. Dancing on the edge of a sword. --f. A female dancer or actress.

nard 1 P. (nardati, nadiṃna)
     (1) To bellow, roar, sound in general; anardiṣuḥ kapivyāghrāḥ Bk. 15. 35, 15. 40, 15. 28, 17. 40.
     (2) To go, move.

narda a. Bellowing, roaring.

nadanam [nad-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Bellowing, roaring.
     (2) Celebrating, praising aloud.

nardita a.
     (1) Sounded, bellowed.
     (2) Celebrated. --taḥ A kind of die or a throw at dice; narditadarśitamārgaḥ kaṭena vinipatito yāmi Mk. 2. 8. --taṃ Sound, roar, bellowing.

nardin a. Sounding, roaring, bellowing.

narb 1 P. (narbati) To go, move.

narmaḥ Ved. Sport, pastime.

narmaṭaḥ
     (1) A pot-sherd.
     (2) The sun.

narmaṭhaḥ [narman-aṭhan]
     (1) A jester.
     (2) A lecher, rake, libertine.
     (3) Sport, pastime, amusement.
     (4) Copulation, coition.
     (5) The chin.
     (6) The nipple.

narman n. [nṝ-manin]
     (1) Sport, amusement, diversion, merriment, pleasure, amorous pastime or sport; jitakamale vimale parikarmaya narmajanakamalakaṃ mukhe Gīt. 12 (kautukajanaka); R. 19. 28.
     (2) Jest, joke, humour, wit; narbhaprāyābhiḥ kathābhiḥ K. 70 'jocular, humorous'.
     -- Comp.
          --kīlaḥ a husband.
          --garbha a. humorous, full of humour, witty. (
          --rbhaḥ) a secret lover.
          --da a. delighting, making happy. (
          --daḥ) a jester (= narmasaciva q. v.).
          --dā N. of a river which rises in the Vindhya mountain, and falls into the gulf of Cambay.
          --dyuti a. bright with joy, cheerful, merry. (
          --tiḥ f.) enjoyment of a joke.
          --sacivaḥ, --suhṛd m. 'a pleasure-companion', an associate of the amusements of a prince or a man of rank; idaṃ tvaidaṃparyaṃ yaduta nṛpaternarmasacivaḥ sutādānānmitraṃ bhavatu Māl. 2. 7; tāṃ yācate narapaternarmasuhṛnnaṃdano nṛpamukhena 1. 11; Śi. 1. 59.

narmavat a. Humorous, witty. --n. A kind of drama.

narmarā
     (1) A valley, cavity.
     (2) A bellows.
     (3) An old woman past menstruation.
     (4) The plant Sarala.

narya See under nara.

nal 1 P. (nalati)
     (1) To smell.
     (2) To bind.

nalaḥ
     (1) A kind of reed; Pt. 1. 96.
     (2) N. of a celebrated king of the Nishadhas and hero of the poem called 'Naishadhacharita.' [Nala was a very noble-minded and virtuous king. He was chosen by Damayantī in spite of the opposition of gods, and they lived happily for some years. But Kali-who was disappointed in securing her hand-resolved to persecute Nala, and entered into his person. Thus affected he played at dice with his brother, and having lost everything, he, with his wife, was banished from the kingdom. One day, while wandering through the wilderness, he abandoned his wife, almost naked, and went away. Subsequently he was deformed by the serpent Karkoṭaka, and so deformed he entered the service of king Ṛtuparṇa of Ayodhyā as a horsegroom under the name of Bāhuka. Subsequently with the assistance of the king he regained his beloved, and they led a happy life; see ṛtuparṇa and damayaṃtī also].
     (3) N. of a monkey-chief, son of Viśvakarman, who, it is said, built the bridge of stones called Nalasetu or 'Adam's bridge' over which Rāma passed to Laṅkā with his army. --laṃ
     (1) A lotus.
     (2) Smell, odour.
     -- Comp.
          --kīlaḥ the knee.
          --kūba (va) raḥ N. of a son of Kubera.
          --daṃ 1. a fragrant root (uśīra); Ki. 12. 50; N. 4. 116. --2. the honey of a flower.
          --paṭṭikā a sort of mat made of reeds.
          --mīnaḥ a shrimp or prawn.

nalakam
     (1) Any long bone of the body; Mv. 1. 35; Māl. 5. 17.
     (2) The radius of the arm.

nalakinī
     (1) The knee-pan.
     (2) The leg.

nalinaḥ The(Indian) crane. --naṃ 1 A lotus-flower, water-lily.
     (2) Water.
     (3) The Indigo plant. (nalineśayaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.)

nalinī
     (1) A lotus-plant; na parvatāgre nalinī prarohati Mk. 4. 17; nalinīdalagatajalamatitaralaṃ Moha M. 5; Ku. 4 6.
     (2) An assemblage of lotuses.
     (3) A pond or place abounding in lotuses.
     (4) A lotus or the stalk of it.
     (5) The celestial Ganges.
     (6) The intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍaṃ, --ṣaṃḍaṃ a group or assemblage of lotuses.
          --ruhaḥ an epithet of Brahmā. (
          --haṃ) a lotus-stalk, the fibres of a lotus.

nalvaḥ A measure of distance equal to 400 hastas or cubits.

nava a.
     (1) New, fresh, young, recent; cittayonirabhavatpunarnavaḥ R. 19. 46; ete vayaṃ punarnavīkṛtāḥ smaḥ S. 5; kleśaḥ phalena hi punarnavatāṃ vidhatte Ku. 5. 86; U. 1. 19; R. 1. 83, 2. 47, 3. 53, 4. 3 11; Śi. 1. 4; nayavayasi Mu. 3. 3.; Śi. 3. 31; Ki. 9. 43.
     (2) Modern. --vaḥ
     (1) A crow.
     (2) Praise. --vaṃ ind. Recently, newly, lately, not long ago.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgī a woman.
          --annaṃ 1. new rice or grain. --2. a ceremony performed on first eating the newrice.
          --aṃbu n. fresh water.
          --ahaḥ the first day of a fortnight.
          --itara a. old; R. 8. 22.
          --uddhṛtaṃ fresh butter.
          --ūḍhā, --pāṇigrahaṇā 1. a newly, married woman, a bride; H. 1. 212 Bh. 1. 4; R. 8. 7. --2. a kind of heroine (in dramas).
          --kārikā, --kālikā, --phalikā 1. a woman newly married. --2. a woman in whom menstruation has recently commenced.
          --chātraḥ a fresh student, novice, tyro.
          --nī f.,
          --nītaṃ fresh butter; ahonavanītakalpahṛdaya āryaputraḥ M. 3.
          --nītakaṃ 1. clarified butter. --2. fresh butter.
          --pāṭhakaḥ a new teacher.
          --prasūtā a woman who has lately brought forth (a child).
          --prāśanaṃ eating of new rice.
          --mallikā, --mālikā a kind of jasmine.
          --yajñaḥ an offering of the first fruits of the harvest.
          --yauvanaṃ fresh youth, bloom or prime of youth. (
          --nā) a young woman.
          --rajas f. a girl who has recently menstruated.
          --vadhūḥ, --varikā 1. a newlymarried girl. --2. a daughter-in-law.
          --vallabhaṃ a kind of sandal.
          --vastraṃ new cloth.
          --śasyaṃ the first fruits of the year's harvest.
          --śaśibhṛt m. an epithet of Śiva; Me. 43.
          --sūtiḥ f.,
          --sūtikā 1. a milch-cow. --2. a woman recently delivered.

navatā --tvam Freshness, novelty.

navanam The act of praising or extolling.

navīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make new, renew, revive.
     (2) To refresh.

navīna, navya a,
     (1) New, fresh, recent.
     (2) Modern.

navan num. a. (always pl.) Nine; navatiṃ navādhikāṃ R. 3. 69; see comp. below. (At the beginning of comp. navan drops its final n).
     -- Comp.
          --aśītiḥ f. eighty-nine.
          --arcis m.,
          --dīdhetiḥ the planet Mars.
          --kṛtvas ind. nine times.
          --grahāḥ (m. pl.) the nine planets; see under graha. --catvāriṃśa a. forty-ninth.
          --catvāriṃśat f. forty-nine.
          --chidraṃ, --dvāraṃ the body (having nine apertures; see kha). --triṃśa a. thirty-ninth.
          --triṃśan f. thirty nine.
          --daśa a. nineteenth.
          --daśat pl. nineteen.
          --durgā Durgā in her nine forms.
          --navatiḥ f. ninetynine.
          --nidhi m. pl. the nine treasures of Kubera, i. e. mahapadmaśca padmaśca śakho makarakacchapau . mukuṃdakuṃdanīlāśca kharvaśca nidhayo nava ... --paṃcāśa a. fifty-ninth.
          --paṃcāśat f. fifty-nine.
          --ratnaṃ 1. the nine precious jewels; i. e. muktāmāṇikyavaidūryagomedā vajravidrumau . padmarāgo marakataṃ nīlaścati yathākramaṃ ... --2. 'the nine gems' or poets at the court of king Vikramāditya:
          --dhanvaṃtarikṣapaṇakāmarasiṃhaśaṃkuvetālabhaṭṭaghaṭakarparakālidāsāḥ . khyāto varāhamihiro nṛpateḥ sabhāyāṃ ratnāni vai vararucirnava vikramasya ... --rasāḥ (m. pl.) the nine sentiments in poetry; see under aṣṭarasa and rasa also.
          --rātraṃ 1. a period of nine days. --2. the first nine days of the month of Aśvina held sacred to Durgā.
          --viṃśa a. twenty-ninth.
          --viṃśatiḥ f. twenty-nine.
          --vidha a. ninefold, of nine kinds or sorts.
          --vyūhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --śataṃ 1 one hundred and nine. --2. nine hundred.
          --śāyakaḥ N. given to nine inferior tribes; they are;
          --gopo mālī tathā tailī taṃtrī modakavārujī . kulālaḥ karmakāraśca nāpito navaśāyakāḥ ... Parāśara.
          --ṣaṣṭiḥ f. sixty-nine.
          --saptatiḥ seventy-nine.

navaka a. Consisting of nine. --kaṃ The aggregate of nine.

navata a. (tī f.) Ninetieth. --taḥ
     (1) An elephant's painted housings.
     (2) A woollen cloth, blanket.
     (3) A cover, wrapper (in general).

navatiḥ f. Ninety; navanavatiśatadravyakoṭīśvarāste Mu. 3. 27; R. 3. 69.

navatikā
     (1) Ninety.
     (2) A paintbrush (said to contain 90 hairs).

navadhā ind. In nine ways, ninefold.

navama a. (mī f.) Ninth. --mī The ninth day of a lunar fortnight.

navaśaḥ ind. By nines.

naś I. 4 P. (naśpati, nanāśa, anaśat, naṃkṣyati, naśiṣyati naṣṭa; caus. nāśayati; desid. ninaṃkṣati, ninaśiṣati)
     (1) To be lost, to disappear, vanish, become invisible; dhruvāṇi tasya naśyaṃti H. 1; tathā sīmā na naśyati Ms. 8. 247; Y. 2. 58; kṣaṇanaṣṭadṛṣṭatimiraṃ Mk. 5. 24.
     (2) To be destroyed, to perish, die, be ruined; jīvanāśaṃ nanāśa ca Bk. 14. 31; Ms. 8. 166, 7. 40; Mu. 6. 8.
     (3) To run away, fly away, escape; naśyaṃti vṛṃdāni dadarśa kavīṃdraḥ Bk. 10. 12; neśuścitrā niśācarāḥ 14. 112; Ratn. 2. 3.
     (4) To be frustrated, become unsuccess ful. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to disappear.
     (2) To destroy, remove, efface, drive away, cause to fly away.
     (3) To violate, (as a virgin).
     (4) To cause to be lost, lose.
     (5) To forget.
     (6) To extinguish, put out (as fire). --II. 1 U. (naśati-te) Ved.
     (1) To reach, attain.
     (2) To meet with, find.

naś f., naśaḥ, --naśanaṃ Destruction, perishing, loss, disappearing.

naśyatprasūtikā A woman who brings forth a dead child.

naśvara a. (rī f.) [naś-kvarap]
     (1) Perishable, transitory, evanescent, transient, frail; nikhilaṃ jagadeva naśvaraṃ R. G.
     (2) Destructive, mischievous.

naṣṭa p. p. [naś-kta]
     (1) Lost, disappeared, vanished, invisible; Pt. 5. 6; 2. 167.
     (2) Dead, perished, destroyed.
     (3) Spoiled, wasted.
     (4) Fled or run away.
     (5) Deprived of, free from (in comp.).
     (6) Depraved, corrupted, debauched. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Destruction, loss.
     (2) Disappearance.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ a householder who has lost his consecrated fire, (it being extinguished).
          --artha a. reduced to poverty (having lost one's wealth).
          --ātaṃkaṃ ind. without anxiety or fear; naṣṭātaṃkaṃ hariṇaśiśavo maṃdamaṃdaṃ caraṃti S. 1. 14 (v. l.)
          --ātman a. deprived of sense.
          --āptisūtraṃ booty, plunder.
          --āśaṃka a. fearless, secure, free from fear; S. 1. 14.
          --iṃdukalā the day of new moon.
          --iṃdriya a. deprived of senses.
          --cetana, --ceṣṭa, --saṃjña a. one who has lost his senses, unconscious, insensible, fainted.
          --ceṣṭatā universal destruction.
          --janman n.,
          --jātakaṃ subsequent calculation of a lost nativity.
          --smṛti a. forgetful.

naṣṭiḥ f. Loss, destruction.

nas 1 A. (nasate) Ved. 1 To approach, go towards.
     (2) To copulate.
     (3) To be crooked or curved, to bend.

nas f. The nose(a word optionally substituted for nāsikā after acc. dual).
     -- Comp.
          --kṣudra a. smallnosed.

nasā The nose.

nastaḥ The nose. --staṃ A sternutatory, snuff. --stā A hole bored in the septum of the nose.
     -- Comp.
          --ūtaḥ an ox led by a string through the nose.

nastas ind. From the nose; Y. 3. 127.

nastakam A hole bored in the septum of the nose (of cattle).

nastita a. Nozzled(with a string through the nose).

nasya a. [nāsikāyai hitaṃ tatra bhavaṃ vā yat nasādeśaḥ] Nasal. --syaṃ
     (1) The hairs in the nose.
     (2) A sternutatory. --syā
     (1) The nose.
     (2) The string through the nose of an animal; Śi. 12. 10.

nah 4 U. (nahyati-te, naddha; desid. ninatsati-te)
     (1) To tie, bind, bind on or round or together, gird round; śaileyanaddhāni śilātalāni Ku. 1. 56; R. 4. 57; 16. 41.
     (2) To put on (oneself), to dress, arm oneself (Atm.). --Caus. To cause to put on. --WITH apa to untie. --api (api being often changed to pi) 1. to fasten, gird round, bind; atipinaddhena valkalena S. 1; maṃdāramālā hariṇā pinaddhā S. 7. 2.
     (2) to put on, wear; Bk. 3. 47.
     (3) to cover, envelop; krusumamiva pinaddhaṃ pāṃḍupatrodareṇa S. 1. 19.

nahi ind. Surely or certainly not, by no means, not at all; āśaṃsā nāhi naḥ prete jīvema daśamūrdhani Bk. 19. 5.

nahus m.
     (1) A neighbour.
     (2) A man.

nahuṣaḥ N. of a king of the lunar race, son of Āyus and grandson of Purūravas and father of Yayāti. [He was a very wise and powerful king, and when Indra lay concealed under waters to expiate the sin of having killed the demon Vṛtra, a Brāhmaṇa, he was asked to occupy his seat. While there he thought of winning the love of Indrāṇi and caused the seven sages to convey him in a palanquin to her house. On his way he asked each of them to be quick using the words 'sarpa', 'sarpa' (move on, move on), when one of the sages (Agastya ?) cursed him to be a 'sarpa' (serpent). He fell down from the sky, and remained in that wretched state till he waś relieved from it by Yudhiṣṭhira].

nahuṣya a. Ved. Human. --ṣyaḥ A man.

nā No, not (= na q. v.).

nāka a. [na kaṃ akaṃ duḥkhaṃ; tannāsti yatra nabhrāḍityādi ni- prakṛtibhāvaḥ] Happy, painless. --kaḥ
     (1) Heaven; ānākarathavartmanāṃ R. 1. 5; 15. 96.
     (2) Vault of heaven, upper sky, firmament.
     -- Comp.
          --āpagā the heavenly Ganges.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ N. of Indra.
          --okas m. a god.
          --caraḥ 1. a god. --2. a demi god.
          --nāthaḥ, --nāyakaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --pṛṣṭhaṃ 1. the uppermost heaven. --2. the vault of heaven.
          --vanitā an Apsaras.
          --sad m. a god; Bk. 1. 4.

nākin m. A god; Śi. 1. 45.

nākuḥ
     (1) An ant-hill.
     (2) A mountain.

nākṣatra a. (trī f.) [nakṣatrāṇāmidaṃ aṇ] Starry, sidereal. --traṃ A month computed by the moon's passage through the 27 lunar mansions, a month of 30 days of sixty Ghaṭīs each; nāḍīṣaṣṭhyā tu nākṣatramahorātraṃ prakīrtitaṃ Sūrya S.

nākṣatrika a. (kī f.) [nakṣatrādāgataḥ ṭhañ] Sidereal. --kaḥ A month of 27 days (each day being the period of the moon's passage through a lunar asterism). --kī The state (daśā) which a man suffers agreeably to the asterism presiding over his nativity.

nāga a. (gī f.) Serpentine, formed of snakes, snaky.
     (2) Elephantine. --gaḥ [na gacchati ityagaḥ na ago nāgaḥ]
     (1) A snake in general, particularly the cobra.
     (2) A fabulous serpentdemon of semi-divine being, having the face of a man and the tail of a serpent, and said to inhabit the Pātāla; Bg. 10. 29; R. 15. 83.
     (3) An elephant; Me. 14, 36; Śi. 4. 63; V. 4. 25.
     (4) A shark.
     (5) A cruel or tyrannical person.
     (6) (At the end of comp.) Any pre-eminent or distinguished person, e. g. puruṣanāgaḥ.
     (7) A cloud.
     (8) A peg projecting from a wall to hang anything upon.
     (9) Piper betel. (10) One of the five vital airs of the body, that which is expelled by eructation.
     (11) The number 'seven.' --gaṃ
     (1) Tin.
     (2) Lead.
     (3) One of the astronomical periods (Karaṇas) called dhruva.
     (4) The effects of that period on anything done during it.
     (5) The asterism called āśleṣā. --gī
     (1) A female Nāga.
     (2) A female elephant.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ Hastināpura.
          --aṃganā 1. a female elephant. --2. the proboscis of an elephant.
          --aṃcalā, --aṃjanā = nāgayaṣṭi q. v.
          --aṃjanā a female elephant.
          --adhipaḥ an epithet of Śeṣa.
          --aṃtakaḥ, --arātiḥ, --ariḥ 1. an epithet of Garuḍa. --2. a peacock. --3. a lion.
          --aśanaḥ 1. a peacock; Pt. 1. 159. --2. an epithet of Garuḍa. --3. a lion.
          --ākhyaḥ = nāgakesara q. v.
          --ānanaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa.
          --ānaṃdaṃ a drama by Śriharṣa.
          --āhvaḥ Hastināpura.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. a lordly or superior elephant; Ku. 1. 36. --2. Airāvata, Indra's elephant. --3. an epithet of Śeṣa.
          --īśaḥ 1. an epithet of Śeṣa. --2. N. of the author of Paribhāṣenduśekhara and several other works. --3. N. of Patanjali.
          --udaraṃ 1. a breast-plate. --2. a peculiar disease of pregnancy (garbhopadravabheda). --kanyakā a serpent-virgin.
          --karṇaḥ the castor-oil plant.
          --kiṃjalkaḥ = nāgakesara q. v.
          --kesaraḥ N. of a tree with fragrant flowers, Mesua Roxburghii.
          --garbhaṃ red lead.
          --cūḍaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --jaṃ 1. red lead. --2. tin.
          --jihvikā red arsenic.
          --jīvanaṃ tin.
          --daṃtaḥ, --daṃtakaḥ 1. ivory. --2. a peg or bracket projecting from a wall and used to hang things upon.
          --daṃtī 1. a kind of sunflower.
     (2) a harlot. --nakṣatraṃ, --nāyakaṃ the constellation called Asleṣā. (--kaḥ) the lord of serpents. --nāmakaṃ tin. --nāman m. holy basil. --nāsā the proboscis of an elephant. --niryūhaḥ a large pin or bracket projecting from a wall. --paṃcamī 1. N. of a festival on the fifth day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. --2. the fifth day in the dark half of Āṣāḍha. --patiḥ an epithet of
     (1) Airāvata.
     (2) Sesha. --padaḥ a mode of sexual enjoyment (ratibaṃdha). --pāśaḥ 1. a sort of magical noose used in battle to entangle an enemy. --2. N. of the noose or weapon of Varuṇa. --pāśakaḥ a kind of coitus (ratibaṃdha). --puraṃ 1. Hastināpura. --2. N. of a city in Pātāla. --puṣpaḥ 1. the Champaka tree. --2. the Punnaga tree. --baṃdhakaḥ an elephant-catcher. --baṃdhuḥ the holy figtree. --balaḥ an epithet of Bhīma. --bhūṣaṇaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --maṃḍalikaḥ 1. a snake-keeper. --2. a snake-catcher. --mallaḥ an epithet of Airāvata. --yaṣṭiḥ f., --yaṣṭikā 1. a graduated pole or post for showing the depth of water in a newly-dug pond. --2. a boringrod driven into the earth. --raktaṃ, reṇuḥ red lead. --raṃgaḥ the orange. --rājaḥ 1. an epithet of Śeṣa. --2. a large elephant. --rukaḥ the orange tree. --latā 1. the penis --2. the piper betel. --vallarī, --vallī piper betel. --lokaḥ the world of serpents, the race of serpents collectively, one of the regions below the earth called Pātāla. --vārikaḥ 1. a royal elephant. --2. an elephant-driver. --3. a peacock. --4. an epithet of Garuḍa. --5. the chief of a herd of elephants. --6. the chief person in an assembly. --vīthī that part of the moon's path which contains the asterisms aśvinī, bharaṇī and kṛttikā; aśvinī kṛttikā yāmyānāgadīthīti śābditā V. P. --saṃbhavaṃ, saṃbhūtaṃ red lead. --sāhvayaṃ Hastināpura.

nāgin m. An epithet of Śiva.

nāgara a. (rī f.) [nagare bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Town-born, town-bred.
     (2) Relating to a town, civic.
     (3) Spoken in a town.
     (4) Polite, civil.
     (5) Clever, sharp.
     (6) Bad, vile, one who has contracted the vices of a town.
     (7) Nameless. --raḥ
     (1) A citizen (paura); Me. 25, Śānti. 4. 19.
     (2) A husband's brother.
     (3) A lecturer.
     (4) An orange.
     (5) Fatigue; hardship, toil.
     (6) Desire of final beatitude.
     (7) A term applied to a prince engaged in war under certain circumstances and also to a planet when in opposition to other planets (in astrol.).
     (8) Denial of knowledge. --raṃ
     (1) Dry ginger.
     (2) A kind of coitus. --rī
     (1) The character in which Sanskrit is generally written; cf. devanāgarī.
     (2) A clever, intriguing or shrewd woman; haṃtābhīrīḥ smaratu sa kathaṃ saṃvṛto nāgarībhiḥ Ud. D. 16.
     (3) The plant snuhī.
     -- Comp.
          --āhvaṃ dry ginger.

nāgaraka, nāgarika a. [nagare bhavaḥ vuñ]
     (1) Town-bred, town-born.
     (2) Polite, courteous, courtly; nāgarikavṛttyā saṃjñāpayaināṃ S. 5; sādhu ārya nāgarikosi V. 2.
     (3) Clever, shrewd, cunning (vidagdha). --kaḥ
     (1) A citizen.
     (2) A polite or courteous man, a gallant; one who shows exaggerated attention to his first mistress while he is courting some one else.
     (3) One who has con tracted the vices of a town.
     (4) A thief.
     (5) An artist.
     (6) The chief of the police; V. 5; S. 6. --kaṃ
     (1) Dry ginger. (--rikaṃ) The toll levied from a town.

nāgareyaka a. (kī f.) [nagaryāṃ bhavaḥ ṭhakañ] Belonging to a town, civic.

nāgarīṭaḥ, --nāgavīṭaḥ
     (1) A libertine, rake.
     (2) A paramour.
     (3) A matchmaker.

nāgarukaḥ Orange.

nāgaryam Shrewdness, cleverness.

nāciketaḥ Fire.

nāṭaḥ [naṭ-ghañ]
     (1) Dancing, acting.
     (2) N. of the Karnāṭaka country.

nāṭakam [naṭ-ṇvul]
     (1) A play, drama (in general).
     (2) The first of the 10 principal kinds of dramatic composition; for definition and other information; see S. D. 277. --kaḥ An actor, a dancer. --kī The court of Indra.

nāṭakīya a. [nāṭaka-cha] Pertaining to a drama, dramatic; pūrvaraṃgaḥ prasaṃgāya nāṭakīyasya vastunaḥ Śi. 2. 8.

nāṭāraḥ [naṭyā apatyaṃ ārak] The son of an actress.

nāṭikā A short or light comedy, one of the Uparūpakas, q. v.; e. g. the Ratnāvalī, Priyadarśikā or Viddhaśālabhañjikā. The S. D. thus defines it: --nāṭikā kḷptavṛttā syātstrīprāyā caturaṃkikā . prakhyāto dhīralalitastatra syānnāyako nṛpaḥ . ... syādaṃtaḥpurasaṃbaṃdhā saṃgītavyāpṛtā'thavā . navānurāgā kanyā'tra nāyikā nṛpavaṃśajā . saṃpravarteta netāsyāṃ devyāstrāsena śaṃkitaḥ . devi putarbhavejjyeṣṭhā pragalbhā nṛpavaṃśajā . pade pade mānavatī tadvaśaḥ saṃgamo dvayoḥ . vṛttiḥ syātkauśikī svalpavimarṣāḥ saṃdhayaḥ punaḥ .. 539.

nāṭitakam A mimic representation, a gesture, gesticulation; bhītināditakena S. 5.

nāṭeyaḥ, --raḥ [naṭyā apatyaṃ ḍhak ḍhrak vā] The son of an actress or dancing girl.

nāṭyam [naṭasyedaṃ kṛtyaṃ ṣyañ]
     (1) Dancing.
     (2) Dramatic representation, gesticulation, acting; nāṭye ca dakṣā vayaṃ Ratn. 1. 6; nūnaṃ nāṭye bhavati ca ciraṃ norvaśī garvaśīlā Vikr. 18. 29.
     (3) The science or art of dancing or acting, scenic art; nāṭyaṃ bhinnarucerjanasya bahudhāpyekaṃ samārādhanaṃ M. 1. 4.
     (4) The costume of an actor. --ṭyaḥ An actor.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāryaḥ a dancing preceptor.
          --uktiḥ f. dramatic phraseology.
          --dharmikā, --dharmī the rules of dramatic representation.
          --priyaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --śālā 1. a dancing-hall. --2. a theatre.
          --śāstraṃ 1. the dramatic science, dramaturgy. --2. a work on dramatic representation.

nāḍa = nāla q. v.

nāḍiḥ, --ḍī f.
     (1) The tubular stalk of any plant.
     (2) The hollow stalk of a lotus &c.
     (3) Any tubular organ of the body (such as an artery, vein); ṣaḍadhidaśanāḍīcakramadhyasthitātmā Mal. 5. 1, 2.
     (4) A pipe, flute.
     (5) A fistulous sore, fistula, sinus.
     (6) The pulse at the hand or foot.
     (7) A measure of time equal to twenty-four minutes.
     (8) A period of time =(1/2) Muhūrta.
     (9) A sort of bent grass. (10) A juggling trick.
     -- Comp.
          --caraṇaḥ a bird.
          --cīraṃ 1. a small reed. --2. a tube round which the woof is wound.
          --jaṃghaḥ 1. a crow. --2. a kind of crane.
          --taraṃgaḥ 1. an astrologer. --2. a debaucher, ravisher.
          --nakṣatraṃ=janmanakṣatra q. v.
          --parīkṣā feeling the pulse.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the celestial equator.
          --yaṃtraṃ any tubular instrument.
          --vraṇaḥ sinus, an ulcer, a fistula.

nāḍikā
     (1) A tubular organ &c.; see nāḍi.
     (2) A Ghaṭikā or 24 minutes; nāḍikāvicchedapaṭahaḥ Māl. 7; K. 13, 70.
     (3) A hollow stalk in general.
     (4) A fistulous sore.
     (5) A ray of the sun.
     (6) A gong, (on which the hours are struck).

nāḍiṃ(ḍīṃ)dhama a. Causing a movement of the tubular organs (as fright &c.); nāḍiṃdhamena śvāsena K. 353. --maḥ A goldsmith.

nāḍiṃdhaya a. Drinking or sucking through a tube.

nāḍīkā The wind-pipe or throat.

nāḍikelaḥ = nārikela q. v.

nāṇakam A coin, anything stamped with an impression; eṣā nāṇakamoṣikā makaśikā Mk. 1. 23; Y. 2. 240.

nāticira a. Of no long duration, not very long.

nātidūra a. Not very far or distant.

nātivādaḥ Avoiding abusive language.

nātraḥ
     (1) Śiva.
     (2) A sage. --traṃ
     (1) Praise.
     (2) Surprise, wonder.

nāth 1 P. (nāthati, but sometimes A. also)
     (1) To ask, beg, solicit for anything (with dat. or two acc.); mokṣāya nāthate muniḥ Vop.; nāthase kimu patiṃ na bhūbhṛtaḥ Ki. 13. 59; saṃtuṣṭamiṣṭāni tamiṣṭadevaṃ nāthaṃti ke nāma na lokanāthaṃ N. 3. 25.
     (2) To have power, be master, prevail.
     (3) To harass, trouble.
     (4) To bless, wish well to, give blessings to; (said to be Atm. only in this sense); nāthitaśame Mv. 1. 11; (Mammaṭa quotes the line dīnaṃ tvāmanunāthate kucayugaṃ patrāvṛtaṃ mā kṛthāḥ to show that nāth here only means 'to ask or beg', and says that nāthate should, therefore, be nāthati); sarpiṣo nāthate Sk.

nāthaḥ [nāth-ac]
     (1) A lord, master, protector, leader; nāthe kutastvayyaśubhaṃ prajānāṃ R. 5. 13, 2. 73, 3. 45; triloka-, kailāsa- &c.
     (2) A husband.
     (3) A rope passed through the nose of a draft-ox.
     (4) A possessor.
     -- Comp.
          --hariḥ a beast (paśu).

nāthavat a.
     (1) Possessed of a lord or protector; nāthavaṃtastvayā lokāstvamanāthā vipatsyase U. 1. 43.
     (2) Dependent, subject.

nādaḥ [nad-ghañ]
     (1) A loud roar, ery, shout, sounding, roaring; siṃhanādaḥ, ghana- &c.
     (2) A sound in general; Mal. 5. 20.
     (3) (In Yoga phil.) The nasal sound represented by a semi-circle ([symbol]).
     (4) One who praises.

nādavat a. Sonant, resounding.

nādi a. Sounding, roaring.

nādin a.
     (1) Sounding, resonant; aṃbudavṛṃdanādī rathaḥ Mb., R. 3. 59; 19. 5.
     (2) Bellowing, roaring; khara-, siṃha- &c.

nādeya (yī f.) [nadyā nadasya vā ḍhak) River-born, aquatic, marine. --yaṃ Rock-salt.

nādya a. Belonging to a river, river-born.

nādh = nāth q. v.

nānā ind.
     (1) In different places, in different ways, manifoldly, variously.
     (2) Distinctly, separately.
     (3) Without (= vinā); (with acc., instr. or abl.); nānā nārīṃ niṣphalā lokayātrā Vop.; (viśvaṃ) na nānā śaṃbhunāṃ rāmāt varṣeṇādhokṣajovaṃraḥ ibid.
     (4) (Used as an adjective at the beginning of comp.) Manifold, various, sundry, different, diverse; nānāphalaiḥ phalati kalpalateva bhūmiḥ Bh. 2. 46; Bg. 1. 9, Ms. 9. 148.
     -- Comp.
          --atyaya a. of different kinds, manifold, diverse.
          --artha a. 1. having different aims or objeets. --2. having different meanings, homonymous (as a word).
          --ātmavādin a. maintaining the Sāṅkhya doctrine that each individual has a soul distinct from the universal spirit.
          --kāraṃ ind. having done variously.
          --grahaḥ taking separately.
          --jātīya a. of diverse kinds or sorts.
          --dhvaniḥ a musical instrument producing more than one sound.
          --rasa a. of different or varying tastes; M. 1. 4.
          --rūpa a. of different forms, diverse, multiform, various.
          --varṇa a. of different colours.
          --vidha a. of various sorts, diverse, manifold.
          --vidhaṃ ind. in various ways.
          --vīrya a. having manifold energy.

nānānam ind. Ved. Differently, separately &c.

nānāṃdraḥ A husband's sister's son.

nāṃta a. Endless, infinite.

nāṃtarīyaka a. Inseparable, invariably connected; avinābhāvaḥ saṃvaṃdhamātraṃ na tu nāṃtarīyakatvaṃ K. P. 2. (nāṃtarīyakatvaṃ = tadabhāve tadabhāvarūpā vyāptiḥ).

nāṃtram Praise, eulogy.

nāṃdikaraḥ, nāṃdin m. The speaker of the nāṃdī or benediction.

nāṃdī [naṃdāṃti devā atra naṃd-ghañ pṛṣo- vṛddhiḥ ṅīp]
     (1) Joy, satisfaction, delight.
     (2) Prosperity.
     (3) Praise of a deity at the commencement of a religious rite or observance.
     (4) Particularly, the benedictory verse or verses recited as a sort of prologue at the beginning of a drama, benediction; āśīrvacanasaṃyuktā nityaṃ yasmātprayujyate . devadvijanṛpādīnāṃ tasmānnāṃdīti saṃjñitā .. or devadvijanṛpādīnāmāśarvicanapūrvikā . naṃdaṃti devatā yasyāṃ tasmānnāṃdīti kīrtitā ...
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ see nāṃdin, --ninādaḥ, --nādaḥ, --ravaḥ a shout of joy or rejoicing; Mv. 2. 4.
          --paṭaḥ the lid or cover of a well.
          --mukha a. (the class of manes or deceased ancestors) to whom the nāṃdīmukhaśrāddha is offered. (--khaṃ), -śrāddhaṃ a Śrāddha ceremony performed in memory of the manes, preliminary to any festive occasion such as marriage &c. (
          --khaḥ) the cover or lid of a well. (
          --khī) a female ancestor entitled to a share in the above Śrāddha.
          --vādin m. 1. the speaker of a prologue to a drama. --2. a drummer.
          --śrāddhaṃ see nāṃdīmukhaṃ above.

nāṃdīkaḥ
     (1) A post in a door-way set up for good luck.
     (2) = nāṃdīśrāddha see above.

nāpitaḥ A barber, shaver.
     -- Comp.
          --śālā a barber's shop, shavinghouse.

nāpitāyaniḥ The son of a barber.

nāpityam The trade of a barber. --tyaḥ The son of a barber.

nābhakaḥ A myrobalan.

nābhasa a. (sī f.) Heavenly, celestial.

nābhi --bhī m. f. [nah-iñ bhaścāṃtādeśaḥ cf. Uṇ. 4. 125]
     (1) The navel; gaṃgāvartasanābhirnābhiḥ Dk. 2; &c.; nimnanābhiḥ Me. 82; R. 6. 52; Me. 28.
     (2) Any navel-like cavity. --m.
     (1) The nave of a wheel; Pt. 1. 81.
     (2) The centre, focus, chief point.
     (3) Chief, leader, head; kṛtsnasya nābhirnṛpamaṃḍalasya R. 18. 20.
     (4) Near relationship, community (of race &c.); as in sanābhi q. v.
     (5) A paramount sovereign or lord; R. 9. 15.
     (6) A near relation.
     (7) A Kshatriya.
     (8) Home. --bhiḥ f. Musk. (i. e. mṛganābhi). (N. B. nābhi at the end of Bah. comp. becomes nābha when the comp. is used as an epithet; as padmanābhaḥ.)
     -- Comp.
          --āvartaḥ the cavity of the navel.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ, --gu (go) lakaḥ ruptured navel.
          --jaḥ, --janman m,
          --bhūḥ epithets of Brahmā.
          --nāḍī, --nālaṃ 1. the umbilical cord. --2. rupture of the navel.
          --mūlaṃ the part of the body immediately under the navel.
          --vardhanaṃ 1. cutting or division of the umbilical cord. --2. rupture of the navel. --3. corpulency.

nābhikā A cavity shaped like a navel.

nābhila a. [nābhirastyasya sidhmā- lac] Relating to or coming from a navel.

nābhīlam
     (1) The cavity of the navel.
     (2) Pain.
     (3) A ruptured navel.
     (4) The groin of a woman.

nābhya a. [nābhi-yat] Relating to, proceeding from, being in, the navel, umbilical. --bhyaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

nāma ind. A particle used in the following senses:
     (1) Named, called, by name; himālayo nāma nagādhirājaḥ Ku. 1. 1; tannaṃdinīṃ suvṛttāṃ nāma Dk. 7.
     (2) Indeed, certainly, truly, forsooth, verily, to be sure; mayā nāma jitaṃ V. 2. 17; vinītaveṣeṇa praveṣṭavyāni tapovanāni nāna S. 1; āśvāsitasya mama nāma V. 5. 16 'when I was just consoled'; tannāma niṣṭhurāḥ puruṣāḥ Mk. 5. 32 'that means men are cruel'.
     (3) Probably, perhaps; oft. with mā; aye padaśabda iva mā nāma rakṣiṇaḥ Mk. 3. 'perhaps (but I hope not) that of guards'; mā nāma akāryaṃ kuryāt Mk. 4.
     (4) ossibility; tavaiva nāmāstragatiḥ Ku. 3. 19; tvayā nāma munirvimānyaḥ S. 5. 20 'is it possible &c'. (implying censure); frequently used with api in the sense of 'I wish', 'would that', 'is it likely that &c.'; see under api.
     (5) A feigned or pretended action, pretence (alīka); kārtāṃtiko nāma bhūtvā Dk. 130; so bhīto nāmāvaplutya 104 'as if afraid;' pariśramaṃ nāma vinīya ca kṣaṇa Ku. 5. 32.
     (6) (With imperatives) Granted, though, it may be, well, it may be; tadbhavatu nāma śokāvegāya K. 328; atanuṣu vibhaveṣu jñātayaḥ saṃtu nāma S. 5. 8; Bh. 1. 16; evaṃ nāmāstu 'be it so, if you like,'; karotu nāma nītijño vyavasāyamitastataḥ H. 2. 14 'though he may exert himself'; so Mal. 10. 7.
     (7) Anger or censure; mamāpi nāma daśānanasya paraiḥ paribhavaḥ G. M.; (the sentence may imply 'censure' also); kiṃ nāma visphuraṃti śastrāṇi U. 4; mamāpi nāma sattvairabhibhūyaṃte gṛhāḥ S. 6.
     (8) Wonder; āścaryamaṃdho nāma putraṃ drakṣyati Sk.
     (9) Recollection. nāma is often used with the interrogative pronoun and its derivatives kathaṃ, kadā &c. in the sense of 'possibly', 'indeed', 'I should like to know'; ayi kathaṃ nāmaitat U. 6; R. 16. 82; Bh. 2. 44; H. 1. 104; ko nāma rājñāṃ priyaḥ Pt. 1. 146; ko nāma pākābhimukhasya jaṃturdvārāṇi daivasya pidhātumīṣṭe U. 7. 4.

nāman n. [mnāyate abhyaṃsyate namyate arbhidhīyate artho'nena vā]
     (1) A name, appellation, personal name (opp. gotra); kiṃ nu nāmaitadasyāḥ Mu. 1. 1; nāma grah 'to address or call upon by name;' nāmagrāhamarodītsā Bk. 5. 5; nāma kṛ or dā, nāmnā or nāmataḥ kṛ 'to give a name, call, name'; cakāra nāmnā raghumātmasaṃbhavaṃ R. 3. 21, 5. 36; tau kuśalavau cakāra kila nāmataḥ 15. 32; caṃdrāpīḍa iti nāma cakre K. 74; mātaraṃ nāmataḥ pṛccheyaṃ S. 7.
     (2) The mere name; saṃtaptāyasi samsthitasya payaso nāmāpi na jñāyate Bh. 2. 67 'not even the name, i. e. no trace or mark is seen' &c.; Pt. 1. 250.
     (3) (In gram.) A noun, substantive (opp. ākhyāta); tannāma yenābhidadhāti sattvaṃ; sattvapradhānāni nāmāni Nir.
     (4) A word, name, synonymous word; iti vṛkṣanāmāni.
     (5) Substance (opp. guṇa).
     (6) Water.
     (7) Ved. Mark, sign, token.
     (8) Form, mode, manner.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃka a. marked with a name; R. 12. 103.
          --anuśāsanaṃ, --abhidhānaṃ 1. declaring one's name. --2. a dictionary, lexicon.
          --aparādhaḥ abusing (a respectable man) by name, calling names.
          --ākhyātika a. relating to nouns and verbs.
          --āvalī a list of names (of a god).
          --karaṇaṃ, --karman n. 1. the ceremony of naming a child after birth. --2. a nominal affix.
          --grahaḥ, --grahaṇaṃ addressing or mentioning by name, utterance of the name, calling to mind the name; puṇyāni nāmagrahaṇānyapi mahāmunīnāṃ K. 43; Ms. 8. 271; R. 7. 41; 6. 67.
          --grāhaṃ ind. by naming, by mentioning the name; Bk. 5. 5.
          --tyāgaḥ abandonment of name; svanāmatyāgaṃ karomi Pt.
     (1) 'I shall forego my name'. --dvādaśī a kind of religious ceremony, the worship of Durgā daily under one of her 12 names. --dhātuḥ a nominal verb, denominative base (as pārthāyate, vṛṣasyati &c.). --dhāraka, --dhārin a. bearing only the name, in name only, nominal; Pt. 2. 84. --dheyaṃ 1. a name, appellation; vanajyotsneti kṛtanāmadheyā S. 1; kiṃ nāmadheyā sā M. 4; R. 1. 45, 10. 67, 11. 8; Ms. 2. 30. --2. the ceremony of naming a child. --nāmikaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --nirdeśaḥ indication by name. --mātra a. having only the name, nominal, in name; Pt. 1. 77; 2. 86. (--traṃ) the mere name or mention (of a thing); nāmamātraprastāvo bhe viṣādāya kalpate S. 7; Pt. 3. 81; H. 1. 128; nāmamātrāvaśeṣitāḥ śatravaḥ Rām. --mālā, --saṃgrahaḥ a list of names, glossary (of nouns). --mudrā a seal-ring, signet-ring; ubhe nāmamudrākṣarāṇyanuvācya parasparamavalokayataḥ S. 1. --liṃgaṃ gender of nouns. -anuśāsanaṃ rules on the gender of nouns. --varjita a. 1. nameless. --2. stupid, foolish. --vācaka a. expressing a name. (--kaṃ) a proper name. --śeṣa a. having only the name left, remaining in name only, dead, deceased; U. 2. 6.

nāmaka (At the end of adj. comp.) =nāman; as kṛtanāmakaḥ.

nāmataḥ ind. By name, namely.

nāmadhaḥ --dhā m. Ved. A namegiver.

nāmadhā ind. By name.

nāmika a. Relating to a name or a noun.

nāmiḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

nāmita a. Bent, bowed down &c.

nāmya a. Pliable, flexible, pliant.

nāyaḥ [nī-kartari ṇa]
     (1) A leader, guide.
     (2) Guiding, directing.
     (3) Policy.
     (4) Means, expedient.

nāyaka a. [nī-ṇvul] Guiding, leading, conducting. --kaḥ
     (1) A guide, leader, conductor.
     (2) A chief, master, head, lord.
     (3) A pre-eminent or principal person, distinguished personage; sainyanāyakaḥ &c.
     (4) A general, commander.
     (6) (In Rhet.) The hero of a poetic composition (a play or drama); (according to S. D. there are four main kinds of nāyakaḥ --dhīrodātta, dhīroddhata, dhīralalita, and dhīrapraśāṃta, q. q. v. v; these are again subdivided, the tota number of kinds being 48; see S. D. 64--75. The Rasamañjarī mentions 3 classes pati, upapati and vaiśika; 95. 110).
     (6) The central gem of a neck. lace.
     (7) A paradigm or leading example; daśaite strīṣu nāyakāḥ.
     (8) An epithet of Sākyamuni.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ a king, sovereign.

nāyikā
     (1) A mistress.
     (2) A wife
     (3) The heroine of a poetic composition. (According to S. D. a nāyikā is of three kinds svā or svīyā, anyā or parakīyā, and sādhāraṇastrī. For further classification, see S. D. 97-112, and Rasamañjarī 3-94; cf. anyastrī also).
     (4) A kind of musk.

nāra a. (rī f.) [narasyedaṃ-aṇ]
     (1) Human, mortal.
     (2) Spiritual. --raḥ
     (1) A calf.
     (2) Water (said to be f. also; cf. Ms. 1. 10). --raṃ
     (1) A multitude or assemblage of men.
     (2) Dry ginger.
     -- Comp.
          --kīṭaḥ a deceiver, (disappointing expectations raised by himself.)
          --jīvanaṃ gold.

nāraka a. (kī f.) [naraka eva prajñā- aṇ narakasyedaṃ aṇ vā] Hellish, relating to hell, infernal. --kaḥ
     (1) The infernal regions, hell.
     (2) An inhabitant of hell.

nārakika, nārakin, nārakīya a. Hellish. --m. An inhabitant of hell.

nāraṃgaḥ
     (1) The orange tree.
     (2) A lecher, libertine.
     (3) A living being.
     (4) A twin. --gaṃ, --gakaṃ
     (1) The fruit of the orange tree; sadyomuṃḍitamattahūṇacibukapraspardhi nāraṃgakaṃ.
     (2) A carrot.
     (3) The juice of the pepper plant.

nāradaḥ [narasya dharmo nāraṃ, tat dadāti dā-ka] N. of a celebrated Devarshi (deified saint or divine sage). [He is one of the ten mind-born sons of Brahmā, being supposed to have sprung from his thigh. He is represented as a messenger from the gods to men and vice versa, and as being very fond of promoting discords among gods and men; hence his epithet of Kalipriya. He is said to have been the inventor of the lute or Vina. He is also the author of a code of laws which goes by his name].

nārasiṃha a. (hī f.) Pertaining to Narasimha. --haḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

nārācaḥ [narān ācāmati ā-camḍa svārthe aṇ, nāraṃ ācāmati vā Tv.]
     (1) An iron arrow; tatra nārācadurdinaṃ R. 4. 41. --2. An arrow in general; kanakanārācaparaṃparābhiriva K. 57.
     (3) Waterelephant.

nārācikā, nārācī A goldsmith's scales (assay balance).

nārāyaṇaḥ 1 An epithet of Viṣṇu; (the word is thus derived in Ms. 1. 10; āpo nārā iti proktā āpo vai narasūnavaḥ . tā yadasyāyanaṃ pūrvaṃ tena nārāyaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ ..).
     (2) N. of an ancient sage said to be a companion of Nara and to have produced Urvaśī from his thigh: cf. ūrūdbhavā narasakhasya muneḥ surastrī V. 1. 3; see naranārāyaṇa under nara also. --ṇī
     (1) An epithet of Lakṣmī the goddess of wealth.
     (2) An epithet of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --priyaḥ 1. N. of Śiva. --2. yellow sandal-wood.

nārika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Watery, aqueous.
     (2) Spiritual.

nārikeraḥ, --laḥ The cocoa-nut; nārikelasamākārā dṛśyaṃte hi suhṛjjanāḥ H. 1. 94. (The word is also written nārikeli-lī, narikera-la, nārīkeli lī, --nāḍi (ḍī) kera, nālikera, nālikeli-lī). --lī Fermented liquor made from the water of the cocoa-nut.

nārī [nṝ-nara-vā jātau ṅīṣ ni-]
     (1) A woman; arthataḥ puruṣo nārī yā nārī rsāthataḥ pumān Mk. 3. 27.
     -- Comp.
          --taraṃgakaḥ 1. a paramour. --2. a libertine.
          --dūṣaṇaṃ a woman's vice, (they are:
          --pānaṃ durjanasaṃsargaḥ patyā ca viraho'ṭanam . svapno'nyagṛhavāsaśca nārīṇāṃ dūṣaṇāni ṣaṭ Ms. 9. 13).
          --prasaṃgaḥ lochery, libertinism.
          --ratnaṃ a jewel of a woman, an excellent woman.

nārpatya a. Kingly, relating to royalty.

nāṃryagaḥ The orange tree.

nāla a. [nalasyedaṃ aṇ] Consisting or made of reeds. --laṃ
     (1) A hollow stalk, especially the stalk of the lotus; vikacakamalaiḥ snigdhavaiḍūryanālaiḥ Me. 76; R. 6. 13; Ku. 7. 89. (--m. also in this sense).
     (2) Any tubular vessel of the body.
     (3) Yellow orpiment.
     (4) A handle. --laḥ A canal, drain.

nālaṃbī The lute of Śiva.

nālā A hollow stalk, especially that of the lotus.

nāliḥ --lī f. [nal-ṇic in vā ṅīp]
     (1) Any tubular vessel of the body.
     (2) A hollow stalk, especially that of the lotus.
     (3) A period of 24 minutes (ghaṭikā).
     (4) An instrument for boring an elephant's ear.
     (5) A canal, drain.
     (6) A lotusflower.
     (6) A piece of metal on which the hours are struck (ghaṭī).

nālikaḥ [nalameva nālamastyasya ṭhan] A buffalo. --kā
     (1) The stalk of a lotus.
     (2) A tube.
     (3) An instrument for boring an elephant's ear.
     (4) A period of 24 minutes. --kaṃ A lotus-flower.
     (2) A kind of wind-instrument, a flute.
     (3) Myrrh.

nālikera, nālikeli-lī See nārikera &c.

nālīkaḥ [nālyāṃ kāyati kai-ka Tv.]
     (1) An arrow.
     (2) A dart, javelin.
     (3) A lotus.
     (4) The fibrous stalk of a lotus.
     (5) A water-pot (kamaṃḍalu) made of the cocoa-nut. --kaṃ An assemblage of lotus-flowers.

nālīkinī
     (1) A multitude or assemblage of lotus-flowers.
     (2) A lotuspond.

nālīpaḥ = kadaṃbaka q. v.

nāvikaḥ [nāvā tarati-ṭhan]
     (1) The helmsman of a vessel, a pilot; akhyātiriti te kṛṣṇa magnā naurnāvike tvayi nāvikapuruṣe na viśvāsaḥ Mb.
     (2) A navigator, sailor.
     (3) A passenger on board a ship.

nāvin m. A boatman.

nāvya a. [nāvā tāryaṃ nau-yat]
     (1) Accessible by a boat or ship, navigable (as a river &c.); nāvyāḥ supratarā nadīḥ R. 4. 31; nāvyaṃ payaḥ kecidatāriṣurbhujaiḥ Śi. 12. 76.
     (2) Praiseworthy. --vyaṃ Newness, novelty. --vyā Ved. A navigable river.

nāvanīta a. (tī f.) Mild, soft, gentle.

nāvamika a. (kī f.) Ninth.

nāśaḥ [naś-māve ghañ]
     (1) Disappearance; gatā nāśaṃ tārā upakṛtamasādhāviva jane Mk. 5. 25.
     (2) Frustration, destruction, ruin, loss; Bg. 2. 40; R. 8. 88, 12. 67; so vitta-, buddhi- &c.
     (3) Death.
     (4) Misfortune, calamity.
     (5) Abandonment, desertion.
     (6) Flight, retreat.
     (7) (In arith.) Elimination.
     (8) Want of apprehension, non-perception (anupalaṃbha).

nāśaka a. [naś-ṇic-ṇvul] Destructive, destroying.

nāśana a. [naś-ṇic-lyu] (nī f.) Destroying, causing to perish, removing (in comp.). --naṃ
     (1) Destruction, ruin.
     (2) Removing, removal, expulsion.
     (4) Perishing, death.
     (5) Forgetting.

nāśita p. p. Destroyed, ruined, made to perish, lost.

nāśin a. (nī f.) [naa-nini] 1 Destruetive, destroying, removing.
     (2) Perishing, perishable; Bg. 2. 18 Ms. 8. 185.

nāśya a. Destructible.

nāṣṭikaḥ The owner of anything lost.

nāṣṭrā Ved.
     (1) Danger, destruction.
     (2) An evil spirit, a goblin.

nās 1 A. (nāsate) To sound.

nāsatya See under na.

nāsā [nās-bhāve a]
     (1) The nose; sphuradadharanāsāpuṭatayā U. 1. 29; Bg. 5. 27.
     (2) The trunk of an elephant.
     (3) The upper timber of a door.
     (4) A sound.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the tip of the nose; Māl. 1. 1.
          --chidraṃ, --raṃdhraṃ, --vivaraṃ a nostril.
          --dāru n. the upper timber of a door-frame.
          --nāhaḥ the thickening of the membrane of the nose.
          --parisrāvaḥ running at the nose. a running cold.
          --puṭaḥ, --puṭaṃ a nostril, -maryādā the septum of the nose.
          --vaṃśaḥ the bridge of the nose.
          --srāvaḥ a running cold.

nāsikaṃdhama a. Blowing or breathing through the nose.

nāsikaṃdhaya a. Drinking through the nose.

nāsikā [nās-ṇvul]
     (1) The nose see nāsā.
     (2) Any nose-shaped object.
     (3) The trunk of an elephant.
     (4) The upper timber of a door.
     (5) A projection.
     (6) An epithet of the nymph Aśvinī.
     -- Comp.
          --malaḥ the mucus of the nose.

nāsikya a. [nāsikā-ṇya]
     (1) Nasal.
     (2) Being in the nose. --kyaḥ A nasal sound. --kyauṃ (du.) An epithet of the Aśvins. --kyaṃ The nose.

nāsikyakam The nose.

nāsyam A nose-cord, the rein of a draught-ox (passed through the septum of the nostrils.).

nāsīram [nāsāya īrte īr-ka Tv.] Advancing or fighting in front of an army. --raḥ
     (1) The van or front (of an army &c.); nāsīracarayorbhaṭayoḥ Mv. 6; N. 1. 68.
     (2) A champion who advances before the line.

nāsti ind. 'It is not', non-existence, as in nāstikṣīrā &c.
     -- Comp.
          --vādaḥ assertion of the non-existence of God or a Supreme ruler, atheism, infidelity; bauddheneva sarvadā nāstivādaśūreṇa K.

nāstika a. or --kaḥ [nāsti paralokastatsādhanamadṛṣṭaṃ tatsākṣīśvaro vā iti matirasya ṭhan] An atheist, unbeliever, one who denies the authority of the Vedas and a future life or the existence of a supreme ruler or creator of the universe; Śi. 16. 7; Ms. 2. 11; 8. 22.

nāstikyam Atheism, infidelity, heresy.

nāstidaḥ The mango tree.

nāsyam See under nāsā.

nāhaḥ [nah bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Binding, confinement.
     (2) A trap or snare.
     (3) Costiveness, constipation.

nāhuṣaḥ --ṣiḥ An epithet of Yayāti.

ni ind. (Mostly used as a prefix to verbs and nouns, rarely as an adverb or preposition. It is used in the following senses (according to G. M.):
     (1) Lowness, downward motion ('down', 'under', 'below'); nipat, niṣad.
     (2) A group or collection; nikara, nikāya.
     (3) Intensity; nikāma, nigṛhīta.
     (4) Command, order; nideśa.
     (5) Continuance, permanence; niviśate.
     (6) Skill; nipuṇa.
     (7) Restraint, confinement; nibaṃdha.
     (8) Inclusion ('into', 'in'); nipītamudakaṃ.
     (9) Proximity, nearness; nikaṭa. (10) Insult, wrong, harm; nikṛti, nikāra.
     (11) Showing; nidarśana.
     (12) Cessation; nivṛt.
     (13) Resort, refuge; nilaya.
     (14) Doubt.
     (15) Certainty.
     (16) Affirmation.
     (17) Throwing, giving &c. (according to Durgādāsa).

niḥkṣip = nikṣip q. v.

niḥkṣipta p. p.
     (1) Thrown or sent away.
     (2) Passed, spent (as time).

niḥkṣepaḥ
     (1) Throwing, sending away.
     (2) Spending (time).
     (3) Wiping (tears).

niḥśiṣ Caus.
     (1) To reduce to nothing, annihilate, destroy completely.
     (2) To leave no remainder.

niḥśeṣa a. [nirgataḥ śeṣo yasya] Whole, complete, entire; niḥśeṣaviśrāṇitakośajātaṃ R. 5. 1. --ṣaṃ, --ṣeṇa ind. Wholly, completely, totally, entirely.

niḥśraya(yi)ṇī, niḥśreṇī  f. A ladder, staircase; R. 15. 100.

niḥśreyasam [niścitaṃ śreyaḥ ni-] Final beatitude, absolution.

niḥśvas (often written niśvas] 2 P. To sigh, heave a sigh of grief, pant.

niḥśvasanam Breathing out, sighing.

niḥśvasita p. p.
     (1) Breathed out, sighed.
     (2) Sighing. --taṃ
     (1) Expiration.
     (2) A sigh; V. 2. 19.

niḥśvāsaḥ, niśvāsaḥ
     (1) Breathing out, expiration.
     (2) Sighing, a sigh, breath.

niḥsaha a.
     (1) Unable to bear, resist or suffer, impatient.
     (2) Powerless, unnerved, spiritless, languid, fatigued; ayi virama niḥsahāsi jātā Mal. 3; so Māl. 2, 7, U. 3.
     (3) Intolerable, unbearable, irresistible (in a passive sense).

niḥsṛ 1 P.
     (1) To come forth, slip away from, go out, issue from; bāṇaiḥ kharakārmukaniḥsṛtaiḥ Rām.; Śi. 9. 25.
     (2) To depart, set out for; Ms. 6. 4.
     (3) To flow forth, ooze out, exude; yo hemakuṃbhastanāniḥsṛtānāṃ R. 2. 36. --Caus. To turn out, expel, drive away.

niḥsaraṇam
     (1) Going out, exit.
     (2) An egress or outlet from a house, a gate.
     (3) Final departure, death.
     (4) A means, expedient, remedy.
     (5) Final beatitude.

niḥsāraḥ Going forth or out, exit.

niḥsāraṇam
     (1) Expelling, driving or turning out.
     (2) The outlet from a house, ingress or egress.

niḥsārita a. Expelled, dismissed, turned out.

niḥsravaḥ Remainder, surplus.

niḥsrāvaḥ
     (1) Expense, expending, expenditure.
     (2) The water of boiled rice.

nikaṭa a. Near, close, hard by, proximate. --ṭaḥ, --ṭaṃ Proximity. (nikaṭe is used adverbially in the sense of 'near', 'at hand', 'hard or close by;' vahati nikaṭe kālasrotaḥ samastabhayāva haṃ Śanti. 3. 2.).

nikam 10 A. To desire excessively, long vehemently.

nikāma a. [ni kam ghañ]
     (1) Plentiful copious, abundant; nikājalāṃ strotovahāṃ S. 6. 16.
     (2) Desirous of. --maḥ, --maṃ Wish, desire. --maṃ ind.
     (1) According to one's wish or desire, agreeably to desire.
     (2) To one's satisfaction, to the heart's content; rātrau nikāmaṃ śayitavyamapi nāsti S. 2 'I cannot even sleep at ease or comfortably at night.'
     (3) Very much, exceedingly nikāmaṃ kṣāmāṃgī Māl. 2. 3; often used as the first member of comp. when it loses its final m; nikāmaniraṃkuśaḥ Gīt. 7; Ku. 5. 23; Śi. 4. 54.

nikāmanam Desire, longing after.

nikaraḥ [nikṝ bhāvādau ap]
     (1) A heap, pile.
     (2) A flock, multitude, collection; papāta svedāṃbuprasara iva harṣāśrunikaraḥ Gīt. 11; Śi. 4. 58; Rs. 6. 18.
     (3) A bundle.
     (4) Sap, pith, essence.
     (5) A suitable gift, honorarium.
     (6) A treasure.

nikarṣaṇa See under nikṛṣ.

nikaṣaḥ(saḥ)
     (1) A touch-stone, whet-stone; nikaṣe hemarekheva R. 17. 46; Mv. 1. 4.
     (2) (Fig.) Anything serving as a touch-stone, a test; nanveṣa darpanikaṣastava caṃdraketuḥ U. 5. 10; ādarśaḥ śikṣitānāṃ sucaritanikaṣaḥ Mk. 1. 48; Dk. 1; K. 44.
     (3) A streak or line of gold made on a touch-stone; kanakanikaṣaruciśucivasanena śvasiti ma sā parijanahasanena Gīt. 7; kanakanikaṣasnigdhā vidyutpriyā na mamorvaśī V. 4 1; 5. 19.
     -- Comp.
          --upalaḥ, --grāvan m.
          --pāṣāṇaḥ a touch-stone, whetstone; tatpremahemanikaṣopalatāṃ tanoti Gīt. 11; tattvanikaṣagrāvā tu teṣāṃ vipad H. 1. 210 2. 80.

nikaṣā N. of the mother of Rāvaṇa or of imps in general. --ind.
     (1) Near, hard, close by, at hand (with acc.); nikaṣā saudhabhittiṃ Dk.; vilaṃdhya laṃkāṃ nikaṣā haniṣyati Śi. 1. 68.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmajaḥ a demon.

nikāyaḥ [ni-ci-ghañ kutvam]
     (1) A heap, an assemblage, a class, multitude, flock, group in general; Mv. 1.
     (2) A congregation, school, an association of persons who perform like duties.
     (3) A house, habitation, dwelling-place; kāśīnikāyaḥ &c.
     (4) The body.
     (5) Aim, butt, mark.
     (6) The Supreme Being.
     (7) Ved. Air, wind.

nikāyyaḥ [cf. P. III. 1. 129] A dwelling, habitation, house; na praṇāyyo janaḥ kaccinnikāyyaṃ te'dhitiṣṭhati Bk. 6. 66.

nikāra &c. See under nikṛ.

nikāśaḥ, --saḥ [ni-kāś-ghañ]
     (1) Appearance, sight.
     (2) Horizon.
     (3) Proximity, vicinity.
     (4) Likeness, resemblance (at the end of comp.); Māl. 5. 13.

nikāṣaḥ Scratching, rubbing; Ki. 7. 6.

nikuṃcanaḥ A measure of capacity equal to (1/4) of a Kudava (also nikuṃcaka).

nikuṃjaḥ, --jam
     (1) A bower, an arbour' a place over-grown with shrubs and creepers; yamunātīravānīranikuṃje maṃdamāsthitaṃ Gīt. 4, 2, 11; Rs. 1. 23.
     (2) A vault; Māl. 2. 12.
     (3) A cavern; Māl. 9. 3.

nikuṃbhaḥ
     (1) N. of an attendant of Śiva; R. 2. 35.
     (2) N. of the father of Sunda and Upasunda.

nikuṃbhilā
     (1) A cave or grove at the western gate of Laṅkā.
     (2) An image of Bhadrakālī on the west side of Laṅkā.
     (3) A place where oblations are offered.

nikuraṃ(ruṃ)bam A flock, collection, mass, multitude; latānikuruṃbaṃ Gīt. 11. kiraṇa- A. L. 20; cikura- 43.

nikulīnikā A family art, one inherited by birth, any skill or art peculiar to a race.

nikṛ 8U. Ved.
     (1) To humiliate, subdue, overcome.
     (2) To maltreat, act or treat ill.
     (3) To injure, wrong, offend.

nikāraḥ
     (1) Winnowing corn.
     (2) Lifting up.
     (3) Killing, slaughter.
     (4) Humiliation, subjugation.
     (5) Insult, injury, wrong, offence; tīrṇo nikārārṇavaḥ Ve. 6. 43; Mv. 3. 41; 5. 14; 7. 8; Ki. 1. 43; 3. 44.
     (6) Abuse, reproach, disrespect.
     (7) Wickedness, malice.
     (8) Opposition, controdction.

nikāraṇam Kiling, slaughter.

nikṛta p. p.
     (1) Humbled, cast down, humiliated.
     (2) Insulted, offended; U. 6. 14.
     (3) Deceived, cheated.
     (4) Removed.
     (5) Afflicted, injured.
     (6) Wicked, dishonest.
     (7) Base, low, vile. --taṃ Humiliation.
     -- Comp.
          --prajña a. evil-minded.
          --mati a. depraved in mind, base.

nikṛti a. Base, dishonest, wicked. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Baseness, wickedness.
     (2) Dishonesty, fraud, deception; anikṛtinipuṇaṃ te ceṣṭitaṃ mānaśauṃḍa Ve. 5. 21; Ki. 1. 45.
     (3) Insult, offence, humiliation; Mu. 4. 11.
     (4) Abuse' reproach.
     (5) Rejection, removal.
     (6) Poverty, indigence.
     (7) The earth.
     (8) N. of one of the eight Vasus.
     -- Comp.
          --prajña a. evil-minded, wicked.

nikṛtin a. Base, dishonest, wicked.

nikṛt 6 P.
     (1) To cut down, cut to pieces, cut or tear off, tear up; viśvāsādbhayamutpannaṃ mūlānyapi nikṛṃtati Pt. 2. 39; nikṛṃtanniva mānasaṃ Bk. 7. 11; bhallanikṛttakaṃṭhaiḥ R. 7. 58.
     (2) To cut oneself (A.)

nikartanam Cutting down or off, tearing.

nikṛṃtana a. (nī f.) Cutting down, destroying; virahinikṛṃtanakuṃtamukhākṛtiketakidaṃturitāśe(vasaṃte) Gīt. 11. --naṃ Cutting, cutting off, destruction.
     (2) An instrument for cutting; ekena nakhanikṛṃtanena sarvaṃ kārṣṇāyasaṃ vijñātaṃ syāt S. B.

nikṛṣ 1. 6. P.
     (1) To lessen, diminish.
     (2) To draw or drag down, pull down.

nikarṣaṇam
     (1) An open space for recreation, or a play-ground in or near a town.
     (2) A court at the entrance of a house.
     (3) Neighbourhood.
     (4) An uncultivated or unploughed plot of ground.

nikṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Low, base, vile.
     (2) Outcast, despised.
     (3) Vulgar.
     (4) Near. --ṣṭaṃ Proximity.

nikecāyaḥ Piling or collecting repeatedly.

niketaḥ, --takaḥ
     (1) A house, habitation, mansion, abode; śritagokarṇaniketamīśvaraṃ R. 8. 33; 14. 58; Bg. 12. 19; Ku. 5. 25; Ms. 6. 26; Śi. 5. 26.
     (2) A mark, countersign.

niketanaḥ An onion. --naṃ A mansion, house, abode; siṃjānā maṃjumaṃjīraṃ praviveśa niketanaṃ Gīt. 11; Ms. 6. 26, 11. 129; Ki. 1. 16.

nikocanam Contraction, compression.

nikramaṇam Ved.
     (1) Trampling down.
     (2) A foot-step, foot-fall.

nikvaṇaḥ, nikvāṇaḥ
     (1) A musical tone or sound.
     (2) A sound in general.

nikṣ 1 P. (nikṣati) Ved.
     (1) To pierce.
     (2) To kiss.

nikṣaṇam Kissing.

nikṣā A nit (a wrong form for likṣā q. v.).

nikṣip 6 P.
     (1) To throw or cast down, put or place down; Y. 1. 103; Amaru. 80.
     (2) To entrust, commit, consign to the care of; devīhaste nikṣipatā Ratn. 1; Ms. 6. 3, 8. 179, R. 1. 34.
     (3) To deposit, place as deposit.
     (4) To encamp.
     (5) To cast off, reject.
     (6) To give or hand over, grant, bestow (on).
     (7) To install, appoint.

nikṣipta p. p.
     (1) Thrown or put down, thrown into.
     (2) Deposited, pledged, pawned.
     (3) Sent, sent off.
     (4) Rejected, abandoned.

nikṣepaḥ
     (1) Throwing or casting on (with acc.); alaṃ mānyānāṃ vyākhyāneṣu kaṭākṣanikṣepeṇa S. D. 2.
     (2) A deposit, pledge; pawn in general; Pt. 1. 14; Ms. 8. 4.
     (3) Anything deposited without a seal in trust or as a compensation, an open deposit; samakṣaṃ tu nikṣepaṇaṃ nikṣepaḥ Mit. on Y. 2. 67.
     (4) Sending away.
     (5) Throwing away, abandoning.
     (6) Wiping, drying.

nikṣepaṇam
     (1) Putting down, placing down (the feet); Ku. 1. 33.
     (2) A means by which anything is kept.

nikṣepita a.
     (1) Caused to be put down in writing, inscribed.
     (2) Caused to be deposited.

nikṣeptṛ m. A depositor, pawner.

nikṣubhā
     (1) The wife of the sun.
     (2) A female Brāhmaṇa (brāhmaṇī).

nikhan 1 P.
     (1) To dig, dig up.
     (2) To bury, inter; ūnadvivarṣaṃ nikhanet Y. 3. 1; vasudhāyāṃ nicakhnatuḥ R. 12. 30; Bk. 4. 3; 16. 22.
     (3) To ercet (as a column); nicakhāna jayastaṃbhān R. 4. 36.
     (4) To implant, infix, pierce into; nicakhāna śaraṃ bhuje R. 12. 90, 3. 55 Bk. 3. 8; H. 4. 72.

nikhananam Digging in, burying; as in sthūṇānikhanananyāya.

nikhāta p. p.
     (1) Dug up, excavated.
     (2) Fixed, planted (as a stake), infixed; śalyaṃ nikhātamudahārayatāmurastaḥ R. 9 78; 13. 61; aṣṭādaśadvīpanikhātayūpaḥ 6. 38; gāḍhaṃ nikhāta iva me hṛdaye kaṭākṣaḥ Mal. 1. 29.
     (3) Dug in, buried.

nikharva a. Dwarfish. --rvaṃ A billion.

nikhila a. [nivṛttam khilaṃ śeṣo yasmāt] Complete, whole, entire, all; pratyakṣaṃ te nikhilamacirādbhrātaruktaṃ mayā yat Me. 94.

nigaḍa a. [ni-gal-ac lasya ḍaḥ] Fettered, chained; baddhasya nigaḍasya ca Ms. 4. 210. --ḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ
     (1) An iron chain for the feet of an elephant; baddhāparāṇi parito nigaḍānyalāvīt Śi. 5. 48; Bv. 4. 20.
     (2) A fetter, chain or shackle in general.

nigaḍanam Chaining, fettering.

nigaḍayati Den. P. To put in chains, fetter; (fig. also); nidrānigaḍitajanadṛśi Dk.

nigaḍita a. Fettered, put in irons, chained, bound.

nigaṇaḥ The smoke of a sacrificial fire or burnt offering.

nigad 1 P.
     (1) To proclaim, declare, announce; Śi. 9. 76.
     (2) To declare say, speak; R. 2. 33.
     (3) To speak to, address (any one).
     (4) To enumerate.
     (5) To call, name.

nigadaḥ, nigādaḥ
     (1) Recitation, audible recitation of prayers.
     (2) A prayer repeated aloud.
     (3) Speech, discourse.
     (4) Learning a nything without knowing the meaning; yadadhītamavijñātaṃ nigadenaiva śabdyate Nir.
     (5) Mention, mentioning; iti nigadenaiva vyākhyātam.

nigadita a. Told, said, spoken. --taṃ A discourse, speech.

nigam 1 P.
     (1) To go to, attain, acquire, obtain; yatra duḥkhāṃtaṃ ca nigacchati Bg. 18. 36, 9. 31.
     (2) To get knowledge, learn.
     (3) To be inserted.
     (4) To enter (with acc. or loc.).

nigamaḥ The Veda or Vedic text; sāḍhyai sāḍhvā sāḍheti nigame P. VI. 3. 113, VII. 2. 64; Māl. 9. 4.
     (2) Any passage or word quoted from the Vedas, a Vedic sentence; tathāpi ca nigamo bhavati (often found in Nirukta).
     (3) A work auxiliary to, and explanatory of, the Vedas; Ms. 4. 19 and Kull. thereon.
     (4) A sacred precept, the words of a god or holy man.
     (5) A root (as the source of a word).
     (6) Certainty, assurance.
     (7) Logic.
     (8) Trade, traffic.
     (9) A market, fair. (10) A caravan of wandering merchants.
     (11) A road, market-road.
     (12) A city.
     (13) Insertion of the name of a deity into a liturgical formula.

nigamanam
     (1) Quotation of a word from the Veda or the word so quoted.
     (2) (In logic) The conclusion in a syllogism, a deduction (the fifth member of the five-membered Indian syllogism).
     (3) Going in or into.

nigamin a. Knowing the Vedas.

nigaraḥ, --raṇam &c. See under nigṝ.

nigu a. Pleasing. --guḥ
     (1) The mind.
     (2) Dirt, excrement.
     (3) A root.
     (4) Painting.

nigṝ 6 P.
     (1) To swallow, eat up, devour; Bv. 1. 38.
     (2) To conceal, hide (fig.).

nigaraḥ, nigāraḥ Swallowing, devouring.

nigaraṇam
     (1) Swallowing, devouring.
     (2) (Fig.) Taking up, completely absorbing. --ṇaḥ
     (1) The throat.
     (2) The smoke of a sacrificial fire or burnt offering.

niga(gā)laḥ
     (1) Swallowing, devouring.
     (2) The throat or neck of a horse; -vat m. a horse.

nigāra(la)ka a. Swallowing, eating.

nigīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Swallowed, devoured.
     (2) (Fig.) Completely swallowed or absorbed, hidden, concealed and hence to be supplied; upamānenāṃtarnigīrṇasyopameyasya yadadhyavasānaṃ saikā K. P. 10.

nigūḍha a.
     (1) Hidden, concealed; Śi. 13. 59.
     (2) Secret, private.
     (3) Mysterious, obscure.
     (4) Inscrutable. --ḍhaṃ ind. Secretly, privately.

nigūhanam Concealing, hiding.

nigraṃthanam Killing, slaughter.

nigrah 9 P.
     (1) To keep or hold down, keep in check.
     (2) To curb, restrain, suppress, control; nigṛhya śokaṃ K. 25; svakaṃ tejo nigṛhya Pt. 3. 174; Bg. 2. 68, R. 5. 59, 14. 85.
     (3) To stop, obstruct; nigṛhīto balāda dvāṃri Mb.
     (4) To punish, chastise; Ms. 8. 310; 9. 308.
     (5) To seize, catch, apprehend, lay hold of; tamāryagṛhyaṃ nigṛhītadhenuḥ R. 2. 33.
     (6) To close or contract (as eyes); māthuro'kṣiṇī nigṛhya Mk. 2.
     (7) To subdue, conquer, overpower, prajñayā nigrahītuṃ śakyaḥ Mu. 1; 1. 26.
     (8) To draw in, restrain; nigṛhyaṃtāmabhīśavaḥ S. 1.

nigṛhīta p. p.
     (1) Seized, arrested.
     (2) Restrained curbed, checked, subdued.
     (3) Attacked.
     (4) Defeated in argument, caught; bho nigṛhītosi U. 4.

nigṛhītiḥ f.
     (1) Restraint, check.
     (2) Overpowering, subjugation.

nigrahaḥ
     (1) Keeping in check, restraint, curbing, subjection; as in iṃdriyanigraha Ms. 6. 92; Y. 1. 222; Bh. 1. 66, Bg. 6. 34.
     (2) Suppression, obstruction, putting down; Ms. 6. 71.
     (3) Overtaking, capturing, arresting; tvannigrahe tuvaragātri na me prayatnaḥ Mk. 1. 22; Śi. 2. 88.
     (4) Confinement, imprisonment.
     (5) Defeat, overthrow, vanquishing.
     (6) Dispelling, destruction, removing; R. 9. 25, 15. 6; Ku. 5. 53.
     (7) Arresting of disease, cure.
     (8) Punishment (opp. anugraha); nigrahānugrahasya kartā Pt. 1; nigraho'pyayamanugrahīkṛtaḥ R. 11. 90, 55; 12. 52, 63.
     (9) Rebuke, reprimand, blame. (10) Aver. sion, dislike, disgust.
     (11) (In Nyāya phil.) A flaw in an argument, a fault in a syllogism (by which a disputant is put down in argument); cf. Mu. 5. 10.
     (12) A handle.
     (12) A limit, boundary.
     (14) The Supreme being.
     -- Comp.
          --sthānaṃ the reason of defeat, unfitness to be argued with, one of the 16 categories of the Naiyāyikas.

nigrahaṇa a. Holding back or down, suppressing. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Subduing, suppression.
     (2) Capture, confinement.
     (2) Chastisement, punishment in general.
     (4) Defeat.

nigrāhaḥ
     (1) Punishment.
     (2) Animprecation; as in nigrāhaste bhūyāt 'confusion seize thee!'; Bk. 7. 43.

nigha a. As high as broad. --ghaḥ
     (1) A ball.
     (2) Sin.

nighaṃṭuḥ
     (1) A vocabulary or glossary of words.
     (2) Particularly the glossary of Vedic words explained by Yāska in his Nirukta.

nigharṣaḥ, nigharṣaṇam See under nighṛṣ.

nighasaḥ
     (1) Eating, dining.
     (2) Food.

nighātaḥ
     (1) A blow, stroke; R. (11. 78.
     (2) Suppression or absence of accent.
     (3) A vowel having a grave accent.

nighātiḥ f. An iron club.

nighuṣṭam Sound, noise.

nighṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To rub, pound, grind.
     (2) To graze, wear away by rubbing or grinding.

nigharṣaḥ, nigharṣaṇam
     (1) Rubbing, friction; Ki. 2. 51.
     (2) Grinding.

nighṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Rubbed, ground.
     (2) Chafed, grazed.
     (3) Subdued, overpowered.

nighṛṣva a.
     (1) Rubbed off, excoriated.
     (2) Small, trifling, insignificant. --ṣvaḥ
     (1) A hoof.
     (2) Wind.
     (3) An ass or mule.
     (4) A boar.
     (5) A road. --ṣvaṃ The mark of a hoof.

nighna a.
     (1) Dependent, subservient, obedient (as a servant); tathāpi nighnaṃ nṛpa tāvakīnaiḥ prahvīkṛtaṃ me hṛdayaṃ guṇaughaiḥ Ki. 3. 12; nighnasya me bhartṛnideśaraukṣyaṃ devi kṣamasveti babhūva namraḥ R. 14. 58.
     (2) Docile, tractable.
     (3) Dependent on i. e. following the gender &c. of) a substantive; iti viśeṣyanighnavargaḥ.
     (4) After a numeral) Multiplied by.

nici 5 U.
     (1) To pile up, heap up
     (2) To cover or fill with, strew, overspread (chiefly in p. p.); nicitaṃ khamupetya nīradaiḥ Ghaṭ. 1; śakuṃtanīḍanicitaṃ bibhrajjaṭāmaṃḍalaṃ S. 7. 11; Bk. 10. 4.
     (3) To accumulate, store; Mu. 6. 17.

nicayaḥ
     (1) A collection, heap, multitude; Ki. 4. 37.
     (2) Store, stock, provisions; as ṣaṇmāsanicayaḥ.
     (3) An assemblage of parts constituting a whole; as in śarīranicaya.
     (4) Certainty.

nicayin a. Full of, abounding in.

nicāyaḥ A heap.

nicita p. p.
     (1) Covered, overcast, overspread; Śi. 17. 14.
     (2) Full of, filled.
     (3) Raised up.
     (4) Piled or heaped up.

nicikī, --naicikī An excellent cow.

nicuṃpaṇaḥ Ved.
     (1) The sea.
     (2) An epithet of Soma.
     (3) N. of an avabhrita q. v.

niculah
     (1) A kind of reed.
     (2) N. of a poet and friend of Kālidāsa; sthānādasmāt sarasaniculādutpatodaṅmukhaḥ khaṃ Me. 14 (where Malli. observes:niculo nāma maha kaviḥ kālidāsasya sahādhyāyaḥ; but this explanation is very doubtful).
     (3) An upper garment, cover cf. nicola.
     (4) The tree called hijjala, (Barringtonia Acutangula).

niculakam
     (1) A breast-plate, cuirass.
     (2) An outer garment.

nicolaḥ 1 A cover, veil, wrapper; dhvāṃtaṃ nīlanicolacāru Gīt. 11; śīlaya nīlanicolaṃ 5.
     (2) A bed-cover.
     (3) The cover of a litter (dolikāvaraṇaṃ).

nicolakaḥ
     (1) A jacket, bodice.
     (2) A soldier's jacket serving as a breast-plate.

nicchaviḥ N. of a district, the modern Tirhut.

nicchiviḥ N. of one of the degraded castes (sprung from outcast Kshatriyas); see Ms. 10. 22.

nicchedaḥ
     (1) Cutting off.
     (2) (In arith.) Leaving no common measure, reducing by the common divisor to the least term, so as to be capable of no further reduction.

nij 3 U. (nenekti, nenikte, praṇenekti, nikta)
     (1) To wash, cleanse, purify; sasnuḥ payaḥ papuranenijuraṃbarāṇi Śi. 5. 28.
     (2) To wash or clean oneself, to be purified (A.).
     (3) To nourish. WITH nis to wash, clean, purify; R. 17. 22; Y. 1. 191; Ms. 5. 127.

nikta p. p. Washed, cleansed &c.

nija a. [nitarāṃ jāyate nijaṇ-ḍa]
     (1) Innate, indigenous, native, inborn, congenial.
     (2) Own, one's own, relating to one-self, of one's own party or country; nijaṃ vapuḥ punaranayannijāṃ ruciṃ Śi. 17. 4; R. 3. 15, 18. 27; Ms. 2. 50.
     (3) Peculiar.
     (4) Continual, perpetual. --m. pl. One's own people.

niṃj 2 A. (niṃkte) To wash. --WITH pra to wash (praṇiṃkte).

niṭalam (Sometimes written niṭila) The forehead; niṭilataṭacuṃbita Dk. 4, 15.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ N. of Śiva.

niḍīnam The downward flight or swoop of birds; see ḍīna.

niṇya a. Ved.
     (1) Hidden, concealed.
     (2) Secret, mysterious. --ṇyaṃ A secret or mystery.

nitaṃbaḥ [nibhṛtaṃ tamyate kāmukaiḥ, tamu kāṃkṣāyāṃ]
     (1) The buttocks, posteriors (of a woman), (the circumference of the hip and loins); yātaṃ yacca nitaṃvayorgurutayā maṃdaṃ vilāsādiva S. 2. 2; R. 4. 52, 6. 17; Me. 41; Bh. 1. 5; M. 2. 7.
     (2) The slope, ridge, side, flank of a mountain; sanākavanitaṃ nitaṃvaruciraṃ (giriṃ) Ki. 5. 27; sevyā nitaṃbāḥ kimu bhūdharāṇāmuta smarasmeravilāsinīnāṃ Bh. 1. 19; V. 4. 26; Bk. 2. 8; 7. 58.
     (3) A precipice.
     (4) The sloping bank of a river.
     (5) The shoulder.
     -- Comp.
          --biṃbaṃ round or circular hips; Rs. 1. 4.

nitaṃbavat a. Having beautiful hips --tī A woman; cāru cucuṃba nitaṃbavatī dayitaṃ Gīt. 1; V. 4. 26.

nitaṃbin a. [nitaṃba-astyarthe ini]
     (1) Having beautiful hips, having wellsloped buttocks (often applied to jaghana); cf. M. 2. 3; Ki. 8. 16 R. 19. 26.
     (2) Having beautiful sides (as a mountain). --nī
     (1) A woman with large and handsome hips; Ki. 8. 3; Śi. 7. 68; Ku. 3. 7.
     (2) A woman in general; Pt. 4. 32, 86.

nitarām ind.
     (1) Wholly, entirely, completely, prāṇāṃstyajāmi nitarāṃ tadavāptihetoḥ Ch. P. 41; Bh. 1. 96.
     (2) Exceedingly, excessively, very much; tudaṃti ceto nitarāṃ pravāsināṃ Rs. 2. 4; Amaru. 10; Bh. 2. 18; śoṣitasarasi nidāghe nitarāmevoddhataḥ siṃdhuḥ Pt. 1. 104; nitarāṃ nīcosmīti Bv. 1. 9.
     (3) Continually, always, eternally.
     (4) At all events.
     (5) Certainly.
     (6) Ved. In a low tone.
     (7) Downward.

nitalam One of the seven divisions of the lower regions; see pātāla.

nitāṃta a. Extraordinary, excessive, very much, intense; nitāṃtakaṭhināṃ rujaṃ mama na veda yo mānasīṃ V. 2. 11; R. 3. 8. --taṃ ind. Excessively, very much, exceedingly, in a high degree; Pt. 2. 113.

nitya a. [niyamena niyataṃ vā bhavaṃ ni-tyap; cf. P. IV. 2. 104 Vart.]
     (1)
          (a) Continual, perpetual, constant, ever-lasting, eternal, uninterrupted; yadi nityamanityena labhyate H. 1. 48; nityajyotsnāḥ pratihatamovṛttiramyāḥ pradoṣāḥ Me. (regarded by Malli. as an interpolation); Ms. 2. 206.
          (b) Imperishable, indestructible; pṛthivī dvividhā nityā'nityā ca Tarka K.
     (2) Invariable, regular, fixed, not optional, regularly prescribed (opp. kāmya).
     (3) Necessary, obligatory, essential.
     (4) Ordinary, usual (opp. naimittika).
     (5) (At the end of comp.) Constantly dwelling in, perpetually engaged in or busy with; jāhnavītīra-, araṇya-, ādāna-, dhyāna- &c. --tyaḥ The ocean. --tyā An epithet of the goddess Durgā. --tyaṃ An indispensable or inevitable act. --tyaṃ ind. Daily, constantly, always, ever, perpetually, eternally.
     -- Comp.
          --anadhyāyaḥ invariable suspension of Vedic studies; Ms. 4. 107.
          --anitya a. eternal and perishable.
          --ṛtu a. regularly recurring at the seasons.
          --karman n.,
          --kṛtyaṃ, --kriyā any daily and necessary rite, a constant act or duty, as the five daily yajṇas.
          --gatiḥ air, wind.
          --dānaṃ daily alms-giving.
          --niyamaḥ an invariable rule.
          --naimittikaṃ an occasional act regularly recurring, or any ceremony constantly performed to accomplish a particular object, (e. g. a parvaśrāddha). --pralayaḥ sleep.
          --muktaḥ the Supreme spirit.
          --yauvanā (ever youthful) an epithet of Draupadī.
          --śaṃkita a. perpetually alarmed, ever suspicious.
          --samāsaḥ 'a necessary compound', a compound the meaning of which cannot be expressed by its constituent members used separately (the separate ideas having merged in one); e. g. jamadagni, jayadratha &c.; ivena nityasamāsaḥ &c.

nityatā, --tvam
     (1) Invariableness, constancy, continuance, eternity, perpetuity.
     (2) Necessity.
     (3) Perseverance.

nityadā ind. Perpetually, always, constantly, eternally.

nityaśas ind. Constantly, always, eternally; Bg. 8. 14; Ms. 2. 96; 4. 150.

nid 1 U. (nedati-te)
     (1) To be near.
     (2) To blame, censure, approach; cf. niṃd.

nid f. Ved. Mocking, despising, censuring.

nida a. Censuring. --daṃ Poison; (also nidā).

nidadruḥ
     (1) A man.
     (2) One without herpes.

nidarśaka, --nam &c. See under nidṛś.

nidāghaḥ [ni-dah-ādhāre ghañ nyaṃkvādi kutvaṃ]
     (1) Heat, warmth.
     (2) The hot season, summer (the months of jyeṣṭha and āṣāḍha); nidāghamihirajvālāśataiḥ Bv. 1. 16; nidāghakālaḥ samupāgataḥ priye Rs. 1. 1; Pt. 1. 104; Ku. 7. 84.
     (3) Sweat, perspiration.
     (4) The water of perspiration.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ the sun.
          --kālaḥ summer.
          --siṃdhuḥ a river in hot season, (nearly dry).

nidānam
     (1) A band, rope, halter.
     (2) A rope for tying up a calf.
     (3) A primary cause, the first or essential cause; nidinamikṣvākukulasya saṃtateḥ R. 3. 1; athavā balamāraṃbho nidānaṃ kṣayasaṃpadaḥ Śi. 2. 94.
     (7) A cause in general; muṃca mayi mānamanidānaṃ Gīt. 5.
     (5) (In medicine) Inquiry into the causes of a disease, pathology.
     (6) Diagnosis of a disease.
     (7) End, termination.
     (8) Purity, purification, correctness.
     (9) Claiming the reward of penitential acts.
     -- Comp.
          --sthānaṃ one of the departments of medical science.

nidigdha p. p. [ni-dih-kta]
     (1) Smeared, anointed.
     (2) Increased, accumulated. --gdhā Small cardamoms.

nididhyāsaḥ, nididhyāsanam See under nidhyai.

nidiś 6 P. To order, point out &c.; see nirdiś.

nidiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Pointed out.
     (2) Ordered, directed.
     (3) Advised, enjoined.

nideśaḥ
     (1) Order, command, direction, instruction; vākyeneyaṃ sthāpitā sve nideśe M. 3. 14; sthitaṃ nideśe pṛthagādideśa R. 14. 58; Ku. 3. 4.
     (2) Speech, narration, conversation.
     (3) Vicinity, neighbourhood.
     (4) A vessel, vase.

nideśin a. Pointing &c. --nau
     (1) A quarter, point of the compass.
     (2) A region.

nidṛś Caus.
     (1) To show, point out; R. 6. 31.
     (2) To prove, establish, demonstrate.
     (3) To consider, treat of, discuss (as in a book).
     (4) To teach, explain.
     (5) To illustrate by an example; cf. nidarśanā.
     (6) To introduce, cause to enter.
     (7) To show oneself to (a person.)

nidarśaka a.
     (1) Seeing.
     (2) Seeing into, perceiving.
     (3) Pointing out, proclaiming, indicating, showing.

nidarśana a.
     (1) Pointing, showing.
     (2) Proclaiming, declaring announcing.
     (3) Teaching. --naṃ
     (1) View, insight, looking into, sight, vision.
     (2) Pointing to, showing.
     (3) Proof, evidence; balinā saha yoddhavyamiti nāsti nidarśanaṃ Pt. 3. 23.
     (4) An instance, example, illustration; nanu prabhureva nidarśanaṃ S. 2; nidarśanamasārāṇāṃ laghurbahutṛṇaṃ naraḥ Śi. 2. 50; R. 8. 45.
     (7) A scheme, system.
     (8) A precept, scriptural authority, an injunction.
     (9) The third member of an Indian syllogism (usually called udāharaṇa q. v.). --nā A figure of speech (in Rhetoric) thus defined: --nidarśanā . abhavanvastusaṃbaṃdha upamāparikalpakaḥ K. P. 10; e. g. R. 1. 2.

nidrā 2 P. To fall asleep, sleep.

nidrā
     (1) Sleep, sleepiness; pracchāyasulabhanidrā divasāḥ S. 1. 3; nidrāmudrā kṣipan Māl. 2. 12.
     (2) Sloth.
     (3) Shutting, budding state.
     -- Comp.
          --alasa a dull or languid with drowsiness, fast asleep; nidrālasā bahiṃṇaḥ V. 3. 2.
          --bhaṃgaḥ awaking.
          --vṛkṣaḥ darkness.
          --saṃjananaṃ phlegm, phlegmatic humour.

nidrāṇa a.
     (1) Sleeping, asleep.
     (2) Shut, closed (as a bud).

nidrālu a. Sleeping, asleep. --luḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

nidrita a. Asleep, slept.

nidhana a. [nivṛttaṃ dhanaṃ yasmāt; Uṇ. 2. 81.] Poor, indigent; aho nidhanatā sarvāpadāmāspadaṃ Mk. 1. 14. --naḥ --naṃ
     (1) Destruction, annihilation, death, loss; svadharmeṃ nidhanaṃ śreyaḥ Bg. 3. 35; mlecchanivahanidhane kalayasi karavālaṃ Gīt. 1; kalpāṃteṣvapi na prayāti nidhanaṃ vidyākhyamaṃtardhanaṃ Bh. 2. 16; Pt. 1. 21; 5. 95.
     (2) The concluding passage at the end of a Sāman sung in chorus.
     (3) The finale (in music).
     (4) N. of the eighth lunar mansion.
     (5) Conclusion, end, termination.
     (6) Ved. Residence; receptacle. --naḥ The head of a family. --naṃ Family, race.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. fatal, destructive.
          --kriyā a funeral ceremony.

nidhanatā Indigence, poverty; Mk. 1. 14.

nidhā 3 U.
     (1) To place, put, put or set down; śirasi nidadhānoṃjalipuṭaṃ Bh. 3. 123; R. 3. 50, 62; 12. 52; Śi. 1. 13.
     (2) To confide, or entrust, commit to the care of; nidadhe vijayāśaṃsāṃ cāpe sītāṃ va lakṣmaṇe R. 12. 44; 15. 36.
     (3) To give, impart to, deposit with; dināṃte nihitaṃ tejaḥ savitreva hutāśanaḥ R. 4. 1.
     (4) To put down, lay, allay, restrain; salilainiṃhitaṃ rajaḥ kṣitau Ghaṭ. 1.
     (5) To bury, conceal or hide (as under ground), Ms. 5. 68.
     (6) To fix or direct the thoughts upon; cf. nidhyai.
     (7) To determine, resolve.
     (8) To direct one's labours, endeavour.
     (9) To appoint. (10) To remove, relinquish.
     (11) To lay up, treasure up.
     (12) To remember, keep or bear in mind.
     (13) To end, close.

nidhā Ved.
     (1) Laying snares.
     (2) A net or snare.

nidhānam
     (1) Putting down, laying down, depositing.
     (2) Keeping, preserving.
     (3) A place where anything is placed, a receptacle, reservoir; nidhānaṃ dharmāṇāṃ G. L. 18.
     (4) Treasure; nidhānagarbhāmiva sāgarāṃbarāṃ R. 3. 9; Bg. 9. 18.; vidyaiva lokasya paraṃ nidhānaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (5) Hoard, store, property, wealth.
     (6) A place of cessation or rest.

nidhiḥ [ni-dhā-ādhāre ki] 1 Abode, receptacle, reservoir; jala-, toya-, taponidhi &c.
     (2) A store-house, treasury.
     (3) A treasure, store, hoard, (for the nine treasures of Kubera, see navanidhi).
     (4) The ocean.
     (5) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (6) A man endowed with many good qualities.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --nāthaḥ an epithet of Kubera.

nidhuvanam [nitarāṃ dhuvanaṃ hastapādādicālanamatra]
     (1) Agitation, trembling.
     (2) Sexual enjoyment, eoition; atiśayamadhuripunidhuvanaśīlaṃ Gīt. 2, Śi. 11. 18; Ch. P. 4, 8, 25.
     (3) Pleasure, enjoyment, sport.

nidhyai 1 P.
     (1) To think of, meditate upon, remember; Bk. 14. 65.
     (2) To meditate deeply upon, look steadfastly or intently at; aṃgulīyakaṃ nidhyāyaṃtī M. 1; Śi. 8. 69; 12. 40; Ki. 10. 46, 14. 58.

nididhyāsaḥ, nididhyāsanam Profound and repeated meditation, constant musing.

nidhyāta a. Meditated or thought on.

nidhyānam Seeing, beholding, sight.

nidhvānaḥ Sound.

ninaṃkṣu a.
     (1) Wishing to die.
     (2) Wishing to escape or fly away; Bk. 4. 33.

ninad 1 P.
     (1) To sound, shout; R. 5. 75; M. 5. 10; Bk. 6. 117.
     (2) To resound, echo.

nina(nā)daḥ
     (1) Sound, noise; U. 3. 7; uccacāra ninadoṃ'bhasi tasyāḥ R. 9. 73; 11. 15; Rs. 1. 15.
     (2) Buzzing, humming (of bees &c.).
     (3) A sound like that of a chariot.

ninādita n. Filled with noise, resounding, made to sound. --taṃ A sound.

ninādin a.
     (1) Sounding, ringing.
     (2) Causing to sound, playing (as a musical instrument).

ninayanam See under ninī.

ninard 1 P.
     (1) To sound.
     (2) To prolong a note (in chanting).

ninardaḥ Prolonging a note in chanting.

nināhyaḥ A water-jar to be put into the ground.

ninī 1 P.
     (1) To take near or towards, carry near, bring, fetch; Y. 3. 295.
     (2) To bend, incline; vaktraṃ ninīya.
     (3) To pour down.
     (4) To bring about, accomplish, perform.
     (5) To spend (time).

ninayanam
     (1) Performance.
     (2) Performing, accomplishing.
     (3) Pouring out.

ninṛtta a. Repeated(as a portion of a verse.)

ninṛttiḥ f. Repetition.

niṃd 1 P. (niṃdati, niṃditaḥ praṇiṃdati) To blame, censure, find fault with, revile, reproach, condemn; niniṃda rūpaṃ hṛdayena pārvatī Ku. 5. 1; sā niṃdaṃtī svāni bhāgyāni bālā S. 5. 30; Bg. 2. 36, Ms. 3. 42.

niṃdaka a. [niṃd-vuñ] Blaming, censuring, abusing, defaming.

niṃdanaṃ, niṃdā [niṃd-bhāve-lyuṭ a vā]
     (1) Blame, censure, reproof, reproach, abuse, reviling, defamation; vyājastutirmukhe niṃdā K. P. 10; para-, veda-.
     (2) Injury, wickedness.
     -- Comp.
          --stutiḥ f. 1. ironical praise, irony. --2. overt praise.

niṃdita p. p. [niṃd-kta]
     (1) Blamed, censured, abused, defamed &c.
     (2) Low, despicable.
     (3) Prohibited, forbidden.

niṃdya a.
     (1) Blamable, censurable, reprehensible, bad, vile.
     (2) Forbidden, prohibited.

niṃduḥ f. A woman bearing a dead child.

nipaḥ --pam A water-jar. --paḥ The Kadamba tree.

nipa(pā)ṭhaḥ, nipaṭhanaṃ, nipaṭhitiḥ f. Reading, reciting, studying.

nipat 1 P.
     (1) To fall or come down, descend, alight, sink down; nipataṃtī patimapyapātayat R. 8. 38; Bk. 15. 27.
     (2) To be cast at, be directed to wards; R. 6. 11.
     (3) To throw oneself down (as at the feet), fall prostrate; devāstadaṃte haramūḍhabhāryaṃ kirīṭabaddhāṃjalayo nipatya Ku. 7. 92; R. 4. 50; Bh. 2. 31.
     (4) To fall or descend into, meet in; R. 10. 26.
     (5) To fall upon, attack, rush at or upon; siṃho śiśurapi nipatati madamalinakapolabhittiṣu gajeṣu Bh. 2. 38.
     (6) To happen, occur, take place, fall to one's lot; sakṛdaṃśo nipatati Ms. 9. 47.
     (7) To be placed, occupy a place; abhyarhitaṃ pūrvaṃ nipatati.
     (8) To flow in, discharge into.
     (9) To fall into ruin. (10) To fall into (any state). --Caus.
     (1) To cause to fall down, throw or hurl down.
     (2) To kill, destroy; tātaṃ nipātya saha baṃdhujanākṣitoyaiḥ Mu. 5. 7, Pt. 3. 63.
     (3) To inlay, emboss.
     (4) To direct (the eyes) upon.
     (5) To spit out.
     (6) To raise or levy (as a tribute).
     (7) (In gram.) To put down as a special or irregular form, to mention as an irregular formation; ete paṃcaviṃśatirajaṃtā nipātyaṃte Sk.

nipatanam 1 Falling down, descending, alighting.
     (2) Flying down.

nipatyā
     (1) Slippery ground.
     (2) A battle-field.

nipātaḥ
     (1) Falling or coming down, deseending, alighting; payodharotsedhanipātacūrṇitāḥ Ku. 5. 24; Rs. 5. 4.
     (2) Attacking, falling upon, a spring, leap; R. 2. 60.
     (3) Casting, hurling, discharging; Ku. 3. 15.
     (4) Descent, fall; niśitanipātāḥ śarāḥ S. 1. 10.
     (5) Dying, death; Ms. 6. 31.
     (6) Accidental occurrence or mention.
     (7) An irregular form, irregularity, putting down as irregular or exceptional; ete nipātāḥ, nipātoyaṃ &c.
     (8) A particle, an indeclinable; see P. I. 4. 56.
     (9) The opposite extremity, the lower end.

nipātakaḥ --kaṃ Sin, a bad act.

nipātana a. Killing, destroying. --naṃ
     (1) Throwing down, beating or knocking down; Ms. 11. 209.
     (2) Overthrowing, destroying, killing.
     (3) Touching with.
     (4) Putting down as irregular or exceptional.
     (5) An irregular form of a word, irregularity, exception.
     (6) Falling or flying down.

nipātita a.
     (1) Thrown or put down, felled.
     (2) Killed, destroyed.
     (3) Beaten down.
     (4) Irregular.

nipātin a.
     (1) Falling down, alighting; R. 9. 41.
     (2) Destroyed, decayed.
     (3) Destroying; R. 11. 21.

nipalāśam ind. Ved. Without speaking (like a tree without foliage).

nipā 2 P.
     (1) To drink or suck in, imbibe.
     (2) To absorb, dry up.
     (3) To drink, kiss; ata eva nipīyate'dharaḥ Pt. 1. 189; daṃtacchadaṃ priyatamena nipītasāraṃ Rs. 4. 13.
     (4) To feast on (with the eyes or ears).

nipānam
     (1) Drinking.
     (2) Any reservoir of water, pool, puddle; gāhaṃtāṃ mahiṣā nipānasalilaṃ śṛṃgairmuhustāḍitaṃ S. 2. 6; H. 1. 172; R. 9. 53.
     (3) A place or trough near a well for watering cattle.
     (4) A well.
     (5) A milk-pail.

nipīta p. p. Drunk in, absorbed, dried up.

nipītiḥ f. Drinking.

nipākaḥ Maturing, ripening.

nipādaḥ Ved.
     (1) Low ground.
     (2) High and low ground.

nipīḍ 10 U.
     (1) To harass, pain, molest, injure, punish, trouble; Ms. 7. 23.
     (2) To press together, squeeze.
     (3) To seize, grasp, hold fast, embrace; guroḥ sadārasya nipīḍya pādau R. 2. 23, 5. 65.
     (4) To impress.
     (5) To eclipse.

nipīḍanam
     (1) Squeezing, pressing; Śi. 1. 74, 13. 11.
     (2) Hurting, injuring. --nā Oppression, hurt, injury.

nipīḍita p. p.
     (1) Squeezed, pressed.
     (2) Pained, hurt.
     (3) Embraced.

nipuṇa a.
     (1) Clever, sharp, shrewd, skilful; vayasya nisarganipuṇāḥ striyaḥ M. 3.
     (2) Proficient or skilled in, conversant or familiar with (with loc. or instr.); vāci nipuṇaḥ; vācā nipuṇaḥ.
     (3) Experienced.
     (4) Kindly or friendly towards.
     (5) Acute, fine, delicate, minute, sharp.
     (6) Complete, perfect, accurate. --ṇaṃ ind. or nipuṇena
     (1) Skilfully, cleverly.
     (2) Perfectly, completely, totally.
     (3) Exactly, carefully, accurately, minutely; nipuṇamanviṣyannupalabdhavān Dk. 59.
     (4) In a delicate manner.

nipuṇatā --tvam
     (1) Skilfulness, cleverness.
     (2) Carefulness, accuracy.

nibaṃdh 9 P.
     (1) To bind, tie, fasten, chain, fetter; ātmavaṃtaṃ na karmāṇi nibadhnaṃti dhanaṃjaya Bg. 4. 41; 9. 9; 14. 7; 18. 17; Ms. 6. 14; Ku. 5. 10.
     (2) To fix upon, rivet; tvayi nibaddharateḥ V. 4. 29, Bh. 3. 87.
     (3) To join, unite, connect; R. 13. 15.
     (4) To form, build, construct, arrange; hemanibaddhaṃ cakraṃ, pāṣāṇacayabaddhaḥ kūpaḥ &c.
     (5) To write, compose, mayā nibaddheyamatidvayī kathā K. 5.
     (5) To restrain, obstruct.
     (7) To fix upon, impose. --8. To appoint.
     (9) To place, locate.

nibaddha p. p.
     (1) Bound, tied, fettered, stopped, closed &c.
     (2) Connected with, relating to.
     (3) Formed of
     (4) Set or inlaid with.
     (5) Called as a witness.
     (6) Restricted, checked.
     (7) Composed, written.
     (8) Covered with, enveloped.
     (9) Furnished with.

nibaṃddhṛ m.
     (1) A writer, author.
     (2) A commentator.
     (3) A binder.

nibaṃdhaḥ
     (1) Binding, tying, fastening.
     (2) Attachment, intentness; Bg. 16. 5.
     (3) Composing, writing down.
     (4) A literary composition or treatise, work; pratyakṣaraśleṣamayaprabaṃdhavinyāsavaidagdhyanidhirnibaṃdhaṃ cakre Vās.
     (5) A compendium.
     (6) Restraint, obstruction, confinement.
     (7) Suppression of urine.
     (8) A bond, fetter.
     (9) A grant of property, an assignment of cattle, money &c. for support; bhūryā pitāmahopāttā nibaṃdho dravyameva vā Y. 2. 121. (10) Fixed property.
     (11) Foundation, origin.
     (12) Cause, reason. --dhaṃ Song, singing.

nibaṃdhanam
     (1) The act of fastening, binding together.
     (2) Constructing, building.
     (3) Restraining, checking confining.
     (4) A bond, fetter.
     (5) A tie, band, support, stay; āśānibaṃdhanaṃ jātā jīvalokasya U. 3; yastvamiva māmakīnasya manaso dvitīyaṃ nibaṃdhanaṃ Mal. 3.
     (6) Dependence, connection; te tvadāśānibaṃdhanāḥ M. 4. 14; parasparanibaṃdhanaḥ Pt. 1. 79 'inter-dependent.'
     (7) Cause, origin, ground, motive, basis, foundation; vākpratiṣṭhānibaṃdhanāni dehināṃ vyavahārataṃtrāṇi Māl. 4 'based on' &c.; pratyāśā- 3; anibaṃdhana causeless, accidental; U. 5, 7.
     (8) Abode, seat, receptacle; Mal. 2. 6.
     (9) Composing, arrangement; Ku. 7. 90 (racanā). (10) A literary composition or work, a treatise.
     (11) A grant (of land), an assignment; sadvṛttiḥ sannibaṃdhanā Śi. 2. 112 (where nibaṃdhana means 'a treatise' also).
     (12) The peg of a lute.
     (13) (In gram.) Syntax.
     (14) A commentary.

nibaṃdhanī A bond, fetter, tie.

nibaṃdhin a.
     (1) Binding, fastening, confining.
     (2) Connected with.
     (3) Causing, being the origin of, producing.

niba(va)rhaṇa  a. Destroying, destroyer, enemy (in comp.); Ki. 2. 43; Mv. 3. 37. --ṇaṃ Killing, destruction, annihilation, slaughter; N. 1. 131.

nibiḍa a. Dense, thick.
     (2) Hard, difficult; Ku. 3. 59. See niviḍa.

nibudh 1 P.
     (1) To know, understand, learn; nibodha sādho tava cetkutūhalaṃ Ku. 5. 52; 3. 14; Ms. 1. 68; Y. 1. 2.
     (2) To regard or consider as, deem.
     (3) To listen or attend to. --Caus. To explain, inform, acquaint.

nibodhaḥ --dhanam
     (1) Understanding, learning.
     (2) Acquainting, informing.

nibha [ni-bhā-ka] (At the end of comp. only) Like, similar, resembling; udabuddhamugdhakanakābjanibhaṃ vahaṃtī Māl. 1. 40; so caṃdranibhānanā &c. --bhaḥ, --bhaṃ
     (1) Appearance, light, manifestation.
     (2) Pretence, disguise, pretext.
     (3) A trick, fraud.

nibhal 10 U. To see, behold, perceive, look at; nibhālya bhūyo nijagaurimāṇaṃ mā nāma mānaṃ sahasaiva yāsīḥ Bv. 2. 176; or yanmāṃ na bhāmini nibhālayasi prabhātanīlāraviṃdamadabhāṃgipadaiḥ kaṭākṣaiḥ 3. 4.

nibhālanam Seeing, sight, perception.

nibhūta a.
     (1) Quite frightened(a tyaṃtabhīta).
     (2) Gone, past.

nibhṛta a.
     (1) Placed down, deposited, lowered.
     (2) Filled with, full of; ciṃtayā nibhṛtaḥ Bhāg.
     (3) Concealed, hidden, out of sight, unperceved, unobserved; nibhṛto bhūtvā Pt. 1; nabhasā nibhṛteṃdunā R. 8. 15 'with the moon become invisible, about to set or go down'; Ve. 6. 2, Śi. 6. 20.
     (4) Secret, covert; Śi. 13. 42.
     (5)
          (a) Still, silent; nibhṛtadvirephaṃ (kānanaṃ) Ku. 3. 42, 6. 2.
          (b) Steady, fixed, immoveable, motionless; S. 1. 8.
     (6) Mild, gentle; anibhṛtā vāyavaḥ Ki. 13. 66 'not gentle, violent or strong'; Māl. 2. 12; Mv. 3. 14.
     (7) Modest, humble; anibhṛtakareṣu priyeṣu Me. 68; praṇāmanibhṛtā kulavadhūriva Mu. 1.
     (8) Firm, resolute.
     (9) Lonely, solitary; nibhṛtanikuṃjagṛhaṃ gatayā Gīt. 2. (10) Shut, closed (as a door).
     (11) True, faithful, firmly attached. --taṃ Modesty, humility. --taṃ ind.
     (1) Secretly, covertly, privatly, unperceived; S. 3; Śi. 3. 74; Ms. 9. 263.
     (2) Silently, quietly; K. 134.
     (3) Out of sight, in a corner.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. firm, resolute.

nimadaḥ A distinct but slow pronunciation.

nimaṃtr 10 A. To invite, call, summon; digbhyo nimaṃtritāścainamabhijagmurmaharṣayaḥ R. 15. 59; 11. 32; Y. 1. 225.

nimaṃtraṇam 1 Invitation.
     (2) Summoning, calling.
     (3) A summons.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ 1. an invitation card or note. --2. a summons.

nimayaḥ Barter, exchange.

nimasj 6 P.
     (1) To sink, sink down or under, sink into (fig. also); yathā plavenaupalena nimajjatyudake taran . tathā nimajjato'dhastādajñau dātṛpratīcchakau Ms. 4. 194; 5. 73; śoke muhuścāvirataṃ nyamāṃkṣīt Bk. 3. 30; 15. 31; Śi. 9. 74; Gīt. 1.
     (2) To be merged into, merge, disappear, escape observation; eko di doṣo guṇasaṃnipāte nimajjatīṃdoḥ kiraṇeṣvivāṃkaḥ Ku. 1. 3.
     (3) To immerse in water, cause to sink down.

nimagna p. p.
     (1) Plunged, dipped into, immersed, submerged, sunk (fig. also); valmīkārdhanimagnamūrtiḥ S. 7. 11; nimagnasya payorāśau, ciṃtanimagna &c.
     (2) Gone down, set (as the sun).
     (3) Overwhelmed, covered.
     (4) Depressed, not prominent.

nimajjathuḥ
     (1) The act of diving or entering into, plunging.
     (2) Plunging into the bed, sleeping, going to bed; talpe kāṃtāṃtaraiḥ sārdhaṃ manye'haṃ dhik nimajjathuṃ Bk. 5. 20.

nimajjanam Bathing, diving, plunging, sinking (lit. and fig.); dṛṅ nimajjanamupaiti sudhāyāṃ N. 5. 94; evaṃ saṃsāragahane unmajjananimajjane Mb.

nimānam
     (1) Measure.
     (2) Price (nimānaṃ = mūlyaṃ Sk.).

nimiḥ
     (1) Winking, twinkling(of the eyes).
     (2) N. of one of the descendants of Ikṣvāku, and ancestor of the line of kings who ruled in Mithila.

nimittam [ni-mid-kta Tv.]
     (1) A cause, motive, ground, reason; nimittanaimittikayorayaṃ kramaḥ S. 7. 30.
     (2) The instrumental or efficient cause (opp. upādāna).
     (3) Any apparent cause, pretext; nimittamātraṃ bhava savyasācin Bg. 11. 33; nimittamātreṇa pāṃḍavakrodhena bhavitavyaṃ Ve. 1.
     (4) A mark, sign, token.
     (5) A butt, mark, targetnimittādaparāddheṣordhānuṣkasyeva valgitaṃ Śi. 2. 27.
     (6) An omen, prognostic (good or bad); nimittaṃ sūcayitvā S. 1; nimittāni ca paśyāmi viparītāni keśava Bg. 1. 31; R. 1. 86; Ms. 6. 50; Y. 1. 203, 3. 171. (nimitta is used at the end of comp. in the sense of 'caused or occasioned by'; kinnimittoyamātaṃkaḥ S. 3. nimittaṃ, nimittena, ninittān 'because of', 'on account of.).
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ the infinitive mood (in gram.).
          --āvṛttiḥ f. dependence on a special cause.
          --kāraṇaṃ, --hetuḥ an instrumental or efficient cause.
          --kālaḥ a specific time.
          --kṛt m. a crow.
          --dharmaḥ 1. expiation. 2. an occasional rite.
          --vid a. knowing good or bad omens. (--m.) an astrologer.

nimittin a. Having a cause, influenced by (some cause or ground).

nimiśla a. Ved.
     (1) Commingling' mixing with.
     (2) Devoted to.

nimiṣ 6 P. To shut the eyes; wink, twinkle; Bg. 5. 9.

nimiṣ f. Ved.
     (1) Twinkling of the eye.
     (2) Shutting the eyes. --m. A god.

nimiṣaḥ
     (1) Winking, shutting the eye, twinkling.
     (2) Twinkling of the eye as a measure of time, a moment.
     (3) The shutting of flowers.
     (4) Morbid twinkling of the eye.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ the interval of a moment.

nimeṣaḥ Twinkling of the eye, a moment &c.; see nimiṣa; harati nimeṣāt kālaḥ sarvaṃ Moha M. 4.; animeṣeṇa cakṣuṣā 'with a steadfast or fixed look'; R. 2. 19; 3. 43, 61.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt f. lightning.
          --ruc m. a fire-fly.

nimeṣakaḥ
     (1) Twinkling of the eye.
     (2) A fire-fly.

nimīl 1 P.
     (1) To shut the eyes; R. 12. 65; Ms. 1. 52.
     (2) To close the eyes in death, die; nimimīla narottamapriyā hṛtacaṃdrā tamaseva kaumudī R. 8. 37.
     (3) To obscure (fig.); prajālopanimīlitaḥ R. 1. 68.
     (4) To be closed or shut, (as eyes, flowers &c.); nimīlitānāmiva paṃkajānāṃ.
     (5) To disappear, vanish, set (fig. also); nareśe jīvaloko'yaṃ nimīlati nimīlati H. 3. 145; dyaurnimīlitanakṣatrā Hariv. --Caus.
     (1) To shut, close; unmīlitāpi dṛṣṭirnimīlitevāṃdhakāreṇa Mk. 1. 33; nyamimīladabjanayanaṃ nalinī Śi. 9. 11; līlāpadmaṃ nyamīlayat Kāv. 2. 261 Ku. 3. 36; 5. 57; R. 19. 28.
     (2) To kill.

nimīlanam
     (1) Shutting the eyelids, winking; nayananimīlanakhinnayā yayā te Gīt. 4; Amaru. 33.
     (2) Closing the eyes in death, death.
     (3) (In astr.) Total eclipse.

nimīlā, nimīlikā
     (1) Shutting the eyes.
     (2) Winking, blinking, conniving at anything.
     (3) Fraud, pretence, trick.

nimīlita p. p.
     (1) Shut, closed.
     (2) Obscured, darkened; R. 9. 74.
     (3) Benumbed, stupefied.
     (4) Disappeared, set.

nimūlam ind. Down to the root; nimūlakāṣaṃ kaṣati.

nimeyaḥ Barter, exchange.

nimna a.
     (1) Deep(lit. and fig.); cakitahariṇīprekṣaṇā nimnanābhiḥ Me. 82; Rs. 5. 12; Śi. 10. 58.
     (2) Low, depressed. --mna
     (1) Depth, low ground, low land; (kaḥ) payaśca nimnābhimukhaṃ pratīpayet Ku. 5. 5; na ca nimnādiva salilaṃ nivartate me tato hṛdayaṃ S. 3. 1; Y. 2. 151; Rs. 2. 13.
     (2) A slope, declivity.
     (3) A gap, chasm in the ground.
     (4) A depression, low part; jalanibiḍitavastravyaktanimnonnatābhiḥ Māl. 4. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --unnata a. low and high, depressed and elevated, uneven.
          --gataṃ a low place.
          --gā a river, a mountain-stream: R. 8. 8.

niṃbaḥ A tree with bitter fruits; āmraṃ chittvā kuṭhāreṇa niṃbaṃ paricarettu yaḥ . yaścainaṃ payasā siṃcennaivāsya madhuro bhavet .. Rām.
     -- Comp.
          --taruḥ 1. the Mandara tree. --2. the Nimba tree.

niṃbū f. A kind of jaṃbīra (lime).

niṃbūkaḥ The common lime.

nimlukti f., nimlocaḥ Sunset.

niyaṃtraṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Checking, reserve, restraint; aniyaṃtraṇānuyogo nāma tapasvijanaḥ S. 1.
     (2) Restricting, confining (to a particular sense); anekārthasya śabdasyaikārthaniyaṃtraṇaṃ S. D. 2.
     (3) Guiding, governing.
     (4) Defining.

niyaṃtrita p. p.
     (1) Curbed, restrained, checked.
     (2) Guided, governed.
     (3) Restricted, confined to (a particular sense, as a word).

niyam 1 P.
     (1) To restrain, curb, check, control, govern; prakṛtyā niyatāḥ svayā Bg. 7. 20; (sutāṃ) śaśāka menā na niyaṃtumudyamāt Ku. 5. 5 'could not dissuade her' &c.
     (2) To suppress, suspend, hold in (as breath, &c.); Ms. 2. 192; na kathaṃcana duryoniḥ prakṛtiṃ svāṃ niyacchati Ms. 10. 59 'does not suppress or conceal', &c.
     (3) To offer, give; ko naḥ kule nivapanāni niyacchatīti S. 6. 24.
     (4) To punish, chastise niyaṃtavyaśca rājabhiḥ Ms. 9. 213.
     (5) To regulate or direct in general; loko niyamyata ivātmadaśāṃtareṣu S. 4. 2.
     (7) To attain, obtain; tālajñaścāprayāsena mokṣamārgaṃ niyacchati Y. 3. 115; Ms. 2. 93.
     (7) To put on, assume.
     (8) To place upon. --Caus. (niyamayati)
     (1) To restrain, control, regulate, check, punish; niyamayasi vimārgaprasthitānāttadaṃḍaḥ S. 5. 8.
     (2) To bind, fasten; Śi. 7. 56; R. 5. 73.
     (2) To moderate, lessen, mitigate, relieve: chāyādrumairniyamitārkamayūkhatāpaḥ S. 4. 10; Ku. 1. 60.

niyata p. p.
     (1) Curbed, restrained.
     (2) Subdued, controlled, self-possessed, self-governed.
     (3) Abstemious, temperate.
     (4) Attentive, intent.
     (5) Fixed, permanent, constant, steady.
     (6)
          (a) Certain, settled, sure; Pt. 1. 284.
          (b) Fixed; prakṛtiniyatatvādakṛtakaḥ U. 6. 14.
     (7) Inevitable.
     (8) Positive, definite.
     (9) Forming the subject of consideration, relevant or irrelevant; see tulyayogitā. (10) Maintained, observed (as a vow &c.); S. 7. 20. --taṃ ind.
     (1) Always, constantly.
     (2) Positively, certainly, invariably, inevitably, surely.
     (3) Forcibly.

niyatiḥ f.
     (1) Restraint, restriction.
     (2) Destiny, fate, luck, fortune (good or bad); niyatibalānnu Dk.; niyaterniyogāt Śi. 4. 34; Ki. 2. 12, 4. 21.
     (3) A religious duty or obligation.
     (4) Self-command, self-restraint.

niyaṃtṛ m.
     (1) A charioteer, driver; Śi. 12. 24.
     (2) A governor, ruler, master, regulator; R. 1. 17, 15. 51.
     (3) A punisher, chastiser.
     (4) The Supreme Being.

niyamaḥ
     (1) Restraining, checking.
     (2) Taming, subduing.
     (3) Confining, preventing.
     (4) A restraint, check; vāci niyamaḥ U. 2. 2; Ms. 8. 122.
     (5) Restriction, limitation.
     (6) A rule or precept, law (in general), usage; nāyamekāṃtato niyamaḥ S. B.
     (7) Regularity; Ratn. 1. 20.
     (8) Certainty, ascertainment.
     (9) An agreement, promise, vow, engagement. (10) Necessity, obligation.
     (11) Any voluntary or self-imposed religious observance (dependent on external conditions); R. 1. 94; Ki. 5. 40; (see Malli. on Śi. 13. 23).
     (12) Any minor observance or lesser vow, a duty prescribed to be done, but which is not so obligatory as a yama q. v.; śaucamijyā tapo dānaṃ svādhyāyopasthanigrahaḥ . vratamaunopavāsaṃ ca snānaṃ ca niyamā daśa .. Atri.
     (13) Penance, devotion, religious austerities; niyamavighnakāriṇī S. 1; R. 15. 74.
     (14) (In Mīm. phil.) A rule or precept which lays down or specifies some thing which, in the absence of that rule, would be optional; vidhiratyaṃtamaprāptau niyamaḥ pākṣike sati.
     (15) (In Yoga phil.) Restraint of the mind, the second of the 8 principal steps of meditation in yoga.
     (16) (In Rhet.) A poetical common-place or convention, as the description of the cuckoo in spring, peacocks in the rains &c.
     (17) Defining, definition.
     (18) Keeping down, lowering (as the voice). (niyamena as a rule, invariably).
     -- Comp.
          --niṣṭhā rigid observance of prescribed rites.
          --patraṃ a written agreement.
          --vidhiḥ a religious rite, daily ritual; Ku. 1. 60.
          --stha a. observing penance; Ku. 5. 13.
          --sthitiḥ f. steady observance of religious obligations, asceticism.

niyamanam
     (1) Checking, punishing; restraining, subduing; niyamanādasatāṃ ca narādhipaḥ R. 9. 6.
     (2) Restriction, limitation.
     (3) Humiliation.
     (4) A precept, fixed rule.
     (5) Binding, tying down.

niyamavatī A woman having the monthly courses.

niyamita p. p.
     (1) Checked, curbed, restrained.
     (2) Moderated, tempered.
     (3) Removed, lessened.
     (4) Governed, guided.
     (5) Regulated, prescribed, laid down.
     (6) Fixed, agreed upon, stipulated.
     (7) Bound, confined.
     (8) Observed (as a vow or penance).

niyāmaḥ
     (1) Restraint.
     (2) A religious vow.
     (3) A boatman.

niyāmaka a. (mikā f.)
     (1) Restraining, checking.
     (2) Subduing, overpowering.
     (3) Limiting, restricting, defining more closely.
     (4) Guiding, governing. --kaḥ
     (1) A master, ruler.
     (2) A charioteer.
     (3) A boatman, sailor.
     (4) A pilot.

niyāmakatā
     (1) Controlling.
     (2) Exact definition.

niyavaḥ Ved.
     (1) Mixing, mixture.
     (2) A continuous line.

niyānam Ved. A cow-pen; Rv. 10. 19. 4.

niyātana See nipātana.

niyuj 7 A.
     (1) To appoint, depute, order (with loc.); yanmāṃ vidheyaviṣaye sabhavānniyuṃkte Māl. 1. 9; asādhudarśī tatrabhavān kāśyapaḥ ya imāmāśramadharme niyuṃkte S. 1; Ku. 3. 13; R. 5. 29.
     (2) To join, unite, fasten to.
     (3) To prescribe, ordain.
     (4) To yoke, harness (as horses).
     (5) To employ, engage.
     (6) To authorize.
     (7) To commit, consign, entrust.
     (8) To urge, incite. constrain.
     (9) To trouble, harass, --Caus.
     (1) To join, unite, provide, or endow with, give to; (smaraṃ) vapuṣā svena niyojayiṣyati Ku. 4. 42.
     (2) To yoke, harness.
     (3) To incite, urge; Bg. 3. 1; praśnakarmaṇi māṃ niyojayati K; Pt. 5. 81.
     (4) To appoint, employ; īdṛśeṣu niyogeṣu niyojitāḥ Mu. 6.
     (5) To use, employ; Pt. 1. 72; Ku. 4. 15.
     (6) To devote, apply.
     (7) To expose, put to; śramāya māṃ niyojayasi Pt. 2.

niyukta p. p.
     (1) Directed, ordered, instructed, commanded.
     (2) Authorised, appointed.
     (3) Permitted to raise issue; see niyoga
     (7) below
     (4) Attached to.
     (5) Fastened to.
     (6) Ascertained.
     (7) Prompted, incited. --ktaḥ A functionary, an officer, any one charged with some business.

niyuktiḥ f.
     (1) Injunction, order, command.
     (2) Appointment, commission, office, charge.

niyoktṛ m. An employer, a master.

niyogaḥ
     (1) Employment, use, application.
     (2) An injunction, order, command, direction, commission, charge, appointed task or duty, any business committed to one's care; yaḥ sāvajño mādhavaśrīniyoge M. 5. 8; mano niyogakriyayotsukaṃ me R. 5. 11; athavā niyogaḥ khalvīdṛśo maṃdabhāgyasya U. 1; ājñāpayatu ko niyogonuṣṭhīyatāmiti S. 1; tvamapi svaniyogamaśūnyaṃ kuru 'go about your own business', 'do your appointed duty', (frequently occurring in plays, and used as a courteous way of asking servants to withdraw).
     (3) Fastening or attaching to.
     (4) Necessity, obligation; tatsiṣeve niyogena sa vikalpaparāṅramukhaḥ R. 17. 49.
     (5) Effort, exertion.
     (6) Certainty, ascertainment.
     (7) A practice prevalent in ancient times which permitted a childless widow to have intercourse with the brother or any near kinsman of her deceased husband to raise up issue to him, the son so born being called kṣetraja; cf. Ms. 9. 59: --devarādvā sapiṃḍādvā striyā samyaṅ niyuktayā . prajepsitādhigaṃtavyā saṃtānasya parikṣaye ..; see 60, 65 also. (Vyāsa begot pāṃḍu and dhṛtarāṣṭra on the widows of vicitravīrya in this way).

niyogin a.
     (1) Appointed, employed.
     (2) Authorized. --m. An officer, dependant, minister, functionary.

niyogyaḥ A lord, master.

niyojanam
     (1) Fastening, attaching.
     (2) Ordering, prescribing.
     (2) Urging, impelling.
     (4) Appointing.
     (5) Ved. That with which anything is tied. --nī A halter.

niyojita a.
     (1) Directed, ordered
     (2) Appointed.
     (3) Joined to.
     (4) Instigated, incited.
     (5) Used, employed.

niyojyaḥ One charged with any duty, a functionary, an officer, a servant, employe; sidhyaṃti karmasu mahatsvapi yanniyojyāḥ S. 7. 4.

niyut m. Ved. 1 A horse, particularly of Vāyu. --2 A praiser. --f. A line, row.

niyutam
     (1) A million.
     (2) A hundred thousand.
     (3) Ten thousand crores or 100 Ayutas.

niyuddham Fighting on foot, close fight, personal struggle.

niyoddhṛ m.
     (1) A combatant, wrestler.
     (2) A cock.

niyodhakaḥ A combatant, wrestler.

nir ind. A substitute for nis before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from', 'without', 'free from', and may be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see nis and cf. a also.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśa a. 1. whole, entire. --2. not entitled to any share of the ancestral property.
          --akṣaḥ the place of no latitude (in astronomy). -deśaḥ 1. a first meridian, as Laṅkā. --2. a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. --3. the equatorial region.
          --agni a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire.
          --aṃkuśa a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled, unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; niraṃkuśa iva dvipaḥ Bhāg.; kāmo nikāmaniraṃkuśaḥ Gīt. 7; niraṃkuṃśāḥ kavayaḥ Sk.; Bh. 3. 105; Mv. 3. 39; vinayarucayaḥ sadaiva niraṃkuśāḥ Mu. 3. 6. -tā self-will, independence.
          --agha a. sinless, blameless.
          --aṃga a. 1. having no parts. --2. deprived of expedients or resources.
          --ajina a. skinless.
          --aṃjana a. 1. without collyrium; Ki. 8. 52. --2. unstained, untinged. --3. free from falsehood. --4. simple, artless. (
          --naḥ) 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. N. of the Supreme Being. (
          --nā) 1. the day of full moon. --2. an epithet of Durgā.
          --atiśaya a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; Pt. 1. 30. (
          --yaḥ) the Supreme Being.
          --atyaya a. 1. free from danger, secure, safe; R. 17. 53. --2. free from fault, unblameable, faultless, disinterested; Ki. 1. 12, 13. 61. --3. completely successful.
          --adhva a. one who has lost one's way.
          --anukrośa a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (
          --śaḥ) mercilessness, hard-heartedness.
          --anuga a. having no followers.
          --anunāsika a. not nasal.
          --anurodha a. 1. unfavourable, unfriendly. --2. unkind, unamiable; Māl. 10.
          --aṃtara a. 1. constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; niraṃtarādhipaṭalaiḥ Bv. 1. 16; niraṃtarāsvaṃtaravātavṛṣṭiṣu Ku. 5. 25. --2. having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; mūḍhe niraṃtarapayodharayā mayaiva Mk. 5. 15; hṛdayaṃ niraṃtarabṛhatkaṭhinastanamaṃḍalāvaraṇamapyabhidan Śi. 9. 66. --3. compact, dense; Śi. 16. 76. --4. coarse, gross. --5. faithful, true (as a friend). --6. not hidden from view. --7. not different, similar, identical. --8. sincere, sympathetic; Pt. 1. 341. (
          --raṃ) ind. 1. without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. --2. without intervening space or interval. --3. closely, tightly, firmly; (pariṣvajasva) kāṃtairidaṃ mama niraṃtaramaṃgamaṃgaiḥ Ve. 3. 27; pariṣvajete śayane niraṃtaraṃ Rs. 2. 11. --4. immediately. -abhyāsaḥ constant study, diligent exercise or practice.
          --aṃtarāla a. 1. without an intervening space, close. --2. narrow.
          --anvaya a. having no progeny, childless. --2. unconnected, unrelated. --3. not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). --4. without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. --5. without being seen, out of sight; Ms. 8. 332. --6. without retinue, unaccompanied, see anvaya. --7. sudden, unexpected; U. 7.
          --apatrapa a. 1. shameless, impudent. --2. bold.
          --aparādha a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (
          --dhaḥ) innocence.
          --apavarta a. 1. not turning back. --2. (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the low est terms.
          --apāya a. 1. free fromharm or evil. --2. free from decay, imperishable. --3. infallible.
          --apekṣa a. 1. not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); nyāyanirṇītasāratvānnirapekṣamivāgame Ki. 11. 39. --2. disregarding, taking no notice of. --3. free from desire, secure; H. 1. 83. --4. careless, negligent, indifferent. --5. indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; Ms. 6. 41. --6. disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; Bv. 1. 5. --7. without purpose. (
          --kṣā) indifference, disregard.
          --apekṣita a. 1. disregarded. --2. regardless.
          --apekṣin a. disregarding, indifferent.
          --abhibhava a. 1. not subject to humiliation or disgrace. --2. not to be surpassed, unrivalled.
          --abhimāna a. 1. free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. --2. void of selfrespect. --3. unconscious.
          --abhilāṣa a. not caring for, indifferent to; svasukhanirabhilāṣaḥ khidyase lokahetoḥ S. 5. 7.
          --abhra a. cloudless.
          --amarṣa a. 1. void of anger, patient. --2. apathetic.
          --aṃbara a. naked.
          --aṃbu a. 1. abstaining from water. --2. waterless, destitute of water.
          --argala a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M. 5; Māl. 5. 26. (
          --laṃ) ind. freely.
          --artha a. 1. void of wealth, poor, indigent; Pt. 1. 194. --2. meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). --3 nonsensical. --4. vain, useless, purposeless. (
          --rthaḥ) 1. loss, detriment. --2. nonsense.
          --arthaka a. 1. useless, vain, unprofitable. --2. unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning --3. (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (
          --kaṃ) an expletive; nirarthakaṃ tu hītyādi pūraṇaikaprayojanaṃ Chandr. 2. 6.
          --avakāśa a. 1. without free space. --2. without leisure.
          --avagraha a. 'free from restraint,' unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. --2. free, independent. --3. self-willed, headstrong. (
          --haṃ) ind. 1. uninterruptedly, --2. intensely, strongly.
          --avadya a. 1. blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; hṛdyaniravadyarūpo bhūpo babhūva Dk. 1. --2. an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions).
          --avadhi a. having no end, unlimited; U. 3. 44; 6. 30; Māl. 1. 6. --2. continuous; Mal. 4. 3.
          --avayava a. 1. without parts. --2. indivisible. --3. without limbs.
          --avalaṃba a. 1. unsupported, without support; S. 6. --2. not affording support. --3. not depending or relying on.
          --avaśeṣa a. whole, complete, entire. (niravaśeṣeṇa ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally).
          --avyaya a. eternal, immutable.
          --aśana a. abstaining from food. (
          --naṃ) fasting.
          --aṣṭa a. Ved. driven away, scattered (
          --ṣṭaḥ) a horse twenty four years' old.
          --astra a. weaponless, unarmed.
          --asthi a. boneless.
          --ahaṃkāra, --ahaṃkṛti a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly.
          --ahaṃkṛta a. 1. having no egotism or self-consciousness. --2. without individuality. --3. unselfish.
          --aham a. free from egotism or selfconceit.
          --ākāṃkṣa a. 1. wishing nothing, free from desire. --2. wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence).
          --ākāra a. 1. devoid of form, formless, without form. --2. ugly, deformed. --3. disguised. --4. unassuming, modest. (
          --raḥ) 1. the universal spirit, Almighty. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. of Viṣṇu.
          --ākṛti a. 1. formless, shapeless. --2. deformed. (
          --tiḥ) 1. a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. --2. especially, a Brahmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study. --3. one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajṇas.
          --ākāśa a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied.
          --ākula a. 1. unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered. --2. steady, calm. --3. clear. --4. perspicuous. (
          --laṃ) 1. calmness, serenity. --2. perspicuity, clearness.
          --ākraṃda a. not crying or complaining. (
          --daḥ) a place where no sound can be heard.
          --ākrośa a. unaccused, unreviled.
          --āgama a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas.
          --āgas a. faultless, innocent, sinless; R. 8. 48.
          --ācāra a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian.
          --āḍaṃbara a. 1. without drums. --2. without show, unostentatious.
          --ātaṃka a. 1. free from fear; R. 1. 63. --2. without ailment, comfortable, healthy. --3. not causing pain. --4. unchecked, unhampered; Māl. 5. 34. (
          --kaḥ) an epithet of Siva.
          --ātapa a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (
          --pā) the night.
          --ādara a. disrespectful.
          --ādānaḥ an epithet of Buddha.
          --ādhāra a. 1. without a receptacle. --2. without support, supportless (fig. also); nirādhāro hā rodimi kathaya keṣamiha puraḥ G. L. 4, 39.
          --ādhi a. secure, free from anxiety.
          --ānaṃda a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful.
          --āṃtra a. 1. disembowelled. --2. having the entrails hanging out.
          --āpad a. free from misfortune or calamity. (--f.) prosperity.
          --ābādha a. 1. unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. --2. unobstructed. --3. not molesting or disturbing. --4. (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. asmadgṛhapradīpaprakāśenāyaṃ svagṛhe vyavaharati Mit.
          --āmaya a. 1. free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale --2. untainted, pure. --3. guileless. --4. free from defects or blemishes. --5. full, complete. --6. infallible. --7. not liable to failure or miscarriage. (
          --yaḥ, --yaṃ) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness. (
          --yaḥ) 1. a wild goat. --2. a hog or boar.
          --āmiṣa a. 1 fleshless. --2. having no sensual desires or covetousness. --3. receiving no wages or remuneration.
          --āya a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless.
          --āyata a. 1. full-stretched or extended; nirāyatapūrvakāyāḥ S. 1. 8. --2. contracted, compact.
          --āyāsa a. not fatiguing, easy.
          --āyudha a. unarmed, weaponless.
          --ālaṃba a. 1. having no prop or support (fig. also); Mv. 4. 53. --2. not depending on another, independent. --3. self-supported, friendless, alone; nirālaṃbo laṃbodarajanani kaṃ yāmi śaraṇaṃ Jag. (
          --bā) spikenard. (
          --baṃ) Brahman.
          --āloka a. 1. not looking about or seeing. --2. deprived of sight. --3. deprived of light, dark; Māl. 5. 30. --5. invisible. (
          --kaḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --āśa a. 1. devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; mano babhūrvedumatīnirāśaṃ R. 6. 2. --2. depriving (one) of all hope.
          --āśaka, --āśin a. hopeless,
          --āśaṃka a. fearless.
          --āśis a. 1. without a boon or blessing. --2. without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; jagaccharaṇyasya nirāśiṣaḥ sataḥ Ku. 5. 76.
          --āśraya a. 1. without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported. --2. friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; nirāśrayādhunā vatsalatā. --3. not deep (as a wound).
          --āsvāda a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury.
          --āhāra a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (
          --raḥ) fasting.
          --iṃga a. immoveable, stationary.
          --iccha a. without wish or desire, indifferent.
          --iṃdriya a. 1. having lost a limb or the use of it. --2. mutilated, maimed. --3. weak, infirm, frail. --4. barren. --5. without pramāṇa or means of certain knowledge; Ms. 9. 18. --6. destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.).
          --iṃdhana a. destitute of fuel.
          --īti a. free from the calamities of the season; R. 1. 63; see īti. --īśvara a. godless, atheistic.
          --īṣaṃ the body of a plough.
          --īha a. 1. desireless, indifferent; R. 10. 24. --2. inactive. (-hā), nirīhatā --tvaṃ 1. inactivity. --2. indifference.
          --ucchlāsa a. 1. breathless, without breathing. --2. narrow, contracted. (
          --saḥ) absence of breath.
          --uttara a. 1. answerless, without a reply. --2. unable to answer, silenced. --3. having no superior.
          --utsava a. without festivities; virataṃ geyamṛturnirutsavaḥ R. 8. 66.
          --utsāha a. 1. inactive, indolent. --2. devoid of energy. (
          --haḥ) 1. absence of energy. 2. indolence.
          --utsuka a. 1. indifferent. --2. calm, tranquil.
          --udaka a. waterless.
          --udyama, --udyoga a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle.
          --udvega a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm.
          --upakrama a. without a commencement.
          --upadrava a. 1. free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. --2. free from national distress or tyranny. --3. causing no affliction. --4. auspici ous (as a star). --5. secure, peaceful.
          --upadhi a. guileless, honest; U. 2. 2.
          --upapatti a. unsuitable.
          --upapada a. 1. without any title or designation; Mu. 3. --2. unconnected with a subordinate word.
          --upaplava a. 1. free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; nirupaplavāni naḥ karmāṇi saṃvṛttāni S. 3. --2. not causing any affliction or misery. --3. an epithet of Siva.
          --upama a. peerless, matchless, incomparable.
          --upasarga free from portents.
          --upaskṛta a. not corrupted, pure.
          --upahata a. 1. not injured, unhurt. --2. auspicious, lucky.
          --upākhya a. 1. unreal, false, non-existent (as vaṃdhyāputra). --2. immaterial. --3. invisible. (
          --khyaṃ) the supreme Brahman.
          --upāya a. 1. without expedients, helpless. --2. unsuccessful.
          --upekṣa a. 1. free from trick or fraud. --2. not neglectful.
          --uṣman a. devoid of heat, cold.
          --gaṃdha a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; nirgaṃdhā iva kiṃśukāḥ -puṣpī f. the Sālmali tree.
          --garva a. free from pride.
          --gavākṣa a. windowless.
          --guṇa a. 1. stringless (as a bow). --2. devoid of all properties. --3. devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; nirguṇaḥ śobhate naiva vipulāḍaṃbaro'pi nā Bv. 1. 115. --4. without attributes. --5. having no epithet. (
          --ṇaḥ) the Supreme Spirit. -ātmaka a. having no qualities.
          --gṛha a. houseless, homeless; sugṛhī nirgṛhīkṛtā Pt. 1. 390.
          --gaurava a. 1. without dignity, undignified. --2. devoid of respect.
          --graṃtha a. 1. freed from all ties or hindrances. --2. poor, possessionless, beggarly. --3. alone, unassisted. (
          --thaḥ) 1. an idiot, a fool. --2. a gambler. --3. a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit.
          --graṃthaka a. 1. clever, expert. --2. unaccompanied, alone. --3. deserted, abandoned. --4. fruitless. (
          --kaḥ) 1. a religious mendicant. --2. a naked devotee. --3. a gambler.
          --graṃthika a. clever. (
          --kaḥ) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class.
          --ghaṭaṃ 1. a free market. --2. a crowded market.
          --ghṛṇa a. 1. cruel, merciless, pitiless. --2. shameless, immodest.
          --ghṛṇā cruelty.
          --ghoṣa a. noiseless, still, calm.
          --jana a. tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. (
          --naṃ) a desert, solitude, lonely place.
          --jara a. 1. young, fresh. --2. imperishable, immortal. (
          --raḥ) a deity, god; (nom. pl. nirjarāḥ-nirjarasaḥ) (--raṃ) ambrosia, nectar.
          --jarāyu a. Ved. skinless.
          --jala a. 1. waterless, desert, destitute of water. --2. not mixed with water. (
          --laḥ) a waste, desert. -ekādaśī N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha.
          --jihvaḥ a frog.
          --jīva a. 1. lifeless. --2. dead; citā dahati nirjīvaṃ ciṃtā dahati jīvitam. --jñāti a. having no kinsmen, alone.
          --jvara a. feverless, healthy.
          --daṃḍaḥ a Śūdra.
          --daya a. 1. merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. --2. passionate. --3. very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; mugdhe vidhohi mayi nirdayadaṃtadaṃśaṃ Gīt. 10; nirdayaratiśramālasāḥ R. 19. 32; nirdayāśleṣahetoḥ Me. 106.
          --dayaṃ ind. 1. unmercifully, cruelly. --2. violently, excessively; R. 11. 84.
          --daśa a. more than ten days old.
          --daśana a. toothless.
          --duḥkha a. 1. free from pain, painless. --2. not causing pain.
          --dainya a. happy, comfortable.
          --doṣa a. 1. faultless, defectless; na nirdoṣaṃ na nirguṇaṃ. --2. guiltless, innocent.
          --dravya a. 1. immaterial. --2. without property, poor.
          --droha a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious.
          --dvaṃdva a. 1. indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; niṃrdvadvo nityasattvastho niryogakṣema ātmavān Bg. 2. 45. --2. not dependent upon another, independent. --3. free from jealousy or envy. --4. not double. --5. not contested, undisputed. --6. not acknowledging two principles.
          --dhana a. without property poor, indigent; śaṃśinastulyavaṃśo'pi nirdhanaḥ paribhūyate Chaṇ. 82. (
          --naḥ) an old ox. -tā, -tvaṃ poverty, indigence,
          --dharma a. unrighteous, impious, unholy.
          --dhūma a. smokeless.
          --namaskāra a. 1. not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. --2. disrespected, despised.
          --nara a. abandoned by men, deserted.
          --nātha a. without a guardian or master. -tā 1. want of protection. --2. widowhood. --3. orphanage.
          --nābhi a. going or reaching beyond the navel; Ku. 7. 7.
          --nāśan, --nāśin a. expelling, banishing.
          --nidra a. sleepless, wakeful.
          --nimitta a. causeless.
          --nimeṣa a. not twinkling.
          --baṃdhu a. without kindred or relation, friendless.
          --bala n. powerless, weak, feeble.
          --bādha a. 1. unobstructed. --2. unfrequented, lonely, solitary. --3. unmolested. (
          --dhaḥ) 1. a part of the marrow. --2. a knob.
          --buddhi a. stupid, ignorant, foolish.
          --buṣa, --busa a. unhusked, freed from chaff.
          --bhakta a. taken without food (as a medicine).
          --bhaya a. 1. fearless, undaunted. --2. free from danger, safe, secure; Ms. 9. 255.
          --bhara a. 1. excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; trapābharanirbharasmaraśara &c. Gīt. 12; Amaru. 42. --2. ardent. --3. fast, close (as embrace); kucakuṃbhanirbharaparīraṃbhāmṛtaṃ vāṃchati Gīt. 5; parirabhya nirbharaṃ Gīt. 1. --4. sound, deep (as sleep). --5. full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); ānaṃda-, garva- &c. (
          --raḥ) a servant receiving no wages. (
          --raṃ) excess. (
          --raṃ ind.) 1. excessively, exceedingly, intensely. --2. soundly.
          --bhāgya a. unfortunate, unlucky.
          --bhoga a. not fond of pleasures.
          --bhṛti a. without wages.
          --makṣika a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (
          --kaṃ) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; kṛtaṃ bhavatedānīṃ nirmākṣikaṃ S. 2, 6.
          --majja a. fatless, meagre.
          --matsara a. free from envy, unenvious.
          --matsya a. fishless.
          --mada a. 1. not intoxicated, sober, quiet. --2. not proud, humble. --3. sad, sorry. --4. not in rut (as an elephant).
          --manuja, --manuṣya a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men.
          --manyu a. free from anger.
          --mama a. 1. free from all connection with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; saṃsāramiva nirmamaḥ (tatāra) R. 12. 60; Bg. 2. 71; 3. 30. --2. unselfish, disinterested. --3. indifferent to (with loc.); nirmame nirmamo'rtheṣu mathurāṃ madhurākṛtiḥ R. 15. 28; prāpteṣvartheṣu nirmamāḥ Mb. --4 an epithet of Siva.
          --maryāda a. 1. boundless, immeasurable. --2. transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; manujapaśubhirnirmaryādairbhavadbhirudāyudhaiḥ Ve. 3. 22. --3. confused. --4. insolent, immodest. (
          --daṃ) ind. confusedly, topsy-turvy. (
          --daṃ) confusion, disorder.
          --mala a. 1. free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); nīrānnirmalato janiḥ Bv. 1. 63. --2. resplendent, bright; Bh. 1. 56. --3. sinless, virtuous; Ms. 8. 318. (
          --laṃ) 1. talc. --2. the remainings of an offering made to a deity. -upalaḥ a crystal.
          --maśaka a. free from gnats.
          --māṃsa a. fleshless.
          --mānuṣa a. uninhabited, desolate.
          --mārga a. roadless, pathless.

muṭaḥ 1. a tree bearing large blossoms. --2. the sun. --3. a rogue. (--ṭaṃ) a large free market or fair. --mūla a. 1. rootless (as a tree). --2. baseless, unfounded (as a statement, charge &c.). --3. eradicated. --megha a. cloudless. --medha a. without understanding, stupid; foolish, dull. --moha a. free from illusion. (--haḥ) an epithet of Śiva. --yatna a. inactive, lazy, dull. --yaṃtraṇa a. 1. unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. --2. unruly, self-willed, independent. (--ṇaṃ) 1. squeezing out. --2. absence of restraint, independence. --yaśaska a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. --yukti f. 1. disunion. --2. absence of connection or government. --3. unfitness, impropriety. --yuktika a. 1. disjoined, unconnected. --2. illogical, unmeaning. --3. unfit, improper. --yūtha a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). --yūṣa = niryāsa, --yogakṣema a. free from care. --rakta a. (nīrakta) colourless, faded. --raja, --rajaska a. (nīraja, nīrajaska) 1. free from dust. --2. devoid of passion or darkness. (--jaḥ) an epithet of Śiva. --rajas (nīrajas) a. see nīraja. (--f.) a woman not menstruating. -tamasā absence of passion or darkness. --rata (nīrata) a. not attached to, indifferent. --raṃdhra a. (nīraṃdhra) 1. without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; U. 2. 23. --2. thick, dense. --3. coarse, gross. --rava a. (nīrava) not making any noise, noiseless. R. 8. 58. --rasa a. (nīrasa) 1. tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. --2. (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; nīrasānāṃ padyānāṃ S. D. 1. --3. sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; S. Til. 9. --4. vain, useless, fruitless; alabdhaphalanīrasān mama vidhāya tasmin jane V. 2. 11. --5. disagreeable. --6. cruel, merciless. (--saḥ) the pomegranate. --rasana a. (nīrasana) having no girdle (rasanā); Ki. 5. 11. --ruc a. (nīruc) without lustre, faded, dim. --ruj, --ruja a. (nīruj, nīruja) free from sickness, healthy, sound; nīrujasya kimauṣadhaiḥ H. 1. --rūpa a. (nīrūpa) formless, shapeless. (--paḥ) 1. air, wind. --2. a god. (--paṃ) ether. --roga a. (nīrogaṃ) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; Pt. 1. 118. --lakṣaṇa a. 1. having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. --2. undistinguished. --3. unimportant, insignificant. --4. unspotted. --5. having a white back. --lajja a. shameless, impudent. --liṃga a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. --lipta a. 1. unanointed. --2. undefiled, unsullied. --3. indifferent to. (--ptaḥ) 1. N. of Kṛṣṇa. --2. a sage. --lepa a. 1. unsmeared, unanointed; Ms. 5. 112. --2. stainless, sinless. (--paḥ) a sage. --lobha a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. --loman a. devoid of hair, hairless. --vaṃśa a. without posterity, childless. --vacana a. 1. not speaking, silent. --2. unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). --vaṇa, --vana a. 1. being out of a wood. --2. free from woods. --3. bare, open. --vara=nirdaraṃ q. v. --vasu a. destitute of wealth, poor. --vācya a. 1. not fit to be said. --2. blameless, unobjectionable. --vāta a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; R. 15. 66. (--taḥ) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; nirvāte vyajanaṃ H. 2. 165. --vānara a. free from monkeys. --vāyasa a. free from crows. --vārya a. 1. irresistible. --2. acting fearlessly or boldly. --vikalpa, --vikalpaka a. 1. not admitting an alternative. --2. being without determination or resolution. --3. not capable of mutual relation. --4. conditioned. --5. undeliberative. --6. recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to samādhi or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; nirvikalpakaḥ jñatṛjñānādivikalpamedalayāpekṣaḥ; nocaccetaḥ praviśa sahasā nirvikalpesamādhau Bh. 3. 61; Ve. 1. 23. --7. (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (viśeṣaṇaviśeṣyasaṃbaṃdhānavagāhi pratyakṣaṃ jñānaṃ) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as ghaṭatva. (--lpaṃ) ind. without hesitation or wavering. --vikāra a. 1. unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. --2. not disposed; M. 5. 14. --3. disinterested; Rs. 2. 28. (--raḥ) the Supreme deity. --vikāsa a. unblown. --vighna a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments. (--ghnaṃ) absence of impediment. --vicāra a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; re re svairiṇi nirvicārakavite māsmatprakāśībhava Chandr. 1. 2. (--raṃ) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. --vicikitsa a. free from doubt or reflection. --viceṣṭa a. motionless, insensible. --vitarka a. unreflecting. --vinoda a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; Me. 86. --viṃdhyā N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; Me. 28. --vimarśa a. void of reflection, thoughtless. --vivara a. 1. having no opening or cavity. --2. without interstices or interval, close, compact; Śi. 9. 44. --vivāda a. 1. not contending or disagreeing. --2. undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. --viveka a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. --viśaṃka a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms. 7. 176; Pt. 1. 85. --viśeṣa a. 1. showing or making no difference, undiscriminating, without distinction; nirviśeṣā vayaṃ tvayi Mb., nirviśeṣo viśeṣaḥ Bh. 3. 50 'a difference without distinction'. --2. having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); nirviśeṣākṛti 'having the same form'; pravātanīlotpalanirviśeṣaṃ Ku. 1. 46; sa nirviśeṣapratipattirāsīt R. 14. 22. --3. indiscriminate, promiscuous. (--ṣaḥ) absence of difference. (nirviśaṣaṃ and nirviśeṣeṇa are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', 'indiscriminately'; svagṛhanirviśeṣamatra sthīyatāṃ H. 1; R. 5. 6.). --viśeṣaṇa a. without attributes. --viṣa a. poisonless (as a snake); nirviṣā ḍuṃḍubhāḥ smṛtāḥ. --viṣaya a. 1. expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; manonirviṣayārthakāmayā Ku. 5. 38, R. 9. 32. --2. having no scope or sphere of action; kiṃca evaṃ kāvyaṃ praviralaviṣayaṃ nirviṣayaṃ vā syāt S. D. 1. --3. not attached to sensual objects, (as mind). --viṣāṇa a. destitute of horns. --vihāra a. having no pleasure. --vīja, --bīja a. 1. seedless. --2. impotent. --3. causeless. --vīra a. 1. deprived of heroes; nirvīramurvītalaṃ P. R. 1. 31. --2. cowardly. --vīrā a woman whose husband and children are dead. --vīrya a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; nirvīryaṃ guruśāpabhāṣitavaśāt kiṃ me tavevāyudhaṃ Ve. 3. 34. --vṛkṣa a. treeless. --vṛṣa a. deprived of bulls. --vega a. not moving, quiet, calm. --vetana a. honorary, unsalaried. --veda a. not acknowleding the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. --veṣṭanaṃ a weaver's shuttle. --vaira a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (--raṃ) absence of enmity. --vyaṃjana a. 1. straight-forward. --2. without condiment. (--ne ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. --vyatha a. 1. free from pain. --2. quiet, calm. --vyapekṣa a. indifferent to, regardless of; R. 13. 25; 14. 39. --vyalīka a. 1. not hurting or offending. --2. without pain. --3. pleased, doing anything willingly. --4. sincere, genuine, undissembling. --vyāghra a. not haunted or infested by tigers. --vyāja a. 1. candid, upright, honest, plain. --2. without fraud, true, genuine. --3. got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); Māl. 5. 12. --4. not hypocritical; Bh. 2. 82. (--jaṃ ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; Amaru. 79. --vyāpāra a. 1. without employment or business, free from occupation; R. 15. 56. --2. motionless; U. 6. --vraṇa a. 1. unhurt, without wounds. --2. without rents. --vrata a. not observing vows. --himaṃ cessation of winter. --heti a. weaponless. --hetu a. causeless, having no cause or reason. --hnīka a. 1. shameless, impudent. --2. bold, daring.

nirata a. 1 Engaged or interested in.
     (2) Devoted to, fond of, attached to; vanavāsanirataḥ K. 157; mṛgayā- &c.
     (3) Pleased, delighted. --4 Rested, ceased.

niratiḥ f. Strong attachment, fondness, devotion.

nirayaḥ Hell; nirayanagaradvāramudghāṭayaṃtī Bh. 1. 63; Ms. 6. 61.

niravahāni(li)kā A fence, an outer wall.

niras 4 P.
     (1) To cast out, throw or drive away, give up, quit, drive or send back; nirastagāṃbhīyarmapāttapuṣpakaṃ Śi. 1. 55, 9. 63.
     (2) To destroy, ward off, defeat, annihilate; dispel; ahnāya tāvadaruṇena tamo nirastaṃ R. 5. 70; rakṣāṃse vedīṃ parito nirāsthat Bk. 1. 12, 2. 36.
     (3) To turn out, remove, expel, banish; gṛhānnirastā na tena vaidehasutā manastaḥ R. 14. 84.
     (4) To throw out, discharge (as arrows).
     (5) To reject, repudiate, decline.
     (6) To refute, confute, controvert (as arguments).
     (7) To eclipse, obscure, throw into the back-ground; Bk. 1. 3.
     (8) To tear out, strip off.
     (9) To stretch out (as a hand).

nirasta p. p. 1 Cast off or away, thrown out or away, repudiated, driven, expelled, banished; kaulīnabhītena gṛhānnirastā R. 14. 84.
     (2) Dispelled, destroyed.
     (3) Abandoned, deserted.
     (4) Removed, deprived or void of; nirastapādape deśa eraṃḍopi drumāyate H. 1. 69.
     (5) Discharged (as an arrow).
     (6) Refuted.
     (7) Vomited, spit out.
     (8) Uttered rapidly.
     (9) Torn out or destroyed. (10) Suppressed, checked.
     (11) Broken (as an agreement &c.).
     (12) Thrown off (as from a horse).
     (13) Offered, given; Māl. 9. 40.
     (14) Rejected, disallowed.
     (15) Sent forth or away. --staḥ An arrow discharged. --staṃ 1 Rejecting, refusal &c.
     (2) Dropping or leaving out, rapid pronunciation.
     (3) Spitting out.
     (4) Preventing, warding off.
     (5) Throwing or casting.
     -- Comp.
          --bheda a. having all differences removed, same, identical.
          --rāga a. one who has renounced all worldly attachments.

nirasana a. Expelling, removing, driving away; Śi. 6. 47.
     (2) Vomiting. --naṃ
     (1) Expelling, ejecting, expulsion, removal.
     (2) Denial, contradiction, rejection, refusal.
     (3) Refutation.
     (4) Vomiting forth, spitting out.
     (5) Checking, suppressing.
     (6) Destruction, killing, extirpation.

nirāsaḥ
     (1) Ejection, expulsion, throwing out, removal.
     (2) Vomiting.
     (3) Refutation, contradiction.
     (4) Opposition.
     (5) Dropping (a sound or letter &c.)

nirasa a. [nivṛtto raso yasmāt prā. ba.] Tasteless, insipid, dry. --saḥ
     (1) Want of flavour, insipidity, tastelessness.
     (2) Want of juice, dryness.
     (3) Want of passion or feeling.

nirākaḥ
     (1) Cooking.
     (2) Sweat.
     (3) The recompense of a bad action (v. l. for nipāka).

nirākula a.
     (1) Full of, filled or covered with; alikulasaṃkulakusumasamūhanirākulabakulakalāpe Gīt. 1.
     (2) Distressed; see under nir also.

nirākṛ 8 U.
     (1) To expel, drive away, repudiate; Bk. 6. 100; R. 14. 57.
     (2) To refute (as an opinion).
     (3) To give up, abandon.
     (4) To destroy completely, annihilate.
     (5) To revile, contemn, slight.
     (6) To oppose, obstruct, contradict.
     (7) To refuse, decline, reject.
     (8) To omit.
     (9) To disappoint, frustrate.

nirākaraṇam
     (1) Repudiating, expelling, turning away; nirākaraṇaviklavā S. 6.
     (2) Banishing.
     (3) Obstruction, contradiction, opposition, rejection.
     (4) Refutation, reply.
     (5) Contempt.
     (6) Neglecting the chief sacrificial duties.
     (7) Forgetting.

nirākariṣṇu a.
     (1) Repudiating, turning out, expelling; R. 14. 57.
     (2) Hindering from, obstructive.
     (3) Spurning, disdaining.
     (4) Seeking to deprive one of a thing.
     (5) Forgetful.

nirākāraḥ Reproach, censure; see under nir also

nirākṛta p. p.
     (1) Expelled, banished.
     (2) Refuted.
     (3) Despised, &c. see nirākṛ above.
     -- Comp.
          --anyottara a. irrefutable, unanswerable.

nirākṛtiḥ f. nirākriyā
     (1) Repudiation, expulsion, rejection.
     (2) Refusal.
     (3) Obstruction, obstacle, impediment, interruption.
     (4) Opposition.

nirāga a. Passionless, dispassionate.

nirādiṣṭa a. Paid off as a debt.

nirādeśaḥ Complete payment of a debt.

nirāsaḥ See under niras.

nirāmāluḥ The wood-apple(kapittha).

niriṃgiṇī --nī A veil.

nirīkṣ 1 A.
     (1) To gaze at steadfastly, mark or view completely; (dhenvā) ... nirīkṣyamāṇaḥ sutarāṃ dayāluḥ R. 2. 52; Bg. 1. 22; Ms. 4. 38.
     (2) To look for, search after; nirīkṣate kelivanaṃ praviśya kramelakaḥ kaṃṭakajālameva Vikr. 1. 29.
     (3) To observe, perceive, contemplate; view.

nirīkṣaka a. Looking at, observing &c.

nirīkṣaṇaṃ, nirīkṣā
     (1) A look.
     (2) Looking at, regarding, seeing, beholding.
     (3) Looking out for, searching.
     (4) Consideration, regard; nirīkṣayā as to, in respect of.
     (5) Hope, expectation.
     (6) Aspect of planets.

nirīśaṃ(ṣaṃ) A plough-share.

nirukta a.
     (1) Expressed, pronounced, explained, defined.
     (2) Loud, distinct. --ktaṃ
     (1) Explanation, derivation, etymological interpretation.
     (2) N. of one of the six Vedāṅgas, that which contains glossarial explanation of obscure words, especially those occurring in the Vedas; nāma ca dhātujamāha nirukte Nir.
     (3) N. of a celebrated commentary on the Nighaṇṭus by Yāska.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ N. of the sage Yāska.
          --jaḥ one of the twelve kinds of sons allowed by the old Hindu law (=kṣetraja q. v.).

niruktiḥ f.
     (1) Derivation, etymological interpretation of words.
     (2) (In Rhet.) An artificial explanation of the derivation of a word; thus defined: --niruktiryogato nāmnāmanyārthatvaprakalpanaṃ . īdṛśaiścaritairjāne satyaṃ doṣākaro bhavān .. Chandr. 5. 168 (where doṣākaraḥ is equal to doṣāṇāmākaraḥ).
     (4) N. of Yāska's commentary on the Nighaṇṭus.

nirutsuka a.
     (1) Exceedingly anxious.
     (2) Unconcerned, indifferent.

nirudh 7 U.
     (1) To obstruct, stop, oppose, block up; nyaruṃdhaṃścāsya paṃthānaṃ Bk. 17. 49; 16. 20; Mk. 1. 22.
     (2) To confine, lock up; Ms. 11. 177; Bg. 8. 12.
     (3) To cover, hide; Ms. 10. 16.
     (4) To keep off, remove.
     (5) To curb, restrain, check; S. 7. 10.

niruddha p. p.
     (1) Obstructed, hindered, checked, restrained, curbed; U. 1. 29.
     (2) Confined, imprisoned; U. 1. 11.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭha a. having one's breath obstructed, choked, suffocated.
          --gudaḥ obstruction of the rectum.
          --prakāśaḥ stricture of the urethra.

nirodhaḥ nirodhanam
     (1) Confinement, locking up, imprisonment; Ms. 8. 310, 375.
     (2) Enclosing, covering up; Amaru. 87.
     (3) Restraint, check, suppression, control; yogaścittavṛttinirodhaḥ Yoga S.; Ku. 3. 48.
     (4) Hindrance, obstruction, opposition.
     (5) Hurting, punishing, injuring.
     (6) Annihilation, complete destruction.
     (7) Aversion, dislike.
     (8) Disappointment, frustration of hopes (in dramatic language).
     (9) (With the Buddhists) Suppression of pain.

nirūḍha a.
     (1) Conventional, become current in popular usage, accepted (as the meaning of a word, as opposed to its yaugika or etymological sense); dyaurna kācidathavāsti nirūḍhā saiva sā calati yatra hi cittaṃ N. 5. 57. --2 Unmarried.
     (3) Drawn out, purged. --ḍhaḥ
     (1) Inherence (as of 'redness' in the word 'red').
     (2) (In Rhet.) The accepted and popular meaning of a word.
     -- Comp.
          --lakṣaṇā a lakṣaṇa or secondary use of a word which is based not on the vivakṣā or particular intention of the speaker, but on its accepted and popular sense.

nirūḍhiḥ f.
     (1) Fame, celebrity.
     (2) Familiarity, conversancy, proficiency; nṛpa vidyāsu nirūḍhimāgatā Ki. 2. 6.
     (3) Confirmation.
     (4) = nirūḍhalakṣaṇā q. v.

nirūp 10 U.
     (1) To see, perceive, mark or observe carefully; na ca mahāvane paṃthā nirūpitaḥ K. 120.
     (2) To investigate, examine, look out for, search.
     (3) To fix upon, determine, settle, resolve.
     (4) To choose, select, appoint.
     (5) To reflect, consider.
     (6) To act, represent dramatically, gesticulate.
     (7) To perform.

nirūpaṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Form, shape.
     (2) Sight, seeing.
     (3) Looking for, searching.
     (4) Ascertaining, investigation; determination.
     (5) Definition.

nirūpita p. p.
     (1) Seen, discovered, marked, beheld.
     (2) Appointed, chosen, selected.
     (3) Weighed, considered.
     (4) Ascertained, determined.

nirūpitiḥ f. 1 Definition(of an idea); ascertainment.
     (2) Investigation, examination.

nirūhaḥ
     (1) An enema not of an oily kind.
     (2) Logic, disputation.
     (3) Certainty, ascertainment.
     (4) A purging clyster.
     (5) A sentence having no ellipsis, a complete sentence.

nirūhaṇam
     (1) Ascertainment.
     (2) Administering enemas not of an oily kind.
     (3) Causing to purge with a clyster.

nirṛ 3 P. Ved.
     (1) To go out from, depart, leave.
     (2) To be excluded, become deprived of.

nirṛta a. Dissolved, decaying, enervated, weakened.

nirṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Decay, destruction, dissolution.
     (2) A calamity, evil, bane, adversity; sā hi lokasya nirṛtiḥ U. 5. 30.
     (3) An imprecation, a curse.
     (4) Death or destruction personified, the goddess of death or destruction, the regent of the southwestern quarter; Ms. 11. 119.
     (5) The bottom of the earth.

nirebha a. Noiseless.

nirgaṃdhanam Killing, slaughter.

nirgam 1 P.
     (1) To go out or forth, depart; prakāśaṃ nirgataḥ S. 4; hutavahaparikhedādāśu nirgatya kakṣāt Rs. 1. 27; Ms. 9. 83; S. 6. 3; Amaru. 61; S. 3. 26.
     (2) To spring forth, arise; anyadarkakiraṇebhyo nirgataṃ K. 136.
     (3) To remove; as in nirgataviśaṃkaḥ.
     (4) To be cured of a disease.
     (5) To come out or appear (as a bud); S. 6. 3.
     (5) To go away, disappear.
     (6) To be freed from (with abl.)
     (7) To enter into or attain to any state, undergo, suffer.

nirgaḥ Country, region, place.

nirgata p. p.
     (1) Come forth or out, appeared.
     (2) Gone away, departed.
     (3) Disappeared, become extinct.
     (4) Freed from.
     (5) Removed.

nirgamaḥ
     (1) Going forth or out, going away; R. 11. 3.
     (2) Departure, vanishing, passing away; R. 19. 46.
     (3) A door, an outlet, egress; kathamapyavāptanirgamaḥ prayayau K. 159.
     (5) Exit, issue.

nirgamanam
     (1) Going out or forth.
     (2) A door.
     (3) A chamberlain, doorkeeper (?).

nirgrāhya a. Perceivable; U. 4. 21.

nirgūḍhaḥ The hollow of a tree.

niṃrgraṃthanam Killing, slaughter.

nirghaṃṭaḥ --ṭam
     (1) A vocabulary, collection of words.
     (2) A table of contents (sūcīpatra).

nirgharṣaṇam Rubbing, friction.

nirgharṣaṇaka a. Rubbing. --kaṃ A dentifrice.

nirghātaḥ 1 Destruction.
     (2) A whirlwind, a violent gust of wind, hurricane.
     (3) The noise of contending winds (vapours?) &c. in the sky; nirghātograiḥ kuṃjalīnāñ jighāṃsurjyānirghoṣaiḥ kṣobhayāmāsa siṃhān R. 9. 64; Ms. 1. 38, 4. 105, 7, Y. 1. 145; (vāyunā nihato vāyurgaganācca patatyadhaḥ . pracaṃḍaghoranirghoṣo nirghāta iti kathyate ...)
     (4) An earth-quake.
     (5) A thunderstroke.
     (6) A stroke in general; ahaha dāruṇo daivanirghātaḥ U. 2.

nirghātanam Forcing out, bringing out.

nirghoṣaḥ
     (1) A sound in general; Ve. 4; R. 1. 36.
     (2) A loud noise, rattling, twanging &c. jyānirghoṣaiḥ kṣobhayāmāsa siṃhān R. 9. 64; bhāratīnirghoṣaḥ U. 3.

nirjarjalpa a. Ved. Ragged, tattered.

nirjāta a. Visible, come forth, appeared.

nirji 1 P.
     (1) To conquer, defeat; R. 3. 51; Bk. 2. 52; 7. 94; Y. 3. 292.
     (2) To win, acquire by conquest; Ms. 8. 154.
     (3) To vanquish in a play.
     (4) To surpass, excel.

nirjayaḥ, --nirjitiḥ f. Complete victory, subjugation, vanquishing.

nirjita p. p.
     (1) Conquered completely, vanquished.
     (2) Acquired, gained, won.
     (3) Claimed.

nirjharaḥ --ram A spring, waterfall, cataract, cascade, mountain-torrent; śītaṃ nirjharavāri pānaṃ Nag. 4; R. 2. 13; Śānti. 2. 17, 21; 4. 6. --raḥ
     (1) Burning chaff.
     (2) An elephant.
     (3) A horse of the sun.

nirjharin m. A mountain.

nirjhariṇī, nirjharī A river, mountaintorrent; skhalanamukharabhūrisrotaso nirjhariṇyaḥ U. 2. 20; Mv. 5. 40.

nirṇayaḥ, nirṇīta, nirṇetṛ &c. See under nirṇī.

nirṇaraḥ N. of one of the horses of the sun.

nirṇāmaḥ Ved.
     (1) The joint of a wing(?).
     (2) Excesive bending.

nirṇij 3 U.
     (1) To wash, clean, purify; R. 17. 22; Y. 1. 191; Ms. 5. 127.
     (2) To dress oneself.

nirṇikta p. p.
     (1) Washed, purified, cleansed; R. 17. 22.
     (2) Expiated, atoned.

nirṇiktiḥ f.
     (1) Washing.
     (2) Expiation, atonement; Mv. 4. 25.

nirṇij a. Ved.
     (1) Clearing, washing.
     (2) Well-nourished. --m.
     (1) A form, shape.
     (2) A bright or shining garment.
     (3) Purification, washing.

nirṇekaḥ
     (1) Washing, cleaning.
     (2) Ablution.
     (3) Atonement, expiation.

nirṇejakaḥ A washerman.

nirṇejanam
     (1) Ablution.
     (2) Expiation, atonement (for an offence).

nirṇī 1 P.
     (1) To take or carry away or off.
     (2) To determine, ascertain, settle, decide, come to a decision, fix, resolve upon; kathamapyupāyamātmanaiva nirṇīya Dk.; Ki. 11. 39.

nirṇayaḥ
     (1) Removing, removal.
     (2) Complete ascertainment, decision, affirmation, determination, settlement; saṃdehanirṇayo jātaḥ S. 1. 28; Ms. 8. 301, 409; 9. 250, Y. 2. 10; hṛdayaṃ nirṇayameva dhāvati Ki. 2. 29.
     (3) Deduction, inference, conclusion, demonstration (in logic).
     (4) Discussion, investigation, consideration.
     (5) Sentence, verdict, judgment; sarvajñasyāpyekākino nirṇayābhyupagamo doṣāya M. 1.
     (6) Application of a conclusive argument.
     (7) (In Rhet.) Narration of events.
     -- Comp.
          --pādaḥ a sentence, decree, verdict (in law).

nirṇayanam
     (1) Ascertainment, determination.
     (2) Positive conclusion, settlement.

nirṇāyaka a.
     (1) Settling, conclusive;
     (2) Determining.

nirṇāyanam
     (1) Making certain.
     (2) The outer angle of the elephant's ear.

nirṇīta p. p. Settled, decided; determined, resolved. &c.

nirṇetṛ a. Decisive, conclusive. --m.
     (1) A judge.
     (2) A voucher.
     (3) A guide.

nirṇud 6 U.
     (1) To throw back, reject; dhānā matsyānpayo māṃsaṃ śākaṃ caiva na nirṇudet Ms. 4. 250.
     (2) To remove, dispel.
     (3) To drive away, expel.
     (4) To repudiate.

nirṇodaḥ Removal, banishment.

nirdaṭa --ḍa a.
     (1) Unkind, unfeeling, unmerciful.
     (2) Rejoicing over the faults of others.
     (3) Envious.
     (4) Abusive, slanderous.
     (5) Useless, unnecessary.
     (6) Violent.
     (7) Mad, intoxicated.

nirdara a.
     (1) Hard.
     (2) Pitiless.
     (3) Shameless. --raḥ, --nirdariḥ
     (1) A cave, cavern.
     (2) A waterfall, spring. --raṃ Essence (sāra).

nirdalanam Splitting, breaking, destroying.

nirdah 1 P.
     (1) To burn, consume.
     (2) To torment, distress, pain.

nirdagdha a.
     (1) Burnt.
     (2) Unburnt.

nirdahana a.
     (1) Burning, consuming.
     (2) Without fire or heat. --naṃ Burning, consuming.

nirdātṛ m.
     (1) A digger up of weeds, weeder.
     (2) A donor.
     (3) A husbandman, reaper.

nirdārita a.
     (1) Torn, rent.
     (2) Opened, split open; Śi. 18. 28.

nirdigdha p. p.
     (1) Anointed, smeared.
     (2) Well-fed, corpulent, stout.

nirdiś 6 P.
     (1) To point out, indicate, show; ekaikaṃ nirdiśan S. 7; aṃgulyā nirdiśati &c.
     (2) To assign, give; nirdiṣṭāṃ kulapatinā sa parṇaśālāmadhyāsya R. 1. 95.
     (3) To allude to, mention, make a reference to.
     (4) To foretell, predict.
     (5) To advise, recommend.
     (6) To tell, communicate.
     (7) To enjoin, direct.
     (8) To enumerate, specify, name.
     (9) To define, determine. (10) To describe.
     (11) To denounce, accuse.

nirdiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Pointed out, shown, indicated.
     (2) Specified, particularized.
     (3) Described.
     (4) Asigned, allotted.
     (5) Asserted, declared.
     (6) Ascertained, determined.
     (7) Ordered.

nirdeśaḥ
     (1) Pointing out, showing, indicating.
     (2) Order, command, direction; R. 12. 17.
     (3) Advice, instruction.
     (4) Telling, saying, declaring.
     (5) Specifying, particularization, specification, specific mention; ayūktoyaṃ nirdeśaḥ Mbh.; Bg. 17. 23.
     (6) Ascertainment.
     (7) Vicinity, proximity.
     (8) Description, designation.

nirdeśaka a. Pointing out, showing &c.

nirdeṣṭṛ m. An authority, a guide.

nirdhāra --raṇam &c. see under nirdhṛ.

nirdhāv 1 P.
     (1) To wash off or away, cleanse; nirdhoṃte sati haricaṃdane jalaughaiḥ Śi. 8. 51; nirdhautadānāmalagaṃḍabhittiḥ R. 5. 43, 70.
     (2) To stream forth, spring from.
     (3) To run out or escape from.

nirdhauta p. p.
     (1) Washed off, cleansed.
     (2) Polished, bright.

nirdhū 5. 9. U.
     (1) To shake or throw off, remove, dispel, expel, destroy; nirdhūto'dharaśoṇimā Gīt. 12; jñānanirdhūtakalmaṣāḥ Bg. 5. 17; R. 12. 57.
     (2) To spurn, treat with contempt, disregard.
     (3) To abandon, forsake, throw away.
     (4) To repudiate, disown, reject.
     (5) To afflict, torment, distress.
     (6) To move about, brandish.

nirdhūta p. p.
     (1) Shaken off, removed; dispelled.
     (2) Deserted; rejected.
     (3) Deprived of, bereft.
     (4) Avoided.
     (5) Refuted.
     (6) Destroyed.
     (7) Broken, divided.
     (8) Suffered, undergone.
     (9) Cast off or away, thrown away. --taḥ A man deserted by his relations and friends.

nirdhṛ 1 P., 10 U.
     (1) To determine accurately, settle, fix; nirdhārite'rthe lekhena khalūktvā khalu vācikaṃ Śi. 2. 70; 9. 20.
     (2) To specify, particularize.
     (3) To take out from.

nirdhāraḥ, nirdhāraṇam
     (1) Specifying or separating one out of many; yataśca nirdhāraṇaṃ P. II. 3. 41; V. 3. 92.
     (2) Determining, settling, deciding.
     (3) Certainty, ascertainment.

nirdhārita p. p. Determined, ascertained, fixed, settled, &c.

nirdhārya a.
     (1) Ascertainable.
     (2) Resolute, energetic.
     (3) Bold, fearless, actively working.

nirbaṃdh 9 P.
     (1) To press, urge, importune.
     (2) To insist upon, persist in.

nirbaddha p. p.
     (1) Fixed or fastened upon.
     (2) Urged, importuned, pressed.

nirbaṃdhaḥ
     (1) Insisting upon, persistence, intentness, pertinacity, nirbaṃdhasaṃjātaruṣā (guruṇā) R. 5. 21; Ku. 5. 66.
     (2) Importunity, a pressing demand or request, urgency; nirbaṃdhapṛṣṭaḥ sa jagāda sarvaṃ R. 14. 32; ata eva khalu nirbaṃdhaḥ S. 3.
     (3) Obstinacy.
     (4) Accusation.
     (5) A contest, dispute.

nirbarhaṇa See nibarhaṇa.

nirbhagna a.
     (1) Shattered, broken in pieces.
     (2) Bent, bowed.

nirbhaṭa a. Hard, firm (dṛḍha).

nirbharts 10 A.
     (1) To revile, censure, abuse.
     (2) To surpass, eclipse, put to shame; Ku. 3. 53. 3 To menace; Śi. 6. 62.

nirbhartsanaṃ --nā
     (1) Threat, menace; Śi. 15. 87.
     (2) Abuse, reproach, reviling, blame.
     (3) Malignity.
     (4) Red paint, lac.

nirbhartsita p. p.
     (1) Threatened.
     (2) Abused, reproached.

nirbhā 2 P.
     (1) To shine forth, shine akṣabījavalayena nirbabhau R. 11. 66.
     (2) To proceed, arise, start into view; vedāddharmo hi nirbabhau Ms. 5. 44; 2. 10.

nirbhāsaḥ Appearing or shining forth.

nirbhid 7 U.
     (1) To tear up, burst or tear asunder, break or pierce through; anena nirbhinnatanuḥ sa vadhyaḥ V. 5. 6; Bk. 9. 67; nirbhidyopari karṇikāramukalānyālīyate ṣaṭpadaḥ V. 2. 23.
     (2) To disclose, betray, divulge; nirbhinnaprāyaṃ rahasyaṃ Dk., vṛttāṃtaikadeśaṃ nirbibheda ibid.; Si. 16. 23, U. 3. 1.
     (3) To break down, destroy.
     (4) To ascertain, find out, discover.
     (5) To excavate.
     (6) To put out (the eyes).

nirbhinna p. p.
     (1) Split asunder, broken open, rent.
     (2) Pierced through, transfixed.

nibheṃdaḥ
     (1) Bursting, dividing, splitting asunder.
     (2) A split, rent.
     (3) Disclosure, betrayal.
     (4) Explicit mention or declaration; nirbhedādṛte'pi mālavikāyāmayamupanyāsaḥ śaṃkayati M. 4.
     (5) The bed of a river.
     (6) Determination of an affair, event.

nirbhedya a.
     (1) Having no rent.
     (2) Not to be pierced through.
     (3) Disappointed.

nirbhugna p. p.
     (1) Distorted.
     (2) straight.
     (3) Bent.
     (4) Pressing against each other; Mal. 6. 12.

nirbhūti f. Ved. Disappearing.

nirmaṃth 1, 9 P.
     (1) To, churn, shake, stir round; amṛtasyārthe nirmathiṣyāmahe jalaṃ Mb.
     (2) To produce or excite fire by rubbing.
     (3) To bruise, thresh beat violently.
     (4) To destroy com pletely, crush down.

nirmathaḥ, nirmathanaṃ, nirmaṃthaḥ, nirmaṃthanam
     (1) Rubbing, churning, stirring.
     (2) The wood used for producing fire by friction.
     (3) Rubbing two pieces of wood together to produce fire.
     (4) Destruction, havoc, U. 5. 8.
     -- Comp.
          --dāru 1. = 2 above; --2. a churning-stick.

nirmaṃthya a.
     (1) To be stirred or churned.
     (2) To be produced by friction (as fire). --thyaṃ The wood used for producing fire by friction.

nirmā 3 A., 2 P.
     (1) To make, create, bring into existence; nirmātuṃ prabhavenmanoharamidaṃ rūpaṃ purāṇo muniḥ V. 1. 9; yasmādeṣa sureṃdrāṇāṃ mātrābhyo nirmito nṛpaḥ Ms. 7. 5; 1. 13.
     (2)
          (a) To build, form, construct; snāyunirmitā ete pāśāḥ H 1.
          (b) To cause to be settled, colonize (as a town &c.); nirmame nirmamo'rtheṣu mathurāṃ madhurākṛtiḥ R. 15. 28.
     (3) To cause, produce; śalākāṃjananirmiteva Ku. 1. 47.
     (4) To compose, write; svanirmitayā ṭīkayā sametaṃ kāvyaṃ.
     (5) To prepare, manufacture in general.

nirmāṇam
     (1) Measuring, meting out; yataścādhvakālanirmārṇaṃ P. I. 4. 31 Vārt.
     (2) Measure, reach, extent; ayamaprāptanirmāṇaḥ (bālaḥ) Rām. 'not having reached the full measure of growth'.
     (3) Producing, forming, making, creation, formation, manufacture; īdṛśo nirmāṇabhāgaḥ pariṇataḥ U. 4.
     (4) A creation, created thing or object, form; nirmāṇameva hi tadādaralālanīyaṃ Māl. 9. 49
     (5) A shape, make, figure; śarīranirmāṇasadṛśo nanvasyānubhāvaḥ Mv. 1.
     (6) Composition, work.
     (7) A building.
     (8) A part, portion.
     (9) Essence, pith, marrow. (10) (With Buddhists) Transformation. --ṇā Fitness, propriety, decorum.

nirmita p. p.
     (1) Constructed, built,formed, prepared, made &c.
     (2) Arti ficial.

nirmitiḥ f. Production, creation formation, any artistic production; navarasarucirāṃ nirmitimādadhartā bhāratī kaverjayati K. P. 1.

nirmālya a. Pure, clean, stainless. --lyaṃ
     (1) Purity, clearness, stainlessness.
     (2) The remains of an offering to a deity, such as flowers; nirmālyojjhitapuṣpadāmanikare kā ṣaṭpadānāṃ ratiḥ S. Til. 10.
     (3) Flowers usedand cast off, faded or withered flowers; nirmālyaraitha nanṛte'vadhīritānāṃ Śi. 8. 60.
     (4) Remains in general.

nirmuc 6 P.
     (1) To free, liberate, release; himanirmuktayoryoge citrācaṃdramasoriva R. 1. 46; Bg. 7. 28.
     (2) To leave, quit, abandon.

nirmukta p. p.
     (1) Set free, freed, liberated; R. 1. 46.
     (2) Freed from worldly attachments.
     (3) Separated, disjoined. --ktaḥ A snake which has lately cast off its skin.

nirmuktiḥ f. Freedom, liberation

nirmokaḥ
     (1) Setting free, liberating.
     (2) A hide, skin; especially, the slough of a serpent; R. 16. 17; Śi. 20. 47; N. 1.
     (3) Armour, mail.
     (4) The sky, heaven.
     (5) Atmosphere.

nirmokṣaḥ Liberation, deliverance; R. 10. 2.

nirmocanam Liberation, deliverance.

nirmūl 10 U. To eradicate, extirpate.

nirmūlanam Eradication, uprooting, extirpating (fig. also); karmanirmūlanakṣamaḥ Bh. 3. 72.

nirmṛj 2 P. To wipe off, wash out.

nirmārjanam Cleaning, washing off; wiping out.

nirmṛṣṭa p. p. Wiped off, washed out, rubbed out; nirmṛṣṭarāgo'dharaḥ S. D. 1.

niryat 10 U.
     (1) To return, restore; niryātaya hastanyāsaṃ V. 5; Ms. 11. 164.
     (2) To requite, repay, retaliate; rāmalakṣmaṇayorvairaṃ svayaṃ niryātayāmi vai Rām.
     (3) To forgive, pardon.

niryātanam
     (1) Returning, restoring, delivering, restitution (as of a deposit).
     (2) Payment of a debt.
     (3) Gift, donation.
     (4) Retaliation, requital, revenge (as in vairaniryātana).
     (5) Killing, slaughter.

niryā 2 P.
     (1) To go out, go out, of; R. 12. 83.
     (2) To pass, elapse (as time).

niryāṇam
     (1) Exit, issue, setting out, departure.
     (2) Vanishing, disappearing.
     (3) Dying, death.
     (4) Eternal emancipation, final beatitude.
     (5) The outer corner of the eye of an elephant; vāraṇaṃ niryāṇabhāge'bhighnan Dk. 97; niryāṇaniryadasṛjaṃ calitaṃ niṣādī Śi. 5. 41.
     (6) A rope for tying cattle or the feet of a calf, a foot-rope in general; niryāṇahastasya puro dudhukṣataḥ Śi. 12. 41.
     (7) Iron.

niryātiḥ f.
     (1) Exit, departure.
     (2) Departure from life, dying, death.

niryāpaṇam Banishing, expelling.

niryāmaḥ A sailor, pilot, boatman.

niryāsaḥ, --sam
     (1) Exudation of trees or plants, gum, juice, resin; śālaniryāsagaṃdhibhiḥ R. 1. 38; Ms. 5. 6.
     (2) Extract, infusion, decoction.
     (3) Any thick fluid substance.

niryūhaḥ
     (1) A pinnacle, turret, projection (on columns or gates); vita rdiniryūhaviṭaṃkanīḍaḥ Śi. 3. 55 (where Malli. renders niṃryūha by mattavāraṇākhyaupāśrayaḥ and quotes Vaijayantī; perhaps it was so called from its resemblance to the shape of an elephant in rut); cārutoraṇaniryūhā Rām.
     (2) A chaplet, crest, head-ornament.
     (3) A peg projecting from a wall.
     (4) Wood placed in a wall for pigeons to build their nests or to perch upon.
     (5) A door, gate.
     (6) Extract, decoction.

niṃrlucanam Pulling out or off, tearing off, peeling.

nirluṃṭhanam
     (1) Robbing, plundering.
     (2) Tearing off.

nirlekhanam
     (1) Scraping, scratching.
     (2) An instrument for scraping, a scraper.

nirlvayanī The slough of a snake.

nirvac 2 P.
     (1) To interpret, explain; vedā nirvaktumakṣamāḥ.
     (2) To derive, trace to its etymology (as a word).
     (3) To relate, tell, declare, announce.
     (4) To name, call.

nirvacanam
     (1) Utterance, pronunciation.
     (2) A proverbial expression, proverb.
     (3) Etymological interpretation, etymology.
     (4) A vocabulary, an index.

nirvap 1 P.
     (1) To pour out, sprinkle.
     (2) To scatter, strew, (as seed).
     (3) To offer, present; śrotriyāyābhyāgatāya vatsatarīṃ vā mahokṣaṃ vā nirvapāṃti gṛhamedhinaḥ U. 4.
     (4) To offer libations especially to the Manes.
     (5) To perform.

nirvapaṇa a. (ṇī)
     (1) Relating to oblations.
     (2) Pouring out, scattcring.
     (3) Giving, bestowing. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Pouring out, offering.
     (2) Particularly, the presentation of funeral offerings to the Manes, a libation; Ms. 3. 248, 260.
     (3) Bestowing presents.
     (4) Gift, donation.
     (5) A vessel (ladle &c.) for pouring.

nirvayanī The slough of a snake.

nirvarṇa 10 U.
     (1) To look at carefully, mark attentively.
     (2) To see, behold, observe, perceive.

nirvarṇanam 1 Looking at, seeing, sight.
     (2) Marking, observing carefully.

nirvas 1 P.
     (1) To live out, i. e. to go to the end of (as a period).
     (2) To dwell abroad. --Caus. To banish, drive away, expel; R. 14. 67.

nirvāsaḥ, nirvāsanam
     (1) Expulsion, banishment.
     (2) Killing, slaughter.
     (3) Leaving one's home, living abroad (nirvāsa only in this sense).

nirvah 1 P.
     (1) To carry out, extricate oneself.
     (2) To be finished.
     (3) To live upon, live by the aid of. --Caus.
     (1) To take to the end of, complete, finish, manage; yathā priyasakhī baṃdhujanaśocanīyā na bhavati tathā nirvāhaya S. 3.
     (3) To carry out, accomplish, effect.
     (3) To pass, spend (as time).

nirvahaṇam 1 End, completion; Śi. 14. 63.
     (2) Maintainig, carrying to the end, sustaining; mānasya nirvahaṇaṃ Amaru. 24.
     (3) Destruction, annihilation.
     (4) (In dramas). The catastrophe, the last stage in which the action of the play is brought to a head, the denouement; tatkiṃnimittaṃ kukavikṛtanāṭakasyeva anyanmukhe'nyannirvahaṇe Mu. 6.

nirvāhaḥ 1 Carrying on, accomplishng, performing.
     (2) Completion, end.
     (3) Carrying to the end, supporting, steadfast adherence, perseverance; nirvāhaḥ pratipannavastuṣu satāmetaddhi gotravrataṃ Mu. 2. 18.
     (4) Subsisting on.
     (5) Sufficiency, competent provision, competency.
     (6) Describing, narrating.

nirvāhaṇa a.
     (1) Carrying out, effecting.
     (2) Removing. --ṇaṃ Accomplishment, completion; See nirvahaṇa.

nirvāhin a.
     (1) Effecting.
     (2) Discharging (as a wound).

nirvā 2 P.
     (1) To blow.
     (2) To be cooled, be cool or assuaged (fig. also); vapurjalārdrāpavanairna nirvavau Śi. 1. 65; tvayi dṛṣṭa eva tasyā nirvāti mano manobhavajvalitaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (3) To blow out, be extinguished, be extinct; nirvāṇadīpe kimu tailadātaṃ Subhaṣ.; nirvāṇabhūyiṣṭhamathāsya vīryaṃ saṃdhukṣayaṃtīva vapurguṇena Ku. 3. 52; Śi. 14. 85; Mu. 3. 28. --Caus. (vāpayati)
     (1) To blow or put out, extinguish destroy, kill; R. 3. 58.
     (2) To cool, alleviate the heat of, act as a refrigerant; sakhi anyādṛśa eva tedya nirvāpayati śarīrasparśaḥ Mal. 6, Ratn. 3. 11; R. 19. 56.
     (3) To gratify, soothe, comfort; R. 12. 63.

nirvāṇa p. p.
     (1) Blown or put out, extinguished (as a lamp or fire); nirvāṇavairadahanāḥ praśamādarīṇāṃ Ve. 1. 7; Ku. 2. 23.
     (2) Lost, disappeared.
     (3) Dead, deceased.
     (4) Liberated from existence.
     (5) Set (as the sun).
     (6) Calmed, quieted.
     (7) Plunged. --ṇaṃ 1 Extinction; H. 1. 131; śanairnirvāṇamāpnoti niriṃdhana ivānalaḥ Mb.
     (2) Vanishing from sight, disappearance.
     (3) Dissolution, death.
     (4) Final liberation or emancipation from matter and reunion with the Supreme Spirit, eternal bliss, nirvāṇamapi manye'hamaṃtarāyaṃ jayaśriyaḥ Ki. 11. 69; R. 12. 1.
     (5) (With Buddhists) Absolute extinction or annihilation, complete extinction of individual or worldly existence.
     (6) Perfect and perpetual calm, repose; Ki. 18. 39.
     (7) Complete satisfaction or pleasure, supreme bliss, highest felicity; aye labdhaṃ netranirvāṇaṃ S. 3; M. 3. 1; Śi. 4. 23; V. 3. 21.
     (8) Cessation, desisting.
     (9) Vacuity. (10) Union, association, confluence.
     (11) The bathing of an elephant; as in anirvāṇa at R. 1. 71.
     (12) Instruction in sciences.
     -- Comp.
          --purāṇaṃ offering oblations to the dead (?)
          --bhūyiṣṭha a. almost vanished or departed; see under nirvā
     (3) above. --mastakaḥ final emancipation or deliverance, final beatitude.

nirvāpaḥ
     (1) See nirvapaṇa.
     (2) Putting out, extinguishing (as fire).
     (3) Alms.

nirvāpaṇam
     (1) An offering, oblation, a funeral oblation.
     (2) A gift donation.
     (3) Putting out, extinguishing.
     (5) Pouring out, scattering, sowing (as seed).
     (5)
          (a) Offering, giving.
          (b) Offering oblations (especially funeral).
     (6) Allaying, alleviation, pacification; kartavyāni duḥkhitairduḥkhanirvāpaṇāni U. 3.
     (7) Annihilation.
     (8) Killing, slaughter.
     (9) Cooling, refreshing; śarīranirvāpaṇāya S. 3. (10) A refrigerant or cooling application.

nirvāpayitṛ a.
     (1) Extinguishing, blowing, blowing out.
     (2) Allaying the heat of, cooling; smara eva tāpaheturnirvāpayitā sa eva me jātaḥ S. 3. 12.

nirvādaḥ
     (1) Blame, reproach.
     (2) Seandal, bad rumour, obloquy; R. 14. 34.
     (3) Decision of a controversy
     (4) Absence of dispute (vādābhāva).
     (5) Rumour, report.

nirvid 4 A. To be dissatisfied or disgusted with (with instr.); Pt. 1. 240.

nirviṇṇa p. p.
     (1) Despondent, depressed; Mk. 1. 14.
     (2) Overcome with fear or sorrow.
     (3) Emaciated with grief.
     (4) A bused, degraded.
     (5) Disgusted with anything; matsyāśanasya nirviṇṇaḥ Pt. 1.
     (6) Impaired, decayed.
     (7) Humble, modest.
     (8) Known, certain.

nirvedaḥ
     (1) Disgust, loathing.
     (2) Satiety, cloy.
     (3) Depression of spirits, despair, despondency; paribhavānnirvedamāpadyate Mk. 1. 14.
     (4) Humiliation.
     (5) Grief.
     (6) Complete indifference to worldly objects; Bg. 2. 52 (regarded as the feeling which gives rise to the sentiment called śāṃta (quietude); nirvedasthāyibhāvosti śāṃto'pi navamo rasaḥ K. P. 4; (see R. G. under nirveda).
     (7) Selfdisparagement or humiliation (regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings); cf. the definition in R. G. under nirveda; (the following is there given as an instance; yadi lakṣpaṇa sā mṛgekṣaṇā na madīkṣāsaraṇiṃ sameṣyati . amunā jaḍajīvitena me jagatā vā viphalena kiṃ phalaṃ ..).
     (8) Shame.

nirviś 6 P.
     (1) To enjoy; jyotsnāvato nirviśati pradoṣān R. 6. 34; nirviṣṭhaviṣayasnaihaḥ sa daśāṃtamupeyivān R. 12. 1; 4. 51; 6. 50; 9. 36; 13. 60; 14. 80; 18. 3; 19. 47; Me. 110; Ku. 1. 29.
     (2) To adorn, embellish.
     (3) To marry; nirveṣṭukāmosmi nareṃdra V. P.
     (4) To feel, experience.
     (5) To reward, recompense.

nirviṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Enjoyed, attained, experienced.
     (2) Fully enjoyed or used.
     (3) Obtained as wages; nirviṣṭaṃ vaiśyaśūdrayoḥ Gautama.
     (4) Married.
     (5) Engaged in.
     (6) Arrived at, attained to.
     (7) One who has maintained the sacred fire.

nirveśaḥ
     (1) Gaining, obtaining.
     (2) Wages, hire, employment.
     (3) Eating, enjoyment, use.
     (4) Return of payment.
     (5) Expiation, atonement.
     (6) Marriage.
     (7) Fainting, swooning.

nirvṛ 5 U. (usually in p. p. only) To feel happy, be pleased or satisfied; nirvavāra madhunīṃdriyavargaḥ Śi. 10. 3. See nirvṛta below.

nirvṛta p. p.
     (1) Satisfied, contented, happy; nirvṛtau svaḥ S. 2; S. 4; 5. 1.
     (2) Free from care or anxiety, secure, at ease.
     (3) Ceased, ended.

nirvṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Satisfaction, happiness, pleasure, bliss; vrajati nirvṛtimekapade manaḥ V. 2. 9; R. 9. 38; 12. 65; S. 7. 19; Śi. 4. 64, 10. 28; Ki. 3. 8.
     (2) Tranquillity, rest, repose; Ku. 5. 55; Pt. 1. 208.
     (3) Final emancipation or liberation from worldly existence; dvāraṃ nirvṛtasadmano vijayate kṛṣṇeti varṇadvayaṃ Bv. 4. 14.
     (4) Completion, accomplishment.
     (5) Freedom.
     (6) Disappearance; death, destruction.

nirvṛt 1 A.
     (1) To cease, come to an end; Bk. 8. 69.
     (2) To be got or accomplished; R. 17. 18; Ms. 7. 61.
     (3) To be withheld, not to happen; Bk. 16. 6. --Caus.
     (1) To perform; accomplish, finish, complete; āhāraṃ nirvartayāmāsa K. 16; R. 2. 45; 3. 33; 11. 30.

nivartaka a. (rtikā f.)
     (1) Completing, accomplishing, finishiug, excuting, performing &c.
     (2) Desisting.

nirvartanam
     (1) Accomplishment, completion, execution.
     (2) Desisting.

nirvartin a.
     (1) Completing, accomplishing &c.
     (2) Acting rudely, uncivil, impolitic.

nirvṛtta p. p. Accomplished, attained, performed &c.; Ku. 7. 11.

nirvṛtti f. 1 Accomplishment, fulfilment; Ms. 12. 1.
     (2) Completion, end.
     (3) (In gram.) Discontinuance of the influence of one rule over another (opp. anuvṛtti).
     (4) Result fruit.
     (5) Ceasing, desisting, abstaining from.
     (6) Inactivity.
     (7) Impropriety.
     (8) Final beatitude.

nirveṣṭanam A weaver's shuttle.

nirvyathanam
     (1) Extreme pain, paining, afflicting.
     (2) Freedom from pain.
     (3) A hole, chasm.

nirvyūḍha p. p. 1 Completed, finished; Mu. 2. 18.
     (2) Grown, increased, developed; muhūrtanirvyūḍhavismaya Māl. 7; nirvyūḍhasauhṛdabhareti 6. 17 (upacita Jagaddhara).
     (3) Vindicated, fully shown, proved true, carried out faithfully or to the end; hā tāta jaṭāyo nirvyūḍhaste'patyasnehaḥ U. 3; nirvyūḍhaḥ saṃbhāvanābhāro buddharakṣitayā Māl. 8; nirvyūḍha tātasya kāpālikatvaṃ Māl. 4, 9. 10; Mv. 7. 8.
     (4) Deserted, abandoned.

nirvyūḍhiḥ f.
     (1) End, completion.
     (2) A helmet, crest.
     (3) A door, gate.
     (4) A peg or bracket projecting from a wall.
     (5) Decoction; cf. niryūha.

nirhādaḥ Evacuation, voiding excrement.

nirhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To take or draw out from, extract; R. 14. 42.
     (2) To carry out the dead body; Ms. 5. 91; Y. 3. 15.
     (3) To remove (as a fault &c.)
     (4) To carry or take away.
     (5) To export (goods).
     (6) To change or mix together (clothes &c.).

nirharaṇam
     (1) Carrying out dead bodies to be burnt, carrying corpses to the funeral pile.
     (2) Taking forth, carrying or drawing out, extracting, removal.
     (3) Rooting up, extirpation, destruction.

nihariḥ
     (1) Taking away, removing, removal.
     (2) Drawing out, extracting.
     (3) Rooting up, destruction.
     (4) Carrying out a dead body to be burnt.
     (5) Accumulation of a private store of wealth, private hoard; Ms. 9. 199.
     (6) Evacuation of the natural excrements of the body (opp. āhāra).
     (7) Putting forth or out.
     (8) Setting aside, excluding, leaving.

nirhārin a.
     (1) Carrying out.
     (2) Diffusive, spreading wide (as fragrance).
     (3) Fragrant.

nirhṛtiḥ f. Taking out of one's way, removal.

nirhrādaḥ A sound in general; R. 1. 41.

niliṃpaḥ 1 A god; niliṃpairnimuktānapi ca nirayāṃtarnipatitān G. L. 15.
     (2) A troop of Maruts. Comp. --nirjharī the celestial Ganges.

niliṃpā, niliṃpikā A cow.

nilī 4 A.
     (1) To stick or adhere to, lie or rest upon, settle down or alight upon; nililye mūrdhna gṛdhro'sya Bk. 14. 76; 2. 5.
     (2) To lurk or hide, hide oneself in; guhāsvanye nyaleṣata Bk. 15. 32; niśi rahasi nilīya Gīt. 2.
     (3) To hide or conceal oneself from (with abl.); māturnilīyate kṛṣṇaḥ Sk.
     (4) To die, perish.

nilayaḥ
     (1) A hiding place, the lair or den of animals, a nest (of birds); Śi. 9. 4.
     (2) An abode, residence, house, dwelling; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of 'living or residing in'.
     (3) Hiding oneself.
     (4) Total destruction.
     (5) Setting, disappearance; dināṃte nilayāya gaṃtuṃ R. 2. 15 (where the word is used in sense 1 also).

nilayanam
     (1) Settling in a place, alighting.
     (2) A place of refuge house, dwelling, habitation.
     (3) The act of going out.

nilīna p. p.
     (1) Melted or fused into.
     (2) Shut or wrapt up, hidden into.
     (3) Involved, surrounded, encompassed.
     (4) Destroyed, perished.
     (5) Changed, transformed.
     (6) Full.

nivacane ind. Not speaking, ceasing to speak, holding the tongue (regarded as a gati or preposition, or a separate word, when used with kṛ; e. g. nivacanekṛtya, nivacane kṛtvā; P. I. 4. 76).

nitat f. A valley. --tā ind. Downwards; (also nivanā in this sense).

nivap 1 P.
     (1) To scatter about, sow (as seed).
     (2) To offer (as oblations), especially to the Manes; nyupya piṃḍāṃstataḥ Ms. 3. 216; (smaramuddiśya) nivapeḥ sahakāramaṃjarīḥ Ku. 4. 38.
     (3) To immolate, kill (as an animal).

nivapanam
     (1) Scattering down, pouring out, throwing down.
     (2) Sowing.
     (3) An offering to the Manes, an oblation in honour of one's deceased ancestors; ko naḥ kule nivapanāni niyacchatīti S. 6. 24.

nivāpaḥ
     (1) Seed, grain, seed-corn.
     (2) An offering to the Manes of deceased parents or other relatives, a libation of water &c. at the Śrāddha ceremony; eko nivāpasalilaṃ pibasītyayuktaṃ Māl. 9. 40; nivāpadattibhiḥ R. 8. 86; nivāpāṃjalayaḥ pitṝṇāṃ 5. 8, 15. 91, Mu. 4. 5.
     (3) A gift or offering in general.

nivāpakaḥ A sower, scatterer.

nivara a. Preventing, warding off. --raḥ
     (1) One who prevents.
     (2) Protection, covering.

nivarā A virgin, an unmarried girl.

nivas I. 1 P.
     (1) To live, dwell, stay; āho nivatsyati samaṃ hariṇāṃganābhiḥ S. 1. 26; nivasiṣyasi mayyeva Bg. 12. 8.
     (2) To be, exist; Pt. 1. 31.
     (3) To occupy, settle in, take possession of.
     (4) To sojourn, pass the night. --II. 2 A.
     (1) To dress, wear or put on clothes.
     (2) To change one's clothes.

nivasatiḥ f. A house, habitation, abode, residence, dwelling.

nivasathaḥ A village.

nivasanam
     (1) A house, habitation, dwelling.
     (2) A garment, cloth, an undergarment; Si. 10. 60; R. 19. 41.

nivāsaḥ
     (1) Living, dwelling, residing.
     (2) A house; abode, habitation, resting-place; nivāsaściṃtāyāḥ Mk. 1. 15; Śi. 4. 63, 5. 21; Bg. 9. 18; Mk. 3. 23.
     (3) Passing the night.
     (4) A dress, garment.
     (5) Nightquarters.
     (6) Refuge, receptacle, asylum; jagannivāso vasudevasadmani Śi. 1. 1.

nivāsanam 1 Residence.
     (2) Sojourn.
     (3) Spending time.

nivāsin a.
     (1) Dwelling, residing.
     (2) Wearing, dressed or clothed in; Ku. 7. 26. --m. A resident, an inhabitant.

nivah 1 U.
     (1) To bring or lead near.
     (2) To bear up, sustain, support; vedānuddharate jagannivahate Git. 1.

nivahaḥ
     (1) A multitude, collection, quantity, heap; rājaputranivahaḥ Bh. 3. 37; so ghana-, daitya-, kapota- &c.
     (2) N. of one of the seven winds.
     (3) N. of one of the seven tongues of fire.

nivāta a. [nivṛttoniruddho vā vāto'smāt]
     (1) Sheltered from the wind, not windy, calm; R. 3. 17; 19. 42.
     (2) Unhurt, uninjured, unobstructed.
     (3) Safe, secure.
     (4) Well-armed, accoutred in strong mail. --taḥ 1 A refuge, dwelling, an asylum.
     (2) An impenetrable coat of mail. --taṃ
     (1) A place sheltered from the wind; nivātaniṣkaṃpamiva pradīpaṃ Ku. 3. 48; Ki. 14. 37; R. 13. 52, 3. 17; Bg. 6. 19.
     (2) Absence of wind, calm, stillness; R. 12. 36.
     (3) A secure spot.
     (4) A strong armour.

nivāku a. Not speaking, silent.

nivānyā A cow whose calf is dead and who is milked by means of another calf.

nivi(bi)ḍa  a.
     (1) Without space or interstices, close, compact.
     (2) Firm, tight, fast; nibiḍo muṣṭiḥ R. 9. 58, 19. 44.
     (3) Thick, impervious, dense, impenetrable; R. 11 15.
     (4) Gross, coarse.
     (5) Bulky, large.
     (6) Crooked-nosed.

nivid 2 P(generally in the caus.)
     (1) To tell, communicate, inform (with dat.); upasthitāṃ homavelāṃ gurave nivedayāmi S. 4; kāśyapāya vanaspatisevāṃ nivedayāvaḥ ibid., R. 2. 68.
     (2) To declare or announce oneself; kathamātmānaṃ nivedayāmi S. 1.
     (3) To indicate, betray, show; śaṃkāpīragrahanivedayitā Mu. 1; digaṃbaratvena niveditaṃ vasu Ku. 5. 72; R. 17. 40.
     (4) To offer, present, give, make an offer of; svarājyaṃ caṃdrāpīḍāya nyavedayat K. 367; rājyamasmai nyavedayat R. 15. 70, 11. 47; Ms. 2. 51; Y. 1. 27.
     (5) To entrust to the care of, make or deliver over to.

nivid f. Ved.
     (1) Speech, a short Vedic text.
     (2) Instruction, precept, direction.
     (3) Invocation.

nivedaka a. Informing, communicating &c.

nivedanam
     (1) Making known, relating, proclaiming; a communication, announcement.
     (2) Delivering, entrusting.
     (3) Dedication.
     (4) Representation.
     (5) An offering or oblation. --naḥ An epithet of Śiva.

nivedita p. p.
     (1) Made known, announced, told, communicated.
     (2) Delivered, given, entrusted, &c.

nivedyam Offering of food to an idol; cf. naivedya.

nivirī(ḍī)śa-sa  a.
     (1) Compact, close; urunivirīsanitaṃbabhārakhedi Śi. 7. 20.
     (2) Coarse, gress. --sā A crooked nose.

niviś 6 A.
     (1) To sit down, take a seat; navāṃbudaśyāmavapurnyavikṣata (āsane) Śi. 1. 19.
     (2) To halt, encamp; R. 12. 68.
     (3) To enter; rāmaśālāṃ nyavikṣata Bk. 4. 28, 6. 143, 8. 7; R. 9. 82; 12. 38.
     (4) To be fixed on, be directed towards; sūryaniviṣṭadṛṣṭiḥ R. 14. 66.
     (5) To be devoted or attached to, be intent on, to practise; śrutiprāmāṇyato vidvānsvardhema niviśeta vai Ms. 2. 8.
     (6) To marry (for nirviś q. v.).
     (7) To alight, descend. --Caus.
     (1) To fix or direct upon, apply to (as thought, mind &c.); Bg. 12. 8.
     (2) To put, place, keep; manogataṃ vāci niveśayaṃti Ki. 14. 4; R. 6. 16, 4. 39, 7. 63.
     (3) To seat, install; R. 15. 97.
     (4) To cause to settle in life, get married; dauṣyaṃtimapratirathaṃ tanayaṃ niveśya S. 4. 19; R. 11. 57.
     (5) To encamp (as an army); R. 5. 42, 16. 37.
     (6) To draw, paint, poutray; citre niveśya parikalpitasatvayogā S. 2. 9; M. 3. 11.
     (7) To commit to writing, inscribe on; V. 2. 14.
     (8) To intrust or commit to; Mu. 5. 7; R. 19. 4.
     (9) To introduce. (10) To found (a city).

niviṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Seated, sitting upon.
     (2) Encamped; R. 12. 68.
     (3) Fixed or intent upon.
     (4) Concentrated, subdued, controlled; Ku. 5. 31.
     (5) Initiated.
     (6) Arranged.
     (7) Entered, gone into.

niviṣṭiḥ f. Copulation, coition (Ved.).

niveśaḥ
     (1) Entering, entrance.
     (2) Encamping, halting.
     (3)
          (a) A halting place, camp, encampment; senāniveśaṃ tumulaṃ cakāra R. 5. 49, 7. 2; Śi. 17. 40; Ki. 7. 27.
     (4) A house, an abode, a dwelling; Ki. 4. 19.
     (5) Expanse, contour (of the breast); Ki. 4. 8.
     (6) Depositing, delivering.
     (7) Marrying, marriage, settling in life.
     (8) Impression, copy.
     (9) Military array. (10) Ornament, decoration.
     (11) Founding (a town).

niveśanam
     (1) Entering, entrance.
     (2) Halting, encamping.
     (3) Marrying, marriage.
     (4) Entering in writing, inscribing.
     (5) An abode, a dwelling, house, habitation.
     (6) A camp.
     (7) A town or city.
     (8) A nest. --nī The earth.

niviśeṣa a. Not different, alike. --ṣaḥ Want of difference, sameness.

nivītam
     (1) Wearing the sacred thread round the neck (making it hang down like a garland); nivītaṃ manuṣyāṇā prācīnāvītaṃ pitṝṇāmupavītaṃ devānāṃ J. N. V.
     (2) The thread so worn. --taḥ, --taṃ A veil, mantle.

nivītin a. Wearing the sacred thread round the neck (like a garland).

nivṛ 5 9. 1 U. To surround, enclose; Bk. 14. 29. --Caus.
     (1) To ward off, keep away from, avert from (with abl.); pāpānnivārayati yojayate hitāya Bh. 2. 72; nivārayaṃtī mahato munivratāt Ku. 5. 3.
     (2) To surround, protect.

nivāraḥ, nivāraṇam
     (1) Keeping off, preventing, warding off; daṃśanivāraṇaiśca R. 2. 5.
     (2) Prohibition, impediment.

nivṛta p. p. Surrounded, enclosed. --taḥ, --taṃ A veil, mantle, wrapper.

nivatiḥ f. Covering, enclosing.

nivṛt 1 A.
     (1) To come back, return; na ca nimnādiva salilaṃ nivartate me tato hṛdayaṃ S. 3. 1; Ku. 4. 30; R. 2. 40; Bg. 8. 21; 15. 4.
     (2) To flee from, retreat; Bk. 5. 102.
     (3) To turn away from, be averse to; R. 5. 23; 7. 61.
     (4) To cease, desist or abstain from; prasamīkṣya nivarteta sarvamāṃsasya bhakṣaṇāt Ms. 5. 49, 1. 53; Bk. 1. 18; nivṛttamāṃsastu janakaḥ U. 4.
     (5) To be freed or absolved from, to escape; Bg. 1. 39.
     (6) To leave off speaking, cease, stop.
     (7) To be removed, come to an end, cease, disappear; Bg. 2. 59, 14. 22; Ms. 11. 185, 186.
     (8) To be accomplished or finished, come to an end.
     (9) To be withheld or withdrawn from. (10) To refuse, decline.
     (11) To be engaged in.
     (12) To be reversed.
     (13) To set (as the sun).
     (14) To be forbidden. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to return, send back; R. 2. 3, 3. 47, 7. 44.
     (2) To withdraw, keep away from; turn away, divert; R. 2. 28; Ku. 5. 11.
     (3) To accomplish, perform, finish, complete.

nivartaka a.
     (1) Returning, coming or turning back.
     (2) Stopping, ceasing.
     (3) Abolishing, expelling, removing.
     (4) Bringing back.

nivartana a.
     (1) Causing to return.
     (2) Turning back, ceasing. --naṃ
     (1) Returning, turning or coming back, return; iha hi patatāṃ nāstyālaṃbo na cāpi nivartanaṃ Sānti. 3. 2.
     (2) Not happening, ceasing.
     (3) Desisting or abstaining from (with abl.).
     (4) Desisting from work, inactivity (opp. pravartana); Kām. 1. 28.
     (5) Bringing back; Amaru. 84.
     (6) Repenting, a desire to improve.
     (7) A measure of land (20 rods).
     (8) Keeping back from (with abl.).

nivartin a.
     (1) Turning back, flying from, returning.
     (2) Desisting or abstaining from.
     (3) Allowing to return or turn back.

nivṛtta p. p.
     (1) Returned, turned back.
     (2) Gone, departed, vanished, disappeared.
     (3) Ceased, refrained or abstained from, stopped, desisted; Ku. 1. 51.
     (4) Abstaining from worldly acts, abstracted from this world, quiet.
     (5) Repenting of improper conduct.
     (6) Finished, completed, whole; see vṛt with ni. --ttaṃ
     (1) Return.
     (2) A mind free from the influence of passions.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman m. 1. a sage. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --kāraṇa a. without further cause or motive. (
          --ṇaḥ) a virtuous man, a man uninfluenced by worldly desires.
          --māṃsa a. one who abstains from eating meat; nivṛttamāṃ saratu janakaḥ U. 4.
          --rāga a. of subdued passions.
          --vṛtti a. quitting any practice or occupation.
          --hṛdaya a. with relenting heart.

nivṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Returning or coming back, return; Śi. 14. 64; R. 4. 87.
     (2) Disappearance, cessation, termination, suspension; śāpanivṛttau S. 7; R. 8. 82.
     (3) Abstaining from work, inactivity (opp. pravṛtti).
     (4) Abstaining from, aversion; prāṇāghātānnivṛttiḥ Bh. 3. 63.
     (5) Leaving off, desisting from.
     (6) Resignation, discontinuance of worldly acts or emotions, quietism, separation from the world.
     (7) Repose, rest.
     (8) Felicity, beatitude.
     (9) Denial, refusal. (10) Abolition, prevention.
     (11) Ceasing to be valid or binding (as a rule.).
     (12) Completion.

niveṣṭaḥ A cover, an envelope.

niveṣṭanam Covering, enveloping.

niveṣya a. Whirling. --ṣyaḥ 1 An eddy, a whirlpool.
     (2) A whirlwind or a similar phenomenon.
     (3) Hoarfrost. --ṣyaṃ Extent (vyāpti).

nivyūḍham Perseverance, energy; cf. nirvyūḍha.

niś f. (This word is optionally substituted for niśā in all cases after acc. dual; it has no forms for the first five inflections)
     (1) Night.
     (2) Turmeric.

niśaṭha a. Honest, candid.

niśabda a. Silent, not speaking.

niśam 4 P., 10 U.
     (1) To hear, listen to, come to know; niśamya caināṃ tapase kṛtodyamāṃ Ku. 5. 3; S. 5. 2; R. 2. 41, 52, 61; 3. 47; 4. 2; 5. 12; Bk. 2. 9; niśāmaya priyasakhi Māl. 7.
     (2) To see, observe.

niśamanam
     (1) Looking at, beholding
     (2) Seeing, sight.
     (3) Hearing.
     (4) Becoming aware of.

niśāṃta p. p. Tranquil, calmed, quiet, patient. --taṃ A house, habitation, dwelling; R. 16. 40.
     -- Comp.
          --nārī a housewife.

niśāmaḥ Observing, perceiving, seeing.

niśāmanam
     (1) Seeing, beholding.
     (2) Sight.
     (3) Hearing.
     (4) Repeated observation.
     (5) A shadow, reflection.

niśa(śā)raṇam Killing, slaughter.

niśā [nitarāṃ śyati tanūkaroti vyāpārān śo-ka Tv.]
     (1) Night; yāniśā sarvabhūtānāṃ tasyāṃ jāgarti saṃyamī Bg. 2. 69.
     (2) Turmeric.
     (3) A dream.
     (4) A collective name for the zodiacal signs Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Sagittarius, and Capricorn.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭaḥ, --aṭanaḥ 1. an owl. --2. a demon, ghost, goblin.
          --aṭakaḥ bdellium.
          --atikramaḥ, --atyayaḥ, --aṃtaḥ, --avasānaṃ 1. the passing away of night. --2. daybreak.
          --adaḥ = Niṣāda q. v.
          --aṃdha a. blind at night. (
          --dhā) the creeper called jatukā. --adhīśaḥ, --īśaḥ, --nāthaḥ, --patiḥ, --maṇiḥ, --ratnaṃ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --ardhakālaḥ the first part of the night.
          --ākhyā --āhvā turmeric.
          --ādiḥ the evening twilight.
          --utsargaḥ end of night daybreak.
          --etaḥ a crane.
          --karaḥ 1. the moon; Ku. 4. 13. --2. a cock. --3. camphor.
          --ketuḥ the moon
          --gṛha a bed-chamber.
          --cara a. (
          --rā --rī f.) moving about by night, night stalker. (
          --raḥ) 1. a fiend, goblin, an evil spirit; R. 12. 69. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. a jackal. --4. an owl. --5. a snake. --6. the ruddy goose. --7. a thief. -patiḥ 1. an epithet of 1. Śiva. --2. of Rāvaṇa. (
          --rī) 1. a female fiend. --2. a woman going to meet her lover at night by appointment; rāmamanmathaśareṇa tāḍitā duḥsahena hṛdaye niśācarī R. 11. 20 (where the word is used in sense 1 also). --3. a harlot.
          --carman m. darkness.
          --jalaṃ dew, frost.
          --darśin m. an owl.
          --niśaṃ ind. every night, always.
          --puṣpaṃ 1. the white water-lily (opening at night). --2. hoar-frost, dew.
          --mukhaṃ the beginning of night.
          --mṛgaḥ a jackal.
          --vanaḥ hemp (śana). --vihāraḥ a demon, goblin, a Rākṣasa; pracakratū rāmaniśāvihārau Bk. 2. 36.
          --vedin m. a cock.
          --hasaḥ the white water-lily (opening at night).

niśāta p. p.
     (1) Sharpened, whetted, sharp; Ki. 14. 30.
     (2) Polished, burnished, bright.

niśānam Sharpening, whetting.

niśita a.
     (1) Sharpened, whetted, sharp; niśitanipātāḥ śarāḥ S. 1. 10.
     (2) Stimulated. --taṃ Iron. --tā Night.

niśitiḥ f. Excitement, agitation (Ved.)

niśādaḥ A man of low caste; see niṣāda. (niśādāputraḥ A pestle; so -śilā a mortar.)

niśārukaḥ One of the seven Rūpakas in music. --kaṃ An air, a sort of musical composition played as an accompaniment to dancing.

niśīthaḥ
     (1) [niśerate janā asmin; niśīādhāre thak Tv.] Midnight; niśīthadīpāḥ sahasā hatatviṣaḥ R. 3. 15; Me. 88; Māl. 8. 10.
     (2) The time of sleep, night in general; śucau niśīthe'nubhavaṃti kāminaḥ Rs. 1. 3; Amaru. 11.

niśīthitī, niśīthyā Night.

niśuṃbhaḥ
     (1) Killing, slaughter; Māl. 5. 22.
     (2) Breaking, bending (as of a bow); Mv. 2. 33.
     (3) N. of a demon killed by Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --mathanī, --mardanī epithets of Durgā.

niśuṃbhanam Killing, slaying.

niścala a.
     (1) Immoveable, steady, fixed, still.
     (2) Invariable, unchangeable; Bg. 2. 53. --lā The earth.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. firm. (
          --gaḥ) 1. a species of crane. --2. a rock or mountain.

niścar 1 P.
     (1) To issue, go out.
     (2) To arise, be produced, appear.

niścārakam
     (1) Evacuation by stools.
     (2) Air, wind.
     (3) Obstinacy, wilful nature.

niści 5 U. To determine, resolve, ascertain.

niścayaḥ
     (1) Ascertainment, investigation, inquiry.
     (2) A fixed opinion, settled or firm conviction, firm belief.
     (3) A determination, resolution, resolve; eṣa me sthiro niścayaḥ Mu. 1.
     (4) Certainty, positiveness, positive conclusion.
     (5) Fixed intention, design, purpose, aim; kaikeyī krūraniścaya R. 12. 4; Ku. 5. 5.
     (6) N. of a figure in Rhetoric.

niścāyaka a. Who or what ascertains or determines, decisive, conclusive.

niścita p. p.
     (1) Ascertained, determined, decided, settled, concluded (used actively also); arāvaṇamarāmaṃ vā jagadadyoti niścitaḥ R. 12. 83.
     (2) Sentenced, pronounced (as a sentence). --taṃ Certainty, decision. --taṃ ind. Decidedly, positively, certainly.

niścitiḥ f.
     (1) Ascertainment, settling.
     (2) A determination, resolution.

niścukkaṇam A powder for clearing the teeth, a kind of tooth powder.

niśramaḥ Labour bestowed upon anything, continued practice or labour.

niśrayaṇī, niśreṇi, niśreṇī A ladder, a staircase; cf. niḥśrayaṇī &c.

niśvas 2 P.
     (1) To sigh, heave.
     (2) To draw in the breath.

niśvāsaḥ Inspiration, inhaling, sighing; cf. niḥśvāsa.

niṣ 1 A(neṣati) To moisten, wet.

niṣaṃj 1 P.
     (1) To adhere or stick to, be thrown round or placed on; kaṃṭhe svayaṃgrāhaniṣaktabāhuṃ Ku. 3. 7; U. 4. 18; R. 9. 50, 11. 70, 19. 45.
     (2) To be reflected; Ku. 1. 10; 7. 36.
     (3) To be attached to.

niṣaṃgaḥ
     (1) Attachment, clinging to.
     (2) Union, association.
     (3) A quiver; Śi. 10. 34; Ki. 17. 36; R. 2. 30, 3. 64.
     (4) A sword.

niṣaṃgāthaḥ
     (1) An embrace.
     (2) A bowman.
     (3) A charioteer.
     (4) A car.
     (5) Grass.
     (6) The shoulder.

niṣaṃgin a.
     (1) Attached or clinging to; Śi. 12. 26.
     (2) Having a quiver.
     (3) Bearing a sword. --m.
     (1) An archer, a bowman.
     (2) A quiver.
     (3) A sword-bearer.

niṣad 1 P. (niṣīdati &c.)
     (1) To sit down, lie, recline; uṣṇāluḥ śiśire niṣīdati tarormūlālavāle śikhī V. 2. 23.
     (2) To sink down, fail, be disappointed.
     (3) To dwell.
     (4) To suffer pain, be afflicted.

niṣad f. Consecration for a sacrifice (yajñadīkṣā).

niṣaṇṇa p. p.
     (1) Seated; sitting on or in, rested, reclined, resting or reclining on; R. 9. 76, Ku. 4. 23
     (2) Supported.
     (3) Gone to.
     (4) Dejected, afflicted, down cast; cf. viṣaṇṇa.

niṣaṇṇakam A seat.

niṣattiḥ f. Ved. Sitting down idly. dulness, inactivity.

niṣadanam Ved.
     (1) Sitting.
     (2) Dwelling.
     (3) A seat.
     (4) A house, residence. --naḥ=niṣāda q. v.

niṣadyā
     (1) A small bed or couch.
     (2) The hall of a merchant, a trader's shop.
     (3) A market-place, market; Śi. 18. 15.

niṣadvaraḥ
     (1) Mud, mire.
     (2) The god of love. --rī Night.

niṣādita p. p.
     (1) Made to sit down
     (2) Afflicted, distressed.

niṣādin a. (nī f.) Sitting or lying down, resting, reclining; R. 1. 52, 4. 20. --m. An elephant-driver; Śi. 5. 41.

niṣadha a. Hard, solid. --dhāḥ(m. pl.) N. of a people and their country governed by Nala. --dhaḥ
     (1) A ruler of the Nishadhas.
     (2) N. of a mountain.
     (3) A musical note; cf. niṣāda. --dhā N. of Nala's capital.

niṣādaḥ
     (1) N. of one of the wild aboriginal tribes in India, such as. hunters, fishermen &c.; a mountaineer; mā niṣāda pratiṣṭhāṃ tvamagamaḥ śāśvatīḥ samāḥ Rām; R. 14. 52, 70; U. 2. 5.
     (2) A man of a degraded tribe in general, an outcast, a Chāṇḍāla.
     (3) Especially, the son of a Brāhmaṇa by a Śūdra woman; cf. Ms. 10. 8.
     (4) (In music) The first (more properly the last or seventh) note of the Hindu gamut; gītakalāvinyāsamiva niṣādānugataṃ K. 31 (where it has sense 1 also).

niṣic 6 P.
     (1) To pour upon or down, sprinkle, pour in; R. 3. 26; S. 4. 13; Ku. 2. 57.
     (2) To impregnate; niṣiṃcanmādhavīmetāṃ latāṃ kauṃdīṃ ca nartayan V. 2. 4 (where the word also means 'to fill with honey-drops').

niṣikta p. p.
     (1) Sprinkled upon.
     (2) Infused, instilled, poured into, impregnated.

niṣekaḥ
     (1) Sprinkling, infusion; sukhasalilaniṣekaḥ Rs. 1. 28.
     (2) Dripping, trickling, distilling; tailaniṣekabiṃdunā R. 8. 38 'a drop of dripping oil.'
     (3) Effusion, discharge.
     (4) Seminal effusion or discharge, infusion of semen, impregnation, seed; Ku. 3. 16; R. 14. 60.
     (5) The ceremony performed upon impregnation.
     (6) Irrigation.
     (7) Water for washing.
     (8) Seminal impurity.
     (9) Dirty water.

niṣecanam
     (1) Sprinkling, pouring out.
     (2) Watering, irrigation.

niṣidh 1 P.
     (1) To ward off, prevent, restrain, keep back; nyaṣedhi śeṣo'pyanuyāyivargaḥ R. 2. 4, 3. 42, 5. 18.
     (2) To oppose, contradict, object to; R. 14. 43.
     (3) To prohibit, forbid; niṣiddho bhāṣamāṇastu suvarṇaṃ daṃḍamarhati Ms. 8. 361.
     (4) To defeat, conquer; R. 18. 1.
     (5) To remove, drive off, counteract; nyaṣedhatpāvakāstreṇa rāmastadrākṣasastataḥ Bk. 17. 87, 1. 15. --Caus. To prohibit, keep off or ward off.

niṣiddha p. p. Forbidden, prohibited, warded off, prevented.

niṣiddhiḥ f.
     (1) Prohibition, warding or keeping off.
     (2) Defence.

niṣedhaḥ
     (1) Prohibition, warding or keeping off, stopping, prevention.
     (2) Negation, denial.
     (3) The particle of negation; dvau niṣedhau prakṛtārthaṃ gamayataḥ
     (4) A prohibitive rule (opp. vidhi).
     (5) Deviation from a rule, exception.

niṣūd 10 U. or Caus. To kill slay.

niṣūdanam Killing, slaughter. --naḥ A killer; as in balavṛtraniṣūdanaḥ &c.

niṣev 1 A.
     (1) To pursue, follow, attach oneself to, practise; S. 1. 27.
     (2) To enjoy; niṣevate śrāṃtamanā vivikta S. 5. 5; Ku. 1. 5.
     (3) To enjoy carnally; yathā yathā tāmarasekṣaṇā mayā punaḥ sarāgaṃ nitarāṃ niṣevitā Bv. 2. 155; Pt. 1. 202.
     (4) To resort to, inhabit, frequent; Ku. 5. 76.
     (5) To use, employ; viṣatāṃ niṣovitamapakriyayā samupaiti sarvamiti satyamadaḥ Śi. 9. 68.
     (6) To wait upon, attend.
     (7) To adore, worship.
     (8) To draw near, approach.
     (9) To suffer, experience; Pt. 1. 334.

niṣevaka a.
     (1) Practising, following, devoted to, fond of.
     (2) Frequenting, inhabiting, resorting to.
     (3) Enjoying.

niṣevaṇaṃ, niṣevā
     (1) Serving, service, attending waiting upon.
     (2) Worship, adoration.
     (3) Practice, performance.
     (4) Attachment or adherence to.
     (5) Living in, inhabiting, enjoying, using.
     (6) Familiarity with, use.

niṣevita p. p.
     (1) Served, waited upon, worshipped, honoured.
     (2) Visited, resorted to, haunted, frequented.
     (3) Practised, observed (as a vow &c.).

niṣk 10 A. (niṣkayate) To weigh, measure.

niṣkaḥ --kam
     (1) A golden coin (of different values, but generally taken to be equal to one Karsha or Suvarṇa of 16 Māṣas).
     (2) A weight of gold equal to 108 or 150 Suvarṇas q. v.
     (3) A golden ornament for the neck or the breast; Ku. 2. 49.
     (4) Gold in general.
     (5) A golden vessel. --ṣkaḥ A Chāṇḍāla.

niṣkas Caus.
     (1) To take or draw out.
     (2) To turn or drive out, banish, expel; nirakāsayadravimapetavasuṃ viyadālayādaparadiggaṇikā Śi. 9. 10; yenāhaṃ jīvalokānnirakāsayiṣye Mu 6.

niṣkāsaḥ(śaḥ)
     (1) Exit, egress, issue.
     (2) A portice.
     (3) Day-break.
     (4) Disappearance.

niṣkāsita p. p.
     (1) Expelled, turned out, driven out.
     (2) Gone forth or out, issued.
     (3) Placed, deposited.
     (4) Stationed, appointed.
     (5) Opened, blown, expanded.
     (6) Reviled, reproached.

niṣkāsinī A female slave not restrained by her master.

niṣkālanam
     (1) Driving away(cattle &c.).
     (2) Killing, slaughter (māraṇa).

niṣkuṭaḥ 1 A pleasure-grove near a house.
     (2) A field.
     (8) The female apartments, the harem of a king.
     (4) A door, gate.
     (5) The hollow of a tree.

niṣkuṭiḥ --ṭī f. Large cardamoms (elā).

niṣkuṣ 9 P.
     (1) To extract, tear, draw out; upāṃtayorniṣkuṣitaṃ vihaṃgaiḥ R. 7. 50; Bk. 9. 30; 5. 42; so kākairniṣkuṣitaṃ śvabhiḥ kavalitaṃ gomāyubhirluṃṭhitaṃ Gaṅgaṣṭaka; Mal. 5. 17.
     (2) To husk, shell.
     (3) To injure or hurt by tearing.

niṣkuṣita p. p.
     (1) Torn off, forced or drawn out, lacerated; R. 7. 50.
     (2) Expelled.

niṣkoṣaḥ, niṣkoṣaṇam
     (1) Tearing, drawing off or out, extracting, extirpating.
     (2) Husking, shelling.

niṣkoṣaṇakam A tooth-pick; Pt. 1. 71.

niṣkuhaḥ The hollow of a tree; cf. niṣkuṭa.

niṣkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To remove, drive away, expel; Ms. 11. 54.
     (2) To break, frustrate; Bk. 15. 51.
     (3) To break into pieces, destroy.
     (4) To prepare, fit up, equip.
     (5) To accomplish, finish.
     (6) To absolve, free from (blame, sin &c.), acquit.
     (7) To cure, heal.

niṣkāraṇam
     (1) Removing, taking away.
     (2) Killing; cf. nikāraṇaṃ.

niṣkṛta p. p.
     (1) Taken away, removed.
     (2) Expiated, absolved, pardoned.
     (3) Disregarded, overlooked. --taṃ 1 Expiation or atonement.
     (2) A place of rendevous.

niṣkṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Expiation, atonement; Pt. 3. 157.
     (2) Acquittance, requital, discharge of a debt or obligation; na tasya niṣkṛtiḥ śakyā kartuṃ varṣaśatairapi Ms. 2. 227, 3. 19; 8. 105, 9. 19, 11. 27.
     (3) Removal.
     (4) Restoration, cure.
     (5) Avoiding, escaping from.
     (6) Neglecting.
     (7) Bad conduct, roguery.

niṣkṛt 6 P.
     (1) To cut, cut off, divide, tear asunder, cut in pieces.
     (2) To loosen.

niṣkartanam Cutting off, tearing away.

niṣkṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To draw or pull out, extract.
     (2) To extort, exact, snatch or take by force; niṣkraṣṭumarthaṃ cakame kuberāt R. 5. 26.
     (3) To tear asunder, cut in pieces. --Caus. To destroy, annihilate.

niṣkarṣaḥ
     (1) Drawing out, extraction.
     (2) The essence, the chief or main point, pith; iti niṣkarṣaḥ (often used by commentators); Ms. 4. 125; Bhāṣā P. 138.
     (3) Measuring.
     (4) Certainty, ascertainment.

niṣkarṣaṇam
     (1) Drawing out, extracting, pulling off; R. 12. 97.
     (2) Deducting.

niṣkṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Pulled or drawn out, extracted.
     (2) Summed up.

niṣkram 1 U.
     (1) To go away or from, leave, depart.
     (2) To issue from, come out of; Bk. 7. 71.
     (3) To make an exit from the stage; iti niṣkrāṃtāḥ sarve.
     (4) To stop, cease; naitāvatāpi pīḍā niṣkāmati S. 2 'the evil does not stop here.'

niṣkramaḥ
     (1) Going out, coming forth.
     (2) Departure from, exit.
     (3) One of the Samskāras or religious rites; i. e. taking out a child for the first time into the open air (which is usually performed in the fourth month of its age); caturthe māsi niṣkramaḥ Y. 1. 12; cf. upaniṣkramaṇa also.
     (4) Degradation, loss of caste, inferiority of tribe.
     (5) Intellectual faculty.

niṣkramaṇam
     (1) Going forth or out.
     (2) = niṣkrama
     (3) above; caturthe māsi kartavyaṃ śiśorniṣkramaṇaṃ gṛhāt Ms. 2. 34.

niṣkramaṇikā See niṣkrama
     (3).

niṣkrī 9 U. To buy off, redeem, ransom.

niṣkrayaḥ Redemption, ransom; dadau dattaṃ samudreṇa pītenevātmaniṣkrayaṃ R. 15. 55; 2. 55, 5. 22; Mu. 6. 20.
     (2) Reward.
     (3) Hire, wages.
     (4) Return, aquittance; Śi. 1. 50.
     (5) Exchange, barter.
     (6) Sale.
     (7) Purchase.

niṣkrayaṇam Redemption, ransom.

niṣkrītiḥ f. Ved. Redemption.

niṣkvāthaḥ
     (1) Decoction.
     (2) Broth.

niṣṭap 1 P.
     (1) To heat, scorch.
     (2) To purify.
     (3) To burnish.
     (4) To roast, fry.

niṣṭapanam Burning, scorching.

niṣṭapta p. p.
     (1) Burnished.
     (2) Welldressed or cooked.

niṣṭāpaḥ Burning, slight heating; Mal. 5. 17.

niṣṭānakaḥ Roar, murmur.

niṣṭur m. Ved. A conqueror of enemies.

niṣṭya a. Ved. Foreign, exotic. --ṣṭyaḥ An outcast, a Chāṇḍāla or Mlechchha.

niṣṭha a. [ni-sthā-ka ṣatvaṭutve] (Usually at the end of comp.)
     (1) Being in or on, situated on; tanniṣṭhe phene.
     (2) Depending or resting on, referring or relating to; tamoniṣṭhāḥ Ms. 12. 95.
     (3) Devoted or attached to, practising, intent on; satyaniṣṭha.
     (4) Skilled in.
     (5) Believing in; dharmaniṣṭha. --ṣṭhā
     (1) Position, condition, state.
     (2) Basis, foundation.
     (3) Fixity, fixedness, steadiness; mano niṣṭhāśūnyaṃ bhramati ca kimapyālikhati ca Māl. 1. 31.
     (4) Devotion or application, close attachment.
     (5) Belief, firm adherence, faith; śāstreṣu niṣṭhā Māl. 3. 11; Bg. 3. 3.
     (6) Excellence, skill, proficiency, perfection.
     (7) Conclusion, end, termination; atyārūḍhirbhavati mahatāmapyapabhraṃśaniṣṭhā S. 4. v. l.
     (8) The catastrophe or end of a drama.
     (9) Accomplishment, completion (samāpti); Ms. 8. 227. (10) The culminating point.
     (11) Death, destruction, disappearance from the world at the fixed time.
     (12) Fixed or certain knowledge, certainty.
     (13) Begging.
     (14) Suffering, trouble, distress, anxiety.
     (15) (In gram.) A technical term for the past participial terminations kta, ktavatu (i. e. ta and tavat.)
     (16) N. of Viṣṇu.

niṣṭhāva a. Ved. Concluding, deciding.

niṣṭhita p. p.
     (1) Being in or on.
     (2) Devoted to.
     (3) Versed or skilled in.
     (4) Firm, fixed.
     (5) Certain, ascertained.

niṣṭhānam Sauce, condiment.

niṣṭhiv 1. 4. P.
     (1) To eject, emit, send forth; S. 4. 4; R. 2. 75; Bk. 14. 100, 17. 10, 18. 14; Kāv. 1. 95.
     (2) To eject saliva from the mouth, spit; Ms. 4. 132; Y. 2. 213.

niṣṭhī(ṣṭhe)vaḥ --vaṃ, niṣṭhī(ṣṭhe)vanaṃ, niṣṭhīvitam Spitting out, spitting; Bh. 1. 92.

niṣṭhyūta p. p.
     (1) Spit out, exuded, cast or thrown out; niṣṭyūtaścaraṇopayogasulabho lākṣārasaḥ kenacit S. 4. 4; R. 2. 75; Śi. 3. 10.
     (2) Uttered. --taṃ Spitting out.

niṣṭhyūtiḥ f. Spitting out.

niṣṭhura a. [ni-sthā-urac ṣatvaṭutve]
     (1) Hard, rugged, coarse, rough.
     (2) Severe, sharp, smart (as a bow); Śi. 5. 49.
     (3) Cruel, harsh, hard-hearted (said of persons or things); vyavasāyaḥ pratipattiniṣṭhuraḥ R. 8. 65. 3. 62.
     (4) Motionless, stiff.
     (5) Contumelious. --raṃ A harsh speech, abusive language.

niṣṇa, niṣṇāta a. [ni-snā-ka ṣatvaṃ ṭutvaṃ]
     (1) Clever, skilful, versed, skilled, conversant, expert; niṣṇātopi ca vedāṃte sādhutvaṃ naiti durjanaḥ Bv. 1. 87; Bk. 2. 26; Śi. 8. 63; Y. 1. 321.; Māl. 2. 7.
     (2) Brought about, completed, fully accomplished; Māl. 10. 24, (niḥśaṃkaṃ vihitaḥ Jagaddhara).
     (3) Superior, perfect.
     (4) Agreed upon.

niṣpakva a.
     (1) Decocted, infused.
     (2) Well-cooked.

nipat 1 P.
     (1) To issue or come out of, issue from, fly out of; aravivarebhyaścātakairniṣpatadbhiḥ S. 7. 7; eṣā vidūrībhavataḥ samudrātsakānanā niṣpatatīva bhūmiḥ R. 13. 18; Ms. 8. 55, Y. 2. 16; Ku. 3. 71; Me. 69.
     (2) To fall away. --Caus. To annihilate, destroy.

niṣpatanam Rushing out, issuing quickly.

niṣpad 4 A.
     (1) To issue out of, pring from.
     (2) To be produced, be brought about, arise, to be effected; niṣpadyaṃte ca sasyāni Ms. 9. 247.
     (3) To be got ready or prepared.
     (4) To become ripe, ripen. --Caus. To produce, bring about, cause, effect, prepare; tvaṃ nityamekameva paṭaṃ niṣpādayasi Pt 5.

niṣpattiḥ f.
     (1) Birth, production śasyaniṣpattiḥ.
     (2) Ripeness, maturity (paripāka); Ku. 2. 37.
     (3) Perfection, consummation; Pt. 1. 271.
     (4) Completion, accomplishment, termination.

niṣpanna p. p.
     (1) Born, arisen, sprung up, produced.
     (2) Effected, completed, accomplished.
     (3) Ready.

niṣpādanam
     (1) Effecting, accomplishs, ing.
     (2) Concluding.
     (3) Producing causing.

niṣpaṃda a. Motionless, immoveable, fixed.

niṣpiṣ 7 P.
     (1) To pound, powder, pulverize, reduce to atoms; (taṃ) niṣpipeṣa kṣitau kṣipraṃ pūrṇaṃ kuṃbhamivāṃbhasi Mb.; śilāniṣpiṣṭamudgaraḥ R. 12. 73.
     (2) To hurt, injure, bruise; Bk 6. 120.
     (3) To rub the hands.
     (4) To gnash the teeth. --Caus. To destroy.

niṣpiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Pounded
     (2) Beaten, harassed, oppressed.

niṣpīḍita p. p. Squeezed, pressed together or out; niṣpīḍiteṃdukarakaṃdalajo nu sekaḥ U 3. 11.

niṣpū 9 U
     (1) To purify.
     (2) To winnow, fan.

niṣpavanam Winnowing.

niṣpāva a. Certain. --vaḥ
     (1) Winnowing, cleaning corn &c.
     (2) The wind caused by the winnowing sieve or basket.
     (3) Wind.
     (4) A legume, pod.
     (5) A kind of pulse.

niṣpeṣaḥ, niṣpeṣaṇam
     (1) Rubbing together, grinding, bruising, pulverizing; bhujāṃtaraniṣpeṣa Ve. 3, Māl. 8. 9. 3.
     (2) Striking, clashing, hitting against, friction; R. 4. 77.; Mv. 1. 34; K. 56.
     (3) The sound produeed by striking or clashing.

niṣpravāṇaṃ, --ṇi n. New unbleached cloth; -yugalaṃ Dk.

nis ind.
     (1) As a prefix to verbs it implies separation (away from, outside of), certainty, completeness or fulness, enjoyment, crossing over, transgressing &c.; (for examples see under nir).
     (2) As a prefix to nouns, not directly derived from verbs, it forms nouns or adjectives, and has the sense of
          (a) 'out of', 'away from'; as in nirvana, niṣkauśāṃbi; or
          (b) more usually, 'not', 'without', devoid of' (having a privative force); niḥśeṣa 'without a remainder'; niṣphala, nirjala &c. N. B. In compound the s of nis is changed to r before vowels and soft consonants (see nir), to a visarga before sibilants, to ś before c and ch, and to ṣ before k and p; cf. dus.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭaka (niṣkaṃṭaka) a. 1. thornless.
     (2) free from thorns or enemies, free from danger or nuisance). --kaṃda (niṣkaṃda) a. without edible roots. --kapaṭa (nipkapaṭa) a. guileless, sincere. --kaṃpa (niṣkaṃpa) a. motionless, steady, immoveable; niṣkaṃpacāmaraśikhāḥ S. 1. 8; Ku. 3. 48. --karuṇa (niṣkaruṇa) a. merciless, pitiless, cruel. --kala (niṣkaṃla) a. 1. without parts, undivided, whole. --2. waned, decayed, diminished. --3. impotent, barren. --4. maimed. (--laḥ) 1. a receptacle. --2. the pudendum muliebre. --3. N. of Brahmā. (lā, --lī) an elderly woman, one who is past child-bearing, or one in whom menstruation has ceased. --kalaṃka, --kalmaṣa (niṣkalaṃka) a. stainless, spotless. --kaṣāya (niṣkaṣāya &c.) a. free from dirt or impure passions. --kāma (niṣkāma) a. 1. free from wish or desire, desireless, disinterested, unselfish. --2. free from all worldly desires. (--maṃ ind) 1. without wish or desire. --2. unwillingly. --kāraṇa (niṣkāraṇa) a. 1. causeless, unnecessary. --2. disinterested, free from any motive; niṣkāraṇo baṃdhuḥ.
     (3). groundless, not proceeding from any cause. (--ṇaṃ ind.) without any cause or reason, causelessly, needlessly. --kālakaḥ (niṣkālakaḥ) a penitent shaven and smeared with clarified butter. --kālika (niṣkālika) a. 1. one whose term of life is over or elapsed, whose days are numbered. --2. one who has no conqueror, invincible (ajayya). --kiṃcana (niṣkiṃcana) a. penniless, poor, indigent. --kilviṣa (niṣkilviṣa) a. sinless, faultless. --kula (niṣkula) a. having no kindred, left alone in the world. (niṣkulaṃ kṛ 'to cut off completely, exterminate' niṣkulā kṛ 1. to exterminate one's family. --2. to shell, strip off the husk; niṣkulākarāṃti dāḍimaṃ Sk.). --kulīna (niṣkulīna a. of low family. --kūja (niṣkūja) a. still, silent; U. 2. 16. --kūṭa (niṣkūṭa) a. free from deceit, honest, guileless. --kṛpa (niṣkṛpa) a. pitiless, merciless, cruel. --kaivalya (niṣkaivalya) a. 1. mere, pure, absolute. --2. deprived of final beatitude (mokṣahīna). --kauśāṃbi (niṣkauśāṃbi) a. who has gone out of Kauśāmbī. --kriya (niṣkriya) a. 1. inactive. --2. not performing ceremonial rites. --kṣatra (niḥkṣatra), --kṣatriya, (niḥkṣatriya) a. destitute of the military tribe. --kṣepaḥ (niḥkṣepaḥ) = nikṣepa q. v. --cakraṃ (niścakraṃ) ind. completely. --cakṣus (niścakṣus) a. blind, eyeless. --catvāriṃśa (niścatvāriṃśa) a. past forty. --ciṃta (niściṃta) a. 1. free from anxiety, unconcerned, secure. --2. thoughtless, unthinking. --cetana (niścetana) a. unconsci ous. --cetas (niścetas a. not in one's right senses, mad. --ceṣṭa (niśceṣṭa) a. motionless, powerless. --ceṣṭākaraṇa (niśceṣṭākaraṇa) a. depriving (one) of motion, causing motionlessness (said of one of the arrows of Cupid) --chaṃdas (niśchaṃdas) a. not studying the Vedas (chaṃdas). --chidra (niśchidra) a. 1. without holes. --2. without defects or weak points. --3. uninterrupted, unhurt. --taṃtu a. having no offspring, childless. --taṃdra, --taṃdri a. not lazy, fresh, healthy. --tamaska, timira a. 1. free from darkness, bright; S. 7. 6. --2. freed from sin or moral impurities. --tarkya a. unimaginable, inconceivable. --tala a. 1. round, globular; muktākalāpasya ca ni, stalasya Ku. 1. 42. --2. movingtrembling, shaking. --3. bottomless. --4. down, below. (--lā) a pill, round ball. --tuṣa a. 1. freed from chaff. --2. purified, cleansed. --3. simplified. -kṣīraḥ wheat. -ratnaṃ a crystal. --tuṣita a. 1. husked. --2. made thin --3. abandoned. --tejas a. destitute of fire, heat or energy, powerless, impotent. --2. spiritless, dull. --3. obscure. --trapa a. impudent, shameless. --triṃśa a. 1. more than thirty; nistriṃśāni varṣāṇi caitrasya P. V. 4. 73 Sk. --2. pitiless, merciless, cruel; Amaru. 5. (--śaḥ) a sword -bhṛt m. a sword-bearer. --traiguṇya a. destitute of the three qualities (sattva, rajas, and tamas). --paṃka (niṣpaṃka) a. free from mud, clear, pure. --patāka (niṣpatāka) a. having no flag or banner. --patisutā (niṣpatisutā) a woman having no husband and no sons. --patra (niṣpatra) a. 1. leafless. --2. unfeathered, featherless. [niṣpatrākṛ 'to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the othe side; to cause excessive bodily pain (fig.); niṣpatrākaroti mṛgaṃ vyādhaḥ (sapuṃkhasya śarasya aparapārśve nirgamanānniṣpatraṃ karoti Sk.); ekaśca mṛgaḥ sapatrākṛto'nyaśca niṣpatrākṛto'patat Dk. 165; so yāṃtī gurujanaiḥ sākaṃsmayamānānanāṃbujā . tiryaggrīvaṃ yadadrākṣīttanniṣpatrākarojjagat Bv. 2. 132. --pada (niṣpada) a. having no foot. (--daṃ) a vehicle moving without feet. --parākrama (niṣparākrama) a. weak, powerless. --parikara (niṣparikara) a. without preparations. --parigraha (niṣparigraha) a. having no property or possessions; Mu. 2. (--haḥ) an ascetic without family, dependents, or other belongings --paricchada (niṣparicchada) a. having no retinue or train. --parīkṣa (niṣparīkṣa) a. not examining or testing accurately. --parīhāra (niṣparīhāra) a. 1. not avoiding. --2. not observing caution. --paryaṃta niṣparyaṃta), --pāra (niṣpāra) a. boundless, unbounded. --pāpa (niṣpāpa) a. sinless, guiltless, pure. --putra (niṣputra) a. sonless, childless. --puruṣa (niṣpuruṣa) a. 1. unpeopled, tenantless, desolate. --2. without male issue. --3. not male, feminine, neuter. (--ṣaḥ) 1. a eunuch. --2. a coward. --pulāka (niṣpulāka) a. freed from chaff. --pauruṣa (niṣpauruṣa) a. unmanly. --prakaṃpa (niṣprakaṃpa) a steady, immoveable, motionless. --prakāraka (niṣprakāraka) 1 a. without distinction of species, without specification, absolute. --2 without the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, see nirvikalpa
     (7); niṣprakārakaṃ jñānaṃ nirvikalpakaṃ T. S. --prakāśa (niṣprakāśa) a. not transparent, not clear, dark. --pracāra (niṣpracāra) a. 1. not moving away, remaining in one place. --2. concentrated, intently fixed. --praṇaya (niṣpraṇaya) a. cold. --pratāpa (niṣpratāpa) a. destitute of glory, mean, base; Pt. 2. 90. --prati (tī) kāra (niṣprati-tīkāra), --pratikriya (niṣpratikriya) a. 1. incurable, irremediable; sarvathā niṣpratīkāreyamāpadupasthitā K. 151. --2. unobstructed, uninterrupted. (--raṃ) ind. uninterruptedly. --pratigha (niṣpratigha) a. unhindered, unobstructed, unimpeded; R. 8. 78. --pratidvaṃdva (niṣpratidvaṃdva) a. 1. without enemies, unopposed. --2. matchless, unrivalled, unequalled. --pratibha (niṣpratibha) a. 1. devoid of splendour. --2. having no intelligence, not ready-witted, dull, stupid. --3. apathetic. --pratibhāna (niṣpratibhāna) a. cowardly, timid. --pratīpa (niṣpratīpa) a. 1. looking straightforward, not turned backwards. --2. unconcerned (as a look). --pratyūha (niṣpratyūha) a. unobstructed, unimpeded; Māl. 9. 45. --prapaṃca (niṣprapaṃca) a. 1. without extension. --2. without deceit, honest. --prabha (niḥprabha or niṣprabha) a. 1. lustreless, pale looking; R. 11. 81. --2 powerless. --3. gloomy, obscure, dim, dark. --pramāṇaka (niṣpramāṇaka) a. without authority. --prayatna (niṣprayatna) a. inactive, dull. --prayojana (niṣprayojana) a. 1. without motive, not influenced by any motive. --2. causeless, groundless. --3. useless. --4. needless, unnecessary. (--naṃ) ind. causelessly, without reason, without any object; Mu. 3. --prāṇa (niṣpāṇa) a. lifeless, dead. --phala (niṣphala) a. 1. bearing no fruit, fruitless (fig. also), unsuccessful; futile; niṣphalāraṃbhayatnāḥ Me. 54. --2. useless, profitless, vain; Ku. 4. 13. --3. barren (as a tree). --4. meaningless (as a word). --5. seedless, impotent. (--lā, --lī) a woman past child-bearing. --phena (niṣphena) a. foamless. --śaṃka a. free from fear or risk, secure, fearless. --śabda (niḥśabda) a. not expressed in words, inaudible; niḥśabdaṃ roditumāreme K. 135. (--bdaḥ, bdaṃ) silence, a calm. --śamaḥ (niḥśamaḥ) uncasiness, anxiety. --śaraṇa a. (niḥśaraṇa) helpless, forlorn. --śalāka (niḥśalāka) a. lonely, solitary, retired. (--kaṃ) a retired place, solitude; araṇye niḥ śalāke vā maṃtraṃyadavibhāvitaḥ Ms. 7. 147. --śalya a. 1. free from arrows. --2. free from thorns or darts. --śodhya (niḥśodhya) a. washed, pure, clean. --śrīka a. 1. deprived of lustre, beauty. --2. unhappy. --śreyasa a. the best, most excellent. (--saḥ) an epithet of Śiva. (--saṃ) 1. final beatitude, absolution; see niḥśreyasa also. --2. devotion, faith, belief. --3. apprehension, conception. --4. happiness (in general), welfare. --saṃśaya (niḥsaṃśaya) a. 1. undoubted, certain. --2. not doubtful, not suspecting or doubting; R. 15. 79. (--yaṃ) ind. doubtlessly, undoubtedly, surely, certainly. --saṃga (niḥsaṃga) a. 1. not attached or devoted to, regardless of, indifferent to; yanniḥsaṃgastvaṃ phalasyānatebhyaḥ Ki. 18. 24. --2. one who has renounced all worldly attachments; Mu. 1. 14. --3. unconnected, separated, detached. --4. unobstructed. (--gaṃ) ind. unselfishly. --saṃjña (niḥsaṃjña) a. unconscious. --sattva (niḥsattva) a. 1. unenergetic, weak, impotent. --2. mean, insignificant, low. --3. non-existent, unsubstantial. --4. deprived of living beings. (--ttvaṃ) 1. absence of power or energy. --2. non-existence. --3. insignificance. --saṃtati (niḥsaṃtati), --saṃtāna (niḥsaṃtāna) a. childless. --saṃdigdha (niḥsaṃdigdha), --saṃdeha (niḥsaṃdeha) a. see niḥsaṃśaya. --saṃdhi (nissaṃdhi, niḥsaṃdhi) a. having no joints perceptible, compact, firm, close. --sapatna (niḥsapatna) a. 1. having no rival or enemy; ghanarucirakalāpo niḥsapatnodya jātaḥ V. 4. 10. --2. not claimed by another, belonging exclusively to one possessor. --3. having no foes. --samaṃ (niḥsamaṃ) ind. 1. unseasonably, at a wrong time. --2. wickedly. --saṃpāta (niḥsaṃpāta) a. affording no passage, blocked up. (--taḥ) the darkness of midnight, thick darkness. --saṃbādha (niḥsaṃbādha) a. not contracted, spacious, large. --sāra a. 1. sapless, pithless. --2. worthless, vain, unsubstantial. -tā 1. sapless, pithlessness; Pt. 1. 106. --2. worthlessness. --3. vanity, unsubstantial or transitory nature. --sīma (niḥsīma), --sīman (niḥsīman) a. immcasurable, boundless; ahaha mahatāṃ niḥsīmānaścaritravibhūtayaḥ Bh. 2. 35; niḥsīmaśarmapradaṃ 3. 97. --sneha (niḥsneha) a. 1. not unctuous or greasy, without unction or oil, dry. --2. not showing affection, unfeeling, unkind, indifferent. --3. not loved, not cared for; Pt. 1. 82. --4. not longing for, indifferent to. (--hā) lin-seed. --spaṃda (niḥspaṃda, or nisspaṃda) a. motionless, steady; R. 6. 40. --spṛha (niḥspṛha) a. 1. free from desire. --2. regardless of, indifferent to; nanu vaktṛviśeṣaniḥspṛhāḥ Ki. 2. 5; R. 8. 10. --3. content, unenvious. --4. free from any worldly ties. --sva (niḥsva) a. poor, indigent; nisvo vaṣṭi śataṃ Sānti. 2. 6; Pt. 1. 9. --svādu (niḥsvādu) a. tasteless, insipid.

nisaṃpāta See niḥsaṃpāta.

niḥsāraḥ A multitude(samūha).

nisūdana p. p. Killing, destroying. --naṃ Killing, slaughter. cf. niṣūdana.

nisṛj 6 P.
     (1) To set free, release; na svāminā nisṛṣṭo'pi śūdro dāsyādbimucyate Ms. 8. 414.
     (2) To deliver over, consign, entrust.
     (3) To give away, offer, present. See nimṛṣṭa.

nisargaḥ
     (1) Bestowing, granting, presenting, giving away; Ms. 8. 143.
     (2) A grant.
     (3) Evacuation, voiding excrement.
     (4) Abandoning, relinquishing.
     (5) Creation.
     (6) Nature, natural character, natural state or condition; nisargadurbodhaṃ Ki. 1. 6; 18. 31; R. 3. 35; Ku. 4. 16; nisargataḥ, nisargeṇa 'by nature', or 'naturally'.
     (7) Exchange, barter.
     -- Comp.
          --ja, --siddha a. innate, inborn, natural.
          --bhinna a. different by nature; nisargabhinnāspadamekasaṃsthaṃ R. 6. 29.
          --vinīta a. 1. naturally discreet. --2. naturally well-behaved.

nisṛṣṭa p. p. 1 Delivered, given, bestowed.
     (2) Abandoned, left.
     (3) Dismissed.
     (4) Permitted, allowed.
     (5) Central, middle.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. to whom the management of an affair is entrusted. (
          --ryaḥ) 1. an envoy, ambassador. --2. a messenger, an agent; see S. D, 86, 87. -dūtī- a female who, having discovered the love of a youth and maiden for each other, brings about their union of her own accord; tannipuṇaṃ nisṛṣṭārthadūtīkalpaḥ sūtrayitavyaḥ Māl.
     (1) (where Jagaddhara explains nisṛṣṭārthadūtī by nāyikāyā nāyakasya vā manorathaṃ jñātvā svamatyā kāryaṃ sādhayati yā).

nistanī A pill, bolus.

nistabdha a.
     (1) Paralysed.
     (2) Stopped, fixed.

nistarhaṇam Killing, slaughter.

nistṝ 1 P.
     (1) To pass through, cross over (fig. also); nistīrṇā pratijñāsarita Mu. 1; Bh. 3. 4; Ve. 6. 36.
     (2) To fulfil, accomplish.
     (3) To pass or get over, surmount, overcome; dhanairāpadaṃ mānavā nistaraṃti Subhāṣ.; R. 3. 7.
     (4) To complete, go to the end of; R. 14. 21.
     (5) To pass or spend (as a time).
     (6) To expiate, atone for.
     (7) To get out of, escape, be saved from. --Caus.
     (1) To deliver, rescue, save.
     (2) To overcome, surmount.

nistaraṇam
     (1) Going out or forth, coming out of.
     (2) Crossing over.
     (3) Rescue, deliverance, getting rid of.
     (4) An expedient, a means, plan.
     (5) Accomplishing, mastering (pāragamana).

nistāraḥ
     (1) Crossing or passing over; saṃsāra tava nistārapadavī na davīyasī Bh. 1. 69.
     (2) Getting rid of, release, escape, rescue.
     (3) Final emancipation.
     (4) Discharge or payment of a debt, acquittance, requital; vetanasya nistāraḥ kṛtaḥ H. 3.
     (5) A means, expedient.

nistāraṇam
     (1) Passing or conveying across.
     (2) Conquering, overcoming.
     (3) Delivering, liberating.

nistīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Rescued, delivered, saved.
     (2) Crossed (fig.) also.

nistruṭī Cardamoms.

nisnāvaḥ Residue of articles after a sale.

nispaṃda a. Immoveable, steady. --daḥ Trembling, throbbing motion.

nistodaḥ Pricking; stinging.

nisyaṃ(ṣyaṃ)daḥ
     (1) Flowing forth or down, trickling down, dropping, dripping, streaming, oozing; valkalaśikhānisyaṃdarekhāṃkitāḥ S. 1. 14.
     (2) A discharge, flux, sap, juice; U. 2. 21; Māl. 9. 6.
     (3) A flow, stream, fluid that trickless down; himādrinisyaṃda ivāvatīrṇaḥ R. 14. 3, 3. 41, 16. 70; madanisyaṃdarekhayoḥ 10. 57; Me. 42.
     (4) Necessary consequence or result.
     (5) Uttering, declaring.

nisyaṃdin a.
     (1) Trickling or flowing down, oozing.
     (2) Dropping or pouring down; kanakarasanisyaṃdī sānumānālokyate S. 7.

nisravaḥ, nisrāvaḥ
     (1) A stream, torrent.
     (2) The scum of boiled rice.
     (3) Flowing forth.

nisvanaḥ, nisvānaḥ, nisvanitam 1 Noise, voice; R. 3. 19; Rs. 1. 8; Ki. 5. 6.
     (2) The whistling sound of an arrow (only nisvāna in this sense).

nihan 2 P.
     (1) To kill, destroy; Bk. 2. 34, 6. 10; R. 11. 71; Y. 3. 262.
     (2) To strike, hit; tāneva sāmarṣatayā nijaghnuḥ R. 7. 44; Ms. 7. 27.
     (3) To conquer, overcome; daivaṃ nihatya kuru pauruṣamātmaśaktyā Pt. 1. 361.
     (4) To beat, strike (as a drum); Bk. 14. 2.
     (5) To counteract, oppose, render void, frustrate; R. 12. 92.
     (6) To cure (as a disease).
     (7) To disregard.
     (8) To remove, dispel; Ki. 5. 36.
     (9) To strike in, infix. (10) (In gram.) To cut off, separate; atiṅaṃtāt padātpadaṃ tiṅaṃtaṃ nihanyate Sk. on P. VIII. 1. 28, 29, 30. --Caus. To kill, destroy.

nihata p. p.
     (1) Struck down, smitten, killed, slain.
     (2) Struck into, infixed.
     (3) Attached or devoted.

nihananam Killing, slaughter.

nihaṃtṛ a.
     (1) A killer.
     (2) Destructive, murderous.

nihavaḥ Invocation, summonning, calling.

nihiṃsanam Killing, slaughter.

nihākā
     (1) The Gangetic alligator.
     (2) A storm.

nihāra See nīhāra.

nihita p. p.
     (1) Placed, laid, lodged, situated, deposited.
     (2) Delivered, entrusted.
     (3) Bestowed upon; applied to.
     (4) Inserted, infixed.
     (5) Treasured up.
     (6) Held.
     (7) Laid (as dust).
     (8) Uttered in a deep tone.

nihīna a. Low, vile. --naḥ A low man, one of vile origin.

nihnu 2 A.
     (1) To hide, conceal; devyā nihnotumicchoriti surasaritaṃ Mu. 1. 1, Bk. 10. 36.
     (2) To deny or dissimulate before any one, to hide from (with dat.); Bk. 8. 74.

nihnavaḥ
     (1) Denial, concealment of knowledge; kāryaḥ svamatinihnavaḥ Mal. 1. 12; Chandr. 5. 27.
     (2) Secrecy, concealment in general; Y. 2. 11 267.
     (3) A secret.
     (4) Mistrust; doubt, suspicion.
     (5) Wickedness.
     (6) Atonement, expiation.
     (7) Excuse, exculpation.
     -- Comp.
          --uttaraṃ an evasive reply.
          --vādin m. a defendant or witness who prevaricates or gives evasive replies.

nihnavanam
     (1) Denial or concealment of knowledge.
     (2) Excuse, exculpation.

nihnuta p. p.
     (1) Denied, disowned.
     (2) Concealed, dissembled.

nihnutiḥ f.
     (1) Denial, concealment of knowledge; Amaru. 8.
     (2) Dissimulation, reserve.
     (3) Secrecy, concealment in general.

nihrādaḥ A sound; cf. nirthāda.

nī 1 U. (nayati-te, nināya ninye, anaiṣīta-aneṣṭa, neṣyati-te, netuṃ, nīta) (One of the roots that govern two accusatives, see examples below)
     (1) To carry, lead, bring, convey, take, conduct; ajāṃ grāmaṃ nayati Sk; naya māṃ navena vasatiṃ payomucā V. 4. 43.
     (2) To guide, direct, govern; M. 1. 2.
     (3) To lead away to, carry or bring away; sītā laṃkāṃ nītā surāriṇā Bk. 6. 49; R. 12. 103; Ms. 6. 88.
     (4) To carry off; Śānti. 3. 5.
     (5) To carry off for oneself (Atm).
     (6) To spend, or pass (as time); yenāmaṃdamaraṃde daladaraviṃde dinānyanāyiṣata Bv. 1. 10; nītvā māsān katicit Me. 2; saṃviṣṭaḥ kuśaśayane niśāṃ nināya R. 1. 95.
     (6) To bring or reduce any person to any state or condition; tamapi taralatāmanayadanaṃgaḥ K. 143; nītastvayā paṃcatāṃ Ratn. 3. 3; R. 8. 19. (In this sense the root is used with substantives much in the same way as kṛ q. v.; e. g. duḥkhaṃ nī to reduce to misery; vaśaṃ nī to reduce to subjection, win over; astaṃ nī to cause to set; vināśaṃ nī to destroy; paritoṣaṃ nī to gratify, please; śūdratāṃ-dāsatvaṃ &c. nī to reduce to the state of a Sūdra, slave &c.; sākṣyaṃ nī to admit as a witness; daṃḍaṃ nī to inflict punishment upon, to punish; punaruktatāṃ nī to render superfluous; vikrayaṃ nī to sell; bhasmatāṃ-bhasmasāt-nī to reduce to ashes &c. &c.).
     (8) To ascertain, investigate, inquire into, settle, decide; chalaṃ nirasya bhūtena vyavahārānnayennṛpaḥ Y. 2. 19; evaṃ śāstreṣu bhinneṣu bahudhā nīyate kriyā Mb.
     (9) To trace, track, find out; etairligairnayet sīmāṃ Ms. 8. 252, 256; yathā nayatyasṛkpātairmṛgasya mṛgayuḥ padaṃ 8. 44; Y. 2. 151. (10) To marry.
     (11) To exclude from.
     (12) (Atm.) To instruct, give instruction in; śāstre nayate Sk. --Caus. (nāyayati-te) To cause to lead, carry &c. (with instr. of agent); tena māṃ sarastīramanāyayat K. 38. --Desid. (ninīṣati-te) To wish to carry &c.

nī m. (Used at the end of comp.) A leader, guide; as in grāmaṇī, senānī, agraṇī.

nīta p. p. [nī-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Carried, conducted, led.
     (2) Gained, obtained.
     (3) Brought or reduced to.
     (4) Spent, passed away.
     (5) Well-behaved, correct; see nī. --taṃ
     (1) Wealth.
     (2) Corn, grain.

nītiḥ f.
     (1) Guidance, direction, management.
     (2) Conduct, manner of conducting oneself, behaviour, course of action.
     (3) Propriety, decorum.
     (4) Policy, prudence, wisdom, right course; ārjavaṃ hi kuṭileṣu na nītiḥ N. 5. 103; R. 12. 69; Ku. 1. 22.
     (5) A plan, contrivance, scheme; Māl. 6. 3.
     (6) Politics, political science, statesmanship, political wisdom; ātmodayaḥ paraglānirdvayaṃ nītiritīyatī Śi. 2. 30; Bg. 10. 38.
     (7) Righteousness, moral conduct, morality.
     (8) The science of morality, morals, ethics, moral philosophy.
     (9) Acquirement, acquisition. (10) Giving, offering, presenting.
     (11) Relation, support.
     -- Comp.
          --kuśala, --jña, --niṣṇa, vid a. 1. one versed in policits, a statesman, politician. --2 prudent, wise.
          --ghoṣaḥ N. of the car of Bṛhaspati.
          --doṣaḥ error of conduct, mistake in policy.
          --bījaṃ a germ or source of intrigue; -nirvāpaṇaṃ kṛtaṃ Pt. 1.
          --vidyā 1. political science, political economy. --2. moral science, ethics.
          --viṣayaḥ the sphere of morality or prudent conduct.
          --vyatikramaḥ transgression of the rules of moral or political science. --2. error of conduct, mistake in policy.
          --śāstraṃ the science of ethics or of politics; morality.
          --saṃdhiḥ method of policy; Pt. 2. 41.

nītimat a.
     (1) Skilled in politics.
     (2) Wise, prudent, sagacious.
     (3) Moral.

nīthaḥ Ved.
     (1) Leading, guiding.
     (2) A guide, leader.

nīkā A channel for irrigation.

nīkāraḥ See nikāra.

nīkāśa a. See nikāśa; Śi. 5. 35.

nīkṣaṇam Ved. A stick for stirring up and testing boiling rice (pākaparī. kṣāsādhana).

nīca a. [nikṛṣṭatamīṃ śobhāṃ cinoti, ci-ḍa Tv.]
     (1) Low, short, small, little, dwarfish.
     (2) Situated below, being in a low position; Bg. 6. 11; Ms. 2. 198; Y. 1. 131.
     (3) Lowered, deep (as a voice).
     (4) Low, mean, base, vile, worst; prārabhyate na khalu vighnabhayena nīcaiḥ Bh. 2. 27; nīcasya gocaragataiḥ sukhamāsyate kaiḥ 59; Bv. 1. 48.
     (5) Worthless, insignificant. --cā An excellent cow. --caṃ The lowest point of a planet.
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. a low or vulgar expression.
          --uccavṛttaṃ an epicycle.
          --upagata a. situated low in the sky.
          --ga a. 1. going downwards, descending (as a river). --2. low, base, vile. (
          --gā) a river. (
          --gaṃ) water.
          --gṛhaṃ (in astr.) the part of the heavens in which a planet stands at its lower point.
          --bhojyaḥ onion.
          --yonin a. of low origin, low-born; so nīcajāti. --vajraḥ, --jraṃ a kind of gem (vaikrāṃta).

nīcaka a.
     (1) Low, short, dwarfish.
     (2) Low, soft (as the voice).
     (3) Base, mean, vile.

nīca(ci)kā An excellent cow; (also nīcikī).

nīcakin m.
     (1) The top of anything.
     (2) The head of an ox.
     (3) The owner of a good cow.

nīcakais ind. See nīcais below.

nīcā ind. Ved. Low, downward.

nīcīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To lower(as the voice).
     (2) To utter without an accent

nīcīna a. Ved. Being low or below, downwards.

nīcais ind. (Often used with the force of an adjective)
     (1) Low, beneath, below, underneath, down. downwards; (opp. upari); nīcairgacchatyupari ca daśā cakranemikrameṇa Me. 109.
     (2) Bowing down humbly, modestly. R. 5. 62.
     (3) Gently, softly; nīcairvāsyati Me. 42.
     (4) In a low tone, with a low or depressed tone; nīcaiḥ śaṃsa hṛdi sthito nanu sa me prāṇeśvaraḥ śroṣyati Amaru. 67; nīcairanudāttaḥ P. I. 2. 30,
     (5) Short, small, dwarfish; tathāpi nīcairvinayādadṛśyata R. 3. 34. --m. N. of a mountain; nīcairākhyaṃ girimadhivasestatra viśrāmahetoḥ Me. 25.
     -- Comp.
          --gatiḥ f. slow pace.
          --mukha a. with downcast countenance.

nīḍaḥ, --ḍam [nitarāmilaṃti khagā atra niil-ka lasyaḍaḥ Tv.]
     (1) A bird's nest; S; 7. 11.
     (2) A bed, couch.
     (3) A lair, den.
     (4) The interior of a carriage.
     (5) A place in general, abode, resting place
     -- Comp.
          --udbhavaḥ, --jaḥ a bird.

nīḍakaḥ 1 A bird.
     (2) A nest.

nīdhraṃ(vraṃ) [nitarāṃ dhriyate dhṛ mūlavi- ka dīrghaḥ Tv.]
     (1) The edge of the thatch or roof.
     (2) A wood.
     (3) The circumference of a wheel.
     (4) The moon.
     (5) The asterism revati.

nīpa a. Situated low, deep. --paḥ
     (1) The foot of a mountain.
     (2) The Kadamba tree (said to blossom in the rainy season); nīpaḥ pradīpāyate Mk. 5. 14; sīmaṃte ca tvadupagamajaṃ yatra nīpaṃ vadhūnāṃ Me. 65.
     (3) A species of Aśoka.
     (4) N. of a family of kings; R. 6. 46. --paṃ The flower of the Kadamba tree; Me. 21; R. 19. 37.

nīram [Uṇ. 2. 13]
     (1) Water; nīrānnirmalato janiḥ Bv. 1. 63.
     (2) Juice, liquor.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. aquatic. (
          --jaḥ) 1. an otter. --2. a kind of grass (uśīra. (--jaṃ) 1. a lotus. --2. a pearl.
          --daḥ a cloud; dhīradhvanibhiralaṃ te nīrada me māsiko garbhaḥ Bv. 1. 61; Śi. 4. 52.
          --dharaḥ a cloud; U. 6. 17.
          --dhiḥ, --nidhiḥ the ocean.
          --priyaḥ a kind of reed.
          --ruhaṃ a lotus.

nīrāj(nis-rāj) Caus.
     (1) To cause to shine, illuminate, make brilliant, adorn, irradiate; divyāstrasphuradugradīdhitiśikhānīrājitajyaṃ dhanuḥ U. 6. 18; nīrājayaṃti bhūpālāḥ pādapīṭhāṃtabhūtalaṃ Prab. 2; Śi. 17. 17.
     (2) To perform the ceremony called nīrājana (q. v. below) over a person or thing (wave lights before one as a mark of respect or by way of worship); nānāyodhasamākīrṇo nīrājitahayadvipaḥ Kām. 4. 66.

nīrājanaṃ, --nā 1 Lustration of arms, a kind of military and religious ceremony performed by kings or generals of armies in the month of Aśvina before they took the field; (it was, so to say, a general purification of the king's Purohita, the ministers, and all the various component parts of the army, together with the arms and implements of war, by means of sacred Mantras); R. 4. 25, 17. 12; N. 1. 144.
     (2) Waving lights before an idol as an act of adoration.

nīla a. (lā-lī f.; the former in relation to clothes &c., the latter in relation to animals, plants &c.)
     (1) Blue, dark-blue; nīlasnigdhaḥ śrayati śikharaṃ nūtanastoyavāhaḥ U. 1. 33.
     (2) Dyed with indigo. --laḥ 1 The dark-blue or black colour.
     (2) Sapphire.
     (3) The Indian fig tree.
     (4) N. of a monkey-chief in the army of Rāma.
     (5) 'The blue mountain', N. of one of the principal ranges of mountains.
     (6) A kind of bird, the blue Mainā.
     (7) An ox of a dark-blue colour.
     (8) One of the nine treasures of Kubera; see navanidhi.
     (9) A mark. (10) An auspicious sound or proclamation. --lā
     (1) The indigo plant.
     (2) A Ragiṇī. --le f. du.
     (1)
     (1) The two arteries in front of the neck.
     (2) A black and blue mark on the skin; (for other senses see nīlī.) --laṃ
     (1) Black-salt.
     (2) Blue vitriol.
     (3) Antimony.
     (4) Poison.
     (5) Indigo, indigo dye.
     (6) Darkness.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a goose.
          --aṃgaḥ the Sārasa bird.
          --aṃjanaṃ 1. antimony. --2. blue vitriol.
          --aṃjanā-aṃjasā lightn ing.
          --abjaṃ-aṃbujaṃ, --aṃbujanman n., utpalaṃ the blue lotus.
          --abhraḥ a dark cloud.
          --aṃbara a. dressed in dark blue clothes. (
          --raḥ) 1. a demon. goblin. --2. the planet Saturn. --3. an epithet of Balarāma.
          --aruṇaḥ early dawn, the first dawn of day.
          --aśman m. a sapphire.
          --upalaḥ the blue stone, lapis lazuli.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ 1. a peacock; Māl. 9. 30; Me. 79. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. a kind of gallinule. --4. a blue-necked jay. --5. a wag-tail. --6. a sparrow. --7. a bee. (
          --ṭhaṃ) a radish. -akṣa = rudrākṣa q. v.
          --keśī the indigo plant.
          --grīvaḥ an epithet of Siva.
          --chadaḥ 1. the date-tree. --2. an epithat of Garuḍa.
          --jaṃ blue steel.
          --taruḥ the cocoanut tree.
          --tālaḥ, --dhvajaḥ the Tamāla tree.
          --paṃkaḥ, --kaṃ darkness.
          --paṭalaṃ 1. a dark mass, a black coating or covering. --2. a dark film over the eye of a blind man; Pt. 5.
          --patraḥ the pomegranate tree. (--traṃ) --padmaṃ the blue water-lily.
          --picchaḥ a falcon.
          --puṣpikā 1. the indigo plant. --2. linseed.
          --bhaḥ 1. the moon. --2. a cloud. --3. a bee.
          --maṇiḥ, --ratnaṃ 1. the sapphire; nepathyocitanīlaratnaṃ Git. 5; Bv. 2. 42. --2. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa; also nīlamādhavaḥ. --mīlikaḥ a fire-fly.
          --mṛttikā 1. iron pyrites. --2. black earth.
          --rājiḥ f. a line of darkness, dark mass, thick darkness,; niśāśaśāṃkakṣatanīlarājayaḥ Rs. 1. 2.
          --lohita a. dark-blue, purple. (
          --taḥ) 1. a purple colour. --2. an epithet of Śiva; S. 7. 35; Ku. 2. 57.
          --varṇa a. dark-blue, bluish. (
          --rṇaṃ) a radish.
          --vasana-vāsas a. dressed in darkblue clothes; see nīlāṃbara. --vṛṃtakaṃ cotton.

nīlakam
     (1) Black salt.
     (2) Blue steel.
     (3) Blue vitriol. --kaḥ
     (1) A darkcoloured horse.
     (2) (In alg.) The third unknown quantity (corresponding to z of European Algebra).

nīlaṃ(lāṃ)guḥ
     (1) A kind of insect.
     (2) An insect in general.
     (3) A kind of fly.
     (4) A jackal.
     (5) A large (black) bee.
     (6) A flower.

nīlati Den. P.
     (1) To be of a darkblue colour.
     (2) To dye blue.

nīlikā The indigo plant; (also nīlinī). See nīlā also.

nīliman m. Blue colour, darkness, blueness; Māl. 5. 6.

nīlī
     (1) The indigo plant; tatra nīlīrasaparipūrṇaṃ mahābhāṃḍamāsīt Pt. 1; eko grahastu mīnānāṃ nīlīmadyapayoryathā Pt. 1. 260.
     (2) A species of blue fly.
     (3) A kind of disease.
     -- Comp.
          --rāga a. firm in attachment. (
          --gaḥ) 1. affection as unchangeable as the colour of indigo, unalterable or unswerving attachment. --2. a firm and constant friend.
          --saṃdhānaṃ fermentation of indigo. -bhāṃḍaṃ an indigo vat.

nīvaraḥ [Uṇ. 3. 1.]
     (1) Trade, traffic.
     (2) A trader.
     (3) A religious mendicant.
     (4) A place fit for the site of a house.
     (5) A dwelling, residence.
     (6) Mud. --raṃ Water.

nīvākaḥ
     (1) Increased demand for grain in times of dearth.
     (2) Famine, scarcity.

nīvāraḥ Rice growing wild or without cultivation; nīvārāḥ śukagarbhakoṭaramukhabhraṣṭāstarūṇāmadhaḥ S. 1. 14, R. 1. 50, 5. 9, 15; (also nīvāraka).

nīviḥ, --vī f. [nivyayati nivīyate vā nivye-in; cf. Uṇ. 4. 135]
     (1) A cloth worn round a woman's waist, or more properly the ends of the cloth tied into a knot in front, the knot of the wearing garment; prasthānabhinnāṃ na babaṃdha nīviṃ R. 7. 9; nīvibaṃdhocchvasanaṃ Mal. 2. 5; Ku. 1. 38; nīvi prati praṇihite tu kare priyeṇa K. P. 4; Me. 68; Śi. 10. 64.
     (2) The outer tie of a packet in which the offerings of a Sūdra at funeral obsequies are presented.
     (3) Capital, principal, stock.
     (4) A stake, wager.

nīvṛt m. Any inhabited country, realm, kingdom.

nīvra See nīdhra.

nīśāraḥ [ni-śṝ ghañ dīrghaḥ]
     (1) A warm cloth, a blanket.
     (2) A mosquito-curtain.
     (3) An outer tent or screen.

nīhāraḥ [ni-hṛ karmaṇi ghañ dīrghaḥ]
     (1) Fog, mist; R. 7. 60; Y. 1. 150; Ms. 4. 113.
     (2) Hoar-frost, heavy dew.
     (3) Evacuation.

nu ind.
     (1) A particle having an interrogative force and implying some 'doubt', or 'uncertainty'; svapno nu māyā nu matibhramo nu S. 6. 9; astaśailagahanaṃ nu vivasvānāviveśa jaladhiṃ nu mahīṃ nu Ki. 9. 7; 5. 1; 8 53, 9. 15, 54; 13. 4; Ku. 1. 46; Śi. 10. 14; S. 2. 9.
     (2) It is very often compounded with the interrogative pronoun and its derivatives in the sense of 'possibly', 'indeed'; kiṃ nvetatsyātkimanyadito'thavā Māl. 1. 17; kathaṃnu guṇavadviṃdeyaṃ kalatraṃ Dk; see kiṃnu also.
     (3) Ved. Now, even now.
     (4) Now therefore, now then, therefore.
     (5) Like, as.
     (6) Quickly.
     (7) From this time forward.

nu 2 P. (nauti, praṇauti; nuta; caus. nāvayati; desid. nunūṣati)
     (1) To praise, extol, commend; sarasvatī tanmithunaṃ nunāva Ku. 7. 90; Bk. 14. 112; see nū.
     (2) To roar, cry.
     (3) To sound, shout. II. 1 A. (navate) To go.

nu(nū)ta p. p. Praised, extolled &c.

nuḥ f. Praise. --m.
     (1) A weapon.
     (2) Time.

nutiḥ f.
     (1) Praise, eulogium, panegyric; paraguṇanutibhiḥ (v. 1.) svān guṇān khyāpayaṃtaḥ Bh. 2. 69.
     (2) Worship, reverence.

nuḍ 6 P. (nuḍati) To hurt, kill.

nuda 6 U(nudati-te, nutta or nunna, praṇudate)
     (1) To push, push or drive on, impel, propel; maṃdaṃ maṃdaṃ nudati pavanaścānukūlo yathā tvāṃ Me. 9; U. 5. 1.
     (2) To prompt, incite, urge on; Si. 11. 26; Ku. 6. 65.
     (3) To remove, drive away, cast away, dispel; adastvayā nunnamanuttamaṃ tamaḥ Śi. 1. 27; keyūrabaṃdhocchvasitairnunoda R. 6. 68, 8. 40; 16. 85; Ki. 3. 33.; 5. 28.
     (4) To throw, cast, send.
     (5) Ved. To raise, lift up. --Caus.
     (1) To remove, drive away.
     (2) To prompt, incite, push on or urge forward. WITH upa to drive away, remove; Śi. 4. 61. --pra to dispel, drive off, remove; Śi. 9. 71.

nutta(nna) p. p.
     (1) Pushed, driven onward, propelled &c.
     (2) Driven away, dispelled.

nuda a. (At the end of comp.) Pushing, impelling, drivin gaway.

nū 6 P. (nuvati) To praise &c.; see nu.

nūtana, nūtna a. [nava eva svārthe tanap nurādeśaśca]
     (1) New; nūtano rājā samājñāpayati U. 1; R. 8. 15.
     (2) Fresh, young.
     (3) Present.
     (4) Instantaneous.
     (5) Recent, modern.
     (6) Curious, strange.

nūtanayati Den. P. To make new, renew.

nūnam ind. Certainly, assuredly, surely, verily, indeed; adyāpi nūnaṃ harakopavahnistvayi jvalatyaurva ivāṃburāśau S. 3. 3; Me. 9, 18, 46; Bh. 1. 11; Ku. 1. 12, 5. 75; R. 1. 29.
     (2) Most probably, in all probability. U. 4. 23.
     (3) Ved. Now; just now, just.
     (4) Immediately.
     (5) In future.
     (6) Now then, therefore.

nūpuraḥ --ram An anklet, an ornament for the feet; na hi cūḍāmaṇiḥ pāde nūpuraṃ mūrdhni dhāryate H. 2. 71.

nṛ [nī-ṛn ḍicca; cf. Uṇ. 2. 101] (Nom. sing. nā, gen. pl. nṛṇāṃ or nṝṇāṃ)
     (1) A man, a person whether male or female; Ms. 3. 81; 4. 61, 7. 61, 10. 33.
     (2) Mankind.
     (3) A piece at chess.
     (4) The pin of a sun-dial.
     (5) A masculine word; saṃdhirnā vigraho yānaṃ Ak.
     (6) A leader.
     -- Comp.
          --asthimālin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --kapālaṃ man's skull.
          --kesarin m. 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his Narasimha incarnation; cf. narasiṃha. --cakṣas a. Ved. 1. seeing or observing men. --2. leading or guiding men. (--m.) 1. a god. --2. a demon, goblin.
          --jalaṃ human urine.
          --devaḥ a king.
          --dharman m. an epithet of Kubera.
          --namana a. to be saluted by men (as gods).
          --paḥ [nṝn pāti rakṣati, pā-ka] a ruler of men, king, sovereign. -aṃśaḥ 1. royal portion or revenue, i. e. a sixth, eighth &c. part of grain. --2. a prince. -aṃganaṃ (ṇaṃ) a royal court. -adhvaraḥ N. of a sacrifice (Rajasūya) performed by an emperor or lord paramount, in which all the offices are performed by tributary princes. -ātmajaḥ a prince, crown-prince. -ābhīraṃ, -mānaṃ music played at the royal meals. -āmayaḥ consumption. -āsanaṃ 'royal-seat', a throne, the chair of state. -gṛhaṃ a royal palace. -nītiḥ f. politics, royal policy, state-craft; veśyāṃganeva nṛpanītiranekarūpā Bh. 2. 47. -priyaḥ the mango tree. -lakṣman n., -liṃgaṃ a royal symbol, an emblem of royalty, any one of the royal insignia; particularly, the white umbrella. -liṃgadhara a. 1. assuming the insignia of royalty. --2. assuming the royal insignia (as a disguise). -vallabhaḥ 1. the friend or favourite of a king. --2. a kind of mango. (
          --bhā) a queen. -śāsanaṃ a royal grant or edict. -saṃśraya a. seeking the protection of a king. -sutā the musk-rat. -sabhaṃ, -sabhā an assembly of kings.
          --patiḥ --pālaḥ 1. a king. --2. N. of Kubera. --3. a Kshatriys. -pathaḥ a royal or main road.
          --paśuḥ a beast in the form of a man, a brute of a man; Bv. 4. 38.
          --pītiḥ f. Ved. protection of men.
          --mithutaṃ the sign Gemini (twins) of the zodiac.
          --medhaḥ a human sacrifice.
          --yajñaḥ 'the sacrifice to be offered to men', hospitality, reception of guests (one of the five daily Yajṇas; see paṃcayajña). --yugmaṃ = nṛbhithuna q. v.
          --lokaḥ the world of mortals, the earth.
          --varāhaḥ Viṣṇu in the boar-incarnation.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --veṣṭanaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --śṛṃgaṃ 'man's horn'; i. e. an impossibility.
          --sadanaṃ (nṛṣadanaṃ) the hall of sacrifice.
          --sad (ṣad) m. the Supreme Being.
          --siṃhaḥ, --hariḥ 1. 'a lion-like man', a chief among men, an eminent or distinguished man. --2. Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; cf. narasiṃha. --3. a particular mode of sexual enjoyment.
          --senaṃ, senā an army of men.
          --somaḥ an illustrious man, great man; R. 5. 59.

nṛmṇa a. Making happy. --mṇaḥ An epithet of Kṛṣṇa. --mṇaṃ Ved.
     (1) Manhood, strength.
     (2) Courage.
     (3) Wealth.

nṛvat ind. Ved.
     (1) Manly, powerfully.
     (2) Excessively, plentifully.

nṛgaḥ A son of Manu Vaivasvata, who, it is said, was cursed by a Brāhmaṇa to be a lizard.

nṛt 4 P. (nṛtyati, praṇṛtyati, nṛtta)
     (1) To dance, move about; nṛtyati yuvatijanena samaṃ sakhi Git. 1; lolormau payasi mahotpalaṃ nanarta Śi. 8. 23; Bk. 3. 43.
     (2) To act on the stage.
     (3) To gesticulate, play. --Caus. (nartayati-te)
     (1) To cause to dance; tvamāśe moghāśe kimaparamato nartayasi māṃ Bh. 3. 6; tālaiḥ śiṃjāvalayasubhagairnartitaḥ kāṃtayā me Me. 79, U. 3. 19.
     (2) To cause to move. --WITH ā (caus.) 1. to cause to dance. --2. to cause to dance or move quickly, shake; marudbhirānartitanaktamāle R. 5. 42; Amaru. 32; Rs. 3. 10. --pra to dance &c. --prati to ridicule by dancing in return.

nṛtū a. Ved.
     (1) Dancing.
     (2) Desstroying or injuring men.

nṛtiḥ f. Dancing, dance.

nṛtuḥ Ved.
     (1) A dancer, an actor.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) A worm.
     (4) Length.

nṛttaṃ, nṛtyam Dancing, acting, a dance, pantomime, gesticulation, nṛttādasyāḥ sthitamatitarāṃ kāṃtaṃ M. 2. 7; nṛtyaṃ mayūrā vijahuḥ R. 14. 69; Me. 32, 36; R. 3. 19.
     -- Comp.
          --priyaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. a peacock.
          --śālā a dancing hall.
          --sthānaṃ a stage, dancing room.

nṛpa, nṛpati, nṛpāla &c. See under nṛ.

nṛśaṃsa a. [nṝn śaṃsati hiṃsati śaṃs-aṇ]
     (1) Wicked, malicious, cruel, mischievous, base; Mk. 3. 25; Ms. 3. 41; Y. 1. 164.
     (2) Ved. To be praised by men.

nṛśaṃsya a. Wicked, malicious. --syaṃ Maliciousness, wickedness.

nejakaḥ A washerman.

nejanam Washing, cleansing.

netṛ m. [nī-tṛc]
     (1) One who leads or guides, a leader, conductor, manager, guide (of elephants, animals &c.); R. 4. 75, 14. 22, 16. 30; Me. 69; netāśvasya srudhnaṃ sruvnasya vā Sk.; Mu. 7. 14.
     (2) A director, preceptor; Bh. 2. 88.
     (3) A chief, master, head.
     (4) An inflictor (as of punishment); Ms. 7. 25.
     (5) An owner.
     (6) The hero of a drama.
     (7) The numeral 'two'.
     (8) N. of Viṣṇu.

netrī
     (1) A river.
     (2) A female leader.
     (3) An epithet of Lakṣmī.
     (4) An artery, a vein.

netram [nayati nīyate vā anena nī-ṣṭn] 1 Leading, conducting.
     (2) The eye; prāyeṇa gṛhiṇīnetrāḥ kanyārtheṣu kuṭuṃbinaḥ Ku. 6. 85, 2. 29, 30; 7. 13.
     (3) The string of a churning-stick.
     (4) Woven silk, a fine silken garment; netrakrameṇoparurodha sūryaṃ R. 7. 39 (where some commentators take netraṃ in its ordinary sense of the 'eye').
     (5) The root of a tree.
     (6) An enemapipe.
     (7) A carriage, conveyance in general.
     (8) The number 'two'.
     (9) A leader. (10) A constellation, star (said to be. m. only in these two senses).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ a collyrium for the eyes; S. Til. 7.
          --aṃtaḥ the outer corner of the eye.
          --aṃbu, --aṃbhas n. tears.
          --abhiṣyaṃdaḥ running of the eyes, a kind of eye-disease.
          --āmayaḥ ophthalmia.
          --utsavaḥ any pleasing or beautiful object.
          --upamaṃ the almond fruit.
          --auṣadhaṃ collyrium.
          --kanīnikā the pupil of the eye.
          --koṣaḥ 1. the eye-ball. --2. the bud of a flower.
          --gocara a. within the range of sight, perceptible, visible.
          --chadaḥ the eyelid.
          --jaṃ, --jalaṃ, --vāri n. tears.
          --paryaṃta a. as far as the eye, up to the eye. (
          --taḥ) the outer corner of the eye.
          --piṃḍaḥ 1. the eye-ball. --2. a cat.
          --malaṃ the mucus of the eyes.
          --muṣ a. stealing or captivating the eye.
          --yoniḥ 1. an epithet of Indra (who had on his body a thousand marks resembling the female organ inflicted by the curse of Gautama). --2. the moon.
          --raṃjanaṃ a collyrium.
          --roman n. the eyelash.
          --vastiḥ m. f. a clyster-pipe with a bag.
          --vastraṃ a veil over the eye, the eyelid.
          --viṣ f. excretion of the eyes.
          --staṃbhaḥ rigidity of the eyes.

netrikam
     (1) A pipe.
     (2) A ladle.

netrī See under netṛ.

ned 1 P. (nedati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To censure.
     (3) To bring near.

nediṣṭha a. Nearest, next, very near (superl. of aṃtika q. v.).

nedīyas a. (sī f.) Nearer, very near (compar. of aṃtika q. v.); nedīyasi priyatame Bv. 2. 6; nedīyasī bhūtvā Māl. 1 'drawing near, approaching'.

nepaḥ A family-priest. --paṃ Water.

nepathyam
     (1) Decoration, an ornament.
     (2) Dress, apparel, costume, attire; udāranepathyabhṛt R. 6. 6; rājeṃdranepathyavidhānaśobhā 14. 9; ujjvalanepathyaviracanā Māl. 1; Ku. 7. 7; V. 5.
     (3) Particularly, the costume of an actor; viralanepathyayoḥ pātrayoḥ praveśostu M. 1.
     (4) The tiring-room, the space where the actors attire themselves (which is always behind the curtain), the postscenium; nepathye 'behind the scenes'.
     -- Comp.
          --vidhānaṃ arrangements of the tiring-room; yadi nepathyavidhānamavasitaṃ S. 1.

nepālaḥ N. of a country in the north of India. --lāḥ pl. The people of this country. --laṃ Copper. --lī
     (1) The wild date tree or its fruit.
     (2) Red arsenic.
     -- Comp.
          --jā --jātā red arsenic.
          --mūlakaṃ a radish.

nepālakam Copper.

nepālikā Red arsenic.

nema a. (Nom. pl. neme-nemāḥ)
     (1) Half. --maḥ
     (1) A part.
     (2) A period, time, season.
     (3) A boundary, limit.
     (4) An enclosure, fence.
     (5) The foundation of a wall.
     (6) Fraud, deceit.
     (7) Evening.
     (8) A hole, ditch.
     (9) A root. (10) Acting, dancing.
     (11) Upper part.
     (12) Ved. Food.
     -- Comp.
          --dhita a. Ved. divided.
          --dhitiḥ f. Ved. 1. a battle, conflict. --2. dividing into two.

nemiḥ --mī f.
     (1) The circumference, ring or felly of a wheel; upoḍhaśabdā na rathāṃganemayaḥ S. 7. 10; cakranemikrameṇa Me. 109; R. 1. 17, 39.
     (2) Edge, rim.
     (3) A windlass.
     (4) A circumference (in general); udadhinemi R. 9. 10.
     (5) A thunderbolt.
     (6) The earth. --miḥ The tree tiniśa.
     -- Comp.
          --vṛtti a. following the course of, acting like, the outer rims of the wheel; R. 1. 17.

neṣ 1 A. (neṣate) To go, move.

neṣṭuḥ A clod of earth.

neṣṭṛ m. One of the chief officiating priests at a Soma sacrifice (whose number is 16).

naiḥśreyasa a. (sī f.), naiḥśreyasika a. (kī f.) Leading to happiness or final beatitude.

naiḥsvaṃ, naiḥsvyam Destitution, poverty, indigence.

naika a. (na-eka) Not one or alone; mostly in comp.; -ātman m., -rūpaḥ, -śṛgaḥ epithets of the Supreme Being. --kaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --cara a. living in society, gregarious.
          --bhāvāśraya a. fickle, changeable.
          --bheda a. manifold, various. See under na also.

naikadhā ind. In various ways, variously.

naikaśas ind.
     (1) In great numbers.
     (2) Repeatedly, often, frequently.

naikaṭika a. (kī f.) Adjacent, near, contiguous. --kaḥ An ascetic or Bhikshu; Bk. 4. 12 (vide commentary).

naikaṭyam Proximity, neighbourhood.

naikaṣeyaḥ A demon, Rākṣasa.

naikṛtika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Dishonest, false (or perhaps cruel); Ms. 4. 196.
     (2) Low, vile, wicked.
     (3) Morose.

naigama a. (mī f.) [nigama-aṇ] Relating to or occurring in the Veda or holy writings; as in -kāṃḍaṃ. --maḥ
     (1) An interpreter of the Vedas or sacred writings; iti naigamāḥ
     (2) An Upanishad q. v.
     (3) A means, an expedient.
     (4) Prudent conduct.
     (5) A citizen, towns-man.
     (6) A trader, merchant; dhārāhāropanayanaparā naigamāḥ sānumaṃtaḥ V. 4. 4.

naigamika a. (kī f.) Connected with or peculiar to the Vedas; derived from the Vedas.

naighaṃṭukam N. of the glossary of Vedic words (in five chapters) commented upon and explained by Yāska in his Nirukta.

naicāśākha a. Ved. Relating to low castes such as those of the Śūdras. --khaṃ Low or common people.
     (2) What belongs to such men.

naica(ci)kī An excellent cow; kṣemaṃ pṛcchestvamatha nicaye nīcakairnaicikīnāṃ Ud. S. 93.

naicikam The head of an ox.

naija a. (jī f.) Own, one's own.

naitalam The lower or infernal regions.
     -- Comp.
          --sadman m. Yama (Pluto); Mv. 5. 18.

naityam Eternity, perpetuity.

naityaka a. (kī f.) naityika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Regularly recurring, constantly repeated.
     (2) To be performed regularly (and not on particular occasions).
     (3) Indispensable, constant, obligatory.

naidāghaḥ Summer.

naidānaḥ An etymologist.

naidānikaḥ A pathologist.

naideśikaḥ One who executes orders, a servant.

naidhana a. (nī f.) Liable to death or destruction, perishable. --naṃ (In astrol.) The eighth house (i. e. the house of death).

naipātika a. (kī f.) Mentioned incidentally or by the way.

naipāla a. (lī f.) Produced in Nepāla. --lī 1 Red arsenic.
     (2) The indigo plant.
     (3) The plant called navamallikā.

naipālika a. (kī f.) Produced in Nepāla. --kaṃ Copper.

naipuṇaṃ(ṇyaṃ)
     (1) Dexterity, skill, cleverness, proficiency; naipuṇonneyamasti U. 6. 26; Śi. 16. 30.
     (2) Strictness, exactness.
     (3) Anything that requires skill, a delicate matter.
     (4) Totality, completeness; Ms. 10. 85.

naibhṛtyam
     (1) Modesty, humility.
     (2) Secrecy; naibhṛtyamavalaṃbitaṃ M. 5.

naimaṃtraṇakam A banquet, feast.

naimayaḥ A trader, merchant.

naimitta a. (ttī f.) Relating to signs, marks &c.

naimittika a. (kī f.) 1 Produced by, connected with, or dependent on, any particular cause.
     (2) Unusual, occasional, accidental, produced by some cause (opp. nitya). --kaḥ An astrologer, prophet. --kaṃ
     (1) An effect (opp. nimitta 'cause'); nimittanaimittikayorayaṃ kramaḥ S. 7. 30.
     (2) An oceasional rite, a periodical ceremony.

naimiṣa a. (ṣī f.) Lasting for a 'nimisha' or twinkling, momentary, transient. --ṣaṃ N. of a sacred forest celebrated as the residence of certain sages to whom Sauti related the Mahabhārata; R. 19. 1; (the name is thus derived: --yatastu nimiṣeṇedaṃ nihataṃ dānavaṃ balaṃ . araṇye'smiṃstatastena naimiṣāraṇyasaṃjñitaṃ ..).

naimiṣeyaḥ An inhabitant of the forest, called Naimisha.

naimeyaḥ Barter, exchange.

naiyagrodham The fruit of nyagrodha, the Indian fig-tree.

naiyatyam Restraint, self-command.

naiyamika a. (kī f.) Conformable to rule or precept, regular. --kaṃ Regularity.

naiyāyikaḥ A logician, a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy.

nairaṃtaryam
     (1) Uninterruptedness, close succession, continuity.
     (2) Closeness, contiguity (in space).

nairapekṣyam Disregard, indifference.

nairayikaḥ An inhabitant of hell.

nairarthyam Senselessness, nonsense.

nairāśyam
     (1) Hopelessness, despair, despondency; taṭasthaṃ nairāśyāt U. 3. 13.
     (2) Absence of wish or expectation; yenāśāḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ kṛtvā nairāśyamavalaṃbitaṃ H. 1. 144; Bv. 4. 20.

nairuktaḥ, nairuktikaḥ One who knows the etymology of words, an etymologist.

nairujyam Health.

nairṛtaḥ
     (1) A demon; bhayamapralayodvegādācakhyurnairṛtodadheḥ R. 10. 34; 11. 21; 12. 43; 14. 4; 15. 20.
     (2) The regent of the south-western direction. --taṃ The lunar mansion called Mūla.

nairṛtī
     (1) An epithet of Durgā.
     (2) The south-western direction.

nairguṇyam
     (1) Absence of qualities or properties.
     (2) Want of excellence, absence of good qualities; nairguṇyameva sādhīyo dhigastu guṇagauravaṃ Bv. 1. 88.

nairghṛṇyam Pitilessness, cruelty; vaiṣamyanairghṛṇye na sāpekṣatvāt tathā hi darśayati Br. Sūt. II. 1. 34.

nairdaśya a. Getting over dangerous or critical times.

nairdeśikaḥ A servant.

nairmalyam Cleanness, purity, spotlessness, (physical as well as moral).

nairlajjyam Shamelessness, impudence.

nailyam Blueness, dark-blue colour.

nairvāhika a. (kī f.) Conducting or leading out, carrying (as water &c.).

naivi(bi)ḍyam
     (1) Compactness, closeness, thickness, denseness.
     (2) Substance.
     (3) A continuous sound.

naivedyam An offering of eatables presented to a deity or idol.

naiveśikam
     (1) Any vessel or implement forming part of domestic furniture.
     (2) A present to a Brāhmaṇa householder, e. g. a girl or ornaments given with her.

naiśa a. (śī f.), naiśika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Nocturnal, belonging to the night, nightly; tannaiśaṃ timiramapākaroti caṃdraḥ S. 6. 29; naiśasyārcirhutabhuja iva chinnabhūyiṣṭhadhūmā V. 1. 8; Ki. 5. 2.
     (2) To be observed at night.

naiścalyam Fixedness, immoveableness, fixity.

naiścityam
     (1) Determination, certainty.
     (2) A fixed ceremony.

naiṣadhaḥ
     (1) A king of the Nishadhas.
     (2) Especially, an epithet of king Nala, q. v.
     (3) A native or inhabitant of Nishadha.
     (4) N. of a Mahākāvaya by Śrīharṣa, treating of the adventures of Nala, king of the Nishadhas.

naiṣadhīya a. Relating to Nala; kāvye cāruṇi naiṣadhīyacarite sargoyamādirgataḥ N. 1. 145.

naiṣkarmyam
     (1) Idleness, inactivity.
     (2) Exemption from acts or their consequences; Bg. 3. 4, 18. 49.
     (3) The salvation obtained by abstraction (as opposed to the salvation obtained by karmamārga q. v.).

naiṣkaśatika a. (kī f.) Worth a hundred Nishkas.

naiṣkika a. (kī f.) Bought with or made of a Nishka, q. v. --kaḥ A mint-master.

naiṣkiṃcanyam Indigence, absolute poverty or want.

naiṣkramaṇam Any oblation or rite performed when a new-born child is taken out of the house for the first time.

naiṣṭhika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Final, last, concluding; vidadhe vidhimasya naiṣṭhikaṃ R. 8. 25.
     (2) Decided, definitive, conclusive (as a reply.).
     (3) Fixed, firm, constant.
     (4) Highest, perfect.
     (5) Completely familiar with or versed in.
     (6) Vowing perpetual abstinence and chastity. --kaḥ [niṣṭhā maraṇaṃ tatparyaṃtaṃ brahmacaryeṇa tiṣṭhati, niṣṭhā-ṭhak] A perpetual religious student who continues with his spiritual preceptor even after the prescribed period, and vows life-long abstinence and chastity; Ku. 5. 62; cf. Y. 1. 49 and upakurvāṇa also.

naiṣṭhyam Constancy, steady adherence to rule, firm belief, steadfastness.

naiṣṭhuryam Cruelty, harshness, severity.

naisargika a. (kī f.) Natural, inborn, innate, inherent; naisargikī surabhiṇaḥ kusumasya siddhā mūrdhni sthitirna musalairavatāḍanāni Māl. 9. 49; R. 5. 37, 6. 46.

naistriṃśikaḥ A swordsman.

no ind. (na+u) No, not; often used like na q. v.; Bg. 17. 28; Pt. 5. 24; Amaru. 5, 7, 10, 62.

nocat If not, otherwise.

nodanam [nud-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Impelling, driving, urging onward.
     (2) Removing, driving away, dispelling.
     (3) Cutting, splitting.

nodayitṛ a. One who urges forward or propels; Ku. 3. 21.

nodhā ind. Ninefold, in nine parts.

nau f.
     (1) A ship, boat, vessel; mahata puṇyapaṇyena krīteyaṃ kāyanaustvayā Śānti. 3. 1.
     (2) N. of a constellation.
     -- Comp.
          --ārohaḥ (nāvārohaḥ) 1. a passenger on board a ship. --2. a sailor.
          --karṇadhāraḥ a helmsman, pilot.
          --karman n. the occupation of a sailor; Ms. 10. 34.
          --caraḥ, --upajīvanaḥ, --jīvikaḥ a sailor, boatman; R. 17. 81.
          --tārya a. navigable, to be traversed in a ship.
          --daṃḍaḥ an oar.
          --yānaṃ navigation.
          --yāyin a. going in a boat, a passenger; Ms. 8. 409.
          --vāhaḥ a steersman, pilot, captain.
          --vyasanaṃ shipwreck, naufrage; nauvyasane vipannaḥ S. 6.
          --sādhanaṃ fleet; navy,; vaṃgānutkhāya tarasā netā nausādhanodyatān R. 4. 36.

naukā A small boat, a boat in general; kṣaṇamiha sajjanasaṃgatirekā bhavati bhavārṇavataraṇe naukā Moha M. 6.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃḍaḥ an oar.

nyak ind. An adverb, prefixed to kṛ or bhū, to imply 'contempt', 'degradation' or 'humiliation'.

nyakkṛ 8. U. To insult, contemn, slight, degrade, humiliate.

nyakkaraṇaṃ, nyakkāraḥ Humiliation, degradation, disrespect, contempt, insult; nyakkaro hṛdi vajrakīla iva me tīvraṃ parispaṃdate Mv. 5. 22.; 3. 40; G. L. 32.

nyagbhū 1 P. To become low or humble. --Caus.
     (1) To despise, contemn.
     (2) To humiliate, subdue, overcome; nyagbhāvayitā śatrūn Dk.

nyagbhāvaḥ
     (1) Humiliation, degradation.
     (2) Making inferior, subordination.

nyagbhāvita a.
     (1) Humiliated, degraded, slighted.
     (2) Surpassed, excelled, made inferior or secondary (apradhānīkṛta); nyagbhāvitavācyavyaṃgyavyaṃjanakṣamasya śabdārthayugalasya K. P. 1.

nyakṣa a.
     (1) Low, inferier, vile, mean.
     (2) Whole, entire. --kṣaḥ
     (1) A buffalo.
     (2) An epithet of Paraśurama. --kṣaṃ
     (1) The whole.
     (2) A kind of grass.

nyagrodhaḥ
     (1) The (Indian) figtree.
     (2) A fathom (measured by the arms extended).
     (3) The Śamī tree.
     (4) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --parimaṃḍalaḥ a man being a fathom in circumference; (thus described:
          --mahā dhanurdharāścaiva treta yāṃ cakravartinaḥ . sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannā nyagrodhaparimaṃḍalāḥ ..). --parimaṃḍalā an excellent woman; (she is thus described:
          --stanau sukaṭhinau yasyā ni beṃ ca viśālatā . madhye kṣīṇā bhavedyā sā nyagrodhaparimaṃḍalā (Sabdak.); dūrvākāṃḍamiva śyāmā nyagrodhaparimaṃḍalā Bk. 5. 18.

nyaṃkuḥ A kind of antelope; R. 16. 15.

nyaccham A mole upon the body.

nyaṃc 1 P.
     (1) To go down, bend down; Mal. 5. 22.
     (2) To incline.
     (3) To diminish, pass away; nyaṃcati vayasi prathame Bv. 2. 47.

nyaṃc a. (nīcī f.)
     (1) Going or turned downwards, turned or bent down.
     (2) Lying on the face.
     (3) Low, contemptible, base, mean, vile; Śi. 15. 21 (where it also means nimna or downward).
     (4) Slow, lazy.
     (5) Whole, entire.

nyaṃcanam
     (1) A curve.
     (2) A hiding place.
     (3) A hollow. --nī The lap.

nyaṃcita a.
     (1) Thrown or cast down.
     (2) Bent down.

nyaṃj 7 P.
     (1) To anoint, besmear.
     (2) To conceal oneself.

nyakta p. p.
     (1) Anointed, smeared.
     (2) Mixed up, blended together.

nyaṃgaḥ
     (1) A mark, sign.
     (2) A kind, sort.

nyayaḥ Loss, destruction; decay.

nyarbudam Ved. One hundred millions (daśaguṇaṃ arvudaṃ).

nyas 4 P.
     (1) To set or put down, place, throw down; śikhariṣu padaṃ nyasya Me. 13; dṛṣṭipūtaṃ nyasetpādaṃ Ms. 6. 46.
     (2) To lay or throw aside, abandon, give up, resign, relinquish; sa nyastacihnāmapi rājalakṣmīṃ R. 2. 7; nyastaśastrasya Ve. 3. 18; so prāṇān nyasyati &c.
     (3) To put in, place within, place or put down upon anything (with loc.); śirasyājñā nyastā Amaru. 82; citranyasta 'committed to picture'; V. 1. 4; stananyastośīraṃ S. 3. 9 'applied'; ayogye na madvidho nyasyati bhāramagryaṃ Bk. 1. 22; Me. 59.
     (4) To entrust, consign, commit to the care of, deliver; ahamapi tava sūnau nyastarājyaḥ V. 5. 17, bhrātari nyasya māṃ Bk. 5. 82.
     (5) To give to, confer or bestow upon; rāme śrīrnyasyatāmiti R. 12. 2.
     (6) To state, bring forward, adduce, propound (as an argument); arthāṃtaraṃ nyasyati Malli. on Śi. 1. 17.
     (7) To settle, fix, appoint.
     (8) To support.

nyasanam
     (1) Depositing, lying down.
     (2) Delivering, giving up.

nyasta p. p.
     (1) Cast down, thrown or laid down, deposited.
     (2) Put in, inserted, applied; nyastākṣarāḥ Ku. 1. 7.
     (3) Depicted, drawn; citranyasta.
     (4) Consigned, delivered or transferred to; V. 5. 17; Ratn. 1. 10.
     (5) Leaning, resting on.
     (6) Given up, set aside, resigned.
     (7) Mystically touched, Māl. 5. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃḍa a. giving up the rod, i. e. punishment.
          --deha a. one who one who lays down the body, dead.
          --śastra a. 1. one who has resigned or laid down his arms; ācāryasya tribhuvanagurornyastaśastrasya śokāt Ve. 3. 18. --2. unarmed, defenceless. --3. harmless. --4. epithet of the Manes, or deified progenitors.

nyāsaḥ
     (1) Placing, putting down or upon, planting, tasyāḥ khuranyāsapavitrapāṃsuṃ R. 2. 2; Ku. 6. 50; M. 2. 9; Māl. 5. 5. caraṇanyāsa, aṃganyāsa &c.
     (2) Hence, any impression, mark, stamp, print; atiśastranakhanyāsaḥ R. 12. 73 'where the nailmarks surpassed those of weapons'; daṃtanyāsa.
     (3) Depositing.
     (4) A pledge, deposit, pratyarpitanyāsa ivāṃtarātmā S. 4. 21, R. 12. 18; Y. 2. 67.
     (5) Entrusting, committing, giving over, delivering, consigning
     (6) Painting, writing down.
     (7) Giving up, resigning, abandoning, relinquishing; śastra- Bg. 18. 2.
     (8) Bringing forward, adducing.
     (9) Digging in, seizing (as with claws) (10) Assignment of the various parts of the body to different deities, which is usually accompanied with prayers and corresponding gesticulations
     (11) Lowering the tone or voice.
     -- Comp.
          --apahnavaḥ repudiation of a deposit.
          --dhārin m. the holder of a deposit, a mortgagee.

nyasin m. One who has renounced all worldly ties, a Sannyāsin.

nyāsīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To place as a deposit; Ku. 3. 55.
     (2) To entrust to, give in charge of; na rākṣaso'nātmasadṛśeṣu kalatra nyāsīkariṣyati Mu. 1.

nyākyam Fried rice.

nyādaḥ Eating, feeding.

nyāyaḥ [niyaṃti anena; ni-i ghañ]
     (1) Method, manner, way, rule, system, plan; adhārmikaṃ tribhirnyāyairnigṛhṇīyātprayatnataḥ Ms. 8. 310.
     (2) Fitness propriety, decorum; Ki. 11. 30.
     (3) Law, justice, virtue, equity, righteousness, honesty; yāṃti nyāyapravṛttasya tiryaṃcopi sahāyatāṃ A. R. 1. 4.
     (4) A law-suit, legal proceeding
     (5) Judicial sentence, judgment.
     (6) Policy, good government.
     (7) Likeness, analogy.
     (8) A popular maxim, an appo site illustration, illustration, as daṃḍāpūpanyāya, kākatālīyanyāya, ghuṇākṣaranyāya &c.; see below.
     (9) A Vedic accent; nyāyaistribhirudīraṇaṃ Ku. 2. 12. (Malli. takes nyāya to mean svara; but it is quite open, in our opinion, to take nyāya in the sense of 'a system' or 'way'; 'which are manifested in three systems, i. e. ṛk, yajus and sāman'); Bh. 3. 55. (10) (In gram.) A universal rule.
     (11) A system of Hindu philosophy founded by the sage Gautama.
     (12) The science of logic, logical philosophy.
     (13) A complete argument or syllogism (consisting of five members; i. e. pratijñā, hetu, udāharaṇa, upanaya and nigamana).
     (14) An epithet of Viṣṇu. (nyāyena ind. in the way of, after the manner or analogy of; badhirānmaṃdakarṇaḥ śreyā niti nyāyena &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --pathaḥ the Mīmāmsā philosophy.
          --vartin a. well-behaved, acting justly.
          --vādin a. one who speaks what is right or just.
          --vṛttaṃ good conduct, virtue.
          --śāstraṃ 1. the philosophical system of the Nyāya school. --2. the science of logic.
          --sāriṇī proper or suitable behaviour.
          --satraṃ the aphorisms of Nyāya philosophy by Gautama.
     Note. A few of the common Nyāyas or popular maxims are here collected for ready reference and arranged in alphabetical order.

aṃdhacaṭakanyāyaḥ^1. The maxim of the blind man catching a sparrow, analogous in sense to ghuṇākṣaranyāya q. v.

aṃdhaparaṃparānyāyaḥ^2. The maxim of the blind following the blind. It is used in those cases where people blindly or thoughtlessly follow others, not caring to see whether their doing so would not be a leap in the dark.

aruṃdhatīdarśananyāyaḥ^3. The maxim of the view of the star Arundhatī. The following explanation of Śaṅkarāchārya will make its use clear: --aruṃdhatīṃ didarśayiṣustatsamīpasthāṃ sthūlāṃ tārāmamukhyāṃ prayamamaruṃdhatīti grāhayitvā tāṃ pratyākhyāya paścādaruṃdhatīmeva grāhayati.

aśokavanikānyāyaḥ^4. The maxim of the grove of Aśoka trees. Ravaṇa kept Sītā in the grove of Aśoka trees, but it is not easy to account for his preference of that particular grove to any other one; so when a man finds several ways of doing a thing, any one of them may be considered as good as another, and the preference of any particular one cannot be accounted for.

aśmaloṣṭranyāyaḥ^5. The maxim of the stone and clod of earth. A clod of earth may be considered to be hard as compared with cotton, but is soft as compared with a stone. So a person may be considered to be very important as compared with his inferiors, but sinks into insignificance when compared with his betters. The maxim is also used to denote the relative importance of two things, though absolutely both may be bad; e. g. gopālaparaśurāmau ubhāvapi atīva durmedhasau . kiṃtu aśmaloṣṭranyāyena gopālaḥ paraśurāmādvarīyān. cf. Mar. 'dagaḍāpekṣāṃ vīṭa maū'. The maxim pāṣāṇeṣṭakanyāya is similarly used.

kadaṃbakoraka(golaka)nyāyaḥ^6. The maxim of the Kadamba buds; used to denote simultaneous rise or action, like the bursting forth of the buds of the Kadamba tree at one and the same time.

kākatālīyanyāyaḥ^7. The maxim of the crow and the palm-fruit. It takes its origin from the unexpected and sudden fall of a palm-fruit upon the head of a crow (so as to kill it) at the very moment of its sitting on a branch of that tree; and is used to denote a very unexpected and accidental occurrence, whether welcome or unwelcome; cf. Chandrāloka: --yattayā melanaṃ tatra lābho me yaśca subhruvaḥ . tadetatkākatālīyamavitarkitasaṃbhavaṃ .. also Kuvalayānanda: --patat tālaphalaṃ yathā kākemopabhuktamevaṃ rahodarśanakṣubhitahṛdayā tanvī mayā bhuktā . see kākatālīya also.

kākadaṃtagaveṣaṇanyāyaḥ^8. The maxim of searching after a crow's teeth, used to denote any useless, unprofitable, or impossible task.

kākākṣigolakanyāyaḥ^9. The maxim of the crow's eyeball. It takes its origin from the supposition that the crow has but one eye (cf. words like ekadṛṣṭi, ekākṣa &c.), and that it can move it, as occasion requires, from the socket on one side into that of the other; and the maxim is applied to a word or phrase which, though used only once in a sentence, may, if occasion requires, serve two purposes; e. g. dvīpo'striyāmaṃtarīpaḥ ityatra astriyāmityasya kākākṣigolakanyāyema aṃtarīpaśabdenāpyanvayaḥ.

kūpayaṃtraghāṭikānyāyaḥ^10. The maxim of the buckets attached to the water-wheel. It takes its origin from the fact that while some of the buckets filled with water go up, some are emptied of their contents, while others go down quite empty; and is used to denote the various vicissitudes of worldly existence; cf. kāṃścittucchayati prapūrayati vā kāṃścinnayatyunnatiṃ kāṃścitpātavidhau karoti ca punaḥ kāṃścinnayatyākulān . anyonyapratipakṣasaṃhatimimāṃ lokasthitiṃ bodhayanneṣa krīḍati kūpayaṃtraghaṭikānyāyaprasakto vidhiḥ .. Mk. 10. 59.

ghaṭṭakuṭīprabhātanyāyaḥ^11. The maxim of day-break near a toll-station. It takes its origin from the attempt of one (say, a cartman who with the intention of avoiding a toll takes at night an unfrequented road, but unfortunately finds himself at day-break near that very tollstation, and is obliged to pay the toll which he studiously tried to avoid. Thus the maxim is used to denote the occurrence of that which one studiously tries to avoid; cf. Śrīharṣa: --tadidaṃ ghaṭṭakuṭīprabhātanyāyamanuvadati.

ghuṇākṣaranyāyaḥ^12. The maxim of letters bored by an insect in wood. It takes its origin from the unexpected and chance resemblance of an incision in wood or in the leaf of a book made by an insect to the form of some letter, and is used to denote any fortuitous or chance occurrence.

daṃḍāpūpanyāyaḥ^13. The maxim of the stick and cakes. When a stick and cakes are tied together, and one says that 'the stick has been pulled down or eaten by a rat', we are naturally led to expect that the cakes also have been pulled down or eaten by the rat, as a matter of course, the two being so closely connected together; so, when one thing is closely connected with another in a particular way, and we say something of the one, it naturally follows that what we assert of the one can, as a matter of course, be asserted of the other; cf. mūṣikeṇa daṃḍo bhakṣitaḥ ityanena tatsahacaritamapūpabhakṣaṇamarthādāyātaṃ bhavatīti niyatasamānanyāyādarthāṃtaramāpatatītyeṣa nyāyo daṃḍāpūpikā .. S. D. 10.

dehalīdīpanyāyaḥ^14 The maxim of the lamp placed over the threshold. It takes its origin from a lamp hanging over the threshold of a house which, by its peculiar position, serves to light the rooms on both sides, and is used to denote something which serves a two-fold purpose at the same time.

nṛpanāpitaputranyāyaḥ^15. The maxim of the king and barber's son. It is used to denote a man's innate fondness for his own possession-howsoever ugly or despicable in the eyes of others. It takes its origin from a story which states that a king on one occassion asked his barber to bring to him the finest boy that he could see in his kingdom. The barber roamed for a long time over every part of the realm, but could discover no boy such as the king wanted. At last wearied and disappointed, he returned home; and being charmed with the beauty of his own boy-who, to do him justice, was a personification of ugliness and deformity-went to the king and presented the boy to him. The king was at first very angry with the barber for having trifled with him, but on consideration excused him, as he ascribed the barber's preference of his own ugly boy to the dominant desire of human beings to consider their own possessions as supremely good; cf. sarvaḥ kāṃtamātmīyaṃ paśyati S. 2.

paṃkaprakṣālananyāyaḥ^16. The maxim of washing off the mud. Just as it is more advisable for one to avoid getting into mud than to get into it and then wash it off, so it is more advisable for one to avoid getting into danger than to expose oneself to it and then try to get out of it somehow or other; cf. prakṣālanāddhi paṃkasya dūrādasparśanaṃ varaṃ; and also "Prevention is better than cure".

piṣṭapeṣaṇanyāyaḥ^17. The maxim of grinding flour or meal, used to denote a superfluous or unprofitable exertion like the attempt of a man to grind pounded flour; cf. kṛtasya karaṇaṃ vṛthā.

bījāṃkuranyāyaḥ^18. The maxim of seed and sprout. It takes its origin from the relation of mutual causation which subsists between seed and sprout, (seed being the cause of sprout, which in its turn is the cause of seed); and is used in those cases where two things stand to each other in the relation of both cause and effect.

lohacuṃbakanyāyaḥ^19. The maxim of iron and magnet; it is used to denote a very close affinity between two things, by virtue of which they are instinctively attracted towards each other, though at a distance.

vahnidhūmanyāyaḥ^20. The maxim of the invariable concomitance of fire and smoke; (wherever there is smoke there is fire.). It is used to denote such invariable concomitance between two persons or things; (e. g. where there is A., there is B; where there is not B, there is not A.).

viṣakṛminyāyaḥ^21. The maxim of the worms bred in poison. It is used to denote a state of things which, though fatal to others, is not so to those who being bred in it, are inured or naturalized to it, like poison which, though fatal to others, is not so to the worms bred in it.

viṣavṛkṣanyāyaḥ^22. The maxim of the poison-tree; used to denote that a thing, though hurtful and mischievous, does not deserve to be destroyed by the very person who has reared it, just as even a poisontree ought not to be cut down by the planter himself.

vīcitaraṃganyāyaḥ^23. The maxim of a wave urging forward a wave. In the ocean one wave propels another till the first and all others in succession reach the shore. So this maxim is used to denote successive operation, as in the case of the production of sound.

vṛddhakumārīvākya(vara)nyāyaḥ^24. The maxim of the old virgin's boon; that is, asking such a boon as will cover all that one wishes to have. The Mahābhāṣya says that an old virgin, when asked by Indra to choose a boon, said; --putrā me bahukṣīraghṛtamodanaṃ kāṃcanapātryāṃ bhuṃjīran. This one boon, if granted, would give her a husband, progeny, abundance of corn, cattle &c., and gold.

śākhācaṃdranyāyaḥ^25. The maxim of the bough and the moon. As the moon, though considerably distant from the bough of a tree, is spoken of as 'the moon on the bough,' because she appears to be near it, so this maxim is used when the position of an object, though at a very great distance, is fixed by that of another object to which it appears to be contiguous.

siṃhāvalokananyāyaḥ^26. The maxim of the lion's backward glance. It is used when one casts a retrospective glance at what he has left behind, while at the same time he is proceeding, just as the lion, while going onward in search of prey, now and then bends his neck backwards to see if anything be within his reach; see under siṃha also.

sūcīkaṭāhanyāyaḥ^27. The maxim of the needle and the kettle. It is used to denote that when two things-the one easy and the other difficult-are required to be done, the easier should be first attended to, as when one has to prepare a needle and a kettle, he should first take in hand a needle as it is an easier work compared with the preparation of a kettle.

sthālīpulākanyāyaḥ^28. The maxim of the cooking-pot and boiled rice. In a cooking-pot all the grains being equally moistened by the heated water, when one grain is found to be well cooked, the same may be inferred with regard to the other grains. So the maxim is used when the condition of the whole class is inferred from that of a part; cf. Mar. 'śitāvarūna bhātācī parīkṣā'.

sthūṇānikhanananyāyaḥ^29. The maxim of digging or fixing in the post. As a stake or post to be firmly fixed in the ground is again and again moved and thrust inward, so this maxim is used when one (say, a disputant) adds several corroborative illustrations, arguments &c. to strengthen and confirm still more his strong position.

svāmibhṛtyanyāyaḥ^30 The maxim of master and servant. It is used to mark the relation of the feeder and the fed, or the supporter and the supported, subsisting between any two objects.

nyāyataḥ ind.
     (1) In a fitting manner, suitably, fitly.
     (2) Justly, rightly.

nyāyin a.
     (1) Right, fit, proper just.
     (2) Logical, rational.

nyāyya a. [nyāyādanapetaḥ yat]
     (1) Just, proper, right, equitable, suitable, fit; nyāyyātpathaḥ pravicalaṃti padaṃ na dhīrāḥ Bh. 2. 83; Bg. 18. 15; Ms. 2. 152, 9. 202; R. 2. 55; Ki. 14. 7; Ku. 6. 87.
     (2) Usual, customary.

nyāsa, nyāsin &c. See under nyas.

nyuṃ(nyūṃ)kha a.
     (1) Charming, beautiful, lovely.
     (2) Proper, right.

nyuc 4 P.
     (1) To assent or agree to.
     (2) To rejoice, delight in, be pleased.

nyocanī A female servant.

nyubj 6 P. To bend or press down, throw down.

nyubja a.
     (1) Turned or bent downwards, lying on the face; ūrdhvārpitanyubjakaṭāhakalpe (vyomni) N. 22. 32.
     (2) Bent, crooked.
     (3) Convex.
     (4) Hump-backed. --bjaḥ
     (1) The Nyagrodha tree.
     (2) A kind of ladle made of Kuśa grass. --bjaṃ A vessel used in Srāddhas.
     -- Comp.
          --khaḍgaḥ a crooked sword, sabre.

nyūna a.
     (1) Lessened, diminished, shortened.
     (2) Defective, inferior, deficient, wanting, destitute of; as in arthanyūna.
     (3) Less (opp. adhika); Y. 2. 116.
     (4) Defective (in some organ); pāda-.
     (5) Low, wicked, vile, despicable. --naṃ ind. Less, in a less degree.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. maimed, mutilated.
          --adhika a. more or less, unequal.
          --dhī a. deficient in intellect, ignorant, foolish.

nyūnayati Den. P., nyūnīkṛ 8 U. To lessen, diminish.

nyokas a. Ved. Having an eternal abode.

nyojas a. Crooked(fig. also) wicked, vile.

pa

pa a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Drinking; as in dvipa, anekapa.
     (2) Guarding, protecting, ruling; as in gopa, nṛpa, kṣitipa. --paḥ
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) A leaf.
     (3) An egg.

pakkaṇaḥ The hut of a Chāṇḍāla or barbarian.

pakti, paktṛ, pakva &c. See under pac.

pakvaśaḥ N. of a barbarous tribe, a Chāṇḍāla.

pakṣ 1 P., 10 U. (pakṣati, pakṣayati-te)
     (1) To take, seize.
     (2) To accept.
     (3) To side with.

pakṣaḥ [paks-ac]
     (1) A wing, pinion; adyāpi pakṣāvapi nodbhidyete K. 347; so udbhinnapakṣaḥ fledged; pakṣacchedodyataṃ śakraṃ R. 4. 40, 3. 42.
     (2) The feather or feathers on each side of an arrow.
     (3) The flank or side of a man or animal, the shoulder; staṃberamā ubhayapakṣavinītanidrāḥ R. 5. 72.
     (4) The side of anything, a flank.
     (5) The wing or flank of an army.
     (6) The half of anything.
     (7) The half of a lunar month, a fortnight (comprising 15 days); (there are two such pakshas, śuklapakṣaḥ the bright or light half, and kṛṣṇatamisra-pakṣaḥ the dark half); tamisrapakṣe'pi sahapriyābhirjyotsnāvatonirviśati pradoṣān R. 6. 34; Ms. 1. 66; Y. 3. 50; sīmā vṛddhiṃ samāyati śuklapakṣa ivoḍurāṭ Pt. 1. 92.
     (8)
          (a) A party in general, faction, side; pramuditavarapakṣaṃ R. 6. 86; Śi. 2. 117; Bg. 14. 25; R. 6. 53; 18. 17.
          (b) A family, race; Pt. 4. 29.
     (9) One belonging to any party, a follower, partisan; śatrupakṣo bhavān H. 1. (10) A class, multitude, host, any number of adherents; as ari-, mitra-.
     (11) One side of an argument an alternative, one of two cases; pakṣe 'in the other case, on the other hand', pūrva evābhavatpakṣastasminnābhavaduttaraḥ R. 4. 10, 14. 34; cf. pūvapakṣa and uttarapakṣa.
     (12) A case or supposition in general; as in pakṣāṃtare.
     (13) A point under discussion, a thesis, an argument to be maintained.
     (14) The subject of a syllogism or conclusion (the minor term); saṃdigdhasādhyavān pakṣaḥ T. S., dadhataḥ śuddhibhṛto gṛhītapakṣaḥ Śi. 20. 11 (where it means 'a feather' also)
     (15) A symbolical expression for the number 'two'.
     (16) A bird.
     (17) A state, condition.
     (18) The body.
     (19) A limb of the body. (20) A royal elephant.
     (21) An army.
     (22) A wall.
     (23) Opposition.
     (24) Rejoinder, reply.
     (25) A mass, quantity (when in composition with words meaning 'hair'); keśapakṣaḥ; cf. hasta.
     (26) Place, position.
     (27) A view, notion, idea.
     (28) The side of an equation in a primary division.
     (29) The ash-pit of a fire-place. (30) Proximity, neighbourhood.
     (31) A bracket.
     (32) Purity, perfection.
     (33) A house.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. the 15th day of either half month, i. e. the day of new or full moon. --2. the end of the wings of an army.
          --aṃtara 1. another side. --2. a different side or view of an argument. --3. another supposition.
          --avasaraḥ = pakṣāṃta q. v.
          --āghātaḥ 1. palsy or paralysis of one side, hemiplegia. --2. refutation of an argument.
          --ābhāsaḥ 1. a fallacious argument. --2. a false plaint.
          --āhāraḥ eating food only once in a fortnight.
          --udgrāhin a. showing partiality, adopting a side.
          --gama a. flying.
          --grahaṇaṃ choosing a party.
          --ghātaḥ = pakṣāghātaḥ see above.
          --caraḥ 1. an elephant strayed from the herd. --2. the moon. --3. an attendant.
          --chid m. an epithet of Indra (clipper of the wings of mountains); Ku. 1. 20.
          --jaḥ the moon.
          --dvayaṃ 1. both sides of an argument. --2. 'a couple of fortnights', i. e. a month.
          --dvāraṃ a side-door, private entrance.
          --dhara a. 1. winged. --2. adhering to the party of one, siding with any one. (
          --raḥ) 1. a bird. --2. the moon. --3. a partisan. --4. an elephant strayed from the herd.
          --nāḍī a quill.
          --pātaḥ 1. siding with any one. --2. liking, desire, love, affection (for a thing), bhavaṃti bhavyeṣu hi pakṣapātāḥ Ki. 3. 12, Ve. 3. 10; U. 5. 17; ripupakṣe baddhaḥ pakṣapātaḥ Mu. 1. --3. attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality; pakṣapātamatra devī manyate M. 1; satyaṃ janā vacmi na pakṣapātāt Bh. 1. 47. --4. falling of wings, the moulting of birds. --5. a partisan.
          --pātitā --tvaṃ 1. partisanship, adherence to a side or party. --2. friendship, fellowship. --3. movement of the wings; N. 2. 52.
          --pātin a. or s. 1. siding with, adhering to, a party, attached or partial (to a particular cause); pakṣapātino devā api pāṃḍavānāṃ Ve. 3. --2. sympathizing; Ve. 3. --3. a follower, partisan, friend; yaḥ surapakṣapātī V. 1.
          --pāliḥ a private door.
          --puṭaḥ a wing.
          --poṣaṇa a. factious, promoting quarrels.
          --biṃduḥ a heron.
          --bhāgaḥ 1. the side or flank. --2. especially, the flank of an elephant.
          --bhukti f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight.
          --mūlaṃ the root of a wing.
          --vādaḥ 1. an exparte statement. --2. stating a case, expression of opinion.
          --vāhanaḥ a bird.
          --vyāpin a. 1. embracing the whole of an argument. --2. pervading the minor term.
          --hata a. paralysed on one side.
          --haraḥ a bird.
          --homaḥ 1. a sacrificial rite lasting for a fortnight. --2. a rite to be performed every fortnight.

pakṣakaḥ
     (1) A side-door.
     (2) A side.
     (3) An associate, a partisan (at the end of comp.).

pakṣatā
     (1) Alliance, partisanship.
     (2) Adherence to a party.
     (3) Taking up a side or argument.
     (4) Forming a part of.
     (5) Maintaining or defending a thesis.
     (6) The essential nature of a proposition.
     (7) Being the minor term or subject of a syllogism.

pakṣatiḥ f.
     (1) The root of a wing; alikhaccaṃcupuṭena pakṣatī N. 2. 2; khadbhacchinnajaṭāyupakṣatiḥ U. 3. 43; Śi. 11. 26.
     (2) The first day of a lunar fortnight.

pakṣas n.
     (1) A wing.
     (2) The sidepart of a carriage.
     (3) The leaf of a door.
     (4) The wing of an army.
     (5) A half or division.
     (6) A half month.
     (7) The side or shore of a river.
     (8) A side in general.

pakṣāluḥ A bird.

pakṣiṇī [pakṣatulyau divasau asyāḥ ini ṅīp]
     (1) A female bird.
     (2) A night with the two days enclosing it; (dvāvahnāvekarātriśca pakṣiṇītyabhidhīyate).
     (3) The day of full moon.

pakṣin a. (ṇī f.) [pakṣa astyarthe ini] 1 Winged.
     (2) Furnished with wings.
     (3) Siding with, adhering to the party of. --m.
     (1) A bird.
     (2) An arrow.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, --pravaraḥ, -rāj m.
          --rājaḥ siṃhaḥ, -svāmin m. epithets of Garuḍa.
          --kīṭaḥ an insignificant bird.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Sampati.
          --pānīyaśālikā a trough or reservoir for watering birds.
          --puṃgavaḥ an epithet of Jaṭāyu.
          --bālakaḥ, --śāvakaḥ a young bird.
          --śālā 1. a nest. --2. an aviary.

pakṣilaḥ N. of the saint Vātsyāyana.

pakṣīya a. (At the end of comp.) Belonging to a side or party, siding with, adhering to the side of; as kurupakṣīyāḥ &c.

pakṣman n. [pakṣa-mānin]
     (1) An eyelash; saṃlilagurubhiḥ pakṣmabhiḥ Me. 90, 47; R. 2. 19, 11. 36.
     (2) The filament of a flower.
     (3) The point of a thread, a thin thread.
     (4) A wing.
     (5) The leaf of a flower.
     -- Comp.
          --kopaḥ, -prakopaḥ irritation produced in the eye by the lashes turning inwards.

pakṣmala a.
     (1) Having strong, long or beautiful eyelashes; pakṣmalākṣyāḥ S. 3. 25.
     (2) Hairy, shaggy; mṛditapakṣmalarallakāṃgaḥ Śi. 4. 61.

pakṣya a. [pakṣe bhavaḥ, yat]
     (1) Produced or occurring in a fortnight.
     (2) Siding with.
     (3) Lateral.
     (4) Changing every half month. --kṣyaḥ A partisan, follower, friend, ally; nanu vajriṇa eva vīryametadvijayaṃte dviṣato yadasya pakṣyāḥ V. 1. 16.

paṃkaḥ, --kam [paṃc-vistāre karmaṇi karaṇe vā ghañ kutvam]
     (1) Mud, clay, mire; anītvā paṃkatā dhūlimudakaṃ nāvatiṣṭhate S. 2. 34; paṃkaklinnamukhāḥ Mk. 5. 14; Ki. 2. 6; R. 16. 30.
     (2) Hence, a thick mass, large quantity; kṛṣṇāyurupaṃka K. 30.
     (3) A slough, quagmire.
     (4) Sin.
     (5) Ointment, unguent.
     -- Comp.
          --karvaṭaḥ a marsh, an alluvium.
          --kīraḥ a lapwing.
          --krīḍaḥ, --krīḍanakaḥ a hog.
          --grāhaḥ a Makara or crocodile.
          --chid m. the clearing-nut tree, (kataka, the fruit of which is used in purifying muddy water); M. 2. 8.
          --jaṃ a lotus. (
          --jaḥ) the Sārasa bird. -jaḥ, -janman m. an epithet of Brahmā. -nābhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu; R. 18. 20.
          --janman n. a lotus. (--m.) the Sārasa bird.
          --digdha a. soiled with mire or mud.
          --bhāj a. sunk in mud.
          --bhāraka a. muddy, soiled.
          --maṃḍukaḥ a bivalve conch.
          --ruh n.,
          --ruhaṃ a lotus.
          --vāsaḥ a crab.
          --śū (sū) raṇaḥ the fibrous edible root of a lotus.

paṃkajinī
     (1) A lotus-plant; Ki. 10. 33.
     (2) A group of lotus-plants or lotuses.
     (3) A place abounding with lotuses.
     (4) The flexible stalk of a water-lily.

paṃkāraḥ
     (1) Moss.
     (2) A dam, dike.
     (3) Stairs, a ladder, a flight of steps.

paṃkin a. Muddy, filled with mud, soiled.

paṃkila a. Muddy, foul, turbid, dirty; Śi. 17. 8. --laḥ A boat.

paṃkejam A lotus.

paṃkeruh n. --haṃ A lotus. --haḥ The crane or Sārasa bird.

paṃkeśaya a. Dwelling in mud.

paṃkaṇaḥ The hut of a Chāṇḍala; see pakvaṇa.

paṃktiḥ f. [paṃc vistare ktiv]
     (1) A line, row, range, series; dṛśyeta cārupadapaṃktiralaktakāṃkā V. 4. 6; pakṣmapaṃktiḥ R. 2. 19; alipaṃktiḥ Ku. 4. 15; R. 6. 5.
     (2) A group, collection, flock, troop.
     (3) A row of people (of the same caste) sitting down to a meal, a company or party at dinner of the same caste; cf. paṃktipāvana below.
     (4) The living generation.
     (5) The earth.
     (6) Fame, celebrity.
     (7) A collection of five, or the number 'five'.
     (8) The number 'ten' as in paṃktiratha, paṃktigrīva.
     (9) Cooking, maturing, (10) A company of persons of the same tribe.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ = paṃktidūṣaka q. v.
          --grīvaḥ an epithet of Rāvaṇa.
          --caraḥ an osprey.
          --dūṣaḥ --dūṣakaḥ a person defiling a society of persons, one with whom it is improper to associate at dinner-time.
          --pāṃvanaḥ a respectable or eminent person; especially, a respectable Brāhmaṇa who, being very learned, always gets the seat of honour at dinner parties, or who purifies by his preence the paṃkti or persons who sit in the same row to dine with him; paṃktipāvanāḥ paṃcāgnayaḥ Māl. 1, where Jagaddhara says:
          --paṃktipāvanāḥ paṃktau bhojanādigoṣṭhyāṃ pāvanāḥ . agrabhojinaḥ pavitrā vā . yadvā . yajuṣāṃ pārago yastu sāmnāṃ yaścāpi pāragaḥ . atharvaśiraso'dhyetā brāhmaṇaḥ paṃktipāvanaḥ .. or agryāḥ sarveṣu vedeṣu sarvaṃpravacenaṣu ca . yāvadete prapaśyaṃti paṃktyāṃ tāvatpunaṃti ca .. tato hi pāvanātpaṃktyā ucyaṃte paṃktipāvanāḥ. Manu explains the word thus.
          --apāṃktyopahatā paṃktiḥ pāvyate yairdvijottabhaiḥ . tānnibodhata kārtsnyena dvijāgryān paṃktipāvanān Ms. 3. 183; see 3. 184, 186 also.
          --rathaḥ N. of Daśaratha; R. 9. 74.

paṃktikā A row, line.

paṃgu a. (gū or gvī f.) Lame, halt, crippled. --guḥ
     (1) A lame man; mūkaṃ karoti vācālaṃ paṃguṃ laṃghayate giriṃ.
     (2) An epithet of Saturn.
     -- Comp.
          --grāhaḥ 1. a crocodile (makara). --2. the tenth sign of the zodiac; Capricornus (makara).

paṃguka a. Lame, crippled.

paṃgula a. Lame, crippled. --laḥ A horse of silvery-white colour.

pac I. 1 U. (pacati-te, papāca-pece, apākṣīt-apakta, pakṣyati-te, paktuṃ, pakva)
     (1) To cook, roast, dress (as food &c.) (said to govern two accusatives; as taṃḍulānodanaṃ pacati, but this use is very rare in classical Sanskrit); yaḥ pacatyātmakāraṇāt Ms. 3. 118; śūle matsyānivāpakṣyan durbalān balavattarāḥ 7. 20; Bh. 1. 85.
     (2) To bake, burn (as bricks); see pakva.
     (3) To digest (as food); pacāmyanna caturvidhaṃ Bg. 15. 14.
     (4) To ripen, mature.
     (5) To bring to perfection, develop (as understanding.).
     (6) To melt (as metals).
     (7) To cook (for oneself) (Atm.). --Pass. (pacyate)
     (1) To be cooked.
     (2) To become ripe, matured or developed, ripen; (fig.) to bear fruit, attain perfection or fulfilment; R. 11. 50.
     (3) To be inflamed. --Caus.
     (1) (pācayati-te) To cause to be cooked, to have cooked or dressed (food &c.)
     (2) To cause to ripen or develop, bring to maturity, perfection, or completion.
     (3) To cure, heal. --Desid. (pipakṣati) To wish to cook &c. --WITH pari to ripen, mature, develop. --vi 1. to mature, develop, ripen, bear fruit; R. 17. 53. --2. to digest. --3. to cook thoroughly. --II.
     (1) A. (pacate) To make clear or evident; see (paṃcate) also. --Caus.
     (1) To explain fully, dilate upon, amplify.
     (2) To spread.

paktiḥ f. [pac-bhāve-ktin]
     (1) Cooking.
     (2) Digesting, digestion.
     (3) Ripening, becoming ripe, maturity, development.
     (4) Fame, dignity.
     (5) The place of digestion.
     (6) Any dish of cooked food (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --śūlaṃ violent pain of the bowels arising from indigestion, colic.

paktṛ a.
     (1) Who or what cooks.
     (2) Cooking.
     (3) Stimulating, digesting.
     (4) Ripening. --m.
     (1) Fire (especially in the stomach).
     (2) A cook.

paktram
     (1) The state of a house-holder who maintains the sacred fire.
     (2) The sacred fire so maintained.

paktrima a.
     (1) Ripe, ripened.
     (2) Matured.
     (3) Cooked.
     (4) Obtained by boiling (as salt).

pakva a. [pac-kta tasya vaḥ]
     (1) Cooked, roasted, boiled; as in pakvānna.
     (2) Digested.
     (3) Baked, burned, annealed (opp. āma); prakveṣṭakānāmākarṣaṇaṃ Mk. 3.
     (4) Mature, ripe; pakvabiṃbādharoṣṭhī Me. 82.
     (5) Fully developed, come to perfection, perfect, matured; as in pakvadhī.
     (6) Experienced, shrewd.
     (7) Ripe (as a boil), ready to suppurate.
     (8) Grey (as hair).
     (9) Perished, decaying, on the eve of destruction, ripe to meet one's doom. --kvaṃ Cooked food.
     -- Comp.
          --atisāraḥ chronic dysentery.
          --annaṃ cooked or dressed food.
          --ādhānaṃ, --āśayaḥ the stomach, abdomen.
          --iṣṭakā a baked brick.
          --iṣṭakācitaṃ a building constructed with baked bricks.
          --kṛt a. 1. cooking. --2. maturing. (--m.) the Nimba tree.
          --keśa a. greyhaired.
          --rasaḥ wine or any spirituous liquor.
          --vāri n. the water of boiled rice (kāṃjika), sour rice-gruel.

pakvatā Maturity, ripeness, development &c.

pakṣṇu a. Cooking, maturing &c.

pac a. (At the end of comp.) Cooking, baking &c.

paca a.
     (1) Cooking, roasting.
     (2) Digesting. --caḥ, --cā
     (1) Cooking.
     (2) Maturing.

pacakaḥ A cook.

pacata a.
     (1) Cooked, dressed.
     (2) Ripe, developed, mature. --taḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) N. of Indra. --taṃ Cooked food.
     -- Comp.
          --bhṛjjatā continual baking and roasting, cf. khādatamodatā.

pacana a. [pac-karaṇe lyuṭ] Cooking, dressing, maturing &c. --naḥ Fire. --nā Becoming ripe, ripening. --nī The wild citron tree. --naṃ
     (1) Cooking, dressing, maturing &c.
     (2) A means or instrument for cooking, a vessel, fuel &c.
     (3) Ripening, maturing.
     (4) Becoming cooked or ripe.

pacapacaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

pacā The act of cooking.

paciḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Cooking &c.

pacelima a.
     (1) Cooking or ripening quickly.
     (2) Fit to be matured.
     (3) Ripening spontaneously or naturally; dadarśa mālūraphalaṃ pacelimaṃ N. 1. 94. --maḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The sun.

pacelukaḥ A cook.

pajjhaṭikā A small bell.

pajra a. Ved.
     (1) Powerful, strong.
     (2) Wealthy, rich. --jraḥ An epithet of Angiras.

paṃcathuḥ
     (1) Time.
     (2) The (Indian) cuckoo.

paṃc 1 A see pac II.

paṃca a. Spread, extended.

paṃcan num. a. (Always pl.; nom. and acc. paṃca) Five. (As the first member of comp. paṃcan drops its final n). [cf. Gr. pente]
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ the fifth part, a fifth.
          --agniḥ 1. an a ggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (anvāhāryapacana or dakṣiṇa, gārhapatya, āhavanīya, sabhya, and āvasathya) --2. a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; paṃcāgnayo dhṛtavratāḥ Māl. 1; Ms. 3. 185. --3. five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body. --4. one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires.
          --aṃga a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in paṃcāṃgaḥ praṇāmaḥ (i. e. bāhubhyāṃ caiva jānubhyāṃ śirasā vakṣasā dṛśā); kṛtapaṃcāṃgavinirṇayo nayaḥ Ki. 2. 12 (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); paṃcāgamabhinayamupadiśya M. 1; cittākṣibhrhastapādairaṃgaiśceṣṭādisāmyataḥ . pātrādyavasthākaraṇaṃ paṃcāgo 'bhinayo mataḥ ... (--gaḥ) 1. a tortoise or turtle. --2. a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (
          --gī) a bit for horses. (
          --gaṃ) 1. collection or aggregate of five parts. --2. five modes of devotion. --3. the five parts of a tree; tvakpatrakusumaṃ mūlaphalamekasya śākhinaḥ . ekatra militaṃ caitat paṃcāṃgamiti saṃjñitam ... --4. a calender or almanac, so called because it treats of five things: (--tithirvāraśca nakṣatraṃ yogaḥ karaṇameva ca); caturaṃgabalo rājā jagatīṃ vaśamānayet . ahaṃ paṃcāṃgabalavānākāśaṃ vaśamānaye .. Subhāṣ. -guptaḥ a turtle. -patraṃ a calender. -śuddhiḥ f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. tithi, vāra, nakṣatra, yoga, and karaṇa (in astrology).
          --aṃgika a. five-membered.
          --aṃgula a. (lā or lī f.) measuring five fingers. (
          --laḥ) the castor-oil plant.
          --a (ā) jaṃ the five products of the goat.
          --apsaras n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Maṇḍakarṇi; cf. R. 13. 38.
          --amṛta a. consisting of 5 ingredients. (
          --taṃ) 1. the aggregate of any five drugs. --2. the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (dugdhaṃ ca śarkarā caiva ghṛtaṃ dadhi tathā madhu). --arcis m. the planet Mercury.
          --avayava a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, pratijñā, hetu, udāharaṇa, upanaya and nigamana q. q. v. v.).
          --avasthaḥ a corpse; (so called because it is resolved into the five elements); cf. paṃcatva below.
          --avikaṃ the five products of the sheep.
          --aśītiḥ f. eighty-five.
          --ahaḥ a period of five days.
          --ātapa a. doing penance with five fires (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R. 13. 41.
          --ātmaka a. censisting of five elements (as body).
          --ānanaḥ, --āsyaḥ, --mukhaḥ, --vaktraḥ 1. epithets of Śiva. --2. a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; paṃcaṃ ānanaṃ yasya), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; nyāya-, tarka- &c., e. g. jagannāthatarkapaṃcānana). --3. the sign Leo of the zodiac. (
          --nī) an epithet of Durgā.
          --āmnāyāḥ (m. pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva.
          --iṃdriyaṃ an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see iṃdriyaṃ). --iṣuḥ, --bāṇaḥ, --śaraḥ epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows: their names are:
          --araviṃdamaśokaṃ ca cūtaṃ ca navamallikā . nīlotpalaṃ ca pacaite paṃcabāṇasya sāyakāḥ; the five arrows are also thus named:
          --saṃmohanonmādanau ca śoṣaṇastāpanastathā . staṃbhanaśceti kāmasya paṃcabāṇāḥ prakīrtitāḥ ..). --uṣman m. pl. the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body.
          --kapāla a. prepared or offered in five cups.
          --karṇa a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P. VI. 3. 115.
          --karman n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e.
     (1) vamana 'giving emetics'; 2 recana 'purging'; 3 nasya 'giving strenutatories'; 4 anuvāsana 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 nirūha 'administering an enema which is not oily'. --kṛtvas ind. five times. --koṇaḥ a pentagon. --kolaṃ the five spices taken collectively. --koṣāḥ (m. pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are: annamayakoṣa or the earthly body (sthūlaśarīra); prāṇamayakoṣa the vesture of the vital airs; manomayakoṣa the sensorial vesture; vijñānamayakoṣa the cognitional vesture (these three form the liṃgaśarīra); and ānaṃdamayakoṣa the last vesture, that of beatitude. --krośī 1. a distance of five Krośas. --2. N. of the city Benāres. --khaṭvaṃ, --khaṭvī a collection of five beds. --gata a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. --gavaṃ a collection of five cows. --gavyaṃ the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (kṣīraṃ dadhi tathā cājyaṃ mūtraṃ gomayameva ca). --gu a. bought with five cows. --guṇa a. five-fold. (--ṇāḥ) the five objects of sense (rūpa, rasa, gaṃdha, sparśa and śabda). (--ṇī) the earth. --guptaḥ 1. a tortoise. --2. the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. --catvāriṃśa a. forty-fifth. --catvāriṃśat f. forty-five. --janaḥ 1. a man, mankind. --2. N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛṣṇa. --3. the soul. --4. the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛs. --5. the four primary castes of the Hindus (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Śārīrabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras I. 4. 11-13). (--nī) an assemblage of five persons. --janīna a. devoted to the five races. (--naḥ) an actor, a mimic, buffoon. --jñānaḥ 1. an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. --2. a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. --takṣaṃ, --kṣī a collection of five carpenters. --tattvaṃ 1. the five elements taken collectively; i. e. pṛthvī, ap, tejas, vāyu and ākāśa. --2. (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called paṃcamakāra because they all begin with ma; i. e. madya, māṃsa, matsya, mudrā, and maithuna. --tatraṃ N. of a wellknown collection in five books containing moral stories and fables --tanmātraṃ the five subtle and primary elements (such as śabda, rasa, sparśa, rūpa and gaṃdha). --tapas m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. havirbhujāmedhavatāṃ caturṇāṃ madhye lalāṭaṃtapasaptasaptiḥ R. 13. 41 and Ku. 5. 23; and Ms. 6. 23 and Śi. 2. 51 also. --taya a. five-fold. (--yaḥ) a pentad. --tiktaṃ the five bitter things: --niṃbāmṛtāvṛṣapaṭolanidigdhikāśca. --triṃśa a. thirty-fifth. --triṃśat, --triṃśatiḥ f. thirty-five. --daśa a. 1. fifteenth. --2. increased by fifteen; as in paṃcadaśaṃ śataṃ 'one hundred and fifteen'. --daśan a. pl. fifteen. -ahaḥ a period of fifteen days. --daśin a. made or consisting of fifteen. --daśī the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight. --dīrghaṃ the five long parts of the body; bāhū netradvayaṃ kukṣirdve tu nāse tathaiba ca . statayoraṃtaraṃ caiva paṃcadīrdhaṃ pracakṣate ... --devatāḥ the five deities: --ādityaṃ gaṇanāthaṃ ca devīṃ rudraṃ ca keśavam . paṃcadaivatamityuktaṃ sarvakarmasu pūjayet ... --nakhaḥ 1. any animal with five claws; paṃcaḥ canakhā bhakṣyā ye proktāḥ kṛtajairdvijaiḥ Bk. 6. 131; Ms. 5. 17, 18; Y. 1. 177. --2. an elephant. --3. a turtle. --4. a lion or tiger. --nadaḥ 'the country of five rivers,' the modern Panjab (the five rivers being śatadru, vipāśā, irāvatī, caṃdrabhāgā and vitastā, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). (--dā- pl.) the people of this country. --navatiḥ f. ninety-five. --nīrājanaṃ waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:  a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). --paṃcāśa a. fifty-fifth. --paṃcāśat f. fifty-five. --padī 1. five steps; Pt. 2. 115. --2. the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections. --parvan n. pl. the five parvans q. v.; they are caturdaśyaṣṭamī caiva amāvāsyā ca pūrṇimā . parvāṇyetāni rājeṃdraṃ ravisaṃkrāṃtireva ca ... --pād a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts. (--m.) a year (saṃvatsara). --pātraṃ 1. five vessels taken collectively. --2. a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. --pitṛ m. pl. the five fathers: janakaścopanetā ca yaśca kanyāṃ prayacchati . annadātā bhayatrātā paṃcaite pitaraḥ smṛtāḥ ... --prāṇāḥ (m. pl.) the five life-winds or vita airs; prāṇa, apāna, vyāna, udāna and samāna. --prasādaḥ a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple). --baṃdhaḥ a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. --bāṇaḥ, --vāṇaḥ, --śaraḥ epithets of the god of love; see paṃceṣu. --bāṃhuḥ N. of Śiva. --bhadra a. 1. having five good qualities. --2. consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). --3. having five auspicious marks (asa horse) on the chest, back, face and flanks. --4. vicious. --bhuja a. pentagonal. (--jaḥ) a pentagon; cf. paṃcakoṇa. --bhūtaṃ the five elements; pṛthvī, ap, tejas, vāyu and ākāśa. --makāraṃ the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is ma; see paṃcatattva
     (2). --mahāpātakaṃ the five great sins; see mahāpātaka. --mahāyajñāḥ (m. pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; see mahāyajña. --māṣa (ṣi) ka a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). --māsya a. happening every five months. --mukhaḥ an arrow with five points; (for other senses see paṃcānana.) --mudrā five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol. --yāmaḥ a day (?). --ratnaṃ a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated:
     (1) nīlakaṃ vajrakaṃ ceti padmarāgaśca mauktikaṃ . pravālaṃ ceti vijñeyaṃ paṃcaratnaṃ manīṣibhiḥ ..
     (2) suvarṇaṃ rajataṃ muṃktā rājāvartaṃ pravālakaṃ . ratnapaṃcakamākhyātam ..
     (3) kanakaṃ hīrakaṃ nīlaṃ padmarāgaśca mauktikam . paṃcaratnamidaṃ proktamṛṣibhiḥ pūrvadarśibhiḥ ... --2. the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata. --rasā the āmalakī tree (Mar. āṃvaLī). --rātraṃ a period of five nights. --rāśikaṃ the rule of five (in math.). --lakṣaṇaṃ a Purāṇa; so ealled because it deals with five important topics: --sargaśca pratisargaśca vaṃśo manvaṃtarāṇi ca . vaṃśānucaritaṃ caiva purāṇaṃ paṃcalakṣaṇaṃ .. see purāṇa also. --lavaṇaṃ five kinds of salt; i. e. kācaka, saiṃdhava, sāmudra, biḍa and sauvarcala. --lāṃgalakaṃ a gift (mahādāna) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. --lohaṃ a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead, and iron). --lohakaṃ the five metals; i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead. --vaṭaḥ the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (yajñopavīta). --vaṭī 1. the five fig-trees; i. e. aśvattha, bilva, vaṭa, dhātrī, and aśoka. --2. N. of a part of the Daṇḍukā forest where the Godavarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; U. 2. 28; R. 13. 34. --vargaḥ 1. an aggregate of five. --2. the five essential elements of the body. --3. the five organs of sense. --4. the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. mahāyajña. --varṣadeśīya a. about five years old. --varṣīya a. five years old. --valkalaṃ a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely nyagrodha, uduṃbara, aśvattha, plakṣa and vetasa). --vārṣika a. recurring every five years. --vāhi n a. drawn by five (as a carriage). --viṃśa a. twenty-fifth. --viṃśatiḥ f. twenty-five. --viṃśatikā a collection of twenty-five; as in vetālapaṃcaviṃśatikā. --vidha a. five-fold, of five kinds. -prakṛtiḥ f. the five departments of a government; Ms. 7. 157. --vṛt, --vṛtaṃ ind. five-fold. --śata a. amounting to five hundred. (--taṃ 1. one hundred and five. --2. five hundred. --śākhaḥ 1. the hand. --2. an elephant. --śikhaḥ a lion. --ṣa a. pl. five or six; saṃtyanye'pi bṛhaspatiprabhṛtayaḥ saṃbhāvitāḥ paṃcaṣāḥ Bh. 2. 34. --ṣaṣṭa a. sixty-fifth. --ṣaṣṭiḥ f. sixty-five. --saptata a. seventyfifth. --saptatiḥ f. seventy-five. --sugaṃdhakaṃ the five kinds of aromatic vegetable substances; they are: --karpūrakakkolalavaṃgapuṣpaguvākajātīphalapaṃcakena . samāṃśabhāgena ca yojitena manoharaṃ paṃcasugaṃdhakaṃ syāt ... --sūnāḥ f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are: --paṃcasūnā gṛhasthasya cullīpeṣaṇyupaskaraḥ kaṃḍanī codakuṃbhaśca Ms. 3. 68. --hāyana a. five years old.

paṃcaka a.
     (1) Consisting of five.
     (2) Relating to five.
     (3) Made of five.
     (4) Bought with five.
     (5) Taking five per-cent. --kaḥ, --kaṃ A collection or aggregate of five; amlapaṃcaka. --kaṃ A field of battle.

paṃcat f. A pentad, an aggregate of five.

paṃcataya a. Fivefold.

paṃcatā, --tvam
     (1) Five-fold state.
     (2) A collection of five.
     (3) The five elements taken collectively.
     (4) Death, dissolution; paṃcatāṃ --tvaṃ gam, --yā &c. means 'to be resolved into the five elements of which the body consists', 'to die or perish'; paṃcatāṃ, tvaṃ nī 'to kill or destroy'; paṃcabhirnirmite dehe paṃcatvaṃ ca punargate . svāṃ svāṃ yonimanuprāpte tatra kā paridevanā ..; Ratn. 3. 3.

paṃcadhā ind.
     (1) In five parts.
     (2) In five ways.

paṃcanī A chequered cloth for playing at draughts.

paṃcama a. (mī f.)
     (1) The fifth. --2. Forming a fifth part.
     (3) Dexterous, clever,
     (4) Beautiful, brilliant. --maḥ-
     (1) The fifth (or in later times the seventh) note of the Indian gamut; it is said to be produced by the cuckoo (kokilo rauti paṃcamaṃ Nārada), and is so called because it is pro duced from 5 parts of the body: --vāyuḥ samudgato nābherurohṛtkaṃṭhamūrdhasu . vicaran paṃcamasthānaprāptyā paṃcama ucyate ...
     (2) N. of a Rāga or musical mode (sung in the above note); vyathayati vṛthā maunaṃ tanvi prapaṃcaya paṃcamaṃ Gīt. 10; so udaṃcitapaṃcamarāgaṃ Gīt. 1.
     (3) The fifth consonant of a class; i. e. a nasal. --maṃ
     (1) A fifth
     (2) Sexual intercourse (maithuna), the fifth makāra of the Tāntrikas. --maṃ ind. For the fifth time, fifthly. --mī 1 The fifth day of a lunar fortnight.
     (2) The ablative case (in gram.).
     (3) An epithet of Draupadī.
     (4) A chequered board for playing at draughts.
     -- Comp.
          --āsyaḥ the cuckoo.

paṃcaśaḥ ind. Five by five, by fives.

paṃcamin a. Being in the fifth year of one's age.

paṃśāśa a. (śī f.) Fiftieth.

paṃcāśat, paṃcāśatiḥ f. Fifty.

paṃcāśikā
     (1) A collection of fifty.
     (2) A collection of fifty verses; i. e. caurapaṃcāśikā.

paṃcikā
     (1) N. of each book of the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa.
     (2) A game played with five dice.

paṃcālāḥ (m. pl.)
     (1) N. of a country and its people. --laḥ A king of the Panchālas.

paṃcālikā A doll, puppet.; cf. pāṃcālikā.

paṃcālī
     (1) A doll, puppet.
     (2) A kind of song.
     (3) Chequered board for playing at draughts, chess-board &c.; (paṃcārī also in this sense only).

paṃcāvaṭaḥ The sacrificial cord worn across the shoulder.

paṃjaram A cage, an aviary; paṃjaraśukaḥ, bhujapaṃjaraḥ &c. --raḥ, --raṃ
     (1) Ribs.
     (2) A skeleton. --raḥ
     (1) The body.
     (2) The Kali yuga.
     (3) A purificatory ceremony performed on cows.
     -- Comp.
          --ākheṭaḥ a sort of basket or trap for catching fish.
          --śukaḥ a parrot in a cage, caged parrot; V. 2. 23.

paṃjarakaḥ --kam A cage.

paṃjiḥ, --jī f.
     (1) The ball of cotton from which thread is spun.
     (2) A record, journal, register.
     (3) A calender, an almanac.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ --kārakaḥ 1. a writer, scribe. --2. an almanac-maker.

paṃjikā
     (1) A perpetual or running commentary which explains and analyses every word; ṭīkā niraṃtaravyākhyā paṃjikā padanaktikā.
     (2) A journal, a book in which accounts of receipts and expenditure are entered.
     (3) The record or register of human actions kept by Yama. (For other senses see paṃji above).
     -- Comp.
          --kārakaḥ a scribe, a man of the Kāyastha tribe.

paṭ 1 P. (paṭati) To go or move. --Caus. or 10 U. (pāṭayati-te)
     (1) To split, cleave, tear up, tear asunder, tear open, divide; kaṃcinmadhyātpāṭayāmāsa daṃtī Śi. 18. 51; dattvarṇaṃ pāṭayellekhaṃ Y. 2. 94; Mk. 9.
     (2) To break break open; anyāsu bhittiṣu mayā niśiṃ pāṭitāsu Mk. 3. 14.
     (3) To pierce, prick, penetrate; darbhapāṭitatalena pāṇinā R. 11. 31.
     (4) To remove, eradicate.
     (5) To pluck out.
     (6) To shine.
     (7) To speak. --II. 10 U. (paṭayati-te)
     (1) To string or weave; kuviṃdastvaṃ tāvatpaṭayasi guṇagrāmamabhitaḥ K. P. 7.
     (2) To clothe, envelop.
     (3) To surround, encircle.

paṭaḥ --ṭam [paṭ veṣṭane karaṇe ghañarthe kaḥ]
     (1) A garment, raiment, cloth, a piece of cloth; ayaṃ paṭaḥ sūtradaridratāṃ gato hyayaṃ paṭaśchidraśatairalaṃkṛtaḥ &c. Mk. 2. 9; meghāḥ sravaṃti baladevapaṭaprakāśāḥ 5. 45.
     (2) Fine cloth.
     (3) A veil, screen.
     (4) A tablet, plate or piece of cloth for writing or painting upon. --ṭaḥ Any thing well made or polished. --ṭaṃ A thatch, roof.
     -- Comp.
          --uṭajaṃ a tent.
          --karman n. weaving, business of the loom.
          --kāraḥ 1. a weaver. --2. a painter.
          --kuṭī f.
          --maṃḍapaḥ, --vāpaḥ, --veśman n. a tent; Śi. 12. 63.
          --vāsaḥ 1. a tent. --2. a petticoat. --3. perfumed powder; Ratn. 1.
          --vāsakaḥ perfumed powder.

paṭakaḥ
     (1) A camp, an encampment.
     (2) Cotton-cloth.
     (3) The half a village.

paṭamaya a. Made of cloth. --yaḥ A tent.

paṭaccaraḥ A thief; cf. pāṭaccara. --raṃ Old or ragged clothes.

paṭatkaḥ A thief.

paṭapaṭā ind. An imitative sound.

paṭalam [paṭ veṣṭane kalac]
     (1) A roof, thatch; vinamitapaṭalāṃtaṃ dṛśyate jīrṇakuḍyaṃ Mu. 3. 15.
     (2) A cover, covering, veil, coating (in general); śirasi masīpaṭalaṃ dadhāti dīpaḥ Bv. 1. 74.
     (3) A film or coating over the eyes.
     (4) A heap, multitude, mass, quantity; rathāṃgapāṇeḥ paṭalena rociṣāṃ Śi. 1. 21; jaladapaṭalāni Pt. 1. 361; kṣaudrapaṭalaiḥ R. 4. 63; muktāpaṭalaṃ 13. 17; tārakapaṭala Gīt. 7.
     (5) A basket.
     (6) Retinue, train.
     (7) A mark on the forehead or any other part of the body. --laḥ, --lī
     (1) A tree.
     (2) A stalk. --laḥ, --laṃ A section or chapter of a book.
     -- Comp.
          --prāṃtaḥ the edge of a roof.

paṭahaḥ
     (1) A kettle-drum, a wardrum, drum, tabor; kurvan saṃdhyābalipaṭahatāṃ śūlinaḥ ślāghanīyāṃ Me. 34; paṭpaṭahadhvanibhirvinītanidraḥ R. 9. 71.
     (2) Beginning, undertaking.
     (3) Injuring, killing.
     -- Comp.
          --ghoṣakaḥ a crier (who beats a drum and then makes the proclamation).
          --bhramaṇaṃ going about with a drum to call people together.

paṭākaḥ A bird.

paṭālukā A leech.

paṭiḥ --ṭī f.
     (1) The curtain of a stage.
     (2) A cloth.
     (3) Coarse cloth, canvas.
     (4) A screen of cloth surrounding a tent
     (5) A coloured garment.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣepaḥ tossing aside the curtain (of the stage); used as a stage-direction to denote the hurried entrance of a character on the stage; cf. apaṭīkṣepa.

paṭikā Woven cloth.

paṭiman m.
     (1) Dexterity, cleverness.
     (2) Sharpness.
     (3) Acidity.
     (5) Harshness, roughness.
     (5) Violence, intensity &c.

paṭīra a.
     (1) Beautiful, lovely.
     (2) High, tall. --raḥ [paṭ-īran]
     (1) A bal. for playing with.
     (2) Sandal-woodl
     (1) Cupid, the god of love. --raṃ
     (3) Catechu.
     (2) A sieve.
     (3) The belly.
     (4) A field.
     (5) A cloud.
     (6) Height.
     (7) A radish.
     (8) Rheumatism.
     (9) Catarrh.
     -- Comp.
          --janman m. sandal-tree; vahati viṣadharān paṭīrajanmā Bv. 1. 74.

paṭu a. (ṭu or ṭvī f.; compar. paṭīyas, superl. paṭiṣṭha)
     (1) Clever, skilful, dexterous, proficient (usually with a loc.); vāci paṭuḥ &c.
     (2) Sharp, acrid, pungent.
     (3) Sharp, smart (as intellect), intelligent.
     (4) Violent, strong, sharp, intense; ayamapi paṭurdhārāsāro na bāṇaparaṃparā V. 4. 1; U. 4. 3.
     (5) Shrill, clear, sharp-sounding; kimidaṃ paṭupaṭahaśaṃkhamiśro nāṃdīnādaḥ Mu. 6; paṭupaṭahadhvanibhirvinītanidraḥ R. 9. 71, 73; Māl. 5. 4.
     (6) Apt, disposed; Śi. 15. 43.
     (7) Harsh, cruel, hardhearted.
     (8) Sly, cunning, crafty, roguish.
     (9) Healthy, sound. (10) Active, busy.
     (11) Eloquent, talkative.
     (12) Blown, expanded.
     (13) Hard, rough, fierce.
     (14) Contumelious (as a speech). --ṭuḥ, --ṭu n. A mushroom. (chatrā). --du n. Salt.
     -- Comp.
          --kalpa, --deśīya a. pretty clever, tolerably sharp.
          --rūpa a. very clever.

paṭutā, --tvam
     (1) Cleverness.
     (2) Skilfulness, proficiency.
     (3) Activity, power of working; aṃgāni prasabhaṃ tyajaṃti paṭutāṃ Mu. 3. 1.

paṭolaḥ A species of cucumber (Mar. paḍavaLa). --laṃ A kind of cloth.

paṭolakaḥ An oyster.

paṭṭaḥ, --ṭṭam
     (1) A slab, tablet (for writing upon), plate in general; śilāpaṭṭamadhiśayānā S. 3; so bhālapaṭṭa &c.
     (2) A royal grant or edict; Y. 1. 319.
     (3) A tiara, diadem; R. 18. 44.
     (4) A strip; nirmokapaṭṭāḥ phaṇibhirvimuktāḥ R. 16. 17.
     (5) Silk; paṭṭopadhānaṃ K. 17; Bh. 3. 74; so paṭṭāṃśukaṃ.
     (6) Fine or coloured cloth, cloth in general.
     (7) An upper garment; Bk. 10. 60.
     (8) A fillet or cloth worn round the head, a turban; especially, a coloured silk turban; Ratn. 1. 4.
     (9) A throne. (10) A chair or stool.
     (11) A shield.
     (12) A grinding stone.
     (13) A place where four roads meet.
     (14) A city, town.
     (15) A bandage, ligature. --ṭṭī
     (1) An ornament for the forehead.
     (2) A horse's girth.
     -- Comp.
          --abhiṣekaḥ the consecration of the tiara.
          --arhā the principal queen.
          --upādhyāyaḥ a writer of royal grants and other documents.
          --jaṃ a sort of cloth.
          --devī, --mahiṣī, --rājñī the principal queen.
          --vastra, --vāsas a. attired in wove silk or coloured cloth.
          --sūtrakāraḥ a silk-weaver.

paṭṭakaḥ
     (1) A plate of metal used for inscriptions or royal edicts.
     (2) A bandage.
     (3) A document (also n.).

paṭṭanaṃ --nī A city.

paṭṭikā
     (1) A tablet, plate; as in hṛtapaṭṭikā.
     (2) A document.
     (3) A piece or fragment of cloth; valkalaikadeśādvipāṭya paṭṭikāṃ K. 149.
     (4) A piece of silken cloth.
     (5) A ligature, bandage.
     -- Comp.
          --vāyakaḥ a silkweaver.

paṭṭalā A district, community.

paṭṭi(ṭṭī)śaḥ(saḥ) A kind of spear with a sharp edge (Mar. paṭṭā); kaṇapaprāsapaṭṭiśa &c. Dk.; (pāṭṭiśo lauhadaṃḍo yastīkṣṇadhāraḥ kṣuropamaḥ Vaijayantī).

paṭṭolikā
     (1) A kind of bond or lease (bhūmikaragrahaṇavyavasthāpakaḥ patrabhedaḥ Tv.).
     (2) A written legal opinion.

paṭh 1 P. (paṭhati, paṭhita)
     (1) To read or repeat aloud, recite, rehearse; yaḥ paṭhecchṛṇuyādapi.
     (2) To read or recite to oneself; study, peruse; ityetanmānavaṃ śāstraṃ bhṛguproktaṃ paṭhan dvijaḥ Ms. 12. 126, 4. 98.
     (3) To invoke (as a deity).
     (4) To cite, quote, mention (as in a book); etadicchāmyahaṃ śrotuṃ purāṇe yadi paṭhyate Mb.
     (5) To declare, describe, express; bhāryā ca paramo hyarthaḥ puruṣasyeha paṭhyate; Mb.
     (6) To teach.
     (7) To learn from (with abl.). --Caus. (pāṭhayati-te)
     (1) To cause to read aloud.
     (2) To teach, instruct; rājan rājasutā na pāṭhayati māṃ K. P. 10. --Desid. (pipaṭhiṣati) To wish to recite &c. --WITH pari to mention, declare. (--Caus.) to teach; tau sarvavidyāḥ paripāṭhitau U. 2. --saṃ to read, learn; Ms. 4. 98.

paṭhakaḥ A reader.

paṭhanam [paṭh-lyuṭ]
     (1) Reading, reciting.
     (2) Mentioning.
     (3) Studying, perusing.

paṭhiḥ f. Reading, studying, perusal.

paṭhita p. p.
     (1) Recited, repeated.
     (2) Studied, perused.

paṇ I.
     (1) A. (paṇate, paṇita)
     (1) To deal in, barter, purchase, buy; N. 2. 91.
     (2) To bargain, transact business.
     (3) To bet or stake at play (usually with gen. of the thing staked, but sometimes with acc.); prāṇānāmapaṇiṣṭāsau Bk. 8. 121; paṇasva kṛṣṇāṃ pāṃcālīṃ Mb.
     (4) To risk or hazard (a battle).
     (5) To win anything at play. --II. 1 A., 10 U. (paṇate, paṇāyati-te)
     (1) To praise.
     (2) To honour. --WITH vi to sell, barter; ābhīradeśe kila caṃdrakāṃtaṃ tribhirvarāṭairvipaṇaṃti gopāḥ Subhāṣ.

paṇaḥ
     (1) Playing with dice or for a stake.
     (2) A game played for a stake, bet, wager; Y. 2. 18; damayaṃtyāḥ paṇaḥ sādhurvartatāṃ Mb.
     (3) The thing staked.
     (4) A condition, compact, agreement; sāṃdhiṃ karotu bhavatāṃ nṛpatiḥ paṇena Ve. 1. 15; 'a stipulation, treaty'; H. 4. 118, 119.
     (5) Wages, hire.
     (6) Reward.
     (7) A sum in coins or shells.
     (8) A particular coin equal in value to 80 cowries; aśītibhirvarāṭakaiḥ paṇa ityabhidhīyate.
     (9) Price. (10) Wealth, property.
     (11) A commodity for sale.
     (12) Business, transaction.
     (13) A shop.
     (14) A seller, vendor.
     (15) A distiller.
     (16) A house.
     (17) Expense of an expedition.
     (18) A handful of anything.
     (19) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganā, --strī a prostitute, harlot.
          --arpaṇaṃ making an agreement, a contract.
          --graṃthiḥ a market, fair.
          --baṃdhaḥ 1. making a treaty or peace (saṃdhi); paṇabaṃdhamukhān guṇānajaḥ ṣaḍupāyuṃkta samīkṣya tatphalaṃ R. 8. 21, 10. 86. --2. an agreement, stipulation; (yadi bhavānidaṃ kuryāttahīṃdamahaṃ bhavate dāsyāmīti samayakaraṇaṃ paṇabaṃdhaḥ Manoramā).

paṇatā --tvam Price, value.

paṇanam [paṇ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Bartering, purchasing.
     (2) Betting.
     (3) Sale.
     (4) Traffic.

paṇasaḥ An article of sale, a commodity.

paṇāyā
     (1) Transaction, business, dealing.
     (2) A market-place.
     (3) Profits of a trade.
     (4) Gambling.
     (5) Praise.

paṇāyita a.
     (1) Praised.
     (2) Bought, sold, transacted &c.

pāṇiḥ f. A market. --m.
     (1) A miser, niggard.
     (2) An impious man.

paṇika a. Consisting of 50 Paṇas (as fine).

paṇita p. p.
     (1) Transacted (as business).
     (2) Betted; see paṇ. --taṃ A bet, wager.

paṇitṛ m. A trader, dealer.

paṇya a. [paṇ-karmaṇi yat]
     (1) Saleable, vendible.
     (2) To be transacted. --ṇyaḥ
     (1) A ware, an article, a commodity; pūrābabhāse vipaṇisthapaṇyā R. 16. 41; paṇyānāṃ gāṃdhikaṃ paṇyaṃ Pt. 1. 13; saubhāgyapaṇyākaraḥ Mk. 8. 38; Ms. 5. 129; M. 1. 17; Y. 2. 245.
     (2) Trade, business.
     (3) Price; mahatā puṇyapaṇyena krīteyaṃ kāyanaustvayā Śānti. 3. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganā, --yoṣit f.,
          --vilāsinī, --strī f. a harlot, a courtezan; paṇyastrīṣu vivekakalpalatikāśastrīṣurajyeta kaḥ Bh. 1. 90; Me. 25.
          --ajiraṃ a market.
          --ājīvaḥ a trader.
          --ājīvakaṃ a market, fair.
          --patiḥ a great merchant.
          --phalatvaṃ prosperity or profit in trade.
          --bhūmiḥ f. a warehouse.
          --vīthikā, --vīthī, --śālā 1. a market. --2. a stall, shop.

paṇavaḥ A kind of musical instrument, a small drum or tabor; Bg. 1. 13; Śi. 13. 5.

paṇavin m. N. of Śiva.

paṃḍ I. 1 A. (paṃḍate, paṃḍita) To go or move. --II. 10 U. (paṃḍayati-te) To collect, pile up, heap together.

paṃḍaḥ A eunuch.

paṃḍā
     (1) Wisdom, understanding.
     (2) Learning, science.
     -- Comp.
          --apūṃrva non-occurrence of the results of fate.

paṃḍāvat a. Wise; paṃḍāvadagrima Aśvad. 6. --m. A learned man.

paṃḍita a. [paḍā tārakā- itac]
     (1) Learned, wise; svasthe ko vā na paṃḍitaḥ.
     (2) Shrewd, clever.
     (3) Skilled in, proficient, skilful (generally with loc. or in comp.); madhurālāpanisargapaṃḍitāṃ Ku. 4. 16; so ratipaṃḍita 4. 18; nayapaṃḍita &c. --taḥ
     (1) A scholar, learned man, Pandita.
     (2) Incense.
     (3) An adept, expert.
     -- Comp.
          --jātīya a. somewhat clever.
          --maṃḍalaṃ, --sabhā an assembly of learned men.
          --mānika, --mānin, also
          --paṃḍitaṃmanya a. fancying oneself to be learned, a conceited person, a pedant who fancies himself to be a Pandita; Pt. 4. 100.
          --vādin a. pretending to be wise; Pt. 1. 392.

paṃḍitaka a. Learned, wise. --kaḥ A learned man.

paṃḍitiman m. Learning, scholarship, wisdom.

pat I. 1 P. (patati, patita)
     (1) To fall, fall down, come down, descend, drop down, alight; avāṅmukhasyopari puṣpavṛṣṭiḥ papāta vidyādharahastamuktā R. 2. 60; vṛṣṭirbhavane cāsya petuṣī 10. 77; (reṇuḥ) patati pariṇatāruṇaprakāśaḥ śalabhasamūha ivāśramadrumeṣu S. 1. 32; Me. 105; Bk. 7. 9, 21. 6.
     (2) To fly, move through the air, soar; haṃtuṃ kalahakāro'sau śabdakāraḥ papāta khaṃ Bk. 5. 100; see patat below.
     (3) To set, sink (below the horizon); soyaṃ caṃdraḥ patati gaganādalpaśeṣairmayūkhai S. 4 v. 1; patatpataṃgapratimastaponidhiḥ Śi. 1. 12.
     (4) To cast oneself at, throw oneself down; mayi te pādapatite kiṃkaratvamupāgate Pt. 4. 7; so caraṇapatitaṃ Me. 105.
     (5) To fall (in a moral sense), lose one's caste, forfeit one's rank or position, fall off: paradharmeṇa jīvan hi sadyaḥ patati jātita; Ms. 10. 97, 3. 16, 5. 19, 9. 200; Y. 1. 38.
     (6) To come down (as from heaven); pataṃti pitaro hyeṣāṃ luptapiṃḍodakakriyāḥ Bg. 1. 42.
     (7) To fall, be reduced to wretchedness or misery; prāyaḥ kaṃdukapātenotpatatyāryaḥ patannapi Bh. 2. 123.
     (8) To go down into hell, go to perdition; Ms. 11. 37; Bg. 16. 16.
     (9) To fall, occur, come to pass, take place; lakṣmīryatra pataṃti tatra vivṛtadvārā iva vyāpadaḥ Subhāṣ. (10) To be directed to, light or fall upon (with loc.); prasādasaumyāni satāṃ suhṛjjane pataṃti cakṣūṃṣi na dāruṇāḥ śarāḥ S. 6. 28.
     (11) To fall to one's lot or share.
     (12) To be in, fall in or into. --Caus. (pātayati-te, patayati rarely).
     (1) To cause to fall down, descend or sink &c.; nipataṃtī patimapyapātayat R. 8. 38. 9. 61, 11. 76.
     (2) To let fall, throw or drop down, fell down (as trees &c.).
     (3) To ruin, overthrow; S. 5. 21.
     (4) To shed (as tears).
     (5) To cast, direct (as the sight).
     (6) To dash or strike out.
     (7) To throw or put in, cause to enter.
     (8) To bring to ruin or misfortune.
     (9) To depreciate, lower the value of anything; arghataḥ pātitāḥ Bh. 2. 15. (10) (In Arith.) To subtract, deduct.
     (11) To set in motion, set on foot. --Desid. (pipatiṣati or pitsati) To wish to fall. --II. 4 A. (patyate) Ved.
     (1) To be master of.
     (2) To rule, control.
     (3) To possess.
     (4) To be fit for, serve for (with dat.) --III. 10 U. (patayati-te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To be master of (intransitive).

pata a. Cherished, well-fed, protected (puṣṭa). --taḥ
     (1) Flying, flight.
     (2) Going, falling, alighting.
     -- Comp.
          --gaḥ a bird; Ms. 7. 23.

pataka a. Falling, descending. --kaḥ An astronomical table.

pataṃgaḥ [patan utplavan gacchati gam-ḍani-]
     (1) A bird; nṛpaḥ pataṃgaṃ samadhatta pāṇinā N. 1. 124; Bv. 1. 17.
     (2) The sun; vikasati hi pataṃgasyodaye puṃḍarīkaṃ U. 6. 12; Māl. 1. 24; Śi. 1. 12; R. 2. 15.
     (3) A moth, locust, or grass-hopper; pataṃgavadbahnimukhaṃ vivikṣuḥ Ku. 3. 64, 4. 20; Pt. 3. 126.
     (4) A bee.
     (5) A ball for playing with.
     (6) Ved. A spark.
     (7) A devil.
     (8) Quicksilver.
     (9) N. of Kṛṣṇa. --gaṃ
     (1) Quicksilver.
     (2) A kind of sandalwood.

pataṃgamaḥ
     (1) A bird.
     (2) A moth.

pataṃgikā
     (1) A small bird.
     (2) A kind of small bee.

pataṃgin m. A bird.

pataṃjaliḥ N. of the celebrated author of the Mahābhaṣya, the great commentary on Paṇini's Sūtras; also of a philosopher, the propounder of the Yoga philosophy.

patat (ntī f.) Flying, descending, alighting, coming down &c. --m. A bird; paramaḥ pumaniva patiṃ patatāṃ Ki. 6. 1; kvacitpathā saṃcarate surāṇāṃ kvaciddhanānāṃ patatāṃ kvacicca R. 13. 19; Śi. 9. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ 1. the reserve of an army. --2. a spitting pot, spittoon; tamekamāṇikyamayaṃ mahonnataṃ patadgrahaṃ grāhitavānnalena saḥ N. 16. 27.
          --bhīruḥ a hawk, falcon.

patatram [pat-karaṇe atran]
     (1) A wing, pinion.
     (2) A feather.
     (3) A vehicle.

patatriḥ A bird.

patatrin m.
     (1) A bird; dayitā dvaṃdvacaraṃ patatriṇaṃ (punareti) R. 8. 56, 9. 27, 11. 11, 12. 48; Ku. 5. 4.
     (2) An arrow.
     (3) A horse. --n. dual. VedDay and night.
     -- Comp.
          --ketanaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --rājaḥ N. of Garuḍa.

patanam [pat-bhābe lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing oneself down at.
     (2) Setting (as of the sun).
     (3) Going down to hell.
     (4) Apostacy.
     (5) Falling from dignity, virtue &c.
     (6) Fall, decline, ruin, adversity (opp. udaya or ucchrāya); grahādhīnā nareṃdrāṇāmucchrāyāḥ patanāni ca Y. 1. 308.
     (7) Death.
     (8) Hanging down, becoming flaccid (as breasts).
     (9) Miscarriage. (10) (In arith.) Subtraction.
     (11) The latitude of a planet.
     -- Comp.
          --dharmin a. subject to the law of decay, perishable.

patanīya a. Causing a fall, causing the loss of caste. --yaṃ A degrading crime or sin; Y. 3. 40, 298.

patamaḥ, patasaḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) A bird
     (3) A grass-hopper.

patayālu a. Tending or prone to fall, liable to fall.

patāpata a.
     (1) Going, or inclined to fall.
     (2) Going much or frequently.

patita p. p.
     (1) Fallen, descended, alighted.
     (2) Dropped.
     (3) Fallen (in a moral sense), abandoned, wicked.
     (4) A postate.
     (5) Degraded, outcast.
     (6) Fallen in battle, defeated or overthrown.
     (7) Being in, fallen into; as in avaṃśapatita.
     (8) Placed, kept; Pt. 1. 14. --taṃ Flying.
     -- Comp.
          --utpanna a. sprung from an outcast.
          --sāvitrīkaḥ a man of the first three classes whose thread-ceremony has been improperly performed, or not performed at all.

patera a. [pat-era]
     (1) Flying, falling.
     (2) Going, moving. --raḥ
     (1) A bird.
     (2) A hole or pit.
     (3) A kind of measure (āḍhaka q. v.).

patman n. Ved. Flight.

patvan n. Ved. Flying, flight.

pataṃcikā A bow-string.

patākā
     (1) A flag, banner (fig. also); yaṃ kāmamaṃjarī kāmayate sa haratu subhagapatākāṃ Dk. 47 'let him carry the palm of beauty or good fortune'.
     (2) A flag-staff.
     (3) A sign, emblem, mark, symbol.
     (4) An episode or episodical incident in a drama, see patākāsthānaka below.
     (5) Auspiciousness, good fortune or luck.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśukaṃ a flag.
          --sthānakaṃ (in dramaturgy) intimation of an episodical incident, when instead of the thing thought of or expected, another of the same character is brought in by some unexpected circumstance; (yatrārthe ciṃtite'nyasmiṃstalliṃgo'nyaḥ prayujyate . āgaṃtukena bhāvena patākāsthānakaṃ tu tat .. S. D. 299; for its different kinds, see 300 304).

patākika a. Having or carrying a banner.

patākin a. Having or carrying a banner, adorned with flags. --m.
     (1) An ensign, standard-bearer.
     (2) A flag.
     (3) A scheme or figure for casting a nativity. --nī An army; (na prasehe) rathavartmarajo'pyasya kuta eva patākinīṃ R. 4. 82; Ki. 14. 27.

patiḥ [pā-ḍati]
     (1) A master, lord; as in gṛhapatiḥ.
     (2) An owner, possessor, proprietor; kṣetrapatiḥ.
     (3) Governor, ruler, one who presides over; oṣadhīpatiḥ, vanaspatiḥ, kulapatiḥ &c.
     (4) A husband; pramadāḥ pativartmagā iti pratipannaṃ hi vicetanairapi Ku. 4. 33.
     (5) A root.
     (6) Going, motion, flight. --f. A female possessor, a mistress.
     -- Comp.
          --ghatinī --ghnī 1. a woman who murders her husband. --2. a line on the hand showing that a woman will be faithless to her husband.
          --devatā, --devā one who regards her husband as a divinity, a woman loyally devoted to her husband, a chaste woman; kaḥ patidevatāmanyaḥ parimārṣṭumutsahate S. 6; tamalabhaṃta patiṃ patidevatāḥ śikhariṇāmiva sāgaramāpagāḥ R. 9. 17; dhuri sthitā tvaṃ patidevatāmāṃ 14. 74.
          --dharmaḥ duty (of a wife) towards a husband.
          --prāṇā a chaste wife.
          --laṃghanaṃ disregarding a former husband by marrying another.
          --vedanaḥ N. of Śiva. (
          --naṃ) procuring a husband (by magical means).
          --lokaḥ the world of husbands in a future life.
          --vratā a devoted, faithful and loyal wife, a chaste and virtuous wife; -tvaṃ fidelity to a husband.
          --sevā devotion to a husband.

patiṃvarā A woman who is about to choose a husband; R. 6. 10, 67.

patitvam, or patitvanam Ved.
     (1) Lordship.
     (2) The conjugal state, wedlock.

pativatī Ved. A woman having a husband.

pativatnī A wife whose husband is living.

patīyati Den. P To wish for a husband.

patīyaṃtī A woman wishing of fit for a husband.

patnī
     (1) A wife.
     (2) Ved. A mistress.
     -- Comp.
          --āṭaḥ seraglio women's apartments.
          --śālā a hut tent, room for wives and domestio purposes.
          --saṃnahanaṃ 1. girdling a wife. --2. the girdle of a wife.

patita See under pat.

pattanam
     (1) A town, city(opp. grāma); pattane vidyamāne'pi grāme ratnaparīkṣā M. 1.
     (2) A musical instrument, mṛdaṃga.

pattiḥ [pad-tin]
     (1) A footman, a foot-soldier; R. 7. 37.
     (2) A pedestrian.
     (3) A hero. --f.
     (1) The smallest division of an army, consisting of one chariot, one elephant; three horsemen and five foot-soldiers.
     (2) Going, walking.
     -- Comp.
          --kāyaḥ infantry.
          --gaṇakaḥ an officer whose business it is to muster the in fantr.
          --saṃhatiḥ f. a body of infantry, infantry.

pattika a. Going on foot, pedestrian.

pattin m. A foot-soldier, foot-man.

patram [pat-ṣṭran]
     (1) A leaf (of a tree); dhatte bharaṃ kusumapatraphalāvalīnāṃ Bv. 1. 94.
     (2) The leaf of a flower, lotus &c.; nīlotpalapatradhārayā S. 1. 18.
     (3) A leaf for writing upon, a paper, a leaf written upon; patramāropya dīyatāṃ S. 6 'commit to writing;' V. 2. 14.
     (4) A letter, document; Pt. 1. 403.
     (5) Any thin leaf or plate of metal, a gold-leaf.
     (6) The wing of a bird, a pinion, feather of an arrow; R. 2. 31; Ku. 3. 27.
     (8) A vehicle in general (car, horse, camel &c.); diśaḥ papāta patreṇa veganiṣkaṃpaketunā R. 15. 84; N. 3. 16.
     (9) Painting the person (particularly the face) with musk, sandal-juice or other fragrant substances; racaya kucayoḥ patraṃ citraṃ kuruṣva kapolayoḥ Gīt. 12; R. 13. 55. (10) The blade of a sword, knife &c.
     (11) A knife, dagger.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ 1. the Bhūrja tree. --2. red sanders.
          --aṃguliḥ drawing lines of painting with the finger on the person (throat, forehead &c.) with coloured sandal, saffron, or any other fragrant substance.
          --aṃjanaṃ 1. ink. --2. blacking.
          --āḍhyaṃ the root of long pepper.
          --āvaliḥ f. 1. red chalk. --2. a row of leaves. --3. the lines of painting drawn on the body with cosmetics as a decoration.
          --āvalī 1. a row of leaves. --2. = -āvali
     (3). --3. mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey. --āhāraḥ feeding on leaves. --ūrṇaṃ wove-silk, a silk-garment; snānīyavastrakriyayā patrorṇaṃ vopayujyate M. 5. 12. --ullāsaḥ the bud or eye of a plant. --kāhalā the noise or sound made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves. --kṛcchraṃ a sort of penance, drinking the infusion of leaves of various plants. --ghanā a plant with full leaves (sātala). --jhaṃkāraḥ the current of a river. --dārakaḥ a saw. --nāḍikā the fibre of a leaf. --paraśuḥ a file. --pālaḥ a long dagger, large knife. (--lī) 1. the feathered part of an arrow. --2. a pair of scissors. --pāśyā an ornament (a gold-leaf) on the forehead. --puṭaṃ a vessel of leaves; R. 2. 65. --puṣpā the holy basil. --baṃdhaḥ adorning with flowers. --bā (vā) laḥ an oar. --bhaṃgaḥ --bhāṃgiḥ --gī f. drawing lines or figures of painting on the face and person with fragrant and coloured substances, such as musk, saffron, sandal-juice, yellow pigment &c., as a mark of decoration; kastūrīvarapatrabhaṃganikaro mṛṣṭo na gaṃḍasthale S. Til. 7 (used frequently in K.). --yauvanaṃ a young leaf or sprout. --raṃjanaṃ embellishing a page. --rathaḥ a bird; vyarthīkṛtaṃ patrarathena tena N. 3. 6. -iṃdraḥ N. of Garuḍa. -iṃdraketuḥ N. of Viṣṇu; R. 18. 13. --latā a long knife or poniard. --re (le) khā, --vallarī, --valliḥ, --vallī f. see patrabhaṃga above; R. 6. 72, 16. 67; Rs. 6. 7; Śi. 8. 56, 59. --vāja a. furnished with feathers (as an arrow). --vāhaḥ 1. a bird; Śi. 18. 73. --2. an arrow. --3. a letter-carrier. --viśeṣakaḥ lines of painting &c.; see patrabhaṃga; Ku. 3. 33; R. 3. 55, 9. 29. --veṣṭaḥ a kind of ear-ring; R. 16. 67. --śākaḥ a vegetable consisting chiefly of leaves. --śirā the vein or fibre of a leaf. --śreṣṭhaḥ the Bilva tree. --sūciḥ f. a thorn. --himaṃ wintry or snowy weather.

patrakam
     (1) A leaf.
     (2) Drawing lines or figures on the body as a decoration.

patraṇā
     (1) Drawing lines or figures of painting on the body as a decoration.
     (2) Feathering an arrow.

patrikā
     (1) A leaf for writing upon.
     (2) A letter, document.

patrin a. (ṇī f.) [patraṃ astyarthe ini]
     (1) Winged, feathered; mayūra- R. 3. 56.
     (2) Having leaves or pages. --m.
     (1) An arrow; tāṃ vilokya vanitāvadhe ghṛṇāṃ patriṇā saha mumoca rāghavaḥ R. 11. 17, 3. 53, 57; 9. 61.
     (2) A bird; R. 11. 29.
     (3) A falcon.
     (4) A mountain.
     (5) A chariot.
     (6) A tree.
     -- Comp.
          --vāhaḥ a bird.

patriṇī A sprout, shoot.

patrī Writing.

patnī See under pati.

patsalaḥ A way, road.

path I. 1 P. (pathati) To go, move. --II. 10 U. (pāthayati-te) To throw, cast.

pathaḥ A way, road; reach, course (at the end of comp.).
     -- Comp.
          --atithiḥ a traveller.
          --kalpanā juggling tricks.
          --darśakaḥ a guide.

pathakaḥ A guide, one knowing the way.

pathat m. A road.

pathikaḥ
     (1) A traveller, way-farer; pathikavanitāḥ Me. 8; Amaru. 93.
     (2) A guide.
     -- Comp.
          --āśrayaḥ an asylum for travellers, inn.
          --saṃtatiḥ, --saṃhatiḥ f.,
          --sārthaḥ a company of travellers, a caravan.

pathikā A kind of vine with red grapes.

pathin m. [path-ādhāre ini] (Nom. paṃthāḥ, paṃthānau, paṃthānaḥ; acc. pl. pathaḥ; instr. pl. pathibhiḥ &c.: the word is changed to patha at the end of comp.; toyādhārapathaḥ, dṛṣṭiṃpathaḥ, naṣṭapathaḥ, satpathaḥ, pratipathaṃ &c.)
     (1) A road, way, path; śreyasāmeṣa paṃthāḥ Bh. 2. 26; vaṃkraḥ pathāḥ Me. 27.
     (2) Journey, way-faring, as in śivāste saṃtu paṃthānaḥ '(I wish) a happy journey to you! God speed you on your journey'!
     (3) Range, reach; as in karṇapatha, śruti-, darśana-.
     (4) Manner of action, line of conduct, course of behaviour; pathaḥ śuṃcerdarśāyitāra īśvarā malīmasāmādadate na paddhatiṃ R. 3. 46; nyāyyātpathaḥ pravicalaṃti padaṃ na dhīrāḥ Bh. 2. 83.
     (5) A sect, doctrine.
     (6) A division of hell.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt m. Ved. 1. a guide. --2. N. of Agni.
          --deyaṃ a toll levied on public roads.
          --drumaḥ the Khadira tree.
          --prajña a. acquainted with roads.
          --vāhaka a. cruel. (
          --kaḥ) 1. a hunter, fowler. --2. a burdenbearer, porter.

pathilaḥ A traveller, way-farer.

pathya a. [pathi sādhu digā vyat ino lopaḥ]
     (1) Salutary, wholesome, beneficial, agreeing with (said of a medicine, diet, advice &c.); apriyasya ca pathyasya vaktā śrotā ca durlabhaḥ Rām.; Y. 3. 65; pathyamannaṃ &c.
     (2) Fit, proper; suitable (in general). --thyā A road, way. --thyaṃ
     (1) Wholesome diet; as in pathyāśī svāmī vartate.
     (2) Welfare, wellbeing; uttiṣṭhamānastu paro nopekṣyaḥ pathyamicchatā Śi. 2. 10; Pt. 1. 234.
     -- Comp.
          --apathyaṃ the class of things that are considered wholesome or hurtful in disease.

pad I. 10 A. (padayate) To go or move. --II. 4 A. (padyate, panna; caus. pādayati-te; desid. pitsate)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To go to, approach (with acc.).
     (3) To attain, obtain, gain; jyotiṣāmādhipatyaṃ ca prabhāvaṃ cāpyapadyata Mb. --4. To observe, practice; svadharmaṃ padyamānāste Mb.
     (5) Ved. To fall down with fatigue.
     (6) Ved. To perish.
     (7) To fall out. --III. 1 P. (padati) To stand fast or fixed.

pad m. [pad-kvip] (This word has no forms for the first five inflections; it is optionally substituted for pada after acc. dual)
     (1) A foot.
     (2) A quarter, a fourth part (as of a stanza).
     -- Comp.
          --kāṣin a. 1. rubbing or scratching the feet. --2. going on foot, pedestrian. (--m.) a footman.
          --gaḥ, (padgaḥ) a footsoldier.
          --jaḥ (jjaḥ) 1. a footman. --2. a Śūdra; cf. padbhyāṃ śūdro ajāyata. --naddhā, --nadhrī a shoe, boot.
          --niṣkaḥ ene quarter of a Nishka.
          --rathaḥ (padrathaḥ) a foot-soldier, footman.
          --śabdaḥ noise of footsteps.
          --hatiḥ, --tī f. (paddhatiḥ, tī) 1. a way, path, road, course (fig. also); iyaṃ hi raghusiṃhānāṃ vīracāritrapaddhatiḥ U. 5. 22; R. 3. 46; 6. 55; 11. 87; kaviprathamapaddhatiṃ 15. 33 'the first way shown to poets'. --2. a line, row, range. --3. a surname, title or epithet, a word denoting caste or profession in compounds which are used as proper names; e. g. gupta, dāsa datta &c. --4. N. of a class of writings.
          --himaṃ (paddhimaṃ) coldness of the feet.

padam [pad-ac]
     (1) A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); padena on foot; śikhariṣu padaṃ nyasya Me. 13; apathe padamarpayaṃti hi R. 9. 74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3. 50; 12. 52; padaṃ hi sarvatra guṇaurnidhīyate 3. 62 'good qualities set foot everywhere'; i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; janapeda na gadaḥ padamādadhau 9. 4 'no disease stepped into the country'; yadavadhi na padaṃ dadhāti citte Bv. 2. 14; padaṃ kṛ
          (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); śāṃte kariṣyasi padaṃ punarāśrame'smin S. 4. 19;
          (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); kṛtaṃ vapuṣi navayauvanena padaṃ K. 137; kṛtaṃ hi me kutūhalena praśnāśayā hṛdi padaṃ 133; so Ku. 5. 21, Pt. 1. 240; kṛtvā pada no gale Mu. 3. 26 'in defiance of us,' (lit. planting his foot on our neck); mūrdhni padaṃ kṛ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; Pt. 1. 327; ākṛtiviśeṣeṣvādaraḥ padaṃ karoti M. 1 'good forms attract attention (command respect)', jane sakhī padaṃ kāritā S. 4 'made to have dealings with (to confide in); dharmeṇa śarve pārvatīṃ prati padaṃ kārite Ku. 6. 14.
     (2) A step, pace, stride; tanvī sthitā katicideva padāni gatvā S. 2. 12; pade pade 'at every step'; akṣamālāmadatvā padātpadamapi na gatavyaṃ or calitavyaṃ 'do not move even a step' &c.; pituḥ padaṃ madhyamamutpataṃtī V. 1. 19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation); so athātmanaḥ śabdaguṇaṃ guṇajñaḥ padaṃ vimānena vigāhamānaḥ R. 13. 1.
     (3) A foot-step, foot-print, footmark; padapaṃktiḥ S. 3. 8; or padāvalī foot-prints; padamanuvidheyaṃ ca mahatāṃ Bh. 2. 28. 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; padairgṛhyate cauraḥ Y. 2. 286.
     (4) A trace, mark, impression, vestige; rativalayapadāṃke cāpamāsajya kaṃṭhe Ku. 2. 64; Me. 35, 96; M. 3.
     (5) A place, position, station; adhodhaḥ padaṃ Bh. 2. 10; ātmā pariśramasya padamupanītaḥ S. 1 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble', tadalabdhapadaṃ hṛdi śokaghane R. 8. 91 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; apade śaṃkitosmi M.
     (1) 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; kṛśakuṭuṃbeṣu lobhaḥ padamadhatta Dk. 162; Ku. 6. 72, 3. 4; R. 2. 50; 9. 82; kṛtapadaṃ stanayugalaṃ U. 6. 35 'brought into relief or bursting forth'.
     (6) Dignity, rank, office, station or position; bhagavatyā prāśnikapadamadhyāsitavyaṃ M. 1; yāṃtyevaṃ gṛhiṇīpadaṃ yuvatayaḥ S. 4. 17 'attain to the rank or position' &c.; sthitā gṛhiṇīpade 4. 18; so saciva-, rāja- &c.
     (7) Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; vyavahārapadaṃ hi tat Y. 2. 5 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms. 8. 7; satāṃ hi saṃdehapadeṣu vastuṣu S. 1. 22; vāṃchitaphalaprāpteḥ padaṃ Ratn. 1. 6.
     (8) Abode, object, receptacle: padaṃ dṛśaḥ syāḥ kathamīśa mādṛśāṃ Śi. 1. 37, 15. 22; agarīyānna padaṃ nṛpaśriyaḥ Ki. 2. 14; avivekaḥ paramāpadāṃ padaṃ 2. 30; ke vā na syuḥ paribhavapadaṃ niṣphalāraṃbhayatnāḥ Me. 54; H. 4. 69.
     (9) A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; virācetapadaṃ (geyaṃ) Me. 86; 103; M. 5. 2; S 3. 15. (10) A complete or inflected word; suptiṃṅaṃtaṃ padaṃ P. I. 4. 14; varṇāḥ padaṃ prayogārhānanvitaikārthabodhakāḥ S. D. 9; R. 8. 77; Ku. 4. 9.
     (11) A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular.
     (12) Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words.
     (13) A pretext; Śi. 7. 14.
     (14) A square root.
     (15) A part, portion or division (as of a sentence); as tripadā gāyatrī.
     (16) A measure of length.
     (17) Protection, preservation.
     (18) A square or house on a chessboard; aṣṭāpadapadālekhyaiḥ Rām.
     (19) A quadrant. (20) The last of a series.
     (21) A plot of ground.
     (22) (In Arith). Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required. --daḥ A ray of light.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ, --cihnaṃ a foot-print.
          --aṃguṣṭhaḥ the great toe thumb (of the foot).
          --adhyayanaṃ study of the Vedas according to the padapāṭha q. v.
          --anuga a. 1. following closely, being at the heels of (gen.). --2. suitable, agreeable to. (
          --gaḥ) a follower, companion.
          --anurāgaḥ 1. a servant. --2. an army.
          --anuśāsanaṃ the science of words, grammar.
          --anuṣaṃgaḥ anything added to a pada.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. the end of a line of a stanza. --2. the end of a word.
          --aṃtaraṃ another step, the interval of one step; padāṃtare sthitvā S. 1; a- closely, without a pause.
          --aṃtya a. final.
          --abjaṃ, --aṃbhojaṃ, --araviṃdaṃ, --kamalaṃ, --paṃkajaṃ, --padmaṃ a lotuslike foot.
          --arthaḥ 1. the meaning of a word. --2. a thing or object. --3. a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 sub-heads). --4. anything which can be named (abhidheya), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patanjali), and two according to the Vedantins. --5. the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied.
          --āghātaḥ 'a stroke with the foot', a kick.
          --ājiḥ a foot-soldier.
          --ādiḥ 1. the beginning of the line of a stanza. --2. the beginning or first letter of a word. vid m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas.)
          --āyatā a shoe.
          --āvalī a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (kāvyasya) śarīraṃ tāvadiṣṭārthavyavacchinnā padāvalī Kav. 1. 10; madhurakomalakāṃtapadāvalīṃ śṛṇu tadā jayadevasarasvatīṃ Gīt. 1.
          --āsanaṃ a foot-stool.
          --āhata a. kicked.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛt m. the author of the Padapaṭha.
          --kramaḥ walking, a pace.
          --gaḥ a foot-soldier.
          --gatiḥ f. gait, manner of going.
          --chedaḥ, --vicchedaḥ, --vigrahaḥ separation of words, resolution of a sentence into its constituent parts.
          --cyuta a. dismissed from office, deposed.
          --nyāsaḥ 1. stepping, tread, step. --2. a foot-mark. --3. position of the feet in a particular attitude. --4. the plant gokṣura. --5. writing down verses or quarters of verses.
          --paṃktiḥ f. 1. a line of foot-steps; S. 3. 8; V. 4. 6. --2. a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; Ki. 10. 10. --3. an iṣtaka or sacred brick.
          --pāṭhaḥ an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. saṃhitāpāṭha). --pātaḥ, --vikṣepaḥ a step, pace (of a horse also).
          --baṃdhaḥ a foot-step, step.
          --bhaṃjanaṃ analysis of words, etymology.
          --bhaṃjikā 1. a commentary which separates the words and analyses the eompounds of a passage. --2. a register, journal. --3. a calendar.
          --bhraṃśaḥ dismissal from office.
          --mālā a magical formula.
          --yopanaṃ a fetter for the feet (Ved.).
          --vāyaḥ Ved. a leader.
          --viṣṭaṃbhaḥ a step, footstep.
          --vṛttiḥ f. the hiatus between two words.
          --vyākhyānaṃ interpretation of words.
          --saṃghātaḥ (ṭaḥ) 1. connecting the words which are separated in the saṃhitā. --2. a writer, an annotator.
          --stha a. 1. going on foot. --2. being in a position of authority or high rank.
          --sthānaṃ a foot-print.

padakam A step, position, office; see pada. --kaḥ
     (1) An ornament of the neck.
     (2) One conversant with the padapāṭha q. v.
     (3) A niṣka or weight of gold.

padaviḥ --vī f. [pad-avi vā ṅīp] A way, road, path, course (fig. also); pavanapadavī Me. 8; anuyāhi sādhupadavīṃ Bh. 2. 77 'follow in the footsteps of the good'; S. 4. 13; R. 3. 50, 7. 7; 8. 11; 15. 99; Bh. 3. 46; Ve. 6. 27; so sa yauvanapadavīmārūḍhaḥ Pt.
     (1) 'he attained his majority' (grew up to man's estate).
     (2) Position, station, rank, dignity, office, post.
     (3) A place, site.
     (4) Good conduct or behaviour.

padātaḥ, padātiḥ [padbhyāmatati, at-ac]
     (1) A foot-soldier; R. 7. 37.
     (2) A pedestrian (walking on foot); U. 5. 12.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyakṣaḥ the commander-in-chief of the infantry.

padātin a.
     (1) Having foot-soldiers (as an army).
     (2) Being or going on foot. --m. A foot-soldier.

padātikaḥ, padātīyaḥ A foot-man.

padāraḥ The dust of the feet.

padiḥ Ved.
     (1) An animal moving with its feet.
     (2) A bird.

padika a.
     (1) Going on foot, pedestrain.
     (2) One Pada long.
     (3) Containing only one division. --kaḥ A footman. --kaṃ The point of the foot.

padekaḥ A falcon.

padvan m. A road, way.

padga, padratha &c. See under pad.

panna p. p. [pad-kta]
     (1) Fallen, sunk, gone down, descended.
     (2) Gone; see pad. --nnaṃ
     (1) Downward motion; descent, fall.
     (2) Creeping on the ground.
     -- Comp.
          --gaḥ a snake, serpent; viprakṛtaḥ pannagaḥ phaṇāṃ kurute S. 6. 30. (
          --gaṃ) lead. -ariḥ, -aśanaḥ, nāśanaḥ epithets of Garuḍa.

padma a. [pad-man] Lotus-hued. --dmaṃ
     (1) A lotus (m. also in this sense); padmapatrasthitaṃ toyaṃ dhatte muktāphalaśriyaṃ.
     (2) A lotus-like ornament.
     (3) The form or figure of a lotus.
     (4) The root of a lotus.
     (5) The coloured marks on the trunk and face of an elephant.
     (6) An army arrayed in the form of a lotus.
     (7) A particular high number (one thousand billions).
     (8) Lead.
     (9) N. given by the Tāntrikas to the six divisions of the upper part of the body called Chakras. (10) A mark or mole on the human body.
     (11) A spot.
     (12) N. of a particular part of a column. --dmaḥ A kind of temple.
     (2) An elephant.
     (3) A species of serpent.
     (4) An epithet of Rāma.
     (5) One of the nine treasures of Kubera, see navanidhi.
     (6) A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. --dmā
     (1) N. of Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortune, and wife of Viṣṇu; (taṃ) padmā padmātapatreṇabheje sāmrājyadīkṣitaṃ R. 4. 5.
     (2) Cloves.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. lotuseyed. (
          --kṣaḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu or the sun. (
          --kṣaṃ) the seed of a lotus.
          --aṃtaraṃ --raḥ a lotus-leaf.
          --ākaraḥ 1. a large tank or pond abounding in lotuses. --2. a pond or pool of water in general. --3. a lotus-pool. --4. an assemblage of lotuses; Bh. 2. 73.
          --ālayaḥ an epithet of Brahman, the creator. (
          --yā) 1. an epithet of Lakṣmī. --2. cloves.
          --āsanaṃ 1. a lotus-seat; Ku. 7. 86. --2. a particular posture in religious meditation; ūrumūle vāmapādaṃ punastu dakṣiṇaṃ padaṃ . vāmorau sthāpayitvā tu padmāsanamiti smṛtaṃ .. (--naḥ) 1. an epithet of Brahman, the creator. --2. of Śiva. --3. of the, sun.
          --āhvaṃ cloves.
          --udbhavaḥ an epithet of Brahman.
          --kara, --hasta a. holding a lotus. (
          --raḥ, --staḥ) 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. a lotus-like hand. --3. N. of the sun. (
          --rā, --stā) N. of Lakṣmī.
          --karṇikā 1. the pericarp of a lotus. --2. the central part of an army arrayed in the form of a lotus.
          --kalikā a lotus-bud, an unblown lotus.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ a fragrant wood used in medicine.
          --keśaraḥ --raṃ the filament of a lotus.
          --kośaḥ, --koṣaḥ 1. the calyx of a lotus. --2. a position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus.
          --khaṃḍaṃ, --ṣaṃḍaṃ a multitude of lotuses.
          --gaṃdha, gaṃdhi a. lotus-scented, or as fragrant as or smelling like a lotus. (
          --dhaṃ, --gaṃdhi n.) = padmakāṣṭha q. v.
          --garbhaḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. of Viṣṇu. --3. of Śiva. --4. the sun. --5. the inside or middle of a lotus.
          --guṇā, --gṛhā 1. an epithet of Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. --2. cloves.
          --jaḥ, --jāta, --bhavaḥ, --bhūḥ, --yoniḥ, saṃbhavaḥ epithets of Brahman, the lotusborn god.
          --taṃtuḥ the fibrous stalk of a lotus.
          --nābhaḥ, --bhiḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --nālaṃ a lotus-stalk.
          --nidhiḥ a treasure of the value of a Padma.
          --pāṇiḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. N. of Buddha. --3. N. of the sun. --4. of Viṣṇu.
          --puṣpaḥ the Karṇikāra plant.
          --baṃdhaḥ a kind of artificial composition in which the words are arranged in the form of a lotus-flower; see K. P. 9 ad. loc.
          --baṃdhuḥ 1. the sun. --2. a bee.
          --bījaṃ the seed of a lotus.
          --bhāsaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --mālinī the goddess of wealth.
          --rāgaḥ, --gaṃ a ruby; R. 13. 53; 17. 23; Ku. 3. 53.
          --rūpā an epithet of the goddess of wealth.
          --rekhā a figure on the palm of the hand (of the form of a lotus-flower) which indicates the acquisition of great wealth.
          --lāṃchanaḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. Kubera. --3. the sun. --4. a king. (
          --nā) 1. an epithet of Lakṣmī1, the goddess of wealth. --2. or of Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning. --3. N. of Tārā.
          --vāsā an epithet of Lakṣmī.
          --samāsanaḥ an epithet of Brahman.
          --snuṣā 1. an epithet of Gaṅgā. --2. of Lakṣmī. --3. of Durgā.
          --hāsaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.

padmakam
     (1) An army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower.
     (2) The coloured spots on the trunk and face of an elephant.
     (3) A particular posture in sitting.

padmakin m.
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) The Bhūrja or birch tree.

padmāvatī
     (1) An epithet of Lakṣmī.
     (2) N. of a river; Māl. 9. 1.

padmin a. [padma-ini]
     (1) Possessing lotuses.
     (2) Spotted. --m.
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

padminī
     (1) The lotus plant; suragaja iva bibhrat padminīṃ daṃtalagnāṃ Ku. 3. 76; R. 16. 68; Me. 83; M. 2. 13.
     (2) An assemblage of lotus flowers.
     (3) A pond or lake abounding in lotuses.
     (4) The fibrous stalk of a lotus.
     (5) A female elephant.
     (6) A woman of the first of the four classes into which writers on erotical science divide women; the ratimaṃjarī thus defines her: --bhavati kamalanetrā nāsikākṣudraraṃdhrā aviralakucayugmā cārukeśī kṛśāṃgī . mṛduvacanasuśīlā gītavādyānuraktā sakalatanusuveśā padminī padmagaṃdhā ...
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --kāṃtaḥ, --vallabhaḥ the sun.
          --khaṃḍaṃ, --ṣaṃḍaṃ a multitude of lotuses; a place abounding in lotuses.

padmeśayaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

padya a.
     (1) Consisting of Padas or lines.
     (2) Measuring a pada.
     (3) Belonging to the foot.
     (4) Marked with footsteps.
     (5) Belonging to a word.
     (6) Final. --dyaḥ
     (1) A Śūdra.
     (2) A part of a word. --dyā
     (1) A footpath, path, way.
     (2) Sugar. --dyaṃ
     (1) A stanza or verse (consisting of four lines); madīyapadyaratnānāṃ maṃjūṣaiṣā mayā kṛtā Bv. 4. 45; padyaṃ catuṣpadī tacca vṛttaṃ jātiriti dvidhā Chand. M. 2.
     (2) Praise, panegyric (stuti).

padraḥ A village.

padvaḥ
     (1) The world of human beings (bhūloka).
     (2) A car.
     (3) A road.

pan 1 U. (panāyati-te, panāyita or panita)
     (1) To praise, extol; cf. paṇ.
     (2) (Atm.) To rejoice at, be glad of.

panasyati Den. P. To be admirable.

panāyita, --panita a. Praised.

panuḥ (nūḥ) Ved. Admiration, praise.

panasaḥ
     (1) The bread-fruit tree.
     (2) A thorn. --sā, --sī
     (1) A kind of malady, pustular and phlegmonoid inflammation of the skin or external organs.
     (2) A female monkey.
     (3) A female demon. --saṃ The fruit of the bread-fruit tree.

panasikā Pustules on the ears and neck.

paṃthaka a. Produced in or on the way.

panna, pannaga See under pad.

papiḥ The moon.

papī m. [cf. Uṇ. 3. 159]
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The moon.

papu a. Fostering, protecting. --puḥ f. A foster-mother.

paṃpā
     (1) N. of a lake in the Daṇḍaka forest; idaṃ ca paṃpābhidhānaṃ saraḥ U. 1; R. 13. 30; Bk. 6. 73.
     (2) N. of a river in the south of India.

pay 1 A. (payate) To go, move.

payas n.
     (1) Water.
     (2) Milk; payaḥpānaṃ bhujaṃgānāṃ kevalaṃ viṣavardhanaṃ H. 3. 4; R. 2, 36, 63; 14. 78 (where both senses are intended).
     (3) Semen virile.
     (4) Food.
     (5) Ved. Night.
     (6) Vital spirit, power, strength (Ved.). (payas is changed to paṃyo before soft con-sonants).
     -- Comp.
          --galaḥ, --ḍaḥ 1. hail. --2. an island.
          --ghanaṃ hail.
          --cayaḥ (payaścayaḥ) a reservoir or lake.
          --janman m. a cloud.
          --daḥ a cloud; Me. 7; R. 14. 37. -suhṛd m. a peacock.
          --dharaḥ 1. a cloud. --2. a woman's breast; padmāpayodharataṭī Gīt. 1; vipāṃḍubhirmlānatayā payodharaiḥ Ki. 4. 24 (where the word means 'a cloud' also); R. 14. 22. --3. an udder; R. 2. 3. --4. the cocoa-nut tree. --5. the backbone or spin (kaśeruka). --dhas m. 1. the ocean. --2. a pond, lake, a piece of water. --3. a rain-cloud.
          --dhārāgṛhaṃ a bath-room with flowing water.
          --dhiḥ, --nidhiḥ the ocean; Rs. 2. 7; N. 4. 50.
          --pūraḥ a pool, lake.
          --muc m. a cloud; R. 3. 3; 6. 5.
          --rāśiḥ the ocean.
          --vāhaḥ a cloud; R. 1. 36.
          --vrataṃ subsisting on mere milk (as a vow).

payasya a.
     (1) Milky, made of milk.
     (2) Watery. --syaḥ A cat. --syā Curds.

payasyati Den. P. To flow.

payāyate Den. P. To flow.

payasvala a. Rich in milk, yielding copious milk. --laḥ A goat.

payasvin a. Milky, juicy. --nī
     (1) A milch-cow; R. 2. 21, 54, 65.
     (2) A river.
     (3) A she-goat.
     (4) Night.

payodhikam The cuttle-fish bone.

payoraḥ The Khadira tree.

payoṣṇī N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain (identified by some with the modern Tāptī river, but more correctly with Purna, a feeder of that river).

para a. [pṝ-bhāve ap, kartari ac-vā] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. and voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position)
     (1) Other, different, another; see para m. also.
     (2) Distant, removed, remote.
     (3) Beyond, further, on the other side of; mlecchadeśastataḥ paraḥ Ms. 2. 23, 7. 158.
     (4) Subsequent, following, next to, future, after, (usually with abl.); bālyātparāmiva darśā madano'dhyuvāsa R. 5. 63; Ku. 1. 31.
     (5) Higher, superior; sikatātvādapi parāṃ prapede paramāṇutāṃ R. 15. 22; iṃdriyāṇi parāṇyāhuriṃdriyebhyaḥ paraṃ manaḥ . manasastu parā buddhiryo buddheḥ paratastu saḥ .. Bg. 3. 42.
     (9) Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal, na tvayā draṣṭhavyānāṃ paraṃ dṛṣṭaṃ S. 2; Ki. 5. 18; parato'pi paraḥ Ku. 2. 14 'higher than the highest'; 6. 19; S. 7. 27.
     (7) Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.)
     (8) Alien, estranged, stranger.
     (9) Hostile, inimical, adverse. (10) Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in paraṃ śataṃ 'exceeding or more than a hundred.'
     (11) Final, last.
     (12) (At the end of comp) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; paricaryāparaḥ R. 1. 91; so dhyānapara, śokapara, daivapara, ciṃtāpara &c. --raḥ
     (1) Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; yataḥ pareṣāṃ guṇagrahītāsi Bv. 1. 9; Śi. 20. 74; see eka, anya also.
     (2) A foe, an enemy, adversary; uttiṣṭhamānastu paro nopekṣyaḥ pathyamicchatā Śi. 2. 10; Pt. 2. 158; R. 3. 21. --raṃ
     (1) The highest point or pitch, culminating point.
     (2) The Supreme spirit.
     (3) Final beatitude.
     (4) The secondary meaning of a word.
     (4) (In logic.) One of the two kinds of sāmānya or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. pṛthvī is para with respect to a ghaṭa). Note--The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of para are used adverbially; e. g.
          (a) paraṃ 1. beyond, over, out of (with abl.); vartmanaḥ paraṃ R. 1. 17. --2after (with abl.); asmātparaṃ S. 6. 24; R. 1. 66; 3. 39; Me. 100; bhāgyāyattamataḥ paraṃ S. 4. 16; tataḥ paraṃ &c. --3. thereupon, thereafter. --4. but, however. 5. otherwise. --6. in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; paraṃ duḥkhito'smi &c.
     (7) most willingly. --8. only. --9. at the utmost.
          (b) pareṇa 1. farther, beyond, more than; kiṃ vā mṛtyoḥ pareṇa vidhāsyati Māl. 2. 2. --2. afterwards; mayi tu kṛtanidhāne kiṃ vidadhyāḥ pareṇa Mv. 2. 49. --3. after (with abl.) stanyatyāgātpareṇa U. 2, 7.
          (c) pare 1. afterwards, thereupon; atha tena daśāhataḥ pare R. 8. 73. --2. in future.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ the hinder part of the body.
          --aṃgadaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --adanaṃ a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia.
          --adhikāracarcā officiousness, meddlesomeness.
          --adhīna a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; Ms. 10. 54, 83.
          --aṃtaḥ final death. (
          --tāḥ) (m. pl.) N. of a people.
          --aṃtakaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --anna a. living or subsisting on another's food. (
          --nnaṃ) the food of another; paragṛhalalitāḥ parānnapuṣṭāḥ Mk. 4. 28. -paripuṣṭatā being fed with the food of others; Y. 3. 241. -bhojin a. subsisting on the food of others; H. 1. 139.
          --apara a. 1. far and near, remote and proximate. --2. prior and posterior. --3. before and beyond, earlier and later. --4. higher and lower, best and worst. (
          --raḥ) a Guru of an intermediate class. (
          --raṃ) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. pṛthvī which is para with respect to a ghaṭa is apara with respect to dravya; dravyatvādikajātistu parāparatayocyate Bhaṣa P. 8.
          --amṛtaṃ rain.
          --ayaṇa (ayana) a. 1. attached or devoted to, adhering to. --2. depending on, subject to. --3. intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); prabhurdhanaparāyaṇaḥ Bh. 2. 56; so moha- Ku. 4. 1; agnihotra- &c. --4. connected with --5. leading or conducive to. (
          --ṇaṃ) 1. the principal or highest object, chief aim, best or last resort. --2. essence, sum. --3. Ved. going away, departure, exit. --4. firm devotion.
          --artha a. 1. having another aim or meaning. --2. intended or designed for another, done for another. (
          --rthaḥ) 1. the highest interest or advantage. --2. the interest of another (opp. svārtha); svārtho yasya parārtha eva sa pumānekaḥ satāmagraṇīḥ Subhāṣ.; R. 1. 29. --3. the chief or highest meaning. --4. the highest object (i. e. sexual intercourse). (
          --rthaṃ --rthe) ind. for the sake of another.
          --ardhaṃ 1. the other part (opp. pūrvārdha); the latter half; dinasya pūrvārdhaparārdhabhinnā chāyeva maitrī khalasajjanānāṃ Bh. 2. 60. --2. a particular high number; i. e. 100,000,000,000,000,000; ekatvādiparārdhaparyaṃtā saṃkhyā T. S.
          --ardhya a. 1. being on the farther side or half. --2. most distant in number; hemaṃto vasaṃtātparārdhyaḥ Śat. Br. --3. most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R. 3. 27, 8. 27, 10. 64; 16. 39; Śi. 8. 45. --4. most costly; Śi. 4. 11. --5. most beautiful or lovely, finest; R. 6. 4; Śi. 3. 58. (
          --rdhyaṃ) 1. a maximum. --2. an infinite number.
          --avara a. 1. far and near. --2. earlier and later. --3. prior and posterior or subsequent. --4. higher and lower. --5. traditional; Ms. 1. 105. --6. all-including. (
          --rā) descendants. (
          --raṃ) 1. cause and effect. --2. the whole extent of an idea. --3. the universe. --4. totality. -dṛś a. knowing both the past and the future.
          --ahaḥ the next day.
          --ahṇaḥ the afternoon, the latter part of the day.
          --āgamaḥ attack of an enemy.
          --ācita a. fostered or brought up by another. (
          --taḥ) a slave.
          --ātman m. the Supreme spirit.
          --āyatta a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; parāyattaḥ prīteḥ kathamiva rasaṃ vettu puruṣaḥ Mu. 3. 4.
          --āyus m. an epithet of Brahman.
          --āviddhaḥ 1. an epithet of Kubera. --2. of Viṣṇu.
          --āśraya a. dependent upon another. (
          --yaḥ) 1. dependence upon another. --2. the retreat of enemies. (
          --yā) a plant growing on another tree.
          --āsaṃgaḥ dependence upon another.
          --āskaṃdin m. a thief, robber.
          --itara a. 1. other than inimical, i. e. friendly, kind. --2. one's own; Ki. 1. 14.
          --īśaḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. of Viṣṇu.
          --iṣṭiḥ N. of Brahman.
          --utkarṣaḥ another's prosperity.
          --upakāraḥ doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; paropakāraḥ puṇyāya pāpāya parapīḍanaṃ. --upakārin a. benevolent, kind to others.
          --upajāpaḥ causing dissension among enemies.
          --upadeśaḥ advising others; paropadeśe pāṃḍityam. --uparuddha a. besieged by an enemy.
          --ūḍhā another's wife.
          --edhita a. fostered or brouht up gby another. (
          --taḥ) 1. a servant. --2. the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --kalatraṃ another's wife. -abhigamanaṃ adultery; H. 1. 135.
          --kāryaṃ another's business or work. -nirataḥ 1. a benevolent man. --2. a slave, servant.
          --krāṃtiḥ f. inclination of the ecliptic.
          --kṣetraṃ 1. another's body. --2. another's field; Ms. 9. 49. --3. another's wife; Ms. 3. 175.
          --gāmin a. 1. being with another. --2. relating to another. --3. beneficial to another.
          --guṇa a. beneficial to another.
          --graṃthiḥ joint (as of a finger).
          --glāniḥ f. subjugation of an enemy; ātmodayaḥ paraglānirdvayaṃ nītiritīyatī Śi. 2. 30.
          --cakraṃ 1. the army of an enemy. --2. invasion by an enemy, one of the six ītis, q. v. --3. a hostile prince.
          --chaṃda a. dependent. (
          --daḥ) 1. the will of another. --2. dependence. -anuvartanaṃ following the will of another.
          --chidraṃ a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another.
          --ja a. stranger
          --janaḥ a stranger (opp. svajana). --jāta a. 1. born of another. --2. dependent on another for livelihood. (
          --taḥ) a servant.
          --jita a. 1. conquered by another. --2. maintained by another. (
          --taḥ) the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --taṃtra a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient.
          --dārāḥ (m. pl.) another's wife.
          --dārin m. an adulterer.
          --duḥkhaṃ the sorrow or grief of another; viralaḥ paraduḥkhaduḥkhito janaḥ; mahadapi paraduḥkhaṃ śītalaṃ samyagāhuḥ V. 4. 13.
          --devatā the Supreme being.
          --deśaḥ a foreign country.
          --deśin m. a foreigner.
          --drohin, --dveṣin a. hating others, hostile, inimical.
          --dhanaṃ another's property.
          --dharmaḥ 1. the religion of another; svadharme nidhanaṃ śreyaḥ paradharmo bhayāvahaḥ Bg. 3. 35. --2. another's duty or business. --3. the duties of another caste; Ms. 10. 97.
          --dhyānaṃ absolute meditation or contemplation.
          --nipātaḥ the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. bhūtapūrvaḥ where the sense is pūrvaṃ bhūtaḥ; so rājadaṃtaḥ, agnyāhitaḥ &c.
          --pakṣaḥ the side or party of an enemy.
          --padaṃ 1. the highest position, eminence. --2. final beatitude.
          --pākarata a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; paṃcayajñān svayaṃ kṛtvā parānnamupajīvati . satataṃ prātarutthāya parapākaratastu saḥ ... --piṃḍaḥ another's food, food given by another. -ad a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another. (--m.) a servant. -rata a. feeding upon another's food.
          --puraṃjayaḥ a conqueror, hero.
          --puruṣaḥ 1. another man, a stranger. --2. the Supreme spirit, Viṣṇu.
     (3) The husband of another woman. --puṣṭa a. fed or nourished by another. (--ṣṭaḥ) the (Indian) cuckoo. -mahotsavaḥ the mango tree. --puṣṭā 1. the (Indian) cuckoo. --2. a parasitical plant. --3. a harlot, postitute. --pūrvā a woman who has had a former husband. --preṣyaḥ a servant, menial slave. --brahman n. the Supreme spirit. --bhāgaḥ 1. another's share. --2. superior merit. --3. good fortune, prosperity. --4.
          (a) excellence, superiority, supremacy; duradhigamaḥ parabhāgo yāvatpuruṣeṇa pauruṣaṃ na kṛtaṃ Pt. 1. 330; 5. 34.
          (b) excess, abundance, height; sthalakamalagaṃjanaṃ mama hṛdayaraṃjanaṃ janitaratiraṃgaparabhāgaṃ Gīt. 10; ābhāti labdhaparabhāgatayādharoṣṭhe R. 5. 70; Ku. 7. 17; Ki. 5. 30, 8. 42; Śi. 7. 33, 8. 51; 10. 86, 12. 15. --5. the last part, remainder. --bhāṣā a foreign tongue. --bhukta a. enjoyed or used by another. --bhūta a. following, subsequent (as words). --bhṛt m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). --bhṛta a. nourished by another. --bhṛtaḥ, --tā the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another, i. e. by a crow); S. 5. 22; Ku. 6. 2; R. 9. 43; S. 4. 9. --mataṃ 1. another's opinion. --2. different opinion or doctrine. --marmajña a. knowing the secrets of another. --mṛtyuḥ a crow. --ramaṇaḥ a married woman's gallant or paramour; Pt. 1. 180. --lokaḥ the next (or future) world; Ku. 4. 10. -gamaḥ, -yānaṃ death. -vidhiḥ funeral rites; Ku. 4. 38. --vaśa, --vaśya a. subject to another, dependent. --vācyaṃ a fault or a defect. --vāṇiḥ 1. a judge. --2. a year. --3. N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. --vādaḥ 1. rumour, report. --2. objection, controversy. --vādin m. a disputant, controversialist. --veśman n. the abode of the supreme being. --vrataḥ an epithet of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. --śvas ind. the dayafter tomorrow. --saṃgata a. 1. associated with another. --2. fighting with another. --saṃjñakaḥ the soul. --savarṇa a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). --sāt ind. into the hands of another. -kṛtā a woman given in marriage. --sevā service of another. --strī another's wife. --svaṃ another's property; R. 1. 27; Ms. 7. 123. -haraṇaṃ seizing another's property. --han a. killing enemies. --hita a. 1. benevolent. --2. profitable to another. (--taṃ) the welfare of another.

parakīya a.
     (1) Belonging to another; artho hi kanyā parakīya eva S. 4. 21; Ms. 4. 201.
     (2) Stranger, hostile. --yā Another's wife, a woman not one's own, one of the three main kinds of heroines; see anyastrī and S. D. 108 et seq.

paraṃjanaḥ, paraṃjayaḥ An epithet of Varuṇa.

paratas ind.
     (1) From another; Bv. 1. 120.
     (2) From an enemy; R. 3. 48.
     (3) Further, more (than), beyond, after, over (often with abl.); ddheḥ paratastu saḥ Bg. 3. 42.
     (4) Other wise.
     (5) Differently.
     (6) Further afterwards.

paratvam
     (1) The following of another letter, posteriority.
     (2) Distinction, difference.
     (3) Remoteness.
     (4) Consequence, result.
     (5) Enmity, hostility.
     (6) Priority of place or time, proximity, one of the 24 guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas.

paratra ind.
     (1) In another world, in a future birth; paratreha ca śarmaṇe R. 1. 69; Ku. 4. 37; Ms. 3. 275, 5. 166; 8. 127.
     (2) In the sequel, further or later on.
     (3) Hereafter, in future. --traṃ Future world.
     -- Comp.
          --bhīruḥ one who stands in awe of the future world, a pious or religious man.

paraṃtapa a. [cf. P. III. 2. 39] Annoying or vexing others, subduing one's enemy; Bg. 4. 2; R. 15. 7. --paḥ A hero, conqueror.

parama a. [paraṃ paratvaṃ māti-ka Tv.]
     (1) Most distant, last.
     (2) Highest, best, most excellent, greatest; prāpnoti paramāṃ gatiṃ Ms. 4. 14; 7. 1, 2. 13.
     (3) Chief, principal, primary, supreme; Ms. 8. 302, 9. 319.
     (4) Exceeding, extreme.
     (5) Adequate sufficient.
     (6) Worst.
     (7) Higher than, superior to; Pt. 1. 11. --maṃ The utmost or highest; the chief or prominent part; (at the end of comp.) consisting principally of, solely occupied with; kāmopabhogaparamā etāvaditi niścitāḥ Bg. 16. 11; Ms. 6. 96. --maṃ ind.
     (1) A particle of assent, acceptance or agreement (well, very well, yes, be it so); tataḥ paramāmityuktvā pratasthe munimaṃḍalaṃ Ku. 6. 35.
     (2) Exceedingly, very much; paramakruddhaḥ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganā an excellent woman.
          --aṇuḥ an infinitesimal particle, an atom; R. 15. 22; paraguṇaparamāṇūn parvatīkṛtya nityaṃ Bh. 2. 78; pṛthvī nityā paramāṇurūpā T. S.; (a paramāṇu is thus defined:
          --jālāṃtarasthasūryāṃśau yatsūkṣmaṃ dṛśyate rajaḥ . bhāgastasya ca ṣaṣṭho yaḥ paramāṇuḥ sa ucyate .. Tarka K.; or less accurately:
          --jālāṃtaragate raśmau yatsūkṣmaṃ dṛśyate rajaḥ . tasya triṃśattamo bhāgaḥ paramāṇuḥ sa ucyate ...) -aṃgakaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --advaitaṃ 1. the Supreme spirit. --2. pure unitarianism.
          --annaṃ rice boiled in milk.
          --apamaḥ the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic.
          --arthaḥ 1. the highest or most sublime truth, true spiritual knowledge, knowledge about Brahman or the Supreme spirit; R. 8. 22; Mv. 7. 2. --2. truth, reality, earnestness; parihāsavijalpitaṃ sakhe paramārthena na gṛhyatāṃ vacaḥ S. 2. 18; oft in comp. in the sense of 'true' or 'real'; -matsyāḥ R. 7. 40. Mv. 4. 30. --3. any excellent or important object. --4. the best sense. --5. the best kind of wealth. -vid a philosopher.
          --arthataḥ ind. truly, really, exactly, accurately; vikāraṃ khalu paramārthato'jñātvānāraṃbhaḥ pratīkārasya S. 4; uvāca cainaṃ paramārthato haraṃ na vetsi nūnaṃ yata evamāttha māṃ Ku. 5 75; Pt. 1. 136.
          --ahaḥ an excellent day.
          --ātman m. the Supreme spirit or Brahman; R. 8. 22.
          --ānaṃdaḥ 'supreme felicity', Supreme spirit.
          --āpad f. the greatest calamity or misfortune.
          --riśaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. of Indra. --3. of Śiva. --4. the Almighty god, the Supreme Being. --5. N. of Brahman. --6. a universal monarch, sovereign of the world; see cakravartin. --ṛṣiḥ a great sage.
          --aiśvaryaṃ supremacy.
          --gatiḥ f. 1. any chief object or refuge (as a god). --2. final beatitude, emancipation.
          --gavaḥ an excellent bull or cow.
          --padaṃ 1. the best position, highest rank. --2. final beatitude.
          --puruṣaḥ, --pūruṣaḥ the Supreme spirit.
          --prakhya a. celebrated, renowned.
          --brahman n. the Supreme spirit.
          --rasaḥ butter-milk mixed with water.
          --haṃsaḥ an ascetic of the highest order, one who has controlled and subdued all his senses by abstract meditation; cf. kuṭīcaka.

paramaka a. Highest, most excellent, best &c.

paramataḥ ind. In the highest degree, exceedingly, very much.

paramatā
     (1) Highest.
     (2) Highest aim or end.

paraṃpadam
     (1) The abode of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Eternal felicity.
     (3) A high position.

parameṣṭha a. Superior, supreme. --ṣṭhaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Brahman.
     (2) A deity.

varameṣṭhin m.
     (1) An epithet of Brahman.
     (2) Of Śiva.
     (3) Of Viṣṇu.
     (4) Of Garuḍa.
     (5) Of Agni.
     (6) Any spiritual teacher.
     (7) (with Jainas) An Arhat.

paraṃpara a.
     (1) One following the other.
     (2) Successive, repeated. --raḥ
     (1) A great-grandson.
     (2) A kind of deer. --rā
     (1) An uninterrupted series, regular series, succession; mahatīyaṃ khalvanarthaparaṃparā K. 103; karṇaparaṃparayā 'from ear to ear, by hear-say'; paraṃparayā āgam 'to be handed down in regular succession'.
     (2) A row, line, collection, assemblage (of regular things); toyāṃtarbhāskarālīva reje muniparaṃparā Ku. 6. 49; R. 6. 5, 35. 40; 12. 100.
     (3) Method, order, due arrangement.
     (4) Race, family, lineage.
     (5) Injury, hurting, killing. --raṃ ind. Successively, one after the other.

paraṃparāka a. Immolating an animal at a sacrifice.

paraṃparīṇa a.
     (1) Obtained by succession or descent, hereditary; lakṣmīṃ paraṃparīṇāṃ tvaṃ putrapautrīṇatāṃ naya Bk. 5. 15.
     (2) Traditional.

paravat a.
     (1) Dependent upon or subject to another, ready to obey; sā bālā paravatīti me viditaṃ S. 3. 1; bhagavanparavānayaṃ janaḥ R. 8. 81; 2. 56; oft. with instr. or loc. of person; bhrātrā yaditthaṃ paravānasi tvaṃ R. 14. 59.
     (2) Deprived of strength, rendered powerless; paravāniva śarīropatāpena Māl. 3.
     (3) Completely under the influence of (another), not master of oneself, overpowered or overcome; vismayena paravānasmi U. 5; ānaṃdena paravānasmi U. 3; sādhvasena Māl. 6.
     (4) Devoted to.

paravattā Subjection to another, dependence; V. 5. 17.

paraṃjaḥ
     (1) An oil-mill.
     (2) The blade of a sword.
     (3) Foam.
     (4) A scymitar. --jā The sounds of instruments at festivals. --jaṃ Indra's sword.

paraśaḥ A kind of stone or gem, the touch of which is said to turn other metals, such as iron, into gold; perhaps the philosopher's stone.

paraśuḥ [paraṃ-śṛṇāti, śṝ-ku ḍicca; cf. Uṇ. 1. 34]
     (1) An axe, a hatchet, a battleaxe; tarjitaḥ paraśudhārayā mama R. 11. 78.
     (2) A weapon in general.
     (3) A thunderbolt.
     -- Comp.
          --dharaḥ 1. an epithet of Paraśurāma. --2. of Gaṇeśa. --3. a soldier armed with an axe.
          --rāmaḥ 'Rāma with the axe', N. of a celebrated Brāhmaṇa warrior, son of Jamadagni and the sixth incarnation of Viṣṇu. [While young he out off with his axe the head of his mother Reṇukā at the command of his father when none of his other brothers was willing to do so; (see Jamadagni). Some time after this, king Kārtavīrya went to the hermitage of his father, and carried off his cow. But Paraśurāma, when he returned home, fought with the king and killed him. When his sons heard this, they became very angry, and repaired to the hermitage, and on finding Jamadagni alone, they shot him dead. When Paraśurāma, who was not then also at home, returned, he became very much exasperated, and made the dreadful vow of exterminating the whole Kshatriya race. He succeeded in fulfilling this vow, and is said to have 'rid the earth thrice seven times of the royal race'. He was afterwards, destroyer of the Kshatriyas as he was, defeated by Rāma, son of Daśaratha, though quite a boy of sixteen; (see R. 11. 68-91). He is said to have at one time pierced through the krauncha mountain, being jealous of the might of Kārtikeya; cf. Me. 57. He is one of the seven chirajīvins, and is believed to be still practising penance on the Mahendra mountain. cf. Gīt. 1.:
          --kṣatriyarudhiramaye jagadapagatapāpaṃ snapayasi payasi śamitabhavatāpam . keśava dhṛtabhṛgupatirūpa jaya jagadīśa hare .]. --vamaṃ N. of a certain part of hell.

paraśva(sva)dhaḥ A hatchet, a battle-axe; dhārāṃ śitāṃ rāmaparaśvadhasya saṃbhāvayatyutpalapatrasārāṃ R. 6. 42.

paras ind. (Rarely used by itself in classical Sanskrit)
     (1) Beyond, further, more than.
     (2) On the other side of.
     (3) Far away, at a distance.
     (4) With the exception of.
     (5) Ved. In future, afterwards.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛṣṇa a. very black.
          --puṃsā Ved. a woman net satisfied with her husband (and therefore seeking for a paramour).
          --puruṣa a. higher than a man.
          --śata a. more than a hundred; Ki. 13. 26; Śi. 12. 50.
          --śvas ind. the day after tomorrow.
          --sahasra a. more than a thousand; paraḥsahasrāḥ śaradastapāṃsi taptvā U. 1. 15; paraḥsahasraiḥ piśācaiḥ Mv. 5. 17.

parastāt ind.
     (1) Beyond, on the other side of, further than (with gen.); ādityavarṇaṃ tamasaḥ parastāt Bg. 8. 9.
     (2) Hereafter, afterwards; parastādavagamyate S. 1.
     (3) Higher than.
     (4) Ved. From above.
     (5) Aside, apart.

paraspara a. Mutual; parasparāṃ vismayavaṃti lakṣmīmālokayāṃcakrurivādareṇa Bk. 2. 5. --pron. a. Each other, one another (used in the sing. only; often in comp.); parasparasyopari paryacīyata R. 3. 24; 7. 38; avijñātaparasparaiḥ apasarpaiḥ 17. 51; parasparākṣisādṛkṣyaṃ 1. 40, 3. 24. Note. The acc. and abl. singulars are often used adverbially in the sense of 'mutually,' 'reciprocally', 'one another,' 'by, from, or to one another', 'against one another' &c.; see Bg. 3. 11, 10. 9; R. 4. 79; 6. 46; 7. 14, 53; 12. 94.
     -- Comp.
          --jñaḥ a friend.

parasmaipadaṃ, parasmaibhāṣā 'A voice for another', one of the two voices in which verbs in Sanskrit are conjugated.

parā ind. A prefix to verbs and nouns in the sense of 'away, back, in an inverted order, aside, towards.' According to G. M. the senses of parā are: 1. killing, injuring &c. (parāhata). --2. going (parāgata). --3. seeing, encountering (parādṛṣṭa). --4. prowess (parākrāṃta). --5. direction towards (parāvṛtta). --6. excess (parājita). --7. dependence (parādhīna). --8. liberation (parākṛta). --9. inverted order, backwards (parāṅmukha). --10. setting aside, disregarding.

parāka a. Small. --kaḥ
     (1) A sacrificial sword.
     (2) A kind of penance; dvādaśāhopavāsena parākaḥ parikīrtitaḥ; U. 4.
     (3) A kind of disease.

parākāśaḥ Remote expectation or hope.

parākṛ 8 U. To reject, disregard, slight, take no notice of; tāṃ hanūmān parākurvannagamat puṣpakaṃ prati Bk. 8. 50.

parākaraṇam The act of setting aside, rejecting, disregarding, disdaining.

parāke ind. At a distance(Ved.).

parākram
     (1) U.
     (1) To display courage, strength or heroism, act bravely; bakavacciṃtayedarthān siṃhavacca parākramet Ms. 7. 106; ityuktvā khe parākraṃsta Bk. 8. 22, 94.
     (2) To turn back.
     (3) To march against, attack.
     (4) To march forward, advance.

parākramaḥ
     (1) Heroism, prowess, courage, valour; parākramaḥ paribhave Śi. 2. 44.
     (2) Marching against, attack.
     (3) Attempt, endeavour, enterprise.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu.

parākramin a. Heroic, spirited, courageous, valiant.

parākrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Strong, valiant, bold, energetic.
     (2) Attacked.
     (3) Turned back.

parāgaḥ
     (1) The pollen of a flower; sphuṭaparāgaparāgatapaṃkajaṃ Śi. 6. 2; Amaru. 54.
     (2) Dust in general; R. 4. 30.
     (3) Fragrant powder used after bathing.
     (4) Sandal.
     (5) An cclipse of the sun or moon.
     (6) Fame, celebrity.
     (7) Independence, self-will.

parāgam 1 P.
     (1) To return; tadayaṃ parāgata evāsmi U. 5.
     (2) To surround, encompass, pervade; sphuṭaparāgaparāgatapaṃkajaṃ Śi. 6. 2.
     (3) Ved. To go away, depart.
     (4) To die.

parāgata p. p.
     (1) Dead.
     (2) Covered with, surrounded.
     (3) Spread, expanded.

parāṃgavaḥ The ocean.

parā(rāṃ)c a. (cī f.)
     (1) Situated beyond or on the other side; ye cāmuṣmātparāṃco lokāḥ Ch. Up.
     (2) Having the face turned away (parāṅmukha); Śi. 18. 18.
     (3) Unfavourable, adverse; daive parāci Bv. 1. 105; or daive parāgvadanaśālini haṃta jāte 3. 1.
     (4) Distant.
     (5) Directed outwards.
     (6) Turned away, avert ed.
     (7) Departing or returning from.
     (8) Inverted, reversed.
     -- Comp.
          --mukha a. (parāṅmukha) 1. having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon; vigrahācca śayane parāṅmukhīrnānunetumabalāḥ sa tatvare R. 19. 38; Amaru. 90; Ms. 2. 195; 10. 119. --2.
          (a) averse from; māturna kevalaṃ svasyāḥ śriyo'pyāsīt parāṅmukhaḥ R. 12. 13.
          (b) not disposed towards, shunning, avoiding; pravṛttiparāṅmukho bhāvaḥ V. 4. 20; S. 5. 28. --3. adverse, unfavourable; tanurapi na te doṣo'smākaṃ vidhistu parāṅmukhaḥ Amaru. 27. --4. not caring about, regardless of; martyeṣvāsthāparāṅmukhaḥ R. 10. 43. (--khaḥ) a magical formula pronounced over weapons.

parācīna a. [parāc-kha]
     (1) Turned in an opposite direction, averted.
     (2) Averse from, disinclined to.
     (3) Not minding, not caring about.
     (4) Happening subsequently or afterwards (uttarakālabhava).
     (5) Situated on the other side, being beyond. --naṃ ind.
     (1) Away from, beyond.
     (2) More than.

parāji 1 A.
     (1) To defeat, conquer, overcome, subdue; yaṃ parājayase mṛṣā Y. 2. 75; Bk. 8. 9; Śi. 19. 82.
     (2) To lose, be deprived of.
     (3) To be conquered or overcome by, find (something) unbearable; adhyayanātparājayate Sk. 'finds it unbearable or difficult to study'; Bk. 8. 71.
     (4) To submit or yield to.

parājayaḥ
     (1) Overpowering, conquest, conquering, subjugating, defeat; R. 11. 19; Ms. 7. 199.
     (2) Being overcome by, not being able to suffer (with abl.); as in adhyayanātparājayaḥ
     (3) Losing, loss, failure (as in a law-suit); anyathāvādino (sākṣiṇaḥ) yasya dhruvastasya parājayaḥ Y. 2. 79.
     (4) Deprivation.
     (5) Desertion.

parājita p. p.
     (1) Conquered, subjugated, defeated.
     (2) Condemned by law, cast or defeated (as in a law-suit).

parājiṣṇu a.
     (1) Victorious.
     (2) Conquered, defeated.

parāṃjaḥ
     (1) An oil-mill.
     (2) Foam.
     (3) The blade of a sword or knife.

parāṇuttiḥ f. Driving away, expelling, removing.

parātparaḥ The Supreme being.

parādā 3 U. Ved.
     (1) To giver or hand over, deliver.
     (2) To throw away, squander.
     (3) To give away or exchange for (with dat.).
     (4) To exclude from.

parādānam
     (1) Giving up or away.
     (2) Exchanging.

parādhiḥ
     (1) Hunting, chase.
     (2) Extreme montal pain.

parāna(ṇa)sā Medical treatment, practice of medicine.

parāpat 1 P.
     (1) To arrive, draw near, approach.
     (2) To return.
     (3) To escape.
     (4) To depart.
     (5) To fall out.
     (6) To fail. --Caus. To chase or drive away.

parābhū 1 P.
     (1) To defeat, vanquish, overcome.
     (2) To hurt, injure, tease.
     (3) To vanish, disappear.
     (4) To perish, be lost.
     (5) To submit, yield. --Caus.
     (1) To defeat, overcome.
     (2) (A.) To vanish, disappear.
     (3) To suffer a loss.

parābhavaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Defeat, discomfiture, overthrow; parābhavo'pyutsava eva mānināṃ Ki. 1. 41.
          (b) Mortification, humiliation; kuberasya manaḥ śalyaṃ śaṃsatīva parābhavaṃ Ku. 2. 22; tava padapallavavairiparābhavamidamanubhavatu suveśaṃ Gīt. 12.
     (2) Contempt, disregard, disrespect.
     (3) Destruction.
     (4) Disappearance, separation (sometimes written parābhāva).

parābhūta p. p.
     (1) Defeated, overcome.
     (2) Treated with contempt, degraded, dishonoured.

parābhūtiḥ f. See parābhavaḥ; Pt. 2. 97.

parāmṛta a. One who has overcome death.

parāmṛś 6 P.
     (1) To touch, rub or stroke gently; parāmṛśan harṣajaḍena pāṇinā tadīyamaṃgaṃ kuliśavraṇāṃkitaṃ R. 3. 68; Śi. 17. 11; Mk. 5. 28.
     (2) To lay hands on, attack, assail, seize; Mk. 1. 39.
     (3) To defile, pollute, outrage.
     (4) To reflect, think, consider; kiṃ bhaviteti saśaṃkaṃ paṃkajanayanā parāmṛśati Bv. 2. 53.
     (5) To think of mentally, praise (stu); graṃthāraṃbhe vighnavighātāya samuciteṣṭadevatāṃ graṃthakṛtparāmṛśati K. P. 1.
     (6) To have reference to, point to.

parāmarśaḥ
     (1) Seizing, pulling; as in keśaparāmarśaḥ.
     (2) Bending or drawing (as a bow).
     (3) Violence, attack, assault; yājñasenyāḥ parāmarśaḥ Mb.
     (4) Disturbance, hindrance; tapaḥparāmarśavivṛddhamanyoḥ Ku. 3. 71.
     (5) Calling to mind, recollection.
     (6) Consideration, reflection, thought.
     (7) Judgment.
     (8) (In logic) Deduction, ascertaining that the pakṣa or subject possesses the hetu; vyāptiviśiṣṭapakṣadharmatājñānaṃ parāmarśaḥ T. S; or vyāptasya pakṣadharmatvadhīḥ parāmarśa ucyate Bhāṣā P. 66.
     (9) Touching, striking gently. (10) Affection (by disease).

parāmarśanam
     (1) Remembrance.
     (2) Consideration, reflection, thought.

parāmṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Touched, handled, seized, grasped.
     (2) Roughly treated, violated.
     (3) Weighed, considered, judged.
     (4) Endured.
     (5) Connected with.
     (6) Afflicted by (as a disease); see parāmṛś.

parāri ind. The year before last.

parāyaṇa See under para (para-ayana).

parāruḥ The tree called kāravella.

parārukaḥ A stone or rock.

parāvākaḥ Contradiction (Ved.)

parāviddhaḥ N. of Kubera.

parāvat ind. Ved. At a distance.

parāvṛt 1 A. To return, turn back.

parāvartaḥ
     (1) Turning back, return, retreat.
     (2) Exchange, barter.
     (3) Restoration.
     (4) Reversal of a sentence (in law).

parāvṛtta p. p.
     (1) Returned, turned back.
     (2) Revolved.
     (3) Exchanged.
     (4) Reversed (as a judgment).
     (5) Restored, given back.

parāvṛttiḥ f.
     (1) = parāvartaḥ above.
     (2) Recoiling.
     (3) Not taking effect.

parāvyādhaḥ A stone's throw.

parāśaraḥ N. of a celebrated sage, father of Vyāsa and the author of a Smṛti.

parāśarin m. A beggar, mendicant.

parās 4 P.
     (1) To leave, give up, quit, abandon; parāstavasudhā sudhādhivasati Ki. 5. 27.
     (2) To expel.
     (3) To reject, repudiate; refute; iti yaduktaṃ tadapi parāstaṃ S. D. 1.

parāsaḥ The range of anything thrown --saṃ Tin.

parāsanam Killing, slaughter.

parāsta p. p.
     (1) Thrown or cast away.
     (2) Expelled, turned out.
     (3) Repudiated.
     (4) Refuted, rejected.
     (5) Defeated, overcome.

parāsu a. Lifeless, dead; prāk pa rāsurdvijātmajaḥ R. 15. 56; 9. 78.

parāskaṃdin m. A thief.

parāhan 2 P.
     (1) To strike or beat back, strike down, repulse, repel, overthrow, drive back; daivaṃ matpauruṣaparāhataṃ Ram.
     (2) To attack, assail; kaṭākṣaparāhataṃ vadanapaṃkajaṃ Māl. 7.
     (3) To dash against, strike.

parāhata p. p.
     (1) Struck down or back.
     (2) Driven back, repelled, repulsed.
     (3) Assailed, attacked. --taṃ A stroke.

pari ind. (Sometimes changed to parī, as parivāha or parīvāha, parihāsa or parīhāsa)
     (1) As a prefix to verbs and nouns derived from them, it means
          (a) round, round about, about.
          (b) in addition to, further.
          (c) opposite to, against.
          (d) much, excessively.
     (2) As a separable preposition it means
          (a) towards, in the direction of, to, opposite to; (with an acc.); vṛkṣaṃ pari vidyotate vidyut
          (b) successessively, severally (with an acc.); vṛkṣa vṛkṣaṃ pari siṃcati 'he waters tree after tree.'
          (c) to the share or lot of (showing bhāga or participation) (with acc.); yadatra māṃ pari syāt 'what may fall to my lot'; or lakṣmīrhariṃ pari. Sk.
          (d) from, out of.
          (e) except, outside of, with the exception of (with abl.); pari trigartebhyo vṛṣṭo devaḥ or paryanaṃtāttrayastāpāḥ Vop. (f.) after the lapse of.
          (g) in consequence of.
          (h) beyond, more than.
          (i) according to, in accordance with.
          (j) above, over.
     (3) As an adverbial prefix to nouns not directly connected with verbs, it means 'very,'; 'very much,' 'excessively'; as in paryaśru 'bursting into tears'; so paricaturdaśan, paridaurvalya.
     (4) At the beginning of adverbial compounds pari means
          (a) without, except, outside, with the exception of; as in paritrigartaṃ vṛṣṭo devaḥ P. II. 1. 12; VI. 2. 33. (According to P. II. 1. 10 pari may be used at the end of adverbial comp. after akṣa, śalākā, and a numeral to denote 'loss or defeat in a game by an unlucky or adverse cast of dice' (dyūtavyavahāre parājaye evāyaṃ samāsaḥ); e. g. akṣapari, śalākāpari, ekapari; cf. akṣapari.
          (b) round about, all round, surrounded by; as in paryagni 'in the midst of flames'.
     (5) At the end of an adjectival comp. pari has the sense of 'exhausted by,' or 'feeling repugnance, for'; as in paryadhyayanaḥ = pariglāno'dhyayanāya.

parikathā A work giving the history and adventures of a fabulous person, a work of fiction.

parikaṃpaḥ
     (1) A great terror.
     (2) Violent tremour or trembling; Mv. 2. 27.

parikaraḥ
     (1) Retinue, train, attendants, followers.
     (2) A multitude collection, crowd; Ratn. 3. 5.
     (3) A beginning, commencement; Bh. 1. 6.
     (4) A girth, waist-band, cloth worn round the loins; ahiparikarabhājaḥ Śi. 4. 65; parikaraṃ baṃdh or kṛ 'to gird up one's loins, to make oneself. ready, prepare oneself for any action'; badhnansavegaṃ parikaraṃ K. 170; kṛtaparikarasya bhavādṛśasya trailokyamapi na kṣamaṃ paripaṃthībhavituṃ Ve. 3; G. L. 47; Amaru. 92; U. 5. 12.
     (5) A sofa.
     (6) (In Rhet.) N. of a figure of speech which consists in the use of significant epithets; viśeṣaṇairyatsākūtairuktiḥ parikarastu saḥ K. P. 10; e. g. sudhāṃśukālatottaṃsastāpaṃ haratu vaḥ śivaḥ Chandr. 5. 59.
     (7) (In dramaturgy) Covert or indirect intimation of coming events in the plot of a drama, the germ or the bīja q. v.; see S. D. 340.
     (8) Judgment.
     (9) A helper, colleague, co-worker.

parikartanam
     (1) Cutting, cutting off.
     (2) A circular incision.
     (3) Cutting out.
     (4) A shooting pain.

parikartikā A sharp shooting pain, especially in the rectum.

parikartṛ m. A priest who performs the marriage ceremony of a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married; parikartā yājakaḥ Hārīta; cf. parivettṛ.

parikarman m. A servant. --n.
     (1) Painting or perfuming the body, personal decoration, dressing, toilet; kṛtācāraparikarmāṇaṃ S. 2.
     (2) Painting or dyeing the foot; Ku. 4. 19.
     (3) Preparation.
     (4) Worship, adoration.
     (5) (In Yoga phil.) Purifying, a means of purifying the mind; Śi. 4. 55; (see Malli. thereon).
     (6) An arithmetical operation (of which there are 8 divisions).

parikarmayati Den. P. To decorate, adorn.

parikarman m. An assistant, a servant, slave.

parikal 10 U.
     (1) To know, consider, regard.
     (2) To be aware of, remember.

parikalitam Comprehending, knowing.

parikalkanam Deceit, cheating, roguery.

parikāṃkṣitaḥ A religious mendicant or ascetic, a devotee.

parikūṭam A barrier, a trench before the gate of a town.

parikṛśa a. Very thin, emaciated.

parikṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To draw, pull, drag.
     (2) To lead (as an army).
     (3) To ponder, reflect constantly upon. --Caus. To torment, trouble.

parikarṣaḥ, --karṣaṇam Dragging out, extraction.

parikarṣita a.
     (1) Dragged about.
     (2) Harassed, tortured.

parikṝ 6 P.
     (1) To surround; parikīrṇā parivādinī muneḥ R. 8. 35.
     (2) To hand or give over, deliver; mahīṃ mahecchaḥ parikīrya sūnau R. 18. 33.
     (3) To scatter about.

parikīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Spread, diffused, scattered about.
     (2) Surrounded, crowded with, filled; Śi. 16. 10.

parikṝt 10 U.
     (1) To relate, narrate, proclaim, announce.
     (2) To praise, extol.
     (3) To name, call.
     (4) To propound.

parikīrtanam
     (1) Proclaiming, saying, talking of.
     (2) Boasting.
     (3) Naming.

parikīrtita p. p.
     (1) Proclaimed, announced.
     (2) Boasted of.
     (3) Said, declared to be.

parikḷp 1 A.
     (1) To tend to.
     (2) To give, grant, vouchasfe; U. 5. 27.
     (3) To think. --Caus.
     (1) To decide, determine.
     (2) To fix upon, design, make or turn into; Ku. 1. 2.
     (3) To prepare, get ready.
     (4) To ondow with; S. 2. 9.
     (5) To destine for.
     (6) To perform, effect, accomplish.
     (7) To contrive, invent, devise.
     (8) To distribute.
     (9) To invite.

parikalpanaṃ --nā
     (1) Settling, fixing, deciding, determining.
     (2) Contriving, inventing, forming, arranging; Mu. 7. 15.
     (3) Providing, furnishing.
     (4) Distributing.

parikalpita p. p.
     (1) Settled, decided.
     (2) Made, invented.
     (3) Got ready, prepared.
     (4) Contrived, arranged.
     (5) Distributed.
     (6) Provided, furnished with.

parikopaḥ Great anger, fury.

parikram 1 U.
     (1) To walk about, walk around; parikramyāvalokya ca (in dramas).
     (2) To overtake.

parikramaḥ
     (1) Roaming about, moving about; Ki. 10. 2.
     (2) Roaming, walking or passing over.
     (3) Circumambulating.
     (4) Walking for pleasure.
     (5) Series, order.
     (6) Succession.
     (7) Penetrating.
     -- Comp.
          --sahaḥ a goat.

parikrāṃta p. p. Walked round. --taṃ
     (1) The place on which any one has walked about.
     (2) A foot-step, footprint.

parikrāṃtiḥ f. Revolution, perambulation.

parikriyā
     (1) Enclosing with a fence or ditch, intrenching.
     (2) Encircling or surrounding in general.
     (3) (In dramaturgy) = parikara
     (7) q. v.
     (4) Attention.

parikrī 9 A.
     (1) To buy; saṃbhogāya parikrītaḥ kartāsmi tava nāpriyaṃ Bk. 8. 78.
     (2) To hire, purchase for a time (with instr. or dat. of the price at which one is employed on stipulated wages); śatena śatāya vā parikrītaḥ Sk.
     (3) To return, requite, repay; kṛtenopakṛtaṃ vāyoḥ parikrīṇānamutthitaṃ Bk. 8. 8.

parikrayaḥ, --krayaṇam
     (1) Wages, hire.
     (2) Employing on wages.
     (3) Purchasing or buying off.
     (4) Barter, exchange.
     (5) A peace purchased with the payment of money; cf. H. 4. 122.

pariklāṃta a. Fatigued, exhausted, tired out.

parikliś I. 9 P. To torment, trouble, harass. --II. 4 A.
     (1) To feel pain, suffer.
     (2) To be vexed or troubled.

parikliṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Vexed, troubled.
     (2) Exhausted, fatigued. --ṣṭaṃ Pain, vexation.

parikleśaḥ Fatigue, trouble, pain.

parikledaḥ Wetness, dampness, moisture.

parikvaṇana a. Loud. --naḥ Ved. A cloud.

parikṣatiḥ f. Injury, hurt, harm.

parikṣā Clay, mud.

parikṣāma a. Emaciated, wasted away, lean.

parikṣālanam
     (1) Washing, cleansing.
     (2) Water for washing.

parikṣi 5. 9. P.
     (1) To decay, wane.
     (2) To be emaciated or lean.
     (3) To destroy, put an end to.

parikṣayaḥ
     (1) Decay, waste, destruction; parikṣayopi adhikaṃ ramaṇīyaḥ Mk. 1; kiraṇa- Ku. 4. 46
     (2) Disappearing, ceasing.
     (3) Ruin, loss, failure; Ki. 16. 57, Ms. 9. 59.

parikṣīṇa p. p.
     (1) Vanished, disappeared.
     (2) Wasted, decayed.
     (3) Emaciated, worn away, exhausted; Pt. 2. 70.
     (4) Impoverished, entirely ruined; Bh. 2. 45.
     (5) Lost, destroyed.
     (6) Diminished, decreased; prāṇa- Pt. 4. 23.
     (7) (In law) Insolvent.

parikṣit m.
     (1) N. of a king, son of Abhimanyu and father of Janamejaya.
     (2) An epithet of Agni.

parikṣip 6 P.
     (1) To surround; gaṃgāsrotaḥparikṣiptaṃ Ku. 6. 38.
     (2) To embrace.
     (3) To put or lay round.
     (4) To survey round, measure, range over.
     (5) To throw over or beyond.
     (6) To throw or put into.
     (7) To fetter, chain.

parikṣipta p. p.
     (1) Scattered, diffused.
     (2) Encircled, surrounded; vetasaparikṣipte maṃḍape S. 3.
     (3) Intrenched.
     (4) Overspread, overlaid.
     (5) Left, abandoned.

parikṣepaḥ
     (1) Moving about, walking to and fro.
     (2) Scattering, spreading.
     (3) Surrounding, encircling, circumfluence.
     (2) An enclosing belt or boundary, that by which anything is surrounded; R. 12. 66.
     (5) Abandoning, leaving.
     (6) An organ of sense.

parikṣīva a. Quite intoxicated.

parikhaṃḍayati Den. P. To humiliate, conquer.

parikhā A moat, ditch, trench round a fort or town; R. 1. 30; 12. 66.

parikhātam
     (1) A moat, ditch.
     (2) A rut, furrow.
     (3) Digging round.

parikhid 4 P. To suffer pain or misery, be distressed or wearied. --Caus. To injure, hurt.

parikhinna p. p. Afflicted, troubled.

parikhedaḥ Fatigue, exhaustion, lassitude; Ku. 1. 60; Rs. 1. 27.

parikhyā 2 P.
     (1) Ved. To look at, perceive.
     (2) To regard, consider.

parikhyātiḥ f. Fame, reputation.

parigaṇ 10 U.
     (1) To enumerate, count.
     (2) To consider, regard, think; aparigaṇayan Me. 5.

parigaṇanaṃ --nā Complete enumeration, accurate statement or calculation; śreṇībhūtāḥ parigaṇanayā nirdiśaṃto balākāḥ Me. (considered as an interpolation or kṣepaka by Malli.).

parigam 1 P.
     (1) To go or walk round; taṃ hayaṃ tatra parigamya Rām.; yathā hi meruḥ sūryeṇa nityaśaḥ parigamyate Mb.
     (2) To surround; Śi. 9. 26; Bk. 10. 1; senāparigata &c.
     (3) To spread everywhere, pervade all directions.
     (4) To attain to, obtain; vṛṣalatāṃ &c.
     (5) To know, understand, learn; R. 7. 71.
     (6) To die, go forth (from this world); vayaṃ yebhyo jātāściraparigatā eva khalu te Bh. 3. 38.
     (7) To overpower, affect; as in kṣudhayā parigataḥ. --Caus. To pass or spend (time).

parigata p. p. 1 Surrounded, enclosed, encircled; Māl. 4. 10.
     (2) Diffused, spread around; S. 7. 35.
     (3) Known, understood; R. 7. 71; parigataparigaṃtavya eva bhavān Ve. 3; Mv. 3. 47.
     (4) Filled or covered with, possessed of (usually in comp.); Śi. 9. 26.
     (5) Got, obtained; Bh. 3. 52.
     (6) Remembered.
     (7) Overcome, overwhelmed.
     (8) Affected by, afflicted with; Pt. 1. 49.
     (9) Performed. (10) Forgotten.
     (11) Obstructed, hindered.

parigamaḥ, parigamanam
     (1) Going round, surrounding.
     (2) Spreading, diffusing.
     (3) Obtaining.
     (4) Knowing, determining, ascertaining.

parigalita p. p.
     (1) Sunk.
     (2) Tumbled or dropped down.
     (3) Vanished.
     (4) Melted.
     (5) Flowing.

parigarhaṇam Excessive blame.

parigūḍha p. p.
     (1) Quite secret.
     (2) Incomprehensible, very difficult to understand.

parigai 1 P. To sing, relate, describe, celebrate, or proclaim.

parigīti f. A kind of metre.

parigrah 9 P.
     (1) To clasp round, embrace.
     (2) To encircle; surround, fence or hedge round.
     (3) To lay hold of, seize.
     (4) To take, assume.
     (5) To accept.
     (6) To favour, patronize; devena ca parigṛhītaḥ M. 1; 1. 13.
     (7) To support, assist, guide; rākṣasamatiparigṛhītaḥ Mu. 1.
     (8) To put on (a dress).
     (9) To take possession of, master, overpower. (10) To conceive, comprehend.
     (11) To undertake.
     (12) To receive hospitably.
     (13) To take (a wife), marry; S. 5. 19.
     (14) To conform to, follow.
     (15) To surpass, excel.

parigṛhīta p. p.
     (1) Grasped, seized, clutched.
     (2) Embraced, surrounded.
     (3) Accepted, taken, received.
     (4) Assented or consented to, admitted.
     (5) Patronized, favoured.
     (6) Followed, obeyed, observed.
     (7) Married.

parigṛhītiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) Grasping, comprehension.
     (2) Summing up.

parigṛhyā A married woman.

parigrahaḥ
     (1) Seizing, holding, taking, grasping; āsanarajjuparigrahe R. 9. 46; śaṃkāparigrahaḥ Mu. 1. 'taking or entertaining a doubt'.
     (2) Surrounding, enclosing, encircling, fencing round.
     (3) Putting on, wrapping round (as a dress); mauliparigrahaḥ R. 18. 38.
     (4) Assuming, taking; mānaparigrahaḥ Amaru. 92; vivāhalakṣmī- U. 4.
     (5) Receiving, taking; accepting, acceptance; bhaumo muneḥ sthānaparigraho'yaṃ R. 13. 36; ardhyaparigrahāṃte 70; 12. 16; Ku. 6. 53; vidyāparigrahāya Māl. 1; so āsanaparigrahaṃ karotu devaḥ U. 3 'your majesty will be pleased to take a seat or sit down'.
     (6) Possessions, property, belongings; tyaktasarvaparigrahaḥ Bg. 4. 21; R. 15. 55; V. 4. 26.
     (7) Taking in marriage, marriage; nave dāraparigrahe U. 1. 19; Māl. 5. 27; S. 1. 22.
     (8) A wife, queen; prayataparigrahadvitīyaḥ R. 1. 95, 92; 9. 14; 11. 33; 16. 8; S. 5. 28, 31; parigrahabahutve'pi S. 3. 20.
     (9) Taking under one's protection, favouring; U. 7. 11; M. 1. 13. (10) Attendants, followers, train, retinue, suite.
     (11) A household, family, members of a family.
     (12) The seraglio or household of a king, harem.
     (13) Anything received, a present; rājaparigrahoyaṃ S. 1.
     (14) Assent, consent.
     (15) Taking possession of, acquiring.
     (16) A claim.
     (17) Entertaining, honouring, receiving (a guest &c.).
     (18) An entertainer.
     (19) Assistance. (20) A husband.
     (21) Respect, reverence.
     (22) Grace, favour.
     (23) Comprehension, understanding.
     (24) Undertaking, performing.
     (25) Subjugation.
     (26) Dominion.
     (27) Punishment.
     (28) Connection, relation.
     (29) Summing up, totality. (30) A house, residence.
     (31) Removing, taking away.
     (32) A curse.
     (33) (In Ved. Gram.) The double mention of a word both before and after iti.
     (34) The form which precedes iti.
     (35) Root, origin.
     (36) The eclipse of the sun or moon.
     (37) An oath.
     (38) The rear of an army.
     (39) N. of Viṣṇu.

parigrahaṇam Wrapping round, putting on.

parigrahītṛ m.
     (1) A husband; S. 4. 21.
     (2) An assistant.
     (3) An adoptive father.

parigrāhaḥ The fencing round of the sacrificiol altar.

pariglāna p. p.
     (1) Languid, exhausted.
     (2) Averse from, disinclined to.

parighaḥ
     (1) An iron(or wooden) beam or bar used for locking or shutting a gate (argala)); ekaḥ kṛtsnāṃ nagaraparighaprāṃśubāhurbhunakti S. 2. 15; R. 16. 84; Śi. 19 32; M. 5. 2.
     (2) (Hence) A bar barrier, hindrance, obstacle; bhārgavasya sukṛto'pi so'bhavatsvargamārgaparigho duratyayaḥ R. 11. 88.
     (3) A stick or club studded or tipped with iron; R. 12. 73.
     (4) An iron club in general.
     (5) A water-jar, pitcher.
     (6) A glass-pitcher.
     (7) A house, dwelling.
     (8) Killing, destroying.
     (9) Striking, a stroke or blow. (10) A child which assumes a peculiar cross position in birth.
     (11) A line of clouds crossing the sun at sunrise or sunset.
     (12) The gate of a palace, town or house. --ghau (m. dual) Two birds flying on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen).

parighaṭṭ 10 U.
     (1) To strike; Śi. 9. 64.
     (2) To stir up.
     (3) To touch or press on all sides.
     (4) To open.

parighaṭṭanam Stirring up, stirring round.

parigharmaḥ A vessel for preparing the hot sacrificial beverage.

parighātaḥ, --ghātanam
     (1) Killing, striking, removing, getting rid of.
     (2) A club, an iron bludgeon.

parighoṣaḥ
     (1) Noise.
     (2) Improper speech.
     (3) Thunder.

paricakṣ 2 A.
     (1) To declare, relate, tell.
     (2) To enumerate.
     (3) To mention.
     (4) To name, call; vedapradānādācāryaṃ pitaraṃ paricakṣate Ms. 2. 171.; Bg. 17. 13, 17.
     (5) To disregard, overlook, pass over.
     (6) To disapprove, reject.
     (7) To acknowledge, admit.
     (8) To address (with acc.).
     (9) To answer.

paricakṣā Ved. Rejection, disapproval.

paricaturdaśan a. Fully fourteen.

paricar 1 P.
     (1) To go or walk about.
     (2) To serve, wait or attend upon; Ms. 2. 243; Bh. 3. 40.
     (3) To worship, adore, reverence; Mv. 3. 36.
     (4) To take care of, nurse, tend. --Caus. To enclose, surround.

paricara a.
     (1) Roaming or moving about.
     (2) Flowing.
     (3) Moveable. --raḥ
     (1) A servant, follower, an attendant.
     (2) A body-guard.
     (3) A guard or patrol in general.
     (4) Homage, service.

paricaraṇaḥ A servant, an attendant, assistant. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Serving, attending or waiting upon.
     (2) Going about.

paricaritṛ m. A servant.

paricaryā
     (1) Service, attendance; R. 1. 91; Bg. 18. 44.
     (2) Adoration, worship; Śi. 1. 17.

paricāraḥ
     (1) Service, attendance.
     (2) A servant.
     (3) A place for walking.

paricārakaḥ, --paricārikaḥ, --paricārin m. A servant, an attendant.

paricārikā
     (1) A female servant.
     (2) (plu.) Fried grain.

paricarmaṇyam A strip of leather.

paricāyyaḥ Sacrificial fire (arranged in a circle).

parici I. 5 U.
     (1) To heap up, accumulate.
     (2) To know; Mv. 7. 11.
     (3) To get, acquire.
     (4) To increase.
     (5) To cover or fill with. --II. 3 P.
     (1) To practise, familiarize oneself with.
     (2) To become acquainted with.
     (3) Ved. To examine, investigate. --Caus. To search, seek for. --Pass. To grow, be developed; R. 3. 24.

paricayaḥ
     (1) Heaping up, accumulation.
     (2) Acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy; puruṣaparicayena Mk. 1. 56; atiparicayādavajñā 'familiarity breeds contempt'; paricayaṃ calalakṣyanipātane R. 9. 49; sakalakalāparicayaḥ K. 76.
     (3) Trial, study, practice, frequent repetition; hetuḥ paricayasthairye vakturguṇanikaiva sā Śi. 2. 75; 11. 5; varṇaparicayaṃ karoti S. 5.
     (4) Recognition; Me. 9.
     -- Comp.
          --karuṇā increasing love or tenderness; Māl. 6. 16.

paricita p. p.
     (1) Heaped up, accumulated.
     (2) Familiar, intimate or acquainted with; S. 5. 10.
     (3) Learnt, practised.

paricitiḥ f. Acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy.

pariciṃt 10 U.
     (1) To think, consider, judge; tvameva tāvatpariciṃtaya svayaṃ kadacidete yadi yogamarhataḥ Ku. 5. 67; Bg. 10. 17.
     (2) To think of, remember, call to mind.
     (3) To devise, find out.

pariciṃtanam Thinking of, remembering.

paricuṃb 1 P. To kiss passionately; paricuṃbya cūtamaṃjarīṃ S. 5. 1; Rs. 6. 17; Amaru. 77.

paricuṃbanam Kissing passionately; Śi. 7. 63.

paricchad 10 U.
     (1) To cover, clothe; darbhaistaṃ paricchādya Pt. 2; dvīpicarmaparicchannaḥ (gardabhaḥ) H. 3. 9.
     (2) To hide, conceal.
     (3) To surround with.

paricchad f.
     (1) Retinue, train.
     (2) Paraphernalia.

paricchadaḥ
     (1) A covering, cover.
     (2) A garment, clothes, dress; śākhāvasaktakamanīyaparicchadānāṃ Ki. 7. 40.
     (3) Train, retinue, attendants, circle of dependants; R. 9. 70.
     (4) Paraphernalia, external appendage, (as chatra, cāmara); senā paricchadastasya R. 1. 19.
     (5) Goods and chattels, personal property, all one's possessions or belongings (utensils, implements &c.); vivāsyo vā bhavedrāṣṭrātsadravyaḥ saparicchadaḥ Ms. 9. 241, 7. 40; 8. 405; 9. 78; 11. 77.
     (6) Necessaries for travelling.

paricchaṃdaḥ Train, retinue.

paricchanna p. p.
     (1) Enveloped, covered, clothed, clad.
     (2) Overspread or overlaid.
     (3) Surrounded with (a retinue).
     (4) Concealed.

paricchid 7 U.
     (1) To tear, cut off, tear to pieces.
     (2) To wound, mutilate.
     (3) To separate, divide, part; śatena paricchidya Sk.
     (4) To fix accurately, set limits to, define, decide, distinguish or discriminate; madhyasthā bhagavatī nau guṇadoṣataḥ paricchettumarhati M. 1; (na) yaśaḥ paricchettumiyattayālaṃ R. 6. 77; 17. 59; Ku. 2. 58.
     (5) To avert, obviate, remedy.

paricchittiḥ f.
     (1) Accurate definition, limiting. --Partition; separation, division.

paricchinna p. p.
     (1) Cut off, divided.
     (2) Accurately defined, determined, ascertained; Ku. 2. 58.
     (3) Limited, circumscribed, confined.
     (4) Remedied.

paricchedaḥ
     (1) Cutting, separating, dividing, discriminating (between right and wrong).
     (2) Accurate definition or distinction, decision, accurate determination, ascertainment; paricchedavyaktirbhavati na puraḥsthe'pi viṣaye Māl. 1. 31; paricchedātītaḥ sakalavacanānāmaviṣayaḥ 1. 30 'transcending all definition or determination'; ityārūḍhabahupratarkamaparicchedākulaṃ me manaḥ S. 5. 9.
     (3) Discrimination, judgment, discernment; paricchedo hi pāṃḍityaṃ yadāpannā vipattayaḥ . aparicchedakartṝṇāṃ vipadaḥ syuḥ pade pade H. 1. 148; kiṃ pāṃḍityaṃ paricchedaḥ 1. 147.
     (4) A limit, boundary, setting limits to, circumscribing; alamalaṃ paricchedena M. 2.
     (5) A section, chapter or division of a work; (for the other names for section &c. see under adhyāya).
     (6) A segment.
     (7) Remedying.
     (8) A measure.

paricchedakam Limitation.

paricchedanam
     (1) Discriminating.
     (2) Dividing.
     (3) A division of a book.

paricchedya a.
     (1) To be accurately defined, definable; Ms. 4. 9; R. 10. 28.
     (2) To be weighed or estimated.

paricyu 1 A.
     (1) To go away or fly off from, escape.
     (2) To proceed from.
     (3) To swerve, fall off from, deviate, leave.
     (4) To lose. be deprived of,
     (5) To drop or fall down.
     (6) To be displaced or ejected from.
     (7) To be freed from.
     (8) To come down, descend.

paricyutiḥ f.
     (1) Falling down.
     (2) Swerving, deviating.

parijanaḥ
     (1) Attendants, followers, servants taken collectively; parijano rājānamabhitaḥ sthitaḥ M. 1.
     (2) Especially, the retinue, suite, or train of females, the maids of a lady; R. 19. 23.
     (3) A single servant.

parijanman m.
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Fire.

parijalpitam A covert indication (as by a sevant) of one's own skill, superiority &c. by pointing out the cruelty, deceitfulness and such other faults of his master; Ujjvalamaṇi thus defines it: --prabhornirdayatāśāṭhyacāpalāghupapādanāt . svavicaṇatāvyaktirbhaṃgyā syātparijalpitam .. (Wilson renders the word by 'the covert reproaches of a mistress neglected or ill-used by her lover').

parijñā 9 U.
     (1) To be aware of; know, be acquainted with; vṛṣabhoyamiti parijñāya Pt. 1; Ms. 8. 126.
     (2) To find out, ascertain; samyak parijñāya Pt. 1.
     (3) To recognise; tapasvibhiḥ kaiścitparijñāto'smi S. 2.
     (4) To observe, perceive.

parijñaptiḥ f.
     (1) Conversation, discourse.
     (2) Recognition.

parijñā, parijñānam
     (1) Thorough knowledge, complete acquaintance.
     (2) Recognition.

parijñeya a.
     (1) To be recognised or ascertained.
     (2) Comprehensible, conceivable.

parijman a. Ved. Running or walking round. --m.
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Fire.

parijri a. Running round.

parijvan m.
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) A servant.

pariḍīnam The flight of a bird in circles; see ḍīna.

pariṇam 1 U.
     (1) To stoop, bend down (as an elephant to strike with his tusks); vaprakrīḍāpariṇatagajaprekṣaṇīyaṃ dadarśa Me. 2; viṣke nāgaḥ paryaṇaṃsīt sva eva Śi. 18. 27.
     (2) To bend or bow down, be inclined; lajjāpariṇataiḥ (vadanakamalaiḥ) Bh. 1. 4.
     (3) To be changed or transformed into, assume the form of (with instr.); latābhāvena pariṇatamasyā rūpaṃ V. 4; 4. 28; kṣīraṃ jalaṃ vā svayameva dadhihimabhāvena pariṇamate S. B.; Me. 45.
     (4) To result, happen; sarvaṃ viparītaṃ pariṇamati Mk. 1.
     (5) To be developed or matured, be ripe; Me. 18; Ki. 5. 37; M. 3. 8; Rs. 1. 26; Mv. 1. 12; see pariṇata below.
     (6) To be advanced (in age), grow old, be aged, decay; pariṇataśaraccādrikāsu kṣapāsu Me. 110; so jarāpariṇata &c.
     (7) To set, decline in the west (as the sun); anena samayena pariṇato divasaḥ K. 47.
     (8) To be digested; grastaṃ pariṇamecca yat Mb.
     (9) To be cooked or roasted; Māl. 5. 17. (10) To elapse (as time). --Caus.
     (1) To make ripe, mature, develop, perfect.
     (2) To pass (as the night).
     (3) To stoop, bend oneself down.

pariṇata p. p.
     (1) Bent or bowed down, stooping; Me. 2.
     (2) Declining, old (as age); pariṇate vayasi K. 35, 62, 63.
     (3) Ripe, matured, ripened, fully developed or formed; śa bdabrahmavidaḥ kaveḥ pariṇataprajñasya vāṇīmimāṃ U. 7. 21; 1. 39, 6. 13; Me. 23; pariṇatamakaraṃdamārmikāste Bv. 1. 8; Śi. 11. 49.
     (4) Full-grown, advanced, perfected; pariṇataśaraccadraṃkriraṇaiḥ Bh. 3. 49; Me. 110.
     (5) Digested (as food).
     (6) Transformed or changed into (with instr.); V. 4. 28.
     (7) Ended, come to a close, terminated.
     (8) Set (as the sun); S. 1. 32. --taḥ An elephant stooping to strike with his tusks, or giving a side-blow with his tusks; (tiryagdaṃtaprahāraśca gajaḥ pariṇato mataḥ Halāy.); Śi. 4. 29; Ki. 6. 7.

pariṇatiḥ f.
     (1) Bending or stooping down, bowing.
     (2) Ripeness, maturity, development; Mv. 2. 15.
     (3) Change, transformation, transmutation.
     (4) Fulfilment.
     (5) Result, consequence, issue; pariṇatiravadhāryā yatnataḥ paṃḍitena Bh. 2. 99; 1. 20, 3. 17; Mv. 6. 28; Māl. 4. 4.
     (6) End, conelusion, close, termination; pariṇatiramaṇīyāḥ prītayastvadvidhānāṃ Mal. 6. 7, 16; Śi. 11. 1.
     (7) Close of life, old age; sevākārā pariṇatirabhūt V. 3. 1; abhavadgataḥ pariṇatiṃ śithilaḥ parimaṃdasūryanayano divasaḥ Śi. 9. 3 (where pa- means 'end or conclusion' also).
     (8) Digestion (of food).

pariṇamanam Change, transformation.

pariṇāmaka a. Causing a change.

pari(rī)ṇāmaḥ
     (1) Alteration, change, transformation.
     (2) Digestion; annaṃ na samyak pariṇāmameti Suśr.; bhuktasya pariṇāmaheturaudaryaṃ T. S.; Pt. 4. 22.
     (3) Result, consequence, issue, effect; apriyasyāpi pathyasya pariṇāmaḥ sukhāvahaḥ H. 2. 135; Mk. 3. 1; pariṇāmasukhe garīyasi (vacasi auṣadhe ca) Ki. 2. 4; Bg. 18. 37, 38.
     (4) Ripening, maturity, full development; upaiti śasyaṃ pariṇāmaramyatāṃ Ki. 4. 22; phalabharapariṇāmaśyāmajaṃbū &c. U. 2. 20; Māl. 9. 24.
     (5) End, termination,conclusion, close, decline; divasāḥ pariṇāmaramaṇīyāḥ S. 1. 3; vayaḥpariṇāmapāṃḍuraśirasaṃ K. 10; pariṇāmamupaiti divasaḥ K. 254 'the day is drawing to a close'.
     (6) Old age; pariṇāme hi dilīpavaṃśajāḥ R. 8. 11.
     (7) Lapse (of time).
     (8) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech allied to rūpaka, by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared. (The Chandrāloka thus defines and illustrates it: --pariṇāmaḥ kriyārthaścedviṣayī viṣayātmanā . prasannema dṛgabjena vīkṣate madirekṣaṇā 5. 18; see R. G. also under pariṇāma).
     -- Comp.
          --dārśin a. prudent, fore-sighted.
          --dṛṣṭi a. prudent. (
          --ṣṭiḥ f.) prudence, providence.
          --pathya a. salutary in the end.
          --śūlaṃ violent or painful indigestion, colic, flatulence with pain.

pariṇah 4 U.
     (1) To surround, intertwine, encircle; sa jayati pariṇaddhaḥ śaktibhiḥ śaktināthaḥ Mal. 5. 1; R. 6. 64; M. 5. 10; Rs. 6. 25.
     (2) To bind or tie round.

pariṇaddha p. p.
     (1) Bound or wrapped round.
     (2) Broad, large; pariṇaddhakaṃdharaḥ R. 3. 34.

pariṇahanam Girding on, wrapping round.

pari(rī)ṇāhaḥ
     (1) Circumference, compass, expanse, extent, breadth, width; stanayugapariṇāhācchādinā valkalena S. 1. 19; stanapariṇāhavilāsavaijayaṃtī Māl. 3. 15 'large or expansive breasts'; kakude vṛṣasya kṛtabāhumakṛśapariṇāhaśālini Ki. 12. 20; Mk. 3. 9; Ratn. 2. 13; Mv. 7. 24.
     (2) Periphery or circumference of a circle.

pariṇāhavat a. Large, big, expansive.

pariṇāhin a. Large, big; Ku. 1. 36.

pariṇiṃsaka a. 1 Tasting, eating; phalānāṃ pariṇiṃsakaḥ Bk. 9. 106.
     (2) Kissing.

pariṇiṣṭhā Perfect skill.

pariṇī 1 P.
     (1) To lead or carry round (the fire); tau daṃpatī triḥ pariṇīya vahniṃ (purodhāḥ) Ku. 7. 80; agniṃ paryaṇayaṃ ca yat Rām.
     (2) To marry, espouse; pariṇeṣyati pārvatīṃ yadā tapasā tatpravaṇīkṛto haraḥ Ku. 4. 42.
     (3) To ascertain, investigate; Ms. 7. 122.
     (4) To lead forward. --Caus. To pass, spend (time).

pariṇayaḥ, --ṇayanam Marriage; navapariṇayā vadhūḥ śayane K. P. 10.

pari(rī)ṇāyaḥ
     (1) Moving a piece at chess, draughts &c.
     (2) A move (at chess).

pariṇāyakaḥ
     (1) A leader.
     (2) A husband; Śi. 9. 73.

pariṇīta p. p. Married. --tā A married woman.

pariṇetṛ m. A husband; S. 5. 17; R. 1. 25; 14. 26; Ku. 7. 31.

paritakmya a. Ved. Dangerous, risky, unsafe. --kmyā
     (1) Error.
     (2) Night, darkness.

paritap 1 P.
     (1) To heat, burn, consume.
     (2) To inflame, set on fire.
     (3) To suffer pain.
     (4) To practise penance. --Caus.
     (1) To scorch.
     (2) To torment.

paritapta p. p.
     (1) Heated, burnt.
     (2) Tormented, pained.

paritaptiḥ f. Excessive pain, anguish.

paritāpaḥ
     (1) Extreme or scorching heat; (pādapaḥ) śamayati paritāpaṃ chāyayā saṃśritānāṃ S. 5. 7; guruparitāpāni gātrāṇi 3. 18; Rs. 1. 22.
     (2) Pain, agony, anguish, grief; prasakte nirvāṇe hṛdaya paritāpaṃ vahasi kiṃ M. 3. 1.
     (3) Lamentation, wailing; viracitavividhavilāpaṃ sā paritāpaṃ cakāroccaiḥ Gīt. 7.
     (4) Trembling, fear.
     (5) Hell.

paritark 10 P.
     (1) To reflect, consider.
     (2) To examine (judicially).

paritarkaṇam Consideration, reflection.

paritas ind. (Usually with a noun in the acc., sometimes by itself)
     (1) All around, on all sides, round about, in all directions, everywhere, on every side; rakṣāṃsi vedīṃ parito nirāsthat Bk. 1. 12; Śi. 5. 26, 9. 36; S. 4. 7; 3. 27; Ki. 1. 14; gāhitamakhilaṃ gahanaṃ parito dṛṣṭāśca viṭapinaḥ sarve Bv. 1. 21, 29.
     (2) Towards, in the direction of; āpedireṃ'barapathaṃ paritaḥ pataṃgāḥ Bv. 1. 17; R. 9. 66.

parituṣ 4 P. To be satisfied, be delighted or contented; asmatkṛte ca parituṣyati kācidanyā Bh. 2. 2. --Caus.
     (1) To satisfy or please; completely.
     (2) To appease.
     (3) To flatter.

parituṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Completely satisfied; vayamiha parituṣṭā balkalaistvaṃ ca lakṣmyā Bh. 3. 50; so manasi ca parituṣṭe ko'rthavān ko daridraḥ ibid.
     (2) Pleased, delighted.

parituṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Contentment, complete satisfaction.
     (2) Delight, joy.

paritoṣaḥ
     (1) Contentment, absence of desire (opp. lobha); sama iha paritoṣo nirviśeṣo viśeṣaḥ Bh. 3. 50.
     (2) Complete satisfaction, gratification; āparitoṣādviduṣāṃ na sādhu manye prayogavijñānaṃ S. 1. 2.
     (3) Pleasure, delight, delight in, liking for (with loc.); Ku. 6. 59; R. 11. 92; guṇini paritoṣaḥ &c.

paritoṣaṇa a. Satisfying, gratifying. --ṇaṃ Satisfaction.

paritṛp 4 P. To be pleased or contented. --Caus.
     (1) To satisfy, please, gratify.
     (2) To refresh.

paritarpaṇam Gratifying.

parityaj 1 P.
     (1) To leave, quit, aban don.
     (2) To resign, give up, discard, renounce; prārabdhamuttamaguṇā na parityajaṃti Mu. 2. 17.
     (3) To except; tṛṇamapyaparityajya satṛṇaṃ Sk.
     (4) To leave over, leave as a remainder.
     (5) To neglect, disregard. --Caus. To deprive a person of, rob any one of.

parityakta p. p.
     (1) Left, quitted, abandoned.
     (2) Deprived or bereft of (with instr.).
     (3) Let go, discharged (as an arrow).
     (4) Wanting.

parityajanam Abandoning, giving up, leaving.

parityāgaḥ
     (1) Leaving, quitting, abandonment, desertion, repudiation (as of a wife &c.); aparityāgamayācatātmanaḥ R. 8. 12; kṛtasītāparityāgaḥ 15. 1.
     (2) Giving up, renouncing, discarding, renunciation, abdication &c.; svanāmaparityāgaṃ karomi Pt. 1. 'I shall forego my name'; Ms. 2. 95.
     (3) Neglect, omission; mohāttasya (karmaṇaḥ) parityāgastāmasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ Bg. 18. 7.
     (4) Giving away, liberality.
     (5) Loss, privation.
     (6) A sacrifice.
     (7) Separation from.

paritrasta a. Frightened, afraid.

paritrāsaḥ Fear, terror, fright.

paritrai 1 A. To rescue, save, protect; paritrāyasva paritrāyasva (in dramas),

paritrāṇam Preservation, protection rescue, defence, deliverance; paritrāṇāya sādhūnāṃ vināśāya ca duṣkṛtāṃ Bg. 4. 8; rāmāparitrāṇavihastayodhaṃ senāniveśaṃ tumulaṃ cakāra R. 5. 49.
     (2) Self-defence.
     (3) Abstaining from.

paridaraḥ A disease of the gums in which the skin peels off and bleeds.

paridah 1 P. To burn completely, dry up.

paridahanam Burning, scorching.

pari(rī)dāhaḥ
     (1) Burning.
     (2) Anguish, pain, sorrow.

paridaṃśita a. Covered with mail, armed cap-a-pie (completely or from head to foot).

paridā 3 U.
     (1) To hand or deliver over, consign; chadmanā paridadāmi mṛtyave U. 1. 46; Ms. 9. 327.
     (2) To entrust or deposit with.
     (3) To present.
     (4) To lend.

paridā Ved.
     (1) Giving oneself up to the favour of another.
     (2) Surrender.
     (3) Devotion.

paridānam
     (1) Barter, exchange.
     (2) Devotion.
     (3) Restitution or restoration of a deposit.

paridāyin m. A father who gives his daughter in marriage to a man whose elder brother is not yet married; cf. parivettṛ.

paridiv --dev I. 1. 10. P. To lament, moan, suffer pain; Bk. 4. 34. --II. 4 P. To sell, deal in (with acc. or gen.); śataṃ śatasya vā paridīvyati Sk.

paridevaḥ Wailing, lamentation.

paridevanaṃ, --nā, paridevitam
     (1) Lamentation, complaint, bewailing; atha taiḥ paridevitākṣaraiḥ Ku. 4. 25; R. 14. 83; Bg; 2. 28; tatra kā paridevanā H. 4. 71; Y. 3. 9.
     (2) Repentance, regret.

paridyūna a. Sorrowful, sad, miserable.

paridaś 1 P.
     (1) To see, view, behold.
     (2) To consider, investigate, find out.
     (3) To know.
     (4) To frequent. --Pass. To appear, become visible. --Caus.
     (1) To show.
     (2) To explain, expound.

paridraṣṭṛ m. A spectator, looker on.

parigharṣaṇam
     (1) An assault, attack, outrage.
     (2) Insult, affront, abuse.
     (3) Ill-treatment, rough usage.

paridhā 3 U.
     (1) To put or wear (as a garment); tvacaṃ sa medhyāṃ paridhāya rauravīṃ R. 3. 31.
     (2) To surround, enclose.
     (3) To direct towards.
     (4) To put or place round.
     (5) To cast round the eyes, turn the glance upon.
     (6) To conclude, close (as the recitation of a hymn). --Caus. To cause to put on, clothe with.

pari(rī)dhānam
     (1) Putting on a garment, dressing.
     (2) A garment, especially an under-garment, clothes in general; āttacitraparidhānavibhūṣāḥ Ki. 9. 1; Śi. 1. 61; 4. 68; Pt. 5. 23.
     (3) Closing or concluding.
     (4) Ved. Putting round.

paridhānīyam An under-garment. --yā A concluding hymn.

paridhāyaḥ
     (1) Train, retinue, attendants collectively.
     (2) A receptacle, a reservoir.
     (3) The posteriors.

paridhāyakaḥ A hedge, fence.

paridhiḥ
     (1) A wall, fence, hedge, anything surrounding or enclosing another.
     (2) A misty halo round the sun or moon; paridhermukta ivoṣṇadīdhitiḥ R. 8. 30; śaśiparidhirivoccairmaṃḍalastena tene N. 2. 108.
     (3) A circle of light
     (4) The horizon.
     (5) The circumference or compass in general.
     (6) The circumference of a circle.
     (7) The periphery of a wheel.
     (8) A stick (of a sacred tree like palāśa) laid round the sacrificial fire; saptāsyāsan paridhayaḥ triḥsapta samidhaḥ kṛtāḥ Rv. 10. 90. 15.
     (9) A circle surrounding the globe. (10) Epicycle.
     (11) A covering.
     (12) A branch of a sacred tree to which the sacrificial victim is tied.
     -- Comp.
          --patikhecaraḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --sthaḥ 1. a guard. --2. an officer attendant on a king or general (modern 'aide-de-camp').
     (3) A number of sentinels posted in a circle.

paridhāraṇam Suffering, enduring.

paridhāv 1. P.
     (1) To flow or stream round.
     (2) To go about.
     (3) To run after, pursue. --Caus. To surround, encircle.

paridhāvin a. Running round. --m. N. of a year (saṃvatsara)

paridhūpita a. Richly perfumed or scented.

paridhūsara a. Quite grey; vasane paridhūsare vasānā S. 7. 21; R. 11. 60.

paridheyam An under garment.

paridhvaṃsaḥ
     (1) Distress, disaster, ruin, trouble.
     (2) Failure.
     (3) Destruction.
     (4) Loss of caste. Ruining, destroying; H. 2. 125.

parinirvapaṇam Distributing, giving.

parinirvāṇa a. Completely extinguished. --ṇaṃ Final extinction (of the individual).

parinirvṛttiḥ f. Final liberation or complete emancipation of the soul from the body and exemption from future transmigration.

pariniṣṭhā
     (1) Complete knowledge or acquaintance (of anything).
     (2) Complete accomplishment.
     (3) Extreme limit.

pariniṣṭhita p. p.
     (1) Completely skilled in.
     (2) Not well fixed; apariniṣṭhitasyopadeśasyānyāyyaṃ prakāśanaṃ M. 1.

parinyāsaḥ
     (1) Completing the sense of a passage.
     (2) Alluding to the development of the origin of the dramatic plot.

paripakva p. p.
     (1) Completely cooked.
     (2) Completely baked or burnt.
     (3) Quite ripe, mature, perfected (fig. also); praphullalobhraḥ paripakvaśāliḥ Rs. 4. 1; so paripakvabuddhiḥ.
     (4) Highly cultivated, very sharp or shrewd.
     (5) Fully digested.
     (6) Decaying, on the point of decay or death.

paripaṇaṃ(naṃ) Capital, principal, stock.

paripaṇanam Plighting, promising; Mu. 1.

paripaṇita p. p. Plighted, pledged, promised; Śi. 7. 9.

paripat 1 P.
     (1) To fly round or about, wheel or whirl round, hover about; biṃdūtkṣepān pipāsuḥ paripatati śikhī bhrāṃtimadvāriyaṃtraṃ M. 2. 13; Amaru. 48.
     (2) To spring down upon, attack, fall upon (as in battle).
     (3) To run in all directions; (hayāḥ) paripeturdiśo daśa Mb.
     (4) To go to or fall into; Śi. 11. 41. --Caus. To shoot off or down.

paripatanam Flying round or about.

paripatiḥ A protector(Ved.).

paripad f. Ved.
     (1) A snare, trap.
     (2) A living being.
     (2) Walking about.
     (4) A bird.

paripaṃthaḥ An antagonist, enemy.

paripathaka An antagonist, adversary.

paripaṃthin a. Standing in the way, obstructing, opposing, hindering (said by Pāṇini to be admissible only in the Veda, but see the quotations given below); arthaparipaṃthī mahānarātiḥ Mu. 5; nābhaviṣyamahaṃ tatra yadi tatparipaṃthinī Māl. 9. 50; so Bv. 1. 62, Bg. 3. 34; Ms. 7. 107, 1. 10. --m.
     (1) An enemy, antagonist, opponent, a foe.
     (2) A robber, thief, highwayman.

pariparaḥ A tortuous or round-about way.

pariparin m. Ved. An antagonist.

paripavanaḥ
     (1) Winnowing corn.
     (2) A winnowing basket.

paripā I. 1 P To drink; upaniṣadaḥ paripītāḥ Bv. 2. 40. --II. 2 P.
     (1) To protect, preserve, guard, defend against; Y. 1. 335; Ms. 9. 251.
     (2) To rule, govern; Māl. 10. 25.
     (3) To bring up, nourish, support.
     (4) To keep to, observe, adhere to, persevere in; aṃgīkṛtaṃ sukṛtinaḥ paripālayati Ch. P. 50.
     (5) To wait for, await; atha madanavadhūrupaplavāṃtaṃ vyasanakṛśā paripālayāṃbabhūva Ku. 4. 46. --Caus.
     (1) To protect
     (2) To keep, maintain.
     (3) To wait for, expect.

pari(rī)pākaḥ
     (1) Being completely cooked or dressed.
     (2) Digestion, as in annaparipāka.
     (3) Ripening, maturing, development, perfection; Śi. 4. 48; Ku. 6. 10.
     (4) Fruit, result, consequence; prapannānāṃ mūrtaḥ sukṛ taparipāko janimatāṃ Mv. 4. 31; Bh. 2. 132, 3. 135.
     (5) Cleverness, shrewdness, skilfulness.

paripāṭala a. Pale red; R. 19. 10; Śi. 13. 42.

paripāṭiḥ --ṭī f.
     (1) Method, manner, course; pāṭīra tava paṭīyānkaḥ paripāṭīmimāmurīkartuṃ Bv. 1. 12; kadaṃbānāṃ vāṭī rasikaparipāṭīṃ sphuṭayati H. D. 24.
     (2) Arrangement, order, succession.
     (3) Arithmetic.

paripāṭhaḥ Complete enumeration, detail.

paripārśva a. Near, at the side, close or hard by.

paripālanam
     (1) Protecting, defending, maintaining, keeping, sustaining; kliśnati labdhaparipālanavṛttireba S. 5. 6.
     (2) Nourishment, nurture; jātasya paripālanaṃ Ms. 9. 27.

paripiṣṭakam Lead.

paripīḍ 10 U.
     (1) To pain, trouble, molest.
     (2) To press, squeeze.
     (3) To hug, embrace.
     (4) (In augury) To cover, cover up.

paripīḍanaṃ, paripīḍā
     (1) Squeezing, peeling out.
     (2) Injuring, hurting, doing harm.

paripuṭanam
     (1) Removing the bark, peeling off.
     (2) Losing the bark or skin.

paripū 9 U.
     (1) To purify completely.
     (2) To lustrate.
     (3) To become purified.

paripūta p. p.
     (1) Purified, quite pure; utpattiparipūtāyāḥ kimasyāḥ pāvanāṃtaraiḥ U. 1. 13; Śi. 2. 16.
     (2) Completely winnowed or threshed, freed from chaff.

paripūjanaṃ, paripūjā Honouring' worshipping, adoring.

paripūraṇam
     (1) Filling; Śi. 4. 61.
     (2) Perfecting, making complete.

paripūrṇa p. p.
     (1) Quite full; -iṃduḥ the full moon; entire, complete, completely filled.
     (2) Self-satisfied, content.

paripūtiḥ f. Completion, fulness.

paripelava a. Very delicate or fine, excessively tender. --vaṃ A kind of fragrant grass.

paripoṭaḥ, --poṭakaḥ A particular disease of the ear (in medicine) (by which the ear loses its skin).

paripoṣaṇam
     (1) Feeding, nourishing.
     (2) Furthering, promoting.

paripracch 6 P. To ask, question, inquire about.

paripṛccha Question.

paripraśnaḥ Inquiry, interrogation, question; katarakatamau jātiparipraśne P. II. 1. 63; III. 3. 110; tadviddhi praṇipātena paripraśnena sevayā Bg. 4. 34.

pariprāptiḥ f. Acquisition, obtaining.

paripreṣaṇam
     (1) Sending away.
     (2) Banishing, abandoning.

paripreṣyaḥ A servant.

pariplu 1 A.
     (1) To swim, float.
     (2) Tobathe, plunge into.
     (3) To jump, spring.
     (4) To deluge, inundate, flood.
     (5) To cover with.
     (6) To overwhelm.
     (7) To fly or hover about.
     (8) To revolve, move in a circle.
     (9) To go astray. (10) To hasten forward. --Caus.
     (1) To bathe, water.
     (2) To flood, deluge.

pariplava a.
     (1) Floating.
     (2) Shaking, trembling, oscillating, undulating, tremulous.
     (3) Unsteady, restless; Śi. 14. 68. --vaḥ
     (1) Inundation.
     (2) Immersing, wetting.
     (3) A boat.
     (4) Oppression, tyranny.
     (5) Floating, swimming.

paripluta p. p.
     (1) Flooded, inundated.
     (2) Overwhelmed; as in śoka-.
     (3) Wetted, bathed. --taṃ A spring, jump. --tā Spirituous liquor.

paripluṣṭa p. p. Burnt, scorched, singed.

paribaṃdh 9 A.
     (1) To tie, bind.
     (2) To put on.
     (3) To encircle, fasten round.
     (4) To arrest, stop.
     (5) To hinder, interrupt. --Caus. To tie round.

paribaṃdhanam Tying round.

paribādh 1 A.
     (1) To trouble, afflict; S. 7. 25.
     (2) Ved. To hinder, obstruct.
     (3) Ved. To protect from or defend against.

paribādhā
     (1) Trouble, pain, annoyance.
     (2) Fatigue, hardship; S. 3. 22.

paribṛṃ(vṛṃ)h 6 U.
     (1) To strengthen, fortify.
     (2) To increase.
     (3) Ved. To encircle, surround.

pariba(va)rhaḥ
     (1) Retinue, train, attendants; iyaṃ pracuraparibarhayā bhavatyā saṃvardhyatāṃ Dk. 108.
     (2) Furniture; parivarhavaṃti veśmāni R. 14. 15 'rooms properly furnished or provided with furniture'.
     (3) Royal insignia.
     (4) The necessaries of life.
     (5) Property, wealth.

pariba(va)rhaṇam
     (1) Retinue, train.
     (2) Attire, trim.
     (3) Growth.
     (4) Worship.

paribṛṃ(vṛṃ)haṇam
     (1) Prosperity, welfare.
     (2) Appendix, supplement.

paribṛṃ(vṛṃ)hita p. p.
     (1) Increased, augmented.
     (2) Thriven, grown prosperous.
     (3) Accompanied by, furnished with. --taṃ The roar of an elephant.

paribhaṃgaḥ Shattering, breaking to pieces.

paribhartsanam Threatening, menacing.

paribhāṣ 1 A.
     (1) To lay down a convention, speak conventionally.
     (2) To speak to, address.
     (3) To teach, explain, interpret, expound.
     (4) To exhort, encourage.

paribhāṣaṇam
     (1) Speaking, discourse, talking, chatting, gossiping.
     (2) Expression of censure, admonition, reproof, abuse.
     (3) Rule, precept.

paribhāṣā
     (1) Speech, discourse.
     (2) Censurc, reproof, blame, abuse.
     (3) An explanation.
     (4) Terminology, technical phraseology, technical terms (used in a work); iti paribhāṣāprakaraṇaṃ Sk.; iko guṇavṛddhītyādikā paribhāṣā Mbh.
     (5) (Hence) Any general rule, precept, or definition which is applicable throughout (aniyamanivārako nyāyaviśeṣaḥ); paritaḥ pramitākṣarāpi sarvaṃ viṣayaṃ prāptavatī gatā pratiṣṭhāṃ . na khalu pratihanyate kadācit paribhāṣeva garīyasī yadājñā Śi. 16. 80.
     (6) A list of abbreviations or signs used in any work.
     (7) (In gram.) An explanatory Sūtra mixed up with the other Sūtras of Pāṇini, which teaches the method of applying them.
     (8) (In medicine) Prognosis.

paribhinna p. p.
     (1) Split open, cracked.
     (2) Deformed.

paribhugna a. Bowed, curved, bent.

paribhuj 7 U.
     (1) To eat.
     (2) To use, enjoy; na khalu ca paribhektuṃ naiva śaknomi ha tuṃ S. 5. 19; Ki. 5. 5; 8. 57.
     (3) To neglect to feed.

paribhukta p. p.
     (1) Eaten.
     (2) Used, enjoyed.
     (3) Possessed.

paribhoktṛ a.
     (1) Eating, enjoying, possessing.
     (2) Living at another's cost, using another's property illegally.

paribhogaḥ
     (1) Enjoyment; R. 4. 45.
     (2) Especially, sexual enjoyment; R. 11. 52, 19. 21, 28, 30.
     (3) IIlegal use of another's goods.

paribhū 1 P.
     (1) To defeat, subdue, conquer, overcome; (hence) to surpass, excel; lagnadvi phaṃ paribhūya padmaṃ Ku. 7. 16; R. 10. 35.
     (2) To despise, slight, treat with contempt, disrespect, insult; mā māṃ mahātman paribhraḥ Bk. 1. 22; 4. 37.
     (3) To injure, destroy, ruin.
     (4) To afflict, grieve.
     (5) To humiliate, disgrace.
     (6) To disappear.
     (7) Ved. To surround, encircle.
     (8) To go or fly round.
     (9) To accompany. (10) To take care of.
     (11) To guide, govern. --Caus.
     (1) To think of, reflect on, meditate, contemplate; U. 7. 20.
     (2) To contain, include.
     (3) To make known.

pari(rī)bhavaḥ
     (1) Insult, injury, humiliation, disrespect, degradation, disgrace; parākramaḥ paribhave vaiyātyaṃ surateṣviva (bhūṣaṇaṃ) Śi. 2. 44; R. 12. 37; Ve. 1. 25; U. 4. 23; Mu. 3. 4; Mv. 1. 40, 3. 17.
     (2) Defeat, discomfiture.
     -- Comp.
          --āspadaṃ, --padaṃ 1. an object of contempt; H. 3. 51. --2. a disgrace or disgraceful situation.
          --vidhiḥ humiliation; prāyo mūrkhaḥ paribhavavidhau nābhimānaṃ tanoti S. Til. 16.

paribhavin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Humiliating, treating with disrespect or contempt.
     (2) Suffering disrespect.

paribhāvaḥ See paribhava.

paribhāvanam Union, cohesion. --naṃ, --nā Contemplation, meditation.

paribhāvita p. p.
     (1) Contained, included.
     (2) Pervaded.
     (3) Penetrated.
     (4) Conceived.

paribhāvin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Humiliating, despising, treating with contempt; S. 4.
     (2) Putting to shame, surpassing, excelling.
     (3) Setting at naught, defying; vaidyayatnaparibhāvinaṃ gadaṃ R. 19. 53 'defying medical remedies'.

paribhāvuka a. Contemning, shaming &c.

paribhūtiḥ f. Contempt, insult, disrespect, humiliation; Mu. 4. 11.

paribhūṣ 10 U.
     (1) To decorate, adorn.
     (2) To serve, wait upon.
     (3) To honour, worship.
     (4) To take care of.
     (5) To observe, follow.
     (6) To prepare, equip.

paribhūṣaṇaḥ (scil. saṃdhi) Peace obtained by the cession of the whole revenue of a land.

paribhraṃś 1 A, 4 P.
     (1) To fall or drop down, tumble, slip.
     (2) To stray from, go astray.
     (3) To fall away from, swerve, deviate.
     (4) To lose, be deprived of; Ms. 10. 20.
     (5) To escape.
     (6) To neglect, omit.
     (7) To disappear.

paribhraṃśaḥ
     (1) Escape.
     (2) Falling from.

paribhraṃśanam
     (1) Falling from. --Losse.

paribhraṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Fallen or dropped off.
     (2) Escaped.
     (3) Cast down, degraded.
     (4) Deprived of, devoid of (with abl. or instr.); Pt. 4. 93.
     (5) Neglecting.
     (6) Vanished.
     (7) Lost.

paribhram 1. 4. P.
     (1) To rove, wander about, ramble, move to and fro; paribhramasi kiṃ vṛthā kvacana citta viśramyatām Bh. 3. 137.
     (2) To hover, whirl round; paribhramanmūrdhajaṣaṭpadākulaiḥ Ki. 5. 14.
     (3) To revolve, rotate, move or turn round.
     (4) To wander or roam over (with acc.); bhuvaṃ paribabhrāma.
     (5) To turn round (anything, circumambulśte.
     (6) To encircle. --Caus. To bewilder, overwhelm, overpower; U. 3. 32.

paribhramaḥ
     (1) Wandering, going about.
     (2) Rambling discourse, circumlocution, periphrasis.
     (3) Error, delusion.

paribhramaṇam
     (1) Going about, roaming, wandering.
     (2) Revolving, turning round.
     (3) Circumference.

parimaṃḍala a.
     (1) Globular, round, circular.
     (2) Of the measure of an atom. --laṃ
     (1) A globe, sphere.
     (2) A ball.
     (3) A circle.
     (4) An orb.

parimaṃthara a. Extremely slow; Śi. 9. 78.

parimaṃda a.
     (1) Very dull or dim, quite faint; parimaṃdasūryanayano divasaḥ Śi. 9. 3.
     (2) Very slow.
     (3) Very thin or weak; Śi. 2. 39.
     (4) Very little; Śi. 9. 27.

parimaraḥ
     (1) Destruction; cirātkṣatrasyāstu pralaya iva ghoraḥ parimaraḥ Mv. 3. 41.
     (2) The wind.
     (3) A magical rite for the destruction of enemies.

parimalaḥ
     (1) Fragrance, perfume, scent; parimalo gīrvāṇacetoharaḥ Bv. 1. 63, 66, 70, 71; Me. 25.
     (2) Pounding or trituration of fragrant substances.
     (3) A fragrant substance.
     (4) Copulation; atha parimalajāmavāpya lakṣmīṃ Ki. 10. 1.
     (4) A meeting of learned men.
     (5) A stain, spot.

parimalita a.
     (1) Perfumed.
     (2) Soiled, despoiled of beauty.

parimā 2 P., 3. 4. A.
     (1) To measure.
     (2) To measure off, limit
     (3) To estimate, determine.
     (4) To fulfil (a period or course).

pari(rī)māṇam
     (1) Measuring, measure (of strength, power &c.); sadyaḥ parātmaparimāṇavivekamūḍhaḥ Mu. 1. 10; Ku. 2. 8; Ms. 8. 133.
     (2) Weight, number, value; Y. 2. 62; 1. 320.
     (3) Size, dimension.

parimāṇakam Weight, quantity.

parimita p. p.
     (1) Moderate, sparing.
     (2) Limited.
     (3) Measured, meted out.
     (4) Regulated, adjusted.
     -- Comp.
          --ābharaṇa a. wearing a few ornaments, moderately adorned.
          --āyus a. short-lived.
          --āhāra, bhojana a. abstemious, eating little food.
          --katha a. saying or speaking little, using measured words; Me. 83.

parimitiḥ f. 1. Measure, quantity.
     (2) Limitation.

parimeya a.
     (1) Few, limited; parimeyapuraḥsarau R. 1. 37.
     (2) Measurable, calculable.
     (3) Finite.

parimāthin a. Torturing; Māl. 1. 41.

parimārg 10 U. To search, seek, look out for.

parimārgaḥ, --parimārgaṇam
     (1) Searching or looking for, seeking out, tracing, tracking.
     (2) Touch, contact; Śi. 7. 75.
     (3) Cleaning, wiping off.

parimilanam
     (1) Toucb, contact; Ratn. 2. 12.
     (2) Combination, union.

parimilita a.
     (1) Mixed with.
     (2) Filled, penetrated.

parimukham ind. About the face, round or about (a person).

parimuc 6 U.
     (1) To free, release, liberate; meghoparodhaparimuktaśaśāṃkavaktrā Rs. 3. 7; Ch. P. 9.
     (2) To leave, quit, abandon.
     (3) To discharge, emit.

parimukti f. Liberation.

parimuha 4 U. To be bewildered. or perplexed. --Caus. (Atm.)
     (1) To entice, beguile, allure; Bk. 8. 63.
     (2) (P) To perplex.

parimugdha a.
     (1) Artlessly lovely, lovely yet simple.
     (2) Fascinating but foolish.

parimūḍha p. p. Bewildered, perplexed, troubled.

parimohanam
     (1) Beguiling, alluring, enticing, fascinating.
     (2) Bewildering, infatuating; U. 3. 12.

parimṛj 2 P.
     (1) To wipe off or away, wash out, remove; (vācyaṃ) tyāgena patnyāḥ parimārṣṭumaicchat R. 14. 35.
     (2) To rub, stroke.

parimārjaḥ
     (1) Cleaning.
     (2) Rubbing.

parimārjanam
     (1) Cleaning, wiping off.
     (2) A dish of honey and oil.

parimṛd I. 9 P.
     (1) To press, squeeze; parimṛditamṛṇālīdurbalānyaṃgakāni U. 1. 24.
     (2) To kill, destroy.
     (3) To wipe away, rub off.
     (4) To wear out.
     (5) To rub, stroke. --II. 1 P. To surpass, excel.

parimardaḥ, --parimardanam
     (1) Rubbing, grinding.
     (2) Crushing, trampling.
     (3) Destruction.
     (4) Hurting, injuring.
     (5) Embracing, pressing.
     (6) Using up, consuming.

parimṛdita p. p.
     (1) Trodden or trampled down, crushed, roughly handled; squeezed; parimuditamuṇālīmlānamaṃgaṃ Māl. 1. 22; U. 1. 24.
     (2) Embraced, clasped.
     (3) Rubbed, ground.

parimṛś 6 P.
     (1) To touch, graze; śikharaśataiḥ parimṛṣṭadevalokaṃ Bk. 10. 45
     (2) To grasp, seize.
     (3) To consider, reflect.
     (4) To investigate, inquire into.
     (5) To observe, discover.

parimarśaḥ
     (1) Friction.
     (2) Contact.
     (3) Consideration, reflection.

parimṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Washed, cleaned, purified.
     (2) Rubbed, touched, stroked; Ve. 3.
     (3) Embraced.
     (4) Spread, pervaded, filled with; Ki. 6. 23.
     (5) Invested.

parimṛṣ 4 P.
     (1) To be angry (with dat.).
     (2) To envy.

parimarṣaḥ
     (1) Envy, dislike.
     (2) Anger.

parimokṣaḥ
     (1) Removing, relieving; prāyo viṣāṇaparimokṣalaghūttamāṃgānkhaḍgāṃścakāra nṛpatirniśitaiḥ kṣurapraiḥ R. 9. 62 'removing the horns', i. e. breaking them down.
     (2) Liberation, setting free, deliverance.
     (3) Emptying, evacuation.
     (4) Escape.
     (5) Final beatitude (nirvāṇa).

parimokṣaṇam
     (1) Liberation, deliverance.
     (2) Untying.

parimoṣaḥ Stealing, robbing, theft.

parimoṣin m. A thief, robber.

parimlai 1 P.
     (1) To fade, wither; parimlānamukhaśriyāṃ Ku. 2. 2; R. 14. 50.
     (2) To be dejected or dispirited.
     (3) To disappear.

parimlāna p. p.
     (1) Faded, fainted, withered.
     (2) Languid, dull, faint.
     (3) Waned, impaired, diminished.
     (4) Soiled, stained. --naṃ
     (1) Change of countenance by fear or grief.
     (2) A spot, stain.

pariyajñaḥ A secondary sacrifice.

parirakṣ 1 P.
     (1) To protect, save.
     (2) To govern, restrain.
     (3) To conceal, hide.

parirakṣakaḥ A protector, guardian.

parirakṣaṇaṃ, --parirakṣā
     (1) Protection, preservation, guarding; Ms. 5. 94, 7. 2.
     (2) Keeping, maintaining, adhering to; na samayaparirakṣaṇaṃ kṣamaṃ te Ki. 1. 45.
     (3) Deliverance, rescuing.
     (4) Care, caution.

parirakṣitin, parirakṣitṛ, parirakṣin a. Protecting, a protector, defender.

parirathyā A street, road.

parirabh 1 A. To embrace, clasp; parirabhya vakṣasā Ku. 5. 3; ityuktavaṃtaṃ parirabhya dorbhyoṃ Ki. 11. 80; Bv. 1. 95; Śi. 9. 72.

pari(rī)raṃbhaḥ, --pariraṃbhaṇam Embracing, an embrace; drutapariraṃbhanipīḍanakṣamatvaṃ Śi. 1. 74, 10. 52; U. 1. 24, 27; kiṃ pureva sasaṃbhramaṃ pariraṃbhaṇaṃ na dadāsi Gīt. 3.

parirāṭin a. Crying aloud, screaming.

parilaghu a.
     (1) Very light (lit.) (as clothes &c.).
     (2) Very light or easy to disgest; kṣīṇaḥ kṣīṇaḥ parilaghu payaḥ srotasāṃ copabhujya Me. 13.
     (3) Very small; U. 4. 21.

parilup 6 U.
     (1) To interrupt disturb.
     (2) To suspend; diminish.
     (3) To dispel.

parilupta p. p.
     (1) Interrupted, disturbed, diminished.
     (2) Lost, disappeared.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃjña a. senseless,

parilopaḥ
     (1) Injury.
     (2) Neglect, omission.

parilekhaḥ
     (1) An outline, a delineation, sketch.
     (2) A picture.

parilekhanam Drawing lines on the altar.

parivatsaraḥ A year, a full year, the revolution of one year; devyāḥ śūnyasya jagato dvādaśaḥparivatsaraḥ U. 3. 33.

parivad 1 P. To abuse, censure, revile.

parivadanam
     (1) Reviling.
     (2) Clamouring.

pari(rī)vādaḥ
     (1) Blame, censure, detraction, abuse; ayameva mayi prathamaṃ parivādarataḥ M. 1; Y. 1. 133.
     (2) Scandal, stain, stigma; ill-repute; mā bhūtparīvādanavāvatāraḥ R. 5. 24, 14. 86; Mv. 5. 28.
     (3) Charge, accusation; Mk. 3. 30.
     (4) An instrument with which the lute is played.

parivādakaḥ
     (1) A plaintiff, complainant, accuser.
     (2) One who plays on the lute.

parivādin a.
     (1) Reviling, censuring, abusing, slandering.
     (2) Accusing.
     (3) Screaming, crying aloud.
     (4) Censured, slandered. --m. An accuser, a plaintiff, complainant. --nī A lute (vīṇā) of seven strings; Śi. 6. 9; R. 8. 35.

parivargaḥ Ved. Avoiding, removing.

parivarjanam
     (1) Leaving, quitting, abandoning.
     (2) Giving up, resigning.
     (3) Killing, slaughter.

parivarjita a.
     (1) Abandoned.
     (2) Deprived of.

parivarman a. Clad in mail; armed.

parivasathaḥ A village.

parivah 1 U.
     (1) To overflow.
     (2) To carry about or round.

parivahaḥ
     (1) N. of one of the seven courses of wind; it is the sixth course, and bears along the Saptarshis and the celestial Ganges; saptarṣicakraṃ svargaṃgāṃ ṣaṣṭhaḥ parivahastathā; (for the other courses of wind see under vāyu; cf. the description of parivaha given by Kālidāsa: --trisrotasaṃ vahati yo gaganapratiṣṭhāṃ jyotīṃṣi vartayati ca pravibhaktaraśmiḥ . tasya dvitīyaharivikramanistamaskaṃ vāyorimaṃ parivahasya badaṃti mārgaṃ S. 7. 6.).
     (2) One of the seven tongues of fire.

pari(rī)vāhaḥ
     (1) Overflowing (of a tank &c.), inundation, overflow, natural or artificial; prathamaṃ (kautūhalaṃ) saparivāhamāsīt S. 2.
     (2) A water-course, drain or channel to carry off excess of water; pūrotpīḍe taḍāgasya parīvāhaḥ pratikriyā U. 3. 29; Pt. 2. 150; Śi. 16. 51; R. 8. 74.

parivāhin a. Overflowing; as in ānaṃdaparivāhiṇā cakṣuṣā S. 4.

pari(rī)vāpaḥ
     (1) Shaving, shearing.
     (2) Sowing.
     (3) A reservoir, pool, pond, a piece of water.
     (4) Furniture.
     (5) Train, retinue.
     (6) Fried grains of rice.
     (7) Coagulated milk.

parivāpaṇam Shaving.

parivāpita a. Shaven, shorn.

parivāsaḥ
     (1) Residence, stay, sojourn.
     (2) Fragrant odour; Māl. 9. 42.

pariviṇṇaḥ (nnaḥ), parivittaḥ, parivitiḥ An unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married; see Ms. 3. 171; and parivettṛ also.

parividdhaḥ An epithet of Kubera.

pariviṃdakaḥ, pariviṃdat m. A younger brother married before the elder.

parivividānaḥ Ved. = parivittaḥ above.

pariviṣ Caus.
     (1) To surround.
     (2) To present or offer food.
     (3) To attend, wait upon.

pariviṣṭi f. Ved. Service, attendance.

pari(rī)veśaḥ(ṣaḥ)
     (1) Waiting at meals, distributing food, serving up meals.
     (2) A circle, circlet, halo (of lustre &c.); R. 5. 74, 6. 13; Śi. 5. 52, 17. 9.
     (3) Especially, the halo round the sun or moon; lakṣyate sma tadanaṃtaraṃ ravirbaddhabhīmapariveṣamaṃḍalaḥ R. 11. 59.
     (4) The circumference of a circle.
     (5) The disc of the sun or moon.
     (6) Anything which surrounds or protects.

pariveṣakaḥ A waiter at meals.

pariveṣaṇam
     (1) Serving up meals, waiting, distributing food.
     (2) Enclosing, surrounding.
     (3) A halo round the sun or moon.
     (4) Circumference.

pariveṣṭṛ m. A waiter at meals, one who serves up meals; marutaḥ pariveṣṭāro maruttasyāvasangṛhe Ait. Br.

parivihāraḥ Walking about, strolling, walking for pleasure.

parivihvala a. Extremely confused, agitated or bewildered.

parivīta p. p.
     (1) Surrounded, encompassed.
     (2) Pervaded, overspread; Śi. 3. 34; Ki. 5. 42. --taṃ The bow of Brahman.

parivṛḍha a.
     (1) Firm, thick, dense.
     (2) Ample, large. --ḍhaḥ A master, lord, owner, head, chief (used adjectively also); kiṃ bhuvaḥ parivṛḍhā na vivoḍhuṃ tatra tāmupanatā vivadaṃte N. 5. 42; Ku. 12. 58; Mv. 6. 25, 31, 48.

parivṛ 5. 9. 10. U. To encircle, surround; U. 4. 23.

pari(rī)vāraḥ
     (1) Train, retinue, attendants or followers collectively; (yānaṃ) adhyāsya kanyā parivāraśobhi R. 6. 10; 12. 16; grahagaṇaparivāro rājamārgapradīpaḥ Mk. 1. 57.
     (2) A cover, covering.
     (3) A sheath, scabbard.

parivāraṇa
     (1) An envelope, a cover.
     (2) Train, retinue.
     (3) Warding off, keeping off.

parivārita p. p. Surrounded, encircled, encompassed, begirt.

parivṛta p. p.
     (1) Surrounded, encompassed, encircled, attended.
     (2) Hidden, concealed.
     (3) Pervaded, overspread.
     (4) Known.
     (5) Completely gained. --taṃ Ved. An enclosed space for a sacrifice.

parivṛtiḥ f. Surrounding.

parivṛt 1 A.
     (1) To turn round, revolve; Ku. 1. 16.
     (2) To roam about, move hither and thither.
     (3) To change, barter, exchange.
     (4) To turn back; R. 4. 72; V. 1. 17.
     (5) To be, fall into; Māl. 9. 8.
     (6) To decay, perish, disappear; Māl. 10. 6.

pari(rī)vartaḥ
     (1) Revolving, revolution (as of a planet).
     (2) A period lapse or expiration of time; yugaśata, parivartān S. 7. 34.
     (3) The expirationof a Yuga; Śi. 17. 12.
     (4) Repetition, recurrence.
     (5) Change, alteration; tadīdṛśo jīvalokasya parivartaḥ U. 3 'changed condition of life', 'change in circumstances'; so jīvalokaparivartamanubhavāmi Māl. 7; svaraparivartaḥ Mk. 1.
     (6) Retreat, flight, desertion.
     (7) A year.
     (8) Repeated birth, transmigration.
     (9) Barter, exchange; Śi. 5. 39. (10) Requital, return.
     (11) An abode.
     (12) A chapter or section of a work.
     (13) N. of the Kūrma or second incarnation of Viṣṇu.

parivartaka a.
     (1) Causing to turn round or revolve.
     (2) Requiting, exchanging.
     (3) Turning round.

parivartanam
     (1) Moving to and fro, turning about, rolling about (as on the lap, bed &c.); Ku. 5. 12; R. 9. 13; Śi. 4. 47.
     (2) Turning round, revolving, whirling round.
     (3) Revolution, end of a period of time.
     (4) Change; veṣaparivartanaṃ vidhāya Pt. 3.
     (5) Exchange, barter.
     (6) Inverting.
     (7) Requital, return.

parivartikā Phimosis or contraction of the prepuce (in medicine).

parivartita a.
     (1) Revolved.
     (2) Exchanged.
     (3) Inverted.
     (4) Returned, retreated.

parivartin a.
     (1) Moving or turning round, revolving.
     (2) Ever-recurring. coming round again and again parivartini saṃsāre mṛtaḥ ko vā na jāyate Pt. 1. 27.
     (3) Changing.
     (4) Being; or remaining near, moving round about.
     (5) Retreating, flying.
     (6) Exchanging.
     (7) Recompensing, requiting.

parivṛtta p. p. Revolved, turned round; -ardhamukhī V. 1. 17.
     (2) Retreated, turned back.
     (3) Exchanged, bartered.
     (4) Finished, ended. --ttaṃ An embrace.

parivṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Revolution; Śi. 10. 91.
     (2) Return; turning back.
     (3) Barter, exchange.
     (4) End, termination.
     (5) Surrounding.
     (6) Staying or dwelling in a place.
     (7) Contraction of the prepuce.
     (8) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which there is an exchange of a thing for what is equal, less or greater; parivṛttirvinimayo yo'rthānāṃ syatsamāsamaiḥ K. P. 10; e. g. dattvā kaṭākṣameṇākṣī jagrāha hṛdayaṃ mama . mayā tu hṛdayaṃ dattvā gṛhīto madanajvaraḥ .. S. D. 734.
     (9) Substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense; as in śabdaparivṛttisahatvaṃ K. P. 10; e. g. in vṛṣadhvaja, dhvaja may be substituted by lāṃchana or vāhana.

parivṛdh 1 A. To grow up, increase. --Caus.
     (1) To grow, increase, prosper.
     (2) To bring up, rear.

parivardhanam
     (1) Increasing, enlarging.
     (2) Rearing, breeding.
     (3) Growing, growth.

parivardhita a.
     (1) Increased.
     (2) Cut, excavated.

parivṛddhiḥ f. Growth, increase.

parivettṛ m., parivedakaḥ A younger brother married before the elder; R. 12. 16; jyeṣṭhe anirviṣṭe kanīyān nirviśan parivettā bhavati, pariviṇṇo jyeṣṭhaḥ, parivedanīyā kanyā, paridayī dātā, parikartā yājakaḥ, sarve te patitāḥ Hārīta.

parivedanam
     (1) The marriage of a younger brother before the elder.
     (2) Marriage in general.
     (3) Complete or accurate knowledge.
     (4) Gain, acquisition.
     (5) Maintaining the household fire (agnyādhāna); Ms. 11. 61.
     (6) Pervasion on all sides, universal pervasion or existence.
     (7) Discussion.
     (8) Misery, pain --nā
     (1) Shrewdness, wit.
     (2) Prudence, foresight.

parivedanīyā, parivedinī The wife of a younger brother who is married before the elder.

parivedaḥ Accurate knowledge.

pariveṣṭ 1 A. or Caus.
     (1) To surround, encircle.
     (2) To embrace, clasp round; Pt. 1. 35.
     (3) To wrap up, cover.

pariveṣṭanam
     (1) Surrounding, enclosing.
     (2) Circumference.
     (3) A cover, covering.
     (4) A bandage.

parivyayaḥ
     (1) Cost.
     (2) Condiment, spices.

parivyādhaḥ A species of reed.

parivraj 1 P. To wander about as a religious mendicant, turn out a recluse.

parivrajyā
     (1) Strolling, wandering from place to place.
     (2) Turning a recluse, leading the life of a religious mendicant or recluse.
     (3) Renunciation of the world, ascetic devotion, religious austerity.

parivrāj m., parivrājaḥ, --jakaḥ A wandering mendicant, vagrant, recluse, an ascetic (of the fourth religious order) who has renounced the world.

pariśaṃk
     (1) A.
     (1) To suspect, believe, fancy (to be); patre'pi saṃcāriṇi prāptaṃtvāṃ pariśaṃkate Gīt. 6.
     (2) To doubt, have doubts about.
     (3) To fear, be afraid of; tṛṇabiṃdoḥ pariśaṃkitaḥ purā R. 8. 79.

pariśaṃkin a. Fearing, apprehensive.

pariśāśvata a. (tī f.) Perpetually the same.

pariśiṣ 7 P. 1 To leave remaining (caus. also); bhavitā kareṇupaṃriśeṣitā mahī Bv. 1. 53.
     (2) To quit or leave (a place).

pariśiṣṭa a.
     (1) Left, remaining.
     (2) Finished. --ṣṭaṃ A supplement, an appendix; as in gṛhyapariśiṣṭa.

pari(rī)śeṣaḥ
     (1) Remainder, remnant.
     (2) Supplement.
     (3) Termination, conclusion, completion. (pariśeṣeṇa ind.
     (1) With the residue.
     (2) Completely, in full.)

pariśeṣaṇam Remainder, residue.

pariśīlanam 1 Touch, contact(lit.). lalitalavaṃgalatāpariśīlanakomalamalayasabhīre Gīt. 1; so vadanakamalapariśīlanabhilita &c. 11.
     (2) Constant contact, intercourse, or correspondence.
     (3) Study, application or attachment (to a thing), steady or fixed pursuit; kāvyārtha- S. D.

pariśudh Caus.
     (1) To purify completely.
     (2) To explain, clear up.

pariśuddha p. p.
     (1) Cleaned, purified.
     (2) Acquitted, discharged.
     (3) Cleared off, paid.

pariśuddhiḥ f.
     (1) Complete purification; agni- U. 4.
     (2) Justification; acquittal.

pariśodhaḥ, pariśodhanam
     (1) Purifying, cleansing.
     (2) Rectifying, correcting.
     (3) Quittance, discharging or paying off (a debt or obligation).

pariśuṣ 4 P.
     (1) To be dried up, dry up; Bk. 10. 41; Bg. 1. 29.
     (2) To pine, decay, wither.
     (3) To be afflicted. --Caus. To emaciate.

pariśuṣka p. p.
     (1) Thoroughly dried, completely dried or parched up; tṛṣā mahatyā pariśuṣkatālavaḥ Rs. 1. 11.
     (2) Withered, shrivelled, hollow (as cheeks). --ṣkaṃ A kind of fried meat.

pariśoṣaḥ Act of being completely dried or parched up.

pariśūnya a.
     (1) Quite empty; R. 8. 66.
     (2) Quite free from, completely devoid of; 19. 6.

pariśṛtaḥ Ardent spirits.

pariśramaḥ
     (1) Fatigue, exhaustion, trouble, pain; ātmā pariśramasya padamupanītaḥ S. 1; R. 1. 58; 11. 12.
     (2) Exertion, labour.
     (3) (Hence) Close application to or study of, being constantly occupied with; ārye kṛtapariśramosmi catuḥṣaṣṭyaṃge jyotiḥśāstre Mu. 1.

pariśrayaḥ
     (1) A meeting, an assembly.
     (2) Refuge, asylum; Pt. 1. 252.
     (3) Ved. A fence.

pariśrayaṇam Encompassing.

pariśrāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Fatigue, weariness, trouble, exhaustion.
     (2) Labour, exertion.

pariśrit f. Ved. Small stones laid round the altar.

pariśleṣaḥ Au embrace.

pariṣad f.
     (1) An assembly, a meeting, council, audience; abhirūpabhūyiṣṭhā pariṣadiyaṃ S. 1.
     (2) A religious assembly or synod.
     (3) A group, collection, circle; U. 4. 19.

pariṣadaḥ, pariṣadyaḥ, pariṣadvalaḥ A member of an assembly (councillor, assessor &c.)

pariṣīvaṇam
     (1) Tying a knot.
     (2) Ved. Sewing round.

pariṣūtiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) Urging, inciting.
     (2) Obstruction.

pariṣekaḥ, pariṣecanam
     (1) Sprinkling or pouring over, moistening.
     (2) Water for watering trees (pariṣecanaṃ).

pariṣka(ska)d 1 P. To leap about; meghanādaḥ pariskaṃdan pariskaṃdaṃtamāśvarim . abadhnādapariskaṃdaṃ brahmapāśena visphuran Bk. 9. 75.

pariṣkaṇṇa(nna) a. Fostered by another. --ṇṇaḥ A foster-child, one nourished by a stranger.

pariṣkaṃ(skaṃ)da a. Fostered by another. --daḥ
     (1) A foster-child.
     (2) A servant.

pariṣkaṃ(skaṃ)dat a.
     (1) Leaping about, jumping round.
     (2) Surrounding, circumambulating.
     (3) Wandering.

pariṣkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To adorn, decorate; ratho hemapariṣkṛtaḥ Mb.
     (2) (fig.) To refine, polish (as words).
     (3) To cleanse.
     (4) Ved. To prepare, fit out.

pariṣkaraḥ Decoration, ornamentation.

pariṣkāraḥ
     (1) Decoration, ornament, embellishment.
     (2) Dressing, cooking.
     (3) Initiation, purification by iniitiatory rites.
     (4) Furniture; (also pariskāra in this sense).

pariṣkṛta p. p.
     (1) Adorned, decorated; Ki. 7. 40.
     (2) Cooked, dressed.
     (3) Purified by initiatory ceremonies; (see kṛ with pari).
     (4) Prepared, equipped.
     (5) Highly polished.

pariṣkṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Polishing.
     (2) Cleansing.

pariṣkriyā Adornig, decorating, embellishment.

pariṣṭiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) Searching all round.
     (2) Violence.

pariṣṭo(sto)maḥ
     (1) The coloured housings of an elephant.
     (2) A coverlet in general.
     (3) A cushion.

pariṣṭhalam A surrounding place.

pariṣpaṃ(spaṃ)daḥ
     (1) A train, retinue.
     (2) Decorating the hair (with flowers &c.).
     (3) Ornament or decoration in general.
     (4) Throbbing, vibration, palpitation, movement.
     (5) Provision, maintenance.
     (6) Crushing.

pariṣyaṃdaḥ
     (1) A stream, river.
     (2) Moisture.
     (3) Ved. A sand-bank, an island.

pariṣvaṃj
     (1) A. To embrace.

pariṣvakta p. p. Clasped, embraced.

pariṣvaṃgaḥ, pariṣvaṃ(svaṃ)janam, or pariṣvajanam
     (1) An embrace; Ki. 18. 19; H. 3. 67.
     (2) Touch, contact, union; Bh. 3. 17; Mal. 10. 3.

parisaṃvatsara a. A whole year old. --raḥ A whole year; parisaṃvatsarāt 'after the expiration of one whole year'; Ms. 3. 119.

parisaṃkhyā 2 P.
     (1) To count or reckon up, add together.
     (2) To enumerate.

parisaṃkhyā
     (1) Enumeration, computation.
     (2) Sum, total, number; vittasya vidyāparisaṃkhyayā me R. 5. 21.
     (3) (In Mīm. phil.) Exclusion, specification, limitation to that which is enumerated or expressly mentioned, so that everything else is excluded; (parisaṃkhyā is opposed to vidhi which lays down a rule for the first time, and to niyama which restricts the choice to an alternative which is expressly stated when several such alternatives are possible); vidhiratyaṃtamaprāptau niyamaḥ pākṣike sati . tatra cānyatra ca prāptau parisaṃkhyeti gīyate .. e. g. paṃca paṃcanakhā bhakṣyāḥ usually quoted by the Mīmāmsakas; ayaṃ niyamavidhirna tu parisaṃkhyā Kull. on Ms. 3. 45.
     (4) (In Rhet.) Special mention or exclusive specification, i. e. where with or without a query something is affirmed for the denial, expressed or understood, of something else similar to it; (this figure is particularly striking when it is based on a śleṣa or pun); yasmin mahīṃ śāsati citrakarmasu varṇasaṃkarāścāpeṣu guṇacchedāḥ &c. or yasya nūpureṣu mukharatā vivāheṣu karagrahaṇaṃ turaṃgeṣu kaśābhighātaḥ &c. K; for other examples see S. D. 735.
     (5) Recapitueation.

parisaṃkhyāta p. p.
     (1) Enumerated, reckoned up.
     (2) Specified exclusively.

parisaṃkhyānam
     (1) Enumeration, total, number.
     (2) Exclusive specification.
     (3) Correct judgment, proper estimate.

parisaṃcaraḥ Time of universal destruction.

parisabhyaḥ A member of an assembly.

parisamāpta p. p.
     (1) Finished, completed.
     (2) Centred, comprehended; S. 5. 8.

parisamāpanaṃ, parisamāptiḥ f. Finishing, completing.

parisamūhanam
     (1) Heaping up.
     (2) Sprinkling water (in a particular way) round the sacrificial fire (agneḥ samaṃtāt mājaṃnaṃ).

parisṛ 1 P.
     (1) To flow round; enaṃ sarasvatī parisasāra Ait. Br.; parisasrurāpaḥ Mb.
     (2) To move round, whirl round; pradākṣiṇaṃ taṃ parimṛtya Bhāg., parisarati (v. l. for paripatati) śikhī bhrāṃtimaṃdvāriyaṃtraṃ M. 2. 13.

parisaraḥ
     (1) Verge, border, proximity, vicinity, neighbourhood, environs (of a river, mountain, town &c.); godāvarīparisarasya girerataṭāni U. 3. 8; parisaraviṣayeṣu līḍhamuktāḥ Ki. 5. 38.
     (2) Position, site.
     (2) Width, breadth.
     (4) Death.
     (5) A rule, precept.
     (6) A god.

parisaraṇam Running about.

pari(rī)saryā, pari(rī)sāraḥ Wandering or moving about, perambulation.

parisṛp 1 P.
     (1) To move round about, hover.
     (2) To move to and fro.

parisarpaḥ
     (1) Going or moving about.
     (2) Going in search of, following, pursuing.
     (3) Surrounding, encircling.

parisarpaṇam
     (1) Walking or creeping about.
     (2) Running to and froflying about, constantly moving; patagapateḥ parisarpaṇe ca tulyaḥ Mk. 3. 21.

paristṛ 5 U., paristṝ 9 U.
     (1) To spread, diffuse, extend; Bk. 14. 11.
     (2) To cover (fig. also); atha nāgayūthamalināni jagatparitastamāṃsi paritastarire Śi. 9. 18; abhitastaṃ pṛthāsūnuḥ snehena paritastare Ki. 11. 8.
     (3) To place in order.

paristaraḥ Strewing round or heaping together.

paristaraṇam
     (1) Strewing or spreading round, scattering about.
     (2) A covering, cover.

paristhānam
     (1) Abode.
     (2) Fixedness, solidity.
     (3) Firmness.

parisphuṭa a.
     (1) Quite plain, manifest, distinctly visible.
     (2) Fully developed, blown or grown.

parisphur 6 P. To throb, quiver, palpitate; tasyāḥ parisphuritagarbhabharālasāyāḥ U. 3. 28.

pariraphuraṇam
     (1) Quivering, shooting.
     (2) Budding.

parisyaṃdaḥ
     (1) Oozing, trickling, dropping.
     (2) A flow, stream.
     (3) A train &c.; see pariṣyaṃda.

parisravaḥ
     (1) Flowing, streaming.
     (2) Gliding down.
     (3) A river, torrent.
     (4) Birth of a child.

parisrāvaḥ
     (1) Effluxion, efflux.
     (2) N. of a morbid disease (overflowing of the moistures of the body).

parisrāvaṇam A filtering vessel.

parisrāvin m. A kind of bhagaṃdara q. v.

parisrut f.
     (1) A kind of intoxicating liquor.
     (2) Trickling, dropping, flowing.

parihata a. Loosened.

parihas 1 P.
     (1) To jest, joke.
     (2) To laugh at, ridicule: (hence) to surpass, excel; janānāmānaṃdaḥ parihasati nirvāṇapadavīṃ G. L. 5.

pari(rī)hāsaḥ
     (1) Joking, jesting, jest, mirth: merriment; tvarāprastāvoyaṃ na khalu parihāsasya viṣayaḥ Māl. 9. 44; parihāsapūrvaṃ 'jokingly or in jest' R. 6. 82; parihāsavijalpitaṃ S. 2. 18 'uttered in jest'; parīhāsāścitrāḥ satatamabhavan yena bhavataḥ Ve. 3. 14; Ku. 7. 19; R. 9 8; Śi. 10. 12.
     (2) Ridiculing, deriding.
     -- Comp.
          --vedin m. a buffoon, jester, a witty person.

parihastaḥ A ring for the hand.

parihā 3 P.
     (1) To leave, abandon, quit
     (2) To omit, neglect; yathoktānyapi karmāṇi parihāya Ms. 12. 92. --Pass.
     (1) To be wanting or deficient in; āryasya suvihitaprayogatayā na kimapi parihāsyate S. 1.
     (2) To be inferior to; ojasvitayāna parihīyate śacyāḥ V. 3; na praticchaṃdātparihīyate madhuratā M. 2.
     (3) To wane, fail, waste away; anudivasaṃ parihīyase aṃgaiḥ S. 3; Pt. 1. 78.
     (4) To pass away; parihīyate gamanavelā S. 4.
     (5) To be deprived of or excluded from.

parihāṇam Ved.
     (1) Losing, suffering loss.
     (2) Decrease.

parihāṇiḥ(niḥ) f.
     (1) Decrease, deficiency, loss.
     (2) Decay, decline; R. 19. 50.
     (3) Neglect, omission.

parihīṇa p. p.
     (1) Waned, wasted.
     (2) Deprived or destitute of.
     (3) Wanting or deficient in.

parihṛ 1 P. To avoid, shun: strīsaṃnikarṣaṃ parihartumicchannaṃtardadhe bhūtapatiḥ sabhūtaḥ Ku. 3. 74; Ms. 8. 400; Ku. 3. 43.
     (2) To forsake, abandon, leave, desert; kati na kathitamidamanupadamaciraṃ mā parihara harimatiśayaruciraṃ Gīt. 9.
     (3) To remove, destroy; answer, refute (as objections, charges &c.); brahmāsya jagato nimittaṃ kāraṇaṃ prakṛtiścetyasya pakṣasyākṣepaḥ smṛtinimittaḥ parihṛtaḥ . tarkanimitta idānīmākṣepaḥ parihriyate S. B; Me. 14.
     (4) To conceal.
     (5) To embrace.

pariharaṇam
     (1) Leaving, quitting, abandoning.
     (2) Avoiding, shunning.
     (3) Refuting.
     (4) Seizing, taking away.
     (5) Ved. Carrying or placing round.

pari(rī)hāraḥ
     (1) Leaving, quitting, giving up, abandoning.
     (2) Removing, taking away; as in virodhaparihāra.
     (3) Shunning, avoiding.
     (4) Refuting, repelling.
     (5) Omitting to mention, omission, leaving out.
     (6) Reserve, concealment.
     (7) A tract of common land round a village or town; dhanuḥśataṃ parīhāro grāmasya syātsamaṃtataḥ Ms. 8. 237.
     (8) A special grant, immunity, privilege, exemption from taxes; Ms. 7. 201.
     (9) Contempt, disrespect. (10) An objection.
     (11) Seizing, keeping back.
     (12) Bounty.
     (13) (In gram.) The repetition of a word before and after iti; cf. parigraha.
     (14) Atoning for any improper action.

parihārya a. To be shunned or avoided, to be escaped from, to be taken off or away. --ryaḥ A bracelet.

parihṛta p. p.
     (1) Shunned, avoided.
     (2) Left, abandoned.
     (3) Refuted, repelled (as a charge, objection &c.).
     (4) Taken, seized.

parihṛtiḥ f. Avoiding, shunning.

parī(pari-i) 2 P.
     (1) To go round, circumambulate; (caraṇanyāsaṃ) bhaktinamraḥ parīyāḥ Me. 55; Ms. 2. 48.
     (2) To surround, encompass; hutavahaparītaṃ gṛhamiva S. 5. 10; viṣavallībhiḥ parītābhirmahauṣadhiḥ R. 12. 61; so kopaparītamānasaṃ Ki. 2. 25.
     (3) To go to, think of (objects &c.).
     (4) To be changed or transformed.
     (5) To reach to.
     (6) To run against.

parīta p. p.
     (1) Surrounded, encompassed by.
     (2) Expired, elapsed.
     (3) Departed, gone forth.
     (4) Seized, taken possession of, filled with; Mu. 3. 30. See parī.

parīkṣ 1 A.
     (1) To examine, look at or scrutinize carefully; ataḥ parīkṣya kartavyaṃ viśeṣātsaṃgataṃ rahaḥ S. 5. 24; saṃtaḥ parīkṣyānyataradbhajaṃte M. 1. 2; Ms. 9. 14.
     (2) To test, try, put to the test; māyāṃ mayodbhāvya parīkṣito'si R. 2. 65; yatnātparīkṣitaḥ puṃstve Y. 1. 55 'carefully tested as to potency'.
     (3) To observe, perceive.

parīkṣakaḥ An examiner, investigator, a judge.

parīkṣaṇam Putting to test, testing, examining; Ms. 1. 117; Y. 2. 177.

parīkṣā
     (1) Examination, test, trial; pattane vidyamānepi grāme ratnaparīkṣā M. 1; Ms. 9. 19.
     (2) Trial by various kinds of ordeals (in law).

parīkṣita p. p. Examined, tried, tested; parīkṣitaṃ kāvyasuvarṇametat Vikr. 1. 24.

parīkṣit m. N. of a king, son of Abhimanyu and grandson of Arjuna. He succeeded to the throne of Hastināpura after Yudhiṣṭhira. He died of a snake-bite. The Kali age is said to have commenced with his reign.

parīṇāhaḥ
     (1) = pariṇāha.
     (2) A piece of common land encircling a village.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva.

parītāpa, parīpāka, parīvāra-ha, parīhāsa &c. See paritāpa &c.

parīpsā
     (1) Desire of obtaining.
     (2) Haste, hurry.

parīram A fruit.

parīraṇam
     (1) A tortoise.
     (2) A stick.
     (3) A garment (paṭṭaśāṭaka).

parīṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Research, inquiry, investigation.
     (2) Service, attendance.
     (3) Respect, worship, homage.
     (4) Willingness, readiness.

paruḥ
     (1) A joint, knot.
     (2) A limb, member.
     (3) The ocean.
     (4) Heaven, paradise.
     (5) A mountain.

parut ind. Last year.

parudvāraḥ A horse.

paruṣa a. [pṝ-uṣan]
     (1) Hard, rough, rugged, stiff (opp. mṛdu or ślakṣṇa); paruṣaṃ carma, paruṣā mālā &c.
     (2) Harsh, abusive, severe, unkind, cruel, stern (as words); (vāk) aparuṣā paruṣākṣaramīritā R. 9. 8; Pt. 1. 50; said also of a person; snigdhe yatparuṣāsi Gīt. 9; Y. 1. 310.
     (3) Harsh or disagreeable to the ear (as a sound &c.); tena vajraparuṣasvanaṃ dhanuḥ R. 11. 46; Me. 61.
     (4) Rough, coarse, rough to the touch, shaggy (as hair); śuddhasnānātparuṣamalakaṃ Me. 91.
     (5) Sharp, violent, strong, keen, piercing (wind &c.); paruṣapavanavegotkṣiptasaṃśuṣkaparṇaḥ Rs. 1. 22; 2. 28.
     (6) Gross.
     (7) Dirty.
     (8) Spotted, variegated.
     (9) Ved. Knotted. --ṣaṃ A harsh or abusive speech, abuse.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣara a. using harsh or abusive language; Pt. 1. 50
          --itara a. other than rough, soft, mild; R. 5. 68.
          --ukti, f. vacanaṃ abusive or harsh language.

paruṣita a. Treated roughly or harshly.

paruṣiman m. Ved. A shaggy appearance.

parus n.
     (1) A joint, knot.
     (2) A limb or member of the body.

pare (para-i) 2 P.
     (1) To go or run away, flee, retreat; yaḥ paraiti sa jīvāṃta Pt. 5. 88 'he who runs away saves his life'; cf. 'to run for one's life.'
     (2) To reach, attain to; Ki. 1. 39.
     (3) To depart from this world die.

pareta p. p. Deceased, departed, dead. --taḥ A spirit, a ghost.
     -- Comp.
          --bhartṛ, --rāj m. the god of death, Yama; Śi. 1. 57.
          --bhūmiḥ f.,
          --vāsaḥ a cemetery; Ku. 5. 68.

paretiḥ f. Ved. Departure.

paredyavi, paredyus ind. The other day.

pareṣṭaḥ f., pareṣṭukā A cow that has often calved.

parokṣa a.
     (1) Out of or beyond the range of sight, invisible, escaping observation.
     (2) Absent; sthāne vṛtā bhūpatibhiḥ parokṣaiḥ R. 7. 13.
     (3) Secret, unknown, stranger; parokṣamanmatho janaḥ S. 2. 18 'a stranger to the influence of love'; H. Pr. 10. --kṣaḥ An ascetic. --kṣaṃ
     (1) Absence, invisibility.
     (2) (In gram.) Past time or tense (not witnessed by the speaker); parokṣe liṭ P. III. 2. 115. Note. The acc. and loc. singulars of parokṣa (i. e. parokṣaṃ, parokṣe) are used adverbially in the sense of 'in one's absence', 'out of sight', 'behind one's back', with or without a gen.; parokṣe khalīkartuṃ śakyate na mamāgrataḥ Mk. 2; parokṣe kāryahatāraṃ pratyakṣe priyavādinaṃ Chāṇ. 18; nodāharedasya nāma parokṣamapi kevalaṃ Ms. 2. 119.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. having a secret meaning.
          --kṛtā a hymn in which a deity is spoken of in the third person.
          --bhogaḥ enjoyment of anything in the absence of the owner.
          --vṛtti a. living out of sight. (
          --ttiḥ f.) an unseen or obscure life.

paromātra a. Ved. Immense, vast.

parojaras a. Untouched by passions, pure; U. 4.

parovaram ind. Ved.
     (1) From top to bottom.
     (2) From hand to hand
     (3) In succession.

parovarīṇa a. Having both superior and inferior.

parovarīyas a. Ved.
     (1) Broader on the outside.
     (2) Most excellent of all. --m.
     (1) The Supreme being.
     (3) The highest happiness.

paroṣṭiḥ, f. paroṣṇī Acock-roach.

parkaṭaḥ A heron. --ṭaṃ Regret, anxiety.

parkaṭiḥ --ṭī f., parkaṭin m.
     (1) The wave-leaved fig-tree (plakṣa).
     (2) A fresh betel-nut.

parjanyaḥ
     (1) A rain-cloud, thundering cloud, a cloud in general; pravṛddha iva parjanyaḥ sāraṃgairabhinaṃditaḥ R. 17. 15; Mk. 10. 60.
     (2) Rain; annādbhavaṃti bhūtāni parjanyādannasaṃbhavaḥ Bg. 3. 14.
     (3) The god of rain, i. e. Indra.
     (4) The muttering or roaring of clouds.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.

parṇ 10 U. (parṇayati-te) To make green or verdant; vasaṃtaḥ parṇayati caṃpakaṃ.

parṇam
     (1) A pinion, wing; as in suparṇa.
     (2) The feather of an arrow.
     (3) A leaf.
     (4) The betel-leaf. --rṇaḥ The Palāśa tree.
     -- Comp.
          --aśanaṃ feeding on leaves. (
          --naḥ) a cloud.
          --asiḥ a kind of basil.
          --āhāra a. feeding upon leaves.
          --uṭajaṃ a hut of leaves, a hermit's hut, a hermitage.
          --kāraḥ a vendor of betel-leaves.
          --kuṭikā, --kuṭī a hut made of leaves.
          --kṛcchraḥ a kind of expiatory penance which consists in living upon an infusion of leaves and Kuśa grass only for five days; see Y. 3. 317 and Mit. thereon.
          --khaṃḍaḥ a tree without apparent blossoms. (
          --ḍaṃ) a collection of leaves.
          --cīrapaṭaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --corakaḥ a kind of perfume.
          --naraḥ the figure of a man made of leaves and burnt in place of a lost corpse.
          --bhedinī the Priyangu creeper.
          --bhojanaḥ a goat.
          --muc m. the winter season (śiśira). --mṛgaḥ any wild animal living in the boughs of trees &c.
          --ruh m. the spring season (vasaṃta). --latā the betel-plant.
          --bāṭikā pieces of areca-nut mixed with other spices and rolled up in betelleaves.
          --śayyā a bed or couch of leaves.
          --śālā a hut made of leaves, a hermitage; nirdiṣṭāṃ kulapatinā sa parṇaśālāmadhyāsya R. 1. 95; 12. 40.

parṇala a. Full of or abounding in leaves, leafy; Bk. 6. 143.

parṇasiḥ [Uṇ. 4. 107]
     (1) A house standing in the midst of water, a summer-house.
     (2) A lotus.
     (3) A vegetable.
     (4) Decoration, toilet, adorning.

parṇin m. A tree.

parṇila a. See parṇala.

partṛ m. Ved.
     (1) A protector.
     (2) Means of defence.

pard 1 A. (pardate) To break wind.

pardaḥ
     (1) A quantity of hair, thick hair.
     (2) A fart, breaking wind (pardanaṃ also in this sense).

parp 1 P. (parpati) To go, move.

parpaḥ
     (1) Young grass.
     (2) A seat for cripples (paṃgupīṭhaṃ), wheel-carriage in which cripples are moved about; yena pīṭhena paṃgavaścaraṃti saṃ parpaḥ Sk. on P. IV. 4. 10.
     (3) A house.

parpaṭaḥ
     (1) A kind of medicinal plant. --ṭī
     (1) A kind of fragrant earth.
     (2) A kind of perfume.

parparī A braid of hair.

parparīkaḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) A reservoir, tank.

parpikaḥ --kī A cripple who moves about in a chair.

parb 1 P. (parbati) To go, move.

paryak ind. Round about, in every direction.

paryagniḥ Ved.
     (1) Circumambient fire.
     (2) A torch carried round the sacrificial animal; or the ceremony of carrying round such fire.

paryaṃkaḥ
     (1) A bed, couch, sofa.
     (2) A palanquin.
     (3) A cloth girt round the back, loins, and kness (by a person) when sitting on his hams; cf. avasakthikā.
     (4) A particular kind of posture practised by ascetics in meditation, sitting on the hams; it is the same as vīrāsana which is thus defined by Vasisṭha: --ekaṃ pādamathaikasmin vinyasyorau tu saṃsthitaṃ . itarasmiṃsvathaivoruṃ vīrāsanamuda hṛtaṃ ..; paryaṃkagraṃthibaṃdha &c. Mk. 1. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --baṃdhaḥ sitting on the hams, the posture called paryaṃkaḥ paryaṃkabaṃdhasthirapūrvakāyaṃ Ku. 3. 45, 59.
          --bhogin m. a kind of serpent.

paryaṭanaṃ, paryaṭitam Wandering or roaming about, travelling over.

paryanuyogaḥ
     (1) An inquiry with the object of contradicting or refuting a statement (dūṣaṇārthaṃ jijñāsā Halāy.); etenāsyāpi paryanuyogasyānavakāśaḥ Dāy. B.
     (2) Asking, inquiring.
     (3) Censure, reproach.

paryaṃta a. Bounded by, extending as far as; sapudaparyaṃtā pṛthvī 'the oceanbounded earth'. --taḥ
     (1) Circuit. circumference.
     (2) Skirt, edge, border. extremity, boundary; uṭajaparyaṃtacāriṇī S. 4: paryatavanaṃ R. 13. 38; Rs. 3. 3.
     (3) Side, flank; Ratn. 2. 3: R. 18. 43.
     (4) End, conclusion, termination; Pt. 1. 125.
     -- Comp.
          --deśaḥ, --bhūḥ, --bhūmiḥ f. an adjoining district or region.
          --parvataḥ an adjoining hill.

paryaṃtikā Loss of good qualities, depravity, moral turpitude.

paryanya = parjanya p. v.

paryayaḥ
     (1) Revolution, lapse, expiration; kālaparyayāt Y. 3. 217; Ms. 1. 30.; 11. 27.
     (2) Waste or loss (of time).
     (3) Change, alteration.
     (4) Inversion; confusion, irre gularity.
     (5) Deviation from customary observances, neglect of duty.
     (6) Opposition.

paryayaṇam
     (1) Walking round, circumambulation.
     (2) A horse's saddle.

paryavadāta a. Perfectly pure or clean.

paryavarodhaḥ Obstruction, hinderance.

paryavaśeṣaḥ End, termination.

paryavaṣṭaṃbh 5. 9. P. To besiege, surround; paryavaṣṭabhyatāmetatkarālāyataṃna Māl. 5.

paryavaṣṭaṃbhanam Surrounding, investing.

paryavaso 4 P.
     (1) To complete, finish.
     (2) To determine, resolve.
     (3) To result in, be reduced to, end in; eṣa eva samuccayaḥ sadyogaṃ'sadyoge sadasadyoge ca paryavasyatīti na pṛthak lakṣyate K. P. 10.
     (4) To perish, be lost, decline.

paryavasānam
     (1) End, termination, conclusion.
     (2) Determination, ascertainment.

paryavasita p. p.
     (1) Finished, ended, completed.
     (2) Perished, lost.
     (3) Determined.

paryavasthā 1 P.
     (1) To set out.
     (2) To be or exist everywhere.
     (3) To rely upon. --Caus. To compose or collect oneself; na paryavasthāpayatyātmānaṃ V. 1.

paryavasthā, paryavasthānam
     (1) Opposition, resistance, obstruction.
     (2) Contradiction.

paryavasthātṛ m. An adversary, antagonist.

paryaśru a. Bathed in or suffused with tears, shedding tears, tearful: paryaśruṇī maṃgalabhaṃgabhīrurna locane mīlayituṃ viṣehe Ki. 3. 36; paryaśrurasvajata mūrdhani caṃ pajaghrau R. 13. 70.

paryas 4 P.
     (1) To throw or cast round, spread round, diffuse.
     (2) To spread over, surround; tāmrauṣṭhaparya starucaḥ smitasya Ku. 1. 44.
     (3) To turn round; paryastavilocanena Ku. 3. 68
     (4) To shed, throw down (as tears); R. 10. 75; Ms. 11. 184.
     (5) To overturn, upset.
     (6) To throw about; R. 18. 13; 5. 49.
     (7) To entrap, ensnare.
     (8) To enclose.

paryasanam
     (1) Casting, throwing about
     (2) Sending forth, throwing.
     (3) Sending away.
     (4) Putting off or away.

paryasta p. p.
     (1) Thrown round, scattered over or about; paryagto dhanaṃjayasyopari śilīmukhāsāraḥ Ve. 4: Śi. 10. 91.
     (2) Surrounded, encompassed.
     (3) Upset, overturned.
     (4) Dismissed, laid aside.
     (5) Struck, hurt; killed.
     (6) Bound.

paryastiḥ f., paryastikā Sitting upon the hams; see paryaṃka 3.

paryāsaḥ
     (1) End, conclusion, termination.
     (2) Rotation, revolution.
     (3) Inverted order or position.
     (4) Killing.
     (5) Falling down.

paryāsanam Revolution.

paryākula a.
     (1) Turbid, foul(as water).
     (2) Confused, confounded, frightened; S. 1.
     (3) Disordered, dishevelled; S. 1. 30.
     (4) Excited, agitated, bewildered; paryākulosmi S. 6; Rs. 6. 22.
     (5) Full of, filled with: sneha-, krodha- &c.

paryākulatā --tvam Confusion; Ku. 2. 25.

paryāgam 1 P.
     (1) To approach.
     (2) To be completed or finished.
     (3) To conquer, subdue.
     (4) To surround, encircle.
     (5) To elapse.
     (6) To last, live.

paryāgata a. One who has finished his worldly career.

paryāṇam A saddle; dattaparyāṇaṃ K. 126 'saddled'.

paryāp 5 P. (used generally in p. p.)
     (1) To be competent; paryāptaṃ tvidameteṣāṃ balaṃ bhīṣmābhirakṣitaṃ Bg. 1. 10; Ms. 11. 7.
     (2) To be able.
     (3) To be full: as in paryaptakalaḥ, paryāptadakṣiṇaḥ.
     (4) To save, defend, preserve; imāṃ parīpsurdurjāteḥ M. 5. 11.
     (5) To finish.

paryāpta p. p.
     (1) Obtained, got gained; U. 5. 34.
     (2) Finished, completed.
     (3) Full, whole, entire, complete, all; paryāptacaṃdreva śarittrayāmā Ku. 7. 26; R. 6. 44.
     (4) Able, competent, adequate; R. 10. 25.
     (5) Enough, sufficient; R. 15. 11, 17. 17; Ms. 11. 7.
     (6) Large, extensive, spacious.
     (7) Abundant, copious, many; Ku. 3. 39. --tpaṃ ind.
     (1) Willingly, readily.
     (2) To one's satisfaction. enough, sufficiently; paryāptamācāmati U. 4. 1 'drinks his fill.'
     (3) Fully, adequately, ably, competently.

paryāpti f.
     (1) Obtaining, acquisition.
     (2) End, conclusion, close.
     (3) Enough, fulness, sufficiency.
     (4) Satiety, satisfaction.
     (5) Preserving, guarding, warding off a blow.
     (6) Fitness, competency.
     (7) Willingness, readiness
     (8) Distinction of objects according to their natural properties.

paryāplāvaḥ
     (1) Revolution.
     (2) Encircling.

paryāyaḥ
     (1) Going or winding round, revolution.
     (2) Lapse, course, expiration (of time).
     (3) Regular recurrence or repetition.
     (4) Turn, succession, due or regular order; paryāyasavāmutsṛjya Ku. 2. 36; Māl. 9. 32; Ms. 4. 87; Mu. 3. 27.
     (5) Method, arrangement.
     (6) Manner, way, method of procceding.
     (7) A synonym, convertible term; paryāyo nidhanasyāyaṃ nirdhanatvaṃ śarīriṇāṃ Pt. 2. 99; parvatasya paryāyā ime &c.
     (8) An opportunity, occasion.
     (9) Creation, formation, preparation, manufacture (10) Comprehensiveness.
     (11) A strophe of a hymn.
     (12) Property, quality.
     (13) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech; see K. P. 10; Chandr. 5. 108, 109; S. D. 733. (Note. paryāyeṇa is often used adverbially in the sense of:
     (1) in turn or succession, by regular gradation;
     (2) occasionally, now and then; paryāyeṇa hi dṛśyaṃte svaptāḥ kāmaṃ śubhāśubhāḥ Ve. 2. 13).
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ food intended for another.
          --uktaṃ a figure of speech in Rhetoric; it is a circumlocutory or periphrastic way of speaking, when the fact to be intimated is expressed by a turn of speech or periphrasis; e. g. see Chandr. 5. 66 or S. D. 733.
          --cyuta a. supplanted, superseded.
          --vacanaṃ --śabdaḥ a synonym.
          --śayanaṃ alternate sleeping and watching.
          --sevā service by rotation; Ku. 2. 36.

paryāriṇī A cow afflicted with diseases.

paryālī ind. A particle expressing 'harm or injury', (hiṃsana) used with kṛ, bhū or as; paryālīkṛtya = hiṃsitvā.

paryāloc 10 U. To reflect, consider, think about.

paryālocanaṃ --nā
     (1) Circumspection, attentive observation, deliberation, mature reflection.
     (2) Knowing, recognition.

paryāvataḥ, paryāvartanam Coming back, return.

paryāvila a. Very muddy or turbid, much soiled; R. 7. 40.

paryāhāraḥ
     (1) A yoke worn across the shoulders in carrying a load.
     (2) Conveying.
     (3) A load or burden.
     (4) A pitcher.
     (5) Storing grain.

paryukṣaṇam Sprinkling round water silently and without uttering any ritual formulae or Mantras.

paryutthānam Standing up.

paryutsuka a. Sorrowful, sorry, regretting, sad; -tvaṃ sorrow; R. 5. 67; paryutsukībhavati yatsukhito'pi jaṃtuḥ S. 5. 2.
     (2) Eagerly desirous, anxious, anxiously longing for; smara paryusutka eṣa mādhavaḥ Ku. 4. 28; V. 2. 16.
     (3) Agitated, excited; muhūrtaṃ paryutmukamanā āsīt S. 6.

paryudaṃcanam
     (1) Debt.
     (2) Raising up, drawing out (uddhāra).

paryudas 4 P.
     (1) To reject, exclude.
     (2) To prohibit, object to
     (3) To heap together.

paryudasta p. p.
     (1) Excluded, excepted.
     (2) Prohibited, objected to (as a ceremony).

paryudāsaḥ An exception, a prohibitive rule or precept.

paryupasthānam Serving, waiting upon, attendance.

payurpās 2 A.
     (1) To attend upon, worship, attend respectfully; paryupāsyaṃta lakṣyā R. 10. 62; Ku. 2. 38; Ms. 7. 37.
     (2) To go to (for protection), resort to, seek shelter or patronage with; aśaktā eva sarvatra naredraṃ paryupāsate Pt. 1. 241.
     (3) To enclose, surround.
     (4) To share in partake of.
     (5) To sit on.
     (6) To live round.

paryupāsaka, --sin --sitṛ m. A worshipper.

paryupāsanam
     (1) Worship, honour, service.
     (2) Friendliness, courtesy.
     (3) Sitting round.

paryuptiḥ f. Sowing.

paryuṣaṇam Worship, adoration, service.

paryuṣita a. Stale, not fresh; cf. aparyuṣita.
     (2) Insipid.
     (3) Stupid.
     (4) Vain.

paryeṣaṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Investigation by reasoning.
     (2) Search, inquiry in general.
     (3) Homage, worship.

paryeṣṭiḥ f. Search, inquiry.

parv 1 P. (parvati) To fill.

parvakam The knee-joint.

parvaṇī [parv-karaṇe lyuṭ striyāṃ ṅīp]
     (1) The full-moon day or the day of new moon.
     (2) A festival.
     (3) A particular disease of the juncture or saṃdhi of the eye (in medicine).
     (4) Filling.

parvataḥ [parv-atac; parvāṇi bhāgāḥ saṃtyasya vā; cf. P. V. 2. 122 Vārt.]
     (1) A mountain, hill; paraguṇaparamāṇūnparvatīkṛtya nityaṃ Bh. 2. 78; na parvatāgre nalinī prarohati Mk. 4. 17.
     (2) A rock.
     (3) An artificial mountain or heap.
     (4) The number 'seven'.
     (5) A tree.
     (6) A kind of vegetable.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --ātmajaḥ an epithet of the mountain Maināka.
          --ātmajā an epithet of Pārvatī.
          --ādhārā the earth.
          --āśayaḥ a cloud.
          --āśrayaḥ a fabulous animal called Śarabha, q. v.
          --āśrayin m.,
          --āśrayaḥ a mountaineer.
          --kākaḥ a raven.
          --jā a river.
          --patiḥ an epithet of the Himālaya mountain.
          --gocā a kind of plantain.
          --rāj m.
          --rājaḥ 1. a large mountain. --2. 'the lord of mountains', the Himālaya mountain
          --vāsin a. living in mountains. (--m.) a mountaineer. (
          --nī). 1. N. of Durgā. --2. of Gāyatrī.
          --stha a. situated on a hill or mountain.

parvatīya a. Belonging to a mountain, hilly, mountainous.

parvatīkṛ 8 U To make into a mountain, magnify, enhance the value of.

parvan n. [pṛ-vanip Uṇ. 4. 112]
     (1) A knot, joint (sometimes changed to parva at the end of Bah. comp.; as in karkaśāṃguliparvayā R. 12. 41).
     (2) A limb, member, joint of the body, knuckle.
     (3) A portion, part, division.
     (4) A book, section (as of the Mahābhārata).
     (5) The step of a staircase; R. 16. 46.
     (6) A period, fixed time.
     (7) Particularly, the days of the four changes of the moon; i. e. the eighth and fourteenth day of each half month, and the days of the full and new moon.
     (8) A sacrifice performed on the occasion of a change of the moon.
     (9) The day of new or full moon, the day of opposition or conjunction; aparvaṇi grahakaluṣeṃdumaṃḍalā vibhāvarī kathaya kathaṃ bhaviṣyati M. 4. 15; R. 7. 33; Ms. 4. 150; Bh. 2. 34. (10) An eclipse of the sun or moon.
     (11) A festival, holiday, an occasion of joy.
     (12) An opportunity or occasion in general.
     (13) A particular period of the year (as the equinox, solstice).
     (14) The moment of the sun's entering a new sign.
     (15) A moment, instant.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ 1. a periodic change of the moon. --2. the time at which the moon at its conjunction or opposition passes through the node.
          --kārin m. a Brahmaṇa who from motives of gain performs on common days ceremonies which ought to be performed on periodical occasions, such as amāvāsyā &c.
          --gāmin m. one who has sexual intercourse with his wife at particular times or occasions when such intercourse is prohibited by the Śāstras.
          --dhiḥ the moon.
          --nāḍī time of opposition or conjunction.
          --pūrṇatā 1. preparations for a festival. --2. completion of a festival. --3. joining.
          --mūlaṃ the time at which the fourteenth day passes into the fifteenth day of a fortnight.
          --bhāgaḥ the wrist; āparvabhāgotthitaiḥ S. 4. 4.
          --yoniḥ a cane or reed.
          --ruh m. a pomegranate tree.
          --saṃdhiḥ the junction of the fifteenth and first of a lunar fortnight, the full and change of the moon, or the exact moment of the full and change of the moon.

parśuḥ
     (1) An axe, a hatchet; cf paraśu.
     (2) A weapon in general
     (3) A rib.
     (4) Ved. A curved knife.
     -- Comp.
          --pāṇiḥ 1. an epithet of Gaṇeśa. --2. of Paraśurāma.

parśukā A rib.

parśvadhaḥ See paraśvadha.

parṣ 1 A. (parṣate)
     (1) To become wet or moist.
     (2) Ved. To accept.

parṣaḥ Ved. A bundle, sheaf.

parṣad f. [pṛs-adi]
     (1) An assembly, a meeting, conclave.
     (2) Particularly, a religious synod or assembly; Y. 1. 9.

pal 1 P. (palati) To go, move.

palaḥ [pal-ac] Straw, husk --laṃ
     (1) Flesh, meat.
     (2) A particular weight equal to four karshas.
     (3) A particular measure of fluids.
     (4) A particular measure of time.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ bile.
          --aṃgaḥ a tortoise.
          --adaḥ, --aśanaḥ a demon, Rākṣasa.
          --kṣāraḥ blood.
          --gaṃḍaḥ a plasterer, mason.
          --priyaḥ 1. a demon. --2. a raven.
          --bhā the equinoctial shadow at midday.

palaṃkaṭa a. Timid, bashful.

palaṃkaraḥ Bile, gall.

palaṃkaṣaḥ
     (1) A demon, goblin.
     (2) Bdellium.
     (3) The kiṃśuka tree. --ṣā A fly.

palita a. Weighing or containing so many palas.

palalaḥ A demon, goblin, an evil spirit. --laṃ
     (1) Flesh.
     (2) Mire, mud.
     (3) A sweetmeat made of ground sesamum and sugar.
     -- Comp.
          --āśayaḥ swelled neck.
          --jvaraḥ gall, bile.
          --priyaḥ 1. a raven. --2. a demon.

palakṣa a. Ved. White.

palavaḥ A kind of net or basket for catching fish.

palasa = panasa q. v.

palāṃḍu m. n. An onion; Ms. 5. 5; Y. 1. 176.

palāpaḥ
     (1) The temples of an elephant.
     (2) A halter, rope.

palāy 1 A.
     (1) To flee, run away, retreat, fly away.
     (2) To escape.
     (3) To die away.

palāyaka a.
     (1) Flying.
     (2) A fugitive.

palāyanam
     (1) Running away, retreat, flight, escape; Bg. 18. 43, R. 19. 31.
     (2) A saddle.

palāyita p. p. Fled, retreated, run away, escaped.

palāyin a. Fleeing, running away, a fugitive.

palāliḥ A heap of flesh.

palālaḥ, --lam Straw, husk; N. 8. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --dohadaḥ the mango tree.

palāśa a.
     (1) Green.
     (2) Unkind, cruel. --śaḥ A demon.
     (2) N. of the Magadha country.
     (3) N. of a tree, Butea Frondosa (also called kiṃśuka); navapalāśapalāśavanaṃ puraḥ Śi. 6. 2. --śaṃ
     (1) The flower or blossom of this tree; bāleṃduvakrāṇyavikāśabhāvādbaṃbhuḥ palāśānyatilohitāni Ku. 3. 29.
     (2) A leaf or petal in general; calatpalāśāṃtaragocarāstaroḥ Śi. 1. 21, 6. 2.
     (3) The green colour. --śī Lac.

palāśakaḥ The tree Palāśa.

palāśin a. Leafy. --m. A tree.

paliknī
     (1) An old, grey-haired woman.
     (2) A cow for the first time with calf (bālagarbhiṇī).

palighaḥ
     (1) A glass-vessel, pitcher.
     (2) A wall or rampart.
     (3) An iron club; cf. parigha.
     (4) A cow-pen (gogṛha).
     (5) The gateway of a building.

palita a. Grey, hoary, grey-haired, old, aged; tātasya me palitamaulinirastakāśe (śirasi) Ve. 3. 19. --taṃ
     (1) Grey hair, or the greyness of hair brought on by old age; kaikeyīśaṃkayevāha palitacchadmanā jarā R. 12. 2; Ms. 6. 2.
     (2) Much or ornamented hair.
     (3) A tuft of hair (keśapāśa).
     (4) Mud, mire.
     (5) Heat.
     (6) Benzoin.

palitaṃkaraṇa a. Rendering grey.

palitaṃbhaviṣṇu a. Becoming grey.

palitin a. Grey-haired.

palyam Ved. A sack for corn.

palyaṃkaḥ A bed; see paryaṃka.

palyayanam
     (1) A saddle.
     (2) A rein, bridle.

pallaḥ A large granary.

pallavaḥ --vam
     (1) A sprout, sprig, twig karapallavaḥ; lateva saṃnaddhamanojñapallavā R. 3. 7.
     (2) A bud, blossom.
     (3) Expansion, spreading, dilating.
     (4) The red dye called Alakta, q. v.
     (5) Strength, power.
     (6) A blade of grass.
     (7) A bracelet, an armlet.
     (8) Love, amorous sport.
     (9) The end of a robe or garment. (10) Unsteadiness (cāpalaṃ). --vaḥ A libertine.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ --ādhāraḥ a branch.
          --adaḥ a deer.
          --astraḥ an epithet of the god of love.
          --āpīḍita a. full of or laden with buds.
          --grāhitā 1. dealing with trifles. --2. superficial knowledge.
          --grāhin a. 1. putting forth sprouts. --2. dealing with trifles. --3. diffusive or superficial.
          --druḥ the Aśoka tree.

pallavakaḥ
     (1) A libertine.
     (2) A catamite.
     (3) The paramour of a harlot.
     (4) The Aśoka tree.
     (5) A kind of fish.
     (6) A sprout; (n. also).

pallavati, pallavayati Den. P.
     (1) To put forth sprouts, bud.
     (2) To expand, spread, make prolix or diffuse.

pallavikaḥ
     (1) A libertine, a gallant.
     (2) A catamite.

pallavita a.
     (1) Sprouting, having young shoots or sprouts.
     (2) Spread, extended; alaṃ pallavitena 'enough of further amplification or expatiation'.
     (3) Dyed red with lac. --taḥ Lac-dye.

pallavin a. (nī f.) Having young shoots or leaves; Ku. 3. 54. --m. A tree.

palliḥ --llī f.
     (1) A small village.
     (2) A hut.
     (3) A house, station.
     (4) A city or town (at the end of names of towns); as triśirapallī.
     (5) A house-lizard.
     (6) A creepingplant.

pallikā
     (1) A small village or station.
     (2) A house-lizard.

palvalam A small pool or pond, a puddle, tank (alpaṃ saraḥ); sa palvalajale'dhunā ... kathaṃ vartatāṃ Bv. 1. 3; R. 2. 17; 3. 3.
     -- Comp.
          --āvāsaḥ a tortoise.
          --paṃkaḥ the mud of a pool.

pavaḥ [pū-bhāve-ap]
     (1) Wind.
     (2) Purification.
     (3) A marsh.
     (4) Winnowing corn. --vā Purification. --vaṃ Cow-dung.

pavana a. Clean, pure. --naḥ [pūlyu]
     (1) Air, wind; sarpāḥ pibaṃti pavana na ca durbalāste Subhāṣ.; pavanapadavī, pavanasutaḥ &c.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) A householder's sacred fire. --naṃ
     (1) Purification.
     (2) Winnowing.
     (3) A sieve, strainer.
     (4) Water.
     (5) A potter's kiln (m. also). --nī A broom.
     -- Comp.
          --aśanaḥ, --bhuj m. a serpent.
          --ātmajaḥ 1. an epithet of Hanumat. --2. of Bhīma. --3. fire.
          --āśaḥ a serpent, snake. -nāśaḥ 1. an epithet of Garuḍa. --2. a peacock.
          --tanayaḥ, --sutaḥ 1. epithets of Hanumat. --2. of Bhīma.
          --vāhanaḥ fire.
          --vyādhiḥ 1. an epithet of Uddhava, a friend and counsellor of Kṛṣṇa. --2. rheumatism.

pavamānaḥ [pṛ-tācchīlye śānac]
     (1) Air, wind; pavamānaḥ pṛthivīruhāniva R. 8. 9.
     (2) One of the sacred fires, considered to be the same as gārhapatya q. v.

pavita a. Purified, cleansed. --taṃ Black pepper.

pavākā A whirl-wind, a hurricane.

paviḥ
     (1) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (2) Ved. The tire of a wheel.
     (3) The point of a spear or arrow.
     (4) An arrow.
     (5) Speech.
     (6) Fire.

pavitra a. [pū karaṇe itra]
     (1) Sacred, holy, sinless, sanctified (persons or things); trīṇi śrāddhe pavitrāṇi dauhitraḥ kutapastilāḥ Ms. 3. 235; pavitro naraḥ, pavitraṃ sthānaṃ &c.
     (2) Purified by the performance of ceremonial acts (such as sacrifices &c.).
     (4) Purifying, removing sin. --traṃ
     (1) An instrument for cleansing or purifying, such as a sieve or strainer &c.
     (2) Two blades of Kuśa grass used at sacrifices in purifying and sprinkling ghee.
     (3) A ring of Kuśa grass worn on the fourth finger on certain religious occasions.
     (4) The sacred thread worn by members of the first three castes of the Hindus.
     (5) Copper.
     (6) Rain.
     (7) Water.
     (8) Rubbing, cleansing.
     (9) A vessel in which the arghya is presented. (10) Clarified butter.
     (11) Honey. --trā
     (1) The holy basil.
     (2) Turmeric. (pavitrīkṛ 'to purify, sanctify'; pavitrībhū 'to become pure or holy').
     -- Comp.
          --āropaṇaṃ, ārohaṇaṃ investiture with the sacred thread.
          --dhānyaṃ barley.
          --pāṇi a. holding darbha grass in the hand.

pavitrakam A net or rope made of hemp or pack-thread.

pavitrayati Den. P, To purify, cleanse.

pavitravat a.
     (1) Having a strainer or purifying instrument.
     (2) Purifying, cleansing.

pavitrin a.
     (1) Purifying.
     (2) Clean, pure.

pavīram Ved. A spear, lance.

paśuḥ [sarvamaviśeṣeṇa paśyati, dṛś-ku paśādeśaḥ]
     (1) Cattle (both singly and collectively); Ms. 9. 327, 331.
     (2) An animal in general.
     (3) A sacrificial animal, such as a goat; an oblation, a victim.
     (4) A brute, beast; often added to words meaning 'man' to show contempt; puruṣapaśośca paśośca ko viśeṣaḥ H. 1; cf. nṛpaśu, narapaśu &c.
     (5) N. of a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers.
     (6) An uninitiated person.
     (7) The soul, the Supreme spirit.
     (8) A sacrifice in which an animal is killed.
     (9) Fire.
     -- Comp.
          --avadānaṃ a sacrifice of animals.
          --kriyā 1. the act of animal sacrifice. --2. copulation.
          --gāyatrī a Mantra whis cred into the ear of an animal which is about to be sacrificed; it is a parody of the celebrated Gāyatrī q. v.; paśupāśāya vidmahe śiraśchedāya (viśvakarmaṇe) vīmahi . tanno jīvaḥ pracodayāt. --ghātaḥ slaughter of animals for sacrifice.
          --caryā copulation.
          --devatā the deity to whom an animal is offered.
          --dharmaḥ 1. the nature or characteristics of cattle. --2. treatment of cattle. --3. promiscuous cohabitation; Ms. 9. 66. --4. the marrying of widows.
          --nāthaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --paḥ a herdsman.
          --patiḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva; Me. 36, 56; Ku. 6. 95. --2. a herdsman, owner of cattle. --3. N. of a philosopher who taught the philosophical doctrine called pāśupata; see Sarva. S. ad loc.
          --pālaḥ, --pālakaḥ a herdsman.
          --pālanaṃ, --rakṣaṇaṃ the tending or rearing of cattle.
          --pāśaḥ 1. the cord with which the sacrificial animal is bound. --2. an animal-sacrifice. --3. the bonds which enchain the individual soul.
          --pāśaka kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment.
          --preraṇaṃ the driving of cattle.
          --baṃdhaḥ an animal-sacrifice
          --māraṃ ind. according to the manner of slaughtering animals; iṣṭipaśumāra māritaḥ S. 6.
          --yajñaḥ, --yāgaḥ, --dravyaṃ an animal-sacrifice.
          --rajjuḥ f. a cord for tethering cattle.
          --rājaḥ a lion.
          --ṣa a. Ved. giving cattle.
          --samāmnāyaḥ a collection of names for animals.

paśavya a.
     (1) Fit or suitable for cattle; Y. 1. 321.
     (2) Relating to cattle, or to a herd or drove.
     (3) Possessed of cattle.
     (4) Brutish. --vyaṃ
     (1) A herd of cattle.
     (2) A stall for cattle.

paśukā Any small animal.

paśutā
     (1) Brutality.
     (2) The sacrifice of an animal.

paśca a.
     (1) Being behind.
     (2) Posterior, later.
     (3) Western. --ścā ind. Ved.
     (1) Behind, after.
     (2) Afterwards.
     (3) Westward.

paścāt ind. (Used by itself or with gen. or abl.)
     (1) From behind, from the back; paścādvaddhapuruṣamādāya S. 6; paścā duccairbhavati hariṇaḥ svāṃgamāyacchamānaḥ S. 4 v. 1.
     (2) Behind, backwards, towards the back (opp. puraḥ); gacchati puraḥ śarīraṃ dhāvati paścādasaṃratutaṃ cetaḥ S. 1. 34; 3. 8.
     (3) After (in time or space), then, afterwards, subsequently; ladhvī purā vṛddhimatī ca paścāt Bh. 2. 60; tasya paścāt 'after him'; R. 4. 30, 12. 7, 17, 39; 16. 29; Me. 36, 44.
     (4) At last, lastly, finally.
     (5) From the west.
     (6) Towards the west, westward.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛta a. left behind, surpassed, thrown into the back-ground; paścātkṛtāḥ snigdhajanāśiṣopi Ku. 7. 28; R. 17. 18. tāpaḥ repentance, contrition; -paṃ kṛ to repent.
          --bātaḥ a west wind.

paścārdhaḥ [aparaścāsau ardhaḥ]
     (1) The hinder part or side (of the body); paścārdhena praviṣṭaḥ śarapatanabhayādbhūyasā pūrvakāyaṃ S. 1. 7.
     (2) The latter half.
     (3) The western side.

paścima a. [paścādbhavaḥ ḍimac]
     (1) Being behind, hindmost.
     (2) Last (in time or space); pāścite vayasi vartamānasya K. 25; R. 19. 1, 54; paścimādyāminīyāmātprasādamiva cetanā R. 17. 1; smaraṃtaḥ paścimāmājñāṃ 17. 8; pata paścimayoḥ pituḥ pādayoḥ Mu. 7; -kriyā the last i. e. funeral rites; -avasthā last state (verging on death); Pt. 2.
     (3) Western, westerly; Ms. 2. 22; 5. 92. (paścimena is used adverbially in the sense of 'in the west;' or 'after, behind'; with acc. or gen.; so paścime 'in the west').
     -- Comp.
          --ardhaḥ 1. the latter half. --2. the hinder part.
          --uttara a. north western.
          --rātraḥ the latter part of the night, upāratāḥ paścimarātragocarāt Ki. 4. 10. v. 1.

paścimā The west.
     -- Comp.
          --uttarā the north-west.

paśyat a. (ntī f.) Seing, perceiving, beholding, looking at, observing &c.

paśyatoharaḥ A thief, robber, highwayman (one who steals before a person's eyes, or in the very sight of the possessor; as, for instance, a goldsmith).

paśyaṃtī
     (1) A harlot, courtezan.
     (2) A particular sound; cf. Malli. on Ku. 2. 17.

pasas n. Ved. Membrum virile.

pastyam
     (1) A house, habitation, abode; pastyaṃ prayātumatha taṃ prabhurāpapṛcche Kīr. K. 9. 74.
     (2) Household, family.
     (3) Ved. Divine progeny.
     (4) A man.
     (5) A priest. --styā The goddess presiding over domestic affairs.

pastyavat m. Ved. A householder.

paspaśaḥ
     (1) N. of the first Āhnika of the first chapter of Patanjali's Mahābhāṣya; śabdavidyeva no bhāti rājanītirapaspaśā Śi. 2. 112 (where apaspaśa also means 'without spies'.)
     (2) (Fig.) An introductory chapter in general (upodghāta).

pa(hla)vāḥ, pahlikāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a people; (the Persians?).

pā I. 1 P. (pibati, pīta; pass. pīyate)
     (1) To drink, quaff; piba stanyaṃ pota Bv. 1. 60; duḥśāsanasya rudhiraṃ na pibāmyurastaḥ Ve. 1. 15; R. 3. 54; Ku. 3. 36; Māl. 8. 5; Bk. 14. 92; 15. 6.
     (2) To kiss; pibatyasau pāyayate ca siṃdhūḥ R. 13. 9, S. 1. 24.
     (3) To drink in, inhale; R. 7. 63.
     (4) To drink in (with the eyes or ears), feast on, look at or listen to intently; samaduḥkhaḥ pīyate nayanābhyāṃ V. 1; nivātapadmastimitena cakṣuṣā nṛpasya kāṃtaṃ pibataḥ sutānanaṃ R. 3. 17; 2. 19, 73; 11. 36; 13. 30; Me. 16; Ku. 7. 64.
     (5) To absorb, drink or swallow up; (bāṇaiḥ) āyurdehātigaiḥ pītaṃ rudhiraṃ tu patatrimiḥ R. 12. 48.
     (6) To drink intoxicating liquors. --Caus. (pāyayati-te)
     (1) To cause to drink, give to drink; R. 13. 9; Bk. 8. 41, 62.
     (2) To water. --Desid. (pipāsati) To wish to drink &c.; hālāhalaṃ khalu pipāsati kautukena Bv. 1. 95. --II. 2 P. (pāti, pāta)
     (1) To protect, guard, keep, defend, preserve; (oft. with abl.); paryāptosi prajāḥ pātuṃ R. 10. 25; pātu tvā ...  ... bhūteśasya bhujaṃgavallivalayasraṅnaddhajūṭā jaṭāḥ Mal. 1. 2; jīvan punaḥ śaśvadupaplavebhyaḥ prajāḥ prajānātha piteva pāsi R. 2. 48.
     (2) To rule, govern; pātu pṛthvīṃ ... bhūpāḥ Mk. 10. 60.
     (3) To beware of.
     (4) Ved. To observe, notice.
     (5) To keep, observe, tend, take notice of. --Caus. (pālayati-te)
     (1) To protect, guard, keep, preserve; kathaṃ duṣṭhuḥ svayaṃ dharme prajāstvaṃ pālayiṣyasi Bk. 6. 132; Ms. 9. 108; R. 9. 2.
     (2) To rule, govern; tāṃ purīṃ pālayāmāsa Rām.
     (3) To observe, keep, adhere to, fulfil (as a vow or promise); pālitasaṃgarāya R. 13. 65.
     (4) To bring up, nourish, maintain.
     (5) To wait for; atropaviśya muhūrtamāryaḥ pālayatu kṛṣṇāgamanaṃ Ve. 1.

pā a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Drinking, quaffing; as in somapāḥ, agrepāḥ &c.
     (2) Protecting, guarding, keeping; gopā.

pāṃsuḥ(śuḥ)
     (1) Dust, dirt; crumbling soil; R. 2. 2; Rs. 1. 13; Y. 1. 150.
     (2) A particle of dust.
     (3) Dung, manure.
     (4) A kind of camphor.
     (5) Landed property.
     -- Comp.
          --kāsīsaṃ sulphate of iron.
          --kulī a high-road, highway.
          --kūlaṃ 1. a dust-heap. --2. a legal document not made out in any particular person's name (nirupapadaśāsanaṃ). --kṛta a. covered with dust.
          --kṣāraṃ-jaṃ a kind of salt.
          --catvaraṃ hail.
          --caṃdanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --cāmaraḥ 1. a heap of dust. --2. a tent. --3. a bank covered with Dūrvā grass. --4. praise.
          --jālikaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --paṭalaṃ a mass or coating of dust.
          --mardanaḥ an excavation for water round the root of a tree, a trench or basin.

pāṃsa(śa)na a. (nā or nī f.) (Usually at the end of comp.)
     (1) Disgracing, dishonouring, defiling; paulastyakulapāṃsana Mv. 5.
     (2) Vitiating spoiling.
     (3) Wicked, contemptible.
     (4) Infamous. --naṃ Contempt.

pāṃsa(śa)va a. Consisting of dust.

pāṃsukā A menstruous woman.

pāṃsu(śu)raḥ
     (1) A gad-fly.
     (2) A cripple moved about in a wheel-ehair.

pāṃsu(śu)la  a. [pāṃsurastyasya sidhmā- lac]
     (1) Dusty, covered with dust; Māl. 2. 4.
     (2) Polluted, defiled, sullied, stained; dāratyāgī bhavāmyāho parastrīsparśapāṃśulaḥ S. 5. 29.
     (3) Defiling, disgracing, dishonouring; as in kulapāṃsula. --laḥ
     (1) A profligate or licentious person, libertine, gallant.
     (2) One of the weapons of Śiva.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva. --lā
     (1) A menstruous woman.
     (2) An unchaste or licentious woman; a- a chaste woman; R. 2. 2.
     (3) The earth.

pāka a.
     (1) Small.
     (2) Praiseworthy.
     (3) Of perfected or matured intellect.
     (4) Ved. Very young.
     (5) Simple, genuine
     (6) Honest, sincere.
     (7) Ignorant. --kaḥ
     (1) [pac-ghañ] Cooking, dressing, baking, boiling.
     (2) Burning (as bricks), baking; Ms. 5. 122; Y. 1. 187.
     (3) Digestion (as of food).
     (4) Ripeness; oṣadhyaḥ phalapākāṃtāḥ Ms. 1. 46; palamabhimukhapākaṃ rājajaṃbūdrumasya V. 4. 13; Mal. 9. 31.
     (5) Maturity, full or perfect development; dhī-, mati-
     (6) Completion, accomplishment, fulfilment; yuyoja pākābhimukhairbhṛtyān vijñāpanāphalaiḥ R. 17. 40.
     (7) Result, consequence, fruit, fruition (fig also); āśīrbhiredhayāmāsuḥ puraḥpākābhiraṃbikāṃ Ku. 6. 90; pākābhimukhasya daivasya U. 7. 4; Mv. 4. 14.
     (8) Development of the consequences of acts done.
     (9) Grain, corn; nīvārapākādi R. 5. 9 (pacyate iti pākaḥ dhānyaṃ).
     (19) Ripeness, suppuration (as of a boil).
     (11) Greyness of hair caused by old age.
     (12) A domestic fire.
     (13) An owl.
     (14) A child, young one.
     (15) N. of a demon killed by Indra.
     (16) An abscess, ulcer.
     (17) A vessel, cooking-utensil.
     (18) General fear and panic such as causes a revolution or some national calamity.
     (19) The subversion of a country.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraḥ --raṃ, --āgāraḥ --raṃ, --śālā, --sthānaṃ a kitchen.
          --atīsāraḥ chronic dysentery.
          --abhimukha a. 1. ready for ripeness or development. --2. inclined to favour.
          --ja a. produced by heat. (jaṃ) 1. black salt. --2. flatulence.
          --pātraṃ, --bhāṃḍaṃ a cooking-utensil.
          --puṭī a potter's kiln.
          --yajñaḥ a simple or domestic sacrifice (for some varieties of it, see Kull. on Ms. 2. 143).
          --śuklā chalk.
          --śāsanaḥ, --dviṣ, --haṃtṛ m. epithets of Indra; Ku. 2. 63.
          --śāsaniḥ 1. an epithet of Jayanta, son of Indra. --2. of Vāli. --3. of Arjuna.
          --sthānaṃ 1. a kitchen. --2. a potter's kiln.

pākalaḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Wind.
     (3) A fever to which elephants are subject; cf. kūṭapākala.

pākin a.
     (1) (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Becoming ripe, ripening.
     (2) Being digested.

pākima a.
     (1) Cooked, dressed.
     (2) Ripened (naturally or artificially). Got by boiling (as salt).

pākuḥ, --pākukaḥ A cook.

pākya a. To be cooked, dressed, matured &c. --kyaḥ Salt-petre.

pākṣa a. (kṣī f.) [pakṣe bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to a lunar fortnight, fortnightly.
     (2) Relating to a party.

pākṣapātika a. (kī f.) Partial, factious.

pākṣika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging to a fortnight, fortnightly.
     (2) Belonging to a bird.
     (3) Favouring a party of faction.
     (4) Belonging to an argument.
     (5) Optional, subject to an alternative, allowed but not specifically laid down; niyamaḥ pākṣeke sati. --kaḥ
     (1) A fowler.
     (2) An alternative.

pākhaṃḍaḥ A heretic; pākhaṃḍacaṃḍālayoḥ pāpāraṃbhakayormṛgīva vṛkayorbhīrurgatā gocaraṃ Mal. 5. 24; durātman pākhaṃḍacaṃḍāla Māl. 5.

pāgala a. Mad, demented.

pāṃkta a. (ktī f.) Ved.
     (1) Consisting of five parts, fivefold.
     (2) Having ten limbs (as a man or beast).

pāṃkteya, pāṃktya a.
     (1) Fit to sit in the same row at a dinner-party.
     (2) Fit to be associated with.

pāṃgulyam Limping, halting.

pācaka a. [pac-ṇvul]
     (1) Cooking, baking.
     (2) Maturing, bringing to maturity.
     (3) Digestive, tonic. --kaḥ
     (1) A cook.
     (2) Fire. --kaṃ Gall, bile.
     -- Comp.
          --strī a female cook.

pācana a. (nī f.) [pācayati kartari lyuḥ pācyate'nena karaṇe lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Cooking.
     (2) Ripening.
     (3) Digestive.
     (4) Softening, relaxing.
     (5) Suppurative. --naḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Sourness, acidity. --naṃ
     (1) The act of cooking.
     (2) The act of ripening.
     (3) A dissolvent, digestive medicine.
     (4) Causing a wound to close.
     (5) Penance, expiation (prāyaścitta).
     (6) Infusion, decoction.
     (8) Extracting extraneous substances from a wound.
     (9) A cataplasm. (10) A substance used in closing wounds or restraining bleeding.

pācanakaḥ Borax. --kaṃ
     (1) A sort of diet-drink.
     (2) Causing a wound to close.

pācanikā Cooking, maturing.

pācala a. Cooking, ripening, causing digestion &c. --laḥ
     (1) A cook.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) Wind.
     (4) A thing dressed without the aid of fire.

pācā, pāciḥ f. Cooking.

pājas n. Ved. Strength.

pāṃcakapāla a. (lī f.) Relating to an oblation offered in five cups (kapāla).

pāṃcajanyaḥ N. of the conch of Kṛṣṇa; (dadhāno) nidhvānamaśrūyata pāṃcajanyaḥ Śi. 3. 21; Bg. 1. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --dharaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

pāṃcadaśa a. (śī f.) pāṃcadaśya (śyī f.) Relating to the fifteenth day of a month.

pāṃcadaśyam A collection of fifteen.

pāṃcanada a. (dī f.) Prevalent in the paṃcanada or Punjab. --daḥ A prince of the Panjab.
     (2) (pl.) Its inhabitants.

pāṃcabhautika a. (kī f.) Composed of the five elements or containing them; pāṃcabhautikī sṛṣṭiḥ Mv. 6; Y. 3. 175.

pācayajñika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging to the five great sacrifices. --kaṃ Any one of the five great sacrifices.

pāṃcavāṣarki a. (kī f.) Five years old.

pāṃcaśabdikam
     (1) Music of five kinds.
     (2) Musical instruments in general.

pāṃcārthikaḥ A follower or votary of Śiva.

pāṃcāla a. (lī f.) Belonging to or ruling over the Panchālas. --laḥ
     (1) The country of the Panchālas.
     (2) A prince of the Panchālas --lāḥ (m. pl.)
     (1) The people of the Panchālas.
     (2) An association of five guilds (i. e. of a car penter, weaver, barber, washerman, and shoe-maker).

pāṃcālaka a. Pelonging to the people of the Panchālas. --kaḥ A king of that country.

pāṃcālī
     (1) A woman or princess of the Panchālas.
     (2) N. of Draupadī, the wife of the Pāṇḍavas.
     (3) A doll, puppet.
     (4) (In Rhet.) One of the four styles of composition. The S. D. thus defines it: --varṇaiḥ śeṣaiḥ (i. e. mādhuryavyaṃjakaujaḥprakāṃśakābhyāṃ bhinnaiḥ) punardvayoḥ samastapaṃcaṣapado baṃdhaḥ pāṃcāliko mataḥ .. 628.

pāṃcālikā A doll, puppet; stanyatyāgātprabhṛti sumukhī daṃtapāṃcālikeva krīḍāyogaṃ tadanu vinayaṃ prāpitā vardhitā ca Māl. 10. 5.

pāṭ ind. An interjection used in calling.

pāṭaḥ
     (1) Extension, breadth.
     (2) (In geometry) The intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular, or the figure formed by such intersection. --ṭā A series, order.

pāṭakaḥ [paṭ-ṇvul]
     (1) A splitter, divider.
     (2) Part of a village.
     (3) The half of a village.
     (4) A kind of musical instrument.
     (5) A bank, shore.
     (6) A flight of steps leading to the water.
     (7) Loss of capital or stock.
     (8) A long span.
     (9) Throwing dice.

pāṭaccaraḥ A thief, robber, pilferer; kusumarasapāṭaccara S. 6; padminīparimalālipāṭaccaraiḥ Bv. 2. 75.

pāṭanam [paṭ-bhāve lyuṭ] Splitting, breaking, cleaving, destroying.
     -- Comp.
          --kriyā lancing an ulcer.

pāṭita p. p.
     (1) Torn, cleft, split, broken.
     (2) Pierced, pricked; R. 11. 31.

pāṭala a. [paṭ-ṇic kalac] Palered, of a pink or pale-red colour; agre strīnakhapāṭalaṃ kurabakaṃ V. 2. 7; R. 1. 83; 2. 29; 7. 27; pāṭalapāṇijāṃkitamuraḥ Gīt. 12. --laḥ The pale-red or pink colour; kapolapāṭalādeśi babhūva raghuceṣṭitaṃ R. 4. 68.
     (2) The trumpetflower, Bignonia Suaveolens; pāṭalasaṃsargasuramivanavātāḥ S. 1. 3. --laṃ
     (1) The flower of this tree; R. 16. 52; 19. 46.
     (2) A kind of rice ripening in the rains.
     (3) Saffron.
     -- Comp.
          --upalaḥ a ruby.
          --drumaḥ the trumpet-flower.

pāṭalaka a. Of a pale-red colour.

pāṭalā
     (1) The red lodhra.
     (2) The trumpet-flower (the tree or its blossom).
     (3) An epithet of Durgā.

pāṭalāvatī An epithet of Durgā.

pāṭaliḥ f. The trumpet-flower.
     -- Comp.
          --putraṃ N. of an ancient city, the capital of Magadha, situated near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges, and identified by some with the modern Pātnā. It is also known by the names of puṣpapura, kusumapura; see Mu. 2, 3, and 4. 16, and R. 6. 24 also.

pāṭaliman m. Pale-red colour.

pāṭalyā A multitude of Pāṭala flowers.

pāṭalika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Knowing the secrets of others.
     (2) Knowing time and place. --kaḥ A pupil.

pāṭavam [paṭorbhāvaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Sharpness, acuteness.
     (2) Cleverness, skill, dexterity, proficiency; pāṭavaṃ saṃskṛtoktiṣu H. 1; Ki. 9. 54.
     (3) Energy
     (4) Quickness; rashness.
     (5) Health.

pāṭavika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Clever, sharp, skilful.
     (2) Cunning, fraudulent, crafty.

pāṭī Arithmetic.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṇitaṃ arithmetic.

pāṭīraḥ
     (1) Sandal; pāṭīra tava paṭīyān kaḥ paripāṭīmimāmurīkartuṃ Bv. 1. 12.
     (2) A field.
     (3) Tin.
     (4) A cloud.
     (5) A sieve.
     (6) A pungent root.
     (7) The manna of the bamboo.
     (9) Catarrh.

pāṭhaḥ [paṭh-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Reciting recitation, repeating.
     (2) Reading, perusal, study.
     (3) Studying or reciting the Vedas (brahmayajña), one of the five daily Yajṇas or sacrifices to be performed by Brāhmaṇas
     (4) The text of a book, a reading. variant; atra gaṃdhavadgaṃdhamādanaṃ iti āgaṃtukaḥ pāṭhaḥ . prācīnapāṭhastu sugaṃdhirgaṃdhamādanaḥ iti pulliṃgāṃtaḥ Malli. on Ku. 6. 46.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ another reading, a variant (v. l.).
          --chedaḥ a pause, caesura.
          --doṣaḥ a false reading.
          --niścayaḥ determining the text of a passage.
          --bhūḥ f. a place where the Vedas are learnt.
          --maṃjarī, --śālinī the Sārikā bird.
          --śālā a school, college, seminary.
          --śālin m. a pupil.

pāṭhakaḥ [paṭh-ṇvul]
     (1) A teacher, lecturer, preceptor.
     (2) A public reader of the Purāṇas or other sacred books.
     (3) A spiritual teacher.
     (4) A pupil, student, scholar.
     (5) The text of a book.

pāṭhanam Teaching, lecturing.

pāṭhita p. p. Taught, instructed.

pāṭhika a. Conformable to the text.

pāṭhin a. [paṭh-ṇini]
     (1) One who has read or studied any subject.
     (2) Knowing or familiar with. --m. A Brāhmaṇa who has finished his studies.

pāṭhīnaḥ
     (1) A public reader of the Purāṇas or other mythological books.
     (3) A kind of fish; vivṛttapāṭhīnaparāhataṃ payaḥ Ki. 4. 5.

pāḍinī
     (1) An earthen pot.
     (2) A boiler.

pāṇaḥ [paṇ bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Trade, traffic.
     (2) A trader.
     (3) A game.
     (4) A stake at play.
     (5) An agreement.
     (6) Praise.
     (7) The hand.

pāṇiḥ [paṇ-iṇ āyābhāvaḥ; cf. Uṇ. 4. 132]
     (1) The hand; dānena pāṇirna tu kaṃkaṇena (vibhāti) Bh. 2. 71; often at the end of comp. in the sense of 'carrying in the hand'; as cakra-, khaḍga- &c.; pāṇiṃ grah or pīḍ 'to take the hand of, lead to the altar, marry.' pāṇau kṛ to hold by the hand, marry; pāṇaukaraṇaṃ 'marriage'.
     (2) Ved. A hoof. --ṇiḥ f. A market.
     -- Comp.
          --karman m. 1. N. of Śiva. --2. one playing on a drum.
          --gṛhītī 'espoused by the hand', a wife.
          --grahaḥ, --grahaṇaṃ, --grāhaḥ marrying, marriage; R. 7. 29; 8. 7; Ku. 7. 4.
          --grahaṇika, --grahaṇīya a. matrimoinal, nuptial. (
          --yaṃ) a nuptial gift.
          --grahītṛ m.,
          --grāhaḥ a bridegroom, husband; dhyāyatyaniṣṭaṃ yatkiṃcitpāṇigrāhasya cetasā Ms. 9. 21; bālye piturvaśe tiṣṭhet pāṇigrāhasya yauvane 5. 148.
          --ghaḥ 1. a drummer. 2. a workman, handicraftsman.
          --ghātaḥ 1. a blow with the hand. --2. boxing. --3. a boxer.
          --cāpalyaṃ snapping the fingers.
          --jaḥ a fingernail; tasyāḥ pāṭalapāṇijāṃkitamuraḥ Gīt. 12.
          --talaṃ the palm of the hand.
          --dharmaḥ due form of marriage.
          --pallavaḥ 1. a sprout-like hand. --2. thefingers.
          --pātra a. drinking by means of the hand.
          --pīḍanaṃ marriage; pāṇipīḍanamahaṃ damayaṃtyāḥ kāmayemahi mahīmahikāṃśo N. 5. 99; pāṇipīḍanavidheranaṃtaraṃ Ku. 8. 1; Māl. 8. 6.
          --praṇayinī a wife.
          --baṃdhaḥ 'union of the hands', marriage.
          --bhuj m. the sacred figtree.
          --muktaṃ a missile thrown with the hand.
          --mukhāḥ m. pl. the manes.
          --ruh m., ruhaḥ a finger-nail.
          --vādaḥ 1. clapping the hands together. 2. playing on a drum.
          --sargyā-ryā a rope.
          --svanika a. playing musical instruments with the hands.

pāṇiṃdhama-ya a.
     (1) Blowing through the hands.
     (2) Chilly, as a road or journey.
     (3) Obscure, dark.

pāṇika a. (kī f.) Got by playing at stake. --kaḥ A merchant.

pāṇiniḥ N. of a celebrated grammarian who is considered as an inspired muni, and is said to have derived the knowledge of his grammar from Śiva.

pāṇinīya a. Relating to or composed by Paṇini; Śi. 19. 75. --yaḥ A follower of Pāṇini; akṛtavyūhāḥ pāṇinīyāḥ. --yaṃ The grammar of Pāṇini.

pāṃḍara a. Whitish, pale-white. --raṃ
     (1) Red-chalk.
     (2) The blossom of the jasmine.

pāṃḍavaḥ [pāṃḍorapatyaṃ pumān āreñ] 'A son or descendant of Pāṇḍu', N. of any one of the five sons of Pāṇḍu; i. e. yudhiṣṭhira, bhīma, arjuna, nakula and sahadeva; haṃsāḥ saṃprati pāṃḍavā iva vanādajñātacaryāṃgatāḥ Mk. 5. 6.
     -- Comp.
          --ābhīlaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.
          --śreṣṭhaḥ N. of Yudhiṣṭhira.

pāṃḍavāyanaḥ An epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

pāṃḍavīya a. Belonging to the Pāṇḍavas.

pāṃḍevayaḥ = pāṃḍava q. v.

pāṃḍityam
     (1) Scholarship, profound learning, erudition; tadeva gamaka pāṃḍityavaidagdhyayoḥ Māl. 1. 7; Pt. 1. 19.
     (2) Cleverness, skill, dexterity, sharpness; nakhānāṃ pāṃḍityaṃ prakaṭayatu kasmin mṛgapatiḥ Bv. 1. 2.

pāṃḍu a. Pale-white, whitish, pale, yellowish; vikalakaraṇaḥ pāṃḍucchāyaḥ śucā paridurbalaḥ U. 3. 22. --ḍuḥ
     (1) The pale-white or yellowish-white colour.
     (2) Jaundice.
     (3) A white elephant.
     (4) N. of the father of the Pāṇḍavas. [He was begotten by Vyāsa on Ambālika, one of the widows of Vichitravīrya. He was called Pāṇḍu, because he was born pale (pāṃḍu) by reason of his mother having become quite pale with fear when in private with the sage Vyāsa; (yasmātpāṃḍutvamāpannā virūpaṃ prekṣya mamiha . tasmādeva sutaste vai pāṃḍureva bhaviṣyati Mb.). He was prevented by a curse from having progeny himself; so he allowed his first wife Kuntī to make use of a charm she had acquired from Durvāsas for the birth of sons. She gave birth to Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhīma and Arjuna; and Mādri, his other wife, by the use of the same charm, gave birth to Nakula and Sahadeva. One day Pandu forgot the curse under which he was labouring, and made bold to embrace Mādri, but he fell immediately dead in her arms.]
     -- Comp.
          --āmayaḥ jaundice.
          --kaṃbalaḥ 1. a white blanket. --2. a warm upper garment. --3. the housing of a royal elephant.
          --kaṃbalin m. 1. a carriage covered with a woollen blanket. --2. the housings of a royal elephant.
          --putraḥ a son of Pāṇḍu, any one of the five Pāṇḍavas.
          --pṛṣṭha a. 'white-backed', having no auspicious marks on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected.
          --bhūmaḥ a region full of chalky soil.
          --mṛttikā 1. white or pale soil. --2. the opal.
          --mṛd f. chalk.
          --rāgaḥ whiteness, pallor.
          --rogaḥ jaundice.
          --lekhaḥ a sketch made with chalk; a rough draft or sketch made on the ground, board &c.: pāṃḍulekhena phalake bhumau vā prathamaṃ likhaṃt . nyūnādhikaṃ tu saṃśodhya paścātpatre niveśayet .. Vyāsa.
          --śarkarā light-coloured gravel (pramehabheda) --śarmilā an epithet of Draupadī.
          --sopākaḥ N. of a mixed tribe; cāṃḍālātpāṃḍusopākastvaksāravyavahāravān Ms. 10. 37.

pāṃḍukaḥ
     (1) The yellowish-white colour.
     (2) Jaundice.
     (3) N. of Paṇḍu.

pāṃḍukin a. Suffering from jaundice.

pāṃḍura a. [pāṃḍuvarṇo'syāsti ra] Whitish, pale-white, yellowish-white, pale; chaviḥ pāṃḍurā S. 3. 10; R. 14. 26; Ku. 3. 33. --raṃ The white leprosy.
     -- Comp.
          --ikṣuḥ a species of sugar-cane.

pāṃḍuriman m. Paleness, white or pale colour.

pāṃḍyāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants; tasyāmeva raghoḥ pāṃḍyāḥ pratāpaṃ na viṣehire R. 4. 49. --ḍyaḥ A king of that country; R. 6. 60.

pāṃḍvam An uncloured woollen garment.

pāṇya a. Praiseworthy, commendable.

pāt a. Protecting, guarding. --m.
     (1) Falling.
     (2) Sin.
     (3) A guardian.

pāta p. p. Protected, guarded &c.; See pā.

pātaḥ [pat-ghañ]
     (1) Flying, flight.
     (2) Alighting, descending, descent.
     (3) Falling down, fall, downfall (fig also); druma-, gṛha-; cagṇapātaḥ 'falling down at the feet'; R. 11. 92; pātotpātau 'rise and fall.'
     (4) Destruction. dissolution, ruin; Ku. 3. 44.
     (5) A blow, stroke; as in khaḍgapātaḥ.
     (6) Shedding, discharging, emitting; asṛkpātaiḥ Ms. 8. 44.
     (7) A cast, throw, shot; dṛṣṭi- R. 13. 18.
     (8) An attack, inroad.
     (9) Happening, coming to pass, occurrence. (10) A failing, defect.
     (11) An epithet of Rāhu.
     (12) (In astr.) An inauspicious or malignant position or aspect.
     (13) The node in a planet's orbit.

pātana a. [pat-ṇic lyu lyuṭ vā] Felling. cutting down. --naṃ
     (1) Causing to fall down, bringing or throwing down, knocking down.
     (2) Throwing, casting.
     (3) Humbling, lowering.
     (4) Removing. N. B. pātanaṃ may have different meanings according to the noun with which it is used; e. g. daḍasya pātanaṃ 'causing the rod to fall', i. e. chastising; garbhasya pātanaṃ 'causing the foetus to fall', causing an abortion.

pātita p. p.
     (1) Cast down, struck down.
     (2) Overthrown, humbled.
     (3) Lowered.

patin a. (nī f.) [pat-ṇini]
     (1) Going to, descending, alighting on.
     (2) Falling, sinking. Being contained in.
     (4) Felling or throwing down.
     (5) Pouring forth, discharging, emitting.

pātuka a. (kī f.) [pat-ukañ]
     (1) Falling habitually or frequently.
     (2) Apt or disposed to fall.
     (3) Losing one's caste.
     (4) Going to hell. --kaḥ
     (1) The declivity of a mountain, a precipice.
     (2) The water-elephant.

pātya a.
     (1) To be caused to fall, to be felled or cut down.
     (2) To be imposed (as a fine); see pat.

pātakaḥ --kam [pātayati naraṃ, pat-ṇvul] Sin, crime; (Hindu law-givers enumerate five great sins: --brahmahatyā sarāpānaṃ steyaṃ gurvaganāgamaḥ . mahāṃti pātakānyāhuḥ sasargaścāpi taissaha Ms. 11. 55).

pātakit a. Sinful, guilty.

pātaṃgiḥ
     (1) An epithet of Saturn.
     (2) Of Yama.
     (3) Of Karṇa.
     (4) Of Sugrīva.

pātaṃjala a. (lī f.) Composed by Patanjali; pātaṃjale mahābhāṣye kṛtabhūgpiriśramaḥ Paribhāṣenduśekhara. --laṃ The Yoga system of philosophy taught by Patanjali. (It is generally believed that Patanjali, the author of the Mahābhāṣya, is the same as the author of the Yoga system: but it is a dubious point).

pātālam [patatyasminnadharmeṇa pat-ālañ; cf. Uṇ. 1. 114]
     (1) The last of the seven regions or worlds under the earth, said to be peopled by Nāgas; the seven regions are: --atala. vitala, sutala, rasātala, talātala, mahātala, and pātāla.
     (2) The lower regions or world in general; R. 15. 84; 1. 80.
     (3) An excavation, a hole.
     (4) Submarine fire.
     (5) (In atrol.) The fourth house or sign from that in which the sun is present. --laḥ
     (1) A kind of instrument for distillation or the calcination and sublimation of metals.
     (2) N. of Jupiter's year (of 361 days).
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃgā the Ganges of the lower world.
          --okas m.,
          --nilayaḥ, --nivāsaḥ, --vāsni m. 1. a demon. --2. a Nāga or a serpent-demon.

pātiḥ
     (1) A master.
     (2) A bird.
     (3) A husband.

pātikaḥ The Gangetic porpoise.

pātityam Loss of caste or position.

pātilī
     (1) A snare, trap.
     (2) A small earthen vessel.
     (3) A woman of a particular class.

pātivratyam Fidelity to a husband, chastity.

pātram [pāti rakṣatyādheyaṃ, pibatyanena vā pāṣṭran Tv.]
     (1) A drinking-vessel, cup, jar.
     (2) A vessel or pot in general; pātre nidhāyārdhyaṃ R. 5. 2, 12; any sacrificial vessel or utensil.
     (3) A receptacle of any kind, recipient; Pt. 2. 97.
     (4) A reservoir.
     (5) A fit or worthy person, a person fit or worthy to receive gifts; vittasya pātraṃ vyayaḥ Bh. 2. 82; Bg. 17. 22; Y. 1. 201; R. 11. 86.
     (6) An actor, a dramatis persona; tatpratipātramādhīyatāṃ yatnaḥ S. 1; ucyatāṃ pātravargaḥ V. 1. dramatis personae.
     (7) A king's minister.
     (8) The channel or bed of a river.
     (9) Fitness, propriety. (10) An order. command.
     (11) A leaf. --traḥ
     (1) A kind of measure (aḍhaka).
     (2) A preservative from sin. --trī
     (1) A vessel, plate, dish
     (2) A small furnace.
     (3) N. of Durgā. COMP. --pālaḥ 1. a large paddle used as a rudder. --2. the rod of a balance (tṛlāghaṭa). --bhṛt m. a servant. --saṃskāraḥ 1. the cleaning or purification of a vessel. --2. the current of a river.

pātrakam A vessel, pot &c.

pātraṭa a. Lean, emaciated. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A cup. pot.
     (2) Rugged garments.

pātraṭīraḥ
     (1) A competent minister.
     (2) A vessel of iron, brass or silver.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) A crow.
     (5) A heron.
     (6) Rust of iron.
     (7) Mucus running from the nose.

pātrayati Den. A. To use as a drinking-vessel; pāṇiṃ pātrayatāṃ Bh. 3. 138.

pātrasāt ind. In the possession of worthy persons.

pātrika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Measured out with any vessel or a measure called āḍhaka.
     (2) Fit, adequate, appropriate. --kaṃ, --kī A vessel, cup, dish.

pātrin a.
     (1) Having or provided with a drinking-vessel.
     (2) Having fit or worthy persons.

pātrīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make worthy; pātrīkṛto dasyurivāsi yena S. 5. 20.
     (2) To honour, dignify.

pātrīṇa a. Measured, sown, or cooked with with a Pātra.

pātrīya, pātrya a. Worthy to partake of a meal.

pātrīyam A sacrificial vessel or utensil.

pātrīraḥ, --ram An oblation.

pātrebahulaḥ --pātresamitaḥ
     (1) 'Constant at meals or dinner-time', a parasite.
     (2) A treacherous or hypocritical fellow.

pāthaḥ [pīyate'daḥ pā-karmaṇi tha]
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The sun. --thaṃ Water.

pāthas n. [pā-asun thuk ca]
     (1) Water; G. L. 26.
     (2) Air, wind.
     (3) Food.
     (4) The sky.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ 1. a lotus. --2. a conch.
          --daḥ, --dharaḥ a cloud.
          --dhiḥ, --nidhiḥ, --patiḥ the ocean; N. 13. 20.

pathisa m.
     (1) The sea.
     (2) The eye. --n. Scab.

pātheyam [pathi tadvyavahāre vā sādhu ḍhañ]
     (1) Provender or provisions for a journey, viaticum; jagrāha pātheyamiveṃdrasūnuḥ Ki. 3. 37; bisakisalayacchedapātheyavaṃtaḥ Me. 11; V. 4. 15.
     (2) The sign virgo of the zodiac.

pādaḥ [padyate gamyo'nena karaṇe karmaṇi vā ghañ]
     (1) The foot (whether of men of animals); tayorjagṛhatuḥ pādān R. 1. 57; pādayornipatyaḥ pādapatita &c. (The word pāda at the end of comp. is changed to pād after su and numerals; i. e. supād, dvipād, tripād &c.; and also when the first member is used as a standard of comparison, but is a word other than hasti &c.; see P. V. 4. 138-140 e. g. vyāghrapād. The nom. pl. of pāda is often added to names of persons or titles of address to show great respect or veneration; mṛṣyaṃtu lavasya baliśatāṃ tātapādāḥ U. 6; jīvatsu tātapāreṣu 1. 19; devapa dānāṃ nāsmābhiḥ prayojanaṃ Pt. 1; so evamārādhyapādā ājñāpayaṃti Prab. 1; so kumārilapādāḥ &c.
     (2) A ray of light; bālasyāpi raveḥ pādāḥ pataṃtyupari bhūbhṛtāṃ Pt. 1. 328; Śi 9. 34; R. 16. 53 (where the word has sense 1 also).
     (3) The foot or leg of an inanimate object, as of a bed stead.
     (4) The foot or root of a tree; as in pādapa.
     (5) The foot of a mountain, a hill at the foot of a mountain (pādāḥ pratyaṃtaparvatāḥ); Me. 19: S. 6. 16.
     (6) A quarter, fourth part; as in sapādo rūpaṃkaḥ 'one and one-fourth rupee': Ms. 8. 241; Y. 2. 174.
     (7) The fourth part of a stanza, a line.
     (8) The fourth part of a chapter or book, as of the Adhyāyas of Paṇini, or of the Brahma Sūtras.
     (9) A part in general. (10) A column, pillar.
     (11) A foot as a measure equal to twelve Angulis.
     (12) The quadrant of a circle.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the point or extremity of the foot; Ratn. 1. 1.
          --aṃkaḥ a foot-mark.
          --aṃgadaṃ --dī an orna ment for the foot, an anklet.
          --aṃguliḥ --lī f. a toe.
          --aṃguṣṭhaḥ the great toe.
          --ataḥ the point or extremity of the feet.
          --aṃtaraṃ the interval of a step, the distance of a foot. (
          --re) ind. 1. after the interval of a step. --2. close or near to.
          --aṃbu n. butter milk containing a fourth part of water.
          --aṃbhas n. water in which the feet (of revered persons) have been washed.
          --araviṃdaṃ, --kamalaṃ, --paṃkajaṃ, --padmaṃ a lotus-like foot.
          --arghyaṃ a gift to a Brāhmaṇa or a venerable person.
          --alindī a boat.
          --avasecanaṃ 1. washing the feet. --2. the water used for washing the feet.
          --aṣṭhīlaḥ the ankle.
          --āghataḥ a kick.
          --ānata a. prostrate, fallen at the feet of; Ku. 3. 8.
          --āvartaḥ 1. a wheel worked by the feet for raising up water from a well. --2. a square foot.
          --āsanaṃ a foot-stool.
          --āsphālanaṃ trampling or motion of the feet, floundering.
          --āhata a. kicked.
          --āhati f. 1. treading or trampling. --2. a kick.
          --udakaṃ, --jalaṃ 1. water for washing the feet. --2. water in which the feet of sacred and revered persons are washed, and which is thus considered holy.
          --udaraḥ a serpent.
          --kaṭakaḥ --kaṃ, --vīlikā an anklet.
          --kṣepaḥ a foot-step.
          --gaṃḍīraḥ a morbid swelling of the legs and feet.
          --grathiḥ the ankle.
          --grahaṇaṃ seizing or clasping the feet (as a mark of respectful salutation); Ku 7. 27.
          --caturaḥ, --catvaraḥ 1. a slanderer. --2. a goat. --3. the fig-tree. --4. a sand-bank. --5. hail.
          --cāpalyaṃ shuffing of the feet.
          --cāraḥ going on foot, walking; yadi ca vicaret pādaca reṇa gaurī Me. 60 'if Gaurī should walk on foot'; R. 11. 10.
     (2) the daily position of the planets. --cārin a. 1. walking or going on foot. --2. fighting on foot. (--m.) 1. a pedestrian. --2. a foot-soldier. --jaḥ a Śūdra. --jalaṃ butter-milk mixed with one-fourth of water. --jāhaṃ the tarsus. --talaṃ the sole of the foot. --traḥ, --trā, --trāṇaṃ a boot or shoe. --dārī, --dārikā a chap in the feet. --dāhaḥ a burning sensation in the feet. --dhāvanikā sand used for rubbing the feet. --nālikā an anklet. --nyāsaḥ movement of the feet; M. 2. 9. --paḥ 1. a tree; nirastapādape deśa eraṃḍo'pi drumāyate H. 1. 69; anubhavati hi mūrdhnā pādapastīvramuṣṇaṃ S. 5. 7. --2. a foot-stool. (--pā) a shoe. -khaṃḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ a grove of trees. -ruhā a climbing plant. --paddhatiḥ f. a track. --pālikā an anklet. --pāśaḥ 1. a foot-rope for cattle. --2. an anklet of small bells &c. (--śī) 1. a fetter. --2. a mat. --3. a creeper. --pīṭhaḥ --ṭhaṃ a foot-stool; R. 17. 28; Ku. 3. 11. --pīṭhikā 1. a vulgar trade (as that of a barber). --2. white stone. --pūraṇaṃ 1. filling out a line. --2. an expletive; tu pādapūraṇe bhede samuccaye' vadhāraṇe Viśva. --prakṣālanaṃ washing the feet. --praṇāmaḥ prostration (at the feet). --pratiṣṭhānaṃ a foot-stool. --pradhāraṇaṃ a shoe. --prahāraḥ a kick. --baṃdhanaṃ 1. a chain, fetter. --2. a stock of cattle. --bhāgaḥ a quarter. --mudrā a foot-print. --mūlaṃ 1. the tarsus. --2. the sole of the foot. --3. the heel. --4. the foot of a mountain. --5. a polite way of speaking of a person; devapādamūlamāgatāhaṃ K. 8. --rakṣaḥ 1. a shoe. --2. a footguard. --rakṣaṇaṃ 1. a cover for the feet. --2. a leather boot or shoe. --rajas n. the dust of the feet. --rajjuḥ f. a tether for the foot of an elephant. --rathī a shoe, boot. --rohaḥ, --rohaṇaḥ the (Indian) fig-tree. --vaṃdanaṃ saluting the feet. --valmīkaḥ elephantiasis. --virajas f. a shoe, boot. (--m.) a god. --śākhā a toe. --śailaḥ a hill at the foot of a mountain. --śothaḥ swelling of the foot. --śaucaṃ cleaning the feet by washing, washing the feet; Pt. 1. 172. --sevanaṃ, --sevā 1 showing respect by touching the feet. --2. service. sphoṭaḥ 'cracking of the feet', chilblain. --hata a. kicked. --harṣaḥ numbness of the feet after pressure upon the crural nerves. --hīnāt ind. 1. without division or transition. --2. all at once.

pādavikaḥ A traveller.

pādāt m. A foot-soldier, a footman.

pādātaḥ A foot-soldier; Śi. 18. 4. --taṃ Infantry.

pādātiḥ, pādātikaḥ, pādāvikaḥ A footsoldier.

pādika a. (kī f.) Amounting to a quarter or fourth; pādikaṃ śataṃ 25 per cent.

pādin a.
     (1) Footed, having feet.
     (2) Having four parts, as a stanza.
     (3) Receiving or entitled to a fourth part. --m.
     (1) An amphibious animal.
     (2) A heir to a fourth part of an estate.

pādinaḥ A fourth part.

pāduka a. (kā-kī f.) Going on foot. --kā A wooden-shoe, sandal; vraja bharata gṛhītvā pāduke tvaṃ madīye Bk. 3. 56; R. 12. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ a shoemaker.

pādū f. A shoe.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt m. a shoe-maker.

pādya a. [pādārthaṃ pāda-yat] Belonging to the foot. --dyaṃ Water for washing the feet; pādayoḥ pādyaṃ samarpayāmi.

pādakamikaḥ One knowing or reading the padakrama q. v.

pādārakaḥ The rib of a boat.

pādāliṃdaḥ --dā --dī A boat.

pānam [pā-lyuṭ]
     (1) Drinking, quaffing, kissing (a lip); payaḥ pānaṃ; dehi mukhakamalamadhupānaṃ Gīt. 10.
     (2) Drinking spirituous liquors; Ms. 7. 53, 9. 13, 12. 45.
     (3) A drink, beverage in general; Ms. 3. 227; Pt. 1. 389.
     (4) A drinking vessel.
     (5) Sharpening, whetting.
     (6) Protection, defence.
     (7) A canal. --naḥ
     (1) A distiller.
     (2) Breath, expiration.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraḥ, --āgāraḥ --raṃ a tavern.
          --atyayaḥ hard drinking.
          --goṣṭhikā, --goṣṭhī 1. a drinking party. --2. a dram-shop, tavern.
          --pa a. drinking spirituous liquors.
          --pātraṃ, --bhājanaṃ, --bhāṃḍaṃ a drinking vessel, a goblet.
          --bhūḥ, --bhūmiḥ, --bhūmī f. a drinking room; R. 7. 49; 19. 11.
          --maṃḍalaṃ a drinking party.
          --rata a. addicted to drinking.
          --vaṇij m. vender of spirits.
          --vibhramaḥ intoxication.
          --śauṃḍaḥ a hard drinker.

pānakam A drink, beverage, potion.

pānikaḥ A vender of spiritual liquors, a distiller.

pānilam A drinking vessel, goblet.

pānīya a. [pā-karmaṇi anīyar]
     (1) Drinkable.
     (2) To be protected or preserved. --yaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) A drink, potion, beverage.
     -- Comp.
          --kākikā a cormorant.
          --nakulaḥ an otter.
          --varṇikā sand.
          --śālā, --śālikā a place where water is distributed to travellers; cf. prapā.

pāṃthaḥ [paṃthānaṃ nityaṃ gacchati aṇ paṃthādeśaḥ]
     (1) A traveller, a way-farer; re pāṃtha vihvalamanā na manāgapi syāḥ Bv. 1. 37.
     (2) The sun.

pāpa a. [pāti rakṣatyasmādātmānaṃ, pāapādāne pa; Uṇ. 3. 23]
     (1) Evil, sinful, wicked, vicious; pāpaṃ karma ca yat paraira pi kṛtaṃ tattasya saṃbhāvyate Mk. 1. 36; Bg. 6. 9.
     (2) Mischievous, destructive, accursed; pāpena mṛtyunā gṛhīto'smi M. 4.
     (3) Low, vile, abandoned; Ms. 3. 52; 4. 171.
     (4) Inauspicious malignant, foreboding evil; as in pāpagraha. --paṃ
     (1) Evil, bad fortune or state; pāpaṃ pāpāḥ kathayatha kathaṃ śauryarāśeḥ piturme Ve. 3. 6; śāṃtaṃ pāpaṃ 'may the evil be averted', 'god forbid' (often used in dramas).
     (2) Sin, crime, vice, guilt; apāpānāṃ kule jāte mayi pāpaṃ na vidyate Mk. 9. 37; Ms. 11. 231; 4. 181; R. 12. 19. --paṃ ind. Badly, sinfully, wrongly. --paḥ A wretch, sinful person, wicked or profligate person.
     -- Comp.
          --adhama a. exceedingly wicked, vilest
          --anuvasita a. sinful.
          --apanuttiḥ f. expiation.
          --ahaḥ an unlucky day.
          --ākhyā one of the seven divisions of the planetary courses.
          --ācāra a. following evil or sinful courses, leading a sinful life, vicious, wicked.
          --ātman a. evil-minded, sinful, wicked. (--m.) a sinner.
          --āraṃbha a. wicked, villainous, committing murderous deeds; Māl. 5. 24.
          --āśaya, --cetas a. evil-intentioned, wicked-minded.
          --kara, --kārin, --kṛt &c. a. sinful, a sinner, villain.
          --kṣayaḥ removal or destruction of sin.
          --grahaḥ a planet of evil or malignant aspect, such as Mars, Saturn, Rāhu or Ketu.
          --dhna a. destroying sin, expiating. (
          --ghnaḥ) the sesamum plant.
          --caryaḥ 1. a sinner. --2. a demon.
          --jīva a. wicked, sinful.
          --dṛṣṭi a. evil-eyed.
          --dhī a. evilminded, wicked.
          --nāpitaḥ a cunning or vile barber.
          --nāśana a. destroying or expiating sin. (
          --naḥ) 1. N. of Śiva. --2. of Viṣṇu. (
          --naṃ) expiation, atonement.
          --nirati a. wicked, sinful.
          --patiḥ a paramour.
          --puruṣaḥ a villainous person.
          --phala a. evil, inauspicious.
          --buddhi, --bhāva, --mati a. evil-minded, wicked, depraved.
          --bhakṣaṇaḥ N. of Kālabhairava.
          --bhāj a. sinful, a sinner; Ku. 5. 83.
          --mitraṃ a bad counsellor or friend.
          --mukta a. freed from sin, purified.
          --mocanaṃ --vināśanaṃ destruction of sin.
          --yoni a. low-born. (
          --niḥ f.) vile birth, birth in an inferior condition.
          --rogaḥ 1. any bad disease. --2. small-pox.
          --lokya a. 1. infernal. --2. belonging to the wicked.
          --vaśīyas a. 1. inverted. --2. confused. (--m.) inversion, confusion.
          --śīla a. prone to evil, wicked by nature, evilminded.
          --saṃkalpa a. evil-minded, wicked. (
          --lpaḥ) a wicked thought.
          --han a. destroying sin; Ms. 7. 25.

pāpaka a. Bad, sinful, wicked. --kaḥ
     (1) A wicked person.
     (2) An inauspicious planet. --kaṃ Sin, crime.

pāparddhiḥ f. Hunting, chase.

pāpala a. Imparting or incurring sin. --laṃ A kind of measure.

pāpin a. (nī f.) Sinful, wicked, bad. --m. A sinner.

pāpiṣṭha a. Most sinful, worst, very wicked (superl. of pāpa q. v.).

pāpīyas a. (sī f.) Worse, more vile or wicked (compar. of pāpa q. v.).

pāpman a. Hurtful, injurious.
     (2) Sinful. --m.
     (1) Sin, crime, wickedness, guilt; mayā gṛhītanāmānaḥ spṛśyaṃta iva pāpmanā U. 1. 48; 7. 20; Māl. 5. 26; Ms. 6. 85.
     (2) Evil, bad fortune or state.

pāman m. A kind of skin-disease, scab.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnaḥ sulphur.

pāmana a. Diseased with scab.

pāmara a. (rā --rī f.) [pāman-ra]
     (1) Diseased with scab, scabby.
     (2) Vile, wicked.
     (3) Low, vulgar, base.
     (4) Foolish, stupid.
     (5) Poor, helpless; Ud. D. 5. --raḥ
     (1) A fool, an idiot; valgaṃti cetpāmarāḥ Bv. 1. 72.
     (2) A wicked or low man.
     (3) One engaged in the most degrading occupation.

pāmā See pāman above.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ sulphur.

pāyam Water.

pāyaka a. Drinking.

pāyanam Giving or causing to drink. --nā
     (1) Causing to drink.
     (2) Watering, moistening.
     (3) Sharpening, whetting.

pāyin a. Drinking.

pāyya a. Low, vile, contemptible. --yyaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Drinking.
     (3) Protection.
     (4) A measure (parimāṇa).
     (5) Practice, profession.

pāyasa a. (sī f.) [payaso vikāraḥ aṇ] Made of water or milk. --saḥ, --saṃ
     (1) Rice boiled in milk; Ms, 3. 271, 5. 7; Y. 1. 173.
     (2) Turpentine.
     (3) An oblation of milk, rice, and sugar. --saṃ
     (1) Milk.
     (2) Ambrosia, nectar.

pāyasika a. (kī f.) Fond of boiled milk.

pāyikaḥ A foot-soldier.

pāyuḥ The anus; pāyūpasthaṃ Ms. 2. 90, 91; Y. 3. 92.

pāraḥ, --ram [paraṃ tīraṃ parameva aṇ, pṝ-ghañ vā]
     (1) The further or opposite bank of a river or ocean; pāraṃ duḥkhodadhergaṃtuṃ tara yāvanna bhidyate Śānti. 3. 1; virahajaladheḥ pāramāsādayiṣye Pad. D. 13; H. 1. 204.
     (2) The further or opposite side of anything; Ku. 2. 58.
     (3) The end or extremity of anything; furtherest or concluding limit; Ve. 3. 25.
     (4) The fullest extent, the totality of anything; sa pūrvajanmāṃtaradṛṣṭapārāḥ smaranniva R. 18. 50; (pāraṃ gam, --i, --yā 1. to cross over, surmount, get over; Pt. 2. 6.
     (2) to accomplish, fulfil; as in pratijñāyāḥ pāraṃgataḥ. --3. to master fully, become proficient in; sakalaśāstrapāraṃ gataḥ Pt. 1; pāraṃ nī 'to bring to a close.'). --raḥ Quick-silver. (pāre meaning 'on the other side of', 'beyond' sometimes enters into comp.; e. g. pāregaṃgaṃ, pāresamadraṃ beyond the Ganges or theocean).
     -- Comp.
          --apāraṃ, --avāraṃ both banks, the nearer and further bank. (
          --raḥ) the sea, ocean; śokapārāvāramuttartumaśaknuvatī Dk. 4; Bv. 4. 11.
          --ayaṇaṃ 1. going across. --2. reading through, perusal, thorough study. --3. the whole, completeness, or totality of anything; as in brahmapārāyaṇaṃ, maṃtrapārāyaṇaṃ &c.
          --ayaṇī 1. N. of the goddess Sarasvati. --2. considering, meditation. --3. an act, action. --4. light.
          --kāma a. desirous of going to the other end.
          --ga a. 1. crossing over, ferrying across. --2. one who has gone to the end of, one who has completely mastered anything, completely familiar or conversant with (with gen. or in comp.); Ms. 2. 148; Y. 1. 111. --3. profoundly learned. (
          --gaṃ) keeping, fulfilling.
          --gata, --gāmin a. one who has gone to the other side or shore. (
          --taḥ) a Jaina.
          --darśaka a. 1. showing the opposite bank. --2. transparent.
          --dṛśvan a. 1. far-seeing, wise, prudent. --2. one who has seen the other side of anything, one who has completely mastered or has become familiar with anything; śrutipāradṛśvā R. 5. 24.

pāraka a. (kī f.) [pṝ-ṇvul]
     (1) Enabling to cross
     (2) Carrying over, saving, delivering.
     (3) Pleasing, satisying.

pārya a. Ved.
     (1) Being on the other bank or side.
     (2) Last, final.
     (3) Upper.
     (4) Decisive.
     (5) Effectual. --ryaṃ
     (1) End.
     (2) Decision.

pāre ind. On the other side of; pāreśmaśānaṃ sarit Māl. 5. 19; see pāra above.

pārakya a.
     (1) Alien, belonging to another.
     (2) Intended for others.
     (3) Hostile, inimical.
     (4) Useful in the next word. --kyaḥ An enemy, adversary. --kyaṃ Doing anything for future happiness (paralokasādhana); pious conduct.

pāragrāmika a. (kī f.) Alien, hostile, inimical.

pāraj m. Gold.

pārajāyikaḥ An adulterer.

pāraṭīṭaḥ --naḥ A stone or rock.

pāraṇa a. [pṝ bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Carrying across, bringing over.
     (2) Saving, delivering. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) Satisfaction. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Accomplishing, fulfilling.
     (2) Reading through, perusal.
     (3) Eating after a fast, concluding a fast.
     (4) The complete text of a book. --ṇā
     (1) Eating after a fast, concluding a fast; kāraya cakṣuṣī pāraṇāṃ Vb. 1; R. 2. 39, 55, 70.
     (2) Eating (in general); Ku. 5. 22; (abhyavahārakarma Malli.).

pāraṇīya a. Capable of being completed or finished.

pāraya a.
     (1) Adequate, fit for, appropriate.
     (2) Satisfying.

pārayati --te Den. U.
     (1) To be able.
     (2) To bring or lead over; see pṝ caus. also.

pārataḥ Quick-silver.

pāṃrataṃtrika a. Enjoined by the religious treatises of another.

pārataṃtryam Dependence, subjection, subservience.

pāratrika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging to the next world.
     (2) Useful in the future life.

pāratryam Reward in a future life (paralokaphala); Ms. 2. 236.

pāradaḥ Quick-silver; nidarśanaṃ pārado'tra rasaḥ Bv. 1. 82. --dāḥ m. pl. N. of a barbarous tribe; see Ms. 10. 44.

pāradārikaḥ An adulterer(intriguing with the wife of another); Y. 2. 295.

pāradāryam Adultery, intriguing with another's wife; Ms. 11. 60; Y. 3. 235.

pāradeśika a. (kī f.) Foreign, out-landish. --kaḥ
     (1) A foreigner.
     (2) A traveller.

pāradeśya a. (śyī f.) Belonging to a foreign country, foreign. --śyaḥ
     (1) A foreigner.
     (2) A traveller.

pārabhṛtam A present(perhaps a misreading for prābhṛta).

pāramahaṃsya a. Relating to a 'Paramahamsa' or a religious man who has subdued all his senses. --syaṃ Most sublime asceticism or meditation.
     -- Comp.
          --pari ind. relating to such asceticism.

pāramarthika a. (kī f.) [paramārthāya hitaṃ ṭhak]
     (1) Relating to paramārtha or the highest truth or spiritual knowledge.
     (2) Real, essential, truly or really existent; sattā trividhā pāramārthikī, vyāvahārikī, prātātikī ca Vedānta.
     (3) Caring for truth, loving truth or right; na lokaḥ pāramārthikaḥ Pt. 1. 342.
     (4) Excellent, supremely good, best.

pāramika a. (kī f.) Supreme, best, chief, principal.

pāramita a.
     (1) Gone to the opposite bank or side.
     (2) Crossed, traversed.
     (3) Transcendent.

pārameṣṭhyam
     (1) Supremacy, highest position.
     (2) Royal insignia.

pāraṃpariṇa a. (ṇī f.) [paraṃparāyāḥ āgataḥ khañ] Handed down from father to son, hereditary, ancestral.

pāraṃparīya a. Handed down, traditional, hereditary.

pāraṃparyam [paraṃparaiva svārthe ṣyañ]
     (1) Hereditary succession, continuous order.
     (2) Traditional instruction, tradition.
     (3) Intermediation. --COMP. --upadeśaḥ traditional instruction, tradition, regarded by the Pauraṇikas as a pramāṇa or proof.

pārayiṣṇu a.
     (1) Pleasing, gratifying.
     (2) Able to go to the end of or accomplish anything.

pāralokya a. Relating to the next world.

pāralaukika a. (kī f.) [paralokāya hitaṃ ṭhak dvipadavṛddhiḥ] Relating to or useful in the next world; dharma eko manuṣyāṇāṃ sahāyaḥ paramārthika Mb.; N. 5. 92. --kaṃ Obsequies, funeral rites; Mu. 1.

pāravataḥ A pigeon.

pāravaśyam Dependence, subjection, subservience.

pāraśava a. (vī f.)
     (1) Made of iron.
     (2) Relating to or derived from an axe. --vaḥ
     (1) Iron.
     (2) The son of a Brāhmaṇa by a Śūdra woman; yaṃ brahmaṇastu śūdāyāṃ kāmādutpādayetsutaṃ . sa pārayannaṃva śavastasmātpāraśavaḥ smṛtaḥ Ms. 9. 178; or paraṃ śavāt brāhmaṇasyaiṣa putraḥ śūdra putraṃ pāraśavaṃ tamāhuḥ Mb.
     (3) An adulterine, a bastard.

pāraśvadhaḥ, pāraśvadhikaḥ A man armed with an axe, halbert-man.

pārasa (sī f.) Persian.

pārasikaḥ
     (1) Persia.
     (2) =pārasīka 2 q. v.

pārasī The Persian language.

pārasīkaḥ
     (1) Persia.
     (2) A Persian horse. --kāḥ (m. pl.) The Persians. pārasīkāṃstato jetuṃ pratasthe sthālavartmanā R. 4. 60.

pāraskaraḥ
     (1) N. of a certain district.
     (2) N. of a sage, the author of the Gṛhya Sūtras.

pārastraiṇeyaḥ An adulterine, a bastard (born from another's wife parastrī).

pārasyakulīna a. Born in the family of another (as an adopted son).

pārahaṃsya a. Relating to an ascetic who has subdued all his senses.

pārā N. of a river; taduttiṣṭha pārāsiṃdhusaṃbhedamavagāhya nagarīmeva praviśāvaḥ Māl. 4, 9. 1.

pārāpataḥ
     (1) A pigeon.

pārāpārīṇa See pārāvārīṇa.

pārāyaṇikaḥ
     (1) A lecturer, reader of the Purāṇas or mythological works.
     (2) A pupil, scholar.

pārāvataḥ
     (1) A pigeon, turtle-dove, dove; pārāvataḥ kharaśilākaṇamātrabhojī kāmī bhavatyanudinaṃ vada kotra hetuḥ Bh. 3. 154; Me. 38.
     (2) A monkey.
     (3) A mountain.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃghripicchaḥ a kind of pigeon.
          --ghnī N. of the river Sarasvatī.

pārāvārīṇa a.
     (1) One who goes to both sides.
     (2) Completely conversant with.

pārāśaraḥ, pārāśaryaḥ An epithet of Vyāsa, son of Parāśara.

pārāśariḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śuka.
     (2) N. of Vyāsa.

pārāśarin m.] A religious mendicant.
     (2) Particularly, such religious mendicants or ascetics as study the Śārīra Sūtras of Vyāsa (pl.).

pārikāṃkṣin m. A contemplative saint, an ascetic who devotes himself to abstract meditation.

pārikuṭaḥ Ved. A servant.

pārikṣataḥ A patronymic of Janamejaya, great-grandson of Arjuna, and son of Parīkṣit.

pārikheya a. (yī f.) Surrounded by a ditch.

pārigrāmika a. (kī f.) Situated round a village.

pārijātaḥ, pārijātakaḥ [pāramasyāstītipārī samudrastatra jātaḥ, tasya samudretpannatkat]
     (1) N. of one of the five trees of Paradise (said to have been produced at the churning of the ocean and come into the possession of Indra, from whom it was wrested by Kṛṣṇa and planted in the garden of his beloved Satyabhāmā), kalpadrumāṇāmiva pārijātaḥ R. 6. 6, 10. 11; 17. 7.
     (2) The coral tree.
     (3) Fragrance.

pāriṇāyya a. (yyī f.)
     (1) Relating to marriage.
     (2) Obtained on the occasion of marriage. --yyaṃ
     (1) Property received by a woman at the time of marriage; ma tuḥ pāriṇāyyaṃ striyo vibhajeran Vasish. a.
     (2) Marriage settlement.

pāriṇāhyam Household furniture and utensils; Ms. 9. 11.

pāritathyā A string of pearls for binding the hair.

pāritoṣika a. (kī f.) [paritoṣaḥ prayojanamatya ṭhañ] Pleasing, gratifying, consolatory. --kaṃ A present, reward; gṛhyatāṃ pāritoṣikamidamaṃgulīyakaṃ Mk. 5.

pāridhvajikaḥ A standard bearer.

pāriṃdraḥ A lion.

pāripaṃthikaḥ A rober, highwayman.

pāripāṭyam
     (1) Mode, method, manner (paripāṭi).
     (2) Regularity.

pāripātram (= pāriyātra) q. v.

pāripārśvam Retinue, attendants, followers.

pāripārśvakaḥ, pāripārśvikaḥ [paripārśvaṃ pārśvaṃ vyāpya vartate ṭhak]
     (1) A servant or an attendant.
     (2) An assistant of the manager of a play, one of the interlocutors in the prologue; praviśya pāripārśvakaḥ; tatkimiti pāripārśvika nāraṃbhayasi kuśīlavaiḥ saha saṃgītaṃ Ve. 1.

pāripārśvikā A female attendant, a chamber-maid.

pāriplava a. [pari-plu ac svārthe aṇ]
     (1) Moving to and fro, rolling, shaking, unsteady, tremulous; nanaṃda pāriplavanetrayā nṛpaḥ R. 3. 11.
     (2) Swimming, floating; R. 13. 30; 16. 61.
     (3) Agitated, bewildered, disturbed or perplexed; U. 4. 22. --vaḥ A boat. --vaṃ Restlessness, uneasiness, Māl. 4. 3.

pāriplāvyaḥ A goose. --vyaṃ
     (1) Perplexity, uneasiness, agitation.
     (2) Tremour, tremulousness.

pārivarhaḥ A wedding present.

pāribhadraḥ
     (1) The coral tree.
     (2) The Devadcru tree.
     (3) The Sarala tree.
     (4) The Nimba tree.

pāribhāvyam
     (1) Bail, security, surety.
     (2) A kind of drug.

pāribhāṣika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Current, common, universally received.
     (2) Technical (as a word &c.).

pārimāṃḍalyam An atom, a mote in a sun-beam; the measure of an atom Bhaṣa P. 14.

pārimāṇyam Circumference, compass.

pārimityam Limit, limited extent or number.

pārimukhika a. (kī f.) Being before the face, being near or present.

pārimukhyam Presence.

pāriyā(pā)traḥ N. of one of the seven principal mountain ranges; R. 18. 16; see kulācala.

pāriyā(pā)trikaḥ
     (1) An inhabitant of the Pāriyatra mountain.
     (2) The Pāriyātra mountain itself.

pāriyānikaḥ A travelling carriage.

pārirakaḥ A religious mendicant, an ascetic.

pārivittyaṃ, pārivetryam Being unmarried while a younger brother is married.

pārivrajakaṃ, pārivrājyam The wandering life of a religious mendicant, asceticism.

pāriśīlaḥ A cake (apūpa q. v.).

pāriśeṣyam That which is left over, remainder.

pāriṣada a. (dī f.) Belonging to an assembly or council. --daḥ
     (1) A person present at an assembly, a member of an assembly, such as an assessor.
     (2) A king's companion. --dāḥ (m. pl.) The retinue of a god. --daṃ Taking part in an assembly.

pāriṣadyaḥ One present at an assembly, a spectator.

pārihārika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Taking, seizing.
     (2) Surrounding. --kaḥ A maker of garlands. --kī A kind of enigma or riddle.

pārihāryaḥ A bracelet. --ryaṃ Taking, seizing.

pārihāsyam Jest, joke, fun.

pārī
     (1) A rope for tying an elephant's feet.
     (2) A quantity of water.
     (2) A drinking vessel, water-jar, cup.
     (4) A milk-pail; Śi. 12. 40.
     (5) Pollen (of flowers).

pārīkṣitaḥ = parīkṣit q. v.

pārīṇa a. [pāraṃ gacchati, pāra-khañ]
     (1) Being on or going over to the other or opposite side.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Thoroughly versed in, well acquainted with; trivargapārīṇamasau bhavaṃtabhadhyāsayannāsanamekamiṃdraḥ Bk. 2. 46.
     (3) Fulfilling, completing, accomplishing.

pārīya a. (At the end of comp) Completely versed in or conversant with.

pārīṇahyam Household furniture or utensils.

pārīṃdraḥ
     (1) A lion.
     (2) A large serpent, boa.

pārīraṇaḥ
     (1) A tortoise.
     (2) A stick, staff.
     (3) A garment (paṭṭaśāṭaka).

pāruḥ 1 The sun. --A Fire.

pāruṣyam [paruṣasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Roughness, ruggedness, hardness.
     (2) Harshness, cruelty, unkindness (as of disposition).
     (3) Abusive language, abuse, reproach, scurrilous language, insult; Bg. 16. 4; Y. 2. 12, 72.
     (4) Violence (in word or deed); Ms. 8. 6, 72; 7. 48, 51.
     (5) The garden of Indra.
     (6) Aloe wood. --ṣyaḥ An epithet of Bṛhaspati.

pārerakaḥ A sword (?).

pārokṣa a. (kṣī f.) Unintelligible, mysterious, secret, obscure.

pārokṣyam Mystery, secrecy.

pārovaryam Tradition.

pārghaṭam Dust or ashes.

pārjanya a. Belonging to rain.

pārṇa a. (rṇī f.)
     (1) Relating to or made of leaves, leafy.
     (2) Raised from leaves (as a tax).

pārthaḥ [pṛthāyāḥ apatyaṃ aṇ]
     (1) A metronymic of Yudhiṣṭhira, Bhīma and Arjuna, but especially of Arjuna; Bg. 1. 25 and several other places.
     (2) A king.
     -- Comp.
          --sārathiḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

pārthakyam Severalty, separateness, separation, singleness, variety.

pārthavam Greatness, immensity, width.

pārthiva a. (vī f.) [pṛthivyāḥ īśraraḥ idaṃ vā aṇ]
     (1) Earthen, earthly, terrestrial, relating to the earth; yato rajaḥ pārthivamujjihīte R. 13. 64.
     (2) Ruling the earth.
     (3) Princely, toyal. --vaḥ
     (1) An inhabitant of the earth.
     (2) A king, sovereign; R. 8. 1.
     (3) An earthen vessel.
     (4) The body. --vaṃ An earthly substance.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmajaḥ --naṃdanaḥ, --sutaḥ a prince, the son of a king.
          --kaṃnyā, --naṃdinī, --sutā the daughter of a king, princess.

pārthivī
     (1) An epithet of Sītā, daughter of the earth; pārthivīmudavahadraghūdvahaḥ R. 11. 54.
     (2) An epithet of Lakṣmī.

pārparaḥ
     (1) A handful of rice.
     (2) Consumption (kṣayaroga).
     (3) Ashes.
     (4) A filament of Kadamba.
     (5) N. of Yama.

pāryaṃtika a. (kī f.) Final, last, conclusive.

pārvaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [parvaṇi bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Belonging or relating to a Parvan, falling on a Parva day, such as the full-moon, new-moon &c.; R. 11. 82; Mu. 3. 10.
     (2) Waxing, increasing (as the moon). --ṇaṃ The ceremony of offering oblations to all the Manes at a Parvan.

pārvata a. (tī f.) [parvate bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Being or living on a mountain.
     (2) Growing on or coming from a mountain.
     (3) Mountainous.

pārvatikam A multitude of mountains, a mountain-range.

pārvatī [parvatasyāpatyaṃ strī aṇ]
     (1) N. of Durgā, born as the daughter of the Himalaya mountain (she was Satī in her former birth; cf. Ku. 1. 21); tāṃ pārvatītyābhijanena nāmnā baṃdhupriyāṃ baṃdhujano juhāva Ku. 1. 26.
     (2) A female cowherd.
     (3) An epithet of Draupadī.
     (4) A mountain stream.
     (6) A kind of fragrant earth.
     -- Comp.
          --naṃdanaḥ 1. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --2. of Gaṇeśa.

pārvatīya a. (yī f.) Dwelling in a mountain. --yaḥ A mountaineer.
     (2) N. of a particular mountain tribe (pl.); tatra janyaṃ raghorghoraṃ pārvatīyairgaṇairabhūt R. 4. 77.

pārvateya a. (yī f.) [parvate bhavaṃ ḍhak] Mountain-born. --yaṃ Antimony.

pārśavaḥ A warrior armed with anaxe.

pārśukā A rib.

pārśva a. Near, proximate. --rśvaḥ --rśvaṃ [parśūnāṃ samūhaḥ]
     (1) The part of the body below the arm-pit, the region of the ribs; śayane saṃniṣaṇṇaikapārśvā Me. 89.
     (2) The side, flank (in general) (of animate or inanimate objects); piṭharaṃ kvathadatimātraṃ nijapārśvāneva dahatitarāṃ Pt. 1. 324.
     (3) Vicinity.
     (4) Ved. A curved knife. --rśvaḥ An epithet of Jina. --rśvaṃ
     (1) A multitude of ribs.
     (2) A fraudulent expedient, a dishonourable means.
     (3) The extremity of the fore-axle of a wheel. (pārśvaṃ is used adverbially in the sense of 'near to,' 'by the side of,' 'towards'; S. 7. 8; so pārśvāt 'from the side of, away, from'; pārśve 'near', 'at hand', 'at the side',; na me dūrekiṃcitkṣaṇamapi na pārśve rathajavāt S. 1. 9, Bh. 3. 37).
     -- Comp.
          --anucaraḥ an attendant, a servant; R. 2. 9.
          --asthi n. a rib.
          --āyāta a. one who has come very near.
          --āsanna a. standing by the side.
          --udarapriyaḥ a crab.
          --ga, --gama, --cara, --sthita a. being close to, standing by the side of.
          --gaḥ an attendant, a servant; R. 11. 43.
          --gata a. 1. being at the side, being near or close to, attending upon. --2. sheltered.
          --caraḥ a servant, an attendant; R. 9. 72; 14. 29.
          --daḥ an attendant, a servant.
          --deśaḥ the side (of the human body).
          --nāthaḥ the Jaina pontiff.
          --parivartanaṃ 1. turning round from one side to the other in a bed. --2. N. of a festival on the eleventh day of the first half of Bhadrapada (when Viṣṇu is supposed to turn upon the other side in his sleep).
          --bhāgaḥ the side or flank.
          --vakraḥ an epithet of Mahādeva.
          --vartin a. 1. being by the side, attending, waiting upon. --2. adjacent. (--m.) 1. an attendant; R. 2. 46. --2. a companion, associate; Ku. 4. 29.
          --śaya a. 1. sleeping on the side. --2. sleeping by the side.
          --śūlaḥ --laṃ 1. a shooting pain in the side. --2. pleurisy.
          --sūtrakaḥ a kind of ornament.
          --stha a. being at the side, near, close, proximate. (
          --sthaḥ) 1. a companion. --2. an assistant of a stage-manager; cf. pāripārśvaka.

pārśvakaḥ (kī f.) A swindler, pilferer, thief.

pārśvatas ind. Near, at hand, by the side, close to; R. 19. 31, Pt. 1. 35.

pārśvatīya a. Being on or situated at the side.

pārśvika a. (kī f.) [pārśve bhavaḥ ṭhak] Belonging to the side. --kaḥ
     (1) A sides-man, partisan.
     (2) A companion, an associate.
     (3) A juggler.
     (4) One who seeks money by fraudulent means, a thief.

pārṣata a. (tī f.) Belonging to the spotted antelope; Ms. 3. 269; Y. 1. 257. --taḥ A patronymic of king Drupada, and of his son Dhṛṣṭadyumna.

pārṣatī
     (1) An epithet of Draupadī.
     (2) Of Durgā.

pārṣad f. An assembly.

pārṣadaḥ [pārṣadamarhati aṇ]
     (1) A companion, an associate, attendant.
     (2) A train, retinue (of a god).
     (3) One present at an assembly, a spectator, an assessor.

pārṣadyaḥ A member of an assembly, an assessor.

pārṣṇiḥ m. f. [pṛṣ-ni ni- vṛddhiḥ; Uṇ. 4. 52]
     (1) The heel; udvejayatyaṃgulipārṣṇibhāgān Ku. 1. 11; pārṣṇiprahāra K. 119.
     (2) The rear of an army.
     (3) The back or rear in general; śuddhapārṣṇirayānvitaḥ R. 4. 26 'with his rear cleared of foes.'
     (4) A kick.
     (5) Desire of conquering
     (6) Inquiry. --f.
     (1) A licentious woman.
     (2) An epithet of Kuntī.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ a follower.
          --grahaṇaṃ attacking or threatening an enemy in the rear.
          --grāhaḥ 1. an enemy in the rear. --2. a general commanding the rear of an army. --3. an ally who supports a prince; Ms. 7. 207.
          --ghātaḥ a kick; Ki. 17. 50.
          --traṃ a rear-guard, a body of forces in the rear, reserve.
          --vāhaḥ an outside horse.
          --sārathiḥ a charioteer who drives one of the outside horses.

pālaḥ
     (1) [pāl-ac] A protector guardian, keeper; as in gopālaḥ, vṛṣṇipālaḥ, &c.
     (2) A herdsman; vivādaḥ, svāmipālayoḥ Ms. 8. 5, 229, 240.
     (3) A king.
     (4) A spitting-pot. --lī A herdsman's wife.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnaḥ a mushroom.

pālakaḥ [pāl-ṇvul]
     (1) A guardian, protector.
     (2) A prince, king, ruler, sovereign.
     (3) A groom, horse-keeper.
     (4) A horse.
     (5) The Chitraka tree.
     (6) A foster-father.
     (7) Protection.
     (8) One who maintains or observes (as a promise &c.)

pālana a. [pāl-bhāve lyu lyuṭ vā] Protecting, guarding &c.; Ki. 1. 1. --naṃ
     (1) Protecting, guarding, nourishing, cherishing, fostering; labdha- R. 19. 3; so prajā-, kṣiti-, &c.
     (2) Maintaining, observing, keeping (as a promise, vow &c.)
     (3) The milk of a cow that has recently calved.

pālanīya a.
     (1) To be protected or guarded.
     (2) Fit to be protected, preserved or maintained.
     (3) To be kept or observed (as a promise, vow &c.)

pālayitṛ m. A protector, guardian; R. 2. 69; 8. 32.

pālita p. p.
     (1) Protected, guarded, preserved.
     (2) Observed, fulfilled.

pālakāpyaḥ N. of a sage, son of Kareṇu (who first taught the science of elephants). --pyaṃ The science of elephants.

pālaṃkaḥ
     (1) The olibanum tree.
     (2) A hawk. --kī Incense.

pālakyaḥ --kyā Incense.

pālala a. (lī f.) Made of the powdered sesamum-seed.

pālāśa a. (śī f.) [palāśa-aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to or coming from the Palāśa tree.
     (2) Made of the wood of the Palaśa tree; Ms. 2. 45.
     (3) Green. --śaḥ The green colour.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍaḥ, --ṣaṃḍaḥ an epithet of the Magadha country.

pāliḥ --lī f.
     (1) The tip of the ear; śravaṇapāliḥ Gīt. 3.
     (2) The edge, skirt, margin; Bh. 3. 55.
     (3) The sharp side, edge or point of anything (aśri); Bv. 2. 3.
     (4) Boundary, limit.
     (5) A line, row; vipulapulakapālī Gīt. 6; Śi. 3. 51.
     (6) A spot, mark.
     (7) A causeway, bridge.
     (8) The lap or bosom.
     (9) An oblong pond. (10) Maintenance of a pupil by his teacher during the period of his studies. 11 A louse.
     (12) Praise, eulogium.
     (13) A woman with a beard.
     (14) The hip.
     (15) A measure of capacity (prastha).
     (16) A circumference. --lī A pot, boiler.

pālikā
     (1) The tip of the ear.
     (2) The sharp edge of a sword or of any cutting instrument.
     (3) A butterknife.

pālityam Greyness of hair caused by old age, hoariness.

pāliṃdaḥ Incense.

pāllavā A game with twigs.

pālvala a. (lī f.) Coming from a pool.

pāvaka a. [pū-ṇvul] Purifying. --kaḥ
     (1) Fire; pāvakasya mahimā sa gaṇyate kakṣavajjvalati sāgare'pi yaḥ R. 11. 75, 3. 9; 16. 87.
     (2) Agni or the god of fire.
     (3) The fire of lightning.
     (4) The Chitraka tree.
     (5) The number 'three'.
     (6) A person purified by religious abstraction, saint, sage.
     (7) Good conduct or behaviour.
     (8) N. of Varuṇa. --kī
     (1) The wife of Agni.
     (2) Ved. N. of Sarasvatī.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmajaḥ 1. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --2. N. of a sage called sudarśana.

pāvakiḥ
     (1) An epithet of Kārtikeya.
     (2) Of the sage sudarśana.

pāvana a. (nī f.) [pū-ṇic lbu]
     (1) Purifying, freeing from sin, purificatory, sanctifying; pādāstāmabhito niṣaṇṇahariṇā gaurīguroḥ pāvanāḥ S. 6. 16, R. 15. 101, 19. 53; Bg. 18. 5, Ms. 2. 26; Y. 3. 307.
     (2) Sacred, holy, pure, purified; Ku. 5. 17. --naḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Incense.
     (3) A kind of demi-god or Siddha.
     (4) N. of the poet Vyāsa.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu. --naṃ
     (1) Purifying, purification; padanakhanīrajanitajanapāvana Gīt. 1.
     (2) Penance.
     (3) Water.
     (4) Cow-dung.
     (5) A sectarial mark.
     (6) Any means of purification; U. 1. 13.
     (7) Atonement, expiation.
     (8) Incense (sihlaka).
     -- Comp.
          --dhvaniḥ a conch-shell.

pāvanī
     (1) The holy basil.
     (2) A cow.
     (3) The river Ganges.

pāvamānī An epithet of particular Vedic hymns.

pāvaraḥ The side of a die which is marked with two points; or a particular throw of this die; pāvarapatanācca śoṣitaśarīraḥ Mk. 2. 8.

pāśaḥ [paśyate badhyate'nena, paś-karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) A cord, chain, fetter, noose; pādākṛṣṭavratativalayāsaṃgasaṃjātapāśaḥ S. 1. 33; bāhupāśena vyāpāditā Mk. 9; R. 6. 84.
     (2) A snare, trap or net for catching birds and beasts.
     (3) A noose used as a weapon (as by Varuṇa); Ku. 2. 21.
     (4) A die, dice; Malli. on R. 6. 18.
     (5) The edge or border of anything woven.
     (6) (At the end of comp.) pāśa expresses
          (a) contempt or depreciation; as in chatrapāśaḥ a bad pupil; vaiyākaraṇa-, bhiṣak- &c.
          (b) beauty or admiration; as in saivoṣṭhamudrā sa ca karṇapāśaḥ U. 6. 27.
          (c) abundance, mass, or quantity (after a word signifying 'hair'); as in keśapāśa q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ the back of a garment.
          --krīḍā gambling, playing with dice.
          --dharaḥ, --pāṇiḥ an epithet of Varuṇa.
          --baddha a. entrapped, caught in a snare or net, noosed.
          --baṃdhaḥ a noose, snare, halter.
          --baṃdhakaḥ a birdcatcher.
          --baṃdhanaṃ a snare.
          --bhṛt m. 1. an epithet of Varuṇa; R. 2. 9. --2. one armed with a noose.
          --rajjuḥ f. a fetter, rope.
          --hastaḥ 'holding a noose in hand', an epithet of Varuṇa.

pāśakaḥ
     (1) A die, dice.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) A snare, trap; as in kaṃṭha- &c.
     -- Comp.
          --pīṭhaṃ a gambling house or table.

pāśanam
     (1) A noose, snare, net, sling.
     (2) A cord, lash.
     (3) Ensnaring, entrapping.

pāśayati Den. P. To bind, fetter.

pāśikaḥ A bird-catcher.

pāśita a. Bound, ensnared, fettered.

pāśīkṛta a.
     (1) Chained, fettered.
     (2) Snared.

pāśin m. [pāśo'styasya ini]
     (1) An epithet of Varuṇa.
     (2) Of Yama.
     (3) A deer-catcher, fowler, trapper.

pāśyā
     (1) A net.
     (2) A collection of snares or ropes (pāśānāṃ samūhaḥ).

pāśava a. (vī f.) [paśoridaṃ aṇ] Relating to or derived from animals. --vaṃ A flock, herd.
     -- Comp.
          --pālanaṃ pasturage or meadow grass.

pāśuka a. Ved. Belonging to cattle or a sacrificial animal.

pāśupata a. (tī f.) [paśupateridaṃ aṇ] Coming from or relating or sacred to Paśupati. --taḥ
     (1) A follower and worshipper of Śiva.
     (2) A follower of the doctrines of Paśupati. --taṃ The Pāśupata doctrines; (for the Pāśupata doctrines, see Sarva. S.).
     -- Comp.
          --astraṃ N. of a missile presided over by paśupati or Śiva (which Arjuna acquired from Śiva).

pāśupālyam The breeding or rearing of cattle, a herdsman's occupation.

pāśubaṃdhakaḥ A sacrifice. --kā The sacrificial altar.

pāścātya a. [paścādbhavaḥ tyak]
     (1) Hinder.
     (2) Western; R. 4. 62.
     (3) Posterior, later.
     (4) Subsequent. --tyaṃ The hinder part.

pāśyā See under pāśa.

pāṣaṃḍa a. Impious, heretical. --ḍaḥ A heretic, an unbeliever, a hypocrite; Ms. 5. 90; 9. 225, --ḍaḥ --ḍaṃ Heresy

pāṣaṃḍakaḥ, pāṣaṃḍin m. pākhaṃḍikaḥ A heretic, a religious hypocrite; Y. 1. 130; 2. 70.

pāṣāṇaḥ [pināṣṭi piṣ saṃcūrṇane ānac pṛṣo- Tv.] A stone. --ṇī
     (1) A small stone used as a weight.
     (2) A spear.
     -- Comp.
          --gardabhaḥ a hard swelling on the maxillary joint.
          --caturdaśī N. of a festival on the 14th day of the month of Mārgaśīrṣa, in honour of Gaurī.
          --dārakaḥ, --dāraṇaḥ a stone-cutter's chisel.
          --saṃdhiḥ a cave or chasm in a rock.
          --hṛdaya a. stone-hearted, cruel, relentless.

pāstya a. Ved. Dwelling in a house.

pi 6 P. (piyati) To go, move.

piṃs 1 P., 10 U. (piṃsati, piṃsayatite)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To shine.

pikaḥ The(Indian) cuckoo; kusumaśarāsanaśāsanavaṃdini pikanikare bhaja bhāvaṃ Gīt. 11; or unmīlaṃti kuhūḥ kuhūriti kalottālāḥ pikānāṃ giraḥ Gīt. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --ānaṃdaḥ, --bāṃdhavaḥ the spring.
          --vaṃdhuḥ, --rāgaḥ, --vallabhaḥ the mango tree.

pikkaḥ
     (1) An elephant twenty years old.
     (2) A young elephant in general.

piṃga a. [piṃj-varṇe aṃc nyaṃkva- kutvam] Reddish-brown, tawny, yellow-red. aṃtarniviṣṭāmalapiṃgatāraṃ (vilocanaṃ) Ku. 7. 33. --gaḥ
     (1) The tawny colour.
     (2) A buffalo.
     (2) A rat. --gā
     (1) Turmeric.
     (2) Saffron.
     (3) A kind of yellow pigment.
     (4) An epithet of Durgā.
     (5) A bow-string. --gaṃ A young animal.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. having reddish-brown eyes, redeyed. (
          --kṣaḥ) 1. an ape. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --īkṣaṇaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of fire.
          --kapiśā a species of cock-roach.
          --cakṣus m. a crab.
          --jaṭaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --sāraḥ yellow orpiment.
          --sphaṭikaḥ 'yellow crystal', a kind of gem (gomeda).

piṃgala a. [piṃga-sidhmā- lac, piṃgaṃ lāti, lā-ka vā Tv.] Reddish-brown, yellowish, brown, tawny; R. 12. 71; Ms. 3. 8. --laḥ
     (1) The tawny colour.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) A monkey.
     (4) An ichneumon.
     (5) A small owl.
     (6) A kind of snake.
     (7) N. of an attendant on the sun.
     (8) N. of one of Kubera's treasures.
     (9) N. of a reputed sage, the father of Sanskrit prosody, his work being known as pigalacchaṃdaḥśāstra; chaṃdojñānānaṃdhiṃ jaghāna makaro velātaṭe piṃgalaṃ Pt. 2. 33. --laṃ
     (1) Brass.
     (2) Yellow orpiment. --lā
     (1) A kind of owl.
     (2) The Śiśu tree (śiṃśapā).
     (3) A kind of metal.
     (4) A particular vessel of the body.
     (5) The female elephant of the south
     (6) N. of a courtezan who became remarkable for her piety and virtuous life; (the Bhāgavata mentions how she and Ajamīla were delivered from the trammels of the world).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --lauhaṃ brass.

piṃgalikā
     (1) A kind of crane.
     (2) A kind of owl.

piṃgalita a. Made reddish-brown, become tawny.

piṃgāśaḥ
     (1) The headman or proprietor of a village.
     (2) A kind of fish. --śaṃ Virgin gold. --śī The Indigo plant.

picaṃḍaḥ --ḍaṃ, piciṃḍaḥ --ḍam
     (1) The belly.
     (2) A limb of an animal.

picaḍakaḥ A glutton (audarika).

picaṃ(ciṃ)ḍin -(ka, --la) a. Bigbellied, corpulent.

piciḍikā
     (1) The calf of the leg.
     (2) The instep; (also picaṃḍikā in these senses.).

picuḥ [pac-u pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) Cotton.
     (2) A kind of weight, a Karsha (equal to two tolas).
     (3) A kind of leprosy.
     (4) A kind of grain.
     -- Comp.
          --tūlaṃ cotton.
          --maṃdaḥ, --mardaḥ the Nimba tree; Śi. 5. 66.

picavyaḥ The cotton plant.

piculaḥ
     (1) Cotton.
     (2) A kind of cormorant or sea-crow.

picc 10 U. (piccayati-te) To cut, divide.

piccaṭa a. Pressed flat. --ṭaḥ Inflammation of the eyes, ophthalmia. --ṭaṃ
     (1) Tin.
     (2) Lead.

piccā A string of 16 pearls weighing a dharana (a particular measure of pearls).

picciṭa a. Pressed flat.

picch I. 6 P. (picchati)
     (1) To torment, trouble. afflict.
     (2) To hinder, obstruct. --II. 10 U. To cut, divide.

piccham [picch-ac]
     (1) A feather of a tail (as of a peacock).
     (2) The tail of a peacock; Śi. 4. 50.
     (3) The feathers of an arrow.
     (4) A wing.
     (5) A crest. --cchaḥ A tail in general. --cchā
     (1) A sheath, covering, coat.
     (2) The scum of boiled rice.
     (3) A row, line.
     (4) A heap, multitude.
     (5) The gum or exudation of the silk-cotton tree.
     (6) A plantain.
     (7) An armour.
     (8) The calf of the leg.
     (9) The venomous saliva of a snake. (10) A betel-nut.
     (11) A diseased affection of a horse's feet.
     -- Comp.
          --bāṇaḥ a hawk.

picchakaḥ (At the end of comp.) A feather of a tail.

picchala a. Slimy, slippery.

picchakā The feathers of a pea cock's tail tied in a burch, a feather-brush (used by conjurors &c.).

picchila a. [picch-bā- ila]
     (1) Slimy, lubricous, slippery, smeary; taruṇaṃ sarṣapaśākaṃ navaudanaṃ picchilāni ca dadhīni Chand. M. 1.
     (2) Having a tail. --laḥ --lā, --laṃ
     (1) The scum of boiled rice (bhaktamaṃḍa).
     (2) Sauce mixed with rice-gruel.
     (3) Curds with cream on the surface.
     (4) Broth, soup.
     (5) Moist split pulse.
     -- Comp.
          --tvac m. the orange tree or its peel.

piṃccham = piccha q. v.

piṃj I. 2 A. (piṃkte)
     (1) To tinge dye.
     (2) To touch.
     (3) To adore.
     (4) To sound.
     (5) To join. --II. 10 U. (piṃjayati-te)
     (1) To give.
     (2) To take.
     (3) To shine.
     (4) To be strong or powerful.
     (5) To live, dwell.
     (6) To hurt, injure, kill.
     (7) To speak.
     (8) To send forth a sound.

piṃja a. Confused, disturbed in mind. --jaḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) A species of camphor.
     (3) Killing, slaughter.
     (4) A heap, collection. --jaṃ Strength, power. --jā
     (1) Injury, hurting
     (2) Turmeric.
     (3) Cotton.
     (4) A switch.

piṃjaṭaḥ The mucus or excretion of the eyes.

piṃjanam A bow-shaped instrument used for cleaning cotton.

piṃjara a. [piṃj-arac] Reddishyellow, tawny, gold-coloured; śikhā pradīpasya suvarṇapiṃjarā Mk. 3. 17; R. 18. 40. --raḥ
     (1) The reddish-yellow or tawny-brown colour.
     (2) The yellow colour. --raṃ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) Yellow orpiment.
     (3) A skeleton.
     (4) A cage (for paṃjara).
     (5) The ribs or the cavity formed by them, the thorax.

piṃjarakam Orpiment.

piṃjarita a. Coloured yellow, tinged brown.

piṃjala a. [piṃj kalac]
     (1) Overcome with grief or terror, extremely confounded or perplexed.
     (2) Panic-struck (as an army). --laṃ
     (1) Yellow orpiment.
     (2) The leaf of the Kuśa grass. --lī Two blades of Kuśa grass used in holding certain articles at a sacrifice.

piṃjālam Gold.

piṃjikā A roll of cotton from which threads are spun.

piṃjalam Ved.
     (1) A bundle of grass.
     (2) The wick of a lamp.

piṃjūṣaḥ The wax of the ear(karṇamala).

piṃjeṭaḥ The excretion or mucus of the eyes.

piṃjolā The rustling of leaves, rustling noise of leaves.

piṭ 1 P. (peṭati)
     (1) To collect or heap together.
     (2) To sound.

piṭaḥ A box basket. --ṭaṃ
     (1) A house, hovel.
     (2) A roof.

piṭakaḥ --kam 1 A box, basket.
     (2) A granary.
     (3) A pimple, pustule, small boil or ulcer; (also piṭakā or piṭikā in this sense); tataḥ gaṃḍasyopī piṭakā saṃvṛttā S. 2.
     (4) A kind of ornament on the banner of Indra.
     (5) A collection of writings. as vinayapiṭakaṃ. --kā A small boil or pimple.

piṭakyā A multitude of boxes.

piṭākaḥ A basket, box.

piṭṭakam The tartar of the teeth (daṃtakiṭṭa).

piṭh 1 P. (peṭhati)
     (1) To hurt, injure.
     (2) To feel pain, suffer.

piṭhaḥ Affliction, distress.

piṭharaḥ --ram A pot, pan, boiler (also piṭharī in this sense); piṭharaṃ kvathadatimātraṃ nijapārśvāneva dahatitarāṃ Pt. 1. 324; jaṭharīpaṭharī duṣpūreyaṃ karoti viḍaṃbanāṃ Bh. 3. 116. --ra A churning-stick. --raḥ An addition to a building shaped like a hollow vessel.

piṭharakaḥ --kam A pot, pan.
     -- Comp.
          --kapālaḥ --laṃ a pot-sherd.

piḍakaḥ --kā A small boil, pimple, pustule.

piṃḍ 1 A., 10 U. (piṃḍate, piṃḍayatite; piṃḍita)
     (1) To roll into a lump or ball, put together.
     (2) To join, unite.
     (3) To heap or accumulate.

piṃḍa a. (ḍī f.) [piṃḍ-ac]
     (1) Solid (ghana).
     (2) Compact, dense, close. --ḍaḥ --ḍaṃ
     (1) A round mass, ball, globe; as in ayaḥpiṃḍaḥ netrapiṃḍaḥ &c.
     (2) A lump, clod (of earth &c.).
     (3) A round lump of food, morsel, mouthful; R. 2. 59.
     (4) A ball or lump of rice offered to the Manes at obsequial ceremonies or Śraddhas; R. 1. 66; 8. 26; Ms. 3. 216; 9. 132, 136, 140; Y. 1. 159.
     (5) Food in general; saphalīkṛtabhartṛpiṃḍaḥ M. 5 'who was true to his master's salt'.
     (6) Livelihood, sustenance, subsistence; Mu. 3. 14.
     (7) Alms; piṃḍapātavelā Māl. 2.
     (8) Flesh, meat.
     (9) The foetus or embryo in an early stage of gestation. (10) The body, corporeal frame; ekāṃtavidhvaṃsiṣu madvidhānāṃ piṃḍeṣvanāsthā khalu bhautikeṣu R. 2. 57.
     (11) A heap, collection, multitude.
     (12) The calf of the leg; Māl. 5. 16.
     (13) A round button
     (14) Anything round, thick, gross or solid.
     (15) An object in general.
     (16) A particular part of a house.
     (17) (In astr.) A sine expressed in numbers.
     (18) The twenty fourth part of the quadrant of a circle.
     (19) The frontal sinus of an elephant or its projection. (20) A portico or shed in front of the door.
     (21) Incense. frank-incense.
     (22) (In arith.) Sum, total, amount.
     (23) (In geom.) Thickness. --ḍaṃ 1 Power, strength, might.
     (2) Iron.
     (3) Fresh butter.
     (4) An army.
     -- Comp.
          --anvāhārya a. to be eaten after the funeral rice-ball has been offered to the Manes; Ms. 3. 122.
          --anvāhāryakaṃ a meal in honour of the Manes.
          --abhraṃ hail.
          --ayasaṃ steel.
          --alaktakaḥ a red dye.
          --aśanaḥ, --āśaḥ, --āśakaḥ, --āśin m. a beggar.
          --udakakriyā an oblation of obsequial rice-balls and water to the deceased.
          --uddharaṇaṃ participating in funeral offerings.
          --gosaḥ gum myrrh.
          --tailaṃ, --tailakaḥ incense.
          --da a. 1. one who gives food, one who supplies with bread or with any other means of subsistence; śvā piṃḍadasya kurute gajapuṃgavastu dhīraṃ vilokayati cāṭuśataiśca bhuṃkte Bh. 2. 31. --2. one who is qualified to give the funeral rice-balls to deceased ancestors; Y. 2. 132. (
          --daḥ) 1. the nearest male relation who offers the funeral rice-ball. --2. a master, patron.
          --dānaṃ 1. presentation of the obsequial rice-balls. --2. the funeral oblation made to deceased ancestors on the day of new-moon.
          --nirvapaṇaṃ presenting obsequial rice-balls to the Manes.
          --pātaḥ giving alms; Māl. 1.
          --pātikaḥ one who lives on alms.
          --pādaḥ, -pādyaḥ an elephant.
          --puṣpaḥ 1. the Aśoka tree. --2. the China rose. --3. the pomegranate. (
          --ṣpaṃ) 1. the blossom of the Aśoka tree. --2. the flower of the China-rose. --3. a lotus.
          --bhāj a. receiving or entitled to a share in the funeral rice-ball. (--m. pl.) the deceased ancestors or Manes; aho duṣyaṃtasya saṃśayamārūḍhāḥ piṃḍabhājaḥ S. 6.
          --bhṛtiḥ f. livelihood, means of subsistence.
          --mūlaṃ, --mūlakaṃ a carrot.
          --yajñaḥ the presentation of the obsequial rice-balls to the deceased ancestors; Y. 3. 16.
          --lepaḥ fragments of the obsequial riceballs which cling to the hand, (these are presented to the three ancestors immediately preceding the great-grandfather).
          --lopaḥ 1. interruption in offering the funeral rice-balls (as the failure of issue). --2. neglect in offering the funeral rice-balls (to the deceased ancestors).
          --saṃbaṃdhaḥ relationship between a living person and one deceased such as is sufficiently near to qualify the former to offer the obsequial rice-ball to the latter.

piṃḍakaḥ --kam
     (1) A lump, ball, globe.
     (2) A round swelling or protuberance.
     (3) A lump of food.
     (4) The calf of the leg.
     (5) Incense.
     (6) Carrot.
     (7) (In astr.) A sine expressed in numbers. --kaḥ A goblin, demon.

piṃḍanam Forming globes. --naḥ A mound or bank.

piṃḍalaḥ
     (1) A bridge, cause-way.
     (2) A mound, ridge.

piṃḍasaḥ A beggar, a mendicant living on alms.

piṃḍātaḥ Incense.

piṃḍāraḥ
     (1) A religious mendicant or beggar.
     (2) A cow-herd.
     (3) A buffalo-herdsman.
     (4) The Vikankata tree.
     (5) An expression of censure.

piṃḍiḥ --ḍī f. 1 A round mass, ball.
     (2) The nave of a wheel.
     (3) The calf of the leg.
     (4) The Aśoka tree.
     (5) The long gourd (alābu).
     (6) A house.
     (7) A species of palm.
     (8) A stool or seat.
     (9) A pedestal for the image of a deity.
     -- Comp.
          --puṣpaḥ the Aśoka tree.
          --lepaḥ a kind of unguent.
          --śūraḥ 'brave in the house,' or 'a cake-hero', a braggart, cowardly boaster, poltroon, cotquean; cf. gehenardin, gehesūra &c.

piṃḍikā
     (1) A round or fleshy swelling.
     (2) The calf of the leg &c.; see piṃḍi above.

piṃḍita a. [piṃḍ-kta]
     (1) Pressed or rolled into a ball or lump.
     (2) Thick. lumpish.
     (3) Heaped together, collected: eṣa piṃḍitārthaḥ M. 1 'this is the meaning on the whole'.
     (4) Mixed with.
     (5) Added, multi plied.
     (6) Counted, numbered. --taḥ Incense.

piṃḍin a.
     (1) Receiving the funeral rice-balls (as ancestors).
     (2) Having a body. --m.
     (1) A beggar.
     (2) One who offers funeral rice-balls to the Manes.

piṃḍila a.
     (1) Having large calves.
     (2) Skilled in calculations. --laḥ
     (1) A bridge, cause-way, mound.
     (2) An astronomer, a calculator of nativities.

piṃḍīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make into a lump, press together, unite.
     (2) To concentrate.
     (3) To identify with.

piṃḍībhū 1 P. To be made into a ball or lump, become solid.

piṃḍīra a. Sapless, insipid, arid, dry. --raḥ
     (1) The pomegranate tree
     (2) Cuttle-fish-bone.
     (3) Foam of the sea; cf. ḍiṃḍīra.

piṃḍoliḥ f. Fragments dropped from the mouth, offal, leavings of a meal.

piṇyākaḥ --kam
     (1) Oil-cake.
     (2) Incense.
     (3) Saffron.
     (4) Asa Foeaida.
     (5) Residue of seeds ground for oil; Pt. 3. 99.

pitāmahaḥ (hī f.)
     (1) A paternal grandfather.
     (2) An epithet of Brahman. --hāḥ (pl.) The Manes.

pitṛ m. [pāti rakṣati, pā-tṛc ni-] A father; tenāsa lokaḥ pitṛmān vinetrā R. 14. 23; 1. 24; 11. 67. --rau (dual) Parents, father and mother; jagataḥ pitarau vaṃde pārvatīparameśvarau R. 1. 1; Y. 2. 117. --raḥ (pl.) 1 Fore-fathers, ancestors, fathers; S. 6. 24.
     (2) Paternal ancestors taken collectively; Ms. 2. 151.
     (3) The Manes; R. 2. 16; 3. 20; Bg. 10. 29: Ms. 3. 81; 192.
     -- Comp.
          --arjita a. acquired by a father, paternal (as property.)
          --karman n.,
          --kāryaṃ, --kṛtyaṃ, kriyā oblations or sacrifice offered to deceased ancestors, obsequial rites: Ms. 3. 252.
          --kalpaḥ performance of the Śrāddha ceremony in honor of the Manes.
          --kānanaṃ a cemetery; R. 11. 16.
          --kulyā N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountain.
          --gaṇaḥ 1. the whole body of ancestors taken collectively. --2. a class of Manes or deceased progenitors who were sons of the Prajāpati; see Ms. 3. 194-195.
          --gaṇā N. of Durgā.
          --gātin a. devolving on, or belonging to, a father.
          --gṛhaṃ 1. a paternal mansion. --2. a cemetery, burial-ground.
          --ghātakaḥ, ghātin m. a parricide.
          --tarpaṇaṃ 1. an oblation to the Manes. --2. the act of throwing water out of the right hand (as at the time of ablutions) as an offering to the Manes or deceased ancestors; Ms. 2. 176. --3. sesamum. --4. gifts given at Śrāddhas or funeral rites. --5. the part of the hand between the thumb and the fore finger (sacred to the Manes.).
          --tithiḥ f. the day of new-moon (amāvāsya). --tīrthaṃ 1. N. of the place called Gayā where the performance of funeral rites, such as Śrāddhas in honour of the Manes, is held to be particularly meritorious. --2. the part of the hand be tween the fore-finger and the thumb (considered to be sacred to the Manes).
          --datta a. given by a father (as a woman's peculiar property).
          --dānaṃ an offering to the Manes
          --dāyaḥ patrimony.
          --dinaṃ the day of new-moon (amāvāsyā). --deva a 1. worshipping a father. --2. relating to the worship of the Manes (
          --vāḥ) the divine Manes.
          --devata a 1. presided over by the Manes.
     (2) relating to the worship of the Manes. (--taṃ) N. of the tenth lunar mansion (maghā). --daivatya a. belonging to the worship of the Manes. (--tyaṃ) a sacrifice offered to the Manes on the day called aṣṭakā. --dravyaṃ patrimony; Y. 2. 118. --pakṣaḥ 1. the paternal side, paternal relationship. --2. a relative by the father's side. --3. 'the fortnight of the Manes', N of the dark half of Bhādrapada which is particularly appointed for the celebration of obsequial rites to the Manes. --patiḥ an epithet of Yama. --padaṃ the world of the Manes. --pitṛ m. a paternal grandfather. --putrau (pitāputrau dual) father and son. (pituḥ putraḥ means 'the son of a wellknown and renowned father'). --pūtanaṃ worship of the Manes. --paitāmaha a. (hīṃ f.) inherited from ancestors, ancestral, hereditary. (--hāḥ pl.) ancestors. --prasūḥ f. 1. a paternal grandmother. --2. evening twilight. --prāpta a. 1. inherited from a father. --2. inherited patrimonially. --baṃdhu a kinsman by the father's side; they are: --pituḥ pituḥsvasuḥ putrāḥ piturmārtuḥsvasaḥ sutāḥ . piturmatulaputraśca vinjñeyāḥ pitṛbaṃdhavaḥ .. (dhu n.) relationship by the father's side. --bhakta a. dutifully attached to a father. --bhaktiḥ f. filial duty, --bhojanaṃ food offered to the Manes. --bhrātṛ m, a father's brother, paternal uncle. --maṃdiraṃ 1. a paternal mansion. --2. a cemetery. --medhaḥ a sacrifice offered to the Manes, obsequial offerings. --yajñaḥ 1. obsequial offerings. --2. offering libations of water every day to the deceased ancestors; it is one of the five daily Yajṇas enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; pimṛyajñātu tarpaṇaṃ Ms. 3. 10; also 122, 283. --yānaṃ the the way of the Manes (to their world). --rāj m, --rājaḥ, --rājan m. an epithet of Yama. --rūpaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --lokaḥ the world of the Manes. --vaṃśaḥ the paternal family. --vanaṃ a cemetery. (pitṛvanecaraḥ 1. a demon, goblin. --2. an epithet of Śiva). --vasatiḥ f. --sadman n. a cemetery; Ku. 5. 77. --vrataḥ a worshipper of the Manes. (--taṃ) obsequial rites --śrāddhaṃ obsequial rites in honour of a father or deceased ancestor. --svasṛ f. (also pitṛṣvasṛ as well as pituḥ svasṛ or pituḥṣvasṛ) a father's sister; Ms. 2. 131. --ṣvasīyaḥ a paternal aunt's son. --saṃnibha a. fatherly, paternal. --sūḥ 1. a paternal grandmother. --2. evening twilight, --sthānaḥ, --sthānīyaḥ a guardian (who is in the place of a father). --hatyā parricide. --han m. a parricide. --hū m. the right ear; pitṛhūrdakṣiṇaḥ karṇa uttaro devahūḥ smṛtaḥ.

pitṛka a.
     (1) Paternal, ancestral, hereditary.
     (2) Obsequial.

pitṛmat a.
     (1) Having a father.
     (2) Having an illustrious father.
     (3) Accompanied by or connected with the Manes.
     (4) Mentioning the Manes.

pitṛvata a. Having a father living. --ind. Like a father or the Manes.

pitṛvyaḥ
     (1) A father's brother, paternal uncle.
     (2) Any elderly male relation: Ms. 2. 130.

pittam Bile, one of the three humours of the body (the other two being vāta and kapa). pittaṃ yadi śarkarayā śāmyati korthaḥ paṭolena Pt. 1. 378.
     -- Comp.
          --atī raḥ a bilious form of diarrhoea.
          --abhiṣyadaḥ a bilious form of ophthaimia.
          --ariḥ N. of several plants lakṣa, varvara &c.
          --upahata a. affected by bile; paśyati pittopahataḥ śaśiśubhraṃ śaṃkhamapi pītaṃ K. P. 10.
          --koṣaḥ the gall-bladder.
          --kṣobhaḥ excess or derangement of the bilious humour.
          --gadin a. bilious, affected by bile
          --jvaraḥ a bilious fever.
          --prakṛti a. of a bilious or choleric temperament.
          --prakopaḥ excess and vitiation of the bilious humour.
          --raktaṃ plethora
          --vāyuḥ flatulence caused by the excess and vitiation of the bilious humour.
          --vidagdha a. impaired by bile.
          --śamana, --hara a. antibilious.

pittala a. Bilious. --laṃ
     (1) Brass.
     (2) A species of birch tree.

pitrya a. [pituridaṃ priyaṃ vā pitṛta āgataṃ vā yat]
     (1) Paternal, patrimonial, ancestral.
     (2)
          (a) Relating or sacred to the deceased ancestors; Ms. 2 59.
          (b) Obsequial. --tryaḥ
     (1) The eldest brother.
     (2) The month of Māgha. --tryā
     (1) The constellation called Maghā.
     (2) The day of full as well as new moon. --tryaṃ
     (1) The lunar mansion called Maghā.
     (2) The part of the hand between the fore-finger and the thumb (sacred to the Manes).

pitsat m. A bird.

pitsalaḥ A road, path.

pidhā 3 U. See under dhā.

pidhānam
     (1) Covering, concealing.
     (2) A sheath.
     (3) A wrapper, cloak.
     (4) A lid or top.

pidhānakam
     (1) A sheath, scabbard.
     (2) A lid.

pidhāyaka a. Covering, hiding, concealing.

pihita p. p.
     (1) Shut, closed, barred.
     (2) Covered, concealed, hidden.
     (3) Filled or covered with; see apihita also. --taṃ A figure of speech which consists in insinuating to a person that one knows his secrets.

pinah 4 U.
     (1) To fasten, gird round, bind; atipinaddhena valkalena S 1; maṃdāramālā hariṇā pinaddhā S. 7. 2.
     (2) To put on, wear; Bk. 3. 47.
     (3) To cover, envelop; kusupamiva pinaddhaṃ pāṃḍupatrodareṇa S. 1. 19.

pinaddha p. p. 1 Fastened, tied or put on.
     (2) Dressed.
     (3) Hid, concealed.
     (4) Pierced, penetrated.
     (5) Wrapped, covered, enveloped.

pinākaḥ --kam [pā rakṣaṇe ākan nuṭ dhātorāta itvam Uṇ. 4. 15]
     (1) The bow of Śiva.
     (2) A trident.
     (3) A bow in general.
     (4) A staff or stick.
     (5) A shower of dust.
     -- Comp.
          --goptṛdhṛk, --dhṛt, pāṇi m. epithets of Śiva; Ku. 3. 10.

pinākin m. An epithet of Śiva; Ku. 5. 77; S. 1. 6.

pinv 1 U. (pinvati-te)
     (1) To cause to swell or overflow.
     (2) To wet, moisten.
     (3) To emit, discharge, pour forth.
     (4) (Atm.) To swell, overflow.

pipatiṣat m. A bird.

pipatiṣu a. Being about to fall. --ṣuḥ A bird.

pipāsā Thirst.

pipāsita, pipāsin, pipāsu a. Thirsty.

pipītakī The twelth day of the light half of Vaiśākha.

pipaliḥ, pipīlī An ant.

pipīlikaḥ A large black ant.

pipīlikaḥ An ant. --kaṃ A kind of gold (said to be collected by ants).

piṇītivā A female ant.
     -- Comp.
          --parisarpaṇaṃ the running about of ants.

pippalaḥ 1 The holy fig-tree; Y. 1. 302.
     (2) A nipple.
     (3) The sleeve of a jacket or coat.
     (4) A bird kept free (not confined in a cage). --laṃ 1 A berry in general.
     (2) A berry of the holy fig-tree.
     (3) Sensual enjoyment.
     (4) Water.

pippaliḥ --lī f. Long pepper.

pippakā The tartar of the teeth.

pipluḥ A mark, mole, freckle.

piyālaḥ N. of a tree; Ku. 3. 31. --laṃ The fruit of this tree.

pila 10 U. (pelayati-te)
     (1) To throw, cast.
     (2) To send, direct.
     (3) To incite, prompt.

piluḥ See pīlu.

pilla a. Blear-eyed. --llaṃ A bleared eye.

pillakā A female elephant.

piś 6 U. (piṃśati-te) To shape, fashion, form.
     (2) To be organised.
     (3) To light, irradiate.
     (4) To be reduced to one's constituent parts
     (5) Ved. To adorn, decorate,
     (6) To make ready, prepare.

piśa a. 1 Free from sin.
     (2) Multiform.

piśaṃga a. [piś --aṃgac kicca] Reddish-brown, reddish, of a tawny colour; madhyasamudraṃ kakubhaḥ piśaṃgīḥ Śi. 3. 33; 1. 6; Ki. 4. 36. --gaḥ The tawny colour.

piśaṃgakaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu or his attendant.

piśaṃgin a. Brown, tawny.

piśaṃgilā Bell-metal.

piśācaḥ [piśitamācāmati, ā + cam bā- ḍa pṛṣo-] A fiend, goblin, devil, spirit, malevolent being; nanvāśvāsitaḥ piśācopi bhojanena V. 2; Ms. 1. 37; 12. 44.
     -- Comp.
          --ālayaḥ phosphorescence.
          --druḥ a kind of tree.
          --bādhā --saṃcāraḥ demoniacal possession.
          --bhāṣā 'the language of devils', a gibberish or corruption of Sanskrit, one of the lowest Prākṛta dialects used in plays.
          --sabhaṃ 1. an assemblage of fiends. --2. pandemonium, the hall of their assembly.

piśācakin m. An epithet of Kubera, the god of wealth.

piśāciḥ Ved. = piśāca q. v.

piśācikā
     (1) A she-demon, a femaleimp.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Devilish or diabolical fondness for a thing; kimanayā āyudhapiśācikayā Mv. 3 'devilish fondness for fighting'; (piśācī is used in the same sense; tasya khalviyaṃ yāvajjīvamāyudhapiśācī na hṛdayādapakrāmati B. R. 4; or kiyacciramiyamatināṭayiṣyati bhavaṃtamāyudhapiśācī A. R. 4.)

piśitam [piś-kta; Uṇ. 3. 95]
     (1) Flesh; kutrāpi nāpi khalu hā piśitasya leśaḥ Bv. 1. 105; R. 7. 50.
     (2) A small piece or part.
     -- Comp.
          --aśanaḥ, -āśaḥ, -āśin. -bhuj m. 1. flesh-eater, a demon, goblin; (chāyāḥ) saṃdhyāpayodakapiśāḥ piśitāśanānāṃ caraṃti S. 3. 27. --2. a man-eater, cannibal. --3. a wolf.

piśuna a. [piś-unac kicca; Uṇ. 3. 55]
     (1)
          (a) Indicating, manifesting, evincing, displaying, indicative of; śatrūṇāmaniśaṃ vināśapiśunaḥ Śi. 1. 75; tulyānurāgapiśunaṃ V. 2. 14; R. 1. 53; Amaru. 97.
          (b) Memorable for, commemorating; kṣetraṃ kṣatrapradhanapiśunaṃ kauravaṃ tadbhajethāḥ Me. 48.
     (2) Slanderous, back-biting, calumniating; piśunajanaṃ khalu bibhrati kṣitīṃdrāḥ Bv. 1. 74.
     (3) Betraying, treacherous.
     (4) Harsh, cruel, unkind.
     (5) Wicked, malicious, malignant.
     (6) Low, vile, contemptible.
     (7) Foolish, stupid. --naḥ
     (1) A slanderer, back-biter, tale-bearer, base informer, traitor, calumniator; H. 1. 135, Pt. 1. 304; Ms. 3. 161.
     (2) Cotton.
     (3) An epithet of Nārada.
     (4) A crow.
     (5) N. of a goblin (said to be dangerous to pregnant women). --naṃ
     (1) Betraying.
     (2) Saffron.
     -- Comp.
          --vacanaṃ, --vākyaṃ slander, detraction, calumny.

piśunayati Den. P. To indicate, show; piśunayati rathaste śīkaraklinnanemiḥ S. 7. 7.

piśīlaṃ --lakam Ved. An earthern vessel.

piṣ I. 7 P. (pinaṣṭi, piṣṭa)
     (1) To pound, grind, pulverize, crush; athavā bhavataḥ pravartanā na kathaṃ piṣṭamiyaṃ pinaṣṭi naḥ N. 2. 61; 13. 19; māṣapeṣaṃ pipeṣa Mv. 6. 45; Bk. 6. 37; 12. 18; Bv. 1. 12.
     (2) To hurt, injure, destroy, kill (with gen.); krameṇa peṣṭuṃ bhuvanadviṣāmasi Śi. 1. 40. --Caus.
     (1) To grind, pound.
     (2) To hurt, injure.
     (3) To give.
     (4) To be strong.
     (5) To dwell. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (peṣati, peṣayati-te) To go, move.

piṣṭa p. p. [piṣ-kta]
     (1) Ground, powdered, crushed; Bv. 1. 12.
     (2) Rubbed together, squeezed or clasped (as the hands).
     (3) Kneaded. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Anything ground, a ground substance.
     (2) Flour, meal; piṣṭaṃ pinaṣṭi 'he grinds flour'; i. e. does a useless work or a profitless repetition.
     (3) Lead.
     -- Comp.
          --udakaṃ water mixed with flour.
          --pacana a pan for parching flour, a boiler &c.
          --paśuḥ an effigy of a beast made with flour.
          --pākabhṛt m. a boiler
          --pācakaṃ a boiler.
          --piṃḍaḥ a cake or ball of flour.
          --pūraḥ see ghṛtapūra--peṣaḥ, --peṣaṇaṃ 'grinding flour'; i. e. doing any useless work, a vain or profitless repetition. -nyāyaḥ see under nyāya. --mehaḥ a variety of diabetes.
          --vartiḥ a kind of small ball made of the flour of barley, pulse or rice.
          --saurabhaḥ (pounded) sandal wood.

piṣṭakaḥ --kam
     (1) A cake made of the flour of any grain.
     (2) A baked cake, bread.
     (3) A disease of the eye, opacity of the cornea. --kaṃ Pounded sesamum-seeds.

piṣṭapaḥ --pam A division of the universe; cf. viṣṭapa.

piṣṭāpaḥ Scented or perfumed powder.

piṣṭikam A cake made of riceflour.

pis I. 1. P. (pesati) To go, move. --II. 10 U. (pesayati-te)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To be strong.
     (3) To dwell.
     (4) To hurt, injure.
     (5) To give or take.

pihita See under pidhā.

pī 4 A. (pīyate) To drink; tava vadanabhavāmṛtaṃ nipīya Mk. 10. 13; N. 1. 1.

pīcam The chin.

pīṭham 1 A seat(a stool, chair, bench, sofa &c.); javena pīṭhādudatiṣṭhadacyutaḥ Śi. 1. 12; R. 4. 84; 6. 15.
     (2) The seat of a religious student made of Kuśa grass.
     (3) The seat of a deity, an altar.
     (4) A pedestal in general, basis.
     (5) A particular posture in sitting.
     (6) (In geometry) The complement of a segment.
     -- Comp.
          --keliḥ a male confidant, a parasite.
          --ga a. lame, crippled
          --garbhaḥ the cavity in the pedestal of an idol.
          --cakraṃ a carriage.
          --nā yikā a girl of fourteen who represents Durga at the festival of that goddess.
          --bhūḥ f. basis, basement.
          --mardaḥ 1. a companion, parasite, one who assists the hero of a drama in great undertakings, e. g. in securing his mistress; so pīṭhamardikā 'a lady who assists the heroine in securing her lover'. --2. a dancing master who instructs courtezans in the art of dancing.
          --sarpa a. lame, crippled.

pīṭhakaḥ, --kam A seat.

pīṭhikā
     (1) A seat(bench, stool).
     (2) A pedestal, base.
     (3) A section or division of a book, as the pūrvapīṭhikā and uttarapīṭhikā of daśakumāracarita.

pīḍ 10 U. (pīḍayati-te, pīḍita)
     (1) To pain, torment, harm, hurt, injure, harass, annoy, molest; nīlaṃ ca pīpiḍaccharaiḥ Bk. 15. 82; Pt. 1. 343; Ms. 4. 67, 238; 7. 29.
     (2) To oppose, resist.
     (3) To besiege (as a city).
     (4) To press or squeeze together, compress, pinch; kaṃṭhe pīḍayan Mk. 8; labheta sikatāsu tailamapi yatnataḥ pīḍayan Bh. 2. 5; daśanapīḍitādharā R. 19. 35.
     (5) To suppress, destroy; Ms. 1. 51.
     (6) To neglect.
     (7) To cover with anything inauspicious.
     (8) To eclipse.
     (9) To overpower. (10) To break, violate.
     (11) To take away, remove.
     (12) To stir, agitate.
     (13) To cover, wrap.

pīḍakaḥ An oppressor.

pīḍanam [pīḍ bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Paining, distressing, oppressing, inflicting pain; Ms. 9. 299; Pt. 1. 345.
     (2)
          (a) Squeezing, pressing; dorvallibaṃdhanibiḍastanapīḍanāni Gīt. 10; daṃtauṣṭhapīḍananakhakṣataraktasiktāṃ Ch. P. 44.
          (b) Pressure; Māl. 9. 38.
     (3) An instrument for pressing.
     (4) Taking, holding, seizing; as in karapīḍana or pāṇipīḍana q. v.
     (5) Laying waste, devastation.
     (6) Threshing corn.
     (7) An eclipse; as in grahapīḍana q. v.
     (8) Suppressing sounds, a fault in the prounciation of vowels.

pīḍā [pīḍ --bhāve bhidā- aṅ]
     (1) Pain, trouble, suffering, annoyance, molestation, agony; āśramapīḍā R 1. 37 'disturbance'; 71; madana-, dāridrya- &c.
     (2) Injury, damage, harm; Bg. 17. 19; Ms. 7. 169.
     (3) Devastation, laying waste.
     (4) Violation, infringement.
     (5) Restriction.
     (6) Pity, compassion.
     (7) Eclipse.
     (8) A chaplet, garland for the head.
     (9) The Sarala tree. (10) A basket,
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. troublesome, painful.
          --karaṇaṃ torturing.

pīḍita p. p. [pīḍ-kta]
     (1) Pained, harassed, tormented, oppressed, pinched.
     (2) Squeezed, pressed, Mu. 2. 12.
     (3) Espoused, held, seized; U. 7. 5.
     (4) Violated, broken.
     (5) Laid waste, devastated.
     (6) Eclipsed.
     (7) Bound, tied --taṃ
     (1) Paining, injuring, harassing.
     (2) A particular mode of sexual enjoyment. --taṃ ind. Fast, closely, firmly.

pīta a. [pā-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Drunk, quaffed; vanāya pītapratibaddhavatsāṃ (gāṃ musoca) R. 2. 1.
     (2) Steeped, soaked in, filled or saturated with
     (3) Absorbed, drunk up, evaporated; Ku. 4. 44.
     (4) Watered, sprinkled with water; pātuṃ na prayama vyavasyati jalaṃ yaṣma svapīteṣu yā S. 4 8
     (5) Yellow; vidyutprabhāracitapītapaṭottarīyaḥ Mk. 5. 2. --taḥ
     (1) Yellow colour.
     (2) Topaz.
     (3) Safflower.
     (4) A yellow pigment prepared from cow's urine. --taṃ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) Yellow orpiment.
     -- Comp.
          --abdhiḥ an epithet of Agastya.
          --aṃbaraḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu; iti nigaditaḥ prītaḥ pītāṃbaropi tathākarot Gīt. 12. --2. an actor. --3 a religious mendicant wearing yellow garments.
          --aruṇa a. yellowish-red. (
          --ṇaḥ) the middle of day-break.
          --aśman m. topaz.
          --kadalī a species of banana (svarṇakadalī). --kaṃdaṃ the carrot.
          --kāveraṃ 1. saffron. --2. brass.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ yellow sanders.
          --gadhaṃ yellow sandal.
          --caṃdanaṃ 1. a species of sandal-wood. --2. saffron. --3. turmeric.
          --caṃpakaḥ a lamp.
          --tuṃḍaḥ a Kāraṇḍava bird.
          --dāru n. a kind of pine or Sarala tree.
          --dugdhā 1. a milch cow. --2. a cow whose milk has been pledged. --3. a cow tied up to be milked.
          --druḥ the Sarala tree.
          --nīla a. green. (
          --laḥ) the green colour.
          --pādā a kind of bird (Mar. mainā). --puṣpaḥ N. of several plants, caṃpaka, karṇikāra &c.
          --maṇiḥ a topaz.
          --mākṣikaṃ a kind of mineral substance
          --mūlakaṃ the carrot.
          --yūthī yellow jasmine.
          --rakta a. yellowish-red, orange-coloured. (
          --ktaṃ) a kind of yellow gem, the topaz.
          --rāgaḥ 1. the yellow colour. --2. wax. --3. the fibres of a lotus.
          --lohaṃ brass.
          --vālukā turmeric.
          --vāsas m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --sāraḥ 1. the topaz. --2. the sandal tree. (
          --raṃ) yellow sandal-wood.
          --sāri n. antimony.
          --skaṃdhaḥ a hog.
          --sphaṭikaḥ the topaz.
          --harita a. yellowishgreen.

pītaka a. Yellow. --kaḥ The Aśoka tree. --kaṃ
     (1) Yellow orpiment.
     (2) Brass.
     (3) Saffron.
     (4) Honey.
     (5) Aloe-wood.
     (6) Sandal-wood
     (7) Yellow sandal.

pītanaḥ
     (1) A species of fig-tree (waved-leaf).
     (2) The hog-plum tree. --naṃ
     (1) Yellow orpiment.
     (2) Saffron.
     (3) The Sarala tree.

pītala a. Yellow. --laḥ The yellow colour. --laṃ Brass.

pītalakam Brass.

pītiḥ A horse. --f.
     (1) Draught, drinking.
     (2) A tavern.
     (3) The proboscis of an elephant.
     (4) Going.
     (5) Protection (Ved.)

pītin m. A horse.

pītikā
     (1) Saffron.
     (2) Turmeric.
     (3) Yellow jasmine.

pītuḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) The chief elephant of a herd.

pīthaḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Time.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) Protection.
     (5) Drink. --thaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Ghee.

pīthiḥ A horse.

pīna a. [pyāy --kta saṃprasāraṇe dīrghaḥ] 1 Fat, fleshy, corpulent; U. 6. 13 'strong'.
     (2) Plump, large, thick; as in pīnastanī.
     (3) Full, round.
     (4) Swollen, large, big.
     (5) Brawny.
     (6) Profuse, excessive.
     -- Comp.
          --ūdhas f (pīnodhnī) a cow with full udders.
          --vakṣas a. full chested, having a full bosom.

pīnasaḥ 1 Cold affecting the nose.
     (2) Cough, catarrh.

pīyuḥ 1 A crow.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) An owl.
     (5) Time.
     (6) Gold.

pīyūṣaḥ --ṣam [pīy --ūṣan, Uṇ. 4. 76] 1 Nectar, ambrosia; manasi vacasi kāye puṇyapīyūrapūrṇāḥ Bh. 2. 78; imāṃ pīyūṣalaharīṃ G. L. 53.
     (2) Milk in general.
     (3) The milk of a cow during the first seven days after calving.
     (4) The first milk given by a cow after calving.
     -- Comp.
          --mahas m,
          --ruciḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --varṣaḥ 1. a shower of nectar. 2. the moon. --3. camphor.

pīl 1 P. (pīlati)
     (1) To check, obstruct, hinder.
     (2) To stop.
     (3) become stupid.

pīlakaḥ The large black ant.

pīluḥ [pīl-u]
     (1) An arrow.
     (2) An atom.
     (3) An insect.
     (4) An elephant.
     (5) The stem of the palm.
     (6) A flower.
     (7) A group of palm trees.
     (8) A kind of tree.
     (9) A heap of bones. (10) The central part of the hand. --lu n. The fruit of the Pīlu tree
     -- Comp.
          --patraḥ the Mūrvā plant.
          --parṇī 1. a kind of drug. --2. N. of two plants.
          --pākavādin m. a Vaiśeṣika (one who maintains the doctrine that heat acts only on the atoms of matter, as of a jar, and not on the whole body).

pīlukaḥ An ant.

pīv 1 P. (pīvati) To be fat or corpulent.

pīva, pīvara, pīvasa a. Fat, corpulent

pīvan a. (pīvarī f.) [pyai-kvanip saṃpra- dīrghaḥ]
     (1) Full, fat, large.
     (2) Stout, strong. --m. Wind.

pīvara a. (rā or rī f.) [pyai-ṣvarac saṃpra- dīrghaḥ]
     (1) Fat, large, stout, fleshy, corpulent; R 3. 8; 5. 65; 19. 32.
     (2) Plump, thick. --raḥ A tortoise. --rī 1 A young woman.
     (2) A cow
     -- Comp.
          --stanī 1. a woman with fat or large breasts. --2. a cow with a large udder.

pīvā Water.

puṃs 10 U. (puṃsayati-te)
     (1) To crush, grind.
     (2) To pain, trouble, punish.

puṃsa m. [pāti pā-pālane ḍumsun Uṇ. 4. 147] (Nom. pumān, pumāṃsau, pumāṃsaḥ; Instr. du. puṃbhyāṃ; Voc. sing. puman)
     (1) A male, male being; puṃsi viśvasiti kutra kumārī N. 5. 110.
     (2) A man, human being; yasyārthāḥ sa pumāṃlloke H. 1.
     (3) Man, mankind, peopl; vaṃdyaiḥ puṃsāṃ raghupatipadaiḥ Me. 12.
     (4) A servant, an attendant.
     (5) A word inthe masculine gender.
     (6) The masculine gender; puṃsi vā haricaṃdanaṃ Ak.
     (7) The soul.
     -- Comp.
          --anuja a. (puṃsānuja) having an elder brother.
          --anujā (pumanujā) a girl born after the male child; i. e. a girl having an elder brother.
          --apatyaṃ (pumapatyaṃ) a male child.
          --arthaḥ (pumarthaḥ) 1. the aim of man. --2. any one of the four ends of human existence; i. e. dharmaṃ, arthaṃ, kāma and mokṣa; see puruṣārtha. --ākhyā (pumākhyā) a designation of a male being.
          --ācāraḥ (pumācāraḥ) a usage of men.
          --kāṃṭaḥ f. a man's hip.
          --kāmā a woman wishing for a husband.
          --kokilaḥ a male cuckoo; Ku. 3. 32.
          --kheṭaḥ (puṃkheṭaḥ) a male plant.
          --gavaḥ (puṃgavaḥ) 1. a bull, an ox. --2. (at the end of comp.) chief, best, most excellent, distinguished or pre-eminent of any class; vālmīkirmunipuṃgavaḥ Rām.; so gajapuṃgavaḥ Bh. 2. 31; narapuṃgavaḥ &c. -ketuḥ an epithet of Śiva; Ku. 7. 77.
          --calaḥ (puṃścalaḥ) an adulterer.
          --calī (puṃścacī) a harlot, an unchaste woman; Y. 1. 162
          --calīyaḥ (puṃścalīyaḥ) the son of a harlot.
          --calū f. (puṃścalū) Ved. a harlot.
          --cihnaṃ (puṃścihna) the characteristic of a male, the membrum virile.
          --janman (puṃjanman) n. the birth of a male child. -karaḥ, -daḥ, -yogaḥ a constellation under which male children are born.
          --dāsaḥ (puṃdāsaḥ) a male slave.
          --dhvajaḥ (puṃ vajaḥ) 1. the male of any species of animal. --2. a mouse.
          --nakṣatraṃ (puṃnakṣatraṃ) a male asterism. --2. an asterism under which male children are born.
          --nāgaḥ (puṃnāgaḥ) 1. 'an elephant among men', a distinguished man. --2. a white elephant. --3. a white lotus. --4. nutmeg. --5. N. of a tree called nāgakeśara; R. 4. 57.
          --nāṭaḥ --ḍaḥ (pu nāṭaḥ --ḍaḥ) N. of a tree.
          --nāmadheyaḥ (puṃnāmadheyaḥ) a male.
          --nāman (puṃnāman) a. holding a masculine name. (--m.) 1. the tree called puṃnāga. --2. N. of a hell.
          --putraḥ a male child.
          --prajananaṃ the male organ of generation.
          --bhūman (puṃbhūman) m. a word of the masculine gender used only in the plural number; dārāḥ puṃbhūmni cākṣatāḥ Ak.
          --yogaḥ (puṃyogaḥ) 1. cohabitation with men. --2. reference to a male or husband; puṃyoge kṣatriyī. --ratnaṃ (puṃratnaṃ) an excellent man.
          --rāśiḥ (puṃrāśiḥ) a male sign of the zodiac.
          --rūpaṃ (puṃrūpaṃ) the form of a man.
          --liṃga a. (puṃliṃga) of the masculine gender, masculine. (
          --gaṃ) 1. masculine gender. --2. virility, manhood. --3. the male organ.
          --vatsaḥ (puṃvatsaḥ) a bull-calf.
          --vṛṣaḥ (puṃvṛṣaḥ) the musk-rat.
          --veṣa a. (puṃveṣa) dressed like a male, clad in male, attire.
          --savana (puṃsavana) a. causing the birth of a male child. (
          --naṃ) the first of the purificatory Samskāras: it is a ceremony performed on a woman's perceiving the first signs of a living conception, with a view to the birth of a son; R. 3. 10. --2. foetus --3. milk

puṃstvam
     (1) The characteristic of a male, virility, potency, masculineness: yatnātpuṃstve parīkṣitaḥ Y. 1. 55; kulālapitṛtvaṃ ca kulālajanakapuṃstvaṃ Tarka K.
     (2) Semen virile.
     (3) The masculine gender.

puṃvat ind.
     (1) Like a man; R. 6. 20.
     (2) In the masculine gender.

pukkaśa a. (śī f.), pukkasa a. (sī f.) Low, vile. --śaḥ, --saḥ N. of a degraded mixed caste, the offspring of a Niṣāda by a Śūdra woman; jāto niṣādācchūdrāyāṃ jātyā bhavati pukkasaḥ Ms. 10. 18. --śī, --sī
     (1) A bud.
     (2) The indigo plant.
     (3) A woman of the Pukkasa caste.

pukkaśaka a. Low, vile. --kaḥ A man of the Pukkasa tribe.

puṃkhaḥ --kham [pumāṃsaṃ khanadi, khaṇ-ḍa] 1 The feathered part of an arrow; R. 2. 31; 3. 64; 9. 61.
     (2) A falcon, heron.

puṃkhita a. Furnished with feathers (as an arrow).

puṃgaḥ, --gam A heap, collection, mul itude.

puṃgalaḥ The soul.

pucchaḥ --ccham 1 A tail in general; paścātpacchaṃ vahati vipulaṃ U. 4 27.
     (2) A hairy tail.
     (3) A peacock's tail
     (4) The hinder part.
     (5) The end of anything.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ, --mūlaṃ the tip of the tail.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ a scorpion.
          --jāhaṃ the root of the tail.

pucchin a. Having a tail. --m.
     (1) A cock.
     (2) The Arka plant.

pucchaṭiḥ --ṭī f. Cracking the fingers (choṭikā).

puṃjaḥ A heap, multitude, quantity, mass, collection; kṣīrodaveleva saphenapuṃjā Ku. 7. 26; pratyudga cchati mūrcchati sthiratamaḥ puṃje nikuṃje priyaḥ Gīt. 11.

puṃjayati Den. P., puṃjīkṛ 8 U. To heap, collect together.

puṃjiḥ f. A heap, quantity, mass.
     -- Comp.
          --ṣṭha a. heaped. (
          --ṣṭhaḥ) Ved. 1. a fisherman. --2. a bird-catcher.

puṃtikaḥ Hail.

puṃjita a. 1 Heaped, collected, heaped together; U. 5. 14.
     (2) Pressed together.

puṭ I. 6 P. (paṭati)
     (1) To embrace, clasp.
     (2) To intertwine. --II. 10 U. (puṭayati-te)
     (1) To be in contact with.
     (2) To bind together, fasten.
     (3) (poṭayati-te)
          (a) To grind, reduce to powder.
          (b) To speak.
          (c) To shine. --III. 1 P. (poṭati)
     (1) To grind.
     (2) To rub.

puṭaḥ --ṭam [puṭ-ka]
     (1) A fold.
     (2) A hollow space, cavity, concavity; bhinnapallavapuṭo vana nilaḥ R. 9. 68, 11. 23; 17. 12; M. 3. 9; aṃjalipaṭa, nāsāpuṭa, karṇapuṭa &c.
     (3) A cup made of a leaf folded or doubled; a vessel of leaves; dugdhvā payaḥ patrapuṭe madīyaṃ R. 2. 65: Ms. 6. -8.
     (6) Any shallow receptacle.
     (5) The pod or capsule which envelops young shoots.
     (6) A sheath, cover, covering.
     (7) An eyelid. (puṭī also in all these senses)
     (8) A horse's hoof. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A casket.
     (2) The contracting of anything.
     (3) A folding of anything so as to form a cup. --ṭaṃ
     (1) A nutmeg.
     (2) Two vessels joined together for medical purposes.
     -- Comp.
          --uṭajaṃ a white umbrella.
          --udakaḥ a cocoa-nut.
          --grīvaḥ 1. a pot, jar, pitcher. --2. a copper-vessel.
          --pākaḥ 1. a particular method of preparing drugs, in which the various ingredients are wrapped up in leaves, and being covered with clay are roasted in the fire: anirbhinno gabhīratvādaṃtargūḍhaghanavyathaḥ . puṭapākapratīkāśo rāmasya karuṇo rasaḥ U. 3. 1. --2. digesting. --3. subliming.
          --bhedaḥ 1 a town, city. --2. a kind of musical instrument (a todya). --3. 'parting of the eyelids', opening; U. 6. 3. --4. a whirl-pool or eddy.
          --bhedanaṃ a town, city; Śi. 13. 26.

puṭakam
     (1) A fold.
     (2) Any shallow cup or cavity.
     (3) A vessel made of a leaf.
     (4) A lotus.
     (5) Nutmeg.

puṭīkanī
     (1) A lotus.
     (2) A group of lotuses.

puṭikā Cardamoms.

puṭita a.
     (1) Rubbed, ground.
     (2) Contracted.
     (3) Stitched, sewn.
     (4) Split. --taṃ The hollow of the hands.

puṭī A small piece of cloth worn over the privities; (for other senses see puṭa).

puṭṭ 10 U. (puṭṭayati-ta)
     (1) To become small, decrease, diminish.
     (2) To be low or shallow.
     (3) To disregard, disrespect.

puḍ 6 P.
     (1) To leave, quit, abandon.
     (2) To dismiss.
     (3) To emit, send forth
     (4) To discover.

puṇ 6 P. (puṇati) To be virtuous or holy, act in a virtuous manner.

puṃṭ 10 U. (puṃṭayati-te)
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To speak.

puṃḍ 1 P. (puṃḍati) To grind, reduce to powder, pound.

puḍaḥ A sign, mark.

puṃḍarīkam
     (1) A lotus-flower, especially a white lotus: U. 6. 12, 29; Māl. 9. 14.
     (2) A white parasol.
     (3) A medicine, drug. --kaḥ
     (1) The white colour.
     (2) N. of the elephant presiding over the south-east direction: R. 18. 8.
     (3) A tiger.
     (4) A kind of serpent.
     (5) A species of rice.
     (6) A kind of leprosy.
     (7) A fever in an elephant.
     (8) A kind of mango tree.
     (9) A pitcher, water-pot. (10) Fire
     (11) A (se ctarial) mark on the fore-head.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu; R. 18. 8.
          --plavaḥ a kind of bird.
          --muvī a kind of leech.

puṃḍaryam 1 A plant, creeper.
     (2) A kind of medicinal plant.

puṃḍraḥ [puṃḍ-bhedane raka]
     (1) A kind of sugar cane (red-variety).
     (2) A lotus in general.
     (3) A white lotus.
     (4) A mark or line (on the forehead) made with sandal &c., sectarial mark.
     (5) A worm.
     (6) The Atimukta creeper. --ḍrāḥ pl. N of a country and its inhabitants.
     -- Comp.
          --keliḥ an elephant.

puḍrakaḥ
     (1) A variety of sugar-cane (red-variety).
     (2) A sectarial mark.
     (3) One who lives by breeding silkworms.

puṇya a. [Uṇ. 5. 15]
     (1) Holy, sacred, pure; janakatanayāsnānapuṇyodakeṣu āśrameṣu Me. 1; puṇyaṃ dhāma caṃḍīśvarasya Me. 33; puṇyāni hi nāmagrahaṇā nyapi mahāmunīnāṃ kiṃ puvardarśanāni K. 41; S. 2. 14; Ms. 2. 68.
     (2) Good, meritorious, virtuous, righteous, just.
     (3) Auspicious, propitious, lucky, favourable (as a day); Ms. 2. 30, 26.
     (4) Agreeable, pleasing, lovely, beautiful; prakṛtyā puṇyalakṣmīkau Mv. 1. 16, 24: U. 4. 19; Ku. 5. 73; so puṇyadarśanaḥ &c.
     (5) Sweet, fragrant (as odour).
     (6) Solemn, festive. --ṇyaṃ
     (1) Virtue, religious or moral merit: atyutkaṭaiḥ pāpapuṇyairihaiva phalama śnunaṃ H 1 83; mahana puṇyapaṇyane krīsaṃyaṃ kāyataustvayā Śānti. 3. 1; R. 1. 69; N. 3. 87.
     (2) A virtuous or meritorious act, good or virtuous works.
     (3) Purity, purification.
     (4) A trough for watering cattle.
     (5) A religious ceremony, especially one performed by a wife to retain her husband's affection and to obtain a son. --ṇyā The holy basil.
     -- Comp.
          --anubhāvaḥ pleasing majesty or dignity; U. 4. 22.
          --ahaṃ (for ahan) a happy or auspicious day; puṇvāhaṃ bhavaṃto bruvaṃtu . astu puṇyāhaṃ; puṇyāha vraja maṃgalaṃ sudi saṃ prātaḥ prayātasya te Amaru. 61. -vācanaṃ repeating 'this is an auspicious day' three times at the commencement of most religious ceremonies.
          --ātman a. pious, righteous.
          --udayaḥ the dawn or resulting of good fortune.
          --udyāna a. having lovely gardens.
          --kartṛ m. a meritorious or virtuous man.
          --karman a. doing meritorious acts, upright, righteous. (--n.) a meritorious act.
          --kālaḥ an auspicious time.
          --kīrtataḥ, -śravaṇaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. (
          --naṃ) narrating or reading Purāṇas.
          --kīrti a. bearing a good or holy name, of auspicious fame, celebrated; Bk. 1. 5.
          --kṛt a. virtuous, meritorious.
          --kṛtyaṃ a meritorious work.
          --kṣetraṃ 1. a holy place, place of pilgrimage. --2. 'the holy land', N. of Āryāvarata.
          --gaṃdha a. sweet seented. (
          --dha) the Champaka tree
          --gaṃdhi a. fragrant.
          --gṛha 1. an alms-house.
     (2) a temple. --janaḥ 1. a virtuous man. --2. a demon. goblin. --3. a Yaksha: R. 13 60. -īśvaraḥ an epithet of Kubera; anuyayau yamapuṇyajaneśvarau R. 9. 6. --jita a. won by merit or good works. --tīrthaṃ a holy place of pilgrimage. --darśana a. 1. beautiful. --2. of sacred appearance; R. 1. 86. (--naḥ) the blue jay. (--naṃ) visiting holy shrines --duh a. granting happiness or beatitude. --puruṣaḥ a man rich in moral merit, a pious man. --pratāpaḥ the efficacy of virtue or moral merit. --phalaṃ the reward of good works. (--laḥ) a grove. --bhāj a. blessed, virtuous, meritorious: puṇyabhājaḥkhalvamī munayaḥ K. 43. --bhūḥ, -bhūmiḥ f. 'the holy-land', i. e. Āryāvarta. --yogaḥ the result of virtuous deeds done in a former life. --rātraḥ 1. an auspicious night. --2. a night on which any religious ceremony is held. --lokaḥ heaven, paradise. --śakunaṃ an auspicious omen. (--naḥ) a bird of good omen. --śīla a. of a virtuous disposition, inclinred to pious acts, virtuous, pious, righteous. --śloka a. 'well-spoken of', or 'auspicious to repeat or utter the name of,' of good fame. (--kaḥ) an epithet of Nala, (of Nishadha); Yudhiṣṭhira, and Janārdana; puṇyaśloko nalo rājā puṇyaśloko yuddhiṣṭhiraḥ . puṇyaślokā ca vedehī puṇyaśloko janārdanaḥ .. (--kā) an epithet of Sītā and Draupadī --sthānaṃ a sacred or holy place, a place of pilgrimage.

puṇyakam
     (1) A religious or virtuous act (such as fasting &c.).
     (2) A religious rite or ceremony, a festival &c.
     (3) = puṇyaṃ 5. --kaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --vrata the worship of Kṛṣṇa for a year, performed by a woman desirous of a son.

puṇyavat a.
     (1) Meritorious, virtuous.
     (2) Lucky, auspicious, fortunate.
     (3) Happy, blessed.
     (4) Pleasing, beautiful.

put n. A particular division of Hell or the infernal regions to which childless persons are said to be condemned; see putra below.
     -- Comp.
          --nāman a. called put.

puttalaḥ --lī
     (1) An image, idol, a statue, effigy.
     (2) A doll, puppet.
     -- Comp.
          --dahanaṃ, --vidhiḥ burning an effigy in place of the body of one who has died abroad or whose corpse is lost.
          --pūjā idolatry.

puttalakaḥ, puttalikā A doll &c.

puttikā
     (1) A small kind of bee.
     (2) The white ant.

putraḥ 1 A son; (the word is thus derived: --putrāmro narakādyasmāttrāyate pitaraṃ sutaḥ . tasmātputra iti proktaḥ svayameva svayaṃbhuvā .. Ms. 9. 138; the word, therefore, should be strictly written puttraḥ)
     (2) A child, the young one of an animal.
     (3) A dear child (a term of endearment in addressing young persons).
     (4) (At the end of comp.) Anything little or small of its kind; as in asiputraḥ, śilāputraḥ &c.). --trau (du.) A son and daughter.
     -- Comp.
          --annādaḥ 1. one who lives at a son's expense, one who is maintained by his son. --2. a mendicant of a particular order; see kuṭīcaka. --arthin a. wishing for a son.
          --ācārya a. one having a son for his teacher.
          --ādinī 1. an unnatural mother. --2. a tigress.
          --iṣṭiḥ, --iṣṭikā f. a sacrifice performed to obtain male issue.
          --karman n. a ceremony on the birth of a son.
          --kāma a. desirous of sons.
          --kāmyā a wish for sons; R. 1. 35.
          --kāryaṃ a ceremony relating to a son.
          --kṛt m. an adopted son.
          --kṛtakaḥ one who is adopted as a son, an adopted son; śyāmākamuṣṭiparivardhitako jahāta soyaṃ na putrakṛtakaḥ padavīṃ mṛgaste S. 4. 13.
          --jagdhī ad unnatural mother (who eats her own children).
          --jāta a. one to whom a son is born.
          --dāraṃ son and wife.
          --dharmaḥ filial duty.
          --pautraṃ --trāḥ sons and grandsons.
          --pautrīṇa a. transmitted from son to son, hereditary; Bk. 5. 15.
          --pratinidhiḥ a substitute for a son (e. g. an adopted son).
          --lābhaḥ obtaining a son.
          --vadhūḥ f. a daughter-in-law.
          --sakhaḥ 'a friend of children', one who is fond of children.
          --hīna a. sonless, childless.
          --saṃkarin a. mixing or confusing sons by mixed marriages.
          --hataḥ an epithet of Vasiṣṭha (whose hundred sons were killed). (
          --tī) an unnatural mother.

putrakaḥ [putra anukaṃpāyāṃ saṃjñāyāṃ vā kan svārthe ka vā]
     (1) A little son or boy, boy, chap, lad (often used as a term of endearment).
     (2) A doll, puppet; Ku. 1. 29.
     (3) A rogue, cheat.
     (4) A locust, grass-hopper.
     (5) A fabulous animal with eight feet (śarabha).
     (6) Hair.
     (7) A pitiable person.

putrakā, --putrikā
     (1) A daughter.
     (2) A doll, puppet.
     (3) A daughter appointed to raise male issue for a father who has no sons; aputra'nena vidhinā sutāṃ kurvīta putrikāṃ . yadapatyaṃ bhavedasyāṃ tanmama syātsvadhākaram ...
     (4) The cotton or down of the tamarisk.
     (5) (At the end of comp.) Anything little or small of its kind; as in asiputrikā, khaṅgaputrikā &c.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ, -sutaḥ 1. a daughter's son who by agreement becomes the son of her father; see Ms. 9. 127. --2. a daughter who, being regarded as a son, returns to her father's house; (putrikaiva putraḥ; athavā putrikaiva sutaḥ putrikāsutaḥ so'pyaurasasama eva Mit. on Y. 2. 128).
     (3) a grandson --prasūḥ a mother of daughters. --bhartṛ m. 'a daughter's husband,' a son-in-law.

putrin a. (ṇī f.) Having a son or sons; R. 1. 91; V. 5. 14. --m. The father of a son. --ṇī
     (1) The mother of a son.
     (2) A parasitical plant.

putriya, putrīya, putrya a. Relating to a son, filial.

putrī
     (1) A daughter.
     (2) N. of Durgā: see putrikā also.

putrīkṛ 8 U. To adopt as a son: amu puraḥ paśyasi devadāruṃ putrīkṛto'sau vṛṣabhadhvajena R. 2. 36.

putrīyati Den. P.
     (1) To wish for a son.
     (2) To treat like a son.

putrīyā The desire of a son.

puth I. 4 P. (puthyati) To injure, hurt. --Caus.
     (1) To destroy completely, annihilate.
     (2) To overpower, drown (as a sound).
     (3) To speak.
     (4) To shine. --II. 10 U. (pothayati-te) To shine.

pudgala a. Beautiful, lovely, handsome. --laḥ
     (1) An atom (paramāṇuḥ); pudgalāḥ parama ṇavaḥ Śridhara.
     (2) The body, matter.
     (3) The soul.
     (4) An epithet of Śiva.

punar ind.
     (1) Again, once more, anew; na punarevaṃ pravartitavyaṃ S. 6; kimapyayaṃ baṭuḥ punavivakṣuḥ sphuritottarādharaḥ Ku. 5. 83; so punarbhū 'to become a wife again'.
     (2) Back, in an opposite direction (mostly with verbs), punardā 'to give back, restore'; punaryāi-gam &c. 'to go back return' &c
     (3) On the other hand, on the contrary, but, however, nevertheless, still (with an adversative force); prasāda iva mūrtaste sparśaḥ snehārdraśītalaḥ . adyāpyānaṃdayati māṃ tvaṃ punaḥ kvāsi naṃdini U. 3. 14; mama punaḥ sarvameva tannāsti U. 3.
     (4) Further, futhermore; besides, punaḥ punaḥ 'again and again,' 'repeatedly,' 'frequently'; punaḥ punaḥ sutaniṣiddhacāpalaṃ R. 3. 42; kiṃpunaḥ 'how much more,' or 'how much less'; see under kim: punarapi again, once more, and also; on the other hand.
     -- Comp.
          --arthitā a repeated request.
          --āgata a. come back, returned; Ms. 11. 196.
          --āgamaḥ, --manaṃ coming back, return; bhasmībhūtasya dehasya punarāgamanaṃ kutaḥ Sarva. S.
          --ādhānaṃ, --ādheyaṃ renewing the consecrated fire; punardārakriyāṃ kuryātpunarādhānameva ca Ms. 5. 168.
          --āvartaḥ 1. return. --2. repeated birth.
          --āvartin a. returning to mundane existence.
          --āvṛt f.
          --āvṛttiḥ f. 1. repetition. --2. return to worldly existence, repetition of birth; Y 3. 194. --3. revision, another edition (of a book &c).
          --ukta a. 1. said again, repeated, reiterated
     (2) superfluous, unnecessary; śaśaṃsa vācā punaruktayeva R. 2. 68; Śi. 7. 64. (--ktaṃ), punaruktatā 1. repetition. --2. superfluity, redundancy, uselessness, tautology, V. 5. 15; Bh. 3. 78. -janman m. a Brāhmaṇa (dvijanman). punaruktavadābhāsaḥ seeming tautology, appearance of repetition, regarded as a figure of speech; e. g. bhujaṃgakuḍalīvyaktaśaśiśubhrāṃśuśītaguḥ . jagaṃtyapi sayapa yādavyāccetoharaḥ śivaḥ S. D. 632; (here the first impression of the tauto logy is removed when the passage is rightly understood: cf. also K. P. 9 under punaruktavadābhāsa). --uktiḥ f. 1. repetition. --2. superfluity, uselessness, tautology. --utthānaṃ rising again, resurrection. --utpatti f. 1. reproduction.
     (2) return of birth, metempsychosis. --upagamaḥ return; kva yodhyāyāḥ punarupa mo daṃḍakāyāṃ vane vaḥ U. 2. 13. --upoḍhā, -ūḍhā a woman married again. --gamanaṃ return, going again. --janman n. repeated birth, metempsychosis. --jāta a. born again. --ṇavaḥ, -navaḥ 'growing again and again', a finger-nail. --dārakriyā marrying again, taking a second wife; Ms 5. 168. --punā (punaḥ punā) N. of a river in Behār. --pratyupakāraḥ returning one's obligations, requital. --bhava a. born again. (--vaḥ) 1. transmigration, repeated or recurring birth; metempsychosis; mamāpi ca kṣapayatu nīlalohitaḥ punarbhavaṃ parigataśaktirātmabhūḥ S. 7. 35; Ku. 3. 5. --2. a finger-nail. --bhavin m. the sentient soul. --bhāvaḥ new birth, repeated birth. --bhūḥ f. 1. a widow remarried. --2. re-existence. --bhogaḥ 1. repeated enjoyment. --2. return of fruition. --2. repeated possession. --vacanaṃ 1. repetition. --2. repeated scriptural injunction. --vatsaḥ a weaned calf that begins to suck again. --vasuḥ (usually dual) 1. the seventh lunar mansion (consisting of two or four stars); gāṃ gatāviva divaḥ punarvasū R. 11. 36. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --3. of Śiva. --vivāhaḥ remarriage. --saṃskāraḥ (punaḥsaṃskāraḥ) repetition of any Samskāra or purificatory ceremony. --saṃgamaḥ, -saṃdhānaṃ (punaḥ saṃdhānaṃ &c.) 1. reunion. --2. rekindling the sacred fire when it has been extinguished. --saṃbhavaḥ (punaḥ saṃbhavaḥ) being born again (into the world), metempsychosis.

pupphuṭaḥ N. of a disease of the palate and gums.

pupphulaḥ Flatulency or wind(in the stomach).

pupphusaḥ
     (1) The lungs.
     (2) The pericarp of a lotus.

pur f. (Nom. sing. pūḥ; instr. du. pūrbhyāṃ)
     (1) A town, fortified town; pūrapyabhivyaktamukhaprasādā R. 16. 23.
     (2) A fortress, castle, strong-hold.
     (3) A wall, rampart.
     (4) The body.
     (5) Intellect.
     -- Comp.
          --dvār f.,
          --dvāraṃ (pūrdvār) the gate of a city.

pura a. [pṛ-ka] Full of, filled with. --raṃ
     (1) A town, city (containing large buildings, surrounded by a ditch, and not less than one Krośa in extent); pure tāvaṃtamevāsya tanoti ravirātapaṃ Ku. 2. 33; R. 1. 59.
     (2) A castle, fortress, stronghold.
     (3) A house, residence, abode.
     (4) The body.
     (5) The female apartments.
     (6) N. of the town pāṭaliputra. q. v.
     (7) The calyx of a flower, or any cup formed of leaves.
     (8) A brothel.
     (9) The skin. (10) Bdellium.
     (11) An upper story.
     (12) A store-house.
     (13) A fragrant grass (nāgaramustā).
     -- Comp.
          --aṭṭaḥ a turret on a citywall.
          --adhipaḥ, -adhyakṣaḥ the governor of a town.
          --arātiḥ, -ariḥ, -asuhṛd m.
          --ripuḥ epithets of Śiva; putarātibhrāṃtyā kusumaśara kiṃ māṃ praharāsa Subhāṣ., see tripura. --ardhavistāraḥ a small village, hamlet.
          --utsavaḥ a festival celebrated in a city.
          --ḍadyāna a city-garden, park.
          --okas m. an inhabitant of a town.
          --koṭṭaṃ a citadel.
          --ga a. 1. going to a town. --2. favourably inclined.
          --jit, --dviṣ, -bhid m. epithets of Śiva.
          --jyotis m. 1. an epithet of fire. --2. the world of Agni.
          --taṭī a small market-town, small village.
          --toraṇaṃ the outer gate of a city.
          --devatā the tutelary deity of a town.
          --dvāraṃ a city-gate.
          --niveśaḥ the founding of a city.
          --pālaḥ 1 'city-governor', the commandant of a fortrees. --2. the soul.
          --mathanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --mārgaḥ the street of a town; Ku. 4. 11; R. 11. 3.
          --rakṣaḥ, --rakṣakaḥ, --rakṣin m. a constable, police-officer.
          --rodhaḥ the siege of a fortress.
          --vāsin m. a citizen, a townsman.
          --vāstu n. ground fit for the foundation of a town.
          --śāsanaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu
     (2) of Śiva; Ku. 7. 30. --han m. 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. of Śiva.

puraṃjanaḥ The soul. --nī Intellect, understanding.

puraṃdaraḥ [puraḥ śatrūṇāṃ nagarāṇi dārayati khac]
     (1) N. of Indra; R. 2. 74.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.
     (3) Of Agni.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (5) N. of the eighteenth lunar mansion (jyeṣṭhā).
     (6) A thief, house-breaker. --rā An epithet of the Ganges.

puraṃjaraḥ The arm-pit.

puraṭam Gold.

puraṇaḥ The sea, ocean.

puratas ind. 1 Before, in front (opp. paścāt); paśyāmi tāmita itaḥ purataśca paścāt Māl. 1. 40; in the presence of; yaṃ yaṃ paśyasi tasya tasya purato mā brūhi dīnaṃ bacaḥ Bh. 2. 51.
     (2) Afterwards; iyaṃ ca te'nyā purato viḍaṃbanā Ku. 5. 70 (ādāveva Malli.); Amaru. 43.

puraṃdhriḥ, --dhrī f. [puraṃ gehasthajanaṃ dhārayati dhṛ-khac ṅīp pṛṣo- vā hrasvaḥ Tv.]
     (1) An elderly married woman, a respectable matron; puraṃdhrīṇāṃ cittaṃ kusumasukumāraṃ hi bhavati U. 4. 12; Mu. 2. 7; Ku. 6. 32; 7. 2.
     (2) A woman whose husband and children are living.

puralā An epithet of Durga.

puras ind.
     (1) Before(in time or space), in front, in the presence of, before the eyes of (by itself or with gen.); amuṃ puraḥ paśyasi devadāruṃ R. 2. 36; tava prasādasya purastu saṃpadaḥ S. 7. 30; tasya sthitvā kathamapi puraḥ Me. 3; Ku. 4. 3; Amaru. 43; often used with kṛ, gam, dhā, bhū (see below).
     (2) In the east, from the east.
     (3) Eastward.
     -- Comp.
          --anuvākyā (puro'nuvākyā) an introductory verse or hymn.
          --karaṇaṃ, --kāraḥ see under puraskṛ below.
          --ga, --gama (puroga-gama) a. 1. chief, leading, foremost, preeminent, oft. with the force of a noun; sa kiṃvadaṃtīṃ vadatāṃ purogaḥ R. 14. 31, 6. 55; Ku. 7. 40. --2. led or presided over by (at the end of comp.); iṃdrapurogamā devāḥ 'the gods with Indra at the head'.
          --gata a. 1. standing in front of. --2. preceded.
          --gatiḥ f. precedence. (
          --tiḥ) a dog.
          --gaṃtṛ, --gāmin a. 1. going before or in front. --2. chief, leading, a leader. (--m.) a dog.
          --caraṇaṃ (puraścaraṇaṃ) 1. a preparatory or initiatory rite. --2. preparation, initiation. --3. repetition of the name of a deity accompanied with burnt offerings.
          --chadaḥ (puraśchadaḥ) a nipple.
          --java a. (purojava) surpassing in speed, swifter than.
          --janman (purojanman) a. born before.
          --ḍāś m. ḍāśaḥ (puroḍāśśaḥ) 1. a sacrificial oblation made of ground rice and offered in kapalas or vessels; Ms. 6. 11. --2. an oblation in general; Ms. 7. 21. --3. an oblation of ghee with cakes of ground meal. --4. a kind of sacrificial ladle. --5. the leavings of an oblation (hṛutaśeṣa). --6. the Soma juice. --7. a prayer (maṃtra) recited in offering oblations.
          --pāka a. near fulfilment, about to be fulfilled; Ku. 6. 90.
          --prahartṛ m. one who fights in the van or frontline; R. 13. 72.
          --phala a. having the fruit near or at hand, promising fruit (in the near future); R. 2. 22.
          --bhāga (purobhāga) a. 1. obtrusive, officious. --2. fault-finding. --3. envious or jealous of; prāyaḥ samānavidyāḥ parasparayaśaḥpurobhāgāḥ M. 1. 20 (purobhāga may here mean 'envy' also). (
          --gaḥ) 1. the front part, forepart, van. --2. obtrusiveness, officiousness. --3. jealousy, envy.
          --bhāgin a. 1. forward, self-willed, naughty; kiṃ purobhāgini svātaṃtryamavalabase S. 5. --2. obtrusive, officious; V. 3. --3. fault-finding. --4. envious, jealous.
          --mārutaḥ, --vātaḥ (puromārutaḥ --vātaḥ) a fore-wind, wind blowing in front; M. 4. 2; R. 18. 38.
          --vartin a. being in front or in the presence of.
          --sara a. going or moving in front. (
          --raḥ) 1. a fore-runner, harbinger; S. 4. 1. --2. a follower, attendant; servant; parimeyapuraḥsarau R. 1. 37. --3. a leader, one who leads the way, foremost, pre-eminent; Ku. 6. 49. --4. (at the end of comp.) attended or preceded by, with; as mānapuraḥsaraṃ, praṇāmapuraḥsaraṃ, vṛkapuraḥsarāḥ &c. (
          --raṃ) ind. with or after.
          --sthāyin a. standing in front.

puraskṛ 8 U.
     (1) To place before or in front, make one's leader, put at the head; hate jarati gāṃgeye puraskṛtya śikhaṃḍinaṃ Ve. 2. 4; U. 1. 3; Ku. 2. 52.
     (2) To introduce, present; madvacanātsa rājā śakuṃtalāṃ puraskṛtya vaktavyaḥ S. 4, 7.
     (3) To honor, respect, esteem, hospitably receive or entertain; darśanenaiva bhavatīnāṃ puraskṛto'smi S. 1.
     (4) To adopt, choose, follow; sa puraskṛtamadhyamakramaḥ R. 8. 9.
     (5) To appoint.
     (6) To show, indicate, evince,
     (7) To lead.
     (8) To use as a pretext.

puraskaraṇam The act of placing in front, honouring &c.; see puraskāra below.

puraskaraṇīya a.
     (1) To be honoured
     (2) To be placed at the head.
     (3) To be made complete &c.

puraskāraḥ
     (1) Placing before or in front.
     (2) Preference.
     (3) Treating with honour, showing respect, deference.
     (4) Worshipping.
     (5) Accompanying, attending.
     (6) Preparing.
     (7) Arranging, making complete or perfect.
     (8) Attacking.
     (9) Accusation. (10) Consecrating
     (11) Anticipating, expecting.
     (12) (At the end of comp.) Preceded or accompanied by.
     (13) Sprinkling with holy water.
     (14) Acceptance.

puraskṛta p. p.
     (1) Placed in front; R. 2. 20.
     (2) Honoured, treated with respect, distinguished.
     (3) Chosen, adopted, followed.
     (4) Adored, worshipped.
     (5) Attended or accompanied, provided with, possessing, having.
     (6) Prepared, got ready.
     (7) Consecrated.
     (3) Accused, calumniated.
     (9) Made prefect or complete, finished. (10) Anticipated, expected.
     (11) Appointed.
     (12) Harassed or attacked (by an enemy).
     (13) Sprinkled with holy water.
     (14) Initiated.

puraskriyā
     (1) Showing reapect, honouring, hospitable reception.
     (2) A preparatory or initiatory rite.

purastāt ind.
     (1) Before, in front of (oft. with gen. or abl.); R. 2. 44; Ku. 7. 30; Me. 15; or used by itself; abhyunnatā purastāt S. 3. 8.
     (2) At the head of, foremost; yaḥ purastādyatīnāṃ M. 1. 1.
     (3) In the first place, at the beginning.
     (4) Formerly, previously.
     (5) Eastward, in or towards the east.
     (6) Later or further on, in the sequel.

puroghā 3 U. To place or put in the front or at the head, make as a leader; turāsāhaṃ purodhāya dhāma svāyaṃbhuvaṃ yayuḥ Ku. 2. 1; R. 12. 43.
     (2) To make a family-priest of any one.
     (3) To appoint, place in office.
     (4) To entrust or charge with.
     (5) To place or set before or in front.
     (6) To honor, esteem, respect.
     (7) To devote or apply oneself to.
     (8) To think, ponder over.

purodhas m. A family-priest(particularly that of a king.).

purodhā
     (1) The office of a purohita.
     (2) Charge, commission.
     (3) Representation.

purodhānam 1 Placing in front.
     (2) Ministration by a priest.

purodhikā A favourite wife(preferred to all others).

purohita p. p. 1 Placed in front.
     (2) Appointed, charged, entrusted. --taḥ 1 One charged with a business, an agent.
     (2) A family-priest, one who conducts all the ceremonial rites of the family.

purā ind.
     (1) In former times, formerly, of yore, in the olden time; purā śakramupasthāya R. 1. 75; purā sarasi mānase ... yasya yātaṃ vayaḥ Bv. 1. 3; Ms. 1. 119; 5. 22.
     (2) Before, hitherto, upto the present time.
     (3) At first, in the first place.
     (4) In a short time, soon, ere-long, shortly (in this sense usually with a present tense to which it gives a future sense); purā saptadvīpāṃ jayati vasudhāmapratirathaḥ S. 7. 33; purā dūpayati sthalīṃ R 12 30; āloke te nipatati purā sā balivyāṃkulāṃ vā Me. 85; N. 1. 18; Śi. 10. 56; Ki. 10. 50; 11. 36.
     (5) Ved. For the defence of
     (6) Securely from.
     (7) Except, besides.
     -- Comp.
          --upanīta a. formerly possessed.
          --kathā an old legend.
          --kalpaḥ 1. a former creation. --2. a story of the past. --3. a former age; dyūtametatpurākalpe dṛṣṭaṃ vairakaraṃ mahat Ms. 9. 227.
          --kṛta a. done formerly. (
          --taṃ) actions done in a former life; S. 7.
          --yoni a. of ancient origin. (
          --niḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --vasuḥ an epithet of Bhīṣma.
          --vid a. acquainted with the past, knowing the events of former times, conversant with former times or events; vadaṃtyaparṇeti ca tāṃ purāvidaḥ Ku. 5. 28; 6. 9; R. 11. 10.
          --vṛtta a. 1. occurring in, or relating to, ancient times. --2. old, ancient. (
          --ttaṃ) 1. history. --2. an old or legendary event; purāvṛttodgārairapi ca kathitā kāryapadavī Māl. 2. 13. -kathā an old legend.

purātana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Old, ancient; Śi. 12. 60; Bg. 4. 3.
     (2) Aged, primeval; R. 11. 85; Ku. 6. 9.
     (3) Worn out, decayed. --naḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) (pl.) The ancients. (--naṃ) An ancient story.

purā
     (1) An epithet of the Ganges.
     (2) A kind of perfume.
     (3) The east.
     (4) A castle.

purāṇa a. (ṇā or ṇī f.) [purā navaṃ Nir.]
     (1) Old, ancient, belonging to olden times: purāṇamityeva na sādhu sarvaṃ na cāpi kāvyaṃ navamityavadyaṃ M. 1. 2; purāṇapatrāpagamādanaṃtaraṃ R. 3. 7.
     (2) Aged, primeval; ajo nityaḥ śāśvatoyaṃ purāṇaḥ Bg. 2. 20.
     (3) Decayed, worn out. --ṇaṃ
     (1) A past event or occurrence.
     (2) A tale of the past, legend, ancient or legendary history.
     (3) N. of certain well-known sacred works; these are 19; they are supposed to have been composed by Vyāsa, and contain the whole body of Hindu mythology. A Puraṇa treats of five topics (or lakṣaṇāni), and is hence often called paṃcalakṣaṇa; sargaśca pratisargaśca vaṃśo manvaṃtarāṇi ca . vaṃśānucaritaṃ caiva purāṇaṃ paṃcalakṣaṇaṃ ... For the names of the 18 Purāṇas see under aṣṭādaśan. --ṇaḥ A coin equal to 80 cowries.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ an epithet of Yama.
          --ukta a. enjoined by or laid down in the Purāṇas.
          --kalpaḥ = purākalpa q. v.
          --gaḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. a reciter or reader of the Purāṇas.
          --puruṣaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. an old man; yadvadaṃti capaletyapavādaṃ tanna dūṣaṇamaho capalāyāḥ . doṣa eṣa jaladheḥ piturasyā yatpurāṇapuruṣāya dadau tāṃ Subhāṣ. (where both senses are intended).

puriḥ f.
     (1) A town, city.
     (2) A river.
     (3) A king.

puriśaya a. Reposing in the body.

purī 1 A city, town; śaśāsaikapurīsiva R. 1. 30; purīmavaskaṃda lunīhi naṃdanaṃ Śi. 1. 51. --2 A stronghold.
     (3) The body.
     -- Comp.
          --mohaḥ the Dhattūra plant.

purītat m., n. [purīṃ dehaṃ tanoti tan kvip]
     (1) A particular intestine near the heart; yadā manaḥ purītati praviśati T. S.
     (2) The entrails in general; (also puritat, but it appears to be a wrong form).

purīṣam [pṝ-īṣan kicca Uṇ. 4. 27]
     (1) Feces, excrement, ordure; Ms. 3. 250, 5. 123, 6. 76; 4. 56.
     (2) Rubbish, dirt.
     (3) Ved. Water.
     -- Comp.
          --ādhānaṃ the rectum.
          --utsargaḥ voiding excrement.
          --nigrahaṇaṃ obstruction of the bowels.

purīṣaṇaḥ Feces, ordure. --ṇaṃ Evacuation by stool, voiding of excrement.

purīṣayati Den. P. To void excrement.

purīṣita a. Voided, evacuated(as the bowels).

purīṣamaḥ The black kidney-bean.

puru a. (ru --rvī f.) [pṝ-pālanapoṣaṇayoḥ ku; Uṇ. 1. 24] Much, abundant, excessive, many; (in classical literature puru occurs usually at the beginning of proper names). --ruḥ
     (1) The pollen of flowers.
     (2) Heaven, the world of the immortals.
     (3) N. of a demon killed by Indra.
     (4) N. of a prince, the sixth monarch of the lunar race. [He was the youngest son of Yayāti and Śarmiśhṭha. When Yayāti asked his five sons if any one of them would exchange his youth and beauty for his own decrepitude and infirmities, it was Puru alone who consented to make the exchange. After a thousand years Yayāti restored to Puru his youth and beauty, and made him successor to the throne. Puru was the ancestor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas]. --ind. 1 Much, exceedingly.
     (2) Repeatedly, often.
     -- Comp.
          --jit m. 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. N. of king Kuntibhoja or his brother.
          --daṃ gold.
          --daṃśaka a goose.
          --daṃśa (sa) s, --datraḥ, --druh m. epithets of Indra (Ved.).
          --bhojas m. a cloud.
          --laṃpaṭa a. very lustful or lascivious.
          --ha-hu much, many.
          --hūta a. invoked by many. (
          --taḥ) an epithet of Indra; R. 4. 3, 16. 5; Ku. 7. 45: Ms. 11. 122. -dbiṣ m. an epithet of Indrajit.
          --hvatiḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.

puruṣaḥ [puri dehe śete śī-ḍa pṛṣo- Tv.; pur-agragamane kuṣan Uṇ. 4. 74]
     (1) A male being, man; arthataḥ puruṣo nārī yā nārī sārthataḥ pumān Mk. 3. 27; Ms. 1. 32; 7. 17; 9. 2; R. 2. 41.
     (2) Men, mankind.
     (3) A member or representative of a generation.
     (4) An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant.
     (5) The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); dvau puruṣau pramāṇamasyāḥ sā dvipuruṣā-ṣī parikhā Sk.
     (6) The soul; dvāvimau puruṣau loke kṣaraścākṣara eva ca Bg. 15. 16 &c.
     (7) The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); Śi. 1. 33; R. 13. 6.
     (8) A person (in grammar); prathamapuruṣaḥ the third person, madhyamapuruṣaḥ the second person, and uttamapuruṣaḥ the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.).
     (9) The pupil of the eye. (10) (In Sān. phil.) The soul (opp. prakṛti); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛti; cf. Ku. 2. 13 and the word sāṃkhya also.
     (11) The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the puruṣasūkta); sahasraśīrṣaḥ puruṣaḥ sahasrākṣaḥ sahasrapāt &c.
     (12) The Punnāga tree.
     (13) N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac.
     (14) The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed. --ṣī A woman. --ṣaṃ An epithet of the mountain Meru.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ the male organ of generation.
          --adaḥ, -ad m. 'a maneater', cannibal, goblin.
          --adhamaḥ the vilest of men, a very low or despicable man.
          --adhikāraḥ 1. a manly office or duty. --2. calculation or estimation of men; Ki. 3. 51.
          --aṃtaraṃ another man.
          --ayaṇaḥ --arthaḥ 1. any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. dharma, artha, kāma and mokṣa. --2. human effort or exertion (puruṣakāra); H. Pr. 35.
          --asthimālin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --ādyaḥ
     (1) an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. a demon. --āyuṣaṃ, -āyus n. the duration of a man's life; akṛpaṇamatiḥ kāmaṃ jīvyājjanaḥ puruṣa yuṣaṃ Ve. 6. 44; puruṣāyuṣajīvinyo nirātaṃkā nirītayaḥ R. 1. 63. --āśin m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin. --iṃdraḥ a king. --uttamaḥ 1. an excellent man. --2. the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa; yasmāt kṣaramatīto'hamakṣarādapi cottamaḥ . ato'smi loke vede ca prathitaḥ puruṣottamaḥ .. Bg. 15. 18. --3. a best attendant. --4. a Jaina. --5. N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu. --kāraḥ 1. human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. daiva); evaṃ puruṣakāreṇa vinā daivaṃ na sidhyati H. Pr. 32; daive puruṣakāre ca karmasiddhirvyavasthitā Y. 1. 349; cf. "god helps those who help themselves"; Pt. 5. 30; Ki. 5. 52. --2. manhood, virility. --kuṇapaḥ --paṃ a human corpse. --kesārin m. man-lion', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; puruṣakesariṇaśca purā nakhaiḥ S. 7. 3. --jñānaṃ knowledge of mankind. --dadhna, --dvayas a. of the height of a man. --dviṣ m. an enemy of Viṣṇu. --dveṣiṇī an ill-tempered woman (who hates her husband). --nāyaḥ 1. a general, commander. --2. a king. --niyamaḥ (in gram.) a restriction to a person, --paśuḥ a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. narapaśu. --puṃgavaḥ, --puṃḍarīkaḥ a superior or eminent man. --puraṃ N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v. --bahumānaḥ the esteem of mankind; Bh. 3. 9. --medhaḥ a human sacrifice. --varaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --vāhaḥ 1. an epithet of Garuḍa. --2. an epithet of Kubera. --vyāghraḥ, --śārdūlaḥ, --siṃhaḥ 'a tiger or lion among men,' a distinguished or eminent man. --2. a hero, brave man. --samavāyaḥ a number of men. --sūktaṃ N. of the 90th hymn of the 10th Maṇḍala of the Ṛgveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn).

puruṣakaḥ --kam Standing on two feet like a man, the rearing of a horse; śrīvṛkṣakī puruṣakonnamitāgrakāyaḥ Śi. 5. 56.

puruṣatā, --tvam
     (1) Manhood, manliness, prowess.
     (2) Virility.
     (3) Manly nature or property.

puruṣāyate Den. A. To act like a man, play the man.

puruṣāyita a. Acting like a man. --taṃ
     (1) Playing the man, acting a manly part, a manly conduct.
     (2) A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment in which the woman plays the man; ākṛtimavalokya kayāpi vitarkitaṃ puruṣāyitaṃ asilatālekhanena vaidagdhyādabhivyaktimupanītam K. P. 10.

puruṣya a. Ved. Human, mortal.

purūravas m. [cf. Uṇ. 4. 231] The son of Budha and Ilā and founder of the lunar race of kings. [He saw the nymph Urvasi, while descending upon earth owing to the curse of Mitra and Varuṇa, and fell in love with her. Urvasi, too, was enamoured of the king who was as renowned for personal beauty as for truthfulness, devotion, and generosity, and became his wife. They lived happily together for many days, and after she had borne him a son, she returned to the heaven. The king heavily mourned her loss, and she was pleased to repeat her visits five successive times and bore him five sons. But the king, who wanted her life-long company, was not evidently satisfied with this; and he obtained his desired object after he had offered oblations as directed by the Gandharvas. The story told in Vikramorvaśiya differs in many respects; so does the account given in the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa, based on a passage in the Ṛgveda, where it is said that Urvaśi agreed to live with Purūravas on two conditions: namely that her two rams which she loved as children must be kept near her bed-side and never suffered to be carried away, and that he must take eare never to be seen by her undressed. The Gandharvas, however, carried away the rams, and so Urvaśi disappeared].

puroṭiḥ
     (1) The current of a river.
     (2) The rustling noise of leaves (patraśabda).

puroḍāśa, purodhas &c. See under puras.

purv 1 P. (purvati)
     (1) To fill.
     (2) To dwell, inhabit.
     (3) To invite (said to be 10 P. in the last two senses).

pul 1. 6. P., 10 U. (polati, pulati, polayati-te)
     (1) To draw or pull out.
     (2) To be great.
     (3) To be lofty.
     (4) To be collected together, be gathered.

pula a. Great, large, wide, extensive. --laḥ Horripilation.

pulakaḥ
     (1) Erection or bristling of the hairs of the body, a thrill (of joy or fear), horripilation; cāru cucuṃba nitaṃbavatī dayitaṃ pulakairanukūle Gīt. 1; mṛgamadatilakaṃ likhati sapulakaṃ mṛgamiva rajanīkare 7; Amaru. 57, 77.
     (2) A kind of stone or gem.
     (3) A flaw or de fect in a gem.
     (4) A kind of mineral.
     (5) A ball of food with which elephants are fed (gajānnapiṃḍa).
     (6) Yellow orpiment.
     (7) A wine-glass.
     (8) A species of mustard.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ the noose of Varuṇa.
          --ālayaḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --udgamaḥ erection of the hairs of the body, horripilation.

pulakayati Den. P. To have the hairs of the body erect, thrill (with joy &c.).

pulakita a. Having the hairs of the body erect, thrilled with joy; hence, rejoiced, enraptured.

pulakin a. (nī f.) Having the hairs of the body erect &c. --m. A species of Kadamba tree.

pulakīkṛta a. Thrilled with joy, rejoiced.

pulastiḥ --styaḥ N. of a sage, one of the mind-born sons of Brahmā; Ms. 135.

pulahaḥ N. of a sage, one of the mind-born sons of Brahma; Ms. 1. 35.

pulā The soft palate, uvula.

pulākaḥ --kam
     (1) Empty, bad or shrivelled grain; Ms. 10. 125.
     (2) A lump of boiled rice.
     (3) Abridgment, compendium.
     (4) Brevity, conciseness.
     (5) Rice-water.
     (6) Despatch, celerity.
     (7) Smallness.

pulākin m. A tree.

pulāyitam A horse's gallop.

pulinaḥ --nam [pul-inan kicca; Uṇ. 2. 53]
     (1) A sand-bank, sandy beach; ramate yamunāpulinavane vijayī murāriradhunā Gīt. 7; R. 14. 52; sometimes used in pl.; kāliṃdyāḥ pulineṣu kelikupitāmutsṛjya rāse rasaṃ Ve. 1. 2.
     (2) A small island left in the bank of a river by the passing off of the water, an islet.
     (3) The bank of a river.

pulinavatī A river.

puliṃdaḥ, puliṃdakaḥ
     (1) N. of a barbarous tribe (usually in pl.).
     (2) A man of this tribe, a savage, barbarian, mountaineer; R. 16. 19, 32.

pulirikaḥ A snake.

puloman m. N. of a demon, the father-in-law of Indra.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, -jit, bhid, dviṣ m. epithets of Indra.
          --jā, -putrī Śachī, daughter of Puloman and wife of Indra.

pulomā N. of the wife of Bhṛgu and mother of Chyavana.

puṣ 1. 4. 9. P. (poṣati, puṣyati, puṣṇāti, puṣṭa or puṣita)
     (1) To nourish, foster, rear, bring up, nurture; tenādya vatsamiva lokamamuṃ puṣāṇa Bh. 2. 46; Bg. 15. 13; Bk. 3. 13, 17. 32.
     (2) To support, maintain, bear.
     (3) To cause to thrive or grow, unfold, develop, bring into relief; pupoṣa lāvaṇyamayān viśeṣān Ku. 1. 25; R. 3. 32; na tirodhīyate sthāyī tairasau puṣyate paraṃ S. D. 3.
     (4) To increase, augment, further, promote, enhance; paṃcānāmapi bhūtānāmutkarṣaṃ pupuṣurguṇāḥ R. 4. 11; 9. 5.
     (5) To get, possess, have, enjoy; Bh. 3. 34.
     (6) To show, exhibit, bear, display; vapurabhinavamasyāḥ puṣyati svāṃ na śobhāṃ S. 1. 19; Ku. 7. 18, 78; R. 16. 58; 18. 32; na hīśvaravyāhṛtayaḥ kadācitpuṣṇaṃti loke viparītamarthaṃ Ku. 3. 63; Me. 80.
     (7) To be increased or nourished, thrive, prosper.
     (8) To magnify, extol.
     (9) To bud, bloom, blossom; U. 3. 16. v. l., Māl. 9. 34. (10) To share, divide. --Caus. or 10 U. (poṣayati te)
     (1) To nourish, bring up, maintain &c.
     (2) To increase, promote.
     (3) To take care of, provide for.
     (4) To put on, wear.

puṣkam Nourishment, nutrition.

puṣṭa p. p. [puṣ-kta]
     (1) Nourished, fed, reared, brought up.
     (2) Thriving, growing, strong, fat.
     (3) Tended, cared for.
     (4) Rich, magnificently provided.
     (5) Complete, perfect.
     (6) Full-sounding, loud.
     (7) Eminent. --ṣṭaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Nourishment.
     (2) Acquisition, gain (Ved.).

puṣṭiḥ f. [puṣ bhāve-ktin]
     (1) Nourisheding, breeding, or rearing.
     (2) Nourishment, growth, increase, advance; yatpiṃṣatāmapi nṛṇāṃ piṣṭopi tanoṣi parimalaiḥ puṣṭiṃ Bv. 1. 12.
     (3) Strength, fatness, fulness, plumpness; aṃdhasya dṛṣṭiriva puṣṭirivāturasya Mk. 1. 49.
     (4) Prosperity, thriving.
     (5) Maintenance, support.
     (6) Wealth, property, means of comfort; R. 18. 32.
     (7) Richness, magnificence.
     (8) Development, perfection.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. nourishing, nutritive.
          --karman n. a religious ceremony performed for the attainment of worldly prosperity.
          --kāṃtaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa.
          --da a. 1. nourishing. --2. causing growth or prosperity.
          --vardhana a. promoting welfare, causing prosperity. (
          --naḥ) a cock.

puṣkaram [puṣkaṃ puṣṭiṃ rāti, rā-ka; cf. Uṇ. 4. 4] 1 A blue lotus.
     (2) The tip of an elephant's tongue; Śi. 5. 30.
     (3) The skin of a drum, i. e. the place where it is struck; puṣkareṣvāhateṣu Me. 66; R. 17. 11.
     (4) The blade of a sword.
     (5) The sheath of a sword.
     (6) An arrow.
     (7) Air, sky, atmosphere.
     (8) A cage.
     (9) Water. (10) Intoxication.
     (11) The art of dancing.
     (12) War, battle.
     (13) Union.
     (14) N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage in the district of Ajmere.
     (15) The bowl of a spoon.
     (16) A part, portion. --raḥ
     (1) A lake, pond.
     (2) A kind of serpent.
     (3) A kind of drum, kettle-drum.
     (4) The sun.
     (5) An epithet of a class of clouds said to cause dearth or famine; Me. 6; Ku. 2. 50.
     (6) An epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
     (7) An epithet of Śiva.
     (8) The Sārasa bird.
     (9) An inauspicious conjunction of planets. --raḥ-raṃ N. of one of the seven great divisions of the universe.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --ākhyaḥ, --āhvaḥ the (Indian) crane.
          --āvartakaḥ an epithet of a class of clouds said to cause dearth or famine; jātaṃ vaṃśe bhunavavidite puṣkarāvartakānāṃ Me. 6; Ku. 2. 50, Ve. 3. 2.
          --tīrthaḥ N. of a sacred bathing-place; see puṣkara above.
          --nābhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --patraṃ a lotus-leaf.
          --priyaḥ wax.
          --bījaṃ lotus seed.
          --vyāghraḥ an alligator.
          --śikhā the root of a lotus.
          --sthapatiḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --sraja f. a garland of lotuses. (--m. dual) N. of the two Aśvinīkumāras.

puṣkarāyate Den. A. To act as a drum.

puṣkarikā A kind of disease.

puṣkariṇī
     (1) A female elephant.
     (2) A lotus-pool.
     (3) A piece of water, a lake or pool in general.
     (4) The lotus-plant.

puṣkarin a. (ṇī f.) Abounding in lotuses. --m. An elephant.

puṣkala a. [puṣ-kalac kicca; puṣkasidhmā- lac vā Tv.]
     (1) Much, copious, abundant; bhakṣitenāpi bhavatā nāhāro mama puṣkalaḥ H. 1. 84; Ms. 3. 277; Pt. 1. 63.
     (2) Full, complete; Bg. 11. 21.
     (3) Rich, magnificent, splendid.
     (4) Excellent, best, eminent.
     (5) Near.
     (6) Loud, resonant, resounding. --laḥ
     (1) A kind of drum.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.
     (3) Of mount Meru. --laṃ
     (1) A particular measure of capacity = 64 handfuls.
     (2) Alms to the extent of four morsels of food.

puṣkalakaḥ
     (1) The musk-deer; sīnni puṣkalako hataḥ Sk.
     (2) A bolt, pin, wedge.
     (3) A Buddhist mendicant.

puṣṭikā An oyster.

puṣp 4 P. (puṣpyati) To open, blow, expand, bloom; puṣpyatpuṣkaravāsitasya payasaḥ U. 3. 16.

puṣpam [puṣp vikāśe-ac]
     (1) A flower, blossom.
     (2) The menstrual discharge; as in puṣpavatī q. v.
     (3) A topaz.
     (4) A disease of the eyes (albugo).
     (5) The car or vehicle of Kubera; see puṣpaka.
     (6) Gallantry, politeness (in love language).
     (7) Expanding, blooming, blossoming (said to be m. in this sense).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ calx of brass used as a collyrium.
          --aṃjaliḥ a handful of flowers.
          --abhiṣeka = -snāna q. v.
          --aṃbujaṃ the sap of flowers.
          --ava cayaḥ collecting or gathering flowers.
          --avacāyin = puṣpājīva q. v.
          --astraḥ an epithet of the god of love.
          --ākara a. rich or abounding in flowers; māso nu puṣpākaraḥ V. 1. 9.
          --āgamaḥ the spring.
          --ājīvaḥ a florist, garland-maker.
          --ānanaḥ a kind of liquor.
          --āpīḍaḥ a chaplet of flowers.
          --āyudhaḥ, -iṣuḥ the god of love.
          --āsavaṃ honey.
          --āsāraḥ a shower of flowers; Me. 43.
          --udramaḥ appearance of flowers.
          --udyānaṃ a flower-garden.
          --upajīvin m. a florist, gard ener, garland-maker.
          --kālaḥ 1. 'flower-time,' the spring. --2. the time of the menses.
          --kāsīsaṃ green (or black) sulphate of iron.
          --kīṭaḥ a large black bee.
          --ketanaḥ the god of love.
          --ketuḥ the god of love. (--n.) 1. calx of flowers. --2. vitriol (used as a collyrium).
          --gṛhaṃ a flowerhouse, conservatory.
          --ghātakaḥ the bamboo.
          --cayaḥ 1. gathering flowers --2. a quantity of flowers.
          --cāpaḥ the god of love.
          --cāmaraḥ a kind of cane.
          --jaṃ the juice of flowers.
          --daḥ a tree.
          --daṃtaḥ 1. N. of an attendant of Śiva. --2. N. of the author of the Mahima stotra. --3. N. of the elephant presiding over the north-west. --4. the sun and moon (dual).
          --dāman n. a garland of flowers.
          --dravaḥ 1. the sap or exudation of flowers. --2. an infusion of flowers.
          --drumaḥ a flowering txee.
          --dhaḥ the offspring of an outcast Brāhmaṇa; cf. Ms. 10. 21.
          --dhanus-dhanvan m. the god of love; Śi. 9. 41; Ku. 2. 64.
          --dhara a. bearing flowers.
          --dhāraṇaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --dhvajaḥ the god of love.
          --nikṣaḥ a bee.
          --niryāsaḥ, --niryāsakaḥ the sap, nectar, or juice of flowers.
          --netraṃ the tube of a flower.
          --patrin m. the god of love.
          --pathaḥ the vulva.
          --puṭaḥ the calyx of a flower.
          --puraṃ N. of Pātaliputra; R. 6. 24.
          --pracayaḥ, --pracāyaḥ the plucking or gathering of flowers.
          --pracāyikā gathering of flowers.
          --prastāraḥ a bed or couch of flowers.
          --phalaḥ the wood-apple tree.
          --baliḥ an offering of flowers.
          --bāṇaḥ --vāṇaḥ an epithet of the god of love.
          --bhavaḥ the nectar or juice of flowers.
          --maṃjarikā a blue lotus.
          --mālā a garland of flowers.
          --māsaḥ 1. the month of Chaitra, --2. the spring.
          --rajas n. the pollen.
          --rathaḥ a carriage for travelling or for pleasure (but not for war).
          --rasaḥ the nectar or juice of flowers. -āhvayaṃ honey.
          --rāgaḥ, --rājaḥ a topaz.
          --reṇuḥ pollen; vāyurvidhūtayati caṃpakapuṣpareṇūt Kavirahasya; R. 1. 38.
          --locanaḥ the Nāgakeśara tree.
          --lāvaḥ a flower-gatherer. (
          --vī) a female flower-gatherer; Me. 26
          --likṣaḥ --lih m. a bee.
          --vaṭukaḥ a gallant.
          --varṣaḥ, --varṣaṇaṃ a shower of flowers; R. 12. 102.
          --vāṭikā --vāṭī f. a flower-garden.
          --vṛkṣaḥ a tree bearing flowers.
          --vṛṣṭiḥ f. a shower of flowers; R. 12. 94.
          --ve ṇī a garland of flowers.
          --śakraṭī a heavenly voice, voice from heaven.
          --śayyā a flowery bed, a couch of flowers.
          --śaraḥ, --śarāsanaḥ, --sāyakaḥ the god of love.
          --samayaḥ the spring.
          --sāraḥ, --svedaḥ the nectar or honey of flowers.
          --sārā the holy basil.
          --snānaṃ a kind of inauguration.
          --hāsaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2 the blooming of flowers.
          --hāsā a woman in her courses.
          --hīnā a woman past child-bearing.

puṣpakam
     (1) A flower.
     (2) Calx of brass
     (3) A cup of iron.
     (4) The car of Kubera (snatched off from him by Rāvaṇa and from him by Rāma): R. 13. 40; 10. 46.
     (5) A bracelet.
     (6) A kind of collyrium.
     (7) A particular disease of the eyes.
     (8) A bracelet of jewels.
     (9) A small earthen fireplace.

puṣpaṃdhayaḥ A bee.

puṣpavat a.
     (1) Blooming, flowery.
     (2) Set off with flowers. --m. (dual) The sun and moon. --tī A woman in her courses; puṣpavatyapi pavitrā K.

puṣpā N. of the town Champā, the modern Bhāgalpur.

puṣpikā
     (1) The tartar of the teeth.
     (2) The mucus of the penis.
     (3) The last words of a chapter, which state the subject treated therein; e. g. iti śrīmahābhārate śatasāhasrayāṃ saṃhitāyāṃ vanaparvaṇi &c. ... amukodhyāyaḥ.

puṣpiṇī A woman in her courses.

puṣpita a.
     (1) Flowered, full of flowers, in bloom, blooming; ciraviraheṇa vilokya puṣpitāgrāṃ Gīt. 4 (where puṣpitāgrā is also the name of a metre).
     (2) Florid, flowery (as speech).
     (3) Abounding or rich in; as in suvarṇapuṣpitāṃ pṛthvīṃ Pt. 1. 45
     (4) Fully developed, completely manifested.
     (5) Spotted, variegated --tā A woman in her courses.
     -- Comp.
          --agrā N. of a metre; see App. II.

puṣpin a.
     (1) Bearing flowers, blooming, blossoming.
     (2) Rich or abounding in flowers.

puṣpalakaḥ A post, wedge, pin.

puṣyaḥ
     (1) The Kali age.
     (2) The month called pauṣa.
     (3) Tbe eighth lunar mansion (consisting of three stars), written also tiṣya. --ṣyaṃ Ved. 1 The blossom.
     (2) Foam, scum. --ṣyā The asterism called puṣya.
     -- Comp.
          --abhiṣekaḥ, --snānaṃ a ceremony of coronating a king &c. when the moon stands in the asterism Pushya.
          --yogaḥ the moon when in conjunction with Pushya
          --rathaḥ = puṣparathaḥ q. v.

puṣyalakaḥ See puṣyalaka.

pus 10 U. (posayati-te)
     (1) To rub.
     (2) To decrease, lessen.

pust 10 U. (pustayati-te)
     (1) To bind, tie.
     (2) To disrespect, contemn.

pustam
     (1) Plastering, painting, anointing.
     (2) Working in clay, modelling.
     (3) Anything made of clay, wood or metal.
     (4) A book, manuscript.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. plastering, painting.

pustakaḥ --kaṃ, pustī A book, manuscript.

pū 1. 4. A., 9 U. (pavate, pūyate, punāti, punīte, pūta; caus. pāvayati; desid. pupūṣati, pipaviṣate)
     (1) To make pure, cleanse, purify (lit. and fig.); avaśyapāvyaṃ pavase Bk. 6. 64; 3. 18; puṇyāśramadarśanena tāvadātmānaṃ punīmahe S. 1; Ms. 1. 105; 2. 62; Y. 1. 58; R. 1. 53; Bg. 10. 31.
     (2) To refine.
     (3) To clean from chaff, winnow.
     (4) To expiate, atone for.
     (5) To discern, discriminate.
     (6) To think out, devise, invent.
     (7) To become clear or pure (Atm.).

pū a. (At the end of comp.) Purifying, cleansing, refining; as in khalapū &c.

pūta p. p. [pū-kta]
     (1) Purified, cleansed, washed (fig. also); dṛṣṭipūtaṃ nyasetpādaṃ vastrapūtaṃ jalaṃ pibet . satyapūtāṃ vadedvācaṃ manaḥpūnaṃ samācaret Ms. 6. 46.
     (2) Threshed, winnowed.
     (3) Expiated.
     (4) Contrived, invented.
     (5) Stinking, putrid, fetid, foul-smelling. --taḥ
     (1) A conch-shell.
     (2) White Kuśa grass. --taṃ Truth. --tā An epithet of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. pureminded. (--m.) 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. a purified man, saint, sage.
          --kratāyī Śachī, the wife of Indra; Bk. 8. 29.
          --tṛṇaṃ white Kuśa grass.
          --druḥ the tree called palāśa --dhānyaṃ sesamum.
          --pāpa, -pāpman a. freed from sin.
          --phalaḥ the bread-fruit tree (panasa).

pūṣima a. Ved. Purified, clean.

pūniḥ f. Purifying.

pūgaḥ [pū-gan kicc; Uṇ. 1. 121] 1 A multitude, heap, collection, quantity; Śi. 9. 64.
     (2) An association, corporation, union; Y. 2. 30; Ms. 3. 151.
     (3) The areca or betelnut-tree (pūgī also); R. 4. 44; 6. 64; 13. 17.
     (4) Nature, property, disposition. --gaṃ Areca-nut, betelnut.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛta a. heaped, collected.
          --pātraṃ 1. a spitting-pot, spittoon. --2. a betel-box.
          --pīṭhaḥ -ṭhaṃ a spitting-pot.
          --puṣpikā betel-nut and flowers given to guests at a marriage ceremony.
          --phalaṃ the areeanut.
          --vairaṃ enmity against many men.

pūj 10 U. (pūjayati-te, pūjayāṃcakāracakre, apūpujat-ta, apupūjat-ta, pūjayituṃ, pūjita)
     (1) To adore, worship, revere, honour, receive with respect; yadapūpujastvamiha pārtha murajitamapūjitaṃ satāṃ Śi. 15. 14; Ms. 4. 31; Bk. 2. 26; Y. 2. 14.
     (2) To present or honour with; Ms. 7. 203.
     (3) To regard, take notice of.

pūjaka a. (jikā f.) [pūj-ṇvul] Honouring, adoring, worshipping, respecting &c.

pūjanam [pūj-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Worshipping, honouring, adoring; Bg. 17. 14.
     (2) Treating with respect, entertaining, hospitality.
     (3) An object of reverence. --nī A hen-sparrow.

pūjayāna a. Worshipping, honouring.

pūjā [pūj-bhāve-a] Worship, honour, adoration, respect, homage; R. 1. 79.
     -- Comp.
          --arha a. venerable, respectable, worshipful, worthy of reverence.

pūjita p. p. [pūj-kta]
     (1) Honoured, respected.
     (2) Adored, revered.
     (3) Acknowledged.
     (4) Endowed.
     (5) Recommended.
     (6) Frequented.

pūjila a. Venerable, respectable. --laḥ A god.

pūjya a. Deserving respect, worthy of honour, respectable, venerable. --jyaḥ A father-in-law.

pūṇ 10 U. (pūṇayati-te) To heap together, accumulate, amass.

pūt ind. An imitative word expressive of hard breathing or blowing.

pūtkṛ 8 U. To blow, breathe hard.

pūtkārī
     (1) An epithet of Sarasvatī.
     (2) N. of the capital of the Nāgas.

pūtanaḥ A dead body in a cemetery. --nā
     (1) N. of a female demon who, while attempting to kill Kṛṣṇa, when but an infant, was herself crushed by him.
     (2) A demoness, or Rākṣasī in general; mā pūtanātvamupagāḥśivatātiredhi Mal. 9. 49.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, -sūdanaḥ, -han m. epithets of Kṛṣṇa.

pūti a. [pūy-ktic] Putrid, stinking, fetid, foul-smelling; Bg. 17. 10. --tiḥ f. [pū-pūṣ vā bhāve ktin]
     (1) Purification.
     (2) Stink, stench.
     (3) Putrefaction. --n.
     (1) Filthy water.
     (2) Pus, matter.
     (3) The substance called civet.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃḍaḥ a muskdeer.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ the Devadaru tree
          --kāṣṭhakaḥ the Sarala tree.
          --gaṃdha a. putrid, fetid, foul-smelling, stinking. (
          --dhaḥ) 1. stench, fetid odour --2. the Ingudi plant. --3. sulphur
          --gaṃdhi a. stinking, foul-smelling.
          --gaṃdhika a. stinking, fetid.
          --tailā heart-pea.
          --nasyaṃ a kind of disease of the nose in which it emits offensive breath.
          --nāsika a. having a fetid nose.
          --vaktra a. having offensive breath.
          --vātaḥ 'foul air,' a fart.
          --vraṇaṃ a foul ulcer (discharging pus).

pūtika a. Stinking, fetid, foul. --kaṃ Ordure, excrement.

pūtikā 1 A kind of herb.
     (2) A civet-cat; Pt. 3. 98.
     -- Comp.
          --mukhaḥ a bi-valve shell.

pūna a. Destroyed (p. p. of 'pū to destroy').

pūpaḥ A sort of bread; see apūpa.

pūpalā(lī), pūpālikā, pūpālī, pūlikā, pūpikā A sort of sweet cake.

pūy 1 U. (pūyati-te)
     (1) To stink, putrefy.
     (2) To split up, divide.
     (3) To be dissolved; (considered by some to be 4 A. also).

pūyaḥ --yam Pus, discharge from an ulcer or wound, suppuration, matter; Ms. 3. 180; 4. 220; 12. 72.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ the Nimba tree.
          --raktaḥ a kind of disease of the nose (wherein purulent blood or sanies flow out). (
          --ktaṃ) 1. ichor, sanies. --2. discharge of sanies from the nostrils.

pūyanam = pūya q. v.

pūr I. 4 A. (pūryate, pūrṇa)
     (1) To fill, fill out (allied in this sense with pass. of pṝ q. v.).
     (2) To please, satisfy. --II. 10 U. (pūrayati-te, pūrita; strictly the Caus. of pṝ q. v.)
     (1) To fill; ko na yāti vaśaṃ loke mukhe piṃḍena pūrinaḥ Bh. 2. 118; Śi. 9. 64; 16. 34.
     (2) To blow into or fill with wind, blow (as a conchshell).
     (3) To cover, surround; Bk. 7. 30.
     (4) To fulfil, satisfy; pūgyatu kutūhalaṃ vatsaḥ U. 4; so āśāṃ, manorathaṃ &c.
     (5) To intensify, strengthen (as sound).
     (6) To make resonant.
     (7) To load or enrich with (gifts &c.).
     (8) To draw (as a bow).
     (9) To spend (time).

pūraḥ [pūr-ka]
     (1) Filling, making full.
     (2) Satisfying, pleasing, making content.
     (3) Pouring in, supplying; atailapūrāḥ suratapradīpāḥ Ku. 1. 10.
     (4) The swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, flood; R. 3. 17.
     (5) A stream or flood in general; aṃbu- ba ṣpa-, śoṇita- &c.
     (6) A piece of water, lake, pond.
     (7) The healing or cleansing of wounds.
     (8) A kind of cake.
     (9) Drawing in breath slowly through the nose. (10) The citron tree. --raṃ A kind of incense
     -- Comp.
          --utpīḍaḥ a flood or excess of water; pūsetpīṃḍa taḍāgasya parīdāhaḥ pratikriyā U. 3. 29.

pūraka a. [pūr-ṇvul]
     (1) Filling up, completing.
     (2) Satisfying, making content. --kaḥ
     (1) The citron tree.
     (2) A ball of meal offered at the conclusion of the oblations to the Manes.
     (3) (In arith.) The multiplier.
     (4) Closing the right nostril and inhaling air through the left (as a religious ceremony); cf. recaka.

pūraṇa a. (ṇī f.) [pūr-kartari lyu]
     (1) Filling up, completing.
     (2) Ordinal (as applied to numbers) (dvitīya, tṛtīya &c.); na pūraṇī taṃ samupaiti saṃkhyā Ki. 3. 51.
     (3) Satisfying.
     (4) Drawing (as a bow). --ṇaḥ 1 A bridge, dam, causeway.
     (2) The ocean.
     (3) The Sālmali tree.
     (4) A kind of medicinal oil (viṣṇutailaṃ). --ṇī
     (1) An epithet of Durgā.
     (2) The silk-cotton tree. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Filling.
     (2) Filling up, completing; R. 9. 73.
     (3) Puffing or swelling.
     (4) Fulfilling, accomplishing.
     (5) A sort of cake.
     (6) A funeral cake.
     (7) Rain, raining.
     (8) Warp.
     (9) Multiplication (in math.). (10) Injection of fluids (in Medic.).
     (11) Drawing, bending (as a bow).
     (12) Decorating, adorning.
     -- Comp.
          --pratyayaḥ an affix forming an ordinal number.

pūrayitṛ a.
     (1) Filling, filling up.
     (2) Satisfying, gratifying. --m. An epithet of Viṣṇu.

pūrikaḥ --kā A kind of cake.

pūrita p. p.
     (1) Filled, complete.
     (2) Overspread, covered over with.
     (3) Multiplied.

pūrṇa p. p. [pur-kta ni-]
     (1) Filled, filled with, full of; opt. in comp; taṃ tathā kṛpayāviṣṭaṃ aśrupūrṇākulekṣaṇaṃ Bg. 2. 1; so śoka-, jala- &c.
     (2) Whole, full, entire, complete; R. 3. 38.
     (3) Fulfilled, accomplished.
     (4) Ended, completed.
     (5) Past, elapsed.
     (6) Satisfied, contented.
     (7) Full-sounding, sonorous.
     (8) Strong, powerful.
     (9) Selfish, or self-indulgent. (10) Drawn, bent (as a bow). --rṇā 1 An epithet of the fifteenth digit of the moon.
     (2) N. of the fifth, tenth, and fifteenth lunar days or tithis. --rṇaṃ Ved.
     (1) Abundance, plenty.
     (2) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ an integer.
          --abhilāṣa a. satisfied, contented.
          --amṛtā epithet of the sixteenth digit of the moon.
          --avatāraḥ N. of the fourth, seventh and eighth incarnations of Viṣṇu.
          --ānakaṃ 1. a drum. --2. the sound of a drum. --3. a vessel. --4. a moon-beam. --5. = pūrṇapātra q. v.; (sometimes read pūrṇālaka also).
          --ānaṃdaḥ the Supreme being.
          --āhūtiḥ f. an offering made with a full ladle.
          --iṃduḥ the full moon.
          --upamā a full or complete simile, i. e. one in which the four requisites upamāna, upameya, sādhāraṇadharma and upamāpratipādaka are all expressed; (opp. luptopamā); e. g. aṃbhoruhamivātāmraṃ mugdhe karatalaṃ tava; see K. P. 10 under upamā. --kakuda a. full-humped.
          --kāma a. one whose desires are fulfilled, satisfied, contented. (
          --maḥ) N. of the Supreme being.
          --kuṃbhaḥ 1. a full jar. --2. a vessel full of water. --3. a particular mode of fighting. --4. a hole (in a wall) of the shape of a water-jar; tadatra pakveṣṭake pūrṇakuṃbha eva śobhate Mk. 3.
          --parveṃdu f. the day of full moon.
          --pātraṃ 1. a full cup or jar. --2. a cup-ful. --3. a measure of capacity (equal to 256 handfuls). --4. a vessel (or a box or basket) filled with valuable things (such as clothes, ornaments &c.) and scrambled for by servants or relatives on festive occasions or distributed as presents; hence, the word is often used to denote 'a present made to one who brings a happy news'; kadā me tanayajanmamahotsavānaṃdanirmaro hariṣyati pūrṇapātraṃ parijanaḥ K. 62, 70, 73, 165; sakhījanenāpahriyamāṇapūrṇapātrāṃ 299; tatkāmaṃ prabhavati pūrṇapātravṛttyā svīkartuṃ mama hṛdayaṃ ca jīvitaṃ ca Māl. 4. 1; (pūrṇapātra is thus defined;
          --harṣādutsavakāle yadalaṃkārāṃśukādikaṃ . ākṛṣya gṛhyate pūrṇapātraṃ syātpūrṇakaṃ ca tat . or vardhāpakaṃ yadānaṃdādalaṃkārādikaṃ punaḥ .. ākṛṣya gṛhyate pūrṇapātraṃ pūrṇānakaṃ ca tat .. Hārāvalī). --5. a vessel full of rice presented to the priests at the end of the sacrifice.
          --bī (vī) jaḥ the citron.
          --mās m. 1. the sun. --2. the moon. (f.) the day of full moon
          --māsaḥ 1. the moon. --2. a monthly sacrifice performed on the day of full moon.
          --māsī the day of full moon.
          --homaḥ = pūrṇāhutiḥ q. v.

pūrṇakaḥ
     (1) A kind of tree.
     (2) A cock.
     (3) The blue jay.

pūrṇimā, pūrṇimāsī, pūrṇamā The day of full moon; N. 2. 76.

pūrta a. [pūr-kta ni-]
     (1) Full, complete.
     (2) Concealed, covered.
     (3) Nourished, protected. --rtaṃ
     (1) Fulfilment.
     (2) Cherishing, nourishing.
     (3) Granting.
     (4) A reward, merit.
     (5) An act of pious liberality; it is thus defined; --vāpīkūpataḍāgādi devatāyatanāni ca . annapradānamāra maḥ pūrtamityabhidhīyate Ms. 4. 226; Māl. 1. 5 (opp. iṣṭa which is thus defined by Atri.--agnihotraṃ taṣaḥ satyaṃ vedānāṃ caiva pālanam . ātithyaṃ vaiśvadevaśca iṣṭīmatyabhidhīyate); cf, iṣṭapūrva.

pūrtiḥ f.
     (1) Filling.
     (2) Completion, fulfilment, accomplishment.
     (3) Satiety; satisfaction.
     (4) Rewarding, a reward.
     (5) Multiplying.

pūryya a.
     (1) To be filled or satisfied.
     (2) To be nourished or maintained.

pūruṣaḥ = puruṣa q. v.; Bv. 1. 75.

pūrva a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.)
     (1) Being in front of, first, foremost.
     (2) Eastern, easterly, to the east of; grāmātparvataḥ pūrvaḥ Sk.
     (3) Previous to, earlier than.
     (4) Old, ancient; pūrvasūribhiḥ R. 1. 4; idaṃ kavibhyaḥ pūrvebhyo namovākaṃ praśāsmahe U. 1. 1.
     (5) Former, previous, interior, prior, antecedent (opp. uttara); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly' or 'before'; śrutapūrva &c.
     (6) A foresaid. before-mentioned.
     (7) Initial.
     (8) Established, customary, of long standing.
     (9) Early, prime. pūrve vayasi Pt. 1. 165 'in early age or prime of life.' (10) (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; saṃbaṃdhamābhāṣaṇapūrvamāhuḥ R. 2. 58; puṇyaḥ śabdo muniriti muhuḥ kevalaṃ rājapūrvaḥ S. 2. 14; tānsmitapūrvamāha Ku. 7. 47; bahumānapūrvayā 5. 31; daśapūrvarathaṃ yamākhyayā daśakaṃṭhāriguruṃ vidurbudhāḥ R. 8. 29; so matipūrvaṃ Ms. 11. 147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12. 89; abodhapūrvaṃ 'unconsciously', S. 5. 2 &c. --rvaḥ An ancestor, a forefather; pūrvaiḥ kilāyaṃ parivardhito naḥ R. 13. 3; payaḥ pūrvaiḥ saniśvāsaiḥ kavoṣyamupabhujyate 1. 67; 5. 14; anukāriṇi pūrveṣā yuktarūpamidaṃ tvāyi S. 2. 16. --rvaṃ The forepart; anavaratadhanurjyāsphālanakrūrapūrvaṃ (gātraṃ) S. 2. 4. --rvā 1 The east
     (2) N. of a country to the east of Madhydeśa. --rvaṃ ind.
     (1) Before (with abl.); māsātpūrvaṃ.
     (2) Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, before-hand; taṃ pūrvamabhivādayet Ms. 2. 117; 3. 94; 8. 205; R. 12. 35; praṇipātapūrvaṃ K.; bhūtapūrvakharālayaṃ U. 2. 17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; samayapūrvaṃ S. 5 'after a formal agree ment.'
     (3) Immemorially. (pūrveṇa 'in front, before', to she east of', with gen. or acc.; adya pūrvaṃ 'tillnow', hitherto'; pūrvaṃḥ -tataḥ -paścāta upari 'first-then, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently', pūrvaṃadhutā or adya 'formerly-now.'
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the sacred fire kept in the house (āvasathā). --acalaḥ, --adriḥ the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise.
          --adhikārin m. the first occupant, a prior owner.
          --aṃtaḥ the end of a preceding word.
          --apara a. 1. eastern and western. katamo'yaṃ pūrvāparasamudrāvagāḍhaḥsānumānālokyata S 7; pūrvāparau toyanidhī vagāhya Ku. 1. 1. --2. first and last. --3 prior and subsequent, preceding and following. --4. connected with another. (
          --raṃ) 1. what is before and behind. --2. connection. --3. the proof and the thing to be proved. -virodhaḥ inconsistency, incongruity.
          --abhimukha a. turned towards or facing the east.
          --abhyāsaḥ former practice or experience.
          --aṃbudhiḥ the eastern ocean.
          --arjita a. attained by former works. (
          --taṃ) ancestral property.
          --ardhaḥ --rdhaṃ 1. the first half; dinasya pūrvārdhaparārdhabhinnā chāyeva naitrī khalasajjanānāṃ Bh. 2. 60; samāptaṃ pūrva rdhaṃ &c. --2. the upper part (of the body); śakuṃtalā pūrvārdhena śayanādutthāya S. 3; R. 16. 6. --3. the first half of a hemistich.
          --ahṇa; the earlier part of the day, forenoon, Ms. 4. 96; 152. (pūrvāhṇatana, pūrvāhṇikaḥ pūrvāhṇatana a. relating to the forenoon).
          --āvedakaḥ a plaintiff.
          --āṣāḍhā N. of the 20th lunar mansion consisting of two stars.
          --itara a, western.
          --ukta, --udita a. beforementioned, aforesaid.
          --uttara a. north-eastern. (
          --rā) the northeast. (
          --re dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent.
          --karman n. 1. a former act or work. --2. the first thing to be done, a prior work. --3. actions done in a former life. --4. preparations, preliminary arrangements.
          --kalpaḥ former times.
          --kāyaḥ 1. the fore-part of the body of animals; paścārdhena praviṣṭaḥ śarapatanabhayādbhūyasā pūrvakāyaṃ S. 1. 7. --2. the upper part of the body of men; spṛśan kareṇānatapūrvakāyaṃ R. 5. 32; paryaṃkabaṃdhasthirapūrvakāyaṃ Ku. 3. 45.
          --kāla a. belonging to ancient times. (
          --laḥ) former or ancient times.
          --kālika, -kālīna a. ancient.
          --kāṣṭhā the east, eastern quarter.
          --kṛta a. previously done. (
          --taṃ) an act done in a former life.
          --koṭiḥ f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or pūrvapakṣa q. v.
          --gaṃgā N. of the river Narmadā.
          --codita a. 1. aforesaid, above-mentioned. --2. previously stated or advanced (as an objection).
          --ja a. 1. born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born. --2. ancient, old. --3. eastern. (
          --jaḥ) 1 an elder brother; Śi. 6. 44; R. 15. 36. --2. the son of the elder wife. --3. an ancestor, a forefather: sa pūrvajānāṃ kapilena roṣāt R. 16. 34. --4. (pl.) the progenitors of mankind. --5. the Manes living in the world of the moon. (
          --jā) an elder sister.
          --janman n. a former birth. (--m.) an elder brother; R. 14. 44; 15. 95.
          --jātiḥ f. a former birth.
          --jñānaṃ knowledge of a former life.
          --dakṣiṇa a. south-eastern. (
          --ṇā) the south-east.
          --dikpatiḥ Indra, the regent of the east.
          --dina the forenoon.
          --diś f. the east.
          --diśya a. situated towards the east, eastern.
          --diṣṭaṃ the award of destiny.
          --devaḥ 1. an ancient deity. --2. a demon or Asura. --3. a progenitor (pitṛ). --4. (dual) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa.
          --devatā a progenitor (pitṛ) of gods or of men: akrodhanāḥ śaucaparāḥ satataṃ brahmacāriṇaḥ . nyastaśastrā mahābhāgāḥ pitaraḥ pūrvadevatāḥ ... --deśaḥ the eastern country, or the eastern part of India.
          --nipātaḥ the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. paranipāta --pakṣaḥ 1. the fore-part or side. --2. the first half of a lunar month. --3. the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question. --4. the first objection to an argument. --5. the statement of the plaintiff. --6. a suit at law. --7. an assertion, a proposition. -pādaḥ the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding.
          --padaṃ the first member of a compound or sentence.
          --parvataḥ the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise.
          --pāṃcālaka a. belonging to the eastern Panchālas.
          --pāṇinīyāḥ (m. pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east.
          --pālin m. an epithet of Indra.
          --pitāmahaḥ a forefather, an ancestor.
          --puruṣaḥ 1. an epithet of Brahmā. --2. any one of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (pitṛ, pitāmaha, and prapitāmaha); Pt. 1. 89. --3. an ancestor in general.
          --pūrva a. each preceding one. (
          --rvāḥ) m. pl. forefathers.
          --phalgunī the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars -bhavaḥ an epithet of the planet Jupiter.
          --bhāgaḥ 1. the forepart. --2. the upper part.
          --bhā (bha) drapadā the twenty fifth lunar mansion containing two stars.
          --bhāvaḥ 1. priority. --2. prior or antecedent existence; yena sahaiva yasya yaṃ prati pūvabhāvo'vagamyate Tarka K. --3. (Rhet.) disclosing an inten tion.
          --bhāṣin a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous.
          --bhuktiḥ f. prior occupation or possession.
          --bhūta a. preceding, previous.
          --mīmāṃsā 'the prior or first Mīmāmsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the uttaramīmāṃsā or vedāṃta; see mīmāṃsā. --raṃgaḥ the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; yannāṭyavastunaḥ pūrvaṃ raṃgavighnopaśāṃtaye . kuśīlavāḥ prakurvaṃti pūrvaraṃgaḥ sa ucyate .. D. R.; pūrvaragaṃ vidhāyaiva sūtradhāro nivartate S. D. 283; pūrvaraṃgaḥ prasaṃgāya nāṭakīyasya vastunaḥ Śi. 2. 8 (see Malli. thereon).
          --rāgaḥ the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; śravaṇāddarśanādvāpi mithaḥ saṃrūḍharāgayoḥ . daśāviśeṣo'yo prāptau pūrvarāga sa ucyate ... S. D. 214.
          --rātraḥ the first part of the night.
          --rūpaṃ 1. indication of an approaching change. --2. a symptom of occurring disease. --3. the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants that is retained. --4. (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ a symptom of coming sickness.
          --vayas a. young. (--n.) youth.
          --vartin a. existing before, prior, previous.
          --vādaḥ the first plea or commencement of an action at law.
          --vādin m. the complainant or plaintiff.
          --vṛttaṃ 1. a former event; R. 11. 10. --2. previous conduct.
          --vairin a. one who first commences hostilities, an aggressor.
          --śārada a. relating to the first half of autumn.
          --śailaḥ see pūrvaparvata. --sakthaṃ the upper part of the thigh.
          --saṃdhyā daybreak, dawn; Śi. 11. 40.
          --sara a. going in front.
          --sāgaraḥ the eastern ocean; R. 4. 32.
          --sāhasaḥ the first or heaviest of the three fines.
          --sthitiḥ f. former or first state.

pūrvaka a. (At the end of comp.) 1 Preceded by, attended with; anāmayapraśvapūrvakamāha S. 5. --2. Preceding, antecedent.
     (3) Previous, former, prior.
     (4) First. --kaḥ An ancestor, a forefather.

pūrvaṃgama a. Going before, preceding.

pūrvatana a. Former, old, ancient.

pūrvatas ind.
     (1) In the east, to the east; R. 3. 42.
     (2) Before, in front of
     (3) First, in the first place.

pūrvatra ind. In the preceding part, previously.

pūrvavat a.
     (1) Having something antecedent or a cause.
     (2) Relating to something preceding. --n. One of the three kinds of anumāna, inference of the effect from the cause; i. e. inferring from the rising of clouds that rain will fall. --ind. As before.

pūrvin a. (ṇī f.), pūrvīṇa a.
     (1) Ancient.
     (2) Ancestral.

pūrvedyus ind.
     (1) On the former day.
     (2) On the day before, yesterday; Ms. 3. 187.
     (3) During the first part of the day, in the morning, at dawn.
     (4) Early, betimes.

pūrvya a. Ved.
     (1) Former, previous.
     (2) Ancient, old.
     (3) Next, near.
     (4) Eastern.
     (5) Excellent.

pūl 1 P., 10 U. (pūlati, pūlayati-te) To heap up, collect, gather.

pūlaḥ, pūlakaḥ A bundle, pack.

pūlākaḥ = pulāka q. v.

pūlikā A kind of cake.

pūlyam An empty grain of corn.

pūṣ 1 P. (pūṣati)
     (1) To nourish.
     (2) To increase, grow; cf. puṣ.

pūṣaḥ, pūṣakaḥ The mulberry tree.

pūṣan m. (nom. pūṣā, --ṣaṇau, --ṣaṇaḥ) [pūṣ-kanin; Uṇ. 1. 156] The sun; sadāpāṃthaḥ pūṣā gaganaparimāṇaṃ kalayati Bh. 2. 114; iṃdhanaughadhagapyagnistviṣā nātyeti pūṣaṇaṃ Śi. 2. 43.
     -- Comp.
          --asuhṛd m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --ātmajaḥ 1. a cloud. --2. an epithet of Indra.
          --daṃtaharaḥ an epithet of Vīrabhadra; see adaṃta. --bhāsā the city of Indra.

pṛ 6 A. (priyate-pṛta) To be busy or active (mostly with vyā): kārye vyapriyate; see vyāpṛta. --Caus (pārayati-te)
     (1) To cause to work, engage upon, entrust with, appoint to; (usually with loc.); vyāpāritaḥ śūlabhṛtā vidhāya siṃhatvamaṃkāgatasatvavṛtti R. 2. 38.
     (2) To place, set, fix, direct, cast; vyāpārayāmāsa karaṃ kirīṭe R. 6. 19; upāmukhe ... vyāpārayāmāsa vilocanāni Ku. 3. 67; vyāpāritaṃ śirasi śastrapaśastra pāṇeḥ Ve. 3. 19; R. 13 25. --II. 3 P. (piparti, pūrṇaṃ)
     (1) To bring or carry over.
     (2) To deliver from, bring out of.
     (3) To fill.
     (4) To protect, maintain. sustain.
     (5) To promote, advance. --III. 9. P. (pṛṇāti) To protect. --IV. 10 U. (pārayati-te; sometimes pār is regarded as a separate root)
     (1) To carry over or across, ferry over.
     (2) To reach the other side of anything, accomplish, perform, achieve, bring to a conclusion (a vow &c.).
     (3) To be able or capable; na khalu mātāpinarau bhartṛviyogaduḥkhitāṃ duhitaraṃ draṣṭu pārayataḥ S. 6.; na pārayāmi tātakāśyapasya ... āpannasattvāṃ śakuṃtalāṃ niṃvadayituṃ S. 4; adhikaṃ na hi pārayāmi vaktu Bv. 2. 59.
     (4) To deliver, save, extricate, rescue.
     (5) To withstand, oppose.
     (6) To live. --V. 5 P. (pṛgoti)
     (1) To please or delight, gratify.
     (2) To be pleased or delighted.

pṛc I. 2 A. (pṛkte, pṛkṇa) To come in contact with. --II. 7 P. (pṛṇakti, pṛkta)
     (1) To bring into contact with, join, unite; evaṃ vadan dāśarathirapṛṇagdhanuṣā śaraṃ Bk. 6. 39.
     (2) To mix, mingle.
     (3) To be in contact with, touch.
     (4) To satisfy, fill, satiate.
     (5) To augment, increase.
     (6) Ved To give or grant bountifully. --III. 1 P., 10 U. (parcati, parcayati-te)
     (1) To touch come in contact with.
     (2) To hinder oppose.

pṛkta p. p. [pṛc-kta]
     (1) Mixed, mingled; pṛktastuṣārairgirinirjharāṇāṃ B. 2. 13.
     (2) Touched, brought into contact, touching, united.
     (3) Filled, full. --ktaṃ Property, wealth.

pṛktiḥ f. Touch, contact, union.

pṛktham Property, wealth, possessions.

pṛkṣas m. Ved. Food.

pṛcchakaḥ [pracch-ṇvul saṃprasāraṇaṃ] An inquirer, an investigator; pṛcchakena sadā bhāvyaṃ puruṣeṇa vijānatā Pt. 5. 93; Y. 2. 268.

pṛcchanam Asking, inquiring.

pṛcchā 1 Questioning, asking, inquiring.
     (2) An inquiry into the future.

pṛṃj 2 A. (pṛṃkte) To come in contact with, touch.

pṛḍ, pṛṇ 6 P. (pṛḍa-ṇa-ti) To delight, please.

pṛt f. An army. (This word has no forms for the first five inflections and is optionally substituted for pṛtanā after acc. dual).

pṛtanam Ved.
     (1) A hostile encounter.
     (2) An army.

pṛtanā
     (1) An army(in general).
     (2) A division of an army consisting of 243 elephants, as many chariots, 729 horse, and 1215 foot.
     (3) Battle, fight, encounter.
     (4) A hostile army.
     (5) (pl.) Men, mankind (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --sāhaḥ an epithet of Indra.

pṛtanāyu a. Ved. Hostile, inimical.

pṛtanyati Den. P. To attack, encounter.

pṛtanyā An army.

pṛth 10 U. (parthayati-te)
     (1) To extend.
     (2) To throw, cast.
     (3) To send, direct.

pṛthaḥ Ved. 1 The palm of the hand.
     (2) A kind of measure.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

pṛthak ind.
     (1) Severally, separately, singly; śaṃkhān dadhmuḥ pṛthak pṛthak Bg. 1. 18; Ms. 3. 26; 7. 57.
     (2) Different, separate, distinct; Bg. 5. 4; 13. 4; racitā pṛthagarthatā girāṃ Ki. 2. 27.
     (3) Apart, aside. alone; V. 4. 20.
     (4) Apart from, except, with the exception of, without; (with acc., instr., or abl.); pṛthagrāmeṇa-rāmāt-rāmaṃ vā Sk.; Bk. 8. 109. pṛthak kṛ
     (1) to separate, divide, sever, analyse.
     (2) to keep off, avert.).
     -- Comp.
          --ātmatā 1. severalty, separateness. --2. distinction, difference. --3. discrimination, judgment.
          --ātmana a. distinct, separate.
          --ātmikā individual existence, individuality.
          --karaṇaṃ, -kriyā 1. separating, distinguishing. --2. analysing.
          --kula a. belonging to a different family.
          --kṣatrāḥ (m. pl.) children of one father by different wives, or by wives of different classes.
          --cara a. going alone or separately.
          --janaḥ 1. a low man, an unenlightened, vulgar man, the mob, low people; na pṛthagjanacchuvo vaśaṃ vaśināmutama gaṃtumarhasi R. 8. 90; Ki. 14. 24. --2. a fool, a blockhead, an ignorant man; Śi. 16. 9. --3. a wicked man, sinner.
          --piṃḍaḥ a distant relation who offers the funeral rice-ball separately and not together with other relations.
          --bhāvaḥ separateness, individuality; (so pṛthaktvaṃ). --rūpa a. of different shapes or kinds.
          --vidha a. of different kinds, diverse, various.
          --śayyā sleeping apart.
          --syitiḥ f. separate existence.

pṛthaktvam
     (1) Separateness, severalty. --2. Individuality.

pṛthavī See pṛthivī.

pṛthā N. of Kuntī, one of the two wives of Pāṇḍu.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ tanayaḥ, -sutaḥ, -sūnu an epithet of the first three Pāṇḍava princes, but generally applied only to Arjuna; aśvatthānā hata iti pṛthāsūnunā spaṣṭamuktavā Ve 3. 9; abhitasnaṃ pṛthāsūnuḥ snehena paritastare Ki. 11. 8.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Pāṇḍu.

pṛthikā A centipede.

pṛthivī [cf. Uṇ. 1. 184] 1 The earth; (sometimes written pṛthivi also)
     (2) Ground, soil.
     (3) The earth considered as one of the nine substances or five primary elements.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, -īśaḥ, -kṣit m.,
          --pālaḥ, pālakaḥ, --bhuj m., -bhujaḥ, -śukraḥ a king.
          --talaṃ the surface of the earth.
          --patiḥ 1. a king. --2. Yama, the god of death.
          --bhaṃḍalaḥ, --laṃ the circuit of the earth.
          --ruhaḥ a tree: pavamānaḥ pṛthivīruhāniva R. 8. 9.
          --lokaḥ terrestrial world, the earth.

pṛthu a. (thu or thvī f., compar. prathīyas superl. prathiṣṭha) [prath kusaṃpra- Uṇ. 1. 28] 1 Broad wide, spacious, expansive; pṛthunitaṃba q. v. below; siṃdhoḥ pṛthumapi tanuṃ Me. 46.
     (2) Copious, abundant, ample; V. 4. 25.
     (3) Large, great; dṛśaḥ pṛthutarīkṛtāḥ Ratn. 2. 15; Śi. 12. 48; R. 11. 25.
     (4) Detailed, prolix.
     (5) Numerous.
     (6) Smart, sharp, clever.
     (7) Important.
     (8) Various. --thuḥ 1 N. of fire or Agni.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) Of Mahādeva.
     (4) N. of a king. [Pṛthu was the son of Veṇa, son of Anga. He was called the first king, from whom the earth received her name Pṛthvi. The Viṣṇu Purāṇa relates that when Veṇa who was wicked by nature and prohibited worship and sacrifice, was beaten to death by the pious sages, and when consequently robbery and anarchy prevailed in the absence of a King, the Munis rubbed the right arm of the dead king to produce a son, and from it sprang the majestic Pṛthu, glowing like Agni. He was immediately declared King, and his subjects who had suffered from famine, besought the monarch for the edible fruits and plants which the earth withheld from them. In anger Pṛthu took up his bow to compel her to yield the supply so much needed by his subjects. She assumed the form of a cow and began to flee chased by the King. But she at last yielded and requested him to spare her life, and at the same time promised to restore all the needed fruits, plants &c., 'if a calf were given to her through which she might be able to secrete milk'. Pṛthu thereupon made Svāyambhuva Manu the calf milked the earth, and received the milk into his own hand, from which proceeded all kinds of corn, vegetables, fruits &c., for the maintenance of his subjects. The example of Pṛthu was afterwards followed by a variety of milkers-gods, men, Ṛṣis, mountains, Nāgas, Asuras &c., who found out the proper milkman and calf from their own number, and milked the earth of whatever they wanted; cf. Ku. 1. 2]. --thu f. Opium
     -- Comp.
          --udara a. big-bellied, corpulent. (
          --raḥ) a ram.
          --jaghana, -nitaṃba a. having large or broad hips or slopes; pṛthunitaṃba nitaṃbavatī tava V. 4. 26.
          --patraḥ -traṃ red garlic.
          --pratha, --yaśas a. far-famed, widely renowned
          --roman m. a fish. -yugma. the sign Pisces of the zodiac.
          --śekharaḥ a mountain.
          --śrī a. highly prosperous.
          --śroṇi a. having large hips.
          --saṃpad a. rich, wealthy.
          --skaṃdhaḥ a hog.

pṛthukaḥ --kam Rice parched and flattened (Mar. pohe). --kaḥ A child; ninyurjananyaḥ pṛthukān pathibhyaḥ Śi. 3. 30 --kā A girl.

pṛthula a. Broad, large, wide; śroṇiṣu priyakara pṛthulāsu sparśamāpa sakalena talena Śi. 10. 65.

pṛthvī [pṛthu-ṅīṣ]
     (1) The earth.
     (2) The earth as one of the five elements.
     (3) Large cardamoms.
     (4) N. of a metre; (see App. I.)
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, -patiḥ, -pālaḥ, -bhuj m. a king, sovereign.
          --khātaṃ a cavern.
          --garbhaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa.
          --gṛhaṃ a cave, grotto.
          --jaḥ 1. a tree. --2. the planet Mars.
          --dharaḥ a mountain.

pṛthvīkā 1 Large cardamoms.
     (2) Small cardamoms.

pṛdākuḥ 1 A scorpion.
     (2) A tiger.
     (3) A serpent, adder
     (4) A tree
     (5) An elephant.
     (6) A panther (citraka).

pṛśana a. Ved.
     (1) Clinging, attached to --naṃ Clinging to, attachment.

paśni(ṣṇi) a. [spṛa-ni- kicca pṛṣo- salopaḥ; Uṇ. 4. 52]
     (1) Short, small, dwarfish.
     (2) Delicate, feeble.
     (3) Diversified, spotted.
     (4) Various, diverse (Ved.). --śniḥ A dwarf. --śni f.
     (1) A ray of light.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) The starry sky.
     (4) N. of Devakī, mother of Kṛṣṇa.
     (4) The earth.
     (5) A cloud.
     (6) Milk.
     -- Comp.
          --garbhaḥ, -dharaḥ, -bhadraḥ epithets of Kṛṣṇa.
          --śṛṃgaḥ 1. an epithet of Kṛ ṣṇa. --2. of Gaṇeśa.

pṛśni(ṣṇi)kā, pṛśnī(ṣṇī) N. of an aquatic plant.

pṛṣ 1 A. (parṣate)
     (1) To sprinkle.
     (2) To hurt, injure.
     (3) To give.
     (4) To vex, pain, weary.

pṛṣat a. 1 Spotted, variegated. --2 Sprinkling --m. The spotted ante lope. --n.
     (1) A drop of water or of any other liquid; (said by some to be used only in pl.).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ, aśvaḥ 1. wind, air. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --ājyaṃ ghee mixed with co agulated milk.
          --patiḥ (pṛṣatāṃpatiḥ) wind.
          --balaḥ N. of the horse of Wind.

pṛṣata a. [pṛs-atac kicca] Spotted. --taḥ
     (1) The spotted antelope.
     (2) A drop of water; pṛṣatairapāṃ śamayatā ca rajaḥ Ki. 6. 27; R. 3. 3; 4. 27; 6. 51.
     (3) A spot, mark.
     (4) An antelope considered as the vehicle of Vāyu.
     -- Comp.
          --aśvaḥ air, wind.

pṛṣatkaḥ An arrow; tadupoḍhaiśca nabhaścaraiḥ pṛṣatkaḥ Ki. 13. 23; Śi. 20. 18; Vb. 1. 1; dhanurbhṛtāṃ hastavatāṃ pṛṣatkāḥ R. 7. 45.

pṛṣaṃtiḥ A drop of water; payaḥpṛṣaṃtibhiḥ rapṛṣṭā vāṃti vātāḥśanaiḥśanaiḥ Bharata on Ak.

pṛṣabhāṣā = pūṣabhasā q. v.

pṛṣākarā A small stone.

pṛṣātakam Mixture of ghee and coagulated milk.

pṛṣodaraḥ Wind, air. (The word is supposed to be compounded of pṛṣat and udara, the t of pṛṣat being dropped as an irregular case. The word is thus taken as the type of a whole class of such irregular compounds); pṛṣodarāditvāt sādhuḥ, see Gaṇa to P. VI. 3. 109.

pṛṣṭa p. p. [pṛṣ-pracch-vā kta]
     (1) Asked, inquired, interrogated, questioned.
     (2) Sprinkled.

pṛṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Inquiry, interrogation.
     (2) Ved. A rib.
     (3) Touch.
     (4) A ray of light.

pṛṣṭahāyanaḥ
     (1) A species of grain.
     (2) An elephant.

pṛṣṭham [pṛṣ spṛś-vā thak ni-; Uṇ. 2. 12] 1 The back, hinder part, rear.
     (2) The back of an animal; aśvapṛṣṭhamārūḍhaḥ &c.
     (3) The surface or upper side; R. 4. 31, 12 67; Ku. 7. 51; so avanipṛṣṭhacāriṇīṃ U. 3.
     (4) The back or the other side (of a letter, document &c.); Y. 2. 93.
     (5) The flat roof of a house.
     (6) The page of a book. (pṛṣṭhena, pṛṣṭhe 'behind, from behind').
     -- Comp.
          --anuga, --gāmin, yāyin a. going behind, following; Pt. 1. 59.
          --asthi n. the back-bone.
          --udaya a. an epithet of particular signs of the zodiac, i. e. Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Sagittarius and Capricorn.
          --gopaḥ, -rakṣaḥ a soldier who protects the rear of a warrior while he is fighting.
          --grāṃthi a. hump-backed.
          --cakṣus m. a crab.
          --talpanaṃ the exterior muscles on the back of an elephant.
          --dṛṣṭiḥ 1. a crab. --2. a bear.
          --pātin a. following.
          --phalaṃ the superficial contents of a figure.
          --bhāgaḥ the back.
          --māṃsaṃ 1. flesh on the back; prāk pādayoḥ patati khādati pṛṣṭhamāṃsaṃ H. 1. 81. --2. a fleshy protuberance on the back. -ada, -adan a. back-biter, slanderer, calumniator. (
          --daṃ --danaṃ) back-biting; pṛṣṭhamāṃsādanaṃ tadyat parokṣe doṣakīrtanaṃ Hemachandra; see pṛṣṭhamāṃsa above.
          --yānaṃ riding.
          --vaṃśaḥ the back-bone.
          --vāstu n. the upper story of a house.
          --vāh m.,
          --vāhyaḥ a draught-ox.
          --śaya a. sleeping on the back.
          --śṛṃgaḥ a wild goat.
          --śṛṃgin m. 1. a ram. --2. a buffalo. --3. a eunuch. --4. an epithet of Bhīma.

pṛṣṭhakam The back. (pṛṣṭhake kṛ 1. to put off, postpone. --2. to resign, give up, discard).

pṛṣṭhatas ind.
     (1) Behind, behind the back, from behind, gacchataḥ pṛṣṭhato'nviyāt Ms. 4. 154; 8. 300; Bg. 11. 40.
     (2) Towards the back, backwards; gaccha pṛṣṭhataḥ.
     (3) On the back.
     (4) Behind the back, secretly, covertly. (pṛṣṭhataḥ kṛ means 1. to place on the back, leave behind. --2. to neglect, forsake, abandon. --3. to renounce, desist from, leave off, resign; yenāśāḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ kṛtvā nairāśyamavalaṃbitaṃ H. 1. 144; lajjāṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ kṛtvā K.; pṛṣṭhato gam to follow; pṛṣṭhato bhū 1. to stand at the back. --2. to be disregarded).

pṛṣṭhya a. Relating to the back. --ṣṭhyaḥ A pack-horse. --ṣṭhyā
     (1) A mare for draught.
     (2) An edge on the back of the altar.

pṛṣṇiḥ f.
     (1) The heel,
     (2) A ray of light.

pṝ 3. 9. P. (pirpīṃta, pṛṇāti, papāra, apārīt, pari-rī-ṣyati, pari-rī-tuṃ, pūrṇa;) pass. pūryate; caus. pūrayati-te; desid. pipari-rī-ṣati, pupūrṣati)
     (1) To fill, fill up, complete.
     (2) To fulfil, gratify (as hopes &c.).
     (3) To fill with wind, blow (as a conch, flute &c.).
     (4) To satisfy, refresh, please; pitṝnapārit Bk. 1. 2
     (5) To rear, bring up, nourish, nurture, cherish.

pecakaḥ
     (1) An owl.
     (2) The root of an elephant's tail.
     (3) A couch, bed.
     (4) A cloud.
     (5) A louse.

pecakin m., pecilaḥ An elephant.

paiṃjūṣaḥ The wax of the ear; see paiṃjūṣaḥ

peṭaḥ (-ṭā-ṭī-ṭaṃ also)
     (1) A bag, basket.
     (2) A chest
     (3) A multitude.
     (4) A retinue, train. --ṭaḥ The open hand with the fingers extended.

peṭakaḥ --kam
     (1) A basket, box, bag.
     (2) A multitude, quantity.

peṭakaḥ A bag, basket, box.

peṭikā, peṭī A small bag, a basket.

peḍā A large bag.

peṇ 1 P. (peṇati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To grind.
     (3) To embrace.

petvam
     (1) Nectar.
     (2) Ghee. --tvaḥ A ram (?).

peya a. [pā-pāne karmaṇi yat]
     (1) Drinkable, fit to be quaffed or drunk.
     (2) Sapid. --yaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Milk.
     (3) A drink, beverage. --yā
     (1) Rice gruel.
     (2) A drink mixed with a small quantity of boiled rice.

peyuḥ
     (1) The sea.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) The sun.

peyūṣaḥ --ṣam 1 Nectar.
     (2) The milk of a cow that has calved within seven days; saptarātraprasūtāyāḥ kṣīraṃ peyūṣamucyate Hārāvalī; Ms. 5. 6.
     (3) Fresh ghee.

perā A kind of musical instrument; Bk. 17. 7.

peruḥ 1 The sun.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) The occan.
     (4) The gold-mountain (Meru).

pel 1 P., 10 U. (pelati, pelayati-te)
     (1) To go or move.
     (2) To shake or tremble.

pelaḥ 1 Going.
     (2) A small part. --laṃ, pelakaḥ A testicle.

pelava a. 1 Delicate, fine, soft, tender; dhanuṣaḥ pelavapuṣpapatriṇaḥ Ku. 4. 29; 5. 4; 7. 65.
     (2) Lean, thin, slender; kathamātape gamiṣyasi paribādhāpelavairaṃgaiḥ S. 3. 22.

peliḥ, pelin m. A horse.

peśaḥ Form, shape.

peśana a.
     (1) Ved. Well-formed.
     (2) Adorned.

peśa(ṣa-sa)la a.
     (1) Soft, tender, delicate; pudhpacāpamiva peśalaṃ smaraḥ R. 11. 45; 9. 40; Me. 93.
     (2) Thin, slender (as waist); R. 13. 34.
     (3) Lovely, beautiful, charming, good; Bv. 2. 2.
     (4) Expert, clever, skilful; Bh. 3. 56; ekonmīlanapeśalaḥ U. 6. 34.
     (5) Crafty, fraudulent.
     (6) Decorated, adorned. --laṃ Beauty. --laḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

peśas n.
     (1) Form.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Brightness, lustre.
     (4) Decoration, ornament.

peśiḥ --śī f.
     (1) A piece of flesh.
     (2) A ball or mass of flesh.
     (3) An egg.
     (4) A muscle; Y. 3. 100.
     (5) The foetus shortly after conception.
     (6) A bud on the point of blowing.
     (7) The thunderbolt of Indra (said to be m. also).
     (8) A kind of musical instrument.
     (9) The shell or rind (of fruits). (10) A sheath, scabbard.
     (11) A shoe.
     -- Comp.
          --kośaḥ --ṣaḥ a bird's egg.

peṣ 1 A. (peṣate) To resolve upon, strive diligently for.

peṣaḥ [piṣ-ghañ] Grinding, pounding, crushing; Śi. 18. 45.

peṣaka a. Pounding, grinding.

peṣaṇam [piṣ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Pounding, pulverizing.
     (2) A threshing-floor.
     (3) A stone and muller, any grinding or pounding apparatus.

peṣaṇiḥ f. peṣaṇī, peṣākaḥ A millstone, a grind-stone, muller.

peṣiḥ A thunderbolt.

pes 1 P. (pesati) To go, move.

pesvara a. 1 Going, moving.
     (2) Destructive.

pai 1 P. (pāyati) To dry, wither.

paiṃgiḥ A patronymic of Yaska.

paiṃjūṣaḥ The ear.

paiṭhara a. (rī f.) Boiled in a piṭhara, q. v.

paiṭhīnasiḥ N. of an ancient sage, author of a system of laws.

paiṃḍikyaṃ, paiṃḍinyam Living on alms, mendicity.

paitāmaha a. (hī f.) [pitāmaha-aṇ] 1 Relating to a paternal grandfather.
     (2) Inherited or derived from a paternal grandfather
     (3) Derived from, presided over by, or relating to, Brahmā; R. 15 60. --hāḥ (pl.) Ancestors, forefathers.

paitāmahika a. (kī f.) Relating to a paternal grandfather.

paitṛka a. (kī f.) [pitṛta āgataṃ pitṛridaṃ vā ṭhañ]
     (1) Relating to a father.
     (2) Coming or derived from a father, ancestral, paternal; padamṛddhamajaṃna paitṛkaṃ vinayenāsya navaṃ ca yauvanaṃ R. 8. 6; 18. 40; Ms. 9 104; Y. 2. 47.
     (3) Sacred to the Manes. --kaṃ A Śrāddha performed in honour of the Manes or deceased ancestors.

paitṛmatyaḥ 1 The son of an unmarried woman (pitṛptatyāḥ putraḥ).
     (2) The son of an illustrious person (pitṛmataḥ putraḥ).

paitṛṣvaseyaḥ, paitṛṣvasrīyaḥ The son of a paternal aunt.

paitta (ttī f.), paittika a. (kī f.) Bilious.

paittala a. (lī f.) Made of brass, brazen.

paitra a. (trī f.) [pituridaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a father or ancestors generally, paternal, ancestral.
     (2) Sacred to the Manes. --traṃ
     (1) The part of the hand between the forefinger and the thumb. (Also paitrpa in this sense).
     (2) A year, month, or day sacred to the Pitṛs.

paippala a. (lī f.) Made of the wood of the holy fig-tree U. 4. 20; Mv. 1. 18.

pailava a. (vī f.) Made of the wood of the Pīlu tree; Ms. 2. 45.

paiśalyam Mildness, affability, softness.

paiśāca a. (cī f.) [piśācena nirvṛttaḥ aṇ] Demoniacal, infernal. --caḥ
     (1) The eighth or lowest of the eight forms of marriage in Hindu law, in which a lover ravishes a maiden without her consent when she is sleeping, or intoxicated, or deranged in intellect; suptāṃ mattāṃ pramattāṃ vā raho yatropagacchati . sa pāpiṣṭho vivāhānāṃ paiśācaścāṣṭamo'dhamaḥ Ms. 3. 34; Y. 1. 61.
     (2) A kind of demon or piśāca. --cī
     (1) A present made at a religious ceremony.
     (2) Night.
     (3) A sort of gibberish spoken on the stage by demons, one of the lowest forms of Prakṛta.

paiśācika a. (kī f.) Infernal, demoniacal.

paiśunaṃ --nyam [piśunasya bhāvaḥ aṇ ṣyañ vā] 1 Back-biting, slandering, talebearing, calumny; Ms. 7. 48; 11. 56; Bg. 16. 2.
     (2) Roguery, depravity.
     (3) Wickedness, malignity.

paiṣṭa a. (ṣṭī f.) [piṣṭasyedaṃ aṇ] Made of flour or meal.

paiṣṭika a. (kī f.) Made of flour or meal. --kaṃ
     (1) A number of cakes.
     (2) A spirituous liquor distilled from meal.

paiṣṭī A spirituous liquor distilled from meal; cf. gauḍī.

po a. Pure, clean.

pogaṃḍa a. [pauḥ śuddho gaṃḍa ekadeśo yasya Tv.]
     (1) Young, not adult or fullgrown.
     (2) Having a deficient or redundant member.
     (3) Deformed. --ḍaḥ A boy, one from his 5th to his 16th year; cf. apogaṃḍa.

poṭaḥ
     (1) The foundation of a house.
     (2) Putting together, uniting, mixing.
     -- Comp.
          --galaḥ 1. a kind of reed (nala). --2. a kind of grass (kāśa). --3. a kind of fish.

poṭakaḥ A servant.

poṭā
     (1) A masculine woman, a woman with a beard or such other masculine features.
     (2) A hermaphrodite.
     (3) A female servant.

poṭikaḥ A boil.

poṭī
     (1) A large alligator.
     (2) The rectum.

poṭṭalikā, poṭṭalī A bundle, packet, parcel.

poḍuḥ The bone forming the upper part of the skull.

potaḥ [pū-tan; Uṇ. 3. 86] 1 The young of any animal, cub, colt, foal &c.; piba stanyaṃ pota Bv. 1. 60; mṛgapotaḥ, śārdūla- Mu. 2. 8; karipotaḥ &c.; vīrapotaḥ a young warrior; U. 5. 3.
     (2) An elephant ten years old.
     (3) A ship, raft, boat; poto dustaravārirāśitaraṇe H. 2. 165.
     (4) A garment, cloth.
     (5) The young shoot of a plant.
     (6) The site or foundation of a house.
     (9) A foetus having no enveloping membrane.
     -- Comp.
          --ācchādanaṃ a tent.
          --ādhānaṃ a shoal of small fish.
          --dhārin m. the master of a vessel.
          --plavaḥ a mariner, seaman.
          --bhaṃgaḥ a ship-wreck.
          --rakṣaḥ the rudder of a boat or ship.
          --vaṇij m. a sea-faring merchant.
          --vāhaḥ a rower, steersman.

potakaḥ
     (1) The young of an animal.
     (2) A young plant.
     (3) The site of a house.

potana a.
     (1) Sacred, holy.
     (2) Purifying.

potāsaḥ A kind of camphor.

potṛ m.
     (1) One of the sixteen officiating priests at a sacrifice (assistant of the priest called brahman).
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

potyā A multitude of boats.

potram [pū-tra]
     (1) The snout of a hog.
     (2) A boat, ship.
     (3) A plough share.
     (4) The thunderbolt.
     (5) A garment.
     (6) The office of the Potṛ.
     -- Comp.
          --āyudhaḥ a hog, boar.

potrin m. A hog, boar.

pothakī Red pimples on the eyelids.

polaḥ 1 A heap.
     (2) Bulk, magnitude.

polikā, polī A kind of cake (of wheat).

poliṃdaḥ The mast of a ship.

poṣaḥ [pṛṣ-ghañ]
     (1) Nourishing, supporting, maintaining.
     (2) Nourishment, growth, increase, advance.
     (3) Prosperity, plenty, abundance.

poṣakaḥ One who maintains or nourishes, a supporter.

poṣaṇam Nourishing, fostering, supporting, maintaining.

poṣayitnuḥ The cuckoo.

poṣita p. p. Nourished, supported &c.

poṣitṛ a. One who feeds, nourishes &c. --m. A feeder.

poṣin, poṣṭṛ a. [puṣ-ṇini tṛc ca] One who feeds, nourishes &c. --m. A feeder, nourisher, protector.

poṣya a. [puṣ-karmaṇi ṇyat]
     (1) To be fed, nourished or supported.
     (2) Well-fed, thriving.
     (3) Causing prosperity.
     (4) Abundant, copious.
     -- Comp.
          --putraḥ, --sutaḥ an adopted son.
          --vargaḥ a class of relatives, who must be nourished and protected.

pauṃścalīya a. (yī f.) Relating to harlots.

pauṃścaleyaḥ The son of a harlot.

pauṃścalyam Harlotry, female incontinence; Ms. 9. 15.

pauṃsavanam See puṃsavana.

pauṃsna a. (snī f.)
     (1) Fit for a man; Bk. 5. 91.
     (2) Manly, virile
     (3) Human. --snaṃ Manhood, virility.

pauṃsyam Ved.
     (1) Manly courage, strength.
     (2) Manhood, virility.
     (3) A battle.

paugaṃḍa a. (ḍī f.) Boyish. --ḍaṃ, --paugaḍakaṃ Boyhood (from the 5th to the 16th years).

pauṃḍarīka a. (kī f.) Relating to or made of, lotus-flowers; Māl. 3. 16. --kaḥ A kind of leprosy.

pauṃḍaryam A kind of drug used as a remedy for diseased eyes.

pauṃḍraḥ
     (1) N. of a country.
     (2) A king or inhabitant of that country.
     (3) A kind of sugarcane.
     (4) A sectarial mark.
     (5) N. of the conchshell of Bhīma; pauṃḍraṃ dadhmau mahāśaṃkhaṃ bhīmakarmā vṛkodaraḥ Bg. 1. 15.

pauṃḍrakaḥ
     (1) A kind of sugarcane,
     (2) A mixed caste (of sugar-boilers); cf. Ms. 10. 44.

pauṃḍrikaḥ A kind of sugarcane.

pauṇya a. Virtuous, holy, upright, righteous.

pautavam A measure.

pauttikam A kind of honey(palecoloured).

pautra a. (trī f.) [pṛtrasyāpatyaṃ aṇ] Relating to or derived from a son. --traḥ A grandson, son's son. --trī 1 A grand-daughter.
     (2) An epithet of Durgā. --traṃ The office of a Potṛ, q. v.

pautrika a. (kī f.) Belonging to a son or grandson.

pautrikreyaḥ The son of a daughter appointed to raise issue for her father.

paunaḥpunika a. (kī f.) Frequently repeated, recurring again and again.

paunaḥpunyam Frequent or constant repetition.

pānaruktaṃ, paunaruktyam
     (1) Repetition; atipriyāsīti paunaruktyaṃ K. 237; R. 12. 40.
     (2) Superfluity, redundancy, uselessness; abhivyaktāyāṃ caṃdrikrāyā kiṃ dīpikāpaunaruktyena V. 3.

paunarbhava a. [punarbhū vidā- apatye añ]
     (1) Relating to a widow who has married a second husband.
     (2) Repeated, superfluous. --vaḥ
     (1) The son of a widow remarried, one of the twelve sons recognised by the old Hindu law; Y. 2. 130; Ms. 3. 1. 55.
     (2) The second husband of a woman; Ms. 9. 176.

paura a. (rī f.) [pure vasati śaiṣike aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a city or town, produced in a town, civic.
     (2) Ved. Filling one's own belly. --raḥ
     (1) A townsman, citizen; (opp. jānapada); Ku. 6. 41; Me. 27; R. 2. 10, 74; 12. 3; 16. 9.
     (2) A term applied to a prince engaged in war under particular circumstances.
     (3) A planet in a state of opposition to other planets. --rī The language of the servants in a palace. --raṃ A sort of grass (rohiṣa).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganā, --yoṣit f.,
          --strī a woman living in a town.
          --kāryaṃ public business; arthajātasya gaṇanābahulatayaikabheva paurakāryamavekṣitaṃ S. 6.
          --janaḥ, --lokaḥ 1. a citizen. --2. citizens, burghers.
          --jānapada a. belonging to town and country. (
          --dāḥ pl.) citizens and rustics, townsmen and country people; kathaṃ durjanāḥ paurajānapadāḥ U. 1.
          --vṛddhaḥ an eminent citizen, an elder man.
          --sakhyaṃ fellow-citizenship.

paurakam
     (1) A garden near a house.
     (2) A garden near a town.

paurikaḥ
     (1) A citizen.
     (2) A governor of a city.

paureya a. (yī f.) Civic, town-bred.

pauraṃdara a. (rī) Derived from or sacred to, Indra. --raṃ The lunar mansion called jyeṣṭhā.

paurava a. (vī f.) [purorgotrāpatyaṃ aṇ] Descended from Puru. --vaḥ
     (1) A descendant of Puru; S. 5.
     (2) N. of a country or people in the north of India.
     (2) An inhabitant or ruler of that country.

pauravīya a. (yī f.) Devoted to Paurava.

paurastya a. [puras --bhavārye tyak aṇ ca]
     (1) Eastern: paurastyo vā sukhayati marut sādhusaṃvāhanābhiḥ Māl. 9. 25 paurastyajhaṃjhāmarut 9. 17; R. 4. 34.
     (2) Foremost.
     (3) Prior, first, preceding.

paurāṇa a. (ṇī f.) [purāṇa-aṇ] 1 Belonging to the past, ancient, of the past, primeval.
     (2) Relating to the Puraṇas or derived from them.
     (3) Former, previous.

paurāṇika a. (kī f.) [purāṇa-ṭhak]
     (1) Belonging to the past, ancient.
     (2) Belonging to the Purāṇas or derived from them.
     (3) Versed in the legends of the past. --kaḥ
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa well-versed in the Purāṇas, a public reader of the Purāṇas.
     (2) A mythologist.

pauruṣa a. (ṣī f.) [puruṣa-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a man or man in general, human.
     (2) Manly, virile.
     (3) Sacred to Purusha. --ṣaḥ A weight which can be carried by one man. --ṣī A woman. --ṣaṃ
     (1) Human action, man's work, exer tion, effort; dhigdhigvṛthā pauruṣaṃ Bh. 2. 38; daivaṃ nihatya kuru pauruṣamātmaśaktyā Pt. 1. 361; 2. 81.
     (2)
          (a) Heroism, prowess, valour, manliness, courage; pauruṣabhūṣaṇaḥ R. 15. 28; 8. 28.
          (b) Strength, power, vigour.
     (3) Virility; Bg. 7. 8.
     (4) Semen virile.
     (5) Penis.
     (6) The full height of a man, the height to which he reaches with both arms elevated and the fingers extended.
     (7) Sundial.

pauruṣikaḥ A worshipper of Purusha.

pauruṣeya a. (yī f.) [puruṣa-ṭhañ]
     (1) Derived from or belonging to man, human, incidental to man; made, established or propounded by man; as in apauruṣeyā vai vedāḥ.
     (2) Manly, virile.
     (3) Spiritual. --yaḥ 1 Manslaughter (puruṣavadha).
     (2) A crowd of men.
     (3) A day labourer, hireling.
     (4) Human action, man's work.
     (5) Law as affecting persons. --yaṃ Human work, action of man.

pauruṣyam Manliness, courage, heroism.

pauruhvata a. (tī f.) Belonging to Indra; asyādhijye dhanuṣi vijayaṃ pauruhvate ca vajre S. 2. 15.

paurogavaḥ A superintendent of the royal household; especially, of the royal kitchen.

poroḍāśaḥ A Mantra recited upon making an oblation of ghee.

pauroḍāśikaḥ A priest who repeats the above Mantra.

paurodhasam The office of a familypriest.

pauromāgyam
     (1) Fault-finding, censoriousness; priyopabhogacihneṣu paugemāgyapivācaran R. 12. 22.
     (2) Ill-will, envy, jealousy.
     (3) An ill natured act, mischievous deed; kimidamanuṣṭhitaṃ paurobhāgyaṃ S. 6.
     (4) Obtrusiveness.

paurohityam The office of a family-priest; Pt. 2. 63.

paurṇamāsa a. (sī f.) Relating to the full moon. --saḥ A ceremony performed on the full moon day by one who maintains the sacred fire (agnihātrin). --saṃ A day of full moon.

paurṇamāsī, paurṇamī A day of full moon.

paurṇamāsyam A sacrifice performed on the full-moon day.

paurṇimaḥ An ascetic.

paurṇimā A day of full moon.

paurtika a. (kī f.) Relating to acts of pious charity; Ms. 3. 178; 4. 127.

paurva a. (rvī f.)
     (1) Relating to the past.
     (2) Relating to the east, eastern.

paurvade(dai)hika a. (kī f.) Relating to a former existence, done in a former life; Bg. 6. 43; Y. 1. 349.

paurvapadika a. (kī f.) Relating to the first member of a compound.

paurvāparyam
     (1) The relation of prior and posterior.
     (2) Due order, succession, continuity.

paurvāhṇika a. (kī f.) Relating to the forenoon.

paurvika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Previous, former, prior; jātiṃ smarati paurvikīṃ Ms. 4. 148.
     (2) Ancestral.
     (3) Old, ancient.

paulastyaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Rāvaṇa; paulastyaḥ kathamanyadāraharaṇe doṣaṃ na vijña tavān Pt. 2. 4; R. 4. 80: 10. 5; 12. 72.
     (2) Of Kubera.
     (3) Of Bibhīṣaṇa
     (4) The moon.

paulastī An epithet of Śūrpaṇakha.

pauliḥ m. f. paulī f. A kind of cake.

pauloma a. (mī f.) Relating to or descended from, Puloman or Pulomā. --maḥ N. of Indra.

paulomī Śachī, daughter of Puloman and wife of Indra; a śīranyā na te yu kā paulomyā sadṛśī bhava S. 7. 28.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃbhavaḥ an epithet of Jayanta.

pauṣaḥ N. of a lunar month in which the moon is in the Pushya asterism (corresponding to December-January). --ṣī The day of full moon in the month of Pausha; R. 18. 32. --ṣaṃ 1 A festival.
     (2) A fight, combat.

pauṣkara --raka (rī-kī f.), Relating to the blue lotus.

pauṣkariṇī A lotus pool or pond.

pauṣkalaḥ A species of grain.

pauṣkalyam
     (1) Maturity, complete development, full growth.
     (2) Abundance.

pauṣṭika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Promoting growth or welfare.
     (2) Nourishing, nutritive, nutritious, invigorating.
     (3) Preservative. --kaṃ A cloth worn during the tonsure ceremony.

pauṣṇam The lunar mansion called Revatī.

pauṣpa a. (ṣpī f.) [puṣp-aṇ] Relating to or coming from flowers, floral, flowery. --ṣpī
     (1) N. of the town pāṭaliputra q. v.
     (2) A kind of spirituous liquor (made from flowers).

pauṣpakam Green vitriol.

pyāṭ ind. A particle of calling (ho!, holla).

pyāy 1 A. (pyāyate, pyāna or pīna) To swell, grow; see pyai below,

pyāna a. Fat, grown fat; cf. pīna.

pyāyana a.
     (1) Invigorating.
     (2) Promoting strength or growth. --naṃ Increase, growth.

pyāyita a.
     (1) Grown, increased.
     (2) Grown fat.
     (3) Refreshed, strengthened.

pyai 1 A. (pyāyate, pīna)
     (1) To grow, increase, swell; Bk. 6. 33
     (2) To become full or exuberant.
     (3) To overfill, surcharge. --Caus. (pyā yayati te)
     (1) To increase, enlarge, make fat or comfortable; Ms. 9. 314.
     (2) To gratify, regale.

pra ind.
     (1) As a prefix to verbs it means 'forward', 'forth', 'in front', 'onward', 'before', 'away', as in pragam, prasyā, pracar, praya &c.
     (2) With adjectives it means 'very', 'excessively', 'very much' &c: prakṛṣṭa, pramatta &c., see further on.
     (3) With nouns whether derived from verbs or not, it is used in the following senses according to G. M.:
          (a) beginning, commencement; (pramāṇaṃ, prasthānaṃ, prahṇa);
          (b) length; (pravālabhūṣika);
          (c) power (prabhu);
          (d) intensity, excess; (pravāda, prakarṣa, pracchāya, praguṇa;
          (e) source or origin; (prabhava, prapautra);
          (f) completion, perfectness, satisfaction (prabhuktamannaṃ);
          (g) destitution, separation, being without; (proṣitā, praparṇavṛkṣaḥ);
          (h) apart; (prajñu);
          (i) excellence; (prācāryaḥ):
          (j) purity (prasannaṃ jalaṃ);
          (k) wish (prārthanā);
          (l) cessation (praśama);
          (m) adoration, respect; (prāṃjaliḥ who respectfully folds his hands together);
          (n) prominence (praṇasa, pravāla). In the Veda it is often used as a separable adverb.

prakaṭa a
     (1) Evident, plain, clear, apparent, manifest.
     (2) Undisguised, public.
     (3) Visible. --ṭaṃ ind.
     (1) Clearly, manifestly; evidently.
     (2) Publicly, openly, undisguisedly (prakaṭīkṛ to manifest, unfold, display; guhyaṃ ca gūhati guṇān prakaṭīkaroti Bh. 2 72; Pt. 1. 31; prakaṭībhū 'to become manifest, appear').
     -- Comp.
          --prītivardhanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

prakaṭanam The act of manifesting, disclosing, unfolding.

prakaṭati Den. P. To become manifest or visible, appear.

prakaṭayati Den P.
     (1) To show, manifest, display, exhibit; Mal. 5. 11, N. 4. 151; Ratn. 4. 16
     (2) To proclaim, announce publicly.

prakaṭita p. p.
     (1) Manifested, displayed, unfolded.
     (2) Publicly exhibited.
     (3) Apparent.

prakath 10 U. To announce, proclaim, narrate.

prakathanam Announcing, narration.

prakaṃp 1 A
     (1) To shake, quiver, tremble; prākaṃpata bhujaḥ savyaḥ Ram.; prākaṃpata mahāśailaḥ Mb.
     (2) To vibrate (as sound).
     (3) To become loose, be loosened. --Caus. To shake, put in motion; Bk. 15. 23.

prakaṃpaḥ Trembling, shaking, quivering, violent motion or tremour; bālā cāhaṃ manasijavaśātpra ptaga ḍhaprakaṃpā Subhāṣ.; saśiraḥ prakaṃpaṃ Śi. 13. 42.

prakaṃpana a. Causing to shake. --naḥ
     (1) Wind, violent wind or gust; prakaṃpanenānucakaṃpire surāḥ Śi. 1. 61. 14. 43.
     (2) N. of a hell. --naṃ Excessive or violent trembling, violent motion.

prakaṃpin a. Swinging, shaking.

prakal 10 U.
     (1) To pursue, go after.
     (2) To urge on, incite.
     (3) To hurt, injure.

prakālana a.
     (1) Killing, hurting.
     (2) Pursuing. chasing. --taḥ N. of a Nāga. --naṃ Hurting, killing.

prakalā A minute portion
     -- Comp.
          --vid a ignorant. (--m.) a merchant.

prakāṃḍaḥ, --ḍam
     (1) The trunk of a tree from the root to the branches; Śi. 9 45.
     (2) A branch, shoot.
     (3) (At the end of comp.) Anything excellent or pre-eminent of its kind; ūruprakāṃḍadvitayena tasyāḥ N. 7. 93; kṣatraprakāṃḍaḥ Mv. 4. 35; 5. 48. --ḍaḥ The upper part of the arm.

prakāḍakaḥ See prakāṃḍa above; Bk. 5. 6.

prakāṃḍaraḥ A tree.

prakāma a.
     (1) Amorous.
     (2) Excessive, much, to the heart's content, at pleasure; prakāmavistāra R. 2. 11; prakāmālokanīyatāṃ Ku. 2. 24. --maḥ Desire, pleasure, satisfaction. --maṃ ind.
     (1) Very much, exceedingly; jāto mamāyaṃ viśadaḥ prakāmaṃ (aṃtarotmā) S. 4. 21; R. 6. 44; Mk. 5. 25.
     (2) Sufficiently, to the heart's content, according to the wish or desire.
     (3) Voluntarily, willingly; Mu. 1. 25. --bhuj a. eating till satisfied or to the heart's content; R. 1. 66.

prakāmataḥ ind.
     (1) At will.
     (2) With pleasure, willingly.

prakāś 1 A.
     (1) To shine, gleam; look brilliant.
     (2) To become visible or manifest, come to light; to be appparent, appear; eṣu sarveṣu bhūteṣu gūḍho' 'tmā na prakāśate Kaṭh.
     (3) To look or appear like. --Caus.
     (1) To show, display, manifest, discover; avasaro'yamātmānaṃ prakāśayituṃ S. 1; Sān. K. 59.
     (2) To disclose, unfold, reveal.
     (3) To bring to light, make public, proclaim, kadācitkupitaṃ mitraṃ sarvadoṣaṃ prakāśayet Chāṇ. 20.
     (4) To publish, bring out (as a work); praṇītaḥ na tu prakāśitaḥ U. 4.
     (5) To illuminate, lighten, irradiate; yathā prakāśayatyekaḥ kṛtsnaṃ lokamimaṃ raviḥ Bg. 13. 33; 5. 16.

prakāśa a.
     (1) Bright, shining, brilliant; prakāśaścāprakāśaśca lokāloka ivācalaḥ R. 1. 68; 5. 2.
     (2) Clear, visible, manifest; Śi. 12. 56; Bg. 7. 25.
     (3) Vivid, perspicuous; Ki. 14. 4.
     (4) Famous, renowned, celebrated, noted; R. 3. 48.
     (5) Open, public.
     (6) Cleared of trees, open; R. 4. 31.
     (7) Blown, expanded.
     (8) (At the end of comp.) Looking like, like, resembling. --śaḥ 1 Light, lustre, splendour, brightness.
     (2) (Fig.) Light, elucidation, explanation (mostly at the end of titles of works); kāvyaprakāśa, bhāvaprakāśa; tarkaprakāśa &c.
     (3) Sunshine.
     (4) Display, manifestation; Śi. 9. 5.
     (5) Fame, renown, celebrity; glory.
     (6) Expansion, diffusion.
     (7) Open spot or air; prakāśaṃ nirgato'valokaya mi S. 4.
     (8) A golden mirror.
     (9) A chapter or section (of a book). (10) The gloss on the upper part of a horse's body. --śaṃ Bell-metal brass. --śaṃ ind.
     (1) Openly, publicly; pratibhūrdāpito yattu prakāśaṃ dhanino dhanaṃ Y. 2. 56; Ms. 8. 193; 9. 228.
     (2) Aloud, audibly (used as a stagedirection in dramas; opp. ātmagataṃ). --śe ind.
     (1) Openly, publicly.
     (2) Visibly.
     (3) In the presence of.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmaka a. shining, brilliant.
          --ātman a. bright, shining. (--m.) an epithet of
     (1) Viṣṇu.
     (2) of Śiva.
     (3) the sun. --itara a. invisible. --kartṛ-karman N. of the sun. --krayaḥ an open purchase. --nārī a public woman, prostitute, harlot; alaṃ catuḥśālamimaṃ praveśya prakāśanārīdhṛta eṣa yasmāt Mk. 3. 7. --vaṃcakaḥ an open cheat.

prakāśaka a. (śikā f.) Illuminating, giving light.
     (2) Making apparent, discovering, disclosing, evineing, betraying, displaying.
     (2) Expressing, indicating.
     (4) Explaining, making clear, expounding.
     (5) Bright, shining, brilliant.
     (6) Noted, celebrated, renowned. --kaḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) A discoverer.
     (3) An expounder.
     (4) A publisher.
     -- Comp.
          --jñātṛ m. a cock.

prakāśatā --tvam
     (1) Brilliance, splendour.
     (2) Appearance, manifestation.
     (3) Renown, celebrity.

prakāśana a. Illuminating, making known &c. --naṃ
     (1) Making known or manifest, bringing to light, disclosing.
     (2) Displaying, manifesting.
     (3) Illuminating, giving light, irradiating, making bright.
     (4) Announcement, declaration. --naḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --nā Explaining, teaching.

prakāśita p. p.
     (1) Made clear or manifest, displayed, manifested.
     (2) Published; brought out (as a book)
     (3) Illuminated, irradiated, enlightened.
     (4) Visible, evident, apparent. --taṃ Light, clearness.

prakāśya a. To be illuminated, brought to light &c. --śyaṃ Light.

prakāśin a. Clear, bright, shining &c.

prakuṃcaḥ A particular measure of capacity.

prakup 4 P.
     (1) To be angry, to be enraged or provoked at: nimittamuviśya hi yaḥ prakupyati dhruvaṃ sa tasyāpagame prasīdati Pt. 1. 283.
     (2) To be excited, gather strength, increase. --Caus. To provoke, irritate, exasperate; sādhoḥ prakīpitasyāpi mano nāyāti vikriyāma Subhāṣ.

prakupita p. p.
     (1) Very angry, enraged, incensed.
     (2) Excited.
     (3) Disordered, deranged.

prakopaḥ
     (1) Wrath, fury, rage, violent anger.
     (2) Great excitement; provocation, irritation; upadeśo hi mūrkhāṇāṃ prakopāya na śāṃtaye Pt. 1. 389.
     (3) Insurrection, rebellion, mutiny; as in praṃkṛti- popular disturbance.
     (4) An attack.
     (5) (Medic.) Excess, superabundance.

prakopana --ṇa a. Irritating, exciting, provoking. --naṃ --ṇaṃ Provocation, irritation.

prakopita p. p. Provoked, enraged, incensed.

prakulam A handsome body.

prakūṣmāṃḍī An epithet of Durgā.

prakṛ 8 U.
     (1) To do, perform, commence (used much in the same sense as kṛ); jānannapi naro daivātprakaroti vigarhitaṃ Pt. 4. 35; Ki. 4. 30, Mv. 2. 13, Bk. 2. 36; Rs. 1. 6; Ms. 8. 54, 60; 8. 230; Amaru. 13.
     (2) To accomplish, achieve, effect.
     (3) To assault, outrage, insult; Bk. 8. 19.
     (4) To honor, worship.
     (5) To express, utter.
     (6) To place in front, mention first.
     (7) To appoint (to a post, office &c.).
     (8) Ved. To induce.
     (9) To win, conquer. (10) To destroy.

prakaraḥ
     (1) A heap, multitude, quantity, collection; muktāphalaprakarabhāṃji guhāgṛhāṇi Śi. 5. 12; bāṣpaprakarakaluṣāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ S. 6. 8; R. 9. 56; Ku. 5. 68.
     (2) A nosegay, bunch of flowers.
     (3) Aid, assistance, friendship.
     (4) Usage, practice.
     (5) Respect.
     (6) Seduction, abduction. --raṃ Aloewood.

prakaraṇam
     (1) Treating, explaining, discussing.
     (2)
          (a) A subject, topic, department, a subject (of representation); katamatprakaraṇamāśritya S. 1.
          (b) A head or subject of treatment.
          (c) A province or department.
     (3) A section, chapter or any smaller division of a work.
     (4) An opportunity, occasion.
     (5) An affair, a matter.
     (6) An introduction, prologue.
     (7) Relation.
     (8) Doing much or well.
     (9) A species of drama with invented or fictitious plot; as the mṛcchakaṭika, mālatīmādhava, puṣpabhūṣita &c. The S. D. thus defines it: --bhavet prakaraṇe vṛttaṃ laukikaṃ kavikalpitaṃ . śṛṃgāroṃ'gī nāyakastu vipro'mātyo'thavā vaṇik . sāpāyadharmakāmārthaparo dhīrapraśāṃtakaḥ .. 511.

prakaraṇikā, prakaraṇī A drama of the same character as the prakaraṇa. The S. D. thus defines it: --nāṭikaiva prakaraṇikā sārthavāhādināyikā . samānavaṃśajā neturbhavedyatra ca nāyikā .. 554.

prakarikā An interlude or episode inserted in a drama to explain what is to follow.

prakarī
     (1) An interlude or episode inserted in a drama to explain what is to follow.
     (2) Theatrical dress.
     (3) An open piece of ground.
     (4) A place where four roads meet.
     (5) A kind of song.
     (6) The proper site of any magical operations.

prakāraḥ
     (1) Manner, mode, way, fashion; kaḥ prakāraḥ kimetat Māl. 5. 20.
     (2) Sort, kind, variety, species; oft. in comp.; bahuprakāra manifold; triprakāra, nānā- &c.
     (3) Similitude.
     (4) Speciality, special property or quality; tadvati tatprakārako'nubhavaḥ pramā T. S.
     (5) Difference.

prakṛta p. p.
     (1) Accomplished, completed.
     (2) Commenced, begun.
     (3) Appointed, charged.
     (4) Genuine, real.
     (5) Forming the subject of discussion, that which is under consideration, the subject in hand (often used in works on Alaṅkāra for upameya); saṃbhāvanamathotprekṣā prakṛtasya samena yat K. P. 10.
     (6) Important, interesting.
     (7) Wished, expected.
     (8) Original. --taṃ The original subject, the matter or subject in hand; yātu kimanena prakṛtameva anusarāmaḥ 'come to the point.'
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. 1. having the original sense. --2. true, real. (
          --rthaḥ) the original sense.

prakṛtiḥ f.
     (1) The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. vikṛti which is a change or effect); prakṛtyā yadvakraṃ S. 1. 9; uṣṇatvamagnyātapasaṃprayogāt śaityaṃ hi yatsā prakṛtirjalasya R. 5. 54; maraṇaṃ prakṛtiḥ śarīriṇāṃ vikṛtirjīvitamucyate budhaiḥ R. 8. 87; U. 7. 19; apehi re atrabhavān prakṛtimāpannaḥ S. 2 'has resumed his wonted nature'; prakṛtimāpaṭ or pratipad or prakṛtau sthā 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness'.
     (2) Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; prakṛtiḥ khalu sā mahīyasaḥ sahate nānyasamunnatiṃ yayā Ki. 2. 21; kathaṃ gata eva ātmanaḥ prakṛtiṃ S. 7 'natural character'; so prakṛtikṛpaṇa, prakṛtisiddha see below.
     (3) Make, form, figure; mahānubhāvaprakṛtiḥ Māl. 1.
     (4) Extraction, descent; gopālaprakṛtirāryakosmi Mk. 7.
     (5) Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; prakṛtiścopādānakāraṇaṃ ca brahyābhyupagaṃtavyaṃ S. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt. I. 4. 23); yāmāhuḥ sarvabhūtaprakṛtiriti S. 1. 1.
     (6) (In Sān. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from puruṣa,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities sattva, rajas and tamas.
     (7) (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which caseterminations and other affixes are applied
     (8) A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works).
     (9) A woman. (10) The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with māyā or illusion); Bg. 9. 10.
     (11) The male or female organ of generation.
     (12) A mother.
     (13) (In arith.) A co-efficient, or multiplier.
     (14) (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours.
     (15) An animal.
     (16) An artisan.
     (17) The Supreme Being. --pl.
     (1) A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; R. 12. 12; Pt. 1. 48, 301.
     (2) The subjects (of a king); pravartatāṃ prakṛtihitāya pārthivaḥ S. 7. 35; nṛpatiḥ prakṛtīravekṣituṃ R. 8. 18, 10.
     (3) The constituent elements of the state (saptāṃgāni), i. e. 1. the king; --2. the minister; --3. the allies; --4. treasure; --5. army; --6. territory; --7. fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); svāmyamātyasuhṛtkośarāṣṭradurgabalāni ca Ak.
     (4) The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms. 7. 155 and 157).
     (5) The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sān. K. 3.
     (6) The five primary elements of creations (paṃcamahābhūtāni); i. e. pṛthvī, ap, tejas, vāyu, and ākāśa.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ a king or magistrate.
          --kṛpaṇa a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me. 5.
          --guṇaḥ one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see guṇa. --ja a. innate, inborn, natural.
          --tarala a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; Amaru. 27.
          --puruṣaḥ a minister, a functionary (of the state); Me. 6.
          --bhāva a. natural, usual. (
          --vaḥ) natural or original state.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the whole territory or kingdom; R. 9. 2.
          --layaḥ absorption into the Prakṛti, dissolution of the universe.
          --siddha a. inborn, innate, natural; Bh. 2. 52.
          --subhaga a. naturally lovely or agreeable.
          --stha a. 1. being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine. --2. inherent, innate, incidental to nature; R. 8. 21. --3. healthy, in good health. --4. recovered. --5. come to oneself. --6. stripped of everything, bare.

prakriyā
     (1) Way, manner, conduct.
     (2) A rite, ceremony.
     (3) The bearing of royal insignia.
     (4) High position, elevation.
     (5) A chapter or section (of a book); as in uṇādiprakriyā.
     (6) (In gram.) Etymological formation.
     (7) A privilege.
     (8) An introductory chapter of a work.
     (9) Rules for the formation of words.

prakṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To draw away, pull, attract.
     (2) To lead (as an army).
     (3) To bend (as a bow).
     (4) To increase.
     (5) To draw or stretch out, prolong.
     (6) To place before or in front.
     (7) To harass, disturb, afflict' trouble. --Pass. To be enhanced or increased; U. 7. 8.

prakarṣaḥ
     (1) Excellence, eminence, superiority; vapuḥprakarṣādajayadguruṃ raghuḥ R. 3. 34; varṇaprakarṣe sati Ku. 3. 28.
     (2) Intensity, high degree, excess; prakarṣagatena śokasaṃtānena U. 3.
     (3) Strength, power.
     (4) Absoluteness.
     (5) Length, protraction.
     (6) Speciality.
     (7) Universality. (prakarṣeṇa and prakarṣāt are used adverbially in the sense of 'exceedingly', 'pre-eminently', 'in a high degree').

prakarṣakaḥ An epithet of the god of love.

prakarṣaṇa a. Paining, harassing, troubling. --ṇaṃ
     (1) The act of drawing away; attracting.
     (2) Ploughing.
     (3) Duration, length, extension.
     (4) Excellence, superiority.
     (5) Distraction.
     (6) Realizing by the use of a pledge more than the interest of the money lent upon it.

prakarṣita a.
     (1) Drawn out or forth.
     (2) Stretched out.
     (3) Exceeded in profit (as the interest of a loan). --taṃ Profit on a pledge exceeding the interest of the money lent upon it.

prakarṣin a. Excellent, pre-eminent.

prakṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Drawn forth or out.
     (2) Protracted, long, lengthy.
     (3) Superior, distinguished, excellent, eminent, exalted.
     (4) Chief, principal.
     (5) Distracted, disquieted.
     (6) Violent, strong, excessive.

prakṝ 6 P.
     (1) To scatter, throw, pour out; prakīrṇaḥ puṣpāṇāṃ haricaraṇayoraṃjalirayaṃ Ve. 1. 2.
     (2) To sow (as seed).
     (3) To issue forth, spring up.

prakiraṇam Scattering about, strewing

prakīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Scattered about, scattered forth, thrown about, dispersed.
     (2) Spread, published, promulgated.
     (3) Waved, waving; Śi. 12. 17.
     (4) Disordered, loose, dishevelled.
     (5) Confused, incoherent; bahvapi svecchayā kāmaṃ prakīrṇamabhidhīyate Śi. 2. 63.
     (6) Agitated, excited.
     (7) Miscellaneous, mixed; as the prakārṇikāṃḍa of Bhaṭṭikāvya.
     (8) Expanded, opened.
     (9) Standing alone. --rṇaṃ 1 A miscellany, any miscellaneous collection.
     (2) A chapter containing miscellaneous rules.
     (3) A chapter or section of a book.
     (4) Scattering or throwing about.
     (5) Extent.
     -- Comp.
          --keśī N. of Durgā.

prakīrṇaka a. Scattered or strewn about &c. --kaḥ --ka
     (1) A chowrie, flyflap (cāmara); Śi. 12. 17.
     (2) A tuft of hair used as an ornament for horses. --kaḥ A horse. --kaṃ
     (1) A miscellany, any collection of miscellaneous things.
     (2) A miscellaneous chapter.
     (3) A section, chapter or division of a book.
     (4) A case not provided by the Śāstras and to be decided by the judge or king.
     (5) Extent, length (of a book &c.).

prakṝt 10 U.
     (1) To announce, proclaim, mention.
     (2) To name, call.
     (3) To praise, extol, laud.

prakīrtanam
     (1) Proclaiming, announcing.
     (2) Praising, extolling, lauding. --nā Mentioning, naming.

prakīrtita p. p.
     (1) Proclaimed.
     (2) Declared, said to be.
     (3) Named, called.
     (4) Celebrated.
     (5) Explained.
     (6) Revealed.

prakīrtiḥ f.
     (1) Celebration, praise.
     (2) Fame, celebrity.
     (3) Declaration.

prakḷp 1 A.
     (1) To be fit or suitable for.
     (2) To happen, occur.
     (3) To be successful. --Caus
     (1) To invent, devise, plan (schemes &c.).
     (2) To prepare, make ready, equip, accoutre.
     (3) To treat with respect.
     (3) To fix, settle.
     (4) To appoint, invest, install.
     (5) To fix, fasten, bind.
     (6) To further, advance, promote.

prakalpatā Settlement, fixing, allotment; Ms. 8. 211.

prakalpita p. p.
     (1) Made, done, formed.
     (2) Settled, allotted.
     (3) Formed or shed (as a tear). --tā A kind of riddle.

prakḷpta p. p. Prepared, made ready, arranged.

praketa a. Ved. One who knows. --taḥ
     (1) Appearance.
     (2) Intelligence, knowledge.

prakothaḥ Putrefaction, putridity.

prakoṣṭhaḥ 1 The fore-arm, the part above the wrist; vāmaprakoṣṭhārpitahemavetraḥ Ku. 3. 41; kanakavalayabhraṃśariktaprakoṣṭhaḥ Me. 2; R. 3. 59; S. 6. 6.
     (2) The room near the gate of a palace; Mu. 1.
     (3) A court in a house, a quadrangle or square (surrounded by buildings); imaṃ prathamaṃ prakoṣṭha praviśatvāryaḥ &c. Mk. 4.
     (4) A part of a door-frame.

prakoṣṭhakaḥ A room near the gate of a palace (= prakeṣṭha); tasthurvinamrakṣitipālasaṃkule tadaṃganadvārabahiḥprakoṣṭhake Ku. 15. 6.

prakkhara a. Very sharp or violent. --raḥ
     (1) An armour for the defence of a horse or elephant.
     (2) A dog.
     (3) A mule.

prakam 1 U.
     (1) To go forward, proceed, walk on; Bk. 15. 23.
     (2) To go, set out, march forth.
     (3) To issue forth, depart.
     (4) To go across, pass.
     (5) To begin, commence (Atm.) (with inf.) pracakrame ca prativaktumuttaraṃ R. 3. 47; 2. 15; Ku. 3. 2; 5. 18.
     (6) To undertake, apply oneself to.
     (7) To behave towards (with loc.).

prakraṃtṛ a.
     (1) A beginner.
     (2) Conquering, overcoming.

prakramaḥ
     (1) A step, stride.
     (2) A pace considered as a measure of distance.
     (3) Commencement, beginning.
     (4)
          (a) Stepping forward, proceeding.
          (b) Procedure, course; Māl. 5. 24.
     (5) The case in question.
     (6) Leisure, opportunity.
     (7) Regularity, order, method.
     (8) Degree, proportion, measure.
     (9) The reading of the Kramapāṭha.
     -- Comp.
          --bhaṃgaḥ want of symmetry or regularity, the breaking of arrangement, regarded as a fault of composition. (It is the same as bhagnaprakramatā mentioned in K. P. 7, the break of symmetry being either in expression or construction; nāthe niśāyā niyaterniyogādastaṃ gate haṃta niśāpi yātā is an instance of the former, where gatā niśāpi would relieve the irregularity of expression; and viśrabdhaṃ kriyatāṃ varāhatatibhirmustākṣatiḥ palvale is an instance of the latter, where the symmetry of the verse requires the active instead of the passive construction, and the fault may be removed by reading the line as viśrabdhā racayaṃtu śūkaravarā mustākṣatiṃ palvale; see K. P. 7 under bhagnaprakramatā for further details.

prakramaṇam
     (1) Stepping forward, proceeding.
     (2) Issuing.
     (3) Beginning.

prakrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Commenced, begun,
     (2) Gone, proceeded.
     (3) In hand, under discussion.
     (4) Surpassed.
     (5) Brave.
     (6) Previously mentioned. --taṃ
     (1) The outset of a journey.
     (2) The case or point in question.

prakrīḍaḥ Play, pastime, sport.

praklinna p. p.
     (1) Moist, humid, wet.
     (2) Satisfied (tṛpta).
     (3) Moved with pity.

prakledaḥ Moistness, wetness.

prakledana a. Moistening, wetting.

prakvaṇaḥ, prakvāṇaḥ The sound of a lute.

prakṣara See prakkhara.

prakṣaraṇam Trickling out, oozing, flowing.

prakṣal 10 U.
     (1) To wash, purify, cleanse; pādau-mukhaṃ-hasta &c. prakṣālayati.
     (2) To wipe away; (ayaśaḥ) teṣāmanugraheṇādya rājan prakṣālayātmanaḥ Mb.
     (3) To expiate, atone for.

prakṣālanam Washing, washing off; R. 6. 48.
     (2) Cleansing, cleaning, purifying.
     (3) Bathing.
     (4) Anything used for purifying.
     (5) Water for washing.

prakṣālita p. p.
     (1) Washed, cleansed.
     (2) Purified.
     (3) Expiated.

prakṣi 5. 9. P.
     (1) To decay, wane.
     (2) To be emaciated or lean.
     (3) To injure, destroy, spoil.

prakṣayaḥ Ruin, destruction.

prakṣīṇa p. p.
     (1) Decayed, wasting, declining.
     (2) Destroyed.
     (3) Expiated.
     (4) Vanished, disappeared. --ṇaṃ The spot where one has perished.

prakṣip 6 P.
     (1) To throw, fling at, hurl.
     (2) To put into, throw at or in; nāmedhyaṃ prakṣipedagnau Ms. 4. 53; kṣāraṃ kṣate prakṣipan Mk. 5. 18.
     (3) To insert, interpolate; iti sūtre kaiścitprakṣiptaṃ Kaiyaṭa.
     (4) To put or lay before.

prakṣipta p. p.
     (1) Thrown at, cast, hurled.
     (2) Thrown into; Māl. 5. 22.
     (3) Projected.
     (4) Interpolated, spurious; as in prakṣiptoyaṃ ślokaḥ.

prakṣepaḥ
     (1) Throwing forward, projecting.
     (2) A throw, east.
     (3) Scattering upon.
     (4) Spurious insertion, interpolation.
     (5) The box of a carriage.
     (6) The sum deposited by each member of a commercial company.
     (7) Anything added to drugs in decoetion.

prakṣepaṇam
     (1) Throwing, casting, hurling.
     (2) Pouring upon, throwing into.
     (3) Settling, fixing (as price &c.).

prakṣīvita a. Drunken, intoxicated.

prakṣud 7 U. To crush, bruise, pound; mitraghnasya pracukṣoda gadayāṃgaṃ bibhaṣiṇaḥ Bk. 14. 33.

prakṣuṇṇa p. p.
     (1) Crushed.
     (2) Pierced through.
     (3) Incited.

prakṣubh 1 A., 4 P.
     (1) To be shaken or agitated.
     (2) To totter.
     (3) To be perplexed or confused.

prakṣabheṇam Exciting, agitating.

prakṣveḍanaḥ --nā
     (1) An iron arrow.
     (2) Clamour, hubbub.

prakṣveḍita a. Clamorous, shouting, noisy.

prakhara a.
     (1) Very hot; as in prakharakiraṇa.
     (2) Very acrid or pungent, sharp.
     (3) Very hard or rough. --raḥ See prakkhara.

prakhyā 2 P.
     (1) To report, announce declare.
     (2) To praise, celebrate, --Pass. To be well-known or celebrated, be famous. --Caus. To celebrate proclaim, announce, declare publicly, publish.

prakhya a.
     (1) Clear, visible, distinct.
     (2) Looking like, resembling (at the end of comp.); amṛta-, śaśāṃka- &c.

prakhyā
     (1) Perceptibility, visibility
     (2) Renown, fame, celebrity; nyavasatparamaprakhyaḥ saṃpratyeba purīmimāṃ Rām.
     (3) Disclosure.
     (4) Resemblance, similitude (in comp.); Y. 3. 10.
     (5) Look, appearance.

prakhyāta p. p.
     (1) Famous, celebrated, renowncd, noted.
     (2) Forestalled, claimed by right of pre-emption.
     (3) Happy, pleased.
     (4) Recognised, acknowledged.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāṃḍaṃ a commodity the pre-emption of which is claimed by a king.
          --vaptṛka a. having a celebrated father.

prakhyātiḥ f.
     (1) Fame, renown, celebrity.
     (2) Praise, eulogium.
     (3) Perceptibility.

prakhyānam
     (1) Reporting.
     (2) A report, information.
     (3) Perception.

prakhyāpanam
     (1) Publishing, making public.
     (2) Communicating.
     (3) Information.

pragaṃḍaḥ The upper part of the arm from the elbow to the shoulder.

pragaṃḍī The outer wall (of a city).

pragam 1 P.
     (1) To advance, proceed.
     (2) To set out.
     (3) To reach, attain.

pragata p. p.
     (1) Gone forth or forward.
     (2) Separate, apart
     -- Comp.
          --jānu, --jānuka a. bandy-legged, bow-legged.

pragamaḥ The first advance in courtship, first manifestation of love.

pragamanam
     (1) Advance, progress.
     (2) The first advance in courtship; see pragama above.

pragarjanam Roaring, shouting.

pragalbh 1 A.
     (1) To be bold or confident; yā kathaṃcana sakhīvacanena prāgabhipriyatamaṃ prajagalbhe Śi. 1. 18; na mauktikacchidrakarī śalākā pragalbhate karmaṇi ṭaṃkikāyāḥ Vikr. 1. 16 'cannot be bold (competent) enough to do the work of a hatchet'.
     (2) To be determined or resolute.
     (3) To be proud.
     (4) To be ready or able (with inf.).

pragalbha a.
     (1) Bold, confident.
     (2) Daring, brave, intrepid, spirited, courageous; R. 2. 41.
     (3) Bold in speech, eloquent; puṃvatpragalbhā pratihārarakṣī R. 6. 20.
     (4) Ready-witted, prompt.
     (5) Resolute, energetic.
     (6) Mature (as age); Ku. 1. 51.
     (7) Matured, developed, full-grown, strong; pragalbhavāk Ku. 5. 30 (prauḍhavāk); Mal. 9. 29; U. 6. 35.
     (8) Skilful; K. 12.
     (9) Audacious, arrogant, officious, proud. (10) Shameless, impudent; R. 13. 9.
     (11) Illustrious, eminent. --lbhā
     (1) A bold woman.
     (2) A shrew, scolding woman.
     (3) A bold or mature woman, one of the classes of heroines in poetic composition; she is versed in all kinds of caresses, lofty of demeanour, possessed of no great modesty; of mature age, and ruling her husband; see S. D. 101 and examples quoted ad loc.
     (4) An epithet of Durgā.

pragalbhatā
     (1) Boldness.
     (2) Resoluteness, energy.
     (3) Pride, arrogance.
     (4) Eminence.
     (5) Perverseness.

pragalbhita a.
     (1) Arrogant.
     (2) Eminent, illustrious.

pragāthaḥ p. p.
     (1) Dipped into, soaked, steeped.
     (2) Much, excessive, intense.
     (3) Firm, strong.
     (4) Hard, difficult. --ḍhaṃ
     (1) Privation.
     (2) Penance, bodily mortification. --ḍhaṃ ind.
     (1) Very much, exceedingly.
     (2) Firmly.
     (3) Forcibly.
     (4) Proportionately.

pragātṛ m. An excellent singer.

pragāḍha A strophe, a combination of two verses (ṛc).

pragīta a.
     (1) Sung.
     (2) Singing.
     (3) Resonant with singing. --taṃ
     (1) A song.
     (2) A sing-song mode of reciting.

pragīti f. A variety of metre.

praguṇa a. Straight, honest, upright (lit. and fig.); bahiḥ sarvākārapraguṇaramaṇīyaṃ vyavaharan Māl. 1. 14.
     (2) Being in the right state or condition, having excellent qualities; śramajayātpraguṇāṃ ca karotyasau tanumato'numataḥ sacibairyayau R. 9. 49.
     (3)
          (a) Worthy, suitable, meritorious; Mal. 1. 16.
          (b) Efficient; 9. 45.
     (4) Skilful, clever. (praguṇīkṛ means
     (1) To make straight, put in order, arrange.
     (2) To make smooth.
     (3) To nourish, bring up).

praguṇanam Putting straight, arranging.

praguṇayati Den. P. = praguṇīkṛ above.

praguṇita a.
     (1) Made even or straight.
     (2) Made smooth.

praguṇya a.
     (1) More, exceeding.
     (2) Excellent.

prage ind. Early in the morning, at day-break; itthaṃ rathāśvebhāniṣādināṃ prage gaṇo nṛpāṇāmatha toraṇādbahiḥ Śi. 12. 1; sāyaṃ snāyātprage tathā Ms. 6. 6; 4. 62.
     -- Comp.
          --tana a. to be performed in the morning.
          --niśa-śaya a. who is asleep at day-break.

pragopanam Protection, preservation.

pragrathanam Stringing together, weaving.

pragrah 9 U.
     (1) To take, hold, seize, grasp.
     (2) To receive, accept.
     (3) To curb, restrain.
     (4) To stretch forth, extend.
     (5) To favour, behave friendly with.
     (6) To keep separate (as the pragṛhya vowels).
     (7) To offer.
     (8) To unite with. --Caus. To receive, accept.

pragṛhīta p. p.
     (1) Held forth or out.
     (2) Received, accepted.
     (3) Not subject to the rules of euphony (saṃdhi); see pragṛhya below.

pragṛhyam
     (1) A vowel which is not liable to the rules of Sandhi or euphony and which is allowed to be written and pronounced separately; īdūdeddbivacanaṃ pragṛhyaṃ P. I. 1. 11 (i. e. the final ī, ū and e of the dual terminations of a word or any grammatical form).
     (2) Remembrance.
     (3) A sentence.

pragrahaḥ
     (1) Holding or stretching forth, holding out.
     (2) Laying hold of, taking, grasping, seizing.
     (3) The commencement of an eclipse.
     (4)
          (a) A rein, bridle; dhṛtāḥ pragrahāḥ avataratvāyuṣmān S. 1; Śi. 12. 31.
          (b) A whip, lash, scourge.
     (5) A check, restraint.
     (6) Binding, confinement.
     (7) A prisoner, captive.
     (8) Taming, breaking (as an animal).
     (9) A ray of light. (10) The string of a balance.
     (11) A vowel not subject to the rules of Sandhi or euphony; see pragṛhya.
     (12) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (13) The arm.
     (14) A leader, guide.
     (15) Kindness, favour.
     (16) The Karnikāra tree.

pragrahaṇam
     (1) Taking, seizing, grasping.
     (2) The commencement of an eclipse.
     (3) A rein, bridle.
     (4) A check, restraint.
     (5) Binding, confining.
     (6) Offering.
     (7) Guiding.

pragrāhaḥ
     (1) Seizing, taking.
     (2) Bearing, carrying.
     (3) The string of a balance.
     (4) A rein, bridle.

pragrīvaḥ --vam
     (1) A painted turret.
     (2) A wooden fence round a building.
     (3) A window.
     (4) A stable.
     (5) The top of a tree.
     (6) A pleasurehouse.

praghaṭ 1 A.
     (1) To be busy with, be occupied in; Bk. 21. 17.
     (2) To begin, commence; Bk. 14. 77.

praghaṭakaḥ, praghaṭṭakaḥ A rule, doctrine, precept.

praghaṭā The first elements or rudiments of a science.
     -- Comp.
          --vid m. a superficial reader, smatterer.

praghaṇaḥ(naḥ), praghāṇaḥ(naḥ)
     (1) A porch before the door of a house, portico.
     (2) A copper-pot.
     (3) An iron mace, crow-bar.

praghasa a. Voracious, gluttonous. --saḥ
     (1) A demon.
     (2) Voracity, gluttony.

praghātaḥ
     (1) Killing.
     (2) A combat, battle.

praghuṇaḥ A guest(v. l. for prāghuṇa or prāghūrṇa q. v.).

praghūrṇa a.
     (1) Wandering, roaming.
     (2) Turning round. --rṇaḥ A guest; see prāghūrṇa.

praghoṣaḥ
     (1) Sound, noise.
     (2) Uproar.

pracakram
     (1) An army in motion.
     (2) A foraging army.

pracakṣ 2 A.
     (1) To say, speak, lay down; svajanāśru kilātisaṃtataṃ dahati pretamiti pracakṣate R. 8. 86.
     (2) To tell, relate.
     (3) To consider, regard, deem.
     (4) To name, call; yo'syātmamaḥ kārayitā taṃ kṣetrajñaṃ pracakṣate Ms. 12. 12; 2. 17; 3. 28; 10. 14.

pracakṣas m.
     (1) The planet Jupiter.
     (2) An epithet of Bṛhaspati.

pracaṃḍa a.
     (1) Vehement, excessively violent, impetuous.
     (2) Strong, powerful, fierce.
     (3) Very hot, stifling (as heat).
     (4) Furious, wrathful.
     (5) Bold, confident.
     (6) Terrible, terrific.
     (7) Intolerable, unbearable. --ḍaḥ A species of oleander.
     -- Comp.
          --ātapaḥ fierce heat.
          --ghoṇa a. largenosed.
          --sūrya a. having a hot or burning sun; Rs. 1. 1, 10.

pracaṃḍatā --tvam
     (1) Violence, impetuosity.
     (2) Boldness.

praca(cā)ya See under praci.

pracar 1 P.
     (1) To walk about, stalk forth.
     (2) To go or issue forth, appear.
     (3) To roam, wander over.
     (4) To reach, arrive at
     (5) To spread, circulate, be prevalent or current.
     (6) To prevail (as a custom).
     (7) To undertake, set about (anything), proceed to work; Ms. 9. 284.
     (8) To do, perform.
     (8) To behave, act towards, treat. (10) To be engaged in.
     (11) To thrive, prosper. --Caus.
     (1) To cause or allow to roam.
     (2) To turn out to graze.
     (3) To make public.

pracaraḥ
     (1) A road, path, way.
     (2) A custom, usage.

pracaraṇam
     (1) Going forth, proceeding.
     (2) Being current, circulating.
     (3) Undertaking, beginning.
     (4) Employing, using. --ṇī A wooden-ladle.

pracarita p. p.
     (1) Gone forth &c.
     (2) Practised, followed, pursued (as a profession).

pracāraḥ
     (1) Going forth, ranging, walking about, wandering Ku. 3. 41.
     (3) Appearance, coming in, manifestation; U. 1; Mu. 1.
     (4) Currency, prevalence, use, being used or applied; vilokya tairapyadhunā pracāraṃ Trik.
     (5) Conduct, behaviour.
     (6) Custom, usage.
     (7) A playground, place of exercise.
     (8) A pasture-ground, pasturage, Y. 2. 166.
     (9) A passage, path; Ms. 9. 219.

pracārita a.
     (1) Allowed to wander.
     (2) Made public or known, become current.

pracārin a.
     (1) Wandering.
     (2) Showing itself, appearing.
     (3) Proceeding with, behaving.

pracal 1 P.
     (1) To shake, move, tremble; Bh. 2. 4.
     (3) To go, walk, move on; set out, start off, depart.
     (3) To start up, spring up.
     (4) To be affected, disturbed or agitated.
     (5) To prevail, be current.
     (6) To swerve, deviate from (abl.). --Caus.
     (1) (cāla-) To shake, stir up.
     (2) (cala-) To move, set in motion.

pracala a.
     (1) Trembling, shaking, tremulous; Ku. 5. 35; Māl. 1. 38.
     (2) Current, prevailing, customary.
     (3) Going well or widely.

pracalanam
     (1) Shaking, trembling.
     (2) Retreat, flight.
     (3) Circulation, currency.

pracalita(pracalat) a.
     (1) Shaken, moved, set in motion.
     (2) Moving about; U. 2. 29.
     (3) Wandering, roaming.
     (4) Having set out or proceeded.
     (5) Customary, recognized or received as authority.
     (6) Current, prevalent.

pracālanam Stirring, shaking, a stir; kiṃ vṛthārthapracālanena Pt. 5 'why discuss this matter in vain.'

pracalākaḥ
     (1) Archery.
     (2) A peacock's tail.
     (3) A snake. --kā Ved. A violent shower of rain.

pracalākin m. A peacock; U. 2. 29.

pracalāyita a. Rolling about, tossing. --taṃ Nodding the head (while asleep in a sitting posture).

pracālaḥ The neck of the Indian lute.

praci 5 U.
     (1) To collect, gather.
     (2) To add to, increase, develop; to enhance, augment.
     (3) To cut down. --Pass.
     (1) To grow, be developed; pracīyamānāvayavā rarāja sā R. 3. 7.
     (2) To increase, multiply, thrive, prosper; api pracīyaṃte vṛddhilābhāḥ Mu. 1.

praca(cā)yaḥ
     (1) Collecting, gathering (as flowers).
     (2) A multitude, quantity, collection, number; Mv. 2. 15.
     (3) Growth, increase.
     (4) Slight union.
     (5) The neutral accentless tone (ekaśruti).
     (6) The common difference of terms in a progression.

pracayanam Collecting, gathering.

pracāyikā
     (1) Gathering(flowers &c.) in turn.
     (2) A female who gathers.

pracita p. p.
     (1) Gathered, collected, plucked.
     (2) Amassed, accumulated.
     (3) Covered, filled.
     (4) Accentless (anudātta).

pracud 10 U.
     (1) To impel, prompt, urge, incite; cāpalāya pracoditaḥ R. 1. 9.
     (2) To drive or urge on, push on.
     (3) To excite, inspire, encourage, incite, stimulate.
     (4) To enjoin, direct, prescribe.
     (5) To request, ask.
     (6) To fix, settle, determine.
     (7) To proclaim, announce.

pracodaḥ
     (1) Driving onward, urging, inciting.
     (2) Instigating.

pracodanam
     (1) Driving onward, urging, inciting.
     (2) Instigating, setting on.
     (3) Ordering, enjoining, prescribing.
     (4) A rule, precept, order, commandment.
     (5) Saying.
     (6) Sending, despatching.

pracodita p. p.
     (1) Urged, incited.
     (2) Instigated.
     (3) Directed, ordered, prescribed; Ms. 2. 191.
     (4) Sent, despatched.
     (5) Decreed, determined.
     (6) Announced.

pracodin a. Driving on, urging &c. --nī A prickly nightshade.

pracura a.
     (1) Much, ample, abundant, plentiful; nityavyayā pracuranityadhanāgamā ca Bh. 2. 47; Śi. 12. 72.
     (2) Great, large, extensive; pracurapuraṃdaradhanuḥ Gīt. 2.
     (3) (At the end of comp.) Abounding in, filled or replete with. --raḥ A thief.
     -- Comp.
          --puruṣa a. populous. (
          --ṣaḥ) a thief.

pracuratā --tvam
     (1) Abundance, plenty, copiousness.
     (2) Multitude, quantity.

pracurīkaraṇam Adding to, increasing.

pracurīkṛta a. Augmented, increased.

pracurībhū 1 P. To become plentiful, increase.

pracetas m.
     (1) An epithet of Varuṇa; Ku. 2. 21.
     (2) N. of an ancient sage and law-giver, Ms. 1. 35.

pracetṛ m. A charioteer, coachman.

pracelam Yellow sandal-wood.

pracelakaḥ A horse.

pracch 6 P. (pṛcchati, papraccha, aprākṣīt, prakṣyati, praṣṭuṃ, pṛṣṭa; caus. pracchayati; pass. pṛcchayate; desid. pipracchiṣati)
     (1) To ask, question, interrogate, inquire of (with two acc.); papraccha rāmāṃ ramaṇobhilāṣaṃ R. 14. 27; Bk. 6. 8; R. 3. 5; Bg. 2. 7; brāhmaṇaṃ kuśalaṃ pṛcchet Ms. 2. 127; so mahāśvetā kādaṃbarīmanāmayaṃ papraccha K. 192; kuśalamabale pṛcchati tvāṃ viyuktaḥ Me. 104; R. 1. 58.
     (2) To ascertain, learn by inquiry.
     (3) To seek, seek for.

pracchanaṃ --nā A question, inquiry, interrogation.

pracchad 10 U.
     (1) To cover, wrap up, veil, envelope; (vanaṃ) prācchādayadameyātmā nīhāreṇeva caṃdramāḥ Mb.
     (2) To hide, conceal, disguise, keep secret; pracchādaya svān guṇān Bh. 2. 77; pradānaṃ pracchannaṃ 2. 64; Ms. 4. 198; 10. 40; Ch. P. 4.
     (3) To clothe oneself, put on clothes.
     (4) To stand in the way, become an obstacle.

pracchad n. Ved.
     (1) Food.
     (2) A cover.

pracchadaḥ A cover, wrapper, coverlet, bed-clothes, bed-cover; R. 19. 22.
     -- Comp.
          --paṭaḥ bed-clothes, coverlet.

pracchanna p. p.
     (1) Covered, wrapped, enveloped.
     (2) Private, secret; Bh. 2. 64.
     (3) Concealed, hidden.
     (4) Clothed, clad. --nraṃ
     (1) A private door.
     (2) A loop-hole, lattice, window. --nnaṃ ind. Secretly, covertly.
     -- Comp.
          --taskaraḥ an unseen thief.

pracchādaka a. Concealing, covering (at the end of comp.). --kaḥ The song of a wife deserted by her husband (containing a covert description of her sorrows).

pracchādanam
     (1) Covering, concealing.
     (2) An upper garment.
     -- Comp.
          --paṭaḥ a wrapper, cover, coverlet.

pracchādita p. p.
     (1) Covered, enveloped, clothed &c.
     (2) Hidden, concealed.

pracchardanam
     (1) Vomiting.
     (2) Emitting, sending forth.
     (3) An emetic.

pracchardikā Vomiting.

pracchānam
     (1) Scarifying.
     (2) Making sore.

pracchāyam [prakṛṣṭā chāyā yatra] Thick or dense shade, a shadowy place; gacchāyasulabhanidrā divasāḥ pariṇāmaramaṇīyāḥ S. 1. 3; M. 3.

pracchrila a. Dry, waterless.

pracyu 1 A.
     (1) To move away, go away, withdraw, retreat.
     (2) To fall off from, drop down, fall down.
     (3) To forsake, abandon (as religion).
     (4) To be ejected or driven, be dislodged, be deprived of, lose (with abl.).
     (5) To flow out, stream forth.
     (6) To drive, urge on. --Caus.
     (1) To move, shake.
     (2) To displace, dislodge, eject, expel.
     (3) To cause to fall, ruin.

pracyavaḥ
     (1) Fall, ruin,
     (2) Improve ment, advancement, growth.
     (3) Withdrawal.

pracyavanam
     (1) Departing, retreating, withdrawal.
     (2) Loss, deprivation.
     (3) Oozing, dropping (kṣaraṇa).

pracyāvanam
     (1) Causing to give up.
     (2) A means of removing, a sedative or palliative.

pracyuta p. p.
     (1) Fallen off or from.
     (2) Strayed, deviated.
     (3) Dislodged, displaced, degraded.
     (4) Displaced, ejected.
     (5) Banished, expelled.
     (6) Routed, put to flight.

pracyutiḥ f.
     (1) Departing, withdrawal.
     (2) Loss, deprivation, falling down from; nityaṃ pracyutiśaṃkayā kṣaṇamapi svarge na modāmahe Śānti. 4. 20.
     (3) Fall, ruin.

prajan 4 A.
     (1) To be born or produced, come into existence.
     (2) To grow, arise, spring up.
     (3) To bring forth, be delivered of.
     (4) To beget, generate, produce in general. --Caus.
     (1) To beget, generate.
     (2) To cause, produce.
     (3) To bring forth, bear.

prajaḥ A husband.

prajanaḥ
     (1) Impregnating, begetting, generating, production; Ms. 3. 61; 9. 61.
     (2) The impregnation of cattle.
     (3) Bringing forth, bearing; Ms. 9. 96.
     (4) A generator, progenitor.

prajanana a. (nī f.) Producing, generating, procreative. --naṃ
     (1) Procreation, generation, conception in the womb.
     (2) Production, birth, delivery.
     (3) Semen.
     (4) The male or female organ of generation (penis or vulva).
     (5) Offspring.
     (6) Pregnancy of cattle (upasara).

prajanikā A mother.

prajaniṣṇu a.
     (1) Procreative, productive.
     (2) Growing, standing (as corn).

prajanukaḥ The body.

prajanūḥ f. The vulva (Ved.).

prajām (Changed to prajas at the end of a Bah. compound, when the first member is a, su or dus; see R. 8. 32, 18. 29.)
     (1) Procreation, generation, propagation, birth, production.
     (2) Offspring, progeny, issue; children, brood (of animals); prajārthavratakarśitāṃgaṃ R. 2. 73; prajāyai gṛhamedhināṃ R. 1. 7; Ms. 3. 42; Y. 1. 269; so bakasya prajā, sarpaprajā &c.
     (3) Posterity, descendants.
     (4) A creature.
     (5) Subjects, people, mankind; nanaṃduḥ saprajāḥ prajāḥ R. 4. 3; prajāḥ prajāḥ svā iva taṃtrīyatvā S. 5. 5 (where prajā has sense 2 also); R. 1. 7; 2. 73; Ms. 1. 8.
     (6) Semen.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyakṣaḥ 1. an epithet of the sun. --2. of Daksha.
          --aṃtakaḥ Yama, the god of death; R. 8. 45.
          --īpsu a. desirous of progeny.
          --īśaḥ, -īśvaraḥ the lord of men, a king, sovereign; R. 3. 68; 5. 32; 18. 29.
          --utpattiḥ, f.
          --utpādanaṃ the raising up of progeny.
          --kāma a. desirous of progeny.
          --kāraḥ author of the creation.
          --taṃtuḥ a line of descendants, lineage, race.
          --da a. 1. granting progeny. --2. removing barrenness.
          --dānaṃ silver.
          --dvāraṃ N. of the sun.
          --nāyaḥ 1. an epithet of Brahmā. --2. a king, sovereign, prince; R. 2. 48; 10. 83.
          --niṣekaḥ impregnation, seed (implanted in the womb); R. 14. 60. --2. offspring.
          --paḥ a king.
          --patiḥ 1. the god presiding over creation; Ms. 12. 121. --2. an epithet of Brahmā; asyāḥ sargavidhau prajapatirabhūccaṃdro nu kāṃtipradaḥ V. 1. 9. --3. an epithet of the ten lords of created beings first created by Brahmā; (see Ms. 1. 34). --4. an epithet of Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. --5. the sun. --6. a king --7. a son-in-law --8. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --9. a father, progenitor. --10. the penis. --11. a sacrifice.
          --pālaḥ, pālakaḥ a king, sovereign.
          --pāliḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --pālyaṃ royal office
          --vṛddhiḥ f. increase of progeny.
          --sṛj m. an epithet of Brahmā; Śi 1. 28.
          --hita a. beneficial to children or people. (
          --taṃ) water.

prajāta p. p. Born, produced &c. --tā A woman who has borne a child.

prajātiḥ f.
     (1) Procreation, production, propagation.
     (2) Delivery.
     (3) Procreative power.
     (4) Travail, labour.

prajāyin a.
     (1) Being about to produce or bring forth.
     (2) Bearing, bringing forth (abhirūpa-, vīra- &c.).

prajāvat a.
     (1) Having subjects or children.
     (2) Pregnant.
     (3) Abounding in progeny, prolific. --tī A brother's wife (bhra tṛjāyā); prajāvatī dohadaśaṃsinī te R. 14. 45; 15. 13.
     (2) A matron, mother.
     (3) An elder brother's wife.

prajalp 1P.
     (1) To speak, say, talk; Ku. 1. 45
     (2) To call.
     (3) To proclaim.
     (4) To prattle, chatter.

prajalpaḥ Prattle, gossip, heedless or frivolous words (used in greeting a lover); asūyerṣyāmadayujā yovadhīraṇamudrayā . priyasya kauśalodgāraḥ prajalpaḥ sa tu kathyate ...

prajalpanam
     (1) Talking, speaking.
     (2) Prattle, gossip.

prajalpita a. Talked, prattled. --taṃ Talk.

prajavin See under prajū.

prajāgṛ 2. P.
     (1) To keep watch, be awake, wake.
     (2) To lie in wait for.

prajāgaraḥ
     (1) Lying awake at night, sleeplessness; sa rājarṣirimāni divasāni prajāgarakṛśo lakṣyate S. 3; prajāgarātkhilībhūtastasyāḥ svapne samāgamaḥ S. 6. 21.
     (2) Vigilance, carefulness.
     (3) A guardian.
     (4) An epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

prajinaḥ Wind, air.

prajīvanam Livelihood, subsistence.

prajuṣṭa a. Attached or devoted to, intent on.

prajū 1 U.
     (1) To push or drive onward, impel, urge on.
     (2) To hasten forward. --Caus. To shoot, dart.

prajavaḥ Ved. Haste.

prajavana a. Swift, fleet; U. 5. 1.

prajavin a. Rapid, swift, speedy. --m. An express, a courier.

prajñā 9 U.
     (1) To know, know about, be acquainted with.
     (2) To be a ware of, find out.
     (3) To discern, distinguish. --Caus. (prajñapayati) 1 To show, point out (as way).
     (2) To discover.
     (3) To call, summon, invite.

prajña a.
     (1) Wise, intelligent, learned.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) conversant with. --jñaḥ A wise or learned man.

prajñaptiḥ f.
     (1) Agreement, engagement.
     (2) Teaching, informing, communicating.
     (3) A doctrine.
     (4) Intellect.

prajñā
     (1) Intelligence, understanding, intellect, wisdom; ākārasadṛśaprajñaḥ prajñayā sadṛśāgamaḥ R. 1. 15; śastraṃ nihaṃti puruṣasya śarīramekaṃ prajñā kulaṃ ca vibhavaṃ ca yaśaśca haṃti .. Subhāṣ.
     (2) Discernment, discrimination, judgment.
     (3) Device or design.
     (4) A wise or learned woman.
     (5) N. of the goddess Sarasvatī.
     -- Comp.
          --cakṣus a. blind; (lit. having understanding as the only eyes). (--m.) an epithet of Dhṛtrāṣṭra. (--n.) the mind's eye, mental eye, the mind; M. 1.
          --vādaḥ a wise saying.
          --vṛddha a. old in wisdom.
          --sahāya a. intelligent, wise,
          --hīna a. void of wisdom, silly, foolish.

prajñāta p. p.
     (1) Known, understood.
     (2) Distinguished, discerned.
     (3) Distinct, clear.
     (4) Famous, well-known, renowned.

prajñāna a. Prudent. --naṃ
     (1) Intel ligence, knowledge, wisdom.
     (2) A mark, token, sign.
     (3) Discernment, judgment.

prajñāla, prajñin (nī f.), prajñila a. Wise, intelligent, prudent.

prajñāvat a. Wise, intelligent.

prajñu a. Bow legged, bandy-legged; (so prajña).

prajval 1 P.
     (1) To burn brightly, blaze up, shine; raṇāṃgāni prajajvaluḥ Bk. 14. 98.
     (2) To catch fire, be in flames, blaze up.
     (3) To be kindled (as anger), to be incensed or wrathful. --Caus. (-jva-jvā-layati)
     (1) To kindle, set on fire.
     (2) To brighten, illumine, irradiate.

prajvalanam
     (1) Blazing up, flaming, burning.
     (2) Kindling.

prajvalita p. p.
     (1) Being in flames, burning, flaming, blazing.
     (2) Bright, shining.
     (3) Burnt. --taṃ Burning.

praḍīnam
     (1) Flying in every direction.
     (2) Flying forward; see under ḍīna.
     (3) Taking flight.

praṇa a. Old, ancient.

praṇakhaḥ The point of a nail.

praṇaḍh 1 P. To sound, resound, echo; kravyādāḥ prāṇadan ghorāḥ Mb.; śivāḥ praṇadaṃti &c.

praṇadanam Sounding, a sound.

praṇadita a.
     (1) Sounding.
     (2) Humming, buzzing (as a bee).

praṇādaḥ 1 A loud noise, shout, cry.
     (2) Roaring, a roar.
     (3) Neighing, braying.
     (4) A murmur of rapture; a burst of applause; huzza.
     (5) A cry for help.
     (6) A particular disease of the ear (a buzzing sound in the ear).

praṇam 1 P.
     (1) To bow down, salute, make a low obeisance to, be humble (with acc. or dative); na praṇamaṃti devatābhyaḥ K. 108; tāṃ bhaktipravaṇena cetasā praṇanāma K. 228; Ku. 7. 27; Bg. 11. 44; R. 2. 21. (sāṣṭāṃgaṃ praṇam 'to fall down on the eight limbs'; see aṣṭāṃga; daṃḍavat praṇam 'to bow by throwing oneself down on the ground quite prostrate and flat like a stick placed horizontally, touching the ground at all points; cf. daṃḍapraṇāma). --Caus. (praṇamayati) To cause to bow down; tāmarcitābhyaḥ kuladevatābhyaḥ kulapratiṣṭhāṃ praṇamayya mātā Ku. 7. 27.
     (2) To bend, incline.

praṇata p. p.
     (1) Bending, inclined, stooping.
     (2) Bowing to, saluting.
     (3) Humble.
     (4) Skilful, clever.
     (5) Crooked.

praṇatiḥ f.
     (1) A bow, salutation, obeisance; tava sarvavidhayavartinaḥ praṇatiṃ bibhrati ke na bhūbhṛtaḥ Śi. 16. 5; R. 4. 88.
     (2) Submissiveness, humility, courtesy; sa dadarśa vetasavanācaritāṃ praṇatiṃ balīyasi samṛddhikarīṃ Ki. 6. 5; nirjiteṣu tarasā tarasvināṃ śatruṣu praṇatireva kīrtaye R. 11. 89.
     (3) Inclination, bending, stooping.

praṇāmaḥ
     (1) Bending, bowing, stooping.
     (2) A reverential salutation, obeisance, prostration, bow (used with dat.); as in sāṣṭāṃgapraṇāma; Ku. 6. 91; mūrdhnā praṇāmaṃ vṛṣabhadhvajāya caṃkāra 3. 62; asmai praṇāmamakaravam K. 142.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjaliḥ a respectful salutation with the hands folded together; Ku. 4. 35; for aṣṭāṃga- see aṣṭāṃga.

praṇaśū 4 P.
     (1) To perish, die; smṛtibhraṃśād buddhināśo buddhināśātpraṇaśyati Bg. 2 63; Bk. 3. 14.
     (2) To vanish, disappear.
     (3) To escape.

praṇāśaḥ
     (1) Cessation, loss, disappearance; Ki. 14. 9.
     (2) Death, destruction; bhartuḥ praṇāśādatha śocaṃnīyaṃ R. 14. 1.

praṇāśana a. Destroying, annihilating, removing. --naṃ Destruction, annihilation; praṇāśanāya prabalasya vidviṣaḥ R. 3. 60.

pranaṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Disappeared, vanished, not to be seen.
     (2) Lost; Pt. 4 35.
     (3) Perished, dead.
     (4) Ruined, destroyed, annihilated.
     (5) Escaped.

praṇavaḥ
     (1) The sacred syllable om.; āsanmihīkṣitāmādyaḥ praṇavaśchaṃdasāmiva R. 1. 11; Ms. 2. 74; Ku. 2. 12; Bg. 7. 8.
     (2) A kind of musical instrument (drum or tabor).
     (3) An epithet of Viṣṇu or the Supreme Being.

praṇasa a. Having a prominent nose, large-nosed.

praṇāḍī
     (1) Intervention, interposition, medium.
     (2) Ved. A watercourse, drain.

praṇāyya a.
     (1) Dear, beloved.
     (2) Upright, honest, straight-forward.
     (3) Disliked, disapproved; Bk. 6. 66.
     (4) Free from passion, indifferent to worldly attachments (virakta).

praṇālaḥ --lī, praṇālikā
     (1) A channel, water-course, drain; kurvan pūrṇā nayanapayasāṃ cakravālaiḥ praṇālīḥ Ud. S. 2; Śi. 3. 44.
     (2) Succession, uninterrupted series.

praṇāśaḥ --śanam See under praṇaś.

praṇiṃsita a. Kissed.

praṇidhā 2 U.
     (1) To place, put or lay down; prostrate; praṇihitaśirasaṃ vā kāṃtamārdrāparādhaṃ M. 3. 12; tasmātpraṇamya praṇidhāya kāyaṃ Bg. 11. 44.
     (2) To set, put in, inlay or incase; yadi maṇistrapuṇi praṇiyīyate Pt. 1. 75. v. l.
     (3) To apply, fix upon, direct towards; bhartṛpraṇihitekṣaṇāṃ R. 15. 84; Bk. 6. 142.
     (4) To stretch out, extend; māmākāśapraṇihitabhujaṃ nirdayāśleṣahetoḥ Me. 106; nībīṃ prati praṇihite tu kare priyeṇa sakhyaḥ śapāmi yadi kiṃcidapi smarāmi K. P. 4.
     (5) To send out (as spies).
     (6) To place or lay in the front.
     (7) To include, enclose.
     (8) To employ, use; U. 5. 13.
     (9) To resolve. (10) To think.

praṇidhānam
     (1) Applying, employing, application, use.
     (2) Great effort, energy.
     (3) Profound religious meditation, abstract contemplation; R. 1. 74; 8. 19; V. 2.
     (4) Respectful behaviour towards (with loc.).
     (5) Renunciation of the fruit of actions (karmaphalatyāga).
     (6) Entrance, access.
     (7) (With Buddhists) A prayer, an entreaty.

praṇidhiḥ
     (1) Observing, spying out.
     (2) Sending out spies.
     (3) A spy, an emissary; Ku. 3. 6; R. 17. 48; Ms. 7. 153; 8. 182.
     (4) An attendant, a follower.
     (5) Care, attention.
     (6) Solicitation, entreaty, request.

praṇidheyam
     (1) Sending spies.
     (2) Employing, using.

praṇihita p. p.
     (1) Laid on, applied.
     (2) Deposited.
     (3) Outstretched, stretched forth; Me. 105.
     (4) Consigned, delivered, entrusted.
     (5) Having the attention fixed upon one object, with the mind concentrated, intent.
     (6) Determined, decided.
     (7) Cautious, wary.
     (8) Obtained, attained.
     (9) Spied out. (10) Acknowledged; admitted.
     (11) Applied, directed.

praṇinādaḥ A deep sound.

praṇipat 1 P. To bow down to, fall prostrate before, bow respectfully to, salute (with acc. or dat.); praṇipatya surāstasmai śamayitre suradviṣāṃ R. 10. 15; vāgīśaṃ vāgbhirarthyābhiḥ praṇipatyopatasthire Ku. 2. 3; 3. 60.

praṇipatanaṃ, praṇipātaḥ
     (1) Falling at one's feet, prostration, submission; R. 4. 64.
     (2) Obeisance, salutation, reverential bow; Ku. 3. 61, 4. 35; R. 3. 25.
     -- Comp.
          --puraḥsaraṃ, --pūrvakaṃ ind. with an obeisance.
          --pratīkāra a. averted or counteracted by prostration.
          --rasaḥ a magical formula pronounced over weapons.
          --śikṣā teaching (one) to salute.

praṇī 1 P.
     (1) To lead out or forth (as an army), conduct; vānareṃdreṇa praṇītena (valena) Rām.
     (2) To offer, give, present; arghyaṃ praṇīya janakātmajā Bk. 5. 76.
     (3) To bring to, set (as fire); Pt. 3. 1.
     (4) To consecrate by reciting sacred Mantras, hallow, consecrate in general; tridhā praṇīto jvalanaḥ Hariv.
     (5) To inflict (as punishment); Ms. 7. 20; S. 238.
     (6) To lay down, teach, promulgate, institute, prescribe; sa eva dharmo manunā praṇītaḥ R. 14. 67; bhavatpraṇītamācāramāmanaṃti hi sādhavaḥ Ku. 6. 31.
     (7) To write, compose (as a work); praṇītaḥ na tu prakāśitaḥ U. 4; uttaraṃ rāmacaritaṃ tatpraṇītaṃ prayujyate U. 1. 3.
     (8) To accomplish, effect, perform, bring about; N. 1. 15, 19; Bh. 3. 82.
     (9) To lead or reduce to any condition. (10) To show, display.
     (11) To direct, fix or turn towards (as the eyes).
     (12) To show affection or love, love.
     (13) To throw, cast, discharge.
     (14) To remove, destroy.
     (15) To draw in the breath (Atm.).

praṇayaḥ
     (1) Espousing, seizing(as in marriage); Māl. 6. 14.
     (2)
          (a) Love, affection, fondness, attachment, liking, regard; sādhāraṇoyamubhayoḥ praṇayaḥ smarasya V. 2. 16; sādhāraṇoyaṃ praṇayaḥ S. 3; (where in both cases sense 6 may do as well); S. 6. 7; 5. 23; Me. 105; R. 6 12; Bh. 2. 42.
          (b) A wish, desire, longing; Ku. 5. 85; Māl. 8. 7; S. 7. 16.
     (3) Friendly acquaintance or regard, friendship, intimacy; Māl. 1. 9.
     (4) Familiarity, confidence, trust; mayā gṛhīte salile'nena kṛtaḥ praṇayaḥ S. 5.
     (5) Favour, kindness, act of courtesy; alaṃkṛto'smi svayaṃgrāhapraṇayena bhavatā Mk. 1; 1. 45.
     (6) An entreaty, request, solicitation; tadbhatatāthānuga nārhasi tvaṃ saṃbaṃdhino me praṇayaṃ vihaṃtu R. 2. 28; V. 4. 13.
     (7) Reverence, obeisance.
     (8) Final beatitude.
     (9) A leader. (10) Conduct, guidance. (praṇayena confidentially, candidly; without reserve or ceremony; praṇayāt openly, frankly).
     -- Comp.
          --aparādhaḥ an offence against friendship or love.
          --unmukha a. 1. disposed or about to declare one's love; M. 4. 13. --2. impatient through love.
          --upeta a. candid, frank.
          --kalahaḥ a lover's quarrel, a mock or feigned quarrel; nāpyanyasmātpraṇayakalahādviprayogopapattiḥ Me. (considered spurious by Malli.).
          --kupita a. angry through love, feigning anger; Me. 105.
          --kopaḥ feigned anger of a mistress towards her lover, coquettish anger.
          --prakarṣaḥ excessive love, intense attachment.
          --bhaṃgaḥ 1. breach of friendship. --2. faithlessness.
          --vacanaṃ expression of love.
          --vimukha a. 1. averse from love. --2. disinclined to friendship; Me. 27.
          --vihatiḥ, -vighātaḥ non-compliance, refusal (of a request &c.).
          --spṛś a. inspired by love; Māl. 5. 7.

praṇayanam
     (1) Bringing, fetching.
     (2) Conducting, conveying.
     (3) Carrying out, executing, performing; Ku. 6. 9.
     (4) Writing, composing.
     (5) Decreeing, sentencing, awarding; as daṃḍasya praṇayanaṃ.
     (6) Bringing forward, adducing.
     (7) Distributing.

praṇayavat a.
     (1) Loving, fond, affectionate; R. 10. 57.
     (2) Candid, frank.
     (3) Earnestly desirous of, longing for; jātaḥ sakhe praṇayavānmṛgatṛṣṇikāyāṃ S. 6. 16.

praṇayitā Love, attachment; (śrīḥ) mūrkhāndveṣṭi na gacchati, praṇayitāmatyaṃtavidvatsvapi Mu. 3. 5.

praṇayin a.
     (1) Loving, affectionate, kind, attached; Māl. 3. 9; 6. 30.
     (2) Beloved, dearly loved.
     (3) Desirous of, longing for, fondly solicitous of; aṃkāśrayapraṇayinastanayānvahaṃtaḥ S. 7. 17; Me. 3; R. 9. 55, 11. 3.
     (4) Familiar, intimate. --m.
     (1) A friend, companion, favourite; Ku. 5. 11.
     (2) A husband, lover.
     (3) A supplicant, humble petitioner, suitor; svārthāt satāṃ gurutarā praṇayikriyaiva V. 4. 15; 1. 2.
     (4) A worshipper; devotee; Ku. 3. 66. --nī A mistress, beloved, wife.
     (2) A female friend.

praṇāyakaḥ
     (1) A leader or commander (of an army).
     (2) A guide, head, chief.

praṇīta p. p.
     (1) Put forward, advanced, presented.
     (2) Delivered, given, offered, presented.
     (3) Brought into, reduced to.
     (4) Executed, effected, performed.
     (5) Taught, prescribed.
     (6) Cast, sent, discharged.
     (7) Brought to, set.
     (8) Written, composed.
     (9) Set aside, removed. (10) Agreeable or pleasing.
     (11) Inflicted (as punishment); see praṇī above. --taḥ Fire conse crated by prayers. --tā A sacrificed vessel. --taṃ Anything cooked or dressed, such as a condiment.

praṇītiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) Conduct, guidance.
     (2) Favour.

praṇetṛ m.
     (1) A leader.
     (2) A maker, ereator.
     (3) The promulgator of a doctrine, expounder, teacher.
     (4) An author.

praṇeya a. 1 To be guided or led, tractable, yielding, submissive, obedient.
     (2) To be executed or accomplished.
     (8) To be settled or fixed.

praṇu 2. 6. P.
     (1) To praise.
     (2) To mutter the sacred syllable om.
     (3) To roar, bellow.
     (4) To resound.

praṇuta p. p. Praised, lauded.

praṇud 6 P.
     (1) To dispel, drive off, remove; Śi. 9. 71.
     (2) To push or thrust forward, push on.
     (3) To drive, stir, set in motion.
     (4) To scare way, frighten away. --Caus.
     (1) To prompt, incite, urge forward.
     (2) To push away.
     (3) To request or ask any one.

praṇutta p. p.
     (1) Driven away, repelled.
     (2) Scared away.

praṇunna p. p.
     (1) Driven or sent away.
     (2) Set in motion.
     (3) Scared away.
     (4) Shaking, trembling.
     (5) Sent, despatched.

praṇodaḥ
     (1) Driving.
     (2) Directing.

praṇodita a.
     (1) Set in motion.
     (2) Directed, ordered.
     (3) Driven.

praṇejanam
     (1) Washing or wiping away.
     (2) Bathing.
     (3) Water for washing.

pratan 8 U.
     (1) To spread abroad, diffuse; khyātastvaṃ vibhavairyaśāṃsi kavayo dikṣu pratanvaṃti naḥ Bh. 3. 24.
     (2) To spread, extend, stretch out.
     (3) To spread over, cover, fill.
     (4) To cause, produce, create.
     (5) To show, display, exhibit; tadūrīkṛtya kṛtibhirvācaspatyaṃ pratāyate Śi. 2. 30.
     (6) To perform, do (as a sacrifice).
     (7) To execute, complete, accomplish.

pratata p. p.
     (1) Spread over, covered.
     (2) Stretched out, diffused. --taṃ ind. Continuously.

pratatiḥ f.
     (1) Extension, expansion, diffusion.
     (2) A creeper.

pratānaḥ
     (1) A shoot, tendril; latāpratānodgrathitaiḥ sa keśaiḥ R. 2. 8; S. 7. 11.
     (2) A creeper, low spreading plant.
     (3) Branching out, ramification.
     (4) Tetanus or epilepsy.
     (5) Extension.

pratānin a.
     (1) Spreading.
     (2) Having shoots or tendrils. --nī A spreading creeper.

pratana a. (nī f.) Old, ancient.

pratanu a. (nu or nvī f.)
     (1) Very thin or minute, delicate: Me. 29.
     (2) Very small, limited, narrow; pratanu tapasāṃ K. 43; U. 1. 20; Me. 41.
     (3) Slender, emaciated.
     (4) Insignificant, trifling.

pratap 1 P.
     (1) To be hot, burn, glow.
     (2) To heat.
     (3) To kindle, illumine.
     (4) To bake, roast.
     (5) To feel pain, suffer.
     (6) To mortify the body, undergo penance.
     (7) To pain, distress, torment. --Caus.
     (1) To warm, heat.
     (2) To set on fire, irradiate.
     (3) To torment, pain, distress.

pratapanam Warming, making warm.

pratapta p. p.
     (1) Heated.
     (2) Hot, ardent.
     (3) Tormented, tortured, pained.

pratāpaḥ
     (1) Heat, warmth; Pt. 1. 107.
     (2) Radiance, glowing heat; Ku. 2. 24.
     (3) Splendour, brilliancy.
     (4) Dignity, majesty, glory; Mv. 2. 4.
     (5) Courage, valour, heroism; pratāpastasya bhānośca yugapad vyānaśe diśaḥ R. 4. 15 (where pratāpa means 'heat' also); 4. 30.
     (7) Spirit, vigour, energy.
     (7) Ardour, zeal.

pratāpana a.
     (1) Warming.
     (2) Distressing. --naṃ
     (1) Burning, heating, warming.
     (2) Paining, tormenting, inflicting punishment. --naḥ N. of a hell.

pratāpavat a.
     (1) Glorious, dignified.
     (2) Valorous, powerful, mighty. --m.
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) Of Viṣṇu.

pratāpin a.
     (1) Burning, scorching.
     (2) Splendid, brilliant.
     (3) Paining, distressing.
     (4) Glorious, dignified.
     (5) Powerful, mighty.

pratam 4 P.
     (1) To become exhausted or fatigued, faint.
     (2) To lose the breath, be beside oneself.

pratamakaḥ A kind of asthma.

pratark 10 U.
     (1) To conclude, infer, guess.
     (2) To reason, reflect.
     (3) To think, believe, consider, suppose; Bk. 2. 9.
     (4) To search, investigate.

pratarkaḥ Conjecture, guess, supposition.

pratarkaṇam
     (1) Reasoning, discussion.
     (2) Doubt.
     (3) Logic.

pratalam One of the seven divisions of the lower world; see pātāla. --laḥ The open hand with the fingers extended.

prati ind.
     (1) As a prefix to verbs it means
          (a) towards, in the direction of;
          (b) back, in return, again;
          (c) in opposition to, against, counter;
          (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition).
     (2) As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means
          (a) likeness, resemblance, equality;
          (b) opposite, of the opposite side; pratibala Ve. 3. 5 'the opposing force'; so pratidvipāḥ Mu. 2. 13;
          (c) rivalry; as in praticaṃdraḥ 'a rival moon'; pratipuruṣaḥ &c.
     (3) As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means
          (a) towards, in the direction of, to; tau daṃpatī svāṃ prati rājadhānīṃ prasthāpayāmāsa vaśī vasiṣṭhaḥ R. 2. 70; 1. 75; pratyanilaṃ viceruḥ Ku. 3. 31; vṛkṣaṃ prati vidyotate vidyut Sk.;
          (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; tadā yāyādripuṃ prati Ms. 7. 171; pradudruvustaṃ prati rākṣaseṃdraṃ Rām.; yayāvajaḥ pratyarisainyameva R. 7. 55;
          (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; tvaṃ sahasrāṇi prati Rv. 2. 1. 8;
          (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; samāsedustato gaṃgāṃ śṛṃgaverapuraṃ prati Rām.; gaṃgāṃ prati;
          (e) at the time, about, during; ādityasyodayaṃ prati Mb.; phālgunaṃ vātha caitraṃ vā māsau prati Ms. 7. 182;
          (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; yadatra māṃ prati syāt Sk.; haraṃ prati halāhalaṃ (abhavat) Vop.;
          (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); varṣaṃ prati, prativarṣaṃ; yajñaṃ prati Y. 1. 110; vṛkṣaṃ vṛkṣaṃ prati siṃcati Sk.;
          (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; na hi me saṃśītirasyā divyatāṃ prati K. 132; caṃdroparāgaṃ prati tu kenāpi vipralabdhāsi Mu. 1; dharmaṃ prati S. 5. 18; maṃdautsukyosmi nagaragamanaṃ prati S. 1; Ku. 6. 27; 7. 83; tvayaikamīśaṃ prati sādhu bhāṣitaṃ 5. 81; Y. 1. 218; R. 6. 12; 10. 29; 12. 51;
          (i) according to, in conformity with; māṃ prati in my opinion;
          (j) before, in the presence of;
          (k) for, on account of.
     (4) As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either
          (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; pradyumnaḥ kṛṣṇātprati Sk., saṃ grāme yo dārāyaṇataḥ prati Bk. 8. 89; or
          (b) in exchange or return for; tilebhyaḥ prati yacchati māṣān Sk.; bhakteḥ pratyamṛtaṃ śaṃbhoḥ Vop.
     (5) As the first member of Avyayībhāva compounds it usually means
          (a) in or at every; as pratisaṃvatsaraṃ 'every year'; pratikṣaṇaṃ, pratyahaṃ &c.;
          (b) towards, in the direction of; pratyagni śalabhā ḍayaṃte.
     (6) prati is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; sūpaprati, śākaprati. (Note. In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places)
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ ind. in every syllable or letter; pratyakṣaraśleṣamayaprabaṃdha Vās.
          --āgni ind. towards the fire.
          --aṃgaṃ 1. a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. --2. a division, chapter, section. --3. every limb. --4. a weapon. (
          --gaṃ) ind. 1. on or at every limb of the body; as in pratyaṃgamāliṃgitaḥ Gīt. 1. --2. for every subdivision.
     (3) in each case (in grammar). --anaṃtara a. 1. being in immediate neighbourhood. --2. standing nearest (as an heir). --3. immediately following, closely connected with; jīvet kṣatriyadharmeṇa sa hyasya (brāhmaṇasya) pratyanaṃ taraḥ Ms. 10. 82; 8. 185. (--raṃ) ind. 1. immediately after. --2. next in succession. --anilaṃ ind. towards or against the wind. --anīka a. 1. hostile, opposed, inimical. --2. resisting, opposing. (--kaḥ) an enemy. (--kaṃ) 1. hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; na śaktāḥ pratyanīkeṣu sthātuṃ mama surāsurāḥ Rām. --2. a hostile army; yasya śūrā maheṣbāsāḥ pratyanīkagatā raṇe Mb.; ye'vasthitāḥ pratyanīkeṣu yodhāḥ Bg. 11. 32 (pra- may have here sense 1 also). --3. (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy, who himself cannot be injured; pratipakṣamaśaktena pratikartu tiraskriyā . yā tadīyasya tatstutyai pratyanīkaṃ taducyate K. P. 10. --anumānaṃ an opposite conclusion. --aṃta a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (--taḥ) 1. a border, frontier; R. 4. 26. --2. a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarians or Mlechchhas. -deśaḥ a bordering country. -parvataḥ an adjacent hill; pādāḥ pratyaṃtaparvatāḥ Ak. --apakāraḥ retaliation, injury in return; śāmyet pratyapakāreṇa nopakāreṇa durjanaḥ Ku. 2. 40. --abdaṃ ind. every year. --amitra a. hostile. (--traḥ) an enemy. (--traṃ) ind. towards an enemy. --arkaḥ a mock sun. --avayavaṃ ind. 1. in every limb. --2. in every particular, in detail. --avara a. 1. lower, less honoured. --2. very low or degrading, very insignificant. --aśman m. red chalk. --ahaṃ ind. every day, daily; day by day; giriśamupacacāra pratyahaṃ sā sukeśī Ku. 1. 60. --ākāraḥ a scabbard, sheath. --āghātaḥ 1. a counter-stroke. --2. reaction. --ācāraḥ suitable conduct or behaviour. --ātmaṃ ind. singly, severally. --ātmaka a. belonging to oneself. --ātmyaṃ similarity with oneself. --ādityaḥ a mock sun. --āraṃbhaḥ 1. recommencement, second beginning. --2. prohibition. --āśā 1. hope, expectation; Māl. 9. 8. --2. trust, confidence. --uttaraṃ a reply, rejoinder. --ulūkaḥ 1. a crow. --2. a bird resembling an owl. --ṝcaṃ ind. in each Rik. --eka a. each, each one, every single one. (--kaṃ) ind. 1. one by one, one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; viveśa daṃḍakāraṇyaṃ pratyekaṃ ca satāṃ manaḥ R. 12. 9 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12. 3; 7. 34; Ku. 2. 31. --kaṃcukaḥ an adversary. --kaṃṭhaṃ ind. 1. severally, one by one. --2. near the throat. --kaśa a. not obeying the whip. --kāyaḥ 1. an effigy, image, picture, likeness. --2. an adversary; Ki. 13. 28. --3. a target, butt, mark. --kitavaḥ an opponent in a game. --kuṃjaraḥ a hostile elephant. --kūpaḥ a moat, ditch. --kūla a. 1. unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, pratikūlatāmupagate hi vidhau viphalatvameti bahusādhanatā Śi. 9. 6; Ku. 3. 24. --2. harsh, discordant, unpleasant, disagreeable; apyannapuṣṭā pratikūlaśabdā Ku. 1. 45. --3. inauspicious. --4. contradictory. --5. reverse, inverted. --6. perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. -ācaraṇaṃ -ācaritaṃ any offensive or hostile action or conduct; R. 8. 81. -uktaṃ -ktiḥ f. a contradiction. -kārin, -kṛta, -cārin, --vṛṃtti a. opposing. -darśana a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. -pravartin, -vartin a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. -bhāṣin a. opposing, contradicting. -vacanaṃ disagreeable or unpleasant speech. -vādaḥ contradiction. (pratikūlatā, -tvaṃ adverseness, opposition, hostility. pratikūlayati 'to oppose'). --kūlaṃ ind. 1. adversely, contrarily. --2. inversely, in inverted order. --kṣaṇaṃ ind. at every moment or instant; constantly; Ku. 3. 56. --gajaḥ a hostile elephant --gātraṃ ind. in very limb. --giriḥ 1. an opposite mountain. --2. an inferior mountain. --gṛhaṃ, -gehaṃ ind. in every house. --grāmaṃ ind. in every village. --caṃdraḥ a mock moon. --caraṇaṃ ind. 1. in every (Vedic) school or branch. --2. at every foot-step. --chāyā 1. a reflected image, reflection, shadow. --2. an image, picture. --jaṃghā the forepart of the leg. --jihvā, -jihvikā the soft palate. --taṃtraṃ ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. --taṃtrasiddhāṃtaḥ a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (vādiprativādyekataramātrābhyupagataḥ). --iyahaṃ ind. for three days at a time. --daṃḍa a. Ved. disobedient. --dinaṃ ind. every day; Me. 58. --diśaṃ ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. --deśaṃ ind. in every country. --dehaṃ ind. in every body. --daivataṃ ind. for every deity. --dvaṃdvaḥ 1. an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. --2. an enemy. (--dvaṃ) opposition, hostility. --dvaṃdbin a. 1. hostile, inimical. --2. adverse (pratikūla); Ki. 16. 29. --3. rivalling, vying with; S. 4. 4. (--m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; R. 7. 37.; 15. 25. --dvāraṃ ind. at every gate. --dhuraḥ a horse harnessed by the side of another. --naptṛ m. a great-grandson. --nava a. 1. new, young, fresh. --2. newly blown or budded; Me. 36. --nāḍī a branchvein. --nāyakaḥ the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; as rāvaṇa in the Rāmāyaṇa, śiśupāla in Magha Kāvya &c. --pakṣa a. like, similar. (--kṣaḥ) 1. the opposite side, party or faction, hostility. --2. an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; pratipakṣakāminī 'a rival wife'; Bv. 2. 64; Vikr. 1. 70, 73; pratipakṣamaśaktena pratikartuṃ K. P. 10; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. --3. a defendant or respondent (in law). -tā 1. hostility, opposition. --2. obstacle. --pakṣita a. 1. containing a contradiction. --2. nullified by a contradictory premiss; (as a hetu in nyāya); cf. satpratipakṣa. --pakṣin m. an opponent, adversary. --pathaṃ ind. along the road, towards the way; pratipathagatirāsīdvegadīrghīkṛtāṃgaḥ Ku. 3. 76. --padaṃ ind. 1. at every stop. --2. at every place, everywhere. --3. expressly. --4. in every word. --pāṇaḥ 1. a stake. --2. a counter-pledge. --3. a counter-stake. --pādaṃ ind. in each quarter. --pātraṃ ind. with regard to each part, of each character; pratipātramādhīyatāṃ yatnaḥ S. 1 'let care be taken of each character'. --pādapaṃ ind. in every tree. --pāpa a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. --pu(pū)ruṣaḥ 1. a like or similar man. --2. a substitute, deputy. --3. a companion. --4. the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). --5. an effigy in general. (--baṃ) ind. man by man, for each man. --pustakaṃ a copy of an original manuscript. --pūrvāhṇaṃ ind. every forenoon. --prabhātaṃ ind. every morning. --prākāraḥ an outer wall or rampart. --priyaṃ a kindness or service in return; R. 5. 56. --baṃdhuḥ an equal in rank or station. --bala a. 1. able, powerful. --2. equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (--laṃ) 1. a hostile army; astrajvālābalīḍhapratibalajaladheraṃtaraurvāyamāṇe Ve. 3. 5. --2. strength. --bāhuḥ the forepart of the arm. --biṃ(biṃ)baḥ --baṃ 1. a reflection, reflected image; Ku. 6. 42; Śi. 9. 18. --2. an image, a picture. --bījaṃ a rotten seed. --bhaṭa a. vying with, rivalling; ghaṭapratibhaṭastani N. 13. 5. (--ṭaḥ) 1. a rival, an opponent. --2. a warrior on the opposite side; saptālokyājau tvāṃ vidadhati vikalpān pratibhaṭāḥ K. P. 10. --bhaya a. 1. fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. --2. dangerous; Pt. 2. 166. (--yaṃ) a danger. --maṃḍalaṃ 1. a secondary dise (of the sun &c.). --2. an eceentric orbit. --maṃdiraṃ ind. in every house. --mallaḥ an antagonist, a rival; N. 1. 63; pātālapratimallagalla &c. Māl. 5. 22. --māyā a counter-spell or charm. --mārgaṃ ind. back, backwards. --mālā capping verses (Mar. bhaṃḍī). --māsaṃ ind. every month, monthly. --mitraṃ an enemy, adversary. --mukha a. 1. standing before the face, facing; pratimukhāgata Ms. 8. 291. --2. near, present. (--khaṃ) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the eatastrophe; see S. D. 334 and 351364. (--khaṃ) ind. 1. towards. --2. in front, before. --mudrā a counter-seal. --muhūrtaṃ ind. every moment. --mūrtiḥ f. an image, a likeness. --yūthapaḥ the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. --rathaḥ an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); dauṣyaṃtimapratirathaṃ tanayaṃ niveśya S. 4. 19. --rājaḥ a hostile king. --rātraṃ ind. every night. --rūpa a. 1. corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in. --2. beautiful. --3. suitable, proper. (--paṃ) a picture, an image, a likeness. --rupaka a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); ceṣṭāpratirūpikā manovṛttiḥ S. 1. (--kaṃ) 1. a picture, an image. --2. a forged edict. --3. a reflection. --lakṣaṇaṃ a mark, sign, token. --lipiḥ f. a transcript, a written copy. --loma a. 1. 'against the hair or grain', contrary to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. anuloma). --2. contrary to easte (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). --3. hostile. --4. low, vile, base. --5. left (vāma). --6. obstinate, perverse; aparicitasvāpi te'pratilomaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ S. 7. --7. disagreeable, unpleasant. (--maṃ) any injurious or unpleasant act. (--maṃ) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. -ja a. born in the inverse order of the eastes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms. 10. 16, 25. --lomaka a. reverse, inverted. (--kaṃ) inverted order. --vatsaraṃ ind. every year. --vanaṃ ind. in every forest. --varṇika a. similar, corresponding. --vardhin a. being a match for. --varṣaṃ ind. every year. --vastu n. 1. an equivalent, a counter-part. --2. anything given in return. --3. a parallel. -upamā a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa: --prativastūpamā tu sā .. sāmānyasya dvirekasya yatra vākyadvaye sthitiḥ K. P. 10; e. g. tāpena bhrājate sūryaḥ śūraścāpena rājate Chandr. 5. 48. --bātaḥ a contrary wind. (--taṃ) ind. against the wind; cīnāṃśukamiva ketoḥ prativātaṃ nīyamānasya S. 1. 34. --vāraṇaḥ a hostile elephant. --vāsaraṃ ind. every day. --viṭapaṃ ind. 1. on every branch. --2. branch by branch. --vedaṃ ind. in or for every Veda. --viṣaṃ an antidote. (--ṣā) a birch tree. --viṣṇukaḥ a Muchakunda tree. --vīraḥ an opponent, antagonist. --vīryaṃ being equal to or a match for. --vṛṣaḥ a hostile bull. --velaṃ ind. at each time, on every occasion. --veśaḥ 1. a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. --2. a neighbour. --veśin a. a neighbour. --veśman n. a neighbour's house. --veśyaḥ a neighbour. --vairaṃ requital of hostilities, revenge. --śabdaḥ 1. echo, reverberation; vasudhādharakaṃdarābhisarpī pratiśabdo'pi harerbhinatti nāgān V. 1. 16; Ku. 6. 64; R. 2. 28. --2. a roar. --śaśin m. a mock-moon. --śākhaṃ ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). --śākhā a side-branch. --saṃvatsaraṃ ind. every year. --sama a. equal to, a match for. --savya a. in an inverted order. --sāmaṃtaḥ an enemy. --sāyaṃ ind. every evening. --sūryaḥ, --sūryakaḥ 1. a mock-sun. --2. a lizard, chameleon; U. 2. 16. --senā a hostile army. --sthānaṃ ind. in every place, everywhere. --srotas ind. against the stream. --hastaḥ, --hastakaḥ a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; āśritānāṃ bhṛtau svāmisevāyāṃ dharmasevane . putrasyotpādane caiva na saṃti prati hastakāḥ H. 2. 33

pratika a. Worth or bought for a Kārṣāpaṇa, q. v.

pratikarṣaḥ
     (1) Aggregation, drawing together.
     (2) Anticipation (of a word) occurring later on.

pratikaṣaḥ 1 A leader.
     (2) An assistant.
     (3) A messenger (bārtāhara).

prati(tī)kāśaḥ
     (1) A reflection.
     (2) Look, appearance, resemblance; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense and translated by 'like', 'resembling'; puṭapākapratīkāśaḥ U. 3. 1.

pratikuṃcita a. Bent, curved.

pratikṛ 8 U.
     (1) To requite, pay back, repay, return; pūrvaṃ kṛtārtho mitrāṇāṃ nāryaṃ pratikaroti yaḥ Rām.
     (2) To remedy, cure; vyādhimicchāni te jñātuṃ pratikuryāṃ hi tatra vai Mb.
     (3) To give back, restore, replace; Ms. 9. 225.
     (4) To retaliate; R. 12. 94.
     (5) To counteract.
     (6) To repair, mend.

pratikaraḥ Requital, compensation.

pratikartavya, --kārya a.
     (1) To be retaliated, returned or paid (as a debt. &c.).
     (2) To be counteracted.
     (3) To be cured or treated (by a physician). --ryaṃ Retribution, retaliation.

pratikartṛ a. (rtrī f.) Requiting, recompensing. --m. An opponent, adversary.

pratikarman n.
     (1) Requital, retaliation.
     (2) Redress, remedy, counteraction.
     (3) Personal decoration, dress, toilet; (abalāḥ) pratikarma kartumupacakramire samaye hi sarvamupakāri kṛtaṃ Śi. 9. 43; 5. 27; Ku. 7. 6.
     (4) Opposition, hostility.

prati(tī)kāraḥ
     (1) Requital, reward, return.
     (2) Revenge, retaliation, retribution.
     (3) Counter-action, obviating, prevention, remedy, application of a remedy; vikāraṃ khaṃlu paramārthato'jñātvā'nāraṃbhaḥ pratīkārasya S. 3; pratīkāro vyādheḥ sukhamiti viparyasyati janaḥ Bh. 3. 92.
     (4) Opposition, obstruction.
     (5) Help.
     (6) A kind of treaty where one party requites the services of the other.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. making reparation or amends.
          --vidhānaṃ application of a remedy, medical treatment; pratikāravidhānamāyuṣaḥ sati śeṣe hi phalāya kalpate R. 8. 40.

pratikārin a.
     (1) Retaliating, opposing, counteracting.
     (2) Applying or using remedies.

pratikṛta p. p.
     (1) Returned, repaid, requited, retaliated.
     (2) Counteracted, remedied. --taṃ 1 Recompense.
     (2) Opposition.

pratikṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Revenge, retaliation.
     (2) Return, requital.
     (3) A reflection, reflected image.
     (4) A likeness, picture, statue, an image; R. 8. 92; 14. 87; 18. 53.
     (5) A substitute.
     (6) Resistance.

pratikriyā 1 Recompense, requital
     (2) Retaliation, revenge, retribution.
     (3) Counteracting, remedying, removal; aheṣuḥ pakṣapāto yastasya nāsti pratikriyā U. 5. 17; R. 15. 4.
     (4) Opposition.
     (5) Personal decoration, embellishment, dress.
     (6) Protection.
     (7) Help, succour.
     (8) A fence.

pratikṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Twice ploughed.
     (2) Repulsed, despised, rejected.
     (3) Hidden, concealed.
     (4) Low, vile, abject.

pratikopaḥ, pratikrodhaḥ Anger against any one.

pratikramaḥ Inverted order.

pratikramaṇam Ved.
     (1) Stepping towards.
     (2) (With Buddhists) A confession.

pratikuṣṭa a. Miserable, poor.

pratikṣayaḥ A guard, an attendant.

pratikṣip 6 P.
     (1) To throw or cast into.
     (2) To hurt, injure.
     (3) To revile, ridicule.

pratikṣipta p. p.
     (1) Turned away, rejected, dismissed.
     (2) Repelled, resisted, repulsed, opposed.
     (3) Abused, reviled, traduced.
     (4) Sent, despatched.
     (5) Hurt, injured.
     (6) Despised, slighted.
     (7) Falsely accused. --ptaṃ Medicine.

pratikṣepaḥ, pratikṣepaṇam
     (1) Not acknowledging, rejection.
     (2) Opposing, controverting, contradiction.
     (3) Contest.

pratikṣutam Sneezing.

pratikhyātiḥ f. Renown, fame.

pratigam 1 P.
     (1) To go towards, advance.
     (2) To return.

pratigata p. p. Flying backward and forward, wheeling about.

pratigamanam Returning, going back, return.

pratigarhita p. p. Blamed, reviled.

pratigarj 1 P.
     (1) To roar at, to roar against.
     (2) (fig.) To resist, oppose; ayohṛdayaḥ pratigarjatāṃ R. 9. 9.

pratigarjanā Roaring against, answering roar.

pratigrah 9 U.
     (1) To hold, seize, take, support; varṣadharapratigṛhītamenaṃ M. 4; Ms. 2. 48.
     (2) To take, accept, receive; dadāti pratigṛhṇāti Pt. 2; amoghāḥ pratigṛhṇaṃtāvardhyānupadamāśiṣaḥ R. 1. 44; 2. 22.
     (3) To receive or accept as a present.
     (4) To receive inimically, oppose, encounter, resist; to attack, assault; pratijagrāha kāliṃgastamastrairgajasādhanaḥ R. 4. 40; 12. 47.
     (5) To take in marriage, marry; Ms. 9. 72.
     (6) To obey, conform or listen to.
     (7) To resort to, betake oneself to.
     (8) To eclipse.
     (9) To assent to, admit. (10) To occupy, take possession of.
     (11) To deprive (one) of.
     (12) To welcome, receive.
     (13) To eat, drink. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to accept, give, present.
     (3) To allow to take or retain; muṣṭaṃ pratigrāhayatā svamarthaṃ pātrīkṛto dasyurivāsi yena S. 5. 20.

pratigṛhīta p. p.
     (1) Taken, received, accepted; tvamavayā putra iti pratigṛhatiḥ S. 2; pratigṛhītaṃ brāhmaṇavacanaṃ V. 2.
     (2) Admitted, assented to.
     (3) Married.

pratigrahaḥ 1 Receiving, accepting.
     (2) Receiving or accepting a donation.
     (3) The right of receiving or accepting a donation.
     (4) The right of receiving gifts (which is a peculiar prerogative of Brāhmaṇas); Ms. 1. 88; 4. 86; Y. 1. 118.
     (4) A gift, present, donation; rājñaḥ pratigraho'yaṃ S 1; Śi. 14. 35.
     (5) A receiver (of a gift).
     (6) Kind or friendly reception.
     (7) Favour, grace.
     (8) Marrying.
     (9) Listening to. (10) The rear of an army.
     (11) A spitting-pot.
     (12) The sun near the moon's node.

pratigrahaṇam
     (1) Receiving presents.
     (2) Reception.
     (3) Marrying.
     (4) A vessel.

pratigrahin, m. A receiver.

pratigrahītṛ m.
     (1) A receiver.
     (2) A husband, one who marries.

pratigrāhaḥ 1 Accepting gifts.
     (2) A spitting-pot, spittoon.

pratigrāhaka --hin a. One who receives or accepts gifts.

pratigrāhya a. Acceptable, admissible.

pratigha a. Hostile, adverse. --ghaḥ
     (1) Opposition, resistance.
     (2) Fighting, combat, mutual beating.
     (3) Anger, wrath.
     (4) Fainting.
     (5) An enemy.

prati(tī)ghātaḥ
     (1) Warding off, repulse.
     (2) Opposition, resistance.
     (3) A counterblow, blow in return.
     (4) Rebound, reaction; Ku. 2. 49.
     (5) Prohibiting.

pratighātaka, --ghātin a.
     (1) Hostile, inimical, opposed to.
     (2) Interrupting, obstructing; U. 5. 29. v. l.
     (3) Repelling, warding off.
     (4) Encroaching upon, disturbing.
     (5) Reacting.
     (6) Dazzling; Ku. 5. 20.

pratighātanam
     (1) Repulsing, warding off.
     (2) Killing, slaughter.

pratighnam The body.

praticakṣ 2 A
     (1) To see, perceive,
     (2) To make visible, bring to light.
     (3) To expect.

praticakṣaṇam
     (1) Viewing.
     (2) Making visible.
     (3) Look, view.

praticarita a. Proclaimed, published.

praticikīrṣā Desire of retaliation or revenge, desire to be avenged.

praticiṃtanam meditating upon.

praticchad 10 U.
     (1) To cover, en velop, clothe.
     (2) To hide, conceal.
     (3) To endow, furnish or provide with.
     (4) To obscure.

praticchadanam A cover, a piece of cloth for a covering.

praticchaṃdaḥ, praticchaṃdakaḥ
     (1) A likeness, picture, statue, an image.
     (2) A substitute; Śi. 12. 29.

pratichanna p. p.
     (1) Covered, covered over, enveloped; Pt. 1. 394
     (2) Hidden, concealed.
     (3) Furnished or provided with.
     (4) Beset, hemmed in.
     (5) Clothed or dressed, clad; Pt. 4. 45.

praticchedaḥ Resistance, opposition.

pratijanya a. Ved. Hostile, adverse.

pratijalpaḥ An answer, reply.

pratijalpakaḥ A respectful concurrence.

pratijāgaraḥ Watchfulness, vigilance, attention.

pratijāgaraṇam Watching, guarding.

pratijīvanam Resuscitation.

pratijñā 9 A.
     (1) To promise, declare solemnly, engage, agree, vow; haracāpāropaṇena kanyādānaṃ prati jānīte P. R. 4.
     (2) To state, affirm, assert, maintain, allege.
     (3) To bring forward or introduce, adduce.
     (4) To admit, own, acknowledge.
     (5) To confirm.
     (6) To approve, consent.
     (7) To observe, learn, discern.
     (8) To propose.
     (9) To remember with regret.

pratijñā
     (1) Admission, acknowledgment.
     (2) A vow, promise, engagement, solemn declaration; daivāttīrṇapratijñaḥ Mu. 4. 12; tīrtvā javenaiva nitāṃtadustarāṃ nadīṃ pratijñāmiba tāṃ garīyasīṃ Śi. 12. 74.
     (3) A statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation.
     (4) (In Nyāya phil.) A proposition, statement of the proposition to be proved, the first member of the fivemembered Indian syllogism; see under nyāya; (parvato vahnimān is the usual instance).
     (5) A plaint, an indictment.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ (in logic) a subsequent proposition on failure of the first.
          --patraṃ, -patrakaṃ a bond, written contract or document.
          --bhaṃgaḥ breach of promise.
          --birodhaḥ 1. breaking an agreement, acting contrary to promise. --2. denial of a logical proposition.
          --vivāhita a. betrothed.
          --saṃnyāsaḥ 1. breaking a promise. --2. (in logic) abandonment of the original preposition; also pratijñāhāni in this sense.

pratijñāta p. p.
     (1) Declared, stated, asserted.
     (2) Promised, agreed.
     (3) Admitted, acknowledged.
     (4) Agreeable, desirable. --taṃ A pro mise.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ a statement.

pratijñānam 1 Asserting, affirmation.
     (2) Agreement, promise.
     (3) Admission.
     (4) Bringing forward or adducing.

pratijñeya a. To be premised &c. --yaḥ A panegyrist, bard.

pratitaraḥ An oarsman, a sailor.

pratitālī The key of a door.

pratidarśanam Seeing, perceiving.

pratidā 3 U.
     (1) To exchange, barter.
     (2) To give back, return, restore; Ch. P. 35.
     (3) To recompensate.
     (4) To give as a reward.

pratidatta p. p. Returned, restored.

pratidānam
     (1) Restoration, giving back, restitution (as of a deposit).
     (2) Barter, exchange.

pratideya a. To be returned &c. --yaṃ A pawn, pledge.
     (2) An article purchased and given back.

pratidāraṇam
     (1) Fighting, battle.
     (2) Splitting.

pratidivan m.
     (1) A day.
     (2) The sun.

pratidṛś 1 P.
     (1) To see, behold.
     (2) To know, become aware.

pratidṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Beheld.
     (2) Come in sight, become visible.

pratidhā 3 U.
     (1) To place or lay on.
     (2) To return, restore.
     (3) To fix (as an arrow).
     (4) To offer, present.
     (5) To use, employ.
     (6) To begin, commence.
     (7) To draw near, approach (as the night); (mostly Vedic in these senses).

pratidhā A draught.

pratidhānam
     (1) Putting on.
     (2) Taking measures.

pratidhiḥ Food.

pratidhāvanam Assailing, attacking.

pratidhvaniḥ, --pratidhvānaḥ An echo, reverberation.

pratidhvasta p. p. Down-cast.

pratinad 1 P.
     (1) To resound, echo.
     (2) To answer with a shout. --Caus. To fill with noise, make resonant; Śānti. 2. 17; Rs. 3. 14.

pratinādaḥ An echo, a reverberation; (also pratininadaḥ in this sense).

pratinādita a. Resounding, echoing.

pratinaṃd 1 P
     (1) To bless; tau gururgurupatnī ca prītyā pratinanaṃdatuḥ R. 1. 57; Ms. 7. 146; Ku. 7. 87.
     (2) To welcome, congratulate, hail with joy, receive gladly; pratinaṃdya sa tāṃ pūjāṃ Mb.; Ms. 2. 54.
     (3) To accept cheerfully; Ku. 3. 2.
     (4) To address kindly, show devotion. --Caus. To delight, gratify.

pratibhaṃdanam
     (1) Congratulating, welcoming.
     (2) Thanks-giving.

prati(tī)nāhaḥ A flag, banner.

pratinidhā 3 U.
     (1) To substitute, put in the place of.
     (2) To slight, disregard.
     (3) To order.

pratinidhiḥ
     (1) A representative, substitute; so'bhavatpratinidhirna karmaṇā R. 11. 13, 1. 81; 4. 54; 5, 63; 9. 40.
     (2) A deputy, vicegerent.
     (3) Substitution.
     (4) A surety,
     (5) An image, likeness, picture.

pratiniyata a. Settled, predestined.

pratiniyamaḥ A general rule.

pratinirjita p. p.
     (1) Vanquished, subdued.
     (2) Rescinded.

pratinirdeśya a. That which, though before expressed, is repeated in order to state something more about it; cf. the instance given in K. P. 7; udeti savitā tāmrastāmra evāstameti ca, where tāmra is repeated to show that the sun that rises red sets also red.

pratiniryātanam
     (1) Retribution, retaliation.
     (2) Returning, giving back.

pratiniviṣṭa a. Perverse, obstinate, hardened.
     -- Comp.
          --mūrkhaḥ a perverse fool, confirmed blockhead; na tu pratiniviṣṭamūrkhajanacittamārādhayet Bh. 2. 5.

pratinivartanam Returning, return.
     (2) Turning away from.

pratinud 6 U.
     (1) To ward off, repel, repulse.

pratinodaḥ Repelling, repulse.

pratipad 4 A.
     (1) To step or go towards, approach, resort or betake oneself to; umāmukhaṃ tu pratipadya lolā dvisaṃśrayāṃ prītimavāpa lakṣmīḥ Ku. 1. 43.
     (2) To enter upon, step upon, take, follow (as a way &c.); itaḥ paṃthānaṃ pratipadyasva S. 4; pratipatsye padavīmahaṃ tava Ku. 4. 10.
     (3) To arrive at, reach, attain; Śi. 6. 16.
     (4) To get, gain, obtain, share, partake, sa hi tasya na kevalāṃ śriyaṃ pratipede sakalān guṇānapi R. 8. 5, 13; 4. 1, 41; 11. 34; 12. 7; 19. 55; Bg. 14. 14; Śi. 10. 63.
     (5) To accept, take to; Śi. 15. 22; 16. 24.
     (6) To recover, reobtain, regain; receive; S. 6. 30; Ku. 4. 16; 7. 22.
     (7) To admit, acknowledge; na māse pratipattāse māṃ cenmartāsi maithili Bk. 8. 95; S. 5. 23; pramadāḥ pativartmagā iti pratipannaṃ hi vicetanairapi Ku. 4. 33.
     (8) To hold, grasp, seize; sumaṃtrapratipannaraśmibhiḥ R. 14. 47.
     (9) To consider, regard, deem, look upon; taddhanurgrahaṇameva rāghavaḥ patyapadyata samarthamuttaraṃ R. 11. 79. (10) To undertake, promise to do, take in hand; nirvāhaḥ pratipannavastuṣu satāmetaddhi gotravrataṃ Mu. 2. 18; kāryaṃ tvayā naḥ pratipannakalpaṃ Ku. 3. 14; R. 10. 40.
     (11) To assent or agree to, consent; tatheti matipannāya R. 15. 93.
     (12) To do, perform, practise, observe; ācāraṃ pratipadyasva S. 4; V. 2 'do the formal obeisance'; śāsanamarhatāṃ pratipadyadhvaṃ Mu. 4. 18 act up to or obey.'
     (13) To act or behave towards, deal, do anything to any one (with gen. or loc.); sa kālayavanaścāpi kiṃ kṛṣṇe pratyapadyata Hariv.; sa bhavān mātṛpitṛvadasmāsu pratipadyatāṃ Mb.; kayamahaṃ pratipatsye S. 5; na yuktaṃ bhavatāsmāsu pratipattumasāṃprataṃ Mb.
     (14) To give or return (as a reply); kathaṃ prativacanamapi na pratipadyase Mu. 6; na jāne kiṃ tātaḥ pratipatsyata iti S. 4.
     (15) To perceive, become aware of
     (16) To know, understand, become acquainted with, learn, discover.
     (17) To roam, wander.
     (18) To take place, occur.
     (19) To restore. (20) To permit, allow.
     (21) To take place, happen.
     (22) To go back, return. (--Caus.)
     (1) To give, present, bestow, confer upon, impart; arthibhyaḥ pratipādyamānamaniśaṃ prapnoti vṛddhiṃ parāṃ Bh. 2. 16; Ms. 11. 4; guṇavate kanyā pratipādanīyā S. 4.
     (2) To substantiate, prove, establish by proof; uktamevārthamudāharaṇena pratipādayati.
     (3) To explain, expound.
     (4) To bring or lead back, convey or transport (to a place).
     (5) To regard, consider.
     (6) To assert, declare to be, represent.
     (7) To procure.
     (8) To effect, accomplish.
     (9) To communicate, teach. (10) To appoint to, install (loc.).
     (11) To prepare, get ready.

pratipattiḥ f.
     (1) Getting, acquirement, gain; caṃdralokapratipattiḥ; svarga- &c.
     (2) Perception, observation, consciousness, (right) knowledge; vāgarthapratipattaye R. 1. 1; tayorabhedapratipattirastime Bh. 3. 99; guṇināṃmapi nijarūpapratipattiḥ parata eva saṃbhavati Vās.
     (3) Assent, compliance, acceptance; pratipattiparāṅmukhī Bk. 8. 95 'averse from compliance, unyielding'.
     (4) Admission, acknowledgment.
     (5) Assertion, statement.
     (6) Undertaking, beginning, commencement.
     (7) Action, proceeding, course of action, procedure; vayasya kā pratipattiratra M. 4; Ku. 5. 42; viṣādaluptapratipatti sainyaṃ R. 3. 40 'which did not know what course of action to follow through dismay.'
     (8) Performance, doing, proceeding with; prastutapratipattaye R. 15. 75.
     (9) Resolution, determination; vyavasāyaḥ pratipattiniṣṭhuraḥ R. 8. 65. (10) News, intelligence; karmasiddhāvāśu pratipattimānaya Mu. 4; S. 6.
     (11) Honour, respect, mark of distinction, respectful behaviour; sāmānyapratipattipūrvakamiyaṃ dāreṣu dṛśyā tvayā S. 4. 16; 7. 1; R. 14. 22; 15. 12.
     (12) A method, means.
     (13) Intellect, intelligence.
     (14) Use, application.
     (15) Promotion, preferment, exaltation.
     (16) Fame, renown, reputation.
     (17) Boldness, assurance, confidence.
     (18) Conviction, proof.
     (19) A rite from which no advantage accrues.
     -- Comp.
          --dakṣa a. knowing how to act.
          --paṭahaḥ a kind of kettle-drum.
          --bhedaḥ difference of view.
          --viśārada a. knowing how to act, skilful, clever.

pratipattimat a.
     (1) Intelligent.
     (2) Active, prompt.
     (3) Celebrated, famous.
     (4) Noble, dignified.

pratipad f.
     (1) Access, entrance, way.
     (2) Beginning, commencement.
     (3) Intelligence, intellect.
     (4) The first day of a lunar fortnight.
     (5) A kettle-drum.
     (6) An introductory stanza.
     (7) Rank.
     -- Comp.
          --caṃdraḥ the new moon (the moon on the first day.) particularly revered and saluted by people; pratipaccaṃdranibhoyamātmajaḥ R. 8. 65.
          --tūryaṃ a kind of kettle-drum.

pratipadā --dī The first day of a lunar fortnight.

pratipanna p. p.
     (1) Gained, obtained.
     (2) Done, performed, effected, accomplished.
     (3) Undertaken, commenced.
     (4) Promised, engaged.
     (5) Agreed to, assented to; admitted, acknowledged.
     (6) Known, learnt, understood.
     (7) Answered, replied.
     (8) Proved, demonstrated; Ku. 4. 33.
     (9) Approached, reached. (10) Conquered, overcome.
     (11) Conversant with, proficient in.

pratipādaka a. (dikā f.)
     (1) Giving, granting, bestowing, imparting.
     (2) Demonstrating, supporting, proving, establishing.
     (3) Treating of, explaining, illustrating.
     (4) Promoting, furthering, advancing.
     (5) Effective, accomplishing.

pratipādanam
     (1) Giving, granting bestowing.
     (2) Demonstrating, proving, establishing.
     (3) Treating of, explaining, expounding, illustrating
     (4) Effecting, accomplishing, fulfilment.
     (5) Causing, producing.
     (6) Repeated action, ractice.
     (7) Commencement.
     (8) Giving back, restoring.
     (9) Entrusting, appointing. (10) Action, worldly conduct.

pratipādayitṛ m.
     (1) A teacher, instructor.
     (2) A giver, bestower.
     (3) A demonstrator.

pratipādita p. p.
     (1) Given, bestowed, granted, presented.
     (2) Established proved, demonstrated.
     (3) Explained, expounded.
     (4) Declared, asserted.
     (5) Caused, produced.

pratipāduka a.
     (1) Producing, causing.
     (2) Ascertaining.
     (3) Making manifest or clear.

pratipāl Caus.
     (1) To protect, preserve, guard, defend.
     (2) To wait for, await.
     (3) To act up to, obey.
     (4) To nourish, foster, rear.
     (5) To keep, maintain, observe, follow.

pratipālakaḥ A protector, guardian.

pratipālanam Guarding, protecting, defending.
     (2) Observance, following, practising.

pratipālita p. p.
     (1) Protected, cherished.
     (2) Observed, practised, followed.

pratipānam Water for drinking.

pratipīḍanam Oppressing, molesting.

pratipūj 10 U.
     (1) To salute in return.
     (2) To honour, salute respectfully, esteem.
     (3) To commend, approve.

pratipūjanaṃ, --pūjā
     (1) Doing homage, showing respect.
     (2) Mutual salutation, exchange of courtesies.

pratipūjita p. p.
     (1) Saluted in return.
     (2) Honoured, respectfully treated.

pratipṝ Caus.
     (1) To fill up, fill completely.
     (2) To satisfy, gratify.

pratipūraṇam
     (1) Filling, filling up.
     (2) Injecting (a fluid &c.)

pratipraṇāmaḥ An obeisance in return.

pratipradānam
     (1) Returning, restoring.
     (2) Giving in marriage.

pratiprayāṇam Return, retreat.

pratipraśnaḥ
     (1) A question asked in return.
     (2) An answer.

pratiprasavaḥ
     (1) A counter-exception, an exception to an exception (wherein the general rule is shown to be applicable to cases falling under the exception); tṛjakābhyāṃ kartari ityasya pratiprasavo'yaṃ (yājakādibhiśca) Sk.
     (2) A contrary effect.

pratiprasthātṛ m. An epithet of a priest who assists the Adhvaryū.

pratiprasthānam Joining the opposite party, going over to the enemy.

pratiprahāraḥ A counter-blow, a blow in return.

pratiplavanam Leaping back.

pratiphal 1 P.
     (1) To be reflected.
     (2) To rebound, recoil.
     (3) To requite, return.

pratiphalaḥ, --pratiphalanam
     (1) A reflection, reflected image, an image or shadow.
     (2) Remuneration, requital.
     (3) Retaliation, retribution.

pratiphalita a.
     (1) Reflected.
     (2) Returned, requited.

pratiphullaka a. Blossoming, fullblown.

pratibaṃdh 9 P.
     (1) To tie, fasten, bind (to); pītapratibaddhavatsāṃ (dhenuṃ) R. 2. 1.
     (2) To fix upon, direct towards; Ku. 7. 91.
     (3) To inlay, set, incase; yadi maṇistrapuṇi pratibadhyate Pt. 1. 75; bahalānurāgakuruviṃdadalapratibaddhamadhyamiva digvalayaṃ Śi. 9. 8.
     (4) To obstruct, hinder, keep off or back, exclude, shut out; pratibadhnāti hi śreyaḥ pūjyapūjāvyatikramaḥ R. 1. 79.
     (5) To stop, interrupt; mainamaṃtarā pratibadhnītaṃ S. 6.

pratibaddha p. p.
     (1) Bound, tied, fastened to.
     (2) Connected with,
     (3) Hindered, obstructed, impeded.
     (4) Set, inlaid.
     (5) Furnished with, possessing.
     (6) Entangled, involved.
     (7) Kept at a distance.
     (8) Disappointed.
     (9) Fixed, directed. (10) Attached or hanging to.
     (11) Excluded, cut off.
     (12) (In phil.) Invariably and inseparably connected and implied (as fire in smoke).

pratibaṃdhaḥ
     (1) Binding or tying to.
     (2) Obstruction, impediment, obstacle; sa tapaḥpratibaṃdhamanyunā R. 8. 80; Mv. 5. 4.
     (3) Opposition, resistance.
     (4) Investment, blockade, siege.
     (5) Connection.
     (6) Cessation.
     (7) Disappointment.
     (8) (In phil.) Invariable and inseparable connection.

pratibaṃdhaka a. (dhikā f.)
     (1) Binding, fastening.
     (2) Impeding, obstructing, hindering.
     (3) Resisting, opposing. --kaḥ A branch, shoot.

pratibaṃdhanam
     (1) Binding, tying.
     (2) Confinement.
     (3) Obstructing, impeding.

pratibaṃdhabat a. Full of obstacles, beset with difficulties.

pratibaṃdhin a.
     (1) Fastening.
     (2) Hindering, obstructing.
     (3) Impeded, obstructed.

pratibaṃdhiḥ --dhī f.
     (1) An objection.
     (2) An argument which equally affects the other side; (pratibaṃdhi m. also in this sense).

pratibādh 1 A.
     (1) To repel, ward or keep off.
     (2) To check, restrain.
     (3) To pain, distress.

pratibādhaka a.
     (1) Repelling, keeping off.
     (2) Preventing, obstructing.

pratibādhanam Repelling, keeping off, rejecting.

pratibāṃdhin a. Obstructing. --m. An adversary, opponent.

pratibiṃbanam
     (1) Reflection.
     (2) Comparison; dṛṣṭāṃtaḥ punareteṣāṃ sarveṣāṃ pratibiṃbanaṃ K. P. 10.

pratibiṃbayati Den. P. To reflect.

pratibiṃbita a. Reflected, mirrored.

pratibudh 4 A.
     (1) To wake, wake up, awaken; Ms. 1. 74; Y. 1. 330.
     (2) To perceive, be conscious, know. --Caus.
     (1) To awaken, rouse from sleep; priyayā pratibodhyamānamapi suptaṃ (hatahṛdayaṃ) S. 6. 6.
     (2) To inform, make known, acquaint with, com municate; bhāvitātmā bhuvo bharturathainaṃ pratyabodhayat R. 1. 74; Śi. 6. 8.
     (3) To charge or entrust with.

pratibuddha p. p.
     (1) Awakened, roused, wide awake; pratibuddhāpi kiṃ kareṣyāmi S. 4; Māl. 4, Ms. 1. 74.
     (2) Restored to consciousness.
     (3) Opened, blown; apratibuddho'pi cūtaprasavo'trabaṃdhanabhaṃgasurabhirbhavati S. 6.
     (4) Illuminated, enlightened.
     (5) Great, exalted.
     (6) Recognized, observed.
     (7) Celebrated, known.

pratibuddhiḥ f.
     (1) Awakening.
     (2) Hostile purpose or intention.

pratibodhaḥ
     (1) Waking, awaking, being awakened; tadapohitumarhasi priye pratibodhena viṣādamāśu me R. 8. 54; apratibodhaśāyinī 58 'sleeping not to wake again'; Ki. 6. 12; 12. 48.
     (2) Perception, knowledge.
     (3) Instruction.
     (4) Reason, reasoning faculty; kimuta yāḥ pratibodhavatyaḥ S. 5. 22.
     (5) Recollection; saṃmohaḥ khalu vismayanīyo na pratibodhaḥ S. 6.

pratibodhaka a.
     (1) Awakening.
     (2) Instructing, informing.

pratibodhana a. Awakening. --naṃ
     (1) Awakening.
     (2) Instructing, informing.
     (3) Knowledge, refinement, enlighten ment; Pt. 1.

pratibodhita p. p.
     (1) Awakened.
     (2) Instructed, taught.

pratibhaj 1 U.
     (1) To receive back (as a share.).
     (2) To fall to one's share.

pratibhāgaḥ
     (1) Division.
     (2) A share, portion (given to a king as a tax) of one's income, generally a sixth part; cf. S. 5. 4; Ms. 8. 307.

pratibhā 2 P.
     (1) To shine, appear bright or luminous; pratibhāṃtyadya vanāni ketakīnāṃ Ghaṭ. 15.
     (2) To show oneself, become manifest.
     (3) To seem, appear; strīratnasṛṣṭiraparā pratibhāti sā me S. 2. 9; R. 2. 47; Ku. 5. 38; 6. 54.
     (4) To occur to, come into the mind of; as in nottaraṃ pratibhāti me.
     (5) To fall to the lot or share of.
     (6) To seem fit or proper; Pt. 3.

pratibhā
     (1) An appearance, a look.
     (2) Light, splendour.
     (3) Intellect, understanding; Ki. 16. 27; Vikr. 1. 18, 23.
     (4) Genius, bright cenc tion, vivid imagination; (prajñā navanavonmeṣaśālinī pratibhā matā).
     (5) An image, reflection.
     (6) Audacity, impudence.
     (7) Suitableness, agreeableness.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. 1. endowed with genius, intelligent.
     (2) audacious, bold. --mukha a. bold, confident. --hāniḥ f. 1. darkness. --2. absence of intellect or genius.

pratibhāta p. p.
     (1) Bright, luminous.
     (2) Known, understood.

pratibhānam
     (1) Light, splendour.
     (2) Intellect or understanding, brightness of conception; H. 3. 19.
     (3) Readiness of wit, presence of mind; kālāvabodhaḥ pratibhānavattvaṃ Māl. 3. 11; damaghoṣasutena kaścana pratiśiṣṭaḥ pratibhānavānatha Śi. 16. 1.
     (4) Confidence, boldness, audacity.

pratibhānavat a.
     (1) Splendid, bright.
     (2) Ready-witted, prompt.
     (3) Bold.
     (4) Intelligent.

pratibhāvat a.
     (1) Bright.
     (2) Intelligent, shrewd.
     (3) Confident, bold. --m.
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The moon.
     (3) Fire.

pratibhāvaḥ Corresponding disposition.

pratibhāṣ 1 A.
     (1) To speak in return, reply or answer; Bk. 5. 39.
     (2) To tell, relate.
     (3) To say after one, speak after hearing.
     (4) To name, call; kāmini tāmapagītiṃ pratibhāṣaṃte mahākavayaḥ Śrut. 6.
     (5) To address or speak to.

pratibhāṣā An answer, a reply.

pratibhās 1 A.
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To appear or look like.
     (3) To become clear, manifest oneself.
     (4) To be reflected.

pratibhāsaḥ
     (1) Occurring to, or flashing across, the mind at once, (sudden) perception; vācyavaicitryapratibhāsādeva K. P. 10.
     (2) A look, appearance.
     (3) Illusion.

pratibhāsanam Look, appearance, semblance.

pratibhid 7 U.
     (1) To break through, pierce, penetrate.
     (2) To disclose, betray.
     (3) To reproach, abuse, censure; pratibhidya kāṃtamaparādhakṛtaṃ Śi. 9. 58; R. 19. 22.
     (4) To reject, disown.
     (5) To touch, be in close contact with; Ku. 7. 35.

pratibhinna p. p.
     (1) Pierced through.
     (2) Closely connected with.
     (3) Divided.

pratibhedaḥ
     (1) Splitting, dividing.
     (2) Discovery.

pratibhedanam
     (1) Piercing, penetrating.
     (2) Cutting, splitting, cleaving.
     (3) Putting out (as the eyes).
     (4) Dividing.

pratibhūḥ A bail, surety, guarantee; saubhāgyalābhapratibhūḥ padānāṃ Vikr. 1. 9; Y. 2. 10, 54; N. 14. 4.

pratibhogaḥ Enjoyment.

pratimā 3. 4. A. To compare, liken.

pratimā m. Ved. A creator, maker. --mā
     (1) An image, a likeness, statue, figure, an idol; R. 16. 39.
     (2) Resemblance, similitude; oft. in comp. in the sense of 'like, similar, or equal to'; devapratima, apratima &c.; gugeḥ kṛśānupratimāt R. 2. 49.
     (3) A reflection, reflected image; mukhamiṃdurujjvalakapolamataḥ pratimācchalena sudṛśāmaviśat Śi. 9. 48, 73; R. 7. 64; 12. 100.
     (4) A measure, extent.
     (5) The part of an elephant's head between the tusks.
     (6) A symbol.
     -- Comp.
          --gata a. present in an idol.
          --caṃdraḥ the reflected moon, reflection of the moon; R. 10. 65; so pratimeṃduḥ, --pratimāśaśāṃkaḥ. --paricārakaḥ an attendant upon an idol.

pratimānam
     (1) A model, pattern.
     (2) An image, idol.
     (3) Likeness, similitude, similarity; Māl. 9. 3.
     (4) A weight.
     (5) The part of an elephant's head between the tusks; pṛthupratimānabhāga &c. Śi. 5. 36.
     (6) A reflection.
     (7) A picture.
     (8) Ved. An adversary.

pratimita p. p.
     (1) Imitated, copied.
     (2) Compared.
     (3) Reflected.

pratimuc 6 P.
     (1) To free, liberate, release, set free; gṛhītapratimuktasya R. 4. 43; aptuṃ turaṃgaṃ pratimoktusarhasi 3. 46.
     (2) To put on, wear, accoutre or arm oneself with.
     (3) To quit, leave, abandon.
     (4) To throw, cast, or discharge at.
     (5) To pay off (a debt.).
     (6) To return, restore.
     (7) To fasten, bind.
     (8) To assume a form. --Caus.
     (1) To liberate, release.
     (2) To rescue, save, deliver.

pratimukta p. p.
     (1) Put on, worn, applied.
     (2) Tied, bound, fastened.
     (3) Armed, accoutred.
     (4) Liberated, released.
     (5) Restored, returned.
     (6) Flung, hurled.
     (7) Thrown, cast.

pratimokṣaḥ, pratimokṣaṇam Liberation, deliverance.

pratimocanam
     (1) Loosening.
     (2) Requital, retaliation, retribution; vairapratimocanāya R. 14. 41.
     (3) Liberation, release.

pratiyat 1 A. To try. --Caus. 1 To restore, return.
     (2) To retaliate, requite.

pratiyatna a.
     (1) Troubling about.
     (2) Active, vigorous. --tnaḥ 1 An effort, endeavour, exertion.
     (2) Preparation, elaboration; Śi. 3. 54.
     (3) Making complete or perfect.
     (4) Imparting a new quality or virtue; sato guṇāṃtarādhānaṃ pratiyatnaḥ Kaśi. on P. II. 3. 53.
     (5) Wish, desire.
     (6) Opposition, resistance.
     (7) Retaliation, retribution, revenge.
     (8) Making captive, taking prisoner.
     (9) Favour. (10) Acting well or properly.
     (11) Comprehension.

pratiyātanam Requital, retaliation; as in vairapratiyātana.

pratiyātanā A picture, an image, statue; Śi. 3. 34.

pratiyā 2 P. To go back, return; R. 1. 72; 15. 18; 8. 91.

pratiyāta a. Resisted, opposed.

pratiyānam Return, retreat.

pratiyudh 4 A. To encounter in fight, oppose.

pratiyuddhaṃ, pratiyodhanam Fighting against.

pratiyodhaḥ, pratiyodhin, pratiyoddhṛ m. An adversary, opponent.

pratiyogaḥ
     (1) Being or forming a counter-part, of anything.
     (2) Opposition, resistance.
     (3) Contradiction.
     (4) Co-operation.
     (5) An antidote, a remedy.

pratiyogika a. Antithetical, correlative, relative.

pratiyogin a.
     (1) Opposing, counteracting, impeding.
     (2) Related or corresponding to, being or forming a counter-part of (anything); often used in works on Nyāya; as a ghaṭa is the pratiyogī of ghaṭābhāva; (yasyābhāvo bivakṣyate sa pratiyogī).
     (3) Co-operating with.
     (4) Equally matched. --m.
     (1) An adversary, opponent, enemy; dahatyaśeṣaṃ pratiyogigarvaṃ Vikr. 1. 117.
     (2) A counter-part, match.
     (3) A partner, an associate.
     (4) An object dependent upon another.
     (5) A counter-part, counter-entity; pratiyoginānādhīnajñānaviṣayatvamabhāvalakṣaṇam.

pratiyogitā tvam
     (1) Opposition.
     (2) Dependent existence
     (3) Being a counter-part.
     (4) Partnership, cooperation.

pratirakṣaṇaṃ --rakṣā Safety, preservation, protection.

pratiraṃbhaḥ Passion, rage.

pratiravaḥ
     (1) Quarrel, contest.
     (2) Echo.
     (3) Ved. Life (prāṇa).

pratirudh 7 U.
     (1) To obstruct, stop; oppose, resist.
     (2) To blockade, besiege.
     (3) To impair disable.
     (4) To blame, accuse.
     (5) To hide, conceal.

pratiruddha p. p.
     (1) Impeded, obstructed, hindered.
     (2) Interrupted.
     (3) Impaired.
     (4) Disabled.
     (5) Invested, blockaded.

pratirodhaḥ
     (1) Impediment, obstruction, hindrance.
     (2) Siege, blockade.
     (3) An opponent.
     (4) Concealing.
     (5) Theft, robbery.
     (6) Censure, despising.

pratirodhaka, pratirodhin-ddhṛ a.
     (1) Obstructing.
     (2) Besieging. --m.
     (1) An opponent.
     (2) A robber, thief; M. 5. 10.
     (3) An obstacle.

pratirodhanam Opposing, obstructing.

pratilabh 1 A.
     (1) To recover, regain.
     (2) To get, obtain.

pratilaṃbhaḥ 1 Getting, obtaining, receiving.
     (2) Censure, abuse, reviling.

pratilābhaḥ Taking or obtaining back, taking, getting.

prativac 2 P. To speak in reply, answer, reply to; na cedrahasyaṃ prativaktunarhasi Ku. 5. 40; R. 3. 47.

prativacanam
     (1) An answer, reply; parabhṛtavirutaṃ kalaṃ yathā prativacanīkṛtamebhirīdṛśaṃ S. 4. 9.
     (2) An echo.
     (3) A dependent or final clause in a sentence.

prativacas n.
     (1) An answer.
     (2) An echo.

prativākya a. Answerable. --kyaṃ A reply.

prativāc f.
     (1) An answer, reply; prativācamadatta keśavaḥ śapamānāya na cedibhūbhuje Śi. 16. 25.
     (2) Calling out to.
     (3) Barking in return (as a dog).

prativad 1 P.
     (1) To speak in reply, answer; priyaṃvadaḥ pratyavadatsureśvaraṃ R. 3. 64.
     (2) To speak, utter.
     (3) To repeat.

prativādaḥ
     (1) An answer, a rejoinder, reply.
     (2) Refusal, rejection.

prativādin a.
     (1) Answering, replying.
     (2) Contradicting. --m.
     (1) A defendaut, respondent (in law).
     (2) An opponent in general.

prativap 1 P.
     (1) To sow.
     (2) To plant or fix in, implant; U. 3. 46; Māl. 5. 10.
     (3) To set, stud (as with jewels); see pratyupta.

prativāpaḥ Addition of substances to medicines either during or after decoction.

prativartanam Returning.

prativasathaḥ A village.

prativahanam Leading back.

prativāṇiḥ f. An answer, reply.

prativāraḥ, prativāraṇam Warding or keeping off, keeping back.

prativārtā Account, information, news, tidings.

prativāsin a. (nī f.) Dwelling near, neighbouring. --m. A neighbour.

prativighātaḥ Striking back, defending.

prativid I. 2 P. To acknowledge, receive. --II. 6 P. To get, obtain. --Caus.
     (1) To communicate, inform.
     (2) To deliver, give, grant.
     (3) To restore.

pratividhā 3 U.
     (1) To counteract, correct, repair, retaliate, remedy, take steps against; arthavāda eṣaḥ . doṣaṃ tu me kaṃcitkathaya yena sa pratividhīyeta U. 1; kṣiprapeva kasmānna prativihitamāryeṇa Mu 3.
     (2) To dispose, arrange, prepare.
     (3) To despatch, send.
     (4) To doom, condemn; U. 4.

pratividhānam
     (1) Counteracting, counter-working, taking steps against.
     (2) Arrangement, array.
     (3) Prevention.
     (4) Substituted ceremony, subsidiary rite.

pratividhiḥ
     (1) Retaliation.
     (2) A remedy, means of counteracting.

prativiśiṣṭa a. Most excellent.

prativeśaḥ
     (1) A neighbour.
     (2) The residence of a neighbour, neighbour hood.
     -- Comp.
          --vāsin a. living in the neighbourhood. (--m.) a neighbour.

prativeśin a. (nī f.) A neighbour; dṛṣṭiṃ he prativośini kṣaṇamihāpyasmadgṛhe dāsyasi S. D.; Mk. 3. 14.

prativeśyaḥ A neighbour.

prativeṣṭita p. p. Rolled back, reverted.

prativyūḍha p. p. Drawn out in battle-array.

prativyūhaḥ
     (1) Arraying an army against an enemy.
     (2) A multitude, collection.

pratiśamaḥ Cessation.

pratiśayanam The act of lying down without food before a deity to secure some desired object.

pratiśayita a. One who lies down without food before a deity to secure his desired object; anayā ca kilāsmai pratiśayitāya svapne samādiṣṭaṃ Dk. 122.

pratiśāpaḥ A curse for curse, a curse in return.

pratiśāsanam
     (1) Giving orders, sending on an errand, ordering.
     (2) Ordering or despatching an inferior after calling him to attend.
     (3) Counter-manding.
     (4) A rival command or authority; apratiśāsanaṃ jagat R. 8. 27 'completely under the sway of one ruler'.

pratiśāstiḥ f. Sending on an errand.

pratiśiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Ordered, sent; Śi. 16. 1.
     (2) Dismissed, rejected.
     (3) Famous, celebrated.

pratiśīna a. Fluid, dropping.

pratiśyā, pratiśyānaṃ, pratiśyāyaḥ A catarrh or cold.

pratiśrayaḥ
     (1) A shelter, asylum.
     (2) A house, dwelling, residence; Y. 1. 210; Ms. 10. 51.
     (3) An asembly.
     (4) A sacrificial hall.
     (5) Help, assistance.
     (6) A promise.
     (7) A receptacle.

pratiśru 5 P. To promise (with dat. of person to whom the promise is made); tasyai pratiśrutya raghupravīrastadīpsitaṃ R. 14. 29, 2. 65; 3. 67. 15. 4.

pratiśravaḥ
     (1) Assent, agreement, promise.
     (2) An echo.

pratiśravaṇam
     (1) Listening to; Ms. 2. 195.
     (2) Promising, assenting; agreeing.
     (3) A promise.
     (4) Maintaining.

pratiśrut, pratiśrutiḥ f.
     (1) A promise.
     (2) An echo, reverberation; R. 13. 40; 16. 31; Śi. 17. 42.

pratiśruta p. p. Promised, agreed, assented to. --taṃ A promise.

pratiṣidh 1 P. or Caus.
     (1) To prevent, ward off, restrain; Ms. 2. 206; R. 8. 23.
     (2) To forbid, prohibit; nṛpateḥ pratiṣiddhameva tatkṛtavān paṃktiratho vilaṃghya yat R. 9. 74.

pratiṣiddha p. p.
     (1) Forbidden, prohibited, disallowed, refused.
     (2) Contradicted.

pratiṣedhaḥ
     (1) Keeping or warding off, driving away, expulsion; Vikr. 1. 8.
     (2) Prohibition; as in śāstrapatiṣedhaḥ.
     (3) Denial, refusal.
     (4) Negation, contradiction.
     (5) A negative particle.
     (6) An exception.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ, --uktiḥ f. words of denial, refusal; S. 3. 25.
          --upamā one of the several kinds of Upama mentioned by Daṇḍin. It is thus explained:
          --na jātu śaktiriṃdoste mukhena pratigarjinuṃ . kalaṃkino jaḍasyeti pratiṣedhāpamaiva sā .. Kāv. 2. 34.

pratiṣedhaka, pratiṣeddhṛ a.
     (1) Warding off, prohibiting, preventing.
     (2) Preventive. --m. A hinderer, prohibitor.

pratiṣedhanam
     (1) Keeping er warding off, preventing.
     (2) Prohibition.
     (3) Denial, refusal.

pratiṣkaḥ, pratiṣkasaḥ A spy, messenger, an emissary.

pratiṣkaśaḥ
     (1) A spy, emissary.
     (2) A whip.

pratiṣkaṣaḥ A whip, leather-thong.

pratiṣṭabdha p. p. Obstructed, impeded, stopped.

pratiṣṭaṃbhaḥ Obstruction, impediment, resistance, opposition, obstacle; bāhupratiṣṭaṃbhavivṛddhamanyuḥ R. 2. 32, 59.

pratiṣṭhā 1 P.
     (1) To stand firm, be established.
     (2) To be supported.
     (3) To rest or depend upon.
     (4) To stay, abide, be situated. --Caus.
     (1) To place firmly on, station.
     (2) To set up, erect, establish.
     (3) To install, inaugurate (on a throne).
     (4) To entrust with, consign to.
     (5) To offer, present.

pratiṣṭha a.
     (1) Famous.
     (2) Standing firmly (Ved.)

pratiṣṭhā
     (1) Resting, remaining, situation, position; apauruṣeyapratiṣṭhaṃ Māl. 9; S. 7. 6.
     (2) A house, residence, home, habitation; R. 6. 21; 14. 5.
     (3) Fixity, stability, strength, permanence, firm basis; apratiṣṭhe raghujyeṣṭhe kā pratiṣṭhā kulasya naḥ U. 5. 25; atra khalu me vaṃśapratiṣṭhā S. 7; vaṃśaḥ pratiṣṭhāṃ nītaḥ K. 280; Śi. 2. 34.
     (4) Basis, foundation, site; as in gṛhapratiṣṭhā.
     (5) A prop, stay, support; (hence) an object of glory, a distinguished ornament; tyaktā mayā nāma kulapratiṣṭhā S. 6. 23; dve pratiṣṭhe kulasya naḥ 3. 21; Ku. 7. 27; Mv. 7. 21.
     (6) High position, preeminence, high authority; Mu. 2. 5.
     (7) Fame, glory, renown, celebrity; mā niṣāda pratiṣṭhāṃ tvamagamaḥ śāśvatīḥ samāḥ Rām. (= U. 2. 5.).
     (8) Installation, inauguration; Mu. 1. 14.
     (9) Attainment of a desired object, accomplishment, fulfilment (of one's desire); autsukyamātramavasādayati pratiṣṭhā S. 5. 6. (10) Tranquillity, rest, repose.
     (11) A receptacle.
     (12) The earth.
     (13) The consecration of an idol or image.
     (14) A limit, boundary.
     (15) The foot.

pratiṣṭhānam
     (1) Basis, foundation.
     (2) Site, situation, position.
     (3) A resting-place.
     (4) The foundation of a city.
     (5) A leg, foot.
     (6) N. of a town at the confluence of the Ganges and Yamunā and capital of the early kings of the lunar race; cf. V. 2.
     (7) N. of a town on the Godāvarī and capital of Śālivāhana.

pratiṣṭhāpanam
     (1) Placing, locating.
     (2) Installation, inauguration.
     (3) Consecrating or setting up of an idol.

pratiṣṭhāpayitṛ m. A founder.

pratiṣṭhita p. p.
     (1) Set up, erected
     (2) Fixed, established.
     (3) Placed, situated; Pt. 1. 81.
     (4) Installed, inaugurated, consecrated.
     (5) Completed, effected.
     (6) Prized, valued.
     (7) Famous, celebrated.
     (8) Settled, determined.
     (9) Comprised, included. (10) Established in life, married.
     (11) Endowed.
     (12) Applied, applicable.
     (13) Conversant with.
     (14) Secured, got, acquired. --taḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

pratiṣṭhiti f. Ved.
     (1) Standing firmly.
     (2) A station, position.

pratisaṃvid f. An accurats knowledge of the particulars of anything.

pratisaṃvedaka a. Giving detailed information about.

pratisaṃsthānam Setting in, entering into.

pratisaṃhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To draw back, withdraw, draw in; tatsādhukṛtasaṃdhānaṃ pratisaṃhara sāyakaṃ S. 1. 11; R. 3. 64.
     (2) To retract, take back.
     (3) To compress, reduce in bulk.
     (4) To change.

pratisaṃhāraḥ
     (1) Taking back, withdrawing.
     (2) Diminution, compression.
     (3) Comprehension, inclusion.
     (4) Yielding, giving up.

pratisaṃhṛta p. p.
     (1) Taken back, withdrawn; eṣa pratisaṃhṛtaḥ S. 1.
     (2) Comprehended, included.
     (3) Compressed.

pratisaṃkramaḥ
     (1) Reabsorption.
     (2) Reflection (praticchāyā).

pratisaṃkhyā Consciousness.

pratisaṃgakṣikā A cloak to keep off dust.

pratisaṃgin a. Clinging or adhering to, attached to.

pratisaṃcaraḥ
     (1) Moving backwards.
     (2) Reabsorption.
     (3) Especially, reabsorption (of the world) back into Prakṛti.
     (4) A place of resort, haunt.

pratisaṃdeśaḥ A message in return, an answer to a message.

pratisaṃdhā 3 U.
     (1) To re-adjust.
     (2) To aim at, direct
     (3) To conceive, comprehend.
     (4) To be, fasten.
     (5) To put on, wear.
     (6) To restore, return.
     (7) To compose oneself.
     (8) To fit (as an arrow to the bowstring.)

pratisaṃdhānam
     (1) Joining together, uniting.
     (2) The period of transition between two ages.
     (3) A means, remedy.
     (4) Self-command, restraint of feelings or passiona.
     (5) Praise.

pratisaṃdhiḥ
     (1) Reunion.
     (2) Entering into the womb.
     (3) The period of transition between two ages.
     (4) Stop, cessation (uparama).

pratisamādhānam Cure, remedy.

pratisamāsanam
     (1) Coping with, being a match for.
     (2) Resisting, opposing, withstanding.

pratisara a. Dependent, subject. --raḥ --raṃ
     (1) A cord or ribbon worn round the wrist or neck as an amulet.
     (2) An ornament.
     (3) A watch, guard. --raḥ 1 A servant, follower.
     (2) A bracelet, marriage-string; srastoragapratisareṇa kareṇa pāṇiḥ (agṛhyata) Ki. 5. 33 (= kautukasūtra); Māl. 5. 18.
     (3) A garland, wreath.
     (4) Day-break.
     (5) The rear of an army.
     (6) A form of incantation.
     (7) Healing or dressing a wound. --rā
     (1) A female servant.
     (2) A thread, fillet.

pratisargaḥ
     (1) Secondary creation(as by the agents of one Supreme Being).
     (2) Dissolution.
     (3) Continued creation out of primitive matter.

pratisāṃdhānikaḥ A bard, panegyrist.

pratisṛ 1 P. To go back, return.
     (2) To go towards, rush upon, attack, assail; daityaḥ pratyasaraddevaṃ matto mattamiva dvipaṃ Hariv. --Caus.
     (1) To push backwards, replace; kanakavalayaṃ srastaṃ srastaṃ mayā pratisāryate S. 3. 13.
     (2) To repel, drive away or back

pratisaraṇam Leaning or resting upon.

pratisāraṇam
     (1) Dressing the edges of a wound.
     (2) An instrument used for anointing a wound.

pratisīrā A screen, curtain, wall of cloth.

pratisṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Sent out, despatched.
     (2) Celebrated.
     (3) Repulsed, rejected.
     (4) Intoxicated (pramatta according to dharaṇi).

pratisnāta p. p. Bathed.

pratisnehaḥ Love in return, requital or reciprocation of love.

pratispaṃdanam Throbbing.

pratispardhā Rivalry, emulation.

pratispardhin a. Rival, envious of. --m. A rival, competitor.

pratisvanaḥ, pratisvaraḥ
     (1) An echo, reverberation; Śi. 13. 31.
     (2) A focus.

pratihan 2 P.
     (1) To strike back or in return; (taṃ) vidhyaṃtamuddhṛtasaṭāḥ pratihaṃtumīṣuḥ R. 9. 60.
     (2) To ward off, keep off, prevent, oppose, resist; toyasyevāpratihatarayaḥ saikataṃ setumoghaḥ U. 3. 36; pratihatavighnāḥ kriyāḥ sabhavalokya S. 1. 13; Me. 20; Ku. 2. 48; V. 2. 1.
     (3) To repel, drive back, repulse.
     (4) To remove, destroy; yadyatpāpaṃ pratijahi jagannātha namrasya tanme Mal. 1. 3.
     (5) To counter-act, remedy.
     (6) To disown, disavow.

pratihata p. p.
     (1) Struck or beaten back; knocked back.
     (2) Driven away, repelled, repulsed; S. 7. 32.
     (3) Opposed, obstructed.
     (4) Sent, despatched,
     (5) Hated, disliked.
     (6) Disappointed, frustrated.
     (7) Fallen, overthrown.
     (8) Tied, bound.
     -- Comp.
          --mati a. hating, disliking.

pratihatiḥ f.
     (1) Striking or knocking back, repelling.
     (2) Rebound, recoil; pratihatiṃ yayurarjunamuṣṭayaḥ Ki. 18. 5; Śi. 9. 49.
     (3) Disappointment, frustration.
     (4) Anger.

pratihananam Striking or knocking back, returning a blow.

pratihāsaḥ Returning a laugh.

pratihiṃsā Retaliation, revenge.

pratihiṃsitam Requital of an injury.

pratihita p. p.
     (1) Fitted to, put close to.

pratihṛ 1 P.
     (1) To beat back.
     (2) To avoid, shun.

pratiharaṇam
     (1) Avoiding, shunning.
     (2) Striking back, repelling.

pratihartṛ m.
     (1) One who beats back or removes, repeller, remover, averter, destroyer &c.
     (2) The assistant of the Udgātṛ q. v.

prati(tī)hāraḥ
     (1) Striking back.
     (2) A door, gate.
     (3) A porter, doorkeeper.
     (4) A juggler.
     (5) Juggling, a juggling trick.
     (6) (In gram.) The hard contact of the tongue with the edge of the teeth in pronouncing dental letters. --rī A female doorkeeper.
     -- Comp.
          --bhūmiḥ f. the threshold (of a house &c.); Ku. 3. 58.
          --rakṣī a female door-keeper; R. 6. 20.

pratihārakaḥ A juggler.

pratihāraṇam Entrance, permission to enter a door.

pratihāryam Juggling, jugglery.

pratī(prati-i) 2 P.
     (1) To go back to, return; pratīyāya guroḥ sakāśaṃ R. 5. 35; Bk. 3. 19.
     (2) To go to, approach, turn to.
     (3) To fall to the lot of.
     (4) To reach, attain.
     (5) To believe, trust, be certain or sure of, rely on; kaḥ pratyeti saiveyamiti U. 4; 1. 44.
     (6) To learn, understand, know, pratīyate dhāturive hitaṃ phalaiḥ Ki. 1. 20; Śi. 1. 69.
     (7) To be well-known or celebrated; soyaṃ vaṭaḥ śyāma iti pratītaḥ R. 13. 53.
     (8) To be pleased or satisfied; prati pratītaḥ prasavonmukhīṃ priyāṃ (dadarśa) R. 3. 12; 16. 23. --Pass.
     (1) To be recognized or perceived.
     (2) To be proved, turn out to be true.
     (3) To follow from anything (as a necessary result). --Caus. (pratyāyayati)
     (1) To cause to believe; convince, inspire confidence; eṣa vivāda eva pratyāya yati S. 7; 5. 31; tāḥ svacāritryamuddiśya pnatyāyayatu maithilī R. 15. 73.
     (2) To cause to perceive, bring to mind.
     (3) To prove, demonstrate, show.

pratīta p. p.
     (1) Set forth, started.
     (2) Gone by, past, gone.
     (3) Believed, trusted.
     (4) Proved, established.
     (5) Acknowledged, recognised.
     (6) Called, known as, named.
     (7) Wellknown, renowned, famous.
     (8) Firmly resolved.
     (9)
          (a) Convinced, of a firm conviction.
          (b) Believing, trusting, confident. (10) Pleased, delighted; R. 3. 12; 5. 26; 14. 47; 16. 23.
     (11) Respectful.
     (12) Clever, learned, wise.

pratītiḥ f.
     (1) Conviction, settled belief; S. 7. 31.
     (2) Belief.
     (3) Knowledge, ascertainment, clear or distinct perception or apprehension; api tu vācyavaicitryapratibhāsādeva cārutāpratītiḥ K. P. 10.
     (4) Fame, renown.
     (5) Respect.
     (6) Delight.
     (7) Going towards, approaching.

pratīka a.
     (1) Directed or turned towards.
     (2) Inverted, reverse.
     (3) Contrary, unfavourable, adverse. --kaḥ 1 A limb, member; Śi. 18. 79.
     (2) A part, portion. --kaṃ
     (1) An image.
     (2) Mouth, face.
     (3) The front (of anything).
     (4) The first word (of a verse, sentence &c.).

pratīkāra = pratikāra q. v.

pratīkāśa = pratikāśa q. v.

pratīkṣ 1 A.
     (1) To look at, observe, consider.
     (2) To look out for, expect.
     (3) To wait for, await; saṃpatsyate vaḥ kāmoyaṃ kālaḥ kaścitpratīkṣyatāṃ Ku. 2. 54; 2 37; Ms. 9. 77.

pratīkṣa a. Expectant, waiting for.

pratīkṣaka a. Expectant, waiting for.

pratīkṣin a. Expectant, waiting for.

pratīkṣaṇa, pratīkṣā
     (1) Waiting for.
     (2) Expectation, hope.
     (3) Regard, consideration, attention.
     (4) Looking at, considering.
     (5) Fulfilment, observance (of a vow, promise &c).

pratīkṣita p. p.
     (1) Waited for, expected.
     (2) Considered.
     (3) Respected.

pratīkṣya pot. p.
     (1) To be waited for.
     (2) Worthy of consideration or regard.
     (3) Venerable, respectable; R. 5. 14; Śi. 2. 108.
     (4) To be adhered to or maintained, to be fulfilled; Śi. 2. 108.

pratīghāta = pratighāta q. v.

pratīcī The west.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ N. of Varuṇa.

pratīcīna a.
     (1) Western, westerly.
     (2) Future, subsequent, following.
     (3) Ved. Turned or directed towards.
     (4) Turning back, turned away from.
     (5) Coming from behind.

pratīcya a.
     (1) Living in the west, western, westerly.
     (2) Ved. Disappeared.

pratīcchakaḥ A receiver.

pratītta a. Given back, restored.

pratīṃdhakaḥ N. of a country called videha q. v.

pratīnāhaḥ A flag, banner.

pratīpa a. [pratigatāḥ āpo yatra, pratiap ac, apa īp c]
     (1) Contrary, unfavourable, adverse, opposite; tatpratīpapavanādi vaikṛtaṃ R. 11. 62.
     (2) Reverse, inverted, out of order.
     (3) Backward, retrograde.
     (4) Disagreeable, displeasing.
     (5) Refractory, disobedient, obstinate, perverse; Pt. 1. 424.
     (6) Turned away, averted.
     (7) Meeting, encountering.
     (8) Hindering. --paḥ N. of a king, father of Santanu and grand-father of Bhishma. --paṃ N. of a figure of speech in which the usual form of comparison is inverted, the upamāna being compared with the upameya; pratīpamupamānasyāpyupameyatvakalpanaṃ . tvallocanasamaṃ padmaṃ tvadvaktrasadṛśo vidhuḥ .. Chandr. 5. 9; (for fuller definitions and explanation see K. P. 10 under pratīpa). --paṃ ind.
     (1) On the contrary.
     (2) In an inverted order.
     (3) Against, in opposition to; bharturviprakṛtāpi roṣaṇatayā mā sma pratīpaṃ gamaḥ S. 4. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --ga a. 1. going against. --2. adverse, unfavourable; tasya jātu marutaḥ pratīpagāḥ R. 11. 58.
          --gamanaṃ, gatiḥ f. retrograde motion; Ku. 2. 25.
          --taraṇaṃ going or sailing against the stream; V. 2. 5.
          --darśinī a woman.
          --vacanaṃ 1. contradiction. --2. a perverse or eva sive manner of speaking.
          --vipākin a. producing the opposite result (recoiling on the doer); Māl. 5. 26.

pratīpaka a. Hostile, opposed &c.

pratīpayati Den. P.
     (1) To cause to turn back, reverse, turn back; Ku. 5. 5.
     (2) To be against or hostile to.

pratīpāyate Den. A. To be opposed or unfavourable, to dislike.

pratīram A shore, bank.

pratīvāpaḥ
     (1) Adding to, inserting (as an ingredient).
     (2) Calcining or fluxing metals.
     (3) An epidemic disease, a plague.

pratīveśa, pratīhāra, pratīhāsa &c. See prativeśa &c.

pratīveśit a. See prativeśin.

pratīṣ 6 P. To receive, accept; devasya śāsanaṃ pratīṣya S 6.
     (2) To welcome, greet, receive, honour; eṣa mādhavīmaṃḍapaḥ svāgatenaiva nau pratīcchati S. 6.
     (3) To obey (as an order).
     (4) To wait for, expect; eṣa khalu tvāṃ pratīcchati V. 2.

pratīṣṭa p. p. Accepted, received &c.

pratīhāsaḥ A fragrant oleander.

pratīhārī 1 A female door-keeper.
     (2) A door-keeper in general.

pratud 6 P. To strike, hurt, wound. --Caus.
     (1) To urge on, drive forward; (fig.) to press, urge repeatedly (to do a thing); praviśa gṛhamiti pratodyaptānā na calati bhāgyakṛtāṃ daśāmavekṣya Mk. 1. 56.
     (2) To pierce, cut.

pratudaḥ
     (1) An epithet of a class of birds (such as hawks, parrots, crows &c.).
     (2) An instrument for pricking.

pratodaḥ
     (1) A goad.
     (2) A long whip.
     (3) A pricking instrument.

pratuṣṭiḥ f., pratoṣaḥ Gratification, satisfaction.

pratūrṇa a. Speedy, quiek, fleet.

pratṝ 1 P.
     (1) To cross over.
     (2) To further, promote, advance.
     (3) To raise, elevate, enhance.
     (4) To lengthen, prolong (life).
     (5) To lead, conduct. --Caus.
     (1) To cheat, deceive, take in; māṃ tathā pratārya S. 5; kiṃtvevaṃ kavibhiḥ pratāritamanāstattvaṃ vijānannapi Bh. 1. 78.
     (2) To mislead, lead astray.
     (3) To spread, extend.

prataraḥ Crossing, crossing or going over.

pratāraḥ
     (1) Carrying or bearing over, crossing.
     (2) Deceit, fraud.

pratārakaḥ --pratārin A cheat, an impostor.

pratāraṇam
     (1) Carrying over.
     (2) Deceiving, cheating, deception. --ṇā Fraud, deceit knavery, trickery, roguery, deception, hypocrisy; yadīcchasi vaśīkartuṃ jagadekena karmaṇā . upāsyatāṃ kalau kalpalatādevī pratāraṇā ..; pratāraṇāsamarthasya vidyayā kiṃ prayojanaṃ Udb.

pratārita a. Deceived, defrauded.

pratolī A street, main road, principal street through a town; prāpatpratolīmatulapratāpaḥ Śi. 3. 64.

pratta p. p.
     (1) Given, given away, presented, offered.
     (2) Given in marriage, married. See pradā.

pratna a.
     (1) Old, ancient.
     (2) Former.
     (3) Traditional, customary.

pratyak ind.
     (1) In an opposite direction, backwards.
     (2) Against.
     (3) Westward, to the west of (with abl.).
     (4) In the interior, inwardly.
     (5) Formerly, in former times.

pratyakṣa a. [akṣṇaḥ prati]
     (1) Perceptible (to the eye), visible; pratyakṣābhiḥ prapannastanubhiravatu vastābhiraṣṭābhirīśaḥ S. 1. 1.
     (2) Present, in sight, before the eye
     (3) Cognizable by any organ of sense.
     (4) Distinct, evident, clear.
     (5) Direct, immediate.
     (6) Explicit, express.
     (7) Corporeal. --kṣaṃ
     (1) Perception, ocular evidence, apprehension by the senses, considered as a pramāṇa or mode of proof; iṃdriyārthasannikarṣajanyaṃ jñānaṃ tyakṣaṃ T. S.
     (2) Explicitness, distinctness. (The forms pratyakṣaṃ, pratyakṣeṇa, pratyakṣataḥ, pratyakṣāt are used adverbially in the sense of
     (1) Before, in the presence of, in the sight of.
     (2) Openly, publicly.
     (3) Directly, immediately.
     (4) Personally.
     (5) At sight.
     (6) Explicitly.
     (7) Distinctly, clearly.
     (8) Literally. so pratyakṣe in the sight of before the eyes of).
     -- Comp.
          --kṛtā (i. e. ṛ k) a hymn in which a deity is directly addressed.
          --jñānaṃ ocular evidence, knowledge obtained by direct perception.
          --darśanaṃ ocular evidence. direct proof.
          --darśanaḥ, --darśin m. an eye-witness.
          --dṛṣṭa a. personally seen.
          --parīkṣaṇaṃ personal examination.
          --prama correct or certain knowledge, such as is obtained by direct perception through the senses.
          --pramāṇaṃ 1. ocular proof, evidence of the senses. --2 an organ of perception.
          --phala a. having evident or visible concequences.
          --bhūta a. manifested.
          --bhogaḥ enjoyment of anything with the knowledge of the owner.
          --vādin m. a Buddhist who admits no other evidence than ocular proof or perception.
          --vihita a. directly or explicitly enjoined.
          --siddha a. determined by ocular proof.

pratyakṣatā --tvaṃ
     (1) Perceptibility, ocular proof.
     (2) Standing face to face.
     (3) Explicitness.

pratyakṣayati Den. P. To make visible, show, manifest, display.

pratyakṣin a. Witnessing in person. --m. An eye-witness.

pratyakṣīkṛ 8 U. To witness or see in person, ascertain or see with one's own eyes; rājarṣerudaṃtaṃ pratyakṣīkariṣyāmi S. 6; taddevaḥ patrārūḍhaṃ pratyakṣīkarotu ibid.

pratyagra a.
     (1) Fresh, young, new, recent; pratyagrahatānāṃ māṃsaṃ Ve. 3; kusumaśayanaṃ na pratyagraṃ V. 3. 10; Me. 4; R. 10. 54; Ratn. 1. 21.
     (2) Repeated.
     (3) Pure.
     -- Comp.
          --vayas a. young in age, in the prime of life, youthful.

pratyaṃc, pratyac a. (pratīcī f. or according to Vopadeva pratyaṃcī also)
     (1) Turned or directed towards.
     (2) Being behind.
     (3) Following, subsequent.
     (4) Averted, turned sway, turning back; Pt. 3. 181.
     (5) Western, westerly.
     (6) Inner, interior.
     (7) Equal to, a match for. --m.
     (1) The individual soul.
     (3) Future time.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaṃ (pratyagakṣa) an inner organ.
          --ātman m. (pratyagātman) the individual soul.
          --ānaṃda a. inwardly joyful.
          --āśāpatiḥ (pratyagāśāpatiḥ) 'the lord of the western direction', an epithet of Varuṇa.
          --udac f. (pratyagudac) the north-west.
          --cetana a. 1. whose thoughts are turned upon himself --2. intelligent. (
          --naḥ) 1. the supreme soul. --2. the soul.
          --dakṣiṇataḥ (pratthagdakṣiṇataḥ) ind. towards the south-west.
          --dṛś f. (pratyagdṛś) an inward glance, a glance directed inwards.
          --dhāman a. internally illuminated.
          --mukha a. (pratyaṅmukha) 1. facing the west. --2. having the face averted.
          --srotas (pratyaksrotas) flowing towards the west; Malli. on Śi. 4. 66. (--f.) an epithet of the river Narmadā.

pratyaṃcita a. Honoured, worshipped.

pratyabhijñā 9 U.
     (1) To recognize.
     (2) To come to oneself, recover consciousness.

pratyabhijñā Knowing, recognition; sapratyabhijñamiva māmavalokya Mal. 1. 25.

pratyabhijñānam
     (1) Recognition; see the word abhijñāna also.
     (2) A token of recognition (in return); pratyabhijñānaratnaṃ ca rāmā yādarśa yatkṛtī R. 12. 64.

pratyakṣijñāta p. p. Recognised.

pratyābhibhūta p. p. Overcome, conquered.

pratyabhiyukta p. p. Acoused in return.

pratyabhiyogaḥ A counter-charge, an accusation in return; Y. 2. 10.

pratyabhivad Caus. To salute or greet in return.

pratyabhivādaḥ, pratyabhivādanam Returning a salutation; Ms. 2. 126.

pratyabhiskaṃdanam A counter-plaint or charge.

pratyayaḥ
     (1) Conviction, settled belief; mūḍhaḥ parapratyayaneyavuddhiḥ M. 1. 2; saṃjātapratyayaḥ Pt. 4.
     (2) Trust, reliance, faith, confidence; balavadapi śikṣitānāmātmanyapratyayaṃ cetaḥ S. 1. 2; Ku. 6. 20; Śi. 18. 63; Bh. 3. 60.
     (3) Conception, idea, notion, opinion.
     (4) Surety, certainty.
     (5) Knowledge, experience, cognition; sthānapratyayāt S. 7 'judging by the place'; so ākṛtipratyayāt M. 1; Me. 8.
     (6) A cause, ground, means of action; Ku. 3. 18.
     (7) Celebrity, fame, renown.
     (8) A termination, an affix or suffix; Śi. 14. 66.
     (9) An oath. (10) A dependant.
     (11) A usage, practice.
     (12) A hole.
     (13) Intellect, understanding (buddhi).
     (14) An assistant or associate.
     (15) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (16) (With Buddhists) A co-operating cause.
     (17) An instrument, a means of agency.
     (18) Religious contemplation.
     (19) A house-holder who keeps a sacred fire.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraka --kārin a. producing assurance, convincing. (
          --ṇī) a seal, signet-ring.

pratyayita a.
     (1) Relied upon, confided in.
     (2) Trusty, confidential.

pratyayin a.
     (1) Relying upon, trusting, believing.
     (2) Trustworthy, confidential.

pratyarth 10 A.
     (1) To challenge(to combat), encounter, seek as an opponent; eta sītādruhaḥ saṃkhye pratyarthayata rāghavaṃ Bk. 6. 25.
     (2) To make an enemy of.

pratyartha a. Useful, expedient. --rthaṃ
     (1) A reply, an answer.
     (2) Hostility, opposition. --ind. At every object, in every case.

pratyarthakaḥ An opponent.

pratyarthin a. (nī f.) Hostile, opposing, inimical to; nāsmi bhavatyorīśvaraniyogapratyarthī V. 2.
     (2) Emulating.
     (3) Contradicting. --m.
     (1) An opponent, adversary, enemy.
     (2) A rival, equal, match; caṃdro mukhasya pratyarthī.
     (3) (In law) A defendant; sa dharmasthasakhaḥ śaśvadarthipratyārthināṃ svayaṃ R. 17. 39; Ms. 8. 79; Y. 2. 6.
     (4) An obstacle or impediment.
     -- Comp.
          --bhūta a. coming in the way, become an obstacle; Ku. 1. 59.

pratyarpaṇam Giving back, restoring; sītāpratyarpaṇaiṣiṇaḥ R. 15. 85.

pratyarpita p. p. Restored, given back.

pratyavamarśaḥ --rṣaḥ
     (1) Profound meditation or reflection.
     (2) Counsel, advice.
     (3) A counter-conclusion.
     (4) Patience, for bearance.

pratyavarodhanam Obstruction, hindrance.

pratyavasānam Eating, or drinking; P. I. 4. 52.

pratyavasita a. Eaten, drunk.

pratyavaskaṃdaḥ --danam (In law) A special plea; admitting a fact, but qualifying it in such a manner that it may not appear as a count of accusation.

pratyavasthā 1 A.
     (1) To stand separately.
     (2) To oppose, act hostilely, object to (in argument); atra kecitpatyavāteṣṭhaṃte S. B.; Bv 1. 77.

pratyavasthātṛ m. An opponent, adversary.

pratyavasthānam
     (1) Removal.
     (2) Hostility, opposition.
     (3) Status quo.

pratyavahāraḥ
     (1) Withdrawal.
     (2) Universal destruction, dissolution (of the world); sargasthitipratyavahārahetuḥ R. 2. 44.

pratyavāyaḥ
     (1) Decrease, diminution.
     (2) An obstacle, impediment; U. 1. 8.
     (3) A contrary or opposite course, contrariety; Ms. 4. 245.
     (4) A sin, an offence, sinfulness; anutpattiṃ tathā cānye pratyavāyasya manvate Jābāli.
     (5) Disappointment.
     (6) Disappearance of an existing thing.
     (7) Non-production of what does not exist.

pratyavekṣ 1 A.
     (1) To look into, inspect, examine; pratyavekṣitāḥ pramadavana bhūmayaḥ S. 6.
     (2) To investigate, inquire into, transact; pratyavekṣitaṃ paurakāryamāryeṇa S. 6.

pratyavekṣaṇaṃ, pratyavekṣā Taking care of, regard for, looking after; R. 17. 53.

pratyastamayaḥ
     (1) Setting(of the sun).
     (2) End, cessation.

pratyākalita a.
     (1) Enumerated.
     (2) Interposed, inserted.
     (3) Introduced (as a step in legal proceedings).

pratyākṣepaka a. (pikā f.) Jeering, derisive, deriding, treating scornfully.

pratyākhyā 2. P.
     (1) To deny(as a fact).
     (2) To decline, refuse, reject.
     (3) To forbid, prohibit.
     (4) To interdict.
     (5) To excel, surpass: M. 3. 5.

pratyākhyāta p. p.
     (1) Refused, denied.
     (2) Prohibited, forbidden.
     (3) Set aside, rejected.
     (4) Repulsed.
     (5) Excelled, surpassed.
     (6) Informed.

pratyākhyānam
     (1) Repulse, rejection.
     (2) Denial, refusal, disavowal.
     (3) Disregard.
     (4) Reproach.
     (5) Refutation.

pratyāgam 1 P. To come back, return.

pratyāgatiḥ f. Coming back, return.

pratyāgamaḥ, pratyāgamanam
     (1) Return, coming back.
     (2) Arrival.

pratyādā 3 U.
     (1) To take back.
     (2)
     (2) To recall, revoke.

pratyādanam Receiving back, resumption.

pratyādiś 6 P.
     (1)
          (a) To reject, discard, shun; pratyādiṣṭaviśeṣamaṃḍanavidhiḥ S. 6. 5.
          (b) To repulse; pratyādideśainamabhāṣamāṇā R. 6. 25.
     (2) To cast off, repudiate (as a person); kāmaṃ pratyādiṣṭāṃ smarāmi na parigrahaṃ munestanayāṃ S. 5. 31.
     (3) To obscure, eclipse, defeat, throw into the shade or background; R. 1. 61; 10. 68.
     (4) To order back, countermand.
     (5) To direct, prescribe, enjoin.
     (6) To warn, caution.
     (6) To report to.
     (8) To summon.
     (9) To conquer, overcome. (10) To remove, set aside.

pratyādiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Prescribed.
     (2) Informed.
     (3) Rejected, repulsed.
     (4) Removed, set aside.
     (5) Obscured, thrown into the shade.
     (6) Warned, cautioned.
     (7) Declared.
     (8) Overcome, conquered.

pratyādeśaḥ
     (1) An order, a command.
     (2) Information, declaration.
     (3) Refusal, denial, rejection, repulse, repudiation. pratyādeśānna khalu bhavato dhīratāṃ kalpayāmi Me. 114; 95; S. 6. 8.
     (4) Obscuring, eclipsing, one that obscures, puts to shame or throws into shade; yā pratyādeśo rūpagarvitāyāḥ śriyaḥ V. 1; K. 5.
     (5) Caution, warning.
     (6) Particularly, divine caution, supernatural warning.
     (7) Reproach.

pratyānayanam Bringing back, recovery.

pratyāpattiḥ f.
     (1) Return.
     (2) Aversion from or indifference to worldly objects (vairāgya).

pratyāmnāyaḥ
     (1) The fifth member of a complete syllogism; i. e. nigamana (the repetition of the first proposition).
     (2) Contrary determination.
     (3) Ved. A substitute.

pratyāyaḥ
     (1) A toll, tax.
     (2) Revenue, income.

pratyāyaka a.
     (1) Proving, explaining.
     (2) Convincing, producing assurance.

pratyāyanam
     (1) Leading home(a bride), marrying.
     (2) Setting (of the sun). --naṃ --nā
     (1) Producing confidence.
     (2) Explaining.
     (3) Proving, demonstrating.

pratyāyitaḥ A confidential agent.

pratyālīḍham A particular attitude in shooting (opp. ālīḍha q. v.).

pratyāvartanam Returning, coming back.

pratyāśvasta p. p. Consoled, revived, refreshed.

pratyāśvāsaḥ Respiration, recovery (of breath).

pratyāśvāsanam Consolation.

pratyāsattiḥ f.
     (1) Close proximity or contiguity (in time or space).
     (2) Close, contact.
     (3) An analogy.

pratyāsanna p. p.
     (1) Proximate near, contiguous.
     (2) Imminent.
     -- Comp.
          --maraṇa, -mṛtyu a. at the point of death, about to die.

pratyāsa(sā)raḥ The rear of an army.
     (2) A form of array, one array behind another.

pratyāhata a. Distracted, repelled; pratyāhatāstro giriśaprabhāvāt R. 2. 41.

pratyāhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To take back again, bring back, recover.
     (2) To withdraw, draw back.
     (3) To utter (a speech).
     (4) To report.

pratyāharaṇam
     (1) Bringing or taking back, recovery.
     (2) Withholding.
     (3) Restraining the organs of sense.

pratyāhāraḥ
     (1) Drawing back, marching back, retreat.
     (2) Keeping back, withholding.
     (3) Restraining the organs.
     (4) Dissolution of the world,
     (5) (In gram.) The comprehension of several letters or affixes into one syllable, effected by combining the first letter of a Sūtra with its final indicatory letter, or in the case of several Sūtras, with the final letter of the last member; thus aṇ is the pratyāhāra of the Sūtra aiuṇ; ac (vowels) of the four Sūtras aiuṇ, ṛḷk, eoṅ, aiauc; hal of the consonants; al of all letters.
     (6) Abridgment.

pratyāhṛta a.
     (1) Got back, recovered.
     (2) Restrained, withheld, checked.

pratyukta p. p. Answered, said in return, replied.

pratyuktiḥ f. A reply, an answer.

pratyuccāraḥ --ccāraṇam Repetition.

pratyujjīv 1 P. To revive, return to life. --Caus. To restore or bring to life.

pratyujjīvanam
     (1) Reviving, restoring to life, resuscitation (fig. also).
     (2) Coming to life.

pratyuta ind.
     (1) On the contrary; kṛtamapi mahopakāraṃ paya iva pītvā nirātaṃkaḥ . pratyuta haṃtuṃ yatate kākodaramodaraḥ khalo jagati Bv. 1. 76.
     (2) Rather, even.
     (3) On the other hand.

pratyutkramaḥ, --kramaṇaṃ, --krāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) An underataking.
     (2) Preparations for war.
     (3) Marching out to attack an enemy.
     (4) A secondary act or effort tending to a main object.
     (5) The first step in any business.

pratyutthānam
     (1) Rising against.
     (2) Making preparations for war.
     (3) Rising from one's seat (as a mark of respect) to welcome a visitor; Ms. 2. 210.
     (4) Making preparations for, undertaking.

pratyutthita p. p. Risen to meet or encounter (a friend, foe &c.).

pratyutpanna p. p.
     (1) Reproduced, regenerated.
     (2) Prompt, ready, quick.
     (3) (In math.) Multiplied.
     (4) Present, existing at present. --nnaṃ Multiplication.
     -- Comp.
          --mati a. 1. possessed of presence of mind, ready-witted. --2. bold, confident. --3. subtle, sharp.

pratyudāharaṇam A counter-illustration, an example to the contrary.

pratyudgam 1 P.
     (1) To go forth or advance towards to meet (as a mark of respect) pratyujjagāmātithimātithayaḥ R. 5. 2: pratyudgacchati mūrchati sthiratamaḥpaṃje nikuṃje priyaḥ Gīt. 11; Bv. 3. 3.
     (2) To advance or march towards.

pratyudgata p. p.
     (1) Risen from one's seat as a mark of respect to greet or welcome a guest; pratyudgato māṃ bharataḥ sasainyaḥ R. 13. 64; 12. 62.
     (2) Gone forth against.

pratyudgatiḥ f, pratyudgamaḥ, pratyudgamanaṃ Going out or rising from one's seat to meet or greet a guest.

pratyudgamanīyam A clean pair of garments; gṛhītapratyudgamanīyavastrā Ku. 7. 11 (v. l. for -patyudgamanīya-); see udgamanīya.

pratyuddharaṇam
     (1) Recovering, re-obtaining.
     (2) Raising up again.

pratyudyama
     (1) Counterbalance, counterpoise.
     (2) An effort or measure against, counteraction; Bh. 3. 88 v. l.

pratyudyāta a. See pratyudgata.

pratyunnamanam Rising or springing up again, rebounding.

pratyupakṛ 8 U.
     (1) To requite a favour, render a service in return.
     (2) To repay.

pratyupakāraḥ
     (1) Returning a service or kindness, requital of an obligation, service in return.
     (2) Mutual assistance.

pratyupakriyā Return of a service.

pratyupadeśaḥ Advice in return; Ku. 1. 34.

pratyupapanna a. See pratyutpanna.

pratyupamānam
     (1) A counterpart of a resemblance.
     (2) A pattern, model.
     (3) A counter-comparison; V. 2. 3.

pratyupalabdha p. p. Got back, recovered.

pratyupaveśaḥ, --veśanam Besetting any one in order to bring him to compliance.

pratyupasthānam Vicinity, neighbourhood.

pratyupahāraḥ
     (1) A respectful offering.
     (2) Giving back, restoring.

pratyupta p. p.
     (1) Inlaid, set with, studded.
     (2) Sown.
     (3) Fixed, implanted. firmly fixed or lodged; Mal. 5. 10; U. 3. 35, 46.

pratyuṣaḥ, --pratyuṣas n. Morning, day-break, dawn.

pratyūṣaḥ --ṣam Day-break, morning, dawn; pratyūṣeṣu sphuṭitakamalāmodapaitrīkaṣāyaḥ Me. 31; mahatyeva pratyūṣe S. 2. --ṣaḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) N. of one of the eight Vasus.

pratyūṣas n. Day-break, morning, dawn.

pratyūh 1 U.
     (1) To oppose, resist.
     (2) To disturb, interrupt, impede.
     (3) To reject, refuse.
     (4) To excel, surpass.
     (4) To offer, present.

pratyūha; Impediment, obstacle, hindrance: vismayaḥ sarvathā heyaḥ pratyūhasarvakarmaṇāṃ H. 2. 15.

prath I. 1 A. (prathate, prathita)
     (1) To increase (wealth &c.).
     (2) To spread abroad (as fame, rumour &c.); tathā yaśo'sya prathate Ms. 11. 15.
     (3) To become famous or celebrated; bhatastadakhyayā tīrthaṃ pāvanaṃ bhuvi paprathe R. 15. 101; ato'smi loke vede ca prathitaḥ puruṣottamaḥ Bg. 15. 18; Śi. 9 16; 15. 23; Ku. 5. 7; Me. 24; R. 5. 65; 9. 76.
     (4) To appear, arise, come to light; śramo nu tāsāṃ madano nu paprathe Ki. 8. 53.
     (5) To occur (to mind). --II. 10 U. (prathayati-te, prathita)
     (1) To spread abroad, proclaim; sajjanā eva sādhūnāṃ prathayaṃti guṇotkaraṃ Dri. S. 12; Bk. 17. 107.
     (2) To show, manifest, display, evince, indicate; paramaṃ vapuḥ prathayatīva jayaṃ Ki. 6. 35; 5. 3; Śi. 10. 25; Ratn. 4. 13; S. 3. 15.
     (3) To increase, enlarge, enhance, augment, stretch; Bh. 2. 45.
     (4) To disclose.
     (5) To spread, extend
     (6) To throw, cast.

prathanam [prath-lyuṭ]
     (1) Spreading, extension.
     (2) Scattering.
     (3) Throwing, projecting.
     (4) Showing, evincing, displaying.
     (5) A place where anything is spread.
     (6) Celebrating, proclaiming.

prathas n. Ved. Extension.

prathama [prath-amac] (Nom. pl., m. prathame or prathamāḥ)
     (1) First, foremost; R. 3. 44; H. 2. 39; Ki. 2. 44.
     (2) First, chief, principal, most excellent or eminent, matchless, incomparable; Śi. 15. 42; Ms. 3. 147.
     (3) Earliest, most ancient, primary.
     (4) Prior, previous, former, earlier; prathamasukṛtāpekṣayā Me. 17, R. 10. 67.
     (5) (In gram.) The first person (= third person according to European phraseology). --maḥ
     (1) The first (third) person.
     (2) The first consonant of a class. --mā The nominative case. --maṃ ind.
     (1) First, firstly, at first; Ku. 7. 24; R. 3. 4.
     (2) Already, previously, formerly; prathamoditaṃ aforesaid; R. 3. 68.
     (3) At once, immediately.
     (4) Before; yātrāyai codayāmāsa taṃ śakteḥ prathamaṃ śarat R. 4. 24; uttiṣṭhetyathamaṃ cāsya caramaṃ caiva saṃviśet Ms. 2. 194.
     (5) Newly, recently. prathamaṃ anaṃtaraṃ or tataḥ or paścāt first, afterwards; prathamāt firstly, for the first time; prathamataḥ
     (1) At first, firstly;
     (2) previously.
     (3) immediately;
     (4) before, in preference to (gen.)
     -- Comp.
          --ardhaḥ --rdhaṃ the first half.
          --āgāmin a. first mentioned.
          --ādeśaḥ placing at the beginning.
          --āśramaḥ the first of the four stages in the religious life of a Brahmaṇa; i. e. Brahmacharya.
          --itara a. 'other than first', the second.
          --udita a. first uttered; uvāca dhātryā prathamoditaṃ vacaḥ R. 3. 25.
          --utpanna a. first-born.
          --kalpaḥ 1. the best course to adopt. --2. an excellent suggestion or idea.
          --kalpita a. 1. first thought out. --2. first in rank or importance.
          --kusumaḥ white marjoran.
          --garbha a. pregnant for the first time.
          --ja a. 1. firstborn. --2. original, primary.
          --darśanaṃ first sight.
          --divasaḥ the first day; Me. 2.
          --puruṣaḥ the first person (=the third person according to the English system of treating Sanskrit grammar).
          --maṃgala a. highly auspicious.
          --yauvanaṃ early youth or age, youthful state.
          --vayas n. early age, youth.
          --vitā Ved. a first wife.
          --virahaḥ separation for the first time.
          --vṛttāṃtaḥ antecedents, former circumstances.
          --vaiyākaraṇaḥ 1. the most distinguished grammarian. --2. a beginner in grammar.
          --sāhasaḥ the first or lowest of the three degrees of punishment or fine.
          --sukṛtaṃ former kindness or service.

prathamaka a. First, foremost.

prathā Fame, celebrity; Śi. 15. 27.

prathita p. p.
     (1) Increased, extended.
     (2) Published, proclaimed, spread, declared; prathitayaśasāṃ bhāsakavisomillakavimiśrādīnāṃ M. 1.
     (3) Shown, displayed, manifested, evinced.
     (4) Famous, celebrated, renowned, wellknown; Pt. 1. 24; Ku. 5. 7.
     (5) Intent upon, engaged in, devoted to.
     (6) Spread, stretched. --taṃḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

prathitiḥ f. Celebrity, fame.

prathiman m. Breadth, greatness, extension, magnitude; prathimānaṃ dadhānena jaghanena ghanena sā Bk. 4. 17; (guṇāḥ) prāraṃbhasūkṣmāḥ prathimānamāpuḥ R. 18. 49.

prathiviḥ f. The earth.

prathiṣṭha a. Largest, widest, broadest; (superl. of pṛthu q. v.).

prathīyas a. (sī f.) Larger, wider, broader; (compar. of pṛthu q. v.).

prathu a. Wide, wide-spread. --thuḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

prathukaḥ Rice parched and flattened (cf. pṛthuka).

prathama See under prath.

pradakṣiṇa a.
     (1) Being placed or standing on the right, moving to the right.
     (2) Respectful, reverential.
     (3) Auspicious, of good omen. --ṇaḥ, --ṇā, --ṇaṃ Circumambulation from left to right, so that the right side is always turned towards the person or object circumambulated, a reverential salutation made by walking in this manner; Ku. 7. 79; Y. 1. 232. --ṇaṃ ind.
     (1) From left to right.
     (2) Towards the right side, so that the right side is always turned towards the person or object circumambulated.
     (3) In a southern direction, towards the south; Ms. 3. 87. (pradakṣiṇīkṛ or pradakṣiṇayati Den. P. means 'to go round from left to right' as a mark of respect; pradakṣiṇīkuruṣva sadyohutāgnīn S. 4; prada kṣiṇīkṛtya hutaṃ hutāśanaṃ R. 2. 71).
     -- Comp.
          --arcis a. flaming towards the right, having the flames turned towards the right; pradakṣiṇārcirhaviragnirādade R. 3. 14. (--f.) flames turned towards the right; R. 4. 25.
          --āvarta, --āvṛtka a. turned towards the right.
          --kriyā going round from left to right, keeping the right side towards one as a mark of respect; R 1. 76.
          --paṭṭikā a yard, court-yard.

pradaraḥ,
     (1) Rending, tearing.
     (2)
          (a) A fracture, crack, cleft crevice, chasm; U. 2. 16.
          (b) Breach, hole.
     (3) The dispersion of an army.
     (4) An arrow.
     (5) A kind of disease of women.

pradarpaḥ, pradṛptiḥ f. Pride, arrogance.

pradalaḥ An arrow.

pradavaḥ Burning, inflaming.

pradavyaḥ A forest conflagration.

pradah 1 P.
     (1) To burn.
     (2) To consume, destroy completely.
     (3) To pain, torment.
     (4) To trouble, tease. --Pass. To take or catch fire, be burnt.

pradagdha p. p. Burnt up, consumed.

pradā 3 U.
     (1) To grant, give, offer. oresent; svaṃ prāgaha prādiṣi nāmarāya kiṃ nāma tasmai manasā narāya N. 6. 95; Ms. 3. 99, 108, 273; Y. 2. 90.
     (2) To impart, teach (as learning); Bh. 2. 15
     (3) To give, give away; yield.
     (4) To give up, deliver.
     (5) To give away in marriage.
     (6) To sell; Pt. 1. 13.
     (7) To deliver up, restore.

prada a.
     (1) (At the end of comp.) Giving, bestowing, or conferring on, yielding; sukha-, tāpa-, sasya- &c.
     (2) Liberal, bountiful. --dā A gift.

pradātṛ m.
     (1) A giver, donor.
     (2) A liberal man.
     (3) One who gives a daughter in marriage.
     (4) An epithet of Indra.

pradāna
     (1) Giving, granting, bestowing, offering; vara-, agni-, kāṣṭha- &c.
     (2) Giving away in marriage; vaikhānasaṃ kimanayā vratamāpradānādvyāpārarodhi bhadanasya niṣovetavyaṃ S. 1. 27.
     (3) Imparting, instructing; vidyā-.
     (4) A gift, donation, present.
     (5) A goad.
     (6) An oblation.
     -- Comp.
          --śūraḥ a very munificent man, donor.

pradānakam An offering, a gift, donation, present.

pradāyam A present, gift.

pradāyin, pradāyaka a. Granting, givin, bestowing.

pradiḥ, pradeyaḥ A present, gift.

pradeya a.
     (1) To be given, imparted, communicated &c. R. 5. 18, 31.
     (2) To be given in marriage; ime api pradeye S. 4.

pradiv a. Ancient, old.

pradiś 6 P.
     (1) To point out, indicate, show, assign; tasyādhikārapuruṣaiḥ praṇataiḥ pradiṣṭāṃ R. 5. 63; 2. 39.
     (2) To tell, mention, communicate; Bg. 8. 28; Bk. 4. 5.
     (3) To give, grant, offer, bestow or confer upon; vidyayoḥ pathi munipradiṣṭayoḥ R. 11. 9; 7. 35; niḥśabdo'pi pradiśasi jalaṃ yācitaścātakebhyaḥ Me. 114; Ms. 8. 265.
     (4) To direct, prescribe, ordain.
     (5) To signify, declare, make known.
     (6) To urge on, incite.

pradiś f.
     (1) Pointing out.
     (2) An order, direction, command.
     (3) A direction, quarter.
     (4) An intermediate point of the compass; such as nairṛtī, āgneyī, aiśānī and vāyavī.

pradiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Shown, pointed out.
     (2) Directed, ordered.
     (4) Fixed upon, ordained, appointed.

pradeśaḥ
     (1) Pointing out, indicating.
     (2) A place, region, spot, country, territory, district; pituḥ pradeśāstava devabhūmayaḥ Ku. 5. 45; R. 5. 60; so kaṃṭha-, tālu-, hṛdaya-, &c.
     (3) A span measured from the tip of the thumb to that of the fore-finger.
     (4) Decision, determination.
     (5) A wall.
     (6) An example (in grammar).

pradeśanam
     (1) Pointing out.
     (2) Advice, instruction.
     (3) A gift, present, an offering, especially to gods, superiors &c.

pradeśa(śi)nī
     (1) The fore-finger, the index finger.
     (2) The corresponding toe.

pradih 2 U. To besmear, daub, anoint.

pradigdha p. p. Besmeared, bedaubed, anointed. --gdhaṃ Meat fried in a particular way.

pradehaḥ
     (1) Anointing, plastering, unction.
     (2) A plaster, thick ointment.

pradīp 4 A. To blaze, flame forth, shine brilliantly. --Caus.
     (1) To kindle, inflame.
     (2) To excite, rouse, stimulate.

pradīpaḥ 1 A lamp, light(fig. also); atailapūrāḥ saratapradīpāḥ Ku. 1. 10; R. 2. 24; 16. 4; kulapradīpo nṛpatirdilīpaḥ R. 6. 74 'light or ornament of the family'; 7. 29.
     (2) That which enlightens or elucidates, elucidation; especially at the end of titles of works; as in mahābhāṣyapradīpaḥ, kāvyapradīpaḥ &c.

pradīpaka a.
     (1) Illuminating.
     (2) Explaining, illustrating. --kaḥ, --pradīpikā A small lamp.

pradīpana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Kindling.
     (2) Illuminating.
     (3) Stimulating, exciting. --naṃ The act of kindling, lighting, stimulating &c. --naḥ A kind of mineral poison.

pradīpta p. p.
     (1) Kindled, lighted, inflamed, illuminated.
     (2) Blazing, burning, shining.
     (3) Raised, expanded; pradīptaśirasamāśīviṣaṃ Dk.
     (4) Stimulated, excited (hunger &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --prajña a. of a bright intellect, sharp.

pradīptiḥ f. Lustre, splendour, brilliancy.

praduṣ 4 P.
     (1) To grow worse, deteriorate.
     (2) To be corrupted or spoiled, be vitiated; Y. 3. 19.
     (3) To sin, err, commit an offence against, be faithless or unchaste; Bg. 1. 41; Ms. 9. 74; Pt. 4. 57. --Caus,
     (1)
          (a) To spoil, corrupt, soil, taint.
          (b) To pollute, contaminate, defile.
     (2) To blame, censure, find fault with.

praduṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Spoiled, corrupted.
     (2) Wicked, bad, sinful.
     (3) Licentious, wanton.

pradūṣaṇam
     (1) Corrupting, spoiling.
     (2) Polluting, defiling.

pradūṣita p. p.
     (1) Corrupted, vitiated, spoiled, depraved.
     (2) Polluted, defiled, contaminated.

pradoṣa a. Bad, corrupt. --ṣaḥ
     (1)
          (a) A fault, defect, sin, offence.
          (b) Transgression, violation.
     (2) Disordered condition, such as mutiny, rebellion.
     (3) Evening, nightfall, the first part of the night; tamaḥsvabhāvāste'pyanye pradoṣamanuyāyinaḥ Śi. 2. 98 (where pradoṣa primarily means 'corrupt' or 'bad'); vrajasuṃdarījanamanastoṣapradoṣaḥ Gīt. 5; Ku. 5. 44; R. 1. 93; Rs. 1. 12.
     -- Comp.
          --āgamaḥ nightfall.
          --kālaḥ --samayaḥ --velā evening-time, nightfall.
          --timiraṃ evening darkness, the dusk of early night; kāmaṃ pradoṣatimireṇa na dṛśyase tvaṃ Mk. 1. 35.
          --ramaṇīya a. delightful in the evening.

pradoṣaka a. Born in the evening.

pradṛś 1 P.
     (1) To see, behold.
     (2) To look at, regard.
     (3) To foresee.
     (4) To observe, perceive, discern.
     (5) To be intelligent.
     (6) To think, have an opinion.
     (7) To look at, look upon. --Pass.
     (1) To become visible.
     (2) To look, appear. --Caus.
     (1) To show, point out, discover, exhibit.
     (2) To make clear, prove, demonstrate, explain.

pradarśaḥ
     (1) Look, appearance.
     (2) Direction, order.

pradarśaka a.
     (1) Showing, manifesting, exhibiting.
     (2) Foretelling.
     (3) Presenting.
     (4) Proclaiming.
     (5) Teaching, informing, instructing. --kaḥ 1 A prophet.
     (2) A teacher, instructor.
     (3) A doctrine, principle, precept.

pradarśanam
     (1) Look, appearance; as in ghorapradarśanaḥ.
     (2) Manifesting, displaying, show, exhibition.
     (3) Teaching, explaining.
     (4) An example.
     (5) Prophesying.

pradarśita p. p.
     (1) Shown forth, exhibited, manifested, evinced, displayed.
     (2) Made known.
     (3) Taught.
     (4) Explained, declared.
     (5) Foretold.

pradohaḥ Milking.

pradyut 1 A. To shine forth. --Caus. To illumine, irradiate, light up.

pradyutita a. Illuminated, lighted up.

pradyotaḥ
     (1) Irradiating, lighting, illuminating.
     (2) Splendour, light, lustre.
     (3) A ray of light.
     (4) N. of a king of Ujjayinī, whose daughter Vatsa married; pradyotasya priyaduhitaraṃ vatsarājo'tra jahne Me. (considered as an interpolation by Malli.); Ratn. 1. 10.

pradyotanam
     (1) Blazing, shining.
     (2) Light. --naḥ The sun.

pradyumnaḥ An epithet of Cupid, the god of love. [He was a son of Kṛṣṇa and Rukmiṇi. When only six years old, he was stolen away by the demon Śambara, for he was foretold that Pradyumna would be his destroyer. Śambara cast the child into the roaring sea, and a large fish swallowed it. This fish was caught by a fisherman and taken to the demon; and when it was cut up, a beautiful child came out from the belly, and Māyāvati, the mistress of Śambara's household, at the desire of Nārada, carefully reared him from childhood. As he grew up, she was fascinated by the beauty of his person, but Pradyumna reproved her for entertaining towards himself feelings so unbecoming a mother as he considered her. But when he was told that he was not her son, but of Viśhṇu and was cast into the sea by Śambara, he became enraged, and challenging him to fight, succeeded in killing him by the force of illusions. He and Māyāvatī afterwards repaired to the house of Kṛṣṇa, where Nārada told him and Rukmiṇi that the boy was their own and that Māyāvatī was his wife].

pradrāṇaka a. Sorely distressed, hard pressed, indigent, poor.

pradru 1 P.
     (1) To run, run away, retreat or fly to (with acc. or abl.) raṇātpradravaṃti balāni Ve. 4; Bk. 15. 79.
     (2) To hasten away, rush towards.
     (3) To assail, fall upon, attack.
     (4) To attain. --Caus. To put to flight, rout.

pradraba a. Fluid, liquid. --vaḥ Running.

pradrāvaḥ
     (1) Running away, flight, retreat, escape.
     (2) Going quickly or fast.

pradrāvin a.
     (1) Running away; fugitive.
     (2) Retreating, flying.

pradvār, pradvāram A place before a door or gate.

pradviṣ 2 U. To hate, dislike.

pradviṣ, prādbaṣit, a. 1. Hating, disliking.
     (2) Hestile or opposed to.

pradveṣaḥ, pradveṣaṇam Dislike, hatred, aversion.

pradhanam
     (1) A battle, fight, war, contest; prahitaḥ pradhanāya mādhavānahamākārayituṃ mahībhṛtā Śi. 16. 52; kṣetraṃ kṣatrapradhanapiśunaṃ kauravaṃ tadbhajethāḥ Me. 48; R. 11. 77; Mv. 6. 33; U. 5. 1.
     (2) Spoil taken in battle.
     (3) Destruction.
     (4) Tearing, rending.

pradhamanam
     (1) Blowing in or into.
     (2) A sternutatory.

pradhāna a.
     (1) Chief, principal, preeminent, main, best, most excellent; as in pradhānāmātya, pradhānapuruṣa &c. Me. 7. 203.
     (2) Principally inherent, prevalent, predominant. --naṃ
     (1) The chief thing or object, most important thing; head, chief; na paricayo malinātmanāṃ pradhānaṃ Śi. 7. 61; G. L. 18; prayogapradhānaṃ hi nāṭyaśāstra M. 1; śamapradhāneṣu tapodhaneṣu S. 2. 7; guṇaiśca taistairvinayapradhānaiḥ R. 6. 79.
     (2) The first evolver, originator, or source of the material world, the primary germ out of which all material appearances are evolved, according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy; na punarapi pradhānavādī aśabdatvaṃ pradhānasyāsiddhamityāha S. B; see prakṛti also.
     (3) The Supreme Spirit.
     (4) Intellect.
     (5) The principal member of a compound. --naḥ, --naṃ
     (1) The principal attendant or companion of a king (his minister or confidant).
     (2) A noble, courtier.
     (3) An elephant-driver.
     (4) The commander-in-chief.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ 1. the principal branch or part of anything. --2. the chief member of the body. --3. the principal or most eminent person in a state.
          --amātyaḥ the prime-minister, premier.
          --ātman m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --uttama a. 1. eminent, most illustrious. --2. warlike, brave.
          --karman n., kāryaṃ 1. the chief business. --2. (Medic.) the principal mode of treatment.
          --dhātuḥ the chief element of the body; i. e. semen virile.
          --puruṣaḥ 1. the principal or most eminent person (in a state &c.); Pt. 3. 138. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --bhāj a. 1. most distinguished. --2. receiving the chief share.
          --maṃtrin m. the prime-minister.
          --vāsas n. a principal garment. (du.) the two chief garments.
          --vṛṣṭiḥ f. a heavy shower of rain.
          --śiṣṭa a. taught or prescribed as of primary importance.

pradhānaka a. Chief, principal.

pradhānatā --tvam = prādhānya q. v.

pradhāv 1 U.
     (1) To run forward, run away.
     (2) To set out, start.
     (3) To become spread or diffused.
     (4) To wash, cleanse.
     (5) To rub off, wipe out. --Caus. To cause to run away, drive away.

pradhāvanaḥ Air, wind. --naṃ Rubbing, rubbing or washing off.

pradhiḥ
     (1) The periphery of a wheel; Śi. 15. 79; 17. 27.
     (2) A well.

pradhī a. Pre-eminently intelligent. --f. Great intelligence.

pradhūpita p. p.
     (1) Fumigated, perfumed.
     (2) Heated, burned.
     (3) Inflamed.
     (4) Afflicted, distressed. --tā
     (1) A woman in trouble.
     (2) The quarter to which the sun proceeds.

pradhṛ 10 U. or Caus.
     (1) To place or fix upon.
     (2) To direct the mind towards, determine, resolve.
     (3) To bear or keep in mind.
     (4) To think, consider, reflect.
     (5) To chastise, punish.

pradhāraṇa a. (ṇī f.) Preserving, keeping.

pradhṛṣ 5 P.
     (1) To assail, lay hands on.
     (2) To injure, harass.
     (3) To overpower overcome. --Caus.
     (1) To assail, attack; overpower.
     (2) To outrage, violate (a woman).
     (3) To injure, hurt.
     (4) To devastate, lay waste, destroy completely.

pradharṣaḥ
     (1) Assaulting, attacking; an attack, assault.
     (2) Violation, outrage.
     (3) Ill-treatment.

pradharṣaka a.
     (1) Attacking, assailing.
     (2) Troubling, harassing.

pradharṣaṇaṃ --ṇā 1 An assault, attack.
     (2) An outrage, ill-treatment, insult.

pradharṣita p. p.
     (1) Assaulted, attacked.
     (2) Hurt, injured.
     (3) Haughty, arrogant.

pradhṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Treated with contumely.
     (2) Proud, arrogant, haughty.

pradhmā 1 P. 1 To blow (as a conch); śaṃkhau pradadhmatuḥ Bg. 1. 14.
     (2) To blow away or into.
     (3) To destroy.

pradhmāpanam A remedy for assisting respiration in any obstruction of the air-passages.

pradhyānam
     (1) Deep thought or reflection.
     (2) Reflection or thought in general.

pradhvaṃs 1 A.
     (1) To fall in ruins, waste, decay.
     (2) To perish, be destroyed, --Caus. To cause to perish, destroy, annihilate.

pradhvaṃsaḥ Utter destruction, annihilation.
     -- Comp.
          --abhāvaḥ 'nonexistence caused by destruction', one of the fourkinds of abhāva or nonexistence, in which the non-existence of a thing is caused by destruction, as of an effect subsequently to its production.

pradhvaṃsanaḥ Ved. A destroyer.

pradhvaṃsin a.
     (1) Transitory, perishable.
     (2) Destroying, annihilating.

pradhvasta p. p. Annihilated, completely destroyed.

pranaptṛ m. The son of a grandson a great-grand-son.

pranaṣṭa See under praṇaś.

pranāyaka a.
     (1) One whose leader is away.
     (2) Destitute of a leader or guide.

pranālaḥ --lī f. See praṇāla and praṇālī

pranighātanam Killing, slaughter.

pranṛt 4 P. To dance. --Caus. To shake, cause to dance, set in motion.

pranartita p. p.
     (1) Set in motion, shaken.
     (2) Dandled.

pranṛtta a. Dancing. --ttaṃ A dance.

prapakṣaḥ The extremity of a wing (as of an army).

prapaṃcaḥ
     (1) Display, manifestation; rāgaprāyaḥ prapaṃcaḥ K. 151.
     (2) Development, expansion, extension; Śi. 20. 44.
     (3) Amplification, expatiation, explanation, elucidation.
     (4) Prolixity, diffuseness, copiousness; alaṃ prapaṃcena.
     (5) Manifoldness, diversity.
     (6) Heap, abundance, quantity.
     (7) An appearance, phenomenon.
     (8) Illusion, fraud.
     (9) The visible world or universe, which is illusory and the scene of manifold action. (10) Reciprocal false praise.
     (11) Opposition, inversion.
     (12) Analysis.
     -- Comp.
          --buddhi a. cunning, deceitful.
          --vacanaṃ a prolix discourse, diffuse talk.

prapaṃcaka a.
     (1) Displaying, showing.
     (2) Developing.
     (3) Explaining fully, amplifying, expounding in detail.

prapaṃcanam
     (1) Display, development.
     (2) Copious exposition, detailed explanation or amplification.

prapaṃcayati Den. P.
     (1) To show forth, display; prapaṃcaya paṃcamaṃ Gīt. 10.
     (2) To expand, amplify, explain in detail, dwell or dilate upon, treat at length.
     (3) To cause to appear in a false light.

prapaṃcita p. p.
     (1) Displayed.
     (2) Expanded, amplified.
     (3) Dilated upon, fully explained, expatiated upon.
     (4) Erring, mistaken.
     (5) Deceived, tricked.

prapaṭh 1 P. To repeat aloud. --Caus. To teach, explain, expound.

prapāṭhakaḥ
     (1) A lesson, lecture.
     (2) A chapter or subdivislon of a work.

prapaṇaḥ Ved. Barter, exchange.

prapat 1 P.
     (1) To fly forth or away.,
     (2) To fly, fly or move about.
     (3) To fall down or upon, throw oneself down.
     (4) To hasten towards.
     (5) To be deprived of, fall from, lose, fall off or away from.
     (6) To come down, fall down, descend. --Caus.
     (1) To throw down.
     (2) To rout, put to flight.
     (3) To chase, pursue.

prapatanam
     (1) Flying forth or away.
     (2) Throwing oneself into, falling down.
     (3) Alighting.
     (4) Death, destruction.
     (5) A precipice, a steep crag.

prapatita a.
     (1) Flown away.
     (2) Fallen, come down.
     (3) Decayed, wasted.
     (4) Dead.

prapātaḥ
     (1) Going forth or away, departure.
     (2) Falling down or into, a fall; manorathānāmataṭaprapātaḥ S. 6. 9; Ku. 6. 57.
     (3) A sudden attack.
     (4) A cascade, waterfall, the place over which water falls down; R. 2. 26.
     (5) A bank, shore.
     (6) A precipice, steep rock.
     (7) Falling out or loss, as in keśaprapāta.
     (8) Emission, discharge, efflux, as in vīryaprapāta.
     (9) Throwing oneself down from a rock. (10) A particular mode of flight.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbu n. water falling from a rock.

prapātanam Causing to fall, throwing down (on the ground).

prapātin m. A precipitous mountain, cliff.

prapatha a. Ved.
     (1) Loose, relaxed.
     (2) Languid, enervated. --thaḥ A long journey, a journey to a distant place.
     (2) A remote place.
     (3) A broad street.

prapathya a. Ved.
     (1) Being in or on the road.
     (2) An epithet of Pūṣan.

prapad 4 A.
     (1) To enter upon, set forward, set foot in.
     (2)
          (a) To go to or towards, approach, resort or attain to, reach; tāṃ janmane śailavadhūṃ prapede Ku. 1. 21; (kṣitīśaṃ) kautsaḥ prapede varataṃtuśiṣyaḥ R. 5. 1; Bk. 4. 1; Ki. 1. 9; 11. 16; R. 8. 11.
          (b) To take shelter or refuge with, flee to for safety, submit; śaraṇārthamanyāṃ kathaṃ prapatsye tvayi dīpyamāne R. 14. 64.
     (3) To go or come to a particular state, arrive at, attain to, arrive at or be in a particular condition; reṇuḥ prapede pathi paṃkabhāvaṃ R. 16. 30; muhūrtakarṇotpalatāṃ prapede Ku. 7. 81; bālyātparaṃ sātha vayaḥ prapede Ku. 1. 31; 5. 24; īdṛśīmavasthāṃ prapannosmi S. 5: ṛṣinikarauriti saṃśayaḥ prapede Bv. 4. 33; Amaru. 27.
     (4) To get, find, secure, obtain, attain to; partake of share in; sahakāra na prapede madhupena bhavatsamaṃ jagati Bv. 1. 21; kāṃtaṃ vapurvyomacaraṃ prapede R. 5. 51.
     (5) To behave or act towards, deal with; kiṃ prapadyate vaidarbhaḥ M. 1 'what does he propose to do'; paśyāmo mayi kiṃ prapadyate Amaru. 20.
     (6) To admit, allow, agree or consent to; Y. 2. 40.
     (7) To draw near, come on, approach (as time &c.).
     (8) To be going on, to proceed.
     (9) To take effect, thrive, prosper. (10) To throw oneself down, fall down (at another's feet).
     (11) Ved. To attack, assault.

prapadam
     (1) The forepart of the foot.
     (2) Tip of the toe.

prapadanam Entrance.

prapadīna a. Relating or extending to the forepart of the foot.

prapanna p. p.
     (1) Arriving at, reaching or going to.
     (2) Resorting to, betaking oneself to; iyaṃ prapannā tapase tapovanaṃ Ku. 5 59; 3. 5.
     (3) Taking refuge with, seeking protection with, suppliant or submissive to; śiṣyastehaṃ śādhi māṃ tvāṃ prapannaṃ Bg. 2. 7.
     (4) Adhering to.
     (5) Furnished or endowed with, possessed of; pratyakṣābhiḥ prapannastunubhiḥ S. 1. 1.
     (6) Promised.
     (7) Got, obtained.
     (9) Poor, distressed.
     (9) Effecting, producing.
     -- Comp.
          --pālaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

prapādaḥ Ved. Miscarriage.

prapannāḍaḥ See prapunāṭa.

praparṇa a. Devoid of leaves(as a tree; prapatitāni parṇāni yasya). --rṇaṃ A fallen leaf.

prapalāyanam Flight, retreat.

prapalāyita a.
     (1) Run away.
     (2) Routed, defeated.

prapalāyin a.
     (1) Flying, escaping.
     (2) A fugitive.

prapā 1 A place where water is distributed to travellers; vyākhyāsthānānyamalasalilā yasya kūpāḥ prapāśca Vikr. 18. 78.
     (2) A well, cistern; Ms. 8. 319.
     (3) A place for watering cattle.
     (4) A supply of water.
     (5) A draught.
     -- Comp.
          --pālikā a woman who distributes water to travellers; Vikr. 1. 89; 13. 10.
          --vanaṃ a cool grove.

prapākaḥ
     (1) Ripening(of a boil &c.).
     (2) Inflammation.

prapāṇiḥ
     (1) The forepart of the hand.
     (2) The palm of the extended hand.

prapāthaḥ A road, way.

prapādikaḥ A peacock.

prapānam
     (1) Drinking.
     (2) The underpart of a horse's upper lip.

prapānakam A kind of drink.

prapālanam Protecting, guarding.

prapālin m. An epithet of Balarāma.

prapitāmahaḥ
     (1) A paternal greatgrandfather.
     (2) An epithet of Kṛṣṇa; Bg. 11. 39.
     (3) Of Brahman.
     (4) Of the Supreme spirit. --hī A paternal great-grandmother.

prapitṛvyaḥ A paternal grand-uncle.

prapīḍ 10 U. To press, squeeze.
     (2) To torture, torment, harass, afflict.
     (3) To check, suppress, restrain.

prapīḍanam
     (1) Pressing, squeezing.
     (2) An astringent.

prapīta(na) a. Swollen up, distended.

praputraḥ A grandson.

prapunā(nnā)ṭaḥ --ḍaḥ N. of a tree (cakramarda).

prapūrvagaḥ 1 The Supreme being.
     (2) N. of the two Aśvins.

prapuṣpita a. Flowering, blooming.

prapṛṣṭha a. Having a prominent back.

prapṝ 9 P. To fill up, complete. --Pass. To be filled or completed; be fulfilled.

prapūraka a. Fulfilling, satisfying.

prapūraṇam
     (1) Filling, filling up, completing.
     (2) Inserting, injecting.
     (3) Satisfying; satiating.
     (4) Attaching to, affixing.

prapūrita p. p. Filled up.

prapautraḥ A great-grandson; Y. 1 78. --trī A great-grand-daughter.

prapyāyanam Swelling.

prapharvī Ved. A woman having excellent hips or going in a graceful way; a lewd girl (?).

praphulta p. p. Blooming, bloossomed, full-blown; lodhradrumaṃ sānumataḥ pra phultaṃ R. 2. 29. (v. l. for praphulla).

praphultiḥ f. Blooming, expansion, blossoming.

praphulla p. p.
     (1) Full-blown, blossoming, blooming; na hi praphullaṃ sahakārametya vṛkṣāṃtaraṃ kākṣati ṣaṭpadālī R. 6. 69; 2. 29; Ku. 3. 45; 7. 11.
     (2) Expanded or dilated like a full-blown flower (as eyes).
     (3) Smiling.
     (4) Shining.
     (5) Gay, cheerful, pleased.
     -- Comp.
          --nayana, netra, -locana a. with eyes expanded with joy.
          --vadana a. having a beaming or cheerful countenance, looking cheerful.

prabaṃdh 9 P.
     (1) To bind on, tie, fasten.
     (2) To stop, suppress, check.
     (3) To compose, put together, arrange.

prabaddha p. p.
     (1) Bound, tied, fastened.
     (2) Stopped, obstructed, checked.

prabaṃddhṛ m. An author.

prabaṃdhaḥ
     (1) A bond, tie.
     (2) Uninterruptedness, continuance, continuity, uninterrupted series or succession; vicchedamāpa bhuvi yastu kathāprabaṃdhaḥ K. 239; kriyāprabaṃdhādayamadhvarāṇāṃ R. 6. 23; 3. 58; Māl. 6. 3.
     (3) A continued or connected narrative or discourse; anujjhitārthasaṃbaṃdhaḥ prabaṃdho durudāharaḥ Śi. 2. 73.
     (4) Any literary work or composition; prathitayaśasāṃ bhāsakavisaumilla kavimiśrādīnāṃ prabaṃdhānatikramya M. 1; pratyakṣaraśleṣamayaprabaṃdha &c. Vās.
     (5) Arrangement, plan, seheme; as in kapaṭaprabaṃdhaḥ
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ the subject-matter of a composition or treatise.
          --kalpanā a feigned story, a work of imagination founded on a substratum of fact, prabaṃdhakalpanāṃ stokasatyāṃ prājñāḥ kathāṃ viduḥ. --varṣaḥ continuous or incessant rain.

prabaṃdhanam Bond, tie.

prababhraḥ An epithet of Indra.

praba(va)rha a. Most excellent, best.

prabala a.
     (1) Very stong or powerful, mighty, valorous (as a man); R. 3. 60; Rs. 3. 23.
     (2) Violent, strong, intense, excessive, very great; prabalatamasāmevaṃ prāyāḥ śubheṣu hi vṛttayaḥ S. 7. 24, prabalapurovātayā vṛṣṭyā M. 4. 2; prabalāṃ vedanāṃ R. 8. 50.
     (3) Important.
     (4) Abounding with.
     (5) Dangerous, destructive. --laḥ
     (1) N. of a Daitya.
     (2) A sprout (pallava). --laṃ ind. Exceedingly, much.

prabalati Den. P. To become strong.

pravādh 1 A.
     (1) To press hard upon, oppress.
     (2) To trouble, torment, harass, tease, hurt; samucchritāneva tarūn prabādhate (prabhaṃjanaḥ) H. 1; Bk. 12. 2.
     (3) To drive away, remove, get over; kathaṃ ca daivaṃ śakyeta pauruṣeṇa prabādhituṃ Mb.
     (4) To throw down, destroy.
     (5) To repel, repulse.

prabādhaka a.
     (1) Repelling, repulsive.
     (2) Harassing, oppressive.
     (3) Keeping off or back.
     (4) Refusing, rejecting.

prabādhanam
     (1) Oppressing, tormenting.
     (2) Refusing, denying.
     (3) Keeping off.

prabādhita a.
     (1) Molested, troubled, oppressed.
     (2) Pressed forward, driven onward.

praba(va)hlikā See prahelikā.

prabā(vā)laḥ --lam 1 A sprout, shoot, new leaf; api ... pravālamāsāmanubaṃdhi bīrudhāṃ Ku. 5. 34; 1. 44; 3. 8; R. 6. 12; 13. 49.
     (2) Coral.
     (3) The neck of the Indian lute. --laḥ
     (1) A pupil.
     (2) An animal.
     -- Comp.
          --aśmaṃtakaḥ 1. the red Aśmantaka tree. --2. the coral tree.
          --padmaṃ a red lotus.
          --phalaṃ red sandal-wood.
          --bhasman n. calx of coral.

prabāhuḥ The fore-arm.

prabāhuk ind.
     (1) In an even line, to an equal height.
     (2) At the same time.

prabāhukam ind. 1 On high.
     (2) At the same time.

prabudh 4 A., 1 P.
     (1) To awake, wake up, rise from sleep; prabuddha iva suptaṃ S. 5. 11; Śi. 9. 30.
     (2) To blow, expand, bloom, be blown; sābhre'hnīva sthalakamalinīṃ na prabuddhāṃ na suptāṃ Me. 90.
     (3) To perceive, observe, be aware of. --Caus.
     (1) To awaken, waken, rouse; prābodhayannuṣasi vāgbhirudāravācaḥ R. 5. 65; 6. 56.
     (2) To acquaint with, inform, make known; tamabhbanaṃdatprathamaṃ prabodhitaḥ R. 3. 68.
     (3) To cause to expand or open; (padmāni) prabodhayatyūrdhvamukhairmayūkhaiḥ Ku. 1. 16.
     (4) To instruct, teach; explain.
     (5) To persuade, induce.
     (6) To stimulate, excite.

prabuddha p. p.
     (1) Awakened, roused.
     (2) Wise, learned, clever; Pt. 1.
     (3) Knowing, conversant with.
     (4) Full-blown, expanded.
     (5) Beginning to work or take effect (as a charm).
     (6) Enlivened, lively.

prabudhaḥ A great sage.

prabodhaḥ
     (1) Awaking(fig. also), awakening; regaining one's consciousness, consciousness; aprabodhāya suṣvāpa R. 12. 50; mohādbhūtkaṣṭataraḥ prabodhaḥ 14. 56.
     (2) Blowing, expanding (of flowers).
     (3) Wakefulness, sleeplessness; ciraprabodhānna saṃbhāvitaṃ dharmāsanamadhyāsituṃ S. 6.
     (4) Vigilance, watchfulness.
     (5) Knowledge, understanding, wisdom, removal of delusion, real knowledge; as in prabodhacaṃdrodaya; R. 5. 65.
     (6) Consolation.
     (7) Reviving the fragrance of a perfume.
     (8) Explaining.
     -- Comp.
          --utsavaḥ N. of a festival observed from the tenth to the day of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.

prabodhakaḥ A minstrel whose duty it is to wake the king, bard.

prabodhana a. (nī f.) Awakening, rousing. --naṃ
     (1) Waking.
     (2) Awakening, rousing.
     (3) Regaining one's consciousness; recovery of senses; U. 6. 41.
     (4) Knowledge, wisdom.
     (5) Instructing, advising.
     (6) Reviving the scent of a perfume.
     (7) Refinement, enlightenment; Pt. 1.

prabodha(dhi)nī The eleventh day of the bright half of Kārtika on which Viṣṇu awakes from his four months' sleep.

prabodhita p. p.
     (1) Awakened, roused.
     (2) Instructed, informed, taught, acquainted with.
     (3) Convinced, persuaded.

prabrū 2 P. To proclaim, announce.
     (2) To exclaim, shout.
     (3) To say, speak, tell; Bk. 8. 85.
     (4) To praise, laud.
     (5) To read before.
     (6) To describe.

prabhaṃj 7 P.
     (1) To break down, shatter.
     (2) To stop, arrest, suspend.
     (3) To frustrate, disappoint.
     (4) To defeat, conquer.

prabhaṃgaḥ
     (1) Breaking, crushing.
     (2) Destruction; complete defeat.

prabhaṃjanam Breaking to pieces. --naḥ Wind, especially, stormy wind, hurricane; N. 1. 67; Pt. 1. 122.

prabhadraḥ The Nimba tree.

prabhā 2 P.
     (1) To appear, seem.
     (2) To shine forth, gleam.
     (3) To begin to become light, begin to dawn; nanu prabhātā rajanī S. 4; prabhātakalpā śaśineva śarvarī R. 3. 2.
     (4) To illuminate, enlighten.

prabhā
     (1) Light, splendour, lustre, effulgence, radiance; prabhāsmi śaśisūrthayoḥ Bg. 7. 8; prabhā pataṃgasya R. 2. 15, 31; 6. 18; Rs. 1. 20; Me. 47.
     (2) A ray of light.
     (3) The shadow of the sun on a sun-dial.
     (4) An epithet of Durgā.
     (5) N. of the city of Kubera.
     (6) N. of an Apsaras.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ 1. the sun; R. 10. 74. --2. the moon. --3. fire.
     (4) the ocean. --5. an epithet of Śiva. --6. N. of a learned writer, the founder of a school of Mīmamsā philosophy called after him. --kīṭaḥ a fire-fly. --tarala a. tremulously radiant, na prabhātaralaṃ jyotirudeti vasudhātalāt S. 1. 26. --pallavita a. overspread or glowing with lustre; V. 5. 3. --prarohaḥ a ray or flash of light. --maṃḍalaṃ a circle or halo of light; sphuratprabhāṃmaḍalayā ca kāśe Ku. 1. 24; 6. 4; R. 3. 60; 14. 14. --lepin a. covered with lustre, emitting lustre; V. 4. 34.

prabhāta p. p. Begun to become clear or light. --taṃ Day-break, dawn; akṣṇoḥ prabhātamāsīta S. 2.

prabhānam Light, lustre, splendour, radiance.

prabhāvat a. Luminous, radiant, splendid.

prabhāgaḥ
     (1) Division.
     (2) The fraction of a fraction (in math.).

prabhāṣ 1 A.
     (1) To speak to, address to; sthitadhīḥ kiṃ prabhāṣeta Bg. 2. 54.
     (2) To proclaim; publish.
     (3) To disclose, reveal.
     (4) To expound, explain.
     (5) To prate, prattle.

prabhāṣaṇam Explanation, interpretation.

prabhās 1 A.
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To appear. --Caus. To illuminate, irradiate.

prabhāsaḥ Splendour, beauty, lustre. --saḥ --saṃ N. of a well-known place of pilgrimage near Dvārakā.

prabhāsanam Illumining, irradiating, brightening.

prabhāsvara a. Brilliant, bright, shining.

prabhid 7 U.
     (1) To break, tear, break or tear asunder.
     (2) To exude (from the temples of an elephant); see prabhinna. --Pass.
     (1) To be broken to pieces.
     (2) To bud forth, open, expand (as flowers).
     (3) To split, divide.

prabhinna p. p.
     (1) Severed, split, cleft, divided.
     (2) Broken to pieces.
     (3) Cut off, detached.
     (4) Budding, expanded, opened.
     (5) Changed, altered
     (6) Deformed, disfigured.
     (7) Relaxed, loosened.
     (8) Intoxicated, in rut; Ku. 5. 80.
     (9) Pierced, bored. (10) Different, distinct. --nnaḥ An elephant in rut.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ a kind of collyrium or eye-salve mixed with oil.
          --karaṭa a. 'having the cheeks cleft,' being in rut, intoxicated.

prabhedaḥ
     (1) Splitting, cleaving, opening.
     (2) Division, separation.
     (3) The flowing of rut or icher from the temples of an elephant; R. 3. 37.
     (4) Difference, distinction.
     (5) A kind or sort.

prabhedaka a.
     (1) Tearing asunder, piercing &c.
     (2) Distinguishing.

prabhū 1 P.
     (1) To arise, proceed, spring up, to be born or produced, originate (with abl.); lobhāt krodhaḥ prabhavati H. 1. 27; svāyaṃbhuvānmarīceryaḥ prababhūva prajāpatiḥ S. 7. 9; puruṣaḥ prababhūvāgnervismayena sahartvijāṃ R. 10. 50; Bg. 8. 18.
     (2) To appear, become visible; H. 4. 84.
     (3) To multiply, increase; see prabhūta.
     (4) To be strong or powerful, prevail, predominate, show one's power; prabhavati hi mahimnā svena yogīśvarīyaṃ Māl. 9. 52; prabhavati bhagabān vidhiḥ K.; Pt. 1. 44.
     (5) To be able or equal, have power for (with inf.); kusumānyapi gātrasaṃgamātprabhavaṃtyāyurapohituṃ yadi R. 8. 44; konyo hutavahāddagdhuṃ prabhaviṣyati S. 4; S. 6. 30; V. 1. 9; U. 2. 4; Pt. 1.
     (6) To have control or power over, prevail over, be master of (usually with gen., sometimes with dat. or loc.); yadi prabhaviṣyāmyātmanaḥ S. 1; prabhavati nijasya kanyakājanasya mahārājaḥ Māl. 4; tatprabhavati anuśāsane devī Ve. 2; vidhirapi na yebhyaḥ prabhavati Bh. 2. 94.
     (7) To be a match for (with dat.); prabhavati mallo mallāya Mbh.
     (8) To be sufficient for, be able to contain; Ku. 6. 59.
     (9) To be contained in (wit loc.); guruḥ praharṣaḥ prababhūva nātmani R. 3. 17. (10) To be useful.
     (11) To implore, beseech.
     (12) To extend beyond, surpass (Ved.)
     (13) To profit, avail. --Caus.
     (1) To increase, augment.
     (2) To provide more fully.
     (3) To recognize.
     (4) To gain power or strength.
     (5) To make powerful.

prabhava a.
     (1) Excellent, distinguished.
     (2) Superior, powerful. --vaḥ
     (1) Source, origin; anaṃtaratnaprabhavasya yasya Ku. 1. 3; akiṃcanaḥ san prabhavaḥ sa saṃpadāṃ 5. 77; R. 9. 75.
     (2) Birth, production.
     (3) The source of a river; tasyā evaṃ prabhavamacalaṃ prāpya gauraṃ tuṣāraiḥ Me. 52.
     (4) The operative cause, origin of being (as father, mother &c.); tamasyāḥ prabhavamavagaccha S. 1.
     (5) The author, creator; Ku. 2. 5.
     (6) Birthplace.
     (7) Power, strength, valour, majestic dignity (= prabhāba q. v.).
     (8) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (9) (At the end of comp.) Arising or originating from, derived from; sūryaprabhavo vaṃśaḥ R. 1. 2; Ku. 3. 15.

prabhavanam
     (1) Production.
     (2) Source, origin.

prabhavitṛ m. A ruler, great lord.

prabhaviṣṇu a.
     (1) Strong, mighty, powerful.
     (2) Pre-eminent, distinguished. --ṣṇuḥ
     (1) A lord, master yatprabhaviṣṇave rocate S. 2; Ku. 6. 62.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

prabhāvaḥ
     (1) Lustre, splendour, brilliance.
     (2) Dignity, glory, majesty grandeur, majestic lustre; prabhāvavāniva lakṣyate S. 1.
     (3) Strength, valour, power, efficacy; Pt. 1. 7.
     (4) Regal power (one of the three Śaktis q. v.).
     (5) A superhuman power or faculty, miraculo us power; R. 2. 41, 62; 3. 40, V. 1, 2, 5.
     (6) Magnanimity.
     (7) Extension, circumference.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. proceeding from majesty or regal power.

prabhāvavat a.
     (1) Strong, powerful, mighty.
     (2) Majestic; S. 1.

prabhāvaka, prabhāvana a. Prominent, influential.

prabhāvanā Disclosing, revealing.

prabhu a. (bhu-bhvī f.)
     (1) Mighty, strong, powerful.
     (2) Able, competent, having power to (with inf. or in comp.); ṛṣi prabhāvānmayi nāṃtako'pi prabhuḥ prahartuṃ kimutānyahiṃsrāḥ R. 2. 62; samādhibhedaprabhavo bhavati Ku. 3. 40.
     (3) A match for; prabhurmallo mallāya Mbh.
     (4) Abundant.
     (5) Everlasting, eternal. --bhuḥ
     (1) A lord, master; prabhurbubhūṣurbhuvanatrayasya yaḥ Śi. 1. 49.
     (2) A governor, ruler, supreme authority.
     (3) An owner, proprietor.
     (4) Quick-silver.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (6) Of Śiva.
     (7) Of Brahmā.
     (8) Of Indra.
     -- Comp.
          --bhakta a. attached or devoted to one's lord, loyal. (
          --ktaḥ) a good horse.
          --bhaktiḥ f. devotion to one's lord, loyalty, faithfulness.

prabhutā, --tvam
     (1) Lordship, supremacy, mastery, ascendancy, authority; S. 5. 26; V. 4. 12; S. 7. 32.
     (2) Ownership.

prabhūta p. p.
     (1) Sprung from, produced.
     (2) Much, abundant.
     (3) Numerous, many.
     (4) Mature, perfect.
     (5) High, lofty.
     (6) Long.
     (7) Presided over.
     (8) Abounding in.
     (9) Gone up or upwards.
     -- Comp.
          --yavaseṃdhana a. abounding in fresh grass and fuel.
          --vayas a. advanced in age, old, aged.

prabhūtatā, --tvam
     (1) Abundance, plenty.
     (2) Multitude.

prabhūtiḥ f.
     (1) Source, origin.
     (2) Power, strength.
     (3) Sufficiency.

prabhūṣṇu a. Able, powerful, strong.

prabhṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Beginning, commencement; generally used in this sense as the last member of Bah. compounds; iṃdraprabhṛtayo devāḥ &c.
     (2) Ved. An oblation.
     (3) Throwing or casting (Ved.). --ind. From, ever since, beginning with (with abl.); śaiśavātprabhṛti poṣitāṃ priyāṃ U. 1. 45; Ku. 3. 26 R. 2. 38; adya prabhṛti henceforward; tataḥ prabhṛti, ataḥ prabhṛti &c.

prabhraṃś 1 A., 4 P. To fall or drop down, slip; prabhraśyamānābharaṇaprasūnā R. 14. 54.
     (2) To lose, be deprived of; prabhraśyate tejasaḥ Mk. 1. 14.
     (3) To escape or free oneself from. --Caus. To throw or bring down from, cause to fall down from; prabhraṃśayāṃ yo nahuṣaṃ cakāra R. 13. 36.

prabhraṃśaḥ Fall, falling off.

prabhraṃśathuḥ A disease of the nose.

prabhrāṃśeta p. p.
     (1) Thrown or cast down.
     (2) Deprived of.
     (3) Expelled, driven out.

prabhraṃśin a. Falling off or down.

prabhraṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Fallen off, fallen or dropped down.
     (2) Broken. --ṣṭaṃ A garland of flowers suspended from the lock on the crown of the head.

prabhraṣṭakam See prabhraṣṭaṃ above.

pramagna p. p. Drowned, immersed, dipped.

pramaṇa(na)s a.
     (1) Happy, cheerful, delighted.
     (2) Good-natured.
     (3) Attentive.
     (4) Kind, amiable (Ved.).

pramata p. p.
     (1) Thought out.
     (2) Wise, prudent.

pramath --maṃth 1. 9. P.,
     (1) To churn; pramathyamāno (samudro) giriṇeva bhūyaḥ R. 13. 14.
     (2) To harass, trouble excessively, annoy, torment.
     (3) To strike down, bruise, hurt.
     (4) To tear off or cut.
     (5) To lay waste, devastate.
     (6) To kill, destroy; Māl. 4. 9, 9. 27.
     (7) To agitate, stir about.
     (8) Ved. To rob. --Caus. To harass, annoy.

pramathaḥ
     (1) A horse.
     (2) N. of a class of Beings (said to be goblins) attending on Śiva; Ku. 7. 95.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ --nāthaḥ --patiḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --ālayaḥ hell.

pramathanam
     (1) Hurting, injuring, tormenting.
     (2) Killing, slaughter.
     (3) Churning, stirring about.

pramathita p. p.
     (1) Tormented, distressed.
     (2) Trampled down.
     (3) Slain, killed; Māl. 3. 18.
     (4) Properly churned. --taṃ Butter-milk without water.

pramathin a. Destroying; Mu. 2. 20.

pramāthaḥ
     (1) Excessive paining, tormenting, torturing.
     (2) Agitating, churning.
     (3) Killing, slaughter, destruction; sainikānāṃ pramāthena satyamojāyitaṃ tvayā U. 5. 32; 4.
     (4) Violence, outrage.
     (5) Rape, forcible abduction. --thāḥ m. pl. Epithet of the fiends attendant upon Śiva.

pramāthita p. p.
     (1) Forcibly attacked, roughly handled.
     (2) Ravished, seduced.

pramāthin a.
     (1) Tormenting, harassing, torturing, afflicting, harrowing; kva rujā hṛdayapramāthinī kva ca te viśvasanīyamāyudhaṃ M. 3. 2; Māl. 2. 1; Ki. 3. 14.
     (2) Killing, destroying.
     (3) Agitating, setting in motion; Bg. 2. 60; 6. 34.
     (4) Tearing or pulling down, striking down; R. 11. 58.
     (5) Cutting down; Ki. 17. 31. --m. N. of a year.

pramad 4 P.
     (1) To be intoxicated or drunk.
     (2) To be careless about, to be negligent or heedless, be regardless of or indifferent to (with loc.); ato'rthānna pramādyaṃti pramadāsu vipaścitaḥ Ms. 2. 213.
     (3) To omit to do, swerve or deviate from (with abl.) svādhikārātpramattaḥ Me. 1.
     (4) To make a mistake, err, go astray; Bk. 5. 8, 17. 39; 18. 8.
     (5) To spend or while a way (time).

pramatta p. p.
     (1) Intoxicated, drunk; kathāṃ pramattaḥ prathamaṃ kṛtāmiva (na smariṣyati) S. 4. 1.
     (2) Mad, insane.
     (3) Careless, negligent, inattentive heedless, regardless (generally with loc.).
     (4) Swerving from, failing to do (with abl.)
     (5) Blundering.
     (6) Wanton, lascivious.
     -- Comp.
          --gīta a. sung carelessly.
          --citta a. negligent, heedless, careless.

pramattatā Inattention, carelessness.

pramattavat a. Inattentive, careless.

pramada a. 1 Drunk, intoxicated(fig. also).
     (2) Impassioned.
     (3) Careless.
     (4) Wanton, dissolute.
     (5) Violent, strong. --daḥ
     (1) Joy, pleasure, delight; Śi. 3. 54; 13 2; Māl. 9.
     (2) The Dhattūra plant.
     -- Comp.
          --kānanaṃ, -vanaṃ a pleasure-garden attached to the royal harem.

pramadaka a. Licentious, sensual.

pramadanam Amorous desire.

pramadā
     (1) A young handsome woman; R. 9. 31; S. 5. 17.
     (2) A wife or woman in general; Ku. 4. 12; R. 8. 72.
     (3) The sign virgo of the zodiac.
     -- Comp.
          --kānanaṃ, -vanaṃ a pleasure garden attached to the royal harem (for the use of the wives of a king).
          --janaḥ 1. a young woman. --2. womankind.

pramadvara a. Careless, inattentive, heedles.

pramādaḥ
     (1) Carelessness, negligence, inattention, inadvertence, oversight; jñātuṃ pramādaskhalitaṃ na śakyaṃ S. 6. 25; Ch. P. 1.
     (2) Intoxication, drun kenness.
     (3)
          (a) Fainting, swoon.
          (b) Insanity, madness.
     (4) A mistake, blunder, mistaken judgment; Pt. 1. 39.
     (5) An accident, mishap, calamity, danger; aho pramādaḥ Māl. 3; U. 3.

pramādavat a.
     (1) Intoxicated.
     (2) Mad insane.
     (3) Careless, inatte ntive.

pramādikā
     (1) A careless woman.
     (2) A deflowered girl.

pramādita a. Ridiculed, moc ked, scoffed at.

pramādin a.
     (1) Careless, inattentive, negligent; sarvatra pramādī vaidheyaḥ V. 2.
     (2) Insane, mad.
     (3) Intoxicated, drunk.

pramanas a. Delighted, happy, cheerful, in good spirits; R. 3. 67.

pramanyu a.
     (1) Enraged, irritated, incensed against (with loc.); R. 7. 34.
     (2) Distressed, sorrowful, sorely grieved.

pramayaḥ
     (1) Death.
     (2) Ruin, downfall.
     (3) Killing, slaughter.

pramardanam Crushing, destroying, trampling down. --naḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

pramā 2 P., 3 A.
     (1) To measure; trīṇi padāni pramāya.
     (2) To form, make, build.
     (3) To prove, establish, demonstrate.
     (4) To arrange, place in order.
     (5) To know, understand, get a correct idea of; na paropahitanna ca svataḥ pramimīte'nubhavādṛte'lpadhīḥ Śi. 16. 40; aśakyo'yamarthaḥ pramātuṃ H. 3.
     (6) To conjecture. --Caus. To afford or give proof.

pramā
     (1) Consciousness, perception.
     (2) (In logic) Correct notion or apprehension, true and certain knowledge, accurate conception; tadvati tatprakārako'nubhavaḥ pramā yathā rajate idaṃ rajatamiti jñānaṃ T. S.
     (3) Ved. Basis, foundation.
     (4) A measure.

pramāṇam
     (1) A measure in general (of length, breadth &c.); R. 18. 38.
     (2) Size, extent, magnitude.
     (3) Seale, standard; pṛthivyāṃ svāmibhaktānāṃ pramāṇe parame sthitaḥ Mu. 2. 21.
     (4) Limit, quantity.
     (5) Testimony, evidence, proof.
     (6) Authority, warrant; one who judges or decides, one whose word is an authority; śrutvā devaḥ pramāṇaṃ Pt. 1 'having heard this your Majesty will decide (what to do)'; āryamiśrāḥ pramāṇaṃ M. 1; Mu. 1. 1; S. 1. 22; vyākaraṇe pāṇiniḥ pramāṇaṃ; Ms. 2. 13; Pt. 1. 240; sometimes in pl.; vedāḥ pramāṇāḥ.
     (7) A true or certain knowledge, accurate conception or notion.
     (8) A mode of proof, a means of arriving at correct knowledge; (the Naiyāyikas recognize only four kinds; pratyakṣa, anumāna, upamāna and śabda, the Vedāntins and Mīmāmsakas add two more anupalabdhi and arthāpatti; while the Sāṅkhyas admit pratyakṣa, anumāna and śabda only; cf. anubhava also.)
     (9) Principal, capital. (10) Unity.
     (11) Scripture, sacred authority.
     (12) Cause, reason.
     (13) Rule, sanction, precept.
     (14) The first term in a rule of three.
     (15) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (16) Freedom from apprehension.
     (17) The prosodial length of a vowel. --ṇaḥ -ṇī A rule, standard, authority.
     -- Comp.
          --adhika a. more than ordinary, inordinate, excessive; S. 1. 30.
          --aṃtaraṃ another mode of proof.
          --abhāvaḥ absence of authority.
          --jña a. knowing the modes of proof, (as a logician). (
          --jñaḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --dṛṣṭa a. sanctioned by authority.
          --patraṃ a written warrant.
          --puruṣaḥ an arbitrator, a judge, an umpire.
          --bhūta (-ṇībhūta) a. authoritative. (
          --taḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --vacanaṃ, -vākyaṃ an an authoritative statement.
          --śāstraṃ 1. scripture. --2. the science of logic.
          --sūtraṃ a measuring cord.

pramāṇaka a. (At the end of comp.) Measuring, extending to, as far as.

pramāṇayati Den. P.
     (1) To regard as an authority; daivamabidvāṃsaḥ pramāṇayaṃti Mu. 3; H. 1. 10.
     (2) To hold up as a model.
     (3) To prove, demonstrate, show.

pramāṇika a.
     (1) Forming or being a measure.
     (2) Forming an authority.

pramāṇīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To confide, believe.
     (2) To hold or regard as an authority; śāsanaṃ tarubhirapi pramāṇīkṛtaṃ S. 6.
     (3) To fix upon, dispense, deal or meet out; daivena prabhuṇā svayaṃ jagati yadyasya pramāṇīkṛtaṃ Bh. 2. 121.
     (4) To obey, conform to.
     (5) To prove, to establish.
     (6) To consult, take the consent of; Ku. 6. 1.
     (7) To take into account; U. 7. 5.

pramātṛ a.
     (1) Having a right notion, competent to judge or ascertain.
     (2) An authority, proof.
     (3) Domonstrating.

pramāpaka a. Furnishing authority or proof. --kaḥ An authority.

pramita p. p.
     (1) Measured.
     (2) Measured off, limited, few, little; pramitaviṣayāṃ śaktiṃ viṃdan Mv. 1. 51; Śi. 16. 80.
     (3) Known, understood.
     (4) Proved, demonstrated.
     (5) (At the end of comp.) Of such and such extent or measure.

pramitiḥ f.
     (1) Measurement, a measure.
     (2) True or certain knowledge, accurate notion or conception.
     (3) Knowledge obtained by any one of the Pramaṇas or means of knowledge.
     (4) True inference or analogy.

prameya a.
     (1) Measurable, finite.
     (2) To be proved, demonstrable. --yaṃ
     (1) An object of certain knowledge, a demonstrated conclusion, theorem.
     (2) The thing to be proved, the topic to be proved or discussed.

pramātāmahaḥ A maternal greatgrandfather. --hī A maternal greatgrandmother.

pramāpaṇam Killing, slaughter.

pramāpayitṛ m. A murderer, killer.

pramid 1 A.
     (1) To grow fat.
     (2) To begin to show affection.

pramedita a.
     (1) Unctuous, greasy.
     (2) Having begun to show affection.

pramī 9 U.
     (1) To destroy, annihilate, kill, slay.
     (2) To diminish.
     (3) To surmount, get over.
     (4) To surpass, outstrip.
     (5) Ved. To transgress, infringe.
     (6) Ved. To lose or miss (one's way).
     (7) To perish, die. --Caus. To destroy, annihilate &c.

pramīta p. p.
     (1) Dead, deceased.
     (2) Sacrificed (as an animal). --taḥ An animal immolated or killed at a sacrifice.

pramītiḥ f. Death, destruction, decease.

pramīḍha a.
     (1) Thick, dense, compact.
     (2) Passed as urine.

pramīlā
     (1) Sleepiness, lassitude, enervation of spirits.
     (2) N. of a woman, sovereign of a kingdom of women. She fought with Arjuna when his horse entered her territory, but she was conquered and became his wife.

pramīlita p. p. With closed eyes.

pramukha a.
     (1) Facing, turning the face towards.
     (2) Chief, principal, foremost, first.
     (3) Respectable, honourable,.
     (4) (At the end of comp.)
          (a) Headed by, having as chief or at the head; vāsukipramukhāḥ Ku. 2. 38.
          (b) Accompanied with; prītipramukhavacanaṃ svāgataṃ vyājahāra Me. 4. --khaḥ
     (1) A respectable man.
     (2) A heap, multitude.
     (3) The tree called Punnāga. --khaṃ
     (1) The mouth
     (2) The beginning of a chapter or section.
     (3) The time being, the present. (pramukhatas and pramukhe are used adverbially in the sense of 'in front of', 'before' 'opposite to'; Bg. 1. 25; S. 7. 22).

pramuc 6 P.
     (1) To set free, liberate, release.
     (2) To throw, cast, hurl.
     (3) To shed, emit, send forth.
     (4) To abandon, forsake, give up, renounce.
     (5) To loosen, untie, unbind.
     (6) To expel, drive away, banish.
     (7) To utter.
     (8) To put on, wear (as a garland &c.). --Pass.
     (1) To be loose or detached.
     (2) To leave off, cease.
     (3) To free oneself from. --Caus.
     (1) To loosen, unbind.
     (2) To liberate, release.

pramukta p. p.
     (1) Loosened.
     (2) Liberated, set free.
     (3) Resigned, renounced.
     (4) Cast, hurled.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭhaṃ ind. bitterly.

pramokṣaḥ
     (1) Dropping, letting fall.
     (2) Discharging, liberating.

pramocanam
     (1) Liberating, setting free.
     (2) Emitting, shedding.

pramud 1 A. To be extremely glad, be very much delighted; R. 6. 86; Māl. 5. 23. --Caus. To gladden, delight, exhilarate; pramodaya cātakān Māl. 9. 41.

pramud f. Extreme joy.

pramudita p. p. Delighted, glad, pleased, happy.
     -- Comp.
          --hṛdaya a. delighted at heart.

pramodaḥ
     (1) Joy, delight, rejoicing, pleasure; pramodanṛtyaiḥ saha vārayoṣitāṃ R. 3. 19; Ms. 3. 61.
     (2) One of the eight perfections in the Sāṅkhya philosophy.
     (3) A strong perfume.

pramodanam
     (1) Gladdening, delighting, making glad.
     (2) Gladness. --naḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

pramodita p. p. Pleased, delighted, joyful, happy. --taḥ An epithet of Kubera.

pramodin a.
     (1) Delighting, making happy.
     (2) Delighted, happy.

pramuṣ 9 P.
     (1) To take away, obscure; Bk. 17. 60.
     (2) To steal away, rob.

pramuṣita p. p.
     (1) Stolen, taken away; Śi. 17. 11.
     (2) Distracted, unconscious. --tā A kind of riddle.

pramuh 4 P.
     (1) To be stupefied or infatuated.
     (2) To faint, swoon.

pramugdha a.
     (1) Fainting, unconscious.
     (2) Very lovely.

pramūḍha p. p.
     (1) Perplexed, bewildered, infatuated.
     (2) Stupid, foolish.

pramohaḥ
     (1) Stupefaction, insensibility, stupor; tirayati karaṇānāṃ grāhakatvaṃ pramohaḥ Māl. 1. 41.
     (2) Infatuation, bewilderment.

pramohita p. p. Infatuated, bewildered.

pramṛta p. p.
     (1) Dead, deceased.
     (2) Covered, concealed.
     (3) Withdrawn or gone out of sight. --taṃ
     (1) Death.
     (2) Cultivation.

pramṛj 2 P.
     (1) To wipe off or out, cleanse (fig. also); svabhāvaloletyayaśaḥ pramṛṣṭaṃ R. 6. 41.
     (2) To wipe off, away or out, blow out, efface; Mu. 1. 20.
     (3) To remove, rid oneself of.
     (4) To atone for, make amends for, expiate; paṇipātalaṃghataṃ prasārṣṭukāmā V. 3; sarvathā pramārjitaṃ tvayā pratyādeśaduḥkhaṃ S. 6.
     (5) To stroke or rub gently.
     (6) To prepare.
     (7) To mark useless, frustrate.

pramārjanam Wiping off, rubbing or washing off.

pramṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Rubbed off, washed or wiped off, cleared off; R. 6. 41, 44.
     (2) Polished, bright, clear.

pramehaḥ A general name for a urinary disease (such as gleet, diabetes &c).

pramlai 1 P.
     (1) To fade, wither.
     (2) To be downcast, sad or dejected.
     (3) To be languid or wearied.
     (4) To be dirty or foul, be soiled.

pramlāna a
     (1) Faded, withered away.
     (2) Soiled, dirty.

prayat 1 A. To try, endeavour, strive, attempt.

prayatnaḥ
     (1) Effort, exertion, endeavour; R. 2. 56; Mu. 5. 20.
     (2) Persevering or continued effort; perseverance.
     (3) Labour, difficulty; prayatnaprekṣaṇīyaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ S. 1 'hardly visible', 'seen with difficulty'.
     (4) Great care, caution; kṛtaprayatno'pi gṛhe vinaśyati Pt. 1. 20.
     (5) (In gram.) Effort in uttering, effort of the mouth in the production of articulate sounds; see Sk. on P. VIII. 2. 1.
     (6) (In phil.) Active effort of three kinds; pravṛttiśca nivṛttiśca tathā jīvanakāraṇam . evaṃ prathatnatryaividhyaṃ tāṃtrikaiḥ paridarśitam.
     (7) Activity, action in general. (prayatnataḥ, prayatnena-tnāt &c. ind.
     (1) With great effort, diligently.
     (2) Assiduously.
     (3) Hardly, scarcely.
     (4) Particularly, specially).

prayatnavat a. Assiduous, diligent, persevering.

prayam 1 P.
     (1) To give, grant(with dat. of person).
     (2) To curb, check, restrain, control.
     (3) To deliver, restore.
     (4) To give in marriage.
     (5) To pay, discharge (as a debt).

prayata p. p.
     (1) Restrained, selfsubdued, holy, pious, devout, purified by austerities or religious observances; keeping the organs of sense under restraint; R. 1. 95; 8. 11; 13. 70; Ku. 1. 58; 3. 16.
     (2) Zealous, intent.
     (3) Submissive.
     (4) Careful, prudent. --taḥ A holy or pious person.

prayatiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) An offering, oblation.
     (2) A gift, present.
     (3) Effort, endeavour.
     (4) Will, intention.

prayāmaḥ
     (1) Restraining, checking.
     (2) Dearth, searcity, dearness (of water, corn &c.).
     (3) Length.
     (4) Competition of buyers on account of dearth.

prayas 4 P.
     (1) To strive, endeavour.
     (2) To toil, labour.

prayāsaḥ
     (1) Effort, exertion, endeavour; R. 12. 53; 14. 41.
     (2) Labour, difficulty.

prayas n. Ved.
     (1) Food.
     (2) Pleasure, delight.
     (3) A sacrifice.

prayasta p. p. Seasoned, dressed with condiments.

prayā 2 P.
     (1) To walk, go; trastādbhutaṃ nagaradaivatavatpracāsi Mk. 1. 27.
     (2) To walk on, set out.
     (3) To depart, go forth or out.
     (4) To advance, progress.

prayāṇam
     (1) Setting out, starting departure.
     (2) A march, journey; mārgaṃ tāvacchṛṇu kathayatastvatprayāṇānurūpaṃ Me. 13.
     (3) Progress, advance.
     (4) The march (of an enemy), an attack, invasion, expedition; kāmaṃ puraḥ śukramiva prayāṇe Ku. 3. 43; R. 6. 33.
     (5) Beginning, commencement.
     (6) Death, departure (from the world); Bg. 7. 30.
     (7) The back of a horse.
     (8) The hinder part of any animal.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ, --samayaḥ time of departure.
          --bhaṃgaḥ a break in a journey, halt; Pt. 1.

prayāṇakam
     (1) A journey, march; K. 118; 305.
     (2) Going, motion.

prayāta p. p.
     (1) Advanced, gone forth, departed.
     (2) Deceased, dead. --taḥ
     (1) An invasion.
     (2) A precipice, steep rock.

prayāpanaṃ(ṇaṃ)
     (1) Sending.
     (2) Expelling, driving away.

prayāpita p. p.
     (1) Made to advance or go forward.
     (2) Made to go away.

prayāgaḥ
     (1) A sacrifice.
     (2) N. of Indra.
     (3) A horse.
     (4) N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage at the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā near the modern Allahabad; Ms. 2. 21; (said to be n. also in this sense).
     -- Comp.
          --bhayaḥ an epithet of Indra.

prayācanam Begging, requesting, imploring.

prayājaḥ A principal sacrificial ceremony.

prayuj 7 A.
     (1) To use, employayamapi ca giraṃ nastvatprabodhayuktāṃ R. 5., 74; sadbhāve sādhubhāve ca sadityetatprayujyate Bg. 17. 26.
     (2) To appoint, employ, direct, order; mā māṃ prayuṃkthāḥ kulakīrtilope Bk. 3. 54; prāyukta rājye bata duṣkare tvāṃ 3. 51; Ku. 7. 85.
     (8) To give, bestow, confer; āśiṣaṃ prayuyuje na vāhinīṃ R. 11. 6; 2. 70; 5. 35, 15. 8.
     (4) To move, set in motion; marutprayuktāḥ (bālalatāḥ) R. 2. 10.
     (5) To excite, urge, prompt, drive on, athāvamānena pituḥ prayuktā Ku. 1. 21; Bg. 3. 36.
     (6) To perform, do; Ku. 7. 86; 17. 12.
     (7) To represent on the stage, act, per. form; uttaraṃ rāmacaritaṃ tatpraṇītaṃ prayokṣyate U. 1. 2; Ku. 5. 35; pariṣadi prayuṃjānasya mama Mu. 1.
     (8) To lend for use, put to interest (as money &c.,); Ms. 8. 146.
     (9) To harness, yoke. (10) To appoint, invest, install (in an office.)
     (11) To cast, hurl, throw (as a missile); direct; prayuktamapyastranito vṛthā syāt R. 2. 34.
     (12) To be fit, become.
     (13) To impose, inflict (with loc. or gen. of person). --Caus.
     (1) To use, employ; Ms. 3. 112.
     (2) To exact (as, interest)
     (3) To perform, practise.

prayukta p. p.
     (1) Yoked, harnessed
     (2) Used, employed (as a word &c.); Pt. 1. 202.
     (3) Applied.
     (4) Appointed, nominated.
     (5) Acted, represented.
     (6) Arising or resulting from, produced by, consequent on; Pt. 1. 61.
     (7) Endowed with.
     (8) Lost in meditation, abstracted.
     (9) Lent or put to interest (as money). (10) Prompted, instigated, urged; Ku. 1. 21.
     (11) Directed, hurled at.
     (12) Shaken, set in motion.
     (13) Inflicted upon.
     (14) Connected with.
     (15) Thick, compact, closely united. --ktaṃ A cause.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃskāra a. polished (as a gem).

prayuktiḥ f.
     (1) Use, employment, application.
     (2) Incitement, instigation.
     (3) Motive, main object or end. occasion.
     (4) Consequence, result,
     (5) Activity, effort, exertion.

prayuj f. Ved.
     (1) Impulse, motive, cause.
     (2) Acquisition, gain.

prayoktṛ a.
     (1) One who uses or employs (as a means, word &c.).
     (2) One who performs or directs, an executor.
     (3) One who prompts or instigates, an instigator.
     (4) An author, an agent; U. 3. 48.
     (5) One who acts or represents (a drama).
     (6) One who lends money at interest, a money-lender.
     (7) One who shoots (an arrow).
     (8) The agent of an action.
     (9) A reciter.

prayogaḥ
     (1) Use, application, employment; as in śabdaprayoga; ayaṃ śabdo bhūriprayogaḥ -alpaprayogaḥ 'this word is generally or rarely used'.
     (2) A usual form, general usage.
     (3) Hurling, throwing, discharging (opp. saṃhāraḥ); prayogasaṃhāravibhaktamaṃtraṃ R. 5. 57.
     (4) Exhibition, performance, representation (dramatic), acting; deva prayogapradhānaṃ hi nāṭyaśāstraṃ M. 1; nāṭikā na prayogato dṛṣṭā Ratn.
     (1) 'not seen acted on the stage'.
     (5) Practice, experimental portion (of a subject); (opp. śāstra 'theory'); tadatrabhavānimaṃ māṃ ca śāstre prayoge ca vimṛśatu M. 1.
     (6) Course of procedure, ceremonial form.
     (7) An act, action.
     (8) Recitation, delivery.
     (9) Beginning, commencement. (10) A plan, contrivance, device, scheme.
     (11) A means, instrument.
     (12) Consequence, result.
     (13) Combination, connection.
     (14) Addition.
     (15) (In gram.) A usual form.
     (16) Offering, presenting.
     (17)
          (a) Principal, loan bearing interest.
          (b) Lending money on usury.
     (18) Appointment.
     (19) A sacred text or authority. (20) A cause, motive.
     (21) An example.
     (22) Application of magic, magical rites.
     (23) A horse.
     -- Comp.
          --atiśayaḥ one of the five kinds of prastāvanā or prologue, in which a part or performance is superseded by another in such a manner that a character is suddenly brought on the stage; i. e. where the Sūtradhāra goes out hinting the entrance of a character and thus performs a part superseding that which he has apparently intended for his own, viz. dancing; the S. D. thus defines it:
          --yadi prayoga ekasmin prayogo'nyaḥ prayujyate . tena pātrapraveśaścet prayogātiśayastadā .. 291.
          --nipuṇa a. 1. skilled in practice; M. 3. --2. practically exprienced.

prayogataḥ ind.
     (1) By the use of, through the employment of.
     (2) In consequence of.
     (3) According to.
     (4) In action, actually.

prayogin a.
     (1) Using, employing.
     (2) Having an object in view.
     (3) Prompting, stimulating.

prayogyaḥ A horse.

prayojaka a. Occasioning, causing. effectting, leading to; inciting, stimulating, deputing, appointing &c. --kaḥ
     (1) An employer, one who uses or employs.
     (2) An author.
     (3) A founder, an institutor.
     (4) A money-lender.
     (5) A law-giver, legislator.
     (6) An instigator.

prayojanam
     (1) Use, employment, application.
     (2) Use, need, necessity (with instr. of that which is needed and gen. of the user); sarbairapi rājñāṃ prayojanaṃ Pt. 1; bāle kimanena pṛṣṭena prayojanaṃ K. 144.
     (3) End, aim, object, purpose; prayojanamanuddiśya na maṃdo'pi pravartate; putraprayojanā dārāḥ putraḥ piṃḍaprayojanaḥ . hitaprayojanaṃ mitraṃ dhanaṃ sarvaprayojanaṃ .. Subhaṣ.; guṇavattāpi paraprayojanā R. 8. 31.
     (4) A means of attaining; Ms. 7. 100.
     (5) A cause, motive, occasion.
     (6) Profit, interest.

prayojanavat a.
     (1) Having or done with a particular object.
     (2) Selfish.
     (3) Useful, serviceable.
     (4) Caused, produced.

prayojya pot. p.
     (1) To be used or employed.
     (2) To be practised.
     (3) To be produced or caused.
     (4) To be appointed.
     (5) To be thrown or discharged (as a missile).
     (6) To be set to work. --jyaḥ A servant, an employe. --jyaṃ Capital, principal.

prayuta a.
     (1) Joined, united.
     (2) Separated. --taṃ A million.

prayutsuḥ
     (1) A warrior.
     (2) A ram.
     (3) Wind, air.
     (4) An ascetic.
     (5) N. of Indra.

prayuddham A battle, fight.

prarakṣaṇam Protection.

praruc 1 A.
     (1) To shine very much.
     (2) To be liked.

prarocana a. Exciting or enticing. --naṃ
     (1) Exciting, or stimulating.
     (2) Illustration, explanation.
     (3) Seduction.
     (4) Exhibition (of a person) for being seen and liked (by the people); alokasāmānyaguṇastanūjaḥ prarocanārthaṃ prakaṭīkṛtaśca Māl. 1. 10 (where Jagaddhara interprets prarocanārthaṃ by pravṛttipāṭavārthaṃ 'in order to be thoroughly acquainted with the world').
     (5) Favourable description of that which is to follow in a play.
     (6) Representation of the end as all but accomplished; see S. D. 388; (prarocanā also in the last two senses).

prarudita p. p. Crying bitterly, weeping.

praruh 1 P.
     (1) To grow, rise, shoot forth; na parvatāgre nalinī prarohati Mk. 4. 17.
     (2) To heal up (as a wound).

praruh f. Ved. A shoot, branch.

prarūḍha p. p.
     (1) Full-grown, developed.
     (2) Born, sprung, produced; yasyāyamaṃgāt kṛtinaḥ prarūḍhaḥ S. 7. 19.
     (3) Increased.
     (4) Gone deep, rooted; as in prarūḍhamūla.
     (5) Grown long; as in prarūḍhakeśa, prarūḍhaśmaśru.

prarūḍhiḥ f. Growth, increase.

prarohaḥ
     (1) Sprouting, shooting or growing up, germination; as in yavāṃkuraprarohaḥ.
     (2) A sprout, shoot (fig. also); plakṣapraroha iva saudhatalaṃ bibheda R. 8. 93; plakṣān prarohajaṭilāniva maṃtrivṛddhān 13. 71; Ku. 5. 60; 7. 17; 5. 60; U. 5. 2.
     (3) A scion, offspring; hā rādheyakulapraroha Ve. 4; Mv. 6. 25; naṃdavaṃśaprarohaḥ Mu. 1. 11.
     (4) A shoot of light; kurvaṃti sāmaṃtaśikhāmaṇīnāṃ prabhāprarohāstamayaṃ rajāṃsi R. 6. 33.
     (5) A new leaf or branch, twig, spray.
     (6) An excrescence.

prarohaṇam
     (1) Growing, shooting forth, germination.
     (2) Budding, sprouting.
     (3) A twig, sprout, shoot, spray.

prarohin a.
     (1) Shooting up.
     (2) Growing, propagated; Ms. 1. 46.

pralap 1 P.
     (1) To speak, talk; vaco vai dehīti (vaidehīti) pratipadamudaśru pralapitaṃ S. D. 6.
     (2) To talk at ran dom or incoherently, prate, chatter talk wildly or nonsensically; pralapatyeṣa vaidheyaḥ S. 2.
     (3) To lament, mourn, cry, bewail.
     (4) To call, invoke.

pralapanam 1 Talking, speaking, talk words, conversation.
     (2) Prating, prattle, raving, incoherent or nonsensical talk; idaṃ kasyāpi pralapitaṃ.
     (3) Lamentation, wailing; U. 3. 29.

pralapita p. p. Talked, prated, &c. --taṃ Talk; see pralapana above.

pralāpaḥ 1 Talk, conversation, discourse.
     (2) Prating, prattling, an incoherent or nonsensical talk; Ms. 12. 6.
     (3) Lamentation, wailing; uttarāpralāpopajanitakṛpo bhagavān vāsudevaḥ K. 175; Ve. 5. 30.
     -- Comp.
          --han m. a sort of collyrium.

pralāpin a.
     (1) Talking, speaking; hā asaṃbaddhapralāpin Ve. 3.
     (2) Prating, prattling.

pralabh
     (1) A. To cheat, deceive; cf. vipralabh.

pralaṃbhaḥ
     (1) Obtaining, gaining, attaining.
     (2) Deceiving, imposing upon, cheating, overeaching.

pralaṃbhanam Deceiving, cheating.

pralabdha p. p. Deceived, cheated.

pralaṃba a.
     (1) Pendulous, hanging down; as in pralaṃbakeśa.
     (2) Prominent; as in pralaṃbanāsikaḥ.
     (3) Slow, dilatory. --baḥ
     (1) Hanging on or from, depending.
     (2) Anything hanging down.
     (3) A branch.
     (4) A garland worn round the neck.
     (5) A kind of necklace.
     (6) The female breast.
     (7) Tin or lead.
     (8) N. of a demon killed by Balarāma.
     (9) A shoot of the vinepalm. (10) A cucumber.
     (11) A verse (gāthā).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃḍaḥ a man with hanging testicles.
          --ghnaḥ, --mathanaḥ, --han m. epithets of Balarāma.

pralaṃbanam Hanging down, depending.

pralaṃbita a. Pendulous, hanging down, suspended.

pralaṃbīkṛ 8. U. To cause to hang down, suspend.

pralalāṭa a. Having a prominent forehead.

pralavaḥ
     (1) A fragment, chip, bit.
     (2) The sheath of a leaf.

pralīvatram An instrument for cutting off.

pralī 4 A.
     (1) To become dissolved, melt away.
     (2) To be absorbed or dissolved in, be resolved into; ātmanā kṛtinā ca tvamātmanyeva pralīyase Ku. 2. 10; rātryāgame pralīyaṃte tatraivāvyaktasaṃjñake Bg. 8. 18; Ms. 1. 54.
     (3) To vanish, disappear; saha meghena taḍitpralīyate Ku. 4. 33.
     (4) To be destroyed, to perish, die; Māl. 9. 21.

pralayaḥ
     (1) Destruction, annihilation, dissolution; syānāni kiṃ himavataḥ pralayaṃ gatāni Bh. 3. 70, 69; pralayaṃ nītvā Śi. 11. 66 'causing to disappear'.
     (2) The destruction of the whole universe (at the end of a kalpa), universal destruction; Ku. 2. 8; Bg. 7. 6.
     (3) Any extensive destruction or devastation.
     (4) Death, dying, destruction; prārabdhāḥ pralayāya māṃsavadaho vikretumete vayaṃ Mu. 5. 21; 1. 14; Bg. 14. 14.
     (5) Swoon, fainting, loss of consciousness, syncope; pralayāṃtonmiṣite vilocane Ku. 4. 2.
     (6) (In Rhet.) Loss of consciousness, considered as one of the 33 subordinate feelings; pralayaḥ sukhaduḥkhādyairgāḍhamiṃdriyamūrchanaṃ Pratāparudra.
     (7) The mystic syllable om.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ the time of universal destruction.
          --jaladharaḥ a cloud at the dissolution of the world.
          --dahanaḥ the fire at the dissolution of the world.
          --payodhiḥ the ocean at the dissolution of the world.

pralīna p. p. 1 Melted, dissolved.
     (2) Annihilated, destroyed.
     (3) Insensible, unconscious.

praluṭh 1 P.
     (1) To roll along the ground, roll, wallow; praluṭhitamavanau vilokya kṛttaṃ Bk. 5. 108.
     (2) To be agitated, heave.

praloṭhanam
     (1) Rolling(on the ground).
     (2) Heaving, tossing.

pralubh 4 P.
     (1) To be greedy or desirous, be lustful.
     (2) To allure, seduce, entice.
     (3) To pollute (through lust). --Caus. To allure, attract, entice, seduce.

pralobhaḥ
     (1) Cupidity, greediness, covetousness.
     (2) Allurement, seduction.

pralobhanam
     (1) Attracting.
     (2) An allurement, seduction, temptation.
     (3) A lure, baic.

pralobhanī Sand.

pralobhin a.
     (1) Greedy of, lusting after.
     (2) Alluring, enticing.

pralobhya a. To be desired or coveted, attractive, alluring.

pralūna p. p. Cut off.

pralepaḥ An unguent, an ointment, a salve; āliṃpannamṛtamayairiva pralepaiḥ U. 3. 39.

pralepaka a. Anointing, smearing. --kaḥ
     (1) An anointer, a plasterer.
     (2) A kind of slow fever.

pralehaḥ A kind of broth.

pralola a. Greatly agitated or tremulous.

pravac 2 P.
     (1) To speak, say, address; Pt. 1. 53.
     (2) To tell, relate, announce.
     (3) To explain.
     (4) To recite.
     (5) To celebrate.

pravaktṛ m.
     (1) One who declares or relates, a speaker, declarer.
     (2) A teacher, expounder; Ms. 8. 20; Pt. 3. 74.
     (3) An orator, eloquent man.

pravacanam
     (1) Speaking, declaration, announcement; Pt. 1. 190.
     (2) Teaching, expounding.
     (3) Exposition, explanation, interpretation; Mv. 4. 25.
     (4) Eloquence.
     (5) A sacred treatise or writing; Ms. 3. 184.
     (6) An expression, a term.
     (7) A system of doctrines (in the form of a treatise).
     (8) The fundamental doctrine of the Buddhists.
     -- Comp.
          --paṭu a. skilled in talking, eloquent.

pravagaḥ, --pravaṃgaḥ, --pravaṃgamaḥ A monkey; see plavaga, plavaṃgaḥ, plavaṃgama.

pravaṭaḥ Wheat.

pravaṇa a. 1 Sloping down, inclined, shelving, flowing downwards.
     (2) Steep, abrupt, precipitous.
     (3) Crooked, bent.
     (4) Inclined, disposed to, tending to (oft. at the end of comp.); bhayekapravaṇaḥ Ki. 3. 19.
     (5) Devoted or attached to, addicted to, intent on, prone to, full of; nṛbhiḥ prāṇatrāṇapravaṇamatibhiḥ kaiścidadhunā Bh. 3. 29; Śi. 8. 35; Mu. 5. 21; Ki. 2. 44.
     (6) Favourably inclined or disposed towards; Ku. 4. 42.
     (7) Eager, ready; Ki. 2. 8.
     (8) Endowed with, possessed of.
     (9) Humbled, modestly humble, submissive. (10) Decayed, wasted, waning.
     (11) Generous. --ṇaḥ A place where four roads meet. --ṇaṃ
     (1) A descent, a steep descent, precipice.
     (2) The side of a hill, slope, declivity.
     (3) The belly.

pravaṇatā
     (1) Slope, inclination, declivity.
     (2) Propensity, tendency.

pravaṇāyati Den. P. To feel inclined or disposed.

pravaṇīkṛ 8 U. To incline favourably towards, overcome, win over; tapasā tatpravaṇīkṛto haraḥ Ku. 4. 42.

pravat f. Ved.
     (1) A precipice, declivity.
     (2) Height, elevation.
     (3) A sloping path, easy passage.

pravatsyat a. (tī or ntī f.) About to go on a journey.
     -- Comp.
          --patikā the wife of one who intends to go on a journey (one of the 8 Nāyikās in erotic poetry).

pravad 1 P.
     (1) To say, speak, utter.
     (2) To speak to, address; Bk. 7. 24.
     (3) To name, call.
     (4) To regard, consider.
     (5) To converse or talk with.
     (6) To proclaim, declare. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to speak.
     (2) To play on (a musical instrument).

pravadanam Ved. A proclamation.

pravādaḥ
     (1) Uttering a word or sound.
     (2) Expressing, mentioning, declaring.
     (3) Discourse, conversation.
     (4) Talk, report, rumour, popular saying or belief; anurāgapravādastu batsayoḥ sārvalaukikaḥ Māl. 1. 13; vyāghro mānuṣaṃ khādatīti lokapravādo durnivāraḥ H. 1; Ratn. 4. 15.
     (5) A fable or myth.
     (6) Litigious language.
     (7) Words of challenge, mutual defiance; itthaṃ pravādaṃ yudhi saṃprahāraṃ pracakratū rāmaniśāvihārau Bk. 2. 36.
     (8) A base or crude form (Ved.).

pravādaka a. Playing on(a musical instrument).

pravādin a. Uttering a sound; speaking, reporting.

pravap 1 U.
     (1) To throw, cast, offer; Bk. 9. 98.
     (2) To scatter, strew.

pravapa a. Very fat.

pravapaṇam Ved.
     (1) Scattering forth.
     (2) Shaving or shearing off.

pravayaṇam
     (1) The upper part of a piece of woven cloth.
     (2) A goad; Śi. 13. 19.

pravayas a.
     (1) Advanced in age, aged, old; kepyete pravayasastvāṃ didṛkṣayaḥ U. 4; R. 8. 18.
     (2) Ancient, old.

pravara a.
     (1) Chief, principal, most excellent or distinguished, best, exalted; saṃketake cirayati pravaro vinodaḥ Mk. 3. 3; Ms. 10. 27; Ghaṭ. 16.
     (2) Eldest. --raḥ
     (1) A call, summons.
     (2) A particular invocation addressed to Agni by a Brāhmaṇa at the consecration of his fire.
     (3) A line of ancestors.
     (4) A race, family, lineage.
     (5) An ancestor.
     (6) A Muni or noble ancestor who contributes to the credit of a particular gotra or family.
     (7) Offspring, descendants.
     (8) A cover, covering.
     (9) An upper garment. (10) One of the 42 Gotras, --rā N. of a river falling into Godāvarī. --raṃ Aloe-wood
     -- Comp.
          --vāhanau (du.) an epithet of the two Aśvins.

pravaraṇam
     (1) Call, summons &c.
     (2) (with Buddhists) Festivities at the end of the rainy season.

pravargaḥ
     (1) The sacrificial fire.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

pravargyaḥ A ceremony preliminary to the Soma sacrifice.

pravarjanam The performance of the pravargya ceremony.

pravalākin m.
     (1) A peacock.
     (2) A snake.

pravas 1 P.
     (1) To live, dwell.
     (2) To go abroad, sojourn, be absent from home, travel; vidhāya vṛttiṃ bhāryāyāḥ pravasetkāryavānnaraḥ Ms. 9. 74; R. 11. 4. --Caus. To banish, send into exile.

pravasanam Going or journeying abroad, going on a journey.

pravāsaḥ
     (a) Going or journeying abroad, being absent from one's home, foreign residence; kuśaḥ pravāsasthakalatraveṣāṃ (banitāmapaśyat) R. 16. 4; S. 4. 3; U. 6. 38; Pt. 1. 169; Bh. 3. 94.
     (b) A temporary sojourn; pravāsādupāvṛttena kāśyapenādiṣṭo'smi S. 4.
     -- Comp.
          --gata, --stha, --sthita a. journeying abroad, being absent from home.

pravāsanam
     (1) Living abroad, temporary sojourn.
     (2) Exile, banishment.
     (3) Killing, slaughter.
     (4) Going from a town.

pravāsita a. Banished, exiled.

pravāsin m. A traveller, wayfarer, sojourner; Ku. 4. 10.

pravah 1 P.
     (1) To bear, carry, draw along.
     (2) To waft, carry or bear along; Bk. 8. 52.
     (3) To support, bear up (as a burden).
     (4) To flow, stream forth.
     (5) To blow.
     (6) To have, possess, feel.
     (7) To breathe.

pravahaḥ
     (1) Flowing or streaming forth.
     (2) Wind.
     (3) N. of one of the seven courses of wind (said to cause the motion of the planets).
     (4) A reservoir into which water is carried off.
     (5) Going forth, going from a town.

pravahaṇam
     (1) A covered carriage or litter (for women).
     (2) A carriage, conveyance, vehicle in general.
     (3) A ship.

pravāhaḥ
     (1) Flowing or streaming forth.
     (2) A stream, course, current; pravāhaste vārāṃ śriyamayamapārāṃ diśatu naḥ G. L. 2; R. 5. 46; 13. 10, 48; Ku. 1. 54; Me. 46.
     (3) Flow, running water.
     (4) Continuous flow, unbroken succession, continuity.
     (5) Course of events (rolling onward like a stream).
     (6) Activity, active occupation.
     (7) A pond, lake.
     (8) Course or direction towards.
     (9) An excellent horse. (pravāhemūtritaṃ) means (lit.) making water in a stream; (fig.) doing a useless action).

pravāhaka a. Carrying off or forward. --kaḥ A goblin, an imp.

pravāhanam
     (1) Driving forth.
     (2) Evacuation by stool.

pravāhaṇī The sphineter muscle which ejects the faces from the rectum.

pravāhikā Diarrhoea.

pravāhin a.
     (1) Carrying forward, driving onward.
     (2) Carrying away.
     (3) Flowing, streaming forth.

pravāhī Sand.

pravahliḥ --hlī See prahelikā.

pravākaḥ A proclaimer.

pravāc a. Eloquent, oratorical; (kurvate) jaḍānapyanulomārthān pravācaḥ kṛtināṃ giraḥ Śi. 2. 25.
     (2) Talkative, garrulous; Mu. 3. 16.

pravācaka a.
     (1) Explanatory.
     (2) Eloquent.

pravācanam
     (1) Proclamation, promulgation, declaration.
     (2) A designation.

pravācyam A literary production or composition.

pravāṇam The trimming or edging of a piece of woven cloth.

pravāṇiḥ --ṇī f. A weaver's shuttle.

pravāta p. p. Exposed to stormy wind. --taṃ
     (1) A current of air, fresh or free air; pravātaśayanasthā devī M. 4.
     (2) A strong or stormy wind; nanu pravāte'pi niṣkraṃpā girayaḥ S. 6.
     (3) An airy place; Ku. 1. 46.

pravāraḥ, pravārakaḥ A cover, covering.

pravāraṇam
     (1) Satisfying(a desire).
     (2) Priority of choice.
     (3) Prohibition, opposition.
     (5) A free-will offering (kāmyadāna).

pravāla See prabāla.

pravikīrṇa p. p. 1 Scattered or strewed about.
     (2) Dispersed, diffused.

pravikhyāta p. p.
     (1) Named, called.
     (2) Famous, renowned, celebrated.

pravikhyātiḥ f. Fame, renown, celebrity.

pravicayaḥ Examination, investigation.

pravicar 1 P.
     (1) To roam about.
     (2) To move onward, advance.
     (3) To wander through.

pravicaraḥ Discernment, discrimination.

pravical 1 P.
     (1) To shake, tremble.
     (2) To deviate, swerve from, go astray; Bh. 2. 83.
     (3) To become confused.

pravicalita a. Moved, set in motion, shaken.

pravicetanam Understanding.

pravitata p. p.
     (1) Spread out, expanded.
     (2) Dishevelled, disordered (hair).

pravidāraḥ Bursting asunder, opening.

pravidāraṇam
     (1) Tearing, rending, breaking, bursting asunder.
     (2) Budding.
     (3) Conflict, war, battle.
     (4) Crowd, confusion, tumult.

praviddha p. p. Cast away, thrown off.

pravidruta p. p. Dispersed, put to flight, scattered.

pravidhā 3 U.
     (1) To decide.
     (2) To do or make.
     (3) To meditate, think upon.
     (4) To place in front or at the head.

pravidhānam
     (1) Thinking upon.
     (2) Doing.

pravidhvasta a.
     (1) Thrown away.
     (2) Agitated, disturbed.

pravipalaḥ --lam A small part of a vipala q. v.

pravibhaj 1 P. To sever, separate.
     (2) To divide, distribute.

pravibhakta p. p.
     (1) Severed, separated.
     (2) Apportioned, partitioned, divided, distributed; jyotīṃṣi vartayati ca pravibhaktaraśmiḥ S. 7. 6.

pravibhāgaḥ
     (1) Division, distribution.

praviraḥ Yellow sandal.

pravirala a.
     (1) Separated by a great interval, isolated, separate.
     (2) Very few or rare, very scanty; pravi ralā iva mugdhavadhūkathāḥ R. 9. 34.

pravilayaḥ
     (1) Melting away.
     (2) Complete dissolution or absorption.

pravilupta p. p. Cut off, fallen or rubbed off, removed.

pravivādaḥ Dispute, quarrel, wrangling.

pravivikta a.
     (1) Very solitary.
     (2) Separated, detached.

praviś 6 P. To enter into; Ku. 5. 51.
     (2) To enter upon, commence,
     (3) To appear. --Caus.
     (1) To admit, introduce, usher; tvaritaṃ praveśaya U. 1.
     (2) To lay or store up.

praviṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Gone or entered into; paścārdhena praviṣṭaḥ śarapatanabhayādbhūyasā pūrvakāyaṃ S. 1. 7.
     (2) Engaged in, occupied with.
     (3) Begun.

praviṣṭakam
     (1) Fntrance on the stage.
     (2) Entering a room.

praveśaḥ
     (1) Entrance, penetration; purapraveśābhimukho babhūva R. 7. 1; Ku. 3. 60.
     (2) Ingress, access, approach.
     (3) Entrance on the stage; tena pātrapraveśaścet S. D. 6.
     (4) The entrance or door (of a house &c.).
     (5) Income, revenue.
     (6) Close application (to a pursuit), intentness of purpose.
     (7) The entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac.
     (8) Coming on, setting in (of night).
     (9) The syringe of a clyster-pipe. (Proverb: --caṃcupraveśo musalapraveśaḥ; cf. 'the thin end of the wedge').

praveśakaḥ 'The introducer,' an interlude acted by inferior characters (such as servants, buffoon &c.) for the purpose of acquainting the audience with events not represented on the stage, but a knowledge of which is essential for the proper understanding of what follows; (like the Vishkambhaka it connects the story of the drama and the subdivisions of the plot, by briefly referring to what has occurred in the intervals of the acts, or what is likely to happen at the end; it never occurs at the beginning of the first act or at the end of the last). S. D. thus defines it: --praveśako'nudāttoktyā nīcapātraprayojitaḥ . aṃkadvayāṃtarvijñeyaḥ śeṣaṃ viṣkaṃbhake yathā .. 308; see viṣkaṃbhaka.

praveśanam
     (1) Entrance, penetration, going into.
     (2) Introducing, leading to, conducting.
     (3) An entrance to the main door of a house, gate.
     (4) Sexual intercourse.

praveśita p. p. Introduced, showed in, led or conducted to, brought in.

praveśya a.
     (1) To be entered.
     (2) To be penetrated or pervaded.
     (3) To be played (as a musical instrument).

praviśleṣaḥ Śeparation.

praviṣaṣṇa a. Dejected, spiritless.

praviṣā A birch tree.

pravista(stā)raḥ Extent, circumference, compass.

pravīṇa a. Clever, skilled or versed in, conversant with; āmodānatha haridaṃtarāṇi netuṃ naivānyo jagati samīraṇātpravīṇaḥ Bv. 1. 15; Ku. 7. 48.

pravīra a.
     (1) Foremost, best, most excellent or distinguished; R. 14. 29; 16. 1; Bg. 11. 48.
     (2) Strong, powerful, heroic. --raḥ
     (1) A brave erson, here, warrior.
     (2) A chief, distinguished personage.

pravṛ 5 U.
     (1) To cover, envelop; prāvāriṣuriva kṣoṇīṃ kṣiptā vṛkṣāḥ samaṃtataḥ Bk. 9. 25.
     (2) To wear, put on.
     (3) To choose, select.
     (4) To keep or ward off (Ved.).

pravṛta p. p. Selected, picked, chosen.

pravṛt 1 A.
     (1) To go, forward, move on, proceed; svāmisevakayorevaṃ vṛtticakraṃ pravartate Pt. 1. 81.
     (2) To arise, be produced, spring; Pt. 1. 6.
     (3) To happen, come to pass, take place.
     (4) To begin, commence (usually with inf.); haṃta pravṛttaṃ saṃgītakaṃ M. 1; Ku. 3. 25.
     (5) To strive, exert oneself; pravartatāṃ prakṛtihitāya pārthivaḥ S. 7. 35.
     (6) To act up to, follow; Pt. 1. 116.
     (7) To engage in, be occupied with; Ku. 5. 33.
     (8) To act, do; na punarevaṃ pravartitavyaṃ S. 6.
     (9) To act or behave towards. (10) To prevail, exist; rājan prajāsu te kaścidapacāraḥ pravartate R. 15. 47.
     (11) To hold good.
     (12) To proceed uninterruptedly, thrive; Bg. 17. 24; Ms. 3. 61. --Caus.
     (1) To proceed with, continue; Mu. 2.
     (2) To introduce.
     (3) To set on foot, establish, found.
     (4) To drive, propel, urge, stimulate.
     (5) To promote, advance.
     (6) To throw, cast.
     (7) To produce, create.
     (8) To invent, devise.

pravartaḥ
     (1) Commencing, undertaking, engaging in.
     (2) Excitement, stimulus.
     (3) Ved. A round ornament.

pravartaka a. (rtikā f.)
     (1) Setting on foot, founding.
     (2) Advancing, promoting, furthering.
     (3) Producing, causing.
     (4) Prompting, urging, inducing, instigating (in a bad sense). --kaḥ
     (1) An originator, founder, author.
     (2) A prompter, instigator.
     (3) An arbiter, umpire. --kaṃ The entrance of a character on the stage.

pravartanam 1 Going on, moving forward.
     (2) Beginning, commencement.
     (3) Setting on foot, founding, establishing, instituting.
     (4) Prompting, urging, stimulating, inciting.
     (5) Engaging in, applying oneself to.
     (6) Happening, coming to pass.
     (7) Activity, action.
     (8) Behaviour, conduct, procedure.
     (9) Directing, superintending. (10) Employment.
     (11) Exhortation. --nā Inciting or prompting to action.

pravartayitṛ a. One who sets in motion, urges, establishes, founds &c.

pravartita p. p.
     (1) Caused to turn, made to go or roll onwards, revolving; R. 9. 66.
     (2) Founded, set up, established.
     (3) Prompted, incited, instigated.
     (4) Kindled; R. 5. 37.
     (5) Caused, made.
     (6) Purified, rendered pure; Ms. 11. 196.
     (7) Informed.

pravartin a.
     (1) Proceeding, moving onward.
     (2) Being active.
     (3) Causing, effecting.
     (4) Using.
     (5) Arising from, flowing; S. 3. 14.
     (6) Spreading &c.

pravṛtta p. p.
     (1) Begun, commenced, proceeded with.
     (2) Set in; acirapravṛttaṃ grīṣmasamayamadhikṛtya S. 1.
     (3) Engaged in, occuped with.
     (4) Going to, bound for.
     (5) Fixed, settled, determined.
     (6) Unimpeded, undisputed.
     (7) Round. --ttaḥ A round ornament. --ttaṃ An action, undertaking.

pravṛttakam Entrance on the stage.

pravṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Continued advance.
     (2) Rise, origin, source, flow (of words &c.); pravṛttirāsīcchabdānāṃ caritārthā catuṣṭayī Ku. 2. 17.
     (3) Appearance, manifestation; kusumapravṛttisamaye S. 4. 17 v. l; R. 11. 43; 14. 39; 15. 4.
     (4) Advent, setting in, commencement; ākālikīṃ vīkṣya madhupravṛttiṃ Ku. 3. 34.
     (5) Application or addiction to, tendency, inclination, predilection, propensity; satāṃ hi sa dehapadeṣu vastaṣu pramāṇamaṃtaḥ karaṇapravṛttayaḥ S. 1. 22.
     (6) Conduct; behaviour; R. 14. 73.
     (7) Employment, occupation, activity; Ku. 6. 26.
     (8) Use, employment, currency (as of a word).
     (9) Continued effort, perseverance. (10) Signification, sense, acceptation (of a word).
     (11) Continuance, permanence, prevalence.
     (12) Active life, taking an active part in worldly affairs (opp. nivṛtti).
     (13) News, tidings, intelligence; jīmūtena svakuśalamayīṃ hārayiṣyan pravṛttiṃ Me. 4; V. 4. 20.
     (14) Applicability or validity of a rule.
     (15) Fate, destiny, luck.
     (16) Cognition, direct perception or apprehension.
     (17) Rutting juice, or ichor exuding from the temples of an elephant in rut.
     (18) N. of the city of ujjayinī q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --jñaḥ a spy, secret emissary or agent.
          --nimittaṃ a reason for the use of any term in a particular signification.
          --parāṅmukha a. averse to giving news; V. 4. 20.
          --mārgaḥ active or worldly life, attachment to the business and pleasures of the world.

pravṛdh 1 A. To grow, increase, be augmented --Caus. To increase, augment.

pravardhanam Increasing, augmenting.

pravṛddha p. p.
     (1) Full-grown.
     (2) Increased, augmented, expanded, enlarged.
     (3) Full, deep.
     (4) Haughty, arrogant.
     (5) Violent.
     (6) Large.

pravṛddhiḥ f.
     (1) Increase, growth; R. 13. 71; 17. 71.
     (2) Rise, prosperity, preferment, promotion, elevation.

pravṛṣ 1 P. To begin to rain, rain.

pravarṣaḥ Heavy rain, heavy downpour.

pravarṣaṇam
     (1) Raining.
     (2) The first rain.

prabarṣin a. Raining, causing to rain, showering or pouring down, discharging.

praveka a. Best, chief, choicest, most excellent.

pravegaḥ Great speed, velocity.

praveṭaḥ Barley.

praveṇiḥ --ṇī f.
     (1) A braid of hair (in general); R. 15. 30.
     (2) The hair twisted and unadorned (worn by wives in the absence of their husbands).
     (3) The housings of an elephant.
     (4) A piece of colour ed woollen cloth.
     (5) The current or stream (of a river).

pravetṛ m. A charioteer.

pravedanam Making known, announcing, proclaiming.

pravepaḥ, pravepakaḥ, pravepathuḥ, pravepanam Trembling, quivering, shaking, tremour.

praverita a. Cast hither and thither, thrown about.

pravelaḥ A kind of kidney-bean.

veṣṭaḥ
     (1) An arm.
     (2) The wrist or forearm.
     (3) The fleshy part of an elephant's back (where the rider sits).
     (4) An elephant's gums.
     (5) An elephant's housings.

pravyakta p. p. Apparent, clear, manifest, evident.

pravyaktiḥ f. Manifestation, appearance.

pravyāhāraḥ Prolongation of discourse.

pravraj 1 P.
     (1) To go into exile.
     (2) To renounce all worldly attachments, enter on the fourth stage in life, i. e. to become a Sannyāsin; Ms. 6. 38; 8. 363. --Caus. To banish, send into exile.

pravrajanam
     (1) Going abroad, sojourning.
     (2) Going into exile.
     (3) Turning a recluse.

pravrajita p. p.
     (1) Gone abroad or into exile.
     (2) Turned a recluse. --taḥ
     (1) A religious mendicant or ascetic in general.
     (2) Especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has entered on the fourth (bhikṣu) order.
     (3) The pupil of a Jaina or Buddhist mendicant. --tā
     (1) A female ascetic.
     (2) A spikenard. --taṃ Turning a recluse, the life of a religious mendicant.

pravrajyā
     (1) Going abroad, migration.
     (2) Roaming, wandering about as a religious mendicant; Māl. 4. 6.
     (3) The order of a religious mendicant, a mendicant's life, the fourth (or bhikṣu) order in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; pravrajyāṃ kalpavṛkṣā ivāśritāḥ Ku. 6. 6 (where Malli. says pravrajyā means the vānaprastha or third order).
     -- Comp.
          --avasitaḥ a religious mendicant who renounces his order.

pravrāj m. pravrājakaḥ A religious mendicant, recluse. --jikā A female ascetic.

pravrājanam Banishing, exile, sending into exile.

pravraścanaḥ A knife for cutting wood.

praśaṃs 1 P.
     (1) To praise, extol, approve, speak approvingly of, commend; hariṇā yuvatiḥ praśaśaṃse Gīt. 1; yacca bācā praśasyate Ms. 5. 127; prāśaṃsīttaṃ niśācaraḥ Bk. 15. 65; R. 5. 25; 17. 36.
     (2) To esteem, value.
     (3) To declare.

praśaṃsaka, praśaṃsin a. Praising, laudatory, eulogistic. --m. A panegyrist.

praśaṃsanam Praising, extolling.

praśaṃsā
     (1) Praise, eulogy, panegyric, applause; praśaṃsāvacanaṃ 'a complimentary or laudatory remark.'
     (2) Description, reference to; as in aprastutapraśaṃsā q. v.
     (3) Glory, fame, reputation.
     -- Comp.
          --upamā one of the several kinds of upamā mentioned by Daṇḍin; brahmaṇo'pyudbhavaḥ padmaścaṃdraḥ śaṃbhuśirodhṛtaḥ . tau tulyau tvanmukheneti sā praśaṃsopamocyate .. Kāv. 2. 31.
          --mukhara a. loudly praising.

praśasita p. p. Praised, extolled, applauded.

praśasta p. p.
     (1) Praised, lauded, commended, eulogised.
     (2) Praiseworthy, commendable.
     (3) Best, excellent.
     (4) Blossed, happy, auspicious.
     -- Comp.
          --adriḥ N. of a mountain.

praśastiḥ f.
     (1) Praise, eulogy, laudation.
     (2) Description; U. 7.
     (3) A panegyric or small poem written in praise of any one (e. g. a patron.).
     (4) Excellence, eminence.
     (5) Bonediction.
     (5) Guidance, instruction, rule for guidance; as in lekhapraśastiḥ 'a form of writing'.

praśasya a. (Compar. śreyas or jyāyas, superl. śreṣṭha or jyeṣṭha) Praiseworthy, commendable, excellent.

praśattvan m. The ocean.

praśattvarī A river.

praśam 4 P.
     (1) To become calm or tranquil.
     (2) To be soothed or appeased.
     (3) To stop, cease, terminate.
     (4) To be allayed, be quenched or extinguished; praśāṃtaṃ pāvakāstraṃ U. 6; Pt. 3. 56.
     (5) To decay, wither away. --Caus.
     (1) To soothe, appease, pacify; Ms. 8. 391.
     (2) To allay, extinguish, quench, put down; tvāmāsārapraśamitavanopaplavaṃ Me. 17.
     (3) To remove, put an end to; taṃ (apacāraṃ) anviṣya praśamayeḥ R. 15. 47.
     (4) To conquer, vanquish, subdue; Mk. 10. 60.
     (5) To settle, adjust, compose; praśamayasi vivādaṃ kalpase rakṣaṇāya S. 5. 8.
     (6) To kill, destroy.
     (7) To cure, heal.

praśamaḥ
     (1) Calmness, tranquillity, omposure; praśamasthita pūrvapārthivaṃ R. 8. 15; Ki. 2. 32.
     (2) Peace, rest.
     (3) Extinction, abatement; Ku. 2. 20.
     (4) Cessation, end, destruction; Śi. 20. 73.
     (5) Pacification, appeasement; Śi. 16. 51.

praśamana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Calming, tranquillizing, pacifying, removing &c.
     (2) Curing, healing. --naṃ
     (1) Calming, tranquillizing, pacifying.
     (2) Allaying, assuaging, soothing, mitigating; āpannārtipraśamanaphalāḥ saṃpado hyuttamānāṃ Me. 53.
     (3) Curing, healing; as in ṣyādhipraśamanaṃ.
     (4) Quenching, extinguishing, suppressing, quelling.
     (5) Cessation, abatement.
     (6) Bestowing fitly or on fit objects; Ms. 7. 56; (satpātre pratipādanaṃ Kull.; but others give it the next sense).
     (7) Securing, guarding, keeping safe; labdhapraśapnanasvasthamathainaṃ samupasthitā R. 4. 14.
     (8) Killing, slaughter.

praśamita p. p.
     (1) Pacified, soothed, composed, appeased, allayed.
     (2) Extinguished, quenched.
     (3) Atoned for, expiated; U. 1. 40.

praśāṃta p. p.
     (1) Calmed, tranquillized, composed.
     (2) Calm, serene, quiet, sedate, still; aho praśāṃtaramaṇīyatodyānasya.
     (3) Tamed, subdued, quelled.
     (4) Ended, ceased, over; tatsarvamekapada eva mama praśāṃtaṃ Māl. 9. 36; praśāṃtamastraṃ U. 6 'ceased to work or withdrawn.'
     (5) Dead, deceased; (see śam with pra).
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. composed in mind, peaceful, calm.
          --ūrja a. weakened, enervated, prostrated.
          --kāma a. content.
          --ceṣṭa a. resting, ceased to work.
          --bādha a. having all obstacles or calamities removed; Ki. 1. 18.

praśāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Calmness, tranquillity, composure, quiet, repose.
     (2) Rest, cessation, abatement.
     (3) Allaying, quenching, extinction.

praśāmaḥ
     (1) Tranquillity, calm, composure.
     (2) Quenching, extinction, allaying.
     (3) Cessation.

praśākha a.
     (1) Having many or spreading branches.
     (2) Being in the 5th stage of formation (said of the embryo, when the hands and feet are formed). --khā A small branch or twig.

praśākhikā A small branch.

praśās 2 P.
     (1) To teach, instruct, advise; Bk. 19. 19.
     (2) To order, command; praśādhi yanmayā kāryaṃ Mārk. P.
     (3) To rule, govern, be lord of; dyāṃ praśādhi galitāvadhikālaṃ N. 5. 24; R. 6. 76; 9. 1.
     (4) To punish, chastise.
     (5) To pray or ask for, seek for (Atm.); idaṃ kavibhyaḥ pūrvebhyo namovākaṃ praśāsmahe U. 1. 1 (used in the sense of śās with ā q. v.).

praśāsakaḥ
     (1) A director, ruler.
     (2) A spiritual preceptor.

praśāsanam
     (1) Governing, ruling.
     (2) Enjoining, exacting.
     (3) Government.

praśāstṛ m. 1 A king, ruler, governor.
     (2) A director, adviser; Pt. 5. 63.

praśiṣṭa p. p. Ruled over, governed.

praśiṣṭiḥ, praśis f. Ved. Command, order.

praśithila a. Very loose; S. 3. 9.

praśiṣyaḥ The pupil of a pupil, the disciple of a disciple; śiṣyapraśiṣyairupagīyamānamavehi tanmaṃḍanamiśradhāma Śāṅkaradigvijaya.

praśuddhiḥ f. Clearness, purity.

praśoṣaḥ Becoming dry, drying up, aridity.

praścotanam Sprinkling, oozing; U. 3. 11.

praśnaḥ [pracch-bhāve gaṅ]
     (1) A question, query; an inquiry, interrogation (avijñātapravacanaṃ praśna ityabhidhīyate); anāmayapraśnapūrvakaṃ S. 5 'with an inquiry about (your) well-being or health'.
     (2) A judicial inquiry or investigation.
     (3) A point at issue, a subject of controversy, controverted or disputed point; iti praśna upasthitaḥ.
     (4) A problem for solution or calculation; ahaṃ te praśnaṃ dāsyāmi Mk. 5.
     (5) Inquiry into the future.
     (6) A short section of a work.
     (7) Basket-work.
     -- Comp.
          --upaniṣad n. N. of an Upanishad consisting of six questions and six answers.
          --dūtiḥ -tī f. a riddle, an enigma.
          --vivākaḥ an arbitrator, umpire.

praśnayati Den. P. To inquire after, ask about (with two acc.).

praśrathaḥ Laxity, looseness, relaxation.

praśrabdhiḥ f. Trust, confidence.

praśrayaḥ, --praśrayaṇam
     (1) Respect, courtesy, civility, politeness, respectful or courteous behaviour, humility; samāgataiḥ praśrayanamramūrtibhiḥ Śi. 12. 33; R. 10. 70, 83; U. 6. 23; sapraśrayaṃ respectfully, modestly.
     (2) Love, affection, regard; Pt. 2. 2.

praśrayin, praśrita a. Civil, polite, courteous, humble, well-behaved.

praślatha a.
     (1) Very loose or flaccid.
     (2) Spiritless, unnerved.

praśliṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Twisted, entwined.
     (2) Reasonable, well-argued or reasoned (yuktiyuta). --ṣṭaḥ
     (1) A term applied to the Sandhi of the vowel a with a following vowel and of other vowels with other homegeneous ones.
     (2) The vowel resulting from this Sandhi.
     (3) The accent with which such substituted vowel is pronounced.

praśleṣaḥ
     (1) Close contact, pressing hard against.
     (2) Euphonic coalition of vowels.

praśvāsaḥ Breath, respiration.

praṣṭiḥ Ved.
     (1) A side-horse.
     (2) A by-stander.

praṣṭha a.
     (1) Standing or being in front; R. 15. 10.
     (2) Chief, principal, foremost, best; a leader; pulastyapraṣṭhaḥ Mv. 1. 30; 6. 30; Śi. 19. 30.
     -- Comp.
          --vāh m. a young bull being trained for the plough.

praṣṭhauhī A cow for the first time with a calf.

pras 1. 4. A. (prasa-sya-te)
     (1) To bring forth young.
     (2) To spread, diffuse, expand, extend.

prasaṃkhyā 1 Total number, sum.
     (2) Reflection.

prasaṃkhyānaḥ Payment, liquidation. --naṃ
     (1) Enumeration.
     (2) Reflection, meditation; deep meditation, abstract contemplation haraḥ prasaṃkhyānaparo babhūva Ku. 3. 40.
     (3) Fame, reputation.

prasaṃghaḥ A great multitude.

prasaṃj 1 P. To become attached to or fond of, feel affection for. --Pass.
     (1) To cling to or adhere to.
     (2) To follow, apply or be applicable, hold good in the case of (active also in this sense); itaretarāśrayaḥ prasajyeta, vaiṣamyanairghṛṇye neśvarasya prasajyete S. B.
     (3) To be attached to; tasbāmasau prāsajat Dk.

prasakta p. p.
     (1) Attached to, connected with.
     (2) Excessively attached or fond; Pt. 1. 193.
     (3) Adhering or sticking to.
     (4) Fixed or intent upon, devoted or addicted to, engaged in, applied to; Śi. 9. 63; so dyūta-, nidrā- &c.
     (5) Contiguous, near.
     (6) Constant, incessant, uninterrupted; Ki. 4. 18; R. 13. 40; Māl. 4. 6; M. 3. 1.
     (7) Got, obtained, gained.
     (8) Expanded, opened. --ktaṃ ind. Incessantly, continuously; Ki. 16. 55.

prasaktiḥ f.
     (1) Attachment, devotion, addiction, devotedness, adherence.
     (2) Connection, union, association.
     (3) Applicability, bearing, application; as in atiprasakti (which is = ativyāpti q. v.)
     (4) Energy, perseverance; saṃtāpe diśatu śivaḥ śivāṃ prasaktiṃ Ki. 5. 50.
     (5) Conclusion, deduction.
     (6) A topic or subject of discourse.
     (7) Occurrence of a possibility.
     (8) Acquisition, gain.

prasaṃgaḥ
     (1) Attachment, devotion, addiction, devotedness; svarūpayogye surataprasaṃge Ku. 1. 19; tasyātyāyatakomalasya satataṃ dyūtaprasaṃgena kiṃ Mk. 2. 11; Śi. 11. 22.
     (2) Union, intercourse, association, connection; nivartatāmasmādgaṇikāprasaṃgāt Mk. 4; Pt. 1. 251.
     (3) Illicit intercourse.
     (4) Occupation, intentness, being engaged or occupied with; bhrūvikriyāṃ virataprasaṃgaiḥ Ku. 3. 47.
     (5) A subject or topic (of discourse or controversy).
     (6) An occasion, incident; digvijayaprasaṃgena K. 191; yātrāprasaṃgena Māl. 1.
     (7) Conjuncture, time, opportunity; Ms. 9. 5.
     (8) A contingency, event, case, occurrence of a possibility; neśvaro jagataḥ kāraṇamupapadyate kutaḥ vaiṣamyanairghṛṇyaprasaṃgāt S. B.; evaṃ cānavasthāprasaṃgaḥ ibid.; tasyāṇutaraprasaṃgāt Tarka k.; Ku. 7. 16.
     (8) Connected reasoning or argument.
     (9) A conclusion, an inference. (10) Connected language.
     (11) Inseparable application or connection (= vyāpti q. v.).
     (12) Mention of parents.
     (13) Introduction, insertion.
     (14) Gain. (prasaṃgena, prasaṃgataḥ, prasaṃgāt are used adverbially in the sense of 1. in relation to. --2. in consequence of, on account of, because of, by way of. --3. occasionally, incidentally. --4. in course of; as in kathāprasaṃgena in course of conversation').
     -- Comp.
          --nivāraṇaṃ prevention or obviation of similar contingencies in future.
          --vaśāt ind. according to the time, by the force of circumstances.
          --vinivṛttiḥ f. nonrecurrence of a contingency.

prasaṃgin a.
     (1) Fond of, attached or devoted to.
     (2) Dependent on, contingent on.
     (3) Occasional, incidental.
     (4) Secondary, subordinate.

prasajya a.
     (1) To be attached to.
     (2) Applicable, holding good.
     (3) Contingent, possible.
     -- Comp.
          --pratiṣedhaḥ 1. negation of a possible case or contingeny. --2. a simple prohibition of the particular matter specified without mentioning what is different (from it).

prasaṃjanam
     (1) Act of connecting, combining, uniting.
     (2) Applying, bringing to bear upon, bringing into use.

prasad 1 P.
     (1) To be pleased, be gracious or propitious (oft. with inf.); tamālapatrāstaraṇāsu raṃtuṃ prasīda śaśvanmalayasthalīṣu R. 6. 64.
     (2) To be appeased or soothed, be satisfied; nimittamuddviśya hi yaḥ prakupyati dhruvaṃ sa tasyāpagame prasīdati Pt. 1. 283.
     (3) To be pure or clear, clear up, brighten up (lit. and fig.); diśaḥ prasedurmaruto vavuḥ sukhāḥ R. 3. 14; Ki. 16. 35; prasasādodayādambhaḥ kumbhayonermahaujasaḥ 4. 21.
     (4) To bear fruit, succeed, be successful; kriyā hi vastūpahitā prasīdati R. 3. 29. --Caus.
     (1) To propitiate, secure the favour of, pray, beseech; tasmātpraṇamya praṇidhāya kāyaṃ prasādaye tvāmahamīśamīḍyaṃ Bg. 11. 44; R. 1. 88; Y. 3. 283.
     (2) To beg pardon, pray for grace.
     (3) To purify, make clear or pure; cetaḥ prasādayati Bh. 2. 23.

prasattiḥ f.
     (1) Favour, graciousness, complacency.
     (2) Clearness, purity, transparency.

prasanna p. p.
     (1) Pure, clear, bright, limpid, pellucid, transparent; Ku. 1. 23; 7. 74; S. 5. 21.
     (2) Pleased, delighted, propitiated, soothed; gaṃgāṃ śarannayati siṃdhupatiṃ prasannāṃ Mu. 3. 9; gaṃbhīrāyāḥ payasi saritaścetasīva prasanne Me. 40 (where the first sense is also intended); Ku. 5. 35; R. 2. 68.
     (3) Kind, kindly disposed, gracious, propitious; avehi māṃ kāmadughāṃ prasannāṃ R. 2. 63.
     (4) Plain, open, clear, easily intelligible (as meaning).
     (5) True, correct; prasannaste tarkaḥ V. 2; prasannaprāyaste tarkaḥ Māl. 1.
     (6) Settled down, tranquil. --nnā
     (1) Propitiation, pleasing.
     (2) Spirituous liquor.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. gracious-minded, propitious. (--m.) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --īrā spirituous liquor.
          --kalpa a. 1. almost calm. --2. almost true.
          --mukha, --vadana a. gracious-looking, with a pleased countenance, smiling.
          --salila a. having clear water.

prasādaḥ
     (1) Favour, kindness, condescension, propitiousness; kuru dṛṣṭiprasādaṃ 'be pleased to show yourself'; ityāprasādādasyāstvaṃ paricaryāparo bhava R. 1. 91; 2. 22.
     (2) Good temper, graciousness of disposition.
     (3) Calmness, tranquillity, composure, serenity, sedateness, absence of excitement; Bg. 2. 64.
     (4) Clearness, limpidness, brightness, transparency, purity (as of water, mind &c.); gaṃgā rodhaḥ patanakaluṣā gṛhṇatīva prasādaṃ V. 1. 8; S. 7. 32; prāptabuddhiprasādāḥ Śi. 11. 6; R. 17. 1; Ki. 9. 25.
     (5) Perspicuity, clearness of style, one of the three Guṇas according to Mammaṭa, who thus defines it; śuṣkeṃdhanāgnibat svacchajalabatsahasaiva yaḥ . vyāpnotyanyatprasādosau sarvatra vihitasthitiḥ K. P. 8; yāvadarthakapadatvarūpamarthavaimalyaṃ prasādaḥ or śrutamātrā vākyārthaṃ karatalabadaramiva nivedayaṃtī ghaṭanā prasādasya R. G.; see Kāv. 1. 44; S. D. 611 also.
     (6) Food offered to idols &c., or the remnants of such food.
     (7) A free gift, gratuity.
     (8) Any propitiatory offering.
     (9) Wellbeing, welfare. Comp. unmukha a. disposed to favour. --dānaṃ a propitiatory gift. --paṭṭaḥ a turban of honour. --parāṅmukha a. 1. withdrawing favour from any one. --2. not caring for any body's favour. --pātraṃ an object of favour. --stha a. 1. kind, propitious. --2. serene, pleased, happy.

prasādaka, prasādin a. (dikā f.)
     (1) Purifying, clearing, making pellueid.
     (2) Soothing, calming.
     (3) Gladdening, cheering.
     (4) Courting favour, propitiating.

prasādana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Purifying, clearing, rendering pure or clear; phalaṃ katakavṛkṣasya yadyapyaṃbuprasādanaṃ Ms. 6. 67.
     (2) Soothing, calming.
     (3) Cheering, gladdening. --naḥ A royal tent. --naṃ
     (1) Clearing from impurities, purifying.
     (2) Soothing, calming, tranquillizing, composing.
     (3) Pleasing, gratifying.
     (4) Propitiating, courting favour. --nā
     (1) Service, worship.
     (2) Purifying.

prasādita p. p.
     (1) Purified, cleared.
     (2) Appeased, propitiated.
     (3) Worshipped.
     (4) Calmed, soothed.

prasādīkṛ 8 U. To bestow as a favour, give as a present.

prasaṃdhānam Combination, union.

prasabhaḥ Force, violence, impetuosity; prasabhoddhṛtāriḥ R. 2. 30. --bhaṃ ind.
     (1) Violently, forcibly, perforce; iṃdriyāṇi pramāthīni haraṃti prasabhaṃ manaḥ Bg. 2. 60; Ms. 8. 332.
     (2) Very much, exceedingly; tavāsmi gītarāgeṇa hāriṇā prasabhaṃ hṛtaḥ S. 1. 5; Rs. 6. 25.
     (3) Importunately; Bg. 11. 41.
     -- Comp.
          --damanaṃ subduing by force; S. 7. 33.
          --haraṇaṃ forcible abduction.

prasamīkṣaṇaṃ, prasamīkṣā Consideration, deliberation, judgment.

prasayanam
     (1) Binding, fastening.
     (2) A net.

prasargaḥ Ved.
     (1) Pouring or flowing forth.
     (2) Emission, discharge.

prasa(śa)laḥ The cold season (hemaṃta).

prasavya a.
     (1) Contrary, inverted, reverse.
     (2) Turned towards the left
     (3) Favourable.

prasah 1 A.
     (1) To bear, endure; na tejastejasvī prasṛtamapareṣāṃ prasahate U. 6. 14.
     (2) To withstand, resist, overpower; saṃyuge sāyugīnaṃ tamudyataṃ prasaheta kaḥ Ku. 2. 57.
     (3) To exert oneself, attempt.
     (4) To dare, venture, be able.
     (5) To have power or energy; see prasahya.

prasa(sā)h  m. Ved.
     (1) Force, violence.
     (2) An epithet of Indra.

prasaha a. Withstanding, enduring, bearing up. --haḥ
     (1) A beast or bird of prey.
     (2) Resistance, endurance, opposition.

prasahanaḥ A beast or bird of prey. --naṃ
     (1) Withstanding, resisting.
     (2) Enduring, bearing up.
     (3) Defeating, overcoming.
     (4) Embracing, an embrace.

prasahya ind.
     (1) Forcibly, violently, by force; prasahya maṇimuddharenmakaravaktradaṃṣṭrāṃkurāt Bh. 2. 4; Śi. 1. 27.
     (2) Exceedingly, much.
     -- Comp.
          --cauraḥ a plunderer, highwayman.
          --haraṇaṃ violent or forcible seizure, plundering.

prasāhaḥ Overpowering, defeating.

prasātikā A kind of rice(with small grains).

prasādh Caus.
     (1) To advance, promote.
     (2) To accomplish, effect; perfect, complete.
     (3) To gain, obtain; Pt. 1. 2.
     (4) To overcome, subdue.
     (5) To dress, decorate, adorn, embellish.

prasādhaka a. (dhikā f.)
     (1) Accomplishing, or perfecting.
     (2) Purifying, cleansing.
     (3) Decorating, ornamenting. --kaḥ A valet-de-chambre, an attendant who dresses his master; R. 17. 22.

prasādhanam
     (1) Accomplishing, effecting, bringing about.
     (2) Setting in order, arranging.
     (3) Decorating, ornamenting, embellishing; toilet, dress; Ku. 4. 18.
     (4) A decoration, ornament, means of decoration or ornament; Ku. 7. 13, 30. --naḥ, --naṃ, --nī A comb.
     -- Comp.
          --vidhiḥ decoration, embellishment.
          --viśeṣaḥ the highest decoration; prasādhanavidheḥ prasādhanaviśeṣaḥ V. 2. 3.

prasādhikā
     (1) A lady's maid, a female attendant who looks to the toilet of her mistress; prasadhikālaṃbitamagrapādamākṣipya R. 7. 7.
     (2) Wild rice.

prasādhita p. p.
     (1) Accomplished, completed, perfected.
     (2) Ornamented, decorated.
     (3) Proved.

prasita p. p.
     (1) Bound, fastened.
     (2) Devoted to, engaged in, occupied with.
     (3) Intent on, longing for, craving after (with instr. or loc.); lakṣmyā lakṣmyāṃ vā prasitaḥ Sk;. R. 8. 23.
     (4) Very clear. --taṃ Pus, matter.

prasitiḥ f.
     (1) A net.
     (2) A ligament.
     (3) A tie, fetter.
     (4) An attack, assault.
     (5) A throw, shot.
     (6) Reach, extent.
     (7) A series, succession.
     (8) Power, authority, influence.
     (9) Ved. A flame. (10) A track, path.

prasidh 4 P.
     (1) To be accomplished or effected.
     (2) To succeed.
     (3) To be made known.
     (4) To be got or obtained.
     (5) To be established.
     (6) To be decorated.

prasiddha p. p.
     (1) Renowned, famous, celebrated.
     (2) Decorated, ornamented, adorned; R. 18. 41; Ku. 5. 9; 7. 16.

prasiddhi; f.
     (1) Fame, celebrity, publicity, renown.
     (2) Success, accomplishment, fulfilment; Ki. 3. 39; Ms. 4. 3.
     (3) Ornament, decoration.

prasīdikā A small garden.

prasupta p. p.
     (1) Asleep, sleepy.
     (2) Fast asleep.

prasuptiḥ f.
     (1) Sleepiness.
     (2) Paralysis.

prasu-sū 1 P., 2. 4. A.
     (1) To beget, generate, produce.
     (2) To bring forth, be delivered of; putraratnaṃ prāsoṣṭa.

prasavaḥ
     (1) Begetting, generation, procreation, birth, production.
     (2) Child-birth, delivery, confinement; as in āsannaprasavā.
     (3) Offspring, progeny, young ones, children; oft. at the end of comp.; kevalaṃ vīraprasavā bhūyāḥ U. 1; Ku. 7. 87.
     (4) Source, origin, birth-place (fig. also); Ki. 2. 43.
     (5) Flower, blossom; prasavavibhūtiṣu bhūruhāṃ viraktaḥ Śi. 7. 42; nītā lodhraprasavarajasā pāṃḍutāmānane śrīḥ Me. 65; kuṃdaprasavaśithilaṃ jīvitaṃ 113; R. 9. 28; Ku. 1. 55; 4. 14; S. 5. 9; Māl. 9. 27, 31; U. 2. 20.
     (6) A fruit, product
     (7) Ved. Extracting Soma juice.
     (8) Setting in motion.
     (9) A current, stream. (10) Excitement, animation.
     (11) Enjoining, ordering
     (12) Assistance, help.
     (13) Pursuit, acquisition.
     -- Comp.
          --unmukha a. about to be delivered or confined; patiḥ pratītaḥ prasavonmukhīṃ priyāṃ dadarśa R. 3. 12.
          --gṛhaṃ a lying-inchamber.
          --dharmin a. productive, prolific.
          --baṃdhanaṃ the foot-stalk of a leaf or flower, peduncle.
          --vedanā --vyathā pangs of child-birth, throes.
          --sthalī a mother.
          --sthānaṃ 1. a place for delivery. --2. a nest.

prasavakaḥ The Piyāla tree.

prasavanam
     (1) Bringing forth.
     (2) Bearing children, fecundity.

prasavaṃtiḥ f. A woman in labour.

prasavitṛ m. A father, procreator; Pt. 4. 50.

prasavitrī A mother.

prasū a.
     (1) Bringing forth, bearing, giving birth to; strīprasūścādhivettavyā Y. 1. 73. --f.
     (1) A mother; mātarapitarauprasūjanayitārau Ak. 'parents'.
     (2) A mare.
     (3) A spreading creeper.
     (5) A young shoot, tender grass.

prasūkā A mare.

prasūta p. p.
     (1) Begotten, engendered.
     (2) Brought forth, born, produced. --taṃ
     (1) A flower.
     (2) Any productive source. --tā A woman recently delivered.

prasūtiḥ f.
     (1) Procreation, begetting, generation.
     (2) Bringing forth, bearing, delivering, giving birth to; R. 14. 66.
     (3) Calving.
     (4) Laying eggs; N. 1. 135.
     (5) Birth, production, generation; R. 10. 53.
     (6) Appearance, coming forth, growth (of flowers &c.); R. 5. 15; Ku. 1. 42.
     (7) A product, production.
     (8) Offspring, progeny, issue; R. 1. 25, 77; 2. 4; 5. 7; Ku. 2. 7, S. 6. 24.
     (9) A producer, generator, procreator; R. 2. 63. (10) A mother.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ pain resulting as a necessary consequence of birth.
          --vāyuḥ wind produced in the womb during the pangs of travail.

prasūtikā A woman recently delivered.

prasūna p. p. Produced, born. --naṃ--
     (1) A flower; latāyāṃ pūrvalūtāyāṃ prasūnasyāgamaḥ kutaḥ U. 5. 20, R. 2. 10.
     (2) A bud, blossom.
     (3) A fruit.
     -- Comp.
          --iṣuḥ, -bāṇaḥ, vāṇaḥ epithets of the god of love.
          --varṣaḥ a shower of flowers.

prasūnakam
     (1) A flower.
     (2) A bud, blossom.

prasṛ 1 P. To flow forth, spring, arise, proceed; lohitādyā mahānadyaḥ prasasrustatra cāsakṛt Mb.
     (2) To go forth, advance; velānilāyapramṛtā bhujaṃgāḥ R. 13. 12; anveṣaṇaprasṛte ca mitragaṇe Dk.
     (3) To spread, spread round; kṛśānuḥ kiṃ sākṣātprasarati diśo naiṣa niyataṃ K. P. 10; prasarati tṛṇamadhye labdhavṛddhiḥ kṣaṇena (davāgniḥ) Rs. 1. 25.
     (4) To spread, prevail, pervade; prasarati parimāthī kopyayaṃ dehadāhaḥ Māl. 1. 41; bhittvā bhittvā prasarati balātkopi cetovikāraḥ U. 3. 36.
     (5) To be stretched, to extend; na me hastau prasarataḥ S. 2.
     (6) To be disposed or inclined to (do a thing), move; na me uciteṣu karaṇīyeṣu hastapādaṃ prasarati S. 4; prasarati manaḥ kāryāraṃbhe Pt. 3. 180.
     (7) To prevail, begin, commence; prasasāra cotsavaḥ Ks. 16. 85.
     (8) To be long, be lengthened; V. 3. 22.
     (9) To grow strong or intense; prasṛtataraṃ sakhyaṃ Dk. (10) To pass away (as time).
     (11) To break forth or out (as fire). --Caus.
     (1) To spread, stretch; Bk. 10. 44.
     (2) To stretch forward, extend, hold out (as the hand); kālaḥ sarvajanān prasāritakaro gṛhṇāti dūrādapi Pt. 2. 20.
     (3) To spread out or expose for sale; kretāraḥ krīṇīyuriti buddhyā āpaṇe prasāritaṃ krayyaṃ Sk.; Ms. 5. 129.
     (4) To open wide, expand (as eyes).
     (5) To publish, promulgate.

prasaraḥ
     (1) Going forward, advancing; S. 1. 29.
     (2) Free or unimpeded motion, free scope; access or course; R. 8. 23; 16. 20; Mu. 3. 5; H. 1. 186.
     (3) Spreading, diffusion, extension, expansion, dilation; Śi. 9. 71.
     (4) Extent, dimension, great quantity; Śi. 3. 35.
     (5) Prevalence, influence; S. 3. 10.
     (6) A stream, flow, torrent, flood; papāta svedāṃbuprasara iva harṣa śrunikaraḥ Gīt. 11.
     (7) A group, multitude.
     (8) War, battle.
     (9) An iron arrow. (10) Speed.
     (11) Affectionate solicitation.
     (12) (In medicine) Morbid displacement of the humours of the body.
     (13) Destruction, ruin.

prasaraṇam
     (1) Going forth, running or streaming forth.
     (2) Escaping, running away.
     (3) Spreading forth or abroad.
     (4) Surrounding an enemy.
     (5) Amiability.
     (6) Morbid displacement of the humours of the body.

prasaraṇiḥ --ṇī f. Surrounding an enemy.

prasāraḥ
     (1) Spreading, extending.
     (2) Spread, diffusion, extension, expansion.
     (3) Stretching out.
     (4) Spreading over the country to forage.
     (5) Opening (the mouth).

prasāraṇam
     (1) Spreading abroad, extending, increase, diffusing, expanding.
     (2) Stretching out; as in bāhuprasāraṇaṃ.
     (3) Surrounding an enemy.
     (4) Spreading over the country for fuel and grass.
     (5) The change of a semivowel (y r and v) into a vowel; see saṃprasāraṇa.
     (6) Displaying, unfolding.

prasāriṇī Surrounding an enemy.

prasārita p. p.
     (1) Expanded, spread, diffused, extended.
     (2) Stretched out (as hands.).
     (3) Exhibited, laid out, exposed (for sale).

prasṛta p. p.
     (1) Gone forward.
     (2) Stretched out, extended.
     (3) Spread, diffused.
     (4) Long, lengthened.
     (5) Engaged in, attached to.
     (6) Swift, or quick.
     (7) Manifested, displayed; U. 6. 14.
     (8) Modest, humble. --taḥ The palm of the hand stretched out and hollowed. --taḥ, --taṃ A measure equal to two palas. --tā The leg.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a particular class of sons, an adulterine (kuṃḍagolakarūpa).

prasṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Advance, progress.
     (2) Flowing.
     (3) The palm of the hand stretched out and hollowed.
     (4) A handful (considered as a measure equal to two palas.); parikṣīṇaḥ kāścitspṛhayati yavānāṃ prasṛtaye Bh. 2. 45, Y. 2. 112.

prasṛtvara a. Spreading about; Bv. 4. 1.

prasṛmara a. Flowing forth, dropping, distilling.

prasṛj 6 P.
     (1) To leave, abandon.
     (2) To let loose.
     (3) To sow, scatter.
     (4) To injure, hurt.
     (5) To dismiss, set aside.

prasṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Laid aside, dismissed.
     (2) Hurt, injured. --ṣṭā A finger stretched forth or extended; (aṃgulyaḥ prasṛtā yāstu tāḥ prasṛṣṭā udīritāḥ).

prasṛp 1 P.
     (1) To go forth, proceed; Bk. 14. 20.
     (2) To spread, circulate (fig.); rudhireṇa prasarpatā Mb.; ālarkaṃ viṣamiva sarvataḥ prasṛptaṃ U. 1. 40.
     (3) To creep or crawl forth or along.

prasarpaḥ Going to the part of the sacrificial enclosure called sadas q. v.

prasarpaṇam
     (1) Going or moving forward, advancing.
     (2) Pervading, spreading in all directions.
     (3) Entering the sadas.

prasarpin a.
     (1) Going forth, progressing, advancing.
     (2) Creeping along.

prasekaḥ 1 Flowing forth, oozing, dropping.
     (2) Sprinkling, wetting.
     (3) Emission, discharge; Rs. 3. 6.
     (4) Vomiting.
     (5) Watering of the mouth or nose.
     (6) The bowl of a spoon or ladle.

prasedikā A small garden.

prasevaḥ, --prasevakaḥ
     (1) A sack, bag for grain.
     (2) A leathern bottle.
     (3) A small instrument of wood placed under the neck of the lute to make the sound deeper.

praskaṃd 1 P.
     (1) To leap forward.
     (2) To fall upon, attack. --Caus. To cross (a river &c.)

praskaṃdanam
     (1) Springing across or leaping over.
     (2) Evacuation by stool, diarrhoea. --naḥ An epithet of Śiva.

praskaṃdikā Dysentery.

praskanna p. p.
     (1) Sprung forth.
     (2) Fallen, dropped.
     (3) Defeated. --nnaḥ
     (1) An outcast.
     (2) A sinner, transgressor.

praskuṃdaḥ An altar of a circular shape.

praskhal 1 P.
     (1) To jostle; rathāḥ pracaskhaluścāśvāḥ Bk. 14. 98.
     (2) To stagger, stumble, reel, totter.

praskhalanam
     (1) Staggering.
     (2) Stumbling, falling.

prastaraḥ
     (1) A couch of leaves and flowers.
     (2) A couch or bed in general.
     (3) A flat surface or top, level plain.
     (4) A stone, rock.
     (5) A precious stone, gem.
     (6) A paragraph, section of a work.
     (7) A handful of darbha grass.

prastaraṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) A bed, couch.
     (2) A seat.

prastāraḥ
     (1) Strewing, spreading out, covering with.
     (2) A bed of leaves and flowers.
     (3) A bed or couch in general.
     (4) A flat surface, level, plain.
     (5) A thicket, wood.
     (6) (In prosody) A tabular representation of the long and short vowels of a metre with all possible varieties.
     (7) A process in preparing minerals.

prastiraḥ A bed of leaves and flowers.

prastīta --ma a.
     (1) Making a noise, sounded.
     (2) Crowded together, swarming.

prastu 2 U.
     (1) To praise.
     (2) To begin, commence; prastūyatāṃ vivādavastu M. 1.
     (3) To cause, produce; Mal. 5. 9.
     (4) To say, relate, propound. --Caus.
     (1) To relate, allude to, tell; Mal. 3. 3.
     (2) To begin, commence.

prastavaḥ
     (1) A song or hymn of praise.
     (2) A fit time or opportunity; see prastāva.

prastāvaḥ
     (1) Beginning, commencement.
     (2) An introduction.
     (3) Mention, allusion, reference; nāmamātraprastāvaḥ S. 7.
     (4) An occasion, opportunity, time, season; fit or proper time; tvarāprastāvoyaṃ na kha parihāsasya samayaḥ Māl. 9. 44; śiṣyāya bṛhatāṃ patyuḥ prastāvamadiśad dṛśā Śi. 2. 68.
     (5) The occasion of a discourse, subject, topic.
     (6) The prologue of a drama; see prastāvanā below.
     (7) The prelude or introductory words of a Sāman.
     (8) An introductory praise. (prastāve ind. on a suitable occasion, seasonably. prastāvena 1. incidentally, occasionally. --2. suitably).
     -- Comp.
          --yajñaḥ a conversation in which each interlocutor takes a part

prastāvanā
     (1) Causing to be praised or mentioned, praising, praise.
     (2) Beginning, commencement; ārya bālacaritaprastāvanāḍiṃḍamaḥ Mv. 1. 54.
     (3) An introduction, preface, exordium (in general); prastāvanā iyaṃ kapaṭanāṭakasya Mal. 2.
     (4) Sounding forth.
     (5) An introductory dialogue (the prologue) at the beginning of a drama between the manager and one of the actors, which, after giving an account of the author and his qualifications &c., introduces the audience to the incidents of the drama; (for definition, see āmukha).

prastāvita a.
     (1) Begun, commenced.
     (2) Mentioned, referred to.

prastuta p. p.
     (1) Praised, eulogized.
     (2) Begun, commenced.
     (3) Accomplished, done, effected.
     (4) Happened.
     (5) Approached.
     (6) Proposed, declared, under discussion, taken in hand.
     (7) Expected, desired.
     (8) Ready, prepared.
     (9) Executed with effort or energy. (10) Made or consisting of. --taṃ
     (1) The matter in hand, the subject under discussion or consideration; adhunā prastutamanusriyatāṃ.
     (2) (In Rhet.) Forming the subject of discussion, the upameya; see prakṛta; aprastutapraśaṃsā sā yā saiva prastutāśrayā K. P. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ a figure of speech in which a reference is made to a passing circumstance to bring out something latent in the hearer's mind; see Chandr. 5. 64 and Kuval. under prastutāṃkura.

prastutiḥ f. Ved. Praise, eulogium.

prasthā 1 A.
     (1) To set out, depart; pārasīkāṃstato jetuṃ pratasthe sthalavartmanā R. 4. 60; Ku. 3. 22.
     (2) To advance, march towards.
     (3) To walk, move; R. 1. 89.
     (4) To stand firmly.
     (5) To be established.
     (6) To approach, come near. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to retire.
     (2) To send away, dismiss, despatch; tau daṃpatī svāṃ prati rājadhānīṃ prasthāpayāmāsa vaśī vaśiṣṭhaḥ R. 2. 70.
     (3) To drive away, banish, expel; Ku. 6. 7.
     (4) To urge forwards, push on.

prastha a.
     (1) Going to, visiting, abiding in; as in vānaprastha.
     (2) Going on a journey.
     (3) Spreading, expanding.
     (4) Firm, stable. --sthaḥ, --sthaṃ
     (1) A level expanse, level plain; as in oṣadhiprastha, iṃdraprastha &c.
     (2) Table-land on the top of a mountain; prasthaṃ himādrermṛganābhigaṃdhi kiṃcit kvaṇatakinnaramadhyuvāsa Ku. 1. 54; Me. 58.
     (3) The top or peak of a mountain; Śi. 4. 11 (where it has sense 4 also).
     (4) A particular measure of capacity equal to thirty-two palas.
     (5) Anything measuring a Prastha.
     -- Comp.
          --puṣpaḥ a variety of holy basil.

prasthaṃpaca a. Cooking a Prastha.

prasthānam
     (1) Going or setting forth, departure, moving, walking; prasthānaviklavagateravalaṃbanārthaṃ S. 5. 3; R. 4. 88; Me. 41; Amaru. 31.
     (2) Coming to; Ku. 6. 61.
     (3) Sending away, despatching.
     (4) Procession, march.
     (5) A march, the march of an army or assailant.
     (6) A method, system.
     (7) Death, dying.
     (8) An inferior kind of drama; see S. D. 276, 544

prasthāpanam
     (1) Sending away, dismissing, despatching.
     (2) Appointment to an embassy.
     (3) Proving, demonstrating.
     (4) Using, employing.
     (5) Carrying off cattle. --nā Sending away, despatching.

prasthāpita p. p.
     (1) Sent away, despatched.
     (2) Established, proved.
     (3) Urged, pushed on.

prasthāyin a.
     (1) Departing, going forth.
     (2) Travelling, marching.

prasthita p. p. Set out, gone forth, departed, gone on a journey; (see sthā with pra).

prasthitiḥ f.
     (1) Going forth, departure.
     (2) A march, journey.

prasnaḥ A vessel for bathing.

prasnigdha a. Very oily or greasy; S. 1. 14.

prasnu 2 P. To distil, pour forth.

prasnavaḥ
     (1) Flowing, pouring forth, exudation; U. 6. 22.
     (2) A stream or flow (as of milk); R. 1. 84.

prasnuta p. p. Dropping, oozing, pouring forth.
     -- Comp.
          --stanī one whose breasts distil milk (through excess of maternal love); U. 3.

prasnuṣā The wife of a grandson.

praspaṃdanam Palpitating, vibrating, trembling.

prasphuṭ 10 U.
     (1) To pierce through, cleave, split.
     (2) To expand, open.

prasphuṭa a.
     (1) Blown, opened, expanded (as a flower).
     (2) Divulged, published, spread abroad (as a report).
     (3) Plain, clear, manifest, evident.

prasphoṭanam
     (1) Expanding, blooming, opening.
     (2) Making clear or manifest, disclosing, revealing.
     (3) Splitting.
     (4) Causing to bloom or blow.
     (5) Threshing corn.
     (6) A winnowing basket.
     (7) Striking, beating.
     (8) Wiping away, rubbing out.

prasphur 6P.
     (1) To quiver, tremble.
     (2) To expand, be dilated; prāsphurannayanaṃ Mb.
     (3) To spread far and wide; saṃsthitasya guṇotkarṣaḥ prāyaḥ prasphurati sphuṭaṃ Subhāṣ.

prasphurita p. p. Quivering, trembling, vibrating, tremulous.

prasmṛtiḥ f. Forgetfulness.

prasyaṃd 1 A.
     (1) To flow forth, exude.
     (2) To move rapidly, fly away, run.

prasyaṃdaḥ --danam Flowing forth, exudation; trickling out, oozing.

prasraṃsin a. Miscarrying.

prasru 1 P.
     (1) To flow forth or out, gush forth, ooze out.
     (2) To pour out, let flow.

prasravaḥ
     (1) Trickling forth, gushing, flowing or oozing out.
     (2) A flow, stream.
     (3) Milk flowing from the breast or udder; prasraveṇa (v. l. for prasnavena) abhivarṣaṃtī vatsālokapravartinā R. 1. 84.
     (4) Urine.
     (5) The overflowing scum of boiling rice. --vāḥ (pl.) Falling or gushing tears.

prasravaṇam
     (1) Flowing or gushing forth, trickling, oozing, dripping.
     (2) Flow or discharge of milk from the breast or udder; (vṛkṣakān) ghaṭastanaprasravaṇairvyavardhayat Ku. 5. 14.
     (3) A. fall of water, cascade, cataract.
     (4) A spring, fountain; samācitā prasravaṇaiḥ samaṃtataḥ Rs. 2. 16; Ms. 8. 248; Y. 1 159.
     (5) Aspout.
     (6) A pool formed by the mountain streams.
     (7) Sweat, perspiration.
     (8) Voiding urine. --ṇaḥ N. of a mountain; janasthānamadhyago giriḥ prasravaṇo nāma U. 1.

prasravin a.
     (1) Pouring forth.
     (2) Yielding milk; R. 2. 61.
     (3) Rich in milk.

prasrāvaḥ
     (1) Flowing, oozing.
     (2) Urine.
     (3) = prasrava
     (5) q. v.

prasruta p. p. Oozed, trickled, dropped, issued.

prasva(svā)naḥ  A loud noise.

prasvāpaḥ
     (1) Sleep.
     (2) A dream.
     (3) A missile which induces sleep.

prasvāpaka a.
     (1) Causing to fall asleep, soporific.
     (2) Causing to die, slaying.

prasvāpanam
     (1) Causing or inducing sleep.
     (2) A missile which induces sleep in the person attacked; R. 7. 61.

prasvādas a. Ved. Agreeable, pleasant.

prasvāraḥ Ved. An epithet of the sacred syllable om (repeated at the beginning of a Pāṭha or lesson).

prasvinna p. p. Sweated, perspired.

prasvedaḥ Excessive perspiration.

prasvedita p. p.
     (1) Covered with sweat, perspired, sweating.
     (2) Causing perspiration, hot.

prahan 2 P.
     (1) To kill, slay; prāghāniṣata rakṣāṃsi yenāptāni vane mama . na prahaṇmaḥ kathaṃ pāpaṃ vada pūrvāpakāriṇaṃ Bk. 9. 102.
     (2) To strike, beat, hit; gadāprahatatanuḥ
     (3) To strike, beat (a drum &c.); see prahata.

prahaṇanam Killing, slaughter.

prahata p. p.
     (1) Wounded, killed, slain.
     (2) Beaten, struck (as a drum); sa svayaṃ prahatapuṣkaraḥ kṛtī R. 19. 14; Me. 64.
     (3) Repulsed, overcome, defeated.
     (4) Spread, expanded.
     (5) Contiguous.
     (6) Beaten, frequented (as a track).
     (7) Accomplished, learned.

prahaṇe(ne)miḥ  The moon.

prahas 1 P.
     (1) To laugh, smile; tataḥ prahasyāpabhayaḥ puraṃdaraṃ R. 3. 51.
     (2) To deride, ridicule, mock; hasaṃtaṃ prahasaṃtyetā rudaṃtaṃ prarudaṃti ca Subhāṣ.
     (3) To brighten up, look splendid, cheer up.

prahasanam
     (1) Loud or violent laughter, laughing, mirth.
     (2) Ridicule, mockery, irony, joke; dhik prahasanaṃ U. 4.
     (3) Satire, satirical writing.
     (4) A farce, a kind of low comedy; S. D. thus defines it: --bhāṇavatsaṃdhisaṃdhyaṃgalāsyāṃgāṃkaurvinimartiṃ . bhavet prahasanaṃ vṛttaṃ niṃdyānāṃ kavikalpitaṃ .. 533 et seq.; e. g. kaṃdarpakeli.

prahasaṃtī
     (1) A kind of jasmine(pṛthikā or vāsaṃtī q. v.).
     (2) A large firepan.

prahasita p. p.
     (1) Laughing. --taṃ Laughter, mirth.

prahāsaḥ
     (1) Violent or loud laughter.
     (2) Ridicule, derision.
     (3) Irony, satire.
     (4) A dancer, an actor.
     (5) N. of Śiva.
     (6) Appearance, display; Ve. 2. 28.
     (7) N. of a place of pilgrimage; cf. prabhāsa.

prahāsakaḥ A jester, buffoon.

prahāsin a.
     (1) Causing laughter, amusing, diverting.
     (2) Joking, jesting.
     (3) Smiling with; Māl. 9. 15.
     (4) Shining, resplendent; Ku. 5. 37.
     (5) Satirical. --m. A jester, buffoon.

prahastaḥ
     (1) The open hand with the fingers extended.
     (2) N. of a general of Rāvaṇa.

prahā 3 P.
     (1) To give up, forsake, abandon, relinquish; prajahāti yadā kāmān Bg. 2. 55, 39; mādemetau prahāsyete Rām.
     (2) To let go, cast, discharge; prajahuḥ śūlapaṭṭiśān Bk. 14. 23.
     (3) To depart from. --Pass.
     (1) To be forsaken or neglected.
     (2) To be lost, to perish.
     (3) To vanish, cease, disappear.

prahā Ved. A good throw at dice, gain.

prahāṇam Abandoning, omitting, quitting; Śi. 4. 55.

prahāṇiḥ f.
     (1) Abandoning.
     (2) Deficiency, want.

prahaṇi p. p. Left, quitted, abandoned. --ṇaṃ Destruction, removal, loss.

prahi 5 P.
     (1) To send forth, propel.
     (2) To throw, discharge, shoot; vināśāttasya vṛkṣasya rakṣastasmai mahopalaṃ prajighāya R. 15. 21; Bk. 15. 121.
     (3) To send, despatch; harirasmai hariṇīṃ surāṃganāṃ prajighāya R. 8. 79; 11. 49; 12. 84; Bk. 15. 104.

prahāyyaḥ Ved. A messenger.

prahiḥ A well.

prahita p. p.
     (1) Placed, put forth.
     (2) Extended, stretched out.
     (3) Sent, despatched, directed; vicāramārgaprahitena cetasā Ku. 5. 42.
     (4) Discharged, shot (as an arrow).
     (5) Appointed.
     (6) Appropriate, suitable. --taṃ A sauce, condiment.

prahutaḥ --tam An offering of food to all created beings (bhūtayajña), one of the five daily Yajṇas to be performed by a householder; cf. Ms. 3. 74.

prahutiḥ f. Ved. An excellent oblation.

prahṛ 1 P.
     (1) To strike, strike at, beat; lattayā praharati 'kicks'; R. 5. 58; Ku. 3. 70; Bk. 9. 7.
     (2) To hurt, injure, wound (with loc.); ārtatrāṇāya vaḥ śastraṃ na prahartumanāgasi S. 1. 11; R. 2. 62; 7. 59; 11. 84; 15. 3.
     (3) To attack, assault.
     (4) To throw, cast, hurl (with loc. or dat.).
     (5) To seize upon.
     (6) To offer, present (Ved.)

praharaḥ The eighth part of a whole day, a watch (a period roughly reckoned at 3 hours); prahare prahare'sahoccāritāni gāmānayetyādipadāni na pramāṇaṃ T. S.

praharakaḥ
     (1) A watch.
     (2) Striking the hours.

praharaṇam
     (1) Striking, beating.
     (2) Casting, throwing.
     (3) Assailing, attacking.
     (4) Hurting.
     (5) Removing, expelling.
     (6) A weapon, missile; yā (urvaśī) sukumāraṃ praharaṇaṃ maheṃdrasya V. 1; R. 13. 73; Mk. 5. 12; Bg. 1. 9; Mal. 8. 9.
     (7) War, battle, fight.
     (8) A covered litter or car.
     (9) The box of a carriage.

praharaṇīyam A missile, weapon.

praharin m.
     (1) A watchman.
     (2) A bellman.

prahartṛ a. or s.
     (1) One who strikes or beats, an assailant.
     (2) Fighting, a combatant, fighter.
     (3) Shooting, a shooter, an archer.

prahāraḥ
     (1) Striking, beating, hitting; Y. 3. 248.
     (2) Wounding, killing.
     (3) A stroke, blow, hit, knock, thump; R. 7. 44; muṣṭiprahāra, talaprahāra &c.
     (4) A cut or thrust, as in khaḍgaprahāra.
     (5) A kick; as in pādaprahāra; lattāprahāra.
     (6) Shooting.
     -- Comp.
          --ārta a. wounded by a blow. (
          --rtaṃ) acute pain caused by a wound.

prahāraṇam A desirable gift.

prahṛta p. p.
     (1) Beaten, struck, hit, wounded.
     (2) Seized. --taṃ A blow, stroke, hit.

prahṛṣ 4 P.
     (1) To be glad, to rejoice; na prahṛṣyet priyaṃ prāpya Bg. 5. 20; 11. 36.
     (2) To stand on end, bristle (as hair of the body).
     (3) To rejoice before hand, anticipate pleasure. --Caus. To gladden, exhilarate, delight.

praharṣaḥ
     (1) Extreme joy, exultation, rapture; guruḥ praharṣaḥ prababhūva nātmani R. 3. 17.
     (2) Erection of the male organ.

praharṣaṇam Enrapturing, making extremely glad. --ṇaḥ The planet Mercury.

praharṣa(rṣi)ṇī
     (1) Turmeric.
     (2) N. of a metre; see App. I.

praharṣulaḥ The planet Mercury.

prahṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Delighted, pleased, glad, overjoyed.
     (2) Thrilling, bristling (as hair).
     -- Comp.
          --ātman, --citta, --manas a. delighted in soul, rejoiced at heart.
          --rūpa a. looking pleased.
     (2) of a pleasing form.

prahṛṣṭakaḥ A crow.

praheṇakam
     (1) A kind of pastry (piṣṭaka).
     (2) Sweetmeats distributed at festivals.

prahelakaḥ
     (1) A kind of cake or sweetmeat.
     (2) A riddle; see prahelikā below.

prahelā Free or unrestrained behaviour, loose conduct, playful dalliance; Pt. 2. 44.

praheliḥ f., prahelikā A riddle, an enigma, a conundrum. It is thus defined in the vidagdhamukhamaṃḍanaḥ-vyaktīkṛtya kamapyarthaṃ svarūpārthasya gopanāt . yatra bāhyāṃtarāvarthau kathyete sā prahelikā. It is ārthī or śābdī; taruṇyāliṃgitaḥ kaṃṭhe nitaṃbasthalamāśritaḥ . gurūṇāṃ sannidhāne'pi kaḥ kūjati muhurmuhuḥ (where the answer is īṣadūnajalapūrṇakuṃbhaḥ) is an instance of the former kind; sadāri madhyāpi na vairiyuktā nitāṃtaraktāpyasitaiva nityaṃ . yathoktavādinyapi naiva dūtī kā nāma kāṃteti nivedayāśu .. (where the answer is sārikā), of the latter. Daṇḍin, however, mentions 16 different kinds of pralehikā; see Kav. 3. 96--124.

prahāsaḥ
     (1) Diminution, decrease.
     (2) Languishing, fading away.

prahlād
     (1) A. To be greatly delighted, rejoice. --Caus. To delight, exhilarate, gladden.

prahlanna p. p. Delighted, joyful, pleased.

prahLanniḥ f. Pleasure, delight.

prahrā(hLā)daḥ
     (1) Great joy, pleasure, delight, happiness.
     (2) Sound.
     (3) N. of a son of the demon HiraṇyaKaśipu. [According to the PadmaPurāṇa, he was a Brāhmaṇa in his previous existence, and when born as son of Hiraṇya-Kaśipu, he still retained his ardent devotion to Viṣṇu. His father, of course, did not like that his own son should be such a devout worshipper of his mortal enemies, the gods, and with the object of getting rid of him, he subjected him to a variety of cruelties; but Prahlāda, by the favour of Viṣṇu, was quite unscathed, and began to preach with even greater earnestness than before the doctrine that Viṣṇu filled all space and was omni-present, omni-scient, omni-potent. Hiraṇya-Kaśipu in a fit of exasperation asked him "If Viṣṇu is omni-present how do I not see him in the pillar of this hall"? Whereupon Prahlāda struck the pillar with his fist (according to another account, Hiraṇya-Kaśipu himself angrily kicked the pillar to convince his son of the absurdity of his faith), when Viṣṇu came out half-man and half-lion, and tore Hiraṇya-Kaśipu to pieces. Prahlāda succeeded his father, and reigned wisely and righteously.]

prahnā(hLā)dana  a. Gladdening, delighting; R. 13. 4. --naṃ Causing joy or delight, gladdening, delighting; yathā prahLādanāccaṃdraḥ R. 4. 12.

prahva a.
     (1) Sloping, slanting, inclined; Śi. 12. 56.
     (2) Stooping, bent down; bowing humbly down; eṣa prahvosmi bhagavan eṣā vijñāpanā ca naḥ Mv. 1. 47; 6. 37.
     (3) Submissive, humble, modestly submitting; prahveṣvanirbaṃdharuṣo hi saṃtaḥ R. 16. 80.
     (4) Devoted or attached to, engaged in, engrossed by.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjali a. bowing with the palms of the hand joined and put to the forehead as a mark of respect.

prahvayati Den. P. To make humble, subdue; tadauddhatyaṃ kvāpi vrajati vinayaḥ prahvayati māṃ U. 6. 11.

prahvālikā See prahelikā.

prahvāyaḥ A call, summons, invitation.

prāṃśu a. [prakṛṣṭāḥ aṃśavo'tra]
     (1) High, tall, lofty, of lofty or great stature (as a man); śālaprāṃśurmahābhujaḥ R. 1. 13; 15. 19.
     (2) Long, extended; S. 2. 15. --śuḥ A tall man, a man of great stature; prāṃśulabhye phale mohādudbāhuriva vāmanaḥ R. 1. 3.

prāk ind.
     (1) Before(usually with abl.), saphalāni nimittāni prākprabhātā ttato mama Bk. 8. 106; prāk sṛṣṭeḥ kevalātmane Ku. 2. 4; R. 14. 78 S. 5. 21.
     (2) At first, already; pramanyavaḥ prāgapi kośaleṃdre R. 7. 34.
     (3) Before, previously, in a previous portion (as of a book); iti prāgeva nirdiṣṭaṃ; Ms. 1. 71.
     (4) In the east, to the east of; grāmātprāk parvataḥ.
     (5) In front.
     (6) As far as, up to; prāk kaḍārāt.
     (7) At dawn or daybreak.

prākaṭyam Manifestation, publicity, notoriety.

prākaraṇika a. (kī f.) Pertaining to the subject of discussion, relevant to the matter in hand (often used in the sense of upameya in works on Rhetoric); aprākaraṇikasyābhidhānena prākaraṇikasyākṣepo'prastutapraśaṃsā K. P. 10.

prākarṣika a. (kī f.) Entitled to preference or superiority.

prākaṣikaḥ
     (1) A catamite.
     (2) A man supported by another's wife.

prākāmyam
     (1) Freedom of will; prākāmyaṃ te vibhūtiṣu Ku. 2. 11.
     (2) Wilfulness.
     (3) Irresistible will, considered as one of the eight attributes or siddhis of Śiva or the Supreme Being; see siddhi.

prākāraḥ
     (1) A fence, a wall, an enclosure.
     (2) An encircling or surrounding wall, rampart; dvitīyaṃ hemaprākāraṃ kurvadbhiriva vānaraiḥ R. 12. 71; Pt. 1. 229.

prākārīya a.
     (1) Fit for a wall.
     (2) Enclosed by a wall, walled.

prākāśaḥ Ved.
     (1) A metallic mirror.
     (2) A kind of ornament.

prākāśyam
     (1) Being known, evident or clear, publicity.
     (2) Fame, celebrity, renown; prākāśyaṃ svaguṇodayena guṇino gacchati kiṃ jammanā Pt. 1. 94.

prākṛta a. (tā-tī f.) [prakṛterayaṃ prakṛtyā nirvṛtto vā aṇ]
     (1) Original, natural, unaltered, unmodified; syātāmamitrau mitre ca sahajaprākṛtāvapi Śi. 2. 36 (see Malli. thereon).
     (2) Usual, common, ordinary.
     (3) Uncultivated, vulgar, unrefined, illiterate; prākṛta iva paribhūyamānamātmānaṃ na ruṇatsi K. 146; Bg. 18. 28.
     (4) Insignificant, unimportant, trifling; Mu. 1.
     (5) Derived from Prakriti, q. v.; prākṛto layaḥ 'reabsorption into Prakṛti.'
     (6) Provincial, vernacular (as a dialect); see below. --taḥ A low man, an ordinary or vulgar man. --taṃ A vernacular or provincial dialect derived from and akin to Sanskrit; prakṛtiḥ saṃskṛtaṃ tatra bhavaṃ tata āgataṃ ca prākṛtaṃ Hemachandra. (Many of these dialects are spoken by the female characters and inferior personages of Sanskrit plays); tadbhavastatsamo deśītyanekaḥ prākṛtakramaḥ Kāv. 1. 33; also 34, 35; tvamapyasmādṛśajanayogye prākṛtamārge pravṛtto'si Vb. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ a natural enemy, i. e. the ruler of an adjacent country; see Malli. on Śi. 2. 36.
          --udāsīnaḥ a natural neutral; i. e. a ruler whose dominions lie beyond those of the natural ally.
          --jvaraḥ a common or ordinary fever.
          --pralayaḥ complete dissolution of the universe.
          --mitraṃ a natural ally; i. e. a ruler whose dominions lie immediately beyond those of the natural enemy (i. e. whose country is separated from the country with which he is allied by that of another).

prākṛtika a. (kī f.) [prakṛtyā nirvṛttaḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Natural, derived from nature; Mv. 7. 39.
     (2) Illusory.

prāktana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Former, previous, antecedent; prapedire prāktanajanmavidyāḥ Ku. 1. 30.
     (2) Old, ancient, early.
     (3) Relating to a former life or acts in a former life; saṃskārāḥ prāktanā iva R. 1. 20; Ku. 6. 10. --naṃ (or prāktanakarman) n. Fate, destiny.

prākharyam
     (1) Sharpness.
     (2) Pungency.
     (3) Wickedness.
     (4) Ardour, zeal.

prāgalbhyam
     (1) Boldness, confidence; niḥsādhvasatvaṃ prāgalbhyaṃ S. D.
     (2) Pride, arrogance.
     (3) Proficiency, skill.
     (4) Development, greatness, maturity; buddhiprāgalbhya, tamaḥprāgalbhya &c.
     (5) Manifestation, appearance; avāptaḥ prāgalmyaṃ pariṇatarucaḥ śailatanaye K. P. 10 'which has appeared'.
     (6) Eloquence, prāgalbhyahīnasya narasya vidyā śastraṃ yathā kāpuruṣasya haste (where prā- may mean 'boldness' also); Māl. 3. 11.
     (7) Pomp, rank.
     (8) Resoluteness, determination.
     (9) Impudence.

prāgāraḥ A house, building.

prāgram The highest point.
     -- Comp.
          --sara a. first, fore most; tvamarhatāṃ prāgrasaraḥ smṛto'si naḥ S. 5. 15.
          --hara a. chief, principal; viśvāvasu prāgraharaiḥ pravīṇaiḥ Ku. 7. 48; R. 16. 23.

prāgrāṭaḥ Thin coagulated milk.

prāgrya a. Chief, formost, best, most excellent.

prāghātaḥ War, battle.

prāghāraḥ Trickling out, dropping, oozing.

prāghuṇaḥ, prāghuṇakaḥ, prāghuṇikaḥ, prāghūrṇakaḥ, prāghūrṇikaḥ A guest, visitor; cirāparādhasmṛtimāṃsalo'pi roṣaḥ kṣaṇaprāghuṇiko babhūva Bv. 2. 66; śravaṇaprāghuṇikī kṛtā janaiḥ (kathā) N. 2. 56.

prāṃgam A small kind of drum (paṇava).

prāṃgaṇaṃ(naṃ)
     (1) A court, courtyard.
     (2) A floor (as of the house).
     (3) A kind of drum.

prāc, prāṃc a. (cī f.)
     (1) Turned towards the front, in front, foremost.
     (2) Eastern, easterly.
     (3) Prior, previous, former. --m. (pl.)
     (1) The people of the east.
     (2) Eastern grammarians.
     -- Comp.
          --agra a. (prāgagra) having the point turned towards the east.
          --abhāvaḥ (prāgabhāvaḥ) 1. antecedent non-existence, non-existence of a thing previous to its production, as of an effect previous to its production. --2. (in law) non-possession of property (that may be possessed).
          --abhihita (prāgabhihita) a. mentioned before.
          --avasthā (prāgagrasthā) the former state; na tarhi prāgavasthāyāḥ parihīyase Māl. 4 'you are none the worse for it'.
          --āyata (prāgāyata) a. extending towards the east.
          --uktiḥ f. (prāguktiḥ) previous utterance.
          --uttara (prāguttara) a. northeastern.
          --udaṃc a. (prāgudaṃc) northeastern.
          --udīcī (prāgudīcī) f. the north-east.
          --karman (prākkarman) n. 1. an action done in a former life. --2. a preliminary medieal treatment. --3. a preliminary action in general.
          --kālaḥ (prākkālaḥ) a former age.
          --kālīna (prākkālīna) a. belonging to the former times, old, ancient.
          --kūla (prākkūla) a. having the points turned towards the east (said of Kuśa grass); Ms. 2. 75. (
          --laṃ) the point of a blade of such Kuśa grass.
          --kṛtaṃ (prākkṛtaṃ) an act done in a former life.
          --kevala a. (prākkevala) manifested from the first in a distinct form.
          --gāmin a. (prāggāmin) 1. going before, preceding. --2. a precursor, forerunner. --3. going eastward.
          --caraṇā (prākcaraṇā) the female organ of generation.
          --ciraṃ (prākciraṃ) ind. in due or good time, before too late.
          --janman (prāgjanman) n.,
          --jātiḥ (prāgjātiḥ) f. a former birth.
          --jyotiṣaḥ (prāgyotiṣaḥ)
     (1) N. of country, also called Kāmarūpa. --2. the people of this country (pl.) (--ṣaṃ) N. of a city. -jyeṣṭhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --dakṣiṇa a. (prāgdakṣiṇa) south-eastern. --deśaḥ (prāgdeśaḥ) the eastern country. --dvāra, --dvārika a. (prāgdvāra &c.) having doors facing the east. --nyāyaḥ (prāṅnyāyaḥ) the plea of a former trial, res judicata; ācāreṇāvasannopi putarlekhaya te yadi . sobhidheyojitaḥ pūrvaṃ prāṅnyāyastu sa ucyate .. --padaṃ (prākpadaṃ) the first member of a compound. --prahāraḥ (prākprahāraḥ) the first blow. --phalaḥ (prākphalaḥ) the bread-fruit tree. --pha(phā) lgunī (prākphalgunī) the eleventh lunar mansion, (pūrvā). -bhavaḥ 1. the planet Jupiter. --2. N. of Bṛhaspati. --phālgunaḥ, --phālguneyaḥ (prākphālgunaḥ &c.) the planet Jupiter. --bhaktaṃ (prāgbhaktaṃ) taking medicine before meals. --bhāgaḥ (prāgbhāgaḥ) 1. the front. --2. the fore-part. --bhāraḥ (prāgbhāraḥ) 1. the top or summit of a mountain; Māl. 9. 15. --2. the front part, fore-part or end (of anything); kraṃdatpheravacaṃḍaḍātkṛtibhṛtaprāgbhārabhīmaistaṭaiḥ Māl. 5. 19. --3. a large quantity, heap, multitude, flood; Bh. 3. 129; Māl. 5. 29. --bhāvaḥ (prāgbhāvaḥ) 1. previous existence. --2. excellence, superiority. --mukha (prāṅmukha) a. 1. turned towards or facing the east; Ku. 7. 13; Ms. 2. 51; 8. 87. --2. inclined towards, wishing, desirous of. --vaṃśaḥ (prāgvaṃśaḥ) 1. a kind of sacrificial room having its columns turned towards the east; R. 15. 61 (prācīnasthūṇo yajñaśālāviśeṣaḥ Malli.; but some interpret the word to mean 'a room in which the friends and family of the sacrificer assemble'). --2. a former dynasty or generation. --vṛttaṃ = prāṅnyāyaḥ q. v. --vṛttāṃtaḥ (prāgvṛttāṃtaḥ) a former event. --śiras --sa, --śiraska (prākśiras &c.) a. having the head turned towards the east. --saṃdhyā (prāksaṃdhyā) the morning twilight. --savanaṃ (prāksavanaṃ) a morning libation or sacrifice. --srotas (prāksrotas) a. flowing eastward. (--f.) a river.

prācī The east; tanayamacirāt prācīvārkaṃ prasūyaṃ ca pāvanaṃ S. 4. 18.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --mūlaṃ the eastern horizon; prācīmūle tanumiva kalāmātraśeṣāṃ himāṃśoḥ Me. 89.

prācīna a. [prac bhavārthe kha]
     (1) Turned towards the front or east, eastern, easterly.
     (2) Previous, former, previously mentioned.
     (3) Old, ancient. --naḥ -naṃ A fence, wall. --naṃ ind.
     (1) In front.
     (2) Eastward (abl.).
     (3) Before.
     -- Comp.
          --agra a. = prāgagra q. v.
          --āvītaṃ the sacred thread (yajñopavīta) worn over the right shoulder and passed under the left arm, as at a Śrāddha.
          --āvītin, -upavīta a. wearing the sacred thread over the right shoulder and under the left arm; Ms. 2. 63.
          --kalpaḥ a former kalpa q. v.
          --gāthā an ancient story.
          --tilakaḥ the moon.
          --panasaḥ the Bilva tree.
          --barhis m. an epithet of Indra.
          --mataṃ an ancient opinion.

prācya a. [prāci bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Being or situated in front.
     (2) Being or living in the east, eastern, easterly.
     (3) Prior, preceding, previous.
     (4) Ancient, old. --cyāḥ (pl.)
     (1) 'The eastern country', the country south or east of the river Sarasvatī.
     (2) The people of this country.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāṃṣā the eastern dialect, language spoken in the east of India.

prācyaka a. Eastern, easterly.

prācaṃḍyam
     (1) Vehemence, passion.
     (2) Fierceness, horrible look; prācaṃḍyaṃ vahati nakhāyudhasya mārgaḥ Māl. 3. 17.

prācikā
     (1) A mosquito.
     (2) A female falcon.

prācīram An enclosure, fence, wall.

prācuryam
     (1) Abundance, copiousness, plenty.
     (2) Multitude.

prācetasaḥ A patronymic of Manu.
     (2) Of Daksha.
     (3) Of Vālmīki.

prāch a. (Nom. sing. prāṭ-ḍ) Asking, inquiring, questioning; as in śabdaprāṭ.
     -- Comp.
          --vivākaḥ (prāḍvivākaḥ) a judge, the presiding officer in a court of law; Ms. 8. 79, 181; 9. 234.

prājakaḥ A charioteer, driver, coachman; Ms. 8. 293.

prājanaḥ --nam A whip, goad; tyaktaprājanaraśmiraṃkitatanuḥ pārthāṃkitairmārgaṇaiḥ Ve. 5. 10.

prājahitaḥ The Gārhapatya fire, q. v.

prājāpatya a. [prajāpatirdevatā'sya yak]
     (1) Sacred to Prajāpati.
     (2) Born of Prajāpati (Brahmā); Ku. 6. 34.
     (3) Belonging to Prajāpati; R. 10. 52. --tyaḥ
     (1) One of the eight forms of marriage in Hindu law, in which the father gives his daughter to the bridegroom without receiving any present from him in order that the two may live happily and faithfully together; sahobhau caratāṃ dharmamiti vācānubhāṣya ca . kanyāpradānamabhyarcyaṃ prājāpatyo vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ .. Ms. 3. 30; or ityuktvā caratāṃ dharmaṃ saha yā dīyate'rthine . sa kāyaḥ (i. e. prājāpatyaḥ) pāvayettajjaḥ ṣaṭ ṣaḍvaṃśyānsahātmanā Y. 1. 60.
     (2) N. of the confluence of the Ganges and Yamunā (prayāga); (also n.).
     (3) (with tithi) The eighth day in the dark half of the month of Pausha.
     (4) N of Viṣṇu.
     (5) A kind of fast or penance; tryahaṃ prātastryahaṃ sāyaṃ tryahamadyādayācitam . tryahaṃ paraṃ ca na śnayīt prājāpatpamiti smṛtam ...
     (6) The heaven of the Manes (pitṛloka). --tyaṃ Giving away the whole of one's property before entering upon the life of an ascetic.

prājikaḥ --prājin m. A hawk.

prājitṛ m. A charioteer, driver, coachman; Śi. 18. 7.

prājeśam The constellation Rohiṇī.

prājña a. (jñā or jñī f.) [prajña eva svārthe aṇ]
     (1) Intellectual.
     (2) Wise, learned, clever; kimucyate prājñaḥ khalu kumāraḥ U. 4. --jñaḥ
     (1) A wise or learned man; tebhyaḥ prājñā na bibhyati Ve. 2. 14; Bg. 17. 14.
     (2) A kind of parrot. --jñā
     (1) Intelligence, understanding.
     (2) A clever or intelligent woman. --jñī
     (1) A clever or learned woman.
     (2) The wife of a learned man.
     (3) N. of a wife of the sun (sūryapatnī).
     -- Comp.
          --kathā a story about a wise man.
          --manya, --mānin or prājñaṃmāmin a. fancying oneself to be wise, conceited.

prājya a.
     (1) Abundant, copious, plentiful, much, many; tava bhavatu biḍaujāḥ prājyavṛṣṭiḥ prajāsu S. 7. 34; R. 13. 62; Śi. 14. 25.
     (2) Great, large, important; prājyavikramāḥ Ku. 2. 18; api prājyaṃ rājyaṃ tṛṇāmiva parityajya sahasā G. L. 5.
     (3) Lofty.

prāṃjala a.
     (1) Straightforward, candid, honest, sincere.
     (2) Straight, erect.

prāṃjali a. [prasṛtau aṃjalī yena] Folding the hands in supplication, as a mark of respect or humility.

prāṃjalika, prāṃjalin See prāṃjali.

prāṇ 2 P.
     (1) To breathe, respire, inhale air.
     (2) To live, be alive; yadahaṃ punareva prāṇimi K. 35; prāṇimastava mānārthaṃ Bk. 4. 38.
     (3) Ved. To blow (as the wind).

prāṇ m. = prāṇa below.

prāṇaḥ 1 Breath, respiration.
     (2) The breath of life, vitality, life, vital air, principle of life (usually pl. in this sense, the Prāṇas being five; prāṇa, apāna, samāna, vyāna and udāna); prāṇairupakrośamalamisairvā R. 2. 53; 12. 54; (hadi prāṇo gude'pānaḥ samāno nābhisaṃsthitaḥ . udānaḥ kaṃṭhadeśastho vyānaḥ sarvaśarīragaḥ ..).
     (3) The first of the five life-winds or vital airs (which has its seat in the lungs); Bg. 4. 29.
     (4) Wind, air inhaled.
     (5) Energy, vigour, strength, power; as in prāṇasāra q. v.
     (6) The spirit or soul (opp. śarīra).
     (7) The Supreme Spirit.
     (8) An organ of sense; Ms. 4. 143.
     (9) Any person or thing as dear and necessary as life, a beloved person or object; kośaḥ kośavataḥ prāṇāḥ prāṇāḥ prāṇā na bhūpateḥ H. 2. 92; arthapatervimardako bahiścarāḥ prāṇāḥ Dk. (10) The life or essence of poetry, poetical talent or genius; inspiration.
     (11) Aspiration; as in mahāprāṇa or alpaprāṇa q. v.
     (12) Digestion.
     (13) A breath as a measure of time.
     (14) Gum-myrrh.
     -- Comp.
          --atipātaḥ killing a living being, taking away life.
          --atyayaḥ loss of life.
          --adhika a. 1. dearer than life. --2. superior in strength or vigour.
          --adhināthaḥ a husband.
          --adhipaḥ the soul.
          --aṃtaḥ death.
          --aṃtika a. 1. fatal, mortal. --2. lasting to the end of life, ending with life. --3. dangerous. --4. capital (as a sentence). (
          --kaṃ) murder.
          --apahārin a. fatal, destructive to life.
          --apānaṃ --nau air inhaled and exhaled.
          --ayanaṃ an organ of sense.
          --āghātaḥ destruction of life, killing a living being; Bh. 3. 63.
          --ācāryaḥ a physician to a king.
          --ātman m. the vital or animal soul.
          --āda a. fatal, mortal, causing death.
          --ābādhaḥ injury to life.
          --āyāmaḥ restraining or suspending the breath during the mental recitation of the names or attributes of a deity.
          --āhutiḥ f. an oblation to the five Prāṇas.
          --īśaḥ --īśvaraḥ 1. a lover, husband; Amaru. 67; Bv. 2. 57. --2. wind.
          --īśā, --īśvarī a wife, beloved, mistress.
          --utkramaṇaṃ, --utsargaḥ departure of the soul, death.
          --upahāraḥ food.
          --kara a. refreshing or reviving the spirits.
          --kṛcchraṃ-bādhā peril of life, a danger to life.
          --grahaḥ the nose.
          --ghātaka a. destructive to life.
          --ghna a. fatal, lifedestroying.
          --chid a. 1. murderous. --2. destructive.
          --chedaḥ murder.
          --tyāgaḥ 1. suicide; varaṃ prāṇatyāgo na ca piśunavākyeṣvabhiruciḥ H. 1. --2. death.
          --da a. life-giving. (
          --daṃ) 1. water. --2. blood. (
          --daḥ) Viṣṇu.
          --dakṣiṇā gift of life; prāṇadakṣiṇāṃ dā 'to grant one his life'.
          --daṃḍaḥ capital punishment.
          --dayitaḥ a husband.
          --dātṛ a. 'life-giver', saviour, deliverer.
          --dānaṃ 1. resigning life. --2. the gift of life, saving one's life.
          --durodaraṃ, --dyūtaṃ fighting for life.
          --drohaḥ an attempt upon any body's life.
          --dhāra a. living, animate. (
          --raḥ) a living being.
          --dhāraṇaṃ 1. maintenance or support of life. --2. vitality. --3. a means of supporting life.
          --nāthaḥ 1. a lover, husband. --2. an epithet of Yama.
          --nigrahaḥ restraint of breath, checking the breath.
          --patiḥ 1. a lover, husband. --2. the soul.
          --patnī the voice.
          --parikrayaḥ staking one's life.
          --parigrahaḥ possession of life, life, existence.
          --prada-dāyaka, --dāyin a. restoring or saving life.
          --prayāṇaṃ departure of life, death.
          --priyaḥ 'as dear as life', a lover, husband.
          --bhakṣa a. feeding on air only.
          --bhāsvat m. the ocean.
          --bhṛt a. possessed of life, living, animate, sentient. (--m.) a living being; aṃtargataṃ prāṇabhṛtāṃ hi veda R. 2. 43. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --mokṣaṇaṃ 1. departure of life, death. --2. suicide.
          --yamaḥ = prāṇāyāma q. v.
          --yātrā 1. support of life; maintenance, livelihood; piṃḍapātamātraprāṇayātrāṃ bhagavatīṃ Māl. 1. --2. the act of breathing.
          --yoniḥ 1. the Supreme being. --2. wind. (--f.) the source of life.
          --raṃdhraṃ 1. the mouth. --2. a nostril.
          --rodhaḥ 1. suppressing the breath. --2. danger to life.
          --vināśaḥ, --viplavaḥ loss of life, death.
          --viyogaḥ separation of the soul from the body, death.
          --vṛttiḥ f. a vital function.
          --vyayaḥ cost or sacrifice of life.
          --śarīraḥ the Supreme being.
          --saṃyamaḥ suspension of breath.
          --saṃśayaḥ, --saṃkaṭaṃ, --saṃdehaḥ risk or danger to life, peril of life, a very great peril.
          --saṃhitā a manner of reciting the Vedic text.
          --sadman n. the body.
          --sama a. as dear as life (
          --maḥ) a husband, lover. (
          --mā) a wife.
          --sāra a. 'having life as the essence', full of strength and vigour, muscular; giricara iva nāgaḥ prāṇasāraṃ (gātraṃ) bibharti S. 2. 4.
          --hara --hārin a. 1. causing death, taking away life, fatal; puro mama prāṇaharo bhaviṣyasi Gīt. 7. --2. capital.
          --hāraka a. fatal. (
          --kaṃ) a kind of deadly poison.

prāṇakaḥ
     (1) A living being, an animate or sentient being.
     (2) Myrrh.

prāṇatha a. Strong, powerful. --thaḥ
     (1) Breathing.
     (2) Air, wind.
     (3) A sacred bathing place.
     (4) The lord of created beings.

prāṇanaḥ
     (1) The throat.
     (2) Water --naṃ
     (1) Respiration, breathing.
     (2) Life, living.
     (3) Producing life.

prāṇaṃtaḥ Air, wind.

prāṇaṃtī
     (1) Hunger.
     (2) Sobbing.
     (3) Hic-cough (hikkā).

prāṇamaya a. Living, breathing.
     -- Comp.
          --kośaḥ the vesture of the vital airs; see kośa.

prāṇavat a.
     (1) Furnished with or having breath, living, animated; yayā prāṇinaḥ prāṇavaṃtaḥ S. 1. 1.
     (2) Strong, powerful.

prāṇita a. Kept alive, animated.

prāṇin a. Breathing, living, alive. --m.
     (1) A living or sentient being, a living creature; yayā prāṇinaḥ prāṇavaṃtaḥ S. 1. 1; Me. 5.
     (2) A man.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ a limb of an animal.
          --jātaṃ a whole class of animals.
          --dyūtaṃ gambling with fightinganimals, (cock-fighting, ram-fight ng &c.).
          --pīḍā cruelty to animals.
          --hiṃsā injury to life, doing harm to living creatures.
          --hitā a shoe, boot.

prāṇāyya a. (yyī f.) Proper, fit, suited.

prāṇītyam Debt.

prātar ind.
     (1) At day-break, at dawn, early, in the morning.
     (2) Early on the morrow, the next or tomorro wmorning.
     -- Comp.
          --ahnaḥ the early part of the day, forenoon.
          --āśaḥ morning meal, breakfast; anyathā prātarāśāya kuryāma tvāmalaṃ vayaṃ Bk. 8. 98.
          --āśin m. one who has breakfasted or taken his morning meal.
          --karman n.
          --kāryaṃ, --kṛtyaṃ (prātaḥkarma &c.) a morning ceremony; a morning duty or rite (worship, prayer &c.).
          --kālaḥ (prātaḥkālaḥ) morning time.
          --geyaḥ a bard whose duty it is to wake the king or any great personage in the morning with appropriate songs.
          --trivargā (prātastrivargā) the river Ganges.
          --dinaṃ forenoon.
          --dohaḥ morning milk.
          --praharaḥ (prātaḥpraharaḥ) the first watch of the day.
          --bhoktṛ m. a crow.
          --bhojanaṃ morning meal, breakfast.
          --saṃdhyā (prātaḥsaṃdhyā) 1. the morning twilight. --2. the morning devotions or Sandhyā adoration of a Brāhmaṇa
          --samayaḥ (prātaḥsamayaḥ) morningtime, day-break.
          --savaḥ, --savanaṃ (prātaḥsavaḥ &c.) the morning libation of Soma.
          --snānaṃ (prātaḥsnānaṃ) morning ablution
          --homaḥ morning sacrifice.

prātastana a. (nī f.) Relating to the morning, matutinal.

prātastarām ind. Very early in the morning; prātastarāṃ patatribhyaḥ prabuddhaḥ praṇaman raviṃ Bk. 4. 14.

prātastya a. Matutinal.

prātiḥ f.
     (1) The span of the thumb and the forefinger.
     (2) Filling.

prātikā The China rose (javā).

prātikūlika a. (kī f.) Opposed, opposing, contrary; āḥ prātikūlikaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ Mv. 5.

prātikūlyam Adverseness, opposition, hostility, unfavourableness, unfriendliness.

prātijanīna (nī f.) Suitable against an adversary.

prātijñam The subject under discussion.

prātidaivasika a. (kī f.) Occurring daily.

prātipakṣa a. (kṣī f.)
     (1) Contrary, adverse.
     (2) Hostile, inimical.

prātipakṣyam Enmity, hostility.

prātipada a. (dī f.)
     (1) Forming the commencement.
     (2) Produced in, or belonging to, the day called pratipad q. v.

prātipadika a. Express, explicit. --kaḥ Fire. --kaṃ The crude form of a substantive, a noun in its uninflected state (before receiving the case-terminations); arthavadadhāturapratyayaḥ prātipadikaṃ P. I. 2. 45.

prātipauruṣika a. (kī f.) Relating to manliness or valour.

prātibha a. (bhī f.)
     (1) Relating to divination or genius.
     (2) Intellectual, mental. --bhaṃ Genius or vivid imagination.

prātibhāvyam Becoming bail or security, suretiship, becoming answerable for the appearance of a debtor, for his being trustworthy, and for paying his debt; śreṇīprātibhāvyenātiṣṭhat Dk.

prātibhāsika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Existing only in appearance, not real.
     (2) Looking like.

prātilomika a. (kī f.) Against the grain, adverse, hostile, disagreeable.

prātilomyam 1 Inversion, inverted or reverse order; Ms. 10. 13.
     (2) Hostility, opposition, hostile feeling.

prātiveśikaḥ, prātiveśmakaḥ, prātiveśyakaḥ A neighbour.

prātiveśyaḥ 1 A neighbour(in general).
     (2) A next-door neighbour (niraṃtaragṛhavāsī Kull.).

prātiśākhyam A grammatical treatise laying down rules for the phonetic changes which words in any Śākhā of the Vedas undergo, and teaching the mode of pronouncing the accents &c. (There exist four Prātiśākhyas, one for the Śākala branch of Ṛgveda, one for each of the two branches of the Yajurveda, and one for the Atharvaveda).

prātisvika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Peculiar, not common to others, one's own.
     (2) Granting to every one what is his due.

prātihaṃtram Vengeance, revenge.

prātihāraḥ, pratihārakaḥ, prātihārikaḥ A juggler, conjurer.

prātihāryam
     (1) Juggling, conjuring, legerdemain.
     (2) Working miracles.
     (3) A miracle.

prātītika a. (kī f.) Mental, existing in the mind or imagination.

prātīpaḥ A patronymic of Śantanu.

prātīpika a. (kī f.) Roverse, contrary, retrograde.

prātyaṃtikaḥ A prince of the Pratyantas, q. v.

prātyayika a. (krī f.)
     (1) Confidential, trusty.
     (2) Standing bail for the trustworthineas of a debtor (as a pratibhū or surety).

prātyahika a. (kī f.) Occurring every day, daily.

prāthamakālpakaḥ
     (1) A student who has just entered on the study of the Vedas (śaikṣa).
     (2) A Yogin just commencing his course.

prāthamika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Primary, first, initial.
     (2) Former, previous.
     (3) Happening for the first time.

prāthamyam Being first, precedence, priority.

prādakṣiṇyam Going round a person or object from left to right keeping the right side towards the object circumambulated.

prādus ind. Visibly, evidently, manifestly, in sight (used chiefly with bhū, kṛ and as).

prāduras 2 P. To appear, spring up; prādurāsīttamonudaḥ Ms. 1. 6; R. 11. 15; prāduḥṣyātka iva jita puraḥ pareṇa Śi. 8. 12.

prādurbhū 1 P.
     (1) To become manifest or visible, show oneself, appear.
     (2) To arise, come to light.
     (3) To become audible, be heard.

prādurbhāvaḥ
     (1) Coming into existence, arising; vapuḥprādurbhāvāt K. P. 10.
     (2) Becoming visible, evident or manifest, manifestation, appearance.
     (3) Becoming audible.
     (4) The appearance of a deity on earth.

prādurbhūta a. Appeared, become visible or manifest, manifested, displayed.

prāduṣkaraṇam Manirestation, making visible.

prāduṣyam Manifestation.

prādeśaḥ
     (1) The span of the thumb and forefinger.
     (2) A spot, place, region.

prādeśanam A gift, donation.

prādeśika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Having precedents, precedented.
     (2) Limited, local.
     (3) Significant. --kaḥ The owner of a district.

prādeśin a. A span long.

prādeśinī The forefinger.

prādoṣa a. (ṣī f.), prādoṣika a. (kī f.), Relating to the evening.

prādhanikam A destructive weapon, any war implement.

prādhānika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Most eminent or excellent, pre-eminent, supreme, most distinguished.
     (2) Relating to or derived from Pradhāna, q. v.

prādhānyam
     (1) Pre-eminence, superiority, predominance, prominence.
     (2) Ascendancy, supremacy.
     (3) A chief or principal cause. (prāvānyena, prādhānyāt, prādhānyataḥ 'chiefly', 'especially', 'principally'; Bg. 10. 19).

prādhīta a. Well-read, highly educated (as a Brahmaṇa).

prādhyayatam Reading, studying.

prādhva a. [prakṛṣṭo'dhvā ac samāsaḥ]
     (1) Distant, remote, long.
     (2) Bent, inclined.
     (3) Fastened, bound (baddha).
     (4) Favourable. --dhvaḥ A carriage. --dhvaṃ ind.
     (1) Favourably, agreeably or conformably, suitably; sabhājane me bhujamūrdhvabāhuḥ savyetaraṃ prādhvamitaḥ prayuṃkte R. 13. 43.
     (2) Crookedly.

prāṃtaḥ [prakṛṣṭoṃ'taḥ]
     (1) Edge, margin, border, skirt, verge; prāṃtasaṃstīrṇadarbhāḥ S. 4. 7.
     (2) Corner (as of the lips, eyes &c.); Māl. 4. 2; oṣṭha-, nayana-.
     (3) Boundary, extremity.
     (4) Extreme verge, end; yauvanaprāṃta Pt. 4.
     (5) A point, tip.
     (6) The back part.
     -- Comp. A
          --ga a. living close by.
          --durgaṃ a suburb outside the walls of a town, a town near a fort.
          --virasa a. tasteless in the end.
          --śūnya a. see prāṃtaraśūnya. --stha a. one who inhabits the borders.

prāṃtataḥ ind. Marginally, along the border or edge.

prāṃtaram [prakṛṣṭamaṃtaṃra yatra]
     (1) A long, lonesome or solitary path, desolate road.
     (2) A road without shade, dreary tract of land.
     (3) A forest, wilderness.
     (4) The hollow of a tree.
     -- Comp.
          --śūnyaḥ a long dreary road (without trees, shade &c.).

prāp 5 P. To get, obtain, gain, acquire; R. 17. 1.
     (2) To attain to, go to, reach; yathā mahāhadaṃ prāpya kṣiptaṃ loṣṭaṃ vinaśyati Ms. 11. 264; R. 1. 48; Bk. 15. 106; so āśramaṃ, nadīṃ, vanaṃ &c.; prāpyāvaṃtīn Me. 30.
     (3) To stretch, extend.
     (4) To meet with, find, light upon, overtake; Bk. 5. 96.
     (5) To result or follow (as a conclusion); paricchinnastāvajjīva iti prāpnoti S. B.
     (6) To incur, bring upon oneself (doṣa, daṃḍa &c.).
     (7) To suffer, endure.
     (8) To be changed into (in gram.).
     (9) To be present, be at hand (Ved.). --Caus
     (1) To lead or bring to, take to, convey; sapatnīḥ prāpayaṃtyābdha siṃdhavo naganimnagāḥ Śi. 2. 104; vasatiṃ priya kāmināṃ priyāstvadṛte prāpāyituṃ ka īśvaraḥ Ku. 4. 11, 32; Ve. 3. 7, R. 14. 45, 60.
     (2) To cause to obtain, give, provide; abhimanyutanayamasūnprāpitavān K. 175 'restored to life, revived'.
     (3) To promote or advance, appoint to (an office).
     (4) To tell, communicate.

prāpa a. Arriving at, reaching, obtaining &c., as in duṣprāpa.

prāpaka (pikā f.) [prāp-ṇvul]
     (1) Leading to, conveying.
     (2) Procuring, providing with.
     (3) Establishing, making valid.
     (4) Obtaining.

prāpaṇam
     (1) Reaching, extending to.
     (2) Obtaining, acquisition, attainment.
     (3) Bringing to, conveying, leading to.
     (4) Procuring.
     (5) Reference.

prāpita p. p.
     (1) Conveyed, conducted.
     (2) Led to, promoted or advanced to.
     (3) Caused to obtain.
     (4) Procured, got.

prāpta p. p.
     (1) Got, obtained, won, acquired.
     (2) Reached, attained to.
     (3) Met with, found.
     (4) Incurred, suffered, endured.
     (3) Arrived, come, present.
     (6) Completed.
     (7) Proper, right.
     (8) Following from a rule.
     (9) Described (as a symptom). (10) Fixed, placed.
     -- Comp.
          --anujña a. one who has got permission to go, allowed to depart.
          --aparādha a. guilty of an offence.
          --artha a. successful. (
          --rthaḥ) an object gained.
          --avasara a. 1. finding occasion or opportunity. --2. timely, seasonable. (
          --raḥ) a fit or suitable time.
          --udaya a. one who has attained rise or exaltation.
          --kārin a. doing what is right.
          --kāla a. 1. opportune, seasonable; suitable, see aprāptakāla. --2. marriageable. --3. fated, destined. (
          --laḥ) a fit time, suitable or favourable moment. (
          --laṃ) ind seasonably, opportunely, timely; Pt. 1. 63.
          --jīvana a. revived, restored to life.
          --doṣa a. guilty.
          --paṃcatva a. resolved into the five elements, i. e. dead; cf. paṃcatva. --prasava a. 1. delivered of a child. --2. near her confinement; U. 7. 2.
          --buddhi a. 1. recovering, regaining one's consciousness. --2. instructed, enlightened.
          --bhāraḥ a beast of burden.
          --manoratha a. one who has obtained his desired object.
          --yauvana a. being in the bloom of youth, arrived at the age of puberty, youthful.
          --rūpa a. 1. handsome, beautiful. --2. wise, learned. --3. charming, attractive. --4. fit, proper, worthy.
          --vyavahāra a. come of age, being able and legally authorised to manage his own affairs (opp. 'minor').
          --śrī a. one who owes his rise (to another); Ku. 2. 55; Pt. 1. 245.

prāptiḥ f.
     (1) Obtaining, acquisition gain, attainment, profit; dravya-, yaśaḥ-, sukha- &c.
     (2) Reaching or attaining to.
     (3) Arrival, coming to.
     (4) Finding, meeting with.
     (5) Range, reach.
     (6) A guess, conjecture.
     (7) Lot, share, portion.
     (8) Fortune, luck.
     (9) Rise, production. (10) The power of obtaining anything (one of the eight Siddhis q. v.).
     (11) Union, collection (saṃhati).
     (12) The result of actions done in a former life.
     (13) Fate, destiny; Pt. 2. 123.
     (14) Being valid, holding good, application (as of a rule).
     (15) The successful termination of a plot (sukhāgama).
     -- Comp.
          --āśā the hope of obtaining anything (regarded as part of the development of the plot of a play); upāyāpāyaśaṃkābhyāṃ prāptyāśā prāptisaṃbhavā S. D. 6.
          --samaṃ a particular Jāti in Nyāya.

prāpya, prāptavya pot. p.
     (1) To be got or obtained.
     (2) Attainable, procurable; destined to be got; prāptatvamarthaṃ labhate mnuṣyaḥ Pt. 2. 105.
     (3) To be reached, attainable.
     (4) To be met with or found.
     (5) Proper, fit, suitable.

prāpāṇikaḥ A merchant, trader; āḍhyādiva prāpaṇikādajasraṃ Śi. 4. 11.

prābalyam
     (1) Ascendancy, superiority, predominance.
     (2) Power, force, might.

prābā(vā)likaḥ A dealer in coral.

prābādhe(dhi)kaḥ
     (1) Dawn, daybreak.
     (2) A minstrel whose duty it is to wake the king in the morning by singing appropriate songs.

prābhaṃjanam The lunar mansion Svāti.

prābhaṃjaniḥ
     (1) An epithet of Hanumat.
     (2) Of Bhīma.

prābhavam Superiority, supremacy, predominance.

prābhavatyam Supremacy, authority, power; Ms. 8. 412.

prābhākaraḥ 'A follower of Prabhākara', a follower of that school of Mīmāmsā philosophy which is known as prābhākara.

prābhātika a. (kī f.) Relating to the morning, matutinal.

prābhṛtaṃ, prābhṛtakam
     (1) A present, gift.
     (2) An offering to a deity or to a king (Nazerāṇā).
     (3) A bribe.

prāmāṇika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Established by proof, founded or resting on authority.
     (2) Founded on the authority of scriptures (śāstrasiddha).
     (4) Authentic, credible.
     (4) Relating to a pramāṇa q. v. --kaḥ
     (1) One who accepts proof.
     (2) One who is conversant with the Pramāṇas of the Naiyāyikas, a logician.
     (3) The head of a trade.

prāmāṇyam
     (1) Being a proof or resting on authority.
     (2) Credibility, authenticity.
     (2) Proof, evidence, authority.
     -- Comp.
          --vādin a. one who affirms or believes in proof.

prāmādika a. (kī f.) Due to carelessness or error, wrong, faulty, incorrect; iti prāmādikaḥ prayogaḥ or pāṭhaḥ &c.

prāmādyam
     (1) Error, fault, blunder, mistake.
     (2) Madness, frenzy.
     (3) Intoxication.

prāmītyam
     (1) Debt.
     (2) Death.

prāmoda(di)ka a. (kī f.) Charming, enchanting, delightful; aho prāmodikaṃ rūpaṃ U. 6. 20 v. l.

prāyaḥ [pra-ay ghañ, i-ac vā]
     (1) Going away, departure, departure from life.
     (2) Seeking death by fasting, fasting, sitting down and abstaining from food with some object in view (generally with words like ās, upaviś &c.); see prāyopaveśana below.
     (3) The largest portion, majority, plurality; majority of cases.
     (4) Excess, abundance, plenty.
     (5) A condition of life. N. B. At the end of comp. prāya may be translated by
          (a) for the most part, generally, mostly, almost, nearly; patanaprāyau 'about to fall;' mṛtaprāyaḥ 'almost dead, a little less than dead, nearly dead'; or
          (b) abounding or rich in, full of, excessive, abundant; kaṣṭaprāyaṃ śarīraṃ U. 1; śāliprāyo deśaḥ Pt. 3; kamalāmodaprāyā vanānilāḥ U. 3. 24 'full of the fragrance' &c., or
          (c) like, resembling; varṣaśataprāyaṃ dinaṃ, amṛtaprāyaṃ vacanaṃ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --upagamanaṃ, --upaveśaḥ, -upaveśanaṃ, -upaveśanikā sitting down and abstaining from food and thus preparing oneself for death, fasting oneself to death; mayā prāyopaveśanaṃ kṛtaṃ viddhi Pt. 4; prāyopaveśanamatirnṛpatirbabhūva R. 8. 94; prāyopaveśasadṛśaṃ vratamāsthitasya Ve. 3. 10.
          --upeta a. abstaining from food and thus awaiting the approach of death.
          --upaviṣṭa, --upaveśin a. fasting oneself to death, who sits without food at the door of another to exact compliance with his demands.
          --darśanaṃ an ordinary phenomenon.
          --bhava a. common, usually met with.

prāyaṇam
     (1) Entrance, beginning, commencement.
     (2) The path of life.
     (3) Voluntary death; Ms. 9. 323.
     (4) Taking refuge.

prāyaṇīya a. Introductory, initial, initiatory. --yaṃ The first. --yaḥ
     (1) An introductory libation at a Soma sacrifice.
     (2) The first day of a Soma sacrifice.

prāyaśas ind. Generally, mostly, for the most part, in all probability; āśābaṃdhaḥ kusumasadṛśaṃ prāyaśo hyaṃganānāṃ sadyaḥpāti praṇayi hṛdayaṃ viprayoge ruṇaddhi Me. 10.

prāyaścittaṃ, prāyaścittiḥ f.
     (1) Atonement, expiation, indemnification, a religious act to atone for sin; mātuḥ pāpasya bharataḥ prāyaścitamivākarot R. 12. 19. (prāyo nāma tapaḥ proktaṃ cittaṃ niścaya ucyate . taponiścayasaṃyogāt prāyaścitamitīryate .. Hemādri).
     (2) Satisfaction, amends (in general).

prāyaścittika a.
     (1) Expiating, expiatory.
     (2) Expiable.

prāyaścittit a. One who makes an atonement.

prāyaścitīya a. Expiatory.

prāyas ind.
     (1) Mostly, generally, as a general rule, for the most part; prāyaḥ pratyayamādhatte svaguṇeṣūttamādaraḥ Ku. 6. 20; prāyo bhṛtyāstyajaṃti pracalitavibhavaṃ svāminaṃ sevamānāḥ Mu. 4. 21; or prāyo gacchati yatra bhāgyaraṃhitastatraiva yāṃtyāpadaḥ Bh. 2. 90.
     (2) In all probability, most likely, probably, perhaps; tava prājñāprasādāddhi prāyaḥ prāpsyābhi jīvitaṃ Mb.
     (3) Abundantly, largely.

prāyeṇa ind.
     (1) Mostly, as a general rule; prāyeṇaite ramaṇaviraheṣvaṃganānāṃ vinodāḥ Me. 87; prāyeṇa satyapi hitārthakare vidhau hi śreyāṃsi labdhumasukhāni vināṃtarāyaiḥ Ki. 5. 49; Ku. 3. 28; Rs. 6. 24.
     (2) Probably.

prāyāṇika, prāyātrika a. (kī f.) Necessary or suitable for a journey.

prāyika a. (kī f.) Usual, common.

prāyuddheṣin m. A horse.

prāyatyam Purity, cleanliness, piety.

prāyogika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Applied.
     (2) Applicable.

prārabh 1 A.
     (1) To begin, commence; prārabhyate na khalu vighnabheyana nīcaiḥ Bh. 2. 27; see ārabh.

prārabdha p. p. Begun, commenced. --bdhaṃ
     (1) What is begun, an undertaking.
     (2) Fate, destiny.

prārabdhiḥ f.
     (1) Beginning, commencement.
     (2) A post to which an elephant is fastened; or a rope for fastening him.

prāraṃbhaḥ
     (1) Beginning, commencement; prāraṃbhepi triyāmā taruṇayati nijaṃ nīlimānaṃ vaneṣu Māl. 5. 6; R. 10. 9; 18. 49.
     (2) An undertaking, deed, enterprize; phalānumeyāḥ prāraṃbhāḥ saṃskārāḥ prāktanā iva R. 1. 20.

prāraṃbhaṇam Commencing, beginning.

prārohaḥ A shoot, sprout, new leaf; see praroha.

prārṇam A chief debt.

prārth 10 A.
     (1) To ask or pray for, beg, request; tena bhavaṃtaṃ prārthayaṃte S. 2.
     (2) To demand in marriage.
     (3) To wish or long for, desire, want; aho vighnavatyaḥ prārthitārthasiddhayaḥ S. 3; svargatiṃ prārthayaṃte Bg. 9. 20; Bk. 7. 48; R. 7. 53, 67; Ku. 5. 45.
     (4) To look for, search, be in search of; prārthayadhvaṃ tathā sītāṃ Bk. 7. 48.
     (5) To attack, seize or fall upon; asau aśvānīkena yavanānāṃ prārthitaḥ M. 5; durjayo lavaṇaḥ śūlī viśūlaḥ prārthyatāmiti R. 15. 5; 9. 56.
     (6) To petition, file a suit against.

prārthaka a. (rthikā f.) Asking, begging, requesting, soliciting, entreating, desiring, wishing &c. --kaḥ A suitor, petitioner.

prārthanaṃ --nā
     (1) A request, entreaty, prayer, solicitation; ye vardhate dhanapatipuraḥprārthanāduḥkhabhājaḥ Bh. 3. 47.
     (2) A wish, desire; labdhāvakāśā me prārthanā or na duravāpeyaṃ khalu prārthana S. 1; 2. 1; utsarpiṇī khalu mahatāṃ prārthanā S. 7; 7. 2.
     (3) A suit, petition, supplication, a love-suit; kadācidasmatprārthanāmaṃtaḥpurebhyaḥ kathayet S 2 (the object is expressed by the loc.; as in śakuṃtalāyāṃ prārthanā).
     -- Comp.
          --bhaṃgaḥ refusal of a requset.
          --siddhiḥ f. fulfilment of a desire; prārthanāsiddhiśaṃsinaḥ R. 1. 42.

prārthanīya pot. p.
     (1) To be prayed for or solicited.
     (2) To be wished or desired. --yaṃ The third or Dvāpara age.

prārthīyatṛ m.
     (1) One who asks for, a solicitor, beggar.
     (2) A suitor, woeer, lover (of a lady); labheta vā prārthaṃyitā na vā śriyaṃ S. 3. 14; Pt. 1. 138; evaṃ prārthayitā viḍaṃbyate S. 2.

prārthita p. p.
     (1) Begged, requested, asked for, solicited.
     (2) Wished, desired.
     (3) Attacked, opposed by an enemy; R. 9. 56.
     (4) Killed, hurt.
     (5) Required, wanted; sought for; Ku. 5. 46.

prārthin a.
     (1) Begging, requesting.
     (2) Wishing, desiring; maṃdaḥ kaviyaśaḥprārthī gamiṣyāmupahāsyatāṃ R. 1. 3.
     (3) Attacking, assailing.

prālaṃba a.
     (1) Pendent, hanging down; prālabadviguṇitacāmaraprahāsaḥ Ve. 2. 28. --baḥ
     (1) A kind of pearl-ornament.
     (2) A female breast. --baṃ A garland worn round the neck and reaching to the breast; prālaṃbamutkṛṣya yathāvakāśaṃ nināya sācīkṛtacāruktraḥ R. 6. 14; muktāprālaṃbeṣu K. 52.

prālaṃbakam See prālaṃbaṃ.

prālaṃbikā A kind of golden necklace.

prāleyam Snow, frost, hoar frost, dew, īśācalaprāleyaplavamecchayā Gīt. 1; prāleyaśītamacaleśvaramīśvaro'pi (adhiśete) Śi. 4. 64; Me. 39.
     -- Comp.
          --adriḥ, --śailaḥ 'the snowy mountain', the Himālaya; Me. 57.
          --aṃśuḥ, --karaḥ, --raśmiḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --leśaḥ a hail-stone.

prāvaṭaḥ Barley.

prāvaṇam A spade, hoe, shovel.

prāvāsa a. (sī f.) Relating to a journey, to be done or given in a journey,

prāvāsika a, (kī f.) Suitable or fit for a journey.

prāvīṇyam Cleverness, skilfulness, proficiency, dexterity; āviṣkṛtaṃ kathāprāvīṇyaṃ vatsena U. 4; R. 15. 68.

prāvṛ 5 U.
     (1) To put on, dress or clothe oneself in.
     (2) To surround, encompass, enclose.

prāvaraḥ
     (1) A fence, an enclosure.
     (2) An upper garment (according to Hemachandra).
     (3) N. of a country.

prāvaraṇam A garment, covering; especially, an upper garment, cloak, mantle.

prāvaraṇīyam An upper garment.

prāvāraḥ
     (1) An upper garment, a cloak, mantle.
     (2) N. of a district.
     -- Comp.
          --kīṭaḥ a kind of white ant or moth.

prāvārakaḥ An upper garment, mantle; yadīcchasi laṃbadaśāviśālaṃ prāvārakaṃ sūtraśatairhi yuktaṃ Mk. 8. 22; jātīkusumavāsitaḥ prāvārako'nupreṣitaḥ Mk. 1.

prāvārikaḥ A maker of upper garments.

prāvṛta p. p. Enclosed, surrounded, covered, screened. --taḥ, taṃ A veil, mantle, wrapper (f. also).

prāvṛtiḥ f.
     (1) An enclosure, a hedge, fence.
     (2) Spiritual darkness.

prāvṛttika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Secondary.
     (2) Well-informed. --kaḥ A messenger.

prāvṛṣ f. The rainy season, monsoon, rains, (the months āṣāḍha and śrāvaṇa); kalāpināṃ prāvṛṣi paśya nṛtyaṃ R. 6. 51; 19. 37; prāvṛṭ prāvṛḍiti bravīti śaṭhadhīḥ kṣāraṃ kṣate prakṣipan Mk. 5. 18; Me. 115.
     -- Comp.
          --atyayaḥ (prāvṛḍatyayaḥ) end of the rainy season.
          --kālaḥ (prāvṛṭkālaḥ) the rainy season.

prāvṛṣaḥ --ṣā The rainy season, monsoons.

prāvṛṣika, prāvṛṣīṇa a. (kī f.) Produced in the rainy season. --kaḥ A peacock.

prāvṛṣija a. Produced in the rainy season. --jaḥ A storm, stormy gale.

prāvṛṣeṇya a.
     (1) Produced in, relating to, the rainy season; sā kiṃ śakyā janayitumiha prāvṛṣeṇyena ... vāridena Bv. 1. 30; 4. 6; R 1. 36.
     (2) Abundant, copious, much (lit. coming in showers).
     (3) To be paid in the rainy season (as a debt &c.). --ṇyaḥ
     (1) The Kadamba tree.
     (2) The Kuṭaja tree. --ṇyaṃ Numerousness, abundance, plenty.

prāvṛṣyaḥ
     (1) A kind of Kadamba tree.
     (2) The Kuṭaja tree. --pyaṃ Lapis lazuli.

prāveṇyam A fine woollen covering.

prāveśana a. (nā f.) To be given or done on entering. --naṃ A workshop, manufactory.

prāveśika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to or connected with entrance (into a house or upon the stage).
     (2) In the habit of entering.

prāvrajyaṃ, prāvrājyam
     (1) The life of a religious mendicant or recluse.
     (2) Vagrancy, wandering habit.

prāś 9 P.
     (1) To eat, consume, devour, feed upon.
     (2) To taste; Ms. 2. 62.
     (3) To enjoy, sport with.
     (4) To drink.

prāś f. Ved. Food.

prāśaḥ
     (1) Eating, tasting, living or feeding on; Ms. 11. 144; dhūma- &c.
     (2) Food.

prāśakaḥ An eater.

prāśanam
     (1) Eating, feeding upon, tasting.
     (2) Causing to eat, or taste; Ms. 2. 29.
     (3) Food.

prāśanīya a. Eatable, serving as food. --yaṃ Food.

prāśita p. p. Eaten, tasted, consumed. --taṃ
     (1) An offering of rice and water to the Manes of deceased ancestors, daily obsequies to the Manes; prāśitaṃ pitṛtarpaṇaṃ Ms. 3. 74.
     (2) Eating.

prāśitram
     (1) The portion of oblation partaken by Brahman at a sacrifice.
     (2) The vessel in which this oblation is placed.
     (3) Anything eatable.

prāśastyam Excellence, praiseworthiness, pre-eminence.

prāśāstram
     (1) The office of a Praśāstṛī.
     (2) Government, rule.

prāśu a. Ved. Exceedingly quick or swift. --śuḥ
     (1) Eating.
     (2) One who eats Soma.
     (3) An enemy of Vṛtra.

prāśnika a. Containing questions. --kaḥ
     (1) An examiner.
     (2) An umpire, an arbitrator, a judge; aho prayogābhyaṃtaraḥ prāśinakaḥ M. 2; tadbhagavatyā prāśnikapadamadhyāsitavyaṃ M. 1.

prās 4 P.
     (1) To throw, hurl or fling.
     (2) To discharge, cast (as a missile).

prāsaḥ
     (1) Throwing, casting, discharging.
     (2) A dart, a barbed missile; Ms. 6. 32; Ki. 16. 4.
     (3) Insertion.

prāsakaḥ
     (1) A dart, barbed missile.
     (2) A die.

prāsanam
     (1) Throwing, hurling, casting.
     (2) Throwing down.

prāsika a. Armed with a dart. --kaḥ A lancer, spearman.

prāsta p. p.
     (1) Thrown, darted, hurled, cast, discharged.
     (2) Expelled, turned out.

prāsaṃgaḥ A yoke for cattle.

prāsaṃgika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Derived from close connection.
     (2) Connected with, innate.
     (3) Incidental, casual, occasional; prāsaṃgikīnāṃ viṣayaḥ kathānāṃ U. 2. 6.
     (4) Relevant.
     (5) Seasonable, opportune.
     (6) Episodical.

prāsaṃgyaḥ A draught-ox.

prāsādaḥ [prasīdatyāsmin pra + sad ādhāre ghañ dīrghaḥ]
     (1) A palace, mansion, any large palatial building; bhikṣuḥ kuṭīyati prāsāde Sk.; Me. 64.
     (2) A royal mansion.
     (3) A temple, shrine.
     (4) A raised platform for spectators.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganaṃ the court-yard of a palace or temple.
          --ārohaṇaṃ entering or going up into a palace.
          --kukkuṭaḥ a tame pigeon.
          --talaṃ the surface or flat roof of a palace.
          --pṛṣṭhaḥ a balcony on the top of a palace.
          --pratiṣṭhā the consecration of atemple.
          --prastaraḥ the flat roof of a house.
          --maṃḍanā a kind of orpiment.
          --śāyin a. sleeping in a palace.
          --śṛṃgaṃ the spire or pinnacle of a palace or temple, a turret.

prāsādīya a. Palatial, splendid.

prāsādīyati Den. P. To look upon (a hut &c.) as a palace; prāsādīyati kuṭyāṃ Sk.

prāsādika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Given as a favour.
     (2) Kind, friendly, amiable; U. 6. 20.
     (3) Beautiful, lovely.

prāsūtika a. (kī f.) Relating to delivery or child-birth.

prāstāvika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Serving as an introduction, introductory, prefatory; as in prāstāvikavilāsa (the first or introductory part of Bhāminīvilāsa); prāstāvikaṃ vacanaṃ 'prefatory remarks.'
     (2) Seasonable, opportune, timely.
     (3) Pertinent, relevant (to the matter in hand); aprāstāvikī mahatyeṣā kathā Māl. 2.

prāstutyam Being under discussion.

prāsthānika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to or proper at the time of departure; R. 2. 70.
     (2) Favourable to a departure.

prāsthika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Weighing a Prastha q. v.
     (2) Bought for a Prastha.
     (3) Containing a Prastha.
     (4) Sown with a Prastha.

prāsravaṇa a. (ṇī f.) Derived from a spring.

prāhaḥ Instruction in the art of dancing.

prāhṇaḥ The forenoon.

prāhṇetana a. (nī f.) Relating to, or happening in, the forenoon.

prāhṇetarāṃ --mām ind. Very early in the morning.

priya a. [prīṇāti prī-tarpaṇe ka] (compar. preyas, superl. preṣṭha)
     (1) Dear, beloved, liked, welcome, favourite; baṃdhupriyāṃ Ku. 1. 26; prakṛtyaiva priyā sītā rāmasyāsīnmahātmanaḥ Ram; R. 3. 29.
     (2) Pleasing, agreeable; tāmūcatuste priyamapyamithyā R. 14. 6.
     (3) Fond of, liking, loving, devoted or attached to; priyamaṃḍanā S. 4. 8.; priyārāmā vaidehī U. 2.
     (4) Dear, expensive.
     (5) Ved. Customary, familiar, usual. --yaḥ
     (1) A lover, husband; strīṇāmādyaṃ praṇayavacanaṃ vibhramo hi priyeṣu Me. 28.
     (2) A kind of deer. --yā
     (1) A beloved (wife), wife, mistress; priye cāruśīle priye ramyaśīle priye Gīt. 10.
     (2) A woman in general.
     (3) Small cardamoms.
     (4) News, information.
     (5) Spirituous liquor.
     (6) A kind of jasmine. --yaṃ
     (1) Love.
     (2) Kindness, ervice, favour; priyamācaritaṃ late tvayā me V. 1. 16; matpriyārthaṃ yiyāsoḥ Me. 22; priyaṃ me priyaṃ me 'a good service done to me'; Bg. 1. 23; U. 3. 26; Pt. 1. 365, 193.
     (3) Pleasing or gladsome news; R. 12. 91; priyanivedayitāraṃ S. 4.
     (4) Pleasure. --yaṃ ind. In a pleasing or agreeable manner.
     -- Comp.
          --atithi a. hospitable.
          --annaṃ dear food or provisions.
          --apāyaḥ absence or loss of a beloved object.
          --apriya a. pleasant and unpleasant, agreeable and disagreeable (feelings &c.). (
          --yaṃ) service and disservice, favour and injury.
          --aṃbuḥ the mango tree.
          --arha a. 1. deserving love or kindness; U. 3. --2. amiable. (
          --rhaḥ) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --asu a. fond of life.
          --ākhya a. announcing good news.
          --ākhyānaṃ agreeable news.
          --ātman a. amiable, pleasant, agreeable.
          --uktiḥ f., -uditaṃ a kind or friendly speech, flattering remarks.
          --upapattiḥ f. a happy or pleasant occurrence.
          --upabhogaḥ enjoyment of a lover or mistress; R. 12. 22.
          --eṣin a. 1. desirous of pleasing or doing service. --2. friendly, affectionate.
          --kara a. giving or causing pleasure.
          --karman a. acting in a kind or friendly manner.
          --kalatraḥ a husband who is fond of his wife, who loves her dearly.
          --kāma a. friendly disposed, desirous of rendering service.
          --kāra a. 1. acting kindly, doing good to. 2. favourable, suitable.
          --kāraka, --kārin, a. acting or treating kindly. (--m.) a friend, benefactor; Pt. 4. 76.
          --kṛt m. 1. one who does good, a friend, benefactor. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --janaḥ a beloved or dear person.
          --jāniḥ a husband who dearly loves his wife.
          --jīva a. living long, long-lived.
          --toṣaṇaḥ a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment.
          --darśa a. pleasant to look at.
          --darśana a. pleasing to look at, of pleasing appearance, good-looking, lovely, handsome; aho priyadarśanaḥ kumāraḥ U. 5; R. 1. 47; S. 3. 10; evamutsuko'pi priyadarśano devaḥ S. 6. (
          --naḥ)
     (1) a parrot. --2. a kind of date tree. --3. N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; R. 5. 53. (--naṃ) the sight of a beloved object; Pt. 1. 128. --darśin a. looking kindly upon anything. (--m.) an epithet of king Aśoka. --devana a. fond of gambling. --dhanvaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --putraḥ a kind of bird. --prasādanaṃ propitiation of a husband. --prāya a. exceedingly kind or courteous; priyaprāyā vṛttiḥ U. 2. 2. (--yaṃ) eloquence in language. --prāyas n. a very agreeable speech, as of a lover to his mistress. --prepsu a. wishing to secure one's desired object. --bhāvaḥ feeling of love; U. 6. 31. --bhāṣaṇaṃ kind or agreeable words. --bhāṣin a. speaking sweet words. --maṃḍana a. fond of ornaments; S. 4. 8. --madhu a. fond of liquor. (--dhuḥ) an epithet of Balārama. --raṇa a. warlike, heroic. --vaktṛ a. flattering, a flatterer. --vacana a. speaking kind or agreeable words. (--naṃ) kind, coaxing or endearing words; V. 2. 22. --vayasyaḥ a dear friend. --varṇī the plant called priyaṃgu. --vastu n. a beloved object. --vāc a. speaking kindly, affable in address. (--f.) kind or agreeable words. --vādikā a kind of musical instrument. --vādin a. speaking kind or pleasing words, a flatterer; sulabhāḥ puruṣā rājan satataṃ priyavādinaḥ Ram. (--nī) a kind of bird. --śravas m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa. --saṃbāsaḥ the society of a beloved person. --sakhaḥ 1. a dear friend. --2. the tree Khadira. (--khī f.) a female friend, a lady's confidante. --satya a. 1. a lover of truth. --2. pleasant though true. --saṃdeśaḥ 1. a friendly message, the message of a lover. --2. the tree called caṃpaka. --samāgamaḥ union with a beloved object or person. --sahacarī a beloved wife. --suhṛd m. a dear or bosom friend. --svapna a. fond of sleep; R. 12. 81.

priyaṃvada a. Sweet-speaking, speaking kindly, affable in address, agreeable; Ku. 5. 28; R. 3. 64. --daḥ
     (1) A kind of bird.
     (2) N. of a Gandharva.

priyakaḥ 1 A kind of deer; Śi. 4. 32.
     (2) The tree called nīpa.
     (3) The creeper priyaṃgu.
     (4) A bee.
     (5) A kind of bird.
     (6) Saffron. --kaṃ A flower of the asana tree; Śi. 8. 28.

priyaṃkara, priyaṃkaraṇa, priyaṃkāra a.
     (1) Showing kindness to, acting kindly or affectionately; priyaṃkaro me priya ityanaṃdat R. 14. 48.
     (2) Agreeable.
     (3) Amiable.

priyaṃguḥ
     (1) N. of a creeper(said to put forth blossoms at the touch of women); priyaṃguśyāmāṃgaprakṛtirapi Mal. 3. 9. (For some of the conventions of poets about the blossoming of trees, see the quotation under aśoka).
     (2) Long pepper. --gu n. Saffron.

priyatama a. Most beloved, dearest. --maḥ A lover, husband; śiprāvātaḥ priyatama iva prārthanācāṭukāraḥ Me. 31, 70. --mā A wife, mistress, beloved.

priyatara a. Dearer, more beloved &c.

priyatā, --tvam
     (1) Being dear, dearness.
     (2) Love, affection.

priyaṃbhaviṣṇu, priyaṃbhāvuka a. Become an object of affection, amiable, dearly loved.

priyālaḥ The tree called Piyāl; see piyāla. --lā A vine.

prī I. 9 U. (prīṇāti, prīṇīte, prīta)
     (1) To please, delight, satisfy, gladden; prīṇātiyaḥ sucaritaiḥ pitaraṃ sa putraḥ Bh. 2. 68; sasnuḥ pitṝn pipriyurāpagāsu Bk. 3. 38; 5. 104; 7. 64.
     (2) To be pleased, take delight in; kaccin manaste prīṇāti vanavāse Mb.
     (3) To act kindly towards, show kindness towards.
     (4) To be cheerful or gay. --Caus. (prīṇayati-te) To please, satisfy &c. --II. 4 A. (prīyate, strictly a passive voice of the root prī)
     (1) To be satisfied or pleased, be gratified; prakāmamaprīyata yajvanāṃ priyaḥ Śi. 17; R. 15. 30; 19. 30; Y. 1. 245.
     (2) To feel affection for, love.
     (3) To assent, be satisfied. --III. 1 P. To please, gratify &c.

prīṇa a.
     (1) Pleased, satisfied, gratified.
     (2) Old, ancient.
     (3) Previous.

prīṇanam a. Pleasing, gratifying. --naṃ
     (1) Pleasing, satisfying.
     (2) That which pleases or satisfies.

prīṇita a. Pleased, delighted.

prīta p. p. [prī-kartari kta]
     (1) Pleased. delighted, rejoiced, gladdened; prītāsmi te putra varaṃ vṛṇīṣva R. 2. 63; 1. 81, 12. 94.
     (2) Glad, happy, joyful; Me. 4.
     (3) Content.
     (4) Dear, beloved.
     (5) Kind, affectionate.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman, --citta, --manas a. delighted at heart.

prītiḥ [prī bhāve ktic] f. Pleasure, happiness, satisfaction, delight, gladness, joy, gratification; bhuvanālokanaprītiḥ Ku. 2. 45, 6. 21; R. 2. 51; Me. 62.
     (2) Favour, kindness.
     (3) Love, affection, regard; Me. 4, 16; R. 1. 57; 12. 54.
     (4) Liking or fondness for, delight in, addiction to; dyūta-, mṛgayā-.
     (5) Friendliness, amity.
     (6) Conciliation.
     (7) A symbolical expression for the letter dha.
     (9) N. of a wife of Cupid and rival of Rati; (sapatnī saṃjātā ratyāḥ prītiriti śrutā).
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. producing love, kind, agreeable.
          --karman n. an act of friendship or love, a kind action.
          --juṣā N. of the wife of aniruddha. --tṛṣ m. N. of cupid.
          --da a. inspiring love; giving pleasure, pleasing. (
          --daḥ) a jester or buffoon in a play.
          --datta a. given through affection. (
          --ttaṃ) property given to a female by her relatives, particularly by her father-in-law or motherin-law at the time of marriage.
          --dānaṃ, --dāyaḥ a gift of love, a friendly present; tadavasaro'yaṃ prītidāyasya Māl. 4; R. 15. 68.
          --dhanaṃ money given through love or friendship.
          --pātraṃ an object of love, any beloved person or object.
          --puroga a. affectionate, loving.
          --pūrvaṃ, pūrvakaṃ ind. kindly, affectionately.
          --pramukha a. friendly, affectionate, full of love, kind; Me. 4.
          --bhāj a. enjoying friendship, loved.
          --manas a. 1. delighted in mind, pleased, happy. --2. kind, affectionate.
          --maya a. arising from love or joy.
          --yuj a. dear, affectionate, beloved; Ki. 1. 10.
          --vacas n.,
          --vacanaṃ a friendly or kind speech.
          --vardhana a. increasing love or joy. (
          --naḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --vādaḥ a friendly discussion.
          --vivāhaḥ a love-marriage, love-match (based purely on love).
          --śrāddhaṃ a sort of Śrāddha or obsequial ceremony performed in honour of the Manes of both parents.
          --snigdha a. moist or wet through love (as the eyes).

prītimat a.
     (1) Full of love or affection, loving, fond, affoctionate.
     (2) Pleased, satisfied.
     (3) Content, glad.
     (4) Favourable.

pru 1 A. (pravate)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To jump, spring. --Caus. To extend, reach as far as.

pruṣ I 1 P. (proṣati, pruṣṭa)
     (1) To burn consume.
     (2) To reduce to ashes. --II. 9 P. (pruṣṇāti)
     (1) To become wet or moist.
     (2) To pour out, sprinkle.
     (3) To fill.

pruṣita a.
     (1) Sprinkled, wetted.
     (2) Burning.

pruṣṭa p. p. Burnt, consumed, reduced to ashes.

pruṣvaḥ
     (1) The rainy season.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A drop of water (Sk.).

pre (pra-i) 2 P.
     (1) To go forward.
     (2) To arrive at, reach.
     (3) To go out of, depart from; dhīrāḥ pretyāsmāllokādamṛtā bhavaṃti Ken.
     (4) (Hence) to die, depart life; pretya 'after death; see pretya below.

preta p. p. [pra-i-kta] Departed from this world, dead, deceased; svajanāśru kilātisaṃtataṃ dahati pretamiti pracakṣate R. 8. 86. --taḥ
     (1) The departed spirit, the spirit before obsequial rites are performed.
     (2) A ghost, evil spirit, Bg. 17. 4; Ms. 12. 71.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ an epithet of Yama.
          --annaṃ food offered to the Manes.
          --asthi n. the bone of a dead man. -dhārin an epithet of Śiva.
          --āvāsaḥ a burial-ground, cemetery.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ an epithet of Yama.
          --uddeśaḥ an offering to the Manes.
          --karman n.,
          --kṛtyaṃ, --kṛtyā obsequial or funeral rites.
          --gata a. dead.
          --gṛhaṃ a cemetery.
          --gopaḥ the keeper of the dead.
          --cārin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --dāhaḥ the burning of the dead, cremation.
          --dhūmaḥ the smoke issuing from a funeral pile.
          --nadī the river vaitariṇī. --taraḥ a goblin, ghost.
          --niryātakaḥ, -nihārrakaḥ a man employed to carry out dead bodies.
          --pakṣaḥ 'the fortnight of the Manes', N. of the dark half of Bhādrapada when offerings in honour of the Manes are usually performed; cf. pitṛpakṣa. --paṭahaḥ a drum beaten at a funeral.
          --patiḥ Yama (the Indian 'Pluto').
          --puraṃ the city of Yama.
          --bhāvaḥ death.
          --bhūmiḥ f. a cemetery.
          --meghaḥ a funeral sacrifice.
          --rākṣasī the holy basil (tulasī). --rājaḥ an epithet of Yama.
          --lokaḥ the world of the dead.
          --vanaṃ a cemetery.
          --vāhita a. possessed by a ghost.
          --śarīraṃ the body of the departed spirit.
          --śuddhiḥ f.,
          --śaucaṃ purification after the death of a relative.
          --śrāddhaṃ an obsequial offering made to a departed relative during the year of his death.
          --hāraḥ 1. one who carries out a dead body. --2. a near relative.

pretiḥ f.
     (1) Death, dying.
     (2) Departure, flight.
     (3) Food.

pretikaḥ A ghost, spirit.

pretya ind. Having departed(from this world), after death, in the next world; na ca tatpretya no iha Bg. 17. 28; Ms. 2. 9, 26.
     -- Comp.
          --jātiḥ f. position in the world to come.
          --bhāj a. enjoying the fruits of actions in the next world.
          --bhāvaḥ the condition of soul after death.

prekṣ 1 A.
     (1) To see, behold, look at, perceive; tamāyāṃtaṃ prekṣya Pt. 1; R. 12. 44; Ku. 6. 47; Ms. 8. 147.
     (2) To look on, be a spectator, yuṣmākaṃ prekṣamāṇānāṃ Ve. 3.
     (3) To allow, suffer.

prekṣakaḥ A spectator, looker on, be holder, sight-seer.

prekṣaṇam 1 Viewing, seeing.
     (2) A view, look, appearance.
     (3) The eye; cakitahariṇīprekṣaṇā Me. 82.
     (4) Any public show or spectacle, sight, show.
     (5) A dramatic representation; prekṣaṇāvasāne V. 3.
     (6) A place where public exhibitions are held.
     -- Comp.
          --kūṭaṃ the eye-ball.

prekṣaṇakam A show, spectacle.

prekṣaṇikā A woman fond of seeing shows.

prekṣaṇīya pot. p.
     (1) To bee seen, viewed, or gazed at; visible, apparent.
     (2) Fit to be seen, lovely to the sight, beautiful to look at; Me. 2; R. 14. 9.
     (3) To be considered or regarded.

prekṣaṇīyakam A show, sight, spectacle; Śi. 10. 83.

prekṣā
     (1) Viewing, seeing, beholding.
     (2) A look, view, sight, appearance.
     (3) Being a looker-on.
     (4) Any public speetacle or show, sight.
     (5) Particularly, a theatrical show, dramatic performance, play.
     (6) Intellect, understanding.
     (7) Reflection, consideration, deliberation.
     (8) The branch of a tree.
     -- Comp.
          --a(ā) gāraḥ --raṃ, --gṛhaṃ, --sthānaṃ 1. a theatre, or play-house. --2. a councilchamber.
          --kārin a. wise, prudent, circumspect; prekṣākārī yāti padaṃ muktamapāyaiḥ Ki. 18. 28.
          --samājaḥ an audience, a crowd of spectators, asembly.

prekṣāvat a. Considerate, wise, learned (as a man).

prekṣita p. p. Seen, viewed, behold, gazed or looked at. --taṃ A look, glance.

prekṣin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Looking at, viewing.
     (2) Watching narrowly, observing carefully.
     (3) Having the eyes or glance of, looking like, as in mṛgaprekṣiṇī.

prekṣya = prekṣaṇīya q. v.

preṃkh 1 P. To vibrate, shake, tremble, swing to and fro, oscillate. --Caus. To shake, swing, rock to and fro.

preṃkhaḥ, --kham A swing.

preṃkhaṇa a. Wandering, moving, going towards, entering; Bk. 9. 106. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Swinging.
     (2) A swing.
     (3) A minor drama in one act, having no Sūtradhāra, hero &c; S. D. thus defines it: --garbhāvamarṣarahitaṃ preṃkhaṇaṃ hīnanāyakaṃ . asūtradhāramekāṃkamaviṣkaṃbhapraveśakam . niyuddhasaṃpheṭayutaṃ sarvavṛttisamāśritaṃ .. 547; e. g. vālivadha.

preṃkhā
     (1) A swing.
     (2) Dancing.
     (3) Roaming about, wandering, travelling.
     (4) A kind of building or house.
     (5) A particular pace of a horse.

preṃkhita p. p. Swung, shaken, oscillated.

preṃkhol 10 U. (preṃkholayati-te) To swing, shake, oscillate.

preṃkholaḥ, --preṃkholanam
     (1) Swinging, shaking, oscillating; Māl. 9. 17.
     (2) A swing.

preta, preti, pretya &c. See under pre.

pretvan m.
     (1) Wind.
     (2) An epithet of Indra.

prepsā 1 Desire of obtaining.
     (2) Desire (in general).
     (3) Supposition, assumption.

prepsu a.
     (1) Desirous of obtaining, wishing, seeking, longing for.
     (2) Aiming at.
     (3) Supposing, assuming.
     (4) Anxious to deliver.

preman m., n. [priyasya bhāvaḥ imanica prādeśaḥ ekāckatvāt na ṭilopaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Love, affection; tatpremahemanikaṣopalatāṃ tanoti Gīt. 11; Me. 44.
     (2) Favour, kindness, kind or tender regard.
     (3) Sport, pastime.
     (4) Joy, delight, gladness. --m.
     (1) A jest, joke.
     (2) Wind, air.
     (3) An epithet of Indra.
     -- Comp.
          --aśru n. a tear of joy or affection.
          --ṛddhiḥ f. increase of affection, ardent love.
          --para a. affectionate, loving.
          --pātanaṃ 1. tears (of joy). --2. the eye (that sheds them).
          --pātraṃ 'an object of love, any beloved person or thing.
          --baṃdhaḥ baṃ dhanaṃ a bond or tie of affection,
          --bhāvaḥ aflection, love.

premavatī A mistress or beloved.

promin a. (ṇī f.) Loving, affectionate.

preyas a. (sī f.) Dearer, more beloved or agreeable &c. (comper. of priya q. v.). --m.
     (1) A lover, husband.
     (2) A dear friend; Māl. 10. 24. --m. --n. Flattery. --sī A wife, mistress.

preyopatyaḥ A her on (fond of offspring.

prer Caus.
     (1) To set in motion, move.
     (2) To push or urge on, propel, impel, send forth; R. 4. 24. v. l.
     (3) To incite, instigate, set on
     (4) To cast, direct (as eyes); nayane yatprerayaṃtyā tayā S. 2. 2.
     (5) To throw, hurl.
     (6) To send forth, despatch.
     (7) To utter.
     (8) To ask.

preraka a. (rikā f.)
     (1) Impelling, urging, stimulating.
     (2) Sending, directing.

preraṇaṃ, --ṇā
     (1) Driving or urging on, impelling, inciting, instigation.
     (2) Impulse, passion.
     (3) Throwing, casting; hnīmūḍhānāṃ bhavati viphalapreraṇā cūrṇamuṣṭiḥ Me. 68.
     (4) Sending, despatching.
     (5) Order, direction.
     (6) (In gram.) The sense of the causal form.
     (7) Activity, exertion.

prerita p. p. 1 Impelled, urged, instigated.
     (2) Excited, stimulated, prompted; Pt. 2. 144.
     (3) Sent, despatched.
     (4) Ordered.
     (5) Directed, cast; tatastataḥ preritalolalocanā S. 1. 23.
     (6) Touched. --taḥ An envoy, a messenger.

prertvan m. Ved. The ocean. --f. (prertvarī) A river.

preṣ I. 4 P.
     (1) To drive forward, drive on.
     (2) To send forth, utter.
     (3) To fling, cast. --Caus.
     (1) To send forth, cast, hurl, Bk. 15. 77.
     (2) To send, despatch; kimarthamṛṣayaḥ preṣitāḥ syuḥ S. 5.
     (3) To send away, dismiss.
     (4) To banish.
     (5) To turn or direct (the eyes). --II.
     (1) U. (preṣati te) To go, move.

preṣaḥ
     (1) Urging on.
     (2) Affliction, pain, sorrow.

preṣaka a.
     (1) Despatching, sending.
     (2) Ordering.

preṣaṇaṃ, --ṇā
     (1) Sending, despatching.
     (2) Sending on a mission, directing, commissioning.
     (3) Executing a commission.

preṣita p. p. Despatched(on an errand).
     (2) Ordered, directed.
     (3) Turned, fixed upon, directed towards, cast (as eyes).
     (4) Banished.
     (5) Sent away, dismissed.

preṣya a. To be ordered, sent, despatched &c. --ṣyaḥ 1 A servant, menial, slave; Pt. 1. 424.
     (2) A messenger. --ṣyā A female servant, hand-maid. --ṣyaṃ
     (1) Sending on a mission.
     (2) Servitude.
     -- Comp.
          --javaḥ servants taken collectively.
          --bhāvaḥ capacity of a servant, servitude, bondage; M. 5. 12.
          --vadhraḥ 1. the wife of a servant. --2. a female servant, hand-maid.
          --vargaḥ the body of servants, suite, train.

preṣṭha p. p. Dearest, most beloved &c. (superl. of priya q. v.). --ṣṭhaḥ A lover, husband. --ṣṭhā
     (1) A wife, mistress.
     (2) A leg.

prehi (Second person sing. of the imperative of i with pra q. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --kaṭā a rite in which no mats are allowed.
          --kardamā a rite in which no impurity is allowed.
          --dvitīyā a rite at which no second person is allowed to be present.
          --vāṇijā a rite at which no merchants are allowed to be present. (See Gaṇa to P. II. 1. 72).

praiyam Being kind, kindness, love.

praiṣaḥ
     (1) Sending, directing.
     (2) An order, command, invitation.
     (3) Affliction, distress.
     (4) Madness, frenzy.
     (5) Crushing, pressing, squeezing (mardana).

praiṣaṇika a. Executing orders or commissions (as a servant).

praiṣyaḥ A servant, menial, slave; Ku. 6. 58. --ṣyā A female servant. --ṣyaṃ Servitude, slavery.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāvaḥ the capacity of a servant, being used as servant, sarvitude.

prokṣ 6 P.
     (1) To sprinkle upon or with.
     (2) To consecrate by sprinkling holy water; prāṇātyaye tathā śrāddhe prokṣitaṃ dvijakāmyayā Y. 1. 179; Ms. 5. 27.
     (3) To slay, kill. --Caus. To sprinkle, sprinkle with.

prokṣaṇam
     (1) Sprinkling, sprinkling with water; Ms. 5. 118; Y. 1. 184.
     (2) Consecration by sprinkling.
     (3) Immolation (of animals) at a sacrifice.
     (4) A text to be repeated at an animal-sacrifice. --ṇī, --prokṣaṇiḥ f. Water used for sprinkling or consecrating, holy water (used in pl., and sometimes used to denote 'the vessel containing holy water,' in which sense the word generally used is prokṣaṇīpātra).

prokṣaṇīyam Water for consecrating.

prokṣita p. p.
     (1) Purified or consecrated by sprinkling.
     (2) Immolated at a sacrifice.
     (3) Offered in sacrifice.

proccaṃḍa a. Exceedingly frightful or terrible.

proccārita a. Sounding loudly.

proccais ind. 1 Very loudly, aloud.
     (2) In a very high degree.

procchūna a. 1 Dilated.
     (2) Swollen.

procchrita p. p. High, lofty, elevated.

projjāsanam Killing, slaughter.

projjh 6 P. = ujjh q. v.

projjhanam Abandoning, quitting, leaving.

projjhita p. p. Abandoned, quitted, forsaken, avoided.

proṃchanam 1 Wiping away, wiping out, effacing; N. 5. 36.
     (2) Picking up the remnants.

proḍḍīna a. Flown up or away.

proḍha, proḍhi See prauḍha, prauḍhi

proṃṭhaḥ A spitting-pot, spittoon.

prota p. p. [pra-ve-syūtau-kta saṃprasāraṇaṃ] 1 Sewn, stitched; Ku. 7. 49.
     (2) Extended lengthwise or perpendicularly (opp. ota).
     (3) Tied, bound, fastened; Mv. 6. 33.
     (4) Pierced, transfixed; R. 9. 75.
     (5) Passed or come through; taruchidraprotān i. e. (caṃdrokaraṇān) bisamiti karī saṃkalayati K. P. 10.
     (6) Set, inlaid; Mv. 1. 35.
     (7) Joined, connected. --taṃ A garment, woven cloth.
     -- Comp.
          --utsādanaṃ 1. an umbrella. --2. a cloth house, tent.

protayati Den. P. To insert, infix.

protkaṭa (i. e. bhṛtyaḥ) A favourite servant.

protkaṃṭha a. Lifting up or stretching out the neck.

protkarṣaḥ Pre-eminence.

protkruṣṭam A loud noise or uproar

prottuṃga a. Very high or lofty.

protphulla a.
     (1) Full-blown, expanded.
     (2) Fully dilated, wide open (eyes).

protsāraṇam Getting rid of, clearing away, removing, expelling.

protsārita p. p.
     (1) Removed, got rid of, expelled.
     (2) Urged forward, incited.
     (3) Relinquished.
     (4) Granted, given.

protsāhaḥ 1 Zeal, ardour.
     (2) An incentive, a stimulus.

protsāhakaḥ
     (1) An inciter, instigator.
     (2) (In law) An instigator of a crime, an abettor.

protsāhanam Inciting, stimulating, instigating, prompting.

proth
     (1) U. (prothati-te)
     (1) To be equal to, be a match for, withstand (with dat.); puprothāsmai na kaścata Bk. 14. 84; 15. 40.
     (2) To be able, adequate or competent.
     (3) To be full or complete.
     (4) To subdue, overpower.
     (5) To destroy, slay.

protha a.
     (1) Famous, well-known.
     (2) Placed, fixed.
     (3) Travelling, going out on a journey, wayfaring; vṛkṣāṃtamudakāṃtaṃ ca priyaṃ prothamanuvrajet Tv. --thaḥ --thaṃ
     (1) The nose or nostrils of a horse; N. 1. 60; Śi. 11. 11, 12. 73.
     (2) The snout of a hog. --thaḥ 1 The hip, buttocks.
     (2) An excavation.
     (3) A garment, old clothes.
     (4) Embrye.
     (5) Terror, fright.

prothin m. A horse.

prodgata a. Projecting, prominent.

prodghuṣ 1 P.
     (1) To sound forth.
     (2) To fill with sounds or cries. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to resound.
     (2) To proclaim loudly.

prodghuṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Resounding, resonant.
     (2) Making a loud noise.

prodghoṣaṇaṃ, --ṇā
     (1) Proclaiming, proclamation.
     (2) Sounding aloud.

proddīpta p. p. Set on fire, burning, blazing; Bh. 3. 88.

prodbodhaḥ Awaking, appearing, manifestation.

prodbhinna p. p.
     (1) Germinated, shot up.
     (2) Burst forth.

prodbhūta p. p. Sprung up, arisen.

prodyata p. p. 1 Lifted up.
     (2) Active, industrious.

prodvāhaḥ Marriage.

pronnata p. p.
     (1) Very high or lofty.
     (2) Projecting.
     (3) Superior to.
     (4) Powerful, strong; Pt. 1. 238, 340.

pronmīl 1 P.
     (1) To bloom, blossom.
     (2) To come to light, appear. --Caus.
     (1) To open the eyes.
     (2) To reveal, disclose, bring to light, discover.

pronmīlanam Disclosing &c.

prollāghita a.
     (1) Recovered from kness, convalescent.
     (2) Robust.

prollekhanam Scratching; marking.

proṣaḥ Burning, combustion.

proṣita p. p. Gone abroad, on a journey, living abroad, away from home, absent, living in a foreign country.
     -- Comp.
          --bhartṛkā a woman whose husband is gone abroad; one of the eight Nāyikās in erotic poetry. She is thus defined in S. D.:
          --nānākāryavaśādyasyā dūradaśeṃ gataḥ patiḥ . sā manobhavaduḥkhārtā bhavet proṣitabhartṛkā .. 119.
          --maraṇaṃ dying in a foreign country.

pro(prau)ṣṭhaḥ
     (1) A bull, an ox.
     (2) A bench, stool.
     (3) A kind of flish (ṣṭhī also).
     -- Comp.
          --padaḥ the month bhādrapada. (--dā) the 25th and 26th lunar mansions; pūrvāmādrapadā and uttarābhādrapadā. --pāda a. born under the above Nakshtra.

proṣṇa a. Burning hot, scorching.

pro(prau)ha a.
     (1) A reasoner, disputant.
     (2) Skilful, clever. --haḥ
     (1) Reasoning, logic.
     (2) An elephant's foot or ankle.
     (3) A knot, joint.

pro(prau)ḍha  a. [pra + vah --kta vā vṛddhiḥ]
     (1) Full-grown, fully developed, matured, ripened, perfected, full, (as moon &c.); prauḍhapuṣpaiḥ kadaṃbaiḥ Me. 25; prauḍhatālīvipāṃḍu &c. Māl. 8. 1; 9. 28.
     (2) Adult, old, grown up; vartate hi manmathaprauḍhasuhṛdo niśathisya yauvanaśrīḥ Māl. 8; Śi. 11. 39, Mv. 6. 4.
     (3) Thick, dense, pitchy; prauḍhaṃ tamaḥ kuru kṛtajñatayaiva bhadraṃ Māl. 7. 3; Śi. 4. 62.
     (4) Grand, mighty, strong.
     (5) Violent, impetuous.
     (7) Proud; Mv. 2. 3.
     (8) Luxuriant.
     (9) Married. (10) Full of, filled with (at the end of comp.)
     (11) Raised or lifted up.
     (12) Controverted, discussed. --ḍhā A bold and grown-up woman, no longer bashful or timid in the presence of her lord, one of the four principal female characters in poetic compositions; āṣoḍaśādbhavedbālā triṃśatā taruṇī matā . paṃcapaṃcaśatā prauḍhā bhavedvṛddhā tataḥ param ...
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganā a bold woman; see above.
          --uktiḥ f. a bold or pompous assertion.
          --pāda a. one whose feet are raised on a bench.
          --puṣpa a. having full-grown blossoms; Me. 25.
          --pratāpa a. of great or mighty valour.
          --yovana a. advanced in youth.
          --vādaḥ an arrogant or bold assertion, defiant speech.

prauḍhatvam Sublimity or felicity; Māl. 1. 7.

prau(pro)ḍhiḥ  f.
     (1) Full growth or development, maturity, perfection.
     (2) Growth, increase.
     (3) Greatness, grandeur, elevation, dignity; Vikr. 1. 15.
     (4) Boldness, audacity.
     (5) Pride, arrogance, self-confidence.
     (6) Controversy, discussion.
     (7) Zeal, exertion, enterprize.
     -- Comp.
          --vādaḥ 1. a grandiloquent or pompous speech. --2. a bold assertion.

prauḍhībhū 1 P.
     (1) To become matured, ripen, be developed, grow up.
     (2) To increase.

prauṇa a. Clever, learned, skilful.

prauṣṭhapadaḥ N. of the month Bhādrapada. --dī The full moon in the month of Bhādrapada.

plakaḥ Ved. Pudendum muliebre (adhoṃgabheda).

plakṣ
     (1) U. To eat, consume.

plakṣaḥ [plakṣyate kīṭaiḥ plakṣ-karmaṇi ghañ] 1 The Indian fig-tree; plakṣapraroha iva saudhatalaṃ bibheda R. 8. 93; 13. 71.
     (2) One of the seven Dvīpas or continents of the world.
     (3) A side or back-door, a private entrance.
     (4) The space at the side of a door.
     -- Comp.
          --jātā, --samudravācakā an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
          --tīrtha, prasravaṇaṃ, -rāj m. the place where the Sarasvatī rises.

plākṣam The fruit of plakṣa.

plih 1 A. (plehate) To go, move.

plī 9 P. (plīnāti) To go, move.

plīhan m. The spleen or its enlargement (plihan also); Mv. 5. 19.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ N. of the fig-tree.
          --udaraṃ enlargement of the spleen.
          --udarin a. suffering from enlargement of the spleen.

plīhā The spleen.

plu 1 A. (plavate, pluta)
     (1) To float, swim; kiṃ nāmaitat majjaṃtyalābūni grāvāṇaḥ plavaṃta iti Mv. 1; kleśottaraṃ rāgavaśāt plavaṃte R. 16. 60; plavaṃte dharmalaghavo lokeṃ'bhasi yathā plavāḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) To cross in a boat.
     (3) To swing to and fro, vibrate.
     (4) To leap, jump, spring; Bk. 5. 48; 14. 13, 15. 46.
     (5) To plunge into, bathe.
     (6) To fly or haste away.
     (7) To blow (as the wind).
     (8) To fade away, disappear.
     (9) To soar, hover about. (10) To skip.
     (11) To be prolated or lengthened (as a vowel). --Caus. (plāvayati-te)
     (1) To cause to swim or float.
     (2) To remove, wash away.
     (3) To bathe.
     (4) To inundate, deluge, flood, submerge; yaiḥ plāvayiṣyaṃti samaṃtato'mī Śi. 3. 74, 7. 74.
     (5) To cause to reel or fluctuate.
     (6) To lengthen, prolate (a vowel.). --WITH abhi 1. to over-flow.
     (2) to overwhelm, overcome.

plava a. [plu-ac]
     (1) Swimming, floating.
     (2) Jumping, leaping.
     (3) Ved. Superior, excellent. --vaḥ Swimming, floating.
     (2) Flood, swelling of a river.
     (3) A jump, leap.
     (4) A raft, float, canoe, small boat; nāśayecca śanaiḥ paścātplavaṃ salilapūravat Pt. 2. 38; sarvaṃ jñānaplavenaiva vṛjinaṃ saṃtariṣyasi Bg. 4. 36; Ms. 4. 194; 11. 19; Ve. 3. 25.
     (5) A frog.
     (6) A monkey.
     (7) A declivity, slope.
     (8) An enemy.
     (9) A sheep. (10) A man of a low tribe; a Chāṇḍala.
     (11) A net or snare for catching fish.
     (12) The fig-tree.
     (13) The Kāraṇḍava bird, a kind of duck.
     (14) Five or more stanzas syntactically connected. (= kulaka q. v.)
     (15) The prolated utterance of a vowel.
     (16) Returning, return.
     (17) Urging on, inciting.
     -- Comp.
          --gaḥ 1. a monkey; R. 12. 70. --2. a frog. --3. an aquatic bird, the diver. --4. the tree śirīṣa. --5. N. of the sun's charioteer. (
          --gā) the sign of the zodiac called Virgo.
          --gatiḥ a frog.

plavakaḥ [plu ba hu- aka]
     (1) A frog.
     (2) A jumper, tumbler, rope-dancer.
     (3) The holy fig-tree.
     (4) A Chāṇḍāla, an outcast.
     (5) A monkey.

plavaṃgaḥ 1 An ape, a monkey.
     (2) A deer.
     (3) The fig-tree.

plavaṃgamaḥ
     (1) A monkey; Śi. 12. 55.
     (2) A frog.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃduḥ an epithet of Hanumat.

plavanam a. [plu-lyuṭ] Inclined, stooping down. --naṃ
     (1) Swimming.
     (2) Bathing, plunging into; Māl. 1. 19.
     (3) Flying.
     (4) Jumping, leaping.
     (5) A great flood, deluge.
     (6) A declivity.
     (7) One of a horse's paces (capering).

plavākā A float, raft.

plavika a. [plavena tarati ṭhan] Taking over in a boat, a ferry-man.

plāvaḥ [plu-ghañ]
     (1) Flowing over.
     (2) Jumping, leaping.
     (3) Filling to, overflowing.
     (4) Straining a liquid (to remove impurities &c.); Y. 1. 190; (see Mit. thereon).
     (5) Submersion.

plāvanam [pluṇic lyuṭ]
     (1) Bathing, ablution.
     (2) Overflowing, flooding, inundating.
     (3) A flood, deluge.

plāvita p. p. [plu ṇic kta]
     (1) Made to swim, float, or overflow.
     (2) Deluged, inundated, overflowed.
     (3) Moistened, wetted, sprinkled; Śi. 12. 26; Ki. 11. 36.
     (4) Covered with, smeared.

plāvin a. [plu-ṇini]
     (1) Spreading over, deluging, overflowing.
     (2) Promulgating. --m. A bird.

pluta p. p. [plu-kta]
     (1) Swimming, floating.
     (2) Inundated, submerged, overflowed.
     (3) Leaped, jumped.
     (4) Lengthened, protracted or prolated (as a vowel).
     (5) Covered with, filled with.
     (6) Bathed in. (See plu). --taṃ
     (1) A jump, leap, spring.
     (2) Capering, one of the paces of a horse.
     (3) Bounding, vaulting.
     -- Comp.
          --gatiḥ a hare. (--f.) 1. going by leaps. --2. a gallop, bounding motion.

plutiḥ f. [plu-bhāve ktin]
     (1) A flood, overflowing, inundation.
     (2) A leap, jump, spring: as in maṃḍūkapluti.
     (3) Capering, one of the paces of a horse.
     (4) Prolation or protraction of a vowel.

pluṣ I. 1. 4. 9. P. (ploṣati, pluṣyati, pluṣṇāti, pluṣṭa) To burn, scorch, singe, sear, Rs. 1. 22; Bk. 20. 34. --II. 9 P. (pluṣṇāti)
     (1) To sprinkle, wet.
     (2) To anoint.
     (3) To fill.

plukṣiḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The burning of a house.
     (3) Oil.

pluṣaḥ Burning, combustion.

pluṣṭa p. p. Scorched, burnt, singed.

ploṣaḥ Burning, combustion(also (proṣa).

ploṣaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [pluṣ lyu] Burning, scorching, reducing to ashes; tārtīyīkaṃ purārestadavatu madanaploṣaṇaṃ locanaṃ vaḥ Mal. l. v. 1. --ṇaṃ Burning, scorching (proṣaṇaṃ also).

plus 4 P. (plusyati)
     (1) To burn.
     (2) To share.

plev 1 A. (plevate) To serve, attend or wait upon.

plotaḥ 1 A bandage.
     (2) Cloth.

psā 2 P. (psāti, psāta) To eat, devour.

psā
     (1) Food.
     (2) Hunger.

psāta p. p.
     (1) Eaten.
     (2) Hungry.

psānam
     (1) Eating.
     (2) Food.

psura a.
     (1) Lovely, beautiful.
     (2) Having a shape or form.

pha

pha a. Obvious, evident. --phaḥ
     (1) A high wind, stormy gale.
     (2) Yawning with the mouth wide open.
     (3) Fruitfulness.
     (4) An increaser.
     (5) The performance of a mystical rite (to propitiate Kubera's attendants).
     (6) Increasing, expanding. --phā 1 Useless or idle speech (n. also).
     (2) Heat.
     (3) Increase.
     (4) An increaser. --phaṃ
     (1) An angry speech.
     (2) Blowing into, puffing up.

phakk 1 P. (phakkati, phakkita)
     (1) To move slowly, go softly, glide, creep.
     (2) To act wrongly, behave ill.
     (3) To swell.
     (4) To have a preconceived opinion.

phakkaḥ A cripple.

phakkikā
     (1) A position, an argument to be proved, a thesis or assertion to be maintained; phaṇibhāṣitabhāṣyaphakkikā viṣamā kuṃḍalanāmavāpitā N. 2. 95.
     (2) A prejudice, preconceived opinion.
     (3) A sophistical argument, sophism.
     (4) A trick, fraud.
     (5) Logical exposition.

phaṭ ind. An onomatopoetic word used mystically in uttering spells or incantations; astrāya phaṭ.

phaṭaḥ 1 The expanded hood of a snake (phaṭā also in this sense); nirviṣeṇāpi sarpeṇa kartavyā mahatī phaṭā (phaṇā v. l.); viṣaṃ bhavatu mā bhūdvā phaṭāṭopo bhayaṃkaraḥ Pt. 1. 204.
     (2) A tooth.
     (3) A rogue, cheat (kitava).

phaḍiṃgā A cricket, locust or grasshopper.

phaṇ 1 P. (phaṇati, phaṇita)
     (1) To move, move about; rurujurbhejire pheṇurbahudhā harirākṣasāḥ Bk. 14. 78.
     (2) To produce easily or without exertion; (this sense according to some belongs to the Caus. of phaṇ). --Caus. (phāṇayati) To skim, take off (the surface of a fluid.).

phaṇaḥ --ṇā [phaṇ-ac]
     (1) The expanded hood of a cobra or any serpent; viprakṛtaḥ pannagaḥ phaṇaṃ (phaṇāṃ) kurute S. 6. 30; maṇibhiḥ phaṇasthaiḥ R. 13. 12; Ku. 6. 68; vahati bhuvanaśreṇiṃ śeṣaḥ phaṇāphalakasthitāṃ Bh. 2. 35.
     (2) The expanded side of the nostril, (also phaṇaṃ in this sense). --ṇaḥ Ved. Scum.
     -- Comp.
          --āṭopaḥ the expanded hood (v. l. for phaṭāṭopa); Pt. 1. 204.
          --karaḥ a serpent
          --dharaḥ 1. a serpent. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --bhṛt m. 1. a serpent. --2. the number 'nine' (there being nine chief Nāgas.).
          --maṇiḥ a jewel said to be found in the hood of a serpent; Śi. 9. 25.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the rounded body of a serpent; karālaphaṇamaṃḍalaṃ R. 12. 98; tatphaṇāmaṃḍalodarcirmaṇidyotitavigrahaṃ 10. 7.

phaṇa(ṇā)vat  m. A snake in general.

phaṇin m. [phaṇā astyasya ini]
     (1) A hooded serpent, serpent or snake in general; udgirato yadgaralaṃ phaṇinaḥ puṣṇāsi parimalodgāraiḥ Bv. 1. 12, 58; phaṇī mayūrasya tale niṣīdati Rs. 1. 13; R. 16. 17; Ku. 2. 21.
     (2) An epithet of Rāhu.
     (3) An epithet of Patanjali, the author of the Mahābhaṣya on Pāṇini's Sūtras; phaṇibhāṣitabhāṣyaphakkikā N. 2. 95.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. an epithet of the serpentdemon Śeṣa. --2. of Ananta, the lord of serpents. --3. of Patanjali.
          --keśa (sa) raḥ = nāgakeśara. --khelaḥ a quail.
          --talpagaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu (who uses Śeṣa as his couch).
          --patiḥ 1. an epithet of Śeṣa or of Vāsuki. --2. of Patanjali.
          --priyaḥ wind.
          --phenaḥ opium.
          --bhāṣyaṃ Mahābhāṣya (the commentary of Patanjali on Pāṇini's Sūtras).
          --bhuj m. 1 a peacock. --2. an epithet of Garuḍa.
          --mukhaṃ a kind of spade used by house-breakers.
          --latā, -vallī betel-pepper.

phaṇijjhakaḥ Marjoram.

phaṃḍaḥ The belly.

phatkārin m. A bird.

pharam A shield; cf. phalaka.

pharubakam A betel-box.

pharpharāyate Den. A. To glance about, dart, to and fro, sparkle; gaṃḍūṣajalamātreṇa śapharī pharpharāyate Udb.

pharpharīkaḥ The palm of the hand with the fingers extended. --kaṃ
     (1) A young shoot or branch.
     (2) Softness. --kā A shoe.

phal I. 1 P. (phalati, paphāla, aphālīt, phaliṣyati, phalita)
     (1) To bear fruit, yield or produce fruit; nānāphalaiḥ phalati kalpalateva bhūmiḥ Bh. 2. 46; paropakārāya drumāḥ phalaṃti Subhāṣ.; vidhāturvyāpāraḥ phalatu ca manojñaśca bhavatu Mal. 1. 16; often used transitively in this sense; mauryasyaiva phalaṃti paśya vividhaśreyāṃsi mannītayaḥ Mu. 2. 16 'accomplish or bring about'; Śi. 2. 89.
     (2) To be fruitful, to be successful, to be fulfilled or accomplished, to succeed; kaikeyi kāmāḥ phalitāstaveti R. 13. 59; 15. 78; yadā na pheluḥ kṣaṇadācaraṇāṃ (manorathāḥ) Bk. 14. 113; 12. 66; naivākṛtiḥ phalati naiva kulaṃ na śīlaṃ Bh. 2. 96, 116.
     (3) To result, produce results or consequences; phalitamasmākaṃ kapaṭaprabaṃdhena H. 1; phalitaṃ nastarhi bhagavatīpādaprasādena Māl. 6; Ki 18. 25; khalaḥ karoti durvṛttaṃ nūnaṃ phalati sādhuṣu H. 3. 21 'wicked men commit bad acts, and good men suffer their consequences'.
     (4) To become ripe, ripen.
     (5) To fall to the lot of, befall.
     (6) To be useful. --II. 1 P. (phalati, phulla or phulta in the first sense, and phalita in other senses)
     (1) To burst open, split or cleave asunder, burst, cleave; tasya mūrdhānamāsādya paphālāsivaro hi saḥ Mb.
     (2) To shine back, be reflected; Ki. 5. 38.
     (3) To go.

phalam [phal-ac]
     (1) Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; udeti pūrvaṃ kusumaṃ tataḥ phalaṃ S. 7. 30; R. 4. 33; 1. 49.
     (2) Crop, produce; kṛṣiphalaṃ Me. 16.
     (3) A result, fruit, consequence, effect; atyutkaṭaiḥ pāpapuṇyairihaiva phalamaśnute H. 1. 83; phalena jñāsyasi Pt. 1; na navaḥ prabhurāphalodayāt sthirakarmā virarāma karmaṇaḥ R. 8. 22; 1. 33.
     (4) (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); phalamasyopahāsasya sadyaḥ prāpsyasi paśya māṃ R. 12. 37.
     (5) A deed, an act (opp. words); bruvate hi phalena sādhavo na tu kaṃṭhena nijopayogitāṃ N. 2. 48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'.
     (6) Aim, object, purpose; pareṃgitajñānaphalā hi buddhayaḥ Pt. 1. 43; kimapekṣya phalaṃ Ki. 2. 21 'with what object in view'; Me. 54.
     (7) Use, good, profit, advantage; jagatā vā viphalena kiṃ phalaṃ Bv. 2. 61.
     (8) Profit or interest on capital.
     (9) Progeny, offspring; R. 14. 39. (10) A kernel (of a fruit).
     (11) A tablet or board (śāriphala).
     (12) A blade (of a sword).
     (13) The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; Mu. 7. 10.
     (14) A shield.
     (15) A testicle.
     (16) A gift.
     (17) The result of a calculation (in Math.).
     (18) Product or quotient.
     (19) Menstrual discharge. (20) Nutmeg.
     (21) A ploughshare.
     (22) Loss, disadvantage.
     (23) The second term in a rule-of-three sum.
     (24) Correlative equation.
     (25) The area of a figure.
     (26) The three myrobalans (triphalā).
     (27) A point on a die.
     -- Comp.
          --adanaḥ = phalāśana q. v.
          --anubaṃdhaḥ succession or sequence of fruits or results.
          --anumeya a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; phalānumeyāḥ prāraṃbhāḥ saṃskārāḥ prāktanā iva R. 1. 20.
          --anusaraṇaṃ
     (1) rate of profits. --2. following or reaping consequences. --aṃtaḥ a bamboo. --anveṣin a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). --apekṣā expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. --apeta a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. --amlaḥ a kind of sorrel. (--mlaṃ) tamarind. --aśanaḥ a parrot. --asthi n. a cocoa-nut. --ākāṃkṣā expectation of (good) results; see phalāpekṣā. --āgamaḥ 1. production of fruits, load of fruits; bhavaṃti namrāstaravaḥ phalāgamaiḥ S. 5. 12. --2. the fruit season, autumn. --āḍhya a. full of or abounding in fruits. (--ḍhyā) a kind of plantain. --ārāmaḥ a fruit-garden, orchard. --āsakta a. 1. fond of fruits. --2. attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). --āhāraḥ feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. --uccayaḥ a collection of fruits. --uttamā 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). --2. = triphalā. --utpattiḥ f. 1. production of fruit. --2. profit, gain. (--ttiḥ) the mango tree (sometimes written phalotpati in this sense). --udayaḥ 1. appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; āphalodayakarmaṇāṃ R. 1. 5; 8. 22. --2. profit, gain. --3. retribution, punishment. --4. happiness, joy. --5. heaven. --udgamaḥ appearance of fruits; S. 5. 12 (v. l.). --uddeśaḥ regard to results; see phalāpekṣā. --upajīvin a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. --upeta a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fertile. --kāmanā desire of fruits or consequences. --kālaḥ fruit-season. --kesaraḥ the cocoanut tree. --kośaḥ --ṣaḥ, --kośakaḥ the scrotum (covering of the testicles). --khaṃḍanaṃ frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. --grahaḥ deriving benefit or advantage. --grahi, grāhin a. (also phalegrahi and phalegrāhin) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; ślādhyatāṃ kulamupaiti paitṛkaṃ syānmanorathataruḥ phalegrahiḥ Kīr. K. 3. 60; Māl. 9. 39. (--m.) a fruit-tree. --grahiṣṇu a. fruitful. --chadanaṃ a house built of wooden boards. --trayaṃ, --trikaṃ the three myrobalans (triphalā). --da, --dātṛ, --prada a. 1. productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; Ms. 11. 143. --2. bringing in gain or profit. --3. giving a reward, rewarding. (--daḥ) a tree. --nirvṛtti f. final consequence or reward. --nivṛttiḥ f. cessation of consequences. --niṣpattiḥ f. production of fruit. --pariṇatiḥ f. --pariṇāmaḥ, --pākaḥ (phalepākaḥ also) 1. the ripening of fruit. --2. the fulness of consequences. --pākāṃtā, --pākāvasānā an annual plant. --pātanaṃ knocking down or gathering fruit. --pādapaḥ a fruit-tree. --pūraḥ, --pūrakaḥ the common citron tree. --pradānaṃ 1. the giving of fruits. --2. a ceremony at weddings. --prāptiḥ f. attainment of the desired fruit or object. --priyā the Priyangu plant. --vaṃdhyaḥ a tree barren of fruit. --baṃdhin a. forming or developing fruit. --bhāgaḥ a share in any product or profit. --bhāgin --bhāj a. partaking of a reward or profit. --bhūmiḥ f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). --bhṛt a. bearing fruit, fruitful. --bhogaḥ 1. enjoyment of consequences. --2. usufruct. --matsyā the aloe plant. --yogaḥ 1. the attainment of fruit or the desired object, Mu. 7. 10. --2. wages, remuneration. --rājan m. a water-melon. --vartulaṃ a watermelon. --vikrayin a. a fruit-seller. --vṛkṣaḥ a fruit-tree. --vṛkṣakaḥ the bread-fruit tree. --śāḍavaḥ the pomegranate tree. --śālin a. 1. bearing fruit, fruitful. --2. sharing in the consequences. --śaiśiraḥ the Badara tree. --śreṣṭhaḥ the mango tree. --saṃstha a. bearing fruit. --saṃpad f. 1. abundance of fruit. --2. success. --sādhanaṃ a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object. --siddhiḥ f. 1. reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. --2. a prosperous result. --snehaḥ a walnut tree. --hārī an epithet of Kālī or Durgā. --hīna a. yielding no fruit or profit. --hetu a. acting with a view to results.

phalakam
     (1) A board, plank, slab, tablet; kālaḥ kālyā bhuvanaphalake krīḍati prāṇiśāraiḥ Bh. 3. 39; dyūta-, citra- &c.
     (2) Any flat surface; cuṃbyamānakapolaphalakāṃ K. 218, dhṛtamugdhagaṃḍaphalakairvibabhuḥ Śi. 9. 47, 37; cf. taṭa
     (3) A shield.
     (4) A slab, tablet, leaf or page for writing upon.
     (5) The buttocks, hips.
     (6) The palm of the hand.
     (7) Fruit, result, consequence.
     (8) Profit, gain.
     (9) Menstruation. (10) The head of an arrow.
     (11) The pericarp of a lotus.
     (12) A broad and flat bone (of the forehead.
     -- Comp.
          --pāṇi a. armed with a shield (as a warrior).
          --yaṃtraṃ an astronomical instrument invented by Bhāskarachārya.
          --saktha a. having a thigh as broad as a board.

phalakin a.
     (1) Boarded.
     (2) Armed with a shield. --m.
     (1) A wooden bench.
     (2) Sandal-wood (n. also).

phalatas ind. As a consequence, consequently, virtually.

phalanam [phal-lyuṭ]
     (1) Bearing fruit, fructifying.
     (2) Producing results or consequences.

phalavat a.
     (1) Fruitful, fruit-bearing.
     (2) Producing or yielding results, successful, profitable.
     (3) Containing the result or end of a plot. --m. A fruit-tree. --tī The plant called priyaṃgu.

phalasaḥ(śaḥ) The bread-fruit tree.

phalahakaḥ A plank, board.

phalahī The cotton tree.

phalita p. p.
     (1) Having borne or reaped fruit, yielding fruit, fruitful.
     (3) Fulfilled, accomplished, realized (as a desire). --taḥ A fruittree. --tā A menstruous woman. --taṃ A sort of perfume (śaileya).

phalin a. [phala astyarthe ini]
     (1) Fruitful, bearing or yielding fruit (fig. also); puṣpiṇaḥ phalinaścaiva vṛkṣāstūbhayataḥ smṛtāḥ Ms. 1. 47; Mk. 4. 10.
     (2) Advantageous, profitable. --m. A tree.

phalina a. [phala-inac] Fruitful, bearing fruit; Māl. 6. 19. --naḥ The bread-fruit tree.

phalinī, --phalī The Priyangu creeper; (said by poets to be the 'wife' of the mango tree; cf. R. 8. 61).

phalīkṛ 8 U. To winnow, thresh, separate the grain from the husks.

phalīkaraṇam Winnowing, separating the grain from the husks.

phalīkṛta p. p. Threshed, winnowed.

phalgu a. [phal --u guk ca Uṇ. 1. 18]
     (1) Pithless, unessential; unsubstantial; sāraṃ tato grāhyamapāsya phalgu Pt. 1.
     (2) Worthless, useless, unimportant; Śi. 3. 76.
     (3) Small, minute.
     (4) Vain, unmeaning.
     (5) Weak, feeble, flimsy.
     (6) Untrue.
     (7) Beautiful, lovely. --lguḥ f.
     (1) The spring season.
     (2) The opposite-leaved fig-tree.
     (3) N. of a river at Gayā.
     (4) A red powder of wild ginger (Mar. gulāla) thrown by the Hindus over one another at the Holi festival.
     -- Comp.
          --utsavaḥ the vernal festival, commonly called Holi.
          --vāṭikā the opposite-leaved fig-tree.

phalgutā --tvam Worthlessness, vanity, insignificance; Bh. 2. 9.

phalguna a.
     (1) Red.
     (2) Born under the consellation phalgunī. --naḥ 1 The month of Phālguna.
     (2) N. of Indra.
     (3) Of Arjuna.

phalgunī N. of a constellation; Ku. 7. 6.
     -- Comp.
          --bhavaḥ the planet Jupiter.

phalyam A flower.

phāṭ ind. An interjection of calling.

phāṭakī Alum.

phāṇi f.
     (1) Molasses.
     (2) Flour mixed with curds (karaṃbha).

phāṇitam Raw sugar.

phāṃṭa a. Made by an easy process, readily or easily prepared (as a decoction). --ṭaḥ --ṭaṃ An infusion, decoction; phāṃṭamanāyāsasādhyaḥ kaṣāyaviśeṣaḥ Sk.; phāṃṭacitrāstrapāṇayaḥ Bk. 9. 17 (see the commentary). --ṭaṃ The first particles of butter produced by churning.

phāṃṭakaḥ A decoction, infusion.

phāṃḍam The belly.

phālaḥ --laṃ
     (1) A ploughshare; Ms. 6. 16.
     (2) Separation of the hair on each side of the head (sīmaṃtabhāga); N. 1. 16.
     (3) A sort of spade.
     (4) A bundle.
     (5) The forehead (for bhāla). --laḥ
     (1) An epithet of Balarāma.
     (2) Of Śiva.
     (3) The citron tree. --laṃ
     (1) A garment of cotton.
     (2) A ploughed field.
     -- Comp.
          --āhata a. ploughed, tilled.
          --kṛṣṭa a. 1. tilled. --2. produced by cultivation. (
          --ṣṭaṃ) a ploughed field.
          --guptaḥ N. of Balarāma.

phālakhelā A quail.

phālgunaḥ
     (1) N. of a Hindu month (corresponding to February, March).
     (2) An epithet of Arjuna; Mb. thus explains the epithet: --uttarābhyāṃ phalgunībhyāṃ nakṣatrābhyāmahaṃ divā . jato himavataḥ pṛṣṭhe tena māṃ phālgunaṃ viduḥ ..
     (3) N. of a tree, also called arjuna.
     -- Comp.
          --anujaḥ 1. the month Chaitra. --2. the vernal season (vasaṃtakāla). --3. an epithet of nakula and sahadeva.

phālguttālaḥ = phālguna.

phālgunī The full-moon day of the month phālguna; -bhavaḥ an epithet of the planet Jupiter.

phiḥ
     (1) A wicked man.
     (2) Useless or idle talk.
     (3) Anger.

phiṃgakaḥ The fork-tailed shrike.

phiraṃgaḥ
     (1) The country of the Franks (i. e. of Europeans).
     (2) A disease of the Franks, syphilis.

phiraṃgin m. A Frank, (i. e. a European).

phuḥ 1 A magical formula.
     (2) An idle talk.

phukaḥ A bird.

phuṭaḥ The expanded hood of a snake.

phu(phū)t  ind. An onomatopoetic word generally used in composition with kṛ. and imitative of the sound made by blowing into iliquids &c.; sometimes it expresses disregard or contempt; (phu phū) tkṛ
     (1) to blow into (a liquid); bālaḥ pāyasadagdho dadhyapi phūtkṛtya bhakṣayati H. 4. 103. 2. To scream aloud, cry, shrick.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ fire.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛtaṃ, --kṛtiḥ f. 1. blowing into. --2. hissing, whizzing. --3. the hiss of a serpent. --4. sobbing. --5. screaming, a loud shriek, yell.
          --kṛta a. 1. blown into &c. --2. blown up (as a bubble.) --3. screamed aloud. (
          --taṃ) 1. the sound of a wind-instrument. --2. a loud cry, shriek, scream.

phupphu ind. An onematopoetic word.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraka a. panting, gasping.

phupphusaḥ --saṃ The lungs.

phuṃphuā ind. Imitation of the sound made by the crackling of fire.

phull 1 P. (phullati, phullita)
     (1) To bloom, expand, blow, open (as a flower).
     (2) To swell, expand; Māl. 5. 23.

phulla p. p. (of phal)
     (1) Expanded, opened, blown; puṣpaṃ ca phullaṃ navamallikāyāḥ prayāti kāṃtiṃ pramadājatānāṃ Rs. 6. 6; phullāraviṃdavadanāṃ Ch. P. 1.
     (2) Flowering, blossomed; R. 9. 63.
     (3) Expanded, dilated, wide opened (as eyes).
     (4) Smiling, gay. --lla A fullblown flower.
     -- Comp.
          --tuvarī alum.
          --nayana, --netra --locana a. having eyes dilated (with joy); Pt. 1. 136. (
          --naḥ) a kind of deer. (
          --naṃ) a large, full eye.
          --phālaḥ the wind raised in winnowing corn.

phullanam Inflating, filling with wind.

phulliḥ f. Blossoming, blooming.

phullarīkaḥ
     (1) A district, place.
     (2) A snake.

pheṭkāraḥ A shriek, howl.

pheṇaḥ, --naḥ
     (1) Foam, froth; gaurīvaktraṃbhrukuṭiracanāṃ yā vihasyeva phenaiḥ Me. 50; R. 13. 11; Ms. 2. 61.
     (2) Foam of the mouth.
     (3) Saliva.
     (4) White cuttle-fish bone.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ a bubble.
          --aśaniḥ N. of Indra; cf. namuci. --āhāra a. living on foam.
          --giriḥ N. of a mountain near the mouth of the Indus.
          --piṃḍaḥ 1. a mere bubble. --2. an empty idea, non-entity.
          --vāhin m. a filtering cloth.

pheṇa(na)ka See phena

pheni(na)la a. Foamy, frothy; phenilamaṃburāśiṃ R. 13. 2.

pheraḥ; pheraṃḍaḥ A jackal.

pheravaḥ
     (1) A jackal; kraṃdatpheravacaṃḍaḍātkṛti &c. Māl. 5. 19.
     (2) A rogue, rascal, cheat.
     (3) A demon, goblin.

pheruḥ A jackal.

phel 1 P. (phelati) To go, move.

phelaṃ, phelā, phelikā, phelī Remnants of food, leavings of a meal, orts.

ba

baḥ 1 N. of Varuṇa.
     (2) Water.
     (3) A water-jar; (the meanings of this letter are given in the following verse; baḥ pumān varuṇe siṃdhau bhage toye gate tu vā . gaṃdhane taṃtusaṃtāne puṃsyeva vapane smṛtaḥ ...

baṃh 1 A. (baṃhate, baṃhita) To increase, grow. --Caus.
     (1) To increase.
     (2) To strengthen, make firm, fix.

baṃhiman m. Abundance, multitude.

baṃhiṣṭha a. Most abundant, very great, excessive; (superl. of bahula q. v.).

baṃhīyas a. More numerous or abundant, much more, exceeding, (compar. of bahula q. v.).

bakaḥ 1 The Indian crane.
     (2) A cheat, rogue, hypocrite (the crane being a very cunning bird that knows well how to draw others into its clutches).
     (3) N. of a demon killd by Bhīma.
     (4) N. of another demon killed by Kṛṣṇa.
     (5) N. of Kubera. --kī = pūtanā q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --caraḥ, -vṛttiḥ -vratacaraḥ, -vratikaḥ, -vratin m. 'acting like a crane', a false devotee, religious hypocrite; adhodṛṣṭirnaikṛtikaḥ svārthasādhanatatparaḥ . śaṭho mithyāvinītaśca bakavratacaro dvijaḥ Ms. 4. 196.
          --jit m.
          --niṣūdanaḥ epithets of 1. Bhīma. --2. of Kṛṣṇa.
          --paṃcakaṃ the last five days of the bright half of the month of Kārtika.
          --yaṃtraṃ a kind of retort.
          --vrataṃ 'crane-like conduct', hypocrisy.

bakura a. Horrible. --raḥ Lighting; thunderbolt.

bakulaḥ
     (1) A kind of tree, Mimusops Elengi, (said according to the convention of poets to put forth blossoms when sprinkled by young women with mouthfuls of wine); kāṃkṣatyanyo (kesaraḥ or bakulaḥ) vadanamadirāṃ dohadacchadmanā'syāḥ Me. 78; bakulaḥ sīdhugaṃḍūṣasekāt (vikasati); (for similar conventions about other trees see the quotation under aśoka).
     (2) A kind of drug. --laṃ The fragrant flower of this tree; Bv. 1. 54.

bakūlaḥ The Bakula tree.

bakerukā
     (1) A small crane.
     (2) The branch of a tree bent by the wind.

bakoṭaḥ A crane.

baṭuḥ A boy, lad, chap, often used as a depreciatory term or to show contempt; ca ṇakyabaṭuḥ &c.; see vaṭu.
     (2) A young Brahmachārin.
     -- Comp.
          --mātraḥ a mere boy.

baṭūkaraṇam Investiture with the sacred thread.

baḍi(li)śam A fish-hook; Bh. 3. 21.

bata ind. A particle expressing:
     (1) Sorrow, regret (alas!); vayaṃ bata vidūrataḥ kramagatā paśoḥ kanyakā Māl. 3. 18; aho bata mahatpāpaṃ kartuṃ vyavasitā vayaṃ Bg. 1. 45.
     (2) Pity or compassion; kva bata hariṇakānāṃ jīvitaṃ cātilolaṃ S. 1. 10.
     (4) Addressing, calling; bata vitarata toyaṃ toyavāhā nitāṃtaṃ G.M., R. 9. 47.
     (3) Joy or satisfaction; aho batāsi spṛhaṇīyavīryaḥ Ku. 3. 20.
     (5) Wonder or surprise; aho bata mahīccatraṃ K. 154.
     (6) Censure. For the meanings of bata with aho see under aho.

bad 1 P. To be steady or firm.

badaraḥ [bad sthairye arac]
     (1) The jujube tree.
     (2) The kernel of the fruit of the cotton-plant. --rā The cotton shrub. --raṃ
     (1) The fruit of jujube; karabadarasadṛśamakhilaṃ bhuvanatalaṃ yatprasādataḥ kavayaḥ . paśyaṃti sūkṣmamatayaḥ sā jayati sarasvatī devī Vās. 1; Bv. 2. 8.
     (2) The pod of the cotton shrub.
     (3) The berry used as a weight.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṇaḥ the time when the fruit of the jujube becomes ripe.
          --pācanaṃ N. of a sacred bathing-place.

badarikā
     (1) The jujube tree or its fruit; anye badarikākārā bahireva manoharāḥ H. 1. 94.
     (2) N. of one of the many sources of the Ganges and of the neighbouring hermitage of the sages Nara and Nārāyaṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --āśramaḥ the hermitage at Badarikā.

badariḥ f. The jujube tree.

badarī 1 The jujube tree; see bādarāyaṇa.
     (2) = badarikā
     (2) above.
     (3) The cotton shrub.
     -- Comp.
          --chadaḥ a kind of perfume.
          --tapovanaṃ the penancegrove at Badarī; Ki. 12. 33.
          --nāthaḥ N. of a temple at Badarī.
          --nārāyaṇaḥ N. of a place.
          --patraṃ a kind of perfume (naravī). --phalaṃ a fruit of the jujube tree.
          --vanaṃ (ṇaṃ) a wood or thicket of jujube trees.
          --vāsā an epithet of Durgā.
          --śailaḥ a rocky eminence at Badarī.

badh 1 A. (bībhatsate; strictly the desiderative base of badh used in a primitive sense) To abhor, loathe, detest, shrink from, be disgusted with (with abl.); yebhyo bībhatsamānāḥ U. 1.

badhira a. Deaf; dhvanibhirja nasya badhirīkṛtaśruteḥ Śi. 13. 3; Ms. 7. 149.

badhirayati Den. P., badhirīkṛ 8 U. To deafen (fig. also); badhiritāśeṣadigaṃtarālaṃ K.; Mv. 6. 30.

badhirita a. Made deaf, deafened.

badhiriman m. Deafness.

baṃdin See vaṃdin.

baṃdiḥ --dī f.
     (1) Bondage, confinement.
     (2) A prisoner, captive; Ku. 2. 61.

baṃdh 9 P. (badhnāti, babaṃdha, abhāṃtsīt, bhaṃtsyati, baṃddhuṃ, baddha; pass. badhyate)
     (1) To bind, tie, fasten; baṃddhuṃ na saṃbhādita eva tāvat kareṇa ruddhopi ca kaṃśapāśaḥ Ku. 7. 57; R. 7. 9; Ku. 7. 25; Bk. 9. 75.
     (2) To catch, capture, imprison, ensnare, make captive; karmarbhina sa vadhyate Bg. 4. 14; balirbabaṃdhe Bk. 2. 39; 14. 56.
     (3) To chain, fetter.
     (4) To check, stop, suppress; as in baddhakopa, baddhakoṣṭha &c.
     (5) To put on, wear; na hi cūḍāmaṇiḥ pāde prabhavāmīti badhyate Pt. 1. 72; babaṃdhuraṃgulitrāṇi Bk. 14. 7.
     (6) To attract, arrest (as eyes &c.); babaṃdha cakṣūṃṣi yavaprarohaḥ Ku. 7. 17; or badhnāti me cakṣuḥ (citrakūṭaḥ) R. 13. 47.
     (7) To fix or set upon, direct towards (as the yes or mind), cast upon (with loc.); dṛṣṭiṃ lakṣyeṣu badhnan Mu. 1. 2; R. 3. 4; 6. 36; Bk. 20. 22.
     (8) To bind or fasten together (as hair); Mu. 7. 17.
     (9) To build, construct, form, arrange; baddhorminākavanitāparibhuktamuktaṃ Ki. 8. 57; chāyābaddhakadaṃbakaṃ mṛgakulaṃ S. 2. 6; tasyāṃjaliṃ baṃdhumato babaṃdha R. 16. 5; 4. 38; 11. 35, 78; Ku. 2. 47; 5. 30; Bk. 7.77. (10) To put together, compose, construct (a poem, verse &c.); tuṣṭairbaddhaṃ tadalaghu raghusvāminaḥ saccaritraṃ Vikr. 18. 107; śloka eya tvayā baddhaḥ Rām.
     (11) To form, produce, bear (as fruit &c.); R. 12. 69; Ku. 5. 60 v. l.; S. 6. 3.
     (12) To have, possess, entertain, cherish, feel.
     (13) To punish, chastise.
     (14) To offer, sacrifice (as an animal).
     (15) To shut, close, stop.
     (16) To oppress, overpower.
     (17) To join, unite.
     (18) To produce, cause, effect.
     (19) To strike (as root). (20) To display, exhibit, show. (The senses of baṃdh are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. bhrukuṭiṃ baṃdh to knit or bend the eyebrows, to frown; muṣṭiṃ baṃdh to clench the fist; aṃjaliṃ baṃdh to fold the hands together in supplication; cittaṃ, --dhiyaṃ, --manaḥ, --hṛdayaṃ baṃdh to set the heart on; prītiṃ, --bhāvaṃ, --rāgaṃ baṃdh to fall in love with, be enamoured of; setuṃ baṃdh to construct or build a bridge; vairaṃ baṃdh to conceive hatred, contract enmity; sakhyaṃ, sauhṛda baṃdh to form friendship; golaṃ baṃdh to form a globe; maṃḍalaṃ baṃdh to form a circle, sit or stand in a circle; maunaṃ baṃdh to maintain silence; parikaraṃ -kakṣāṃ baṃdh to gird up one's loins, prepare oneself for anything; see the compounds under baddha also). --Caus. To cause to bind, form, construct, build &c.; R. 12. 70.

baddha p. p. [baṃdh-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Bound, tied, fastened.
     (2) Chained, fettered.
     (3) Captured, caught.
     (4) Confined, imprisoned.
     (5) Put or girt on.
     (9) Restrained, suppressed, withheld.
     (7) Formed, built.
     (8) Cherished, entertained.
     (9) Combined, united. (10) Firmly rooted, firm.
     (11) Shut, stopped, closed.
     (12) Inlaid, studded.
     (13) Composed (as verses).
     (14) Formed, contracted; Ku. 1. 20.
     (15) Manifested, displayed.
     (16) Entangled, involved.
     (17) Congealed, clotted (as blood).
     (18) Effected, caused, formed, produced; baddhaṃ jālaka S. 1. 30; 2. 6; U. 6. 17; Māl. 3.7.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgulitra, aṃgulitrāṇa a. having a finger guard fastened.
          --aṃjali a. folding the hands together in supplication, with the hands joined in humble entreaty or raised to the forehead as a mark of respect.
          --anurāga a. having the affection fixed upon, feeling or manifesting love for.
          --anuśaya a. 1. feeling repentant. --2. of a fixed resolve.
          --ānaṃda a. joyful.
          --āyudha a. accoutred with arms.
          --āśaṃka a. one whose suspicions have been roused, grown suspicious.
          --utsava a. enjoying or observing a festival or holiday.
          --udyama a. making united efforts.
          --kakṣa, --kakṣya a. see baddhaparikara. --kesara a. 1. forming hair. --2. having the filaments formed.
          --kopa, --manyu, --roṣa a. 1. feeling anger, entertaining a feeling of anger. --2. suppressing or governing one's wrath.
          --gudaṃ a kind of obstruction of the bowels.
          --citta, -manas a. having the mind intently fixed on, rivetting the mind on.
          --jihva a. tongue-tied.
          --tūṇīra a. equipped with a quiver.
          --dṛṣṭi, --netra, --locana a. having the eyes intently fixed on, looking with a steadfast gaze at.
          --dhāra a. continuously or incessantly flowing.
          --niścaya a. firmly resolved, resolute.
          --nepathya a. attired in a theatrical dress.
          --parikara a. having the girdle girded on, one who has girded up his loins; i. e. ready, prepared.
          --purīṣa a. having the bowels constipated.
          --pratijña a. 1. one who has made a vow or promise. --2. firmly resolved.
          --pratiśrut a. resonant with echoes.
          --bhāva a. having the affection or heart fixed upon, enamoured of (with loc.); dṛḍhaṃ tvayi baddhabhāvorvaśī V. 2.
          --bhūḥ f. 1. the lowest floor. --2. ground prepared for the site of a house.
          --muṣṭi a. 1. having a closed fist. --2. close-fisted, covetous.
          --mūla a. deep-rooted, striking root firmly; baddhamūlasya mūlaṃ hi mahadvairataroḥ striyaḥ Śi. 2. 38.
          --mauna a. holding the tongue, keeping silence, silent; adṛśyata tvaccaraṇāraviṃdaviśleṣaduḥ khādiva baddhamaunaṃ R. 13. 23.
          --rāga a. having the desire fixed on, enamoured, impassioned; Pt. 1. 123.
          --vasati a. fixing an abode.
          --vāc a. tongue-tied, maintaining silence.
          --vepathu a. seized with tremour.
          --vaira a. one who has conceived bitter hatred or contracted confirmed hostility.
          --śikha a. 1. one whose hair is tied up (into a knot on the crown of the head). --2. one who is still in childhood, young.
          --sūtaḥ a particular preparation of quicksilver.
          --sneha a. forming an attachment, conceiving affection for.

baṃdhaḥ [baṃdh-dhañ]
     (1) A tie, bond (in general) (āśābaṃdha &c.).
     (2) A hair-band, fillet; V. 4. 10; S. 1. 30.
     (3) A chain, fetter.
     (4) Fettering, confining, imprisoning, confinement, imprisonment; Ms. 8. 310.
     (5) Catching, capturing, catching hold of; gajabaṃdha R. 16. 2.
     (6)
          (a) Forming, constructing, arranging; sargabaṃdho mahākā vyaṃ S. D. 6.
          (b) Building, erecting.
     (7) Feeling, conceiving, cherishing; he rājānastyajata sukavipremabaṃdhe virodhaṃ Vikr. 18. 107; R. 6. 81.
     (8) Connection, union, intercourse.
     (9) Joining or folding together, combining: R. 14. 13; aṃjalibaṃdha &c. (10) A bandage, ligature.
     (11) Agreement, harmony.
     (12) Manifestation, display, exhibition; R. 18. 52.
     (13) Bondage, confinement to this world (opp. mukti which is 'complete emancipation from the trammels of the world'); baṃdhaṃ mokṣaṃ ca yā vetti buddhiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī Bg. 18. 30; baṃdhānmuktyai kha lu makhamukhānkurvate karmapāśān Bv. 4. 21; R. 13. 58; 18. 7.
     (14) Result, consequence.
     (15) A position, posture in general; āsanabaṃdhadhīraḥ R. 2. 6; Ku. 3. 45, 59.
     (16) A particular position in sexual intercourse, or a particular mode of sexual enjoyment (these are said in Ratimañjarī to be 16, but other writers increase the number to 84).
     (17) A border, frame-work.
     (18) Arrangement of a stanza in a particular shape; e. g. khaḍgabaṃdha, padmabaṃdha, murajabaṃdha (vide K. P. 9. ad loc.).
     (19) A sinew, tendon. (20) The body.
     (21) A deposit, pledge.
     (22) An embankment, throwing a bridge across (a river).
     (23) A disease in which the eyelids cannot be wholly closed.
     -- Comp.
          --karaṇaṃ fettering, imprisoning.
          --taṃtraṃ a complete army containing the four necessary elements, i. e. elephants, horses, chariots and footmen.
          --pāruṣyaṃ forced or unnatural construction of words.
          --staṃbhaḥ a post to which an animal (e. g. an elephant) is tied.

baṃdhakaḥ
     (1) One who binds or catches, a binder.
     (2) A catcher.
     (3) A band, tie, rope, tether.
     (4) A dike, bank, dam.
     (5) A pledge, deposit.
     (6) A posture of the body.
     (7) Barter, exchange.
     (8) A violator, ravisher.
     (9) A promise. (10) A city.
     (11) A part or portion (at the end of num. compounds); ṛṇaṃ sadaśabaṃdhakaṃ Y. 2. 76. --kaṃ Binding, confinement. --kī
     (1) An unchaste woman; na me tvayā kaumārabaṃdhakyā prayojanaṃ Māl. 7; Ve. 2.
     (2) A harlot, courtezan; balāt dhṛtosi mayeti baṃdhakīdhāṣṭaryaṃ K. 237.
     (3) A female elephant.
     (4) A barren woman.

baṃdhana a.
     (1) Binding, fettering.
     (2) Checking, stopping.
     (3) (At the end of comp.) Dependent upon; cf. nibaṃdhana. --naṃ [baṃdh-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of binding, fastening, tying; Ku. 4. 8.
     (2) Binding on or round, throwing round, clasping; vinamraśākhābhujabaṃdhanāni Ku. 3. 39; Pt. 5. 21; ghaṭaya bhujabaṃdhanaṃ Git. 10; R. 19. 17.
     (3) A bond, tie (fig. also); R. 12. 76; āśābaṃdhanaṃ &c.
     (4) Fettering, chaining, confining.
     (5) A chain, fetter, tether, halter &c.
     (6) Capturing, catching.
     (7) Bondage, confinement, imprisonment, captivity; as in baṃdhanāgāra.
     (8) A place of confinement, prison, jail; tvāṃ kārayāmi kamalodarabaṃdhanasthaṃ S. 6. 19; Ms. 9. 288.
     (9) Forming, building, construction; setubaṃdhanaṃ Ku. 4. 6. (10) Connecting, uniting, joining.
     (11) Hurting, injuring.
     (12) A stalk, stem, peduncle (of a flower); S. 3. 6; 6. 17; U. 2. 9; Ku. 4. 14.
     (13) A sinew, muscle.
     (14) A bandage.
     (15) A bar, barrier.
     (16) Alloyage, mixing.
     (17) An embankment, a bridge.
     (18) A conjunction, connection. --naṃ-nī
     (1) A bond, tie.
     (2) A rope, cord.
     (3) A string, thread.
     (4) A chain, fetter.
     (5) A bondage.
     -- Comp.
          --a (ā) gāraḥ --raṃ, --ālayaḥ a prison, jail.
          --graṃthiḥ 1. the knot of a bandage. --2. a noose. --3. a rope for tying cattle.
          --pālakaḥ, --rakṣin m. a jailor.
          --veśman n. a prison.
          --sthaḥ a captive, prisoner.
          --staṃbhaḥ a tying-post, a post to which an animal (e. g. an elephant) is tied.
          --sthānaṃ a stable, stall (for horses &c.).

baṃdhita a.
     (1) Bound, fastened.
     (2) Confined, imprisoned.

baṃdhitraḥ [baṃdha-itra]
     (1) The god of love.
     (2) A leathern fan (carmavyajana).
     (3) A spot, mole.

baṃdhuḥ [badhnāti manaḥ snehādinā baṃdh-u]
     (1) A relation, kinsman, relative in general; yatra drumā api mṛgā api baṃdhavo me U. 3. 8: mātṛbadhunivāsinaṃ R. 12. 12; S. 6. 22; Bg. 6. 9.
     (2) Any one connected or associated with another, a brother; pravāsabaṃdhuḥ a brothertraveller; dharmabaṃdhuḥ a spiritual brother; S 4. 9.
     (3) (In law) A cognate kinsman, one's own kindred or kinsmen generally; (three kinds are enumerated; ātma- personal, pitṛ- paternal, and mātṛ- maternal; see these three words).
     (4) A friend (in general); as in baṃdhukṛtya below; oft. at the end of comp.; makaradaṃgaṃdhabaṃdho Mal. 1. 38 'a friend of, (i. e.) charged with fragrance' &c.; 9. 13.
     (5) A husband; vaidehibaṃdhārhṛdayaṃ vidadre R. 14. 33.
     (6) A father.
     (7) A mother.
     (8) A brother.
     (9) The tree called baṃdhujīva q. v. (10) One who belongs to or is connected with any tribe or profession only nominally; i. e. one who belongs to it, but does not do the duties pertaining thereto (often used by way of contempt); svayameva brahmabaṃdhunodbhinno durgaprayogaḥ M. 4; cf. kṣatrabaṃdhu.
     (11) Connection, relationship, association in general.
     -- Comp.
          --kāma a. affectionate towards kinsmen.
          --kṛtyaṃ 1. the duty of a kinsman; tvayi tu parisamāptaṃ baṃdhukṛtyaṃ prajānāṃ S. 5. 8. --2. the business of a friend, a friendly or kind act or service; kaccitsaumya vyavasitamidaṃ baṃdhukṛtyaṃ tvayā me Me. 114.
          --janaḥ
     (1) a relative, kinsman. --2. kindred, kinsmen taken collectively. --jīvaḥ, jīvakaḥ N. of a tree; baṃdhujīvamadhurādharapallavamullasitasmitaśobhaṃ Gīt. 2; R. 11. 24. --dagdhaḥ an abandoned wretch (hataka). --dattaṃ a kind of Strīdhana or woman's property, the property given to a girl by her relatives at the time of marriage; Y. 2. 144. --prītiḥ f. 1. love of a relative; baṃdhuprītvā Me. 49. --2. love for a friend. --bhāvaḥ 1. friendship. --2. relationship. --vargaḥ kinsmen, kindred. --hīna a. destitute of relatives or friends.

baṃdhukaḥ
     (1) The tree called baṃdhujīva.
     (2) A bastard. --kā, --kī An unchaste woman (see baṃdhakī).

baṃdhutā
     (1) Relatives, kinsmen, kindred (taken collectively); Māl. 6. 18; 9. 21; Ki. 1. 10.
     (2) Relationship, affinity.

baṃdhutvam Relationship, brotherhood, affinity.

baṃdhudā An unchaste woman.

baṃdhumat a. Having relations or kinsmen.

baṃdhura a. [baṃdh-urac]
     (1) Undulating, wavy, uneven; Śi. 7. 34; Ku. 1. 42, U. 6. 25; Mv. 6. 30.
     (2) Bent, inclined, bowed; baṃdhuragātri R. 13. 47; (= saṃnatāṃgi).
     (3) Crooked, curved.
     (4) Pleasing, handsome, beautiful, lovely; kathaṃ nu taṃ baṃdhurakomalāṃguliṃ S. 6. 12 (where it may mean 'undulating' also); samastaśāstrasmṛtibaṃdhure mukhe K. 3.
     (5) Deaf.
     (6) Injurious, mischievous. --raḥ
     (1) A goose.
     (2) A crane.
     (3) A drug.
     (4) An oil-cake.
     (5) The vulva.
     (6) The baṃdhujīva tree. --rāḥ (m. pl.) Parched corn or meal thereof. --rā An unchaste woman. --raṃ A diadem.

baṃdhula a. [baṃdh-ulac]
     (1) Bent, curved, inclined.
     (2) Pleasing, delightful, attractive, beautiful. --laḥ
     (1) A bastard; paragṛhalalitāḥ parānnapuṣṭāḥ parapuruṣairjanitāḥ parāṃganāsu . paradhananiratā guṇeṣvavācyā gajakalabhā iva baṃdhulā lalāmaḥ Mk. 4. 28 (which is an answer given by the bandhulas themselves to the Vidūṣaka's question bhoḥ ke yūyaṃ baṃdhulā nāma).
     (2) An attendant in a harlot's chamber.
     (3) The tree called baṃdhūka q. v.

baṃdhūkaḥ [baṃdh-ūka] N. of a tree; tavakaranikareṇa spaṣṭabaṃdhūkasūnastabakaracitamete śekharaṃ bibhratīva Śi. 11. 46; Rs. 3. 5. --kaṃ A flower of this tree; baṃdhūkadyutibāṃdhavo'yamadharaḥ Gīt. 10; Rs. 3. 25

baṃdhūra a. [baṃdh ūrac] 1 Undulating, uneven.
     (2) Bent, inclined, bowed.
     (3) Pleasing, delightful, lovely; cf. baṃdhura. --raṃ A hole.

baṃdhūliḥ [baṃdh-ūli] The baṃdhujīva tree.

baṃdhya [baṃdh --yat]
     (1) To be bound or fettered, to be confined or imprisoned; Y. 2. 243.
     (2) To be joined or bound together.
     (3) To be formed, built or constructed.
     (4) Detained, under arrest.
     (5) Barren, unproductive, fruitless, useless (said of persons or things); baṃdhyaśramāste R. 16. 75; abaṃdhyayatnāśca babhūvuratra te 3. 29; Ki. 1. 33.
     (6) Not having the menses or menstrual discharge.
     (7) (At the end of comp.) Deprived or destitute of.
     -- Comp.
          --phala a. useless, vain, idle.

baṃdhyā 1 A barren woman; na hi baṃdhyā vijānāti gurvī prasavavedanāṃ Subhāṣ.
     (2) A barren cow.
     (3) A kind of perfume (bāla).
     -- Comp.
          --tanayaḥ, --putraḥ sṛtaḥ, or duhitṛ, --sutā &c. the son or daughter of a barren woman; i. e. a wild impossibility, anything that does not and cannot exist; eṣa baṃdhyāsuto yāti khapuṣpakṛtaśekharaḥ; see khapuṣpa.

baṃdhram A bond, tie.

babhravī An epithet of Durgā.

babhru a. [bhṛ-ku dvitvaṃ; babhr-u vā Uṇ. 1. 21]
     (1) Deep-brown, tawny, reddish-brown; jvālābabhruśiroruhaḥ R. 15. 16; 19. 25; babaṃdha bālāruṇababhru valkalaṃ Ku. 5. 8.
     (2) Bald-headed through disease. --bhruḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) An ichneumon.
     (3) The tawny colour.
     (4) A man with tawny hair.
     (5) N. of a Yadava; Śi. 2. 40.
     (6) An epithet of Śiva.
     (7) Of Viṣṇu.
     (8) The Chātaka bird.
     (9) A sweeper, cleaner. (10) N. of a country. --n.
     (1) A tawny or brown colour.
     (2) Any object of a brown colour.
     -- Comp.
          --dhātuḥ 1. gold. --2. red chalk (gaurika), a kind of ochre.
          --vāhanaḥ N. of a son of Arjuna by Chitrāṅgadā. [The sacrificial horse let loose by king Yudhiṣṭhira and guarded by Arjuna entered, in the course of its wanderings, the country of Maṇipura, which was then ruled by Babhruvāhana, unequalled in prowess. The horse was taken to the king; but when he read the writing on the plate on its head, he knew that it belonged to the Pāṇḍavas, and that his father Arjuna had arrived in the kingdom; and, hastening to him, respectfully offered his kingdom and his treasures along with the horse. Arjuna, in an evil hour, struck the head of Babhruvāhana and upbraided him for his cowardice, saying that if he had possessed true valour and had been his true son, he should not have been afraid of his father and submitted to him so meekly. At these words the brave youth was exceedingly irriated and discharged a crescent-shaped arrow at Arjuna which severed his head from his body. He was, however, restored to life by Ulūpi who happened to be then with Chitrāṅgadā; and having acknowledged Babhruvāhana as his true son, he resumed his journey].

baṃb 1 P. (baṃbati) To go, move.

baṃbharaḥ A bee.

baṃbharālī A fly.

baraṭaḥ A kind of grain.

barv 1 P. (barvati) To go, move.

barbaṭaḥ A kind of grain (rājamāṣa).

barbaṭī 1 A kind of grain (rājamāṣa).
     (2) A harlot, prostitute.

barbaṇā A blue fly.

barbaraḥ 1 One not an Aryan, a barbarian, low fellow.
     (2) A fool, block-head; śṛṇu re barbara H. 2.

barburaḥ N. of a tree(Mar. bābhaLa); upasarpema bhavaṃtaṃ barbura vada kasya lobhena Bv. 1. 24.

barsaḥ Ved. A tip, point, knot.

barsvaḥ Ved. A socket of a tooth (?)

barh I. 1 A. (barhate)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To give.
     (3) To cover.
     (4) To hurt, kill, destroy.
     (5) To spread.
     (6) To be pre-eminent or excellent. --II. 10 U. (barhayati-te) To hurt, injure. --WITH ni to kill, destroy; Śi. 1. 29.

barhaḥ --rham [barh-ac]
     (1) A peacock's tail; davolkāhataśeṣabarhāḥ R. 16. 14; (keśapāśe) sati kusumasanāthe kaṃ haredeṣa barhaḥ V. 4. 10 v. l.
     (2) The tail of a bird.
     (3) A tail-feather (especially of a peacock); Me. 44; Ku. 1. 15; Śi. 8. 11.
     (4) A leaf; āpāṃḍuraṃ ketakabarhamanyaḥ R. 6. 17.
     (5) A train, retinue.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāraḥ 1. a peacock's tail. --2. a tuft of peacock's feathers on the handle of a club &c.

barhaṇa, barhas a. Ved. Strong, powerful.

barhaṇam A leaf.

barhiḥ Fire. --n. The Kuśa grass.

barhiṇaḥ A peacock; āvāsavṛkṣonmukhabarhiṇāni (vanāni) R. 2. 17; 16. 14, 19. 37.
     -- Comp.
          --vājaḥ an arrow feathered with a peacock's plumes.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.

barhin m. [bahe astyarthe ini] A peacock; R. 16. 64; V. 3. 2; 4. 10; Rs. 2. 6.
     -- Comp.
          --kusumaṃ, --puṣpaṃ a kind of perfume.
          --dhvajā an epithet of Durgā.
          --yānaḥ, --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.

barhiṣṭha a. (superl. of bṛhat) Largest, strongest. --ṣṭhaṃ A kind of fragrant grass.

barhis m., n. [barh karmaṇi isi] 1 Kuśa grass; Ku. 1. 60.
     (2) A bed or layer of Kuśa grass.
     (3) A sacrifice, oblation. --m.
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Light, splendour. --n.
     (1) Water.
     (2) Sacrifice.
     (3) Ether.
     -- Comp.
          --keśaḥ, -jyotis m. an epithet of fire.
          --mukhaḥ (barhirmukhaḥ) 1. an epithet of fire. --2. a god (whose mouth is fire).
          --śuṣman m an epithet of fire.
          --sad (barhiṣad) a. seated on a layer of Kuśa grass. (--m.) 1. the Manes (pl.). --2. a Pitṛ or deified progenitor.

barhiṣka a. Formed of, or covered with, sacrificial grass.

barhiṣmat m. A worshipper, sacrificer.

bal I. 1 P. (balati)
     (1) To breathe or live.
     (2) To hoard grain. --II.
     (1) U. (balati-te)
     (1) To give.
     (2) To hurt, injure, kill.
     (3) To speak.
     (4) To see, mark. -III. 10 U. (balayati-te) To live. --IV. 10 A. (bālayate) To describe. --Caus. (bālayati-te) To nourish, support.

balam [bal-ac]
     (1) Strength, power, might, vigour.
     (2) Force, violence; as in balāt q. v.
     (3) An army, host, forces, troops; bhavedabhīṣmamadroṇaṃ dhṛtarāṣṭrabalaṃ kathaṃ Ve. 3. 24, 43; Bg. 1. 10; R. 16. 37.
     (4) Bulkiness, stoutness (of the body).
     (5) Body, figure, shape.
     (6) Semen virile,
     (7) Blood,
     (8) Gum myrrh.
     (9) A shoot, sprout. (balena means 'on the strength of', 'by means or virtue of'; bahubalena jitaḥ, vīryabalena &c.; balāt 'perforce', 'forcibly', 'violently', 'against one's will'; balānnidrā samāyātā Pt. 1; hṛdayamadaye tasminnevaṃ punarvalate balāt Gīt. 7). --laḥ
     (1) A crow.
     (2) N. of the elder brother of Kṛṣṇa; see valarāma below.
     (3) N. of a demon killed by Indra.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ excessive strength or force. (
          --graḥ) the head of an army.
          --aṃgakaḥ the spring (Hemachandra).
          --aṃcitā the lute of Balarāma.
          --aṭaḥ a kind of beam.
          --adhika a. surpassing in strength, of superior strength or force.
          --adhikaraṇaṃ the affairs of an army.
          --adhyakṣaḥ 1. a general or commander of an army; Ms. 7. 189. --2. a war-minister.
          --anujaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --anvita a. endowed with strength, mighty, powerful.
          --abalaṃ 1. comparative strength and want of strength, relative strength and weakness; R. 17. 59. --2. relative significance and insignificance, comparative importance and unimportance; samaya eva karoti balābalaṃ Śi. 6. 44.
          --abhraḥ an army in the form of a cloud.
          --arātiḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --avalepaḥ pride of strength.
          --aśaḥ --asaḥ 1. consumption. --2. the phlegmatic humour (kapha). --3. a swelling in the throat (which stops the passages of food).
          --ātmikā a kind of sun-flower (hastiśuṃḍī). --āhaḥ water.
          --utkraṭa a. of mighty strength; Pt. 2. 40; 3. 114.
          --upapanna, -upeta a. endowed with strength, strong, powerful.
          --oghaḥ a multitude of troops, numerous army; Śi. 5. 2.
          --kara, --kṛt a. strengthening.
          --kṣobhaḥ disturbance in the army, mutiny, revolt.
          --cakraṃ 1. dominion, sovereignty. --2. an army, a host.
          --ja a. produced by power. (
          --jaṃ) 1. a city-gate, gate. --2. a field. --3. grain, a heap of grain; Śi. 14. 7. --4. war, battle. --5. marrow, pith. --6. a pretty figure. (
          --jā) 1. the earth. --2. a handsome woman. --3. a kind of, jasmine (Arabian).
          --daḥ an ox a bullock.
          --darpaḥ pride of strength.
          --devaḥ 1. air, wind. --2. N. of the elder brother of Kṛṣṇa; see balarāma below.
          --dviṣ m.,
          --niṣūdanaḥ epithets of Indra; balaniṣūdanamarthapatiṃ ca taṃ R. 9. 3.
          --nigraha a. weakening, enervating.
          --patiḥ 1. a general, commander. --2. an epithet of Indra.
          --prada a. giving strength, invigorating.
          --prasūḥ N. of Rohiṇī, mother of Balarāma.
          --bhadra a. strong, powerful. (
          --draḥ) 1. a strong or powerful man. --2. a kind of ox. --3. N. of Balarāma, q. v. below. --4. the tree called lodhra. --5. N. of Ananta. (
          --drā) a maiden.
          --bhid m. an epithet of Indra; S. 2.
          --bhṛt a. strong, powerful.
          --rāmaḥ 'the strong Rāma', N. of the elder brother of Kṛṣṇa. [He was the seventh son of Vasudava and Devakī; but transferred to the womb of Rohiṇi to save him from falling a prey to the cruelty of Kamsa. He and his brother Kṛṣṇa were brought up by Nanda in Gokula. When quite young, he killed the powerful demons Dhenuka and Pralamba, and performed, like his brother, many feats of surprising strength. On one occasion Balarāma under the influence of wine, of which he was very fond, called upon the Yamunā river to come to him that he might bathe; and on his command being unheeded, he plunged his plough-share into the river and dragged the waters after him, until the river assumed a human form and asked his forgiveness. On another occasion he dragged towards himself the whole city of Hastināpura along with its walls. As Kṛṣṇa was a friend and admirer of the Pāṇḍavas, so Balarāma was of the Kauravas, as was seen in his desire of giving his sister Subhadrā to Duryodhana rather than to Arjuna; yet he declined to take any part in the great Bhāratī war either with the Pāṇḍavas or the Kauravas. He is represented as dressed in blue clothes, and armed with a ploughshare which was his most effective weapon. His wife was Revatī. He is sometimes regarded as an incarnation of the serpent Śeṣa and sometimes as the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu; see the quotation under hala]. --vardhana a. invigorating, strengthening.
          --vinyāsaḥ array or arrangement of troops.
          --vyasanaṃ the defeat of an army.
          --śālin a. strong.
          --sūdanaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --stha a. strong, powerful. (
          --sthaḥ) a warrior, soldier.
          --sthitiḥ f. 1. a camp; an encampment. --2. a royal camp.
          --han m. 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. of Balarāma. --3. phlegm.
          --hīna a. destitute of strength, weak, feeble.

balakṣa a. [balaṃ kṣāyatyasmāt kṣai-ka] White; dviradadataṃbalakṣamalakṣyata sphuritabhṛṃgamṛgacchavi ketakaṃ Śi. 6. 34. --kṣaḥ The white colour.
     -- Comp.
          --guḥ (for go 'a ray') the moon; yathānatyarjunābjanmasadṛkṣāṃko balakṣaguḥ Kāv. 1. 45 (given as an instance of the prasāda quality of the Gauḍīyas).

balanam Making strong, invigorating, strengthening.

balayati Den. P. To strengthen, invigorate.

valāyate Den. A To put forth strength.

balalaḥ An epithet of Indra.

balavat a.
     (1) Strong, powerful, mighty; vidhiraho balavāniti me matiḥ Bh. 2. 91.
     (2) Stout, robust.
     (3) Dense, thick (as darkness, &c.).
     (4) Getting the upper hand, predominant, prevailing; balavāniṃdriyagrāmo vidvāṃsamapi karṣati Ms. 2. 215
     (5) More important, of greater weight; lokāpavādo balavānmato me R. 14. 40.
     (6) Accompained by an army. --ind.
     (1) Strongly, powerfully, forcibly; punarvaśitvādbalavannigṛhya Ku. 3. 69.
     (2) Very much, excessively, in a high degree; balavadapi śikṣitānāmātmanyapratyayaṃ cetaḥ S. 1. 2; śītārti balavadupeyuṣeva nīraiḥ Śi. 8. 62; S. 5. 31.

balavattā
     (1) Powerfulness, strength.
     (2) Superiority, excellence.

balā N. of a powerful lore or incantation (taught by Viśvāmitra to Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa); tau balātibalayoḥ prabhāvataḥ R. 11. 9. (For some deseription see the quotation under atibalā).

balākaḥ --kā [Uṇ. 4. 14] A crane; seviṣyaṃte nayanasubhagaṃ khe bhavaṃtaṃ balākāḥ Me. 9; Mk. 5. 18, 19. --kā A mistress, beloved woman.

balākikā A small kind of crane.

balākin a. Abounding in cranes; kālikeva nibiḍā balākinī R. 11. 15; Ku. 7. 39.

balātkāraḥ
     (1) Using violence, employing force.
     (2) Outrage, violence, force, oppression, exaction; R. 10. 47; balātkāreṇa nirvartya &c.
     (3) Injustice.
     (4) (In law) Detention of the person of a debter by the creditor and the employment of forcible means to recover the debt.

balātkṛta a. Forced, overcome.

balāsakaḥ A yellow spot in the white of the eye (caused by disease).

balāsin a. Consumptive.

balāham Water.

balāhakaḥ
     (1) A cloud; balāhakacchedavibhaktarāgāmakālasaṃdhyāmiva dhātumattāṃ Ku. 1. 4.
     (2) A kind of crane.
     (3) A mountain.
     (4) N. of one of the seven clouds appearing at the destruction of the world.
     (5) One of the four horses of Viṣṇu.

baliḥ [bal-in]
     (1) An oblation, a gift or offering (usually religious); nīvārabaliṃ vilokayataḥ S. 4. 20; U. 1. 50.
     (2) The offering of a porsion of the daily meal (of rice, grain, ghee &c. to all creatures, (also called bhṛtayajña), one of the five daily Yajṇas to be performed by a householder; see Ms. 3. 67, 91; it is usually performed by throwing up into the air, near the housedoor, portions of the daily meal before partaking of it; yāsāṃ balaḥ sapadi madgṛhadehalīnāṃ haṃsaiśca sārasagaṇaiśca viluptapūrvaḥ Mk. 1. 9.
     (3) Worship, adoration; Ku. 1. 60; Me. 55; avacitāni balikarmaparyāptāni puṣpāṇi S. 4.
     (4) Fragments of food left at a meal.
     (5) A victim offered to a deity,
     (6) A tax, tribute, impost; prajānāmeva bhūtyarthaṃ sa tābhyo balimagrahīt R. 1. 18; Ms 7. 80; 8. 307.
     (7) The handle of a chowrie.
     (8) N. of a celebrated demon. [He was a son of Virechana, the son of Prahlāda. He was a very powerful demon and oppressed the gods very much. They, therefore, prayed to Viṣṇu for succour, who descended on earth as a son of Kaśyapa and Aditi in the form of a dwarf. He assumed the dress of a mendicant, and having gone to Bali prayed him to give him as much earth as he could cover in three steps. Bali, who was noted for his liberality, unhesitatingly acceded to this apparently simple request. But the dwarf soon assumed a mighty form, and began to measure the three steps. The first step covered the earth, the second the heavens; and not knowing where to place the third, he planted it on the head of Bali and sent him and all his legions to the Pātāla and allowed him to be its ruler. Thus the universe was once more restored to the rule of Indra; cf. chalayasi vikramaṇe balimadbhutavāmana Gīt. 1; R. 7. 35; Me. 57. Viṣṇu is said to still guard his door in Pāṭala. He is one of the seven Chirajivins; cf. cirajīvin]. --liḥ f.
     (1) A fold, wrinkle &c. (usually written vali q. v.).
     (2) The fold of skin in stout persons or females.
     (3) The ridge of a thatched roof.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. 1. paying tribute. --2. offering sacrifices. --3. producing wrinkles.
          --karaṃbhaḥ a sacrificial cake.
          --karman n. 1. offering oblations to all creatures. --2. the act of worshipping. --3. payment of tribute.
          --dānaṃ 1. presentation of an offering to a deity. --2. offering oblations to all creatures.
          --dhvaṃsin m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --naṃdanaḥ, -putraḥ, -sutaḥ epithets of Bāṇa, the son of Bali.
          --puṣṭaḥ, --bhojanaḥ a crow.
          --priyaḥ the Lodhra tree.
          --baṃdhanaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --bhuj m. 1. a crow. --2. a sparrow. --3. a crane.
          --maṃdiraṃ, --vaśmen, --sadman n. the lower regions, the abode of Bali.
          --mukhaḥ a monkey.
          --vyākula a. engaged in worship or in offering oblations to all creatures; Me. 85.
          --han m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --haraṇaṃ an offering of oblations to all creatures.

balin a. [balamastyasya ini]
     (1) Strong, powerful, mighty; R. 16. 37; Ms. 7. 174.
     (2) Stout, robust. --m.
     (1) A buffalo.
     (2) A hog.
     (3) A camel.
     (4) A bull.
     (5) A soldier.
     (6) A kind of jasmine.
     (7) The phlegmatic humour.
     (8) An epithet of Balarāma.

balita, balibha See valina-bha.

baliṃdamaḥ A epithet of Viṣṇu.

balimat a.
     (1) Having materials of worship or oblation ready; R. 14. 15.
     (2) Receiving taxes.
     (3) Wrinkled.

baliman m. Strength, might, power.

baliṣṭha a. Most powerful, strongest, very powerful (superl. of balavat or balin q. v.) --ṣṭhaḥ A camel.

baliṣṇu a. Dishonoured, degraded, despised (apamānita).

balīyas a. (sī f.)
     (1) Stronger, more powerful.
     (2) More effective.
     (3) More important (compar. of balavat or balin q. v.). --adv. Powerfully, very much; balīyaḥ khalu bhītosmi S. 7.

balūla a. Strong, powerful.

balya a. [balāya hitaṃ yat]
     (1) Strong, powerful.
     (2) Giving strength. --lyaḥ A Buddhist mendicant. --lyaṃ Semen virile.

balivarda See balīvarda.

balīkaḥ The edge of a thatched roof.

balīnaḥ A scorpion.

balī(rī)vardaḥ  A bull, an ox; gorapa yaṃ pumān balīvardaḥ

ballavaḥ
     (1) A cowherd; kuṃjeṣvākrāṃtavīrunnicayaparicayā ballavāḥ saṃcaraṃtu Ve 6. 2; Śi. 11. 8.
     (2) A cook.
     (3) The name assumed by Bhīma when serving as a cook at the court of Virāṭa. --vī A cowherdess; Ki. 4. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --yuvatiḥ --tī f. a young cowherdess (gopī); harivirahākulaballavayuvatisakhīvacanaṃ paṭhanīyaṃ Gīt. 4.

balvajaḥ --jā A kind of coarse grass; Ms. 2. 43.

bahlikāḥ, balhīkāḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants.

bavaḥ The first Karaṇa or astrological division of the day.

baṣkaya a. Full-grown(as a calf).

baṣkaya(yi)ṇī(nī) f.
     (1) A cow whose calf is full-grown; N. 16. 92.
     (2) A prolific cow (one bearing many calves.)

bastaḥ A goat.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇaḥ the Śala tree.
          --gaṃdhā a shrubby basil.

bahala a. [baṃh --kalac nalopaśca]
     (1) Very much, copious, abundant, plentiful, manifold, great, strong; U. 1. 38; 3. 23; Śi. 9. 8; Bv. 4. 27.
     (2) Thick, dense.
     (3) Shaggy (as a tail); bahalottuṃgalāṃgūla Mal. 3.
     (4) Hard, firm, compact.
     (5) Harsh (as a sound). --laḥ A kind of sugar-cane. --lā Large cardamoms.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhaḥ a kind of sandal.
          --tvacaḥ the white flowering lodhra.

bahis ind.
     (1) Out of, outside (with abl.); nivasannāvasathe purādbahiḥ R. 8. 14; 11. 29.
     (2) On the outside, out of doors (opp. aṃtaḥ); bahirgaccha
     (3) Externally, outwardly; aṃtarbahiḥ purata eva vivartamānāṃ Māl. 1. 40, 14; H. 1. 94
     (4) A part, separately.
     (5) Beside, except.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. outer, external. (
          --gaṃ) 1. an external part. --2. an outer limb. --3. property. --4. a stranger. --5. the preliminary part of a religious ceremony.
          --iṃdriyaṃ an external organ or sense, an organ of action.
          --upādhiḥ an external condition or circumstance; na khalu bahirupādhīn pritayaḥ saṃśrayaṃte Mal. 1. 24.
          --kuṭīcaraḥ a crab.
          --gehaṃ ind. out of doors, abroad.
          --cara a. outer, external, outward; bahiścarāḥ prāṇāḥ Dk. (
          --raḥ) a crab.
          --deśaḥ 1. a foreign country. --2. the outskits of a village. --3. a place without a town or village.
          --dbāraṃ an outer door.
          --niḥsāraṇaṃ expulsion.
          --prāṇaḥ 1. the external or outer breath or life; (hence) anything as dear as life. --2. money.
          --bhava a. external.
          --bhavanaṃ emanation.
          --bhūta a. expelled. --2. expired (time &c.). --3. inattentive, car less.
          --mukha a. 1. turning one's face away from. --2. averso from, indifferent to. --3. greatly devoted to external things. --4. coming out of the mouth. (
          --khaḥ) a god or deity.
          --yātrā, --yānaṃ excursion, expedition abroad.
          --yoga a. external.
          --laṃba- a. obtuse-angled. (
          --baḥ) an obtuseangled triangle.
          --lāpikā a kind of enigma.
          --vikāraḥ syphilis.
          --vṛtti f. an external aspect or appearance; Pt. 4. 87.
          --vyasanaṃ licentiousness, immorality, evil or lewd practices.
          --byasanin a. dissolute, lewd.

bahiṣka a. External, outer.

bahiṣkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To place outside of, exclude from, drive out of; Ms. 8. 380; Y. 1. 93.
     (2) To excommunicate.

bahiṣkaraṇam
     (1) An external organ.
     (2) Expulsion from.
     (3) Excepting, excluding.

bahiṣkāraḥ
     (1) Expulsion, exclusion.
     (2) Excommunication.

bahiṣṭāt ind. On the outside, abroad.

bahu a. (hu or hvī f.; compar. bhūyas; superl. bhūyiṣṭha)
     (1) Much, plentiful, abundant, great; tasminbahu etadapi S. 4 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); bahu praṣṭavyamatra Mu. 3; alpasya hetorbahu hātumicchan R. 2. 47.
     (2) Many, numerous; as in bahvakṣara, bahuprakāra-
     (3) Frequented, repeated.
     (4) Large, great.
     (5) Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); bahukaṃṭako deśaḥ &c. --ind.
     (1) Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in bahutṛṇa. (kiṃ bahutā 'why say much', 'in short'; bahu man to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; tvatsaṃbhāvitamātmānaṃ bahu manyāmahe vayaṃ Ku. 6. 20; yayāteriva śarmiṣṭhā bharturbahumatā bhava S. 4. 6; 7. 1; R. 12. 89; Bg. 2. 35 Bk. 3. 53; 5. 84. 8. 12).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣara a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word).
          --ac, acka a. having many vowels, polysyllabic.
          --anartha a. fraught with many evils.
          --ap, -apa a. watery.
          --apatya a. 1. having a numerous progeny. --2. (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (
          --tyaḥ) 1. a hog. --2. a mouse, rat. (
          --tyā) a cow that has often calved.
          --apāya a. exposed to many risks; Pt. 2. 166.
          --artha a. 1. having many senses. --2. having many objects. --3. important.
          --āśin a. voracious, gluttonous.
          --udakaḥ a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. kuṭīcaka. --upāya a. effective.
          --ṛc a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛgveda.
          --ṛca a. having many verses. (-caḥ) one conversant with the Ṛgveda.
          --enas a. very sinful.
          --kara a. 1. doing much, busy, industrious. --2. useful in many ways. (
          --raḥ) 1. a sweeper, cleaner. --2. a camel. (
          --rī) a broom.
          --kālaṃ ind. for a long time.
          --kālani a. of a long standing, old, ancient.
          --kūrcaḥ a kind of cocoa-nut tree.
          --kramaḥ a Krama of more than three words; cf. krama. --kṣama a. patient; Ku. 5. 40. (
          --maḥ) 1. a Buddha. --2. a Jaina deified saint.
          --gaṃdha a. strong-scented. (
          --dhaṃ) cinnamon.
          --gaṃdhadā musk.
          --gaṃdhā 1. the Yūthika creeper. --2. a bud of the Champaka tree.
          --guṇa a. having many threads or qualities.
          --jalpa a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious.
          --jña a. knowing much, wellinformed, possessed of great knowledge.
          --taṃtrīka a. many-stringed.
          --tṛṇaṃ anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; nidarśanamasārāṇāṃ laghurbahutṛṇaṃ naraḥ Śi. 2. 50.
          --tvakkaḥ, tvac m. a kind of birch tree.
          --da a. liberal, generous.
          --dakṣiṇa a. 1. attended with many gifts or donations. --2. liberal, munificient.
          --darśaka -dārśin a. prudent, circumspect.
          --dāyin a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor.
          --dugdha a. yielding much milk. (
          --gdhaḥ) wheat. (
          --gdhā) a cow yielding much milk.
          --dṛśvan a. greatly experienced, a great observer.
          --dṛṣṭa a. very experienced.
          --doṣa a. 1. having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. --2. full of crimes or dangers; bahudoṣā hi śarvarī Mk. 1. 58.
          --dhana a. very rich, wealthy.
          --dhāraṃ the thunderbolt of Indra.
          --dhenukaṃ a great number of milchcows.
          --nādaḥ a conch-shell.
          --patnīkatā polygamy
          --patraḥ an onion. (
          --traṃ) talc. (
          --trī) the holy basil.
          --pad, --pād, --pāda m. the fig-tree.
          --puṣpaḥ 1. the coral tree. --2. the Nimba tree.
          --prakāra a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (
          --raṃ) ind. in many ways, manifoldly.
          --praja a. having many children, prolific. (
          --jaḥ) 1. a hog. --2. the munja grass.
          --pratijña a. 1. comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. --2. (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint.
          --prada a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor.
          --prasūḥ the mother of many children.
          --preyasī a. having many loved ones.
          --phala a. rich in fruits. (
          --laḥ) the Kadamba tree. (
          --lī) the opposite-leaved fig-tree.
          --balaḥ a lion.
          --bhāgya a. very lucky or fortunate.
          --bhāṣin a. garrulous, talkative.
          --bhujā an epithet of Durga.
          --maṃjarī the holy basil.
          --mata a. 1. highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected. --2. having many different opinions.
          --matiḥ f. great value or estimation; Ki. 7. 15.
          --malaṃ lead.
          --mānaḥ great respect or regard, high esteem; puruṣabahumāno vigalitaḥ Bh. 3. 9; vartamānakaveḥ kālidāsasya kriyāyāṃ kathaṃ pariṣado bahumānaḥ M. 1; V. 1. 2; Ku. 5. 31. (
          --naṃ a) gift given by a superior to an inferior.
          --mānya a. respectable, esteemable.
          --māya a. artful, deceitful, treacherous; Pt. 1. 321.
          --mārgaḥ a place where many roads meet.
          --mārgagā 1. N. of the river Ganges; Ratn. 1. 3. --2. a wanton or unchaste woman.
          --mārgī a place where several roads meet.
          --mukha a. much, excessive; asyā bharturbahumukhamanurāgaṃ S. 6.
          --mūtra a. suffering from diabetes.
          --mūrti a. multiform, variously shaped. (
          --rtiḥ f.) the wild cotton-shrub.
          --mūrdhan m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --mūlya a. costly, high-priced. (
          --lyaṃ) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price.
          --mṛga a. abounding in deer.
          --ratna a. rich in jewels.
          --rasa a. juicy, succulent.
          --rāśi a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms.
          --rūpa a. 1. many-formed, multiform, manifold. --2. variegated, spotted, chequered. (
          --paḥ) 1. a lizard, chameleon. --2. hair. --3. the sun. --4. N. of Śiva. --5. of Viṣṇu. --6. of Brahmā. --7. of the god of love.
          --rūpaka a. multiform, manifold
          --retas m. an epithet of Brahma.
          --roman a. hairy, shaggy. (--m.) a sheep.
          --lavaṇaṃ a soil impregnated with salt.
          --vacanaṃ the plural number (in gram.).
          --varṇa a. many-coloured.
          --vāraṃ ind. many times, often.
          --vārṣika a. lasting for many years.
          --vikrama a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior.
          --vidhna a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers.
          --vidha a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse.
          --vī (bī) jaṃ the custard apple.
          --vyayin a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift.
          --vrīhi a. possessing much rice; tatpuruṣa karmadhāraya yenāhaṃ syāṃ bahuvrīhiḥ Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (
          --hiḥ) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compounded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. cakrapāṇi, śaśiśekhara, pītāṃbara, caturmukha, trinetra, kusumaśara &c.
          --śatruḥ a sparrow.
          --śalyaḥ a species of Khadira.
          --śākha a. having many branches or ramifications.
          --śikha a. having many points.
          --śṛṃgaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --śruta a. 1. well-informed, very learned; H. 1. 1; Pt. 2. 1; R. 15. 36. --2. well-versed in the Vedas; Ms. 8. 350.
          --saṃtati a. having a numerous progeny. (
          --tiḥ) a kind of bamboo.
          --sāra a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (
          --raḥ) the Khadira tree.
          --sūḥ 1. a mother of many children. --2. a sow.
          --sūtiḥ f. 1. a mother of many children. --2. a cow that often calves.
          --svana a. vociferous. (
          --naḥ) an owl.
          --svāmika a. owned by many.

bahuka a. Dear bought. --kaḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The sun-plant (arka).
     (3) A crab.
     (4) A kind of gallinule.
     (5) The digger of a tank.

bahutara a. More numerous, greater, larger.

bahutama a. Most abundant, greatest.

bahutaḥ ind. From many sides.

bahutā, --tvam
     (1) Abundance, plenty, numerousness.
     (2) Majority or plurality.
     (3) (In gram.) The plural number.

bahutitha a. Much, long, many; kāle gate bahutithe S. 5. 3; tasya bhuvi bahutithāstithayaḥ Ki. 12. 2. --thaṃ ind. Greatly, in a high degree.

bahutra ind. In many ways or places.

bahuthā ind. In several ways.

bahudhā ind.
     (1) In many ways, variously, diversely, multifariously; bahudhāpyāgamairbhinnāḥ R. 10. 26; Bg. 13. 4.
     (2) In different forms or ways.
     (4) Frequently, repeatedly.
     (4) In various places or directions. (bahudhākṛ 1. to multiply. --2. to make public, divulge.).
     -- Comp.
          --ātmaka a. manifold in forms.
          --gata a. scattered.

bahula a. (compar. baṃhīyas; superl. baṃhiṣṭha)
     (1) Thick, dense, compact.
     (2)
          (a) Broad, wide, capacious;
          (b) ample, large.
     (3) Abundant, copious, plentiful, much, numerous; avinayabahulatayā K. 143.
     (4) Numerous, manifold, many; Māl. 9. 18.
     (5) Full of, rich or abounding in; janmani kleśabahule kiṃ nu duḥkhamataḥparaṃ H. 1. 184; Bg. 2. 43.
     (6) Accompanied or attended by.
     (7) Born under the Pleiades.
     (8) Dark, black.
     (9) Comprehensive, variously applicable. --laḥ
     (1) The dark half of a month (kṛṣṇapakṣa); prādurāsa bahulakṣapāchaviḥ R. 11. 15; kareṇa bhānorbahulāvasāne saṃdhukṣyamāṇeva śaśāṃkharekhā Ku. 7. 8, 4. 13.
     (2) An epithet of fire. --lā
     (1) A cow.
     (2) Cardamoms.
     (3) The indigo plant.
     (4) The Pleiades (pl.). --laṃ
     (1) The sky.
     (2) White-pepper. --laṃ ind. Often, frequently; bahulaṃ chaṃdasi.
     -- Comp.
          --ālāpa a. talkative, garrulous.
          --gaṃdhā cardamoms.

bahulikā (pl.) The Pleiades.

bahulatā --tvam
     (1) Abundance, copiousness.
     (2) Numerousness.
     (3) Comprehensiveness.

bahulīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make public, disclose, divulge.
     (2) To make dense or compact; Śi. 13. 44.
     (4) To increase, extend, aggrandize; bhūteṣu kiṃ ca karuṇāṃ bahulīkaroti Bv. 1. 112.
     (4) To thresh (?).

bahulīkaraṇam
     (1) Increasing, aggrandizement.
     (2) Divulging, promulgation.
     (3) Multiplying, magnifying.
     (4) Winnowing; threshing.

bahulīkṛta p. p.
     (1) Increased, augmented.
     (2) Made public, promulgated.
     (3) Made much or manifold.
     (4) Extended.
     (5) Winnowed; threshed.

bahulībhū 1 P,
     (1) To spread, increase, multiply; chidreṣvanarthā bahulībhavaṃti Pt. 2. 175.
     (2) To get abroad, to become public or notorious, be generally known, become wide-spread; bahulībhūtametat kiṃ na kathyate S. 6; paureṣu sohaṃ bahu lībhavaṃtaṃ ... soḍhuṃ na tatpūrvamavarṇamīśe R. 14. 38.

bahulībhāvaḥ Becoming public, general notoriety or publicity.

bahuśas ind.
     (1) Much, abundantly, plentifully; Me. 106.
     (2) Frequently, repeatedly, often times; calāpāṃgāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ spṛśasi bahuśo vepathumatīṃ S. 1. 24; Ku. 4. 35.
     (3) Generally, commonly.

bākulam The fruit of the Bakula tree.

bāḍ 1 A (bāḍate)
     (1) To bathe.
     (2) To emerge.

bāḍavaḥ See vāḍava.

bāḍaveya See vāḍaveya.

bāḍavya See vāḍavya.

bāḍīraḥ A servant, hireling.

bāḍha a. (compar. sādhīyas; superl. sādhiṣṭha)
     (1) Firm, strong.
     (2) Much, excessive.
     (3) Loud. --ḍhaṃ ind.
     (1) Assuredly, certainly, surely, really; oh yes (in answer to questions); cāṇakyaḥ --caṃdanadāsa eṣa te niścayaḥ . caṃdana-bāḍhaṃ eṣa me sthiro niścayaḥ Mu. 1; bāḍhameṣu divaseṣu pārthivaḥ karma sādhayati putrajanmane R. 19. 52.
     (2) Very well, be it so, good.
     (3) Exceedingly, very much; Śi. 9. 77.

bāṇaḥ
     (1) An arrow, shaft, reed; dhanuṣyamoghaṃ samadhatta bāṇaṃ Ku. 3. 66.
     (2) An aim or mark for arrows.
     (3) The feathered end of an arrow.
     (4) The udder of a cow.
     (5) A kind of plant (nīlajhiṃṭī; f. also); vikacabāṇadalāvalayo 'dhikaṃ rurucire rucirekṣaṇavibhramāḥ Śi. 6. 46.
     (6) N. of a demon, son of Bali; cf. uṣā.
     (7) N. of a celebrated poet who lived at the court of king Harṣavardhana and flourished in the first half of the seventh century; see App. II). He is the author of kādaṃbarī, harṣacarita and of some other works; (Govardhana in his Āryasaptaśatī v. 37 speaks in these terms of Bāṇa: --jātā śikhaṃḍinī prāgyathā śikhaṃḍī tathāvagacchāmi . prāgalbhyamadhikamāptuṃ vāṇī bāṇo babhūvoti ..; so hṛdayavasatiḥ paṃcabāṇastu bāṇaḥ P. R. 1. 22).
     (8) A symbolical expression for the number 'five'.
     (9) A sound, voice. (10) Fire.
     (11) Lightning. --ṇaḥ, --ṇā The hinder part or feathered end of an arrow.
     -- Comp.
          --asanaṃ a bow.
          --āvaliḥ --lī f. 1. a series of arrows. --2. a series of five verses forming one sentence.
          --āśrayaḥ a quiver.
          --gaṃgā N. of a river said to have been produced by Ravaṇa's arrow.
          --gocaraḥ the range of an arrow.
          --jālaṃ a number of arrows.
          --jit m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --tūṇaḥ, --dhiḥ a quiver.
          --pathaḥ the range of an arrow.
          --pāṇi a. armed with arrows.
          --pātaḥ 1. an arrow-shot (as a measure of distance). --2. the range of an arrow.
          --mukti f.,
          --mokṣaṇaṃ discharging or shooting an arrow.
          --yojanaṃ a quiver.
          --rekhā a long wound made by an arrow.
          --vāraḥ a breast-plate, an armour, cuirass; cf. vārabāṇaḥ. --vṛṣṭiḥ f. a shower of arrows.
          --saṃdhānaṃ the fitting of an arrow to the bow-string.
          --siddhiḥ f. the hitting of a mark by an arrow.
          --sutā an epithet of Uṣā, daughter of Baṇa; see uṣā. --han m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.

bāṇinī See kaṇinī.

bādara a. (rī f.) [badara-aṇ] 1. Belonging to or coming from the ju-, jube tree.
     (2) Made of cotton --ra The cotton shrub. --raṃ
     (1) The jujube.
     (2) Silk.
     (3) Water.
     (4) A garment of cotton.
     (5) A conch-shell winding from left to right. --rā The cotton shrub.

bādarāyaṇaḥ [badaryāṃ bhavaḥ phak] N. of a sage said to be the author of the Sārīraka Sūtras of the Vedānta philosophy (generally identified with Vyāsa).
     -- Comp.
          --sūtraṃ the Vedān ta aphorisms.
          --saṃbaṃdhaḥ (a modernformation) an imaginary or farfetched relation.

bādarāyaṇiḥ N. of Śuka, son of Vyāsa.

bādarika a. (kī f.) One who gathers jujube fruits.

bādh 1 A. (bādhate, bādhita)
     (1) To harass, oppress, torment, press hard, annoy, trouble, disturb, vex, pain (persons or things); ūnaṃ na sattveṣvadhiko babādhe R. 2. 14; na tathā bādhate skaṃdho yathā bādhati bādhate Subhāṣ.; Me. 53; Ms. 9. 226; 10. 129; Bk. 14. 45.
     (2) To resist, oppose, thwart, check, obstruct, arrest, interfere with; Ki. 1. 11; U. 5. 19.
     (3) To attack, assault, assail.
     (4) To wrong, violate.
     (5) To hurt, injure.
     (6) To drive away, repel, remove.
     (7) To suspend, set aside, annul, annihilate, abolish (as a rule &c.); R. 17. 57. --Caus.
     (1) To oppress, torment, harass &c.
     (2) To subdue, conquer. --WITH abhi 1. to hurt, injure. --2. to vex, harass, torment. --ā to vex, torment, injure. --pari to trouble, afflict; S. 7. 25. --saṃ to trouble, torment.

bādhaḥ --dhā [bādh-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Pain, suffering, affliction, torment; rajanyā saha jṛṃbhate madanabādhā V. 3.
     (2) Disturbance, molestation, annoyance; iti bhramarabādhāṃ nirūpayati S. 1.
     (3) Harm, injury, damage, hurt; caraṇasya bādhā M. 4; Y. 2. 156.
     (4) Danger, peril.
     (5) Resistance, opposition.
     (6) An objection.
     (7) Contradiction, refutation.
     (8) Suspension, annulment.
     (9) A flaw in a syllogism, one of the five forms of hetvābhāsa or fallacious middle term; see badhita below. (10) Violation, infraction. --dhā Refutation.
     -- Comp.
          --apavādaḥ denial of an exception.

bādhaka a. (dhikā f.) [bādh ṇvul]
     (1) Troubling, tormenting, oppressing.
     (2) Vexing, annoying.
     (3) Annulling.
     (4) Suspending, contradicting, invalidating (as a rule &c.).
     (5) Hindering. --kaḥ A particular disease of women (ṛtukāle prajājananaśaktipratirodhakaḥ).

bādhana a.
     (1) Harassing, opposing.
     (2) Refuting, controvering. --naṃ [bādh --bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Harassing, oppression, annoyance, disturbance, pain; S. 1.
     (2) Annulment.
     (3) Removal, suspension.
     (4) Refutation, contradiction.
     (5) Opposing, hindering.
     (6) Precluding. --nā Pain, trouble, anxiety, disturbance.

bādhita p. p. [bādh-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Harassed, oppressed, annoyed.
     (2) Pained, troubled, afflicted.
     (3) Opposed, obstructed.
     (4) Checked, arrested.
     (5) Set aside, suspended.
     (6) Refuted.
     (7) (In logic) Contradicted, contradictory; inconsistent (and hence futile); sādhyābhāvavatpakṣako badhitaḥ; e. g. vahniranuṣṇaḥ.

badhya a.
     (1) To be pained or troubled.
     (2) Fit to be opposed or objected to, objectionable, exceptionable.
     (3) To be annulled.
     -- Comp.
          --retas a. impotent.

bādhiryam Deafness.

bāṃdhakineyaḥ A bastard.

bāṃdhavaḥ [baṃdhu svārthe idamarthe vā'ṇ]
     (1) A relation, kinsman (in general); yasyārthāstasya bāṃdhavāḥ H. 1; Ms. 5. 74, 101; 4. 179.
     (2) A maternal relation.
     (3) A friend; dhatebhyaḥ paro bāṃdhavo nāsti loke Subhāṣ.
     (4) A brother.
     -- Comp.
          --janaḥ relatives, kinsmen (taken collectively); dāridryātpuruṣasya bāṃdhavajano vākye na saṃtiṣṭhate Mk. 1. 36; Pt. 4. 78.

bāṃdhavyam Consanguinity, relationship.

bābhravī An epithet of Durgā.

bābhruka a. (kī f.) Brown, brownish.

bārbaṭīraḥ
     (1) The kernel of the mango-fruit.
     (2) Tin.
     (3) A young shoot.
     (4) The son of a harlot.

bārha a. (rhī f.) [barha-aṇ] Made of the feathers of a peacock's tail.

bārhadrathaḥ, barhadrathiḥ A patronymic of king Jarāsandha. q. v.

bārhaspata a. (tī f.) [bṛhaspati-aṇ] Related to, descended from or sacred to, Bṛhaspati.

bārhaspatya a. [bṛhaspati-yak] Relating to Bṛhaspati. --tyaḥ
     (1) A pupil of Bṛhaspati.
     (2) A follower of Bṛhaspati who taught the rankest form of materialism, a materialist.
     (3) An epithet of Agni. --tyaṃ
     (1) The constellation Pushya.
     (2) Morality.

bārhiṇa a. (ṇī f.) [barhin-aṇ] Derived from or relating to a peacock.

bāla a.
     (1) Young, infantine, not full-grown or developed (of persons or things); bālena sthavireṇa vā Ms. 8. 70; bālāśokamupoḍharāgasubhagaṃ bhedonmukhaṃ tiṣṭhati V. 2. 7; so bālamaṃdāravṛkṣaḥ Me. 75; R. 2. 45; 13. 24.
     (2) Newly risen, young (as the sun or its rays); R. 12. 100.
     (3) New, waxing (as the moon); puṣoṣa vṛddhiṃ haridaśvadīdhiteranupraveśādiva bālacaṃdramāḥ R. 3. 22; Ku. 3. 29.
     (4) Puerile
     (5) Ignorant, unwise.
     (6) Pure (as an animal fit for sacrifice). --laḥ
     (1) A child, an infant; bālādapi subhāṣitaṃ (grāhyaṃ); Ms. 2. 239.
     (2) A boy, youth, young person.
     (3) A minor (under 16 years of age); bāla āṣoḍaśādvarṣāt Nārada.
     (4) A colt, foal.
     (5) A fool, simpleton; Pt. 4. 91.
     (6)
          (a) A tail.
          (b) An elephant's or a horse's tail.
     (7) Hair; Ku. 1. 48.
     (8) An elephant five years old.
     (9) A kind of perfume. (10) The cocoa-nut.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the point of a hair.
          --adhyāpakaḥ a tutor of youths or children.
          --apatyaṃ youthful progeny.
          --abhyāsaḥ study during childhood, early application (to study).
          --aruṇa a. red like early dawn. (
          --ṇaḥ) early dawn; morning sun.
          --arkaḥ the newly-risen sun; R. 12. 100.
          --avabodhaḥ --dhanaṃ instruction of the young; Pt. 1.
          --avastha a. juvenile, young; V. 5. 18.
          --avasthā childhood.
          --a tapaḥ morning sunshine.
          --iṃduḥ the new or waxing moon; Ku. 3. 29.
          --iṣṭaḥ the jujube tree.
          --upacāraḥ, -caraṇaṃ (medical) treatment of children.
          --upavītaṃ 1. a piece of cloth used to cover the privities. --2. the sacrificial cord.
          --kadalī a young plantain tree.
          --kāṃḍaṃ the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa.
          --kuṃdaḥ, -daṃ a kind of young jasmine. (
          --daṃ) a young jasmine blossom; alake bālakuṃda nuviddhaṃ Me. 65.
          --kṛmiḥ a louse.
          --kṛṣṇaḥ Kṛṣṇa as a boy.
          --krīḍanaṃ a child's play or toy.
          --krīḍanakaṃ a child's toy. (
          --kaḥ) 1. a ball. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --krīḍā a child's play, childish or juvenile sport.
          --khilyaḥ a class of divine person ages of the size of a thumb and produced from the creator's body and said to precede the sun's chariot (their number is said to be sixty thousand); cf. R. 15. 10.
          --garbhiṇī a cow with calf for the first time.
          --gopālaḥ 'the youthful cowherd,' an epithet of Kriṣṇa, as the boycowherd.
          --grahaḥ any demon (or planetary influence) teasing or injuring children.
          --ghnaḥ a child-slayer, infanticide.
          --caṃdraḥ, -caṃdramas m. the young or waxing moon; Māl. 2. 10.
          --caritaṃ 1. juvenile sports. --2. early life or actions; U. 6.
          --caryaḥ N. of Kārtikeya. (
          --ryā) the behaviour of a child.
          --ja a. produced from hair.
          --tanayaḥ the Khadira tree.
          --taṃtraṃ midwifery.
          --tṛṇaṃ young grass.
          --dalakaḥ the Khadira.
          --dhiḥ a hairy tail; Śi. 12. 73; Ki. 12. 47.
          --patraḥ, --patrakaḥ the Khadira tree.
          --pāśyā 1. an ornament worn in the hair when parted. --2. a string of pearls binding or intertwining the braid of hair.
          --puṣṭikā, --puṣṭī, --puṣpī a kind of jasmine.
          --bodhaḥ 1. instructing the young --2. any work adapted to the capacities of the young or experienced.
          --bhadrakaḥ a kind of poison.
          --bhāraḥ a large bushy tail; bādhetolkākṣapitacamarībālabhāro davāgniḥ Me. 53.
          --bhāvaḥ childhood, infancy.
          --bhṛtyaḥ a servant from childhood.
          --bhaiṣajyaṃ a kind of collyrium.
          --bhojyaḥ pease.
          --mṛgaḥ a fawn.
          --mūlaṃ a young radish.
          --mṛṇālaḥ a tender filament or fibre (of a lotus.).
          --yajñopavītakaṃ the sacred thread worn across the breast.
          --rājaṃ lapis lazuli.
          --rogaḥ a child's disease.
          --latā a young creeper. R. 2. 10.
          --līlā child's play, juvenile pastime.
          --vatsaḥ 1. a young calf. --2. a pigeon.
          --vāyajaṃ lapis lazuli
          --vāsas n. a woollen garment.
          --vāhyaḥ a wild goat.
          --vidhavā a child-widow.
          --vaidhavyaṃ child-widowhood.
          --vyajanaṃ a chowrie or fly-flapper (usually made of the tail of the yāk or Bos Grunniens and used as one of the royal insignia); yasyārthayuktaṃ girirājaśabdaṃ kurvaṃti bālavyajanaiścamaryaḥ Ku. 1. 13; R. 9. 66; 14. 11; 16. 33, 57.
          --sakhi, m. a friend from childhood.
          --saṃdhyā early twilight.
          --sātmyaṃ milk.
          --suhṛd m. a friend of one's youth.
          --sūryaḥ, --sūryakaḥ lapis lazuli.
          --hatyā infanticide.
          --hastaḥ a hairy tail.

bālaka a. (likā f.) [bāla svārthe ka]
     (1) Childlike, young, not yet fullgrown.
     (2) Ignorant. --kaḥ
     (1) A child, boy.
     (2) A minor (in law).
     (3) A finger-ring.
     (4) A fool or blockhead.
     (5) A bracelet.
     (6) The tail of a horse or elephant.
     (7) Hair. --kaṃ
     (1) A finger-ring.
     (2) A bracelet.
     -- Comp.
          --priya a. fond of children. (
          --yā) colocynth or plantain.
          --hatyā infanticide.

bālakīya a. Childish. infantine.

bālā
     (1) A girl, a female child.
     (2) A young woman under sixteenyears of age.
     (3) A young woman (in general); jāne tapaso vīryaṃ sā bālā paravatīti me viditaṃ S. 3. 1; iyaṃ bālā māṃ pratyanavaratamiṃdīvaradalaprabhācoraṃ cakṣuḥ kṣipati Bh. 3. 67; Me. 83.
     (4) A variety of jasmine.
     (5) The cocoa-nut.
     (6) The plant ghṛtakumārī.
     (7) Small cardamoms.
     (8) Turmeric.
     -- Comp.
          --hatyā female infanticide.

bālikā
     (1) A girl, young woman.
     (2) The knot of an ear-ring.
     (3) Small cardamoms.
     (4) Sand.
     (5) The rustling of leaves.

bālavaḥ The second of the eleven Karaṇas.

bāliḥ N. of a celebrated monkeyking; see vāli.
     -- Comp.
          --han, -haṃtṛ m. an epithet of Rāma.

bālin m. N. of a monkey; see vāli.

bālinī The constellation Aśvini.

bāliman m. Childhood, boyhood, youth.

bāliśa a.
     (1) Childish, puerile, silly.
     (2) Young.
     (3) Foolish, ignorant; Ms. 3. 176.
     (4) Careless. --śaḥ
     (1) A fool, blockhead.
     (2) A child, boy. --śaṃ A pillow.

bālaśyam
     (1) Youth, boyhood.
     (2) Childishness, silliness, folly.

bālī A kind of ear ring.

bālīśaḥ Retention of urine.

bāluḥ, bālukam A kind of perfume.

bālukā See vālukā.

bālukī, bāluṃkī, bāluṃgī A kind of cucumber.

bālūkaḥ A kind of poison.

bāleya a. (yī f.) [balaye hitaṃ ḍhak]
     (1) Fit for an offering.
     (2) Tender, soft.
     (3) Descended from Bali. --yaḥ An ass.

bālyam [bālasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Boyhood, childhood; bālyātparāmiva daśāṃ madanodhyuvāsa R. 5. 63; Ku. 1. 29.
     (2) The period or state of waxing (as of the moon); Ku. 7. 35.
     (3) Immaturity of understanding, folly, puerility.

bālhakāḥ, bālhikāḥ, bālhīkāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a people. --kaḥ
     (1) A king of the Bālhikas.
     (2) A horse of the Balkh breed. --kaṃ
     (1) Saffron.
     (2) Asa Foetida.

bālhiḥ N. of a country (Balkh).
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. bred in the Balkh country, of the Balkh breed.

bāṣpaḥ --ṣpam [bādh-pṛṣo satvaṃ- ṣatvaṃ vā]
     (1) A tear, tears; kaṃṭhaḥ staṃbhitabāṣpavṛttikaluṣaḥ S. 4. 5.
     (2) Vapour, steam, mist.
     (3) Iron.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbu n. tears.
          --ākula --āpluta a. dimmed or interrupted by tears.
          --udbhavaḥ the starting of tears.
          --kaṃṭha a. having tearsin the throat, choked with tears
          --kala a. inarticulate or indistinct through tears.
          --durdinaṃ a flood of tears.
          --pūraḥ a gush or flood of tears; vāraṃvāraṃ tirayati dṛśorudgamaṃ bāṣpapūraḥ Māl. 1. 35.
          --prakaraḥ a flow or gush of tears; punardṛṣṭiṃ bāṣpaprakarakaluṣāmarpitavatī S. 6. 8.
          --mokṣaḥ --mocanaṃ shedding tears.
          --biṃduḥ a tear-drop.
          --saṃdigdha a. indistinct through suppressed tears.

bāṣpāyate Den. A.
     (1) To shed tears, weep; tatkimiti bāṣpāyitaṃ bhagavatyā Māl. 6; V. 5. 9.
     (2) To emit vapour or steam.

bāsta a. (stī f.) Coming or derived from a goat; Ms. 2. 41.

bāhaḥ
     (1) The arm.
     (2) A horse.

bāhā The arm; māṃ pratyāliṃgetogatābhiḥ śākhābāhābhiḥ S. 4.
     -- Comp.
          --bāhavi ind. hand to hand, arm against arm; cf. bāhūbāhavi.

bāhīka a. (vī f.) External, out er. --kāḥ (pl.) The people of thePunjab. --kaḥ
     (1) An inhabitant of the Punjab.
     (2) An ox.

bāhuḥ [bādh ku dhasya haḥ Tv.]
     (1) The arm; śāṃtamidamāśramapadaṃ sphurati ca bāhuḥ kutaḥ phalamihāsya S. 1. 16; so mahābāhuḥ &c.
     (2) The fore-arm.
     (3) The forefoot of an animal.
     (4) A door-post.
     (5) The base of a right-angled triangle (in geom.).
     (6) (In medic.) The whole upper extremity of the body (opp. sakthi).
     (8) The bar of a chariot-pole.
     (9) The shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial. --hū (du.) The lunar mansion Ārdrā.
     -- Comp.
          --utkṣepaṃ ind. having raised or tossed up the arms; bāhūtkṣepaṃ kraṃdituṃ ca pravṛttā S. 5. 30.
          --kuṃṭha, --kubja a. crippled in the arms.
          --kuṃthaḥ a wing (of a bird).
          --cāpaḥ the distance measured by the extended arms.
          --jaḥ 1. a man of the Kshatriya caste; cf. bāhū rājanyaḥ kṛtaḥ Rv. 10. 90. 12; also Ms. 1. 31. --2. a parrot. --3. sesamum growing spontaneously.
          --jyā a sine (in math.).
          --traḥ, --traṃ, --trāṇa vantbrass (armour for the arms).
          --daṃḍaḥ 1. a stafflike arm. --2. punishment with the arm or fist.
          --pāśaḥ 1. a particular attitude in fighting. 2. the arm thrown round, as in the act of embracing.
          --pratibāhau the opposite sides of a figure.
          --prasāraḥ --prasāraṇaṃ stretching the arms (for embracing &c.).
          --praharaṇaḥ a boxer. (
          --ṇaṃ) boxing.
          --phalaṃ (in geom.) the result for the base sine.
          --balaṃ strength of arm, muscular strength.
          --bhūṣaṇaṃ, --bhūṣā an ornament worn on the arm, an armlet.
          --bhedin m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --mūlaṃ 1. the armpit. --2. the shoulderblade.
          --yuddhaṃ a hand-to-hand or close fight, personal or pugilistic ncounter, boxing.
          --yādheḥ, -yodhin m. a pugilist, boxer.
          --latā an armlike creeper. -aṃtaraṃ the breast, bosom.
          --vikṣepaḥ 1. the act of throwing about the arms, moving the arms. --2. swimming.
          --vīryaṃ strength of arm.
          --vyāyāmaḥ athletic exercise.
          --śālin m. 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Bhīma.
          --śikharaṃ the upper part of the arm, the shoulder.
          --saṃbhabaḥ a man of the Kshatriya caste.
          --sahasrabhṛt m. an epithet of king Kārtavīrya (also called sahasrārjuna).

bāhuka a.
     (1) Swimming with the arms.
     (2) Servile. dependent.
     (3) Dwarfish. --kaḥ
     (1) A monkey.
     (2) A name assumed by Nala after his transformation into a dwarf by Karkoṭaka.

bāhumat m. An epithet of Indra.

bāhuguṇyam
     (1) Possession of many virtues or excellences.
     (2) Excess, plenty.

bāhudaṃtakam A treatise on moral duties said to be composed or a bridged by Indra.

bāhudaṃtin m. bāhudaṃteyaḥ An epithet of Indra.

bāhudā N. of a river.

bāhubhāṣyam Garrulity, loquaciousness, talkativeness.

bāhurūpyam Manifoldness, variety.

bāhula a. Manifold. --laḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The month Kārtika. --laṃ
     (1) Manifoldness.
     (2) An armour for the arms, vantbrass. --lī The day of full moon in the month of Kārtika.
     -- Comp.
          --grīvaḥ a peacock.

bāhulakam
     (1) Manifoldness.
     (2) The diverse or interminable applicability of a rule, of meanings or of forms; a term frequently used in grammar; bāhulakācchaṃdasi.

bāhuleyaḥ An epithet of Kārtikeya.

bāhulyam
     (1) Abundance, plenty, copiousness.
     (2) Manifoldness, multiplicity, variety.
     (3) The usual course or common order of things. (bāhulyāt --lyaṃna 1. usually, commonly. --2. in all probability).

bāhuśrutyam Erudition, great learning.

bāhūbāhavi ind. Arm to arm, hand-to hand, in close encounter; (vāhubhirbāhubhiḥ prahṛtyedaṃ yuddhaṃ pravṛttaṃ).

bāhya a. [bahirbhavaḥ ṣyañ ṭilopaḥ]
     (1) Outer, outward, external, exterior, being or situated without; virahaḥ kimivānutāpayedvada bāhyairviṣayairvipaścitaṃ R. 8. 89; bāhyodyāna Me. 7; Ku. 6. 46; bāhyanāman 'the outer name', i. e. the address or superscription written on the back of a letter; adattabāhyatāmānaṃ lekhaṃ lekhayitvā Mu. 1.
     (2) Foreign, strange; Pt. 1.
     (3) Excluded from, out of the pale of; jātāstadūrvorupamānabāhyāḥ Ku. 1. 36.
     (4) Expelled from society, outcast. --hyaḥ
     (1) A stranger, foreigner; Pt. 1. 259; 5. 26.
     (2) One who is excommunicated, an outcast. --hyaṃ, -bāhyena, bāhye ind. Outside, on the outside, externally.

bāhvṛcyam Traditional teaching of the Ṛgveda.

biṭ 1 P. (beṭati)
     (1) To swear. To curse.
     (2) To shout, exclaim.
     (3) To address harshly.

biṭakaḥ --kaṃ, biṭakā A boil.

biṭham Ved. The sky or atmosphere.

biḍam A kind of salt.

biḍālaḥ
     (1) A cat.
     (2) The eycball. --lī A female cat.
     -- Comp.
          --padaḥ, --padakaṃ a measure of weight equal to sixteen Māṣas.

biḍālakaḥ
     (1) A cat.
     (2) Application of ointment to the exterior part of the eye. --kaṃ Yellow orpiment.

biḍaujas m. An epithet of Indra; S. 7. 34.

bid, biṃd 1 P. (biṃdati)
     (1) To split
     (2) To divide.
     (3) To form apart.

bidalam See vidala.

biṃdaviḥ A drop.

biṃduḥ [biṃd --u]
     (1) A drop, small particle; jalabiṃdunipātena kramaśaḥ pūryate ghaṭaḥ 'small drops make a pool'; vistīryate yaśo loke tailabiṃdurivāṃbhasi Ms. 7. 33; saṃkṣipyate yeśo loke ghṛtabiṃdurivāṃbhasi 7. 34; adhutā (kutūhalasya) biṃdurapi nāvaśeṣitaḥ S. 2.
     (2) A dot, point.
     (3) A spot or mark of coloured paint on the body of an elephant; Ku. 1. 7.
     (4) A zero or cypher; na romakūpaughāmeṣājjagatkṛtā kṛtāśca kiṃ dūṣaṇaśūnyabiṃdavaḥ N. 1. 21.
     (5) (In geom.) A point having no parts or no magnitude.
     (6) A drop of water taken as a measure.
     (7) The dot over a letter representing the anusvāra.
     (8) (In manuscripts) A mark over an erased word (which shows that the word ought not to be erased).
     (9) A mark made by the teeth of a lover on the lips of his mistress. (10) A peculiar mark like a dot made in cauterizing.
     (11) The part of the forehead between the eyebrows.
     (12) (In dramas) The sudden development of a secondary incident (which, like a drop of oil in water, quickly diffuses itself and thus supplies important elements in the development of the plot; it is the source of an intermediate object, while the 'Bīja' is that of the principal one); avāṃtarārtha vicchaṃde biṃdurucchedakāraṇaṃ S. D. 319.
     -- Comp.
          --citrakaḥ the spotted antelope.
          --jālaṃ, -jā la kaṃ 1. a number of drops. --2. marks of colouredpaint on the trunk and face of an elephant.
          --taṃtraḥ 1. a die. --2. a chess-board.
          --devaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --patraḥ a kind of birch tree.
          --phalaṃ a pearl.
          --rekhakaḥ 1. an anusvara. --2. a kind of bird.
          --rekhā a line of dots.
          --vāsaraḥ the day of conception.

bibbokaḥ
     (1) Affectation of indifference towards a beloved object through pride; manākpriyakathālāpe bibboko'nādarakriyā Pratāparudra; or bibvokastvatigarveṇa vastunīṣṭe'pyanādaraḥ S. D. 139.
     (2) Haughty indifference in general.
     (3) Playful or amorous gestures; saṃśayya kṣaṇamiti niścikāya kaścidbibbokairbakasahavāsināṃ parokṣaiḥ Śi. 8. 29 (vilāsaiḥ Malli.). (Also written bibboka and vivvoka).

bibhitsā A wish to break through, a desire to pierce or penetrate.

bibhitsu a. Desirous of piercing or penetrating.

bibhīṣaka a. Frightening, terrifying.

bibhīṣaṇa a.
     (1) Terrifying, frightening, intimidating.
     (2) Formidable, terrible.
     (3) Bullying or blustering (as language). --ṇaṃ, -ṇā
     (1) Terrifying.
     (2) A means of terrifying, terror. --ṇaḥ N. of a demon and brother of Rāvaṇa. [Though a demon by birth, he was extremely sorry for the abduction of Sītā by Rāvaṇa, and severely reprimanded him for his wicked act. He several times advised Rāvaṇa to restore Sītā to Rāma if he cared to live; but the proud demon turned a deaf ear to his warnings. At last seeing that the ruin of his brother was in evitable, he repaired to Rāma and became his staunch friend. After the death of Rāvaṇa, Rāma installed him on the throne of Lanka. He is believed to be one of the seven Chirajīvins; see cirajīvin.]

bibhīṣikā
     (1) Threatening, terror.
     (2) That which threatens or scares away; yadi te saṃti saṃtveva keyamanyā bibhīṣikā U. 4. 29.

bibhrakṣu a.
     (1) Wishing to roast or fry.
     (2) Desirous of scorching up.
     (3) Wishing to destroy. --kṣuḥ Fire.

bibhrajjiṣu a. Wishing to fry. --ṣuḥ Fire.

biṃbaḥ --bam
     (1) The disc of the sun or moon; vadanena nirjitaṃ tava nilīyate caṃdrabiṃbamaṃbudhare Subhāṣ.; so sūrya-, ravi- &c.
     (2) Any round or disc-like surface; as in nitaṃbabiṃbaḥ &c.
     (3) An image, shadow, reflection; U. 2. 4.
     (4) A mirror.
     (5) A jar.
     (6) An object compared (opp. pratibiṃba to which it is compared). --baḥ A lizard. --baṃ The fruit of a tree (which, when ripe, is ruddy and to which the lips of young women are often compared); raktāśokarucā viśeṣitaguṇo biṃbādharālaktakaḥ M. 3. 5; pakvabiṃbādharoṣṭhī Me. 82; cf. N. 2. 24.
     -- Comp.
          --oṣṭha a. (biṃbo-bau-ṣṭha) having lips as ruddy or cherry as the Bimba fruit; M. 4. 14. (
          --ṣṭhaḥ) lip like the Bimba fruit.
          --phala the Bimba fruit; umāmukhe biṃbaphalādharoṣṭhe Ku. 3. 67.

biṃbakam
     (1) The disc of the sun or moon.
     (2) The Bimba fruit.

biṃbaṭaḥ The mustard plant.

biṃbikā
     (1) The disc of the sun or moon.
     (2) The Bimba plant.

biṃbita a.
     (1) Reflected, shadowed.
     (2) Pictured.

bil 6 P., 10 U. (bilati, belayati-te) To split, cleave, break, divide.

bilam
     (1) A hole, cavity, burrow; khanannākhubilaṃ siṃhaḥ ... prāpnoti nakhabhaṃgaṃ hi Pt. 3. 17; R. 12. 5.
     (2) A gap, pit, chasm.
     (3) An aperture, opening, outlet.
     (4) A cave, hollow.
     (5) The hollow of a dish.
     (6) The vagina. --laḥ
     (1) N. of uccaiḥśravas, the horse of Indra.
     (2) A sort of cane.
     -- Comp.
          --okas m. any animal that lives in holes.
          --kārin m. a mouse.
          --yoni a. of the breed of Bila; yatrāśvā bilayonayaḥ Ku. 6. 39.
          --vāsaḥ a pole-cat.
          --vāsin (also bilevāsin) m. a snake.
          --śāyin m. any animal living in burrows.

bilaṃgamaḥ A serpent, snake.

bileśayaḥ
     (1) A snake.
     (2) A mouse, rat.
     (3) Any animal living in burrows.
     (4) A hare.

bilmam Ved. A (broken) helmet.

billam
     (1) A pit.
     (2) Particularly, a basin for water round the foot of a tree (ālavāla).
     (3) The plant Asa Foetida.
     -- Comp.
          --sūḥ a mother of ten children.

bilvaḥ A species of tree, Aegle Marmelos or wood-apple. --lvaṃ
     (1) The fruit of this tree.
     (2) A particular weight (= one pala).
     -- Comp.
          --daṃḍaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --peśikā, peśī the shell of the Bilva fruit.
          --vanaṃ a thicket or wood of Bilva trees.

bilvakīyā A place planted with Bilva trees.

bis 4 P. (bisyati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To incite, drive or urge on, instigate.
     (3) To throw, cast.
     (4) To split.
     (5) To grow.

bisam
     (1) The fibre of a lotus.
     (2) The fibrous stalk of a lotus; pātheyamutsṛja bisaṃ grahaṇāya bhūyaḥ V. 4. 15; bisamalamaśanāya svādu pānāya toyaṃ Bh. 3. 22; Me. 11; Ku. 3. 37; 4. 29.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭhikā, -kaṃṭhin m. a small crane.
          --kusumaṃ -puṣpaṃ, -prasūnaṃ a lotus; jakṣurbisaṃ dhṛtavikaśibisaprasūnāḥ Śi. 5. 28.
          --khādikā eating the fibres of a lotus.
          --graṃthiḥ a knot on the stalk of a lotus.
          --chedaḥ a bit of the fibrous stalk of a lotus.
          --jaṃ a lotusflower, lotus.
          --taṃtuḥ the lotusfibre.
          --nābhiḥ f. the lotus-plant (padminī). --nāsikā a sort of crane.
          --vartman n. a particular disease of eyelids.

bisalam A young shoot, sprout, bud.

bisavatī A place abounding in lotus fibres.

bisinī
     (1) The lotus-plant; Bh. 3. 36.
     (2) Lotus-fibres.
     (3) An assemblage of lotuses.

bisila a. Coming from or relating to a Bisa, q. v.

bistaḥ A weight of gold (equal to 80 Raktikas or guñjās).

bilhaṇaḥ N. of a poet, the author of the Vikramaṅkadevacharita.

bījam
     (1) Seed(fig. also), seedcorn, grain; araṇyabījāṃjalidānalālitāḥ Ku. 5. 15; bījāṃjaliḥ patati kīṭamukhāvalīḍhaḥ Mk. 1. 9; R. 19. 57; Ms. 9. 33.
     (2) A germ, element.
     (3) Origin, source, cause; bījaprakṛtiḥ S. 1. 1 v. 1.
     (4) Semen virile; Ku. 2. 5, 60.
     (5) The seed or germ of the plot of a play, story &c.; see S. D. 318.
     (6) Marrow.
     (7) Algebra.
     (8) The mystical letter forming the essential part of the Mantra of a deity.
     (9) Truth, divine truth. (10) A receptacle, place of deposit. --jaḥ The citron tree. (bījākṛ means. 1 to sow with seed; vyomani bījākurute Bv. 1. 98.
     (2) to plough over after sowing).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ the first syllable of a Mantra.
          --aṃkuraḥ a seed-shoot, first shoot; Ku. 3. 18; Pt. 1. 223. (
          --rau) seed and sprout. -nyāyaḥ the maxim of seed and sprout; see under nyāya. --adhyakṣaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --apahāriṇī a witch.
          --aśvaḥ a stallion.
          --āḍhyaḥ pūraḥ, -pūrakaḥ the citron tree. (
          --raṃ --rakaṃ the fruit of citron.
          --utkṛṣṭaṃ good seed.
          --udakaṃ hail.
          --uptiḥ f. sowing seed.
          --kartṛ m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --kṛt a. producing semen. (--n.) an aphrodisiac.
          --kośaḥ, koṣaḥ 1. the seed-vessel. --2. the seed-vessel of the lotus. (
          --śī) a pod, legume.
          --kriyā algebraic operation or solution.
          --gaṇitaṃ 1. analysis of primary causes. --2. the science of Algebra.
          --guptiḥ f. a pod, legume.
          --darśakaḥ a stage-manager.
          --dhānyaṃ coriander
          --nyāsaḥ making known the germ of the plot of a play.
          --puruṣaḥ the progenitor of a family.
          --puṣpaḥ --pūraṇaḥ the citron tree.
          --pe śikā the scrotum.
          --pradaḥ a procreator, generator.
          --phalakaḥ the citron tree.
          --matiḥ f. a mind capable of analysis, the power of penetrating into the very first principles.
          --maṃtraḥ a mystical syllable with which a Mantra begins.
          --mātṛkā the pericarp of a lotus.
          --ruhaḥ grain, corn.
          --vapanaṃ 1. a field. --2. the act of sowing seed.
          --varaḥ a kidney-bean.
          --vāpaḥ 1. a sower of seed. --2. sowing seed.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --sūḥ the earth.
          --sektṛ m. a procreator, progenitor.
          --harā, --hāriṇī a witch.

bījakaḥ
     (1) The citron tree.
     (2) A lemon or citron.
     (3) The position of the arms of a child at birth. --kaṃ Seed.

bījala a. Furnished with seed, seedy.

bījika a. Abounding in seeds.

bījin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Possessed of seed, bearing seed.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Of the seed or blood of. --m.
     (1) The real father or progenitor (sower of seed) (opp. kṣetrin the owner or husband of the kṣetra or woman); see Ms. 9. 51 et seq.
     (2) A father in general.
     (3) The sun.

bījya a.
     (1) Born from seed.
     (2) Of a good or respectable family, nobly-born.

bībhatsa a. [badh svārthe san]
     (1) Disgusting, loathsome, nauseous, hideous, revolting; haṃta bībhatsamevāgre vartate Māl. 5 'Oh! it is indeed a loathsome sight'.
     (2) Envious, malignant, mischievous.
     (3) Savage, cruel, ferocious.
     (4) Estranged in mind.
     (5) Loathing, detesting.
     (6) Sinful, wicked. --tsaḥ
     (1) Disgust, abhorrence, detestation.
     (2) The disgusting sentiment, one of the 8 or 9 rasas in poetry; jugupsāsthāyibhāvastu bībhatsaḥ kathyate rasaḥ S. D. 236 (e. g. Māl. 5. 16.).
     (3) N. of Arjuna.

bībhatsu a. Loathing, abhorring, detesting.
     (2) Disgusted. --tsuḥ An epithet of Arjuna; (Mb. thus explains the word: --na kuryāṃ karma bībhatsaṃ yudhyamānaḥ kathaṃcana . tena devamanuṣyeṣu bībhatsuriti viśrutaḥ ...)

bīriṭaḥ Ved. 1 The air.
     (2) A crowd, multitude.

buk ind. An imitative word.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ 1. the roaring of a lion. --2. the cry of an animal.

bukk 1 P., 10 U. (bukkati, bukkayati-te)
     (1) To bark; H. 3. 52.
     (2) To speak, talk.
     (3) To sound in general.

bukkaḥ --kkam
     (1) The heart.
     (2) The bosom, chest; bukkāghātairyuvativrikaṭe prauḍhavākyena rādhā Udb.
     (3) Blood. --kka
     (1) A goat.
     (2) Time (samaya). --kkā Blood.

bukkan m. The heart.

bukkanam
     (1) Barking, yelping.
     (2) The noise made by animals in general.

bukkasaḥ A chāṇḍala.

bukkā --kkī The heart.

buṭ 1 P., 10 U. (boṭati, boṭayati-te) To hurt, injure, kill.

buḍ 6 P. (buḍati)
     (1) To cover, hide, conceal.
     (2) To omit, discharge.

bud 1 U. (bodati-te)
     (1) To perceive, see, apprehend, discern.
     (2) To understand, know.

budbudaḥ
     (1) A bubble; satataṃ jātavinaṣṭāḥ payasāmiva budbudāḥ payasi Pt. 5. 7.
     (2) A type of anything very transitory.
     (3) Embryo five days old; paṃcarātreṇa kalalaṃ budbudākāratāṃ vrajet.

budh 1 U., 4 A. (bodhati-te, budhyate, buddha)
     (1) To know, understand, comprehend; kramādamuṃ nārada ityabodhi saḥ Śi. 1. 3; 9. 24; nābuddha kalpadrumatāṃ vihāya jātaṃ tamātmanyasipatravṛkṣaṃ R. 14. 48; yadi budhyate hariśiśuḥ stanaṃdhayaḥ Bv. 1. 53.
     (2) To perceive, notice, recognise, mark; hiraṇmayaṃ rhaṃsamabodhi naiṣadhaḥ N. 1. 117; api laṃdhitamadhvānaṃ bubudhe na budhopamaḥ R. 1. 47; 12. 39.
     (3) To deem, regard, cansider, esteem &c.
     (4) To heed, attend to.
     (5) To think, reflect.
     (6) To wake up, awake, rise from sleep; dadadapi giramaṃtarbudhyate no manuṣyaḥ Śi. 11. 4; te ca prāpurudanvaṃtaṃ bubudhe cādipūruṣaḥ R. 10. 6.
     (7) To regain consciousness, to come to one's senses; śanairabodhi sugrīvaḥ so'luṃcītkarṇanāsikaṃ Bk. 15. 57.
     (8) To advise, admonish. --Caus. (bodhayati-te)
     (1) To cause to know, make known, inform, acquaint with.
     (2) To teach, communicate, impart.
     (3) To advise, admonish; bodhayaṃtaṃ hitāhitaṃ Bk. 8. 82; Bg. 10. 9.
     (4) To revive, restore to life, bring to senses or consciousness.
     (5) To remind, put in mind of; smarṣiyati tvāṃ na sa bodhito'pi san S. 4. 1.
     (6) To wake up, rouse, excite (fig.); akāle bodhito bhrātrā R. 12. 81, 5. 75.
     (7) To revive the scent (of a perfume).
     (8) To cause to expand, open; madhuravā madhubodhitamādhavī Śi. 6. 20; savitā bodhayati paṃkajānyeva S. 5. 28.
     (9) To signify, convey, indicate. --Desid. (bubu-bo-dhiṣati-te, bubhutsate) To wish to know &c.

buddha p. p. [budh-kta]
     (1) Known, understood, perceived.
     (2) Awakened, awake.
     (3) Observed.
     (4) Enlightened, wise; (see budh). --ddhaḥ
     (1) A wise or learned man, a sage.
     (2) (With Buddhists) A wise or enlightened person who, by perfect knowledge of the truth, is absolved from all existence, and who reveals to the world the method of obtaining the Nirvāṇa or final emancipation before obtaining it himself.
     (3) 'The enlightened', N. of Śākyasimha, the celebrated founder of the Bauddha religion; (he is said to have been born at Kapilavastu and to have died in 543 B. c.; he is sometimes regarded as the ninth incarnation of Viṣṇu; thus Jayadeva says: --niṃdasi yajñavidherahaha śrutijātaṃ sadayahṛdaya dārśitapaśughātaṃ keśava dhṛtabuddhaśarīra jaya jagadīśa hare Gīt. 1). --ddhaṃ Knowledge.
     -- Comp.
          --āgamaḥ the doctrines and tenets of the Bauddha religion.
          --upāsakaḥ a worshipper of Buddha.
          --gayā N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage.
          --guruḥ a Buddhist spiritual teacher.
          --mārgaḥ the doctrines and tenets of Buddha, Buddhism.

buddhiḥ f. [budh-ktin]
     (1) Perception, comprehension.
     (2) Intellect, understanding, intelligence, talent; tīkṣṇā nāruṃtudā buddhiḥ Śi. 2. 109; śāstreṣvakuṃṭhitā buddhiḥ R. 1. 19.
     (3) Information, knowledge; buddhiryasya balaṃ tasya H. 2. 122 'knowledge is power'; P. I. 4. 52.
     (4) Discrimination, judgment, discernment.
     (5) Mind; mūḍhaḥ parapratyayaneyabuddhiḥ M. 1. 2; so kṛpaṇa-, pāpa- &c.
     (6) Presence of mind, readiness of wit.
     (7) An impresison, opinion, belief, idea, feeling; dūrāttamavalokya vyāghrabuddhyā palāyaṃte H. 3; anayā buddhyā Mu. 1 'in this belief'; anukrośabuddhyā Me. 115.
     (8) Intention, purpose, design; Ku. 4. 45. (buddhyā 'intentionally,' 'purposely,' 'deliberately').
     (9) Returning to consciousness, recovery from a swoon; Māl. 4. 10. (10) (In Sān. phil.) Intellect, the second of the 25 elements of the Sāṅkhyas.
     -- Comp.
          --atīta a. beyond the range or reach of the intellect.
          --avajñānaṃ contempt or low opinion for one's understanding; aprāptakālaṃ vacanaṃ bṛhaspatirapi bruvan . prāpnoti buddhyavajñānamapamānaṃ ca puṣkalaṃ .. Pt. 1. 63.
          --iṃdriyaṃ an organ of perception (opp. karneṃdriya); (these are five: --the ear, skin, eye, tongue, and nose; śrotraṃ tvakcakṣuṣī jihvā nāsikā caiva paṃcamī; to these sometimes manas is added).
          --gamya, grāhya a. within the reach of, or attainable to, intellect.
          --jīvin a. employing the reason, rational.
          --tattvaṃ the second element of the Sāṅkhya philosophy.
          --pūrva a. purposed, intentional, wanton, wilful.
          --pūrvaṃ, --pūrvakaṃ, -puraḥsaraṃ ind. intentionally, purposely, wilfully.
          --bhramaḥ distraction or aberration of mind.
          --yogaḥ intellectual communion with the Supreme Spirit.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ a sign of intellect or wisdom; prārabdhasyāṃtagamanaṃ dvitīyaṃ buddhilakṣaṇaṃ. --vaibhavaṃ strength of intellect.
          --śastra a. armed with understanding.
          --śālin, -saṃpanna a. intelligent, wise. śuddha a. honest in purpose, frank-minded.
          --sakhaḥ, --sahāyaḥ a counsellor.
          --hīna a. devoid of intellect, silly, foolish.

buddhimat a.
     (1) Endowed with understanding, intelligent, rational.
     (2) Wise, learned.
     (3) Sharp, clever, acute.
     (4) Humble, docile.

buddhimattā --ttvam Wisdom, sagacity.

budha a. [budh-ka]
     (1) Wise, clever, learned.
     (2) Intelligent.
     (3) Waking, awaking. --dhaḥ A wise or learned man; nipīya yasya kṣitirakṣiṇaḥ kathāṃ tathādriyaṃte na budhāḥ sudhāmapi N. 1. 1.
     (2) A god; N. 1. 1.
     (4) The planet Mercury; rakṣatyenaṃ tu budhayogaḥ Mu. 1. 6 (where budha has sense
     (1) also); R. 1. 47; 13. 76. --dhā Spikenard.
     -- Comp.
          --janaḥ a wise or learned man.
          --tātaḥ the moon.
          --dinaṃ, -vāraḥ vāsaraḥ Wednesday.
          --ratnaṃ an emerald.
          --sutaḥ an epithet of Purūravas.

buvāna a. [budh-anac kicca]
     (1) One who teaches the Vedas
     (2) Speaking kindly.
     (3) Wise, learned, prudent.
     (4) Waking (Ved.).
     (1) A wise man, sage.
     (2) A holy teacher, spiritual guide.

budhita a. Known, understood.

budhila a. Learned, wise.

budhya a.
     (1) Observable, noteworthy.
     (2) To be awaked or roused.

budhnaḥ
     (1) The bottom of a vessel.
     (2) The foot of a tree.
     (3) The lowest part.
     (4) An epithet of Śiva. (Also budhnya in the last sense).
     (5) The body.
     (6) Ved. The sky.

buṃd, buṃdh
     (1) U. (buṃdati-te, buṃdhati-te)
     (1) To perceive, see, descry.
     (2) To reflect, understand.
     (3) To hear.

buburam Ved. Water.

bubhukṣā
     (1) Desire of eating, hunger.
     (2) The desire of enjoying anything.

bubhukṣita a. Hungry, starving, pinched with hunger; bubhukṣitaḥ kiṃ na karoti pāpaṃ Pt. 4. 15, or bubhukṣittaḥ kiṃ dvikareṇa bhuṃkte Udb.

bubhukṣu a.
     (1) Hungry, desirous of worldly enjoyments (opp. mumukṣu).

bubhutsā Desire to know, curiosity.

bubhutsu a. Desirous to know or learn, curious, inquisitive.

bubhūṣā Wish to be or become.

bubhūṣu a. Wishing to or become; prabhurbubhūṣurbhuvanatrayasya yaḥ Śi. 1. 49.

bul 10 U. (bolayati-te)
     (1) To sink, plunge; bolayati plavaḥ payasi.
     (2) To cause to sink.

buliḥ f. Fear (bhaya).

bulva a. Oblique, awry.

bus 4 P. (busyati)
     (1) To discharge emit, pour forth.
     (2) To divide, distribute.

busaṃ(ṣaṃ)
     (1) Chaff.
     (2) Rubbish, refuse.
     (3) Dry cowdung.
     (4) Wealth.
     (5) The thick part of sour curds.
     (6) Water (Ved.).

bust 10 U. (bustayati-te)
     (1) To honour, respect.
     (2) To disrespect, treat with disrespect or contempt.

bustam 1 The burnt crust of roast meat.
     (2) The shell of fruit.

būkkam = bukka q. v.

bṛśī, bṛṣī(sī) The seat of an ascetic or holy sage.

bṛṃh I. 1. 6. P. (bṛṃhati, bṛṃhita)
     (1) To grow, increase; bṛṃhitamanyuvega Bk. 3. 49.
     (2) To roar. --Caus To cause to grow, nourish. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (bṛṃhati, bṛṃhayati-te)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To shine.

bṛṃhaṇa a. Fostering, nourishing. --ṇaḥ A kind of sweetmeat. --ṇaṃ 1 Nourishing.
     (2) The roaring noise (of an elephant); Śi. 18. 3.

bṛṃhita p. p.
     (1) Grown, increased; Bv. 2. 109.
     (2) Roared &c.
     (3) Cherished, nourished. --taṃ The roaring of an elephant; Śi. 12. 15; Ki. 7. 39.

bṛh 1. 6. P. (barhati, bṛhati)
     (1) To grow, increase, expand.
     (2) To roar. WITH ud 1. to lift, raise; Ms. 1. 14; Bk. 14. 88. --ni to destroy, remove; Śi. 1. 29.

bṛhat a. (tī f.) [bṛh-ati]
     (1) Large, great, big, bulky; Māl. 9. 5.
     (2) Wide, broad, extensive, far-extended; dilīpasūnoḥ sa bṛhadbhujāṃtaraṃ R. 3. 54.
     (3) Vast, ample, abundant.
     (4) Strong, powerful.
     (5) Long, tall; devadārubṛhadbhujaḥ Ku. 6. 51.
     (6) Fullgrown.
     (7) Compact, dense.
     (8) Eldest, or oldest.
     (9) Bright. (10) Clear, loud (as sound). --m. N. of Viṣṇu. --f. Speech; Śi. 2. 68. --tī
     (1) A large lute.
     (2) The lute of Nārada.
     (3) A symbolical expression for the number 'thirty-six'.
     (4) A part of the body between the breast and backbone.
     (5) A mantle, wrapper.
     (6) A reservoir.
     (7) The eggplant.
     (8) N. of a metre. --n.
     (1) The Veda.
     (2) N. of a Sāman; Bg. 10. 35.
     (3) Brahman. (bṛhat, bṛhatā ind.
     (1) Greatly, highly.
     (2) Clearly, brightly)
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga, -kāya a. large-bodied, gigantic. (
          --gaḥ) a large elephant.
          --āraṇyaṃ, -āraṇyakaṃ N. of a celebrated Upanishad, forming the last six chapters of the Satapatha Brāhmaṇa.
          --elā large cardamoms.
          --kathā N. of a work ascribed to Guṇāḍhya.
          --kāya a. big-bodied, bulky, gigantic.
          --kukṣi a. largebellied.
          --ketuḥ an epithet of Agni.
          --gṛhaḥ N. of a country.
          --golaṃ a water-melon.
          --cittaḥ the citron tree.
          --janaḥ an illustrious person.
          --jaghana a. broad-hipped.
          --jīvaṃtikā, --jīvaṃtī a kind of plant.
          --ḍhakkā a large drum.
          --tṛṇaṃ 1. strong grass. --2. the bamboo cane.
          --naṭaḥ, -nalaḥ-lā the name assumed by Arjuna when residing as dancing and music master at the court of Virāṭa.
          --nalaḥ the arm.
          --niveśa a. large, protuberant.
          --netra a. far-sighted, prudent.
          --pāṭaliḥ the thorn-apple.
          --pādaḥ the fig-tree.
          --pālaḥ the Indian fig-tree.
          --pālin m. wild cumin.
          --phala a. 1. having or bearing large fruits. --2. yielding good fruit or reward.
          --bhaṭṭārikā an epithet of Durgā.
          --bhānuḥ fire.
          --bhāsa a. very bright, brightly shining.
          --rathaḥ 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. N. of a king, father of Jarāsandha.
          --vādin a. talking much, a boaster, swaggerer.
          --rāvin m. a kind of small owl.
          --śravas a. highly praised, far-famed.
          --sphic a. broad-hipped, having large buttocks.

bṛhatikā An upper garment, a mantle, wrapper.

bṛhaspatiḥ [bṛhataḥ vācaḥ patiḥ pāraskarādi-]
     (1) N. of the preceptor of the gods; (for the abduction of his wife Tārā by the moon, see under tārā to soma.)
     (2) The planet Jupiter; budhabṛhaspatiyogadṛśyaḥ R. 18. 76.
     (3) N. of the author of a Smriti; Y. 1. 4.
     -- Comp.
          --purohitaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --vāraḥ, -vāsaraḥ Thursday.

bekanāṭaḥ Ved. A usurer (kusīdin).

beḍā A boat.

beh 1 A. (behate) To endeavour, strive, attempt.

baijika a. (kī f.) [bījena nivṛrttaṃ ṭhak]
     (1) Seminal.
     (2) Original.
     (3) Relating to conception.
     (4) Relating to sexual union. --kaḥ A sprout, young shoot. --kaṃ
     (1) Cause, source, origin.
     (2) The spiritual cause of existence, soul, spirit.
     (3) Oil of the śigru plants.

baiḍāla a. (lī f.) [biḍālasyedaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a cat.
     (2) Peculiar to cats.
     -- Comp.
          --vrataṃ 'a cat-like observance,' concealing one's malice or evil designs under the garb of piety or virtue.
          --vratiḥ one who leads a chaste life simply from want of female company (and not because he has controlled his senses).
          --vratikaḥ, --vratin m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor.

baidala See vaidala.

baiṃbikaḥ A man who is assiduous in his attentions to ladies, a gallant, lover; dākṣiṇyaṃ nāma biṃboṣṭhi baiṃbikānāṃ kulavrataṃ M. 4. 14.

bailva a. (lvī f.) [bilvasyedaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to or made of the Bilva tree or its wood.
     (2) Covered with Bilva trees. --lvaṃ The fruit of the Bilva tree.

bodha a. Knowing, understanding. --dhaḥ [budh-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Perception, knowledge, apprehension, observation, conception; bālāmāṃ sukhabodhāya T. S.
     (2) Idea, thought.
     (3) Understanding, intellect, intelligence, wisdom.
     (4) Waking up, becoming awake, a waking state, consciouness.
     (5) Opening, blooming, expanding.
     (6) Instruction, advice, admonition.
     (7) Awakening, rousing.
     (8) An epithet, designation.
     (9) N. of a district.
     -- Comp.
          --atīta a. unknowable, incomprehensible.
          --kara a. one who teaches or informs. (
          --raḥ) 1. a bard or minstrel who wakes up his master by singing appropriate songs in the morning. --2. an instructor, a teacher.
          --gamya a. intelligible.
          --pūrva a. intentional, conscious; cf. abodhapūrva S. 5. 2.
          --vāsaraḥ the eleventh day in the bright half of Kārtika when Viṣṇu is supposed to rise from his four months' sleep; see Me. 110, and prabodhinī.

bodhaka a. (dhikā f.) [budh-ṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Informing, apprising.
     (2) Instructing teaching.
     (3) Indicative of.
     (4) Awakening, rousing. --kaḥ
     (1) A spy.
     (2) A teacher, instructor.
     (3) A minstrel, bard.

bodhana a. [budh-ṇic lyu-lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Informing, acquainting.
     (2) Explaining, indicating.
     (3) Arousing, waking.
     (4) Kindling, inflaming. --naḥ The planet Mercury (budha); V. 5. 21. --naṃ
     (1) Informing, teaching, instruction, giving a knowledge of; bhayaruṣośca tadiṃgitabodhanaṃ R. 9. 49.
     (2) Denoting, signifying.
     (3) Arousing, awakening; samayena tena cirasuptamanobhavabodhanaṃ samamabodhiṣata Śi. 9. 24.
     (4) Observing, perceiving.
     (5) Waking, being awake.
     (6) Making attentive.
     (7) Burning incense. --nī
     (1) The eleventh day in the bright half of Kartika when Viṣṇu rises from his four months' sleep.
     (2) Long pepper.
     (3) Understanding, knowledge.

bodhayitṛ m.
     (1) A teacher, preceptor.
     (2) A waker.

bodhāna a. [budh-ānac] Wise, prudent. --naḥ
     (1) A wise man.
     (2) An epithet of Bṛṣapati.

bodhiḥ [budh-in]
     (1) Perfect wisdom or enlightenment.
     (2) The enlightened intellect of a Buddha.
     (3) The sacred fig-tree.
     (4) A cock.
     (5) An epithet of Buddha.
     -- Comp.
          --taruḥ, drumaḥ, -vṛkṣaḥ the sacred fig-tree.
          --daḥ an arhat (of the Jainas).
          --sattvaḥ a Buddhist saint, one who is on the way to the attainment of perfect knowledge and has only a certain number of births to undergo before attaining to the state of a Supreme Buddha and complete annihilation (this position could be attained by a long series of pious and virtuous deeds); evaṃvidhairvilasitairatibodhisattvaiḥ Mal. 10. 21.

bodhita p. p. [budh-ṇic kta]
     (1) Made known, informed, apprised.
     (2) Reminded.
     (3) Advised, instructed.

bodhin a. [budh-ṇini]
     (1) Knowing, familiar with.
     (2) Acquainting, informing, making known.
     (3) Teaching, explaining.
     (4) Arousing, awakening.

bodhya, boddhavya a.
     (1) To be known or understood.
     (2) Intelligible, perceivable.
     (3) To be informed, instructed &c.

bauddha a. (ddhī f.) [buddha-ddhi-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to Buddhi or understanding.
     (2) Relating to Buddha. --ddhaḥ A follower of the religion taught by Buddha.

baudhaḥ [budha-aṇ] 'Budha's son,' an epithet of Purūravas.

baudhāyanaḥ N. of an ancient writer.

bradhnaḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The root of a tree.
     (3) A day.
     (4) The arka plant.
     (5) Lead (m.?).
     (6) A horse.
     (7) An epithet of Śiva or Brahma.
     (8) The point of an arrow.

brahman n. [bṛṃh-manin nakārasyākāre ṛto ratvaṃ; cf. Uṇ. 4. 145]
     (1) The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedantins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; asti tāvannityaśaddhabuddhamuktasvabhāvaṃ sarvajñaṃ sarvaśaktisamanvitaṃ brahma S. B.); samībhūtā dṛṣṭistribhuvanamapi brahma manute Bh.; 3. 84; Ku. 3. 15.
     (2) A hymn of praise.
     (3) A sacred text.
     (4) The Vedas; Ku. 6. 16; U. 1. 15.
     (5) The sacred and mystic syllable om; ekākṣaraṃ paraṃ brahma Ms. 2. 83.
     (6) The priestly or Brāhmaṇical class (collectively); Ms. 9. 320.
     (7) The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; R. 8. 4.
     (8) Religious peancne or austerities.
     (9) Celibacy, chastity; śāśvate brahmaṇi vartate S. 1. (10) Final emancipation or beatitude.
     (11) Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.
     (12) The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.
     (13) Wealth.
     (14) Food.
     (15) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (16) Truth. --m.
     (1) The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the selfexistent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā--the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended Marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreatar of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku. 2. 7 and Ms. 1. 32 et seq.). Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvati. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth in a lotus].
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa; S. 4. 3.
     (3) A devout man.
     (4) One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.
     (5) One conversant with sacred knowledge.
     (6) The sun.
     (7) Intellect.
     (8) An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis: --marīci, atri, aṃgiras, pulasya, pulaha, kratu and vasiṣṭha.
     (9) An epithet of Bṛhaspati. (10) Of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ the sacred syllable om.
          --aṃgabhūḥ 1. a horse. --2. one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; Ku. 3. 15 (see Malli. thereon).
          --aṃjaliḥ 1. respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. --2. obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda).
          --aṃḍaṃ 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; brahmāṃḍacchatradaṃḍaḥ Dk. 1. -purāṇaṃ N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
          --adi (dri) jātā an epithet of the river Godāvarī.
          --adhigamaḥ, --adhigamanaṃ study of the Vedas.
          --aṃbhas n. the urine of a cow.
          --abhyāsaḥ the study of the Vedas.
          --ayaṇaḥ, --naḥ an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.
          --araṇyaṃ 1. a place of religious study. --2. N. of a forest.
          --arpaṇaṃ 1. the offering of sacred knowledge. --2. devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. --3. N. of a spell. --4. a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.
          --astraṃ a missile presided over by Brahman.
          --ātmabhūḥ a horse.
          --ānaṃdaṃḥ bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; brahmānaṃdasākṣātkriyā Mv. 7. 31.
          --āraṃbhaḥ beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms. 2. 71.
          --āvartaḥ N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛṣadvatī (north-west of Hastināpura); sarasvatīdṛṣadvatyordevanadyoryadaṃtaraṃ . taṃ devanirmitaṃ deśaṃ brahmāvartaṃ pracakṣate Ms. 2. 17, 19; Me. 48.
          --āsanaṃ a particular position for profound meditation.
          --āhutiḥ f. 1. the offering of prayers; see brahmayajña. --2. the study of the Vedas.
          --ujjhatā forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms. 11. 57 (adhītavedasyānabhyāsena vismaraṇaṃ Kull.).
          --uttara a. 1. treating principally of Brahman. --2. consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.
          --udyaṃ explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems.
          --upadeśaḥ instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. -netṛ m. the Palāśa tree.
          --ṛṣiḥ (brahmarṣiḥ or brahmaṛṣiḥ) a Brāhmaṇical sage. -deśaḥ N. of a district; (kurukṣetraṃ ca matsyāśca paṃcālāḥ śūrasenakāḥ . eṣa brahmarṣideśo vai brahmāvartādanaṃtaraḥ Ms. 2. 19).
          --odanaḥ --naṃ food given to the priests at a sacrifice.
          --kanyakā an epithet of Sarasvatī.
          --karaḥ a tax paid to the priestly class.
          --karman n. 1. the religious duties of a Brāhmana. --2. the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.
          --kalā an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of men).
          --kalpaḥ an age of Brahman.
          --kāṃḍaṃ the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.
          --kāṣṭhaḥ the mulberry tree.
          --kūrcaṃ a kind of penance; ahorātroṣito bhūtvā paurṇamāsyāṃ viśeṣataḥ . paṃcagavyaṃ pibet prātarbrahmakūrcamiti smūtam ... --kṛt a. one who prays. (--m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --kośaḥ the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; kṣātro dharmaḥ śrita iva tanuṃ brahmakośasya guptyai U. 6. 9.
          --guptaḥ N. of an astronomer born in 598 A. D.
          --golaḥ the universe.
          --gauravaṃ respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; Bk. 9. 76 (mā bhūnmogho brāhmaḥ pāśa iti). --graṃthiḥ N. of a particular joint of the body.
          --grahaḥ, -piśācaḥ, -puruṣaḥ, -rakṣas n., -rākṣasaḥ a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (parasya yoṣitaṃ hṛtvā brahmasvamapahṛtya ca . araṇye nirjale deśe bhavati brahmarākṣasaḥ .. Y. 3. 212; cf. Ms. 12. 60 also).
          --ghātakaḥ, --ghātin m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
          --ghātinī a woman on the second day of her courses.
          --ghoṣaḥ 1. recital of the Veda. --2. the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U. 6. 9. v. 1.
          --ghnaḥ the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
          --caryaṃ 1. religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, he first stage or order of his life; aviplutabrahmacaryo gṛhasthāśramamācaret Ms. 3. 2; 2249; Mv. 1. 24. --2. religious study, self-restraint. --3. celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence. (
          --ryaḥ) a religious student; see brahmacārin. (--ryā) chastity, celibacy. -vrataṃ a vow of chastity. -skhalanaṃ falling off from chastity, incontinence.
          --cārikaṃ the life of a religious student.
          --cārin a. 1. studying the Vedas. --2. practising continenee or chastity. (--m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; Ms. 2. 41, 175; 6. 87. --2. one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. --3. an epithet of Śiva. --4. of Skanda.
          --cāriṇī 1. an epithet of Durgā. --2. a woman who observes the vow of chastity.
          --jaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --janman n. 1. spiritual birth. --2. investiture with the sacred thread.
          --jāraḥ the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife.
          --jīvin a. living by sacred knowledge. (--m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade). a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.
          --jña, --jñānin a. one who knows Brahma. (
          --jñaḥ) 1. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --2. of Viṣṇu.
          --jñānaṃ true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma.
          --jyeṣṭhaḥ the elder brother of Brahman.
          --jyotis n. 1. the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --tattvaṃ the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.
          --tejas n.
     (1) the glory of Brahman. --2. Brāhmaṇic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. --daḥ a spiritual preceptor. --daṃḍaḥ 1. the curse of a Brāhmaṇa. --2. a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. --3. an epithet of Śiva. --dānaṃ 1. the imparting of sacred knowledge. --2. sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift. --dāyaḥ 1. instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. --2. sacred knowledge received as an inheritance. --3. the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa --dāyādaḥ 1. one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. --2. the son of a Brāhmaṇa. --dāruḥ the mulberry tree. --dinaṃ a day of Brahman. --deyaṃ a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage. --daityaḥ a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. brahmagraha. --dviṣ, --dveṣin a. 1. hating Brāhmaṇas. --2. hostile to religious acts or devotion, imoious, godless. --dveṣaḥ hatred of Brāhmaṇas. --dhara a. possessing sacred knowledge. --nadī an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. --nābhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --nirvāṇaṃ absorption into the supreme spirit. --niṣṭha a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit. (--ṣṭhaḥ) the mulberry tree. --nīḍaṃ the resting-place of Brahman. --padaṃ 1. the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. --2. the place of the Supreme Spirit. --pavitraḥ the Kuśa grass. --pariṣad f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. --pādapaḥ, --patraḥ the Palāśa tree. --pārāyaṇaṃ a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; U. 4. 9; Mv. 1. 14. --pāśaḥ N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; Bk. 9. 75. --pitṛ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --putraḥ 1. a son of Brahman. --2. N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (--trī) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. --puraṃ the heart. --puraṃ, --purī 1. the city of Brahman (in heaven). --2. N. of Benares. --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the eighteen Puraṇas. --paruṣaḥ a minister of Brahman (the five vitalairs). --palayaḥ the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. --prāptiḥ f. absorption into the Supreme Spirit. --baṃdhuḥ 1. a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. maṭurgā); M. 4; V. 2. --2. one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. --bījaṃ 1. the mystic syllable om. --2. the mulberry tree. --bruvaḥ, -bruvāṇaḥ one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. --bhavanaṃ the abode of Brahman. --bhāgaḥ 1. the mulberry tree. --2. the share of the chief priest. --bhāvaḥ absorption into the Supreme Spirit. --bhāvanaṃ imparting religious knowledge. --bhuvanaṃ the world of Brahman; Bg. 8. 16. --bhūta a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit. --bhūtiḥ f. twilight. --bhūyaṃ 1. identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; sa brahmabhūyaṃ gatimājagāma R. 18. 28; brahmabhūprāya kalpate Bg. 14. 26; Ms. 1. 98. --2. Brāhmaṇahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. --bhūyas n. absorption into Brahma. --maṃgaladevatā an epithet of LakṢmī. --mahaḥ a festival in honor of Brāhmaṇas. --mitra a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. --mīmāṃsā the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. --mūrti a. having the form of Brahman. --mūrdhabhṛt m. an epithet of Śiva. --mekhalaḥ the Munja plant. --yajñaḥ one of the five daily Yajṇas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; adhyāpanaṃ brahmayajñaḥ Ms. 3. 70 (adhyāpanaśabdena adhyayanamapi gṛhyate Kull.). --yogaḥ cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. --yoni a. 1. sprung from Brahman; gṛruṇā brahmayotitā R. 1. 64. (--niḥ) f. 1. original source in Brahman. --2. the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; Ku. 6. 18. -stha a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; Ms. 10. 74. --ratnaṃ a valuable present made to a Brahmaṇa --raṃdhraṃ an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body. --rākṣasaḥ see brahmagraha. --rātaḥ an epithet of Suka. --rāśiḥ 1. the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. --2. an epithet of Paraśurāma. --rītiḥ f. a kind of brass. --re (le) khā-likhitaṃ, --lekhaḥ lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. --lokaḥ the world of Brahman. --vakṛ m. an expounder of the Vedas. --vadyaṃ knowledge of Brahma. --vadhaḥ, --vadhyā, --hatyā the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. --varcas n., --varcasaṃ 1. divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; (tasya) hetustvadbrahmavarcasaṃ R. 1. 63; Ms. 2. 37, 4. 94. --2. the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; S. 6. --varcasin, --varcasvin a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy. (--m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa. --vartaḥ see brahmāvarta. --vardhanaṃ copper. --vādin m. 1. one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U. 1; Māl. 1. --2. a follower of the Vedānta philosophy. (--nī) an epithet of Gāyatrī. --vāsaḥ the abode of Brāhmaṇas. --vid, --vida a. 1. knowing the Supreme Spirit. (--m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. --vidyā, --vittvaṃ knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. --viṃ (biṃ) duḥ a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Vedas. --vivardhanaḥ an epithet of Indra. --vṛkṣaḥ 1. the Palāśa tree. --2. the Udumbara tree. --vṛttiḥ f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa. --vṛṃdaṃ an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. --vedaḥ 1. knowledge of the Vedas. --2. monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. --3. the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. kṣatraveda). --4. N. of the Atharvaveda. --vedin a. knowing the Vedas; cf. brahmavid. --vaivartaṃ N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. --vrataṃ a vow of chastity. --śālā 1. the hall of Brahman. --2. a place for reciting the Vedas. --śāsanaṃ 1. a decree addressed to Brahmaṇas. --2. a command of Brahman. --3. the command of a Brahmaṇa. --4. instruction about sacred duty. --śiras, --śīrṣan n. N. of a particular missile. --saṃsad f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. --satī an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. --satraṃ 1. repeating and teaching the Vedas (= brahmayajña q. v.). --2. absorption into the Supreme Spirit. --satrin a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. --sadas n. the residence of Brahman. --sabhā the hall or court of Brahman. --saṃbhava a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (--vaḥ) N. of Nārada. --sarpaḥ a kind of snake. --savaḥ distillation of Soma. --sāyujyaṃ complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. brahmabhūya. --sārṣṭikā identification with Brahma; Ms. 4. 232. --sāvarṇiḥ N. of the tenth Manu. --sutaḥ 1. N. of Narada, Marīchi &c.
     (2) a kind of Ketu. --saḥ 1. N. of Aniruddha. --2. N. of the god of love. --sūtraṃ 1. the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born over the shoulder. --2. the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa. --sūtrin a. invested with the sacred thread. --sṛj m. an epithet of Śiva. --staṃbaḥ the world, universe; Mv. 3. 48. --steyaṃ acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means. --sthānaḥ the mulberry tree. --svaṃ the property or possessions of a Brahmaṇa; Y. 3. 212. -hārin a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. --svarūpa a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. --hatyā, --vadhaḥ Brāhmaṇicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa. --hana a. murdering a Brāhmaṇa. --hutaṃ one of the five daily Yajṇas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms. 3. 74. --hṛdayaḥ --yaṃ N. of a star (Capella).

brahmam The Supreme Spirit.

brahmaṇya a. [brahmaṇe hitaḥ]
     (1) Relating to Brahma.
     (2) Relating to Brahman or the creator.
     (3) Relating to the acquisition of sacred knowledge, holy, pious.
     (4) Fit for a Brāhmaṇa.
     (5) Friendly or hospitable to a Brāhmaṇa. --ṇyaḥ
     (1) One wellversed in the Veda, Mv. 3. 26.
     (2) The mulberry tree.
     (3) The palm tree.
     (4) Munja grass.
     (5) The planet Saturn.
     (6) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (7) Of Kārtikeya. --ṇyā An epithet of Durga.
     -- Comp.
          --devaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.

brahmaṇvat m. An epithet of Agni.

brahmatā --tvam Absorption into the Supreme Spirit.
     (2) Divine nature.
     (3) Godhead.
     (4) The state of a Brāhmaṇa, Brāhmanhood.

brahmamaya a. Consisting of or derived from, the Veda, belonging to the Veda or spiritual pre-eminence; jvalanniva brahmamayena tejasā Ku. 5. 30.
     (2) Fit for a Brāhmaṇa. --yaṃ A missile presided over by Brahman.

brahmavat a. Possessed of spiritual knowledge.

brahmasās ind.
     (1) To the state of Brahma or the Supreme Spirit.
     (2) To the care of Brāhmaṇas.

brahmāṇī
     (1) The wife of Brahman.
     (2) An epithet of Durgā.
     (3) A kind of perfume (= reṇukā).
     (4) A kind of brass.

brahmin a. Retating to Brahma. --m. An epithet of Viṣṇu.

brahmiṣṭha a. Thoroughly proficient in the Vedas, very learned or pious; brahmiṣṭhamādhāya nije'dhikāre brahmiṣṭhameva svatanuprasūtaṃ R. 18. 28. --ṣṭhā An epithet of Durgā.

brahmī N. of a medicinal plant.

brahmeśayaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Kārtikeya.
     (2) Of Viṣṇu.

brāhma a. (hmī f.) [brahmaṇa idaṃ tena prokta vā aṇ ṭilopaḥ]
     (1) Relating to Brahman or the creator, or to the Supreme Spirit; R. 13. 60; Ms. 2. 40, Bg. 2. 72.
     (2) Brāhmanical, belonging to Brāhmanas.
     (8) Relating to sacred knowledge or study.
     (4) Prescribed by the Vedas, Vedic.
     (5) Holy, sacred, divine.
     (6) Presided over by Brahman as a muhūrta (see brāhmamuhūrta), or a missile.
     (7) Fit for a divine state or godhead. --hmaḥ
     (1) One of the eight forms of marriage in Hindu law, in which the bride decorated with ornaments is given away to the bridegroom, without requiring any gift or present from him (this is the best of the 8 forms); brāhmo vivāha āhūya dīyate śaktyalaṃkṛtā Y. 1. 58; Ms. 3. 21, 27.
     (2) N. of Nārada.
     (3) Quicksilver.
     (4) The duty or prescribed course of conduct of a king; āvṛttānāṃ gurukulāt viprāṇāṃ pūjako bhavet . nṛpāṇāmakṣayo hyeṣa brāhmo dharmo vidhīyate ... --hmaṃ
     (1) The part of the hand under the root of the thumb.
     (2) Holy or sacred study.
     (3) N. of a Puraṇa.
     (4) N. of the constellation Rohiṇī.
     -- Comp.
          --ahorātraḥ a day and night of Brahman.
          --deyā a girl to be married according to the Brahma form.
          --muhūrtaḥ a particular period of the day, the early part of the day (rātreśca paścime yāme muhūrto brāhma ucyate); cf. brāhme muhūrte kila tasya devī kumārakalpaṃ suṣuve kumāraṃ R. 5. 36.

brāhmaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [brahma vedaṃ śuddhaṃ caitanyaṃ vā vettyadhīte vā aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to a Brāhmaṇa.
     (2) Befitting a Brahmaṇa.
     (3) Given by a Brāhmaṇa.
     (4) Relating to religious worship.
     (5) One who knows Brahma. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A man belonging to the first of the four original castes of the Hindus, a Brāhmaṇa (born from the mouth of the Purusha); brāhmaṇo'sya mukhamāsīt Rv. 10. 90. 12; Ms. 1. 31, 96; (janmanā brāhmaṇo jñeyaḥ saṃskāraidvija ucyate . vidyayā yāti vipratvaṃ tribhiḥ śrotriya ucyate .. or jātyā kulena vṛttena svādhyāyena śrutena ca . ebhiryukto hi yastiṣṭhennityaṃ sa dvija ucyate ..).
     (2) A priest, theologian.
     (3) An epithet of Agni.
     (4) N. of the twentyeighth Nakshatra. --ṇaṃ
     (1) An assemblage or society of Brāhmaṇas.
     (2) That portion of the Veda which states rules for the employment of the hymns at the various sacrifices, their origin and detailed explanation, with sometimes lengthy illustrations in the shape of legends or stories. It is distinct from the Mantra portion of the Veda.
     (3) N. of that class of the Vedic works which contain the Brāhmaṇa portion (regarded as Śruti or part of the revelation like the hymns themselves). Each of the four Vedas has its own Brāhmaṇa or Brāhmaṇas: --aitareya or āśvalāyana and kauśītakī or sāṃkhyāyana belonging to the Ṛgveda; śatapatha to the Yajurveda; paṃvaviṃśa and ṣaḍviṃśa and six more, to the Sāmaveda, and gopatha to the Atharvaveda).
     (3) The Soma vessel of the Brahman priest.
     -- Comp.
          --atikramaḥ offensive or disrespectful conduct towards Brāhmaṇas, insult to Brāhmaṇas; brāhmaṇātikramatyāgo bhavatāmeva bhūtaye Mv. 2. 10.
          --apāśrayaḥ seeking shelter with Brāhmaṇas.
          --abhyupapāttiḥ f. protection or preservation of, or kindness shown to, a Brāhmaṇa.
          --ātmaka a. belonging to Brāhmaṇas.
          --ghnaḥ the slayer of a Brāhmaṇa.
          --cāṃḍālaḥ 1. a degraded or outcast Brāhmaṇa; Ms. 9. 87. --2. the son of a Śūdra father by a Brāhmaṇī woman.
          --jātaṃ, --jātiḥ f. the Brāhmaṇa caste.
          --jīvikā the occupation or means of livelihood prescribed for a Brahmaṇa; adhyāpanamadhyayanaṃ yajanaṃ yājanaṃ tathā . dānaṃ pratigrahaścaiva ṣaṭkarmāṇyagrajanmanaḥ .. ṣaṇṇāṃ tu karmaṇāmasya trīṇi karmāṇi jīvikā . yājanādhyāpane caiva viśuddhācca pratigrahaḥ ... --dravyaṃ, --svaṃ a Brāhmaṇa's property.
          --niṃdakaḥ a blasphemer or reviler of Brāhmaṇas.
          --priyaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --bruvaḥ one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa, one who is a Brāhmaṇa only in name and neglects the duties of his caste; bahavo brāhmaṇabruvā nivasaṃti Dk.; Ms. 7. 85; 8. 20.
          --bhūyiṣṭha a. consisting for the most part of Brāhmaṇas.
          --vadhaḥ the murder of a Brāhmaṇa, Brāhmanicide.
          --saṃtarpaṇaṃ feeding or satisfying Brahmaṇas.

brāhmaṇakaḥ
     (1) A bad or unworthy Brāhmaṇa (only in name).
     (2) A family of such a Brāhmaṇa.
     (3) N. of a country inhabited by warlike Brāhmaṇas.

brāhmaṇatā --tvam The state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa.

brāhmaṇavā ind. Among Brāhmaṇas.

brāhmaṇasāt ind. In the possession of Brāhmaṇas, as in brāhmaṇasāt bhavati dhanaṃ.

brāhmaṇācchaṃsin m. N. of a priest, the assistant of the priest called Brahman q. v.

brāhmaṇāyaṇaḥ A Brāhmaṇa descended from learned and holy progenitors.

brāhmaṇī
     (1) A woman of the Brahmaṇa caste.
     (2) The wife of a Brāhmaṇa.
     (3) Intellect; (buddhi according to nīlakaṃṭha).
     (4) A kind of lizard.
     (4) A kind of wasp.
     (6) A kind of grass.
     -- Comp.
          --gāmin m. the paramour of a Brahmaṇa woman.

brāhmaṇya a. Befitting a Brāhmaṇa. --ṇyaḥ An epithet of the planet Saturn. --ṇyaṃ
     (1) The station or rank of a Brāhmaṇa, priestly or sacerdotal character; satyaṃ śape brāhmaṇyena Mk. 5; Pt. 1. 66; Ms. 3. 17; 7. 42.
     (2) A collection of Brāhmaṇas.

brāhmī
     (1) The personified female energy of Brahman.
     (2) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech.
     (3) Speech.
     (4) A tale or narrative.
     (5) A pious usage or custom.
     (6) N. of the constellation Rohiṇī.
     (7) N. of Durgā.
     (8) A woman married according to the Brahma form of marriage.
     (9) The wife of a Brāhmaṇa. (10) A kind of medicinal plant.
     (11) A kind of brass.
     (12) N. of a river.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃdaḥ a species of bulbous plant.
          --putraḥ the son of a Brāhmī, see above; Ms. 3. 27, 37.

brāhmya a. (hmī f.) [brahmaṇa idaṃ ṣyañ]
     (1) Relating to Brahman, the creator.
     (2) Relating to the Supreme Spirit.
     (3) Relating to the Brahmaṇas. --hmyaṃ
     (1) Wonder, astonishment (vismaya).
     (2) Worship of the Brāhmaṇas.
     -- Comp.
          --muhūrta = brāhmamuhūrta q. v.
          --hūtaṃ hospitality to guests; see brahmayajña; Ms. 3. 74.

brū 2 U. (bravīti, brūte or āha; this root is defective in the non-conjugational tenses, its forms being made up from vac)
     (1) To say, tell, speak (with two acc.); tāṃ ... brūyā evaṃ Me. 101; rāmaṃ yathāsthitaṃ sarvaṃ bhrātā brūte sma vihvalaḥ Bk. 6. 8; or māṇavakaṃdharmaṃ brūte Sk.; kiṃ tvāṃ prati brūmahe Bv. 1. 46.
     (2) To say or speak about, refer to (a person or thing); ahaṃ tu śakuṃtalāmadhikṛtya brabīmi S. 2.
     (3) To declare, proclaim, publish, prove, indicate; bruvata hi phaleta sādhavo na tu kaṃṭhena nijopayogitāṃ N. 2. 48; stanayugapariṇāhaṃ maṃḍalābhyāṃ bravīti Ratn. 2. 13.
     (4) To name, call, designate; chaṃdasi dakṣā ye kavayastanmaṇimadhyaṃ te bruvate Śrut. 15.
     (5) To answer; brūhi me praśnān.
     (6) To call or profess one self to be. --WITH anu to say, speak, declare. --nis to explain, derive. --pra to say, speak, tell; Bk 8. 85. --prati to speak in reply, answer or reply; pratyabravīccainaṃ R. 2. 42. --vi 1. to say, speak. --2. to speak falsely or wrongly.

bruva, bruvāṇa a. Professing or pretending to be, calling oneself by a name to which he has no real title (at the end of comp.), as in brāhmaṇabruva, kṣatriyabruva &c.

bleṣkam A snare, net, noose.

bha

bhaḥ
     (1) N. of the planet Venus.
     (2) Error, delusion, mere semblance.
     (3) An epithet of Śukra.
     (4) N. given to the base of nouns before the vowel terminations beginning with accusative plural; cf. aṃga and pada. --bhaṃ
     (1) A star.
     (2) A lunar mansion or asterism.
     (3) A planet.
     (4) A sign of the zodiac.
     (5) The number twenty-seven.
     (6) A bee
     -- Comp.
          --īnaḥ, -īśaḥ the sun.
          --kakṣā the path of the asterisms.
          --gaṇaḥ, vargaḥ 1. the group of stars or asterisms. --2. the zodiac. --3. revolution of the planets in the zodiac.
          --golaḥ the starry sphere.
          --cakraṃ, paṃjaraḥ, -maṃḍalaṃ the zodiac. -nābhiḥ the centre of the zodiac.
          --patiḥ the moon.
          --sūcakaḥ an astrologer.

bhakkikā A cricket.

bhakta p. p. [bhaj-kta]
     (1) Distributed, allotted, assigned.
     (2) Divided.
     (3) Served, worshipped.
     (4) Engaged in, attentive to.
     (5) Attached or devoted to, loyal, faithful; Bg. 9. 34.
     (6) Dressed, cooked (as food).
     (7) Forming a part of, belonging to.
     (8) Loved, liked (at the end of comp.). --ktaḥ A worshipper, adorer, devotee, votary, faithful attendant; bhaktosi me sakhā ceti Bg. 4. 3; 9. 31; 7. 23. --ktaṃ
     (1) A share, protion.
     (2) Food; Bh. 3. 74.
     (3) Boiled rice; U. 4. 1.
     (4) Any eatable grain boiled with water
     (5) Adoration, worship.
     -- Comp.
          --abhilāṣaḥ desire of food, appetite.
          --upasādhakaḥ a cook.
          --kaṃsaḥ a dish of food.
          --karaḥ incense prepared from various fragrant resins and perfumes.
          --kāraḥ a cook.
          --chaṃdaṃ appetite.
          --jā nectar.
          --tūryaṃ a musical instrument played during meals.
          --da, --dātṛ, --dāyaka a. supporter, maintainer.
          --dāsaḥ a slave who agrees to serve another for maintenance, or who receives his meals as a return for his services; Ms. 8. 415.
          --dbeṣaḥ dislike of food, loss of appetite.
          --pulākaḥ a mouthful of rice kneaded into a lump or ball.
          --maṃḍaḥ the scum of boiled rice.
          --ruciḥ f. appetite.
          --rocana a. stimulating appetite.
          --vatsala a. kind to worshippers or devotees. (
          --laḥ) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --śālā 1. an audience chamber (to admit petitioners and hear them). --2. a dining-hall.
          --sikthaṃ = bhaktamaṃḍa q. v.

bhaktiḥ f. [bhaj-ktin]
     (1) Separation, partition, division.
     (2) A division, portion, share.
     (3)
          (a) Devotion, attachment, loyalty, faithfulness; Ku. 7. 37; R. 2. 63; Mu. 1. 15.
          (b) Faith, belief, pious faith.
     (4) Reverence, service, worship, homage.
     (5) Texture, arrangement; bhavati viralabhaktirmlānapuṣpopahāraḥ R. 5. 74.
     (6) Decoration, ornament, embellishment; ābaddhamuktāphalabhakticitre Ku. 7. 10, 94; bhakticchedairiva viracitāṃ bhūtimaṃge gajasya Me. 19; R. 13. 55, 75; 15. 30.
     (7) An attribute.
     (8) The being part of, belonging to.
     -- Comp.
          --chedaḥ 1. a coloured streak, lines of painting or deeoration; Me. 19. --2. distinguishing marks of devotion to Viṣṇu.
          --namra a. making a humble obeisance.
          --pūrvaṃ, --pūrvakaṃ ind. deveutly, reverentially.
          --bhāj a. 1. devout, fervid. --2. firmly attached or devoted, faithful, loyal.
          --mārgaḥ the way of devotion; i. e. devotion to god, regarded as the way to the attainment of final emancipation and eternal bliss.
          --yogaḥ loving faith, loyal devotion.
          --rasaḥ a sense of devotion.
          --rāgaḥ affection, deep devotion.
          --vādaḥ assurance of attachment.

bhaktika a. Relating to worship or devotion.

bhaktimat a.
     (1) Devout, having pious faith.
     (2) Loyally devoted or attached, faithful, loyal.
     (3) Religious, pious.

bhaktila a. Faithful, trusty (as a horse).

bhaktṛ a.
     (1) An adorer, a worshipper.
     (2) Devoutly attached.

bhakṣ 10 U. (bhakṣayati-te, bhakṣita)
     (1) To eat, devour; yathāmiṣaṃ jale matsyairbhakṣyate śvāpadairbhāvi Pt. 1.
     (2) To use up, consume.
     (3) To waste, destroy.
     (4) To bite.

bhakṣaḥ
     (1) Eating.
     (2) Food.
     (3) Drink, drinking (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ a cook.
          --patrā betel pepper.

bhakṣaka a. (kṣikā f.) [bhakṣ-ṇvul]
     (1) One who eats or lives upon.
     (2) Gluttonous, voracious. --kaḥ Food.

bhakṣaṇa a. (ṇī f.) Eating, one who eats or devours. --ṇaṃ [bhakṣ-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Eating, feeding or living upon.
     (2) Ved. A drinking-vessel.

bhakṣaṇīya a. Eatable, edible.

bhakṣikā
     (1) A meal.
     (2) Eating (at the end of comp.).

bhakṣita p. p.
     (1) Eaten, devoured.
     (2) Slurred over. --taṃ Food.
     -- Comp.
          --śeṣaḥ leavings, remnauts of food.

bhakṣya a. [bhakṣ-karmaṇi ṇyat] Eatable, fit for feod. --kṣyaṃ
     (1) Anything eatable, an article of food, food (fig. also); bhakṣyabhakṣakayoḥ prītirvipattereva kāraṇaṃ H. 1. 55; Ms. 1. 113.
     (2) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ (also bhakṣyaṃkāraḥ) a baker, cook.
          --vastu n. eatables, victuals.

bhagaḥ [bhaj-gha]
     (1) One of the twelve forms of the sun; the sun.
     (2) The moon.
     (3) A form of Śiva.
     (4) Good fortune, luck, happy lot, happiness; āste bhaga āsīnasya Ait. Br.; bhagamiṃdraśca vāyuśca bhagaṃ saptarṣayo daduḥ Y. 1. 282.
     (5) Affluence, prosperity.
     (6) Dignity, distinction.
     (7) Fame, glory.
     (8) Loveliness, beauty.
     (9) Excellence, distinction. (10) Love, affection.
     (11) Amorous dalliance or sport, pleasure.
     (12) The pudendum muliebre; Y. 3. 88; Ms. 9. 237.
     (13) Virtue, morality, religious merit (dharma).
     (14) Effort, exertion.
     (15) Absence of desire, indifference to worldly objects.
     (16) Final beatitude.
     (17) Strength.
     (18) Omnipotence; (said to be n. also in the last 15 senses).
     (19) N. of an Āditya presiding over love and marriage. (20) Knowledge.
     (21) Desire, wish.
     (22) The superhuman power of becoming as small as an atom, one of the eight Siddhis or powers of Śiva; see aṇiman. --gaṃ
     (1) The asterism called uttarāphalgunī.
     (2) The perinaeum of males.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ (in medicine) clitoris.
          --ādhānaṃ granting matrimonial happiness.
          --ghnaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --devaḥ a thorough libertine.
          --devatā the deity presiding over marriage.
          --daivata a. conferring conjugal felicity. (
          --taṃ) the constellation uttarāphalgunī. --naṃdanaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --netraghnaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --bhakṣakaḥ a pander, precurer.
          --vedanaṃ proclaiming matrimonial felicity.
          --han m. N. of Viṣṇu.

bhagaṃdaraḥ A fistula in the anus or pudendum.

bhagavat a.
     (1) Glorious, illustrious.
     (2) Revered, venerable, divine, holy. (an epithet applied to gods, demigods and other holy or respectable personages); atha bhagavān kuśalī kāśyapaḥ S. 5; bhagavanparavānayaṃ janaḥ R. 8. 81: so bhagavān vāsudevaḥ &c.
     (3) Fortunate (Ved.). --m.
     (1) god, A deity.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (3) Of Śiva.
     (4) Of Jina.
     (5) Of Buddha.
     -- Comp.
          --gītā N. of a celebrated sacred work (it is an episode of the great Bhārata and purports to be a dialogue between Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna).

bhagavatī
     (1) N. of Durgā.
     (2) Of Lakṣmī.
     (3) Any venerable woman.

bhagavadīyaḥ A worshipper of Viṣṇu.

bhagālam A skull.

bhagālin m. An epithet of Śiva.

bhagin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Prosperous, happy, fortunate.
     (2) Grand, splendid.

bhaginikā A sister.

bhaginī [bhagaṃ yatnaḥ aṃśo vā pitrādīnāṃ dravyādāne'styasyāḥ ini ṅīp]
     (1) A sister
     (2) A fortunate woman.
     (3) A woman in general.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ, --bhartṛ m. a sister's husband.

bhaginīyaḥ A sister's son.

bhagīrathaḥ N. of an ancient king of the solar dynasty, the great-grandson of Sagara, who brought down, by practising the most austere penance, the celestial river Ganges from heaven to the earth and from earth to the lower regions to purify the ashes of his 60000 ancestors, the sons of Sagara.
     -- Comp.
          --pathaḥ, --prayatnaḥ the path or effort of Bhagīratha, used figuratively to denote any great of Herculean effort.
          --sutā an epithet of the Ganges.

bhagna p. p. [bhaṃj-kta]
     (1) Broken, fractured, shattered, torn.
     (2) Frustrated, foiled, disappointed.
     (3) Check, ed, arrested, suspended.
     (4) Marred, impaired.
     (5) Routed, completely defeated or vanquished; U. 5.
     (6) Demolished, destroyed. (See bhaṃj). --gnaṃ Fracture of the leg.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman m. an epithet of the moon.
          --āpad a. one who has surmounted difficulties or misfortunes.
          --āśa a. disappointed; Bh. 2. 84; frustrated; Bh. 3. 52.
          --utsāha a. broken in energy, depressed in spirits, discouraged, damped.
          --udyama a. foiled in one's endeavours, disappointed, baffled; manye durjanacittavṛttiharaṇe dhātā'pi bhagnādyamaḥ H. 2. 165.
          --kramaḥ, violation of symmetry in construction or expression; see prakramamaṃga. --ceṣṭa a. disappointed, frustrated
          --darpa a. humbled, crest-fallen.
          --nidra a. whose sleep is interrupted.
          --pārśva a. suffering from a pain in the sides.
          --pṛṣṭha a. 1. having a broken back. --2. coming in front.
          --prakramaḥ 1. disorder, confusion. --2. absence of regularity or symmetry; see prakramabhaṃgaḥ. --pratijña a. one who has broken his promises.
          --manas a. discouraged, disappointed.
          --manoratha a. disappointed in expectations; Ku. 5. 1.
          --māna a. disgraced, dishonoured.
          --vrata a. faithless in one's vows; Pt. 4. 10.
          --saṃkalpa a. one whose designs are frustrated.
          --saṃdhikaṃ butter-milk.

bhagnī A sister.

bhaṃkā(gā)rī A gad-fly.

bhaṃktiḥ f. Breaking, fracture.

bhaṃgaḥ [bhaṃj --bhāvādau ghañ]
     (1) Breaking, breaking down, shattering, tearing down, splitting, dividing; vāryargalābhaṃga iva pravṛttaḥ R. 5. 45.
     (2) A break, fracture, breach.
     (3) Plucking off, lopping; āmrakralikābhaṃga S. 6.
     (4) Separation, analysis.
     (5) A portion, bit, fragment, detached portion; puṣpoccayaḥ pallavabhaṃgabhinnaḥ Ku. 3. 61; R. 16. 16.
     (6) Fall, downfall, decay, destruction, ruin; as in rājya-, sattva- &c.
     (7) Breaking up, dispersion; yātrābhaṃga Mal. 1.
     (8) Defeat, overthrow, discomfiture, rout; Pt. 4. 41; Śi. 16. 72.
     (9) Failure, disappointment, frustration; R. 2. 42, āśābhaṃga &c. (10) Rejection, refusal; Ku. 1. 52.
     (11) A chasm, fissure.
     (12) Interruption, obstacle, dis turbance; nidrā-, gati- &c.
     (13) Non-performance, suspension, stoppage.
     (14) Taking to flight, flight.
     (15)
          (a) A bend, fold.
          (b) A wave.
     (16) Contraction, bending, knitting; grīvābhaṃgābhirāmaṃ S. 1. 7; so bhrūbhaṃga U. 5. 36.
     (17) Going, motion.
     (18) Paralysis.
     (19) Fraud, deceit. (20) A canal, water-course.
     (21) A circum locutory or round-about way of speaking or acting; see bhaṃgi.
     (22) Hemp.
     -- Comp.
          --nayaḥ removal of obstacles.
          --vāsā turmeric.
          --nārtha a. disho nest, fraudulent.

bhaṃgā
     (1) Hemp.
     (2) An intoxicating drink prepared from hemp.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṭaṃ the pollen of hemp.

bhaṃgiḥ --gī f.
     (1) Breaking, fracture, breach, division.
     (2) Undulation.
     (3) Bending, contracting; dṛgbhaṃgībhiḥ prathamamathurā saṃgame cuṃbito'smi Ud. S. 13.
     (4) A wave.
     (5) A flood, current.
     (6) A crooked path, tortuous or winding course.
     (7) A circumlocutory or round-about way of speaking or acting, periphrasis; bhaṃgyaṃtareṇa kathanāt K. P. 10; iti bhaṃgyā vyajyate-kathyate &c.; bahubhaṃgiviśāradaḥ Dk.
     (8) A pretext, disguise, semblance; yaḥ pāṃcajanyapatibiṃbabhaṃgyā dhārāṃbhasaḥ phenamiva vyanakti Vikr. 1. 1.
     (9) Trick, fraud, deceit. (10) Irony.
     (11) Repartee, wit.
     (12) A step; R. 13. 69.
     (13) An interval.
     (14) Modesty.
     -- Comp.
          --bhaktiḥ f. division into a series of waves or wave-like steps, a wavy staircase; Me. 60.

bhaṃgin a.
     (1) Frail, fragile, transient; tadapi tatkṣaṇabhāṃgi karoti cet Bh. 2. 92.
     (2) Cast in a suit.

bhaṃgimat a. Wavy, crisped.

bhaṃgiman m.
     (1) Fracture, breach.
     (2) Bending, undulation.
     (3) Curliness.
     (4) Disguise, deceit.
     (5) Wit, irony.
     (6) Perversity.

bhaṃgilam A defect in the organs of sense.

bhaṃgura a. [bhaṃj-ghurac]
     (1) Apt to break, fragile, brittle.
     (2) Frail, transitory, transient, perishable; āmaraṇāṃtāḥ praṇayāḥ kopāstatkṣaṇabhaṃgurāḥ H. 1. 188; Śi. 16. 72.
     (3) Changeful, variable.
     (4) Crooked, bent.
     (5) Curved, curled; śaśimukhi tava bhāti bhaṃgurabhrūḥ Gīt. 10.
     (6) Fraudulent, dishonest, crafty. --raḥ The bend of a river.
     -- Comp.
          --niścaya a. vacillating, unsettled in mind.

bhaṃgurayati Den. P.
     (1) To break to pieces, destroy.
     (2) To curl.

bhaṃgyam A field of hemp.

bhaj I. 1 U. (bhajati-te but usually Atm. only; babhāja, bheje, abhākṣīt, abhakta, bhakṣyāti-te, bhakta)
     (1)
          (a) To share, distribute, divide; bhajeran paitṛkaṃ rikthaṃ Ms. 9. 104; na tatputrairmajetsārdhaṃ 209, 119.
          (b) To assign, allot, apportion; gāyatrīmagnaye'bhajat Ait. Br.
     (2) To obtain for oneself, share in, partake of; pitryaṃ vā bhajate śīlaṃ Ms. 10. 59.
     (3) To accept, receive; Māl. 5. 25.
     (4)
          (a) To resort to, betake oneself to, have recourse to; śilātalaṃ bheje K. 179; mātarlakṣmi bhajasva kaṃcidaparaṃ Bh. 3. 64; na kaścidvarṇanāmapathamapakṛṣṭopi bhajate S. 5. 10; Bv. 1. 83; R. 17. 28.
          (b) To practise, follow, observe; bheje dharmamanāturaḥ R. 1. 21; Mu. 3. 10.
     (5) To enjoy, possess, have, suffer, experience, entertain; vidhurapi bhajatetarāṃ kalaṃkaṃ Bv. 1. 74; na bhejire bhīmaviṣeṇa bhītiṃ Bh. 2. 80; vyaktiṃ bhajaṃtyāpagāḥ S. 7. 8; abhitaptamayopi mārdavaṃ bhajate kaiva kathā śarīriṣu R. 8. 43; Māl. 3. 9; U. 1. 35.
     (6) To wait or attend upon, serve; R. 2. 23; Pt. 1. 181; Mk. 1. 32.
     (7) To adore, honour, worship (as a god).
     (8) To choose, select, perfer, accept; saṃtaḥ parīkṣyānyataradbhajaṃte M. 1. 2.
     (9) To enjoy carnally; Pt. 4. 50. (10) To be attached or devoted to; Pt. 1. 35.
     (11) To take possession of.
     (12) To fall to the lot of any one.
     (13) To grant, bestow.
     (14) To supply, furnish (Ved.).
     (15) To favour.
     (16) To decide in favour of, declare for.
     (17) To love, court (affection).
     (18) To apply oneself to, be engaged in.
     (19) To cook, dress (food). (20) To employ, engage. (The meanings of this root are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected: --e. g. nidrāṃ bhaj to go to sleep; mūrchāṃ bhaj to swoon; bhāvaṃ bhaj to show love for &c. &c.). --Caus.
     (1) To divide.
     (2) To put to flight, pursue.
     (3) To cook, dress. --II. 10 U. (bhājayati-te, regarded by some as the caus. of bhaj I)
     (1) To cook.
     (2) To give.

bhajakaḥ [bhaj-ṇvul] A divider, distributer.
     (2) A worshipper, votary, devotee.

bhajanam [bhaj-lyuṭ]
     (1) Sharing, dividing.
     (2) Possession.
     (3) Service, adoration, worship
     (2) Waiting or attending upon.

bhajamāna a.
     (1) Dividing.
     (2) Enjoying.
     (3) Fit, right, proper.

bhaṃj I. 7 P. (bhanakti, babhaṃja, abhāṃkṣīt, bhaṃkṣyati, bhaṃktuṃ, bhagna; desid. bibhaṃkṣati)
     (1) To break, tear down, shatter, shiver or break to pieces, split; bhanajmi sarvamaryādāḥ Bk. 6. 38; bhaṃktvā bhujau 4. 3; babhaṃjurvalayāni ca 3. 22; dhanurabhāji yattvayā R. 11. 76.
     (2) To devastate, destroy by pulling down; bhanaktyupavanaṃ kapiḥ Bk. 9. 2.
     (2) To make a breach (in a fortress).
     (4) To frustrate, foil, disappoint, baffle; pinākinā bhagnamanorathā satī Ku. 5. 1.
     (5) To arrest, check, interrupt, suspend; as in bhagnanidraḥ.
     (6) To defeat, vanquish; kṣatrāṇi rāmaḥ paribhūya rāmātkṣatrādyathā'bhajyata sa dvijeṃdraḥ N. 22. 133. --WITH ava to break down, shatter; Ku. 3. 74. --pra 1. to break down, shatter, splinter. --2. to stop, arrest, suspend. --3. to frustrate, disappoint. --II. 10 U. (bhaṃjayati-te)
     (1) To brighten, illuminate.
     (2) To speak.
     (3) To shine.

bhaṃjaka a. (jikā f.) [bhaṃj-ṇvul] Breaking, dividing.

bhaṃjana a. (nī f.) [bhaṃj lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Breaking, splitting.
     (2) Arresting, checking.
     (3) Frustrating.
     (4) Causing violent pain. --naṃ
     (1) Breaking down, shattering, destroying.
     (2) Removing, dispelling, driving away; taduditabhayabhaṃjanāya yūnāṃ Gīt. 10.
     (3) Routing, vanquishing.
     (4) Frustrating.
     (5) Checking, interrupting, disturbing.
     (6) Afflicting, paining --naḥ Decay of the teeth.

bhaṃjanakaḥ A particular disease of the mouth which consists in the decay of the teeth attended with contortion of the lips.

bhaṃjaruḥ A tree growing near a temple.

bhaṃjā N. of Durgā.

bhaṭ I. 1 P. (bhaṭati, bhaṭita)
     (1) To nourish, foster, maintain.
     (2) To hire.
     (3) To receive wages. --II. 10 U. (bhaṭayati-te) To speak, converse.

bhaṭaḥ [bhaṭ-ac]
     (1) A warrior, soldier, combatant; tadbhaṭacāturīturī N. 1. 12; vāditrasṛṣṭirghaṭate bhaṭasya 22. 22; Bk. 14. 101.
     (2) A mercenary, hired soldier, hireling.
     (3) An outcast, a barbarian.
     (4) A demon.
     (5) N. of a degraded tribe. --ṭā Coloquintida (iṃdravāruṇī).

bhaṭitra a. Roasted on a spit.

bhaṭṭaḥ [bhaṭ-tan]
     (1) A lord, master (used as a title of respect in addressing princes.).
     (2) A title used with the names of learned Brāhmaṇas; bhaṭṭagopālasya pautraḥ Mal. 1; so kumārilabhaṭṭaḥ &c.
     (3) Any learned man or philosopher.
     (4) A kind of mixed caste, whose occupation is that of bards or panegyrists; kṣatriyādvipakanyāyāṃ bhaṭṭo jāto'nuvācakaḥ.
     (4) A bard, panegyrist.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāryaḥ 1. a title given to a learned man or any celebrated teacher. --2. a great doctor.
          --prayāgaḥ = prayāga q. v.

bhaṭṭāra a. [bhaṭṭaṃ svāmitvamṛcchati, ṛ-aṇ]
     (1) Revered, worshipful.
     (2) A title of respect or distinction used with proper names; as in bhaṭṭāraharicadrasya padmabaṃdho nṛpāyate Hch. --raḥ A noble lord.

bhaṭṭāraka a. (rikā f.) Venerable, worshipful &c.; see bhaṭṭāra above. --kaḥ
     (1) A sage, saint.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A god, deity.
     (4) (In dramas) A king.
     (5) An epithet applied to great and learned men.
     -- Comp.
          --vāraḥ, -vāsaraḥ Sunday.

bhaṭṭārikā
     (1) A noble lady.
     (2) A goddess, tutelary deity.

bhaṭṭinī
     (1) A queen (not crowned), a princess; (often used in dramas by maid-servants in addressing a queen).
     (2) A lady of high rank.
     (3) The wife of a Brāhmaṇa.

bhaḍaḥ A particular mixed caste.

bhaḍilaḥ
     (1) A hero, warrior.
     (2) An attendant, servant.

bhaṇ 1 P. (bhaṇati, bhaṇita)
     (1) To say, speak; puruṣottame iti bhaṇitavye V. 3; Bk. 14. 16.
     (2) To describe; kāvyaḥ sa kāvyenaṃ sabhāmabhāṇīt N. 10. 59.
     (3) To name, call.
     (4) To sound.

bhaṇanaṃ, bhaṇitaṃ, bhaṇitiḥ f. Speaking, speech, talk, words, discourse, conversation; na yeṣāmānaṃdaṃ janayati jagannāthabhaṇitiḥ Bv. 4. 39; 2. 77; śrījayadevabhaṇitaṃ hariramitaṃ Gīt. 7; iha rasabhaṇane ibid.

bhaṃḍ I. 1 A. (bhaṃḍate)
     (1) To chide, upbraid.
     (2) To mock, deride.
     (3) To speak.
     (4) To jest, joke. --II. 10 U. (bhaṃḍayati-te)
     (1) To make fortunate.
     (2) To cheat (properly bhaṃṭ).
     (3) To be fortunate.
     (4) To do an auspicious act.

bhaṃḍaḥ [bhaṃḍ-ac]
     (1) A buffoon, jester, mime; trayo vedasya kartāro bhaṃḍadhūrtapiśācakāḥ Sarva. S.
     (2) N. of a mixed caste; cf. bhaḍa.
     -- Comp.
          --tapasvin m. a pseudo ascetic.
          --hāsinī a harlot, courtezan.

bhaṃḍakaḥ A species of wag-tail.

bhaṃḍanam [bhaṃḍ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Mail, armour.
     (2) War, battle.
     (3) Mischief, wickedness.

bhaṃḍiḥ --ḍī f. [bhaṃḍ-i] A wave.

bhaṃḍila a. Happy, auspicious, prosperous, fortunate. --laḥ
     (1) Good fortune, happiness, welfare.
     (2) A messenger.
     (3) A workman, artisan.
     (4) The Śirīṣa tree.

bhadaṃtaḥ [Uṇ. 3. 130]
     (1) A term of respeet applied to a Buddhist; bhadaṃta tithireva na śudhyati Mu. 4.
     (2) A Buddhist mendicant.

bhadākaḥ Prosperity, good fortune.

bhadra a. [bhaṃd-rak ni- nalopaḥ Uṇ. 2. 28]
     (1) Good, happy, prosperous.
     (2) Auspicious, blessed; as in bhadramukha.
     (3) Foremost, best, chief, papraccha bhadraṃ vijitāribhadraḥ R. 14. 31.
     (4) Favourable, propitious.
     (5) Kind, gracious, excellent, friendly, good; often used in voc. sing. in the sense of 'my good sir' or 'my good friend', 'my good lady', 'my dear madam'.
     (6) Pleasant, enjoyable, lovely, beautiful; Pt. 1. 181.
     (7) Laudable, desirable, praiseworthy.
     (8) Beloved, dear.
     (9) Specious, plausible, hypocritical. --draṃ
     (1) Happiness, good fortune, welfare, blessing, prosperity; bhadraṃ bhadraṃ vitara bhagavan bhūyase maṃgalāya Mal. 1. 3; 6. 7; tvayi vitaratu bhadraṃ bhūyase maṃgalāya U. 3. 48; oft. used in pl. in this sense; sarvo bhadrāṇi paśyatu; bhadraṃ te 'god bless you', 'prosperity to you'.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) A fragrant grass.
     (4) Iron, steel.
     (5) The seventh Karaṇa. --draḥ
     (1) A bullock.
     (2) A species of wag-tail.
     (3) A term applied to a particular kind of elephants.
     (4) An impostor, a hypocrite; Ms. 9. 258.
     (5) N. of Śiva.
     (6) An epithet of mount Meru.
     (7) The Devadāru tree.
     (8) A kind of Kadamba. (bhadrākṛ means 'to shave'; bhadrākaraṇaṃ shaving).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ an epithet of Balarāma.
          --aśvaḥ N. of a Dvīpa.
          --ākāra, --ākṛti a. of auspicious features.
          --ātmajaḥ a sword.
          --āśrayaḥ the sandal tree.
          --āsanaṃ 1. a chair of state, splendid seat, a throne. --2. a particular posture in meditation.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --elā large cardamoms.
          --kapilaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --kāraka a. propitious.
          --kālī N. of Durgā.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ the tree called Devadāru.
          --kuṃbhaḥ a golden jar filled with water from a holy place, particularly from the Ganges.
          --gaṇitaṃ the construction of magical diagrams.
          --ghaṭaḥ-ghaṭakaḥ a vessel from which a lottery is drawn.
          --dāru m., n. a sort of pine.
          --nāman m. 1. a wag-tail. --2. the wood-pecker.
          --pīṭhaṃ 1. a splendid seat, chair of state, throne; R. 17. 10. --2. a kind of winged insect.
          --balanaḥ an epithet of Balarāma.
          --mukha a. 'of an auspicious face', used as a polite address, 'good sir,' 'gentle sir'; S. 7. (
          --khī) good lady; V. 2.
          --mṛgaḥ an epithet of a particular kind of elephant.
          --reṇuḥ N. of Indra's elephant.
          --varman m. a kind of jasmine.
          --śākhaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --śrayaṃ, --śriyaṃ sandal-wood.
          --śrīḥ f. the sandal tree.
          --somā an epithet of the Ganges.

bhadraka a. (drikā f.)
     (1) Good, auspicious.
     (2) Handsome, beautiful. --kaḥ
     (1) The Devadārn tree.
     (2) A kind of bean.

bhadraṃkara a. One who confers prosperity.

bhadravat a. Auspicious. --n. The Devadāru tree.

bhadrā
     (1) A cow.
     (2) N. of the second, seventh, and twelfth days of a lunar fortnight.
     (3) The celestial Ganges.
     (4) N. of various plants.
     (5) N. of Subhadrā, sister of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma.
     -- Comp.
          --śrayaṃ sandal wood.

bhadrikā
     (1) An amulet.
     (2) = bhadrā
     (2) above.

bhan 1 P. (bhanati)
     (1) To worship.
     (2) To cry, shout, resound.

bhaṃd I. 1 A. (bhaṃdate)
     (1) To tell a good news.
     (2) To be glad.
     (3) To be fortunate.
     (4) To be excellent.
     (5) To honor, worship.
     (6) To shine. --II. 10 U. (bhaṃdayati-te)
     (1) To do an auspicious act.
     (2) To cause to thrive.

bhaṃdilam
     (1) Prosperity, good fortune.
     (2) Tremulous motion.
     (3) A messenger (m.?)

bhaṃbhaḥ
     (1) A fly.
     (2) Smoke.

bhaṃbharālikā, bhaṃbharālī
     (1) A gadfly.
     (2) A gnat.

bhaṃbhāravaḥ The lowing of a cow.

bhayam [bibhetyasmāt, bhī-apādāne ac]
     (1) Fear, alarm, dread, apprehension. (oft. with abl.); bhoge rogabhayaṃ kule cyutibhayaṃ vitte nṛpālādbhayaṃ Bh. 3. 35; yadi samaramapāsya nāsti mṛtyorbhayaṃ Ve. 3. 4.
     (2) Fright, terror; jagadbhayaṃ &c.
     (3) A danger, risk, hazard; tāvadbhayasya bhetavyaṃ yāvadbhayamanāgataṃ . āgataṃ tu bhayaṃ vīkṣya naraḥ kuryādyathocitaṃ H. 1. 57.
     (4) The sentiment of fear; see bhayānaka below; raudraśaktyā tu janitaṃ cittavaikalyajaṃ bhayaṃ S. D. 6. --yaḥ Sickness, disease.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita, --ākrāṃta a. overcome with fear.
          --apaha a. warding off or removing fear. (
          --haḥ) 1. N. of Viṣṇu. --2. a king.
          --ātura, --ārta a. afraid, alarmed, frightened.
          --āvaha a. 1. causing fear, formidable. --2. risky; svadharme nidhanaṃ śreyaḥ paradharmo bhayāvahaḥ Bg. 3. 35.
          --uttara a. attended with or succeeded by fear.
          --ekapravaṇa a. wholly overpowered by fear.
          --kaṃpaḥ tremour of fear.
          --kara (also bhayaṃkara) a. 1. frightening, terrible, fearful. --2. dangerous, perilous; so bhayakāraka, bhayakṛt. --kṛt m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --ḍiṃḍimaḥ a drum used in battle.
          --trātṛ a. a deliverer from fear.
          --darśin a. 1. fearful. --2. intimidating.
          --druta a. fleeing from fear, routed, put to flight.
          --nāśana removing fear. (
          --naḥ) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --pratīkāraḥ warding off or removal of fears.
          --prada a. inspiring fear, fearful, terrible.
          --prastāvaḥ an occasion of fear.
          --brāhmaṇaḥ a timid Brāhmaṇa, a Brāhmaṇa who, to save himself from danger, declares his caste relying on the inviolability of a Brāhmaṇa.
          --bhraṣṭa a. put to flight.
          --vipluta a. panic-struck.
          --vyūhaḥ a particular array of troops when they are threatened with danger.
          --śīla a. timid.
          --sthānaṃ, --hetuḥ a cause of fear.
          --hartṛ, hārin a. removing fear, dispelling alarm.

bhayaṃkara a. = bhayakara q. v. (--raḥ) A kind of owl.

bhayānaka a. [bibhetyasmāt, --bhī-ānak; Uṇ. 3. 82] Fearful, horrible, terrible, frightful; kimataḥ paraṃ bhayānakaṃ syāt U. 2; Śi. 17. 20; Bg. 11. 27. --kaḥ
     (1) A tiger.
     (2) N. of Rāhu.
     (3) The sentiment of terror, one of the eight or nine sentiments in poetry; see under rasa. --kaṃ Terror, fear.

bhara a. [bhṛ-ap] Bearing, granting, supporting, &c. (at the end of comp.). --raḥ
     (1) A burden, load, weight; khuratraye bharaṃ kṛtvā Pt. 1 'supporting himself on his three hoofs'; phalabharapariṇāmaśyāmajaṃbū &c. U. 2. 20; bharavyathā Mu. 2. 18.
     (2) A great number, large quantity, collection, multitude; dhatte bharaṃ kusumapatraphalāvalīnāṃ Bv. 1. 94, 54; Śi. 9. 47.
     (3) Bulk, mass.
     (4) Excess; nirvyūḍhasauhṛdabhareti guṇojjvaloti Māl. 6. 17; śomābharaiḥ saṃbhṛtāḥ Bv. 1. 103; kopabhareṇa Gīt. 3.
     (5) A particular measure of weight.
     (6) Theft, taking away.
     (7) Attacking, a battle (Ved.).
     (8) A hymn or song of praise.

bharaṭaḥ [bhṛ-aṭan]
     (1) A potter.
     (2) A servant.

bharaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [bhṛ-lyu-lyuṭ vā] Bearing, maintaining, supporting, nourishing. --ṇaṃ
     (1) The act of nourishing, maintaining or supporting; R. 1. 24; S. 7. 33.
     (2)
          (a) The act of bearing or carrying.
          (b) Wearing, putting on.
     (3) Bringing or procuring.
     (4) Nutriment.
     (5) Hire, wages. --ṇaḥ The constellation Bharaṇī.

bharaṇī N. of the second constellation containing three stars.
     -- Comp.
          --bhūḥ an epithet of Rahu.

bharaṃḍaḥ [bhṛ-aṃḍan]
     (1) A master, lord.
     (2) A prince, king.
     (3) An ox, a bull.
     (4) A worm.

bharaṇyam
     (1) Cherishing, supporting, maintaining.
     (2) Wages, hire.
     (3) The lunar mansion Bharaṇī. --ṇyā
     (1) Wages, hire.
     (2) A woman.
     -- Comp.
          --bhuj m. a hired servant, hireling.

bharaṇyuḥ
     (1) A master.
     (2) A protector.
     (3) A friend.
     (4) Fire.
     (5) The moon.
     (6) The sun.

bharataḥ [bharaṃ tanoti taṇ-ḍa]
     (1) N. of the son of Dushyanta and Śakuntalā, who became a universal monarch (cakravartin), India being called Bharatavarsha after him. He was one of the remote ancestors of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; cf. S. 7. 33.
     (2) N. of a brother of Rāma, son of Kaikeyī, the youngest wife of Daśaratha. He was very pious and righteous, and was so much devoted to Rāma that when the latter prepared to go to the forest in accordance with the wicked demand of Kaikeyī, he was very much grieved to find that his own mother had sent his brother into exile, and refusing the sovereignty that was his own, ruled the kingdom in the name of Rāma (by bringing from him his two sandals and making them the 'regents' of the realm) till he returned after his fourteen years' exile.
     (3) N. of an ancient sage who is supposed to have been the founder of the science of music and dramaturgy.
     (4) An actor, a stage-player; tatkramitmudāsate bharatāḥ Māl. 1.
     (5) A hired soldier, mercenary.
     (6) A barbarian, mountaineer.
     (7) An epithet of Agni.
     (8) A weaver.
     (9) N. of the sage Jaḍabharata.
     -- Comp.
          --agrajaḥ 'the elder brother of Bharata', an epithet of Rāma; R. 14. 73.
          --ṛṣabhaḥ, -śārdūlaḥ, śreṣṭhaḥ the best or most distinguished of the descendants of Bharata.
          --khaṃḍaṃ N. of a part of India.
          --jña a. knowing the science of Bharata or the dramatic science.
          --putrakaḥ an actor.
          --varṣaḥ 'the country of Bharata', i. e. India.
          --vākyaṃ the last verse or verses in a drama, a sort of benediction (said to be in honour of Bharata, the founder of the dramatic science); tathāpīdamastu bharatavākya (occurring in every play).

bharathaḥ
     (1) A sovereign, king.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) A deity presiding over one of the regions of the world (lokapāla).

bharadvājaḥ
     (1) N. of one of the seven sages.
     (2) A sky-lark.

bhari a. Bearing, possessing, maintaining, supporting (at the end of comp.), as in udarebhari &c.

bharita a.
     (1) Nourished, maintained.
     (2) Filled with, full of; jagajjālaṃ kartā kusumabharasaurabhyabharitaṃ Bv. 1. 54; 33.
     (3) Green. --taḥ The green colour.

bharitram Ved. The arm.

bhariman m.
     (1) Supporting, nourishing.
     (2) A family.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu.

bharuḥ
     (1) A husband.
     (2) A lord.
     (3) N. of Śiva.
     (4) Of Viṣṇu.
     (5) Gold.
     (6) The sea.

bharujaḥ (jā  or jī f.) A jackal.

bharuṭakam Fried meat.

bhargaḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) Of Brahman.
     (3) Radiance, lustre.
     (4) Roasting.

bhargyaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

bharjana a. [bhrasj lyu lyuṭ vā] Roasting, frying, baking.
     (2) Annihilating. --naṃ
     (1) The act of roasting or frying.
     (2) A frying-pan.

bhartṛ m. [bhṛ-tṛc]
     (1) A husband; yadbhartureva hitamicchati tatkalatraṃ Bh. 2. 8; strīṇāṃ bhartā dharmadārāśca puṃsāṃ Mal. 6. 18.
     (2) A lord, master, superior; bhartuḥśāpena Me. 1; gaṇa-, bhūta- &c.
     (3) A leader, commander, chief; R. 7. 41.
     (4) A supporter, bearer, protector.
     (5) The creator.
     (6) N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnī a woman who murders her husband.
          --dārakaḥ a crown-prince, prince royal, young prince, an heir-apparent (a term of address chiefly used in dramas).
          --dārikā a young princess (a term of address in dramas).
          --vrataṃ fidelity or devotion to a husband. (
          --tā) a virtuous and devoted wife; cf. pativratā. --śokaḥ grief for the death of the husband.
          --hariḥ N. of a celebrated author to whom are ascribed the three Śatakas (śṛṃgāra, nīti and vairāgya) and also vākyapadīya and bhaṭṭikāvya.

bhartṛmatī A married woman whose husband is living; jano'nyathā bhartṛmatīṃ viśaṃkate S. 5. 17.

bhartṛsāt ind. In the possession of a husband; -kṛtā married.

bhartrī
     (1) A mother.
     (2) A female supporter.

bharts 10 A(bhartsa yate; P. also sometimes)
     (1) To menace, threaten.
     (2) To revile, reproach, abuse.
     (3) To deride.

bhartsakaḥ [bharts-ṇvul] ;A threatener, reviler.

bhartsanaṃ, bhartsanā [bharts-lyuṭ]
     (1) Threatening, reviling.
     (2) A threat, menace.
     (3) Reproach, abuse.
     (4) A curse.

bhartsita p. p. Reviled, reproached, abused. --taṃ Reviling &c. See bhartsana.

bharmam
     (1) Wages, hire.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) The navel.

bharmaṇyā Wages, hire.

bharman n. [bhṛ-manin]
     (1) Support, maintenance, nourishment.
     (2) Wages, hire.
     (3) Gold.
     (4) Gold coin.
     (5) The navel.
     (6) A burden, load.
     (7) A house.

bhal 1. 10 A. (bhālayate, bhālita) To see, behold. --II. 1 A.
     (1) See bhall.
     (2) To expound, explain.

bhall 1 A. (bhallate, bhallita)
     (1) To describe, narrate, tell.
     (2) To wound, hurt, kill.
     (3) To give.

bhallaḥ --llī --llam [bhall-ac] A kind of crescent-shaped missile or arrow; kvacidākarṇavikṛṣṭabhallavarṣī R. 9. 66; 4. 63; 7. 58. --llaḥ
     (1) A bear.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.
     (3) The marking-nut-plant (bhallī also).

bhallakaḥ A bear.

bhallātaḥ, bhallātakaḥ The marking-nutplant; (also n.)

bhallukaḥ A bear.

bhallūkaḥ
     (1) A bear; dadhati kuharabhājāmatra bhallūkayūnāṃ U. 2. 21.
     (2) A dog.

bhava a. [bhavatyasmāt, bhū-apādāne ap] (At the end of comp.) Arising or produced from, originating in. --vaḥ
     (1) Being, state of being, existence, (sattā).
     (2) Birth, production; bhavo hi lokābhyudayāya tādṛśāṃ R. 3. 14, S. 7. 27.
     (3) Source, origin.
     (4) Woldly existence; mundane or worldly life, life; as in vārṇava, vasāgara &c; Ku. 2. 51.
     (5) The world.
     (6) Well-being, health, prosperity.
     (7) Excellence, superiority.
     (8) N. of Śiva; dakṣasya kanyā bhavapūrvapatnī Ku. 1. 21; 3. 72.
     (9) A god, deity. (10) Acquisition (prāpti). --vau (dual) Śiva and Bhavānī.
     -- Comp.
          --atiga a. overcoming worldly existence.
          --aṃtakṛt m. 1. N. of Buddha. --2. an epithet of Brahman.
          --aṃtaraṃ another existence (previous or future); Pt. 1. 121.
          --abdhiḥ, --arṇavaḥ, --samudraḥ, --sāgaraḥ, --siṃdhuḥ the ocean of worldly life.
          --abhavau (m. dual.) 1. existence. --2. prosperity and adversity.
          --abhīṣṭaṃ bdellium.
          --ayanā --nī the Ganges.
          --araṇyaṃ 'a forest of worldly life,' a dreary world.
          --ātmajaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa or Kārtikeya.
          --ārta a. sick of the world, disgusted with worldly cares and troubles.
          --īśaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --ucchedaḥ destruction of worldly existence; R. 14. 74.
          --kṣitiḥ f. the place of birth.
          --ghasmaraḥ a forest-conflagration.
          --chid a. cutting the (bonds of) worldly life, preventing recurrence of birth; bhavacchidastryaṃbakapadapāṃśavaḥ K. 1.
          --chedaḥ prevention of recurring birth; Śi. 1. 35.
          --dāru n. the devadaru tree.
          --nāśinī N. of the river Sarayū.
          --pratisaṃdhiḥ coming into being.
          --baṃgheśaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --bhāj a. living in the world of mortals.
          --bhūtaṃ the source of all beings, i. e. the Supreme being.
          --bhūtiḥ N. of a celebrated poet (see App. II.); bhavabhūteḥ saṃbaṃdhādbhūdharabhūreva bhāratī bhāti . etatkṛtakāruṇye kimanyathā roditi grāvā .. Āryā S. 36.
          --mocanaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.
          --rud m. a drum beaten at funeral ceremonies.
          --vītaḥ f. 1. liberation from worldly existence; Ki. 6. 41. --2. end of the world.

bhavaka a.
     (1) Living, existing.
     (2) Giving a blessing.

bhavat a. (ntī f.)
     (1) Being, becoming, happening.
     (2) Present; samatītaṃ ca bhavacca bhāvi ca R. 8. 78. --pron. a. (tī f.) A respectful or honorific pronoun, translated by 'your honour,' 'your lordship, worship or highness'; (oft. used in the sense of the second personal pronoun, but with the third person of the verb); athavā kathaṃ bhavān manyate M. 1; bhavaṃta eva jānaṃti raghūṇāṃ ca kulasthitiṃ U. 5. 23; R. 2. 40, 3. 48; 5. 16. It is often joined to atra or tatra (see the words), and sometimes to sa also; yanmāṃ vidheyaviṣaye sabhavānniyuṃkte Māl. 1. 9.

bhavatī
     (1) Your ladyship, lady.
     (2) A poisoned arrow.

bhavanam [bhū-ādhāre lyuṭ] Being, existence.
     (2) Production, birth.
     (3) An abode, residence, dwelling, mansion; athavā bhavanapratyayāt praviṣṭosmi Mk. 3, Me. 32.
     (4) A site, abode, receptacle; as in avinayabhavanaṃ Pt. 1. 191.
     (5) A building.
     (6) A field.
     (8) Nature.
     -- Comp.
          --udaraṃ the interior of a house.
          --patiḥ, --svāmin m. the lord of the house, a pater familias.

bhavanīya a.
     (1) To be about to take place.
     (2) Impending.

bhavaṃtaḥ --tiḥ The time being, present time.

bhavaṃtī
     (1) A virtuous wife.
     (2) Time being, present time.
     (3) (In gram.) A technical term for the present tense.

bhavānī N. of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva; ālaṃbatāgra karamatra bhavo bhavānyāḥ Ki. 5. 29; Ku. 7. 84; Me. 36, 44.
     -- Comp.
          --guruḥ an epithet of the mountain Himālaya.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Śiva; adhivasati sadā yadenaṃ janairaviditīvabhavo bhavānīpatiḥ Ki. 5. 21.

bhavādṛkṣa a. (kṣī f.), bhavādṛś a. bhavādṛśa a. (śī) Like your honour, like you.

bhavika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Beneficial, suitable, useful.
     (2) Happy, prosperous. --kaṃ Prosperity, welfare.

bhavitavya pot. p. About to take place, about to happen, likely to be, often used like bhāvya impersonally, i. e. in the neuter gender and singular number, with the instrumental of the subject and the predicative word; tvayā mama sahāyena bhavitavyaṃ S. 2; guruṇā kāraṇena bhavitavyaṃ S. 6. --vyaṃ What is destined to happen; bhavitavyaṃ bhavatyeva yadvivarmanasi sthitaṃ Subhāṣ

bhavitavyatā Inevitable necessity, necessary consequenee, fate, destiny; bhavitavyatā balavatī S. 6; sarvaṃkaṣā bhagavatī bhavitavyataiva Māl. 1. 23.

bhavitṛ a. (trī f.) [bhū-tṛc]
     (1) About to become, future; R. 6. 52; Ku. 1. 50.
     (2) Imminent, impending.
     (3) Being or faring well.

bhavin a. Living, being. --m. A living being.

bhavinaḥ A poet; also bhavinin m.

bhavila a. [bhū bhavi'yati ilac]
     (1) Being, living.
     (2) Future. --laḥ
     (1) A paramour.
     (2) A sensualist, voluptuary.

bhaviṣṇu [bh-iṣṇucū]
     (1) To be about to become or take place.
     (2) Future.

bhaviṣya a.
     (1) Future.
     (2) Imminent, impending; Pt. 1. 91. --ṣyaṃ The future, futurity.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ the future tense.
          --jñānaṃ knowledge of futurity.
          --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas.

bhaviṣyat a. (tī or ntī f.) About to be, become or come to pass, future. --n. The future time.
     -- Comp.
          --ākṣepaḥ 1. denying the occurrence of a possible future event. --2. a kind of Alaṅkāra or figure of speech; see Kav. 2. 126.
          --kālaḥ futurity.
          --vaktṛ, --vādin a. predicting future events, prophesying.

bhavya a. [bhū-kartari ni-yat]
     (1) Existing, being, being present.
     (2) Future, about to be.
     (3) Likely to become.
     (4) Suitable, proper, fit, worthy; Ki. 11. 13.
     (5) Good, nice, excellent.
     (6) Auspicious, fortunate, happy; Ku. 1. 22; Ki. 3. 12; 10. 51.
     (7) Handsome, lovely, beautiful.
     (8) Calm, tranquil, placcid.
     (9) True. --vyā N. of Pārvatī. --vyaṃ
     (1) Existence.
     (2) Future time.
     (3) Result, fruit.
     (4) Good result, prosperity; R. 17. 58.
     (5) A bone.

bhavadīya a. Your honour's, your, thine.

bhaṣa 1 P. (bhaṣati)
     (1) To bark, growl, bark at.
     (2) To abuse, reproach, revile, rail at.

bhaṣaḥ, --bhaṣakaḥ A dog.

bhaṣaṇaḥ A dog. --ṇaṃ The barking of dog, a grolw.

s I. 3 P. (babhasti)
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To revile, blame, a buse. --II. 1 P. (bhasati) To eat.

bhasad m. [Uṇ. 1. 127]
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Flesh.
     (3) A kind of duck.
     (4) Time.
     (5) A float (plava).
     (6) The hinder parts (said to be f. and n. also).
     (7) Pudendum muliebre.
     (8) A month.

bhasanaḥ A bee.

bhasaṃtaḥ Time.

bhasita a. Reduced to ashes. --taṃ Ashes; Bv. 1. 84.

bhastrakā, --bhastrā, --bhastri f. [bhas-ṣṭan]
     (1) A bellows.
     (2) A leathern vessel for holding water.
     (3) A pouch, leathern bag.

bhastrikā A little bag.

bhasmakam
     (1) Gold or silver.
     (2) Morbid appetite from over-digestion of food.
     (3) A kind of disease of the eyes.

bhasman n. [bhas-manin]
     (1) Ashes; (kalpate) dhruvaṃ citābhasmarajo viśuddhaye Ku. 5. 79.
     (2) Sacred ashes (smeared on the body); (smani hu 'to sacrifice in ashes', i. e. to do a useless work).
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ morbid appetite from rapid digestion of food.
          --avaśeṣa a. remaining in the form of ashes; bhasmāvaśeṣaṃ madanaṃ cakāra Ku. 3. 72; S. 3. 2.
          --āhvayaḥ camphor.
          --uddhūlanaṃ, --guṃṭhanaṃ smearing the body with ashes; bhasmoddhūlana bhadrapastu bhavate K. P. 10.
          --kāraḥ a washerman.
          --kūṭaḥ a heap of ashes.
          --gaṃdhā, gaṃdhikā, -gaṃdhinī a kind of perfume.
          --tūlaṃ 1. frost, snow. --2. a shower of dust. --3. a number of villages.
          --priyaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --bhūta a. dead.
          --mehaḥ a sort of gravel.
          --rogaḥ a kind of disease; cf. bhasmāgni. --lepanaṃ smearing the body with ashes.
          --vidhiḥ any rite performed with ashes.
          --vedhakaḥ camphor.
          --śāyin m. N. of Śiva.
          --snānaṃ purification by ashes.

bhasmatā The state of ashes.

bhasmasat ind.
     (1) To the state of ashes; -kṛ 'to reduce to ashes.' -bhū to be reduced to ashes.

bhasmā(smī)kṛ 8 U. To reduce to ashes.

bhasmīkaraṇam
     (1) Reducing to ashes.
     (2) Completely consuming or burning.
     (3) Calcining.

bhasmīkṛta a.
     (1) Reduced to ashes.
     (2) Caleined (as a metal).

bhasmībhū 1 P. To be reduced to ashes; bhasmībhūtasya dehasya punarāgamanaṃ kataḥ Sarva. S.

bhā 2 P. (bhāti, bhāta; caus. bhāpayati-te; desid. bibhāsati)
     (1) To shine, be bright or splendid, be luminous; paṃkairvinā saro bhāti sadaḥ khalajanaurvanā . kaduvarṇairvinā kāvyaṃ mānasaṃ viṣayairvinā Bv. 1. 116; samatītya bhāti jagatī jagatī Ki. 5. 20; R. 3. 18.
     (2) To seem, appear; bubhukṣinaṃ na prati bhāti kiṃcit Mbh.
     (3) To be, exist.
     (5) To show oneself.

bhā [bhā aṅ ṭāp]
     (1) Light, splendour, lustre, beauty; tāvadbhā bhāraverbhāti yāvanmāghasya nodayaḥ Udb.
     (2) A shadow, reflection.
     (3) Likeness, resemblance.
     (4) The shadow of a gnomon.
     -- Comp.
          --kośaḥ --ṣaḥ the sun.
          --gaṇaḥ the whole group of constellations.
          --nikaraḥ a mass of light, collection of rays.
          --nemiḥ the sun.
          --maṃḍalaṃ a halo of light.
          --rūpaḥ the soul. (
          --paṃ) Brahman.
          --vanaṃ a mass of rays or light.

bhāḥkara See bhāskara under bhās.

bhākta a.
     (1) Regularly fed by another, a dependant, retainer.
     (2) Fit for food.
     (3) Inferior, secondary (opp. mukhya), often used in the S. B. in this sense.
     (4) Used in a secondary sense.

bhāktikaḥ A retainer, dependant.

bhākṣa a. (kṣī f.) [bhakṣā śīlamasya aṇ] Voracious, gluttonous.

bhāgaḥ [bhaj bhāve ghañ]
     (1) A part, portion, share, division; as in bhāgahara, bhāgaśaḥ &c.
     (2) Allotment, distribution, partition.
     (3) Lot, fate; nirmāṇabhāgaḥ pariṇataḥ U. 4.
     (4) A part of any whole, a fraction.
     (5) The numerator of a fraction.
     (6) A quarter, one-fourth part.
     (7) A degree or the 360th part of the circumference of a circle.
     (8) The 30th part of a zodiacal sign.
     (9) The quotient. (10) Room, space, spot, region, place; R. 18. 47.
     -- Comp.
          --anubaṃdhajātiḥ f. assimilation of quan tities by fractional increase.
          --apahārajātiḥ f. assimilation of quantities by fractional decrease.
          --arthin a. desirous of a share.
          --arha a. entitled to a share or inheritance.
          --kalpanā allotment of shares.
          --jātiḥ f. reduction of fractions to a common denominator (in math.).
          --dheyaṃ 1. a share, part, portion; nīvārabhāgadhayocitairmṛgaiḥ R. 1. 50.
          (b) --2. fortune, destiny, luck. --3. good fortune or luck; tadbhāgadheyaṃ paramaṃ paśūnāṃ Bh. 2. 12. --4. property. --5. happiness (--yaḥ) 1. a tax; anyameva bhāgadheyamete tapasvino nirvapaṃti S. 2. --2. an heir. --bhāj a. interested, a sharer or partner. --bhuj m. a king, sovereign. --lakṣaṇā a kind of lakṣaṇā or secondary use of a word by which it partly loses and partly retains its primary meaning; also called jahadajahallakṣaṇā; e. g. soyaṃ devadattaḥ. --daraḥ 1. a coheir. --2. division (in math.). --hāraḥ division (in math). --hārin a. entitled to a share, inheriting. (--m.) 1. an heir. --2. division.

bhāgakaḥ A divisor.

bhāganam
     (1) The period of the sun's passing through the signs of the zodiac.
     (3) The circumference of a great circle.

bhāgaśas ind.
     (1) In parts or portions, part by part.
     (2) According to the share.

bhāgika a.
     (1) Relating to a part.
     (2) Forming a part.
     (3) Fractional.
     (4) Bearing interest. (bhāgikaṃ śataṃ 'one part in a hundred', i. e. one percent; so bhāgikā viṃśatiḥ &c.).

bhāgin a. [bhāga-ini]
     (1) Consisting of shares or parts.
     (2) Sharing, having a share.
     (3) Sharing or participating in, partaking of; as in duḥkha-.
     (4) Concerned in, affected by.
     (5) A possessor, owner; Ms. 9. 53.
     (6) Entitled to a share; Ms. 9. 165; Y. 2. 125.
     (7) Lucky, fortunate.
     (8) Inferior, secondary. --m. A coheir. --nī A coheiress.

bhāgavata a. (tī f.) [bhagavataḥ bhagavatyā vā idaṃ so'sya devatā vā aṇ]
     (1) Relating to or worshipping Viṣṇu.
     (2) Pertaining to a god.
     (3) Holy, divine, sacred. --taḥ A follower or devotee of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa. --taṃ N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas.

bhāgineyaḥ [bhaginyā apatyaṃ ḍhak] A sister's son. --yī A sister's daughter.

bhāgīrathī [bhagīrathena sānītā tena bhāgīrathī smṛtā]
     (1) N. of the river Ganges; bhāgīrathīnirjharaśīkarāṇāṃ Ku. 1. 15.
     (2) N. of one of the three main branches of the Ganges.

bhāgyam a. [bhaj-ṇyat-kṛtvaṃ]
     (1) To be divided, divisible.
     (2) Entitled to a share.
     (3) Forming a part.
     (4) Subject to fractional deduction.
     (5) Lucky, fortunate. --gyaṃ
     (1) Fate, destiny, luck, fortune; striyāścaritraṃ puruṣasya bhāgyaṃ devo na jātāti kṛto manuṣyaḥ Subhāṣ; oft. in pl.; S. 5. 30.
     (2) Good fortune or luck; R. 3. 13.
     (3) Prosperity, affluence; bhāgyeṣvanutsekinī S. 4. 17.
     (4) Happiness, welfare. (bhāgyena fortunately, happily).
     -- Comp.
          --āyatta a. dependent on fate; bhāgyāyattamataḥparaṃ S. 4. 17.
          --udayaḥ 1. dawn of good fortune, a lucky occurrence.
          --kramaḥ course or turn of fortunc; bhāgyakrameṇa hi dhanāni bhavaṃti yāṃti Mk. 1. 13.
          --yogaḥ a lucky or fortunate juncture.
          --viplavaḥ ill-luck, adverseness of fate; R. 8. 47.
          --vaśāt ind. through the will of fate, luckily, fortunately.

bhāgyavat a.
     (1) Fortunate, blessed, happy.
     (2) Prosperous.

bhāṃga a. (gī f.) [bhaṃgāyā idaṃ aṇ] Made of hemp, hempen.

bhāṃgīnam [bhaṃgāyā bhavanaṃ kṣetraṃ ghañ] A field of hemp.

bhāṃgakaḥ A tattered cloth, shred, rag.

bhāj 10 U. To divide, distribute; see bhaj caus.

bhāj a. (Usually at the end of comp.)
     (1) Sharing or participating in, liable to; pāpa- Ku. 5. 83; doṣa- guilty.
     (2) Having, enjoying, possessing, obtaining; sukha-, riktha-.
     (3) Entitled to.
     (4) Feeling, experiencing, being sensible of.
     (5) Devoting oneself to.
     (6) Living in, inhabiting, dwelling in; as in kuharabhāj, darībhāj &c.
     (7) Going or resorting to, seeking.
     (8) Worshipping.
     (9) Falling to the lot of. (10) What must be done, a duty (kartavya); Bk. 3 21.

bhājakaḥ [bhāj-ṇvul]
     (1) Dividing.
     (2) (In arith.) A divider.

bhājanam [bhājyeta'nena bhāj-lyuṭ]
     (1) Sharing, dividing.
     (2) Division. (in arith.).
     (3) A vessel, pot, cup, plate; puṣpabhājanaṃ S. 4; R. 5. 22.
     (4) (Fig.) A receptacle, recipient, repository; sa śriyo bhājanaṃ naraḥ Pt. 1. 243; kalyāṇānāṃ tvamasi mahasāṃ bhājanaṃ viśvapūrte Māl. 1. 3; aihikasya sukhasyābhājanamayaṃ janaḥ Dk.; U. 3. 15; M. 5. 8.
     (5) A fit or deserving person, a fit object or person; bhavādṛśā eva bhavaṃti bhājanānyupadeśānāṃ K. 108.
     (6) Representation.
     (7) A measure equal to 64 palas.

bhājita a. Shared, divided. --taṃ A share, portion.

bhājin m. [bhaj-ṇini] A servant.

bhājī Rice, gruel.

bhājya a. [bhaj-ṇyat] Divisible. --jyaṃ
     (1) A portion, share.
     (2) An inheritance.
     (3) (In arith.) The dividend.

bhāṭaṃ, bhāṭakam Wages, hire, rent.

bhāṭiḥ f.
     (1) Wages, hire.
     (2) The earnings of harlots.

bhāṭṭaḥ [bhaṭṭasyānuyāyī, aṇ] A follower of Bhaṭṭa, a follower of that school of the Mīmāmsā philosophy which was founded by Kumārila Bhaṭṭa.

bhāṇaḥ A species of dramatic composition; in it only one character is introduced on the stage which supplies the place of interlocutors by a copious use of ākāśabhāṣita q. v.; bhāṇaḥ syāddhūrtacarito nānāvasthāṃtarātmakaḥ . ekāṃka eka evātra nipuṇaḥ paṃḍito viṭaḥ .. S. D. 513; see the next stanzas also; e. g. vasaṃtatilaka, mukudānaṃda, līlāmadhukara &c.

bhāṇakaḥ A declarer, proclaimer.

bhāṃḍam [bhāṃḍ-ac bhaṇ-ḍa svārthe aṇ vā Tv.]
     (1) A vessel, pot, utensil (plate, dish, can &c.); nīlībhāṃḍaṃ 'an indigovat'; so kṣīrabhāṃḍaṃ 'a milk-pail'; surā-, madya- &c.
     (2) A box, trunk, chest, case; kṣurabhāṃḍaṃ Pt. 1.
     (3) Any tool or instrument, an implement.
     (4) A musical instrument.
     (5) Goods, wares, merchandise, shop-keeper's stock; mathurāgāmīni bhāṃḍāni Pt. 1.
     (6) A bale of goods.
     (7) (Fig.) Any valued possession, treasure; śāṃtaṃ vā raghunaṃdane tadubhayaṃ tatputrabhāṃḍaṃ hi me U. 4. 26.
     (8) The bed of a river.
     (9) Trappings or harness of a horse. (10) Buffoonery, mimicry (from bhaḍaṃ).
     (11) An ornament in general. --ḍāḥ (m. pl.) Wares, merchandise.
     -- Comp.
          --a (ā) gāraḥ, --raṃ 1. a store-house, store-room (lit. where household goods and utensils &c. are kept); bhāṃḍāgārāṇyakṛta viduṣāṃ sā svayaṃ bhogabhāṃji Vikr. 18. 45. --2. treasury jñāma-. --3. a collection, store, magazine.
          --āgarikaḥ 1. a storekeeper. --2. a treasurer.
          --patiḥ a merchant.
          --puṭaḥ a barber.
          --puṣpaḥ a sort of snake.
          --pratibhāṃḍakaṃ barter, computation of the exchange of goods.
          --bharakaḥ the contents of a vessel.
          --mūlyaṃ capital in the form of wares.
          --vādanaṃ playing on a musical instrument.
          --śālā a store-house, store.

bhāṃḍakaḥ --kam A small vessel, cup. --kaṃ Goods, merchandise, wares.

bhāṃḍāram A store-house, store.

bhāṃḍārika = bhāṃḍāgārika q. v.

bhāṃḍārin m. The keeper of a storehouse.

bhāṃḍiḥ f. A razor-case.
     -- Comp.
          --vāhaḥ a barber.
          --śālā a barber's shop.

bhāṃḍikaḥ --laḥ A barber.

bhāḍikā An implement, a tool, utensil.

bhāṃḍinī A chest, basket.

bhāṃḍīraḥ The Indian fig-tree.

bhāta p. p. [bhā-kta] Shining, brilliant, bright. --taḥ Dawn, morning.

bhātiḥ f. [bhā-ktic]
     (1) Light, brightness, lustre, splendour.
     (2) Perception, knowledge (jñāna or pratīti). bhātuḥ The sun.

bhādraḥ, bhādrapadaḥ [bhadrāmiryuktā paurṇamāsī yādrī sā yasmin māse aṇ] N. of a lunar month (corresponding to AugustSeptember). --dāḥ (f. pl.) N. of the 25th and 26th lunar mansions (pūrvābhādrapadā and uttarābhādrapadā).

bhādrapadī, bhādrī The day of full moon in the month of Bhādrapada.

bhādramāturaḥ The son of a virtuous or good mother (bhadramāturapatyaṃ).

bhānam [bhā-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Appearing, being visible.
     (2) Light, lustre.
     (3) Perception, knowledge.

bhānuḥ [bhā-nu Uṇ. 3. 32]
     (1) Light, lustre, brightness.
     (2) A ray of light; maṃḍitākhiladikprāṃtāścaṃḍāṃśoḥ pāṃtu bhānavaḥ Bv. 1. 129; Śi. 2. 53 Ms. 8. 132.
     (3) The sun; bhānuḥ sakṛdyuktaturaṃga eva S. 5. 4; bhīmabhānau nidāghe Bv. 1. 30.
     (4) Beauty.
     (5) A day.
     (6) A king, prince, sovereign.
     (7) An epithet of Śiva. --f. A handsome woman.
     -- Comp.
          --keśa (sa) raḥ the sun.
          --jaḥ the planet Saturn.
          --dinaṃ, --vāraḥ Sunday.

bhānumat a.
     (1) Luminous, bright, splendid.
     (2) Beautiful, handsome. --m.
     (1) The sun; Ku. 3. 65; R. 6. 36; Rs. 5. 2. --tī N. of the wife of Duryodhana.

bhām 1 A. (bhāmate) To be angry.

bhāmaḥ [bhām-ghañ]
     (1) Brightness, lustre, splendour.
     (2) The sun
     (3) Passion, wrath, anger.
     (4) A sister's husband. --mā
     (1) A passionate woman.
     (2) N. of one of the wives of Kṛṣṇa, usually called satyabhāmā.
     -- Comp.
          --nī m. the Supreme being.

bhāmin a.
     (1) Passionate, angry.
     (2) Shining.
     (3) Handsome, beautiful.

bhāminī
     (1) A beautiful young woman; (kāminī); R. 8 28.
     (2) A passionate woman (often used like caṃḍī as a term of endearment); upacīyata eva kāpi śobhā parito bhāmini te mukhasya nityaṃ Bv. 2. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --vilāsaḥ N. of a poem by Jagannāth Paṇḍit.

bhāraḥ [bhṛ-ghañ]
     (1) A load, burden, weight (fig. also); kucabhārānamitā na yoṣitaḥ Bh. 3. 27; so śroṇībhāra Me. 82; bhāraḥ kāyo jīvitaṃ vajrakīlaṃ Māl. 9. 37.
     (2) Brunt, thickest part (as of a battle); N. 5. 5.
     (3) Excess, pitch; R. 14. 68.
     (4) Labour, toil, trouble.
     (5) A mass, large quantity; kuca-, jaṭā-.
     (6) A particular weight equal to 2000 palas of gold.
     (7) A yoke for carrying burdens.
     (8) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --ākrāṃta a. heavily laden, over-burdened.
          --udvahaḥ a porter, burden-carrier.
          --upajīvanaṃ living by carrying burdens, a porter's life; Pt. 1. 280.
          --bhṛt m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --yaṣṭiḥ a pole for carrying burdens.
          --vāh a. (bhārauhī f.) bearer of burdens.
          --vāhaḥ a burden-carrier, porter. (
          --hī) indigo.
          --vāhanaḥ a beast of burden. (
          --naṃ) a cart, waggon.
          --vāhikaḥ a porter.
          --saha a. 'able to carry a great load', very strong or powerful.
          --sādhana a. effecting arduous works, accomplishing great objects.
          --haraḥ, --hāraḥ a burden bearer, porter.
          --hārin m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

bhāraka a. (At the end of comp.) Loaded with. --kaṃ A load, burden, weight.

bhārāyate Den. A.
     (1) To become a burden, form a load.
     (2) To be like a load.

bhārika, bhārin a.
     (1) Bearing or carrying a load.
     (2) Heavy. --m. A burden-carrier, porter.

bhāraṃgī A female supporter.

bhāraṃḍaḥ A kind of fabulous bird. (Also bhāruṃḍa); Pt. 5. 102.

bhārata a. (tī f.) [bharatasyedaṃ, bhāratān bharatavaṃśya nadhikṛtya kṛto graṃthaḥ aṇ] Belonging to or descended from Bharata. --taḥ
     (1) A descendant of Bharata.
     (2) An inhabitant of Bharatavarsha or India.
     (3) An actor.
     (4) An epithet of the sun shining on the south of Meru. --taṃ
     (1) India, the country of Bharata; Śi. 14. 5.
     (2) N. of the most celebrated epic poem in Sanskrit which gives the history of the descendants of Bharata with innumerable episodes. (It is attributed to Vyasa or kṛṣṇadvaipāyana, but the work, as we have it at present, is evidently the production of many hands); śravaṇāṃjalipuṭapeyaṃ viracitavān bhāratākhyamamṛtaṃ yaḥ . tamahamarāgamakṛṣṇaṃ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaṃ vaṃde Ve. 1. 4; vyāsagirāṃ niryāsaṃ sāraṃ viśvasya bhārataṃ vaṃde . bhūṣaṇatayaiva saṃjñāṃ yadaṃkitāṃ bhāratī vahati .. Āryā S. 31.
     (3) The science of music and dramaturgy founded by Bharata. --tī Speech, voice, words, eloquence; bhāratīnirghoṣaḥ U. 3; tamarthamiva bhāratyā sutayā yoktumarhasi Ku. 6. 79; navarasarucirāṃ nirmitimādadhatī bhāratī kaverjayati K. P. 1.
     (2) The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.
     (3) N. of a particular kind of style; bhāratī saṃskṛtaprāyo vāgvyāpāro naṭāśrayaḥ S. D. 285.
     (4) A quail.
     (5) The dramatic art in general.

bhāradvājaḥ [bharadvājasyāpatyaṃ aṇ]
     (1) N. of Droṇa, the military preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas.
     (2) Of Agastya.
     (3) The planet Mars,
     (4) One of the seven Ṛṣis.
     (5) A sky-lark. --jaṃ A bone. --jī The wild cotton shrub.

bhārayaḥ A sky-lark.

bhāravam A bow-string. --vī The sacred basil.

bhāraviḥ N. of the author of the Kirātārjunīya; tāvadbhā bhāraverbhāti yāvanmāghasya nodayaḥ . uditi ca punarmāghe bhāraverbhā raveriva ..; bhāraverarthagauravaṃ Udb. See App. II.

bhāriḥ A lion.

bhārgaḥ A king of the Bhargas.

bhārgavaḥ [bhṛgorapatyaṃ aṇ]
     (1) N. of Śukra, regent of the planet Venus and preceptor of the Asuras.
     (2) N. of Paraśurāma; see paraśurāma.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva.
     (4) An archer.
     (5) An elephant.
     (6) An epithet of Jamadagni.
     (7) Of Mārkaṇḍeya.
     (8) N. of an eastern country.
     -- Comp.
          --priyaḥ a diamond.

bhārgadhī
     (1) The Dūrvā grass.
     (2) An. epithet of Lakṣmī.
     (3) Of Pārvatī.
     (4) Of Devayānī.

bhārya a. [bhṛ-ṇyat] To be supported or cherished. --ryaḥ A servant, a dependant (to be supported).

bhāryā [bhartuṃ yogyā]
     (1) A lawful wife; sā bhāryā yā gṛhe dakṣā sā bhāryā yā prajāvatī . sā bhāryā yā patiprāṇā sā bhāryā yā pativratā .. H. 1. 196.
     (2) The female of an animal.
     -- Comp.
          --āṭa a. living by the prostitution of his wife.
          --ūḍha a. married (as a man); bhāryoḍhaṃ tamavajñāya Bk. 4. 15.
          --jitaḥ, --āṭikaḥ 1. a hen-pecked husband. --2. a kind of deer.

bhāryāruḥ
     (1) A kind of deer.
     (2) The father of a child by another man's wife.

bhārśyam
     (1) Violence, vehemence.
     (2) Excessiveness, intensity.

bhālam [bhā-lac]
     (1) The forehead, brow; yaddhātrā nijabhālapaṭṭalikhitaṃ stokaṃ mahadvā dhanaṃ Bh. 2. 49; (smarasya) vapuḥ sadyo bhālānalabhasitajālāspadamabhūt Bv. 1. 84.
     (2) Light.
     (3) Darkness.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ 1. a man born with lucky lines on his forehead. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. a saw. --4. a tortoise.
          --caṃdraḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Gaṇeśa. (
          --drā) N. of Durgā.
          --darśanaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --darśanaṃ red lead.
          --darśin a. 'looking at or watching the brow', said of a servant who is attentive to his master's wishes.
          --dṛś m.,
          --locanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --paṭṭaḥ --ṭṭaṃ the forehead.

bhāluḥ The sun.

bhālu(lū)kaḥ, bhāllu(llū)kaḥ A bear.

bhāvaḥ [bhū-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Being, existing, existence; nāsato vidyate bhāvaḥ Bg. 2. 16.
     (2) Becoming, occurring, taking place.
     (3) State, condition, state of being; latābhāvena pariṇatamasyā rūpaṃ V. 4; U. 6. 23; so kātarabhāvaḥ, vivarṇabhāvaḥ &c.
     (4) Manner, mode.
     (5) Rank, station, position, capacity; devībhāvaṃ gamitā K. P. 10; so preṣyabhāvaṃ; kiṃkarabhāvaṃ &c.
     (6)
          (a) True condition or state, truth, reality; Bg. 10. 8.
          (b) Sincerity, devotion; tvayi bhe bhāvanibaṃdhanā ratiḥ R. 8. 52; 2. 26.
     (7) Innate property, disposition, nature, temperament; U. 6. 14.
     (8) Inclination or disposition of mind, idea, thought, opinion, supposition; Pt. 3. 43; Ms. 8. 25; 4. 65.
     (9) Feeling, emotion, sentiment; eko bhāvaḥ Pt. 3. 66; Ku. 6. 95. (In the dramatic science or in poetic compositions generally, Bhāvas are either sthāyin primary, or vyabhicārin subordinate. The former are eight or nine, according as the Rasas are taken to be 8 or 9, each rasa having its own sthāyibhāva. The latter are thirty-three or thirty four in number, and serve to develop and strengthen the prevailing sentiment; for definition and enumeration of the several kinds, see R. G first ānana, or K. P. 4.). (10) Love, affection, attachment; dvaṃdvāni bhāvaṃ kri yayā vivavruḥ Ku. 3. 35; kumudvatī bhānumatīva bhāvaṃ (babaṃdha) R. 6. 36.
     (11) Purport, drift, gist, substance; iti bhāvaḥ (often used by commentators).
     (12) Meaning, intention, sense, import; Māl. 1. 25.
     (13) Resolution, determination.
     (14) The heart, soul, mind; tayorvivṛtabhāvatvat Māl. 1. 12; Bg. 17. 16.
     (15) Any existing thing, an object, a thing, substance; jagati jayinaste te bhāvā naveṃdukalādayaḥ Māl. 1. 17, 36; R. 3. 41, U. 3. 32.
     (16) A being, living creature.
     (17) Abstract meditation, contemplation (= bhāvanā q. v.).
     (18) Conduct, movement.
     (19)
          (a) Gesture, behaviour.
          (b) Amorous gesture or expression of sentiment, gesture of love; S. 2. 1. (20) Birth.
     (21) The world, universe.
     (22) The womb.
     (23) Will.
     (24) Superhuman power.
     (25) Advice, instruction.
     (26) (In dramas) A learned or venerable man, worthy man, (a term of address); bhāva ayamasmi V. 1; tāṃ khalu bhāvena tathaiva sarve vargyāḥ pāṭhitāḥ Māl. 1.
     (27) (In gram) The sense of an abstract noun, abstract idea conveyed by a word; bhāve ktaḥ.
     (28) A term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb.
     (29) (In astr.) An astronomical house. (30) A lunar mansion.
     (31) An organ of sense.
     -- Comp.
          --anuga a. not forced, natural. (
          --gā) a shadow.
          --aṃtaraṃ a different state.
          --advaitaṃ 1. a natural cause. --2. material cause (as thread of a cloth). --3. identity of conception, oneness of view.
          --arthaḥ 1. the obvious meaning or import (of a word. phrase &c). --2. the subjectmatter.
          --ākūtaṃ (secret) thoughts of the mind; Amaru. 4.
          --ātmaka a. real, actual.
          --ābhāsaḥ simulation of a feeling, a feigned or false emotion.
          --ālīnā a shadow.
          --ekarasa a. influenced solely by the sentiment of (sincere) love; Ku. 5. 82.
          --gaṃbhīraṃ ind. 1. heartily, from the bottom of the heart. --2. deeply, gravely.
          --gamya a. conceived by the mind; Me. 85.
          --grāhin a. 1. understanding the sense. --2. appreciating the sentiment.
          --jaḥ 1. love. --2. the god of love.
          --jña, -vid a. knowing the heart.
          --darśin a. see bhāladarśin. --badhana a. enchanting or fettering the heart, linking together the hearts; R. 3. 24.
          --bodhaka a. indicating or revealing any feeling.
          --miśraḥ a worthy person, a gentleman (used in dramas); prasīdaṃtu bhāvamiśrāḥ S. 6.
          --rūpa a. real, actual.
          --vacanaṃ denoting an abstract idea, conveying the abstract notion of a verb.
          --vācakaṃ an abstract noun.
          --vṛttaḥ an epithet of Brahman.
          --śabalatvaṃ a mixture of various emotions (bhāvānāṃ bādhyabādhakabhāvamāpannānāmudāsīnānāṃ vā vyāmiśraṇaṃ R. G., vide examples given ad loc.).
          --śuddhiḥ f. purity of mind, honesty, sincerity.
          --śūnya a. devoid of real love; M. 3. 3.
          --saṃdhiḥ the union or co-existence of two emotions (bhāvasaṃdhiranyonyānabhibhūtayoranyonyābhibhāvanayogyayoḥ sāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ R. G., see the examples there given).
          --samāhita a. abstracted in mind, devout.
          --sargaḥ the mental or intellectual creation; i. e. the creation of the faculties of the human mind and their affections (opp. bhautikasarga or material creation).
          --stha a. attached; devoted (to one); Ku. 5. 58.
          --sthira a. firmly rooted in the heart; S. 5. 2.
          --snigdha a. affectionately disposed, sincerely attached; Pt. 1. 285.

bhāvaka a. [bhāva-svārthe ka]
     (1) Effecting, bringing about.
     (2) Promoting any one's welfare.
     (3) Fancying, imagining.
     (4) Having a taste for the sublime and beautiful, having a poetic taste. --kaḥ
     (1) A feeling, sentiment.
     (2) The external manifestation of one's sentiments (especially of love).

bhāvana a. (nī f.) [bhū-ṇic-lyu lyuṭ vā] Effecting &c.; see bhāvaka above. --naḥ
     (1) An efficient cause.
     (2) A creator. Māl. 9. 4.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva;
     (4) Of Viṣṇu. --naṃ, --nā
     (1) Creating, manifesting.
     (2) Promoting any one's interests.
     (3) Conception, imagination, fancy, thought, idea; madhuripurahamiti bhāvanaśīlā Gīt. 6; or bhāvanayā tvayi līnā 4; Pt. 3. 162.
     (4) Feeling of devotion, faith; Pt. 5. 105.
     (5) Meditation, contemplation, abstract meditation.
     (6) A supposition, hypothesis.
     (7) Observing, investigating.
     (8) Settling, determining; Y. 2. 149.
     (9) Remembering, recollection. (10) Direct knowledge, perception or cognition.
     (11) The cause of memory which arises from direct perception (in logic); see bhāvanā and smṛti in T. S.
     (12) Proof, demonstration, argument.
     (13) Steeping, infusion, saturating a dry powder with fluid.
     (14) Scenting; decorating with flowers and perfumes.
     (15) (In arith.) Finding by combination or composition.
     (16) Nature, essence (at the end of comp.). --nā
     (1) A crow.
     (2) Water. --naṃ Apprehension, perception.
     -- Comp.
          --āśrayaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --maya a. imaginary.
          --yukta a. 1. thoughtful. --2. anxious.

bhāvāṭaḥ [bhāvaṃ bhāvena vā aṭati, aṭ-aṇ acvā]
     (1) Emotion, passion, sentiment.
     (2) The external indication of the feeling of love.
     (3) A pious or holy man.
     (4) An amorous man.
     (5) An actor.
     (6) Decoration, dress.

bhāvika a. (kī f.) [bhāvena nirvṛttaṃ ṭhak]
     (1) Natural, real, inherent, innate.
     (2) Sentimental, pervaded by a feeling or sentiment.
     (3) Future. --kaḥ An equation involving the products of unknown quantities. --kaṃ
     (1) Language full of love or passion.
     (2) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech which consists in describing the past or future so vividly that it appears to be actually present. It is thus defined by Mammaṭa; pratyaṃkṣā iva yadbhāvāḥ kriyaṃte bhūtabhāvinaḥ . tadbhāvikaṃ K. P. 10.

bhāvita p. p. [bhū-ṇic karmaṇi-kta]
     (1) Created, produced; obtained, got.
     (2) Manifested, displayed, exhibited; bhāvitaviṣavegavikriyaḥ Dk.
     (3) Cherished, fostered.
     (4)
          (a) Conceived, imagined, supposed, presented to the imagination.
          (b) Known recognized, acknowledged.
     (5) Thought of, meditated upon.
     (6) Made to become, transformed into.
     (7) Sanctified by meditation; see bhāvitātman.
     (8) Proved, established.
     (9) Pervaded by, filled or saturated with, inspired by. (10) Soaked, steeped, infused in.
     (11) Perfumed, scented.
     (12) Mixed with.
     (13) (In math.) Involving the products of unknown quantities. --taṃ Product obtained by multiplication, a factum.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman, --buddhi a. 1. one whose soul is purified by meditating on the Supreme spirit, one who has perceived the Supreme soul. --2. pure, devout, holy; Pt. 3. 66. --3. thoughtful, meditative; R. 1. 74 --4. engaged in, occupied with; Śi. 12. 38. (--m.) a sage, saint.

bhāvitakam The product of a multiplication, a factum.

bhāvitram [bhū-ṇi tran] The three worlds (heaven, earth, and lower regions).

bhāvitā
     (1) The state of being or becoming.
     (2) Futurity.
     (3) Predestination.

bhāvitvam Inevitableness, necessity.

bhāvin a. [bhū-bhaviṣyati ṇini]
     (1) Being, becoming; bhṛtyabhāvi R. 11. 49.
     (2) To be or to come to pass in future, what will take place; lokena bhāvī pitureva tulyaḥ R. 18. 38; Me. 41.
     (3) Future; samatītaṃ ca bhavacca bhāvi ca R. 8. 78; pratyakṣā iva yadbhāvāḥ kriyaṃte bhūtabhāvinaḥ K. P. 10; N. 3. 11.
     (4) Capable of taking place
     (5) What must take place or is destined to happen, predestined; yadabhāvi na tadbhāvi bhāvi cenna tadanyathā H. 1.
     (6) Noble, beautiful, illustrious.
     (7) Attached or devoted to.
     (8) Possessed of (at the end of comp.). --m. N. given to every vowel except a and ā. --nī
     (1) A handsome woman.
     (2) A noble or virtuous lady; Ku. 5. 38.
     (3) A wanton woman.

bhāvuka a. [bhū-ukañ]
     (1) About to be or happen.
     (2) Becoming.
     (3) Prosperous, happy.
     (4) Auspicious, blessed.
     (5) Having a poetic taste, appreciative. --kaḥ A sister's husband (used chiefly in dramas). --kaṃ
     (1) Happiness, welfare, prosperity; sa rātu vo duścyavano bhāvukānāṃ paraṃparāṃ K. P. 7 (given as an instance of the fault of composition called aprayuktatva).
     (2) Language full of love and passion.

bhāvya a. [bhūṇyat]
     (1) About to be or happen; oft. used impersonally like bhavitavyaṃ q. v.; kiṃ tairbhāvyaṃ mama sudivasaiḥ Bh. 3. 41.
     (2) Future.
     (3) To be performed or accomplished.
     (4) To be conceived or imagined.
     (5) To be proved or demonstrated.
     (6) To be determined or investigated. --vyaṃ
     (1) What is destined or sure to happen in the future.
     (2) Futurity.

bhāvata (tī f.); bhāvatka a. (kī f. Your honor's, your (respectfully).

bhāvāva a. Delicate, tender.

bhāṣ
     (1) A (bhāṣate, bhāṣita)
     (1) To say, speak, utter; tvayaikamīśaṃ prati sādhu bhāṣitaṃ Ku. 5. 81; oft. with two acc.; bhītāṃ priyāmetya vaco babhāṣe R. 7. 66; ākhaṃḍalaḥ kāmamidaṃ babhāṣe Ku. 3. 11; Bk. 9. 122.
     (2) To speak to, address; kiṃcidvihasyārthapatiṃ babhāṣe R. 2. 46; 3. 51.
     (3) To tell, announce, declare; kṣitipālamuccaiḥ prītyā tamevārthamabhāṣateva R. 2. 51.
     (4) To speak or talk about.
     (5) To name, call.
     (6) To describe. --WITH anu 1. to speak, say. --2. to communicate, announce; Ms. 11. 229.

bhāṣaka a. [bhāṣ-ṇvul] (At the end of comp.) Speaking, talking about.

bhāṣaṇam [bhāṣ-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Speaking, talking, saying.
     (2) Speech, words, talk.
     (3) Kind words.

bhāṣā [bhās-a]
     (1) Speech, talk; as in cārubhāṣaḥ.
     (2) Language, tongue; Ms. 8. 164.
     (3) A common or vernacular dialect;
          (a) the spoken Sanskrit language (opp chaṃdas or veda); vibhāṣā bhāṣāyāṃ P. VI. 1. 181;
          (b) any Prakṛta dialect (opp. saṃskṛta); Ms 9. 332.
     (4) Definition, description; sthitaprajñasya kā bhāṣā Bg. 2. 54.
     (5) An epithet of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech.
     (6) (In law) The first of the four stages of a law-suit; the plaint, charge or accusation.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. another dialect or language. --2. translation (?).
          --pādaḥ a charge, plaint; see bhāṣāṃ
     (6) above. --samaḥ a figure of speech, which consists in so arranging the words of a sentence that it may be considered and read either as Sanskrit or Prākṛta (one or more of its varieties); e. g. maṃjulamaṇimaṃjīre kalagaṃbhīre vihārasarasītīre . virasāsi kelikīre kimāli dhīre ca gaṃdhasārasamīre .. S. D. 642 (eṣa ślokaḥ saṃskṛtaprākṛtaśaurasenīprācyāvaṃtīnāgarāpabhraṃśeṣvekavidha eva); kiṃ tvāṃ bhaṇāmi vicchedadāruṇāyāsakāriṇi . kāmaṃ kuru varārohe dehi me pariraṃbhaṇaṃ Mal. 6. 11 (which is in Sanskrit or Śaurasenī); se 6. 10.

bhāṣika a. Belonging to common or vernacular speech.

bhāṣikā Speech, language.

bhāṣita p. p. [bhāṣ-karmaṇi-kta] Spoken, said, uttered. --taṃ Speech, utterance words, language; Ms. 8. 26.
     -- Comp.
          --puṃska = uktapuṃska q. v.

bhāṣin a.
     (1) (At the end of comp.) Speaking, talking; as in alpa- &c.
     (2) Loquacious, talkative.

bhāṣyam [bhāṣ-ṇyat]
     (1) Speaking, talking.
     (2) Any work in the common or vernacular language.
     (3) Exposition, gloss, commentary; as in vedabhāṣya.
     (4) Especially, a commentary which explains Sūtras or aphorisms word by word with comments of its own; (sūtrārtho varṇyate yatra padaiḥ sūtrānusāribhiḥ . svapadāni ca varṇyaṃte bhāṣyaṃ bhāṣyavido viduḥ ..); saṃkṣiptasyāpyato'syaiva vākyasyārthagarīyasaḥ . suvistaratarā vāco bhāṣyabhūtā bhavaṃtu me Śi. 2. 24; phaṇibhāṣitabhāṣyaphakkikā N. 2. 95.
     (5) N. of the great commentary of Patanjali on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
     (6) A sort of house.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ, --kāraḥ, --kṛt m. 1. a commentator, scholiast. --2. N. of Patanjali.

bhās 1 A. (bhāsate, bhāsita)
     (1) To shine, glitter, be bright; tāvatkāmanṛpātapatrasuṣamaṃ biṃbaṃ babhāse vidhoḥ Bv. 2. 74; 4. 18; Ku. 6. 11; Bk. 10. 61.
     (2) To become clear or evident, come into the mind; tvadaṃgamārdave dṛṣṭaṃ kasya citte na bhāsate . mālatīśaśabhṛllekhākadalīnāṃ kaṭhoratā Chandr. 5. 42.
     (3) To appear. --Caus. (bhāsayati-te)
     (1) To brighten, irradiate, illuminate; adhivasaṃstanumadhvaradīkṣitāmasamabhāsamabhāsayadīśvaraḥ R. 9. 21; Bg. 15. 6.
     (2) To show, make clear or evident, manifest; Bk. 15. 42.

bhās f. [bhās-bhāve kvip]
     (1) Light, lustre, brightness; dṛśā niśeṃdīvaracārubhāsā N. 22. 43; R. 9. 21; Ku. 7. 3.
     (2) A ray of light; Ki. 5. 38, 46; 9. 6; Ratn. 1. 24; 4. 16.
     (3) A reflection, an image.
     (4) Majesty, glory, splendour.
     (5) Wish, desire.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ 1. the sun; Śi. 11. 49; R. 11. 7; 12. 25; Ku. 6. 49. --2. a hero. --3. fire. --4. an epithet of Śiva. --5. N. of a celebrated Hindu astronomer who is said to have flourished in the eleventh or twelfth century A. D. (
          --raṃ) gold. -dyutiḥ N: of Viṣṇu. -priyaḥ a ruby. -saptamī the seventh day in the bright half of Māgha.
          --kariḥ the planet Saturn.

bhāsaḥ [bhās-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Brightness, light, lustre.
     (2) Fancy.
     (3) A cock.
     (4) A vulture.
     (5) A cowshed (goṣṭha).
     (6) N. of a poet; bhāso hāsaḥ kavikulaguruḥ kālidāso vilāsaḥ P. R. 1. 22; M. 1.

bhāsaka a. (sikā f.) [bhās-ṇvul]
     (1) Enlightening, brightening, illuminating.
     (2) Showing, making evident.
     (3) Making intelligible. --kaḥ N. of a poet.

bhāsatā Vulturous nature, rapacity.

bhāsanam [bhās-lyuṭ]
     (1) Shining, glittering.
     (2) Illuminating.

bhāsaṃta a. (tī f.)
     (1) Shining.
     (2) Beautiful, handsome. --taḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The moon.
     (3) An asterism, a star.
     (4) The bird bhāsa q. v. --tī An asterism (nakṣatra).

bhāsas n. Brightness, light.

bhāsuḥ The sun.

bhāsura a. [bhās-ghurac]
     (1) Shining, bright, splendid; Ki 5. 5; R. 5. 30.
     (2) Terrible. --raḥ
     (1) A hero.
     (2) A crystal.

bhāsvat a. Bright, shining, luminous, resplendent; Ku. 1. 2; 6. 60. --m.
     (1) The sun; bhāsvānudeṣyati hasiṣyati cakravālaṃ Subhāṣ; R. 16. 44.
     (2) Light, lustre, splendour.
     (3) A hero.
     (4) Ved. Dawn. --tī The city of the sun.

bhāsvara a. [bhās-varac] Shining, bright, radiant, brilliant. --raḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) A day.
     (3) Fire.

bhāsmana a. (nī f.) [bhasmano vikāro'ṇ] Consisting or made of ashes, ashy; Śi. 4. 65.

bhikṣ
     (1) A. (bhikṣate, bhikṣita)
     (1) To ask, beg or ask for (with two acc.), bhikṣamāṇo vanaṃ priyāṃ Bk. 6. 9.
     (2) To beg (as alms); na yajñārthaṃ dhanaṃ śūdrādvipro bhikṣeta karhicit Ms. 11. 24, 25.
     (3) To ask without obtaining.
     (4) To be weary or distressed.
     (5) To obtain.

bhikṣaṇam [bhikṣ-lyuṭ] Begging, begging alms, mendicancy.

bhikṣā [bhiks-a]
     (1) Asking, begging, soliciting; Ms. 6. 56.
     (2) Anything given as alms, alms; bhavati bhikṣāṃ dehi.
     (3) Wages, hire.
     (4) Service.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭanaṃ wandering about begging for alms. (
          --naḥ) a beggar, mendicant.
          --annaṃ food obtained by begging, alms.
          --ayanaṃ (ṇaṃ) = bhikṣāṭana q. v.
          --arthin a. begging for alms or charity. (--m.) a beggar.
          --arha a. worthy of alms, a fit object of charity.
          --āśin a. 1. living on alms. --2. dishonest.
          --āhāraḥ begged food.
          --upajīvin a. living on alms, a beggar.
          --karaṇaṃ asking alms, begging
          --caraḥ, --cāraḥ a beggar or mendicant.
          --caraṇaṃ, --caryaṃ, --caryā wandering about begging for alms.
          --pātraṃ a beggingbowl, an alms-dish; so bhikṣābhāṃḍaṃ, bhikṣābhājanaṃ. --māṇavaḥ a young beggar (used as a term of contempt).
          --vāsas n. a beggar's dress.
          --vṛttiḥ f. living by begging, a mendicant's life.

bhikṣākaḥ (kī f.) A beggar, mendicant.

bhikṣita p. p. Begged, asked, &c.

bhikṣuḥ [bhikṣ-un]
     (1) A beggar, mendicant in general; bhikṣāṃ ca bhikṣave dadyāt Ms. 3. 94.
     (2) A religious mendicant, a Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order of his religious life (when he quits his house and family and lives only on alms), a Sannyasin.
     (3) The fourth order or stage in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa (saṃnyāsa).
     (4) A Buddhist mendicant.
     -- Comp.
          --caryā begging, a mendicant's life.
          --saṃghaḥ a society of Buddhist mendicants.
          --saṃghātī old or tattered clothes (cīvara). --sūtraṃ a collection of rules for mendicants.

bhikṣukaḥ [bhikṣ-uka] A beggar, mendicant; Ms. 6. 51. --kī A female mendicant.

bhid I. 1 P. (bhiṃdati) To divide or cut into parts. --II. 7 U. (bhinatti, bhiṃtte, bibheda, bibhide, abhaitsīt, abhidat, abhitta, bhetsyati-te, bhettuṃ, bhinna)
     (1) To break, cleave, split, cut asunder, rend, pierce, break through or down; atiśītalamapyaṃbhaḥ kiṃ bhinatti na bhūbhṛtaḥ H. 3. 45; teṣāṃ kathaṃ nu hṛdayaṃ na bhinatti lajjā Mu. 3. 34; Śi. 8. 39; Ms. 3. 33; R. 8. 93; 12. 77.
     (2) To dig or tear up, excavate; U. 1. 23.
     (3) To pass through; Pt. 1. 211, 212.
     (4)
          (a) To divide, separate; dvidhā bhinnā śikhaṃḍibhiḥ R. 1. 39.
          (b) To displace; R. 14. 3.
     (5) To violate, transgress, break, infringe; samayaṃ lakṣmaṇo'bhinat R. 15. 94; nihataśca sthitiṃ bhiṃdan dānavo'sau baladviṣā Bk. 7. 68.
     (6) To remove, take away; Śi. 15. 87.
     (7) To disturb, interrupt; as in samādhibhedin.
     (8) To change, alter; (na) bhiṃdaṃti maṃdāṃ gatimaśvapukhyaḥ Ku. 1. 11; or viśvāsopagamādabhimnagatayaḥ śabdaṃ sahaṃte mṛgāḥ S. 1. 14.
     (9) To expand, cause to open or blossom, open; sūryāṃśubhirbhinnamivāraviṃdaṃ Ku. 1. 32; navoṣasā bhinnamivaikapaṃkajaṃ S. 7. 16; Me. 107. (10) To disperse, scatter, scare away; bhinnasāraṃgayūthaḥ S. 1. 33; V. 1. 16.
     (11) To disjoin, disunite, set at variance; Mu. 3. 13.
     (12) To loosen, relax, dissolve; paryaṃkabaṃdhaṃ nibiḍaṃ bibheda Ku. 3. 59.
     (13) To disclose, divulge.
     (14) To perplex, distract.
     (15) To distinguish, discriminate. --Pass. (bhidyate)
     (1) To be split, rent or shivered; Mk. 5. 22; Pt. 1. 139.
     (2) To be divided or separated.
     (3) To expand, blossom, open.
     (4) To be loose or relaxed; prasthānabhinnāṃ na babaṃdha nīviṃ R. 7. 9, 66.
     (5) To be different from (with abl.); R. 5. 37; U. 4.
     (6) To be destroyed.
     (7) To be divulged or betrayed, get abroad; ṣaṭkarṇo bhidyate maṃtraḥ &c. Pt. 1. 99.
     (8) To be harassed, pained or afflicted.
     (9) To be frightened or alarmed; Pt. 1. 102. (10) To separate oneself from, keep aloof from. --Caus. (bhedayati-te)
     (1) To split, cleave, divide, tear &c.
     (2) To destroy, dissolve.
     (3) To disunite, set at variance.
     (4) To perplex.
     (5) To seduce. --Desid. (bibhitsati-te) To wish to break &c.

bhittam [bhid-kta ni- tasya na naḥ]
     (1) A part, portion.
     (2) A fragment, bit.
     (3) A wall, partition.

bhitti f. [bhid-ktin]
     (1) Breaking, splitting; dividing.
     (2) A wall, partition; samayā saudhabhittiṃ Dk.; Śi. 4. 67.
     (3) (Hence) Any place, spot or ground (āśraya) to work anything upon; citrakarmaracanā bhittiṃ vinā vartate Mu. 2. 4.
     (4) A fragment, bit, piece, portion.
     (5) Anything broken.
     (6) A rent, fissure.
     (7) A mat.
     (8) A flaw, defect.
     (9) An opportunity.
     -- Comp.
          --khātanaḥ a rat.
          --cauraḥ a house-breaker.
          --pātanaḥ 1. a kind of rat. --2. a rat.

bhittikā
     (1) A wall, partition.
     (2) A small house-lizard.

bhid a. (At the end of comp.) Breaking, splitting; destroying &c. --f.
     (1) Breaking, splitting, dividing.
     (2) Difference.
     (3) A sort, kind.

bhidakaḥ [bhid --kvun] A sword. --kaṃ
     (1) A diamond.
     (2) Indra's thunderbolt.

bhidā [bhid-bhāve aṅ]
     (1) Breaking, bursting, rending, tearing; Śi. 6. 5.
     (2) Separation.
     (3) Difference.
     (4) Kind, species, sort.
     (5) Coriander.

bhidiḥ, bhidiraṃ, bhiduḥ Indra's thunderbolt.

bhidura a. [bhid-kurac]
     (1) Breaking, bursting, splitting.
     (2) Fragile, brittle.
     (3) Blended, variegated, mixed, mingled; naliśmadyutibhidurāṃbhaso'paratra Śi. 4. 26; 19. 58, 20. 1. --raḥ The Plaksha tree. --raṃ A thunderbolt.

bhidelima a. Fragile, brittle.

bhidyaḥ
     (1) A rushing river.
     (2) N. of a particular river; toyadāgama ivoddhyamidyayornāmadheyasadṛśaṃ viceṣṭitaṃ R. 11. 8; (see Malli.); Kīr. K. 4. 58.

bhidram A thunderbolt,

bhiṃda(di)pālaḥ
     (1) A small javelin thrown from the hand.
     (2) A sling, an instrument like a sling for throwing stones.

bhiṃdu a. Destroying. --duḥ A drop; cf. biṃdu. --duḥ f. A woman bringing forth a dead child.

bhinna p. p. [bhid-kta]
     (1) Broken, torn, split, rent.
     (2) Divided, separated.
     (3) Detached, disunited, disjoined.
     (4) Expanded, blown, opened.
     (5) Different from, other than (with abl.); tasmādayaṃ bhinnaḥ.
     (6) Different, varied.
     (7) Loosened.
     (8) Mingled, mixed, blended.
     (9) Deviating from. (10) Changed.
     (11) Furious, in rut.
     (12) Without, deprived of. (See bhid). --nnaḥ A defect or flaw in a gem. --nnaṃ
     (1) A bit, fragment, part.
     (2) A blossom.
     (3) A wound, stab.
     (4) A fraction.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ a kind of mixed collyrium, made of many pounded ingredients; prayāṃti ... bhinnāṃjanavarṇatāṃ ghanāḥ Śi. 12. 68; Me. 59; Rs. 3. 5.
          --artha a. clear, evident, intelligible; sphuṭabhinnārthamudāharadvacaḥ Śi. 16. 1. (
          --rthaṃ) ind. clearly, distinctly, unenigmatically; na khalvavagacchāmi bhinnārthamabhidhīyatāṃ S. 2.
          --udaraḥ 'born of a different womb or mother, a halfbrother.
          --kaṭa a. furious, in rut; R. 4. 83.
          --karaṭaḥ an elephant in rut (from whose temples ichor exudes).
          --kūṭa a. deprived of a leader (as an army).
          --krama a. out of order, disordered.
          --gati a. 1. going with broken steps. --2. going quickly.
          --garbha a. broken up (in the centre), disorganized.
          --guṇanaṃ multiplication of fractions.
          --ghanaḥ the cube of a fraction.
          --darśin a. making or seeing a difference, partial.
          --deśaṃ a. belonging to different places; S. 2. 17.
          --deha a. wounded.
          --nau a. ship-wrecked.
          --parikarman n. any one of the arithmetical operations with fractions.
          --prakāra a. of a different kind or sort.
          --bhājanaṃ a potsherd.
          --marman a. wounded in vital parts, mortally wounded.
          --maryāda a. 1. one who has transgressed the due limits, disrespectful; āstātāpavādubhinnamaryāda U. 5. --2. unrestrained, uncontrolled.
          --ruci a. having different tastes; bhinnarucirhi lokaḥ R. 6. 30.
          --liṃgaṃ, --vacanaṃ incongruity of gender or number in a composition; see K. P. 10.
          --vargaḥ the square of a fraction.
          --varcas, -varcaska a. voiding excrement.
          --varṇa a. 1. discoloured, pale. --2. of a different caste or tribe.
          --vṛtta a. 1. leading a bad life, abandoned. --2. containing a metrical fault.
          --vṛtti a. 1. leading a bad life, following evil courses. --2. having different feelings or tastes or emotions. --3. having different occupations.
          --vyavakalitaṃ subtraction of fractions.
          --saṃhati a. disunited, dissolved.
          --saṃkalanaṃ, -saṃkalitaṃ addition of fractions.
          --svara a. 1. having a changed voice, faltering. --2. discordant.
          --hṛdaya a. pierced through the heart; R. 11. 19.

bhinnakaḥ A Buddhist.

bhiriṃṭikā N. of a plant(śvetaguṃjā).

bhillaḥ N. of a wild tribe. --llī The lodhra tree.
     -- Comp.
          --gavī the female of the Bos gavoeus.
          --taruḥ the lodhra tree.
          --bhūṣaṇaṃ the guñja plant.

bhilloṭaḥ --ṭakaḥ The lodhra tree.

bhiṣaj m. [bibhetyasmāt rogaḥ, bhī-ṣuk hrasvaśca Uṇ. 1. 134]
     (1) A physiciand, octor bhiṣajāmasādhyaṃ R. 8. 93.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) Medicine, a remedy. --m. dual. The two Aśvins (physieians of gods).
     -- Comp.
          --jitaṃ a drug or medicine.
          --pāśaḥ a quack doctor.
          --varaḥ an excellent physician. (
          --rau) the two Aśvins.

bhiṣajāvartaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.

bhiṣajyam
     (1) Healing, curing.
     (2) A remedy, cure.

bhiṣmā, bhiṣmikā --ṭā, bhissaṭā, bhissiṭā, Pareched or fried grain.

bhissā Boiled rice.

bhī 3 P. (bibheti, bibhāya-bibhayāṃcakāra, abhaiṣīt, bheṣyati, bhīta)
     (1) To fear, dread, be afraid of; mṛtyorbibheṣi kiṃ ba la na sa bhītaṃ vimuṃcati; rāvaṇādvibhyatiṃ bhṛśaṃ Bk. 8. 70; Śi. 3. 45.
     (2) To be anxious or solicitous about (A.) --Caus. (bhāyayati) To frighten (any one) with anything; kuṃcikayainaṃ bhāyayati Sk.; (bhāpayate, bhīṣayate) to frighten, terrify, intimidate; muṃḍo bhāpayate Sk.; stanitena bhīṣayitvā dhārāhastaiḥ parāmṛśasi Mk. 5. 28.

bhiyas n. Ved. Fear.

bhiyā Fear, apprehension.

bhī f. Fear, dread, alarm, fright, terror; abhīḥ 'fearless' R. 15. 8; vapuṣmān vītabhīrvāgmī dūto rājñaḥ praśasyate Ms. 7. 64.

bhīta p. p. [bhī-kta]
     (1) Frightened, terrified, alarmed, afraid of (with abl.); na bhīto maraṇādasmi Mk. 10. 27.
     (2) Fearful, timid.
     (3) Placed in danger, imperiled. --taṃ Fear, dread. --taṃ ind. Timidly.
     -- Comp.
          --bhīta a. exceedingly afraid.

bhītaṃkāram a. Making(one) afraid.

bhītaṃkāram ind. Calling (one) a coward.

bhītiḥ f. [bhī-ktin]
     (1) Fear, apprehension, dread, terror; na bhejire bhīmaviṣeṇa bhītiṃ Bh. 2. 80.
     (2) Shaking. tremour.
     (3) Danger, risk.
     -- Comp.
          --nāṭitakaṃ a gesticulation or representation of fear.

bhīma a. [bibhetyasmāt, bhī apādāne mak] Fearful, terrific, terrible, dreadful, formidable; na bhejire bhīmaviṣeṇa bhītiṃ Bh. 2. 80; R. 1. 16; 3. 54. --maḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) The Supreme Being.
     (3) The sentiment of terror (= bhayānaka q. v.).
     (4) N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. [He was begotten on Kuntī by the god Wind From a child he showed that he was possessed of extraordinary strength and hence he was called Bhīma. He had a most voracious appetite, and was called Vṛkodara, or 'wolf-bellied'. His most effective weapon was his mace. He played a very important part in the great war, and, on the last day of the battle, smashed the thigh of Duryodhana with his unfailing mace. Some of the principal events of his earlier life are his defeat of the Demons Hiḍimba and Baka, the overthrow of Jarāsandha, the fearful vow which he uttered against the Kauravas and particularly against Duhśasana for his insulting conduct towards Draupadi, the fulfilment of that vow by drinking Duhśasana's blood, the defeat of Jayadratha, his duel with Kīchaka while he was serving as headcook to king Virāṭa, and several other exploits in which he showed his usual extraordinary strength. His name has become proverbial for one who posseśses immense strength and courage]. --maṃ Horror, terror.
     -- Comp.
          --udarī an epithet of Umā.
          --ekādaśī the eleventh day in the light half of Māgha.
          --karman a. of terrific prowess; Bg. 1. 15.
          --tithiḥ f. = bhīmaikādaśī. --darśana, -mukha a. frightful in appearance, hideous.
          --nāda a. sounding dreadfully. (
          --daḥ) 1. a loud or dreadful sound; Śi. 15. 10. --2. a lion. --3. N. of one of the seven clouds that will appear at the destruction of the world.
          --parākrama a. of terrific prowess. (
          --maḥ) N. of Viṣṇu.
          --puraṃ N. of Kuṇḍinapura q. v.
          --rathī N. of the 7th night in the 7th month of the 77th year of a man's life (said to be a very dangerous period); (saptasaptatime varṣe saptame māsi saptamī . rātrirbhīmarathī nāma narāṇāmatidustarā). --rūpa a. of terrific form.
          --vikrama a. of terrific prowess.
          --vikrāṃta a. fearfully powerful. (
          --taḥ) a lion.
          --vigraha a. gigantic, of terrific form.
          --vega a. terribly swift.
          --śāsanaḥ an epithet of Yama.
          --senaḥ 1. N. of the second Pāṇḍava prince. --2. a kind of camphor.

bhīmayu a. Ved. Fearful.

bhīmaram War, battle.

bhīmā
     (1) An epithet of Durgā.
     (2) A kind of perfume (rocanā).
     (3) A whip.
     (4) N. of a river.

bhīru a. (ru or rū f.) [bhī-kru; cf. P. III. 2. 174]
     (1) Timid, cowardly, fearful; kṣāṃtyā bhīruḥ H. 2. 26.
     (2) Afraid of; (mostly in comp.); pāpa-, adharma-, pratijñābhaṃga- &c. --ruḥ
     (1) A jackal.
     (2) A tiger.
     (3) A kind of sugarcane. --ru n. Silver. --f.
     (1) A timid woman.
     (2) A goat.
     (3) A shadow.
     (4) A centipede.
     -- Comp.
          --cetas m. a deer.
          --raṃdhraḥ an oven, a furnace.
          --sattva a. timid, fearful.
          --hṛdayaḥ a deer.

bhīru(lu)ka a. [bhī-kru-klukan]
     (1) Timid, cowardly, timorous.
     (2) Shy.
     (3) Afraid.
     (4) Formidable. --kaḥ
     (1) A tiger.
     (2) A jackal.
     (3) A bear.
     (4) An owl.
     (5) A kind of sugar-cane. --kaṃ A forest, wood.

bhīrutā --tvam Timidity, cowardice.

bhīlu(lūṃ)kaḥ A bear.

bhīrū(lū) f. A timid woman; tvaṃ rakṣasā bhīru yato'panītā R. 13. 24.

bhīṣaṇa a. [bhī-ṇic-suk lyu] Terrifie, formidable, dreadful, horrible, frightening; bibhyurbiḍālekṣaṇabhīṣaṇābhyaḥ Śi. 3. 45. --ṇaḥ
     (1) The sentiment of terror (in rhetoric); see bhayānaka,
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     (3) A pigeon, dove.
     (4) The olibanum tree. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Anything that excites terror.
     (2) Terrifying, causing terror.

bhīṣaṇaka = bhīṣaṇa.

bhīṣā
     (1) The act of terrifying or frightening, intimidating.
     (2) Fright, terror.

bhīṣita a. Frightened, terrified.

bhīṣma a. [bhī-ṇic-suk-apādāne mak] Terrible, dreadful, frightful, fearful. --ṣmaḥ
     (1) The sentiment of terror (in rhetoric), see bhayānaka.
     (2) A demon, an imp, a fiend, goblin.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva.
     (4) N. of the son of Śantanu by Gaṅgā. [He was the youngest of the eight sons of Śantanu by Ganga; but all the others having died, he remained the sole heir to the throne after his father. On one occasion while Śantanu was walking by the side of a river, he beheld a charming young damsel named Satyavati, the daughter of a fisherman, and, though bowed down with age, conceived a passion for her, and sent his son to negotiate the marriage. But the parents of the girl said that if their daughter bore sons to the king, they would not succeed to the throne, for after his death Śantanava, being the rightful heir, would be the king. But Santanava, to please his father, made a vow to the parents that he would never accept the kingdom or marry a wife or become the father of children by any woman, so that if their daughter bore a son to Śantanu, he would be the king. This 'dreadful' vow soon became known abroad, and thenceforth he was called Bhīṣma. He remained single, and, after the death of his father, he installed Vichitravīrya, the son of Satyavati, on the throne, got him married to the two daughters of king Kāsīrāja (see Ambikā), and became the guardian of his sons and grandsons, the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. In the great war he fought on the side of the Kauravas, but was wounded by Arjuna with the assistance of Śikhaṇḍin and was lodged in a 'cage of darts'. But having got from his father the power of choosing his own time for death, he waited till the sun had crossed the vernal equinox, and then gave up his soul. He was remarkable for his continence, wisdom, firmness of resolve, and unflinching devotion to God]. --ṣmaṃ Horror, horribleness.
     -- Comp.
          --aṣṭamī the eighth day in the light half of Māgha (when Bhīṣma died).
          --jananī an epithet of the Ganges.
          --paṃcakaṃ N. of the five days from the eleventh to the fifteenth of the bright half of Kārtika (said to be sacred to Bhīṣma)
          --sūḥ f. an epithet of the river Ganges.

bhīṣmakaḥ
     (1) N. of a son of Śantanu by Gaṅgā.
     (2) N. of a king of the Vidarbhas, whose daughter Rukmiṇī was earried off by Kṛṣṇa.

bhuj I. 6 P. (bhujati, bhugna)
     (1) To bend.
     (2) To curve, make crooked. --II. 7 U. (bhunakti-bhuṃkte, bhukta)
     (1) To eat, devour, consume (Atm.); śayananastho na bhuṃjīta Ms. 4. 74; 3. 146; Bk. 14. 92; Bg. 2. 5.
     (2) To enjoy, use, possess (property, land &c.); V. 3. 1; Ms. 8. 146; Y. 2. 24.
     (3) To enjoy carnally (Atm.); sadayaṃ bubhuje mahābhujaḥ R. 8. 7, 4. 7, 15. 1, 18. 4; surūpaṃ vā kurūpaṃ vā pumānityeva bhuṃjate Ms. 9. 14.
     (4) To rule, govern, protect, guard (Paras.); rājyaṃ nyāsamivābhunak R. 12. 18; ekaḥ kṛsnāṃ (dharitrīṃ) nagaraparighaprāṃśuba hurbhunakti S. 2. 15.
     (5) To suffer, endure, experionce; vṛddho naro duḥkhaśatāni bhuṃkte Sk.
     (6) To pass, live through (as time).
     (7) (In astr.) To pass through, fulfil. --Pass.
     (1) To be enjoyed or eaten.
     (2) To be possessed.
     (3) To be brought under the influence of. --Caus. (bhojayati-te) To cause to eat, feed with. --Desid. (bubhukṣati-te) To wish to eat &c.

bhukta p. p. [bhuj-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Eaten.
     (2) Enjoyed, used.
     (3) Suffered, experienced.
     (4) Possessed, occupied (in law).
     (5) Passed (as time). --ktaṃ
     (1) The act of eating or enjoying.
     (2) That which is eaten, food.
     (3) The place where any one has eaten.
     -- Comp.
          --ucchiṣṭaṃ, --śeṣaḥ, --samujjhitaṃ remnants of the food eaten, leavings of food, orts.
          --bhoga a. 1. one who has enjoyed or suffered (anything). --2. that which has been used, enjoyed, or employed.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. the swelling of food (in the stomach).
          --supta a. sleeping after a meal.

bhuktiḥ f. [bhuj-ktin]
     (1) Eating, enjoyment.
     (2) (In law) Possession, fruition; Pt. 3. 94; Y. 2. 22.
     (3) Food.
     (4) The daily motion of a planet.
     (5) A limit.
     -- Comp.
          --pradaḥ a kind of plant (mudga). --varjita a. not allowed to be enjoyed.

bhugna p. p.
     (1) Bent, bowed, stooping; as in vāyubhugna, rujābhugna &c.
     (2) Crooked, curved; Bk. 11. 8; V. 4. 32.
     (3) Broken (for bhagna).

bhuj a.
     (1) (At the end of comp.) Eating, enjoying, suffering, ruling, governing; svadhābhuj, hutabhuj, pāpa-, kṣiti-, nahī- &c.
     (2) Useful, serviceable. --f.
     (1) Enjoyment.
     (2) Profit, advantage.

bhujaḥ [bhujyate'nena, bhuj-ghañarthe karaṇe ka]
     (1) The arm; jñāsyasi kiyadbhujo me rakṣati maurvīkiṇāṃka iti S. 1. 13; R. 1. 34, 2. 7, 3. 55.
     (2) The hand.
     (3) The trunk of an elephant.
     (4) A bend, curve.
     (5) The side of a mathematical figure; as in tribhujaḥ 'a triangle.'
     (6) The base of a triangle.
     (7) A branch (of a tree).
     (8) (In astr.) The base of a shadow.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ 1. the hand. --2. the shoulder.
          --aṃtaraṃ-aṃtarālaṃ the bosom, breast; R. 3. 54, 19. 32; M. 5. 10.
          --āpīḍaḥ clasping or folding in the arms.
          --koṭaraḥ the arm-pit.
          --jyā the base sine.
          --daṃḍaḥ a staff-like arm.
          --dalaḥ --laṃ the hand.
          --pratibhujaṃ the opposite sides in a plane figure.
          --baṃdhanaṃ clasping, an embrace (in the arms); ghaṭaya bhujabaṃdhanaṃ Gīt. 10; Ku. 3. 39.
          --balaṃ --vīryaṃ strength of arm, muscular strength.
          --madhyaṃ the breast; R. 13. 73.
          --mūlaṃ the shoulder.
          --śālin a. possessing strong arms.
          --śikharaṃ, --śiras n. the shoulder.
          --sūtraṃ the base-sine.

bhujagaḥ [bhuj-vakraṇe ka, bhujaḥ kuṭilībhavan san gacchati, gam-ḍa] A snake, serpent; bhujagāśleṣasaṃvītajānoḥ Mk. 1. 1; Me. 60. --gī The Asleṣā Nakshatra.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ, --aśanaḥ, --ābhojin m.,
          --dāraṇaḥ, --bhojin m., epithets of 1. Garuḍa. --2. a peacock. --3. an ichneumon.
          --īśvaraḥ, --rājaḥ epithets of Śeṣa.

bhujaṃgaḥ [bhujaḥ san gacchati gam-khac mum ḍicca]
     (1) A serpent, snake; bhujagaṃmapi kopinaṃ śirasi puṣpavaddhārayet Bh. 2. 4.
     (2) A paramour, gallant; abhūmireṣā bhujaṃgabhaṃgibhāṣitānāṃ K. 196.
     (3) A husband or lord in general.
     (4) A catamite.
     (5) The dissolute friend of a king.
     (6) The constellation āśleṣā.
     (7) The number 'eight'.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ an epithet of Śeṣa, the lord of snakes.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of 1. Vāsuki. --2. of Śeṣa. --3. of Patanjali. --4. of the sage Pingala.
          --kanyā a young female snake.
          --bhaṃ the asterism āśleṣa. --bhuj m. 1. an epithet of 1. Garuḍa. --2. a peacock.
          --latā betel-pepper (tāṃbūlī). --han m. an epithet of Garuḍa; see bhujagāṃtaka &c.

bhujaṃgamaḥ
     (1) A snake.
     (2) An epithet of Rāhu.
     (3) The number 'eight'.
     (4) The constellation āśleṣā. --mī A female snake. --maṃ Lead.

bhujā
     (1) The arm; nihitabhujālatayaikayopakaṃṭhaṃ Śi. 7. 71.
     (2) The hand.
     (3) The coil of a snake (bhoga).
     (4) Winding.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭaḥ a finger-nail.
          --dalaḥ the hand.
          --madhyaḥ 1. the elbow. --2. the breast.
          --mūlaṃ the shoulder.

bhujiḥ Fire. --(dual) Ved. The two Aśvins, or eaters of oblations.

bhujiṣya [bhuj-kiṣyan] Independent. --ṣyaḥ
     (1) A slave, servant.
     (2) A companion.
     (3) The string worn round the wrist.
     (4) A disease (roga). --ṣyā
     (1) A hand maid, maid-servant, female slave; athāṃgadāśliṣṭabhujaṃ bhujiṣyā R. 6. 53; Mk. 4. 8; Y. 2. 290.
     (2) A harlot, prostitute.

bhujyuḥ [bhuj yuc na anādeśaḥ]
     (1) Food.
     (2) A pot, vessel.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) A sacrifice.

bhuṃḍ 1 A. (bhuṃḍate)
     (1) To support, maintain.
     (2) To select.
     (3) To take.

bhuraṇyuḥ (dual) An epithet of the Aśvins.

bhurij f. Ved.
     (1) The two arms.
     (2) Earth and heaven.
     (3) The earth itself.

bhurbhurikā, bhurbhurī A kind of sweatmeat or eatable.

bhuvaḥ Ved.
     (1) Fire.
     (2) The earth (bhuvoloka).

bhuvadvat m. pl. An epithet of the Ādityas.

bhuvanam [bhavatyatra, bhū-ādhārādau-kyun]
     (1) A world; the number of worlds is either three, as in tribhuvana, or fourteen; iha hi bhuvanānyanye dhīrāścaturdaśa bhuṃjate Bh. 3. 23 (see loka also); bhuvanālokanaprītiḥ Ku. 2. 45; bhuvanaviditaṃ Me. 6.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) Heaven.
     (4) A being, living creature.
     (5) Man, mankind.
     (6) Water.
     (7) The number 'fourteen'.
     (8) Abode, residence (Ved.).
     (9) Becoming prosperous.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ a lord of the earth, king.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. a king. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --okas m. a god.
          --kośaḥ the receptacle of beings.
          --trayaṃ the three worlds (the earth, atmosphere, and heaven; or heaven, earth, and lower regions).
          --pāvanī an epithet of the Ganges.
          --bhartṛ m. the supporter of the earth.
          --śāsin m. a king, ruler.

bhuvanyuḥ [bhū-kanyuc]
     (1) A master, lord.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) The moon.

bhuvar, bhuvas ind.
     (1) The atmosphere, ether (the second of the three worlds, the one immediately above the earth).
     (2) A mystic word, one of the three Vyāhṛtis, (bhūrbhuvaḥsvaḥ).

bhuvis m. The ocean.

bhuśuṃḍiḥ --ḍī f. A sort of weapon or missile.

bhū I 1 P. (rarely A.) (bhavati, babhūva, abhūt, bhaviṣyati, bhavituṃ, bhūta)
     (1) To be, become; kathamevaṃ bhavennāma; asyāḥ kimabhavat Māl 9. 29 'what has become her fate,' 'what has become of her'; U. 3. 27; yadbhāvi tadbhavatu U. 3 'come what may'; so duḥkhito bhavati, hṛṣṭo bhavati &c.
     (2) To be born or produced; yadapatyaṃ bhavedasyāṃ Ms. 9. 127; bhāgyakrameṇa hi dhanāni bhavaṃti yāṃti Mk. 1. 13.
     (3) To spring or proceed from, arise; krodhādbhavati saṃmohaḥ Bg. 2. 63, 14. 17.
     (4) To happen, take place, occur; nātatāyivadhe doṣo haṃturbhavati kaścana Ms. 8. 381; yadi saṃśayo bhavet &c.
     (5) To live, exist; abhūdabhūtapūrvaḥ ... rājā ciṃtāmaṇirnāma Vās.; abhūnnṛpo vibudhasakhaḥ paraṃtapaḥ Bk. 1. 1.
     (6) To be alive or living, breathe; tvamidānīṃ na bhaviṣyasi S. 6; āḥ cārudattahataka ayaṃ na bhavasi Mk. 4; durātman prahara nanvayaṃ na bhavasi Mal. 5 ('thou art a dead man', thou shalt breathe no longer); Bg. 11. 32.
     (7) To remain or be in any state or condition, fare; bhavān sthale kathaṃ bhaviṣyati Pt. 2.
     (8) To stay, abide; remain, U. 3. 37.
     (9) To serve, do; idaṃ pādodakaṃ bhaviṣyati S. 1. (10) To be possible (usually with a future tense in this sense); bhavati bhavān yājayiṣyati Sk.
     (11) To lead or tend to, conduce to, bring about (with dat.); vātāya kapilā vidyut ... pītā bhavati sasyāya durbhikṣāya sitā bhavet Mbh.; sukhāya tajjanmadinaṃ babhūva Ku. 1. 23; saṃsmṛtirbhava bhavatyabhavāya Ki. 18. 27; na tasyā rucaye babhūva R. 6. 44.
     (12) To be on the side of, assist; devā arjunato'bhavan
     (13) To belong or pertain to (often expressed by 'have'); tasya ha śataṃ jāyā babhūvuḥ Ait. Br.; Ms. 6. 39.
     (14) To be engaged in, be occupied (with loc.); caraṇakṣālane kṛṣṇo brāhmaṇānāṃ svayaṃ hyabhūt Mb.
     (15) To conduct oneself, behave.
     (16) Ved. To be prosperous, succeed. Used with a preceding noun or adjective bhū serves to form verbs in the sense of 'becoming what it previously is not' or 'becoming' in general; śvetībhū to become white; kṛṣṇībhū to become black; payodharībhūta 'becoming or serving the purpose of teats'; so kṣapaṇībhū to be or become a mendicant; praṇidhībhū to act the spy; ārdrībhū to melt; bhasmībhū to be reduced to ashes; viṣayībhū to form the subject of; so ekamatībhū; taruṇībhū &c. &c. Note--The senses of bhū may be variously modified according to the adverbs with which it is connected; e. g. punarbhū to marry again; a virbhū to appear, arise, to be evident or clear; see āvis; tirobhū to disappear; prādurbhū to arise, be visible, appear; agrebhū to be in front, take the lead; aṃtarbhū to be absorbed or included; ojasyaṃtarbhavaṃtyanye K. P. 8; doṣābhū to grow evening or dusk-time; anyathā bhū to be otherwise, be changed; na me vacanamanyathā bhavitumarhati S. 4; puro bhū to come forward, stand forth; mithyā bhū to turn out false; vṛthā bhū to become useless &c. &c.). --Caus. (bhāvayati-te)
     (1) To cause to be or become, call into existence, call into being.
     (2) To cause, produce, effect.
     (3) To manifest, display, exhibit.
     (4) To foster, cherish, support, preserve, enliven; punaḥ sṛjati varṣāṇi bhagavān bhāvayanprajāḥ Mb.; devān bhāvayatānena te devā bhāvayaṃtu vaḥ . parasparaṃ bhāvayaṃtaḥ śreyaḥ paramavāpsyatha Bg. 3. 11; Bk. 16. 27.
     (5) To think or reflect, consider, fancy, imagine.
     (6) To look upon, consider or regard as; arthamanarthaṃ bhāvaya nityaṃ Moha M. 2.
     (7) To prove, substantiate, establish; Y. 2. 11.
     (8) To purify.
     (9) To get, obtain. (10) To mingle or mix.
     (11) To change or transform into.
     (12) To soak, steep.
     (13) To devote or addict oneself to.
     (14) To convince.
     (15) To perfume, scent. --Desid. (bubhūṣati) To wish to be or become &c. --II. 1 U. (bhavati-te) To get, obtain. --III. 10 A. (bhāvayate) To obtain, gain. --IV. 1 U. (bhāvayati-te)
     (1) To think, reflect.
     (2) To mix, mingle.
     (3) To be purified (connected with caus. of bhū q. v. above).

bhū a. (At the end of comp.) Being, existing, becoming, springing from, arising or produced from, &c; cittabhū, ātmabhū, kamalabhū, manobhū &c. --m.
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) The sacrificial fire.

bhūḥ f. [bhū-kvip]
     (1) The earth (opp. aṃtarīkṣa or svarga); divaṃ marutvāniva bhokṣyate bhuvaṃ R. 3. 4, 18. 4; Me. 18; mattebhakuṃbhadalane bhuvi saṃti śūrāḥ
     (2) Earth as one of the nine substances.
     (3) The universe, globe.
     (4) Ground, floor; prāsādoparibhūmayaḥ Mu. 3; maṇibhayabhuvaḥ (prāsādāḥ) Me. 64.
     (5) Land, landed property.
     (6) A place, site, region, plot of ground; kānanabhuvi, upavanabhuvi &c.
     (7) Matter, subjectmatter.
     (8) A symbolical expression for the number 'one'.
     (9) The base of a geometrical figure. (10) A sacrificial fire.
     (11) The act of becoming, arising.
     (12) The first of the three Vyāhṛtis or mystic syllables (representing the earth) repeated by every Brāhmaṇa at the commencement of his daily Sandhyā.
     -- Comp.
          --uttamaṃ gold.
          --kadaṃbaḥ a kind of Kadamba tree.
          --kaṃpaḥ an earthquake.
          --karṇaḥ the diameter of the earth.
          --kaśyapaḥ an epithet of Vasudeva, Kṛṣṇa's father.
          --kākaḥ 1. a kind of heron. --2. the curlew. --3. a kind of pigeon.
          --keśaḥ the fig-tree.
          --keśā a female demon, demoness.
          --kṣit m. a hog.
          --garaṃ a particular poison.
          --garbhaḥ 1. N. of Viṣṇu. --2. an epithet of Bhavabhūti.
          --gṛhaṃ, --gehaṃ a cellar, a room underground.
          --golaḥ the terrestrial globe; bhūgolamudbibhrate Gīt. 1. -vidyā geography.
          --ghanaḥ the body.
          --cakraṃ the equator.
          --cara a. moving or living on land. (
          --raḥ) 1. any landanimal (opp. jalavara). --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --caryā, --chāyā, --chāyaṃ
     (1) earth's shadow (vulgarly called Rāhu). --2. darkness. --jaṃtuḥ 1 a kind of earthworm. --2. an elephant. --jaṃbuḥ --būḥ f. wheat. --talaṃ the surface of the earth. --tṛṇaḥ, --bhūstṛṇaḥ a kind of fragrant grass --dāraḥ a hog. --devaḥ --suraḥ a Brāhmaṇa. --dhanaḥ a king. --dhara a. 1. holding or supporting the earth; Ku. 3. 13. --2. dwelling on the earth (--raḥ) 1. a mountain. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. of Kṛṣṇa. --4. the number 'seven'. -īśvaraḥ, -rājaḥ an epithet of the mountain Himālaya. -jaḥ a tree. --dhraḥ a mountain. --nāgaḥ a kind of earth-worm. --tetṛ m. a sovereign, ruler, king. --paḥ a sovereign, ruler, king. --patiḥ 1. a king. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. of Indra. --padaḥ a tree. --padī a particular kind of jasmine. --paridhiḥ the circumference of the earth. --pavitraṃ cow dung. --pālaḥ 1. a king, sovereign. --2. an epithet of king Bhoja. --pālanaṃ sovereignty, dominion. --putraḥ, --mutaḥ 1. the planet Mars. --2. N. of the demon Naraka, q. v. --putrī, --sutā 'daughter of the earth', an epithet of Sītā. --prakaṃpaḥ an earthquake. --pradānaṃ a gift of land. --phalaḥ a kind of rat. --viṃbaḥ --baṃ the terrestrial globe. --bhartṛ m. a king, sovereign. --bhāgaḥ a region, place, spot. --bhuj m. a king. --bhṛt m. 1. a mountain; dātā me bhūbhṛtāṃ nāthaḥ pramāṇīkriyatāmiti Ku. 6. 1; R. 17. 78. --2. a king, sovereign; niṣprabhaśca ripurāsa bhūbhṛtāṃ R. 11. 81. --3. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --maṃḍalaṃ 1. the earth, (terrestrial globe). --2. the circumforence of the earth. --ruṃḍī a kind of sun-flower --ruh m., --ruhaḥ a tree. --latā a worm. --lokaḥ (bhūrlokaḥ) 1. the terrestrial globe.
     (2) the country on the southern part of the equator. --valayaṃ =bhūmaṃḍalaṃ q. v. --vallabhaḥ a king, sovereign. --vṛttaṃ the equator. --śakraḥ 'Indra on earth', a king, sovereign. --śayaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. any animal lying on the earth. --śayyā lying on the ground. --śuddhiḥ f. purification of the ground by sweeping &c. --śravas m. an anthill. --suraḥ a Brāhmaṇa. --spṛś m. 1. a man. --2. mankind. --3. a Vaiśya. --svargaḥ an epithet of the mountain Meru. --svāmin m. a landlord.

bhūkaḥ --kam
     (1) A cavity, hole, chasm.
     (2) The spring.
     (3) Time. --kaḥ Darkness.

bhūkalaḥ A restive horse.

bhūta p. p. [bhū-kta]
     (1) Become, being, existing.
     (2) Produced, formed.
     (3) Actually being, really happened, true.
     (4) Right, proper, fit.
     (5) Past, gone.
     (6) Obtained.
     (7) Mixed or joined with.
     (8) Being like, similar. (see bhū). --taḥ
     (1) A son, child.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.
     (3) The fourteenth day of the dark half of a lunar month (also bhūtā).
     (4) A great devotee.
     (5) N. of a priest of the gods.
     (6) The dark fortnight of a month (kṛṣṇapakṣa). --taṃ
     (1) Any being (human, divine or even inanimate). Ku. 4. 45; Pt. 2. 87.
     (2) A living being, an animal, a creature; kṣaraḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni kūṭastho'kṣara ucyate Bg. 15. 16; bhūteṣu kiṃ ca karuṇāṃ bahulīkaroti Bv. 1. 122; U. 4. 6.
     (3) A spirit, ghost, an imp, a devil, (m. also in these senses).
     (4) An element; (they are five, i. e. pṛthvī, ap tejas, vāyu, and ākāśa); taṃ vedhā vidave nūnaṃ mahābhūtasamādhinā R. 1. 29.
     (5) An actual occurrence, a fact, a matter of fact.
     (6) The past, past time.
     (7) The world.
     (8) Well-being, welfare.
     (9) A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. (10) Fitness, propriety.
     -- Comp.
          --anukaṃpā compassion for all beings; bhūtānukaṃpā tava cet R. 2. 48.
          --aṃtakaḥ the god of death, Yama.
          --ariḥ Asa Foetida.
          --arthaḥ 1. the fact, real fact, true state, truth, reality; ārye kathayāmi te bhūtārthaṃ S. 1; bhūtārthaśobhā hriyamāṇanetrā Ku. 7. 13; kaḥ śraddhāsyati bhūtāryaṃ sarvo māṃ tulāyiṣyati Mk. 3. 24. --2. an ele ment of life. -kathanaṃ, -vyāhṛtiḥ f. a statement of facts; bhūtārthavyāhṛtiḥ sā hi na stutiḥ parameṣṭhinaḥ R. 10. 33.
          --ātmaka a. consisting or composed of the elements.
          --ātman a. 1. one whose soul is purified. --2. composed of the five elements (as the body); cf. Ms. 12. 12. (--m.) 1. the individual (as opposed to the Supreme) soul. --2. an epithet of Brahmā. --3. of Śiva. --4. of Viṣṇu. --5. an elementary substance. --6. the body. --7. war, conflict. --8. the elementary or vital principle. --9. a soul which clings to the elements, a carnal mind; Y. 3. 34.
          --ādiḥ 1. the Supreme Spirit. --2. an epithet of Ahaṅkāra (in Sāṅkhya phil.).
          --ārta a. possessed by a de vil.
          --āvāsaḥ 1. the body. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. of Viṣṇu.
          --āviṣṭa a. possessed by a devil or evil spirit.
          --āve, śaḥ demoniac possession.
          --ijyaṃ--ijyā making oblations to the Bhūtas.
          --iṃdriyajayin m. a kind of ascetic.
          --iṃṣṭā the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight.
          --īśaḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. of Viṣṇu. --3. of Śiva; bhūteśasya bhujaṃga vallivalayasraṅnaddhajūṭā jaṭāḥ Māl. 1. 2.
          --īśvaraḥ an epithet of Śiva; R. 2. 46.
          --unmādaḥ demoniac possession.
          --upadeśaḥ a reference to past things or such as already exist.
          --upasṛṣṭa, -upahata a. possessed by a devil.
          --odanaḥ a dish of rice.
          --kartṛ, -kṛ t m. an epithet of Brahman.
          --kālaḥ 1. past time. --2. (in gram.) the past or preterite time.
          --keśī the holy basil.
          --krāṃtiḥ f. possession by a devil.
          --gaṇaḥ 1. the collection of created beings.
     (2) the whole class of spirits or devils; Bg. 17. 4. --grasta 1. possessed by a devil. --grāmaḥ 1. the whole multitude or aggregate of living beings; U. 7, Bg. 8. 19. --2. a multitude of spirits. --3. the body. --ghnaḥ 1. a kind of birch tree. --2. a camel. --3. garlic. (--ghnī) the holy basil. --caturdaśī the fourteenth day of the dark half of Kartika. --cārin m. an epithet of Śiva. --ciṃtā an enquiry into the elements, investigation into their nature. --jayaḥ victory over the elements. --dayā compassion towards all beings, universal benevolence. --druh, --dhruk a. injurious, malicious. --dharā, --dhātrī, -dhāriṇī the earth. --nāthaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --nāyikā an epithet of Durgā. --nāśanaḥ 1. the marking-nut plant, --2. mustard. --3. pepper. (--naṃ) 1. Asa Foetida. --2. a bead used for rosaries (rudrākṣa). --nicayaḥ the body. --pakṣaḥ the dark fortnight. --patiḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva; Ku. 3. 43, 74. --2. of Agni. --3. the sacred basil. --patrī the holy basil. --pūrṇimā the day of full-moon n. the month of Aśvina. --pūrva a. existed before, former; bhūtapūrvakharālayaṃ U. 2. 17. --pūrvaṃ ind. formerly. --prakṛtiḥ f. the origin of all beings; S. 1. 1. --baliḥ = bhūtayajña q. v. --brahman m. a low Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself with the offerings made to an idol; see devala. --bhartṛ m. an epithet of Śiva. --bhāvanaḥ an epithet of Brahman. --2. of Viṣṇu. --bhāṣā, --bhāṣitaṃ the language of devils. --bhautika a. consisting of the elements. --maheśvaraḥ an epithet of Śiva. --mātṛ f. an epithet of Gaurī. --mātraṃ-trā the rudiment of an element. --mātrāḥ f. pl. the coarse and subtile elements. --yajñaḥ an oblation or offering to all created beings, one of the five daily Yajṇas to be performed by a householder. --yoniḥ the origin of all created beings --rāj m. an epithet of Śiva. --varga the whole class of spirits. --vāsaḥ the Bibhītaka tree. --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --vikriyā 1. epilepsy. --2. possession by a devil --vijñānaṃ. --vidyā demonology. --vṛkṣaḥ the Bibhītaka tree. --śuddhiḥ f. purification of the elements (of the body). --saṃsāraḥ the world of mortals. --saṃcāraḥ do moniac possession. --saṃcārin m. a forest conflagration. --saṃplavaḥ universal deluge or destruction. --sargaḥ 1. the creation of the world, the class or order of created beings. --2. creation of the elements. --sākṣin m. 'all-seeing,' an eye-witness of created beings. --sādhanī the earth. --sūkṣmaṃ a subtle element. --sṛṣṭiḥ f. 1. the illusion effected by the power of Bhūtas. --2. the whole class of Bhūtas taken collectively. --sthānaṃ 1. the abode of living beings. --2. the abode of demons. --hatyā destruction of living beings. --haraḥ bdellium.

bhūtamaya a.
     (1) Including all beings.
     (2) Formed out of the elements or created beings.

bhūtiḥ f. [bhū-ktin]
     (1) Being, existence.
     (2) Birth, production.
     (3) Wellbeing, welfare, happiness, prosperity; prajānāmeva bhūtyarthaṃ sa tābhyo balimagrahīt R. 1. 18; narapatikulabhūtyai 2. 75; sa vo'stu bhūtyai bhagavān mukuṃdaḥ Vikr. 1. 2.
     (4) Success, good fortune.
     (5) Wealth, riches, fortune; vipatpratīkārapareṇa maṃgalaṃ niṣevyate bhūtisamutsukena vā Ku. 5. 76.
     (6) Grandeur, dignity, majesty.
     (7) Ashes; bhṛtabhūtirahīnabhogabhāk Śi. 16. 71 (where bhūti means 'riches' also); sphuṭopamaṃ bhūtisitena śuṃbhunā 1. 4.
     (8) Decoration of elephants with coloured stripes; bhakticchedairiva ciracitāṃ bhūtimaṃge gajasya Me. 19.
     (9) The superhuman power attainable by the practice of penance or magical rites. (10) Fried meat.
     (11) The rutting of elephants. --tiḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) Of Viṣṇu
     (3) Of a class of Manes.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n any auspicious or festive rite.
          --kāma a. desirous of prosperity. (
          --maḥ) 1. a minister of state. --2. an epithet of Bṛhaspati.
          --kālaḥ a happy or auspicious hour.
          --kīlaḥ 1. a hole, pit. --2. a meat. --3. a cellar, an underground room.
          --kṛt m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --garbhaḥ an epithet of Bhavabhūti.
          --daḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --nidhānaṃ the lunar mansion called dhaniṣṭhā. --bhūṣaṇaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

bhūtikam
     (1) Camphor.
     (2) Sandalwood.
     (3) N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. kāyaphaLa).

bhūmat a. Possessed of land or earth --m. A king, sovereign.

bhūman m. [bahobhaviḥ bahu imanic ilope bhvādeśaḥ Tv.]
     (1) A great quantity, abundance, plenty, large number; bhūmtā rasānāṃ gahanāḥ prayogāḥ Mal. 1. 4; saṃbhūyeba sukhāni cetasi paraṃ bhūmānamātanvata 5. 9.
     (2) Wealth. --n.
     (1) The earth
     (2) A territory, district, piece of ground.
     (3) A being, creature.
     (4) Plurality (of number); āpaḥ strībhūmni Ak.; cf. puṃbhūman.

bhūmaya a. (yī f.) Earthen, earthly, made of or produced from earth.

bhūmayati Den. P. To augment, increase.

bhūmiḥ f. [bhavaṃtyasmin bhūtāni, bhū-mi kicca vā ṅīp]
     (1) The earth (opp. svarga, gagana or pātāla); dyaurbhūmirāpo hṛdayaṃ yamaśca Pt. 1. 182; R. 2. 74.
     (2) Soil, ground; utkhātinī bhūmiḥ S. 1; Ku. 1. 24.
     (3) A territory, district, country, land; vidarbhabhūmiḥ
     (4) A place, spot, ground, plot of ground; pramadavanabhūmayaḥ S. 6; adhityakābhūmiḥ N. 22. 41; R. 1. 52, 3. 61; Ku. 3. 58.
     (5) A site, situation.
     (6) Land, landed property.
     (7) A story, the floor of a house; as in saptabhūmikaḥ prāsādaḥ.
     (8) Attitude, posture.
     (9) A character or part (in a play); cf. bhūmikā. (10) Subject, object, receptacle; viśvāsabhūmi, snehabhūmi &c.
     (11) Degree, extent, limit; Ki. 10. 58.
     (12) The tongue.
     (13) The number 'one'.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraḥ a king of an adjacent district.
          --āmalakī, -ālī N. of a plant.
          --icchā a desire for lying on the ground.
          --iṃdraḥ, --īśvaraḥ a king, sovereign.
          --kadaṃbaḥ a kind of Kadamba.
          --kaṃpaḥ an earthquake.
          --gartaḥ, guhā a hole in the ground.
          --gṛhaṃ a cellar, an underground chamber.
          --calaḥ, -calanaṃ an earthquake.
          --ja a. earth-born, born or produced from the earth. (
          --jñaḥ) 1. the planet Mars. --2. an epithet of the demon Naraka. --3. a man. --4. the plant bhūniṃba. (--jā) an epithet of Sīta.
          --jīvin a. living on (the produce of) land; an agriculturist. (--m.) a Vaiśya.
          --talaṃ the surface of the earth.
          --dānaṃ a grant of land.
          --devaḥ a Brahmaṇa,
          --dharaḥ 1. a mountain. --2. a king. --3. the number 'seven'.
          --nāthaḥ, --paḥ patiḥ, pālaḥ, --bhuj m. 1. a king, sovereign; R. 1. 47. --2. a Kshatriya.
          --pakṣaḥ a swift or fleet horse.
          --piśācaṃ the wine-palm.
          --putraḥ the planet Mars.
          --puraṃdaraḥ 1. a king. --2. N. of Dilīpa.
          --bhāgaḥ a spot or portion of ground
          --bhṛt m. 1. a mountain. --2. a king.
          --maṃḍā a kind of jasmine.
          --rakṣakaḥ 1. a guardian of a country. --2. a swift or fleet horse.
          --ruhaḥ a tree.
          --lābhaḥ death (lit. returning to the dust of the earth).
          --lepanaṃ cow-dung.
          --vardhanaḥ, -naṃ a dead body, corpse.
          --śaya a. sleeping on the ground. (
          --yaḥ) 1. a wild pigeon. --2. a child, boy. --3. any animal living in the earth.
          --śayanaṃ, --śayyā sleeping on the ground.
          --satraṃ an offering of land.
          --saṃbhavaḥ -sutaḥ 1. the planet Mars. --2. an epithet of the demon Naraka. (
          --vā, --tā) an epithet of Sītā.
          --saṃniveśaḥ the general appearance of a country.
          --snuḥ an earth-worm.
          --spṛś a. 1. blind. --2. lame, cripple. (--m.) 1. a man. --2. mankind. --3. a Vaiśya. --4. a thief.

bhūmikā
     (1) Earth, ground, soil.
     (2) A place, region, spot (of ground),
     (3) A story, floor (of a house).
     (4) Step, degree; madhutatīsaṃjñāṃ bhūmikāṃ sākṣātkurvataḥ Yoga. S.; or naiyāyikādibhirātmā prathamabhūmikāyāmavatāritaḥ Sāṅkhyapravachanabhāṣya.
     (5) A tablet or board, as for writing; see akṣarabhūmikā.
     (6) A part or character in a play; yā yasya yujyate bhūmikā tāṃ khalu tathaiva bhavena sarve vargyāḥ pāṭhitāḥ; kāmaṃdakyāḥ prathamāṃ bhūmikāṃ bhāva evādhīte Mal. 1; or lakṣmībhūmikāyāṃ vartamānorvaśī vāruṇībhūmikāyāṃ vartamānayā menakayā pṛṣṭā V. 3; Śi. 1. 69; (anyarūpairyadanyasya praveśaḥ sa tu bhūmikā Bharata).
     (7) Theatrical dress, an actor's costume.
     (8) Decoration (as of an image).
     (9) A preface or introduction to a book.

bhūmī The earth; see bhūmi.
     -- Comp.
          --kadaṃbaḥ = bhūmikadaṃbaḥ. --patiḥ, --bhuj m. a king.
          --ruh m.,
          --ruhaḥ a tree.

bhūyam The state of being or becoming; as in brahmabhūyaṃ; dāśarathibhūyaṃ Śi. 14. 81.

bhūyaśas ind.
     (1) Mostly, generally, commonly, as a general rule.
     (2) Exceedingly, in a high degree.
     (3) Again, more further.

bhūyas a. (sī f.) [atiśayena bahu īyasun]
     (1) More, more numerous or abundant.
     (2) Greater, larger; Ku. 6. 13.
     (3) More important.
     (4) Very great or large, much, many, numerous; bhavati ca punarbhūyānbhedaḥ phalaṃ prati tadyathā U. 2. 4; bhadraṃ bhadraṃ vitara bhagavanbhūyase maṃgalāya Māl. 1. 3; U. 3. 48; R. 17. 41; U. 2, 3.
     (5) Rich or abounding in; evaṃprāyaguṇabhūyasīṃ svakṛtiṃ Māl. 1.
     (6) Vehement, severe. --ind.
     (1) Much, very much, exceedingly, largely, greatly.
     (2) More, again, further more, moreover; pātheyamutsṛja bisaṃ grahaṇāya bhūyaḥ V. 4. 15; R. 2. 46; Me. 111.
     (3) Repeatedly, frequently; pūrvaṃ bhūyaḥ first, in the first place --next, in the next place. (The form bhūyasā is often used adverbially in the sense of 1. very much, in a high degree, exceedingly, beyond measure, for the greater part; na kharo na ca bhūyasā mṛduḥ R. 8. 9; kusumapu bhuvā bhūyatā duḥkhayati Mu. 6. 9; paścārdhena praviṣṭaḥ śarapatanabhayāt bhūyasā pūrvakāyaṃ S. 1. 7. --2. generally, as a general rule; bhūyasā jīvidharma evaḥ U. 5).
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. augmenting, increasing.
          --darśanaṃ 1. frequent observation; bhūyobhūyodarśanena yatra yatra dhūmastatra tatrāgniritiṃ vyāptiṃ gṛhītvā T. S. --2. an inference based on frequent and wide observation.
          --bhūyas ind again and again, repeatedly: bhūyobhūyaḥ savidhanagarīrathyayā paryaṭaṃtaṃ Mal. 1. 15.
          --vidya a. 1. more learned.
     (2) very learned.

bhūyastvam
     (1) Abundance, plentifulness.
     (2) Majority, preponderance.

bhūyiṣṭha a. [atiśayena bahu iṣṭhan bhvādeśe yuk ca]
     (1) Most, most numerous or abundant.
     (2) Most important, principal, chief.
     (3) Very great or large, very much, much, many, numerous.
     (4) Chiefly or for the most part composed of, mostly composed or consisting of, chiefly filled with or characterized by (at the end of comp.); abhirūpabhūyiṣṭhā pariṣad S. 1; śūlyamāṃsabhūyiṣṭha āhāro'śyate S. 2; rāṣṭreṣu katamatsupuruṣabhūyiṣṭhaṃ Dk.; śilpadārikābhūyiṣṭhaṃ parijataṃ M. 5; R. 4. 70.
     (5) Almost, mostly, nearly all (usually after a past passive participle); aye uditabhūyiṣṭha eṣa tapanaḥ Mal. 1; nirvāṇabhūyiṣṭhamathāsya vīryaṃ Ku. 3. 52; V. 1. 8. --ṣṭhaṃ ind.
     (1) For the most part, mostly; S. 1. 31.
     (2) Exceedingly, very much, in the highest degree; bhūyiṣṭhaṃ bhava dakṣiṇā parijane Śi. 4. 17; R. 6. 4; 13. 14.

bhūr ind.
     (1) One of the three Vyāhṛtis.
     (2) The lowest of the seven lower worlds.
     (3) A spiritual son of Brahman.

bhūri a. [bhū-krin Uṇ. 4. 65.]
     (1) Much, abundant, numerous, copious.
     (2) Great, large. --m.
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Brahman.
     (3) Of Śiva.
     (4) Of Indra. --n. Gold. --ind.
     (1) Very much, exceedingly,; navāṃbubhirbhūri vilaṃbino ghanāḥ S. 5. 12.
     (2) Frequently, often, repeatedly.
     -- Comp.
          --gamaḥ an ass.
          --tejasa (s) a. possessed of great lustre. (--m.) fire.
          --da a. liberal.
          --dakṣiṇa a. 1. attended with rich presents or rewards. --2. giving liberal rewards, munificent.
          --dānaṃ liberality.
          --dhana a. wealthy.
          --dhāman a. possessed of great lustre or energy.
          --prayoga a. frequently used, in common use (as a word).
          --preman m. the ruddy goose.
          --bhāga a. wealthy, prosperous.
          --māyaḥ a jackal or fox.
          --rasaḥ the sugar-cane.
          --lābhaḥ a great gain.
          --vikrama a. very brave, a great warrior.
          --vṛṣṭiḥ f. a heavy rain.
          --vyaya a. spending much; lavish in expenditure; Pt. 1. 425.
          --śravas m. N. of a warrior on the Kaurava side slain by Satyaki.

bhūrij f. The earth.

bhūrjaḥ The birch-tree; bhūrjagato'kṣaravinyāsaḥ V. 2; Ku. 1. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ a man of one of the mixed tribes, the offspring of an outcast Brāhmaṇa by a woman of the same class; vrātyāttu jāyate viprātpāpātmā bhūrjakaṃṭakaḥ Ms. 10. 21.
          --patraḥ the birch tree.

bhūrṇiḥ f.
     (1) The earth.
     (2) A desert.

bhūṣ 1 P., 10 U. (bhūṣati, bhūṣayati-te, bhūṣita)
     (1) To adorn, deck, decorate śuci bhūṣayati śrutaṃ vapuḥ Bk. 20. 15.
     (2) To decorate oneself (Atm.); bhūṣayate kamyā svayameva.
     (3) To spread or strew with, overspread; R. 2. 31. --WITH abhi to adorn, grace, give beauty to; Śi. 7. 38.

bhūṣaṇam [bhūṣyeta'nena bhūṣ-karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) Ornamenting, decoration.
     (2) An ornament, decoration, an article of decoration; kṣīyaṃte khalu bhūṣaṇāni satataṃ vāgbhūṣaṇaṃ bhūṣaṇaṃ Bh. 2. 19; R. 3. 2; 13. 57. --ṇaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

bhūṣā [bhūṣ-bhāve a]
     (1) Decorating, adorning.
     (2) An ornament, decoration; as in karṇabhūṣā q. v.
     (3) A jewel.

bhūṣita p. p. [bhūṣ-kta] Decorated, ornamented; maṇinā bhūṣitaḥ sarpaḥ kimasau na bhayaṃkaraḥ.

bhūṣṇu a. [bhū-gṣṇu]
     (1) Being, becoming; as in alaṃbhūṣṇu q. v.
     (2) Wishing for wealth or prosperity; Ms. 4. 135.

bhṛ 1 3. U. (bharati-te; bibharti, bibhṛte, babhāra babhre, bibharāṃcakāra-cakre, abhārṣīṃt-abhṛta, bhariṣyati-te, bhartuṃ, bhṛta; pass. bhriyate; desid. bibhariṣati-te or bubhūrṣati-te)
     (1) To fill; jaṭharaṃ ko na bibharti kevalaṃ Pt. 1. 22.
     (2) To fill, pervade, fill with; abhārṣīdadhvaninā lokān Bk. 15. 24.
     (3) To bear, support, uphold, bear up; dhuraṃ dharitryā bibharāṃbabhūva R. 18. 45; kūrmo bibharti dharaṇīṃ khalu pṛṣṭhakena Ch. P. 50; Bk. 17. 16
     (3) To maintain, foster, cherish, protect, take care of, nourish; daridrān bhara kauṃteya mā prayaccheśvare dhanaṃ H. 1. 15.
     (4) To bear, have, possess; siṃdhorbabhāra salilaṃ śayanīyalakṣmīṃ Ki. 8. 57; piśunajanaṃ khalu bibhrati kṣitīṃdrāḥ Bv. 1. 74; balitrayaṃ cāru babhāra bālā Ku 1. 39; iṃdordainyaṃ tvadatusaraṇakliṣṭakāṃterbibharti Me. 84; S. 2. 4.
     (5) To wear; bibhrajjaṭāmaṃḍalaṃ S. 7. 11; 6. 5; vivāhakautukaṃ lalitaṃ bibhrata eva (tasya) R. 8. 1, 10. 10; jaṭāśca bibhṛyānnityaṃ Ms. 6. 6.
     (6) To feel, experience, suffer, endure (joy, sorrow &c.); bhāvaśuddhisahitairmudaṃ jano nāṭakairiva babhāra bhojanaiḥ Śi. 14. 50; saṃtrāsamabibhaḥ śakraḥ Bk. 17. 108; S. 7. 21.
     (7) To confer, bestow, give, produce; yauvane sadalaṃkārāḥ śobhāṃ bibhrati subhruvaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (8) To keep, hold, retain (as in memory).
     (9) To hire; Ms. 11. 62; Y. 3. 235. (10) To bring or carry.
     (11) To take away, transport.
     (12) Ved. To acquire, gain. (garbhaṃ bhṛ to become pregnant, conceive; kṣitiṃ bhṛ to rule the earth; jaṭāṃ bhṛ to wear matted hair &c.).

bhṛt a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Bearing, carrying.
     (2) Supporting, nourishing.
     (3) Possessing, having; prathame mānabhṛtāṃ na vṛṣṇayaḥ Ki. 2. 44.
     (4) Bringing, procuring. &c.

bhṛta p. p. [bhṛ-kta]
     (1) Borne.
     (2) Supported, maintained, cherished, fostered.
     (3) Possessed, endowed or furnished with.
     (4) Full of, filled with.
     (5) Hired. --taḥ A hired servant; hireling, mercenary; uttamastvāyudhīyo yo madhyamastu kṛṣīvalaḥ . adhamo bhāravāhī syādityevaṃ trividho bhṛtaḥ Mīt.

bhṛtaka a. [bhṛtaṃ bharaṇaṃ vetanamupajīvati kan] Hired, paid. --kaḥ A hired servant.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyāpakaḥ a hired teacher.
          --adhyāpita a. taught by a paid teacher. (
          --taḥ) a student who pays his teacher for his labour (= 'a paying student' of the modern days); Ms. 3. 156.

bhṛtiḥ f. [bhṛ-ktin]
     (1) Bearing, upholding, supporting.
     (2) Cherishing, maintaining.
     (3) Bringing, lead ing to.
     (4) Nourishment, support, maintenance.
     (5) Food.
     (6) Wages, hire.
     (7) Service for hire.
     (8) Capital, principal.
     (9) Wages, hire.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyāpanaṃ teaching (especially the Vedas) for hire.
          --bhuj m. a hired servant, a hireling.
          --rūpaṃ a reward in place of the wages due, but not to be paid.

bhṛtya a. [bhṛ-kyap tak ca] To be nourished or maintained &c. --tyaḥ
     (1) Any one requiring to be supported.
     (2) A servant, dependant, slave.
     (3) A king's servant, minister of state; H. 2. 142.
     (4) A subject. --tyā
     (1) Rearing, fostering, nourishing, taking care of; as in kumārabhṛtyā q. v.
     (2) Maintenance, support.
     (3) A means of sustenance, food.
     (4) Wages.
     (5) Service.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyāpanaṃ teaching the Veda for hire.
          --janaḥ 1. a servant, dependant. --2. servants taken collectively.
          --bhartṛ m. the master of a family.
          --vargaḥ the body of servants.
          --vātsalyaṃ kindness to servants.
          --vṛttiḥ f. maintenance of servants; Ms. 11. 7.

bhṛtyatā --tvaṃ, bhṛtyābhāvaḥ Service, dependence.

bhṛtyāyate Den. A. To behave like a servant.

bhṛtyībhū 1 P. To become a servant, accept service.

bhṛtrima a. Supported, nourished.

bhṛkuṃśaḥ(saḥ) A male actor in female attire.

bhṛkuṭiḥ --ṭī See bhru(bhrū)kuṭi.

bhṛg ind. An onomatopoetic word expressive of the crackling sound of fire. --f. A flame.

bhṛguḥ
     (1) N. of a sage, regarded as the ancestor of the family of the Bhṛgus, and described in Ms. 1. 35 as one of the ten patriarchs created by the first Manu; (said to be so called because he was produced along with flames; saha jvālābhirutpanno bhṛgustasmādbhṛguḥ smṛtaḥ). [On one occasion when the sages could not agree as to which of the three gods, Brahman, Viṣṇu and Śiva, was best entitled to the worship of Brāhmaṇas, the sage Bhṛgu was sent to test the character of the three gods. He first went to the abode of Brahman, and, on approaching him, purposely omitted an obeisance. Upon this the god reprehended him severely, but was pacified by apologies. Next he entered the abode of Śiva in Kailāsa, and omitted, as before, all tokens of adoration. The vindictive deity was enraged and would have destroyed him, had he not conciliated him by mild words. (According to another account, Bhṛgu was coldly received by Brahman, and he, therefore, cursed him that he would receive no worship or adoration; and condemned Śiva to take the form of a Linga, as he got no access to the deity who was engaged in private with his wife). Lastly he went to Viṣṇu, and finding him asleep, he boldly gave the god a kick on his breast which at once awoke him. Instead of showing anger, however, the God arose, and on seeing Bhṛgu, inquired tenderly whether his foot was hurt, and then began to rub it gently. 'This', said Bhṛgu, 'is the mightiest god. He overtops all by the most potent of all weaponskindness and generosity'. Viṣṇu was therefore, declared to be the god who was best entitled to the worship of all].
     (2) N. of the sage Jamadagni.
     (3) An epithet of Sukra.
     (4) The planet Venus.
     (5) A cliff, precipice; bhṛgupatanakāraṇamapṛcchaṃ Dk.
     (6) Table-land, the level summit of a mountain.
     (7) N. of Kṛṣṇa.
     (8) An epithet of Śiva.
     (9) Friday.
     -- Comp.
          --udvahaḥ an epithet of Paraśurāma.
          --jaḥ, --tanayaḥ 1. an epithet of Śukra. --2. the planet Venus.
          --naṃdanaḥ 1. an epithet of Paraśurāma; vīro na yasya bhagavān bhṛgunaṃdanopi U. 5. 34. --2. of Śukra.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Paraśurāma; bhṛgupatiyaśovartma yatkrauṃcaraṃdhraṃ Me. 57; so bhṛgūṇāṃpatiḥ. --vaṃśaḥ N. of a family descended from Paraśurāma.
          --vāraḥ, --vāsaraḥ Friday.
          --śārdūla, --śreṣṭhaḥ, --sattamaḥ epithets of Paraśurāma.
          --sutaḥ, --sūnuḥ 1. an epithet of Paraśurāma. --2. of Venus of Śukra.

bhṛṃgaḥ [bhṛ-gan kit nuṭa ca Uṇ. 1. 122]
     (1) A large black bee; Bv. 1. 5; R. 8. 53.
     (2) A kind of wasp.
     (3) A kind of bird.
     (4) A libertine, dissolute or lecherous man; cf. bhramara.
     (5) A golden vase or jar.
     (6) The forktailed shrike. --gaṃ Talc. --gī
     (1) The female of the large black bee; bhṛṃgīva puṣpaṃ puruṣaṃ strī vāṃcchati navaṃ navam.
     (2) A poisonous plant (ativiṣa).
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ the queen of bees.
          --abhīṣṭaḥ the mango tree.
          --ānaṃdā the Yūthikā creeper.
          --āvalī a flight of bees.
          --jaṃ 1. aloe-wood. --2. talc. (
          --jā) the plant bhārgī. --parṇikā small cardamoms.
          --priyā the Mādhavī creeper.
          --rāj m. 1. a kind of large bee. --2. N. of a shrub.
          --riṭiḥ, -rīṭiḥ N. of one of the attendants of Śiva (said to be very deformed).
          --rolaḥ a kind of wasp.
          --vallabhaḥ a species of Kadamba.

bhṛṃgakaḥ
     (1) (At the end of comp.) A bee.
     (2) The fork-tailed shrike.

bhṛṃgāraḥ --ram
     (1) A golden vase or pitcher.
     (2) A pitcher of a particular shape (Mar. jhārī); śiśirasurabhisalilapūrṇoyaṃ bhṛṃgāraḥ Ve. 6.
     (3) A vase used at the coronation of a king. --gaṃ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) Cloves.

bhṛṃgālikā, bhṛṃgārī A cricket.

bhṛṃgin m. 1 The fig-tree.
     (2) N. of an attendant of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ N. of Śiva.

bhṛṃgiri(rī)ṭiḥ See bhṛṃgariṭi.

bhṛgeriṭiḥ N. of an attendant of Śiva.

bhṛj 1 A. (bharjate) To roast, fry; cf. bhrasj.

bhṛjjana Ved. A frying-pan.

bhṛṃṭikā A species of plant.

bhṛṃḍiḥ f. A wave.

bhṛbhaḥ Ved. A. mistake, an error.

bhṛmiḥ
     (1) An eddy, a whirlpool.
     (2) Whirlwind. --f. Ved. Quickness.

bhṛś 4 P. (bhṛśyati) To fall down, see bhraṃś.

bhṛśa a. (compar. bhraśīyas, superl. bhraśiṣṭha)
     (1) Strong, powerful, mighty, intense excessive, very much. --2; Frequent. --śaṃ ind.
     (1) Much, very much, exceedingly, intensely, violently, excessively in a high degree, greatly; tamavekṣya ruroda sā bhṛśaṃ Ku. 4. 26; raghurbhṛśaṃ vakṣasi sena tāḍitaḥ R. 3. 61 cukrepa tasmai sa bhṛśaṃ 3. 56; Ms. 7. 170; Rs. 1. 11.
     (2) Often, repeatedly.
     (3) In a better or superior manner.
     -- Comp.
          --kopana a. highly choleric or irascible.
          --duḥkhita, pīḍita a. exceedingly afflicted.
          --saṃhṛṣṭa a. very much delighted.

bhṛśāyate Den. A. To become powerful or strong.

bhṛṣṭa p. p. [bhrasj-kta] Fried, roasted, parched.
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ rice boiled and fried.
          --yavāḥ (pl.) parched rice.

bhṛṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Frying, parching, roasting.
     (2) A deserted garden or orchard.

bhṝ 9 P. (bhṛṇāti)
     (1) To bear, nourish, support, maintain.
     (2) To fry.
     (3) To blame, censure.
     (4) To bend, be crooked.

bhekaḥ [bhī kan kasya netvaṃ; Un. 3. 43]
     (1) A frog; paṃke nimagne kariṇi bheko bhavati mūrdhagaḥ.
     (2) A timid man.
     (3) A cloud. --kī
     (1) A small frog.
     (2) A female frog.
     -- Comp.
          --bhuj m. a serpent.
          --ravaḥ, --śabdaḥ the croaking of froos.

bheḍaḥ [bhī-ḍa tasya netvam]
     (1) A ram, sheep.
     (2) A raft, float. --ḍī A ewe.

bheḍraḥ A ram.

bhettṛ a. [bhid tṛc]
     (1) Breaking, splitting.
     (2) One who interrupts, an interrupter, a disturber.
     (3) A destroyer (of secrets).
     (4) A factious or seditious man.

bhedaḥ [bhid ghañ]
     (1) Breaking; splitting, cleaving; hitting (as a mark).
     (2) Rending, tearing.
     (3) Dividing, separating.
     (4) Piercing through, perforation.
     (5)
          (a) Breach, rupture.
          (b) Breaking open, bursting; V. 2. 7.
     (6) Disturbance, interruption.
     (7) Division, separation.
     (8) A chasm, gap, fissure, cleft
     (9) A hurt, injury, wound. (10) Difference, distinction; tayorna bhedapratipattirasti me Bh. 3. 99; agauravabhedena Ku. 6. 12; Bg. 18. 19, 29; rasa-, kāla- &c.
     (11) A change, modification; buddhibheda Bg. 3. 26.
     (12) Dissension, disunion.
     (13) Disclosure, betrayal; as in rahasyabhedaḥ.
     (14) Treachery, treason.
     (15) A kind, variety, bhedāḥ padmaśaṃkhādayo nidheḥ Ak.; śirīṣa puṣpabhedaḥ &c.
     (26) Dualism.
     (17) (In politics) Sowing dissensions in an enemy's party and thus winning him over to one's side, one of the four Upāyas or means of success against an enemy; see upāya and upāyacatuṣṭaya.
     (18) Defeat.
     (19) (In medicine) Evacuation of the bowels.
     -- Comp.
          --abhedau (dual) 1. disunion and union, disagreement and agreement. --2. difference and sameness; bhedābhedajñānaṃ. --unmukha a. on the point of bursting forth or opening; V. 2. 7.
          --kara, --kṛt sowing dissensions.
          --darśin, --dṛṣṭi, buddhi a. considering the universe as distinct from the Supreme Spirit.
          --pratyayaḥ belief in dualism.
          --vādin m. one who maintains the doctrine of dualism.
          --vidhiḥ the faculty of discriminating.
          --saha a. 1. capable of being divided or separated. --2. corruptible, seducible.

bhedaka a. (dikā f.) [bhid-ṇvul]
     (1) Breaking, splitting, dividing, separating.
     (2) Breaking through, piercing.
     (5) Destr ying, a destroyer.
     (4) Distinguishing, discriminating.
     (5) Defining.
     (6) Evacuating (the bowels), purgative. --kaḥ An adjective or differentiating attribute.

bhedana a. [bhid-ṇic lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Breaking, dividing &c.
     (2) Loosening (as the feces), purgative. --naṃ
     (1) Splitting, breaking, rending.
     (2) Dividing, separating.
     (3) Distinguishing.
     (4) Sowing dissensions, creating discord.
     (5) Dissolving, loosening.
     (6) Disclosing, betraying.
     (7) Disunion, discord.
     (8) Asa Foetida.
     (9) (In astr.) Passing through a constellation. --naḥ A hog.

bhedikā Destruction, annihilation.

bhedita a. Split, broken, divided.

bhedin a. [bhid-ṇini] Breaking, dividing, distin guishing &c.

bhediraṃ, bhedura A thunder bolt.

bhedyam A substantive.
     -- Comp.
          --rogaḥ a disease treated by incision.
          --liṃga, a. distinguished by the gender.

bheraḥ A kettle-drum.

bheriḥ --rī f. A kettle-drum; Bg. 1. 13.

bheruṃḍa a. Terrible, frightful, awful, fearful. --ḍaḥ A species of bird. --ḍaṃ Conception, pregnancy.

bheruṃḍakaḥ A jackal.

bhela a. [bhī-ra rasya laḥ]
     (1) Timid, cowardly.
     (2) Foolish, ignorant.
     (3) Unsteady, inconstant.
     (4) Tall.
     (5) Agile, quick. --laḥ A boat, raft, float.

bhelakaḥ --kam A boat, raft.

bheṣ 1 U. (bheṣati-te) To fear, dread, be afraid.

bheṣaja a. [bheṣaṃ rogabhayaṃ jayati ji-ḍa Tv.] Making well or healthy, curative. --jaṃ
     (1) A medicine, medicament, or drug; narānaṃba trātuṃ tvamiha paramaṃ bheṣajamasi G. L. 15; ativīryavatīva bheṣaje bahuralpīyasi dṛśyate guṇaḥ Ki. 2. 4.
     (2) A remedy or cure in general.
     (3) A kind of fennel.
     (4) Any spell against diseases.
     (5) Water (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --a (ā) gāraḥ, --raṃ an apothecary's shop.
          --aṃgaṃ anything taken after medicine.

bheṣajya a. Curative, having healing properties.

bhaikṣa a. (kṣī f.) [mikṣaiva tatsamūho vā aṇ] Living on alms. --kṣaṃ Begging, mendicancy; Ms. 6. 55; Y. 3. 42.
     (2) Anything got by begging, alms, charity; bhaikṣeṇa vartayennityaṃ Ms. 2. 188; 4. 5.
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ alms, food obtained by begging.
          --āśin a. eating food obtained by begging. (--m.) a beggar, mendicant.
          --āhāraḥ a beggar.
          --kālaḥ the time for begging.
          --caraṇaṃ, -caryaṃ, --caryā going about begging, begging, collecting alms.
          --jīvikā, --vṛttiḥ f. mendicancy.
          --bhuj m. a beggar, mendicant.

bhaikṣavaṃ, bhaikṣukam [bhikṣūṇāṃ samūhaḥ añ] A number of beggars.

bhaikṣyam [bhikṣā-ṣyañ] Food got by begging, alms, charity; see bhaikṣa.

bhaima a. (mī f.) [bhībhasya nṛpasyedaṃ aṇ] Relating to Bhīma. --mī
     (1) 'The daughter of Bhīma,' a patronymic of Damayantī, wife of Nala.
     (2) The eleventh day of the bright half of Māgha or a festival performed on that day.

bhaimaseniḥ --nyaḥ A son of Bhīmasena.

bhairava a. (vī f.) [bhīroridaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Terrible, frightful, horrible, formidable; U. 5. 6.
     (2) Miserable.
     (2) Relating to Bhairava. --vaḥ
     (1) A form of Śiva (of which 8 kinds are enumerated).
     (2) The sentiment of terror (bhayānaka).
     (3) Fear, terror.
     (4) N. of a musical mode (rāga) calculated to excite emotions of fear or terror. --vī
     (1) A form of the goddess Durgā.
     (2) N. of a Rāgiṇi in the Hindu musical system.
     (3) A girl of 12 or a young girl representing the goddess Durgā at the Durga festival. --vaṃ Terror, horror.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu (or Śiva ?); so bhairavatarjakaḥ --yātanā a sort of purificatory torment inflicted by Bhairava of Benares on those who die there, to make their spirits fit for absorption into the Supreme Spirit.

bhaiṣajam [bheṣajameva svārthe aṇ] A medicine, drug. --jaḥ The bird called lāvaka or quail.

bhaiṣajyam [bhiṣajaḥ karma, bheṣaja-svārthe vā ṣyañ]
     (1) Administering medicines, medical treatment.
     (2) A medicament, medicine, drug.
     (3) Healing power, curativeness.

bhaiṣmakī A patronymic of Rukmiṇī, daughter of Bhīṣmaka of Vidarbha.

bhoktṛ a. [bhuj tṛc]
     (1) One who enjoys or eats.
     (2) Possessing.
     (3) Enjoying or making use of.
     (4) Feeling, enduring, experiencing.
     (5) Protecting, ruling, governing. --m.
     (1) A possessor, enjoyer, user.
     (2) A husband.
     (3) A king, ruler.
     (4) A lover
     (5) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

bhoktṛtvam
     (1) Being a possessor.
     (2) Enjoyment, possession.
     (3) Perception.

bhogaḥ [bhuj-ghañ]
     (1) Eating, consuming.
     (2) Enjoyment, fruition.
     (3) Possession.
     (4) Utility, advantage.
     (5) Ruling, governing, government.
     (6) Use, application (as of a deposit).
     (7) Suffering, enduring, experiencing.
     (8) Feeling, perception.
     (9) Enjoyment of women, sexual enjoyment, carnal pleasure. (10) An enjoyment, an object of enjoyment or pleasure; bhoge rogabhayaṃ Bh. 3. 35; Bg. 1. 32.
     (11) A repast, feast, banquet.
     (12) Food.
     (13) Food offered to an idol.
     (14) Profit, gain.
     (15) Income, revenue.
     (16) Wealth.
     (17) The wages of prostitutes
     (18) A cover, coil, winding.
     (19) The (expanded) hood of a snake; śvasadasitabhujaṃgabhogāṃgadagrāṃthi &c. Māl. 5. 23; R. 10. 7, 11. 59.
     (21) A snake.
     (22) The body.
     (23) An army in column.
     (24) The passing (of an asterism).
     (25) The part of the ecliptic occupied by each of the 27 Nakshatras.
     -- Comp.
          --arha a. fit to be enjoyed. (
          --rhaṃ) property, wealth.
          --arhyaṃ corn, grain.
          --ādhiḥ a pledge which may be used until redeemed.
          --māvalī the panegyric of a professional encomiast; nagnaḥ stutivratastasya graṃyo bhogāvalī bhavet Hemachandra.
          --āvāsaḥ the apartments of women, harem.
          --kara a. affording enjoyment or pleasure.
          --gucchaṃ wages paid to prostitutes.
          --gṛhaṃ the women's apartments, harem, zenana.
          --tṛṣṇā 1. desire of worldly enjoyments; tadupasthitamagrahīdajaḥ piturājñoti na bhogatṛṣṇayā R. 8. 2; selfish enjoyment; Māl. 2.
          --dehaḥ 'the body of suffering', the subtle body which a dead person is supposed to carry with him, and with which he experiences happiness or misery according to his good or bad works.
          --dharaḥ a serpent.
          --patiḥ the governor or ruler of a district or province.
          --pālaḥ a groom.
          --piśācikā hunger.
          --bhūmi f. 'the land of enjoyment', heaven, paradise (where persons are said to enjoy the fruit of their actions).
          --bhṛtakaḥ a servant who works only for livelihood.
          --lābhaḥ 1. acquisition of enjoyment or profit. --2. well-being, welfare.
          --vastu n. an object of enjoyment.
          --sadmat n. = pogāvāsa q. v.
          --sthānaṃ 1. the body, as the seat of enjoyments. --2. women's apartments.

bhogavat a.
     (1) Giving pleasure or delight, delightful.
     (2) Happy, prosperous.
     (3) Having curves, ringed, coiled. --m.
     (1) A snake.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) Dancing, acting, and singing together. --f. (tī)
     (1) An epithet of the Ganges of Pātāla or the lower world (pātālagaṃgā).
     (2) A female snake-demon.
     (3) N. of the city of the snake-demons in the lower world.
     (4) The night of the second day of a lunar month.

bhogikaḥ [bhoga-ṭhan] A groom, horsekeeper.

bhogin a. [bhoga-ini]
     (1) Eating.
     (2) Enjoying.
     (3) Suffering, experiencing, enduring.
     (4) Using, possessing (at the end of comp. in these four senses.)
     (5) Having curves.
     (6) Having hoods.
     (7) Devoted to enjoyment, indulging in sensual pleassures; Pt. 1. 65 (where it has ense 6 also).
     (8) Rich, opulent. --m.
     (1) A snake; gajājinālaṃbi pinaddhabhogi vā Ku. 5. 78; R. 2. 32, 4. 48, 10. 7, 11. 59.
     (2) A king.
     (3) A voluptuary.
     (4) A barber.
     (5) The headman of a village;
     (6) The lunar mansion āśleṣā. --nī A woman belonging to the king's harem, but not consecrated with him, the concubine of a king.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, īśaḥ Śeṣa or Vāsuki.
          --kāṃtaḥ wind, air.
          --bhuj m. 1. an ichneumon. --2. a peacock.
          --vallabhaṃ sandal.

bhogya a. [bhuj ṇyat kutvaṃ]
     (1) To be enjoyed or turned to one's account; R. 8. 14, Pt. 1. 117.
     (2) To be suffered or endured; Me. 1.
     (3) Profitable. --gyaṃ
     (1) Any object of enjoyment.
     (2) Wealth, property, possessions.
     (3) Corn, grain. --gyā A harlot, courtezan.

bhojaḥ [bhuj-ac] N. of a celebrated king of Mālvā (or Dharā); (supposed to have flourished about the end of the tenth or the beginning of the eleventh century, and to have been a great patron of Sanskrit learning; he is also supposed to have been the author of several learned works, such as sarasvatīkaṃṭhābharaṇa &c.).
     (2) N. of a country.
     (3) N. of a king of the Vidarbhas; bhojena dūto raghave visṛṣṭaḥ R 5 39; 7. 18, 29, 35. --jāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a people.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ an epithet of 1. Kamsa. --2. Karṇa.
          --iṃdraḥ a king of the Bhojas.
          --kaṭaṃ N. of a town founded by Rukmin.
          --devaḥ, --rājaḥ king Bhoja; see
     (1) above. --patiḥ 1. king Bhoja. --2. an epithet of Kamsa.

bhojaka a. [bhuj ṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Causing to eat, feeding, nourishing. daive pitrye ca bhojakaḥ Y. 2. 235.
     (2) An eater.

bhojana a. [bhuj-lyu lyuṭ vā] Feeding, nourishing, giving to eat. --naḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Śiva. --naṃ
     (1) Eating, eating food; taking one's meals; arjīrṇe bhojanaṃ viṣaṃ.
     (2) Food
     (3) Giving (food) to eat, feeding.
     (4) Using, enjoying.
     (5) Any object of enjoyment.
     (6) That which is enjoyed.
     (7) Property, wealth, possessions.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikāraḥ charge of provender, superintendence over food or provisions, stewardship.
          --ācchādanaṃ food and raiment.
          --kālaḥ --velā, -samayaḥ meal-time, dinner or supper time.
          --tyāgaḥ abstaining from food, fasting.
          --bhāṃḍaṃ a dish of meat.
          --bhūmiḥ f. a dining-hall.
          --viśeṣaḥ a dainty, delicacy.
          --vṛttiḥ f. a meal, food.
          --vyagra a. 1 engaged in eating. --2. straitened for want of food.
          --vyayaḥ expense for food.

bhojanīya a. [bhuj anayir] Eatable, edible. --yaṃ Food.

bhojayitṛ a. [bhuj-ṇic-tṛc] One who feeds, a feeder.

bhojin a. [bhuj-ṇini] (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Eating, enjoying; using, possessing &c.
     (2) Feeding, nourishing.

bhojya pot p. [bhuj-ṇyat]
     (1) To be eaten.
     (2) To be enjoyed or possessed.
     (3) To be suffered or experienced.
     (4) To be enjoyed carnally. --jyaṃ
     (1) Food, meal; tvaṃ bhoktā ahaṃ ca bhojyabhūtaḥ Pt. 2; Ku. 2. 15; Ms. 3. 240.
     (2) A store of provisions, eatables.
     (3) A dainty.
     (4) Enjoyment.
     (5) Advantage, profit.
     (6) Food given to the Manes.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ mealtime.
          --saṃbhavaḥ chyme, the primary juice of the body.

bhojyā A princess of the Bhojas; R. 6. 59; 7. 2, 13.

bhoṭaḥ N. of a country(said to be the same as Tibet).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ the country called Bhootāna.

bhoṭīya a. Tibetan.

bhomīrā Coral.

bholiḥ A camel.

bhos ind. A vocative particle used in addressing persons, and translateable by 'oh,' 'sir,' 'oh,' 'halloo,' 'ah;' (it drops its final visarga before vowels and soft consonants); kaḥ ko'tra bhoḥ S. 2; athi bho maharṣiputra S. 7; it is sometimes repeated; bho bhoḥ śaṃkaragṛhādhivāsino jānapadāḥ Mal. 3 bhos is said to have, in addition, the senses of 'sorrow' and 'interrogation'.

bhaujaṃga a. (gī f.) [bhujaṃga-aṇ] Serpentine. --gaṃ The lunar mansion called āśleṣā.

bhoṭṭaḥ A Tibetan.

bhota a. (tī f.) [bhūtāni prāṇino'dhikṛtya pravṛttaḥ, tāni devatā vā asya aṇ]
     (1) Relating to living beings.
     (2) Elemental, material.
     (3) Demoniacal.
     (4) Mad, crazy. --taḥ
     (1) A worshipper of demons and spirits.
     (2) An attendant upon an idol (devala).
     (3) One of the five daily Yajṇas to be performed by a householder (also called bhūtayajña, q. v.). --taṃ A collection of evil spirits. --tī Night.

bhautaka a. Possessed by evil spirits.

bhautika a. (kī f.) [bhūt-ṭhak]
     (1) Belonging to created or living beings; Ms. 3. 74.
     (2) Formed of coarse elements, elemental, material; piṃḍeṣvanāsthā khalu bhautikeṣu R. 2. 57.
     (3) Relating to evil spirits.
     (4) Pos sessed by evil spirits. --kaḥ N. of Śiva. --kaṃ
     (1) A pearl.
     (2) Anything elemental.
     -- Comp.
          --maṭhaḥ a monastery.
          --vidyā sorcery, witch-craft.

bhaupālaḥ A prince, son of a king.

bhauma a. (mī f.) [bhūmerapatyaṃ tasyā idaṃ vā aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to the earth.
     (2) Being on the earth, earthly, terrestrial; bhaumo muneḥ sthānaparigrahoyaṃ R. 13. 36; 15. 59.
     (3) Earthy, made of earth.
     (4) Relating to Mars. --maḥ
     (1) The planet Mars.
     (2) An epithet of the demon Naraka.
     (3) Water.
     (4) Light.
     (5) Sky, atmosphere.
     (6) N. of Atri.
     -- Comp.
          --dinaṃ, --vāraḥ, --vāsaraḥ Tuesday; Śi. 15. 17.
          --ratnaṃ coral.

bhaumakaḥ Any animal living in the earth.

bhaumanaḥ N. of Viśvakarman, architect of the gods.

bhaumika a. (kī f.) bhaumya a. [bhūmiṭhak yat-vā] Earthly, terrestrial, living or existing on the earth.

bhaurikaḥ [bhūri sūbarṇamadhikaroti ṭhak] The superintendent of gold in a royal treasury, a treasury-officer, a treasurer.

bhauvanaḥ See bhaumana.

bhauvādika a. (kī f.) Belonging to the class of roots which begin with bhū, i. e. to the first conjugation.

bhyas 1 A. (bhyasate) To fear. --Caus. To frighten.

bhraṃś 1 A., 4 P. (bhraṃśate, bhraśyati, bhraṣṭa; with abl. in most cases)
     (1) To fall or drop down, tumble; hastādbhraṣṭamidaṃ bisābharaṇaṃ S. 3. 26; Pt. 1. 130; Śi. 18. 21.
     (2) To fall from, deviate or swerve from, stray from; yūthādbhraṣṭaḥ H. 4: R 14. 16.
     (3) To be deprived of, lose; babhraṃśe'sau dhṛtesta taḥ Bk. 14. 71; Pt. 2. 108; 4. 37.
     (4) To escape, flee from; saṃgrāmāt babhraśuḥ kecit Bk. 14. 105; 15. 59.
     (5) To decline, decay, decrease.
     (6) To disappear, vanish, depart; Māl. 8. 12. --Caus. (bhraṃśayati-te)
     (1) To cause to fall, throw or cast down.
     (2) To deprive of.
     (3) To ruin, overturn.
     (4) To cause to disappear or vanish.
     (5) To expel.

bhraṃśaḥ --saḥ [bhraṃś-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Falling off, dropping down, fall, slipping or falling down; sehe'sya na dhraṃśamato na lobhāt R. 16. 74; kanakavalayabhraṃśariktaprakoṣṭhaḥ Me. 2.
     (2) Decline, decrease, decay.
     (3) Fall, destruction, ruin, overthrow.
     (4) Running away.
     (5) Disappearance.
     (6) Losing, loss, deprivation; smṛtibhraṃśād buddhināśaḥ Bg. 2. 63; so jātibhraśa, svārthabhraśa.
     (7) Straying, swerving, or deviating from.
     (8) Abandoning, deserting.

bhraṃśathuḥ See prabhraṃśathuḥ.

bhraṃśa(sa)na a. (nī f.) [bhraṃś-lyu lyuṭ vā] Throwing down. --naṃ
     (1) The act of dropping down.
     (2) Falling from, being deprived of, losing.

bhraṃśita a. Thrown or cast down.

bhraṃśin a. [bhraṃa-nini]
     (1) Falling off or down, falling from.
     (2) De caying.
     (3) Straying away from.
     (4) Ruining, destroying.

bhraṃs = bhraṃś q. v.

bhrakuṃśaḥ An actor in female dress.

bhrakuṭi --bhrukuṭi q. v.

bhrakṣ 1 U. (bhrakṣati-te) To eat, devour.

bhrajjanam [bhrasj lyuṭ] The act of frying, roasting, or parching.

bhraṇ 1 P. (bhraṇati) To sound.

bhrabhaṃgaḥ = bhrūbhaṃgaḥ q. v.

bhram 1. 4. P. (bhramati, bhramyati, bhrāmyati, babhrāma, abhramat, abhramīt, bhramiṣyati, bhramituṃ, bhrāṃta)
     (1) To roam or wander about, move or go about, rove, ramble (fig. also); bhramati bhuvane kaṃdarpājñā Māl. 1. 17; mano niṣṭhāśūnyaṃ bhramati ca kimapyālikhati ca 31; oft. with acc. of place; bhuvaṃ babhrāma Dk.; digmaṃḍalaṃ bhramasi mānasa cāpalena Bh. 3. 77; so bhikṣāṃ bhram 'to go about begging'.
     (2) To turn or whirl round, revolve, move round or in a circle; sūryo bhrāmyati nityameva gagane Bh. 2. 95; bhramatā bhramareṇa Gīt. 3.
     (3) To go astray, stray, swerve, deviate.
     (4) To spread, prevail, be current of afloat; abhramacca paurajānapadeṣviyaṃ vārtā Dk.
     (5) To totter, reel, stagger, be in doubt or suspense, waver; Māl. 5. 20.
     (6) To err, be in error or mistake, be mistaken; ābharaṇakārastu tālavya iti babhrāma.
     (6) To flicker, flutter, quiver, move unsteadily; cakṣurbhrāmyati Pt. 4. 78.
     (8) To surround. --Caus. (bhramayati-te or bhrāmayati-te)
     (1) To cause to rove or wander, cause to revolve or turn round, whirl round; bhramaya jaladānaṃbhogarbhān Māl. 9. 41.
     (2) To cause to err, delude, mislead, perplex, confuse, embarrass, cause to reel or stagger; vikāraścaitanyaṃ bhramayati ca saṃmīlayati ca U. 1. 36.
     (3) To wave, brandish, vibrate; līlāraviṃdaṃ bhramayāṃcakāra R. 6. 13.

bhramaḥ [bhram-ghañ]
     (1) Moving or roaming about, roving.
     (2) Turning round, whirling, revolving.
     (3) Circular motion, rotation.
     (4) Straying, deviating.
     (5) An error, a mistake, misapprehension, delusion; śuktau raṃjatamiti jñānaṃ bhramaḥ.
     (6) Confusion, perplexity, embarrassment.
     (7) An eddy. a whirlpool.
     (8) A potter's wheel
     (9) A grind-stone. (10) A lathe.
     (11) Giddiness.
     (12) A fountain, watercourse.
     -- Comp.
          --ākula a. confused.
          --āsaktaḥ a sword-cleaner, an armourer.

bhramaṇam [bhram-lyuṭ]
     (1) Moving or roving about, roaming about.
     (2) Turning round, revolution.
     (3) Deviation, swerving.
     (4) Shaking, tottering, unsteadiness, staggering.
     (5) Erring.
     (6) Giddiness, dizziness.
     (7) A tour, excursion.
     (8) The orbit of a planet. --ṇī
     (1) A kind of game.
     (2) A leech.

bhramat a. Wandering, roving &c.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṭī a kind of umbrella.

bhramara [bhram-karan]
     (1) A bee, large black bee; maline'pi rāgapūrṇāṃ vikasitavadanāmanalpajalapepi . tvayi capale'pi ca sarasāṃ bhramara kathaṃ vā sarojinīṃ tyajasi Bv. 1. 100 (where the next meaning is also suggested).
     (2) A lover, gallant, libertine.
     (3) A potter's wheel.
     (4) A young man. --rī
     (1) A bee.
     (2) Lac. --raṃ Giddiness, vertigo.
     -- Comp.
          --atithiḥ the Champaka tree.
          --abhilīna a. with bees clung or attached to; R. 3. 8.
          --alakaḥ a curl on the foreliead.
          --ānaṃdaḥ 1. the Bakula tree. --2. the Atimukta creeper.
          --iṣṭaḥ the tree called śyonāka. --utsavā the Mādhavī creeper.
          --karaṃḍakaḥ a small box containing bees (carried by thieves to extinguish light in a house by letting the bees escape).
          --kīṭaḥ a species of wasp.
          --priyaḥ a kind of Kadamba tree.
          --bādhā molestation by a bee; S. 1.
          --maṃḍalaṃ a swarm of bees.
          --vilasitaṃ 1. the sporting of bees. --2. N. of a metre.

bhramarakaḥ [bhramara svārthe ka]
     (1) A bee.
     (2) A whirlpool, an eddy. --kaḥ --kaṃ
     (1) A lock of hair or curl hanging down on the forehead.
     (2) A ball for playing with.
     (3) A humming-top.

bhramarikā Roving in all directions.

bhramarāyate Den. A.
     (1) To begin turning round or revolving.
     (2) To act like a bee, i. e. to be unsteady in one's attachments to women.

bhramiḥ f. [bhram-i]
     (1) Whirling or turning round, circular movement; moving about or round, revolution; U. 3. 19; 6. 3; Māl. 5. 23.
     (2) A potter's wheel.
     (3) A turner's lathe.
     (4) A whirlpool
     (5) A whirlwind.
     (6) A circular arrangement of troops.
     (7) An error, a mistake.

bhraman a. [bhram ṇini] Turning or moving round, revolving, whirling &c.

bhraś See bhraṃś.

bhraśiman m. Violence, excessiveness, impetuosity vehemence.

bhrasj 6. U. (bhṛjjati, bhṛṣṭa; caus. bharjayati-te, bhrajjayati te; desid. bibharkṣatibibhrakṣati, bibharjiṣati bibhrajjiṣati) To fry, roast, parch, broil; (fig. also); babhrajja nihati tasmin śoko rāvaṇamagnivat Bk. 14. 86.

bhrāj 1 A. (bhrājate) To shine, gleam. flash, glitter; rurujurbhrejire pheṇurbahudhā harirākṣasāḥ Bk. 14. 78; 15. 24. --Caus. To illuminate, irradiate. --WITH vi to shine brilliantly or intensely; bibhrājase makaraketanamarcayantī Ratn. 1. 21.

bhrājaḥ N. of one of the seven suns. --jaṃ N. of a Sāman.

bhrājaka a. (jikā f.) [bhraj-ṇvul] Illuminating, irradiating. --kaṃ Bile, gall.

bhrājathuḥ Splendour, lustre, brilliance, beauty.

bhrājanam [bhrāj-lyuṭ] Illuminating.

bhrājin a. Shining, glittering.

bhrājiṣṇu a. [bhrāj-iṣṇuc] Shining, resplendent, bright, radiant. --ṣṇuḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) Of Viṣṇu.

bhrātṛ m. [bhrāj-tṛc pṛṣo-; cf. Uṇ. 2. 96.]
     (1) A brother.
     (2) An intimate friend or relation.
     (3) A near relative in general.
     (4) A term of friendly address (my good friend); bhrātaḥ kaṣṭamaho Bh. 3. 37; 2. 34; tattvaṃ ciṃtaya tadidaṃ bhrātaḥ Moha M. 3. --Dual. A brother and sister. [cf. L. frater; Zend bratar, Eng. brother.]
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhi, -gaṃdhika a. having only the name of a brother, a brother in mere name.
          --jaḥ a brother's daughter.
          --jāyā (also bhrāturjāyā) a brother's wife, a sister-in-law; Me. 10.
          --dattaṃ property given by a brother to a sister at the time of her marriage.
          --dvitīyā the second day of the bright half of Kārtika (when sisters invite their brothers to their houses and entertain them, who in their turn give them presents; the day seems to have been so called on account of Yamunā having entertained her brother Yama on that day; cf. yamadvitīyā). --putraḥ (also bhrātuṣputraḥ) a brother's son. (
          --trī) a niece.
          --vadhūḥ a brother's wife.
          --bhaginyau a brother and sister.
          --śvaśuraḥ elder brother of the husband.
          --hatyā fratricide.

bhrātṛka a. Relating to a brother.

bhrātṛvyaḥ [bhrātuḥ putraḥ vyat]
     (1) A brother's son, nephew.
     (2) An enemy, adversary.

bhrātṛtvam Brotherhood, fraternity.

bhrātṛvala a. Having a brother or brothers.

bhrātrīya, bhrātreya a. Fraternal. --yaḥ A brother's son, nephew.

bhrātryam Fraternity, brotherhood.

bhrāṃta p. p. [bhram-kta]
     (1) Wandered or roamed about.
     (2) Turned round, whirled, revolved.
     (3) Erred, mistaken, gone astray.
     (4) Perplexed, confused.
     (5) Moving about, moving to and fro, wheeling.
     (6) Whirling or turning round, roaming or wandering about. --taḥ
     (1) An elephant in rut.
     (2) A kind of thorn-apple. --taṃ
     (1) Roaming, moving about; varaṃ parvatadurgeṣu bhrāṃtaṃ vanacaraiḥ saha Bh. 2. 14.
     (2) A mistake, an error.

bhrāṃtiḥ [bhram-ktin] f.
     (1) Moving or wandering about.
     (2) Turning round, rolling.
     (3) A revolution, circular or rotatory movement; cakrabhrāṃtirarāṃtareṣu vitanotyanyāmivārāvalīṃ V. 1. 4.
     (4) An error, a mistake, delusion, wrong notion, false idea or impression; śritāsi caṃdanabhrāṃtyā durvipākaṃ viṣadrumaṃ U. 1. 47.
     (5) Confusion, perplexity.
     (6) Doubt, uncertainty, suspense.
     (7) Unsteadiness.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. confounding, causing delusion.
          --nāśanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --hara a. removing doubt or error. (
          --raḥ) a counsellor, minister.

bhrāṃtimat a.
     (1) Revolving, turning round; bhrāṃtimadva riyaṃtraṃ M. 2. 18.
     (2) Erring, mistaking, being under a delusion. --m. A figure of speech in which one thing is represented as being mistaken for another on account of the close resemblance between the two; bhrāṃtimānanyasaṃvittattulyadarśane K. P. 10; e. g. kapāle mārjāraḥ paya iti karān leḍhi śaśinaḥ &c.; see V. 3. 2; Māl. 1. 2 also.

bhrāmaḥ [bhram-aṇ]
     (1) Roaming about.
     (2) Delusion, error, mistake.

bhrāmaka a. (mikā f.) [bhrāmayati-bhrma ṇic ṇval]
     (1) Causing to move or whirl.
     (2) Perplexing, deluding, misleading.
     (3) Deceptive, false. --kaḥ
     (1) A sun-flower.
     (2) A kind of loadstone.
     (3) A deceiver, rogue, cheat.
     (4) A jackal.

bhrāmaṇam [bhram ṇic lyuṭ] Swinging or turning round, causing to revolve.

bhrāmara a. (rī f.) [bhramareṇa saṃbhṛtaṃ bhramarasyedaṃ vā aṇ] Relating to a bee. --raḥ --raṃ A kind of loadstone. --raṃ
     (1) Whirling round.
     (2) Giddiness.
     (3) Epilepsy.
     (4) Honey.
     (5) A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment.
     (6) A village. --rī
     (1) An epithet of Durgā.
     (2) Going round, walking round from left to right; (= pradakṣiṇā q. v.); as in dīyaṃtāṃ bhrāmaryaḥ Karpūr. 4, Vb. 2.

bhrāmarin a.
     (1) Revolving.
     (2) Having epilepsy, epileptic.
     (3) Made of honey.
     (4) Giddy, dizzy.

bhrāmin a. Confused, perplexed.

bhrā(bhlā)ś 1. 4. A. (bhrāśate, bhrāśyate, bhlāśate, bhlāśyate) To shine, glitter, blaze.

bhrāṣṭraḥ --ṣṭram A frying-pan. --ṣṭraḥ
     (1) Light.
     (2) Ether.

bhrāṣṭrakaṃ --kaḥ A frying-pan; Pt, 1. 132.

bhrāṣṭramiṃdha a. One who fries or roasts.

bhrā(bhlā)s See bhrā(bhlā)ś.

bhru(bhrū)kuṃśaḥ(saḥ) A male actor in female attire.

bhrukuṭiḥ --ṭī See bhrūkuṭi.

bhrī 9 P. (bhrīṇāti) To fear.

bhruḍ 6 P. (bhruḍati)
     (1) To collect, gather.
     (2) To cover.

bhrū f. [bhram-ḍū Uṇ. 2. 68] Brow, eyebrow; kāṃtirbhruvorāyatalekhayoryā Ku. 1. 47; vivartitabhrūriyamadya śikṣate S. 1. 23.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṭiḥ --ṭī f. contraction or knitting of the eyebrows, a frown. -baṃdhaḥ, -racanā bending or knitting the eyebrows; -mukhaṃ a frowning face; bhrukuṭiṃ baṃdh or rac 'to knit the eyebrows, to frown.'
          --kṣepaḥ contraction of the eyebrows; bhrūkṣepamātrānumatapraveśāṃ Ku. 3. 60.
          --jāhaṃ the root of the eyebrow.
          --bhaṃgaḥ, --bhedaḥ contraction or knitting of the eyebrows, a frown; taraṃgabhrūbhaṃgā kṣubhitavihagaśreṇiraśanā V. 4. 28; sabhrūbhaṃgaṃ mukhamiva Me. 24; sabhrūbhaṃgaṃ 'with a frown'.
          --bhedin a. frowning.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the arch of the eyebrow.
          --madhyaṃ the space between the eye-brows.
          --latā a creeper-like eyebrow, an arched or curving eyebrow.
          --vikāraḥ, --vikriyā, --vikṣepaḥ contraction of the eyebrows.
          --viceṣṭitaṃ, --vibhramaḥ, --vilāsaḥ graceful or playful movement of the eyebrows, amorous play of the brows; sabhrūvilāsamatha so'yamitīrayitvā Māl. 1. 25; Me. 16.

bhrūṇ 10 A. (bhrūṇayate)
     (1) To hope.
     (2) To trust, confide.
     (3) To wish, desire.
     (4) To fear.

bhrūṇaḥ [bhrūṇ-ghañ]
     (1) An embryo, foetus.
     (2) A child, boy.
     -- Comp.
          --ghna, --han a. one who procures or causes abortion.
          --hatiḥ, --hatyā killing an embryo, causing abortion; bhrūṇahatyāṃ vā ete ghnaṃti; Y. 1. 64.

bhrej 1 A. (bhrejate) To shine.

bhre(bhle)ṣ 1 U. (bhreṣati-te, bhleṣati te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To fall, totter, trip, slip.
     (3) To fear.
     (4) To be angry.

bhreṣaḥ Moving, motion.
     (2) Tottering, wavering, slipping.
     (3) Deviation, swerving, aberration.
     (4) Deviation from rectitude, trespass, sin.
     (5) Loss, deprivation.

bhrauṇahatyam The killing of an embryo.

bhlakṣ See bhrakṣ.

bhlāś See bhrāś.

ma

maḥ
     (1) Time.
     (2) Poison.
     (3) A magical formula.
     (4) The moon.
     (5) N. of Brahman.
     (6) Of Viṣṇu.
     (7) Of Śiva.
     (8) Of Yama.
     (9) (In prosody) A syllabic foot (gaṇa) consisting of three long syllables. (10) N. of the fifth (madhyama) note in music. --maṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Happiness, welfare.

maṃh 1 A. (maṃhate)
     (1) To grow, increase.
     (2) To give, grant.
     (3) To speak.
     (4) To shine.

maṃhanīya a. Ved.
     (1) Praiseworthy,
     (2) Great, valuable.

maṃhiṣṭha a. Ved. Very liberal or praiseworthy.

makaraḥ [maṃ viṣaṃ kirati ka-ac Tv.]
     (1) A kind of sea-animal, a crocodile, shark; jhaṣāṇāṃ makaraścāsmi Bg. 10. 31; makaravaktra Bh. 2. 4. (Makara is regarded as an emblem of Cupid; cf. comps. below).
     (2) The sign Capri cornus of the zodiac.
     (3) An array of troops in the form of a Makara.
     (4) An ear-ring in the shape of a Makara.
     (5) The hands folded in the form of a Makara.
     (6) N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
     (7) The tenth arc of thirty degrees in any circle.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ an epithet of 1. the god of love. --2. the ocean.
          --aśvaḥ an epithet of Varuṇa.
          --ākaraḥ, --āvāsaḥ the ocean.
          --ālayaḥ 1. the ocean. --2. a symbolical expression for the number 'four'.
          --kuṃḍalaṃ an ear-ring in the shape of a Makara.
          --ketanaḥ, -ketuḥ, --ketumat m. epithets of the god of love.
          --dhvajaḥ 1. an epithet of the god of love; saṃprāptaṃ makaradhvajena mathanaṃ tvatto madarthe purā Ratn. 1. 3; tatpremavāri makaradhvajatāpahāri Ch. P. 41. --2. a particular array of troops.
          --rāśiḥ f. the sign Capricornus of the zodiac.
          --saṃkramaṇaṃ the passage of the sun into the sign Capricornus.
          --saptamī the seventh day in the bright half of Māgha.

makarin m. [makarāḥ saṃtyatra ini] An epithet of the ocean.

makarī The female of a crocodile.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ, -lekhā the mark of a Makarī on the face of Lakṣmī
          --prasthaḥ N. of a town.

makaraṃdaḥ [makaramapi dyati kāmajanaṃkatvāt do-avakhaṃḍane ka pṛṣo- mum Tv.]
     (1) The honey of flowers, flower-juice; makaraṃdatuṃdilānāmaraviṃdānāmayaṃ mahāmānyaḥ Bv. 1. 6, 8.
     (2) A kind of jasmine.
     (3) The cuckoo.
     (4) A bee.
     (5) A kind of fragrant mango tree. --daṃ A filament.

makaraṃdavata a. Filled with honey. --tī The Pātalā creeper or its flower.

makuṭam A crown; cf. mukuṭa.

makutiḥ
     (1) A government order addressed to the Śūdras (śūdraśāsana).

makuraḥ [maka-urac pṛṣo-]
     (1) A mirror.
     (2) The Bakula tree.
     (3) A bud.
     (4) The Arabian jasmine.
     (5) The rod or handle of a potter's wheel.

makulaḥ
     (1) The Bakula tree.
     (2) A bud.

makuṣṭaḥ, --makuṣṭakaḥ A kind of kidney-bean or rice.

makuṣṭha a. Slow. --ṣṭhaḥ A kind of kidney-bean or rice.

makūlakaḥ
     (1) A bud.
     (2) The tree. called daṃtī.

makk
     (1) A. (makkate) To go, move.

makkalaḥ A dangerous kind of abseess in the abdomen (of lying-in women).

makkulaḥ Benzoin, red chalk.

makkolaḥ Chalk.

makṣ 1 P. (makṣati)
     (1) To accumulate, heap, collect.
     (2) To be angry.

makṣaḥ
     (1) Wrath.
     (2) Hypocrisy.
     (3) A multitude, collection.
     -- Comp.
          --vīryaḥ the tree piyāla.

makṣikaḥ, --makṣi(kṣī)kā A fly, bee; bho upasthitaṃ nayanamadhu saṃnihitā makṣikā ca M. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --malaṃ wax.

makh, or maṃkh 1 P. (makhati, maṃkhati) To go, move, creep.

makha a. [makh saṃjñāyāṃ gha] Ved.
     (1) A dorable, fit to be worshipped with oblations.
     (2) Lively, active, cheerful. --khaḥ A sacrificial rite; akiṃcanatvaṃ makhajaṃ vyanakti R. 5. 16; Ms. 4. 24; R. 3. 39.
     -- Comp.
          --aśabhāj m. a god.
          --agniḥ, --analaḥ sacrificial fire.
          --asuhṛd m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --kriyā a sacrificial rite.
          --trātṛ m. an epithet of Rāma.
          --dviṣ m. a demon, a Rākṣasa; R. 11. 27; 3. 45; U. 5. 4.
          --dveṣin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --han n. an epithet 1. of Indra. --2. of Śiva.

makhasyu a. Ved.
     (1) Wishing for wealth or sacrifice.
     (2) Lively, sprightly, cheerful.

magaḥ
     (1) A magian.
     (2) A priest of the sun.

magadhaḥ
     (1) N. of a country, the southern part of Behar; asti magadheṣu puṣpapurī nāma nagarī Dk. 1; agādhasattvo magadhapratiṣṭhaḥ R. 6. 21.
     (2) A bard, minstrel. --dhāḥ (pl.) The people of Magadha, the Magadhas. --dhā
     (1) The town of the Magadhas.
     (2) Long pepper.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. a king of the Magadhas --2. N. of Parantapa; R. 6. 20. --3. N. of Jarāsandha.
          --udbhavā long pepper.
          --purī the city of Magadha.
          --lipiḥ f. writing or character of the Magadhas.

magadhīya a. Belonging to or coming from Magadha.

magadhyati Den. P.
     (1) To surround.
     (2) To serve, be a slave, attend upon, (as a bard, waiter &c).

magna See masj.

maghaḥ
     (1) N. of one of the Dvīpas or divisions of the universe.
     (2) N. of a country.
     (3) A kind of drug or medicine.
     (4) Pleasure.
     (5) N. of the tenth lunar mansion; see maghā. --ghaṃ
     (1) A kind of flower.
     (2) A gift, present.
     (3) Wealth, riches (Ved.).

maghavaḥ, maghavat m. N. of Indra.

maghavan a. [mah-pūjāyāṃ kanin ni- hasya ghaḥ vugāgamaśca Uṇ. 1. 156] Liberal, munificent. --m. (Nom. sing. maghavā; acc. pl. maghonaḥ)
     (1) N. of Indra; dudoha gāṃ sa yajñāya sasyāya maghavā divaṃ R. 1. 26, 3. 46; Ki. 3. 52; Ku. 3. 1.
     (2) An owl (pecaka).
     (3) N. of Vyāsa,

maghā N. of the tenth lunar mansion containing five stars.
     -- Comp.
          --trayodaśī the thirteenth day of the dark half of Bhādrapada.
          --bhavaḥ, bhūḥ the planet Venus.

maṃk 1 A. (maṃkate)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To decorate, adorn.

maṃkilaḥ A forest conflagration.

maṃkuraḥ A mirror.

maṃkṣaṇam An armour for the legs, greaves.

maṃkṣu ind.
     (1) Immediately, quickly, soon; maṃkṣūdapāti paritaḥ paṭalairalīnāṃ Śi. 5. 37.
     (2) Exceedingly, very much.
     (3) Truly, really.

maṃkhaḥ
     (1) A royal bard.
     (2) A medicament of a particular class.

maṃg
     (1) U. (maṃgati-te) To go, move.

maṃgaḥ
     (1) The head of a boat.
     (2) The side of a ship.

maṃgala a. [maṃg-alac; Uṇ. 5. 70]
     (1) Auspicious, lucky, propitious, fortunate; as in maṃgaladivasaḥ, maṃgalavṛṣabhaḥ &c.
     (2) Prosperous, doing or faring well.
     (3) Brave. --laṃ
     (1)
          (a) Auspiciousness, propitiousness: janakānāṃ raghūṇāṃ ca yatkṛtsnaṃ gotramaṃgalaṃ U. 6. 42; R. 6. 9; 10. 67.
          (b) Happiness, good luck or fortune, bliss, felicity; bhadraṃ bhadraṃ vitara bhagavan bhūyase maṃgalāya Mal. 1. 3; U. 3. 48.
          (e) Well-being, welfare, good; saṃgaḥ satāṃ kimu na maṃgalamātanoti Bv. 1. 122; (also m. in these senses).
     (2) A good omen, anything tending to an auspicious issue.
     (3) A blessing, benediction.
     (4) An auspicious or lucky object.
     (5) An auspicious occasion or event, a festivity.
     (6) Any solemn or auspicious ceremony or rite (such as marriage).
     (7) Any ancient custom.
     (8) Turmeric. --laḥ
     (1) The planet Mars.
     (2) N. of Agni. --lā --lī
     (1) A faithful wife.
     (2) Dūrvā grass.
     (3) N. of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣatāḥ (m. pl.) rice thrown over persons by Brāhmaṇas when pronouncing blessings.
          --aguru n. a variety of sandal.
          --ayanaṃ the way to happiness or prosperity.
          --alaṃkṛta a. decorated with auspicious ornaments; Ku. 6. 87, M. 1. 14.
          --aṣṭakaṃ a benedictory verse or verses repeated by priests over a youth and maiden, when being married, to promote their good luck.
          --ahnikaṃ any daily religious rite performed for good luck
          --ācaraṇaṃ 1. an auspicious introduction in the form of a prayer (for the attainment of success) at the beginning of any undertaking or of any work of composition. --2. pronouncing a blessing.
          --ācāraḥ 1. an auspicious or pious ceremony or usage.
     (2) a benediction. pronouncing a blessing. --ātodyaṃ a drum beaten on festive occasions. --ādeśavṛttiḥ a fortune-teller. --āraṃbhaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa. --ālaṃbhanaṃ touching anything auspicious. --ālayaḥ, --āvāsaḥ a temple. --icchu a. desirous of happiness or prosperity. --karaṇaṃ repeating a prayer for the success of any undertaking. --kāraka, --kārin a. auspicious. --kāryaṃ any festive occasion, a religious or auspicious ceremony. --kālaḥ an auspicious occasion; S. 4. --kṣaumaṃ a silken cloth worn on occasions of festivity; R. 12. 8. --grahaḥ an auspicious planet --ghaṭaḥ, --pātraṃ a pot filled with water offered to the gods on festive occasions. --chāyaḥ the plaksha tree. --tūryaṃ, --vādyaṃ a musical instrument, such as a trumpet, drum &c., played on festive or auspicious occasions; R. 3. 19. --devatā an auspicious or tutelary deity. patraṃ a leaf serving as an amulet. --pāṭhakaḥ a bard, minstrel, professional panegyrist; āḥ durātman vṛthāmaṃgalapa ṭhaka śailūṣāpasada Ve. 1. --pu ṣpaṃ an auspicious flower. --pūjita a. honoured with a sacrificial offering. --pratisaraḥ, --sūtraṃ an auspicious cord or string, the auspicious thread worn by a married woman round her neck as long as her husband lives; aṃtraiḥ kalpitamaṃgalapratisarāḥ (aṃganāḥ) Māl. 5. 18. --2. the cord of an amulet. --prada a. auspicious. (--dā) turmeric. --prasthaḥ N. of a mountain. --mātrabhūṣaṇa a. decked in auspicious ornaments only, such as the auspicious thread, saffron-mark &c.; sitāṃśukā maṃgalamātrabhūṣaṇā V. 3. 12. --vacas n., --vādaḥ a benedictory or congratulatory expression, benediction, blessing. --vādin a. expressing blessings or congratulations, wishing joy. --vādyaṃ see maṃgalatūrya. --vāraḥ, --vāsaraḥ Tuesday. --vidhiḥ 1. a festive or auspicious rite. --2. preparations for a festival. --śabdaḥ greeting, a benedictory expression. --sūtraṃ see maṃgalapratisara. --snānaṃ a solemn or auspicious ablution.

maṃgalāvrataḥ An epithet of Śiva (devoted to Umā).

maṃgalīya a. Auspicious; fortunate.

maṃgalya a. [maṃgalāya hitaṃ yat]
     (1) Auspicious, fortunate, happy, lucky, prosperous; Ms. 2. 31.
     (2) Pleasing, agreeable, beautiful.
     (3) Holy, pure, pious; trilokīmaṃ galyāṃ U. 4. 10. --lya
     (1) The sacred fig-tree.
     (2) The cocoanut tree.
     (3) A sort of pulse.
     (4) The Bilva tree. --lyā
     (1) A species of fragrant sandal.
     (2) N. of Durgā.
     (3) A kind of aloe-wood.
     (4) A particular perfume.
     (5) A particular yellow pigment. --lyaṃ
     (1) Auspicious water for the coronation of a king (brought from various holy places).
     (2) Gold.
     (3) Sandal-wood.
     (4) Red lead.
     (5) Sour curds.

maṃgalyakaḥ A kind of pulse(masūra).

maṃginī A boat, ship.

maṃgh I. 1 P. (maṃghati) To adorn, decorate. --II. 1 A. (maṃghate)
     (1) To cheat, deceive.
     (2) To begin.
     (3) To blame, censure.
     (4) To go, move, move quickly.
     (5) To start, set out.

mac 1 A. (macate)
     (1) To be wicked.
     (2) To cheat, deceive.
     (3) To be vain or proud.
     (5) To pound, ground.

macarcikā A word used at the end of a noun to denote 'excellence' or 'the best of its kind'; as gomacarcikā 'an excellent cow or bull'; cf. uddha.

macchaḥ A fish(corrupted from matsya).

majjan m. [masj kanin Uṇ. 1. 156]
     (1) The marrow of the bones and flesh.
     (2) The pith of plants.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt n. a bone.
          --samudbhavaḥ semen virile.

majjanam [masj-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Sinking, plunging, sinking under water, immersion.
     (2) Inundating, deluging.
     (3) Bathing, ablution: pratyagramajjanaviśeṣaviviktakāṃtiḥ Ratn. 1. 21; R. 16. 57.
     (4) Drowning.
     (5) The marrow of the bones and flesh (= majjan).

majjā [masj-ac ṭāp]
     (1) The marrow of the bones and flesh.
     (2) The pith of plants.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ 1. semen virile. --2. a kind of bdellium (bhūmijaguggula). --rajas n. 1. a particular hell. --2. bdellium.
          --rasaḥ semen virile.
          --sāraḥ a nutmeg.

majjikā The female of the Indian crane.

majjūṣā See maṃjūṣā.

maṃc 1 A. (maṃcate)
     (1) To hold.
     (2) To grow high or tall.
     (3) To go, move.
     (4) To shine.
     (5) To adore.
     (6) = maṃc q. v.

maṃcaḥ [maṃc-ghañ]
     (1) A couch, bedstead, sofa, bed.
     (2) A raised seat, dais, a platform resting on columns, a seat of honour or state, throne; sa tatra maṃceṣu manojñaveṣān R. 6. 1, 3. 10.
     (3) An elevated shed in a field (for a watchman).
     (4) A pulpit.
     (5) A stage, platform.
     -- Comp.
          --maṃḍapaḥ 1. a temporary shed resting upon bamboo posts. --2. a platform erected on festive occasions (as marriages &c.).

maṃcakam [maṃca svārthe ka]
     (1) A couch, bed, sofa.
     (2) A raised seat or platform.
     (3) A stand for holding fire.
     -- Comp.
          --āśrayaḥ 'a bed-bug', a bug in general.

maṃcikā
     (1) A chair.
     (2) A trough, tray.

maṃj 10 U. (maṃjayati-te)
     (1) To clean, purify, wipe off.
     (2) To sound.

maṃjaram
     (1) A cluster of blossoms.
     (2) A pearl.
     (3) The plant Tilaka.

maṃjariḥ --rī f.
     (1) A shoot, sprout, spring; nivapeḥ sahakāramaṃjarīḥ Ku. 4. 38; sadṛśakāṃtiralakṣyata maṃjarī R. 9. 44, 16. 51; so sphuratu kucakuṃbhayorupari maṇimaṃjarī Gīt. 10; mukhaṃ muktāruco dhatte gharmāṃbhaḥkaṇamaṃjarīḥ Kāv. 2. 71.
     (2) A cluster of blossoms.
     (3) A flower-stalk.
     (5) A (parallel) line or row.
     (6) A pearl.
     (7) A creeper.
     (8) The holy basil.
     (9) The plant Tilaka.
     -- Comp.
          --cāmaraṃ a chowrie in the form of a sprout, fan-like sprout; V. 4. 4.
          --namraḥ the plant called vetasa.

maṃjarita a. [maṃjaryaḥ saṃjātā asya itac]
     (1) Furnished with or possessing clusters of blossoms.
     (2) Mounted on a stalk (as a bud).

maṃjā
     (1) A she-goat.
     (2) A cluster of blossoms.
     (3) A creeper.

maṃjiḥ --jī f.
     (1) A cluster of blossoms.
     (2) A creeper.
     -- Comp.
          --phalā the plantain tree.

maṃjikā A harlot, prostitute, courtezan.

maṃjiman m. Beauty, loveliness.

maṃjiṣṭha a. Bright red.

maṃjiṣṭhā [atiśayena maṃjimatī iṣṭhan matupo lopaḥ Tv.] Bengal or Indian madder.
     -- Comp.
          --mehaḥ a kind of urinary disease.
          --rāgaḥ 1. the colour of the Indian madder. --2. (fig.) attachment as charming and durable as the colour of the madder, i. e. durable or permanent attachment.

maṃjīraḥ --ram [maṃj-dhvanau īran] An anklet or ornament for the foot (nūpura); siñjānamaṃjumaṃjīraṃ praviveśa niketanaṃ Gīt. 11; or mukharamadhīraṃ tyaja maṃjīraṃ ripumiva keliṣu lolaṃ 5; Mal. 1. --raṃ A post round which the string of the churning-stick passes.

maṃjīlaḥ A village mostly inhabited by washermen.

maṃju a. [maṃj-un]
     (1) Lovely, beautiful, charming, sweet, pleasing, agreeable, attractive; skhaladasamaṃjasamaṃjujalpitaṃ te (smarāmi) U. 4. 4; ayi daladaraviṃda syaṃdamānaṃ maraṃdaṃ tava kimapi lihaṃto maṃju gujaṃtu bhṛṃgāḥ Bv. 1. 5; tanmajūṃ maṃdahasitaṃ śvasitāni tāni 2. 5.
     -- Comp.
          --kośin m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --gati, --gamana a. having a lovely gait. (
          --nā) 1. a goose. --2. a flamingo.
          --gartaḥ N. of the country called Nepāl.
          --gir a. sweetvoiced; ete maṃjugiraḥ śukāḥ Kāv. 2. 9.
          --guṃjaḥ a charming hum.
          --ghoṣa a. uttering a sweet sound.
          --nāśī 1. a handsome woman (?) --2. an epithet of Durgā. --3. of Śachī, wife of Indra.
          --pāṭhakaḥ a parrot.
          --prāṇaḥ an epithet of Brahmā.
          --bhāṣin, -vāc, --vādin a. sweet-speaking; (giraṃ) anuvadati śukaste maṃjuvāk paṃjarasthaḥ R. 5. 74, 12. 39.
          --vaktra a. having a beautiful face, handsome.
          --svana, -svara a. sweetsounding.

maṃjula a. [maṃju-sidhmā- lac, maṃj-u lac vā] Lovely, beautiful, agreeable, charming, sweet, melodious (voice &c.); saṃprati maṃjulavaṃjulasīmani keliśayanamanuyātaṃ Gīt. 11; kūjitaṃ rājahaṃsānāṃ vardhate madamaṃjulaṃ Kāv. 2. 334. --laḥ
     (1) A kind of gallinule. --laṃ
     (1) An arbour, a bower.
     (2) A spring, well.
     (3) The state of being variegated.

maṃjūṣā [maṃj-ūṣan]
     (1) A box, casket, chest, receptacle; madīyapadyaratnānāṃ maṃjūṣaiṣā mayā kṛtā Bv. 4. 45.
     (2) A large basket, hamper.
     (3) Madder (= maṃjiṣṭhā).
     (4) A stone.

maṭacī, maṭatī Hail.

maṭasphaṭiḥ 'Beginning of pride' incipient pride.

maṭṭakam The ridge of a roof.

maṭh 1 P. (maṭhati)
     (1) To dwell, inhabit.
     (2) To go.
     (3) To grind.

maṭhaḥ, --ṭham [maṭhatyatra maṭh ghañarthe ka]
     (1) The hut of an ascetic, a small cell or room.
     (2) A monastery, convent.
     (3) A seminary, college, place of learning.
     (4) A temple.
     (5) A cart drawn by oxen. --ṭhī
     (1) A cell.
     (2) A cloister, convent.
     -- Comp.
          --āyatanaṃ a monastery, college.
          --ciṃtā charge of a convent; Pt. 2. 63.

maṭhara a. Intoxicated, drunk.

maṭhikā
     (1) A small cell.
     (2) A hut or college.

maḍḍuḥ, maḍḍukaḥ A kind of drum.

maḍmaḍāyita a. Gulped down the throat, swallowed up; vatsatarī maḍmaḍāyitā U. 4.

maṇ 1 P. (maṇati) To sound, murmur.

maṇiḥ [maṇ-in strītvapakṣe vā ṅīp] (Said to be f. also, but rarely used)
     (1) A jewel, gem, precious stone; maṇirluṭhati padiṣu kācaḥ śirasi dhāryate . yathaivāste tathaivāstāṃ kācaḥ kāco maṇirmaṇiḥ H. 2. 68; alabdhaśāṇotkaṣaṇā nṛpāṇāṃ na jātu maulau maṇayo vasaṃti Bv. 1. 73; maṇau vajrasamutkīrṇe sūtrasyevāsti me gatiḥ R. 1. 4; 3. 18.
     (2) An ornament in general.
     (3) Anything best of its kind; cf. ratna.
     (4) A magnet, loadstone.
     (5) The wrist.
     (6) A water-pot.
     (7) Clitoris.
     (8) Glans penis.
     (9) A crystal. (10) The fleshy excrescence on the neck of a goat (also written maṇī in these senses).
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, --rājaḥ a diamond.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ the blue jay.
          --kaṃṭhakaḥ a cock.
          --karṇikā, --karṇī N. of a sacred pool in Benares.
          --kācaḥ the feathered part of an arrow.
          --kānanaṃ the neck.
          --kāraḥ a lapidary, jeweller.
          --tārakaḥ the crane or Sārasa bird.
          --daṃḍa a. having a handle adorncd with jewels.
          --darpaṇaḥ a jewelled mirror.
          --dīpaḥ 1. a lamp having jewels. --2. a jewel serving as a lamp.
          --doṣaḥ a flaw or defect in a jewel.
          --dvīpaḥ 1. the hood of the serpent Ananta. --2. N. of a fabulous island in the ocean of nectar.
          --dhanuḥ m.,
          --dhanus n. a rainbow.
          --pālī a female keeper of jewels.
          --puṣpakaḥ N. of the ocean shell of Sahadeva; Bg. 1. 16.
          --pūraḥ 1. the navel. --2. a kind of bodice richly adorned with jeweles. (
          --raṃ) 1. N. of a town in Kalinga. --2. the pit of the stomach, or a mystical circle on the navel (also maṇipūraka). ---patiḥ. an epithet of Babhruvāhana.
          --pravekaḥ a most excellent jewel.
          --baṃdhaḥ 1. the wrist; S. 7. --2. the fastening of jewels; R. 12. 102.
          --baṃdhanaṃ 1. fastening on of jewels, a string or ornament of pearls. --2. that part of a ring or bracelet where the jewels are set, collet; S. 6. --3. the wrist; S. 3. 13.
          --bījaḥ, --vījaḥ the pomegranate tree.
          --bhittiḥ f. N. of the palace of Śeṣa.
          --bhūḥ f. a floor set with jewels.
          --bhūmiḥ f. 1. a mine of jewels. --2. a jewelled floor, floor inlaid with jewels.
          --maṃḍapaḥ N. of the residence of Śeṣa.
          --maṃthaṃ rock-salt.
          --mālā 1. a string or necklace of jewels. --2. lustre, splendour, beauty. --3. a circular impression left by a bite (in amorous sports). --4. N. of Lakṣmī. --5. N. of a metre.
          --mekhala a. girdled with gems.
          --yaṣṭiḥ m. f. a jewelled stick, a string of jewels.
          --ratnaṃ a jewel, gem.
          --rāgaḥ the colour of jewels (
          --gaṃ) vermilion.
          --viśeṣaḥ an excellent jewel.
          --śilā a jewelled slab.
          --saraḥ a necklace.
          --sūtraṃ a string of pearls.
          --sopānaṃ a jewelled staircase.
          --staṃbhaḥ a pillar inlaid with jewels.
          --harmyaṃ a jewelled or crystal palace.

maṇikaḥ --kam
     (1) A water-jar.
     (2) = ajāgalastana q. v.
     (3) The front part of the female organ of generation --kaḥ
     (1) A crystal palace.
     (2) A jewel, gem.

maṇitam A inarticulate murmuring sound uttered at cohabitation; Śi. 10. 75.

maṇimat a. Jewelled. --m.
     (1) The sun.
     (2) N. of a mountain.
     (3) N. of a place of pilgrimage.

maṇīcakaḥ A king-fisher. --kaṃ The moon-stone.

maṇīvakam A flower.

maṃṭh 1 A. (maṃṭhate)
     (1) To long for.
     (2) To remember with regret, think of sorrowfully.

maṃṭhaḥ A kind of baked sweetmeat.

maṃḍ I. 1 P., 10 U. (maṃḍati, maṃḍayatite, maṃḍita)
     (1) To adorn, decorate; prabhavati maṃḍayituṃ vadhūranaṃgaḥ Ki. 10. 59; Bk. 10. 23.
     (2) To rejoice. --II. 1 A. (maṃḍate)
     (1) To clothe, dress.
     (2) To surround, encompass.
     (3) To distribute, divide.

maṃḍaḥ --ḍam [man-ḍa tasya netvaṃ, maṃḍ-ac vā]
     (1) The thick oily matter or scum forming on the surface of any liquid.
     (2) The scum of boiled rice; nīvāraudanamaṃḍamuṣṇamadhuraṃ U. 4. 1.
     (3) Cream (of milk).
     (4) Foam, froth or scum in general.
     (5) Ferment.
     (6) Gruel.
     (7) Pith, essence.
     (8) The head.
     (9) The spirituous part of wine. --ḍaḥ
     (1) An ornament, decoration.
     (2) A frog.
     (3) The castor-oil tree. --ḍā
     (1) Spirituous liquor.
     (2) The emblic myrobalan tree.
     -- Comp.
          --udakaṃ 1. barm. --2. decorating walls, floors &c. on festive occasions. --3. mental agitation or excitement. --4. variegated colour.
          --pa a. drinking scum or cream.
          --hārakaḥ a distiller of spirits &c.

maṃḍakaḥ
     (1) A kind of baked flour.
     (2) A very thin kind of cake (Mar. māṃḍe).
     (3) A particular musical air.

maṃḍana a. [maṃḍayati maṃḍa-lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Adorning, decorating.
     (2) Fond of ornaments. --naṃ
     (1) The act of decorating or ornamenting, adorning; māma kṣamaṃ maṃḍanakālahāneḥ R. 13. 16; maṃḍanavidhiḥ S. 6. 5.
     (2) An ornament, decoration, embellishment; sā maṃḍanānmaṃḍanamanvabhuṃkta Ku. 7. 5; Ki. 8. 40; R. 8. 71. --naḥ (or maṃḍananiśraḥ) N. of a philosopher who is said to have been defeated in controversy by Śaṅkarāchārya.

maṃḍapaḥ [maṃḍaṃ bhūṣāṃ pāti pā-ka, maṃḍ-kapan vā]
     (1) A temporary hall erected on ceremonial occasions, an open hall; vivāhamaṃḍapa.
     (2) A tent, pavilion; R. 5. 73.
     (3) An arbour, a bower, as in latāmaṃḍapa Me. 78.
     (4) A building consecrated to a deity.
     -- Comp.
          --pratiṣṭhā the consecration of a temple.

maṃḍapakaḥ --pikā
     (1) A small shed, shop.
     (2) A small pavilion or tent.

maṃḍayataḥ
     (1) An ornament, a decoration.
     (2) An actor.
     (3) Food.
     (4) An assembly of women. --tī A woman.

maṃḍita p. p. Adorned, decorated.

maṃḍarī A kind of cricket.

maṃḍala a. [maṃḍ-kalac] Round, circular. --laḥ
     (1) A circular array of troops.
     (2) A dog.
     (3) A kind of snake. --laṃ
     (1) A circular orb, globe, wheel, ring, circumference, anything round or circular; karālaphaṇamaṃḍala R. 12. 98; ādarśamaṃḍalanibhāni samullasaṃti Ki. 5. 41; suratprabhāmaṃḍalayā cakāśe Ku. 1. 24; so reṇumaṃḍala, chāyāmaḍala, cāpamaḍala, mukhamaṃḍala, stanamaṃḍala &c.
     (2) The charmed circle (drawn by a conjurer); Mu. 2. 1.
     (3) A disc, especially of the sun or moon; tenātapatrāmalamaṃḍalena R. 16. 27; aparvaṇi grahakaluṣeṃdumaṃḍalā (vibhāvarī) M. 4. 15; dinamaṇimaṃḍalamaṃḍana bhavakhaṃḍana e Gīt. 1.
     (4) The halo round the sun or moon.
     (5) The path or orbit of a heavenly body.
     (6) A multitude, group, collection, assemblage, troop, company; evaṃ militena kumāramaṃḍalena Dk.; akhilaṃ cārimaṃḍalaṃ R. 4. 4.
     (7) Society, association.
     (8) A great circle.
     (9) The visible horizon. (10) A district or province.
     (11) A surrounding district or territory.
     (12) (In politics) The circle of a king's near and distant neighbours; satatasukṛtī bhūyādbhūpaḥ prasāditamaṃḍalaḥ Ve. 6. 44; upagato'pi ca maṃḍalanābhitāṃ &c R. 9. 15. (According to Kāmandaka quoted by Malli. the circle of a king's near and distant neighbours consists of twelve kings: --vijigīṣu or the central monarch, the five kings whose dominions are in the front, and the four kings whose dominions are in the rear of his kingdom, the madhyama or intermediate, and udāsīna or indifferent king. The kings in the front as well as in the rear are designated by particular names; see Malli. ad loc.; cf. also Śi. 2. 81 and Malli thereon. According to some the number of such kings is four, six, eight, twelve or even more; see Mit. on Y. 1. 345. According to others, the circle consists of three kings only: --the prākṛtāri or natural enemy, (the sovereign of an adjacent country), the prākṛtamitra natural ally, (the sovereign whose dominions are separated by those of another from the country of the central monarch with whom he is allied), and prākṛtādāsīna or the natural neutral, (the sovereign whose dominions lie beyond those of the natural ally).
     (13) A particular position of the feet in shooting.
     (14) A kind of mystical diagram used in invoking a divinity.
     (15) A division of the Ṛgveda (the whole collection being divided into 10 Maṇḍalas or eight Aṣṭakas).
     (16) A kind of leprosy with round spots.
     (17) A kind of perfume.
     (18) A circular bandage (in surgery).
     (19) A sugar-ball, sweetmeat. --lī
     (1) A circle, orb &c.
     (2) A group, assemblage.
     (3) Walking round, circular motion.
     (4) Bent grass (dūrvā).
     -- Comp.
          --agra a. round-pointed. (
          --graḥ) a bent or crooked sword, scimitar.
          --adhipaḥ, --adhīśaḥ --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. the ruler or governor of a district or province. --2. a king, sovereign.
          --āvṛttiḥ f. circular movement; U. 3. 19.
          --uttamaṃ a principal kingdom or district.
          --kārmuka a. having a circular bow.
          --nṛtyaṃ a circular dance, dance in a ring.
          --nyāsaḥ describing a circle.
          --pucchakaḥ a kind of insect.
          --vaṭaḥ the fig-tree forming a circle.
          --vartin m. a ruler of a small province.
          --varṣaḥ rain over the whole of a king's territory, general rain-fall.

maṃḍalakam
     (1) A circle.
     (2) A disc.
     (3) A district, province.
     (4) A group, collection.
     (5) A circular array of troops.
     (6) White leprosy with round spots.
     (7) A mirror. --kaḥ A dog.

maṃḍalayati Den. P.
     (1) To make round or circular, form into a globe or circle.
     (2) To turn or whirl round; nānāgatirmaṃḍalayan javena Ki. 16. 44.

maṃḍalāyate Den. A. To form oneself into a circle, to coil oneself.

maṃḍalāyita a. Round, circular. --taṃ A ball, globe.

maṃḍalita a. Rounded, made round or circular.

maṃḍalin a. [maṃḍala-ini]
     (1) Forming a circle, made up into a coil.
     (2) Ruling a country. --m.
     (1) A particular kind of snake.
     (2) A snake in general.
     (3) A cat.
     (3) The pole-cat.
     (5) A dog.
     (6) The sun.
     (7) The figtree.
     (8) The ruler of a province.

maṃḍalīkaḥ A tributary king; tejo nijaṃ mukulayaṃti ca maṃḍalīkāḥ Kīr. K. 2. 111.

maṃḍalīkṛ 8 U. To form into a ring or cirele, to coil round.

maṃḍalīkaraṇam Rounding, coiling.

maṃḍalīkṛta p. p.
     (1) Rounded, made circular, formed into a globe or circle.
     (2) Bent, curved (as a bow).

maṃḍalībhū 1 P.
     (1) To become round.
     (2) To form a globe or circle.

maṃḍūkaḥ [maṃḍayati varṣāsamayaṃ, maṃḍ ūkaṇ Uṇ. 4. 42] A frog; nipānamiva maṃḍūkāḥ sodyogaṃ naramāyāṃti vivaśāḥ sarvasaṃpadaḥ Subhaṣ. --kaṃ A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. --kī
     (1) A female frog.
     (2) A wanton or unchaste woman.
     (3) N. of several plants.
     -- Comp.
          --anuvṛttiḥ, --plutiḥ f. 'the leap of a frog', skipping over or omitting at intervals (in grammar the word is used to denote the skipping of several Sūtras and supplying from a previous Sūtra); kriyāgrahaṇaṃ maṃḍūkaplutyānuvartate Sk.
          --kulaṃ a collection of frogs.
          --yogaḥ a kind of abstract meditation in which the person who meditates sits motion. less like a frog.
          --saras n. a pond full of frogs.

maṃḍūram Rust of iron, dross(used as a tonic).

mata p. p. [man-kta]
     (1) Thought, believed, supposed.
     (2) Considered, regarded, deemed, looked upon.
     (3) Esteemed, honoured, respected; R. 2. 16, 8. 8.
     (4) Commended, valued.
     (5) Conjectured, guessed.
     (6) Meditated upon, thought of, perceived, recognised.
     (7) Thought out.
     (8) Intended, aimed at.
     (9) Approved, sanctioned. (10) Wished or hoped for.
     (11) Perceived, observed, known, understood. (See man). --taṃ
     (1) A thought, idea, opinion, belief, view: niścitaṃ matamuttamaṃ 18. 6; keṣāṃcinmatena &c.
     (2) Doctrine, tenet; creed, religious belief; ye me matamidaṃ nityamanuti ṣṭhaṃti mānavāḥ Bg. 3. 31.
     (3) Advice, instruction, counsel.
     (4) Aim, design, intention, purpose.
     (5) Approbation, sanction, commendation.
     (6) Knowledge.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. well-versed in playing at dice.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. a different view. --2. a different creed.
          --avalaṃbanaṃ adopting or holding a particular opinion.

mataṃgaḥ [mādyati anena, mad-aṃgac dasya taḥ Tv.]
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) N. of a sage; R. 5. 53.

mataṃgajaḥ An elephant; na hi kamalinīṃ dṛṣṭvā grāhamavekṣate mataṃgajaḥ M. 3; Ki. 5. 47; R. 12. 73.

matallikā A word used at the end of nouns to denote 'excellence or anything best of its kind'; gomatallikā 'an excellent cow'; cf. uddha.

matallī See matallikā.

matiḥ f. [man bhāve ktin] I Intellect, understanding, sense, knowledge, judgment; matireva balādgarīyasī H. 2. 86; alpaviṣayā matiḥ R. 1. 2.
     (2) Mind, heart mama tu matirna manāgapaitu dharmāt Bv. 4. 26; so durmati, sumati.
     (3) Thought, idea, belief, opinion, notion, supposition, impression, view; vidhiraho balavāniti me matiḥ Bh. 2. 91; Pt. 2. 19; Bg. 18. 78.
     (4) Intention, design, purpose; see matyā.
     (5) Resolution, determination.
     (6) Esteem, regard, respect; Ki. 10. 9.
     (7) Wish, desire, inclination; prāyopaveśanamatirnṛpatirbabhūva R. 8. 94.
     (8) Counsel, advice.
     (9) Remembrance, recollection. (10) Ved. Devotion, prayer
     (11) An adviser. (matiṃ kṛ. --dhā, --ādhā 'to set the heart on', 'resolve upon', 'think of'. matyā is used adverbially in the sense of 1. knowingly, intentionally, wilfully; matyā bhuktvācaret kṛcchraṃ Ms. 4. 222; 5. 19. --2. under the impression that; vyāghramatyā palāyaṃte).
     -- Comp.
          --īśvaraḥ an epithet of Viśvakarman.
          --garbha a. full of intelligence, intelligent, clever.
          --dvaidhaṃ difference of opinion.
          --niścayaḥ a settled belief, firm conviction.
          --pūrva a. intentional, wilful.
          --pūrvaṃ, --pūrvaka ind. purposely, intentionally, wilfully, willingly.
          --prakarṣaḥ superiority of intellect, cleverness.
          --bhedaḥ change of views.
          --bhramaḥ, --viparyāsaḥ 1. delusion, mental illusion, confusion of mind; S. 6. 9. --2. an error, a mistake, misapprehension.
          --vibhramaḥ, vibhraṃśaḥ confusion or infatuation of mind, madness, frenzy.
          --śālin a. ntelligent, clever.
          --hīna a. stupid, senseless, foolish.

matimat a. Clever, intelligent.

matka a. My, mine; saṃśṛṇuṣva kape matkaiḥ saṃgacchasva vanaiḥ śubhaiḥ Bk. 8. 16. --tkaḥ A bug.

matkuṇaṃḥ 1 A bug; matkuṇāviva purā pariplavau Śi. 14. 68.
     (2) An elephant without tusks
     (3) A small elephant.
     (4) A beardless man.
     (5) A buffalo.
     (6) The cocoa-nut tree.
     (7) A flea. --ṇaṃ An armour for the legs or the thighs. --ṇī Pudendum (of a young girl).
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ hemp.

matta p. p. [mad-kta]
     (1) Intoxicated. drunk, inebriated (fig. also); jyotsnāpānamadālasena vapuṣā mattāścakorāṃganāḥ Vb. 1. 11; prabhāmattaścadrā jagatidamaho vibhramayati K. P 10; so aiśvarya-, dhana-, bala- &c.
     (2) Mad, insane.
     (3) In rut, furious (as an elephant); R. 12. 93.
     (4) Proud, arrogant.
     (5) Delighted, over-joyed, excited with joy.
     (6) Amorous, sportive, wanton. --ttaḥ
     (1) A drunkard.
     (2) A mad man.
     (3) An elephant in rut.
     (4) A cuckoo.
     (5) A buffalo.
     (6) The thornapple or Dhattūra plant. --ttā Spirituous or vinous liquor.
     -- Comp.
          --ālaṃbaḥ a fence round a large building (as of a rich man).
          --ibhaḥ an elephant in rut. -gamanā a woman having the gait of an elephant in rut, i. e. with a lounging gait.
          --kāśi (si) nī a handsome and very fascinating woman
          --kījaḥ an elephant.
          --gāminī = 1. mattebhagamanā above. --2. a bewitching or wanton woman.
          --dotin m.,
          --nāgaḥ an elephant in rut
          --mayūraḥ a wild or amorous peacock. (
          --raṃ) a kind of metre.
          --vāraṇaḥ an elephant in rut. (
          --ṇaḥ, --ṇaṃ) 1. a fence round a large building or mansion. --2. a turret or small room on the top of a large building. --3. a veranda. --4. a pavilion. (
          --ṇaṃ) pounded betel-nuts.

mattaka a. Somewhat drunk, in toxicated, or proud.

matyam [mate samīkaraṇe sādhu yat Tv.]
     (1) A harrow.
     (2) The means of acquiring knowledge.
     (3) The exercise of knowledge.
     (4) Harrowing, making even or level (as a field).

matsaḥ
     (1) A fish.
     (2) A lord of the Matsyas.

matsara a. [mad-saran; Uṇ. 3. 73]
     (1) Jealous, envious.
     (2) Insatiate, greedy, covetous.
     (3) Niggardly.
     (4) Wicked.
     (5) Selfish, self-interested.
     (6) Ved. Satisfying.
     (7) Intoxicating (Ved.). --raḥ
     (1) Envy, jealousy; adattāvakāśo matsarasya K. 45; paravṛddhi ṣu baddhamatsarāṇāṃ Ki. 13. 7; Śi. 9. 63; Ku. 5. 17.
     (2) Hostility, enmity; R 3. 60.
     (3) Pride; Śi. 8. 71.
     (4) Covetousness, greediness.
     (5) Anger, passion.
     (6) The Soma. --raḥ --rā A gnat.

matsarin a. [matsara-ini]
     (1) Envious, jealous; paravṛddhimatsari mato hi mānināṃ Śi. 15. 1: 2. 115; duṣṭātmā paraguṇamatsarī manuṣyaḥ Mk. 9. 37: R. 18. 19.
     (2) Hostile, inimical.
     (3) Greedy of, selfishly addicted to (with loc.).
     (4) Wicked.
     (5) Ved. Intoxicating.
     (6) Satisfying.

matsyaḥ [mad-syanaḥ Uṇ. 4. 2.]
     (1) A fish; śūle matsyānivāpakṣyan dabalonva lavattarāḥ Ms. 7. 20.
     (2) A particular variety of fish.
     (3) A king of the Matsyas. --tmyau (dual) The sign Pisces of the zodiac. --tsyāḥ (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants. the country of Virāṭa q. v.; Ms. 2. 19.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣakā, --akṣī N. of a kind of Soma plant.
          --ad, -adana, --āda a. feeding on fish, a fish-eater.
          --avatāraḥ the first of the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; (during the reign of the seventh Manu. the whole earth, which had become corrupt was swept away by a flood. and all living beings perished except the pious Manu and the seven sages who were saved by Viṣṇu in the form of a fish); cf. Jayadeva's description of this avatāra: pralayapayodhijale dhṛtavānasi vedaṃ vihitavahitracaritramakhedaṃ . kaśava dhṛtamīnaśarīra jaya jagadīśa hare Gīt. 1.
          --aśanaḥ 1. a king-fisher. --2. one who eats fish.
          --asuraḥ N of a demon.
          --ādhānī, --dhānī a fish-basket (used by fishermen).
          --udarin m. an epithet of Virāṭa.
          --udarī an epithet of Satyavatī.
          --udarīyaḥ an epithet of Vyāsa.
          --upajīvin m., ājīvaḥ a fisherman.
          --karaṃḍikā a fish-basket.
          --gaṃdha a. having the smell of fish. (
          --dhā) N. of Satyavatī.
          --ghaṃṭaḥ a kind of fishsauce.
          --ghātaḥ 1. the occupation of a fisherman. --2. a fisherman.
          --ghātin, --jīvat, --jīvin m. a fisherman.
          --jālaṃ a fishing-net.
          --deśaḥ the country of the Matsyas.
          --dvādaśī N. of the twelfth day in the month of mārgaśīrṣa. --nārī 'half-fish, half-woman', an epithet of Satyavatī.
          --nāśakaḥ --nāśanaḥ an osprey.
          --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
          --baṃdhaḥ, --baṃdhin m. a fisherman.
          --baṃdhanaṃ a fish-hook, an angle.
          --baṃdha (dhi) nī a fish-basket.
          --raṃkaḥ, --raṃgaḥ, --raṃgakaḥ a halcyon, king-fisher.
          --rājaḥ 1. the Rohita fish. --2. N. of Virāṭa
          --vedhanaṃ, --vedhanī an angle.
          --vedhanī a cormorant.
          --saṃghātaḥ a shoal of fish.

matsyaṃḍikā, matsyaṃḍī Coarse or unrefined sugar; hīhī iyaṃ sīdhupānodvejitasya matsyaṃḍikopanatā M. 3.

math See maṃth.

matha = mātha q. v.

mathana a. (nī f.) [math lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Churning, stirring up.
     (2) Hurting, injuring.
     (3) Killing, destroying, a destroyer; mugdhe madhumathanamanugatamanusara rādhike Gīt. 2.
     (4) Rubbing. --naḥ N. of a tree (gaṇikārikā, used in producing fire by attrition). --naṃ
     (1) Churning, stirring round, agitating.
     (2) Rubbing, friction.
     (3) Injury, hurting. destruction.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ, --parvataḥ the mountain Mandara used as a churning-stick.

mathiḥ [math-i] A churning-stick.

mathita p. p. [math-kta]
     (1) Churned, stirred round, agitated, shaken about.
     (2) Crushed, ground, pinched.
     (3) Afflicted, distressed, oppressed.
     (4) Killed, destroyed.
     (5) Dislocated; (see maṃth). --taṃ Pure butter-milk (without water).

mathin m. [math-ini] (Nom. sing. maṃthāḥ, acc. pl. mathaḥ)
     (1) A churningstick; muhuḥ praṇunneṣu mathāṃ vivataṃnairnadassu kuṃbheṣu mṛdaṃgamaṃtharaṃ Ki. 4. 16; N. 22. 44.
     (2) Wind.
     (3) A thunderbolt.
     (4) The penis.

mathu(thū)rā  [math-u-ū-rac] N. of an ancient town situated on the right bank of the Yamuna, the birth-place of Kṛṣṇa and the scene of his amours and exploits; it is one of the seven sacred cities in India (see avaṃti), and is, to this day, the favourite resort of thousands of devotees. It is said to have been founded by Śatrughna; nirmame nirmamortheṣu mathurāṃ madhurākṛtiḥ R. 15 28; kaliṃdakanyā mathurāṃ gatā'pi gaṃgormisaṃsaktajaleva bhāti 6. 48.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --nāthaḥ epithets of Kṛṣṇa.

mad A form of the first personal pronoun in the singular number used chiefly at the beginning of comps.; as madarthe 'for me', 'for my sake'; macciṃta 'thinking of me'; madvacanaṃ, matsaṃdeśaḥ matpriyaṃ &c. &c.

mad I. 4 P. (mādyati, matta)
     (1) To be drunk or intoxicated; vīkṣya madyamitarā tu mamāda Śi. 10. 27.
     (2) To be mad.
     (3) To revel or delight in.
     (4) To be glad or rejoiced.
     (5) Ved. To satisfy, delight, gladden.
     (6) To enjoy supreme felicity. --Caus. (mādayati)
     (1) To intoxicate; inebriate, madden
     (2) (madayati) To exhilarate, gladden. delight; māyūrī madayati mārjanāmanaṃsi M. 1. 21; prakṛtimadhurāḥ saṃtyevānye mano mada yaṃti ye Mal. 1. 36, Śi. 13. 38, Ki. 5. 26.
     (3) To inflame with passion; Māl. 3. 6.
     (4) (Atm.) To be glad, rejoice, be pleased. --II. 10 A. (mādayate) To please, gratify. --III. 1 P (madati)
     (1) To be proud.
     (2) To be poor.

madaḥ [mad-ac]
     (1) Intoxication, drunkenness, inebriety; madetāspṛśye Dk.; madavikārāṇāṃ darśakaḥ K. 45; see comps. bolow.
     (2) Madness, insanity.
     (3) Ardent passion, wanton or lustful passion, lasciviousness, lust; iti madamadanābhyāṃ rāgiṇaḥ spaṣṭarāgān Śi. 10. 91.
     (4) Rut, ichor, or the juice that exudes from the temples of an elephant in rut; madena bhāti kalabhaḥ pratapina mahīpatiḥ Chandr. 5. 45; so madakalaḥ, madonmata, Me. 20, R. 2. 7; 12. 102.
     (5) Love, desire, ardour.
     (6) Pride, arrogance, conceit; Pt. 1. 240.
     (7) Rapture, excessive delight.
     (8) Spirituous liquor.
     (9) Honey. (10) Musk.
     (11) Semen virile.
     (12) Soma.
     (13) Any beautiful object.
     (14) A river (nada). --dī
     (1) A drinking-cup.
     (2) Any agricultural implement (such as a plough &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --atyayaḥ, --ātaṃkaḥ any distemper (such as head-ache) resulting from drunkenness.
          --aṃdha a. 1. blinded by intoxication, dead drunk, drunk with pasion; adharamiva madāṃdhā pātumeṣā pravṛttā V. 4. 13. --2. blinded by passion or pride, arrogant, infatuated.
          --apanayanaṃ removal of intoxication.
          --aṃbaraḥ 1. an elephant in rut. --2. N. of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra.
          --alasa a. languid with passion or intoxication.
          --avasthā 1. a state of drunkenness. --2. wantonness, lustfulness. --3. rut, being in rut; R. 2. 7.
          --ākula a. 1. furious with rut. --2. full of lust, overpowered by passion.
          --āḍhya a. drunk, intoxicated.
          --ḍhyaḥ) the palm tree.
          --āmnātaḥ a kettle-drum carried on the back of an elephant.
          --ālāpin m. a cuckoo.
          --āhvaḥ musk.
          --utkaṭa a. 1. intoxicated, excited by drink. --2. furious with passion, lustful. --3. arrogant, proud, haughty. --4. ruttish, under the influence of rut; R. 6. 7. (
          --ṭaḥ) 1. an elephant in rut. --2. a dove. (
          --ṭā) spirituous liquor.
          --udagra, unmatta a. 1. drunk, intoxicated. --2. furious, drunk with passion; madodagrāḥ kakudmaṃtaḥ saritāṃ kūlamudbhu tāḥ R. 4. 22. --3. arrogant, proud, haughty; Pt. 1. 161.
          --uddhata a. 1. drunk with passion; Ku. 3. 31. --2. inflated with pride.
          --ullāpin m. the cuckoo.
          --ūrjita a. swollen with pride.
          --kaṭaḥ a eunuch.
          --kara a. intoxicating, causing intoxication.
          --karin m. an elephant in rut.
          --kala a. speaking softly or inarticulately, speaking indistinctly; R. 9. 37. --2. uttering low sounds of love. --3. drunk with passion; U. 1. 31; Māl. 9. 14. --4. indistinct yet sweet; madakalaṃ kūjitaṃ sārasānāṃ Me. 31. --5. ruttish, furious, under the influence of rut; V. 4. 24. --6. furious, mad. (
          --laḥ) an elephant in rut.
          --kohalaḥ a bull set at liberty (to roam at will).
          --khela a. stately or sportive through passion; V. 4. 16.
          --gadhā 1. an intoxicating drink. --2. homp.
          --gamanaḥ a buffale.
          --cyut a. 1. distilling rut (as an elephant). --2. lustful, wanton, drunk. --3. gladdening, exhilarating. (--m.) an epithet of Indra. (--m. dual) an epithet of the Aśvins.
          --jalaṃ, --vāri n. rutting juice, ichor exuding from the temples of a ruttish elephant.
          --jvaraḥ fever of pride or passion; Bh. 3. 23.
          --dvipaḥ a furious elephant, an elephant in rut.
          --prayogaḥ, --prasekaḥ, --prasravaṇaṃ, --srāvaḥ, --srutiḥ f. the exudation of ichor or rutting juice from the temple of an elephant.
          --muc a. 'dropping down ichor', furious, intoxicated; U. 3. 15.
          --rakta a. affected with passion.
          --rāgaḥ 1 Cupid. --2. a cock. --3. a drunkard.
          --lekhā a line of rut. a line formed by the juice flowing from an elephant's temples.
          --vikṣipta a. 1. in rut, furious. --2. agitated by lust or passion.
          --vihvala a. 1. maddened by lust or pride. --2. stupefied with intoxication.
          --vīryaṃ 1. strength produced by passion. --2. the hero ism of love.
          --vṛṃdaḥ an elephant.
          --śauṃḍakaṃ nutmeg.
          --sāraḥ a cotton shrub.
          --sthalaṃ, --sthānaṃ an alehouse, a dram-shop, tavern.

madana a. (nī f.) [mādyati anena, mad-karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) Intoxicating, maddening.
     (2) Delighting, exhilarating. --naḥ
     (1) The god of love, Cupid; vyāpārarodhi madanasya niṣevitavyaṃ S. 1. 27; hatamapi nihaṃtyeva madanaḥ Bh. 3. 18.
     (2) Love, passion, sexual love, lust; vinayavāritavṛttiratastayā na vivṛto madano na ca saṃvṛtaḥ S. 2. 11; sataṃtrigītaṃ madanasya dīpakaṃ Rs. 1. 3, R. 5. 63; so madanātura, madanapīḍita &c.
     (3) The spring season.
     (4) A bee.
     (5) Bees'-wax.
     (6) A kind of embrace.
     (7) The Dhattūra plant.
     (8) The Khadira tree.
     (9) The Bakula tree. --nā, --nī
     (1) Spirituous liquor.
     (2) Musk.
     (3) The atimukta creeper. (nī only in these two senses). --naṃ
     (1) Intoxicating.
     (2) Gladdening, delighting.
     -- Comp.
          --agrakaḥ a species of grain (kodrava). --aṃkuśaḥ 1. the penis. --2. a finger-nail, or a wound infli cted by it in cohabitation.
          --aṃtakaḥ, --ariḥ, --damanaḥ, --dahanaḥ, --nāśanaḥ, --ripuḥ epithets of Śiva.
          --avastha a. in love, enamoured.
          --ātura, --ārta, --kliṣṭa, --pīḍita a. afflicted by love, smit with love, love-sick; R. 12. 32; S. 3. 10.
          --āyudhaṃ 1. pudendum muliebre. --2. 'Cupid's missile', said of a very lovely woman.
          --ālayaḥ --yaṃ 1. pude ndum muliebre. --2. a lotus. --3. a king.
          --icchāphalaṃ a kind of mango.
          --utsavaḥ the vernal festival celebrated in honour of Cupid. (
          --vā) an apsaras.
          --utsuka a. pining or languid with love.
          --udyānaṃ 'a pleasure-garden', N. of a garden.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ 1. erection of hair caused by the feeling of love. --2. N. of tree.
          --kalahaḥ 'love's quarrel', sexual union; -chedasulabhāṃ Mal. 2. 12.
          --kākuravaḥ a dove or pigeon.
          --gṛha pudendum muliebre.
          --gopālaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --catardaśī the fourteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid.
          --trayodaśī the thirteenth day in the bright half of Chaitra, or the festival celebrated on that day in honour of Cupid.
          --nālikā a faithless wife.
          --pakṣin m. the Khanjana bird.
          --pāṭhakaḥ the cuckoo.
          --pīḍā, --bādhā pangs or torments of love.
          --mahotsavaḥ a festival celebrated in honour of Cupid.
          --mohanaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --lalitaṃ amorous sport or dalliance.
          --lekhaḥ a love-letter.
          --vaśa a. influenced by love, enamoured.
          --śalākā 1. the female of the cuckoo. --2. an aphrodisiac.

madanakaḥ N. of a plant (damanaka).

madayaṃtikā, madayaṃtī A kind of jasmine (Arabian).

madayitnu a. [mad-ṇic itnuc]
     (1) Intoxicating, maddening.
     (2) Gladdening. --tnuḥ
     (1) The god of love.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) A distiller of spirituous liquors.
     (4) A drunken man.
     (5) Spirituous liquor (n. also in this sense).

madāmada a. Being always drunk or excited.

madāraḥ [mad-āran; Uṇ. 3. 134]
     (1) An elephant in rut.
     (2) A hog.
     (3) A thorn-apple or Dhattūra.
     (4) A lover, libertine.
     (5) A kind of perfume.
     (6) A cheat or rogue (?).

madiḥ f. A kind of roller of harrow.

madira a. [mādyati anena, mad karaṇe kirac]
     (1) Intoxicating, maddening.
     (2) Delighting, fascinating, gladdening (eyes &c.); as in sadyaḥ ṣāṇmāsikānāṃ mama madiradṛśā dattacaṃdrodayaśrīḥ Vb. 1. 17; see comps. below. --raḥ A kind of Khadira tree (red-flowered).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣī, --īkṣaṇā, --nanayā, --lo canā a woman with fascinating or bewitching eyes; madhukara madirākṣyāḥ śaṃsa tasyāḥ pravṛttiṃ V. 4. 22; R. 8. 68; S. 3. 19.
          --āyatanayana a. having long and fascinating eyes, S. 3. 4.
          --āsavaḥ an intoxicating drink.

madirā
     (1) Spirituous liquor; kāṃkṣatyanyo vadanamadirāṃ dohadacchadmanāsyāḥ Me. 78; Śi. 11. 49.
     (2) A kind of wagtail.
     (3) N. of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --utkaṭa, --unmatta a. intoxicated with spirituous liquor.
          --gṛhaṃ, --śālā an alehouse, dram-house, a tavern.
          --sakhaḥ the mango tree.

madiṣṭhā Spirituous liquor.

madīya a. My, mine, belonging to me; R. 2. 45, 65, 5. 25.

madguḥ [masj-u nyaṃkvā-; cf. Uṇ. 1. 7] A kind of aquatic bird, a cormorant or diver.
     (2) A kind of snake.
     (3) A kind of wild animal.
     (4) A kind of galley or vessel of war; kopi madgurabhyadhāvat Dk.
     (5) N. of a degraded mixed tribe, the offspring of a Brahmaṇa by a woman of the bard class; see Ms. 10. 48.
     (6) An outcast.

madguraḥ [mad guk urac nyaṃkvā- cf. Uṇ. 1. 41]
     (1) A diver, pearl-fisher.
     (2) A kind of sheat-fish.
     (3) N. of a degraded mixed tribe; see madgu
     (5).

madya a. [mādyatyanena karaṇe yat]
     (1) Intoxicating.
     (2) Gladdening, exhilarating. --dyaṃ Spirituous liquor, wine, any intoxicating drink; raṇakṣitiḥ śoṇitamadyakulyā R. 7. 49; Ms. 5. 56, 9. 84, 10. 89.
     -- Comp.
          --āmodaḥ the Bakula tree.
          --kīṭaḥ a kind of in sect.
          --drumaḥ a kind of tree (bhāḍavṛkṣa). --paḥ a drunkard, tippler, sot.
          --paṃkaḥ mash.
          --pānaṃ 1. drinking intoxicating liquor. --2. any intoxicating drink.
          --pīta a. intoxicated with drink.
          --puṣpā the plant called Dhātakī.:
          --bī (bī) jaṃ a drug used to cause fermentation, leaven.
          --bhājanaṃ a wine-glass; so madyabhāṃḍaṃ. --maṃḍaḥ barm, yeast.
          --vāsinī the plant called dhātakī. --saṃdhānaṃ distillation of spirit.

madraḥ [mad-rak Uṇ. 2. 13]
     (1) N. of a country.
     (2) A ruler of that country. --drāḥ (pl.) The inhabitants of Madra. --draṃ Joy, happiness. (madrākṛ = bhadrakṛ 'to shave or shear').
     -- Comp.
          --kāra a. (also madraṃkāra) producing delight.
          --sutā N. of Mādrī, second wife of Pāṇḍu.

madraka a. Belonging to, or produced in, Madra. --kaḥ A ruler or inhabitant of Madra. --kāḥ (pl.) N. of a degraded tribe in the south.

madrāyate Den. A. To be glad or delighted.

madvan a. [cf. Uṇ. 4. 112] Ved.
     (1) Fond of enjoyment.
     (2) Intoxicating. --m. An epithet of Śiva.

madhavyaḥ The month called Vaiśākha.

madhu a. (dhu or dhvī f.) [manyata iti madhu, man-u nasya dhaḥ Uṇ. 1. 18] Sweet, pleasant, agroeable, delightful. --n. (dhu)
     (1) Honey; etāstā madhuno dhārāścyātati saviṣāstvayi U. 3. 34; madhu tiṣṭhati jihvāgre hṛdaye tu halāhalam.
     (2) The juice or nectar of flowers; Ku. 3. 36; dehi mukhakamalamadhupānaṃ Gīt. 10.
     (3) A sweet intoxicating drink, wine, spirituous liquor; vinayaṃte sma tadyodhā madhubhirvijayaśramaṃ R. 4. 65; Rs. 1. 3.
     (4) Water.
     (5) Sugar.
     (6) Sweetness.
     (7) Anything sweet.
     (8) Ved. Soma juice.
     (9) Milk or anything produced from milk (Ved.). --m. (dhuḥ)
     (1) The spring or vernal season; madhurayā madhubodhitamādhavī Śi. 6. 20; kva nu te hṛdayaṃgamaḥ sakhā kusumāyojitakārmuko madhuḥ Ku. 4. 24, 25; 3. 10, 30.
     (2) The month of Chaitra; bhāskarasya madhumādhavāviva R. 11. 7; māse madhau madhurakokilabhṛṃganādai rāmā haraṃti hṛdayaṃ prasabhaṃ narāṇāṃ Rs. 6. 25.
     (3) N. of a demon killed by Viṣṇu.
     (4) N. of another demon, father of Rāvaṇa and killed by Śatrughna.
     (5) The Aśoka tree.
     (6) N. of king Kārtavīrya.
     -- Comp.
          --aṣṭhīlā a lump of honey, clotted honey.
          --ādhāraḥ wax.
          --āpāta a. having honey at the first taste; Ms. 11. 9.
          --āmraḥ a kind of mango tree.
          --ālu n.,
          --alukaṃ sweet potato.
          --āvāsaḥ the mango tree.
          --āsavaḥ sweet spirituous liquor (made from honey).
          --āsvāda a. having the taste of honey.
          --āhutiḥ f. a sacrificial offering of sweet things.
          --ucchiṣṭaṃ, --utthaṃ, --utthitaṃ bees'-wax.
          --utsavaḥ the spring or vernal festival.
          --udakaṃ 'honey-water', water mixed with honey, hydromel.
          --udyānaṃ a spring garden.
          --upaghnaṃ 'the abode of Madhu', an epithet of Mathurā; R. 15. 15.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ the cuckoo.
          --karaḥ 1. a large black bee; kuṭaje khalu tenehā tene hā madhukareṇa kathaṃ Bv. 1. 10; R. 9. 30; Me. 35, 47. --2. a lover, libertine. --3. sweet lime. (
          --rī) a female bee. -gaṇaḥ, -śraṇiḥ f. a swarm of bees.
          --karkaṭī 1. sweet lime, a kind of citron. --2. a kind of date.
          --kānanaṃ, --vanaṃ the forest of the demon Madhu.
          --kāraḥ, --kārin m. a bee.
          --kukkuṭikā, --kukkuṭī a sort of citron tree.
          --kulyā a stream of honey.
          --kṛt m. a bee.
          --keśaṭaḥ a bee.
          --kośaḥ, --ṣaḥ 1. a bee-hive. --2. a honey-comb.
          --kramaḥ 1. a bee-hive. --2. a honey-comb. (pl.) drinkingbout, carousals.
          --kṣīraḥ, --kṣīrakaḥ a Kharjūra tree.
          --gaṃdhi, --gaṃdhika a. scented with honey, sweet-smelling, vaneṣu madhugaṃdhiṣu U. 2. 18.
          --gāyanaḥ the cuckoo.
          --grahaḥ a libation of honey.
          --gheṣaḥ the cuckoo.
          --cyut. --ta, --ścyut a. 1. dropping or distilling honey; U. 3. 24. --2. mellifluous, overflowing with sweets.
          --jaṃ bees'-wax.
          --jā 1. sugar-candy.
     (2) the earth. --jaṃbīraḥ a kind of citron. --jit, --dviṣ, --niṣūdana, --nihaṃtṛ m., --mathaḥ, --mathanaḥ, --ripuḥ, --śatruḥ, --sudanaḥ epithets of Viṣṇu; iti madhuripuṇā sakhīniyuktā Gīt. 5; R. 9. 48; Śi. 15. 1. --tṛṇaḥ --ṇaṃ sugar-cane. --trayaṃ the three sweet things; i. e. sugar, honey, and clarified butter. --dīpaḥ the god of love. --dūtaḥ the mango tree. --dohaḥ the extracting of sweetness or honey. --draḥ 1. a bee. --2. a libertine. --dravaḥ N. of a tree having red blossoms. --drumaḥ the mango tree. --dhātuḥ a kind of yellow pyrites. --dhārā a stream of honey. --dhūliḥ f. molasses. --nāḍī a cell in a honeycomb. --nālikerakaḥ a kind of cocoanut --netṛ m. a bee. --paḥ a bee or a drunkard; rājapriyāḥ kairaviṇyo ramaṃte madhupaiḥ saha Bv. 1. 126, 1. 63 (where both meanings are intended). --paṭalaṃ a bee hive. --patiḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa. --parkaḥ 1. 'a mixture of honey', a respectful offering made to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride; (its usual ingredients are five: dadhi sarpirjalaṃ kṣaudraṃ sitā caitaiśca paṃcabhiḥ . procyate madhuparkaḥ); samāṃso madhuparkaḥ U. 4; asisvadadyanmadhuparkamarpitaṃ sa tad vyadhāttarkamudarkadarśitām . yadaṃṣa pāsyanmadhu bhīmajādharaṃ miṣeṇa puṇyāhavidhiṃ tadā kṛtaṃ N. 16. 13; Ms. 3. 119 et seq. --2. the ceremony of receiving a guest. --parkya a. worthy of madhuparka q. v. --parṇikā, --parṇī the Indigo plant. --pāyin m a bee. --puraṃ --rī an epithet of Mathurā: saṃpratyujjhitavāsanaṃ madhupurīmadhye hariḥ sevyate Bv. 4. 44. --puṣpaḥ 1. the Aśoka tree. --2. the Bakula tree. --3. the Dantī tree. --4. the Śirīṣa tree. --praṇayaḥ addiction to wine. --pramehaḥ diabetes, saccharine urine. --prāśanaṃ one of the sixteen purificatory Samskāras (which consists in putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male child). --priyaḥ an epithet of Balarāma. --phalaḥ a kind of cocoa-nut. --phalikā a kind of date. --bahulā the Mādhavī creeper. --bī (vī) jaḥ a pomegranate tree. --bī(vī)japūraḥ a kind of citron. --bhūmikaḥ an epithet of a Yogin in the second order. --makṣaḥ, --kṣā, --makṣikā a bee. --majjanaḥ the tree called ākheṭa. --matta a. 1. drunk with wine.
     (2) excited by the spring. --madaḥ the intoxication of liquor. --maṃthaḥ a kind of drink mixed with honey. --malliḥ --llī f. the Mālatī creeper. --mastakaṃ a kind of sweetmeat made of honey, flour, oil, and ghee. --mādhavaṃ --vau the two spring months (caitra and vaiśākha). --mādhavī 1. a kind of intoxicating drink. --2. any spring-flower --mādhvīkaṃ a kind of intoxicating liquor. --mārakaḥ a bee. --mehaḥ = madhuprameha q. v. --yaṣṭiḥ --ṣṭī f. sugar-cane. --yaṣṭikā, --vallī li quorice. --rasa a. sweet-flavoured, sweet. (saḥ) 1. the wine-palm. --2. sugar-cane. --3. sweetness. (--sā) 1 a bunch of grapes. --2. vine. --lagnaḥ N. of a tree --lih, --leh, --lehin m. --lolupaḥ a bee; so madhutolehaḥ. --vanaṃ 1. N. of the forest inhabited by the demon Madhu where Śatrughna founded Mathurā. --2. N. of the forest of Sugrīva. (--naḥ) the cuckoo. --vārāḥ (m. pl.) drinking often and often, tippling, carousing; jajñire bahumatāḥ pramadānāmoṣṭhyāvakanudo madhuvārāḥ Ki. 9. 59; kṣālitaṃ nu śāmataṃ nu vadhūnāṃ drāvitaṃ nu hṛdayaṃ madhuvāraiḥ Śi. 10. 14; sometimes in the sing. also; see Ki 9. 57. --vrataḥ a bee; marmikaḥ ko maraṃdānā maṃtareṇa madhuvrataṃ Bv. 1. 117; tasminnadya madhuvrate vidhivaśānma dhvīkamākāṃkṣati 46. --śarkarā honey-sugar. --śākhaḥ a kind of tree. --śiṣṭa, --śeṣaṃ wax. --sakhaḥ, --sahāyaḥ --sārathiḥ --suhṛd m. the god of love. --sikthakaḥ a kind of poison. --sūdataḥ 1. a bee. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --sthānaṃ a bee-hive --srava a. dropping honey or sweetness. (--vā) 1. liquorice. --2. N. of the third day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. --svaraḥ the cuckoo. --han m. 1. a destroyer or collector of honey. --2. a kind of bird of prey. --3. a sooth-sayer. --4. an epithet of Viṣṇu.

madhuka a.
     (1) Sweet.
     (2) Sweet-speaking, melodious.
     (3) Of the colour of honey. --kaḥ
     (1) N. of a tree (= madhūka q. v.).
     (2) The Aśoka tree.
     (3) A kind of bird.
     (4) The liquorice root. --kaṃ
     (1) Tin.
     (2) Liquorice.

madhutama a. Very intoxicating, sweetest.

madhumat a.
     (1) Sweet.
     (2) Pleasant, agreeable.
     (3) Mixed with honey, honied.
     (4) Rich in honey (as a flower).

madhura a. [madhu-madhuryaṃ rāti rā-ka, madhṛ-astyarye ra vā]
     (1) Sweet.
     (2) Honied, mellifluous.
     (3) Pleasant, charming, attractive, agreeable; aho madhuramāsāṃ darśanaṃ S. 1; Ku. 5. 9; Māl. 2. 11; kimiva hi madhurāṇāṃ maṃḍanaṃ nākṛtīnāṃ S. 1. 20.
     (4) Melodious (as a sound). --raḥ
     (1) The red sugar-cane.
     (2) Rice.
     (3) A kind of sugar, molasses (guḍa).
     (4) A kind of mango.
     (5) Cuminseed. --rā
     (1) Liquoriee.
     (2) Sour ricewater.
     (3) N. of the city Mathurā. --rī A kind of musical instrument. --raṃ
     (1) Sweetness.
     (2) A sweet drink, syrup.
     (3) Poison.
     (4) Tin. --raṃ ind. Sweetly, pleasantly, agreeably.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣara a. sounding sweetly, uttering sweet sounds, melodious.
          --amlakaḥ the hog-plum.
          --ālāpa a. uttering sweet sounds. (
          --paḥ) sweet or melodious notes; madhurālāpanisargapaṃḍitāṃ Ku. 4. 16. (
          --pā) a kind of thrush.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ a kind of fish.
          --jaṃbīraṃ a species of lime.
          --trayaṃ = madhutrayaṃ q. v.
          --phalaḥ a sort of jujube tree (rājabadara). --bhāṣin, --vāc a. sweetspeaking.
          --sravā a kind of date tree.
          --svara, --svana a. warbling sweetly, sweet-voiced.

madhuraka a. Sweet, pleasant, agreeable.

madhuratā --tvam Sweetness, pleasantness, agreeableness, loveliness.

madhurayati Den. P. To sweeten, render sweet.

madhurita a. Sweetened, made sweet.

madhuriman m. Sweetness, agreeableness; madhurimātiśayena vaco'mṛtaṃ Bv. 1. 113.

madhula a. Sweet &c.; see madhura. --laṃ An intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor.

madhulikā Black mustard.

madhusyati Den. P. To wish or long for honey.

madhūkaḥ
     (1) A bee.
     (2) N. of a tree. --kaṃ
     (1) A flower of the Madhūka tree; dūrvāvatā pāṃḍumadhūkadāmnā Ku. 7. 14; stigyo madhūkacchaviṃrgaḍaḥ Gīt. 10; R. 6. 25.
     (3) Liquorice.

madhūlaḥ [madhu lāti lā-ka pṛṣā-] A kind of tree. --lī
     (1) The mango tree.
     (2) Liquorice.
     (3) A kind of citron.

madhūlikā A kind of tree.

madhya a. [man-yat nasya dhaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; Me. 46; Ms. 2. 21
     (2) Intervening, intermediate.
     (3) Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; prārabhya vighnavihatā viramaṃti madhyāḥ Bh. 2. 27.
     (4) Neutral, impartial.
     (5) Just, right.
     (6) Mean (in astr.). --dhyaḥ, --dhyaṃ
     (1) The middle, centre, middle or central part; ahnaḥ madhyaṃ midday; sahasradīdhitiralaṃkaroti madhyamahnaḥ Mal.
     (1) 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; sarati sahasā bāhvormadhyaṃ gatāpyabalā satī M. 4. 11; vyopamadhyaṃ V. 2. 1.
     (2) The middle of the body, the waist; madhyaṃ kṣāmā Me. 82; vedivilagnamadhyā Ku. 1. 39.; viśālavakṣāstanuvṛttamadhyaḥ R. 6. 32.
     (3) The belly, abdomen; madhyena ... balitrayaṃ cāru babha ra bālā Ku. 1. 39.
     (4) The inside or interior of anything.
     (5) A middle state or condition.
     (6) The flank of a horse.
     (7) Mean time in music.
     (8) The middle term of a progression.
     (9) Cessation, pause, interval. --dhyā
     (1) The middle finger.
     (2) A young woman, one arrived at puberty. --dhyaṃ Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of madhya are used adverbially.
          (a) madhyaṃ into the midst of, into;
          (b) madhyena through or between.
          (c) madhyāt out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); teṣāṃ madhyāt kākaḥ provāca Pt 1.
          (d) madhye 1. in the middle, between, among, in the midst; R. 12. 29. --2. in into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. madhyegaṃgaṃ into the Ganges; madhyejaṭharaṃ in the belly; Bv. 1. 61; madhyetagaraṃ inside the city; madhyenadi in the middle of the river. madhyepṛṣṭhaṃ on the back; madhyebhaktaṃ a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; madhyeraṇaṃ in the battle; Bv. 1. 128; madhyesabhaṃ in or before an assembly; N. 6. 76; madhyesamudraṃ in the midst of the sea; Śi 3. 33].
     -- Comp.
          --aṃguliḥ, --lī f. the middle finger
          --ahnaḥ (for ahan) midday, noon. -kṛtyaṃ, -kriyā a midday rite or observance. -kālaḥ, -velā, -samayaḥ noontime, midday. -stānaṃ midday ablution.
          --karṇaḥ a radius.
          --ga a. being or going in the middle or among
          --gata a. central, middle, being in the middle.
          --gaṃdha; the mango tree.
          --grahaṇaṃ the middle of an eclipse.
          --chayā mean or middle shadow.
          --dinaṃ (also madhyadinaṃ) 1. midday, noon. --2. a midday offering.
          --dīpakaṃ a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g. Bk. 10. 24.
          --deśaḥ 1. the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. --2. the waist. --3. the belly. --4. the meridian. --5. the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; himavadviṃdhyayormadhyaṃ yatprāgvinaśanādapi . pratyageva prayāgacca madhyadeśaḥ sa kīrtitaḥ .. Ms. 2. 21.
          --dehaḥ the trunk of the body, the belly.
          --padaṃ the middle word. -lopin see madhyamapadalopin. --pātaḥ 1. communion, intercourse. --2. (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect.
          --bhāgaḥ 1. the middle part. --2. the waist.
          --bhāvaḥ 1. middle state, mediocrity. --2. a middling or mode rate distance.
          --yavaḥ a weight of six white mustard-seeds.
          --yogit a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured.
          --rātraḥ --rātriḥ f. midnight.
          --rekhā the central or first meridian.
          --lagnaṃ the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian.
          --lokaḥ the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals -īśaḥ, -īśvaraḥ a king.
          --vayas a. middle-aged.
          --vartin a. 1. middle, central. --2. being among or in the middle. (--m.) an aroitrator, a mediator.
          --vṛttaṃ the navel.
          --sūtraṃ =madhyarekhā q. v.
          --stha a. 1. being or standing in the middle, central. --2. inter. mediate, intervening. --3. middling.
     (4) mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. --5. impartial, neutral --6. indifferent, unconcerned; madhyasyo deśabadhuṣu Pt. 4. 60; vayamava madhyasthāḥ S. 5. (--sthaḥ) 1. an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --sthatā 1. intermediate position. --2. middle state or character. --3. mediocrity. --4. arbitration, mediatorship. --5. impartiality; madhyasthatāṃ gṛhītvā bhaṇa M. 3 'say impartially'. --6. indifference. --sthalaṃ 1. the middle or centre. --2. the middle space or region. --3. the waist. --4. the hip. --sthānaṃ 1. the middle station. --2. the middle space; i. e. air. --3. a neutral region. --sthita a. central, intermediate.

madhyatas ind.
     (1) From the middle or midst, out of.
     (2) Among, between.

madhyaṃdina a.
     (1) Middle, central.
     (2) Meridional, belonging to noon (also madhyaṃdinīya).

madhyanya a.
     (1) Occupying a middle station.
     (2) Having a middle rank or position (in any caste &c.).

madhyama a. [madhye mavaḥ ma]
     (1) Being or standing in the middle, middle, central; pituḥ padaṃ madhyamamutpataṃtī V. 1. 19; madhyame pala Ki. 9. 2; so madhyamalokapālaḥ, madhyamapadaṃ madhyamarekhā q. q. v. v.
     (2) Intermediate, intervening.
     (3) Middling, of a middling condition or quality, mediocre; as in uttamādhamamadhyama.
     (4) Middling, moderate; tena madhyamaśaktinimitrāṇi sthāpitānyataḥ R. 17. 58.
     (5) Middle-sized.
     (6) Neither youngest nor oldest, the middleborn (as a brother); praṇamati pitarau vāṃ madhyamaḥ pāṃḍavo'yaṃ Ve. 5. 26.
     (7) Impartial, neutral.
     (8) Mean (in astr.).
     (9) Belonging to the meridian. --maḥ
     (1) The fifth note in music.
     (2) A particular musical mode.
     (3) The mid-land country; see madhyadeśa.
     (4) The second person (in grammar).
     (5) A neutral sovereign; dharmottaraṃ madhyamamāśrayaṃte R. 13. 7.
     (6) The governor of a province. --mā
     (1) The middle finger.
     (2) A marriageable girl, one arrived at the age of puberty.
     (3) The pericarp of a lotus.
     (4) One of the classes of heroines (Nāyikās) in poetic compositions, a woman in the middle of her youth; cf. S. D. 100. --5. A central blossom. --maṃ
     (1) The middle.
     (2) The waist.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃguliḥ the middle finger.
          --āharaṇaṃ (in alg.) elimination of the middle term in an equation.
          --kakṣā the middle court yard.
          --khaṃḍaṃ the middle term of an equation.
          --jāta a. middle-born.
          --padaṃ the middle member (of a compound). -lopin m. a subdivision of the Tatpurusha compound in which the middle word is omitted in composition; the usual instance given is śākapārthivaḥ which is dissolved as śākapriyaḥ pārthivaḥ; here the middle word priya is omitted; so chāyātaruḥ, guḍadhānāḥ &c.
          --pāṃḍavaḥ an epithet of Arjuna.
          --puruṣaḥ the second person (in grammar).
          --bhṛtakaḥ a husbandman or cultivator (who works both for himself and his master or landlord).
          --gatraḥ midnight.
          --rekhā the central meridian of the earth.
          --lokaḥ the middle world, the earth. -pālaḥ a king; R. 2. 16.
          --vayas n. middle-aged.
          --vayaska a. middle-aged.
          --saṃgrahaḥ intrigue of a middling character, such as sending presents of flowers &c. to another's wife; it is thus defined by Vyāsa: preṣaṇaṃ gaṃdhamālyānāṃ dhūpabhūṣaṇavāsasāṃ . pralobhataṃ cānnapānairmadhyamaḥ saṃgrahaḥ smṛtaḥ ... --sāhasaḥ the second of the three penalties or modes of punishment; see Ms. 8. 138. (
          --saḥ --saṃ) an outrage or offence of the middle class.
          --stha a. being in the middle.

madhyamaka a. (mikā f.)
     (1) Middle, middle-most.
     (2) Common (property &c.).

madhyamikā A girl arrived at puberty.

madhye See under madhya.

madhvaḥ N. of a celebrated precepor and author, the founder of the sect of Vaiṣṇavas, and author of a Bhāṣya on the Vedānta Sūtras.

madhvakaḥ A bee.

madhvijā Any intoxicating drink, spirituous liquor.

man I. 1 P. (manati)
     (1) To be proud.
     (2) To worship. --II. 10. A. (mānayate) To be proud. --III. 4. 8. A. (manyate, manute, mene, amaṃsta, maṃsyate, maṃtuṃ, mata)
     (1) To think, believe, suppose, magine, fancy, conceive; aṃkaṃ ke'pi śaśaṃkire jalanidheḥ paṃkaṃ pare menire Subhaṣ: vatsa manye kumāreṇānena jṛṃbhakāstramāmaṃtritaṃ U. 5; kathaṃ bhavān manyate 'what is your opinion' ?.
     (2) To consider, regard, deem, look upon, take (one) for, take to be; samībhūtādṛṣṭistribhuvanamapi brahma manute Bh 3. 84; amasta cānena parārdhyajanmanā sthiterabhettā sthitimaṃtamanvayaṃ R. 3. 27; 1. 32, 6. 84; Bg. 2. 26, 35; Bk. 9. 117 stanavinihitamapi hāramudāram. sā manute kṛśatanuriva bhāraṃ Gīt. 4.
     (3) To honour, respect, value, esteem, think highly of, prize; yasyānuṣaṃgiṇa ime bhuvanādhipatyabhogādayaḥ kṛpaṇalokamatā bhavaṃti Bh. 3. 76.
     (4) To know, understand, perceive, observe, have regard to; matvā devaṃ dhanapatisakhaṃ yatra sākṣādvasaṃtaṃ Me. 73.
     (5) To agree or consent to, act up to; tanmanyasya mama vacanaṃ Mk. 8.
     (6) To think or reflect upon.
     (7) To intend, wish or hope for.
     (8) To set the heart or mind on.
     (9) To mention, declare. (10) To think out, devise, invent.
     (11) To be considered or regarded as, seem, appear like. (The senses of man are variously modified according to the word with which it is used; e. g. bahu man to think highly or much of, value greatly, prize, esteem, bahu manute nanu te tanusaṃgatapavanacalitamapi reṇu Gīt. 5; see under bahu also; laghu man to think lightly of, despise, slight; S. 7. 1; anyathā mab to think otherwise; doubt; sādhu man to think well of, approve, consider satisfactory; S. 1. 2; asādhu man to disapprove; tṛṇāya man or tṛṇavat man to value at a straw, value lightly, make light of; harimapyamaṃsata tṛṇāya Śi. 15. 61; na man to disregard, not to mind) --Caus. (mānayati-te) To honour, esteem, respect, pay respect to, value; mānyān mānaya Bh. 2. 77; (Atm.) to esteem one-self highly, prize highly. --Desid. (mīmāṃsate)
     (1) To reflect upon, examine, investigate, inquire into.
     (2) To doubt, call in question (with loc.).

manana a. [man-lyu lyuṭ vā] Thoughtful, careful. --naṃ
     (1) Thinking, reflection, meditation, cogitation; mananānmunirevāsi Hariv.
     (2) Intelligence, understanding.
     (3) An inference arrived at by reasoning.
     (4) A guess, conjecture.

maṃtavya a.
     (1) To be thought, considered, or regarded.
     (2) Imaginable conceivable.
     (3) To be maintained.
     (4) To be approved or sanctioned; see man.

maṃtuḥ
     (1) A fault, an offence; mudhaiva maṃtuṃ parikalpya Bv. 2. 13.
     (2) Man, mankind.
     (3) Lord of men (prajāpati).
     (4) Ved. An adviser.
     (5) A manager, director
     (6) Advice, counsel. --tuḥ f. Understanding, intellect.

maṃtūyati Den. P.
     (1) To offend, transgress against.
     (2) To be angry.
     (3) To be jealous.

maṃtṛ m. A sage, wise man, an adviser or counsellor.

manas n. [manyate'nena, man karaṇe asun]
     (1) The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in sumanas, durmanas &c
     (2) (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyaya phil. manas is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from ātman or the soul); tadeva sukhaduḥkhādyupalabdhisādhanamiṃdriyaṃ pratijīvaṃ bhinnamaṇu nityaṃ ca Tarka K.
     (3) Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment.
     (4) Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; paśyannadūrānmanasāpyadhṛṣyaṃ Ku. 3. 51; R. 2. 27; kāyena vācā manasāpi śaśvat 5. 5; manasāpi na vipriyaṃ mayā (kṛtapūrvaṃ) 8. 52.
     (5) Design, purpose, intention.
     (6) Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense manas is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final m dropped, and forms adjectives; ayaṃ janaḥ praṣṭumanāstapodhane Ku. 5 40; cf. kāma.
     (7) Reflection.
     (8) Disposition, temper, mood.
     (9) Spirit, energy, mettle. (10) N. of the lake called Mānasa.
     (11) Breath or living soul.
     (12) Desire, longing after. (manasā gam &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; Ku. 2. 63; manaḥ kṛ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; mano baṃdh to fix the heart or affection upon; abhilāṣe mano babaṃdhānyarasān vilaṃghya sā R. 3. 4; manaḥ samādhā to collect oneself; manasi udbhū to cross the mind; manasi kṛ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of). N. B In comp. manas is changed to mano before a and soft consonants, as mano'nuga, manojña, manohara &.).
     -- Comp.
          --adhināthaḥ a lover, husband
          --anavasthānaṃ inattention.
          --anuga a. suiting the mind agreeable.
          --apahārin a. captivating the heart.
          --abhiniveśaḥ close application of mind, firmness of purpose.
          --abhirama a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; R. 1. 39.
          --abhilāṣaḥ the desire or longing of the heart.
          --āpa a. gaining the heart, attrac tive, pleasing.
          --kāṃta a. (manaskāṃta or manaḥkāṃta) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable.
          --kāraḥ perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain).
          --kṣepaḥ (manaḥkṣepaḥ) distraction of the mind, mental confusion.
          --gata a. 1. existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; neyaṃ na vakṣyati manogatamādhihetuṃ S. 3. 11. --2. affecting the mind, desired. (
          --taṃ) 1. a wish, desired; manogataṃ sā na śaśāka śaṃsituṃ Ku. 5. 51. --2. an idea, thought, notion, opinion.
          --gatiḥ f. desire of the heart.
          --gavī wish, desire.
          --gupta a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (
          --ptā) red arsenic.
          --grahaṇaṃ captivating the mind.
          --grahin a. captivating or fascinating the mind.
          --ja, --janman a. mindboru. (--m.) the god of love.
          --java a. 1. quick or swift as thought. --2. quick in thought or conception.
     (3) fatherly, paternal. --javasa a. resembling a father, fatherly. --jāta a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. --jighra a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. --jña a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; iyamadhikamanojñā valkalenāpi tanvī S. 1. 20; R. 3. 7; 6. 1. (--jñaḥ) N. of a Gandharva. (--jñā) 1. red arsenic. --2. an intoxicating drink. --3. a princess. --tāpaḥ, --pīḍā 1. mental pain or agony, anguish. --tuṣṭiḥ f. satisfaction of the mind. --tokā an epithet of Durgā. --daṃḍaḥ complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms. 12. 10; cf. tridaṃḍin. --datta a. a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. --dāhaḥ, --duḥkhaṃ mental distress or terment. --nāśaḥ loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. --nīta a. approved, chosen. --patiḥ (manaḥpati) an epithet of Viṣṇu. --pūta a. (mana pūta) 1. considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; manaḥpūtaṃ samācaret Ms. 6. 46. --2. of a pure mind, conscientious. --praṇīta a. (manaḥpraṇīta) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. --prasādaḥ (manaḥprasādaḥ) composure of mind, mental calm. --prītiḥ f. (manaḥprītiḥ) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. --bhava a. mind-born, created by fancy. --bhavaḥ bhūḥ 1. the god of love, Cupid; rere mano mama manobhavaśāsanasya pāda bujadbayamanāratamāmanaṃtaṃ Bv. 4. 32; Ku. 3. 27; R. 7. 22. --2. love, passion, lust; atyārūḍho hi nārīṇāmakālajño manobhavaḥ R. 12. 33. --mathanaḥ the god of love. --maya see separately. --yāyin a. 1. going at will or pleasure. --2. swift, quick as thouht. --yogaḥ close application of the mind, close attention. --yoniḥ the god of love. --raṃjanaṃ 1. pleasing the mind. --2. pleasantness. --rathaḥ 1. 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; avatarataḥ siddhipathaṃ śabdaḥ svapanorathasyeva M. 1. 22; manorathānāmagatirna vidyate Ku. 5. 64; R. 2. 72, 12. 59. --2. a desired object; manorathāya nāśaṃse S. 7. 13. --3. (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. -tṛtīyā N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. -dāyaka a. fulfilling one's expectations. (--kaḥ) N. of a Kalpa taru. -drumaḥ the god of love. -baṃdhaḥ cherishing or entertaining of desire. -badhuḥ the friend of (who satisfies) desires; Māl. 1. 34. -siddhiḥ f. fulfilment of one's desires. -sṛṣṭiḥ f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. --rama a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; aruṇanakhamanoramāsu tasyāḥ (aṃgulīṣu) S. 6. 10. (--mā) 1. a lovely woman. --2. a kind of pigment. --rājyaṃ 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; manorājyavijṛṃbhaṇametat 'this is building castles in the air'. --layaḥ loss of consciousness. --laulyaṃ freak, caprice. --vāṃchā, --vāṃchitaṃ a wish of the heart, a desire, --vikāraḥ, --vikṛ tiḥ f. emotion of the mind. --vinayana mental discipline. --viruddha a. 1. incomprehensible. --2. against the dictates of mind or conscience. --vṛttiḥ f. 1. working of the mind, volition. --2. disposition, temper. --vegaḥ quickness of thought. --vyathā mental pain or anguish. --śalya a. rankling in the mind; (bāhuḥ) kubarasya mataḥśalyaṃ śaṃsatīgha parābhavaṃ Ku. 2. 22. --śilaḥ, --lā red arsenic; manaḥśilāvicchuritāniṣeduḥ Ku. 1. 55; R. 12 80. --śīghra a. quick as thought. --saṃgaḥ attachment of the mind (to anything). --saṃtāpaḥ anguish of the mind. --sukha a. agreeable to the mind. --stha a. being in the heart, mental. --sthairyaṃ firmness of mind. --hata a. disappointed. --hara a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating lovely; avyājamanoharaṃ vapuḥ S. 1 18; Ku. 3. 39; R. 3. 32. (--raḥ) a kind of jasmine. (--raṃ) gold. --hartṛ, hārin a. heart stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; hitaṃ manohāri ca durlabhaṃ vacaḥ Ki. 1. 4. --hārī an unchaste or unfaithful woman. --hlādaḥ gladness of heart. --hvā red arsenic.

manasā N. of a daughter of Kaśyapa, sister of the serpent king, Ananta and wife of the sage jaratkāru; so manasādevī.

manasija a. [mana si jāyate jaṇ-ḍa aluk-] Mind-born, mental. --jaḥ
     (1) The god of love; R. 18. 52.
     (2) Love, passion; manasijarujaṃ sā vā divyā mamālamapohituṃ V. 3. 10; S. 3. 9.
     (3) The moon.

manasiśayaḥ
     (1) The god of love; Śi. 7. 2.
     (2) The moon.

manastaḥ ind. From the mind or heart; R. 14. 81.

manasyati Den. P.
     (1) To intend, design.
     (2) To think, reflect.

manasvin a. [praśastaṃ manaḥ asttrasya vini]
     (1) Wise, intelligent, clever, highsouled, high-minded; R. 1. 32; Pt. 2. 120.
     (2) Attentive.
     (3) Steadyminded, resolute, determined; Ku. 5. 6. --m. The fabulous animal called Śarabha. --nī
     (1) A high-minded or proud woman; manasvinīmānavighātadakṣaṃ Ku. 3. 32; M. 1. 20, V. 3. 5.
     (2) A wise or virtuous woman.
     (3) N. of Durgā.
     (4) N. of the mother of the moon.

manasvitā
     (1) Intelligence.
     (2) Magnanimity, high-mindedness.
     (3) Hope, expectation.

manomaya a. Mental, spiritual.
     -- Comp.
          --kośaḥ ṣaḥ the second of the five vestures or sheaths which are supposed to enshrine the soul.

manāk ind
     (1) A little, slightly, in a small degree; na manāk 'not at all'; na manāgapi rāhuroṣaśaṃkā Bv. 2. 1; re pāṃtha vihvalamanā na manāgapi syāḥ 1. 37, 111.
     (2) Slowly, tardily.
     (3) Only, merely.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. doing little. (
          --raṃ) a kind of fragrant aloe-wood.

manākā A female elephant.

manāyī(vī) The wife of Manu.

manīkam Collyrium, eye-salve.

manīṣā [īs-aṅ īṣ; manasa īṣā śakaṃ-]
     (1) Desire, wish; yo durjanaṃ vaśayituṃ tanute manīṣāṃ Bv. 1. 95.
     (2) Intelligence, understanding; pravibhajya pṛthaṅ manīṣayā svaguṇaṃ yatkila tatkariṣyasi Śi. 16. 42.
     (3) A thought, idea.
     (4) Ved. Hymn, praise.

manīṣikā Understanding, intelligence.

manīṣita a.
     (1) Wished for, desired, liked, loved, dear; matīṣitāḥ sāṃta gṛheṣu devatāḥ Ku. 5. 4.
     (2) Agreeable. --taṃ A wish, desire, desired object; manīṣitaṃ dyaurapi yana dugdhā R. 5. 33.

manīṣin a. [manīṣa-ini]
     (1) Wise, learned, intelligent, clever, thoughtful, prudent; R. 1. 25.
     (2) Ved. Praying, praising. --m.
     (1) A wise or learned person, a sage, a paṇḍit; mānanīyo manīṣiṇāṃ R. 1. 11; saṃskāravatyeva girā manīṣī Ku. 1. 28, 5. 39; R. 3. 44.
     (2) Ved. A singer, praiser.

manuḥ [man-u Uṇ. 1. 10]
     (1) N. of a celebrated personage regarded as the representative man and father of the human race (sometimes regarded as one of the divine beings).
     (2) Particularly, the fourteen successive progenitors on sovereigns of the earth mentioned in Ms. 1. 63. (The first Manu called svapyaṃbhuvamanu is supposed to be a sort of secondary creator, who produced the ten Prajāpatis or Maharshis and to whom the code of laws known as Manusmriti is ascribed. The seventh Manu called vaivasvatamanu, being supposed to be born from the sun, is regarded as the progenitor of the present race of living beings and was saved from a great flood by Viṣṇu in the form of a fish, cf. matsyāvatāra; he is also regarded as the founder of the solar race of kings who ruled at Ayodhyā; see U. 6. 18; R. 1. 11. The names of the fourteen Manus in order are: --1 svāyaṃbhuva, 2 svārociṣa, 3 auttami, 4 tāmasa, 5 raivata, 6 cākṣuṣa 7 vaivasvata, 8 sāvarṇi, 9 dakṣasāvarṇi, 10 brahmasāvarṇi, 11 dharmasāvarṇi, 12 rudrasāvarṇi, 13 raucya-daivasāvarṇi and 14 iṃdrasa varṇi).
     (3) A symbolical expression for the number 'fourteen'.
     (4) A man, mankind (opp. evil spirits).
     (5) Thought, thinking or mental faculty (Ved.).
     (6) A proyer, sacred text or sped (maṃtra). --nuḥ f. The wife of Manu.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ the period or age of a Manu; (this period, according to Ms. 1. 79, comprises 4, 320,000 human years or (1/14) th day of Brahmā, the fourteen Manvantaras making up one whole day; each of these fourteen, periods is supposed to be presided over by its own Manu; six such periods have already passed away; we are at present living in the seventh, and seven more are yet to come).
          --jaḥ a man, mankind. -adhipaḥ, -adhipatiḥ, -īśvaraḥ -patiḥ, -rājaḥ a king, sovereign. -lokaḥ the world of men, i. e. the earth.
          --jā a woman.
          --jātaḥ a man.
          --jyeṣṭhaḥ a sword.
          --praṇīta a. taught or expounded by Manu
          --bhūḥ a man. mankind.
          --rāj m. an epithet of Kubera.
          --śreṣṭhaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --saṃhitā the code of laws ascribed to the first Manu, the institutes of Manu.

manuṣya a. [manorapatyaṃ yat suk ca], Friendly or useful to man. --ṣyaḥ
     (1) A man, human being, mortal.
     (2) A male.
     (3) Ved. A class of manes.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, īśvaḥ a king, sovereign; R. 2. 2.
          --karaḥ human exertion or effort; cf. puruṣakāra. --jātiḥ. f. mankind, human race.
          --devaḥ 1. a king; R. 2. 52. --2. a god amoug men, a Brāhmaṇa.
          --dharmaḥ 1. the duty of man. --2. the character of man, human character.
          --varmana m. an epithet of Kubera.
          --māraṇaṃ homicide.
          --yajñaḥ hospitality, hospitable reception of guests, one of the five daily acts of a house-holder; see nṛyajña. --lokaḥ the world of mortals, the earth.
          --viś, --viśā f.,
          --viśaṃ human race, mankind.
          --śoṇitaṃ human blood; (papau) kutūhaleneva manuṣyaśoṇitaṃ R. 3. 54.
          --sabhā 1. an assembly of men. --2. a crowd, multitude. --3. a place of meeting, assembly.

manuṣyatā --tvam
     (1) Manhood.
     (2) Humanity.

manotṛ m Ved.
     (1) An inventor.
     (2) A manager.
     (3) An honourer.

maṃtr 10 A. (maṃtrayate, but sometimes maṃtrayati also, maṃtrita)
     (1) To consult, deliberate, ponder over, hold consultation, take counsel; na hi strābhiḥ saha maṃtrayitu yujyate Pt. 5; Ms. 7. 146.
     (2) To advise, counsel, give advice; atītalābhasya ca rakṣaṇārthaṃ ... yanmaṃtryate'sau paramo hi matraḥ Pt. 2. 182.
     (3) To consecrate with sacred texts, enchant with spells or charms.
     (4) To say, speak, talk, mutter; kimapi hṛdaye kṛtvā maṃtrayethe S. 1; kimekākinī maṃtrayasi S. 6; halā saṃgītaśālāparisare'valokitādvitīyā tvaṃ kiṃ maṃtrayaṃtyāsīḥ Māl. 2.

maṃtraḥ [maṃtr-ac]
     (1) A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds: it is called ṛc if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; yajus if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and sāman if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting).
     (2) The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brahmanā q. v.
     (3) A charm, spell, an incantation; sohamasmi maṃtrasiddhaḥ Dk. 54; nahi jīvaṃti janāḥ manāgamaṃtrāḥ Bv. 1. 111; aciṃtyo hi maṇimaṃtrauṣadhīnāṃ prabhāvaḥ Ratn. 2; R. 2. 32, 5. 57.
     (4) A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity; as oṃ namaḥ śivāya &c.
     (5) Consuitation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution plan; tasya saṃvṛtamaṃtrasya R. 1. 20; maṃtraḥ pratidinaṃ tasya babhūva saha maṃtrimiḥ 17. 50; Pt. 2. 182; Ms. 7. 58.
     (6) Secret plan or consultation, a secret.
     (7) Policy, statesmanship.
     -- Comp.
          --ārādhanaṃ endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; maṃtrārādhanatatpareṇa manasā nītāḥ śmaśāne niśāḥ Bh. 3. 4.
          --udakaṃ, --jalaṃ, --toyaṃ, --vāri n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water.
          --upaṣṭaṃbhaḥ backing up by advice.
          --karaṇaṃ 1. Vedic texts. --2. composing or reciting sacred texts.
          --kāraḥ the author of Vedic hymns.
          --kālaḥ time of consultation or deliberation.
          --kuśala a. skilled in giving advice.
          --kṛt m. 1. an author or composer of Vedic hymns: apyagraṇīrmaṃtra kṛtāmṛṣīṇāṃ kuśāgrabuddhe kuśalī gurusta R. 5. 4. 1. 61, 15. 31. --2. one who recites a sacred text. --3. a counsellor, an adviser. --4. an ambassador,
          --gaṃḍakaḥ knowledge, science.
          --guptaḥ f. secret counsel.
          --gūḍhaḥ a spy, a secret emissary or agent.
          --gṛhaṃ a council-chamber.
          --jihvaḥ fire; Śi. 2. 107.
          --jña a. 1. knowing sacred texts. --2. skilled in counsel. --3. skilled in spells. (
          --jñaḥ) 1. a counsellor. adviser --2. a learned Brāhmaṇa. --3. a spy.
          --taṃtra see amaṃtra. --daḥ -dātṛ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher.
          --darśin m. 1. a seer of Vedic hymns. --2. a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas.
          --dīdhitiḥ fire.
          --dṛś a. 1. knowing sacred texts. --2. skilled in counsel or spells. (--m.) 1. a seer of Vedic hymns. --2. an adviser, a counsellor.
          --devatā the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra.
          --dharaḥ, --dhārin m. a counsellor.
          --nirṇayaḥ final decision after deliberation.
          --padaṃ the words of a sacred text.
          --pūta a. purified by mantras. -ātman m. an epithet of Garuḍa.
          --pracāraḥ the course of counsel or procedure; Pt. 2.
          --prayogaḥ, -yuktiḥ f. application of spells.
          --bī(vī)ja the first syllable of a spell.
          --bhedaḥ breach or betrayal of counsel
          --mūrtiḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --mūlaṃ magic.
          --yaṃtraṃ a mystical diagram with a magical formula.
          --yogaḥ 1. employment or application of spells. --2. magic.
          --varjaṃ ind without the use of spells.
          --vādin m. 1. a reciter of sacred texts. --2. an enchanter, a conjurer.
          --vid see maṃtrajña above.
          --vidyā the science of spells, magic.
          --saṃskāraḥ any Samskara or rite performed with sacred texts.
          --saṃskriyā any magical rite.
          --saṃhitā the whole body of Vedic hymns.
          --sādhakaḥ a magician, conjurer
          --sādhanaṃ 1. effecting or subduing by magic. --2. a spell, an incantation. --3. attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); Māl. 5. 25, K. 37, 40, 44.
          --sādhya a. 1. to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1. 65 --2. attainable by consultation.
          --siddhiḥ f. 1. the working or accomplishment of a spell. --2. the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person.
          --spṛś a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells.
          --hīta a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns.

maṃtraṇaṃ --ṇā [maṃtr lyuṭ]
     (1) Deliberation, consultation.
     (2) Advising, counselling.

maṃtrata ind.
     (1) With respect or according to the sacred texts.
     (2) Deliberately, advisedly.

matravat a.
     (1) Attended with speils or incantations; R. 3. 31.
     (2) Initiated. --ind.
     (1) According to sacred texts.
     (2) According to the rules of consultation.

maṃtriḥ = maṃtrin q. v.

maṃtrita p. p. [maṃtr-kta]
     (1) Consulted.
     (2) Counselled. advised.
     (3) Said. spoken.
     (4) Charmed. consecrated by mantras.
     (5) Settled, deter mined. --taṃ Advice, counsel.

maṃtrin a. [maṃtrayate maṃtr ṇini]
     (1) Wise, clever in counsel.
     (2) Familiar with sacred texts or spells.
     (3) Ved Eloquent. --m.
     (1) A minister, coun sellor, a king's minister; R. 8. 17. Ms. 8. 1.
     (2) A conjurer, an enchanter.
     -- Comp.
          --dhura a. able to bear the burden of a minister's office.
          --patiḥ, --pradhānaḥ --pramukhaḥ, --mukhyaḥ, varaḥ, --śreṣṭhaḥ the prime minister, premier.
          --prakāṃḍaḥ an excellent or eminent minister.
          --śrotrayaḥ a minister conversant with the Vedas.

maṃtritā --tvam Ministership, office of a minister.

maṃth, math 1. 9. P. (mathati, mathati, mathnāti, mathita; pass mathyate) To churn, produce by churning; (oft. with two acc.). sudhāṃ sāgaraṃ mamaṃthuḥ or devāsurairamṛ namaṃbunidhirmamaṃthe Ki. 5. 30.
     (2) To agitate, shake, stir round or up, turn up and down; (fig. also); tasmāt samudrādiva mathyamānāt R. 16. 79.
     (3)
          (a) To crush, grind.
          (b) To grind down, oppress, afflict, trouble, distress sorely; manmatho māṃ mathnannijanāma sānvayaṃ karoti Dk.; jātāṃ manye śiśiramathitāṃ padminīṃ bānyarūpāṃ Me. 83.
     (4) To hurt, injure.
     (5) To destroy, kill, annihilate, crush down; mathnāmi kauravaśataṃ samare na kopāt Ve. 1. 15; amaṃthīcca parānīkaṃ Bk. 15. 46; 14. 36.
     (6) To tear off, dislocate.

maṃthaḥ [math-karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) Churning shaking about, stirring agitating; maṃthādiva kṣubhya ti gāṃgamaṃbhaḥ U. 7. 16; R. 10. 3.
     (2) Killing destroying.
     (3) A mixed beverage.
     (4) A churningstick (maṃthā also).
     (5) The sun.
     (6) A ray of the sun.
     (7) Excretion of rheum from the eyes, mucus (from the eyes), cataract.
     (8) An instrument for kindling fire by attrition.
     (9) A spoon for stirring. (10) A kind of antelope.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ, --adriḥ, giriḥ, --parvataḥ, --śailaḥ the Mandara mountain (used as a churningstick); Bv. 1. 55.
          --udakaḥ, --udadhiḥ the sea of milk
          --guṇaḥ a churning-cord.
          --jaṃ butter.
          --daṃḍaḥ, --daṃḍakaḥ a churning-stick.

maṃthanaḥ [mathyate'nena karaṇe lyuṭ bhāve lyuṭ vā] A churning-stick. --na
     (1) Churning, agitating, stirring or shaking about
     (2) Kindling fire by attrition. --nī A churning-vessel.
     -- Comp.
          --ghaṭī a churning vessel.

maṃthara a. [maṃth-arac]
     (1) Slow, dull, tardy, lazy, inactive; garbhamaṃtharā S. 4; pratyabhijñānamaṃtharo bhavat ibid.; sthāne khalvaya prasavamaṃtharo'bhūt M. 5; daramaṃtharacaraṇavihāraṃ Gīt. 11. Śi. 6. 40; 7. 18; 5. 62; R. 19. 21.
     (2) Stupid, foolish, silly; mathaṃrakaulikaḥ.
     (3) Low, deep, hollow, having a low tone.
     (4) Large, broad, wide, big.
     (5) Bent, crooked, curved.
     (6) Indicating, showing (sūcaka). --raḥ
     (1) A store, treasure.
     (2) The hair of the head.
     (3) Wrath, anger.
     (4) Fresh butter.
     (5) A churning-stick.
     (6) Hinderance, an obstacle.
     (7) A stronghold.
     (8) Fruit.
     (9) A spy, an informer. (10) The month Vaiśakha.
     (11) The mountain Mandara.
     (12) An antelope. --rā N. of a hump-backed nurse or slave of Kaikeyī who instigated her mistress, on the eye of Rāma's coronation as heir-apparent, to beg of her husband by the two boons formerly promised to her by him, the banishment of Rama for fourteen years and the installation of Bharata on the throne. --raṃ Safflower.
     -- Comp.
          --viveka a. slow in judgment, void of discrimination; Mal. 1. 18.

maṃtharuḥ The wind produced by the waving of a chowrie.

maṃthānaḥ [maṃth-ānac]
     (1) A churningstick.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.

maṃthānakaḥ A kind of grass.

mathin a. [maṃṭ ṇini]
     (1) Churning, stirring.
     (2) Afflicting, annoying. --m.
     (1) Semen virile.
     (2) Ved Soma juice. --nī A churning-vessel.

maṃd
     (1) A. (maṃdate) (mostly Vedic)
     (1) To be drunk.
     (2) To be glad, to rejoice.
     (3) To languish, be languid
     (4) To shine.
     (5) To move slowly, loiter, tarry.
     (6) To be praised or celebrated.
     (7) To praise.
     (8) To sleep.

maṃda a. [maṃd-ac]
     (1) Slow, tardy, inactive, lazy, dull, loitering; (na) --bhiṃdaṃti maṃdāṃ gatimaśvamukhyaḥ Ku. 1. 11; taccaritaṃ goviṃde manasijamaṃde sakhī prāha Gīt. 6.
     (2) Cold, indifferent, apathetic.
     (3) Stupid, dull-witted, foolish, ignorant, weak-brained; prayojanamanuddiśya na maṃdopi pravartate Subhāṣ.; maṃdopyamaṃdatāmeti saṃsargeṇa vipaścitaḥ M. 2. 8; maṃdaḥ kaviyaśaḥ pārthī gamiṣyāmyupahāsyatāṃ R. 1. 3; dviṣaṃti maṃdāścaritaṃ mahātmanāṃ Ku. 5. 75.
     (4) Low, deep, hollow (as sound).
     (5) Soft, faint, gentle; as in maṃdasmitaṃ.
     (6) Small, little, slight; maṃdodarī; see a also.
     (7) Weak, defective, feeble; as maṃdāgni.
     (8) Unlucky, unhappy.
     (9) Faded. (10) Wicked, vile
     (11) Addicted to drinking.
     (12) Weak, slack (as a bow).
     (13) Sick, afflicted with disease.
     (14) Independent. (svataṃtra) --daḥ
     (1) The planet Saturn.
     (2) An epithet of Yama.
     (3) The dissolution of the world.
     (4) A kind of elephant; maṃdopi na ma na mahanavagṛhya sādhyaḥ Śi. 4. 49 (where maṃda means 'a fool' also).
     (5) The apsis of a planet's course. --dā A pot, vessel. --daṃ ind.
     (1) Slowly, gradually, by degrees; yātaṃ yacca nitaṃbayorgurutayā maṃdaṃ vilāsādiva S. 2. 2.
     (2) Gently, softly, not violently; maṃdaṃ maṃdaṃ nudati pavanaścānukūlo yathā tvāṃ Me. 9.
     (3) Faintly, feebly, weakly, lightly.
     (4) In a low tone, deeply.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. weak eyed. (
          --kṣaṃ) sense of shame, modesty, bashfulness.
          --agni a. having a weak digestion. (
          --gniḥ) slowness of digestion.
          --anilaḥ a gentle breeze
          --asu a. having weak or faint breath.
          --ākrāṃtā N. of a metre; see App. 1.
          --ātman a. dull-witted, silly, ignorant; maṃdātmānajighṛkṣayā Malli.
          --ādara a. 1. having little respect for, disregarding, caring little for.
     (2) neglectful. --uccaḥ the upper apsis of the course of a planet. --utsāha a. discouraged, dispirited: madotsāhaḥ kṛto'smi mṛgayāpava dinā māṭhaṭhyena S. 2. --udarī N. of the wife of Rāvaṇa, regarded as one of the five very chaste women; cf. ahalyā. She advised her husband to deliver Sītā to Rāma and thus save him self from certain ruin, but he did not heed her. --uṣṇa a. tepid, lukewarm. (--ṣṇaṃ) gentle heat. --autsukya a. slackened in eagerness, cast down, disinclined; maṃdautsukyo'smi nagaragamanaṃ prati S. 1. --karṇa a. slightly deaf; (Proverb: badhirānmaṃdakarṇa śreyan 'something is better than nothing'). --kāṃtiḥ the moon. --kārin a. acting slowly or foolishly --gaḥ Saturn. --gati, --gāmin a. walking slowly, slow of pace. --cetas a. 1. dull-witted, silly, foolish.
     (2) absent-minded
     (3) fainting away, scarcely consci ous. --chāya a. dim, faint, lustreless; Me. 80. --jananī the mother of Saturn. --dhī, --prajña, --buddhi, mati, --medhas a. dull-witted, silly, foolish. --phalaṃ equation of the apsis. --bhāgi n, --bha gya a. unfortunate, ill-fated, wretched, miserable. --bhās a. dim. of fading lustre; R. 7 2 --maṃdaṃ ind. slowly, leisurely. --raśmi a. dim. --vibhava a. poor, impoverished; Pt. 5. 5. --visarpin a. creeping along slowly (as a louse); Pt. 1. 252. --vīrya a. weak. --vṛṣṭiḥ f. slight rain. --smita, --hāsaḥ, hāsyaṃ a gentle laugh, a smile.

maṃdaka a. Simple, silly, foolish.

maṃdatā --tvam
     (1) Slowness, inactivity.
     (2) Dulness.
     (3) Foolishness, stupidity, simplicity.
     (4) Weakness.
     (5) Littleness, smallness; maṃdatvamāpannaḥ Pt. 2. 167 'became less, subsided'.

maṃdayati Den. P.
     (1) To weaken, slacken, diminish.
     (2) To retard.

madāyate Den. A. 1 To go slowly, tarry, lag behind, loiter, delay; maṃdāyaṃte na khalu suhṛdāmabhyupetārthakṛtyāḥ Me. 38; V. 3. 15.
     (2) To be weak or faint, grow dim; diśi maṃdāyate te jo dakṣiṇasyāṃ raverapi R. 4. 49.

maṃdīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To weaken, diminish, relax, slacken; rathasya maṃdīkṛtā vaigaḥ S. 1; maṃdīcakāra maraṇavyavasāyabuddhiṃ Ku. 4. 45; Ve. 1. 24.

maṃdībhū 1 P.
     (1) To become weak, be relaxed or slackened.
     (2) To grow less, diminish, subside, abate; api kālavipakarṣānpaṃdībhūtaḥ pitṛmaraṇaśokaḥ Mv. 5; maṃdībhūtaśokaḥ K. 63.

maṃdaṭaḥ The coral tree.

maṃdanam Praise, culogium.

maṃdayaṃtī An epithet of Durga.

maṃdara a.
     (1) Slow, tardy, dull.
     (2) Thick, dense; firm.
     (3) Large, bulky. --raḥ
     (1) N. of a mountain (used by the gods and demons as a churningstick when they churned the ocean for nectar); pṛṣatairmadaroddhūtaiḥ kṣāromeya havācyutaṃ R. 4. 27; abhinavajalasudara dhṛtamadara e Gīt. 1. śobhaiva maṃdarakṣabdhakṣubhetāṃbhodhivarṇanā Śi. 2. 107; Ki. 5. 30.
     (2) A necklace of pearls (of 8 or 16 strings).
     (3) Heaven.
     (4) A mirror.
     (5) One of the five trees in Indra's paradise; see maṃdāra. --raṃ ind. Slowly, sluggishly.
     -- Comp.
          --āvāsā, -vāsinī of Durgā.

maṃdasānaḥ
     (1) N. of fire.
     (2) Life.
     (3) Sleep. (also written maṃdasānu).

maṃdākaḥ
     (1) A current, stream.
     (2) Praise.

maṃdākinī [maṃdamakati ak-ṇini]
     (1) The river Ganges; maṃdākinī bhāti nagopakaṃṭhe muktāvalī kaṃṭhagateva bhūmeḥ R. 13. 48: Ku. 1. 29.
     (2) The river of heaven, celestial Ganges (maṃdākinī viyadgaṃgā); maṃdākinyāḥ salilaśiśiraiḥ sevyamānā marudbhiḥ Me. 67.

maṃdāraḥ [maṃd-ārak]
     (1) The coral tree, one of the five trees in Indra's paradise; hastaprāpyastabakanamito bālamaṃdāravṛkṣaḥ Me. 75, 67; V. 4. 35.
     (2) The plant called Arka.
     (3) The Dhattūra plant.
     (4) Heaven.
     (5) An elephant. --raṃ A flower of the coral tree; Ku. 5. 80; R. 6. 23.
     -- Comp.
          --mālā a garland of Mandara flowers; maṃdāramālā hariṇā pinaddhā S. 7. 2.
          --ṣaṣṭhī the sixth day in the bright half of Māgha.

maṃdārakaḥ, --maṃdāravaḥ, --maṃdāruḥ The coral tree; see maṃdāra.

maṃdiman m. [maṃd-imanic]
     (1) Slowness, tardiness.
     (2) Dulness, stupidity, folly.

maṃdiram [maṃdyate'tra maṃd kirac] A dwelling house, habitation, place, mansion; Ku. 7. 55; Bk. 8. 96; R. 12. 83.
     (2) An abode, a dwelling in general; as in kṣarībdhimaṃdiraḥ.
     (3) A town.
     (4) A camp.
     (5) A temple. --raḥ
     (1) The sea.
     (2) The hollow of the knee, ham.
     -- Comp.
          --paśuḥ a cat.
          --maṇiḥ an epithet of Śiva.

maṃdirā A stable.

maṃdurā [maṃd urac Uṇ. 1. 38]
     (1) A stable for horses, a stable in general; prabhraṣṭoyaṃ plavaṃgaḥ praviśati nṛpatermaṃdiraṃ maṃdurāyāḥ Ratn. 2. 2; R. 16. 41.
     (2) A bed, mattress.

maṃdra a. [maṃd-rak Uṇ. 2. 13] Low, deep, grave, hollow, rumbling (as sound); payodamaṃdradhvaninā dharitrī Ki. 16. 3; 7. 22; Me. 99; R. 6. 56.
     (2) Ved. Delightful, pleasing, pleasant.
     (3) Praiseworthy. --draḥ
     (1) A deep sound, low tone.
     (2) A kind of drum.
     (3) A kind of elephant.

maṃdhātṛ m. Ved.
     (1) An intelligent man.
     (2) A devout or pious man.

manmathaḥ
     (1) Cupid, the god of love; manmatho māṃ mathnannijanāma sānvayaṃ karoti Dk. 21; Me. 73.
     (2) Love, passion prabodhyate supta ivādya manmathaḥ Rs. 1. 8 so parokṣamanmathaḥ janaḥ S. 2. 18.
     (3) The wood apple. --thā N. of Dākṣayaṇī.
     -- Comp.
          --ānaṃdaḥ a kind of mango tree.
          --ālayaḥ 1. the mango tree. --2. pudendum muliebre.
          --kara a. exciting love.
          --yuddhaṃ amorous strife, sexual union, copulation.
          --lekhaḥ a love letter; S. 3. 26.

manmathin a. Amorous, enamoured.

manman n. Ved.
     (1) Wish, desire.
     (2) Hymn, prayer &c.

manmanaḥ
     (1) Confidential whispering (daṃpatyorjalpitaṃ maṃdaṃ); karoti sahakārasya kālakātkālakāttaraṃ . manmano manmano'pyeṣa mattakokilanisvanaḥ Kāv. 2. 11.
     (2) The god of love.

manya a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Thinking oneself to be, as in paṃḍitaṃmanya.
     (2) Appearing as.

manyā [manyate'nayā manyā galapārśvaśirā P. III. 3. 59 Sk.]
     (1) The nape or back of the neck.
     (2) Knowledge.

manyuḥ [man-yuc Uṇ. 3. 20]
     (1) Anger, wrath, resentment, indignation, rage: R. 2. 32, 49; 11. 46.
     (2) Grief, sorrow, affliction, distress; U. 4. 3; Ki. 1. 35; Bk. 3. 49.
     (3) Wretched or miserable state, meanness.
     (4) A sacrifice.
     (5) Spirit, mettle, courage (as of horses).
     (6) Ardour, zeal.
     (7) Pride.
     (8) An epithet of Śiva.
     (9) Of Agni.

manyumat a.
     (1) Angry, wrathful.
     (2) Sorrowful, distressed.
     (3) Spirited, energetic.
     (4) Vehement, passionate. --m. An epithet of Agni.

mapa(pu)ṣṭaḥ --kaḥ A kind of bean.

mabhr 1 P. (mabhrati) To go, move.

mama (Gen. sing. of asmad the first personal pronoun) My, mine.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ, -kṛtyaṃ interesting oneself about anything, self-interest.

mamatā [mama bhāvaḥ tal]
     (1) The feeling of 'meum,' the sense of ownership, self-interest, selfishness.
     (2) Pride, arrogance, self-sufficiency.
     (3) Individuality.

mamatvam
     (1) Regarding as 'mine' or one's own, sense of ownership.
     (2) Affectionate regard, attachment to, regard for; kṣudre'pi nūnaṃ śaraṇaṃ prapanne mamatvamuccaḥśirasāṃ satīva Ku. 1. 12.
     (3) Arrogance, pride.

mamāpatālaḥ An object of sense.

mab 1 P. To go, move.

mammaṭaḥ N. of the author of the Kāvyaprakāśa.

may 1 A. (mayate) To go, move.

maya a. (yī f.) An affix used to indicate 'made of,' 'coneisting or composed of,' 'full of': kanakamaya, kāṣṭhamaya, tejomaya, jalamaya &c. --yaḥ
     (1) N. of a demon, the architect of the demons. (He built the 'three cities' for the demons; cf. tripura. He is also said to have built a splendid hall for the Pāṇḍavas).
     (2) A horse.
     (3) A camel.
     (4) A mule. --yī A mare.

mayaṭaḥ A hut of grass or leaves.

maya(yu)ṣṭakaḥ  A kind of bean.

mayas n. Ved. Pleasure, delight, satisfaction; sarasvatī naḥ subhagā mayaskarat Rv. 1. 89, 3.

mayuḥ
     (1) A Kinnara, a celestial musician.
     (2) A deer, an antelope.
     -- Comp.
          --rājaḥ an epithet of Kubera.

mayūkhaḥ [mā ūkha mayādeśaḥ Uṇ. 5. 25]
     (1) A ray of light, beam, ray, lustre, brightness; visṛjati himagarbhairagnimiṃdurmayūkhaiḥ S. 3. 2; R. 2. 46; Śi. 4. 56; Ki. 5. 5, 8.
     (2) Beauty.
     (3) A flame.
     (4) The pin of a sun-dial.

mayūkhin a. Radiant, brilliant.

mayūraḥ [mī-ūran Uṇ. 1. 67]
     (1) A peacock; smarati girimayūra eṣa devyāḥ U. 3. 20; phaṇī mayūrasya tale niṣīdati Rs. 1. 13.
     (2) A kind of flower.
     (3) N. of a poet (author of the sūryaśataka); yasyāścoraścikuranikaraḥ karṇapūro mayūraḥ P. R. 1. 22.
     (4) A kind of instrument for measuring time. --rī A pea-hen; (Proverb: --varaṃ tatkālopanatā tittirī na punardivasāṃtaritā mayūrī Vb. 1., or varamadya kapoto na śvo mayūraḥ 'a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush'.)
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ a lizard.
          --ketuḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --grīvakaṃ blue vitriol.
          --caṭakaḥ the domestic cock.
          --cūḍā a peacock's crest.
          --tutthaṃ blue vitriol.
          --patrin a. feathered with peacock's feathers (as an arrow); R. 3. 56.
          --padakaṃ a scratch in the form of a peacock's foot (made with the fingernails.)
          --rathaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --vyaṃsakaḥ a cunning peacock.
          --śikhā 1. a peacock's crest. --2. a cock's comb.

mayūrakaḥ
     (1) A peacock.
     (2) A cock's comb. --kaḥ --kaṃ Blue vitriol.

maraḥ Ved.
     (1) Death.
     (2) The earth.

marakaḥ [mṛ-vun] A plague, murrain, pestilential disease, an epidemic.

marakatam [marakaṃ taratyanena tṝ-ḍa] An, emerald; vāpī cāsminmarakataśilābaddhasopānamārgā Me. 76; Śi. 4. 56; Rs. 3. 21.; (sometimes written marakta.)
     -- Comp.
          --maṇiḥ m., f. an emerald.
          --śilā an emerald slab.

maraṇam [mṛ-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Dying, death; maraṇaṃ prakṛtiḥ śarīriṇāṃ R. 8. 87; or saṃbhāvitasya cākīrtirmaraṇādatiricyate Bg. 2. 34.
     (2) A kind of poison.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃta, --aṃtaka a. ending in death.
          --abhimukha, --unmukha a. on the point of death, near death, moribund.
          --ātmaka a. causing death, fatal.
          --dharman a. mortal.
          --niścaya a. determined to die; Pt. 1.
          --śīla a. mortal.

marataḥ Death.

maraṇīya, mariṣṇu a. Mortal.

mariman m. Death, dying.

maraṃdaḥ --dakaḥ The juice of flowers; Bv. 1. 5, 10, 15.
     -- Comp.
          --okas n. a flower.

marāraḥ A granary.

marāla a. [mṛ-ālac]
     (1) Soft, greasy, unctuous.
     (2) Bland, tender. --laḥ (lī f.) A swan, flamingo, goose; marālakulanāyakaḥ kathaya ra kathaṃ vartatāṃ Bv. 1. 3; vidhehi marālavikāraṃ Gīt. 11; N. 6. 72.
     (2) A kind of duck (kāraṃḍava).
     (3) A horse.
     (4) A cloud.
     (5) Collyrium.
     (6) A grove of pomegranate trees.
     (7) A rogue, cheat.

marālakaḥ A gander, swan.

mari(rī)caḥ  The pepper-shrub. --caṃ Black pepper.

marīciḥ m. f. [mṛ-īci Uṇ. 4. 70]
     (1) A ray of light; na caṃdramarīcayaḥ V. 3. 10; saviturmarīcibhiḥ Rs. 1. 16; R. 9. 13, 13. 4.
     (2) A particle of light.
     (3) Light.
     (4) Mirage. --ciḥ
     (1) N. of a Prajāpati, one of the ten patriarchs created by the first Manu, or one of the ten mindborn sons of Brhaman; he was father of Kaśyapa.
     (2) N. of a lawgiver.
     (3) N. of Kṛṣṇa.
     (4) A miser.
     -- Comp.
          --garbha a. containing particles of light.
          --toyaṃ a mirage.
          --mālin a. encircled by rays, radiant, shining (--m.) the sun.

marīcikā Mirage.

marīcin, marīcimat a. Radiant, lustrous. --m. The sun.

marīmṛja a. Repeatedly rubbing.

maruḥ [mriyaṃte'sminbhūtānīti maruḥ nirjaladeśaḥ, mṛ-u Uṇ. 1. 7]
     (1) A desert sandy desert, a wilderness, any region destitute of water.
     (2) A mountain or rock.
     (3) A kind of plant (kurabaka).
     (4) Abstinence from drinking. --m. pl. N. of a country or its inhabitants.
     -- Comp.
          --udbhavā 1. the cotton shrub. --2. a cucumber.
          --kacchaḥ N. of a district.
          --jaḥ a kind of perfume.
          --deśaḥ 1 N. of a district. --2. any region destitute of water.
          --dvipaḥ, --priyaḥ a camel.
          --dhanvaḥ, --dhanvan m. a wilderness, desert.
          --pathaḥ, --pṛṣṭhaṃ a sandy desert, wilderness; R. 4. 31.
          --bhū (pl.) the country called Mārwar.
          --bhūmiḥ f. a desert, sandy desert.
          --saṃbhavaḥ a kind of horse-radish.
          --sthalaṃ, --sthalī a wilderness, desert, waste; tatprāpnoti marusthale'pi nitarāṃ merau tato nādhikaṃ Bh. 2. 49; marusthalyāṃ yathā vṛṣṭiḥ kṣudhārte bhojanaṃ tathā H. 1. 11.

marukaḥ A peacock.

maruṃḍā A woman with a high forehead.

marut m. [mṛ-uti Uṇ. 1. 94]
     (1) Wind, air, breeze; diśaḥ prasedurmaruto vavuḥ sukhāḥ R. 3. 14.
     (2) Vital air or breath, life-wind; (ajayat) aparaḥ praṇidhānayogyayā marutaḥ paṃca śarīragocarān R. 8. 19; Ku. 3. 48.
     (3) The god of wind; Ki. 2. 25.
     (4) A god, deity; vaimānikānāṃ marutāmapaśyadākṛṣṭalīlānnaralokapālān R. 6. 1; 12. 101.
     (5) A kind of plant (maruvaka). --n. A kind of plant (graṃthiparṇa).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃdolaḥ a kind of fan (of a deer's or buffalo's skin).
          --iṣṭaṃ bdellium.
          --karaḥ a kind of bean.
          --karman n --kriyā flatulency.
          --koṇaḥ the northwest quarter.
          --gaṇaḥ the host of the gods.
          --tanayaḥ, --putraḥ, --sutaḥ, --sūnuḥ 1. epithets of Hanumat. --2. of Bhīma.
          --dhvajaṃ the down of cotton floating in the air.
          --paṭaḥ a sail.
          --patiḥ, --pālaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --pathaḥ sky, atmosphere.
          --plavaḥ a lion.
          --phalaṃ hail.
          --baddhaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. a kind of sacrificial vessel.
          --rathaḥ 1. a car in which idols of gods are moved about. --2. a horse.
          --lokaḥ the world of the Maruts.
          --vartman n. sky, atmosphere.
          --vāhaḥ 1. an epithet of fire. --2. of Indra.

marutaḥ
     (1) Wind.
     (2) A god.

maruttaḥ N. of a king of the solar race, who is said to have performed a sacrifice in which the Gods took the part of waiters &c.; cf. tadapyeṣa śloko'bhigīto marutaḥ pariveṣṭāro maruttasyāvasan gṛhe . āvikṣitasya kāmaprerviśvedevāḥ sabhāsada iti ..

maruttakaḥ The Marubaka plant.

marutvat m.
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) N. of Indra.
     (3) N. of Hanumat.

marulaḥ A kind of duck.

marūvaḥ
     (1) N. of a plant.
     (2) An epithet of Rāhu.

marūva(ba)ka  a. Terrible, formidable --kaḥ
     (1) A kind of plant (Marjoram).
     (2) A variety of lime.
     (3) A tiger.
     (4) Rāhu.
     (5) A crane.

marūkaḥ
     (1) A peacock.
     (2) A kind of stag.

maroliḥ --likaḥ The sea-monster Makara.

marka a. Ved.
     (1) Cleaning, purifying.
     (2) Perishing, dying away. --rkaḥ
     (1) The vital breath, life-wind.
     (2) An ape, a monkey.

markakaḥ A spider.

markaṭaḥ
     (1) An ape, a monkey; hāraṃ vakṣasi kenāpi dattamajñena markaṭaḥ . leḍhi jighrati saṃkṣipya karotyunnatamāsanaṃ Bv. 1. 99.
     (2) A spider.
     (3) A kind of crane.
     (4) A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment.
     (5) A kind of poison.
     -- Comp.
          --āsya a. monkeyfaced. (
          --syaṃ) copper.
          --iṃduḥ ebony.
          --tiṃdukaḥ a kind of ebony.
          --pippalī the Apāmārga tree.
          --potaḥ a young monkey.
          --vāsaḥ a cobweb.
          --śīrṣaṃ vermilion.

markaṭakaḥ
     (1) An ape.
     (2) A spider.
     (3) A kind of fish.
     (4) A kind of grain.

markarā
     (1) A pot, vessel.
     (2) A subterranean hole, cavity, cavern, hollow.
     (3) A barren woman.

marc 10 U. (marcayati-te)
     (1) To take.
     (2) To cleanse.
     (3) To sound.
     (4) To go, move.
     (5) Ved. To threaten, menace.
     (6) To injure, hurt.
     (7) To endanger, imperil.

marjūḥ
     (1) A washerman.
     (2) A catamite. --f. Cleansing, washing, purification.

martaḥ [mṛ-tan] A man, human being, mortal.
     (2) The earth, the world of mortals.

martya a. [marte-bhavaḥ yat] Mortal. --rtyaḥ
     (1) A mortal, a human being, man; Ms. 5. 97.
     (2) The world of mortals, the earth. --rtyaṃ The body.
     -- Comp.
          --dharmaḥ mortality.
          --dharman a. mortal; na kaścidāsādyate martyadharmā K.
          --nivāsin m a mortal, human being.
          --bhāvaḥ human nature.
          --bhuvanaṃ the earth.
          --mahitaḥ a god.
          --mukhaḥ a kinnara, a being having the face of a man and the figure of an animal, and regarded as an attendant of Kubera.
          --lokaḥ the world of mortals, the earth; kṣīṇe puṇye martyalokaṃ viśaṃti Bg. 9. 21.

marda a. [mṛd-ghañ] Crushing, pounding, grinding, destroying &c. (at the end of comp.). --rdaḥ
     (1) Grinding, pounding.
     (2) A violent stroke.

mardaka a. = marda.

mardana a. (nī f.) [mṛd-lyu lyuṭ vā] Crushing, grinding, destroying, tormenting, rubbing, &c. --naṃ Crushing, grinding.
     (2) Rubbing, shampooing.
     (3) Anointing (with unguents &c.).
     (4) Pressing, kneading.
     (5) Paining, tormenting, afflicting.
     (6) Destroying.
     (7) Devastating, laying waste.
     (8) Opposition of planets.
     (9) Breaking up (as of ice &c.).

mardita a.
     (1) Crushed, pounded.
     (2) Rubbed.
     (3) Strung or tied together.

mardalaḥ A kind of drum; Śi. 6. 31; Rs. 2. 1.

marb 1 P. (marbati) To go, move.

marman n. [mṛ-manin]
     (1)
          (a) A vital part of the body, the vitals, weak or tender point (of the body); tathavai tīvro hṛdi śokaśaṃkurmarmāṇi kṛṃtannapi kiṃ na soḍhaḥ U. 3. 35; Y. 1. 153; Bk. 16; svahṛdayamarmaṇi varma karoti Gīt. 4.
          (b) Any vital member or organ.
     (2) Any weak or vulnerable point, a defect, failing.
     (3) The core, quick.
     (4) Any joint (of a limb).
     (5) The secret or hidden meaning, the pith or essence (of anything); kāvyamarbhaprakāśikā ṭīkā; natvā gaṃgādharaṃ marmaprakāśaṃ tanute guruṃ --tāgeśabhaṭṭa.
     (6) A secret, a mystery.
     (7) Truth.
     -- Comp.
          --atiga a. piercing deeply into the vital parts, Śi. 20. 77.
          --anveṣaṇaṃ 1. probing the vital parts. --2. seeking weak or vulnerable points.
          --āvaraṇaṃ an armour, a coat of mail.
          --āvidh, --upaghātin a. piercing the vitals (of the heart); Mv. 3. 10.
          --kīlaḥ a husband.
          --ga a. piercing to the quick, very acute, poignant.
          --ghna a. piercing the vitals, excessively painful.
          --caraṃ the heart.
          --chid, -bhid (so
          --chedin, --bhedin) a. 1. piercing the vitals, cutting to the quick, excessively painful; U. 3. 31; Māl. 9. 12. --2. wounding mortally, mortal.
          --jña a.,
          --vid a. 1. knowing the weak or vulnerable points of another; Pt. 1. 248. --2. knowing the most secret portions of a subject. --3. knowing secrets or mysteries. --4. having a deep insight into anything, exceedingly acute or clever. (
          --jñaḥ) any acute or learned man.
          --traṃ a coat of mail.
          --pāraga a. having a deep insight into, thoroughly conversant with, one who has entered into the secret recesses of anything.
          --bhedaḥ 1. piercing the vitals. --2. disclosing the secrets or vulnerable points of another.
          --bhedataḥ, --bhedin m. an arrow.
          --vid see marmajña, --sthalaṃ, --sthānaṃ 1. a sensitive or vital part. --2. a weak or vulnerable point.
          --spṛś a. piercing the vitals, stinging to the quick. --2. very cutting, poignant, sharp or stinging (words &c.).

marmika a.
     (1) Knowing secrets or weak points.
     (2) Very acute, intelligent; see marmajña.

marmara a. [mṛ-aran muṭ ca]
     (1) Rustling (leaves, garments &c.); tīreṣu tālīvanamarmareṣu R. 6. 57, 4. 73; 19. 41; madoddhatāḥ pratyanilaṃ vicerurvanasthalīrmarmarapatramokṣāḥ Ku. 3. 31.
     (2) Murmuring. --raḥ
     (1) A rustling sound.
     (2) A murmur.

marmarāyate Den. A. To rustle, murmur.

marmari
     (1) A species of pine tree.
     (2) Turmeric.

marmarīkaḥ
     (1) A poor man, pauper.
     (2) A wicked man.

marya a. Ved. Mortal. --ryaḥ
     (1) A man.
     (2) A young man.
     (3) A male.
     (4) A lover, suitor.
     (5) A stallion, horse.
     (6) A camel.

maryakaḥ Ved.
     (1) A little man.
     (2) A male in general.

maryā
     (1) A limit, boundary.

maryādā [maryāyāṃ sīmāyāṃ dīyate dā-ghañarthe ka]
     (1) A limit, boundary (fig. also); bound, border, frontier, verge; maryādāvyatikramaḥ Pt. 1.
     (2) End, termination, terminus.
     (3) A shore, bank.
     (4) A mark, land-mark.
     (5) The bounds of morality, any fixed usage or established rule, moral law.
     (6) A rule of propriety or decorum, bounds or limits of propriety, propriety of conduct; āstātāpavādabhinnamaryāda U. 5; Pt. 1. 142.
     (7) A contract, covenant, an agreement.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ, --giriḥ, --parvataḥ a frontier-mountain.
          --bhedakaḥ a destroyer of land-marks.

maryādin a. Keeping within bounds. --m. A neighbour, borderer.

maryādīkṛ 8 U. To make anything a limit, to reach, attain to, go as far as; as in maraṇaṃ maryādīkṛtya āmaraṇaṃ.

marv 1 P. (marvati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To fill. --Caus. To sound.

marśaḥ [mṛś-ghañ]
     (1) Deliberation.
     (2) Advice, counsel.
     (3) A sternutatory

marśanam
     (1) Rubbing.
     (2) Examination, inquirv.
     (3) Consideration, deliberation.
     (4) Advising, counselling.
     (5) Removing, rubbing off.
     (6) Explaining.

marṣaḥ, marṣaṇam [mṛṣ-ghañ lyuṭ vā] Endurance, forbearance, patience.

marṣita p. p.
     (1) Endured, patiently borne or endured.
     (2) Excused, forgiven. --taṃ Endurance, patience.

marṣin a. Enduring, forbearing.

mal 1 A., 10 U. (malate, malayati-te) To hold, possess.

mala a. [mṛjyate śodhyate mṛj-kala ṭilopaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Dirty, foul.
     (2) Mean, covetous.
     (3) Unbelieving, infidel, godless.
     (4) Wicked. --laḥ, --laṃ
     (1) Dirt, filth, impurity, dust, any impure matter; maladāyakāḥ khalāḥ K. 2; chāyā na mūrchati malopahataprasāde śuddhe tu darpaṇatale sulabhāvakāśā S. 7. 32.
     (2) Dregs, refuse, sediment, excrement, feces, dung.
     (3) Dross (of metals), rust, alloy.
     (4) Moral taint or impurity, sin.
     (5) Any impure secretion of the body; (according to Manu these excretions are twelve: vasā śukramasṛṅ majjā mūtraviḍ ghrāṇakarṇaviṭ . śle'māśrudūṣikā svedo dvādaśaite nṛṇāṃ malāḥ Ms. 5. 135.).
     (6) Camphor.
     (7) Cuttle-fish bone.
     (8) Tanned leather; a leather-garment.
     (9) The three humours of the body (vāta, pitta and kapha). --laṃ A kind of base metal.
     -- Comp.
          --apakarṣaṇaṃ 1. removing the dirt, purification. --2. removal of sin.
          --ariḥ a kind of natron.
          --avarodhaḥ constipation of the bowels.
          --ākarṣin m. a sweeper, a scavenger.
          --āvaha a. 1. causing dirt dirtying, soiling. --2. defiling, polluting.
          --āśayaḥ the stomach.
          --utsargaḥ evacuation of the feces, voiding the excrement.
          --udvāsā a woman who has put off her soiled clothes.
          --upahata a. soiled, tarnished with dirt; S. 7. 32.
          --karṣaṇa a. cleansing.
          --ghna a. cleansing, detergent. (
          --ghnaḥ) the bulbous root of śālmalī. (--ghnī) N. of a plant (nāgadamanī. --jaṃ pus, matter.
          --dūṣita a. dirty, foul, soiled.
          --dravaḥ purging, diarrhoea.
          --drāvin a. purging. (--m.) the Jayapāla tree.
          --dhātrī a nurse who attends to a child's necessities.
          --dhārin m. a religious mendicant of the Jaina sect.
          --pṛṣṭhaṃ the first (or outer) page of a book.
          --bhuj m. a. crow.
          --mallakaḥ a strip of cloth covering the privities (kaupīna). --māsaḥ an intercalary month (so called because during that month religious ceremonies are not performed).
          --vāsas f. a woman in her courses.
          --visargaḥ, --visarjanaṃ, --śuddhiḥ f. evacuation of the bowels.
          --haṃtṛ m. = malaghnaḥ. --hāraka a. removing dirt or sin.

malavat a. Dirty, foul, filthy.
     -- Comp.
          --vāsas f. a menstruous woman.

malanam Crushing, grinding. --naḥ A tent.

malayaḥ
     (1) N. of a mountain range in the south of India, abounding in sandal trees; (poets usually represent the breeze from the Malaya mountain as wafting the odour of sandal trees and other plants growing thereon, which peculiarly affects persons who are smit with love); stanāviva diśastasyāḥ śailau malayadardurau R. 4. 51; 9. 25; 13. 2; vinā malayamanyatra caṃdanaṃ na prarohati Pt. 1. 41; malaye bhillapuraṃdhrī caṃdanatarukāṣṭhamiṃdhanaṃ kurute Subhāṣ.
     (2) N. of the country lying to the east of the Malaya range, Malabar.
     (3) A garden.
     (4) The garden of Indra.
     (5) The side of a mountain.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ, --adriḥ, --giriḥ, --parvataḥ &c. the Malaya mountain.
          --anilaḥ, --vātaḥ, --samīraḥ the wind blowing from the Malaya mountain, south-wind; lalitalavaṃgalatāpariśīlanakomalamalayasamīre Gīt. 1; cf. apagatadākṣiṇya dakṣiṇānilahataka pūrṇāste manorathāḥ kṛtaṃ kartavyaṃ vahedānīṃ yatheṣṭaṃ K.
          --udbhavaṃ sandal-wood.
          --jaḥ a sandal tree; ayi malayaja mahimāyaṃ kasya girāmastu viṣayaste Bv. 1. 11. (
          --jaḥ, --jaṃ) sandal-wood. (
          --jaṃ) an epithet of Rāhu. -rajas n. the dust of sandal.
          --dumaḥ a sandal tree.
          --vāsinī an epithet of Durgā.

malākā
     (1) An amorous or lustful woman.
     (2) A female messenger, confidante.
     (3) A female elephant.

maliḥ f. Possession, enjoyment.

malikaḥ A king.

malina a. [mala astyarthe inan]
     (1) Dirty, foul, filthy, impure, unclean, soiled, stained, sullied (fig. also); dhanyāstadaṃgarajasrā malinībhavaṃti S. 7. 17; kimiti mudhā malinaṃ yaśaḥ kurudhve Ve. 3. 4
     (2) Black, dark (fig. also); malinamapi himāṃśorlakṣma lakṣmīṃ tanoti S. 1. 20; atimaline kartavye bhavati khalānāmatīva nipuṇā dhīḥ Vās; Śi. 9. 18.
     (3) Sinful, wicked, depraved; dhiyo hi puṃsāṃ malinā bhavaṃti H. 1. 28; malinācaritaṃ karma surabhernanvasāṃprataṃ Kāv. 2. 178.
     (4) Low, vile, base; laghavaḥ prakaṭībhavaṃti malināśrayataḥ Śi. 9. 23.
     (5) Clouded, obscured. --naṃ
     (1) Sin, fault, guilt.
     (2) Butter-milk.
     (3) Borax. --nā, --nī A woman during menstruation.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbu n. 'black water', ink.
          --āsya a. 1. having a dirty or black face. --2. low, vulgar. --3. savage, cruel.
          --prabha a. obscured, soiled, clouded.
          --mukha a. = malināsya q. v. (
          --khaḥ) 1. fire. --2. a ghost, an evil spirit. --3. a kind of monkey (golāṃgūla).

malinatā --tvam
     (1) Dirtiness, filthiness.
     (2) Sinfulness, wickedness, depravity, corruption.

malinayati Den. P.
     (1) To make dirty, soil, stain, defile, sully, spoil (fig. also); vaktroṣmaṇā malinayaṃti purogatāni R. 5. 73; yadāmedhāvinī śiṣyopadeśaṃ malinayati tadācāryasya doṣo nanu M. 1 'stains or brings discredit on' &c.
     (2) To corrupt, deprave.

malinita a.
     (1) Dirty, soiled.
     (2) Corrupt.
     (3) Wicked, depraved.

maliniman m. [malina-imanic]
     (1) Dirtiness, foulness, impurity.
     (2) Blackness, darkness; malinimālini mādhavayoṣitāṃ Śi. 6. 4.
     (3) Moral impurity, sin.

malinīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To soil, stain.
     (2) To darken, obscure.

malinībhū 1 P. To become dirty or impure, be soiled.

malimlucaḥ
     (1) A robber, thief; na pareṣu mahaujasaśchalādapakurvaṃti malimlucā iva Śi. 16. 52.
     (2) A demon.
     (3) A gnat, mosquito.
     (4) An intercalary month.
     (5) Air, wind.
     (6) Fire.
     (7) A Brahmaṇa who neglects the five daily Yajṇas or sacrifices.
     (8) The Chitraka tree.
     (9) Frost, snow.

maliṣṭhā A woman in her courses.

malīmasa a. [mala-īmasac]
     (1) Dirty foul, impure, unclean, stained, soiled; mā te malīmasavikāraghanā matirbhūt Māl. 1. 32; R. 2. 53.
     (2) Dark, black. of a black colour; paṇitā na janāravairavaidapi kūjaṃtamaliṃ malīmasaṃ N. 2. 92; mahāmanomohamalīmasāṃdhayā K. 5; visāritāmajihata kokilāvalīmalīmasā jaladamadāṃburājayaḥ Śi. 17. 57, 1. 38; Māl. 10. 4.
     (3) Wicked, sinful, wrong, unrighteous; malīmasāmādadate na paddhatiṃ R. 3. 46. --saḥ
     (1) Iron.
     (2) Green vitriol.

mall 1 A. (mallate) To hold, possess.

malla a. [mall-ac]
     (1) Strong, athletic, robust; Ki. 18. 1.
     (2) Good; excellent. --llaḥ
     (1) A strong man.
     (2) An athlete, a boxer, wrestler; prabhurmallo mallāya Mbh.
     (3) A drinkingvessel, cup.
     (4) The remnants of an oblation.
     (5) The cheek and temple.
     (6) N. of a mixed tribe (wrestlers) born of an outcast Kshatriya by a Kshatriya woman; Ms. 10. 22; 12. 45.
     (7) N. of a country. --llā
     (1) A woman.
     (2) The Arabian jasmine.
     (3) Ornamenting the person with cosmeties or coloured unguents.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ 1. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa. --2. of Śiva.
          --krīḍā 1. boxing or wrestling match. --2. athletic or gymnastic exercise.
          --ghaṭī a kind of dance.
          --jaṃ black pepper.
          --tūryaṃ a kind of drum.
          --nāgaḥ 1. Indra's elephant. --2. a letter-carrier.
          --bhūḥ --bhūmiḥ f. 1. a battle-field. --2. an arena, a wrestling ground. --3. N. of a country.
          --yuddhaṃ a wrestling or boxing match, pugilistic encounter.
          --vidyā the art of wrestling.
          --śālā a gymnasium.

mallakaḥ
     (1) A lamp-stand.
     (2) An oil-vessel, a lamp-vessel.
     (3) A lamp.
     (4) A cup made out of a cocoa-nut shell.
     (5) A tooth.
     (6) A kind of jasmine.

mallāraḥ N. of one of the six Rāgas.

malliḥ --llī f. [mall-in vā ṅīp] A kind of jasmine.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhi n. a kind of agallochum.
          --nāthaḥ N. of a celebrated commentator who probably lived in the fourteenth or fifteenth century; (he has written commentaries on raghuvaṃṇa, kumārasaṃbhava, meghadūta, kirātārjunīya, naiṣadhacārati, and śiśupālavadha). --patraṃ a mushroom.

mallikā
     (1) A kind of goose with brown legs and bill.
     (2) The month Māgha.
     (3) A shuttle.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ, --ākhyaḥ 1. a kind of goose with brown legs and bill; etasminmadakalamallikākṣapakṣavyādhūtasphuradurudaṃḍapuṃḍarīkāḥ (bhuvo vibhāgāḥ) U. 1. 31; Māl. 9. 14. --2. a particular breed of horses (with white spots on the eyes). (
          --kṣī) a female dog (with white spots on the eyes).
          --arjunaḥ N. of a Linga of Śiva on the mountain Śrīśaila.
          --ākhyā a kind of jasmine.

mallikā
     (1) A kind of jasmine; vaneṣu sāyaṃtanamallikānāṃ vijṛṃbhaṇodgaṃdhiṣu kuḍmaleṣu R. 16. 47.
     (2) A flower of this jasmine; vinyastasāyaṃtanamallikeṣu (keśeṣu) R. 16. 50; Kāv. 2. 215.
     (3) A lamp-stand.
     (4) An earthen vessel of a particular form.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhaṃ a kind of agallochum.
          --chad, --chadanaṃ n. a shade for a lamp.

mallīkaraḥ A thief.

malluḥ A bear.

mallūraḥ Rust of iron.

mav 1 P. (mavati) To fasten' bind.

mavy 1 P. (mavyati) To bind.

maś 1 P. (maśati)
     (1) To buzz, hum, make a sound.
     (2) To be angry.

maśaḥ
     (1) A mosquito.
     (2) Hum, humming.
     (3) Anger.
     -- Comp.
          --harī a mosquito-curtain.

maśakaḥ [maś-vun]
     (1) A mosquito, gnat; sarvaṃ khalasya caritaṃ maśakaḥ karoti H. 1. 81; Ms. 1. 85.
     (2) A particular disease of the skin.
     (3) A leather water-bag.
     (4) N. of a district in Śākadvīpa inhabited by Kshatriyas.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṭiḥ --ṭī f.,
          --varaṇaṃ a whisk for scaring away mosquitos.
          --harī a mosquito-curtain.

maśakin m. The Udumbara tree.

maśī See masī.

maśunaḥ A dog.

maṣ 1 P. (maṣati) To hurt, injure, kill, destroy.

maṣiḥ --ṣī f. = masī q. v.

mas 4 P. (masyati)
     (1) To weigh, measure, mete.
     (2) To change form.

masaḥ A measure, weight.

masanam
     (1) Measuring, weighing.
     (2) A species of medicinal plant.
     (3) Hurting.

masarā A kind of pulse.

masāraḥ, masārakaḥ An emerald.

masiḥ m. f.
     (1) Ink.
     (2) Lampblack, soot.
     (3) A black powder used to paint the eyes.
     -- Comp.
          --ādhāraḥ, --kūpī, --dhānaṃ, --dhānī, --maṇiḥ an ink-bottle, an ink-stand.
          --jalaṃ ink.
          --paṇya a writer, scribe.
          --pathaḥ a pen.
          --prasūḥ f. 1. a pen. --2. an inkbottle.
          --varṇa a. black as ink, inky.
          --vardhanaṃ myrrh.

masī See masi above.
     -- Comp.
          --jalaṃ ink.
          --dhānī an ink-stand.
          --paṭalaṃ a coating of soot; śirasi masīpaṭalaṃ dadhāti dīpaḥ Bv. 1. 74.

masikaḥ A serpent's hole.

masina a. Pounded, well-grounded.

masīnā Linseed.

masu(sū)raḥ
     (1) A kind of pulse.
     (2) A pillow. --rā
     (1) A lentil.
     (2) A harlot.

masūrakaḥ A pillow. --kaṃ A kind of ornament on Indra's banner.

masūrikā
     (1) A kind of small-pox (erection of small pustules).
     (2) A mosquito-curtain.
     (3) A procuress, bawd.

masūrī A kind of small-pox.

masṛṇa a.
     (1) Unctuous, oily; masṛṇacaṃdanacarcitāṃgīṃ Ch. P. 7; or sarasamasṛṇamapi malayajapaṃkaṃ Gīt. 4.
     (2) Soft, tender, smooth; U. 1. 38.
     (3) Bland, mild, sweet; masṛṇavāṇi Gīt. 10.
     (4) Lovely, charming; vinayamasṛṇo vāci niyamaḥ U. 2. 2; 4. 21.
     (5) Beaming, glistening; masṛṇamukulitā nāṃ prāṃtavistārabhājāṃ (ālokitānāṃ) Māl. 1. 27; 4. 2. --ṇā Linseed.

masṛṇita a. Softened, polished; U. 5. 18.

mask 1 P. (maskati) To go, move.

maskaraḥ [mask-arac]
     (1) A bamboo.
     (2) A hollow bamboo.
     (3) Going, motion.
     (4) Knowledge (jñāna).

maskarin m.
     (1) An ascetic or religious mendicant, a Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order; dhārayan maskarivrataṃ Bk. 5. 63.
     (2) The moon.

masj 6 P. (majjati, magna; caus. majjayati; desid. mimaṃkṣati)
     (1) To bathe, plunge, dip or throw oneself into water; R. 15. 101; Bv. 2. 95.
     (2) To sink, sink into or down, sink under, plunge (with loc. or acc.); sīdannaṃdhe tamasi vidhuro majjatīvāṃtarātmā U. 3. 38; Māl. 9. 20; so'saṃvṛtaṃ nāma tamaḥ saha tenaiva majjati Ms. 4. 81; R. 16. 72.
     (3) To be drowned, perish, (in water).
     (4) To sink into misfortune.
     (5) To despond, be discouraged or disheartened. --Caus. (majjayati)
     (1) To cause to sink, immerse, dip, drown.
     (2) To deluge, inundate, overwhelm.

mastam The head.
     -- Comp.
          --dāru n. the devadaru tree.
          --mūlakaṃ the neck.

mastakaḥ --kam [masmati parimātyanena mas-karaṇe ta svārthe ka Tv.]
     (1) The head, skull; atilobhā (v. l. tṛṣṇā) bhibhūtasya cakraṃ bhramati mastake Pt. 5. 22.
     (2) The head or top of anything, peak, summit; na ca pavartamastake Ms. 4. 47; vṛkṣa-, cullī- &c.
     (3) The tuft of leaves growing at the top of palm trees.
     -- Comp.
          --ākhyaḥ the top of a tree.
          --jvaraḥ, --śūlaṃ an acute head-ache.
          --piṃḍakaḥ --kaṃ a round protuberance on the temples of an elephant in rut.
          --mūlakaṃ the neck.
          --luṃgaḥ the membrance surrounding the brain.
          --snehaḥ the brain.

mastikam The head.

mastiḥ f. Measuring, weighing.

mastiṣkam
     (1) The brain.
     (2) Any medicine acting upon the brain.
     -- Comp.
          --tvac f. the membrane which surrounds the brain.

mastu n.
     (1) Sour cream.
     (2) Whey.
     -- Comp.
          --luṃgaḥ, --gaṃ, --luṃgakaḥ --kaṃ the brain.

mah I. 1 P., 10 U. (mahati, mahayatite, mahita)
     (1) To honour, respect, hold in great esteem, worship, revere, value greatly; goptāraṃ na nidhīnāṃ mahayaṃti maheśvaraṃ vibudhāḥ Subhāṣ.; jayaśrīvinyastairmahita iva maṃdārakusumaiḥ Gīt. 11; strī pumānityanāsthaiṣā vṛttaṃ hi mahitaṃ satāṃ Ku. 6. 12; Ki. 5. 7, 24; Bk. 10. 2; R. 5. 25, 11. 49.
     (2) To delight, gladden.
     (3) To increase, aggrandize
     (4) (Atm.) To delight in.
     (5) To be honoured. (Ved. in the last four senses) II. 1 A (mahate) To grow or increase.

mahaḥ [mah-ghañarthe ka]
     (1) A festival, festive occasion; baṃdhutāhṛdayakaumudīmahaḥ Māl. 9. 21; U. 6. 40; sa khalu dūragatopyativartate mahamasāviti baṃdhutayoditaiḥ Śi. 6. 19; madanamahaṃ Ratn. 1.
     (2) An offer ing, a sacrifice.
     (3) A buffalo.
     (4) Light, lustre; cf. mahas also.

mahakaḥ
     (1) An eminent man.
     (2) A tortoise.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu.

mahakkaḥ A wide-spread fragrance.

mahat a. [mah-ati] (compar. mahīyas; superl. mahiṣṭha; nom. mahān, mahāṃtau, mahāṃtaḥ; acc. pl. mahataḥ)
     (1) Great, big, large, huge, vast; mahān siṃhaḥ, vyāghraḥ &c.
     (2) Ample, copious, abundant, many, numerous; mahājanaḥ, mahān dravyarāśiḥ.
     (3) Long, extended, extensive; mahāṃtau bāhū yasya sa mahābāhuḥ; so mahatī kathā, mahānadhvā.
     (4) Strong, powerful, mighty; as mahān vīraḥ.
     (5) Violent, intense, excessive; mahatī śirovedanā, mahatī pipāsā.
     (6) Gross, thick, dense; mahānaṃdhakāraḥ.
     (7) Important, weighty, momentous; mahatkāryamupasthitaṃ, mahatī vārtā.
     (8) High, lofty, eminent, distinguished, noble; mahatkulaṃ, mahāñjanaḥ.
     (9) Loud; mahān ghoṣaḥ --dhvaniḥ. (10) Early or late; mahati pratyūṣe 'early in the morning'; mahatyaparāhṇe 'late in the afternoon.'
     (11) High; mahārgha. --m.
     (1) A camel.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.
     (3) (In Sān. phil.) The great principle, the in tellect (distinguished from manas), the second of the twenty-five elements or tattvas. recognized by the Saṅkhyas; Ms. 12. 14; San. K. 3, 8, 22 &c.
     (4) The superior of a monastery. --n.
     (1) Greatness, infiniteness, numerousness.
     (2) Kingdom, dominion.
     (3) Sacred knowledge. --ind. Greatly, excessively, very much, exceedingly. (Note. mahat as the first member of a Tatpurusha compound and a few other cases, remains unchanged, while in Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi comp. it is changed to mahā q. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --āvāsaḥ a spacious or large building.
          --āśā a high hope.
          --āścarya a. very wonderful.
          --āśrayaḥ dependence on or seeking protection with the great.
          --katha a. talked of or mentioned by the great, in great men's mouths.
          --kṣetra a. occupying a wide territory.
          --guṇa a. having the qualities of the great.
          --tattvaṃ the second of the 25 principles of the Saṅkhyas.
          --bilaṃ the atmosphere.
          --sevā service of the great.
          --sthānaṃ a high place, lofty station.

mahatī
     (1) A kind of lute.
     (2) N. of the lute of Nārada; avekṣamāṇa mahatīṃ muhurmuhuḥ Śi. 1. 10.
     (3) The egg-plant.
     (4) Greatness, importance.

mahattara a. Greater, larger &c. --raḥ
     (1) The principal, chief, or eldest person, the most respectable person; raghukulamahattarāṇāṃ vadhūḥ U. 4; gṛhapatiśca mamāṃtaraṃgabhūto janapadamahattaraḥ Dk.
     (2) A Chamberlain.
     (3) A courtier.
     (4) The head or the oldest man of a village.

mahatarakaḥ A courtier, chamberlain.

mahattvam
     (1) Greatness, largeness, magnitude, great extent.
     (2) Mightiness, majesty.
     (3) Importance.
     (4) Exalted position, height, elevation.
     (5) Intensity, violence, high degree.

mahanīya a. Worthy of honour, respectable, worthy, illustrious, glorious, noble, exalted; mahanīyaśāsanaḥ R. 3. 69; mahanīyakīrtaiḥ 2. 25.

mahaṃtaḥ The superior of a monastery.

mahar(mahas) ind. The fourth of the seven worlds which rise one above the other from the earth (being between svar and janas); (maharloka also in this sense).
     (2) A kind of vyāhṛti q. v.

mahallaḥ, mahallikaḥ A eunuch in a king's harem (a word derived from Arabic).

mahallaka a. Weak, feeble, old. --kaḥ
     (1) A eunuch in a king's harem.
     (2) A large house, palatial building; (cf Mar. mahāla).

mahas n. [mah-asun]
     (1) A festival, a festive occasion.
     (2) An offering, oblation, a sacrifice.
     (3) Light, lustre; kalyāṇānāṃ tvamasi mahasāṃ bhājanaṃ viśva mūrte Māl. 1. 3; U. 4. 10; 5. 27
     (4) The fourth of the seven worlds; see mahar.
     (5) A hymn of praise (Ved.)
     (6) Pleasure, enjoyment.
     (7) Greatness, power.
     (8) Abundance, plenty.
     (9) Water.

mahasvat, mahasvin a.
     (1) Splendid, bright, brilliant, luminous, lustrous.
     (2) Great, mighty.

mahā A cow.

mahā The substitute of mahat at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note. The number of compounds of which mahā is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --aṃga a. huge, bulky. (
          --gaḥ) 1. a camel. --2. a kind of rat. --3. N. of Śiva.
          --aṃjanaḥ N. of a mountain.
          --atyayaḥ a great danger or calamity.
          --adhvanika a. 'having gone a long way,' dead.
          --adhvaraḥ a great sacrifice.
          --anasaṃ 1. a heavy carriage. --2. cooking utensils. (
          --sī) a kitchen-maid. (
          --saḥ, saṃ a kitchen.
          --anumāva a. 1. of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; Śi. 1. 17; S. 3. --2. virtuous, righteous, just. (
          --vaḥ) a worthy or respectable person.
          --aṃtakaḥ 1. death. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --aṃdhakāraḥ 1. thick darkness. --2. gross spiritual) ignorance.
          --aṃdhrāḥ (pl.). N. of a people and their country.
          --anvaya, --abhijana a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
          --yaḥ, --naḥ) noble birth, high descent.
          --abhiṣavaḥ the great extraction of Soma.
          --amātyaḥ the chief or prime minister (of a king).
          --aṃbukaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --aṃbujaṃ a billion.
          --amla a. very sour. (
          --mlaṃ) the fruit of the tamarind tree.
          --araṇyaṃ a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
          --argha a. very costly, costing a high price. (
          --rghaḥ) a kind of quail.
          --arghya a. valuable, precious.
          --arcis a. flaming high.
          --arṇavaḥ 1. the great ocean. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --artha a. 1. rich. --2. great, noble, dignified. --3. important, weighty. --4. significant.
          --arbudaṃ one thousand millions.
          --arha a. 1. very valuable, very costly; Ku. 5. 12. --2. invaluable, inestimable; U. 6. 11. (
          --rhaṃ) white sandal-wood.
          --avarohaḥ the fig-tree.
          --aśanidhvajaḥ a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; R. 3. 56.
          --aśana a. voracious, gluttonous.
          --aśman m. a precious stone, ruby.
          --aṣṭamī the eighth day in the bright half of Aśvina sacred to Durgā.
          --asiḥ a large sword.
          --asurī N. of Durgā.
          --ahnaḥ the afternoon.
          --ākāra a. extensive, large, great.
          --ācāryaḥ 1. a gread teacher. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --āḍhya a. wealthy, very rich. (
          --ḍhyaḥ) the Kadamba tree.
          --ātman a. 1. high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; ayaṃ durātmā athavā mahātmā kauṭilyaḥ Mu. 7; dviṣaṃti maṃdāścaritaṃ mahātmanāṃ Ku. 5. 75; U. 1. 49. --2. illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent. (--m) 1. the Supreme Spirit; Ms. 1. 54. --2. the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (mahātmavat means the same as mahātman). --ānakaḥ a kind of large drum.
          --ānaṃdaḥ, --naṃdaḥ 1. great joy or bliss. --2. especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (
          --dā) 1. spirituous liquor. --2. a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Magha.
          --āpagā a great river.
          --āyudhaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --āraṃbha a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
          --bhaḥ) any great enterprize.
          --ālayaḥ 1. a temple in general. --2. a sanctuary, an asylum. --3. a great dwelling. --4. a place of pilgrimage. --5. the world of Brahman. --6. the Supreme Spirit. --7. a tree &c. sacred to a deity. --8. N. of a particular dark fortnight. (
          --yā) N. of a particular deity.
          --āśaya a. high-souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble: rājā hiraṇyagarbho mahāśayaḥ H. 4; see mahātman. (--yaḥ) 1. a noble-minded or magnanimous person; mahāśayacakravartī Bv. 1. 70. --2. the ocean.
          --āspada a. 1. occupying a great position. --2 mighty, powerful.
          --āhavaḥ a great or tumultuous fight.
          --iccha a. 1. magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; R. 18. 33. --2. having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; Pt. 1. 37.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. 'the great Indra,' N. of Indra; Ku. 5. 53; R. 13. 20; Ms. 7. 7. --2. a chief or leader in general. --3. N. of a mountain range; patimarhadreṃsya mahodadheśca R 6 54, 4. 39, 43. -cāpaḥ rain-bow. -nagarī N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. -maṃtrin m. an epithet of Bṛhaspati.
          --iṣuḥ a great archer; adhirohati gāṃḍivaṃ maheṣau Ki. 13. 16.
          --iṣvāsaḥ a great archer, a great warrior; Bg. 1. 4.
          --īśaḥ, --īśānaḥ N. of Śiva. -baṃdhuḥ the Bilva tree.
          --īśānī N. of Pārvatī.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. a great lord, sovereign; Pt. 2. 69. --2. N. of Śiva. --3. of Viṣṇu. --4. a god (opp. prakṛti). (
          --rī) 1. N. of Durgā. --2. a kind of bell-metal.
          --ukṣaḥ (for ukṣan) a large bull, a full grown or strong bull; mahokṣatāṃ vatsataraḥ spṛśanniva R. 3. 32, 4. 22, 6. 72; Śi. 5. 63.
          --utpalaṃ a large blue lotus. (
          --laḥ) the Sārasa bird.
          --utsavaḥ 1. a great festival or occasion of joy. --2. the god of love.
          --utsāha a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering. (
          --haḥ) 1. perseverance. --2. great pride; Pt. 1. 38.
          --udadhiḥ 1. the great ocean; R. 3. 17. --2. an epithet of Indra. -jaḥ a conch-shell, shell.
          --udaya a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (
          --yaḥ) 1.
          (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; R. 8. 16.
          (b) great fortune or good luck.
          (e) greatness, pre-eminence. --2. final beatitude. --3. a lord, master. --4. N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. III. --5. N. of the capital of Kanouja. --6. sour milk mixed with honey. --udara a. big-bellied, corpulent. (--raṃ) 1. a big belly. --2. dropsy. --udāra a. very generous or magnanimous --udyama a. = mahotsāha q. v. --udyoga a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. --unnata a. exceedingly lofty. (--taḥ) the palmyra tree. --unnatiḥ f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. --upakāraḥ a great obligation. --upādhyāyaḥ a great preceptor, a learned teacher. --uragaḥ a great serpent; R. 12 98; N. 1 18. --uraska a. broad-chested. (--skaḥ) an epithet of Śiva. --ulkā 1. a great meteor. --2. a great firebrand. --ṛtvij m. 'a great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. --ṛddhi a. very prosperous, opulent. (--f.) great prosperity or affluence. --ṛṣabhaḥ a great bull. --ṛṣiḥ 1. a great sage or saint; yasmāṭṭaṣiḥ paratvena mahāṃstasmānmaharṣayaḥ; (the term is applied in Ms. 1. 34 to the ten Prajapatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). --2. N. of Śiva. --3. of Buddha. --oṣṭha (mahoṣṭha) a. having large lips. (--ṣṭhaḥ) an epithet of Śiva. --ojasa a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; mahaujaso mānadhanā dhanārcitāḥ Ki. 1. 19. (--m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (--n.) great vigour. --ojasaṃ the discus of Viṣṇu. --oṣadhiḥ f. 1. a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. --2. the Durvā grass. --3. N. of various plants brāhmī, śvetakaṃṭakārī, kaṭukā, ativiṣā &c. -gaṇaḥ a collection of great or medicinal herbs: pṛśnipaṇīṃ śyāmalatā bhṛṃgarājaḥ śatāvarī . guḍūcā sahadevī ca mahaiṣadhigaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ .. --auṣadhaṃ 1. a sovereign remedy, panacea. --2. ginger. --3. garlic. --4. a kind of poison (vatsanābha). --kacchaḥ 1. the sea. --2. N. of Varuṇa. --3. a mountain. --kaṃdaḥ garlic. --kapardaḥ a kind of shell --kapitthaḥ 1. the Bilva tree. --2. red garlic. --kaṃbu a. stark naked. (--buḥ) an epithet of Śiva. --kara a. 1. large-handed. --2. having a large revenue --karṇaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --karman a. doing great works. (--m.) an epithet of Śiva. --kalā the night of the new moon. --kaviḥ 1. a great poet, a classical poet. such as kālidāsa, bhavabhūti. bāṇa, bhāravi &c. --2. an epithet of Śukra. --kāṃtaḥ an epithet of Śiva. (--tā) the earth. --kāṃya a. big bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (--yaḥ) 1. an elephant. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. of Viṣṇu. --4. of a being attending on Śiva (= naṃdi). --kārtikī the night of fullmoon in the month of Kārtika. --kālaḥ 1. a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world. --2. N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirlingas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me. 30-38; also R. 6. 34). --3. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --4. N. of a kind of gourd. --5. N. of Śiva's servant (naṃdi). -puraṃ the city of Ujjayinī. --kālī an epithet of Durga in her terrific form. --kāvyaṃ a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D. 559) (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five: --raghuvaṃśa, kumārasaṃbhava, kirātārjunīya, śiśupālavadha and naiṣadhacarita, or six, if meghadūta --a very small poem or khaṃḍakāvya --be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the bhaṭṭikāvya, vikramāṃkadevacarita, haravijaya &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas) --kumāraḥ the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. --kula, --kulīna a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (--laṃ) a noble birth or family, high descent. --kṛcchra a great penance. --ketuḥ N. of Śiva. --keśaḥ, --kośaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --kratuḥ a great sacrifice; e. g a horse-sacrifice R. 3. 46. --kramaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --krodhaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --kṣatrapaḥ a great satrap. --kṣīraḥ sugarcane. --kharvaḥ --rvaṃ a high number (ten billions ?). --gajaḥ a great elephant; see dikkarin. --gaṇapatiḥ a form of the god Gaṇeśa. --gaṃdha a. exceed ingly fragrant. (--dhaḥ) a kind of cane. (--dhaṃ) a kind of sandal-wood. (--dhā) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. --gartaḥ, --garbhaḥ, --gītaḥ N. of Śiva. --gala a. longnecked. --gavaḥ Bos gavoeus. --gubhaḥ a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine). --guruḥ a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; pritā mātā tathācāryoṃ mahāgururiti smṛtaḥ). --gṛṣṭi f. a cow with a large hump. --grahaḥ an epithet of Rāhu. --grīvaḥ 1. a camel. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --grīvin m. a camel. --ghūrṇā spirituous liquor. --ghṛtaṃ ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). --ghoṣa a. noisy, loud sounding. (--ṣaṃ) a market, fair. (--ṣaḥ) a loud noise, clamour. --cakravartin m. a universal monarch. --caṃḍā N. of Chāmuṇḍā. --camūḥ f. a large army. --chāyaḥ the fig-tree. --jaṭaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --jaṭā 1. a great braid of hair. --2. the matted hair of Śiva. --jatru a. having a great collar-bone. (--truḥ) an epithet of Śiva. --janaḥ 1. a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; mahājano yena gataḥ sa pathāḥ Mb. --2. the populace, mob; vila kya vṛddhokṣamadhiṣṭhitaṃ tvayā mahājanaḥ smeramukho bhaviṣyati Ku. 5. 70. --3. a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; mahājanasya saṃsargaḥ kasya nonnatikāraka . padmapatrasthitaṃ toyaṃ dhatte muktāphalaśriyaṃ Subhāṣ. --4. the chief of a caste or trade. --5. a merchant, tradesman. --jātīya a. 1. rather large. --2. of an excellent kind. --jihvaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --jñānin m. 1. a very learned man --2. a great sage. --3. N. of Śiva. --jyaiṣṭhī the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha. --jyotis m. an epithet of Śiva. --jvāla a. very brilliant or shining. (--laḥ) 1. N. of Śiva. --2. a sacrificial fire. --tapas m. 1. a great ascetic. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --talaṃ N. of one of the seven lower regions; see pātāla. --tiktaḥ the Nimba tree. --tīkṣṇa a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (--kṣṇā) the marking-nut plant. --tejas a. 1. possessed of great lustre or splendour. --2. very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (--m.) 1. a hero, warrior --2. fire. --3. an epithet of Kārtikeya (--n.) quick-silver. --tyāgaḥ --tyāgin a. very generous. (--m.) N. of Śiva. --daṃtaḥ 1. an elephant with large tusks. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --daṃḍaḥ 1. a long arm. --2. a severe punishment. --daṃbhaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --caśā the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet --dāru n. the devadāru tree. --dūṣakaḥ a kind of grain --devaḥ N. of Śiva. (--vī) 1. N. of Pārvatī. --2. the chief queen. --drumaḥ the sacred fig-tree. --dvāraṃ a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. --dhana a. 1. rich. --2. expensive, costly. (--naṃ) 1. gold. --2. incense. --3. a costly or rich dress --4. agriculture, husbandry. --5. anything costly or precious --6. great booty. --7. a great battle (Ved.) --dhanus m. an epithet of Śiva. --dhātuḥ 1. gold. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --3. lymph. --4. N. of Meru. --naṭaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --nadaḥ a great river. --nadī 1. a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛṣṇā; saṃbhūyāṃbhodhimabhyati mahānadyā nagāpagā Śi. 2. 100. --2. N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. --naṃdā 1. spirituous liquor. --2. N. of a river. --narakaḥ N. of one of the 21 hells. --nalaḥ a kind of reed. --navamī the ninth day in the bright half of Aśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā. --nāṭakaṃ 'the great drama', R. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.: etadeva yadā sarvaiḥ patākāsthānakairyutam . aṃkaiśca daśabhidhīṃrā mahāna ṭakamūcire ... --nādaḥ a loud sound, uproar. --2. a great drum. --3. a thunder-cloud. --4. a shell. --5. an elephant. --6. a lion. --7. the ear. --8. a camel. --9. an epithet of Śiva. (--daṃ) a musical instrument. --nāsaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --nidra a. fast asleep. (--drā) 'the great sleep', death. --niyamaḥ an epithet of Śiva. (--daṃ) a musical intinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). --niśā 1. the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; mahāniśā tu vijñayā madhyamaṃ praharadvayam. --2. an epithet of Durgā. --nīcaḥ a washerman. --nīla a. dark-blue. (--laḥ) a kind of sapphire or emerald; Śi. 1. 16, 4. 44; R. 18. 42. -upalaḥ a sapphire. --nṛtyaḥ --netra an epithet of Śiva. --nemiḥ a crow. --nyāyaḥ the chief rule. --pakṣa a. 1. having many adherents. --2. having a large family or retinue. (--kṣaḥ) 1. an epithet of Garuḍa. --2. a kind of duck. (--kṣī) an owl. --paṃcamūlaṃ the five great roots: --bilvognimaṃthaḥ śyonākaḥ kāśmarī pāṭalā tathā . sarvaistu militairetaiḥ syānmahāpacamūlakaṃ .. --paṃcaviṣaṃ the five great or deadly poisions: śṛṃgī ca kālakūṭaśca musnako vatsanābhakaḥ . śaṃkhakarṇīti yo goyaṃ mahāpacāvaṣābhidhaḥ .. --pathaḥ 1. chief road, principal street, high or main road; Ku. 7. 3. --2 the passage into the next world, i. e death. --3. N. of certain mountain tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. --4. an epithet of Śiva. --5. the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. --6. the way to heaven. --7. the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedara. --padmaḥ 1. a particular high number. --2. N. of Nārada. --3. N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. --4. N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. --5. an epithet of Nanda. --6. a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (--dmaṃ) 1. a white lotus. --2. N. of a city. -patiḥ N. of Nanda. --parāhṇaḥ a late hour in the afternoon. --pavitraḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --pātaḥ a long flight; Pt. 2. 54. --pātakaṃ 1. a great sin, a heinous crime; brahmahatyā surāpānaṃ steyaṃ gurvaṃganāgamaḥ . mahāṃti pātakānyāhustatsaṃsargaśca paṃcamaṃ .. Ms. 11. 55. --2. any great sin or transgression. --pātraḥ a prime minister. --pādaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --pāpman a. very sinful or wicked. --puṃsaḥ a great man. --puruṣaḥ 1. a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; śabdaṃ mahāpuruṣamaṃvihitaṃ niśamya U. 6. 7. --2. the Supreme Spirit. --3. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --puṣpaḥ a kind of worm --pūjā great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions --pṛṣṭhaḥ a camel. poṭagalaḥ a kind of large reed. --prajāpatiḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --pratīhāraḥ a chief door-keeper. --prapaṃcaḥ the great universe. --prabha a. of great lustre. (--bhaḥ) the light of a lamp. --prabhuḥ 1. a great lord. --2. a king, sovereign. --3. a chief. --4. an epithet of Indra. --5. of Śiva. --6. of Viṣṇu. --7. a great saint or holy man. --pralayaḥ 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself. are annihilated. --prasādaḥ 1. a great favour --2. a great present (of food offered to an idol); pādodakaṃ ca nirmālyaṃ naivedyaṃ ca viśeṣataḥ . mahāprasāda ityuktvā grāhya viṣṇoḥ prayatnataḥ ... --prasthānaṃ departing this life, death --prāṇaḥ 1. the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. --2. the aspirated letters themselves (pl.). they are: --kh, gh, ch, jh, ṭh, ḍh, th, dh, ph, bh, ś, ṣ, s, h --3. a raven. --prāṇatā possession of great strength or essence; anyāṃśca jīvata eva mahāprāṇatayā sphurato jagrāha K. --plavaḥ a great flood, deluge. --phala a. 1. bearing much fruit. --2. bringing much reward. (--lā) 1. a bitter-gourd. --2. a kind of spear. (--laṃ) a great fruit or reward. --phatā the cuttle fish bone. --bala a. very strong. (--laḥ) 1. wind, storm. --2. a Buddha (--laṃ) lead. -īśvaraḥ N of a Linga of Śiva near the modern Mahābleṣwar. --bāhu a. long-arm ed, powerful. (--huḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. --bi(vi)laṃ 1. the atmosphere. --2. the heart. --3. a water-jar, pitcher. --4. a hole, cave. --bī (vī) jaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --bī (vī) jyaṃ the perinaeum. --bodhiḥ 1. the great intelligence of a Buddha --2. a Buddha. --brahmaṃ, --bra hman n. the Supreme Spirit. --brāhmaṇaḥ 1. a great or learned Brāhmaṇa --2 a low or contemptible Brahmaṇa. --bhāga a. 1. very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. --2. illustrious, distinguished, glorious; mahābhāgaḥ kāmaṃ narapatirabhinnasthitirasau S 5. 10; Ms. 3. 192. --3. very pure or holy, highly virtuous. --bhāgatātva, --bhagyaṃ 1. extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. --2. great excellence or merit. --bhāgavataṃ the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas --bhāgin a. very fortunate or prosperous. --bhārataṃ N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word bhārata also). --bhāṣyaṃ 1. a great commentary. --2. particularly, the great commentary of Patanjali on the Sū1tras of Pāṇini. --bhāmuraḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --bhikṣuḥ N. of Śākyamuni. --bhītā a kind of sensitive plant (lājāLū). --bhīmaḥ an epithet of king Śantanu. --bhīruḥ a sort of beetle or fly. --bhuja a. long-armed, powerful. --bhūtaṃ a great or primary element; see bhūta; taṃ vedhā vidadhe nūnaṃ mahābhūtasamādhinā R. 1. 29; Ms. 1. 6. (--taḥ) 1. the Supreme Being. --2. a great creature. --bhogaḥ 1. a great enjoyment. --2. a great coil or hood; great winding. --3. a serpent. (--gā) an epithet of Durgā. --maṇiḥ 1. a costly or precious jewel; saṃskārollikhito mahāmaṇiriva kṣīṇopi nālakṣyate S. 6. 5. --2. N. of Śiva. --mati a. 1. high-minded. --2. clever. (--tiḥ) N. of Bṛhaspati or Jupiter. --matsyaḥ a large fish, sea monster. --mada a. greatly intoxicated. (--daḥ) an elephant in rut. --manas --manaska a. 1. high-minded, noble-minded, magnanimous. --2. liberal. --3. proud, haughty. (--m.) a fabalous animal called śarabha q. v. --matraḥ 1. any sacred text of the Vedas. --2. a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. --maṃtrin m. the prime-minister, premier. --mahopādhyāyaḥ 1. a very great preceptor. --2. a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. mahāmahopādhyāyamalli nāthasūri &c. --māṃsaṃ 'costly flesh', especially human flesh: nakhalu mahāmāṃsavikrayādanyamupāyaṃ paśyāmi Māl. 4; aśastra pūtaṃ nirvyājaṃ puruṣāṃgopakalpitam . vikrīyate mahahāmāṃsaṃ gṛhyatāṃ gṛhyatāmidaṃ 5. 12. (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). --mātra a. 1. great in measure. very great or large. --2. most excellent, best. (--traḥ) 1. a great officer of state, high state-official, a chief minister; (maṃtre karmaṇi bhūṣāyāṃ vitte māne paricchade . mātrā ca mahatī yeṣāṃ mahāmātrāstu te smṛtāḥ ..); Ms. 9. 259. --2. an elephant-driver or keeper; Pt. 1. 161. --3. a superintendent of elephants. (--trī) 1. the wife of a chief minister. --2. the wife of a chiefminister. --2. the wife of a spiritual teacher. --māyaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Viṣṇu. --māyā worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. --mārī 1. cholera, an epidemic. --2. an epithet of Durgā. --mālaḥ N. of Śiva. --māheśvaraḥ a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. --mukhaḥ a crocodile. --muniḥ 1. a great sage. --2. N. of Vyāsa. --3. an epithet of Buddha. --4. of Agastya. --5. the coriander plant. (--ni n.) 1. coriander seed. --2. any medicinal herb or drug. --mūrtiḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --mūrdhat m. an epithet of Śiva --mūlaṃ a large radish. (--laḥ) a kind of onion. --mūlya a. very costly. (--lyaḥ) a ruby. --mṛgaḥ 1. any large animal. --2. an elephant. --3. the fabulous animal called śarabha. --mṛtyuḥ, --medhaḥ N. of Śiva. --medaḥ the coral tree. --medhā an epithet of Durgā. --mohaḥ great infatuation of mind. (--hā) an epithet of Durgā. --yajñaḥ 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a householder; adhyāpanaṃ brahmayajñaḥ pitṛyajñasta tarpaṇam . homo daivo (or devayajñaḥ) balirbhauto (or bhūṭayajñaḥ) nṛyajño'tiyipūjanam .. Ms. 3. 70, 71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). --2. N. of Viṣṇu. --yamakaṃ 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki. 15. 52, where vikāśamīyurjagatīśamārgaṇāḥ has four different senses; cf. also Bk. 10. 19. --yaśas a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. --yātrā 'the great pilgrimage,' the pilgrimage to Benares. --yāmyaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --yugaṃ 'a great Yuga,' consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,320,000 years of men. --yogin m. 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Viṣṇu. --3. a cock. --yoniḥ f. excessive dilation of the female organ. --rajataṃ 1. gold. --2. the thorn-apple. --rajanaṃ 1. saf flower. --2. gold. --ratnaṃ a precious jewel. --rathaḥ 1. a great chariot. --2. a great warrior or hero; kutaḥ prabhāvo dhanaṃjayasya mahārathajayadrathasya vipatimutpādayituṃ Ve. 2; daśarathaḥ praśaśāsa mahārathaḥ R. 9. 1; Śi. 3. 22; (a mahāratha is thus defined: --eko daśasahasra ṇi yodhayedyastu dhanvināṃ śastraśāstrapravīṇaśca vijñeyaḥ sa mahārathaḥ ..) --3. desire, longing; cf. manoratha. --rama a. very savoury. (--saḥ) 1. a sugarcane. --2. quicksilver --3. a precious mineral. --4. the fruit of the date tree. --5. any one of the eight substances given below: -- daradaḥ pāradaṃ śasye vaikrāṃtaṃ kāṃtamabhrakam . mākṣikaṃ vimalaśceti syu rete'ṣṭai maharasāḥ ... (--saṃ) sour ricewater. --rājaḥ 1. a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler. --2. a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness). --3 a deified Jaina teacher. --4. a fingernail. -adhirājaḥ a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. -cūtaḥ a kind of mango tree. --rājikaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --rājikāḥ (m pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 220 or 236 in number). --rājñī 1. the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. --2. N. of Durgā. --rātraṃ midnight, dead of night. --rātriḥ, --trī f. 1. see mahāpralaya. --2. midnight. --3. the eighth night in the bright half of Asvina. --rāṣṭraḥ 'the great kingdom,' N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. --2. the people of Mahārāṣṭra, the Marāṭhas (pl.). (--ṣṭrī) N. of the principal Prākṛta dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin: mahārāṣṭrāśrayāṃ bhāṣāṃ prakṛṣṭaṃ prakṛtaṃ vidaḥ Kāv. 1. 34. --riṣṭaḥ a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. --rudraḥ a form of Śiva. --rūpa a. mighty in form. (--paḥ) 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. resin. --retas m. an epithet of Śiva. --rogaḥ a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight: unmādo rājayakṣmā ca śvāsastvagdoṣa eva ca . madhumehaścāśmarī ca tathodarabhagaṃdarau ..). --raudra a. very dreadful. (--drī) an epithet of Durga. --rauravaḥ N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms. 4. 88-90. --lakṣmī the great Lakṣmī, or Sakti of Nārāyaṇa. --2. a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durga festival. --liṃgaṃ the great Linga or Phallus. (--gaḥ) an epithet of Śiva. --lolaḥ a crow. --lohaṃ a magnet. --vakṣas m. epithet of Śiva. --vanaṃ a large forest in Vṛndāvana. --varā Dūrvā grass. --varāhaḥ 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. --vallī 1. the Mādhavī creeper. --2. a large creeping plant. --vasaḥ the perpoise. --vākyaṃ 1. a long sentence. --2. any continuous composition or literary work --3. a great proposition, principal sentence; such as tattvamasi, brahmaivedaṃ sarvaṃ &c. --vātaḥ a stormv wind. violent wind; mahāvātadhpātairmahiṣakulanīlairjaladhareḥ Mk. 5. 22. --vādin m a great or powerful disputant. --vāyuḥ 1. air (as an element). --2. stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. --vārtikaṃ N. of the Vārtikas of Katyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. --videhā N. of a certain vṛtti or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy --vibhāṣā a rule giving a general option or alternative; iti mahāvibhāṣayā sādhuḥ. --vibhūtiḥ an epithet of Śiva --viṣaḥ a serpent having two mouths. --viṣuvaṃ the vernal equinox. -saṃkrāṃtiḥ f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). --vīciḥ N. of a hell. --vīraḥ 1. a great hero or warrior. --2. a lion. --3. the thunderbolt of Indra. --4. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --5. of Garuḍa. --6. of Hanumat. --7. a cuckoo. --8. a white horse. --9. a sacrificial fire. --10. a sacrificial vessel. --11. a kind of hawk. -caritaṃ N. of a celebrated drama by Bhava bhūti. --vīrya a. of great valour, very powerful. (--ryaḥ) 1. N. of Brahman --2. the Supreme being. (--ryā) the wild cotton shrub. --2. an epithet of saṃjñā, the wife of the sun. --vṛṣaḥ a great bull. --vega a. very swift or fleet. (--gaḥ) 1. great speed, excessive velocity. --2. an ape. --3. the bird Garuḍa. --vela a. billowy. --vyādhiḥ f. 1. a great disease. --2. a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy). --vyāhṛtiḥ f. a great mystical word, i. e. bhūr, bhuvas and svar. --vrata a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows. (--taṃ) 1. a great vow, a great religious observance. --2. any great or fundamental duty; prāṇairapi hitā vṛttigdroho vyājavarjanaṃ . ātmanīva priyādhānametanmaitrīmahāvrataṃ Mv. 5. 59. --vratin m. 1. a devotee, an ascetic. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --śāktiḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Kartikeya. --śaṃkuḥ the sine of the sun's elevation. --śaṃkhaḥ 1. a great conch-shell; Bg. 1. 15. --2. the temporal bone, forehead. --3. a human bone. --4. a particular high number. --5. one of Kubera's treasures. --śaṭhaḥ a kind of thorn-apple. --śabda a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous. --śalkaḥ a kind of sea-crab or prawn; Ms. 3. 272. --śālaḥ a great householder. --śāliḥ a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice. --śāsana a. 1. exercising great power. --2. whose commands are great; Bh. 3. 80. (--naṃ) great order of government. --śiras m. a kind of serpent --śuktiḥ f. a pear-shell. --śuklā an epithet of Sarasvatī --śubhraṃ silver. --śūdraḥ (drī f.) 1. a Śūdra in a high position. --2. a cowherd. --3. an upper servant. (--drī) a female cow-keeper. (--drā) a Śūdra woman in a high position. --śmaśa naṃ an epithet of Benares. --śramaṇaḥ an epithet of Buddha. --śvāsaḥ a kind of asthma. --śvetā 1. an epithet of Sarasvatī. --2. of Durgā. --3. white sugar. --saṃkrāṃtiḥ f. the winter solstice. --satī a very chaste woman. --sattā absolute existence --satyaḥ an epithet of Yama. --sattva a. 1. noble. --2. very strong or powerful. --3. just, righteous. (--ttvaḥ) 1. a large animal. --2. N. of Śakyamuni. --3. an epithet of Kubera --sāṃdhavigrahaḥ the office of the minis ter of peace and war. --sannaḥ an epithet of Kubera. --samudraḥ the great ocean. --sargaḥ a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world). --sarjaḥ the bread-fruit or jack-tree. --sādhanamāgaḥ a great executive officer. --sāṃtapanaḥ a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms. 11. 218. --sāṃdhivigrahikaḥ a minister of peace and war. --sāmānyaṃ the widest-generality. --sāraḥ a kind of Khadira tree. --sārathiḥ an epithet of Aruṇa. --sāhasaṃ great violence or outrage, great audacity. --sāhasikaḥ a dacoit, highwayman, a daring roober. --siṃhaḥ the fabulous animal called Śarabha. --siddhiḥ f. a kind of magical power. --sukhaṃ 1. great pleasure. --2. copulation (--khaḥ) a Buddha. --sugaṃdhaṃ a fragrant unguent. --sugaṃdhiḥ a kind of antidote. --sūkaḥ the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 10th Maṇḍala of the Ṛgveda. --sūkṣmā sand. --sūtaḥ a military drum. --senaḥ 1. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --2. the commander of a large army. (--nā) a great army. --skaṃdhā a camel. --sthalī the earth. --sthānaṃ a great position. --sragvin m. an epithet of Śiva. --svanaḥ a kind of drum. --haṃsaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --havisa n. clarified butter. --hastaḥ an epithet of Śiva. --hāsaḥ a loud or boisterous laughter, cachination. --himavat m. N. of a mountain.

mahi m., n. Greatness. --m. Intellect. --f. = mahī The earth. --ind. Greatly, very much.

mahikā Frost, mist.

mahita p. p. Honoured, worshipped, esteemed, revered; see mah. --taṃ The trident of Śiva.

mahiṃdhakaḥ
     (1) A rat.
     (2) An ichneumon.
     (3) The string of a pole for carrying loads.

mahiman m. [mahat imanic ṭilopaḥ]
     (1) Greatness (fig. also); ayi malayaja mahipāyaṃ kasya girāmastu viṣayaste Bv. 1. 11; adhodhaḥ paśyataḥ kasya mahimā nopacīyate H. 2. 2.
     (2) Glory, majesty, might, power; Ku. 2. 6, U. 4. 21
     (3) High rank, exalted rank or position, dignity.
     (4) One of the 8 Siddhis, the power of increasing size at will; see siddhi

mahiraḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The Arka plant.

mahilā [mah-ilac Uṇ. 1. 54.]
     (1) A woman.
     (2) An amorous or intoxicated woman; viraheṇa vikalahṛdayā nirjalamīnāyate mahilā Bv. 2. 68.
     (3) The creeper called Priyangu.
     (4) A kind of perfume or fragrant plant (reṇukā).
     -- Comp.
          --āhvayā the Priyangu creeper.

mahilāropyam N. of a city in the south.

mahiṣaḥ [mah-ṭiṣac Uṇ. 1. 45]
     (1) A buffalo; (considered as the vehicle of Yama); gāhaṃtāṃ mahiṣā nipānasalilaṃ śṛṃgairmuhustāḍitaṃ S. 2. 6.
     (2) N. of a demon killed by Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ, --akṣakaḥ a kind of bdellium.
          --ardamaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --asuraḥ the demon Mahisha. -ghātinī, -mathanī, -ardanī, -sūdanī epithets of Durgā.
          --dhnī an epithet of Durgā.
          --dhvajaḥ an epithet of Yama.
          --pālaḥ, --pālakaḥ a buffalo-keeper.
          --vahanaḥ, --vāhanaḥ epithets of Yama; kṛtāṃtaḥ kiṃ sākṣānmahiṣavahato'sāviti punaḥ K. P. 10

mahiṣī
     (1) A she-buffalo, buffalocow; Ms. 9. 55; Y. 2. 159.
     (2) The principal queen, queen-consort; mahiṣīsakhaḥ R. 1. 48, 2 25, 3. 9.
     (3) A queen in general.
     (4) The female of a bird.
     (5) A lady's maid, female servant (sairiṃdhrī).
     (6) An immoral woman.
     (7) Money acquired by the prostitution of one's wife; cf. māhiṣika.
     -- Comp.
          --pālaḥ a keeper of she-buffaloes.
          --staṃbhaḥ a pillar adorned with a buffalo's head.

mahiṣmat a. Possessing, rich or abounding in, buffaloes.

mahiṣṭha a. Greatest, largest(superl. of mahat q. v.).

mahī 1 Earth; as in mahīpāla, mahībhṛt &c.; mahī ramyā śayyā Bh. 3. 79.
     (2) Ground, soil.
     (3) Landed property or estate, land.
     (4) A country, kingdom.
     (5) N. of a river falling into the gulf of Cambay.
     (6) (In geom.) The base of any plane figure.
     (7) A large army (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --inaḥ, --īśvaraḥ a king; na na mahīnanahīnaparākramaṃ R. 9. 5.
          --kaṃpaḥ an earthquake.
          --kṣitu m. a king, sovereign; R. 1. 11, 85; 19. 20.
          --jaḥ 1. the planet Mars. --2. N. of Nara kāsura. --3. a tree. (
          --jā) N. of Sītā. (
          --jaṃ) wet ginger.
          --talaṃ surface of the earth.
          --durgaṃ an earth fort.
          --dharaḥ 1. a mountain; R. 6. 52; Ku. 6. 89. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --bhraḥ 1. a mountain; Bh. 2. 10; Śi. 15. 54; R. 3. 60, 13. 7. --2. a symbolical expression for the number, 'seven'. --3. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --nāthaḥ, --paḥ, --patiḥ, --pālaḥ, --bhuj m.
          --maghavan m,
          --maheṃdraḥ a king; Bg. 1. 2; R. 2. 34, 6. 12.
          --patanaṃ humble obeisance (as by falling on the ground.)
          --putraḥ, --sutaḥ, --sūnuḥ 1. the planet Mars. --2. epithets of the demon Naraka.
          --putrī, --sutā an epithet of Sītā.
          --prakaṃpaḥ an earthquake.
          --prarohaḥ, --ruh m., ruhaḥ a tree; Ki. 5. 10; Śi. 20 49.
          --prācīraṃ, --prāvaraḥ the sea.
          --bhartṛ m. a king.
          --bhṛt m. 1. a mountain; Ki. 1. 27; Ki. 5. 1. --2. a king, sovereign.
          --latā an earthworm.
          --suraḥ a Brāhmaṇa.

mahīyate Den. A. (rarely P.)
     (1) To be glad, happy or prosperous (Ved.).
     (2) To rise to a high position, thrive, prosper.
     (3) To be highly respected or honoured; S. 7. 35.

mahīyas a. Greater, larger, more powerful or weighty or important, mightier, stronger (compar. of mahat q. v.). --m. A great or nobleminded man; prakṛtiḥ khalu sā mahīyasaḥ sahane nānyasamunnatiṃ yayā Ki. 2. 21; Śi. 2. 13.

mahīlā, mahelā, mahelikā A woman, female.

mā ind. A particle of prohibition (rarely of negation) usually joined with the Imperative; madvāṇi mā kuru viṣādamanādareṇa Bv. 4. 41; also
     (a) with the Aorist, when the augment a is dropped; pāpe ratiṃ mā kṛthāḥ Bh. 2. 77; mā mūmuhat khalu bhavaṃtamananyajanmā mā te malīmasavikāraghanā matirbhūt Māl. 1. 32; the a is sometimes retained; mā niṣāda pratiṣṭhāṃ tvamagamaḥ śāśvatīḥ samāḥ Rām.
     (b) the Imperfect (the augment being dropped here also); mā cainamabhibhāṣathaḥ Rāma;
     (c) the Future, or Potential mood, in the sense of 'lest,' 'that not'; laghu etāṃ paritrāyasva mā kasyāpi tapasvino haste patiṣyati S. 2; mā kaścinmamāpyanartho bhaveta Pt. 5; mā nāma devyāḥ kimapyaniṣṭamutpannaṃ bhavet K. 307; the Imperative mood also is sometimes used for the Potential; tvaratāmāryaputra etāṃ samāśva sayituṃ māsyā vikāro vardhatāṃ M. 4.
     (d) the Present Participle when a curse is implied; mā jīvanyaḥ parāvajñāduḥkhadagdhopi jīvati Śi. 2. 45; or
     (e) with potential passive participles; maivaṃ prārthyam. mā is sometimes used without any verb; mā tāvat 'oh ! do not (say or do) so'; mā maivaṃ; mā nāma rakṣiṇaḥ Mk. 3. 'may it not be the police'; see under nāma. Sometimes mā is followed by sma and is used with the Aorist or Imperfect with the augment dropped, and rarely with the potential mood; klaibyaṃ mā sma gamaḥ pārtha Bg. 2. 3; mā sma pratīpaṃ gamaḥ S. 4. 17; māsma sīmaṃtinī kācijjanayet putramīdṛśam.
     -- Comp.
          --ciraṃ, --vilaṃbaṃ, --vilaṃbitaṃ ind. without delay, shortly, quickly.

mā^2
     (1) The goddess of wealth, Lakṣmī; tamākhupatraṃ rājeṃdra bhaja mājñānadāyakaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (2) A mother.
     (3) A measure.
     -- Comp.
          --paḥ, --patiḥ epithets of Viṣṇu.

mā^3 2 P., 3. 4. A. (māti, mimīte or mīyate, mita)
     (1) To measure; nyadhita mimāna ivāvaniṃ padāni Śi. 7. 13; 9. 2.
     (2) To measure or mark off, limit; see mita.
     (3) To compare with (in size), measure by any standard; Ku. 5. 15.
     (4) To be in, find room or space in, be contained or comprised in; tanau mamustatra na kaiṭabhadviṣastapodhanābhyāgamasaṃbhavā mudaḥ Śi. 1. 23; vṛddhiṃ gatepyātmani naiva māṃtīḥ 3. 73; 10. 50; 14. 75, 13. 2, 5. 44; māti mātumaśakyo'pi yaśorāśiryadatra te K. P. 10.
     (5) To prepare, arrange.
     (6) To infer, conclude.
     (7) To form, make, build, construct.
     (8) To assign, mete out, apportion.
     (9) To show, display. (10) To roar, sound. --Caus. (māpayati-te) To cause to be measured, measure or mete out; etena māpayati bhittiṣu karmamārgaṃ Mk. 3. 16. --Desid. (mitsati-te) To wish to measure &c.

māṃs n.
     (1) Flesh(This word has no forms for the first five inflections, and is optionally substituted for māṃsa after acc. dual.).

māṃsam [man-sa dīrghaśca Uṇ. 3. 64] Flesh, meat; samāṃso madhuparkaḥ U. 4. (The word is thus fancifully derived in Ms. 5. 55: --pāṃ sa bhakṣayitā'putra yasya māṃsamihādmyaham . etanmāṃsasya māṃsatvaṃ pravadaṃti manīṣiṇaḥ ..).
     (2) The flesh of fish.
     (3) The fleshy part of a fruit. --saḥ
     (1) A worm.
     (2) N. of a mixed tribe, selling meat.
     (3) A worm.
     (4) Time.
     -- Comp.
          --ada, --ada, --ādin, --bhakṣaka a. flesh-eating, carnivorous (as an animal); Bk. 16. 29, Ms. 5. 15.
          --argalaḥ, --laṃ a piece of flesh hanging down from the mouth.
          --arbudaḥ, daṃ a kind of disease of the membrum virile.
          --aśanaṃ 1. flesh-meat. --2. flesheating.
          --aṣṭakā N. of the eighth day in the dark half of Māgha.
          --āhāraḥ animal food.
          --iṣṭā a kind of bird (valgulā). --upajīvin m. a dealer in flesh.
          --odanaḥ 1. a meal of flesh. --2. rice boiled with flesh.
          --kaccha paḥ a fleshy abscess on the palate.
          --kaṃdī a swelling of the flesh.
          --kārin n. blood.
          --graṃthiḥ a gland.
          --jaṃ, --tejas n. fat, adeps.
          --tānaḥ a polypus in the throat.
          --drāvin m. a kind of sorrel.
          --niryāsaḥ the hair of the body.
          --paḥ a Piśācha or demon.
          --pacanaṃ a vessel for cooking meat.
          --paṭakaḥ, --kaṃ 1. a basket of flesh. --2. a large quantity of flesh.
          --pittaṃ a bone.
          --peśī 1. a muscle. --2. a piece of flesh. --3. an epithet of the foetus from the 8th to the 14th day.
          --phalā the egg plant.
          --bhettṛ, --bhedin a. cutting the flesh.
          --yoniḥ a creature of flesh and blood.
          --rasaḥ soup.
          --latā a wrinkle.
          --vikrayaḥ sale of meat.
          --sāraḥ, --snehaḥ fat.
          --hāsā skin.

māṃsala a. [māṃsa-lac; cf. aṃsala]
     (1) Fleshy.
     (2) Muscular, lusty, brawny U. 1.
     (3) Fat, strong, powerful; śākhāḥ śataṃ māṃsalāḥ Bv. 1. 34.
     (4) Deep (as sound); dhvaniśca māṃgalyamṛdaṃgamāṃsalaḥ U. 6. 25; pratibhinnapuṣkarāvartakattanitamāṃsalo vāṅnirgheṣa Mv. 2.
     (5) Increased in bulk or quantity; Māl. 9. 13.
     (6) Pulpy (as fruit).
     (7) Dense, thick.

māṃsikaḥ [māṃsaṃ paṇyamasya ṭhak] A butcher.

mākaṃdaḥ The mango tree; Bv. 1. 29. --dī
     (1) The myrobalan tree.
     (2) Yellow sandal.
     (3) N. of a city on the Ganges.

mākara a. (rī f.) Belonging to the sea-monster Makara q. v. --rī N. of the seventh day in the bright half of Māgha.

mākaraṃda a. (dī f.) Derived from, relating to, the juice of flowers; full of or mixed with honey; Māl. 8. 1; 9. 13.

mākaliḥ
     (1) N. of Mātali, the charioteer of Indra.
     (2) The moon.

mākṣi(kṣī)ka a. (kī f.) Coming or derived from a bee. --kaṃ [bhakṣikābhiḥ saṃbhṛtya kṛtaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Honey; Bv. 4. 43.
     (2) A kind of honey-like mineral substance.
     -- Comp.
          --āśrayaṃ 1. bees'-wax. --2. honey-comb.
          --jaṃ bees'-wax.
          --phalaḥ a kind of cocoa-nut.
          --śarkarā candied sugar.

mākha a. (khī f.) Sacrificial.

māgadha a. (dhī f.) [magadhadeśe bhavaḥ aṇ] Relating to or living in the country of Magadha or the people of Magadha. --dhaḥ
     (1) A king of the Magadhas.
     (2) N. of a mixed tribe, said to have been the offspring of a Vaiśya father and a Kshatriya mother, (the duty of the members of this caste being that of professional bards); Ms. 10. 11, 17; Y. 1. 94.
     (3) A bard or panegyrist in general. --dhāḥ (pl.) N. of a people, the Magadhas. --dhā
     (1) A princess of the Magadhas.
     (2) Long pepper. --dhī
     (1) A princess of the Magadhas; R. 1. 57.
     (2) The language of the Magadhas, one of the four principal kinds of Prākṛta.
     (3) Long pepper.
     (4) White cumin.
     (5) Refined sugar.
     (6) A kind of jasmine.
     (7) A variety of carda moms.
     (8) The daughter of a Kshatriya mother and a Vaiśya father.
     (9) Anise. (10) N. of a river (śoṇā).

māgadhā, māgadhikā Long pepper.

māgadhikaḥ A king of the Magadhas.

māghaḥ [maghānakṣatrayuktā paurṇamāsī māghī sā'tra māsa aṇ]
     (1) N. of a lunar month (corresponding to January-February).
     (2) N. of a poet, the author of the Śiśupālavadha or Māgha-kāvya; (the poet describes his family in Śi. 20. 80-84 and thus concludes: --śrīśabdaramyakṛtasargasamāptilakṣma lakṣmīpateścaritakīrtanacāru māghaḥ . tasyātmajaḥ sukavikīrtidurāśayādaḥ kāvyaṃ vyavatta śiśupālavadhābhidhānam ..); upamā kālidāsasya bhāraverarthagauravaṃ . daṃḍinaḥ padalālityaṃ māghe saṃti trayo guṇāḥ ..; tāvadbhā bhāraverbhāti yāvanmāghasya nodayaḥ Udb. --ghī The day of full moon in the month of Māgha.

māghamā A female crab.

māghavata a. (tī f.) Belonging to Indra. --tī The east.
     -- Comp.
          --cāpaṃ the rainbow; U. 5. 11.

māghavana a. (nī f.) Belonging to or ruled by Indra; kakubhaṃ samaskuruta māghavanīṃ Śi. 9. 25; avatītalameva sādhu manye na vanī māghavanī vilāsahetuḥ Jag.

māghyam The flower of the kunda creeper.

māṃkṣ 1 P. (māṃkṣati) To wish or desire, long for.

māṃgalika a. (kī f.) [maṃgala-ṭhak]
     (1) Auspicious, tending to good fortune, indicative of auspiciousness; mudamasya māṃgalikatūryakṛtāṃ dhvanayaḥ pratenuranuvapramapāṃ Ki. 6. 4; Mv. 4. 35; Bv. 2. 57.
     (2) Fortunate.

māṃgalya a. [maṃgalāya hitaṃ ṣyañ] Auspicious, indicative of good fortune; S. 4. 4. --lyaṃ
     (1) Auspiciousness, prosperity, welfare, good fortune.
     (2) A blessing or benediction.
     (3) A festivity, festival, any auspicious rite.
     (4) An auspicious thing, amulet.
     -- Comp.
          --mṛdaṃgaḥ a drum beaten on auspicious occasions; U. 6. 25.

mācaḥ A way, road.

mācalaḥ
     (1) A thief, robber.
     (2) A crocodile.

mācikā A fly.

mājalaḥ A kind of bird, the blue roller.

māṃjiṣṭa a. (ṣṭhī f.) [maṃjiṣṭhayā raktaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Red as madder.
     (2) Dyed with madder; māṃjiṣṭheṣu vyajyate na sma sainyaiḥ Śi. 18. 34. --ṣṭhaṃ Red colour.

māṃjiṣṭhika a. (kī f.) Dyed or tinged with madder; maurvyā mekhalayā niyaṃtritamadhovāsaśca māṃjiṣṭhikaṃ U. 4. 20; Mv. 1. 18.

māṭhaḥ A road.

māṭharaḥ 1 N. of Vyāsa.
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (3) A distiller (śauṃḍika Sk.).
     (4) One of the attendants on the sun.

māṭhī An armour, mail.

māḍaḥ
     (1) A species of tree.
     (2) Weight, measure.

māḍiḥ A palace.

māḍḍukaḥ --kikaḥ A drummer.

māḍhiḥ f.
     (1) The young leaf before it opens.
     (2) Honouring.
     (3) Sadness, dejection.
     (4) Poverty.
     (5) Anger, passion.
     (6) The border or hem of a garment.
     (7) A double tooth.

māṇavaḥ [manorapatyaṃ aṇ alpārthe ṇatvam]
     (1) A lad, boy, youth, youngster.
     (2) A little man, manikin (used contemptuously).
     (3) A pearl-necklace of sixteen (or twenty) strings.
     (4) A young Brāhmaṇa.

māṇavakaḥ
     (1) A youth, boy, lad, youngster (oft. used contemptuously).
     (2) A little man, dwarf; manikin; māyāmāṇavakaṃ hariṃ Bhāg.
     (3) A silly fellow.
     (4) A scholar, religious student.
     (5) A pearl-necklace of sixteen (or twenty) strings.

māṇavikā A young girl, damsel.

māṇavīna a. [māṇavasyedaṃ khañ] Boyish, childish.

māṇavyam [māṇavānā samūhaḥ yat] A company of lads or boys.

māṇikā A particular weight (equal to eight palas).

māṇikyam A ruby.

māṇikyā A small house-lizard.

māṇibaṃdhaṃ, māṇimaṃtham Rock-salt.

māṃḍalika a. (kī f.) Relating to, or ruling, a province. --kaḥ The ruler of a province.

mātaṃgaḥ [mataṃgasya munerayaṃ aṇ]
     (1) An elephant; mātaṃgāḥ kimu valgitaiḥ K. P. 7; Śi. 1. 64.
     (2) A man of the lowest caste, a Chaṇḍāla.
     (3) A Kirāta, a mountaineer or barbarian.
     (4) (At the end of comp.) Any thing the best of its kind; e. g. balāhakamātaṃgaḥ.
     -- Comp.
          --divākaraḥ N. of a poet.
          --takraḥ a crocodile as large as an elephant; R. 13. 11.

mātaripuruṣaḥ 'One who can act like a man only against his mother', a poltroon, cowardly boaster.

mātariśvan [mātari aṃtarīkṣe śvayati varvate śvi-kanin ḍicca aluk sa Uṇ. 1. 156] Wind; punaruṣasi viviktairmātariśvāvacūrṇya jvalayati madanāgniṃ mālatīnāṃ rajobhiḥ Śi. 11. 17; Ki. 5. 36; mātariśvā vāyurmātaryaṃtarikṣe śvasiti mātarvāśu aniti vā Nir.

mātaliḥ N. of the charioteer of Indra.
     -- Comp.
          --sārāthiḥ an epithet of Indra.

mātā A mother.

mātāmahaḥ A maternal grandfather. --hau (dual) The maternal grand-father and grand-mother. --hī The maternal grand-mother.

mātiḥ f.
     (1) Measure.
     (2) A thought, idea, conception.
     (3) Accurate knowledge or determination.

mātulaḥ [māturbhrātā mātṛ-ḍulac]
     (1) A maternal uncle; Bg. 1. 26; Ms. 2. 130, 5. 81.
     (2) The Dhattūra plant.
     (3) An epithet of the solar year.
     (4) A kind of rice.
     (5) A kind of snake.
     -- Comp.
          --putrakaḥ 1. the son of a maternal uncle. --2. the fruit of the Dhattūra plant.

mātulakaḥ
     (1) A maternal uncle (as a term of endearment).
     (2) The thornapple.

mātulā, mātulānī, mātulī
     (1) The wife of a maternal uncle; Ms. 2. 131; Y. 3. 232.
     (2) Hemp.

mātuleyaḥ (yī f.) The son of a maternal uncle.

mātuliṃgaḥ, mātuluṃgaḥ A kind of citron tree; (bhuvo) bhāgāḥ preṃkhitama tulugavṛtayaḥ preyo vidhāsyati vāṃ Māl. 6. 19. --gaṃ The fruit of this tree, a citron.

mātṛ f. [mān pūjāyāṃ tṛc nalopaḥ Uṇ. 2. 94]
     (1) A mother; mātṛvatparadāreṣu yā paśyati sa paśyati; sahasraṃ tu pitṝn mātaḥ gaura veṇātiricyate Subhāṣ.
     (2) Mother as a term of respect or endearment; mātarlakṣmi bhajasva kaṃcidaparaṃ Bh. 3. 64, 87; ayi mātardevayajanasaṃbhave devi sīte U. 4
     (3) A cow.
     (4) An epithet of Lakṣmī.
     (5) An epithet of Durgā.
     (6) Ether, sky.
     (7) The earth.
     (8) A divine mother; mātṛbhyo balimupahara Mk. 1.
     (9) An epithet of Revatī. (10) N. of several plants ākhukarṇī, iṃdravāruṇī and jaṭāmāṃsī &c. --pl.
     (1) An epithet of the divine mothers, said to attend on Śiva, but usually on Skanda. (They are usually said to be 8; bra hmī māheśvarī caṃḍī vārāhī vaiṣṇavī tathā . kaumārī caiva cāmuṃḍācarciṃketyaṣṭa mātaraḥ .. or, according to some, only seven; brāhmī māheśvarī caiva kaumārī vaiṣṇavī tathā . māheṃdrī caiva vārāhī cāmuṃḍā-sapta mātaraḥ .. Some increase the umber to sixteen.
     (2) N. of eight classes of female ancestors or Manes. --m.
     (1) A measurer.
     (2) Ved. A maker, buil der, creator.
     (3) A knower, one having true knowledge.
     (4) Life, or soul (jīva) [cf. L. Mater.]
     -- Comp.
          --keśaṭaḥ a maternal uncle.
          --gaṇaḥ the collection of the divine mothers.
          --gaṃdhinī an unnatural mother.
          --gomin m. one who has committed incest with his mother.
          --gotraṃ a mother's family.
          --grāmaḥ the female sex, womankind.
          --ghātaḥ, --ghātakaḥ, --ghātin m,
          --ghnaḥ a matricide
          --ghātukaḥ 1. a matricide. --2. an epithet of Indra.
          --cakraṃ the group of divine mothers.
          --deva a. having a mother for one's god, adoring mother like a god.
          --naṃdanaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --pakṣa a. belonging to the mother's side or line. (
          --kṣaḥ) maternal kinsmen.
          --pitṛ m (dual) (forming mātāpitarau or mātarapitarau) parents.
          --putrau (mātāputrau) a mother and son.
          --pūjanaṃ worship of the divine mothers
          --baṃdhuḥ, --bāṃdhavaḥ a maternal kinsman; R. 12. 12. (--pl.) a class of relatives on the mother's side; they are thus specified:
          --mātuḥ pituḥ svasuḥ putrā māturmātuḥ svasuḥ sutāḥ . māturmātulaputrāśca vijñeyā mātṛbaṃdhavaḥ .. --bhogīṇa a. fit to be enjoyed or possessed by a mother.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the collection of the divine mothers.
          --mātṛ f. an epithet of Pārvatī.
          --mukhaḥ, --śāsitaḥ a foolish fellow. simpleton.
          --yajñaḥ a sacrifice offered to the divine mothers.
          --vatsalaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --svasṛ f. (mātṛṣvasṛ or mātuḥsvasṛ) a mother's sister, a maternal aunt.
          --svaseyaḥ (mātṛṣvaseyaḥ) a mother's sister's son. (
          --yī) the daughter of a maternal aunt so mātṛṣvasrīyaḥ --yā.

mātṛka a.
     (1) Coming or inherited from a mother; mātṛkaṃ ca dhanurūrjitaṃ dadhat R. 11. 64, 90.
     (2) Maternal. --kaḥ A maternal uncle. --kā
     (1) A mother.
     (2) A grand-mother.
     (3) A nurse.
     (4) A source, origin.
     (5) A divine mother.
     (6) N of certain diagrams written in characters supposed to have a magical power.
     (8) The character or alphabet so used (pl.).

mātra a. (trā, --trī f.) [mā-tran] An affix added to nouns in the sense of 'measuring as much as', 'as high or long, or broad as,' 'reaching as far as;' as in ūrumātrī bhittiḥ paṃcadaśayojanamātramadhvānamaticakrāma K.; (in this sense the word may as well be considered to be mātrā at the end of comp. q. v. below). --traṃ 1. A measure, whether of length, breadth, height, size, space, distance or number; usually at the end of comp. i. e. aṃgulimātraṃ a 'finger's breadth'; kiṃcinmātraṃ gatvā 'to some distance'; krośamātre 'at the distance of a Krośa', rekhāmātramapi 'even the breadth of a line, as much as a line'; R. 1. 17; so kṣaṇamātra, ni miṣamātraṃ 'the space of an instant;' śatamātra 'a hundred in number'; so gajamātra 'as high or big as an elephant'; tālama tra, yavamātra &c.
     (2) The full measure of anything, the whole or entire class of things, totality; jīvamātra or prāṇimātraṃ 'the entire class of living beings'; manuṣyamātro martyaḥ 'every man is mortal'; vastumātrapakṣako'nupa paṃhārī (hetuḥ) Tarka K.; mānuṣamātraduṣkaraṃ karmānuṣṭhitaṃ Dk.
     (3) The simple measure of anything, the one thing and no more, often translateable by 'mere,' 'only', 'even'; jātimātreṇa H. 1. 58 'by mere caste'; ṭiṭṭibhamātreṇa samudro vyākulīkṛtaḥ 2. 149. 'by a mere wag-tail', vācāmātreṇa jāpyase S. 2 'merely by words'; so arthamātraṃ, saṃmānamātraṃ Pt. 1. 83; used with past participles mātra may be translated by 'as soon as', 'no sooner than', 'just'; viddhamātraḥ R. 5. 51 'as soon as pierced', 'when just pierced'; bhuktāmātre 'just after eating'; praviṣṭamātra eva tatramavati S. 3. &c.

mātrā
     (1) A measure; see mātraṃ above.
     (2) A standard of measure, standard, rule.
     (3) The correct measure.
     (4) A unit of measure, a foot.
     (5) A moment.
     (6) A particle, an atom.
     (7) A part, portion: sureṃdramātrāśritagauravatvāt R. 3. 11.
     (8) A small portion, a little, trifle, a little quantity, a small measure only, see mātra
     (3).
     (9) Account, consideration; rājeti kiyatī mātrā Pt. 1. 40 'of what account or consideration is a king', i. e. I hold him of no account; kāyastha iti laghvī mātrā Mu. 1. (10) Money, wealth; property. śūnyamaṭhikāyāṃ mātrāḥ samavatārya Dk.; naktadinaṃ kakṣāṃtarāttāṃ mātrāṃ na muṃcati Pt. 1; kathamasyārthamātrā hartavyā ibid.
     (11) (In prosody) A prosodial or syllabic instant, the time required to pronounce a short vowel.
     (12) An element.
     (13) The material world, matter.
     (14) The aupper part of the Nāgarī characters.
     (15) An ear-ring.
     (16) An ornament; a jewel.
     (17) A measure of time (in music).
     (18) Function of the organs (iṃdriyavṛtti).
     -- Comp.
          --arvaṃ half of a prosodial instant.
          --cyutakaṃ a kind of artificial composition, getting out another meaning by the omission of a Mātrā; e. g. mūlasyitipadhaḥ kurvan pātrairjaṣṭo gatākṣaraiḥ . viṭasevyaḥ kulīnasya tiṣṭhataḥ pathikasya saḥ .. (where the omission of the Mātrā in viṭa makes the sense applicable to a vaṭa). --chaṃdas, --vṛttaṃ a metre regulated by the number of prosodial instants it contains, e. g. the Āryā.
          --bhastrā a money-bag.
          --vastiḥ an oily clyster.
          --saṃgaḥ attachment to or regard for household possessions or property; Ms. 6. 57.
          --samakaḥ N. of a class of metres, see App. 1.
          --spaṃrśaḥ material contact, contact with material elements; Bg. 2. 14.

mātrikā A syllable or prosodial instant (= mātrā above.).

mātsara a. (rī f.), mātsarika a. (kī f.) Jealous, envious, malicious, spiteful.

mātsaryam
     (1) Envy, jealousy, spite, malice; aho vastuni mātsaryaṃ Ks. 21. 49; Ki. 3. 53.
     (2) Displeasure.

mātsyikaḥ A fisherman.

māthaḥ [math-ghañ]
     (1) Stirring, churning, shaking about.
     (2) Killing, destruction.
     (3) A way, road.

māthura a. (rī f) [mathurāyāṃ bhavo mathurāyā āgato vā aṇ]
     (1) Coming from Mathurā.
     (2) Produced in Mathurā.
     (3) Dwelling in Mathura.

mādaḥ [mad-ghañ] Intoxication, drunkenness.
     (2) Joy, delight.
     (3) Pride, arrogance.

mādaka a. (dikā f.) [mad-ṇic ṇvut]
     (1) Intoxicating, maddening, stupefying.
     (2) Gladdening. --kaḥ A gallinule.

mādana a. (nī f.) [mad ṇic lyu-lyuṭ vā] Intoxicating &c.; see mādaka. --naḥ
     (1) The god of love.
     (2) The thornapple. --naṃ
     (1) Intoxication.
     (2) Delighting, exhilaration.
     (3) Cloves.

mādanīyam An intoxicating drink.

mādṛkṣa a. (kṣī f.), ma dṛś a., mādṛśa a. (śī f.) Like-me, resembling me; pravṛttisārāḥ khalu māṭṭaśāṃ giraḥ Ki. 1. 25; U. 2; upacāro naiva kalpya iti tu mādṛśāḥ R. G.

mādrakaḥ A prince of the Madras.

mādravatī N. of the second wife of Pāṇḍu.

mādrī N. of the second wife of Pāṇḍu.
     -- Comp.
          --naṃdanaḥ an epithet of Nakula and Sahadeva.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Pāṇḍu.

mādreyaḥ An epithet of Nakula and Sahadeva.

mādhava a. (vī f.) [madhu-aṇ]
     (1) Honey-like sweet.
     (2) Made of honey.
     (3) Vernal, relating to the spring; sāvajñeva mukhaprasādhanavidhau śrīmādhavī yoṣitāṃ M. 3. 5.
     (4) Relating to the descendants of Madhu. --vaḥ [māyā lakṣmyā dhavaḥ]
     (1) N. of Kṛṣṇa; rādhāmādhavayorjayaṃti yamunākūle rahaḥkelayaḥ Gīt. 1; mādhave mā kuru mānini mānamaye 9.
     (2) he spring season, a friend of Cupid; smara paryutsuka eṣa mādhavaḥ Ku. 4. 28; ma mādhavenābhimatena sakhyā (anuprayātaḥ) 3. 23.
     (3) The month called Vaiśākha; bhāskarasya madhumādhavāviva R. 11. 7.
     (4) N. of Indra.
     (5) N. of Paraśurāma.
     (6) N. of the Yadavas (pl.); Śi. 16 52.
     (7) N. of a celebrated author, son of Māyaṇa and brother of Sayaṇa and Bhoganātha, and supposed to have lived in the fifteenth century. He was a very reputed scholar, numerous important works being ascribed to him; he and Sāyaṇa are supposed to have jointly written the commentary on the Ṛgveda; śrutismṛtisadācārapālako mādhavo budha . smārtaṃ vyākhyāya sarvārthaṃ dvija rtha śrota udyataḥ . J. N. V.
     -- Comp.
          --ucita a kind of perfume (kakkaṃla) --vallī = mādhavī q. v.
          --śrī vernal beauty.

mādhavakaḥ A kind of intoxicating liquor (produced from honey).

mādhavikā N. of a creeper; mādhavi kāparimalalalite Gīt 1.

mādhavī
     (1) Candied sugar.
     (2) A kind of drink made from honey.
     (3) The spring-creeper (vāsaṃtī), with white fragrant flowers: patrāṇāmiva śoṣaṇena marutā spṛṣṭā latā mādhavī S. 3. 10; Me. 78.
     (4) The sacred basil.
     (5) A procuress, bawd.
     (6) Affluence in cattle
     -- Comp.
          --latā the spring creeper.
          --vanaṃ a grove of Mādhavī creepers.

mādhavīya a. Relating to Mādhava.

mādhukara a. (rī f.) [madhukara-aṇ] Relating to or resembling a bee; as in mādhukarī vṛtti. --rī
     (1) Collecting alms by begging from door to door, as a bee collects honey by moving from flower to flower.
     (2) Alms obtained from five different places.

mādhuparkika a. (kī f.) Offered to a guest as a token of respect.

mādhuram [madhura-aṇ] Tho flower of the Mallikā creeper.

mādhurī
     (1) Sweetness, sweet or savoury taste; vadane tava yatra mādhurī sā Bv. 2. 161: kāmālasasvarvāmādharamādhurīmadharayan vācāṃ vipāko mama 4. 42, 37, 43; vāṅmādhurīvirasīkṛtakalakaṃṭhā Dk.
     (2) Spirituous liquor.
     (3) Mead.

mādhurya [madhurasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Sweetness. pleasantness; mādhuryapīṣṭe hariṇān grahītuṃ R. 18. 13, Bh. 2. 6.
     (2) Attractive beauty. exquisite beauty; rūpaṃ kimapyanirvācya tanormādhuryamucyate.
     (3) (In Rhet.) Sweetness, one of the three (accord ing to Mammaṭa) chief Guṇas in poetic compositions; citadravībhāvamayo hlādo mādhuryapucyate S. D. 606: see K. P. 8 also.
     (4) Kindness, amiability.

mādhūka a. Sweet-speaking, amiable.

mādhya a. [madhya āṇ] Central, middle.

mādhyaṃdina a. (nī f.)
     (1) Midday, meridional.
     (2) Middle, central --naḥ N. of a branch of Vājasaneyins. --naṃ A branch of the śukla or white Yajurveda (followed by the Mādhyandinas).

mādhyama a. (mī f.) [madhyama-aṇ] Be longing to the middle portion, central, middle, middlemost.

mādhyamaka a. (mikā f.) mādhyamika a. (kī f.) Middle, central. --kāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a people or their country in the central part of India.

mādhyamya a. Indifferent, impartial, neutral.

mādhyasthaṃ, mādhyasthyam
     (1) Impartiality.
     (2) Indifference, unconcern; abhyarthanābhaṃgabhayena sādhurmādhyasthyamiṣṭe'pyavalaṃbaterthe Ku. 1. 52.
     (3) Intercession, mediation.

mādhyāhnika a. (kī f.) Belonging to noon.

mādhva a. (dhvī f.) Sweet. --dhvaḥ A follower of Madhva. --dhvī
     (1) A kind of liquor (made from honey).
     (2) The creeper called Mādhavī.

mādhvakam An intoxicating drink prepared from honey.

mādhvikaḥ A person who collects honey.

mādhvīkam [madhunā madhūkapu'peṇa nirvṛttaṃ īkak]
     (1) A kind of spirituous liquor, distilled from the flowers of the tree called Madhūka; cacāma madhu mādhvīkaṃ Bk. 14. 94.
     (2) Wine distilled from grapes; sādhbī mādhvīka ciṃtā na bhavati bhavataḥ Gīt. 12 (= madho Com.).
     (3) A grape.
     -- Comp.
          --phalaṃ a kind of cocoa-nut.

mān I 1. A. (mīmāṃsate = desid. of man q. v.). --II. 1 P., 10 U. = Caus. of man q. v.

mānaḥ [man-ghañ]
     (1) Respect, honour, regard, respectful consideration; dāridryasya parā mūrtiryanmānadraviṇālpatā Pt. 2. 159: Bg. 6. 7; so mānadhana &c.
     (2) Pride (in a good sense), self-reliance, self respect; janmino mānahīnasya tṛṇasya ca samā gatiḥ Pt. 1. 106; R. 16. 81.
     (3) Haughtiness, pride, conceit, self-confidence.
     (4) A wounded sense of honour.
     (5) Jealous anger, anger excited by jealousy (especially in women); anger in general. muca mayi mānamanidānaṃ Gīt. 10; mādhave mā kuru mānini mānamaye 9; tyajata mānamalaṃ bata vigrahaiḥ R. 9. 47; Śi. 9. 84; Bv. 2 56.
     (6) Opinion, conception.
     (7) Ved. Object, purpose. --naṃ [mā-lyuṭ]
     (1) Measuring.
     (1) A measure, standard
     (3) Dimension, computation.
     (4) A standard of measure, measuring-rod, rule.
     (5) Proof, authority, means of proof or demonstration: ye'mī mādhuryaujaḥ pramādā rasamātravarmatayoktāstapāṃ rasadharmatve kiṃ mānaṃ R. G.; mānābhāvāt (frequently occurring in controversial language) Pad. 4. 3.
     (6) Likeness, resemblance.
     -- Comp.
          --āsaka a. given to pride, haughty, proud.
          --utsāhaḥ energy arising from self-confidence; Pt. 1. 226.
          --unnatiḥ f. great respect or honour: Bh. 2. 23.
          --unmādaḥ infatuation of pride.
          --kalahaḥ, --kaliḥ a quarrel caused by jealous anger.
          --kṣitiḥ f.,
          --bhaṃgaḥ, --hāniḥ f. injury to reputation or honour, humiliation, mortification, insult, indignity.
          --grathiḥ injury to honour or pride.
          --da a. 1. showing respect. --2. proud. --3. destroying pride. --4 a giver of honour (a mode of addressing lovers &c.). (
          --daḥ) a mystical name for the letter ā. (--dā) N. of the second digit of the moon.
          --daṃḍaḥ a measuring-rod; sthitaḥ pṛthivyā iva mānadaṃḍaḥ Ku. 1. 1.
          --dhata a. rich in honour; mahaujaso mānadhanā dhanārcitāḥ Ki. 1. 19;
          --dhānikā a cucumber.
          --parikhaṃḍanaṃ mortification, humiliation.
          --bhaṃga see mānakṣati. --bhṛt, para a. possessing pride, extremely proud; prathame mānabhṛtāṃ na vṛṣṇayaḥ Ki. 2. 44.
          --mahat a. rich or great in pride, greatly proud; kiṃ jīrṇaṃ tṛṇamatti mānamahatāmagresaraḥ kesarī Bh. 2. 29.
          --yogaḥ the correct mode of measuring or weighing; Ms. 9. 330.
          --raṃdhrā a sort of clepsydra, a perforated water-vessel, which, placed in water and gradually filling, serves to measure time.
          --varjita a. 1. disgraced, dishonoured. --2. humble, lowly. --3. slanderous, libellous.
          --sūtraṃ 1. a measuring-cord. --2. a chain (of gold &c.) worn round the body.

mānayitṛ m. One who honours, honourer.

mānanaṃ --nā
     (1) Honouring, respecting.
     (2) Killing; Śi. 16. 2.

mānanīya a. Fit to be honoured, worthy of honour, deserving to be honoured (with gen); menāṃ munīnāmapi mānanīyāṃ Ku. 1. 18 R. 1. 11.

mānavat a. Proud, arrogant, haughty or high-spirited. --tī A haughty or high-spirited woman angry through jealous pride).

mānita p. p. [man-ṇic kta] Honoured, respected, esteemed. --taṃ Showing honour or respect.

mānin a. [māna-ini, man-ṇini vā]
     (1) Fancying, considering, regarding (at the end of comp.); as in paḍita mānin.
     (2) Honouring, respecting, (at the end of comp.)
     (3) Haughty, proud, possessed of self-respect; parābhavo'pyutsava eva mānināṃ Ki. 1. 41; paravṛddhimatsari mano hi mānināṃ Śi. 15. 1.
     (4) Entitled to respect, highly honoured; Bk. 19. 24.
     (5) Disdainful, angry, sulky.
     (6) Being regarded or considered as. --m. A lion. --nī
     (1) A woman possessed of self-respect, a strong-minded, resolute, or proud woman, (in a good sense): caturdigīśānavamatya māninī Ku. 5 53; R. 13. 38.
     (2) An angry woman, or one offended with her husband (through jealous pride)); mādhave mā kuru mānini mānamaye Git. 9; Ki. 9 36.
     (3) A kind of odori ferous plant.

mānitā --tvam
     (1) Haughtiness, pride.
     (2) Honouring, respect.
     (3) Being respected or honoured.

mānaḥśila a. Consisting of red arsenic manaḥśilā).

mānava a. (vī f.) [manorapatyaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to or descended from Manu; mānavasya rājarṣivaṃśasya prasavitāraṃ savitāraṃ U. 3; Ms. 12. 107.
     (2) Human. --vaḥ
     (1) A man, human being; manorvaṃśo mānavānāṃ tatoyaṃ prathino'bhavat . brahmakṣatrādayastasmānmanorjātāstu mānavāḥ Mb.; Ms. 2. 9; 5. 35.
     (2) A lad, boy.
     (3) Mankind (pl.).
     (4) The subjects of a king (pl.). --vī A woman. --vaṃ A particular fine.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, --devaḥ --patiḥ a lord of men, king, sovereign; R. 14. 32.
          --dharmaśāstraṃ the institutes of Manu.
          --rākṣasaḥ a demon or fiend in the form of a man; te'mī mānavarākṣasāḥ parahitaṃ svārthāya nighnaṃti ye Bh. 2. 74.

mānavīya a. Descended or derived from Manu. --yaṃ A particular fine.

mānavyam A number of boys or youths (māṇavyaṃ).

mānasa a. (sī f.) [mana eva, manasa idaṃ vā aṇ]
     (1) Pertaining to the mind, mental, spiritual (opp. śārīra).
     (2) Produced from the mind, sprung at will; brahmaṇo mānasaputrāḥ; kiṃ mānasī sṛṣṭiḥ S. 4; Ku 1. 18; Bg. 10. 6.
     (3) Only to be conceived in the mind, conceivable.
     (4) Tacit, implied.
     (5) Dwelling on the lake Mānasa. --saḥ A form of Viṣṇu. --saṃ
     (1) The mind, heart, soul; sapadi madanānalo dahati mama mānasaṃ Gīt. 10; api ca mānasamaṃbunidhiḥ Bv. 1. 113; mānasaṃ viṣayairvinā (bhāti) 116.
     (2) N. of a sacred lake on the mountain Kailāsa; (kailāsaśikhare rāma manasā nirmitaṃ saraḥ . brahmaṇā prāgidaṃ yasmāttadabhūnmānasaṃ saraḥ .. Rām; (it is said to be the native place of swans, who are described as migrating to its shores every year at the commencement of the breeding season or the monsoons; meghaśyāmā diśo dṛṣṭvā mānasotsukacetasāṃ . kūjitaṃ rājahaṃsānāṃ nedaṃ nūpuraśiṃjitaṃ V. 4. 14, 15; yasyāstoye kṛtavasatayo mānasaṃ saṃnikṛṣṭaṃ nādhyāsyaṃti vyapagataśuca tvāmapi prekṣya haṃsaḥ Me. 76; see Me. 11; Ghaṭ. 9 also); R. 6. 26; Me. 62. Bv. 1. 3.
     (3) (In law) Tacit or implied consent.
     (4) A kind of salt.
     -- Comp.
          --ālayaḥ a swan, goose.
          --utka a. eager to go to Mānasa; Me. 11.
          --okas, --cārin m. a swan.
          --janman m. 1. the god of love. --2. a swan.

mānasika a. (kī f.) Mental, spiritual. --kaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

mānikā
     (1) A kind of spirituous liquor.
     (2) A kind of weight.

mānuṣa a. (ṣī f.) [manorayaṃ aṇ suk ca] Human; mānuṣī tanuḥ, mānuṣī vāk &c.; R. 1. 60, 16. 22; Bg. 4. 12; 9. 11; Ms. 4. 124.
     (2) Humane, kind. --ṣaḥ
     (1) A man, human being.
     (3) An epithet of the three signs of the zodiac, Gemini, Virgo, and Libra. --ṣī
     (1) A woman.
     (2) A branch of medicine, administering drugs and herbs. --ṣaṃ
     (1) Humanity.
     (2) Human effort or action.

mānuṣaka a. (kī f.) Human, mortal.

mānuṣatā --tvam
     (1) Humanity.
     (2) State or condition of man, human nature; mānuṣatāsulabho laghimā K.
     (3) Manhood.

mānuṣyaṃ, mānuṣyakam
     (1) Human nature, humanity; kiṃ punarmānuṣyaṃ viḍaṃbyate V. 2; yāvanmānuṣyake śakyamupapādayituṃ tāvatsarvamupapādyatāṃ K. 62.
     (2) A mortal frame, human body; prāpyāpi mānuṣyakamanekasādhāraṇībhava Dk.
     (3) Mankind, the race of human beings.
     (4) A collection of men.

mānojñakam Beauty, loveliness.

māṃtrikaḥ One who is conversant with charms or spells, a conjurer, sorcerer.

māṃth 1 P. (māṃthati) To hurt, in jure.

māṃtharyam 1 Slowness, dulness, tardiness.
     (2) Weakness.

māṃdāraḥ, māṃdāravaḥ A kind of tree.

māṃdyam [maṃda-ṣyañ]
     (1) Dulness, laziness, slowness,
     (2) Stupidity.
     (3) Weakness, feeble state; agnimāṃdyaṃ.
     (4) Apathy.
     (5) Sickness, illness, indisposition.

māṃdhātṛ m. N. of a king of the solar race, son of Yuvanāśva (being born from his own belly). As soon as he came out of the belly, the sages said 'kaṃ eṣa dhāsyati'; whereupon Indra came down and said 'māṃ dhāsyati'; the boy was, therefore, called Māndhatṛ.

mānmatha a. (thī f.) [manmatha-aṇ] Relating to or caused by love; ācāryakaṃvijayi mānmathamāvirāsīt Māl. 1. 16; 2. 4.

mānya pot. p. [mān arcāyāṃ karmaṇi ṇyat]
     (1) To be revered or respected; ahamapi tava mānyā hetubhistaiśca taiśca Māl. 6. 26.
     (2) Respectable, honourable, venerable: R. 2. 44; Y. 1. 111.

māpanaṃ --nā
     (1) Measuring.
     (2) Forming, making. --naḥ A balance.

māpatyaḥ The god of love.

māma a. (mī f.)
     (1) My, mine.
     (2) Uncle (used in voc.).

māmaka a. (mikā f.)
     (1) My, mine, belonging to my side; māmakāḥ pāṃḍavāścaiva kimakurvata saṃjaya Bg 1. 1.
     (2) Selfish, covetous, greedy. --kaḥ
     (1) A miser.
     (2) A maternal uncle.

māmakīna a. My, mine: yo māmakīnasya manaso dvitīyaṃ nibaṃdhanaṃ Māl. 2; sā māmakīnakaviteva manobhirāmā Bv. 3. 6, 2. 32.

māya a. Possessing magical power. --yaḥ
     (1) A conjurer, juggler.
     (2) A demon, an evil spirit.

māyā [mā-yaḥ bā- netvam]
     (1) Deceit, fraud, trick, trickery; a device, an artifice; Pt. 1. 359.
     (2) Jugglery, witchcraft, enchantment, an illusion of magic; svapno nu māyā nu matibhramo nu S. 6. 9.
     (3) (Hence) An unreal or illusory image, a phantom, illusion, unreal apparition; māyāṃ mayodbhāvya parīkṣito'si R. 2. 62; vikṛtiḥ kinnu bhavediyaṃ nu māyā Ki. 13. 4, R. 12. 74; oft. as the first member of comp. in the sense of 'false', 'phantom', 'illusory'; e. g. māyāvacanaṃ false words; māyāmṛga &c.
     (4) A political trick or artifice, diplomatic feat.
     (5) (In Vedānta phil.) Unreality, the illusion by virtue of which one considers the unreal universe as really existent and as distinct from the Supreme Spirit.
     (6) (In Sān. phil.) The Pradhāna or Prakṛti.
     (7) Wickedness.
     (8) Pity, compassion.
     (9) N. of the mother of Buddha. (10) Ved. Extraordinary power, wisdom (prajñā).
     (11) (With Śaivas) One of the four snares (pāśa) which entangle the soul.
     (12) N. of the city Gayā.
     (13) N. of Lakṣmī.
     -- Comp.
          --ācara a. acting deceitfully.
          --ātmaka a. false, illusory.
          --upajīvin a. living by fraud; Pt. 1. 288.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛt, --jīvin m. a conjurer, juggler.
          --caṇa a. 1. noted forjuggling. --2. deceptive.
          --daḥ a crocodile.
          --devī N. of the mother of Buddha. -sutaḥ Buddha.
          --dhara a. deceitful, illusive.
          --paṭu a. skilled in deception, fraudulent, deceitful.
          --prayogaḥ 1. deceitfulness, employment of tricks or fraud; Pt. 1. 190. --2. employment of magic.
          --phalaṃ a gall nut.
          --mṛgaḥ a phantom deer, an illusory or false deer.
          --yaṃtraṃ an enchantment.
          --yogaḥ employment of magic.
          --yodhin a. fighting deceitfully.
          --vacanaṃ false or deceitful words.
          --vādaḥ the doctrine of illusion, (a term applied to Buddhism).
          --vid a. skilled in deception or magical arts.
          --sutaḥ an epithet of Buddha.

māyāmaya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Illusive, illusory, deceitful.
     (2) False, unreal.
     (3) Magical.

māyāvat a.
     (1) Deceitful, fraudulent.
     (2) Illusory, unreal, deceptive.
     (3) Skilled in magical arts, employing magical powers. --m. An epithet of Kamsa. --tī N. of the wife of Pradyumna.

māyāvin a. [māyā-astyarthe vini]
     (1) Using deceit or tricks, employing stratagems, deceitful, fraudulent; vrajaṃti te mūḍhadhiyaḥ parābhavaṃ bhavaṃti māyāviṣu ye na māyinaḥ Ki. 1. 30; R. 10. 45.
     (2) Skilled in magic.
     (3) Unreal, illusory. --m. 1 A magician, conjurer.
     (2) A cat. --n. A gall-nut.

māyika a. [māyā-ṭhan]
     (1) Deceitful, fraudulent.
     (2) Illusory, unreal. --kaḥ A juggler. --kaṃ A gall-unt.

māyin [māya-ini] See māyāvin. --m.
     (1) A conjurer.
     (2) A rogue, cheat.
     (3) A deceitful or treacherous person; Ku. 2. 46.
     (4) N. of Brahman.
     (5) Of Kāma.
     (6) Of Agni.
     (7) Śiva. --n. Magic, magical art.

māyātiḥ The sacrifice to men.

māyuḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Bile, bilious humour; (n. also in this sense).

māyūra a. (rī f.) [mayūra-aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to or arising from a peacock; māyūrī madayati mārjanā manāṃsi M. 1. 21.
     (2) Made of the feathers of a peacock.
     (3) Drawn by a peacock (as a car).
     (4) Dear to a peacock. --raṃ A flock of peacocks. --rī N. of a plant (ajamodā).

māyūrakaḥ, --māyūrikaḥ A peacockcatcher.

māraḥ [mṛ-ghañ]
     (1) Killing, slaughter, slaying; aśeṣaprāṇināmāsīdamāro daśa vatsarān Rāj. T. 5. 64.
     (2) An obstacle, hinderance, opposition.
     (3) The god of love; śyāmātmā kuṭilaḥ karotu kaba rībhāropi mārodyamaṃ Gīt. 3; (where māra primarily means 'killing'); Nāg. 1. 1.
     (4) Love, passion.
     (5) The thorn-apple (dhattūra).
     (6) An evil one, a destroyer; (according to Buddhists).
     (7) Death.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃka a. 'marked by love', displaying signs of love; mārāṃke ratikelisaṃkularaṇāraṃbhe Gīt. 12.
          --abhibhūḥ (bhuḥ ?) an epithet of a Buddha.
          --ariḥ --ripuḥ Śiva.
          --ātmaka a. murderous; kathaṃ mārātmake tvayi viśvāsaḥ kartavyaḥ H. 1.
          --jit m. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of a Buddha.

māraka a. [mṛ-ṇic ṇvul] (At the end of comp.) Killing, destroying, slaying. --kaḥ
     (1) Any pestilential disease, plague, epidemic.
     (2) The god of love.
     (3) A murderer, destroyer in general.
     (4) A hawk.

māraṇam [mṛ-ṇic lyuṭ]
     (1) Killing, slaying, slaughter, destruction; paśumāraṇakarmadāruṇaḥ S. 6. 1.
     (2) A magical ceremony performed for the purpose of destroying an enemy.
     (3) Calcination.
     (4) A kind of poison.

māriḥ f. [mṛ-ṇic-ini]
     (1) A pestilence, plague.
     (2) Killing, ruin.

mārikā A plague, pestilence.

mārita p. p.
     (1) Slain, killed.
     (2) Destroyed, ruined.

mārin a.
     (1) Dying.
     (2) Killing, slaying.

mārī 1 Plague, pestilence, an epidemic.
     (2) Pestilence personified (the goddess presiding over plagues and identified with Durgā).

mārakata a. (tī f.) Belonging to an emerald; kācaḥ kāṃcanasaṃsargāddhatte mārakatīṃ dyutiṃ H. Pr. 41.

mārava a. (vī f.) Desert, belonging to a wilderness.

mārica a. (cī f.) Made of pepper.

māricika a. Peppered, seasoned with pepper.

māriṣaḥ A respectable, worthy or venerable man, (used in dramas in the voc. as a respectful mode of address by the Sūtradhara to one of the principal actors; see U. 1; Māl. 1).

mārīca a. (cī f.) Belonging to or composed by Marīchi. --caḥ
     (1) N. of a demon, son of Sunda and Tāḍaka. He assumed the form of a golden deer, and thus enticed Rāma to a considerable distance from Sītā, so that Rāvaṇa found a good opportunity to carry her off.
     (2) A large or royal elephant.
     (3) A kind of plant.
     (4) N. of the sage Kaśyapa; S. 7. 9.
     (5) A sacrificing priest. --cī N. of the mother of Śākyamuni. --caṃ A collection of pepper shrubs.

māruṃḍaḥ
     (1) A serpent's egg.
     (2) Cow-dung.
     (3) A way, road.
     (4) A place covered with cowdung.

māruta a. (tī f.) [maruta idaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to or arising from the Maruts.
     (2) Relating to wind, aerial, windy. --taḥ
     (1) Wind; R. 2. 12, 34; 4. 55; Ms. 4. 122.
     (2) The god of wind, the deity presiding over wind.
     (3) Breathing.
     (4) Vital air, one of the three essential humours of the body.
     (5) The trunk of an elephant.
     (6) Ved. A son of the Maruts. --tī The north-west quarter. --taṃ The lunar mansion called Svāti.
     -- Comp.
          --aśanaḥ a snake.
          --ātmajaḥ, --sutaḥ, --sūnuḥ 1. epithets of Hanumat. --2. of Bhīma.
          --vrataṃ 'penetrating everywhere', one of the duties of a king (who is able to penetrate everywhere by means of spies); cf. praviśya sarvabhūtāni yathā carati mārutaḥ . tathā caraiḥ praveṣṭavyaṃ vratametaddhi mārutaṃ .. Ms. 9. 306.

mārutiḥ [maruto'patyaṃ iñ]
     (1) An epithet of Hanumats; R. 12. 60.
     (2) Of Bhīma.

mārkaṃḍaḥ, mārkaṃḍeyaḥ [mṛkaṃḍorapatyaṃ aṇ ḍhak] N. of an ancient sage.
     -- Comp.
          --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the eighteen Puraṇas (composed by this sage).

mārg 1. 1 P., 10 U. (mārgati, mārgayati-te)
     (1) To seek, seek for.
     (2) To hunt after, chase.
     (3) To strive to attain, strive after; ātmotkarṣaṃ na mārgeta pareṣāṃ pariniṃdayā . svaguṇaireva mārgeta viprakarṣaṃ pṛthagjanāt Subhāṣ.
     (4) To solicit, beg, ask for; varaṃ vareṇyo nṛpateramā rgīt Bk. 1. 12; Y. 2. 66.
     (5) To ask in marriage.
     (6) To seek through, trace out. --II. 10 U. (mārgayati-te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To decorate, adorn. --WITH pari to seek, look out for.

mārgaḥ [mṛj-śuddhau, mārg-anveṣaṇe ghañ vā]
     (1) A way, road, path (fig. also); agniśaraṇamārgamādeśaya S. 5; so vicāramārgaprahitena cetasā Ku. 5. 42; R. 2. 72. U. 3. 37.
     (2) A course, passage, the tract passed over; vāyorimaṃ parivahasya vadaṃti mārgaṃ S. 7. 6.
     (3) Reach, range; Ki. 18. 40.
     (4) A scar, mark (left by a wound &c.); R. 4. 48; 14. 4.
     (5) The path or course of a planet.
     (6) Search, inquiry, investigation.
     (7) A canal, channel, passage.
     (8) A means, way.
     (9) The right way or course, proper course; sumārga, amārga. (10) Mode, manner, method, course; śāṃti- R. 7. 71.
     (11) Style, direction; iti vaidarbhamārgasya prāṇā daśa guṇāḥ smṛtāḥ Kāv. 1. 41; vācāṃ vicitramārgāṇāṃ 1. 9.
     (12) Custom, usage, practice; kula-, śāstra-, dharma- &c.
     (13) Hunting or tracing out game.
     (14) A title or head in law, ground for litigation.
     (15) A high style of acting, dancing, and singing.
     (16) (In dramaturgy) Hinting or indicating how anything is to happen.
     (17) (In geom.) A section.
     (18) The anus.
     (19) Musk. (20) The constellation called mṛgaśiras.
     (21) The month called mārgaśīrṣa.
     -- Comp.
          --āgataḥ a traveller.
          --upadeśakaḥ a guide, leader.
          --toraṇaṃ a triumphal arch erected on a road; R. 11. 5.
          --darśakaḥ a guide.
          --dragaḥ a city or town on the road.
          --dhenuḥ, --dhenukaṃ a measure of distance equal to 4 krośas.
          --baṃdhanaṃ a barricade.
          --rakṣakaḥ a road-keeper, guard.
          --vaṭī an epithet of the tutelary deity of travellers.
          --śodhakaḥ a pioneer.
          --stha a. travelling, way-faring.
          --harmyaṃ a palace on a high road.

mārgakaḥ The month called mārgaśīrṣa.

mārgaṇa a. [mārg-lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Seeking, searching or looking out for.
     (2) Inquiring.
     (3) Asking, begging. --ṇaṃ, --ṇā
     (1) Begging, requesting, soliciting.
     (2) Seeking, looking out for, searching.
     (3) Investigating, inquiry, examination. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A beggar, supplicant, mendicant.
     (2) An arrow; durvārāḥ smaramārgaṇāḥ K. P. 10; abhedi tattādṛganaṃga mārgaṇairyadasya pauṣpairapi dhaiyarkaṃcukaṃ N. 1. 46; Vikr. 1. 77; R. 9. 17, 65.
     (3) The number 'five'.

mārgaṇakaḥ A beggar, supplicant.

mārgaśiraḥ, mārgaśiras m., mārgaśīrṣaḥ N. of the ninth month of the Hindu year (corresp onding to NovemberDecember) in which the full-moon is in the constellation mṛgaśiras.

mārgaśirī, mārgaśīrṣī The full-moon day in the month of mārgaśīrṣa.

mārgikaḥ
     (1) A traveller.
     (2) A hunter.

mārgita p. p.
     (1) Sought, searched, inquired after.
     (2) Hunted after, desired, solicited.

mārgin m.
     (1) A pioneer.
     (2) A guide, leader.

mārj 10 U. (mārjayati-te)
     (1) To purify, cleanse, wipe; cf. mṛj.
     (2) To sound.

mārjaḥ [mṛj mārj vā ghañ]
     (1) Cleansing, purifying, scouring.
     (2) A washerman.
     (3) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

mārjaka a. (rjikā f.) [mṛj-ṇvul] Cleansing, purifying, scouring.

mārjana a. (nī f.) [mṛj-lyu lyuṭ vā] Cleansing, purifying. --naṃ
     (1) Cleansing, cleaning, purifying.
     (2) Wiping or rubbing off.
     (3) Effacing, wiping away.
     (4) Cleansing the person by rubbing it with unguents.
     (5) Sprinkling the person with water by means of the hand, a blade of Kuśa grass &c. --naḥ The tree called Lodhra. --nā
     (1) Cleansing, purifying, cleaning.
     (2) The sound of a drum; māyūrīmadayati mārjanā manāṃsi M. 1. 21. --nī A broom, brush.

mārjāraḥ(laḥ) [mṛj-āran vā rasya laḥ] A cat; kapāle mārjāraḥ paya iti karāṃlleḍhi śaśinaḥ K. P. 10.
     (2) A pole-cat.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ a peacock.
          --karaṇaṃ a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment.
          --karṇikā, --karṇī N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

mārjārakaḥ
     (1) A cat.
     (2) A peacock.

mārjārī
     (1) A female cat.
     (2) A civetcat.
     (3) Musk.

mārjārīyaḥ
     (1) A cat.
     (2) A Śūdra.
     (3) One who cleanses his body (kāyaśodhana).

mārjita p. p.
     (1) Cleansed, scoured, purified.
     (2) Swept, brushed.
     (3) Clean, bright.
     (4) Rubbed, smeared.
     (5) Washed away, removed.
     (6) Adorned.

mārjitā Curds with sugar and spices.

mārtaṃḍaḥ [mṛtādaṃḍājja yate aṇ śakaṃ-]
     (1) The sun; ayaṃ mārtaṃḍaḥ kiṃ sa khalu turagaiḥ saptabhiritaḥ K. P. 10; U. 6. 3.
     (2) The Arka tree.
     (3) A hog.
     (4) The number twelve. (Also mārtāṃḍa).

mārtika a. (kī f.) [mṛttikayā nirmitaṃ aṇ] Made of clay, earthen. --kaḥ
     (1) A kind of pitcher.
     (2) The lid of a pitcher. --kaṃ A clod or lump of earth; gurumadhye hariṇākṣī mārtikaśakalairnihaṃtukāmaṃ māṃ Bv. 2. 49.

mārtya a. Mortal. --rtyaṃ Mortality.

mārdaṃgaḥ A drummer. --gaṃ A city, town.

mārdaṃgikaḥ A drummer.

mārdavam [mṛdorbhāvaḥ aṇ] Softness (lit. and fig.), pliancy, weakness; abhitaptamayo'pi mārdavaṃ bhajate kaiva kathā śarīriṣu R. 8. 43 'becomes soft'; svaśarīramārdavaṃ Ku. 5. 18.
     (2) Mildness, indulgence, gentleness, leniency; Bg. 16. 2.

mārdvīka a. (kī f.) Made of grapes. --kaṃ Wine; Śi. 8. 30.

mārmika a. [marma jānāti ṭhañ] Having a deep insight into, fully conversant with the essence, beauty &c.; (= marmajña q. v.); mārmikaḥ ko maraṃdānāmaṃtareṇa madhuvrataṃ Bv. 1. 117; pariṇatamakaraṃdamārmikāste jagati bhavaṃtu cirāyuṣo miliṃdāḥ 1. 8, 4. 40.

mārṣa See māriṣa.

mārṣṭiḥ f. [mṛj-ktin] Cleansing, scouring, purifying.

mālaḥ
     (1) N. of a district in the west or south-west of Bengal.
     (2) N. of a tribe of barbarians, a mountaineer.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu. --laṃ
     (1) A field.
     (2) A high ground, rising or elevated ground (mālamunnatabhūtalaṃ); kṣetramāruhya mālaṃ Me. 16 (śailaprāyamunnatasthalaṃ Malli.).
     (3) A wood near a village.
     (4) Fraud, deceit.
     -- Comp.
          --cakrakaṃ the hip-joint.

mālakaḥ
     (1) The Nimba tree.
     (2) A wood near a village.
     (3) A pot made of a cocoa-nut shell. --kā, --kaṃ A garland.

mālakauśaḥ N. of a Rāga or musical mode.

mālatiḥ --tī f.
     (1) A kind of jasmine (with fragrant white flowers); tanmanye kvacidaṃga bhṛṃgataruṇenāsvāditā mālatī G. M.; jālakairmālatīnāṃ Me. 98.
     (2) A flower of this jasmine; śirasi bakulamālāṃ mālatībhiḥ sametāṃ Rs. 2. 24.
     (3) A bud, blossom (in general).
     (4) A virgin, young woman.
     (5) Night.
     (6) Moonlight.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣārakaḥ, --tīrajaṃ borax.
          --patrikā the shell of a nutmeg.
          --phalaṃ a nutmeg.
          --mādhavaṃ N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
          --ma lā a garland of jasmine flowers.

mālaya a. (yī f.) [malaye bhavaḥ aṇ] Coming from the Malaya mountain. --yaḥ Sandal-wood.

mālavaḥ
     (1) N. of a country, the modern Mālvā in central India.
     (2) N. of a Rāga or musical mode --vāḥ (pl.) The people of Mālvā.
     -- Comp.
          --adhīśaḥ, --iṃdraḥ, nṛpatiḥ a king of Mālva.

mālavakaḥ
     (1) The country of the Mālavas
     (2) An inhabitant of Mālvā.

mālasī N. of a plant.

mālā [mal saṃjñāyāṃ kartari ghañ]
     (1) A garland, wreath, chaplet; anadhigataparimalāpi hi harati dṛśaṃ mālatīmālā Vās.
     (2) A row, line, series, succession; gaṃḍoḍḍīnālimālā Māl. 1. 1; ābaddhamālāḥ Me. 9.
     (3) A group, cluster, collection.
     (4) A string, necklace; as in ratnamālā.
     (5) A rosary, chain; as in akṣamālā.
     (6) A streak; as in taḍinmālā, vidyunmālā.
     (7) A series of epithets.
     (8) (In dramas) The offering of several things to obtain a wish.
     -- Comp.
          --upamā a variety of Upamā or simile, in which one Upameya is compared to several Upamanas; e. g. anayeneva rājyaśrīdainyaneva manasvitā . mamlau sātha viṣādena padminīva himāṃbhasā K. P. 10.
          --kaṃṭaḥ N. of a plant (apāmārga). --karaḥ, --kāraḥ 1. a garland-maker, florist, gardener; kṛtī mālākāro bakulabhupi kutrāpi nidadhe Bv. 1. 54; Pt. 1. 220. --2. the tribe of gardeners.
          --guṇaḥ a necklace.
          --tṛṇaṃ a kind of fragrant grass.
          --dīpakaṃ a variety of dīpaka; Mammaṭa thus defines it:
          --mālādīpakamādyaṃ cedyathottaraguṇāvaham K. P. 10; see the example given ad loc.
          --dhara a. wearing a garland.

mālikaḥ [mālā tannirmāṇaṃ śilpamasya ṭhan]
     (1) A florist, gardener.
     (2) A dyer, painter.
     (3) A garland-maker.
     (4) A kind of bird.

mālikā [mālaiva kan ata itvam]
     (1) A garland.
     (2) A row, line, series.
     (3) A string, necklace.
     (4) A variety of jasmine.
     (5) Lin-seed.
     (6) A daughter.
     (7) A palace.
     (8) A kind of bird.
     (9) An intoxicating drink.

mālita a.
     (1) Garlanded, crowned.
     (2) Surrounded by.

mālin a. [mālā astyasya ini]
     (1) Wearing a garland.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Crowned or wreathed with, encircled by; samudramālinī pṛthvī; so aṃśumalin, marīcimālin, ūrmimālin &c. --m.
     (1) A gardener.
     (2) A garland-maker, florist. --nī
     (1) A female florist, the wife of a garlandmaker.
     (2) N. of the city of Champā.
     (3) A girl seven years old representing Durgā at the Durgā festival.
     (4) N. of Durgā.
     (5) The celestial Ganges.
     (6) N. of a metre; see App. 1.
     (7) N. of the mother of Bibhīṣaṇa.
     (8) N. assumed by Draupadī while residing at the Court of Virata.
     (9) N. of a river; S. 3. 7.

māleyaḥ A garland-maker, florist.

mālya a. [mālāyai hitaṃ yat] Proper for or relating to a garland. --lyaṃ 1 A garland, wreath; mālyena tāṃ nirvacanaṃ jaghāna Ku. 7. 19; Ki. 1. 21.
     (2) A flower; Bg. 11. 11; Ms. 4. 72.
     (3) A chaplet or garland worn on the head.
     -- Comp.
          --āpaṇaḥ a flowermarket.
          --jīvakaḥ a florist, garlandmaker.
          --puṣpaḥ a kind of hemp.
          --vṛttiḥ a florist.

mālyavat a. Wreathed, crowned. --m. 1 N. of a mountain or mountain range; U. 1. 33; R. 13. 26.
     (2) N. of a demon, son of Suketu [He was the maternal uncle and minister of Rāvaṇa and aided him in many of his schemes. In early times he propitiated the god Brahman by his austere penance, as a reward of which the splendid island of Laṅkā was caused to be built for him. He lived there with his brothers for some years, but afterwards left it, which was then occupied by Kubera. Afterwards when Rāvaṇa ousted Kubera from the island, Mālyavat returned with his relatives and lived with him for a long time.]

mālinyam [malinasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Dirtiness, foulness, impurity.
     (2) Pollution, defilement.
     (3) Sinfulness.
     (4) Blackness.
     (5) Trouble, affliction.

māluḥ f. 1 A kind of creeper.
     (2) A woman.
     -- Comp.
          --dhānaḥ a kind of snake.

mālūraḥ
     (1) The Bilva tree.
     (2) The Kapittha tree.

māleyā Large cardamoms.

māllaḥ N. of a particular mixed tribe.

māllavī A wrestling or boxing match.

māṣaḥ [maṣ saṃjñāyāṃ kartari ghañ]
     (1) A bean; (the sing. being used for the plant and the pl. for the fruit or seed); tilebhyaḥ prati yacchati māṣān Sk. mudgābhāve māṣādyāḥ pratinidhitvamarhaṃti J. N. V.
     (2) A particular weight of gold; māṣo viṃśatimo bhāgaḥ paṇasya parikīrtitaḥ or guṃjābhiraṣṭabhimārṣaḥ
     (3) A fool, blockhead.
     (4) A kind of pulse.
     (5) A cutaneous eruption resembling beans.
     -- Comp.
          --adaḥ, --ādaḥ a tortoise.
          --ājyaṃ a dish of beans cooked with ghee.
          --āśaḥ a horse.
          --ūna a. less by a Māṣa.
          --vardhakaḥ a goldsmith.

māṣakaḥ
     (1) A bean.
     (2) A kind of weight of gold.

māṣika a. (kī f.) Worth a Māṣa.

māṣīṇa a. [māṣāṇāṃ bhavanaṃ kṣetraṃ khañ] Sown with beans. --ṇaṃ A field of beans.

māṣya a. [māṣa-yat]
     (1) Fit for beans.
     (2) Worth a particular number of Māṣas. --ṣyaṃ A field of beans.

mās m.
     (1) = māsa q. v. (This word has no forms for the first five inflections, and is optionally substituted for māsa after acc. dual.)
     (2) The moon.

māsaḥ, --sam [mā eva aṇ]
     (1) A month; (it may be cāṃdra, saura, sāvana, nākṣatra or bārhaspatya); na māse pratipattāse māṃ cenmartāsi maithili Bk. 8. 95.
     (2) The moon (Ved.).
     (3) The number 'twelve'.
     -- Comp.
          --anumāsika a. monthly.
          --aṃtaḥ the day of new moon.
          --avadhika a. lasting for or occurring in a month.
          --āhāra a. eating only once a month.
          --upavāsinī 1. a woman who fasts for a whole month. --2. a procuress, a lascivious or lewd woman (ironically).
          --kālika a. monthly, lasting for a month.
          --jāta a. a month old, born a month ago.
          --jñaḥ a kind of gallinule.
          --deya a. to be paid in a month.
          --pramitaḥ the new-moon,
          --praveśaḥ the beginning of a month
          --mānaḥ a year.

māsakaḥ A month.

māsika a. (kī f.) [ma se bhavaḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Relating to a month.
     (2) Happening every month, monthly.
     (3) Lasting for a month.
     (4) Payable in a month.
     (5) Engaged for a month. --kaṃ A funeral rite or Śrāddha performed every newmoon (during the first year of a man's death); pitṝṇāṃ māsikaṃ śrāddhamanvāhāryaṃ vidurbudhāḥ.

māsīna a. [māsa-khañ]
     (1) One month old.
     (2) Monthly.

māsya a. [māsa-yat] (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Continuing for a month.
     (2) A month old.

māsaraḥ
     (1) The scum of boiled rice, rice-gruel.
     (2) The meal of parched barley mixed with sour milk.

māsalaḥ A year.

māsurī A beard.

māsūra a. (rī f.)
     (1) Lentil-shaped.
     (2) Made of pulse.

māh 1 U. (māhati --te) To measure.

māhanaḥ A Brāhmaṇa.

māhā A cow.

māhākula a. (lī f.), māhākulīna a. (nī f.)
     (1) Nobly born, of noble family, of illustrious descent.

māhājanika a. (kī f.), māhājanīna a. (nī f.)
     (1) Fit for merchants.
     (2) Fit for great persons.

māhātmika a. (kī f.) Highminded, magnanimous, noble, dignified, glorious.

māhātmyam [mahātmano bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Magnanimity, noble-mindedness, greatness; U. 4. 5.
     (2) Majesty, dignity, exalted position.
     (3) The peculiar virtue of any divinity or sacred shrine; or a work giving an account of the merits of such divinities or shrines; as davomīhātmya, śanimāhātmya &c.

māhānasa a. (sī f.)
     (1) Belonging to a large carriage.
     (2) Relating to a kitchen.

māhāprāṇa a. (ṇī f.) Having the aspirate or hard breathing.

māhābhāgyam Great prosperity, good luck.

māhārājika a. (kī f.) Fit for a great king, imperial, royal.

māhārājyam Sovereignty.

māhārāṣṭrī See mahārāṣṭrī.

māhina a. Ved.
     (1) Joyous, joyful.
     (2) Great, exalted.
     (3) Giving delight. --naṃ Sovereignty, power, dominion.

māhiraḥ An epithet of Indra.

māhiṣa a. (ṣī f.) [mahiṣyā idaṃ aṇ] Coming or derived from a buffalo or a buffalo-cow; as māhiṣaṃ dadhi.

māhiṣakaḥ A buffalo-keeper.

māhiṣikaḥ
     (1) A buffalo-keeper, a herdsman.
     (2) The paramour of an unchaste woman; (māhiṣītyucyate nārī yā ca syād vyabhicāriṇī . tāṃ dṛṣṭāṃ kāmayati yaḥ sa vai māhiṣikaḥ smṛtaḥ .. Kālikā Purāṇa.
     (3) One who lives by the prostitution of his wife; mahiṣītyucyate nāryā bhagenopājiṃtaṃ dhanaṃ . upajīvati yastasyāḥ sa vai māhiṣikaḥ smṛtaḥ .. Śrīdhara on V. P.

māhiṣmatī N. of a city, the hereditary capital of the Haihaya kings; R. 6. 43.

māhiṣyaḥ A mixed caste sprung from a Kshatriya father and Vaiśya mother.

māheṃdra a. (drī f.)
     (1) Relating to or fit for Indra; Ku. 7. 84; R. 12. 86.
     (2) Eastern. --drī
     (1) The east.
     (2) A cow.
     (3) N. of Indrāṇī.

māheya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Terrestrial
     (2) Made of earth, earthen. --yaḥ
     (1) The planet Mars.
     (2) The demon Naraka.
     (3) Coral.

māheyī A cow.

māheśvara a. (rī f.)
     (1) Belonging to a great lord or to Śiva.
     (2) Worshipping Śiva. --raḥ A worshipper of Śiva. --rī N. of Pārvatī or Durgā.

mi 5 U. (minoti, minute; rarely used in classical literature)
     (1) To throw, cast, scatter.
     (2) To build, erect.
     (3) To measure.
     (4) To establish.
     (5) To observe, perceive.
     (6) Ved. To fix in the earth.

micch 6 P. (micchati)
     (1) To hinder, obstruct.
     (2) To annoy.

mit f. Ved. A column, post.

mita p. p. [mi mā-vā-kta]
     (1) Measured, meted or measured out.
     (2) Measured off, bounded, defined.
     (3) Limited, measured, moderate, little, scanty, sparing, brief (words &c.); pṛṣṭaḥ satyaṃ mitaṃ brūte sa bhṛtyorho mahībhujāṃ Pt. 1. 87; R. 9. 34.
     (4) Measuring, of the measure of; (at the end of comp.), as in grahavasukaricaṃdramite varṣe i. e. in 1889.
     (5) Investigated, examined.
     (6) Cast, thrown away.
     (7) Built.
     (3) Established, founded.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣara x. f. brief, measured, short, concise; Ku. 5. 63. --2. composed in verse, metrical. (
          --rā) N. of a celebrated commentary by Vijṇāneśvara on Yājṇavalkya's Smṛti.
          --artha a. of measured meaning.
          --arthakaḥ a cautious envoy.
          --āhāra a. sparing in diet. (
          --raḥ) moderation in eating.
          --druḥ the sea.
          --bhāṣin, --vāc a. speaking little or meas ured words; mahīyāṃsaḥ prakṛtyā mitabhāṣiṇaḥ Śi. 2. 13.
          --bhukta a. moderate in diet.
          --vyayin a. frugal, economical.

mitagama a. Going slowly. --maḥ An elephant.

mitaṃpaca a.
     (1) Cooking a measured portion, cooking little.
     (2) Sparing, niggardly, stingy.

mitiḥ f. [mā-mi-ktin]
     (1) Measuring, a measure, weight.
     (2) Accurate knowledge.
     (3) Proof, evidence.
     (4) Determination.

mitraḥ [midyati snihyati, miṭ-tra, mi-tra vā]
     (1) The sun.
     (2) N. of an Āditya and usually associated with Varuṇa. --traṃ
     (1) A friend; tanmitramāpadi sukhe ca samakriyaṃ yat Bh. 2. 68; Me. 17.
     (2) An ally, the next neighbour of a king; cf. maṃḍala.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāraḥ conduct towards a friend.
          --udayaḥ 1. sun-rise. --2. the welfare or prosperity of a friend.
          --karman, --kā, ryaṃ, --kṛtyaṃ the business of a friend, a friendly act or service; R. 19. 31.
          --ghna a. treacherous.
          --druh, --drohin a. hating a friend, treacherous to a friend, a false or treacherous friend.
          --bhāvaḥ friendship.
          --bhedaḥ breach of friendship.
          --yuddhaṃ a contest between friends.
          --lābhaḥ 1. acquisition of friends, contracting of friendship. --2. N. of the first book of the Hitopadeśa.
          --vatsala a. kind to friends, of winning manners.
          --viṃdaḥ an epithet of Agni.
          --viṣayaḥ friendship.
          --saptamī N. of the seventh day in the bright half of mārgaśīrṣa. --saha a. kind or indulgent to friends.
          --hatyā the murder of a friend.

mitratā --tvam Friendship, friendliness.

mitrati Den. P. To be friendly, behave in a friendly manner, act as a friend towards.

mitrayu a.
     (1) Friendly-minded.
     (2) Winning friends. --yuḥ A friend.

mitrāyate Den. A. To act as a friend, be friendly.

mitrīkṛ 8 U. To make a friend of

mitrībhū 1 P. To become a friend, make friends with.

mitrīyati Den. P. To treat(one) as a friend.

mitrāvaruṇau Mitra and Varuṇa.

mitriya a. Friendly, relating to a friend.

mith 1 U. (methati-te)
     (1) To asscciate with.
     (2) To unite, pair, copulate.
     (3) To hurt, injure, strike, kill.
     (4) To understand, perceive, know.
     (5) To wrangle, contradict.
     (6) To grasp, seize.

methas ind.
     (1) Mutually, reciprocally, to each other; Ms. 2. 147; oft. in comp.; mithaḥprasthāne S. 2.; mi thaḥsamayāt S. 5.
     (2) In secret or private, secretly, privately; bhartuḥ prasādaṃ pratinadya mūrdhnā vaktuṃ mithaḥ prākramataivamenaṃ Ku. 3. 2; 6. 1; R. 13. 1.
     (3) Alternately, by turns.

mithilaḥ N. of a king. --lāḥ (pl.) N. of a people. --lā [mathyaṃti 'tra ripavaḥ iti mithilā Uṇ. 1. 57] N. of a city, capital of the country called Videha, q. v.

mithu ind. Ved. Falsely, wrongly.

mithuna a. [mith-unan kicca] Uṇ. 3. 55] Paired, forming a pair or conple. --naḥ Ved. A pair, couple. --naṃ
     (1) A pair, couple; mithunaṃ parikalpitaṃ tvayā sahakāraḥ phalinī ca nanvimau R. 8. 61; Me. 18; U. 2. 5.
     (2) Twins.
     (3) Union, junction.
     (4) Sexual union, copulation, cohabitation.
     (5) The third sign of the zodiac, Gemini.
     (6) (In gram.) A root compounded with a preposition.
     -- Comp. bhāvaḥ 1 forming a couple, state of being a pair. --2. copulation.
          --pratin a. practising cohabitation.

mithunāyate Den. A. To copulate, cohabit (sexually).

mithunīkṛ 8 U. To cause to couple, unite together (the sexes).

mithunībhū 1 A. To pair, to be joined or arranged in couples.

mithunībhāvaḥ Cohabitation, sexual union.

mithunecaraḥ The ruddy goose(cakravāka): cf. dvaṃdvacara.

mithyā ind. [mith-kyap]
     (1) Falsely, deceitfully, wrongly, incorrectly; oft. with the force of an adjective; maṇau mahānīla iti prabhāvādalpapramāṇe'pi yathā na mithyā R. 18. 42; yaduvāca na tanmithyā 17. 42; mithyaiva vyasanaṃ vadaṃti mṛgayāmīdṛgvinodaḥ kutaḥ S. 2. 5.
     (2) Invertedly, contrarily.
     (3) To no purpose, in vain, fruitlessly; mithyā kārayate cārairghoṣaṇāṃ rākṣasādhipaḥ Bk. 8. 44; Bg. 18. 59. (mithyā vad-vac to tell a falsehood, lie; mithyā kṛ 1. to falsify. --2. to contradict. mithyā bhū to turn out false, be false; mithyā grah to misunderstand, mistake). At the beginning of comp. mithyā may be translated by 'false, untrue, unreal, sham, pretended, feigned' &c.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyavasitiḥ f. a figure of speech, an expression of the impossibility of a thing by making it depend upon an impossible contingeacy; kiṃ cinmithyātvasiddhyarthaṃ mithyārthāṃtarakalpanam . mithyādhyavāsitirveśyāṃ vaśayet khasrajaṃ vahan .. Kuval.
          --apavādaḥ a false charge.
          --abhidhānaṃ a false assertion.
          --abhiyogaḥ a false or groundless charge.
          --abhiśaṃsanaṃ calumny, false accusation.
          --abhiśāpaḥ
     (1) a false prediction. --2 a false or unjust claim. --ācāraḥ a. 1. acting falsely. --2. hypocritical. (--raḥ) 1wrong treatment (in medic.). --2. wrong or improper conduct. --āhāraḥ wrong diet. --uttaraṃ a false or prevaricating reply. --upacāraḥ 1. pretended kindness or service. --2. (in medic.) a wrong treatment of a malady --karman n. a false act. --kāruṇika a. pretending to be false; Pt. 5. 14. --kopaḥ, --krodhaḥ feigned anger. --krayaḥ a false price. --grahaḥ useless obstinacy or persistence. --grahaḥ --grahaṇaṃ misconception, misunderstanding. --caryā hypocrisy. --jālpitaṃ a false report or speech. --jñānaṃ a mistake, error, misapprehension. --darśanaṃ heresy. --dṛṣṭiḥ f. heresy, holding heretic or atheistic doctrines. --nirasanaṃ denial by oath. --puruṣaḥ a man only in appearance. --pratijña a. false to one's promise, perfidious. --phalaṃ an imaginary advantage. --matiḥ f. delusion, mistake, error. --yogaḥ wrong use or application. --vacanaṃ, --vākya --vādaḥ an untrue speech, a falsehood, lie. --vāk, --vādin a. lying, false, untruthful. --vārtā a false report. --sākṣin m. a false witness.

mithyātvam
     (1) Falsity, unreality.
     (2) Illusion, error.
     (3) Inversion.
     (4) Perversion.

mid I. 1 A., 4. 10. U. (medate, medyati-te, medayati-te)
     (1) To be unctuous or greasy.
     (2) To melt.
     (3) To be fat.
     (4) To love, feel affection. --II. 1 U. (medati-te) see mith.

minna p. p.
     (1) Fat.
     (2) Unctuous, greasy.
     (3) Affectionately inclined towards (one).

middham
     (1) Sloth, indolence.
     (2) Torpor, sleepiness, dulness (of spirits also).

miṃd 1. 10 U. (miṃdati, miṃdayati-te) See mid II.

minv 1 P. (minvati)
     (1) To sprinkle, moisten.
     (2) To honour, worship.

miyedhaḥ A sacrificial offering.

miyedhya a. Partaking of sacrificial offering.

mil 6 U. (milati-te, generally milati; milita)
     (1) To join, be united with, accompany; rumaṇvato militaḥ Ratn. 4.
     (2) To come or meet together, meet, gather, assemble; yecānye suhṛdaḥ mamṛddhisamaye dravyābhilāṣākulāste sarvatra milaṃti H 1. 210; yātāḥ kiṃ na milaṃti Amaru. 10; militaśilīmukha &c. Gīt. 1; sa pātraṃsamito'nyatra bhojanānmilito na yaḥ Trik.
     (3) To be mixed or united with, come in contact with; militi tava toyairmṛgamadaḥ G. L. 7.
     (4) To meet or encounter (as in fighting); close, close with.
     (5) To come to pass, happen.
     (6) To embrace, clasp.
     (7) To concur.
     (8) To find, fall in with --Caus. (melayati-te) To bring together, assemble, convene.

milanam [mil lyuṭ]
     (1) Joining, meeting, assembling together.
     (2) Encountering.
     (3) Contact, being mixed with, coming in contact with; vyālanilayamilanena garalamiva kalayati malayasamīraṃ Gīt. 4.

milita p. p. [mil-kta]
     (1) Come together, assembled, encountered, combinod.
     (2) Met, encountered.
     (3) Mixed.
     (4) Put together, taken in all.

miliṃdaḥ A bee; pariṇatamakaraṃdamārmi kāste jagati bhavaṃtucirāyuṣomiliṃdāḥ Bv. 1. 8, 15.

miliṃdakaḥ A kind of snake.

milīmilin m. An epithet of Śiva.

miś 1 P. (meśati)
     (1) To make a sound or noise.
     (2) To be angry.

miśiḥ(ṣiḥ --siḥ) f.
     (1) Anise.
     (2) Spikenard.

miśr 10 U. (miśrayati-te; strictly a denom. from miśra) To mix, mingle, unite, blend, combine, add; vācaṃ na miśrayani yadyapi me vacobhiḥ S. 1. 31, na miśrayati locane Bv. 2. 140.
     (2) To add to.

miśra a. [miśr-ac]
     (1) Mixed, blended, mingled, combined; gadyaṃ padyaṃ ca miśraṃ ca tat tridhaiva vyavasthitaṃ Kav. 1. 11, 31, 32; R. 16. 32.
     (2) Associated, connected.
     (3) Manifold, diverse.
     (4) Tangled, intertwined.
     (5) (At the end of comp.) Having a mixture of, consisting for the most part of.
     (6) Mixing, adulterating. --śraḥ
     (1) A respectable or worthy person; usually affixed to the names of great men and scholars; āryamiśrāḥ pramāṇaṃ M. 1; vasiṣṭhamiśraḥ, maṃḍanamiśraḥ &c.
     (2) A kind of elephant
     (3) The group of the constellations kṛttikā and viśākhā. --śraṃ
     (1) A mixture.
     (2) A kind of radish.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a mule.
          --jāti a. of mixed breed.
          --dhānyaṃ mixed grain.
          --varṇa a. of a mixed colour. (
          --rṇaṃ) a kind of black aloe-wood.
          --vyavahāraḥ investig ation of composition (of principal and interest).
          --śabdaḥ a mule.

miśraka a. [miśr-ṇvul]
     (1) Mixed, mingled.
     (2) Mixing, adulterating.
     (3) Miscellaneous. --kaḥ
     (1) A compounder.
     (2) An adulterator of mercantile goods. --kaṃ
     (1) Salt produced from salt soil.
     (2) The garden of Indra.

miśraṇam [miśr-lyaṭ]
     (1) Mixing, blending, combining.
     (2) (In arith.) Addition.

miśrita p. p. [miśr-kta]
     (1) Mixed, blended, combined.
     (2) Added.
     (3) Respectable.

miṣ I. 6 P. (miṣati)
     (1) To open the eyes, wink.
     (2) To look at, look helplessly; jātavedomukhānmāyī miṣatāmācchitatti naḥ Ku. 2. 46.
     (3) To rival, contend, emulate. --II. 1 P. (meṣati) To wet, moisten, sprinkle.

miṣaḥ [miṣ-ka] Emulation, rivalry. --ṣaṃ Pretext, disguise, deceit, trick, fraud, false or outward appe arance; bālamenamekena miṣeṇānīya Dk. (often used like chala q. v, to indicate an utprekṣā); na romakūpaughamiṣājjagatkṛtā kṛtaśca kiṃ dūṣaṇaśūnyabiṃdavaḥ N. 1. 21; vadane viniveśitā bhujaṃgī piśunānāṃ rasanāmiṣeṇa dhātrā Bv. 1. 111; asvasthatāmiṣeṇa Dk.

miṣṭa a. [miṣ-kta]
     (1) Sweet.
     (2) Dainty, savoury; kiṃ miṣṭamannaṃ kharasūkarāṇāṃ cf. 'why cast pearls before swine.'
     (3) Moistened, wetted. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) A sweetmeat.
     (2) A dainty or savoury dish. --ṣṭaḥ Sweetness.
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ sweet or savoury food, dainty, sweets.

mih 1 P. (mehati, mīḍha)
     (1) To make water.
     (2) To wet, moisten, sprinkle.
     (3) To emit semen.

mīḍha p. p. [mih-kta]
     (1) Urined, watered.
     (2) Passed (as urine). --ḍhaṃ Ved. A battle.

mihikā Mist, snow.

mihiraḥ [mih-kirac Uṇ. 1. 51.]
     (1) The sun; mayi tāvanmihiro'pi nirdayo'bhūt Bv. 2. 34; yāte mayyacirānnidāghamihirajvālāśataiḥ śuṣkatāṃ 1. 16; N. 2. 36; 13. 54.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) The moon.
     (4) Wind, air.
     (5) An old man.
     (6) The Arka plant.

mihirāṇaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

mī I. 9 U. (mīnāti, mīnīte; seldom used in classical literature)
     (1) To kill, destroy, hurt, injure.
     (2) To lessen, diminish.
     (3) To change, alter.
     (4) To transgress, violate.
     (5) To disappear, be lost.
     (6) To stray, go astray. --II. P., 10 U. (mayati, māyayati-te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To know, understand (gatimatyayoḥ). --III. 4 A. (mīyate) To die, perish.

mīḍhuṣṭamaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A thief.

mīḍhvas a.
     (1) Bountiful, liberal.
     (2) Discharging semen.

mīnaḥ [mī-nak]
     (1) A fish; suptamīna iva hradaḥ R. 1. 73; mīno nu haṃta katamāṃ gatimabhyupaitu Bv. 1 17.
     (2) The twelfth sign of the zodiac (Pisces).
     (3) The first incarnation of Viṣṇu; see matsyāvatāra.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃḍaṃ roe, fish-spawn (
          --ḍā) moist sugar.
          --ā ghātin, ghātin m. 1. a fisherman. --2. a crane.
          --ālayaḥ the sea.
          --ketanaḥ the god of love.
          --gaṃdhaḥ an epithet of Satyavatī.
          --gaṃdhikā a pond, pool of water.
          --raṃkaḥ, --raṃgaḥ a kingfisher.

mīnāmrīṇaḥ
     (1) A fish-sauce.
     (2) A wag-tail.

mīnaraḥ The sea-monster called Makara q. v.

mīg 1 P. (minati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To sound.

mīmāṃsakaḥ [mān vicāre svārthe sana ṇvul]
     (1) One who investigates or inquires into, an investigator, examiner.
     (2) A follower of the system of philosophy called mīmāṃsā q. v. below.

mīmāṃsanam Investigation, examination, inquiry. --naḥ An investigator, inquirer, examiner.

mīmāṃsā [mān-vicāre svārthe san a]
     (1) Deep reflection, inquiry, examination, investigation; rasagaṃgādharanāmnīṃ karoti kutukena kāvyamīmāṃsāṃ R. G.; saiṣā ānaṃdasya mīmāṃsā bhavati Tait. Up.; so dattaka-, alaṃkāra- &c.
     (2) N. of one of the six chief darsanas or systems of Indian philosophy. (It was originally divided into two systems: the pūrvamīmāṃsā or karmamīmāṃsā founded by Jaimini, and the uttaramīmāṃsā or brahmamīmāṃsā ascribed to Bādarāyaṇa; but the two systems have very little in common between them, the first concerning itself chiefly with the correct interpretation of the ritual of the Veda and the settlement of dubious points in regard to Vedic texts; and the latter dealing chiefly with the nature of Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. The pūrvamīmāṃsā is, therefore, usually styled only mīmāṃsā or the Mīmamsā, and the uttaramīmāṃsā, vedāṃta which, being hardly a sequel of Jaimini's system, is now considered and ranked separately); mīmāṃsākṛ tamunmamātha sahasā hastī mutiṃ jaiminiṃ Pt 2. 33.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ --kṛt m. N. of Jaimini.

mīraḥ
     (1) The oeean.
     (2) A limit, boundary.
     (3) A drink, beverage.
     (4) A particular part of a mountain.

mīl 1 P. (mīlati, mīlita)
     (1) To close (as the eyes), close or contract the eve-lids, wink, twinkle; patre bibhyati mīlati kṣaṇamapi kṣipraṃ tadālokanāt Gīt. 10.
     (2) To close, be closed or shut (as eyes or flowers); tayanayugamamīlat Śi. 11. 2; tasyā mimīlaturnetre Bk. 14. 54.
     (3) To fade, disappear, vanish.
     (4) To meet or be collected (for mil). --Caus. (mīlayati-te) To cause to shut, close, shut (eyes, flowers &c.); na locanaṃ mīlayituṃ viṣahe Ki. 3. 36; śeṣānmāsāngamaya caturo locane mīlayitvā Me. 110.

mīlanam [mīl lyuṭ]
     (1) Closing of the eyes, winking, twinkling.
     (2) Closing the eyes.
     (3) The closing of a flower.
     (4) (In Rhet.) A concealed simile; see mīlita below.

mīlita p. p. [mīl-kta]
     (1) Shut, closed.
     (2) Twinkled.
     (3) Half-opened, unblown.
     (4) Vanished, disappeared.
     (5) Assembled, gathered (for milita). --taṃ (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which the difference or distinction between two objects is shown to be completely ob scured on account of their similarity, whether natural or artificial, in some respects; it is thus defined by Mammaṭa: --samena lakṣmaṇā vastu vastunā yannigṛhyate . nijenāgaṃtunā vāpi tanmīlitamiti smṛtaṃ .. K. P. 10.

mīv 1 P. (mīvati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To grow fat.

mīvara a.
     (1) Hurtful, injurious.
     (2) Respectable, venerable. --raḥ The leader of an army, a general.

mīvā
     (1) The tapeworm.
     (2) Wind.

muḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) Bondage, confinement.
     (3) Final emancipation.
     (4) A funeral pile.
     (5) A reddish-brown or tawny colour.

mukaṃdakaḥ An onion.

mukuḥ Liberation, deliverance; especially, final emancipation.

mukuṭam
     (1) A crown, tiara, diadem; mukuṭaratnamarīcimiraspṛśat R. 9. 13.
     (2) A crest.
     (3) A peak, point.

mukuṭī Cracking or snapping the fingers.

mukuṃdaḥ [mukuṃdaṃ dāti dā-ka pṛṣo- mum]
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa.
     (2) Quicksilver.
     (3) A kind of precious stone.
     (4) N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
     (5) A kind of drum.

mukuṃdakaḥ
     (1) A kind of grain(kudhānya).
     (2) An onion.

mukuraḥ
     (1) A mirror, looking-glass; guṇināmapi nijarūpapratipattiḥ parata eva saṃbhavati . svamahimadarśanamakṣṇormukuratale jāyate yasmāt Vas.; Śi. 9. 73; N. 22. 43.
     (2) A bud; see mukula.
     (3) The handle of a potter's wheel.
     (4) The Bakula tree.
     (5) The Mallikā creeper.

mukulaḥ --lam
     (1) A bud; āvirbhūtaprathamamukulāḥ kaṃdalīścānukacchaṃ Me. 21; R. 9. 31; 15. 99.
     (2) Anything like a bud; ālakṣyadaṃtamukulān (tanayān) S. 7. 17.
     (3) The body.
     (4) The soul or spirit.
     (5) A bud-like junction of the fingers. (mukulīkṛ means 'to close in the form of a bud'; Ku. 5. 63).

mukulayati Den. P. To cause to close or shut, close; mukulayati ca netre sarvathā subhru khedaḥ Māl. 3. 8.

mukulita a.
     (1) Having buds, budded, blossoming.
     (2) Half-closed, half-shut; darapukulitanayanasarojaṃ Gīt. 2; Ku. 3. 76; Māl. 1. 27.
     (3) Closed, shut.

mukuṣṭhaḥ, mukuṣṭhakaḥ A kind of bean.

mukta p. p. [muc-kta]
     (1) Leosened, relaxed, slackened.
     (2) Set free, liberated, relaxed.
     (3) Abandoned, left, given up, set aside, taken off.
     (4) Thrown, cast, discharged, hurled.
     (5) Fallen down, dropped down from; Ku. 1. 6.
     (6) Drooping, unnerved; muktairavayavairaśayiṣi Dk.
     (7) Given, bestowed
     (8) Sent forth. emitted.
     (9) Finally saved or emancipated. (10) Ejected, spit out
     (11) Deprived.
     (12) Absolved or emancipated (from sin or worldly existence); see muc also. --ktaḥ One who is finally emancipated from the bonds of worldly existence, one who has renounced all worldly attachments and secured final beatitude, an absolved saint; subhāṣitena gītena yuvatīnāṃ ca līlayā . mano na bhidyate yasya sa vai mu ko'thavā paśaḥ .. Subhaṣ. --ktaṃ The spirit released from worldly existence.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbaraḥ a Jaina mendicant of the digambara class.
          --ātman a. finally saved or emancipated. (--m.) 1. the soul absolved from sins or from worldly matter. --2. a person whose soul is absolved.
          --āsana a. rising from a seat.
          --kraṃcchaḥ a Buddhist.
          --kacukaḥ a snake that has cast off its slough.
          --kaṃṭha a. raising a cry. (
          --ṭhaṃ) ind. bitterly, loudly, aloud: R. 14. 68.
          --kara--hasta a. open-handed, liberal, bountiful.
          --keśa a. letting the hair hang down, having the hair dishevelled.
          --cakṣus m. a lion.
          --cetas a. absolved, emancipated.
          --lajja a. shameless.
          --vasanaḥ see muktāṃbara. --saṃga a. free from (worldly) ties or attachments, disinterested. (
          --gaḥ) an ascetic (of the fourth religious order, parivrājaka).

muktakam
     (1) A missile, a missile weapon.
     (2) Simple prose.
     (3) A detached stanza, the meaning of which is complete in itself: see Kāv. 1. 13; muktakaṃ śloka evaikaścamatkārakṣamaḥ satām.

muktā
     (1) A pearl; hāroyaṃ hariṇākṣīṇāṃ luṭhati statamaṃḍale . muktānāmapyavastheyaṃ ke vayaṃ smarakiṃkarāḥ A maru. 100 (where mukta nāṃ means also 'of absolved saints'). (Pearls are said to be produced from various sources, but particularly from oyster-shells: karīṃdrajīmūtavarāhaśaṃkhamatsyāhiśaktyudbhavaveṇujāni. muktāphalāni prathitāni loke teṣāṃ tu śuktyudbhavameva bhūri .. Malli.).
     (2) A harlot, courtezan.
     (3) N. of a plant (rāsnā).
     -- Comp.
          --agāraḥ, āgāraḥ the pearloyster.
          --āvaliḥ, --lo f.
          --kalāpaḥ a pearl-necklace.
          --guṇaḥ a pearlnecklace, string of pearls; Me. 46; R. 16. 18.
          --jālaṃ a string or zone of pearls.
          --dāman n. a string of pearls.
          --puṣpaḥ a kind of jasmine.
          --prasuḥ f. the pearl-oyster.
          --prālaṃbaḥ a string of pearls.
          --phalaṃ 1. a pearl; Ku. 1. 6; R. 6. 28; 16. 62. --2. a kind of flower. --3. the custardapple. --4. camphor.
          --maṇiḥ, --ratnaṃ a pearl. -saraḥ a necklace of pearls; U. 1. 29.
          --mātṛ f. the pearl-oyster.
          --latā, --sraja, f.
          --hāraḥ a pearl-necklace.
          --śuktiḥ, --sphoṭaḥ the pearl-oyster.

muktaḥ f. [muc-ktin]
     (1) Release, liberation, deliverance.
     (2) Freedom, emancipation.
     (3) Final beatitude or emancipation, absolution of the soul from metem psychosis; adhigatya jagatyadhīśvarādaya muktiṃ puruṣottamāttataḥ N. 2. 1 (where pukti has sense 1 also).
     (4) Leaving, giving up, abandoning, avoiding; saṃsargamuktiḥ khaleṣu Bh. 2. 62.
     (5) Throwing, hurling, letting off, discharging.
     (6) Unloosing, opening.
     (7) Discharge. paying off (as a debt).
     -- Comp.
          --kṣetraṃ an epithet of Benaras.
          --margaḥ the way to final be atitude.
          --muktaḥ frank-incense.

muktvā ind.
     (1) Having left, abandoned &c.
     (2) Excepting, except (with the force of a preposition).

mukham [khan ac ḍit dhātoḥ pūrvaṃ muṭ ca cf. Uṇ. 5. 20]
     (1) The mouth (fig. also;) prajamṛjā yataḥ khātaṃ tasmādāhurmukhaṃ budhāḥ; brāhmaṇo'sya mukhamāsīt Rv. 10. 90. 12; sabhrabhaṃgaṃ mukhamiva Me. 24; tvaṃ mama mukhaṃ bhava V. 1 'be my mouth or spokesman'.
     (2) The face, countenance; parivṛttārdhamukhī mayādya dṛṣṭā V. 1. 17; niyamakṣāmapukhī dhṛtaikavoṇiḥ S. 7. 21; so caṃdramukhī, mukhacaṃdraḥ &c.
     (3) The snout or muzzle (of any animal).
     (4) The front, van, forepart; head, top; (locane) harati me harivāhanadiṅmukhaṃ V. 3. 6.
     (5) The tip, point, barb (of an arrow), head; purārimaprāptamukhaḥ śilīmukhaḥ Ku. 5. 54; R. 3. 57. 59.
     (6) The edge or sharp point (of any instrument).
     (7) A teat, nipple; Ku. 1. 40; R. 3. 8.
     (8) The beak or bill of a bird.
     (9) A direction, quarter; as in aṃtarmukha. (10) Opening, entrance, mouth; nīvārāḥ śukagarbhakoṭaramukhabhraṣṭāstarūṇāmadhaḥ S. 1. 14; nadīmukheneva samudramāviśat R. 3. 28; Ku. 1. 8.
     (11) An entrance to a house, a door, passage.
     (12) Beginning, commencement; sakhījanodvīkṣaṇakaumudīmukha R. 3. 1; dinamukhāni ravirhimānagrahairvimalayan malayaṃ nagamatyajat 9. 25; 5. 76; Ghaṭ. 2.
     (13) Introduction.
     (14) The chief, the principal or prominent; (at the end of comp. in this sense); badhonmuktyai khalu makhamukhānkurvate karmapāśān Bv. 1. 21; so idramukhā devāḥ &c.
     (15) The surface or upper side.
     (16) A means.
     (17) A source, cause, occasion.
     (18) Utterance; as in mukhasukha.
     (19) The Vedas, scripture. (20) (In Rhet.) The original cause or source of the action in a drama.
     (21) The first term in a prog ression (in arith.)
     (23) The side opposite to the base of a figure.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ 1. a forest conflagration. --2. a sort of goblin with a face of fire. --3. the consecrated or sacrificial fire. --4. fire put into the mouth of a corpse at the time of lighting the funeral pile --5. a Brāhmaṇa
     -- Comp.
          --anilaḥ, --ucchvāsaḥ breath.
          --astraḥ a crab.
          --ākāraḥ look, mien, appearance.
          --āsavaḥ nectar of the lips.
          --āsnavaḥ, --srāvaḥ spittle, saliva.
          --iṃduḥ a moon-like face, i. e. a round lovely face.
          --ulkā a forest-conflagration.
          --kamalaṃ a lotus-like face.
          --khuraḥ a tooth.
          --gaṃdhakaḥ an onion.
          --capala a. talkative, garrulous.
          --capeṭikā a slap on the face.
          --cīriḥ f. the tongue.
          --cūrṇaṃ scented powder to smear the face with; R. 9. 45.
          --jaḥ a Brāhmaṇa.
          --jāhaṃ the root of the mouth.
          --dūṣaṇaḥ an onion.
          --dūṣikā an eruption disfiguring the face.
          --doṣaḥ fault of the tongue; ātmano mukhadoṣaṇe badhyaṃte śukasārikāḥ Pt. 4. 44.
          --nirīkṣakaḥ a lazy fellow, an idler.
          --nivāsinī an epithet of Sarasvatī.
          --paṭaḥ a veil; kurvan kāmaṃ kṣaṇamukhapaṭaprītimairāvatasya Me. 62.
          --pakaḥ inflammation of the mouth.
          --piṃḍaḥ a mouthful of food.
          --pūraṇa 1. filling the mouth. --2. a mouthful of water, a mouthful in general.
          --prasādaḥ a pleased countenance, graciousness of aspect
          --priyaḥ an orange. (
          --yaṃ) cloves.
          --prekṣa a. observing or watching the face.
          --baṃdhaḥ a preface, an introduction.
          --baṃdanaṃ 1. a preface. --2. a lid, cover.
          --bhūṣaṇaṃ a preparation of betel; see tāṃbūla. --bhedaḥ distortion of the face.
          --maṃḍanakaḥ a kind of tree (tilaka). --maṃḍalaṃ the (round) face.
          --madhu a. honey-mouthed, sweet-lipped.
          --mārjanaṃ washing the face.
          --yaṃtraṇaṃ the bit of a bridle.
          --rāgaḥ the colour or complexion of the face; daṭṭa ṣṭharvismitāstasya mukharāgaṃ samaṃ janāḥ R. 12. 8, 17. 31; tava khalu mukharāgo yatra bhedaṃ prayātaḥ Śi. 11. 31.
          --rogaḥ a disease of the mouth or face
          --lāṃgalaḥ a dog
          --lepaḥ 1. anointing the face or upper side (of a drum); mṛdaṃgo mukhale pena karoti mukharadhvaniṃ Bh. 2. 118. --2. a disease of the phlegmatic humour
          --vallabhaḥ the pomegranate tree.
          --vādyaṃ 1. an instrument of music sounded with the mouth, any wind-instrument. --2 a sound made with the mouth.
          --vāsaḥ, --vāsanaḥ a perfume used to scent the breath.
          --viluṃṭhikā a she-goat
          --vyādānaṃ gaping, yawning.
          --śapha a. abusive, foul-mouthed, scurrilous
          --śuddhiḥ f. washing or purifying the mouth.
          --śeṣaḥ an epithet of Rāhu.
          --śodhana a. 1. cleansing the mouth. --2. pungent, sharp. (
          --naḥ) the sharp flavour, pungency. (
          --naṃ) 1 cleansing the month. --2. cinnamon.
          --śocin m. the citron tree.
          --śrīḥ f. 'beauty of countenauce', a lovely face.
          --saṃbhavaḥ a Brāhmaṇa.
          --sukhaṃ facility of pronunciation, phonetic ease.
          --suraṃ the moisture of the lips.
          --srāvaḥ saliva.
          --hāsaḥ cheerfulness or liveliness of countenance; Śi. 11. 47.

mukhaṃpacaḥ A beggar, mendicant.

mukhara a. [mukhaṃ mukhavyāpāraṃ kathanaṃ rāti ra-ka Tv. cf. P. V. 2. 107 Vārt. also]
     (1) Talkative, garrulous, loquacious; mukharā khalveṣā garbhadāsī Ratn. 2. mukharatāvaso hi virājate Ki. 5. 16; tadrūpavarṇanāmukhara K. 189; Bk. 2. 54.
     (2) Noisy, making a continuous sound, tinkling, jingling (as an anklet &c.) staberamā mukharaśṛṃ palakarṣiṇaste R. 5. 72; aṃtaḥkūjanmukharaśakuto yatra ramyo vanāṃtaḥ U. 2. 25, 20; Māl. 9. 5; mukharamadhīraṃ tyaja mañjīraṃ ripumiva keliṣu lolaṃ Gīt. 5; Mk. 1. 35; toyotsargastānitamukharo mā sma bhūḥ Me. 37.
     (3) Sounding, resonant or resounding with (usually at the end of comp.); sthāne sthāne mukharakakubho jhāṃkṛtairnirjharāṇāṃ U. 2. 14; maṃḍalīmukharaśikhare (lata kuṃje) Gīt. 2; godavarīmukharakaṃdaragiriḥ U. 1; R. 13. 40.
     (4) Expressive or indicative of.
     (5) Foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous.
     (6) Mocking, ridiculing. --raḥ
     (1) A crow.
     (2) A leader, the chief or principal person: yadi kāryavipattiḥ syānmukharastatra hanyate H. 1. 29.
     (3) A conch-shell. --rī The bit of a bridle.

mukharayati Den, P.
     (1) To make resonant or noisy, cause to sound or echo.
     (2) To make (one) talk or speak: ata eva śuśrūṣā māṃ mukharayāta Mu. 3.
     (3) To notify, declare, announce.

mukharikā
     (1) The bit of a bridle.
     (2) Conversation.

mukharita a. Made noisy or resonant with, ringing or noisy with; gaṃḍe ḍḍīnālimālāmukharitakakubhastāṃḍave śūlapāṇeḥ Māl. 1. 1.

mukharīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make resonant or noisy with
     (2) To cause to resound.
     (3) To cause to speak or talk; idanīṃ vijñāpanāyāṃ mukharīkaroti Mu. 7.

mukhīya a. Being at the top or head, being foremost or in the front.

mukhya a. [mukhe ādau bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Relating to the mouth or the face.
     (2) Chief, principal, foremost, first, preeminent, prominent; dvijātimukhyaḥ; vāramukhyā, yodhamukhyāḥ &c. --khyaḥ A leader, guide. --khyaṃ
     (1) A principal rite or ordinance.
     (2) Reading or teaching the Vedas.
     (3) The month reckoned from new moon to new moon
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ the primary or original (as opp. gaiṇa) meaning of a word.
          --cāṃdraḥ the chief lunar month.
          --nṛpaḥ, --nṛpatiḥ a sovereign monarch, paramount sovereign.
          --maṃtrin m. the prime minister.

mukhyatā --tvam Pre-eminence, first rank or position.

mukhyaśaḥ, mukhyayaḥ ind. Chiefly, principally, above all.

mugūhaḥ A kind of gallinule.

mugdha a. [muh-kta]
     (1) Stupefied. fainted.
     (2) Perplexed, infatuated.
     (3) Foolish, ignorant, silly, stupid; śaśāṃka kena mugdhena sudhāṃśuriti bhāṣitaḥ Bv. 2. 29; ayi mugdhe kānyā ciṃtā priyāstamāgamasya V. 3.
     (4) Simple, artless, innocent; U. 1. 46; Māl. 7. 1.
     (5) Erring, mistaken.
     (6) Attractive by youthful simplicity (not yet acquainted with love), child-like; (kaḥ) ayamācaratyavinayaṃ mugdhāsu tapasvikanyāsu S. 1. 25; U. 6. 35; R. 9. 34.
     (7) (Hence) Beautiful, lovely, charming, pretty; haririha mugdhavadhūnikare vilāsini vilasati kelipare Gīt. 1; U. 3. 5. --gdhā A young girl attractive by her youthful simplicity, a pretty young maiden; (regarded as a variety of Nāyikā in poetic compositions).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣī a lovely-eyed woman; viyogo mugdhākṣyāḥ sa khalu ripughātāvadhirabhūt U. 3. 44.
          --ānanā having a lovely face.
          --āloka a. lovely to look at; U. 1. 20.
          --dhī, --buddhi, --mati a. silly, foolish, stupid, simple.
          --bhāvaḥ simplicity, silliness.

mugdhatā --tvam
     (1) Silliness.
     (2) Artlessness, simplicity.
     (3) Loveliness, charmingness.

muc I. 1 A. (mocate) To deceive, cheat; see muṃc --II. 6 U. (muṃcati-te, mumoca-pumuce, amucat-amukta, mokṣyati-te, moktaṃ, mukta)
     (1) To loose set free, release, let go, let loose, liberate, deliver (from captivity &c.); vanāya ... yaśodhano dhenumṛṣermumoca R. 2. 1, 3. 20; Ms. 8. 202; mokṣyate murabadīnāṃ veṇīrviryavibhūtibhiḥ Ku. 2 61; R. 10. 47; mā bhavānagāni muṃcatu V. 2 'let not thy limbs droop', 'do not despond'.
     (2) To set free, loosen (as the voice); kaṃṭhaṃ muṃcati barhiṇaḥ samadanaḥ Mk. 5. 14 'loosens his throat or voice' i. e. raises a cry.
     (3) To leave, abandon, quit, give up, lay aside, relinquish; rātrirgatā matimatāṃ vara muṃca śayyāṃ R. 5. 66; muca mayi mānamanidānaṃ Gīt. 10; muktisutāpraṇayasmṛtirodhinā mama ca muktamidaṃ tamasā manaḥ S. 6. 7; maunaṃ muṃrcāta kiṃ ca kairavakule Bv. 1. 4; āvirbhūte śaśini tamasā mucyamāneva rātriḥ V. 1. 8; Me. 96, 41; R. 3. 11.
     (4) To set apart, take away, except, see muktvā.
     (5) To dismiss, send away.
     (6) To cast throw, hurl, fling, discharge; mṛgeṣu śarān mumukṣoḥ R. 9. 58: Bk. 15. 53.
     (7) To emit, drop, pour forth or down, shed, let fall (tears &c.) apasṛtapāṃḍupatrā muṃcaṃtyaśrūṇīva latāḥ S. 4. 11; ciravirahajaṃ muṃcato bāṣpamuṣṇaṃ Me. 12; sa śaravṛṣṭimucā dhanuṣā R. 9. 12, Bk. 7. 2.
     (8) To utter, give forth; Māl. 9. 5; Bk. 7. 57.
     (9) To give away, grant, bestow. (10) To put on
          (A).
     (11) To void (as excrement).
     (12) To sacrifice. --Pass. (mucyate)
     (1) To be loosed or released, be freed or absolved from (with abl. or instr.); mucyate sarvapāpebhyaḥ &c.
     (2) To become loose or relaxed.
     (3) To free oneself, scape.
     (4) To abandon, deviate or werve from. --Caus. (mocayati-te)
     (1) To cause to be freed or liberated.
     (2) To cause to shed.
     (3) To loose, set at liberty, liberate.
     (4) To extricate, disentangle.
     (5) To unyoke, unharness.
     (6) To give away, bestow.
     (7) To gladden, delight.
     (8) To open (a road).
     (9) To redeem from. --Desid. (mumukṣati)
     (1) To wish to free or liberate &c.
     (2) (mumukṣate, mokṣate) To long for final emancipation.

muc a. (An the end of comp.)
     (1) Freeing, liberating, delivering from.
     (2) Discharging, throwing, sending, emitting.
     (3) Giving up, leaving &c.

mucakaḥ Lac.

muca(cu)kuṃdaḥ
     (1) N. of a tree.
     (2) N. of an ancient king, son of Māndhatṛ. [For having assisted the gods in their wars with the demons he got, as a reward, the boon of long and unbroken sleep. The gods also decreed that whosoever dared to interrupt his sleep should be burnt to ashes. When Kṛṣṇa wanted to kill the mighty Kālayavana, he cunningly decoyed him to the cave of Muchukunda, and on his entering it, he was burnt down by the fire which emanated from the king's eye].
     -- Comp.
          --prasādakaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

mucira a. Liberal, generous. --raḥ
     (1) A deity.
     (2) Virtue.
     (3) Wind, air.

muciliṃdaḥ A kind of flower.

mucuṭī
     (1) Snapping the fingers.
     (2) A fist.
     (3) A pair of forceps.

muj, muṃj 1 P., 10 U. (mojati, muṃjati, mojayati-te, muṃjayati-te)
     (1) To cleanse, purify.
     (2) To sound.

muṃjaḥ
     (1) A sort of rush or grass(of which the girdle of a Brāhmaṇa should be made); Ms. 2. 43.
     (2) The sacred cord or girdle itself.
     (3) N. of a king of Dhārā (said to be the uncle of the celebrated Bhoja).
     -- Comp.
          --keśaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Viṣṇu.
          --keśin m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --baṃdhanaṃ investiture with the sacred thread (or girdle).
          --mekhalin m. 1. N. of Śiva. --2. of Viṣṇu.
          --vāsas m. an epithet of Śiva.

muṃjavat a. Overgrown with rushes, rushy.

muṃjāṭaḥ --ṭakaḥ A kind of plant.

muṃjaram The fibrous root of the lotus.

muṭ 1 P., 10 U. (moṭati, moṭayati-te)
     (1) To crush, break, grind, powder.
     (2) To kill; adyāpi te hṛdaya gataṃ tvāṃ ca samameva moṭayāmi Mk. 8.
     (3) To blame, rebuke (in this sense 6 P. also).

muṇ 6 P. (muṇati) To promise.

muṃṭ 1 P. (muṃṭati) To crush, grind.

muṃṭh 1 A. (muṃṭhate) To run away.

muṃḍ I. 1 P. (muṃḍati) To shave, shear; śrāvaka muṃḍitamuṃḍo nakṣatrāṇi pṛcchasi Mu. 5; Mk. 8. 3, 11.
     (2) To crush, grind. --II. 1 A. (muṃḍate) To sink.

muṃḍa a. [muṃḍ-ghañ]
     (1) Shaved, bald.
     (2) Lopped, stripped of top-leaves.
     (3) Blunt, pointless.
     (4) Ved. Hornless.
     (4) Low, mean. --ḍaḥ
     (1) A man with a shaved or bald head.
     (2) A bald or shaven head.
     (3) The forehead.
     (4) A barber.
     (5) The trunk of a tree stripped of its top-branches.
     (6) An epithet of Rāhu. --m. pl. N. of a people. --ḍā
     (1) N. of a plant (muṃḍīrikā).
     (2) Bengal madder.
     (3) A female mendicant of a particular order. --ḍaṃ
     (1) The head.
     (2) Myrrh.
     (3) Iron.
     -- Comp.
          --ayasaṃ iron.
          --caṇakaḥ a kind of pulse (kalāya). --phalaḥ a cocoa-nut tree.
          --maṃḍalī 1. a number of shaven heads. --2. a number of troops of an inferior kind, a mere crowd or mob; varamalpavalaṃ sāraṃ na kuryānmuṃḍamaṃḍalīṃ H. 3. 89.
          --lohaṃ iron.
          --śāliḥ a kind of rice.

muṃḍakaḥ [muṃḍ-ṇvul]
     (1) A barber.
     (2) The trunk of a tree stripped of its top-branches, a pollard. --kaṃ The head.
     -- Comp.
          --upaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad of the Atharvaveda.

muṃḍanam [muṃḍ-lyuṭ] Shaving the head, tonsure.

muṃḍayati Den. P. To shave, cut off the hair.

muṃḍita p. p. [muṃḍ-kta]
     (1) Shaved.
     (2) Lopped. --taṃ Iron.

muṃḍin a. [muṃḍa-ini]
     (1) Shaven, bald, bald-pated.
     (2) Hornless. --m.
     (1) A barber.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.

mutyam A pearl.

mud I. 10 U. (modayati-te)
     (1) To mix, blend.
     (2) To cleanse, purify. --II. 1 A. (modate, mudita; desid. mumudiṣate or mumodiṣate) To rejoice, be glad or happy, be joyful or delighted; yakṣye dāsyāmi modiṣya ityajñānavimohitāḥ Bg. 16. 15; Ms. 2. 232, 3. 191; Bk. 15. 97. --Caus. To please, delight, give pleasure, gratify.

muda, mudā f. [mud-kvip vā ṭāp] Joy, delight, pleasure, gladness, satisfaction; piturmudaṃ tena tatāna so'rbhakaḥ R. 3. 25; aśnan puro haritako mudamādadhānaḥ Śi. 5. 58; 1. 23; viṣāde kartavye vidadhati jaḍāḥ pratyuta mudaṃ Bh. 3. 25; dviparaṇamudā Gīt. 11; Ki. 5. 25; R. 7. 30.

mudita p. p. [mud kta] Pleased, rejoiced; delighted, glad, joyous. --taṃ
     (1) Pleasure, delight, joy, happiness.
     (2) A kind of sexual embrace. --tā Joy, delight.

mudiraḥ [mud-karic Uṇ. 1. 51] A cloud; pracurapurandaradhanuranuraṃjitameduramudirasuveśaṃ Gīt. 2; or mucaṃsi nādyāpi ruṣaṃ bhābhini mudirālirudiyāya Bv. 2. 88.
     (2) A lover, libertine.
     (3) A frog.

mudī Moonlight.

mudgaḥ [mudu-gak neṭa Uṇ. 1. 125]
     (1) A kind of kidney-bean.
     (2) A lid, cover.
     (3) A kind of sea-bird.
     -- Comp.
          --bhuj, --bhojin m. a horse.

mudgaraḥ [mudaṃ girati gṝ-ac]
     (1) A hammer, mallet, as in mohamudgaraḥ (a small poem by Śaṅkarācharya); R. 12. 73.
     (2) A club, mace.
     (3) A staff for breaking clods of earth.
     (4) A kind of dumb-bell.
     (5) A bud.
     (6) A kind of jasmine (said to to be n. also in this sense).

mudgarakaḥ A hammer.

mudgalaḥ N. of a sage. --laṃ A kind of grass.

mudgaṣṭaḥ A kind of bean.

mudrā [mud-rak]
     (1) A seal, an instrument for sealing or stamping; especially a seal-ring, signet-ring; anayā mudrayā mudrayainaṃ Mu. 1; nāmamudrākṣarāṇyanuvācya parasparamavalokayataḥ S. 1; (fig. also); iti prāyo bhāvāḥ sphuradavadhimudrāmukulitāḥ Bh. 2. 114.
     (2) A stamp, print, mark, impression; catuḥsamudramudraḥ K. 191; siṃdūramudrāṃkitaḥ (bāhuḥ) Gīt. 4.
     (3) A pass, pass-port (as given by a seal-ring); agṛhītamudraḥ kaṭakāniṣkrāmasi Mu. 5; gṛhītabhudraḥ salekhaḥ puruṣo gṛhītaḥ Mu. 5.
     (4) A stamped coin, coin, piece of money.
     (5) A medal.
     (6) An image, a sign, badge, token.
     (7) Shutting, closing, sealing; saivauṣṭhamudrā sa ca karṇapāśaḥ U. 6. 27; kṣipannidrāmudrāṃ madanakalahacchedasulabhāṃ Māl. 2. 12 'removing the seal of sleep' &c.
     (8) A mystery.
     (9) (In Rhet.) The expression of things by their right names. (10) N. of certain positions of the fingers practised in devotion or religious worship.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ 1. a letter of the seal. --2. a type (a modern use).
          --aṃka, --aṃkita a. stamped with a seal, sealed, stamped.
          --kāraḥ a maker of seals.
          --mārgaḥ an opening believed to exist in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape at death; cf. brahmaraṃdhra. --yaṃtraṃ a press, a printingpress (a modern formation).
          --rakṣakaḥ the keeper of the seals.
          --rākṣasaṃ N. of a drama by Viśakha-datta.

mudraṇam
     (1) Sealing, stamping, printing, marking.
     (2) Closing, shutting.

mudrayati Den. P.
     (1) To seal; anayā mudrayā mudrayainaṃ Mu. 1.
     (2) To stamp, mark, impress.
     (3) To cover, close up (fig.); vivarāṇi mudrayan drāgūrṇāyuriva sajjano jayati Bv. 1. 90.
     (4) To print (as a book).

mudrikā
     (1) A little seal.
     (2) A sealring.
     (3) A stamp or impression.
     (4) A stamped coin, coin.
     (5) A signed or sealed paper.
     (6) A particular surgical instrument.
     (7) = mudrā (10).

mudrita a.
     (1) Sealed, marked, impressed, stamped; tyāgaḥ saptasamudramudritamahīnirvyājadānāvadhiḥ Mv. 2. 36; kāśmīramudritamuro madhusūdanasya Gīt. 1; svayaṃ siṃdūreṇa dviparaṇamudā mudrita iva 11.
     (2) Closed, sealed up.
     (3) Unblown.
     (4) Printed.

mudhā ind.
     (1) In vain, to no purpose, uselessly, unprofitably; yatkiṃcidapi saṃvīkṣya kurute hasitaṃ mudhā S. D.
     (2) Wrongly, falsely; rātriḥ saiva punaḥ sa eva divaso matvā mudhā jaṃtavaḥ Bh. 3. 78 v. l.

muniḥ [man-in ucca Uṇ. 4. 122]
     (1) A sage, a holy man, saint, devotee, an ascetic; munīnāmapyahaṃ vyāsaḥ Bg. 10. 37; duḥkheṣvanudvignamanāḥ sukheṣu vigataspṛhaḥ . vītarāgabhayakrodhaḥ sthiradhīrmunirucyate .. 2. 56; puṇyaḥ śabdo muniriti muhuḥ kevalaṃ rājapūrvaḥ S. 2. 14; R. 1. 8, 3. 49.
     (2) N. of the sage Agastya.
     (3) Of Vyāsa.
     (4) Of Buddha.
     (5) of Paṇini.
     (6) N. of several plants (piyālu, parāśara and damanaka).
     (7) The internal conscience (according to Kull. on Ms. 8. 91 'the supreme spirit').
     (8) The mango-tree.
     (9) The the number 'seven'. --pl. The seven sages.
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ (pl.) the food of ascetics.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. 'the lord of the sages', a great sage. --2. an epithet of Śākyamuni. --3. of Bharata. --4. of Śiva.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. a great sage. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --3. of Buddha.
          --trayaṃ 'the triad of sages', i. e. Pāṇini, Kātyāyana, and Patanjali (who are considered to be inspired saints); munitrayaṃ namaskṛtya, or trimuni vyākaraṇaṃ Sk.
          --dārakaḥ, --kumāraḥ a young sage.
          --drumaḥ the Śyonāka tree.
          --pittalaṃ copper.
          --puṃgavaḥ a great or eminent sage.
          --putrakaḥ 1. a wagtail.
     (2) the damanuka tree. --bheṣajaṃ 1. the fruit of the yellow myrobalan. --2. fasting. --vṛtti a. leading an ascetic life; śaiśave munivṛttīnāṃ R. 1. 8. --vrataṃ an ascetic vow; Ku. 5. 48.

muṃth 1 P. (muṃthati) To go, move.

mumukṣā Desire of liberation or of final emancipation.

mumukṣu a.
     (1) Desirous of releasing or liberating.
     (2) Wishing to discharge.
     (3) About to shoot (arrows &c.); R. 9. 58.
     (4) Wishing to be free from worldly existence, striving after final emancipation. --kṣuḥ A sage striving after final emancipation or beatitude; aṃtaryaśca mumukṣubhirniyamitaprāṇādibhirmṛgyate V. 1. 1; Ku. 2. 51; Bg. 4. 15.

mumucānaḥ A cloud.

mumuṣiṣuḥ A thief.

mumūrṣā Desire of death; Bk. 5. 57.

mumūrṣu a. Being on the point of death, about to die.

mur 6 P. (murati) To encircle, surround, encompass, entwine.

muraḥ N. of a demon slain by Kṛṣṇa; pārthenātha dviṣanmuraṃ Śi. 2. 1. --rā N. of a fragrant plant. --raṃ Encompassing, surrounding.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ 1. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa; murārimārādupadarśayaṃtyasau Gīt. 1. --2. N. of the author of Anargharāghava.
          --jit, --dviṣ, --bhid, --mardana, --ripu, --vairin, --han m. epithets of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣoṇu; prakīṇārsṛgbiṃdurjayati bhujadaṃḍo murajitaḥ Gīt. 1; muravairiṇo rādhikānadhi vacanajātaṃ 10.
          --daḥ the discus of Viṣṇu.

muragaṃḍaḥ An eruption on the face.

murajaḥ [murāt veṣṭanāt jāyate jaṇ-ḍa Tv.]
     (1) A kind of drum or tabor; sānaṃdaṃ naṃdihastāhatamurajarava &c. Mal. 1. 1; saṃgītāya prahatamurajāḥ Me. 64, 56; M. 1. 22; Ku. 6. 40.
     (2) A stanza artificially arranged in the form of a drum; also called murajabaṃdha, see K. P. 9. ad loc.
     -- Comp.
          --phalaḥ the jackfruit tree.

murajā
     (1) A large drum.
     (2) N. of Kubera's wife.

muraṃḍāḥ m. pl. A country to the north-west of India.

muraṃdalā N. of a river(supposed to be the same as Narmada).

muralaḥ A kind of fresh-water fish.
     (2) A king of the Muralas. --lāḥ pl. N. of a country.

muralā N. of a river rising in the country of the Keralas; (mentioned in U. 3 along with tamasā); muralāmārutoddhūtamagamatkaitakaṃ rajaḥ R. 4. 55.

muralī A flute, pipe.
     -- Comp.
          --dharaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

murch 1 P. (mūrchati, mūrchita or mūtaṃ; the word is written as mūrch or mūrcch)
     (1) To settle into a solid form, coagulate, congeal.
     (2) To faint, swoon, faint away; lose consciousness, become senseless; patatyudyāti mūrcchatyapi Gīt. 4; krīḍānirjitaviśvamūrcchitajanāghātena kiṃ pauruṣaṃ Gīt. 3; Bk. 15. 55.
     (3) To grow, increase, become strong or powerful; mumūrccha sahajaṃ tejo haviṣeva havirbhujaḥ R. 10. 79; mumūrccha sakhyaṃ rāmasya 12. 57; mūrcchaṃtyamī vikārāḥ prāyeṇaiśvaryamatteṣu S. 5. 18; Ki. 16. 8, 59.
     (4) To gather strength, thicken, become dense, prevail; tamasāṃ niśi mūrcchatāṃ V. 3. 7.
     (5) To take effect on; chāyā na mūrcchati malopahataprasāde śude tu darpaṇatale sulabhāvakāśā S. 7. 32; harmyeṣu mūrchaṃti na caṃdrapādāḥ R. 16. 18 'are not reflected' &c.
          (b) To prevail against, have power against; na pādaponmūlanaśakti raṃhaḥ śiloccaye mūrchati mārutasya R. 2. 34.
     (6) To fill, pervade, penetrate, spread over; Ku. 6. 59; R. 6. 9.
     (7) To be a match for.
     (8) To be frequent. (10) To cause to sound loudly. --Caus. (mūrchayati-te)
     (1) To stupefy, cause to faint; mlecchānmūrchayate Gīt. 1.
     (2) To strengthen, increase.
     (3) To excite, stir up.
     (4) To cause to sound loudly, play on (as a musical instrument).

rurbhiṇī A small fire-place.

murmuraḥ [mur ka pṛṣo-dvitvaṃ Tv.]
     (1) A fire made of chaff, chaff-fire; smarahutāśanamurmucūrṇatāṃ dadhurivāmravaṇasya rajaḥkaṇāḥ Śi. 6. 6.
     (2) The god of love.
     (3) N. of one of the horses of the sun.

murv 1 P. (murvati) To bind, tie.

mul 10 U. (molayati-te) To plant.

muśaṭī A kind of grain.

muśa(sa)lī  A small houselizard.

muṣ I. 9 P. (muṣṇāti, muṣita; desid. mumuṣiṣati)
     (1)
          (a) To steal, filch, rob, plunder, carry off (said to govern two acc.; devadattaṃ śataṃ muṣṇāti, but very rarely used in classical literature); muṣāṇaratnāni Śi. 1. 51; 3. 38; kṣatrasya muṣṇan vasu jaitramojaḥ Ki. 3. 41; Śi. 3. 38.
          (b) To ravish, seduce, ab duct, carry off; Bk. 15. 16
     (2) To dispel, remove, drive off; ghanatimiramuṣi jyotiṣi Śi. 4. 67, Ratn 3. 19.
     (3) (Fig.) To ruin, undo: na vetsi muṣitamātmānaṃ K. 164, Ratn. 4. 3.
     (4) To eclipse, cover, envelop, conceal; sainyareṇumuṣitārkadīdhitiḥ R. 11. 51.
     (5) To captivate, enrapture, ravish.
     (6) To surpass, excel; muṣṇañ śriyamaśokānāṃ raktaiḥ parijanāṃbaraiḥ . gītairvarāṃganānāṃ ca kokilabhramaradhvaniṃ Ks. 55. 113; Ratn. 1. 24; Bk. 9. 92; Me. 47. --II. 1 P. (moṣati)
     (1) To hurt, injure, kill. --III. 4 P. (muṣyati)
     (1) To steal.
     (2) To break, destroy.

muṣakaḥ A mouse.

muṣā --ṣī A crucible.

muṣaḥ f. Stealing &c.

muṣita p. p. [muṣ kta]
     (1) Robbed, stolen, plundered.
     (2) Taken away, carried off, ravished.
     (3) Deprived of, free from.
     (4) Cheated, deceived.

muṣitakam Stolen property.

muṣṭa p. p. Stolen; S. 5. 20. --ṣṭaṃ Stolen property.

muṣkaḥ [muṣ-kak]
     (1) A testicle.
     (2) The scrotum
     (3) A muscular or robust man.
     (4) A mass, heap, quantity, multitude.
     (5) A thief.
     -- Comp.
          --kacchūḥ f. an eruption on the scrotum.
          --deśaḥ the region of the scrotum.
          --śūnyaḥ a eunuch, a castrated person.
          --śophaḥ swelling of the testicles.

muṣkakaḥ N. of a tree (the ashes of which are used as cautery).

muṣkara a. Having testicles. --raḥ A man having large testicles.

muṣṭiḥ m. f. [muṣ-ktic]
     (1) The clenched hand, fist; karṇāṃtametya bimide nibiḍopi muṣṭiḥ R. 9. 58; 15. 21; Śi. 10. 59.
     (2) A handful, fistful; śyāmākamuṣṭiparivardhitakaḥ S. 4. 13; R. 19. 57; Ku. 7. 69; Me. 68.
     (3) A handle or hilt.
     (4) A particular measure (=pala).
     (5) A measure of capacity equal to one handful.
     (6) The penis.
     (7) Stealing (only f.).
     (8) A compendium, abridgment,
     -- Comp.
          --karaṇaṃ clenching the fist.
          --deśaḥ the middle of a bow, that part of it which is grasped in the hand.
          --dyūtaṃ a kind of game.
          --pātaḥ boxing.
          --baṃdhaḥ 1. clenching the fist. --2. a handful.
          --meya a. to be measured with the fist, to be spanned with the fingers.
          --yuddhaṃ a pugilistic encounter, boxing.

muṣṭikaḥ [muṣṭirme ṣaṇaṃ prayojanamasya kan]
     (1) A goldsmith.
     (2) A particular position of the hands.
     (3) N. of a demon. --kaṃ A pugilistic encounter. fisticuffs. --kāḥ (pl) N. of an outcast race (the Dombas).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ an epithet of Balarāma.

muṣṭikā The fist.

muṣṭidhayaḥ A child, baby, infant.

muṣṭīkṛ 8 U. To clench the fist.

muṣṭīmuṣṭi ind. Fist-to-fist, hand-tohand fighting; Mv. 6. 31.

muṣṭhakaḥ Black mustard.

mus 4 P. (musyati) To cleave, divide, break into pieces.

musalaḥ --lam
     (1) A mace, club.
     (2) A pestle (used for cleaning rice); mumalamidamiyaṃ ca pātakāle puharanuyāti kalena hukṛtena Mu. 1. 4; Ms. 6. 56.
     (3) A kind of surgical instrument.
     -- Comp.
          --āyudhaḥ an epithet of Balarāma.
          --ulūkhalaṃ a pestle and mortar.

musalāmusali ind Club against club.

musalīkā A common lizard.

musalina m. [mutala-ini]
     (1) An epithet of Balarāma.
     (2) Of Śiva.

musalya a. [musala-yat] To be pounded or put to death with a club.

must 10 U. (mustayati--te) To heap up, gather, collect, accumulate.

mustaḥ --stā --stam A kind of grass; visrabdhaṃ kriyatāṃ varāhatatibhirmuḥtākṣatiḥ palvale S. 2. 6; R. 9. 59; 15. 19.
     -- Comp.
          --adaḥ, --ādaḥ a hog.

musram
     (1) A pestle.
     (2) A tear.

muh 4 P. ((muhyati, mugdha or mūḍha)
     (1) To faint, swoon, lose consciousness, become senseless; ihāhaṃ draṣṭumāhnaṃ tāṃ smarannevaṃ mumoha saḥ Bk. 6. 21, 1. 20; 15. 16.
     (2) To be perplexed or bewilddered, to be disturbed in mind, be at a loss; āpatsvapi na muhyaṃti narāḥ paṃḍitabuddhayaḥ H. 1. 166, Ki. 18. 9.
     (3) To be foolish, stupid, or infatuated.
     (4) To fail.
     (5) To err, mistake. --Caus. (mohayati-te)
     (1) To stupefy, infatuate; mā mūmuhatkhalu bhavaṃtamananyajanmā Māl. 1. 32.
     (2) To confound, bewilder, perplex; Bg. 3. 2, 4. 16.
     (3) To throw into confusion.
     (4) To cause to err or mistake.

mūḍha p. p. [muha-kta]
     (1) Stupefied, infatuated; Pt. 2. 4.
     (2) Perplexed, bewildered; confounded, at a loss; kiṃkartavyatāmūḍhaḥ 'being at a loss what to do'; so hrīmūḍha Me. 68.
     (3) Foolish, silly, dull, stupid, ignorant; alpasya heterbahu hātumicchanvicāramūḍhaḥ pratibhāsi me tvaṃ R 2. 47.
     (4) Mistaken, erring, deceived, gone astray.
     (5) Abortive.
     (6) Confounding. --ḍhaḥ A fool, blockhead, dolt, an ignorant person; mūḍhaḥ parapatyayaneyabuddhiḥ M. 1. 2. --ḍhāḥ (m. pl.) An epithet of the elements in the Saṅkhya philosophy.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. 1. stupefied in mind. --2. foolish, stupid, silly.
          --garbhaḥ 1. a dead foetus. --2. difficult delivery.
          --grāha. 1. a wrong notion, misconception, misapprehension. --2. infatuation.
          --cetana, cetas a. foolish, silly, ignorant; avagacchati mūḍhacetanaḥ priyanāśaṃ hṛdi śalya marpitaṃ R. 8. 88.
          --dhī, --buddhi, mati a. foolish, stupid, silly, simple; Ki 1. 30
          --prabhuḥ --śreṣṭhaḥ the greatest block-head.
          --sattva a. infatuated, insane.

mūḍhatā --tvam
     (1) Confusion, bewilderment.
     (2) Folly, stapidity.

muhara a. [muh-kitca] Silly, foolish, stupid. --raḥ
     (1) The god of love.
     (2) A fool, block-head.

muhu ind. = muhas.

muhukam Ved. A moment.

muhus ind.
     (1) Often, constantly, repeatedly, frequently; grīvābhagābhirāmaṃ muhuranupatati syaṃdane dattadṛṣṭiḥ S. 1. 7, 2. 6; generally repeated in this sense; muhurmuhuḥ over and over again, often and often; guruṇā sannidhāne'pi kaḥ kūjati muhurmuhuḥ.
     (2) For a time or moment, awhile; Me. 105; generally used with successive clauses in the sense of 'now now', 'at one time-at another time'; muhurutpatate bālā muhuḥ patati vihvalā . muhurālīyate bhītā muhuḥ krośati roditi .. Subhāṣ.; Mu. 5. 3; muhurtuhuḥ 'again and again, repeatedly.'
     -- Comp.
          --bhāṣā, --vacas n. repetition, tautology.
          --bhuj m. a horse.

muhūrtaḥ --rtam [hurch kta dha toḥ pūrvaṃ muṭ ca Tv.]
     (1) A moment, any short portion of time, an instant: navāṃbudānīkamuhūrtalāṃchane R. 3. 53; saṃdhyābhrarekhava muhūrtarāgāḥ Pt. 1. 194; Me. 19; Ku. 7. 50.
     (2) A period, time (auspicious or otherwise).
     (3) A period of 48 minutes. --rtaḥ An astrologer.

muhūrtakaḥ
     (1) An instant, a moment.
     (2) A period of 48 minutes.

muheraḥ A block-head, fool.

mū 1 A. (mavate) To bind, fasten, tie.

mūka a. [mū-kak]
     (1) Dumb, silent, mute, speechless: mūkaṃ karāti vācālaṃḥ mūkāṃḍajaṃ (kānanaṃ) Ku. 3. 42; sakhāmayaṃ vīkṣya viṣādamūkāṃ Gīt. 7; mūkībhūtaghaṃṭāsvarāsvaṃtaḥ puradolāsu K. 97; mūkībhūtavīṇā K. 132.
     (2) Poor, miserable, wretched. --kaḥ A mute; maunānmūkaḥ H. 2. 26 v. l.; Ms. 7. 149.
     (2) A poor or miserable man
     (3) A fish.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbā a form of Durgā.
          --bhāvaḥ silence, muteness, dumb. ness (also mūkatā --tvaṃ in this sense).

mūkiman m. Muteness, dumbness, silence.

mūta a. [mū-kta]
     (1) Bound, tied
     (2) Confined.
     (3) Woven. --taḥ --taṃ
     (1) A woven basket (Ved.).
     (2) A woven band of cloth.
     (3) A lump, collection.

mūtram Urine; nāpsu mūtraṃ samūtsṛjet Ms. 4. 56; mūtraṃ cakāra 'made water'.
     -- Comp.
          --āghātaḥ a urinary disease.
          --āśayaḥ the lower belly.
          --utsaṃga see mūtrasaṃga --kṛcchra painful discharge of urine, strangury.
          --kośaḥ the scrotum.
          --kṣayaḥ insufficient secretion of urine.
          --grathiḥ a knot or induration on the neck of the bladder.
          --jaṭharaḥ --raṃ the swelling of the belly caused by retention of urine.
          --doṣaḥ a urinary disease.
          --nirodhaḥ retention of urine.
          --patanaḥ a civetcat.
          --pathaḥ the urinary passage.
          --parīkṣā uroscopy or examination of urine.
          --puṭaṃ the lewer belly
          --mārgaḥ, --prasekaḥ the urethra.
          --vardhaka a. diuretic.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. copious secretion of urine.
          --śakṛt n. urine and excrement.
          --śukraṃ a disease in which semen is discharged along with urine.
          --śūlaḥ --laṃ urinary colic.
          --saṃgaḥ urinary obstruction, a painful and bloody discharge of urine.

mūtrayati Den. P. To make water; tiṣṭhanmūtrayati Mbh.

mūtrala a. Promoting the secretion of urine, diuretie.

mūtrita a.
     (1) Discharged or voided as urine.
     (2) Soiled with urine.

mūra a. Ved.
     (1) Stupefied, bewildered.
     (2) Foolish, silly stupid.
     (3) Destroying, killing.

mūrkha a. Stupid, dull-headed, foolish, silly. --rkhaḥ A fool, blockhead; na tu prātaniviṣṭamūrkhajanacittamārādhayat Bh. 2. 5, 8; mūrkha balādapagādhinaṃ māṃ pratipādāyaṣyasi V. 2.
     (2) A kind of bean.
     -- Comp.
          --paṃḍitaḥ a learned fool; Pt. 5. 40.
          --bhūyaṃ folly, stupidity, ignorance.
          --bhrātṛka a. one who has a foolish brother.
          --maṃḍalaṃ an assembly of fools.

mūrkhatā --tvaṃ, mūrkhiman m. Stupidity, folly, silliness.

mūrcchana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Stupefying, producing insensibility or stupor (an epithet applied to one of the five arrows of Cupid).
     (2) Increasing, augmenting, strengthening. --naṃ, --nā [murcch yuc]
     (1) Fainting, swooning.
     (2) Prevalence, growth, increase (usually n. in this sense).
     (3) A process in metallic preparation, calcining quicksilver with sulphur; cf. mūrcchā
     (3) also.
     (4) (In music) The rising of sounds, an intonation, a duly regulated rise and fall of sounds conducting the air and the harmony through the keys in a pleasing manner, changing the key or passing from the key to another; modulation, melody; sphuṭībhavadgrāmaviśeṣamūrcchanāṃ Śi. 1. 10; bhūyo bhūyaḥ svayamapi kṛtāṃ mūrcchanāṃ vismaraṃtī Me. 86; varṇānāmapi mūrcchanāṃtaragataṃ tāraṃ virāme mṛdu Mk. 3. 5; sapta svarāstrayo grāmā mūrcchanāścaikabiṃśatiḥ Pt. 5. 54; (a mūrccha or mūrcchanā is thus defined: --kramātsvarāṇāṃ saptānāmārohaścāvarohaṇama . sā mūrcchetyucyate grāmasthā etāḥ sapta sapta ca .. see Malli. on Śi. 1. 10 for further information).

mūrcchā [murcch --bhāve aṅ]
     (1) Fainting, swooning; R. 7. 44.
     (2) Spiritual ignorance or delusion.
     (3) A process in calcining metals; mūrcchāṃ gato mṛto vā nidarśanaṃ pārado'tra rasaḥ Bv. 1. 82.
     (4) The rising of sounds &c.; see mūrcchana
     (4) above.
     (5) Growth, increase
     -- Comp. ākṣepaḥ (in Rhet.) expressing strong dissent by a swoon.
          --pagīta a. unconscious, fainted away.

mūrcchāla a. Fainted, in sensible, senseless.

mūrcchita p. p. [mūrcchā jātā asya tāra- itac, murch kta vā]
     (1) Fainted, swooning, insensible.
     (2) Foolish, stupid, silly.
     (4) Increased, augmented.
     (4) Made violent, intensified.
     (5) Perplexed, bewildered.
     (6) Filled.
     (7) Calcined.
     (8) Rising upwards, lofty. --taṃ A kind of song or air.

mūrta a. [murcch-kta]
     (1) Fainted, insensible.
     (2) Stupid, foolish.
     (3) Embodied, incarnate; mūrto vighnastapasa iva no bhinna māraṃgayūthaḥ S. 1. 33; prasāda iva mūrtaste sparśaḥ snehārdraśatilaḥ U. 3. 14; R. 2. 69; 7. 70; Ku. 7. 42; Pt. 2. 99.
     (4) Material, corporeal.
     (5) Solid, hard.
     (6) Real.
     (7) Thickened, coagulated (Ved.).

mūrtvam
     (1) Embodiment, materiality.
     (2) (In phil.) Having a finite or fixed measure or motion; paricchinnaparimāṇavattvaṃ kriyāvattvaṃ vā mūrtatvam.

mūrtiḥ f. [murcch-ktin]
     (1) Anything which has definite shape and limits, material element, matter, substance.
     (2) A form, visible shape, body, figure; Mu. 2. 2; R. 3. 27; 14. 54.
     (4) An embodiment, incarnation, personification, manifestation; karuṇasya mūrtiḥ U. 3. 4; Pt. 2. 159.
     (4) An image, idol, a statue.
     (5) Beauty.
     (6) Solidity, hardness.
     -- Comp.
          --dhara, --saṃcara a. embodied, incarnate; dharmo bā mūrtisaṃcaraḥ Mv. 1. 10; U. 6. 10.
          --paḥ a worshipper of an image, one who is in charge of an idel.

mūrtitvam Embodiment, materiality, incarnation.

mūrtimat a.
     (1) Material, corporeal.
     (2) Embodied, incarnate, personified; śakuṃtalā mūrtimatī ca satkriyā Śi. 5. 15; tava mūrtimāniva mahotsavaḥ karaḥ U. 1. 18; R. 12. 64; Māl. 9. 9.
     (3) Hard, solid. --m. The body.

mūrdhan m. [muhyaṃtyasminnāhate iti mūrdhā, cf. Uṇ, 1. 156]
     (1) The forehead, brow.
     (2) The head in general; natena mūrdhnā hariragrahīdapaḥ Śi. 1. 18; R. 16. 81; naisargikī surabhiṇaḥ kusumasya siddhā mūrdhni sthitirna caraṇairavatāḍanāni U. 1. 14; Ku. 3. 22.
     (3) The highest or most prominent part, top, summit, peak, head; atiṣṭhanmanujeṃdrāṇāṃ mūrdhni devapatiryathā Mb. 'stood at the head of all kings' &c.; bhūmyāṃ parvatamūrdhani; S 5. 7; Me. 17.
     (4) (Hence) A leader, head, chief, foremost, prominent.
     (5) Front, van, forepart; sa kila saṃyugamūrdhni sahāyatāṃ maghavataḥ pratipadya mahārathaḥ R. 9. 19.
     (6) (In geom.) The base.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ the crown of the head.
          --abhiṣikta a. f. consecrated, crowned, inaugurated; R. 16. 81. --2. common, stock (as an instance); utkṛtyotkṛtya kṛttiṃ iti bībhatsasya mūrdhābhiṣiktamudāharaṇam. (--ktaḥ) 1. a consecrated king. --2. a man of the Kshatriya caste. --3. a minister. --4. = mūrdhāvasikta
     (1) q. v. --abhiṣekaḥ censecration, inauguration. --avasiktaḥ 1. N. of a particular mixed tribe sprung from a Brāhmaṇa father and Kshatriya mother. --2. a consecrated king. --karṇī, --karparī f. an umbrella. --jaḥ 1. the hair (of the head); paryākulā mūrdhajāḥ S. 1. 30; vilalāpa vikīrṇamūrdhajā Ku. 4. 4 'she tore her hair for grief'. --2. the mane. --jyotis n. see brahmaraṃdhra or mudrāmārga. --piṃḍaḥ a lump upon the head (of an elephant in rut). --puṣpaḥ the Śirīṣa tree. --rasaḥ the scum of boiled rice. --veṣṭanaṃ a turban, diadem.

mūrdhanya a. [mūrdhni bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Being in or on the head.
     (2) Cerebral or lingual, a term applied to the letters ṛ, ṝ, ṭ, ṭh, ḍ, ḍh, ṇ, r, and ṣ; ṛṭuraṣāṇāṃ mūrdhā.
     (3) Chief, pre-eminent, most excellent.

mūrdhvan See mūrdhan.

mūrvā --rvī, mūrvikā A kind of creeper (from the fibres of which bowstrings and the girdle of Kshatriyas are made).

mūl I. 1 U. (mūlati-te) To take or strike root, be firm, stand fast. --II. 10 U. (mūlayati-te, mūlita) To plant, cause to grow, rear.
     (2) To grow, sprout, germinate.

mūlam [mūl-ka]
     (1) A root (fig. also); tarumūlāni gṛhībhavati teṣāṃ S. 7. 20; or śākhino dhautamūlāḥ 1. 15; mūlaṃ baṃdh to take or strike root; baddhamūlasya mūlaṃ hi mahadvairataroḥ striyaḥ Śi. 2. 38.
     (2) The root, lowest edge or extremity of anything; kasyāścidāsidraśanā tadānīmaṃguṣṭhamūlārpitasūtraśeṣā R. 7. 10; so prācīmūle Me. 89.
     (3) The lower part or end, base, the end of anything by which it is joined to something else; bāhvormūlaṃ Śi. 7. 32; so pādamūlaṃ, karṇamūlaṃ, ūrumūlaṃ &c.
     (4) Beginning, commencement; āmūlācchrotumicchāmi S. 1.
     (5) Basis, foundation, source, origin, cause; sarve gārhasthyamūlakāḥ Mb.; rakṣogṛhe sthitirmūlaṃ U. 1. 6; iti kenāpyuktaṃ tatra mūlaṃ mṛgyaṃ 'the source or authority should be found out'.
     (6) The foot or bottom of anything; parvatamūlaṃ, girimūlaṃ &c.
     (7) The text, or original passage (as distinguished from the commentary or gloss).
     (8) Vicinity, neighbourhood.
     (9) Capital, principal, stock. (10) A hereditary servant.
     (11) A square root.
     (12) A king's own territory; sa guptamūlapratyaṃtaṃ: R. 4. 26; Ms. 7. 184.
     (13) A vender who is not the true owner; Ms. 8. 202 (asvāmivikretā Kull.).
     (14) The nineteenth lunar mansion containing 11 stars.
     (15) A thicket, copse.
     (16) The root of long pepper.
     (17) A particular position of the fingers.
     (18) A chief or capital city.
     (19) An aboriginal inhabitant. (20) A bower, an arbour (nikuṃja).
     (21) N. of several roots. pipyalī, puṣkara, śūraṇa &c. (In comp. mula may be translated by 'first, prime, original, chief, principal'; e. g. mūlakāraṇaṃ 'prime cause' &c. &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --ādhāraṃ 1. the navel. --2. a mystical circle above the organs of generation.
          --ābhaṃ a radish.
          --bhāyatanaṃ the original abode.
          --āśin a. living upon roots.
          --āhvaṃ a radish.
          --ucchedaḥ utter destruction, total eradication.
          --karman n. magie.
          --kāraḥ the author of an original work.
          --kāraṇaṃ the original or prime cause; Ku. 6. 13.
          --kārikā a furnace, an oven.
          --kṛcchraḥ --cchraṃ a kind of penance, living only upon roots.
          --keśaraḥ a citron.
          --guṇaḥ the co-efficient of a root.
          --graṃthaḥ 1. an original text. --2. the very words uttered by Śākyamuni.
          --chedaḥ uprooting.
          --ja a. 1. radical. --2. growing at the roots of trees (as an anthill). --3. born under the constellation Mūla. (
          --jaḥ) plant growing from a root. (
          --jaṃ) a green ginger.
          --devaḥ an epithet of Kamsa.
          --dravyaṃ, --dhanaṃ principal, stock, capital.
          --dhātuḥ lymph.
          --nikṛṃtana a. destroying root and branch.
          --puruṣaḥ 'the stock-man', the male representative of a family.
          --prakṛtiḥ f. the Prakṛti or Pradhāna of the Sāṅkhyas (q. v.). --(pl.) the four principal sovereigns to be considered at the time of war (vijigīṣu, ari, madhyama, and udāsīna); see Ms. 7. 155.
          --phaladaḥ the bread-fruit tree.
          --barhaṇaṃ the act of uprooting, extermination.
          --bhadraḥ an epithet of Kamsa.
          --bhṛtyaḥ an old or hereditary servant.
          --vacanaṃ an original text.
          --vāpaḥ one who plants roots.
          --vittaṃ capital, stock.
          --vibhujaḥ a chariot.
          --vyasanavṛttiḥ the hereditary occupation of executing criminals; Ms. 10. 38.
          --vratin a. living exclusively on roots.
          --śakunaḥ (in augury) the first bird.
          --śākaṭaḥ, --śākinaṃ a field planted with edible roots.
          --saṃghaḥ a society, seet.
          --sthānaṃ 1. base, foundation. --2. the Supreme Spirit. --3. wind, air. --4. Mooltan. (
          --nī) N. of Gaurī.
          --sthāyin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --srotas n. the principal current or fountain-head of a river.
          --hara a. uprooting completely.

mūlaka a.
     (1) (At the end of comp.) Rooted in, springing from, founded or based on; bhrāṃtimūlaka 'based on error.
     (2) Born under the constellation Mūla. --kaḥ, --kaṃ
     (1) A radish.
     (2) An esculent root.
     (3) A sort of Yam. --kaḥ A kind of poison.
     -- Comp.
          --paṇaḥ a handful of radishes &c. (for sale).
          --potikā a radish.

mūlā
     (1) N. of a plant.
     (2) The asterism Mūla.

mūlika a.
     (1) Radical, original.
     (2) Primary, principal.
     (3) Living on roots. --kaḥ A devotee, an ascetic. --kā
     (1) A root.
     (2) A collection of oots.

mūlin m. A tree.

mūlina a. Growing from a root. --naḥ A plant, tree.

mūlī A small house-lizard.

mūleraḥ
     (1) A king.
     (2) The Indian spikenard.

mūlya a.
     (1) To be eradicated.
     (2) Being at the root.
     (3) Purchasable. --lyaṃ
     (1) Price, worth, cost; krīṇaṃti sma prāṇamūlyairyaśāṃsi Śi. 18. 15, Śānti. 1. 12.
     (2) Wages, hire, salary.
     (3) Gain.
     (4) Capital, principal.
     (5) Original value.
     (6) An article purchased.

mūṣ 1 A. (mūṣati, mūṣita) To steal, rob, plunder.

mūṣaḥ
     (1) A rat, mouse.
     (2) A round window, an air-hole.
     (3) A crucible.

mūṣakaḥ
     (1) A rat, mouse.
     (2) A thief.
     -- Comp.
          --arātiḥ a cat.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Gaṇeśa.

mūṣaṇam Stealing, pilfering.

mūṣā, mūṣikā
     (1) A female rat.
     (2) A crucible
     (3) An air-hole.

mūṣikaḥ
     (1) A rat.
     (2) A thief.
     (3) The Śirīṣa tree.
     (4) N. of a country.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ, --aṃcanaḥ, --rathaḥ epithets of Gaṇeśa.
          --adaḥ a cat.
          --arātiḥ a cat.
          --utkaraḥ, --sthalaṃ a molehill.
          --viṣāṇaṃ 'the horn of a mouse', i. e. an impossibility; cf. śaśavaṣiṇa, khapuṣpa &c.

mūṣikāraḥ A male rat.

mūṣī, mūṣīkaḥ, mūṣīkā A rat, mouse

mūṣīkaraṇam Melting in a crucible.

mṛ 6 A. (but P. in the Perfect, the two Futures and the Conditional) (mriyate, mamāra, amṛta, mariṣyati, martuṃ, mṛta) To die, perish, decease, depart from life. --Caus. (mārayati-te) To kill, slay. --Desid. (mumūrṣati)
     (1) To wish to die.
     (2) To be about to die, be on the point of death.

mṛkṣ See mrakṣ.

mṛg 4 P., 10 A. (mṛgyati, mṛgayate mṛgita)
     (1) To seek, search for, seek after; na ratnamanviṣyati mṛgyate hi tat Ku. 5. 45; gatā dūtā dūraṃ kvacidapi paretān mṛgayituṃ G. L. 25.
     (2) To hunt, chase, pursue.
     (3) To aim at, strive after.
     (4) To examine, investigate; abicalitamanobhiḥ sādhakairmṛgyamāṇaḥ Māl. 5. 1; aṃtaryaśca mumukṣubhirniyamitaprāṇādibhirmṛgyate V. 1. 1 'inwardly sought or investigated'.
     (5) To ask for, beg of one; etāvadeva mṛgaye pratipakṣahetoḥ M. 5. 20.
     (6) To visit, frequent.

mṛgaḥ [mṛg-ka]
     (1)
          (a) A quadruped, an animal in general; nābhiṣeko na saṃskāraḥ siṃhasya kriyate mṛgaiḥ . vikramārjitarājyasya svayameva mṛgeṃdratā; see mṛgādhipa below.
          (b) A wild beast.
     (2) A deer, an antelope; viśvāsopagamādabhinnagatayaḥ śabdaṃ sahaṃte mṛgāḥ S. 1. 14; R. 1. 40, 50; āśramamṛgoyaṃ na haṃtavyaḥ S. 1.
     (8) Game in general.
     (4) The spots on the moon represented as an antelope.
     (5) Musk.
     (6) Seeking, search.
     (7) Pursuit, chase, hunting.
     (8) Inquiry, investigation.
     (9) Asking, soliciting. (10) A kind of elephant.
     (11) N. of a particular class of men; mṛge tuṣṭā ca citriṇī; vadati madhuravāṇīṃ dīrghanetro' tibhīruścapalamatisudehaḥ śīghravego mṛgo'yam Śabdak.
     (12) The lunar mansion called mṛgaśiraś
     (13) The lunar month called mārgaśīrṣa.
     (14) The sign Capricornus of the zodiac.
     (15) N. of a district in Śākadvīpa.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣī a fawn-eyed or deer-eyed woman.
          --aṃkaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor. --3. the wind.
          --aṃganā a doe.
          --ajinaṃ a deer's skin.
          --aṃḍajā musk.
          --ad m.,
          --adanaḥ, --aṃtakaḥ a small tiger or hunting leopard, hyena
          --adhipaḥ, --adhirājaḥ a lion; kesarī niṣṭhurakṣiptamṛgayūtho mṛgādhipaḥ Śi. 2. 53; mṛgādhirājasya vaco niśamya R. 2. 41.
          --arātiḥ 1. a lion. --2. a dog.
          --ariḥ 1. a lion. --2. a dog. --3. a tiger. --4. N. of a tree.
          --aśanaḥ a lion.
          --ājīvaḥ 1. a hunter. --2. a hyena.
          --āvidh m. a hunter.
          --āsyaḥ the sign Capricornus of the zodiac.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. a lion; tato mṛgeṃdrasya mṛgeṃdragāmī R. 2. 30. --2. a tiger. --3. the sign Leo O the zodiac. -āsanaṃ a throne. -āsyaḥ an epithet of Śiva. -caṭakaḥ a hawk.
          --iṣṭaḥ a variety of jasmine.
          --īkṣaṇā a fawn-eyed woman.
          --īśvaraḥ 1. a lion. --2. the sign Leo of the zodiac.
          --uttamaḥ the best antelope.
          --uttamaṃ, --uttamāṃgaṃ the constellation mṛgaśiras. --kānanaṃ 1. a park. --2. a forest abounding in game.
          --gāminī a kind of medicinal substance.
          --cārin a. acting like a deer (as a devotee); leading a deer's life; V. 4.
          --jalaṃ mirage. -snānaṃ bathing in the waters of the mirage; i. e. an impossibility.
          --jīvanaḥ a hunter, fowler.
          --tṛṣ, --tṛṣā, --tṛṣṇā, --tṛṣṇi, --tṛṣṇikā, f. mirage; mṛgatṛṣṇāṃbhasi snātaḥ; see khapuṣpa; jātaḥ sakhe praṇayavānmṛgatṛṣṇikāyāṃ S. 6. 15.
          --daṃśaḥ, --daṃśakaḥ a dog.
          --dāvaḥ a park, preserve.
          --dṛś f. a fawn-eyed woman; tadīṣadvistāri stanayugalamāsīnmṛgadṛśaḥ U. 6. 35. (--m.) the sign Capricornus of the zodiac.
          --dyuḥ a hunter.
          --dviṣ m. a lion.
          --dharaḥ the moon.
          --dhūrtaḥ, dhūrtakaḥ a jackal.
          --nayanā a fawn-eyed woman.
          --nābhiḥ 1. musk; Ku. 1. 54; Rs. 6. 13; Ch. P. 8; R. 17. 24. --2. the musk-deer; R. 4. 74. -jā musk.
          --patiḥ 1. a lion. --2. a roe-buck. --3. a tiger.
          --pālikā the musk-deer.
          --pipluḥ the moon.
          --potaḥ --potakaḥ a fawn.
          --prabhuḥ a lion.
          --priyaṃ grass growing on mountains.
          --ba (va) dhājīvaḥ a hunter.
          --baṃdhinī a net for catching deer.
          --bhojanā bitter apple.
          --madaḥ musk; kucataṭīgato yāvanmātarmilati tava toyairmṛgamadaḥ G. L. 7; mṛgamadatilakaṃ likhati sapulakaṃ mṛgamiva rajanīkare Gīt. 7. -vāsā a musk-bag
          --maṃdraḥ N. of a class of elephants.
          --māṃsaṃ venison.
          --mātṛkā a doe.
          --māsaḥ the month of Mārgaśīrṣa.
          --mukhaḥ the sign Capricornus of the zodiac.
          --yūthaṃ a herd of deer.
          --rāj m. 1. a lion; Śi. 9. 18. --2. a tiger. --3. the sign Leo of the zodiac.
          --rājaḥ 1. a lion; R. 6. 3. --2. the sign Leo of the zodiac. --3. a tiger. --4. the moon. -dhārin, -lakṣman m. the moon.
          --ripuḥ a lion.
          --romaṃ wool. -jaṃ a woollen cloth.
          --rocanā yellow pigment.
          --lāṃchaṃnaḥ --lakṣman m. the moon; aṃkadhirovitamṛgaścaṃdramā bhṛgalāṃchanaḥ Śi. 2. 53. -jaḥ the planet Mercury.
          --lekhā the deer-like streak on the moon; mṛgalekhāmuṣasīva caṃdramāḥ R. 8. 42.
          --locanaḥ the moon. (
          --na, --nī) a fawneyed woman.
          --vallabhaḥ a kind of grass (kuṃdara). --vāhanaḥ wind.
          --vyādhaḥ 1. a hunter. --2. Sirius or the dogstar. --3. an epithet of Śiva.
          --śāyikā the reclining posture of a deer.
          --śāvaḥ a faw; mṛgaśāvaiḥ samamedhito janaḥ S. 2. 18.
          --śiraḥ, śiras n,
          --śirā N. of the fifth lunar mansion consisting of three stars.
          --śīrṣaṃ the constellation mṛgaśiras (--rṣaḥ) the lunar month Mārgaśīrṣa.
          --śīrṣan m the constellation mṛgaśiras. --śreṣṭhaḥ a tiger.
          --han m. a hunter.

mṛgaṇā [mṛg-yuc ṭāp]
     (1) Searching. looking out fer, research.
     (2) Investigation, inquiry.

mṛgayas m Ved. A wild animal.

mṛgayā [mṛgaṃ yātyanayā yā ghañartha ka] Hunting, chase; mithyaiva vyasanaṃ vadaṃti mṛgayamīdṛgvinodaḥ kutaḥ S. 2. 5; mṛgayāpavādinā māṭhavyena S. 2; so mṛgayāveṣa. mṛgayāvihārin &c.
     -- Comp.
          --araṇyaṃ, --banaṃ a park.
          --yānaṃ a hunting expedition.

mṛgayuḥ [mṛga-astyarthe yuc]
     (1) A hunter, fowler; haṃti nopaśayastho'pi śayā lurmṛgayurmṛgān Śi. 2. 80.
     (2) A jackal.
     (3) An epithet of Brahman.

mṛgavyam
     (1) The chase, hunting; Ki 13. 9.
     (2) A target, butt (in archery).

mṛgita a. [mṛg-kta]
     (1) Chased, pursued, hunted.
     (2) Sought, searched for.
     (3) Asked, solicited.

mṛgī
     (1) A female deer, doe.
     (2) Epilepsy.
     (3) N. of a particular class of women.
     -- Comp.
          --dṛś f.
          --locanā &c. a woman with eyes like those of a doe or fawn.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

mṛgya a [mṛg-ṇyat] To be sought or inquired after; to be hunted; tatra mūlaṃ mṛgyam.

mṛj I. 1 P. (mārjati) To sound. --II. 2 P., 10 U. (mārṣṭi, mārjayati te, mamārjaṃ mārjayāṃcakāra-cakre, amārjit-amārkṣīt, amamārjat-ta mārjiṣyati, mārkṣyati, mārjayiṣyatite, mārjituṃ-mārṣṭuṃ, mārjayituṃ, mṛṣṭa, marjita desid. mimṛkṣati or mimārjiṣati)
     (1) To wipe or wash off, cleanse, clean, sweep clean (fig. also); svedalavānmamārja Śi. 3. 79, doṣapravādamamṛjat 5. 28.
     (2) To rub, stroke.
     (3) To make smooth, curry (as a horse).
     (4) To dock, adorn.
     (5) To purify, wash with water, sharpen; lalu khaḍgān mamārjuśca mamṛjuśca paraśvadhān Bk. 14. 92 (śuddhān cakruḥ or śodhitavaṃtaḥ).

mṛjaḥ A kind of drum.

mṛjā [mṛja-aṅ]
     (1) Cleansing, purifving, washing ablution.
     (2) Cleanliness, purity; Bk. 2. 13 (śaddhi).
     (3) Complexion, pure skin or clear complexion.

mṛjita a. Wipped off or away, cleansed, removed, rubbed &c.

mṛḍ 6. 9. P. (mṛḍati. mṛḍnāti)
     (1) To be gracious, be pleased.
     (2) To forgive, pardon.
     (3) To delight, gladden.
     (4) To be delighted or happy.

mṛḍaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

mṛḍanam Favouring, showing grace.

mṛḍā, mṛḍānī, mṛḍī An epithet of Pārvatī: śaṃke suṃdari kālakūṭamapibat mūḍho mṛḍānīpatiḥ Gīt. 12.

mṛḍīkaḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) A fish.
     (3) A deer.

mṛg 6 P. (mṛṇati) To kill, slay, destroy.

mṛṇālaḥ --lam [mṛṇa-kālan] The fibrous root of a lotus. a lotus-fibre: bhaṃge'pi hi mṛṇālāmanubadhnaṃti taṃtavaḥ H. 1. 95; sūtraṃ mṛṇālādiva rāhahaṃsī V. 1. 19; Rs. 1. 19: V. 3. 13. --la The root of a fragrant grass (vīraṇamūla)
     -- Comp.
          --bhaṃgaḥ a bit of a lotus-fibre.
          --sūtraṃ the fibre of a lotus-stalk.

mṛṇālikā, mṛṇālī A lotus stalk or fibre: parimṛditamṛṇālīmlānamaṃgaṃ Māl. 1. 22; or parimṛditamṛṇālīdurbalānyaṃgakāni U. 1. 24: Ku. 5. 29.

mṛṇālin m. A lotus.

mṛṇālinī
     (1) A lotus-plant; R. 16. 7.
     (2) An assemblage of lotuses.
     (3) A place abounding with lotuses.

mṛta p. p. [mṛ kartari kta]
     (1) Dead. deceased ye parādhīnatāṃ yātāste vai jī vaṃti ke mṛtāḥ H. 2. 22.
     (2) As good as dead, useless, inefficacious. mṛto dari draḥ pṛruṣo mṛtaṃ maithūnamaprajaṃ . mṛtamaśrotriyaṃ śrāddhaṃ mṛtāṃ yajñastvadakṣaṇaḥ .. Pt. 2. 94
     (3) Calcined, reduced; mūcche gato mṛto vānidarśanaṃ pārade'tra rasaḥ Bv. 1 82. --taṃ
     (1) Death.
     (2) Food obtained by begging, alms; see amṛtaṃ
     (8).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ a corpse.
          --aṃḍaḥ the sun.
          --aśaucaṃ impurity contracted through the death of a relation; see aśauca. --udbhavaḥ the sea, ocean.
          --kalpa, --prāya a almost dead, insensible.
          --gṛhaṃ a grave.
          --celaṃ shroud or garment of the dead (worn by Chāṇḍālas).
          --jīvata a. reviving the dead.
          --dāraḥ a widower.
          --niryātakaḥ one who carries out dead bodies to the cemetery.
          --pāḥ a class of persons of the lowest caste (who watch dead bodies, carry them to the cemetery &c.).
          --mattaḥ, --mattakaḥ a jackal.
          --maṃskāraḥ funeral or obsequial rites.
          --maṃjīvana a. reviving the dead (
          --naṃ, nī) the revival of a dead person. (
          --nī) a charm for reviving the dead.
          --sūtakaṃ bringing forth a stillborn child.
          --stātaṃ ablution after a death or funeral.

mṛtakaḥ --kam A dead person, a corpse; dhravaṃ te jīvaṃtopyahaha mṛtakā maṃdamatayo na yeṣāmānaṃda janayati jagannāthabhāṇitiḥ Bv. 4. 39. --kaṃ
     (1) Impurity contracted through the death of a relation.
     (2) Death.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ a jackal.

mṛtiḥ f. Death, dying.

mṛtiman m. Mortality.

mṛtaṃḍaḥ The sun

mṛtālakam A kind of clay.

mṛttikā [mṛd tikat ṭap]
     (1) Clay, earth; Ms. 2. 82.
     (2) Fresh earth.
     (3) A kind of fragrant earth.

mṛtyuḥ [mṛtyuka] 1 Death, decease; jatasya hi dhruvāṃ mṛtyurdhruvaṃ janma mṛtamya ca Bg. 2. 27
     (2) Yama, the god of death.
     (3) An epithet of Brahman
     (4) Of Viṣṇu.
     (5) Of Māyā.
     (6) Of Kali
     (7) The god of love
     -- Comp.
          --tūryaṃ a kind of drum beaten at obsequial rites.
          --da a fatal.
          --naśakaḥ quicksilver.
          --nāśana the drink of immortality, ambrosia.
          --pāḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --pāśaḥ the noose of death or Yama.
          --puṣpaḥ the sugarcane.
          --pratibaddha a. liable to death.
          --phalaṃ a kind of poisonous fruit.
          --phalā, --lī the plantain.
          --bījaḥ, --vīja a bamboo-cane.
          --bhṛtyaḥ sickness, disease.
          --rāj m. Yama, the god of death.
          --lokaḥ 1. the world of the dead, the world of Death or Yama. --2. earth, the world of mortals; cf. martyaloka. --vaṃcanaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. a raven.
          --sūtiḥ f. a female crab.

mṛtyuṃjayaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

mṛtsā, mṛtsna
     (1) Earth, clay.
     (2) Good earth or clay.
     (3) A kind of fragrant earth.

mṛtsnam Powder, dust.

mṛd 9 P. (mṛdgati, mṛdita)
     (1) To squeeze, press, rub: mama ca mṛditaṃ kṣaumaṃ bālye tvadaṃgavivartanaiḥ Ve. 5. 40.
     (2) To trample or tread upon; crush, dash to pieces, kill, destroy, pound bruise, pulverize; tāvamadardikhādīcca Bk. 15. 15; balānyamṛdgānnalinābhavaktraḥ R. 18. 5.
     (3) To rub, stroke, rub against, touch; Śi. 4. 61.
     (4) To overcome, surpass.
     (5) To wipe away, rub off, remove.
     (6) (In astr.) To pass through (as a constellation). --Caus. (mardayati) = mṛdu q. v. above.

mṛdita p. p.
     (1) Pressed, squeezed; suratamṛditā bālavanitā Bh. 2. 44.
     (2) Crushed, pounded, ground down, trampled upon, killed.
     (3) Rubbed off, removed. (See mṛd).

mṛdinī Good or soft earth.

mṛd f. [mṛdyate mṛd karmaṇi kvip]
     (1) Clay, earth, loam; amīdaṃ kumumabhavaṃ madeva dhatte mṛdgaṃdhaṃ na hi kusumā ni dhārayaṃti . Subhāṣ.; prabhavati śucirbiṃbodgrāhe maṇirna mṛdāṃ cayaḥ U 2. 4.
     (2) A piece of earth, lump of clay.
     (3) A mound of earth.
     (4) A kind of fragrant earth.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṇaḥ a small clod or lump of earth.
          --karaḥ a potter.
          --kāṃsyaṃ an earthen vessel.
          --kirā an earthworm.
          --gaḥ a kind of fish.
          --cayaḥ (mṛccayaḥ) a heap of earth.
          --pacaḥ a potter.
          --pātraṃ, --bhāṃḍaṃ earthen-ware, a vessel of clay.
          --piṃḍaḥ a clod of earth, a lump of clay. -buddhiḥ 'clod-pated', a blockhead; mayā ca matpiṃḍabuddhinā tathaiva gṛhītaṃ S. 6.
          --loṣṭaḥ a clod of earth.
          --śakaṭikā (mṛcchakaṭikā) a small car of earth, a toy-cart; (it is the name of a celebrated play by Śūdraka).

mṛnma(ṇma)ya a. Earthen; R. 5. 2.

mṛdaṃkuraḥ(ruḥ) The green pigeon.

mṛdaṃgaḥ [mṛd-aṃgac kicca]
     (1) A kind of drum or tabor.
     (2) A bamboo-cane.
     (3) Noise.
     -- Comp.
          --phalaḥ the breadfruit tree.

mṛdara a.
     (1) Sporting, sportive.
     (2) Transient, evanescent.

mṛdavam Contrasting excellence or merit of any kind with demerit.

mṛdā See mṛd.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ a thunderbolt.

mṛdu a. [mṛd-ku] (du or dvī f.; compar, mradīyas; superl. mradiṣṭha)
     (1) Soft, tender, supple, pliant, delicate; mṛdu tīkṣṇataraṃ yaducyate tadidaṃ manmatha dṛśyate tvayi M. 3. 2; athavā mṛdu vastu hiṃsituṃ mṛdunaivārabhate prajāṃtakaḥ R. 8. 45, 57; S. 1. 10; 4. 10.
     (2) Soft, mild, gentle; na kharo na ca bhūyasā mṛduḥ R. 8. 9; bāṇaṃ kṛpāmṛdumanāḥ pratisaṃjahāra 9. 57 'with his mind softened with pity'; taṃ kṛpāmṛduravekṣya bhārgavaṃ 11. 83; S. 6. 1; maharṣimṛdutāmagacchat R. 5. 54 'relented'; khātamūlamanilo nadīrayaiḥ pātayatyapi mṛdustaṭadrumaṃ 11. 76 'even a soft or gentle breeze' &c.
     (3) Weak, feeble; sarvathā mṛdurasau rājā H. 3; tataste mṛdavo'bhūvan gaṃdharvāḥ śarapīḍitāḥ Mb.
     (4) Moderate.
     (5) Blunt.
     (6) Slow. --duḥ The planet Saturn. --du n. Softness, gentleness. --du ind. Softly, gently, in a sweet manner; svanasi mṛdu karṇāṃtikacaraḥ S. 1. 24; vādayate mṛdu veṇuṃ Gīt. 5.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. of delicate limbs. (
          --gī) a delicate woman.
          --utpalaṃ the soft i. e. blue lotus.
          --kāṣṇāryasaṃ lead.
          --koṣṭha a. having bowels which are relaxed or easily affected by medicines.
          --gamana a. having a gentle or lounging gait. (
          --nā) a goose, female swan.
          --carmin, --chadaḥ, --tvac, --tvacaḥ m. a kind of birch tree.
          --patraḥ a rush or reed.
          --parvakaḥ, --parvan m. a reed, cane.
          --puṣpaḥ the Sirīṣa tree.
          --pūrva a. gentle at first, bland, coaxing.
          --phalaṃ N. of a plant (vikakata). --bhāṣin a. sweet-speaking.
          --roman m.,
          --romakaḥ a hare.
          --vargaḥ, --gaṇaḥ the group of the Nakshatras anurādhā, mṛgaśiras, citrā and revatī. --sparśa a. soft to the touch.
          --hṛdaya a. kind.

mṛduka a. Soft, gentle.

mṛdula a.
     (1) Soft, tender, delicate.
     (2) Mild, gentle. --laṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) A variety of aloe-wood.

mṛdvī, mṛdvīkā A vine or bunch of grapes; vācaṃ tadīyāṃ paripīya mṛdvīṃ mṛdvīkayā tulyarasāṃ sa haṃsaḥ N. 3. 60; Bv. 4. 13, 37.

mṛdunnakam Gold.

mṛdh 1 U. (mardhati-te)
     (1) To be moist, or to moisten.
     (2) Ved. To hurt, kill.
     (3) To disregard.

mṛdh f. Ved.
     (1) Battle, fight.
     (2) An enemy.

mṛdhas n. Ved.
     (1) War.
     (2) Contempt, disregard.

mṛdham War, battle, fight; sattvavihitamatulaṃ bhujayorbalamasya paśyata mṛdhe'dhikupyataḥ Ki. 12. 39; R. 13. 65; Mv. 5. 13.

mṛś 6 P. (mṛśati, mṛṣṭha)
     (1) To touch, handle.
     (2) To rub, stroke.
     (3) To consider, reflect, deliberate.

mṛṣ I. 1 P. (marṣati) To sprinkle. --II. 1 U. (marṣati-te)
     (1) To bear, endure &c. (usually 4 U.)
     (2) To sprinkle --III. 4. 10. U. (mṛṣyati te, marṣayati-te, marṣita)
     (1) To suffer, bear, endure, put up with: tatkimidamakāryamanuṣṭhitaṃ devena-loko na mṛṣyatīti U. 3; R. 9. 62.
     (2) To allow, permit.
     (3) To pardon, forgive, excuse, forbear; mṛṣyaṃtu lavasya bāliśatāṃ tātapādāḥ U. 6; prathamamiti prekṣya duhitṛjavasyaiko'parādho bhagavatā marṣāyitavyaḥ S. 4; ārya marṣaya marṣaya Ve. 1; maha brāhmaṇa marṣaya Mk. 1.
     (4) To forget, neglect.

mṛṣā ind.
     (1) Falsely, wrongly, untruly, lyingly; yadvaktraṃ muhurīkṣase na dhanināṃ brūṣe na cāṭuṃ mṛṣā Bh. 3. 147; mṛṣābhāṣāsiṃdho Bv. 2. 21.
     (2) In vain, to no purpose, uselessly.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyāyin m. a kind of crane.
          --arthaka a. 1. untrue. --2. absurd. (
          --kaṃ) an absurdity, an impossibility.
          --udyaṃ falsehood, lying, a false statement; tatkiṃ manyase rājaputri mṛṣodyaṃ taditi U. 4.
          --jñānaṃ ignorance, error.
          --bhāṣin, --vādin m. a liar.
          --vāc f. an untrue or satirical speech, satire, irony.
          --vādaḥ 1. an untrue speech; a lie, falsehood. --2. insincere speech, flattery. --3. irony, satire.

mṛṣāyate Den. P. To be mistaken, to err.

mṛṣālakaḥ The mango tree.

mṛṣṭa p. p. [mṛj mṛś vā-kta]
     (1)
          (a) Cleansed, purified.
          (b) Pure, clean.
     (2) Besmeared.
     (3) Dressed, cooked.
     (4) Touched.
     (5) Considered, deliberated.
     (6) Savoury, agreeable. Sprinkled. --ṣṭaṃ Pepper.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhaḥ a savoury or agreeable smell.

mṛṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Cleansing, cleaning, purifying.
     (2) Cooking, dressing, preparation.
     (3) Touch, contact.
     (4) Sprinkling.

mṛṣṭeruka a.
     (1) Eating dainties, luxurious.
     (2) Selfish.
     (3) Liberal.

mṝ 9 P. (mṛṇati) To hurt, kill.

me 1 A. (mayate, mita; desid. mitsate) To exchange or barter. --WITH ni or vini to exchange or barter.

mekaḥ A goat.

mekalaḥ
     (1) N. of a mountain; (also mekhala).
     (2) A goat.
     -- Comp.
          --adrijā, --kanyakā --kanyā epithets of the river Narmadā.

mekhalā
     (1) A belt, girdle, waistband, zone in general (fig. also); anything which girds or surrounds; mahī sāgaramekhalā 'the sea-girt earth'; ratnānuviddhārṇavamekhalāyā diśaḥ sapatnī bhava dakṣiṇasyāḥ R. 6. 63; Rs. 6. 2.
     (2) Particularly, the girdle or zone of a woman; nitaṃbabiṃbaiḥ sadukūlamekhalaiḥ Rs. 1. 4, 6: R. 8. 64; mekhalāguṇairuta gotraskhaliteṣu baṃdhanaṃ Ku. 4. 8.
     (3) The triple girdle worn by the first three castes; cf Ms. 2. 42.
     (4) The slope of a mountain (nitaṃba); āmekhalaṃ saṃcaratāṃ ghatānā Ku. 1. 5; Me. 12.
     (5) The hips.
     (6) A sword-belt.
     (7) A swordknot or string fastened to the hilt.
     (8) The girth of a horse.
     (9) N. of the river Narmadā.
     -- Comp.
          --padaṃ the hips.
          --baṃdhaḥ investiture with the girdle.

mekhalin m.
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) A religious student, a Brahmachārin, q. v.

mekhalālaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

meghaḥ [mehati varṣati jalaṃ, mih-ghañ kutvam]
     (1) A cloud; kurvannaṃjanamecakā iva diśo meghaḥ samuttiṣṭhate Mk. 5. 23, 2, 3 &c.
     (2) A mass, multitude.
     (3) N. of one of the six Rāgas (in music).
     (4) A fragrant grass. --ghaṃ Talc.
     -- Comp.
          --adhvan m.,
          --pathaḥ, --mārgaḥ 'the path of clouds', atmosphere.
          --aṃtaḥ the autumn.
          --ariḥ the wind.
          --asthi n. hail.
          --ākhyaṃ talc.
          --āgamaḥ the approach of rains, the rainy season.
          --āṭopaḥ a dense or thick cloud.
          --āḍaṃbaraḥ thunder.
          --ānaṃdā a kind of crane.
          --ānaṃdin m. a peacock.
          --ālokaḥ the appearance or sight of clouds; meghāloke bhavati sukhinopyanyathāvṛtti cetaḥ Me. 3.
          --āspadaṃ the sky, atmosphere.
          --udakaṃ rain.
          --udayaḥ the rising of clouds.
          --kaphaḥ hail.
          --kālaḥ the rains, rainy season.
          --garjanaṃ, --garjanā thunder.
          --ciṃtakaḥ the Chātaka bird.
          --jaḥ a large pearl.
          --jālaṃ 1. a dense mass of clouds. --2. talc.
          --javikaḥ, --jīvanaḥ the Chātaka bird.
          --jyotis m. n. lightning.
          --ḍaṃbaraḥ thunder.
          --dīpaḥ lightning.
          --dūtaṃ N. of a celebrated poem by Kālidāsa.
          --dvāraṃ the sky, atmosphere.
          --nādaḥ 1. the roar of clouds, thunder. --2. an epithet of Varuṇa. --3. N. of Indrajit, son of Rāvaṇa. --4. the Palāśa tree. -anulāsin, -anulāsakaḥ a peacock. -jit m. an epithet of Lakṣmaṇa.
          --nāman m. a kind of grass.
          --nirghoṣaḥ thunder.
          --paṃktiḥ, --mālā --rāji f. a line of clouds; prathamaṃ megharājiḥ paścādvidyullatā V. 2.
          --puṣpaṃ 1. water. --2. hail. --3. river-water.
          --prasavaḥ water.
          --bhūtiḥ a thunderbolt.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the firmament, sky.
          --māla, --mālin a. cloudcapt.
          --yoniḥ fog, smoke.
          --ravaḥ thunder.
          --rāvaḥ a kind of waterbird.
          --rekhā, --lekhā a line of clouds.
          --varṇā the Indigo plant.
          --vartman n. the atmosphere.
          --vahniḥ lightning.
          --vāhataḥ
     (1) an epithet of Indra; śrayati sma meghamiva meghavāhataḥ Śi. 13. 18. --2. an epithet of Śiva. --visphūrjitaṃ 1. thunder, rumbling of clouds. --2. N. of a metre; see App. 1. --veśman n. the atmosphere. --sāraḥ a kind of camphor. --suhṛd m. a peacock. --stanitaṃ thunder.

meghaṃkara a. (rī f.) Producing clouds.

meghayati Den. P. To make cloudy, darken.

mecaka a. [cf. Uṇ. 5. 37] Black, dark-blue, dark-coloured kurvanna janamecakā iva diśo meghaḥ samuttiṣṭhate Mk. 5. 23; U. 6. 25; Me. 59. --kaḥ
     (1) Blackness, the dark blue-colour.
     (2) An eye of a peacock's tail; Māl. 6. 5.
     (3) A cloud.
     (4) Smoke.
     (5) A nipple.
     (6) A kind of gem. --kaṃ
     (1) Darkness.
     (2) Sulphuret of antimony.
     -- Comp.
          --āpagā an epithet of the Yamunā.

meṭ, meḍ 1 P. (meṭati, meḍati) To be mad.

meṭulā The myrobalan tree (āmalakī).

meṭhaḥ
     (1) A ram.
     (2) An elephantdriver or keeper.

meṭhiḥ, methiḥ
     (1) A pillar, post.
     (2) A pillar in the midst of a threshing-floor to which oxen are bound.
     (3) A post to which cattle are bound.
     (4) A prop for supporting the shafts of a carriage.

meḍhraḥ [mih-ṣṭran] A ram. --ḍhraṃ The male organ of generation, penis; (yasya) meḍhraṃ conmādaśukrābhyāṃ hīnaṃ klībaḥ sa ucyate.
     -- Comp.
          --carman n. the prepuce.
          --jaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --rogaḥ a venereal disease.

meḍhrakaḥ
     (1) A ram.
     (2) The penis.

meṃṭhaḥ, meṃḍaḥ An elephant-keeper.

meṃḍhaḥ, meṃḍhaṃkaḥ A ram.

meṃḍhraḥ See meḍhra.

meth 1 U. (methati-te)
     (1) To meet.
     (2) To meet one another (Atm.).
     (3) To revile.
     (4) To know, understand.
     (5) To hurt, injure, kill.

methikā, methinī A kind of grass.

medaḥ
     (1) Fat.
     (2) A particular mixed trible.
     (3) N. of a serpent-demon.
     (4) N. of a plant (alaṃbuṣā). --dā A root resembling ginger (one of the eight principal medicines.)
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ a species of bdellium.
          --bhillaḥ N. of a degraded tribe.

medakaḥ Liquor used for distillation.

medas n. [med-asun]
     (1) Fat, marrow one of the seven dhatus of the body and supposed to lie in the abdomen); Ms. 3. 182; Y. 1. 44.
     (2) Corpulence, fat of the body: medaśchadekṛśodaraṃ laghu bhavatyutthānayogyaṃ vapuḥ S. 2. 5.
     (3) Excessive fatness, morbid corpulence.
     -- Comp.
          --arbudaṃ a fatty tumour.
          --kṛta m. n. flesh.
          --grathiḥ a fatty tumour.
          --jaṃ, --tejas n. a bone.
          --dharā a membrane in the abdomen containing the fat.
          --piṃḍaḥ a lump of fat.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. 1. increase of fat, corpulence. --2. enlargement of the scrotum.

medasvin a.
     (1) Fat, corpulent.
     (2) Strong, robust; Śi. 5. 64.

medinī
     (1) The earth; na māmavati sadvīpā ratnasūrapi medinī R. 1. 65; cacalaṃ vasu nitāṃtamunnatā medinīmapi haraṃtyarātayaḥ Ki. 13. 52; (madhukaiṭabhayorāsīnmedasaiva pariplutā . teneyaṃ medinīnāmnā sarvataḥ parikīrtitā).
     (2) Ground, land, soil.
     (3) Spot, place.
     (4) N. of a lexicon (medinīkośa).
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --patiḥ, a king.
          --dravaḥ dust.

medura a. [mid-ghurac]
     (1) Fat.
     (2) Smooth, unctuous, soft.
     (3) Thick, dense; Māl. 8. 11; thick with, full of, covered with (usually with instr. or at the end of comp.); meghairmeduramaṃvaraṃ Gīt. 1; makaraṃdasuṃdaragalanmaṃdākinīmeduraṃ (padāraviṃdaṃ) 7.

medurita a.
     (1) Thickened, made dense; meghameduritanīlimā giriḥ U. 1.
     (2) Unctuous.

medya a.
     (1) Fat.
     (2) Dense, thick.

medh 1 U. See meth.

medhaḥ
     (1) A sacrifice, as in naramedha, aśvamedha.
     (2) A sacrificial animal or victim.
     (3) An offering, oblation.
     (4) Ved. The juice of meat, broth.
     (5) Ved. Sap, pith, essence.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.

medhā [medh-añ] (changed to medhas in Bah. comp. when preceded by su, das and the negative particle a)
     (1) Retentive faculty, retentiveness (of memory); dhīrdhāraṇāvatī medhā Ak.
     (2) Intellect; intelligence in general: Bg. 10. 34; Ms. 3. 263; Y. 3. 173.
     (3) A form of Sarasvatī.
     (4) A sacrifice.
     (5) Strength, power (Ved.)
     -- Comp.
          --atithiḥ N. of a learned commentator on Manusmṛti.
          --jit m. an epithet of Kātyāyana.
          --rudraḥ an epithet of Kālidāsa.

medhāvat a. Wise, intelligent.

medhāvan a. [medhā-vini]
     (1) Very intelligent, having a good memory.
     (2) Intelligent, wise, endowed with intellect; Pt. 1. 61. --m.
     (1) A learned man, sage, scholar.
     (2) A parrot.
     (3) An intoxicating drink. --nī An epithet of the wife of Brahman.

medhi See methi.

medhya a. [medh-ṇyat, medhāya hitaṃ yat vā]
     (1) Fit for a sacrifice; Y. 1. 194; Ms. 5. 54.
     (2) Relating to a sacrifice, sacrificial; medhyenāśveneje; R. 13. 3.
     (3) Pure, sacred, holy; R. 1. 84, 3. 31, 14. 81.
     (4) Ved. Fresh, strong, vigorous.
     (5) Wise, intelligent. --dhyaḥ
     (1) A goat.
     (2) A Khadira tree.
     (3) Barley (according to Medinī). --dhyā N. of several plants (ketakī, śaṃkhapuṣpī, rocanā, śamī &c.).

menakā
     (1) N. of an Apsaras (mother of Śakuntalā).
     (2) N. of the wife of Himālaya.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmajā N. of Pārvatī.

menā N. of the wife of Himālaya; menāṃ munīnāmapi mānanīyāṃ (upayeme) Ku. 1. 18, 5. 5.
     (2) N. of a river.

menādaḥ
     (1) A peacock.
     (2) A cat.
     (3) A goat.

meṃdhikā, meṃdhī N. of a plant(Mar. meṃdī) (from the leaves of which a reddish dye is extracted, wherewith to colour the tips and nails of fingers, the soles of the feet, and the palms of the hand).

mep 1 A. (mepate) To go, move.

meya a. [mā-mi-vā yat]
     (1) Measured.
     (2) Capable of being estimated.
     (3) Discernible, capable of being known (jñeya).

merakaḥ
     (1) A seat covered with bark.
     (2) N. of an enemy of Viṣṇu.

meruḥ
     (1) N. of a fabulous mountain (round which all the planets are said to revolve; and which forms the centre of the several Dvīpas; cf. dvīpa; it is also said to consi-t of gold and gems); vibhajya merurna yadarthisāt kṛtaḥ N. 1. 16; svātmanyeva samāptahemamahimā merurna me rocate Bh. 3. 150.
     (2) The central bead in a rosary.
     (3) The central gem of a necklace.
     -- Comp.
          --ādrikarṇikā the earth.
          --dhāman m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --pṛṣṭhaṃ heaven, the sky.
          --yaṃtraṃ a figure shaped like a spindle.

merukaḥ Incense.

melaḥ [mil-ghañ]
     (1) Meeting, union, intercourse.
     (2) A fair.
     (3) A company, an assembly. (Also melaka).

melanam [mil-lyuṭ]
     (1) Union, junction.
     (2) Association.
     (3) Mixture.
     (4) An encounter; a fight.

melā [mil-ṇic ac ṭāp]
     (1) Union, intercourse.
     (2) A company, assembly, a society.
     (3) Antimony.
     (4) The indigo plant.
     (5) Ink.
     (6) A musical scale.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃdhukaḥ, --aṃbuḥ, --naṃdaḥ, --naṃdā, --maṃdā an ink-stand, inkbottle.

melāpakaḥ
     (1) Uniting, bringing together, collecting.
     (2) Conjunction of planets.
     (3) A crowd, assembly.

melāyanam Combination, junction.

mev 1 A. (mevate) To worship, serve, attend upon.

meṣaḥ
     (1) A ram, sheep.
     (2) The sign Aries of the zodiac.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃḍaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --kaṃbalaḥ a woollen blanket or rug.
          --pālaḥ, -pālakaḥ a shepherd.
          --māṃsaṃ mutton.
          --yūyaṃ a flock of sheep.

meṣā Small cardamoms.

meṣāyate Den. A. To act like a goat.

meṣikā, meṣī A ewe.

mehaḥ [mii --ghañ]
     (1) Making water, passing urine.
     (2) Urine.
     (3) A urinary disease.
     (4) A ram.
     (5) A Goat.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnī Turmeric.

mehanam [mih-lyuṭ]
     (1) Passing urine
     (2) Urine.
     (3) The penis.

maitra a. (trī f.) [mitra-aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to a friend.
     (2) Given by a friend.
     (3) Friendly, well-disposed, amicable, kind; Ms. 2. 87; Bg. 12. 13.
     (4) Relating to the god Mitra (as a Muhūrta); Ku. 7. 6. --traḥ
     (1) A high or perfect Brāhmaṇa.
     (2) N. of a particular mixed tribe; Ms. 10. 23.
     (3) The anus.
     (4) A friend. --trī
     (1) Friendship, good will.
     (2) Intimate connection or association, union, contact; pratyūṣeṣu sphuṭitakatalāmodamaitrīkaṣāyaḥ Me. 31.
     (3) The lupar mansion called anurādhā. --traṃ
     (1) Friendship.
     (2) Voiding or evacuation of excrement; Ms. 4. 152.
     (3) A prayer addressed to Mitra.
     (4) The lunar mansion anurādhā (maitrabhaṃ) in the same sense).

maitrakam Friendship.

maitrāvaruṇaḥ An epithet of Vālmīki.
     (2) Of Agastya.
     (3) N. of one of the officiating priests at a sacrifice.
     (4) N. of Vasiṣṭha; U. 5. 28.

maitrāvaruṇiḥ
     (1) An epithet of Agastya.
     (2) Of Vasiṣṭha.
     (3) Of Vālmīki.

maitrin a. Friendly, kind.

maitreya a. (yī f.) Relating to a friend, friendly. --yaḥ N. of a mixed tribe.

maitreyakaḥ N. of a mixed tribe; Ms. 10. 33.

maitreyikā A contest between friends or allies (mitrayuddhaṃ).

maitryam Friendship, alliance.

maithilaḥ [mithilāyāṃ bhavaḥ aṇ] A king of Mithilā; R. 11. 32, 48. --lāḥ (pl.) The people of Mithilā q. v. --lī N. of Sītā; R. 12. 29.

maithuna a. (nī f.) [mithupena nirvṛttaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Paired, coupled.
     (2) United by marriage.
     (3) Relating to copula tion. --naṃ
     (1) Copulation, sexual union; mṛtaṃ maithunamaprajaṃ Pt. 2. 94.
     (2) Marriage.
     (3) Union, connection.
     (4) Consecrating the fire (agnyādhāna).
     -- Comp.
          --jvaraḥ the excitement of sexual passion.
          --dharmin a. copulating.
          --vairāgyaṃ abstinence from sexual intercourse.

maithunikā Union by marriage, matrimonial allianee.

maithunin a. Copulating, sexually united. --m. One who has had sexual union with a woman.

maithunya a. Relating to copulation.

maidhāvakam Wisdom, intelligence.

manaukaḥ [menakāyāṃ bhavaḥ aṇ] N. of a mountain, son of Himālaya and Menā, who alone retained his wings (when Indra clipped those of other mountains) on account of his friendship with the ocean; cf. Ku. 1. 20.
     -- Comp.
          --svasṛ f. an epithet of Pārvatī.

mainālaḥ A fisherman.

maidaḥ N. of a demon killed by Kṛṣṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --han m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

maireyaḥ --yaṃ, maireyakaḥ --kam A kind of intoxicating drink; adhirajani vadhūbhiḥ pītamaireyariktaṃ Śi. 11. 51; G. L. 34.

mailiṃdaḥ A bee.

mokam The cast-off skin of an animal.

mokṣ 1 P., 10 U. (mokṣati, mokṣayati-te)
     (1) To release, set free, liberate, emancipate.
     (2) To loose, untie, undo.
     (3) To wrest away.
     (4) To cast, hurl, fling.
     (5) To shed.
     (6) To detach, extract.

mokṣaḥ [mokṣ-ghañ]
     (1) Liberation, release, escape, freedom; sā'dhunā tava baṃdhe mokṣe ca prabhavati K.; Me. 61; labdhamokṣāḥ śukādayaḥ R. 17. 20; dhuryāṇāṃ ca dhuro mokṣaṃ 17. 19.
     (2) Rescue, deliverance, delivery.
     (3) Final emancipation, deliverance of the soul from recurring births or transmigration, the last of the four ends of human existence; see artha; dharmārthakāmamokṣāṇāṃ yasyaiko'pi na vidyate . ajāgalastanasyeva tasya janma nirarthakaṃ ..; Bg. 5. 28, 18. 30; R. 10. 84; Ms. 6. 35.
     (4) Death.
     (5) Falling down, dropping down, falling off; vanasthalīrmarmarapatramokṣāḥ Ku. 3. 31.
     (6) Loosening, untying, unbinding; veṇimokṣotsukāni Me. 99.
     (7) Shedding, causing to fall down or flow; bāṣpamokṣa, aśrumokṣa.
     (8) Shooting, casting, discharging; bāṇamokṣaḥ S. 3. 5.
     (9) Scattering, strewing. (10) Acquittance or discharge of an obligation (debt &c.).
     (11) (In astr.) The liberation of an eclipsed planet, the end of an eclipse.
     (12) N. of a tree (pāṭali).
     -- Comp.
          --upāyaḥ a means of obtaining final emancipation.
          --devaḥ an epithet applied to Hiouen Thsang, the celebrated Chinese traveller.
          --dvāraṃ the sun.
          --purī an epithet of the town called kāṃcī.

mokṣaka a. [mokṣ-ṇvul] Delivering, freeing, releasing &c. --kaḥ A liberator, saviour, deliverer.

mokṣaṇam [mokṣ lyuṭ]
     (1) Releasing, liberating, emancipating, setting at liberty.
     (2) Rescuing, deliverance.
     (3) Loosening, untying.
     (4) Giving up, abandoning, resigning.
     (5) Shedding.
     (6) Squandering.
     (7) Discharging, casting; śastra- &c.

mokṣin a.
     (1) Desirous of emancipation.
     (2) Emancipated, completely absolved, freed.

mogha a. [mah-gha ac vā kutvaṃ]
     (1) Vain, useless, fruitless, unprofitable, unsuccessful; yācñā moyā varamadhigu ṇe nādheme labdhakāmā Me. 6; moghavṛtti kalabhasya ceṣṭitaṃ R. 11. 39; 14. 65; Bg. 9. 12.
     (2) A imless, purposeless, indefinite.
     (3) Left, abandoned
     (4) Idle. --ghaḥ A fence, an enclosure, a hedge. --ghā The trumpet flower --ghaṃ ind. In vain, to no purpose, uselessly.
     -- Comp.
          --karman a. engaging in useless rites.
          --puṣpā a barren woman.

moghīkṛ 8 U. To render useless, frustrate.

mogholiḥ A hedge, fence.

mocaḥ [muc ac]
     (1) The plantain tree.
     (2) The tree called śobhāṃjana. --cā
     (1) The plantain tree.
     (2) The cotton shrub.
     (3) The indigo plant. --caṃ A plantain fruit.

mocaka a. [muc-ṇvul]
     (1) Liberating, freeing.
     (2) Finally emancipated. absolved. --kaḥ
     (1) A devotee, an ascetic.
     (2) Emancipation, deliverance.
     (3) A plantain tree.
     (4) The tree called śobhāṃjana.

mocana a. (nī f.) [muc-lyu lyuṭ vā] Releasing, freeing from. --naṃ
     (1) Releasing, liberating, setting free, emancipating.
     (2) Unyoking.
     (3) Discharging, emitting.
     (4) Acquittance of a debt or obligation.
     (5) Arrogance, pride.
     (6) Deceit, fraud.
     -- Comp.
          --paṭṭaṃkaḥ a filter.

mocayitṛ a. Releasing, setting free.

mocaṭaḥ
     (1) The pith or fruit of the banana.
     (2) Sandal wood.
     (3) A kind of pungent seed.

moṭakaḥ --kam [muṭ-ṇvul] A pill. --kaṃ A couple of broken blades of Kuśa grass given at a Śrāddha (bhugnakuśapatradvayaṃ).

māṭanaṃ, moṭa nakam Crushing, pressing, grinding, breaking. --naḥ Wind, air.

moṭṭāyitam Silent involuntary expression of affection towards an absent lover, as when a woman, her mind being taken up by her lover, scratches the ear &c. when he is remembered or talked of; it is thus defined by ujjvalamaṇiḥ --kāṃtasmaraṇavārtādau hṛdi tadbha vabhāvataḥ . prākaṭyamabhilāṣasya moṭṭāyitamudīryate; see S. D. 141 also; sadyo moṭṭāyitamadhurimollāsabhaṃgīvidhātā Ud. S. 35.

moṇaḥ
     (1) A dried fruit.
     (2) A basket for keeping snakes.

modaḥ [mud-ghañ]
     (1) Delight, pleasure, joy, gladness; yatrānaṃdāśca modāśca U. 2. 12; R. 5. 15.
     (2) Perfume, fragrance.
     -- Comp.
          --ākhyaḥ the mango tree.

modaka a. (kā, --kī f.) [modayati mudṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Pleasing, delighting, gladdening.
     (2) Glad, delighted. --kaḥ, --ka A sweetmeat in general; Y. 1. 289. --kaḥ N. of a mixed tribe (sprung from a Kshatriya father and a Śūdra mother).
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ a confectioner.

modakikā A sweetmeat.

modanam [mud-lyuṭ]
     (1) Joy, pleasure.
     (2) The act of pleasing.
     (3) Wax.

modayaṃtikā, modayaṃtī A kind of jasmine (A rabian).

modita a. Glad, pleased, delighted. --taṃ Pleasure, delight.

modin a. [mud-ṇini]
     (1) Glad, pleased, cheerful.
     (2) Gladdening, delighting. --nī
     (1) N. of various plants (ajamodā, mallikā, yūthikā).
     (2) Musk.
     (3) An intoxicating or spirituous liquor.

moraṭaḥ [mur-aṭan]
     (1) A kind of plant with sweet juice.
     (2) The milk of a cow recently calved. --ṭaṃ
     (1) The root of the sugarcane.
     (2) The flower of the Aṅkoṭa tree. --ṭā Hemp used for bow strings (mūrvā).

moṣaḥ [muṣ-ghañ]
     (1) A thief, robber.
     (2) Theft, robbery.
     (3) Plundering, stealing, taking away, removing (fig. also); na puṣpamoṣamarhatyudyānalatā Mk. 1; dṛṣṭimoṣe pradoṣe Gīt. 11.
     (4) Stolen property.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt m. a thief.

moṣakaḥ [muṣ-ṇvul] A robber, thief.

moṣaṇam [muṣ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Robbing, plundering, stealing, defrauding.
     (2) Cutting.
     (3) Destroying.

moṣayitnuḥ
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (2) The cuckoo.

moṣā Theft, robbery.

moṣṭṛ m. A thief, robber.

mohaḥ [muh-ghañ]
     (1) Loss of consciousness, fainting, a swoon, insensibility; mohenāṃtarvagtanuriyaṃ lakṣyate mucyamānā V. 1. 8; mohādabhūtkaṣṭataraḥ prabodhaḥ R. 14. 56; Ku. 3. 73.
     (2) Perplexity, delusion, embarrassment, confusion; yajjñātvā na punarmohapevaṃ yāsyasi pāṃḍava Bg. 4. 35.
     (3) Folly, ignorance, infatuation titīrṣurdustaraṃ mohāduḍupenāsmi sāgaraṃ R. 1. 2; S. 7. 25.
     (4) Error, mistake.
     (5) Wonder, astonishment.
     (6) Affliction, pain.
     (7) A magical art employed to confound an enemy.
     (8) (In phil.) Delusion of mind which prevents one from discerning the truth (makes one believe in the reality of worldly objects and to be addicted to the gratification of sensual pleasures).
     (9) Illusion of attachment or love; Pt. 2. 166.
     -- Comp.
          --upamā (In Rhet.) a figure of speech in which the upamāna and upameya are confounded; see Kāv. 2. 25.
          --kalilaṃ the thick net or snare of delusion.
          --nidrā over-weening confidence.
          --maṃtraḥ a deluding spell.
          --rātriḥ f. the night when the whole universe will be destroyed.
          --śāstraṃ a false doctrine or precept.

mohana a. (nī f.) [muh-ṇic-lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Stupefying.
     (2) Bewildering, perplexing, puzzling.
     (3) Deluding, infatuating.
     (4) Fascinating, enrapturing; U. 1. 36; Māl. 6. 8. --naḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) N. of one of the five arrows of Cupid.
     (3) The thorn-apple (dhattūra). --naṃ
     (1) Stupefying.
     (2) Bewildering, perplexing, puzzling.
     (3) Stupor; loss of sensation.
     (4) Infatuation, delusion, mistake.
     (5) A seduction, temptation.
     (6) Sexual intercourse; Māl. 4.
     (7) A means employed in perplexing others.
     (8) A magical charm employed to bewilder an enemy.
     -- Comp.
          --astraṃ a missile which fascinates or bewitches the person against whom it is used.

mohanakaḥ The month of Chaitra.

mohanīya a.
     (1) Relating to or causing swoon, delusion &c.
     (2) Perplexing, puzzling.

mohita p. p. [muh-ṇic-kra]
     (1) Stupefied.
     (2) Perplexed, bewildered.
     (3) Deluded, fascinated, infatuated, beguiled.

mohin a. [muh-ṇini]
     (1) Stupefying.
     (2) Perplexing, bewildering, fallacious.
     (3) Fascinating, enrapturing, enchanting.

mohinī
     (1) N. of an Apsaras.
     (2) A fascinating woman (the form assumed by Viṣṇu at the time of cheating the demons of nectar.)
     (3) The flower of a kind of jasmine.

mauka(ku)liḥ  A crow; U. 2. 29.

mauktikam [muktaiva svārthe ṭhak] A pearl; moktikaṃ na gaje gaje Subhāṣ.
     -- Comp.
          --āvalī a string of pearls.
          --guṃphikā a female who prepares pearlnecklaces.
          --dāman n. a string of pearls.
          --prasavā a pearl-muscle.
          --śuktiḥ f. a pearl-oyster.
          --saraḥ a necklace or string of pearls; ayaṃ kaṃṭhe bāhuḥ śiśiramasṛṇā mauktikasaraḥ U. 1. 29.

maukyam [mūkasya bhāvaḥ ṣpañ] Dumbness, muteness, speechlessness.

maukhyam Precedence, superiority.

maukhariḥ N. of a family; pade pade maukharibhiḥ kṛtārcanaṃ K.

maukharyam [mukharasya māvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Talkativeness, garrulity.
     (2) Abuse, defamation, calumny.

maugdhyam [mugdha-ṣyañ]
     (1) Silliness, foolishness.
     (2) Artlessness, simplicity, innocence.
     (3) Charm, beauty

maughyam Uselessness.

maucam The fruit of the plantain tree.

mauṃja a. (jī f.) [muṃja-aṇ] Made of Munja grass (also mauṃjaka).

mauṃjī The girdle of a Brāhmaṇa made of a triple string of Munja grass; Ku. 5. 10; Ms. 2. 42.
     -- Comp.
          --nibaṃdhanaṃ, --baṃdhanaṃ binding on the Munja grass girdle, investiture with the sacred thread; Ms. 2. 27, 169.

mauḍhyam
     (1) Ignorance, stupidity, folly.
     (2) Childishness.
     (3) Spiritual folly.

mauḍyam
     (1) Shaving of the head, tonsure.
     (2) Baldness.

mautram A quantity of urine.

maudaka a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to sweetmeats.
     (2) Dealing in sweetmeats.

maudakikaḥ A confectioner.

maudgaliḥ A crow.

maudgīna a. [mudgānāṃ bhavanaṃ kṣetraṃ khañ] Fit for being sown with beans, or sown with beans (as a field).

maunam [munerbhāvaḥ aṇ] Silence, taciturnity; maunaṃ sarvārthasādhanaṃ; maunaṃ tyaja 'open your lips'; maunaṃ samācāra 'hold your tongue'.
     -- Comp.
          --mudrā the attitude of silence.
          --vrataṃ a vow of silence.

maunin a. (nī f.) [maunamasyāsti ini] Observing a vow of silence, silent, taciturn; Bg. 12. 19. --m. A holy sage, an ascetic, a hermit.

maurajikaḥ [murajavādanaṃ śilpamasya ṭhak] A drummer.

maurkhyam [mūrkha-ṣyañ] Folly, stupidity.

mauryaḥ [mura-ṇya] N. of a dynasty of kings beginning with Chandragupta; maurye nave rājani Mu. 4. 15; mauryaurhiraṇyārthibhirarcāḥ prakalpitāḥ Mbh.; (there is a difference of opinion among scholars as to the meaning of the word maurya in this passage).

maurva a. (rvī f.) Made of Mūrvā plant; U. 4. 20; Mv. 1. 18.

maurvī [mūrvālatā tattaṃtunā nirvṛttā aṇ] 1 A bow-string; maurvīkiṇāṃko bhujaḥ S. 1. 13; maurvī dhanuṣi cātatā R. 1. 19; 18. 48; Ku. 3. 55.
     (2) A girdle made of Mūrvā grass (to be worn by a kshatriya); Ms. 2. 42.
     (3) (In geom.) The chord of an arc; (also maurvikā).

māla a. (lā, --lī f.) [mūlaṃ vetti mūlādāgato vā aṇ]
     (1) Radical, original.
     (2) Ancient, old, of long standing (as a custom).
     (3) Nobly born, of a good family.
     (4) Brought up in the service of a king for generations, holding office from ancient times, hereditary; Ms. 7. 54; R. 19 57. --laḥ An old or hereditary minister; (prakṛtayaḥ) maulairānāyayāmāsurbharataṃ staṃbhitāśrabhiḥ R. 12. 12, 14. 10; 18. 38.

mauli a. [mūlasyādūrabhavaḥ iñ] Head, foremost, best; akhilaparimalānāṃ maulinā saurabheṇa Bv. 1. 121. --liḥ
     (1) The head, the crown of the head; maulau vā racayāṃjaliṃ Ve. 3. 40; R. 13. 59; Ku. 5. 79.
     (2) The head or top of anything, top-most point; U. 2. 30.
     (3) The Aśoka tree. --liḥ (m. f.)
     (1) A crown, diadem, tiara; Bv. 1. 73.
     (2) Hair on the crown of the head, tuft or lock of hair; jaṭāmauli Ku. 2. 26 (jaṭājūṭa Malli.).
     (3) Braided hair, hair braided and ornamented; Ve. 6. 34; --liḥ, --lī f. The earth.
     -- Comp.
          --maṇiḥ, --ratnaṃ a crest-jewel, a jewel worn in the crown.
          --maṃḍanaṃ a head-ornament.
          --mukuṭaṃ a crown. tiara.

maulika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Radical.
     (2) Chief, principal, prime; saṃjīvanopāyastu maulika eva rāmabhadrasyādya saṃnihitaḥ U. 3.
     (3) Inferior. --kaḥ A dealer in or digger of roots.

maulin a. Having a crown, crested.

maulyam Price.

mauṣṭā Playing at fisticuffs, a boxing or pugilistic encounter.

mauṣṭikaḥ A rogue, cheat, sharper.

mausala a. (lī f.) [musala-aṇ]
     (1) Formed like a club, club-shaped.
     (2) Fought with clubs (as a battle).
     (3) Relating to the battle with clubs (as a parvan; in this parvan is narrated the death of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, and the self-destruction of Kṛṣṇa's family through the curse of Brāhmaṇas). --laḥ A kind of madhuparka.

mauhūrtaḥ [muhūrta-aṇ] An astrologer.

mauhūrtika a. (kī f.) [muhūrta-ṭhak] Momentary, transient. --kaḥ An astrologer; mauhūrtikaiḥ saṃvādyatām.

mnā 1 P. (manati, mnāta)
     (1) To repeat (in the mind).
     (2) To learn diligently.
     (3) To remember.
     (4) To praise (Ved.).

mnāta p. p.
     (1) Repeated.
     (2) Learnt, studied.

mrakṣ I. 1 P. (mrakṣati)
     (1) To rub.
     (2) To heap, collect, accumulate.
     (3) To strike, hurt, kill. --II. 10 U. (mrakṣayati-te)
     (1) To heap, accumulate.
     (2) To smear, rub, anoint.
     (3) To mix, combine.
     (4) To speak indistinctly.

mrakṣaḥ Hypocrisy, dissimulation.

mrakṣaṇam [mrakṣ-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Smearing the body with unguents.
     (2) Anointing, smearing in general.
     (3) Accumulating, heaping up.
     (4) Oil, ointment.

mrad 1 A. (mradate, caus. mradayati-te) To pound, grind, crush, trample upon.

mradiman m. [mṛdorbhāvaḥ imanic]
     (1) Tenderness, softness.
     (2) Mildness, weakness; (svarbhānuḥ) himāṃśumāśu grasate tanmradimnaḥ sphuṭaṃ phalaṃ Śi. 2. 49.

mruc 1 P. (mrocati) To go, move.

mruṃc 1 P. (mruṃcati) To go, move.

mreṭ(ḍ) 1 P. (mreṭa-ḍa-ti) To be mad.

mlakṣ 10 U. (mlakṣayati-te) To cut or divide.

mliṣṭa a.
     (1) Spoken indistinctly (as by barbarians), indistinct.
     (2) Barbarous.
     (3) Withered, faded. --ṣṭaṃ An indistinct or barbarous speech.

mluc, mluṃc See mruc, mruṃc.

mlecch, or mlecha 1 P., 10 U. (mlecchati, mlecchayati-te, mliṣṭa, mlecchita) To speak confusedly, indistinctly, or barbarously.

mlecchaḥ [mlecch-ghañ]
     (1) A barbarian, a non-Aryan (one not speaking the Sanskrit language, or not conforming to Hindu or Aryan institutions), a foreigner in general; grāhyā mlecchaprasiddhistu virodhādarśane sati J. N. V.; mlecchān mūrchayate, or mlecchanivahanidhane kalayasi karavālaṃ Gīt. 1.
     (2) An outcast, a very low man; (Baudhāyana thus defines the word: gomāṃsakhādako yastu viruddhaṃ bahu bhāṣate . sarvācāravihīnaśca mleccha ityabhidhīyate ...)
     (3) A sinner, wicked person.
     (4) Foreign or barbarous speech. --cchaṃ Copper.
     -- Comp.
          --ākhyaṃ copper.
          --āśaḥ wheat.
          --āsyaṃ, --mukhaṃ copper.
          --kaṃdaḥ garlic.
          --jātiḥ f. a savage or barbarian race, a mountaineer.
          --deśaḥ, --maḍaṃlaṃ a country inhabited by non-Aryans or barbarians, a foreign or barbarous country; Ms. 2. 23.
          --bhāṣā a foreign language.
          --bhojanaḥ wheat. (
          --naṃ) barley.
          --vāc a. speaking a barbarous or foreign language; Ms. 10. 45.

mlecchanam
     (1) Speaking indistinctly or confusedly.
     (2) Speaking in a barbarous tongue.

mlocchita p. p. Spoken indistinctly or barbarously. --taṃ
     (1) A foreign tongue.
     (2) An ungrammatical word or speech.

mlocchitakam Foreign or barbarous speech.

mleṭ, --mleḍ(mleṭa-ḍa-ti) To be mad.

mlev 1 A. (mlevate) To worship, serve.

mlai 1 P. (mlāyati, mamlai, amlāsīt, mlāsyati, mlāna)
     (1) To fade, wither; mlāyatā bhūruhoṇāṃ Bv. 1. 36; Śi. 5. 43.
     (2) To grow weary or languid; to be fatigued or exhausted; pathi ... mamlaturna maṇikuṭṭimocitau R. 11. 9; Bk. 14. 6; vanaviharaṇakhedamlānaṃ Śi. 7. 75.
     (3) To be sad or dejected, be downcast or dispirited; mamlau sātha viṣādena K. P. 10; mlāyate me mano hīdaṃ Mb.
     (4) To become thin or emaciated.
     (5) To disappear, vanish.
     (6) To decline, become less; Śi. 7. 75. --Caus. (mlāpayati)
     (1) To cause to fade, wither up.
     (2) To make languid or dispirited, emaciate, enfeeble.

mlāta p. p.
     (1) Faded, withered.
     (2) Made white by tanning.

mlāna p. p. [mlai-kta tasya naḥ]
     (1) Faded, withered.
     (2) Wearied, weary, languid.
     (3) Enfeebled, weak, feeble, faint.
     (4) Sad, dejected, melancholy.
     (5) Black.
     (6) Foul, dirty. --naṃ Withering, fading.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. weak-bodied. (
          --gī) a woman during her menses.
          --manas a. depressed in mind, dispirited, disheartened.

mlāniḥ f. [mlai-ktin]
     (1) Fading, withering, decay.
     (2) Languor, lassitude, weariness.
     (3) Sadness, dejection.
     (4) Foulness.

mlāyat, --mlāyin a.
     (1) Withering, growing thin or emaciated.
     (2) Declining, growing less; Bh. 3. 33.

mlāsnu a.
     (1) Becoming faded or withered.
     (2) Growing thin or emaciated.
     (3) Growing languid or weary.

ya

yaḥ
     (1) One who goes or moves, a goer, mover.
     (2) A carriage.
     (3) Wind, air.
     (4) Union.
     (5) Fame.
     (6) Barley.
     (7) Restraint.
     (8) Light.
     (9) Abandoning. (10) One of the eight syllabic feet (gaṇa) consisting of one short syllable followed by two long ones.
     (11) N. of Yama. --yā
     (1) Going.
     (2) A carriage.
     (3) Restraining.
     (4) Religious meditation (dhyāna).
     (5) Obtaining.
     (6) An epithet of Lakṣmī.
     (7) Pudendum muliebre.

yakan n. The liver. (This word has no forms for the first five inflections, and is optionally substituted for yakṛta after acc. dual).

yakṛt n. [yaṃsaṃyamaṃ karoti kṛ kvip tuk ca Tv.] The liver or any affection of it.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmikā a kind of cock-roach.
          --udaraṃ enlargement of the liver.
          --koṣaḥ the membrane enveloping the liver.

yakṣ I. 10 A. (yakṣayate) To honor. worship, adore. --II. 1 P (yakṣati) To stir, move.

yakṣaḥ [yakṣyate, yakṣ-karmaṇi ghañ]
     (1) N. of a class of demigods who are described as attendants of Kubera, the god of riches, and employed in guarding his gardens and treasures; yakṣottamā yakṣapatiṃ dhaneśaṃ rakṣaṃti vai prāsagadādihastāḥ Hariv., Me. 1, 66; Bg. 10. 23, 11. 22.
     (2) A kind of ghost or spirit.
     (3) N. of the palace of Indra.
     (4) N. of Kubera.
     (5) Worship. --kṣaṃ
     (1) A ghost,
     (2) Sacrifice.
     (3) Anything honoured. --kṣī
     (1) A female Yaksha.
     (2) N. of Kubera's wife.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ. --adhipatiḥ, --iṃdraḥ Kubera, the lord of Yakshas.
          --āmalakaṃ the fruit of the piṃḍakharjūra tree.
          --āvāsaḥ the figtree.
          --kardamaḥ an ointment consisting of camphor, agallochum, musk and Kakkola (according to others, also sandal and saffron) mixed in equal proportions; (karpūrāgṛrukastūrīkakkolairyakṣakardamaḥ Ak.; kukumāgurukastūrī karpūraṃ cadanaṃ tathā . mahāsu gaṃdhamityuktaṃ nāmato yakṣakardamaḥ ..). --grahaḥ the being possessed by Yakshas or evil spirits.
          --taruḥ the fig-tree.
          --dhūpaḥ resin, incense.
          --rasaḥ a kind of intoxicating drink.
          --rāj m. N. of Kubera. --2. a place prepared for wrestling and boxing.
          --rājaḥ N. of Kubera.
          --rātriḥ f. the festival called Dīpāli. q. v.
          --vittaḥ one who is like a Yaksha, i. e. the guardian of wealth, but who never uses it.

yakṣin a. Ved.
     (1) Living, existing.
     (2) Adorable, fit to be honoured.

yakṣiṇī
     (1) A female Yaksha.
     (2) N of the wife of Kubera.
     (3) A certain female fiend in the service of Durgā.
     (4) A sylph or fairy (holding intercourse with mortals).

yakṣmaḥ, yakṣpan m., [yakṣ-manin] Pulmonary disease in general. --COMP --grahaḥ an attack of consumption. --grasta a. consumptive. --ghnī grapes.

yakṣmina a. One who is affected by or suffers from consumption; Ms. 3. 154.

yaṅ A term for the sign of the Frequentative.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaṃ a term for the Atm. frequentative; e. g. bobhūyate from bhū. --luk the omission of yaṅ i. e. the Paras. frequentative; e. g. bobhavīti from bhū.

yaj 1 U. (yajati-te, iyāja, īje; ayākṣīt ayaṣṭa, yakṣyati-te, yaṣṭaṃ, iṣṭa; pass. ijyate; desid. yiyakṣati-te)
     (1) To sacrifice, worship with sacrifices (often with instr. of words meaning 'a sacrifice'); yajeta rājā kratubhiḥ Ms. 7. 79; 5. 53, 6. 36, 11. 40; Bk. 14. 90; so aśvamedheneje, pākayajñeneje &c.
     (2) To make an oblation to (with acc. of the deity and instr. of the means of sacrifice or oblation); paśunā rudraṃ yajate Sk.; yastilairyajataṃ pitṝn Mb., Ms. 8. 105, 11. 119.
     (3) To worship, adore, honour, revere.
     (4) To consecrate, dedicate.
     (5) To give, bestow. --Caus. (yājayati-te)
     (1) To cause to sacrifice.
     (2) To assist at a sacrifice.
     (3) To perform the office of the sacrificing priest.

yajaḥ
     (1) A sacrifice.
     (2) Fire.

yajata a.
     (1) Holy, divine.
     (2) Adorable.
     (3) Dignified, sublime. --taḥ
     (1) An officiating priest (at a sacrifice).
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.
     (3) The moon.

yajatiḥ A technical name for those sacrificial ceremonies to which the verb yajati is applied; (see juhoti for further information).
     -- Comp.
          --deśaḥ, --sthānaṃ a place south of the sacrificial altar.

yajatraḥ [yaj-atra] A Brahmaṇa who maintains the sacred fire (agnihotrin). --traṃ Maintenance of the sacred fire.

yajanam [yaj-lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of sacrificing.
     (2) A sacrifice; devayajanasabhaṃbe devi sīte U. 4.
     (3) A place of sacrifice.

yajamāna a. [yaj-śānac] Sacrificing, worshipping. --naḥ
     (1) A person who performs a regular sacrifice and pays its expenses; R. 18. 12.
     (2) A person who employs a priest or priests to sacrifice for him.
     (3) (Hence) A host, patron, rich man.
     (4) The head of a family.
     (5) The head of a tribe.
     -- Comp.
          --śiṣyaḥ the pupil of a sacrificing Brāhmaṇa (of one who himself performs a sacrifice); S. 4.

yajamānakaḥ = yajamāna.

yajas n. Ved.
     (1) Worship.
     (2) A sacrifice.

yajāka a.
     (1) Liberal.
     (2) Worshipping.

yajiḥ [yaj-in]
     (1) A sacrificer.
     (2) The act of sacrificing.
     (3) A sacrifice; dānamadhyayanaṃ yajiḥ Ms. 10. 79.

yajin a.
     (1) A worshipper, sacrificer.
     (2) Honouring, adoring.

yajus n. [yaj-in]
     (1) A sacrificial prayer or formula,
     (2) A text of the Yajurveda, or the body of sacred mantras in prose muttered at sacrifices; vṛttagītivarjitatvena praśliṣṭapaṭhitā maṃtrā yajūṃṣi Sāyaṇa; cf. maṃtra
     (3) N. of the Yajurveda.
     (4) Ved. Worship, oblation.
     -- Comp.
          --udaraḥ Ved. an epithet of Brahman.
          --patiḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --vida a. knowing the sacrificial formulae.
          --vedaḥ the second of the three (or four, including the Atharvaveda) principal Vedas, which is a collection of sacred texts in prose relating to sacrifices; it has two chief branches or recensions: the taittirīya or kṛṣṇayajurveda and vājasaneyi or śuklayajurveda.

yajñaḥ [yaj-bhāve na]
     (1) A sacrifice, sacrificial rite; any offering or oblation; yajñena yajñamayajaṃta devāḥ; tasmādyajñātsarvahutaḥ &c.
     (2) An act of worship, any pious or devotional act. (Every householder, but particularly a Brāhmaṇa, has to perform five such devotional acts every day; their names are: --bhūtayajña, manuṣyayajña, pitṛyajña, devayajña, and brahmayajña, which are collectively called the five 'great sacrifices'; see mahāyajña, and the five words separately).
     (3) N. of Agni.
     (4) Of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ a share of sacrifice. -bhuj m. a deity, god, Ku. 3. 14.
          --a(ā) gāraḥ --raṃ a sacrificial hall.
          --aṃgaṃ 1 a part of a sacrifice. --2. any sacrificial requisite, a means of a sacrifice; yajñāṃgayonitvamavekṣya yasya Ku. 1. 17. (
          --gaḥ) 1. the glomerous figtree (uduṃbara). --2. the Khadira tree. --3. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --aṃtaḥ
     (1) the completion of a sacrifice. --2. an ablution at the end of a sacrifice for purification. --2. a supplementary sacrifice -kṛt m. N. of Viṣṇu. --ariḥ an epithet of Śiva. --arha a. 1. deserving sacrifice --2. fit for a sacrifice. (--m. dual) an epithet of the Aśvins. --avayavaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --aśanaḥ a god. --ātman m. --īśvaraḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --īśaḥ 1 N. of Viṣṇu. --2. of the sun. --iṣṭaṃ a kind of grass (dīrgharehitatṛṇa). --upakaraṇaṃ any utensil or implement necessary for a sacrifice. --upavītaṃ the sacred thread worn by members of the first three classes (and now even of other lower castes) over the left shoulder and under the right arm; see Ms. 2. 63; (originally yajñopavati was the ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread). --upāsaka a. performing sacrifices. --karman a. engaged in a sacrifice. (--n.) a sacrificial rite. --kalpa a. of the nature of a sacrifice or sacrifical offering. --kālaḥ the last lunar day of every fortnight (full-moon and new moon). --kīlakaḥ a post to which the sacrificial victim is fastened. --kuṃḍaṃ a hole in the ground made for receiving the sacrificial fire. --kṛt a. performing a sacrifice. (--m.) 1. N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) a priest conducting a sacrifice. --kratuḥ 1. a sacrificial rite. --2. a complete rite or chief ceremony. --3. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --kriyā a sacrificial rite. --ghnaḥ a demon who interrupts a sacrifice. --trātṛ m. N. of Viṣṇu. --dakṣiṇā a sacrificial gift, the fee given to the priests who perform a sacrifice. --dīkṣā 1. admission or initiation to a sacrificial rite. --2 performance of a sacrifice; Ms. 2. 169. --dravyaṃ anything (e. g. a vessel) used for a sacrifice. --druh m. an evil spirit, a demon. --patiḥ 1. one who institutes a sacrifice. see yajamāna. --2. N. of Viṣṇu. --paśuḥ 1. an animal for sacrifice, a sacrificial victim. --2. a horse. --pātraṃ, --bhāṃḍaṃ a sacrificial vessel. --puṃs --pupān m. N. of Viṣṇu. --puruṣaḥ, --phaladaḥ epithets of Viṣṇu. --bāhuḥ N. of Agni. --bhāgaḥ 1. a portion of a sacrifice, a share in the sacrificial offerings. --2 a god, deity. -īśvaraḥ N. of Indra. -bhuj m. a god, deity. --bhāvanaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --bhuj m. a god. --bhūmiḥ f. a place for sacrifice, a sacrificial ground. --bhūṣaṇaḥ white darbha grass. --bhṛt m. an epithet of Viṣṇu --bhoktṛ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa. --yogaḥ the Udumbara tree. --rasaḥ, --retas n. Soma. --varāhaḥ Viṣṇu in his boarincarnation. --valliḥ llī f. the Soma plant. --vāṭaḥ a place prepared and enclosed for a sacrifice. --vāha a. conducting a sacrifice. --vāhanaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. a Brāhmaṇa. --3. N. of Śiva. --vīryaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --vṛkṣaḥ the fig-tree. --vediḥ, --dī f. the sacrificial altar. --śaraṇaṃ a sacrificial shed or hall, a temporary structure under which a sacrifice is performed; M. 5. --śālā a sacrificial hall. --śeṣaḥ --ṣaṃ the remains of a sacrifice; yataśeṣaṃ tatha mṛtaṃ Ms. 3. 285. --śreṣṭhā the Soma plant. --sadas n. a number of people at a sacrifice. --saṃbhāraḥ materials necessary for a sacrifice. --sāraḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --siddhiḥ f. the completion of a sacrifice. --sūtraṃ see yajñopavīta. --senaḥ an epithet of king Drupada. --sthāṇuḥ a sacrificial post. --han m., --hanaḥ epithets of Śiva.

yajñikaḥ The Palāśa tree.

yajñin a. Full of sacrifices. --m. N. of Viṣṇu.

yajñiya a. [yajñāya hitaḥ gha]
     (1) Belonging to or fit for a sacrifice, sacrificial.
     (2) Sacred, holy, divine.
     (3) Adorable, worthy of worship.
     (4) Devout, pious. --yaḥ
     (1) A god, deity.
     (2) The third or Dvāpara age.
     -- Comp.
          --deśaḥ the land of sacrifices; kṛṣṇasārastu carati mṛgo yatra svabhāvataḥ . sa jñeyo yajñiyo deśo mlecchadeśastataḥ paraḥ .. Ms. 2. 23.
          --śālā 1. a sacrificial hall. --2. a temple.

yajñīya a. [yajña cha] Sacrificial. --yaḥ The Udumbara tree.
     -- Comp.
          --brahmapādapaḥ the tree called vikaṃkata.

yajya a. Fit to be worshipped, adorable --jyā --jyaṃ
     (1) Worshipping.
     (2) A sacrifice.

yajyu a.
     (1) Pious, devout.
     (2) Worshipping, adoring, honouring.
     (3) Sacrificing. --jyuḥ A priest familiar with the Yajurveda.

yajvan a. (yajvarī f.) [yaj-kvanip] Sacrificing, worshipping, adoring &c. --m.
     (1) One who performs sacrifices in accordance with Vedic precepts, a performer of sacrifices; nīpānvayaḥ pārthiva eṣa yajvā R. 6. 46, 1. 4, 3. 39, 11. 12; Ku. 2. 46.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.

yat 1 A. (yatate, yatita)
     (1) To attempt, endeavour, strive, try (usually with inf. or dat.); sarvaḥ kalye vayasi yatate labdhumarthān kuṭuṃbī V. 3. 1.
     (2) To strive after, be eager or anxious for, long for; yā na yayau priyamanyavadhūbhyaḥ sāratarāgamanā yatamānaṃ Śi. 4. 45; R. 9. 7.
     (3) To exert oneself, persevere, labour.
     (4) To observe caution, be watchful; Bg. 2. 60.
     (5) Ved. To excite, stir up, rouse.
     (6) To join, associate with.
     (7) To go, proceed. --Caus. (yātayati-te) To return, repay, requite, recompense, restore.
     (2) To despise, censure.
     (3) To encourage, animate.
     (4) To torture, distress, annoy.
     (5) To prepare, elaborate.
     (6) Ved. To join, unite.
     (7) To cause to be returned or restored.

yatanam Exertion, effort.

yatita p. p. Tried, attempted, endeavoured, striven after.

yatta a. [yat-kta]
     (1) Exerting, watching.
     (2) Taking pains or care.
     (3) Prepared, ready.
     (4) Resolved.
     (5) Cared for, attended to.

yatnaḥ [yat-bhāve naṅ]
     (1) An effort, exertion, attempt, endeavour, trial; yatne kṛte yadi na sidhyati ko'tra doṣaḥ H. Pr. 31; Bh. 2. 5.
     (2) Diligence, assiduity, perseverance.
     (3) Care, zeal, watchfulness, vigilance; mahānhi yatnastava devadārau R. 2. 56; pratipātramādhīyatāṃ yatnaḥ S. 1.
     (4) Pains, trouble, labour, difficulty; śeṣāṃganirmāṇavidhau vidhāturlāvaṇya utpādya ivāsa yatnaḥ Ku. 1. 35, 7. 66; R. 7. 14. (yatnena ind. with great effort, diligently, carefully. yatnataḥ carefully, zealously, sedulously; Bh. 2. 99. yatnāt 1. with great effort. --2. diligently, vigorously, zealously. --3. in spite of every effort. --4. necessarily.).
     -- Comp.
          --ākṣepaḥ (in Rhet.) an objection raised even though there be an attempt to stop it.

yata p. p.
     (1) [yam-kta] Restrained, curbed, controlled, subdued.
     (2) Limited, moderate, see yam. --taṃ The spurring of an elephant by means of the rider's feet.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. governing oneself, self-restrained, curbing the senses; (tasmai) yatātmane rocayituṃ yatasva Ku. 3. 16, 1. 54.
          --āhāra a. moderate or temperate in eating, abstemious.
          --iṃdriya a. one who has restrained his senses or subdued his passions, pure, chaste.
          --citta, --manas, --mānasa a. subdued in mind.
          --vāc a. restraining one's speech, observing silence, reticent; see vāgyata. --vrata a. 1. observing vows. --2. keeping to one's engagements or promised observances.

yatama a. (--mat n.) [yad-ḍatamac] Who or which of many.

yatara a. (--rat n.) [yad-ḍatarec] Who or which of two.

yatas ind. [yad-tasil] (often used merely for the abl. of the relative pronoun yad)
     (1) From whence (referring to persons or things), from what, from which place or quarter; yatastvayā jñānamaśeṣamāptaṃ R. 5. 4 (yataḥ = yasmāt from whom); yataśca bhayamāśaṃketprācīṃ tāṃ kalpayoddiśaṃ Ms. 7. 189.
     (2) For which reason, wherefore, in consequence of which.
     (3) As, since, for, because; uvāca cainaṃ paramārthato haraṃ na vetsi nūtaṃ yata evamāttha māṃ Ku. 5. 75; R. 8. 76; 13. 61; oft. with tataḥ as correlative; R. 16. 74.
     (4) From which time forward, ever since.
     (5) That, so that. (yatastataḥ means 1. from which place soever, from any quarter whatever. --2. from any person whatever. --3. anywhere soever, on all sides, in any direction; Ms. 4. 14. yato yataḥ 1. from whatever place. --2. from whomsoever, from any person whatever. --3. wherever, in whatever direction; yato yataḥ ṣaṭcaraṇo'bhivartate S. 1. 23; Bg. 6. 26; yataḥ prabhṛti from which time forward).
     -- Comp.
          --bhava a. arising from which.
          --mūla a. originating in, or sprung from, which.

yati pron. a. [yad-parimāṇe'ti] (declined only in pl.; nom. acc. yati) As many, as often, how many.

yatiḥ f. [yam-ktin]
     (1) Restraint, check, control.
     (2) Stopping, ceasing, rest.
     (3) Guidance.
     (4) A pause in music.
     (5) (In prosody) A caesura; yatijihveṣṭaviśrāmasthānaṃ kavibhirucyate . sā vicchedavirāmādyaiḥ padairvācyā nijecchayā .. Chand. M. 1; mrabhnairyānāṃ trayeṇa trimuniyatiyutā sragdharā kīrtiteyam.
     (6) A widow. --tiḥ [yatate mokṣāya yatin]
     (1) An ascetic, one who has renounced the world and controlled his passions; yathā dānaṃ vigā hastī tathā jñānaṃ vinā yatiḥ Bv. 1. 119.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.

yatin m. An ascetic.

yatinī A widow.

yatta, yatna See under yat.

yatra ind. [yad-tral] Where, in which place, whither; saiva sā (dyauḥ) calati yatra hi cittaṃ N. 5. 57; Ku. 1. 7, 10.
     (2) When; as in yatra kāle.
     (3) Whereas, because, since, as. (yatra yatra means 'wherever'; yatra yatra dhūmastatra tatra vahniḥ T. S.; yatra tatra in whatever place, everywhere; yatrakutra or yatrakvacana kvāpi 1. wheresoever, in whatever place. --2. whensoever, at whatever time. --3. whenever, as often as. --4. hither and thither).

yatratya a. Of which place, dwelling in which place.

yathā ind. [yad prakāre thāl]
     (1) Used by itself yathā has the following senses:
          (a) as, in the manner mentioned; yathājñāpayati mahārājaḥ 'as your Majesty orders';
          (b) namely, as follows; tadyathānuśrūyate Pt. 1; U. 2. 4;
          (c) as, like (showing comparison, and used to express the point of similarity); āsīdiyaṃ daśarathasya gṛhe yathā śrīḥ U. 4. 6; Ku. 4. 34; prabhāvaprabhavaṃ kāṃtaṃ svādhīnapatikā yathā (na mucati) K. P. 10;
          (d) as, as for example, for instance; yatra yatra dhūmastatra tatra vahniryathā mahānase T. S.; Pt. 1. 288;
          (e) that (used to introduce direct assertions with or without iti at the end); akathito'pi jñāyata eva yathāya mābhogastapovanasyeti S. 1; viditaṃ khalu te yathā smaraḥ kṣaṇamapyutsahate na māṃ vinā Ku. 4. 36; (f.) so that, in order that; darśaya taṃ caurasiṃhaṃ yathā vyāpādayāmi Pt. 1.
     (2) Used correlatively with tathā, yathā has the following senses:
          (a) as, so (in which case evaṃ and tadvat often take the place of tathā); yathā vṛkṣastathā phalaṃ or yathā bījaṃ tathāṃkuraḥ; Bg. 11. 29; in this case eva is frequently added to either yathā or tathā or to both to make the equality of relation more marked or striking; vadhūcatuṣke'pi yathaiva śāṃtā priyā tanūjāsya tathavai sītā U. 4. 16; na tathā bādhate skaṃdho (or śītaṃ) yathā bādhati bādhate; (as much-as, as-as); Ku. 6. 70; U. 2. 4, V. 4. 33. In this sense tathā is often omitted, in which case yathā has sense
          (c) in 1. above.
          (b) so-that, tathā standing for 'so', and yathā for 'that'; yathā baṃdhujanaśocyā na bhavati tathā nirvāhaya S. 3; tathā prayatethā yathā nopahasyase janaiḥ K. 109; tasmānmucye yathā tāta saṃvidhātuṃ tathārhasi R. 1. 72; 3. 66, 14. 66, 15. 68.
          (c) since-therefore, as (because)so; yathā itomukhāgatairapi kalakalaḥ śrutastathā tarkayāmi &c. Māl. 8; sometimes tathā is omitted; maṃdaṃ maṃdaṃ nudati pavanaścānukūlo yathā tvāṃ ... seviṣyaṃte bhavaṃtaṃ balākāḥ Me. 9.
          (d) if-then, as surely as-so surely (a strong form of assertion or adjuration); vāṅmanaḥkarmābheḥ patyau vyabhicāro yathā na me . tathā viśvaṃmare devi māmaṃtardhātumarhasi R. 15. 81; yathā yathā-tathā tathā the more-the more, the less-the less; yathā yathā bhāṣasi dharmasaṃmitaṃ tathā tathā me tvayi bhaktiruttamā Mb., Śi. 17. 43; yathā yathā yauvanamaticakrāma tathā tathāvardhatāsya saṃtāpaḥ K. 59; Ms. 8. 286; 12. 73; yathātathā in any manner, in whatever way; Ms. 4. 17; yathaiva just as; yathā kathā as much as; yathā tathā bhavatu whatever may be the case; yathā kathaṃcit any how, some how or other. N. B. As the first member of Avyayībhāva comp. yathā is usually translated by 'according to, according as, in accordance with, in conformity to, in proportion to, not exceeding'; see compounds below.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaṃ, --aṃśatas ind. in due proportions, proportionately.
          --adhikāraṃ ind. according to authority.
          --adhīta a. as read or studied, conformable to the text. (
          --taṃ) ind. according to the text.
          --anupūrvaṃ --anupūrvyaṃ, --anupūrvyā ind. in regular order or succession, successively.
          --anubhūtaṃ ind. 1. according to experience. --2. by previous experience.
          --anurūpaṃ ind. in exact conformity, properly.
          --abhipreta, abhimata, --abhilaṣita, --abhīṣṭa a. as wished, intended or desired, agreeably to desire. (
          --taṃ &c.) ind. according to one's wish, at pleasure, agreeably to one's desire.
          --abhirucita a. pleasant, agreeable.
          --artha a. 1. conformable to truth, true, real, correct; saumyeti cābhāṣya yathārthabhāṣī R. 14. 44; so yathārthānubhavaḥ 'correct or right perception'; yathārthavaktā &c. --2. conformable to the true meaning, true to the sense, right, appropriate, significant; kariṣyanniva nāmāsya (i. e. śatrughna) yathārthamarinigrahāt R. 15. 6; (kariṣyate) yudhi sadyaḥ śiśupālatāṃ yathārthāṃ Śi. 16. 85; Ki. 8. 48; Ku. 2. 16. --3. fit, suitable. (
          --rthaṃ, --arthataḥ) truly, rightly; fitly, suitably, properly. -akṣara a. significant or true to the syllable; V. 1. 1. -nāman a. one whose name is true to its meaning or fully significant (whose deeds are according to his name); dhruvasiddherapi yathārthanāmnaḥ siddhiṃ na manyate M. 4; paraṃtapo nāma yathārthanāmā R. 6. 21. -varṇaḥ a spy (for yathārhavarṇa). (yathārthatā 1. suitableness, fitness, --2. propriety. --3. accuracy, genuineness, correctness).
          --arha a. 1. according to merit, as deserving. --2. appropriate, suitable, just. -varṇaḥ a spy, an emissary.
          --arhaṃ, --arhataḥ ind. according to merit or worth; R. 16. 40.
          --arhaṇaṃ ind. 1. according to propriety. --2. according to worth or merit.
          --avakāśaṃ ind. 1. according to room or space. --2. as occasion may occur, according to occasion, leisure or propriety. --3. in the proper place; prālaṃbamutkṛṣya yathāvakāśaṃ nināya R. 6. 14.
          --avasthaṃ ind. according to the condition or circumstances.
          --ākhyāta a. as mentioned before, before-mentioned.
          --ākhyānaṃ ind. as before stated.
          --āgata a. foolish, stupid. (
          --taṃ) ind. as one came, by the same way as one came; yathāgataṃ mātalisārathiryayau R. 3. 67.
          --āgamaṃ ind. according to tradition, as handed down from generation to generation.
          --ācāraṃ ind. as customary or usual.
          --āmnātaṃ āmnāyaṃ ind. as laid down in the Vedas.
          --āraṃbhaṃ ind. according to the beginning, in regular order or succession.
          --āvāsaṃ ind. according to one's dwelling, each to his own dwelling.
          --āśayaṃ ind. 1. according to wish or intention. --2. according to the agreement.
          --āśramaṃ ind. according to the Aśrama or period in one's religious life.
          --iccha, --iṣṭa, --īpsita a. according to wish or desire, agreeably to one's desire, as much as desired, as desired or wished for. (
          --cchaṃ, --ṣṭaṃ, --taṃ) ind. 1. according to wish or desire, at will or pleasure; R. 4. 51. --2. as much as may be wanted, to the heart's content; yatheṣṭaṃ bubhuje māṃsaṃ; Ch. P. 3.
          --īkṣitaṃ ind. as personally seen, as actually perceived.
          --ukta, --udita a. as said or told above, aforesaid, above-mentioned; yathoktāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ Pt. 1; yathoktavyāpārā S. 1; R. 2. 70.
          --ucita a. suitable, proper, due, fit. (
          --taṃ) ind. duly, suitably, properly.
          --uttaraṃ ind. in regular order or succession, one after another; saṃbaṃdhotra yathottaraṃ S. D. 729.
          --utsāhaṃ ind. 1. according to one's power or might. --2. with all one's might.
          --uddiṣṭa a. as indicated or described. (
          --ṣṭaṃ) or
          --uddeśaṃ ind. in the manner indicated.
          --upajoṣaṃ ind. according to pleasure or desire.
          --upadeśaṃ ind. as advised or instructed.
          --upayogaṃ ind. according to use or requirements according to circumstances.
          --upapatti ind. 1. as may be fit. --2. as may happen.
          --aucityaṃ propriety, suitableness, fitness.
          --ṛtu ind. according to the right season.
          --kartavyaṃ what is right to be done.
          --karma ind. according to one's duties or circumstances.
          --kalpanaṃ according to rule.
          --kāma a. conformable to desire. (
          --maṃ) ind. agreeably to desire, at will or pleasure, to the heart's content; yathākāmārcitārthināṃ R. 1. 6; 4. 51.
          --kāmin a. free, unrestrained.
          --kālaḥ the right or due time, proper time; R. 1. 6. (
          --laṃ) ind. at the right time, opportun ely, seasonably; sopasarpairjajāgāra kathākālaṃ svapannapi R. 17. 51.
          --kṛta a. as agreed upon, done according to rule or custom, customary; Ms. 8. 183. (
          --taṃ) ind. according to the usual practice.
          --kramaṃ, -krameṇa ind. in due order or succession, regularly, in due form, properly; R. 3. 10, 9. 26.
          --kṣamaṃ ind. according to one's power, as much as possible.
          --kṣemeṇa ind. safely, comfortably.
          --jāta a. 1. foolish, senseless, stupid. --2. barbarous, outcast.
          --jñānaṃ ind. to the best of one's knowledge or judgment.
          --jyeṣṭhaṃ ind. according to rank, by seniority.
          --tattvaṃ ind. 1. according to actual facts, actually, as the case really may be.
          --tatha a. 1. true, right. --2. accurate, exact. (
          --thaṃ) a narrative of the particulars or details of anything, a detailed or minute account. (
          --thaṃ) ind. 1. exactly, precisely. --2. fitly, properly, as the case really may be.
          --tṛpti ind. to the heart's content.
          --darśanaṃ ind. according to observation.
          --dika, --diśaṃ ind. in all directions.
          --nirdiṣṭa a. 1. as mentioned before, as specified above; yathānirdiṣṭavyāpārā sakhī. --2. as prescribed or laid down; yathānirdiṣṭaṃ saṃpāditaṃ vrataṃ V. 3.
          --nyāyaṃ ind. justly, rightly, properly; Ms. 1. 1.
          --puraṃ ind. as before, as on previous occasions.
          --pūrva a.
          --pūrvaka a. being as before, former; R. 12. 41. (--rvaṃ) --pūrvakaṃ ind. 1. as before; Ms. 11. 188. --2. in due order or succession, one after another; ete mānyā yathāpūrvaṃ Y. 1. 35.
          --pradeśaṃ ind. 1. in the proper or suitable place; yathāpradeśaṃ viniveśitena Ku. 1. 49; āsaṃjayāmāsa yathāpradeśaṃ kaṃṭhe guṇaṃ R. 6. 83; Ku. 7. 34. --2. according to direction or precept.
          --pradhānaṃ, --pradhānataḥ ind. according to rank or position, according to precedence; ālokamātreṇa surānaśeṣān saṃbhāvayāmāsa yathāpradhānaṃ Ku. 7 46.
          --prayogaṃ ind. 1. according to usage or practice. --2. as found by experiment.
          --prāṇaṃ ind. according to strength, with all one's might.
          --prāpta a. suitable to circumstances. (
          --ptaṃ) ind. regularly, properly
          --prārthitaṃ ind. as requested.
          --balaṃ ind. to the best of one's power, with all one's might.
          --buddhi, mati ind. to the best of one's knowledge.
          --bhāgaṃ, --bhāgaśaḥ ind. 1. according to the share of each, proportionately; yathābhāgaśā'mī vo gaṃdhāḥ. --2. each in his respective place; yathābhāgamavāsthitāḥ Bg. 1. 11. --3. in the proper place; yathābhāgamavasthitepi R. 6. 19.
          --bhāvaḥ destiny.
          --bhūtaṃ ind. according to what has taken place, according to truth, truly, exactly.
          --mukhīna a. looking straight at (with gen.); (mṛgaḥ) yathāmukhīnaḥ sītāyāḥ pupluve vahu lobhayan Bk. 5. 48.
          --yathaṃ ind. 1. as is fit, fitly, properly; Ki. 8. 2. --2. in regular order, severally, each in its proper place, respectively; asaktamārādhayato yathāyathaṃ Ki. 1. 11; bījavaṃto mukhādyarthā viprakīrṇā yathāyathaṃ S. D. 337. --3. by degrees, gradually.
          --yuktaṃ --yogaṃ ind. according to circumstances, fitly, suitably.
          --yogya a. suitable, fit, proper, right.
          --rucaṃ, --ruci ind. according to one's liking or taste.
          --rūpaṃ ind. 1. according to form or appearance. --2. duly, properly, fitly.
          --vastu ind. as the fact stands, exactly, accurately, truly.
          --vidha a. of such kind or sort.
          --vidhi ind. according to rule or precept, duly, properly; yathāvidhi hutāgnīnāṃ R. 1. 6; saṃcaskārobhayaprītyā maithileyau yathāvidhi 15. 31, 3. 70.
          --vibhavaṃ ind. in proportion to one's income, according to means.
          --vṛtta a. as happened, done or acted. (
          --ttaṃ) 1. the actual facts, the circumstances or details of an event. --2. a former event.
          --vṛddhaṃ ind. according to age or seniority; Ku. 6. 49.
          --śakti --śaktyā ind. to the best of one's power, as far as possible.
          --śāstraṃ ind. according to the scriptures, as the law ordains; Ms. 6. 88.
          --śīghraṃ ind. as quickly as possible.
          --śīlaṃ ind. in accordance with one's temper.
          --śruta a. according to the report.
          --śrutaṃ --ti ind. 1. as heard or reported. --2. (yathāśruti) according to Vedic precepts; S. 6. 25.
          --śreṣṭhaṃ ind. in order of precedence or merit.
          --saṃkhyaṃ a figure of speech in Rhetoric; yathāsaṃkhyaṃ krameṇaiva kramikāṇāṃ samanvayaḥ K. P. 10; e. g. śatruṃ mitraṃ vipattiṃ ca jaya raṃjaya bhaṃjaya Chandr. 5. 107. (--khyaṃ), --saṃkhyena ind. according to number, respectively, number for number; Y. 1. 21.
          --samayaṃ ind. 1. at the proper time. --2. according to agreement or established usage.
          --saṃbhava a. possible.
          --saṃbhāvita a. suitable, appropriate.
          --sukhaṃ ind. 1. at will or pleasure. --2. at ease, comfortably, pleasantly, so as to give pleasure; aṃke nidhāya karabhoru yathāsukhaṃ te saṃvāhayāmi caraṇāvuta padmatāmrau S. 3. 22; R. 9. 48; Ms. 4. 43.
          --sthānaṃ the right or proper place. (
          --naṃ) ind. 1. in the proper place; duly, properly. --2. instantly. --3. according to rank.
          --sdhita a. according to circumstances or actual facts, as it stands; rāmaṃ yathasthitaṃ sarvaṃ bhrātā brūte sma vihvalaḥ Bk. 6. 8. --2. right, proper, fit. (
          --taṃ) ind. 1. truly, properly. --2. according to circumstances.
          --sthiti ind. as usual, according to state or circumstances.
          --svaṃ ind. 1. each his own, respectively; adhyāsate cīrabhṛto yathāsvaṃ R. 13. 22; Ki. 14. 43. --2. individually; R. 17. 65. --3 duly, properly, rightly.

yathāvat ind.
     (1) Duly, fitly, properly, rightly; oft. with the force of an adjective; adhyapipadgādhisuto yathāvat Bk. 2. 21; liperyathāvadagrahaṇena R. 3. 28.
     (2) According to rule or precept, as enjoined by rules; tato yathāvadvihitādhvarāya R. 5. 19; Ms. 6. 1; 8. 214.
     (3) Exactly, truly.

yad pron. a. (Nom. sing. m. yaḥ, f. yā, yat-d n.) The relative pronoun corresponding to 'who', 'which' or 'what' in English.
     (a) Its proper correlative is tad; yasya buddhibalaṃ tasya; but sometimes idaṃ, adas, etad, take the place of tad; sometimes the relative is used alone, its antecedent being supplied from the context. Not unfrequently two relatives are used in the same sentence; yā yasya yujyate bhūmikrā tāṃ khalu bhāve na tathaiva sarve vargyāḥ pāṭhitāḥ Māl. 1; yadeva rocate yasmai bhavet tat tasya suṃdaram.
          (b) When repeated, the relative pronoun has the sense of 'totality', and may be translated by 'whoever', 'whatever', in which case the correlative pronoun is generally repeated; yo yaḥ śastraṃ vibharti svabhujagurubalaḥ pāṃḍavīnāṃ camūnāṃ ... krodhāṃdhastasya tasya svayamiha jagatāmaṃtakasyāṃtakohaṃ Ve. 3. 30; kriyate yadyadeṣā kathayati U. 1; yaṃ yaṃ paśyasi tasya tasya purato mā brūhi dīnaṃ vacaḥ Bh. 2. 51. When joined with the interrogative pronoun or its derivatives with or without the particles cid, cana, vā, or api, it expresses the sense of 'whatever', 'any whatsoever,', 'any'; suto vā sūtaputro vā yo vā ko vā bhavāmyahaṃ Ve. 3. 33; yena kena prakāreṇa anyhow, somehow or other; yatra kutrāpi, yo vā ko vā, yaḥ kaścana &c.; yatkiṃcidetad 'this is a mere trifle'; yāni kāni ca mitrāṇi &c. --ind. 1 As an indeclinable yad is frequently used 1 to introduce a direct or subordinate assertion with or without iti at the end; satyoyaṃ janapravādo yatsaṃpatsaṃpadamanubadhnātīti K. 73; tasya kadācicciṃtā samutpannā yadarthotpattyupāyāściṃtanīyāḥ kartavyāśca Pt. 1.
     (2) or in the sense of 'because,' 'since'; priyamācarita late tvayā me ... yadiyaṃ punarapyapāṃganetrā parivṛttārdhamukhī mayādya dṛṣṭā V. 1. 17; or kiṃ śeṣasya bharavyathā na vaṣuṣi kṣmāṃ na kṣipatyeṣa yat Mu. 2. 18; R. 1. 27, 87; in this sense yad is often followed by tad or tataḥ as its correlative; see N. 22. 46.
     -- Comp.
          --api ind. although, though; vakraḥ paṃthā yadapi bhavataḥ Me 27.
          --arthaṃ, --arthe ind. 1. for which, wherefore, why, on which account; śrūyatāṃ yadarthamasmi hariṇā bhavatsakāśaṃ preṣitaḥ S. 6; Ku. 5. 52. --2. since, because; nūnaṃ daivaṃ na śakyaṃ hi purupeṇātivartitum . yadarthaṃ yatnavāneva na labhe vipratāṃ vibho .. Mb.
          --kāraṇaṃ, --kāraṇāt ind. 1. wherefore, on which account. --2. since, because.
          --kṛte ind. wherefore, why, for which person or thing.
          --bhaviṣyaḥ a fatalist (one who says 'what will be will be'); Pt. 1. 318.
          --vā ind. or else, whether; naitadvidmaḥ kataranno garīyo yadvā jayema yadi vā no jayeyuḥ Bg. 2. 6; (often used by commentators in suggesting an alternative meaning).
          --vṛttaṃ an adventure.
          --satyaṃ ind. to be sure, to speak the truth, truly, forsooth; amaṃgalāśaṃsayā vo vacanasya yatsatyaṃ kaṃpitamiva me hṛdayaṃ Ve. 1; Mu. 1; Mk. 4.

yadīya a. Whose, of whom or what.

yadā ind. [yad kāle dāc]
     (1) When, at the time when; yadā yadā whenever; yadaiva tadaiva at the very time, as soon as; yadāprabhṛti-tadāprabhṛti from what time-from that time forward.
     (2) If (= yadi); patraṃ naiva yadā karīraviṭape doṣo vasaṃtasya kiṃ Bh. 2. 93.
     (3) Whereas, since, as.

yadi ind.
     (1) If, in case(showing condition, and in this sense generally used with the potential mood, but sometimes also with the future or present tense; it is usually followed by tarhī and sometimes by tataḥ, tadā, tad or atra); prāṇaistapobhirathavābhimataṃ madīyaiḥ kṛtyaṃ ghaṭeta suhṛdo yadi tatkṛtaṃ syāt .. Māl. 1. 9; vadāse yadi kiṃcidapi daṃtarucikaumudī harati daratimiramatighoraṃ Gīt. 10; yatne kṛte yadi na siddhyati kotra (= kastarhi) doṣaḥ H. Pr. 31.
     (2) Whether, if; vada pradoṣe sphuṭacaṃdratārakā vibhāvarī yadyaruṇāya kalpate Ku. 5. 44.
     (3) Provided that, when.
     (4) If perchance, perhaps; yadi tāvadevaṃ kriyatāṃ 'perhaps you might do so'; pūrvaṃ spṛṣṭaṃ yadi kila bhavedaṃgamebhistaveti Me. 107; Y. 3. 104 (yadyapi means 'though', 'although;' Śi. 16. 82; Bg. 1. 38; S. 1. 31; yadivā or; yadvā jayema yadi vā no jayeyuḥ Bg. 2. 6; Bh. 2. 83; or perhaps, or rather, and if necessary; oft. expressed by the reflexive pronoun: U. 1. 12; 4. 5.).

yaduḥ
     (1) N. of an ancient king, the eldest son of Yayāti and Devayānī and ancestor of the Yādavas.
     (2) N. of a country near Mathurā.
     -- Comp.
          --kulodbhavaḥ, --naṃdanaḥ, --śreṣṭhaḥ epithets of Kṛṣṇa.

yadṛcchā [yad ṛcch-a ṭāp Tv.]
     (1) Acting as one likes, self-will, independence (of action).
     (2) Chance, accident; usually used in the instrumental singular in this sense and translated by 'accidentally,' 'by chance'; kiṃtaramithutaṃ yadṛcchayā'drākṣīt K. 'chanced or happened to see' &c; vasiṣṭhadhenuśca yadṛcchayā''gatā śrutaprabhāvā dadṛśetha naṃdinī R. 3. 40; V. 1. 10; Ku. 1. 14; U. 5. 16.
     -- Comp.
          --abhijñaḥ voluntary or self-offered witness.
          --śabdaḥ a proper name, a word like ḍittha, yajñadatta &c. which denotes neither a genus nor species, nor any quality, action &c; asaṃpādayataḥ kaṃcidarthaṃ jātikriyāguṇaiḥ . yadṛcchāśabdavatpuṃsaḥ saṃjñāyai janma kevalaṃ Śi. 2. 47.
          --saṃvādaḥ 1. accidental conversation. --2. spontaneous or incidental intercourse, accidental meeting.

yadṛcchātas ind. Accidentally, by chance.

yadṛcchikaḥ A son who offers himself for adoption.

yaṃtṛ a [yam-tṛc]
     (1) Restraining, curbing, controlling.
     (2) Guiding, directing. --m.
     (1) A director, governor, ruler.
     (2) A driver (as of an elephant, carriage &c.); coachman, charioteer; yaṃtā gajasyābhyapatadgajasthaṃ R. 7. 37; atha yaṃtāramādiśya dhuryān viśrāmayeti saḥ 1. 54.
     (3) An elephantdriver or rider.

yaṃtr 1. 10. U. (yaṃtrati-te, yaṃtrayati-te)
     (1) To restrain, curb, check; śāpayaṃtritapaulastyabalātkārakacagrahaiḥ R. 10. 47.
     (2) To bind, fasten.
     (3) To force, oblige, compel.

yaṃtram [yaṃtr-ac]
     (1) That which restrains or fastens, any prop or support, a stay; as in gṛhayaṃtra (see the quotation under this word).
     (2) A fetter, band, fastening, tie, thong.
     (3) A surgical instrument, especially a blunt instrument (opp. śastra).
     (4) Any instrument or machine, an appliance, a contrivance, implement in general; kūpayaṃtra Mk. 10. 59 'a machine for drawing up water from a well'; so taila-, jala- &c.
     (5) A bolt, lock.
     (6) Restraint, force.
     (7) An amulet, a mystical or astronomical diagram used as an amulet.
     -- Comp.
          --ālayaḥ a printing-press.
          --upalaḥ a mill, mill-stone.
          --karaṃḍikā a kind of magical basket.
          --karmakṛt m. an artist, artisan.
          --gṛhaṃ 1. an oil-mill. --2. a manufactory.
          --golaḥ a kind of pea.
          --ceṣṭitaṃ any magical work, an enchantment.
          --takṣan m. 1. a constructor of machines. --2. a preparer of charms.
          --toraṇaṃ a mechanical arch (fitted with contrivances to move it).
          --dṛḍha a. secured by a bolt (as a door).
          --nālaṃ a mechanical pipe or tube.
          --putrakaḥ, --putrikā a mechanical doll, a puppet furnished with contrivances, such as strings, for moving the limbs.
          --peṣaṇī a hand-mill.
          --pravāhaḥ an artificial stream of water; R. 16. 49.
          --mārgaḥ a canal or an aqueduct.
          --śaraḥ an arrow or any missile shot off by means of machinery.

yaṃtrakaḥ [yaṃtr-ṇvul]
     (1) One well acquainted with machinery.
     (2) A mechanist.
     (3) A restrainer, controller, subduer. --kaṃ
     (1) A bandage (in medic.).
     (2) A turner's wheel or lathe.

yaṃtraṇaṃ --ṇā [yaṃtr-lyuṭ vā ṭāp]
     (1) Rest raining, curbing, stopping; karayaṃtraṇa daṃturāṃtare vyalikhaccaṃcupuṭena pakṣatī N. 2. 2
     (2) A restraint, restriction; check; hrīyaṃtraṇāṃ tatkṣaṇamanvabhūvannanyonyalo lāni vilocanāni Ku. 7. 75; R. 7. 23; gurujanayaṃtraṇā K. 94.
     (3) Fastening, binding (baṃdha); nibiḍapīnakucadvaya yaṃtraṇā tamaparādhamadhāt pratibadhnatī N. 4. 10.
     (4) Force, compulsion, const raint, trouble, pain or anguish (arising from compulsion); alamalamupacārayaṃtraṇayā M. 4.
     (5) Guarding, prote cting.
     (6) A bandage.

yaṃtraṇī, yaṃtriṇī A wife's younger sister.

yaṃtrita p. p. [yaṃtr-kta]
     (1) Restrained, checked, curbed, controlled, confined.
     (2) Fastened, bound.
     (3) Fettered, chained.
     (4) Subject to.
     -- Comp.
          --katha, --vāc a. 'tongue-tied', forced to be silent.

yaṃtrin a. or s.
     (1) Furnished with harness or trappings (as a horse).
     (2) One who pains, a tormentor.
     (3) One who possesses an amulet.

yabh 1 P. (yabhati) To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with.

mabhanam Sexual intercourse, copulation.

yam 1 P. (yacchati, yayāma, ayaṃsīt, yaṃsyati, yaṃtuṃ, yata; desid. yiyaṃsati)
     (1) To check, curb, restrain, control, subdue, stop, suppress; yacchedbāṅmanasī prajñaḥ Kaṭh; yatacittātman Bg. 4. 21; see yata.
     (2) To offer, give, bestow.
     (3) Ved. To support, sustain.
     (4) To raise, lift up.
     (5) To extend, stretch.
     (6) To go.
     (7) To exhibit, show. --Caus. (yamayati-te) To restrain, check &c.

yama a. [yam-ghañ]
     (1) Twin, twinborn.
     (2) Coupled. --maḥ
     (1) Restraining, controlling, curbing.
     (2) Control, restraint.
     (3) Self-control.
     (4) Any great moral or religious duty or observance (opp. niyama); taptaṃ yamena niyamena tapo'munaiva N. 13. 16. (yama and niyama are thus distinguished: śarīrasādhanāpekṣaṃ nityaṃ yatkarma tadyamaḥ . niyamastu sa yatkarma nityamāgatuṃsādhanaṃ .. Ak.; see Malli. on Śi. 13. 23 and Ki. 10. 10 also. The yamas are usually said to be ten, but their names are given differently by different writers; e. g. brahmacaryaṃ dayā kṣāṃtirdānaṃ satyamakalkatā . ahiṃsā'steyamādhurye damaśceti yamāḥ smṛtāḥ .. Y. 3. 313; or ānṛśaṃsyaṃ dayā satyamahiṃsā kṣāṃtirārjavam . prītiḥ prasādo mādhuryaṃ mārdavaṃ ca yamā daśa ..; sometimes only five yamas are mentioned: --ahiṃsā satyavacanaṃ brahmacayarmakalkatā . asteyamiti paṃcaite yamākhyāni vratāni ca ..).
     (5) The first of the eight angas or means of attaining Yoga; the eight angas are: --yamaniyamāsanaprāṇāyāmapratyāhāradhāraṇādhyānasamādhayo'ṣṭāvaṃgāni.
     (6) The god of death, death personified, regarded as a son of the sun; dattābhaye tvayi yamādapi daṃḍadhāre U. 2. 11.
     (7) A twin; dharmātmajaṃ prati yamau ca (i. e. nakulasahadevau) kathaiva nāsti Ve. 2. 25; yamayoścaiva garbheṣu janmato jyeṣṭhatā matā Ms. 9. 126.
     (8) One of a pair or couple, a fellow.
     (9) N. of Saturn. (10) A crow.
     (11) A symbolical expression for the number 'two'.
     (12) Ved. A rein, bridle.
     (13) Ved. A driver, charioteer. --maṃ
     (1) A pair or couple.
     (2) (In gram.) The twin letter of any consonant.
     (3) Pitch of the voice. --mī N. of the river Yamunā.
     -- Comp.
          --anugaḥ, --anucaraḥ a servant or attendant of Yama.
          --aṃtakaḥ an epithet of 1. Śiva. --2. of Yama.
          --ariḥ, --ghnaḥ, --ripuḥ &c. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --īśaṃ the Nakshatra Bharaṇī.
          --kiṃkaraḥ a messenger of death.
          --kīṭaḥ 1. a wood-louse. --2. an earth-worm.
          --kīlaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --koṭiḥ --ṭī N. of a mythical town to the east of Laṅkā.
          --ja a. twin-born, twin; bhrātarau āvāṃ yamajau U. 6; 4.
          --daṃṣṭrā 'Yama's tooth', the jaws of death. (
          --ṣṭrāḥ pl.) the last eight days of the month Asvina and the whole of Kārtika (regarded as a period of general sickness).
          --dūtaḥ --dūtakaḥ 1. a messenger of death. --2. a crow.
          --dūtikā tamarind.
          --devatā the asterism Bharaṇī.
          --dvitīyā the second day in the bright half of Kārtika when sisters entertain their brothers (Mar. bhāūbīja); cf. bhrātṛdvitīyā. --dhānī the abode of Yama; naraḥ saṃsārāṃte viśati yamadhānījavanikāṃ Bh. 3. 112.
          --dhāraḥ a kind of double-edged weapon.
          --pāśaḥ the noose of Yama.
          --puruṣaḥ Yama's servant or minister.
          --priyaḥ the fig-tree.
          --bhaginī N. of the river Yamunā.
          --yātanā the tortures inflicted by Yama upon sinners after death, (the word is sometimes used to denote 'horrible tortures', 'extreme pain').
          --rāja m. Yama, the god of death.
          --vāhanaḥ, --rathaḥ a buffalo.
          --sabhā the tribunal of Yama.
          --sūryaṃ a building with two halls, one facing the west and the other facing the north.
          --svasṛ f. 1. N. of the river Yamunā. --2. N. of Durgā.

yamaka a. [yama-svārthe ka]
     (1) Twinborn, twin.
     (2) Two-fold, double. --kaḥ
     (1) A restraint, check.
     (2) A twin; one of a pair, a fellow.
     (3) A great moral or religious duty; see yama
     (4). --kaṃ
     (1) A double bandage.
     (2) (In Rhet.) Repetition in the same stanza (in any part of it) of words or syllables similar in sound, but different in meaning, a kind of rhyme, (of which various kinds are enumerated; see Kāv. 3. 2-52); āvṛttiṃ varṇasaṃghātagocarāṃ yamakaṃ viduḥ Kāv. 1. 61, 3. 1; S. D. 640.

yamana a. (nī f.) [yam lyu lyuṭ vā] Restraining, curbing, governing &c. --naṃ
     (1) The act of restraining, curbing or binding.
     (2) Stopping, ceasing.
     (3) Cessation, rest.
     (4) Governing, managing. --naḥ The god of death, Yama.

yamanikā A curtain, screen; cf. javanikā.

yamala a. Twin, one of a couple. --laḥ The number 'two'. --lau (dual) A pair. --laṃ, --lī A pair, couple. --lī A dress consisting of two pieces.
     -- Comp.
          --patraḥ N. of two trees (kovidāra and aśmaṃtaka).

yamavat a.
     (1) One who has restrained his passions, self-controlled; yamavatāmavatāṃ ca dhuri sthitaḥ R. 9. 1.
     (2) Temperate, moderate.

yamasāt ind. In the hands of Yama, to the power of Yama; yamasāt kṛ 'to hand over to death'.

yamita a. [yam-ṇic-kta]
     (1) Restrained, curbed, checked.
     (2) Tied, held together; S. 1. 30.

yamin a. [yam-ṇini, yama-ini vā] Restraining, curbing &c. --m. One who has restrained his passions.

yamunā
     (1) N. of a celebrated river (regarded as a sister of Yama).
     (2) N. of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --bhid m. N. of Balarāma.
          --bhrātṛ m. Yama, the god of death.

yayātiḥ [yasya vāyoriva yātiḥ sarvatra rathagatiryasya Tv.] N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race, son of Nahusha; yayātariva śarmiṣṭhā bharturbahumatā bhava S. 4. 6. [He married Devayāni, daughter of Śukra, and Śarmiṣṭha, daughter of the king of Asuras, was told by her father to be her servant as a sort of recompense for her insulting conduct towards her on a previons occasion; (see Devayānī.) But Yayāti fell in love with this servant and privately married her. Aggrieved at this Devayānī went to her father and complained of the conduct of her husband, on whom, therefore, Śukra inflicted premature infirmity and old age. Yayāti, however, propitiated him and obtained from him permission to transfer his decrepitude to any one who would consent to take it. He asked his five sons, but all refused except Puru, the youngest. Yayāti accordingly transferred his infirmity to Puru, and being once more in the prime of youth, passed his time in the enjoyment of sensual pleasures. This he did for 1000 years, and yet his desire was not satisfied. At last, however, with a vigorous effort he renounced his sensual life, restored his youth to Puru, and, having made him successor to the throne, repaired to the woods to lead a pious life and meditate upon the Supreme Spirit].

yayāvaraḥ = yāyāvara q. v.

yayiḥ --yī m. [cf. Uṇ. 3. 159]
     (1) A horse fit for the Aśvamedha (or any) sacrifice.
     (2) A horse in general.
     (3) A road.
     (4) N. of Śiva.
     (5) A cloud.

yayin m. N. of Śiva.

yayuḥ [Uṇ. 1. 21]
     (1) A horse fit for a sacrifice; Śi. 15. 69.
     (2) A horse (in general).

yarhi ind. [yad-rhil, cf. P. V. 3. 21]
     (1) When, while, whenever.
     (2) Because, as, since; (its proper correlative is tarhi or etarhi, but it is seldom used in classical literature).

yavaḥ [yu-ac]
     (1) Barley; yavāḥ prakīrṇā na bhavaṃti śālayaḥ Mk. 4. 17.
     (2) A barley-corn or the weight of a barley-corn.
     (3) A measure of length equal to (1/6) or (1/3) of an angula.
     (4) A mark on the fingers of the hand resembling a barley-corn and supposed according to its position to indicate wealth, progeny, good fortune &c.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuraḥ, --prarohaḥ a shoot or blade of barley.
          --agrajaḥ 1. = yavakṣāra. --2. N. of a plant (yavāni). --annaṃ boiled barley.
          --amlajaṃ sour barley-gruel.
          --āgrayaṇaṃ the first fruits of barley.
          --kṣāraḥ, --āhvaḥ, --apatyaṃ, --nālajaḥ, --jaḥ salt-petre, nitre, nitrate of potash.
          --kṣodaḥ, --cūrṇaṃ, --piṣṭaṃ barleymeal.
          --tiktā N. of a plant (śaṃkhinī). --phalaḥ 1. a bamboo. --2. spikenard. --3. the Kuṭaja tree. --4. the Plaksha tree. --5. an onion.
          --madhyaḥ a kind of drum. (
          --dhyaṃ) 1. a kind of penance. --2. a measure of length.
          --lāsaḥ saltpetre, nitre.
          --śūkaḥ, --śūkajaḥ an alkaline salt prepared from the ashes of burnt barley-straw, nitre.
          --suraṃ malt-liquor, beer.

yavakaḥ Barley.

yavakya a. [yava-yat kuk ca] Sown with or fit for barley (as a field).

yavamat a. Containing or mixed with barley.

yavanaḥ [yu-yuc]
     (1) A Greek, an Ionian.
     (2) Any foreigner, or barbarian; Ms. 10. 44; (the word is applied at present to a Mahomedan or a European also).
     (3) A carrot.
     (4) Olibanum.
     (5) A courser or swift horse.
     (6) Speed.
     (7) Wheat.
     (8) A kind of grass. --nāḥ (m. pl.)
     (1) The Ionians or Greeks.
     (2) The Greek astrologers.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.
          --iṣṭaḥ 1. a kind of garlic. --2. a kind of onion. --3. the Nimba tree. (
          --ṣṭā) 1. the wild datetree. (
          --ṣṭaṃ) 1. lead. --2. an onion or garlic. --3. pepper.
          --deśajaṃ benzoin.
          --dviṣṭaḥ bdellium.
          --priyaṃ pepper.

yavanānī(yavanānāṃ lipiḥ, yabana-ānuk ṅīp ca] The writing of the Yavannas.

yavanikā, yavanī
     (1) A Yavana female, a Greek or Mahomedan woman; yavanī navanītakomalāṃgī Jag.; yatanīmukhapadmānāṃ sehe madhumadaṃ na saḥ R. 4. 61; (from dramas it appears that Yavana girls were formerly employed as attendants on kings, particularly to be in charge of their bows and quivers; cf. eṣa bāṇāsanahastābhiryavanībhiḥ parivṛta ita evāgacchati priyavayasyaḥ S. 2; praviśya śārṅgahastā yavanī S. 6; praviśya cāpahastā yavanī V. 5. &c.).
     (2) A curtain.

yavasam Grass, fodder, meadow grass; yavaseṃdhanaṃ Pt. 1; Y. 3. 30; Ms. 7. 75.

yavāgū f. [yūyate miśyate yu-āgū] Rice gruel, sour gruel made from rice or from any other kind of grain, such as barley; yavāgūrviraladravā Suśr.; mūtrāya kalpate yavāgūḥ Mbh.

yavānikā, yavānī A kind of bad barley; (duṣṭo yavo yavā nī).

yavāsaḥ A kind of Khadira.

yavāsinī A district abounding in Yavāsa.

yaviṣṭha a. Youngest, very young, (superl. of yuvan q. v.). --ṣṭhaḥ
     (1) The youngest brother.
     (2) N. of Agni.

yavīyas a. Younger, very young (compar. of yuvan q. v.). --m.
     (1) A younger brother.
     (2) A Śūdra.

yavya a. [yavānāṃ kṣetraṃ yava-yat]
     (1) Sown with or consisting of barley.
     (2) Suitable or fit for barley. --vyaḥ A month. --vyaṃ A field of barley.

yaśadam A kind of mineral.

yaśas a. [aś stutau asun dhātoḥ yuṭ ca Uṇ. 4. 190]
     (1) Lovely, agreeable, worthy.
     (2) Honoured. --n. Fame, reputation, glory, renown; vistīryate yaśo loke tailabiṃdurivāṃbhasi Ms. 7. 34; yaśastu rakṣyaṃ parato yaśodhanaiḥ R. 3. 48, 2. 40
     (2) An object of glory or respect, a person of distinction.
     (3) Ved. Beauty, splendour.
     (5) Favour, partiality.
     (6) Wealth.
     (7) Food.
     (8) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. (yaśaskara) conferring glory, glorious; Ms. 8. 387.
          --kāma a. (yaśaskāma) 1. desirous of getting fame. --2. aspiring, ambitious.
          --kāyaṃ, --śarīraṃ body in the form of fame; yaśaḥśarīre bhava me dayāluḥ R. 2. 24.
          --da a. (yaśoda) conferring fame. (
          --daḥ) quicksilver. (
          --dā) N. of the wife of Nanda and foster-mother of Kṛṣṇa.
          --dhana a. or s. one whose wealth or valued treasure is fame, rich in fame, very renowned; api svadehāt kimuteṃdriyārthāt yaśodhanānāṃ hi yaśo garīyaḥ R. 14. 35; 2. 1.
          --dhara a. (yaśodhara) keeping up or preserving glory.
          --paṭahaḥ (yaśaḥpaṭahaḥ) a double drum.
          --bhṛt a. (yaśobhṛt) famous, renowned.
          --śeṣa a. remaining only in fame, having nothing left behind except glory; i. e. dead; cf. kīrtiśeṣa. (--ṣaḥ) death.
          --hara a. (yaśohara) taking away fame, dishonouring, ignominious.

yaśasya a. [yaśase hitaṃ yat]
     (1) Leading to glory or distinction; Ms. 2. 52.
     (2) Renowned, famous, glorious. --syā N. of a plant (jīvaṃtī).

yaśasyati, yaśaskāmyati Den. P. To long for fame.

yaśasvin a. [yaśas-vini]
     (1) Famous, glorious, renowned.
     (2) Excellent, best. --nī The wild cotton tree.

yaṣṭiḥ --ṣṭī f. [yaj-ktin ni- na saṃprasāraṇaṃ]
     (1) A stick, staff.
     (2) A cudgel, mace, club.
     (3) A column, pillar, pole.
     (4) A perch, as in vāsayaṣṭi.
     (5) A stem, support.
     (6) A flagstaff; as in dhvajayaṣṭi.
     (7) A stalk, stem.
     (8) A branch, twig; kadaṃbayaṣṭiḥ sphuṭakorakeva U. 3. 42; so cūtayaṣṭiḥ Ku. 6. 2; sahakārayaṣṭiḥ &c.
     (9) A string, thread (as of pearls), a necklace; vimucya sā hāramahāryaniścayā vilolayaṣṭipraviluptacaṃdanaṃ Ku. 5. 8; R. 13. 54. (10) Any creeping plant.
     (11) Anything thin, slim, or slender (at the end of comp. after words meaning 'the body'); taṃ vīkṣya vepathumatī sarasāṃ gayaṣṭiḥ Ku. 5. 85 'with her slender or delicate frame perspiring'.
     (12) A reed.
     (13) The arm.
     (14) Liquorice.
     (15) Sugar-cane.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ a club-bearer, staff-bearer.
          --nivāsaḥ 1. a stick or rod serving as a perch for peacocks &c.; vṛkṣeśayā yaṣṭinivāsabhaṃgāt R. 16. 14. --2. a pigeonhouse resting on upright poles.
          --prāṇa a. 1. feeble or powerless. --2. out of breath.
          --madhu n., madhukā liquorice.

yaṣṭikaḥ
     (1) A lap-wing.
     (2) A kind of water-fowl.

yaṣṭikā
     (1) A staff, stick, pole, club.
     (2) A pearl-necklace (of one string).
     (3) An oblong pond or tank.
     (4) Liquorice.

yaṣṭī See yaṣṭi.

yaṣṭṛ m. [yaj-tṛc] A worshipper, sacrificer.

yas 1. 4. P. (yasati, yasyati, yasta) To strive, endeavour, labour, --Caus. (yāsayati-te) To put to trouble.

yahu a. Ved. Great. --huḥ A child, offspring (putra).

yahva a. Ved.
     (1) Great, powerful.
     (2) Active, restless, continually moving. --hvī A river. --f. (dual) An epithet of
     (1) Heaven and earth.
     (2) Of night and day.
     (3) Of morning and evening.

yā 2 P. (yāti, yayau, ayāsīt, yāsyati, yāṃtuṃ, yāta)
     (1) To go, move, walk, proceed; yayau tadīyāmavalaṃbya cāṃguliṃ R. 3. 25; anvagyayau madhyamalokapālaḥ 2. 16.
     (2) To march against, invade; Ms. 7. 183.
     (3) To go to, march towards, set out for (with acc., dat. or with prati).
     (4) To pass away, withdraw, depart; yātu prastutamanusaṃdhīyatāṃ H. 3. 'let it go or pass, never mind it'.
     (5) To vanish, disappear; yātastavāpi ca vivekaḥ Bv. 1. 66; bhāgyakrameṇa hi dhanāni bhavaṃti yāṃti Mk. 1. 13.
     (6) To pass away or by, elapse (as time); yauvanamanivarti yātaṃ tu K. P. 10.
     (7) To last.
     (8) To happen, come to pass.
     (9) To go or be reduced to any state, be or become (usually with the acc. of abstract noun). (10) To undertake; na svasya siddhau yāsyāmi sargavyāpāra mātmanā Ku. 2. 54.
     (11) To have carnal intercourse with.
     (12) To request, implore.
     (13) To find out, discover.
     (14) To behave, act. (The meanings of yā, like those of gam, are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. nāśaṃ yā to be destroyed; vācyatāṃ yā to incur blame or censure; laghutāṃ yā to be slighted; prakṛtiṃ yā to regain one's natural state; nidrāṃ yā to fall asleep; vaśaṃ yā to submit, go into one's possession; udayaṃ yā to rise; astaṃ yā to set, decline; pāraṃ yā to reach the other side of, to master, surmount, get over; padaṃ yā to attain to the position of; agre yā to go before, take the lead, lead; adho yā to sink; viparyāsaṃ yā to undergo a change, to be changed in appearance; śirasā mahīṃ yā to bend the head down to the ground &c.), --Caus. (yāpayati-te)
     (1) To cause to go or proceed.
     (2) To remove, drive away; pramadayā madayāpitalajjayā R. 9. 31.
     (3) To spend, pass (time): tāṃvatkokila virasānṃ yāpaya divasān Bv. 1. 7; Me. 89.
     (4) To live or spend time with; Ki. 2. 45.
     (5) To support, nourish. --Desid. (yiyāsati) To wish to go, to be about to go &c. --WITH ati 1 to go beyond, transgress, violate. --2. to surpass. --adhi to go away or forth; escape; kuto'dhiyāsyasi kūra nihatastena pātribhiḥ Bk. 8. 90.

yāta p. p.
     (1) Gone, marched, walked.
     (8) Passed, departed, gone away.
     (3) Passed by, elapsed.
     (4) Attaince, reduced or gone to (a state &c.) (See yā). --taṃ
     (1) Going, motion.
     (2) A march.
     (3) The act driving an elephant with a goad.
     (4) The past time.
     -- Comp.
          --yāma, yāman a. 1. stale, used, spoiled, rejected, become useless; ayātayāmaṃ vayaḥ Dk. --2. raw, halfcooked (as food); yātayāmaṃ gatarasaṃ pūti paryuṣitaṃ ca yat Bg. 17. 10. --3. aged, exhausted, worn out.

yāgaḥ [yaj-ghañ kutvaṃ]
     (1) An offering, a sacrifice, an oblation.
     (2) Any ceremony in which oblations are presented; R. 8. 30.
     -- Comp.
          --karaṇaṃ a sacrificial ceremony.
          --saṃtānaḥ N. of Jayanta.

yāc
     (1) A. (yācate; rarely yācati, yācita)
     (1) To beg, ask, solicit, request, entreat; implore (with two acc.); baliṃ yācate vasudhāṃ Sk.; pitaraṃ praṇipatya pādayoraparityāgamayācatātmanaḥ R. 8. 12; Bk. 14. 105; R. 11. 1.
     (2) To demand in marriage; tāṃ yācate narapaternarmasu hṛnnaṃdano nṛpamukhena Mal. 1. 11.

yācakaḥ (kī f.) [yāc-ṇvul]
     (1) A mendicant, beggar; tṛṇādape laghustūlastūlādapi ca yācakaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) A petitioner, suppliant.

yācanaṃ --nā [yāc-lyuṭ]
     (1) Asking, begging, entreating, soliciting.
     (2) A request, an entreaty, a petition; yācanā mānanāśāya; vadhyatāmabhayayācanāṃjaliḥ R. 11. 78.

yācanakaḥ A beggar, suitor, petitioner.

yāciṣṇu a. Disposed to beg, habitually begging or soliciting.

yācita p. p.
     (1) Asked, solicited, begged, entreated, requested.
     (2) Requisite, necessary. --taṃ
     (1) The profession of a beggar.

yācitakam A thing got by begging, anything borrowed for use.

yācitṛ m.
     (1) A beggar.
     (2) A petitioner.
     (3) A suitor (for a girl); Ku. 1. 52.

yācñā [yāc-naṅ]
     (1) Begging, asking.
     (2) Mendicancy.
     (3) Request, solicitation, entreaty; yācñā moghā varamadhiguṇe nādhame labdhakāmā Me. 6.
     (4) Making an offer of marriage.

yācyam Making a request.

yājaḥ [yaj-ghañ]
     (1) A sacrificer.
     (2) Boiled rice.
     (3) Food in general.

yājakaḥ [yaj-ṇvul]
     (1) A sacrificer, a sacrificing priest.
     (2) A royal elephant.
     (3) An elephant in rut.

yājanam [yaj ṇic-lyuṭ] The act of performing or conducting a sacrifice; Ms. 3. 65; 1. 88.

yājamānam That part of a sacrifice which is performed by the Yajamāna himself.

yājayitṛ m. The officiating priest at a sacrifice.

yājiḥ The institutor of a sacrifice. --f. A sacrifice.

yājin a.
     (1) (At the end of comp.) Sacrificing; somayājin.
     (2) Worshipping, adoring.

yājuṣa a. (ṣī f.) [yajus-aṇ] Relating to the Yajurveda. --ṣaḥ A follower of the Yajurveda.

yājhavalkyaḥ N. of a celebrated ancient sage, author of a well-known code of laws only next in importance to that of Manu.

yājñasenī A patronymic of Draupadī.

yājñika a. (kī f.) [yajñāya hitaṃ, yajñaḥ prayojanamasya bā ṭhak] Belonging to a sacrifice. --kaḥ
     (1) A sacrificer or a sacrificing priest.
     (2) A ritualist.
     (3) The Kuśa grass.
     (3) N. of several trees aśvattha, khadira, palāśa, &c.
     -- Comp.
          --āśrayaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

yājñiya a.
     (1) Sacrificial.
     (2) Fit for a sacrifice. --yaḥ One skilled in saerificial rites.

yājya a.
     (1) To be sacrificed.
     (2) Sacrificial.
     (3) One for whom a sacrifice is performed.
     (4) One who is allowed by Śāstras to sacrifice. --jyaḥ
     (1) A sacrificer, the institutor of a sacrifice.
     (2) The performer of a sacrifice for another. --jyaṃ The presents or fee received for officiating at a sacrifice.

yājvanaḥ The son of a sacrificer.

yātanam
     (1) Return, requital, recompense, retaliation; as in vairayātanaṃ
     (2) Vengeance, revenge. --nā
     (1) Requital, recompense, return.
     (2) Torment, acute pain, anguish.
     (3) The torments inflicted by Yama upon sinners, the tortures of hell (pl.).

yātuḥ
     (1) A traveller, a way-farer.
     (2) Wind.
     (3) Time.
     (4) An evil spirit, a demon, Rākṣasa. --n.
     (1) An evil spirit, a demon.
     (2) A weapon.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnaḥ Bdellium.
          --dhānaḥ an evil spirit, a demon; Bk. 2. 21; R. 12. 45.

yātṛ f. [Uṇ. 2. 96] A husband's brother's wife. --m.
     (1) A goer, a traveller.
     (2) A driver, coachman.
     (3) Ved. A destroyer.
     (4) An avenger.

yātṛkaḥ A traveller, way-farer.

yātrā yā-ṣṭran]
     (1) Going, motion, journey; Mv. 6. 1; R. 18. 16.
     (2) The march of an army, expedition, invasion; mārgaśīrṣe śubhe māsi yāyādyātrāṃ mahīpatiḥ Ms. 7. 182; Pt. 3. 37; R. 17. 56.
     (3) Going on a pilgrimage; as in tīrthayātrā.
     (4) A company of pilgrims.
     (5) A festival, fair, festive or solemn occasion; kālapriyanāthasya yātrāprasaṃgena Māl. 1; U. 1.
     (6) A procession, festive train; pravṛttā khalu yātrābhimukhaṃ mālatī Māl. 6; 6. 2.
     (7) A road.
     (8) Support of life, livelihood, maintenance; yātrāmātrapra. siddhyarthaṃ Ms. 4. 3; śarīrayātrāpi ca te na prasidhyedakarmaṇaḥ Bg. 3. 8.
     (9) Passing away (time). (10) Intercourse; yātrā caiva hi laukikī Ms. 11. 185; lokayātrā Ve. 3; Ms. 9. 27.
     (11) Way, means, expedient.
     (12) A custom, usage, practice, way; eṣoditā lokayātrā nityaṃ strīpuṃsayoḥ parā Ms. 9. 25. (lokācāraḥ Kull.).
     (13) A vehicle in general.
     (14) A kind of dramatic entertainment.
     -- Comp.
          --utsavaḥ a festive procession.
          --karaṇaṃ an expedition, a march.
          --prasaṃgaḥ going on a pilgrimage.

yātrika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Marching.
     (2) Relating to a journey or campaign.
     (3) Requisite for the support of life.
     (4) Usual, customary. --kaḥ
     (1) A traveller.
     (2) A pilgrim. --kaṃ
     (1) A march, an expedition or campaign.
     (2) Provisions, supplies (for a march).

yāthākathācam
     (1) That which happens under any circumstances.
     (2) What happens occasionally.

yāthākāmī --kāmyam Acting according to one's own will.

yāthātathyam
     (1) Reality, truth.
     (2) Rectitude, propriety.

yāthārthika a.
     (1) Just, right.
     (2) True, real.

yāthārthyam
     (1) Real or correct nature, truth, true character; na saṃti yāthārththavidaḥ pinākinaḥ Ku. 5. 77; yāthārdhthaṃ veda kastava R. 10. 24.
     (2) Justness, suitableness.
     (3) Accomplishment or attainment of an object.

yādavaḥ [yadorapatyaṃ aṇ] A descendant of Yadu.
     (2) N. of Kṛṣṇa. --vī N. of Durgā. --vaṃ A stock of cattle.

yādas n. Any(large) aquatic animal, a sea-monster; yādāṃsi jalajatavaḥ Ak; varuṇo yādasāmahaṃ Bg. 10. 29; Ki. 5. 29; R. 1. 16.
     (2) Water.
     (3) A river.
     (4) Semen.
     (5) Desire.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ, --nāthaḥ (also yādasāṃpatiḥ and yādasāṃnāthaḥ) 1. the ocean. --2. N. of Varuṇa; R. 17. 81.

yāduḥ A fluid, water.

yādṛkṣa a. (kṣī f.), yādṛś, yādṛśa a. (śī f.) What like, of which sort or nature; Ms. 1. 42; Bg. 13. 3.

yādṛcchika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Voluntary, spontaneous, independent.
     (2) Accidental, unexpected. --kaḥ An officiating priest who acts as he likes.

yānam [yā-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Going, moving, walking, riding; as gajayānaṃ, uṣṭra-, ratha- &c.
     (2) A voyage, journey; sa mudrayānakuśalāḥ Ms. 8. 157; Y. 1. 84.
     (3) Marching against, attacking (one of the six Guṇas or expedients in politics); ahitānpratyabhītasya raṇe yānaṃ Ak.; Ms. 7. 160.
     (4) A procession, train.
     (5) A conveyance, vehicle, carriage, chariot; yānaṃ sasmāra kauberaṃ R. 15. 45, 13. 69; Ku. 6. 76; Ms. 4. 120.
     (6) A litter, palanquin. --naḥ Ved. A road, way.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ a carpenter.
          --pātraṃ a ship, boat.
          --bhaṃgaḥ shipwreck.
          --mukhaṃ the forepart of a carriage, the part where the yoke is fixed.
          --yānaṃ driving or riding in a carriage.
          --śālā a coachhouse.

yānakam A vehicle, conveyance.

yāpaka a.
     (1) Causing to go.
     (2) Giving, bestowing.

yāpana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Causing to go or go away.
     (2) Curing.
     (3) Mitigating.
     (4) Supporting (life). --naṃ, --nā
     (1) Causing to go away, driving out, expulsion, re moval.
     (2) Cure or alleviation (of a disease).
     (3) Spending or passing time, as in kālayāpanaṃ
     (4) Delay, procrastination.
     (5) Support, maintenance.
     (6) Practice, exercise.
     (7) Loitering.

yāpita a.
     (1) Spent, passed (time).
     (2) Expelled, removed &c.

yāptā Twisted hair.

yāpya a.
     (1) To be removed, expell ed or rejected.
     (2) Low, contemptible, trifling, unimportant.
     -- Comp.
          --yānaṃ a litter or palanquin.

yāṃtrika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging to machines, mechanical.
     (2) Artificially refined.

yābhaḥ Sexual union, copulation.

yāmaḥ [yam-ghañ]
     (1) Restraint, forbearance, control.
     (2) A watch, oneeighth part of a day, a period of three hours; aviditagatayāmā rātrireva vyaraṃsīt U. 1. 27; pāṃścamādyāminīyāmātprasādamiva cetanā R. 17. 1; so yāmavatī, triyāmā &c.
     (3) Going, proceeding.
     (4) Motion, course.
     (5) Ved. A road.
     (6) Progress.
     (7) A car, carriage.
     -- Comp.
          --ghoṣaḥ 1. a cock. --2. a gong or metal-plate on which night-watches are struck.
          --taryaṃ, --duṃdubhiḥ, --nālī = yāmaghoṣa
     (2); maṃdradhvanityājitayāmatūryaḥ R. 6. 56. --yamaḥ a stated occupation for every hour. --vṛttiḥ f. being on watch or guard.

yāmaka m. dual. N. of the Naksha. tra. punarvasū.

yāman n. Ved.
     (1) Going, motion.
     (2) Flight.
     (3) Coming, arrival.
     (4) A march, an expedition.
     (5) Invocation.
     (6) Offering, oblation.

yāmavatī Night; Ki. 8. 56.

yāmikaḥ A watchman, one on duty or guard at night; N. 5. 110.

yāmikā, yāminī
     (1) Night; savitā vidhavati vidhurapi savitarati dinaṃti yāmi nyaḥ . yāminayaṃte dināni ca sukhaduḥkhavaśīkṛte manasi .. K. P. 10.
     (2) Turmeric.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ 1. the moon.
     (2) camphor.

yāminayati Den. P. To appear like night.

yāmīraḥ The moon. --rā Night.

yāmalam A pair, couple.

yāmiḥ --mī f.
     (1) A sister (see jāmi); Śi. 15. 53.
     (2) Night.
     (3) A daughter in-law.
     (4) A noble woman.

yāmuna a. (nī f.) [yamunā-aṇ] Belonging to or coming from, or growing in, the Yamunā. --naṃ A kind of collyrium.

yāmuneṣṭakam Lead.

yāmeyaḥ A sister's son.

yāmya a. [yamo devatāsya tasyedaṃ vāṇya]
     (1) Southern; dvāraṃ raraṃdhaturyāmyaṃ Bk. 14. 15.
     (2) Belonging to or resembling Yama. --myaḥ
     (1) A servant of Yama.
     (2) N. of Agastya.
     (3) Of Śiva.
     (4) Of Viṣṇu.
     (5) Sandal-wood. --myaṃ The Bharaṇī Nakshatra.
     -- Comp.
          --ayanaṃ the winter solstice.
          --uttara a. going from south to north.

yāmyā
     (1) The south.
     (2) Night.

yāyajūkaḥ [yaj-yaṅ ūka] A performer of frequent sacrifices, one who constantly performs sacrifices (ijyāśīlaḥ); taṃ yāyajūkaḥ saha bhikṣumukhyaiḥ Bk. 2. 20.

yāyāvara a. Frequently going, vagrant, having no fixed abode. --raḥ
     (1) A vagrant mendicant, saint; yāyāvarāḥ puṣpaphalena cānye prānarcurarcyā jagadarcanīyaṃ Bk. 2. 20; mahābhāgastasminnayamajani yāyāvarakule B. R. 1. 13 (where yāyāvara is the name of a family).
     (2) A horse selected for a horse-sacrifice.
     (3) N. of the sage jaratkāru.
     (4) N. of a family (to which Rājaśekhara belonged). --raṃ The life of a vagrant mendicant.

yāyin a.
     (1) Going, moving, travelling (at the end of comp.).
     (2) Driving in, riding or going in.
     (3) Leading to; vitrakūṭayāyini vartmani U. 1.

yāva a. Relating to, consisting of or prepared from barley. --vaḥ
     (1) Food prepared from barley.
     (2) Lac, red dye.

yāvakaḥ --kam
     (1) Food prepared from barley.
     (2) Lac, red lac.; labhyate sma pariraktatayātmā yāvakena viyatāpi yuvatyāḥ Śi. 10. 9, 5. 13, 7. 67; Ki. 5. 40.
     (3) Half-ripe barley.
     (4) Awnless barley.
     (5) Forced rice.
     (6) A kind of kidney-bean.

yāvat a. (tī f.)(As a correlative of tavat)
     (1) As much as, as many as, (yāvat standing for 'as' and tāvat for 'as much or as many'); pure tāvaṃtamevāsya tanoti ravirātapaṃ . dīrghikākamalonmeṣo yāvanmātreṇa sādhyataṃ Ku. 2. 33; te tu yāvaṃta evājau tāvāṃśca dadṛśe sa taiḥ R. 12. 45, 17. 17.
     (2) As great; as large, how great or large yāvānartha udapāne sarvataḥ saṃplutodake . tāvānsarveṣu vedeṣu brāhmaṇasya vijānataḥ Bg. 2. 46, 18. 55.
     (3) All, whole (where the two together have the sense of totality or sākalya); yāvad dattaṃ tāvadbhuktaṃ G. M. --ind.
     (1) Used by itself yāvat has the following senses;
          (a) as far as, for, up to, till; (with acc.); stanyatya gaṃ yāvatputrayoraṃvekṣasva U. 7; kiyaṃtamavadhiṃ yāvadasmaccaritaṃ citrakāreṇālikhitaṃ U. 1; sarpakoṭaraṃ yāvat Pt. 1.
          (b) just, then, in the meantime (donoting an action intended to be done immediately); tadyābat gṛhiṇīmāhūya saṃgītakamanutiṣṭhāmi S. 1; yāvadimāṃ chāyāmāśritya pratipālayāmi S. 3.
          (c) As much as.
          (d) That, in order that.
          (e) Even, just.
     (2) Used correlatively yāvat and tāvat have these senses:
          (a) as long as so long as; yāvadbittopārjanaśaktastāvannijaparivāro raktaḥ Moha M. 8
          (b) as soon as, scarcely-when, no sooner-than; ekasya duḥkhasya na yāvadaṃtaṃ gacchāmi ... tāvaddvitīyaṃ samupasthitaṃ me H. 1. 204; Me. 105; Ku. 3. 72.
          (c) while, by the time; āśramavāsino yāvadavekṣyāhamupāvarte tāvadārdrapṛṣṭhāḥ kriyaṃtāṃ vājinaḥ S. 1; often with na when yāvanna is translated by 'before'; yāvadete saraso notpataṃti tāvadetebhyaḥ pravṛttiravagamayitavyā V. 4.
          (d) when, as (= yadā); yāvadutthāya nirīkṣate tāvaddhaṃso'valokitaḥ H. 3.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaṃ, --aṃtāya ind. upto the end, to the last.
          --artha a. corresponding to requirement, as many as may be required to convey the meaning (said of words); yāvadarthapadāṃ vā mevamādā ya mādhavaḥ virarāma Śi. 2. 13. (
          --rthaṃ) ind. 1. as much as useful. --2. in all senses; vayamapi ca girāmīśmahe yāvadarthaṃ Bh. 3. 30 v. l.
          --iṣṭaṃ, --īpsi taṃ ind. as much as is desired.
          --itthaṃ ind. as much as is necessary.
          --kālaṃ ind. as long as.
          --janma, --jīvaṃ, --jīvena ind. for life, throughout life, for the rest of one's life.
          --pramāṇa a. as great or big.
          --balaṃ ind. to the best of one's power.
          --bhāṣita or ukta a. as much as said.
          --mātra a. 1. as large, extending as far, of which size or extent; Ku. 2. 33. --2. insignifi cant, trifling, little.
          --śakyaṃ, --śakti ind. as far as possible, to the best of one's power; so yāvatsattvaṃ.

yāvan m. Ved.
     (1) A rider, horseman.
     (2) An invader.
     (3) Going, driving &c. (at the end of comp.).

yāvana a. (nī f.) [yabana-aṇ, yuṇic lyu vā] Belonging to the Yavanas; na vade dyāvanīṃ bhāṣāṃ prāṇaiḥ kaṃṭhagatairapi Subhāṣ. --naḥ Incense. --naṃ Mixing, mingling.

yāvanālaḥ A kind of corn. --lī Sugar extracted for Yavanāla.

yāvaśūkaḥ Salt-petre.

yāvasaḥ
     (1) A heap of grass.
     (2) Fodder, provisions.

yāṣṭīka a. (kī f.) [yaṣṭiḥ praharaṇamasya īkak] Armed with a club. --kaḥ A warrior armed with a club.

yāsaḥ Effort, endeavour.

yāskaḥ N. of the author of the Nirukta.

yu I. 2 P. yauti, yuta; caus. yāvayati; desid. yiyaviṣati or yuyūṣati)
     (1) To join, unite.
     (2) To mix, combine. --II. 3 P. (yuyoti) To detach, separate; as in yutasiddha --III. 9 U. (yunāti, yunīte)
     (1) To bind, fasten.
     (2) To join, unite.
     (3) To mix, combine.
     (4) Ved. To give, grant.
     (5) To acquire.
     (6) To worship, respect. --IV. 10 A. (yāvayate) To censure. --WITH vyati to mix; anyonyaṃ sma vyatiyutaḥ śabdāñ śabdaistu bhīṣaṇān Bk. 8. 6.

yukta p. p. [yaj-kta]
     (1) Joined, united.
     (2) Fastened, yoked, harnessed.
     (3) Fitted out, arranged.
     (4) Accompanied.
     (5) Furnished or endowed with, filled with, having, possessing (with instr. or in comp.).
     (6) Fixed or intent on, absorbed or engaged in, devoted to; (with loc.) U. 1. 11, Pt. 1. 284.
     (7) Used, employed.
     (8) Adapted, fitted.
     (9) Appointed. (10) Connected with.
     (11) Proved, inferred,
     (12) Active, diligent.
     (13) Skilful, experienced, clever.
     (14) Fit, proper, right, suitable (with gen. or loc.).
     (15) Primitive, not derived (from another word). --ktaḥ
     (1) A saint who has become one with the Supreme Spirit. --ktaṃ
     (1) A team, yoke.
     (2) Money lawfully obtained. --ktaṃ ind. Fitly, properly, justly, duly, well.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. sensible, rational, significant.
          --karman a. entrusted with some duty.
          --daṃḍa a. punishing justly; R. 4. 8.
          --manas a. attentive.
          --rathaḥ a kind of elixir.
          --rūpa a. 1. fit, proper, worthy, suitable (with gen. or loc.); janma vasya purorvaṃśe yuktarūpamidaṃ tava S. 1. 12; anukāriṇi pūrveṣāṃ yuktarūpamidaṃ tvayi 2. 16.
     (2) Fit for, corresponding to.

yuktiḥ f. [yuj-ktin]
     (1) Union, junction, combination.
     (2) Application, use, employment.
     (3) Yoking, harnessing.
     (4) A practice, usage.
     (5) A means, an expedient, a plan, scheme.
     (6) A contrivance, device, trick.
     (7) Propriety, fitness, adjustment, aptness, suitableness.
     (8) Skill, art.
     (9) Reasoning, arguing, an argument. (10) Inference, deduction.
     (11) Reason, ground.
     (12) Arrangement (racanā); yatra khalviyaṃ vācoyuktiḥ Māl. 1.
     (15) (In law) Probability, enumeration or specification of circumstances, such as time, place &c. yuktiprāptikriyācihlasaṃbaṃdhābhogahetubhiḥ Y. 2. 92, 212.
     (14) (In dramas) The regular chain or connection of events; cf. S. D. 343.
     (15) (In Rhet.) Emblematical or covert oxpression of one's purpose or design.
     (6) Sum, total.
     (17) Alloying of metal.
     (18) Charm, spell.
     (19) (In gram.) A sentence. (20) (In astr.) A conjunction. (yuktyā ind. 1. by means or virtue of. --2. cleverly, skilfully. --3. properly, fitly, duly).
     -- Comp.
          --kathanaṃ statement of reasons.
          --kara a. 1. suitable, fit. --2. proved.
          --jña a. skilled in expedients, inventive.
          --yukta a. 1. suitable, fit. --2. expert, skilful. --5. established, proved. --4. argumentative.

yuktitaḥ ind.
     (1) Cleverly, skilfully, artfully.
     (2) Duly, properly.

yuktimat a.
     (1) Clever, ingenious, fertile in using expedients, inventive.
     (2) Based on argument, logical.
     (3) Joined, united.

yugam
     (1) A yoke(m. also in this sense); yugavyāyataba huḥ R. 3. 34, 10. 87; Śi. 3. 68.
     (2) A pair, couple, brace; kucayoryugena tarasā kalitā Śi. 9. 72; stanayuga S. 1. 19.
     (3) A couple of stanzas forming one sentence; see yugma.
     (4) An age of the world; (the Yugas are four: --kṛ ta or satya, tretā, dvāpara and kali; the duration of each is said to be respectively 1,728,000; 1,296,000; 864,000; and 432,000 years of men, the four together comprising 4,320,000 years of men which is equal to one Mahāyuga q. v.; it is also supposed that the regularly descending length of the Yugas represents a corresponding physical and meral deterioration in the people who live during each age, Krita being called the 'golden' and Kali or the present age the 'iron' age); dharmasaṃsthāpanārthāya saṃbhavāmi yuge yuge Bg. 4. 8; yugaśataparivartān S. 7. 34.
     (4) (Hence) A long period of years.
     (5) A generation, life; āsaptamād yugāt Ms. 10. 64; jātyutkarṣo yuge jñeyaḥ paṃcame saptame'pi vā Y. 1. 96 (yuge = janmani Mit.).
     (6) An expression for the number 'four', rarely for 'twelve'.
     (7) A period of five years.
     (8) A measure of length equal to four Hastas.
     (9) A part of a chariot or plough.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśakaḥ a year.
          --adhyakṣaḥ 1. N. of Prajapati. --2. of Śiva.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. the end of the yoke. --2. the end of an age, end or destruction of the world; yugāṃtakālapratisaṃhṛtātmano jagaṃti yasyāṃ savikāśamāsata Śi. 1. 23; R. 13. 6.
     (3) meridian, midday. --aṃtara 1. a kind of yoke. --2. a succeeding generation. --3. another division of the sky; yugāṃtaramārūḍhaḥ savitā S. 4. --avadhiḥ end or destruction of the world; Śi. 17. 40. --ādyā the first day of a Yuga. --kīlakaḥ the pin of a yoke. --kṣayaḥ destruction of the world. --dharaḥ the pole of a carriage. --patraḥ --patrakaḥ the mountain ebony. --pārśvaga a. going to the side of the yoke, (said of an ox while being broken in to the yoke). --bāhu a. long-armed; Ku. 2. 18.

yugaṃdharaḥ --ram The pole of a carriage to which the yoke is fixed.

yugapad ind. Simultaneously, all at once, all together, at the same time; Ku. 3. 1; oft. in comp.; S. 4. 1.

yugalam A pair, couple; bāhu-, hasta-, caraṇa- &c.

yugalakam
     (1) A pair.
     (2) A ceuple of verses forming one sentence; cf. yugma.

yugma a. Even; yugmāsu putrā jāyaṃte striyo'yugma su rātriṣu . tasmādyugmāsu putrārthī saṃviśedārtave striyaṃ Ms. 3. 48; Y. 1. 79. --gmaṃ
     (1) A pair, couple; see ayugma.
     (2) Junction, union.
     (3) Confluence (of rivers).
     (4) Twins.
     (5) A couple of stanzas forming one grammatical sentence: dvābhyāṃ yugmamiti proktaṃ
     (6) The sign Gemini of the zodiac.
     (7) Mixing, uniting.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. twin, twin-born.
          --patraḥ mountain ebony.

yugmaka = yugma above.

yugya a. [yugāya hitaḥ yat]
     (1) Fit to be yoked.
     (2) Belonging to a yoke.
     (3) Yoked, harnessed.
     (4) Drawn by; as in aśvayugyo rathaḥ, --gyaḥ Any yoked or draught animal, especially a chariot-horse; hariyugyaṃ rathaṃ tasmai prajighāya puraṃdaraḥ R. 12. 84. --gyaṃ A vehicle, carriage.
     -- Comp.
          --vāhaḥ a coachman.

yuj I. 7 U. (yunakti, yuṃkte, yuyoja, yuyuje, ayujat, ayaukṣīt, ayukta, yokṣyati-te, yoktuṃ, yukta)
     (1) To join, unite, attach, connect. add; tamarthamiva bhāratyā sutayā yoktumarhasi Ku. 6. 79; see pass. below.
     (2) To yoke, harness, put to; bhānuḥ sakṛdyuktaturaṃga eva S. 5. 4; Bg. 1. 14.
     (3) To furnish or endow with; as in guṇayukta.
     (4) To use, employ, apply; praśaste karmaṇi tathā sacchabdaḥ pārtha yujyate Bg. 17. 26; Ms. 7. 204.
     (5) To appoint, set (with loc.).
     (6) To direct, turn or fix upon (as the mind &c.).
     (7) To concentrate one's attention upon; manaḥ saṃyamya maccitto yukta āsīta matparaḥ Bg. 6. 14; yuṃjannevaṃ sadātmānaṃ 15.
     (8) To put, place or fix on (with loc.).
     (9) To prepare, arrange, make ready, fit. (10) To give, bestow, confer; āśiṣaṃ yuyuje.
     (11) To adhere or cleave to.
     (12) To enjoin, charge.
     (13) To put in, insert.
     (14) To think or medita to upon. --Pass. (yujyate)
     (1) To be joined or united with; ravipītajalā tapātyaye punaroghena hi yujyate nadī Ku. 4. 44; R. 8. 17.
     (2) To get, be possessed of; iṣṭairyujyethāṃ Mv. 7; iṣṭena yujyasva S. 5; R. 3. 65.
     (3) To be fit or right, be proper, to suit (with loc. or gen.); yā yasya yujyate bhūmikā tāṃ khalu bhāvena tathaiva sarve vargyāḥ pāṭhitāḥ Māl 1; trailokyasyāpi prabhutvaṃ tvayi yujyate H. 1.
     (4) To be ready for; tatā yuddhāya yujyasva Bg. 2. 38, 50.
     (5) To be intent on, be absorbed in, be directed towards; Ms. 3. 75, 14. 35; Ki. 7. 13.
     (6) To be fastened or harnessed.
     (7) To adhere, to be in close contact.
     (8) To attain to, possess, obtain.
     (9) To be made ready. --Caus. (yojayati-te)
     (1) To join, unite, bring together; paraspareṇa spṛhaṇīyaśobhaṃ na cedidaṃ dvaṃdvamayojayiṣyat R. 7. 14.
     (2) To present, give, bestow; R. 10. 56.
     (3) To appoint, employ, use; śatrubhiryojayicchatruṃ Pt. 4. 17.
     (4) To turn or direct towards; pāpānnivārayati yojayate hitāya Bh. 2. 72.
     (5) To excite, urge, instigate.
     (6) To perform, achieve.
     (7) To prepare, arrange, equip.
     (8) To yoke, harness.
     (9) To apply, fix, set, place. (10) To furnish or endow with.
     (11) To surround.
     (12) To despise, think lightly of.
     (13) To appoint to. --Desid. (yuyukṣati-te) To wish to join, yoke, give &c. --II. 1. P., 10 U (yījati, yojayati-te) To unite, join, yoke &c.; see yuj above. --III. 4 A. (yujyate) To concentrate the mind (identical with the pass. of yuj I). --IV. 10 A. (yojayate) To censure.

yuj a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Joined or united with, yoked, drawn by &c.
     (2) Furnished or filled with, possessed of.
     (3) Exciting, setting on.
     (4) Even, not odd. --m.
     (1) A joiner, one who unites or joins.
     (2) A sage, one who devotes himself to abstract meditation.
     (3) A pair, couple (n. also in this sense). --m dual.
     (1) The sign Gemimi of the zodiac.
     (2) The two Aśvins.

yujya a. Ved.
     (1) Connected, united.
     (2) Related to.
     (3) Proper, fit, suitable.
     (4) Of the same class or kind. --jyaḥ A kinsman. --jyaṃ
     (1) Union, connection.
     (2) Relationship.

yuṃjāna a.
     (1) Joining, uniting.
     (2) Proper, fit.
     (3) Prosperous, successful. --naḥ
     (1) A driver, charioteer.
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa who is engaged in the practice of Yoga to obtain union with the Supreme Spirit.
     (3) A Brāhmaṇa.

yut
     (1) A. (yotate) To shine.

yuta p. p. [yu-kta]
     (1) United, joined or united with.
     (2) Provided or endowed with; as in guṇagaṇayuto naraḥ
     (3) Fastened or attached to.
     (4) Accompained or attended by.
     (5) Filled or covered with.
     (6) Separated, --taṃ A measure of length (= 4 hastas).

yutaka a. Connected, joined, united. --kaṃ
     (1) A pair.
     (2) Union, friendship, alliance.
     (3) A nuptial gift.
     (4) A sort of dress worn by women.
     (5) The edge of a woman's garment.
     (6) Forming friendship.
     (7) Refuge.
     (8) The edge of a winnowing-basket.
     (9) The foremost part of the feet. (10) Doubt.

yutiḥ f. [yuktin]
     (1) Union, junction.
     (2) Being endowed with.
     (3) Gaining possession of.
     (4) Sum, addition.
     (5) (In astr.) Conjunction.
     (6) The total number.

yudh 4 A. (yudhyate, yuddha)
     (1) To fight, struggle, contend with, wage war; Bg. 1. 23; Bk. 5. 101.
     (2) To conquer or overcome in fight. --Caus. (yodhayati-te)
     (1) To cause to fight.
     (2) To oppose or encounter in fight with; R. 12. 50.
     (3) To vanquish, conquer. --Desid. (yuyutsate) To wish to fight. --WITH ni to wrestle, box. --prati to encounter in fight, oppose.

yuddha p. p.
     (1) Fought, encountered.
     (2) Conquered, subdued. --ddhaṃ [yudhbhāvādau kta]
     (1) War, battle, fight, engagement, contest, struggle, combat, vatsa keyaṃ vārtā yuddhaṃ yuddhamiti U. 6.
     (2) (In astr.) The opposition or conflict of planets.
     -- Comp.
          --avasānaṃ cessation of hostilities, a truce.
          --ācāryaḥ a military preceptor.
          --udyogaḥ, --udyamaḥ vigorous or warlike preparations.
          --upakaraṇaṃ a war-implement.
          --unmatta a. frantic in battle.
          --kārin a. fighting, contending.
          --dyūtaṃ chance of war.
          --bhūḥ --bhūmiḥ f. a battle-field.
          --mārgaḥ military stratagems or tactics, monoeuvres.
          --raṃgaḥ 1. a battle-field, battle-arena. --2. N. of Kārtikeya.
          --vidyā, --śāstraṃ military science or art, science of war.
          --vīraḥ 1. a warrior, hero, champion. --2. (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of military prowess, the sentiment of chivalrous heroism; see S. D. 234 and R. G. under yuddhavīra. --śālin a. heroic, valiant.
          --sāraḥ a horse.

yudh f. War, battle, fight, contest; nighātayiṣyanyudhi yātudhānān Bk. 2. 21; sadasi vākpaṭutā yudhi vikramaḥ Bh. 2. 63. --m. A hero, soldier.

yudhājit m. N. of a king of the Kekayas and maternal uncle of Bharata.

yudhānaḥ
     (1) A warrior, a man of the warrior caste.
     (2) An enemy.

yudhiṣṭhiraḥ 'Firm in battle', N. of the eldest Pāṇḍava prince, also called 'Dharma', 'Dharmarāja', 'Ajātaśatru' &c. [He was begotten on Kuntī by the god Yama. He is known more for his truthfulness and righteousness than for any military achievements or feats of arms. He was formally crowned emperor of Hastināpura at the conclusion of the great Bhāratī war after eighteen days' severe fighting, and reigned righteously for many years. For further particulars about his life, see duryodhana].

yudhma a. Ved. Martial, warlike. --dhmaḥ
     (1) A warrior.
     (2) A battle.
     (3) An arrow.
     (4) A bow.

yuyutsā Desire of fighting, hostile intention.

yuyutsu a.
     (1) Wishing to fight, hostile, bellicose; dharmakṣetre kurukṣetre samavetā yuyutsavaḥ Bg. 1. 1. --tsuḥ A combatant.

yuyudhānaḥ
     (1) N. of Indra.
     (2) A Kshatriya, warrior.
     (3) N. of Sātyaki.

yup 4 P. (yupyati)
     (1) To efface, blot out.
     (2) To trouble.
     (3) To make level or smooth. --Caus. (yopayati) To destroy, obliterate, blot out.

yuyuḥ A horse.

yuvan a. [yautīti yuvā, yu-kanin Uṇ. 1. 154] (yuvatiḥ --tī or yūti f.; compar. yavīyas or kanīyas; superl. yaviṣṭha or kaniṣṭha)
     (1) Young, youthful, adult, arrived at puberty.
     (2) Strong, healthy.
     (3) Excellent, good. --m. (nom. yuvā, yuvānau, yuvānaḥ, acc. pl. yūnaḥ, instr. pl. yuvabhiḥ &c.)
     (1) A young man, a youth; sā yūni tasminnabhilāṣabaṃrdhaṃ śaśāka śālīnatayā na vaktuṃ R. 6. 81.
     (2) A younger descendant (the elder being still alive); jīvati tu vaṃśye yuvā P. IV. 1. 163; I. 2. 65, II. 4. 58, IV. 1. 90.
     -- Comp.
          --khalati a. (tiḥ --tī f.) bald in youth.
          --gaṃḍaḥ an eruption on the cheeks or face of young men.
          --jarat a. (tī f.) appearing old in youth, prematurely old.
          --rāj m.,
          --rājaḥ an heirapparent, a prince-royal, crownprince; (asau) nṛpeṇa cakre yuvarājaśabdabhāk R. 3. 35.

yuvatiḥ --tī f. [yuvan-ti ṅīp vā]
     (1) A young woman, any young female (whether of men or animals); surayuvatisaṃbhavaṃ kila munerapatyaṃ S. 2. 8; so ibhayuvatiḥ. --tī
     (1) The sign virgo of the zodiac.
     (2) Turmeric (also yuvatiḥ).

yuṣmad The base of the second personal pronoun; (nom. tvaṃ, yuvāṃ, yūyaṃ) Thou, you; (at the beginning of several compounds).

yuṣmadīya a. Your, yours.

yuṣmādṛś --śa a. Like you.

yūkaḥ --kā A louse; Ms. 1. 45.

yūtiḥ f. Mixing, union, junction, connection; karomi vo bahiryūtīn vidhaddhvaṃ pāṇibhirdṛśaḥ Bk. 7. 69.

yūtham [yu-thak pṛṣo- dīrghaḥ]
     (1) A herd, flock, multitude, a large number or troop (as of beasts); strīratneṣu mamorvaśī priyatamā yūthe taveyaṃ vaśā V. 4. 25; S. 5. 5.
     -- Comp.
          --nāthaḥ, --paḥ, --patiḥ 1. the leader of a troop or band. --2. the head of a flock or herd (usually of elephants), a lordly elephant; gajayūthapa yūthikāśavalakeśī V. 4. 24.
          --mukhyaḥ the chief of a troop or herd (as of elephants &c.).

yūthya a. [yūtha-yat]
     (1) Belonging to a troop or herd (at the end of comp.), as in śvayūthyāḥ.
     (2) Belonging to a herd or flock, being at the head of a herd.

yūthikā, --yūthī A kind of jasmine or its flower; yūthikāśavalakeśī V. 4. 24; Me. 26.

yūpaḥ [yu-pak pṛṣo- dīrghaḥ; cf. Uṇ. 3. 27]
     (1) A sacrificial post (usually made of bamboo or Khadira wood) to which the victim is fastened at the time of immolation; apekṣyate sādhujanena vaidikī śmaśānaśūlasya na yūpasatkriyā Ku. 5. 73; R. 1. 44.
     (2) A trophy.
     -- Comp.
          --āhutiḥ f. an oblation at the erection of the sacrificial post.
          --kaṭakaḥ a wooden ring at the top of the Yūpa.
          --karṇaḥ that part of the Yūpa which is sprinkled with ghee.
          --druḥ -druptaḥ the Khadira tree.
          --dhvajaḥ the sacrifice personified.
          --lakṣyaḥ a bird. (?)
          --vraskaḥ the cutter of the sacrificial post.

yūṣ 1 P. (yūṣati) To injure, kill, hurt.

yūṣaḥ The Indian mulberry tree.

yūṣaḥ --ṣaṃ yūṣan m. n. Soup, broth pease-soup. (yūṣan has no forms for the first five inflections, and is optionally substituted for yūṣa after acc. dual).

yena ind. (Strictly instr. sing. of yada used adverbially)
     (1) Whereby, by which, wherefore, on which account, by means of which; kiṃ tadyena mano hartumalaṃ syātāṃ na śṛṇvatāṃ R. 15. 64, 14. 74.
     (2) So that; darśaya taṃ caurasiṃhaṃ yena vyāpādayāmi Pt. 4.
     (3) Since, because.

yeṣ I. 1 A. (yeṣate) To try, strive, attempt. --II. 1 A. Ved.
     (1) To bubble.
     (2) To flow.

yoktṛ m. [yuj-tṛc]
     (1) One who yokes, joins, unites &c.
     (2) A coachman.
     (3) An exciter, instigator.

yoktram
     (1) A cord, rope, thong, halter.
     (2) The tie of the yoke of a plough.
     (3) The rope by which an animal is tied to the pole of a carriage.

yogaḥ [yuj bhāvādau ghañ kutvaṃ]
     (1) Joining, uniting.
     (2) Union, junction, combination; uparāgāṃte śaśinaḥ samupagatā rohiṇī yogaṃ S. 7. 22; guṇamahatāṃ mahate guṇāya yogaḥ Ki. 10. 25; (vāṃ) yogastaḍittoyadayorivāstu R. 6. 65.
     (3) Contact, touch, connection; tamaṃkamāropya śarīrayogajaiḥ sukhairniṣiṃcaṃtamivāmṛtaṃ tvaci R. 3. 26.
     (4) Employment, application, use; etairupāyayogaistu śakyāstāḥ parirakṣituṃ Ms. 9. 10; R. 10. 86.
     (5) Mode, manner, course, means, kathāyogena budhyate H. 1. 'in the course of conversation'.
     (6) Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp. or in abl.); rakṣāyogādayamapi tapaḥ pratyahaṃ saṃcinoti S. 2. 14; Ku. 7. 55.
     (7) A yoke.
     (8) A conveyance, vehicle, carriage.
     (9)
          (a) An armour.
          (b) Putting on armour. (10) Fitness, propriety, suitableness.
     (11) An occupation, a work, business.
     (12) A trick, fraud, device.
     (13) An expedient, plan, means in general.
     (14) Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; Ms. 7. 44.
     (15) Remedy, cure.
     (16) A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art.
     (17) Gaining, acquiring, acquisition.
     (18) The equipment of an army.
     (19) Fixing, putting on. (20) A side; an argument.
     (21) An occasion, opportunity.
     (22) Possibility, occurrence.
     (23) Wealth, substance.
     (24) A rule, precept.
     (25) Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another.
     (26) Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word.
     (27) The etymological meaning of a word (opp. rūḍhi); avayavaśaktiryogaḥ.
     (28) Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as cittavṛttinirodha; satī satī yogavisṛṣṭadehā Ku. 1. 21; V. 1. 1; yogenāṃte tanutyajāṃ R. 1. 8.
     (29) The system of philosophy esablished by Patanjali, which its considered to be the second division of the Sāṅkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind). (30) A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy.
     (31) (In arith.) Addition.
     (32) (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction.
     (33) A combination of stars.
     (34) N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated).
     (35) The principal star in a lunar mansion.
     (36) Devotion, pious seeking after god.
     (37) A spy, secret agent.
     (38) A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ a means of attaining Yoga: (these are eight; for their names see yama 5).
          --aṃjanaṃ a healing ointment.
          --anuśāsanaṃ the doctrine of the Yoga.
          --ācāraḥ 1. the practice or observance of Yoga. --2. a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or vijñāna alone.
          --ācāryaḥ 1. a teacher of magic. --2. a teacher of the Yoga philosophy.
          --ādhamanaṃ a fraudulent pledge; Ms. 8. 165.
          --ārūḍha a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation.
          --āsanaṃ a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation.
          --iṃdraḥ, --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. an adept in or a master of Yoga. --2. one who has obtained superhuman faculties. --3. a magician. --4. a deity. --5. an epithet of Śiva. --6. a Vetāla. --7. an epithet of Yājṇavalkya.
          --iṣṭaṃ 1. tin. --2. lead.
          --ka kṣā = yogapaṭṭaṃ below.
          --kanyā N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛṣṇa and killed by Kamsa.).
          --kṣemaḥ 1. security of possession, keeping safe of property. --2. the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance. --3. welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; teṣāṃ nityābhiyuktānāṃ yogakṣemaṃ vahāmyahaṃ Bg. 9. 22: mugdhāyā me jananyā yogakṣemaṃ vahasva M. 4. --4. property, profit, gain. (
          --mau, --me or
          --maṃ, i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); alabhyalābho yogaḥ syāt kṣemo labdhasya pālanam; see Y. 1. 100 and Mit. thereon.
          --gatiḥ f. primitive condition.
          --cakṣus m. a Brāhmaṇa.
          --cūrṇaṃ a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; kalpitamanena yogacūrṇāmiśritamauṣadhaṃ caṃdraguptāya Mu. 2.
          --jaṃ agallochum.
          --talpaṃ = yoganidrā. --tārakā, --tārā the chief star in a Nakshatra or constellation.
          --dānaṃ 1. communicating the Yoga doctrine. --2. a fraudulent gift.
          --dhāraṇā perseverance or steady continuance in devotion.
          --nāthaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva --2. of Datta.
          --nidrā 1. a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; yoganidrāṃ gatasya mama Pt. 1; H. 3. 75; Bh. 3. 41. --2. particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R. 10. 14; 13. 6. --3. N. of Durgā.
          --nidrāluḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --nilayaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --paddaṃ a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --pādukā a magical shoe.
          --pāraṃgaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --balaṃ 1. the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. --2. power of magic.
          --bhāvanā (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products.
          --māyā 1. the magical power of the Yoga. --2. the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (bhagavataḥ sarjanārthā śāktiḥ). --3. N. of Durgā.
          --raṃgaḥ the orange.
          --ratnaṃ a magical jewel.
          --rājaḥ 1. a kind of medicinal preparation. --2. one well versed in Yoga.
          --rūḍha a. having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word paṃkaja etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word ātapatra or 'parasol'.
          --rocanā a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; tena ca parituṣṭena yogarocanā me dattā Mk. 3.
          --vartikā a magical lamp or wick.
          --vāhaḥ a term for the sounds visarjanīya, jihva mūlīya, upadhmānīya and nāsikya q. q. v. v.
          --vāsiṣṭhaṃ N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga).
          --vāhin m., n. a medium for mixing medicines; e. g. honey; nānādravyātmakatvācca yogavāhi paraṃ madhu Suśr.
          --vāhī 1. an alkali. --2. honey. --3. quicksilver.
          --vikrayaḥ a fraudulent sale.
          --vid a. 1. knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. --2. conversant with Yoga. (--m.) 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. a practiser of Yoga. --3. a follower of the Yoga doctrines --4. a magician. --5. a compounder of medicines.
          --vidhiḥ practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; R. 8. 22.
          --vibhāgaḥ separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patanjali in his Mahābhaṣya; e. g. see adaso māt P. I. 1. 12).
          --śabdaḥ a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology.
          --śāyin a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. yoganidrā. --śāstraṃ the Yoga philosophy.
          --samādhiḥ the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; tamasaḥ paramāpadavyayaṃ puruṣaṃ yogasamādhinā raghuḥ R. 8. 24.
          --sāraḥ a universal remedy; a panacea.
          --sūtraṃ aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patanjali).
          --sevā the practice of abstract meditation.

yogataḥ ind.
     (1) In consequence of, by means of; tapābelayāgetaḥ &c.
     (2) Suitably, properly.
     (3) Conjointly.
     (4) Conformably to, in accordance with.
     (4) In due time, opportunely.
     (5) Through devotion.
     (6) By the power of magic.

yogas n.
     (1) Meditation, religious abstraction.
     (2) The half of a lunar month.

yogita a.
     (1) Charmed, enchanted.
     (2) Mad, crazy.

yogin a. [yuj-ghinuṇ, yoga-ini vā]
     (1) Connected or endowed with.
     (2) Possessed of magical powers.
     (3) Endowed or provided with, possessing.
     (4) Practising Yoga. --m.
     (1) A contemplative saint, a devotee, an ascetic; ātmaupamyena sarvatra samaṃ paśyati yorjuna . sukhaṃ vā yadi vā duḥkhaṃ sa yogī paramo mataḥ Bg. 6. 32; see the sixth adhyāya inter alia; sevādharmaḥ paramagahano yogināmapyagamyaḥ Pt. 1. 285; babhūva yogī kila kārtavīryaḥ R. 6. 38.
     (2) A magician, sorcerer.
     (3) A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy.
     (4) N. of Yajṇavalkya.
     (5) Of Arjuna.
     (6) Of Viṣṇu.
     (7) Of Śiva.
     (8) N. of a mixed caste. --nī
     (1) A female magician, witch, sorceress, fairy.
     (2) A female devotee.
     (3) N. of a class of female attendants on Śiva or Durga; (they are usually said to be eight).
     (4) N. of Durga.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, --īśaḥ 1. the chief of saints. --2. N. of Yājṇavalkya.
          --īśvarī the chief of magicians.
          --daṃḍaḥ a kind of reed.
          --nidrā light-sleep, wakefulness.

yogya a. [yogamarhati yat, yuj-ṇyat vā]
     (1) Fit, proper, suitable, appropriate, qualified; yogyoyaṃ dṛśyate naraḥ.
     (2) Fit or suitable for, qualified for, capable of, able to (with loc., dat. or even gen. or in comp.).
     (3) Useful, serviceable.
     (4) Fit for Yoga or abstract meditation.
     (5) (In Nyāya phil.) A menable to the sense, capable of being directly congnized. --gyaḥ
     (1) A calculator of expedients.
     (2) The asterism Pushya. --gyā
     (1) Exercise or practice in general.; aparaḥ praṇidhānayogyayā marutaḥ paṃcaśarīragocarān R. 8. 19; so mānayogyā Kāv. 2. 243; dhanuryogyā, astrayorayā &c.
     (2) Martial exercise, drill. --gyaṃ
     (1) A conveyance, carriage, vehicle.
     (2) Sandal-wood.
     (3) A cake.
     (4) Milk.

yogyatā
     (1) Ability, capability; na yuddhayogyatāmasya paśyāmi saha rākṣasaiḥ Rām.
     (2) Fitness, propriety.
     (3) Appropriateness.
     (4) (In Nyāya phil.) Fitness or compatibility of sense, the absence of absurdity in the mutual connection of the things signified by the words; e. g. in agninā siṃcati there is no yogyatā; it is thus defined: --ekapadārthe'parapadārthasaṃsargo yogyatā Tarka K.; or padārthānāṃ parasparasaṃbaṃdhe bādhābhāvaḥ S. D. 2.

yojaka a. [yuj-ṇvul] One who yokes or harnesses.
     (2) Joining, uniting, providing &c.
     (3) A joiner, arranger, contriver; yojakastatra durlabhaḥ.

yojanam [yuj-bhāvādau lyuṭ]
     (1) Joining, uniting, yoking.
     (2) Applying, fixing.
     (3) Preparation, arrangement.
     (4) Grammatical construction, construing the sense of a passage.
     (5) A measure of distance equal to four Krosas or eight or nine miles; na yojanaśataṃ dūṃraṃ vāhyamānasya tṛṣṇayā H. 1. 146.
     (6) Exciting, instigation.
     (7) Concentration of the mind, abstraction (= yoga q. v.).
     (8) Erecting, constructing (also yojanā in this sense). (10) Ved. Effort, exertion.
     (11) A road, way. --nā
     (1) Junction, union, connection.
     (2) Grammatical construction.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhā 1. musk. --2. N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyasa. --3. of Sītā.

yojanika a. Measuring so many Yojanas.

yojanīya a.
     (1) To be joined or united.
     (2) To be added.
     (3) Useful, serviceable.
     (4) To be appointed, commissioned.

yojayitṛ a.
     (1) Joining, combining.
     (2) An employer, setter; bhavati yojayiturvacanīyatā Pt. 1. 75.

yoṭakaḥ A combination of stars.

yotuḥ
     (1) A measure(in general).
     (2) Cleaning, purifying.

yotram See yoktraṃ.

yoddhṛ m. [yudh-tṛc] A warrior, combatant.

yodhaḥ [yudh-ac]
     (1) A warrior, soldier, combatant; sahāsmadīyairapi yodhamukhyaiḥ Mb.
     (2) War, buttle.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraḥ, --raṃ a soldier's dwelling, a barrack.
          --dharmaḥ the law of soldiers, a military law.
          --saṃrāvaḥ mutual defiance of combatants, a challenge.

yodhanam [yudh-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) War, battle, contest.
     (2) A weapon. --naḥ A warrior, combatant.

yīdhin m. [yudh-ṇini] A warrior, soldier, combatant.

yoniḥ m. f. [yu-ni Uṇ. 4. 51]
     (1) Womb, uterus, vulva, the female organ of generation.
     (2) Any place of birth or origin, generating cause, spring, fountain; sā yoniḥ sarbavairāṇāṃ sā hi lokasya nirṛtiḥ U. 5. 30; jagadyonirayonistvaṃ Ku. 2. 9, 4. 43; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of 'sprung or produced from'; Bg. 5. 22.
     (3) A mine.
     (4) An abode, a place, repository, seat, receptacle.
     (5) Home, lair.
     (6) A family, stock, race, birth, form of existence; as manuṣyayoni, pakṣi-, paśu- &c.
     (7) The asterism pūrvaphalgunī.
     (8) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --guṇaḥ the quality of the womb or place of origin.
          --ja a. born of the womb, viviparous.
          --devatā the asterism pūrvaphalgunī. --nāsā the upper part of the female organ.
          --bhraṃśaḥ fall of the womb, prolapsus uteri.
          --raṃjanaṃ the menstrual discharge.
          --liṃgaṃ the clitoris.
          --saṃkaraḥ mixture of easte by unlawful intermarriage; Ms. 10. 60.
          --saṃbaṃdhaḥ relation by marriage, connection.

yonī See yoni.

yopanam
     (1) Effacing, blotting out.
     (2) Anything used for effacing.
     (3) Confusing, perplexing.
     (4) Molesting, oppressing, destroying.

yoṣaṇā A young girl, maiden.

yoṣā, yoṣit f., yoṣitā [Uṇ. 1. 97] A woman, a girl, a young woman in general; gacchatīnāṃ ramaṇavasatiṃ yoṣitāṃ tatra naktaṃ Me. 37; Śi. 4. 42, 8. 25.
     -- Comp.
          --priyā turmeric.
          --ratnaṃ an excellent woman.

yauktika a. (kī f.) [yuktita āgata ṭhak]
     (1) Suitable, fit, proper.
     (2) Logical, based on argument or reasoning.
     (3) Deducible.
     (4) Usual, customary. --kaḥ A king's boon companion; cf. narmasaciva.

yaugaḥ A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy.

yaugapadyam Simultaneity.

yaugika a. (kī f.) [yoga ṭhak]
     (1) Useful, serviceable, proper.
     (2) Usual.
     (3) Derivative, etymological, agreeing with the derivation of the word (opp. rūḍha or 'conventional').
     (4) Remedial.
     (5) Relating to or derived from Yoga.
     -- Comp.
          --rūḍha a. etymological and conventional; as udbhid.

yauṭ(ḍ) 1 P. (yauṭa-ḍa-ti) To join together.

yautaka a. (kī f.) [yute vivāhakāle adhigataṃ vuṇ] Forming the rightful or exclusive property of any one, rightfully belonging to any one; vibhāgabhāvanā jñeyā gṛhakṣetraiśca yautakaiḥ Y. 2. 149. --kaṃ
     (1) Private property in general.
     (2) A woman's dowry, a woman's private property (given to her at marriage); mātustu yautakaṃ yatsyātkumārībhāga eva saḥ Ms. 9. 131; also yautuka in this sense.

yautavam A measure in general.

yauthika a. Belonging to a flock or troop. --kaḥ A companion, comrade.

yaudha a. (dhī f.) Warlike.

yauna a. (nī f.) [yonitaḥ yonisaṃbaṃdhāt āgataṃ aṇ]
     (1) Uterine.
     (2) Resulting from marriage, matrimonial; Ms. 2. 40. --naṃ Marriage, matrimonial alliance; Ms. 11. 180.

yauvatam [yuvatīnāṃ samūhaḥ aṇ]
     (1) An assemblage of young women; avadhṛtya divopi yauvatairna sahādhītavatīmimāmahaṃ N. 2. 41.
     (2) The quality of a young woman (beauty &c.), the state of being a young woman; aho vibudhayauvataṃ vahasi tanvi pṛthvīgatā Gīt. 10. (surasuṃdarīrūpaṃ).

yauvateyaḥ The son of a young woman.

yauvana a. (nī f.) [yno bhāvaḥ aṇ] Young, juvenile. --naṃ
     (1) Youth (fig. also), youthfulness, prime or bloom of youth, puberty; mugdhatvasya ca yau vanasya ca sakhe madhye madhuśrīḥ sthitā V. 2. 7; yauvane'bhyastavidyānāṃ R. 1. 8; 6. 50; dinayauvanotthān 13. 20.
     (2) Any youthful or juvenile act.
     (3) A number of young persons, especially women
     -- Comp.
          --aṃta a. ending in youth, being a prolonged youth; Ku. 6. 44.
          --avasthā, -daśā youthfulness, puberty.
          --āraṃbhaḥ prime of youth, budding youth; Māl. 3.
          --udbhedaḥ 1. ardour of youthful passions. --2. sexual love. --3. N. of Cupid.
          --āraṃbhaḥ prime of youth, budding youth.
          --darpaḥ 1. youthful pride. --2. indiscretion natural to youth.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ 1. a sign of youth. --2. charm, loveliness. --3. the female breast.
          --stha a. 1. youthful. --2. marriageable.

yauvanakam Youth.

yauvanāśvaḥ N. of Māndhātṛ, son of Yuvanāśva.

yauvarājyam The rank or rights of an heir-apparent; yauvarājye'bhiṣiktaḥ 'crowned heir-apparent'.

yauṣiṇyam Womanhood.

yauṣmāka a. (kī f.) yauṣmākīṇa a. Your, yours.

ra

raḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Heat.
     (3) Love, desire.
     (4) Speed.
     (5) (In prosody) A syllabic foot (gaṇa) consisting of a short syllable between two long syllables. --rā
     (1) Giving.
     (2) Gold. --rī Going, motion. --raṃ Brightness, lustre.

raṃsu a. Ved. Cheerful, delightful.

raṃh 1 P. (raṃhati)
     (1) To move or go with speed, hasten; na raraṃhāśvakuṃjaraṃ Bk. 14. 98.
     (2) To flow. --Caus. (raṃhayati-te; according to some 10 U.)
     (1) To cause to move rapidly, urge on.
     (2) To cause to flow.
     (3) To go.
     (4) To speak.

raṃhaṇam Going swiftly, hastening.

raṃhatiḥ f.
     (1) Speed, velocity.
     (2) The speed of a chariot.

raṃhas n. [raṃh-asun]
     (1) Speed, velocity; R. 2. 34; Śi. 12. 7; Ki. 2. 40.
     (2) Eagerness, violence, vehemence, impetuosity.
     (3) N. of Śiva.
     (4) Of Viṣṇu.

rahiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) A running stream, spring.
     (2) Running, flowing.
     (3) Hunting, pursuing.
     (4) Haste.

rak 10 U. (rākayati-te)
     (1) To taste.
     (2) To get, obtain.

rakaḥ
     (1) The sun-stone.
     (2) Crystal.
     (3) A hard shower.

rakta p. p. [raṃj-karaṇe kta]
     (1) Coloured, dyed, tinged, painted; ābhāti bālātaparaktasānuḥ R. 6. 60.
     (2) Red, crimson, blood-red; sāṃdhyaṃ tejaḥ pratinavajavāpuṣparaktaṃ dadhānaḥ Me. 36; so raktāśoka, raktāṃśuka &c.
     (3) Enamoured, impassioned, attached, affected with love; ayamaiṃdrīmukhaṃ paśya raktaścuṃbati caṃdramāḥ Chandr. 5. 58 (where it has sense 2 also).
     (4) Dear, liked, beloved.
     (5) Lovely, charming, sweet, pleasant; śrotreṣu saṃmūrcchati raktamāsāṃ gītānugaṃ vārimṛdaṃgavādyaṃ R. 16. 64.
     (6) Fond of play, sporting, playful. --ktaḥ
     (1) Red colour.
     (2) Safflower.
     (3) N. of Śiva.
     (4) N. of a tree (hijjala) --ktā
     (1) Lac.
     (2) The plant guṃjā. --ktaṃ
     (1) Blood.
     (2) Copper.
     (3) Cinnabar.
     (4) Saffron.
     (5) Vermilion.
     -- Comp.
          --akta a. 1. dyed red, tinged. --2. smeared with blood. (
          --ktaṃ) red sandal.
          --akṣa a. 1. red-eyed. --2. fearful. (
          --kṣaḥ) 1. a buffalo. --2. a pigeon. --3. a crane (sārasa). --4. the Chakora bird.
          --akaḥ a coral.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. a bug --2. the planet Mars. --3. the disc of the sun or moon. (
          --gaṃ) 1. a coral (also m. and f.) --2. saffron.
          --ati(tī)sāraḥ dysentery.
          --adharā a Kinnarī.
          --adhimaṃthaḥ inflammation of the eyes.
          --apahaṃ myrrh.
          --aṃbara a. clad in red garments (
          --raṃ) a red garment. (
          --raḥ) a vagrant devotee wearing red gar ments.
          --arbudaḥ a bloody tumour
          --arśas n. a form of piles.
          --aśokaḥ the red-flowered Aśoka; M. 3. 5.
          --ādhāraḥ the skin.
          --ābha a. red-looking,
          --āśayaḥ any viscus containing or secreting blood (as the heart, spleen, or liver).
          --utpalaṃ the red lotus.
          --upalaṃ red chalk, red earth.
          --kaṃṭha, --kaṃṭhin a. sweet-voiced. (--m.) the cuckoo.
          --kaṃdaḥ, --kaṃdalaḥ a coral.
          --kadaṃbaḥ the red-flowering Kadamaba.
          --kamalaṃ the red lotus.
          --kesaraḥ the cora tree.
          --kairabaḥ, kokanadaḥ a red lotusflower.
          --gaṃdhakaṃ myrrh.
          --grīvaḥ 1. a demon. --2. a kind of pigeon.
          --ghnaḥ the Rohitaka tree. (
          --ghnī) the Dūrvā grass.
          --caṃdanaṃ 1. red-sandal. --2. saffron.
          --cūrṇaṃ vermilion.
          --chardiḥ f. vomiting blood.
          --jihvaḥ a lion.
          --tuṃḍaḥ a parrot.
          --tejas n. flesh.
          --daṃtikā, --daṃtī N. of Durga.
          --dṛś m. a pigeon.
          --dhātuḥ 1. red chalk, orpiment --2. copper.
          --nāsikaḥ an owl.
          --paḥ a demon, an evil spririt. (
          --pā) 1. a leech. --2. a Dākiṇī.
          --pakṣaḥ N. of Garuḍa.
          --paṭaḥ a kind of mendicant, Pt. 4. 34.
          --pallavaḥ the Aśoka tree.
          --pātaḥ blood shed.
          --pātā a leech.
          --pāda a. red footed. (
          --daḥ) 1. a bird with red feet, a parrot. --2. a war-chariot. --3. an elephant.
          --pāyin m. a bug.
          --pāyinī a leech.
          --pāradaḥ, --daṃ cinnabar.
          --piṃḍaṃ 1. a red pimple. --2. a spontaneous discharge of blood from the nose and mouth.
          --pittaṃ derangment of the blood produced by bile.
          --puṣpaḥ N. of several plants:
          --karavīra, rohitaka, dāḍima, baṃdhūka, punnāga &c.
          --pūrakaṃ = vṛkṣāmla q. v.
          --pramehaḥ the passing of blood in the urine.
          --phalaḥ the figtree.
          --bhavaṃ flesh.
          --bhāva a. 1. red. --2. loving, amorous.
          --maṃjaraḥ the Nichula tree.
          --maṃḍalaṃ a red lotusflower.
          --mokṣaḥ, --mokṣaṇaṃ bleeding, letting out blood.
          --rājiḥ a particular disease of the eye.
          --reṇuḥ 1. vermilion. --2. the Punnāga tree. --3. an angry man. --4. a bud of the Palāśa tree.
          --locanaḥ a pigeon.
          --vaṭī, --varaṭī small-pox.
          --vargaḥ 1. lac. --2. the pomegranate tree. --3. safflower.
          --varṇa a. red-coloured. (
          --rṇaḥ) 1. red-colour. --2. cochineal insect. (rṇaṃ) gold.
          --vasana, --vāsas a. clothed in red. (--m.) a Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order of life.
          --vāluka --kā vermilion.
          --vī(bī)jaḥ the pomegranate tree.
          --śāsanaṃ vermilion.
          --śīrṣakaḥ a kind of heron.
          --śṛṃgikaṃ a kind of poison.
          --saṃkocaḥ safflower.
          --saṃkocakaṃ a red lotusflower.
          --saṃjñaṃ saffron.
          --saṃdaṃśikā a leech.
          --saṃdhyakaṃ the red lotus.
          --sāraṃ red sandal.

raktaka a.
     (1) Red.
     (2) Impassioned, enamoured, fond of.
     (3) Pleasing, amusing.
     (4) Bloody. --kaḥ
     (1) A red garment.
     (2) An impassioned man, amorous person.
     (3) A sporter. --kaṃ
     (1) Blood.
     (2) A red garment.

raktiḥ f. [raṃj ktin]
     (1) Pleasingness, loveliness, charmingness.
     (2) Attachment, affection, loyalty, devotion.

raktikā The Guñja plant or its seed used as a weight.

raktiman m. Redness.

raktṛ m. A painter, dyer

rakṣ 1 P. (rakṣati, rakṣita)
     (1) To protect, guard, take care of, watch, tend (as cattle); rule, govern (as earth); bhavānimāṃ pratikṛtiṃ rakṣatu S. 6; jñāsyasi kiyadbhu jo me rakṣati maurvīkiṇāṃka iti S. 1. 13.
     (2) To keep, not to divulge; rahasyaṃ rakṣati.
     (3) To preserve, save, keep away from, spare (often with abl.); sakhījanādupahasanīyatāṃ rakṣāmi Mk. 4; darśanapatha drakṣyate Ratn. 1; alabdhaṃ caiva lipseta labdhaṃ rakṣedavakṣayāt H. 2. 8; āpadarthe dhanaṃ rakṣet H. 1. 42; R. 2. 50, 11. 87.
     (4) To avoid; rakṣaṃtī bāṣpamokṣaṃ K.; Mu. 1. 2.

rakṣaḥ
     (1) A guard, protector.
     (2) Preserving, guarding, watching.
     -- Comp.
          --pālaḥ, --pālakaḥ a guard, protector.

rakṣaka a. (kṣikā f.) [rakṣ-ṇvul] Guarding, protecting. --kaḥ A protector, guardian, guard, watchman.

rakṣaṇam [rakṣ-lyuṭ] Protecting, protection, preservation, watching, guarding &c. (Also rakṣaṇaṃ). --ṇī A rein, bridle. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A protector.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu. --ṇā Protecting.

rakṣaṇā(ṇī)rakaḥ Morbid retention of urine.

rakṣas n. [rakṣyate havirasmāt, raks-asun]
     (1) An evil spirit, a demon, an imp, a goblin; caturdaśasahasrāṇi rakṣasāṃ bhīmakarmaṇām . trayaśca dūṣaṇakharatrimūdhārno raṇe hatāḥ .. U. 2. 15.
     (2) Ved. Hurt, injury.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --nāthaḥ an epithet of Rāvaṇa.
          --ghnaḥ white mustard. (
          --ghnaṃ) sour rice-gruel.
          --jananī night.
          --pāśaḥ a contemptible demon.
          --sabhaṃ an assembly of demons.

rakṣastvam Demoniacal nature, fiendish cruelty, malignity.

rakṣā [rakṣ-bhāve a ṭāp]
     (1) Protection, preservation; guarding; mayi sṛṣṭirhi lokānāṃ rakṣā yuṣmāsvavasthitā Ku. 2. 28; S. 2. 14; R. 2. 4, 8; Me. 43.
     (2) Care, security.
     (3) A guard, watch.
     (4) An amulet or mystical object used as a charm, any preservative: as in rakṣākaraṃḍa q. v. below.
     (4) A tutelary deity.
     (5) Ashes.
     (6) A piece of silk or thread fastened round the wrist on particular occasions, especially on the full-moon day of Śrāvaṇa, as an amulet or preservative; (rakṣī also in this sense).
     (7) Lac.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikṛtaḥ 1. one who is entrusted with protection or superintendence, a superintendent or governor. --2. a magistrate. --3. the chief policeofficer.
          --apekṣakaḥ 1. a porter; doorkeeper. --2. a guard of the women's apartments. --3. a catamite. --4. an actor.
          --karaṃḍaḥ, --karaṃḍakaṃ a preservative casket, an amulet, a magical or charmed casket; aho rakṣākaraṃḍakamasya maṇibaṃdhe na dṛśyate S. 7
          --gṛhaṃ a lyingin chamber; rakṣāgṛhagatā dīpāḥ pratyādiṣṭā ivābhavan R. 10. 68.
          --patraḥ a species of birch tree.
          --pālaḥ, --puruṣaḥ a watchman, guard, police.
          --pradīpaḥ a lamp kept burning, as a sort of protection against evil spirits.
          --bhūṣaṇaṃ, --maṇiḥ, ratnaṃ an ornament or jewel worn as an amulet or preservative against evil spirits.
          --maṃgalaṃ a ceremony performed for protection (against evil spirits &c).

rakṣikaḥ
     (1) A protector, guard.
     (2) A policeman.

rakṣikā
     (1) A female guardian.
     (2) An amulet, charm &c. (worn as a preservative).

rakṣitṛ, rakṣin a. Protecting, guarding, ruling &c.; N. 1. 1. --m.
     (1) A protector, guardian, saviour.
     (2) A guard, watchman, sentinel, policeman; aye padaśabda iva mā nāma rakṣiṇaḥ Mk. 3.

rakṣṇaḥ Protection.

rakh 1 P. (rakhati) To go, move.

rag 1 P. (ragati) To doubt.

raghu a. Ved.
     (1) Quick, rapid.
     (2) Light, nimble.
     (3) Fickle.
     (4) Eager. --ghuḥ
     (1) N. of a celebrated king of the solar race, son of Dilīpa and father of Aja [He appears to have been called Raghu from ragh or rangh 'to go', because his father foresaw that the boy would 'go' to the end of the holy learning as well as of his enemies in battle; cf. R. 3. 21. True to his name, he commenced the conquest of the directions, went over the whole of the then known world, overcame kings in battle, and returned covered with glory and laden with spoils. He then performed the Visvajit sacrifice in which he gave away everything to Brāhmaṇas and made his son Aja successor to the throne].
     (2) (pl.) The Raghus or descendants of Raghu.
     -- Comp.
          --naṃdanaḥ, --nāthaḥ, --patiḥ, --śreṣṭhaḥ, --siṃhaḥ &c. epithets of Rāma.
          --pratinidhiḥ the image or representative of Raghu, i. e. Aja; R. 5. 63.
          --vaṃśaḥ the family of the Raghus. (
          --śaṃ) N. of a celebrated classical poem by Kālidāsa describing the family of the Raghus in nineteen cantos. -tilakaḥ N. of Rama.

raṃka a.
     (1) Mean, poor, beggarly, wretched, miserable.
     (2) Slow. --kaḥ A beggar, wretch, any hungry or half-starved being; pretaraṃkaḥ Māl. 5. 16 'the famished or half-starved spirit'; Pt. 1. 254.

raṃkuḥ A deer, an antelope; N. 2. 83.

raṃg 1 P. (raṃgati) To go, move.

raṃgaḥ [raṃj-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Colour, hue, dye, paint.
     (2) A stage, theatre, play house, an arena, any place of public amusement, as in raṃgavighnopaśāṃtaye S. D. 281.
     (3) A place of assembly.
     (4) The members of an assembly, the audience; aho rāgabaddhacittavṛttirālikhita iva sarvato raṃgaḥ S. 1; raṃgasya darśayitvā nivartate nartakī yathā nṛtyāt . puruṣasya tathātmānaṃ prakāśya vinivartate prakṛtiḥ .. Sarva. S.
     (5) A field of battle.
     (6) Dancing, singing, acting.
     (7) Mirth, diversion.
     (8) The nsaal modification of a vowel; saraṃgaṃ kaṃpayetkaṃpaṃ rathīveti nidarśanaṃ Śik. 30; see 26, 27, 28 also. (10) An extract of Khadira. --gaḥ, --gaṃ Tin.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganaṃ --ṇaṃ an arena, an amphitheatre.
          --avataraṇaṃ 1. entrace on the stage. --2. an actor's profession.
          --avatārakaḥ, --avatārin m. an actor.
          --ājīvaḥ 1. an actor. --2. a painter; so,
          --upajīvin m.
          --kāraḥ, --jīvikaḥ a painter.
          --caraḥ 1. an actor, a player. --2. a gladiator.
          --jaṃ red lead.
          --jīvakaḥ 1. an actor. --2. a dyer, colourist.
          --daḥ 1. borax. --2. an extract of Khadira.
          --devatā the goddess supposed to preside over sports and public diversions generally.
          --dvāraṃ 1. a stage-door. --2. the prologue of a play.
          --patrī --puṣpī the indigo plant.
          --pīṭhaṃ a place for dancing.
          --vī(vī)jaṃ silver.
          --bhūtiḥ f. 1. the night of full moon in the month of Asvina.
          --bhūmiḥ f. 1. a stage, theatre. --2. an arena, battle-field.
          --maṃḍapaḥ a theatre.
          --mallī a lute.
          --mātṛ f. 1. lac, red-dye; or the insect which produces it --2. a bawd, procuress.
          --vastu n. a paint.
          --vāṭaḥ an arena, a place enclosed for plays, dancing &c.
          --vidyā the art of dancing and acting, theatrical profession.
          --śālā a dancing-hall, theatre, play-house.

raṃgaṇam Dancing.

raṃgin a.
     (1) Colouring, dyeing.
     (2) Attached or devoted to, fond of.
     (3) Passionate, impassioned.
     (4) Acting on a stage.

raṃgh I.
     (1) U. (raṃghati-te)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To go quickly, hasten; dvāraṃ raraṃghaturyāmyaṃ Bk. 14. 15. --II. 10 U. (raṃghayati-te)
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To speak.

raṃghas f. Speed, haste; cf. raṃhas.

rac 10 U. (racayati-te, racita)
     (1) To arrange, prepare, make ready, contrive, plan; puṣpāṇāṃ prakaraḥ smitena racito no kuṃdajātyādibhiḥ Amaru. 40; racayati śayanaṃ sacakitanayanaṃ Gīt. 5.
     (2) To make, form, effect, create, produce; māyāvikalparacitaiḥ syaṃdanaiḥ R. 13. 75; mādhuryaṃ madhuviṃdunā racayituṃ kṣārāṃbudherīhate Bh. 2. 6; maulau vā racayāṃjaliṃ Ve. 3. 40.
     (3) To write, compose, put together (as a work); aśvadhāṭīṃ jagannātho viśvahṛdyāmarīracat Aśvad. 26; S. 3. 15.
     (4) To place in or upon, fix on; racayati cikure kurabakakusumaṃ Gīt. 7; Ku. 4. 18, 34; S. 6. 17.
     (5) To adorn, decorate; Me. 66.
     (6) To direct (the mind &c.) towards.

racanaṃ --nā [rac-yuc]
     (1) Arrangement, preparation, disposition; abhiṣeka-, saṃgīta- &c.
     (2) Formation, creation, production; anyaiva kāpi racanā vacanāvalīnāṃ Bv. 1. 69; so bhrukuṭiracanā Me. 50.
     (3) Performance, completion, accomplishment, effecting; kuru mama vacanaṃ satvararacanaṃ Gīt. 5; R. 10. 77.
     (4) A literary work or production, work, composition; saṃkṣiptā vasturacanā S. D. 422.
     (5) Dressing the hair.
     (6) An array or arrangement of troops.
     (7) A creation of the mind, an artificial fancy.
     (8) Stringing together (flowers &c.).

racayitṛ m. f. A composer, author.

racita p. p.
     (1) Arranged.
     (2) Prepared
     (3) Made, formed.
     (4) Strung together.
     (5) Composed, written.
     (6) Adorned.
     (7) Furnished with.
     (8) Directed towards (as the mind).

rajaḥ See rajas.

rajakaḥ [raṃj-ṇvul nalopaḥ]
     (1) A washerman.
     (2) A parrot. --kī
     (1) A washerwoman.
     (2) An epithet of a woman on the third day of her courses.

rajakā A washerwoman.

rajata a. [raṃj atac nalopaḥ Uṇ. 3. 111]
     (1) Silvery, made of silver.
     (2) Whitish. --taṃ
     (1) Silver; śuktau rajatamidamiti jñānaṃ bhramaḥ; Ki. 5. 41; N. 22. 52.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) A pearl-ornament or necklace.
     (4) Blood.
     (5) Ivory.
     (6) An asterism, a constellation.
     (7) A monntain.
     -- Comp.
          --adriḥ N. of Kailāsa.
          --kūṭaḥ N. of a peak of the Malaya mountain.
          --dyutiḥ N. of Hanumat.
          --prasthaḥ N. of Kailāsa.

rajanaḥ [raṃj-kyun] A ray. --naṃ
     (1) Colouring, dyeing.
     (2) Safflower (also rajanī in this sense).

rajaniḥ --nī f. [rajyate'tra, raṃj-kani vā ṅīp]
     (1) Night; harirabhimānī rajaniridānīmiyamapi yāti virāmaṃ Gīt. 5.
     (2) Turmeric.
     (3) Red lac.
     (4) N. of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --caraḥ 1. a nightstalker, demon, goblin. --2. a thief. --3. a night-watcher. --4. N. of the moon.
          --jalaṃ night-dew, hoar-frost.
          --patiḥ, --ramaṇaḥ the moon.
          --mukhaṃ nightfall, evening.

rajaniṃmanya a. Passing for or looking like night (as a day); Bk. 7. 13.

rajas n. [raṃjṃ-asun nalopaḥ]
     (1) Dust, powder, dirt; dhanyāstadaṃgarajasāṃ malinībhavaṃti S. 7. 17; ātmoddhatairapi rajobhiralaṃghanīyāḥ 1. 8; R. 1. 42; 6. 33.
     (2) The dust or pollen of flowers; bhūyātkuśeśayarajomṛdureṇurasyāḥ (paṃthāḥ) S. 4. 10; Me. 33, 65.
     (3) A mote in a sun-beam, any small particle (of matter); cf. Ms. 8. 132 and Y. 1. 362.
     (4) A ploughed or cultivated land, arable field.
     (5) Gloom, darkness.
     (6) Foulness, passion, emotion, moral or mental darkness; apathe padamarpayaṃti hi śrutavaṃto'pi rajonimīlitāḥ R. 9. 74.
     (7) The second of the three Guṇas or constituent qualities of all material substances (the other two being sattva and tamas; rajas is supposed to be the cause of the great act ivity seen in creatures; it predominates in men, as Sattva and Tamas predominate in gods and demons); aṃtargatamapāstaṃ me rajasopi paraṃ tamaḥ Ku. 6. 60; Bg. 6. 27; rajojuṣe janmani K.; Māl. 1. 20.
     (8) Menstrual discharge, menses; Ms. 4. 41; 5. 66.
     (9) Safflower. (10) Tin.
     (11) Ved. Air, atmosphere.
     (12) A division of the world.
     (13) Vapour.
     (14) Cloud or rain-water.
     -- Comp.
          --guṇaḥ see
     (7) above. --tamaska a. being under the influence of both rajas and tamas. --tokaḥ --kaṃ, --putraḥ 1. greediness, avarice. --2. 'the child of passion', a term applied to a person to show that he is quite insignificant. --darśanaṃ the first appearance of the menstrual excretion, first menstrual flow. --nimīlita a. blinded by passion; R. 9. 74. --paṭalaṃ a coating of dust. --baṃdhaḥ suppression of menstruation. --rasaḥ --valaṃ darkness. --śuddhiḥ f. pure condition of the menses. --haraḥ 'dirt-remover'. a washerman.

rajasānuḥ
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) Soul, heart.

rajasvati Den. P. To be scattered as dust.

rajasvala a. [rajas-valac]
     (1) Dusty, covered with dust; R. 11. 60; Śi. 17. 61; (where it also means 'being in menses,').
     (2) Full of passion (rajas) or emotion; Ms. 6. 77. --laḥ A buffalo. --lā
     (1) A woman during the menses; rajasvalāḥ parimalināṃbaraśriyaḥ Śi. 17. 61; Y. 3. 229; R. 11. 60.
     (2) A marriageable girl.

rajjuḥ f. A rope, cord, string.
     (2) N. of a sinew proceeding from the vertebral column.
     (3) A lock of braided hair.
     -- Comp.
          --dālakaḥ a kind of wild fowl; so rajjuvālaḥ. --peḍā a rope-basket.

rajjūkṛ 8 U. To use as a rope; as in sarpaṃ rajjūkaroti.

raṃj 1. 4. U. (rajati-te, rajyati-te, rakta; pass. rajyate; desid riraṃkṣati)
     (1) To be dyed or coloured, to redden, become red, glow; koparajyanmukhaśrīḥ U. 5. 3; netre svayaṃ rajyataḥ 5. 36; N. 3. 120; 7. 60, 22. 52.
     (2) To dye, tinge, colour, paint.
     (3) To be attached or devoted to (with loc.) devāniyaṃ niṣadharājarucastyajaṃtī rūpādarajyata nale na vidarbhasubhrūḥ N. 13. 38; S. D. 111.
     (4) To be enamoured of, fall in love with, feel passion or affection for.
     (5) To be pleased, satisfied, or delighted. --Caus. (raṃjayati te)
     (1) To dye, tinge, colour, redden, paint; sā raṃjayitvā caraṇau kṛtāśīḥ Ku. 7. 19, 6. 81; Ki. 1. 40, 4. 14.
     (2) To please, gratify, propitiate, satisfy; jñānalavadurvidagdhaṃ brahmāpi naraṃ na rajayati Bh. 2. 3. (rajayati also in this sense; see Ki. 6. 25); sphuratu kucakuṃbhayorupari maṇimaṃjarī raṃjayatu tava hṛdayeśaṃ Gīt. 10.
     (3) To conciliate, win over, keep contented; Ms. 7. 19.
     (4) To hunt deer (rajayati only in this sense).
     (5) Ved. To worship.

raṃjaka a. [raṃjayati raṃj-ṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Colouring, painting, dyeing.
     (2) Exciting love or passion.
     (3) Pleasing, amusing. --kaḥ
     (1) A painter, dyer.
     (2) An exciter, a stimulus. --kaṃ
     (1) Red sandal.
     (2) Vermilion.

raṃjana a. (nī f.) Colouring, dyeing.
     (2) Pleasing, gratifying, delighting.
     (3) Exciting passion.
     (4) Conciliating, keeping contented. --naṃ [rajyate'nana raṃj-karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) Colouring dyeing, painting.
     (2) Colour, dye.
     (3) Pleasing, delighting; keeping contented, gratifying, giving pleasure; rājā prajāraṃjanalabdhavarṇaḥ R. 6. 21; tathaiva so'bhūdanvartho rājā prakṛtiraṃjanāt 4. 12.
     (4) Red sandal-wood.
     (5) The Munja grass.
     (6) (In gram.) Nasalizing (a sound.).

raṃjanī
     (1) The Indigo plant.
     (2) Turmeric.

raṃjita p. p.
     (1) Coloured, dyed.
     (2) Moved, excited.
     (3) Delighted, pleased, amused.

raṭ 1 P. (raṭati, raṭita)
     (1) To shout, scream, yell, cry, roar, howl; ghorāścāraṭiṣuḥ śivāḥ Bk. 15. 27; papāta rākṣaso bhūmau rarāṭa ca bhayaṃkaraṃ 14. 81.
     (2) To call out, proclaim loudly.
     (3) To shout with joy, applaud.

raṭanam [raṭ lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of crying, screaming or shouting.
     (2) A shout of applause, approbation.

raṭaṃtī N. of the fourteenth day in the dark half of Māgha.

raṭitam A scream, shout, yell, cry; Mu. 1. 21.

raṭh 1 P. (raṭhati) To speak.

raṇ 1 P. (raṇati, raṇita)
     (1) To sound, ring, tinkle, jingle (as anklets &c.): raṇadbhirāghaṭṭanayā nabhasvataḥ pṛthagvibhinnaśrutimaṃḍalaiḥ svaraiḥ Śi. 1. 10; caraṇaraṇitamaṇinūpurayā paripūritasuratavitānaṃ Gīt. 2.
     (2) To go.
     (3) Ved. To rejoice.

raṇaḥ --ṇam [raṇ-ap]
     (1) War, combat, fight; raṇaḥ pravavṛte tatra bhīmaḥ plavagarakṣasāṃ R. 12. 72; vacojīvitayorāsīdvahirniḥsaraṇe raṇaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) A battle-field. --ṇaḥ
     (1) Sound, noise.
     (2) The quill or bow of a lute.
     (3) Motion, going
     (4) Delight, joy (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the front or van of a battle.
          --aṃgaṃ any weapon of war, a weapon, sword; sasyaṃde śoṇitaṃ vyoma raṇāṃgāni prajajvaluḥ Bk. 14. 98.
          --aṃgaṇaṃ --naṃ a battle-field.
          --ajiraṃ a battle-field, arena.
          --aṃtakṛt m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --apeta a. flying away from battle, a fugitive; sa babhāra raṇāpetāṃ camūṃ paścādavasthitāṃ Ki. 15. 33.
          --abhiyogaḥ engaging in battle.
          --alaṃkaraṇaḥ a heron.
          --ātodyaṃ, --tūryaṃ, --duṃdubhiḥ a military drum.
          --utsāhaḥ prowess in battle.
          --karman n. fighting.
          --kṣitiḥ f.
          --kṣetraṃ, --bhūḥ f.
          --bhūmiḥ f.,
          --sthānaṃ a battle-field.
          --gocara a. engaged in battle.
          --dhurā the front or van of battle, the brunt of battle; tāte cāpadvitīye vahati raṇadhurāṃ ko bhayasyāvakāśaḥ Ve. 3. 5.
          --paḍitaḥ a warrior.
          --priya a. fond of war, warlike. (
          --yaḥ) a falcon.
          --mattaḥ an elephant.
          --mukhaṃ, -mūrdhan m.,
          --śiras n. 1. the front of battle, the head or van of fight; putrasya te raṇaśirasyayamagrayāyī S. 7. 26, 6. 29. --2. the van of an army.
          --raṃkaḥ the space between the tusks of an elephant.
          --raṃgaḥ a battle-field.
          --raṇaḥ a gnat, mosquito. (
          --ṇaṃ) 1. longing, anxious desire. --2. regret for a lost object.
          --raṇakaḥ, --kaṃ 1. anxiety, uneasiness, regret (for a beloved object), affliction or torment (as caused by love); raṇaraṇakavivṛddhiṃ bibhradāvartamānaṃ Māl. 1. 41; atibhūmiṃ gatena raṇaraṇakenāryaputraśūnyamivātmānaṃ paśyāmi U. 1. --2. love, desire. (
          --kaḥ) the god of love.
          --vādyaṃ a military instrument of music.
          --śikṣā military science, the art or science of war.
          --saṃkulaṃ the confusion of battle, a tumultuous fight, melee.
          --sajjā military accoutrement.
          --sahāyaḥ an ally.
          --staṃbhaḥ a monument of war, trophy.

raṇatkāraḥ
     (1) A rattling, clanking, or jingling sound.
     (2) A sound in general
     (3) Humming (as of bees).

raṇitam Rattling, ringing, a rattling or jingling sound.

raṇaṃsvacchaḥ A cock.

raṃḍa a. [ram-ḍa tasya netvam] Maimed, mutilated. --ḍaḥ
     (1) A man who dies without male issue.
     (2) A barren tree. --ḍā
     (1) A slut, whore; a term of abuse used in addressing women; raṃḍe paḍitamānini Pt. 1. 392 v. l.; pratikūlāmakulajāṃ pāpāṃ pāpānuvartinīm . keśeṣvākṛṣya tāṃ raṃḍāṃ pākhaṃḍaṃṣu niyojaya .. Prab. 2.
     (2) A widow; raṃḍāḥ pīnapayodharāḥ kati mayā nodgāḍhamāliṃgitāḥ Prab. 3.

raṃḍakaḥ A barren tree.

rata p. p. [ram-kartari kta]
     (1) Pleased, delighted, gratified.
     (2) Pleased or delighted with, fond of, enamoured of, fondly attached to.
     (3) Inclined to, disposed.
     (4) Loved, beloved.
     (5) Intent on, engaged in, devoted to; (see ram). --taṃ
     (1) Pleasure.
     (2) Sexual union, coition; R. 19. 23, 25; Me. 89.
     (3) The private parts.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃdukaḥ, --āmardaḥ a dog.
          --ayanī a prostitute, harlot.
          --arthin a. lustful, lascivious.
          --udvahaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --ṛddhika 1. a day. --2. the eight auspicious objects. --3. bathing for pleasure
          --kīlaḥ a dog.
          --kūjitaṃ lustful or lascivious murmur.
          --guruḥ a husband.
          --jvaraḥ a crow.
          --tālin m. a libertine, sensualist.
          --tālī a procuress, bawd.
          --nārīcaḥ 1. a voluptuary. --2. the god of love, Cupid. --3. a dog. --4. lascivious murmur.
          --nidhiḥ the wagtail.
          --baṃdhaḥ sexual union.
          --varṇaḥ a dog.
          --śāyin m. a dog.
          --hiṃḍakaḥ 1. a ravisher or seducer of women. --2. a voluptuary.

ratiḥ f. [ram-ktin]
     (1) Pleasure, delight, satisfaction, joy; S. 2. 1.
     (2) Fondness for, devotion or attachment to, pleasure in (with loc.); pāpe ratiṃ mā kṛthāḥ Bh. 2. 77; svayoṣiti ratiḥ 2. 62; R. 1. 23; Ku. 5. 65.
     (3) Love, affection; S. D. thus defines it: --ratirmanonukūle'rthe manasaḥ pravaṇāyitaṃ 207; cf. 206 also; (it is the Sthāyibhāva of the rasa called śṛṃgāra q. v.).
     (4) Sexual pleasure; dākṣiṇyodakavāhinī vigalitā yātā svadeśaṃ ratiḥ Mk. 8. 38; so ratisarvasvaṃ q. v. below.
     (5) Sexual union, coition, copulation.
     (6) The goddess of love, the wife of Kāma or Cupid; sākṣātkāmaṃ navamiva ratirmālatī mādhavaṃ yat Mal. 1. 15; Ku. 3. 23; 4. 45; R. 6. 2.
     (7) The pudenda.
     (8) N. of the sixth digit (kalā) of the moon.
     (9) Ved. Rest, cessation.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ --kuharaṃ pudendum muliebre.
          --kara a. giving pleasure.
          --karman n. sexual union.
          --gṛhaṃ, --bhavanaṃ, --maṃdiraṃ 1. a pleasurehouse. --2. a brothel. --3. pudendum muliebre.
          --taskaraḥ a seducer, ravisher.
          --dūtiḥ --tī f. a love-messenger; Ku. 4. 16.
          --patiḥ, --priyaḥ, --ramaṇaḥ the god of love; api nāma manāgavatīrṇo'si ratiramaṇabāṇagocaram Māl. 1; dadhati sphuṭaṃ ratipateriṣabaḥ śitatāṃ yadutpalapalāśadṛśaḥ Śi. 9. 66.
          --rasaḥ sexual pleasure.
          --lakṣaṃ sexual union.
          --laṃpaṭa a. lustful, libidinous.
          --śaktiḥ f. manly or virile power.
          --śūraḥ a man of great procreative power.
          --sarvasvaṃ the all-in-all or highest essence of sexual pleasure; karaṃ vyādhunvatyāḥ pibasi ratisarvasvamadharaṃ S. 1. 24.

ratnam [ramate'tra ram-na tāṃtādeśaḥ]
     (1) A gem, jewel, a precious stone; kiṃ ratnamacchā matiḥ Bv. 1. 86; na ratnamanviṣyati mṛgyate hi tat Ku. 5. 45. (The ratnas are said to be either five, nine, or fourteen; see the words paṃcaratna, navaratna, and caturdaśaratna respectively).
     (2) Anything valuable or precious, any dear treasure.
     (3) Anything best or excellent of its kind; (mostly at the end of comp.); jātau jātau yadutkṛṣṭaṃ tadratnamabhidhīyate Malli.; kanyāratnamayonijanma bhavatāmāste vayaṃ cārthinaḥ Mv. 1. 30; so putra-, strī- V. 4. 25; apatya- &c.
     (4) A magnet.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ N. of Viṣṇu's car.
          --adhipatiḥ a superintendent of precious stones.
          --atuviddha a. set or studded with jewels.
          --ākaraḥ 1. a mine of jewels. --2. the ocean; ratneṣu lupteṣu bahuṣvamartyairadyāpi ratnākara eva siṃdhuḥ Vikr. 1. 12; ratnākaraṃ nīkṣya R. 13. 1.
          --ābharaṇaṃ an ornament of jewels.
          --ālokaḥ the lustre of a gem.
          --āvalī 1. a necklace of jewels. --2. N. of a Nāṭikā attributed to Śrīharṣa.
          --kadalaḥ a coral.
          --karaḥ N. of Kubera.
          --khacita a. set or studded with gems.
          --garbhaḥ 1. Kubera. --2. the sea. (
          --rbhā) the earth.
          --darpaṇaḥ a mirror studded with jewels.
          --dīpaḥ, --pradīpaḥ 1. a jewel-lamp. --2. a gem serving as a lamp; arcistuṃgānabhimukhamapi prāpya ratnapradīpān Me. 68.
          --vābhaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --nidhiḥ 1. the ocean. --2. N. of Viṣṇu. --3. of Meru. --4. a wag-tail.
          --prabhā the earth.
          --mālā a jewel-necklace.
          --mukhyaṃ a diamond.
          --rāj m. a ruby.
          --rāśiḥ 1. a heap of gems. --2. the ocean.
          --sānuḥ N. of the mountain Meru.
          --sū a. producing jewels; R. 1. 65.
          --sū, sūti f. the earth.

ratnavat a.
     (1) Abounding in, or full of, precious stones.
     (2) Decorated with jewels. --tī The earth.

ratniḥ m. f.
     (1) The elbow.
     (2) The distance from the elbow to the end of the closed fist, a cubit. --m. The closed fist. (This word appears to be a corruption of aratni q. v.).

rathaḥ [ramyate'nena atra vā, ram-kthan; cf. Uṇ. 2. 2]
     (1) A carriage, chariot, car, vehicle; especially, a warchariot.
     (2) A hero (for rathin).
     (3) A foot.
     (4) A limb, part, member.
     (5) The body; cf. ātmānaṃ rathinaṃ biddhi śarīraṃ rathameva tu .. Kaṭh.
     (6) A reed.
     (7) Pleasure, delight.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ 1. a carriage-axle. --2. a measure of length (= 104 angulas).
          --aṃgaṃ 1. any part of a carriage. --2. particularly, the wheels of a carriage; ratho rathāṃgadhvaninā vijajñe R. 7. 41; S. 7. 10. --3. a discus, especially of Viṣṇu; cakradhara iti rathāṃgamadaḥ satataṃ bibharṣi bhuvaneṣu rūḍhaye Śi. 15. 26. --4. a potter's wheel. (
          --gaḥ) the ruddy goose. -āhvayaḥ, -nāmakaḥ, -nāman m. the ruddy goose (cakravāka); rathāṃganāman viyuto rathāṃgaśroṇibiṃbayā . ayaṃ tvāṃ pṛcchati rathī manorathaśatairvṛtaḥ .. V. 4. 18; Ku. 3. 37; R. 3. 24; (the male bird is said by poets to be separated from the female at night, and to be united at sun-rise). -pāṇiḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --abhraḥ a reed cane.
          --arthakaḥ a small carriage.
          --aśvaḥ a carriage-horse.
          --īśaḥ a warrior fighting from a chariot.
          --īṣā --śā the pole of a carriage.
          --udbahaḥ, --upasthaḥ the seat of a chariot, the driving-box.
          --kaṭyā, --kaḍyā an assemblage of chariots.
          --kalpakaḥ an officer who is in charge of a king's chariots.
          --kāraḥ a coachbuilder, carpenter, wheel-wright; rathakāraḥ svakāṃ bhāryāṃ sajārāṃ śirasāvahat Pt. 4. 54.
          --kuṭuṃbikaḥ, --kuṭuṃbin m. a charioteer, coachman.
          --kūbaraḥ --raṃ the the pole or shaft of a carriage.
          --ketuḥ the flag of a chariot.
          --kṣobhaḥ the jolting of a chariot; R. 1. 58.
          --gaṇakaḥ an officer who counts chariots.
          --garbhakaḥ a litter, palanquin.
          --guptiḥ f. a fence of wood or iron with which a chariot is provided as a protection from collision.
          --caraṇaḥ, --pādaḥ 1. a chariot-wheel. --2. the ruddy goose.
          --caryā chariot-exercise, the use of a chariot, travelling by carriage; anabhyastarathacaryāḥ U. 5.
          --jvaraḥ a crow.
          --dhur f. the shaft or pole of a chariot.
          --nābhiḥ f. the nave of the wheel of a chariot.
          --nīḍaḥ the inner part or seat of a chariot.
          --puṃgavaḥ a chief or distinguished warrior.
          --baṃdhaḥ the fastenings or harness of a chariot.
          --mahotsavaḥ, --yātrā the solemn procession of an idol placed in a car (usually drawn by men).
          --mukhaṃ the forepart of a carriage.
          --yuddhaṃ 'a chariot-fight,' a fight between combatants mounted on chariots.
          --yojakaḥ a chariotcer, harnesser of a chariot.
          --vartman n.,
          --vīthiḥ f. highway, main road.
          --vāhaḥ 1. a carriage-horse. --2. a charioteer.
          --śaktiḥ f. the staff which supports the banner of a war-chariot.
          --śālā a coach-house, carriage-shed.
          --śāstraṃ, --śikṣā, --vidyā the art of driving a chariot, coachmanship.
          --saptamī the seventh day in the bright half of Māgha.

rathārathi ind. 'Chariot against chariot', in closest fight.

rathika a. (kī f.) [ratha-ṭhan]
     (1) Riding in a carriage.
     (2) The owner of a carriage.

rathin a. [ratha-ini]
     (1) Riding or driving in a carriage.
     (2) Possessing or owning a carriage. --m.
     (1) An owner of a carriage.
     (2) A warrior who fights from a chariot; R. 7. 37. --nī A number of carriages or chariots.

rathina a. See rathin above.

rathira a.
     (1) Possessing a carriage.
     (2) Riding in a carriage.
     (3) Quick, speedy. --raḥ = rathin m.

rathī a. Ved.
     (1) Riding in a chariot.
     (2) Furnished with a carriage.
     (3) A coachman.
     (4) A guide, leader.

rathyaḥ [rathaṃ vahati yat]
     (1) A chariothorse; dhāvaṃtyamī mṛgajavākṣamayeva rathyāḥ S. 1. 8.
     (2) A part of a chariot.

rathyā
     (1) A road for carriages; (hence) a high-way, main road; bhūyo bhūyaḥ savidhanagarīrathyayā paryaṭaṃtaṃ Mal. 1. 15.
     (2) A place where many roads meet.
     (3) A number of carriages or chariots; Śi. 18. 3.

rad 1 P. (radati)
     (1) To split, rend.
     (2) To scratch.
     (3) To gnaw.
     (4) To dig.

radaḥ [rad ac]
     (1) Splitting, scratching.
     (2) A tooth; tusk (of an elephant); yātāścenna parāṃcaṃti dviradānāṃ radā iva Bv. 1. 65.
     (3) A symbolical expression for the number 'thirty-two'.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍanaṃ tooth-bite; janaya radakhaṃḍanaṃ Gīt. 10.
          --chadaḥ A lip.

radanin, radin m. An elephant.

radh, raṃdh 4 P. (radhyati, raddha; caus. raṃdhayati; desid. riradhiṣati or riratsati)
     (1) To hurt, injure, torment, kill, destroy; akṣaṃ rādhitumārebhe Bk. 9. 29.
     (2) To subdue.
     (3) To become subject to (any one).
     (4) Ved. To die.
     (5) Ved. To be completed. --Caus. (raṃdhayati)
     (1) To hurt, injure.
     (2) To oppress, torment.
     (3) To dress, cook or prepare (as food).

raddha p. p.
     (1) Hurt.
     (2) Subdued, conquered.

raddhṛ m.
     (1) A conqueror.
     (2) An oppressor.

radhra a. Ved.
     (1) Rich, liberal.
     (2) Happy.
     (3) Worshipping.
     (4) Injuring.

raṃdhanaṃ, raṃdhiḥ f. [radh-pāke lyuṭ numāgamaḥ]
     (1) Injuring, tormenting, destroying.
     (2) Cooking.

raṃdhita p. p.
     (1) Dressed, cooked.
     (2) Destroyed.
     (3) Subdued.

raṃtidevaḥ N. of a king of the lunar race, sixth in descent from Bharata. [He was very pious and benevolent. He possessed enormous riches, but he spent them in performing grand sacrifices. So great was the number of animals slaughtered during his reign both in sacrifices as well as for use in his kitchen that a river of blood is supposed to have issued from their hides which was afterwards appropriately called carmaṇvatī; cf. Me. 45 and Malli. thereon].
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) A dog.

raṃtuḥ
     (1) A way, road.
     (2) A river.

raṃdhram
     (1) A hole, an aperture, a cavity, an opening, a chasm, fissure; raṃdhreṣvivālakṣyanabhaḥpradeśā R. 13. 56. 15. 82; nāsāgraraṃdhraṃ Māl. 1. 1; krauṃcaraṃdhraṃ Me. 57.
     (2)
          (a) A weak or vulnerable point, assailable point; raṃdhropanipātino'narthāḥ S. 6; raṃdhrānveṣaṇadakṣāṇāṃ dviṣāmāmiṣatāṃ yayau R. 12. 11; 15. 17, 17. 61.
          (b) A defect, fault, an imperfection.
     (3) A symbolical expression for the number 'nine', (there being nine openings in the human body).
     -- Comp.
          --anveṣin, --anusārin a. searching or watching for weak points; Mk. 8. 27.
          --āgataṃ a disease which attacks the throat of horses.
          --prahārin a. attacking (one) in his weak points.
          --babhruḥ a cat.
          --vaṃśaḥ a hollow bamboo.

rap 1 P. (rapati)
     (1) To speak distinctly.
     (2) Ved. To praise.

rapas n. Ved.
     (1) Defect, fault.
     (2) Sin.
     (3) Injury, harm.

raph, raṃph 1 P. (raphati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To hurt, kill.

rabh 1 A. (rabhate, rabdha; caus. raṃbhayatite; desid. ripsate)
     (1) To begin.
     (2) To clasp, embrace.
     (3) To long for, be eager.
     (4) To act rashly.

rabhas n.
     (1) Violence, zeal, vehemence.
     (2) Rashness, precipitation.
     (3) Force, strength.

rabhasa a. [rabh-asac]
     (1) Violent, impetuous, fierce, wild.
     (2) Strong, intense, vehement, powerful, ardent, eager (as desire &c.); rabhasayā nu digaṃtadidṛkṣayā Ki. 5. 1; R. 9. 61; Mu. 5. 24.
     (3) Rash, precipitate.
     (4) Joyful, glad.
     (5) Ved. Strengthening. --saḥ
     (1) Violence, force, impetuosity, haste, speed, hurry, vehemence; ālīṣu kelīrabhasena bālā muhurmamālāpamapālapaṃtī Bv. 2. 12; tvabhisaraṇarabhasena valaṃtī Gīt. 6; Śi. 6. 13, 11. 23; Ki. 9. 47.
     (2) Rashness, precipitateness, headlong haste; atirabha sakṛtānāṃ karmaṇāmāvipatterbhavati hṛdayadāhī śalyatulyo vipākaḥ Bh. 2. 99.
     (3) Anger, passion, rage, fury.
     (4) Regret, sorrow.
     (5) Joy, pleasure, delight; manasi rabhasavibhave harirudayatu sukṛtena Gīt. 5.
     (6) Ardent desire, eagerness.

ram 1 A. (ramate, but Paras. when preceded by vi, ā, pari and upa; reme, araṃsta, araṃsīt Par. raṃsyate, raṃtuṃ, rata,)
     (1) To be pleased or delighted, rejoice, be gratified; rahasi ramate Mal. 3. 2, Ms. 2. 223; U. 2. 18.
     (2) To rejoice at, be pleased with, take delight in, be fond of (with instr. or loc.) lolāpāṃgairyadi na ramase locanairvaṃcito'si Me. 27.; vyajeṣṭa ṣaḍvargamaraṃsta nītau Bk. 1. 2.
     (3) To play, sport, dally, amuse oneself with; rājapriyāḥ kairaviṇyo ramaṃte madhupaiḥ saha Bv. 1. 126 (where the next meaning is also hinted); Bk. 6. 15, 67.
     (4) To have sexual intercourse with; sā tatputreṇa saha ramate H. 3.
     (5) To remain, stay, pause.
     (6) To take rest, remain quiet.
     (7) To gladden, delight. --Caus. (ramayati-te) To please, delight, satisfy. --Desid. (riraṃsate) To wish to sport &c.; Śi. 15. 88.

rama a. [ram-ac]
     (1) Pleasing, delightful, gratifying.
     (2) Dear, beloved. --maḥ
     (1) Joy, delight.
     (2) A lover, husband.
     (3) The god of love.
     (4) The Aśoka tree.

ramaka a. Sporting. --kaḥ A lover.

ramaṭham Asa Foetida(hiṃgu).
     -- Comp.
          --dhvaniḥ Asa Foetida.

ramaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [ramayati ram-ṇic lyu lyuṭ vā] Pleasing, gratifying, delightful, charming; Bk. 6. 72. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A lover, husband; prāyeṇaite ramaṇaviraheṣvaṃganānāṃ vinodāḥ Me. 87, 37; papraccha rāmāṃ ramaṇo'bhilāṣaṃ R. 14. 27; Ku. 4. 21; Śi. 9. 60.
     (2) The god of love.
     (3) N. of Aruṇa.
     (4) An ass.
     (5) A testicle. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Sporting.
     (2) Dalliance, pastime, amorous sport.
     (3) Love, sexual union.
     (4) Joy or pleasure in general.
     (5) The hip and the loins.

ramaṇā
     (1) A wife, mistress.
     (2) A lovely woman.

ramaṇī
     (1) A lovely young woman, latā ramyā seyaṃ bhramarakularamyā na ramaṇī Bv. 2. 90.
     (2) A wife, mistress; bhogaḥ ko ramaṇīṃ vinā Subhāṣ.
     (3) A woman in general.
     (4) The aloe tree.

ramaṇīya a. [ramyate'tra ram-ādhāre-anīyar]
     (1) Pleasant, delightful, enjoyable.
     (2) Lovely, charming, handsome; smitaṃ naitatkiṃtu prakṛtiramaṇīyaṃ vikasitaṃ Bv. 2. 90.

ramatiḥ [ram-atic]
     (1) The god of love.
     (2) A lover.
     (3) Heaven.
     (4) Time.
     (5) A crow.

ramā [ramayati ram-ac]
     (1) A wife, mistress.
     (2) N. of Lakṣmī, the wife of Viṣṇu, and Goddess of wealth.
     (3) Good luck, fortune.
     (4) Riches.
     (5) Splendour.
     (6) N. of the eleventh day in the dark half of Kārtika.
     -- Comp.
          --kāṃtaḥ, --nāthaḥ, --patiḥ epithets of Viṣṇu.
          --priyaḥ Viṣṇu. (
          --yaṃ a lotus.
          --veṣṭaḥ turpentine.

raṃbh 1 A. (raṃbhate) To sound, bellow; to low (as cows).

raṃbhaḥ
     (1) Sounding, roaring &c.
     (2) A support, prop.
     (3) A stick.
     (4) A bamboo.
     (5) Dust.

raṃbhā
     (1) A plantain tree; vijitaraṃbhamūrudvayaṃ Gīt. 10; piboruraṃbhātaru pīvaroru N. 22. 43, 2. 37.
     (2) N. of Gaurī.
     (3) N. of an apsaras, wife of Nalakūbara and considered as the most beautiful woman in the paradise of Indra; tarumūruyugena suṃdarī kimu raṃbhāṃ pariṇāhinā param . taruṇīmapi jiṣṇureva tāṃ dhanadāpatyatapaḥphalastanīṃ .. N. 2. 37.
     (4) A harlot.
     (5) Sounding. roaring.
     (6) The lowing of cows.
     (7) A kind of rice.
     -- Comp.
          --ūru a. (ru or rū f.) having thighs like the interior of a plantain tree, i. e. full, round, and hence lovely; Śi. 8. 19; R. 6. 35.

ramya a. [ramyate'tra yat]
     (1) Pleasing, pleasant, delightful, agreeable; ramyāstapodhanānāṃ kriyāḥ samavalokya S. 1. 13.
     (2) Beautiful, lovely, handsome; sarasijamanuviddhaṃ śaivalenāpi ramyaṃ S. 1. 20; 5. 2. --myaḥ The tree called caṃpaka. --myā Night. --myaṃ Śemen virile.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtara a. having the intervening spaces made pleasant; S. 4. 11.
          --puṣpaḥ the Sālmlī tree.
          --śrīḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

ray 1 A. (rayate, rayita) To go, move.

rayaḥ [ray-ac]
     (1) The stream of a river, current; jaṃbūkuṃjapratihatarayaṃ toyamādāya gaccheḥ Me. 20.
     (2) Force, speed, velocity; U. 3. 36.
     (3) Zeal; ardour, vehemence, impetuosity.

rayi m., n. Ved.
     (1) Water.
     (2) Wealth.

rayiṣṭhaḥ
     (1) N. of Kubera.
     (2) Agni.
     (3) Brahman.

rarāṭa = lalāṭa q. v.

rallakaḥ
     (1) A woollen cloth, blanket.
     (2) An eye-lash; yuvatirallakabhallasamāhato bhavati ko na yuvā gatacetanaḥ
     (3) A kind of deer.

ravaḥ [ru-ap]
     (1) A cry, shriek, scream, yell, roar (of animals &c.).
     (2) Singing, humming sound (of birds); R. 9. 29.
     (3) Clamour.
     (4) Noise or sound in general; ghaṃṭā-, bhūṣaṇa-, cāpa- &c.
     (5) Thunder.

ravaṇa a. [ru-yuc]
     (1) Crying, roaring, screaming.
     (2) Sonorous, sounding; utkaṃṭhāvardhanaiḥ śubhraṃ ravaṇairaṃ baraṃ tataṃ Bk. 7. 14.
     (3) Sharp, hot.
     (4) Fickle, unsteady.
     (5) Jesting. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A camel; Śi. 12. 2.
     (2) The cuckoo. --ṇaṃ Brass, bell-metal.

ravaṇakaḥ A filter of bamboo.

raviḥ [cf. Uṇ. 4. 138]
     (1) The sun; sahasraguṇamutsraṣṭumādatte hi rasaṃ raviḥ R. 1. 18.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) The Arka plant.
     (4) The number 'twelve'.
     -- Comp.
          --kāṃtaḥ the sun-stone (sūryakāṃta). --jaḥ, ta nayaḥ, --putraḥ, --sūnūḥ 1. the planet Saturn. --2. epithets of Karṇa. --3. of Vali. --4. of Manu Vaivasvata. --5. of Yama. --6. of Sugrīva.
          --dinaṃ, --vāraḥ, --vāsaraḥ --raṃ Sunday.
          --netraḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --priyaṃ 1. a red lotus flower. --2. copper.
          --ratnaṃ a ruby.
          --locanaḥ N. of 1. Viṣṇu. --2. Śiva.
          --lauhaṃ, --saṃjñakaṃ copper.
          --saṃkrāṃtiḥ f. the sun's entrance into any zodiacal sign.

ravīṣuḥ The god of love.

raśanā, rasanā [aś-yuc raśādeśaḥ cf. Uṇ. 2. 75]
     (1) A rope, cord.
     (2) A rein, bridle.
     (3) A zone, girdle, woman's girdle; rasatu rasanāpi tava ghanajaghanamaṃḍale ghoṣayatu manmathanideśaṃ Gīt. 10; R. 7. 10, 8. 58; Me. 35.
     (4) The tongue; Bv. 1. 111.
     -- Comp.
          --upamā a variety of the figure upamā; it is 'a string or series' of comparisons' which consists in making the Upameya in the first comparison the Upamāna in the second, and so forth; see S. D. 664.
          --guṇaḥ the cord of a girdle.

raśmiḥ [aś-mi dhāto ruṭ, raś-mivā; cf. Uṇ. 4. 46]
     (1) A string, cord, rope.
     (2) A bridle, rein; mukteṣu raśmiṣu nirāyatapūrvakāyāḥ S. 1. 8; raśmisaṃyamanāt S. 1.
     (3) A goad, whip.
     (4) A beam, ray of light; S. 7. 6; N. 22. 56; so himaraśmi &c.
     (5) An eye-lash.
     (6) A measuring cord.
     (7) A finger (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --kalāpaḥ a pearl-necklace of 54 threads.
          --mucaḥ the sun.

raśmima(va)t m. The sun.

ras I. 1 P. (rasati, rasita)
     (1) To roar, yell, cry out, scream; karīva vanyaḥ paruṣaṃ rarāsa R. 16. 78; Śi. 3. 41.
     (2) To sound, make a noise, tinkle, jingle &c.; rājanyopanimaṃtraṇāya rasati sphītaṃ yaśoduṃdubhiḥ Ve. 1. 25; rasatāṃ nirbharaṃ nūpurāṇāṃ Ratn. 1. 19; rasatu rasanāpi tava ghana jaghanamaṃḍale Gīt. 10
     (3) To resound, reverberate.
     (4) To sing.
     (5) Ved. To praise. --II. 10 U. (rasayatite, rasita)
     (1) To taste, relish; mṛdvīkā rasitā Bv. 4. 13; Śi. 10. 27.
     (2) To feel, perceive.
     (3) To love.

rasaḥ [ras-ac]
     (1) Sap, juice (of trees); ikṣurasaḥ, kusumarasaḥ &c.
     (2) A liquid, fluid; Ku. 1. 7.
     (3) Water; sahasraguṇamutsraṣṭumādatte hirasaṃ raviḥ R. 1. 18; Bv. 2. 144.
     (4) Liquor, drink; Ms. 2. 177.
     (5) A draught, potion.
     (6) Taste, flavour, relish (fig. also) (considered in Vaiś. phil. as one of the 24 gūnas; the rasas are six; kaṭu, amla, madhura, lavaṇa, tikta and kavāya); parāyattaḥ prīteḥ kathamiva rasaṃ vettupuruṣaḥ Mu. 3. 4; U. 2. 2.
     (7) A sauce, condiment.
     (8) An object of taste; R. 3. 4.
     (9) Taste or inclination for a thing, liking, desire; iṣṭe vastunyupacitarasāḥ premarāśībhavaṃti Me. 112. (10) Love, affection; jarasā yasminnahāryo rasaḥ U. 1. 39; prasarati raso nirvṛtighanaḥ 6. 11 'a feeling of love'; ramādṛte V. 2. 21; Ku. 3. 37.
     (11) Pleasure, delight, happiness; R. 3. 26.
     (12) Charm, interest, elegance, beauty.
     (13) Pathos, emotion, feeling.
     (14) (In poetic compositions) A sentiment; navarasarucirāṃ nirmitimādadhatī bhāratī kaverjayati K. P. 1. (The rasas are usually eight: --śṛṃgārahāsyakaruṇaraudravīrabhayānakāḥ . bībhatsādbhutasaṃjñau cetyaṣṭau nāṭyaṃ rasāḥ smṛtāḥ, but sometimes śāṃtarasa is added thus making the total number 9; nirvedasthāyibhāvosti śāṃtopi navamo rasaḥ K. P. 4; sometimes a tenth, vātsalyarasa, is also added. Rasas are more or less a necessary factor of every poetic composition, but, according to Viśvanātha, they constitute the very essence of poetry; vākyaṃ rasātmakaṃ kāvyaṃ S. D. 3.).
     (15) Essence, pith, best part.
     (16) A constituent fluid of the body.
     (17) Semen virile.
     (18) Mercury.
     (19) A poison, poisonous drink; as in tīkṣṇarasadāyinaḥ (20) Any mineral metallic salt.
     (21) Juice of the sugar-cane.
     (22) Milk.
     (23) Melted butter.
     (24) Nectar.
     (25) Soup, broth.
     (26) A symbolical expression for the number 'six'.
     (27) The tongue.
     (28) Myrrh.
     (29) Gold. (30) A metal in a state of fusion
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ vitriol of copper, a sort of collyrium.
          --adhika a. 1. tasty, --2. abounding in pleasures, splendid; S. 7. 20. (
          --kaḥ) borax.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. a different taste. --2. different feelings or sentiments.
          --abhiniveśaḥ intentness of affection.
          --amlaḥ 1. a kind of sorrel. --2. sour sauce.
          --ayanaṃ 1. an elixir of life (elixir vitae), any medicine supposed to prolong life and prevent old age; nikhilarasāyanamahito gaṃdhenogreṇa laśuna iva R. G. --2. (fig.) serving as an elixir vitae, i. e. that which gratifies or regales; ānaṃdanāni hṛdayaikarasayanāni Māl. 6. 8; manasaśca rasāyanāni U. 1. 37; śrotra-, karṇa- &c. --3. alchemy or chemistry. --4. any medicinal compound. --5. butter-milk. --6. poison. --7. long pepper. (
          --naḥ) 1. an alchemist. --2. N. of Garuḍa. -śreṣṭhaḥ mercury. (
          --nī f.) 1. a channel for the fluids of the body. --2. N. of several plants:
          --guḍūcī, kākamācī, mahākaraṃja, gorakṣadugdhā, and māṃsacchadā. --ātmaka a. 1. consisting of juice or sentiment. --2. elegant, beautiful. --3. having taste or flavour. --4. ambrosial; Ku. 5. 22. --5. fluid, liquid. -ādānaṃ absorption of fluid, suction.
          --ādhāraḥ the sun
          --ābhāsaḥ 1. the semblance or mere appearance of a sentiment. --2. an improper manifestation of a sentiment.
          --āśraya a. embodying or representing sentiments.
          --āsvādaḥ 1. tasting juices or flavours. --2. perception or appreciation of poetic sentiments, a perception of poetical charm; as in kāvyamṛtarasāsvādaḥ. --āsvādin m. a bee.
          --āhvaḥ turpentine.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. mercury. --2. the philosopher's stone (the touch of which is said to turn iron into gold).
          --uttamaṃ milk.
          --udbhavaṃ 1. a pearl. --2. vermilion.
          --upalaṃ a pearl.
          --ūtaṃ garlic.
          --karpūraṃ sublimate of mercury.
          --karman n. preparation of quicksilver.
          --kesaraṃ camphor.
          --gaṃdhaḥ --dhaṃ gummyrrh.
          --gaṃdhakaḥ 1. myrrh. --2. sulphur.
          --garmaṃ 1. = rasāṃjana. --2. vermilion.
          --graha a. 1. perceiving flavours. --2. appreciating or enjoying pleasures. (
          --haḥ) the organ of taste.
          --ghnaḥ borax.
          --jaḥ 1. sugar, molasses. --2. an insect produced by the fermentation of liquids.
          --jaṃ blood.
          --jña a. 1. one who appreciates the flavour or excellence of, one who knows the taste of; sāṃsārikeṣu ca sukheṣu vayaṃ rasajñāḥ U. 2. 22. --2. capable of dis cerning the beauty of things. (
          --jñaḥ) 1. a man of taste or feeling, a critic, an appreciative person, a poet. --2. an alchemist. --3. a physician, or one who prepares mercurial or other chemical compounds. (
          --jñā) the tongue; Bv. 2. 59. (rasajñatā-tvaṃ means 1. poetical skill. --2. alchemy. --3. knowledge of flavours. --4. discrimination).
          --jyeṣṭhaḥ 1. the sweet taste. --2. the love sentiment.
          --tejas n. blood.
          --daḥ a physician.
          --dhātu n. quicksilver.
          --nāthaḥ mercury.
          --nāyakaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --netrikā red arsenic.
          --pākajaḥ molasses.
          --pācakaḥ a cook.
          --prabaṃdhaḥ any poetical composition, particularly a drama.
          --phalaḥ the cocoa-nut tree.
          --bhaṃgaḥ the interruption or cessation of a sentiment.
          --bhavaṃ blood.
          --bhasman n. oxide of mercury.
          --malaṃ impure excretions.
          --mātṛkā the tongue.
          --yogaḥ juices mixed scientifically.
          --rājaḥ, --lohaḥ 1. = rasāṃjana. --2. quick-silver.
          --vikrayaḥ sale of liquors.
          --śāstraṃ the science of alchemy.
          --śodhanaḥ borax. (
          --naṃ) purification of mercury.
          --siddha a. 1. accomplished in poetry, conversant with sentiments; jayaṃti te sukṛtitaḥ rasasiddhāḥ kavīśvarāḥ Bh. 2. 24. --2. skilled in alchemy.
          --siddhiḥ f. skill in alchemy.
          --siṃdūraṃ a cinnabar made of zinc, mercury, blue vitriel, and nitre.
          --sthānaṃ vermilion.

rasanam [ras-lyuṭ]
     (1) Crying, screaming, roaring, sounding, tinkling, noise or sound in general.
     (2) Thunder, rumbling or muttering of clouds.
     (3) Taste, flavour.
     (4) The organ of taste, the tongue; iṃdriyaṃ rasagrāhakaṃ rasanaṃ jihvāgravarti T. S.; Bg. 15. 9.
     (5) Perception, appreciation, sense; sarve'pi rasanādrasāḥ S. D. 244. --naḥ Phlegm.

rasanā See raśanā.
     -- Comp.
          --radaḥ a bird.
          --lih m. a dog.

rasamaya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Consisting of juice or flavour.
     (2) Juicy, liquid.
     (3) Savoury.
     (4) Charming, elegant, graceful.
     (5) Proceeding from love; U. 5.

rasavat a.
     (1) Juicy, succulent.
     (2) Tasteful, savoury, sapid, well-flavoured; yadevopanataṃ duḥkhātsukhaṃ tadrasavattaraṃ V. 3. 21; saṃsārasukhavṛkṣasya dve eva rasavatphale . kāvyāmṛtarasāsvādaḥ saṃparkaḥ sajjanaiḥ saha ...
     (3) Moist, well-watered.
     (4) Charming, graceful, elegant.
     (5) Full of feeling or sentiment, impassioned.
     (6) Full of affection, possessed of love.
     (7) Spirited, witty. --tī A kitchen.

rasavattā
     (1) Tastefulness.
     (2) Beauty, elegance.

rasā
     (1) The lower or infernal regions, hell.
     (2) The earth, ground, soil; Bv. 1. 59; smarasya yuddharaṃgatāṃ rasārasāra sārasā Nalod. 2. 10.
     (3) The tongue.
     (4) A vine or grapes.
     (5) Ved. Moisture.
     -- Comp.
          --okas m. an inhabitant of the lower world.
          --khataḥ a cock.
          --talaṃ 1. N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see pātāla. --2. the lower world or hell in general; rājyaṃ yātu rasātalaṃ punaridaṃ na prāṇituṃ kāmaye Bv. 2. 63; or jātiryātu rasātalaṃ Bh. 2. 39.
          --pāyin m. a dog.

rasālaḥ [rasa mālati ā-lā-ka ṣa- ta-]
     (1) The mango tree; bhṛṃgā rasālakusumāni samāśrayaṃte Bv. 1. 10.
     (2) The olibanum tree.
     (3) The bread-fruit tree.
     (4) Wheat.
     (5) The sugar-cane. --lā
     (1) The tongue.
     (2) Curds mixed, with sugar and spices.
     (3) Dūrva grass.
     (4) A vine or grape. --laṃ
     (1) Gum-myrrh.
     (2) Frankincense.

rasālasā
     (1) A tubular vessel of the body.
     (2) A vein.
     (3) A nerve.

rasika a. [raso'styasya ṭhan]
     (1) Savoury, sapid, tasteful.
     (2) Graceful, elegant, beautiful.
     (3) Impassioned.
     (4) Apprehending flavour or excellence, possessed of taste, appreciative, discriminating; tad vṛttaṃ pravadaṃti kāvyarasikāḥ śārdūlavikrīḍitaṃ Śrut. 40.
     (5) Finding pleasure or taking delight in, delighting in, devoted to (usually in comp.); iyaṃ mālatī bhagavatā sadṛśasaṃyogarasikena vedhasā manmathena mayā ca tubhyaṃ dīyate Māl. 6; so kāmarasikaḥ Bh. 3. 112; paropakārarasikasya Mk. 6. 19.
     (6) Humourous, witty.
     (7) Fanciful.
     (8) Lustful. --kaḥ 1 A man of taste or feeling, an appreciator of excellence or beauty; cf. arasika.
     (2) A libertine.
     (3) An elephant.
     (4) A horse.
     (5) The Sārasa bird. --kā
     (1) The juice of sugarcane, molasses.
     (2) The tongue.
     (3) A woman's girdle; see rasālā also.

rasikatā, --tvam
     (1) Taste, feeling.
     (2) A Tastefulness.
     (3) Appreciative power.

rasita p. p.
     (1) Tasted.
     (2) Having flavour or sentiment.
     (3) Gilded.
     (4) Sounded, making indistinct sound. --taṃ
     (1) Wine or liquor.
     (2) A cry, roar, thunder, roaring noise, sound or noise in general; heraṃbakaṃṭharasitapratimānameti Mal. 9. 3.

rasin a.
     (1) Juicy, liquid.
     (2) Impassioned, full of feeling.
     (3) Tasteful, savoury.

rasonaḥ A kind of garlic; cf. lasona.

rasya a. Juicy, savoury, sapid, palatable; rasyāḥ snigdhāḥ sthirā hṛdyā āhārāḥ sāttvikapriyāḥ Bg. 17. 8. --syaṃ Blood.

rasnam A thing, object.

rah 1 P., 10 U. (rahati, rahayati-te, rahita) To quit, leave, abandon, forsake, desert; rahayatyāpadupetamāyatiḥ Ki. 2. 14; rahayati nṛpaṃ svārthaparatā Mu. 3. 4; Māl. 9. 8.

rahaṇam [rah-lyuṭ] Desertion, quitting, separation; sahakāravṛtte samaye saha kā rahaṇasya kena sasmāra padaṃ Nalod. 2. 14.

rahas n. [rah-asun]
     (1) Solitude, privacy, loneliness, retirement, secrecy; rahasi ramate Māl. 2. 2; R. 3. 3, 15. 92; Pt. 1. 138.
     (2) A deserted or lonely place, hiding-place.
     (3) A secret, mystery.
     (4) Copulation, coition.
     (5) Truth.
     (6) Swiftness.
     (7) A privity. --ind. Secretly, clandestinely, privately, in private or sceret; ataḥ parīkṣya kartavyaṃ viśeṣātsaṃgataṃ rahaḥ S. 5. 24; oft. in comp.; vṛttaṃ rahaḥpraṇayamapratipadyamāne 5. 23.

rahasya a. [rahasi-bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Secret, private, clandestine.
     (2) Mysterious. --syaṃ
     (1) A secret (fig. also); svayaṃ rahasyabhedaḥ kṛtaḥ V. 2.
     (2) A mystic spell or incantation, the mystery (of a missile); sarahasyāni jṛṃbhakāstrāṇi U. 1.
     (3) The mystery or secret of conduct, mystery; rahasyaṃ sādhūtāmanupadhi viśuddhaṃ vijayate U. 2. 2.
     (4) A secret or esoteric teaching, a mystic doctrine; bhaktosi me sakhā ceti rahasyaṃ hyetaduttamaṃ Bg. 4. 3.
     (5) An Upanishad; Ms. 2. 165. --syaṃ ind. Secretly, privately; Y. 3. 301; (where it may be taken as an adj. also).
     -- Comp.
          --ākhyāyin a. telling a secret; rahasya khyāyīva svanasi mṛdu karṇāṃtikacaraḥ S. 1. 24.
          --bhedaḥ, --vibhedaḥ disclosure of a secret or mystery.
          --vrataṃ 1 a secret vow or penance. --2. the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons.

rahita p. p. [rah-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Quitted, left, abandoned, deserted.
     (2) Separated from, free from, deprived or destitute of, without (with instr. or at the end of comp.); rahite bhikṣubhirgrāme Y. 3. 59; guṇarahitaḥ; sattvarahitaḥ &c.
     (3) Lonely, solitary. --taṃ Secrecy, privacy.

rahāṭaḥ 1 A minister.
     (2) A spring.
     (3) A ghost.

rā 2 P. (rāti, rāta) To give, grant, bestow; vayaṃ te adya rarimā hi kāmaṃ Rv. 3. 14. 5; sa rātu vo duśrayavano bhāvukānāṃ paraṃparāṃ K. P. 7.

rākā [rā-ka tasya netvam Uṇ. 3. 40]
     (1) The full-moon day, particularly the night; dāridryaṃ bhajate kalānidhirayaṃ rākādhunā mlāyati Bv. 2. 72, 54, 94, 150, 165, 175; 3. 11.
     (2) The goddess presiding over the full-moon day.
     (3) A girl in whom menstruation has just commenced.
     (4) Itch, scab.
     (5) N. of the mother of khara and śurpaṇakhā,
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ 1. full moon. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --caṃdraḥ, --patiḥ, --ramaṇaḥ full moon.

rākṣasa a. (sī f.) [rakṣasa idaṃ aṇ] Belonging to or like an evil spirit, demoniacal, partaking of a demon's nature; munayo rākṣasīmāhurvācamunmattadṛptayoḥ U. 5. 30, Bg. 9. 12. --saḥ
     (1) A demon, an evil spirit, a goblin, fiend, imp.
     (2) One of the eight forms of marriage in Hindu Law, in which a girl is forcibly seized and carried away after the defeat or destruction of her relatives in battle; rākṣaso yuddhaharaṇāt Y. 1. 61; cf. Ms. 3. 33 also. (Kṛṣṇa carried away Rukmiṇī in this manner).
     (3) One of the astronomical Yogas.
     (4) N. of a minister of Nanda, an important character in the Mudrārākṣasa.
     (5) A king of the Rakṣasas. --sī
     (1) A female demon.
     (2) Laṅkā or Ceylon.
     (3) Night.
     (4) A larger tooth, tusk.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ N. of Rāvaṇa.

rākṣā See lākṣā; (perhaps an incorrect form).

rākh 1 P. (rākhati)
     (1) To be dry.
     (2) To adorn.
     (3) To prevent, ward off.
     (4) To be able.
     (5) To suffice, be competent.

rāgaḥ [raṃj-bhāve ghañ ni- nalopakutve]
     (1)
          (a) Colouring, dyeing, tinging.
          (b) Colour, hue, dye; Pt. 1. 33.
     (2) Red colour, redness; adharaḥ kisalayarāgaḥ S. 1. 21.
     (3) Red dye, red lac; rāgeṇa bālāruṇakomalena cūtapravāloṣṭhamalaṃcakāra Ku. 3. 30, 5. 11.
     (4) Love, passion, affection, amorous or sexual feeling; malinepi rāgapūrṇāṃ Bv. 1. 100 (where it means 'redness' also); atha bhavaṃtamaṃtareṇa kīdṛśo'syā dṛṣṭirāgaḥ S. 2; see cakṣūrāga also; caraṇayugalādiva hṛdayamaviśadrāgaḥ K. 142.
     (5) Feeling, emotion, sympathy, interest.
     (6) Joy, pleasure.
     (7) Anger, wrath.
     (8) Loveliness, beauty.
     (9) A musical mode or order of sound; (there are six primary Ragas; bhairavaḥ kauśikaścaiva hiṃdolo dīpakastathā . śrīrāgo megharāgaśca rāgāḥ ṣaḍiti kīrtitāḥ Bharata; other writers give different names. Each raga has six raginīs regarded as its consorts, and their union gives rise to several musical modes). (10) Musical harmony, melody; tavāsmi gītarāgeṇa hāriṇā prasabhaṃ hṛtaḥ S. 1. 5; aho rāgaparivāhiṇī gītiḥ S. 5.
     (11) Regret, sorrow.
     (12) Greediness, envy.
     (13) The quality called Rajas q. v.
     (14) Nasalization.
     (15) A process in the preparation of quicksilver.
     (16) A king, prince.
     (17) The sun.
     (18) The moon.
     -- Comp.
          --aśaniḥ a Buddha or Jina.
          --ātmaka a. impassioned.
          --āyātaṃ, --udrekaḥ excess of passion.
          --khāḍava, khāṃḍava see rāgaṣāḍava. --cūrṇaḥ
     (1) Acasia Catechu or Khadira tree. --2. red lead. --3. lac. --4. red powder thrown by people over one another at the festival called holi. --5. the god of love. --channaḥ the god of love. --dravyaṃ a colouring substance, a paint, dye. --dā crystal. --dāliḥ a kind of pulse (masūra). --paṭṭaḥ a kind of precious stone. --puṣpaḥ, --prasavaḥ the red globe-amaranth. --baṃdhaḥ manifestation of feeling, interest created by a proper representation (of various emotions); bhāvo bhāvaṃ nudati viṣayādrāgabaṃdhaḥ sa eva M. 2. 9. --yuj m. a ruby. --rajjuḥ the god of love. --latā N. of Rati, wife of Cupid. --lekhā a streak or mark of paint. --vṛṃtaḥ the god of love. --ṣāḍavaḥ a kind of sweetmeat. --sūtraṃ 1. any coloured thread. --2. a silk-thread. --3. the string of a balance.

rāgamaya, rāgavat a.
     (1) Red, coloured.
     (2) Dear, beloved.
     (3) Impassioned.

rāgāru a. One who raises hopes of a gift, but does not fulfil them.

rāgin a. [rāga-ini]
     (1) Coloured, dyed.
     (2) Colouring, painting.
     (3) Red.
     (4) Full of passion or feeling, impassioned.
     (5) Full of love, subject to love.
     (6) Passionately fond of, devotedly attached to, desirous of, yearning after (at the end of comp.).
     (7) Delighting, rejoicing. --m.
     (1) A painter.
     (2) A lover; eko rāgiṣu rājate priyatamādehārdhahārī haraḥ Bh. 3. 121.
     (3) A libertine, sensualist. --ṇī
     (1) A modification of a musical mode (rāga), of which 30 or 36 kinds are enumerated.
     (2) A wanton and intriguing woman, a lustful woman.

rāgh 1 A. To be able, to suffice.

rāgh m. An able or efficient person.

rāghevaḥ [raghorgotrāpatyaṃ aṇ]
     (1) A descendant of Raghu, especially Rāma.
     (2) A kind of large fish; Bv. 1. 55.
     (3) Sea, ocean.

rāṃkalaḥ A thorn.

rāṃkava a. (vī f.) [raṃkorayaṃ vikāro vā tallomajātatvāt aṇ] Belonging to the species of deer called ranku, or made from its hair; woollen; Vikr. 18. 31. --vaṃ
     (1) A woollen cloth made of deer's hair, a woollen garment.
     (2) A blanket.

rāj 1 U. (rājati-te, rājita)
     (1)
          (a) To shine, glitter, appear splendid or beautiful, be eminent; reje grahamayīva sā Bh. 1. 17; tasyāḥ praviṣṭā natanābhiraṃdhraṃ rarāja tanvī navalomarājiḥ Ku. 1. 38; rājan rājati vīravairivanitāvaidhavyadaste bhujaḥ K. P. 10; R. 3. 7; Ki. 4. 24, 11. 6.
          (b) To appear or look (like), shine (like); toyāṃtarbhāskarālīva reje muniparaṃparā Ku. 6. 49.
     (2) To rule, govern.
     (3) To direct, regulate.
     (4) To be the first or chief, be at the head. --Caus. (rājayati-te) To cause to shine, illuminate, brighten.

rāj m., rājaḥ
     (1) A king, chief, prince.
     (2) Anything best of its kind.

rājakaḥ A little king, a petty prince. --kaṃ A number of kings or princes, a collection of sovereigns; sahate na jano'pyadhaḥ kriyāṃ kimu lokādhi kadhāma rājakaṃ Ki. 2. 47; Śi. 14. 43.

rājakīya a. Kingly, royal.

rājata a. (tī f.) [rajata idaṃ aṇ] Silvery, made of silver; Śi. 4. 13. --taṃ Silver.

rājan m. [rāj-kanin raṃjayati raṃjkanin ni-vā]
     (1) A king, ruler, prince, chief (changed to rājaḥ at the end of Tat. comp.); vaṃgarājaḥ, mahārājaḥ &c.; tathaiva sobhūdanvartho rājā prakṛtiraṃjanāt R. 4. 12.
     (2) A man of the military caste; a Kshatriya; Śi. 14. 14.
     (3) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira.
     (4) N. of Indra.
     (5) The moon; rājapriyāḥ kairaviṇyo ramaṃte madhupaiḥsaha Bv. 1. 126.
     (6) Lord, master.
     (7) N. of Pṛthu.
     (8) A Yaksha.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ wrath of a king.
          --aṃganaṃ a royal court, the court-yard of a palace.
          --adanaḥ the Piyala tree.
          --adhikārin --adhikṛtaḥ 1. a government officer or official. --2. a judge.
          --adhirājaḥ, --iṃdraḥ a king of kings, a supreme king, paramount sovereign, an emperor.
          --adhiṣṭhānaṃ the capital of a king metropolis.
          --adhvan m. a principal or royal road, main street, highway.
          --anakaḥ 1. an inferior king, a petty prince. --2. a title of respect formerly given to distinguished scholars and poets.
          --annaṃ 1. rice grown in Āndhra. --2. food obtained from a king.
          --apasadaḥ an unworthy or degraded king.
          --agiṣekaḥ coronation of a king.
          --arhaṃ 1. aloewood, a species of sandal. --2. a kind of rice (rājānna). --arhaṇaṃ a royal gift of honour.
          --ahiḥ a large snake (having two mouths).
          --ājñā a king's edict, an ordinance, a royal decree.
          --ābharaṇaṃ a king's ornament.
          --āmraḥ a superior kind of mange.
          --āvartaḥ a diamond of an inferfor quality. --2. a diamond from Virāṭa country.
          --āvaliḥ --lī a royal dynasty or genealogy.
          --āsanaṃ a throne.
          --āsaṃdī Ved. a stand on which the Soma is placed.
          --iṃduḥ an excellent king; R. 1. 12.
          --iṣṭaḥ a kind of onion. (--ṣṭaṃ) = rājānna q. v.
          --upakaraṇaṃ (pl.) the paraphernalia of a king, the insignia of royalty.
          --ṛṣiḥ (rājaṛṣiḥ or rājarṣiḥ) a royal sage, a saint-like prince, a man of the Kshatriya caste who, by his pious life and austere devotion, comes to be regarded as a sage or rishi; i. e. purūravas, janaka, viśvāmitra. --kanyā, --kanyakā a princess.
          --karaḥ a tax or tribute paid to the king.
          --karṇaḥ an elephant's tusk.
          --kartṛ m. a person who assists at a coronation.
          --karman n. 1. the duty of a king. --2. royal service.
          --kalā a crescent of the moon.
          --kaliḥ a bad king.
          --kāryaṃ, --kṛtyaṃ state-affairs.
          --kumāraḥ a prince.
          --kulaṃ 1. a royal family, a king's family. --2. the court of a king. --3. a court of justice; (rājakule kath or nivid caus. means 'to sue one in a court of law, lodge a complaint against). --4. a royal place. --5. a king, master (as a respectful mode of speaking).
          --kṣavakaḥ a kind of mustard.
          --gāmin a. escheating to the sovereign (as the property of a person having no heir).
          --giriḥ N. of a mountain in Magadha.
          --guruḥ a royal counsellor.
          --gṛhaṃ 1. a royal dwelling, royal palace. --2. N. of a chief city in Magadha (about 75 or 80 miles from Pātaliputra).
          --grīvaḥ a kind of fish.
          --gha a. sharp, hot. (
          --ghaḥ) a kingkiller, regicide.
          --cihvaṃ insignia of royalty, regalia.
          --cihnakaṃ the organ of generation (upastha). --jakṣman = rājayakṣman q. v.
          --taraṃgiṇī N. of a celebrated historical poem treating of the kings of Kāṣmīra by Kalhaṇa.
          --taruḥ the karṇikāra tree.
          --tālaḥ, --tālī the belet-nut tree.
          --daṃḍaḥ 1. a king's sceptre. --2. royal authority. --3. punishment inflicted by a king. --4. fine payable to a king.
          --daṃtaḥ (for daṃtānāṃ rājā) the front tooth; N. 7. 46.
          --dūtaḥ a king's ambassador, an envoy.
          --dṛśaṃd f. the larger or lower mill-stone.
          --drohaḥ high treason, sedition, rebellion.
          --drohin m. a traitor.
          --dvār f.,
          --dvāraṃ the gate of royal palace.
          --dvārikaḥ a royal porter.
          --dharmaḥ 1. a king's duty. --2. a law or rule relating to kings (oft. in pl.).
          --dhānaṃ, --dhānakaṃ, --dhānikā, --dhānī the king's residence, the capital, metropolis, the seat of government; R. 2. 70.
          --dhāman n. a royal palace.
          --dhur f.,
          --dhurā the burden or responsibility of government.
          --nayaḥ, --nītiḥ f. administration of a state, administration of government, politics, statesmanship.
          --nīlaṃ an emerald.
          --paṭṭaḥ 1. a diamond of inferior quality. --2. a royal fillet.
          --padaṃ royalty, sovereignty.
          --pathaḥ, --paddhatiḥ f. = rājamārga q. v.
          --putraḥ 1. a prince. --2. a Kshatriya, a man of the military tribe. --3. the planet Mercury --4. N. of a mixed caste. --5. a Rajpoot. --6. a kind of mango.
          --patrī 1. a princess. --2. a female of the Rajpoota tribe. --3. N. of several plants:  jātī, mālatī, kaṭutuṃbī &c. --4. a kind of perfume (reṇukā). --5. a musk rat.
          --puraṃ a royal city.
          --puruṣaḥ 1. a king's servant. --2. a minister.
          --puṣpaḥ the nāgakesara tree.
          --preṣyaḥ a king's servant. (
          --ṣyaṃ) royal service (more correctly rājapraiṣya). --phaṇijjhakaḥ an orange tree.
          --badaraṃ salt.
          --bījin, --vaṃśya a. a scion of royalty, of royal descent.
          --bhṛtaḥ a king's soldier.
          --bhṛtyaḥ 1. a royal servant or minister. --2. any public or government officer.
          --bhogaḥ a king's meal, royal repast.
          --bhogyaṃ nutmeg.
          --bhotaḥ a king's fool or jester.
          --maṃtradharaḥ, --maṃtrin m. a king's counsellor.
          --mārgaḥ a highway, high road, a royal or main road, principal street. --2. the way, method or procedure of kings.
          --māṣaḥ a kind of bean.
          --mudrā the royal seal.
          --yakṣmaḥ, --yakṣman m. 'consumption of the moon', pulmonary consumption, consumption in general; rājayakṣmaparihānirāyayau kāmayānasamavasthayā tulāṃ R. 19. 50; rājayakṣmeva rogāṇāṃ samūhaḥ sa mahībhṛtāṃ Śi. 2. 96; (for explanation of the word see Malli. thereon, as well as on Śi. 13. 29).
          --yānaṃ a royal vehicle, a palanquin.
          --yudhvan m. 1. a king's soldier. --2. one who fights with a king.
          --yogaḥ 1. a configuration of planets, asterisms &c. at the birth of a man which indicates that he is destined to be a king. --2. an easy mode of religious meditation (fit for kings to practise), as distinguished from the more rigorous one called haṭhapoga q. v.
          --raṃgaṃ silver.
          --rākṣasaḥ a bad king.
          --rāj m. 1. a supreme king. --2. the moon.
          --rājaḥ 1. a supreme king, sovereign lord, an emperor. --2. N. of Kubera; aṃtarbāṣpaściramanucaro rājarājasya dadhyau Me. 3. --3. the moon.
          --rīti f. bell-metal.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ 1. any mark on a man's body indicating future royalty. --2. royal insignia, regalia.
          --lakṣman n. royal insignia. (--m.) N. of Yudhisṭhira.
          --lakṣmīḥ, --śrīḥ f. the fortune or prosperity of a king (personified as a goddess), the glory or majesty of a king; R. 2. 7.
          --lekhaḥ a royal edict.
          --lokaḥ a collection of princes or kings.
          --vaṃśaḥ a dynasty of kings.
          --vaṃśāvalī genealogy of kings, royal pedigree.
          --vasatiḥ 1. dwelling in a king's court. --2. a royal palace.
          --vāhaḥ a horse.
          --vāhyaḥ a royal elephant.
          --viḥ the bluy jay.
          --vidyā 'royal policy', king-craft, statepolicy, statesmanship; (cf. rājanaya); so rājaśāstraṃ. --vihāraḥ a royal convent.
          --śāsanaṃ a royal edict.
          --śṛṃgaṃ a royal umbrella with a golden handle.
          --śekharaḥ N. of a poet.
          --saṃsad f.,
          --samā f. a court of justice.
          --sadanaṃ a palace.
          --sarpaṣaḥ black mustard.
          --sāyujyaṃ sovereignty.
          --sārasaḥ a peacock.
          --sūyaḥ --yaṃ a great sacrifice performed by a universal monarch (in which the tributary princes also took part) at the time of his coronation as a mark of his undisputed sovereignty; rājā vai rājasūyeneṣṭvāṃ bhavati Śat. Br.; cf. samrād also. --2. a lotus. --3. a mountain.
          --skaṃdhaḥ a horse.
          --svaṃ 1. royal property. --2. tribute, revenue.
          --svarṇaḥ a kind of thorn-apple.
          --svāmin m., N. of Viṣṇu.
          --haṃsaḥ a flamingo (a sort of white goose with red legs and bill); saṃpatsyaṃte nabhasi bhavato rājahaṃsāḥ sahāyāḥ Me. 11.
          --hastin m. a royal elephant, i. e. a lordly and handsome elephant.

rājatā --tvam Royalty, sovereignty, royal rank or position.

rājanya a. [rājan-yat nalopaḥ] Royal, kingly. --nyaḥ
     (1) A man of the Kshatriya caste, royal personage; rājanyān svapuranivṛttaye'numene R. 4. 87; saṃprati karaṇīyo rājanyepi praśrayaḥ U. 6; R. 3. 48; Me. 48.
     (3) N. of Agni.
     (3) A noble or distinguished personage. --nyā A lady of royal rank.

rājanyakam A collection of warriors or Kshatriyas.

rājanvat a. Governed by a just or good king (as a country, as distinguished from rājavat which simply means 'having a ruler'); (surājñi deśe rājanvān syāttato'nyatra rājavān Ak.); rājanvatīmāhuranena bhūmiṃ R. 6. 22; Kāv. 3. 6.

rājāyate Den. A. To act like a king, consider oneself a king.

rājasāt ind. To the state or in the possession of a king.

rājñī
     (1) A queen, the wife of a king.
     (3) Yellowish-red brass.
     (3) N. of the wife of the sun.

rājyam [rājño bhāvaḥ karma vā, rājan-yat nalopaḥ]
     (1) Royalty, sovereignty, royal authority; rājyena kiṃ tadviparītavṛtteḥ R. 2. 53; 4. 1.
     (2) A kingdom, country, an empire; R. 1. 58.
     (3) Rule, reign, government, administration of a kingdom.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ a constituent member of the state, a requisite of regal administration; (these are usually said to be seven:
          --svāmyamātyasuhṛtkoṣarāṣṭradurgabalāni ca Ak.).
          --adhikāraḥ 1. authority over a kingdom. --2. a right to sovereignty.
          --apaharaṇaṃ usurpation.
          --abhiṣekaḥ inauguration or coronation of a king.
          --āśramamuniḥ the sage living in the hermitage in the form of the kingdom; R. 1. 58.
          --karaḥ the tribute paid by a tributary prince.
          --kartṛ m. 1. an administrator or officer of government. --2. a king.
          --cyuta a. deposed or dethroned.
          --taṃtraṃ the science of government, system of administration, the government or administration of a kingdom; Mu. 1.
          --dravyaṃ a requisite of sovereignty.
          --dhurā, --bhāraḥ the yoke or burden of government, the responsibility or administration of government.
          --bhaṃgaḥ subversion of sovereignty.
          --bhogaḥ the possession of sovereignty.
          --bhraṃśaḥ deposition from kingdom, loss of sovereignty.
          --lobhaḥ greed of dominion, desire of territorial aggrandizement.
          --vyavahāraḥ administration, government business.
          --sukhaṃ the sweets of royalty.

rājasa a. (sī f.) [rajasā nirmitaṃ aṇ] Relating to or influenced by the quality rajas, endowed with the quality rajas or passion; ūrdhva gacchaṃti sattvasthā madhye tiṣṭhaṃti rājasāḥ Bg. 14. 18; 7. 12; 17. 2.

rājiḥ --jī f. [rāj-in vā ṅīp] A streak, line, row, range; sarvaṃ paḍitarājarājitilakenākāri lokottaraṃ Bv. 4. 44; dānarājiḥ R. 2. 7; Ki. 5. 4.
     (2) Black mustard.

rājikā
     (1) A line, row, range.
     (2) A field.
     (3) Black mustard.
     (4) Mustard (used as a weight).

rājilaḥ [rāj-ilac] A species of innocent and poisonless snakes; kiṃ mahoragavisarpivikramo rājileṣu garuḍaḥ pravartate R. 11. 27; cf. ḍuṃḍubha.

rājīvaḥ [rājī dalarājī astyasya va]
     (1) A kind of deer.
     (2) A crane.
     (3) An elephant. --vaṃ A blue lotus; Ku. 3. 45.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. lotus-eyed.

rāṭiḥ A bird. --f. War, battle.

rāḍhā
     (1) Lustre.
     (2) N. of a district in Bengal, as also of its capital; gauḍaṃ rāṣṭramanuttamaṃ nirupamā tatrāpi rāḍhāpurī Prab. 2.

rāṇam
     (1) A leaf.
     (2) A peacock's tail.

rāṇikā A bridle.

rātaṃtī A festival on the fourteenth day of the second half of Pausha.

rāti a. Ved.
     (1) Liberal, favourable, generous.
     (2) Ready. --tiḥ A friend (opp. to arātiḥ). --f.
     (1) Giving, bestowing, presentation,
     (2) A favour.
     (3) A gift, present.
     -- Comp.
          --sāc a. (
          --ṣāc) bestowing gifts, liberal, bountiful.

rātriḥ --trī f. [rā-trip vā ṅīp]
     (1) Night; rātrirgatā matimatāṃ vara muṃca śayyāṃ R. 5. 66; divā kākaravādbhītā rātrau tarati narmadām.
     (2) The darkness of night.
     (3) Turmeric.
     (4) One of the four forms or bodies of Brahmā.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭaḥ 1. a goblin, demon, ghost. --2. a thief
          --aṃdha a. nightblind.
          --karaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --caraḥ (also rātriṃcara) (rī f.) 1. 'a night-rover', robber. thief. --2. a watchman, patrol, guard. --3. a demon, ghost, evil spirit; (taṃ) yāṃtaṃ vane rātricarī ḍuḍhauke Bk. 2. 23.
          --caryā 1. night-roving. --2. a nightly act or ceremony.
          --jaṃ a star, constellation.
          --jalaṃ dew.
          --jāgaraḥ 1. night-watching, wakefulness or sitting up at night; R. 19. 34. --2. a dog. -duḥ a gnat.
          --tarā the dead of night.
          --tithiḥ f. a lunar night.
          --nāśanaḥ the sun.
          --puṣpaṃ a lotusflower opening at night.
          --balaḥ a demon.
          --maṇiḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --yogaḥ night-fall.
          --rakṣaḥ, --rakṣakaḥ a watchman, guard.
          --rāgaḥ darkness, obscurity.
          --vāsas n. 1. night-dress. --2. darkness.
          --virāmaḥ 'end of night', break of day, dawn, day-light.
          --viśleṣagāmin m. the ruddy goose.
          --vedaḥ, --vedin m. a cock.
          --hāsaḥ the white lotus.
          --hiṃḍakaḥ 1. a guard of the women's apartments. --2. a night-stalker.

rātraka a. Nocturnal, nightly. --kaḥ A man who takes up his abode in a harlot's house for one year. --kaṃ A period of five nights taken collectively (?).

rātrika a. (At the end of comp.) Lasting or sufficient for a certain number of nights, as paṃcarātrika utsavaḥ. --kā Night.

rātriṃdivaṃ, rātriṃdivā ind. By night and day, constantly, ceaselessly; rātriṃdivaṃ gaṃdhavahaḥ prayāti S. 5. 4.

rātriṃmanya a. Looking like night (as a cloudly or dark day); cf. rajaniṃmanya.

rātrīṇa a. Lasting for a certain number of nights.

rādh I. 5 P. (rādhnoti, rāddha; desid. rirātsrati, but ritsati 'to wish to kill')
     (1) To propitiate, conciliate, please.
     (2) To accomplish, effect, complete, perform, achieve.
     (3) To prepare, make ready.
     (4) To fall to the lot of any one (also 4 P.).
     (5) To injure, destroy, kill, exterminate; vānarā bhūdharān redhuḥ Bk. 14. 19. --II. 4 P. (rādhyati, rāddha)
     (1) To be favourable or merciful.
     (2) To be accomplished or finished.
     (3) To propitiate, look to the welfare of (any one, with dat.); kṛṣṇāya rādhyati gargaḥ Sk. (i. e. pṛṣṭo gargaḥ śubhāśubhaṃ paryālocayati).
     (4) To be successful, to succeed, prosper.
     (5) To be ready.
     (6) To kill, destroy. --Caus. (rādhayati-te)
     (1) To propitiate.
     (2) To accomplish, complete.
     (3) To make ready.

rāddha p. p. [rādh-kartari karmaṇi vā kta]
     (1) Propitiated, pleased, conciliated.
     (2) Effected, accomplished, achieved, performed.
     (3) Dressed, cooked (as food).
     (4) Prepared.
     (5) Obtained, got.
     (6) Successful, fortunate, happy.
     (7) Perfect in magical power.
     (8) Fallen to the lot of.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ a proved or established fact, a demonstrated conclusion or truth, an ultimate conclusion, doctrine; dogma; sarvavaitāśikarāddhāṃto nitarāmatapekṣitavya itīdānīmupapādayāmaḥ S. B.
          --aṃtita a. demonstrated, established by proof, logically proved.

rāddhiḥ f.
     (1) Accomplishment, perfection.
     (2) Success, prosperity.

rādhaḥ The month called Vaiśākha. --dhaḥ, --dhaṃ
     (1) Favour, kindness.
     (2) Prosperity. --dhī The day of full moon in the month of Vaiśākha.
     -- Comp.
          --raṃkaḥ 1. a plough. --2. thin rain. --3. hail.

rādhanam [rādh-lyuṭ]
     (1) Propitiating, conciliating.
     (2) Pleasure, satisfaction.
     (3) Accomplishing, effecting, completion.
     (4) Acquisition, going.
     (5) The means of accomplishing anything. --nā Speech. --nī Worship.

rādhas n. Ved.
     (1) Food.
     (2) Kindness, favour.
     (3) A gift, present.
     (4) Liberality.
     (5) Wealth, riches.

rādhā
     (1) Prosperity, success.
     (2) N. of a celebrated Gopī or cowherdess loved by Kṛṣṇa (whose amours have been immortalized by Jayadeva in his Gītagovinda); tadimaṃ rādhe gṛhaṃ prāpaya Gīt. 1.
     (3) N. of the wife of Adhiratha and foster-mother of Karṇa.
     (4) The lunar mansion called viśākhā.
     (5) Lightning.
     (6) An attitude in shooting.
     (7) Emblic Myrobalan.
     (3) The full-moon day in the month of Vaiśākha.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ, --ramaṇaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.
          --bhedin, --vodhin m. N. of Arjuna.
          --sutaḥ N. of Karṇa.

rādhikā See rādhā.

rādheyaḥ An epithet of Karṇa.

rābhasyam
     (1) Delight, joy.
     (2) Impetuosity.
     (3) Violence, force.

rāma a. [ram kartari ghañ ṇa vā]
     (1) Pleasing, delighting, rejoicing.
     (2) Beautiful, lovely, charming.
     (3) Obscure; dark-coloured, black.
     (4) White. --maḥ 1 N. of three celebrated personages;
          (a) Paraśurāma, son of Jamadagni;
          (b) Balarāma, son of Vasudeva and brother of Kṛṣṇa, q. q. v. v.;
          (c) Rāmachandra or Sītārāma, son of Daśaratha and Kausalyā and the hero of the Rāmayaṇa; (the word is thus derived in Purāṇas: --rāśabdo viśvavacano maścāpīśvaravācakaḥ . viśvādhīneśvaro yo hi tena rāmaḥ prakīrtitaḥ ..). [When quite a boy, he with his brother was taken by Viśvāmitra, with the permission of Daśaratha, to his hermitage to protect his sacrifices from the demons that obstructed them. Rāma killed them all with perfect ease, and received from the sage several miraculous missiles as a reward. He then accompanied Viśvāmitra to the capital of Janaka where he married Sītā having performed the wonderful feat of bending Siva's bow, and then returned to Ayodhya. Daśaratha, seeing that Rāma was growing fitter and fitter to rule the kingdom, resolved to install him as heir-apparent. But, on the eve of the day of coronation, his favourite wife Kaikeyi, at the instigation of her wicked nurse Manthara, asked him to fulfil the two boons he had formerly promised to her, by one of which she demanded the exile of Rāma for fourteen years and by the other the installation of her own son Bharata as Yuvarāja. The king was terribly shocked, and tried his best to dissuade her from her wicked demands, but was at last obliged to yield. The dutiful son immediately prepared to go into exile accompanied by his beautiful young wife Sītā and his devoted brother Lakṣmaṇa. The period of his exile was eventful, and the two brothers killed several powerful demons and at last roused the jealousy of Rāvaṇa himself. The wicked demon resolved to try Rāma by carring off his beauteous wife for whom he had conceived an ardent passion, and accomplished his purpose being assisted by Mārīcha. After several fruitless inquiries as to her whereabouts, Hanumat ascertained that she was in Laṅkā and persuaded Rāma to invade the island and kill the ravisher. The monkeys built a bridge across the ocean over which Rāma with his numerous troops passed, conquered Lanka, and killed Rāvaṇa along with his whole host of demons. Rāma, attended by his wife and friends in battle, triumphantly returned to Ayodhyā where he was crowned king by Vasiṣṭha. He reigned long and righteously and was succeeded by his son Kuśa. Rāma is said to be the seventh incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Jayadeva: --vitarasi dikṣu raṇe dikpatikamanīyaṃ daśamukhamaulibaliṃ ramaṇīyaṃ . keśava dhṛtaraghupatirūpa jaya jagadīśa hare Gīt.
     (1)].
     (2) A kind of deer.
     (3) N. of Aruṇa.
     (4) A lover.
     (5) A horse. --maṃ
     (1) Darkness.
     (2) Leprosy (kuṣṭhaṃ).
     (3) A tamāla leaf.
     -- Comp.
          --anujaḥ N. of a celebrated reformer, founder of a Vedāntic sect and author of several works. He was a Vaiṣṇava.
          --ayanaṃ (ṇaṃ) 1. the adventures of Rāma. --2. N. of a celebrated epic by Vālmīki which contains about 24000 verses in seven Kāṇḍas or books.
          --īśvaraḥ N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage.
          --giriḥ N. of a mountain; (cakre) snigdhacchāyāttaruṣu vasatiṃ rāmagiryāśrameṣu Me. 1.
          --cadraḥ, --bhadraḥ N. of Rāma, son of Daśaratha.
          --janman n. the birth or birth-day of Rāma.
          --dūtaḥ 1. N. of Hanumat. --2. a monkey. (
          --tī) a kind of basil.
          --navamī the ninth day in the bright half of Chaitra, the anniversary of the birth of Rāma.
          --pūgaḥ a kind of betel-nut tree.
          --vallabhaḥ the birchtree.
          --sakhaḥ N. of Sugrīva.
          --setuḥ 'the bridge of Rāma', a bridge of sand between the Indian peninsula and Ceylon now called Adam's bridge.

rāmaka a. Delighting, gratifying, pleasing.

rāmaṭhaḥ ṭham Asa Foetida (hiṃgu).

rāmaṇīyaka a. (kī f.) Lovely, beautiful, pleasing. --kaṃ Loveliness, beauty; sā rāmaṇīyakanidheradhidevatā bā Mal. 1. 21; 9. 47; taruṇīstana eva śobhate maṇihārāvalirāmaṇīyakaṃ N. 2. 44; Ki. 1. 39, 4. 4.

rāmā [ramate'nayā ram karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) A beautiful woman, a charming young woman; atha rāmā vikasanmukhī babhūva Bv. 2. 16; 3. 6.
     (2) A beloved, wife, mistress; R. 12. 23, 14. 27.
     (3) A woman in general; rāmā haraṃti hṛdayaṃ prasabhaṃ narāṇāṃ Rs. 6. 25.
     (4) A woman of origin.
     (5) Vermilion.
     (6) Asa Foetida.
     (7) A kind of pigment (gorocanā).
     (8) Ruddle.
     (9) A river. (10) An accomplished woman (versed in fine arts).

rāmilaḥ
     (1) A lover; husband.
     (2) The god of love.
     (3) N. of a poet.

rāṃbhaḥ A bamboo-staff carried by a religious student or ascetic.

rāyaḥ A king, prince(often at the beginning or end of proper names; it is a corruption of rājan).

rāyaṣyam
     (1) Sounding, making noise,
     (2) Pain.

rāyabhāṭī The stream of a river.

rālaḥ The resin of the Sāla tree.
     -- Comp.
          --kāryaḥ the Sāla tree,

rāvaḥ [ru-ghañ]
     (1) A cry, scream, shriek, roar, the cry of any animal.
     (2) Sound in general; murajavādyarāvaḥ; madhuripurāvaṃ Gīt. 11.

rāvaṇa a. [ru-ṇic lyu] Crying, screaming, roaring, bewailing. --ṇaḥ N. of a celebrated demon, king of Laṅka and the chief of the Rākṣasas; sa rāvaṇo nāma nikāmabhaṣiṇaṃ babhūva rakṣaḥ kṣatarakṣaṇaṃ divaḥ Śi. 1. 48 [He was the son of Viśravas by Keśinī or Kaikasī and so half-brother of Kubera. He is called Paulastya as being a grandson of the sage Pulastya. Laṅkā was originally occupied by Kubera, but Rāvaṇa ousted him from it and made it his own eapis tal. He had ten heads (and henee hinames Daśagrīva, Daśavadana &c.) and twenty arms, and according to some, four legs (cf. R. 12. 88 and Malli.). He is represented to have practised the most austere penance for ten thousand years in order to propitiate the god Brahman, and to have offered one head at the end of each one thousand years. Thus he offered nine of his heads and was going to offer the tenth when the God was pleased and granted him immunity from death by either god or man. On the strength of this boon he grew very tyrannical and oppressed all beings. His power became so great that even the gods are said to have acted as his domestic servanta. He conquered almost all the kings of the day, but is said to have been imprisoned by Kartavīrya for some time when he went to attack his territory. On one occasion he tried to uplift the Kailāsa mountain, but Śiva pressed it down so as to crush his fingers under it. He, therefore, hymned Śiva for one thousand years so loudly that the God gave him the name Rāvanā and freed him from his painful position. But though he was so powerful and invincible, the day of retribution drew near. While Rāma-who was Viṣṇu descended on earth for the destruction of this very demon-was passing his years of exile in the forest, Rāvaṇa carried off his wife Sitā and urged her to become his wife; but she persistently refused and remained loyal to her husband. At last Rāma assisted by his monkey-troops invaded Lanka, annihilated Rāvaṇa's troops and killed the demon himself. He was a worthy opponent of Rāma, and hence the expression:  rāmarāvaṇayoryuddhaṃ rāmarāvaṇayoriva].
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ N. of Rāma.
          --gaṃgā N. of a river in Laṅkā.

rāvaṇiḥ [rāvaṇasyāpatyaṃ iñ]
     (1) N. of Indrajit; rāvaṇiścāvyatho yoddhumārabdha ca mahīṃ gataḥ Bk. 15. 78, 89.
     (2) Any son of Rāvaṇa; Bk. 15. 79, 80.

rāśiḥ [aśnute vyāpnoti, aś-iñ dhātoruḍāgamaśca; cf. Uṇ. 4. 132]
     (1) A heap, mass, collection, quantity, multitude; dhanarāśiḥ, toyarāśiḥ, yaśorāśiḥ &c.
     (2) The numbers or figures put down for any arithmetical operation (such as adding, multiplying &c.).
     (3) A sign of the zodiac.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ, the regent of an astrological house.
          --gata a. 1. heaped, piled up. --2. summed up.
          --cakraṃ the zodiac.
          --trayaṃ the rule of three.
          --nāman n. a name given to a child taken from the Rāśi under which he is born.
          --bhāgaḥ a fraction. -anubaṃdhaḥ the addition of fractions.
          --bhogaḥ the passage of the sun, moon, or any planet through a sign of the zodiac.

rāśīkṛ 8 U. To pile up, heap together, accumulate.

rāśīkṛta, --bhūta Heaped together, accumulated.

rāṣṭram [rāj-ṣṭran]
     (1) A kingdom, realm, empire; rāṣṭradurgabalāni ca Ak., Ms. 7. 109, 10. 61.
     (2) A district, territory, country, region; as in mahārāṣṭra; Ms. 7. 32.
     (3) The people, nation, subjects; Ms. 9. 254. --ṣṭraḥ, --ṣṭraṃ Any national or public calamity.

rāṣṭriḥ f., --ṣṭrī A female ruler.

rāṣṭrikaḥ
     (1) An inhabitant of a kingdom or country, a subject; Ms. 10. 61.
     (2) The ruler of a kingdom, governor.

rāṣṭriya a. [rāṣṭre bhavaḥ gha] Belonging to a kingdom. --yaḥ
     (1) The ruler of a kingdom, king; as in rāṣṭriyaśyālaḥ Mk. 9.
     (2) The brother-in-law of a king (queen's brother); śrutaṃ rāṣṭriyamukhādyāvadaṃgulīyakadarśanam S. 6. (Also rāṣṭrīya).

rās 1 A. (rāsate) To cry, scream, yell, sound, howl.

rāsaḥ
     (1) An uproar, a din, confused noise.
     (2) A sound in general.
     (3) Speech.
     (4) A kind of dance practised by Kṛṣṇa and the cowherds but particularly the gopis or cowherdesses of Vṛndāvana; utsṛjya rāse rasaṃ gacchaṃtīṃ Ve. 1. 2; rāse harimiha vihitavilāsaṃ smarati mano mama kṛtaparihāsaṃ Gīt. 2; also Gīt. 1.
     (5) A chain.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvarī N. of Rādhā.
          --krīḍā, --maṃḍalaṃ a sportive dance, the circular dance of Kṛṣṇa and the cowherdesses of Vṛndāvana.

rāsakam A kind of minor drama, see S. D. 548.

rāserasaḥ, rāsevāsaḥ
     (1) The Rāsa dance.
     (2) Pastime, sport.
     (3) A company, party, assembly.
     (4) The love sentiment (śṛṃgāra).
     (5) The sixth night after delivery (ṣaṣṭhījāgara),
     (6) Jesting, joking.
     (7) Skill in alchemy.

rāsana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Relating to the tongue.
     (2) Savoury, palatable.

rāsabhaḥ An ass, a donkey.

rāsnā
     (1) N. of a plant.
     (2) Ved. A girdle.

rāhityam Being without anything, destitution; destituteness.

rāhuḥ [rah-uṇ]
     (1) N. of a demon, son of Viprachitti and Simhikā and hence often called Saimhikeya; grasate hi tamopahaṃ muhurnanu rāhvāhvamaharpatiṃ tamaḥ Śi. 16. 57. [When the nectar, that was churned out of the ocean, was being served to the gods, Rāhu disguised himself and attempted to drink it along with them. But he was detected by the sun and the moon who informed Viṣṇu o the fraud. Viṣṇu, thereupon, severedf his head from the body; but as he had tasted a little quantity of nectar the head became immortal, and is supposed to wreak its vengeance on the sun and moon at the time of conjunction and opposition; cf. Bh. 2. 34. In astronomy Rāhu is regarded, like Ketu, as one of the nine planets, or only as the ascending mode of the moon.].
     (2) An eclipse, or rather the moment of occulation.
     (3) Abandoning.
     (4) One who abandons.
     (5) The regent of the southwest quarter.
     -- Comp.
          --ucchiṣṭaṃ, --utsṛṣṭaṃ = laśuna q. v.
          --gata a. darkened.
          --grasanaṃ, --grāsaḥ, --darśanaṃ, --pīḍā, --saṃsparśaḥ an eclipse (of the sun or moon).
          --chatraṃ green ginger.
          --bhedin m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --sūtakaṃ 'the birth of Rāhu,' i. e. an eclipse (of the sun or moon); Y. 1. 146; cf. Ms. 4. 110.

ri I. 6 P. (riyati, rīṇa) To go, move. --II. 5 P. (riṇoti) To hurt. --III. 9 U. (riṇāti)
     (1) To drive out, expel.
     (2) Ved. To separate.
     (3) To emit.
     (4) To give, grant.
     (5) To go, move.
     (6) To hurt.

rikta p. p. [ric-kta]
     (1) Emptied, cleared, evacuated.
     (2) Empty, void; devoid or deprived of, without.
     (4) Hollowed (as hands).
     (5) Indigent.
     (6) Divided, separated.
     (7) Worthless, useless.
     (8) Unloaded; see ric. --ktaṃ
     (1) An empty space, vacuum.
     (2) A forest, desert, wilderness.
     -- Comp.
          --arkaḥ a Sunday falling on one of the riktā days.
          --pāṇi, --hasta a. empty-handed, bringing no present (of flowers &c.), ahamapi devīṃ prekṣitumariktapāṇirbhavāmi M. 4.

riktaka a. See rikta.

riktā N. of the fourth, ninth, and fourteenth days of a lunar fortnight.

riktham [ric-thak]
     (1) Inheritance, bequest, property left at death; (in law) unobstructed property; vibhajeran sutāḥ pitrorūrdhvaṃ rikthamṛṇaṃ samaṃ Y. 1. 117; Ms. 9. 104; nanu garbhaḥ pitryaṃ rikthamarhati S. 6.
     (2) Property in general, wealth, possessions; Ms. 8. 27.
     (3) Gold.
     -- Comp.
          --āda, --grāha, --bhāgin, --hara a. receiving an inheritance, inheriting property. (--m.) an heir.
          --vibhāgaḥ partition of property.
          --hārin m. 1. an heir. --2. a maternal uncle. --3. the seed of the fig-tree.

rikthin a.
     (1) Inheriting property.
     (2) Wealthy, rich. --m. An heir.

rikvan m. Ved. A thief.

rikṣā 1 A nit(likṣā).
     (2) The mote in a sun-beam.

riṃkh, riṃg(riṃkhati, riṃgati)
     (1) To crawl, creep.
     (2) To go slowly.

riṃkhaṇaṃ, riṃgaṇam
     (1) Crawling, creeping (of children who creep on all fours).
     (2) Deviating (from rectitude), swerving.

riṃkhā
     (1) Creeping, sliding.
     (2) Dancing
     (3) One of a horse's paces.
     (4) A horse's hoof.
     (5) Deceiving, disappointing.

riṃgiḥ f. Going, moving, creeping.

riṃgiṃtam Motion, surging (of waves)

ric I. 7 U. (riṇakti, riṃkte, rikta)
     (1) To empty, evacuate, clear, purge; riṇacmi jaladhestoyaṃ Bk. 6. 36; āvirbhūte śaśini tamasā ricyamāneva rātriḥ V. 1. 8; timiraricyamānaṃ pūrvadiṅmukhamālokasubhagaṃ dṛśyate V. 3.
     (2) To deprive of, make destitute of.
     (3) To separate, divide.
     (4) To give or deliver up, part with.
     (5) To bequeath (usually in p. p., see rikta). --II. 1. 10. P. (recati, recayati, recita)
     (1) To divide, separate, disjoin. --To abandon, leave.
     (3) To join, mix. --Caus.
     (1) To evacuate, make empty.
     (2) To discharge, emit (as breath).
     (3) To leave, abandon.

rij 1 A. (rejate) To fry, parch.

riṭiḥ
     (1) The crackling of flames.
     (2) Black salt.
     (3) A musical instrument.
     (4) N. of an attendant of Śiva; cf. bhṛṃga(ge)riṭiḥ.

ridhamaḥ
     (1) Spring.
     (2) Love.

ripuḥ [rap-un pṛṣo- Uṇ. 1. 26]
     (1) An enemy, a foe, an opponent.
     (2) A hostile planet.
     (3) N. of the sixth astrological house.
     (4) Ved. A cheat, rogue.
     -- Comp.
          --ghātin, ghna, --jaya, --nipātin, --sūdana a. killing or vanquishing foes.
          --bhavanaṃ, --sthānaṃ N. of the 6th astrological house.

ripra a. Bad, vile. --praṃ
     (1) Sin.
     (2) Dirt, impurity.

riph 6 P. (riphati, riphita)
     (1) To utter a rough grating sound.
     (2) To revile, blame.
     (3) To speak, say.
     (4) To boast.
     (5) To give.
     (6) To fight.
     (7) To hurt, kill.

ribh 1 A. (rebhate)
     (1) To crackle, creak
     (2) To murmur (as a stream &c.)
     (3) To sound in general.
     (4) To chatter.
     (5) Ved. To praise, worship.
     (6) To shout with joy.

ribhvan m. Ved. A thief.

riṃph 6 P. (riṃphati) To hurt, kill.

riṃpha The zodiac.

riraṃsā
     (1) Desire to be pleased or to sport.
     (2) Desire of pleasure or sexual union, lustfulness, libidinousness.

rirī Yellow or pale brass.

riś 6 P. Ved.
     (1) To tear, rend.
     (2) To eat, feed on.
     (3) To hurt, injure.

ririkṣat m. Ved. An enemy.

riśaḥ A foe.

riśyaḥ(ṣyaḥ) A kind of antelope.

riṣ 1. 4. P. (reṣati, riṣyati, riṣṭa)
     (1) To injure, hurt, harm; tasyehārtho na riṣyate Mb.; tena yāyātsatāṃ mārgaṃ tena gacchanna riṣyate Ms. 4. 178.
     (2) To kill or destroy; Bk. 9. 31.
     (3) To give offence.
     (4) To perish, be injured (4 P.).
     (5) To meet with a reverse or misfortune.
     (6) To fail.

riṣ f. An injury, hurt, harm.

riṣa a. Injuring, destroying.

riṣaṇyati Den. P, Ved.
     (1) To injure, harm.
     (2) To reject.
     (3) To fail, miscarry.

riṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Injured, hurt.
     (2) Unlucky. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Mischief, injury, harm.
     (2) Misfortune, ill-luck.
     (3) Destruction, loss.
     (4) Sin.
     (5) Good luck, prosperity. --ṣṭaḥ
     (1) A sword.
     (3) The soap plant.

riṣṭiḥ f. See riṣṭaṃ above. --m. A sword.

riṣva a. Injurious, hurtful.

rih 1 P. (rehati)
     (1) To hurt, kill; see riph.
     (2) Ved. A form of lih q. v.

rihāyas, rihvan m. Ved. A thief.

rī I. 4 A. (rīyate) To trickle, drip, distil, ooze, flow. --II. 9 U. (riṇāti, riṇīte, rīṇa; caus. repayati-te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To hurt, injure, kill.
     (3) To howl.

rīṇa p. p. Oozed, flowed, dripped &c.

rījyā
     (1) Censure, reproach, blame.
     (2) Shame, modesty.

rīḍhakaḥ The back-bone.

rīḍhā Disrespect, contempt, irreverence.

rītiḥ f. [rī-ktin]
     (1) Moving, flowing.
     (2) Motion, course.
     (3) A stream, river.
     (4) A line, boundary.
     (5) A met hod, mode, manner, way, fashion, course, general way; rītiṃ girāmamṛtavṛṣṭikarīṃ tadīyāṃ Bv. 3. 19; sarvatraiṣā vihitā rītiḥ Moha M. 2; uktarītyā, anayaiva rītyā &c.
     (6) Usage, custom, practice.
     (7) Style, diction; padasaṃghaṭanā rītiraṃgasaṃsthāviśeṣavat . upakartrī rasādīnāṃ sā punaḥ syāccaturvidhā . vaidarmī cātha gauḍī ca pāṃcālī lāṭikā tathā S. D. 624--5.
     (8) Brass, bellmetal; (rīti also in this sense).
     (9) Rust of iron. (10) The oxide formed on the surface of metals.
     (11) Calx of brass.
     -- Comp.
          --puṣpaṃ calx of brass.

rītikam Calx of brass. --kā Brass.

rīv 1 U. (raviti-te)
     (1) To take.
     (2) To cover.

ru 2 P. (rauti, ravīti, ruta) To cry, howl, scream, yell, shout, roar; to hum (as bees); to sound in general; karṇe kalaṃ kimapi rauti śanairvicitraṃ H. 1. 81; Bk. 3. 17, 12. 72, 14. 21. --II. 1 A. (ravate)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To hurt, kill.
     (3) Ved. To break to pieces.

ruḥ
     (1) Sound, noise.
     (2) Fear, alarm.
     (3) War, battle.
     (4) Cutting, dividing.

ruta p. p. [ru-kta]
     (1) Sounded.
     (2) Broken to picees. --taṃ A cry, yell, roar, sound or noise in general; note (of birds), humming (of bees); pakṣi-, haṃsa-, kokila-, ali-.
     -- Comp.
          --jñaḥ an augur.
          --vyājaḥ 1. simulated cry. --2. mimicry.

ruka a. Liberal, bountiful.

rukma a. [ruc-man ni- kutvam] Bright, radiant. --kmaḥ
     (1) A golden ornament; Śi. 15. 78.
     (2) A thornapple. --kmaṃ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) Iron.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgada a. wearing golden armlets.
          --kārakaḥ a goldsmith.
          --pṛṣṭhaka a. gilded, coated with gold.
          --rathaḥ, --vāhanaḥ N. of Droṇa.

rukmin a.
     (1) Wearing golden ornaments.
     (2) Gilded. --m. N. of the eldest son of Bhishmaka and brother of Rukmiṇī.

rukmiṇī The daughter of Bhīṣmaka of Vidarbha. [She was betrothed by her father to Śiśupāla, but she secretly loved Kṛṣṇa and sent him a letter praying him to take her away. Kṛṣṇa with Balarāma came and snatched her off after having defeated her brother in battle. She bore to Kṛṣṇa a son named Pradyumna.].

rukṣa a.
     (1) Ved, Shining, brilliant,
     (2) = rūkṣa q. v.

rugṇa p. p. [ruj-kta]
     (1) Broken, shattered.
     (2) Thwarted.
     (3) Bent, curved.
     (4) Injured, hurt.
     (5) Diseased, sick; (see ruj).
     -- Comp.
          --raya a. checked in an onset, foiled in an attack.

ruc 1 A. (rocate, ruruve, arucatarociṣṭa, rociṣyate, rucita)
     (1) To shine, look splendid or beautiful, be resplendent; rurucire rucirekṣaṇavibhramāḥ Śi. 6. 46; Ms. 3. 62.
     (2) To like, be pleased with (said of persons), be agreeable to, please (of things); used with dat. of the person who is pleased and nom. of the thing; na srajā rurucire ramaṇībhyaḥ Ki. 9. 35; yadeva rocate yasmai bhavettattasya suṃdaraṃ H. 2. 53; sometimes with gen. of person; dāridryānmaraṇādvā maraṇaṃ mama rocate na dāridryaṃ Mk. 1. 11. --Caus. (rocayati-te)
     (1) To cause to like, make pleasant or agreeable; Ku. 3. 16.
     (2) To illuminate, irradiate.
     (3) To like, find pleasure in
     (4) To resolve. --Desid. (ruru-ro-ciṣate) To wish to like &c.

ruc, rucā f. [ruc-kvip vā ṭāp]
     (1) Light, lustre, brightness; kṣaṇadāsu yatra ca rucaṃ katāṃ gatāḥ Śi. 13. 53, 9. 23, 25; śikharamaṇirucaḥ Ki. 5. 43; Me. 44.
     (2) Splendour, loveliness, beauty.
     (3) Colour, appearance (at the end of comp.); calavanbhṛṃgarucastavālakān R. 8. 53; Ku. 3. 65; S, 1. 16; Ki. 5. 45.
     (4) Liking, desire.
     (5) Lightning.
     (6) The note of the parrot or Mainā.

rucaka a. [ruc-kvun]
     (1) Agreeable, pleasing.
     (2) Stomachic.
     (3) Sharp, acrid. --kaḥ
     (1) The citron.
     (2) A pigeon. --kaṃ
     (1) A tooth.
     (2) A golden ornament especially for the neck.
     (3) A tonic, stomachic.
     (4) A wreath, garland.
     (5) Sochal salt.
     (6) A curl on a horse's neck.
     (7) A lucky object.
     (8) A building having terraces on three sides and closed on the north only.
     (6) Alkali.

rucā See ruc.

ruciḥ(cī) f. [ruc-ki vā ṅīp]
     (1) Light, lustre, splendour, brightness; rucimiṃdudale karotyajaḥ paripūrṇaṃdurucirmahīpatiḥ Śi. 16. 71; R. 5. 67; Me. 15.
     (2) A ray of light; as in rucibhartṛ q. v.
     (3) Appearance, colour, beauty (usually at the end of comp.); paṭalaṃ bahirbahalapaṃkaruci Śi. 9. 19.
     (4) Taste, relish; as in rucikara.
     (5) Zest, hunger, appetite.
     (6) Wish, desire, pleasure; svarucyā 'at will or pleasure.
     (7) Liking, taste; vimārgagāyāśca ruciḥ svakāṃte Bv. 1. 125 'liking or love'; na sa kṣitīśo rucaye babhūva; bhinnarucirhi lokaḥ R. 6. 30; nāṭyaṃ bhinnarucerjanasya bahudhāpyekaṃ samārādhanaṃ M. 1. 4; oft. in comp. in the sense of 'indulging in', 'devoted or addicted to'; hiṃsāruceḥ Māl. 5. 29.
     (8) Passion, close application to any object
     (9) A kind of yellow pigment (gorocanā).
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. 1. tasteful, savoury, palatable. --2. exciting desire. --3. stomachic, tonic.
          --dhāman m. the sun.
          --bhartṛ m. 1. the sun; Śi. 9. 17. --2. a husband.

rucita p. p.
     (1) Bright, shining.
     (2) Sweet, dainty.
     (3) Pleased, delighted.
     (4) Digested.

rucira a. [ruciṃ rāti dadāti rā-ka]
     (1) Bright, shining, brilliant, radiant; hemarucirāṃbara Ch. P. 14; kanakaruciraṃ, ratnaruciraṃ &.
     (3) Tasteful, palatable.
     (4) Sweet, dainty.
     (5) Stomachic, exciting appetite.
     (6) Cordial, restorative. --rā
     (1) A kind of yellow pigment.
     (2) N. of a metre; see App. I. --raṃ
     (1) Saffron.
     (2) Cloves.
     (3) A radish.

ruciṣya a.
     (1) Pleasing, agreeable.
     (2) Tonic.
     (3) Sweet, dainty.

rucya a. Bright, lovely &c.; see rucira. --cyaḥ
     (1) A lover, husband.
     (2) Rice. --cyaṃ A tonic.

ruj I. 6 P. (rujati, rugṇa)
     (1) To break to pieces, destroy; R. 9. 63, 12. 73; Bk. 4. 43.
     (2) To pain, injure, disorder, afflict with disease, (sometimes with gen); rāvaṇasyeha rokṣyaṃti kapayo bhīmavikramāḥ Bk. 8. 120.
     (3) To bend. --II. 10 U. (rojayati-te) To hurt, kill.

ruj, rujā f. [ruj-kvip vāṭāp]
     (1) Breaking, fracture.
     (2) Pain, torment, pang, anguish; aniśamapi makaraketurmanaso rujamāvahannabhimato me S. 3. 4; kva rujā hṛdayapramāthinī M. 3. 2; caraṇaṃ rujāparītaṃ 4. 3.
     (3) Sickness, malady, disease; R. 19. 52.
     (4) Fatigue, toil, effort, trouble.
     (5) A ewe.
     (6) Leprosy.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. causing pain, sickening. (
          --raḥ) a disease, sickness, illness.
          --pratikriyā counteraction or treatment of disease, curing, practice of medicine.
          --bheṣajaṃ a medicine.
          --sadmat n. feces, excrement.

rujāyate Den. A.
     (1) To be sick or ill.
     (2) To ache, be pained.

ruṭ I. 1 A. (roṭate)
     (1) To strike against, resist.
     (2) To shine.
     (3) To suffer pain. --II. 10 U. (roṭayati-te)
     (1) To obstruct, resist.
     (2) To shine.
     (3) To speak.

ruṭh I. 1 P. (roṭhati) To strike, strike down. --II. 1 A. (roṭhate)
     (1) To resist, oppose.
     (2) To torment, pain.
     (3) To suffer pain.

ruṇaskarā A cow easily milked, a gentle cow.

ruṃṭ 1 P. (ruṃṭati) To rob, steal; cf. luṃṭ.

ruṃṭh 1 P. (ruṃṭhati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To steal.
     (3) To be lame.
     (4) To be idle.
     (5) To oppose, resist.

ruṃḍa a. Maimed, mutilated. --ḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ A headless body, trunk; velladbhairavaruṃḍamuṃḍanikarairvīro'pidhatte bhuvaḥ U. 5. 6; Māl. 3. 17.

ruṃḍikā
     (1) A field of battle.
     (2) A female messenger or go-between.
     (3) The threshold of a door.
     (4) Superhuman power.

rud 2 P. (roditi, rudita; desid. rurudiṣati)
     (1) To cry, weep, lament, mourn, shed tears; nirādhāro hā rodimi kathaya keṣāmiha puraḥ G. L. 4; api grāvā rādityapi dalati vajrasya hṛdayaṃ U. 1. 28.
     (2) To howl, roar, scream. --WITH pra to weep bitterly.

rud f.
     (1) A cry, wail.
     (1) Sound, noise.
     (3) Grief, pain, affliction.
     (4) Disease.

rudathaḥ
     (1) A child.
     (2) A dog.
     (3) A cock.

rudanaṃ, ruditam Weeping, crying, wailing, lamentation; atyaṃtamāsīdruditaṃ vane'pi R. 14. 69, 70; Me. 84.

rudra a. [roditi rud-rak Uṇ. 2. 22]
     (1) Dreadful, terrific, frightful, formidable.
     (2) Great, large.
     (3) Driving away evil.
     (4) Praiseworthy. --draḥ 1 N. of a group of gods, eleven in number, supposed to be inferior manifestations of Śiva or Śaṅkara, who is said to be the head of the group; rudrāṇāṃ śaṃkaraścāsmi Bg. 10. 23; rudrāṇāmapi mūrdhānaḥ kṣatahuṃkāraśaṃsinaḥ Ku. 2. 26.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) The number 'eleven'.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a kind of tree. (
          --kṣaṃ) 1. a rosary. --2. the berry of this tree, used for rosaries; bhasmoddhūlana bhadramastu bhavate rudrākṣamāle śubhaṃ K. P. 10.
          --ariḥ the god of love.
          --ākrīḍaḥ a cemetery.
          --āvāsaḥ 1 'the abode of Rudra', the mountain Kailasa. --2. N. of Benares. --3. a cemetery; cf. pitṛsadmagocaraḥ. --garbhaḥ N. of Agni.
          --jaṃ quicksilver.
          --patnī 1. the goddess Durgā. --2. linseed.
          --priyā 1. Pārvatī. --2. the yellow myrobalan tree.
          --bhū f. a cemetery.
          --rodanaṃ gold.
          --sūḥ f. a mother giving birth to eleven children.

rudrāṇī
     (1) The wife of Rudra, N. of Pārvatī.
     (2) Epithet of a girl 11 years old.

rudriya a.
     (1) Belonging to or coming from Rudra.
     (2) Fearful, dreadful.
     (3) Ved. Uttering praise or giving pleasure. --yaṃ Pleasure, delight.

rudh 7 U. (ruṇaddhi, ruṃddhe, rurodha, rurudhe, arudhat-arautsīt-aruddha, rotsyati-te, roddhuṃ, ruddha; desid. rurutsati-te)
     (1) To obstruct, stop, arrest, check, oppose, hinder; impede, prevent idaṃ ruṇaddhi māṃ padmamaṃtaḥkūjitaṣaṭpadaṃ V. 4. 21; ruddhāloke narapatipathe Me. 37, 91; prāṇāpānagatī ruddhvā Bg. 4. 29.
     (2) To hold up, preserve, sustain (from falling); āśābaṃdhaḥ kusumasadṛśaṃ prāyaśo hyaṃganānāṃ sadyaḥpāti praṇayi hṛdayaṃ viprayoge ruṇaddhi Me. 10. --3.
          (a) To shut up, lock or block up, close up, shut or close; (with loc., but sometimes with two acc.); Bk. 6. 35; vrajaṃ ruṇaddhi gāṃ Sk.
          (b) To surround, fence or hem in.
     (4) To bind, confine; vyālaṃ bālamṛṇālataṃtubhirasau roddhuṃ samujjṛbhate Bh. 2. 6.
     (5) To besiege, invest, blockade; ruṃdhaṃtu vāraṇaghaṭā nagaraṃ madīyāḥ Mu. 4. 17; aruṇadyavanaḥ sāketaṃ or mādhyamikān Mbh.; Bk. 14. 29.
     (6) To hide, cover, obscure, conceal.
     (7) To oppress, torment, afflict excessively. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to stop, detain, impede, obstruct.
     (2) To fetter, confine, chain.
     (3) To oppress, torment, harass. --II. 1 P. (rodhati) To grow, germinate, cf. ruh.

ruddha p. p.
     (1) Obstructed, impeded, opposed.
     (2) Besieged, enclosed, hemmed.
     (3) Shut up.
     (4) Kept, detained.
     (5) Held, withheld.
     (6) Covered.

rudhira a. [rudh-kirac] Red, red coloured. --raṃ
     (1) Blood.
     (2) Saffron. --raḥ
     (1) The red colour.
     (2) The planet Mars.
     -- Comp.
          --aśanaḥ 'a blood-eater', a demon, an evil spirit.
          --ākhyaḥ a kind of precious stone.
          --ānanaṃ one of the five retrograding motions of Mars.
          --āmayaḥ hemorrhage, piles.
          --udgārin a. emitting blood.
          --pāyin m. a demon.

rup 4 P. (rupyati)
     (1) To confound, disturb.
     (2) Ved. To suffer violent pain.

rumā N. of the wife of Sugrīva.

rumra a. 1 Tawny.
     (2) Bright.

ruruḥ
     (1) A kind of deer; R. 9. 51, 72.
     (2) A dog.

ruvuḥ, rubu(bū)kaḥ The castoroil tree.

ruś 6 P. (ruśati)
     (1) To hurt, kill, destroy.
     (2) To tease, vex.

ruśat a. 1 Hurting, disagreeable, displeasing (as words).
     (2) Ved. Bright, white.

ruṣ I. 4 P. (rusyati; rarely ruṣyate; ruṣita, ruṣṭa) To be angry, to be vexed or annoyed, be offended; tato'ruṣyadanardacca Bk. 17. 40; mā muho mā ruṣo'dhunā 15. 16, 9. 20. --II. 1 P. (roṣati)
     (1) To hurt, injure, kill.
     (2) To vex, annoy.
     (3) Ved. To be offended. --Caus. To provoke, engage, exasperate.

ruṣ, ruṣā f. Anger, wrath, rage; nirbaṃdhasaṃjātaruṣā R. 5. 21; prahneṣvanirbaṃdharuṣo hi saṃtaḥ 16. 80, 19. 20.

ruṣita, ruṣṭa p. p. Angry, enraged, provoked.

ruṣṭiḥ f. Anger, wrath.

ruh 1 P. (rohati, ruroha, arukṣat, rokṣyati, roḍhuṃ, rūḍha)
     (1) To grow, spring up, shoot forth, germinate; rūḍharāgapravālaḥ M. 4. 1; kesarairardharūḍhaiḥ Me. 21; chinno'pi rohati taruḥ Bh. 2. 87.
     (2) To grow up, be developed, increase.
     (3) To rise, mount upwards, ascend.
     (4) To grow over, heal up (as a wound); rohate sāyakairviddhaṃ na saṃrohati vākkṣataṃ Pt. 3. 111.
     (5) To reach to, attain. --Caus. (ropayati-te, rohayati-te)
     (1) To cause to grow, plant, put in the ground.
     (2) To raise up, elevate.
     (3) To entrust, devolve upon, commit to the care of; guṇavatsutaropitaśriyaḥ R. 8. 11.
     (4) To fix upon, direct towards, cast at; R. 9. 17.
     (5) To fix, fasten. --Desid. (rurukṣati) To wish to grow &c.

ruh, ruha a. (At the end of comp.) Growing or produced in; as in mahīruh, paṃkeruha &c.

ruhakam A hole, cave, chasm.

ruhā The Dūrvā grass.

ruhvan m. A plant, tree.

rūḍha p. p. [ruh-kta]
     (1) Grown, sprung up, shot forth, germinated.
     (2) Born, produced; viṣayavyāsagarūḍhātmanā Mu. 2. 5.
     (3) Grown up, increased, developed.
     (4) Risen, ascended.
     (5) Large, great, grown, strong.
     (6) Diffused, spread about.
     (7) Commonly known, become current or widely known; kṣatātkila trāyata ityudagraḥ kṣatrasya śabdo bhuvaneṣu rūḍhaḥ R. 2. 53; (here kṣatra has a sense which is yogarūḍha q. v.).
     (8) Popularly accepted, traditional, conventional, popular (as the meaning of a word, or the word itself; as opposed to yaugika or etymological sense); vyutpattirahitāḥ śabdā rūḍhā ākhaṃḍalādayaḥ; nāma rūḍhamapi ca vyudapādi Śi. 10. 23.
     (9) Certain, ascertained. (10) Obscure.
     -- Comp.
          --graṃthi a. having formed a knot; U. 2. 26.
          --yauvana a. one who has attained to youth.
          --sauhṛda a. firm in friendship, of deep-rooted friendship; V. 1. 10.

rūḍhiḥ f. [ruh ktin]
     (1) Growth, germination.
     (2) Birth, production.
     (3) Increase, development, growth, spread.
     (4) Rise, ascent.
     (5) Fame, celebrity, notoriety; Śi. 15. 26.
     (6) A tradition, custom, customary or traditional usage; śāstrād rūḍhirbalīyasī 'custom prevails over precept'.
     (7) General prevalence, common currency.
     (8) Popular meaning, conventional acceptation of a word; mukhya rthabādhe tadyoge rūḍhito'tha prayojanāt K. P. 2; samudāyaśaktiḥ rūḍhiḥ.

rūkṣ 10 U. (rūkṣayati-te)
     (1) To be rough or harsh.
     (2) To be unkind.
     (3) Ved. To make dry.

rūkṣa a.
     (1) Rough, harsh, not smooth or soft (as touch, sound &c.), rūkṣasvaraṃ vāśati vāyaso'yaṃ Mk. 9. 10; Ku. 7. 17.
     (2) Astringent (taste).
     (3) Rough, uneven, difficult, austere.
     (4) Sullied, soiled, dirtied; R. 7. 70; Mu. 4, 5.
     (5) Cruel, unkind, harsh; nitāṃtarūkṣābhiniveśamīśaṃ R. 14. 43; saṃrabhaṃrūkṣamiva suṃdari yadyadāsīt V. 3. 20; S. 7. 32; Pt. 4. 91.
     (6) Arid, parched up, dry, dreary; snigdhaśyāmāḥ kvacidaparato bhīṣaṇābhogarūkṣāḥ U. 2. 14. (rūkṣīkṛ means 'to make rough', 'soil', 'besmear)'. --kṣaḥ A tree.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhaḥ, --gaṃdhakaḥ bdellium.
          --patraḥ the Śākhoṭa tree.
          --peṣaṃ ind. without the addition of any liquid; as in rūkṣapeṣaṃ pinaṣṭi.

rūkṣaṇam
     (1) Making dry or thin.
     (2) (In medic.) A treatment for reducing fat (of the body).

rūkṣita a.
     (1) Made rough.
     (2) Soiled, covered with dirt.

rūp 10 U. (rūpayati te, rūpita)
     (1) To form, fashion.
     (2) To represent on the stage, act, gesticulate; rathavegaṃ nirūpya S. 1.
     (3) To mark, observe carefully, behold, look at.
     (4) To find out, seek.
     (5) To consider, ponder over.
     (6) To settle, fix upon.
     (7) To examine, investigate.
     (8) To feign.
     (9) To appoint.

rūpam [rūp-ka bhāve ac vā]
     (1) Form, figure, appearance; virūpaṃ rūpavaṃtaṃ vā pumānityeva bhuṃjate Pt. 1. 143; so surūpa, kurūpa.
     (2) Form or the quality of colour (one of the 24 guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas); cakṣurtātragrāhyajātimān guṇo rūpaṃ Tarka K; (it is of six kinds: --śukla, kṛṣṇa, pīta, rakta, harita, kapila, or of seven, if citra be added).
     (3) Any visible object or thing.
     (4) A handsome form or figure, beautiful form, beauty, elegance, grace; mānupīṣu kathaṃ vā syādasya rūpasya saṃbhavaḥ S. 1. 26; vidyā nāma narasya rūpamadhikaṃ Bh. 2. 20; rūpaṃ jarā haṃti &c.
     (5) Natural state or condition, nature, property, characteristic, essence.
     (6) Mode, manner.
     (7) A sign, feature.
     (8) Kind, sort, species
     (9) An image, a reflected image. (10) Similitude, resemblance.
     (11) Specimen, type, pattern.
     (12) An inflected form, the form of a noun or a verb derived from inflection (declension or conjugation).
     (13) The number one, an arithmetical unit.
     (14) An integer.
     (15) A drama, play, see rūpaka.
     (16) Acquiring familiarity with any book by learning it by heart or by frequent recitation.
     (17) Cattle.
     (18) A sound, a word.
     (19) A known quantity. (20) A beast.
     (21) A verse.
     (22) A name.
     (23) The white colour. (rūpa is frequently used at the end of comp. in the sense of 'formed or composed of,' 'consisting of,' 'in the form of,' 'namely;' 'having the appearance or colour of,' taporūpaṃ dhanaṃ; dharmarūpaḥ sakhā &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --adhibodhaḥ the perception of form or colour of any object by the senses.
          --abhigrāhita a. caught in the act, caught red-handed.
          --asraḥ Cupid.
          --ājīvā a harlot, prostitute, courtezan.
          --āśrayaḥ an exceedingly beautiful person.
          --iṃdriyaṃ the organ which perceives form and colour, the eye.
          --uccayaḥ a collection of lovely forms; S. 2. 9.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛt m. a sculptor.
          --grahaḥ the eye.
          --jña a. perceiving forms, distinguishing visible objects.
          --tattvaṃ inherent property, essence.
          --dhara a. of the form of, disguised as; jugopa gorūpadharāmivormīm R. 2. 3.
          --dhārin a. 1. having a form or shape. --2. possessed of beauty, lovely. (--m.) an actor.
          --nāśanaḥ an owl.
          --bhāgānubaṃdhaḥ the addition of a fraction to a unit.
          --lāvaṇyaṃ exquisiteness of form, elegance.
          --viparyayaḥ disfigurement, morbid change of bodily form.
          --śālin a. beautiful.
          --saṃpad, --saṃpattiḥ f. perfection or excellence of form, richness of beauty, superb beauty; udapādi cāsyā rūpasaṃpadā āvirbhūtavismayasya tasya manasi K.

rūpaka a. [rūp-ṇvul] Bodily, corporeal.
     (2) Figurative (as words &c.). --kaḥ A particular coin, a rupee. --kaṃ
     (1) Form, figure, shape (at the end of comp.).
     (2) Any manifestation or representation.
     (3) A sign, feature.
     (4) A kind, species
     (5) A drama, play, a dramatic composition; (one of the two main subdivisions of dramatic compositions; it is divided into ten classes; there are eighteen minor divisions of it called uparūpaka); dṛśyaṃ tatrābhineyaṃ tadrūpāropāttu rūpakaṃ S. D. 272-3.
     (6) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech corresponding to the English metaphor, in which the upameya is represented as being identical with the upamana; tadrūpakamabhedo ya upamānopameyayoḥ K. P. 10 (see ad loc. for details).
     (6) A kind of weight (= three guñjas).
     -- Comp.
          --tālaḥ a particular time in music.
          --śabdaḥ a figurative or metaphorical expression.

rūpaṇam [rūp-lyuṭ)
     (1) Metaphorical or figurative description.
     (2) Investigation, examination.

rūpavat a.
     (1) Having form or colour.
     (2) Bodily, corporeal.
     (3) Embodied.
     (4) Handsome, beautiful. --tī A beautiful woman.

rūpin a. [rūpa-ini]
     (1) Appearing like.
     (2) Embodied, incarnate; rūpī kopa iva vyāghraḥ Dk.
     (3) Beautiful.

rūpya a. [rūpa-yat]
     (1) Beautiful, lovely.
     (2) Stamped; impressed. --pyaṃ
     (1) Silver.
     (2) Silver (or gold) bearing a stamp, a stamped coin, a rupee.
     (3) Wrought gold.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ N. of the mountain Kailāsa
          --adhyakṣaḥ a master of the mint.

rūvukaḥ The castor-oil tree.

rūṣ I. 1 P. (rūṣati, rūṣita)
     (1) To adorn, decorate.
     (2) To smear, anoint, cover, overlay (as with dust). --II. 10 U. (rūṣayayi-te)
     (1) To tremble.
     (2) To burst.

rūṣaṇam
     (1) Decoration.
     (2) Smearing, soiling.

rūṣita p. p.
     (1) Adorned.
     (2) Smeared, covered, overspread.
     (3) Soiled.
     (4) Made rough or rugged.
     (5) Pounded.
     (6) Perfumed.
     (7) Inlaid.

re ind. A vocative particle; rere śaṃkaragṛhādhivāsino jānapadāḥ Māl. 3.

rek 1 A. (rekate) To doubt, suspect.

rekaḥ
     (1) Suspicion, doubt.
     (2) A low man, an outcast; kṛtā bhikṣā rekaiḥ Pt. 1. 11.
     (3) Emptying, loosening, purging.
     (4) A frog.

rekaṇas n. Gold.

rekṇasr n. Ved. Property left by a deceased person.

rekhā [likh-ac lasya raḥ]
     (1) A line, streak, madarekhā, dānarekhā, rāgarekhā &c.
     (2) The measure of a line, a small por tion, as much as a line; na rekhāmātramapi vyatīyuḥ R. 1. 17.
     (3) A row, range, line, series.
     (4) Delineation, sketch, drawing; lāvaṇyaṃ rekhayā kiṃcidanvitaṃ S. 6. 13.
     (5) The first or prime meridian of the Indian astronomers drawn from Laṅkā to Meru and passing through Ujjayinī.
     (6) Fulness, satisfaction.
     (7) Deceit, fraud.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ a degree of longitude.
          --aṃtaraṃ distance east or west from the first meridian, longitude of a place.
          --ākāra a. lineal, formed in lines, striped.
          --gaṇitaṃ geometry.
          --nyāsaḥ the marking down of lines.

rekhāyate Den. A.
     (1) To praise, flatter.
     (2) To vex, annoy, exasperate.

reca See recaka.

recaka a. (cikā f.) [recayati ricṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Emptying, purging.
     (2) Purgative, aperient.
     (3) Emptying the lungs, emitting the breath. --kaḥ
     (1) Emission of breath, breathing out, exhalation, especially through one of the nostrils (opp. pūraka which means 'inhaling breath', and kuṃbhaka 'suspending breath').
     (2) A syringe.
     (3) Nitre, salt-petre. --kaṃ A purgative, cathartic.

recanaṃ, --nā [ric-lyuṭ]
     (1) Emptying.
     (2) Loosening, diminishing.
     (3) Emitting the breath.
     (4) Purging.
     (5) Evacuation.

recita a. Emptied, cleared. --taṃ horse's gallop.

rej 1 A. (rejate) To shine.
     (2) To shake, tremble (Ved.).

rej m. N. of Agni.

reṭ 1 U. (reṭati-te)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To ask, request.

reṇuḥ m. f.
     (1) Dust, an atom of dust, sand &c.; turagakhurahatastathā hi reṇuḥ S. 1. 32.
     (2) The pollen of flowers.
     -- Comp.
          --rūṣita a. soiled with dust. (
          --taḥ) an ass.
          --vāsaḥ a bee.
          --sāraḥ, --sārakaḥ camphor.

reṇukā
     (1) The wife of Jamadagni and mother of Paraśurāma; see jamadagni.
     (2) A kind of medicinal substance.

retas [rī-asun tuṭ ca]
     (1) Semen virile, seed.
     (2) Ved. A flow, current.
     (3) Progeny, offspring.
     (4) Quicksilver.
     (5) Sin (mostly Ved. in the last senses.)
     -- Comp.
          --dhā- m. a father.
          --mārgaḥ the seminal duct or canal.

retam Semen virile.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ an offspring or child.
          --jā sand.

retanam Semen.

retyam Bell-metal.

retram [rī-tra]
     (1) Semen, sperm.
     (2) Quicksilver.
     (3) Nectar.
     (4) Perfumed powder.

rep 1 A. (repate)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To sound.

repa a.
     (1) Contemptible, low, vile.
     (2) Cruel.

repas a.
     (1) Low, vile.
     (2) Wicked, a wretch.
     (3) Miserly.
     (4) Cruel, savage. --n.
     (1) A spot, stain.
     (2) Fault, sin.

repha a. Low, vile, contemptible. --phaḥ
     (1) A burr, grating sound.
     (2) The letter r.
     (3) Passion, affection.

rephas = repas.

reb(va) 1 A. (reba-va-te)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To jump, leap.

rebh 1 A. (rebhate)
     (1) To sound, make a noise.
     (2) To low (as cows).

rabhe a. Ved.
     (1) Crackling.
     (2) Sounding loudly. --bhaḥ
     (1) A praiser.
     (2) A talker.

rebhaṇam The lowing of kine.

rerihāṇaḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) A thief.
     (3) A demon.

rev 1 A. (revate)
     (1) To go, move. To leap, jump.

revaṭaḥ
     (1) A boar.
     (2) A bamboo cane.
     (3) A whirl-wind. --ṭaṃ A kind of conch-shell.

revataḥ The citron tree.

revatī
     (1) N. of the 27th constellation which contains thirty-two stars.
     (2) N. of the wife of Balarāma; Śi. 2. 16.
     (3) A cow.
     -- Comp.
          --bhavaḥ the planet Saturn.
          --ramaṇaḥ N. of Balarāma.

revā
     (1) N. of the river Narmadā; revārodhasi vetasītarutale cetaḥ samutkaṃṭhate K. P. 1; R. 6. 43; Me. 19.
     (2) The indigo plant.
     (3) N. of Rati.

reṣ 1 A. (reṣate, reṣita)
     (1) To roar, howl, yell.
     (2) To neigh.

reṣaṇaṃ, reṣā Roaring, neighing.

rai 1 P. (rāyati) To sound.
     (2) To bark at.

rai m. (Nom. rāḥ, rāyau, rāyaḥ)
     (1) Wealth, property, riches.
     (2) Gold.
     (3) A sound.

revata a. (tī f.) Rich, wealthy. --taḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) Saturn.
     (3) N. of a mountain.

raivatakaḥ N. of a mountain near Dvarakā; (for a description of this mountain, see Śi. 4).

rokam
     (1) A hole.
     (2) A boat, ship.
     (3) Moving, shaking. --kaḥ
     (1) Brightness.
     (2) Buying with ready money, cash transaction.

raitika, raitya a. Brazen, made of brass.

rogaḥ [ruj-ghañ) A disease, sickness, malady, distemper, infirmity; saṃtāpayaṃti kamapathyabhujaṃ na rogāḥ H. 3. 117; bhoge rogabhayaṃ Bh. 3. 35.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ, --hṛt m. a physician.
          --āyatanaṃ the body.
          --ārta, --anvita, --grasta, --bhāj a. afflicted with disease, sick.
          --upaśamaḥ cure or alleviation of disease.
          --ghna a. curative, medicinal.
          --ghnaṃ 1. a medicine. --2. the science of medicine.
          --bhūḥ f. the body.
          --rājaḥ consumption.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ the symptoms of a disease.
          --śāṃtakaḥ a physician.
          --śāṃtiḥ f. alleviation or cure of a disease.
          --śilā red arsenic.
          --śreṣṭhaḥ fever.
          --haṃ a drug.
          --han m. a physician.
          --hara a. curative. (
          --raṃ) a medicine.
          --hārin a. curative. (--m.) a physician.

rogita a.
     (1) Diseased.
     (2) Mad (as a dog).

rogin a. Sickly, ill, diseased.

rogya a. Unwholesome, unhealthy.

roca a. Illuminating, enlightening.

rocaka a. [ruc-ṇvul]
     (1) Brightening, enlightening.
     (2) Pleasant, agreeable.
     (3) Exciting appetite. --kaṃ
     (1) Hunger.
     (2) Any medicine serving as a tonic or restoring lost appetite, a stimulant, tonic.
     (3) A worker in glass or artificial ornament.
     (4) The plantain.

rocana a. (nā or nī f.) [ruc-lyu rocayati vā lyu]
     (1) Enlightening, illuminating, irradiating.
     (2) Bright, splendid, beautiful, lovely, pleasing, agreeable; Bk. 6. 73.
     (3) Stomachic. --naḥ
     (1) A stomachic.
     (2) N. of one of the five arrows of Cupid.
     (3) N. of several plants: --palāṃḍu, āragvadha, dāḍima karaṃja, aṃkoṣṭha &c. --naṃ
     (1) Raising a desire for.
     (2) The bright sky, firmament.

rocanakaḥ The citron tree.

rocanā
     (1) The bright sky, firmament.
     (2) A handsome woman.
     (3) A kind of yellow pigment (= gorocanā q. v.); R. 6. 65, 17. 24; Śi. 11. 51.
     (4) A red lotus-flower.
     (5) Dark Śālmali.

rocanī Red arsenie.

rocamāna a.
     (1) Shining, bright.
     (2) Lovely, beautiful, charming. --naṃ A tuft of hair on a horse's neck.

rociṣṇu a. [ruc-iṣṇuc]
     (1) Bright, resplendent, shining, brilliant.
     (2) Gay, gaily or elegantly dressed, blooming.
     (3) Exciting appetite.

rocis n. Light, splendour, brightness, flame; Śi. 1. 5.

roḍ 1 P. (roḍati) To despise.

roḍa a. Satisfied. --ḍaḥ Crushing, grinding.

rodanam [rud-lyuṭ]
     (1) Weeping; see rudana.
     (2) A tear or tears.

rodas n. [rud-asun] (in dual), rodasī f. Heaven and earth; ravaḥ śravaṇabhairavaḥ sthagitarodasīkaṃdaraḥ Ve. 3. 2; vedāṃteṣu yamāhurekapuruṣaṃ vyāpya sthitaṃ rodasī V. 1. 1; Śi. 18. 15.

rodhaḥ [rudh-ghañ]
     (1) Stopping, arresting, hindering; Śi. 10. 89.
     (2) Obstruction, stoppage, hindrance, prevention, prohibition, suppression; śāpādasi pratihatā smṛtirodharūkṣe S. 7. 32; upalarodha Ki. 5. 15; Y. 2. 220.
     (3) Closing, shutting up, blocking up, blockade, siege; prītirodhamasahiṣṭa sā purī R. 11. 52.
     (4) A dam, bank.
     (5) Sprouting, growing.

rodhaka a. Stopping, checking &c.

rodhanaḥ [rudh-lyu lyuṭ vā] The planet Mercury. --naṃ Stopping, checking, confining, restraint, check &c.

rodhas n. [rudh-asun]
     (1) A bank, an embankment, a dam; gaṃgā rodhaḥpatanakaluṣā gṛhṇatīva prasādaṃ V. 1. 8; R. 5. 42; Me. 41.
     (2) A shore, high bank; R. 8. 33.
     -- Comp.
          --vakrā, --vatī 1. a river. --2. a rapid river.
          --vapraḥ a rapid river.

rodhin a. Stopping, blocking up, obstructing.

rodhraḥ A kind of tree(= lodhra q. v.). --dhraḥ, --dhraṃ Sin. --dhraṃ Offence, injury.

ropaḥ [ruh-ṇic hasya paḥ karmaṇi ac]
     (1) The act of raising or setting up.
     (2) Planting.
     (3) An arrow; Śi. 19. 120.
     (4) A hole, cavity.

ropakaḥ A planter.

ropaṇam [ruh-ṇic hasya paḥ lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of erecting, setting up or raising.
     (2) Planting.
     (3) Healing.
     (4) A healing application (said of sores).

ropita p. p.
     (1) Planted, set up.
     (2) Erected, raised.
     (3) Entrusted, devolved on; see ruh caus.

romaḥ A hole, cavity. --maṃ Water.

romakaḥ
     (1) The city of Rome.
     (2) A Roman, an inhabitant of Rome (usually in pl.). --kaṃ
     (1) A kind of salt (pāṃśulaṣaṇa).
     (2) A kind of magnet.
     -- Comp.
          --pattanaṃ the city of Rome.
          --siddhāṃtaḥ one of the five chief Siddhāntas (so called because it was probably derived from the Romans).

roman n. [ru-manin Uṇ. 4. 150]
     (1) The hair on the body of men and animals; especially, short hair, bristles or down; Ms. 4. 144; 8. 116.
     (2) The feathers of birds.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ a mark of hair; bibhratī śvetaromāṃkaṃ R. 1. 83.
          --aṃcaḥ a thrill (of rapture, horror, surprise &c.), horripilation; harṣadbhutabhayādibhyo romāṃco romavikriyā S. D. 167.
          --aṃcita a. with the hair erect or thrilled with joy.
          --aṃtaḥ the hair on the back or upper side of the hand.
          --ālī, --āvaliḥ, --lī f. a line of hair on the abdomen (above the navel); śikhā dhūmasyeyaṃ pariṇamati ropāvalivapuḥ K. P. 10; romarāji also.
          --udgamaḥ, --udbhedaḥ erection of the hair (on the body), thrill, horripilation; Ku. 7. 77.
          --kūpaḥ, --paṃ, --gartaḥ a pore of the skin.
          --keśaraṃ, --kesaraṃ, --gucchaṃ a whisk, chowrie.
          --pulakaḥ bristling of the hair, thrill: Ch. P. 34.
          --bhūmiḥ f. 'the place of the hair', i. e. the skin.
          --raṃdhraṃ a pore of the skin.
          --rājiḥ, --jī, --latā f. a line of hair on the abdomen (above the navel); rarāja tanvī navaro (lo) marājiḥ Ku. 1. 38; Śi. 9. 22.
          --vāhin a. cutting off hair.
          --vikāraḥ, --vikriyā, --vibhedaḥ thrill, horripilation; Ki. 9. 46; Ku. 5. 10.
          --vidhvaṃsaḥ a louse.
          --harṣaḥ bristling of the hair, thrill; vepathuśca śarīre me romaharṣaśca jāyate Bg. 1. 29.
          --harṣaṇa a. causing thrill or horripilation, thrilling, awe-inspiring; etāni khalu sarvabhūtaro (lo) maharṣaṇāni dīrghāraṇyāni U. 2; saṃvādamimamaśrauṣamadbhuta romaharṣaṇaṃ Bg. 18. 74. (
          --ṇaḥ) N. of Sūta, a pupil of Vyāsa who narrated several Purāṇas to Śaunaka. (
          --ṇaṃ) erection of hair on the body, thrill.

romaṃthaḥ [rogaṃ mathnāti maṃth-aṇ pṛṣo- galopaḥ Tv.]
     (1) Ruminating, chewing the cud; udgīrṇasya vā avagīrṇasya vā maṃtho romaṃthaḥ Mbh.; chāyābaddhakadaṃbakaṃ mṛgakulaṃ romaṃthamabhyasyatu S. 2. 6.
     (2) (Hence) Frequent repetition.

romaśa a. [romāṇi saṃtyasya śa] Hairy, shaggy, woolly. --śaḥ
     (1) A sheep, ram.
     (2) A hog, boar.

rorudā Violent weeping, excessive lamentation; luṭhyan saśoko bhuvi rorudāvān Bk. 3. 32.

rolaṃbaḥ A bee; tasyā rolaṃbāvalī keśajālaṃ Dk.; Bv. 1. 118.

roṣaḥ [ruṣ-ghañ] Anger, wrath, rage; roṣopi nirmaladhiyāṃ ramaṇīya eva Bv. 1. 71, 44.
     -- Comp.
          --ākṣepaḥ an angry expression of dissent.

roṣaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [rus-yuc] Angry, irascible, wrathful, passionate. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A touchstone.
     (2) Quicksilver.
     (3) A desert soil containing salt.

roṣita a. Enraged, irritated, provoked.

roha a. [ruh-ac]
     (1) Growing, springing up.
     (2) Rising, ascending.
     (3) Riding on; as in aśvarohaḥ 'a rider.'. --haḥ
     (1) Rising, height, attitude.
     (2) The raising of anything (as of a number from a smaller to a higher denomination).
     (3) Growth, development (fig.).
     (4) Bud, blossom, shoot.

rohaṇaḥ [ruh-lyuṭ] N. of a mountain in Ceylon. --ṇaṃ
     (1) The act of mounting, riding, ascending.
     (2) Growing over, healing.
     (3) Proceeding or arising from, consisting of.
     (4) Semen virile.
     -- Comp.
          --drumaḥ the sandal tree.

rohaṃtaḥ A tree in general. --tī A creeper.

rohiḥ
     (1) A kind of deer.
     (2) A religious man.
     (3) A tree.
     (4) A seed.

rohiṇa a. Born under the asterism Rohiṇī. --ṇaḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) N. of several plants: --vaṭa, rohitaka, bhūtṛṇa.

rohiṇiḥ = rohiṇī q. v.

rohiṇikā
     (1) A woman with a red face.
     (2) Inflammation of the throat.

rohiṇī
     (1) A red cow.
     (2) A cow in general; Śi. 12. 40.
     (3) N. of the fourth lunar mansion (containing five stars) figured by a cart; she was one of the several daughters of Daksha and is regarded as the most favourite consort of the moon; uparāgāṃte śaśinaḥ samupagatā rohiṇī yogaṃ S. 7. 22.
     (4) N. of wife of Vasudeva and mother of Balarāma.
     (5) A young girl in whom menstruation has just commenced; navavarṣā ca rohiṇī.
     (6) Lightning.
     (7) Inflammation of the throat.
     -- Comp.
          --aṣṭamī the eighth day in the month of Bhādrapada (when the moon is in conjunction with Rohiṇī.)
          --patiḥ, --priyaḥ, --vallabhaḥ the moon.
          --ramaṇaḥ 1. a bull. --2. the moon.
          --śakaṭaḥ the constellation Rohiṇī figured by a cart; rohiṇīśakaṭamarkanaṃdanaścedbhinatti rudhiro'thavā śaśī Pt. 1. 213 (=Bṛ. S. 47. 14.).
          --sutaḥ, --bhavaḥ Mercury.

rohit m.
     (1) The sun.
     (2) A kind of fish. --f. Ved.
     (1) A red mare.
     (2) A doe.

rohita a. (rohitā or rohiṇī f.) Red, red-coloured. --taḥ
     (1) Red colour.
     (2) A fox.
     (3) A kind of deer.
     (4) A red horse.
     (5) N. of Hariśchandra's son.
     (6) A kind of fish. --taṃ
     (1) Blood.
     (2) Saffron.
     (3) A straingt rain-bow.
     -- Comp.
          --aśvaḥ fire.

rohin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Rising, growing.
     (2) Long, tall. --m. N. of several trees: --rohitakaṃ, vaṭa, aśvattha.

rohiṣaḥ
     (1) A kind of fish.
     (2) A kind of deer.

raukma a. (kmī f.) Golden.

raukmiṇeyaḥ N. of Pradyumna, son of Rukmiṇī.

raukṣyam
     (1) Hardness, dryness, aridity.
     (2) Roughness, harshness, cruelty; pratiṣedharaukṣyaṃ R. 5. 58; videśa- 14. 58.

raucanika a. (kī f.) Yellowish. --kaṃ The tartar of the teeth.

raucyaḥ
     (1) A staff of Bilva wood.
     (2) An ascetic with a Bilva staff.

rauṭ(ḍ) 1 P. (rauṭa-ḍa-ti) To despise.

raudra a. (drā-drī f.) [rudra-aṇ]
     (1) 'Rudra-like', violent, irascible, wrathful.
     (2) Fierce, savage, terrible, wild.
     (3) Addressed to Rudra (as a hymn).
     (4) Bringing misfortune, calamitous. --draḥ
     (1) A worshipper of Rudra.
     (2) Heat, ardour, warmth, passion, wrath.
     (3) The sentiment of wrath or furiousness; see S. D. 232 or K. P. 4.
     (4) N. of Yama,
     (5) Winter. --draṃ
     (1) Wrath, rage.
     (2) Formidableness, fierceness, savageness.
     (3) Heat, warmth; solar heat.
     -- Comp.
          --karman a. doing dreadful acts. (--n.) a terrible magic rite.
          --darśana a. frightful-looking, terrific.

raudhira a. (rī f.) [rudhira-aṇ]
     (1) Bloody.
     (2) Caused by blood.

raupya a. Made of silver, silver, like silver. --pyaṃ Silver.

raumam A kind of salt.

raumaka a. Roman. --kaṃ A kind of salt.

raurava a. (vī f.)
     (1) Made of the hide of Ruru; R. 3. 31.
     (2) Dreadful, terrible.
     (3) Fraudulent, dishonest. --vaḥ
     (1) A savage.
     (2) N. of one of the hells; Ms. 4. 88.

rauhiṇa a. (ṇī f.) Born under the Nakshatra Rohiṇī. --ṇaḥ
     (1) The sandal tree.
     (2) The fig-tree.
     (3) N. of Agni.

rauhiṇeyaḥ
     (1) A calf.
     (2) N. of Balarāma.
     (3) The planet Mercury.
     (4) The planet Saturn. --yaṃ An emerald.

rauhiṣ m. A kind of deer.

rauhiṣaḥ See rohiṣa. --ṣaṃ A kind of grass. --ṣī
     (1) A doe of the Rohīṣa kind.
     (2) A creeper.
     (3) A kind of Dūrvā grass.

la

laḥ
     (1) An epithet of Indra.
     (2) A short syllable (in prosody).
     (3) A technial term used by Pāṇini for the ten tenses and moods (there being ten lakāras).

lak 10 U. (lākayati-te)
     (1) To taste.
     (2) To obtain.

lakaḥ
     (1) The forehead.
     (2) An ear of wild rice.

lakacaḥ, lakucaḥ A kind of breadfruit tree. --caṃ The fruit of this tree.

lakuṭaḥ A club, cudgel; cf. laguḍa.

laktakaḥ
     (1) Lac.
     (2) A tattered cloth, a rag.

laktikā A lizard.

lakṣ I. 1 A. (lakṣate, lakṣita,) To perceive, apprehend, observe, see. --II. 10 U. (lakṣayati-te, lakṣita)
     (1) To notice, observe, see, find, perceive; āryaputraḥ śūnyahṛdaya iva lakṣyate V. 2; R. 9. 72, 16. 7.
     (2) To mark, denote, characterize, indicate; sarvabhūtaprasūtirhi bījalakṣaṇalakṣitā Ms. 9. 35.
     (3) To define; idānīṃ kāraṇaṃ lakṣayati &c.
     (4) To indicate seeondarily, mean or signify in a secondary sense; yathā gaṃgāśabdaḥ srātesi sabādha iti taṭaṃ lakṣayati tadvat yadi taṭe'pi sabādhaḥ syāttatprayojanaṃ lakṣayet K. P. 2.; atra gośabdo vāhīkāryaṃ lakṣayati S. D. 2.
     (5) To aim at.
     (6) To consider, regard, think.

lakṣam [laks-ac]
     (1) One hundred thousand (m. also in this sense); icchati śatī sahasraṃ sahasrī lakṣamīhate Subhāṣ.; trayo lakṣāstu vijñeyāḥ Y. 3. 102.
     (2) A mark, butt, aim, target; pratyakṣavadākāśe lakṣaṃ baddhvā Mu. 1.
     (3) A sign, token, mark.
     (4) Show, pretence, fraud, disguise; lakṣasuptaḥ sthitosmi Dk. 'feigning sleep'.
     -- Comp.
          --adhīśaḥ a person possessing a lac or lacs.

lakṣaka a. [lakṣ-ṇvul] Indicating indirectly, expressing secondarily. --kaṃ One hundred thousand.

lakṣaṇam [lakṣyate'nena lakṣ-karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) A mark, token, sign, indication, characteristic, distinctive mark; badhūdukūlaṃ kalahaṃsalakṣaṇaṃ Ku. 5. 67; anāraṃbho hi kāryāṇāṃ prathamaṃ buddhilakṣaṇaṃ Subhāṣ.; upakārāpakārau hi lakṣyaṃ lakṣaṇametayoḥ H. 4. 15; avyākṣepo bhaviṣyaṃtyāḥ kāryasiddherhi lakṣaṇaṃ R. 10. 6, 19. 47; garbhalakṣaṇa S. 5; puruṣalakṣaṇaṃ 'the sign or organ of virility'.
     (2) A symptom (of a disease).
     (3) An attribute, a quality.
     (4) A definition, accurate description; asādhāraṇadharmo lakṣaṇam.
     (5) A lucky or auspicious mark on the body (these are considered to be 32); dvātriṃśallakṣaṇopetaḥ; lakṣaṇasaṃpannānāṃ gavāmadhaḥ sasnau K. 64.
     (6) Any mark or features of the body (indicative of good or bad luck); kva tadvidhastvaṃ kva ca puṇyalakṣaṇā Ku. 5. 73; kleśāvahā bharturalakṣaṇāhaṃ R. 14. 5.
     (7) A name, designation, appellation (oft. at the end of comp.); vidiśālakṣaṇāṃ rājadhānīṃ Me. 24.
     (8) Excellence, merit, good quality; as in āhitalakṣaṇa R. 6. 71 (where Malli. renders it by prakhyātaguṇa and quotes Ak: --guṇaiḥ pratīte tu kṛtalakṣaṇāhitalakṣaṇau).
     (9) An aim, a scope, an object. (10) A fixed rate (as of duties); Ms. 8. 406.
     (11) Form, kind, nature.
     (12) Effect, operation.
     (13) Cause, occasion.
     (14) Head, topic, subject.
     (15) Pretence disguise (=lakṣa); prasuptalakṣaṇaḥ Māl. 7.
     (16) A line, spot.
     (17) Observation, seeing. --ṇaḥ
     (1) N. of Lakṣmaṇa.
     (2) The crane. --ṇā
     (1) An aim, object.
     (2) (In Rhet.) An indirect application or secondary signification of a word, one of the three powers of a word; it is thus defined: mukhyārthabādhe tadyoge rūḍhito'tha prayojanāt . anyortho lakṣyate yatsā lakṣaṇāropitakriyā K. P. 2; lakṣaṇā śakya saṃbaṃdhastātparyānupapattitaḥ Bhāṣa P.; see S. D. 13 also.
     (3) A goose.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. possessed of auspicious marks.
          --jña a. able to interpret or explain marks (as on the body).
          --bhraṣṭa a. ill-fated, unlucky.
          --lakṣaṇā=jahallakṣaṇā q. v.
          --saṃnipātaḥ branding, stigmatizing.

lakṣaṇya a.
     (1) Serving as a mark.
     (2) Having good marks.

lakṣaśas ind. By hundreds of thousands; i. e. in large numbers.

lakṣita p. p. [lakṣ-kta]
     (1) Seen, observed, marked, beheld.
     (2) Denoted, indicated.
     (3) Characterized, marked, distinguished.
     (4) Defined.
     (5) Aimed at.
     (6) Indirectly expressed, indicated, hinted at.
     (7) Inquired into, examined.
     (8) Considered, regarded.

lakṣīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To aim at, direct.
     (2) To point to, refer or allude to; iyaṃ kathā māmeva lakṣīkaroti S. 7.

lakṣmaṇa a. [lakṣman-aṇ na vṛddhiḥ]
     (1) Having marks.
     (2) Possessed of good or auspicious marks, fortunate, lucky.
     (3) Prosperous, thriving. --ṇaḥ
     (1) The crane.
     (2) N. of a son of Daśaratha by his wife Sumitrā. [He was so much attached to Rāma from his very childhood that he became ready to accompany him during his travels, and took no small part in the several events that took place during the fourteen years of Rāma's exile. In the war of Laṅkā he killed several powerful demons, but particularly Meghanāda, the most heroic of the sons of Rāvaṇa. He was at first mortally wounded by Meghanāda by means of a magical weapon, but was restored to life by Suṣeṇa by means of the medicinal drugs fetched by Māruti. One day Time in the disguise of a hermit came to Rāma and said that he who should happen to see them converse in private should be immediately abandoned, which was agreed to. Lakṣmaṇa on one occasion intruded on their privacy and made the word of his brother true by throwing himself into the Sarayū; (see R. 15. 92-95). He married Ūrmilā by whom he had two sons Angada and Chandraketu.] --ṇā A goose. --ṇaṃ
     (1) A name, an appellation.
     (2) A mark, sign, token.
     -- Comp.
          --prasūḥ N. of Sumitrā, mother of Lakṣmaṇa.

lakṣman n. [lakṣ-manin]
     (1) A mark, sign, token, characteristic; Śi. 11. 30; 8. 41, Ki. 11. 18; 14. 64; R. 19. 30; Ku. 7. 43.
     (2) A speck, spot; malinamapi himāṃśārlekṣma lakṣmīṃ tanoti S. 1. 20; Mal. 9. 25.
     (3) Definition.
     (4) The chief, principal (pradhāna). --m.
     (1) The crane or Sārasa bird.
     (2) N. of Lakṣmaṇa.

lakṣmī f. [lakṣ-ī muṭ ca Tv.] 1. Fortune, prosperity, wealth; sā lakṣmīrupakurute yayā pareṣāṃ Ki. 8. 13; mātarlakṣmi tava prasādavaśato doṣā amī syurguṇāḥ Subhāṣ., Bh. 3. 64; tṛṇamiva laghulakṣmīrnaiva tān saṃruṇaddhi Bh. 2. 17.
     (2) Good fortune, good luck.
     (3) Success, accomplishment; U. 4. 10.
     (4) Beauty, loveliness, grace, charm, splendour; lustre; malinamapi himāṃśorlakṣma lakṣmīṃ tanoti S. 1. 20; U. 6. 24; Māl. 9. 25; lakṣmīmuvāha sakalasya śaśāṃkamūrteḥ Ki. 2. 59, 5. 39, 52, 9. 2; Ku. 3. 49.
     (5) The goddess of fortune, prosperity and beauty, regarded as the wife of Viṣṇu. (She is said to have sprung from the ocean along with the other precious things or 'jewels' when it was churned for nectar by the gods and demons); iyaṃ gehe lakṣmīḥ U. 1. 39.
     (6) Royal or sovereign power, dominion; (oft. personified as a wife of the king and regarded as a rival of the queen); tāmekabhāryāṃ parivādabhīroḥ sādhvīmapi tyaktavato nṛpasya . vakṣasyasaṃghaṭṭasukhaṃ vasaṃtī reje sapatnīrahiteva lakṣmīḥ .. R. 14. 86, 12. 26.
     (7) The wife of a hero.
     (8) A pearl.
     (9) N. of turmeric. (10) Superhuman power.
     (11) N. of the eleventh digit of the moon.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. the mango tree. --3. a prosperous or fortunate man.
          --kāṃtaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. a king.
          --gṛhaṃ the red lotus-flower.
          --tālaḥ a kind of palm.
          --nāthaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --patiḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. a king; vihāya lakṣmīpatilakṣma kārmukaṃ Ki. 1. 44. --3. the betel-nut tree. --4. the clove tree.
          --putraḥ 1. a horse. --2. N. of Kuśa and Lava. --3. N. of Cupid or Kāma.
          --puṣpaḥ a ruby.
          --pūjanaṃ the ceremony of worshipping Lakṣmī (performed by the bridegroom in company with his bride after she has been brought home).
          --pūjā the worship of Lakṣmī performed on the day of newmoon in the month of Aśvina (chiefly by bankers and traders whose commercial or official year closes on that day).
          --phalaḥ the Bilva tree.
          --ramaṇaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --vasatiḥ f. 'Lakṣmī's abode', the red lotus-flower.
          --vāṃraḥ Thursday.
          --veṣṭaḥ turpentine.
          --sakhaḥ a favourite of Lakṣmī.
          --sahajaḥ, --sahodaraḥ 1. epithets of the moon. --2. camphor. --3. N. of the horse of Indra.

lakṣmīvat a.
     (1) Possessed of good fortune, fortunate, lucky.
     (2) Wealthy, rich, thriving.
     (3) Handsome, lovely, beautiful. --m. The breadfruit tree.

lakṣya pot. p. [laks-yat]
     (1) To be looked at or observed, visible, observable, perceptible; durlakṣyacihvā mahatāṃ hi vṛttiḥ Ki. 17. 23.
     (2) Indicated or recognizable by (with instr. or in comp.); dūrāllakṣyaṃ surapatidhanuścāruṇā toraṇena Me. 75; pravepamānādharalakṣyakopayā Ku. 5. 74, R. 4. 5, 7. 60.
     (3) To be known or found out, traceable; yamāmanaṃtyātmabhuvo'pi kāraṇaṃ kathaṃ sa lakṣyaprabhavo bhaviṣyati Ku. 5. 81; cf. alakṣya also.
     (4) To be marked or characterized.
     (5) To be defined.
     (6) To be aimed at.
     (7) To be expressed or denoted indirectly.
     (8) To be regarded or considered as. --kṣyaḥ A magical formula recited over weapons. --kṣyaṃ
     (1) An aim, a butt, mark, target, mark aimed at (fig also); utkarṣaḥ sa ca dhanvināṃ yadiṣavaḥ sidhyaṃti lakṣye cale S. 2. 5; dṛṣṭiṃ lakṣyeṣu badhnan Mu. 1. 2; darpeṇa kautukavatā mayi baddhalakṣyaḥ U. 5. 11; R. 1. 61, 6. 11, 9. 67; Ku. 3. 47, 64; 5. 49.
     (2) A sign, token.
     (3) The thing defined (opp. lakṣaṇa); lakṣyaikadeśe lakṣaṇasyāvartanamavyāptiḥ Tarka K.
     (4) An indirect or secondary meaning, that derived from lakṣaṇā q. v.; vācyalakṣyavyaṃgyā arthāḥ K. P. 2.
     (5) A pretence, sham, disguise; idānīṃ parīkṣe kiṃ lakṣyasuptamuta paramārthasuptamidaṃ dvayaṃ Mk. 3; 3. 18; kaṃdarpapravaṇamanāḥ sakhīsisikṣālakṣyeṇa pratiyuvamaṃjaliṃ cakāra Śi. 8. 35, R. 6. 81.
     (6) A lac, one hundred thousand.
     -- Comp.
          --krama a. the method or order of which is (indirectly) preceptible, as a dhvani.
          --bhedaḥ, --vedhaḥ hitting the mark; Ki. 13. 27.
          --vīthi f. the visible road (brahmalokamārga). --supta a. feigning sleep.
          --han a. hitting the mark. (--m.) an arrow.

lakh, laṃkh 1 P. (lakhati, laṃkhati) To go, move.

lag I. 1 P. (lagati, lagna)
     (1) To adhere or stick to, cling to, attach oneself to; śyāmātha haṃsasya karānavāptermaṃdākṣalakṣyā lagati sma paścāt N. 3. 8; gamanasamaye kaṃṭhe lagnā nirudhya nirudhya māṃ Māl. 3. 2.
     (2) To touch, come in contact with; lagitumiva kṛtaprayatnā K. 193; karṇe lagati cānyasya prāṇairanyo viyujyate Pt. 1. 305; yathā yathā lagati śītavātaḥ Mk. 5. 10.
     (3) To touch, affect, have an effect on, go home; viditeṃgite hi pura eba jane sapadīritāḥ khalu lagaṃti giraḥ Śi. 9. 99.
     (4) To become united, to meet, cut (as lines).
     (5) To follow closely, ensue or happen immediately; anāvṛṣṭiḥ saṃpadyate lagnā Pt. 1.
     (6) To engage, detain, occupy (one); tatra dināni katicillagiṣyaṃti Pt. 4 'I shall be detained there for some days'. --II. 10 U. (lāgayati-te)
     (1) To taste.
     (2) To obtain.

lagita a.
     (1) Adhered or clung to.
     (2) Connected with, attached to.
     (3) Got, obtained.

lagna p. p.
     (1) Adhered or clung to, stuck, held fast; latāviṭape ekāvalī lagnā V. 1.
     (2) Touching, coming in contact with.
     (3) Attached to, connected with.
     (4) Clinging or sticking to, remaining on.
     (5) Cutting, meeting (as lines).
     (6) Following closely, impending.
     (7) Busy with, closely occupied about.
     (8) Fastened on, directed towards.
     (9) Ashamed. (10) Auspicious; (see lag). --gnaḥ
     (1) A bard, minstrel.
     (2) An elephant in rut. --gnaṃ
     (1) The point of contact or intersection, the point where the horizon and the ecliptic or the path of planets meet.
     (2) The point of the ecliptic which at any given time is at the horizon or on the meridian.
     (3) The rising of the sun or of the planets.
     (4) The moment of the sun's entrance into a zodiacal sign.
     (5) A figure of the twelve zodiacal signs.
     (6) An auspicious or lucky moment.
     (7) (Hence) A decisive moment, time for action.
     -- Comp.
          --ahaḥ, --dinaṃ, --divasaḥ, --vāsaraḥ an auspicious day, a day chosen as lucky for the performance of any work.
          --kālaḥ, --muhūrtaḥ, --velā, --samayaḥ auspicious time, the time fixed upon (by astrologers &c.) as auspicious for the performance of any work (marriage &c.)
          --graha a. tenacious, insisting firmly on anything.
          --nakṣatraṃ an auspicious asterism.
          --bhujaḥ (in astr.) ascensional difference.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the zodiac.
          --māsaḥ an auspicious month.
          --śuddhiḥ f. auspiciousness of the zodiacal signs &c. for the performance of any work.

lagnakaḥ A surety, bail, bondsman.

lagnikā Incorrect form of nagnikā q. v.

lagaḍa a. Lovely, handsome, beautiful.

laguḍaḥ, laguraḥ, lagulaḥ A club, stick, staff, cudgel.

laghaṭ m., laghāṭaḥ Wind.

laghu a. (ghu or ghvī f.)
     (1) Light, not heavy; tṛṇādapi laghustūlastūlādapi ca yācakaḥ Subhāṣ.; riktaḥ sarvo bhavati hi laghuḥ pūrṇatā gauravāya Me. 20 (where the word means 'contemptible' also); R. 9. 62.
     (2) Little, small, diminutive; Pt. 1. 253; Śi. 9. 38, 78.
     (3) Short, brief, concise; laghusaṃdeśapadā sarasvatī R. 8. 77.
     (4) Trifling, trivial, insignificant, unimportant; kāyastha iti laghvī mātrā Mu. 1.
     (5) Low, mean, despicable, contemptible; Śi. 9. 23; Pt. 1. 106.
     (6) Weak, feeble.
     (7) Wretched, frivolous.
     (8) Active, light, nimble, agile; S. 2. 5.
     (9) Swift, quick, rapid; kiṃcit paścād vraja laghugatiḥ Me. 16; R. 5. 45. (10) Easy, not difficult; R. 12. 66.
     (11) Easy to be digested, light (as food).
     (12) Short, (as a vowel in prosody).
     (13) Soft, low, gentle.
     (14) Pleasant, agreeable, desirable; R. 11. 12, 80.
     (15) Lovely, handsome, beautiful.
     (16) Pure, clean.
     (17) Sapless, pithless.
     (18) Young, younger; Mv. 6. 53. --m. N. of the Nakshatras Hasta, Pushya, and Aśivnī. --n.
     (1) A particular measure of time.
     (2) Agallochum, or a particular variety of it. --ind.
     (1) Lightly, meanly, contemptuously; laghu man 'to think lightly of, despise, slight'; S. 7. 1.
     (2) Quickly, swiftly; laghu laghutthitā S. 4 'risen early'.
     -- Comp.
          --āśin, --āhāra a. eating little, moderate in diet, abstemious.
          --uktiḥ f. a brief mode of expression.
          --utthāna, --samutthāna a. working actively, doing work rapidly.
          --kāya a. light-bodied. (
          --yaḥ) a goat.
          --krama a. having a quick step, going quickly.
          --khaṭvikā a small bedstead.
          --godhūmaḥ a small kind of wheat.
          --citta, --cetas --manas, --hṛdaya a. 1. light-minded, low-hearted, littleminded, mean-hearted. --2. frivolous. --3. fickle, unsteady.
          --cirbhiṭā colocynth.
          --jaṃgalaḥ a kind of quail (lāvaka). --drākṣā a small stoneless grape.
          --drāvin a. melting easily.
          --nāman m. agallochum.
          --patrikā the Rochanā plant.
          --parṇī, --karṇī N. of a plant (Mar. moravela). --pāka, --pākin a. easily digested.
          --puṣpaḥ a kind of Kadamba.
          --prayatna a. 1. pronounced with slight articulation (as a letter). --2. indolent, lazy.
          --badaraḥ, --badarī f. a kind of jujube.
          --bhavaḥ humble birth or origin.
          --bhojanaṃ a light re past.
          --māṃsaḥ a kind of partridge.
          --mūlaṃ the lesser root of an equation.
          --mūlakaṃ a radish.
          --layaṃ a kind of fragrant root (vīraṇamūla). --rāśi a. composed of fewer terms (as the side of an equation).
          --vāsas a. wearing light or pure clothes.
          --vikrama a. having a quick step, quick-footed.
          --vṛtti a. 1. ill-behaved, low, vile. --2. light, frivolous. --3. mismanaged, illdone.
          --vedhin a. making a clever hit.
          --hasta a. 1. light-handed, clever, dexterous, expert; R. 9. 63. --2. active, agile. (
          --staḥ) an expert or skilful archer.

laghayati Den. P.
     (1) To make light, lighten (lit.); nitāṃtagurvī layayiṣyatā dhuraṃ R. 3. 35.
     (2) To alleviate, lighten, lessen, mitigate; rahasi laghayedārabdhā vā tadāśrayiṇī kathā V. 3. 10; R. 11. 62.
     (3)
          (a) To make light of, slight, despise; Ki. 2. 18.
          (b) To smake inferior or insignificant; Ki. 5. 4; 13. 38.

laghiman m. [laghorbhāvaḥ imanic ḍicca]
     (1) Lightness, absence of weight.
     (2) Littleness, smallness, insignificance.
     (3) Lightness, levity, lowness or meanness of spirit; mānuṣatāsulabho laghimā praśnakarmaṇi māṃ niyojayati K.
     (4) Thoughtlessness, frivolity.
     (5) The supernatural power of assuming excessive lightness at will, one of the eight Siddhis q. v.

laghiṣṭha a. Lightest, lowest, very light &c. (superl. of laghu q. v.).

laghīyas a. Lighter, lower, very light &c.; (compar. of laghu q. v.).

laghutā, --tvam
     (1) Lightness, levity.
     (2) Smallness, littleness.
     (3)
          (a) Insignificance, unimportance, contempt, absence of dignity; iṃdro'pi laghutāṃ yāti svayaṃ prakhyāpitairguṇaiḥ.
          (b) Obscurity of birth, humbleness of origin.
     (4) Dishonour, disrespect; Pt. 1. 140, 353.
     (5) Activity, quickness.
     (6) Shortness, brevity.
     (7) Ease, facility.
     (8) Thoughtlessness, frivolity.
     (9) Wantonness.

laghūkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To despise, think meanly of, slight.

laghūkṛta p. p.
     (1) Despised, condemned, slighted.
     (2) Lessened, abbreviated, shortened.
     (3) Reduced in weight or importance.

laghvī
     (1) A delicate woman.
     (2) A light carriage; Śi. 12. 24.

laṅ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Imperfect tense or its terminations.

laṃkā [lak-ac mum ca]
     (1) N. of the capital and residence of Rāvaṇa and identified with the island of Ceylon or the chief town in it; according to some Laṅkā was much larger than the present island of Ceylon. It was orginally built for Mālyavat q. v.
     (2) An unchaste woman, a prostitute, harlot.
     (3) A branch.
     (4) A kind of grain.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ, --adhipatiḥ, --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ, --nathaḥ, --patiḥ 'lord of Laṅkā; i. e. Rāvaṇa or Bibhīṣaṇa.
          --ariḥ an epithet of Rāma.
          --dāhin m. an epithet of Hanumat.

laṃkhanī The bit of a bridle.

laṃg 1 P. (laṃgati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To go lame, limp.

laṃgaḥ
     (1) Lameness.
     (2) Union, association.
     (3) A lover, paramour.

laṃgakaḥ A lover, paramour.

laṃgalam A plough.

laṃgūlam The tail of an animal; cf. lāṃgūla.

laṃgh 1 U. (laṃghati-te, laṃghita; desid. lilaṃghiṣati-te)
     (1) To spring, leap, go by leaps.
     (2) To mount upon, ascend; anye cālaṃghiṣuḥ śailān Bk. 15. 32.
     (3) To go beyond, transgress; laṃghate sma munireṣa vimānān N. 5. 4.
     (4) To fast, abstain from food.
     (5) To dry, dry up (Paras.).
     (6) To diminish, lessen.
     (7) To seize upon, attack, eat up, injure; pallavān hariṇo laṃghitumāgacchati M. 4. --Caus. or 10 U. (laṃghayati-te)
     (1) To leap or spring over, go beyond; sāgaraḥ plavageṃdreṇa krameṇaikena laṃghitaḥ Mb.; Ms. 4. 38.
     (2) To pass over, traverse (as distance); R. 1. 47.
     (3) To mount upon, ascend; R. 4. 52.
     (4) To violate, transgress, disobey; R. 9. 9; Y. 2. 187.
     (5) To offend, insult, disrespect, disregard; hasta iva bhūtimalino yathā yathā laṃghayati khalaḥ sujanaṃ . darpaṇamiva taṃ kurute tathā tathā nirmalacchāyaṃ .. Vās.
     (6) To prevent, oppose, stop, avoid, avert; bhāgyaṃ na laṃghayati kopi vidhipraṇītaṃ Subhāṣ.; Mk. 6. 2.
     (7) To attack, seize upon, injure, hurt; eṣā khalu kesariṇī tvāṃ laṃghayati S. 7; nāsti khalu vidheralaṃghanīyaṃ V. 4; R. 11. 92.
     (8) To eat, browse.
     (9) To excel, surpass, outshine, eclipse; (yaśaḥ) jagatprakāśaṃ tadaśeṣamijyayā bhavadgururlaṃghayituṃ mamodyataḥ R. 3. 48. (10) To cause to fast.
     (11) To shine.
     (12) To speak.

ladhaka a. Ved. A transgressor, violator, offender &c.

laṃghanam [laṃgh-lyuṭ]
     (1) Leaping, jumping.
     (2) Going by leaps, traversing, passing over, going, motion in general; yūyameva pathi śīghralaṃghanāḥ Ghaṭ. 8.
     (3) Mounting, ascending, rising up to (fig. also); nabholaṃghana R. 16. 33; janoyamuccaiḥpadalaṃghanotsukaḥ Ku. 5. 64 'wishing to attain or aspire to a high position.'
     (4) Assaulting, storming, capturing; as in durgalaṃghanaṃ.
     (5) Exceeding, going beyond, overstepping violating, transgression; ājñālaṃghanaṃ, niyamalaṃghanaṃ &c.
     (6) Disregarding, despising, treating with contempt, slighting; praṇipātalaṃghanaṃ pramārṣṭukāmā V. 3; M. 3. 22.
     (7) An offence, affront, insult.
     (8) A harm, an injury; as in ātapalaṃghanaṃ q. v.
     (9) Fasting, abstinence; Śi. 12. 25 (where it means 'leaping' also). (10) One of the paces of a horse.

laṃghanīya, laṃghya a.
     (1) To be traversed or passed over, passable.
     (2) To be violated.
     (3) To be overtaken; ātmoddhatairapi rajobhiralaghaṃnīyāḥ S. 1. 8.
     (4) To be neglected or disregarded.
     (5) To be fasted; see laṃgh.

laṃghita p. p. [laṃgh-kta]
     (1) Lept over, passed over.
     (2) Traversed.
     (3) Transgressed, violated.
     (4) Disregarded, insulted, disrespected.
     (5) Attacked, seized, afflicted; laṃghita eṣa bhūyo'pi śakuṃtalāvyādhinā S. 6.

lach 1 P. (lacchati) To mark, see; cf. lakṣ.

laj 1. 6 A. (lajate) To be ashamed. --II. 1 P. (lajati) To blame &c.; see laṃj I. --III. 10 P. (lajayati)
     (1) To seem, appear, shine.
     (2) To cover, conceal; (according to some lājayati also in this sense).

lajj 6 A. (lajjate, lajjita) To be ashamed, to blush; cf. lasj.

lajjakā The wild cotton-tree.

lajjarī A white sensitive plant.

lajjā [lajj bhāve a]
     (1) Shame, kāmāturāṇāṃ na bhayaṃ na lajjā Subhāṣ.; vihāya lajjāṃ R. 2. 40; Ku. 1. 48.
     (2) Bashfulness, modesty; śṛṃgāralajjāṃ nirūpayati S. 1; Ku. 3. 7; R. 7. 25; lajje tvaṃ majja siṃdhau Subhāṣ.
     (3) N. of the sensitive plant.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. modest, bashful.
          --āvaha, --kara a. (rā or rī f.) causing shame, shameful, disgraceful, ignominious; Pt. 5. 10.
          --śīla a. bashful, modest.
          --rahita, --śūnya, --hīna, a. shameless, impudent, immodest.

lajjālu a. Modest, bashful. --m. f. N. of the sensitive plant (also lajjirī)

lajjāvat a.
     (1) Bashful, modest.
     (2) Embarassed, perplexed.

lajjita p. p.
     (1) Modest, bashful.
     (2) Ashamed, abashed.

lajyā = lajjā.

laṃcā A present, bribe.

laṃj I. 1 P. (laṃjati)
     (1) To blame, censure, traduce.
     (2) To roast, fry. --II. 10 U. (laṃjayati-te)
     (1) To injure, strike, kill.
     (2) To give.
     (3) To speak.
     (4) To be strong or powerful.
     (5) To dwell.
     (6) To shine.
     (7) To be manifest.

laṃjaḥ [laṃj-ac]
     (1) A foot.
     (2) The end of a lower garment tucked into the waist-band; cf. kakṣā
     (3) A tail.

laṃjā
     (1) A current.
     (2) An adulteress.
     (3) N. of Lakṣmī.
     (4) Sleep.

laṃjikā A prostitute, harlot.

laṭ 1 P. (laṭati) To be a child.
     (2) To act like a child.
     (3) To talk like a child, prattle.
     (4) To cry.

laṭ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Present tense or its terminations.

laṭaḥ
     (1) A fool, blockhead.
     (2) A fault, defect.
     (3) A robber.
     -- Comp.
          --parṇaṃ large cinnamon.

laṭakaḥ A cheat, rogue, raseal, villain.

laṭabha a. (Connected with the Prākṛta laḍaha which appears to be derived from it) Charming, handsome, beautiful, attractive, lovely; atikrāṃtaḥ kālo laṭabhalalanābhogasulabhaḥ Bh. 3. 32 (where commentators render laṭabha by salāvaṇya); tasyāḥ pādanakhaśreṇiḥ śobhate laṭabhabhuvaḥ Vikr. 8. 6. Bilhaṇa has used this word in three more places of the same book, where it appears to mean 'a young pretty woman', 'a handsome woman'; e. g. kiṃ vā varṇanayā samastalaṭabhālaṃkāratāmeṣyati 8. 86; anarghyalāvaṇyanidhānabhūmirna kasya lobhaṃ laṭabhā tanoti 9. 68; keśabaṃdhavibhabairlaṭabhānāṃ piṃḍatāmiva jagāma tamisraṃ 11. 18.

laṭṭaḥ A rogue, rascal; see laṭaka.

laṭvaḥ
     (1) A horse.
     (2) A dancing boy.
     (3) N. of a Rāga in music.
     (4) N. of a caste. --ṭva kind of bird.
     (2) A curl on the forehead.
     (3) A sparrow.
     (4) A kind of musical instrument.
     (5) A game.
     (6) Safflower.
     (7) An unchaste woman.

laḍ I. 1 P. (laḍati) To play, sport, dally. --II. 1 P., 10 P. (laḍati, laḍayati)
     (1) To throw, toss.
     (2) To blame.
     (3) To loll the tongue.
     (4) To harass, annoy. --III. 10 U. (lāḍayati-te)
     (1) To fondle, caress.
     (2) To annoy.

laḍaha a. Beautiful, handsome (a Prākṛta word); see laṭabha.

laḍḍa = laṭaka q. v.

laḍḍuḥ, laḍḍukaḥ A kind of sweetmeat (a round ball of sugar, wheat or rice-flour, ghee, and spices).

laṃḍ 1 P., 10 U. (laṃḍati, laṃḍayati-te)
     (1) To toss upwards, throw up.
     (2) To speak.

laṃḍam Excrement, ordure.

laṃḍraḥ London(a modern formation, probably from French Londres).

latā [lat-ac]
     (1) A creeper, creeping plant; latābhāvena pariṇatamasyā rūpaṃ V. 4; lateva saṃnaddhamanojñapallavā R. 3. 7 (often used as the last member of compounds, especially with words meaning 'arm', 'eyebrow', 'lightning', to denote beauty, tenderness, thinness &c.; bhujalatā, bāhulatā, bhrūlatā, vidyullatā; so khaḍga-, alaka-, &c.; cf. Ku. 2. 64; Me. 47; S. 3. 15; R. 9. 46.
     (2) A branch.
     (3) The creeper called Priyangu.
     (4) The Mādhavī creeper.
     (5) Musk-creeper.
     (6) A whip or the lash of a whip.
     (7) A string of pearls.
     (8) A slender woman.
     (9) A woman in general. (10) The Dūrvā grass.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃguliḥ f. a branch serving as a finger.
          --aṃtaṃ a flower.
          --aṃbujaṃ a kind of cucumber.
          --arkaḥ a green onion.
          --alakaḥ an elephant.
          --ānanaḥ a particular position of the hands in dancing.
          --udgamaḥ the upward winding or climbing of a creeper.
          --karaḥ a particular position of the hands in dancing.
          --kastūrikā, kastūrī musk-creeper.
          --gṛhaḥhaṃ a bower surrounded with creepers, an arbour; Ku. 3. 41.
          --jihvaḥ, --rasanaḥ a snake.
          --taruḥ 1. the Sāla tree. --2. the Tāla tree. --3. the orange tree.
          --panasaḥ the water-molon.
          --parṇaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --pratānaḥ the tendril of a creeper; R. 2. 8.
          --bhavanaṃ an arbour, a bower.
          --maṇiḥ coral.
          --maṃḍapaḥ a bower, an arbour.
          --mṛgaḥ a monkey.
          --yaṣṭiḥ f. Bengal madder.
          --yāvakaṃ a shoot, sprout.
          --valayaḥ, --yaṃ an arbour.
          --vṛkṣaḥ the cocoa-nut tree.
          --veṣṭaḥ a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment.
          --veṣṭanaṃ, --veṣṭitakaṃ a kind of embrace.

latikā
     (1) A small creeper.
     (2) A string of pearls.

lattikā A kind of lizard.

lap 1 P. (lapati)
     (1) To speak, talk in general.
     (2) To prate, chatter.
     (3) To whisper; kapolatale militā lapituṃ kimapi śrutimūle Gīt. 1.
     (4) To wail, lament. --Caus. (lāpayati-te) To cause to talk &c. WITH ud to call out loudly to.

lapanam [lap-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Talking, speaking.
     (2) The mouth.

lapita p. p. Spoken, said, chattered &c. --taṃ Speech, voice.

lapsikā A kind of prepared food.

labaḥ Ved. A quail.

labh 1 A. (labhate, lebhe, alabdha, lapsyate, labdhuṃ, labdha)
     (1) To get, obtain, gain, acquire; labheta sikatāsu tailamapi yatnataḥ pīḍayan Bh. 2. 5; cirāya yāthārthyamalaṃbhi diggajaiḥ Śi. 1. 64.
     (2) To have, possess, be in possession of.
     (3) To take, receive.
     (4) To catch, take or catch hold of; R. 1. 3.
     (5) To find, meet with; yatkiṃcillabhate pathi.
     (6) To recover, regain.
     (7) To know, learn, perceive, understand; bhramaṇaṃ ... gamanādeba labhyate Bhāṣā. P. 6; satyamalabhamānaḥ Kull on Ms. 8. 109.
     (8) To be able or be permitted (to do a thing) (with inf.); martumapi na labhyate; nādharmo-labhyate kartuṃ loke vaidyādhare. (The senses of labh are modified according to the noun with which it is used; i. e. garbhaṃ labh to conceive, become pregnant; padaṃ or āspadaṃ labh to gain a footing, take a hold on; see under pada; aṃtaraṃ labh to get a footing, enter into; lebheṃ'taraṃ cetasi nopadeśaḥ R. 6. 66 'was not impressed on the mind;' cetanāṃ, --saṃjñāṃ, --labh to regain one's consciousness; janma labh to be born; Ki. 5. 43; svāsthyaṃ labh to enjoy ease, be at ease; darśanaṃ labh to get an audience of &c.). --Caus. (laṃbhayati-te)
     (1) To cause to get or receive, cause to take; Ki. 2. 58.
     (2) To give, confer or bestow upon; modakaśarāvaṃ māṇavakaṃ laṃbhaya V. 3.
     (3) To cause to suffer.
     (4) To obtain, receive.
     (5) To find out, discover. --Desid. (lipsate) T wish to get, long for; alabdhaṃ caiva lipseta H. 2. 8.

labdha p. p. [labh-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Got, obtained, acquired.
     (2) Taken, received.
     (3) Perceived, apprehended.
     (4) Obtained (as by division &c.); see labh. --bdhā A woman whose husband or lover is faithless (perhaps for vipralabdhā). --bdhaṃ That which is secured or got; labdhaṃ rakṣedavakṣayāt H. 2. 8; R. 19. 3.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ a. 1. one who has found an opportunity. --2. one who has got access or admission; R. 16. 7.
          --avakāśa, --avasara a. 1. one who has found an opportunity. --2. (anything) that has gained a scope (for work); labdhāvakāśā me prārthanā S. 1. --3. one who has obtained leisure, being at leisure; so labdhalakṣaṇa. --āspada a. one who has gained a footing or secured a position; M. 1. 17.
          --udaya a. 1. born, produced, sprung; labdhodayā cāṃdramasīva lekhā Ku. 1. 25. --2. one who has got prosperity or elevation; sa tvatto labdhodayaḥ 'he owes his rise or elevation to you'.
          --kāma a. one who has got his desired object.
          --kīrti a. become widely known, famous, celebrated.
          --cetas, --saṃjña a. one who has come to his senses, restored to consciousness.
          --janman a. born, produced.
          --nāman, --śabda a. renowned, celebrated.
          --nāśaḥ the of loss what has been acquired; labdhanāśo yathā mṛtyuḥ. --praśamanaṃ 1. securing or keeping safe what has been acquired. --2. bestowing on a worthy recipient; Kull. on Ms. 7. 56.
          --lakṣa, --kṣya a. 1. one who has hit the mark. --2. skilled in the use of missiles.
          --varṇa a. 1. learned. wise; citraṃ tvadīye viṣaye samaṃtāt sarve'pi lokāḥ kila labdhavarṇāḥ Rāj. P. --2. famous, renowned, celebrated; Mk. 4. 26. -bhāj a. respecting the learned; kṛcchralabdhamapi labdhavarṇabhāk taṃ dideśa munaye salakṣmaṇaṃ R. 11. 2.
          --vidya a. learned, educated, wise.
          --siddhi a. one who has attained perfection or his desired object.

labdhiḥ f. [labh-ktin]
     (1) Acquisition, gaining, acquirement.
     (2) Profit, gain.
     (3) (In arith.) The quotient.

labdhrima a. Obtained, acquired, received.

labhanam [labh-lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of getting, obtaining &c.
     (2) Act of conceiving.

labhasaḥ
     (1) Wealth, riches.
     (2) One who solicits, a solicitor. --saṃ A rope for tying a horse. (--m. also).

labhya a. [labh-karmaṇi yat]
     (1) Capable of being acquired or obtained, attainable, obtainable, to be reached; prāṃśulabhye phale mohādudbāhuriva vāmanaḥ R. 1. 3. 4. 88; Ku. 5. 18.
     (2) To be found; Ku. 1. 40.
     (3) Fit, suitable, proper.
     (4) Intelligible.
     (5) To be furnished or provided with,

lamakaḥ A lover, parmour,

laṃpaṭa a.
     (1) Greedy, covetous, hankering after; dadhibhaktalaṃpaṭa iva Ratn. 2.
     (2) Lustful, libidinous, dissolnte, addicted to licentious pleasures. --ṭaḥ A libertine, profligate, rake; (laṃpāka in the same sense).

laṃphaḥ A leap, jump, spring.

laṃphanam Leaping, jumping.

laṃb 1 A. (laṃbate, laṃbita)
     (1) To hang down, hang from, dangle; ṛṣayo hyatra laṃbate Mb.
     (2) To be attached to, stick to, hold on to, rest on; lalaṃbire sadasilatāḥ priyā iva Śi. 7. 25; prasthānaṃ te kathamapi sakhe laṃbamānasya bhāvi Me. 41 (where laṃ- means 'hanging, down towards' or 'resting upon' the back or hips).
     (3) To go down, sink, decline or hang down (as the sun), fall down; laṃbamāne divākare; Śi. 9. 20; Ki. 9. 1; tvadadharacuṃbanalaṃbitakajjalamujjvalaya priya locane Gīt. 12 (= galita).
     (4) To fall or lag behind.
     (5) To delay, tarry.
     (6) To sound. --Caus. (laṃbayati-te)
     (1) To let down, cause to hang down.
     (2) To hang up, suspend.
     (3) To stretch out, extend (as the hand); kareṇa vātāyanalaṃbitena R. 13. 21; ko laṃbayedāharaṇāya hastaṃ 6. 75.
     (4) To cause to be attached, join.
     (5) To depress. --WITH ud to stand up, stand erect: pādenaikena gagane dvitīyena ca bhūtale . tiṣṭhāmyullaṃbitastāvadyāvattiṣṭhati bhāskaraḥ Mk. 2. 10.

laṃba a. [laṃb-ac]
     (1) Hanging down, hanging from, pendent, dangling; pāṃḍyoyamaṃsārpitalaṃbahāraḥ R. 6. 60, 84; Me. 84.
     (2) Hanging upon, attached to.
     (3) Great, large.
     (4) Spacious.
     (5) Long, tall. --baḥ
     (1) A perpendicular.
     (2) Co-latitude, the arc between the pole of any place and the zenith, complement of latitude.
     (3) A bribe.
     -- Comp.
          --udara a. big-bellied, pot-bellied, portly. (
          --raḥ) 1. N. of Gaṇeśa. --2. a glutton.
          --oṣṭhaḥ (laṃbo-bau-ṣṭhaḥ) a camel.
          --karṇaḥ 1. an ass. --2. a goat. --3. an elephant. --4. a falcon. --5. a demon or Rākṣasa.
          --guṇaḥ, --jyā, --rekhā the sine of the co-latitude.
          --jaṭhara a. pot-bellied, portly.
          --payodharā a woman with large pendent breasts.
          --sphic a. having fat or protuberant buttocks.

laṃbakaḥ
     (1) A perpendicular (in geom.).
     (2) The complement of latitude, colatitude (in astr.).

laṃbanaḥ [laṃb-lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) The phlegmatic humour. --naṃ
     (1) Hanging down, depending, descending &c.
     (2) Fringe.
     (3) The parallax in longitude (of the moon).
     (4) A sort of long necklace.
     (5) A mode of fighting.

laṃbā
     (1) An epithet of Durgā.
     (2) Of Lakṣmī.

laṃbikā The soft palate or uvula.

laṃbita p. p.
     (1) Hanging down, pendent.
     (2) Suspended.
     (3) Sunk, gone down.
     (4) Resting on, attached to (see laṃb).

laṃbuṣā A necklace of seven strings.

laṃbhaḥ
     (1) Attainment, acquirement.
     (2) Meeting with.
     (3) Recovery.
     (4) Gain.

laṃbhanam
     (1) Attainment, acquirement.
     (2) Recovery.

laṃbhita p. p.
     (1) Procured, got, obtained.
     (2) Given.
     (3) Improved.
     (4) Employed, applied.
     (5) Cherished.
     (6) Spoken to, addressed.

lay 1 A. (layate) To go, move.

layaḥ [lī-ac]
     (1) Sticking, union, adherence.
     (2) Lurking, hiding.
     (3) Fusion, melting, solution.
     (4) Disappearance, dissolution, extinction, destruction; universal destruction (pralaya); layaṃyā 'to be dissolved or destroyed'.
     (5) Absorption of the mind, deep concentration, exclusive devotion (to any one object); paśyaṃtī śivarūpiṇaṃ layavaśādātmānamabhyāgatā Māl. 5. 2, 7; dhyānalayena Gīt. 4.
     (6) Time in music (of three kinds drata, madhya, and vilaṃbita); kisalayaiḥ salayairiva pāṇibhiḥ R. 9. 35; pādanyāso layamanugataḥ M. 2. 9.
     (7) A pause in music.
     (8) Rest, repose.
     (9) A place of rest, abode, habitation; alayā Śi. 4. 57 'having no fixed abode, wandering'. (10) Slackness of mind, mental inactivity.
     (11) An embrace.
     (12) The supreme being.
     (13) The union of song, dance, and instrumental music.
     -- Comp.
          --arkaḥ the sun at the destruction of the universe.
          --āraṃbhaḥ --ālaṃbhaḥ an actor, a dancer.
          --kālaḥ the time of destruction (of the world).
          --gata a. dissolved, melted away.
          --putrī an actress, a female dancer.

layanam [lī-lyuṭ]
     (1) Adhering, clinging, sticking.
     (2) Rest, repose.
     (3) A place of rest, house.

larb 1 P. (larvati) To go, move.

lal I. 1 U. (lalati-te) To play, move about, sport, dally, frolic; panasaphalānīva vānarā lalaṃti Mk. 8. 8; gajakalabhā iva badhulā lalāmaḥ 4. 28; laladajagaragharekoṭarāṇāṃ Māl. 5. 15. --II. 10 U. or Caus. (lālayati-te, lālita)
     (1) To cause to sport or play, caress, fondle, coax, dandle; lālane bahavo doṣāstāḍane bahavo guṇāḥ . tasmātputraṃ ca śiṣyaṃ ca tāḍayenna tu lālayet .. Subhāṣ.; Ku. 5. 15.
     (2) To desire. --III. 10 U. (lalayati-te)
     (1) To fondle; Mk. 4. 28.
     (2) To loll the tongue.
     (3) To desire.

lala a.
     (1) Playful, sportive.
     (2) Lolling.
     (3) Wishing, desirous.
     -- Comp.
          --jihva = lalajjihva q. v.

lalat a.
     (1) Playing, sporting.
     (2) Shaking, flashing, moving about; Māl. 5. 5.
     (3) Lolling.
     -- Comp.
          --jihva a. (lalajjihva) 1. lolling the tongue. --2. savage, fierce. (
          --hvaḥ) 1. a dog. --2. a camel.

lalanam [lal-lyuṭ]
     (1) Sport, play, pleasure, dalliance.
     (3) Lolling the tongue. --naḥ
     (1) A child.
     (2) The Sāla and Piyala trees.

lalanā
     (1) A woman(in general); śaṭhanākalokalalanābhiraviratarata riraṃsase Śi. 15. 88.
     (2) A wanton woman.
     (3) The tongue.
     -- Comp.
          --priyaḥ the Kadamba tree.

lalanikā A little or miserable woman; Kāv. 3. 50.

lalaṃtikā
     (1) A long necklace.
     (2) A lizard or chameleon.

lalākaḥ The penis.

lalāṭam [laḍ-ac ḍasya laḥ, lalamaṭati aṭ-aṇ vā Tv.] The forehead; likhitamapi lalāṭe projjhituṃ kaḥ samarthaḥ H. 1. 21; N. 1. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --taṭaṃ the slope of the forehead, the forehead itself.
          --paṭṭaḥ, --paṭṭikā 1. the flat surface of the forehead. --2. a tiara, fillet.
          --rekhā 1. a line on the forehead. --2. a wrinkled brow. --3. a coloured sectarial mark on the forehead.
          --lekhā the line on the forehead.

lalāṭakam
     (1) The forehead.
     (2) A beautiful forehead.

lalāṭaṃtapa a.
     (1) Burning or scorching the (fore) head; lalāṭaṃtapastapati tapanaḥ Mal. 1; U. 6 'the sun is shining right overhead'; lalāṭatapasaptasaptiḥ R. 13. 41.
     (2) (Hence) Very painful; lipirlalāṭaṃtapaniṣṭhurākṣarā N. 1. 138. --paḥ The sun.

lalāṭikā
     (1) An ornament worn on the forehead.
     (2) A mark made with sandal or any other fragrant powder on the forehead; lalāṭikācaṃdanadhūsarālakā Ku. 5. 55; bhasmalalāṭikā K. 139; tena rasena lalāṭikāmakalpayam 157.

lalāṭūla a. Having a high or handsome forehead.

lalāma a. (mī f.)
     (1) Beautiful, lovely, charming.
     (2) Having a mark on the forehead marked with a blaze. --maṃ
     (1) An ornament for the forehead, an ornament or decoration in general; (m. also in this sense); ahaṃ tu tāmāśramalalāmabhūtāṃ śakuṃtalāmadhikṛtya bravīmi S. 2; Śi. 4. 28.
     (2) Anything the best of its kind.
     (3) A mark on the forehead.
     (4) A sign, symbol, mark in general.
     (5) A banner, flag.
     (9) A row, series, line.
     (7) A tail.
     (8) A mane.
     (9) Eminence, dignity, beauty. (10) A horn. --maḥ A horse.

lalāmakam A chaplet of flowers worn on the forehead.

lalāman n.
     (1) An ornament, a decoration.
     (2) (Hence) Anything the best of its kind; kanyāla lāma kamanīyamajasya lipsoḥ R. 5. 64 'the best or ornament of girls'.
     (3) A banner, flag.
     (4) A sectarial mark, token, sign, symbol.
     (5) A tail; see lalāma.

lalita a. [lal-kta]
     (1) Playing, sporting, dallying.
     (2) Amorous, sportive, wanton, voluptuous.
     (3) Lovely, beautiful, handsome, elegant, graceful; lalitalalitairjyotsnāprāyairakṛtrimavibhramaiḥ (aṃgakaiḥ) U. 1. 20; vidhāya sṛṣṭiṃ lalitāṃ vidhātuḥ R. 6. 37, 19. 39; 8. 1; Māl. 1. 15; Ku. 3. 75, 6. 45; Me. 32, 64.
     (4) Pleasing, charming, agreeable, fine; priyaśiṣyā lalite kalāvidhau R. 8. 6; saṃdarśiteva lalitābhinayasya śikṣā M. 4. 9; V. 2. 18.
     (5) Desired.
     (6) Soft, gentle, Śi. 7. 64.
     (2) Tremulous, trembling. --taḥ N. of a musical scale. --taṃ
     (1) Sport, dalliance, play.
     (2) Amorous pastime, gracefulness of gait; any languid or amorous gesture in a woman; sukumāratayāṃgānāṃ binyāso lalitaṃ bhavet S. D.; Śi. 9. 79; Ki. 10. 52.
     (3) Beauty, grace, charm.
     (4) Any natural or artless act.
     (5) Simplicity, innocence.
     -- Comp.
          --abhinaya a. consisting of graceful gesticulations or acting; V. 2. 18.
          --artha a. having a pretty or amorous meaning; V. 2. 14.
          --pada a. 1. elegantly composed; S. 3. --2. consisting of amorous words. -baṃdhanaṃ an amorous composition.
          --prahāraḥ a soft or gentle blow.
          --lalita a. excessively beautiful; U. 1. 20.
          --lulita a. unnerved yet charming; Māl. 1. 15.

lalitā
     (1) A woman(in general).
     (2) A wanton woman.
     (3) Musk.
     (4) A form of Durga.
     (5) N. of various metres.
     -- Comp.
          --paṃcamī the fifth day in the bright half of Aśvina.
          --saptamī the seventh day in the bright half of Bhādrapada.

lavaḥ [lū-ap]
     (1) Plucking, mowing.
     (2) Reaping, gathering (of corn).
     (3) A section, piece, fragment, bit.
     (4) A particle, drop, small quantity; a little; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; jalalavamucaḥ Me. 21, 70; ācāmāti svedalavān mukhe te R. 13. 20, 6. 57, 16. 66; aśru- 15. 97; amṛta- Ki. 5. 44; bhrūkṣepalakṣmīlavakrīte dāsa iva Gīt. 11; so tṛṇa-, aparādha-, jñāna-, sukha-, dhana- &c. &c.
     (5) Wool, hair.
     (6) Sport.
     (7) A minute division of time (=the sixth part of a twinkling).
     (8) The numerator of a fraction.
     (9) A degree (in astr.). (10) Loss, destruction.
     (11) N. of a son of Rāma, one of the twins, the other being Kuśa q. v. He with his brother was brought up by the sage Vālmīki, and they were taught by the poet to repeat his Rāmāyaṇa at assemblies &c.; (for the derivation of his name, see R. 15. 32).
     (12) A kind of quail. --vaṃ
     (1) Cloves.
     (2) Nutmeg. --vaṃ ind. A little; lavamapi lavaṃge na ramate Sar. K. 1.

lavaṃgaḥ [lū-aṃgac] The clove plant; dvīpāṃtarānītalavaṃgapuṣpaiḥ R. 6. 57; lalitalavaṃgalatāpariśalinakāmelamalayasamīre Gīt.
     (1) --gaṃ Cloves.
     -- Comp.
          --kālekā cloves.

lavaṃgakam Cloves.

lavaṇa a. [lū-lyuṭ pṛṣo- ṇatvam]
     (1) Saline, saltish, briny.
     (2) Lovely, handsome. --ṇaḥ
     (1) Saline taste.
     (2) The sea of salt water.
     (3) N. of a demon, son of Madhu, who was killed by Śatrughna; R. 15. 2, 5, 17, 26.
     (4) N. of a hell. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Salt sea-salt.
     (2) A factitious salt.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ an epithet of Śatrughna.
          --abdhiḥ the salt ocean. -jaṃ sea-salt.
          --aṃburāśiḥ the ocean; ābhāti velā lavaṇāṃburāśeḥ R. 13. 15; V. 1. 17.
          --aṃbhas m. the ocean; R. 12. 70, 17. 54. (--n.) salt water.
          --ākaraḥ 1. a salt-mine. --2. a receptacle of salt water; i. e. the sea. --3. (fig.) a mine of beauty.
          --ālayaḥ the ocean.
          --uttamaṃ 1. rocksalt. --2. nitre.
          --rudaḥ 1. the ocean. --2. the sea of salt water.
          --udakaḥ, --udadhiḥ, --jalaḥ &c. the ocean.
          --kṣāraṃ a kind of salt.
          --jalodbhavaḥ a muscle, shell.
          --mehaḥ a kind of urinary disease.
          --samudraḥ the salt-sea, the ocean.

lavaṇayati Den. P. To salt, season with salt.

lavaṇasyati Den. P. To wish for salt.

lavaṇā Lustre, beauty.

lavaṇiman m.
     (1) Saltness.
     (2) Beauty, loveliness, grace.

lavanam [lū bhāve karmaṇi ca lyuṭ]
     (1) Mowing, cutting, reaping (of corn &c.).
     (2) An instrument for mowing, a sickle, scythe.

lavalī A kind of creeper; mayā labdhaḥ pāṇirlalitalavalīkaṃdalānibhaḥ U. 3. 40.

lavākaḥ
     (1) A sickle, a reaping instrument.
     (2) The act of cutting or mowing.

lavāṇakaḥ A sickle, scythe.

lavi a. Sharp, edged. --viḥ = lavitra.

lavitram An instrument for mowing, a sickle.

laś 10 U. (lāśayati-te) To exercise or practise any art; cf. las.

laśu(śū)naḥ --nam  Garlic; nikhilarasāyanamahitī gaṃdhenogreṇa laśuna iva R. G. (=Bv. 1. 81); yaśaḥsaurabhyalaśunaḥ Bv. 1. 93.

laṣ I. 1. 4. P. (laṣati-te, laṣyati-te) (laṣita) To wish, desire, long for, be eager for; (usually with the preposition abhi q. v.). --II. 10 U. (lāṣayati-te) = laś q. v.

laṣita p. p. Wished, desired.

laṣvaḥ An actor, a dancer.

las I. 1 P. (lasati, lasita)
     (1) To shine, glitter, flash; muktahareṇa lasatā hasatīva stanadvayaṃ K. P. 10; karavāṇi caraṇadvayaṃ sarasalasadalaktakarāgaṃ Gīt. 10; Amaru. 16; N. 22. 53.
     (2) To appear, arise, come to light.
     (3) To embrace.
     (4) To play, frolic about, skip about, dance.
     (4) To sound, resound. --Caus. (lāsayati-te)
     (1) To cause to shine, grace, adorn.
     (2) To cause to dance.
     (3) To exercise an art.

lasakaḥ = lāsaka q. v.

lasā [lasati las-ac]
     (1) Saffron.
     (2) Turmeric.

lasikā Spittle, saliva.

lasita p. p. [las-kta] Played, sported, appeared, manifested, skipping about &c.; see las.

lasīkā
     (1) Saliva.
     (2) Pus, matter.
     (3) The juice of the sugar-cane.
     (4) Lymph.

lasta a.
     (1) Embraced, clasped.
     (2) Skilful, skilled.

lasj
     (1) A. (lajjate, lajjita)
     (1) To be ashamed, feel shame (oft. with instr. or inf.); strījanaṃ praharankathaṃ na lajjase Ratn. 2; Bk. 15. 33.
     (2) To blush. --Caus. (lajjayati-te) To put to shame; R. 19. 14.

lastakaḥ The middle of a bow, that part which is grasped.

lastakin m. A bow.

lahariḥ --rī f. A wave, a large wave or billow; kareṇotkṣiptāste janani vijayaṃtāṃ laharayaḥ G. L. 40; imāṃ pīyūṣalaharīṃ jagannāthena nirmitāṃ 53; so ānaṃda-, karuṇā-, sudhā- &c.

lā 2 P. (lāti) To take, receive, obtain, take, up; laluḥ khadbhān Bk. 14. 92, 15. 53.

lā f.
     (1) Taking, receiving.
     (2) Giving.

lākuṭika a. (kī f.) [lakuṭaḥ praharaṇamasya ṭhak] Armed with a club or cudgel. --kaḥ A sentinel, watchman; Pt. 4.

lākṣakī N. of Sītā.

lākṣaṇika a. (kī f.) [lakṣaṇayā bodhayati ṭhak]
     (1) One who is acquainted with marks or signs.
     (2) Characteristic, indicatory.
     (3) Having a secondary sense, used in a secondary sense (as a word, as distinguished from vācya and vyaṃjaka q. q. v. v.); syādvācaṃko lākṣaṇikaḥ śabdo'tra vyaṃjakastridhā K. P. 2.
     (4) Expressing indirectly or figuratively.
     (5) Secondary, inferior.
     (6) Technical. --kaḥ A technical term.

lākṣaṇya a. [lakṣaṇaṃ vetti ñya]
     (1) Relating to signs, indicative.
     (2) Conversant with, or able to explain or interp ret, signs.

lākṣā [lakṣyate'nayā lakṣ ac pṛṣo- vṛddhiḥ] A kind of red dye, lac; (largely used by women in ancient times as an article of decoration, especially for the soles of the feet and lips; cf. alakta; it is said to be obtained from the cochineal insect and from the resin of a particular tree); niṣṭhyūtaścaraṇopabhogasulabho lākṣārasaḥ kenācit (taruṇā) S. 4. 4; Rs. 6. 14; Ki. 5. 23.
     (2) The insect which produces the red dye.
     -- Comp.
          --taruḥ, --vṛkṣaḥ N. of a tree, Butea Frondosa.
          --prasādaḥ, --prasādhanaḥ the red Lodhra tree.
          --rakta a. dyed with lac.

lākṣika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to, made of, or dyed with, lac.
     (2) Relating to a lac (lakṣa).

lākh 1 P. (lākhati)
     (1) To be dry or arid.
     (2) To adorn.
     (3) To suffice, be competent.
     (4) To give.
     (5) To prevent.

lāguḍika See lākuṭika.

lāgh 1 A. (lāghate) To be equal to, to suffice or be competent.

lāghavam [laghorbhāvaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Smallness, littleness.
     (2) Levity, lightness.
     (3) Thoughtlessness, frivolity.
     (4) Insignificance.
     (5) Disrespect, contempt, dishonour, degradation; sevāṃ lāghavakāriṇīṃ kṛtadhiyaḥ tthāne śvavṛttiṃ viduḥ Mu. 3. 14; Bg. 2. 35.
     (6) Quickness, speed, rapidity.
     (7) Ease, facility.
     (8) Health, soundness of constitution.
     (9) Activity, dexterity; readiness; hastalāghavaṃ. Versatility; buddhilāghavaṃ.
     (11) Brevity, conciseness (of expression); an explanation which is in consonance with the principle of economy of nature and involves simplicity of reasoning; (alpopasthitisāpekṣatvaṃ lāpavaṃ); ākāśo lāghavādekaḥ Tarka. K.
     (12) Shortness of a syllable (in prosody).

lāṃgalam [laṃg kalac pṛṣo- vṛddhiḥ]
     (1) A plough.
     (2) A plough-shaped beam or timber.
     (3) The plam tree. =4 The membrum virile.
     (5) A kind of flower.
     (6) A particular appearance of the moon.
     (7) A kind of timber (used in building houses).
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ a ploughman, peasant.
          --daṃḍaḥ the pole of a plough.
          --dhvajaḥ N. of Balarāma.
          --paddhatiḥ f. a furrow.
          --phālaḥ a ploughshare.

lāṃgalika a. (kī f.) Belonging to a plough.

lāṃgalin m. [lāṃgalamasyāsti ini]
     (1) N. of Balarama; baṃdhupītyā samaravimukho lāṃgalī yāḥ siṣebe Me. 49.
     (2) The cocoa-nut tree.
     (3) A snake.

lāṃgalī The cocoa nut tree.

lāṃgalīṣā (for lāṃgala-īṣā] The pole of a plough.

lāṃgulam
     (1) A tail.
     (2) Membrum virile.

lāṃgūlam [laṃg-ūlac pṛṣo-]
     (1) A tail; lāṃgūlacālanamadhaścaraṇāvapātaṃ ... śvā piṃḍadasya kuruta Bh. 2. 31 'wags his tail'.
     (2) The membrum virile.
     (3) A granary.

lāṃgūlin m. A monkey, an ape.

lāj, lāṃj 1 P. (lājati, lāṃjati)
     (1) To blame, censure.
     (2) To roast, fry.

lājaḥ [lāj-ac] Wotted grain. --jāḥ (pl.) Parched or fried grain (f. also); (taṃ) avākiranbālalatāḥ prasūnairācāralājairiva paurakranyāḥ R. 2. 10, 4. 27, 7. 25; Ku. 7. 69, 80. --jaṃ = uśīra q. v.

lāṃch 1 P. (lāṃchati)
     (1) To distinguish, mark, characterize.
     (2) To deck, decorate.

lāṃchanam [lāṃch-karmaṇi lyuṭ]
     (1) A sign, mark, token, characteristic mark; navāṃbudānīkamuhūrtalāṃchane (dhanuṣi) R. 3. 53; U. 4. 20; Mv. 1. 18; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of 'marked with', 'characterized by' &c.; jāte'tha devasya tayā vivāhamahotsave sāhasalāṃchanasya Vikr. 10. 1; R. 6. 18, 16. 84; so śrīkaṃdapadalāṃchanaḥ Māl.
     (1) 'bearing the characteristic epithet śrīkaṃṭha.'
     (2) A name, an appellation.
     (3) A stain, stigma, a mark of ignominy.
     (4) The spot on the moon; Ku. 7. 35.
     (5) A landmark.

lāṃchita p. p. [lāṃch-kta]
     (1) Marked, distinguished, characterised.
     (2) Named, called.
     (3) Decorated.
     (4) Furnished with.

lāṭa m. pl. N. of a country and its inhabitants; eṣa ca (lāṭānuprāsaḥ) prāyeṇa lāṭajanapriyatvāllāṭānuprāsaḥ S. D. 10. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A king of the Lāṭas.
     (2) Old, worn out, or shabby clothes, oranments &c.
     (3) Clothes in general.
     (4) Childish language.
     (5) A learned man.
     -- Comp.
          --anuprāsaḥ one of the five kinds of anuprāsa or alliteration, the repetition of a word or words in the same sense but in a different application; it is thus defined and illustrated by Mammaṭa:
          --śābdastu lāṭānuprāso bhede tātparyamātrataḥ, e. g. vadanaṃ varavarṇinyāstasyāḥ satyaṃ sudhākaraḥ . sudhākaraḥ kva nu punaḥ kalakavikalo bhavet; or yasya na savidhe dayitā davadahanastuhinadīdhitistasya . yasya ca savidhe dayitā davadahanastuhinadīdhitistasya .. K. P. 9.

lāṭaka a. (ṭikā f.) Relating to the Laṭas.

lāṭikā, lāṭī
     (1) A particular style of composition; see S. D. 629.
     (2) N. of a Prakṛta dialect; see Kāv. 1. 35.

lāḍ 10 U. (lāḍayati-te)
     (1) To fondle, caress.
     (2) To blame, censure.
     (3) To throw, toss; cf. laḍ.

lāṃṭhanī An unchaste woman (kulaṭā).

lāta p. p. Taken, received.

lātiḥ f. Taking, receiving.

lāpaḥ
     (1) Speaking, talking.
     (2) Chattering, prating.

lāpikā A sort of enigma or riddle.

lābaḥ, lābakaḥ A sort of quail.

lābuḥ(būḥ) A kind of gourd.

lābukī A kind of lute.

lābhaḥ [labh-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Gaining, obtaining, acquirement, acquisition; śarīratyāgamātreṇa śuddhilābhamamanyata R. 12. 10; strīratnalābhaṃ 7. 34, 11. 92; kṣaṇamapyavatiṣṭhate śvasanyadi jaṃturnanu lābhavānasau R. 8. 87.
     (2) Gain, profit, advantage; sukhaduḥkhe same kṛtvā lābhālābhau jayājayau Bg. 2. 38; Y. 2. 259.
     (3) Enjoyment.
     (4) Capture, conquest.
     (5) Perception, knowledge, apprehension.
     -- Comp.
          --kara, --kṛt a. profitable, advantageous.
          --lipsā desire of gain, avarice, covetousness.
          --lipsu a. 1. greedy, covetous. --2. desirous of gain.

lābhakaḥ Gain, profit.

lāmajjakam The root of a particular fragrant grass (vīraṇamūla).

lāṃpaṭayam Lasciviousness, lustfulness, lewdness.

lālaka a. (nī f.) Fondling, coaxing.

lālana a. (nī f.) Fondling, coaxing, caressing. --naḥ A sort of poisonous mouse. --naṃ [lal-lyuṭ]
     (1) Caressing, fondling, coaxing; sutalālanaṃ &c.
     (2) Indulging, over-indulgence, fondling too much; lālane bahavo doṣāstāḍane bahavo guṇāḥ; Pt. 1. 169; Bh. 2. 42.

lālasa a.
     (1) Ardently longing for, eagerly desirous of, hankering after; praṇāmalālasāḥ K. 14; īśānasaṃdarśanalālasānāṃ Ku. 7. 56, Śi. 4. 6.
     (2) Taking pleasure in, devoted to, fond of, abscrbed in; vilāsalālasaṃ Gīt. 1; śoka-, mṛgayā- &c. --saḥ = lālasā. q. v. below.

lālasā [las spṛhāyāṃ yaṅ luk bhāve a]
     (1) Longing or ardent desire, extreme desire, eagerness.
     (2) Asking, solicitation, entreaty.
     (3) Regret, sorrow.
     (4) The longing of a pregnant woman (dohada).

lālasokam Sauce.

lālā [lal-ṇic ac ṭāp] Saliva, spittle; Bh. 2. 9.
     -- Comp.
          --bhakṣaḥ N. of a hell.
          --mehaḥ passing mucous urine.
          --sravaḥ a spider.
          --srāvaḥ 1. a flow of saliva. --2. a spider.

lālāyate Den. A. To emit saliva; Pt. 4. 78.

lālāṭika a. (kī f.) [lalāṭaṃ prabhorbhāgyaṃ paśpati ṭhañ]
     (1) Being on or relating to the forehead.
     (2) Arising from or dependent on fate; prāptistu lālāṭikī Udb.
     (3) Useless; low, vile.
     (4) Attentive, vigilant. --kaḥ
     (1) An attentive servant (lit. one who watches his master's countenance and learns by it what is necessary to be done).
     (2) An idler, a careless or useless person.
     (3) A kind of embrace.

lālāṭī The forehead.

lālikaḥ A buffalo. --kā A jesting reply.

lālita p. p.
     (1) Caressed, fondled, coaxed, indulged.
     (2) Seduced.
     (3) Loved, desired. --taṃ Pleasure, love, joy.

lālitakaḥ A fondling or darling, pet, little favourite.

lālityam [lalitasya bhāvaḥ ghañ]
     (1) Loveliness, charm, beauty, grace, sweetness; daṃḍinaḥ padalālityaṃ Udb.
     (2) Amorous gestures.

lālin m. A seducer.

lālinī A wanton woman.

lālukā A kind of necklace.

lāva a. (vī f.) [lū kartari ghañ]
     (1) Cutting, lopping, cutting off; kuśasūcilāvaṃ R. 13. 43.
     (2) Plucking, gathering.
     (3) Cutting down, killing, destroying; Bk. 6. 87. --vaḥ
     (1) Cutting.
     (2) A quail.

lāvakaḥ
     (1) A cutter, divider.
     (2) A reaper, gatherer.
     (3) A quail; yodhyaṃte lāvakāḥ Mk. 4.

lāvaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [lavaṇe saṃskṛtaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Salt.
     (2) Salted, dressed with salt.

lāvaṇika a. (kī f.) [lavaṇe saṃskṛtaṃ ṭhaṇ]
     (1) Salted, dressed with salt.
     (2) Dealing in salt.
     (3) Lovely, beautiful, charming; līlayaiva sutanostulayitvā gauravāḍhyamapi lāvaṇikena Śi. 10. 38 (where it means 'a saltmerchant' also). --kaḥ A salt-merchant. --kaṃ A salt-vessel, salt-cellar.

lāvaṇyam [lavaṇasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Saltness.
     (2) Beauty, loveliness, charm; tathāpi tasyā lāvaṇyaṃ rekhayā kiṃcidanvitaṃ S. 6. 13; 7. 18; (lāvaṇya is thus defined in Śabdak: --muktāphaleṣu chāyāyāstaralatvamivāṃtarā . pratibhāti yadaṃgeṣu tallāvaṇyamihocyate ..).
     -- Comp.
          --arjitaṃ the private property of a maried woman given to her at her marriage by her father or mother-in-law.

lāvaṇyamaya, lāvaṇyavat a. Lovely, handsome.

lāvāṇakaḥ N. of a district near Magadha.

lāvikaḥ A buffalo.

lāvu See lābu.

lāṣuka a. (kā or kī f.) Covetous, greedy, avaricious.

lāsaḥ [las-ghañ]
     (1) Jumping, sporting, skipping about, dancing; madanajanitalāsaiḥ Rs. 6. 30.
     (2) Dalliance, wanton sport.
     (3) Dancing as practised by women.
     (4) Soup, broth.

lāsaka a. (sikā f.) [las-ṇvul]
     (1) Playing, frolicking, sporting.
     (2) Moving hither and thither. --kaḥ
     (1) A dancer.
     (2) A peacock.
     (3) Embracing.
     (4) N. of Śiva. --kaṃ A room on the top of a building, turret.

lāsakī A female dancer.

lāsikā
     (1) A female dancer.
     (2) A harlot, wanton or unchaste woman.
     (3) A kind of dramatic performance.

lāsyam [las-ṇyat]
     (1) Dancing; a dance; āsye dhāsyati kasya lāsyamadhunā ... vācāṃ vipāko mama Bv. 4. 42; R. 16. 14.
     (2) A dance accompanied with singing and instrumental music.
     (3) A dance in which the emotions of love are represented by means of various gesticulations and attitudes. --syaḥ A dancer, an actor. --syā A dancing girl.

lāsphoṭanī A gimlet.

liḥ
     (1) Fatigue.
     (2) Destruction. loss.
     (3) End.
     (4) Equality.
     (5) A bracelet.

likucaḥ See lakuca.

likṣā, likhyā
     (1) A nit, the egg of a louse.
     (2) A very minute measure of weight (said to be equal to 4 or 8 trasarenus); jālāṃtaragate bhānau yaccāṇu dṛśyate rajaḥ . taiścaturbhirbhavellikṣā; or trasareṇavoṣṭau vijñeyā likṣaikā parimāṇataḥ Ms. 8. 133; see Y. 1. 362 also.

likṣikā A nit.

likh 6 P. (likhati, likhita)
     (1) To write, write down, inscribe, draw a line, engrave; arasikeṣu kavitvanivedanaṃ śirasi mā likha mā likha mā likha Udb.; tārākṣarairyāmasite kaṭhinyā niśālikhad vyomni tamaḥpraśastiṃ N. 22. 54; Y. 2. 87, S. 7. 5; līneva pratibiṃbiteva likhiteva Māl. 5. 10.
     (2) To sketch, draw, portray, delineate, paint; mṛgamadatilakaṃ likhati sapulakaṃ mṛgamiva rajanīkare Gīt. 7; matsādṛśyaṃ virahatanu vā bhāvagamyaṃ likhaṃtī Me. 85, 80; Ku. 6. 48; smitvā pāṇau khaḍgalekhāṃ lilekha K. P. 10; keśagrahaḥ khalu tadā drupadātmajāyā droṇasya cādya likhiteriva vīkṣito yaiḥ Ve. 3. 11.
     (3) To scratch, rub, scrape, tear up; na kiṃcidūce caraṇena kevalaṃ lilekha bāṣpākulalocanā bhuvaṃ Ki. 8. 14; mūrdhnā divamivā likhan Bk. 15. 22.
     (4) To lance, scarify.
     (5) To touch, graze.
     (6) To peck (as a bird).
     (7) To make smooth.
     (8) To unite sexually with a female.

likhanam [likh-bhāvādau lyuṭ]
     (1) Writing, inscribing.
     (2) Drawing, painting.
     (3) Scratching.
     (4) A written document, a writing or manuscript.

likhita p. p. [likh-kta] Written, painted, scratched &c; see likh. --taḥ N. of a writer on law (mentioned along with śaṃkha). --taṃ
     (1) A writing, document.
     (2) Any book or composition.

likhyaḥ A nit, the egg of a louse; cf. likṣā.

liṃkha 1 P. (liṃkhati) To go, move.

liguḥ
     (1) A deer.
     (2) A fool, blockhead. --n. The heart.

liṅ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Potential and Benedictive moods or their terminations (the two moods being distinguished as vidhiliṅ and āśīrliṅ).

liṃg I. 1 P. (liṃgati, liṃgita) To go, move. --II. 10 U. (liṃgayati-te) To paint, variegate.
     (2) To inflect (a noun) according to its gender.

liṃgam [liṃg-ac]
     (1) A mark, sign, token, an emblem, a badge, symbol, distinguishing mark, characteristic; yatipārthivaliṃgadhāriṇau R. 8. 16; athavā prāvṛṣeṇyaireva liṃgairmama rājopacāraḥ saṃprati V. 4. munirdohadaliṃgadarśī 14. 71; Ms. 1. 30; 8. 25, 252.
     (2) A false or unreal mark, a guise, disguise, a deceptive badge; liṃgairmudaḥ saṃvṛtavikriyāste R. 7. 30; kṣapaṇakaliṃgadhārī Mu. 1; na liṃgaṃ dharmakāraṇaṃ H. 4. 85, see liṃgin below.
     (3) A symptom, mark of disease.
     (4) A means of proof, a proof, evidence.
     (5) (In logic) The hetu or middle term in a syllogism; particularly the assertion of the hetu's being found in the pakṣa or minor term coupled with the statement of the invariable concomitance between this hetu and the major term; it is thus defined: --vyāptipakṣadharmatāvalliṃgam Tarka K.
     (6) The sign of gender or sex.
     (7) Sex; guṇāḥ pūjāsthānaṃ guṇiṣu na caliṃgaṃ na ca vayaḥ U. 4. 11.
     (8) The male organ of generation.
     (9) Gender (in gram.) (10) The genital organ of Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus.
     (11) The image of a god, an idol.
     (12) One of the relations or indications (such as saṃyoga, viyoga, sāhacarya &c.) which serve to fix the meaning of a word in any particular passage; e. g. in kupito makaradhvajaḥ the word kuṃpita restricts the meaning of makaradhvaja to 'Kāma'; see K. P. 2 and commentary ad loc.
     (13) (In Vedānta phil.) The subtle frame or body, the indestructible original of the gross or visible body. cf. pacaṃkoṣa.
     (14) A spot, stain.
     (15) The nominal base, the crude form of a noun (prātipadika).
     (16) (In Sān. phil.) Pradhāna or Prakṛti; q. v.
     (17) The effect or product (that which is evolved out of a primary cause and itself becomes a producer).
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the glans penis.
          --anuśāsanaṃ the laws of grammatical gender.
          --arcanaṃ the worship of Śiva as a linga.
          --dehaḥ, --śarīraṃ the subtle frame or body; see liṃga
     (13) above. --dhārin a. wearing a badge. --nāśaḥ 1. loss of the characteristic marks. --2. loss of penis. --3. loss of vision, a particular disease of the eye. --parāmarśaḥ the finding out or consideration of a sign or characteristic (in logic); (e. g. that smoke is a sign of fire); as vahnivyāpyadhūmavānayaṃ parvataḥ iti liṃgaparāmarśaḥ. --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. --pratiṣṭhā the establishment or consecration of a linga. --vardhana a. causing erection of the male organ. --viparyayaḥ change of gender. --vṛtte a. hypocritical. --vṛttiḥ a religious hypocrite. --vedī the base or pedestal of a linga. --sthaḥ a religious student.

liṃgakaḥ The Kapittha tree.

liṃganam Embracing.

liṃgavat a.
     (1) Having marks.
     (2) Having various sexes or genders.
     (3) Wearing a Linga (as a Jangama).

liṃgin a. [liṃgamastyasya ini]
     (1) Having a mark or sign
     (2) Characterized by.
     (3) Wearing the marks or badges of, having the appearance of, disguised as, hypocritical, wearing false badges (at the end of comp.); sa varṇiliṃgī viditaḥ samāyayau yudhiṣṭhiraṃ dvaitavane vanecaraḥ Ki. 1. 1; so āryaliṃgin.
     (4) Furnished with a linga.
     (5) Having a right to wear signs or badges.
     (6) One whose outward form corresponds with his inward character.
     (7) Having a subtle body. --m.
     (1) A religious student, Brāhmaṇa ascetic; Pt. 4. 39.
     (2) A worshipper of Śiva's linga.
     (3) A hypocrite, pretending devotee, pseudo-ascetic.
     (4) An elephant.
     (5) (In logic) That which possesses the linga or middle term; i. e. vahni is the liṃgim in the familiar instance parvato vahnimān dhūmāt.
     (6) (Hence) The subject of a proposition.
     (7) The supreme being (as the sustainer of linga.).
     (8) The cause or source.
     (9) N. of a Śaiva sect.
     -- Comp.
          --beṣaḥ the dress of a religious student.

liṭ A technical term in grammar used by Pāṇini to denote the Perfect tense or its terminations.

lighu A technical term in grammar used by Pāṇini for nominal verbs.

liṃdu a. Ved. Slimy, slippery (picchila).

lip 6 U. (liṃpati-te, lipta)
     (1) To annoint, smear, besmear; liṃpatīva tamoṃgāni Mk. 1. 34.
     (2) To cover, overspread; Śi. 3. 48.
     (3) To stain, pollute, defile, taint, contaminate; yaḥ karoti sa lipyate Pt. 4. 64; na māṃ karmāṇi liṃpaṃti Bg. 4. 14, 18. 17; Ms. 10. 106.
     (4) To inflame, kindle; tasyālipata śokāgniḥ svāṃtaṃ kāṣṭhamiva jvalan Bk. 6. 22.

lipaḥ Smearing, anointing.

lipiḥ, --pī f. [lip ik vā ṅīp]
     (1) Anointing, smearing.
     (2) Writing, hand-writing.
     (3) The written characters, letters, alphabet; yavanāllipyāṃ Vārt.; liperyathāvadgrahaṇena vāṅmayaṃ nadīmukheneva samudramāviśat R. 3. 28; 18. 46.
     (4) The art of writing.
     (5) A writing (as a letter, document, manuscript &c.); ayaṃ daridro bhaviteti vaidhasīṃ lipiṃ lalāṭe'rthijanasya jāgratīṃ N. 1. 15, 138.
     (6) Painting, drawing.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ 1. a plasterer, white-washer, mason. --2. a writer, scribe. --3. an engraver (also lipiṃkara). --kāraḥ a writer, scribe.
          --jña a. one who can write.
          --nyāsaḥ the art of writing or transcribing.
          --phalakaṃ a writingtablet or board.
          --śālā a writing school.
          --sajjā writing materials or apparatus.

lipikā See lipī.

lipta p. p. [lip-kta]
     (1) Anointed, smeared, besmeared, covered.
     (2) Stained, soiled, polluted, defiled.
     (3) Poisoned, envenomed (as an arrow).
     (4) Eaten.
     (5) United, joined.

liptakaḥ A poisoned arrow.

liptā, liptikā A minute, the sixtieth part of a degree.

lipsā [labh-san-bhāve a]
     (1) Desire of getting or regaining; Bv. 1. 125.
     (2) Desire in general.

lipsu a. Desirous of getting &c.

libiḥ, --vī f. = lipi q. v.

libiṃkaraḥ A scribe, writer, copyist.

liṃpaḥ Smearing, anointing, covering.

liṃpaṭa a. Libidinous, lustful. --ṭaḥ A libertine, lecher.

liṃpākaḥ [lip-ākan pṛṣo-]
     (1) The citron or lime tree.
     (2) An ass. --kaṃ A citron or lime.

liṃpiḥ, --libiḥ f. = lipi q. v.

liś I. 6 P. (liśati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To hurt; see riś. --II. 4 U. (liśyati-te) To become small, be decreased.

liṣṭa p. p. Become small, lessened, decreased.

liṣvaḥ An actor, a dancer.

lih 2 U. (loḍhi, līḍhe, lileha-lilihe, alikṣat-ta, alīḍha, lekṣyati-te, leḍhuṃ, līḍha, desid. lilikṣati-te)
     (1) To lick; kapāle mārjāraḥ paya iti karāṃlleḍhi śaśinaḥ K. P. 19; Bv. 1. 99; Ki. 5. 38; Śi. 12. 40.
     (2) To lick up, taste, sip, lap; N. 2. 99, 100.

līḍha p. p. [lih-āsvāde kta] Licked, sapped, tasted, eaten &c.; see lih.

lī I. 1 P. (layati) To melt, dissolve. --II. 9 P. (lināti)
     (1) To adhere.
     (2) To melt, usually with vi. --III. 4 A. (līyate, līna)
     (1) To stick or adhere firmly to, cling to; M. 3. 5.
     (2) To clasp, embrace.
     (3) To lie or rest on, recline, stay or dwell in, lurk, hide, cower; (bhṛgāṃganāḥ) līyaṃte mukulāṃtareṣu śanakaiḥ saṃjātalajjā iva Ratn. 1. 26; hariśiśurutpatituṃ drāgaṃgānyākuṃcya līyate nibhṛtaṃ Bv. 1. 106; R. 3. 9; S. 6. 16; Ku. 1. 12, 7. 21; Bk. 18. 13; Ki. 5. 26.
     (4) To be dissolved, melt away.
     (5) To be sticky or viscous.
     (6) To be absorbed in, be devoted or attached to; mādhava manasijaviśikhabhayādiva bhāvanayā tvayi līnā Gīt. 4.
     (7) To vanish, disappear. --Caus. (lāpayatite, lāyayati-te, līnayati-te, lālayati-te) To melt, dissolve, liquefy. (The form lāpayate is used in the sense of 'to honour', 'cause to be honoured'; jaṭābhirlāpayate = pūjāmadhigacchati; cf. P. I. 3. 70).

līḥ f.
     (1) Adhering, clinging to.
     (2) Embracing.
     (3) Melting, dissolving.

līna p. p. [lī-kta]
     (1) Clung or adhered to, stuck to.
     (2) Lurking, hid, concealed.
     (3) Resting or reclining on; S. 6. 16.
     (4) Melted, dissolved; Māl. 5. 10.
     (5) Completely absorbed or swallowed up in, intimately united with; nadyaḥ sāgare līnā bhavaṃti.
     (6) Devoted or given up to.
     (7) Disappeared, vanished; (see lī).

līkkā A nit; see likṣā.

līlā [lī-kvip liyaṃ lāti lā-ka vā Tv.]
     (1) Play, sport, pastime, diversion, pleasure, amusement; klamaṃ yayau kaṃdukalīlayāpi yā Ku. 5. 19; oft. used as the first member of comp.; līlākamalaṃ, līlāśukaḥ &c.
     (2) Amorous pastime, wanton, amorous or playful sport; utsṛṣṭalīlāgatiḥ R. 7. 7; 4. 22; 5. 70; kṣubhyāṃti prasabhamaho vināpi hetorlīlābhiḥ kimu sati kāraṇe ramaṇyaḥ Śi. 8. 24; Me. 35; (līlā in this sense is thus explained by ujjvalamaṇiḥ-aprāptavallabhasamāgamanāyikāyāḥ sakhyāḥ puro'tra nijacittavinodabuddhyā . ālāpaveśagatihāsyavilokanādyaiḥ prāṇeśvarānukṛtimākalayaṃti līlām ..).
     (3) Ease, facility, mere sport, child's play; līlayā jaghāna 'killed with ease'.
     (4) Appearance, semblance, air, mien; yaḥ saṃyati prāptapinākilīlaḥ R. 6. 72 'appearing like Pinākin'.
     (5) Beauty, charm, grace; muhuravalokitamaṃḍaṃnalīlā Gīt. 6, R. 6. 1; 16. 71.
     (6) Pretence, disguise, dissimulation, sham; as, līlāmanuṣyaḥ, līlānaṭaḥ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --a (ā) gāraḥ --raṃ, --gṛhaṃ, --veśman n. a pleasure-house; R. 8. 95.
          --aṃga a. having graceful limbs.
          --aṃcita a. sportively handsome.
          --abjaṃ, aṃbujaṃ, --araviṃdaṃ, --kamalaṃ, --tāramasaṃ, --padmaṃ &c. 'toy-lotus', a lotus-flower held in the hand as a plaything; R. 6. 13; Me. 65, Ku. 6. 84.
          --avatāraḥ the descent (of Viṣṇu) on the earth for amusement.
          --udyānaṃ 1. a pleasure-garden. --2. the garden of gods, Indra's paradise.
          --kalahaḥ 'sportive quarrel', a sham or feigned quarrel; cf. praṇayakalah. --catura a. sportively charming; Ku. 1. 47.
          --naṭanaṃ a sportive dance.
          --manuṣyaḥ a sham man, a man in disguise.
          --mātraṃ mere sport or play, child's play, absence of the least effort.
          --ratiḥ f. diversion, sport.
          --vajraṃ an instrument like Indra's thunderbolt.
          --vāpī a pleasure-tank.
          --śukaḥ a parrot kept for pleasure.
          --sādhya a. to be effected with ease, easy of accomplishment.

līlāyati --te Den. U. To sport, play, divert oneself.

līlāyitam Play, sport, amusement, pleasure.

līlāvat a.
     (1) Sportive, playful.
     (2) Beautiful, graceful. --tī
     (1) A charming or handsome woman.
     (2) An amorous or wanton woman.
     (3) N. of Durgā.
     (4) N. of a wellknown mathematical work by Bhāskarāchārya.
     (5) N. of the wife of the demon Maya.

luk ind. A technical term used by Pāṇini to express the dropping or disappearance of affixes.

luṅ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Aorist or its terminations.

luṃc 1 P. (luṃcati, luṃcit)
     (1) To pluck, pull, peel, pare.
     (2) To tear off, pluck or pull out.

luṃc f. 1 Plucking out.
     (2) Dropping out.

luṃcaḥ, --luṃcanam Peeling, plucking out.

luṃcita p. p.
     (1) Peeled.
     (2) Plucked, plucked out, torn off.

luṭ I. 1 A. (loṭate)
     (1) To resist, repel, oppose.
     (2) To shine.
     (3) To suffer pain. --II. 10 U. (loṭayati-te)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To shine. --III. 1. 4. P. (loṭati, luṭyati)
     (1) To roll, wallow on the ground; cf. luṭh.
     (2) To take away, rob, plunder (perhaps for luṃṭh or luṃṭ).

luṭ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the First or Periphrastic Future or its terminations.

luṭh I. 1 P. (loṭhati) To strike, knock down. --II. 1 A. (loṭhate)
     (1) To roll on the ground.
     (2) To go, move.
     (4) To resist, oppose. --III. 10 U. (loṭhayati-te) To rob, plunder. --IV. 6 P. (luṭhati
     (1) To roll about, roll on the ground, wallow, welter, move to and fro; maṇirluṭhati pādeṣu kācaḥ śirasi dhāryate H. 2. 68; luṭhati na sā himakarakiraṇena Gīt. 7; hāroyaṃ hariṇākṣīṇāṃ luṭhati stanamaṃḍale Amaru. 100; gṛhe gṛhe paśya tavāṃgavarṇā mugdhe suvarṇāvalayo luṭhaṃti Bv. 2. 176; Bk. 14. 54.
     (2) To agitate, move, stir.

luṭhanam [luṭh-lyuṭ] Rolling, wallowing, moving to and fro.

luṭhita p. p. Rolled down, rolling or wallowing on the ground.

luḍ I. 1 P. (loḍati) To stir, agitate, churn, disturb. --Caus. (loḍayati-te) To stir, churn, agitate. (used with vi in the same sense); Śi. 11. 8, 19. 69. --II. 6. P. (luḍati)
     (1) To adhere.
     (2) To cover.

luṃṭ I. 1 P. (luṃṭati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To steal, rob, plunder.
     (3) To be lame or crippled.
     (4) To be idle or lazy. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (luṃṭayati-te)
     (1) To rob, plunder, steal.
     (2) To disregard, despise.

luṃṭā
     (1) Robbing.
     (2) Rolling.

luṃṭāka a. (kī f.) Stealing (fig. also), robbing, plundering; taruṇānāṃ hṛdayaluṭākī pariṣvakkamāṇā nivārayati K. P. 10; āḥ sitaśakunayaḥ keyaṃ luṃṭākatā B. R. 5. --kaḥ
     (1) A thief.
     (2) A crow.

luṃṭh 1 P. (luṃṭhati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To stir up, agitate, set in motion.
     (3) To be idle.
     (4) To be lame.
     (5) To reb, plunder.
     (6) To resist.

luṃṭhakaḥ [luṃṭh ṇvul] A robber, plunderer, thief.

luṃṭhanam [luṃṭh-lyuṭ] Plundering, robbing, stealing; yadasya daityā iva luṃṭhanāya kādhyārthacaurāḥ praguṇībhavaṃti Vikr. 1. 11.

luṃṭhā
     (1) Robbing, plundering.
     (2) Rolling.

luṃṭhākaḥ
     (1) A robber.
     (2) A crow.

luṃṭhiḥ --ṭī f. Alundering, robbing, pillaging.

luṃḍ 10 U. (luṃḍayati-te) To plunder, rob, pillage.

luṃḍikā
     (1) A round mass or ball.
     (2) Proper conduct.

luṃḍī Proper or becoming conduct.

luṃth 1 P. (luṃthati)
     (1) To strike, hurt, kill.
     (2) To suffer pain, be afflicted.

lup I. 4 P. (lupyati)
     (1) To confound, perplex.
     (2) To be perplexed or confounded.
     (3) To be suppressed or destroyed. --II. 6 U. (luṃpatite, lupta)
     (1) To break, violate, cut off, destroy, injure; anubhavaṃ vacasā sakhi luṃpasi N. 4. 105.
     (2) To take away, deprive of, rob, plunder.
     (3) To seize, pounce upon.
     (4) To elide, suppress, cause to disappear. --Pass. (lupyate)
     (1) To be broken or violated; be lost; tasya bhāgo na lupyate Ms. 9. 211.
     (2) To be elided or lost, to disappear (in gram.). --Caus. (lopayati-te)
     (1) To break, violate, infringe, offend against.
     (2) To omit, neglect.
     (3) To cause to swerve from; satyād gurumalopayan R. 12. 9. --Desid. (lulupsati, lulopiṣati); freq. lolupyate or lolopti.

lupta p. p. [lup-kta]
     (1) Broken, violated, injured, destroyed.
     (2) Lost, deprived of; R. 14. 56.
     (3) Robbed, plundered.
     (4) Dropped, elided, disappeared (in gram.).
     (5) Omitted, neglected.
     (6) Obsolete, disused, out of use; see lup. --ptaṃ Stolen property, booty.
     -- Comp.
          --upamā a mutilated or elliptical simile, i. e. an upama in which one, two, or even three of the four requisites of a simile are omitted; see K. P. 10 under upamā. --pada a. wanting in words.
          --piṃḍodaka kriya a. deprived of the funeral rites.
          --pratijña a. one who has broken his promise, faithless, perfidious.
          --pratibha a. deprived of reason.

lubh I. 6 P. To bewilder, confound, perplex. --II. 4 P. (lubhyati, lubdha)
     (1) To covet, long for, desire eagerly (with dat. or loc.); tathāpi rāmo lulubhe mṛgāya.
     (2) To allure, entice.
     (3) To be bewildered or perplexed, go astray. --Caus. (lobhayati-te)
     (1) To make greedy, cause to long for, produce or excite desire for; pupluve bahu lābhayan Bk. 5. 48.
     (2) To excite lust.
     (3) To entire, seduce, allure, attract: lobhyamānanayanaḥ ślathāṃśukairmekhalāguṇapadaurnitaṃbibhiḥ R. 19. 26.
     (4) To derange, disorder, disturb.

lubdha p. p. [lubh-kta]
     (1) Greedy, covetous, avaricious.
     (2) Desirous of, longing for, greedy of; as in dhanalubdha, māṃsalubdha, guṇalubdha &c. --bdhaḥ
     (1) A hunter.
     (2) A libertine, lecher.

lubdhakaḥ
     (1) A hunter, fowler; mṛgamīnasajjanānāṃ tṛṇajalasaṃtoṣavihitavṛttīnām . lubdhakadhīvarapiśunā niṣkāraṇavairiṇo jagati Bh. 2. 61.
     (2) A covetous or greedy man.
     (3) A libertine.
     (4) The star Sirius.
     (5) The hinder part.

lubhita p. p. Perplexed, disturbed.

luṃb 1 P., 10 U. (luṃbati, luṃbayati -te) To torment, harass.

luṃbikā A kind of musical intrument.

lul 1 P. (lolati, lulita)
     (1) To roll, roll about, move to and fro, toss about; lulitadṛṣṭi madādiva caskhale Ki. 18. 6; Śi. 3. 72, 10. 36.
     (2) To shake, stir, agitate, make tremulous, disturb.
     (3) To press down, crush; see lulita below. --Caus. (lolayati -te) To shake, stir up; Śi. 9. 4.

lulāpaḥ, lulāyaḥ [lul ghañarthe ka, tamāpnoti aṇ] A buffalo; khuravidhutadharitrīcitrakāyo lulāyaḥ.

lulita p. p. [lul-kta]
     (1) Shaken, tossed about, moved to and fro, tremulous, waving; surālayaprāptinimittamaṃbhastraisrotasaṃ naululitaṃ vavaṃde R. 16. 34, 59.
     (2) Disturbed, touched; lulitamakaraṃdo madhukaraiḥ Ve. 1. 1.
     (3) Disarranged, dishevelled (as hair); Rs. 4. 15.
     (4) Pressed down, crushed, injured; S. 3. 26.
     (5) Pressing on, touching; anatilulitajyāghātāṃkaṃ (kanakavalayaṃ) S. 3. 13.
     (6) Fatigued, drooping, unnerved; alasalulitamugdhānyadhvasaṃjātakhedāt (aṃgakāni) U. 1. 24; gāḍhotkaṃṭhā lalitalulitairaṃgakaistāmyatīti Māl. 1. 15, 3. 6, 4. 2.
     (7) Elegant, beautiful; banaṃ lulitapallavaṃ Bk. 9. 56.

luṣ 1 P. (loṣati) See lūṣ.

luṣabhaḥ An elephant in rut.

luh 1 P. (lohati) To covet, desire or long for; cf. lubh.

lū 9 U. (lunāti, lunīte, lūna; caus. lāvayati-te; desid, lulūṣati-te)
     (1) To cut, lop, clip, sever, divide, pluck, reap, gather (flowers &c.); śarāsanajyāmalunād biḍaujasaḥ R. 3. 59; 7. 45, 12. 43; purīmavaskaṃda lunīhi naṃdanaṃ Śi. 1. 51; krīḍaṃti kākairiva lūtapakṣaiḥ Pt. 1. 187; Ku. 3. 61; Bk. 9. 89.
     (2) To cut off, destroy completely, annihilate; lokānalāvīdvījitāṃśca tasya Bk. 2. 53. --WITH ā to pluck (gently); Ku. 2. 41. --vipra to cut, lop or pluck off; U. 3. 5.

lūtā [lū-tak]
     (1) A spider.
     (2) An ant
     -- Comp.
          --taṃtuḥ a cobwob.
          --markaṭakaḥ 1. an ape. --2. a kind of jasmine.

lūtikā A spider.

lūna p. p. [lū-kta]
     (1) Cut, lopped, severed, cut off.
     (2) Plucked, gathered (flowers &c.
     (3) Destroyed.
     (4) Bitten, nibbled at.
     (5) Wounded. --naṃ A tail.

lūnaka a. Cut, divided. --kaḥ
     (1) A cut, division; wound.
     (2) Sort, species.
     (3) An animal.

lūmam [lū-mak] A tail.
     -- Comp.
          --viṣaḥ 'having poison in the tail', an animal that stings with its tail.

lūṣ I. 1 P. (lūṣati) To adorn, decorate. --II. 10 U. (lūṣayati-te)
     (1) To hurt, injure.
     (2) To rob, plunder, steal.

ḷṅ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Conditional mood or its terminations.

ḷṭ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Second or Simple Future or its terminations.

lekhaḥ [likh-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) A writing, document, written document (of any kind), a letter; lekhoyaṃ na mameti nottaramidaṃ mudrā madīyā yataḥ Mu. 5. 18; nirdhārite'rthe lekhena khalūktvā khalu vācikaṃ Śi. 2. 70; anaṃgalekha Ku. 1. 7; manmathalekha S. 3. 26.
     (2) A god, deity.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ writing (opp. ālekhya). --ādhikārin m. one in charge of writing letters, the secretary (of a king &c.).
          --arhaḥ a kind of palm tree.
          --ṛṣabhaḥ N. of Indra.
          --patraṃ, --patrikā 1. an epistle, a letter, writing in general. --2. a deed, document (legal).
          --saṃdeśaḥ a written message.
          --hāraḥ, --hārin m. a letter-carrier.

lekhakaḥ [likh ṇvul]
     (1) A writer, scribe, copyist.
     (2) A painter. --kaṃ Writing down, transcribing.
     -- Comp.
          --doṣaḥ --pramādaḥ a slip of the scribe, copyist's mistake.

lekhana a. (nāṃ f.) [likha-lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Writing, painting, scratching &c.
     (2) Exciting, stimulating. --naḥ A kind of reed of which pens are made. --naṃ
     (1) Writing, transcribing.
     (2) Scratching, scraping.
     (3) Grazing, touching.
     (4) Attenuating, making thin or emaciated.
     (5) Cutting or making incisions (in surgery).
     (6) Scripture.
     (7) An instrument for scraping.
     (8) A kind of birch-tree.
     (9) A palm-leaf (for writing upon). --nī
     (1) A pen, writing-reed, reed-pen.
     (2) A spoon.
     -- Comp.
          --sādhanaṃ writing materials or apparatus.

lekhanikaḥ
     (1) A letter-carrier.
     (2) One who makes another sign for himself, signing by proxy (being unable to write).
     (3) A writer, scribe.

lekhā [likh-a ṭāp]
     (1) A line, streak; kāṃtirbhruvorāyatalekhayoryā Ku. 1. 47; Ku. 7. 16; Ki. 16. 2; Me. 44; vidyullekhā, phenalekhā, madalekhā &c.
     (2) A stroke, furrow, row, stripe.
     (3) Writing, drawing lines, delineation, painting; pārṇirlekhāvidhiṣu nitarāṃ bartate kiṃ karomi Māl. 1. 35.
     (4) The moon's crescent, a streak of the moon; labdhodayā cāṃdramasība lekhā Ku. 1. 25, 2. 34; Ki. 5. 44.
     (5) A figure, like ness, an impression, a mark; uṣasi sayāvakasavyapādalekhā Ki. 5. 40.
     (6) Hem, border, edge, skirt.
     (7) The crest.

lekhāyati Den. P.
     (1) To sport or dally wantonly.
     (2) To waver, totter.

lekhitī
     (1) A pen.
     (2) A spoon.

lekhya a. [likh ṇyat] To be drawn, written, painted, scratched &c. --khyaṃ
     (1) The art of writing.
     (2) Writing, transcribing.
     (3) A writing, a letter, document, manuscript.
     (5) An inscription.
     (6) Painting, drawing.
     (7) A painted figure.
     -- Comp.
          --ārūḍha, kṛta a. committed to writing, done in writing.
          --gata a. painted, drawn in picture.
          --cūrṇikā a paint-brush, writing-pencil.
          --patraṃ, --patrakaṃ 1. a writing, letter, document. --2. a palm-leaf.
          --prasaṃgaḥ a document.
          --sthānaṃ a writing place.

leṭ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Vedic Subjunctive mood or its terminations.

leṭyati Den. P.
     (1) To deceive, cheat.
     (2) To be first.
     (3) To sleep.
     (4) To shine.

leṃḍam Excrement, feces.

letaḥ --tam Tears.

lep 1 P. (lepate)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To worship.

lepaḥ [lip-ghañ]
     (1) Smearing, plastering, anointing; Y. 1. 188.
     (2) An unguent, ointment, salve.
     (3) A plaster in general (such as whitewash, mortar &c.).
     (4) The wipings of the hand (or the remnants of the food sticking to the hand), after offering funeral oblations to the first three ancestors (pitṛ, pitāmaha and prapitāmaha), (these wipings being offered to the three ancestors after the great-grand-father; i. e. to paternal ancestors in the 4th, 5th and 6th degrees); lepabhāja ścaturthādyāḥ pitrādyāḥ piṃḍabhāginaḥ.
     (5) A spot, stain, defilement, pollution.
     (6) Moral impurity, sin.
     (7) Food.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ a plaster maker, white-washer, bricklayer.
          --bhāgin, --bhuj m. a paternal ancestor in the 4th, 5th and 6th degree; Ms. 3. 216.

lepakaḥ
     (1) A plasterer, mason, white-washer.
     (2) One who moulds or models.

lepanaḥ [lip-lyuṭ] Incense. --naṃ Anointing, smearing, plastering; Y. 1. 188.
     (2) A plaster, an ointment.
     (3) Mortar, white-wash.
     (4) Flesh.

lepin a. Smearing or covering with. --m. A plasterer, bricklayer.

lepya a. To be plastered, smeared &c. --pyaṃ
     (1) Plastering, smearing.
     (2) Moulding, modeling, making models.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt m. 1. a model maker. --2. a bricklayer.
          --strī a woman covered with unguents or perfumed ointments.

lepyamayī A doll, puppet.

leyaḥ The sign Leo of the zodiac.

lelāyamānā One of the seven tongues of fire.

lelihaḥ
     (1) A snake or serpent.
     (2) A kind of worm. --hā A certain position of the fingers.

lelihānaḥ
     (1) A snake or serpent.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.

leśaḥ [liś-ghañ]
     (1) A small bit or portion, a particle, an atom, a very small quantity; kleśa (v. l. sveda) leśairabhinnaṃ S. 2. 4; ścamabārileśaiḥ Ku. 3. 38; so bhākti-, guṇa- &c.
     (2) Smallness, littleness.
     (3) A measure of time (equal to two kalas).
     (4) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech which consists in representing what is usually considered as an advantage to be a disadvantage and vice versa. It is thus defined in R. G.: --guṇasyāniṣṭasādhanatayā doṣatvena doṣasyeṣṭasādhanatayā guṇatvena ca varṇanaṃ leśaḥ; for examples see ad loc. (Mammaṭa appears to include this figure under viśeṣa, see K. P. 10 under viśeṣa and commentary).
     -- Comp.
          --ukta a. only suggested, or hinted at, insinuated.

leśyā Light.

leṣṭaḥ [liṣ-tun] A cold, lump of earth.
     -- Comp.
          --bhedanaḥ an instrument for breaking clods.

lesikaḥ A rider of an elephant.

lehaḥ [lih-ghañ]
     (1) Licking, sipper; as in madhuno lehaḥ Bk. 6. 82.
     (2) Tasting.
     (3) A lambative, an electuary.
     (4) Food.
     (5) One of the ways in which an eclipse occurs. --hī A disease of the tips of the ears.

lehanam Licking, sipping with the tongue.

lehinaḥ Borax.

lehya a. To be licked, to be eaten by licking, to be lapped up. --hyaṃ
     (1) Anything to be eaten by licking (as an article of food), a lambative; nectar.
     (2) Food in general.

laiṃgam N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.

laiṃgika a. (kī f.) [liṃga-ṭhaṇ]
     (1) Depending on or relating to a sign or mark.
     (2) Inferred (anumita). --kaḥ A maker of images, statuary.

laiṇ 1 P. (laiṇati)
     (1) To go, approach.
     (2) To send.
     (3) To embrace.

lok I. 1 A. (lokate, lokita) To see, view, perceive. --II. 10 U. or Caus. (lokayati-te, lokita)
     (1) To look at, behold, view, perceive.
     (2) To know, be aware of.
     (3) To shine.
     (4) To seek.

līkaḥ [lokyate'sau lok-ghañ]
     (1) The world, a divison of the universe; (roughly speaking there are three lokas svarga, pṛthvī and pātāla, but according to fuller classification the lokas are fourteen, seven higher regions rising from the earth one above the other, i. e. bhūrloka, bhuvarloka, svarloka, maharloka, janarloka, taparloka, and satyaloka or brahmaloka; and seven lower regions, descending from the earth one below the other; i. e. atala, vitala, sutala, rasātala, talātala, mahātala and pātāla).
     (2) The earth, terrestrial world (bhūloka); ihaloke in this world (opp. paratra).
     (3) The human race, mankind, men, as in lokātiga, lokottara &c. q. v.
     (4) The people or subjects (opp. the king); svasukhanirabhilāṣaḥ khidyase lokahetoḥ S. 5. 7; R. 4. 8.
     (5) A collection, group, class, company; ākṛṣṭalīlān naralokapālān R. 6. 1; or śaśāma tena kṣitipālalokaḥ 7. 3.
     (6) A region, tract, district, province.
     (7) Common life, ordinary practice (of the world) lokavattu līlākaivalyaṃ Br. Sū1t. II. 1. 33; yathā loke kasyacidāptaiṣaṇasya rājñaḥ &c. S. B. (and diverse other places of the same work).
     (8) Common or worldly usage (opp. Vedic usage or idiom); vedoktā vaidikāḥ śabdāḥ siddhā lokācca laukikāḥ, priyataddhitā dākṣiṇātyā yathā loke vede ceti prayoktavye yathā laukikavaidikeṣviti prayuṃjate Mbh.; (and in diverse other places); ato'smi loke vede ca prathitaḥ puruṣottamaḥ Bg. 15. 18.
     (9) Sight, looking. (10) The number 'seven', or 'fourteen'.
     (11) Ved. Open space; space, room. (In compounds loka is often translated by 'universally', 'generally', 'popularly'; as lokavijñāta; so -vidviṣṭa).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ space, sky.
          --atiga a. extraordinary, supernatural.
          --atiśaya a. superior to the world, extraordinary.
          --adhika a. extraordinary, uncommon; sarvaṃ paṃḍitarājarājitilakenākāri lokādhikaṃ Bv. 4. 44; Ki. 2. 47.
          --adhipaḥ 1. a king. --2. a god or deity.
          --adhipatiḥ a lord of the world.
          --anurāgaḥ 'love of mankind', universal love, general benevolenee, philanthropy.
          --aṃtaraṃ 'another world', the next world, future life; R. 1. 69; 6. 45; lokāṃtaraṃ gam. prāp &c. 'to die.'
          --apavādaḥ public scandal, popular censure; lokāpavādo balavānmato me R. 14. 40.
          --abhibhāvin a. 1. overcoming the world. --2. pervading the whole world (as light).
          --abhyudayaḥ public weal or welfare.
          --ayanaḥ N. of Nārāyaṇa.
          --alokaḥ N. of a mythical mountain that encircles the earth and is situated beyond the sea of fresh water which surrounds the last of the seven continents; beyond lokāloka there is complete darkness, and to this side of it there is light; it thus divides the visible world from the regions of darkness; prakāśaścāprakāśaśca lokāloka ivācalaḥ R. 1. 68; lokālokavyāhataṃ gharmarāśeḥ śālīnaṃ vā dhāma nālaṃ prasartuṃ Śi. 16. 83; Mv. 5. 10, 45; (for further explanation see Dr. Bhāṇḍārkar's note on l. 79 of Māl. 10th Act.). (
          --kau) the visible and the invisible world.
          --ācāraḥ common practice, popular or general custom, ways of the world; api śāstreṣu kuśalā lokācāravivarjitāḥ Pt. 5. 43.
          --ātman m. the soul of the universe.
          --ādiḥ 1. the beginning of the world. --2. the creator of the world.
          --āyata a. atheistical, materialistic. (
          --taḥ) a materialist, an atheist, a follower of Charvāka. (
          --taṃ) materialism, atheism; (for some account see the first chapter of the Sarvadarśanasamgraha).
          --āyatikaḥ an atheist, a materialist.
          --īśaḥ 1. a king (lord of the world). --2. Brahman. --3. quick-silver.
          --uktiḥ f. 1. a proverb, popular saying; Pt. 1. 371. --2. common talk, public opinion.
          --uttara a. extraordinary, uncommon, unusual; lokottarā ca kṛtiḥ Bv. 1. 69, 70; U. 2. 7. (
          --raḥ) a king.
          --ekabaṃdhuḥ an epithet of Śākyamuni.
          --eṣaṇā desire for heaven.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ 1. a troublesome or wicked man, the curse of mankind. --2. an epithet of Rāvaṇa; see kaṃṭaka. --kathā a popular legend.
          --kartṛ, --kṛt m. the creator of the world.
          --kalpa a. 1. resembling the world. --2. regarded by the world. (
          --lpaḥ) a period or age of the world.
          --kāṃta a. liked by the people, popular; V. 5. 21.
          --kāraṇakāraṇaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --gatiḥ f. actions of men.
          --gāthā a song handed down among people.
          --cakṣus n. the sun.
          --cāritraṃ the ways of the world.
          --jananī an epithet of Lakṣmī.
          --jit m. 1. an epithet of Buddha. --2. any conqueror of the world. --3. a sage.
          --jña a. knowing the world.
          --jyeṣṭhaḥ an epithet of Buddha.
          --tattvaṃ knowledge of mankind.
          --taṃtraṃ course of the world.
          --tuṣāraḥ camphor.
          --trayaṃ, --trayī the three worlds taken collectively; utkhātalokatrayaṃkaṭake'pi R. 14. 73.
          --dvāraṃ the gate of heaven.
          --dhānuḥ a particular division of the world.
          --dhātṛ m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --nāthaḥ 1. Brahman. --2. Viṣṇu. --3. Śiva. --4. a king, sovereign. --5. a Buddha.
          --netṛ m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --paḥ, --pālaḥ 1. a regent or guardian of a quarter of the world; lalitābhinayaṃ tamadya bhartā marutāṃ draṣṭumanāḥ salokapālaḥ V. 2. 18; R. 2. 75, 12. 89, 17. 78; (the lokapālas are eight; see aṣṭadikpāla). --2. a king, sovereign.
          --paktiḥ f. esteem of mankind, general respectability.
          --patiḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. of Viṣṇu. --3. a king, sovereign.
          --pathaḥ, --paddhatiḥ f. the general or usual way, the universally accepted way.
          --pitāmahaḥ an epithet of Brahman.
          --prakāśanaḥ the sun.
          --pravādaḥ general rumour, current report, popular talk.
          --prasiddha a. well-known, universally known.
          --baṃdhuḥ, --bāṃdhavaḥ 1. the sun. --2. Śiva.
          --bāhya, --vāhya a. 1. excluded from society, excommunicated. --2. differing from the world, eccentric, singular. (
          --hyaḥ) an outcast.
          --bhāvana, --bhāvin a. promoting the welfare of the world.
          --maryādā an established or current custom.
          --mātṛ f. an epithet of Lakṣmī.
          --mārgaḥ an established cuslom.
          --yātrā 1. worldly affairs, the course of worldly life, business of the world; evaṃ kileyaṃ lokayātrā Mv. 7; yāvadayaṃ saṃsārastāvatprasiddhaiveyaṃ lokayātrā Ve. 3. --2. a popular usage or custom. --3. worldly existence, career in life; Māl. 4, 6. --4. support of life, maintenance.
          --rakṣaḥ a king, sovereign.
          --raṃjanaṃ pleasing the world, popularity.
          --ravaḥ popular talk or report.
          --lekhaḥ a public document.
          --locanaṃ the sun.
          --vacanaṃ a popular rumour or report.
          --vādaḥ public rumour; common talk, popular report; māṃ lokavādaśravaṇādahāsīḥ R. 14. 61.
          --vārtā popular report, public rumour.
          --vidviṣṭa a. disliked by men, generally or universally disliked.
          --vidhiḥ 1. a mode of proceeding prevalent in the world. --2. the creator of the world.
          --viśrutaṃ a. farfamed, universally known, famous, renowned.
          --viśruti f. 1. world-wide fame. --2. unfounded rumour, mere report.
          --vṛttaṃ 1. the way of the world, a custom prevalent in the world. --2. an idle talk or gossip.
          --vṛttāṃtaḥ, --vyavahāraḥ 1. the course or ways of the world, general custom; S. 5. --2. course of events.
          --vyayahāra a. commonly used, universally current.
          --vrataṃ general practice or way of the world.
          --śrutiḥ f. 1. a popular report. --2. world-wide fame.
          --saṃsṛti f. fate, destiny.
          --saṃkaraḥ general confusion in the world.
          --saṃgrahaḥ 1. the whole universe. --2. the welfare of the world. --3. worldly experience. --4. propitiation of mankind.
          --sākṣika a. attested by witnesses.
          --sākṣin m. 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. fire.
          --siddha a. 1. current among the people, usual, customary. --2. generally received or accepted.
          --sthitiḥ f. 1. existence or conduct of the universe, worldly existence; the stability or permanence of the world; Bh. 2. 22. --2. a universal law.
          --hāsya a. world-derided, the butt of general ridicule.
          --hita a. beneficial to mankind or to the world. (
          --taṃ) general welfare.

lokanam Looking at, seeing, beholding &c.

lokaṃpṛṇa a. Filling or pervading the world; lokaṃpṛṇaiḥ parimalaiḥ paripūritasya kāśmīrajasya kaṭutāpi nitāṃtaramyā Bv. 1. 71.

lokya a.
     (1) World-wide.
     (2) Usual, custom ary.
     (3) Right, real.
     (4) Heavenly.
     (5) Granting free space.

logaḥ A clod, lump of earth.

loc I. 1 A. (locate) To see, view, perceive, observe. --II. 10 U. or Caus. (locayati-te) To cause to see. --III. 10 U. (locayati-te)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To shine.

locam Tears.

locakaḥ [loc-ṇvul]
     (1) A stupid person.
     (2) The pupil of the eye.
     (3) Lamp-black, collyrium.
     (4) A kind of ear-ring.
     (5) A dark or blue garment.
     (6) A bow-string.
     (7) A particular ornament worn by women on the forehead.
     (8) A lump of flesh.
     (9) The slough of a snake. (10) A wrinkled skin.
     (11) The wrinkled brow.
     (12) A plantain tree.

locana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Illuminating, brightening.
     (2) Visible. --naṃ [locyate'nena loc-karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) Seeing, sight, viewing.
     (2) The eye; śeṣānmāsān gamaya caturo locane mīlayitvā Me. 110.
     -- Comp.
          --gocaraḥ, --pathaḥ, --mārgaḥ the range of sight, sphere of vision.
          --hitā blue vitriol.

loṭ 1 P. (loṭati) To be mad or foolish.

loṭ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Imperative Mood or its terminations.

loṭanam Rolling, wallowing.

loṭā, loṭikā, Sorrel.

loṭhaḥ Rolling on the ground, wallowing.

loḍ 1 P. (loḍati) To be foolish or mad.

loḍanam Disturbing, agitating, shaking about.

loṇāraḥ A kind of salt.

lotaḥ
     (1) Tears.
     (2) A mark, sign, token. --taṃ
     (1) Booty.
     (2) Salt.

lotram [lū-ṣṭran] Stolen property, booty; lotreṇa (or loptreṇa) guhītasya kuṃbhīlakasyāsti vā prativacanaṃ V. 2.

lodhaḥ, lodhraḥ N. of a tree with red or white flowers; lodhradrumaṃ sānumataḥ praphullaṃ R. 2. 29; mukhena sālakṣyata lodhrapāṃḍunā 3. 2; Ku. 7. 9.

lopaḥ [lup-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Taking away, deprivation; robbing, plundering.
     (2) Loss, destruction.
     (3) Abolition, cancellation, annulment, (of customs), disappearance, disuse.
     (4) Violation, transgression; dharmalopabhayāt R. 1. 76.
     (5) Want, failure, absence; R. 1. 68.
     (6) Omission, dropping; tadvaddhamarsya lope syāt K. P. 10.
     (7) Elision, dropping, (in gram.); adarśanaṃ lopaḥ P. I. 1. 60.
     (8) Being perplexed or confounded.
     (9) Breaking, fracture.

lopanam [lup-lyuṭ]
     (1) Violation, transgression.
     (2) Omission, dropping.

lopā, lopāmudrā N. of a daughter of the king of Vidarbha and wife of the sage Agastya. [She is said to have been formed by the sage himself from the most beautiful parts of different animals so as to have a wife after his own heart, and then secretly introduced into the palace of the king of Vidarbha where she grew up as his daughter. She was afterwards married by Agastya. He was asked by her to acquire immense riches before he thought of having any connection with her. The sage accordingly first went to king Śrutarvan, and from him to several other persons till he went to the rich demon Ilvala and, having conquered him, got immense wealth from him and satisfied his wife].

lopākaḥ, lopāpakaḥ A kind of jackal.

lopāśaḥ, lopāśakaḥ A jackal, fox.

lopin a.
     (1) Injuring, harming.
     (2) Subject to elision.

loptram See lotraṃ.

lobhaḥ [lubh-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Covetousness, avarice, greed, cupidity; lobhaścedaguṇena kiṃ Bh. 2. 55.
     (2) Desire for, longing after (with gen. or in comp.); kaṃkaṇasya tu lobhena H. 1. 5; ārśalobhāt Me. 103.
     (3) Avarice personified (one of the six enemies of man).
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. covetous, greedy, avaricious.
          --ātman a. greedy-minded, avaricious.
          --virahaḥ absence of avarice; H. 1.

lobhana a. (nī f.) Alluring, enticing. --naṃ [lubh-lyuṭ]
     (1) Allurement, temptation, seduction, enticement.
     (2) Gold.

lobhanīya, lobhya a. Enticing, alluring, attractive; S. 1. 21; 6. 19.

lobhita p. p. Allured, attracted, enticed, seduced.

lobhin a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Greedy or desirous of, longing for, eager after.
     (2) Alluring, attracting, enticing.

lomaḥ
     (1) A tail.
     (2) The hair on the body.

lomākin m. A bird.

loman n. [lū-manin]
     (1) The hair on the body of men or animals; see roman.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃcaḥ = romāṃca q. v. --2. wool, down. --3. a tail.
          --āliḥ -lī, --āvaliḥ-lī, --rājiḥ f. a line of hair from the breast to the navel, see romāvalī &c.
          --karṇaḥ a hare.
          --kīṭaḥ a louse.
          --kūpaḥ, --gartaḥ, --raṃdhraṃ, --vivaraṃ a pore of the skin.
          --ghnaṃ morbid baldness.
          --pādaḥ N. of a king of the Angas; U. 1. 4.
          --maṇiḥ an amulet made of hair.
          --vāhin a. feathered.
          --śātanaṃ depilatory (removing the hair of the body).
          --saṃharṣaṇa a. thrilling, causing horripilation.
          --sāraḥ an emerald.
          --harṣa, --harṣaṇa, harṣin see romaharṣa &c.
          --hṛt m. yellow orpiment.

lomaśa a. [lomāni bāhulyena saṃtyasya śa]
     (1) Hairy, woolly, shaggy.
     (2) Woollen.
     (3) Containing hair.
     (4) Consisting in sheep (as property).
     (5) Overgrown with grass. --śaḥ A sheep, ram. --śā
     (1) A fox.
     (2) A female jackal.
     (3) An ape.
     (4) Green vitriol.
     -- Comp.
          --puṣpakaḥ the Śirīṣa tree.
          --mārjāraḥ the civet-cat.

lomaśyam
     (1) Hairiness, woolliness.
     (2) Roughness.

lomāśaḥ A jackal.

lomāśikā The female of the jackal or fox.

lola a. [loḍ-ac ḍasyalaḥ, lul ghañ vā]
     (1) Shaking, rolling, tremulous, moving to and fro, quivering, dangling, trembling; flowing, waving (as locks of hair); parisphurallolaśikhāgrajihvaṃ jagājjighatsaṃtamivāṃtavahniṃ Ki. 3. 20; lolāṃśukasya pavanākulitāṃśukrātaṃ Ve. 2. 22; tatastataḥ praritalolalocanā S. 1. 23; lolāpāṃgaiḥ locanaiḥ Me. 27; R. 18. 43.
     (2) Agitated, disturbed, restless, uneasy.
     (3) Fickle, inconstant, changing, unsteady; yenaḥ śriyaḥ saṃśrayadoṣarūḍhaṃ svabhāvaloletyayaśaḥ pramṛṣṭaṃ R. 6. 41; so Ku. 1. 43.
     (4) Frail, transient; S. 1. 10.
     (5) Longing or anxious for, eager for, eagerly desirous of (mostly in comp.); agre lolaḥ karikalabhako yaḥ purā poṣito'bhūt U. 3. 6; hastaṃ kaṃpavatī ruṇaddhi raśanāvyāpāralolāṃguliṃ M. 4. 14; karṇe lolaḥ kathayitumabhūdānanasparśalobhāt Me. 103; Śi. 1. 61; 8. 46; 10. 66; Ki. 4. 20, 16. 16; Me. 61; R. 7. 23, 9. 37, 16. 54, 61.
     (6) Greedy, lustful. --lā
     (1) N. of Lakṣmī.
     (2) Lightning.
     (3) The tongue.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣi n. a rolling eye.
          --akṣikā a woman with rolling eyes.
          --jihva a. with a rolling or restless tongue, greedy.
          --lola a. excessively tremulous, ever restless.

lolita p. p. Shaken, tremulous.

lolupa a. [lubh yaṅ ac pṛṣo- bhasya paḥ]
     (1) Very eager or desirous, ardently longing for, greedy of; abhinavamadhulolupastvaṃ tathā paricuṃbya cūtamaṃjarīṃ kamalavasatimātranirvṛto madhukara vismṛtosyenāṃ kathaṃ S. 5. 1; mithastvadābhāṣaṇalolupaṃ manaḥ Śi. 1. 40; R. 19. 24.
     (2) Very destructive, destroying (Ved.). --pā Ardent longing, eager or earnest desire, eagerness.

lolubha a. Ardently desirous, covetous, see lolupa.

loṣṭ 1 A. (loṣṭate) To heap up, accumulate.

loṣṭaḥ, --ṣṭam A cold, a lump of earth; paradravyeṣu loṣṭavat yaḥ paśyati sa paśyati; samaloṣṭakāṃcanaḥ R. 8. 21; sa loṣṭaghātaṃ hataḥ Mu. 2. --ṣṭaṃ Rust of iron.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnaḥ, --bhedanaḥ --naṃ an instrument for breaking clods, a harrow.

loṣṭakaḥ
     (1) A clod.
     (2) A spot.
     (3) A particular object serving as a mark.

loṣṭuḥ A clod, lump of earth.

loha a.
     (1) Red, reddish.
     (2) Made of copper, coppery.
     (3) Made of iron. --haḥ, --haṃ
     (1) Copper.
     (2) Iron.
     (3) Steel.
     (4) Any metal.
     (5) Gold.
     (6) Blood.
     (7) A weapon; Ms. 9. 321.
     (8) A fish-hook. --haḥ The red goat. --haṃ Aloe-wood.
     -- Comp.
          --ajaḥ the red goat.
          --abhisāraḥ, --abhihāraḥ N. of a military ceremony resembling nīrājana q. v.
          --āmiṣaḥ the flesh of the red-haired goat.
          --uttamaṃ gold.
          --kāṃtaḥ a loadstone, magnet.
          --kāraḥ a blacksmith.
          --kiṭṭaṃ rust of iron.
          --ghātakaḥ a blacksmith.
          --cūrṇaṃ iron-filings, rust of iron.
          --jaṃ 1. bell-metal. --2. iron-filings.
          --jāṃlaṃ a coat of mail.
          --jit m. a diamond.
          --drāvin m. borax.
          --nālaḥ an iron arrow.
          --pṛṣṭhaḥ a heron.
          --pratimā 1. an anvil. --2. an iron image.
          --vaddha a. tipped or studded with iron.
          --māraka a. calcining a metal.
          --muktikā red pearl.
          --rajas n. rust of iron.
          --rājakaṃ silver.
          --liṃgaṃ a boil filled with blood.
          --varaṃ gold.
          --varman n. iron-armour, mail.
          --śaṃkuḥ an iron spike.
          --śleṣaṇaḥ borax.
          --saṃkaraṃ blue steel.

lohala a. [lohamiva lāti lā-ka]
     (1) Made of iron.
     (2) Speaking indistinctly, lisping.

lohikā An iron vessel.

lohita a. (lohitā or lohinī f.) [ruh-itac rasya laḥ Tv.]
     (1) Red, redcoloured; srastāṃsāvatimātralohitatalau bāhū ghaṭotkṣepaṇāt S. 1. 30; Ku. 3. 29; muhuścalatpallavalohinībhiruccaiḥśikhābhiḥ śikhinovalīḍhāḥ Ki. 16. 53.
     (2) Copper, made of copper. --taḥ
     (1) The red colour.
     (2) The planet Mars.
     (3) A serpent.
     (4) A kind of deer.
     (5) N. of the river Brahmaputra.
     (6) A kind of rice. --tā N. of one of the seven tongues of fire. --taṃ
     (1) Copper.
     (2) Blood; Ms. 8. 284.
     (3) Saffron.
     (4) Battle.
     (5) Red sanders.
     (6) A kind of sandal.
     (7) An imperfect form of a rainbow.
     (8) A kind of agallochum.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ 1. a red die. --2. a kind of snake. --3. the (Indian) cuckoo. --4. an epithet of Viṣṇu. (
          --kṣaṃ) 1. the armpit, thigh-joint; hip.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. the kāṃpilla tree. --2. the planet Mars.
          --ayas n. copper.
          --arman n. a red swelling in the whites of the eyes.
          --aśokaḥ a variety of Asoka (having red flowers).
          --aśvaḥ fire.
          --ānanaḥ an ichneumon.
          --ārdra a. dripping with blood.
          --īkṣaṇa a. redeyed.
          --uda a. having red or bloodred water.
          --kalmāṣa a. red-spotted.
          --kṛṣṇa a. dark-red.
          --kṣayaḥ loss of blood.
          --grīvaḥ an epithet of Agni.
          --caṃdanaṃ saffron.
          --puṣpakaḥ the granate tree.
          --mṛttikā red chalk.
          --śatapatraṃ a red lotus-flower.
          --śavala a. dappled with red.

lohitaka a. (tikā f.) Red. --kaḥ
     (1) A ruby; Śi. 13. 52.
     (2) The planet Mars.
     (3) A kind of rice. --kaṃ
     (1) Bell-metal.
     (2) Calx of brass.

lohitati Den. P. To become red, redden; so lohitāyati.

lohitiman m. Redness.

lohityaḥ
     (1) A kind of rice.
     (2) N. of the river Brahmaputra; see lauhitya.

lohinī A woman with a red-coloured skin.

laukāyatikaḥ A follower of Chārvaka, an atheist, a material. ist.

laukika a. (kī f.) [loke viditaḥ prasiddho hito vā ṭhaṇ]
     (1) Worldly, mundane, terrestrial, earthly.
     (2) General, common, usual, ordinary, vulgar; U. 1. 10.
     (3) Of every-day life, generally accepted, popular, customary; Ku. 7. 88.
     (4) Temporal, secular (opp. ārṣa or śāstrīya); Ms. 3. 282.
     (5) Not sacred, profane (as a word or its sense); vākyaṃ dvividhaṃ vaidikaṃ laukikaṃ ca T. S.; (see Mbh. quoted under loka 8).
     (6) Belonging to the world of; as in brahmalaukika. --kāḥ (pl.)
     (1) Ordinary men, men of the world.
     (2) The human race, mankind. --kaṃ Any general or worldly custom.
     -- Comp.
          --jña a. knowing the ways of the world, acquainted with worldly customs; vanaukasopi saṃto laukikajñā vayaṃ S. 4.

laukya a.
     (1) Worldly, terrestrial, mundane, human.
     (2) Common, ordinary, usual.

lauḍ 1 P. (lauḍati) To be foolish or mad.

laulyam [lolasya bhāvaḥ pyañ]
     (1) Fickleness, unsteadiness, inconstancy.
     (2) Eagerness, eager desire, greediness; lustfulness, excessive passion or desire; jihvālaulyāt Pt. 1; R. 7. 61, 16. 76; 18. 31.

lauha a. (hī f.) [lohameva lohasya vikāraḥ aṇ]
     (1) Made of iron, iron.
     (2) Coppery.
     (3) Metallic.
     (4) Coppercoloured, red. --haṃ Iron; Bk. 15. 54. --hā A kettle.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman m.,
          --bhūḥ f. a boiler, kettle, caldron.
          --kāraḥ a blacksmith.
          --jaṃ rust of iron.
          --baṃdhaḥ --dhaṃ an iron fetter, irons.
          --bhāṃḍaṃ an iron vessel.
          --malaṃ rust of iron.
          --śaṃkuḥ an iron spike.

lauhitaḥ The trident of Śiva.

lauhitika a. Reddish.

lauhityaḥ [lohitasya bhāvaḥ pyañ svārthe ṣyañ vā] N. of a river, the Brahmaputra; cakaṃpe tīrṇalauhitye tasmin prāgjyotiṣeśvaraḥ R. 4. 81; (where Malli. says; tīrṇā lauhityā nāma nadī yena but quotes no authority). --tyaṃ Redness.

lpī, lyī 9 P. (lpināti, lyināti) To join, unite, be mixed with.

lvī 9 P. (lvināti) To go, move, approach.

va

va a. Powerful, strong. --vaḥ
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) The arm.
     (3) N. of Varuṇa.
     (4) Conciliation.
     (5) Addressing.
     (6) Auspiciousness.
     (7) Residence, dwelling.
     (8) The ocean.
     (8) A tiger. (10) Cloth.
     (11) Reverence.
     (12) N. of Rāhu.
     (13) The residence of Varuṇa.
     (14) The esculent root of the water-lily. --vaṃ N. of Varuṇa (Medinī). --ind. Like, as; as in maṇī voṣṭrasya laṃbete priyau vatsatarau mama Sk.; (where the word may be va or vā).

vaṃśaḥ [vamati udgirati vam-śa tasya netvam Tv.]
     (1) A bamboo; dhanurvaṃśaviśuddho'pi nirguṇaḥ kiṃ kariṣyati H. Pr. 23; vaṃśabhavo guṇavānapi saṃgaviśeṣeṇa pūjyate puruṣaḥ Bv. 1. 80 (where vaṃśa has sense 2 also); Me. 79.
     (2) A race, family, dynasty, lineage; sa jāto yena jātena yāti vaṃśaḥ samunnatiṃ H. 2; sūryaprabhavo vaṃśaḥ R. 1. 2 &c.; see vaṃśakara, vaṃśasthiti &c.
     (3) A shaft.
     (4) A flute, pipe, reed-pipe; kūjadbhirāpāditavaṃ śakṛtyaṃ R. 2. 12.
     (5) A collection, assemblage, multitude (usually of similar things); sāṃdrīkṛtaḥ syaṃdanavaṃśacakraiḥ R. 7. 39.
     (6) A cross-beam.
     (7) A joint (in a bamboo).
     (8) A sort of sugar-cane.
     (9) The back-bone. (10) The Śāla tree.
     (11) A particular measure of length (equal to ten hastas).
     (12) The central projecting part of a sabre.
     (13) Bamboo-manna.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ, --aṃkuraḥ 1. the tip or end of a bamboo-cane. --2. the shoot of a bamboo.
          --anukīrtanaṃ genealogy.
          --anukramaḥ genealogy.
          --anucaritaṃ the history of a dynasty or family.
          --āgata a. inherited.
          --āvalī a pedigree, genealogy.
          --āhvaḥ bamboo-manna.
          --kaṭhinaḥ a thicket of bamboos.
          --kaphaṃ cottony seeds floating in the air.
          --kara a. 1. founding a family. --2. perpetuating a race; vaṃśasthitiṃ vaṃśakareṇa tena R. 18. 31. (
          --raḥ) 1. a son; tvayi samutpannasya vaṃśakarasya mukhaṃ prekṣiṣyate V. 5. --2. an ancestor.
          --karpūrarocanā, --rocanā, --locanā bamboo-manna.
          --kṛt m. the founder or perpetuator of a family.
          --kramaḥ family succession.
          --kṣī rī bamboo-manna.
          --caritaṃ the history of a family.
          --ciṃtakaḥ a genealogist.
          --chettṛ a the last of a family.
          --ja a. 1. born in the family of; R. 1. 31. --2. made of bamboos. --3. sprung from a good family. (
          --jaḥ) 1. progeny, issue, lineal descendant. --2. the seed of the bamboo. (
          --jaṃ) bamboo-manna. (
          --jā) bamboo-manna.
          --taṃḍulaḥ ths seed of the bamboo.
          --dhara a. 1. perpetuating a family; U. 7. 3. --2. supporting a family.
          --dhānyaṃ = vaṃśataṃḍula q. v.
          --nartin m. a buffoon.
          --nāḍi (lī) kā a pipe made of bamboo.
          --nāthaḥ the chief or head of a race.
          --netraṃ the root of sugarcane.
          --patraṃ a bamboo-leaf. (
          --traḥ) a reed.
          --patrakaḥ 1. a reed. --2. a white kind of sugar-cane. (
          --kaṃ) yellow orpiment.
          --paraṃparā lineal descent, family succession.
          --pūrakaṃ the root of sugarcane.
          --bhṛt m. the supporter or head of a family.
          --bhojya a. hereditary. (
          --jyaṃ) a hereditary estate.
          --rājaḥ a very high bamboo.
          --lakṣmīḥ f. the fortune of a family.
          --vitatiḥ f. 1. a family, descent. --2. a thicket of bamboos.
          --śarkarā bamboo-manna.
          --śalākā a small bamboo peg at the lower end of a Vīṇā.
          --sthitiḥ f. the perpetuation of a family; R. 18. 31; V. 5. 15.

vaṃśakaḥ
     (1) A kind of sugarcane.
     (2) The joint in a bamboo.
     (3) A kind of fish. --kaṃ Aloe-wood.

vaṃśika a. Lineal, genealogical. --kaṃ Aloe-wood.

vaṃśikā
     (1) A kind of flute.
     (2) Aloewood.

vaṃśī
     (1) A flute, pipe; na vaṃśīmajñāsīdbhuvi karasarojādvigalitāṃ H. D. 108; kaṃsariporvyapohatu sa vo'śreyāṃsi vaṃśīravaḥ Gīt. 9.
     (2) A vein or artery.
     (3) Bamboo-manna.
     (4) A particular weight.
     -- Comp.
          --dharaḥ, --dhārin m. 1. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa. --2. any fluteplayer or piper.

vaṃśya a. [vaṃśe bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Relating to the main beam.
     (2) Connected with the spine.
     (3) Belonging to a family.
     (4) Of a good family, born in a good family.
     (5) Lineal, genealogical. --śyaḥ
     (1) A descendant, posterity (pl.); itare'pi raghorvaṃśyāḥ R. 15. 35. 2 A forefather, an ancestor; nūnaṃ mattaḥ paraṃ vaṃśyāḥ piṃḍavicchedadarśinaḥ R. 1. 66.
     (3) Any member of a family.
     (4) A cross-beam.
     (5) A bone in the arm or leg.
     (6) A pupil.
     (7) A kinsman from seven generations above and seven below.

vaṃsagaḥ Ved. A bull.

vaṃh See baṃh.

vaka See baka.

vakula See bakula.

vakka 1 A. (vakkate) To go, move.

vaktevya pot. p. [vac-tavya]
     (1) Fit to be said, told, spoken or declared; tattarhi vaktavyaṃ na vaktavyaṃ (frequently occurring in Mbh.).
     (2) To be spoken about.
     (3) Reprehensible, blameable, censurable.
     (4) Low, vile, base.
     (5) Accountable, responsible.
     (6) Dependent. --vyaṃ
     (1) Speaking, speech.
     (2) A precept, rule, dictum.
     (3) Blame, censure, reproach.

vaktavyatā --tvam
     (1) Censure, reproach.
     (2) Subjection, dependence.

vaktṛ a. or m. [ucitaṃ bahu vakti, vactṛc]
     (1) Speaking, talking, a speaker.
     (2) Eloquent, an orator; apriyasya ca pathyasya vaktā śrotā ca durlabhaḥ Rām.; kiṃ kariṣvaṃti vaktāraḥ śrotā yatra na vidyate; dardurā yatra vaktārastatra maunaṃ hi śobhanaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (3) A teacher, an expounder.
     (4) A learned or wise man in general.
     (5) Honest, sincere.

vaktram [vaktyanena vac-karaṇe ṣṭran]
     (1) The mouth.
     (2) The face; yadvaktraṃ muhurīkṣase na dhanināṃ brūṣe na cāṭūnmṛṣā Bh. 3. 147.
     (3) Snout, muzzle, beak.
     (4) Beginning.
     (5) The point (of an arrow), the spout of a vessel.
     (6) A sort of garment.
     (7) N. of a metre similar to anushtubh; see S. D. 567; Kāv. 1. 26.
     (8) The first term of a progression.
     -- Comp.
          --āsavaḥ saliva.
          --khuraḥ a tooth.
          --jaḥ a Brāhmaṇa.
          --tālaṃ a musical instrument played with the mouth.
          --tuṃḍaḥ N. of Gaṇeśa.
          --dalaṃ the palate.
          --paṭaḥ a veil.
          --paṭṭaḥ a bag of corn tied round a horse's neck.
          --parispaṃdaḥ speech.
          --bhedin a. pungent, sharp.
          --raṃbhraṃ the aperture of the mouth.
          --vāsaḥ an orange.
          --śodhanaṃ 1. cleansing the mouth. --2. a lime, citron.
          --śodhin n. a citron. (--m.) a citron tree.

vaka a.
     (1) Crooked(fig. also), bent, curved, winding, tortuous; vakraḥ paṃthā yadapi bhavataḥ prasthitasyottarāśāṃ Me. 27; Ku. 3. 29.
     (2) Round about, indirect, evasive, circuitous, equivocation, ambiguous (as a speech); kimetairvakrabhaṇitaiḥ Ratn. 2; vakravākyaracanāramaṇīyaḥ ... subhruvāṃ pravavṛte parihāsaḥ Śi. 10. 12; see vakrokti also.
     (3) Curled, curling, crisped (as hair).
     (4) Retrograde (as motion).
     (5) Dishonest, fraudulent, crooked in disposition.
     (6) Cruel, malignant (as a planet).
     (7) Prosodially long. --kraḥ
     (1) The planet Mars.
     (2) The planet Saturn.
     (3) N. of Śiva.
     (4) N. of the demon Tripura. --kraṃ
     (1) The bend or arm of a river.
     (2) Retrograde motion (of a planet).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ a crooked limb. (
          --gaḥ) 1. a goose. --2. the ruddy goose. --3. a snake.
          --uktiḥ f. a figure of speech consisting in the use of evasive speech or reply, either by means of a pun, or by an affected change of tone; Mammaṭa thus defines it:
          --yaduktamanyathā vākyamanyathānyena yojyate . śleṣeṇa kākvā vā jñeyā sā vakroktistathā dvidhā K. P. 9; for example see the opening stanza in Mu. (dhanyā keyaṃ sthitā te &c.). --2. equivocation, insinuation, inuendo; subaṃdhurbāṇabhaṭṭaśca kavirāja iti trayaḥ . vakroktimārganipuṇāścaturtho vidyate na vā ... --3. sarcasm.
          --kaṃṭaḥ the jujube tree.
          --kaṃṭakaḥ the Khadira tree.
          --khaḍgaḥ, khaḍgakaḥ a sabre, scimitar.
          --gati, --gāmin a. 1. winding, meandering. --2. fraudulent, dishonest. (
          --tiḥ f.) a crooked or tortuous motion, winding gait.
          --grīvaḥ a camel.
          --caṃcuḥ a parrot.
          --tuṃḍaḥ 1. an epithet of Ganeśa. --2. a parrot.
          --daṃṣṭraḥ a boar.
          --dṛṣṭi a. 1. squint-eyed, squinting. --2. having a malignant or evil look. --3. envious. (--f.) squint, an oblique look.
          --nakraḥ 1. a parrot. --2. a low man.
          --nāsikaḥ an owl.
          --pucchaḥ, pucchikaḥ a dog.
          --puṣpaḥ the palāśa tree.
          --bāladhiḥ, --lāṃgūlaḥ a dog.
          --bhaṇitaṃ prevarication, evasion.
          --bhāvaḥ 1. crookedness. --2. deceit.
          --vaktraḥ a hog.

vakratā --tvam
     (1) Crookedness.
     (2) Retrograde motion.
     (3) Failure, mishap.
     (4) Perverseness; dishonesty.

vakri a. 1. Equivocating.
     (2) Speaking falsely, lying.

vakrita a. Bent, crooked.

vakrin a.
     (1) Crooked.
     (2) Retrograde. --m. A Jaina or Buddha.

vakriman m. [vakra-imanic]
     (1) Crookedness, curvature.
     (2) Equivocation, evasion, ambiguity; tortuous, round. about or indirect nature (as of a speech); tadvaktrāṃbujasaurabhaṃ sa ca sudhāsyaṃdī girāṃ vakrimā Gīt. 3.
     (3) Cunningness, duplicity, craftiness.

vakrīkṛ 8 U. To make crooked, bend.

vakrībhū 1 P.
     (1) To become crooked.
     (2) To retrograde.

vakrībhāvaḥ
     (1) Curve.
     (2) Dishonest or perverse disposition.

vakrama, vakraya See avakrama and avakraya.

vakroṣṭhiḥ f. --vakroṣṭhikā A gentle smile.

vakṣ 1 P. (vakṣati)
     (1) To grow, increase.
     (2) To be powerful.
     (3) To be angry.
     (4) To accumulate.

vakṣaṇam
     (1) The breast.
     (2) Refreshment.
     (3) Fire. --f. pl.
     (1) The stomach or abdomen.
     (2) The sides; flank.
     (3) The bed of a river.
     (4) A river.

vakṣathaḥ Ved.
     (1) Invigorating, strengthening.
     (2) Growing, increasing; growth.

vakṣas n. [vah asun suṭ ca]
     (1) The breast, bosom, chest; kapāṭavakṣāḥ pariṇaddhakaṃdharaḥ R. 3. 34.
     (2) Ved. Strength. --m. An ox, a bull.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ, --ruh, --ruhaḥ, (vakṣojaḥ, vakṣoruh, vakṣoruhaḥ) the female breast; Bv. 2. 17.
          --sthalaṃ (vakṣa or vakṣaḥ --sthalaṃ) the breast or bosom.

vakṣī Ved. A flame.

vakh, vaṃkh (vakhati, vaṃkhati) To go, move.

vaṃk 1 P.
     (1) To go or move crookedly.
     (2) To go.

vaṃkaḥ
     (1) The bend of a river.
     (2) Crookedness, bend, curve.

vagāhaḥ See avagāha.

vakaraḥ The bend of a river.

vakā The pummel of a saddle.

vaṃkilaḥ A thorn.

vaṃkriḥ
     (1) A rib (of an animal or building (said to be f. only by some).
     (2) The timber of a roof.
     (3) A kind of musical instrument (said to be n. also in these two senses).

vaṃkṣaṇam
     (1) The groin.
     (2) The joint of the thigh.

vaṃkṣuḥ A small arm or branch of the Ganges.

vaṃg 1 P. (vaṃgati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To limp, be lame.

vaṃgāḥ (pl.) N. of Bengal proper and its inhabitants; vaṃgānutkhāya tarasā netā nausādhanodyatān R. 4. 36; ratnākaraṃ samārabhya brahmaputrāṃtagaḥ priye vaṃgadeśa iti proktaḥ; (see App. III.). --gaḥ 1 Cotton.
     (2) The egg-plant. --gaṃ 1 Lead.
     (2) Tin.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ yellow orpiment.
          --ja 1. brass. --2. red lead.
          --jīvanaṃ silver.
          --śulyajaṃ bell-metal (kāṃsya).

vaṃgh 1 A. (vaṃghate)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To go swiftly.
     (3) To begin.
     (4) To censure, blame.

vac 2 P. (A. also in non-conjugational tenses; in conjugational tenses it is said to be defective in the third person plural by some authorities, or in the whole plural by others; vakti, uvāca, avocat, vakṣyati, vaktuṃ, ukta)
     (1) To say, speak; vairāgyādiva vakṣi K. P. 10; (oft. with two. acc.); tāmūcatuste priyamapyamithyā R. 14. 6; sometimes with accusative of words meaning 'speech'; uvāca dhātryā prathamoditaṃ vacaḥ R. 3. 25, 2. 59; ka evaṃ vakṣyate vākyaṃ Rām.
     (2) To relate, describe; raghūṇāmanvayaṃ vakṣye R. 1. 9.
     (3) To tell, communicate, announce, declare; ucyatāṃ madvacanātsārathiḥ S. 2; Me. 98.
     (4) To name, call; tadekasaptatiguṇaṃ manbaṃtaramihocyate Ms. 1. 79.
     (5) To signify, denote (as sense).
     (6) To recite, repeat.
     (7) To censure; reproach. --Caus. (vācayati-te)
     (1) To cause to speak.
     (2) To go over, read, peruse.
     (3) To say, tell, declare.
     (4) To promise. --Desid. (vivakṣati) To wish to speak, intend to say (something); vivakṣatā doṣamapi cyutātmanā tvayaikamīśaṃ prati sādhu bhāṣitaṃ Ku. 5. 81.

vakman n. Ved.
     (1) A path, road.
     (2) A hymn of praise.

vakvan m. A speaker, chanter, singer of hymns of praise.

vagnu a. Talkative. --gnuḥ
     (1) A speaker.
     (2) A sound.
     (3) A cry (of an animal &c.).

vagvanuḥ Ved. A sound, noise.

vacaḥ
     (1) A parrot.
     (2) The sun. --cā 1 A kind of talking bird.
     (2) A kind of aromatic root. --caṃ Speaking, talk.
     -- Comp.
          --arcaḥ a sun-worshipper.

vacaknuḥ a. Talkative, eloquent. --m. A Brāhmaṇa.

vacaṃdā A kind of talking-bird.

vacanam [vac-lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of speaking, uttering, saying.
     (2) Speech, an utterance, words (spoken), sentence; nanu vaktṛviśeṣaniḥspṛhā guṇagṛhyā vacane vipaścitaḥ Ki. 2. 5; prītaḥ prītipramukhavacanaṃ svāgataṃ vyājahāra Me. 4.
     (3) Repeating, recitation.
     (4) A text, dictium, rule, precept, a passage of a sacred book; śāstravacanaṃ, śrutivacanaṃ, smṛtivacanaṃ &c.
     (5) An order, a command, direction; madvacanāt 'in my name,' 'by my order.'
     (6) Advice, counsel, instruction.
     (7) Declaration, affirmation.
     (8) Pronunciation (of a letter) (in gram.).
     (9) The signification or meaning of a word; atra payodharaśabdaḥ meghavacanaḥ. (10) Number (in gram.); (there are three numbers, singular, dual and plural).
     (11) Dry ginger.
     -- Comp.
          --upakramaḥ introduction, exordium.
          --kara a. obedient, doing what is ordered. (
          --raḥ) the author or enunciator of a rule or precept.
          --kārin a. obeying orders, obedient.
          --kramaḥ discourse.
          --grāhin a. obedient, compliant, submissive.
          --paṭu a. eloquent.
          --mātraṃ mere words, unsupported assertion.
          --virodhaḥ inconsistency of precepts, contradiction or incongruity of texts.
          --śataṃ a hundred speeches, i. e. repeated declaration, reiterated assertion.
          --sahāyaḥ a companion in conversation.
          --sthita a. (vacanesthita also) obedient, compliant.

vacanīya a. [vac-anīyar]
     (1) To be said, spoken, or related.
     (2) Censurable, blameable. --yaṃ Blame, censure, reproach; na kāmavṛttirvacanīyamīkṣate Ku. 5. 82; vacanīyamidaṃ vyavasthitaṃ ramaṇa tvāmanuyāmi yadyapi 4. 21; bhavati yojayiturvacanīyatā Pt. 1. 75; Ki. 9. 39, 65; Mk. 4. 1.

vacaraḥ
     (1) A cock.
     (2) A rogue, low or wicked person (śaṭha).

vacaluḥ A wicked or malevolent person, an enemy.

vacas n.
     (1) A speech, word, sentence; uvāca dhātryā prathamoditaṃ vacaḥ R. 3. 25, 47; ityavyabhicāri tadvacaḥ Ku. 5. 36; vacastatra prayoktavyaṃ yatrokta labhate phalaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (2) A command, order, precept, injunction.
     (3) Advice, counsel.
     (4) A hymn.
     (5) Singing, a song of birds.
     (6) (In gram.) Number.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. 1. obedient, compliant. --2. executing the orders of another.
          --kramaḥ discourse.
          --grahaḥ the ear.
          --pravṛttiḥ f. an attempt at speaking; avyaktavarṇaramaṇīyavacaḥ pravṛttīn S. 7. 17.

vacasa a. Talkative, eloquent, wise.

vacasāṃpatiḥ An epithet of Bṛhaspati, or the planet Jupiter.

ukta p. p.
     (1) Said, spoken.
     (2) Uttered, spoken (opp. to anumita or saṃbhāvita).
     (3) Told, addressed; asāvanukto'pi sahāya eva Ku. 3. 21. --ktaṃ A speech, words collectively; a sentence. --ktaṃ --ktā A stanza of four lines with one syllabic instant, (there being one long or two short syllables in each).
     -- Comp.
          --anukta a. spoken and not spoken.
          --upasaṃhāraḥ a brief description, resume, peroration, recapitulation.
          --nirvāhaḥ defending an assertion.
          --puṃskaḥ a word (feminine or neuter) of which also a masculine exists, and the meaning of which differs from that of the masculine only by the notion of gender.
          --pratyuktaṃ speech and reply, discourse.
          --vākyaṃ a dictum, decree.

uktiḥ f.
     (1) Speech, expression, statement; uktirarthāṃtaranyāsaḥ syātsāmānyaviśeṣayoḥ Chandr. 5. 120: Ms. 8. 104.
     (2) A sentence.
     (3) The power of expression, the expressive power of a word; as in ekayoktyā puṣpavaṃtau divākaraniśākarau Ak.

vaj I. 1 P. (vajati) To go, move, roam about. --II. 10 U. (vājayati-te)
     (1) To trim, prepare.
     (2) To feather an arrow.
     (3) To go, move.

vajra a. [vaj-ran Uṇ. 2. 28]
     (1) Hard, adamantine.
     (2) Severe.
     (3) Forked, zigzag.
     (4) Cross. --jraḥ, --jraṃ
     (1) A thunderbolt, the weapon of Indra (said to have been formed out of the bones of the sage Dadhīchi q. v.). āśaṃsaṃte samitiṣu surāḥ saktavairā hi daityairasyādhijye dhanuṣi vijayaṃ pauruhūte ca vajre S. 2. 15.
     (2) Any destructive weapon like the thunderbolt.
     (3) A diamond-pin, an instrument for perforating jewels; maṇau vajrasamutkīrṇe sūtrasyevāsti me gatiḥ R. 1. 4.
     (4) A diamond in general, an adamant; vajrādapi kaṭhorāṇi mṛṃdūni kusumādapi U. 2. 7; R. 6. 19.
     (5) Sour gruel. --jraḥ
     (1) A form of military array.
     (2) A kind of Kuśa grass.
     (3) N. of various plants.
     (4) A kind of pillar. --jraṃ
     (1) Steel.
     (2) A kind of talc.
     (3) Thunder-like or severe language.
     (4) A child.
     (5) Emblic myrobalan.
     (6) The blossom of the sesamum or Vajra plant.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ a snake.
          --abhyāsaḥ crossmultiplication.
          --aśaniḥ the thunderbolt of Indra.
          --ākaraḥ a diamond mine; R. 18. 21.
          --ākhyaḥ a kind of mineral spar.
          --āghātaḥ 1. a stroke of thunder or lightning. --2. (hence fig.) any sudden shock or calamity.
          --ābhaḥ a kind of spar or valuable stone.
          --āyudhaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --āsanaṃ a diamond-seat.
          --kaṃkaṭaḥ an epithet of Hanumat.
          --kālikā N. of the mother of Śākyamuni.
          --kīlaḥ a thunderbolt, an adamantine shaft; jīvitaṃ vajrakīlaṃ Māl. 9. 37; cf. U. 1. 47.
          --kūṭaḥ a mountain consisting of diamonds.
          --ketuḥ N. of the demon Naraka.
          --kṣāraṃ an alkaline earth.
          --gopaḥ = iṃdragopaḥ q. v.
          --caṃcuḥ a vulture.
          --carman m. a rhinoceros.
          --jit m. N. of Garuḍa.
          --jvalanaṃ --jvālā lightning.
          --tuṃḍaḥ 1. a vulture. --2. mosquito gnat. --3. N. of Garuḍa. --4. of Gaṇeśa.
          --tulyaḥ lapis lazuli or azure stone.
          --daṃṣṭraḥ a kind of insect.
          --dākṣiṇaḥ N. of Indra.
          --daṃtaḥ 1. a hog. --2. a car.
          --daṃśanaḥ a rat.
          --deha, --dehin a. having an adamantine or very hardy frame.
          --dharaḥ 1. an epithet of Indra; vajradharaprabhāvaḥ R. 18. 21. --2. an owl.
          --nābhaḥ the discus of Kṛṣṇa.
          --nirghoṣaḥ, --niṣpeṣaḥ a clap or peal of thunder.
          --pāṇiḥ 1. an epithet of Indra; vajraṃ mumukṣanniva vajrapāṇiḥ R. 2. 42. --2. an owl.
          --pātaḥ, --patanaṃ a stroke of lightning, fall of thunderbolt; U. 4. 24.
          --puṣpaṃ 1. the blossom of sesamum. --2. a valuable flower.
          --bhṛt m. an epithet of Indra.
          --maṇiḥ a diamond, an adamant; Bh. 2. 6.
          --maya a. 1. hard, adamantine. --2. cruel, hard-hearted.
          --muṣṭiḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --radaḥ a hog.
          --lepaḥ a kind of very hard cement; vajralepaghaṭiteva Mal. 5. 10, U. 4 (for its preparation see Bṛ. S. chapter 57).
          --lohakaḥ a magnet.
          --vadhaḥ 1. death by thunderbolt. --2. crossmultiplication.
          --ṣyuhaḥ a kind of military array.
          --śalyaḥ a porcupine.
          --sāra a. as hard as adamant, having the strength of the thunderbolt, adamantine; kva ca niśitanipātā vajrasārāḥ śarāste S. 1. 10; tvamapi kusumabāṇānvajrasārīkaroṣi 3. 2.
          --sūciḥ, --cī f. a diamond-needle.
          --hṛdayaṃ an adamantine heart.

vajrakam
     (1) A kind of oil.
     (2) A particular phenomenon of the sky.

bajrin m.
     (1) N. of Indra; nanu vajriṇa eva vīryametadvijayaṃte dviṣato yadasya pakṣyāḥ V. 1. 15; R. 9. 24.
     (2) An owl.
     (3) A Buddha saint.

vaṃc 1 P. (vaṃcati)
     (1) To go, to arrive at; vavaṃcuścāhavakṣitiṃ Bk. 14. 74, 7. 106.
     (2) To wander over.
     (3) To go slyly or secretly, sneak.
     (4) To go crookedly.
     (5) Ved. To shake, totter, tremble. --Caus. (vaṃcayati-te)
     (1) To avoid, escape from, evade, shun; ahiṃ vaṃcayati; avaṃcayata māyāśca svamāyābhirnaradviṣāṃ Bk. 8. 43.
     (2) To cheat, deceive, defraud (said to be A. only, but often P. also); mūrkhāstvāmavavaṃcaṃta Bk. 15. 15; kathamatha vaṃcayase janamanugatamasamaśarajvaradūnaṃ Gīt. 8; (baṃdhanaṃ) vaṃcayan praṇayinarivāpa saḥ R. 19. 17; Ku. 4. 10, 5. 49; R. 12. 53.
     (3) To deprive of, leave (one) destitute of; R. 7. 8.

vaṃcaka a. [vaṃc-ṇic-ṇvul]
     (1) Fraudulent, deceitful, crafty.
     (2) Cheating, deceiving. --kaḥ 1 A rogue, cheat, swindler.
     (2) A jackal.
     (3) Musk-rat.
     (4) A tame ichneumon.

vaṃcatiḥ Fire.

vaṃcathaḥ
     (1) Cheating, roguery, deceit, trickery.
     (2) A cheat, rogue, swindler.
     (3) The cuckoo.

vaṃcanaṃ --nā [vaṃc-lyuṭ]
     (1) Cheating.
     (2) A trick, deceit, fraud, deception, trickery; vaṃcanā parihartavyā vahudoṣā hi śarvarī Mk. 1. 5; svargābhisadhisukṛtaṃ vaṃcanāmiva menire Ku. 6. 47.
     (3) An illusion, delusion.
     (4) Loss, deprivation, hinderance; dṛṣṭipātavaṃcanā Māl. 3; R. 11. 36.

vaṃcita p. p. 1 Deceived, cheated.
     (2) Deprived of. --tā A sort of riddle or enigma.

vaṃcuka a. (kī f.) Deceitful, fraudulent, crafty, dishonest. --kaḥ A jackal.

vaṃjula a. Crooked. --laḥ [vaṃc-ulac pṛṣo- casya jaḥ Tv.]
     (1) The common cane or reed; āmaṃjuvaṃjulalatāni ca tānyamūni nīraṃdhranīlaniculāni sarittaṭāni U. 2. 23; or maṃjulavaṃjulakuṃjagataṃ vicakarṣa kareṇa dukūle Gīt. 1.
     (2) A kind of flower.
     (3) The Aśoka tree.
     (4) A kind of bird. --lā A cow that yields much milk.
     -- Comp.
          --drumaḥ the Aśoka tree.
          --priyaḥ the ratan.

vaṭ I. 1 P. (vaṭati) To surround. --II. 10 U. (vaṭayati-te)
     (1) To tell.
     (2) To divide, partition.
     (3) To surround, encompass.
     (4) To tie, string, connect. --Caus. (vaṭayati) To speak.

vaṭaḥ [vaṭ-ac] The fig-tree; ayaṃ ca citrakūṭayāyini vartmani vaṭaḥ, śyāmo nāma U. 1; R. 13. 53.
     (2) A small shell or cowrie.
     (3) A small ball, globule, pill.
     (4) A round figure, a cipher.
     (5) A kind of cake.
     (6) A string, rope (n. also in this sense).
     (7) Equality in shape.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ a variety of the white basil. (
          --trā) a jasmine.
          --vāsin m. a Yaksha.

vaṭakaḥ
     (1) A kind of cake.
     (2) A small lump, ball, globule, pill.

vaṭara a. Wicked, villainous. --raḥ A cock.
     (2) A mat.
     (3) A turban.
     (4) A thief, robber.
     (5) A churningstick.
     (6) Fragrant grass.

vaṭākaraḥ, vaṭārakaḥ A cord, string.

vaṭikaḥ A pawn at chess.

vaṭikā
     (1) A pill.
     (2) A chessman.
     (3) A kind of cake or bread (Mar. āṃboLī) made of rice and Māṣa.

vaṭin a. Stringed, circular. --m. = baṭika q. v.

vaṭī
     (1) A rope or string.
     (2) A pill, bolus.

vaṭuḥ
     (1) A boy, lad, youth, stripling; oft. used like the English word 'chap' or 'fellow'; capaloyaṃ vaṭuḥ S. 2; nivāryatāmāli kimapyayaṃ vaṭuḥ punarvivakṣuḥ sphuritottarādharaḥ Ku. 5. 83; cf. baṭu also.
     (2) A religious student or Brahmachārin q. v.

vaṭukaḥ
     (1) A boy, lad.
     (2) A Brahmachārin.
     (3) A fool or blockhead.

vaṭurin a. Ved. Broad, wide.

vaṭh 1 P. (vaṭhati)
     (1) To be strong or powerful.
     (2) To be fat.

vaṭhara a. [vaṭh-aran]
     (1) Dull, stupid.
     (2) Wicked. --raḥ A fool or blockhead.
     (2) A rogue, wicked or vile fellow.
     (3) A physician.
     (4) A water-pot.

vaḍabhiḥ --bhī See valabhiḥ --bhī.

vaḍavā
     (1) A mare.
     (2) The nymph Aśvinī who in the form of a mare bore to the sun two sons, the Aśvins; see saṃjñā.
     (3) A female slave.
     (4) A harlot, prostitute.
     (5) A woman of the Brāhmaṇa caste (dvijayoṣit).
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ, --analaḥ the submarine fire.
          --mukhaḥ 1. the submarine fire. --2. N. of Śiva.

vaḍā A kind of cake.

vaḍilam See baḍiśa.

vaḍ a. Large; big, great.

vaṇ 1 P. (vaṇati) To sound.

vaṇaḥ Sound, noise.

vaṇij m. [Uṇ. 2. 70]
     (1) A merchant, trader; yasyāgamaḥ kevalajīvikāyai taṃ jñānapaṇyaṃ vaṇijaṃ vadaṃti M. 1. 17.
     (2) The sign Libra of the zodiac. --f. Merchandise, trade.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n.,
          --kriyā traffic, trade.
          --janaḥ 1. merchants (collectively). --2. a trader, merchant.
          --pathaḥ 1. trade, traffic. --2. a merchant. --3. a merchants's shop, a stall. --4. the sign Libra of the zodiac.
          --vṛttiḥ f. trade, traffic; Bh. 3. 81.
          --sārthaḥ a caravan.

vaṇijaḥ
     (1) A merchant, trader.
     (2) The sign Libra of the zodiac.

vaṇijakaḥ A merchant.

vaṇijyaṃ, vaṇijyā Trade, traffic.

vaṃṭ 1 P., 10 U. (vaṃṭati, vaṃṭayati-te) To divide, apportion, partition, share.

vaṃṭa a. Unmarried. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A part, portion, share.
     (2) The handle of a sickle.
     (3) An unmarried man, a bachelor.

vaṃṭakaḥ [vaṃṭ-ghañ svārthe ka]
     (1) Dividing, distributing.
     (2) A distributer.
     (3) A part, portion, share.

vaṃṭanam [vaṃṭ-lyuṭ] Partitioning, apportioning, dividing.

vaṃṭālaḥ, --vaṃḍālaḥ
     (1) A contest of heroes.
     (2) A shovel, hoe.
     (3) A boat.

vaṃṭh 1 A. (vaṃṭhate) To go alone or unaccompanied.

vaṃṭha a.
     (1) Unmarried.
     (2) Dwarfish.
     (3) Crippled. --ṭhaḥ
     (1) An unmarried man, a bachelor.
     (2) A servant.
     (3) A dwarf.
     (4) A javelin, dart.

vaṃṭharaḥ
     (1) The sheath that envelops the young bamboo.
     (2) The new shoot of the palm tree.
     (3) A rope for tying (a goat &c.).
     (4) A dog.
     (5) The tail of a dog.
     (6) A cloud.
     (7) The female breast.

vaṃḍ I. 1 A. (vaṃḍate)
     (1) To divide, share, apportion.
     (2) To surround, encompass. --II. 10 U. (vaṃḍayati-te) To share, divide, apportion.

vaṃḍa a.
     (1) Maimed, crippled.
     (2) Unmarried.
     (3) Emasculated. --ḍaḥ
     (1) A man who is circumcised or has no prepuce.
     (2) An ox without a tail. --ḍā An unchaste woman; cf. raṃḍā.

vaṃḍaraḥ
     (1) A miser, stingy person.
     (2) A eunuch.

vaṃḍāla See vaṃṭāla.

vat a.
     (1) An affix added to nouns to show 'possession'; dhanavat possessed of wealth; rūpavat beautiful; so bhagavat, bhāsvat &c.; (the words so formed being adjectives).
     (2) Added to the base of the past passive participle vat turns it into a past active participle; ityuktavaṃtaṃ janakātmajāyāṃ R. 14. 43. --ind. An affix added to nouns or adjectives to denote 'likeness' or 'resemblance' and may be translated by 'like', 'as'; ātmavatsarvabhūtāni yaḥ paśyati sa paṃḍitaḥ.

vata See bata.

vata a.
     (1) Sounded, spoken, uttered
     (2) Asked, begged.
     (3) Hurt, killed.

vataṃsaḥ See avataṃsa; kapolavilolavataṃsaṃ Gīt. 2.

vatūḥ f. A river of heaven. --m.
     (1) A road.
     (2) A disease of the eyes.

vatokā A barren or childless woman; a woman or cow miscarrying from accident.

vatsaḥ [vad-sa; Uṇ. 3. 62]
     (1) A calf, the young of an animal; tenādya vatsamiva lokamamuṃ puṣāṇa Bh. 2. 46; yaṃ sarvaśailāḥ parikalpya vatsaṃ Ku. 1. 2.
     (2) A boy, son; in this sense often used in the voc. as a term of endearment and translateable by 'my dear', 'my darling', 'my dear child'; ayi vatsa kṛtaṃ kṛtamativinayena, kimaparāddhaṃ vatsena U. 6.
     (3) Offspring or children in general; jīvadvatsā 'one whose children are living'.
     (4) A year.
     (5) N. of a country; (its chief town was kauśāṃbī and ruled over by Udayana), or the inhabitants of that country (pl.). --tsā
     (1) A female calf.
     (2) A little girl; vatse sīte 'dear Sītā' &c. --tsaṃ The breast.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣī a kind of cucumber.
          --adanaḥ a wolf.
          --īśaḥ, --rājaḥ a king of the Vatsas; loke hāri ca vatsarājacaritaṃ nāṭye ca dakṣā vayaṃ Nāg. 1.
          --kāma a. fond of children. (
          --mā) a cow longing for her calf.
          --taṃtrī a rope for tying calves.
          --daṃtaḥ a kind of arrow
          --nābhaḥ 1. N. of a tree. --2. a kind of very strong poison.
          --pattanaṃ N. of the town Kauśāmbī.
          --pālaḥ 'a keeper of calves', N. of Kṛṣṇa or Balarāma.
          --baṃdhā a cow longing for her calf.
          --śālā a cow-shed.

vatsakaḥ
     (1) A little calf, calf in general.
     (2) A child.
     (3) N. of a plant (kuṭaja). --kaṃ Green or black sulphate of iron.

vatsataraḥ A weaned calf, a steer, a young ox; mahokṣatāṃ vatsataraḥ spṛśanniva R. 3. 32. --rī A heifer; śrotriyāyābhyāgatāya vatsatarīṃ vā mahokṣaṃ vā nirvapaṃti gṛhamedhinaḥ U. 4.

vatsikā A heifer.

vatsaraḥ [vas-saran Uṇ. 3. 71]
     (1) A year; Y. 1. 205.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ the month Phalguna.
          --ādiḥ the month of Mārgaśīrṣa.
          --ṛṇaṃ a debt to be paid by the end of a year.

vatsala a. [vatsaṃ lāti lā-ka]
     (1) Child-loving, affectionate towards children or offspring; as vatsalā dhenuḥ mātā &c.
     (2) Affectionate towards, fondly loving, devoted to, fond of, kind or compassionate towards; tvadvatsalaḥ, kva sa tapasvijanasya haṃtā Māl. 8. 8; 6. 14; R. 2. 69, 8. 41; so śaraṇāgatavatsala; dīnavatsala &c. --laḥ
     (1) A fire fed with grass.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) The sentiment of affection (vātsalyarasa). --lā A cow fond of her calf. --laṃ Affection, fondness; Pt. 2. 9.

vatsalayati Den. P. To cause to yearn, cause to feel yearning affection for; nūnamanapatyatā māṃ vatsalayati S. 7.

vatsin m. Childhood, youth, early youth.

vatsīyaḥ A cowherd.

vad 1 P. (vadati, but Atm. in certain senses and with certain prepositions; see below; uvāda, avādīt, vadiṣyati, vadituṃ, udita; pass. udyate, desid. vivadiṣati)
     (1) To say, speak, utter, address, speak to; vada pradoṣe sphuṭacaṃdratārakā vibhāvarī yadyaruṇāya kalpate Ku. 5. 44; vadatāṃ varaḥ R. 1. 59 'the foremost of the eloquent'.
     (2) To announce, tell, communicate, inform; yo gotrādi vadati svayaṃ.
     (3) To speak of, describe; Bg. 2. 29.
     (4) To lay down, state; Ms. 2. 9; 4. 14.
     (5) To name, call; vadaṃti varṇyāvarṇyānāṃ dharmaikyaṃ dīpakaṃ budhāḥ Chandr. 5. 45; tadapyapākīrṇamataḥ priyaṃvadāṃ vadaṃtyaparṇeti ca tāṃ purāvidaḥ Ku. 5. 28.
     (6) To indicate, bespeak; kṛtajñatāmasya vadaṃti saṃpadaḥ Ki. 1. 14.
     (7) To raise the voice, utter a cry, sing; kokilaḥ paṃcameta vadati; vadaṃti madhurā vācaḥ &c. --To show brilliance or proficiency in, be an authority on (Atm.); śāstre vadate Sk., paṇinirvadate Vop.
     (9) To shine, look splendid or bright (Atm.); Bk. 8. 27. (10) To maintain, affirm.
     (11) To toil, exert, labour (Atm.); kṣetre vadate Sk. --Caus. (vādayati, te)
     (1) To cause to speak or say.
     (2) To cause to sound, play on a musical instrument; vīṇāmiva vādayaṃtī Vikr. 1. 10; vādayate mṛdu veṇuṃ Gīt. 5.
     (3) To speak, recite.

vada a. Speaking, talking, speaking well.

vadanam [udyate'nena vad karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) The face; āsīdvivṛttavadanā ca vimocayaṃtī S. 2. 12; so suvadanā, kamalavadanā &c.
     (2) The mouth; vadane viniveśitā bhujaṃgī piśunānāṃ rasanāmiśreṇa dhātrā Bv. 1. 111.
     (3) Aspect, look, appearance.
     (4) The front point.
     (5) First term (in a series).
     (6) The summit or apex of a triangle.
     -- Comp.
          --āsavaḥ saliva.
          --śyāmikā 1. blackness of the face. --2. a kind of disease.

vadaṃtī Speech, discourse.

vadanya a. See vadānya.

vadāmaḥ An almond.

vadara See vadara.

vadālaḥ
     (1) A whirlpool.
     (2) A kind of sheat-fish.

vadāvada a. [atyaṃtaṃ vadati vad-ac ni-]
     (1) A speaker, eloquent.
     (2) Talkative, garrulous.

vadānya a.
     (1) Speaking fluently, eloquent.
     (2) Speaking kindly or affably.
     (3) Liberal, munificent, generous; Ms. 4. 224. --nyaḥ A liberal or generous person, munificent or bountiful man; śirasā vadānyaguravaḥ sādaramenaṃ vahaṃti surataravaḥ Bv. 1. 19; or tasmai vadānyagurave tarave namo'stu 1. 94; N. 5. 11; R. 5. 24.

vadi ind. In the dark half (of a lunar month); as in jyeṣṭhavadi (opp. sudi).

vadya
     (1) Fit to be spoken, not blamable; cf. avadya.
     (2) Dark or second (said of the fortnight of a lunar month; vadyapakṣaḥ the dark fortnight). --dyaṃ Speech, speaking about.

vadh 1 P. (vadhati) To slay, kill (not used in classical Sanskrit except as a sub stitute for han in the Aorist and Benedictive).

vadhaḥ
     (1) Killing, murder, slaughter, destruction; ātmano vadhamāhartā kvāsau vihagataskaraḥ V. 5. 1; manuṣyavadhaḥ homicide; paśuvadhaḥ &c.
     (2) A blow, stroke.
     (3) Paralysis.
     (4) Disappearance.
     (5) Multiplication (in math.).
     (6) A killer, slayer.
     (7) A vanquisher, victor.
     (8) Ved. A deadly weapon, such as Indra's thunderbolt.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgakaṃ a poison.
          --arha a. deserving capital punishment.
          --udarka a. resulting in death, proving fatal.
          --udyata a. 1. murderous. --2. an assassin.
          --upāyaḥ a means of killing.
          --karmādhikārina m. a hangman, an executioner.
          --jīvin m. 1. a hunter. --2. a butcher.
          --daṃḍaḥ 1. corporeal punishment (as whipping &c.). --2. capital punishment.
          --nirṇekaḥ atonement for murder.
          --bhūmiḥ f.,
          --sthalī f.,
          --sthānaṃ 1. a place of execution. --2. a slaughter-house.
          --staṃbhaḥ the gallows; Mk. 10.

vadhaka a. (dhakā, dhikā f.) Killing, destructive, injurious. --kaḥ
     (1) An executioner, a hangman.
     (2) A murderer, an assassin.
     (3) A kind of reed.

vadhatram A deadly weapon.

vadhanā Ved. A deadly weapon.

vadhar n. A destructive weapon.

vadhitram
     (1) The god of love.
     (2) Sexual passion, lust.

vadhuḥ, f. --vadhukā
     (1) A daughter-inlaw.
     (2) A young woman in general.

vadhūḥ f. [uhyate pitṛgehāt patigṛhaṃ vah-ūdhuk ca; cf. Uṇ. 1. 83]
     (1) A bride; varaḥ sa vadhvā saha rājamārgaṃ prāpa dhvajacchāyanivāritoṣṇaṃ R. 7. 4, 19; samānayaṃstulyaguṇaṃ vadhūvaraṃ cirasya vācyaṃ na gataḥ prajāpatiḥ S. 5. 15; Ku. 6. 82.
     (2) A wife, spouse; iyaṃ namati vaḥ sarvāṃstrilocanavadhūriti Ku. 6. 89; R. 1. 90.
     (3) A daughter-in-law; eṣā ca raghukulamahattarāṇāṃ vadhūḥ U. 4, 4. 16; teṣāṃ vadhūstvamasi naṃdini pārthivānāṃ 1. 9.
     (4) A female, maiden, woman in general; haririha mugdhavadhūnikare vilāsini vilasati kelipare Gīt. 1; svayaśāṃsi vikramavatāmavatāṃ na vadhūṣvaghāni vimṛśaṃti dhiyaḥ Ki. 6. 45; N. 22. 47; Me. 16, 47, 65.
     (5) The wife of a younger relation, a younger female relation.
     (6) The female of any animal; mṛgavadhūḥ a doe; vyāghravadhūḥ, gajavadhūḥ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --gṛhapraveśaḥ, --praveśaḥ the ceremony of a bride's entrance into her husband's house.
          --janaḥ a wife; female, woman.
          --pakṣaḥ the party of the bride (at a wedding).
          --vastraṃ bridal apparel, nuptial attire.

vadhūṭaśayanaḥ A lattice, window.

vadhū(dhu)ṭī
     (1) A young woman or female; rathaṃ vadhūṭīmāropya pāpaḥ kvāpyeṣa gacchati Mv. 5. 17; gāpevadhūṭīdukūlacaurāya (kṛṣṇāya) Bhaṣā P. 1.
     (2) A daughter-in-law.

vadhya a.
     (1) To be killed or slain.
     (2) Sentenced to be killed.
     (3) Vulnerable.
     (4) To be subjected to corporeal punishment, to be corporeally punished. --dhyaḥ
     (1) A victim, one seeking his doom; Mu. 1. 9.
     (2) An enemy.
     -- Comp.
          --paṭahaḥ a drum beaten at the time of execution.
          --bhūḥ, --bhūmiḥ f.,
          --sthalaṃ, --sthānaṃ a place of execution.
          --mālā a garland of flowers placed on a person who is about to be executed.
          --śilā 1. an executioner's block, scaffold. --2. a slaughter-house.

vadhyā Killing, slaughter, murder.

vadhram
     (1) A leathern strap or thong; Śi. 20. 50.
     (2) Lead. --dhrī A leathern thong.

vadhri a. Castrated, emasculated.

vadhrikā m. A castrated person, eunuch.

vadhryaḥ A shoe.

van I. 1 P. (vanati)
     (1) To honour, worship.
     (2) To aid.
     (3) To sound.
     (4) To be occupied or engaged. --II. 8 U. (vanoti, vanute, usually vanute only)
     (1) To beg, ask, request (said to govern two acc.); toyadāditaraṃ naiva cātako vanute jalam.
     (2) To seek for, seek to obtain.
     (3) To conquer, possess.
     (4) Ved. To like, love.
     (5) To wish, desire.
     (6) To make ready, prepare for.
     (7) To hurt, injure. --III. 1. P., 10 U. (vanati, vānayati-te)
     (1) To favour, aid.
     (2) To hurt, injure.
     (3) To sound.
     (4) To confide in.

vanam [van-ac]
     (1) A forest, wood thicket of trees; eko vāsaḥ pattane vā, vane vā Bh. 3. 120; vane'pi doṣāḥ prabhavaṃti rāgiṇām.
     (2) A cluster, group, a quantity of lotuses or other plants growing in a thick bed; citradvipāḥ padmavanāvatīrṇāḥ R. 16. 16, 6. 86.
     (3) A place of abode, residence, house.
     (4) A fountain, spring (of water).
     (5) Water in general; Śi. 6. 73.
     (6) A wooden vessel.
     (7) Wood, timber.
     (8) Dwelling in a forest, living abroad.
     (9) Ved. A cloud. (10) Light; a ray of light.
     (11) Worshipping. (As the first member of comp. vana may be translated by 'wild', 'forest'; vanavarāhaḥ, vanakadalī, vanapuṣpaṃ &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ a forest-conflagration.
          --ajaḥ the wild goat.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. the skirts or borders of a forest; R. 2. 58. --2. the forest region itself, wood; U. 225.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. another wood. --2. the interior of a forest; V. 4. 26.
          --abjinī a lotus-plant growing in water.
          --ariṣṭā wild turmeric.
          --arcakaḥ a florist, maker of garlands.
          --alaktaṃ red earth or ruddle.
          --alikā a sun-flower.
          --ākhuḥ a hare.
          --ākhukaḥ a kind of bean.
          --āpagā 'wood-river', a forest-stream.
          --ārdrakaṃ the root of wild ginger. (
          --kā) wild ginger.
          --āśramaḥ abode in the woods, the third stage in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa.
          --āśramin m. an anchorite, a hermit.
          --āśrayaḥ 1. an inhabitant of the wood. --2. a sort of crow or raven.
          --utsāhaḥ a rhinoceros.
          --udbhavā the wild cotton plant.
          --upaplavaḥ a forest-conflagration.
          --okas m. 1. an inhabitant of a wood, a forester. --2. an anchorite, a hermit. --3. a wild animal such as a monkey, boar &c.
          --kaṇā wild pepper.
          --kadalī wild plantain.
          --karin m.,
          --kuṃjaraḥ, --gajaḥ a wild elephant.
          --kārpāsī (siḥ f.) the wild cotton tree.
          --kukkuṭaḥ a wild fowl.
          --koliḥ f. the wild jujube tree.
          --khaṃḍaṃ a forest.
          --gavaḥ the wild ox.
          --gahanaṃ a thicket, the thick part of a forest.
          --guptaḥ a spy.
          --gulmaḥ a wild or forest shrub.
          --gocara a. 1. frequenting woods. --2. living in water. (
          --raḥ) 1. a hunter. --2. a forester. (
          --raṃ) a forest.
          --grahaṇaṃ surrounding a forest and stopping all egress; S. 2.
          --caṃdanaṃ 1. the Devadāru tree. --2. aloe-wood.
          --caṃdrikā, --jyotsnā a kind of jasmine.
          --caṃpakaḥ the wild Champaka tree.
          --cara a. living in a forest, haunting woods, sylvan. (
          --raḥ) 1. a forester, forest-dweller, woodman; upatasthurāsthitaviṣādadhiyaḥ śatayajvano vanacarā vasatiṃ Ki. 6. 29; Me. 12. --2. a wild animal. --3. the fabulous eightlegged animal called Śarabha.
          --caryā roaming about or residence in a forest.
          --chāgaḥ 1. a wild goat. --2. a boar.
          --chid m. a wood-cutter.
          --jaḥ 1. an elephant. --2. a kind of fragrant grass. --3. the wild citron tree. (
          --jaṃ) a blue lotus-flower.
          --jā 1. wild ginger. --2. the wild cotton tree.
          --jīvin a forester, woodman.
          --tiktaḥ the yellow myrobalan tree.
          --daḥ a cloud.
          --dāhaḥ a forest-conflagration.
          --dīpaḥ = -caṃpakaḥ. --devatā a sylvan deity, a dryad; R. 2. 12, 9. 52; S. 4. 4; Ku. 3. 52, 6. 39.
          --drumaḥ a tree growing wild in a forest.
          --dhārā an avenue of trees.
          --dhitiḥ f. Ved. a hatchet.
          --dhenu f. the female of the wild ox or Bos gavoeus.
          --paḥ a woodman.
          --pallavaḥ the śobhāṃjana tree.
          --pāṃsulaḥ a hunter.
          --pārśvaṃ the neighbourhood of a wood, the forest region itself.
          --puṣpaṃ a forest-flower.
          --pūrakaḥ the wild citron tree.
          --praveśaḥ commencing a hermit's life.
          --prastha a. retiring into a wood, leading the life of a hermit. (
          --sthaḥ) a wood situated on a table-land.
          --priyaḥ the cuckoo. (
          --yaṃ) the cinnamon tree.
          --barhiṇaḥ, --varhiṇaḥ a wild peacock.
          --bhū f. forest-ground.
          --makṣikā a gad-fly.
          --mallī wild-jasmine.
          --mālā a garland of woodflowers, such as was usually worn by Kṛṣṇa; R. 9. 51; it is thus described:
          --ājānulaṃbinī mālā sarvartukusumojjvalā . madhye sthūlakadaṃbāḍhyā vanamāloti kītiṃtā. -dharaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --mālin a. adorned with a chaplet of wood-flowers. (--m.) an epithet of Kṛṣṇa; dhīrasamīre yamunātīre vasati vane vanamālī Gīt. 5; tava virahe vanamālī sakhi sīdati ibid.
          --mālinī N. of the town of Dvārakā.
          --muc a. pouring water; R. 9. 22. (--m.),
          --mūtaḥ a cloud.
          --mudgaḥ a kind of kidney-bean.
          --mocā wild plantain.
          --rakṣakaḥ a forest-keeper.
          --rājaḥ the lion.
          --rājiḥ --jī f. 1. a grove or long row of trees. --2. a long tract of forest. --3. a path in a forest.
          --ruhaṃ a lotus-flower.
          --lakṣmī f. 1. an ornament or beauty of the wood. --2. the plantain.
          --latā a forestcreeper; dūrīkṛtāḥ khalu guṇairudyānalatā vanalatābhiḥ S. 1. 17.
          --vahniḥ, --hutāśanaḥ a forest-conflagration.
          --vāsaḥ 1. living in a wood, residence in a forest; S. 4. 9. --2. a wild or nomadic life. --3. a forest-dweller, a forester.
          --vāsanaḥ a civet-cat.
          --vāsin m. 1. a forest-dweller, forester. --2. a hermit; so vanasthāyin. --vījaḥ --vījakaḥ the wild citron tree.
          --vṛṃtākī the egg-plant.
          --vrīhiḥ wild rice.
          --śobhanaṃ a lotus.
          --śvan m. 1. a jackal. --2. a tiger. --3. a civetcat.
          --saṃkaṭaḥ a kind of pulse.
          --sad, --saṃvāsin m. a forester.
          --samūhaḥ a thick wood.
          --saṃpraveśaḥ a solemn procession into a forest for the purpose of cutting wood for an idol.
          --sarojinī f. the wild cotton plant.
          --sthaḥ 1. a deer. --2. a hermit.
          --sthā, --sthī the holy fig-tree.
          --sthalī a wood, forest-ground; Ku. 3. 29.
          --sraj f. a garand of forest flowers.

vanaspatiḥ [vanasya patiḥ ni- suṭ]
     (1) A large forest tree, especially one that bears fruit apparently without any blossoms.
     (2) A tree in general; tamāśu vighnaṃ tapasastapasvī vanaspatiṃ vajra ivāvabhajya Ku. 3. 74.
     (3) The Soma plant.
     (4) A stem, trunk.
     (5) A beam; pole, post.
     (6) A sacrificial post.
     (7) An offering to Vanaspati.
     (8) A wooden amulet.
     (9) A scaffold. (10) An ascetic.
     -- Comp.
          --kāvaḥ the whole world of plants, vegetable kingdom.

vananam Ved. Wealth.

vanas n. Ved.
     (1) Loveliness; or glory.
     (2) Wealth.
     (3) A wood.

vanāyuḥ N. of a district; R. 5. 73.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. produced in Vanāyu, (as a horse).

vanāhiraḥ A hog, wild boar.

vaniḥ
     (1) N. of Agni.
     (2) A heap.
     (3) Asking, begging. --f. Desire, wish.

vanikā A little wood; as in aśokavanikā.

vanin a. Ved.
     (1) Worshipping.
     (2) Desiring.
     (3) Giving, bestowing.
     (4) A bounding in water.
     (5) Living in a forest, --m.
     (1) A tree.
     (2) The Soma plant.
     (3) A Brāhmaṇa in the third stage of his life, a Vānaprastha, q. v.

vanī A forest, wood, grove or thicket (of trees); avanītalameva sādhu manye na vanī māghavanī vilāsahetuḥ Jag.

vanekiṃśukāḥ (pl.) 'A Kimśuka in a wood', anything found unexpectedly; also vanebilvakāḥ in this sense.

vanecara a. [vane carati cara-ṭa aluk sa-] Dwelling in a wood. --raḥ
     (1) A forester, woodman; vanecarāṇāṃ vanitāsakhānāṃ Ku. 1. 10; Ki. 1. 1.
     (2) An ascetic, a hermit.
     (3) A wild beast.
     (4) A sylvan, satyr.
     (4) A demon.

vanita p. p.
     (1) Begged, asked, solicited &c.
     (2) Served, worshipped.

vanitā
     (1) A woman in general; vaniteti vadaṃtyetāṃ lokāḥ sarve vadaṃtu te . yūnāṃ pariṇatā seyaṃ tapasyeti mataṃ mama Bv. 2. 117; pathikavanitāḥ Me. 8.
     (2) A wife, mistress; vanecarāṇāṃ vanitāsakhānāṃ Ku. 1. 10; R. 2. 19.
     (3) Any beloved woman.
     (4) The female of an animal.
     -- Comp.
          --dviṣ m. a misogynist (woman-hater).
          --vilāsaḥ wanton pastime of women.

vaniṣṭhuḥ Ved.
     (1) Part of the entrails of an animal offered in sacrifice.
     (2) The rectum.

vaniṣṇu a. Begging, requesting; (yācaka).

vanīkaḥ A beggar.

vanīpakaḥ, vanīyakaḥ A beggar, mendicant; vanīyakānāṃ sa hi kalpabhūruhaḥ N. 15. 60.

vanīyati Den. P.
     (1) To beg, (as alms).
     (2) To ask, entreat, request.

vanuḥ Ved. A malicious person (hiṃsaka).

vanus a. Ved.
     (1) Eager, anxious for.
     (2) Devoted or attached to.
     (3) A worshipper, one who honours. --m.
     (1) A plotter, an enemy (hiṃsaka).
     (2) Possessing, enjoying, using.

vaṃd 1 A. (vaṃdate, vaṃdita)
     (1) To salute, greet respectfully, pay homage to; jagataḥ pitarau vade pārvatīparameśvarau R. 1. 1, 13. 77; 14. 5.
     (2) To adore, worship.
     (3) To praise, extol. --WITH abhi to salute, greet respectfully; R. 16. 81.

vaṃdakaḥ A praiser.

vaṃdathaḥ
     (1) A praiser, bard, panegyrist.
     (2) One who deserves praise.

vaṃdanam [vaṃd-lyuṭ]
     (1) Saluation, obeisance.
     (2) Reverence, adoration.
     (3) Obeisance paid to a Brāhmaṇa &c. (by touching his feet).
     (4) Praising, extolling.
     (5) A cutaneous eruption, scrofula. --nā
     (1) Worship, adoration.
     (2) Praise. --nī
     (1) Worship, adoration.
     (2) Praise.
     (3) Solicitation.
     (4) A drug for reviving the dead.
     -- Comp.
          --mālā, --mālikā a garland suspended across gateways.

vaṃdanīya a. Fit to be saluted, adorable. --yā Yellow pigment.

vaṃdā
     (1) A female beggar.
     (2) parasitical plant (vaṃdākaḥ, --kī, --kā, --vaṃdāraḥ also in this sense).

vaṃdāru a. 1 Praising.
     (2) Reverential, respectful, polite, civil; paramanugṛhīto mahāmunivaṃdāruḥ Mu. 7. --n. Praise. --m. A panegyrist, bard.

vaṃdin m.
     (1) A panegyrist, bard, an encomiast, a herald; gharmacchedātpaṭutaragiro vaṃdino nīlakaṃṭhāḥ V. 4. 4; (the bards form a distinct caste sprung from a Kshatriya father and a Śūdra mother).
     (2) A captive, prisoner.

vaṃdī f. See baṃdī.
     -- Comp.
          --pālaḥ a keeper of prisoners, jailer.

vaṃdya a.
     (1) Adorable, venerable.
     (2) To be respectfully saluted; R. 13. 78; Ku. 6. 83; Me. 12.
     (3) Laudable, commendable, praiseworthy. --dyā 1 A parasitical plant.
     (2) Yellow pigment.

vaṃdraḥ A worshipper, votary. --draṃ Prosperity.

vaṃdhura a. See baṃdhura.

vaṃdhya, vaṃdhyā See baṃdhya, baṃdhyā.

vannaḥ [Uṇ. 2. 28] A co-partner.

vanya a. [vane-bhavaḥ yat]
     (1) Belonging to, growing or produced in, woods, wild; kalpavitkalpayāmāsa vanyāmevāsya saṃvidhāṃ R. 1. 94; vanyānāṃ mārgaśākhināṃ 45, 88.
     (2) Savage, not tamed or domesticated; R. 2. 8, 37; 5. 43.
     (3) Wooden. --nyaḥ
     (1) A wild animal.
     (2) A wild plant. --nyaṃ Forestproduce (such as fruits, roots, &c.); R. 12. 20.
     -- Comp.
          --itara --itara a. tame, domesticated.
          --gajaḥ, --dvipaḥ a wild elephant.

vanyā
     (1) A large forest, a number of thickets.
     (2) A mass of water, flood, deluge.

vap 1 U. (vapati, vapate, upta; pass. upyate; desid. vivapsati-te)
     (1) To sow, scatter (as seed), plant; yatheriṇe bījamuptvā na vaptā labhate phalaṃ Ms. 3. 142; na vidyāmiriṇe vapet 2. 113; yādṛśaṃ vapate bījaṃ tādṛśaṃ labhate phalaṃ Subhāṣ.; Ku. 2. 5; S. 6. 23.
     (2) To throw, cast (as dice).
     (3) To beget, produce.
     (4) To weave.
     (5) To shear, shave (mostly Vedic). --Caus. (vāpayati-te) To sow, plant, put into the ground.

vapaḥ
     (1) Sowing seed.
     (2) One who sows, a sower.
     (3) Shaving.
     (4) Weaving.

vapanam [vap-lyuṭ]
     (1) Sowing seed.
     (2) Shaving, shearing; Ms. 11. 152.
     (3) Semen virile, seed. --nī
     (1) A barber's shop.
     (2) A weaving instrument.
     (3) A weaver's shop (taṃtuśālā).

vapā [vap-ac]
     (1) Fat, marrow; Y. 3. 94.
     (2) A hole, cavity.
     (3) A mound of earth thrown up by ants.
     (4) The skin of the intestines.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt m. marrow.

vapilaḥ A procreator, father.

vapuḥ The body.

vapunaḥ A god, deity.

vapuṣa a. Ved.
     (1) Handsome.
     (2) Wonderful. --ṣaṃ Beauty (of form).

vapus a. [vap-usi] Handsome, beautiful (Ved.) --n.
     (1)
          (a) Body, person; (smaraṃ) vapuṣā svena niyojayiṣyati Ku. 4. 42; navaṃ vayaḥ kāṃtamidaṃ vapuśca R. 2. 47; Śi. 10. 50.
          (b) Form, figure, appearance; likhitavapuṣau śaṃkhapadmau ca dṛṣṭvā Me. 80; parighaḥ kṣatajatulyavapuḥ Bṛ. S. 30. 25.
     (2) Essence, nature; Ms. 5. 96.
     (3) Beauty, a beautiful form or appearance.
     (4) Ved. A wonderful phenomenon, wonder.
     (5) Ved. Water.
     -- Comp.
          --guṇaḥ, --prakarṣaḥ excellence of form, personal beauty; saṃdhukṣayaṃtīva vapurguṇena Ku. 3. 52; vapuḥprakarṣādajayadguruṃ raghuḥ R. 3. 35; Ki. 3. 2.
          --dhara a. 1. embodied. --2. beautiful.
          --sravaḥ a humour of the body.

vapuṣmat a.
     (1) Embodied, incarnate, corporeal; dadṛśe jagatībhujā muniḥ sa vapuṣmāniva puṇyasaṃcayaḥ Ki. 2. 56.
     (2) Beautiful, handsome. --m. N. of one of the Viśvedevas.

vamṛ m. [vap-tṛc]
     (1) A sower (of seed), planter, husbandman; na śāleḥ staṃbakaritā vapturguṇamapekṣate Mu. 1. 3, Ms. 3. 142.
     (2) A father, procreator.
     (3) A poet, an inspired sage.
     (4) A shaver, cutter.

vapraḥ --pram [upyate atra vap-ran]
     (1) A rampart, earth-work, mud-wall; velāvapravalayāṃ (urvīṃ) R. 1. 30.
     (2) A bank or mound of any kind (against which bulls and elephants butt); R. 13. 47; see vaprakrīḍā below.
     (3) The slope or declivity of a hill or rocky place; bṛhacchilāvapraghanena vakṣasā Ki. 14. 40.
     (4) A summit, peak, table-land on a mountain; tīvraṃ mahāvrasamivātra caraṃti vaprāḥ Śi. 4. 58, 3. 37; Ki. 5. 36, 6. 8.
     (5) The bank of a river, side, shore, bank in general; dhvanayaḥ pratenuranuva pramapāṃ Ki. 6. 4, 7. 11, 17. 58.
     (6) The foundation of a building.
     (7) The gate of a fortified town.
     (8) A ditch.
     (9) The circumference of a sphere. (10) A field in general.
     (11) The butting of an elephant or bull.
     (12) Dust. --praḥ
     (1) A father.
     (2) A Prajāpati. --praṃ Lead.
     -- Comp.
          --abhighātaḥ butting against the bank or side (as of a hill, river &c.); Ki. 5. 42; cf. taṭāghāta. --kriyā, --krīḍā the playful butting of an elephant (or bull) against a bank or mound; vaprakriyāmṛkṣavatastaṭeṣu R. 5. 44; vaprakrīḍāpariṇatagajaprekṣaṇīyaṃ dadarśa Me. 2.

vaprakaḥ The circumference of a wheel.

vapriḥ
     (1) A field.
     (2) The ocean.
     (3) Difficult position (durgati).

vaprī A mound of earth, hillock.

vabhr 1 P. (vabhrati) To go, move.

vam 1 P. (vamati, vāṃta; caus. vāmayati, vamayati; but with prepositions only vamayati)
     (1) To vomit, spit out, eject from the mouth; raktaṃ cāvamiṣurmukhaiḥ Bk. 15. 62, 9. 10, 14. 30.
     (2) To send forth or out, pour out, give out, give off, give forth, emit (fig. also); kimāgneyagrāvā vikṛta iva tejāṃsi vamati U. 6. 14; S. 2. 7; R. 16. 66; Me. 20: aviditaguṇāpi satkavibhaṇitiḥ karṇeṣu vamati madhudhārāṃ Vās.
     (3) To throw out or down; vāṃtamālyaḥ R. 7. 6.
     (4) To reject.

vamaḥ Ejecting, vomiting, giving out.

vamathuḥ
     (1) Ejecting, vomiting, spitting out.
     (2) Water ejected by an elephant from his trunk.

vamanam [vam-lyuṭ]
     (1) Ejeceting, vomiting.
     (2) Drawing out, taking or geting out; as in svargābhiṣyaṃdavamanaṃ R. 15. 29; Au. 6. 37.
     (3) An emetic.
     (4) Offering oblations.
     (5) Pain. --naḥ Hemp. --nī A leech.

vamaniyā A fly.

vami [vam-in]
     (1) Fire.
     (2) A cheat, rogue. --miḥ f.
     (1) Sickness, nausea.
     (2) An emetic.

vamī Vomiting.

vaṃbhaḥ A bamboo (vaṃśa).

baṃbhāravaḥ The lowing of cattle.

vamraḥ --mrī An ant.
     -- Comp.
          --kūṭaṃ an ant-hill.

vay 1 A. (vayate) To go, move.

vayaḥ A weaver.

vayanam Weaving.

vayas n. [aj-asun vībhāvaḥ]
     (1) Age, any time or period of life; guṇāḥ pūjāsthānaṃ guṇiṣu na ca liṃgaṃ na ca vayaḥ U. 4. 11; navaṃ vayaḥ R. 2. 47; paścime vayasi 19. 1; na khalu vayastejaso hetuḥ Bh. 2. 38; tejasāṃ hi na vayaḥ samīkṣyate R. 11. 1; Ku. 5. 16.
     (2) Youth, the prime of life; vayogate kiṃ vanitāvilāsaḥ Subhaṣ.; so atikrāṃtavayāḥ.
     (3) A bird in general; smaraṇīyāḥ samaye vayaṃ vayaḥ N. 2. 62; mṛgavayogavayopacitaṃ vanaṃ R. 9. 53; 2. 9; Śi. 3. 55, 11. 47.
     (4) A crow; Pt. 1. 23. (here it may mean 'a bird' also.)
     (5) Ved. Sacrificial food or oblation.
     (6) Energy, strength.
     (7) Health, soundness of constitution.
     -- Comp.
          --atiga, --atīta a. (vayotiga &c.) advanced in age, aged, decrepit.
          --adhika a. vayodhika) older in age, senior.
          --avasthā (vayovasthā) stage or period of life, measure of age; Māl. 9. 29.
          --kara a. causing health and vigour of life, prolonging life.
          --gata a. 1. come of age. --2. advanced in years. (
          --taṃ) the departure of youth.
          --pariṇatiḥ, --pariṇāmaḥ ripeness of age; advanced or old sge.
          --pramāṇaṃ 1. measure or length of life. --2. duration of life.
          --vṛddha a. (vayovṛddha) old, advanced in years.
          --saṃdhiḥ 1. transition from one period of life to another; trayo vayaḥsaṃdhayaḥ. --2. puberty, maturity (period of coming of age).
          --stha a. (vayaḥstha or vayastha) 1. youthful. --2. grown up, mature. --3. strong, powerful (
          --sthaḥ) a friend; contemporary. (
          --sthā) 1. a female companion. --2. the yellow myrobalan tree. --3. small cardamoms.
          --sthānaṃ firmness of youth.
          --hāniḥ f. (vayohāniḥ) 1. loss or decline of youth. --2. loss of youthful vigour.

vayasya a. [vayasā tulyaḥ yat]
     (1) Being of the same age.
     (2) Contemporary. --syaḥ A friend, companion, any associate (usually of the same age). --syā A female companion or friend, a woman's confidante.

vayākaḥ A little branch, a creeper.

vayunam [vay unan]
     (1) Knowledge, wisdom, faculty of perception.
     (2) A temple (said to be m. also in this sense in Uṇadisūtras).
     (3) A rule, prcept, order.
     (4) Manner, custom.
     (5) Clearness.

vayodhas m. A young or middleaged man.

vayodhā a. Ved.
     (1) Powerful, vigorous.
     (2) Giving strength or health.
     (3) Giving food. --dhāḥ f. Strength, power.

vayoraṃgam Lead.

var 10 U. (va rayati-te, strictly caus. of vṛ, or vṝ of class 10) To ask for, choose, seek to get; see vṛ.

vara a. [vṛ-karmaṇi ap]
     (1) Best, excellent, most beautiful or precious, choicest, finest; with gen, or loc. or usually at the end of comp.; vadatāṃ varaḥ R. 1. 59; vedavidāṃ vareṇa 5. 23, 11. 54; Ku. 6. 18; nṛvaraḥ, taruvarāḥ, saridvarā &c.
     (2) Better than, preferable to; graṃthibhyo dhāriṇo varāḥ Ms. 12. 103; Y. 1. 352. --raḥ
     (1) The act of choosing, selecting.
     (2) Choice, selection.
     (3) A boon, blessing, favour (tapobhiriṣyate yastu devebhyaḥ sa varo mataḥ); varaṃ vṛ or yāc 'to ask a boon'; prītāsmi te putra varaṃ vṛṇīṣva R. 2. 63; bhavallabdhavarodīrṇaḥ Ku. 2. 32; (for the distinction between vara and āśis see āśis).
     (4) A gift, present, reward, recompense.
     (5) A wish, desire in general.
     (6) Solicitation, entreaty.
     (7) Charity, alms.
     (8) Surrounding, enclosing.
     (9) Obstructing, checking. (10) A bridegroom, husband; varaṃ varayate kanyā; see under vadhū
     (1) also.
     (11) A suitor, wooer.
     (12) A dowry.
     (13) A sonin-law.
     (14) A dissolute man, libertine.
     (15) A sparrow. --raṃ Saffron; (for varam see separately).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. having an excellent form. (
          --gaḥ) 1. an elephant. --2. N. of Viṣṇu. --3. N. of Cupid. (
          --gī) turmeric. (
          --gaṃ) 1. the head. --2. the best part. --3. an elegant form. --4. pudendum muliebre. --5. green cinnamon.
          --aṃganā a lovely woman.
          --arha a. 1. worthy of a boon. --2. very worthy, highly esteemed. --3. very expensive.
          --ānanā a lovelyfaced woman.
          --ājīvin m. an astrologer.
          --āroha a. having fine hips. (
          --haḥ) 1. an excellent rider. --2. a rider on an elephant or horse. --3. mounting, riding. (
          --hā) an elegant or a beautiful woman; kāmaṃ kuru varārohe dehi me pariraṃbhaṇaṃ Māl. 6. 11.
          --āliḥ the moon.
          --āsanaṃ 1. an excellent seat. --2. the chief seat, a seat of honour. --3. the China rose. (
          --naḥ) 1. a door-keeper. --2. a lover, paramour.
          --iṃdraḥ 1. a chief, sovereign. --2. Indra.
          --īśvaraḥ N. of Śiva.
          --uruḥ --rūḥ f. a beautiful woman (lit. having beautiful thighs).
          --kratuḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --cadaṃnaṃ 1. a kind of sandal wood. --2. the pine tree.
          --tanu a. fair-limbed. (
          --nuḥ f.) a beautiful woman; varatanurathavāsau naiva dṛṣṭā tvayā me V. 4. 22.
          --taṃtuḥ N. of an ancient sage; R. 5. 1.
          --tvacaḥ the Nimba tree.
          --da a. 1. conferring a boon, granting or fulfilling a boon. --2. propitious. (
          --daḥ) 1. a benefactor. --2. N. of a class of Manes. --3. fire for propitiatory burnt offerings. -hastaḥ the boon-giving or beneficent hand (placed on the head of a suppliant by a deity &c.). (
          --dā) 1. N. of a river; M. 5. 1. --2. a maiden, girl.
          --dakṣiṇā 1. a present made to the bridegroom by the father of the bride.
          --dānaṃ the granting of a boon.
          --drunaḥ agallochum.
          --niścayaḥ the choice of a bridegroom.
          --pakṣaḥ the party of the bridegroom (at a wedding); R. 6. 86.
          --pradā N. of Lopāmudrā.
          --prasthānaṃ, --yātrā the setting out of the bridegroom in procession towards the house of the bride for the celebration of marriage.
          --phalaḥ the cocoa-nut tree.
          --bāhlikaṃ saffron.
          --yuvatiḥ --tī f. a beautiful young woman.
          --ruci N. of a poet and grammarian (one of the 'nine gems' at the court of king Vikrama; see navaratna; he is identified by some with Kātyāyana, the celebrated author of the Vārtikas on Pāṇini's Sūtras).
          --labdha a. received as a boon. (
          --bdhaḥ) the Champaka tree.
          --vatsalā a mother-in-law.
          --varṇaṃ gold.
          --varṇinī 1. an excellent or fair-complexioned woman. --2. a woman in general. --3. turmeric. --4. lac. --5. N. of Lakṣmī. --6. of Durgā. --7. of Sarasvatī. --8. the creeper called Priyangu. --9. a yellow pigment.
          --vṛddhaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --surata a. 1. very wanton. --3. acquainted with the secrets of sexual intercourse.
          --sraj f. 'the bridegroom's garland', the garland put by the bride round the neck of the bridegroom.

varakaḥ [vṛ-vun]
     (1) A wish, request, boon.
     (2) A cloak.
     (3) A kind of wild bean.
     (4) One who asks a female in marriage, a suitor, wooer. --kaṃ
     (1) The cover of a boat.
     (2) A towel, wiper.

varaṇam [vṛ-lyuṭ lyu vā]
     (1) Choosing, selecting.
     (2) Begging, soliciting, requesting.
     (3) Surrounding, encircling.
     (4) Covering, screening, protecting.
     (5) The choice of a bride.
     (6) Worshipping (of priests &c.).
     (7) Keeping off, prohibiting, warding. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A rampart, surrounding wall.
     (2) A bridge.
     (3) The tree called Varuṇa.
     (4) A tree in general; iha siṃdhavaśca varaṇāvaraṇāḥ kariṇāṃ mude sanaladānaladāḥ Ki. 5. 25.
     (5) A camel.
     (6) A kind of ornament on a bow
     (7) N. of Indra.
     -- Comp.
          --mālā, --sraj see varasraj.

varaṭaḥ [vṛ-aṭan]
     (1) Gander.
     (2) A kind of grain.
     (3) A kind of wasp. --ṭā, --ṭī
     (1) A goose; navaprasūtirvaraṭā tapasvinī N. 1. 135.
     (2) A wasp or a variety of it; bho vayasya ete khalu dāsyāḥputrā arthakalpavartā varaṭābhītā iva gopāladārakā araṇye yatra yatra na khādyaṃte tatra tatra gacchaṃti Mk. 1. --ṭaṃ A jasmine flower (kuṃdapuṣpa).

varaṇasī More usually written vārāṇasī q. v.

varaṃḍaḥ [vṛ-aṃḍac]
     (1) A multitude, group.
     (2) A pimple or eruption on the face.
     (3) A veranda.
     (4) A heap of grass.
     (5) The string of a fish-hook.
     (6) pocket. (The word varaṃḍalaṃbuka in yadidānīmahaṃ varaṃḍalaṃbuka iva dūramutkṣipya pātitaḥ Mk. 1. is of doubtful meaning; it seems to mean 'an over-hanging or projecting wall', which, if raised high, is sure to topple down; so in the case of the Sūtradhāra whose expectations were raised very high only to be cruelly disappointed).

varaṃḍaka a.
     (1) Large, great, spacious.
     (2) Frightened.
     (3) Miserable, wretched. --kaḥ
     (1) A mound of earth,
     (2) The seat on an elephant, a howdah.
     (3) A wall.
     (4) An eruption on the face.

varaṃḍā
     (1) A dagger, knife.
     (2) A kind of bird (sārikā).
     (3) The wick of a lamp.

varaṃḍāluḥ The castor-oil tree.

varatrā
     (1) A strap, thong, or girth (of leather); Śi. 11. 44.
     (2) The girth of an elephant or horse.

varam ind. Rather or better than, preferably to, it is better that &c. It is sometimes used with the ablative; samunnayan bhūtimanāryasaṃgamādvaraṃ virodhopi samaṃ mahātmabhiḥ Ki. 1. 8. But it is generally used absolutely, varaṃ being used with the clause containing the thing preferred, and na ca, na tu, or na punaḥ with the clause containing the thing to which the first is preferred, (both being put in the nominative case); varaṃ maunaṃ kāryaṃ na ca vacanamuktaṃ yadanṛtaṃ ... varaṃ bhikṣāśitvaṃ na ca paradhanāsvādanasukhaṃ H. 1; varaṃ prāṇatyāgo na punaradhamānāmupagamaḥ ibid.; sometimes na is used without ca, tu or punaḥ; yācñā moghā varamadhiguṇe nādhame labdhakāmā Me. 6.

varayitṛ m. A suitor, wooer, lover.

varalaḥ A kind of wasp. --lā
     (1) A goose.
     (2) A kind of wasp.

varas n. Width, breadth (Ved.).

varasyā Ved. Desire, wish.

varā 1 The three kinds of myrobalan.
     (2) A kind of perfume.
     (3) Turmeric.
     (4) N. of Pārvatī.

varāka a. (kī f.)
     (1) Poor, pitiable, miserable, wretched, unhappy, unfortunate (often used to show pity); tanmayā na yuktaṃ kṛtaṃ yatsa varāko'pamānitaḥ Pt. 1; tatkimujjihānajīvitāṃ varākīṃ nānukaṃpase Māl. 10.
     (2) Low, vile.
     (3) Impure. --kaḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) War, battle.

varāṭaḥ [varamalpaṃ aṭati aṭ-aṇ Tv.]
     (1) A cowrie.
     (2) A rope, cord.

varāṭakaḥ
     (1) A cowrie; prāptaḥ kāṇavarāṭakopi na mayā tṛṣṇe'dhunā muṃca māṃ Bh. 3. 4.
     (2) The seed-vessel of the lotus-flower.
     (3) A string, rope (n. also in this sense).
     -- Comp.
          --raṃjas m. the tree called nāgakeśara.

varāṭikā A cowrie; Bv. 2. 42.

varāṇaḥ An epithet of Indra.

varāṇasī See vārāṇasī.

varārakam A diamond.

varālaḥ, --varālakaḥ Cloves.

varāśiḥ --siḥ A coarse cloth.

varāhaḥ [varāya abhīṣṭāya mustādilābhāya āhaṃti bhūmiṃ ā-han-ḍa Tv.]
     (1) A boar, hog; visrabdhaṃ kriyatāṃ varāhatatibhirmustākṣatiḥ palvale S. 2. 6.
     (2) A ram.
     (3) A bull.
     (4) A cloud.
     (5) A crocodile.
     (6) An array of troops in the form of a boar.
     (7) N. of Viṣṇu in the hird or boar-incarnation; cf. vasati daśanaśikhare dharaṇī tava lagnā śaśini kalaṃkakaleva nimagnā . keśava dhṛtaśūkararūpa jaya jagadīśa hare Gīt. 1.
     (8) A particular measure.
     (9) N. of Varāhamihira. (10) N. of one of the 18 Puraṇas.
     -- Comp.
          --avatāraḥ the boar or third incarnation of Viṣṇu.
          --kaṃdaḥ a kind of esculent root.
          --karṇaḥ a kind of arrow.
          --karṇikā a kind of missile.
          --kalpaḥ the period of the boarincarnation, the period during which Viṣṇu assumed the form of a boar.
          --krāṃtā the sensitive plant.
          --dvādaśī a festival held on the 12th day in the bright half of Māgha in honor of Viṣṇu.
          --nāman n. an esculent root.
          --mihiraḥ N. of a celebrated astronomer, author of bṛhatsahitā (supposed to be one of the 'nine gems' at the court of king Vikrama).
          --śṛṃgaḥ N. of Śiva.

varāhuḥ Ved. A boar, hog.

variman m.
     (1) Excellence, superiority, pre-eminence.
     (2) Ved. Circuit, compass.
     (3) Breadth, extent.

varivas n. Ved. 1 Worshipping, honouring.
     (2) Wealth.
     (3) Room, space.
     (4) Pleasure, happiness.
     (5) Ease.

varivasi(syi)ta  a. Worshipped, honoured, adored, revered.

varivasyā
     (1) Worship, honour, adoration, devotion.
     (2) Service, attendance.

variśī A fish-hook.

variṣṭha a.
     (1) Best, most excellent, most distinguished or pre-eminent.
     (2) Largest, greatest.
     (3) Widest.
     (4) Heaviest.
     (5) Worst, most wicked; (superl. of uru q. v.) --ṣṭhaḥ
     (1) The francoline partridge.
     (2) The orange tree. --ṣṭhaṃ
     (1) Copper.
     (2) Pepper.

varī
     (1) N. of Chhāyā, wife of the sun.
     (2) The plant called śatāvarī.

varamin m. Excellence &c.; see variman.

varīyas a.
     (1) Better, more excellent, preferable.
     (2) Most excellent, very good; Māl. 1. 16.
     (3) Larger, wider, more extensive (compar. of uru q. v.).
     (4) Extremely tender or younger. --n. Ved. Rest, repose.

varī(lī)vardaḥ  An ox, a bull,

varīṣuḥ N. of Cupid, the god of love.

varuṭaḥ N. of a class of Mlechchhas.

varuḍaḥ N. of a low caste.

varuṇaḥ [vṛ-unan Uṇ. 3. 53]
     (1) N. of an Aditya (usually associated with Mitra).
     (2) (In later mythology) The regent of the ocean and of the western quarter (represented with a noose in hand); yāsāṃ rājā varuṇo yāti madhye satyānṛte avapaśyañjanānām; varuṇo yādasāmahaṃ Bg. 10. 29; tvaṃ viśveṣāṃ varuṇāsi rājā ye ca devā ye ca martāḥ Rv. 2. 27. 10; pratīcīṃ varuṇaḥ pāti Mb.; atisaktimetya varuṇasya diśā bhṛśamanvarajyadatuṣārakaraḥ Śi. 9. 7.
     (3) The ocean.
     (4) Firmament.
     (5) The Sun.
     (6) The Varuṇa tree.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaruhaḥ an epithet of Agastya.
          --ātmajā spirituous liquor (so called being produced from the sea).
          --ālayaḥ, --āvāsaḥ the ocean.
          --devaṃ,--daivataṃ the Nakshatra Śatabhiṣaj.
          --pāśaḥ 1. a shark. --2. the noose of Varuṇa.
          --lokaḥ 1. the world of Varuṇa. --2. water.

varuṇānī Varuṇa's wife.

varuṇāviḥ f. N. of Lakṣmī.

barutram A cloak, mantle.

varūtṛ m. Ved.
     (1) A protector, defender.
     (2) A god, deity. --trī A guardian deity.

varūtham [vṛ ūthan Uṇ. 2. 6]
     (1) A sort of wooden fence or fender with which a chariot is provided as a defence against collision (m. also in this sense); varūtho rathaguptiryā tirodhatte rathasthitim.
     (2) An armour, a coat of mail.
     (3) A shield.
     (4) A group, multitude, an assemblage.
     (5) Protection.
     (6) A family.
     (7) A house, residence (Ved. in the last 3 senses). --thaḥ
     (1) The cuckoo.
     (2) Time.

varūthin a.
     (1) Wearing an armour, mailed.
     (2) Furnished with a fender or protecting plank; avatimekarathena varūthinā jitavataḥ kila tasya dhanurbhṛtaḥ R. 9. 11.
     (3) Protecting, sheltering.
     (4) Surrounded by a troop.
     (5) Being or seated in a carriage. --m.
     (1) A chariot.
     (2) A guard, defender. --nī An army; skhalitasalilāmullaṃdhyaināṃ jagāma varuthinī Śi. 12. 77; R. 12. 50.

vareṇya a. [vṛ-enya]
     (1) To be wished for, desirable, eligible; anena cedicchasi gṛhyamāṇaṃ pāṇiṃ vareṇyena R. 6. 24.
     (2) (Hence) Best, most excellent, pre-eminent, most worthy or distinguished, chief; vedhā vidhāya punaruktamiveṃdubiṃbaṃ durīkaroti na kathaṃ vidūṣāṃ vareṇyaḥ Bv. 2. 158; tatsaviturvareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahī Rv. 3. 62. 10; R 6. 84, Bk. 1. 4; Ku. 7. 90. --ṇyaṃ Saffron.

varoṭaḥ The Marubaka plant. --ṭaṃ Its flower.

varolaḥ A kind of wasp.

varkaraḥ [vṛk-aran]
     (1) A lamb, kid.
     (2) A goat.
     (3) Any young domestic animal.
     (4) Mirth, sport, pastime.
     (5) Jest, joke.
     -- Comp.
          --karkaraḥ a strap or rope of leather (karkaraḥ) to bind a lamb or goat with.

varkarāṭaḥ 1 A side-glance, leer.
     (2) The marks of a lover's fingernails on the bosom of a woman.
     (3) The rays of the ascending sun.

varkuṭaḥ A pin, bolt.

vargaḥ [vṛj-ghañ]
     (1) A class, division, group; company, society, tribe, collection (of similar things); nyaṣedhi śeṣo'pyanuyāyivargaḥ R. 2. 4, 11. 7; so pauravargaḥ, nakṣatravargaḥ &c.
     (2) A party, side; Ku. 7. 53.
     (3) A category.
     (4) A class of words grouped together; as manuṣyavargaḥ, vanaspativargaḥ &c.
     (5) A class of consonants in the alphabet.
     (6) A section, chapter, division of a book.
     (7) Particularly, a subdivision of an Adhyāya in Ṛgveda.
     (8) The square power.
     (9) Strength. (10) Sphere, province.
     (11) The whole class of objects of worldly existence (dharma, artha, and kāma).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtyaṃ, --uttamaṃ the last letter of each of the first five classes of consonants; i. e. a nasal.
          --ghanaḥ the cube of a square. -ghātaḥ the fifth power.
          --padaṃ, --mūlaṃ the square root.
          --prakṛtiḥ f. an affected square.
          --vargaḥ the square of a square.

vargaṇā Multiplication.

vargayati Den. P. To multiply.

vargaśas ind. In groups, according to classes.

vargin a. Belonging to a class or party.

vargīṇa a. Belonging to a class or category.

vargīya a. Belonging to a class or category. --yaḥ A class-fellow.

vargya a. Belonging to the same class. --rgyaḥ One belonging to the same class or company, colleague, class-fellow, fellow-student (in learning); yā yasya yujyate bhūmikā tāṃ khalu bhāvena tathaiva sarve vargyāḥ pāṭhitāḥ Māl. 1; udbāhunā juhuvire muhurātmavargyāḥ Śi. 5. 15.

varc
     (1) A. (varcate) To shine, be bright or splendid.

varcaṭī
     (1) A kind of rice.
     (2) A harlot.

varcas n. [varc-asun]
     (1) Vigour, energy, power.
     (2) Light, lustre, brilliance, splendour.
     (3) Form, figure, shape.
     (4) Ordure, feces.
     (5) Semen virile.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ constipation.

varcaskaḥ
     (1) Brightness, lustre.
     (2) Vigour.
     (3) Feces.

varcasvin a.
     (1) Vigorous, energetic, active.
     (2) Bright, brilliant, radiant.

varjaḥ Leaving, abandoning.

varjaka a. (At the end of comp.)
     (1) Exclusive of, excluding.
     (2) Leaving, avoiding, abandoning.

varjanam [vṛj-lyuṭ]
     (1) Leaving, giving up, abandoning.
     (2) Renouncing.
     (3) Exception, exclusion.
     (4) Hurt, injury, killing.

varjam ind. To the exclusion of, excluding, except (at the end of comp.); gautamīvarjamitarā niṣkrāṃtāḥ S. 4; Ku. 7. 72.

varjita p. p.
     (1) Left out, excepted.
     (2) Abandoned, relinquished.
     (3) Excluded.
     (4) Deprived of, destitute of, without; as in guṇavarjita.

varjya a.
     (1) To be avoided or shunned.
     (2) To be excluded or left out.
     (3) With the exception of. --rjyaṃ A point in each lunar mansion during which no business should be undertaken.

varṇ 10 U. (varṇayati-te, varṇita)
     (1) To colour, paint, dye; yathā hi bharatā varṇairvarṇayaṃtyātmanastanuṃ Subhāṣ.
     (2) To describe, relate, explain, write, depict delineate, illustrate; varṇitaṃ jayadevena haroridaṃ praṇatena Gīt. 3; Ki. 5. 18.
     (3) To praise; extol.
     (4) To spread, extend.
     (5) To illuminate.
     (6) To exert oneself.
     (7) To send, cast.
     (8) To pound, grind.

varṇaḥ [varṇ-ac]
     (1) A colour, hue; aṃtaḥśuddhastvamapi bhavitā varṇamātreṇa kṛṣṇaḥ Me. 49.
     (2) A paint, dye, paintcolour; see varṇ
     (1).
     (3) Colour, complexion, beauty; tvayyādātuṃ jalamavanate śārṅgiṇo varṇacaure Me. 46; R. 8. 42.
     (5) A class of men, tribe, caste (especially applied to the four principal castes, brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, and śūdra); varṇānāmānupūrvyeṇa Vārt; na kaścidvarṇānāmapathamapakṛṣṭo'pi bhajate S. 5. 10; R. 5. 19.
     (6) A class, race, tribe, kind, species; as in savarṇaṃ akṣaraṃ.
     (7)
          (a) A letter, character, sound; na me varṇavicārakṣamā dṛṣṭiḥ V. 5.
          (b) A word, syllable; S. D. 9.
     (8) Fame, glory, celebrity, renown; rājā prajāraṃjanalabdhavarṇaḥ R. 6. 21.
     (9) A good quality, merit, virtue. (10) Praise.
     (11) Dress, decoration.
     (12) Outward appearance. form, figure.
     (13) A cloak, mantle.
     (14) A covering, lid.
     (15) The order or arrangement of a subject in a song (gītakrama); upāttavarṇe carite pinākinaḥ Ku. 5. 56 'celebrated in song, made the subject of a song.'
     (16) The housings of an elephant.
     (17) A quality, property.
     (18) A religious observance.
     (19) An unknown quantity. (20) The number 'one.'
     (21) Application of perfumed unguents to the body.
     (22) Gold.
     (23) A musical mode. --rṇaṃ
     (1) Saffron.
     (2) A coloured unguent or perfume.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkā a pen.
          --adhipaḥ a planet presiding over a caste or class.
          --apasadaḥ an outcast.
          --apeta a. devoid of any caste, outcast, degraded.
          --arhaḥ a kind of bean.
          --āgamaḥ the addition of a letter; bhavedvarṇāgamāddhaṃsaḥ Sk.
          --ātman m. a word.
          --āśramāḥ the (four) castes and stages of life; R. 5. 19.
          --udakaṃ coloured water; R. 16. 70.
          --kūpikā an ink-stand.
          --kramaḥ 1. the order of castes or colours. --2. alphabetical order or arrangement.
          --gata a. 1. coloured. --2. algebraical.
          --cārakaḥ a painter.
          --jyeṣṭhaḥ a Brāhmaṇa.
          --tūliḥ, --tūlikā, --tūlī f. a pencil, paint-brush.
          --da a. colouring. (
          --daṃ) a kind of fragrant yellow wood.
          --dātrī turmeric.
          --dūtaḥ a letter.
          --dūṣaka a. violating the distinctions of castes.
          --dharmaḥ the peculiar duties of a caste.
          --pātaḥ the omission of a letter.
          --pātraṃ a paint-box.
          --puṣpaṃ the flower of the globe-amaranth.
          --puṣpakaḥ the globe-amaranth.
          --prakarṣaḥ excellence of colour.
          --prasādanaṃ aloe-wood.
          --mātṛ f. a pen, pencil.
          --mātṛkā N. of Sarasvatī.
          --mālā, --rāśiḥ the alphabet.
          --re (le) khā chalk.
          --vartiḥ, --vartikā f. a paint-brush, pencil.
          --vādin m. a panegyrist.
          --viparyayaḥ the substitution or change of letters; (bhavet) siṃho varṇaviparyayāt Sk.
          --vilāsinī turmeric.
          --viloḍakaḥ 1. a house-breaker. --2 a plagiarist (lit. word-stealer).
          --vṛttaṃ a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. mātrāvṛtta). --vyavasthitiḥ f. the institution of caste.
          --śikṣā instruction in letters.
          --śreṣṭhaḥ a Brāhmaṇa.
          --saṃyogaḥ marriage between persons of the same caste.
          --saṃsargaḥ confusion of castes.
          --saṃkaraḥ 1. confusion of castes through intermarriage. --2. mixture or blending of colours; citreṣu varṇasaṃkaraḥ K. (where both senses are intended); Śi. 14. 37.
          --saṃghātaḥ, --samāmnāyaḥ the alphabet.
          --sthānaṃ an organ of utterance.
          --hīna a. outcast.

varṇakaḥ [varṇayati, varṇ --ṇvul]
     (1) A mask, the dress of an actor.
     (2) A paint, colour for painting; Śi. 16. 62.
     (3) A paint, or anything used as an unguent or pigment; etaiḥ piṣṭatamālavarṇakanibhairāliptamaṃbhodharaiḥ Mk. 5. 46; Bk. 19. 11.
     (4) A bard, panegyrist.
     (5) Vermilion.
     (6) Sandal (the tree).
     (7) A letter, syllable. --kā
     (1) A mask.
     (2) A paint, colour for painting.
     (3) Fine gold.
     (4) Vermilion.
     (5) A cloak, mantle. --kaṃ
     (1) A paint, colour, pigment; S. 6. 15.
     (2) Sandal.
     (3) A chapter, division.
     (4) A circle, orb.

varṇanaṃ --nā [varṇ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Painting.
     (2) Description, delincation, representation; svabhāvoktistu ḍiṃbhādeḥ svakriyārūpavarṇanaṃ K. P. 10.
     (3) Writing.
     (4) A statement, an assertion.
     (5) Praise, commendation (--nā only in this sense).

varṇavatī Turmeric.

varṇasiḥ Water.

varṇāṭaḥ
     (1) A painter.
     (2) A singer.
     (3) One who maintains himself by his wife (strīkṛtājīva).
     (4) A lover.

varṇikā [varṇā akṣarāṇi lekhyatvena saṃtyasyāḥ ṭhan]
     (1) The mask or dress of an actor.
     (2) A colour, paint.
     (3) Ink.
     (4) A pen, pencil.
     (5) Chalk.
     -- Comp.
          --parigrahaḥ the assumption of a character or mask; tataḥ prakaraṇanāyakasya mālatīvallabhasya mādhavasya varṇikāparigrahaḥ kathaṃ Māl. 1.

varṇita p. p. [varṇ-kta]
     (1) Painted.
     (2) Described, represented.
     (3) Extolled, praised.

varṇin a. [varṇo'styasya ini] (At the end of comp.) 1 Having the colour or appearance of.
     (2) Belonging to the caste of. --m.
     (1) A painter.
     (2) A scribe, writer.
     (3) A religious student, a Brahmachārin q. v.; athāha varṇī Ku. 5. 65, 52; varṇāśramāṇāṃ gurave sa varṇī vicakṣaṇaḥ prastutamācacakṣe R. 5. 19.
     (4) A person of any one of the four principal castes.
     -- Comp.
          --liṃgin a. disguised as, or wearing the marks of, a religious student; sa varṇiliṃgī viditaḥ samāyayau yudhiṣṭhiraṃ dvaitavane vanecaraḥ Ki. 1. 1.

varṇinī
     (1) A woman(in general).
     (2) A woman belonging to any one of the four principal castes.
     (3) Turmeric.

varṇuḥ The sun.

varṇya a. To be described; (often used in rhetorical works like prakṛta or prastuta q. v.). --rṇyaṃ Saffron.

vartaḥ (Usually at the end of comp.) Living, livelihood; as in kalyavarta q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --janman m. a cloud.
          --lohaṃ bell-metal, a kind of brass.

vartaka a. [vṛt-ṇvul]
     (1) Living, being, existing.
     (2) Devoted to. --kaḥ
     (1) A quail.
     (2) A horse's hoof. --kaṃ A sort of brass or bellmetal.

vartakā A kind of quail.

vartakī A kind of quail.

vartana a. [vṛt-lyu lyuṭa vā]
     (1) Abiding, living, staying, being &c.
     (2) Stationary. --naḥ A dwarf. --nī
     (1) A road, way.
     (2) Living, life.
     (3) Pounding, grinding.
     (4) Sending off, despatching.
     (5) A spindle. --naṃ
     (1) Living, being.
     (2) Staying, abiding, residing.
     (3) Action, movement, mode or manner of living; smarasi ca tadupāṃteṣvāvayorvartanāni U. 1. 26; (the word may here mean 'abode or residence', also).
     (4) Living on, subsisting (at the end of comp.)
     (5) Livelihood, maintenance, subsistence.
     (6) Turning round, revolving.
     (7) Rolling on, moving about.
     (8) Appointing.
     (9) A means of subsistence, profession, occupation. (10) Conduct, behaviour, proceeding.
     (11) Wages, salary, hire.
     (12) Commerce, traffic.
     (13) A spindle.
     (14) A globe, ball.

vartaniḥ
     (1) The eastern part of India, the eastern country.
     (2) A hymn, praise, eulogium (stotra). --niḥ f.
     (1) A way, road.
     (2) The eyelashes.
     (3) Ved. A wheel.
     (4) The track of a wheel.

vartamāna a. [vṛt-śānac]
     (1) Being, existing.
     (2) Living, being alive, contemporary; prathitayaśasāṃ bhāsakavisaumillakavimiśrādīnāṃ prabaṃdhānatikramya vartamānakaveḥ kālidāsasya kriyāyāṃ kathaṃ pariṣado bahumānaḥ M. 1.
     (3) Turning or moving round, revolving.
     (4) Dwelling in. --naḥ The present tense (in gram.); vartamānasāmīpye vartamānavadvā P. III. 3. 131. --naṃ Presence.

vartarūkaḥ
     (1) A pool, puddle.
     (2) An eddy, a whirlpool.
     (3) A crow's nest.
     (4) A door-keeper.
     (5) N. of a river.

vartas n. Ved. The eyelashes.

vartiḥ --rtī f. [vṛt-in vā ṅīp]
     (1) Anything wrapped round, a pad, roll.
     (2) An unguent, ointment, eye-salve, collyrium or any cosmetic (in the form of a ball or pill); sā punarmama prathamadarśanātprabhṛtyamṛtavartiriva cakṣuṣorānaṃdamutpādayaṃtī Māl. 1; iyamamṛtavartirnayanayoḥ U. 1. 38; karpūravartiriva locanatāpahaṃtrī Bv. 3. 16; Vb. 1.
     (3) The wick of a lamp; Māl. 10. 4.
     (4) The projecting threads or unwoven ends (of a cloth), the fringe.
     (5) A magical lamp.
     (6) The protuberance round a vessel.
     (7) A surgical instrument (such as a bougie).
     (8) A streak, line.
     (9) Swelling in the throat. (10) A swelling formed by internal rupture.

vartikaḥ A kind of quail.

vartikā
     (1) A paint-brush; tadupanaya citraphalakaṃ citravartikāśca Mal. 1; aṃgulikṣaraṇasannavartikaḥ R. 19. 19.
     (2) The wick of a lamp.
     (3) Colour, paint.
     (4) A quail; Māl. 8. 8.

vartin a. (nī f.) [vṛt-rṇini] (Usually at the end of comp.)
     (1) Abiding, being, resting, staying, situated.
     (2) Going, moving, turning.
     (3) Acting, behaving.
     (4) Performing, practising.

vartiṣṇu a.
     (1) Revolving.
     (2) Being, abiding.
     (3) Circular.
     (4) Stationary, fixed.
     (5) Firm in battle.

vartis n. Ved.
     (1) Circuit, orbit.
     (2) A way, path.
     (3) Abode, residence.

vartī(rti)raḥ A kind of quail.

vartula a. [vṛt-ulac] Round, circular, globular. --laḥ
     (1) A kind of pulse, a pea.
     (2) A ball. --laṃ A circle.

vartman n. [vṛt-manin]
     (1) A way, road, path, passage, track; vartma bhānostvajāśu Me. 39; pārasīkāṃstato jetuṃ pratasthe sthalavartmanā 'by land'; ākāśavartmanā 'through the air'.
     (2) (Fig.) A way, course, an established or prescribed usage, the usual manner or course of conduct; mama vartmānugacchaṃti manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ Bg. 3. 23; rekhāmātramapi kṣuṇṇādāmanorvartmanaḥ param . na vyatīyuḥ prajāstasya niyaṃturnomivṛttayaḥ R. 1. 17 (where the literal sense is also intended); ahametya pataṃgavartmanā punaraṃkāśrayiṇī bhavāmi te Ku. 4. 20 'after the manner of a moth.'
     (4) Room, scope for action; na vartma kasmaicidapi pradīyatāṃ Ki. 14. 14.
     (5) An eye-lid.
     (6) An edge, a border.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. 'roadwork', engineering.
          --pātaḥ deviation from the road.
          --baṃdhaḥ, --baṃdhakaḥ an affection of the eye-lids.
          --rogaḥ a disease of the eyelids.

vartmaniḥ --nī f. A road, way.

vartra a. Ved. Protecting. --rtraṃ A dam, dike.

vardh 10 U. (vardhayati-se, also vardhāpayati)
     (1) To cut, divide, shear.
     (2) To fill.

vardhaḥ
     (1) Cutting, dividing.
     (2) Increasing, causing increase or prosperity.
     (3) Increase, augmentation. --rdhaṃ
     (1) Lead.
     (2) Red lead.

vardhaka a. [vṛdh-ṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Increasing.
     (2) Cutting, dividing.
     (3) Filling. --kaḥ A carpenter.

vardhakiḥ, vardhakin m. A carpenter.

vardhana a. [vṛdh-ṇic lyu lyud vā]
     (1) Increasing, growing.
     (2) Causing to increase, enlarging, magnifying. --naḥ
     (1) A bestower of prosperity.
     (2) A tooth growing over another tooth.
     (3) N. of Śiva. --nī
     (1) A broom.
     (2) A bier.
     (3) A water-jar of a particular shape. --naṃ
     (1) Growing, thriving.
     (2) Growth, increase, prosperity, magnifying, enlargement.
     (4) Elevation.
     (5) Exhilaration (of spirits), animation.
     (6) Educating, rearing.
     (7) Cutting, dividing; as in nābhirvadhanaṃ
     (8) A means of strengthening, restorative.
     (9) Filling.

vardhanikā A small vessel in which sacred water is kept.

vardhamāna a. [vṛdh --śānac] Growing, increasing. --naḥ
     (1) The castor-oil plant.
     (2) A kind of riddle.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (4) N. of a district (said to be the same as the modern Bardvāna).
     (5) Sweet citron. --naḥ, --naṃ
     (1) A pot or dish of a particular shape, lid.
     (2) A kind of mystical diagram.
     (3) A palace or temple built in the form of the above diagram.
     (4) A house having no door on the south side. --nā N. of a district (the modern Bardvāna).
     -- Comp.
          --puraṃ the city of Bardvāna.

vardhamānakaḥ A kind of dish or pot, lid or cover.

vardhāpanam [vardhaṃ chedaṃ karoti, vṛdh ṇic-āp ca tato bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Cutting, dividing.
     (2) Cutting the umbilical cord, or the ceremony connected with this act.
     (3) A festival on a birth-day.
     (4) Any festival in general when wishes for prosperity and other congratulatory expressions are offered; cf. pūrṇapātra.

vardhita p. p.
     (1) Grown, increased.
     (2) Enlarged, magnified.
     (3) Cut.
     (4) Filled, full.

vardhiṣṇu a. Growing, increasing, thriving.

vardhram
     (1) A leather strap or thong.
     (2) Leather.
     (3) Lead.

vardhrikā, vardhrī A leather strap or thong.

varpan n. Ved.
     (1) Form, figure.
     (2) Praise.
     (3) A plot, trick, artifice.

varph 1 P. (varphati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To kill.

varman n. [vṛ-manin]
     (1) An armour, a coat of mail; svahṛdayamarmāṇi varma karoti sajalanalinīdalajālaṃ Gīt. 4; R. 4. 56; Mu. 2. 8.
     (2) (Hence) Shelter, protection.
     (3) Bark, rind. --m. An affix added to the names of Kshatriyas; as caṃḍavarman, prahāravarman; cf. dāsa.
     -- Comp.
          --hara a. 1. wearing armour --2. old enough to wear armour (i. e. to take part in battle); samyagvinītamatha varmaharaṃ kumāraṃ R. 8. 94.

varmika, varmin a. Mailed, furnished with armour.

varmaṇaḥ The orange tree.

varmiḥ A kind of fish.

varya a. [vṛ-yat]
     (1) To be chosen or selected, eligible.
     (2) Best, most excellent, chief, principal (mostly at the end of comp.); anvītaḥ sa katipayaiḥ kirātavaryaiḥ Ki. 12. 54. --ryaḥ The god of love. --ryā
     (1) A girl choosing her own husband.
     (2) A girl in general.

varvaṭa See barbaṭa.

varvaṇā See barbaṇā.

varvara a. [vṛ-arac vuṭ ca]
     (1) Stammering.
     (2) Curled. --raḥ
     (1) A barbarian.
     (2) A blockhead, babbling fool.
     (3) An outcast.
     (4) Curly hair.
     (5) The clash of weapons.
     (6) A mode of dancing. --rā, --rī
     (1) A kind of fly.
     (2) A kind of basil. --raṃ
     (1) Yellow sandal-wood.
     (2) Vermilion.
     (3) Gum-myrrh.
     -- Comp.
          --utthaṃ white sandal-wood.

varvarakam A variety of sandal-wood.

varvarīkaḥ
     (1) Curly hair.
     (2) A kind of basil.
     (3) A kind of shrub.

varvū(rvu)raḥ A kind of tree.

varṣaḥ, --rṣam [vṛṣ bhāve ghañ kartari ac vā]
     (1) Raining, rain, a shower of rain; vidyutstanitavarṣeṣu Ms. 4. 103; Me. 35.
     (2) Sprinkling, effusion, throwing down, a shower of anything; surabhi suravimuktaṃ puṣpavarṣaṃ papāta R. 12. 102; so śaravarṣaḥ, śilāvarṣaḥ; lājavarṣaḥ &c.
     (3) Seminal effusion.
     (4) A year (usually only n.); iyaṃti varṣāṇi tayā sahogramabhyasyatīva vratamāsidhāraṃ R. 13. 67; na vavarṣa varṣāṇi dbādaśa dakṣaśatākṣaḥ Dk.; varṣabhogyeṇa śāpena Me. 1.
     (5) A division of the world, a continent; (nine such divisions are usually enumerated:
     (1) kuru; 2 hiraṇmaya; 3 ramyaka; 4 ilāvṛta; 5 hari; 6 ketumālā; 7 bhadrāśva, 8 kiṃnara; and 9 bhārata); etadūḍhagurubhāra bhārataṃ varṣamadya mama vartate vaśe Śi. 14. 5.
     (6) India (= bhāratavarṣa).
     (7) A cloud (only m. according to Hemachandra).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ, --aṃśakaḥ, --aṃgaḥ a month.
          --aṃbu n. rain-water.
          --ayutaṃ ten thousand years.
          --arcis m. the planet Mars.
          --avasānaṃ the autumn or Śarat season.
          --āghoṣaḥ a frog.
          --āmadaḥ a peacock.
          --upalaḥ hail.
          --karaḥ a cloud. (
          --rī) a cricket.
          --kośaḥ, --ṣaḥ 1. a month. --2. an astrologer.
          --giriḥ, --parvataḥ 'a Varsha mountain', i. e. one of the mountain-ranges supposed to separate the different divisions of the world from one another; (they are seven:
          --himavān hemakṭaśca niṣadho merureva ca . caitraḥ karṇī ca śṛṃgī ca saptaite varṣaparvatāḥ). --ja a. (varṣeja also) produced in the rainy season.
          --dharaḥ 1. a cloud. --2. a eunuch, an attendant on the women's apartments; M. 4; (varṣadharṣa in the same sense).
          --pākin m. the hog-plum.
          --pūgaḥ a series or collection of years.
          --pratibaṃdhaḥ a drought.
          --priyaḥ the Chātaka bird.
          --varaḥ a eunuch, an attendant on the women's apartments.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. birth-day.
          --śataṃ a century, one hundred years.
          --sahasraṃ a thousand years.

varṣaka a. Raining.

varṣaṇam [vṛṣ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Raining, rain.
     (2) Sprinkling, showering down (fig. also); dravyavarṣaṇaṃ 'showering or bestowing wealth'.

varṣaṇiḥ f. [vṛs-aniḥ]
     (1) Raining.
     (2) A sacrifice, sacrificial rite.
     (3) An act, action.
     (4) Staying, living, abiding (vartana).

varṣā (Usually f. pl.)
     (1) The rainy season, the rains, the monsoon; grīṣme paṃcāgnimadhyastho varṣāsu sthaṃḍileśayaḥ Y. 3. 52; Bk. 7. 1.
     (2) Rain (sing. in this sense).
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ the rains, the rainy season; so varṣāsamayaḥ. --kālīna a. belonging to or produced in the rainy season.
          --prabhaṃjanaḥ a high wind.
          --bhū m. 1. a frog. --2. a kind of insect (iṃdragopa). --bhūḥ, --bhvī f. 1. a female frog or a little frog. --2. hogweed. --3. an earth-worm.
          --rātraḥ 1. a night in the rainy season. --2. the rainy season.

varṣika a. Raining, showering. --kaṃ Aloe-wood.

varṣitam Rain.

varṣuka a. (kī f.) [vṛṣ-ukañ] Raining, watery, pouring down water; varṣukasya kimapaḥ kṛtānnetareṃbudasya parihāryamūṣaraṃ Śi. 14. 46; Bk. 2. 37.
     -- Comp.
          --abdaḥ, --aṃbudaḥ a rain-cloud.

varṣiṣṭha a.
     (1) Oldest, very old.
     (2) Strongest.
     (3) Largest (superl. of vṛddha q. v.)

varṣīyas a. (sī f.) 1 Older; very old.
     (2) Stronger (compar. of vṛddha q. v.)

varṣmam The body; see below.

varṣman n. [vṛṣ-manin]
     (1) Body, form.
     (2) A measure, height; varṣma dvipānāṃ viruvaṃta uccakairvanecarebhyāściramācacakṣire Śi. 12. 64; gajavarṣma kirātebhyaḥ śaśaṃsurdevadāravaḥ R. 4. 76.
     (3) A handsome or lovely form.
     (4) Surface (as of a mountain); Māl. 9. 5.

varh See barh, barha, barhaṇa, barhiṇa, barhin, barhis.

varha See barh, barha, barhaṇa, barhiṇa, barhin, barhis.

varhaṇa See barh, barha, barhaṇa, barhiṇa, barhin, barhis.

varhiṇa See barh, barha, barhaṇa, barhiṇa, barhin, barhis.

varhin See barh, barha, barhaṇa, barhiṇa, barhin, barhis.

varhis See barh, barha, barhaṇa, barhiṇa, barhin, barhis.

val 1 A. (balate; but sometimes valati also; valita)
     (1) To go, approach, hasten; anyonyaṃ śaravṛṣṭireva valate Mv. 6. 41; praṇayinaṃ parirabdhumathāṃganā vavalire valirecitamadhyamāḥ Śi. 6. 38, 6. 11, 19. 42; tvadabhisaraṇarabhasena valaṃtī patati padāni kiyaṃti calaṃtī Gīt. 6.
     (2) To move, turn, move or turn round; valitakaṃdhara Māl. 1. 29; dṛṣṭiranyato na valati K.
     (3) To turn to, be drawn or attracted towards, be attached to; hṛdayamadaye taspinnevaṃ punarvalate balāt Gīt. 7; Nalod. 3. 5.
     (4) To increase; valannūpuranisvanā S. D. 116; amaṃdaṃ kaṃdarpajvarajanitāciṃtākulatayā valadvādhāṃ rādhāṃ sarasāmidamūce sahacarī Gīt. 1.
     (5) To cover, enclose.
     (6) To be covered, enclosed or surrounded. --WITH vi to move to and fro, roll about; svidyati kūṇati vellati vivalati nimiṣa te vilākeyati tiryak K. P. 10. --saṃ 1. to mix, blend. --2. to connect, unite with (mostly in p. p.; see saṃvalita).

valanam [val-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Moving, turning towards.
     (2) Moving round in a circle.
     (3) (In astr.) Deflection.
     (4) Agitation, excitement.

valita p. p.
     (1) Moving.
     (2) Moved, turned round, bent round.
     (3) Surrounded, enclosed.
     (4) Wrinkled; Ki. 11. 4.
     (5) Cast, darted; Māl. 8. 11.

vala See bala.

valakṣa See balakṣa.

valagnaḥ, --gnam The waist.

valabhiḥ --bhī f. [valyate ācchādyate valabhi vā ṅīp] (Also frequently written baḍabhiḥ-bhī)
     (1) The sloping roof, the wooden frame of a thatch; dhūpairjālaviniḥsṛtairvalabhayaḥ saṃdigdhapārāvatāḥ V. 3. 2; saudhānyatyarthatāpādvalābhiparicayadvoṣepārāvatāni M. 2. 13.
     (2) The topmost part (of a house); dṛṣṭvā dṛṣṭvā bhavanavalabhītuṃgavātāyanasthā Māl. 1. 15; Me. 38; Śi. 3. 53.
     (3) N. of a town in Saurāṣṭra; asti saurāṣṭreṣu valabhī nāma nagarī Dk., Bk. 22. 35.

valaṃba See avalaṃba.

valayaḥ --yam [val-ayan]
     (1) A bracelet, armlet; vihitaviśadabisakisalayavalayā jīvati paramiha tava ratikalayā Gīt. 6; Bk. 3. 22; Me. 2, 60; R. 13. 21, 43.
     (2) A ring, coil; S. 1. 33, 7. 11.
     (3) The zone or girdle of a married woman.
     (4) A circle, circumference (oft. at the end of comp.); bhrāṃtabhūvalayaḥ Dk.; velāvapravalayāṃ (urvī) R. 1. 30; digvalaya Śi. 9. 8.
     (4) An enclosure, a bower; as in latāvalayamaṃḍapa. --yaḥ
     (1) A fence, hedge.
     (2) A branch.
     (3) A sore throat. (valayīkṛ 'to form into a bracelet;' Ku. 5. 66; valayībhū 'to serve as a bracelet or girdle').

valayita a.
     (1) Surrounded, encircled, enclosed; Bh. 3. 26; U. 4. 30.
     (2) Whirling round.
     (3) Curling; Māl. 5. 6.

valāka See balāka.

valākrin See balākin.

valāsakaḥ
     (1) The cuckoo.
     (2) A frog.

valāhaka See balāhaka.

valiḥ --lī f. (Also written baliḥ -lī)
     (1) A fold or wrinkle (on the skin); valibhirmukhamākrāṃtam.
     (2) A fold of skin on the upper part of the belly (especially of females, regarded as a mark of beauty); madhyena sā vedivilagnamadhyā valitrayaṃ cāru babhāra bālā Ku. 1. 39.
     (3) The ridge of a thatched roof.
     (4) A line made on the body with fragrant unguents.
     -- Comp.
          --bhṛt a. curled, having curls (as hair); kusumotkhacitān valībhṛtaścalayan bhṛṃgarucastavālakān R. 8. 53.
          --mukhaḥ, --vadanaḥ a monkey; Māl. 9. 31.

valikaḥ --kam The edge of a thatched roof.

valina, valibha a. [vali-na bha vā] Wrinkled, shriveled, contracted into wrinkles, flaccid; Śi. 6. 13.

valimat a. Wrinkled.

valira a. Squint-eyed, squinting, oggling.

valiśaṃ --śī A fish-hook.

balīkam The edge of a thatched roof; Śi. 3. 53.

valkaḥ A kind of bird. --ka The root of lotus.

valūla a. Strong, robust, powerful.

valk 10 U. (valkayati-te) To speak.

valkaḥ --lkam [val saṃvaraṇe ka, kasya netvaṃ]
     (1) The bark of a tree; sa valkavāsāṃsi tavādhunā haran karoti manyuṃ na kathaṃ dhanaṃjayaḥ Ki. 1. 35; R. 8. 11; Bk. 10. 1.
     (2) The scales of a fish.
     (3) A part, fragment (khaṃḍa).
     -- Comp.
          --taruḥ a kind of tree.
          --drumaḥ the birch tree.
          --lodhraḥ a variety of the Lodhra.

valkavat a. A fish (having scales).

valkalaḥ --lam [val-kalan kasya netvaṃ]
     (1) The bark of a tree.
     (2) A garment made of bark, bark-garment; iyamadhikamanojñā valkalenāpi tanvī S. 1. 20, 19. R. 12. 8; Ku. 5. 8; haimavalkalāḥ 6. 6 'wearing golden bark-dresses'; (cf. cīraparigrahāḥ in Ku. 6. 93).
     -- Comp.
          --saṃvīta a. clad in bark.

valkilaḥ A thorn.

valkuṭam Bark, rind.

valg 1 U. (valgati-te, valgita)
     (1) To go, move, shake; Śi. 12. 20.
     (2) To leap, bounce, bound, go by leaps, gallop (fig. also); valgu valgaṃti sūktayaḥ Pt. 1. 62.
     (3) To dance, prance; dvāre hemavibhūṣaṇāśca turagā valgaṃti yaddarpitāḥ Bh. 3. 148, 2. 125; Śi. 18. 53.
     (4) To be pleased; Bk. 13. 28.
     (5) To eat; nirjitākhilamahārṇavauṣadhisyaṃdasāramamṛtaṃ bavalgire Śi. 14. 29.
     (6) To swagger, vaunt; vidyāsadmavinirgalatkaṇamuṣo valgaṃti cetpāmarāḥ Bv. 1. 72.

valganam Leaping, jumping, galloping; R. 9. 51.

valgā A bridle, rein; ālāne gṛhyate hastī vājī valgāsu gṛhyate Mk. 1. 50.

valgita p. p.
     (1) Jumped, bounded, leaped &c.
     (2) Moved, made to dance; Kāv. 2. 73. --taṃ
     (1) A gallop, one of the paces of a horse.
     (2) Swaggering, boasting, vaunt; nimittādaparāddheṣordhānuṣkasyeva valgitaṃ Śi. 2. 27.

valgu a. [val saṃvaraṇe u guk ca Tv.]
     (1) Lovely, beautiful, handsome, attractive; R. 5. 68, Śi. 5. 29; Ki. 18. 11.
     (2) Sweet; Bv. 2. 136.
     (3) Precious. --adv. Beautifully, splendidly; Pt. 1. 62. --lguḥ A goat.
     -- Comp.
          --patraḥ a kind of wild pulse.

valguka a. Handsome, lovely, beautiful. --kaṃ
     (1) Sandal.
     (2) Price.
     (3) A wood.

valgulaḥ The flying fox.

valgulikā
     (1) A cock roach.
     (2) A chest.

valgūyati Den. P.
     (1) To be handsome.
     (2) To be mild or gentle.
     (3) Ved. To praise, honour.

valbh 1 A. (valbhate) To eat, devour.

valbhanam
     (1) Eating.
     (2) Food.

valmika, valmiki m., n. See valmīka.

valmī An ant.
     -- Comp.
          --kūṭaṃ an ant-hill.

valmīkaḥ --kam [val-īka muṭ ca Uṇ. 4. 25] An ant-hill, a hillock thrown up by white ants, moles &c.; dharmaṃ śanaiḥ saṃcinuyādvalmīkamiva puttikāḥ Subhāṣ.; Me. 15; S. 7. 11. --kaḥ
     (1) Swelling of certain parts of the body, elephantiasis.
     (2) The poet Vālmīki.
     -- Comp.
          --śīrṣaṃ a kind of antimony (used as collyrium).

valyū(lyu)l 1 P. (valyu-lyū-layati)
     (1) To cut off.
     (2) To purify.

vall 1 A. (vallate)
     (1) To cover.
     (2) To be covered.
     (3) To go, move.

vallaḥ [vall-ghañ]
     (1) Covering.
     (2) A weight of three Guñjās.
     (3) Another weight of one Guñjā and a half; or of two Guñjās (in medicine).
     (4) Prohibiting.
     (5) Winnowing corn.
     (6) A Māṣa of silver.

vallakī [vall kvun gaurā -ṅīṣ] The (Indian) lute; ajasramāsphālitavallakīguṇakṣatojjvalāṃguṣṭhanakhāṃśubhinnayā Śi. 1. 9, 4. 57; Rs. 1. 8; R. 8. 41, 19. 13.

vallabha a. [vall-abhac] Uṇ. 3. 125]
     (1) Beloved, desired, dear.
     (2) Supreme. --bhaḥ
     (1) A lover, husband; (khedaḥ) tvayi vilasati tulyaṃ vallabhālokanena Māl. 3. 8; Śi. 11. 33.
     (2) A favourite; Pt. 1. 53.
     (3) A superintendent, an overseer.
     (4) A chief herdsman.
     (6) A good horse (one with auspicious marks). --bhā A beloved female, mistress, wife; bahuvallabhā rājānaḥ śrūyaṃte S. 3; Mu. 3. 9.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāryaḥ N. of the celebrated founder of a Vaiṣṇava sect.
          --pālaḥ a groom.

vallabhāyitam A mode of sexual enjoyment; cf. puruṣāyita.

vallaram [vall-aran]
     (1) Aloe-wood.
     (2) A bower.
     (3) A thicket (gahana).
     (4) A branching foot-stalk.

vallariḥ --rī f. [vall-ari vā ṅīp]
     (1) A creeping plant; anapāyini saṃśrayadume gajabhanne patanāya ballarī Ku. 4. 31; tamovallarī Māl. 5. 7.
     (2) A branching foot-stalk.

vallavaḥ (vī f.) See ballava; Śi. 12. 39.

valliḥ f. [vall-in]
     (1) A creeper, creeping or winding plant; bhūteśasya bhujaṃgavallivalayasraṅtaddhajūṭā jaṭāḥ Māl. 1. 2.
     (2) The earth.
     -- Comp.
          --dūrvā a kind of grass.

vallī f. A creeping plant, winding plant, creeper.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ pepper.
          --vṛkṣaḥ the Sala tree.

valluram [vall-uran]
     (1) A bower, an arbour.
     (2) A place overgrown with creepers, wood, thicket.
     (3) A branching foot-stalk.
     (4) An uncultivated field.
     (5) A desert, wild, wilderness.
     (6) Dried flesh.

vallūraḥ [vall-ūran]
     (1) Dried flesh.
     (2) The flesh of the (wild) hog. --raṃ
     (1) A thicket.
     (2) A desert, wilderness.
     (3) An uncultivated field.
     (4) Ground impregnated with salt.

valh I. 1 A. (valhate)
     (1) To be pre-eminent or excellent.
     (2) To cover.
     (2) To kill, hurt.
     (4) To speak.
     (5) To give. --II. 10 U. (valhayati-te)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To shine.

valhika, valhīka See balhika, balhīka.

vaś 2 P. (vaṣṭi, uśita)
     (1) To wish, desire, long for; niḥsvo vaṣṭi śataṃ śatī daśaśataṃ Śānti. 2. 6; amī hi vīryaprabhavaṃ bhavasya jayāya senānyamuśaṃti devāḥ Ku. 3. 15; S. 7. 20; vaṣṭi bhāgurirallīpamavāpyorupasargayoḥ Sk.
     (2) To favour.
     (3) To shine (kāṃtau).

vaśa a. [vaś kartari ac bhāve ap vā]
     (1) Subject to, influenced by, under the influence or control of, usually in comp.; śokavaśaḥ, mṛtyuvaśaḥ &c.
     (2) Obedient, submissive, compliant.
     (3) Humbled, tamed.
     (4) Charmed, fascinated.
     (4) Subdued by charms. --śaḥ, --śaṃ
     (1) Wish, desire, will.
     (2) Power, influence, control, mastership, authority, subjection, submission; svavaśa 'subject to oneself', independent; paravaśa 'under the influence of others'; anayat prabhuśaktisaṃpadā vaśameko nṛpatīnanaṃtarān R. 8. 19; vaśaṃ nī, or ānī to reduce to subjection, subdue, win over; vaśaṃ gam-i-yā &c. to become subject to, give way, yield, submit; naśuco vaśaṃ vaśināmuttama gaṃtumarhasi R. 8. 90; vaśe kṛ or vaśīkṛ to subdue, overcome, win over; to fascinate, be-witch. vaśāt (abl.) is frequently used adverbially in the sense of 'through the force, power or influence of', 'on account of', 'for the purpose of'; daivavaśāt, vāyuvaśāt, kāyarvaśāt &c.
     (3) Being tamed.
     (4) Birth. --śaḥ The residence of harlots.
     -- Comp.
          --anuga, --ga, --vartin (so vaśaṃgata) a. obedient to the will of another, submissive, subject. (--m.) a servant.
          --āḍhyakaḥ a porpoise.
          --kriyā winning over, subjection.
          --ga a. subject, obedient; namasyāmo devānnanu hatavidheste'pi vaśagāḥ Bh. 2. 94; Pt. 1. 139. (
          --gā) an obedient wife.

vaśaṃvada a. Obedient to the will of, compliant, submissive, subject, under the influence of (lit. and fig.); kopasya kiṃ nu karabhoru vaśaṃvadā'bhūḥ Bv. 3. 9, 2. 136, 157; N. 1. 33; sā dadarśa guruharṣavaśaṃvadavadanamanaṃganivāsaṃ Gīt. 11; abhisārayate kāṃtaṃ yā manmathavaśaṃvadā S. D.

vaśakā An obedient wife.

vaśā [vaś-ac]
     (1) A woman.
     (2) A wife.
     (3) A daughter.
     (4) A husband's sister.
     (5) A cow.
     (6) A barren woman.
     (7) A barren cow.
     (8) A female elephant; strīratneṣu mamorvaśīpriyatamā yūthe taveyaṃ vaśā V. 4. 25.

vaśiḥ
     (1) Subjugation.
     (2) Fascinating, bewitching. --n. Subjection.

vaśika a. Void, empty. --kā Aloe-wood.

vaśitā --tvam
     (1) Subjection, control.
     (2) Bewitching, fascinating.

vaśin a. (nī f.) [vaśaḥ astyasya ini]
     (1) Powerful.
     (2) Being under control, subdued, subject, submissive.
     (3) One who has subdued his passions (used like a noun also); prasthāpayāmāsa vaśī vasiṣṭhaḥ R. 2. 70, 8. 90, 19. 1; S. 5. 28. --m. Ved.
     (1) A ruler, lord.
     (2) A sage.

vaśinī The Śamī tree.

vaśiraḥ A sort of pepper. --raṃ Seasalt.

vaśiṣṭha See vasiṣṭha.

vaśīkaraṇam
     (1) Fascinating, attracting.
     (2) A cause of attraction or allurement; ekaikameva hi vaśīkaraṇaṃ garīyaḥ Māl. 6. 17.
     (3) Subduing, subbjugation.

vaśya a. [vaś-yat]
     (1) Capable of being subdued, controllable, governable; ātmavaśyairvidheyātmā prasādamadhigacchati Bg. 2. 64.
     (2) Subdued, conquered, tamed, humbled; Bg. 6. 36.
     (3) Under influence or control, subject, dependent, obedient; tasya putro bhavedvaśyaḥ samṛddho dhārmikaḥ sudhīḥ H. Pr. 18; oft. in comp.; (manaḥ) hṛdi vyavasthāpya samādhivaśyaṃ Ku. 3. 50. --śyaḥ A servant, dependant. --śyā An humble or obedient wife; yaṃ brāhmaṇamiyaṃ devī vāgvaśyevānuvartate U. 1. 2 (who has full command of language). --śyaṃ Cloves.

vaśyakā See vaśyā.

vaṣ 1 P. (vaṣati) To injure, hurt, kill.

vaṣaṭ ind. An exclamation used on making an oblation to a deity, (with dat. of the deity); iṃdrāya vaṣaṭ, pūṣṇe vaṣaṭ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --kartṛṃ m. the priest who makes the oblation with the exclamation vaṣaṭ. --kāraḥ the formula or exclamation vaṣaṭ.

vaṣk 1 A. (vaṣkate) To go, move,

vaṣkayaḥ A calf one year old.

vaṣkayaṇī, vaṣkayiṇī A cow that has full-grown calves; (ciraprasūtā gauḥ).

vas I. 1 P. (vasati, sometimes vasate, uvāsa, avātsati, vatsyati, vastuṃ, uṣita)
     (1) To dwell, inhabit, live, stay, abide, reside (usually with loc.; but sometimes acc.); dhīrasamīre yamunātīre vasati vane vanamālī Gīt. 5.
     (2) To be, exist, be found in; vasaṃti hi premṇi guṇā na vastuni Ki. 8. 37; yatrākṛtistatra guṇā vasaṃtiḥ bhūtiḥ śrīrhrīrdhṛtiḥ kīrtirdakṣe vasati nālase Subhāṣ.
     (3) To spend, pass (as time) (with acc.). --Caus.
     (1) To cause to dwell to dwell, lodge, people.
     (2) To receive hospitably.
     (3) To dwell, inhabit. --Desid. (vivatsati) To wish to dwell. --II. 2 A. (vaste) To wear, put on; vasane paridhūsare vasānā S. 7. 21, Śi. 9. 75; R. 12. 8; Ku. 3. 54, 7. 9; Bk. 4. 10. --Caus. (vāsayati-te) To cause to put on. --III. 4 P. (va syati)
     (1) To be straight.
     (2) To be firm.
     (3) To fix. --IV. 10 U. (vāsayati-te)
     (1) To cut, divide, cut off.
     (2) To love.
     (3) To take, accept.
     (4) To hurt, kill.
     (5) To offer. --V. 10 U. (vasayati-te) To scent, perfume.

vasatiḥ --tī f. [vas-ati vā ṅīp]
     (1) Dwelling, residing, abiding; āśrameṣu vasatiṃ cakre Me. 1 'fixed his residence in'; S. 5. 1.
     (2) A house, dwelling, residence, habitation; harṣo harṣo hṛdayavasatiḥ paṃcabāṇastu bāṇaḥ P. R. 1. 22; S. 2. 14.
     (3) A receptacle, reservoir, an abode (fig.); alakāmativāhyaiva vasatiṃ vasusaṃpadāṃ Ku. 6. 37; so vinayavasatiḥ, dharmaikavasatiḥ.
     (4) A camp, halting place (śibira).
     (5) The time when one halts or stays to rest, i. e. night; tasya mārgavaśādekā babhūva vasatiryataḥ R. 15. 11 (vasatiḥ = rātriḥ Malli.) 'he halted at night' &c.; tisro vasatīruṣitvā 7. 33; 11. 30.
     (6) A Jaina monastery.

vasatham An abode, dwelling, nest (of birds).

vasanam [vas-ādhāre lyuṭ]
     (1) Dwelling, residing, staying.
     (2) A house, residence.
     (3) Dressing, clothing, covering.
     (4) A garment, cloth, dress, clothes; vasane paridhūsare vasānā S. 7. 21; utsaṃge vā malinavasane saumya nikṣipya vīṇāṃ Me. 86, 41.
     (5) An ornament worn (by women) round the loins, (probably for rasanā).

vasaṃtaḥ
     (1) The spring, vernal season (comprising the two months caitra and vaiśākha); madhumādhavau vasaṃtaḥ Suśr.; sarvaṃ priye cārutaraṃ vasaṃte Rs. 6. 2; viharati haririha sarasavasaṃte Gīt. 1.
     (2) Spring personified as a deity and regarded as a companion of Kāmadeva; suhṛdaḥ paśya vasaṃtakiṃ sthitaṃ Ku. 4. 27.
     (3) Dysentery.
     (4) Smallpox.
     (5) (In dramas) A nickname for the Vidūṣaka or buffoon.
     -- Comp.
          --avatāraḥ the advent or setting in of the spring; vasaṃtāvatārasamaye'syā unmādayitṛkaṃ rūpaṃ prekṣya S. 1.
          --utsavaḥ the vernal festival, spring-festivities, formerly held on the full-moon day of Chaitra, but now on the full-moon day of Phālguna, and identified with the Holi festival.
          --kālaḥ the spring-tide, vernal season.
          --ghoṣin m. a cuckoo.
          --jā 1. the Vāsantī or Mādhavī creeper. --2. the spring festival; see vasaṃtotsava. --tilakaḥ --kaṃ the ornament of the spring; phuklaṃ vasaṃtatilakaṃ tilakaṃ vanālyāḥ Chand. M. 5. (
          --kaḥ --kā --kaṃ) N. of a metre; see App. I.
          --dūtaḥ 1. the cuckoo. --2. the month called Chaitra. --3. the musical mode hiṃdola. --4. the mango tree.
          --dūtī the trumpet-flower.
          --druḥ, --drumaḥ the mango tree.
          --paṃcamī the fifth day in the bright half of Māgha.
          --baṃdhuḥ, --yodhaḥ --sakhaḥ epithets of the god of love.

vasā [vas-ac]
     (1) The marrow of the flesh, fat, marrow; adeps, suet; Mu. 3. 28; R. 15. 16.
     (2) Any oily or fatty exudation.
     (3) Brain.
     -- Comp.
          --āḍhyaḥ --āḍhyakaḥ the Gangetic porpoise.
          --chaṭā the mass of the brain.
          --pāyin m. a dog.

vasiḥ [vas-in]
     (1) Clothes.
     (2) A dwelling, an abode.

vasita p. p.
     (1) Worn, put on.
     (2) Dwelling.
     (3) Stored (as grain). --taṃ Abode, residence.

vasiram Sea-salt.

vasiṣṭhaḥ (also written vaśiṣṭha) N. of a celebrated sage, the familypriest of the solar race of kings, and author of several Vedic hymns, particularly of the seventh Maṇḍala of the Ṛgveda. He was the typical representative of true Brāhmanic dignity and power, and the efforts of Viśvāmitra to rise to his level form the subject of many legends; cf. viśvāmitra.
     (2) N. of the author of a Smṛti (sometimes ascribed to the sage himself).

vasu a.
     (1) Sweet.
     (2) Dry.
     (3) Ved. Wealthy, rich.
     (4) Ved. Good. --n. [vas-un]
     (1) Wealth, riches; svayaṃ pradugdhe'sya guṇairupasnutā vasūpamānasya vasūni medi nī Ki. 1. 18; R. 8. 31, 9. 6.
     (2) A jewel, gem.
     (3) Gold.
     (4) Water.
     (5) A thing, substance.
     (6) A kind of salt.
     (7) A medicinal root (vṛddhi).
     (8) A yellow kind of kidney-bean. --m.
     (1) N. of a class of deities (usually pl. in this sense); seyaṃ bhūrivasorvasoriva sutā mṛtyormukhe vartate Māl. 5. 24; Ki. 1. 18; (the Vasus are eight in number: --1 āpa, 2 dhruva, 3 soma, 4 dhara or dhava, 5 anila, 6 anala, 7 pratyūṣa, and 8 prabhāsa; sometimes aha is substituted for āpa; dharo dhruvaśca somaśca ahaścaivānilo'nalaḥ . pratyūṣaśca prabhāsaśca vasavo'ṣṭaviti smṛtāḥ).
     (2) The number 'eight'.
     (3) N. of Kubera.
     (4) Of Śiva.
     (5) Of Agni.
     (6) A tree.
     (7) A lake, pound.
     (8) A rein.
     (9) The tie of a yoke. (10) A halter.
     (11) A ray of light; nirakāśayadravimapetavasuṃ viyadālayādaparadiggaṇikā Śi. 9. 10; śithilavasumagādhe magnamāpatpayodhau Ki. 1. 46 (in both cases vasu means 'wealth' also).
     (12) The sun. --f.
     (1) A ray of light.
     (2) Light, radiance.
     (3) A medicinal root (vṛddhi).
     -- Comp.
          --aukasārā 1. N. of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. --2. of Alakā, the city of Kubera. --3. of a river attached to Amarāvatī and Alakā.
          --kīṭaḥ, --kṛmiḥ a beggar.
          --tātiḥ f. Ved. wealth.
          --dā the earth.
          --devaḥ N. of the father of Kṛṣṇa and son of Śūra, a descendant of Yadu. -bhūḥ --sutaḥ &c. epithets of Kṛṣṇa.
          --devatā, --devyā the asterism called Dhaniṣṭhā.
          --devyā the ninth day of a lunar fortnight.
          --dharmikā crystal.
          --dhā 1. the earth; vasudheyamavekṣyatāṃ tvayā R. 8. 83; S. 7. 33. --2. the ground; Ku. 4. 4. -adhipaḥ a king. -dharaḥ a mountain; V. 1. 17. -nagaraṃ the capital of Varuṇa.
          --dhārā, --bhārā the capital of Kubera.
          --prabhā one of the seven tongues of fire.
          --prāṇaḥ an epithet of Agni.
          --retas m. fire.
          --rocis m. a sacrifice; religious ceremony.
          --śreṣṭhaṃ 1. wrought gold. --2. silver.
          --ṣeṇaḥ N. of Karṇa.
          --sthalī N. of the city of Kubere

vasu(sū)kaḥ The plant called Arka. --kaṃ
     (1) Sea-salt.
     (2) Fossil-salt.

vasuṃdharā The earth; nānāratnā vasuṃdharā; R. 4. 7; S. 6. 23.

vasumat a. Wealthy, rich. --tī The earth; vasumatyā hi nṛpāḥ kalatriṇaḥ R. 8. 83; S. 1. 25.

vasulaḥ A god, deity.

vasūrā A harlot, prostitute, courtezan.

vask 1 A. (vaskate) To go, move.

vaskaḥ 1 Going, motion.
     (2) Application, perseverance.

vaskaya See vaṣkaya.

vaskayaṇī She vaṣkayaṇī.

vaskarāṭikā A scorpion.

vast 10 U. (vastayati-te)
     (1) To hurt, kill.
     (2) To ask, beg, solicit.
     (3) To go, move.
     (4) To torment.

vastam An abode. --staḥ A goat; see basta.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtrī benzoin.

vastakam An artificial salt(kṛtrimalavaṇa).

vastiḥ m., f.
     (1) Residing, dwelling, staying.
     (2) The abdomen, the lower belly.
     (3) The pelvis.
     (4) The bladder.
     (5) A syringe, clyster.
     -- Comp.
          --malaṃ urine.
          --śiras n. 1. the pipe of a clyster. --2. the neck of the bladder.
          --śodhanaṃ a diuretic (which clears the bladder).

vastu n. [vas-tun]
     (1) A really existing thing, the real, a reality; vastunyavastvāropo'jñānam.
     (2) A thing in general, an object, article, substance, matter; athavā mṛdu vastu hiṃsituṃ mṛdunaivārabhate kṛtāṃtakaḥ R. 8. 45; kiṃ vastu vidvan gurave pradeyaṃ 5. 18, 3. 5; vastunīṣṭepyanādaraḥ S. D.
     (3) Wealth, property, possessions.
     (4) Essence, natuer, natural or essential property.
     (5) Stuff (of which a thing is made), materials, ingredients (fig. also); ākṛtipratyayādevaināmanūnavastukāṃ saṃbhāvayāmi M. 1.
     (6) The plot (of a drama), the subject-matter of any poetic composition; kālidāsagrathitavastunā navenābhijñānaśakuṃtalākhyena nāṭakenopasthātavyamasmābhiḥ S. 1; athavā sadvastupuruṣabahumānāt V. 1. 2, āśīrnamaskriyāvastunirdeśo vāpi tanmukhaṃ S. D. 6; Ve. 1.
     (7) The pith of a thing.
     (8) A plan, design, --f. Ved. A day (?).
     -- Comp.
          --abhāvaḥ 1. absence of reality. --2. loss of property or possessions.
          --utthāpanaṃ the production of any incident in a drama by means of magic, conjuration; see S. D. 420.
          --upamā a variety of Upamā according to Daṇḍin who thus illustrates it:
          --rājīvamiva te vaktraṃ netre nīlotpale iva . iyaṃ pratīyamānaikadharmā vastūpamaiva sā .. Kāv. 2. 16; (it is a case of Upamā where the sādhāraṇadharma or common quality is omitted).
          --upahita a. applied to a proper object, bestowed on a proper material; kriyā hi vastūpahitā prasīdati R. 3. 29.
          --mātraṃ the mere outline or skeleton of any subject (to be afterwards developed).
          --racanā style, arrangement of matter.

vastutas ind.
     (1) In fact; in reality, really, actually.
     (2) Essentially, virtually, substantially.
     (3) As a natural consequence, as a matter of course, indeed.
     (4) In fine.

vastyam A house, an abode, a residence; Śi. 13. 63.

vastram [vas-ṣṭran]
     (1) A garment, cloth, clothes, raiment.
     (2) Dress, apparel.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraḥ --raṃ, --gṛhaṃ a tent.
          --aṃcalaḥ, --aṃtaḥ the hem of a garment.
          --āgāraṃ a clothier's shop.
          --kuṭṭimaṃ 1. a tent. --2. an umbrella.
          --graṃthiḥ the knot of the lower garment (which fastens it near the navel); cf. nībi. --nirṇejakaḥ a washerman.
          --paridhānaṃ putting on garments, dressing.
          --putrikā a doll, puppet.
          --pūta a. filtered through a cloth; vastrapūtaṃ pibejjalaṃ Ms. 6. 46.
          --bhedakaḥ, --bhedin m. a tailor.
          --yoniḥ the material of cloth (as cotton).
          --raṃjanaṃ safflower.
          --vilāsaḥ foppery in dress.

vastrayati Den. P. To dress or clothe oneself.

vasnam [vas-man Uṇ. 3. 6]
     (1) Hire, wages in this sense (m. also).
     (2) Dwelling, abiding.
     (3) Wealth, substance.
     (4) A cloth, clothes.
     (5) A skin.
     (6) Price.
     (7) Death.

vasnanam A girdle, zone.

vasnasā A tendon, nerve.

vasnika a. Mercenary, hireling.

vasman n. Ved. 1 A garment.
     (2) An abode.

vaṃh 10 U. (vaṃhayati-te) To make bright, illuminate, cause to shine.

vah 1 U. (vahati-te, uvāha, ūhe, avākṣīt, avoḍha, vakṣayati-te, voḍhuṃ, ūḍha; pass. uhyate) 1 To carry, lead, bear, convey, transport (oft. with two acc.); ajāṃ grāmaṃ vahati; vahati vidhihutaṃ yā haviḥ S. 1. 1; na ca havyaṃ vahatyagniḥ Ms. 4. 249.
     (2) To bear along, cause to move onward, waft, propel; jalāni yā tīranikhātayūpā vahatyayodhyāmanu rājadhānīṃ R. 13. 61; trisrotasaṃ vahati yo gaganapratiṣṭhāṃ S. 7. 6; R. 11. 10.
     (3) To fetch, bring; vahati jalamiyaṃ Mu. 1. 4.
     (4) To bear, support, hold up, sustain; na gardabhā vajidhuraṃ vahaṃti Mk. 4. 17; tāte cāpadvitīye vahati raṇadhurāṃ ko bhayasyāvakāśaḥ Ve. 3. 5 'when my father is leading the van &c.'; vahati bhuvanaśreṇīṃ śeṣaḥ phaṇāphalakasthitāṃ Bh. 2. 35, S. 7. 17; Me. 17.
     (5) To carry off; take away; adreḥ śṛṃgaṃ vahati (v. l. for harati) pavanaḥ kiṃsvid Me. 14.
     (6) To marry; yadūḍhayā vāraṇarājahāryayā Ku. 5. 70; Ms. 3. 38.
     (7) To have, possess, bear; vahasi hi dhanahāryaṃ paṇyabhūtaṃ śarīraṃ Mk. 1. 31; vahati viṣadharān paṭīrajanmā Bv. 1. 74.
     (8) To assume, exhibit, show; lakṣmīmuvāha sakalasya śaśāṃkamūrteḥ Ki. 2. 59, 9. 2.
     (9) To look to, attend to, take care of; mugdhāyā me jananyā yogakṣemaṃ vahasva M. 4; teṣāṃ nityābhiyuktānāṃ yogakṣemaṃ vahāmyahaṃ Bg. 9. 22. (10) To suffer, feel, experience; Bv. 1. 94; so duḥkhaṃ, harṣaṃ, śokaṃ, toṣaṃ &c.
     (11) (Intransitive in this and the following senses) To be borne or carried on, move or walk on; vahataṃ balīvardau vahataṃ Mk. 6; utthāya punaravahat K.; Pt. 1. 43, 291.
     (12) To flow (as rivers); pratyagūhurmahānadyaḥ Mb.; paropakārāya vahaṃti nadyaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (13) To blow (as wind); maṃdaṃ vahati mārutaḥ Rām.; vahati malayasamīre madanamupanidhāya Gīt. 5.
     (15) To breathe. --Caus. (vāhayati-te) 1 To cause to bear or carry, cause to be brought or led.
     (2) To drive, impel, direct.
     (3) To traverse, pass or go over; sa vāhyate rājapathaḥ śivābhiḥ R. 16. 12; bhavānvāhayedadhvaśeṣaṃ Me. 38.
     (4) To use, carry; Bk. 14. 23.
     (5) To place in a boat.
     (6) To proceed, go.
     (7) To carry out, complete, finish.
     (8) To go to, visit. --Desid. (vivakṣati-te) To wish to carry &c.

ūḍha p. p.
     (1) Borne, carried, as a burden.
     (2) Taken.
     (3) Married; Ku. 5. 70. --ḍhaḥ A married man. --ḍhā A girl who is married.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃkaṭa a. mailed.
          --bhārya a. one who has married a wife.
          --vayasaḥ a youngman.

ūḍhiḥ f.
     (1) Marriage.
     (2) Carrying, bearing.

vahaḥ [vah-kartari ac]
     (1) Bearing, carrying, supporting &c.
     (2) The shoulder of an ox.
     (3) A vehicle or conveyance in general.
     (4) Particularly, a horse.
     (5) Air, wind.
     (6) A way, road.
     (7) A male river (nada).
     (8) A measure of four Dronas.
     (9) A current, stream.

vahataḥ [vah-atac]
     (1) A traveller.
     (2) An ox.

vahatiḥ
     (1) An ox.
     (2) Air, wind.
     (3) A friend, counsellor, adviser.

vahatī, --vahā A river, stream in general

vahatuḥ
     (1) An ox.
     (2) Ved. A traveller.
     (3) A marriage (Ved.).

vahanam [vah-lyuṭ]
     (1) Carrying, bearing, conveying.
     (2) Supporting.
     (3) Flowing.
     (4) A vehicle, conveyance.
     (5) A boat, raft.

vahita p. p.
     (1) Carried, conveyed.
     (2) Known, celebrated.
     (3) Obtained, got.

vahaṃtaḥ
     (1) Wind.
     (2) An infant.

vahala a. See bahala. --laḥ A raft, boat.

vahitraṃ, vāhitrakaṃ, vahinī A raft, float, boat, vessel; pratyūṣasyadṛśyata krimapi vahitraṃ Dk.; pralayapayodhijale dhṛtavānasi vedaṃ vihitavahitracaritramakhedam Gīt. 1.

vahis See bahis.

vāhiṣka a. Outer, external.

vaheḍukaḥ The Bibhītaka tree.

vahriḥ [vah-ni]
     (1) Fire; atṛṇe patito vahniḥ svayamevopaśāmyati Subhāṣ.
     (2) The digestive faculty, gastric fluid.
     (3) Digestion, appetite.
     (4) A vehicle.
     (5) The marking-nut plant.
     (6) Lead-wort.
     (7) A sacrificer, priest.
     (8) A god in general.
     (9) An epithet of the Maruts. (10) Of Soma.
     (11) A horse.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. 1. igniting.
     (2) stimulating digestion, stomachic. --kāṣṭhaṃ a kind of agallochum. --gaṃdhaḥ 1. incense. --2. resin. --garbhaḥ 1. a bamboo. --2. the Śamī tree; cf. agnigarbha. --dapikaḥ safflower. --nāman m. 1. the marking nut plant. --2. lead-wort. --bhogyaṃ clarified butter. --mitraḥ air, wind. --retas m. 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. gold. --lohaṃ, --lohakaṃ copper. --varṇaṃ the red waterlily. --vallabhaḥ resin. --vījaṃ 1. gold. --2. the common lime. --śikhaṃ 1. saffron. --2. safflower. --sakhaḥ the wind. --saṃjñakaḥ the Chitraka tree.

vahyam
     (1) A carriage.
     (2) A vehicle or conveyance in general.

vahlika, --vahlīka, see bahlika, bahlīka.

vā ind.
     (1) As an alternative conjunction it means 'or'; but its position is different in Sanskrit, being used either with each word or assertion or only with the last, but it is never used at the beginning of a clause; cf. ca.
     (2) It has also the following senses:
          (a) and, as well as, also; vāyurvā dahano vā G. M.; asti te mātā smarasi vā tātaṃ U. 4.
          (b) like, as; jātāṃ manye tuhinamathitāṃ padminiṃ vānyarūpāṃ Me. 83; maṇī voṣṭrasya laṃbete Sk.; hṛṣṭo garjati cātidarpitabalo durvodhano vā śikhī Mk. 5. 6; snānīyavastrakriyayā patrorṇaṃ vopayujyate M. 5. 12; Śi. 3. 63, 4. 35, 7. 64; Ki. 3. 13.
          (c) optionally; (in this sense mostly in grammatical rules, as of Pāṇini); doṣo ṇau vā cittavirāge P. VI. 4. 99. 91.
          (d) Possibility; (in this sense vā is usually added to the interrogative pronoun and its derivatives like iva or nāma), and may be translated by 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; kasya vānyasya vacasi mayā sthātavyaṃ K.; parivartini saṃsāre mṛtaḥ ko vā na jāyate Pt. 1. 27.
          (e) Sometimes used merely as an expletive.
          (f) Indeed, truly.
          (g) Only.
     (3) When repeated vā has the sense of 'eitheror,' 'whether-or'; sā vā śaṃbhostadīyā vā mūrtirjalamayī mama Ku. 2. 60; tatra pariśramānurodhādvā uttāmakathāvastugauravādvā navanāṭakadarśanakutūhalādvā bhavaddhiravadhānaṃ dīyamānaṃ prārthaye V. 1. (athavā or, or rather, or else; see under atha; na vā not, neither, nor; yadi vā or if; yadvā or, or else; kiṃ vā whether &c.).

vā I. 2. P. (vāti, vāta or vāna)
     (1) To blow; vātā vātā diśi diśi na vā saptadhā saptabhinnāḥ Ve. 3. 6; diśaḥ prasedurmaruto vavuḥ sukhāḥ R. 3. 14; Me. 42; Bk. 7. 1, 8, 61.
     (2) To go, move.
     (3) To strike, hurt, injure. --Caus. (vāpayati-te)
     (1) To cause to blow.
     (2) (vājayati-te) To shake. --WITH ā to blow; baddhāṃ baddhāṃ bhittiśaṃkāmamuṣminnāvānāvānmātariśvā nihaṃti Ki. 5. 36; Bk. 14. 97. --pra, --vi to blow; vāyurvivāti hṛdayāni harannarāṇāṃ Rs. 6. 23. --II. 4. P. (vāyati)
     (1) To be dried up, to dry.
     (2) To be extinguished. --III. 10 U. (vāpayati-te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To be happy.
     (3) To worship, reverence.

vāṃś a. (śī f.) [vaṃśa-aṇ] Made of bamboo. --śī Bamboo-manna.

vāṃśikaḥ [vaśa-ṭhak]
     (1) A bamboocutter.
     (2) A flute-player, a piper.

vākam A flight of cranes. --kaḥ [vacghañ] Speech, uttering; as in namovākaṃ praśāsmahe U. 1. 1.

vākula See bākula.

vākyam [vac-ṇyat casya kaḥ]
     (1) Speech, words, a sentence, saying, what is spoken; śṛṇu me vākyaṃ 'here my words', 'hear me'; vākye na saṃtiṣṭhate 'does not obey'; Śi. 2. 24.
     (2) A sentence, period (complete utterance of a thought); vākyaṃ syādyogyatākāṃkṣāsattiyuktaḥ padoccayaḥ S. D. 6; padasamūho vākyaṃ Tarka. K.; śrautyārthī ca bhavedvākye samāse taddhite tathā K. P. 10.
     (5) An argument or syllogism (in logic).
     (4) A precept, rule, an a phorism.
     (5) (In astr.) The solar process for all astronomical computations.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ the meaning of a sentence. -upamā a variety of Upamā according to Daṇḍin; see Kav. 2. 43.
          --ālāpaḥ conversation, discourse.
          --khaṃḍanaṃ refutation of an assertion or argument.
          --padaṃ a word in a sentence.
          --padīyaṃ N. of a work attributed to Bhartṛhari.
          --paddhatiḥ f. the manner of composing sentences, diction, style.
          --prabaṃdhaḥ 1. a treatise, connected composition. --2. the flow of sentences.
          --prayogaḥ employment of speech, use of language.
          --bhedaḥ a different assertion, a divergent statement; vākyabhedānbahūnagamat Mu. 2.
          --racanā, --vinyāsaḥ arrangement of words in a sentence, syntax.
          --viśārada a. eloquent, skilled in speech.
          --śeṣaḥ 1. the remainder of a speech, an unfinished or incomplete sentence; sadoṣāvakāśa iva te vākyaśeṣaḥ V. 3. --2. an elliptical sentence.

vāgaraḥ
     (1) A sage, holy man.
     (2) A learned Brahmaṇa, scholar.
     (3) A brave man, hero.
     (4) A touch-stone, whet-stone.
     (5) An impediment, ob stacle.
     (6) Certainty, determination
     (7) Submarine fire.
     (8) A wolf.

vāgā A bridle.

vāgāru a. Breaking one's promises, perfidious, faithless.

vāgāśaniḥ A Buddha.

vāgurā [vā-hiṃsane urac gan ca] A trap, net, snare, toils, meshes; ko vā durjanavāgurāsu patitaḥ kṣemaṇa yātaḥ pumān Pt. 1. 146.
     -- Comp.
          --vṛttiḥ f. livelihood obtained by catching wild animals. (
          --ttiḥ) a fowler, huntsman; Ms. 10. 32.

vāgurikaḥ A fowler, hunter, deercatcher; R. 9. 53.

vāgmin a. [vāc astyarthe gminiḥ casya kaḥ tasya lopaḥ cf. P. V. 2. 124]
     (1) Eloquent, oratorical.
     (2) Talkative.
     (3) Verbose, wordy. --m. 1. An orator, an eloquent man; anirloḍitakāryasya vāgjālaṃ vāgmino vṛthā Śi. 2. 27, 109; Ki. 14. 6; Pt. 3. 86.
     (2) N. of Bṛhaspati.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu.

vāgya a. [vācaṃ yacchati, yam-ḍa]
     (1) Speaking little, speaking cautiously.
     (2) Speaking truly. --gyaḥ Modesty, humility.

vāṃkaḥ The ocean.

vāṃkṣ 1 P. (vāṃkṣati) To wish, desire.

vāc f. [vac-kvip dīrgho'saṃprasāraṇaṃ ca Uṇ. 2. 67]
     (1) A word, sound, an expression (opp. artha); vāgarthāviva saṃpṛktau vāgarthapratipattame R. 1. 1.
     (2) Words, talk, language, speech; vāci puṇyāpuṇyahetavaḥ Māl 4; laukikānāṃ hi sādhūnāmarthaṃ vāganuvartate . ṛṣīṇāṃ punarādyānāṃ vācamarthonudhāvati U. 1. 10; viniścitārthāmiti vācamādade Ki. 1. 3 'spoke these words', 'spoke as follows'; R. 1. 49; Śi. 2. 13, 23; Ku. 2. 3.
     (3) A voice, sound; aśarīriṇī vāgudacarat U. 2; manuṣyāvācā R. 2. 33.
     (4) An assertion, a statement.
     (5) An assurance, a promise.
     (6) A pharse, proverb, saying.
     (7) N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech.
     -- Comp.
          --apahārakaḥ (vāga-pahārakaḥ a 'stealer of speech', a reader of prohibited texts.
          --arthaḥ (vāgarthaḥ) a word and its meaning; R. 1. 1; see above.
          --asiḥ cutting speech (cutting like a sword); sphurannasādhorvivṛṇeti vāgasiḥ Ki. 14. 12.
          --āḍaṃbaraḥ (vāgāḍaṃbaraḥ) verbosity, bombast.
          --ātman a. (vāgātman) consisting of words; ṛṣe prabuddhosi vāgātmani brahmaṇi U. 2.
          --īśaḥ (vāgīśaḥ) 1. an orator, an eloquent man. --2. an epithet of Bṛhaspati, the preceptor of the gods. --3. an epithet of Brahman; Ku. 2. 3. --4. the lunar mansion called Pushya. (
          --śā) N. of Sarasvatī1.
          --īśvaraḥ (vāgīśvaraḥ) 1. an orator, eloquent man. --2. an epithet of Brahman. (
          --rī) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech.
          --ṛṣabhaḥ (vāgṛṣabhaḥ) 'eminent in speech', an eloquent or learned man.
          --kalahaḥ (vākkalahaḥ) a quarrel, strife.
          --kīraḥ (vākkīraḥ) a wife's brother.
          --gudaḥ (vāggudaḥ) a kind of bird.
          --guṇaḥ (vāguguṇaḥ) a merit or excellence of speech; (35 such merits are enumerated by Hemachandra).
          --guliḥ, -gulikaḥ (vāgguliḥ &c.) the betelbearer of a king &c.; cf. tāṃbūlakarakaṃvāhin. --capala a. (vākcapala) chattering, frivolous or inconsiderate in talk.
          --cāpalyaṃ (vākcāpalyaṃ) idle or frivolous talk, chattering, gossiping.
          --chalaṃ (vākchalaṃ) 'dishonesty in words', an evasive reply, a prevarication; etāvadevāsti me vākchalaṃ Mu. 2; kenedamamṛtaṃ me vākchalādvṛṣṭaṃ K. 330.
          --jālaṃ (vāgjālaṃ) bombast, empty talk; anirloḍitakāryasya vāgjālaṃ vāgmino vṛthā Śi. 2. 27.
          --ḍaṃbaraḥ (vāgḍaṃbaraḥ) 1. bombast. --2. eloquent language.
          --daṃḍaḥ (vāgdaṃḍaḥ) 1. reproachful words, reprimand, reproof. --2. restraint of speech, control over words; cf. tridaṃḍa. --datta (vāgdatta) a. promised, affianced, betrothed. (
          --ttā) an affianced or betrothed virgin.
          --daridra (vāgdaridra) a. 'poor in words', i. e. speaking little.
          --dalaṃ (vāgdalaṃ) a lip.
          --dānaṃ (vāgdānaṃ) betrothal.
          --duṣṭa a. (vāgduṣṭa) 1. abusive, scurrilous, using abusive words. --2. using ungrammatical language. (
          --ṣṭaḥ) 1. a defamer. --2. a Brāhmaṇa not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time of his life.
          --devatā, --devī (vāgdevatā, vāgdevī) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech; vāgdevatāyāḥ sāṃmukhyamādhatte S. D. 1. -kulaṃ science, learning.
          --doṣaḥ (vāgdoṣaḥ) 1. the utterance of a (disagreeable) sound; dvīpicarmaparicchanno vāgdoṣād gardabho hataḥ H. 3. --2. abuse, defamation. --3. an ungrammatical speech.
          --nibaṃdhana (vāgnibaṃdhana) a. depending on words.
          --niścayaḥ (vāṅniścayaḥ) affiance by word of mouth, marriage contract.
          --niṣṭhā (vāṅniṣṭhā) faithfulness (to one's word or promise).
          --paṭu a. (vākpaṭu) skilful in speech, eloquent.
          --pati a. (vākpati) eloquent; oratorical. (
          --tiḥ) 1. N. of Bṛhaspati (in this sense vācasāṃpatiḥ is also used). --2. the constellation Pushya.
          --pāruṣyaṃ (vākpāruṣyaṃ) 1. severity of language. --2. violence in words, abusive or scurrilous language, defamation.
          --pracodanaṃ (vākpracodanaṃ) an order expressed in words.
          --pratodaḥ (vākpratodaḥ) 'the goad of words', goading or taunting language.
          --pralāpaḥ (vākpralāpaḥ) eloquence.
          --baṃdhanaṃ (vāgbaṃdhanaṃ) stopping the speech, silencing; Amaru. 13.
          --manasa n. dual (vāṅmanasī in Vedic language) speech and mind; athainaṃ tuṣṭuvuḥ stutyamavāṅmanasagocaraṃ R. 10. 15.
          --mātraṃ (vāḍamātraṃ) mere words.
          --mukhaṃ (vāṅmukha) the beginning or introduction of a speech, an exordium, a preface.
          --yata a. (vāgyata) one who has controlled or curbed his speech, silent.
          --yamaḥ (vāgyamaḥ) one who has controlled his speech, a sage.
          --yāmaḥ (vāgyāmaḥ) a dumb man.
          --yuddhaṃ (vāgyuddhaṃ) a war of words, (hot) debate or discussion, controversy.
          --rodhaḥ (vāgrodhaḥ) stopping the speech, silencing.
          --vajraḥ (vāgvajraḥ) 1. adamantine words; ahaha dāruṇo vāgvajraḥ U. 1. --2. harsh or severe language.
          --vidagdha a. (vāgvidagdha) skilled in speech. (
          --gdhā) a sweetspeaking or fascinating woman.
          --vibhavaḥ (vāgvibhavaḥ) stock or provision of words, power of description, command of language; nāsti me vāgvibhavaḥ praśaṃsituṃ V. 3; raghūṇāmanvayaṃ vakṣye tanuvāgvibhave'pi san R. 1. 9, Māl. 1. 26.
          --vilāsaḥ (vāgvilāsaḥ) graceful or elegant speech.
          --vyavahāraḥ (vāgvyavahāraḥ) verbal or oral discussion; prayogapradhānaṃ hi nāṭyaśāstraṃ kimatra vāgvyavahāreṇa M. 1.
          --vyayaḥ (vāgvyayaḥ) waste of words or breath.
          --vyāpāraḥ (vāgvyāpāraḥ) 1. the manner of speaking. --2. the style or habit of speaking. --3. customary phraseology or mode of talking.
          --saṃyamaḥ (vāksaṃyamaḥ) restraint or control of speech.

vāṅmaya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Consisting of words; R. 3. 28.
     (2) Relating to speech or words; Ms. 12. 6; Bg. 17. 15.
     (3) Endowed with speech.
     (4) Eloquent, rhetorical, oratorical. --yaṃ
     (1) Speech, language; myarastajabhnagairlāṃtairebhirdaśabhirakṣaraiḥ . samastaṃ vāṅmayaṃ vyāptaṃ trailokyamiva viṣṇutā Chand. M. 1; Ku. 7. 90; Śi. 2. 72.
     (2) Eloquence.
     (2) Rhetoric. --yī The goddess Sarasvatī.

vācaḥ
     (1) A kind of fish.
     (2) The plant madana.

vācaṃyama a. Holding the tongue, maintaining perfect silence, silent, taciturn; upasthitā devī tadvācaṃyamo bhava V. 3; vidvāṃso vasudhātale paravacaḥślāghāsu vācaṃyamāḥ Bv. 4. 42; vācaṃyamatvāt R. 13. 44. --maḥ A sage who maintains rigid silence.

vācaka a. [vac-ṇvul]
     (1) Speaking, declaring, explanatory.
     (2) Expressing, signifying, denoting directly (as a word, distinguished from lākṣaṇika and vyaṃjaka); sākṣātsaketitaṃ yorthamabhidhatte sa vācakaḥ K. P. 2.
     (3) Verbal. --kaḥ
     (1) A speaker.
     (2) A reader.
     (3) A significant word.
     (4) A messenger.
     -- Comp.
          --padaṃ a significant word.

vācanam [vac-ṇic svārthe vā ṇic lyuṭ]
     (1) Reading, reciting.
     (2) Declaration, proclamation, utterance; as in svastivācanaṃ, puṇyāhavācanaṃ q. q. v. v.

vācanakam A riddle.

vācanika a. (kī f.) [vacanena nirvṛttaṃ ṭhak] Verbal, expressed by words.

vācaspatiḥ [vācaḥ patiḥ ṣaṣṭhyaluk]
     (1) 'The lord of speech', an epithet of Bṛhaspati, preceptor of the gods.
     (2) The constellation Pushya.

vācaspatyam An eloquent speech, oration, a harangue; tadūrīkṛtya kṛtibhirvācaspatyaṃ pratāyate H. 3. 96 (=Śi. 2. 30).

vācā
     (1) Speech.
     (2) A sacred text, a text or aphorism.
     (3) An oath.

vācāṭa a. [vāc-āṭac casya na kaḥ] Talkative, garrulous; talking much or idly; arere vācāṭa Ve. 3; Mv. 6; Bk. 5. 23.

vācāla a. [vāc-ālac casya na kaḥ]
     (1) Noisy, making a sound, crying.
     (2) Talkative, garrulous; see vācāṭa; Śi. 1. 40.
     (3) Boasting, swaggering.

vācika a. (kā, kī f.) [vācā kṛtaṃ vāc ṭhak casya na kaḥ]
     (1) Consisting of or expressed by words; vācikaṃ pāruṣyam.
     (2) Oral, verbal, expressed by word of mouth. --kaṃ
     (1) A message, an oral or verbal communication; vācikamapyāryeṇa siddhārthakācchrotavyamiti likhitaṃ Mu. 5; nirdhārite'rthe lekhena khalūktvā khalu vācikaṃ Śi. 2. 70.
     (2) News, tidings, intelligence in general.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ 1. a letter. --2. a newspaper.
          --hārakaḥ 1. a letter. --2. a messenger, newsbearer.

vācin a. (At the end of comp.) Expressing, indicating, signifying.

vācoyukti a. Skilled in speech, eloquent. --ktiḥ f.
     (1) 'Arrangement of words', a declaration, announcement, speech; yatra khalviyaṃ vācoyuktiḥ Māl. 1.
     (2) Good or clever speech.

vācya a. [vac-karmaṇi ṇyat]
     (1) To be spoken, told or said, to be spoken to or addressed; vācyatvayā madvacanātsa rājā R. 14. 61 'say to the king in my name'.
     (2) To be predicated, attributive.
     (3) Expressed (as the meaning of a word); cf. lakṣya and vyaṃraya.
     (4) Blamable, censurable, reprehensible; Śi. 20. 34; ebhirmuktomahīpālaḥ prāpnoti khalu vācyatāṃ H. 3. 129, 4. 17. --cyaṃ 1 Blame, censure, reproach; pramadāmanu saṃsthitaḥ śucā nṛpatiḥ sanniti vācyadarśanāt R. 8. 72, 84; cirasya vācyaṃ na gataḥ prajāpatiḥ S. 5. 15, Śi. 3. 58.
     (2) The expressed meaning, that derived by means of abhidhā q. v.; cf. lakṣya and vyaṃgya; api tu vācyavaucetryapratibhāsādeva cārutāpratītiḥ K. P. 10.
     (3) A predicate.
     (4) The voice of a verb.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ expressed meaning.
          --citraṃ one of the two kinds of the third or lowest (adhama) division of Kavya or poetry, in which the charm lies in the expression of a striking or fanciful idea (opp. śabdavitra); see citra also.
          --vajraṃ severe or harsh language.

vācyatā --tvam
     (1) Blame, censure, reproach.
     (2) Ill-repute, infamy.

vājaḥ [vaj-ghañ]
     (1) A wing.
     (2) A feather.
     (3) The feather of an arrow.
     (4) Battle, conflict.
     (5) Sound. --jaṃ
     (1) Clarified butter.
     (2) An oblation of rice offered at a Śrāddha or obsequial ceremony.
     (3) Food in general.
     (4) Water.
     (5) A prayer or mantra with which a sacrifice is concluded.
     (6) A sacrifice.
     (7) Strength, power.
     (8) Wealth.
     (9) Speed. (10) A month.
     -- Comp.
          --peyaḥ --yaṃ N. of a particular sacrifice.
          --sanaḥ 1. N. of Viṣṇu. --2. of Śiva.
          --saniḥ the sun.

vājasaneyaḥ N. of Yājṇavalkya, the author of the Vājasaneyi Samhitā or the Śukla Yajurveda.

vājasaneyin m.
     (1) N. of the sage Yājṇavalkya, the author and founder of the white or Śukla Yajurveda.
     (2) A follower of the white Yajurveda, one belonging to the sect of the Vājasaneyins.

vājin a. [vāja-astyarthe ini]
     (1) Swift, quick.
     (2) Strong. --m.
     (1) A horse; na gardabhā vājidhuraṃ vahaṃti Mk. 4. 17; satyamatītya harito harīṃśca vartaṃte vājinaḥ S. 1; R. 3. 43, 4. 25, 67; Śi. 18. 31.
     (3) An arrow.
     (3) A follower of the Vājasaneyin branch of the Yajurveda.
     (5) N. of Indra, Bṛhaspati and other gods. --nī
     (1) A mare.
     (2) N. of Ushas (dawn).
     (3) Food (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --pṛṣṭhaḥ the globe-amaranth.
          --bhakṣaḥ a chickpea.
          --bhojanaḥ a kind of kidneybean.
          --medhaḥ a horse-sacrifice.
          --śālā a stable.

vājinam
     (1) Strength, heroism, prowess (Ved.).
     (2) A conflict.
     (3) The scum of curdled milk.

vājīkara a. Stimulating amorous desires.

vājīkaraṇam Stimulating or exciting desire by aphrodisiacs.

vāṃch 1 P. (vāṃchati, vāṃchita)
     (1) To wish, desire; na saṃhatāstasya na bhinnavṛttayaḥ priyāṇi vāṃchaṃtyasubhiḥ samī hituṃ Ki. 1. 19.
     (2) To seek for, pursue. --WITH abhi, --saṃ to wish, desire or long for; Bk. 17. 53.

vāṃchanam Wishing, desiring.

vāṃchā A wish, desire, longing (usually with loc.); vāṃchā sajjanasaṃgame Bh. 2. 62; Ki. 4. 25.

vāṃchita p. p. Wished, desired. --taṃ A wish, desire.

vāṃchin a.
     (1) Wishing.
     (2) Lustful. --nī 1 A libidinous woman.
     (2) A wanton.

vāṭ An exclamation uttered on making an oblation of butter &c.

vāṭaḥ --ṭam [vaṭ-ghañ]
     (1) An enclosure, a piece of enclosed ground, court; svavāṭakukkuṭavijayahṛṣṭaḥ Dk.; so veśa-, śmaśāna- &c.
     (2) A garden, park, an orchard.
     (3) A road.
     (4) The groin.
     (5) A sort of grain
     -- Comp.
          --dhānaḥ the descendant of an outcast Brāhmaṇa by a Brāhmaṇa female; see Ms. 10. 21.

vāṭikā
     (1) The site of a house.
     (2) An orchard, a garden; aye dakṣiṇena vṛkṣavāṭikāmālāpa iva śrūyate S. 1; so puṣpa-, aśoka- &c.

vāṭī
     (1) The site of a house.
     (2) A house, dwelling.
     (3) A court, an enclosure.
     (4) A garden, park, orchard; vāṭībhuvi kṣitibhujāṃ Aśvad. 5.
     (5) A road.
     (6) The groin.
     (7) A kind of grain.

vāṭya a. Belonging to a park or garden.
     -- Comp.
          --puṣpaṃ 1. sandal. --2. saffron. (
          --ṣpī) the plant atibalā.

vāṭyā, vāṭyālaḥ, vāṭyālī N. of the plant atibalā.

vāḍ 1 A. (vāḍate) To bathe, dive.

vāḍavaḥ [vaḍavāyā apatyaṃ vaḍavānāṃ samūho vā aṇ]
     (1) Submarine fire.
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa --vaṃ A stud or collection of mares.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ, -analaḥ the submarine fire.

vāḍaveyaḥ [vaḍavā-ḍhak] A bull. --yau (m. dual) The two Aśvins.

vāḍavyam A collection of Brāhmaṇas.

vāḍha See bāḍha.

vāṇa See bāṇa.

vāṇiḥ f.
     (1) Weaving.
     (2) A weaver's loom.
     (3) Speech, words.
     (4) N. of Sarasvatī.

vāṇijaḥ A merchant.

vāṇijikaḥ
     (1) A merchant.
     (2) A cheat, rogue.
     (3) The submarine fire.

vāṇijyam Trade, traffic.

vāṇinī
     (1) A clever or intriguing woman.
     (2) A dancing girl, an actress.
     (3) A drunken woman (literally or figuratively), an amorous and wanton woman; R. 6. 75.

vāṇī
     (1) Speech, words, language; vāṇyekā samalakaroti puruṣaṃ yā saskṛtā dhāryate Bh. 2. 19.
     (2) Power of speech.
     (3) Sound, voice; kekā bāṇī mayūrasya Ak.; so ākāśavāṇī.
     (4) A literary production, a work or composition; madvāṇi mā kuru biṣādamanādareṇa mātsaryamagnamanasāṃ sahasā khalānāṃ Bv. 4. 41; U. 7. 20.
     (5) Praise.
     (6) Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning.

vāta p. p. [vā-kta]
     (1) Blown.
     (2) Desired or wished for, solicited. --taḥ
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) The god of wind, the deity presiding over wind.
     (3) Wind, as one of the three humours of the body.
     (4) Gout, rheumatism.
     (5) Inflammation of the joints.
     (6) A faithless lover (dhṛṣṭa).
     -- Comp.
          --aṭaḥ 1. an antelope (vātamṛga) --2. a horse of the sun.
          --aṃḍaḥ a disease of the testicles.
          --atisāraḥ dysentery caused by some derangement or vitiation of the bodily wind.
          --ayaṃ a leaf.
          --ayanaḥ a horse. (
          --naṃ) 1. a window, an air-hole; Māl. 2. 11; Ku. 7. 59; R. 6. 24, 13. 21. --2. a porch, portico. --3. a pavilion.
          --ayuḥ an antelope.
          --ariḥ 1. the castor-oil tree. --2. N. of several plants:
          --śatamūlī, śephālikā, yavānī, bhārgī, snuhī, viḍaṃga, śūraṇa, jatukā &c.
          --aśvaḥ a very fleet or swift horse.
          --āpyaṃ 1. fermentation. --2. Soma. --3. water.
          --āmodā musk.
          --āliḥ --lī f. a whirl-wind; etena vātālīpujitena śuṣkaparṇapuṭena pracchādayāmi Mk. 8.
          --āhata a.
     (1) shaken by the wind. --2. affected by gout --āhatiḥ f. a violent gust of wind. --ṛddhiḥ f. 1. excess of wind. --2. a mace, a club, stick tipped with iron. --karman n. breaking wind. --kuṃḍalikā scanty and painful flow of urine. --kuṃbhaḥ the part of an elephant's forehead below the frontal sinuses. --ketuḥ dust. --keliḥ 1. amorous discourse, the low whispering of lovers. --2. the marks of finger-nails on the person of a lover --gāmin m. a bird. --gulmaḥ 1. a high wind, strong gale. --2. rheumatism. --jvaraḥ fever a rising from vitiated wind. --tūlaṃ cottony seeds floating in the air. --thūḍā 1. a high wind. --2. acute gout. --3. a kind of smallpox. --4. a lovely woman. --dhvajaḥ 1. a cloud. --2. dust. --pittaṃ a form of gout. --putraḥ 1. a cheat. --2. N. of Bhīma or Hanumat. --pothaḥ, --pothakaḥ the tree called palāśa. --prakopaḥ excess of wind. --pramī m., f. a swift antelope. --phullāṃtraṃ flatulence in the bowels (caused by indigestion). --maṃḍalī a whirl-wind. --mṛgaḥ a swift antelope. --raktaṃ, --śoṇitaṃ acute gout. --raṃgaḥ the fig-tree. --rūṣaḥ 1. a storm, violent wind, tempest. --2. the rain bow. --3. a bribe. --rogaḥ, --vyādhiḥ gout or rheumatism. --vastiḥ f. suppression of urine. --vṛddhiḥ f. swelled testicle. --vairin m. the castor-oil tree. --śī rṣaṃ the lower belly. --śūlaṃ colic with flatulence. --saha a. gouty. --sārathiḥ fire.

vātakaḥ
     (1) A paramour (jāra).
     (2) N. of a plant.

vātakin a. (nī f.) Gouty.

vātamajaḥ A swift antelope.

vātayati Den. P.
     (1) To blow gently, fan.
     (2) To serve.
     (3) To make happy.
     (4) To go.

vātara a.
     (1) Stormy, windy.
     (2) Swift.

vātarāyaṇaḥ
     (1) An arrow.
     (2) An arrow's flight, bow-shot.
     (3) A peak, summit.
     (4) A saw.
     (5) A mad or intoxicated man.
     (6) An idler.
     (7) The Sarala or pine tree.

bātala a. (lī f. [vātaṃ rogamedaṃ lāti lā-ka]
     (1) Stormy, windy.
     (2) Flatulent. --laḥ
     (1) Wind.
     (2) The chickpea (caṇaka).

vātāpiḥ N. of a demon said to have been eaten up and digested by Agastya.
     -- Comp.
          --dviṣ m.
          --sūdanaḥ, --han m. epithets of Agastya.

vātiḥ [vā-ktic]
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Wind, air.
     (3) The moon.
     -- Comp.
          --gaḥ, --gamaḥ 1. a mineralogist. --2. the egg-plant; (vātigaṇaḥ in the same sense).

vātika a. (kī f.) [vātādāgataḥ ṭhak]
     (1) Stormy, windy.
     (2) Gouty, rheumatic.
     (3) Mad. --kaḥ Fever caused by a vitiated state of the wind.

vātīya a. Windy. --yaṃ Rice-gruel.

vātula a.
     (1) Affected by winddisease, gouty.
     (2) Mad, crazy-headed. H. 2. 26. --laḥ A whirl-wind.

vātuliḥ A large bat.

vātūla a. See vātula.

vātṛ m. Air, wind.

vātyā [vātānāṃ samūhaḥ yat] A storm, hurricane, whirlwind, stormy or tempestuous wind; vātyābhiḥ paruṣīkṛtā daśa diśaścaṃḍātapo duḥsahaḥ Bv. 1. 31; R. 11. 16; Ki. 5. 39; Ve. 2. 21; Māl. 5. 6; 10. 3.

vātsakam A herd of calves.

vātsalyam [vatsalasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Affection (towards one's offspring), affection or tenderness in general; na putravātsalyamapākariṣyati Ku. 5. 14; pativātsalyāt R. 15. 98; so bhāryā-, prajā-, śaraṇāgata-, &c.
     (2) Fond affection or partiality.

vātsiḥ --tsī f. The daughter of a Śūdra woman by a Brāhmaṇa.

vātsyāyanaḥ
     (1) N. of the author of the Kāmasūtras (a work on erotic subjects).
     (2) N. of the author of a commentary on the Nyāya Sūtras.

vādaḥ [vad-ghañ]
     (1) Talking, speaking.
     (2) Speech, words, talk; sāmavādāḥ sakopasya tasya pratyuta dīpakāḥ Śi. 2. 55; so kaitavavāda Gīt. 8; sāṃtvavādaḥ &c.
     (3) A statement, an assertion, allegation; avācyavādāṃśca bahūn vadiṣyaṃti tavāhitāḥ Bg. 2. 36.
     (4) Narration, account; śākuṃtalādīnitihāsavādān Māl. 3. 3.
     (5) Discussion dispute, controversy; vāde vāde jāyate tatvabodhaḥ Subhaṣ.; sīmā-.
     (6) A reply.
     (7) An exposition, explanation.
     (8) A demonstrated conclusion, theory, doctrine; idānīṃ paramāṇukāraṇavādaṃ nirākaroti S. B. (and in diverse other places of the work); pariṇāmavāda 'the theory of evolution'; so nāstika-.
     (9) Sounding, sound. (10) Report, rumour.
     (11) A plaint (in law).
     -- Comp.
          --anuvādau (m. du.) 1. assertion and reply, plaint and reply, accusation and defence. --2. dispute, controversy.
          --kara, --kṛt a. causing a dispute.
          --grasta a. disputed, in dispute; vādagrasto'yaṃ viṣayaḥ. --caṃcu a. clever in repartees or witty replies.
          --prativādaḥ controversy.
          --yuddhaṃ a dispute, controversy.
          --rata a. disputatious.
          --vādin m. a Jaina.
          --vivādaḥ disputation, discussion, debate.
          --sādhanaṃ establishing an assertion.

vādakaḥ
     (1) A musician.
     (2) A speaker.

vādanam [vad-ṇic karmaṇi lyuṭ]
     (1) Sounding.
     (2) Instrumental music.

vādi a.
     (1) Wise, learned, skilful.
     (2) Speaking.

vādita p. p.
     (1) Caused to be uttered, made to speak.
     (2) Played, sounded.

vāditram
     (1) A musical instrument; N. 22. 22.
     (2) Instrumental music.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṇaḥ a band of music.

vādin a. [vad-ṇini]
     (1) Speaking, talking, discoursing.
     (2) Asserting.
     (3) Disputing. --m.
     (1) A speaker.
     (2) A disputant, an antagonist; tasyāṃgīkaraṇena vādina iva syātsvāmino nigrahaḥ Mu. 5. 10; R. 12. 92.
     (3) An accuser, a plaintiff.
     (4) An expounder, a teacher.
     (5) (In music) The leading or key-note.

vādiśaḥ A learned man, sage, scholar.

vādyam [vad-ṇic yat]
     (1) A musical instrument.
     (2) The sound of a musical instrument; R. 16. 64 (vādyadhvaniḥ Malli.).
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ a musician.
          --bhāṃḍaṃ 1. a band of music, a number of musical instruments. --2. a musical instrument.

vādara a. (rī f.) Made or consisting of cotton. --rā The cotton shrub. --raṃ Cotton cloth.

vādaraṃgaḥ The sacred fig-tree.

vādarāyaṇa See bādarāyaṇa.

vādalaḥ The sheat-fish.

vādh, vādha, vādhaka, vādhana nā, vādhā See bādh, badha, badhaka, bādhana-nā, bādhā.

vādhu(dhū)kyam Marriage.

vādhrīṇasaḥ Arhinoceros.

vāna a.
     (1) Blown.
     (2) Dried(by wind) dried up.
     (3) Belonging to a forest. --naṃ 1 Dry or dried fruit (m. also).
     (2) Blowing.
     (3) Living.
     (4) Rolling, moving, (as of waters &c.).
     (5) A perfume, fragrance.
     (6) A number of groves or thickets.
     (7) Weaving.
     (8) A mat of straw.
     (9) A hole in the wall of a house.

vānaprasthaḥ [vāne vanasamūhe pratiṣṭhate sthāka]
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa in the third stage of his religious life.
     (2) An anchorite, a hermit.
     (3) The Madhuka tree.
     (4) The Palāśa tree.

vānaraḥ [vānaṃ vanasaṃbaṃdhi phalādikaṃ rātigṛhṇati rā-ka; vā kikalpena naro vā] A monkey, an ape. --rī A female monkey.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ a wild goat.
          --āghātaḥ the tree called Lodhra.
          --iṃdraḥ N. of Sugrīva or of Hanumat.
          --priyaḥ the tree called kṣīrin.

vānalaḥ A kind of holy basil (the black variety).

vānaspatyaḥ A tree the fruit of which is produced from flower; e. g. the mango.

vānā
     (1) A quail.
     (2) Dry or dried fruit.

vānāyuḥ N. of a country to the north-west of India.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a Vanāyu horse, i. e. a horse produced in the Vanāyu country.

vānīraḥ A sort of cane or ratan; smarāmi vānīragṛheṣu suptaḥ R. 13. 35; Me. 41; Māl. 9. 15; R. 13. 30, 16. 21; U. 2. 20; Mv. 5. 40.

vānīrakaḥ The Munja grass, a kind of rush.

vāneyam N. of a fragrant grass (musta).

vāṃta p. p. [vam-kta]
     (1) Vomited, spitted out.
     (2) Emitted, ejected, effused.
     -- Comp.
          --adaḥ a dog.
          --aā-śin m. a foul-feeding demon.

vāṃti f.
     (1) Vomiting.
     (2) Ejecting, emitting.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt, --da a. emetic.

vānyā A multitude of groves or woods.

vāpaḥ [vap-ghañ]
     (1) Sowing seed.
     (2) Weaving.
     (3) Shaving, shearing; Ms. 11. 109.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃḍaḥ a weaver's loom.

vāpanam
     (1) Causing to sow.
     (2) Shaving.

vāpita p. p.
     (1) Sown.
     (2) Shaven.

vāpiḥ --pī f. [vap-iñ vā ṅīp; Uṇ. 4. 125] A well, any large oblong or circular reservoir of water; vāpī cāsminmarakataśilābaddhasopānamārgā Me. 76.
     -- Comp.
          --haḥ the Chataka bird.

vāma a.
     (1) Left(opp. dakṣiṇa); vilocanaṃ dakṣiṇamaṃjanena saṃbhāvya tadvaṃcitavāmanetrā R. 7. 8; Me. 78, 96.
     (2) Being or situated on the left side; vāmaścāyaṃ nadati madhuraṃ cātakaste sagaṃdhaḥ Me. 9; (vāmena is used adverbially in the same sense; e. g. vāmenātra vaṭastamadhvagajanaḥ sarvātmanā sevate K. P. 10).
     (3)
          (a) Reverse, contrary, opposite, adverse, unfavourable; tadaho kāmasya vāmā gatiḥ Gīt. 12; Māl. 9. 8, Bk. 6. 17.
          (b) Acting contrary, of an opposite nature; yāṃtyevaṃ gṛhiṇīpadaṃ yuvatayo vāmāḥ kulasyāvayaḥ S. 4. 17.
          (e) Perverse, crooked-natured, refractory; S. 6.
     (4) Vile, wicked, base, low, bad; Ki. 11. 24.
     (5) Lovely, beautiful, charming; as in vāmalocanā q. v.
     (6) Short. --maḥ
     (1) A sentient being, an animal.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     (3) Of Cupid, the god of love.
     (4) A snake.
     (5) An udder, a breast.
     (6) Prohibited or forbidden act or practice (as drinking wine). --maṃ Wealth, possessions.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāraḥ --mārgaḥ the left-hand ritual or doctrine of the Tantras.
          --āpīḍanaḥ the Pīlu tree.
          --āvartaḥ 1. a conch-shell, the spiral of which runs from right to left.
          --ūru, --ūrū f. a woman with handsome thighs; tadidaṃ viṣahiṣyate kathaṃ vada vāmoru citādhirāheṇaṃ R. 8. 57.
          --dṛś f. a woman (with lovely eyes).
          --devaḥ 1. N. of a sage. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --bhrūḥ f. a beautifuleye-browed woman; Pt. 1. 136.
          --locanā a woman with lovely eyes; virūpākṣasya jayinīstāḥ stuve vāmalocanāḥ K. P. 10; R. 19. 13.
          --śīla a. of a perverse or crooked nature; crosstempered: tadehi vāmaśīlāṃ mālatīṃ nirbhartsayāmaḥ Mal. 7. (
          --laḥ) an epithet of the god of love.

vāmaka a.
     (1) Left.
     (2) Adverse, contrary; sphuratā vāmakenāpi dākṣiṇyamavalaṃbyate Māl. 8 (where both senses are intended).

vāmana a.
     (1)
          (a) Short in stature, dwarfish, pigmy; chalavāmanaṃ Śi. 13. 12.
          (b) (Hence) Small, short, little, reduced in length; vāmanārciriva dīpabhājanaṃ R. 19. 51; kathaṃ kathaṃ tāni (dināni) ca vāmanāni N. 22. 57.
     (2) Bent down, bent low (namra); śirasi sma jighrati surāribaṃdhane chalavāmanaṃ vinayavāmanaṃ tadā Śi. 13. 12.
     (3) Vile, low, base. --naḥ
     (1) A dwarf, pigmy; prāṃśulabhye phale mohādudvāhuriva vāmanaḥ R. 1. 3, 10. 60.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu in his fifth incarnation, when he was born as a dwarf to humble the demon Bali, (see bali); chalayasi vikramaṇe balimadbhutavāmana padanakhanīrajanitajatapāvana . keśava dhṛtavāmanarūpa jaya jagadīśa hare Gīt. 1; Śi. 13. 12.
     (3) N. of the elephant that presides over the south.
     (4) N. of the author of the Kāśikavṛtti, a commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
     (5) The tree called aṃkoṭa.
     -- Comp.
          --ākṛti a. dwarfish.
          --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas.

vāmanikā A female dwarf.

vāmanī 1 A female dwarf.
     (2) A mare.
     (3) A kind of woman.
     (4) A disease of the vagina.

vāmalūraḥ An ant-hill, a mole-hill.

vāmā
     (1) A woman.
     (2) A lovely woman; Bv. 4. 39, 42.
     (3) N. of Gaurī.
     (4) Of Lakṣmī.
     (5) Of Sarasvatī.

vāmila a.
     (1) Beautiful, handsome.
     (2) Proud, haughty.
     (3) Cunning, deceitful.

vāmikā An epithet of Durgā.

vāmī
     (1) A mare; athoṣṭramāmīśatavāhitārthaṃ R. 5. 32.
     (2) A she-ass.
     (3) A female elephant.
     (4) The female of the jackal.

vāyaḥ [ve-ghañ] Weaving, sewing.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃḍaḥ a weaver's loom.

vāyakaḥ 1 A weaver.
     (2) A heap, multitude, collection.

vāyanaṃ, --vāyanakam A present of sweetmeats made to a deity, particularly to a Brāhmaṇa, on festive occasions, observance of fasts &c.

vāyava a. (vī f.)
     (1) Relating to or given by the wind or Vāyu.
     (2) Aerial. --vī The north-west quarter (presided over by Vāyu).

vāyavīya, vāyavya a. Relating to the wind, aerial.
     -- Comp.
          --purāṇaṃ N. of a Purāṇa.

vāyasaḥ [vaya eva aṇ Uṇ. 3. 120] 1 A crow; balimiva paribhoktu vāyasāstarkayaṃti Mk. 10. 3.
     (3) Fragrant aloe-wood, agallochum.
     (3) Turpentine.
     -- Comp.
          --arātiḥ, --ariḥ an owl.
          --āhvā a kind of esculent vegetable.
          --i kṣuḥ a kind of long grass.

vāyuḥ [vā-uṇ yuka ca Uṇ. 1. 1]
     (1) Air, wind; vāyurvidhunayati caṃpakapuṣpareṇūn K. R.; ākāśāttu vikurvāṇātsarvagaṃdhavahaḥ śuciḥ . balavāñjāyate vāyuḥ sa vai sparśaguṇo mataḥ .. Ms. 1. 76. (There are seven courses of wind one above the other: --āvahaḥ pravahaścaiva saṃvahaścodvahastathā . vivahākhyaḥ parivahaḥ parāvaha iti kramāt).
     (2) The god of wind, the deity supposed to preside over wind, (who is the regent of the north-west quarter.).
     (3) A lifewind or vital air, of which five kinds are enumerated: --prāṇa, apāna, samāna, vyāna, and udāna.
     (4) Morbid affection or vitiation of the windy humour.
     -- Comp.
          --āspadaṃ the sky, atmosphere.
          --ketuḥ dust.
          --koṇaḥ the north-west.
          --gaṃḍaḥ flatulence (caused by indigestion).
          --gati a. swift as wind, very fleet.
          --gulmaḥ 1. a hurricane, storm. --2. a whirlpool.
          --gocaraḥ the range of the wind.
          --grasta a. 1. affected by wind, flatulent. --2. gouty.
          --jātaḥ, --tanayaḥ, naṃdanaḥ, --putraḥ, --sutaḥ, --sūnuḥ epithets of Hanumat or Bhīma.
          --dāruḥ a cloud
          --nighna a. affected by wind, crazy, mad, frantic.
          --nivṛttiḥ f. 1. a lull, calm. --2. cure of windy distempers (such as gout &c.).
          --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas.
          --phalaṃ 1. hail. --2. the rain-bow.
          --bhakṣaḥ, --bhakṣaṇaḥ, --bhuj m. 1. one who feeds only on air, as an ascetic. --2. a snake; cf. pavanāśana. --roṣā night.
          --rugṇa a. broken down by wind; R. 9. 63.
          --vartman m., n. the sky, atmosphere.
          --vāhaḥ smoke.
          --vāhinī a vein, an artery, a vessel of the body.
          --vega, sama a. swift as wind.
          --sakhaḥ, --sakhiḥ m. fire.

vār n. Water; Bv. 1. 30.
     -- Comp.
          --āsanaṃ a reservoir of water.
          --kiṭiḥ (vāḥkiṭiḥ) a porpoise.
          --caḥ 1. a goose, gander.
          --daḥ a cloud.
          --daraṃ 1. water. --2. silk. --3. speech. --4. the seed of the mango. --5. a curl on a horse's neck. --6. a conch-shell.
          --dhiḥ the ocean. -bhavaṃ a kind of salt.
          --puṣpaṃ (vāḥpuṣpaṃ) cloves.
          --bhaṭaḥ an alligator.
          --muc m. a cloud.
          --rāśiḥ the ocean.
          --vaṭaḥ a ship, boat.
          --sadanaṃ (vāḥsadanaṃ) a reservoir of water, a cistern.
          --stha a. (vāḥstha) being in water.

vāraḥ [vṛ-ghañ]
     (1) That which covers, a cover.
     (2) A multitude, large number; as in vārayuvati.
     (3) A heap; quantity.
     (4) A herd, flock; Śi. 18. 56.
     (5) A day of the week; as in budhavāra, śanivāra.
     (6) Time, turn; śaśakasya vāraḥ samāyātaḥ Pt. 1; apsarāvāraparyāyeṇa V. 5; R. 19. 18; often used in pl. like the English 'times'; bahuvārān 'many times' kativārān 'how many times'.
     (7) A An occasion, opportunity.
     (8) A door, gate.
     (9) The opposite bank of a river. (10) N. of Śiva.
     (11) Ved. A tail. --raṃ
     (1) A vessel for holding spirituous liquor.
     (2) A mass of water (jalasaṃgha).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganā, --nārī, --yuvati f., yoprit f.,
          --vanitā, vilāsinī, --suṃdarī, --strī 'a woman of the multitude', a common woman, harlot, courtezan, prostitute; Ratn. 1. 26; S. Til 16.
          --kīraḥ 1. a wife's brother (according to Trik.). --2. the submarine fire. --3. a hairdresser or comb. --4. a louse. --5. a courser. --6. a carrier, porter; (these meanings are given in Medinī).
          --bu (bū) ṣā the plantain tree.
          --mukhyā the chief of a number of harlots.
          --bā (vā) ṇaḥ, --ṇaṃ armour, a coat of mail; agamatkaitakaṃ rajaḥ . tadyāghevāravāṇānāmayatnapaṭavāsatāṃ R. 4. 55; Śi. 15. 118.
          --vāṇiḥ 1. a piper, player on a flute. --2. a musician. --3. a year. --4. a judge. (
          --ṇiḥ f.) a harlot.
          --vāṇī a harlot.
          --vṛṣā 1. corn. --2. the plantain tree.
          --velā a time or period of the day when no act is performed.
          --sevā 1. harlotry, prostitution. --2. a number of harlots.

vāraka a. [vṛ-ṇic ṇvul] Obstructing, opposing. --kaḥ
     (1) A kind of horse.
     (2) A horse in general.
     (3) One of the paces of a horse. --kaṃ 1 The seat of pain.
     (2) A kind of perfume (vāla or thīvera.)

vārakin m. An opposer, enemy.
     (2) The ocean.
     (3) A kind of horse, one with good marks.
     (4) An ascetic living on leaves.

vāraṃkaḥ A bird.

vāraṃgaḥ
     (1) The handle of a sword, knife &c.
     (2) The narrow end to which the handle is fastened.

vāraṭam
     (1) A field.
     (2) A number of fields. --ṭā A goose.

vāraṇa a. (ṇī f.) [vṛ-lyu lyuṭ vā] Warding off, resisting, opposing. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Warding off, restraining, obstructing; na bhavati bisataṃturvāraṇaṃ vāraṇānāṃ Bh. 2. 17.
     (2) An obstacle, impediment.
     (3) Resistance, opposition.
     (4) Defending, guarding, protecting. --ṇaḥ
     (1) An elephant; na bhavati bisataṃturvāraṇaṃ vāraṇānāṃ Bh. 2. 17; Ku. 5. 70; R. 12. 93; Śi. 18. 56.
     (2) An armour, mail-coat.
     -- Comp.
          --buṣā, --sā, --vallabhā the plantain tree.
          --sāhvayaṃ N. of Hastināpura.

vāraṇasī See vārāṇasī.

vāraṇāvataḥ --tam N. of a town.

vāratram A leather thong.

vāraṃvāram ind. Often times, repeatedly, again and again; vāraṃvāraṃ tirayati dṛśorudgamaṃ bāṣpapūraḥ Māl. 1. 35.

vāralā 1 A wasp.
     (2) A goose; cf. varaṭā.

vārāṇasī The holy city of Benares.

vārāṃnidhiḥ The ocean.

vārāha a. (hī f.) [varāhasyedaṃ priyatvāt aṇ] Relating to a boar; varāhīmātmayonestanumavanavidhāvāsthitasyānurūpāṃ Mu. 7. 19; Y. 1. 259. --haḥ
     (1) A boar.
     (2) A kind of tree.
     -- Comp.
          --kalpaḥ N. of the present Kalpa (that in which we are at present living).
          --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the 18 Puraṇas.

vārāhī 1 A sow.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) The Śakti of Viṣṇu in the form of a boar.
     (4) A measure.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃdaḥ N. of a bulbous plant.

vāri n. [vṛ-iṇ Uṇ. 4. 124]
     (1) Water; yathā khanan khanitreṇa naro vāryadhigacchati Subhāṣ.
     (2) A fluid.
     (3) A kind of perfume (vāla or hrīvera). --riḥ --rī f.
     (1) A place for fastening an elephant; vārī vāraiḥ sasmare vāraṇānāṃ Śi. 18. 56; R. 5. 45.
     (2) A rope for fastening an elephant.
     (3) A hole or trap for catching elephants.
     (4) A captive, prisoner.
     (5) A water-pot.
     (6) N. of Sarasvatī.
     (7) Speech.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ 1. the ocean. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --udbhavaṃ a lotus.
          --okaḥ a leech.
          --karpūraḥ a kind of fish (ilīśa). --kubjakaḥ the plant śṛṃgāṭaka. --krimiḥ a leech.
          --catvaraḥ a piece of water.
          --cara a. aquatic. (
          --raḥ) 1. a fish. --2. any aquatic animal.
          --cāmaraṃ moss.
          --ja a. produced in water. (
          --jaḥ) 1. a conch-shell; Śi. 15. 72. --2. any bivalve shell. (
          --jaṃ) 1. a lotus; Śi. 4. 66. --2. a kind of salt. --3. a kind of plant (gaurasuvarṇa). --4. cloves.
          --taskraraḥ 1. a cloud. --2. the sun.
          --trā an umbrella.
          --daḥ a cloud; vitara vārida vāri davāture Subhāṣ; Bv. 1. 30. (
          --daḥ) a kind of perfume.
          --draḥ the Chataka bird.
          --dharaḥ a cloud; navavāridharodayādahobherbhavitavyaṃ ca nirātapatvaramyaiḥ V. 4. 3.
          --dhārā a shower of rain.
          --dhiḥ 1. the ocean; vāridhisutāmakṣṇāṃ didṛkṣuḥ śataiḥ Gīt. 12. --2. a jar or pot.
          --nāthaḥ 1. the ocean. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --3. a cloud. --4. the habitation of the serpentrace.
          --nidhiḥ the ocean.
          --pathaḥ, --thaṃ 'journey by sea', a voyage.
          --pravāhaḥ a cascade, water-fall.
          --masiḥ, --muc m.,
          --raḥ a cloud.
          --yaṃtraṃ a water-wheel, a machine for drawing up water; M. 2. 13.
          --rathaḥ a raft, boat, float.
          --rāśiḥ 1. the ocean. --2. a lake.
          --ruhaṃ a lotus.
          --loman m. N. of Varuṇa.
          --vāsaḥ a dealer in spirituous liquors.
          --vāhaḥ, --vāhanaḥ a cloud; Pt. 2. 142.
          --śaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --saṃbhavaḥ 1. cloves. --2. a kind of antimony. --3. the fragrant root called uśīra q. v.

vārī See vāri(f.).

vārīṭaḥ An elephant.

vāruḥ A war-elephant(vijayakuṃjara).

vāruṭhaḥ A bier.

vāruṇa a. (ṇī f.) [varuṇasyedaṃ aṇ] 1 Belonging to Varuṇa; sākṣye'nṛtaṃ vadan pāśairbadhyate vāruṇairbhṛśaṃ Ms. 8. 82.
     (2) Dedicated or sacred to Varuṇa
     (3) Given to Varuṇa. --ṇaḥ N. of one of the nine divisions of Bharatavarsha. --ṇaṃ Water.

vāruṇiḥ
     (1) N. of Agastya.
     (2) Of Bhṛgu.

vāruṇī
     (1) The west(the quarter presided over by Varuṇa).
     (2) Any spirituous liquor; payopi śauḍikīhaste vāruṇītyabhidhīyate H. 3. 11; Pt. 1. 178 (where both senses are intended); Ku. 4. 12.
     (3) The asterism śatabhiṣaj.
     (4) Dūrvā grass.
     (5) N. of the wife of Varuṇa.
     (6) A kind of Durvā.
     -- Comp.
          --vallabhaḥ an epithet of Varuṇa.

vāruṃḍaḥ The chief of the serpentrace. --ḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ Thr rheum or excretion of the eyes.
     (2) The ear-wax.
     (3) A vessel for baling water out of a boat. --ḍī A door-step.

vāreṃdrī N. of a part of Bengal (and Behar) now called rājaśāhī.

vārkṣa a. (rkṣī f.) [vṛkṣa-aṇ]
     (1) Consisting of trees.
     (2) Made of or belonging to a tree.
     (3) Made of bark. --rkṣaṃ A forest.

vārkṣya a. Made of trees. --rkṣyaṃ An enclosure made of trees &c.

vārṇikaḥ A scribe, writer.

vārtākaḥ, vārtākiḥ f., vārtākin m. vārtākī f., vārtākuḥ m. f. The eggplant.

vārtikā A kind of quail.

vārtta a. [vṛtti-aṇ]
     (1) Healthy, hale, doing well.
     (2) Light, weak, unsubstantial (asāra).
     (3) Following a profession. --rttaṃ
     (1) Welfare, good health; sarvatra no vārttamavehi rājan R. 5. 13; 13. 71; sa pṛṣṭaḥ sarvato vārttamākhyadrājñe na saṃtatiṃ 15. 41; Śi. 13. 68.
     (2) Skill, dexterity; anuyukta iva svavārttamuccaiḥ Ki. 13. 34.
     (3) Chaff.

vārttā
     (1) Staying, abiding.
     (2) Tidings, news, intelligence; sāgarikāyāḥ kā vārtā Ratn. 4.
     (3) Livelihood, profession.
     (4) Agriculture, the occupation of a Vaiśya; R. 16. 2; Ms. 10. 80; Y. 1. 311.
     (5) The eggplant.
     (6) N. of Durgā.
     (7) (In Rhet.) The mere mention of facts without any rhetorical embellishment.
     -- Comp.
          --āraṃbhaḥ a commercial un dertaking or business.
          --mātraṃ 1. mere report. --2. superficial acquaintance with any subject, shallow knowledge.
          --vahaḥ, haraḥ 1. a messenger. --2. a chandler.
          --vṛttiḥ one who lives on agriculture.
          --vyatikaraḥ general or common report.

vārttāyanaḥ A news-bearer, spy, an emissary.

vārttika a. (kī f.) [vṛtti-ṭhak]
     (1) Relating to news.
     (2) Bringing news.
     (3) Explanatory, glossarial. --kaḥ
     (1) An emissary, a spy.
     (2) A husbandman (a man of the third tribe). --kaṃ [vṛttirūpeṇa kṛto graṃyaḥ] An explanatory or supplementary rule which explains the meaning of that which is said, of that which is left unsaid, and of that which is imperfectly said; or a rule which explains what is said or but imperfectly said and supplies omissions; uktānuktaduruktārthavyakti (or ciṃtā) kāritu vārttikam (the term is particularly applied to the explanatory rules of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras).
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ N. of Kātyāyana.

vārtraghnaḥ N. of Arjuna; Ki. 15. 1.

vārddhakam [vṛddhānāṃ samūhaḥ tasya bhāvaḥ karma vā vuñ]
     (1) Old age; kimityapāsyābharaṇāni yauvane dhṛtaṃ tvayā vārddhakaśobhi valkalaṃ Ku 5. 44; R. 1. 8; N. 1. 77.
     (2) The infirmity of old age.
     (3) A collection of old men.

vārddhakyam
     (1) Old age.
     (2) The infirmity of old age.

vārddhaka = vārddhakaṃ.

vārddhuṣiḥ, vārddhuṣikaḥ, vārddhuṣin m. A usurer.

vārddhuṣyam Usury, high or exorbitant interest.

vārdhraṃ, vārdhrī f. A leather thong.

vārdhrīṇasaḥ
     (1) A rhinoceros; see vādhrīṇasa also.
     (2) A wild goat with long ears.

vārmaṇam A collection of men in armour.

vāryam A blessing, boon. --(pl.) Possessions.

vārvaṇā A kind of blue fly.

vārṣa a. (rṣī f.) [varṣa-aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to the rains.
     (2) Annual.

vārṣika a. (kī f.) [varṣe varṣātu vā bhavaḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Belonging to the rains or rainy season vārṣikaṃ saṃjahāreṃdro dhanurjaitraṃ raghurdadhau R. 4. 16.
     (2) Annual, yearly.
     (3) Lasting for one year; mānuṣāṇāṃ pramāṇaṃ syādbhuktirvai daśavārṣikī; so vārṣikamannaṃ Y. 1. 124. --kaṃ N. of a medicinal plant.

vārṣilā Hail.

vārṣuka a. (kī f.) Raining, sprinkling, pouring down.

vārṣṇeyaḥ
     (1) A descendant of Vṛṣṇi.
     (2) Particularly Kṛṣṇa.
     (3) N. of the charioteer of Nala.

vārha See bārha, bārhadratha, bārhadrathi, bārhaspata, bārhaspatya, bārhiṇa; bāla, bālaka.

vārhadatha See bārha, bārhadratha, bārhadrathi, bārhaspata, bārhaspatya, bārhiṇa; bāla, bālaka.

vārhadrathi See bārha, bārhadratha, bārhadrathi, bārhaspata, bārhaspatya, bārhiṇa; bāla, bālaka.

vārhaspana See bārha, bārhadratha, bārhadrathi, bārhaspata, bārhaspatya, bārhiṇa; bāla, bālaka.

vārhaspatya See bārha, bārhadratha, bārhadrathi, bārhaspata, bārhaspatya, bārhiṇa; bāla, bālaka.

vārhiṇa See bārha, bārhadratha, bārhadrathi, bārhaspata, bārhaspatya, bārhiṇa; bāla, bālaka.

vāla See bārha, bārhadratha, bārhadrathi, bārhaspata, bārhaspatya, bārhiṇa; bāla, bālaka.

vālaka See bārha, bārhadratha, bārhadrathi, bārhaspata, bārhaspatya, bārhiṇa; bāla, bālaka.

vālakhilya See bālakhilya.

vāliḥ N. of a celebrated monkeychief, who was slain by Rāma at the desire of Sugrīva, his younger brother. [He is represented as a very powerful monkey, and is said to have placed under his arm-pit even Rāvaṇa when he went to fight with him. During his absence from Kiṣkindhā to slay the brother of Dundubhi, Sugrīva usurped the throne considering him to be dead, but when Vāli returned, he had to run away to Ṛṣyamūka. Tāra, wife of Sugrīva, was seized by Vāli, but she was restored to her husband when Rāma slew him.]

vālukā 1 Sand, gravel; akṛtajñaspopakṛtaṃ vālakāsviva mūtritam.
     (2) Powder.
     (3) Camphor in general. --kā, --kī A kind of cucumber.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmikā sugar.

vāleya See bāleya.

vālka a. (lkī f.) [valka-aṇ] Made of the bark of trees.

vālkala a. (lī f.) [valkala-aṇ] Made of the bark of trees. --laṃ A bark-garment. --lī Spirituou-liquor.

vālmīkaḥ, --vālptīkiḥ [valmīke bhavaḥ aṇ iñ vā] N. of a celebrated sage, and author of the Rāmāyaṇa. [He was a Brāhmaṇa by birth, but being abandoned by his parents in his childhood, he was found by some wild mountaineers who taught him the art of thieving. He soon became an adept in the art, and pursued his business of plundering and killing (where necessary) travellers for several years. One day he saw a great sage whom he asked on pain of death to deliver up his possessions. But the sage told him to go home and ask his wife and children if they were ready to become his partners in the innumerable iniquities that he had committed. He accordingly went home, but returned dismayed at their unwillingness. The sage then told him to repeat the word marā (which is Rāma inverted) and disappeared. The robber continued to repeat it for years together without moving from the place, so that his body was covered up with ant-hills. But the same sage reappeared and got him out, and as he issued from the 'valmīka' he was called Vālmīki, and became afterwards an eminent sage. One day while he was performing his ablutions, he saw one of a pair of Krauncha birds being killed by a fowler, at which he cursed the wretch in words which unconsciously took the form of a verse in the Anuṣṭubh metre. This was a new mode of composition, and at the command of the god Brahman he composed the first poem the Rāmāyaṇa. When Sītā was abandoned by Rāma, he gave her shelter under his roof, and brought up her two sons. He afterwards restored them all to Rāma].

vāllabhyam Being beloved or favourite.

vāvadūka a. [vad yaṅ luk --ūkañ]
     (1) Talkative, garrulous.
     (2) Eloquent.

vāvavaḥ A kind of basil.

vāvuṭaḥ A boat, raft.

vāvṛt 4 A. (vāvṛtyate)
     (1) To choose, prefer, select, love; tato vāvṛtyamānāsau rāmaśālāṃ nyavikṣata Bk. 4. 28.
     (2) To serve.

vāvṛtta a. Chosen, selected, preferred.

vāś I. 4 A. (vāśyate, vāśita)
     (1) To roar, cry, scream, shriek, howl; hum (as birds), sound in general; (śivāḥ) tāṃ śritāḥ pratibhayaṃ vavāśire R. 11. 61, Śi. 18. 75, 76; Bk. 14. 14, 76.
     (2) To call.

vāśaka a. Roaring, sounding.

vāśanam
     (1) Roaring, howling, growling, yelling &c.
     (2) The warbling or cry of birds, humming (of bees &c.).

vāśiḥ Fire, the god of fire.

vāśitam
     (1) The cry of birds.
     (2) Calling out, calling.

vāśitā
     (1) A female elephant; abhyapadyata sa vāśitāsakhaḥ puṣpitāḥ kamalinīriva dvipaḥ R. 19. 11; (also written vāsitā in this sense).
     (2) A woman.

vāśī Ved.
     (1) Roaring, crying.
     (2) A weapon in general (such as an axe, spear &c.).
     (3) Voice, speech.
     (4) A war-cry.

vāśurā Night.

vāśra a. Ved. Roaring, bellowing. --śraḥ
     (1) A day.
     (2) A bull. --śrā
     (1) A cow with a calf.
     (2) A mother. --śraṃ
     (1) A dwelling, house.
     (2) A place where four roads meet.
     (3) Dung.

vāṣkala a. Large, great. --laḥ A warrior.

vāṣpaḥ, --ṣpam See bāṣpa.

vās I. 10 U. (vāsayati-te)
     (1) To scent, perfume, incense, fumigate, make fragrant; vāsitānanaviśeṣitagaṃdhā Ki. 9. 60; prakāṭatapaṭavāsairvāsayan kānanāni Gīt. 1; U. 3. 16; R. 4. 74; Me. 20; Rs. 5. 5.
     (2) To steep, infuse.
     (3) To spice, season. --II. 4. A. See vāś.

vāsaḥ [vas nivāse ācchādane vā ghañ]
     (1) Perfume.
     (2) Living, dwelling vāso yasya hareḥ kare Bv. 1. 63; R. 19. 2; Bg. 1. 44.
     (3) An abode, a habitation, house.
     (4) Site, situation.
     (5) Clothes, dress.
     -- Comp.
          --a (ā)gāraḥ --raṃ, --gṛhaṃ, --veśman n. the inner apartments of a house; particularly bed-chamber; dharmāsanādviśati vāsagṛhaṃ nareṃdraḥ U. 1. 7; samayaḥ khalu te vāsagṛhapraveśasya V. 3.
          --karṇī 1. a hall where public exhibitions (such as dancing, wrestling matches &c.) are held. --2. a sacrificial hall.
          --tāṃbūlaṃ betel mixed with other fragrant spices.
          --bhavanaṃ, --maṃdiraṃ, --sadanaṃ a dwelling-place, house
          --yaṣṭiḥ f. a roosting perch, a rod for a bird to perch on; utkīrṇā iva vāsayaṣṭiṣu niśānidrālasā varhiṇaḥ V. 3. 2; Me. 79.
          --yogaḥ a kind of fragrant poweder.
          --sajjā = vāsakasajjā q. v.

vāsaka a. (kā or sikā f.) [vāsvas-ṇic vā ṇvul]
     (1) Scenting, perfuming, infusing, fumigating &c.
     (2) Causing to dwell, populating. --kaṃ Clothes.
     -- Comp.
          --sajjā, --sajjikā a woman who dresses herself in all her ornaments and keeps herself (and her house) ready to receive her lover, especially when he has made an appointment with her; an expectant heroine, one of the several classes of a Nāyikā; S. D. thus defines her:
          -- kuruta maṃḍanaṃ yāsyāḥ(yātu)sajjite vāsaveśmani . sā tu vāsakasajjā syādviditapriyasaṃgamā 120; bhavati vilaṃbini vigalitalajjā vilapati rediti vāsakasajjā Gīt. 6.

vāsanam [vās-lyuṭ]
     (1) Perfuming, scenting.
     (2) Infusing.
     (3) Dwelling, a biding.
     (4) An abode, a dwelling.
     (5) Any receptacle, a basket, box, vessel &c.; Y. 2. 65 (vāsanaṃ nikṣepādhābhūraṃta saṃpuṭādikaṃ samudraṃ graṃthyadiyutam).
     (6) Knowledge.
     (7) Clothes, dress.
     (8) A cover, an envelope.
     (9) A kind of posture practised by ascetics in abstract meditation.

vāsanā
     (1) Knowledge derived from memory; cf. bhāvanā.
     (2) Particularly, the impression unconsciously left on the mind by past good or bad actions, which therefore produces pleasure or pain.
     (3) Fancy, imagination, idea.
     (4) False idea, ignorance.
     (5) A wish, desire, expectation, inclination; sasāravāsanābaddhaśṛkhalā Gīt. 3.
     (6) Regard, liking, respectful regard; teṣāṃ (pakṣiṇāṃ) madhye mama tu mahatī vāsamā cātakeṣu Bv. 4. 17.
     (7) Perfuming, scenting.

vāsita p. p. [vās-kta]
     (1) Perfumed, scented.
     (2) Steeped, infused.
     (3) Seasoned, spiced.
     (4) Dressed, clothed.
     (5) Peopled, populous.
     (6) Possessing, having.
     (7) Famous, celebrated. --taṃ
     (1) The cry or hum of birds.
     (2) Knowledge; cf. vāsanā
     (2).

vāsitā See vāśitā.

vāsaḥ An ass.

vāsateya a. (yī f.) [vasataye hitaṃ sādhu vā ḍhañ] Habitable. --yī Night.

vāsaṃta a. (vī f.)
     (1) Vernal, suitable to or produced in spring.
     (2) In the spring or prime of life, youthful.
     (3) Diligent, attentive (in the performance of duties). --taḥ
     (1) A camel.
     (2) A young ele phant.
     (3) Any young animal.
     (4) A cuckoo.
     (5) The south wind, the breeze blowing from the Malaya mountain; cf. malayasamīra.
     (6) A kind of bean.
     (7) A dissolute man. --tī
     (1) A kind of jasmine (with fragrast flowers); vasaṃte vāsaṃtīkusumasukumauraravayavaiḥ Gīt. 1.
     (2) Long pepper.
     (3) The trumpet-flower.
     (4) N. of a festival held in hononr of Cupid; cf. vasaṃtrotsava.
     (5) The spring creeper.

vāsatika a. (kī f.) Vernal; vāsaṃti kastarubhiḥ S. 6. --kaḥ
     (1) The Vidūṣaka or buffoon in a drama.
     (2) An actor.

vāsaraḥ --ram A day (of the week). --raḥ N. of a Nāga.
     -- Comp.
          --sagaṃḥ morning.

vāsava a. (vī f.) [vasureva svārthe aṇ vasūni saṃtyasya aṇ vā] Belonging to Indra; pāṃḍutāṃ vāsavī digayasīt K.; vāsavīnāṃ camūnāṃ Me. 43. --vaḥ N. of Indra; Ku. 3. 2, R. 5. 5. --vaṃ The constellation Dhaniṣṭhā.
     -- Comp.
          --dattā
     (1) N. of a work by Subandhu.
     (2) N. of a heroine of several stories. [Different writers give different accounts of this lady. According to Kathāsaritsāgara she was the daughter of king Chanḍamahāsena of Ujjayini and was carried off by Udayana, king of Vatsa. Śriharṣa represents her to be the daughter of king Pradyota (see Ratn. 1. 10), and, according to Mallinātha's comment on the line pradyotasya priyaduhitaraṃ vatsarājo'tra jahre she was the daughter of Pradyota king of Ujjayinī. Bhavabhūti says that she was betrothed by her father to king Sanjaya, but that she offered herself to Udayana; (see Mal. 2). But the Vāsavadattā of Subandhu has nothing in common with the story of Vatsa, except the name of the heroine, as she is represented to have been betrothed by her father to Pushpaketu, but carried off by Kandarpaketu. It is probable that there were several heroines bearing the name Vāsavadatta.].

vāsavī N. of the mother of Vyāsa.

vāsas [vas-āchādane asi ṇicca]
     (1) A cloth, garment, clothes; vāsāṃsi jīrṇāniyathā vihāya navāni gṛhṇāti naro'parāṇi Bg. 2. 22; Ku. 7. 9; Me. 59.
     (2) A pall.
     (3) A curtain.
     -- Comp.
          --kuṭī (vāsaḥkuṭī) a tent.
          --khaṃḍaḥ 'a piece of cloth', a rag, tatter.

vāsiḥ m. f. An adze, a small hatchet, chisel. --siḥ Dwelling, abiding.

vāsi(śi)ṣṭha a. (ṣṭhī f.) [vasiśi-ṣṭha-aṇ] Belonging to or composed by (rather revealed to) Vasiṣṭha, as a Maṇḍala of the Ṛgveda. --ṣṭhaḥ A descendant of Vasiṣṭha. --ṣṭhī The Gomatī river.

vāsuḥ
     (1) The soul.
     (2) The soul of the universe, supreme being.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (4) The constellation punarvasu.

vāsukiḥ, vāsukeyaḥ N. of a celebrated serpent, king of snakes (said to be a son of Kaśyapa); Ku. 2. 38, Bg. 10. 28.

vāsudevaḥ [vasudevasyāpatyam aṇ]
     (1) Any descendant of Vasudeva.
     (2) Particularly, Kṛṣṇa.

vāsurā [vas-uraṇ]
     (1) The earth.
     (2) Night.
     (3) A woman.
     (4) A female elephant.

vāsūḥ f. A young girl, maiden (used chiefly in dramas); eṣāsi vāsu śirasi gṛhītā Mk. 1. 41; vāsu prasīda Mk. 1.

vāsta See bāsta.

vāstava a. (vī f.) [vastveva aṇ]
     (1) Real, true, substantial.
     (2) Determined, fixed. --vaṃ Anything fixed or determined.

vāstavā Dawn.

vāstavika a. (kī f.) [vastuto nirvṛttaṃ ṭhak]
     (1) True, real, substantial, genuine.
     (2) Demonstrated, established.

vāstavya a.
     (1) Dwelling, inhabiting, resident; pure'sya vāstavyakuṭubitāṃ yayuḥ Śi. 1. 66.
     (2) Fit to be inhabited, habitable. --vyaḥ
     (1) A dweller, resident, an inhabitant; nānādigaṃtavāstavyo mahājanasamājaḥ Māl. 1. --vyaṃ
     (1) A habitable place, house.
     (2) Habitation, residence (vasati).

vāstikam A collection of goats.

vāstu m., n. [vas-tuṇ Uṇ. 1. 77]
     (1) The site of a house, buildingground, site.
     (2) A house, an abode, a dwelling-place; raveraviṣaye vāstu kiṃ na dīpaḥ prakāśayet Subhaṣ.; Ms. 3. 18.
     -- Comp.
          --yāgaḥ a sacrifice performed on the occasion of laying the foundation of a house.
          --saṃśamanaṃ, --śāṃtiḥ f. a religious rite performed on the occasion of laying the foundation of a new house, particularly on the occasion of entering it.

vāstoṣpatiḥ
     (1) N. of a Vedic deity (supposed to preside over the foundation of a house).
     (2) N. of Indra.

vāsteya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Habitable, fit to be inhabited.
     (2) Abdominal.

vāstra a. [vastra-aṇ] Made of cloth. --straḥ A carriage covered with cloth.

vāspa See bāṣpa.

vāspeyaḥ The tree called nāgakeśara.

vāha 1 A. (vāhate) To try, exert oneself, endeavour.

vāha a. [vah-ghañ] Bearing, carrying &c. (at the end of comp.); as in aṃbuvāha, toyavāha &c. --haḥ
     (1) Carrying, bearing.
     (2) A porter.
     (3) A draught-animal, a beast of burden.
     (4) A horse; R. 4. 56, 5. 73, 14. 52.
     (5) A bull; Ku. 7. 49.
     (6) A buffalo.
     (7) A carriage, conveyance in general.
     (8) The arm.
     (9) Air, wind. (10) A measure equal to ten Kumbhas or four Bharas; vāho bhāracatuṣṭayaṃ.
     -- Comp.
          --dviṣat m. a buffalo.
          --śreṣṭhaḥ a horse.

vāhakaḥ [vah-ṇvul]
     (1) A porter.
     (2) A coach-driver.
     (3) A horseman.

vāhatam [vāhayati vah-ṇic lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Bearing, carrying, conveying.
     (2) Driving (as a horse).
     (3) A vehicle, conveyance of any kind; Ms. 7. 75; N. 22. 45.
     (4) An animal used in riding or draught, as a horse; sa duṣprāpayaśāḥ prāpadāśramaṃ śrāṃtavāhanaḥ R. 1. 48, 9. 25, 60.
     (5) An elephant.

vāhas m. Ved.
     (1) Agni.
     (2) A hymn.

vāhin a. [vah-ṇini] Bearing carrying. --m. A chariot.

vāhinī [vāho astyasyāḥ ini ṅīp]
     (1) An army; āśiṣaṃ prayuyuje na vāhinīṃ R. 11. 6, 13. 66.
     (2) A division of an army consisting of 81 elephants, as many chariots, 243 horse, and 405 foot.
     (3) A river.
     -- Comp.
          --niveśaḥ the camp of an army.
          --patiḥ 1. a general, a commanding officer. --2. the ocean (lord of rivers).

vāhasaḥ
     (1) A water-course.
     (2) A large serpent, the boa.

vāhikaḥ
     (1) A large drum.
     (2) A car drawn by oxen.
     (3) A carrier of loads.

vāhitam A heavy burden.

vāhitttham The part of an elephant's forehead below the frontal globes.

vāhīka See bāhīka.

vāhuka See bāhuka.

vāhya See vāhya. --hyaḥ A beast of burden, an ox &c. --hyaṃ A carriage.

vāhliḥ N. of a country(the modern Balkh).
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a Balkh bred horse.

vāhli(hlī)kaḥ
     (1) N. of a country (the modern Balkh).
     (2) A horse from this country, a Balkh-bred horse.
     (3) N. of one of the principal Gandharvas. --kaṃ
     (1) Saffron.
     (2) Asa Foetida.

vi ind.
     (1) As a prefix to verbs and nouns it expresses:
          (a) separation, disjunction (apart, asunder, away, off &c.), as viyuj, vihṛ, vical &c.;
          (b) the reverse of an action; as krī 'to buy'; vikrī, 'to sell'; smṛ 'to remember'; vismṛ 'to forget';
          (c) division; as vibhaj, vibhāga;
          (d) distinction; as viśiṣ, viśeṣa, vivic, viveka;
          (e) discrimination; vyavaccheda;
          (f) order, arrangement; as vidhā, virac;
          (g) opposition; as virudh, virodha; privation; as vitī, vinayata;
          (i) deliberation, as vicara, vicāra;
          (j) ntensity; vidhvaṃsa.
     (2) As a prefix to nouns or adjectives not immediately connected with roots vi expresses
          (a) negation or privation, in which case it is used much in the same way as a or nir, i. e. it forms Bah. comp., vidhavā, vyasuḥ &c.;
          (b) intensity, greatness; as vikarāla;
          (c) variety, as vicitra;
          (d) difference; as vilakṣaṇa;
          (e) manifoldness, as vividha;
          (f) contrariety, opposition, as viloma;
          (g) change, as vikāra;
          (h) impropriety, as vijanman.

viḥ m., f.
     (1) A bird.
     (2) A horse.
     (3) A goer.
     (4) A rein.
     (5) An epithet of the Soma.
     (6) A sacrificer (mostly Ved. in the last four senses).

viṃśa a. (śī f.) Twentieth. --śaḥ A twent ieth part.

viṃśaka a. (kī f.) Twenty.

viṃśatiḥ f. Twenty, a score.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --īśin m. a ruler of twenty villages.

viṃśatika a. Worth twenty.

viṃśatitama a. (mī f.) Twentieth.

viṃśin m.
     (1) Twenty, a score.
     (2) A lord or ruler of twenty villages.

vikam The milk of a cow that has recently calved.

vikaṃkaṭaḥ --taḥ A kind of tree (of the wood of which ladles were made); R. 11. 25.

vikaca a. [vikac-ac]
     (1) Blown, expanded, opened (as a lotus-flower &c.); vikacakiṃśukasaṃhatiruccakaiḥ Śi. 6. 21; R. 9. 37.
     (2) Spread about, scattered over; Bv. 1. 3.
     (3) Destitute of hair.
     (4) Manifested, distinctly apparent; U. 5. 26; vikacanakṣatrakumudaiḥ Mu. 3. 7. --caḥ
     (1) A Buddhist mendicant.
     (2) N. of Ketu.
     (3) A flag, banner.

vikacīkṛ 8 U. To open, cause to expand.

vikaṭa a.
     (1) Hideous, ugly.
     (2)
          (a) Formidable, frightful, horrible, dreadful; pṛthulalāṭataṭavaṭitavikaṭabhrūkuṭinā Ve. 1; vidhumiva vikaṭavidhuṃtudadaṃtadalanagalitāmṛtadhāraṃ Gīt. 4.
          (b) Fierce, savage.
     (3) Great, large, broad, spacious, wide; jṛṃbhāviḍaṃbi vikaṭodaramastu cāpaṃ U. 4. 30; āvariṣṭa vikaṭena vivoḍhurvakṣasaiva kucamaṃḍalamanyā Śi. 10. 42, 13. 10; Māl. 7.
     (3) Proud, haughty; vikaṭaṃ parikrāmati U. 6; Mv. 6. 32.
     (4) Beautiful; Mk. 2.
     (5) Frowning.
     (6) Obscure.
     (7) Changed in appearance.
     (8) Large-toothed. --ṭaṃ A boil, tumour.

vikatth 1 A.
     (1) To boast, vaunt; kā khalvanena prārthyamānā vikatthate V. 2.
     (2) To depreciate, speak ill of, disparage; sadā bhavān phālgunasya guṇairasmān vikatthate Mb.
     (3) To humiliate.
     (4) To proclaim loudly.

vikatthana a.
     (1) Boasting, swaggering, vaunting, bragging; vidvāṃsopyavikatthanā bhavaṃti Mu. 3; R. 14. 73.
     (2) Praising ironically. --naṃ
     (1) Vaunting, boasting.
     (2) Irony, false praise.
     (3) Praise.

vikatthā
     (1) Boasting, vaunt, brag, boast.
     (2) Praise.
     (3) False praise, irony.
     (4) Proclaiming loudly.

vikaṃp 1 A.
     (1) To shake, tremble; kiṃ yāsi bālakadalīva vikaṃpamānā Mk. 1. 20; sphurati nayanaṃ vāmo bāhurmuhuśca vikaṃpate 9. 13; Bg. 2. 31.
     (2) To become changed or deformed.
     (3) To shrink or retreat from. --Caus. To shake; R. 11. 19; Rs. 2. 17.

vikaṃpa a.
     (1) Heaving.
     (2) Unsteady, fickle, inconstant.

vikaṃpita p. p.
     (1) Shaken, trembling, tremulous.
     (2) Palpitating, heaving.
     (3) Unsteady.

vikaraḥ Sickness, disease.

vikaraṇaḥ The inserted conjugational affix, the conjugational sign placed between the root and the terminations.

vikarāla a. Very dreadful or formidable, frightful; U. 5. 26.

vikarṇaḥ N. of a Kuru prince; Bg. 1. 8.

vikartanaḥ
     (1) The sun; U. 5.
     (2) The Arka plant.
     (3) A son who has usurped his father's kingdom.

vikarman a. Acting wrongly. --n.
     (1) An unlawful or prohibited act, an impious act; Bg. 4. 17; Ms. 9. 226.
     (2) Various or divergent duty.
     (3) Retiring from business.
     -- Comp.
          --kriyā an illegal act, irreligious conduct.
          --stha a. doing prohibited acts, addicted to vice.

vikarmika a.
     (1) Acting improperly or wrongly, vicious.
     (2) Engaged in various businesses. --kaḥ A clerk or superintendent of markets, fairs &c.

vikal 10 U. To maim, cripple, make defective.

vikala a.
     (1) Deprived of a part or member, defective, imperfect, maimed, mutilated; kūṭakṛdvikaleṃdriyāḥ Y. 2. 70; Ms. 8. 66; U. 4. 24.
     (2) Frightened, alarmed; Māl. 5. 20.
     (3) Devoid or destitute of (in comp.); ārāmādhipatirvivekavikalaḥ Bv. 1. 31; prasūti- S. 6. 24; Pt. 5. 8; Mk. 5. 41.
     (4) Agitated, weakened, dispirited, unnerved, drooping, sinking, languid; kimiti viṣīdasi rodiṣi vikalā vihasati yuvatisabhā tava sakalā Gīt. 9; viraheṇa vikalahṛdayā Bv. 2. 71, 164; śrutiyugale pikarutavikale Gīt. 12; vahati vikalaḥ kāyo mohaṃ na muṃcati cetanāṃ U. 3. 31; Māl. 7. 1, 9. 12.
     (5) Ineffective, useless; Pt. 5. 9.
     (6) Wanting, failing.
     (7) Withered, decayed. --lā --lī A woman during her courses.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. having a redundant or deficient limb.
          --iṃdriya a. having impaired or defective organs of sense.
          --karaṇa a. with drooping limbs, languid; U. 3. 22.
          --karuṇa a. helpless, piteous; Māl. 9. 11; U. 1. 28.
          --pāṇikaḥ a cripple.

vikalayati Den. P. To unnerve, overpower; ghanībhūtaḥ śoko vikalayati ca saṃmūrchayati ca U. 2. 26.

vikalīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To maim, mutilate.
     (2) To impair, harm. injure.
     (3) To agitate, perplex, confound.

vikalīkaraṇam
     (1) Maiming, mutilating.
     (2) Confusing, perplexing.

vikalā The sixtieth part of a Kalā, q. v.

vikalmaṣa a. Sinless, stainless, guiltless.

vikaṣā(sā) Bengal madder.

vikas 1 P.
     (1) To open, expand (fig. also); vikasati hi pataṃgasyodaye puṃḍarīkaṃ Māl. 1. 28; Śi. 9. 47, 82; Ku. 7. 55; nijahṛdi vikasaṃtaḥ Bh. 2. 78.
     (2) To burst, become divided. --Caus. To open, cause to expand; caṃdro vikāsayati kairavacakravālaṃ Bh. 2. 73; Śi. 15. 12; Amaru. 84.

vikasaḥ The moon.

vikasita p. p. Blown, fully opened or expanded; Bv. 1. 100.

vikāsaḥ Blowing, expanding, blooming, budding.
     (2) Increase, growth; U. 6. 28; see vikāśa also.

vikāsanam Expansion, opening, blowing.

vikasva(śva)ra  a.
     (1) Opening, expanding; kuśeśayairatra jalāśayoṣitā mudā ramaṃte kalabhā vikasvaraiḥ Śi. 4. 33.
     (2) Loud, distinctly audible (as a sound); udaḍīyata vaikṛtātkaragrahajādasya vikasvarasvaraiḥ N. 2. 5.

vikālaḥ, vikālakaḥ Evening, evening twilight, the close of day.

vikālikā A perforated coppervessel which, placed in water, marks the time by gradually filling; cf. mānaraṃdhrā.

vikāś 1 A.
     (1) To appear, become visible.
     (2) To bloom, open.
     (3) To shine. --Caus.
     (1) To display, manifest.
     (2) To illuminate.

vikāśaḥ
     (1) Manifestation, display, exhibition.
     (2) Blowing, expanding (usually written vikāsa in this sense); Ku. 3. 29.
     (3) An open or direct course; vikāśamīyurjagatīśamārgaṇāḥ Ki. 15. 52.
     (4) An oblique course; Ki. 15. 52.
     (5) Joy, pleasure; Ki. 15. 52.
     (6) Sky, heaven (ākāśa); Ki. 15. 52.
     (7) Eagerness, ardent desire; Śi. 9. 41 (where it means 'blowing' also).
     (8) Retreat, solitude, privacy.

vikāśaka a. (śikā f.)
     (1) Displaying.
     (2) Opening.

vikāśanam
     (1) Manifestation, display, exhibition.
     (2) Blowing, expanding (of flowers &c.).

vikāśi(si)n  a. (nī f.)
     (1) Becoming visible, shining forth.
     (2) Expanding, opening, blowing.
     (3) Shining, resplendent; Pt. 3. 147.

vikuṃṭha N. of Viṣṇu's heaven. --ṭhā N. of the mother of Viṣṇu.

vikuṃṭhita a.
     (1) Obtuse, blunt.
     (2) Weak.

vikusraḥ The moon.

vikūjanam
     (1) Cooing, humming.
     (2) Rumbling (as of the bowels).

vikūṇanam A side-glance, leer.

vikūṇikā The nose.

vikṛ 8 U.
     (1) To alter, change, affect; vikārahetau sati vikriyaṃte yeṣāṃ na cetāṃsi ta eva dhīrāḥ Ku. 1. 59; R. 13. 42.
     (2) To disfigure, deform; vikṛtākṛti Ms. 9. 52.
     (3) To create, produce, effect; Ms. 1. 75; nāsya vighnaṃ vikurviṃti dānavāḥ Mb.
     (4) To disturb, harm, injure (A.); hīnānyanupakartṝṇi pravṛddhāni vikurvate R. 17. 58.
     (5) To utter (a sound); vikurvāṇaḥ svarānadya Bk. 8. 20.
     (6) To be faithless (as a wife).
     (7) To deprave, pervert, spoil.
     (8) To display.
     (9) To change for the worse, deteriorate (A.). (10) To rejoice (A.).
     (11) To feel aversion (A.).
     (12) To act in various ways (A.).
     (13) To decorate in various ways.
     (14) To exercise.
     (15) To distribute.
     (16) To destroy, ruin.
     (17) To spread, extend.
     (18) To become restless; move to and fro.
     (19) To act in a hostile manner. (20) To contend together.

vikāraḥ
     (1) Change of form or nature, transformation, deviation from the natural state; cf. vikṛti.
     (2) A change, alteration, a modification; Pt. 1. 44; S. 7.
     (3) Sickness, disease, malady; vikāraṃ khalu paramārthato'jñātvā'nāraṃbhaḥ pratīkārasya S. 4; Ku. 2. 48.
     (2) Change of mind or purpose; mūrchaṃtyamī vikārāḥ prāyeṇaiśvaryamatteṣu S. 5. 18.
     (5) A feeling, an emotion; vikāraścaitanyaṃ bhramayati ca saṃmīlayati ca U. 1. 35, 3. 25, 36; Māl. 1. 30.
     (6) Agitation, excitement, perturbation; Ki. 17. 23.
     (7) Contortion, contraction (as of the features of the face); pramathamukhabikārairhāsayāmāsa gūḍhaṃ Ku. 7. 95.
     (8) (In Sān, phil.) That which is evolved from a previous source or Prakṛti.
     (9) A wound.
     -- Comp.
          --hetuḥ a temptation, seduction, cause of perturbation; vikārahetau sati vikriyaṃte yeṣāṃ na cetāṃsi ta eva dhīrāḥ Ku. 1. 59.

vikārita a. Changed, perverted, corrupted.

vikārin a.
     (1) Liable to change, susceptible of emotions or impressions; bhramati bhuvane kaṃdarpājñā vikāri ca yauvanaṃ Mal. 1. 17.
     (2) Changing, modifying.
     (3) Spoiling, corrupting.
     (4) Affected by love.

vikurvāṇa a.
     (1) Undergoing or causing a change.
     (2) Feeling glad, delighted, rejoiced.

vikṛta p. p.
     (1) Changed, altered, modified.
     (2) Sick, diseased.
     (3) Mutilated, deformed, disfigured.
     (4) Incomplete, imperfect.
     (5) Affected by passion or emotion.
     (6) Averse from, disgusted with.
     (7) Loathsome.
     (8) Strange, extraordinary.
     (9) Unnatural. (10) Perverted, spoiled; see vikṛ above. --taṃ
     (1) Change, modification.
     (2) Change for the worse, sickness.
     (3) Aversion, disgust.

vikṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Change(as of purpose, mind, form &c.); cittavikṛtiḥ, aṃgulīyakaṃ suvarṇasya vikṛtiḥ &c.
     (2) An unnatural or accidental circumstance, an accident; maraṇaṃ prakṛtiḥ śarīriṇāṃ vikṛtirjīvitamucyate budhaiḥ R. 8. 87.
     (3) Sickness.
     (4) Excitement, perturbation, anger, rage; Ki. 13, 56; U. 5. 29; Śi. 15. 11, 40.
     (5) Emotion; S. 2. 5.
     (6) A sudden seizure or affection.
     (7) Fermented liquor; see vikāra and vikriyā also.

vikṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To draw, pull.
     (2) To bend (as a bow); śarāsanaṃ teṣu vikṛṣyatāmidaṃ S. 6. 28.
     (3) To deprive of, withhold, keep back.
     (4) To destroy, ruin.

vikarṣaḥ
     (1) Drawing asunder, pulling apart.
     (2) An arrow.

vikarṣaṇaḥ N. of one of the five arrows of Cupid. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Drawing, dragging, pulling asunder.
     (2) A cross throw.

vikṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Dragged asunder, pulled hither and thither.
     (2) Drawn, pulled, drawn towards or attracted.
     (3) Extended, protracted.
     (4) Making a noise; (see kṛṣ with vi).

vikṛ 6 P.
     (1) To scatter, throw about; strew or spread about; Ku. 3. 61; Ki. 2. 59; Bk. 1. 3; 14. 25.
     (2) To split, cut to pieces; asirgātraṃ gātraṃ sapadi lavaśaste vikiratu Māl. 5. 34.
     (3) To pollute, contaminate.
     (4) To dissolve.

vikiraḥ
     (1) A scattered portion or fallen bit.
     (2) One who tears or scatters, a bird; kaṃkolīphalajagdhimugdhavikiravyāhāriṇastadbhuvo bhāgāḥ Māl. 6. 19.
     (3) A well.
     (4) A tree.

vikiraṇam
     (1) Scattering, throwing about, dispersing.
     (2) Spreading abroad.
     (3) Tearing up.
     (4) Killing (hiṃsana).
     (5) Knowledge. --ṇaḥ The Arka tree.

vikīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Scattered, dispersed.
     (2) Diffused.
     (3) Celebrated.
     -- Comp.
          --keśa, --mūrdhaja a. tearing the hair, having dishevelled hair; vilalāpa vikīrṇamūrvajā Ku. 4. 4.
          --jñaṃ a kind of perfume.

vikḷp 1 A.
     (1) To doubt, be doubtful; Pt. 1. 339.
     (2) To be optional. --Caus.
     (1) To doubt, question.
     (2) To consider, reflect upon; sakhīniyogo'pi vikalpyate S. 3.
     (3) To presume, conjecture.
     (4) To prepare or arrange differently.
     (5) To make, form.
     (6) To exchange.
     (7) To admit as optional.

vikalpaḥ
     (1) Doubt, uncertainty, indecision, hesitation; tatsiṣeve niyogena sa vikalpaparāṅmukhaḥ R. 17. 49.
     (2) Suspicion; Mu. 1.
     (3) Contrivance, art; māyāvikalparacitaiḥ R. 13. 75.
     (4) Option, alternative (in gram.).
     (5) Sort, variety.
     (6) An error, a mistake, ignorance.
     (7) Distinction.
     -- Comp.
          --upahāraḥ an optional offering.
          --jālaṃ a net-like indecision, a dilemma.

vikalpanam
     (1) Admitting of a doubt.
     (2) Allowing an option.
     (3) Indecision.
     (4) Inconsideration.

vikeśa a. (śī f.)
     (1) Having loose hair.
     (2) Having no hair, bald (as head). --śī 1 A woman with loose hair.
     (2) A woman without hair.
     (3) A small tress of hair tied up separately and then collected into the larger braid or Veni.
     (4) N. of the wife of Śiva in the form of the Earth (one of the 8 forms of Śiva; cf. yāmāhuḥ sarvabhūtaprakṛtiḥ S. 1. 1.).

vikośa --ṣa a.
     (1) Without husk.
     (2) Unsheathed, uncovered; Ki. 17. 45; R. 7. 48.

vikkaḥ A young elephant.

vikram 1 A.
     (1) To walk along or through; viṣṇustredhā vicakrame 'took 3 steps'; Bk. 1. 24.
     (2) To assail, overcome, conquer.
     (3) To cleave; split open (P.)
     (4) To advance, proceed.
     (5) To show prowess or valour; Māl. 8. 9.

vikramaḥ
     (1) A step, stride, pace; gateṣu līlāṃcitavikrameṣu Ku. 1. 34; S. 7. 6; cf. trivikrama.
     (2) Stepping over, walking.
     (3) Overcoming, overpowering.
     (4) Heroism, prowess, heroic valour; anutsekaḥ khalu vikramālaṃkāraḥ V. 1; R. 12. 87, 93.
     (5) N. of a celebrated king of Ujjayinī; see App. II.
     (6) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (7) Strength, power.
     -- Comp.
          --arkaḥ, --ādityaḥ see vikrama. --karman n. a heroic deed, feat of valour.

vikramaṇam A stride (of Viṣṇu); chalayasi vikramaṇe balimadbhutavāmana Gīt. 1.

vikramit a.
     (1) Chivalrous, heroic.
     (2) Powerful, strong. --m.
     (1) A lion.
     (2) A hero.
     (3) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

vikrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Stepped or passed beyond.
     (2) Powerful, heroic, valiant, chivalrous.
     (3) Victorious, overpowering (one's enemies). --taḥ 1 A hero, warrior.
     (2) A lion. --taṃ
     (1) A pace, stride.
     (2) Heroism, valour, prowess.
     (3) The jewel called vaikrāta.

vikrāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Stepping, striding.
     (2) A horse's gallop or canter.
     (3) Heroism, valour, prowess.

vikrāṃtṛ a. Valiant, victorious. --m. 1 A lion.
     (2) A hero, victor.

vikrasraḥ The moon.

vikriyā 1 Change, modification, alternation; śmaśrupravṛddhijanitānanavikriyān R. 13. 71, 10. 17.
     (2) Agitation, excitement, perturbation, excitement of passion; atha tena nigṛhya vikriyāmabhiśaptaḥ phalametadanvabhūt Ku. 4. 41, 3. 34.
     (3) Anger, wrath, displeasure; sādhoḥ prakopitasyāpi mano nāyāti vikriyāṃ Subhāṣ.; liṃgairmudaḥ saṃvṛtavikriyāste R. 7. 30.
     (4) Reverse, evil; Ku. 6. 29 (vaikalyaṃ Malli. 'defect'.)
     (5) Knitting, contraction (of the eyebrows); bhrūvikriyāyāṃ virataprasaṃgaiḥ Ku. 3. 47.
     (6) Any sudden movement, as in romavikriyā V. 1. 12 'thrill'.
     (7) A sudden affection or seizure, disease.
     (8) Violation, vitiation (of the proper duties); R. 15. 48.
     (9) A preparation or dish of rice &c.
     -- Comp.
          --upamā a kind of Upamā mentioned by Daṇḍin; see Kāv. 2. 41.

vikrī 9 A.
     (1) To sell(Atm. in this sense); gavāṃ śatasahasreṇa vikrīṇīṣe sutaṃ yadi Rām; vikrīṇīta tilāñ śuddhān Ms. 10. 90; 8. 197, 222; Śanti. 1. 12.
     (2) To barter, exchange; nākrasmācchāṃḍilīmātā vikrīṇāti tilaistilān Pt. 2. 65.

vikrayaḥ Sale, selling: Ms. 3. 54.
     -- Comp.
          --anuśayaḥ rescission of a sale.
          --patraṃ a bill of sale, sale-deed.

vikrayikaḥ, vikrayin m. A. dealer, seller, vendor.

vikreya a. Saleable, vendible (as an article).

vikuś 1 P.
     (1) To call aloud, cry out loudly; ākrośa vikrośa lapādhicaṃḍaṃ Mk. 1. 41; Bk. 14. 42; 16. 32.
     (2) To utter (with acc.).
     (3) To call out to (with acc.).
     (4) To resound.
     (5) To abuse, revile, censure.

vikruṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Exclaimed, cried out.
     (2) Harsh, cruel, unkind. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) A cry for help.
     (2) Abuse.

vikrośanam
     (1) Calling out, exclaiming.
     (2) Abusing.

viklava a.
     (1) Overcome with fear, startled, alarmed, frightened; ācakāṃkṣa ghanaśabdaviklavāḥ R. 19. 38; Ku. 4. 11.
     (2) Timid; Śi. 7. 43; Me. 37.
     (3) Affected by, overcome with; nisargadurbodhamabodhaviklavāḥ kva bhūpatīnāṃ caritaṃ kva jatavaḥ Ki. 1. 6.
     (4) Agitated, excited, confused, bewildered; S. 3. 25.
     (5) Distressed, afflicted; grieved; nirākaraṇaviklavāyāḥ priyāyāḥ S. 6; Śi. 12. 63; Ku. 4. 39.
     (6) Disgusted with, averse from; mṛgayāviklavaṃ cetaḥ S. 2.
     (7) Faltering; prasthānāviklava gateravalaṃbanārthaṃ S. 5. 3.

viklinna p. p. 1 Very moist, thoroughly wetted.
     (2) Decayed, withered up.
     (3) Old.

vikliṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Excessively afflicted, distressed.
     (2) Injured, destroyed. --ṣṭaṃ A fault in pronunciation.

vikledaḥ
     (1) Wetting thoroughly.
     (2) Dissolution.

vikleśaḥ An incorrect pronunciation of the dentals.

vikṣata p. p. Torn asunder, wounded, hurt, struck. --taṃ Wounding, a wound.

vikṣāvaḥ
     (1) Cough, sneezing.
     (2) A sound.

vikṣip 6 P.
     (1) To throw about, scatter.
     (2) To throw, cast.
     (3) To divert.
     (4) To distract.
     (5) To extend, stretch out.
     (6) To reject, discard.

vikṣipta p. p.
     (1) Scattered, thrown about, dispersed, cast about.
     (2) Discarded, dismissed.
     (3) Sent, despatched.
     (4) Distracted, bewildered, agitated; Māl. 9. 8.
     (5) Refuted; (see kṣip with vi).

vikṣepaḥ
     (1) Throwing away or asunder, scattering about.
     (2) Casting, throwing, discharging (opp. saṃhāra); R. 5. 45.
     (3) Waving, moving about, shaking, moving to and fro; lāṃgūla- Ku. 1. 13.
     (4) Sending, despatching.
     (5) Distraction, confusion, perplexity; Māl. 1.
     (6) Alarm, fear.
     (7) Refutation of an argument.
     (8) Polar latitude.
     (9) Looking about vaguely or wildly.
     -- Comp.
          --dhruvaḥ (in astr.) the greatest inclination of a planet's orbit.
          --śakti f. (in Vedānta phil.) the power of Māyā (avidyā).

vikṣepaṇam
     (1) Throwing, casting, discharging.
     (2) Despatching, sending.
     (3) Scattering, dispersing.
     (4) Confusion, perplexity.

vikṣīṇakaḥ
     (1) N. of the chief of a class of beings attending on Śiva.
     (2) An assembly of the gods.
     (3) A destroyer.
     (4) A place from which flesh-eaters are excluded.

vikṣīraḥ The Arka tree.

vikṣubh 1 A., 4. 9. P.
     (1) To be greatly agitated or disturbed.
     (2) To confuse, disturb, perplex. --Caus. To agitate, disturb, confuse &c.

vikṣobhaḥ
     (1) Shaking. agitation, movement; vīci- R. 1. 43.
     (2) Agitation of mind, distraction, alarm.
     (3) Conflict, struggle.

vikha a. Noseless.
     -- Comp.
          --nas m. an epithet of Brahman.

vikhu a. Noseless.
     -- Comp.
          --nas m. an epithet of Brahman.

vikhya a. Noseless.
     -- Comp.
          --nas m. an epithet of Brahman.

vikhra a. Noseless.
     -- Comp.
          --nas m. an epithet of Brahman.

vikhru a. Noseless.
     -- Comp.
          --nas m. an epithet of Brahman.

vigra a. Noseless.
     -- Comp.
          --nas m. an epithet of Brahman.

vikhaṃḍita p. p.
     (1) Broken up, divided.
     (2) Cleft in two.
     (3) Disfigured, mutilated; Pt. 4. 89.
     (4) Refuted.

vikhānasaḥ A kind of hermit.

vikhāsā The tongue.

vikhuraḥ
     (1) A demon, goblin.
     (2) A thief.

vikhyā 2 P.
     (1) To be well-known or famous.
     (2) To look at, see.
     (3) To call, name.
     (4) To celebrate.
     (5) To make visible, illuminate. --Caus. To proclaim, announce, publish.

vikhyāta p. p.
     (1) Renowned, wellknown, celebrated, famous.
     (2) Called, named.
     (3) Avowed, confessed.

vikhyātiḥ f. Celebrity, fame, reputation.

vikhyāpanam
     (1) Publishing, proclaiming.
     (2) Explanation, exposition.
     (3) Confessing, acknowledging.

vigaṇ 10 P.
     (1) To number, compute; Y. 3. 104.
     (2) To regard, consider; Me. 109; R. 1. 87.
     (3) To disregard, not to mind.
     (4) To reflect, think; Pt. 3. 43.

vigaṇanam
     (1) Reckoning, computing, calculation.
     (2) Considering, deliberating.
     (3) Paying off a debt.

vigaṃdhakaḥ The tree called iṃgudī.

vigam 1 P. To pass away(as time &c.); saṃdhyayāpi sapadi vyagami Śi. 9. 17.
     (2) To go away, depart.
     (3) To vanish; disappear; salajjāyā lajjā vyagamadiva dūraṃ mṛgadṛśaḥ Gīt. 11; Bg. 11. 1.
     (4) To die. --Caus. To spend, pass; vigamayatyunnidra eva kṣapāḥ S. 6. 4.

vigata p. p.
     (1) Departed, gone away, disappeared.
     (2) Parted, separated.
     (3) Dead.
     (4) Destitute or devoid of, free from (in comp.). vigatamadaḥ.
     (5) Lost.
     (6) Dark, obscurd. --taṃ The flight of birds.
     -- Comp.
          --ārtavāṃ a woman past child-bearing (in whom the menstrual discharge has ceased).
          --kalmaṣa a. sinless, pure.
          --bhī a. fearless, intrepid.
          --lakṣaṇa a. unlucky, inauspicious.
          --spṛha a. indifferent, void of desire.

vigamaḥ
     (1) Departure, disappearance, cessation, end; cārunṛtyavigame ca tanmukhaṃ R. 19. 15; ītivigama M. 5. 20; Rs. 6. 23.
     (2) Abandoning; karaṇavigamāt Me. 55 (dehatyāgāt).
     (3) Loss, destruction.
     (4) Death.
     (5) Separation.

vigaraḥ
     (1) A naked ascetic.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) An abstemious man (abstaining from eating).

vigarh 1 U.
     (1) To blame, censure, reproach; taṃ vigaṃrhati sādhavaḥ Ms. 9. 68; 3. 46; 11. 53.
     (2) To despise, contemn.

vigarhaṇaṃ, --ṇā Censure, blame, reproach, abuse; Ve. 1. 12.

vigarhita p. p.
     (1) Censured, reviled, abused.
     (2) Disdained.
     (3) Condemned, reprobated, prohibited.
     (4) Low, vile.
     (5) Bad, wicked. --taṃ Censure.

vigal 1 P.
     (1) To drop down, get loose; rativigalitavaṃdhe keśahaste sukeśyāḥ V. 4. 10.
     (2) To ooze or trickle.
     (3) To vanish, disappear.
     (4) To melt away, be dissolved.

vigalita p. p.
     (1) Trickled, oozed.
     (2) Disappeared, gone away.
     (3) Fallen or dropped down.
     (4) Melted away, dissolved.
     (5) Dispersed.
     (5) Slackened. untied.
     (7) Loose, dishevelled, disordered (as hair).

vigāh
     (1) A. To plunge or dive into, bathe; (dīrghikāḥ) sa vyagāhata vigāḍhamanmathaḥ R. 19. 9.
     (2) To enter, penetrate into, pervade (fig. also); viṣamo'pi vigāhyate nayaḥ kṛtatīrthaḥ payasāmivāśayaḥ Ki. 2. 3; R. 13. 1, Mu. 1. 26.
     (3) To stir about, agitate; vigāhyamānāṃ sarayūṃ ca naubhiḥ R. 14. 30.
     (4) To follow, practise; tayā munīnāṃ caritaṃ vyagāhyata Ku. 5. 19.
     (5) To approach, set in (as season &c.).

vigāḍha p. p.
     (1) Plunged into, bathed, immersed.
     (2) Deep, excessive.

vigāhaḥ Plunging into, bathing, diving.

viguṇa a.
     (1) Destitute of merits, worthless, bad; śreyānsvadharmo viguṇaḥ paradharmātsvanuṣṭhitāt Bg. 3. 35; Śi. 9. 12, Mu. 6. 11.
     (2) Destitute of qualities.
     (3) Having no string; Mu. 7. 11.

vigūḍha p. p.
     (1) Secret, concealed, hidden.
     (2) Reproached, censured.

vigai 1 P.
     (1) To censure, reproach, blame; vigīyase manmathadehadāhinā N. 1. 79.
     (2) To sing in a discordant tone.

vigānam
     (1) Censure, reproach, defamation, scandal.
     (2) A contradictory statement, contradiction, inconsistency; yatpunaḥ kāraṇaviṣayaṃ vigānaṃ darśitaṃ tatparihartavyaṃ S. B. (and in several other places of the same work).

vigīta p. p.
     (1) Censured, abused, reviled.
     (2) Contradictory, inconsistent.

vigītiḥ f.
     (1) Censure, abuse, reproach.
     (2) Contradictory statement, contradiction.

vigrah 9 P.
     (1) To hold or seize, catch hold of; vijagṛhe tisṛṇāṃ jayinaṃ purāṃ Ki. 18. 12.
     (2) To quarrel, fight, contend; vigṛhya cakre namucidviṣā balī ya itthamasvāsthyamahardivaṃ divaḥ Śi. 1. 51; Bk. 6. 86; 17. 23, Ki. 14. 24.
     (3) To divide into parts, separate (into constituent members).
     (4) To dissolve, analyse, resolve in general.
     (5) To receive, welcome (as a guest).
     (6) To perceive, observe.
     (7) To stretch or spread out.

vigṛhīta p. p.
     (1) Divided, dissolved, analysed, resolved (as a compound).
     (2) Seized.
     (3) Encountered, opposed.
     (4) Obstructed, stopped; see vigrah above.

vigrahaḥ
     (1) Stretching out, extension, expansion.
     (2) Form, figure, shape.
     (3) The body; trayī vigrahavatyeva samamadhyātmavidyayā M. 1. 14; gūḍhavigrahaḥ R. 3. 39, 9. 52; Ki. 4. 11, 12. 43.
     (4) Resolution, dissolution, analysis, separation (as of a compound word into its component parts); vṛttyartha (samāsārtha) bodhakaṃ vākyaṃ vigrahaḥ.
     (5) Quarrel, strife (often, lovequarrel or praṇayakalaha); vigrahācca śayane parāṅmukhīrnānunetumabalāḥ sa tatvare R. 19. 38, 9. 47; Śi. 11. 35.
     (6) War, hostilities, fighting, battle (opp. saṃdhi), one of the six Guṇas or modes of policy; see guṇa.
     (7) Disfavour.
     (8) A part, portion, division.

vigrahavat a. having, body, incarnate, embodied; M. 1. 14.

vigrīva a. Decapitated.

vighaṭ 1 A.
     (1) To be disunited or separated.
     (2) To be spoiled or ruined.
     (3) To be stopped, break down.
     (4) To assume various shapes; Māl. 9. 24. --Caus.
     (1) To separate, disperse, tear apart; vighaṭayaṃtyagrenabhoṃ'bhomucaḥ Māl. 5. 2.
     (2) To remove, displace.

vighaṭanam Beaking up, ruin, destruction.

vighaṭita p. p.
     (1) Separated, severed.
     (2) Divided.
     (3) Broken, shattered; U. 3. 43.

vighaṭikā A measure of time equal to one-sixtieth part of a Ghaṭikā (or nearly equal to 24 seconds).

vighaṭṭ 10 U.
     (1) To strike down, disperse, scatter, scare away; Śi. 1. 64; Bh. 3. 54.
     (2) To rub, strike, rub against; kāraṃḍavānanavighaṭṭitavīcimālāḥ Rs. 3. 8; 4. 9; vighaṭṛtānāṃ saraladrumāṇāṃ Ku. 1. 9 Ki. 8. 45; Śi. 8. 24, 13. 41.
     (3) To break, violate (as an agreement).
     (4) To break asunder, burst open (as a door).

vighaṭṭanaṃ --nā
     (1) Striking asunder.
     (2) Striking against, friction.
     (3) Separating, undoing, untying.
     (4) Offending, hurting.

vighaṭṭita p. p.
     (1) Struck apart, severed, separated, dispersed; Bh. 3. 54.
     (2) Untied, loosened, opened.
     (3) Rubbed, touched.
     (4) Shaken about, churned.
     (5) Hurt, offended.

vighanaḥ
     (1) A mallet, hammer.
     (2) One who destroys, subdues or overpowers.

vighasaḥ
     (1) Half-chewed morsel, the residue or leavings of food eaten; vighaso bhuktaśeṣaṃ tu Ms. 3. 285; tṛpyatkālakarālavaktravighasavyākīryamāṇā iva U. 5. 6; Māl. 5. 14.
     (2) Food in general. --saṃ Bees'-wax.
     -- Comp.
          --āśaḥ, --āśin m. one who eats the remains of an offering or of food eaten.

vighātaḥ
     (1) Destruction, removing, warding off; kriyādavānāṃ maghavā vighātaṃ Ki. 3. 52.
     (2) Killing, slaying.
     (3) An obstacle, impediment, interruption; opposition, prevention; kriyāvighātāya kathaṃ pravartase R. 3. 44; adhvaravighātaśāṃtaye 11. 1.
     (4) A blow, stroke.
     (5) Abandoning, leaving.
     -- Comp.
          --siddhiḥ f. the removal of obstacles.

vighūrṇita p. p. Rolled, shaken about, rolling (as eyes).

vighṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Rubbed excessively.
     (2) Sore.

vighnaḥ [vihan-ka] (rarely n.)
     (1) An obstacle, interruption, impediment, a hindrance; kuto dharmakriyāvighnaḥ satāṃ rakṣitari tvayi S. 5. 14; mūrto vighnastapasa iva naḥ S. 1. 33; huṃkāreṇeva dhanuṣaḥ sa hi vighnānapohati S. 3. 1; Ku. 3. 40.
     (2) Difficulty, trouble.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ, --īśānaḥ, --īśvaraḥ epithets of Gaṇeśa. -vāhanaṃ a rat.
          --kara, --kartṛ, --kārin a. opposing, obstructing.
          --dhvaṃsaḥ, --vighātaḥ removal of obstacles.
          --nāyakaḥ, --nāśakaḥ, --nāśanaḥ epithets of Gaṇeśa.
          --pratikriyā removal of impediments; R. 15. 4.
          --rājaḥ --vināyakaḥ, --hārin m. epithets of Gaṇeśa.
          --siddhiḥ f. removal of obstacles.

vighnayati Den. P. To obstruct, hinder, impede, oppose.

vighnita a.
     (1) Impeded, hindered, obstructed, opposed; Pt. 1. 387.
     (2) Obscured, blinded; Ku. 3. 31.

viṃkhaḥ A horse's hoof.

vic 3. 7. U. (vevokti, vevikte, vinakti, viṃkte, vikta)
     (1) To separate, divide, sever.
     (2) To discriminate, distinguish, discern.
     (3) To deprive of, remove from (with instr.); śaśāsa sa bahūnyodhān jīvitena viveca ca Bk. 14. 103.

vicakilaḥ
     (1) A kind of jasmine.
     (2) N. of the tree called Madana.

vicakṣaṇa a.
     (1) Clear sighted, farseeing, circumspect.
     (2) Wise, clever, learned; vicakṣaṇaḥ prastutamācacakṣe R. 5. 19.
     (3) Expert, skilful, able; R. 13. 69. --ṇaḥ A learned man, wise man; na datvā kasyacitkanyāṃ punardadyādvicakṣaṇaḥ Ms. 9. 71.

vicakṣas m. A spiritual teacher, preceptor.

vicakṣus a.
     (1) Blind, sightless.
     (2) Perplexed, sad.

vicar 1 P. To wander about, roam over (oft. with acc.); iṣṭāndeśān vicara jalada Me. 115; vicacāra dāvaṃ R. 2. 8; Ku. 3. 31.
     (2) To do, perform, practise.
     (3) To act, deal, behave.
     (4) To deviste from the right path, go about wantonly; Ms. 9. 20.
     (5) To pass through, pervade.
     (6) To attack, march against.
     (7) To associate or have intercourse with.
     (8) To go badly, fail. --Caus.
     (1) To think, reflect or meditate upon.
     (2) To discuss, call in question, debate; ājñā gurūṇāṃ hyavicāraṇīyā R. 14. 46.
     (3) To calculate, estimate; take into account, consider; pareṣāmātmanaścaiva yo vicārya balābalaṃ Pt. 3; suvicārya yatkṛtaṃ H. 1. 22.
     (4) To hesitate, doubt.
     (5) To examine, investigate.
     (6) To seduce.

vicaritam Wandering, roaming.

vicāraḥ
     (1) Reflection, deliberation, thought, consideration; vicāramārgaprahitena cakṣuṣā Ku. 5. 42.
     (2) Examination, discussion, investigation; tatvārthavicāra.
     (3) Trial, (of a case); viṣasalilatulāgniprārthite me vicāre Mk. 9. 43.
     (4) Judgment, discrimination, discernment, exercise of reason; vicāramūḍhaḥ pratibhāsi me tvaṃ R. 2. 47.
     (5) Decision, determination.
     (6) Selection.
     (7) Doubt, hesitation.
     (8) Prudence, circumspection.
     -- Comp.
          --jña a. able to decide, a judge.
          --bhūḥ f. 1. a tribunal, seat of justice. --2. particularly, the judgment-seat of Yama.
          --śīla a. thoughtful, considerate, prudent.
          --sthalaṃ 1. a tribunal. --2. logical discussion.

vicārakaḥ An investigator, a judge, an examiner.

vicāraṇam
     (1) Discussion, consideration, examination, deliberation, investigation.
     (2) Doubt, hesitation.

vicāraṇā
     (1) Examination, discussion, investigation.
     (2) Reflection, consideration, thought.
     (3) Hesitation, doubt.
     (4) The Mīmāmsa system of philosophy.

vicārita p. p.
     (1) Considered, inquired into, examined, discussed.
     (2) Decided, determined. --taṃ Deliberation, thought.

vicārin a. 1 Roaming, wandering.
     (2) Dissolute, wanton.
     (3) Deliberating, judging.

vicarcikā Itch, scab.

vicarcita a. Anointed, smeared.

vical 1 P.
     (1) To shake, tremble, move; patati patatre vicalati patre śaṃkitabhavadupayānaṃ Gīt. 5.
     (2) To go, proceed, set out.
     (3) To be agitated or disturbed, be rough (as the sea); vyacālīdaṃbhasāṃ patiḥ Bk. 15. 70.
     (4) To deviate, swerve; Y. 1. 358.
     (5) To fall off or down. --Caus.
     (1) To shake, move, wave,
     (2) To cause to swerve, lead away from.
     (3) To excite, agitate, stir up.
     (4) To destroy, rescind, annul.

vicala a.
     (1) Moving about, shaking, wavering, tottering, unsteady (fig. also).
     (2) Conceited, proud.

vicalanam
     (1) Moving.
     (2) Deviation.
     (3) Unsteadiness, fickleness.
     (4) Conceit, pride.

vici 5. U.
     (1) To collect, gather, bring together, store up; Pt. 1. 45, 36.
     (2) To search for, look out for; vicitaścaiṣa samaṃtāt śmaśānavāṭaḥ Māl. 5; R. 12. 61, 13. 23; priyatamāṃ vicinvan V. 4.
     (3) To seek, investigate, examine, reflect upon; R. 10. 23; Ki. 16. 1.
     (4) To separate, discern, distinguish.
     (5) To disarrange.
     (6) To select, choose.
     (7) To destroy, efface.
     (8) Ved. To clear, prepare (as a way).

vicayaḥ
     (1) Search, seeking, looking out for; turagavicayavyagrān U. 1. 23.
     (2) Investigation.

vicayanam Searching, seeking &c.

vicita p. p. Searched, searched through.

vicitiḥ f.
     (1) Searching, search, seeking for.
     (2) Inquiry, investigation.

viciḥ m. f., vicī f. A wave; cf. vīci.

vicikitsā
     (1) Doubt, hesitation, uncertainty.
     (2) Mistake, error.

vicitra a.
     (1) Diversified, variegated, spotted, speckled; Mu. 1. 4.
     (2) Various, varied.
     (3) Painted.
     (4) Beautiful, lovely; kvacidvicitraṃ jalayaṃtramaṃdiraṃ Rs. 1. 2.
     (5) Wonderful, surprising, strange; hatavidhilasitānāṃ hī vicitro vipākaḥ Śi. 11. 64. --trā A white deer. --traṃ
     (1) Variegated colour.
     (2) Surprise.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. having a spotted body. (
          --gaḥ) 1. a peacock. --2. tiger.
          --deha a. having a lovely body. (
          --haḥ) a cloud.
          --rūpa a. diverse.
          --vīryaḥ N. of a king of the lunar race. [He was a son of Śantanu by his wife Satyavatī and so half-brother of Bhishma. When he died childless, his mother called Vyāsa (her own son before her marriage), and requested him to raise up issue to Vichitravīrya in accordance with the practice of Niyoga. He complied with the request, and begot on Ambikā and Ambālika, the two widows of his brother, two sons Dhṛtarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu respectively].

vicitrakaḥ The birch tree. --kaṃ Wonder, astonishment, surprise.

viciṃt 10 U.
     (1) To think, consider.
     (2) To think of, ponder over, call to mind; viciṃtayaṃtī yamananyamānasā S. 4. 1.
     (3) To take into consideration, have regard to, regard; asmānsādhu viciṃtya saṃmayadhanānuccaiḥkulaṃ cātmanaḥ S. 4. 16.
     (3) To intend, fix upon, determine.
     (5) To devise, find out, discover.
     (6) To imagine.
     (7) To perceive, observe (Ved.).

vicinvakaḥ
     (1) Search.
     (2) Investigation.
     (3) A hero.

vicīrṇa a.
     (1) Occupied by, wandered through.
     (2) Entered.

vicetana a.
     (1) Senseless, lifeless, unconscious, dead.
     (2) Inanimate; Ku. 4. 33.

vicetas a.
     (1) Senseless, stupid, ignorant.
     (2) Perplexed, confounded, sad.
     (3) Malevolent, wicked.

viceṣṭ 1 A.
     (1) To stir, move, be in motion, move about.
     (2) To act, behave.
     (3) To exert oneself, strive, try.
     (4) To roll, wallow, struggle, writhe.

viceṣṭā
     (1) Effort, exertion.
     (2) Movement.
     (3) Conduct, behaviour.

viceṣṭita p. p.
     (1) Striven, tried, struggled.
     (2) Examined, investigated.
     (3) Misdone, done foolishly. --taṃ
     (1) An act, a deed.
     (2) Effort, movement, undertaking, enterprise.
     (3) Gesture.
     (4) Working, sensation, play; kimapi cedamanaṃgaviceṣṭitaṃ V. 2. 9.
     (5) Machination.

vicch I. 6 P. (vicchati, also vicchāyati-te) To go, move. --II. 10 U. (vicchayati-te)
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To speak.

vicchaṃdaḥ, vicchaṃdakaḥ A palace, a large building having several stories (īśvaragṛha).

vicchardakaḥ A palace; see vicchaṃda above.

vicchardanam Vomiting, ejecting.

vicchardita p. p.
     (1) Vomited, ejected.
     (2) Neglected, disregarded.
     (3) Given up, abandoned, left; Māl. 7, U. 1.
     (4) Marred, impaired, lessened; Māl. 7.

vicchāya a. Pale, dim; Ratn. 1. 26. --yaḥ A gem, jewel. --yaṃ The shadow of a flock of birds.

vicchid 7 U.
     (1) To cut off, break, tear asunder, divide; yadardhe vicchinnaṃ bhavati kṛtasaṃdhānamiva tat S. 1. 9; R. 16. 20; Bh. 1. 96.
     (2) To interrupt, break off, terminate, end, destroy, make extinct (as a family); vicchidyamāne'pi kule parasya Bk. 3. 52; Amaru. 74.

vicchittiḥ f.
     (1)
          (a) Cutting off or asunder, tearing off; Bh. 3. 11.
          (b) Breaking off, fracture.
     (2) Dividing, separating.
     (3) Disappearance, absence, loss.
     (4) Cessation.
     (5) Colouring the body with paints and unguents, painting colours, rouge; vicchittiśeṣaiḥ surasuṃdarīṇāṃ S. 7. 5; Śi. 16. 84.
     (6) Limit, boundary (of a house &c.).
     (7) A pause in a verse, caesura.
     (8) A particular kind of amorous gesture, consisting in carelessness in dress and decoration (through pride of personal beauty); stokāpyākalparacanā vicchittiḥ kāṃtipoṣakṛt S. D. 138.

vicchinna p. p.
     (1) Torn asunder, cut off.
     (2) Broken, severed, divided, separated; S. 1. 9.
     (3) Interrupted, prevented.
     (4) Ended, ceased, terminated.
     (5) Variegated.
     (6) Hidden.
     (7) Smeared or painted with unguents.
     (8) Crooked, curved.

vicchedaḥ
     (1) Cutting asunder, cutting, dividing, separation; Māl. 6. 11.
     (2) Breaking; Śi. 8. 51.
     (3) Break, interruption, cessation, discontinuance; vicchedamāpa bhuvi yastu kathāprabaṃdhaḥ K.; piṃḍavicchedadarśinaḥ R. 1. 66.
     (4) Removal, prohibition.
     (5) Dissension.
     (6) A section, or division of a book.
     (7) Interval, space.
     (8) Interruption in family succession, failure of issue.

vicchedanam Cutting off, breaking &c.; see viccheda.

vicchur 6. P.
     (1) To smear, anoint, cover, coat; manaḥśilāvicchuritā niṣeduḥ Ku. 1. 55; Ch. P. 11; V. 4. 42.
     (2) To set, inlay.

vicchurita p. p.
     (1) Covered, overspread, coated.
     (2) Inlaid.
     (3) Besmeared, anointed.

vicyu 1 A.
     (1) To deviate or swerve from.
     (2) To fall to pieces,
     (3) To err, make mistake. --Caus. To throw down or destroy.

vicyuta p. p.
     (1) Fallen down, slipped off.
     (2) Displaced, thrown down from.
     (3) Deviated or swerving from.
     (4) Separated from the living part, sloughed.

vicyutiḥ f.
     (1) Falling down from, severance, separation.
     (2) Decline, decay, downfall.
     (3) Deviation.
     (4) Miscarriage, failure; as in garbhavicyutiḥ.

vij I. 3 U. (vevekti, vevikte, vikta)
     (1) To separate, divide.
     (2) To distinguish, discern, discriminate (usually with vi and allied to vic with vi q. v.) --II. 6 A., 7 P. (vijate, vinākti, vigna)
     (1) To shake, tremble.
     (2) To be agitated, tremble with fear.
     (3) To fear, be afraid; cakraṃda vignā kurarīva bhūyaḥ R. 14. 68.
     (4) To be distressed or afflicted. --Caus. (vejayati-te) To terrify, frighten.

vigna p. p.
     (1) Trembling, agitated.
     (2) Frightened, alarmed.

vij m. A bird; a die (?).

vijitṛ m.
     (1) A discriminator, judge.
     (2) A partner, coheir.

vijan 4 A.
     (1) To be born or produced.
     (2) To generate, produce.
     (3) To grow, arise, spring.
     (4) To be changed or transformed.

vijana a. Lonely, retired, solitary. --naṃ A solitary place, retreat (vijane means 'privately').

vijananam Birth, procreation, delivery.

vijanman a. or m. A bastard, one born illegitimately. --n. Birth.

vijāta p. p.
     (1) Base-born, of mixed origin.
     (2) Born, produced.
     (3) Transformed. --tā A mother, matron, a woman who has given birth to children.

vijātiḥ f.
     (1) Different origin,
     (2) Different kind, species or tribe.

vijātīya a.
     (1) Of a different kind or species, dissimilar, unlike.
     (2) Of different caste or tribe.
     (3) Of mixed origin.

vijapilam Mud.

vijayaṃtaḥ N. of Indra.

vijara a. Young, fresh. --raṃ A stalk.

vijalpaḥ
     (1) Prattle, idle or foolish talk.
     (2) Talk or speech in general.
     (3) A malignant or spiteful speech.

vijalpita p. p.
     (1) Spoken, talked; parihāsavijalpitaṃ sakhe (vacaḥ) S. 2. 18.
     (2) Prated, babbled.

viji 1 A.
     (1) To conquer, defeat, overcome, subdue; vyajeṣṭa ṣaḍvargaṃ Bk. 1. 2; prāyastvanmukhasevayā vijayate viśvaṃ sa puṣpāyudhaḥ Gīt. 10; Bk. 2. 39; 15. 39.
     (2) To surpass, excel; cakṣurmecakamaṃbujaṃ vijayate Vb. 1. 33.
     (3) To win, acquire by conquest; bhujavijitavimāna R. 12. 104; vijitāripuraḥ 1. 59; Śānti. 2. 14.
     (4) To be victorious, be supreme or pre-eminent; vijayatāṃ devaḥ S. 5; rahasyaṃ sādhūnāmanupadhi viśuddhaṃ vijayate U. 2. 2; Mal. 2. 4.

vijayaḥ
     (1) Overcoming, vanquishing, defeating.
     (2) Conquest, victory, triumph; digvijayādārabhya 'conquest of the world;' Ki. 10. 35; R. 12. 44; Ku. 3. 19; S. 2. 14.
     (3) A chariot of the gods, celestial chariot.
     (4) N. of Arjuna; the Mb. thus explains the name: --abhiprayāmi saṃgrāme yadahaṃ yuddhadumadān . nājitvā vinivartāmi tena māṃvijayaṃ viduḥ ...
     (4) An epithet of Yama.
     (5) N. of the first year of Jupiter's cycle.
     (6) N. of an attendant of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --abhyupāyaḥ a means of victory.
          --īśaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --kuṃjaraḥ a war-elephant.
          --chaṃdaḥ a necklace of 500 strings.
          --ḍiṃḍibhaḥ a large military drum.
          --nagaraṃ N. of a town.
          --mardalaḥ a large military drum.
          --siddhiḥ f. success, victory, triumph.

vijayā
     (1) N. of Durgā.
     (2) N. of one of her female attendants; Mu. 1. 1.
     (3) N. of a lore taught by Viśvāmitra to Rāma; Bk. 2. 21.
     (4) Hemp.
     (5) N. of a festival = vijayotsava, see below.
     (6) Yellow myrobalan.
     -- Comp.
          --utsavaḥ a festival in honour of Durgā held on the 10th day of the bright half of Aśvina.
          --daśamī the tenth day of the bright half of Aśvina, observed as a great holiday and commonly known as Dasarā.
          --saptamī the seventh day of the bright half of a month falling on a Sunday.

vijayin m. A conqueror, victor. vijigīṣā
     (1) Desire to conquer or overcome.
     (2) Desire to surpass emulation, competition, ambition.

vijigīṣu a.
     (1) Desirous of victory, wishing to conquer; yaśase vijigīṣūṇāṃ R. 1. 7.
     (2) Emulous, ambitious. --ṣuḥ
     (1) A warrior, a hero.
     (2) Antagonist, a disputant, an opponent.

vijita p. p. Subdued, conquered, overcome, defeated.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. self-subdued, selfcontrolled.
          --iṃdriya a. having the organs of sense subdued or controlled.

vijitiḥ f. Conquest, victory, triumph; Kāv. 3. 85.

vijinaḥ --naṃ(laḥ, --laṃ) A sauce (mixed with gruel).

vijihma a. Crooked, bent, turned away; kṛtaṃ na vā kopavijihmamānanaṃ Ki. 1. 21; R. 19. 35.
     (2) Dishonest.

vijulaḥ The silk-cotton tree.

vijṛṃbh 1 A.
     (1) To yawn, gape, open the mouth; vyajṛṃbhiṣata cāpare Bk. 15. 108; vijṛṃbhitamivāṃtarikṣeṇa Mk. 5.
     (2) To open, expand (as a flower)
     (3) To spread everywhere, pervade, fill; sukhaśravā maṃgalatūryanisvanāḥ ... na kevalaṃ sadmani māgadhīpateḥ pathi vyajṛṃbhaṃta divaukasāmapi R. 3. 19; 12. 72; rajoṃdhakārasya vijṛṃbhitasya 7. 42.
     (4) To rise, appear, show, manifest oneself; tatkhalvidaṃ vijṛṃbhate Māl. 7.
     (5) To spring back (as a bow).
     (6) To display activity.
     (7) To become increased or developed.

vijṛṃbhaṇam
     (1) Gaping, yawning.
     (2) Blossoming, budding, blowing, opening; vaneṣu sāyaṃtanamallikānāṃ vijṛṃbhaṇodgaṃdhiṣu kuḍmaleṣu R. 16. 47.
     (3) Exhibiting, displaying, unfolding.
     (4) Expanding.
     (5) Pastime, amorous sport.

vijṛṃbhita p. p.
     (1) Gaped, yawned; Mk. 5. 51.
     (2) Opened, blown, expanded.
     (3) Displayed, exhibited, manifested; R. 7. 42; U. 6. 2.
     (4) Appeared.
     (5) Sported. --taṃ 1 Sport, pastime.
     (2) Wish, desire.
     (3) Display, exhibition; ajñānavijṛṃbhitametat.
     (4) An act, action, conduct; Māl. 10. 21.
     (5) Fruit, result.

vijjanaṃ --lam 1 A kind of sauce; see vijula.
     (2) An arrow.

vijjila = vijina.

vijjulam Cinnamon.

vijñā 9 U.
     (1) To know, be aware of; Bh. 3. 21.
     (2) To learn, comprehend, understand.
     (3) To ascertain, find out, learn from.
     (4) To regard, know to be, consider as.
     (5) To discern, discriminate, distinguish.
     (6) To be familiar with.
     (7) To become wise or learned; Ms. 4. 20. --Caus. (vijñāpayati)
     (1) To request, beg (opp. ājñāpayati); sītāāryaputra asti me vijñāpyaṃ; rāmaḥ --nanvājñāpaya U. 1; R. 5. 20.
     (2) To communicate, inform.
     (3) To say, speak in general.
     (4) To teach, instruct.

vijña, vijānat a.
     (1) Knowing, intelligent, wise, learned.
     (2) Clever, skilful, proficient. --jñaḥ A wise or learned man.

vijñapta p. p.
     (1) Respectfully told, requested.
     (2) Made known, informed.

vijñaptiḥ f. 1 A respectful statement or communication, a request, an entreaty.
     (2) An announcement.

vijñāta p. p.
     (1) Known, understood, perceived.
     (2) Well-known, celebrated, famous.

vijñānam
     (1) Knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, understanding; Pt. 1. 24; 5. 3; vijñānamayaḥ kośaḥ 'the sheath of intelligence' (the first of the five sheaths of the soul).
     (2) Discrimination, discernment.
     (3) Skill, proficiency; prayogavijñānaṃ S. 1. 2.
     (4) Worldly or profane knowledge, knowledge derived from worldly experience (opp. jñāna which is 'knowledge of Brahma or Supreme Spirit'); jñānaṃ tehaṃ savijñānamidaṃ vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ Bg. 7. 2, 3. 41; (the whole of the 7th Adhyāya of Bg. explains jñāna and vijñāna).
     (5) Business, employment.
     (6) Music.
     (7) Knowledge of the fourteen lores.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvaraḥ N. of the author of the Mitākṣara, a commentary on Yājṇavalkya's Smṛti.
          --pādaḥ N. of Vyāsa.
          --mātṛkaḥ an epithet of Buddha.
          --vādaḥ the theory of knowledge, the doctrine taught by Buddha.

vijñānika a. Wise, learned; see vijña.

vijñāpakaḥ
     (1) An informant.
     (2) A teacher, an instructor.

vijñāpanaṃ --nā
     (1) Respectful statement or communication, a request, an entreaty; kālaprayuktā khalu kāryavidbhirvijñāpanā bhartṛṣu siddhimeti Ku. 7. 93; R. 17. 40.
     (2) Information, representation.
     (3) Instruction.

vijñāpita p. p.
     (1) Respectfully told or communicated.
     (2) Requested.
     (3) Informed.
     (4) Instructed.

vijñāpti See vijñapti.

vijñāpyam A request; U. 1.

vijvara a. Free from fever, anxiety or distress.

viṃjāmaram The white of the eye.

viṃjoli --lī f. A line, row.

viṭ 1 P. (veṭati)
     (1) To sound.
     (2) To curse, rail at.

viṭaḥ [viṭ-ka]
     (1) A paramour; tvadvatsalaḥ kva sa tapasvijanasya haṃtā kanyāviṭaḥ patirasau parirakṣatu tvāṃ Māl. 8. 8; Śi. 4. 48.
     (2) A voluptuary, sensualist.
     (3) (In dramas) The companion of a prince or dissolute young man, or of a courtezan (who is described as being skilled in the arts of singing, music, and poetry and as a parasite on familiar terms with his associate to whom he nearly serves the purpose of the Vidūṣaka; see inter alia Mk. acts 1, 5, and 8); for definition, see S. D. 78.
     (4) A rogue, cheat.
     (5) A catamite.
     (6) A rat.
     (7) The Khadira tree.
     (8) The orange tree.
     (9) A branch together with its shoot. (10) A mineral salt.
     -- Comp.
          --mākṣikaṃ a kind of mineral.
          --lavaṇaṃ a medicinal salt.

viṭaṃkaḥ
     (1) An aviary, dove-cot.
     (2) The loftiest point, pinnacle, elevation; ayameva mahīdharaviṭaṃkaḥ Māl. 10; Vikr. 5. 77.

viṭaṃkaka See viṭaṃka.

viṭaṃkita a. Marked, stamped.

viṭapaḥ [viṭaṃ vistāraṃ vā pāti pibati pā- ka Tv.]
     (1) A branch, bough (of a creeper or tree); komalaviṭapānukāriṇau bāhū S. 1. 21, 32; yadanena tarurta pātitaḥ kṣapitā tadviṭapāśritā latā R. 8. 47; Śi. 4. 48; Ku. 6. 41.
     (2) A bush.
     (3) A new shoot or sprout; Śi. 7. 53.
     (4) A cluster, clump, thicket.
     (5) Extension.
     (6) The septum of the scrotum.

viṭapin m. [viṭapa-astyarthe ini]
     (1) A tree; parito dṛṣṭāśca viṭapinaḥ sarve Bv. 1. 21, 29.
     (2) The fig-tree.
     -- Comp.
          --mṛgaḥ a monkey, an ape.

viṭiḥ --ṭī f. Yellow sandal.

viṭṭha(ṭhṭha)laḥ N. of a form of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa (worshipped at Pandharpur in the Bombay presidency).

viṭhaṃka a. Bad, vile, base, low.

viṭharaḥ N. of Bṛhaspati.

viḍ 1 P. (veḍati)
     (1) To curse, rail at, revile.
     (2) To cry out loudly.

viḍam A kind of artificial salt.

viḍaṃga a. Clever, skilful. --gaḥ, --gaṃ N. of a vegetable and medicinal substance (largely used as a vermifuge).

viḍaṃb 10 U.
     (1) To imitate, copy, resemble; (taṃ) ṛturviḍaṃbayāmāsa na punaḥ prāpa tacchriyaṃ R. 4. 17; vapuḥprakarṣeṇa viḍaṃbiteśvaraḥ 3. 52; 13. 29; 16. 11; Ki. 5. 46; 12. 38; Śi. 1. 6; 12. 5; 16. 58.
     (2) To ridicule, deride, mock; saṃmohayaṃti madayaṃti viḍaṃbayaṃti nibhartsayaṃti ramayaṃti viṣādayaṃti Bh. 1. 22; yathā na viḍaṃbyase janaiḥ K. 109.
     (3) To cheat, deceive; evamātmābhiprāyasaṃbhāviteṣṭajanacittavṛttiḥ prārthayitā viḍaṃbya. te S. 2.
     (4) To afflict, pain, molest.
     (5) To transform, distort.

viḍaṃbaḥ
     (1) Imitation.
     (2) Distressing, afflicting, molesting.

viḍaṃbanaṃ --nā
     (1) Imitation.
     (2) Disguise, imposture.
     (3) Deception, fraud.
     (4) Vexation, mortification.
     (5) Paining, distressing.
     (6) Disappointing.
     (7) Ridiculousness, mockery, a matter for laughter; iyaṃ ca te'nyā purato viḍaṃbanā Ku. 5. 70; asati tvayi vāruṇīmadaḥ pramadānāmadhunā viḍaṃbanā 4. 12.

viḍaṃbita p. p.
     (1) Imitated, copied.
     (2) Mocked, ridiculed.
     (3) Deceived.
     (4) Vexed, mortified.
     (5) Frustrated.
     (6) Low, abject, poor. --taṃ An object of ridicule.

viḍārakaḥ A cat.

viḍāla, viḍālaka See biḍāla, biḍālaka.

viḍīnam One of the several modes of flight of birds; see ḍīna.

viḍulaḥ A sort of cane.

viḍūrajam Lapis lazuli.

viḍo(ḍau)jas m. N. of Indra.

vitaṃsaḥ 1 A bird-cage.
     (2) A rope, chain, fetter &c. to confine beasts or birds.

vitaṃḍaḥ
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) A sort of lock or bolt.

vitaṃḍā
     (1) A captious objection, idle carping, a frivolous or fallacious argument or controversy (one of the sixteen padārthas or categories in Nyāya philosophy); sa (jalpaḥ) pratipakṣasthāpanāhīno vitaṃḍā Gaut. S.
     (2) Wrangling, captious criticism in general.
     (3) A spoon, ladle.
     (4) Benzoin.
     (5) The oleander plant.

vitatha a. Untrue, false; ājanmano na bhavatā vitathaṃ kiloktaṃ Ve. 3. 13, 5. 41; R. 9. 8.
     (2) Vain, futile; as in vitathaprayatna R. 2. 42.

vitathya a. False; see above.

vitathayati Den. P. To make false; Śi. 7. 8.

vitadruḥ f. N. of a river in the Pañjāb.

vitan 8 U.
     (1) To spread, stretch; sphuritavitatajihvaḥ Mk. 9. 12; Ki. 15. 53, Śi. 5. 38, 14. 53.
     (2) To cover, fill; prasvedabiṃduvitataṃ vadanaṃ priyāyāḥ Ch. P. 9; yo vitatva sthitaḥ khaṃ Me. 58.
     (3) To form, make; śreṇībaṃdhādvitanvaddhirastaṃbhāṃ toraṇasrajaṃ R. 1. 41; Ki. 16. 51.
     (4) To stretch, string (as a bow); U. 6. 1; Bk. 3. 47.
     (5) To cause, produce, create, give, bestow; V. 1. 4.
     (6) To write or compose (as a work); virāṭaparvapradyotī bhāvadīpo vitanyate.
     (7) To do or perform (as a sacrifice or any other rite); Ku. 2. 46.
     (8) To unfold, manifest, exhibit, show; Māl. 9. 11.
     (9) To perform, carry out, accomplish. (10) To prepare, make ready.

vitata p. p.
     (1) Spread out, extended, stretched.
     (2) Elongated, large, broad.
     (3) Performed, accomplished, effected; vitatayajñaḥ S. 7. 34.
     (4) Covered.
     (5) Diffused; (see tan with vi). --taṃ Any stringed instrument, such as a lute &c.
     -- Comp.
          --dhanvan a. one who has fully drawn or stretched his bow.

vitatiḥ f.
     (1) Extension, expansion.
     (2) Quantity, collection, cluster, clump.
     (3) A line, row; Māl. 9. 47.

vitanu a. 1 Delicate.
     (2) Beautiful.

vitaṃtuḥ A good horse. --f. A widow.

vitaṃtrī A disordered or discordant lute; Ku. 1. 45.

vitap
     (1) A. To shine; ravirbitapate'tyarthaṃ Bk. 8. 14.
     (2) To warm, heat.
     (3) To warm oneself.

vitamas a.
     (1) Light.
     (2) Free from darkness or the quality of ignorance (tamas).

vitark 10 U.
     (1) To guess, conjecture.
     (2) To think, suppose, believe.
     (3) To reflect, reason.
     (4) To expect, anticipate.
     (5) To find out, discover, ascertain.

vitarkaḥ
     (1) Argument, reasoning, inference.
     (2) Guess, conjecture, supposition, belief; śirīṣapuṣpādhikasaukumāryau bāhū tadīyāviti me vitarkaḥ Ku. 1. 41.
     (3) Fancy, thought; Bh. 3. 45.
     (4) Doubt; Ki. 4. 5, 13. 2.
     (5) Deliberation, discussion.
     (6) A teacher in divine knowledge.

vitarkaṇam
     (1) Reasoning.
     (2) Conjecturning, guessing.
     (3) Doubt.
     (4) Discussion.

vitardiḥ, --rdī, vitardikā f.
     (1) A raised seat of a quadrangular shape in a court-yard.
     (2) A balcony, verandah.

vitarddhiḥ --rddhī, vitarddhikā f. See vitardi &c.

vitalam The second of the seven lower regions under the earth, see pātāla or loka.

vitastā N. of a river in the Punjab called Hydaspes by the Greeks and now called Jhelum or Betustā.

vitastiḥ [cf. Uṇ. 4. 181] A measure of length equal to 12 angulas (being the distance between the extended thumb and the little finger).

vitāna a.
     (1) Vacant, empty.
     (2) Pithless.
     (3) Dismayed, sad; kṣitipatimaṃḍalamanyato vitānaṃ R. 6. 86.
     (4) Dull, stupid.
     (5) Wicked, abandoned. --naḥ, --naṃ
     (1) Spreading out, expansion, extension; Śi. 11. 28.
     (2) An awning, a canopy; vidyullekhākanakaruciraśrīrvitānaṃ mamābdaḥ V. 4. 4; R. 19. 39; Ki. 3. 42; Śi. 3. 50.
     (3) A cushion.
     (4) A collection, quantity, an assemblage; prastāraspagitā ivonmukhamaṇijyotirvitānairdiśaḥ Māl. 6. 5; Ki. 17. 61.
     (5) A sacrifice; an oblation; vitāneṣvapye vaṃ tava mama ca some vidhirabhūta Ve. 6. 30, 3. 16, Śi. 14. 10.
     (6) The sacrificial hearth or altar.
     (7) Season, opportunity. --naṃ Leisure, rest.

vitānakaḥ --kam
     (1) An expanse.
     (2) A heap, quantity, collection, mass; Śi. 3. 6.
     (3) An awning, a canopy.
     (4) The tree called Māda.

vitānāyate Den. A. To act or serve as an awning; Māl. 9. 15.

vitānīkṛ 8 U. To spread or extend over (as a canopy), overshadow.

vitunnam
     (1) The pot-herb called suniṣaṇṇaka.
     (2) The plant called śaivāla.

vitunnakam
     (1) Coriander-seed.
     (2) Blue vitriol. --kaḥ The plant called tāmalakī.

vituṣṭa p. p. Dissatisfied, displeased, discontented.

vitṛṣṇa a. Free from desire, content.

vitṝ 1 P.
     (1) To cross or pass over, go beyond; R. 6. 77.
     (2) To give, grant, impart, confer or bestow on, vouchsafe, favour with; bhagavān māraciste darśanaṃ vitarati S. 7; vitarati guruḥ prājñe vidyāṃ yathaiva tathā jaḍe U. 2. 4; vitarati nṛpo nocitamahā Pt. 1. 11; U. 3. 48; nivāsahetoruṭajaṃ viteruḥ R. 14. 81; Māl. 1. 3; 6. 7; 9. 5, 44.
     (3) To cause, produce; jyotsnāśaṃkāmiha vitarati haṃsaśreṇī Ki. 5. 31.
     (4) To carry over, ferry over.
     (5) To give (as medicine), apply a remedy.
     (6) To do, perform.
     (7) To forgive, pardon.
     (8) To increase, enhance. --Caus. To carry through, accomplish (fig. also).

vitaraṇam
     (1) Crossing over.
     (2) A gift, donation, present; pūrṇāśā vahavaḥ kṛtā vitaraṇairyena tvayā yācakāḥ Subhāṣ.
     (3) Giving up, leaving, abandoning.

vitīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Crossed or passed over.
     (2) Given, bestowed, imparted; U. 3. 25, Śi. 7. 67, 17. 15.
     (3) Gone down, descended, R. 6. 77.
     (4) Conveyed.
     (5) Subdued, overcome (see tṝ with vi).

vitta 10 U. (vittayati-te; vittāpayatite also according to some) To give away, give as alms.

vitta p. p. [vid lābhe kta]
     (1) Found, discovered.
     (2) Gained, acquired.
     (3) Examined, investigated.
     (4) Known, famous. --ttaṃ
     (1) Wealth, possessions, property, substance.
     (2) Power.
     -- Comp.
          --āgamaḥ, --upārjanaṃ acquisition of wealth.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of Kubera; Bg. 10. 23; Ms. 7. 4.
          --jāni a. one who has married a wife.
          --daḥ a donor, benefactor.
          --mātrā property.
          --vardhana a. profitable, lucrative.
          --samāgamaḥ acquisition of wealth, income; Pt. 1. 425.

vittavat a. Rich, wealthy.

vittiḥ f. [vid-ktin]
     (1) Knowledge.
     (2) Judgment, discrimination, thought.
     (3) Gain, acquisition.
     (4) Likelihood.

vitras 1. 4. P. To be frightened or terrified; vitrastamugdhahariṇīsadṛśaiḥ kaṭākṣaiḥ Bh. 1. 9. --Caus. To terrify, frighten.

vitrāsaḥ Fear, alarm, terror.

vitsanaḥ An ox, a bull.

vith 1 A. (vethate) To beg, ask.

vithuraḥ 1 A demon.
     (2) A thief. --rā A widow; cf. vidhurā.

vid I. 2 P. (vetti or veda, vivedavidāṃcakāra, avedīt, vetsyati, vettuṃ, vidita; desid. vividiṣati)
     (1) To know, understand, learn, find out, ascertain, discover; na caitadvidmaḥ kataranno garīyo yadvā jayema yadi vā no jayeyuḥ Bg. 2. 5; ta mohāṃdhaḥ kathamayamamuṃ vettu devaṃ purāṇaṃ Ve. 1. 23, 3. 39; S. 5. 27, R. 3. 43; Bg. 4. 34, 18. 1.
     (2) To feel, experience; Mu. 3. 4.
     (3) To look upon, regard, consider, know or take to be; ya enaṃ vetti haṃtāṃra Bg. 2. 19; viddhi vyādhivyālagrastaṃ loka śokahataṃ ca samastaṃ Moha M. 5; Bg. 2. 17; Ms. 1. 33; Ku. 6. 30. --Caus. (vedayati-te)
     (1) To make known, communicate, inform, apprise, tell.
     (2) To teach, expound; vedārthaṃ svānavedayat Sk.
     (3) To feel, experience; Ms. 12. 13. --II. 4 A. (vidyate, vitta)
     (1) To be, to exist; apāpānāṃ kule jāte mayi pāpaṃ na vidyate Mk. 9. 37; nāsato vidyate bhāvo nābhāvo vidyate sataḥ Bg. 2. 16; (cf. the root
     (1) as).
     (2) To happen. --III. 6 U. (viṃdati-te, vitta)
     (1) To get, obtain, acquire, gain; ekamapyāsthitaḥ samyagubhayorvidaṃte phalaṃ Bg. 5. 4; Y. 3. 192.
     (2) To find, discover, recognise; yathā dhenusarhasreṣu vatso viṃdati mātaraṃ Subhaṣ.; Ms. 8. 109.
     (3) To feel, experience; R. 14. 56; Bg. 5. 21, 11. 24, 18. 45.
     (4) To marry; Ms. 9. 69. --IV. 7 A. (viṃtte, vitta or vinna)
     (1) To know, understand.
     (2) To consider, regard, take for; na tṛṇehmīti lokoyaṃ viṃtte māṃ niṣparākramaṃ Bk. 6. 39.
     (3) To find, meet with.
     (4) To reason, reflect.
     (5) To examine, inquire into. --V. 10 A. (vedayate)
     (1) To tell, declare, announce, communicate.
     (2) To feel, experience.
     (3) To dwell. (The following verse illustrates the root in some of its conjugations: --vetti sarvāṇi śāstrāṇi garvastasya na vidyate . viṃtte dharmaṃ sadā sadbhisteṣu pūjāṃ ca viṃdati ..; cf. also: --sattāyāṃ vidyate jñāne vetti viṃtte vicāraṇe . viṃdate viṃdati prāptau śyanluk śnamśeṣvidaṃ kramāt ..). [cf. L. video; A. S. witan; Goth. vait].

vid a. (At the end of comp.) Knowing, conversant with; vedavid &c. --m.
     (1) The planet Mercury.
     (2) A learned man, wise man. --f.
     (1) Knowledge.
     (2) Understanding, intellect.

vidaḥ
     (1) A learned man, wise man or Paṇḍita.
     (2) The planet Mercury. --dā
     (1) Knowledge, learning.
     (2) Understanding.

vidita p. p.
     (1) Known, understood, learnt; aviditagatayāmā rātrireva vyaraṃsīt U. 1. 27.
     (2) Informed.
     (3) Renowned, celebrated, well-known; bhuvanavidite vaṃśe Me. 6.
     (4) Promised, agreed to. --taḥ A learned man, scholar. --taṃ
     (1) Knowledge, information.
     (2) Celebrity, fame.
     (3) Acquisition, gaining.

vidaṃśaḥ Pungent food such as excites thirst.

vidagdha p. p.
     (1) Burnt up, consumed by fire.
     (2) Cooked.
     (3) Digested.
     (4) Destroyed, decomposed.
     (5) Clever, shrewd, sharp, subtle; Pt. 1. 164; U. 4. 21.
     (6) Crafty, artful, intriguing.
     (7) Unburnt or ill-digested.
     (8) Lovely, charming.
     (9) Respectable (as dress &c.). --gdhaḥ 1 A wise or learned man, scholar.
     (2) A libertine. --gdhā A shrewd and clever woman, an artful woman.

vidagdhatā --tvam Shrewdenss, cleverness; skill, elegance &c.

vidathaḥ 1 A learned man, scholar.
     (2) An ascetic, a sage.
     (3) Ved. A sacrifice. --thaṃ Ved. 1 Knowledge.
     (2) A sacrifice.
     (3) A battle (?)

vidaraḥ Breaking, bursting, rending. --raṃ The prickly pear.

vidarbhāḥ (m. pl.) [vigatāḥ darbhāḥ kuśā yataḥ Tv.]
     (1) N. of a district, the modern Berar; asti vidarbho nāma janapadaḥ Dk.; asti vidarbheṣu padmapuraṃ nāma nagaraṃ Māl. 1; R. 5. 40, 60; N. 1. 50.
     (2) The natives of Vidarbha. --rbhaḥ 1 A king of the Vidarbhas.
     (2) Any dry or desert soil.
     -- Comp.
          --jā, --tanayā, --rājatanayā, --subhrūḥ epithets of Damayantī, daughter of the king of the Vidarbhas.
          --jā N. of the wife of Agastya.

vidal 1 P.
     (1) To break, split, crack; tvadiṣubhirvyadaliṣyadasāvapi N. 4. 88.
     (2) To dig up.
     (3) To open, expand.

vidala a.
     (1) Split, rent asunder.
     (2) Opened, blown (as a flower &c.). --laḥ
     (1) Dividing, separating.
     (2) Rending, splitting.
     (3) A cake.
     (4) Mountain ebony. --laṃ
     (1) A basket of split bamboos or any vessel of wicker-work.
     (2) The bark of pomegranate.
     (3) A twig.
     (4) The chips of a substance.
     (5) Split peas.

vidalanam Splitting, rending asunder, cutting, dividing.

vidāruḥ A lizard.

vidāhaḥ
     (1) Burning.
     (2) Great heat, inflammation.
     (3) Pungency, sharpness.

vidāhin m. A substance causing inflammation.

vidiś f. An intermediate point of the compass.

vidiśā 1 N. of the capital of the district called daśārṇa; teṣāṃ (daśārṇānāṃ) dikṣu prathitavidiśālakṣaṇāṃ rājadhānīṃ Me. 24.
     (2) N. of a river in Mālvā.
     (3) = vidiś q. v.

viduḥ
     (1) The middle of the frontal globes on an elephant's forehead (hastikuṃbhamadhyabhāgaḥ).
     (2) A hippopotamus.

vidura a. [vid-kurac P. III. 2. 162] Wise, intelligent. --raḥ
     (1) A wise or learned man.
     (2) A crafty man, an intriguer.
     (3) N. of the younger brother of Pāṇḍu. [When Satyavat; found that both the sons begotten by Vyāsa upon her two daughters-in-law were physically incapacitated for the throne-Dhṛtarāṣṭra being blind and Paṇdu pale and sickly-she asked them to seek the assistance of Vyāsa once more. But being frightened by the austere look of the sage, the elder widow sent one of her slave-girls dressed in her own clothes, and this girl became the mother of Vidura. He is remarkable for his great wisdom, righteousness, and strict impartiality. He particularly loved the Paṇdavas, and saved them from several critical dangers].

vidulaḥ
     (1) A kind of reed or ratan.
     (2) Gum-myrrh.

vidūna p. p. Afflicted, tormented, distressed.

vidūra a. Remote, distant; saridvidūrāṃtarabhāvatanvī R. 13. 48; U. 6. 39. --raḥ N. of a mountain or city from which the Vaidūrya jewel or lapis lazuli is brought; vidūrabhūmirnavameghaśabdādudbhinnayā ratnaśalākayeva Ku. 1. 24; see Malli thereon, as well as on Śi. 3. 45. (The forms vidūraṃ, vidūreṇa, vidūratas or vidūrāt are often used adverbially in the sense of 'from a distance,' 'from afar', 'at a distance', 'far off'; Māl. 3. 18.).
     -- Comp.
          --ga a. spreading far and wide.
          --jaṃ the lapis lazuli.

vidūṣaka a. (kī f.)
     (1) Defiling, polluting, contaminating, corrupting.
     (2) Detracting, abusing.
     (3) Witty, humorous, jocular. --kaḥ
     (1) A jester, buffoon.
     (2) Particularly, the humorous companion and confidential friend of the hero in a play, who excites mirth by his quaint dress, speeches, gestures, appearances &c., and by allowing himself to be made the butt of ridicule by almost every body); the S. D. thus defines him: --kusumavasaṃtādyabhidhaḥ karmavapurveśabhāṣādyaiḥ . hāsyakaraḥ kalaharatirvidūṣakaḥ syātsvakarmajñaḥ .. 79.
     (3) A libertine, lecher.

vidūṣaṇam
     (1) Pollution, corruption.
     (2) Abuse, reproach, detraction.

vidṛtiḥ A seam.

vidṝ 9 P. or 10 U.
     (1) To split, tear asunder, divide, cut to pieces; aiṃdriḥ kila nakhaistasyā vidadāra stanau dvija R. 12. 22; na vidīrye kaṭhināḥ khalu striyaḥ Ku. 4. 5; R. 15. 33.
     (2) To rend (fig.); cittaṃ vidārayati kasya na kovidāraḥ Rs. 3. 6. sa ghoṣo dhārtarāṣṭrāṇāṃ hṛdayāni vyadārayat Bg. 1. 19. --Pass. To be rent or torn (with grief &c.) --Caus. To rend, tear in pieces, tear or rip up; Māl. 5. 15; 10. 1.

vidāraḥ
     (1) Rending or cutting asunder, splitting.
     (2) War, battle.
     (3) An inundation, overflowing (of a tank, river &c.). --rī A swelling in the groin.

vidārakaḥ
     (1) A tearer, divider.
     (2) A tree or rock in the middle of a stream (which divides its course).
     (3) A hole sunk in water in the bed of a dry river. --kaṃ Alkaline earth.

vidāraṇaḥ
     (1) A tree or rock in the middle of a stream (to which a boat is fastened).
     (2) War, battle.
     (3) The Karṇikāra tree. --ṇā War, battle. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Rending, splitting, tearing, ripping up, breaking, (often with the force of an adj. at the end of comp.); śrutaṃ sakhe śravaṇavidāraṇaṃ vacaḥ Mu. 5. 6; yuvajanahṛdayavidāraṇamanasijanakharucikriṃśukrajāle Gīt. 1, Ki. 14. 54.
     (2) Afflicting, tormenting.
     (3) Killing, slaughter.

vidīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Torn, split, rent asunder, split open.
     (2) Opened, expanded; (see dṝ with vi).

videśaḥ Another country, foreign land or country; bhajate videśamadhikena jitastadanupraveśamathavā kuśalaḥ Śi. 9. 48; ko vīrasya manasvinaḥ svaviṣayaḥ ko bā videśastathā H. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. exotic, foreign.

videśin, videśīya a. Foreign, exotic. --m. A foreigner.

videha a.
     (1) Bodiless; incorporeal.
     (2) Trunkless. --hāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a country, the ancient Mithilā (see App. III.); R. 11. 36, 12. 26.
     (2) The natives of this country. --haḥ
     (1) The district Videha.
     (2) N. of Janaka. --hā The same as videha.

viddha p. p. [vyadh-kta]
     (1) Pierced, penetrated; wounded, stabbed.
     (2) Beaten, whipped, lashed.
     (3) Thrown, directed, sent.
     (4) Opposed.
     (5) Resembling. --ddhaṃ A wound.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇa a. having bored ears.

vidman n. Ved. Knowledge.

vidyamāna a.
     (1) Being, existing.
     (2) Present.
     (3) Actual, real.

vidyā [vid-kyap]
     (1) Knowledge, learning, lore, science; (tāṃ) vidyāmabhyasaneneva prasādayitumarhasi R. 1. 88; vidyā nāma narasya rūpamadhikaṃ pracchannaguptaṃ dhanaṃ &c. Bh. 2. 20. (According to some Vidyas are four: --ānvīkṣikī trayī vārtā daṃḍanītiśca śāśvatī Kāmandaka); catasṛṣvapi te vivekinī nṛpa vidyāsu nirūḍhimāgatā Ki. 2. 6; to these four Manu adds a fifth ātmavidyā; see Ms. 7. 43. But the usual number of Vidyās is stated to be fourteen, i. e. the four Vedas, the six Angas, Dharma, Mīmamsā, Tarka or Nyāya and the Purānas; see caturdaśavidyā under catur; and N. 1. 4).
     (2) Right knowledge, spiritual knowledge; U. 6. 6; cf. avidyā.
     (3) A spell, an incantation.
     (4) The goddess Durgā.
     (5) Magical skill.
     -- Comp.
          --anupālin, --anusevin a. acquiring knowledge.
          --abhyāsaḥ, --arjanaṃ, --āgamaḥ acquisition of knowledge, pursuit of learning, study.
          --arthaḥ seeking for knowledge.
          --arthin m. a student, scholar, pupil.
          --ādhāraḥ a receptacle of learning; Māl. 2. 11.
          --āraṃbhaḥ introduction of a boy to learning.
          --ālayaḥ a school, college, any place of learning.
          --upārjanaṃ = vidyārjanaṃ q. v.
          --karaḥ a learned man.
          --caṇa, --caṃcu a. famous for one's learning.
          --dalaḥ the Bhūrja tree.
          --dātṛ m. a teacher, an instructor.
          --dānaṃ teaching, imparting instruction.
          --devī the goddess of learning.
          --dhanaṃ 1. wealth in the form of learning. --2. wealth acquired by learning.
          --dharaḥ, (--rī f.) a class of demigods or semi-divine beings; vidyādharādhyuṣitacāruśilātalāni sthānāni Bh. 3. 70.
          --prāptiḥ = vidyārjana q. v.
          --lābhaḥ 1. acquisition of learning. --2. wealth or any other acquisition made by learning.
          --viśiṣṭa a. distinguished by learning.
          --vihīna a. illiterate, ignorant; Pt. 1. 35.
          --vṛddha a. old in knowledge, advanced in learning.
          --vyasanaṃ, --vyavasāyaḥ pursuit of knowledge.
          --vratasnātaka, --snātakaḥ a Brāhmaṇa who has finished his course of religious studentship (brahmacārivrata).

vidyut 1 A.
     (1) To shine, sparkle, be bright; vyadyotiṣṭa sabhāvedyāmasau naraśikhitrayī Śi. 2. 3; 1. 20.
     (2) To light, illuminate (usually caus. in this sense).

vidyut f.
     (1) Lightning; vātāya kapilā vidyut Mbh.; Me. 38, 115.
     (2) A thunderbolt.
     -- Comp.
          --unmeṣaḥ a flash of lightning.
          --jihvaḥ a kind of demon or Rākṣasa.
          --jvālā, --dyotaḥ a flash or lustre of lightning.
          --dāman n. a flash of zigzag or forked lightning.
          --pātaḥ falling or stroke of lightning.
          --priyaṃ bellmetal.
          --latā, --lekhā (vidyullatā, vidyullekhā) 1. a streak of lightning. --2. forked or zigzag lightning.

vidyutvat a. Having lightning; Me. 64. --m. A cloud; vidyutvāniva cātakaiḥ Ku. 6. 27.

vidyotana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Illuminating, irradiating.
     (2) Illustrating, elucidating.

vidraḥ
     (1) Tearing, splitting, piercing.
     (2) A fissure, hole, cavity.

vidradhiḥ An abscess.

vidrāṇa a. Roused from sleep, awakened.

vidru 1 P.
     (1) To run, run away, retreat; jalasaṃvāta ivāsi vidrutaḥ Ku. 4. 6.
     (2) To melt, dissolve.
     (3) To become divided, burst asunder. --Caus. To put to flight, rout, scare away, disperse, scatter; pratiravābhogabhīṣitanaṣṭavidrāvitāśeṣajananivahaḥ Māl. 3; asau kuṃbhibhrātyā kharanakharavidrāvitamahāgurugrāvagrāmaḥ svapiti girigarbhe haripatiḥ Bv. 1. 52.

vidravaḥ
     (1) Running away, flight, retreat.
     (2) Panic.
     (3) Flowing out.
     (4) Melting, liquefaction.
     (5) Censure, abuse.
     (6) Intellect, understanding.

vidrāva =vidravaḥ q. v.

vidrāvaṇam
     (1) Driving or scaring away, putting to flight, defeating.
     (2) Liquefying.

vidrāvita a.
     (1) Put to flight, routed, chased away.
     (2) Scattered, dispersed: torn asunder.
     (3) Liquefied, fused, melted.

vidruta p. p.
     (1) Flown, fled away, (in panic).
     (2) Agitated, frightened, alarmed.
     (3) Liquid, fluid.

vidrumaḥ
     (1) The coral tree (bearing reddish precious gems called corals).
     (2) A coral; tavādharaspardhiṣu vidrumeṣu R. 13. 13; Ku. 1. 44.
     (3) A young shoot or sprout.
     -- Comp.
          --latā 1. a branch of coral. --2. a kind of perfume.
          --latikā a kind of perfume (nalikā).

vidvas a. [vid-kvasu] (Nom. sing. m. vidvān; f. viduṣī; n. vidvat)
     (1) Knowing (with acc.); ānaṃdaṃ brahmaṇo vidvān na bibheti kadācana; tava vidvānapi tāpakāraṇaṃ R. 8. 76; Ki. 11. 30.
     (2) Wise, learned. --m. A learned or wise man, scholar; kiṃ vastu vidvan gurave pradeyaṃ R. 5. 18.
     -- Comp.
          --kalpa, --deśīya, --deśya a. (vidvatkalpa, vidvaddeśīya, vidvaddeśya) slightly learned, a little learned.
          --janaḥ (vidvajjanaḥ) a learned or wise man, sage.

vidviṣ m., vidvaṣaḥ An enemy, a foe; vidviṣo'pyanunaya Bh. 2. 77; R. 3. 60; Y. 1. 162.

vidviṣṭa p. p. Hated, disliked, odious.

vidveṣaḥ
     (1) Enmity, hatred, odium; Ms. 8. 346.
     (2) Disdainful pride, contempt; vidveṣo'bhimataprāptāvapi gavārdanādaraḥ Bharata.

vidveṣaṇaḥ A hater, an enemy. --ṇī A woman of a resentful temper. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Causing hatred or enmity.
     (2) Enmity, hatred.

vidveṣin, vidveṣṭṛ a. Hating, inimical. --m. A hater, an enemy.

vidh I. 6 P. (vidhati)
     (1) To pierce, cut.
     (2) To honour, worship.
     (3) To rule, govern, administer. --II. 1 A. (vedhate) To ask, beg.

vidhaḥ [vidha-ka ac vā]
     (1) Kind, sort; as in vahuvidha, nānāvidha.
     (2) Mode, manner, form.
     (3) Fold (at the end of comp., especially after numerals); trividha, aṣṭavidha &c.
     (4) The food of elephants.
     (5) Prosperity.
     (6) Penetration.

vidhavanam
     (1) Shaking, agitating.
     (2) Tremor, trembling.

vidhavyam Tremor, agitation.

vidhavā [vigato dhavo yasyāḥ sā] A widow; sā nārī vidhavā jātā gṛhe roditi tatpatiḥ Subhāṣ.
     -- Comp.
          --āvedanaṃ marrying a widow.
          --gāmin m. one who has sexual intercourse with a widow.

vidhas m. N. of Brahman, the creator.

vidhā 3 U.
     (1) To do, make, bring about, effect, accomplish, perform, cause, produce, occasion; yathākramaṃ puṃsavanādikāḥ kriyā dhṛteśca dhīraḥ sadṛśīrvyadhatta saḥ R. 3. 10; tanno devā vidheyāsuḥ Bk. 19. 2; vidheyāsurdevāḥ paramaramaṇīyāṃ pariṇatiṃ Māl. 6. 7; prāyaḥ śubhaṃ ca vidadhātyaśubhaṃ ca jaṃtoḥ sarvaṃkaṣā bhagavatī bhavitavyataiva 1. 23; ye dve kālaṃ vidhattaḥ S. 1. 1 'cause, produce, or regulate time'; tasya tasyācalāṃ śraddhāṃ tāmeva vidadhāmyahaṃ Bg. 7. 21; R. 2. 38, 3. 66, Ve. 1. 1, Ki. 1. 3, 16. 62, 18. 28; (these senses may be further modified according to the noun with which vidhā is used; cf. kṛ).
     (2) To lay down, ordain, prescribe, fix, settle, command, enjoin; prāṅnābhivardhanātpuṃso jātakarma vidhīyate Ms. 2. 29, 3. 19; Y. 1. 72; śūdrasya tu savarṇaiva nānyā bhāryā vidhīyate Ms. 9. 157, 3. 118; pāṇiniśca kriyāphalasya kartṛgāmitve satyātmanepadaṃ vidadhāti J. N. V.
     (3) To make, form, shape, create, manufacture; taṃ vedhā vidadhe nūnaṃ sahābhūtasamādhinā R. 1. 29; aṃgāni caṃpakadalaiḥ sa vidhāya nūnaṃ kāṃte kathaṃ ghaṭitavānupalena cetaḥ S. Til. 3.
     (4) To appoint, depute (as a minister).
     (5) To put on, wear; Pt. 1.
     (6) To fix upon, direct towards (as mind &c.); yoge dhairyasamādhisiddhisulabhe buddhiṃ vidhaddhvaṃ budhāḥ Bh. 3. 54, Bg. 2. 44.
     (7) To arrange, put in order.
     (8) To make ready, prepare.
     (9) To settle, fix, establish. (10) To give, grant; Ki. 14. 10.
     (11) To procure, furnish.
     (12) To place, put, lay.

vidhā
     (1) Mode, manner, form.
     (2) Kind, sort.
     (3) Prosperity, affluence.
     (4) The food of elephants, horses &c.
     (5) Penetration.
     (6) Hire, wages.
     (7) Act, action.

vidhātṛ m.
     (1) A maker, creator; Ku. 7. 36.
     (2) The creator, N. of Brahman; vidhātā bhadraṃ no vitaratu manojñāya vidhaye Māl. 6. 7; R. 1. 35, 6. 11; 7. 25.
     (3) A granter, giver, bestower; Ku. 1. 57.
     (4) Fate, destiny; H. 1. 40.
     (5) N. of Viśvakarman.
     (6) N. of Kāma, the god of love.
     (7) Spirituous liquor.
     -- Comp.
          --āyus m. 1. sunshine. --2. the sun-flower.
          --bhūḥ an epithet of Nārada.

vidhātrī Long pepper.

vidhānam
     (1) Arranging, disposing.
     (2) Performing, making, doing, executing; nepathyavidhānaṃ S. 1; ājñā-, yajña- &c.
     (3) Creation, creating; R. 6. 11, 7. 14; Ku. 7. 66.
     (4) Employment, use, application; pratikāravidhānaṃ R. 8. 40.
     (5) Prescribing, enjoining, ordering.
     (6) A rule, precept, ordinance, sacred rule or precept, sacred injunction; Ms. 9. 148; Bg. 16. 24, 17. 24.
     (7) Mode, manner.
     (8) A means or expedient.
     (9) Performance of prescribed acts or rites. (10) A rite, ceremony.
     (11) Gaining, obtaining.
     (12) Affixing, prefixing (as terminations, suffixes &c.).
     (13) The food given to elephants (to make them intoxicated); vidhānasaṃpāditadānaśobhitaiḥ K. (where vidhāna means 'rule' also); utkṣiptahastataladattavidhānapiṃḍasnehasrutisnapitabāhuribhādhirājaṃ Śi. 5. 51.
     (14) Wealth.
     (15) Pain, agony, torment, distress.
     (16) An act of hostility.
     -- Comp.
          --gaḥ, --jñaḥ a wise or learned man.
          --yukta a. in accordance with or conformable to sacred precept.

vidhānakam Distress, affliction, pain.

vidhāyaka a. (yikā f.,) vidhāyin a.
     (1) Arranging, disposing.
     (2) Doing, making, performing, executing.
     (3) Creating.
     (4) Enjoying, prescribing, laying down
     (5) Consigning, committing, delivering (to the care of).

vidhiḥ [vidhā-ki]
     (1) Doing, performance, practice, an act or action; brahmadhyānābhyasanavidhinā yoganidrāṃ gatasya Bh. 3. 41; yogavidhi R. 8. 22; asyāḥ sargavidhau V. 1. 8; letvāvidhi Māl. 1. 35.
     (2) Method, manner, way, means, mode; Pt. 1. 376.
     (3) A rule, commandment, any precept which enjoins something for the first time (as distinguished from niyama and parisaṃkhyā q. q. v. v.); vidhiratyaṃtamaprāptau; ci kīrṣākṛtisādhyatvahetudhīviṣayo vidhiḥ, vahati vidhihutaṃ yā haviḥ S. 1. 1.
     (4) A sacred precept or rule, ordinance, injunction, law, a sacred command, religious commandment (opp. arthavāda which means 'an explanatory statement coupled with legends and illustrations'; see arthavāda); pravṛttiparaṃ vākyaṃ vidhiḥ, as jyotiṣṭomena svargakāmo yajeta; śraddhā vittaṃ vidhiśceti tritayaṃ tatsamāgataṃ S. 7. 29; R. 2. 16.
     (5) Any religious act or ceremony, a rite, ceremony; sa cet svayaṃ karmasu dharmacāriṇāṃ tvamaṃtarāyo bhavasi cyuto vidhiḥ R. 3. 45, 1. 34.
     (6) Behaviour, conduct.
     (7) Condition; V. 4.
     (8) Creation, formation; sāmagryavidhau Ku. 3. 28; kalyāṇī vidhiṣu vicitratā vidhātuḥ Ki. 7. 7.
     (9) The creator. (10) Fate, destiny, luck; vidhau vāmāraṃbhe mana samucitaiṣā pariṇatiḥ Māl. 4. 4.
     (11) The food of elephants.
     (12) Time.
     (13) A physician.
     (14) N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --ghna a. disregarding prescribed rites or rules.
          --jña a. knowing the ritual. (
          --jñaḥ) a Brāhmaṇa versed in the ritual, a ritualist.
          --darśakaḥ a priest at a sacrifice who sees that everything is done according to the precepts, and corrects any deviation from them.
          --duṣṭa, --vihita a. prescribed by rule, enjoined by law.
          --deśakaḥ 1. = vidhidarśaka above. --2. a preceptor, teacher.
          --dvaidhaṃ diversity of rules, variance of precept or commandment.
          --pūrvakaṃ ind. according to rule.
          --prayogaḥ application of a rule.
          --yogaḥ the force or influence of fate.
          --vadhūḥ f. an epithet of Sarasvatī.
          --hīna a. devoid of rule, unauthorised, irregular.

vidhitsā
     (1) Desire to do or perform.
     (2) Design, purpose, desire in general.

vidhitsita a. Intended to be done. --taṃ Intention, design.

vidhivat, vidhitaḥ ind. According to law, agreeably to precept or rule, in conformity to prescribed rules, in due form.

vidheya pot. p.
     (1) To be done or performed.
     (2) To be enjoyed or prescribed.
     (3)
          (a) Dependent on. at the disposal of; atha vidhividheyaḥ paricayaḥ Māl. 2. 13.
          (b) Subject to, influenced or controlled by, subdued or overpowered by (usually in comp.); tidrāvidheyaṃ naradevasainyaṃ R. 7. 62; saṃbhāvyamānasneharasenābhisaṃdhinā vidheyīkṛto'pi Māl. 1. Bg. 2. 64; bhrātuḥ sauhārdena vidheyīkṛtosmi Mv. 7; Mu. 3. 1; Śi. 3. 20; R. 19. 4.
     (4) Obedient, tractable, compliant, submissive; avidheyeṃdriyaḥ puṃsāṃ gaurivaiti vidheyatāṃ Ki. 11. 33.
     (5) To be predicated (in gram &c.); atra mithyāmahimatvaṃ nānuvādyaṃ api tu vidheyaṃ K. P. 7. --yaṃ
     (1) What ought to be done, a duty; Ki. 1. 25, 16. 62.
     (2) The predicate of a proposition. --yaḥ A servant, dependant.
     -- Comp.
          --avimarśaḥ a fault of composition which consists in assigning to the predicate a subordinate position or in expressing it imperfectly (avimṛṣṭaḥ prādhānyenānirdiṣṭo vidheyāṃśo yatra K. P. 7: see examples ad loc.).
          --ātman m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --jña a. one who knows one's duty; sa bhṛtyo yo vidheyajñaḥ Pt. 1. 337.
          --padaṃ 1. the object to be accomplished. --2. the predicate.

vidhuḥ [vyadh-ku; Uṇ. 1. 23]
     (1) The moon; savitā vidhavati vidhurapi savitarati dinaṃti yāminyaḥ K. P. 10.
     (2) Camphor.
     (3) A demon, fiend.
     (4) An expiatory oblation.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (6) N. of Brahman.
     (7) N. of Śiva.
     (8) Wind.
     (9) War, battle.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣayaḥ waning of the moon, the period of the dark fortnight of a month.
          --paṃjaraḥ (also piṃjaraḥ) a scimitar, sabre.
          --priyā a Nakshatra or lunar mansion.

vidhuta See vidhūta.

vidhutiḥ f. Shaking, trepidation, tremor; vaināyakyaściraṃ vo vadanavidhutayaḥ pāṃtu cītkāravatyaḥ Māl. 1. 1.

vidhunanam
     (1) Shaking or tossing about, agitating.
     (2) Trembling, tremor.

vidhuṃtudaḥ N. of Rāhu; vidhumiva vikaṭavidhuṃtudadaṃtadalanagalitāmṛtadhāraṃ Gīt. 4; ābhimukhyaṃ śaśāṃkasya yathādyāpi vidhuṃtudaḥ Pt. 1. 326; N. 4. 71; Śi. 2. 61.

vidhura a. [vigatā dhūryasya ac samā-]
     (1) Distressed, troubled, afflicted, overwhelmed with grief, miserable; Māl. 2. 3, 9. 11, U. 3. 38, 6. 41, Ki. 11. 26; Śi. 9. 77, 17. 66, Bh. 3. 8, 114.
     (2) Love-lorn, bereaved, suffering separation from a wife or husband; mayi ca vidhure bhāvaḥ kāṃtāpravṛttiparāṅmukhaḥ V. 4. 20; vidhurāṃ jvalanātisarjanānnanu māṃ prāpaya patyuraṃtikaṃ Ku. 4. 32; vidhurabaṃdhurabaṃdhuramaikṣata Śi. 6. 29, 12. 8.
     (3) Devoid, deprived, or destitute of, free from; sā bai kalaṃkavidhurā madhurānanaśrīḥ Bv. 2. 5.
     (4) Adverse, hostile, unfriendly; Pt. 2. 81. --raḥ A widower. --raṃ
     (1) Alarm, fear, anxiety.
     (2) Separation from a wife or husband, bereavement suffered by a lover or mistress.
     -- Comp.
          --darśanaṃ 1. the sight of danger or alarm; vinā vidhuradarśanaṃ svāmino maṃdādarā bhavaṃti H. 2. --2. a feeling of agitation.

vidhurā Curds mixed with sugar and spices.

vidhū 5. 10 U., 6 P.
     (1) To shake, move, cause to tremble; vāyurvidhūnayati caṃpakapuṣpareṇūn Kavirahasya; mṛdupavanavidhūtān Rs. 6. 29; 3. 10; dīrghāṃ veṇīṃ vidhunvānā Mb.
     (2) To shake off, destroy, expel, drive away; kapervidhavituṃ dyutiṃ Bk. 9. 28; R. 9. 72 v. l.
     (3) To spurn, despise, treat with contempt; R. 11. 40.
     (4) To leave, give up, abandon; N. 1. 35.

vidhuvanam Shaking, trembling, tremor.

vidhūta p. p.
     (1) Shaken or tossed about, waved.
     (2) Tremulous.
     (3) Shaken off, dispelled, removed.
     (4) Unsteady.
     (5) Abandoned. --taṃ Repugnance.
     -- Comp.
          --kalmaṣa a. free from sin.
          --keśa a. one who has tossed about the hair; Ki. 8. 33.
          --nidra a. awakened.

vidhūtiḥ f., vidhūnanaṃ Shaking, tremor, agitation.

vidhūnita a.
     (1) Agitated, alarmed.
     (2) Harassed, annoyed, molested.

vidhṛ 10 U.
     (1) To seize, catch, catch or take hold of; aṃśukapallavena vidhṛtaḥ Amaru. 79, 85.
     (2) To put on, wear, use; R. 12. 40.
     (3) To maintain, bear, support, hold up; śirasā vidhṛtā nityaṃ Pt. 1. 82 (where sense 2 is also intended); Bh. 3. 23.
     (4) To fix upon, direct towards.
     (5) To separate, divide.
     (6) To arrange; manage.
     (7) To with hold, obstruct, restrain.

vidhṛta p. p.
     (1) Seized, held, grasped.
     (2) Separated, kept asunder or separate.
     (3) Assumed, possessed.
     (4) Checked, restrained.
     (5) Supported, protected, borne up; (see dhṛ with vi). --taṃ
     (1) Disregard of a command.
     (2) Dissatisfaction.

vidhṛtiḥ f. Arrangement, regulation.

vidhvaṃs
     (1) A.
     (1) To fall to pieces.
     (2) To be dispersed or scattered.
     (3) To perish, be destroyed or ruined. --Caus.
     (1) To destroy, crush, annihilate.
     (2) To injure, hurt.

vidhvaṃsaḥ
     (1) Ruin, destruction.
     (2) Enmity, aversion; dislike.
     (3) An insult, offence.

vidhvaṃsin a. 1 Being ruined, falling to pieces.
     (2) Hostile, adverse.

vidhvasta p. p.
     (1) Ruined, destroyed; Pt. 2. 113.
     (2) Scattered about, tossed up.
     (3) Obscured, darkened.
     (4) Eclipsed.

vinad 1 P.
     (1) To sound, resound; Bg. 1. 12.
     (2) To roar, cry out.
     (3) To fill with cries. --Caus. To cause to cry or utter notes; aṃbudaiḥ śikhigaṇo vinādyate Ghaṭ. 10.

vinadaḥ
     (1) Sound, noise.
     (2) N. of a tree.

vinam 1 P. To bend oneself, stoop, be bent; vinamaṃti cāsya taravaḥ pracaye Ki. 6. 34; Bh. 1. 67; Bk. 7. 52.

vinata p. p.
     (1) Bent down, bowed.
     (2) Stooping, drooping, inclined; S. 3. 10.
     (3) Sunk down, depressed.
     (4) Bent, crooked, curved.
     (5) Humble, modest.
     (6) Changed into a lingual letter; see vināma.
     -- Comp.
          --ānana a. with downcast face, dejected.

vinatā 1 N. of the mother of Aruṇa and Garuḍa, said to be one of the wives of Kaśyapa; see garuḍa.
     (2) A kind of basket.
     -- Comp.
          --naṃdanaḥ, --sutaḥ, --sūnuḥ epithets of Garuḍa or Aruṇa.

vinatiḥ f.
     (1) Bowing down, bending, stooping.
     (2) Modesty, humility.
     (3) A request.

vinamanam Bending, bowing, stooping.

vinamra a.
     (1) Bent down, stooping; Ki. 4. 2.
     (2) Depressed, sunk down.
     (3) Modest, humble.

vinamrakam The flower of the Tagara tree.

vinaś 4 P.
     (1) To be destroyed, perish, die.
     (2) To disappear, vanish.
     (3) To be lost or ruined.
     (4) To be frustrated or foiled. --Caus. To destroy, annihilate.

vinaśanam Perishing, loss, destruction, disappearance. --naḥ N. of the place where the river Sarasvatī is lost in the sand; cf. Ms. 2. 21.

vinaṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Perished, destroyed, ruined.
     (2) Disappeared, lost.
     (3) Spoiled, corrupted.

vinaṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Utter ruin or destruction.
     (2) Disappearance, vanishing.

vināśaḥ
     (1) Destruction, ruin, utter loss, decay.
     (2) Removal.
     -- Comp.
          --unmukha a. about to perish, ripe to meet one's doom.
          --dharman, --dharmin a. subject to decay, perishable, transient; viṣayeṣu vināśadharmasu tridivastheṣvapi niḥspṛho'bhavat R. 8. 10.

vināśanam Destruction, ruin, annihilation. --naḥ A destroyer.

vinasa a. (sā --sī f.) Noseless; Bk. 5. 8.

vinā ind. Without, except(with acc., instr. or abl.); yathā tānaṃ vinā rāgo yathā mānaṃ vinā nṛpaḥ . yathā dānaṃ vinā hastī tathā jñānaṃ vinā yatiḥ Bv. 1. 119; paṃkairvinā saro bhāti sadaḥ khalajanairvinā . kaṭuvarṇairvinā kāvyaṃ mānasaṃ viṣayairvinā 1. 116; vinā vāhanahastibhyaḥ kriyatāṃ sarvamokṣaḥ Mu. 7; Śi. 2. 9. (vinākṛ means 'to leave, abandon, bereave, deprive of'; madanena vinākṛtā ratiḥ Ku. 4. 21 'bereft of Cupid').
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. a figure of speech in which vinā is used in a poetically charming way; vinārthasaṃbaṃdha eva vinoktiḥ R. G.; see K. P. 10 also.

vināḍiḥ, vināḍikā A measure of time equal to one-sixtieth part of a Ghaṭikā or equal to 24 seconds.

vināmaḥ (In gram.). Change into a lingual or cerebral letter, the substitution of ṣ for s and ṇ for n.

vināyakaḥ
     (1) A remover(of obstacles).
     (2) N. of Gaṇeśa.
     (3) A Buddhist deified teacher.
     (4) N. of Garuḍa.
     (5) An obstacle, impediment.
     (6) A spiritual preceptor.

vināyikrā The wife of Garuḍa.

vināsa(si)ka  a. Noseless.

vināhaḥ A cover for the mouth of a well; cf. vīnāha.

vinikṝ 6 A.
     (1) To throw, abandon, cast off; Ku. 4. 6.
     (2) To throw about, scatter.

vinikīrṇa p. p. Scattered, thrown about.

vinikṣip 6 A.
     (1) To entrust, deliver over.
     (2) To place in or upon.
     (3) To throw down, overthrow.
     (4) To engage in.

vinikṣepaḥ Throwing down, sending forth.

vinigaḍa a. Without fetters, unrestrained, free.

vinigrah 9 U.
     (1) To restrain, check; obstruct, impede.
     (2) To lay hold of, seize.

vinigrahaḥ
     (1) Restraining, curbing, subduing; Bg. 13. 7, 17. 16; Ms. 9. 263.
     (2) Mutual opposition or antithesis.

vinidra a.
     (1) Sleepless, awake (fig. also); tāmekatastava bibhārtti gururvinidraḥ R. 5. 66.
     (2) Budded, opened, full-blown, expanded; vinidramaṃdārarajoruṇāṃgulī Ku. 5. 80.

vinipat 1 P.
     (1) To fly at, fall down, descend; Rs. 4. 19.
     (2) To attack, assail. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to fall down, ruin, destroy; kaṭena vinipātito yāmi Mk. 2. 8.
     (2) To throw or pull down.
     (3) To kill, deprive of life.

vinipātaḥ
     (1) Falling down, a fall.
     (2) A great fall, calamity, an evil, loss, ruin, destruction; vivekabhraṣṭānāṃ bhavati vinipātaḥ śatamukhaḥ Bh. 2. 10 (where it has sense 1 also); vidhiheturaheturāgasāṃ vinipātopi samaḥ samunnateḥ Ki. 2. 34.
     (3) Decay, death.
     (4) Hell, perdition; S. 5.
     (5) Occurrence, happening.
     (6) Pain, distress.
     (7) Disrespect.
     -- Comp.
          --śaṃsin a. portentous, foreboding ruin.

vinimayaḥ
     (1) Exchange, barter; kāryavinimayena M. 1; saṃpadvinimayenobhau dadhaturbhuvanadvayaṃ R. 1. 26.
     (2) A pledge, deposit, security.
     (3) Transmutation (of letters).

vinimeṣaḥ Twinkling(of the eyes).

viniyam 1 P.
     (1) To restrain, check, curb; Bg. 6. 24.
     (2) To limit, restrict.

viniyata p. p. Controlled, checked, restrained, regulated; as in viniyatāhāra, viniyatavāc &c.

viniyamaḥ Control, restraint, check.

viniyuj 7 U.
     (1) To use, expend.
     (2) To appoint, employ.
     (3) To divide, apportion, distribute; pratyekaṃ viniyuktātmā kathaṃ na jñāsyasi prabho Ku. 2. 31.
     (4) To disconnect, separate. --Caus.
     (1) To appoint, employ.
     (2) To enjoin, order, command.
     (3) To offer, present, give.
     (4) To perform, do, dispose of.

viniyukta p. p.
     (1) Separated, loosed, detached.
     (2) Attached to, appointed.
     (3) Applied to.
     (4) Commanded, enjoined.

viniyogaḥ
     (1) Separation, parting, detachment.
     (2) Leaving, giving up, abandoning.
     (3) Employment, use, application, disposal; babhūva viniyogajñaḥ sādhanīyeṣu vastuṣu R. 17. 67; prāṇāyāme viniyāgeḥ &c.
     (4) Appointment to a duty, commission, charge; viniyogaprasādā hi kiṃkarāḥ prabhaviṣṇuṣu Ku. 6. 62.
     (5) An obstaclo, impediment.

vinirgam 1 P.
     (1) To go out.
     (2) To disappear, vanish.
     (3) To go away, depart.
     (4) To escape from, liberate oneself from.

vinirgamaḥ
     (1) Disappearance. = 9 Departure.

vinirji 1 P.
     (1) To conquer completely.
     (2) To subdue, overpower, master.

vinirjayaḥ Complete victory.

vinirṇī = nirṇī q. v.

vinirṇayaḥ
     (1) Complete settlement or ascertainment, full decision.
     (2) Certainty.
     (3) A settled rule.

vinirbaṃdhaḥ Persistence, pertinacity.

vinirmā See nirmā.

vinirmita p. p.
     (1) Formed or made of.
     (2) Made, created.
     (3) Celebrated, observed (as a feast).
     (4) Determined, destined.

vinirmuc 6 P.
     (1) To loosen, free from.
     (2) To set free, release, liberate.
     (3) To discharge, shoot off.
     (4) To abandon, give up.

vinirmuktiḥ f. Release, liberation.

vinirvṛt See nivṛt.

vinivid See nivid.

viniviś 6 P. To be placed or be seated in. --Caus.
     (1) To fix, place; Ku. 1. 49; R. 5. 63; madurasi kucakalaśaṃ viniveśaya Gīt. 12.
     (2) To populate or colonize.
     (3) To introduce.
     (3) To add, insert.

viniveśaḥ
     (1) Entrance, settling down in a place.
     (2) An impression; S. 6. 14.

vinivṛ 10 U. or --Caus.
     (1) To prevent, ward off, suppress; vinayaṃ vinivārya Māl. 1. 18.
     (2) To prohibit, forbid.

vinivṛt 1 A.
     (1) To turn back, return.
     (2) To cease, come to an end; sapiṃḍatā tu puruṣe saptame vinivartate Ms. 5. 60; Bg. 2. 59.
     (3) To desist, turn away, abstain (from); devanāt, yuddhāt &c. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to cease or step, withdraw; S. 7. 26.
     (2) To restrain, withhold.
     (3) To renounce.

vinivṛtta p. p.
     (1) Returned, turned away.
     (2) Stopped, ceased, desisted from.
     (3) Retired.

vinivṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Cessation, stopping, removing; śakrābhyasūyāvinivṛttaye R. 6. 74.
     (2) End, stop, termination.

viniści 5 U. To determine, resolve, ascertain; viniścetuṃ śakyo na sukhamiti vā duḥkhamiti vā U. 1. 36.

viniścayaḥ 1 Fixing, settling, ascertainment.
     (2) A decision, resolution.

viniśvāsaḥ Hard breathing or respiration, sighing, a sigh.

viniṣpeṣaḥ Bruising, crushing, grinding.

vinihata p. p.
     (1) Struck down, wounded.
     (2) Killed.
     (3) Completely overcome. --taḥ
     (1) Any great or unavoidable calamity, such as that inflicted by fate or heaven.
     (2) A portent, comet.

vinī 1 P.
     (1) To remove, take away, destroy (said to be Atm. only except where it has 'a part of the body' for its object); paṭupaṭahadhvanibhirvinītanidraḥ R. 9. 71; vinītakhedaḥ 13. 35, 46; 15. 48; Śi. 10. 62, Ki. 7. 30, Ku. 1. 9, 5. 32.
     (2) To teach, instruct, educate, train; vininyurenaṃ guravo gurupriyaṃ R. 3. 29; 5. 101. 15. 69; 18. 51; Y. 1. 311; Ku. 1. 34.
     (3) To tame, subdue, govern, control (fig. also); vanyānvineṣyanniva duṣṭa satvān R. 2. 8; 6. 27, 14. 75; Ki 2. 41; vanagaja iva tasmātsobhyupāyairvineyaḥ Mu. 3. 25.
     (4) To appease, pacify (anger) (Atm.); R. 2. 49.
     (5) To pass away, spend (as time); kathamapi yāminīṃ vinīya Gīt. 8.
     (6) To carry through, perform, complete, finish.
     (7) To spend, apply to use (Atm.). śataṃ vinayate Sk.
     (8) To give, present, pay, pay off (as tribute) (Atm.); karaṃ vinayate Sk.
     (9) To lead or conduct towards; Ku. 7. 9. (10) To bid, direct, order; Ku. 3. 41.
     (11) To bend down, incline.
     (12) To spread, stretch out.

vinaya a.
     (1) Cast, thrown.
     (2) Secret.
     (3) Ill-behaved. --yaḥ
     (1) Guidance, discipline, instruction (in one's duties), moral training; prajānāṃ vinayādhānāt R. 1. 24; Māl. 10. 5.
     (2) Sense of propriety, decorum, decency; anuyāsyanmunitanayāṃ sahasā vinayena vāritaprasaraḥ S. 1. 29.
     (3) Polite conduct, gentleman-like bearing, good breeding or manners; R. 6. 79; Māl. 1. 18.
     (4) Modesty, humility; suṣṭhu śobhase āryaputra etena vinayamāhātmyena U. 1; vidyā dadāti vi nayam; tathāpi nīcairvinayādadṛśyata R. 3. 34; 10. 71 (where Malli. renders vinaya by iṃdriyajaya or restraint of passions, unnecessarily in our opiniom).
     (5) Reverence, courtesy, obeisance.
     (6) Conduct in general.
     (7) Drawing off, taking away, removing; Śi. 10. 42.
     (8) A man who has subdued his senses.
     (9) A trader, merchant.
     -- Comp.
          --avanata a. stooping humbly.
          --grāhin a. tractable, obedient, submissive.
          --bhāj a. modest, wellbehaved.
          --vāc a. speaking mildly or affably.
          --stha a. modest.

vinayanam
     (1) Removing, taking away; Me. 52.
     (2) Education, instruction, training, discipline.

vinīta p. p.
     (1) Taken away, removed.
     (2) Well-trained, educated, disciplined.
     (3) Refined, well-behaved.
     (4) Modest, humble, meek, gentle.
     (5) Decent, decorous, gentlemanly.
     (6) Sent away, dismissed.
     (7) Tamed, broken in.
     (8) Plain, simple, (as a dress).
     (9) Having the passions under control, selfsubdued. (10) Chastised, punished.
     (11) Tractable, governable.
     (12) Lovely, handsome. (See nī with vi also). --taḥ
     (1) A trained horse.
     (2) A trader.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. humble, lowly.

vinītakam
     (1) A vehicle or conveyance (a litter &c.).
     (2) A carrier, bearer.

vinītiḥ f.
     (1) Training, good behaviour.
     (2) Respect, reverence, esteem.

vinīyaḥ
     (1) Sediment, dregs.
     (2) Sin, crime.

vinetṛ m.
     (1) A leader, guide.
     (2) A teacher, an instructor; sa tatheti vineturudāramateḥ pratigṛhya vaco visasarja muniṃ R. 8. 91.
     (3) A king, ruler.
     (4) A chastiser, punisher; ayaṃ vinetā dṛptānāṃ Mv. 3. 46, 4. 1, R. 6. 39, 14. 23.

vinud 6 P.
     (1) To strike, pierce.
     (2) To play on a musical instrument (vīṇāṃ, ātodyaṃ &c.).
     (3) To remove, drive away, dispel. --Caus.
     (1) To remove, drive away, dispel, cast off; tāpaṃ vinodaya dṛṣṭibhiḥ Gīt. 10; Śi. 4. 66; S. 3. 21; Māl. 9. 41.
     (2) To pass, spend (as time).
     (3) To divert, amuse, entertain; kva nu khalvātmānaṃ vinodayāmi S. 3; latāsu dṛṣṭiṃ vinodayāmi S. 6; R. 14. 77.
     (4) To amuse oneself with; lakṣmīrvimodayāti yena digaṃtalaṃbī sopi tvadānanaruciṃ vijahāti caṃdraḥ R. 5. 67.

vinodaḥ
     (1) Removing, driving away; śramavinoda.
     (2) A diversion, an amusement, any interesting or amusing pursuit or occupation; prāyeṇaite ramaṇaviraheṣvaṃganānāṃ vinodāḥ Me. 87; mithyaiva vyasanaṃ vadaṃti mṛgayāmīdṛgvinodaḥ kutaḥ S. 2. 5.
     (3) Play, sport, pastime.
     (4) Eagerness, vehement desire.
     (5) Pleasure, happiness, gratification; vilapanavitodopyasulabhaḥ U. 3. 30; janayatu rasikajaneṣu manoramaratirasabhāvavinodaṃ Gīt. 12.
     (6) A particular mode of sexual enjoyment.
     (7) A kind of house.

vinodanam
     (1) Removing.
     (2) A diversion &c.; see vinoda.

viṃdu a.
     (1) Intelligent, wise.
     (2) Liberal. --duḥ A drop; see biṃdu.

viṃdhyaḥ
     (1) N. of a range of mountains which separates Hindustān proper from the Deccan or south; it is one of the seven Kulaparvatas q. v., and forms the southern limit of Madhyadeśa; see Ms. 2. 21. [According to a legend, the Vindhya mountain, being jealous of the mount Meru (or Himālaya) demanded that the sun should revolve round himself as about Meru, which the sun declined to do; whereupon the Vindhya began to rise higher and higher so as to obstruct the path of the sun and moon. The gods being alarmed sought the aid of the sage Agastya, who approached the mountain and requested that by bending down he would give him an easy passage to the south, and that he would retain the same position till his return. This Vindhya consented to do (because according to one account, he regarded Agastya as his teacher); but Agastya never returned from the south, and Vindhya never attained the height of Meru].
     (2) A hunter. --dhyā
     (1) N. of a plant (labalī).
     (2) Small cardamoms.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭavī the great Vindhya forest.
          --kūṭaḥ, --kūṭanaṃ epithets of the sage Agastya.
          --vāsin m. an epithet of the grammarian vyāḍi. (--nī) an epithet of Durgā.

vinna p. p. [vid karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Known.
     (2) Got, obtained.
     (3) Discussed, investigated.
     (4) Placed, fixed.
     (5) Married; (See vid).

vinnakaḥ N. of Agastya.

vinyas 4 P. To put down, deposit, place; vinyasyaṃtī bhuvi gaṇanayā dehalīdattaṣuṣpaiḥ Me. 87; Bk. 3. 3.
     (2) To fix in or on, direct towards; rāme vinyastamānasāḥ Rām.
     (3) To deliver or make over, commit to the care of, entrust; sutavinyastapatnīkaḥ Y. 3. 45.
     (4) To arrange, dispose, adjust.

vinyasta p. p.
     (1) Placed or put down.
     (2) Inlaid, paved.
     (3) Fixed.
     (4) Arranged.
     (5) Delivered.
     (6) Presented, offered.
     (7) Deposited.

vinyāsaḥ
     (1) Entrusting, depositing.
     (2) A deposit.
     (3) Arrangement, adjustment, disposition; akṣaravinyāsaḥ 'inscribing letters'; pratyakṣaraśleṣamayaprabaṃdhavinyāsavaidagdhanidhiḥ Vās. 'composition of a work &c.'
     (4) A collection, an assemblage.
     (5) A site or receptacle.

vip 10 A. (vepayati-te) To throw, cast.

vip m.
     (1) A praiser, singer of hymns.
     (2) A wise man. --f.
     (1) Praise, a hymn.
     (2) A finger.

vipakṣa a. Hostile, inimical, adverse, contrary. --kṣaḥ
     (1) An enemy, adversary, opponent; guṇāstasya vipakṣepi guṇino lebhireṃtaraṃ R. 17. 75; Śi. 11. 59.
     (2) A rival or fellow wife; R. 19. 20.
     (3) A disputant; Ki. 17. 43.
     (4) (In logic) A negative instance, an instance on the opposite side, (i. e. that in which the sādhya or major term is not found); niścitasādhyābhāvavān vipakṣaḥ T. S.; Mu. 5. 10.
     (5) (In gram.) An exception.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāvaḥ, --vṛtti f. hostility.

vipakṣatā --tvam Hostility, enmity, opposition; R. 3. 62.

vipac 1 P.
     (1) To mature, develop, ripen; bear fruit; (samāraṃbhāḥ) garbhaśālisadharmāṇastasya gūḍhaṃ vipecire R. 17. 53.
     (2) To digest.
     (3) To cook thoroughly.
     (4) To melt, dissolve, liquefy.
     (5) To roast. --Caus.
     (1) To cook thoroughly.
     (2) To melt, liquefy.

vipaktrima a.
     (1) Fully ripened or matured.
     (2) Developed, fulfilled (as the consequences of former acts).

vipakva a.
     (1) Fully ripened or matured.
     (2) Developed, fulfilled; yacca taptaṃ tapastasya vipakvaṃ phalamadya naḥ Ku. 6. 10.
     (3) Cooked.

vipaṃcikā, vipaṃcī 1 A lute.
     (2) Play, sport, pastime.

vipaṭ 10 U.
     (1) To tear up or out; (ketakabarhaṃ) vipāṭayāmāsa yuvā nakhāgraiḥ R. 6. 17.
     (2) To pull or draw out, extract.
     (3) To root up, eradicate.
     (4) To open, unfold.

vipāṭanam
     (1) Tearing open, splitting.
     (2) Eradication.
     (3) Spoliation.

vipaṇ 1 A.
     (1) To sell, barter; ābhīradeśe kila caṃdrakāṃtaṃ tribhirvarāṭairvipaṇaṃti gopāḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) To bet, stake.

vipaṇaḥ, vipaṇanam
     (1) Sale; Ms. 3. 152.
     (2) Petty trade.

vipaṇiḥ, --ṇī f.
     (1) A market, market-place, stall; hā hā naśyati manmathasya vipaṇiḥ saubhāgyapaṇyākaraḥ Mk. 8. 38; Śi. 5. 24; R. 16. 41.
     (2) An article or commodity for sale.
     (3) Trade, traffic; Ms. 10. 116.

vipaṇin m. A trader, merchant, shop-keeper; Śi. 5. 24.

vipathaḥ A wrong road, bad way (lit. and fig.).

vipad 4 A.
     (1) To go badly; fail, miscarry (as a business &c.).
     (2) To fall into misfortune or bad state; sa baṃdhuryo vipannānāmāpaduddharaṇakṣamaḥ H. 1. 31.
     (3) To be disabled or incapacitated.
     (4) To die, perish; nāthavaṃtastvayā lokāstvamanāthā vipatsyase U. 1. 44; hā tāta eṣa te nareṃdracittārādhanopakaraṇaṃ jano vipadyate Māl. 5; Mk. 1. 38.
     (5) To obstruct. --Caus. To destroy, kill.

vipattiḥ f.
     (1) A calamity, misfortune, disaster, mishap, adversity; saṃpattau ca vipattau ca mahatāmekarūpatā Subhāṣ.
     (2) Death, destruction; atirabhasakṛtānāṃ karmaṇāmāvipatterbhavati hṛdayadāhī śalyatulyo vipākaḥ Bh. 2. 99; R. 19. 56; Ve. 4. 6; himasekavipattiḥ nalinī R. 8. 45.
     (3) Agony, torment (yātanā). --ttiḥ (m.) An excellent or distinguished footsoldier; Ki. 15. 16.

vipad f.
     (1) A calamity, misfortune, adversity, distress; tattvanikaṣagrāvā tu teṣāṃ (mitrāṇāṃ) vipad H. 1. 210.
     (2) Death; siṃhādavāpadvipadaṃ nṛsiṃhaḥ R. 18. 35.
     -- Comp.
          --uddharaṇaṃ, --uddhāraḥ relieving or extricating (one) from misfortune.
          --kālaḥ times of need, season of calamity, adversity.
          --grasta, --yukta a. overtaken by or involved in calamity, unhappy, unfortunate.
          --sāgaraḥ 'sea of misery' a very heavy calamity or disaster.

vipadā See vipad.

vipanna p. p.
     (1) Dead.
     (2) Lost, destroyed.
     (3) Unfortunate, afflicted, distressed, fallen into adversity.
     (4) Declined.
     (5) Disabled, incapacitated. --nnaḥ A snake.

vipariṇam Caus. To change or transform into. --Pass.
     (1) To be changed into.
     (2) To undergo a change for the worse.

vipariṇamanaṃ, vipariṇāmaḥ
     (1) A change, an alteration.
     (2) Change of form, transformation.

viparivṛt 1 A.
     (1) To turn round, revolve (fig. also); Bg. 9. 10.
     (2) To roll about.
     (3) To wander about, move to and fro.
     (4) To return.
     (5) To surround; attend upon (with acc.).

viparivartanam Turning about, rolling.

viparī (vipari + i) 2 P.
     (1) To turn in an opposite direction.
     (2) To be otherwise, fail, prove fruitless; kalyāṇaṃ vidadhātu vā bhagavatīnītirviparyetu vā Māl. 6. 3.
     (3) To change for the worse.
     (4) To go round, return.

viparīta a.
     (1) Reversed, inverted.
     (2) Contrary, opposite, reverse, inverse; R. 2. 53.
     (3) Wrong, contrary to rule.
     (4) False, untrue; Bv. 2 177.
     (5) Unfavourable, adverse.
     (6) Cross, acting in an opposite manner.
     (7) Disagreeable, inauspicious. --taḥ A particular mode of sexual enjoyment. --tā
     (1) An unchaste or faithless wife.
     (2) A perverse woman.
     -- Comp.
          --kara, --kāraka, --kārin, --kṛt, a. perverse, acting in a contrary manner; Śi. 14. 66.
          --cetas,--mati a. having a perverted mind.
          --rataṃ inverted sexual intercourse; cf. puruṣāyita. --lakṣaṇā ironical description of a thing by mentioning its contrary properties.

viparītatā --tvam Contrariety, inversion, opposition; loke gurutvaṃ viparītatāṃ vā svaceṣṭitānyeva naraṃ nayatiṃ Subhāṣ.

viparyayaḥ
     (1) Contrariety, reverse, inversion; āhito jayaviparyayopi me ślādhya eva parameṣṭhinā tvayā R. 11. 86; svaśarīraśarīriṇāvapi śrutasaṃyogaviparyayau yadā 8. 89; nabhasaḥ sphuṭatārasya rātreriva viparyayaḥ (na bhājanaṃ) Ki. 11. 44; viparyaye tu S. 5. 'if it be otherwise', if contrary be the case; viparyaye tvasyādhipaterullaṃdhitaḥ kṣātradharmaḥ syāt Ve. 5.
     (2) Change (of purpose, dress &c.); kathametya matirviparyayaṃ kariṇī paṃkamivāvasīdati Ki. 2. 6; so veṣaviparyayaḥ Pt. 1.
     (3) Absence or non-existence; samudragārūpaviparyaye'pi Ku. 7. 42; tyāge ślāghāviparyayaḥ R. 1. 22.
     (4) Loss; nidrā saṃjñāviparyayaḥ Ku. 6. 44 'loss of consciousness'.
     (5) Complete destruction, annihilation.
     (6) Exchange, barter.
     (7) Error, trespass, mistake, misapprehension.
     (8) A calamity, misfortune, adverse fate.
     (9) Hostility, enmity. (10) Perverseness, opposition.

viparyāyaḥ Reverse, contrariety; V. 4; see viparyaya above.

viparyas 4 P.
     (1) To overturn, reverse, invert.
     (2) To change, alter.
     (3) To take wrongly, misunderstand; pratīkāro vyādheḥ sukhamiti viparyasyati janaḥ Bh. 3. 92.
     (4) To undergo change, be affected, (intrans.); daivenopahatasya buddhirathavā sarvā viparyasyati Mu. 6. 8; (cf. the Latin adage 'quem deus vult perdere prius dementat).

viparyasta p. p.
     (1) Changed, inverted, reversed; haṃta viparyastaḥ saṃprati jīvalokaḥ U. 1.
     (2) Opposite, contrary.
     (3) Wrongly considered to be real.
     -- Comp.
          --putrā a woman bearing no male children.

viparyāsaḥ
     (1) Change, contrariety, reverse; viparyāsaṃ yāto ghanaviralabhāvaḥ kṣitiruhāṃ U. 2. 27.
     (2) Adverseness, unfavourableness; as in daivaviparyāsāt.
     (3) Interchange, exchange; pravahaṇaviparyāsenāgatā Mk. 8.
     (4) An error, a mistake.

vipalam A moment, an extremely small division of time (said to be equal to one-sixth or one-sixtieth part of a pala).

vipalāyanam Running away, fleeing in different directions.

vipaścit a. Learned, wise; vipaścito vininyurenaṃ guravo gurupriyaṃ R. 3. 29. --m. A learned or wise man sage; bhavaṃti te sabhyatamā vipaścitāṃ manogataṃ vāci niveśayaṃti ye Ki. 14. 4; Pt. 1. 100.

vipākaḥ
     (1) Cooking, dressing.
     (2) Digestion.
     (3) Ripening, ripeness, maturity, development (fig. also); amī pṛthustaṃbabhṛtaḥ piśaṃgatāṃ gatā vipākena phalasya śālayaḥ Ki. 4. 26; vācāṃ vipāko mama Bv. 4. 42 'my mature, full-developed, or dignified words'.
     (4) Consequence, fruit, result, the result of actions either in this or in a former birth; aho me dāruṇataraḥ karmaṇāṃ vipākaḥ K. 354; mamaiva janmāṃtarapātakānāṃ vipākavisphūrjathuraṣasahyaḥ R. 14. 62; Bh. 2. 99; Mv. 5. 56.
     (5)
          (a) Change of state; kaṣṭaṃ batānyadiva daivavaśena jātā duḥkhātmakaṃ kimapi bhūtamaho vipākaḥ U. 4. 6.
          (b) An unexpected event or occurrence, a reverse, adverse turn of fate, distress, calamity; ridṛśānāṃ vipāko'pi jāyate paramādbhutaḥ U. 3. 3; vipāke ghore'sminnatha khalu vimūḍhā tava sakhī 4. 12.
     (6) Difficulty, embarrassment.
     (7) Flavour, taste.

vipāṭhaḥ A kind of large arrow.

vipāṃḍu a. Pale, pallid; parito vipāṃḍu dadhadabhraśiraḥ Śi. 9. 3; Ki. 5. 6; so vipāṃḍura Śi. 4. 5; Ratn. 2. 4.

vipādanam Destroying, killing, destruction.

vipādikā
     (1) A sore or tumour on the foot.
     (2) An enigma, a riddle.

vipāś, vipāśā f. N. of one of the five rivers in the Panjab (now called Beas).

vipinam [vap-inan pṛṣo-; cf. Uṇ. 2. 52] A wood, forest, grove, thicket; vṛṃdāvanavipine lalitaṃ vitanotu śubhāni yaśaṃsyaṃ Gīt. 1; vipināni prakāśāni śaktimatvāccakāra saḥ R. 4. 31; Māl. 9. 2.

vipula a.
     (1) Large, extensive, capacious, broad, wide, spacious; vipulaṃ nitaṃbadeśe M. 3. 7; śirasi tanurvipulaśca madhyadeśe Mk. 3. 22; kālo hyayaṃ niravadhirvipulā ca pṛthvī Māl. 1. 6; so vipulaṃ pṛṣṭhaṃ, vipulaḥ kukṣiḥ &c.
     (2) Much, ample, copious, abundant; Ki. 18. 14.
     (3) Deep, profound; Mv. 1. 2.
     (4) With the hair standing on end, thrilling; Śi. 16. 3 (where it has sense 1 also). --laḥ
     (1) N. of the mountain Meru.
     (2) Of Himālaya.
     (3) A respectable man.
     -- Comp.
          --chāya a. shady, umbrageous.
          --jaghanā a woman with large hips.
          --mati a. endowed with great talents or understanding.
          --rasaḥ the sugarcane.

vipulā The earth.

vipuṣṭa a. Ill-fed.

vipūyaḥ The Munja grass.

vipraḥ vap-ran pṛṣo -ata itvam; Uṇ. 2. 28]
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa; see the quotations under brāhmaṇa.
     (2) A sage, wise man.
     (3) The Aśvattha tree.
     (4) (In prosody) A foot of four short syllables.
     (5) A singer of hymns, praiser.
     -- Comp.
          --ṛṣiḥ = brahmaṣiṃḥ q. v.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ the cotton-plant.
          --priyaḥ the Palāśa tree.
          --samāgamaḥ a concourse or synod of Brāhmaṇas.
          --svaṃ the property of a Brāhmaṇa.

viprakīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Spread about, dispersed, scattered.
     (2) Loose, dishevelled (as hair).
     (3) Expanded, outstretched.
     (4) Wide, broad.

viprakṛ 8 U.
     (1)
          (a) To tease, trouble, harass, harm; kiṃ sattvāni viprakaroṣi S. 7;
          (b) To oppress; tasmin viprakṛtāḥ kāle tārakeṇa divaukasaḥ Ku. 2. 1.
     (2) To wrong, ill-treat, offend; S. 4. 17.
     (3) To affect, cause a change in; kamaparamavaśaṃ naviprakuryurvibhumapi taṃ yadamī spṛśaṃti bhāvāḥ Ku. 6. 95.
     (4) To disfigure, deform; ābharaṇocitaṃ rūpamāśramasulabhaiḥ prasādhanairviprakāryate S. 4.

viprakāraḥ
     (1) Insult, contumely, abuse, treating with disrespect; Ki. 3. 55.
     (2) Injury, offence.
     (3) Wickedness.
     (4) Opposition, counteraction.
     (5) Retaliation.

viprakṛta p. p.
     (1) Hurt, offended, injured.
     (2) Insulted, abused, treated with contumely.
     (3) Opposed.
     (4) Retaliated, requited.
     (5) Oppressed, troubled, disturbed.
     (6) Irritated, provoked; viprakṛtaḥ pannagaḥ phaṇāṃ kurute S. 6. 31.

viprakṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Injury, offence.
     (2) An insult, abuse, contumely.
     (3) Retaliation, retort.

viprakṛṣ 1 P. To draw away, remove, counteract; U. 5. 31.

viprakarṣaḥ Distance, remoteness.

viprakṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Drawn away, removed.
     (2) Distant, remote.
     (3) Protracted, lengthened, extended.

viprakṛṣṭaka a. Remote, distant.

vipraṇaś See praṇaś.

vipratikāraḥ
     (1) Counteraction, opposition, contradiction.
     (2) Retaliation.

vipratipad 4 A.
     (1) To differ, be mutually opposed, conflict.
     (2) To waver, vacillate.

vipratipattiḥ f.
     (1) Mutual discrepancy, contest, conflict, dispute, opposition (as of opinions or interests).
     (2) Dissent, objection.
     (3) Perplexity, confusion.
     (4) Mutual relation.
     (5) Conversancy.

vipratipanna p. p.
     (1) Mutually opposed, opposite, dissentient.
     (2) Confused, bewildered, perplexed.
     (3) Contested, disputed.
     (4) Mutually connected or related.

vipratiṣedhaḥ
     (1) Keeping under control, controlling; kravyādbhya iva bhūtānāmadāṃtebhyaḥ sadā bhayam . teṣāṃ vipratiṣedhārthaṃ rājā sṛṣṭaḥ svayaṃbhuvā Mb.
     (2) The opposition of two courses of action which are equally important, the conflict of two even-matched interests; harirvipratiṣedhaṃ tamāca cakṣe vicakṣaṇaḥ Śi. 2. 6 (tulyabalavirodho vipratiṣedhaḥ Malli.).
     (3) (In gram.) The conflict of two different grammatical operations become possible according to two different rules, conflict of two equally important rules; vipratiṣedhe paraṃ kāryaṃ P. I. 4. 2; virodho vipratiṣedhaḥ . yatra dvau prasaṃgāvanyārthāvekasmin prāpnutaḥ sa vipratiṣedhaḥ Kāśikā; See Mbh. also.
     (4) Prohibition.

viprati(tī)sāraḥ
     (1) Repentance; Śi. 10. 20.
     (2) Anger, rage, wrath.
     (3) Wickedness, evil.

vipraduṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Vitiated, spoiled, dissolute.
     (2) Corrupt.

vipranaṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Lost.
     (2) Vain, useless.

vipramuc See pramuc.

vipramukta p. p.
     (1) Set free, liberated, loosened.
     (2) Shot, discharged.
     (3) Free from (in comp.).

viprayuj 7 A. To separate, disjoin; to deprive (one) of --Pass. To be separated from (with instr.). --Caus.
     (1) To deprive of, free from.
     (2) To separate, disjoin.

viprayukta p. p.
     (1) Separated, severed, detached.
     (2) Separated from, being absent or away from (with instr. or in comp.); abalāviprayuktaḥ sa kāmī Me. 2.
     (3) Freed or released from.
     (4) Deprived or destitute of, without (in comp.).

viprayogaḥ
     (1) Disunion, severance, separation, dissociation; as priya-.
     (2) Especially, separation of lovers; mā bhūdevaṃ kṣaṇamapi ca te vidyutā viprayogaḥ Me. 115, 10; sadyastvayā saha kṛśodari viprayogaḥ V. 5. 16; R. 13. 26, 14. 66.
     (3) Quarrel, disagreement.
     (4) Being fit or deserved.

vipralap 1 P.
     (1) To dispute, contradict, wrangle, quarrel.
     (2) To discuss, debate.
     (3) To lament, bewail.

vipralaptam
     (1) Discussion, debate, controversy.
     (2) Bewailing, lamentation.

vipralāpaḥ
     (1) Idle or unmeaning talk, prattle, gibberish, nonsense.
     (2) Mutual contradiction, contradictory statement.
     (3) A dispute, wrangling.
     (4) Violation of one's promise, breaking one's word.

vipralabh 1 A.
     (1) To cheat, deceive, impose upon.
     (2) To recover, regain.
     (3) To insult, disrespect.
     (4) To violate, disregard.

vipralabdha p. p.
     (1) Deceived, cheated.
     (2) Disappointed.
     (3) Hurt, injured. --bdhā A woman disappointed by her lover's breaking his appointment; (one of the several classes of a Nāyikā in poetic composition); she is thus defined in S. D.: --priyaḥ kṛtvāpi saṃketaṃ yasyā nāyāti saṃnidhim . vipralabdheti sā jñeyā nitāṃtamavamānitā .. 118.

vipralaṃbhaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Deceiving, deceit, tricking; Ki. 11. 27.
          (b) Delusion; atiklāmitā khalu priyasakhī anenānukūlavipralaṃbhena Māl. 6.
     (2) Especially, deceiving by false statement or by not keeping promises.
     (3) Quarrel, disagreement.
     (4) Disunion, separation, disjunction.
     (5) The separation of lovers; śuśruve priyajanasya kātaraṃ vipralaṃbhapariśaṃkino vacaḥ R. 19. 18; Ve. 2. 12.
     (6) (In Rhet.) The feeling or sentiment of love in separation, one of the two main kinds of śṛṃgāra (opp. saṃbhoga); aparaḥ (vipralaṃbhaḥ) abhilāṣaviraherṣyāpravāsaśāpahetuka iti paṃcavidhaḥ K. P. 4; yūnorayuktayorbhāvo yuktayorvāthavā mithaḥ . abhīṣṭāliṃganādīnāmanavāptau prahṛṣyate . vipralaṃbhaḥ sa vijñeyaḥ: ujjvalamaṇi: ; cf. S. D. 212 et seq.

vipralaṃbhanam Deception, fraud, trick.

vipralayaḥ Complete destruction or dissolution, annihilation; vidyākalpena marutā meghānāṃ bhūyasāmapi . brahmaṇīva vivartānāṃ kvāpi vipralayaḥ kṛtaḥ U. 6. 6.

vipralupta p. p.
     (1) Carried away, snatched away.
     (2) Disturbed, interrupted.

vipravas 1 P. To sojourn, be absent from (one's home); R. 12. 11. --Caus.
     (1) To banish, expel.
     (2) To remove, take away.

vipravāsaḥ Staying abroad, dwelling in a foreign country (away from one's home).

vipravāsanam
     (1) Banishment.
     (2) Staying abroad, sojourn.

viproṣita p. p.
     (1) Staying abroad, away from, absent.
     (2) Banished, being in exile.
     -- Comp.
          --bhartṛkā a woman whose husband is absent from home.

vipraśnikā A female fortuneteller; A. 64.

viprahīṇa a. Deprived or destitute of.

vipriya a. Disagreeable, disliked, unpleasant, distasteful. --yaṃ; Offence, wrong, a disagreeable act; manasāpi na vipriyaṃ mayā kṛtapūrvaṃ tava kiṃ jahāsi māṃ R. 8. 52, Ku. 4. 7; Ki. 9. 39; Śi. 15. 11; U. 3. 13.

vipruṣ f.
     (1) A drop (of water or any other liquid); saṃtāpaṃ navajalavipruṣo gṛhītvā Śi. 8. 40; svedavipruṣaḥ 2. 18.
     (2) A mark, dot, spot.

viplu 1 A.
     (1) To float about, swing to and fro, fluctuate.
     (2) To drift (in the sea), be scattered; yadi na syānnarapatiḥ samyaṅ netā tataḥ prajā . akarṇadhārā jaladhau viplaveteha nairiva H. 3. 2, Pt. 3. 73.
     (3) To be confused (as mind).
     (4) To be ruined or destroyed.
     (5) To fail. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to float or swim.
     (2) To divulge, spread abroad.
     (3) To teach (to unworthy persons); Ms. 11. 199.
     (4) To cause to fail, spoil, mar; guṇānāmāyathātarthyādarthaṃ viplāvayaṃti ye Śi. 2. 56.
     (5) To confound, bewilder.

viplavaḥ 1 Floating or drifting about floating in different directions.
     (2) Opposition, contrariety.
     (3) Confusion, perplexity.
     (4) Tumult, scuffle, affray; M. 1.
     (5) Devastation, predatory warfare; danger from an enemy.
     (6) Extortion.
     (7) Loss, destruction; sattvaviplavāt R. 8. 41.
     (8) Adverseness, evil turn; athavā mama bhāgyaviplavāt R. 8. 47.
     (9) The rust on a mirror (dust accumulating on its surface); apavarjitaviplave śucau ... matirādarśa ivābhidṛśyate Ki. 2. 26 (where viplava also means pramāṇabādhaḥ 'absence of reasoning'). (10) Transgression, violation; Ki. 1. 13.
     (11) An evil, a calamity.
     (12) Sin, wickedness, sinfulness.
     (13) Terrifying an enemy by shouts and gestures.
     (14) Divulging, making public.

viplāvaḥ
     (1) Deluging, inundating.
     (2) Causing tumult.
     (3) A horse's canter or gallop.

vipluta p. p.
     (1) Drifted about.
     (2) Drowned, submerged, deluged, overflowed.
     (3) Confounded, disturbed.
     (4) Ravaged, devastated.
     (5) Lost, disappeared.
     (6) Disgraced, dishonoured.
     (7) Ruined.
     (8) Obscured, disfigured.
     (9) Depraved, dissolute, profligate, guilty of lewdness. (10) Contrary, reverse.
     (11) Turning out false; naite vācaṃ viplutāṃ vyāharaṃti U. 4. 18.

vipluṣ See vipruṣ.

vipsā See vīpsā.

viphala a.
     (1) Fruitless, useless vain, ineffectual, unprofitable; mama viphalametadanurūpamapi yauvanaṃ Gīt. 7; jagatā vā viphalena kiṃ phalaṃ R. G.; Śi. 9. 6; Ku. 7. 66; Me. 68.
     (2) Idle, unmeaning. --lā N. of a plant (ketakī).

viphalīkṛ 8 U. To frustrate, defeat, foil, render fruitless.

viphalībhū 1 P. To become useless or unprofitable, be foiled.

vibaṃdh 9 P.
     (1) To bind or fasten (on different sides).
     (2) To stretch out, extend.

vibaddha p. p.
     (1) Fastened, tied.
     (2) Obstructed, stopped.

vibaṃdhaḥ
     (1) Constipation.
     (2) Obstruetion.

vibādh See bādh.

vibādhā Pain, anguish, torment, agony.

vivudh 1 P., 4 A.
     (1) To wake up, awake; nimīlya netre sahasā vyabudhyata Ku. 5. 57.
     (2) To become conscious.
     (3) To observe, perceive; find out. --Caus.
     (1) To awaken, rouse.
     (2) To restore to consciousness; atha mohaparāyaṇā satī vivaśā kāmapadhūrvibodhitā Ku. 4. 1.

vibuddha p. p.
     (1) Aroused, awakened, wide awake; S. 2.
     (2) Expanded, blossomed, full-blown.
     (3) Clever, skilful.
     (4) Unconscious.

vibudhaḥ
     (1) A wise or learned man, sage; sakhyaṃ sāptapadīnaṃ bho ityāhurvibudhā janāḥ Pt. 2. 43.
     (2) A god, deity; abhūnnṛpo vibudhasakhaḥ paraṃtapaḥ Bk. 1. 1; goptāraṃ na nidhīnāṃ mahayaṃti maheśvaraṃ vibudhāḥ Subhāṣ.
     (3) The moon.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipatiḥ, --iṃdraḥ, --īśvaraḥ epithets of Indra.
          --dviṣ, --śatruḥ a demon; V. 1. 3.

vibudhānaḥ
     (1) A learned man.
     (2) A teacher.

vibodhaḥ
     (1) Awakening, being awake.
     (2) Perceiving, discovering.
     (3) Intelligence.
     (4) Awaking, becoming conscious, one of the 33 or 34 subordinate feelings (or vyabhicāribhāva) in Rhetoric; nidrānāśottaraṃ jāyamāno bodho vibodhaḥ R. G.
     (5) Inattention, absence of mind.

vibboka See bibboka.

vi 2 U.
     (1) To say, speak.
     (2) To speak of or about.
     (3) To speak falsely or wrongly.
     (4) To explain, expound, interpret.
     (5) To quarrel, dispute, contend about.
     (6) To disagree with, contradict.

vibhaj 1 U.
     (1) To divide, distribute; vibhajya merurna yadarthisātkṛtaḥ N. 1. 16; patriṇāṃ vyabhajadāśramādbahiḥ R. 11. 29; 10. 54; vapurvibhaktāvayavaṃ pumāniti Śi. 1. 3; saṃdhyāmaṃgaladīpikā vibhajate śuddhāṃtavṛddho janaḥ V. 3. 2. 'distributes or places'.
     (2) To divide (as property, patrimony &c.); vibhaktā bhrātaraḥ 'divided brothers'.
     (3) To distinguish, discriminate.
     (4) To honour, worship.

vibhakta p. p.
     (1) Divided, partitioned (as property &c.).
     (2) Divided, separated in interest, as in vibhaktā bhrātaraḥ
     (3) Parted, separated, made distinct; Śi. 1. 3.
     (4) Different, multifarious.
     (5) Retired, secluded.
     (6) Regular, symmetrical.
     (7) Ornamented.
     (8) Measured. --ktaḥ N. of Kārtikeya. --ktaṃ 1 Solitude, retirement.
     (2) A share.
     (3) Property (divided).
     (4) Separation.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a son born after partition of the family-property (between his parents and brothers).

vibhaktiḥ f.
     (1) Separation, division, partition, apportionment.
     (2) Division, separation in interest.
     (3) A portion or share of inheritance.
     (4) In gram.) Inflection of nouns, a case or case-termination.

vibhaṃj 7 P. To break asunder, break to pieces, shatter.

vibhaṃgaḥ
     (1) Breaking, fracture.
     (2) Stopping, obstruction, stoppage; Bg. 2. 26.
     (3) Bending, contraction (as of the eyebrows); bhrūvibhaṃgakuṭilaṃ ca vīkṣitaṃ R. 19. 17.
     (4) A fold, wrinkle.
     (5) A step, stair; R. 6. 3.
     (6) Breaking out, manifestation; vividhavikāravibhaṃgaṃ Gīt. 11.
     (7) Division.

vibhavaḥ
     (1) Wealth, riches, property; atanuṣu vibhaveṣu jñātayaḥ saṃtu nāma S. 5. 8; R. 8. 69.
     (2) Might, power, prowess, greatness; etāvānmama mativibhavaḥ V. 2; vāgvibhavaḥ Māl. 1. 26, R. 1. 9; Ki. 5. 21.
     (3) Exalted position, rank, dignity.
     (4) Magnanimity.
     (5) Final beatitude, absolution.

vibhā 2 P.
     (1) To shine; payasā kamalena vibhāti saraḥ; Bh. 2. 71.
     (2) To seem, appear.
     (3) To become visible, come to light.

vibhā
     (1) Light, lustre.
     (2) A ray of light.
     (3) Beauty; splendour.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ 1. the sun; bata bata lasattejaḥpuṃjo vibhāti vibhākaraḥ K. P. 10. --2. the arka plant. --3. the moon. --4. fire.
          --vasuḥ 1. the sun. --2. fire; racayiṣyāmi tanuṃ vibhāvasau Ku. 4. 34; R. 3. 37, 10. 82; Bg. 7. 9. --3. the moon. --4. a kind of necklace.

vibhātaṃ --tī Day-break, dawn; S. 5. 19.

vibhāgaḥ
     (1) Division, partition, apportionment (as of inheritance); samastatra vibhāgaḥ syāt Ms. 9. 120, 210; Y. 2. 114.
     (2) The share of an inheritance.
     (3) A part or share in general
     (4) Division, separation, disjunction (regarded in Nyāya phil. as a Guṇa); Ku. 2. 4; Bg. 3. 28.
     (5) The numerator of a fraction.
     (6) A section.
     (7) Arrangement.
     -- Comp.
          --kalpanā allotment of shares; Y. 2. 149.
          --dharmaḥ the law of inheritance.
          --patrikā a deed of partition.
          --bhāj m. one who shares in a property already distributed; Y. 1. 122.

vibhāgataḥ ind. Proportionately.

vibhāgaśaḥ ind. Part by part, share by share, proportionately.

vibhājanam Dividing, distributing.

vibhājya a.
     (1) Portionable, to be divided.
     (2) Divisible.

vibhāvarī 1 Night; aparvāṇi grahakaluṣeṃdumaṃḍalā vibhāvarī kathaya kathaṃ bhaviṣyati M. 4. 15, 5. 7; Ku. 5. 44.
     (2) Turmeric.
     (3) A bawd.
     (4) A harlot.
     (5) A perverse woman.
     (6) A talkative woman (mukharastrī).

vibhāṣ 1 A
     (1) To lay down as an optional rule.
     (2) To abuse, revile, defame, censure.

vibhāṣā
     (1) An option, alternative.
     (2) Optionality of a rule.

vibhāsā Light, lustre.

vibhid 7 U.
     (1) To break, tear down.
     (2) To pierce, penetrate.
     (3) To divide, separate.
     (4) To interrupt.
     (5) To scatter, unbind, disperse.
     (6) To loosen, untie.
     (7) To alienate, estrange. --Pass. To change, become changed. --Caus.
     (1) To divide, separate.
     (2) To alienate, estrange.
     (3) To dispel, remove, drive away or off.

vibhinna p. p.
     (1) Broken asunder, divided, split.
     (2) Pierced, wounded.
     (3) Dispelled, driven away, dispersed.
     (4) Perplexed, bewildered.
     (5) Moved to and fro.
     (6) Disappointed.
     (7) Different, various.
     (8) Mixed, blended, variegated; vibhinnavarṇā garuḍāgrajena sūryasya rathyāḥ paritaḥ sphuraṃtyā Śi. 4. 14.
     (9) Manifested, displayed. (10) Become faithless. --nnaḥ N. of Śiva.

vibhedaḥ
     (1) Breaking asunder, dividing.
     (2) Division, separation.
     (3) Wounding.
     (4) Perplexing, bewildering.
     (5) Contradiction.
     (6) Enmity, opposition.
     (7) Variety, distinction.

vibhītaḥ, --taṃ, vibhītakaḥ --kaṃ, vibhītakī, vibhītā N. of a tree, Terminalia Belerica, one of the three myrobalans.

vibhīṣaka a. Frightening, terrifying.

vibhīṣikā
     (1) Terror.
     (2) A means of terrifying, a scare (a scare-crow); yadi te saṃti saṃtveva keyamanyā vibhīṣikā U. 4. 29.

vibhu a. (bhū-bhvī f.)
     (1) Mighty, powerful.
     (2) Eminent, supreme.
     (3) Able to, capable of (with inf.); (dhanuḥ) pūrayituṃ bhavaṃti vibhavaḥ śikharamaṇiucaḥ Ki. 5. 43.
     (4) Self-subdued, firm, self-controlled; kamaparamavaśaṃ na viprakuryarvibhumapi taṃ yadamī spṛśati bhāvāḥ Ku. 6. 95.
     (5) (In Nyāya phil.) Eternal, existing everywhere, allpervading, pervading all material things; sarvamūrtadravyasaṃyogitvaṃ vibhutvam.
     (6) Firm, hard. --bhuḥ
     (1) Ether.
     (2) Space.
     (3) Time.
     (4) The soul.
     (5) A lord, ruler, master, sovereign, king.
     (6) The supreme ruler; Bg. 5. 15; 10. 12.
     (7) A servant.
     (8) N. of Brahman.
     (9) Of Śiva; Ku. 6. 95; 7. 31; Mu. 1. 1. (10) Of Viṣṇu.

vibhū 1 P.
     (1) To appear, become manifest.
     (2) To be equal to, suffice for.
     (3) To pervade.
     (4) To be able, be capable of, prevail. --Caus.
     (1) To think of, reflect, contemplate.
     (2) To be aware of, know, perceive, discover, see; Māl. 1. 18; 5. 21; Pt. 5. 7; U. 2. 24.
     (3) To see or observe minutely, perceive carefully; V. 4.
     (4) To decide, settle, make clear.
     (5) To manifest, show, reveal.
     (5) To separate.
     (6) To suppose, imagine.
     (7) To convince.
     (8) To establish, prove; S. 6. 10.

vibhāvaḥ
     (1) (In Rhet.) Any condition which produces or develops a particular state of body or mind; (one of the three main divisions of Bhāvas, the other two being anubhāva and byābhicāribhāva q. q. v. v.); ratyādyudvodhakā loke vibhāvāḥ kāvyanāṭyayoḥ S. D. 62; its chief subdivisions are ālaṃbana and uddīpaka; see ālaṃbana.
     (2) A friend, an acquaintance.
     (3) Any exciting circumtance, (as dress &c.).

vibhāvaka a.
     (1) Manifesting, showing.
     (2) Discussing.

vibhāvanaṃ --nā
     (1) Clear perception or ascertainment, discrimination, judgment.
     (2) Discussion, investigation, examination.
     (3) Conception, imagination. --nā (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which effects are represented as taking place though their usual causes are absent; kriyāyāḥ pratiṣedhepi phalavyaktirvibhāvanā K. P. 10.

vibhāvita p. p.
     (1) Manifested, made clearly visible.
     (2) Known, understood, ascertained.
     (3) Seen, conceived.
     (4) Judged, discriminated.
     (5) Inferred, indicated.
     (6) Proved, established.
     -- Comp.
          --ekadeśa a. 'with whom a part has been discovered', who has been found guilty with regard to a part (of what is in dispute); vibhāvitaikadaśene deyaṃ yadabhiyujyate V. 4. 17.

vibhūta p. p.
     (1) Arisen, produced.
     (2) Appeared, manifested.
     (3) Great, mighty.

vibhūtiḥ f. Mighty, power, greatness; Śi. 14. 5; Ku. 2. 61.
     (2) Prosperity, welfare.
     (3) Dignity, exalted rank.
     (4) Riches, plenty, magnificence, splendour; aho rājādhirājamaṃtriṇo vibhūtiḥ Mu. 3; R. 8. 36.
     (5) Wealth, riches; R. 4. 19, 6. 76, 17. 43.
     (6) Superhuman power (which consists of eight faculties, aṇiman, laghiman, prāpti, prākāmya, mahiman, riśitā, vaśitā and kāmāvasāyitā); Ku. 2. 11.
     (7) Ashes of cow-dung.

vibhūṣ 10 U.
     (1) To adorn, decorate; keyūrā na vibhūṣayaṃti puruṣaṃ Bh. 2. 19; Śi. 9. 33; Ku. 1. 28.
     (2) Ved. To shine forth, appear.

vibhūṣaṇam Ornament, decoration; viśeṣataḥ sarvavidāṃ samāje vibhūṣaṇaṃ maunamapaṃḍitānāṃ Bh. 2. 7; R. 16. 80.

vibhūṣā
     (1) Ornament, decoration; saṃpede śramasālilodgamo vibhūṣā Ki. 7. 5, R. 4. 54.
     (2) Light, lustre.
     (3) Beauty, splendour.

vibhūṣita p. p. Adorned, decorated, ornamented.

vibhṛta p. p. Upheld, supported, maintained.

vibhraṃś 1 A., 4 P.
     (1) To drop or fall down.
     (2) To go to ruin, decay.
     (3) To fall stray from, go astray.
     (4) To lose.
     (5) To disappear, vanish.
     (6) To fail. --Caus.
     (1) To strike off, knock down.
     (2) To lead astray, seduce.
     (3) To destroy, ruin, annihilate.
     (4) To deprive (one) of.

vibhraṃśaḥ
     (1) Falling away or off.
     (2) Decay, decline, ruin.
     (3) A precipice.

vibhraṃśita p. p. Led astray, seduced.
     (2) Deprived of.
     (3) Destroyed; ruined.

vibhraṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Fallen off or away, separated.
     (2) Decayed, lost, fallen. ruined.
     (3) Disappeared. vanished.
     (4) Deprived or devoid of.

vibhram 1. 4. P.
     (1) To roam, wander about.
     (2) To hover, whirl or wheel round.
     (3) To scare away, dispe rse, scatter about.
     (4) To be confused or disordered, be bewildered or perplexed; Bg. 16. 16. --Caus. To confuse, confound; prabhāmattaścaṃdro jagādidamaho vibhramayati K. P. 10.

vibhramaḥ
     (1) Roaming or wandering about.
     (2) Whirling or going round, rolling about.
     (3) Error, mistake, blunder.
     (4) Hurry, confusion, flurry, perturbation; especially, the flurry of mind caused by love; cittavṛttyanavasthānaṃ śṛṃgārādbibhramo bhavet.
     (5) (Hence) Putting on of ornaments &c. in wrong places through flurry; vibhramastvarayā'kāle bhūṣāsthānāviparyayaḥ; yaścāpsarovibhramamaṃḍanānāṃ saṃpādayitrīṃ śikharairbibhartti Ku. 1. 4. (see Malli. thereon).
     (6) Any amorous or sportive action, amorous play or movement; Māl. 1. 26, 9. 38.
     (7) Beauty, grace, charm; N. 15. 25, U. 1. 20, 34, 6. 4; Śi. 6. 46, 7. 15, 16. 64, Māl. 7.
     (8) Doubt, apprehension.
     (9) Caprice, whim.

vibhramā Old age.

vibhrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Whirled about.
     (2) Agitated, bewildered, confused, flurried.
     (3) Mistaken, erring.
     -- Comp.
          --nayana a. with rolling eyes.
          --śīla a. 1. confused in mind. --2. intoxicated, drunk. (
          --laḥ) 1. a monkey. --2. the disc of the sun or moon.

vibhrāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Whirling, going round.
     (2) Flurry, error, confusion.
     (3) Hurry, precipitation.

vibhrāj
     (1) A. To shine brilliantly or intensely; vibhrājase makaraketanamarcayaṃtī Ratn. 1. 21.

vibhrāj a. Shining, splendid, bright, luminous.

vimatsara a. Free from jealousy, unenvious; Bg. 4. 22.

vima(maṃ)th 9 P.
     (1) To disperse, scatter.
     (2) To destroy, annihilate.
     (3) To confound, confuse.

vimāthaḥ Utter ruin or destruction.

vimad 4 P.
     (1) To become perplexed or confused.
     (2) To be intoxicated or mad. --Caus.
     (1) To confound, perplex.
     (2) To intoxicate, madden.

vimatta p. p.
     (1) Intoxicated.
     (2) Ruttish; furious, in rut.

vimada a.
     (1) Free from intoxication; Pt. 1. 238.
     (2) Devoid of joy, sad, cheerless.

viman Caus. To disrespect, dishonour, insult; tvayā nāma munirvimānyaḥ S. 5 20; strībhirvimānitānāṃ kāpuruṣāṇāṃ vivadhate madanaḥ Mk. 8. 9.

vimata p. p.
     (1) Disagreeing, dissenting, differing in opinion.
     (2) At variance, inconsistent.
     (3) Slighted, despised, neglected.
     (4) Dubious, doubtful. --taḥ An enemy.

vimati a. Stupid, devoid of intelligence, foolish. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Dissent, disagreement, difference of opinion.
     (2) Dislike.
     (3) Stupidity.

vimānaḥ --nam
     (1) Disrespect, dishonour.
     (2) A measure.
     (3) A ballon, a heavenly car (moving through the skies); padaṃ vimānena vigāhamānaḥ R. 13. 1, 7. 51; vimānīkṛtarājahaṃsamaṃḍalaḥ K.; R. 12. 104; Ku. 2. 45, 7. 40; V. 4. 43; Ki. 7. 11.
     (4) A vehicle or conveyance in general; R. 16. 68.
     (5) A palace (with seven stories); netrā nītāḥ satatagatinā yadvimānāgrabhūmīḥ Me. 69.
     (7) A horse.
     -- Comp.
          --cārin, --yāna a. moving in a balloon.
          --rājaḥ 1. an excellent heavenly car; U. 3. --2. the driver of a heavenly car.

vimānanā Disrespect, dishonour, contempt, humiliation; vimānanā subhru kutaḥ piturgṛhe Ku. 5. 43; abhavannāsya vimānanā kvacit R. 8. 8.

vimānita p. p. Disrespected, dishonoured.

vimanas, --vimanaska a.
     (1) Sad, disconsolate, depressed in mind or spirits, sorry, discomposed; U. 1. 7.
     (2) Absent-minded.
     (3) Perplexed, bewildered.
     (4) Displeased.
     (5) Changed in mind or feeling.

vimanīkṛta a.
     (1) Displeased.
     (2) Changed in mind or feeling.
     (3) Sad, discomposed.

vimanyu a. 1 Free from anger.
     (2) Free from grief.

vimayaḥ Exchange, barter.

vimarṣaḥ
     (1) Thought, deliberation.
     (2) Impatience, non-forbearance.
     (3) Dissatisfaction, displeasure.
     (4) (In dramas) A change in the successful progress of a dramatic plot, a change in the prosperous course of a love-story caused by some unforeseen reverse or accident, one of the five Sandhis in a drama; it is thus defined in S. D.; yatra mukhyaphalopāya udbhinno garbhato'dhikaḥ . śāpādyaiḥ sāṃtarāyaśca sa vimarṣa iti smṛtaḥ 336; see Mu. 4. 3; (often written vimarśa in all these senses).

vimala a.
     (1) Pure, stainless, spotless, clean (fig. also).
     (2) Clear, limpid, pellucid, transparent (as water); vimalaṃ jalaṃ.
     (3) White, bright. --laḥ An Arhat. --laṃ 1 Silver-gilt.
     (2) Talc.
     -- Comp.
          --adriḥ the mountain Girnār in Gujerāt (famous for its inscriptions).
          --dānaṃ an offering to a deity.
          --maṇiḥ a crystal.

vimāṃsaḥ --sam Unclean meat (as of dogs),

vimātṛ f. A step-mother.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a step-mother's son.

vimārgaḥ
     (1) A bad road.
     (2) A wrong road, evil conduct or course, immorality.
     (3) A broom.
     -- Comp.
          --gā an unchaste woman; vimārgagāyāśca ruciḥ svakāte Bv. 1. 125.
          --gāmin, --prasthita a. following evil courses; niyamayasivimārgaprasthitānāttadaṃḍaḥ S. 5. 8.

vimārgaṇam Searching, looking out for, seeking for.

vimiśra, vimiśrita a. Mixed, blended, mingled (with instr. or in comp.); puṃbhirvimiśrā nāryaśca Mb.; daṃpatyoriha ko na ko na tamasi vrīḍāvimiśro rasaḥ Gīt. 5.

vimukha a. (khī f.)
     (1) With the face averted or turned away from.
     (2) Averse, disinclined, opposed; na kṣudrepi prathamasukṛtāpekṣayā saṃśrayāya prāpte mitre bhavati vimukhaḥ kiṃ punaryastathoccaiḥ Me. 17; 27; Mu. 2. 7; (raghūṇāṃ) manaḥ parastrīvimukhapravṛti R. 16. 8, 19. 47.
     (3) Adverse; H. 1. 130.
     (4) Without, devoid of (in comp.); karuṇāvimukhena mṛtyunā haratā tvāṃ vada kiṃ na me hṛtaṃ R. 8. 67.

vimuc 6 P.
     (1) To free, liberate.
     (2) To loosen, unbind, unfasten, untie āsīdvivṛttavadanā ca vimocayaṃtī (valkalaṃ) S. 2. 12.
     (3) To give up, lay aside, abandon, quit; vimucya vāsāṃsi gurūni sāṃprataṃ Rs. 1. 7.
     (4) To let go, let loose; Bk. 7. 50.
     (5) To except, set aside, set apart; Ku. 4. 31.
     (6) To shed, pour down (te ars); ciramaśrūṇi vimucya rāghavaḥ R. 8. 25.
     (7) To throw, cast.
     (8) To take off (clothes), undress oneself.
     (9) To stop, cease. (10) To take, assume. --Pass. To be deprived of, be freed from.

vimukta p. p.
     (1) Set free, released, liberated.
     (2) Abandoned, given up, quitted, left.
     (3) Freed from.
     (4) Hurled, discharged.
     (5) Given vent to.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭha a. raising a loud cry, weeping bitterly.

vimuktiḥ f.
     (1) Release, liberation.
     (2) Separation.
     (3) Absolution, final liberation.

vimudra a.
     (1) Unsealed.
     (2) Opened, budded, blown (as a flower &c).

vimuh 4 P. 1 To be confused, bewildered, or perplexed, be embarrassed; Bg. 2. 72; 3. 6, 27.
     (2) To be foolish or infatuated. --Caus.
     (1) To infatuate, bewilder.
     (2) To allure, tempt, seduce.

vimugdha a. Confused, confounded, bewildered.

vimūḍha p. p.
     (1) Confounded, bewildered.
     (2) Seduced, tempted, beguiled.
     (3) Stupid.
     (4) Wise, learned. --ḍhaḥ A kind of divine being.

vimṛd 9 P.
     (1) To press, squeeze.
     (2) To bruise, crush, pound.
     (3) To kill, destroy.
     (4) To lay waste, devastate.

vimardaḥ
     (1) Pounding, crushing, bruising.
     (3) Rubbing together, trituration (as of perfumes), friction; vimardasurabhirbakulāvalikā khalvahaṃ M. 3; R. 5. 65; kastūrikā mṛgavimardasugaṃdhireti Śi. 4. 61, 11. 28.
     (3) Pressing together (as in embrace).
     (4) Spoiling, marring; kutūhalavimardakāriṇā pariśrameṇa Mk. 1.
     (5) Touch; contact.
     (6) Rubbing the person with saffron or other unguents.
     (7) War, battle, fight, encounter; vimardakṣamāṃ bhūmimavatarāvaḥ U. 5, 3. 44.
     (8) Destruction, devastation; R. 6. 62.
     (9) Conjunction of the sun and moon. (10) An eclipse.
     (11) Weariness, tediousness.

vimardakaḥ 1 Grinding, pounding bruising.
     (2) The trituration of perfumes.
     (3) An eclipse.
     (4) The conjunction of the sun and moon.
     (5) Destroying.

vimardanaṃ, --nā
     (1) Pounding, crushing, trampling.
     (2) Rubbing together, friction.
     (3) Destruction, killing.
     (5) An eclipse.

vimardita, --vimṛdita p. p.
     (1) Pounded, crushed, ground.
     (2) Rubbed.
     (3) Anointed, smeared.

vimṛś 6 P.
     (1) To touch, feel.
     (2) To stroke, rub.
     (3) To think, consider, reflect, ponder (over); vṛṇate hi vimṛśyakāriṇaṃ guṇalubdhāḥ svayameva saṃpadaḥ Ki. 2. 30; rāmapravāse vyamṛśanna doṣaṃ janāpavādaṃ sa naradreṃmṛtyuṃ Bk. 3. 7; 12. 24; Ku. 6. 87; Bg. 18. 63; Śi. 10. 56.
     (4) To perceive, observe.
     (5) To examine, test; tadatrabhavānimaṃ māṃ ca śāstre prayoge ca vimṛśatu M. 1.
     (6) To hesitate, doubt.

vimarśaḥ --rśanam
     (1) Deliberation, consideration, examination, discussion.
     (2) Reasoning.
     (3) A conflicting judgment.
     (4) Hesitation, doubt.
     (5) The impression left on the mind by past good or bad actions; see vāsanā.

vimṛṣṭa p. p. Considered, reflected upon, pondered over.

vimokṣaḥ 1 Release, liberation, freeing.
     (2) Discharging, shooting.
     (3) Final emancipation or beatitude.

vimokṣaṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Liberating, releasing, setting free.
     (2) Discharging.
     (3) Quitting, leaving, abandoning.
     (4) Laying (as eggs).

vimocanam
     (1) Unloosing, unyoking.
     (2) Release, freedom.
     (3) Liberation, emancipation.

vimohana a. (nā or nī f.) Alluring, tempting, fascinating. --naḥ --naṃ N. of a division of Hell. --naṃ 1 Seducing, tempting, fascinating.
     (2) Infatuation.

vimlāpanam
     (1) Refreshing, reviving.
     (2) Cleaning, wiping.
     (3) Causing to wither or fade away, wasting away.

viṃbaḥ --bam See biṃba.

viṃbaka See biṃbaka.

viṃbaṭaḥ The mustard plant.

viṃbā --bī f. N. of a creeper.

viṃbikā See biṃbikā.

viṃbuḥ The betel-nut tree.

viyat n. The aky, atmosphere, ether; paśyodagravatatvādbiyati bahutaraṃ stokamurvyāṃ prayāti S. 1. 7; R. 13. 40.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃgā 1. the heavenly Ganges. --2. the galaxy.
          --cārin (viyaccārin) m. a kite.
          --bhūtiḥ f. darkness.
          --maṇiḥ (viyanmaṇiḥ) the sun.

viyatiḥ A bird.

viyam 1 P.
     (1) To spread out, extend.
     (2) To curb, restrain.
     (3) To give, grant, bestow.

viyamaḥ
     (1) Restraint, check, control.
     (2) Distress, pain, affliction.
     (3) Cessation, stop.

viyāta a. 1 Bold(dhṛṣṭa).
     (2) Audacious, shameless, impudent.
     (3) Abandoned, wretched.

viyāma See viyama.

viyu 3 P.
     (1) To be separated or dissolved (intran.).
     (2) To lose or be deprived of.
     (3) To exclude, deprive of.
     (4) To keep or ward off, prevent.

viyuta p. p.
     (1) Deprived of, separated from; V. 4. 18.
     (2) Without, devoid of.

viyuj 7 A.
     (1) To leave, abandon; part with, forsake; madamānasamuddhataṃ nṛpaṃ na viyuṃkte niyamena mūḍhatā Ki. 2. 49; R. 13. 63.
     (2) To separate; puro viyukte mithune kṛpāvatī Ku. 5. 26.
     (3) To relax, slacken.
     (4) To disjoin, divide, sever.
     (5) To free or deliver from, deprive of (with instr.); prauṇarna viyojayati Pt. 1; asubhirna viyujyate K. 38. --Caus.
     (1) To separate.
     (2) To free from, deprive of; ajānatā mayā saiva patraiḥ śākhā viyojitā Mk. 4. 18.

viyukta p. p.
     (1) Detached, severed, separated.
     (2) Separated from, deserted by.
     (3) Free from, deprived of (with instr. or in comp.).
     (4) Failing, deficient.

viyogaḥ
     (1) Separation, disunion; ayamekapade tayā viyogaḥ sahasā copanataḥ suduḥsaho me V. 4. 3; tvayopasthitaviyogasya tapovanasyāpi samavasthā dṛśyate S. 4; saṃdhatte bhṛśamaratiṃ hi sadviyogaḥ Ki. 5. 51; R. 12. 10; Me. 88; Śi. 12. 63.
     (2) Absence, loss.
     (3) Subtraction.

viyogin a.
     (1) Separated.
     (2) Absent, apart. --m. The ruddy goose.

viyoginī
     (1) A woman separated from her lover or husband; guruniḥśvasitaiḥ kapirmanīṣī niraṇaiṣīdatha tāṃ viyoginīti Bv. 4. 35.
     (2) N. of a metre; (see App. I).

viyojita p. p.
     (1) Separated.
     (2) Separated from, deprived of.

viyoniḥ --nī f.
     (1) Manifold birth.
     (2) The womb of animals (Kull. on Ms. 12. 77).
     (3) A debased or ignominious birth.

virac 10 U.
     (1) To arrange; Ki. 7. 94.
     (2) To compose, put together, write; R. 5. 75, Me. 86, 103.
     (3) To effect, produce, cause, make; Bv. 1. 30.
     (4) To put on.
     (5) To set, inlay.

viracanaṃ --nā
     (1) Arrangement, disposition; Śi. 5. 21.
     (2) Contriving, constructing.
     (3) Formation, creation.
     (4) Composition, compilation.

viracita p. p.
     (1) Arranged, made, formed, prepared.
     (2) Contrived, constructed.
     (3) Written, composed.
     (4) Trimmed, dressed, embellished, ornamented.
     (5) Put on, worn.
     (6) Set, inlaid.

viraja a. Free from dust or passion. --jaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu. --jā 1 Dūrvā grass.
     (2) N. of the wife of Nahusha.

virajas, virajaska a.
     (1) Free from dust.
     (2) Free from passion; Śi. 20. 80.
     (3) Free from menstrual excretion.

virajaskā A woman in whom the menstrual secretion has ceased

virajīkṛ 8 U. To render free from dust.

virajībhū 1 P. To become free from. dust, be pure.

viraṃcaḥ, --ciḥ N. of Brahman.

viraṃj 1. 4. U.
     (1) To grow discoloured or soiled, be coarse or rough; keśā api virajyaṃte niḥsnehāḥ kiṃ na sevakāḥ Pt. 1. 82 (where it has sense 2 also).
     (2) To be discontented or disaffected, to dislike, hate; cirānurakto'pi virajyate janaḥ Mk. 1. 53; yāṃ ciṃtayāmi satataṃ mayi sā viraktā Bh. 2. 2; Bk. 18. 22.
     (3) To become disgusted with the world and hence to renounce all worldly attachments. --Caus. To colour, dye.

virakta p. p.
     (1) Very red, ruddy, R. 13. 64.
     (2) Discoloured.
     (3) Changed in mind, disaffected, displeased; Bh. 2. 2.
     (4) Free from passion or worldly attachment, indifferent.
     (5) Impassioned. --ktā An unfortunate or unhappy woman.

viraktiḥ f.
     (1) Change of disposition, dissatisfaction, discontent, disaffection.
     (2) Estrangement.
     (3) Indifference, absence of desire, freedom from passion or worldly attachment.

viraṭaḥ A kind of black agallochum.

viraṇam A kind of fragrant grass; cf. vīraṇa.

viram 1 P.
     (1) To end, terminate, come to an end; aviditagatayāmā rātrireva vyaraṃsīt U. 1. 27; 6. 33.
     (2) To cease, desist, stop, leave off (speaking &c.); etāvaduktvā virate mṛgeṃdre R. 2. 51; Śi. 2. 13; oft. with abl.; hā haṃta kimiti cittaṃ viramati nādyapi viṣayebhyaḥ Bv. 4. 25; na sthirakarmā virarāma karmaṇaḥ R. 8. 22; vatsaitasmādvirama viramātaḥ paraṃ na kṣamosmi U. 1. 33; Bh. 2. 80.

virata p. p.
     (1) Ceased or desisting from (with abl.).
     (2) Rested, stopped, ceased.
     (3) Ended, concluded, at an end; virataṃ geyamṛturnirutsavaḥ R. 8. 66.

viratiḥ f.
     (1) Cessation, stop, discontinuance.
     (2) Rest, end, pause.
     (3) Indifference to worldly attachments; virativanitāsaṃgamuditaḥ Bh. 3. 79.

viramaḥ
     (1) Cessation, stop.
     (2) Sunset.

virāmaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Cessation, discontinuance; sudhāṃ vinā na prayayurvirāmaṃ Bh. 2. 80; pravṛttasyāvirāme bhavaṃtī śāsitavyā Mbh.
          (b) Rest, repose.
     (2) End, termination, conclusion; rajaniridānīmiyamapi yāti virāmaṃ Gīt. 5; U. 3. 16, Māl. 9. 34.
     (3) Pause, stop.
     (4) The stop or pause of the voice; Mk. 3. 5.
     (5) A small oblique stroke placed under a consonant, usually at the end of a sentence.
     (6) N. of Vishnu.

virala a.
     (1) Having interstices, separated by intervals, thin, not thick or compact; viparyāsaṃ yāto ghanaviralabhāvaḥ kṣitiruhāṃ U. 2. 27; 1. 20; bhavati viralabhaktirmlānapuṣpāpahāraḥ R. 5. 74.
     (2) Fine, delicate.
     (3) Loose, wide apart.
     (4) Rare, scarcely found, unfrequent; viralā hi teṣāmupadeṣṭāraḥ K.; Pt. 1. 29.
     (5) Few, little (referring to number or quantity); tattvaṃ kimapi kāvyānāṃ jānāti viralo bhuvi Bv. 1. 117; viralātapacchaviḥ Śi. 9. 3.
     (6) Remote, distant, long (as time, distance &c.). --laṃ Curds, coagulated milk. --laṃ ind. Scarcely, rarely, not frequently.
     -- Comp.
          --jānuka a. bandy-legged, bowkneed.
          --dravā a kind of gruel.

virasa a.
     (1) Tasteless, insipid, flavourless.
     (2) Unpleasant, disagreeable, painful; tāvatkokila virasān yāpaya divasān vanāṃtare nivasan Bv. 1. 7; Māl. 1. 31; 6. 10.
     (3) Cruel, unfeeling. --saḥ Pain.

virahaḥ
     (1) Parting with, separation.
     (2) Especially, the separation of lovers; sā virahe tava dīnā Gīt. 4; kṣaṇamapi virahaḥ purā na sehe ibid.; Me. 8, 12, 29, 85, 87.
     (3) Absence.
     (4) Want.
     (5) Desertion, abandonment, relinquishment.
     (6) The feeling of love in separation; see vipralaṃbha
     (6).
     (7) Loneliness.
     -- Comp.
          --analaḥ the fire of separation.
          --avasthā the state of separation.
          --ārta, --utkaṃṭha, --utsuka a. suffering from separation, pining away in separation.
          --utkaṃṭhitā a woman distressed by the absence of her lover or husband, one of the several classes of a Nāyikā in poetic compositions; see S. D. 121.
          --jvaraḥ the fever or anguish of separation.

virahiṇī
     (1) A woman separated from her lover or husband.
     (2) Wages, hire.

virahita p. p.
     (1) Deserted, abandoned, forsaken.
     (2) Separated from.
     (3) Lonely, solitary.
     (4) Bereft of, devoid or destitute of, free from (mostly in comp.).

virahin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Absent from, being separated from a mistress or lover; nṛtyati yuvatijanena samaṃ sakhi virahijanasya duraṃte Gīt. 1.
     (2) Lonely, solitary.

virāgaḥ
     (1) Change of colour.
     (2) Change of disposition, disaffection, discontent, dissatisfaction; virāgakāraṇeṣu parihṛteṣu Mu. 1.
     (3) Aversion, disinclination.
     (4) Indifference to worldly attachments, freedom from passion.

virāj 1 U.
     (1) To shine, glitter; Bv. 1. 88.
     (2) To appear or look like; R. 2. 20.
     (3) To be eminent or illustrious. --Caus. To brighten, illuminate, irradiate.

virāj m.
     (1) Beauty, splendour.
     (2) A man of the Kshatriya or warrior tribe.
     (3) The first progeny of Brahman; cf. Ms. 1. 32; tasmāt virāḍajāyata Rv. 10. 90. 5 (where virāj is represented as born from Purusha).
     (4) The body.
     (5) (In Vedānta phil.) N. of 'intellect' considered as ruling over the aggregate of bodies. --f. N. of a Vedic metre.

virāja See virāj.

virājita p. p.
     (1) Irradiated, illuminated.
     (2) Displayed, manifested.

virāṭaḥ
     (1) N. of a district in India.
     (2) N. of a king of the Matsyas. The Pāṇḍavas lived incognito in the service of this king for one year, (the thirteenth of their exile) having assumed different disguises. His daughter Uttara was married to Abhimanyu and was mother of Parīkṣit who succeeded Yudhisṭhira to the throne of Hastināpura.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a sort of inferior diamond.
          --parvan n. the fourth book of the Mahābhārata.

virāṭakaḥ A sort of inferior diamond.

virāṇin m. An elephant.

virādh 4 P.
     (1) To hurt, injure, offend, wrong; kriyāsamabhihāreṇa virādhyaṃtaṃ kṣameta kaḥ Śi. 2. 43; virāddha evaṃ bhavatā virā ddhā bahudhā ca naḥ 2. 41.
     (2) To lose, be deprived of.

virāddha p. p.
     (1) Opposed, counteracted.
     (2) Offended, injured, treated with contempt; see the quotations under rādh with vi above.

virādhaḥ
     (1) Opposition.
     (2) Annoyance, vexation, molestation.
     (3) N. of a powerful Rākṣasa slain by Rāma.

virādhanam
     (1) Opposing.
     (2) Hurting, injuring, offending.
     (3) Pain, anguish.

virāla See biḍāla.

viriṃcaḥ, viriṃcanaḥ
     (1) N. of Brahman.
     (2) Of Śiva.
     (3) Of Viṣṇu.

viriṃciḥ
     (1) N. of Brahman; Vikr 1. 46; N. 3. 44; Śi. 9. 9.
     (2) Of Viṣṇu.
     (3) Of Śiva.

viribdhaḥ A note, sound.

viru 2 P.
     (1) To cry, bewail, lament; nanu sahavarīṃ dūre matvā virauṣi samutsukaḥ V. 4. 20; Bk. 5. 54; Rs. 6. 27.
     (2) To make a sound, sound in general; na sa virauti na cāpi sa śobhate Pt. 1. 75; jīrṇatvāda gṛhasya virauti kapāṭaṃ Mk. 3; ete ta eva girayo viruvanmayūrāḥ U. 2. 23.
     (3) To cry out, shout, scream.

virāvaḥ Clamour, noise, sound; ālokaśabdaṃ vayasāṃ virāvaiḥ R. 2. 9, 16. 31.

virāvin a.
     (1) Weeping, crying, shouting.
     (2) Lamenting. --ṇī
     (1) Weeping, crying.
     (2) A broom.

viruta p. p.
     (1) Screamed, shouted.
     (2) Resounding, filled with cries. --ta
     (1) Crying, shrieking, roaring &c.
     (2) Cry, sound, noise, clamour, din.
     (3) Singing, humming, chirping, buzzing; parabhṛtavirutaṃ kalaṃ yathā prativacanīkṛtamebhirīdṛśaṃ S. 4. 9.

virugṇa p. p.
     (1) Broken to pieces, shattered.
     (2) Destroyed.
     (3) Bent.
     (4) Blunted, dulled.

viruc 1 A.
     (1) To shine, be resplendent; R. 6. 5; 17. 14; Bk. 8. 66.
     (2) To be eminent or conspicuous.
     (3) To become visible, appear.
     (4) To illuminate, brighten (P.).
     (5) To please, delight. --Caus.] To irradiate, illuminate.
     (2) To delight in.
     (3) To sport with.

virukmat m. A bright weapon.

virudaḥ --dam
     (1) Proclaiming.
     (2) Crying aloud.
     (3) A panegyric, laudatory poem; gadyapadyamayī rājastutirbirudamucyate S. D. 570; nadaṃti madadaṃtinaḥ parilasaṃti vājivrajāḥ paṭhaṃti virudāvalīmahitamaṃdire vaṃdinaḥ .. R. G.

viruditam Loud cry or lamentation; U. 3. 30 v. l.

virudh 7 U.
     (1) To oppose, obstruct, hinder, prevent. --Pass.
     (1) To be opposed to, be inconsistent or at variance with.
     (2) To contend or quarrel with; Pt. 4. 116.
     (3) To fail.
     (4) To be kept back or withheld.

viruddha p. p.
     (1) Hindered, checked, opposed, obstructed.
     (2) Blocked up, confined or shut up.
     (3) Besieged, blockaded.
     (4) Opposed to, inconsistent with, incongruous, inconsistent.
     (5) Contrary, opposite, opposed in quality.
     (6) Contradictory, proving the reverse, (as a hetu in Logic); sādhyābhavavyāpto heturviruddhaḥ Tarka K.: e. g. śabdo nityaḥ kṛtakatvāt T. S.
     (7) Hostile, adverse, inimical.
     (8) Unfavourable, unpropitious.
     (9) Prohibited, forbidden (as food). (10) Wrong, unlawful, improper.
     (11) Excluded.
     (12) Uncertain, doubtful. --ddhaṃ
     (1) Opposition, contrariety, hostility.
     (2) Discord, disagreement.
     -- Comp.
          --dhī a. evil-minded, wicked
          --matikṛt m. a fault or defect in composition; viparītārthadhīyarsmāt viruddhamatikṛnmatam.

virodhaḥ
     (1) Opposition, obstruction, impediment.
     (2) Blockade, siege, investment.
     (3) Restraint, check.
     (4) Inconsistency, incongruity, contradiction.
     (5) Antithesis, contrast.
     (6) Enmity, hostility; virodho viśrāṃtaḥ U. 6. 11; Pt. 1. 332; R. 10. 13.
     (7) A quarrel, disagreement.
     (8) A calamity, misfortune.
     (9) (In Rhet.) An apparent incongruity which is merely verbal and is explained away by properly construing the passage; it consists in representing objects as antithetical to one another though in the nature of things they are not so: representing things as being together though really they cannot be together; (this figure is largely used by Bāṇa and Subandhu; puṣpavatyapi pavitrā, kṛṣṇopyasudarśanaḥ, bharatopi śatrughnaḥ being familiar instances); it is thus defined by Mammaṭa: --virodha so'virodhe'pi viruddhatvena yadvacaḥ K. P. 10; this figure is also called virodhābhāsa).
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f.,
          --vacanaṃ contradiction, opposition.
          --kārin a. fomenting quarrels.
          --kṛt a. opposing. (--m.) an enemy.

virodhanam
     (1) Hindering, opposing, obstructing.
     (2) Besieging, blockading.
     (3) Opposition, resistance.
     (4) Contradiction, inconsistency.

virodhin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Resisting, opposing, obstructing.
     (2) Besieging.
     (3) Contradictory, opposed to, inconsistent with; tapovana- S. 1.
     (4) Hostile, inimical, adverse; virodhisattvojjhitapūrvamatsaraṃ Ku. 5. 17.
     (5) Quarrelsome. --m. An enemy; Śi. 16. 64.

viruh 1 P. To grow, shoot up; R. 2. 26; Mk. 1. 19.
     (2) To mount, ascend.
     (3) To arise, proceed. --Caus.
     (1) To heal (as a wound).
     (2) To plant.

virūḍha p. p.
     (1) Grown, germinated, shot up; Mk. 1. 9.
     (2) Produced, born, arisen.
     (3) Grown, increased.
     (4) Budded, blossomed.
     (5) Ascended, mounted.

viropa(ha)ṇam
     (1) Healing (as a sore); vraṇaviropaṇaṃ tailaṃ S. 4. 13.
     (2) Planting.

virohaḥ Growing, shooting forth.

virūkṣaṇam
     (1) Roughening.
     (2) Acting as an astringent.
     (3) Blame, censure.
     (4) A curse, an imprecation.

virūpa a. (pā or pī f.)
     (1) Deformed, ugly, misshapen, disfigured; Pt. 1. 143.
     (2) Unnatural, monstrous.
     (3) Multiform, diverse. --paṃ
     (1) Deformity, ugliness.
     (2) Variety of form, nature, or character.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. having deformed eyes: vapurvirūpākṣaṃ Ku. 5. 72. (
          --kṣaḥ) N. of Śiva (having an unusual number of eyes); dṛśā dagdhaṃ manasijaṃ jīvayaṃti dṛśaiva yāḥ . virūpākṣasya jayinīstāḥ stuve vāmalocanāḥ Vb. 1. 2; Ku. 6. 21.
          --karaṇaṃ 1. disfiguring. --2. injuring.
          --cakṣus m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --rūpa a. deformed.

virūpaka a.
     (1) Deformed, ugly.
     (2) Hideous, frightful, monstrous. --kaḥ A nickname.

virūpin a. (ṇī f.) Deformed, ugly, disfigured. --m. A pole-cat.

virekaḥ
     (1) Evacuation of the bowels, purging.
     (2) A purgative.

virecanam See vireka.

virecita a. Purged, evacuated.

virephaḥ
     (1) A river, stream.
     (2) Absence of the letter r.

virokaḥ --kam A hole, pit, chasm; Śi. 5. 54. --kaḥ A ray of light.

virocanaḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The moon.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) N. of the son of Prarhāda and father of Bali; Śi. 14. 74.
     -- Comp.
          --sutaḥ an epithet of Bali.

vil I. 6 P. (vilati)
     (1) To cover, conceal.
     (2) To break, divide. --II. 10 U. (velayati-te) To throw, send forth.

vilam See bila.

vilakṣ 10 U. To see, observe, perceive, notice.
     (2) To characterize, distinguish.
     (3) To be confused, be bewildered; nirvyāpāravilakṣitāni sāṃtvaya balāni U. 6; see vilakṣa below.

vilakṣa a.
     (1) Having no characteristic or distinguishing marks.
     (2) Bewildered, embarrassed.
     (3) Surprised, astonished.
     (4) Ashamed, abashed, disconcerted; gotreṣu skhalitastadā bhavati ca vrīḍāvilakṣaściraṃ S. 6. 4.
     (5) Forced, unnatural, embarrassed (as a smile); vilakṣasmitasphuritairdaśanāṃśubhiḥ K. 233; Ratn. 3. 14.

vilakṣaṇa a.
     (1) Having no characteristic or distinguishing marks.
     (2) Different, other.
     (3) Strange, extraordinary, unusual.
     (4) Possessed of inauspicious marks. --ṇaṃ
     (1) A vain or useless state.
     (2) Perceiving, observing.

vilakṣita p. p.
     (1) Distinguished, perceived, seen, discovered.
     (2) Discernible by.
     (3) Dismayed, perplexed, embarrassed, puzzled.
     (4) Vexed, annoyed.
     (5) Undistinguished.

vilag 1 P. To stick or adhere to, cling to.

vilagna a.
     (1) Clinging or sticking to, resting on, fastened on; ākuṭilapakṣmavilagnaṃ S. 7. 25; Śi. 9. 20.
     (2) Cast, fixed, directed; Ku. 7. 50
     (3) Gone by, elapsed (as time).
     (4) Thin, slender, delicate; madhyena sā vedivilagnamadhyā Ku. 1. 39; V. 4. 37. --gnaṃ 1 The waist.
     (2) The hips.
     (3) The rising of constellations.

vilaṃgh 10 U.
     (1) To pass or spring over, traverse; niveśayamāsa vilaṃghitādhvā R. 5. 42; 16. 32; Śi. 12. 24, 8. 26.
     (2) To violate, transgress, overstep, disregard, neglect; gatuṃ pravṛtte samayaṃ vilaṃdhya Ku. 3. 25; R. 5. 48, Ki. 2. 45, Śi. 17. 12.
     (3) To violate the limits of propriety; R. 9. 74.
     (4) To rise towards, ascend or go up to; Ki. 5. 1; N. 5. 2.
     (6) To give up, abandon, leave aside; mano babaṃdhānyarasān vilaṃghya sā R. 3. 4.
     (7) To surpass, excel; iti karṇotpalaṃ prāyastava dṛṣṭyā vilaṃghyate Kāv. 2. 224.
     (8) To cause to fast.
     (9) To overcome, surmount. (10) To offend, insult.

vilaṃghanam
     (1) Transgressing, overstepping.
     (2) Offence, transgression, injury.

vilaghita p. p.
     (1) Passed over or beyond, gone over.
     (2) Transgressed.
     (3) Surpassed, excelled.
     (4) Overcome, defeated.

vilajj 6 A. To be bashful or modest, to blush, feel ashamed; yatrāṃśukākṣepavilajjitānāṃ Ku. 1. 14; R. 14. 27.

vilajja a. Shameless, unabashed.

vilap 1 P.
     (1) To say, speak.
     (2) To lament, moan, bewail, cry, weep; vilalāpa vikīrṇamūrghajā Ku. 4. 4; vilalāpa sa bāṣpagadgadaṃ R. 8. 43, 70; Bk. 6. 11; tamiha vṛthā kiṃ vilapāmi Gīt 3.
     (3) To prattle, talk idly, babble.

vilapanam
     (1) Talking.
     (2) Talking idly, chattering, prattle
     (3) Lamenting, wailing; vilapanavinodopyasulabhaḥ U. 3. 30.
     (4) The sediment of any oily substance.

vilapitam
     (1) Lamentation, wailing.
     (2) A wail.

vilāpaḥ Wailing, lamentation, a wail, moan; laṃkāstrīṇāṃ punaścakre vilāpācāryakaṃ śaraiḥ R. 12. 78.

vilaṃb 1 A.
     (1) To hang down, hang from, be suspended from; R. 10. 62.
     (2) To set, decline (as the sun &c.).
     (3) To stay or lag behind, stay or remain, wait, stand still, tāṃ prāṅmukhīṃ tatra niveśya tanvīṃ kṣaṇaṃ vyalabaṃta puro niṣaṇṇāḥ Ku. 7. 13.
     (4) To delay, be retarded; vilāṃbitaphalaiḥ kālaṃ nināya sa manorathaiḥ R. 1. 33; kiṃ vilaṃvyate tvaritaṃ taṃ praveśaya U. 1. --Caus. To delay, detain.
     (2) To put off, retard, procrastinate, postpone.
     (3) To waste, lose.

vilaṃbaḥ 1 Hanging over, pendulousness.
     (2) Tardiness, delay, procrastination.

vilaṃbanam
     (1) Hanging down, depending.
     (2) Delay, procrastination; na karu nitaṃbini gamanavilaṃbanaṃ Git. 5; or tanmugdhe viphalaṃ vilaṃbanamasau ramyo'bhisārakṣaṇaḥ ibid.

vilabikā Constipation.

vilaṃbita p. p.
     (1) Hanging, depending.
     (2) Pendent, pendulous.
     (3) Depending on, closely connected with.
     (4) Tardy, delayed, retarded.
     (5) Slow (as time in music). --taṃ Delay. --taṃ ind. Slowly, tardily.

vilaṃbin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Hanging down, depending, pendent; navāṃbubhirbhūribilaṃbino ghanāḥ S. 5. 12. śirīṣama gaṃḍavilaṃbi keśaraṃ 6. 17; alaghuvilaṃbipayodharoparuddhāḥ Śi. 4. 29, 59; Ku. 1. 14; Ki. 5. 6; R. 16. 14, 18. 26; Mk. 5. 13.
     (2) Delaying, dilatory, being slow; bhavati vilaṃbini vigalitalajjā vilapati roditi vāsakasajjā Gīt. 6.

vilaṃbhaḥ
     (1) Liberality.
     (2) A gift, donation.

vilayaḥ
     (1) Dissolution, liquefaction.
     (2) Destruction, death, end; nayatu māmātmamoṃ'geṣu vilayamaṃbā U. 7.
     (3) Destruction or dissolution of the world; (vilayaṃ gam to be dissolved, to end, to be terminated, divaso'numitramagapadvilayaṃ Śi. 9. 17).

vilayanam
     (1) Dissolving, liquefying, dissolution.
     (2) Corroding.
     (3) Removing, taking away.
     (4) Attenuating.
     (5) An attenuant.

vilas 1 P.
     (1) To shine, flash, glitter; viyati ca vililāsa tadvadiṃdurvilasati caṃdramaso na yadvadanyaḥ Bk. 10. 68; Me. 47; R. 13. 76.
     (2) To appear, arise, become manifest; prema vilasati mahattadaho Śi. 15. 14; 9. 87.
     (3) To sport, amuse oneself, play, frolic about sportively; kāpi capalā madhuripuṇā vilasati yuvatiradhikaguṇā Gīt. 7; or haririha mugdhavadhūnikare vilāsini vilasāti kelipare Gīt. 1; paryaṃke tayā saha vilalāsa H. 1.
     (4) To sound, echo, reverberate.
     (5) To act upon, work upon, show oneself; (khedaḥ) tvayi vilasati tulyaṃ vallabhālokanena Māl. 3. 8.
     (6) To move about, dart, shoot up wards.

vilasat pres. a. (ntī f.)
     (1) Glittering, shining, bright.
     (2) Flashing, darting.
     (3) Waving.
     (4) Sportive, playful; see vilas above.

vilasanam
     (1) Glittering, flashing, gleaming.
     (2) Sporting, dallying.

vilasita p. p.
     (1) Glittering, shining, gleaming.
     (2) Appeared, manifested.
     (3) Sportive, wanton. --taṃ
     (1) Glittering, gleaming.
     (2) A gleam, flash; rodhobhuvāṃ muhugmutra hiraṇmayīnāṃ bhāsastaḍidvilasitāni viḍaṃbayaṃti Ki. 5. 46. Me. 81, V. 4.
     (3) Appearance, manifestation; as in ajñānāvilasitaṃ &c.
     (4) Sport, play, dalliance, amorous or wanton gesture (fig. also); atipiśunāni caikāṃtaniṣṭurasya davaiha kasya vilasitāni K.
     (5) Action or gesture in general.
     (6) Effect, fruit, result; Māl. 2. 9.

vilāsaḥ
     (1) Sport, play, pastime.
     (2) Amorous pastime, diversion, pleasure; as in vilāsamekhalā R. 8. 64; so vilāsakānanaṃ, vilāsamaṃdiraṃ &c.
     (3) Coquetry, dalliance, affectation, wantonness, graceful movement or play, any feminine gesture indicative of amorous sentiment; S. 2. 2; kavikulaguruḥ kālidāso vilāsaḥ P. R. 1. 22; Śi. 9. 26.
     (4) Grace, beauty, elegance, charm; Māl 2. 6.
     (5) Flash, gleam.
     -- Comp.
          --kānanaṃ a pleasuregrove.
          --maṃdira a pleasure-house.
          --ceṣṭitaṃ amorous movement; Ku. 5. 13.

vilāsanam
     (1) Sport, play, pastime.
     (2) Wantonness, dalliance.

vilāsavatī A wanton or amorous woman; R. 9. 48; Rs. 1. 12.

vilāsikā A drama in one act full of love-incidents; it is thus defined in S. D: --śṛṃgārabahulaikāṃkā daśalāsyāṃgasaṃyutā . vidūṣakaviṭabhyāṃ ca pīṭhamardena bhūṣitā . hīnā garbhavimarṣābhyāṃ saṃdhibhyāṃ hīnanāyakā . svalpavṛttā sumepathyā vikhyātā sā vilāsikā 552.

vilāsin a. (nīṃ f.) Sportive, playful, dallying, wanton, coquettish; R. 6. 14. --m.
     (1) A sensualist, voluptuary, an amorous person; upamānamabhūdvilāsināṃ karaṇaṃ yattava kāṃtimatayā Ku. 4. 5.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) The moon.
     (4) A snake.
     (5) An epithet of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu.
     (6) Of Śiva.
     (7) Of the god of love.

vilāsinī
     (1) A woman (in general).
     (2) A coquettish or wanton woman; harighi magdhavadhūni kare vilāsini vilasati kelipare Gīt. 1; Ku. 7. 69; Śi. 8. 10, R. 6. 17.
     (3) A wanton, harlot.

vilālaḥ
     (1) A cat (= biḍāla).
     (2) An instrument, a machine.

vilikh 6 P.
     (1) To write, inscribe.
     (2) To draw, paint, delineate, portray; vilikhati rahasi kuraṃgamadena bhavaṃtamasamaśarabhūtaṃ Gīt. 4.
     (3) To scratch, scrape, tear up; maṃdaṃ śabdāyamāno vilikhati śayanādutthitaḥ kṣmāṃ khuraṇa K. P. 10; vyalikhaccacupuṭena pakṣatī N. 2. 2; pādena haimaṃ vililekha pīṭhaṃ R. 6. 15; Ku. 2. 23.
     (4) To implant, infix; tāvaṃtopi vilikhyaṃte hṛdaye śākaśakavaḥ H. 4. 72 v. l.

vilikhanam Scratching, scraping, writing.

vilekhanam
     (1) Scratching, scraping, making a mark or furrow.
     (2) Digging.
     (4) Uprooting.
     (5) Dividing, splitting.

vilip 6 P.
     (1) To smear, anoint. rub on; tathāhi nṛtyābhinayakriyācyutaṃ vilipyate maulibhiraṃbaraukasāṃ Ku. 5. 79; Bk. 3. 20; 15. 6; Śi. 16. 62.
     (2) To pollute, defile, taint, contaminate.

vilipta p. p.
     (1) Anointed, besmeared, smeared over.
     (2) Polluted, stained, defiled.

vilepaḥ
     (1) An unguent, an ointment.
     (2) Mortar.
     (3) Plaster (in general).
     (4) Anointing, plastering.

vilepanam
     (1) Smearing, anointing.
     (2) An ointment, unguent, any cosmetic or perfume for the body (such as saffron, sandal &c); na snānaṃ na vilepanaṃ na kusumaṃ nālaṃkṛtā mūrdhajāḥ Bh. 2. 19; yānyeva surabhikusumadhūpāvalepanādīni K.

vilepanī
     (1) A woman scented with perfumes
     (2) A woman beautifully dressed or attired (suveśā).
     (3) Ricegruel.

vilepikā, vilepī, vilepyaḥ Ricegruel.

vilī I. 4 A.
     (1) To cling or stick to, adhere to.
     (2) To rest on, settle down or alight on; puro'sya yāvanna bhuvivyalīyata Śi. 1. 12.
     (3) To be dissolved, to melt away, be absorbed in; vililye yatkukṣisthitaśikhini vātāpivapuṣā Mv. 6. 60; 7. 14.
     (4) To vanish, disappear.
     (5) To perish. --II. 9 P. To melt, liquefy.

vilīna p. p.
     (1) Sticking to, clung or attached to.
     (2) Perched or settled on, alighting on.
     (3) Contiguous to, in contact with.
     (4) Melted, dissolved, liquefied.
     (5) Disappeared, vanished.
     (6) Dead, perished.

viluṃvanam Tearing off, peeling.

viluḍ Caus.
     (1) To agitate, stir up, toss about.
     (2) To disturb, confuse.
     (3) To turn over, upset.

viloḍanam Agitating, shaking about, stirring up, churning; Śi. 14. 83.

viloḍita p. p.
     (1) Shaken, churned, stirred, agitated.
     (2) Rolling on the ground. --taṃ Butter-milk.

viluṃṭhanam Robbing, plundering.

vilup 6 P.
     (1) To break off, pull out, cut off.
     (2) To seize, plunder, rob, carry off.
     (3) To mar, spoil, impair.
     (4)
          (a) To destroy, ruin, cause to disappear; priyamatyaṃtaviluptadarśanaṃ Ku. 4. 2 'for ever lost to view'.
          (b) To eat up; kravyādbhiraṃgalatikā niyataṃ viluptā U. 3. 28, Mk. 1. 9.
     (5) To wipe or rub off. --Pass. To be destroyed or lost, to perish, disappear; jarāviluptamānāvamānaciṃtaḥ Dk.

vilupta p. p.
     (1) Broken or torn off; Pt. 2. 2.
     (2) Seized, snatched away, carried off
     (3) Robbed, plundered.
     (4) Destroyed, ruined.
     (5) Impaired, mutilated.

vilupakaḥ A thief, robber, revisher.

vilopaḥ
     (1) Taking away, carrying off, seizure, plunder.
     (2) Loss, destruction, disappearance.

vilopanam
     (1) Cutting off.
     (2) Carrying away.
     (3) Destroying, destruction.

vilum 4 P. To be disturbed or deranged; be disordered; Bk. 9. 40. --Caus.
     (1) To allure, entice, attract; smara yāvanna vilābhyase divi Ku. 4. 20; aṃganāstamadhikaṃ vyalobhayan (mu khaiḥ) R. 19. 10.
     (2) To divert, amuse, entertain; kvadṛṣṭiṃ vilobhayāmi S. 6; lalitalatāvilobhyamānanayano bhavānutkaṭhāṃ vinodayatu V. 2.

vilobhaḥ Attraction, seduction, allurement.

vilobhanam
     (1) Enticing, alluring.
     (2) An allurement, a temptation, seduction; prayujya sāmācaritaṃ vilobhanaṃ bhayaṃ vibhedāya dhiyaḥ pradarśitaṃ Ki. 14. 7; R. 8. 60.
     (3) Praise, flattery.

vilul 1 P.
     (1) To move to and fro.
     (2) To shake, make tremulous.
     (3) To disorder, derange, dishevel (as hair). --Caus. To agitate, stir, disturb.

vilulita p. p.
     (1) Moving to and fro, unsteady, shaken, tossed about, tremulous; U. 3. 23.
     (2) Disordered, disarranged; galitakusumadalavilulitakeśā Gīt. 7.
     (3) Waving, fickle, unsteady.

vilūna p. p. Cut off, lopped off, clipt, cut asunder.

vilok 10 U.
     (1) To see, behold, look at, perceive; vilokya vṛddhokṣamadhiṣṭhitaṃ tvayā mahājanaḥ smeramukho bhaviṣyati Ku. 5. 70; R. 2. 11; 6. 59.
     (2) To search for, look out for.

vilokanam
     (1) Seeing, looking at, observing; Ki. 5. 16.
     (2) Sight, observation; Śi. 1. 29.

vilokita p. p.
     (1) Seen, observed, viewed, beheld.
     (2) Examined, thought about. --taṃ A look, glance; S. 2. 3.

vilocanam The eye; R. 7. 8; Ku. 4. 1, 3. 67.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbu n. tears.

viloma a. (mī f.)
     (1) Inverted reverse, inverse, contrary, opposite.
     (2) Produced in the reverse order.
     (3) Backward. --maḥ
     (1) Reverse order, inversion.
     (2) A dog.
     (3) A snake.
     (4) N. of Varuṇa. --maṃ A waterwheel, machine for raising water from a well.
     -- Comp.
          --utpanna, --ja, --jāta, --varṇa a. 'born in the reverse order'; i. e. born of a mother whose caste is superior to the father's; cf. pratilomaja also.
          --kriyā, --vidhiḥ 1. a reverse action. --2. a rule of inversion (in math.).
          --jihvaḥ an elephant.

vilomī The emblic myrobalan.

vilola a.
     (1) Shaking about, trembling, tremulous, unsteady, rolling, waving, tossing about; pṛṣatīṣu vilolamīkṣitaṃ R. 8. 59; Ku. 5. 8; Śi. 8. 8, 15. 62, 20. 42; Ve. 2. 28, 24; R. 7. 41, 16. 68.
     (2) Loose, disordered, dishevelled (as hair); dadhatī vilolakabarīkamānanaṃ U. 3. 4.

vilolanam
     (1) Shaking.
     (2) Stirring, agitating.

vilohita a.
     (1) Of a purple colour.
     (2) Reddish, red; dhanurdharaḥ kopavilohitākṣaḥ R. 16. 77. --taḥ N. of Rudra. --tā One of the tongues of fire.

villa See billa.

vilva See bilva.

vivakṣā
     (1) A desire to speak.
     (2) Wish, desire.
     (3) Meaning, sense.
     (4) Intention, purpose.

vivakṣita a.
     (1) Intended to be said or spoken; vivakṣitaṃ hyanuktamanutāpaṃ janayati S. 3.
     (2) Meant, intended, purposed.
     (3) Wished, desired.
     (4) Favourite. --taṃ
     (1) Purpose, intention.
     (2) Sense, meaning.

vivakṣu a. Wishing or about to speak; punarvivakṣuḥ sphuritottarādharaḥ Ku. 5. 83.

vivaṃciṣu a. Crafty, deceitful.

vivad
     (1) A.
     (1) To quarrel, dispute; parasparaṃ vivadamānau bhrātarau.
     (2) To be at variance, to conflict, be in opposition; parasparaṃvivadamānānāṃ śāstrāṇāṃ H. 1.
     (3) To contend (as in a court of law).

vivādaḥ
     (1)
          (a) A dispute, contest, contention, controversy, discussion, debate, quarrel, strife; alaṃ vivādena Ku. 5. 82; etayorvivāda eva me na rocate M. 1; ekapsaraḥprārthitayārvivādaḥ R. 7. 53.
          (b) Argument, argumentation, discussion.
     (2) Contradiction; eṣa vivāda eva pratyāyayati S. 7.
     (3) A litigation, law-suit, contest at law; sīmāvivādaḥ, vivādapadaṃ &c.; (it is thus defined: --ṛṇādidāyakalahe dvayorbahutarasya vā vivādo vyavaharaśca); see vyavahara also.
     (4) Crying aloud, sounding.
     (5) An order, a command; tasyānanāduccarito vivādaścaskhāla velāsvapi nārṇavānāṃ R. 18. 43.
     -- Comp.
          --āryin m. 1 a litigant. --2. a plaintiff, complainant, prosecutor.
          --padaṃ a title of dispute.
          --vastu n. the subject of dispute, the matter at issue.

vivādin a.
     (1) Disputing, contending, disputatious, quarrelling.
     (2) Litigating. --m. A litigant, party in a law suit.

vivatsā A calfless cow.

vivadhaḥ
     (1) A yoke for carrying burdens.
     (2) A road, high-way.
     (3) A load, burden.
     (4) Storing grain.
     (5) A pitcher.

vivādhikaḥ
     (1) A carrier of loads, porter.
     (2) A pedlar, hawker.

vivaram
     (1) A fissure, hole, cavity, hollow, vacuity; yaccakāra vivaraṃ śilāghane tāḍakorasi sa rāmasāyakaḥ R. 11. 18, 9. 61, 19. 7; dhīranādabharitakarṇavivaraṃ priye madayaṃtike iti vyāharati Māl. 7.
     (2) An interstice, interval, intervening space; S. 7. 7.
     (3) A solitary place; Ki. 12. 37.
     (4) A fault, flaw, defect, weak point.
     (5) A breach, wound.
     (6) The number 'nine'. --raḥ Expansion.
     -- Comp.
          --nālikā a flute, fife
          --praveśaḥ entrance into a chasm (one of the means of getting one's desired object); Pt. 5.

vivarṇa a.
     (1) Colourless, pale, wan, pallid; nareṃdramārgaṭṭa iva prapede vivarṇabhāvaṃ sa sa bhūmipālaḥ R. 6. 67.
     (2) Discoloured, deprived of water (as a gem.); vivarṇamaṇīkṛtaṃ (kanakavalayaṃ) S. 3. 13.
     (3) Low, vile.
     (4) Ignorant, stupid, unlettered. --rṇaḥ An outcast, a man belonging to low caste.

vivaśa a.
     (1) Uncontrolled, independent, unsubdued.
     (2) Having lost control over oneself, dependent, subject, under control (of another), helpless; parītā rakṣobhiḥ śrayati vivaśā kāmapi daśāṃ Bv. 1. 83; mitrasnehādvivaśamadhunā sāhase māṃ niyuṃkte Mu. 6. 18; jātaṃ jātamavaśyamāśu vivaśaṃ mṛtyuḥ karotyātmasāt Bh. 3. 105; Śi. 20. 58; H. 1. 172; Mv. 6. 32, 63.
     (3) Insensible, not master of oneself; vivaśā kāmavadhūrvibodhitā Ku. 4. 1.
     (4) Dead, perished; upalabdhavatī divaścyutaṃ vivaśā śāpanivṛttikāraṇaṃ R. 8. 82.
     (5) Desirous or apprehensive of death.

vivas I. 1 P. To dwell abroad.
     (2) To live, dwell.
     (3) To spend, pass (time).
     (4) To retire, withdraw. --Caus. To banish, send into exile; Bk. 4. 35. --II. 2 A.
     (1) To exchange clothes.
     (2) To wear, put on.

vivāsaḥ, vivāsanam Banishment, sending into exile, expulsion; rāmasya gātramasi durvahagarbhākhannasītāvivāsanapaṭoḥ karuṇā kutaste U. 2. 10.

vivāsita p. p. Banished, exiled, expelled.

vivasana a. Naked, unclothed. --naḥ A Jaina mendicant.

vivasvat m. The sun; tvaṣṭā vivasvatamivollilekha Ki. 17. 48, 5. 48; R. 10. 30, 17. 48.
     (2) N. of Aruṇa.
     (3) N. of the present Manu.
     (2) A god.
     (5) The Arka plant.

vivah 1 P.
     (1) To remove, take away, drive off.
     (2) To marry. --Caus. To give in marriage.

vivahaḥ N. of one of the seven tongues of fire.

vivāhaḥ Marriage; (Hindu lawgivers enumerate eight forms of marriage; brāhma daivastathai vārṣaḥ prājāpatyastathāsuraḥ . gāṃdharve rākṣasaścaiva paiśācaśca ṣṭamo'dhamaḥ Ms. 3. 21; see Y. 1. 58-61 also; for explanation of these forms see s. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --catuṣṭayaṃ marrying four wives.
          --dīkṣā the marriage ceremony or rite; R. 3. 33.

vivāhita p. p. Married.

vivāhyaḥ
     (1) A son-in-law.
     (2) A bridegroom.

vivākaḥ A judge; cf. praḍavivāka.

vivāraḥ
     (1) Opening, expansion.
     (2) Expansion of the throat in the articulation of letters, (one of the Ābhyantara Prayatnas, opp. saṃvāra); cf. vivṛtamūṣmaṇāṃ svarāṇāṃ ca Sk. on P. I. 1. 9.

vivigna a.
     (1) Very much agitated or terrified; R. 18. 13; Ku. 1. 56.
     (2) Very angry.

vivic 3. 7. U.
     (1) To separate, divide, remove from; vivinacmi divaḥ surān Bk. 6. 36.
     (2) To discern, discriminate.
     (3) To judge, ascertain, determine; re khala tava khalu caritaṃ viduṣāmagre vivicya vakṣyāmi Bv. 1. 108.
     (4) To describe, treat of.
     (5) To tear up, rend asunder.

vivikta p. p.
     (1) Separated, detached, disjoined, abstracted.
     (2) Lonely, solitary, retired, sequestered.
     (3) Single, alone.
     (4) Distinguished, discriminated.
     (5) Judicious
     (6) Pure, faultless; Ratn. 1. 21.
     (7) Profound (as a judgment or thought).
     (8) Intent on.
     (9) Devoid of, free from; Ku. 1. 23. --ktaṃ
     (1) A lonely or solitary place; vivikta dṛte nānyadutsukasya śaraṇamasti V. 2, S. 5. 5, Śi. 8. 70.
     (2) Loneliness, privacy, seclusion. --ktā An unlucky or ill-fated woman, one disliked by her husband (durbhagā).
     -- Comp.
          --sevin a. seeking solitude, lonely.

vividha a. Various, diverse, manifold, multiform, sundry; Ms. 1. 8, 39. --dhaṃ A variety of action or gesture.

vivītaḥ An enclosed or preserved spot of ground, such as pastureland.

vivṛ 5. 9 U.
     (1) To cover up, stop.
     (2) To open; Ku. 4. 26.
     (3) To unfold, disclose, reveal, show, display; dvaṃdvāni bhāvaṃ kriyayā vivavruḥ Ku. 3. 35; N. 9. 1; Bk. 7. 73, Śi. 16. 30.
     (4) To speak, utter; śravaṇakaṭu nṛpāṇāmekavākyaṃ vivavruḥ R. 6. 85.
     (5) To teach, explain, expound; Mv. 2. 43.
     (6) To spread; Bv. 1. 5.
     (7) To choose.

vivaraṇam
     (1) Displaying, expressing, unfolding, opening.
     (2) Exposing, laying bare or open.
     (3) Exposition, explanation, gloss, comment, interpretation.
     (4) Describing, description.
     (5) A sentence.

vivṛta p. p.
     (1) Displayed, manifested, expressed.
     (2) Evident, clear, open.
     (3) Uncovered, exposed, laid bare.
     (4) Opened, unclosed; bare, open.
     (5) Proclaimed.
     (6) Expounded, explained, commented upon.
     (7) Expanded, spread out.
     (8) Extensive, large, spacious.
     (9) Bare, barren (as ground). --taṃ Open articulation. --taṃ ind. Openly.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. large-eyed. (
          --kṣaḥ) a cock.
          --dvāra a. with the gates thrown open; Ku. 4. 26.

vivṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Display, manifestation.
     (2) Expansion.
     (3) Exposure, discovery.
     (4) Exposition, comment, interpretation, gloss.

vivṛj 10 U or Caus.
     (1) To shun, avoid.
     (2) To make destitute of, deprive of.
     (3) To exclude.
     (4) To distribute, give.

vivarjanam Leaving, excluding, abandoning; Y. 1. 181.

vivarjita p. p.
     (1) Left, abandoned.
     (2) Shunned.
     (3) Deprived of, destitute of, without (usually in comp); Pt. 1. 34.
     (4) Given, distributed.

vivṛkta p. p. Left, abandoned, deserted. --ktā A woman disliked by her husband; cf. viviktā.

vivṛt 1 A.
     (1) To turn round, roll, revolve, move round; Māl. 1. 40.
     (2) To turn or move about.
     (3) To turn aside, bend; kaścidvivṛttatrikabhinnahāraḥ R. 6. 16; S. 2. 12.
     (4) To become.
     (5) To turn away from, depart from, return.
     (6) To descend.
     (7) To attack, fall upon.

vivartaḥ
     (1) Turning round, revolving, whirling.
     (2) Rolling onward, moving about; Mv. 6. 26.
     (3) Rolling back, returning.
     (4) Dancing.
     (5) Alteration, modification, change of form, altered condition or state; śabdabrahmaṇastādṛśaṃ vivartamitihāsaṃ rāmāyaṇaṃ praṇināya U. 2; eko rasaḥ karuṇa eva nimittabhedādbhannaḥ pṛthak pṛthagivāśrayate vivartān U. 3. 47; akāṃḍaśuṣkāśanipātaraudraḥ ka eṣa dhāturviṣamo vivartaḥ Mv. 5. 57.
     (6) (In Vedānta phil.) An apparent or illusory form, an unreal appearance caused by avidyā or human error; (this is a favourite doctrine of the Vedāntins according to whom the whole visible world is a mere illusion-an unreal and illu sory appearance-while Brahman or Supreme Spirit is the only real entity; as a serpent (sarpa) is a vivarta of a rope (rajju), so is the world a vivarta of the real entity Brahman, and the illusion is removed by Vidya or true knowledge; cf. Bhavabhūti: --vidyākalpena marutā bheghānāṃ bhūyasāmapi . brahmaṇīva vivartānāṃ kvāpi vipralayaḥ kṛtaḥ .. U. 6. 6).
     (7) A heap, multitude, collection, an assemblage.
     -- Comp.
          --vādaḥ the doctrine of the Vedantins that the visible world is illusory and Brahman alone is the real entity.

vivartanam
     (1) Revolving, revolution, whirling round.
     (2) Rolling about, turning round; śayyāprāṃtavivartanairvigamayatyunnidra eva kṣapāḥ S 6. 4; Ve. 2. 8, 5. 40: Mv. 7. 5.
     (3) Rolling back, returning.
     (4) Rolling down, descending.
     (5) Existing, abiding.
     (6) Reverential salutation.
     (7) Passing through various states or existences.
     (8) An altered condition; punarakāṃḍavivarnanadāruṇo praviśitaṣṭi vidhirtanaso rujaṃ U. 4. 15; Māl. 4. 7.

vivartita p. p.
     (1) Turned or whirled round, revolved.
     (2) Moved round or about, rolling; vivartitabhrūriyamadya śikṣate S. 1. 23.
     (3) Mangled, hacked, cut to pieces; Māl. 3. 17.
     (5) Unfolded.
     (6) Distorted, bent down.

vivṛtta p. p.
     (1) Turned round.
     (2) Turning round, revolving, rolling, whirling.

vivṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Turning round, whirling, revolution.
     (2) (In gram.) A hiatus.

vivṛdh 1 A.
     (1) To grow, increase.
     (2) To thrive, prosper.
     (3) To spring up, arise. --Caus.
     (1) To increase, augment.
     (2) To promote, advance, further.
     (3) To raise, elevate.
     (4) To gratify, exhilarate.
     (5) To congratulate (one) upon.

vivardhanam
     (1) Increasing.
     (2) Increase, augmentation, growth.
     (3) Enlargement, aggrandisement.
     (4) Cutting, dividing.

vivardhita p. p.
     (1) Increased, augmented.
     (2) Advanced, promoted, furthered.
     (3) Gratified, satisfied.
     (4) Cut, divided.

vivṛddha p. p.
     (1) Grown up.
     (2) Increased, augmented, heightened, enhanced, intensified (as grief, joy &c.).
     (2) Copious, large, plentiful.

vivṛddhiḥ f.
     (1) Growth, increase, augmentation, development; yayuḥ śarīrāvayavā vivṛddhiṃ R. 18. 49; vivṛddhimatrāśnuvate va sūni 13. 4; so śoka-, harṣa- &c.
     (2) Prosperity.

vivekaḥ
     (1) Discrimination, judgment, discernment, discretion; kāśyapi yātastavāpi ca vivekaḥ Bv. 1. 68, 66; jñātoyaṃ jaladhara tāvako vivekaḥ 96; vivekabhraṣṭānāṃ bhavati vinitaḥ śatamukhaḥ Bh. 2. 10.
     (2) Consideration, discussion, investigation; yacchṛgāravivekatattvamapi yatkāvyeṣu līlāyita Gīt. 12, so dvaita,- dharma-
     (3) Distinction, difference, discriminating (between two things); nīrakṣīraviveke haṃsālasyaṃ tvameva tanuṣe cet Bv. 1. 13; Bk. 17. 60.
     (4) (In Vedānta phil.) The power of distinguishing between the visible world and the invisible spirit, or of separating reality from mere semblance or illusion.
     (5) True knowledge.
     (6) A receptacle for water, basin, reservoir.
     -- Comp.
          --jña a. judicious, discriminative; Pt. 1. 262, 387.
          --jñānaṃ the faculty of discrimination.
          --dṛśān m. a discerning man.
          --padavī reflection, consideration.

vivekin a. Discriminating, discreet, judicious; Pt. 1. 418. --m.
     (1) A judge, discriminator.
     (2) A phi losopher.

vivektṛ m.
     (1) A judge.
     (2) A sage, philosopher.

vivecanaṃ --nā
     (1) Discrimination.
     (2) Discussion, consideration.
     (3) Settle. ment, decision.

vivoḍhṛ m.
     (1) A bridegroom, husband.
     (2) A son-in-law.

vivvoka See bibbokaḥ vivvokaste muravijayino vartmapātī babhūva Ud. S. 43.

viś 6 P. (viśati, viveśa, avikṣat, vekṣyati, veṣṭuṃ, viṣṭa)
     (1) To enter, go or enter into; viveśa kaścijjaṭilastapovanaṃ Ku. 5. 30; R. 6. 10, Me. 102; Bg. 11. 29; so dolāyamāneta cetasā viṃtāṃ viveśa K. 199 'fell a-thinking'.
     (2) To go or come to, come into the possession of, fall to the share of; upadā viviśuḥ śaśvannātsekāḥ kośaleśvaraṃ R. 4. 70.
     (3) To sit or settle down upon.
     (4) To penetrate, pervade.
     (5) To enter upon, undertake. --Caus. (veśayati-te) To cause to enter. --Desid. (vipikṣati) To wish to enter.

viś m.
     (1) A man of the third caste, a Vaiśya.
     (2) A man in general.
     (3) People. --f.
     (1) People, subjects.
     (2) A daughter.
     (3) Ved. Entrance.
     (4) A family, tribe, race.
     -- Comp.
          --paṇyaṃ goods, merchandise.
          --patiḥ (also viśāṃpatiḥ) 1. a king, lord of subjects. --2. a son-in-law. --3. a head-merchant.

viśam The fibres of the stalk of a lotus; cf. bisa.
     -- Comp.
          --ākaraḥ a kind of plant (bhadravūḍa). --kaṭhā a crane.

viśaṃk 1 A.
     (1) To suspect, fear, have doubts or suspicions about; viśaṃkase bhīru yatā'vadhīraṇāṃ S. 3. 14. satīmapi jñātikulaikasaṃśrayāṃ jano'nyathā bhartṛmatīṃ viśakate 5. 17.
     (2) To think to be, fancy, imagine, viśaṃkamānā ramitaṃ kayāpi janārdanaṃ dṛṣṭavadetadāha Gīt. 7.

viśaṃka a. Fearless. --kā Fear, suspicion.

viśaṃkaṭa a. (ṭā-ṭī f.)
     (1) Great, large, big; viśaṃkaṭo vakṣāsi bāṇa pāṇiḥ Bk. 2. 50, Śi. 13. 34.
     (2) Strong, vehement, powerful. --ṭaṃ ind. Vehemently, intensely.

viśada a.
     (1) Clear, pure, pellucid, clean, spotless; yogatidrātaviśadaiḥ pāvanairavalokanaiḥ R. 10. 14, 19. 39; 8. 3 praṇayaviśadā dṛṣṭiṃ vaktre dadāti na śaṃki tā Ratn. 3. 9. Ki. 5. 12.
     (2) White, of a pure, white colour; nirdhautahāragulikāviśadaṃ himāṃbhaḥ R. 5. 70; Ku. 1. 44. 6. 25, Śi. 9. 26, Ki. 4. 23.
     (3) Bright, shining, beautiful; Ku. 3. 33; Śi. 8. 70.
     (4) Clear, evident, manifest.
     (5) Calm, free from anxiety, at ease: jāto mamāyaṃ viśadaḥ prakamaṃ (aṃtarātmā) S. 4. 21, V. 3. --daḥ The white colour. (viśadīkṛ) 8. U. 'to explain make clear, illustrate').

viśayaḥ
     (1) Doubt, uncertainty, the second of the five members of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v.
     (2) Refuge, asylum.

viśaraḥ
     (1) Splitting, bursting.
     (2) Slaughter, killing, destruction.

viśalya a.
     (1) Free from trouble or anxiety, secure.
     (2) Free from thorns or darts. --lyā N. of several plants: --daṃtī, guḍūvī, ajamodā &c.

viśas 1 P.
     (1) To cut up, kill; U. 4.
     (2) To immolate, sacrifice.

viśasanam
     (1) Killing, slaughter, immolation; tasyāstvaṃ duhitustathā viśasanaṃ kiṃ dāruṇe'mṛṣyathāḥ U. 4. 5.
     (2) Ruin. --naḥ
     (1) A sabre, crooked sword.
     (2) A sworl in general.

viśasta p. p.
     (1) Cut up, hacked.
     (2) Rude, ill-mannered.
     (3) Praised, celebrated.

viśastṛ m.
     (1) An immolator.
     (2) A Chāṇḍāla.

viśastra a. Weaponless, unarmed, defen celess.

viśākhaḥ
     (1) N. of Kārtikeya. Mv. 2. 38.
     (2) An attitude in shooting (in which the archer stands with the feet a span apart).
     (3) A beggar, petitioner.
     (4) A spindle,
     (5) N. of Śiva.
     (6) N. of a god, frequently mentioned by Pāṇini and Patanjali along with Skanda; e. g. see Mbh. on P. VI. 3. 26, VIII. 1. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ the orange tree.

viśākhala See viśākha
     (2).

viśākhā (usually in the dual) N. of the 16th lunar mansion consisting of two stars; kimatra citraṃ yadi viśākhe śaśāṃkalekhāmanuvartete S. 3.

viśātanam
     (1) Rending asunder, cutting off.
     (2) Setting free, delivering, releasing.

viśāyaḥ Sleeping in rotation, the rest enjoyed in rotation by the sentinels on watch.

viśāraṇam 1 Splitting, rending.
     (2) Killing, slaughter.

viśārada a.
     (1) Clever, skilful or proficient in, versed in, conversant with (usually in comp.); madhudānaviśāradāḥ R. 9. 29, 8. 17.
     (2) Learned, wise.
     (3) Famous, celebrated.
     (4) Bold, confident. --daḥ The Bakula tree.

viśāla a.
     (1) Large, great, extensive, spacions, broad, wide; gṛhairviśālairapi bhūriśālaiḥ Śi. 3. 50; rathacaraṇaviśālaśra ṇilolekṣaṇena 11. 23, 17. 47; R. 2. 21. 6. 32, Bg. 9. 21.
     (2) Rich or abounding in: śrīviśālāṃ viśālāṃ Me. 30.
     (3) Eminent, illustrious, great, noble, celebrated. --laḥ
     (1) A kind of deer.
     (2) A kind of bird. --lā N. of the town Ujjayinī; pūrvoddiṣṭāmanusara purīṃ śrīviśālāṃ viśālāṃ Me. 30.
     (2) N. of a river.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. large-eyed. (
          --kṣaḥ) 1. N. of Viṣṇu. --2. of Garuḍa. --3. an epithet of Śiva. (
          --kṣī) an epithet of Pārvatī.

viśālatā --tvam 1 Greatness, magnitude.
     (2) Eminence.

viśikha a. Crownless, crestless, pointless. --khaḥ
     (1) An arrow; mādhava manasijaviśikhabhayādiva bhāvanayā tvayi līnā Gīt. 4; R. 5. 50; Mv. 2. 38.
     (2) A kind of reed.
     (3) An iron crow.

viśikhā
     (1) A spade.
     (2) A spindle.
     (3) A needle or pin.
     (4) A minute arrow.
     (5) A highway.
     (6) A barber's wife.

viśita a. Sharp, acute.

viśipam
     (1) A temple.
     (2) An abode, a house.
     (3) A palace.

viśiṣ 7 P.
     (1) To particularize, individualize, specify, define.
     (2) To distinguish, discriminate.
     (3) To aggravate, heighten, enhance, intensify; punarakāṃḍavivartanadāruṇo vidhiraho viśināṣṭi manorujaṃ Mal. 4. 7; U. 4. 15.
     (4) To surpass, excel; viśeṣako vā viśiśeṣa yasyāḥ śriyaṃ trilokītilakaḥ sa eva Śi. 3. 63. --Pass.
     (1) To be different from R. 17. 62.
     (2) To be better or higher than, surpass, excel, be preferable or superior to (often with abl.); tasmāddurgaṃ viśiṣyate H. 3. 50; Mv. 7. 39; maunāt satyaṃ viśiṣyate Ms. 2. 83; 3. 203; (also with instr and gen.); sarveṣāmeva dānānāṃ brahmadānaṃ viśiṣyate Ms. 4. 233. --Caus.
     (1) To distinguish, particularize.
     (2) To surpass, excel. madanamapi guṇairviśeṣayaṃtī Mk. 4. 4; M. 3. 5.

viśiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Distinguished, distinct.
     (2) Particular, special, peculiar, distinctive.
     (3) Characterized by, endowed with, possessed of, having.
     (4) Superior, best (of all), eminent, excellent, choice; viśiṣṭāyā viśeṣeṇa saṃgamo guṇavān bhavet Mb. --ṣṭaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --advaitavādaḥ a doctrine of Rāmanuja which regards Brahman and Prakṛti as identical and real entities.
          --buddhiḥ f. a distinguishing knowledge, differentiation.
          --varṇa a. of an eminent or excellent colour.

viśiṣṭatā
     (1) Distinction, speciality.
     (2) Excellence, superiority.

viśeṣa a.
     (1) Peculiar.
     (2) Copious, abundant; āsīdviśeṣā phalapuṣpavṛṣṭiḥ R. 2. 14. --ṣaḥ 1 Discrimination, distinguishing between.
     (2) Distinction, difference; nirviśeṣo viśeṣaḥ Bh. 3. 50.
     (3) Characteristic difference, peculiar mark, special property, speciality, differentia; oft. in comp. and translated by 'special' 'peculiar' &c.; S. 6. 5.
     (4) A favourable turn or crisis in sickness, a change for the better; asti me viśeṣaḥ S. 3 'I feel better'.
     (5) A limb, member; pupoṣa lāvaṇyamayān viśeṣa n Ku. 1. 25.
     (6) A species, sort, variety, kind, mode (usually at the end of comp.); bhūtaviśeṣaḥ U. 4. parimalaviśeṣān Pt. 1: kadalīviśeṣāḥ Ku 1. 36.
     (7) A different or vari ous object, various particulars (pl.); prāmādastvāṃ tulayitumalaṃ yatra taistairviśeṣaiḥ Me. 64, 57.
     (8) Excellence, superiority, distinction; usually at the end of comp. and translated by 'excellent', 'distinguished', 'pre-eminent', 'choice', &c.; anubhāvaviśeṣāttu R. 1. 37; vapurviśeṣeṣu Ku. 5. 31; R. 2. 7, 6. 5; Ki. 9. 58; so ākṛtiviśeṣāḥ 'excellent forms', atithiviśeṣaḥ 'a distinguished guest' &c.
     (9) A peculiar attribute, the eternal distinguishing nature of each of the nine dravyas; ayamasmād vyāvṛtta iti vyāvṛttibuddhimātrahaṃturviśeṣaḥ Tarka K. (these viśeṣas are said to inhere in the atoms of the Earth, Water, Lignt, and Air and the five eternal substances, Ether, Time, Space, Soul and Mind.). (10)
          (a) Individuality, particularity.
          (b) A particular instance; uktirarthāṃtaranyāsaḥ syātsāmānyaviśeṣayoḥ.
     (11) A category, predica ment.
     (12) A mark on the forehead with sandal, saffron &c.
     (13) A word which limits or qualifies the sense of another; see viśeṣaṇa.
     (14) N. of the mundane egg.
     (15) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, said to be of three kinds; it is thus defined by Mammaṭa: --vinā prasiddhamādhāramādheyasya vyavasthitiḥ . ekātmā yugapadvṛttirekasmānekagoca rā . anyatprakurvataḥ kāryamaśakyānyasya vastunaḥ . tathaiva karaṇaṃ ceti viśeṣastrividhaḥ smṛtaḥ .. K. P. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --atideśaḥ a special supplementary rule, special extended application.
          --uktiḥ f. a figure of speech in which an effect is represented as not taking place though the usual necessary causes exist; viśeṣoktirakhaṃḍeṣu kā ṇeṣu phalāvacaḥ K. P. 10; e. g. hṛdi snehakṣayo nābhūt smaradīpe jvalatyapi. --guṇaḥ 1. a special or distinguishing property. --2. (in phil.) such guṇa as is not produced (like saṃyoga, pṛthaktva &c). by the union of two things.
          --jña vid a. 1. knowing distinctions, critical, connoisseur. --2. learned, wise; Bh. 2. 3.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ, --liṃgaṃ a special or characteristic mark.
          --vacanaṃ a special text or precept.
          --vidhiḥ, śāstraṃ a special rule.

viśeṣaka a. Distinguishing, distinctive. --kaḥ, --kaṃ
     (1) A distinguishing feature or characteristic, an attribute.
     (2) A discriminative or distinguishing quality.
     (3) A mark on the forehead with sandal, saffron &c.; M. 3. 5.
     (4) Drawing lines of painting on the face and person with coloured unguents and cosmetics; svedodgamaḥ kiṃpuruṣāṃganānāṃ cakra padaṃ patraviśeṣakeṣu Ku. 3. 33, R. 9. 29, Śi. 3. 63, 10 84. --kaṃ A group of three stanzas forming one grammatical sentence; dvābhyāṃ yugmamiti prāktaṃ tribhiḥ ślokairviśeṣakam . kalāpakaṃ caturbhiḥ syāttadūrdhvaṃ kulakaṃ smṛtam ...

viśeṣaṇa a.
     (1) Attributive.
     (2) Distinctive. --ṇaṃ 1 Distinguishing, discrimination.
     (2) Distinction, difference.
     (3) A word which particularizes, qualifies, or defines another, an adjective, attribute, epithet (opp. viśeṣya); upapannamidaṃ viśeṣaṇaṃ vāyoḥ V. 3; viśeṣaṇairyatsākūtairuktiḥ parikarastu saḥ K. P. 10. (viśeṣaṇa is said to be of three kinds vyāvartaka, vidheya, and hetugarbha).
     (4) A distinguishing feature or mark.
     (5) Species, kind.
     (6) Surpassing, excelling; asya kāvyasya kavayo na samarthā viśeṣaṇe Mb.

viśeṣatas, viśeṣeṇa, viśeṣāt ind. Especially, particularly.

viśeṣita p. p.
     (1) Distinguished.
     (2) Defined, particularized.
     (3) Distinguished by an attribute.
     (4) Superior, excellent.

viśeṣya, viśeṣaṇīya a.
     (1) To be distinguished.
     (2) Chief, superior. --ṣyaṃ The word qualified or limited by an adjective, the object to be defined or particularized by another word; a noun; viśeṣyaṃ nābhidhā gacchetkṣīṇaśaktirviśeṣaṇe K. P. 2.

viśīla a. Ill-behaved, immoral, wicked.

viśudh 4 P. To be purified. --Caus. To purify.

viśuddha a.
     (1) Purified, cleansed.
     (2) Pure, free from vice, sin, or imperfection.
     (3) Spotless, stainless.
     (4) Correct, accurate.
     (5) Virtuous, pious, straightforward; viśuddhamugdhaḥ kulakanyakājanaḥ Māl. 7. 1.
     (6) Humble --ddhaṃ A kind of mystical circle (cakra) in the body.

viśuddhiḥ f.
     (1) Purification; tadaṃgasaṃsargamavāpya kalpate dhruvaṃ citābhasmagjo viśuddhaye Ku. 5. 79, Bg. 6. 12; Ms. 6. 69, 11. 54.
     (2) Purity, complete purity; hemnaḥ saṃlakṣyate hyagnau viśuddhiḥ śyāmikāpi vā R. 1. 10, 12 48.
     (3) Correctness, accuracy.
     (4) Rectification, removal of error.
     (5) Similarity, equality.
     (6) (In alg.) A subtractive quantity.

viśodhanam
     (1) Cleaning, clearing (fig. also); rājyakaṃṭakaviśodhanodyataḥ Vikr. 5. 1.
     (2) Purifying, freeing from sin, defect &c.
     (3) Expiation, atonement.

viśodhya a. To be purified, cleansed or corrected. --dhyaṃ A debt.

viśūla a. Without(i. e. not possessing) a spear; durjapo lavaṇaḥ śūlī viśūlaḥ prārthyatāmiti R. 15. 5.

viśṛṃkhala a.
     (1) Without fetters (lit.).
     (2) Unfettered, unchecked, unrestrained, uncurbed (fig.); Śi. 12. 7; Bv. 2. 177.
     (3) Free from all moral bonds, dissolute, Bh. 2. 59.

viśṛ Pass.
     (1) To be split in pieces, be shattered, viśīryeta vane'tha vā.
     (2) To crumble to pieces, be dissolved, decay.
     (3) To waste away, become emaciated.
     (4) To vanish, disappear.

viśīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Shattered, broken to pieces.
     (2) Decayed, withered.
     (3) Dropped or fallen down; Ku. 5. 28.
     (4) Shrunk, shrivelled.
     (5) Impaired, wasted, spoiled.
     -- Comp.
          --parṇaḥ the Nimba tree.
          --mūrti a. having the body destroyed; Ku. 5. 54. (
          --rtiḥ) an epithet of the god of love.

viśoka a. Free from grief, happy. --kaḥ The Aśoka tree. --kā Exemption from grief.

viśoṣaṇam Drying up, dessication.

viścakadraḥ Ved.
     (1) A dog-dealer.
     (2) A dog.

viśnaḥ Lustre, splendour.

viśraṇ 10 U. To give away, bestow; niḥśeṣaviśrāṇitakośajātaṃ R. 5. 1; 14. 15.

viśraṇanaṃ, viśrāṇatam Giving away, bestowing, grant, gift, donation; viśrāṇanāccānyapayasvinīnāṃ R. 2. 54.

viśram 4 P.
     (1) To take rest, repose, stop; Ku. 3. 9.
     (2) To cease, stop, come to an end.

viśramaḥ
     (1) Rest, repose.
     (2) Relaxation, cessation.

viśrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Ceased, stopped; V. 4. 38.
     (2) Rested, reposed
     (3) Calm, tranquil, composed.

viśrāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Rest, repose.
     (2) Cessation, stop.

viśrāmaḥ
     (1) Cessation, stop.
     (2) Rest, repose; viśrāmo hṛdayasya yatra U. 1. 39.
     (3) Tranquillity, calm, composure.

viśraṃbh 1 A. To confide, place confidence in; see viśrabdha below. --Caus. To inspire confidence in (a person), console, encou rage.

viśrabdha p. p. (also written visrabdha)
     (1) Confided in, confided to, entrusted.
     (2) Confident, fearless, confiding; Mu. 3. 3.
     (3) Trusty, confidential.
     (4) Quiet, calm, tranquil, free from anxiety.
     (5) Firm, steady.
     (6) Meek, lowly.
     (7) Excessive, exceeding. --bdhaṃ ind. Confidently, fearlessly, without reserve, fear, or hesitation; viśrabdhaṃ kriyatāṃ varāhatatibhirmustākṣatiḥ palle S. 2. 6; vṛṣala viśrabdhaṃ pṛccha mamāpi vahvākhyeyamatra Mu. 3.

viśraṃbhaḥ
     (1) Trust, confidence, familiar confidence, perfect intimacy or familiarity; viśraṃmādurasi nipatya labdhanidrāṃ U. 1. 49; Māl. 3. 1.
     (2) A confidential matter, secret; viśrabheṣvabhyaṃtarīkaraṇīyā K.
     (3) Rest, relaxation.
     (4) An affectionate inquiry.
     (5) A love-quarrel, an amorous dispute.
     (6) Killing.
     -- Comp.
          --ālāpaḥ, --bhāṣaṇaṃ confidential or familiar conversation.
          --pātraṃ, --bhūmiḥ, --sthānaṃ an object of confidence, a confidant, trusty person.

viśraṃbhin a.
     (1) Trusting, confiding.
     (2) Trustworthy, faithful.

viśrabhaṇam Winning confidence.

viśrayaḥ A shelter, asylum.

viśravas m. N. of a son of Pulastya, and father of Rāvaṇa, Kumbhakarṇa, Bibhīṣaṇa and Śūrpaṇakhā by his wife Kaikasī, and of Kubera by his wife Iḍāviḍā.

viśrāvaḥ 1 Dropping, flowing forth (for visrāva q. v.).
     (2) Celebrity, renown.

viśruta p. p.
     (1) Well-known, renowned, celebrated.
     (2) Pleased, delighted, happy.
     (3) Flowing forth.

viśrutiḥ f.
     (1) Fame, celebrity.
     (2) Flowing, oozing.

viślatha a.
     (1) Loose, relaxed, untied; R. 6. 73.
     (2) Languid. drooping.

viśliṣ 4 P.
     (1) To be separated, to be away from.
     (2) To burst, fly asunder; R. 12. 76; Bk. 14. 67. --Caus.
     (1) to separate; Me. 7.
     (2) To deprive of (instr.); buddhyā viśleṣayaṃti te Pt. 3. 183.

viśliṣṭa p. p. Disjoined, separated, disunited.

viśleṣaḥ
     (1) Disunion, disjunction.
     (2) Especially separation of lovers, or of husband and wife.
     (3) Separation (in general); tanayāviśleṣaduḥkhaiḥ S. 4. 5; caraṇāraviṃdaviśleṣa R. 13. 23.
     (4) Absence, loss, bereavement.
     (5) A chasm.
     (6) (In arith.) The converse of addition.
     -- Comp.
          --jātiḥ f. the reduction of fractional difference.

viśleṣita p. p. Severed, separated, disunited.

viśva pron. a. [viś-va Uṇ. 1. 151]
     (1) All, whole, entire, universal.
     (2) Every, every one. --m. pl. N. of a particular group of deities, ten in number and supposed to be sons of viśvā; their names are: --vasuḥ satyaḥ kraturdakṣaḥ kālaḥ kāmo dhṛtiḥ kuruḥ . purūravā mādrāyāśca viśvedevāḥ prakīrtitāḥ ... --śvaṃ
     (1) The universe, the (whole) world; idaṃ viśvaṃ pālyaṃ U, 3. 30; viśvasminnadhunānyaḥ kulavrataṃ pālayiṣyati kaḥ Bv. 1. 13.
     (2) Dry ginger.
     (3) N. of Viṣṇu. --śvaḥ
     (1) The soul.
     (2) A citizen (nāgara).
     -- Comp.
          --ātman m. 1. the Supreme Being (soul of the universe). --2. an epithet of Brahman. --3. of Śiva; atha viśva tmane gaurī saṃdideśa mithaḥ sakhīṃ Ku. 6. 1. --4. of Viṣṇu.
          --īśaḥ --ī śvaraḥ 1. the Supreme Being, lord of the universe. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --kadru a. wicked, low, vile. (
          --druḥ) 1. a hound, dog trained for the chase. --2. sound.
          --karman m. 1. N. of the architect of gods; cf. tvaṣṭṛ. --2. an epithet of the sun. --3. one of the seven principal rays of the sun. --4. a great saint. --5. the supreme being. -jā, -sutā an epithet of saṃjñā, one of the wives of the sun.
          --kāryaḥ one of the rays of the sun.
          --kṛt m. 1. the creator of all beings. --2. an epithet of Viśvakarman.
          --ketuḥ an epithet of Aniruddha.
          --gaḥ N. of Brahman.
          --gaṃdhaḥ an onion. (
          --dhaṃ) myrrh.
          --gaṃdhā the earth.
          --goptṛ m. 1. N. of Viṣṇu. --2. Indra.
          --graṃthiḥ the plant called haṃsapadī. --cakraṃ a kind of valuable gift (mahādāna) of pure gold.
          --carṣaṇi a. Ved. all-pervading, world-wide, extending everywhere.
          --janaṃ mankind.
          --janīna, --janya, --janīya a. good for all men, suitable to all mankind, beneficial to all men; Bk. 2. 41, 21. 17.
          --jit m. 1. N. of a particular sacrifice; R. 5. 1. --2. the noose of Varuṇa. --3. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --deva see under viśva m. above.
          --dhāriṇī the earth.
          --dhārin m. a deity.
          --dhenā Ved. the earth.
          --nāthaḥ lord of the universe, an epithet of Śiva.
          --mā m. 1. the protector of all. --2. the sun. --3. the moon. --4. fire.
          --pāvanī, --pūjitā holy basil.
          --psan m. 1. a god. --2. the sun. --3. the moon. --4. an epithet of Agni. --5. N. of Viśvakarman.
          --bodhaḥ a Buddha.
          --bhāvanaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --bhuja a. all enjoying, all-eating. (--m.) an epithet of Indra.
          --bheṣajaṃ dry ginger. (
          --jaḥ) a universal remedy.
          --mūrti a. existing in all forms, all-pervading, omnipresent; Māl. 1. 3. (
          --rtiḥ) 1. the supreme being. --2. N. of Śiva
          --yoniḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. of Viṣṇu.
          --rāj m.
          --rājaḥ a universal sovereign.
          --rucī one of the seven tongues of fire.
          --rūpa a. omnipresent, existing everywhere. (
          --paḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. (
          --paṃ) agallochum.
          --retas m. an epithet of Brahman.
          --vāh a. (viśvauhī f.) allsustaining.
          --vedas a. 1. all-knowing, omniscient. --2. a saint, sage.
          --vyacas f. N. of Aditi.
          --vyāpaka, vyapin a. all-pervading.
          --sahā 1. the earth. --2. one of the tongues of fire.
          --sārakaṃ the prickly pear.
          --sṛj m. an epithet of Brahman, the creator; prāyeṇa sāmagryavidhau guṇānāṃ parāṅmukhī viśvasṛjaḥ pravṛttiḥ Ku. 3. 28; 1. 49.

viśvaṃkaraḥ The eye(n. according to some).

viśvatas ind. On all sides, all round, everywhere; Bv. 1. 30.
     -- Comp.
          --mukha a. having a face on every side; Bg. 9. 15.

viśvathā ind. Everywhere.

viśvadānīm ind. Ved. At all times.

viśvaṃbhara a. All-sustaining. --raḥ 1 The all-pervading being, the Supreme Spirit
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (3) Of Indra. --rā The earth; viśvaṃbharā bhagavatī bhavatīmasūta U. 1. 9; viśvaṃbharāpyatilaghunarranātha tavāṃtike niyataṃ K. P. 10.

viśvayuḥ Air, wind.

viśvaha ind. At all times. --hā ind. Everywhere.

viśvas 2 P.
     (1) To confide in, trust, rely on, place confidence in (usually with loc.); puṃsi viśvasiti kuva kumarī N. 5. 110; na jānāmi kenāpi kāraṇenāpahastitasakalasakhījanaṃ tvayi viśvasiti me hṛdayaṃ K. 233; Ku. 5. 15; (sometimes with gen. also).
     (2) To rest secure, be fearless or confident; viśaśvase pakṣigaṇaiḥ samaṃtāt Bk. 2. 25. --Caus. To cause to believe, inspire confidence in; ṛte krauryātsamāyāto māṃ viśvāsayituṃ nu kiṃ Bk. 8. 105; Pt. 1. 192.

viśvatanīya pot. p.
     (1) To be relied upon, trnstworthy, reliable.
     (2) Capable of inspiring confidence; aho doptimato'pi viśvasanīyatāsya vapuṣaḥ S. 2; M. 3. 2.

viśvasta p. p.
     (1) Believed in, trusted, relied on.
     (2) Confiding, relying on.
     (3) Fearless, confident.
     (4) Trustworthy, reliable. --stā A widow.

viśvāsaḥ 1 Trust, confidence, faith, reliance; durjanaḥ priyavādīti naitadviśvāsakāraṇaṃ; S. 1. 14; R. 1. 51, H. 4. 103.
     (2) A secret, confidential communication.
     -- Comp.
          --ghātaḥ, --bhaṃgaḥ breach of faith, treachery, perfidy.
          --ghātakaḥ, --ghātin m. a treacherous fellow, traitor.
          --pātraṃ, --bhūmiḥ --sthānaṃ an object of confidence, a reliable or trusty person, a confidant.

viśvāsanam Producing confidence.

viśvādhāyas m. A god, deity.

viśvānaraḥ An epithet of Savitṛ.

viśvāmetraḥ [viśvaṃ mitraṃ yasya, viśvasya mitraṃ vā pūrvapadadīrghaḥ; P. VI. 3. 130] N. of a celebrated sage. [He was originally a Kshatriya, being the king of Kanyakubja and son of Gadhi. One day while out hunting, he went to the hermitage of the great sage Vasiṣṭha, and seeing there the cow of plenty, offered him untold treasures in exchange for it, but being refused he tried to take it by force. A long contest thereupon ensued, in which king Viśvāmitra was signally defeated; and so great was his vexation, and withal so greatly was he impressed with the power inherent in Brāhmanism that he devoted himself to the most rigorous austerities till he successively got the titles Rājarṣi, Rishi, Maharshi, and Brahmarshi, but he was not contented till Vasiṣṭha himself called him by the name Brahmarshi, which, however, took place after several thousands of years. Viśvāmitra several times tried to excite Vasiṣṭha-for example by killing his one hundred sons-but the great sage was not in the least perturbed. His power, even before he finally became a Brahmarshi, was very great, as was seen in his transporting Triśaṅku to the skies, in saving Śunahśepha from the hands of Indra, in creating things after the style of Brahman &c. &c. He was the companion and counsellor of young Rāma to whom he gave several miraculous missiles].

viśvārāj m. [viśvasya rājā] A king of the universe, universal monarch.

viśvāvasuḥ N. of a Gandharva.

viṣ I. 3 U. (veveṣṭi, veviṣṭe, --viṣṭa)
     (1) To surround.
     (2) To spread through, extend, pervade.
     (3) To embrace.
     (4) To accomplish, effect, perform.
     (5) To eat.
     (6) To go to, go against, encounter; (not generally used in classical literature). --II. 9 P. (viṣṇāti) To separate, disjoin. --III. 1. P. (veṣati) To sprinkle, pour out.

viṣ f.
     (1) Feces, excrement, ordure.
     (2) Spreading, diffusion.
     (3) A girl, as in viṭpati.
     -- Comp.
          --kārikā (viṭkārikā) a kind of bird.
          --grahaḥ (viḍgrahaḥ) constipation.
          --caraḥ, -varāhaḥ (viṭcaraḥ, viḍvarāhaḥ) a tame or village hog (eating ordure).
          --patiḥ a son-in-law.
          --lavaṇaṃ (viḍlavaṇaṃ) a kind of medicinal salt.
          --saṃgaḥ (viṭsaṃgaḥ) constipation.
          --sārikā (viṭsārikā) a kind of bird.

viṣam [viṣ-ka]
     (1) Poison, venom (said to be m. also in this sense); viṣaṃ bhavatu mā bhūdvā phaṭāṭopo bhayaṃkaraḥ Pt. 1. 204.
     (2) Water; viṣaṃ jaladharaiḥ pītaṃ mūrchitāḥ pathikāṃganāḥ Chandr. 5. 82 (where both senses are intended).
     (3) The fibres of a lotus-stalk.
     (4) Gummyrrh.
     -- Comp.
          --akta, --digdha a. poisoned, envenomed.
          --aṃkuraḥ 1. a spear. --2. a poisoned arrow.
          --aṃtaka a. antidotal. (
          --kaḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --apaha, --ghna a. repelling poison, antidotic.
          --ānanaḥ, --āyudhaḥ, --āsyaḥ a snake.
          --āsyā the marking-nut plant.
          --āsvāda a. tasting poison.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --kuṃbhaḥ a jar filled with poison.
          --kṛmiḥ a worm bred in poison. -nyāya see under nyāya. --ghātin m. the Śirīṣa tree.
          --ghna a. antidotal, serving as an antidote; iti ciṃtāviṣaghnoyamagadaḥ kiṃ na pīyate H. 1. (
          --ghnaḥ) 1. an antidote. --2. the śirīṣa and caṃpaka trees. (
          --ghnī) 1. turmeric. --2. colocynth.
          --juṣṭa a. 1. poisonous. --2. poisoned, affected by poison.
          --jvaraḥ a buffalo.
          --daḥ a cloud. (
          --daṃ) green vitriol.
          --daṃtakaḥ a snake.
          --darśanamṛtyukaḥ, --mṛtyuḥ a kind of bird (said to be Chakora).
          --drumaḥ = -vṛkṣa. q. v.
          --dharaḥ a snake; Bv. 1. 74. -nilayaḥ the lower regions, the abode of snakes.
          --puṣpaṃ the blue lotus.
          --puṣpakaḥ a disease caused by eating poisonous flowers.
          --prayogaḥ use of poison, administering poison.
          --bhiṣaj m.,
          --vaidyaḥ a dealer in antidotes, a curer of snake-bites; saṃprati viṣavaidyānāṃ karma M. 4.
          --maṃtraḥ 1. a spell for curing snake-bites, --2. a snakecharmer, conjurer.
          --rasaḥ a poisoned potion, poison-liquid; U. 2. 26.
          --vidyā cure of poison.
          --vṛkṣaḥ, --drumaḥ a poisonous tree; viṣavṛkṣopi saṃvardhya svayaṃ chettumasāṃprataṃ Ku. 2. 55; śrināsi caṃdanabhrāṃtyā durvipākaṃ viṣadrumaṃ U. 1. 46. -nyāya see under nyāya. --vegaḥ the circulation or effect of poison.
          --śālūkaḥ the root of the lotus.
          --śūkaḥ, --śṛṃgin, --sṛkkan m. a wasp.
          --sūcakaḥ the Chakora bird.
          --hṛdaya a. 'poisonhearted', malicious.

viṣaṃj 1 P. To attach or stick to, to hang or suspend upon, (usually in p. p.).

viṣakta p. p.
     (1) Fixed firmly or closely.
     (2) Adhering or clinging closely to.
     (3) Hung or suspended on; S. 1. 32.
     (4) Caused, produced; U. 4. 3.

viṣaṃḍam The fibres of the lotusstalk.

viṣad 1 P. To sink down, be exhausted.
     (2) To be dispirited or cast down, be afflicted or sorrowful, despond, despair; vilapati hasati viṣīdati roditi caṃcati muṃcati tāpaṃ Gīt. 4; bālasūnuravalokya bhārgavaṃ svāṃ daśāṃ ca viṣasāda parthivaḥ R. 11. 67; Bg. 2. 1; Bk. 7. 89; R. 9. 75.
     (3) To be afraid. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to despond or despair, discourage.
     (2) To make afflicted, pain.

viṣaṇṇa p. p. Dejected, cast down, sad, sorrowful, spiritless, despondent.
     -- Comp.
          --mukha, --vadana a. looking sad.
          --rūpa a. in a sad mood.

viṣādaḥ
     (1) Dejection, sadness, depression of spirits, grief, sorrow; madvāṇi mā kuru viṣādaṃ Bv. 4. 41; viṣāde kartavye vidadhati jaḍāḥ pratyuta mudaṃ Bh. 3. 25, R. 8. 54; S. 4. 15.
     (2) Disappointment, despondency, despair; viṣādaluptapratipatti sainyaṃ R. 3. 40; (viṣādaścetaso bhaṃga upāyābhāvanāśayoḥ).
     (3) Languor, drooping state; dorviṣādaḥ Mal. 2. 5.
     (4) Dulness, stupidity, insensibility.

viṣādin a. Dejected, dismayed, sad, disconsolate.

viṣama a. [vigato viruddho vā samaḥ]
     (1) Uneven, rough, rugged; pathiṣu viṣameṣvapyacalatā Mu. 3. 3; vyālākīrṇāḥ suviṣamāḥ Pt. 1. 64; Me. 19.
     (2) Irregular, unequal; Māl. 9. 43.
     (3) Odd, not even.
     (4) Difficult, hard to understand, mysterious; Ki. 2. 3; viṣamāḥ karmagatayaḥ Pt. 4. 50.
     (5) Impassable, inaccessible; Ki. 2. 3, Bh. 3. 5.
     (6) Coarse, rough.
     (7) Oblique; Māl. 4. 2.
     (8) Painful, troublesome; kāṃtāviśleṣaduḥkhavyatikaraviṣame yauvane viprayogaḥ Bh. 3. 106; H. 4. 3.
     (9) Very strong, vehement; Māl. 3. 9. (10) Dangerous, fearful; Mv. 5. 56, Mk. 8. 1, 27, Mu. 1. 18, 2. 20.
     (11) Bad, adverse, unfavourable; Pt. 4. 16.
     (12) Odd, unusual, unparalleled.
     (13) Dishonest, artful.
     (14) Intermittent, (as fever).
     (15) Wicked.
     (16) Different. --maḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --maṃ
     (1) Unevenness.
     (2) Oddness.
     (3) An inaccessible place, precipice, pit &c.
     (4) A difficult or dangerous position, difficulty, misfortune; suptaṃ pramattaṃ viṣamasthitaṃ vā rakṣaṃti puṇyāni purā kṛtāni Bh. 2. 97; Bg. 2. 2.
     (5) Rough or uneven ground.
     (6) N. of a figure of speech in which some unusual or incompatible relation between cause and effect is described; (said to be of four kinds; see K. P. Kārikās 126 and 127).
     (7) A kind of stanza or verse; bhinnacihna catuṣpādaṃ viṣamaṃ parikīrtitam. --maṃ ind. Unequally, unevenly, unfairly, dangerously &c.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ, --īkṣaṇaḥ, --nayanaḥ, --netraḥ, --locanaḥ epithets of Śiva.
          --annaṃ unusual or irregular food.
          --avatāraḥ descent on uneven ground, perhaps also 'undertaking or embarking in an adventure'; V. 1.
          --āyudhaḥ, --iṣuḥ, --śaraḥ epithets of the god of love.
          --karṇaḥ 1. a quadrangle or tetragon with unequal diagonals. --2. the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle.
          --karman (in math.) the finding of two quantities when the difference of their squares is given and either the sum or the difference of the quantities (Colebrooke.)
          --kālaḥ an unfavourable season.
          --caturasraḥcaturbhujaḥ an unequal quadrilateral figure.
          --chadaḥ the tree saptaparṇa q. v.
          --chāyā the shadow of the gnomon at noon.
          --jvaraḥ remittent fever.
          --tribhujaḥ a scalene triangle.
          --lakṣmī f. ill-luck.
          --vibhāgaḥ unequal distribution (of property).
          --śīla a. cross-tempered, peevish, perverse.
          --stha a. 1. being in an inaccessible position. --2. being in difficulty or misfortune.

viṣamita a.
     (1) Made rough, uneven or crooked.
     (2) Contracted, frowning.
     (3) Made difficult or inaccessible.

viṣamībhū 1 P.
     (1) To become uneven.
     (2) To stumble, fall unevenly; S. 4. 15.

viṣayaḥ
     (1) An object of sense; (these are five, corresponding to the five organs of sense; rūpa, rasa, gaṃdha, sparśa and śabda corresponding to the eye, tongue, nose, skin, and ear); śrutiviṣayaguṇā yā sthitā vyāpya viśvaṃ S. 1. 1.
     (2) A worldly object or concern, an affair, a transaction.
     (3) The pleasures of sense, worldly or sensual objects (usually in pl.) yauvane viṣayaiṣiṇāṃ R. 1. 8; śabdādīn viṣayānbhoktuṃ 10. 25; viṣayavyāvṛttakautūhalaḥ V. 1. 9; nirviṣṭaviṣayasnehaḥ 12. 1, 3. 70, 8. 10, 19. 49; Bg. 2. 59.
     (4) An object, a thing, matter; nāryo na jagmurviṣayāṃtarāṇi R. 7. 12, 8. 89.
     (5) An object or thing aimed at, mark, object; bhūyiṣṭhamanyaviṣayā na tu dṛṣṭirasyāḥ S. 1. 31; Śi. 9. 40.
     (6) Scope, range, reach, compass; saumitrerapi patriṇāmaviṣaye tatra priye kvāsi bhoḥ U. 3. 45; yasminnīśvara ityananyaviṣayaḥ śabdo yathārthākṣaraḥ V. 1. 1; sakalavacanānāmaviṣayaḥ Māl. 1. 30, 36; U. 5. 19; Ku. 6. 17.
     (7) Department, sphere, province, field, element; sarvatraudarikasyābhyavahāryameva viṣayaḥ V. 3.
     (8) A subject, subject-matter, topic; ayi malayaja mahimāyaṃ kasya girāmastu viṣayaste Bv. 1. 11; so śṛṃgāraviṣayako graṃthaḥ 'treating of love'.
     (9) The topic or subject to be explained, general head; the first of the five members of an Adhikaraṇa q. v. (10) A place, spot; parisaraviṣayeṣu līḍhamuktāḥ Ki. 5. 38.
     (11) A country, realm, domain, territory, district, kingdom; Pt. 2. 2.
     (12) A refuge, an asylum.
     (13) A collection of villages.
     (14) A lover, husband.
     (15) Semen virile.
     (16) A religious observance.
     (17) A symbolical expression for the number 'five.' (viṣaye means 'with regard or reference to,' 'in respect of', 'in the case of', 'regarding', 'cancerning'; yā tatrāste yuvativiṣaye sṛṣṭirādyeva dhātuḥ Me. 82; strīṇā viṣaye; dhanaviṣaye &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --abhiratiḥ 1. attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures; Ki. 6. 44; so -abhilāṣaḥ Ki. 3. 13.
          --ātmaka a. 1. consisting of worldly objects. --2. carnal, sensual.
          --āsakta, --nirata a. addicted to sensual objects, sensualist, worldly-minded.
          --āsaktiḥ --upasevā, --niratiḥ f.
          --prasaṃgaḥ addiction to pleasures of sense, sensuality.
          --eṣin a. addicted to worldly objects; R. 1. 8.
          --grāmaḥ the collection of the objects of sense.
          --sukhaṃ the pleasures of sense.

viṣayaka a.
     (1) Relating to an object.
     (2) (At the end of comp.). Having for an object, treating of, relating to, as in dānaviṣayako graṃthaḥ.

viṣayāyin m.
     (1) One addicted to pleasures of sense, a sensualist.
     (2) A man of the world.
     (3) The god of love.
     (4) A king.
     (5) An organ of sense.
     (6) A materialist.

viṣayin a. Sensual, carnal. --m.
     (1) A man of the world, worldling.
     (2) A king.
     (3) The god of love.
     (4) A sensualist, voluptuary; viṣayiṇaḥ kasyāpado'staṃ gatāḥ Pt. 1. 146; S. 5. --n.
     (1) An organ of sense.
     (2) Knowledge (jñāna).

viṣah 1 A.
     (1) To bear, suffer, endure; durvāraṃ sā kathamapi parityāgaduḥkhaṃ viṣehe R. 14. 87, 3. 63, 8. 57.
     (2) To resist, oppose, withstand, be able to resist; tasyāmeva raghoḥ pāṃḍyāḥ pratāpaṃ na viṣehire R. 4. 49.
     (3) To be able; Śi. 14. 29, 17. 10.
     (4) To allow.

viṣahya a.
     (1) Endurable, bearable; aviṣahyavyasanena dhūmitāṃ Ku. 4. 30, R. 6. 47.
     (2) Possible to be settled or determined; Ms. 8. 265.
     (3) Possible.

viṣalaḥ Poison, venom.

viṣā
     (1) Ordure, feces.
     (2) Intellect, understanding.
     (3) A tree (ativiṣā).

viṣāṇaḥ --ṇaṃ, --ṇī [viṣ-bā- kānac]
     (1) A horn; sāhityasaṃgītakalāvihīnaḥ sākṣātpaśuḥ pucchaviṣāṇahīnaḥ Bh. 2. 12; kadācidapi paryaṭañ śaśaviṣāṇamāsādayet 2. 5.
     (2) The tusk of an elephant or boar; taptānāmupadadhire viṣāṇabhinnāḥ prahlādaṃ surakariṇāṃ ghanāḥ kṣaraṃtaḥ Ki. 7. 13; Śi. 1. 60.

viṣāṇin a. Having horns or tusks. --m.
     (1) Any animal having horns or tusks.
     (2) An elephant; bhagno nivāso'yamihāsya puṣpaiḥ sadānato yena viṣāṇināgaḥ Śi. 4. 63, 12. 77.
     (3) A bull.

viṣāraḥ A snake.

viṣālu a. Poisonous, venomous.

viṣu ind.
     (1) In two equal parts, equally.
     (2) Differently, variously.
     (3) Same, like.

viṣuṇa a. Ved.
     (1) Moving variously.
     (2) Having various forms.
     (3) Having uniform motion.
     (4) Adverse, hostile, wicked. --ṇaḥ The equinox.

viṣupam The equinox.

viṣuvam The first point of Aries or Libra into which the sun enters at the vernal or autumnal equinox, the equinoctial point.
     -- Comp.
          --chāyā the shadow of the gnomon at noon.
          --dinaṃ the day of the equinox.
          --rekhā the equinoctial line.
          --saṃkrāṃtiḥ f. the sun's equinoctial passage.

viṣuvat n. 1 The equinox.
     (2) The central day in a sacrificial session; (for Comp. see viṣuva above.

viṣk 10 U. (viṣkayati-te)
     (1) To kill, hurt, injure (Atm. only in this sense).
     (2) To see, perceive.

viṣūcikā Cholera.

viṣkaṃd 1 P. To go in different directions, room, wander about.
     (2) To go away, disperse.

viṣkaṃdaḥ
     (1) Dispersing.
     (2) Going away.

viṣkaṃbh 5. 9. P.
     (1) To impede, obstruct.
     (2) To support, prop.
     (3) To fix firmly.

viṣkaṃbhaḥ
     (1) Obstacle, hindrance, impediment.
     (2) The bolt or bar of a door.
     (3) The supporting beam of a house.
     (4) A post, pillar.
     (5) A tree.
     (6) (In dramas) An interlude between the acts of a drama and performed by one or more characters, middling or inferior, who connect the story of the drama and the subdivisions of the plot by briefly explaining to the audience what has occurred in the intervals of the acts or what is likely to happen later on: S. D. thus defines it: --vṛttavartiṣyamāṇānāṃ kathāṃśānāṃ nidarśakaḥ . saṃkṣiptārthastu viṣkaṃbha ādāvaṃkasya darśitaḥ . madhyena madhyamābhyāṃ vā pātrābhyāṃ saṃprayojitaḥ . śuddhaḥ syāt sa tu saṃkīrṇo nīcamadhyamakalpitaḥ 308.
     (7) The diameter of a circle.
     (8) A particular posture practised by Yogins.
     (9) Extension, length. (10) The first of the twenty-seven astronomical periods (yoga).

viṣkaṃbhaka See viṣkaṃbha.

viṣkaṃbhita a. Hindered, obstructed.

viṣkāṃbhin m. The bolt of a door.

viṣkiraḥ
     (1) Scattering about, tearing up.
     (2) A cock.
     (3) A bird, gallinaceous bird; chāyāpaskiramāṇaviṣkiramukhavyākṛṣṭakīṭatvacaḥ U. 2. 9.

viṣṭaṃp f.
     (1) A place, region, world.
     (2) Heaven.

viṣṭapaḥ --pam
     (1) A world; Ku. 3. 20; cf. triviṣṭapa.
     (2) A vessel, cup Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --hārin a. one who pleases the world; Bh. 2. 25.

viṣṭaṃbh 5. 9. P.
     (1) To stop, obstruct; S. 5. 9.
     (2) To fix, plant, rest on; atyucchrite maṃtriṇi pārthive ca viṣṭabhya pādāvupatiṣṭhate śrīḥ Mu. 4. 13. --Caus.
     (1) To obstruct.
     (2) To paralyse, benumb.

viṣṭabdha p. p.
     (1) Fixed firmly; well supported.
     (2) Propped up, supported.
     (3) Obstructed, hindered.
     (4) Paralysed, made motionless.

viṣṭaṃbhaḥ
     (1) Fixing firmly.
     (2) Obstruction, hindrance, an impediment.
     (3) Obstruction of the urine or ordure, constipation.
     (4) Paralysis.
     (5) Stopping, staying.
     (6) Stepping, placing the feet.

viṣṭaṃbhin a.
     (1) Stopping, obstructing, impeding.
     (2) Making motionless, benumbing, chilling.

viṣṭaraḥ
     (1) A seat (a stool, chair &c.); R. 8. 18.
     (2) A layer, bed (as of Kuśa grass.).
     (3) A handful of Kuśa grass.
     (4) The seat of the presiding priest (or Brahman) at a sacrifice.
     (5) A tree.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāj a. seated on or occupying a seat; Ku. 7. 72.
          --śravas m. an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa; Śi. 14. 12.

viṣṭā Excrement, feces, ordure.

viṣṭiḥ f. [viṣ-ktin ktic vā]
     (1) Pervading.
     (2) An act, occupation.
     (3) Hire, wages.
     (4) Unpaid labour.
     (5) Sending.
     (6) Residence in hell to which one is condemned.

viṣṭhalam A remote place, one situated at a distance.

viṣṭhā
     (1) Feces, ordure, excrement; Ms. 3. 180, 10. 91.
     (2) The belly.
     (3) Ved. Interval.

viṣṇuḥ [viṣ vyāpane nuk Uṇ. 3. 39]
     (1) The second deity of the sacred Triad, entrusted with the preservation of the world, which duty he is represented to have duly discharged by his various incarnations; (for their descriptions see the several avatāras s. v. and also under avatāra); the word is thus popularly derived: --yasmādviśvamidaṃ sarvaṃ tasya śaktyā mahātmanaḥ . tasmādevocyate viṣṇurvīśadhātoḥ praveśanāt ..).
     (2) N. of Agni.
     (3) A pious man.
     (4) N. of a law-giver, author of a Smṛti called viṣṇusmṛti.
     (5) N. of one of the Vasus.
     (6) The lunar mansion called Śravaṇa (presided over by Viṣṇu).
     -- Comp.
          --kāṃcī N. of a town.
          --kramaḥ the step or stride of Viṣṇu.
          --guptaḥ N. of Chāṇakya.
          --tailaṃ a kind of medicinal oil.
          --daivatyā N. of the eleventh and twelfth days of each fortnight (of a lunar month).
          --padaṃ 1. the sky, atmosphere. --2. the sea of milk. --3. the foot of Viṣṇu (worshipped at Gayā). --4. a lotus.
          --padī an epithet of the Ganges.
          --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the most celebrated of the eighteen Purāṇas.
          --prītiḥ f. land granted rent-free to Brāhmaṇas to maintain Viṣṇu's worship.
          --māyā N. of Durgā.
          --rathaḥ an epithet of Garuḍa.
          --rātaḥ N. of king Parīkṣit.
          --liṃgī a quail.
          --lokaḥ Viṣṇu's world.
          --vallabhā 1. an epithet of Lakṣmī. --2. the holy basil.
          --vāhanaḥ, --vāhyaḥ epithets of Garuḍa.

viṣpaṃd 1 A.
     (1) To A move about.
     (2) To throb, beat, palpitate.

viṣpaṃdaḥ Throbbing, palpitation.

viṣphāraḥ
     (1) The twang of a bow.
     (2) Vibration.

viṣya a. Deserving death by poison.

viṣyaṃd 1 A. To flow; Bk. 9. 74.

viṣyaṃdaḥ Flowing, trickling.

viṣva a. Hurtful, injurious, mischievous.

viṣvac, viṣvaṃc a. (Nom. sing. m. viṣvaṅ; f. viṣūcī, n. viṣvak)
     (1) Going or being everywhere, all-pervading; viṣvaṅmohaḥ sthagayati kathaṃ maṃdabhāgyaḥ karomi U. 3. 38, Māl. 9. 20.
     (2) Separating into parts.
     (3) Different.
     (4) Alternately. (viṣvak is used adverbially in the sense of 'everywhere, on all sides, all around'; Ki. 14. 59; Pt. 2. 2; Māl. 5. 4, 9. 25).
     -- Comp.
          --senaḥ (viṣvaksenaḥ or viṣvakṣeṇaḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu; sāmyamāpa kamalāsakhaviṣvaksenasevitayugāṃtapayodheḥ Śi. 10. 55; viṣvaksenaḥ svatanumaviśatsarvalokapratiṣṭhāṃ R. 15. 103. -priyā N. of Lakṣmī.

viṣvadrya(dryaṃ)c  a. (viṣvadrīcī f.) Going everywhere, all-pervading; viṣvadrīcīrvikṣipan sainyavīcīḥ Śi. 18. 25; viṣvadrīcyā bhuvanamabhito bhāsate yasya bhāsā Bv. 4. 18.

viṣvaṇanaṃ, viṣvāṇaḥ Eating.

vis I. 4 P. (visyati) To cast, throw, send. --II. 1 P. (vesati) To go, move.

visa See bisa.

visaṃyukta p. p. Disjoined, separated.

visaṃyogaḥ Disjunction, separation.

visaṃvad 1 P.
     (1) To be inconsistent, be at variance; kamalānāṃ manoharāṇāmapi rūpādvisaṃvadati śīlaṃ Mu. 1. 19; śakaṭadāsastu mitramiti visaṃvadaṃtyakṣarāṇi Mu. 5.
     (2) To break one's word or promise.
     (3) To disappoint, deceive.
     (4) To fail.
     (5) To assert falsely.
     (6) To contradict. --Caus.
     (1) To make inconsistent.
     (2) To disappoint, to cause to fail; ramaṇīyo'vadhirvidhinā visaṃvāditaḥ S. 6.
     (3) To fail to prove.

visaṃvādaḥ
     (1) Deception, breaking one's promise, disappointment.
     (2) Inconsistency, incongruity, disagreement.
     (3) Contradiction.

visaṃvādin a.
     (1) Disappointing, deceiving.
     (2) Inconsistent, contradictory
     (3) Differing, disagreeing; R. 15. 67.
     (4) Disputing, contesting.
     (5) False, untrue.
     (6) Fraudulent, crafty.

visaṃṣṭhula a.
     (1) Unsteady, agitated; Māl. 7.
     (2) Uneven.

visaṃkaṭa a. Frightful; dreadful, Māl. 5. 13; cf. viśaṃkaṭa. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A lion.
     (2) The Iṅgudī tree.

visaṃgata a. Ill-fitted, incongruous, unharmonious.

visaṃjña a. Insensible, unconscious.

visaṃdhiḥ Bad or disagreeable Sandhi (euphony) or absence of Sandhi, regarded as a fault in composition; see K. P. 7. ad loc.

visala See bisala.

visinī See bisinī.

visila See bisila.

visūcikā Cholera.

visūraṇaṃ --ṇā Distress, sorrow.

visūritam Repentance, distress. --tā Fever.

visṛ 1 P.
     (1) To spread, be extended or diffused; caṃkrīvadaṃgaruhadhūmraruco visasraḥ Śi. 5. 8; 9. 19, 37; Ki. 10. 53.
     (2) To return. --Caus.
     (1) To spread, stretch.
     (2) To sause to prevail or spread.

visaraḥ 1 Going forth.
     (2) Spreading, extending.
     (3) Crowd, multitude, herd, flock.
     (4) A large quantity, heap; Māl. 1. 37.

visāraḥ
     (1) Spreading out, expansion, diffusion.
     (2) Creeping, gliding.
     (3) A fish. --raṃ
     (1) wood.
     (2) Timber. --rī The region of the winds.

visārin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Spreading, diffusing.
     (2) Creeping, gliding. --m. A fish.

visṛta p. p.
     (1) Spread out, extended, diffused.
     (2) Extended, stretched.
     (3) Uttered, spoken.

visṛtvara a. (rī f.)
     (1) Spreading about, being diffused; visṛtvarairaburuhāṃ rajobhiḥ Śi. 3. 11.
     (2) Creeping, gliding.

visṛmara a. Creeping along, gliding, moving gently; visṛmaratheṣitahayaḥ Ve. 4.

visṛj 6 P.
     (1) To abandon, leave, give up; visṛja suṃdari saṃgamasādhvasaṃ M. 4. 13; pūrvārdhāvisṛṣṭatalpaḥ R. 16. 6; Bv. 1. 78.
     (2) To let go, let loose.
     (3) To shed, pour down; tadviprayogāśru samaṃ visṛṣṭaṃ R. 13. 26.
     (4) To send, despatch; bhojena dūto raghave visṛṣṭaḥ R. 5. 39.
     (5) To dismiss, allow to go, send away; pratigṛhya vaco visasarja muniṃ R. 8. 91; 14. 19.
     (6) To give; R. 13. 67; 18. 7.
     (7) To send or cast forth, emit, dart; visṛjati himagarmairagnimiṃdumaryūkhaiḥ S. 3. 2.
     (8) To drop, let fall, strike; visṛja śūdramunau kṛpāṇaṃ U. 2. 10.
     (9) To utter; Śi. 15. 62. (10) To cast off, repudiate.
     (11) To create, produce.
     (12) To deliver, hand over to. --Caus. To emit, pour forth, shed.
     (2) To send away, dismiss.
     (3) To spare.
     (4) To cast off, repel, repudiate.
     (5) To lose.

visargaḥ
     (1) Sending forth, emission.
     (2) Shedding, pouring down, dropping; R. 16. 38.
     (3) Casting, discharge.
     (4) Giving away, a gift, donation; ādānaṃ hi visargāya satāṃ vārimucāmiva R. 4. 86 (where the word means 'pouring down' also).
     (5) Sending away, dismissal.
     (6) Creation, creating.
     (7) Ahandonment, relinquishment.
     (8) Voiding, evacuation; as in purīṣavisaga
     (9) Departure, separation. (10) Final beatitude.
     (11) Light, splendour.
     (12) A symbol in writing, representing a distinct hard aspiration and marked by two perpendicular dots (H).
     (13) The southern course of the sun.
     (14) The penis.

visarjanam
     (1) Emitting, sending forth, pouring down; samatayā vasuvṛṣṭivisarjanaiḥ R. 9. 6.
     (2) Giving away, a gift, donation; R. 9. 6.
     (3) Voiding; Ms. 4. 48.
     (4) Casting off, quitting, abandoning; śrutadehavisarjanaḥ pituḥ R. 8. 25.
     (5) Sending away, dismissal.
     (6) Allowing (the deity invoked) to go (opp. āvāhana).
     (7) Setting a bull at liberty on certain occasions.

visarjanīya a. To be abandoned &c. --yaḥ = visarga
     (12) q. v.

visarjita p. p.
     (1) Emitted, sent forth.
     (2) Given away.
     (3) Left, quitted, abandoned.
     (4) Sent, despatched.
     (5) Dismissed.

visṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Emitted, sent forth.
     (2) Created, emanated.
     (3) Shed, cast.
     (4) Sent, despatched; R. 5. 39.
     (5) Dismissed, let go, discharged; R. 2. 9.
     (6) Discharged, hurled.
     (7) Given, bestowed, granted; grāmeṣvātmavisṛṣṭeṣu R. 1. 44.
     (8) Abandoned, quitted, removed.
     (9) Cast out, expelled.

visṛṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Emitting, sending forth.
     (2) Abandoning.
     (3) Giving.

visṛp 1 P.
     (1) To move, march, proceed; yaḥ subāhuriti rākṣaso'parastatra tatra visasarpa māyayā R. 11. 29; 4. 53.
     (2) To fly or roam about.
     (3) To spread; manorāgastīvraṃ viṣamiva visarpatyavirataṃ Māl. 2. 1.
     (4) To flow along, fall down; (bāṣpaughaḥ) visarpan dhārābhirluṭhati dharaṇīṃ jarjarakaṇaḥ U. 1. 29.
     (5) To escape, run away.
     (6) To hover about.
     (7) To wind, meander.

visarpaḥ
     (1) Creeping about, gliding.
     (2) Moving to and fro.
     (3) Spread, circulation; U. 1. 36.
     (4) An unexpected or unwished-for consequence of an act.
     (5) A sort of disease, dry spreading itch.
     -- Comp.
          --ghnaṃ wax.

visarpaṇam
     (1) Creeping along, gliding, going gently.
     (2) Diffusion, spreading, extending.

visarpiḥ, visarpikā See visarpa
     (5) above.

vistṛ 5 U., vistṝ 9 U.
     (1) To spread, diffuse.
     (2) To cover, fill.
     (3) To extend, expand.
     (4) To strew or scatter about. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to spread or expand; as in payodharavistārayitṛkaṃ yauvanaṃ S. 1.
     (2) To increase; R. 7. 39.
     (3) To stretch, extend.

vistaraḥ
     (1) Extension, expansion.
     (2) Minute details, detailed description, minute particulars; saṃkṣiptasyāpyato'syaiva vākyasyārthagarīyasaḥ . suvistaratarā vāco bhāṣyabhūtā bhavaṃtu me Śi. 4. 24; (vistaraṇe, vistarataḥ, vistaraśaḥ 'in detail, at length, fully, with minute details, with full particulars'; aṃgulimudradhigamaṃ vistareṇa śrotumicchāmi Mu. 1; Bg. 10. 18).
     (3) Prolixity, diffuseness; alaṃ vistareṇa.
     (4) Abundance, quantity, multitude, number.
     (5) A bed, layer.
     (6) A seat, stool.
     (7) Affectionate solicitation.

vistāraḥ
     (1) Spreading, extension, expansion; prāṃtavistārabhājāṃ Māl. 1. 27.
     (2) Amplitude, breadth; vilokayaṃtyo vapurāpurakṣṇāṃ prakāmavistāraphalaṃ hariṇyaḥ R. 2. 11; Bg. 13. 30.
     (3) Expanse, vastness, magnitude; madhyaḥ śyāmaḥ stana iva bhuvaḥ śeṣavistārapāṃḍuḥ Me. 18.
     (4) Details, full particulars; kaṇvo'pi tāvacchrutavistāraḥ kriyatāṃ S. 7.
     (5) The diameter of a circle.
     (6) A shrub.
     (7) The branch of a tre with new shoots.

vistīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Spread out, expanded, extended.
     (2) Wide, broad.
     (3) Large, great, extensive.
     -- Comp.
          --parṇaṃ a kind of root (mānaka).

vistṛta p. p.
     (1) Diffused, spread, extended.
     (2) Broad, expanded.
     (3) Ample.
     (4) Diffuse, prolix.

vistṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Extension, expansion,
     (2) Breadth, width, magnitnde.
     (3) The diameter of a circle.

visthā 1 A.
     (1) To stand apart.
     (2) To remain, stay, dwell, remain fixed or stationary; padairbhuvaṃ vyāpya vitiṣṭhamānaṃ Śi. 4. 4.
     (3) To spread, be diffused.

vispaṣṭa a.
     (1) Plain, clear, intelligible.
     (2) Manifest, evident, obvious, open, apparent.

visphur 6 P.
     (1) To quiver, palpitate, tremble.
     (2) To move about, struggle.
     (3) To shine, gleam; kiṃ nāma visphurati śastrāṇi U. 4.
     (4) To draw or twang (as a bow, used in caus. in the same sense); eko'pi visphuritamaṃḍalacāpacakraṃ kaḥ siṃdhurājamabhiṣeṇayituṃ samarthaḥ Ve. 2. 25.

visphāraḥ
     (1) Vibration, trembling. throbbing.
     (2) The twang of a bow.

visphārita p. p.
     (1) Made to vibrate.
     (2) Trembling, tremulous.
     (3) Twanged; vikṛṣṭavisphāritacāpamaṃḍalaḥ Ki. 14. 31.
     (4) Dilated, expanded.
     (5) Manifested, displayed.
     (6) Evident, apparent, manifest.

visphurita p. p.
     (1) Tremulous, quivering.
     (2) Swollen, nlarged.

visphurj 1 P.
     (1) To roar, thunder.
     (2) To resound.
     (3) To increase.
     (4) To shine, appear; astyevaṃ jaḍadhāmatā tu bhavato yad vyomni visphūrjase K. P. 10.

visphūrjathuḥ
     (1) Roaring, thundering, rumbling.
     (2) A clap or peal of thunder.
     (3) (Hence) A thunderlike manifestation or rise, any sudden appearance or stroke; mamaiva janmāṃtarapātakānāṃ vipākavisphūrjathuraprasahyaḥ R. 14. 62.
     (4) Rolling (as of waves); swell, surging appearance; mahormivisphūrjathunirviśeṣāḥ R. 13. 12.

visphūrjitam
     (1) Roar, shout.
     (2) Rolling.
     (3) Fruit, result; tatsarvaṃ suralokadevasadṛśaṃ dharmasya visphūrjitaṃ Bh. 2. 125, 3. 143.

visphuliṃgaḥ
     (1) A spark of fire; agnerjvalato visphuliṃgā vipratiṣṭheran S. B.
     (2) A kind of poison.

visphoṭaḥ --ṭā
     (1) A boil, pimple, tumour.
     (2) Small-pox.

vismi 1 A.
     (1) To wonder or be surprised at; ubhayorna tathā lokaḥ prāvīṇyena visiṣmiye R. 15. 68; udvīkṣya ko bhuvi na vismayate nageśaṃ Śi. 4. 19, Bk. 5. 51.
     (2) To admire.
     (3) To be proud or conceited; na vismayeta tapasā Ms. 4. 236. --Caus. To cause to smile, cause to be surprised, fill with wonder or astonishment; vismāpayan vismitamātmavṛttau R. 2. 33; Bk. 5. 58; 8. 42.

vismayaḥ
     (1) Wonder, surprise, astonishment, amazement; puruṣaḥ prababhūvāgnervismayena sahartvijāṃ R. 10. 50.
     (2) Astonishment or wonder, being the feeling which produces the adbhuta sentiment; S. D. thus defines it: --vividheṣu padārtheṣu lokasīmātivatiṃṣu . visphāraścetaso yastu sa vismaya udāhṛtaḥ .. 207.
     (3) Pride, arrogance; tapaḥ kṣarati vismayāt Ms. 4. 237.
     (4) Uncertainty, doubt.
     -- Comp.
          --ākula, --āviṣṭa a. astonished, struck with wonder.

vismayaṃgama a. Astonishing, producing wonder.

vismāpana a. (nī f.) Astonishing. --naḥ
     (1) The god of love.
     (2) Trick, deceit, illusion. --naṃ
     (1) Causing wonder.
     (2) Anything causing wonder.
     (3) A city of the Gandharvas (said to be m. also).

vismita p. p.
     (1) Astonished, surprised, amazed, wonder-struck.
     (2) Disconcerted.
     (3) Proud.

vismitiḥ f. Astonishment, wonder, surprise.

vismera a. Surprised, struck with wonder, astonished.

vismṛ 1 P. To forget; madhukara vismṛtosyenāṃ kathaṃ S. 5. 1; yadā tu anyasaṃgātpūrvavṛttaṃ vismṛto bhavān S. 6. --Caus. To cause to forget.

vismaraṇam Forgetting, forgetfulness, oblivion; S. 5. 23.

vismṛta p. p. Forgotten.

vismṛtiḥ f. Forgetfulness, oblivion, loss of memory.

visram A smell like that of raw meat.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhiḥ yellow orpiment.

visraṃs
     (1) A.
     (1) To slip down, become loosened.
     (2) To fall down, drop, slip. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to fall down, let fall; visraṃsayaṃtī navakarṇikāraṃ Ku. 3. 62.
     (2) To loosen, relax, slacken.

visraṃsaḥ --sā
     (1) Falling down.
     (2) Decay, laxness, weakness, debility.

visraṃsana a.
     (1) Causing to fall or drop drown; aṃtarmohanamaulighūrṇanacalanmaṃdāravi sraṃsanaḥ Gīt. 3.
     (2) Untying, loosening; nīvivisraṃsanaḥ karaḥ K. P. 7. --naṃ
     (1) Falling down.
     (2) Flowing, dropping.
     (3) Untying, loosening.
     (4) A laxative, purgative.

visrasta p. p.
     (1) Loosened.
     (2) Weak, infirm.

visrasā Decay, debility, decrepitnde.

visrabdha, visraṃbha See viśrabdha, viśraṃbha.

visru 1 P. To flow forth, trickle, ooze.

visravaḥ, visrāvaḥ Flowing, dropping, trickling.

visrāvaṇam
     (1) Bleeding.
     (2) Distilling.
     (3) A kind of spirit distilled from molasses.

visrutiḥ f. Flowing forth, trickling, oozing.

visvara a. Discordant.

vihagaḥ [vihāyasā gacchati gam-ḍa ni-]
     (1) A bird; Me. 28; Rs. 1. 28.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) An arrow.
     (4) The sun.
     (5) The moon.
     (6) A planet in general.

vihaṃgaḥ
     (1) A bird; R. 1. 51; Ms. 9. 55.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) An arrow.
     (4) The sun.
     (5) The moon.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdraḥ, -īśvaraḥ, --rājaḥ epithets of Garuḍa.

vihaṃgamaḥ
     (1) A bird; (gṛhadīrghikāḥ) madakalodakalolavihaṃgamāḥ R. 9. 37; Ms. 1. 39, H. 1. 37.
     (2) The sun.

vihaṃgamā, vihaṃgikā A pole for carrying burdens.

vihan 2 P.
     (1) To kill, slay, destroy, destroy completely, annihilate; (alaṃ) sahasā saṃhatimaṃhasāṃ vihaṃtuṃ Ki. 5. 17, 14. 23.
     (2) To strike, beat violently.
     (3) To obstruct, impede, oppose, resist; vighnāṃti rakṣāṃsi vane kratūṃśca Bk. 1. 19; Śi. 14. 8, R. 5. 27.
     (4) To reject, refuse, decline; tadbhūtanāthānuga nārhasi tvaṃ saṃbaṃdhino me praṇayaṃ vihaṃtuṃ R. 2. 58; na vyahanyata kadācidarthitā 11. 2.
     (5) To disappoint, foil, frustrate.
     (6) To separate.

vihata p. p.
     (1) Struck completely, killed.
     (2) Hurt.
     (3) Opposed, impeded, resisted. --taḥ A Jaina temple.

vihatiḥ A friend, companion. --f.
     (1) Killing, striking.
     (2) Failure.
     (3) Defeat, rout.

vihananam
     (1) Killing, striking.
     (2) Hurt, injury.
     (3) Obstruction, obstacle, impediment.
     (4) A bow for cleaning cotton.

viharṣaḥ Great joy, rapture.

vihas 1 P.
     (1) To smile, laugh gently; kiṃcidvihasyārthapatiṃ babhāṣe R 2. 46.
     (2) To laugh at, deride, ridicule; kimiti viṣīdasi rodīṣi vikalā vihasati yuvatisabhā tava vikalā Gīt. 9; gaurīvaktrabhrukuṭiracanāṃ yā vihasyeva phenaiḥ Me. 50.

vihasanaṃ, vihasitaṃ, vihāsaḥ A gentle laugh, smile.

vihasta a.
     (1) Handless.
     (2) Confounded, bewildered overpowered, made powerless; mālatīmukhāvalokanavihastatayā Māl. 1, R. 5. 49.
     (3) Disabled, incapacitated (for doing the proper work); rujāvihastacaraṇaṃ M. 4.
     (4) Learned, wise.

vihā ind. Heaven, paradise.

vihā 2 P. To leave, abandon, orsake, give up; vihāya lakṣmīpatilakṣma kārmukaṃ jaṭādharaḥ san juhudhīha pāvakaṃ Ki. 1. 44; Me. 41; R. 2. 40; 5. 67, 73; 6. 7; 12. 102; 14. 48, 69; Ku. 3. 1. --Caus.
     (1) To give away.
     (2) To abandon, give up.

vihāpita p. p.
     (1) Caused to abandon.
     (2) Extorted, caused to be given up. --taṃ A gift, donation.

vihīna p. p.
     (1) Left, abandoned, forsaken.
     (2) Devoid of, destitute or deprived of, without (usually in comp.); vidyāvihīnaḥ paśuḥ Bh. 2. 20.
     (3) Base, low, inferior.
     -- Comp.
          --jāti, --yoni a. base-born, low-born.

vihāyas m., n. Sky, atmosphere; Ki. 16. 43. --m. A bird; N. 3. 99.

vihāyasa See vihāyas.

vihita p. p.
     (1) Done, performed, made, acted.
     (2) Arranged, fixed, settled, appointed, determined.
     (3) Ordered, prescribed, decreed; Pt. 1. 201.
     (5) Framed, constructed.
     (5) Placed, deposited
     (6) Furnished with, possessed of.
     (7) Fit to be done.
     (8) Distributed, apportioned. (See dhā with vi). --taṃ An order, a command, decree; parato davaivihitāyattaṃ Pt. 1.

vihitiḥ f.
     (1) Performance, doing, action.
     (2) Arrangement.

vihṛ 1 P.
     (1) To take away, seize away.
     (2) To remove, destroy.
     (3) To let fall, shed (as tears); as in bāṣpaṃ viharati.
     (4) To pass (as time).
     (5) To amuse, or divert oneself. sport, play; viharati haririha sarasavasaṃte Git. 1; gaṃdhamādanavanaṃ vihartuṃ gatā V. 4; U. 3. 6.
     (6) To go in various directions.
     (7) To live.
     (8) To change, alternate.

viharaḥ 1 Taking away, removing.
     (2) Separation, disunion.
     (3) Changing.

viharaṇam 1 Removing, taking away.
     (2) Taking a walk, airing, going about or rambling for pleasure.
     (3) Pleasure, pastime.

vihartṛ m.
     (1) A roamer.
     (2) A robber.

vihāraḥ
     (1) Removing, taking away.
     (2) Roaming or walking for pleasure, airing, a stroll, taking a walk.
     (3) Sport, play, pastime, recreation, diversion, pleasure; vihāraśailānugateva nāgaiḥ P. 16. 26, 67; 5. 41; 9. 68, 13. 38, 19. 37.
     (4) Tread, stepping, movement (of hands, feet &c.); vikarṣaṇaiḥ pāṇivihārahārimiḥ Ki. 4. 15; daramaṃtharacaraṇavihāraṃ Gīt. 11.
     (5) A park, garden; especially a pleasure-garden.
     (6) The shoulder.
     (7) A jaina or Buddhist temple, convent, monastery.
     (8) A temple in general.
     (9) Great expansion of the organs of speech. (10) Opening, expansion.
     (11) The palace or banner of Indra.
     (12) A palace in general.
     (13) A kind of bird.
     -- Comp.
          --gṛhaṃ a pleasure-house.
          --dāsī a nun.

vihārikā A convent.

vihārin a.
     (1) Diverting or amusing oneself by; mṛgayāvihāriṇaḥ S. 1; Pt. 2. 20.
     (2) Expanding.
     (3) Beautiful, lovely.

vihṛta p. p.
     (1) Sported, played.
     (2) Expanded. --taṃ
     (1) One of the ten modes of indicating love used by women; see S. D. 125, 146; (written vikṛta also in this sense).
     (2) Sport, play.

vihṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Removal, taking away.
     (2) Sport, pastime, pleasure.
     (3) Expansion.

viheṭhaḥ
     (1) Hurt, injury.
     (2) Afflicting, harassing.

viheṭhakaḥ
     (1) An injurer.
     (2) A reviler, calumniator.

viheṭhanam
     (1) Injuring, hurting.
     (2) Rubbing, grinding.
     (3) Afflicting.
     (4) Pain, sorrow, torment.

vihval 1 P. To stagger, tremble, shake about; aṃtarbhinnaṃ bhramati hṛdayaṃ vihvalatyaṃgamaṃgaṃ Māl. 5. 20.

vihvala a. 1 Agitated, disquieted, perturbed, confused; R. 8. 37.
     (2) Overcome with fear, alarmed.
     (3) Delirious, beside oneself.
     (4) Afflic ted, distressed; Bh. 3. 59; Ku. 4. 4.
     (5) Desponding.
     (6) Fused, liquid.

vī I. 2 P. (veti, rarely used in classical literature)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To approach.
     (3) To pervade.
     (4) To bring, convey.
     (5) To throw, cast.
     (6) To eat, consume.
     (7) To obtain.
     (8) To conceive, bring forth.
     (9) To be born or produced. (10) To shine, be beautiful.
     (11) To desire, wish.
     (12) To shine. --II. (vi + i) 2 P.
     (1) To go away, depart; tasyāmahaṃ tvayi ca saprāṃti vītaciṃtaḥ S. 4. 12; so vītabhaya, vītakrodha.
     (2) To undergo a change; sadṛśaṃ triṣu liṃgeṣu yanna vyoti tadavyayaṃ Sk.
     (3) To spend.
     (4) To be diffused, to spread.
     (5) To vanish, disappear.
     (6) To cross over, traverse.

vīkaḥ
     (1) Wind.
     (2) A bird.
     (2) The mind.

vīkāśa See vīkāśa.

vīkṣ 1 A.
     (1) To see, behold; taṃ vīkṣya vepathumatī Ku. 5. 85; subhagaṃ tathaiva khalu sāpi vīkṣate V. 4. 3.
     (2) To regard or consider as.

vīkṣam
     (1) A visible object.
     (2) Surprise, astonishment. --kṣaḥ -kṣā Seeing, gazing at.

vīkṣaṇaṃ --ṇā Seeing, looking at, sight. --ṇaṃ An eye.

vīkṣitam A look, glance.

vīkṣya a.
     (1) To be looked at.
     (2) Visible, perceptible. --kṣyaḥ
     (1) A dancer, an actor.
     (2) A horse. --kṣyaṃ
     (1) Anything to be looked at, a visible object.
     (2) Wonder, surprise.

vīṃkhā
     (1) Going, moving, progress.
     (2) One of the paces of a horse.
     (3) Dancing.
     (4) Junction, union.

vīciḥ m. f., vīcī [Uṇ. 4. 72]
     (1) A wave; samudravīcīva calasvabhāvāḥ Pt. 1. 194; U. 3. 2; R. 6. 56. 12. 100, Me. 28.
     (2) Inconstancy, thoughtles sness.
     (3) Pleasure, delight.
     (4) Rest, leisure.
     (5) A ray of light.
     (6) Little.
     -- Comp.
          --mālin m. the ocean.

vīj I.
     (1) A (vījate) To go. --II. 10 U. (vījayati-te) To fan, cool by fanning; khaṃ vījyate maṇimayairiva tālavaṃtaiḥ Mk. 5. 13; Ku. 2. 42. --WITH pabhi, upa, pari to fan; Rs. 3. 4; S. 3.

vījanaḥ
     (1) The ruddy goose.
     (2) A sort of pheasant. --naṃ
     (1) Fanning; Ku. 4. 36.
     (2) A fan.
     (3) A thing, substance.

vīja See bīja, bījaka, bījala, bījika, bījin, and bījya.

vījaka See bīja, bījaka, bījala, bījika, bījin, and bījya.

vījala See bīja, bījaka, bījala, bījika, bījin, and bījya.

vījika See bīja, bījaka, bījala, bījika, bījin, and bījya.

vījin See bīja, bījaka, bījala, bījika, bījin, and bījya.

vījya See bīja, bījaka, bījala, bījika, bījin, and bījya.

vīṭā A small piece of wood (about a span long) struck with a stick or bat in a game played by boys (called in Marāṭhī viṭīdāṃḍūcākheLa).

vīṭiḥ, --vīṭikā, --vīṭī f.
     (1) The betel-plant.
     (2) A preparation of betel (Mar. viḍā = tāṃbūla q. v.).
     (3) A tie, fastening, knot (of a wearing garment).
     (4) The knot of a bodice; Amaru. 23.

vīḍu a. Ved. Strong, firm.

vīṇā
     (1) The(Indian) lute; mūkībhūtāyāṃ vīṇāyāṃ K.; Me. 86.
     (2) Lightning.
     -- Comp.
          --āsyaḥ an epithet of Narada.
          --daṃḍaḥ the neck of a lute; Bv. 1. 80.
          --vādaḥ, -vādakaḥ a lutanist.

vīṇin m. A lute-player.

vīta p. p. [vi-i-kta]
     (1) Gone, disappeared.
     (2) Gone away, departed.
     (3) Let go, loosed, set free.
     (4) Excepted, exempt.
     (5) Approved, liked.
     (6) Unfit for war.
     (7) Tame, quiet.
     (8) Freed from, devoid of (mostly in comp.); vaticiṃta, vītaspṛha, vītabhī, vītaśaṃka &c.
     (9) Desired, wished for. (10) Put on or worn --taḥ An elephant or horse unfit or untrained for war. --taṃ Pricking (an elephant) with the goad and striking with the legs; vītavītabhayā nāgāḥ Ku. 6. 39 v. 1. (see Malli. thereon); nirdhūtavītamapi bālakamullalaṃtaṃ Śi. 5. 47.
     -- Comp.
          --daṃbha a. humble, lowly.
          --bhaya a. fearless, intrepid. (
          --yaḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --mala a. pure.
          --rāga a. 1. free from desire; Ku. 6. 39 v. 1. --2. free from passion. calm, tranquil. --3. colourless. (
          --gaḥ) 1. a sage who has subdued his passions. --2. a deified Jaina saint.
          --śokaḥ (= aśokaḥ) the Aśoka tree.
          --sūtraṃ the sacred thread.

vītaṃsaḥ
     (1) A cage, a cage or net for confining beasts or birds.
     (2) An aviary.
     (3) A place for preserving game.

vītanau (m. dual) The sides of the larynx or throat.

vītiḥ [vī-ktin] A horse. --tiḥ f.
     (1) Going, motion.
     (2) Producing, production.
     (3) Enjoyment.
     (4) Eating.
     (5) Light, lustre.
     (6) Cleaning, purifying.
     -- Comp.
          --hotraḥ 1. fire. --2. the sun.

vīthiḥ --thī f. [vith-in vā ṅīp]
     (1) A road, way; Ki. 7. 17; Pt. 1. 211.
     (2) A row, line.
     (3) A market, stall, shop in a market; Śi. 9. 32.
     (4) A terrace in front of a house.
     (5) A variety of drama; it is thus defined in S. D.: --vīthyāmeko bhavedaṃkaḥ kaścideko'tra kalpyate . ākāśabhāṣitairuktaiścitrāṃ pratyuktimaśritaḥ . sūcayedbhūriśṛṃgāraṃ kiṃcidanyān rasānapi . mukhanirvahaṇe saṃdhī arthaprakṛtayo'khilāḥ 520.

vīthikā
     (1) A road &c.
     (2) A picture-gallery; or a large scroll of paper (on which pictures are drawn) (according to some); a wall (according to others); āryasya caritramasyāṃ vīthikāyāmālikhitaṃ U. 1.

vīdhra a. Pure, clean. --dhraṃ
     (1) The sky.
     (2) Wind, air.
     (3) Fire.

vīnāhaḥ The top or cover of a well.

vīpā Lightning.

vīpsā
     (1) Pervasion.
     (2) Repetition of words to imply continuous or successive action; as in the example vṛkṣaṃ vṛkṣaṃ siṃcati; vīpsāyāṃ dbiruktiḥ.
     (3) Repetition in general.

vībh 1 A. (vībhate) To boast, brag.

vīra a.
     (1) Heroic, brave.
     (2) Mighty, powerful.
     (3) Excellent, eminent. --raḥ
     (1) A hero, warrior, champion; kopyeṣa saṃprati navaḥ puruṣāvatāro vīro na yasya bhagavān bhṛgunaṃdano'pi U. 5. 34.
     (2) The sentiment of heroism (in rhetoric); it is distinguished under four heads; dānavīra, dharmavīra, dayāvīra, and yuddhavīra, for explanation see these words s. v.).
     (3) An actor.
     (4) Fire.
     (5) The sacrificial fire.
     (6) A son.
     (7) A husband.
     (8) The tree Arjuna.
     (9) A Jaina. (10) The Karavīra tree.
     (11) N. of Viṣṇu. --raṃ
     (1) A reed.
     (2) Pepper.
     (3) Rice-gruel.
     (4) The root of Uśīra q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --amlaḥ a kind of sorrel.
          --āśaṃsanaṃ 1. keeping watch. --2. the post of danger in battle. --3. a forlorn hope.
          --āsanaṃ a kind of posture practised in meditation; for definition see paryaka (3. --2. kneeling on one knee. --3. a field of battle. --4. the station of a sentinel.
          --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ 1. epithets of Śiva. --2. a great hero.
          --ujjhaḥ a Brāhmaṇa who omits to offer oblations to the saerificial fire.
          --kīṭaḥ an insignificant or contemptible warrior.
          --jayaṃtikā 1. a war-dance. --2. war, battle.
          --taruḥ 1. the Bilva tree. --2. the Arjuna tree.
          --dhanvan m. an epithet of the god of love.
          --paṭṭaḥ a sort of military dress.
          --pānaṃ (ṇaṃ) an exciting or refreshing drink taken by soldiers either before or after a battle.
          --bāhuḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --bhadraḥ 1. N. of a powerful hero created by Śiva from his matted hair; see dakṣa. --2. a distinguished hero. --3. a horse fit for the Aśvamedha sacrifice. --4. a kind of fragrant grass.
          --mudrikā a ring worn on the middle toe.
          --rajas n. red lead.
          --rasaḥ 1. the sentiment of heroism. --2. a warlike feeling.
          --reṇuḥ N. of Bhīmasena.
          --viplāvakaḥ a Brāhmaṇa who performs sacrifices by means of money got from the lowest castes.
          --vṛkṣaḥ 1. the Arjuna tree. --2. the marking-nut plant.
          --sūḥ f. the mother of a hero; (so vīraprasavā, --prasūḥ --prasavinī). --2. the mother of a male child.
          --senaḥ N. of the father of Nala.
          --sainyaṃ garlic.
          --skaṃdhaḥ a buffalo.
          --hatyā the killing of a man; Ms. 11. 41.
          --han m. a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected his domestic fire. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.

vīrakaḥ 1 A hero.
     (2) The Karavīra plant.

vīrataraḥ
     (1) A great hero.
     (2) An arrow. --raṃ A kind of fragrant grass.

vīraṃdharaḥ
     (1) A peacock.
     (2) Fighting with beasts.
     (3) A leather-jacket.

vīravat a. Full of heroes. --tī A woman whose husband and sons are living.

vīrā
     (1) The wife of a hero.
     (2) A wife.
     (3) A mother, matron.
     (4) A kind of perfume (called Murā).
     (5) Spirituous liquor.
     (6) An aloe.
     (7) The plantain tree.

vīrāyate Den. A. To act like a hero, show heroism.

vīraṇam N of a fragrant grass, Andropogon Muricatus, (the root of which is used as a refrigerant).

vīraṇī
     (1) A side-look.
     (2) A deep place.

vīriṇam See īriṇa.

vīrudh --dhā f.
     (1) A spreading creeper; latā pratāninī vīrut Ak.; āhosvitprasavo mamāpacaritairviṣṭaṃbhito vīrudhāṃ S. 5. 9; Ku. 5. 34; R. 8. 36.
     (2) A branch, shoot.
     (3) A plant which grows after being cut.
     (4) A creeper, a shrub in general; Ki. 4. 19.

vīryam [vīr-yat, vīrasya bhāvo yat vā] 1 Heroism, prowess, valour; vīryāvadāteṣu kṛtāvamarṣaḥ Ki. 3. 43; R. 2. 4, 3. 62, 11. 72; Ve. 3. 3.
     (2) Vigour, strength.
     (3) Virility.
     (4) Energy, firmness, courage.
     (5) Power, potency; jāne tapaso vīryaṃ S. 3. 2.
     (6) Efficacy (of medicines); ativīryavatīva bheṣaje bahuralpīyasi dṛśyate guṇaḥ Ki. 2. 4; Ku. 2. 48.
     (7) Semen virile; Ku. 3. 15; Pt. 4. 50.
     (8) Splendour, lustre.
     (9) The seed of plants. (10) Dignity, consequence.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ a son.
          --prapātaḥ seminal effusion, discharge of semen.
          --śālin a. strong.
          --hīna a. 1. cowardly, pusilanimous. --2. seedless. --3. impotent.

vīryavat a.
     (1) Strong, stout, vigorous.
     (2) Efficacious.

vīvadhaḥ
     (1) A yoke for carrying burdens.
     (2) A burden.
     (3) Storing corn.
     (4) A way, road.

vīvadhikaḥ
     (1) A man who carries loads by means of a yoke.
     (2) A general dealer.

vīhāraḥ
     (1) A Buddhist or Jaina convent.
     (2) A sanctuary.

vuṃg 1 P. (vuṃgati) To leave, abandon.

vuṃṭ 10 U. (vuṃṭayati-te)
     (1) To hurt, kill.
     (2) To perish.

vuvūrṣu a. Desirous of choosing.

vus See bus.

vūrṇa a. Chosen, selected.

vṛ I. 1. 5. 9. U. (varati-te, vṛṇotivṛṇute, vṛṇāti-vṛṇīte, vṛta; pass. vriyate)
     (1) To choose, select, select as a boon; vṛtaṃ tenedameva prāk Ku. 2. 56; vavāra rāmasya vanaprayāṇaṃ Bk. 3. 6.
     (2) To choose for oneself (Atm.); vṛṇate hivimṛśyakāriṇaṃ guṇalubdhāḥ svayameva saṃpadaḥ Ki. 2. 30; yadeva vavre tadapaśyadāhṛtaṃ R. 3. 6.
     (3) To choose in marriage, woo, court; ayonijāṃ rājasutāṃ varītuṃ Mv. 3. 28; A. R. 3. 42.
     (4) To beg, solicit, ask for.
     (5) To cover, conceal, hide, screen, envelop; meghairvṛtaścaṃdramāḥ Mk. 5. 14.
     (6) To surround, encompass; Bk. 5. 10; U. 4. 18; R. 12. 61.
     (7) To ward off, keep away, restrain, check.
     (8) To hinder, oppose, obstruct.
     (9) To love, adore. --Caus. (vārayati-te)
     (1) To cover, conceal.
     (2) To avert from (with abl.).
     (3) To prevent, ward off, restrain, snppress, check, hinder; śakyo vārayituṃ jalena hutabhuk Bh. 2, 11. --Desid. (vuvūrṣati-te, vivariṣati-te; vivarīṣati-te) To wish to choose; II. 10 U. (varayati-te)
     (1) To choose, select; varaṃ varayate kanyā mātā vittaṃ pitā śrutaṃ Pt. 4. 68.
     (2) To choose in marriage.
     (3) To ask for, beg, solicit, (with two acc.); tāṃ tvāṃ saṃvaraṇasyārthe varayāmi vibhāvaso Mb.; śairledraṃ varayāmāsurgaṃgāṃ tripathagāṃ nadīṃ Rām.

vṛta p. p. [vṛ-kta]
     (1) Chosen, selected.
     (2) Covered, screened.
     (3) Hidden.
     (4) Surrounded, encompassed.
     (5) Agreed or assented to.
     (6) Hired.
     (7) Spoiled, vitiated.
     (8) Served.
     (9) Affected by. (10) Round, circular.

vṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Choosing, selecting.
     (2) Hiding, covering, concealing.
     (3) Asking, soliciting.
     (4) An entreaty, a request.
     (5) Surrounding, encompassing.
     (6) A hedge, fence, an enclosure; Me. 78, Māl. 6. 19.

vṛtiṃkara a. Surrounding, encompassing. --raḥ The tree called vikaṃkata.

vṛkaḥ [Uṇ. 3. 41]
     (1) A wolf; pāpāraṃbhakayormṛgīva vṛkayorbhīrurgatā gocaraṃ Mal. 5. 24.
     (2) A hyena.
     (3) A jackal.
     (4) A crow.
     (5) An owl.
     (6) A robber.
     (7) A Kshatriya.
     (8) Turpentine.
     (9) A compound perfume, a mixture of various fragrant articles. (10) N. of a demon.
     (11) N. of a tree (bakavṛkṣa).
     (12) N. of a fire in the stomach.
     (13) A plough.
     (14) The moon (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --arātiḥ, --ariḥ a dog.
          --udaraḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. of Bhīma, the second Pāṇḍava prince; Bg. 1. 15, Ki. 2. 1.
          --daṃśaḥ a dog.
          --dhūpaḥ 1. turpentine. --2. a compound perfume.
          --dhūrtaḥ a jackal.

vṛkkaḥ --kkā
     (1) The heart.
     (2) A kidney (in dual in this sense)

vṛkṇa p. p.
     (1) Cut, divided,
     (2) Torn.
     (3) Broken.

vṛkta p. p. 1 Cleaned, cleared, purified.
     (2) Spread, strewn.

vṛkṣ 1 A. (vṛkṣate)
     (1) To accept, select.
     (2) To cover.

vṛkṣaḥ [vraśc-ksa Uṇ. 3. 66] A tree; ātmāparādhavṛkṣāṇāṃ phalānyetāni dehināt.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃghriḥ the root of a tree.
          --adanaḥ 1. a carpenter's chisel. --2. a hatchet. --3. the fig-tree. --4. the Piyala tree.
          --amlaḥ the hog-plum. (
          --mlaṃ) the fruit of the tamarind tree.
          --ālayaḥ a bird.
          --āvāsaḥ 1. a bird. --2. an ascetic.
          --āśrayin m. 1. a kind of small owl. --2. a bird.
          --utpalaḥ the Karṇikāra tree.
          --kukkuṭaḥ a wild cock.
          --khaṃḍaṃ a grove or clump of trees.
          --caraḥ a monkey.
          --chāyā the shade of a tree. (
          --yaṃ) thick shade, the shade of many trees.
          --dhūpaḥ turpentine.
          --nāthaḥ the fig-tree.
          --niryāsaḥ gum, resin.
          --pākaḥ the fig-tree.
          --bhid f. an axe.
          --bhedin m. 1. a hatchet. --2. a carpenter's chisel.
          --markāṭikā a squirrel.
          --vāṭikā, = vāṭī a garden, grove of trees.
          --śaḥ a lizard.
          --śāyikā a squirrel.

vṛkṣakaḥ
     (1) A small tree; Ku. 5. 14.
     (2) A tree (in general).
     (3) The Kuṭaja tree.

vṛc 7 P. (vṛṇakti) To choose.

vṛj I. 2. A. (vṛkte) To avoid, shun, abandon. --II. 7 P. (vṛṇakti)
     (1) To avoid, shun, give up, abandon.
     (2) To choose; āsāmekatamāṃ vṛṃgdhi savarṇāṃ svargabhūṣaṇāṃ Bhāg.
     (3) To atone for, efface, purify; tanme retaḥ pitā vṛṃktāmityasyaitannidarśanaṃ Ms. 9. 20.
     (4) To turn away, avert.
     (5) To remove, set aside.
     (6) To give, bestow.
     (7) To hurt, injure, kill. --III. 1 P., 10 U. (varjati, varjayati-te, varjita)
     (1) To shun, avoid.
     (2) To give up, abandon.
     (3) To exclude, set aside, leave out, except; S. 6. 27.
     (4) To abstain from.
     (5) To cut to pieces.
     (6) To take away, deprive (one) of.
     (7) To discharge, pour or give out, emit. (The following verse from K. R. illustrates the root in its different conjugations: --vṛṇakti vṛjinaiḥ saṃgaṃ vṛkte ca vṛṣalaiḥ saha . varjatyanārjavopetaiḥ sa varjayati durjanaiḥ ..).

vṛjana a.
     (1) Crooked.
     (2) Ved. Strong.
     (3) Ved. Moving.
     (4) (Hence) Perishable, transient. --naḥ
     (1) Hair.
     (2) Curled hair. --naṃ
     (1) Sin.
     (2) A calamity.
     (3) Sky.
     (4) An enclosed piece of ground, an enclosure; especially a field cleared for pasture or agriculture.
     (5) Energy, strength.
     (6) A battle, fight.

vṛjina a. 1 Crooked, bent, curved.
     (2) Wicked, sinful. --naḥ
     (1) Hair, curled hair.
     (2) A wicked man; vṛṇakti vṛjinaiḥ saṃgaṃ K. R. --naṃ
     (1) Sin; sarvaṃ jñānaplavenaiva vṛjinaṃ saṃtariṣyasi Bg. 4. 36; nirākariṣṇorvṛjinādṛte'pi R. 14. 57.
     (2) Pain, distress (said to be m. also in this sense).
     (3) Red leather.

vṛṇ I. 8 U. (vṛṇoti, vṛṇute) To eat, consume. --II. 6 P. (vṛṇati) To give pleasure, gratify.

vṛt I. 4 A. (vṛtyate)
     (1) To choose, like; cf. vāvṛt.
     (2) To distribute, divide. --II. 10 U. (vartayati-te) To shine. --III. 1 A. (vartate, but Paras. also in the Aorist, Second Future and Conditional; also in the Desiderative; vavṛte, avṛtat-avartiṣṭa, vartiṣyate-vartsyati, vartituṃ, vṛtta)
     (1) To be, exist, abide, remain, subsist, stay; idaṃ me manasi vartate S. 1; atra viṣaye'smākaṃ mahatkutūhalaṃ vartate Pt. 1; marālakulanāyakaḥ kathaya re kathaṃ vartatāṃ Bv. 1. 3; often used merely as a copula; atītya harito harīṃśca vaṃrtate vājinaḥ S. 1.
     (2) To be in any particular condition or circumstances; paścipe vayasi vartamānasya K.; so duḥkhe, harṣe, viṣāde &c. vartate.
     (3) To happen, take place, occur, come to pass; sītādevyāḥ kiṃ vṛttamityasti kācitpravṛttiḥ U. 2; sāyaṃ saṃprati vartate pathika re sthānāṃtaraṃ gamyatāṃ Subhāṣ. 'now it is evening' &c.; S. Til. 6; Bg. 5. 26.
     (4) To move on, proceed in regular course; sarvathā vartate yajñaḥ Ms. 2. 15; nirvyājamijyā vavṛte Bk. 2. 37; R. 12. 56.
     (5) To be maintained or supported by, live on, subsist by (fig. also); phalamūlavāribhirvartamānā K. 172; Ms. 3. 77.
     (6) To turn, roll on, revolve; yāvadiyaṃ lokayātrā vartate Ve. 3.
     (7) To occupy or engage oneself, be occupied or engaged in, set about (with loc); bhagavān kāśyapaḥ śāśvate brahmaṇi vartate S. 1; itaro dahane svakarmaṇāṃ vavṛte jñānamayena vāhninā R. 8. 20; Ms. 8. 346; Bg. 3. 22.
     (8) To act, behave, conduct or demean oneself towards, do, perform, practise (usually with loc. or by itself); āryo'smin vinayena vartatāṃ U. 6; kavirnisargasauhṛdena bharateṣu vartamānaḥ Māl. 1; audāsīnyena vartituṃ R. 10. 25; mitravanmayyavartiṣṭa Dk.; Ms. 7. 104, 8. 173, 11. 30.
     (9) To act a part, enter upon a course of conduct; sādhvīṃ vuttiṃ vartate 'he acts an honest part'. (10) To act up to, abide by, follow, tadaśakyāraṃbhāduparamya māturmate vartasva Dk.
     (11) To have the sense of, signify, be used in the sense of; puṣyasamīpasthe caṃdramasi puṣyaśabdo vartate Mbh. on P. IV. 2. 3 (often used in lexicons in this sense).
     (12) To tend or conduce to (with. dat.); putreṇa kiṃ phalaṃ yo vai pitṛduḥkhāya vartate.
     (13) To rest or depend upon. --Caus. (vartayati-te)
     (1) To cause to be or exist.
     (2) To cause to move or turn round, cause to revolve; jyotīṃṣi vartayati ca pravibhaktaraśmiḥ S. 7. 6.
     (3) To brandish, flourish, whirl round; Bk. 15. 37.
     (4) To do, practise, exhibit; Māl. 9. 33.
     (5) To perform, discharge, attend or look to; sodhikāramabhikaḥ kulocitaṃ ka ścana svayamavartayatsamāḥ R. 19. 4; Mv. 3. 23.
     (6) To spend, pass (as time).
     (7) To live on, subsist; rāmopi saha vaidehyā vane vanyena vartayan R. 12. 80; sometimes Atm. also; madasiktamukhairmṛgādhipaḥ karibhirvartayate svayaṃ hataiḥ Ki. 2. 18.
     (8) To relate, describe.
     (9) To perceive, comprehend. (10) To study.
     (11) To shine.
     (12) To speak.
     (13) To shed (as tears). --Desid. (vivṛtsati, vivartiṣate).

vṛtta p. p. [vṛt-kartari-kta]
     (1) Lived, existed.
     (2) Occurred, happened.
     (3) Completed, finished.
     (4) Performed, done, acted.
     (5) Past, gone.
     (6) Round, circular; R. 6. 32.
     (7) Dead, deceased.
     (8) Firm, fixed.
     (9) Read through, studied. (10) Derived from.
     (11) Famous.
     (12) Covered.
     (13) Turned. (See vṛt). --ttaḥ A tortoise. --ttaṃ
     (1) An event, occurrence.
     (2) History, account; R. 15. 64.
     (3) News, tidings.
     (4) Practice, profession, mode of life, occupation; satāṃ vṛttamanuṣṭhitāḥ Ms. 10, 127 v. l., 7. 122; Y. 3. 44.
     (5) Conduct, behaviour, manner, act, action; as in sadvṛtta, durvṛtta.
     (6) Good or virtuous conduct; Pt. 4. 28.
     (7) An established rule or usage, law, custom; observance of such rule or usage, duty; R. 5. 33.
     (8) A circle, circumference of a circle.
     (9) A metre in general, especially a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. jāti); see App. I.
     -- Comp.
          --anupūrva a. taperingly round; vṛttānupūrve ca na cātidīrghe jaṃghe śubhe sṛṣṭavatastadīye Ku. 1. 35.
          --anuvartin a. obedient.
          --anusāraḥ 1. conformity to prescribed rules. --2. conformity to metre.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. an occasion, incident, event; anenāraṇyakavṛttāṃtena paryākulāḥ smaḥ S. 1; R. 3. 66, U. 2. 17. --2. news, tidings, intelligence; ko nu khalu vṛttāṃtaḥ V. 4; R. 14. 87. --3. account, history, tale, narrative, story. --4. a subject, topic. --5. a kind, sort. --6. mode, manner. --7. state, condition. --8. the whole, totality. --9. rest, leisure. --10. retirement, solitude --11. property, nature.
          --irvāruḥ, --karkaṭī the water-melon.
          --ojas a. 1. strong, mighty. --2. having unimpaired creative power; Ms. 1. 6.
          --khaṃḍaḥ a segment of a circle.
          --gaṃdhi n. N. of a kind of prose (having only the name of metre).
          --cūḍa, --caula a. tonsured, whose tonsure ceremony has been performed; U. 2.
          --taṃḍulaḥ a kind of grass (yāvanāla). --puṣpaḥ 1. a cane (vānīra). --2. the Sirīṣa tree. --3. the kadamba tree; also Vāṇīra, Kubjaka, and Mudgara.
          --phalaḥ 1. the jujube tree. --2. the pomegranate tree. (
          --laṃ) black pepper.
          --śastra a. one who has mastered the science of arms; Bk. 9. 19.

vṛttakam A kind of prose composition.

vṛttiḥ f. [vṛt-ktin]
     (1) Being, existence.
     (2) Abiding, remaining, attitude, being in a particular state; as in viruddhavṛtti, vipakṣavṛtti &c.
     (3) State, condition.
     (4) Action, movement, function, operation; śataistamakṣṇāmanimeṣavṛttibhiḥ R. 3. 43, Ku. 3. 73, S. 4. 14.
     (5) Course, method; S. 2, 11.
     (6) Conduct, behaviour, course of conduct, mode of action; kuru priyasakhī vṛttiṃ sapatnījane S. 4. 17, Me. 8; vaitasīvṛttiḥ, bakavṛttiḥ &c.
     (7) Profession, occupation, business, employment, mode of leading life (often at the end of comp.); vārdhake munivṛttīnāṃ R. 1. 8; S. 5. 6; Pt. 3. 125.
     (8) Livelihood, maintenance, means of subsistence or livelihood, oft. in comp.; R. 2. 38, S. 7. 12, Ku. 5. 28; (for the several means of subsistence, see Ms. 4. 4-6).
     (9) Wages, hire. (10) Cause of activity.
     (11) Respectful treatment.
     (12) Gloss, commentary, exposition; sadvṛttiḥ sannibaṃdhanā Śi. 2. 112, kāśikāvṛttiḥ &c.
     (13) Revolving, turning round.
     (14) The circumference of a wheel or circle.
     (15) (In gram.) A complex formation requiring resolution or explanation.
     (16) The power or force of a word by which it expresses, indicates, or suggests a meaning; (these are three abhidhā, lakṣaṇā, and vyaṃjanā q. q. v. v.); general character or force of a word.
     (17) A style in composition (these are four; kaiśikī, bhāratī, sātvatī and ārabhaṭī q. q. v. v.).
     (18) Customary allowance.
     (19) Manner of thinking.
     -- Comp.
          --anuprāsaḥ a kind of alliteration; see K. P. 9.
          --upāyaḥ a means of subsistence.
          --karṣita a. badly off or distressed for want of livelihood; Ms. 8. 411.
          --cakraṃ the wheel of state; Pt. 1. 81.
          --chedaḥ deprivation of the means of subsistence.
          --bhaṃgaḥ, --vaikalyaṃ want of a livelihood; Pt. 1. 153.
          --stha a. 1. being in any state or employment. --2. well-conducted, of good behaviour. (
          --sthaḥ) a lizard, chameleon.

vṛtraḥ [vṛt-rak]
     (1) N. of a demon killed by Indra; (he is supposed to be a personification of darkness); see iṃdra.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) Darkness.
     (4) An enemy.
     (5) Sound. --A wheel.
     (7) N. of Indra.
     (8) A mountain.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, -dviṣ m.,
          --śatruḥ, --han m. epithets of Indra; kruddhe'pi pakṣacchidi vṛtraśatrau Ku. 1. 20; vācā hariṃ vṛtrahaṇaṃ smitena 7. 46.

vṛthā ind. [vṛ-thāl kicca]
     (1) To no purpose, in vain, uselessly, unprofitably; often with the force an adjective; vyarthaṃ yatra kapīṃdrasakhyamapi me vīryaṃ harīṇāṃ vṛthā U. 3. 45; divaṃ yadi prārthayase vṛthā śramaḥ Ku. 5. 45.
     (2) Unnecessarily.
     (3) Foolishly, idly, wantonly.
     (4) Wrongly; improperly. (At the beginning of comp. vṛthā may be translated by 'vain, useless, improper, false, idle' &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣyā strolling about idly, walking for pleasure.
          --ākāraḥ a false form, an empty show.
          --kathā idle talk.
          --janman n. unprofitable or vain birth.
          --dānaṃ a gift that may be revoked, or not made good if promised.
          --mati a. foolish-minded.
          --māṃsaṃ flesh not intended for the Gods or Manes.
          --vādin a. speaking falsely.

vṛdh I. 1 A. (but Paras, also in the Second Future, Aorist and Conditional, also in the Desiderative) (vardhate, vavṛdhe, avṛdhat-avardhiṣṭa, vardhi'yate varstyati, vṛddha; desid. vivṛtsati, or vivardhiṣate)
     (1) To grow, increase, become larger, stronger, or greater, thrive, prosper; anyonyajayasaṃraṃbho vavṛdhe vādinoriva R 12. 92, 10. 78; dhanakṣaye vardhati jāṭharāgniḥ Subhāṣ.; Bk. 14. 13, 19. 26.
     (2) To continue, last.
     (3) To rise, ascend.
     (4) To have cause for congratulation, usually with diṣṭyā; diṣṭyā dharmapatnīsamāgamena putramukhadarśanena cāyuṣmān vardhate S. 7 'your honour is to be congratulated upon your union' &c. --Caus. (vardhayati-te, also vardhāpayati-te)
     (1) To cause to grow, increase, augment, heighten, amplify, enhance; vardhayanniva tatkūṭānuddhūtairdhātureṇubhiḥ R. 4. 71.
     (2) To cause to prosper or thrive, glorify, magnify, exalt; H. 3. 3.
     (3) To congratulate, felicitate (vardhāpayāti in this sense); yadi kopi tvāṃ sāṃprataṃ madayaṃtikālābhena vardhāpayati tadā kiṃ tasya pāritoṣikaṃ karoṣi Māl. 8. --II. 10 U. (vardhayati-te)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To shine.

vṛddha a. [vṛdh-kta] (compar. jyāyas or varṣīṃyas, superl. jyeṣṭha or varṣiṣṭha)
     (1) Increased, augmented.
     (2) Full grown, grown up.
     (3) Old, aged, advanced in years; vṛddhāste na vicāraṇīyacaritāḥ U. 5. 35.
     (4) Advanced or grown up (at the end of comp.), cf. vayovṛddha, dharmavṛddha, jñānavṛddha, āgamavṛddha &c.
     (5) Great, large.
     (6) Accumulated, heaped.
     (7) Wise, learned. --ddhaḥ
     (1) An old man; haiyaṃgavīnamādāya ghoṣavṛddhānupasthitān R. 1. 5, 9. 78; Me. 30.
     (2) A worthy or venerable man.
     (3) A sage, saint.
     (4) A male descendant. --ddhaṃ
     (1) Benzoin.
     (2) (In gram.) A word having a Vṛddhi vowel in the first syllable, as ā, ai and au.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃguliḥ f. 1. the thumb. --2. the great toe.
          --avasthā old age.
          --ācāraḥ an ancient or long-standing custom.
          --ukṣaḥ an old bull.
          --kākaḥ a raven.
          --nabhi a. corpulent, pot-bellied.
          --bhāvaḥ old age.
          --mataṃ the precept of ancient sages.
          --rājaḥ a kind of sorrel.
          --vahanaḥ the mango tree.
          --śravas m. an epithet of Indra.
          --saṃghaḥ a council of elders.
          --sūtrakaṃ a flock of cotton.

vṛddhā 1 An old woman.
     (2) A female descendant.

vṛddhiḥ [vṛdh-ktin]
     (1) Growth, increase, augmentation, development; pupoṣa vṛddhiṃ haridaśvadīdhiteranupraveśādiva bālacaṃdramāḥ R. 3. 22; tapovṛddhi; jñānavṛddhi &c.
     (2) Waxing, increase of the digits of the moon; paryāvapītasya surairhimāṃśoḥ kalākṣayaḥ ślādhyataro hi vṛddheḥ R. 5. 16, Ku. 7. 1.
     (3) Increase in wealth, prosperity, affluence; Pt. 2. 112.
     (4) Success, advancement, rise, progress; paravṛddhimatsari mano hi mānināṃ Śi. 15. 1.
     (5) Wealth, property.
     (6) A heap, quantity, multitude.
     (7) Interest; as in saralavṛddhi, cakravṛddhi &c.
     (8) Usury.
     (9) Profit, gain. (10) Enlargement of the scrotum.
     (11) Extension of power or revenue.
     (12) (In gram.) The increasa or lengthen, ing of vowels, the change of a, iu, ṛ, short or long, and ḷ to ā, ai, au, ār, and āl respectively.
     (13) The impurity caused by child-birth in a family (called jananāśauca q. v.).
     (14) Cutting off.
     (15) (In law) Forfeiture (as of property).
     -- Comp.
          --ājīvaḥ, -ājīvin m. a usurer, money-lender.
          --jīvanaṃ, --jīvikā the profession of usury.
          --da a. promoting prosperity.
          --patraṃ a kind of razor.
          --śrāddhaṃ an offering made to the Manes on prosperous occasions, such as the birth of a son.

vṛddhimat a.
     (1) Increased, increasing.
     (2) Rich, wealthy.
     (3) Prosperous, thriving.

vṛdhasānaḥ A man.

vṛdhasānuḥ
     (1) A man.
     (2) A leaf.
     (3) An act or action.

vṛṃtam
     (1) The foot-stalk of a leaf or fruit, a stalk; vṛṃtācślathaṃ harati puṣpamanokahānāṃ R. 6. 69.
     (2) The stand of a water-jar.
     (3) A teat, nipple.

vṛṃtākaḥ --kī The egg-plant.

vṛṃtikā A small stalk.

vṛṃda a. Many, numerous.
     (1) A multitude, host, large number, group; anugatamalivṛṃdairgaṃḍabhittīrvihāya R. 12. 102; Me. 99; so abhra-.
     (2) A heap, quantity.
     (3) Ten hundred millions.

vṛṃdā
     (1) The holy basil.
     (2) N. of Radhikā.
     (3) N. of a forest near Gokula.
     -- Comp.
          --araṇyaṃ, -vanaṃ 1. N. of a forest near Gokula; vṛṃdāraṇye vasatiradhunā kevalaṃ duḥkhahetuḥ Pad. D. 38, 41; R. 6. 50. --2. a raised mound of earth to plant and preserve the holy basil.
          --vanī the holy basil.

vṛṃdāra a.
     (1) Much, great, large.
     (2) Eminent, best, excellent.
     (3) Pleasing, attractive, beautiful.

vṛṃdāraka a. (kā or rikā f.
     (1) Much, great, many.
     (2) Eminent, best, excellent.
     (3) Pleasing, attractive, handsome, lovely.
     (4) Respectable, venerable. --kaḥ
     (1) A god, deity; prito vṛṃdāraṇyaṃ natanikhilavṛṃdārakavṛtaḥ Bv. 4. 5.
     (2) The chief of anything (at the end of comp.); see
     (2) above.

vṛṃdiṣṭha a.
     (1) Very great or large.
     (2) Very handsome (superl. of vṛṃdāraka, q. v.)

vṛṃdīyas a.
     (1) Greater, larger.
     (2) More handsome or beautiful (compar, of vṛṃdāraka q. v.).

vṛś 4 P. (vṛśyati) To choose, select.

vṛśaḥ A rat. --śā A drug. --śaṃ Ginger.

vṛścikaḥ [vraśc-kikan]
     (1) A scorpion.
     (2) The sign scorpio of the zodiac.
     (3) A crab.
     (4) A centipede.
     (5) A kind of beetle.
     (6) A hairy caterpillar.
     (7) The month when the sun is in Scorpio.

vṛṣ I. 1 P. (varṣati, vṛṣṭa)
     (1) To rain (usually with words signifying 'Indra', 'Parjanya', 'cloud', &c. as the subject of the verb, or sometimes used impersonally); dvādaśa varṣaṇi na vavarṣa daśaśatākṣaḥ Dk.; kāle varṣaṃtu meghāḥ; garja vā varṣa vā śakra Mk. 5. 31; meghā varṣaṃtu garjaṃtu muṃcaṃtvaśanimeva vā 5. 16.
     (2) To rain or pour down, shower down; varṣatīvāṃjanaṃ nabhaḥ Mk. 1. 34; so śaravṛṣṭiṃ, kusumavṛṣṭiṃ, varṣati &c.
     (3) To pour forth, shed.
     (4) To grant, bestow.
     (5) To moisten.
     (6) To produce, engender.
     (7) To have supreme power.
     (8) To strike, hurt.
     (9) To drink. --II. 10 A. (varṣayate)
     (1) To be powerful or eminent.
     (2) To have the power of production.

vṛṣaḥ
     (1) A bull; asaṃpadastasya vṛṣeṇa gacchataḥ Ku. 5. 80; Me. 52; R. 2. 35; Ms. 9. 123.
     (2) The sign Taurus of the zodiac.
     (3) The chief or best of a class, the best of its kind; Ms. 3. 18; (often at the end of comp.); munivṛṣaḥ, kapivṛṣaḥ &c.
     (4) The god of love.
     (5) A strong or athletic man.
     (7) A lustful man, a man of one of the four classes into which men are divided in erotic works; see Ratimañjarī 37.
     (7) An enemy, adversary.
     (8) A rat.
     (9) The bull of Śiva. (10) Morality, justice.
     (11) Virtue, a pious or meritorious act; na sadgatiḥ syād vṛṣavarjitānāṃ Kīr. K. 9. 62 (where vṛṣa means a 'bull' also).
     (12) N. of Karṇa.
     (13) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (14) N. of a particular drug.
     (15) The principal die. --ṣaṃ A peacock's plumage.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva; R. 3. 23. --2. a pious or virtuous man. --3. the marking-nut plant. --4. a eunuch. -jaḥ a small drum.
          --aṃcanaḥ an epithet of Śiva
          --aṃtakaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --āhāraḥ a cat.
          --utsargaḥ setting free a bull on the occasion of a funeral rite, or as a religious act generally.
          --daṃśaḥ, -daṃśakaḥ a cat.
          --dhvajaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva; R. 11. 44. --2. an epithet of Gaṇeśa. --3. a pious or virtuous man.
          --nāśanaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.
          --patiḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. a bull set at liberty.
          --parvan m. 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. N. of a demon who with the aid of Śukra, preceptor of the Asuras, maintained struggle with the gods for a long time. His daughter Sarmisṭha was married by Yayāti; see Yayāti and Devayānī.
          --bhāsā the residence of Indra and the gods; i. e. Amarāvati.
          --rājaketanaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --locanaḥ a cat.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --skaṃdha a. having shoulders as lusty as those of a bull; U. 6. 25; R. 12. 34.

vṛṣaṇa a.
     (1) Sprinkling, fertilizing.
     (2) Strong, stout. --ṇaḥ The scrotum, the bag containing the testicles.
     -- Comp.
          --kacchūḥ f. ulceration of the scrotum.

vṛṣaṇaśvaḥ A horse of Indra.

vṛṣan m. [vṛṣ-kanin]
     (1) A bull.
     (2) The sign Taurus of the zodiac.
     (3) The chief of a class; prācetaso munivṛṣā prathamaḥ kavīnāṃ Mv. 1. 7.
     (4) A stallion, horse.
     (5) Pain, sorrow.
     (6) Insensibility to pain.
     (7) N. of Indra; vṛṣeva sītāṃ tadavagrahakṣatāṃ Ku. 5. 61, 80; R. 10. 52, 17. 77.
     (8) N. of Karṇa.
     (9) Of Agni. (10) Of Soma.

vṛṣabhaḥ [vṛs-abhac kicca]
     (1) A bull.
     (2) Any male animal.
     (3) Anything best or eminent of its class (at the end of comp.); dvijavṛṣabhaḥ Ratn. 1. 5, 4. 21.
     (4) The sign Taurus of the zodiac.
     (5) A kind of drug; cf. ṛṣabha.
     (6) An elephant's ear.
     (7) The orifice or hollow of the ear.
     -- Comp.
          --īkṣaṇaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --gatiḥ, -dhvajaḥ epithets of Śiva; R. 2. 36; Ku. 3. 62.

vṛṣabhī f.
     (1) A widow.
     (2) Cowach.

vṛṣasyati Den. P.
     (1) To long for a bull.
     (2) To long for sexual intercourse.

vṛṣasyaṃtī 1 A woman longing for sexual intercourse (with acc. of male); raghu naṃdanaṃ vṛṣasyaṃtī śūrpaṇakhā prāptā Mv. 5; iti rāmo vṛṣasyaṃtīṃ vṛṣaskraṃdhaḥ śaśāsa tāṃ R. 12. 34, Bk. 4. 30.
     (2) A libidinous or lascivious woman.
     (3) A cow in heat.

vṛṣakapāyī 1 An epithet of Lakṣmī.
     (2) Of Gaurī.
     (3) Of Śachi.
     (4) Of Śvāhā; wife of Agni.
     (5) Of the dawn, wife of the sun.
     (6) Of the mother of Indra.

vṛṣākapiḥ
     (1) An epithet of the sun.
     (2) Of Viṣṇu.
     (3) Of Śiva.
     (4) Of Indra.
     (5) Of Agni.

vṛṣāyaṇaḥ 1 An epithet of Śiva.
     (2) A sparrow.

vṛṣāyate Den. A. Ved.
     (1) To act like a bull.
     (2) To roar like a bull.
     (3) To fertilize, sprinkle with water.

vṛṣin m. A peacock.

vṛṣī The seat of an ascetic or religious student (made of Kuśa grass).

vṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Rained.
     (2) Raining.
     (3) Showering, pouring down.

vṛṣṭiḥ f. [vṛṣ-ktin]
     (1) Rain, a shower of rain; ādityājjāyate vṛṣṭirvṛṣṭerannaṃ tataḥ prajāḥ Ms. 3. 76.
     (2) A shower (of anything); astravṛṣṭi R. 3. 58; puṣpavṛṣṭi 2 60; so śara-, dhana-, upala- &c.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ the rainy season.
          --jīvana a. nourished or watered by rain (as a country); cf. devamātṛka. (--naḥ) the Chātaka bird.
          --bhūḥ a frog.
          --saṃpātaḥ a shower of rain.

vṛṣṭimat a. Raining, rainy. --m. A cloud.

vṛṣya a.
     (1) To be rained or showered down.
     (2) Stimulating a morous desire, provocative of sexual vigour, aphrodisiac. --ṣyaḥ A kind of kidney-bean. --ṣyaṃ Stimulating amorous desires (vājīkaraṇaṃ).

vṛṣayaḥ 1 Refuge, shelter.
     (2) Asylum.

vṛṣalaḥ [vṛṣ-kalac]
     (1) A Śūdra.
     (2) A horse.
     (3) Garlic.
     (4) A sinner, wicked or irreligious man.
     (5) An outcast.
     (6) N. of Chandragupta (particularly used by Chāṇakya, see inter alia Mu. acts 1, and 3).
     (7) A man of one of the three highest classes who has lost his caste by the omission of prescr ibed duties.

vṛṣalakaḥ A contemptible Śūdra.

vṛṣalī 1 An unmarried girl twelve years old; particularly, a girl remaining unmarried at her father's house in whom menstruation has commenced; piturgehe ca yā nārī rajaḥ paśyatyasaṃskṛtā . bhrūṇahatyā pitustasyāḥ sā kanyā vṛṣalī smṛtā ...
     (2) A woman during menstruation.
     (3) A barren woman.
     (4) The mother of a stillborn child.
     (5) A Śūdra female, or the wife of a Śūdra.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ the husband of a Śūdra woman.
          --sevanaṃ intercourse with a Sudra female.

vṛṣṇi a.
     (1) Heretical, heterodox.
     (2) Angry, passionate.
     (3) Ved. Raining. --m.
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) A ram.
     (3) A ray of light.
     (4) N. of an ancestor of Kṛṣṇa.
     (5) N. of Kṛṣṇa.
     (6) Of Indra.
     (7) Of Agni.
     (8) Air, wind.
     (9) A heretic.
     -- Comp.
          --garbhaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.

vṛh See bṛh, bṛhat, and bṛhatikā.

vṛhat See bṛh, bṛhat, and bṛhatikā.

vṛhatikā See bṛh, bṛhat, and bṛhatikā.

vṛhatī
     (1) The lute of Nārada.
     (2) The number 'thirty-six.'
     (3) A mantle, cloack, wrapper.
     (4) Speech.
     (5) A reservoir (as of water); see bṛhatī also.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Bṛhaspati.

vṛhaspati See bṛhaspati.

vṝ 9 U. (vṛṇāti, vṛṇīte, vūrṇa; pass. vūryate; desid. vuvūrṣati-te or vivariṣati-te or vivarīṣati-te) To choose, select; (see vṛ I.)

ve 1 U. (vayati-te, uta; caus. vāyayati-te)
     (1) To weave; sitāṃśuvarṇairvayati sma tadguṇaiḥ N. 1. 12. To braid, plait.
     (3) To sew.
     (4) To cover.
     (5) To make, compose, string together.

vekaṭaḥ
     (1) A buffoon.
     (2) A jeweller.
     (3) A youth.

vegaḥ [vij-ghañ]
     (1) Impulse, impetus.
     (2) Speed, velocity, rapidity.
     (3) Agitation.
     (4) Impetuosity, violence, force.
     (5) A stream, current; as in aṃbuvegaḥ.
     (6) Energy, activity, determination.
     (7) Power, strength; madanajvarasya vegāt K.
     (8) Circulation, working, effect (as of poison); U. 2. 26, V. 5. 18.
     (9) Haste, rashness, sudden impulse; Pt. 1. 109. (10) The flight of an arrow; Ki. 13. 24.
     (11) Love, passion.
     (12) The external manifestation of an internal emotion.
     (13) Delight, pleasure.
     (14) Evacuation of the feces.
     (15) Semen virile.
     (16) Pleasure, delight.
     -- Comp.
          --anilaḥ 1. blast caused by speed; V. 1. 4. --2. a strong or violent wind.
          --āghātaḥ 1. sudden arresting of velocity, check of speed. --2. obstruction of excretion, constipation.
          --nāśanaḥ the phlegmatic humour.
          --rodhaḥ = -āghātaḥ q. v.
          --vāhin a. swift.
          --vidhāraṇaṃ checking of speed.
          --saraḥ a mule.

vegita a. Quickened, expedited, hastened.

vegin a. (nī f.) Świft, fleet, impetuous, violent, rapid. --m.
     (1) A courier.
     (2) A hawk. --nī A river.

veṃkaṭaḥ N. of a mountain.

vecā Hire, wages.

veḍam A kind of sandal.

veḍā A boat.

veṇ, ven 1 U. (veṇati-te, venati-te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To know, recognize, perceive.
     (3) To reflect, consider.
     (4) To take.
     (5) To play on an instrument.
     (6) To see.
     (7) To praise, worship.

veṇaḥ
     (1) A musician by caste; cf. Ms. 10. 19; veṇānāṃ bhāṃḍavādanaṃ 10. 49.
     (2) N. of a king, son of Anga and said to be a descendant of Manu Śvayambhuva. [When he became king, he issued a proclamation prohibiting all worship and sacrifices. The sages strongly remonstrated with him, but when he turned a deaf ear to their words, they killed him with 'blades of consecrated Kuśa grass.' The kingdom was now without a ruler. So they rubbed the thigh of the dead body, until a Niṣāda came forth, short in stature and with a flat face. They then rubbed the right arm, and from it sprang the majestic Pṛthu (see Pṛthu). According to the Padma Purāṇa, Veṇa began his reign well, but subsequently fell into Jaina heresy. He is also said to have caused confusion of castes; cf. Ms. 7. 41, 9. 66-67.].

veṇā N. of a river(joining the Kṛṣṇa).

veṇiḥ --ṇī f. [veṇ-in-vā ṅīp Uṇ. 4. 18] 1 Braided hair, a braid of hair; taraṃgiṇī veṇirivāyatā bhuvaḥ Śi. 12. 75; Me. 18.
     (2) Hair twisted into a single unornamented braid and allowed to fall on the back (said to be worn by women whose husbands are absent from them); vanānnivṛttena raghūttamena muktā svayaṃ veṇirivābabhāse R. 14. 12; abalāveṇimokṣotsukāni Me. 99, Ku. 2. 61.
     (3) Continuous flow, current, stream; jalaveṇiramyāṃ revāṃ yadi prekṣitumasti kāmaḥ R. 6. 43; Me. 20; pravṛttabāṣpaveṇikaṃ cakṣuḥ pramṛjya K., cf. the word triveṇi also.
     (4) The confluence of two or more rivers.
     (5) The confluence of the Ganges, Yamunā and Sarasvatī.
     (6) N. of a river.
     -- Comp.
          --baṃdhaḥ hair twisted into a braid; R. 10. 47.
          --vedhanī a leech.
          --vedhinī a comb.
          --saṃhāraḥ 1. tying the hair into a braid; Ve. 6. --2. N. of a drama by Bhaṭṭa Nārāyaṇa.

veṇikā Braided hair.

veṇuḥ [veṇ-uṇ]
     (1) A bamboo; malaye'pi sthito veṇurveṇureva na caṃdanaṃ Subhāṣ., R. 12. 41.
     (2) A reed.
     (3) A flute, pipe; nāmasametaṃ kṛtasaṃketaṃ bādayate mṛdu veṇuṃ Gīt. 5.
     -- Comp.
          --karkaraḥ the Karvīra plant.
          --jaḥ bamboo-seed.
          --dhmaḥ a flute-player, piper.
          --nisrutiḥ the sugar-cane.
          --yavaḥ bamboo-seed.
          --yaṣṭiḥ f. a bamboo-stick.
          --vādaḥ, --vādakaḥ a piper, flute-player.
          --bījaṃ bamboo-seed.

veṇukam A goad with a bamboohandle.

veṇunam Black pepper.

vetaḥ A cane, reed.

vetaṃ(daṃ)ḍaḥ  An elephant; Bv. 1. 62.

vetanam [aj-tanan vībhāvaḥ Uṇ. 3. 150]
     (1) Hire, wages, salary, pay, stipend; kiṃ mudhā vetanadānena M. 1; R. 17. 66.
     (2) Livelihood, subsistence.
     (3) Silver.
     -- Comp.
          --adānaṃ, --anapākarman n.,
          --anapakriyā 1. non-payment of wages. --2. an action for non-payment of wages.
          --jīvin m. a stipendiary.

vetanin a. Receiving wages, stipendiary.

vetasaḥ [aj-asun tukca vībhāvaḥ Uṇ. 3. 118]
     (1) The ratan, reed, cane; yadvetasaḥ kubjalīlāṃ viḍaṃbayati sakimātmanaḥ prabhāveṇa nanu nadīvegasya S. 2; avilaṃbitamedhi vetasastaruvanmādhava mā sma bhajyathāḥ Śi. 16. 53; R. 9. 75.
     (2) The citron.
     (3) N. of Agni.

vetasī The ratan; vetasītarutale K. P. 1.

vetasvat a. (tī f.) Abounding in reeds.

vetālaḥ
     (1) A kind of ghost, a goblin, vampire; particularly a ghost occupying a dead body; nāhamātmanāśāya vetālotthāpanaṃ kariṣyāmi 'I shall not raise a devil for my own destruction'; Māl. 5. 23, Śi. 20. 60.
     (2) A door-keeper.

vettṛ m. [viṭ-tṛc]
     (1) A knower
     (2) A sage.
     (3) A husband, an espouser.
     (4) One who obtains.

vetraḥ [aj-tral vībhāvaḥ Uṇ. 4. 166]
     (1) The cane, ratan.
     (2) A stick, staff, particularly the staff of a doorkeeper; vāmaprakoṣṭhārpitahemavetraḥ Ku. 3. 41.
     -- Comp.
          --āsanaṃ a cane-seat.
          --dharaḥ, -dhārakaḥ 1. a door-keeper. --2. a mace-bearer, staff-bearer.
          --yaṣṭiḥ f. a staff of reed; S. 5. 3.

vetrakīya a. Reedy, abounding in reeds.

vetravatī
     (1) A female door-keeper.
     (2) N. of a river; Me. 24.

vetrin m.
     (1) A door-keeper, warder.
     (2) Staff-bearer.

veth 1 A. (vethate) To beg, solicit, ask.

vedaḥ [vid-ac ghañ vā]
     (1) Knowledge.
     (2) Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scriptures of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas: ṛgveda, yajurveda and sāmaveda, which are collectively called trayī 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the atharvaveda, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas has two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhita and Brahmana. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-paurusheya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being Brahman, and are called 'Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as dis tinguished from 'Smṛti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see śruti, smṛti also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called draṭāraḥ 'seers', and not kartāraḥ or sraṣṭāraḥ 'composers').
     (3) A bundle of Kuśa grass; Ms. 4. 36.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (5) A part of a sacrifice (yajñāṃga).
     (6) Exposition, comment, gloss.
     (7) A metre.
     (8) Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved.).
     -- Comp.
          --agraṇīḥ N. of Sarasvatī.
          --aṃgaṃ 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronuncia tion and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Vedāṅgas are six in number:
          --śikṣā kalyo vyākaraṇaṃ niruktaṃ chaṃdasāṃ cayaḥ . jyotiṣāmayanaṃ caiva vedāṃgāni ṣaḍeva tu ..; i. e. 1 śikṣā 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 chaṃdas 'the science of prosody'; 3 vyākaraṇa 'grammar'; 4 nirukta 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 jyotiṣa 'astronomy', and 6 kalpa 'ritual or ceremonial').
          --adhigamaḥ, --adhyayanaṃ holy study, study of the Vedas.
          --adhipaḥ 1. one who presides over the Veda; ṛgvedādhipatirjīvo yajurvedādhipo bhṛguḥ . sāmavedādhipo bhaumaḥ śaśijo'tharvavedapaḥ ... --2. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --adhyāpakaḥ a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. 'the end of the Veda', an Upanishad (which comes at the end of the Veda). --2. the last of the six principal Darsanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upanishads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called uttaramīmāṃsā being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's pūrvamīmāṃsā, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see mīmāṃsā. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see brahman also). -gaḥ, -jñaḥ a follower of the Vedanta philosophy.
          --aṃtin m. a follower of the Vedānta philosophy.
          --abhyāsaḥ 1. the study of the Vedas. --2. the repetition of the sacred syllable om.
          --arthaḥ the meaning of the Vedas.
          --avatāraḥ revelation of the Vedas.
          --ādi n.,
          --ādivarṇaḥ, --ādibījaṃ the sacred syllable om.
          --ukta a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas.
          --udayaḥ N. of the sun (the SāmaVeda being said to have proceeded from him).
          --udita a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas.
          --kauleyakaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --garbhaḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. --3. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --jñaḥ a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas.
          --trayaṃ, -trayī the three Vedas collectively.
          --dṛṣṭa a. sanctioned by the Vedas
          --niṃdakaḥ 1. an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). --2. a Jaina or Buddhist.
          --niṃdā unbelief, heresy.
          --pāragaḥ a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas.
          --mātṛ f. N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gayatrī q. v.
          --vacanaṃ, -vākyaṃ a Vedic text.
          --vadanaṃ grammar.
          --vāsaḥ a Brāhmaṇa.
          --vāhya a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda.
          --vid m. 1. a Brahmaṇa versed in the Vedas. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --vihita a. enjoined by the Vedas.
          --vyāsaḥ an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see vyāsa. --saṃnyāsaḥ giving up the ritual of the Vedas.
          --saṃmata, --saṃmita a. sanctioned by the Vedas.

vedanaṃ, vedanā [vid-lyuṭ]
     (1) Knowledge, perception.
     (2) Feeling, sensation.
     (3) Pain, torment, agony, anguish; avedanājñaṃ kuliśakṣatānāṃ Ku. 1. 20, R. 8. 50.
     (4) Acquisition, wealth, property.
     (5) Marriage; Ms. 3. 44, 9. 65; Y. 1. 62.
     (6) Presenting, giving.
     (7) The marriage of a Śūdra woman with a man of a higher caste.

vedanī The true skin or cutis(that apprehends touch).

vedas n. Ved. Acquisition, gain, wealth.

vedāpayati Den. P. To impart knowledge, teach.

vedita p. p. Made known, informed, communicated.

veditṛ a.
     (1) Knowing.
     (2) Wise, learned.

vedin a. [vid-ṇini]
     (1) Knowing; as in kṛtavedin.
     (2) Marrying. --m.
     (1) A knower.
     (2) A teacher.
     (3) A learned Brāhmaṇa.
     (4) An epithet of Brahman.

vedya a.
     (1) To be known.
     (2) To be taught or explained.
     (3) To be married.

vedāraḥ A chameleon.

vediḥ [vid-in] A learned man, sage, Paṇḍit. --diḥ, -dī f.
     (1) An altar especially one prepared for a sacrifice; amī vediṃ paritaḥ kḷptadhiṣṇyāḥ (vahrayaḥ) S 4. 7.
     (2) An altar of a particular shape, the middle points of which come very close to each other; madhyena sā vedivilagnamadhyā Ku. 1. 39; (some propose to take vedi in this passage as meaning 'a sealring').
     (3) A quadrangular spot in the court-yard of a temple or palace.
     (4) A seal-ring.
     (5) N. of Sarasvatī.
     (6) A tract or region.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ 1. N. of Agni. --2. of Brahman.
          --jā an epithet of Draupadi who was born from the midst of the sacrificial altar of king Drupada.

vedikā 1 A sacrificial altar or ground.
     (2) A raised seat; an elevated spot of ground (usually for sacred purposes); saptaparṇavedikā S. 1; Ku. 3. 44.
     (3) A seat in general.
     (4) An altar, a heap, mound; maṃdākinīsaikatavedikābhiḥ Ku. 1. 29 'by making altars or heaps of sand &c'.
     (5) A quadrangular open shed in the middle of a court-yard.
     (6) An arbour, a bower.

vedhaḥ
     (1) Penetrating, piercing, perforation.
     (2) Wounding, a wound.
     (3) A hole, an excavation.
     (4) The depth (of an excavation).
     (5) A particular measure of time.

vedhakaḥ
     (1) N. of one of the divisions of hell.
     (2) Camphor. --kaṃ Rice in the ear.

vedhanam
     (1) The act of piercing, perforating.
     (2) Penetration.
     (3) Evacuation.
     (4) Pricking, wounding.
     (5) Depth (of an evacuation).

vedhanikā A sharp-pointed instrument for perforating shells and jewels, a gimblet.

vedhanī
     (1) An instrument for piercing an elephant's ear.
     (2) A sharppointed instrument for perforating shells and jewels, a gimblet.
     (3) Depth (in measurement).

vedhita p. p. Pierced, bored, perforated.

vedhin a.
     (1) Piercing, boring.
     (2) Hitting (a mark). --nī A leech.

vedhyam A butt, target.

vedhas m. [vidhā asun guṇaḥ]
     (1) A creator; Māl. 1. 21.
     (2) N. of Brahman, the creator; taṃ vedhā vidadhe nūnaṃ mahābhūtasamādhinā R. 1. 29; Ku. 2. 16, 5. 41.
     (3) A secondary creator (such as Daksha, sprung from Brahman); Ku. 2. 14.
     (4) N. of Śiva.
     (5) Of Viṣṇu.
     (6) The sun.
     (7) The Arka plant.
     (8) A learned man.
     (9) A priest. (10) N. of Soma.
     (11) A poet.

vedhasam The part of the hand under the root of the thumb.

ven 1 U. (venati-te) See veṇ.

vena See veṇa
     (2).

vennā See veṇā.

vep 1 A. (vepate, vepita) To tremble, shake, quiver, quake; kṛtāṃjalirvepamānaḥ kirīṭī Bg. 11. 35; R. 11. 65.

vepathuḥ [vep-athuc] Tremor, trembling, heaving (of breasts &c.); adyāpi stanavepathuṃ janayati śvāsaḥ pramāṇādhikaḥ S. 1. 30, 24; Śi. 9. 22; 73; R. 19. 23; Ku. 4. 17, 5. 85.

vepanam [vep-lyuṭ] Tremor, trembling.

vemaḥ, --veman m. n. A loom; mahāsivemnaḥ sahakṛtvarī bahuṃ N. 1. 12; turīvema dikaṃ T. S.

veraḥ --ram [aj-ran vībhāvaḥ Tv.]
     (1) The body.
     (2) Saffron.
     (3) The eggplant.

verakaḥ Camphor.

veraṭaḥ A low man, one belonging to an inferior caste. --ṭaṃ The fruit of the jujube.

vel I. 1 P. (velati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To be wanton.
     (3) To shake, move about, tremble. --II. 10 U. (velayati-te) To count the time.

velam A garden, grove.

velā
     (1) Time; velopalakṣaṇārthamādiṣṭosmi S 4.
     (2) Season, opportunity.
     (3) Interval of repose, leisure.
     (4) Tide, flow, current.
     (5) The seacoast, sea-shore; valonilāya pramṛtā bhujaṃgāḥ R. 13. 12, 15; sa velāvapravalayāṃ (urvī) 1. 30, 8. 80, 17. 37; Śi. 3. 79; 9. 38.
     (6) Limit, boundary.
     (7) Speech.
     (8) Sickness.
     (9) Easy death. (10) The gums.
     (11) Passion, feeling.
     -- Comp.
          --kūlaṃ N. of a district called Tā mralipta.
          --mūlaṃ the sea-shore.
          --vanaṃ a wood on the sea-coast.

vell 1 P. (vellati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To shake, tremble, move about; yasmi nvellati sarvataḥ paricalatkallolakolāha laiḥ Bv. 1. 55; Śi. 7. 72.

vellaḥ 1 Going, moving.
     (2) Shaking, trembling.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ black pepper.

vellanam
     (1) Shaking, moving.
     (2) Rolling (on the ground).

vellahalaḥ A libertine.

velliḥ f. A creeper; cf. valli.

vellita p. p.
     (1) Trembling, tremulous, shaken.
     (2) Crooked. --taṃ a Going, moving.
     (2) Shaking.

vevī 2 A. (vevīte)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To obtain.
     (3) To concieve, be pregnant.
     (4) To pervade.
     (5) To cast, throw.
     (6) To eat.
     (7) To wish, desire.
     (8) To shine; (seldom used in classical literature).

veśaḥ [viś-ghañ]
     (1) Entrance.
     (2) Ingress, access.
     (3) A house, dwelling.
     (4) A house or residence of prostitutes; taruṇajanasahāyaściṃtyatāṃ veśavāsaḥ Mk. 1. 31.
     (5) Dress, apparel (also written veṣa in this sense); mṛga yāveṣadhārī; vinītaveṣeṇa S. 1; kṛtaveśe keśave Git. 11.
     (6) Disguise.
     (7) Hire, wages. --dānaḥ the sun-flower. --dhārin a. disguised. (--m.) 1. a hypocrite, false ascetic. --2. an actor. --nārī, -vanitā a harlot; Mu. 3. 10. --vāsaḥ the residence of harlots.

veśakaḥ A house.

veśanam
     (1) Entering, entrance.
     (2) A house.

veśikā Entrance, ingress.

veśaṃtaḥ
     (1) A small pond, pool.
     (2) Fire.

veśaraḥ A mule.

veśyam n. [viś-manin] A house, dwelling, an abode, a mansion, palace; R. 14. 15; Me. 25; Ms. 4. 73, 9. 85.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. house-building.
          --kaliṃgaḥ a kind of sparrow.
          --nakulaḥ the musk-rat.
          --bhūḥ f. the site of a habitation, building-ground.
          --sthūṇā the main post of a house.

veśyā [via-nyat veśāya hitaṃ vā yat]
     (1) The habitation of harlots.
     (2) Ved. Abode, residence.

veśyā A harlot, prostitute, courtezan, concubine; tvaṃ vāpīva lateva nauriva janaṃ veśyāsi sarvaṃ bhaja Mk. 1. 32; Me. 35, Y. 1. 141.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāryaḥ 1. the master or keeper of prostitutes. --2. a pimp. --3. a catamite.
          --āśrayaḥ habitation of harlots.
          --gamanaṃ debauchery, whoring.
          --gṛhaṃ a brothel.
          --janaḥ a harlot.
          --paṇaḥ the wages given to a prostitute.

veśvaraḥ A mule.

veṣa See veśa.

veṣaṇam Occupation, possession.

veṣ 1 A. (veṣṭate)
     (1) To surround, enclose, encompass, envelop.
     (2) To wind or twist round.
     (3) To dress. --Caus. (veṣṭayati-te)
     (1) To surround &c.
     (2) To blockade. --WITH ā to fold. --pari, --saṃ to fold together, clasp or wind round.

veṣṭaḥ [veṣṭ-ghañ ac vā]
     (1) Surrounding, enclosing.
     (2) An enclosure, a fence.
     (3) A turban.
     (4) Gum resin, exudation.
     (5) Turpentine.
     -- Comp.
          --vaṃśaḥ a kind of bamboo.
          --sāraḥ turpentine.

veṣṭakaḥ [veṣṭ-ṇvul]
     (1) An enclosure, a fence.
     (2) A pumpkin-gourd. --kaṃ
     (1) A turban.
     (2) A wrapper, mantle.
     (3) Gum, exudation.
     (4) Turpentine.

veṣṭanam [veṣṭ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Encompassing, encircling, surrounding; aṃguliveṣṭanaṃ 'a finger-ring.'
     (2) Coiling round, twisting round; bhogiveṣṭanamārgeṣu caṃdanānāṃ samarpitaṃ R. 4. 48.
     (3) An envelope, a wrapper, cover, covering, case.
     (4) A turban, tiara; aspṛṣṭālakaveṣṭanau R. 1. 42; śirasā veṣṭana śobhinā 8. 12.
     (5) An enclosure, a fence; krīḍāśailaḥ kanakakadalīveṣṭanaprekṣaṇīyaḥ Me. 77.
     (6) A girdle, zone.
     (7) A bandage.
     (8) The outer ear.
     (9) Bdellium. (10) A particular attitude in dancing.
     (11) Grasping, seizing.

veṣṭanakaḥ A particular position in copulation.

veṣṭita p. p. [veṣṭ-kta]
     (1) Surrounded, enclosed, encircled, enveloped.
     (2) Wrapped up, dressed.
     (3) Stopped, blocked, impeded.
     (4) Blockaded, invested. --taṃ
     (1) Encircling, surrounding.
     (2) One of the attitudes of dancing.

veṣpaḥ, veṣyaḥ Water.

veṣyā See veśyā.

ves 1 P. (vesati) To go, move.

vesaraḥ A mule; Śi. 12. 19.

vesa(śa)vāraḥ  A particular condiment (consisting of ground coriander, mustard, pepper, ginger &c.).

veh 1 A. (vehate) See veh.

vehat f. A barren cow.

vehāraḥ N. of a country(Behār).

vehl 1 P. (vehlate) To go, move.

vai 1 P. (vāyati)
     (1) To dry, be dried.
     (2) To be languid or weary, be exhausted.

vai ind. A particle of affirmation or certainty (indeed, truly, forsooth), but it is generally used as an expletive; āpo vai narasūnavaḥ Ms. 1. 10; 2. 231, 9. 49, 11. 78. &c. It is also said to be a vocative particle, and sometimes shows entreaty or persuasion (anunaya).

vaiṃśatika a. (kī f.) Bought for twenty.

vaikakṣam [viśeṣeṇa kakṣati vyāpnoti aṇ]
     (1) A garland worn over one shoulder and under the other like the yajñopavīta.
     (2) An upper garment, a mantle.

vaikakṣakaṃ, vaikakṣikam A garland worn over the left shoulder and under the right arm (like the yajñopavīta q. v.).

vaikaṭikaḥ A jeweller.

vaikartaḥ Ved. 1 A butcher.
     (2) A particular part of the sacrificial victim.

vaikartanaḥ N. of Karṇa.

vaikalpam
     (1) Optionality.
     (2) Dubiousness, ambiguity.
     (3) Uncerta inty, indecision.

vaikalpika a. (kī f.) [vikalpena prāptaḥ tatra bhavo vā ṭhak]
     (1) Optional.
     (2) Dubious, doubtful, uncertain, undecided.

vaikalyam [vikalasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Defect, deficiency, imperfection.
     (2) Mutilation, being crippled or lame.
     (3) Incompetency.
     (4) Agitation, flurry, excitement.
     (5) Nonexistence.
     (6) Weakness, imbecility.

vaikārika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to modification.
     (2) Modifying.
     (3) Modified.

vaikālaḥ Afternoon, evening.

vaikālika a. (kī f.), vaikālīna a. (nī f.) Relating to or occurring in the evening.

vaikuṃṭhaḥ
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Indra.
     (3) Holy basil. --ṭhaṃ
     (1) The heaven of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Talc.
     -- Comp.
          --caturdaśī the fourteenth day of the bright half of Kārtika.
          --lokaḥ the world of Viṣṇu.

vaikṛta a. (tī f.)
     (1) Changed.
     (2) Modified. --taṃ [vikṛtasya bhāvaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Change, alteration, modification.
     (2) Aversion, disgust, loathing.
     (3) Change in state, appearance &c., disfigurement; N. 2. 5.
     (4) A portent, any event foreboding evil; tatpratīpapavanādi vaikṛtaṃ prekṣya R. 12. 62.
     -- Comp.
          --vivartaḥ a woful plight, miserable condition, suffering; vaikṛtavivartadāruṇaḥ Māl. 1. 39.

vaikṛtika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Changed, modified.
     (2) Belonging to a Vikṛti q. v. (in Sāṅkhya phil.).

vaikṛtyam
     (1) Change, alteration.
     (2) Woful state, miserable plight.
     (3) Disgust.

vaikrāṃtam A kind of gem.

vaiklavaṃ, vaiklavyam
     (1) Confusion, agitation, bewilderment.
     (2) Commotion, tumult.
     (3) Affliction, distress, grief; vaiklavyaṃ mama tāvadīdṛśamapi snehādaraṇyaukasaḥ S. 4. 5, Ve. 5, Mk. 3, Mal. 8.

vaikharī
     (1) Articulate utterance, production of sound; see Malli. on Ku. 2. 17.
     (2) The faculty of speech.
     (3) Speech in general.

vaikhānasa a. (sī f.) Relating to a hermit, ascetic, monastic; vaikhānasaṃ kimanayā vratamā pradānād vyāpārarodhi madanasya niṣevitavyaṃ S. 1. 27. --saḥ An anchorite, a hermit (vānaprastha); a Brāhmaṇa in the third order of his religious life; R. 14. 28; Bk. 3. 46.

vaiguṇyam [viguṇasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Absence of qualities or attributes.
     (2) Absence of good qualities, a defect, fault, an imperfection.
     (3) Difference of properties, diversity, contrariety.
     (4) Inferiority, lowness.
     (5) Unskilfulness.

vaigrahīka a. (kī f.) Corporeal, bodily.

vaicakṣaṇyam Skill, cleverness, proficiency.

vaicityam Grief, mental distraction, sorrow; vrajati virahe vaicityaṃ naḥ prasīdati saṃnidhau Māl. 3. 1.

vaicitryam [vicitrasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Variety, diversity.
     (2) Manifoldness.
     (3) Strangeness.
     (4) Strikingness; as in vācyavaicitrya K. P. 10.
     (5) Surprise.
     (6) Sorrow, despair.

vaijananam The last month of pregnancy.

vaijayaṃtaḥ 1 The palace of Indra.
     (2) The banner of Indra.
     (3) A banner or flag in general.
     (4) A house.
     (5) N. of Indra.

vaijayaṃtikaḥ A standard-bearer.

vaijayaṃtikā
     (1) A banner, flag(fig. also); saṃcāriṇīva devasya makaraketorjagadvijayavaijayaṃtikā kāpyāgatavatī Māl. 1.
     (2) A kind of necklace of pearls.

vaijayaṃtī 1 A banner, flag; stanapariṇāhavilāsavaijayaṃtī Māl. 3. 15.
     (2) An ensign.
     (3) A garland, necklace.
     (4) The necklace of Viṣṇu.
     (5) N. of a lexicon.

vaijātyam [vijāta-ṣyañ]
     (1) Difference of kind or species.
     (2) Difference of caste.
     (3) Strangeness.
     (4) Exclusion from caste.
     (5) Looseness, wantonness.

vaijika a. See baijika.

vaijñānika a. (kī f.) Clever, skilful, proficient.

vaiḍāla See baiḍāla.

vaiṇaḥ A maker of bamboo-work.

vaiṇava a. (vī f.) [veṇu-aṇ]
     (1) Made of or produced from a bamboo. --vaḥ
     (1) A bamboo-staff.
     (2) A worker in bamboo or wicker-work. --vī Bamboo-manna. --vaṃ The seed or fruit of the bamboo.

vaiṇavikaḥ A piper, flute-player.

vaiṇavin m. An epithet of Śiva.

vaiṇukaḥ A piper, flute-player. --kaṃ A goad; see veṇuka.

vaiṇikaḥ A lutanist.

vaitaṃsikaḥ A vendor of flesh.

vaitaṃḍikaḥ A disputatious man, captious person.

vaitathyam Falseness.

vaitanika a. (kī f.) [vetanena jīvati ṭhak] Living on wages. --kaḥ
     (1) A hired labourer, labourer.
     (2) A stipendiary.

vaitaraṇiḥ --ṇī f.
     (1) N. of the river of hell.
     (2) N. of a river in the country of the Kalingas.

vaitasa a. (sī f.)
     (1) Pertaining to a cane.
     (2) Reed-like, i. e. yielding to a superior foe, bowing down to a stronger enemy; ātmā saṃrakṣitaḥ suhnairvṛttimāśritya vaitasīṃ R. 4. 35; Pt. 3. 19.

vaitāna a. (nī f.) [vitāna-aṇ] Sacrificial, sacred; vaitānāstvāṃ vahnayaḥ pāvayaṃtu S. 4. 7. --naṃ
     (1) A sacrificial rite.
     (2) A sacrificial oblation.

vaitānika a. (kī f.) See vaitāna --kaṃ A burnt offering.

vaitālikaḥ [vividhastālastena vyavaharati ṭhak]
     (1) A bard, minstrel.
     (2) A magician, conjurer; especially, one who is a votary of Vetāla q. v.
     (3) The servant of a Vetāla.

vaitraka a. (kī f.), vaitrakīya a. Cany, reedy.

vaidaḥ A wise man, learned man. --dī The wife of a wise man.

vaidagdhaṃ, vaidagdhī, vaidagdhyam
     (1) Skill, dexterity, proficiency, cleverness; aho vaidagdhyaṃ Māl. 1; prabaṃdhavinyāsavaidagdhyanidhiḥ Vās.; Śi. 4. 16.
     (2) Skill in arrangement, beauty; vaidagdhyaṃ jahati kapolakuṃkumāni Māl. 1. 37.
     (3) Shrewdness, smartness, cunningness; Ratn. 2.
     (4) Wit.

vaidarbhaḥ [vidarbha-aṇ]
     (1) A king of Vidarbha.
     (2) A gum-boil. --rbhaṃ Crafty speech. --rbhīṃ
     (1) N. of Dams yantī.
     (2) Of Rukmiṇī.
     (3) A particular style of composition; thus defined in S. D.: --mādhuryavyaṃjakairvarṇai racanā lalitātmikā . avṛttiralpavṛttirvā vaidarbhī rītiriṣyate .. 626. Daṇḍin very minutely distinguishes this style from the Gaudīya; see Kav. 1. 41-53.
     (4) N. of the wife of Agastya.

vaidala (lī f.) [vidalasya vikāraḥ aṇ] Made of wicker or cane. --laḥ
     (1) A kind of cake.
     (2) Any leguminous vegetable or grain. --laṃ
     (1) A shallow cup of a religious mendicant.
     (2) Any seat or vessel of wickerwork.

vaidika a. (kī f.) [vedaṃ-ve ttyadhīte vā ṭhañ vedeṣu vihitaḥ ṭhak vā]
     (1) Derived from or conformable to the Vedas, Vedic.
     (2) Sacred, scriptural, holy; Ku. 5. 73. --kaḥ A Brāhmaṇa wellversed in the Vedas.
     -- Comp.
          --pāśaḥ a smatterer in Veda, one possessing an imperfect knowledge of the Vedas.

vaiduṣī, vaiduṣyam Learning, wisdom.

vaidūrya a. (rī or ryī f.) Brought from, or produced in, Vidūra. --ryaṃ [vidūre girau bhavaṃ ṣyañ] Lapis lazuli; Ku. 7. 10; Śi. 3. 45.

vaideśika a. (kī f.) [videśa-ṭhañ] Belonging to another country, foreign, exotic. --kaḥ A stranger, foreigner; vaideśikosmīti pṛcchāmi kaḥ punarasau jāmātā U. 1.

vaideśyam Foreignness.

vaidehaḥ [videha aṇ]
     (1) A king of Videha.
     (2) An inhabitant of Videha.
     (3) A trader by caste.
     (4) The son of a Vaiśya by a Brāhmaṇa woman; Ms. 10. 11.
     (5) An attendant on the women's apartments. --hāḥ (m. pl.) The people of Videha. --hī
     (1) N. of Sītā; vaidehibaṃrdhohṛdayaṃ vidadre R. 14. 13 (the final vowel in vaidehī being shortened.)
     (2) The wife of a merchant.
     (3) A sort of pigment (rocanā).
     (4) Turmeric.
     (5) A cow.
     (6) Long pepper.

vaidehakaḥ 1 A trader.
     (2) = vaideha
     (4) q. v.

vaidehikaḥ A merchant.

vaidya a. (dyī f.)
     (1) Relating to the Vedas, spiritual.
     (2) Relating to medicine, medical. --dyaḥ [vidyā astyasya aṇ]
     (1) A learned man, scholar, doctor.
     (2) A medical man, physician. vaidyayatnaparibhāvinaṃ gadaṃ na pradāpa iva vāyumatyagāt R. 19. 53; vaidyānāmāturaḥ śreyān Subhāṣ.
     (3) A man of the medical caste, supposed to be one of the mixed classes; (the offspring of a Brāhmaṇa by a Vaiśya woman).
     (4) A man of a lower mixed tribe (the offspring of a Śūdra father by Vaiśya mother).
     -- Comp.
          --kriyā a doctor's profession, prac tice of medicine.
          --nāthaḥ 1. N. of Dhanvantari. --2. of Śiva.

vaidyakaḥ A doctor, physician. --kaṃ The science of medicine.

vaidyuta a. (tī f.) [vidyuta idaṃ aṇ] Belonging to or proceeding from lightning, electric; vṛkṣasya vaidyuta ivāgnirupasthito'yaṃ V. 5 16, U. 5. 13.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ, --analaḥ, --vahniḥ the fire of lightning.

vaidha a. (dhī f.), vaidhika a. (kī f.) [vidhita āgataḥ aṇ ṭhak vā]
     (1) Conformable to rule, settled, fixed, ritual.
     (2) Legal, lawful.

vaidharmyam
     (1) Dissimilarity, difference.
     (2) Difference of characteristic qualities.
     (3) Difference of duty or obligation.
     (4) Contrariety.
     (5) Unlawfulness, impropriety, injustice.
     (6) Heterodoxy.

vaidhavaḥ N. of Budha.

vaidhaveyaḥ The son of a widow.

vaidhavya Widowhood; Ku. 4. 1, M. 5.

vaidhuryam
     (1) Bereavement.
     (2) Agitation, tremor.

vaidhṛtaṃ, vaidhṛti f. N. of a particular position of the sun and moon (yoga), considered as very inauspicious and malignant.

vaidheya a. (yī f.)
     (1) According to rule, prescribed.
     (2) Foolish, silly, stupid. --yaḥ A fool, an idiot: pralapatyeṣa vaidheyaḥ S. 2; sarvatra pramādī vaidhayaḥ V. 2.

vainatakam A vessel for holding or pouring out ghee (in sacrifices).

vainateyaḥ
     (1) N. of Garuḍa; vainateya iva vinatānaṃdanaḥ K.; R. 11. 59, 16. 88; Bg 10. 30.
     (2) N. of Aruṇa.

vaināyika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Pertaining to modesty, decorum, moral conduct, or discipline.
     (2) Enforcing proper conduct. --kaḥ A war-carriage.

vaināyaka a. (kī f.) Belonging to Gaṇeśa; vaināyakyaściraṃ vo vadanavidhutayaḥ pāṃtu cītkāravatyaḥ Māl. 1. 1.

vaināyikaḥ
     (1) The doctrines of a Buddhist school of philosophy.
     (2) A follower of that school.

vaināśikaḥ 1 A slave.
     (2) A spider.
     (3) An astrologer.
     (4) The doctrines of the Buddhists.
     (5) A follower of those doctrines. --kaṃ The twenty-third asterism from that under which any one is born.

vainītaka See vinītaka.

vaiparītyam
     (1) Contrariety, opposition.
     (2) Inconsistency.

vaipulyam
     (1) Spaciousness, largeness.
     (2) Plenty, abundance.

vaiphalyam Uselessness, fruitlessness.

vaibodhikaḥ
     (1) A watchman.
     (2) Especially, one who awakens sleepers by announcing the time; vaibodhikadhvanivibhāvitapaścimārdhā (rātriḥ) Ki. 9. 74.

vaibhavam
     (1) Greatness, glory, grandeur, magnificence, splendour, wealth.
     (2) Power, might; mahatāṃ hi dhairyamaviciṃtyavaibhavaṃ Ki. 12. 3.

vaibhāṣika a. (kī f.) Optional.

vaibhram The heaven of Viṣṇu.

vaibhrājam N. of a celestial grove or garden.

vaimatyam
     (1) Dissension, dissent.
     (2) Dislike, aversion.

vaimanasyam
     (1) Distraction of mind, mental depression, sorrow, sadness; S. 6.
     (2) Sickness.

vaimātraḥ, vaimātreyaḥ A stepmother's son.

vaimātrā, vaimātrī, vaimātreyī A stepmother's daughter.

vaimānika a. (kī f.) Borne in divine cars; vaimānikānāṃ marutāmapaśyat R. 6. 1. --kaḥ An aeronaut.

vaimuktam Liberation, emancipation.

vaimukhyam
     (1) Turning away the face, flight, retreat.
     (2) Aversion, disgust.

vaimeyaḥ Exchange, barter.

vaiyagraṃ, vaiyagryam 1 Distraction, perplexity, bewilderment.
     (2) Exclusive devotion, complete absorption in any object; tadanuguṇavidhau yacca vaiyagryamāsati Mv. 7. 38.

vaiyarthyam Uselessness, unproductiveness; sakhe vaiyarthyamiva cakṣuṣaḥ U. 2.

vaiyadhikaraṇyam The state of being in different case-relations or positions; see vyadhikaraṇa.

vaiyākaraṇa a. (ṇī f.) [vyākaraṇaṃ vettyadhīte vā aṇ] Grammatical. --ṇaḥ A grammarian; vaiyākaraṇakirātādapaśabdamṛgāḥ kva yāṃtu saṃtrastāḥ Subhāṣ.
     -- Comp.
          --pāśaḥ a bad grammarian.
          --bhāryaḥ one whose wife is a gram marian.

vaiyāghra a. (ghrī f.)
     (1) Tiger-like.
     (2) Covered with a tiger's skin. --ghraḥ A cart covered with a tiger's skin.

vaiyātyam
     (1) Boldness, immodesty, absence of shame; anyadā bhūṣaṇaṃ puṃsāṃ kṣamā lajjeva yoṣitāṃ . parākramaḥ paribhave vaiyātyaṃ surateṣviva Śi. 2. 44.
     (2) Rudeness in general.

vaiyāsikaḥ A son of Vyasa.

vaiyuṣṭa a. Early, occurring at daybreak.

vairam [vīrasya bhāvaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Hostility, enmity, animosity, spite, grudge, opposition, quarrel; dānena vairāṇyapi yāṃti nāśaṃ Subhāṣ.; ajñātahṛdayeṣvevaṃ vairībhavati sauhṛdaṃ S. 5. 24 'turns into enmity'; vidhāya vairaṃ sāmarṣe naro'rau ya udāsate . prākṣiṇyodarciṣaṃ kakṣe śerate te'bhimārutaṃ Śi. 2. 42.
     (2) Hatred, revenge.
     (3) Heroism, prowess.
     -- Comp.
          --anubaṃdhaḥ commencement of hostilities.
          --anubaṃdhin a. leading to enmity. (-m.) 1. the heating solar ray. --2. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --ātaṃkaḥ the Arjuna tree.
          --ānṛṇyaṃ, --uddhāraḥ, niryātanaṃ, --pratikriyā, --pratīkāraḥ, --yātanā, --śuddhiḥ f.,
          --sādhanaṃ requital of enmity, taking revenge, retaliation.
          --karaḥ, --kāraḥ, --kṛt m. an enemy.
          --bhāvaḥ hostile attitude.
          --rakṣin a. guarding against hostilities.

vairāyate Den. A. To act inimically, become hostile towards, contend with.

vairaktaṃ --ktyam [viraktasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Indifference to worldly attachments, absence of desire.
     (2) Displeasure, dislike, aversion.

vairaṃgikaḥ [viraṃgaṃ virāgaṃ nityamarhati ṭhak] One who has subdued all his passions and desires, an ascetic.

vairalyam
     (1) Scarceness, rareness.
     (2) Looseness.
     (3) Fineness.

vairāgam See vairāgya.

vairāgikaḥ, vairāgin m. An ascetic who has subdued all his passions and desires.

vairāgyam [virāgasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Absence of worldly desires or passions, indifference to the world, asceticism; abhyāsena ca kauṃteya vairāgyeṇa ca gṛhyate Bg. 6. 35, 13. 8.
     (2) Dissatistaction, displeasure, discontent; kāmaṃ prakṛtivairāgyaṃ sadyaḥ śamayituṃ kṣamaḥ R. 17. 55.
     (3) Aversion, dislike.
     (4) Grief, sorrow.

vairāja a. (jī f.) Belonging to Brahman; U. 2. 12.

vairāṭa a. (ṭī f.) [virāṭasyedaṃ aṇ] Belonging to Virāṭa. --ṭaḥ A kind of earth-worm (iṃdragopa).

vairin a. [vairamastyasya ini] Hostile, inimical. --m.
     (1) An enemy; śaurye vairiṇi vajramāśu nipatatvartho'stu naḥ kevalaṃ Bh. 2. 39; Bg. 3. 37; R. 12. 104.
     (2) A hero, brave person.

vairūpyam [virūpasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Deformity, ugliness; R. 12. 40.
     (2) Difference or diversity of form.

vairocanaḥ, vairocaniḥ, vairociḥ
     (1) Epithets of the demon Bali, son of Virochana.
     (2) Of the son of Agni.
     (3) Of the son of Sūrya.

vailakṣaṇyam [vilakṣaṇasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Strangeness.
     (2) Contrariety, opposition.
     (3) Difference, disparity.

vailakṣyam [vilakṣsya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Embarrassment, confusion.
     (2) Unnaturalness, affectation; vailakṣyasmitaṃ 'a forced or affected smile'.
     (3) Shame.
     (4) Absence of any mark or characteristic.
     (5) Contrariety, inversion.

vailomyam Opposition, inversion, contrariety.

vailva a. See bailva.

vaivadhikaḥ 1 A pedlar, hawker.
     (2) A carrier of loads on a pole.

vaivarṇyam [vivarṇasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Change of colour or complexion, paleness.
     (2) Difference, diversity.
     (3) Deviation from caste.

vaivartam Revolution, change of existence.

vaivasvataḥ [vivasvato'patyaṃ aṇ]
     (1) N. of the seventh Manu who is supposed to preside over the present age; see under Manu; vaivasvato manurnāma mānanīyo manīṣiṇāṃ R. 1. 11; U. 6. 18.
     (2) N. of Yama; R. 15. 45.
     (3) N. of Agni.
     (4) One of the eleven Rudras.
     (5) The planet Saturn. --taṃ The present age or Manvantara, as presided over by Manu Vaivasvata or the seventh Manu.

vaivasvatī
     (1) The southern quarter.
     (2) N. of Yamunā.

vaivāhika a. (kī f.) [vivāhāya hitaṃ sadhu vā ṭhak] Relating to marriage, matrimonial, nuptial; Ku. 7. 2. --kaḥ --kaṃ A marriage, wedding. --kaḥ The father of a son's wife or daughter's husband.

vaiśadyam
     (1) Clearness, purity (fig. also).
     (2) Perspicuity; as in śiṣyabu ddhivaiśadyārthaṃ.
     (3) Whiteness.
     (4) Calmness, composure (of mind).

vaiśaṃpāyanaḥ N. of a celebrated pupil of Vyāsa. [It was he who made Yājṇavalkya disgorge the whole of the Yajurveda he had learnt from him which was picked up by his other pupils in the form of Tittiris or partridges; and hence the Veda was called 'Taittirīya'. Vaiśampāyana was celebrated for his great skill in narrating Purāṇas, and is said to have recounted the whole of the Mahābhārata to king Janamejaya].

vaiśasam
     (1) Destruction, slaughter, butchery; vidhinā kṛtamardhavaiśasaṃ Ku. 4. 31; U. 4. 24, 6. 40.
     (2) Distress, torment, pain, suffering, hardship; uparādhavaiśasaṃ Mu. 2; dhigucchvasitavaiśasaṃ Māl. 9. 35.

vaiśastram
     (1) Defencelessness.
     (2) Government, rule.

vaiśākhaḥ
     (1) N. of the second lunar month (corresponding to AprilMay).
     (2) A churning-stick; drutatarakaradakṣāḥ kṣiptavaiśākhaśaile ... kalaśimudadhigurvī vallavā loḍayati Śi. 11. 8. --khaṃ A kind of attitude in shooting; see viśakha. --khī The full-moon day in the month of Vaiśākha.

vaiśāradyam Skill, cleverness, proficiency.

vaiśika a. Practised by harlots; vaiśikīṃ kalāṃ Mk. 1. 4 'arts practised by harlots'. --kaḥ A person who associates with harlots; a kind of hero in erotic works. --kaṃ Harlotry, arts of harlots.

vaiśiṣṭam = vaiśiṣṭya below.

vaiśiṣṭyam
     (1) Distinction, difference.
     (2) Peculiarity, speciality, particularity; vaiñciṣṭyādanyamarthaṃ yābodhayetsārthasaṃbhavā S. D. 27.
     (3) Excellence; S. D. 78.
     (4) Possession or endowment with some characteristic attribute.

vaiśoṣaka a. (kī f.)
     (1) Characteristic.
     (2) Belonging to the Vaiśeṣika doctrine. --kaḥ A follower of the Vaiśeṣika doctrine. --kaṃ [viśeṣaṃ padārthamedamadhikṛtya kṛto graṃthaḥ ṭhañ] One of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy founded by Kaṇāda; it differs from the Nyāya philosophy of Gautama in that it recognizes only seven instead of sixteen categories or heads of predicables (the earlier writers, e. g. Kaṇāda recognizing only six), and lays particular stress upon Viśeṣa.

vaiśeṣyam 1 Excellence, pre-eminence, superiority.
     (2) Specific or generic distinction.

vaiśyaḥ A man of the third tribe, his business being trade and agriculture; viśatyāśu paśubhyaśca kṛṣyādāvaruciḥ śuciḥ . vedādhyayanasaṃpannaḥ sa vaiśya iti saṃjñitaḥ Padma Purāṇa. (He is supposed to have sprung from the thighs of Purusha; cf. ūrū tadasya yadvaiśyaḥ Rv. 10. 90).
     -- Comp.
          --karman n.
          --vṛttiḥ f. the business or occupation of a Vaiśya; trade, agriculture &c.

vaiśravaṇaḥ 1 N. of Kubera, the god of wealth; vibhāti yasyāṃ lalitālakāyāṃ manoharā vaiśravaṇasya lakṣmīḥ Bv. 2. 10.
     (2) N. of Rāvaṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --ālayaḥ, --āvāsaḥ 1. the abode of Kubera. --2. the fig-tree.
          --udayaḥ the fig tree.

vaiśvadeva a. (vī f.) Belonging to the Viśvedevas, q. v. --vaṃ [viśvebhyo devebhyo deyo baliḥ aṇ]
     (1) An offering made to the Viśvedevas.
     (2) An offering to all deities (made by presenting oblations to fire before meals). --vī The eighth day of the second half of Māgha.

vaiśvānara a. (rī f.) Relating or common to all mankind, fit for all men. --raḥ
     (1) An epithet of fire; tvattaḥ khāṃḍavaraṃgatāṃḍavanaṭo dūre'stu vaiśvānaraḥ Bv. 1. 57.
     (2) The fire of digestion (in the stomach); ahaṃ vaiśvānaro bhūtvā prāṇināṃ dehamāśritaḥ . prāṇāpānasamāyuktaḥ pacāmyannaṃ caturbidhaṃ Bg. 15. 14.
     (3) General consciousness (in Vedānta phil.).
     (4) The Supreme Being.
     (5) The Chitraka tree.

vaiśvāsika a. (kī f.) Trusty, confidential.

vaiṣamyam [viṣamasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Unevenness.
     (2) Roughness, harshness.
     (3) Inequality.
     (4) Injustice.
     (5) Difficulty, misery, calamity.
     (6) Solitariness.

vaiṣayika a. (kī f.) [viṣayeṇa nirvṛttaḥ ṭhak]
     (1) Relating to an object.
     (2) Pertaining to objects of sense, sensual, carnal. --kaḥ A sensualist, voluptuary.

vaiṣuvat a. (tī f.) Relating to the equinox, equinoctial.

vaiṣṭutam The ashes of a burnt offering.

vaiṣṭraḥ
     (1) Heaven, sky.
     (2) Air, wind.
     (3) A world, a division of the universe.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu.

vaiṣṇava a. (vī f.) [viṣṇurdevatāsya tasyedaṃ vā aṇ]
     (1) Relating to Viṣṇu; gāṃ gatasya tava dhāma vaiṣṇavaṃ R. 11. 85.
     (2) Worshipping Viṣṇu. --vaḥ
     (1) One of the three important modern Hindu sects, the other two being Śaiva and Śākta sects.
     (2) N. of the asterism Śravaṇa. --vī
     (1) The personified Śakti or energy of Viṣṇu.
     (2) N. of Durgā. --vaṃ
     (1) The residence of Viṣṇu; i. e. vaikuṃṭha.
     (2) The ashes of a burnt offering.
     -- Comp.
          --purāṇaṃ N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas.

vaisāriṇaḥ A fish.

vaisūcanam Assuming the part of a female by a man (in dramas).

vaihāyasa a. (sī f.) Being in the air, aerial.

vaihārya a. To be sported with, to be made the subject of jokes or pleasantry (said of the brother of one's wife or of the wife's relatives in general).

vaihāsikaḥ
     (1) A jester, buffoon.
     (2) An actor in general.

voḍraḥ
     (1) A kind of snake.
     (2) A kind of fish.

voḍrī The fourth part of a Paṇa, q. v.

voḍhṛ m.
     (1) A bearer, porter.
     (2) A leader.
     (3) A husband.
     (4) A bull.
     (5) A charioteer.
     (6) A draught-horse.

voṃṭaḥ A stalk, stem.

voda a. Moist, wet, damp.

vodālaḥ The sheat-fish.

vora(la)kaḥ  A scribe, writer.

voraṭaḥ A kind of jasmine (kuṃda).

volaḥ Gum-myrrh.

vollāhaḥ A kind of horse.

vauddha a. See bauddha.

vauṣaṭ ind. An exclamation or formula used in offering an oblation to the gods or Manes.

vya A technical term for indeclinables such as ni, cit &c.

vyaḥ A cover, veil.

vyaṃśaka a. Undressed, naked; Ki. 9. 24.

vyaṃśukaḥ A mountain.

vyaṃs 10 U.
     (1) To divide, distribute.
     (2) To foil, ward off.
     (3) To deceive, cheat.

vyaṃsakaḥ A rogue, cheat; as in mayūravyaṃsakaḥ 'a roguish peacock', 'a rogue of a peacock'.

vyaṃsanam
     (1) Cheating, deceiving.
     (2) Distributing.

vyagra a. [vigatamagraṃ yasya]
     (1) Bewildered, perplexed, distracted.
     (2) Alarmed, frightened.
     (3) Eagerly or intently occupied (with loc., instr. or in comp.); sa rājakakudavyagrapāṇibhiḥ pārśvavartibhiḥ R. 17. 27, Mv. 1. 13, 4. 28, Ku. 7. 2, U. 1. 23 Bv. 1. 123; Śi. 2. 79. --graḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

vyaṃga a. [vigatamaṃgaṃ yasya]
     (1) Bodiless.
     (2) Wanting a limb, deformed, mutilated, maimed, crippled.
     (3) Illarranged.
     (4) Lame. --gaḥ
     (1) A cripple.
     (2) A frog.
     (3) Dark spots on the cheek.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ suggested or implied sense; cf vyaṃgya.

vyaṃgayati Den. P. To mutilate, cripple, maim.

vyaṃgitā Mutilation; Pt. 1. 201.

vyaṃgulam An extremely small mea sure of length equal to one-sixtieth part of an angula.

vyaṃgya a.
     (1) Indicated by implication, indicated by covert or indirect allusion.
     (2) Suggested (as sense). --gyaṃ Suggested sense, insinuation, the meaning hinted at (opp. vācya 'the primary or expressed meaning', and lakṣya 'the secondary or indicated meaning'); idamuttamamatiśayini vyaṃgye vācyād dhvanirbudhaiḥ kathitaḥ K. P. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. covert expression, insinuation, inuendo.

vyac 6 P. (vicati, pass. vicyate)
     (1) To cheat, deceive, trick.
     (2) To surround, encompass, pervade.

vyacas n. Ved. Expanse, vastness.

vyajaḥ A fan.

vyajanam A fan; nirvāte vyajanaṃ H. 2. 165; R. 8. 40, 10. 62; cf. bālavyajana.

vyaṃj 7 P.
     (1) To reveal, manifest, show; akiṃcanatvaṃ makhajaṃ vyanakti R. 5. 16; Śi. 1. 26.
     (2) To indicate, denote.
     (3) Ved. To anoint thoroughly.
     (4) Ved. To decorate, adorn.

vyakta p. p.
     (1) Manifested, displayed.
     (2) Developed, created; Ku. 2. 11.
     (3) Evident, manifest, clear, plain, distinct, clearly visible; Pt. 2. 92.
     (4) Specified, known, distinguished.
     (5) Individual.
     (6) Wise, learned.
     (7) Ved. Adorned, decorated. --ktaḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --ktaṃ That which is developed as the product of avyakta q. v. --ktaṃ ind. Clearly, evidently, certainly.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṇitaṃ arith metic.
          --dṛṣṭārthaḥ an eyewitness, a witness in general.
          --rāśiḥ a known quantity.
          --rūpaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --vikrama a. displaying valour.

vyaktiḥ f.
     (1) Manifestation, visibility; clear perception; rājñaḥ samakṣamevādhagottaravyaktirbhaviṣyati M. 1; stehavyāktiḥ Me. 12.
     (2) Visible appearance, clearness, distinctness; vyaktiṃ bhajaṃtyāpagāḥ S. 7. 8.
     (3) Distinction, discrimination; taṃ saṃtaḥ śrotumarhaṃti sadasadvyaktihetavaḥ R. 1. 10.
     (4) Real form or nature, true character; na hi te bhagavan vyaktiṃ vidurdevā na dānavāḥ Bg. 10. 14.
     (5) An individual (opp. jāti), as in jātivyaktī; Bg. 8. 18.
     (6) Gender (in gram.).
     (7) Inflection.

vyaktīkṛ 8 U. To make clear, show, manifest.

vyaktībhū 1 P. To become distinct or clear, become clearly visible.

vyaṃjaka a. (jikā f.)
     (1) Making clear, indicating, showing, manifesting.
     (2) Suggesting or insinuating a meaning (as a word, opp. vācaka and lākṣaṇika q. q. v. v.). --kaḥ
     (1) Dramatic action or gesture, external indication of an internal feeling by suitable gesticulation.
     (2) A sign, symbol.
     (3) Figurative expression or insinuation.

vyaṃjanam
     (1) Making clear, indicating, manifesting.
     (2) A mark, token, sign.
     (3) A reminder; Māl. 9.
     (4) Disguise, garb; nānāvyaṃjanāḥ praṇidhayaḥ Mu. 1; Śi. 2. 56; tapasvivyaṃjanopetāḥ &c.
     (5) A consonant.
     (6) A mark of the sex, i. e. the male or female organ.
     (7) Insignla.
     (8) A mark or sign of puberty.
     (9) The beard. (10) A limb, member.
     (11)
          (a) A condiment, sauce, a seasoned article; N. 16. 104.
          (b) An article used in seasoning food, spices &c.
     (12) The last of the three powers of a word by virtue of which it suggests or insinuates a sense; see aṃjana-nā
     (8) (written vyaṃjanā also in this sense).
     (14) A day.
     (15) A privy part.
     -- Comp.
          --udaya a. followed by a consonant.
          --saṃdhiḥ the junction or coalition of consonants.

vyaṃjanā
     (1) See vyaṃjana
     (12) above.
     (2) Irony, sarcasm.
     (3) Insinuation.
     -- Comp.
          --vṛttiḥ f. insinuation, figurative or elliptical mode of expression.

vyaṃjita p. p.
     (1) Made clear, manifested, indicated.
     (2) Marked, distinguished, characterized.
     (3) Suggested, insinuated.

vyaḍaṃbakaḥ, vyaḍaṃbanaḥ The castor-oil plant.

vyatikṝ 6 P. To mix, blend, scatter (usually in pass.).

vyatikara a.
     (1) Reciprocal.
     (2) Spreading, pervading.
     (3) Contiguous, near. --raḥ
     (1) Mixture, intermixture, mixing, blending together; tīrthe toyavyatikarabhave jahnukanyāsarayvoḥ R. 8. 95; vyatikara iva bhīmastāmaso vaidyutaśca U. 5. 13; Māl. 9. 52.
     (2) Contact, union, combination; rudreṇedamumākṛtavyatikare svāṃge vibhaktaṃ dvidhā M. 1. 4; Māl. 7, Śi. 4. 53, 7. 28.
     (3) Striking against; Mal. 5. 34.
     (4) Obstruction; Ku. 5. 85.
     (5) An incident, occurrence, affair, a thing, matter; evaṃvidhe vyatikare 'such being the case.'
     (6) An opportunity.
     (7) Misfortune, calamity.
     (8) Mutual relation, reciprocity.
     (9) Exchange, interchange. (10) Alternation.

vyatikarita a. Pervaded, filled; Māl. 2. 9.

vyatikarṇi p. p.
     (1) Mixed or blended together.
     (2) United.

vyatikram 1 U.
     (1) To transgress, violate, offend against; Pt 1. 56.
     (2) To neglect, omit.
     (3) To pass, spend (time).
     (4) To pass over or beyond.

vyatiyu 2 P. To mix; anyonyaṃ sma vyatiyutaḥ śabdāñ śabdaistu bhīṣaṇān Bk. 8. 6.

vyatikramaḥ
     (1) Transgressing, deviating, swerving.
     (2) Violation, breach, non-performance; as in sāṃvidvyatikramaḥ; pratibaghnāti hi śreyaḥ pūjyapūjāvyatikramaḥ R. 1. 79.
     (3) Disregard, neglect, omission.
     (4) Contrariety, inversion, reverse.
     (5) Sin, vice, crime.
     (6) Adversity, misfortune.

vyatikrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Passed over, transgressed, violated, neglected.
     (2) Inverted, reversed.
     (3) Elapsed, passed away (as time).

vyatiric Pass.
     (1) To differ or be separate from.
     (2) To surpass, excel; lie beyond; stutibhyo vyatiricyaṃte dūrāṇi caritāni te R. 10. 30. See vyatirikta below.

vyatirikta p. p.
     (1) Separated or distinct from; avyatirikteyamasmaccharīrāt K., Ku. 1. 31, 5. 22.
     (2) Surpassing, excelling, going beyond.
     (3) Withdrawn, withheld.
     (4) Excepted --ktaṃ ind. With the exception of, except, without.

vyatirekaḥ
     (1) Distinction, difference.
     (2) Separation from.
     (3) Exclusion, exception.
     (4) Excellence, surpassing, excelling.
     (5) Contrast, dissimilarity.
     (6) (In logic) Logical discontinuance (opp. anvaya q. v.); yatra sādhyābhāvastatra hetvabhāva iti vyatirekavyāptiḥ (e. g. yatra vahnirnāsti tatra dhūmo nāsti is an instance of vyatirekavyāpti).
     (7) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech which consists in representing the Upameya as superior to the Upamana in some particular respects; upamānādyadanyasya vyatirekaḥ sa eva saḥ K. P. 10. (vyatirekeṇa means 'except, without'; vyatireke 'on the contrary supposition.').
     -- Comp.
          --vyāpti see vyatireka
     (6) above.

vyatirekin a.
     (1) Different.
     (2) Surpassing, excelling.
     (3) Excluding, excepting.
     (4) Showing negation or non-existence; as in vyatirokiliṃgaṃ; see vyatireka
     (6) above.

vyatiṣaṃj 1 P.
     (1) To link together, connect mutually; vyatiṣajati padārthānāṃtaraḥ ko'pi hetuḥ U. 6. 12.
     (2) To change (Atm.).

vyatiṣakta p. p.
     (1) Mutually connected or related, linked or joined together.
     (2) Intermixed.
     (3) Inter marrying.

vyatiṣagaḥ 1 Mutual relation, reciprocal connection.
     (2) Intermixture.
     (3) Union, junction in general.
     (4) Fastening or tying together.

vyati(tī)hāraḥ
     (1) Exchange, barter.
     (2) Reciprocity, interchange; R. 12. 93.
     (3) Exchange of blows, abuse, &c.

vyatī 2 P. (vyati-i)
     (1) To go out of, swerve from, transgress; rekhāmātramapi kṣuṇṇādā manorvartmanaḥ paraṃ . na vyatīyuḥ prajāstasya niyaṃturnemivṛttayaḥ .. R. 1. 17.
     (2) To pass, elapse (as time); sapta vyatīyustriguṇāni tasya (dināni) R. 2. 25; vyatīte kāle &c
     (3) To pass beyond, leave behind; yaṃ yaṃ vyatīyāya patiṃvarā sā R. 6. 67.
     (4) To surpass, excel.
     (5) To neglect, omit.

vyatīta p. p. 1 Passed, gone, elapsed, passed over; R. 5. 14.
     (2) Dead.
     (3) Left, abandoned, departed from.
     (4) Disregarded, omitted.

vyatyayaḥ 1 Passing over.
     (2) Opposition, contrariety.
     (3) Inverted order, inversion.
     (4) Interchange, transmutation.
     (5) Obstruction, hindrance; Pt. 4. 57.

vyatīpātaḥ 1 Total departure, complete deviation.
     (2) Any great portentous calamity, or a portent foreboding a great calamity.
     (3) Disrespect, contempt.
     (4) The seventeenth of the as tronomical Yogas.
     (5) The day of full-moon (when it falls on a Monday).
     (6) A malignant or evil aspect of the sun and moon (considered to be inauspicious for the performance of any action).

vyatyas I. 2 A. (vyatihe, vyatise, vyatiste) To excel, surpass, be above or superior to, outweigh; anyo vyatiste tu mamāpi dharmaḥ Bk. 2. 35. --II. 4. P. To invert, reverse, change upside down; see vyatyasta below.

vyatyasta p. p.
     (1) Reversed, inverted.
     (2) Contrary, opposite.
     (3) Incoherent; vyatyastaṃ lapati Bv. 2. 84.
     (4) Crossed, placed crosswise; vyatyastapādaḥ, vyatyastabhujaḥ &c.

vyatyāsaḥ 1 Inverted position or order.
     (2) Opposition, contrariety.

vyath 1 A. (vyathate, vyathita)
     (1) To be sorry, to be pained, vexed or afflicted, be agitated or disquieted; viśvaṃbharāpi nāma vyathate iti jitamapatyasnehena U. 7; na vivyathe tasya manaḥ Ki. 1. 2, 24.
     (2) To be disturbed, be ruffled or agitated; vyathitasiṃdhumanīraśanaiḥ śanaiḥ Ki. 5. 11.
     (3) To tremble.
     (4) To be afraid.
     (5) To dry, become dry. --Caus. (vyathayati-te)
     (1) To pain, distress, vex, annoy; U. 1. 28.
     (2) To frustrate, mar.
     (3) To frighten, terrify.
     (4) To lead or turn away. --WITH pra to be excessively vexed; Bg. 11. 20.

vyathaka a. (thikā f.) Painful, distressing; Ki. 2. 4.

vyathanam
     (1) Giving pain, tormenting.
     (2) (In Ved. gram.) Change, variation.

vyathā [vyath-bhāve-aṅ]
     (1) Pain, agony, anguish; tāṃ ca vyathāṃ prasavakālakṛtāmavāpya U. 4. 23, 1. 12.
     (2) Fear, alarm, anxiety: svaṃtamityalaghayatsa tadvyathāṃ R. 11. 62.
     (3) Agitation, disquietude.
     (4) Disease.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. painful, troublesome, hurtful.

vyathita p. p.
     (1) Afflicted, distressed, pained.
     (2) Alarmed.
     (3) Agitated, disquieted, troubled.

vyadh 4 P. (vidhyati, viddha)
     (1) To pierce, hurt, strike, stab, kill; yūnāṃ manāṃsi vivyādha dṛṣṭvā dṛṣṭvā manobhavaḥ H. 2. 111; akṣitārāsu vivyādha dviṣataḥ sa tanutriṇaḥ Śi. 19. 99; viddhamātraḥ R. 5. 51, 9. 60, 14. 70; Bk. 5. 52, 9. 66, 15. 69.
     (2) To bore, perforate, pierce through.
     (3) To pick.
     (4) To wave or brandish in triumph (as the tail &c.).

vyadhaḥ [vyadh-ac]
     (1) Piercing, splitting, hitting; Śi. 7. 24.
     (2) Smiting, wounding, striking.
     (3) Perforating.
     (4) A stroke, wound. --dhā Bleeding.

vyadhikaraṇam Subsisting in different receptacles or substrata; (as in vyadhikaraṇabahuvrīhi which means 'a Bahuvrīhi compound, the first member of which is not in apposition, or stands in a different caserelation, to the second, in the dissolution of the compound; e. g. cakrapāṇiḥ, caṃdramauliḥ &c.)

vyadhyaḥ A butt, target, a mark to aim at.

vyadhvaḥ A bad or wrong road.

vyanunādaḥ Reverberation, loud echo.

vyaṃtaraḥ A spirit, a kind of supernatural being; asmākaṃ kaścid vyaṃtaraḥ siddhaḥ Pt. 5.

vyap 10 U. (vyāpayati-te)
     (1) To throw.
     (2) To diminish, waste, decrease.

vyapakṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To draw away.
     (2) To lead astray, seduce.
     (3) To remove, take away.

vyapakṛṣṭa p. p. Drawn aside, taken away, removed.

vyapagam 1 P.
     (1) To go away, retire, retreat.
     (2) To disappear, vanish.

vyapagata p. p.
     (1) Gone away, departed, disappeared; mado me vya gataḥ Bh. 2. 8; Me. 76.
     (2) Removed.
     (3) Fallen away from, deprived of, free from.

vyapagamaḥ Departure, disappearance.

vyapatrap 1 A
     (1) To turn away through shame.
     (2) To be ashamed, feel ashamed.

vyapatrapa a. Shameless, impudent.

vyapadiś 6 P.
     (1) To name, call; vyapadiśyase jagati vikramītyataḥ Śi. 15. 28.
     (2) To name or call falsely; mitraṃ ca māṃ vyapadiśasyaparaṃ ca yāsi Mk. 4. 9.
     (3) To speak of, profess; janmeṃdorvimale kule vyapadiśasi Ve. 6. 7.
     (4) To pretend, feign; Mv. 2. 11.
     (5) To indicate, show.
     (6) To signify, mean, denote.

vyapadiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Named.
     (2) Shown, represented, signified.
     (3) Pleaded as a pretext or excuse.

vyapadeśaḥ
     (1) Representation, information, notice.
     (2) Designation by name, naming.
     (3) A name, an appellation, a title; evaṃvyapadeśabhājaḥ U. 6.
     (4) A family, race; atha kosya vyapadeśaḥ S. 7; vyapadeśamāvilayituṃ kimīhase janamimaṃ ca pātayituṃ S. 5. 21.
     (5) Fame, reputation, renown.
     (6) A trick, pretext, excuse, device.
     (7) Fraud, craft.
     (8) Concealment, dissimulation; Mal. 7.

vyapadeṣṭṛ m. A cheat, an impostor.

vyaparuh Caus.
     (1) To eradicate, extirpate.
     (2) To remove.
     (3) To deprive of.

vyaparopaṇam
     (1) Extirpating, uprooting.
     (2) Expelling, removing, driving away.
     (3) Cutting off, tearing out, plucking; cukopa tasmai sa bhṛśaṃ surastriyaḥ prasahyakeśavyaparopaṇādiva R. 3. 56.

vyapavṛt 1 A
     (1) To return, turn back; cetaḥ kathaṃ kathamapi vya pavartate me Māl. 1. 18.
     (2) To desist from, leave; U. 5. 8.

vyapavartanam Return.

vyapākṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Expelling, driving away.
     (2) Denial.

vyapāyaḥ End, disappearance, close; Ku. 3. 33, R. 3. 37.

vyapāśrayaḥ
     (1) Succession.
     (2) Taking refuge with, having rec ourse to, trusting to; Bg. 3. 18.
     (3) Depending on; dharmo rāmavyapāśrayaḥ Rām.
     (4) Expectation.

vyape 2 P.
     (1) To depart or deviate from, be free from; vyapetamadamatsaraḥ Y. 1. 268; smṛtyācāravyapetena mārgeṇa 2. 5.
     (2) To go away, separate, part asunder; sametya ca vyapeyātāṃ H. 4. 69; Ms 9. 142; 11. 98.

vyapeta p. p.
     (1) Separated, severed.
     (2) Gone away, departed; oft. in comp.; vyapetakalmaṣa, vyapetabhī, vyapetaharṣa &c.
     (3) Contrary, opposed to.

vyapekṣ 1 A.
     (1) To mind, care for, regard; na vyapaikṣata samutsukāḥ prajāḥ R. 19. 6.
     (2) To expect.

vyapekṣa a.
     (1) Expecting, expectant.
     (2) Eager, attentive.
     (3) Regarding, minding.

vyapekṣā
     (1) Expectation, hope.
     (2) Regard, consideration; R. 8. 24.
     (3) Mutual relation, inter-dependence.
     (4) Mutual regard.
     (5) Application.
     (6) (In gram.) The mutual application of two rules.

vyapekṣaṇam Expecting, expectation.

vyapekṣita p. p.
     (1) Hoped, expected.
     (2) Regarded, minded.
     (3) Mutually connected.
     (4) Employed, applied, used.

vyapoḍha p. p. Expelled, removed.
     (2) Contrary, opposite; Ki. 4. 15.
     (3) Manifested, displayed, shown.

vyapoh 1 P.
     (1) To atone for, expiate.
     (2) To heal, cure.
     (3) To drive away, remove, keep off.

vyapohaḥ Expelling, driving a way, keeping off.

vyabhicar 1 P.
     (1) To go astray, deviate from; as in avyabhicarita sādhyasāmānyādhikaraṇyaṃ vyaptiḥ Tarka. K.
     (2) To transgress against, be faithless to.
     (3) To act crookedly.
     (4) To effend, injure.
     (5) To fail, miscarry.

vyabhi(bhī)cāraḥ
     (1) Going away from, deviation, leaving the right course, following improper courses; maṃtrajñamavyasaninaṃ vyabhicārāvivārjita H. 3. 16, Bg. 14. 26.
     (2) Transgression, violation; Ms. 10. 24.
     (3) Error, crime, sin.
     (4) Separableness.
     (5) Infidelity, faithlessness (of a wife or husband), unchastity; vyabhicārāttu bhartuḥ strī loke prāpnoti garhyatāṃ Ms. 5. 164; vāṅmanaḥ karmabhiḥ patyau vyabhicāroyathā na me R. 15. 81; Y. 1. 72.
     (6) An anomaly, irregularity, exception (to a rule.)
     (7) (In logic) A fallacious hetu, the presence of the hetu without the sādhya; hetoḥ sādhyābhāvavadvṛttitvaṃ vyabhicāraḥ Tarka. K.

vyabhicāriṇī An unchaste wife, adulteress.

vyabhicārin a.
     (1) Straying or deviating from, going astray, erring, trespassing.
     (2) Irregular, anomalous.
     (3) Untrue, false; see avyābhacāran.
     (4) Faithless, unchaste, adulterous.
     (5) Profligate, wanton.
     (6) Departing from its usual meaning, having several secondary meanings (as a word) --m. vyabhicāribhāvaḥ A transitory feeling. an accessory (opp. sthāyana or sthāyibhāva q. v.). (Though like the Sthāyibhavas these accessories do not form a necessary substratum of any rasa, still they act as feeders to the prevailing sentiment, and strengthen it in various ways, whether openly or covertly. They are said to be 33 or 34 in number; for an enumeration of these, see K. P. 4 Kārikās 31--34, S. D 169; or R. G. first Ānana; cf. vibhāva and sthāyibhāva also).

vyay I. 10 U. (vyayayati-te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To expend, give away, bestow. --II. 1 U. (vyayati-te) To go, move. --III. 10 U. (vyāyayati-te, also vyāpayati-te)
     (1) To throw, cast.
     (2) To drive.

vyaya a. Liable to change, mutable, perishable; cf. avyaya. --yaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Loss, disappearance, destruction; āpādyate na vyayamaṃtarāyaiḥ kaccinmaharṣestravidhaṃ tapaspat R. 5. 5, 12. 23.
          (b) Cost, sacrifice; prāṇavyayenāpi mayā vidheyaḥ Māl. 4. 5. Ku. 3. 23.
     (2) Hindrance, obstacle; bhūyastapovyayo mā bhūt R. 15. 37.
     (3) Decay, decline, overthrow, downfall.
     (4) Expenditure, expense, outlay, spending, applying to use (opp. āya); āye duḥkha vyaye duḥkha dhigarthāḥ kaṣṭasaṃśrayāḥ Pt. 1. 163; āyadhikaṃ vyayaṃ karoti 'he lives beyond his means'; R. 5. 12, 15. 3; Ms. 9. 11.
     (5) Extravagance, prodigality.
     -- Comp.
          --para a. lavish in expenditure; Pt. 5. 61.
          --parāṅmukha a. stingy, niggardly.
          --śīla a. spendthrift, prodigal.
          --śuddhiḥ f. derfraying of expenses.

vyayanam
     (1) Spending.
     (2) Wasting, destroying.

vyayita p. p.
     (1) Expended, spent.
     (2) Wasted, fallen into decay.

vyartha a. [vigato'rthaḥ prayojanaṃ vā'sya]
     (1) Useless, vain, fruitless, unprofitable; vyarthaṃ yatra kapīṃdrasakhyamapi me U. 3. 45.
     (2) Meaningless, unmeaning, idle.

vyarthaka = vyartha.

vyalīka a.
     (1) False, untrue.
     (2) Offensive, disagreeable, displeasing.
     (3) Not false; Śi. 5. 1.
     (4) Unfit to be done. --kaḥ
     (1) A libertine.
     (2) A catamite. --kaṃ
     (1) Anything disagreeable or displeasing, disagreeableness; itthaṃ giraḥ privatamā iva ro'vyalīkāḥ śuśrāva sūtatanayasya tadā vyalīkāḥ Śi. 5. 1.
     (2) Any cause of grief or uneasiness, pain, sorrow, grief; sutanu hṛdayātpratyādeśavyalīkamapaitu te S. 7. 24; yasminnanaiśvaryakṛtavyalīkaḥ parābhavaṃ prāpa ivāṃtakopi Ki. 3. 19; Ku. 3. 25; R. 4. 87.
     (3) A fault, an offence, a transgression, any improper act; savyalīkamavadhīritakhinnaṃ prasthitaṃ sapadi kopapadena Ki. 9. 45; Śi. 9. 85; evaṃ pratyakṣadṛṣṭavyalīkaḥ kiṃ bravīmi Ratn. 3, 3. 15.
     (4) Fraud, trick, deception; Pt. 1. 120, 242.
     (5) Falsehood.
     (6) Inversion, contrariety.

vyavakalanam
     (1) Separation.
     (2) (In math.) Subtraction, deduction (vyavakalitaṃ also in this sense).

vyavakrośanam
     (1) Wrangling, mutual abuse.
     (2) Abuse in general.

vyavacchid 7 U.
     (1) To cut off, separate, detach from.
     (2) To interrupt.
     (3) To particularize, specify, distinguish.

vyavacchinna p. p.
     (1) Cut off, rent asunder, torn off.
     (2) Separated, divided.
     (3) Particularized, specified.
     (4) Marked, distinguished; śarīraṃ tāvadiṣṭārthavyavacchinnā padāvalī Kāv. 1. 10.
     (5) Interrupetd.

vyavacchedaḥ
     (1) Cutting off, rending asunder.
     (2) Dividing, separating.
     (3) Dissection.
     (4) Part icularizing.
     (8) Distinguishing.
     (6) Contrast, distinction.
     (7) Determination.
     (5) Shooting, letting fly (as an arrow).
     (9) A chapter or section of a work.

vyavadhā 3 U.
     (1) To place between, interpose, intervene; prekṣya sthitāṃ sahacarīṃ vyavadhāya dehaṃ R. 9. 57,
     (2) To hide, conceal, screen; śāpavyavahitasmṛtiḥ S. 5.
     (3) To separate, divide.
     (4) To obstruct, interrupt.
     (5) To neglect, omit, pass over; see vyavahita also.

vyavadhā
     (1) That which intervenes.
     (2) A cover, screen, partition.
     (3) Concealment.

vyavadhānam
     (1) Intervention, interposition, separation.
     (2) Obstruction, hiding from view; dṛṣṭiṃ vimānavyavadhānamuktāṃ punaḥ sahasrārciṣi saṃnidhatte R. 13. 44.
     (3) Concealment, disappearance.
     (4) A screen, partition.
     (5) A cover, covering; śārdūlacarmavyavadhānavatyāṃ Ku. 3. 44.
     (6) Interval, space.
     (7) (In gram.) The intervention of a syllable or letter.

vyavadhāyaka a. (yikā f.)
     (1) Intervening, screening, covering.
     (2) Obstructing, hiding.
     (3) Intermediate.

vyavadhiḥ Covering, intervention &c.; see vyavadhāna.

vyavahita p. p.
     (1) Placed apart.
     (2) Separated by anything intervening; Śi. 2. 85.
     (3) Interrupted, stopped, obstructed, impeded.
     (4) Screened from view, hidden, concealed.
     (5) Not immediately connected.
     (6) Done, performed.
     (7) Passed over, omitted.
     (8) Surpassed, excelled.
     (9) Hostile; opposed.

vyavaso 4 P.
     (1) To strive, endeavour, try, seek, attempt, set about; dhruvaṃ sa nīlotpalapatradhārayā śamīlatāṃ chettumṛṣirvyavasyati S. 1. 18; V. 4.
     (2) To think of, wish, desire; pātuṃ na prathamaṃ vyavasyati jalaṃ yuṣmāsvapīteṣu yā S. 4. 8.
     (3) To exert strenuously, be industrious or diligent.
     (4) To resolve, determine, settle, decide; S. 5. 19.
     (5) To accept, undertake; kaccitsaumya vyavasitamidaṃ baṃdhukṛtyaṃ tvayā me Me. 114.
     (6) To be convinced or persuaded.
     (7) To reflect.

vyavasāyaḥ
     (1) Effort, exertion, energy, industry, perseverance; karotu nāma nītijño vyavasāyamitastataḥ H. 2. 14.
     (2) Resolve, resolution, determination; maṃdīcakāra maraṇavyavasāyabuddhiṃ Ku. 4. 45 'the thought of resolving to die'; Bg. 2. 41, 10. 36.
     (3) An act, action, performance; vyavasāyaḥ pratipattiniṣṭuraḥ R. 8. 65.
     (4)
          (a) Business, employment, trade.
          (b) Following a particular profession or trade.
     (5) Conduct, behaviour.
     (6) Device, stratagem, artifice.
     (7) Boasting.
     (8) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (9) Of Śiva.

vyavasāyin a.
     (1) Energetic, industrious, diligent; Pt. 2. 51.
     (2) Resolute. persevering; Pt. 1. 248.
     (3) Performing, doing, undertaking.
     (4) Engaged in any business or profession. --m. A tradesman, merchant.

vyavasita p. p.
     (1) Endeavoured, attempted; S. 6. 8.
     (2) Undertaken.
     (3) Resolved, determined settled.
     (4) Devised, planned.
     (5) Endeavouring, resolving.
     (6) Persevering, energetic.
     (7) Cheated, deceived. --taṃ Ascertainment, determination.

vyavasthā 1 A.
     (1) To be placed asunder.
     (2) To be arranged in due order.
     (3) To be settled or fixed, become permanent, vacatīyamidaṃ vyavasthitaṃ Ku. 4. 21.
     (4) To rest or depend upon. --Caus.
     (1) To place or rest upon, direct towards; Ku. 7. 75.
     (2) To arrange, manage, adjust.
     (3) To settle, resolve, decree.
     (4) To separate, place apart.
     (5) To do, perform.
     (6) To lay down a rule or law, enact a law.

vyavasthā
     (1) Adjustment, arrangement, settlement; as in varṇāśramavyavasthā.
     (2) Fixity, definiteness; R. 7. 54.
     (3) Fixity, firm basis; ājahatustaccaraṇau pṛthivyāṃ sthalāraviṃdaśriyamavyavasthāṃ Ku. 1. 33.
     (3) Relative position.
     (4) A settled rule, law, statute, decree, decision, legal opinion, written declaration of the law (especially on doubtful points or where contradictory texts have to be properly adjusted).
     (5) An agreement, a contract.
     (6) State, condition.
     (7) State or order of things.
     (8) Separation.

vyavasthānaṃ, vyavasthitiḥ f.
     (1) Arrangement, settlement, determination, decision.
     (2) A rule, statute, decision.
     (3) Steadiness, constancy
     (4) Firmness, perseverance.
     (5) Separation. --naḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

vyavasthāpaka a. (pikā f.)
     (1) Arranging, putting in proper order, adjusting, settling, establishing, deciding.
     (2) One who gives a legal opinion.
     (3) A manager (modern use).

vyavasthāpanam
     (1) Arranging, proper adjustment.
     (2) Fixing, determining, settling, deciding.
     (3) Fixing, placing (in general).

vyavasthāpita p. p. Arranged, settled &c.; kathacidadrestatayā mitākṣaraṃ ciravyavasthāpitavāgabhāṣata Ku. 5. 63.

vyavasthita p. p.
     (1) Placed in order, adjusted, arranged.
     (2) Settled, fixed; kiṃ vyavasthitaviṣayāḥ kṣātradharmāḥ U. 5.
     (3) Decided, determined, declared by law.
     (4) Stood aside, separated.
     (5) Extracted.
     (6) Based on, resting on.
     -- Comp.
          --vibhāṣā a fixed option; vyavasthitavimāṣayā sādhuḥ.

vyavasthiti See vyavasthāna.

vyavahita See under vyavadhā.

vyavahṛ 1 P.
     (1) To deal in any transaction or business.
     (2) To act, behave, deal with (with loc. or by itself); kathaṃ kāryavinimayeta vyavaharati mayyanātmajñaḥ M. 1; bahiḥsarvākārapraguṇaramaṇīyaṃ vyavaharan Māl. 1. 14.
     (3) To go to law, sue (one) in a court of law; arthapatirvyavahartumarthagauravādabhiyokṣyate Dk.
     (4) To manage, transact business; U. 1. 5.
     (5) To regain, recover.
     (6) To distinguish.

vyavarhatṛ m.
     (1) The manager of a business.
     (2) A suer, litigant, plaintiff.
     (3) A judge.
     (4) An associate.

vyavahāraḥ
     (1) Conduct, behaviour, action.
     (2) Affair, business, work.
     (3) Profession, occupation.
     (4) Dealing, transaction.
     (5) Commerce, trade, traffic.
     (6) Dealing in money, usury.
     (7) Usage, custom, an established rule or practice.
     (8) Relation, connection; Pt. 1. 79.
     (9) Judicial procedure, trial or investigation of a case, administration of justice; vyavahārastamāhvayati; alaṃ lajjayā vyavahārastvāṃ pṛcchati Mk. 9. (10) A legal dispute, complaint, suit, law-suit, litigation; vyavahāro'yaṃ cārudattaptavalaṃbate, iti likhyatāṃ vyavahārasya prathamaḥ pā daḥ, kena saha mama vyavahāraḥ Mk. 9; R. 17. 39.
     (11) A title of legal procedure, any occasion of litigation.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ the body of civil and criminal law.
          --abhiśasta a. prosecuted, charged.
          --ayagyeḥ a minor (in law).
          --āsanaṃ the tribunal of justice, judgment-seat; vyavahārāsanamādade yuvā R. 8. 18.
          --jñaḥ 1. one who understands business. --2. a youth come of age, one who is no longer a minor. --3. one who is acquainted with judicial procedure.
          --taṃtraṃ course of conduct; vākpratiṣṭhānibaṃdhanāni dehināṃ vyavahāratatrāṃṇi Māl. 4.
          --darśanaṃ trial, judicial investigation.
          --padaṃ = vyavahāraviṣaya q. v.
          --pādaḥ 1. any one of the four stages of a legal proceeding; these are four: --
     (1) pūrvapakṣa, the plaint;
     (2) uttarapakṣa the defence;
     (3) kriyāpāda adducing evidence, oral or written;
     (4) nirṇayapāda, the decision or verdict. --2. the fourth stage; i. e. nirṇayapāda, that part which concerns the verdict or decision. --mātṛkā 1. a legal process in general. --2. any act or subject relating to the administration of justice or formation of courts (of which thirty heads are enumerated). --vidhiḥ a rule of law, any code of law. --viṣayaḥ (so --padaṃ, --mārgaḥ, --sthānaṃ) a subject or head of legal procedure, an actionable business, a matter which may be made the subject of litigation (these are eighteen; for an enumeration of their names, see Ms. 8. 4-7). --sthitiḥ f. judicial procedure.

vyavahārakaḥ A dealer, trader, merchant.

vyavahārika a. (kā or kī f.)
     (1) Relating to business.
     (2) Engaged in business, practical.
     (3) Judicial, legal.
     (4) Litigant.
     (5) Usual, customary.

vyavahārikā
     (1) Usage, custom.
     (2) A broom.
     (3) The Iṅgudi plant.

vyavahārin a.
     (1) Transacting business, acting, practising.
     (2) Engaged in a law suit, litigant.
     (3) Usual, customary.

vyavahārya a.
     (1) Usual, customary.
     (2) Liable to be sued.

vyavahṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Practice, process.
     (2) Action, performance.

vyave 2 P.
     (1) To divide, separate.
     (2) To dissolve, decompose.

vyavāyaḥ
     (1) Separation, decomposition, resolution (into compenents).
     (2) Dissolution.
     (3) Covering, concealment.
     (4) Intervention, interval; aṭkupvāṅnumvyavāye'pi.
     (5) An impediment, obstacle.
     (6) Copulation, sexual intercourse.
     (7) Purity. --yaṃ Light, lustre.

vyavāyin a.
     (1) Resolving, decomposing.
     (2) Lustful, dissolute. --m.
     (1) A sensulaist, libertine.
     (2) An aphrodisiac.

vyaveta p. p.
     (1) Separated, decomposed.
     (2) Different.

vyaś 5 A.
     (1) To fill completely, pervade, occupy; pratāpastasya bhānośca yugapad vyānaśe diśaḥ R. 4. 15; Bk. 9. 4; 14. 96.
     (2) To obtain, attain to, reach.
     (3) To possess, gain.
     (4) To fall to one's share.

vyaṣṭi f.
     (1) Individuality, singleness.
     (2) Distributive pervasion.
     (3) (In Vedānta phil.) An aggregate or whole viewed as made up of many separate bodies (opp. samaṣṭi q. v.).

vyas 4 P.
     (1) To toss about, scatter, cast or throw asunder; dispel, destroy; prāpto vyālatamān vyasyan bhujaṃgebhyo'pi rākṣasān Bk. 8. 116, 9. 31.
     (2) To divide into parts, separate, arrange; svayaṃ vedān vyasyan Pt. 4. 50; vivyāta vedān yasmātsa tasmād vyāsa iti smṛtaḥ Mb.; R. 10. 84.
     (3) To take separately or singly; see vyasta below.
     (4) To throw over, overturn, upset.
     (5) To expel, remove, drive away.

vyasanam
     (1) Casting away, dispelling.
     (2) Separating, dividing.
     (3) Violation, infraction.
     (4) Loss, destruction, defeat, fall; defection, weak point; amātyavyasanaṃ Pt. 3; svabalavyasane Ki. 13. 15; Śi. 2. 57.
     (5)
          (a) A calamity, misfortune, distress, evil, disaster' ill-luck; ajñātabhartṛvyasanā muhūrtaṃ kṛtopakāreva ratirbabhūva Ku. 3. 73, 4. 30; R. 12. 57.
          (b) Adversity' need; sa suhṛd vyasane yaḥ syāt Pt. 1. 337 'a friend in need is a friend indeed'.
     (6) Setting (as of the sun &c.); tejodvayasya yugapadvyasanodayābhyāṃ S. 4. 1 (where vyasana means 'a fall' also).
     (7) Vice, bad practice, evil habit; mithyaiva vyasanaṃ vadaṃti mṛgayāmīdṛg vinodaḥ kutaḥ S. 2. 5, R. 18. 14; Y. 1. 310; (these vices are usually said to be ten; see Ms. 7. 47--48); samānaśīlavyasaneṣu sakhyaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (8) Close or intent application, assiduous devotion; vidyāyāṃ vyasanaṃ Bh. 2. 62, 63.
     (9) Inordinate addiction. (10) Crime, sin.
     (11) Punishment.
     (13) Inability, incompetency.
     (12) Fruitless effort.
     (14) Air, wind.
     (15) Individuality.
     -- Comp.
          --atibhāraḥ heavy calamity or distress; R. 14. 68.
          --anvita, --ārta, --pīḍita a. overtaken by calamity, involved in distress.
          --praharin a. 1. hurting, attacking, giving trouble. --2. striking (an enemy) in his weak point.

vyasanin a.
     (1) Addicted to any vice, vicious.
     (2) Unlucky, unfortunate.
     (3) Intently attached or excessively devoted to anything, fond of (usually in comp.); kiṃ bhūmṛtkaṭakasthitivyasaninā vyarthaṃ khurāḥ śātitāḥ Subhāṣ.

vyasta p. p.
     (1) Cast or thrown asunder, tossed about; Mal. 5. 23.
     (2) Dispersed, scattered; U. 5. 14.
     (3) Dispelled, cast away.
     (4) Separated, divided, severed; himavati jaladhau ca vyastatoyeva gaṃgā V. 5. 22.
     (5) Taken or considered separately, taken singly (opp. samasta); ebhiḥ samastairapi kimasya kiṃ putarvyastaiḥ U. 5; tadasti kiṃ vyastamapi trilocane Ku. 5. 72.
     (6) Simple, uncompounded (as a word).
     (7) Manifold, different.
     (8) Removed, expelled.
     (9) Agitated, troubled, confused. (10) Disordered, out of order, disarranged.
     (11) Reversed, upset.
     (12) Inverse (as ratio).
     (13) Pervading, inherent in. --staṃ ind. Severally, separately, singly.
     -- Comp.
          --keśa a. with disordered or dishevelled hair.
          --trairāśikaṃ the rule of three inverted.
          --padaṃ 1. (in law) a confused statement (of a case). --2. an uncompounded or simple word.
          --vṛtti a. the meaning of which is changed, which has lost its force (as a word); R. 11. 73.

vyasu a. Lifeless, dead; Śi. 20. 3.

vyastāraḥ The issue of rut or ichor from the temples of an elephant.

vyākīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Scattered or thrown about.
     (2) Disordered.

vyākula a.
     (1) Agitated, perplexed, bewildered, distracted; śokavyākula, bāṣpa-.
     (2) Alarmed, troubled, frightened; vṛṣṭivyākulagokula Gīt. 4.
     (3) Full of, overtaken by.
     (4) Intently engaged in, busy with; āloke te nipatati purā sā balivyākulā vā Me. 85.
     (5) Flashing, moving about; U. 3. 43.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmana, citta, -cetas, -manas a. bewildered in mind, having a perplexed or distracted mind.

vyākulayati Den. P. To agitate, confuse, frighten.

vyākulita a. Agitated, distracted, confounded, perplexed &c.

vyākulīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To confound, bewilder, perplex.
     (2) To alarm, trouble.
     (3) To agitate, perturb.

vyākulībhū 1 P. To become perplexed or confused.

vyākūtiḥ f. Fraud, disguise, deception.

vyākṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make manifest, clear up; nāmarūpe vyākaravāṇi Ch. Up.
     (2) To propound, explain.
     (3) To tell, narrate; tanme sarvaṃ bhagavān vyākarotu Mb.
     (4) To separate, divide, decompose.
     (5) To analyse in general.

vyākaraṇam
     (1) Analysis, decomposition.
     (2) Grammatical analysis, grammar, one of the six Vedaṅgas q. v.; siṃho vyākaraṇasya karturaharat prāṇān priyān pāṇineḥ Pt. 2. 33.
     (3) Explaining, expounding.
     -- Comp.
          --prakriyā etymology, derivation (of a word).

vyākāraḥ
     (1) Transformation, change of form.
     (2) Deformity.

vyākṛta p. p.
     (1) Analysed, separated.
     (2) Explained, expounded.
     (3) Disfigured, distorted, deformed.

vyākṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Analysis.
     (2) Exposition, explanation.
     (3) Change of form, development.
     (4) Grammar.

vyākośa(ṣa) a.
     (1) Expanded, blown, blossomed; vyākośakokanadatāṃ dadhate nalinyaḥ Śi. 4. 46.
     (2) Developed; vivekavyākośe vikasati śame śāmyati tṛṣā Bh. 3. 17.

vyākṣip 6 P. To toss or throw about.
     (2) To stretch out or forth, open.

vyākṣipta p. p.
     (1) Tossed about.
     (2) Torn asunder, distracted.

vyākṣepaḥ
     (1) Tossing about.
     (2) Obstruction, hindrance.
     (3) Delay; avyākṣepo bhaviṣyaṃtyāḥ kāryasiddherhi lakṣaṇaṃ R. 10. 6.
     (4) Distraction.

vyākṣobhaḥ Agitation, perturbation.

vyākhyā 2 P.
     (1) To tell, communicate, declare; Bk. 14. 113.
     (2) To explain, relate; rāvaṇasyāpi te janma vyākhyāsyāmi Mb.
     (3) To name, call; vidvadvṛṃdairvīṇāvāṇi vyākhyātā sā vidyunmālā Śrut. 13.
     (4) To dwell at large, dilate or enlarge upon.

vyākhyā
     (1) Relation, narration.
     (2) Explanation, exposition, comment, gloss.

vyākhyāta p. p.
     (1) Related, narrated.
     (2) Explained, expounded, commented upon.

vyākhyātṛ m. An expounder, a commentator.

vyākhyānam
     (1) Communication, narration.
     (2) Speech, lecture.
     (3) Explanation, exposition, interpretation, comment.

vyāghaṭṭanam
     (1) Churning.
     (2) Rubbing together, friction.

vyāghātaḥ
     (1) Striking against.
     (2) A blow, stroke.
     (3) An impediment, obstacle.
     (4) Contradiction.
     (5) Disobedience; prathamaṃ tāvanmamājñāvyāghātaḥ Mu. 3.
     (6) A figure of speech in which opposite effects are shown to be produced from the same cause or by the same agency; it is thus defined by Mammaṭa: --tadyathā sādhitaṃ kenāpyapareṇa tadanyathā . tathaiva yadvidhīyeta sa vyāghāta iti smṛtaḥ K. P. 10; e. g. see Vb. 1. 2, or the quotation under virūpākṣa.

vyāghātaka a.
     (1) Striking against.
     (2) Opposing, resisting, thwarting, hindering.

vyāghraḥ [vyājighrati, vyāghrā-ka]
     (1) A tiger.
     (2) (At the end of comp.) Best, pre-eminent, chief; as in naravyāghra, puruṣavyāghra.
     (3) The red variety of the castor-oil plant. --ghrī A tigress; vyāghrīva tiṣṭhati jarā paritarjayaṃtī Bh. 3. 109.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭaḥ a skylark.
          --āsyaḥ a cat.
          --dalaḥ, -pucchaḥ the castor-oil plant.
          --nakhaḥ -khaṃ 1. a tiger's claw. --2. a kind of perfume. --3. a scratch, the impression of a finger-nail.
          --nāyakaḥ a jackal.
          --pāda (d) a. tiger-footed.
          --śvan m. a tiger-like dog.

vyājaḥ
     (1) Deceit, trick, deception. fraud.
     (2) Art, cunning; avyājamanoharaṃ vapuḥ S. 1. 18 'artlessly lovely.'
     (3) A pretext, pretence, semblance; dhyānavyājamupetya Nāg. 1. 1; R. 4. 25, 58; 10. 76; 11. 66.
     (4) An artifice, a device, contrivance; vyājārdhasaṃdarśitamekhalāni R. 13. 42.
     (5) Wickedness, depravity.
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. 1. a figure of speech in which what is apparently the effect of one cause is intentionally ascribed to another; in other words, where a feeling is dissembled by being attributed to a different cause; see K. P. 10 under vyājokti. --2. covert allusion, insinuation.
          --niṃdā artful censure.
          --supta a. feigning to be asleep.
          --stutiḥ f. a figure of speech resembling the English 'irony', wherein censure is implied by apparent praise, or praise by apparent censure; vyājastutirmukhe niṃdā stutirvā rūḍhiranyathā K. P. 10.

vyāḍaḥ
     (1) A carnivorous animal, such as a tiger.
     (2) A villain, rogue.
     (3) A snake.
     (4) N. of Indra; cf. vyāla.

vyāḍiḥ N. of a celebrated grammarian.

vyātyukṣī Mutual splashing and sporting in water; tāḥ kāṃtaiḥ saha karapuṣkareritāṃbuvyātyukṣīmabhisaraṇaglahāmadīvyan Śi. 8. 32.

vyādā 3 U.
     (1) To open, break open; na vyādadātyānanamatra mṛtyuḥ Ki. 16. 16; nadī kūlaṃ vyādada ti, or vyādadate pipīlikāḥ pataṃgasya mukhaṃ Mbh.
     (2) To make large, broaden.

vyātta p. p. Opened, spread, expanded. --ttaṃ The open mouth.

vyādānam Opening; Māl. 5. 13.

vyādiś 6. P.
     (1) To order, command; samīraṇo nodayitā bhaveti vyādiśyate kena hutāśanasya Ku. 3. 21, 13.
     (2) To assign or appoint to (a duty).
     (3) To divide, distribute.
     (4) To point, indicate, show.
     (5) To teach, instruct.
     (6) To for etell, declare beforehand.

vyādiśaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu.

vyādhaḥ [vyadh-ṇa]
     (1) A hunter, fowler (by caste or profession).
     (2) A wicked or low man.
     -- Comp.
          --bhītaḥ a deer.

vyādhin a. Piercing, wounding.

vyādhāmaḥ, vyādhāvaḥ Indra's thunderbolt.

vyādhiḥ
     (1) Sickness, ailment, disease, illness (usually physical, and opp. ādhi which means 'mental distress or anxiety'); ripurunnatadhīracetasaḥ satatavyādhiranītirastu te Śi. 16. 11 (where vyādhi means 'free from ādhi' also); cf. ādhi.
     (2) Leprosy.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. unwholesome.
          --grasta a. seized with disease, diseased.

vyādhita a. Diseased, sick.

vyādhūta p. p. Shaken about, trembling, tremulous; U. 1. 31.

vyānaḥ One of the five life-winds or vital airs in the body, that which is diffused through the whole body; vyānaḥ sarvaśarīragaḥ.

vyānatam A particular kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment.

vyāp 5 P.
     (1) To fill completely, pervade; śrutiviṣayaguṇā yā sthitā vyāpya viśvaṃ S. 1. 1; V. 1. 1; svedāpūro yuvatisaritāṃ vyāpa gaṃḍasthalāni Śi. 7. 74; Bg. 10. 16; R. 13. 5, 18. 40; Bk. 7. 56.
     (2) To reach as far, extend to.

vyāpaka a. (pikā f.)
     (1) Pervading, comprehensive, diffusive, widely spread, extending over the whole of anything; tiryagūrdhvamadhastācca vyāpako mahimā hareḥ Ku. 6. 71.
     (2) (In law) Comprehending all the points of an argument.
     (3) Invariably concomitant.
     (4) That which is more extensive than the vyāpya; e. g. in the instance manuṣyo martyaḥ; martyaṃ is vyāpaka as it includes manuṣya, and is more extensive than it. --kaḥ An attribute which is invariably concomitant or inherent. --kaṃ An invariably concomitant or inherent property.

vyāpanam
     (1) Pervading, comprehending, pe netrating.
     (2) Covering.

vyāpin a. Pervading, filling, occupying (at the end of comp.).
     (2) All-perv ading, co-extensive, invariably concomitant.
     (3) Covering. --m.
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) A pervading property.

vyāpta p. p.
     (1) Spread through, penetrated, pervaded, extended over, permeated, covered.
     (2) Pervading, extending over all.
     (3) Filled with, full of.
     (4) Encompassed, surrounded.
     (5) Placed, fixed.
     (6) Obtained, possessed.
     (7) Comprehended, included.
     (8) Invariably accompanied (in logic); as in dhūmo vahninā vyāptaḥ.
     (9) Famous, celebrated. (10) Expanded, stretched out.

vyāptiḥ f.
     (1) Pervasion, permeation.
     (2) (In logic) Universal pervasion, invariable concomitance, universal accompaniment of the middle term by the major; yatra yatra dhūmastatra tatrāgniriti sāhacaryaniyamo vyāptiḥ T. S.; avyabhicaritasādhyasāmānādhikaraṇyaṃ vyāptiḥ Tarka K.; vyāptiḥ sādhyavadanyasminnasaṃbaṃdha udāhṛtaḥ . athavā hetumanniṣṭhavirahāpratiyoginā . sādhyena hetoraikādhikaraṇyaṃ vyāptirucyate Bhaṣā P. 67--68.
     (3) A universal rule, universality.
     (4) Fulness.
     (5) Obtaining.
     (6) Omnipresence, ubiquity (as a divine attribute).
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ apprehension of universal concomitance.
          --jñānaṃ knowledge of invariable or universal concomitance.

vyāpya a. To be pervaded, filled, &c. --ṇyaṃ The sign or middle term of a syllogism (= hetu, sādhana q. v.) (in logic.).

vyāpyatvam Invariableness.
     -- Comp.
          --asiddhiḥ f. imperfect inference, where the hetu itself is false or nonexistent; as in the argument parvato vahnimān kāṃcanamayadhūmāt.

vyāpad 4 A.
     (1) To die, perish.
     (2) To come down (to the earth), fall down.
     (3) To be inaudible (as a sound). --Caus.
     (1) To kill, slay.
     (2) To hurt, injure, spoil.

vyāpattiḥ f.
     (1) Ruin, calamity, misfortune; Mu. 6. 20; Mk. 6. 1.
     (2) Substitution of one thing for another.
     (3) Death; R. 12. 56.

vyāpad f.
     (1) Calamity, misfortune, affliction; Māl. 9. 36; Bh. 3. 105.
     (2) Disease.
     (3) Derangement.
     (4) Death, decease.

vyāpanna p. p.
     (1) Fallen into misfortune, ruined.
     (2) Failed, miscarried.
     (3) Hurt, injured.
     (4) Dead, expired, deceased; as in avyāpanna q. v.
     (5) Deranged, disordered.
     (6) Substituted, changed.

vyāpādaḥ, vyāpādanam
     (1) Killing, slaying.
     (2) Ruin, destruction.
     (3) Evil design, malice.

vyāpādaka a. Destructive, murderous.

vyāpādita p. p.
     (1) Killed, slain, destroyed.
     (2) Ruined, injured, hurt.

vyāpṛ 6 A.
     (1) To be engaged in or occupied with, be busy about (with loc.).
     (2) To be employed or placed (in any office). --Caus.
     (1) To cause to work, engage upon, entrust with, appoint to (usually with loc.); vyāpāritaḥ śūlabhṛtā vidhāya siṃhatvamaṃkāgatasatvavṛtti R. 2. 38; ātmajanānuṣṭheye karmaṇi tvāṃ vyāpārayitumicchāmi Mu. 1.
     (2) To place, sot, fix, direct, cast; vyāpārayāmāsa karaṃ kirīṭe R. 6 19; umāmukha ... vyāpārayāmāsa vilocanāni Ku. 3. 67; vyāpāritaṃ śirasi śastramaśastrapāṇeḥ Ve. 3. 19; R. 13. 25; M. 3. 4.
     (3) To use, employ; Mu. 7. 16.

vyāpāraḥ
     (1) Employment, engagement, business, occupation; tataḥ praviśati yathoktavyāpārā śakuṃtalā S. 1; Ku. 2. 54.
     (2) Application, employment; Mu. 2. 4.
     (3) Profession, trade, practice, exercise; as in śastravyāpāra.
     (4) An act, doing, performance.
     (5) Working, operation, action, influence; (vrataṃ) vyāpārarodhi madanasya niṣevitavya S. 1. 27; tasyānumene bhagavān vimanyurvyāpāramātmanyapi sāyakānāṃ Ku. 7. 93; V. 3. 17.
     (6) Being placed on; M. 4. 14.
     (7) Exertion, effort; āryāpyaruṃdhatī tatra vyāpāraṃ kartumarhati Ku. 6. 32 'will be pleased to exert herself in that behalf;' na vyāpāraśatenāpi śukavatpāṭhyate bakaḥ H. Pr. 43. (vyāpāraṃ kṛ 1. to take part in. --2. to have effect on. --3. to meddle; as in avyāpāreṣu vyāpāraṃ yo naraḥ kartumicchati Pt. 1. 21).

vyāpārita p. p.
     (1) Engaged, occupied, employed, appointed; R. 2. 38.
     (2) Placed, fixed, set.

vyāpārin m.
     (1) A dealer, trader.
     (2) One who exercises or practises anything.

vyāpṛta p. p.
     (1) Engaged in, occupied or busy with, employed in (with loc.); anyasminkarmaṇi vyāpṛtaṃ dhanuḥ S. 6. 31.
     (2) Placed, fixed. --m. An employe, a minister.

vyāpṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Employment, engagement, business; svasvavyāpṛtimagnamānasatayā Bv. 1. 58.
     (2) Operation, action.
     (3) Exertion.
     (4) Profession, practice; see vyāpāra.

vyābhyukṣī = vyātyukṣī q. v.

vyāmaḥ, vyāmanam A measure of length equal to the space between the tips of the fingers of either hand when the arms are extended.

vyāmarṣaḥ
     (1) Impatience.
     (2) Erasure, wiping out.

vyāmiśra a. Mingled, intermixed.

vyāmohaḥ
     (1) Infatuation.
     (2) Bewilderment, embarrassment, perplexity; kaṃsasyālamabhūjjitaṃ jitamiti vyāmohakolāhalaḥ Gīt. 10; Kav. 3. 101.

vyāyam 1 P.
     (1) To stretch out, extend.
     (2) To struggle, contend, fight.
     (3) To try, strive, endeavour.
     (4) To sport, dally.

vyāyata p. p.
     (1) Long, extended; yuvā yugavyāyatabāhuraṃsalaḥ R. 3. 34.
     (2) Expanded, wide open.
     (3) Exercised, disciplined.
     (4) Busy, engaged, occupied.
     (5) Hard, firm.
     (6) Strong, intense, excessive.
     (7) Mighty, powerful.
     (8) Deep; vyāyatapātamākṣiṇot Ku. 5. 54.

vyāyatatvam Muscular development; S. 2. 4.

vyāyāmaḥ
     (1) Extending, stretching out.
     (2) Exercise, gymnastic or athletic exercise; sthāne śamavatāṃ śaktyā vyāyāme vṛddhiraṃgināṃ Śi. 2. 94.
     (3) Fatigue, labour.
     (4) Effort, exertion.
     (5) Contention, struggle.
     (7) Business, occupation.
     (7) A difficulty.
     (8) A measure of distance (= vyāma q. v.).

vyāyāmika a. (kī f.), vyāyāmin a. Athletic, gymnastic.

vyāyogaḥ A kind of dramatic composition in one act; it is thus described by S. D: --khyātetivṛtto vyāyogaḥ svalpastrījanasaṃyutaḥ . hīno garbhavimarṣābhyāṃ narairbahubhirāśritaḥ . ekāṃkaśca bhavedastrīnimittasamarodayaḥ . kauśikīvṛttirahitaḥ prakhyātastatra nāyakaḥ . rājarṣiratha divyo vā bhaveddhīroddhataśca saḥ . hāsyaśṛṃgāraśāṃtebhya itare'trāṃgino rasāḥ .. 514.

vyāla a.
     (1) Wicked, vicious; vyāladvipā yaṃtṛbhirunmadiṣṇavaḥ Śi. 12. 28; yaṃtā gajaṃ vyālamivāparāddhaḥ Ki. 17. 25.
     (2) Bad, villainous.
     (3) Cruel, fierce, savage; Ki. 13. 4. --laḥ
     (1) A vicious elephant; vyālaṃ bālamṛṇālataṃtubhirasau roddhuṃ samujjṛṃbhate Bh. 2. 6.
     (2) A beast of prey; varnaṃ vyālaniṣevitaṃ Rām.
     (3) A snake; H. 3. 29.
     (4) A tiger; Māl. 3.
     (5) A leopard.
     (6) A king.
     (7) A cheat, rogue.
     (8) N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --khaḍgaḥ, --nakhaḥ a kind of herb.
          --grāhaḥ, --grāhin m. a snake-catcher.
          --mṛgaḥ 1. a wild animal. --2. a hunting leopard.
          --rūpaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

vyālakaḥ A vicious or wicked elephant.

vyālaṃbaḥ A kind of castor-oil plant.

vyālīna a. Thick, dense.

vyālola a.
     (1) Shaking about, tremulous.
     (2) Disordered, dishevelled; vyālolaḥ keśapāśaḥ Gīt. 11.

vyāvakalanam Subtraction.

vyāvakrośī, byāvabhāṣī Mutual abuse, reciprocal imprecation.

vyāvalgita p. p. Moved, agitated.

vyāvahārika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to business, practical.
     (2) Legal, judicial.
     (3) Customary, usual.
     (4) Relating to the world of illusion; cf. prātibhāsika. --kaḥ A counsellor, minister. --kaṃ Use.

vyāvahārī Mutual seizing.

vyāvahāsī Mutual derision or laughter.

vyāvṛ 5 U.
     (1) To select, choose.
     (2) To hide, conceal.
     (3) To obstruct, impede.

vyāvṛta p. p.
     (1) Covered, hid, screened.
     (2) Impeded, obstructed.
     (3) Opened.
     (4) Excepted, excluded.

vyāvṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Covering, screening.

vyāvṛt 1 A.
     (1) To turn away from, turn back; sahabhuvā vyāvartamānā hniyā Ratn. 1. 2.
     (2) To be turned or withdrawn from, to be averse to; viṣayavyāvṛttakautūhalaḥ V. 1. 8.
     (3) To become separate or distinct from.
     (4) To turn round, revolve.
     (5) To go down, set (as the sun).
     (6) To cease to exist, perish.
     (7) To be opened or split asunder. --Caus.
     (1) To restrict, limit, exclude, arrest; overrule, annul, (as a rule &c.); tuśabdaḥ pūrvapakṣaṃ vyāvartayati S. B.; apavāda ivotsargaṃ vyāvartayitumaśviraḥ R. 15. 7.
     (2) To dissuade from, cause to turn away from; neyamasmādvyavasāyātkathaṃcidapi śakyate vyāvartayituṃ K. 172.
     (3) To destroy, remove; V. 5. 16.
     (4) To turn round, cause to revolve.
     (5) To separate from.
     (6) To scatter, strew.

vyāvartaḥ
     (1) Surrounding, encompassing.
     (2) Revolution, going round.
     (3) Ruptured navel.

vyāvartaka a. (rtikā f.)
     (1) Encompassing, surrounding.
     (2) Excluding, separating, restricting.
     (3) Turning away from.
     (4) Turning round.

vyāvartanam
     (1) Surrounding, encompassing.
     (2) Revolving, turning round; Ki. 5. 30.
     (3) A fold, band.

vyāvṛtta p. p.
     (1) Turned a way from, withdrawn from; vyāvṛttā yatparasvebhyaḥ śrutau taskaratā sthitā R. 1. 27; V. 1. 8.
     (2) Separated from, singled out.
     (3)
          (a) Excluded, set aside; different from; ayamartho'smād vyāvṛttaḥ Tarka K.
          (b) Not being found or existing in, absent from (frequently used in phil. in this sense); dhūmo jalahadādervyāvṛttaḥ Tarka K.; Mu. 5. 10.
     (4) Revolved, turned round.
     (5) Encompassed, surrounded.
     (6) Desisting, ceased from; Ku. 2. 35.
     (7) Split asunder.
     -- Comp.
          --gati a. desisting from any course of action.

vyāvṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Covering, screening.
     (2) Exclusion, separation.
     (3) Not being found in, absence from; vipakṣādvyāvṛttiḥ Tarka K.
     (4) Surrounding.
     (5) Rolling backwards.
     (6) Praise, eulogium.
     -- Comp.
          --buddhi f. the notion of exclusion.

vyāsaḥ 1 Distribution, separation into parts.
     (2) Dissolution or analysis of a compound.
     (3) Severalty, distinction.
     (4) Diffusion, extension.
     (5) Width, breadth.
     (6) The diameter of a circle.
     (7) A fault in pronunciation.
     (8) Arrangement, compilation.
     (9) An arranger, a compiler. (10) N. of a celebrated sage. [He was the son of the sage Parāśara by Satyavatī (born before her marriage with Śantanu q. v.); but he retired to the wilderness as soon as he was born, and there led the life of a hermit, practising the most rigid austerities until he was called by his mother Satyavatī to beget sons on the widows of her son Vichitravīrya. He was thus the father of Paṇdu and Dhṛtarāṣṭra and also of Vidura; q. q. v. v. He was at first called 'Kṛṣṇadvaipāyana' from his dark complexion and from his having been brought forth by Satyavatī on a Dvīpa or island; but he afterwards came to be called Vyāsa or 'the arranger', as he was supposed to have arranged the Vedas in their present form; vivyāsa vedān yasmātsa tasmād vyāsa iti smṛtaḥ. He is believed to be the author of the great epic the Mahābhārata which he is said to have composed with Gaṇapati for his scribe. The eighteen Purāṇas, as also the Brahma-sūtras and several other works are also ascribed to him. He is one of the seven chirajīvins or deathless persons; cf. cirajīvin].
     (11) A Brāhmaṇa who recites or expounds the Purāṇas in public.

vyāsaṃj 1 P. To attach firmly to, fasten on.

vyāsakta p. p.
     (1) Closely adhering to.
     (2) Attached or devoted to, intent on, occupied or busy with (with loc.).
     (3) Separated, detached, disjoined.
     (4) Confused, bewildered.

vyāsaṃgaḥ 1 Close adherence, intent attachment or application.
     (2) Intentness, devotion; Bv. 1. 79.
     (3) Diligent study.
     (4) Attention; Māl. 9. 33.
     (5) Detachment, separation.
     (6) Perplexity, confusion.
     (7) Addition.

vyāsiddha p. p.
     (1) Prohibited, forbidden.
     (2) Contraband (said of goods &c.).

vyāsedhaḥ Restraint, prohibition.

vyāhan 2 P.
     (1) To obstruct, thwart, oppose, impede.
     (2) To repel, drive back.
     (3) To strike excessively.
     (4) To violate, transgress, disobey; R. 19. 57.
     (5) To foil, frustrate, disappoint.
     (6) To trouble, vex, annoy.

vyāhata p. p.
     (1) Obstructed, impeded.
     (2) Repelled, repulsed.
     (3) Foiled, disappointed; Śi. 3. 40.
     (4) Confused, bewildered, alarmed.
     -- Comp.
          --arthatā one of the faults of composition; see K. P. 7.

vyāhāvaḥ A distinct call.

vyāhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To speak, say, utter, tell, narrate, declare; vyājahāra harasūnusaṃnibhaḥ R. 11. 83; Ku. 2. 62; 6. 2.
     (2) To explain.
     (3) To cry, scream, shout.
     (4) To answer.

vyāharaṇam
     (1) Utterance, pronunciation.
     (2) Speech, narration.

vyāhāraḥ
     (1) Speech, utterance, words; U. 4. 18, 5. 29.
     (2) Voice, note, sound; M. 5. 1.
     (3) Jest, joke, humo rous speech.

vyāhṛta p. p. Said, spoken, uttered.

vyāhṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Utterance, speech, words; na hīśvaravyāhṛtayaḥ kadācitpuṣṇaṃti loke viparītamarthaṃ Ku. 3. 63.
     (2) Statement, expression; bhūtārthavyāhṛtiḥ sā hi na stutiḥ paramoṣṭhinaḥ R. 10. 33.
     (3) A mystic word uttered by every Brāhmaṇa in performing his daily Sandhyā adoration; (these Vyāhṛtis are three bhūr, bhuvas and svas or svar usually repeated after om; cf. Ms. 2. 76; according to some they are seven in number).

vyuccar 1 P.
     (1) To transgress, offend against, violate.
     (2) To be faithless to.
     (3) To commit adultery with.
     (4) To deviate from the right path.

vyuccaraṇam Transgression; deviation.

vyucchittiḥ f., vyucchedaḥ Cutting off, extermination, complete destruction.

vyutkram See utkram.

vyutkramaḥ
     (1) Transgression, going astray.
     (2) Inverted order, contrariety.
     (3) Confusion, disorder.

vyutkrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Transgressed, overstepped.
     (2) Departed, left, gone forth.
     (3) Neglected. --tā A kind of riddle.

vyutthā 1 A.
     (1) To get up, rise.
     (2) To increase in strength or power, grow strong. --Caus. To excite, instigate, rouse.

vyutthānaṃ, vyutthitiḥ f.
     (1) Great activity.
     (2) Rising up against, opposition, obstruction.
     (3) Independent action, following one's own bent of mind.
     (4) The completion of religious abstraction or abstract meditation (in Yoga phil.).
     (5) A kind of dance.
     (6) Causing (an elephant) to rise; Śi. 18. 26.
     (6) Contradicting.

vyutpad 4. A.
     (1) To be produced from, originate in.
     (2) To be derived from (a root &c.).
     (3) To become proficient in or conversaut with. --Caus.
     (1) To produce, cause.
     (2) To derive, trace to a root (as a word); brahmaśabdasya vyutpādyamānasya S. B.

vyutpattiḥ f.
     (1) Origin, production.
     (2) Derivation, etymology.
     (3) Perfect proficiency, conversancy.
     (4) Scholarship, learning; vyutpattirāvarjitakovidāpi na raṃjanāya kramate jaḍānāṃ Vikr. 1. 16, 18. 108.

vyutpanna p. p.
     (1) Produced, begotten.
     (2) Formed by derivation.
     (3) Derived, traced to its etymology, as a word (opp. avyutpanna or 'primitive').
     (4) Completed, perfected; Mv. 4. 57.
     (5) Thoroughly proficient in, learned, erudite.

vyutta p. p. Wetted, drenched.

vyudas 4 P.
     (1) To throw or scatter about.
     (2) To throw off, cast away.
     (3) To set or lay aside.
     (4) To give up, abandon.

vyudasta p. p. Thrown aside, rejected, cast off.

vyudāsaḥ
     (1) Throwing aside, rejection.
     (2) Exclusion (in gram.).
     (3) Prohibition.
     (4) Disregard, indifference.
     (5) Killing, destruction; Śi. 15. 37.

vyudita a. Disputed, discussed, debated.

vyupadeśaḥ Pretext, pretence.

vyuparamaḥ Cessation, stop, close.

vyupaśamaḥ
     (1) Non-cessation.
     (2) Inquietude.
     (3) Complete cessation (where vi shows intensity).

vyuṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Burnt.
     (2) Dawned, become day-light.
     (3) Become bright or clear.
     (4) Dwelt.
     (5) Passed. --ṣṭaṃ
     (1) Day-break, dawn; Śi. 12. 4.
     (2) Day.
     (3) Fruit, result.

vyuṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Dawn.
     (2) Prosperity.
     (3) Praise.
     (4) Fruit, consequence.

vyūta a. Interwoven, sewn, interlaced.

vyūtiḥ
     (1) Weaving, sewing.
     (2) The wages of weaving.

vyūh 1 P.
     (1) To arrange troops in battle array; sūcyā vajreṇa caivetān vyūhena vyūhya yodhayet Ms. 7. 191.
     (2) To arrange, put or place in order, dispose.
     (3) To separate, divide.
     (4) To alter, transpose, disarrange.
     (5) To resolve (vowels, syllables &c.).

vyūḍha p. p.
     (1) Expanded, developed, broad, wide; vyūḍhorasko vṛṣaskaṃdhaḥ R. 1. 13.
     (2) Firm, compact.
     (3) Placed in order, arranged, marshalled (as an army); Bg. 1. 3.
     (4) Disarranged, placed out of order.
     (5) Married.
     (6) Large, great.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃkaṭa a. mailed, clad in armour.

vyūḍhiḥ f. Orderly arrangement, array.

vyūhaḥ
     (1) A military array; Ms. 7. 187.
     (2) An army, a host, squadron; vyūhāvubhau tāvitaretarasmāt bhaṃgaṃ jayaṃ cāpaturavyavasthaṃ R. 7. 54.
     (3) A large quantity, an assemblage, a multitude, collection.
     (4) A part, portion, subhead.
     (5) The body.
     (6) Structure, formation.
     (7) Reasoning, logic.
     (8) Separation, distribution.
     (9) (In phil.) A peculiar arrangement of the senses.
     -- Comp.
          --pārpṇiḥ f. the rear of an army.
          --bhaṃgaḥ, --bhedaḥ breaking an array.

vyūhanam 1 Arraying of troops, marshalling.
     (2) Structure of the members of the body.

vyṛddha p. p.
     (1) Deprived of prosperity, unlucky, unfortunate.
     (2) Deprived of or excluded from.
     (3) Nullified.
     (4) Imperfect, deficient.

vyṛddhiḥ f. Non-prosperity, ill-luck, misfortune (vigatā ṛddhirvyṛddhiḥ); as in yavanānāṃ vyṛddhirduryavanaṃ Sk.

vye 1 U. (vyayati-te, ūta; caus. vyāyayati-te; desid. vivyāsati)
     (1) To cover.
     (2) To sew.

vyokāraḥ A blacksmith.

vyoman n. [vye-manin pṛṣo- Uṇ. 4. 150]
     (1) The sky, atmosphere; astvevaṃ jaḍadhāmatā tu bhavato yad vyomni visphūrjase K. P. 10, Me. 51; R. 12. 67; N. 22. 54.
     (2) Water.
     (3) A temple sacred to the sun.
     (4) Talc.
     -- Comp.
          --udakaṃ rain-water, dew.
          --keśaḥ, --keśin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --gaṃgā the heavenly Ganges.
          --cārin m. 1. a god. --2. a bird. --3. a saint. --4. a Brāhmaṇa. --5. a heavenly body.
          --dhūmaḥ a cloud.
          --devaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --nāśikā a kind of quail.
          --maṃjaraṃ, --maṃḍalaṃ a flag, banner.
          --māya a. reaching to the sky.
          --mudgaraḥ a gust of wind.
          --yānaṃ a celestial car.
          --sad m. 1. a deity, god. --2. a Gandharva. --3. a spirit.
          --sthalī the earth.
          --spṛś a. 'sky-touching', very lofty.

vyoṣam An aggregate of three spices (black and long pepper, and dry ginger.)

vraj I. 1 P. (vrajati)
     (1) To go, walk, proceed; nāvinītairvrajed dhuryaiḥ Ms. 4. 67.
     (2) To go to, approach, visit; māmekaṃ śaraṇaṃ vraja Bg. 18. 66.
     (3) To depart, retire, withdraw.
     (4) To pass away (as time); iyaṃ vrajati yāminī tyaja nareṃdra nidrārasaṃ Vikr. 11. 74.
     (5) To attain to, go to the state of.
     (6) To obtain, gain. --II. 10 U. (vrājayati-te)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To prepare, decorate. (This root is used much in the same way as gam or yā q. v.).

vrajaḥ [vraj-ghañarthe ka]
     (1) A multitude, collection, flock, group; netravrajāḥ paurajanasya tāsmin vihāya sarvānnṛpatīnnipetuḥ R. 6. 7; 7. 60; Śi. 6. 6, 14. 33.
     (2) A station of cowherds.
     (3) A cow-pen, cow-shed; Śi. 2. 64.
     (4) An abode, a resting-place.
     (5) A road.
     (6) A cloud.
     (7) N. of a district near Mathura. --jaṃ Wandering, going.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganā, --yuvatiḥ f. a woman of Vraja, a cowherdess; Bv. 2. 165.
          --ajiraṃ a cow-pen.
          --kiśoraḥ, --nāthaḥ, --mohanaḥ, --varaḥ, --vallabhaḥ epithets of Kṛṣṇa.

vrajakaḥ A religious mendicant wandering about for alms.

vrajanam
     (1) Roaming, wandering, travelling.
     (2) Exile. --3. Ved. A way, road.

vrajyā 1 Wandering about as a religious mendicant.
     (2) An attack, invasion, a march.
     (3) A flock, multitude, tribe, class.
     (4) A theatre.

vraṇ I. 1 P. (vraṇati) To sound. --II. 10 U. (vraṇayati-te) To hurt; wound.

vraṇaḥ --ṇam [vraṇ-ac]
     (1) A wound, sore, bruise, hurt; R. 12. 55.
     (2) A boil, an ulcer; U. 2. 26.
     (3) A fracture, scar.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ gummyrrh.
          --kṛt a. 1. wounding. --2. corroding. (--m.) the marking-nut tree.
          --viropaṇa a. sore-healing; S. 4. 13.
          --śodhanaṃ the cleansing or dressing of a wound.
          --haḥ the castoroil plant.

vraṇita a. Wounded, bruised; U. 4. 3.

vrataḥ --tam [vraj-gha jasya taḥ]
     (1) A religious act of devotion or austerity, vowed observance, a vow in general; abhyasyatīva vratamāsidhāraṃ R. 13. 67, 2. 4, 25; (there are several vratas enjoined in the different Purāṇas; but their number cannot be said to be fixed, as new ones, e. g. satyanārāyaṇavrata, are being added every day.)
     (2) A vow, promise, resolve; so'bhūd bhagnavrataḥ śatrūnuddhṛtya pratiropayan R. 17. 42; so satyavrata, puṇyavrata, dṛḍhavrata &c.
     (3) Object of devotion or faith, devotion; as in pativratā (patirvrataṃ yasyāḥ sā); yāṃti devavratā devān pitṝn yāṃti pitṛvratāḥ Bg. 9. 25.
     (4) A rite, an observance, practice, as in arkavrata q v.
     (5) Mode of life, course of conduct; S. 5. 27.
     (6) An ordinance, a law, rule.
     (7) Sacrifice.
     (8) An act, a deed, work.
     (9) A design, plan.
     -- Comp.
          --ācaraṇaṃ the observance of a vow.
          --ādeśaḥ investiture of a youth (of any one of the three classes) with the sacred thread.
          --upavāsaḥ a fast for a vow.
          --grahaṇaṃ initiation into a vow for a religious performance.
          --caryaḥ a religious student; see brahmacārin. --caryā observance or practice of a religious vow.
          --pāraṇaṃ, --ṇā conclusion of a vow or fast, eating after a fast.
          --pratiṣṭhā performance of a religious vow voluntarily undertaken.
          --bhaṃgaḥ 1. breach of a vow. --2. breach of a promise.
          --bhikṣā begging alms as part of the ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread.
          --lopanaṃ breaking a vow.
          --vaikalyaṃ the incompletion of a religious vow.
          --saṃgrahaḥ initiation into a vow.
          --stha a. practising any vow.
          --snātakaḥ a Brāhmaṇa who has completed the first stage of his religious life, i. e. that of a Brahmachārin or religious student; see snātaka.

vratayati Den. P.
     (1) To observe a vow.
     (2) To fast in consequence of a vow.
     (3) To eat together.

vratin a. Observing a vow, practising penance, devout, pious; Pt 1. 416. --m.
     (1) A religious student.
     (2) An ascetic, a devotee; S. 5. 9.
     (3) One who institutes a sacrifice; cf. yajamāna.

vratatiḥ, --tī f.
     (1) A creeper; pādākṛṣṭavratativalayāsaṃgasaṃjātapāśaḥ S. 1. 33, R. 14. 1.
     (2) Expansion, extension.

vradhna See bradhna.

vrahman See brahman.

vraśc 6 P. (vṛścati, vṛkṇa; caus. vraścayati-te; desid. vivraściṣati or vivrakṣati)
     (1) To cut, cut up or asunder, tear, lacerate.
     (2) To wound.

vraścanaḥ
     (1) A small saw.
     (2) A fine file used by goldsmiths.
     (3) The juice trickling from an incision in a tree. --naṃ
     (1) Cutting, tearing, wounding.
     (2) A cut, an incision.

vrājaḥ
     (1) Going, motion.
     (2) A multitude (Ved.)

vrājiḥ f. A gust or gale of wind, stormy wind.

vrātaḥ A multitude, group, flock, an assemblage; śvapākānāṃ vrātaiḥ G. L. 29; R. 12. 94; Śi. 4. 35. --taṃ
     (1) Bodily or manual labour.
     (2) Daylabour.
     (3) Casual employment.
     (4) The company or attendants at a marriage feast.

vrātīna a.
     (1) Living by day-labour, a hired labourer, coolie.
     (2) One living by violence.

vrātyaḥ [vrātāt samūhāta cyavati yat]
     (1) A man of the first three classes who has lost his caste owing to the non-performance of the principal Samskāras or purificatory rites (especially investiture with the sacred thread) over him, an outcast; bhavatyā hi vra tyādhamapatitapākhaṃḍapariṣatparitrāṇasnehaḥ G. L. 37.
     (2) A low or vile person in general.
     (3) A man of a particular inferior tribe (the desc endant of a Sūdra father and Kshatriya mother). --tyā The daughter of an outcast.
     -- Comp.
          --bruvaḥ one who calls himself a Vrātya.
          --stomaḥ N. of a sacrifice performed to rec over the rights forfeited by the non-performance of the due Samskāras.

vrī I. 9 P. (vriṇāti-vrāṇīti) To choose, select; cf. vṛ. --II. 4 A. (vrīyate, vrīṇa)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To be chosen.
     (3) To cover, screen.

vrīḍ 4 P. (vrīḍyati)
     (1) To be ashamed, feel shame.
     (2) To throw, cast, send forth.

vrīḍaḥ --ḍā
     (1) Shame; vrīḍādivābhyāsagatairvililye Śi. 3. 40; vrīḍamāvahati me sa (śabdaḥ) saṃprati R. 11. 73.
     (2) Modesty, bashfulness; Śi. 10. 18.
     -- Comp.
          --ānata, --ānvita a. modest, bashful.

vrīḍanam
     (1) Shame.
     (2) Modesty.
     (3) Lowering, depression.

vrīḍita p. p. Put to shame, ashamed, abashed.

vrīs 1 P., 10 U. (vrīsati, vrīsayatite) To injure, kill.

vrīhiḥ [vrī-hi kicca]
     (1) Rice; as in bahuvrīhi q. v.
     (2) A grain of rice.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraṃ a granary.
          --kāṃcanaṃ a kind of pulse.
          --rājikaṃ panic seed (= kaṃgū q. v.).
          --śreṣṭhaḥ a kind of rice (śalidhānya).

vruḍ 6 P. (vruḍati)
     (1) To cover.
     (2) To be heaped or gathered.
     (3) To heap, accumulate.
     (4) To sink, go down.

vrūs 1 P., 10 U. See vrīs.

vraiheya a. (yī f.) [vrīhi-ṭhak]
     (1) Fit for rice.
     (2) Sown with rice. --yaṃ A field of rice, one fit for growing rice.

vlī 9 P. (vlināti, rarely vlīnāti, caus. vlepayati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To support, hold, maintain.
     (3) To choose, select.

vlekṣ 10 U. (vlekṣayati-te) To see.

śa

śaḥ
     (1) A cutter, destroyer; Ki. 15. 45.
     (2) A weapon.
     (3) N. of Śiva. --śaṃ Happiness; Bh. 2. 16.

śaṃyu a. Happy, prosperous; Bk. 4. 18.

śaṃvaḥ 1 Ploughing in the regular direction.
     (2) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (3) The iron head of a pestle.

śaṃsa 1 P. (śaṃsati, śasta; pass. śasyate)
     (1) To praise, extol, approve of; sādhu sādhviti bhūtāni śaśaṃsurmārutātmajaṃ Rām.; Bg. 5. 1.
     (2) To tell, relate, express, declare, communicate, announce, report (with dat. or sometimes gen. of person or by itself); śaśaṃsa sītā paridevanāṃtamanuṣṭhitaṃ śāsanamagrajāya R. 14. 83; na me hriyā śaṃsati kiṃcidīpsitaṃ 3. 5, 2. 68, 4. 72, 9. 77, 11. 84; Ku. 3. 60, 5. 51.
     (3) To indicate, bespeak, show; yaḥ (aśokaḥ) sāvajño mādhavaśrīniyoge puṣpaiḥ śaṃsatyādaraṃ tvatprayatne M. 5. 8; Ki. 5. 23, Ku. 2. 22.
     (4) To repeat, recite.
     (5) To hurt injure.
     (6) To revile, traduce.

śaṃsaḥ Ved.
     (1) Praise.
     (2) Recitation.
     (3) Calling, invocation.
     (4) A charm, spell.
     (5) Wishing well, to.
     (6) A blessing.
     (7) A curse.
     (8) Calumny.

śaṃsanam [śaṃs-lyuṭ]
     (1) Praising.
     (2) Telling, relating.
     (3) Reciting.

śaṃsā [śaṃs-a]
     (1) Praise.
     (2) Wish, desire, hope.
     (3) Repeating, narrating.
     (4) Reciting.

śaṃsita p. p. [śaṃs-kta]
     (1) Prsised, extolled.
     (2) Told, said, spoken, declared.
     (3) Wished, desired.
     (4) Ascertained, established, determined.
     (5) Falsely accused, ealumniated.

śaṃsin a. (Usually at the end of comp.)
     (1) Praising.
     (2) Telling, announcing, communicating; prajāvatī dohadaśaṃsinī te R. 14. 45.
     (3) Indicating, bespeaking; mūrdhānaḥ kṣatahuṃkāraśaṃsinaḥ Ku. 2. 26; abhimataphalaśaṃsī cāru pusphora bāhuḥ Bk. 1. 27; prārthanāsiddhiśaṃsinaḥ R. 1. 42, Śi. 9. 77.
     (4) Presaging, foretelling; R. 3. 14, 12. 90.

śaṃstṛ m.
     (1) A praiser, panegyrist,
     (2) A reciter of hymns.

śak I. 5. P. (śakroti, śakta)
     (1) To be able, be competent for, have power to, effect (usually with an inf. and translateable by 'can'); adarśayan vaktumaśaknuvatyaḥ śākhābhirāvarjitapallavāṃbhiḥ R. 13. 24, Bk. 3. 6; Me. 20; sometimes, with acc. or dat.; Ms. 11. 139; with gen. also; see śakta.
     (2) To bear, endure.
     (3) To be powerful. --Pass. To be able, be possible or practicable (giving a passive sense to a following infinitive); tatkartuṃ śakyate 'it can be done'. --Desid. (śikṣati)
     (1) To wish to be able.
     (2) To learn. --II. 4 U. (śakyati-te, śakta)
     (1) To be able, have power to effect. To bear, endure.
     (3) To give.
     (4) To aid.
     (5) To know (mostly Ved. in these senses).

śakaḥ
     (1) N. of a king (especially applied to Śālivāhana; but scholars do not seem to have yet agreed as to the precise meaning and scope of the word).
     (2) An epoch, era (the term is especially applied to the era of Śālivāhana which commences 78 years after the Christian era). --kāḥ (m. pl.)
     (1) N. of a country.
     (2) N. of a particular tribe or race of people (mentioned in Ms. 10. 44 along with the Pauṇḍrakas, &c.; see Mu. 5. 11 also.).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ, --ariḥ epithets of king Vīkramāditya who is said to have exterminated the Śakas.
          --abdaḥ a year of the Śaka era.
          --kartṛ, --kṛt m. the founder of an era.

śakaṭaḥ --ṭam [śak-aṭan Uṇ. 4. 81] A cart, carriage, waggon; rohiṇīśakaṭaṃ Pt. 1. 213, 211, 212; Y. 3. 42. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A form of military array resembling a wedge; Ms. 7. 187.
     (2) A measure of capacity, cart-load equal to 2000 palas.
     (3) N. of a demon slain by Kṛṣṇa when quite a boy.
     (4) N. of a tree (tiniśa).
     (5) An implement for preparing grain.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ the axle of a cart.
          --ariḥ, --han m. epithets of Kṛṣṇa.
          --āhvā the lunar asterism Rohiṇī (so called because it is figured by a cart).
          --bhedaḥ the division of Rohiṇī by a planet passing through it.
          --bilaḥ a gallinule.

śakaṭikā A small cart, a toy-cart; as in macchakaṭikā.

śarkan n. Ordure, feces, especially of animals; (this word has no forms for the first five inflections, and is optionally substituted for śakṛt after acc. dual).

śakalaḥ --lam [śak-kalak Uṇ. 1. 109]
     (1) A part, portion, piece, fragment, bit; upalaśakalametadbhedakaṃ gomayānāṃ Mu. 3. 15; R. 2. 46, 5. 73. --laṃ
     (1) Bark.
     (2) The scales (of a fish).

śakalita a. Reduced to fragments, shattered to pieces.

śakalin m. A fish.

śakalīkṛ 8 U. To reduce to fragments or pieces, cut to pieces, divide.

śakāraḥ The brother of a king's concubine, the brother-in-law of a king by a wife not regularly married anūḍhābhrātṛ); (he is usually represented as a strange mixture of pride, folly, and vanity, of low family, and raised to power by reason of his relation to the king. In the Mṛchchhakaṭika of Śūdraka where he plays a prominent part, his character is well exhibited in his lightness and frivolity of spirit, vain-glory, constant references to his high connection, his blundering and ludicrous folly, but withal cruelty enough to throttle the heroine when she refused to yield to his desire; S. D. thus defines him: madamūrkhatābhimānī duṣkulataiśvaryasaṃyuktaḥ . soyamanūḍhābhrātā rājñaḥ śyālaḥ śakāra ityuktaḥ .. 81).

śakunaḥ [śak-unan Uṇ. 3. 49]
     (1) A bird (in general); śakunocchiṣṭaṃ Y. 1. 168.
     (2) A kind of bird, a vulture or kite.
     (3) A kind of song (sung at festivals). --naṃ
     (1) An omen, a prognostic, any omen presaging good or evil; Śi. 9. 83.
     (2) An auspicious omen.
     -- Comp.
          --jña a. knowing omens. (
          --jñā) a small house-lizard.
          --jñānaṃ knowledge of omens, augury.
          --śāstraṃ 'the science of omens', N. of a work.

śakuniḥ [śak-uni]
     (1) A bird; taruśakunikuraṃgān maithilī yānapuṣyat U. 3. 25; Ms. 12. 63.
     (2) A vulture, kite or eagle.
     (3) A cock.
     (4) N. of a son of Subala, king of Gāndhara and brother of Gāndharī, wife of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; he was thus the maternal uncle of Duryodhna whom he assisted in many of his wicked schemes to exterminate the Pāṇḍavas. The name is now usually applied to an old wicked-minded relative whose counsels tend to ruin.
     (5) N. of a demon killed by Kṛṣṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --īśvaraḥ N. of Garuḍa.
          --prapā a trough for watering birds.
          --vādaḥ 1. the cry or sound of a bird. --2. the crowing of a cock.

śakunī 1 A hen-sparrow.
     (2) A kind of bird.

śakuṃtaḥ [śak-uṃta]
     (1) A bird in general; aṃsavyāpiśakuṃtanīḍanicitaṃ bibhrajjaṭāmaṃḍalaṃ S. 7. 11.
     (2) The blue jay.
     (3) A kind of bird.
     (4) A sort of insect.

śakuṃtakaḥ A bird.

śakuṃtalā [śakuṃtaiḥ lāyate lā-ghañrthe ka] N. of the daughter of Viśvāmitra by the nymph Menakā who was sent down by Indra to disturb the sage's austerities. [When Menakā went up to the heaven she left the child in a solitary forest where she was taken care of by 'Śakuntas' or birds, whence she was called "Śakuntalā". She was afterwards found by the sage Kaṇva and brought up as his own daughter. When Dushyanta in the course of his hunting came to the sage's hermitage, he was fascinated by her charms and prevailed on her to become his wife by the Gandharva form of marriage; (see Dushyanta). She bore to him a son named Bharata, who became a universal monarch, and gave his name to India which came to be called Bharatavarsha].

śakuṃtiḥ A bird; kalamaviralaṃ ratyutkaṃṭhāḥ kvaṇaṃtu śakuṃtayaḥ U. 3. 24.

śakuṃtikā 1 A bird; chadmanā paridadāmi mṛtyave sauniko gṛhaśakuṃtikāmiva U. 1. 45.
     (2) A kind of bird.
     (3) A locust, cricket.

śakulaḥ, --lī A kin of fish.
     -- Comp.
          --adanī 1. a kind of medicinal plant (called Kaṭki). --2. an earthworm.
          --arbhakaḥ a kind of fish.

śakṛt n. [śak-ṛtan Uṇ. 4. 58] Ordure, excrement, especially of animals.
     -- Comp.
          --kariḥ m. f.,
          --karī a calf; śakṛtkarirvatsaḥ Sk.
          --dvāraṃ the anus.
          --piṃḍaḥ --piṃḍakaḥ a ball or lump of dung; śaṣpāṇyatti prakirati śakṛtpiṃḍakānāmramātrān U. 4. 27.

śakkaraḥ, śakkariḥ A bull.

śakkarī 1 A river.
     (2) A girdle, zone.
     (3) A woman of impure caste.
     (4) A finger.

śakta p. p. [śak-kta]
     (1) Able, capable, competent (with gen. or loc. or inf.); bahavo'sya karmaṇaḥ śaktāḥ Ve. 3; tasyopakāre śaktastvaṃ kiṃ jīvan kimutānyathā ibid.
     (2) Strong, mighty, powerful.
     (3) Rich, opulent; Ms. 11. 9.
     (4) Significant, expressive, conveying a meaning by denotation (abhidhā or śakti) and not by indication (lakṣaṇā) (as a word).
     (5) Clever, intelligent.
     (6) Speaking kindly or agreeably.

śaktiḥ f. [śak-ktin]
     (1)
          (a) Power, ability, capacity, strength, energy, prowess; daivaṃ nihatya kuru pauruṣamātmaśaktyā Pt. 1. 361; jñāni maunaṃ kṣamā śaktau R. 1. 22; so yathāśakti, svaśakti &c.
          (b) Faculty, capacity; smaraṇaśakti 'retentive faculty or memory'.
     (2) Regal power; (it has three parts or elements; prabhuśakti or prabhāvaśakti 'the majesty or pre-eminent position of the king himself'; 2 maṃtraśakti 'the power of good counsel', and 3 utsāhaśakti 'the power of energy'); rājyaṃ nāma śaktitrayāyattaṃ Dk.; trisādhanā śaktirivārthasaṃcayaṃ R. 3. 13, 6. 33, 17. 63; Śi. 2. 26.
     (3) The power of composition, poetic power or genius; śaktirnipuṇatā lokaśāstrakāvyādyavekṣaṇāt K. P. 1; see explanation ad loc.
     (4) The active power of a deity, regarded as his wife, female divinity; (these are variously enumerated, 8, 9 or even 50 being mentioned); sa jayati pariṇaddhaḥ śaktibhiḥ śaktināthaḥ Māl. 5. 1; S. 7. 35.
     (5) A kind of missile; śaktikhaṃḍāmarṣitena gāṃḍīvinoktaṃ Ve. 3; tato bibheda paulastyaḥ śaktyā vakṣasi lakṣmaṇaṃ R. 12. 77.
     (6) A spear, dart, pike, lance.
     (7) (In phil.) The relation of a term to the thing designated.
     (8) The power inherent in cause to produce its necessary effect.
     (9) (In Rhet.) The power or signification of a word; (these are three abhidhā, lakṣaṇā and vyaṃjanā); tisraḥ śabdasya śaktayaḥ S. D. 11. (10) The expressive power or denotation of a word (opp. lakṣaṇā and vyaṃjanā); it is thus defined: --asmācchabdādayamartho boddhavya ityākārako'nādisaṃketaḥ śaktiḥ Tarka K.
     (11) The female organ, the counterpart of the Phallus of Śiva worshipped by a sect of people called Sāktas.
     (12) A sword.
     (13) An implement in gambling.
     -- Comp.
          --ardhaḥ perspiring and panting through fatigue or exertion.
          --apekṣa, --apekṣin a. having regard to strength; Śi. 2. 93.
          --kuṃṭhanaṃ the deadening of a power.
          --graha a. 1. apprehending the force or meaning.
     (2) armed with a spear. (--haḥ) 1. apprehension of the force, meaning, or acceptation of a word. --2. a spearman, lancer. --3. an epithet of Śiva. --4. of Kārtikeya. --grāhaka a. determining or establishing the meaning of a word. (--kaḥ) an epithet of Kārtikeya. --trayaṃ the three constituent elements of regal power; see śakti
     (2) above. --dhara a. strong, powerful. (--raḥ) 1. a spearman. --2. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --pāṇiḥ, -bhṛt m. 1. a spearman. --2. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --pātaḥ prostration of strength. --pūjakaḥ a Śākta q. v. --pūjā the worship of Śakti. --pūrvaḥ an epithet of Parāśara. --kalyaṃ loss of strength, debility, incapacity. --hani a. powerless, weak, impotent. --hetikaḥ a lancer, spearman.

śaktitas ind. According to power, to the best of one's power or ability.

śaktimata a.
     (1) Strong, able, powerful, mighty.
     (2) Possessing a competence.

śakman n. Ved. Power, strength, energy. --m. N. of Indra.

śakya pot. p. 1 Possible, practicable, capable of being done or effected (usually with an inf.); śa kyo vārayituṃ jalena hutabhuk Bh. 2. 11, R. 2. 49, 54.
     (2) Fit to be effected.
     (3) Easy to be effected.
     (4) Directly conveyed or expressed (as the meaning of a word); śakyo'rtho'bhidhayā jñeyaḥ S. D. 10.
     (5) Potential. (The form śakyaṃ is some times used as a predicative word with an inf. in a passive sense, the real object of the infinitive being in the nom. case; evaṃ hi praṇaya vatī sā śakyamupekṣituṃ kupitā M. 3. 22; śakyaṃ ... aviralamāliṃgitu pavanaḥ S. 3. 7, vibhūtayaḥ śakyamava ptumūrjitāḥ Subhāṣ.; Bg. 18. 11.).
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ the meaning directly expressed.
          --pratīkāra a. remediable.

śaktu m. n. The flour or meal of barley, barley-meal; see saktu.

śakna, śaknu, a. Speaking kindly or agreeably.

śakraḥ [śak-rak]
     (1) N. of Indra; ekaḥ kṛtī śakuteṣu yo'nyaṃ śakrānna yācate Kuval.
     (2) The Arjuna tree.
     (3) The Kuṭaja tree.
     (4) An owl.
     (5) The asterism jyeṣṭhā.
     (6) The number 'fourteen'.
     (7) N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --aśanaḥ the Kuṭaja tree. (
          --naṃ) an intoxicating drink prepared from hemp.
          --ākhyaḥ an owl.
          --ātmajaḥ 1. Jayanta, son of Indra. --2. Arjuna.
          --utthānaṃ, --utsavaḥ a festival in honour of Indra on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādrapada.
          --gopaḥ a kind of red insect; cf iṃdragopa, --jaḥ, --jātaḥ a crow.
          --jit, --bhid m. epithets of Meghanada, son of Rāvaṇa.
          --drumaḥ the Devadāru tree.
          --dhanus n., śarāsanaṃ the rain-bow.
          --dhvajaḥ a flag set up in honour of Indra.
          --paryāyaḥ the Kuṭaja tree.
          --pādapaḥ 1. the Kuṭaja tree. --2. the Devadāru tree.
          --prasthaṃ = iṃdraprastha q. v.
          --bhavanaṃ, --bhuvanaṃ, vāsaḥ heaven, paradise.
          --bhūbhavā colocynth.
          --mātṛkā a wooden post for supporting Indra's banner.
          --mūrdhan m.,
          --śiras n. an ant-hill, a hillock.
          --lokaḥ the world of Indra.
          --vallī colocynth (iṃdravāruṇī). --vāhanaṃ a cloud.
          --śākhin m. the Kuṭaja tree.
          --śālā a sacrificial ground.
          --sārathiḥ 'the charioteer of Indra', an epithet of Mātali.
          --sutaḥ 1. an epithet of Jayanta. --2. of Arjuna. --3. of Vāli.
          --sṛṣṭā yellow myrobalan.

śakrāṇī N. of Sachī, wife of Indra.

śakriḥ
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (3) A mountain.
     (4) An elephant.

śakvaḥ An elephant.

śakvan a. Ved. Strong, powerful. --m. An elephant.

śakvaraḥ A bull, an ox. --rī
     (1) A finger.
     (2) A finger-ring.
     (3) A girdle, zone.
     (4) A cow.

śaṃk 1 A. (śaṃkate, śaṃkita)
     (1) To doubt, be uncertain, hesitate, be doubtful; śaṃke jīvati vā na vā Ram.
     (2) To dread, fear, be afraid (with abl.); nāśaṃkiṣṭa vivasvataḥ Bk. 15. 39; aśakitebhyaḥ śaketa śaṃkitebhyaśca sarvataḥ Subhāṣ.
     (3) To suspect, mistrust, distrust; svairdoṣairbhavati hi śaṃkito manuṣyaḥ Mk. 4. 2.
     (4) To think, believe, fancy, imagine, think probable, suspect, fear; tvayyāsanne nayanamuparispaṃdi śaṃke mṛgākṣyāḥ Me. 95; nāhaṃ punastathā tvāyi yathā hi māṃ śaṃkase bhīru V. 3. 14; Bk. 3. 26, N. 22. 42.
     (5) To start an objection, raise a doubt or objection (about); atredaṃ śaṃkyate (often used in controversial language); na ca brahmaṇaḥ pramāṇāṃtaragamyatvaṃ śaṃkituṃ śakyaṃ Sarva S. --Caus. To frighten, terrify.

śaṃkanīya a.
     (1) Doubtful, questionable.
     (2) Fit to be suspected; śaṃkanīyā hi lokesminniṣpratāpā daridratā Mk. 3. 24.
     (3) To be supposed or imagined.

śaṃkā [śaṃk-a]
     (1) Doubt, uncertainty.
     (2) Hesitation, scruple.
     (3) Suspicion, distrust misgiving; apāyaśaṃkā; ariṣṭaśaṃkā &c.
     (4) Fear, apprehension, dread, alarm; jātaśaṃkairdevermenakā nāmāpsarāḥ preṣitā S. 1; kaikeyīśaṃkayevāha R. 12. 2; 13. 42; Me. 69.
     (5) Hope, expectation.
     (6) (Mistaken) belief, suspicion, (wrong) impression; srajamapi śirasyaṃdhaḥ kṣiptāṃ dhunaṃ tyahiśakayā S. 7. 24; kurvan vadhūjanamanaḥsu śaśāṃkaśaṃkāṃ Ki. 5. 42; haritatṛṇodgamaśaṃkayā 5. 38.
     (7) An objection started in disputation.
     (8) Presumption.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita, ākula a filled with fear or doubt, doubtful, afraid.
          --abhiyogaḥ a charge on suspicion.
          --āspadaṃ a matter of doubt.
          --nivṛttiḥ f. solving or clearing a doubt.

śaṃkita p. p.
     (1) Doubted, suspected, feared.
     (2) Suspicious, suspecting, distrustful.
     (3) Uncertain, doubtful.
     (4) Fearful, apprehensive, alarmed; Pt. 1. 197.
     (5) Weak, unsteady; (see śaṃk).
     -- Comp.
          --cita, -manas a. 1. timid, faint-hearted. --2. suspicious, distrustful. --3. doubtful.
          --varṇaḥ a thief.

śaṃkin a.
     (1) Doubting, suspecting, fearing, believing (at the end of comp); tvadupāvartamaśaṃki me manaḥ R. 8. 53; atisnehaḥ pāpaśaṃkī S. 4.
     (2) Full of danger; tasmādaṃbupaterivāvanipateḥ sevā sadā śaṃkinī Subhāṣ.

śaṃkura a. Fearful, frightful.

śaṃkaḥ A draught-ox.

śaṃkara a. (rā --rī f.) [śaṃ sukhaṃ karoti kṛ-ac] Conferring happiness or prosperity, auspicious, propitious. --raḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) N. of a celebrated teacher and author; see App. II. --rī
     (1) N. of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva.
     (2) Bengal madder.
     (3) The Śamī tree.
     -- Comp.
          --āvāsaḥ the Kailāsa. --2. camphor.
          --priyaḥ the francoline partridge.

śaṃkuḥ [śaṃk-uṇ Uṇ. 1. 36]
     (1) A dart, spear, spike, javelin, dagger; oft. at the end of comp.; śokaśaṃkuḥ 'the dart of grief', i. e. sharp or poignant grief; U. 3. 35; R. 8. 93.
     (2) A stake, pillar, post, pale.
     (3) A nail, pin, peg; R. 12. 95.
     (4) The sharp head or point of an arrow, barb.
     (5) The trunk (of a lopped tree), stump, pollard.
     (6) The pin of a dial.
     (7) A measure of twelve fingers.
     (8) A measuring-rod
     (9) The sine of altitude (in astr.). (10) Ten billions.
     (11) The fibres of a leaf.
     (12) An ant-hill.
     (13) The penis.
     (14) The skate-fish.
     (15) A demon.
     (16) Poison.
     (17) Sin; crime.
     (18) An aquatic animal, particularly, a goose.
     (19) N. of Śiva. (20) The sāla tree.
     (21) A kind of perfume (nakhī).
     (22) N. of Kāma, the god of love.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇa a. spikecared. (
          --rṇaḥ) an ass.
          --jīvā (in astr.) the gnomon sine.
          --taruḥ, --vṛkṣaḥ the Sāla tree.

śaṃkavyam Anything fit for a stake (as wood &c.).

śaṃkuciḥ, śaṃkocaḥ(ciḥ) A skatefish.

śaṃkulā
     (1) A kind of knife or lancet.
     (2) A pair of scissors.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍaḥ a piece cut off with a pair of scissors.

śaṃkhaḥ --kham [śam-kha Uṇ. 1. 102]
     (1) The conch-shell, a shell; na śvetabhāvamujjhati śakhaḥ śikhibhuktamuktopi Pt. 4. 110; śaṃkhān dadhmuḥ pṛthak pṛthak Bg. 1. 18.
     (2) The bone on the forehead; śaṃkhāṃtaradyoti vilocanaṃ yat Ku. 7. 33.
     (3) The temporal bone.
     (4) The part between the tusks of an elephant.
     (5) A hundred billions.
     (6) A military drum or other martial instrument.
     (7) A kind of perfume (narkhā).
     (8) One of the nine treasures of Kubera.
     (9) N. of a demon slain by Viṣṇu. (10) N. of the author of a Smṛti (mentioned in conjunction with likhita q. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --udakaṃ the water poured into a conch-shell.
          --kāraḥ, --kārakaḥ a shell-cutter, described as a kind of mixed caste
          --kṣīraṃ an impossibility; cf. khapuṣpa. --carī, --carcī a mark made with sandal (on the forehead.).
          --cūrṇaṃ powder produced from shells.
          --jaḥ a large pearl (of the shape of a pigeon's egg).
          --drāvaḥ, --drāvakaḥ a solvent for dissolving shells.
          --dhmaḥ, --dhmā m. a shell-blower; conch-blower.
          --dhvaniḥ the sound of a conch (sometimes, but erroneously, used to denote a cry of alarm or despair).
          --pālaḥ an epithet of the sun.
          --prasthaḥ a spot on the moon.
          --bhṛt m an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --mukhaḥ an alligator.
          --muktā the mother of pearls.
          --likhitaḥ a righteous or just king. (-dual) N. of two writers of Smṛtis.
          --svanaḥ the sound of a conch.

śaṃkhakaḥ --kam A conch-shell. --kaḥ
     (1) A disease of the head.
     (2) The temporal bone. --kaṃ A bracelet (made of conch-shell); Śi. 13. 41.

śaṃkhanakaḥ(khaḥ) A small conch or shell.

śaṃkhin m.
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (3) A conch-blower.
     (4) A worker in shells.

śaṃkhinī
     (1) A woman of one of the four classes into which writers on erotic science divide women; the Ratimañjarī thus describes her: dīrghātidīrghanayanā varasuṃdarī yā kāmopabhogarasikā guṇaśīlayuktā . rekhātrayeṇa ca vibhūṣitakaṃṭhadeśā sabhogakelira saṃkā kila śaṃkhinī sā .. cf. citriṇī, hastinī, and padminī also.
     (2) A female spirit, or a kind of fairy.
     -- Comp.
          --phalaḥ the Sirīṣa tree.

śac 1 A. (śacate) To speak, say, tell.

śaciḥ --cī f. N. of the wife of Indra; R. 3. 13, 23. --cī Ved.
     (1) Speech, eloquence.
     (2) Activity, energy.
     (3) Power, strength,
     (4) A holy or pious act; devotion.
     -- Comp.
          --patiḥ, --bhartṛ m. epithets of Indra.

śaṃc 1 A. (śaṃcate) To go, move.

śaṭ I. 1 P. (śaṭati)
     (1) To be sick.
     (2) To divide, separate.
     (3) To be dissolved.
     (4) To be weary or dejected.
     (4) To go. --II. 10 A. (śāṭayate) To praise, flatter.

śaṭa a. Sour, acid, astringent.

śaṭā The matted hair of an ascetic; cf. jaṭā, siṃhakeśara.

śaṭiḥ f. The plant called Zedoary.

śaṭṭakam Flour of rice mixed with water and ghee.

śaṭh I. 1 P. (śaṭhati)
     (1) To deceive, cheat, defraud.
     (2) To hurt, kill.
     (3) To suffer pain. --II. 10 P. (śaṭhayati)
     (1) To finish.
     (2) To leave unfinished.
     (3) To go, move.
     (4) To be idle or lazy (śaṭhayati).
     (5) To deceive, cheat.
     (6) To speak ill of.
     (7) To speak well or elegantly.

śaṭha a. [śaṭh ac]
     (1) Crafty, deceitful, fraudulent, dishonest, perfidious.
     (2) Wicked, depraved. --ṭhaḥ 1 A rogue, cheat, knave, swindler; Ms. 4. 30, Bg. 18. 28.
     (2) A false or deceitful lover (who pretends to love one woman while his heart is fixed on another); dhruvamasmi śaṭaḥ śucismite viditaḥ kaitabavatsalastava R. 8. 49, 19. 31; śaṭha iti mayi tāvadastu te paricayavatyavadhīraṇāpriye M. 3. 19. (the S. D. thus defines a śaṭhaḥ --śaṭhoyamekatra baddhabhāvo yaḥ . darśiṃtabahiranurāgā vipriyamanyatra gūḍhabhācarati .. 74).
     (3) A fool, blockhead.
     (4) A mediator, arbitrator.
     (5) The Dhattūra plant.
     (6) An idler, a lazy fellow. --ṭhaṃ
     (1) Iron.
     (2) Saffron.

śaṇ 1 P. (śaṇati) To give.

śaṇam Hemp.
     -- Comp.
          --sūtraṃ 1. a hempen cord or string. --2. a net made of hemp. --3. cordage.

śaṇīram A bank or alluvial island in the middle of the river Soṇa.

śaṃṭhaḥ A eunuch (= śaṃḍha q. v.).

śaṃḍ 1 P. (śaṃḍati)
     (1) To heap, collect.
     (2) To hurt, wound.

śaṃḍaḥ [śaṃḍ ac Uṇ. 1. 113.]
     (1) An impotent man, a eunuch.
     (2) A bull.
     (3) A bull at liberty to move. --ḍaṃ A collection, multitude; cf. ṣaṃḍa or khaṃḍa.

śaṃḍhaḥ
     (1) A eunuch, an impotent man.
     (2) A male attendant in the women's apartments (chosen from the class of eunuchs or emasculated persons).
     (3) A bull.
     (4) A bull at liberty to move.
     (5) A mad-man.

śatam
     (1) A hundred; niḥsvo vaṣṭi śataṃ Sānti. 2. 6; śatamekopi saṃdhatte prākārastho dhanurdharaḥ Pt. 1. 229; (śata is used in the singular with a plural noun of any gender; śataṃ narāḥ; śataṃ gāvaḥ; or śataṃ gṛhāṇi, in which case it is treated as a numeral adjective; but sometimes in dual and plural also; dve śate; daśa śatāni &c. It is also used with a noun in the genitive; gavāṃ śataṃ, varṣāṇāṃ śataṃ 'a century of cows, years' &c At the end of comp., it may remain unchanged; bhava bhartā śaracchataṃ, or may be changed into śatī; as in āryāsaptaśatī a work of Govardhanāchārya.)
     (2) Any large number; as in śatapatra q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣī 1. night. --2. the goddess Durgā.
          --aṃgaḥ 1. a car, carriage; especially, a war-c hariot. --2. N. of a tree (tiniśa). --anīkaḥ an old man.
          --abdaṃ a century.
          --araṃ, --āraṃ the thunderbolt of Indra.
          --arus n., aruṣī a leprous disease of the skin.
          --avaraḥ a fine of a hundred. (
          --rī) 1. N of a plant. --2. N. of the wife or Indra.
          --ānakaṃ a cemetery.
          --ānaṃdaḥ 1. N. of Brahman. --2. of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa. --3. of the car of Viṣṇu. --4. of a son of Gautama and Ahalyā, the familypriest of Janaka; U. 1. 16.
          --āyus a. lasting or living for a hundred years.
          --āvartaḥ, --āvartin m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --īśaḥ 1. the ruler of a hundred. --2. the ruler of a hundred villages, Ms. 7. 115.
          --kuṃbhaḥ N. of a mountain (where gold is said to be found). (
          --bhaṃ) gold.
          --kṛtvas ind. a hundred times
          --koṭi a. hundred-edged. (
          --ṭiḥ) Indra's thunderbolt. (--f.) a hundred crores.
          --kratuḥ an epithet of Indra; R. 3. 38.
          --khaṃḍaṃ gold.
          --gu a. possessed of a hundred cows.
          --guṇa, -guṇita a. a hundredfold, increased a hundred times; V. 3. 22.
          --graṃthiḥ f. the Dūrva grass.
          --ghnaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --ghnī 1. a kind of weapon used as a missile (supposed by some to be a sort of rocket, but described by others as a huge stone studded with iron spikes and four talas in length; śataghnī ca catustālā lohakaṃṭakasaṃcitā; or ayaḥkaṃṭakasaṃcchannā śataghnī mahatī śilā); R. 12. 95. --2. a female scorpion. --3. a disease of the throat. --4. N. of a plant (karaṃja). --chadaḥ a kind of wood-pecker.
          --jihvaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --tārakā, --bhiṣaja --bhiṣā f. N. of the 24th lunar mansion containing one hundred stars.
          --dalā the white rose.
          --druḥ f. 1. N. of a river in the Panjab now called Sutlej. --2. N. of the Ganges.
          --dhāman m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --dhāra a. 1. flowing in a hundred streams. --2. having a hundred edges. (
          --raṃ) the thunderbolt of Indra.
          --dhṛtiḥ 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. of Brahman.
     (3) heaven or Svarga. --patraḥ 1. a peacock. --2. the (Indian) crane. --3. a wood-pecker. --4. a parrot or a species of it. (--trā) a woman. (--traṃ) a lotus; āvṛttavṛṃtaśatapatranibhaṃ (ānanaṃ) vahaṃtyā Māl. 1. 22. -yoniḥ an epithet of Brahman; kaṃpena mūrdhnaḥ śatapatrayoniṃ (saṃbhāvayāmāsa); Ku. 7. 46. --patrakaḥ the wood-pecker. --patrī, --patrikā the white rose. --pathabrāhmaṇaṃ N. of a well-known Brāhmaṇa attached to the Śukla Yajurveda. --pada, --pād a. having a hundred feet. --padī, --pād f. a certipede. --padmaṃ 1. a lotus with a hundred petals. --2 the white lotus. --parvan m. a bamboo. (f.) 1. the full-moon day in the month of Aśvina. --2. Dūrvā grass. --3. the plant Kaṭukā. --4. orris root. --5. the wife of Bhārgava or Śukra. -īśaḥ the planet Venus. --parbikā 1. Dūrva grass. --2. orris root. --3. barley. --pādaḥ, -pād m., --pādāṃ, --pādikā a centipede. --puṣpaḥ epithet of the poet Bhāravi. --prāsaḥ the Karavīra tree. --bhiṣaj see -tārakā. --bhīruḥ f. the Arabian jasmine. --makhaḥ, --manyuḥ 1. epithets of Indra; Ki. 2. 23; Bk. 1. 5; Ku. 2. 64; R. 9. 13. --2. an owl. --mānaḥ, --naṃ 1 a Pala of silver. --2. an Āḍhaka q. v. --pārjaḥ an armourer. --mukha a. 1. having a hundred ways. --2. having a hundred outlets, mouths, or openings; vivekabhraṣṭānāṃ bhavati vinipānaḥ śatamukhaḥ Bh. 2. 10 (where the word has sense 1. also). (--khaṃ) a hundred ways or openings. (--khī) a brush, broom. --mūlā the Dūrvā grass. --yajvan m. an epithet of Indra. --yaṣṭikaḥ a necklace of one hundred strings. --rūpā N. of a daughter of Brahman (who is supposed to be also his wife, from whose incestuous connection with her father is said to have sprung Manu Svāyambhuva). --lupaḥ, --lupakaḥ an epithet of the poet Bhāravi. --varṣa a. 1. a century old. --2. lasting for a hundred years. (--rṣaṃ) one hundred years, a century. --vīryā 1. whiteflowering Dūrvā. --2. the plant Śatāvarī. --vedhina m. a kind of sorrel. --śākha a. 1. various, multiform. --2. having hundred, i. e. many branches. --sahasraṃ 1. a hundred thousand. --2. several hundreds, i. e. a large number. --sāhasra a. 1. consisting of or containing a hundred thousand --2. bought with a hundred thousand. --hradā 1. lightning; Ku. 7. 39; Mk. 5. 48; V. 4. --2. the thunderbolt of Indra. --hrādā the thunderbolt.

śataka a.
     (1) A hundred.
     (2) Containing a hundred. --kaṃ
     (1) A century.
     (2) A collection of one hundred stanzas; as in nīti-, vairāgya-, śṛṃgāra- a collection of one hundred stanzas on Nīti' &c.

śatatama a. (mī f.) One-hundredth.

śatadhā ind. 1 In a hundred ways.
     (2) Into a hundred parts or pieces
     (3) A hundred-fold. --f. The Dūrvā grass.

śataśas ind.
     (1) By hundreds.
     (2) A hundred times; śataśaḥ śape Prab 3.; Ms. 12. 58.
     (3) A hundred-fold, variously, multifariously; Bg. 11. 5.

śatika a. (kī f.), śatya a. [śatena krotaḥ śatasya vikāraḥ tasyāyaṃ vā iti ṭhan yat vā]
     (1) Containing or consisting of a hundred; Y. 2. 208.
     (2) Relating to a hundred.
     (3) Effected with a hundred.
     (4) Bought with a hundred.
     (5) Changed with or for a hundred.
     (6) Bearing tax or interest per hundred.
     (7) Indicative of (the acquisition of) a hundred.

śatin a.
     (1) A hundred-fold.
     (2) Numerous. --m. The owner of a hundred; niḥsvo vaṣṭi śataṃ śatī daśaśataṃ Śānti. 2. 6; Pt. 5. 82.

śataponaḥ A sieve.

śataponakaḥ Fistula in the anus (with many external openings).

śatṛ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Kṛt affix at used in forming present participles of the Paraśmaipada.

śateraḥ 1 An enemy.
     (2) Injury, hurt.

śattriḥ An elephant.

śatruḥ [śad-trun Uṇ. 4. 103]
     (1) An overthrower, a desroyer, conqueror.
     (2) An enemy, a foe, an adversary; kṣamā śatrau ca mitre ca yatīnāmeva bhūṣaṇaṃ Subhāṣ.: ṛṇakartā pitā śatrurmātā ca vyabhicāriṇī . bhāryā rūpavatī śatruḥ putraḥ śatrurapaṃḍitaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (3) A political rival, a rival neighbouring king.
     -- Comp.
          --upajāpaḥ the secret whisperings of a foe, treacherous overtures of an enemy.
          --karṣaṇa, --damana, --nibarhaṇa a. subduing, overpowering, or destroying enemies.
          --ghnaḥ 'destroyer of enemies', an epithet of a brother of Rāma and twin brother of Lakṣmaṇa, being a son of Sumitrā. He killed the demon Lavaṇa and colonized Mathurā. He had two sons named Subāhu and Bahuśruta; see R. 15.
          --pakṣaḥ 1. the party or side of an enemy. --2. an opponent, antagonist.
          --marśanaḥ an epithet of Satrughna.
          --vigrahaḥ a hostile invasion.
          --vināśanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --saha, --sāha a. withstanding an enemy.
          --sevin a. serving a hostile prince; Ms. 7. 186.
          --hatyā foe-slaughter.
          --han a. foeslayer.

śatrujayaḥ 1 An elephant. --2 N. of a mountain.

śatruṃtapa a. Overcoming or destroying one's foes.

śatvarī Night.

śad I. 1 P. (but A. in conjugational tenses) śīyate, śanna
     (1) To fall, perish, decay, wither.
     (2) To go. --Caus. śādayati-te
     (1) To cause to go, impel.
     (2) śātayati-te
          (a) To fell, throw down, cut down; kiṃ bhūbhṛtkaṭakasthitivyasaninā vyarthaṃ khurāḥ śātitāḥ Subhāṣ.; Śi. 14. 80, 15. 24,
          (b) To kill, destroy. --II. 1. P. (śadati To go (usually with ā).

śadaḥ An eatable vegetable product (fruit, root &c.)

śadriḥ
     (1) An elephant.
     (2) Cloud.
     (3) N. of Arjuna. --driḥ f.
     (1) Lightning.
     (2) Candied sugar.

śadru a.
     (1) Going, moving.
     (2) Falling, perishing, decaying.

śanna p.p. Fallen, decayed, withered.

śanakaisa ind. Slowly; see śanais.

śaniḥ [śo-ani kicca Tv.]
     (1) The planet Saturn (the son of the sun and represented as of a black colour or dressed in dark-coloured clothes).
     (2) Saturday.
     (3) N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ black pepper.
          --pradoṣaḥ a term for the (evening) worship of Śiva performed on the thirteenth day of a lunar fortnight when it falls on a Saturday.
          --prasūḥ f. an epithet of Chhāyā, wife of the sun; cf. saṃjñā. --priyaṃ a sapphire.
          --vāraḥ, --vāsaraḥ Saturday.

śanais ind.
     (1) Slowly, gently, quietly.
     (2) Gradually, by degrees, little by little; dharmaṃ saṃcinuya cchanaiḥ; Ku. 3. 59; Ms. 3 217.
     (3) Successive ly, in due order, Ms. 1. 15.
     (4) Mildly, softly.
     (5) Tardily, sluggishly.
     (6) Independently. śanaiḥ śanaiḥ slowly, by slow degrees).
     -- Comp.
          --cara a. going or moving slowly; śanaiśvarābyāṃ pādābyāṃ reje grahamayīva sā Bh. 1. 17. (where it means 'Saturn' also).
          --raḥ the planet Saturn.

śaṃtanuḥ N. of a king of the lunar race. He married Gaṅgā and Satyavatī; by the former wife he had a son named Bhīṣma, and by the latter Chitrāṅgada and Vichitravīrya. Bhīṣma remained a celibate all his life, and his younger brothers died childless; cf. bhīṣma.

śap A technical term used by Paṇini for the conjugational sign a inserted between the root and the terminations of the conjugational tenses in the first class of roots.

śap ind. A particle and prefix implying assent or compliance.

śap 1. 4. U. (śapati-te, śapyati-te, śapta)
     (1) To curse, execrate; aśapadbhava mānuṣīti tāṃ R. 8. 80; so'bhūtparāsuratha bhūmipatiṃ śaśāpa (vṛddhaḥ) 9. 78, 1. 77. --2 To swear, take an oath, promise by oath, say on oath, (usually with dat. of the person to whom a promise &c. is made and instr. of the object by which it is made); bharatenātpanā cāhaṃ śape te manujādhipa . yathā nānyena tuṣyeyamṛte rāmavivāsanāt Rām; when used without an object it generally governs the instr. of the thing and dat. of the person by which or whom the oath is taken; satyaṃ śapāmi ne pādapaṃkajasparśena K.; Ghaṭ. 22; aśapta nihnuvānā'sau sītāyai smaramohitaḥ Bk. 8. 74; prema jijñāsamānābyastābyo'śapsata kāminaḥ 8. 33; sometimes śap governs a cognate accusative sahatraśo'sau śapathānaśapyat Bk. 3. 32.
     (3) To blame, scold, revile, abuse (with dat or by itself); dviṣadbhyaścāśapastayā Bk. 17. 4. prativācamadatta keśavaḥ śapamānāya na cedibhūbhuje Śi. 16 25. --Caus. (śāpayati-te) To bind by an oath, conjure; śāpito'si gobrāhmaṇakāmyayā Mk. 3; śāpitāsi mama lavaṃgikāvalokitayośva jīvitena yadi vācā na kathayasi Māl. 8.

śapaḥ śap-ac
     (1) A curse, an imprecation.
     (2) An oath.

śapathaḥ [śap-athan]
     (1) Cursing.
     (2) A curse, an imprecation, anathema.
     (3) An oath, swearing, taking or administering an oath, asseveration by oath or ordeal; āmodo na hi kastūryāḥ śapathenānubha vyate Bv. 1. 120; Ms. 8. 109.
     (4) Conjuration, binding by oaths; Māl. 3. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ an affidavit, a statement on oath.

śapanam
     (1) See śapatha.
     (2) Reviling; abuse.

śapta p. p.
     (1) Cursed.
     (2) Sworn.
     (3) Reviled, abused; (see śap).

śaphaḥ --pham [śam-ac pṛṣo- pasyaphaḥ]
     (1) A hoof.
     (2) The root of a tree.
     -- Comp.
          --ūruḥ f. a woman having thighs resembling the two divisions of a cow's hoof; see P. IV. 1. 70.

śapharaḥ (rī f.) [śaphaṃ rāti rā-ka Tv.] A kind of small glittering fish; moghīkartuṃ caṭulaśapharodvartanaprekṣitāni Me. 40; Śi. 8. 24; Ku. 4. 39.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ the fish called Ilīṣa.

śaba(va)raḥ
     (1) A mountaineer, barbarian, savage; rājan guṃjāphalānāṃ straja iti śavarā naiva hāraṃ harāṃti K. P. 10.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     (3) The hand.
     (4) Water.
     (5) N. of a celebrated commentator and writer on Mīmāmsā --rī
     (1) A Sabara female.
     (2) A female Kirāta who was an ardent devotee of Rāma.
     -- Comp.
          --ālayaḥ the abode of wild mountaineers or barbarians.
          --lodhraḥ the wild Lodhra tree.

śaba(va)la  a.
     (1) Spotted, brindled, variegated; kvacitprabhā cāṃdramasī tamobhiśrchāyāvilīnaiḥ śabalīkṛteva R. 13. 56, 5. 44; Mv. 7. 26.
     (2) Varied, divided into various parts.
     (3) Articulate; imitative. --laḥ A variegated colour. --lā, --lī
     (1) A spotted or brindled cow.
     (2) The cow of plenty or Kāmadhenu q. v. --laṃ Water.

śabd 10 U. śabdayati te, śabdita)
     (1) To sound, make a noise.
     (2) To speak, call out, call out to; vitatamṛdukarāgraḥ śabdayaṃtyā vayobhiḥ paripatati divoṃ'ke helayā bālasūryaḥ Śi. 11. 47.
     (3) To name, call; ata eva sāgariketi śabdyate Ratn. 4. --WITH abhi to name. --pra to explain. --saṃ to call out to.

śabdaḥ [śabd-ghañ]
     (1) Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of ākāśa); athātmanaḥ śabdaguṇaṃ guṇajaḥ padaṃ vimānena vigāhamānaḥ R. 13. 1.
     (2) Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; viśvāsopagamādabhinnagatayaḥ śabdaṃ sahaṃte mṛgāḥ S. 1. 14; Bg. 1. 13; S. 3. 1; Ms. 4. 31; Ku. 1. 45.
     (3) The sound of a musical instrument; vādyaśabdaḥ Pt. 2; Ku. 1. 45.
     (4) A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. introduction); ekaḥ śabdaḥ samyagadhītaḥ samyak prayuktaḥ svarge loke kāmadhugbhavati; so śabdārthau.
     (5) A declinable word, a noun, substantive.
     (6) A title, an epithet; yasyārthayuktaṃ girirājaśabdaṃ kurvaṃti ba lavyajanaiścamaryaḥ Ku. 1. 13; S. 2. 14; nṛpeṇa cakre yuvarājaśabdabhāk R. 3. 35, 2. 53, 64, 3. 49, 5. 22; 18. 42; V. 1. 1.
     (7) The name, mere-name; as in śabdapati q. v.
     (8) Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa).
     (9) Grammar.
     -- Comp.
          --atīta a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable.
          --adhiṣṭhānaṃ the ear.
          --adhyāhāraḥ supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis).
          --anurūpa a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; śabadānurūpeṇa pākrameṇa bhavitavyaṃ Pt. 1.
          --anuśāsanaṃ the science of words; i. e. grammar.
          --arthaḥ the meaning of a word.
          --rthau dual) a word and its meaning; adoṣau śabdārthau K. P. 1.
          --alaṃkāraḥ a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp arthālaṃkāra); e. g. see K. P. 9
          --ākhayaya a. to be communicated in words; Me. 103. (
          --yaṃ) an oral or verbal communication.
          --āḍabaraḥ bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words.
          --ādi a. beginning with śabda (as the objects of sense); R. 10. 25.
          --kāra a. sounding sonorous.
          --kośaḥ a lexicon, dictionary.
          --gata a. inherent or residing in a word.
          --guṇa a. having sound for its quality; R. 13. 1.
          --grahaḥ
     (1) catching the sound.
     (2) the ear. --grāmaḥ the range or reach of sound. --cāturyaṃ cleverness of style, eloquence. --citraṃ one of the two subdivisions of the last (avara or adhama) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word citra). --coraḥ 'a word-thief,' a plagiarist. --tanmātraṃ the subtle element of sound. --patiḥ a lord in name only, nominal lord; nanu śabdapatiḥ kṣiterahaṃ tvāyi me bhāvanibaṃdhanā ratiḥ R. 8. 52. --pātin a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tracing a sound; śabdapātinamiṣuṃ visasarja R. 9. 73. --pramāṇaṃ verbal or oral evidence. --bodhaḥ knowledge derived from verbal testimony. --brahman n. 1. the Vedas. --2. spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Spirit or the Spirit itself; śabdabrahmaṇastādṛśaṃ vivartamitihāsaṃ U. 2, 7. 20. --3. a property of words called sphoṭa q. v. --bhedin a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (--m.) 1. an epithet of Arjuna.
     (2) the anus. --3. a kind of arrow. --yomiḥ f. a root, radical word. --vidyā, śāstraṃ the science of words; i. e. grammar; anaṃtapāraṃ kila śabdaśāstraṃ Pt. 1; Śi. 2. 112; 14. 24. --virodhaḥ opposition of words (in a sentence). --viśeṣaḥ a variety of sound. --viśeṣaṇaṃ (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word. --vṛttiḥ f. the function of a word (in Rhet.). --vedhin a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see śabdapātin. (--m) 1. a kind of arrow. --2. an archer. --3. a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds. --4. an epithet of king Dasaratha. --5. an epithet of Arjuna. --śaktiḥ f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see śakti. --śāsanaṃ 1. a rule of grammar. --2. the science of grammar. --śuddhiḥ f. 1. purity of words. --2. the correct use of words. --śleṣaḥ a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from arthaśleṣa in-as-much as the pun disappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in arthaślaṣa the pun remains unchanged; śabdapari vṛttisahatvamarthaśrleṣaḥ) --saṃgrahaḥ a vocabulary, lexicon. --sauṣṭhavaṃ elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style. --saukaryaṃ ease of expression.

śabdana a. [śabd lyu lyuṭ vā] Sounding, making a sound. --naṃ
     (1) Sounding, making a noise, uttering a sound
     (2) A sound, noise.
     (3) Calling out, calling.
     (4) Naming.

śabdāyate Den. A.
     (1) To make a noise, sound; śabdāyaṃte madhuramanilaiḥ kīcakāḥ pūryamāṇāḥ Me. 56.
     (2) To cry, roar, scream, yell; Bk. 5. 52; 17. 91.
     (3) To call, call out to; ete hastināpuragāmina ṛṣayaḥ śabdāyyaṃte S. 4; Mu. 1; bhavatu śabdāyiṣye tāvat Ve. 3; Mk. 1.

śābdita p. p.
     (1) Sounded, made to give out a sound, played upon (as a musical instrument).
     (2) Uttered, articulated.
     (3) Called, called out to.
     (4) Named; designated.
     (5) Explained.
     (6) Made public, manifested. --taṃ Noise, cry.

śam ind. A particle meaning welfare, happiness, prosperity, health, and generally used to express a blessing or pious wish, (with dat. or gen.); śaṃ devadattāya or devadattasya (often used in modern letters as an auspicious conclusion; iti śam).
     -- Comp.
          --kara see s. v.
          --tāti a. conferring happiness, propitious, auspicious.
          --pākaḥ 1. lac, red dye. --2. cooking, maturing.
          --bhu see s. v.

śam I. 4 P. (śāmyati, śāṃta)
     (1) To be calm, quiet or tranquil, be appeased or pacified; (as a person); śāmyetpratyapakāreṇa nopakāreṇa durjanaḥ Ku. 2. 40; kākutsthamuddiśya samatsaro'pi śaśāma teta kṣitipālalokaḥ R. 7. 3; śāṃto lavaḥ U. 6. 7.
     (2) To cease, stop, come to an end; ciṃtā śaśāma sakalā'pi saroruhāṇāṃ Bv. 3. 7; na jātu kāmaḥ kāmānāmupabhogena śāmyati Ms. 2. 94 'is not satisfied'.
     (3) To be quelled, be extinguished or quenched; śaśāma vṛṣṭryāpi vinā davāgniḥ R. 2. 14, U. 5. 7.
     (4) To desist, leave off (speaking &c.).
     (5) To put an end to, destroy, kill (also 9 P. in this sense). --Caus. (śamayati-te, but śāmayati-te in the sense of 'seeing', see śam II).
     (1) To appease, allay, calm, tranquillize, pacify, soothe; kaḥ śītalaiḥ śamayitā vacanaistavādhiṃ Bv. 3. 1; saṃraṃbhaṃ śamayāmāsa R. 15. 85, 17. 55; S. 5. 7.
     (2) To put an end, to stop; Ku. 2. 56.
     (3) To remove, avert; pratikūlaṃ daivaṃ śamayituṃ S. 1.
     (4) To subdue, tame, defeat, conquer, vanquish; śamayati gajānanyān gaṃdhadvipaḥ kalabho'pi san V. 5. 18; R 9. 12, 11. 59.
     (5) To kill, destroy, slay; Ve. 5. 5.
     (6) To quench, extinguish; sutaptamapi pānīyaṃ śamayatyeva pāvakaṃ H. 1. 88, Me. 53.
     (7) To leave off, desist, cease. --II. 10 U. śāmayati-te
     (1) To see, look at, inspect.
     (2) To show, display.

śamaḥ [śam-ghañ]
     (1) Quiet, tranquillity, calmness.
     (2) Rest, calm, repose, cessation.
     (3) Absence or restraint of passions, mental quietness, quietism; śamarate'maratejasi pārthive R. 9. 4; Ki. 10. 10; 16. 48, Śi. 2. 94; Bg. 10. 4.
     (4) Allayment, mitigation, alleviation, satisfaction, pacification (of grief, thirst, hunger &c.); śamamupayātu mamāpi cittadāhaḥ U. 6. 8; śamameṣyati mama śokaḥ kathaṃ nu vatse S. 4. 20.
     (5) Peace; as in śamopanyāsa Ve. 5.
     (6) Final emancipation (from all worldly illusions and attachments).
     (7) The hand.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtakaḥ the god of love (a destroyer of mental tranquillity).
          --para a. tranquil, quiet, stoical.
          --pradhāna a. in whom tranquillity or quietism predominates; śamapradhāneṣu tapodhaneṣu S. 2. 7.

śamathaḥ śam-athac
     (1) Tranquillity, calmness; especially mental calmness, absence of passion.
     (2) A counsellor, minister.

śamana a. nī f. [śam ṇic lyu lyuṭ vā] Quelling, allaying, subduing &c. --naṃ
     (1) Appeasing, allaying, soothing, conquering, alleviating, &c.
     (2) Calmness, tranquillity.
     (3) End, stop, cessation, destruction.
     (4) Hurting, injuring.
     (5) Killing animals for sacrifice, immolation.
     (6) Swallowing, chewing. --naḥ
     (1) A kind of deer, an antelope.
     (2) N of Yama, the god of death.
     -- Comp.
          --svasṛ f. 'Yama's sister', epithet of the river Yamunā.

śamanī Night.
     -- Comp.
          --sadaḥ (--ṣadaḥ) a demon, goblin.

śamalam [śam-kalac]
     (1) Feces, ordure, excrement.
     (2) Impurity, sediment
     (3) Sin, moral impurity.
     (4) A calamity, misfortune.

śamita p.p.
     (1) Appeased, allayed, soothed, calmed.
     (2) Alleviated, cured, relieved.
     (3) Relaxed.
     (4) Calm, sedate.
     (5) Moderated, tempered.

śamin a.
     (1) Calm, tranquil, pacific.
     (2) One who has subdued his passions, self-controlled; Bk. 7. 5, Mk. 1. 16.

śamī [śam-in vā ṅīp] (śami sometimes) 1 N. of a tree (said to contain fire); agnigarbhāṃ śamīmiva S. 4. 3; Ms. 8. 247; dhruvaṃ sa nīlotpalapatradhārayā śamīlatāṃ chettumṛṣirvyavasyati S. 1. 18; Y. 1. 302.
     (2) A pod, legume.
     -- Comp.
          --garbhaḥ 1. an epithet of fire.
     (2) a Brāhmaṇa, one belonging to the sacerdotal or priestly class. --dhānyaṃ any pulse or grain growing in pods, leguminous grain. --rohaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

śamī(mi)raḥ  A small variety of the Samī tree.

śaṃpā Lightning.

śaṃb I. 1 P. (śaṃbati) To go, move. --II. 10 P. (śaṃbayati) To collect, heap together.

śaṃba(va) a [śaṃb-ac]
     (1) Happy, fortunate.
     (2) Poor, unfortunate. --baḥ
     (1) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (2) The iron head of a pestle.
     (3) An iron chain worn round the loins.
     (4) Ploughing 'with the grain' or in the regular direction.
     (5) The second ploughing of a field. (śaṃbākṛ means 'to plough twice').

śaṃbara a. [śaṃb-arac] Best, excellent. --raḥ
     (1) N. of a demon slain by Pradyumna, q v.
     (2) A mountain.
     (3) A kind of deer.
     (4) A Jina.
     (5) N. of the trees citraka, loghra, and arjuna.
     (6) A kind of fish.
     (7) War. --raṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) Wealth.
     (4) A rite or religious observance
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, sadanaḥ epithets of Pradyumna or the god of love.
          --asuraḥ the demon Sambara.

śaṃbarī
     (1) Illusion, jugglery.
     (2) A female juggler.

śaṃbalaḥ --lam [śaṃb-kalac]
     (1) A bank, shore.
     (2) Provisions for a journey, viaticum.
     (3) Envy, jealousy.

śaṃbalī A procuress.

śaṃbuḥ, śaṃbukaḥ, śaṃbukkaḥ A bivalve shell.

śaṃbūkaḥ
     (1) A bivalve shell śaṃbūkā also in this sense).
     (2) A small conch-shell.
     (3) A snail.
     (4) The edge of the frontal protuberance of an elephant.
     (5) N. of a Śūdra (who practised penance though forbidden to his caste and was in consequence slain by Rama; see inter alia U. 2. and R. 15).

śaṃbhaḥ
     (1) A happy man.
     (2) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (3) The ironhead of a pestle.

śaṃbhalī A bawd, procuress.

śaṃbhu a. [śaṃ-bhū-ḍu] Causing happiness, granting prosperity. --bhuḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) Brahman.
     (3) A sage, venerable man.
     (4) A kind of Siddha.
     (5) N. of Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --tanayaḥ, --naṃdanaḥ, --sutaḥ epithets of Kārtikeya or Gaṇesa.
          --priyā N. of Durgā. --2. emblic myrobalan āmalakī --vallabhaṃ the white lotus.

śamyā [śam-yat ṭāp]
     (1) A wooden stick or post.
     (2) A staff.
     (3) The pin of a yoke.
     (4) A kind of cymbal.
     (5) A sacrifical vessel.

śaya a. (yā, --yī f.) [śī-ac] Lying down, sleeping (usually at the end of comp.); rātrijāgaraparo divāśayaḥ R. 19. 34; so uttānaśaya, pārśvaśaya, vṛkṣeśaya, bileśaya &c. --yaḥ
     (1) Sleep.
     (2) A bed, couch.
     (3) A hand.
     (4) A snake, especially the boa.
     (5) Abuse, imprecation, curse.
     (6) A stake.

śayaṃḍa a. Sleepy, sleeping.

śayatha a. [śī-athac] Sleepy, asleep. --thaḥ
     (1) Death.
     (2) A kind of snake, the boa-constrictor.
     (3) A boar.
     (4) A fish.

śayanam [śī-lyuṭ]
     (1) Sleeping, sleep, lying down.
     (2) A bed, couch; śayanastho na bhuṃjīta Ms. 4. 74, R. 1. 95; V. 3. 10.
     (3) Copulation, sexual union.
     -- Comp.
          --a (ā) gāraḥ --raṃ, --gṛhaṃ a bed-chamber, sleeping apartments.
          --ekādaśī the eleventh day of the bright half of Āṣādha when Viṣṇu lies down to enjoy his four months' repose.
          --sakhī a bed-fellow.
          --sthānaṃ a sleeping apartment, bedchamber.

śayanīyam [śī-ādhare anīyar] A bed, couch; pariśūnyaṃ śayanīyamadya me R. 8. 66; kāṃtāsakhasya śayanīyaśilātalaṃ te U. 3. 21; śayanīyakaṃ in the same sense).

śayānakaḥ
     (1) A chameleon.
     (2) A kind of snake, the boa.

śayālu a. [śī-āluc] Sleepy, slothful; haṃti nopaśayasthopi śayālurmṛgayurmṛgān Śi. 2. 80. --luḥ
     (1) A kind of snake, the boa-constrictor.
     (2) A dog.
     (3) A jackal.

śayita p. p. [śī-kartari kta]
     (1) Sleeping, reposed, asleep.
     (2) Lying down. --taṃ Sleep, sleeping.

śayuḥ, śayunaḥ A large snake, the boa.

śayyā [śī-ādhāre kyap]
     (1) A bed, couch; śayyā bhūmitalaṃ Śānti. 4. 9; mahī ramyā śayyā Bh. 3. 79; R. 5. 66.
     (2) Sleeping.
     (3) Tying, stringing together.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyakṣaḥ, --pālaḥ, the superintendent or guardian of a king's bed-chamber.
          --utsaṃgaḥ the side of a bed.
          --gata a. 1. lying in a bed.
     (2) confined to a bed. --gṭahaṃ a bed-chamber; R. 16. 4.

śaraḥ [śṝ-ac]
     (1) An arrow, a shaft; kva ca niśitanipātā vajrasārāḥ śarāste S. 1. 10.
     (2) A kind of white reed or grass; śarakāṃḍapāṃḍugaṃḍasthalā M. 3. 8; mukhaṃna sītā śarapāḍureṇa R. 14. 26: Śi. 11 30.
     (3) The cream of slightly curdled milk, cream
     (4) Hurt, injury, wound.
     (5) The number 'five.' --raṃ Water.
     -- Comp.
          --agryaḥ an excellent arrow.
          --abyāsaḥ -āghātaḥ archery.
          --asanaṃ, --āsyaṃ an arrow shooter, a bow; śarāsanaṃ neṣu vikṛṣyatāmidaṃ S. 6 28; R. 3. 52; Ku. 3. 64.
          --akṣepaḥ flight of arrows.
          --āropaḥ, --āvāpaḥ a bow.
          --āśrayaḥ a quiver.
          --ahata a. struck by an arrow.
          --iṣīkā an arrow.
          --iṣṭaḥ the mango tree.
          --aoghaḥ a shower or multi tude of arrows.
          --kāṃḍaḥ 1. a reedstalk. --2. a shaft of an arrow.
          --ghātaḥ shooting with arrows, archery.
          --jaṃ fresh butter.
          --jaḥ N. of Kārtikeya.
          --janman m. an epithet of Kārtikeya; R. 3. 23.
          --jālaṃ a multitude or dense mass of arrows.
          --dhiḥ a quiver.
          --pātaḥ an arrow's flight. -sthānaṃ a bow-shot.
          --puṃkhaḥ, puṃkhā the feathered end of an arrow.
          --pravegaḥ a swift arrow.
          --phalaṃ the blade or barb of an arrow.
          --bhaṃgaḥ N. of a sage whom Rāma visited in the Daṇḍaka forest; R. 13. 45.
          --bhūḥ N. of Kārtikeya.
          --bhṛṣṭiḥ f. the point of an arrow.
          --mallaḥ a bow-man, an archer.
          --vanaṃ (vaṇaṃ) a thicket of reeds; Me. 45. -udbhavaḥ, -bhavaḥ epithets of Kārtikeya.
          --varṣaḥ a shower or volley of arrows.
          --vāṇiḥ 1. the head of an arrow. --2. an archer. --3. a maker of arrows. --4. a footsoldier.
          --vṛṣṭiḥ f. a shower of arrows.
          --vrātaḥ a mass or multitude of arrows.
          --saṃdhānaṃ taking aim with an arrow; śarasaṃdhānaṃ nāṭayati S. 1.
          --sabādha a. covered with arrows: U. 4. 29.
          --staṃcaḥ a clump of reeds.

śaraṭaḥ [śṝ-aṭan]
     (1) A chameleon.
     (2) A safflower.

śaraṇam [śṝ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Protection, help, succour, defence; bhūtvā śaraṇyā śaraṇārthamanyaṃ kathaṃ prapattye tvayi dīpyamāne R. 14. 64, V. 1. 3; U. 4. 23.
     (2) Refuge, shelter; Ku. 3. 8; Pt. 2.
     (3) A place of refuge, resort, asylum (applied to persons also); sa surāsurasya jagataḥ śaraṇaṃ Ki. 18. 22; saṃtaptānāṃ tvamasi śaraṇaṃ Me. 7; śaraṇaṃ gamai-yā &c. 'to go to for protection, take shelter with, to submit to'; yāmi ha kamiha śaraṇaṃ Gīt. 7.
     (4) A sanctuary, closet, an apartment; agniśaraṇamārgamādaṃśaya S. 5.
     (5) An abode, a house, habitation; Mu. 3. 15; Bk. 6. 9.
     (6) Lair, restingplace.
     (7) Injuring, killing.
     -- Comp.
          --aryin a.
          --eṣin a. 1. seeking refuge or protection; Bh. 2. 76.
     (2) unfortunate. --āgata, --āpanna a. gone to for refuge or protection, taking shelter with, fugitive. --untukha a. looking up to for protection; R. 6. 21.

śaraṇya a. [śaraṇe sādhuḥ yat] Fit to protect, yielding protection, a protector, refuge; asau śaraṇyaḥ śaraṇonmukhānāṃ R. 6. 21; śaraṇyo lokānāṃ Mv. 4. 1; R. 2. 30; 14. 64, 15. 2; Ku. 5. 76.
     (2) Needing protection, poor, miserable. --ṇyaḥ An epithet of Śiva. --ṇyaṃ
     (1) A place of refuge, shelter.
     (2) A protector, who or what affords protection; U. 1. 50 v. l.
     (3) Protection, defence.
     (4) Injury, hurt.

śaraṇī (ṇiḥ f.)
     (1) A road, path.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) A row, line.

śaraṇyuḥ
     (1) A protector.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) Wind.

śaraṃḍaḥ
     (1) A bird.
     (2) A chameleon.
     (3) A cheat, rogue.
     (4) A lecher, libertine.
     (5) A kind of ornament.

śarad f. [śṝ-adi Uṇ. 1. 129] 1. The autumn, autumnal season (comprising the two months āśvina and kārtika); yātrāyai codayāmāsa taṃ śakteḥ prathamaṃ śarad R. 4. 24.
     (2) A year; tvaṃ jīva śaradaḥ śataṃ; R. 10. 1; U. 1. 15; dhāriṇībhūtadhāriṇyārbhava bhartā śaracchataṃ M. 1. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ the end of autumn, winter.
          --aṃbudharaḥ an autumnal cloud.
          --udāśayaḥ an antumnal lake.
          --kāmin m. a dog.
          --kālaḥ the autumnal season.
          --ghanaḥ, --meghaḥ an autumnal cloud.
          --caṃdraḥ (śaraccaṃdraḥ) the autumnal moon
          --triyāmā an autumnal night
          --padmaḥ, --dmaṃ the white lotus.
          --parvan n. the festival called Kojagara; q. v.
          --mukhaṃ the commencemont of autumn.

śaradā
     (1) Autumn.
     (2) A year.

śaradija a. Autumnal.

śarabhaḥ [śṝ-abhac Uṇ. 3. 122]
     (1) A young elephant.
     (2) A fabulous animal said to have 8 legs and to be stronger than a lion; śarabhakulamajihmaṃ proddharatyaṃbu kūpāt Rs. 1. 23; aṣṭapādaḥ śarabhaḥ siṃhaghātī Mb.
     (3) A camel.
     (4) A grass-hopper.
     (5) A locust.

śarayuḥ(yūḥ) f. N. of a river; see sarayu (yū)

śarala a.
     (1) See sarala.
     (2) Crooked; fraudulent (according to Sabdak).

śaralakam Water.

śaravyam [śarave śaraśikṣāyai hitaṃ śaru-yat] A butt or mark (for arrows), target (fig. also); tau śaravyamakarotsa netarān R. 11. 27; kṛtāḥ śaravyaṃ hariṇā tavāsurāḥ S. 6. 28; R. 7. 45; Śi. 7. 24; vyasanaśataśaravyatāṃ gatāḥ K.

śarāṭiḥ (--ḍiḥ tiḥ --riḥ --liḥ) A kind of bird.

śarāru a. Noxious, hurtful, injurious. --ruḥ A mischievous animal; śarārucakacārabhīṣaṇāyāṃ mahāṭavyāṃ Dk.

śarāvaḥ --vam [śaraṃ dadhyādisāramavati ava-aṇ Tv.]
     (1) A shallow dish, platter, an earthenware vessel, tray; modakaśarāvaṃ gṭahītvā V. 3; Ms. 6. 56.
     (2) A cover, lid.
     (3) A measure equal to 2 Kudavas.

śarāvatī N. of a town of which Lava was made ruler by Rāma; R. 15. 97.

śariman m. Bearing, bringing forth.

śarīram [śṝ-īran]
     (1) The-body (of animate or inanimate objects); śaroramādyaṃ khalu dharmasādhanaṃ Ku. 5. 33.
     (2) The constituent element; śarīraṃ tāvadiṣṭārthavyavacchinnā padāvalī Kāv. 1. 10; śarīramasi saṃsārasya U. 7.
     (3) Bodily strength.
     (4) A dead body.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. the interior of the body. --2. another body.
          --āvaraṇaṃ the skin.
          --kartṛ m. a father.
          --karṣaṇaṃ emaciation of the body.
          --jaḥ 1. sickness. --2. lust, passion.
     (3) the god of love. --4. a son, offspring; Ki. 4. 31. --tulya a. equal to, i. e. as dear as, one's own person. --daṃḍaḥ 1. corporal punishment. --2. mortification of the body (as in penance). --dhṛk a. having a body. --patanaṃ, --pātaḥ shuffling off the mortal coil', death. --pākaḥ emaciation (of the body). --baddha a. endowed with a body, embodied, incarnate; śarīrabaddhaḥ prathamāśramo yathā Ku. 5. 30. --baṃdhaḥ 1. the bodily frame; śarīrabadhena tirobabhūva R. 16. 23.
     (2) being endowed with a body; i. e. birth as an embodied being; R. 13. 58. --badhaṃkaḥ a hostage. --bhāj a. embodied, incarnate. (--m.) a creature, an embodied being. --bhedaḥ separation of the body (from the soul), death. --yaṣṭiḥ f. a slender body, slim or delicate figure. --yātrā means of bodily sustenance. --vimokṣaṇaṃ the emancipation of the soul from the body. --vṛttiḥ f. maintenance or support of the body; R. 2. 45. --vaikalyaṃ bodily ailment, sickness, disease. --śuśrūṣā personal attendance. --saṃskāraḥ 1. decoration of the person. --2. purification of the body by the performance of the several purificatory Samskaras. --saṃpattiḥ f. the prosperity of body, (good) health. --saṃbaṃdhaḥ relation by marriage. --sādaḥ leanness of body, emaciation; R. 3. 2. --sthitiḥ f. 1. the maintenance or support of the body; R. 5. 9. --2. taking one's meals, eating (frequently used in Kādambarī).

śarīrakam
     (1) The body.
     (2) A small body. --kaḥ The soul.

śarīrin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Embodied, corporeal, incarnate; karuṇasya mūrtirathavā śarīriṇī birahavyathaiva vanameti jānakī U. 3. 4; bhāvāviva śarīriṇau M. 1. 10.
     (2) Living. --m 1 Anything endowed with a body (whether animate or inanimate); śarīriṇāṃ sthāvarajaṃgamānāṃ sukhāya tajjanmadinaṃ babhūva Ku. 1. 23; maraṇaṃ prakṛtiḥ śarīriṇāṃ R. 8 87, 43.
     (2) A sentient being.
     (3) A man.
     (4) The soul (clad with the body); R. 8. 89; Bg. 2. 18.

śaruḥ
     (1) An arrow.
     (2) A weapon.
     (3) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (5) Anger, passion.
     (6) Practice of archery.

śarkarā [śṝ-karan kasya netvam Uṇ. 4. 3]
     (1) Candied sugar.
     (2) A pebble, gravel, small stone; pādukāṃtarapraviṣṭiva śarkarā Mk. 5.
     (3) Gravelly mould.
     (4) Soil abounding in stony fragments, sand.
     (5) A piece, fragment.
     (6) A potsherd.
     (7) Any hard particle, as in jalaśarkarā a nodule of water, i. e. hail.
     (8) The disease called gravel.
     -- Comp.
          --udaka sugar-water, water sweetened with sugar.
          --saptamī N. of an observance on the 7th day in the bright half of Vaisākha.

śarkarakaḥ A kind of citron or lime.

śarkarajā Candied sugar.

śarkarika a. (kī f.), śarkarila, śarkarāvat a. Stony, gravelly, gritty.

śarkarī
     (1) A river.
     (2) A girdle.
     (3) A pen.

śardhaḥ śṛdha-ghañ
     (1) Breaking wind, flatulence (said to be n. also in this sense).
     (2) A troop, multitude.
     (3) Strength, power.

śardhaṃjaha a. Causing flatulence. --haḥ A kind of pulse or bean.

śarvas n. Ved.
     (1) A troop, host (particularly of Maruts).
     (2) Strength, power.

śarb 1 P. (śarbāti)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To injure, kill.

śarman a. [śdda-manin Uṇ. 4. 144] Happy, prosperous. --m.
     (1) An affix added to the name of a Brāhmaṇa; as viṣṇuśarman; cf. varman, dāsa, gṛpta. --n. 1 Pleasure, happiness, delight; tyajaṃtyasūn śarma ca mānino varaṃ tyajāṃti na tvekamayācitaṃ vrataṃ N. 1. 50; R. 1. 69; Bh. 3. 97.
     (2) A blessing.
     (3) Protection.
     (4) A house, receptacle (mostly Vedic in this sense).
     -- Comp.
          --da a. conferring happiness. (
          --daḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

śarmaraḥ A sort of garment.

śarmiṣṭhā N. of one of the wives of Yayāti and daughter of Vṛṣaparvan, the king of the Daityas; cf. devayānī and yayāti.

śaryaḥ a. Ved. Hurtful, injurious. --ryaḥ An enemy.

śaryā
     (1) Night.
     (2) A finger.
     (3) An arrow (Ved.).

śarva 1 P. (śarvati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To hurt, injure, kill.

śarvaḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva; R. 11. 93 Ku. 6. 14.
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.

śarvaraḥ N. of the god of love. --raṃ Darkness.

śarvarī [śa-vanip ṅīp vano ra ca]
     (1) A night; śaśinaṃ punaroti śarvarī R. 8. 56, 3. 2; 11. 93; Śi. 11. 5.
     (2) Turmeric.
     (3) A woman.
     -- Comp. ieśaḥ the moon.

śarvalā --lī An iron crow.

śarvāṇī N. of Pārvatī or Durgā, wife of Śiva.

śarśaroka a. Mischievous, cruel. --kaḥ A rogue, wretch, mischievous man.

śal I. 1 A. (śalate)
     (1) To shake, stir, agitate.
     (2) To tremble.
     (3) To cover. --II. 1 P. (śalati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To run fast. --III. 10 A. śālayate To praise.

śalaḥ [śal-ghañ]
     (1) A dart, spear.
     (2) A stake.
     (3) N. of śṛṃṇi an attendant of Śiva.
     (4) N. of Brahman.
     (5) A camel. --laṃ The quill of a porcupine m also according to some).

śalakaḥ A spider.

śalaṃgaḥ A king, sovereign.

śalabhaḥ [śal-abhac Uṇ. 3. 122]
     (1) A grass-hopper, locust; S. 1. 32.
     (2) A moth; kauravyavaṃśadāve'sminka eṣa śalabhāyate Ve. 1. 19; Śi. 2. 117; Ku. 4. 40.
     (3) N. of an Asura.

śalalam The quill of a porcupine. --lī
     (1) The quill of a porcupine.
     (2) A small porcupine.

śalākā
     (1) A small stick, peg, rod, pin, piece, thin bar (of anything); ayaskāṃtamaṇiśalākā Mal. 1.
     (2) A pencil, small stick (used in painting the eyes with collyrium), ajñānāṃdhasya lokasya jñānāṃjanaśalākayā . cakṣurunmīlitaṃ yena tasmai pāṇinaye namaḥ .. Sik. 58; Ku. 1. 47; yayau śalākāmaparā vahaṃtī R. 7. 8.
     (3) An arrow.
     (4) A dart, javelin.
     (5) A probe or a kind of pointed surgical instrument.
     (6) A rib (as of an umbrella).
     (7) A bone (forming the root of the fingers and toes); Y. 3. 85
     (8) A sprout, sprig, shoot; udbhinnayā ratnaśalākayeva Ku. 1. 24.
     (8) A paint-brush. (10) A tooth-brush, tooth-pick.
     (11) A porcupine.
     (12) An oblong piece of ivory or bone used in gambling.
     (13) A ruler.
     (14) The Sārika bird.
     -- Comp.
          --dhūrtaḥ (forming śalākadhūrtaḥ) a swindler, sharper.
          --pari ind. an unlucky throw or movement of one of the pieces at a game played with Salākas: cf. pari or akṣapari.

śalāṭaḥ A cart-lead.

śalāṭu a. Unripe. --ṭuḥ A kind of root.

śalābholiḥ A camel.

śalāluḥ A kind of perfume.

śalkaṃ, śalkalam [śal-ka kasya netvam Uṇ. 3. 43]
     (1) The scale of a fish; Ms. 5. 16; Y. 1. 178.
     (2) Bark, rind. (of trees).
     (3) A part, portion, fragment.

śalkalin, śalkin m. A fish.

śalbh
     (1) A. (śalbhate) To praise.

śalmaliḥ --lī f. The silk-cotton tree.

śalyam [śal-yat]
     (1) A spear, javelin, dart.
     (2) An arrow, a shaft; śalyaṃ nikhātamudahārayatāmurastaḥ R. 9. 78; śalyaprotaṃ 9. 75; avagacchati mūḍhacetanaḥ priyanāśaṃ hṛdi śalyamarpitaṃ R. 8. 88, S. 6. 8, V. 2. 10.
     (3) A thorn, splinter.
     (4) A pin, peg, stake (said to be m. also in these four senses).
     (5) Any extraneous substance lodged in the body and giving it very great pain; alātaśalyaṃ U. 3. 35; apanītāśeṣaśalyaḥ Dk.
     (6) (Fig) Any cause of poignant or heart-rending grief; uddhṛtaviṣādaśalyaḥ kathayiṣyāmi S. 7.
     (7) A bone.
     (8) Difficulty, distress.
     (9) Sin, crime (10) Poison.
     (11) Abuse, defamation. --lyaḥ
     (1) A porcupine, hedge-hog.
     (2) The thorny shrub.
     (3) Extraction of splinters.
     (4) A fence, boundary.
     (5) The Bilva and Madana trees.
     (6) A kind of fish.
     (7) N. of a king of Madra and brother of Mādrī, the second wife of Pāṇḍu, and thus maternal uncle of Nakula and Sahadeva. [In the great war he at first intended to fight on the side of the Pāṇḍavas, but he was artfully won over by Duryodhana and subsequently fought in his behalf. He acted as charioteer to Karna when he was generalissimo of the Kaurava forces, and after his death was appointed commander. He maintained the field for one day, but was at last slain by Yudhiṣṭhira].
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira.
          --āharaṇaṃ, --uddharaṇaṃ, --uddhāraḥ, --kriyā, --śāstraṃ extraction of thorns or splinters, or that part of surgery which relates to the extraction of extraneous matter from the body.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ a porcupine.
          --loman n. the quill of a porcupine.
          --hartṛ m. a weeder.

śalyakaḥ
     (1) A dart, javelin, spike.
     (2) A splinter, thorn.
     (3) A porcupine.

śaliyata a. Pierced(as with a dart); niṣkāraṇaparityāgaśaliyata U. 3.

śall 1 P. (śallati) To go, move.

śallaḥ [śall-ac] A frog. --llaṃ Bark, rind.

śallakaḥ N. of a tree. --kaṃ Bark, rind.

śallakī
     (1) A porcupine.
     (2) A kind of tree (of which elephants are very fond); abhileḍhu tāvadāsavasurabhirasaṃ śallakībhaṃgaṃ V. 4. 23; U. 2. 21; 3. 6; Mal. 9. 6.
     -- Comp.
          --dravaḥ incense.

śalvaḥ N. of a country; see śālva.

śav 1 P. (śavati)
     (1) To go, approach.
     (2) To alter, change, transform.

śavaḥ --vam [śav-ac] A corpse, dead body; Ms. 10. 55. --vaṃ Water.
     -- Comp.
          --ācchādanaṃ covering of a corpse, shroud.
          --āśa a feeding on corpses; Bk. 12. 75.
          --kāmyaḥ a dog.
          --dāhaḥ cremation (of dead bodies).
          --yānaṃ, --rathaḥ a hearse, bier, a sort of litter for carrying a corpse.

śavara See śabara, śabala.

śavala See śabara, śabala.

śavasānaḥ
     (1) A traveller.
     (2) A way, road. --naṃ A cemetery.

śaś 1 P. (śaśati) To leap, bound, jump.

śaśaḥ
     (1) A hare, rabbit; Ms. 3. 270, 5. 18.
     (2) The spots on the moon (which are popularly considered to resemble the form of a hare).
     (3) One of the four classes into which men are divided by erotic writers; thus defined: --mṛduvacanasuśīlaḥ komalāṃgaḥ sukeśaḥ sakalaguṇanidhānaṃ satyavādī śaśo'yaṃ Śabdak.; see Ratimañjarī 35 also.
     (4) The Lodhra tree.
     (5) Gum-myrrh.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor. -ardhamukha a. crescent-headed (as an arrow). -mūrtiḥ an epithet of the moon. -lekhā the digit of the moon, lunar crescent.
          --adaḥ 1. a hawk, falcon. --2. N. of a son of Ikṣvāku, father of puraṃjaya. --adanaḥ a hawk, falcon.
          --ūrṇaṃ, --loman n. the hair of a rabbit, hair-skin.
          --dharaḥ 1. the moon; prasarati śaśadharaviṃbe Gīt. 7. --2. camphor. -mauliḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --plutakaṃ a scratch with a finger-nail.
          --bhṛt m. the moon. -bhṛt m. an epithet of Śiv
          --lakṣmaṇaḥ an epithet of the moon.
          --laṃchanaḥ 1. the moon; Ku. 7. 6. --2. camphor.
          --viṃ(viṃ)duḥ 1. the moon. --2. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --viṣāṇaṃ, --śṛṃgaṃ a hair's horn; used to denote anything impossible, an utter impossibility; kadācidapi paryaṭañ śaśaviṣāṇamāsādayet Bh. 2. 5; śaśaśṭaṃgadhanurdharaḥ; see khapuṣpa. --sthalī the country between the Ganges and Yamunā, the Doab.

śaśakaḥ
     (1) A hare, rabbit.
     (2) = śaśa
     (3) q. v.

śaśin m. [śaśo'styasya ini]
     (1) The moon; śaśinaṃ punareti śarvarī R. 8. 56, 6. 85; Me. 41.
     (2) Camphor,
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --kalā a digit of the moon; Mu. 1. 1.
          --kāṃtaḥ the moon-gem. (
          --taṃ) a lotus.
          --koṭiḥ a horn of the moon.
          --grahaḥ an eclipse of the moon.
          --jaḥ an epithet of Budha or Mercury (son of the moon).
          --prabha a. having the lustre of the moon, as bright and white as the moon; R. 3. 16.
          --bhaṃ 1. a water-lily. --2. a pearl.
          --prabhā moonlight.
          --bhūṣaṇaḥ, --bhṛt m.,
          --mauliḥ, --śekharaḥ epithets of Śiva.
          --lekhā a digit of the moon.

śaśinī N. of one of the sixteen digits of the moon.

śaśvat ind.
     (1) Perpetually, eternally, for ever.
     (2) Constantly, repeatedly, always, frequently, again and again; R. 2. 48, 4. 70; Me. 55. (In comp. śaśvat may be translated by 'lasting, eternal'; as śaśvacchāṃti eternal tranquillity.).

śaṣ 1 P. (śaṣati) To hurt, injure, kill.

śaṣku(sku)lī
     (1) The orifice of the ear, auditory passage; tathāpi karṇaśaṣkulvavacchinnaḥ san (ākāśaḥ) śabdagrāhakaśrotreṃdriyātmakaḥ Tarka K.; avalīṃbatakarṇaśaṣkulīkalasīkaṃ racayannavocata N. 2. 8; Y. 3. 96.
     (2) A kind of baked cake; Y. 1. 173.
     (3) Ricegruel.
     (4) A disease of the ear.

śaṣpaḥ(spaḥ) Loss of intellect or presence of mind (pratibhākṣaya). --ṣpaṃ Young grass; U. 4. 27; R. 2. 26.

śas I. 1 P. (śasati) To cut up, kill, destroy. --II. 2 P. (śasti) To sleep. Cf. śaṃs also.

śasanam [śas-lyuṭ]
     (1) Wounding, killing.
     (2) Immolation (of an animal at sacrifice).

śasta p. p. [śaṃs-kta]
     (1) Praised, extolled.
     (2) Auspicious, happy.
     (3) Right, best.
     (4) Repeated. recited
     (5) Best, excellent.
     (6) Wounded, injured.
     (7) Killed. --staṃ
     (1) Happiness, welfare.
     (2) Excellence, auspiciousness.
     (3) The body.
     (4) A finger-guard aṃgulitrāṇa q. v.; also śastakaṃ in this sense).

śastiḥ f.
     (1) Praise, eulogy.
     (2) A hymn of praise (stotra).

śas
     (1) A technical name for the termination of the acc. plural.
     (2) A Taddhita affix forming adverbs from nouns, especially from numerals; as dviśaḥ, śataśaḥ, bahuśaḥ &c.

śastram [śas-ṣṭrn]
     (1) A weapon, arms; kṣamāśastraṃ kare yasya durjanaḥ kiṃ kariṣyati Subhāṣ., R. 2. 40, 3. 51, 62; 5. 28.
     (2) An instrument, a tool in general.
     (3) Iron.
     (4) Steel.
     (5) A hymn of praise (stotra).
     (6) Repetition, recitation.
     -- Comp.
          --abyāsaḥ the practice of arms. military exercise.
          --ayasaṃ 1. steel. --2. iron.
          --astraṃ 1. weapons for striking and throwing, arms and missiles. --2. arms or weapons generally.
          --ājīvaḥ, --upajīvin m. a professional soldier.
          --udyamaḥ lifting up a weapon (to strike).
          --upakaraṇaṃ arms or instruments of war, military apparatus.
          --kāraḥ an armourer.
          --koṣaḥ the sheath or scabbard of any weapon.
          --grāhin a. taking up or wearing arms (for battle); śastragrāhī brāhnaṇo jāmadagnayaḥ U. 5. 33.
          --jīvin, --vṛtti m. one living by the use of arms, a professional soldier.
          --devatā the deity presiding over weapons.
          --dharaḥ = śastrabhṛt q. v.
          --nyāsaḥ laying down arms; so śastra (pari) tyāgaḥ. --paṇi a. bearing arms, arm. ed. (--m.) an armed warrior.
          --pūta a. 'purified by arms', rendered pure or absolved from guilt by being killed with a weapon on the battle-field; aśastrapūtaṃ nirvyājaṃ (mahāmāṃsaṃ) Māl. 5. 12; (see Jagadhara's explanation of the word); ahamapi tasya mithyāpratijñauvalakṣyasaṃpāditamaśastrapūtaṃ maraṇamupadiśāmi Ve. 2.
          --prahāraḥ a wound inflicted with a weapon.
          --bhṛt m. 1. a soldier, warrior; R. 2. 40. --2. an armed man.
          --mārjaḥ a weapon-cleaner, an armourer, a furbisher.
          --vidyā, --śāstraṃ the science of arms.
          --saṃhatiḥ f. 1. a collection of arms. --2. an arsenal.
          --saṃpātaḥ a sudden fall of a number of weapons.
          --hata a. killed by a weapon.
          --hasta a. armed. (
          --staḥ) an armed man.

śastrakam
     (1) Steel.
     (2) Iron.
     (3) An instrument, a tcol, weapon.

śastrikā A knife.

śastrin a. Bearing arms or weapons, armed, accoutred.

śastrī A knife; paṇyastrīṣu vivekakalpalatikāśastrīṣu rajyata kaḥ Subhāṣ.; Śi. 4. 44.

śasya a. (from śaṃs
     (1) Best, excellent.
     (2) Praiseworthy, laudable.

śasyam [śas-yat]
     (1) Corn or grain in general; dudoha gāṃ sa yajñāya śasyāya maghavā divaṃ R. 1. 26.
     (2) The produce or fruit of a plant or tree; śasyaṃ kṣetragataṃ prāhuḥ satuṣaṃ dhānyamucyate; see taṃḍula also.
     (3) A merit.
     -- Comp.
          --kṣetraṃ a corn-field.
          --bhakṣaka a. granivorous.
          --maṃjarī 1. an ear of corn. --2. a fruit-stalk.
          --mālin a. crowned with harvests.
          --śālin, --saṃpanna a. abounding in corn.
          --śūkaṃ a beard of corn.
          --saṃpad f. abundance of corn.
          --saṃba (va) raḥ the Sāla tree.

śākaḥ --kam [śak-ghañ] A vegetable, pot-herb, herb, any edible leaf, fruit or root used as a vegetable; dillīśvaro vā jagadīśvaro vā manorathān pūrayituṃ samarthaḥ . anyairnṛpālaiḥ paridīyamānaṃ śākāya vā syāllavaṇāya vā syāt Jag. --kaḥ 1. Power, strength, energy.
     (2) The teak tree.
     (3) The Sirīṣa tree.
     (4) N. of a people; see śaka.
     (5) An era; especially the era of Sālivāhana.
     (6) N. of the sixth Dvīpa.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ pepper.
          --amlaṃ hog-plum. -bhedanaṃ sorrel.
          --ākhayaḥ the teak tree. (
          --khayaṃ) a vegetable.
          --āhāraḥ a vegetarian (living only on herbs &c.)
          --cukrikā the tamarind.
          --taruḥ the teak tree.
          --paṇaḥ 1. a measure equal to a handful.
     (2) a handful of vegetables. --patraḥ the Sigru tree. --pārthivaḥ a king fond of an era; see madhyamapadalopin. --prati ind. a little of herbs. --yogyaḥ coriander. --vṛkṣaḥ the teak tree. --śākaṭaṃ, śākitaṃ a field of vegetables, a kitchen-garden.

śākaṭa a. (ṭī f.) [śakaṭāya hitaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a cart.
     (2) Going in a cart. --ṭaḥ
     (1) A draught-ox.
     (2) The tree called śleṣmātaka. --ṭaṃ A field; cf. śākaśākaṭa.

śākaṭāyanaḥ N. of a philologist and grammarian often referred to by Pāṇini and Yāska; cf. vyākaraṇe śakaṭasya ca tokaṃ Nir.

śākaṭika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging to a car.
     (2) Going in a car.

śākaṭīnaḥ A cart-load, a measure of load equal to 20 tulas.

śākapūṇiḥ --rṇiḥ N. of an ancient expounder of the Vedas.

śākarī = śākārī.

śākaṃbharī
     (1) An epithet of Durgā.
     (2) N. of a city.

śākala a. (lī f.) [śakala-aṇ] Relating to a piece (śakala). --laḥ A school of the Rigveda or the followers of this school (pl.)
     -- Comp.
          --prātiśākhayaṃ N. of the Rigveda Pratisākhya.
          --śākhā the recension or traditional text of the Ṛgveda as represented by the Sākalas.

śākalika a. (kī f.) Relating to a piece, fragmentary.

śākuṇa a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Repentant.
     (2) Afflicting others (paratāpaka).

śākalyaḥ N. of an ancient grammarian mentioned by Pāṇini; (he is supposed to have arranged the Pada text of the Rigveda).

śākārī One of the lowest forms of Prākṛta, the dialect spoken by the Sakāra, as in the Mṛchchhakaṭika.

śākinam A field; as in śākaśākinaṃ.

śākinī [śākamastyasyā ini]
     (1) A field of vegetables.
     (2) A kind of female being attendant on Durgā (supposed to be a demon or fairy).

śākuna a. nī f.) [śakuna-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to birds; Ms. 3. 268.
     (2) Relating to omens.
     (3) Ominous.

śākunikaḥ [śakunena pakṣivadhādinā jīvati ṭhañ] A fowler, bird-catcher; Mk. 6; Ms. 8. 269. --kaṃ The interpretation of omens.

śākuneyaḥ A small owl.

śākuṃtalaḥ, śākuṃtaleyaḥ A metronymic of Bharata (son of Sakuntalā). --laṃ The drama called abhijñānaśakuṃtalā of Kālidasa.

śākulikaḥ A fisherman.

śākkaraḥ An ox.

śākta a. ktī f. [śaktirdevatā'sya aṇ.]
     (1) Relating to power.
     (2) Relating to Sakti or the female personification of divine energy --ktaḥ A worshipper of Sakti; (the Sāktas are generally worshippers of Durgā representing the female personification of divine energy, and the ritual enjoined to them is of two kinds, the pure or right-hand ritual dakṣiṇācāra, and impure or left-hand ritual vāmācāra q. q. v. v.).

śāktikaḥ
     (1) A worshipper of Sakti.
     (2) A spearman, lancer.

śāktīkaḥ A spearman, lancer.

śākteyaḥ, śāktyaḥ 1 A worshipper of Sakti.
     (2) N. of Parāśara.

śākyaḥ [śak-ghañ tatra sādhuḥ yata]
     (1) N. of the family of Buddha.
     (2) N. of Buddha.
     -- Comp.
          --bhikṣukaḥ a Buddhist religious mendicant.
          --muniḥ, siṃhaḥ epithets of Buddha.

śākī
     (1) N. of Sachī, wife of Indra.
     (2) Of Durgā.

śākvaraḥ An ox; cf. śākkara

śākh 1 P. (śākhati) To pervade, fill completely.

śākhaḥ N. of Kārtikeya.

śākhā
     (1) A branch(as of a tree); āvajrya śākhāḥ R. 16. 19.
     (2) An arm.
     (3) A party, section, faction.
     (4) A part of subdivision of a work.
     (5) A school, branch, sect.
     (6) A part or division of an animal.
     (7) A school or traditional recension of the Veda, the traditional text followed by a school; as in śākalaśākhā, āśvalāyanaśākhā, bāṣkalaśākhā &c.
     -- Comp.
          --caṃkramaṇaṃ leaping from branch to branch', irregular study.
          --caṃdranyāyaḥ see under nyāya. --nagaraṃ, --puraṃ a suburb.
          --pittaḥ inflammation of the extremities of the body, e. g. hands, shoulders &c.
          --bhṛt m. a tree.
          --bhedaḥ difference of (Vedic) school.
          --mṛgaḥ 1. a monkey, an ape. --2. a squirrel.
          --raṃḍaḥ 'a traitor to his Śākhā', a Brāhmaṇa who has changed his own school of the Vedas.
          --rathyā a branch-road.
          --vilīna a. sitting on branches (as a bird).
          --śiphā a root growing from a branch (as of the fig-tree).

śākhālaḥ A sort of cane (vānīra).

śākhin a. [śākhā astyasya iti]
     (1) Having branches (fig. also).
     (2) Branching, ramifying.
     (3) Belonging to any branch or school (as of the Veda). --m.
     (1) A tree; kulyāṃbhobhiḥ pavanacapalaiḥ śākhino dhautūlāḥ S. 1. 15.
     (2) A Veda.
     (3) A follower of any Vedic school or recension.

śākhoṭaḥ, śākhoṭakaḥ N. of a tree; kastvaṃ bhoḥ kathayāmi daivahatakaṃ māṃ viddhi śākhoṭakaṃ K. P. 10.

śāṃkaraḥ A bull.

śāṃkariḥ
     (1) N. of Kārtikeya.
     (2) Of Gaṇeśa.
     (3) Fire.

śāṃkham The sound of a conch-shell.

śāṃkhikaḥ [śaṃkha-ṭhañ]
     (1) A shell-cutter, worker in shells.
     (2) N. of a mixed tribe.
     (3) A shell-blower; Śi. 15. 72.

śāci a.
     (1) Distinguished, renowned.
     (2) Strong, powerful.

śāṭaḥ, śāṭī
     (1) A garment, cloth.
     (2) A petticoat.

śāṭakaḥ --kam Cloth, garment, petticoat; Pt. 1. 144.

śāṭyāyanam An oblation for remedying anything wrong in the performance of a rite.

śāṭhyam [śaṭhasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (a) Dishonesty, perfidy, guile, trickery, fraud, villainy; ājanmanaḥ śāṭhyamaśikṣito yaḥ S. 5. 25;
     (b) Art, skill, cunning; devyā nihnotumicchoriti surasaritaṃ śāṭhyamavyādvibhorvaḥ Mu. 1. 1.

śāṇa a. (ṇī f.) [śaṇena nirvṛttaṃ aṇ] Hempen, flaxen. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A touchstone; maṇiḥ śāṇo llīḍhaḥ Bh. 2. 44; Bv. 1. 73.
     (2) A whetstone.
     (3) A saw.
     (4) A weight of four Māṣas. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Sack-cloth, coarse cloth.
     (2) A hempen garment; Ms. 2. 41, 10. 87.
     -- Comp.
          --ājīvaḥ an armourer.

śāṇiḥ A plant from the fibres of which a coarse cloth is prepared.

śāṇita p. p. Whetted, ground, sharpened (on a whetstone).

śāṇī
     (1) A touchstone.
     (2) A whetstone.
     (3) A saw.
     (4) A hempen garment.
     (5) A ragged garment.
     (6) A small screen or tent.
     (7) Gesticulation, a sign made with the hands or eyes.
     (8) A weight of four Māṣas.

śāṇīram A bank or spot of ground in the Soṇa river.

śāṃḍilyaḥ
     (1) N. of a sage, the author of a law-book.
     (2) The Bilva tree.
     (3) A form of Agni.
     -- Comp.
          --gotraṃ the family of Śāṇḍilya.

śāta p. p. śe-kta
     (1) Sharpened, whetted.
     (2) Thin, slender.
     (3) Weak, feeble.
     (4) Beautiful, handsome.
     (5) Cut down.
     (6) Happy, thriving. --taḥ The Dhattūra plant. --taṃ Happiness, pleasure, delight; māninījanajanitaśātaṃ Gīt. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --udarī a woman with; a slender waist; Śi. 5. 23; R. 10. 69.
          --śikha a. sharp-pointed.

śātakuṃbham
     (1) Gold; Śi. 9. 9; N. 16. 34.
     (2) The thorn-apple (dhattūra).

śātakauṃbham Gold.

śātanam
     (1) Whetting, sharpening.
     (2) Cutting down, destroyer; as in parvatapakṣaśātanaṃ R. 3. 42.
     (3) Causing to fall or perish.
     (4) Causing to decay or wither.
     (5) Becoming thin or small, thinness.
     (6) Withering, decaying.

śātapatrakaḥ --kī Moonlight.

śātabhīruḥ A kind of Mallikā.

śātamāna a. (nī f.) Bought for one hundred.

śātrava a. (vī f.) [śatrureva śatroridaṃ vā aṇ]
     (1) Relating to an enemy; R. 4. 42.
     (2) Hostile, inimical. --vaḥ An enemy; tatra nābhavadasau mahāhave śātravādiva parāṅmukho'rthinaḥ Śi. 14. 44, 18. 20; Ve. 5. 1; Bk. 5. 81; Ki. 14. 2; Mu. 2. 5. --vaṃ
     (1) A collection of enemies.
     (2) Enmity, hostility; trayīśātravaśatrave R. G.

śātravīya a.
     (1) Relating to an enemy.
     (2) Hostile, inimical,

śādaḥ [śad-ghañ]
     (1) Young grass.
     (2) Mud.
     -- Comp.
          --haritaḥ -taṃ a place green with young grass, a place clad in verdure.

śādvala a. [śādāḥ saṃtyatra valac]
     (1) Grassy.
     (2) Abounding in young green grass.
     (3) Green, verdant. --laḥ --laṃ A grass-plot, green, meadow; śayyā śādvalaṃ Śānti. 2. 21; R. 2. 17; Ki. 5. 37, Y. 3. 7.

śān 1 U. (śīśāṃsati-te, strictly a desiderative of śān used in a primitive sense) To sharpen, whet.

śānaḥ
     (1) A touch-stone.
     (2) A whet-stone.
     -- Comp.
          --pādaḥ 1. a stone for grinding sandal. --2. the Pāriyātra mountain.

śānac (In gram.) A technical term used by Pāṇini for the Kṛt affix āna or mān used in forming present participles of the Atm.

śānaiścara a. (rī f.) Relating to Saturn.
     (2) Falling on a Saturday.

śāṃta p. p. [śam-kta]
     (1) Appeased, allayed, calmed, satisfied, pacified; R. 12, 20.
     (2) Cured, alleviated; śāṃtarogaḥ.
     (3) Abated, subsided, put an end to, removed, extinguished; śāṃtarathakṣobhapariśramaṃ R, 1. 58; 5. 47; śāṃtārciṣaṃ dīpamiva prakāśaḥ Ki. 17. 16.
     (4) Ceased, stopped; śāṃtamṛgapracāraṃ Ku. 3. 42.
     (5) Dead, deceased.
     (6) Stilled, hushed.
     (7) Calm, quiet, undisturbed, tranquil, still; śāṃtamidamāśramapadaṃ S. 1. 16; 4. 19.
     (8) Tamed; R. 14. 79.
     (9) Free from passions, at ease, contented. (10) Shaded.
     (11) Gentle; śāṃtānukūlapavanaśca śivaśca paṃthāḥ S. 4. 10.
     (12) Purified.
     (13) Meek, humble.
     (14) Auspicious (in augury); (the phrase śāṃtaṃ pāpaṃ, which is sometimes repeated, means 'oh, no!' 'how can it be', 'God forbid such an untoward or unlucky event'; S. 5; Mu. 1). --taḥ
     (1) A man who has subdued his passions, an ascetic.
     (2) Tranquillity, quietism, the sentiment of quietism, the predominant feeling of which is indifference to worldly objects and pleasures; see nirveda and rasa. --taṃ Appeasing, pacifying. --taṃ ind. Enough, no more, not so, for shame, hush!, god (heaven) forbid!; śāṃtaṃ kathaṃ durjanāḥ paurajānapadāḥ U. 1; tāmeva śāṃtamathavā kimihottareṇa 3. 26.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman, --cetas a. calm, tranquil-minded, sedate or composed in mind.
          --toya a. having still waters.
          --rasaḥ the sentiment of quietism; see śāṃta above.

śāṃtanavaḥ 'The son of Santanu', N. of Bhīṣma.

śāṃtā N. of the daughter of Dasaratha, adopted by the sage Lomapāda and subsequently married by Riṣyasṛṅga; see U. 1. 4. and ṛṣyaśṭaṃga also.

śāṃtiḥ f. [śam-ktin]
     (1) Pacification, allayment, alleviation, removal; adhvaravighātaśāṃtaye R. 11. 1, 62.
     (2) Calmness, tranquillity, quiet, ease, rest, repose; smara saṃsmṛtya na śāṃtirasti me Ku. 4. 17; Māl. 6. 1.
     (3) Cessation of hostility; Bv. 1. 125.
     (4) Cessation, stop.
     (5) Absence of passion, quietism, complete indifference to all worldly enjoyments; tadupahitakuṭuṃbaḥ śāṃtimārgotsuko'bhūt R. 7. 71.
     (6) Consolation, solace.
     (7) Settlement of differences, reconciliation.
     (8) Satisfaction of hunger.
     (9) An expiatory rite, a propitiatory rite for averting evil. (10) Good fortune, felicity, auspiciousness.
     (11) Exculpation or absolution from blame.
     (12) Preservation.
     (13) N. of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --udaṃ, --udakaṃ, --jalaṃ soothing or propitiatory water; S. 3.
          --kara, --kārin a. soothing, pacifying.
          --gṛhaṃ a room for rest or retirement.
          --homaḥ a sacrifice or burnt offering to avert or remove an evil; Ms. 4. 150.

śāṃtika a. kī f. Expiatory, propitiatory. --kaṃ Observances or ceremonies calculated to remove calamities.

śāṃtv &c. See sāṃtv &c.

śāpaḥ [śap-ghañ]
     (1) A curse, an imprecation, anathema; śāpenāstaṃ gamitamahimā varṣabhogyeṇa bhartuḥ Me. 1, 92; R. 1. 78, 5. 56, 59; 11. 14.
     (2) An oath, asseveration.
     (3) Abuse, calumny.
     (4) An interdiction, a ban.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ, --avasānaṃ, --nivṛttiḥ f. the end of a curse; Me. 110; R. 8. 82.
          --astraḥ 'having a curse for a weapon', a sage, saint; R. 15. 3.
          --utsargaḥ the utterance of a curse.
          --uddhāraḥ, --māktiḥ f.,
          --mokṣaḥ release or deliverance from a curse.
          --grasta a. labouring under a curse.
          --mukta a. released from a curse.
          --yaṃtrita a. restrained by a curse.

śāpita p. p.
     (1) Bound by an oath, conjured.
     (2) Sworn, adjured.

śāpaṭhikaḥ A peacock.

śāpharikaḥ A fisherman.

śāba(va)ra  a. (rī f.) [śaba(va) ra-aṇ]
     (1) Savage, barbarous.
     (2) Low, vile, base. --raḥ
     (1) An offence, a fault.
     (2) Sin, wickedness.
     (3) The tree called Lodhra. --rī A low form of the Prākṛta dialect (spoken by mountaineers &c.)
     -- Comp.
          --bhedākhyaṃ (also bhedākṣaṃ) copper.

śābda a. (bdī f.) [śabda-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to or derived from a word.
     (2) Relating to or depending on sound (opp. ārtha.).
     (3) Verbal, oral.
     (4) Sounding, sonorous.
     (5) Nominal (as inflection). --bdaḥ A grammarian. --bdī N. of Sarasvatī.
     -- Comp.
          --bodhaḥ perception or apprehension of the sense of words.
          --vyaṃjanā insinuation founded on words.

śābidaka a. (kī f.) [śabda-ṭhak]
     (1) Verbal, oral.
     (2) Relating to sounds or words.
     (3) Sounding. --kaḥ A grammarian.

śāman n. Appeasing, conciliation.

śāmanaḥ N. of Yama. --naṃ
     (1) Killing, slaughter.
     (2) Tranquillity, peace.
     (3) End. --nī The southern direction.

śāmitram
     (1) Sacrificing.
     (2) Immolating, killing animals at a sacrifice.
     (3) Tying up cattle for sacrifice.
     (4) A sacrificial vessel.
     (5) A deadly blow.

śāmilī A sacrificial ladle; (strac).

śāmīnam
     (1) Ashes.
     (2) A sacrificial ladle.

śāmīlam Ashes.

śāmīlī A chaplet, garland.

śāṃbaḥ N. of a son of Kṛṣṇa and Jāmbavatī.

śāṃbarī
     (1) Jugglery, sorcery.
     (2) A sorceress.

śāṃbavikaḥ A dealer in shells.

śāṃbu(bū)kaḥ  A bivalve-shell.

śāṃbhava a. (vī f.) [śaṃbhoridaṃ aṇ] Belonging to Śiva; attuṃ vāṃchati śāṃbhabo gaṇapaterākhuṃ kṣudhārtaḥ phaṇī P. 1. 159. --vaḥ A worshipper of Śiva.
     (2) A son of Śiva.
     (3) Camphor.
     (4) Bdellium.
     (5) A kind of poison. --vaṃ The Devadaru tree.

śāṃbhavī
     (1) N. of Pārvatī.
     (2) N. of a plant (nīladūrvā).
     (3) The opening in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape.

śāyaḥ Lying, sleeping.

śāyikā Repose, sleep.

śāyin a. Reclining, sleeping, resting &c.

śāyakaḥ
     (1) An arrow.
     (2) A sword; cf. sāyaka.

śār 10 U. (śārayati-te)
     (1) To weaken.
     (2) To be weak.

śāra a. [śār-ac śṝ-ghañ vā]
     (1) Variegated, speckled, mottled, spotted.
     (2) Yellow. --raḥ
     (1) A variegated colour.
     (2) Green colour.
     (3) Air, wind.
     (4) A piece used at chess, a chessman; kālaḥ kālyā bhuvanaphalake trīḍati praṇiśāraiḥ Bh. 3. 39.
     (5) Injuring, hurting

śāraṃgaḥ
     (1) The Chataka bird.
     (2) A peacock.
     (3) A bee.
     (4) A deer.
     (5) An elephant; cf. sāraṃga.

śāraṃgī A particular musical instrument (played with a bow); cf. sāraṃgī.

śārada a. [śaradi bhavaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to autumn, autumnal; (the f. is śāradī in this sense); vimalaśāradacaṃdiracaṃdrikā Bv. 1. 113; R. 10. 9; Ms. 6. 11; meghaḥ śārada eva kāśaghavalaḥ pānīyariktodaraḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) Annual.
     (3) New, recent.
     (4) Young, fresh.
     (5) Modest, shy, bashful.
     (7) Diffident, not bold. --daḥ
     (1) A year.
     (2) An autumnal sickness.
     (3) Autumnal sunshine.
     (4) A kind of kidney-bean.
     (5) The Bakula tree. --dī The full-moon day in the month of Kartika. --daṃ
     (1) Corn, grain.
     (2) The white lotus. --dā
     (1) A kind of Vīṇā or lute.
     (2) N. of Durgā.
     (3) Of Sarasvatī; (śaratkāle purā yasmānnavamyāṃ bodhitā suraiḥ . śāradā sā samākhyātā pīṃṭhe loke ca nāmataḥ).

śāradikaḥ
     (1) Autumnal sickness.
     (2) Autumnal sunshine or heat. --kaṃ An autumnal or annual Srāddha.

śāradīya a. Autumnal.

śāriḥ
     (1) A chessman, a piece at chess &c.
     (2) A small round ball.
     (3) A kind of die. --riḥ f.
     (1) The bird called Sarika.
     (2) Fraud, trick.
     (3) An elephant's housings.
     -- Comp.
          --paṭṭaḥ, --phalaṃ, --phalakaḥ --kaṃ a chequered cloth for playing at chess, draughts &c.

śārikā
     (1) A kind of bird.
     (2) A bow or stick for playing any stringed instrument.
     (3) Playing at chess &c.
     (4) A chessman, a piece at chess.

śārī
     (1) A kind of bird.
     (2) Ved. An arrow.
     (3) Kusa grass.

śārīra a. (rī f.) [śaroṃrasyedaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to the body, bodily, corporeal.
     (2) Incorporate, embodied. --raḥ
     (1) The incorporate or embodied spirit (jīvātman); human or individual soul.
     (2) A bull.
     (3) A kind of drug.
     (4) Excrement.

śārīraka a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to the body, corporeal.
     (2) Incorporate, embodied (as the soul). --kaṃ
     (1) The embodied spirit.
     (2) The inquiry into the nature of that spirit (a term applied to the Bhaṣya of Śaṅkarāchārya on the Brahma-sūtras).
     -- Comp.
          --sūtraṃ the aphorisms of the Vedanta philosophy.

śārīrakīya a. Corporeal; embodied.

śārīrika a. kī f. Bodily, corporeal, material.

śāruka a. (kī f.) Noxious, hurtful, mischievous.

śārkaḥ Candied sugar.

śārkakaḥ
     (1) Candied sugar.
     (2) A lump of sugar.
     (3) The froth of milk.
     (4) Cream.

śārkara a. (rī f.) [śarkarā-aṇ]
     (1) Made of sugar, sugary.
     (2) Stony, gravelly. --raḥ
     (1) A gravelly place.
     (2) The froth or skum of milk.
     (3) Cream.
     (4) Molasses.

śārkaraka --rika --rīya a. Gravelly, stony.

śāṃrga a. (śārṅga strictly)
     (1) Made of horn, horny.
     (2) Having a bow, armed with a bow; Bk. 8. 123. --rgaḥ --rgaṃ
     (1) A bow (in general).
     (2) The bow of Viṣṇu. --rgaṃ Wet ginger.
     -- Comp.
          --dhanvan m.,
          --dharaḥ, --pāṇiḥ, --bhṛt m. epithets of Viṣṇu.

śāṃrgin m.
     (1) An archer, a bowman.
     (2) An epithet of Viṣṇu; dharmasaṃrakṣaṇārthaiva pravṛttirbhuvi śāṃrgiṇaḥ R. 15. 4. 12. 70; Me. 46.
     (3) Of Śiva.

śārdūlaḥ [śṝ-ūlal duk ca]
     (1) A tiger.
     (2) A leopard or panther.
     (3) A demon, Rakṣasa.
     (4) A kind of bird.
     (5) A kind of animal called śa bha. (at the end of comp.) An eminent or distinguished person, foremost; as in naraśārdūlaḥ; cf. kuṃjara.
     -- Comp.
          --carman n. a tiger's skin.
          --vikrīḍitaṃ
     (1) a tiger's play; kaṃdarpo'pi yamāyate viracayan śārdūlavikrīḍitaṃ Gīt. 4.
     (2) N. of a metre; see App. 1.

śārvara a. (rī f.) [śarvaryāṃ bhavaṃ aṇa]
     (1) Nocturnal; śārvarāṃdhakārapūra &c. Dk.; Ku. 8. 58.
     (2) Mischievous, pernicious. --raṃ Darkness, thick gloom. --rī Night.

śāl
     (1) A. (śālate)
     (1) To praise, flatter.
     (2) To shine.
     (3) To be endowed with; Malli. on Ki. 5. 44.
     (4) To tell.
     (5) To boast, vaunt.

śālaḥ
     (1) N. of a tree(very tall and stately), Shorea Robusta; R. 1. 38; Śi. 3. 40.
     (2) A tree in general; R. 1. 13; Ve. 4. 3.
     (3) An enclosure, a fence.
     (4) A kind of fish.
     (5) N. of king Sālivāhana.
     -- Comp.
          --grāmaḥ a kind of sacred stone said to be typical of Viṣṇu, as the Phallus is of Śiva. -giri N. of a mountain. -śilā the Sālagrāma stone.
          --jaḥ, -niryāsa; exudation of the Sāla tree, resin; R. 1. 38.
          --bhaṃjikā 1. a doll, puppet, statue; Vb. 1; N. 2. 83. --2. a courtezan, harlot.
          --bhaṃjī a doll, puppet.
          --veṣṭraḥ the resin of the Sāla tree.; cf. sāla. --sāraḥ 1. a superior tree.
     (2) asa foetida.

śālavaḥ The Lodhra tree.

śālā [śāl-ac]
     (1) An apartment, a room, saloon, hall; gṛhairviśālairapi bhūriśālaiḥ Śi. 3. 50; so saṃgītaśālā, raṃgaśālā &c.
     (2) A house, an abode; R. 16. 41.
     (3) The upper or main branch of a tree.
     (4) The trunk of a tree.
     (5) A stable, stall; as in vājiśālā, gardabhaśālā &c.
     -- Comp.
          --ajiraḥ --raṃ a hollow earthen cup.
          --mṛgaḥ a jackal.
          --vṛkaḥ 1. a dog; siṃhānāṃ ca sukhena mūrghasu padaṃ dhāsyaṃti śālāvṛkāḥ Bv. 1. 72. --2. a wolf. --3. a deer. --4. a cat. --5. a jackal. --6. a monkey.

śālākaḥ N. of Pāṇini.

śālākin m.
     (1) A lancer, spearman.
     (2) A surgeon.
     (3) A barber.

śālākyam A branch of surgery.

śālāturīyaḥ An epithet of Pāṇini (written also śālottarīya; so called from śalātura the place of his birth).

śālāram
     (1) A flight of steps, ladder.
     (2) A bird-cage.
     (3) The claw of an elephant.

śāliḥ
     (1) Rice; na śāleḥ staṃbakaritā vapturguṇamapekṣate Mu. 1. 3; yavāḥ prakīrṇā na bhavaṃti śālayaḥ Mk. 4. 17.
     (2) The civet-cat.
     -- Comp.
          --odanaḥ --naṃ boiled rice (of a superior kind).
          --gopī a female appointed to watch a rice-field; ikṣucchāyaniṣadinyaḥ śāligopyo jaguryaśaḥ R. 4. 20.
          --cūrṇaḥ --rṇaṃ rice-flour.
          --piṣṭraṃ a crystal.
          --bhavanaṃ a rice-field.
          --vāhanaḥ N. of a celebrated sovereign of India whose era commences with 78 A. Di
          --hotraḥ 1. N. of a writer on veternary subjects.
     (2) a horse. --hotrin m. a horse.

śālikaḥ
     (1) A weaver.
     (2) A toll, tax.
     (3) A village of artisans.

śālin a. (nī f.) (usually at the end of comp.)
     (1) Endowed with, possessed of, possessing, shining or resplendent with; alaghūpalapaktiṃśālinī Śi. 16. 76, Ki. 2. 31, 7. 28, 55; 8. 17, Rs. 4. 2.
     (2) Domestic.

śālinī
     (1) A mistress of the house, housewife.
     (2) N. of a metre; see App. I.

śālīna a. śālāpraveśamarhati, śālā-kha]
     (1) Modest, bashful, shy, retiring; nisargaśālīnaḥ strījanaḥ M. 4; R. 6. 81, 18. 17; Śi. 16. 83.
     (2) Like, resembling --naḥ A householder. (śālīnīkṛ 'to make humble, humiliate').

śālīnatā --tvam Bashfulness, modesty.

śāluḥ [śāl-uṇ]
     (1) A frog.
     (2) A kind of perfume.
     (3) A kind of astringent substance. --lu n. The root of the water-lily.

śālu(lū)kam
     (1) The root of the water-lily.
     (2) Nutmeg. --kaḥ
     (1) A frog.
     (2) The root of the waterlily (śālūka only in this sense).

śālu(lū)raḥ  A frog.

śāleyam A field of rice.

śālottarīyaḥ An epithet of Pāṇini; see śālāturīya.

śālmalaḥ [śāl-malac]
     (1) The silk-cotton tree.
     (2) One of the seven great divisions of the earth.
     (3) The gum of the cotton-tree.

śālmaliḥ
     (1) The silk-cotton tree; Bv. 1. 115; Ms. 8. 246.
     (2) One of the seven great divisions of the earth.
     (3) N. of a kind of hell.
     -- Comp.
          --sthaḥ an epithet of Garuḍa.

śālmalikam An inferior kind of Sālmali tree.

śālmalin m. N. of Garuḍa.

śālmalinī The silk-cotton tree.

śālmalī
     (1) The silk-cotton tree.
     (2) N. of a river in Pātāla.
     (3) A kind of hell.
     -- Comp.
          --veṣṭaḥ, --veṣṭakaḥ the gum of the silk-cotton tree.

śālvaḥ
     (1) N. of a country.
     (2) A king of Sālva.

śāva a. (vī f.) [śava-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a dead body; caused by the death (of a relative); daśāhaṃ śāvamāśaucaṃ sapiṃḍeṣu vidhīyate Ms. 5. 59, 61.
     (2) Tawny, dark-yellowish. --vaḥ
     (1) The young of any animal, a fawn, cub; kva vayaṃ kva parokṣamanmatho mṛgaśāvaiḥ samamedhito janaḥ S. 2. 18; mṛgarājaśāvaḥ R. 6. 3, 18. 37.
     (2) A dark-yellowish colour.

śāvakaḥ The young of any animal.

śāvara See śābara.

śāśvata a. (tī f.)
     (1) [śaśvad bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Eternal, perpetual, everlasting; śāśvatīḥ samāḥ Rām. (= U. 2. 5) 'for eternal years', 'ever more' 'for all time to come'; U. 5. 27; R. 14. 14.
     (2) All. --taḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) Of Vyāsa.
     (3) The sun. --taṃ Heaven. --taṃ ind. Eternally, perpetually, for ever.

śāśvatika a. (kī f.) Eternal, permanent, perpetual, constant; śāśvatiko virodhaḥ 'natural antipathy'; śāśvatikaṃ birodhamapahāya K.

śāśvatī The earth.

śāṣkula a. (lī f.) Eating flesh (or fish).

śāṣkulikam A quantity of baked cakes (śaṣkulī).

śās 2 P. (śāsti, śaśāsa, aśiṣat, śāsiṣyati, śāsituṃ, śiṣṭa)
     (1) To teach, instruct, train (governing two accusatives in this sense); māṇavakaṃ dhaṃrma śāsti Sk.; Bk. 6. 10; śiṣyaste'haṃ śādhi māṃ tvāṃ prapannaṃ Bg. 2. 7.
     (2) To rule, govern; ananyaśāsanāmurvī śaśāsaikapurīmiva R. 1. 30; 10. 1. 14. 85, 19. 57; S. 1. 25; Bk. 3. 53.
     (3) To order, command, direct, enjoin; R. 12. 34; Mv. 6. 20; Ku. 6. 24; Bk. 9. 68.
     (4) To tell. communicate, inform (with dat.); tasminnāyodhanaṃ vṛttaṃ lakṣmaṇāyāśiṣanmahat Bk. 6. 27; Ms. 11. 83.
     (5) To advise; sa kiṃsakhā sādhu na śāsti yo'dhipaṃ Ki. 1. 5.
     (6) To decree, enact.
     (7) To punish, chastise, correct; tāñ śiṣyāccoradaṃḍena dhārmikaḥ pṛthivīpatiḥ Ms. 8. 29, 4. 175, V. 5.
     (8) To tame, subdue; Mv. 6. 20.
     (9) To wish, desire.

śās m. A reciter; as in ukthaśāsa.

śāsaḥ Ved.
     (1) An order, command.
     (2) Praise (stuti).

śāsakaḥ [śās-ṇvul]
     (1) A ruler.
     (2) A chastiser, punisher.

śāsanam [śās-lyuṭ]
     (1) Instruction, teaching, discipline.
     (2) Rule, sway, government; ananyaśāsanāmurvī R. 1. 30; so apratiśāsana.
     (3) An order, a command, direction; tarubhirapi devasya śāsanaṃ praptāṇīkṛtaṃ S. 6; R. 3. 69, 14. 83, 18. 28.
     (4) An edict, enactment, a decree.
     (5) A precept, rule.
     (6) A royal grant (of land &c.), charter; ahaṃ tvāṃ śāsanaśatena yoja yiṣyāmi Pt. 1; Y. 2. 240, 295.
     (7) A deed, writing, written agreement.
     (8) Control of passions.
     (9) A written book of authority. (At the end of comp. śāsana often means 'punisher, destroyer, killer'; as in smaraśāsanaḥ, pākaśāsanaḥ).
     -- Comp.
          --ativṛttiḥ f. violation of commands, disobedience.
          --patraṃ 1. a plate (usually of copper) on which a grant of land &c. is inscribed. --2. a sheet of paper on which an order is written.
          --haraḥ a royal messenger.
          --hārin m. an envoy, a messenger; R. 3. 68.

śāsanīya a.
     (1) To be ruled, governed or directed.
     (2) Punishable; V. 5.

śāsita p. p.
     (1) Ruled, governed.
     (2) Punished.

śāsitṛ m. [śās-tṛc]
     (1) A ruler, governor.
     (2) A chastiser; S. 1. 25.

śāstiḥ f. [śās-ktin]
     (1) Governing, ruling.
     (2) An order, a command.
     (3) Correction, chastisement, punishment, especially the punishment inflicted by command of the king.
     (5) A sceptre, rod (of authority).

śāstṛ m. [śās-tṛc iḍabhāvaḥ]
     (1) A teacher, an instructor.
     (2) A ruler, king, sovereign.
     (3) A father.
     (4) A Buddha or Jina; or a deified teacher of the Bauddhas or Jainas.

śāstram [śiṣyate'nena śās-ṣṭran]
     (1) An order, a command, rule, precept.
     (2) A sacred precept or rule, scriptural injunction.
     (3) A religious or sacred treatise, sacred book, scripture; see comps. below.
     (4) Any department of knowledge, science; iti guhyatamaṃ śāstraṃ Bg. 15. 20; śāstreṣvakuṃṭhitā buddhiḥ R. 1. 19; often at the end of comp. after the word denoting the subject, or applied collectively to the whole body of teaching on that subject; vedāṃtaśāstra, nyāyaśāstra, tarkaśāstra, alaṃkāraśāstra &c.
     (5) What is learnt, knowledge; Śi. 5. 47.
     (6) A work, treatise; taṃtraiḥ paṃcabhiretaccakāra sumanoharaṃ śāstraṃ Pt. 1.
     (6) Theory (opp. prayoga or practice); imaṃ māṃ ca śāstre prayoge ca vimṛśatu M. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --atikramaḥ, --ananuṣṭhānaṃ violation of sacred precepts, disregard of religious authority.
          --anuṣṭhānaṃ --anusāraḥ conformity to or observance of sacred precepts.
          --abhijña a. versed in the Sāstras.
          --arthaḥ 1. the meaning of a sacred precept.
     (2) a scriptural precept or statement. --ācaraṇaṃ 1. observance of sacred precepts. --2. the study of Sāstras. (--ṇaḥ) 1. one versed in scriptures. --2. a student of the Vedas. --ukta a. prescribed by sacred laws, enjoined by the Sāstras, lawful, legal. --kāraḥ --kṛta m. 1. the author of a Sāstra or sacred book.
     (2) an author in general. --3. a sage, saint. --kovid a. versed in the Sāstras. --gaṃḍaḥ a superficial reader of books, superficial scholar. --cakṣus n. grammar (as being the 'eye', as it were, with which to understand any Sāstra). --cāraṇaḥ one who deserves sacred precepts. --jña, --vid a. 1. well versed in the Śāstras. --2. a mere theorist. --jñānaṃ knowledge of sacred books, conversancy with scriptures. --tattvaṃ truth as taught in the Sāstras, scriptural truth. -jñaḥ an astronomer. --darśin a. stated or enjoined in sacred books. --dṛṣṭriḥ f. scriptural point of view. --prasaṃgaḥ 1. the subject of the Śāstras. --2. any discussion on scriptural points. --yoniḥ the source of the Śastras. --vidhānaṃ, --vidhiḥ a sacred precept, scriptural injunction. --vipratipedhaḥ, --virodhaḥ 1. mutual contradiction of sacred precepts, inconsistency of precepts. --2. any act contrary to sacred precepts. --vimukha a. averse from study; Pt. 1. --viruddha a. contrary to the Śāstras, illegal, unlawful. --vyutpattiḥ f. intimate knowledge of the sacred writings, proficiency in the Śāstras. --śilpin m. the country of Kāṣmira. --siddha a. established by sacred authority.

śāstrin a. (ṇī f.) [śāstraṃ vettyadhīte vā ini] Versed or skilled in the Śāstras. --m.
     (1) One who has mastered the Śāstras, a learned man, a great Paṇḍit.
     (2) A teacher of sacred science.

śāstrīya a. [śāstreṇa vihitaḥ cha]
     (1) Scriptural.
     (2) Scientific.

śāsya a. [śās-ṇyat]
     (1) To be taught or advised.
     (2) To be regulated or governed.
     (3) Deserving punishment, punishable.

śi 5 U. śinoti, śinute
     (1) To whet, sharpen,
     (2) To attenuate, make thin.
     (3) To excite.
     (4) To be attentive.
     (5) To be sharp.

śiḥ
     (1) Auspiciousness, good fortune.
     (2) Composure, calm, tranquillity, peace.
     (3) An eptihet of Śiva.

śiṃśapā
     (1) N. of a tree śiśu
     (2) The Asoka tree.

śikku a. Idle, lazy, indolent.

śiktham Bee's-wax; cf. siktha.

śikyaṃ, --kyā
     (1) A loop or swing (made of rope).
     (2) A burden or load carried in a sling.
     (3) The strings of a balance.

śikiyata a. Suspended or carried in a loop.

śikṣa 1 A. (śikṣate, śikṣita)
     (1) To learn, study, acquire knowledge of; aśikṣatāstraṃ pitureva maṃtravat R. 3. 31.
     (2) To teach (Ved.).

śikṣakaḥ (śikṣakā or śikṣikā f.) [śikṣ ṇvul]
     (1) A learner.
     (2) A teacher, instructor; yasyobhayaṃ (i. e. kriyā and saṃkrāṃti) sādhu sa śikṣakāṇāṃ dhuri pratiṣṭhāpayitavya eva M. 1. 16.

śikṣaṇam [śikṣ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Learning, acquiring knowledge.
     (2) Teaching, instruction.

śikṣā [śikṣ-bhābe a]
     (1) Learning, study, acquisition of knowledge; śikṣāviśeṣalaghuhastatayā nimeṣāt R. 9. 63.
     (2) Desire of being able to do anything, wish to prevail; Ki. 15. 37.
     (3) Teaching, instruction, training; kāvyajaśikṣayā'byāsaḥ K. P. 1; abhūcca namraḥ praṇipātaśikṣayā R. 3. 25; M. 4. 9.
     (4) One of the six Vedāṅgas, the science which teaches the proper pronunciation of words and laws of euphony.
     (5) Modesty, humility.
     (6) Science; raṇaśikṣā 'military science'.
     (7) Giving, bestowing (Ved.)
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ 1. a teacher, an instructor. --2. N. of Vyāsa.
          --guruḥ a religious preceptor.
          --naraḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --śaktiḥ f. skill.

śikṣita p. p. [śikṣā jātā'sya tāra, itac, śikṣa-kta vā]
     (1) Learnt, studied.
     (2) Taught, instructed; aśikṣitapadutvaṃ S. 5. 22.
     (3) Trained, disciplined.
     (4) Tame, docile.
     (5) Skilful, clever.
     (6) Modest, diffident.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraḥ 1. a teacher. --2. a pupil.
          --āyudha a. versed in the use of weapons.

śikṣamāṇaḥ A pupil, scholar.

śikhaṃḍaḥ [śikhāmamati am-ḍ tasya netvam Tv.]
     (1) A lock of hair left on the crown or sides of the head at tonsure.
     (2) A peacock's tail.
     (3) A crest; V. 4. 8.

śikhaṃḍakaḥ [śikhaṃḍa iva-kan]
     (1) A lock of hair left on the crown of the head at tonsure.
     (2) Locks or tufts of hair left on the sides of the head; (these are three or five in the case of the Kshatriyas); kuvalayadalaśyāmāsnigdhaḥ śikhaṃḍakamaṃḍanaḥ U. 4. 19.
     (3) A crest, tuft. plume.
     (4) A peacock's tail-

śikhaṃḍikaḥ A cock.

śikhaḍikā See śikhaṃḍa
     (1).

śikhaṃḍin a. [śikhaṃḍo'styasya ini] Crested, tufted. --m. A peacock; nadati sa eṣa vadhūsakhaḥ śikhaṃḍī U. 3. 18; R. 1. 39; Ku. 1. 15.
     (2) A cock.
     (3) An arrow.
     (4) A peacock's tail.
     (5) A kind of jasmine.
     (6) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (7) N. of a son of Drupada. [Sikhandin was originally a female, being Amba born in the family of Drupada for wreaking her revenge upon Bhishma; (see Amba). But from her very birth the girl was given out as a male child and brought up as such. In due course she was married to the daughter of Hiranyavarman, who was extremely sorry to find that she had got a veritable woman for her husband. Her father, therefore, resolved to attack the kingdom of Drupada for his having deceived him; but Sikhandin contrived, by practising austere penance in a forest, to exchange her sex with a Yaksha, and thus averted the calamity which threatened Drupada. Afterwards in the great Bhāratī war he proved a means of killing Bhīṣma, who declined to fight with a woman, when Arjuna put him forward as his hero. He was afterwards killed by Aśvatthāman].

śikhaṃḍinī
     (1) A pea-hen.
     (2) A kind of jasmine.
     (3) N. of the daughter of Drupada; see śikhaṃḍin above.

śikharaḥ --ram [śikhā astyasya-arac ālopaḥ]
     (1) The top, summit, or peak of a mountain; jagāma gaurī śikharaṃ śikhaḍimat Ku. 5. 7, 4; Me. 18.
     (2) The top of a tree.
     (3) Crest, tuft.
     (4) The point or edge of a sword.
     (5) Top, peak, point in general.
     (6) The arm-pit.
     (7) Bristling of the hair.
     (8) The bud of the Arabian jasmine.
     (9) A kind of ruby-like gem. --rā N. of a plant (mūrvā).
     -- Comp.
          --vāsinī an epithet of Durgā.

śikhariṇī
     (1) An excellent woman.
     (2) A dish of curds and sugar with spices.
     (3) A line of hair extending across the navel.
     (4) A kind of vine.
     (5) N. of a plant (mūrvā)
     (6) Arabian jasmine.
     (7) N. of a metre; see App. I.

śikharin a. (ṇī f.) [śikharaṃ astyasya ini]
     (1) Crested, tufted.
     (2) Pointed, peaked; śikharidaśanā Me. 82. --m.
     (1) A mountain; itaśva śaraṇarthināṃ śikhariṇāṃ gaṇāḥ śerate Bh. 2. 76; Me. 13; R. 9. 12, 17.
     (2) A hill-fort.
     (3) A tree.
     (4) The lapwing.
     (5) The plant apāmārga.

śikhā [śī-khak tasya netvam pṛṣo-; Uṇ. 5. 24]
     (1) A lock of hair left on the crown of the head; Mu. 3. 30; Śi. 4. 50; Mal. 10. 6.
     (2) A crest, top-knot.
     (3) Tuft, plume.
     (4) Top, summit, peak; Ki. 6. 17.
     (5) Sharp end, edge, point or end in general; S. 1. 4; Bv. 1. 2.
     (6) The end of a garment; toyādhārapathāśca valkalaśi khāniṣyaṃdarekhaṃkitā; S. 1. 14.
     (7) A flame; prabhāmahatyā śikhayeva dīpaḥ Ku. 1. 28; R. 17. 34.
     (8) A ray of light; Ku. 2. 38.
     (9) A peacock's crest or comb. (10) A fibrous root.
     (11) A branch in general, especially one taking root.
     (12) The head or chief of anything.
     (13) The fever of love.
     (14) The point of the foot.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃdaṃ a kind of turnip.
          --taruḥ a lamp-stand.
          --dāman n. a garland worn on the top of the head.
          --dhara a. pointed, crested.
          --raḥ 1. a peacock. --2. a Jaina deified saint. -jaṃ a peacock's feather.
          --dhāraḥ a peacock.
          --maṇiḥ a crest-jewel.
          --mūlaṃ 1. a carrot. --2. a root having a tuft of leaves. --3. a turnip.
          --varaḥ the jack-fruit tree.
          --vala a. pointed, crested. (--laḥ) a peacock.
          --vṛkṣaḥ a lamp-stand.
          --vṛddhiḥ f. a kind of usurious interest daily increasing.

śikhāluḥ The crest of a peacock.

śikhāvat a.
     (1) Crested.
     (2) Flaming. --m
     (1) A lamp.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) The descending node.

śikhin a. [śikhā astyasya ini]
     (1) Pointed.
     (2) Crested, tufted.
     (3) Proud. --m
     (1) A peacock; uṣṇāluḥ śiśire niṣodati tarormūlālavāle śikhī V. 2. 23, 4. 8; Pt. 1. 151; Śi. 4. 5).
     (2) Fire; ripuriva sakhī saṃvāsoyaṃ śikhīva himānilaḥ Gīt. 7; Pt. 4. 110; R. 19. 54; Śi. 15. 7.
     (3) A cock.
     (4) An arrow.
     (5) A tree.
     (6) A lamp.
     (7) A bull.
     (8) A horse.
     (9) A mountain. (10) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (11) A religious mendicant.
     (12) N. of Ketu.
     (13) The number 'three'.
     (14) The Chitraka tree.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭhaṃ, --grīvaṃ blue vitriol.
          --dhvajaḥ 1. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --2. smoke.
          --picchaṃ, --pucchaṃ a peacock's tail.
          --yūpaḥ an antelope.
          --varvakaḥ a gourd.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Kārtikeya.
          --śikhā 1. a flame. --2. a peacock's crest.

śigruḥ [śi-ruk guk ca]
     (1) A potherb.
     (2) A kind of tree.

śiṃkh 1 P. (śiṃkhati) To go, move.

śiṃgh 1 P. (śiṃghati) To smell.

śiṃghāṇaḥ
     (1) Froth, foam.
     (2) Phlegm. --ṇaṃ
     (1) The mucus of the nose.
     (2) Rust of iron.
     (3) A glassvessel.

śiṃghāṇakaḥ --kam The mucus of the nose. --kaḥ Phlegm.

śiṃghita a. Smelled.

śic f. The string of a yoke (for carrying burdens).

śiṃj 1. 2. A., 10 U. (śiṃjate, śiṃkte, śiṃjayati-te, śiṃjita)
     (1) To tinkle, jingle, rattle; Śi. 10. 62.
     (2) To roar, sound, bellow.

śiṃjaḥ Tinkle, jingle, tinkling or jingling sound; especially of ornaments such as anklets.

śiṃjaṃjikā A chain worn round the loins.

śiṃjā
     (1) Tinkle, jingle &c.
     (2) A bow-string.

śiṃjita p. p. Tinkling, jingling. --taṃ Tinkling, jingling (of anklets &c.); kūjitaṃ rājahaṃsānāṃ nedaṃ nūpuraśiṃjitaṃ V. 4. 14.
     (2) Clanking (of chains).

śiṃjinī
     (1) A bow-string.
     (2) An anklet (worn round the feet).

śiṭa 1 P. (śiṭati) To slight, depise, disregard.

śita p. p. [śo-kta]
     (1) Sharpened, whetted.
     (2) Thin, emaciated.
     (3) Wasted, declined.
     (4) Weak, feeble,
     -- Comp.
          --agraḥ a thorn.
          --dhāra a. sharp-edged.
          --śūkaḥ 1. barley. --2. wheat.

śitadruḥ f. The river Sutlej; see śatadru.

śiti a. [śi-ktic]
     (1) White.
     (2) Black; śititārakānumitatāmranayanamaruṇīkṛtaṃ krudhā Śi. 15. 48. --tiḥ The birch tree.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva; tasyātmā śitikaṃṭhasya saināpatyamupetya vaḥ Ku. 2, 61, 6. 81. --2. a peacock; avanataśitikaṃṭhakaṃṭhalakṣmīmiha dadhati sphuritāṇureṇujālāḥ Śi. 4. 56.
     (3) a gallinule. --chadaḥ, --pakṣaḥ a goose. --ratnaṃ a sapphire. --vāsas m. an epithet of Balarāma; viḍaṃbayaṃtaṃ śitivāsasastanuṃ Śi. 1. 6. --sārakaḥ a kind of ebony.

śithila a. [ślath-kilac pṛṣo- Uṇ. 1. 53]
     (1) Loose, loosened, slackened, relaxed.
     (2) Untied, unfastened; S. 2. 6.
     (2) Severed, fallen from the stalk; arkasyopari śithilaṃ cyutamiva navamallikākusumaṃ S. 2. 8.
     (3) Languid, enfeebled, unnerved.
     (4) Weak, feeble; aśithilapariraṃbha U. 1. 24, 27 'fast or close embrace'.
     (5) Flaccid, flabby.
     (6) Dissolved.
     (7) Decayed.
     (8) Ineffective, futile, vain.
     (9) Inattentive, careless; Pt. 4. 116. (10) Loosely done, not strictly or rigidly performed.
     (11) Cast off, abandoned. --laṃ
     (1) Laxity, looseness.
     (2) Slowness. śithi līkṛ means 1. to loosen, unfasten, untie. --2. to relax, slacken. --3. to weaken, impair, enfeeble.
     (4) to give up, abandon; R. 2. 41. śithilībhū 1. to be slackened or relaxed. --2. to fall off from; Mk. 1. 13).

śithilayati Den. P.
     (1) To relaxslacken, loosen, Ratn. 1. 14.
     (2) To give up, abandon; śithilaya kṣaṇamātraṃ bāṣpamokṣa Ve. 5.
     (3) To lessen, allow to cool down; na sā itogatamanurāgaṃ śithilayati V. 2.

śithilāyate Den. A. To become loose or flaccid; Bh. 3. 14.

śithilita a.
     (1) Loosed.
     (2) Relaxed, loosened.
     (3) Dissolved.

śiniḥ N. of a warrior belonging to the side of the Yādavas. śinernaptṛ m. N. of Sātyaki).

śipiḥ A ray of light. --f. Skin, leather. --n. Water; śaityācchayanayāgocca śipi vāri pracakṣate Vyāsa.
     -- Comp.
          --viṣṭa a. (written śipavipaṣṭa or śivipaṣṭa also) 1. pervaded by rays. --2. bald, bald-headed. --3. leprous. (
          --ṣṭaḥ) 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. of Śiva. --3. a bald man. --4. a man without prepuce.
     (5) a leper.

śipraḥ N. of a lake on the Himālaya. --praṃ Ved.
     (1) A cheek; jaw.
     (2) The chin.
     (3) The nose.
     (4) A helmet or visor.

śiprā
     (1) N. of a river which issues from the Sipra lake and on the bank of which stands Ujjayinī; śiprāvātaḥ priyatama iva prārthanāca ṭukāraḥ Me. 81.
     (2) A visor or helmet.

śiphaḥ See śiphā.

śiphā
     (1) A fibrous root.
     (2) The root of a water-lily.
     (3) A root in general.
     (4) A stroke with a whip.
     (5) A mother.
     (6) A river.
     (7) Turmeric.
     (8) Spikenard.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃdaḥ --daṃ the root of a water-lily.
          --dharaḥ a branch.
          --ruhaḥ the (Indian) fig-tree.

śiphākaḥ The root of a water-lily.

śibiḥ(vi)
     (1) A beast of prey.
     (2) The birch tree.
     (3) N. of a country (pl).
     (4) N. of a king (who is said to have saved Agni in the form of a dove from Indra in the form of a hawk by offering an equal quantity of his own flesh weighed in a balance); Mu. 6. 17.

śibi(vi)kā
     (1) A palanquin, litter.
     (2) A bier.
     (3) A raised platform.

śibi(vi)ram
     (1) A camp; dhṛṣṭradyumnaḥ svaśibiramayaṃ yāti sarve sahadhvaṃ Ve. 3. 18; Śi. 5. 68.
     (2) A royal camp or residence.
     (3) An intrenchment for the protection of an army.
     (4) A kind of grain.

śibi(vi)rathaḥ A palanquin, litter.

śiṃbaḥ A kind of large shrub cakamarda). --bā A pod, legume; (also śiṃbiḥ f. in this sense); Māl. 9. 7.

śiṃbikā
     (1) A pod, legume.
     (2) A kind of kidney-bean.

śiṃbī
     (1) A pod, legume.
     (2) A kind of plant.

śiram
     (1) The head.
     (2) The root of the pepper plant (m. also according to some, in these senses). --raḥ
     (1) A bed.
     (2) A large serpent.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ hair.

śiras n. [śṝ-asun nipātaḥ Uṇ. 4. 193]
     (1) The head; śirasā ślāghate pūrvaṃ (guṇaṃ) paraṃ (doṣaṃ) kaṃṭhe niyacchati Subhaṣ.
     (2) Skull.
     (3) A peak, summit, top (as of a mountain); himagaurairacalādhipaḥ śirobhiḥ Ki. 5. 17; Śi. 4. 54.
     (4) The top of a tree.
     (5) The head or top of anything; śirasi mapīpaṭalaṃ dadhāti dīpaḥ Bv. 1. 74.
     (6) Pinnacle, acme, highest point.
     (7) Front, forepart, van (as of an army); putrasya te raṇaśirasyayamagrayāyī S. 7. 26; U. 5. 3.
     (8) Chief, principal, head (usually at the end of comp.).
     -- Comp.
          --asthi n. (śirosthi) the skull.
          --kapālin m. an ascetic who carries about a human skull.
          --gṛhaṃ (śirogṛhaṃ) a room on the top of a house, turret, garret.
          --grahaḥ (śirograhaḥ) affection of the head, head-ache.
          --chadaḥ, --chedanaṃ (śiraśchedaḥ &c.) beheading, decapitation.
          --tāpin m. an elephant.
          --traṃ, --trāṇaṃ 1. a helmet; cyutaiḥ śirastraiścaṣakottareva R. 7. 49, 66; apanītaśirastrāṇāḥ 4. 64. --2. a headdress.
          --dharā, --dhiḥ (śirodharā --dhi) the neck; Śi. 4. 52, 5. 65.
          --pīḍā headache.
          --praṇāmaḥ bending the head.
          --prāvaraṇaṃ a turban.
          --phaṭhaḥ the cocoanut tree.
          --bhūṣaṇaṃ (śirobhūṣaṇaṃ) an ornament for the head.
          --maṇiḥ (śiromaṇiḥ) 1. a jewel worn on the head. --2. a crest-jewel. --3. a title of respect conferred on learned men.
          --marman m. (śiromarman) a hog.
          --mālin m. (śiromālin) an epithet of Śiva.
          --ratnaṃ (śiroratnaṃ) a jewel worn on the head.
          --rujā (śirorujā) head-ache.
          --ruh m.
          --ruhaḥ (śiroruhruhaḥ) (also śirasiruh-haḥ) the hair of the head; Rs. 1. 4, Ku. 5. 9; R. 15. 16.
          --vartin a. (śirovartin) being at the head. (--m.) a chief, any one at the head of affairs.
          --vallī (śirovallī) the crest of a peacock.
          --vṛttaṃ (śirovṛttaṃ) pepper.
          --veṣṭaḥ, veṣṭanaṃ (śiroveṣṭraḥ-ṣṭanaṃ) a head-dress, turban.
          --śūlaṃ head-ache.
          --sthaḥ leader, chief.
          --hārin m. (śirohārin) an epithet of Śiva.

śirasijaḥ The hair of the head; Śi. 7. 62.

śiraskam
     (1) A helmet.
     (2) A turban, head-dress.

śiraskā A palanquin.

śirastas ind. From the head; Ku. 3. 49; Bh. 2. 10.

śirasya a. [śirasi bhavaḥ yat] Belonging to, or being on, the head. --syaḥ Clean hair.

śirā Any tubular vessel of the body, a nerve, vein, artery, bloodvessel.
     -- Comp.
          --patraḥ the woodapple.
          --mokṣaḥ bleeding.
          --vṛttaṃ lead.

śirāla a. Sinewy, tendinous, veiny.

śiriḥ śdda-ki]
     (1) A sword.
     (2) A killer, murderer.
     (3) An arrow.
     (4) A locust.

śirīṣaḥ [śṝ-īṣan kicca] N. of a tree. --ṣaṃ A flower of this tree (regarded as the type of delicacy); śirīṣapuṣpādhikasaukumāryau bāhū tadīyāviti me vitarkaḥ Ku. 1. 41; so padaṃ saheta bhramarasya pelavaṃ śirīṣapuṣpaṃ na punaḥ patātriṇaḥ 5. 4, R. 16. 48; Me. 65.

śil 6 P. (śilati) To glean.

śilaḥ --lam Gleaning ears of corn (more than one at a time); see Kull. on Ms. 10. 112.
     -- Comp.
          --uṃchaḥ 1. gleaning ears of corn. --2. an irregular occupation.

śilā
     (1) A stone, rock.
     (2) A grindstone.
     (3) The lower timber of a door.
     (4) The top of a column.
     (5) A tendon, vein (for śirā).
     (6) Red arsenic.
     (7) Camphor.
     -- Comp.
          --aṭakaḥ 1. a hole. --2. a fence, an enclosure. --3. a room on the top of a house.
          --ātmajaṃ iron.
          --ātmikā a crucible.
          --āraṃbhā the wild plantain.
          --āsanaṃ 1. a slab of stone used as a seat. --2. benzoin.
          --āhvaṃ bitumen.
          --uccayaḥ a mountain; huge rock; R. 2. 34.
          --utthaṃ benzoin.
          --udhavaṃ 1. benzoin. --2. a superior kind of sandal-wood.
          --aokas m. an epithet of Garuḍa.
          --kuddakaḥ a stone-cutter's chisel.
          --kusumaṃ, --puṣpaṃ benzoin.
          --ja a. fossil, mineral.
          --jaṃ 1. bitumen. --2. benzoin. --3. petroleum. --4. iron. --5. any fossil production.
          --jatu n. 1. bitumen. --2. red chalk.
          --jita f.,
          --dadruḥ bitumen.
          --dhātuḥ 1. chalk. --2. red chalk. --3. a white fossil substance.
          --paṭṭaḥ --paṭṭakaḥ 1. a flat-stone for grinding &c. --2. a slab (of stone) used as a seat, stone seat.
          --putraḥ, --putrakaḥ a small flat stone for grinding condiments upon.
          --pratikṛtiḥ f. an image of stone.
          --phalakaṃ a stone slab.
          --bhavaṃ benzoin.
          --bhedaḥ a stone cutter's chisel.
          --rasaḥ
     (1) benzoin.
     (2) incense. --valkalaḥ --laṃ, --valkā a kind of moss. --vṛṣṭriḥ f. 1. a shower of stones. --2. hail. --veśman n. a grotto rocky recess. --vyādhiḥ bitumen. --sāraṃ iron.

śiliḥ The birch tree. --li f. The lower timber of a door.

śiliṃdaḥ A kind of fish.

śilī
     (1) The lower timber of a door.
     (2) A kind of earthworm.
     (3) The top of a pillar.
     (4) A dart.
     (5) An arrow.
     (6) A female frog.
     -- Comp.
          --mukhaḥ 1. a bee; militaśilīmukhapāṭalipaṭalakṛtasmaratūṇavilāse Gīt. 1.; R. 4. 57. --2. an arrow; sā kusumaghaṭitaśilīmukhamatoharānmadatacāpādiva pramadavanāstrasyati K. 225; or yugapadvikāśamudayādgamite śaśinaḥ śilīmukhagaṇo'labhata Śi. 9. 41 (in both passages the word is used in senses 1 and 2).
     (3) a fool.
     (4) war, fight.

śiliṃdhraḥ [śilīṃ dharati dhṛ ka pṛṣo- mum]
     (1) A kind of fish.
     (2) A kind of tree. --dhraṃ A mushroom, fungus, as in ucchilīṃdhra q. v.
     (2) The flower of the plantain tree; adhipuraṃdhri śilīṃdhrasugaṃdhibhiḥ Śi. 6. 32, or alināramatālinī śilīṃdhra 72.
     (3) Hail.

śiliṃdhraka A mushroom, fungus.

śilīṃdhrī
     (1) Earth, clay.
     (2) A small earthworm.

śileya a. Rocky, stony. --yaṃ
     (1) Benzoin.
     (2) Bitumen.

śilpam [śil-pak]
     (1) An art, a fine or mechanical art; (64 such arts are enumerated).
     (2) Skill (in any art); craft; pātraviśeṣanyastaṃ guṇāṃtaraṃ vrajati śilpamādhātuḥ M. 1. 6.
     (3) Ingenuity, cleverness.
     (4) Work, manual work or labour.
     (5) A rite, ceremony.
     (6) A kind of ladle or spoon used at sacrifices.
     (7) Form, shape.
     (8) Creation, procreation.
     -- Comp.
          --karman, n.,
          --kriyā any manual labour, handicraft.
          --kāraḥ, --kārakaḥ, --kārin m. an artisan, a mechanic.
          --vidyā 1. mechanical science. --2. any manual skill, handicraft.
          --śālaṃ, --lā a workshop, manufactory (a technical school).
          --śāstraṃ 1. a book on any art, fine or mechanical. --2. mechanics.

śilpakam A kind of drama (exhibiting magical and mystical rites).

śilipaka a. Manual, mechanical. --kaṃ
     (1) Any handicraft or mechanical art.
     (2) =śilpakaṃ q. v.

śilpin a.
     (1) Relating to a fine or mechanical art.
     (2) Mechanical. --m
     (1) An artisan, artist, a mechanic.
     (2) One who is skilled in any art.

śiva a. [śyati pāpaṃ śo-van pṛṣo-]
     (1) Auspicious, propitious, lucky; iyaṃ śivāyā niyaterivāyatiḥ Ki. 4. 21; 1. 38; R. 11. 33.
     (2) In good health or condition, happy, prosperous, fortunate; śivāti vastīrthaja lāni kaccit R. 5. 8 (= atupaplavāni 'undisturbed'); śivāsta paṃthānaḥ saṃtu 'a happy journey to you', 'God bless (or speed) you on your journey'. --vaḥ
     (1) N. of the third god of the sacred Hindu Trinity, who is entrusted with the work of destruction, as Brahman and Viṣṇu are with the creation and preservation, of the world; eko davaḥ keśavo vā śivo vā Bh. 2. 115.
     (2) The male organ of generation, penis.
     (3) An auspicious planetary conjunction.
     (4) The Veda.
     (5) Final beatitude.
     (6) A post to which cattle are tied
     (7) A god, deity,
     (8) Quick-silver.
     (9) Bdellium. (10) The black variety of thorn-apple. --vau (m. dual) Śiva and PārvatiH kathayati śivayoḥ śarīrayogaṃ viṣamapadā padavī vivartaneṣu Ki. 5. 40. --vaṃ Prosperity, welfare, wellbeing, happiness; tava vartmāna vartatāṃ śivaṃ N. 2. 62; Ratn. 1. 2; R. 1. 60.
     (2) Bliss, auspiciousness.
     (3) Final beatitude.
     (4) Water.
     (5) Sea-salt.
     (6) Rock-salt
     (7) Refined borax.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaṃ = rudrākṣa q. v.
          --arātiḥ a heretic (lit. a disbeliever in Śiva).
          --ātmakaṃ rock-salt.
          --ādeśakaḥ 1. the bearer of auspicious news. --2. a fortune-teller.
          --ālayaḥ 1. Śiva's abode. --2. the red basil. (
          --yaṃ) 1. a temple of Śiva. --2. a cemetery.
          --itara a. inauspicious, unlucky; śivetarakṣataye K. P. 1.
          --iṣṭrā Dūrvā grass.
          --kara (śivaṃkara also) a. conferring happiness, auspicious.
          --kīrtanaḥ N. of Bhṛṅgi.
          --gati a. prosperous, happy.
          --gharmajaḥ the planet Mars.
          --caturdaśī the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha; see śivarātra. jñā a female devotee of the Saiva sect.
          --tāti a. 1. having an auspicious end, conferring or conducive to happiness, propitious; prayatna. kṛtsnoyaṃ phalatu śivatātiśca bhavatu Māl. 6. 7. --2. tender, merciful, not demoniacal; mā pūtanātvamupagāḥ śivatātiredhi 9. 49. (
          --tiḥ) auspiciousness, happiness.
          --dattaṃ the discus of Viṣṇu.
          --dāru n. the Devadāru tree.
          --dūtī epithet of Durgā.
          --drumaḥ theBilva tree.
          --dviṣṭrā the Ketaka tree.
          --dhātuḥ 1. quick-silver. --2. milk. stone.
          --puraṃ, purī N. of Benares.
          --purāṇa N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas
          --priyaḥ 1. a crystal. --2. the Baka tree. --3. the thorn-apple. (--yaṃ) = rudrakṣa q. v. (
          --yā) the goddess Durgā.
          --mallakaḥ the Arjuna tree.
          --rasaḥ the water of boiled rice.
          --rājadhānī N. of Benares.
          --rātriḥ f. the fourteenth day of the dark half of Māgha on which a rigorous fast is observed in honour of Śiva.
          --liṃgaṃ 1. Śiva, worshipped in the form of a Phallus.
     (2) a temple dedicated to the worship of the Linga. --lokaḥ the world of Śiva. --vallabhaḥ the mango tree. (--bhā) 1. white rose. --2. Parvatī. --vāhanaḥ a bull. --vījaṃ quick-silver. --śekhāḥ 1. the moon. --2. the thorn-apple. --sāyujyaṃ final emancipation (lit. unification with Śiva). --suṃdarī an epithet of Durgā.

śivakaḥ
     (1) A post to which cows or cattle in general are tied.
     (2) A post for cattle to rub against, scratching-post.

śivā
     (1) N. of Pārvatī.
     (2) A jackal (in general); jahāsi nidrāmaśivaiḥ śivārutaiḥ Ki. 1. 38; hareradya dvāre śiva śiva śivānāṃ kalakalaḥ Bv. 1. 32; R. 7. 50, 11. 61, 12. 39.
     (3) A fortunate woman.
     (4) Final beatitude.
     (5) The Samī tree.
     (6) The yellow myro balan.
     (7) Dūrvā grass.
     (8) A kind of yellow pigment.
     (9) Turmeric.
     -- Comp.
          --arātiḥ a dog
          --priyaḥ a goat.
          --phalā the Sam. tree.
          --rutaṃ the howling of a jackal

śivānī Pārvatī, wife of Śiva.

śivāluḥ A jackal.

śiviḥ
     (1) A beast of prey.
     (2) The birch tree.

śivikā, śivira See śibikā, śibara.

śiśira a. [śaś-kirac ni. Uṇ. 1. 53] Cool, cold, chill, frigid; kuru yadunaṃdanacadanaśiśiratareṇa kareṇa payodhare Gīt. 12; R. 14. 3, 16. 49. --raḥ, --raṃ
     (1) Dew, hoar-frost; pajhānāṃ śiśirādbhayaṃ; jātāṃ manye śiśiramathitāṃ padminīṃ vānyarūpāṃ Me. 83.
     (2) The cold season (comprising the two months Māgha and Phālguna); kaṃṭheṣu skhalitaṃ gate'pi śiśire puṃskokilānāṃ rutaṃ S. 6. 3, Pt. 1. 128
     (4) Coldness, frigidity.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ, --karaḥ, --kiraṇaḥ, --dīdhitiḥ, --raśmiḥ the moon; buva iva śiśirāṃśoḥ V. 5. 21; śiśirakiraṇakāṃtaṃ vāsarāte'bhisārya Śi. 11. 21; śiśiradīdhitinā rajanyaḥ Rs. 3. 2.
          --atyayaḥ, --apagamaḥ 'the close of the cold season', the spring season; svahastalūnaḥ śiśirātyayasya (puṣpacciyaḥ) Ku. 3. 61; upahita śiśirāpagamaśriyā R. 9. 31.
          --kālaḥ, --samayaḥ the cold season.
          --ghnaḥ an epithet of Agni.

śiśuḥ [śo-ku sanvadbhāvaḥ dvitvam; cf. Uṇ. 1. 20]
     (1) A child, an infant; śiśurvā śiṣyā vā U. 4. 11.
     (2) The young of any animal (as a calf, puppy, fawn &c.); S. 1. 15; 7. 14, 18.
     (3) A boy under eight or sixteen years of age.
     (4) A pupil, scholar.
     -- Comp.
          --kraṃdaḥ, -kraṃdanaṃ the cry or weeping of a child.
          --kraṃdīyaḥ (i. e. grathaḥ) a work treating of the complaints of children.
          --gaṃdhā a kind of jasmine (double jasmine).
          --cādrāyaṇaṃ a lunar penance of children; (caturaḥ prātaraśnīyīṃtpaḍān vipraḥ samāhitaḥ . caturo'stamite sūrye śiśucāṃdrāyaṇaṃ smṛtaṃ .. Ms. 11. 220).
          --nāgaḥ a young elephant.
          --pālaḥ N. of a king of the Chedis and son of Damaghosha. [According to the Vishnu Purana this monarch was, in a previous existence, the unrighteous Hiranyakasipu, king of the Asuras who was killed by Vishnu in the form of Narasimha. He was next born as the ten-he added Rāvaṇa who was killed by Rama. Then he was born as the son of Damaghosha, and continued his enmity to Kṛṣṇa, the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu, with even greater implacability; (see Śi. 1.) He denounced Krishna when they met at the Rajasuya sacrifice of Yudhisthira, but his head was cut off by Krishna with his discus. His death forms the subject of a celebrated poem by Māgha]. -han m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --māraḥ the Gangetic porpoise. -śirasu n. the north-east quarter.
          --vāhakaḥ, vāhyakaḥ a wild goat.
          --hatyā childmurder, infanticide.

śiśukaḥ
     (1) A child, an infant.
     (2) The young of any animal.
     (3) A tree.
     (4) A porpoise.
     (5) A fish resembling a porpoise.

śiśulaḥ Ved.
     (1) A child.
     (2) The young of an animal.

śiśnaṃ, śistam [śaa-nak ni.] The penis or male organ of generation; Y. 1. 17; Ms. 11. 105.
     -- Comp.
          --devaḥ a lustful or unchaste man (sporting with the penis).

śiśivadāna a.
     (1) Pious in conduct, virtuous, holy.
     (2) Wicked, sinful.

śiṣ I. 1 P. (śeṣati) To hurt, kill. --II. 1 P., 10 U., (śeṣati, śeṣayati-te) To leave as a remainder, spare. --III. 7 P. (śinaṣṭi, śiṣṭa)
     (1) To leave as a remainder, leave, leave remaining.
     (2) To distinguish or discriminate from others. --Caus. (śeṣayati-te) To leave &c.

śiṣṭa p. p. [śās kta śiṣa-kta vā]
     (1) Left, remainnig, residual, rest.
     (2) Ordered, commanded.
     (3) Trained, educated, disciplined.
     (4) Tamed, docile, tractable.
     (5) Wise, learned; Śi. 2. 10; Pt. 1. 234.
     (6) Virtuous, respectable.
     (7) Civil, polite.
     (8) Chief, principal, superior, excellent, distinguished, eminent; R. 1. 28. --ṣṭraḥ
     (1) An eminent or distinguished person.
     (2) A wise man.
     (3) A counsellor.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāraḥ 1. the practice of wise men. --2. good manners, good breeding.
          --sabhā an assembly of chief or learned men, a council of state.

śiṣṭiḥ f. [śās-ktin]
     (1) Rule, government.
     (2) Order, command.
     (3) Chastisement, punishment.

śiṣyaḥ [śas --kyap]
     (1) A pupil, disciple, scholar; śiṣyaste'haṃ śādhi mā tvāṃ prapannaṃ Bg. 2. 7.
     (2) Anger, pasion.
     (3) Violence, force.
     -- Comp.
          --paraṃparā a succession of pupils.
          --putraḥ a pupil regarded as a son.
          --śiṣṭriḥ f. the correction of a pupil.

śihlaḥ, śihlakaḥ Benzoin.

śī 2 A. (śete, śayita; pass. śayyate; desid. śiśayiṣate)
     (1) To lie, lie down, recline, rest; itaśca śaraṇarthinaḥ śikhariṇāṃ gaṇāḥ śerate Bh. 2. 76.
     (2) To sleep (fig. also); kiṃ niḥśaṃke śeṣe śeṣevayasaḥ samāgato mṛtyuḥ . athavā sukhaṃ śayīthā nikaṭe jāgarti jāhavī jananī Bv. 4. 30; Bh. 3. 79; Ku. 5. 12.
     (3) To rest, repose. --Caus. (śāyayati-te)
     (1) To cause to sleep or lie down; pārśve śāyaya rāvaṇaṃ Bk. 8. 83.
     (2) To allow to rest or repose.

śī
     (1) Sleep, repose.
     (2) Tranquillity.

śīk I. 1 A. (śīkate)
     (1) To wet, sprinkle.
     (2) To go or move gently. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (śīkati, śīkayati-te)
     (1) To be angry.
     (2) To moisten, wet.
     (3) To be patient.
     (4) To speak.
     (5) To shine.

śīkaraḥ [śīk-aran]
     (1) Spray, thin rain, drizzle, mist; Ku. 1. 15, 2. 42; R 5, 42, 9. 68; Ki. 5. 15.
     (2) A drop of water or rain; gatamupari ghanānāṃ vārigarbhodarāṇāṃ piśunayati rathaste śīkaraklinnanamiḥ S. 7. 7; R. 16. 62. --raṃ
     (1) The Sarala tree.
     (2) The resin of this tree.
     (3) Wind.

śīkarin a. Sprinkling, drizzling, pouring forth a spray of water; U. 3. 16; Māl. 9. 34.

śīghra a. Quick, rapid, speedy; bibranmaṇiṃ maṃḍalacāraśīghraḥ V. 5. 2; śīghrakṛtyaṃ 'urgent business'; Pt. 3. 170. --ghraḥ Conjunction (in astr.). --ghraṃ ind. Quickly, swiftly, rapidly.
     -- Comp.
          --uccaḥ conjunction (in astr.).
          --kārin a. expeditions, quick.
          --kopin a. choleric, irascible.
          --cetanaḥ a dog.
          --buddhi a. acute, sharp-witted.
          --laṃghana a. going rapidly, swift of foot; Ghaṭ. 8.
          --vedhina m. a good archer.

śīghrāyate Den. A.
     (1) To become quick or rapid.
     (2) To hasten.

śīghrin a.
     (1) Speedy, expeditious.
     (2) Making haste in pronunciation, pronouncing very rapidly; Sik. 32.

śīghriya a. Quick. --yaḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Śiva.
     (3) The fighting of cats.

śīghrīya a. Quick, swift.

śīghryam Quickness, rapidity.

śīt ind. A sound made to express a sudden thrill of pleasure or pain, (particularly applied to the sound of pleasure during sexual enjoyment).
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛt m. the above sound.

śīta a. [śyai-kta]
     (1) Cool, cold, frigid; tava kusumaśaratvaṃ śītaraśmitvamiṃdoḥ S. 3. 2.
     (2) Dull, sluggish, apathetic, sleepy.
     (3) Dull, lazy, stupid. --taḥ
     (1) A kind of reed.
     (2) The Nimba tree.
     (3) The cold season (n. also).
     (4) Camphor. --taṃ
     (1) Cold, coldness chillness; āḥ śītaṃ tuhinācalasya karayoḥ K. P. 10.
     (2) Water.
     (3) Cinnamon.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ 1. the moon: vaktredau tava satyayaṃ yadaparaḥ śītāṃśurujjṛṃbhate K. P. 10.
     (2) camphor. --adaḥ a kind of affection or diseased state of the gums. --adriḥ the Himālaya mountain. --aśman m. the moonstone. --ākula, --ārta a. pinched or benumbed with cold, shivering. --uttamaṃ water. --karaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor. --kālaḥ the cold season, winter. --kālīna a. wintry. --kuṃbhaḥ the fragrant oleander. --kṛcchraḥ, --cchraṃ a kind of religious penance. --kṣāraḥ refined borax. --gaṃdhaḥ white sandal. --guḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor. --caṃpakaḥ 1. a lamp. --2. a mirror. --dīdhitiḥ the moon. --puṣpaḥ the Sirīṣa tree. --puṣpakaṃ benzoin. --prabhaḥ camphor. --bhānuḥ the moon. --bhīruḥ a kind of jasmine (Arabian) --mayūkhaḥ, --marīciḥ, --raśmiḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor. --mūlakaṃ the root of the Usīra q. v. --ramyaḥ a lamp. --ruc m. the moon. --valkaḥ the Udumbara tree. --vīryakaḥ the fig-tree. --śivaḥ the Sami tree. (--vaṃ) 1. rocksalt.
     (2) borax. --śūkaḥ barley. --sahaḥ the Pīlu tree. --sparśa a. cooling.

śītaka a. Cold; see śīta. --kaḥ
     (1) Any cold thing.
     (2) Winter, the cold season.
     (3) A dull or dilatory person.
     (4) A happy man, one free from cares or anxieties.
     (5) A scorpion.

śītala a. [śītaṃ lāti lā-ka, śītamastyasya lac-vā]
          (a) Cool, cold, chill, frigid; atiśītalamapyabhaḥ kiṃ bhinātti na bhūbhṛtaḥ Subhāṣ.
          (b) Cool, bearable; mahadapi pagduḥkhaṃ śī talaṃ sabyagāhuḥ V. 4. 13. --laḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) A kind of camphor.
     (3) Turpentine.
     (4) The Champaka tree.
     (5) A kind of religious observance (observed upon the sun's en tering the sign Aries). --laṃ
     (1) Cold, coolness.
     (2) The cold season.
     (3) Benzoin.
     (4) White sandal, or sandal in general.
     (5) A pearl.
     (6) Green sulphate of iron.
     (7) A lotus.
     (8) The root called vīraṇa q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --chadaḥ the Champaka tree.
          --jalaṃ a lotus.
          --pradaḥ --daṃ sandal.
          --vātaḥ a cool breeze.
          --ṣaṣṭhī the sixth day of the bright half of Magha.

śītalakam A white lotus.

śītalā
     (1) Small-pox.
     (2) The goddess presiding over small-pox.
     -- Comp.
          --pūjā worship of the goddess Śītalā.

śītalī Small-pox.

śītā See sītā.

śītālu a. [śītaṃ na sahate śīta-āluc] Suffering from or shivering with cold, chilled, pinched; śītāluḥ salilagatena sicyate spta Śi. 8. 19.

śītya See sītya.

śīdhu m., n.
     (1) Any spirituous liquor, rum.
     (2) Wine.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhaḥ the Bakula tree.
          --paḥ a drinker of spirits.

śīna a. [śyai-kta] Thick, congealed. --naḥ
     (1) A dolt, blockhead.
     (2) A large snake (ajaṇara).

śībh
     (1) A. (śībhate)
     (1) To boast.
     (2) To tell, say, speak (kayane?).

śībhyaḥ
     (1) A bull.
     (2) N. of Śiva.

śīraḥ A large snake; see sīra also.

śīrṇa [śṝ-kta] p. p.
     (1) Withered, decayed, rotten.
     (2) Dry, sere.
     (3) Shattered, torn; shivered.
     (4) Thin, emaciated; (see śṝ).
     (5) Small, slender. --rṇaṃ A kind of perfume.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃghriḥ, --pādaḥ 1. epithets of Yama. --2. of the planet Saturn.
          --parṇaṃ a withered leaf; (so śīrṇapatraṃ). (
          --rṇaḥ) the Nimba tree.
          --vṛtaṃ a water-melon.

śīrvi a.
     (1) Destructive, hurtful, noxious, injurious.
     (2) Savage.

śīrṣam [śiras-pṛṣo- śīrṣadeśaḥ, śṝ-ka suk ca vā]
     (1) The head; śīrṣe sarpo deśāṃtare vaidyaḥ Karpūr., Mu. 1. 21.
     (2) The black variety of aloe-wood.
     -- Comp.
          --avaśeṣaḥ the head only as the remainder.
          --āmayaḥ any affection or disease of the head.
          --udayaḥ an epithet of the zodiacal signs, Gemini, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Aquarius, and Pisces.
          --chedaḥ decapitation.
          --chedya a. fit to be beheaded, deserving death by decapitation; śīrṣacchedyaḥ sa te rāma taṃ hatvā jībaya dvijaṃ U. 2. 8; R. 15. 51.
          --rakṣaṃ a helmet.
          --śokaḥ pain in the head.

śīrṣakaḥ An epithet of Rāhu. --kaṃ
     (1) The head.
     (2) Skull.
     (3) A helmet.
     (4) A head-dress, (cap, hat &c.).
     (5) Verdict, judgment, judicial sentence.

śīrṣaṇyaḥ [śīrṣan-yat] Clean or unentangled hair. --ṇyaṃ
     (1) A helmet.
     (2) A head-dress (hat, cap &c.).
     (3) Ved. A hea-drope.

śīrṣan n. The head. (This word has no forms for the first five inflections, and is optionally substituted for śiras or śīrṣa after acc. dual).

śīl I. 1. P. (śaliti)
     (1) To meditate, contemplate.
     (2) To serve, honour, worship.
     (3) To do, practise. --II. 10 U. (śīlayati-te)
     (1) To honour, worship.
     (2) To practise repeatedly, exercise, study, think of, ponder over; śrutiśatamapi bhūyaḥ śīlitaṃ bhārataṃ vā Bv. 2. 35; śaliyati munayaḥ suśīlatāṃ Ki. 13. 43.
     (3) To put on, wear; cala sakhi kujaṃ satimirapuṃjaṃ śīlaya nīlanicīlaṃ Gīt. 5.
     (4) To go to, visit, frequent; yadanugamanāya niśi gahanamapi śīlitaṃ Gīt. 7; smerānatā sapadi śīlaya saudhamauliṃ Bv. 2. 4. --WITH anu, --pari to practise repeatedly, cultivate, think of; śaśvacchruto'si manasā pariśīlito'pi Rāj. P.

śīlaḥ [śīl ac]
     (1) A large serpent (the boa) --laṃ
     (1) Disposition, nature, character, tendency, inclination, habit, custom; samānaśīlavyasaneṣu sakhyaṃ Subhāṣ; frequently at the end of comp. in the sense of disposed or habituated to', 'in'dulging in', 'prone to', 'addicted to', 'attached to' &c; as kalahaśīla 'disposed to quarrel', 'quarrelsome'; bhāvanaśīla 'disposed or apt to think'; so dāta-, mṛgayā-, dayā-, puṇya-, āśvāsana- &c.
     (2) Conduct, behaviour in general.
     (3) Good disposition or character; good nature; śīlaṃ paraṃ bhūṣaṇaṃ Bh. 2. 82; Pt. 5. 2.
     (4) Virtue; morality, good conduct, virtuous life, chastity, uprightness; dairbhaṃvyānnṛpatirvinaśyati ... śīlaṃ khalopāsanāt Bh. 2. 42, 39; tathā hi te śīlamudāradarśane tapasvina mapyupadaśetāṃ gataṃ Ku. 5. 36. Ki. 11. 25; Pt. 1. 169; R. 10. 70.
     (5) Beauty, good form.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍanaṃ violation of morality or chastity; Pt. 1.
          --dhārin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --vaṃcanā violation of chastity; grāpteyaṃ śīlavaṃcanā Mk. 1. 44.
          --vṛtta a. wellbehaved, virtuous. (
          --tta) good or virtuous conduct, good breeding.
          --vṛttiḥ f. virtue.

śīlanam [śīl-lyuṭ]
     (1) Repeated practice, exercise, study, cultivation.
     (2) Constant application.
     (3) Honouring, serving.
     (4) Wearing.

śīlita p. p.
     (1) Practised, exercised.
     (2) Put on.
     (3) Frequented, visited.
     (4) Skilled in.
     (5) Endowed with, possessed of. --taṃ Practice, conduct.

śīvan m. A large snake(boa).

śuṃśumāraḥ A porpoise, (a corruption of śiśumāra q. v.).

śuk 1 P. (śokati) To go, move.

śukaḥ [śak-ka]
     (1) A parrot; ātmano mukhade ṣeṇa badhyaṃte śukasārikāḥ Subhāṣ.; tuṃḍairātābrakuṭilaiḥ pakṣairharitakomalaiḥ . trivarṇarājibhiḥ kaṭhairete majugiraḥ śukāḥ .. Kāv. 2. 9.
     (2) The Śirīṣa tree.
     (3) N. of a son of Vsāsa. [He is said to have been born from the seed of Vyāsa which fell at the sight of the heavenly nymph Ghṛtāchī while roaming over the earth in the form of a female parrot. Śuka was a born philosopher, and by his moral eloquence successfully resisted all the attempts of the nymph Rambha to win him over to the path of love. He is said to have narrated the Bhāgavata Purāṇa to king Parīkṣit. His name has become proverbial for the most rigid observer of continence]. --kaṃ
     (1) Cloth, clothes.
     (2) A helmet.
     (3) A turban
     (4) The end or hem of a garment.
     -- Comp.
          --adataḥ the pomegranate tree.
          --taruḥ, --drumaḥ the Sirīṣa tree.
          --devaḥ N. of Suka.
          --nāsa a. having an aquiline nose. (
          --saḥ) N. of the minister of Tārāpīḍa.
          --nāsikā an aquiline nose.
          --pucchaḥ sulphur.
          --puṣpaḥ, --priyaḥ the Śirīṣa tree. (
          --yā) the rose-apple.
          --vallabhaḥ the pomegranate.
          --vāhaḥ an epithet of Cupid.

śukta p. p. [śuc-kta]
     (1) Bright, pure, clean.
     (2) Acid, sour
     (3) Harsh, rough, hard, severe.
     (4) United, joined.
     (5) Deserted, lonely. --ktaṃ
     (1) Flesh.
     (2) Sour gruel.
     (3) A kind of acid liquid.

śuktakam Sour eructation.

śuktiḥ f. [śac-ktin]
     (1) An oyster. shell, pearl-oyster; pātraviśeṣanyastaṃ guṇāṃtaraṃ vrajati śilpamādhātuḥ . jalamiva samudraśuktau muktāphalatāṃ payodasya M. 1. 6; Bh. 2. 67; R. 13. 17.
     (2) A conchshell.
     (3) A small shell, muscle.
     (4) A portion of the skull.
     (5) A curl of bair on a horse's breast (or neck); Śi. 5. 4; see Malli. thereon.
     (6) A kind of perfume.
     (7) A particular weight equal to two Karshas.
     (8) Hemorrhoids.
     -- Comp.
          --udbhavaṃ, --jaṃ a pearl.
          --puṭaṃ, --peśī a pearl-oyster shell.
          --vadhūḥ the pearl-oyster.
          --vījaṃ a pearl.
          --sparśaḥ dusky spots on a peral.

śuktikā A pearl-oyster.

śukra a. [śuc-raka ni- kutvam] Ved.
     (1) Bright, radiant, shining.
     (2) White, pure. --kraḥ
     (1) The planet Venus.
     (2) N. of the preceptor of the Asuras, who, by means of his magical charm, restored to life the demons killed in battle; see kaca, devayānī, and yayāti.
     (3) The month of Jyeṣṭha.
     (4) N. of Agni or fire.
     (5) N. of the plant Chitraka. --kraṃ
     (1) Semen virile; pumān puṃso'dhika śukre strī bhavatyadhike striyāḥ Ms. 3. 49, 5. 63.
     (2) The essence of anything.
     (3) Male and female energy.
     (4) Ved. Water.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ a peacock.
          --kara a. spermatic. (
          --raḥ) the marrow of the bones.
          --bhuj f. a pea-hen.
          --bhūḥ m. the marrow of the bones.
          --varaḥ, --vāsaraḥ Friday
          --śiṣyaḥ a demon.

śukrala, śukiya a.
     (1) Seminal.
     (2) Increasing the seminal flow.

śukla a. [śuc-luk kutvam] White, pure, bright; as in śuklāpāṃga q. v. --klaḥ
     (1) A white colour.
     (2) The bright or light half of a lunar month.
     (3) N. of Śiva. --klaṃ
     (1) Silver.
     (2) A disease of the white part of the eye.
     (3) Fresh butter.
     (4) Sour gruel
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ, --apāṃgaḥ a peacock (having white corners of the eye); śuklāpāṃgaiḥ sajalanayanaiḥ svāgatīkṛtya kekāḥ Me. 22.
          --ablaṃ a kind of sorrel.
          --arman n. a kind of disease of the eyes.
          --upalā candied sugar.
          --kaṃṭhakaḥ a kind of gallinule.
          --karman a pure in conduct, virtuous.
          --kaṣṭhaṃ white leprosy.
          --dhātuḥ chalk.
          --pakṣaḥ the bright half of a month.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the corner of the eye.
          --vastra a. dressed in white.
          --vāyasaḥ a crane.
          --vṛttiḥ f. 1. a pure mode of life. --2. the maintenance derived by a Brāhmaṇa from other Brāhmaṇas.

śuklaka a. White. --kaḥ
     (1) White colour.
     (2) The bright half of a lunar month.

śuklala a. White.

śuklā
     (1) N. of Sarasvatī.
     (2) Candied sugar.
     (3) A woman having a white complexion.
     (4) The plant Kākolī.

śukliman m. Whiteness.

śukṣiḥ
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) Light, lustre.
     (3) Fire.

śuṃgaḥ
     (1) The(Indian) fig-tree.
     (2) The hog-plum.
     (3) The awn of corn.

śuṃgā
     (1) The sheath of a young bud.
     (2) The awn of barley or corn.
     (3) The waved-leaf fig.

śuṃgin m.
     (1) The(Indian) fig-tree.
     (2) The Plaksha tree.

śuc I 1 P. (śocati)
     (1) To be sorry, grieve for, bewall, mourn; arodīdrāvaṇo'śocīnmohaṃ cāśiśriyatparaṃ Bk. 15. 71; 21. 6; Bg. 16. 5.
     (2) To regret, repent. --II. 4 U. (śucyati-te)
     (1) To be sorry or afflicted.
     (2) To be wet.
     (3) To shine.
     (4) To be pure or clean.
     (5) To decay; become fetid.
     (6) To brighten, illuminate.
     (7) To burn, consume.

śuc, śucā f. [śuc-kvip ṭāp vā] Grief, sorrow, afflication, distress; vikalakaraṇaḥ pāṃḍucchāyaḥ śucā paridurbalaḥ U. 3. 22; kāmaṃ jīvati me nātha iti sā vijahau śucaṃ R. 12. 75, 8. 72; Me. 88, S 4. 18.

śuci a. [śac-ki]
     (1) Clean, pure, clear; sakalahaṃsaguṇaṃ śuci mānasaṃ Ki. 5. 13.
     (2) White; Ki. 18. 15.
     (3) Bright, resplendent; prabhavati śucirbibodugrāhe maṇirna mṛdāṃ cayaḥ U. 2. 4.
     (4) Virtuous, pious, holy, undefiled, unsullied, atha tu vetsi śucivratamātmanaḥ S. 5. 27; pathaḥ śucerdarśayitāra īśvarāḥ R. 3. 46 Ki. 5. 13.
     (5) Purified, cleansed hallowed; R. 1. 81; Ms. 4. 71.
     (6) Honest, upright, faithful, true, guileless; sabhāyāṃ vakti sāmarṣaḥ sāvaṣṭraṃbho naraḥ śuciḥ Pt. 1. 200.
     (7) Correct, accurate. --ciḥ
     (1) The white colour.
     (2) Purity, purification.
     (3) Innocence, virtue, goodness, uprightness.
     (4) Correctness, accuracy
     (5) The condition of a religious student.
     (6) A pureman.
     (7) A Brāhmaṇa
     (8) The hot season; upayaryā vidadha. nnavamallikāḥ śucirasau cirasaurabha saṃpadaḥ Śi. 6. 22, 1. 58; R. 3. 3; Ku. 5. 20.
     (9) The months of Jyeṣṭha and Aṣāḍha. (10) A faithful or true friend.
     (11) The sun
     (12) The moon.
     (13) Fire.
     (14) The sentiment of love (śṛṃgāra).
     (15) The planet Venus.
     (16) The Chitraka tree.
     (17) Acquittal.
     (18) An oblation made to fire at the first feeding of an infant.
     (19) N. of Śiva. (20) The Arka plant.
     -- Comp.
          --drumaḥ the sacred fig-tree.
          --praṇī a. sipping water.
          --maṇiḥ 1. a crystal. --2. a jewel worn on the head.
          --mallikā a kind of jasmine (Arabian)
          --rocis m. the moon.
          --vrata a. holy, virtuous.
          --smita a. having sweet or pleasant smile; Ku. 5. 20, R. 8. 49.

śuciṣmat a. Bright. --m. An epithet of Agni.

śucis n. Light, lustre.

śucīyati Den. P., śucībhū 1 P.
     (1) To become pure.
     (2) To be bright.

śucy 1 P. (śucyati)
     (1) To bathe, perform ablutions
     (2) To squeeze, express (as juice).
     (3) To distil.
     (4) To churn; (these senses may belong to śuc 4 P. also).

śuṭīraḥ A hero.

śuṭīryam Valour, heroism.

śuṭh I. 1 P. (śoṭhati)
     (1) To be impeded or hindered.
     (2) To limp, be lame.
     (3) To resist. --II. 10 U. (śoṭhayati-te) To be idle, lazy, or dull.

śuṭh 1 P., 10 U. (śuṃṭhati, śuṃṭhayatite)
     (1) To purify.
     (2) To become dry; see śuṭh I. also.

śuṃṭhiḥ --ṭhī f., śuṃṭyaṃ Dry ginger.

śuṃḍ 1 P. (śuṃḍati)
     (1) To break.
     (2) To molest, vex, trouble, annoy.

śuṃḍaḥ
     (1) The juice issuing from the temples of an elephant in rut.
     (2) An elephant's trunk.

śuṃḍakaḥ
     (1) Distiller.
     (2) A kind of military music or musical instrument.

śuṃḍā
     (1) An elephant's trunk.
     (2) Spirituous liquor.
     (3) A tavern, dramshop.
     (4) The stalk of the lotus.
     (5) A courtezan, harlot.
     (6) A bawd, procuress.
     -- Comp.
          --pānaṃ a tavern, dram-shop.

śuṃḍāraḥ
     (1) A distiller.
     (2) An elephant's trunk or proboscis; Mv. 1. 53.

śuṃḍālaḥ An elephant.

śuṃḍikā See śuṃḍā.
     (1) The uvula or soft palate.
     (2) A swelling of a gland (also śuṃḍī in this sense).

śuṃḍin m.
     (1) A distiller.
     (2) An elephant.
     -- Comp.
          --mūṣikā the musk-rat.

śutudriḥ --drūḥ f. The river Sutlej; cf. śatadru.

śudha 4 P. (śudhyati, śuddha)
     (1) To become pure or purified; (fig. also); mṛtoyaiḥ śudhyate śodhyaṃ nadī vegena śudhyati . adbhirgātrāṇi śudhyaṃti manaḥ satyena śudhyati Ms. 5. 108-9.
     (2) To be auspicious, favourable, or eligible; tithireva tāvanna śudhyati Mu. 5.
     (3) To be made clear, have the doubts removed; na śudhyati meṃ'tarātmā Mk. 8.
     (4) To be defrayed or cleared; vyayaḥ śudhyati Pt. 5. --Caus. (śodhayati-te)
     (1) To purify, cleanse, wash off.
     (2) To clear, pay off (as a debt).
     (3) To refine, filter.
     (4) To correct.
     (5) To acquit.
     (6) To examine, investigate, inquire into. --WITH pari, --vi, saṃ to be purified; R. 12. 104; Ms. 5. 64.

śuddha p. p. [śudh-kta]
     (1) Pure, clean, purified; aṃtaḥśuddhastvamapi bhavitā varṇamātreṇa kṛṣṇaḥ Me. 49.
     (2) Holy, undefiled, chaste, innocent; anvamīyata śuddhoti śāṃtena vapuṣaiva sā R. 15. 77, 14. 14,
     (3) White, bright.
     (4) Stainless, spotless.
     (5) Innocent, simple, guileless.
     (6)
          (a) Genuine, true.
          (b) Honest, upright.
     (7) Correct, faultless, upright.
     (8) Cleared, acquitted.
     (9) Mere, only. (10) Simple, pure, unmixed; (opp. miśra).
     (11) Unequalled.
     (12) Authorized.
     (13) Whetted, sharpened.
     (14) Not nasal. --ddhaḥ An epithet of Śiva. --ddhaṃ
     (1) Anything pure.
     (2) The pure spirit.
     (3) Rock-salt.
     (4) Black pepper.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ a king's female apartments, harem, seraglio; śuddhāṃtadurlabhamidaṃ vapurāśramavāsino yadi janasya S. 1. 17; Ku. 6. 52. --2. a king's wife. -cārin m. an attendant in the harem, a chamberlain; U. 1. -pālakaḥ, ---rakṣakaḥ a guard of the harem.
          --aṃtā a king's wife, queen.
          --apahnutiḥ f. a figure of speech; it is thus defined:
          --śudhāpahnutiranyasyāropārtho dharmanihnavaḥ. --ātman a. pure-minded, honest. (--m.) 1. the pure spirit. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --odanaḥ (śuddhodanaḥ) N. of the father of the celebrated Buddha. -sutaḥ N. of the celebrated Buddha.
          --karman a. pure in deeds, holy.
          --koṭiḥ f. one of the sides of a right-angled triangle.
          --caitanyaṃ pure intelligence.
          --jaṃghaḥ an ass.
          --dhī, --bhāva, --mati a. pure-minded, guileless, honest.
          --vadhaḥ killing in a simple or ordinary way.
          --vaṃśya a. born of a pure family; R. 1. 69.

śuddhiḥ [śudh-ktin]
     (1) Purity, cleanness.
     (2) Brightness, lustre; muktāguṇaśuddhayopi (caṃdrapādāḥ) R. 16. 18.
     (3) Sanctity, holiness; tīrthabhiṣekajāṃ śuddhimādadhānā mahīkṣitaḥ R. 1. 85
     (4) Purification expiation, atonement, expiatory act; śarīratyāgamātraṇe śuddhilābhamamanyata R. 12. 10.
     (5) A purificatory or expiatory rite.
     (6) Paying off or clearing (of expenses).
     (8) Retaliation, requital.
     (9) Acquittal, innocence (establihsed by trial). (10) Truth, accuracy, correctness.
     (11) Rectification, correction.
     (12) Subtraction.
     (13) N. of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. purifying, correctng.
          --patraṃ 1. a list of errata or corrigenda. --2. a certificate of purification by penance or atonement.
          --bhṛt a. 1. clear, clean. --2. pious, virtuous.

śun 6 P. (śutati) To go, move.

śunaḥśepaḥ(phaḥ) N. of a Vedic sage, son of Ajīgarta. [In the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa it is related that king Hariśchandra, being childless, made a vow that on obtaining a son he would sacrifice him to the god Varuṇa. A son was born who was named Rohita, but the king put off the fulfilment of the vow under various pretexts. At last Rohita purchased for one hundred cows Śunah sepha, the middle son of Ajīgarta, as a substitute for himself to be offered to Varuṇa. But the boy praised Viṣṇu, Indra, and other deities, and escaped death. He was then adopted by Viśvāmitra in hiś own family and called by the name Devarāta].

śunakaḥ
     (1) N. of a sage, descendant of Bhṛgu.
     (2) A dog.
     (3) A young dog.

śunāśī(sī)raḥ
     (1) An epithet of Indra.
     (2) An owl.

śuniḥ A dog.

śunī f. A female dog, a bitch.

śunīraḥ A number of female dogs.

śaṃdh 1. 10. U. (śuṃdhati-te, śuṃdhayati-te)
     (1) To be purified or cleansed.
     (2) To cleanse, purify.

śuṃdhyuḥ
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) N. of Agni (Ved.). --f. A mare.

śunya a. Empty. --nyaṃ
     (1) A number of bitches.
     (2) A cypher; (more properly śūnya q. v.)

śup A technical term used by Pāṇini for u the sign of the eighth class of roots.

śubha
     (1) A. śobhate
     (1) To shine, be splendid, look beautiful or handsome; suṣṭhu śobhase etena vinayamāhātmyena U. 1; R. 8. 6.
     (2) To appear to advantage; sukhaṃ hi duḥkhānyanubhūya śobhate Mk. 1. 10.
     (3) To suit, become, befit (with gen.); rāmabhadra ityevopacāraḥ śobhate tātaparijanasya U. 1.
     (4) To be gay or happy.
     (5) To be victorious. --Caus (śobhayani-te) To decorate, adorn, grace. --WITH pari, -vi to shine, look splendid.

śubh f. Ved.
     (1) Beauty, splendour.
     (2) Radiance, lustre.
     (3) Happiness.
     (4) Victory.
     (5) An ornament.
     (6) An auspicious offering.
     (7) Water.
     (8) A brilliant chariot.

śubha a. [śubh-ka]
     (1) Shining, bright.
     (2) Beautiful, handsome; jaṃghe śubhe sṛṣṭravatastadīye Ku. 1. 35.
     (3) Auspicious, lucky, happy, fortunate.
     (4) Eminent, good, virtuous, Pt. 1. 358.
     (5) Learned, versed in the Vedas. --bhaṃ
     (1) Auspiciousness, welfare, good fortune, happiness, good, prosperity. prāyaḥ śubhaṃ ca vidadhātyaśubhaṃ ca jaṃtoḥ sarvaṃkaṣā bhagavatī bhavitavyataiva Māl. 1. 23.
     (2) An ornament.
     (3) Water.
     (4) A kind of fragrant wood.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --aṃga a. handsome. (
          --gī) 1. a handsome woman. --2. N. of Rati, wife of Cupid.
     (3) of the wife of Kubera. --apāṃgā a beautiful woman. --aśubhaṃ weal and woe, good and evil. --ācāra a. virtuous. --ānanā a handsome woman. --āvaha a. tending to welfare, conducive to good. itara a 1. evil, bad. --2. inauspicious. --udarka a. having a happy end --kara a. auspicious, propitious. --karman n. 1. a virtuous act. --2. an honourable occupation. --ga a. 1. elegant, graceful.
     (2) propitious, fortunate. --gaṃdhakaṃ gum-myrrh. --grahaḥ an auspicious planet. --daḥ the sacred fig-tree. --daṃtī a woman with good teeth. --lagnaḥ -gnaṃ a lucky or auspicious moment. --vārtā good news. --vāsanaḥ perfume for the mouth. --śaṃsin a. presaging good, indicative of auspiciousness; R. 3. 14. --sthalī 1. a hall in which sacrifices are performed. --2. an auspicious place.

śubhaṃyu a. [śubhaṃ asyāsti yus] Auspicious, lucky, fortunate, blessed; adhikaṃ śuśubhe śubhaṃyunā dvitayena dvyameva saṃga taṃ R. 8. 6; Bk. 1. 20.

śubhaṃkara a.
     (1) Auspicious.
     (2) Promoting happiness. --rī N. of Durgā.

śubhaṃbhāvuka a. Decorated, ornamented, bright.

śubhā
     (1) Lustre, light.
     (2) Beauty.
     (3) Desire.
     (4) Yellow pigment.
     (5) The Samī tree.
     (6) An assembly of gods.
     (7) Dūrvā grass.
     (8) Bamboomanna.
     (9) The Priyangu creeper.

śubra a. [śubha-rak]
     (1) Shining, bright, radiant.
     (2) White; paśyati pittopahataḥ śaśiśubraṃ śaṃkhapapi pītaṃ K. P. 10; R. 2. 69. --braḥ
     (1) The white colour.
     (2) Sandal (said to be n). --braṃ
     (1) Silver.
     (2) Talc.
     (3) Rock-salt.
     (4) Green vitriol.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ, --karaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --datin n. the elephant presiding over the north-west quarter.
          --raśimaḥ the moon.

śubrā
     (1) The Ganges.
     (2) A crystal.
     (3) Bamboo-manna.

śubhriḥ An epithet of Brahman.

śuṃbh 1 P. (śuṃbhati)
     (1) To shine.
     (2) To speak.
     (3) To hurt, injure.

śuṃbhaḥ N. of a demon killed by Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --ghātinī, --mardinī an epithet of Durga.

śu(śū)ra  4. A. (śūryate)
     (1) To hurt, kill.
     (2) To make firm or steady, stop.
     (3) To be firm or fixed.
     (4) To be senseless, to faint.

śulk 10 U. (śulkaya ti-te)
     (1) To gain.
     (2) To pay, give.
     (3) To create.
     (4) To tell, narrate.
     (5) To leave, forsake, abandon.

śulkaḥ, --lakam [śulkyate atisṛjyate karmaṇi ghañ]
     (1) A toll, tax, customs, duty; praticularly levied at ferries, passes, roads &c.; kaḥ sudhīḥ saṃtyajedrāṃḍaṃ śulkasyaivātisādhvasāt H. 3. 125; Ms. 8. 159; Y. 2. 47.
     (2) Gain, profit.
     (3) Money advanced to ratify a bargain.
     (4) Purchase-price (of a girl); money given to the parents of a bride; pīḍivo duṃhitṛśulkasaṃsthayā R. 11. 38; na kanyāyā pitā vidvān gṛhṇīyācchulkamaṇvapi Ms. 3. 51, 8. 204, 9. 93, 98.
     (5) A nuptial present.
     (6) Marriage settlement or dowry.
     (7) Present given by the bride-groom to his bride.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍanaṃ defrauding (government) of its due revenue.
          --grāhaka, -grāhin m. a toll-collector.
          --daḥ 1. the giver of a nuptial present. --2. an affianced suitor.
          --śālā --sthānaṃ a toll-station, custo mhouse.

śullam
     (1) A cord, rope, string.
     (2) Copper.

śulva(lba) 10 U. (śulva-lba-yatite)
     (1) To give, bestow.
     (2) To send away, dismiss.
     (3) To measure.
     (4) To create, produce.

śulvaṃ (lbaṃ) [śulā-ac]
     (1) A rope, string.
     (2) Copper.
     (3) A sacrifical rite or act.
     (4) The proximity of water, a place near it.
     (5) A rule, law, an institute. --lvā, --lvī See above.
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ sulphur.
          --jaṃ brass.

śuśrū f. A mother.

śuśrūṣaka a. Attentive, obedient. --kaḥ A servant, an attendant.

śuśrūṣaṇaṃ, --ṇā [śru-san lyuṭa]
     (1) Desire to hear.
     (2) Service, attendance.
     (3) Obedience, dutifulness.

śuśrūprā
     (1) Desire to hear; ata eva śuśrūṣā māṃ mukharayati Mu. 3.
     (2) Service, attendance.
     (3) Dutifulness, obedience.
     (4) Reverence.
     (5) Telling, saying.

śuśrūṣu a.
     (1) Desirous to hear.
     (2) Desirous of serving or attending.
     (3) Obedient, attentive.

śuṣ 4 P. (śuṣyati, śuṣka)
     (1) To be dried, become dry or parched up; tṛṣā śuṣyatyāsye pibati salilaṃ svādu surabhi Bh. 3. 92.
     (2) to be withered.
     (3) To languish, become emaciated; Pt. 1. 49.
     (4) To be afflicted or distressed. -Caus. (śoṣayati-te)
     (1) To dry up, wither, parch; na śoṣayati mārutaḥ Bg. 2. 23.
     (2) To emaciate.
     (3) To destroy.
     (4) To extinguish.
     (5) To drain, suck up, absorb.
     (6) To exhaust, empty. --WITH uda --pari 1. to be dried up, dry up; Bk. 10. 41; Bg. 1. 29.
     (2) to pine, decay, wither. --vi, -saṃ to be dried up.

śuṣaḥ, --śuṣī
     (1) Drying, drying up.
     (2) A hole in the ground.

śuṣiḥ f.
     (1) Drying up.
     (2) A hole.
     (3) The hollow in the fang of a snake.

śuṣira a. [śuṣ kirac] Full of holes, perforated. --raḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) A rat or mouse. --raṃ
     (1) A hole.
     (2) The atmosphere.
     (3) A wind-instrument.

śuṣirā
     (1) A river.
     (2) A sort of perfume.

śuṣilaḥ Air, wind.

śuṣka p. p. [śuṣ-kta]
     (1) Dry, dried up; śākhāyāṃ śuṣkaṃ kariṣyāmi Mk. 8.
     (2) Parched up, sear.
     (3) Shrivelled, shrunk up, emaciated.
     (4) Feigned, pretended, mock; kāminaḥ sma kurute karabhorūrhāri śuṣkaruditaṃ ca sukhe'pi Śi. 10. 69.
     (5) Empty, vain, useless, unproductive; M. 2.
     (6) Groundless, causeless.
     (7) Offensive, harsh; tasmai nākuśalaṃ brūyānna śuṣkāṃ giramīrayet Ms. 11. 35.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. emaciated. (
          --gī) a lizard.
          --annaṃ rice in the husk.
          --ārdraṃ dry ginger.
          --kalahaḥ 1. a vain or groundless quarrel. --2. a mock quarrel; Mu. 3.
          --vairaṃ groundless enmity.
          --vraṇaṃ a healed wound, scar.

śuṣkalaḥ, --lam
     (1) Dried flesh.
     (2) Flesh in general.

śuṣṇaḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Fire.

śuṣmaḥ [śuṣ --man kicca]
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) Air, wind.
     (4) A bird. --ṣmaṃ
     (1) Prowess, strength.
     (2) Light, lustre.

śuṣman m.
     (1) Fire; Śi. 14. 22.
     (2) The Chitraka tree. --n.
     (1) Strength, prowess.
     (2) Light, lustre.

śuṣmin a.
     (1) Powerful, strong.
     (2) Fiery, high-mettled (as a horse)

śūkaḥ, --kam
     (1) The awn of barley &c., beard.
     (2) A bristle; vṛtaṃ ca khalu śūkaiḥ Bv. 1. 24.
     (3) Point, tip, sharp end.
     (4) Tenderness, compassion.
     (5) A kind of poisonous insect.
     (6) The bristle or sharp hair of insects. --kā A cowach.
     -- Comp.
          --kīṭaḥ, --kīṭakaḥ a kind of insect or worm covered with bristles.
          --dhānyaṃ any awned grain, (as barely).
          --piṃḍiḥ, --ḍī, --śiṃbā, --śiṃbikā, --śiṃbī cowach (kapikacchu).

śukakaḥ
     (1) A kind of grain.
     (2) Tenderness, compassion.

śūkavat, śūkin a. Awned, bearded.

śūkaraḥ A hog; gaccha śūkara bhadraṃ te vada siṃho mayā hataḥ . paṃḍitā eva jānaṃti siṃhaśūkarayorbalam Subhāṣ.
     -- Comp.
          --iṣṭaḥ a kind of grass (mustā).

śūkalaḥ A restive horse.

śūtiḥ f. Growing, increasing.

śūdraḥ [śuc-rak pṛṣo- casya daḥ dīrghaḥ Uṇ. 2. 19] A man of the fourth or the last of the four principal tribes of the Hindus; he is said to have been born from the feet of Purusha; padbhyāṃ śūdro ajāyata Rv. 10. 90. 12, or of Brahman; Ms. 1. 87, and his principal business was to serve the three higher castes; cf. Ms. 1. 91).
     -- Comp.
          --ārtā the Priyangu plant.
          --ahnikaṃ the daily ceremonies or observances of a Śūdra.
          --udakaṃ water polluted by the touch of a Śūdra.
          --kṛtyaṃ, -dharmaḥ the duties of a Śū1dra.
          --priyaḥ an onion.
          --preṣyaḥ a man of any of the three higher castes who has become a servant to a Śūdra.
          --bhūyiṣṭha a. consisting mostly of Śūdras.
          --yājakaḥ one who conducts a sacrifice for a Śūdra.
          --vargaḥ the Śūdra or servile class.
          --sevanaṃ serving a Śūdra, being the servant of a Śūdra.

śudrā A woman of the Śūdra tribe.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāryaḥ one who has a Śūdra woman for his wife.
          --vedanaṃ marrying a Śūdra woman.
          --sutaḥ the son of a Śūdra woman. (the father being of any caste).

śūdrāṇī, śūdī The wife of a Śūdra.

śūdrakaḥ N of a king, the reputed author of the Mṛchchhakaṭika.

śū p. p. [śiva-kta]
     (1) Swollen.
     (2) Increased, grown, prospered.
     (3) Morbidly swollen.

śūnā [śvi adhikaraṇe --kta saṃpta dīrghaḥ Tv.]
     (1) The soft palate, uvula.
     (2) A slaughter house in general.
     (3) Anything (such as a piece of household furniture), whereby life is likely to be destroyed; (these are five; a fire place, a grind-stone, a broom, a mortar, and a water-pot; paṃca śūnā gṛhasthasya cullī peṣaṇyupaskaraḥ . kaṃḍanī codakuṃbhaśca vadhyate yāstu vāhayan Ms. 3. 68.)

śūnya a. [śūnāyai prāṇivadhāya hiṃtaṃ rahasyasthānatvāt yat Tv.]
     (1) Empty, valid.
     (2) Vacant (applied also to the heart, glances &c.), absent, listless; gamanamalasaṃ śūnyā dṛṣṭiḥ Māl. 1. 17; see śūnyahṛdaya below.
     (3) Non-existent.
     (4) Lonely, desolate, seeluded, deserted; śūnyeṣu śūrā na ke K. P. 7; Bk. 6. 9; śūnyaṃ manye jagadaviratajvālamaṃtarjvalāmi U. 3. 38; Māl. 9. 20.
     (5) Dejected, downcast, dispirited; śūnyā jagāma bhavanābhimukhī kathaṃcita Ku. 3. 75; Ki. 17. 39
     (6) Utterly devoid or deprived of, without, wanting in (with instr. or in comp.); aṃgulayikaśūnyā me aṃguli; S. 5; dayā-, jñāna-, &c.
     (7) Indifferent.
     (8) Guileless.
     (9) Nonsensical, unmeaning; Śi. 11. 4. (10) Bare, naked. --nyaṃ
     (1) A vacuum, void, blank.
     (2) The sky, space, atmosphere.
     (3) A cipher, dot.
     (4) Non-entity, (absolute) non-existence; dūṣaṇaśūnyabiṃdavaḥ N. 1. 21.
     (5) N. of Brahman.
     -- Comp.
          --padavī the passage of the soul.
          --madhyaḥ a hollow reed.
          --manas, --manaska a. absent-minded, listless.
          --mukha, --vadana a. with a blank face, with a downcast countenance.
          --vādaḥ the doctrine of the non-existence of anything, the doctrine of a Buddhist sect.
          --vādin m. 1. an atheist. --2. a Buddhist.
          --hṛdaya a. 1. absent-minded; V. 2; S. 4. --2. open-hearted, unsuspecting.

śūnyā
     (1) A hollow reed.
     (2) A barren woman.
     (3) The prickly pear.

śūr 10 U. (śūrayati-te)
     (1) To act the hero, be powerful.
     (2) To make vigorous exertions; see śur also.

śūra a. [śūr-ac] Brave, heroic, valiant, mighty; śūnyeṣu śūrā na ke K. P. 7. --raḥ
     (1) A hero, warrior, valiant man.
     (2) A lion.
     (3) A boar.
     (4) The sun.
     (5) The Śāla tree.
     (6) N. of a Yādava, the grandfather of Kṛṣṇa.
     (7) The Arka plant.
     (8) The Chitraka tree.
     -- Comp.
          --kīṭaḥ a contemptible warrior; Mv. 6. 32.
          --mānaṃ arrogance, vaunting.
          --mānin m. a boaster, braggart.
          --saṃna m. pl. N. of the country about Mathurā or the inhabitants of that country; R. 6. 45.

śūraṇaḥ [śūr-lyu] A kind of esculent root.

śūraṃmanya a. One who fancies himself to be a hero.

śūrp 10 U. (śūrpayati-te) To measure.

śūrpaḥ --rpam A winnowing-basket. --rpaḥ A measure of two Droṇas.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇaḥ an elephant.
          --ṇakhā (for nakhā) 'having finger-nails like winnowing-baskets', N. of a sister of Rāvaṇa. [She was attracted by the beauty of Rāma, and solicited him to marry her. But he said that as he had already got a wife she had better go to Lakṣmaṇa and try him. But he too rejected her, and back she came to Rāma. This circumstance excited Sīta's laughter, and the revengeful demoness, feeling herself grossly insulted, assumed a hideous form and threatened to eat her up. But Lakṣmaṇa cut off her ears and nose, and thus doubly deformed her; see R. 12. 32-40].
          --vātaḥ wind produced by shaking a winnowing-basket.
          --śrutiḥ an elephant.

śūrmī
     (1) A small winnowing-basket or fan.
     (2) N. of Śūrpaṇakhā.
     (3) A toy for children.

śūrmaḥ, śūrmiḥ m. f., śūrmikā, śūrmī
     (1) An iron-image.
     (2) An anvil.

śūl 1 P. (śūlati)
     (1) To be ill.
     (2) To make a loud noise.
     (3) To make ill, disorder.
     (4) To pierce, impale.

śūlaḥ --lam [śūl-ka]
     (1) A sharp or pointed weapon, pike, dart, spear, lance.
     (2) The trident of Śiva.
     (3) An iron-spit (for roasting meat upon); śūle saṃskṛtaṃ śūlyam; cf. ayaḥ śūla.
     (4) A stake for impaling criminals; (bibhrat) skaṃdhena śūlaṃ hṛdayena śokaṃ Mk. 10. 21, Ku. 5. 73.
     (5) Any acute or sharp pain.
     (6) Colic.
     (7) Gout, rheumatism.
     (8) Death.
     (9) A banner, an ensign. (śūlākṛ 'to roast on an iron-spit').
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the point of a pike.
          --graṃthiḥ f. a kind of Dūrvā grass.
          --ghātanaṃ iron-filings.
          --ghna a. sedative, anodyne.
          --dviṣ m. asa foetida.
          --dhanvan, --dhara, --dhārin, --dhṛk, --pāṇi, --bhṛt m. epithets of Śiva; adhigatadhavalimnaḥ śūlapāṇerabhikhyāṃ Śi. 4. 65; R. 2. 38.
          --nāśanaṃ white sochal salt.
          --śatruḥ the castor-oil plant.
          --stha a. impaled.
          --haṃtrī a kind of barley.
          --hastaḥ a lancer.
          --hṛt m. asa Foetida.

śūlakaḥ A restive horse.

śūlā
     (1) A stake for impaling criminals.
     (2) A harlot.

śūlākṛtam Roasted meat.

śūlika a. [śūla-ṭhan]
     (1) Having a pike.
     (2) Roasted on a spit. --kaḥ A hare. --kaṃ Roasted meat.

śūlin a. [śūlamastyasya ini]
     (1) Armed with a spear; durjayo lavaṇaḥ śūlī R. 15. 5.
     (2) Suffering from colic. --m.
     (1) A spearman.
     (2) A hare.
     (3) N. of Śiva; kurvansaṃdhyābalipaṭahatāṃ śūlinaḥ ślāghanīyāṃ Me. 34; Ku. 3. 57.

śūlinaḥ The(Indian) fig-tree.

śūlya a. [śūle saṃskṛtaṃ yat]
     (1) Roasted on a spit; śūlyamāṃsabhūyiṣṭha āhāro'śyate S. 2.
     (2) Deserving impalement. --lyaṃ Roasted meat.

śūṣ 1 P. (śūṣati)
     (1) To produce, beget.
     (2) To bring forth.

śṛkālaḥ A jackal; see śṛgāla below.

śṛgālaḥ [asṛjaṃ lāti lā-ka pṛṣo]
     (1) A jackal.
     (2) A cheat, rogue, swindler.
     (3) A coward.
     (4) An ill-natured man, one using harsh words.
     (5) N. of Kṛṣṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --keliḥ a kind of jujube.
          --jaṃbuḥ --būḥ f. a kind of cucumber.
          --yoniḥ birth in a future life as a jackal.
          --rūpaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

śṛgalikā, śṛgālī
     (1) A female jackal.
     (2) A fox.
     (3) Flight, retreat.

śṛṃkhalaḥ --lā --lam [śṛṃgāt prādhānyāt skhalyate amena pṛṣo] Tv.]
     (1) An ironchain, fetter.
     (2) A chain, fetter in general (fig. also); Bk. 9. 90; līlākaṭākṣamālāśṛṃkhalābhiḥ Dk.; saṃsāravāsanābaddhaśṛṃkhalāṃ Gīt. 3.
     (3) A chain for tying the feet of an elephant; staṃberamā mukharaśṛṃkhalakarṣiṇaste R. 5. 72; Ki. 7. 31.
     (4) A chain or belt worn round the waist.
     (5) A measuring chain.
     (6) A chain, series, succession.
     -- Comp.
          --yamakaṃ a variety of Yamaka; see Ki. 15. 42.

śṛṃkhalakaḥ A chain.
     (2) A camel in general.
     (3) An animal with clogs on his feet (to prevent him from straying).

śṛṃkhalita a. Chained, fettered, bound.

śṛṃgam [śṝ-gan pṛṣo- mum thasvaśca Uṇ. 1. 123]
     (1) A horn vanyairidānīṃ mahiṣaistadaṃbhaḥ śṛṃgāhataṃ krośati dīrghikāṇāṃ R. 16. 13; gāhatāṃ mahiṣāṃ nipānasalilaṃ śṛṃgairnuhustāḍitaṃ S. 2. 6.
     (2) The top or summit of a mountain; adreḥ śṛṃgaṃ harati pavanaḥ kiṃ svidityunmukhībhiḥ Me. 14, 52; Ki. 5. 42; R. 13. 26.
     (3) The top of a building, turret.
     (4) Elevation, height.
     (5) Lordship, sovereignty, supremacy; eminence; śṛṃgaṃ sa dṛptavinayādhikṛtaḥ pareṣāmatyucchrita na mamṛṣe na tu dīrghamāyuḥ R. 9. 62 (where the word means a 'horn' also).
     (6) A cusp or horn of the moon.
     (7) Any peak, point or projection in general.
     (8) A horn (of a buffalo &c.) used for blowing.
     (9) A syringe; varṇedaikaḥ kāṃcanaśṛṃgamuktaiḥ R. 16. 70. (10) Excess of love, rising of desire.
     (11) A mark, sign.
     (12) A lotus.
     (13) A fountain of water.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ space or interval between the horns (of a cow &c.).
          --uccayaḥ a lofty summit.
          --jaḥ an arrow. (
          --jaṃ) aloe-wood.
          --prahārin a. butting.
          --priyaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --mohin m. the Champaka tree.
          --veraṃ 1. N. of a town on the Ganges near the modern Mirzāpura; U. 1. 21. --2. ginger.
          --verakaṃ ginger.

śṛṃgakaḥ --kam
     (1) A horn.
     (2) A horn of the moon.
     (3) Any pointed thing.
     (4) A syringe; Ratn. 1.

śṛṃgavat a. Peaked. --m. A mountain.

śṛṃgāṭaḥ
     (1) N. of a mountain.
     (2) N. of a plant. --ṭaṃ A place where four roads meet.

śṛṃgāṭakaḥ A mountain with three peaks. --kaṃ
     (1) A place where four roads meet.
     (2) A kind of pastry.
     (3) A door.

śṛṃgāraḥ [śṛṃgaṃ kāmodrekamṛcchatyanena ṛaṇ]
     (1) The sentiment of love or sexual passion, the erotic sentiment (the first of the eight or nine sentiments in poetical compositions; it is of two kinds: --saṃmogaśṛṃgāra and bipralaṃbhaśṛṃgāra q. q. v. v.); śṛṃgāraḥ sakhi mūrtimāniva madhau mugdho hariḥ krīḍati Gīt. 1; (it is thus defined: --puṃsaḥ striyāṃ striyāḥ puṃsi saṃbhogaṃ prati yā spṛhā . sa śṛṃgāra iti khyātaḥ krīḍāratyādikārakaḥ .. see S. D. 210 also).
     (2) Love, passion, sexual love; V. 1. 8.
     (3) A dress suited to amorous interviews, an elegant dress.
     (4) Coition, sexual union.
     (5) Marks made with red-lead on the body of an elephant.
     (6) A mark in general. --raṃ
     (1) Cloves.
     (2) Red-lead.
     (3) Undried ginger.
     (4) A fragrant powder for the dress or body.
     (5) Agallochum.
     -- Comp.
          --ceṣṭā an amorous or love-gesture; śṛṃgāraceṣṭā vividhā babhūbuḥ R. 6. 12.
          --bhāṣitaṃ amorous talk.
          --bhūṣaṇaṃ redlead.
          --yoniḥ an epithet of the god of love.
          --rasaḥ the sentiment of love.
          --vidhiḥ --veśaḥ a dress suited to amorous interviews and other purposes.
          --sahāyaḥ an assistant in love-affairs, a confidant of the hero of a play; cf. narmasaciva.

śṛṃgārakaḥ Love. --kaṃ Red-lead.

śṛṃgārita a.
     (1) Impassioned, affected by love.
     (2) Reddened.
     (3) Adorned.

śṛṃgārin a.
     (1) Amorous, impassioned, enamoured,
     (2) Relating to love.
     (3) Stained with red-lead. --m.
     (1) An impassioned lover.
     (2) A ruby.
     (3) An elephant.
     (4) Dress, decoration.
     (5) The betel-nut tree.
     (6) A preparation of betel-leaves and pieces of areca-nut, see tāṃbūla.

śṛṃgiḥ Gold for ornaments. --f. The sheat-fish.

śṛṃgikam A kind of poison. --kā A kind of birch tree.

śṛṃgiṇaḥ A ram.

śṛṃgaṇī
     (1) A cow.
     (2) The Arabian jasmine.

śṛṃgin a. (ṇī f.) [śṛṃgamastyamya ini]
     (1) Horned.
     (2) Crested, peaked. --m.
     (1) A mountain.
     (2) An elephant.
     (3) A ram.
     (4) A tree.
     (5) N. of Śiva.
     (6) N. of one of Śiva's attendants; śṛṇī bhṛṃgī riṭistuṃḍī Ak.

śṛṃgī
     (1) Gold used for ornaments.
     (2) A kind of medicinal root.
     (3) A kind of poison.
     (4) The sheat-fish.
     -- Comp.
          --kanakaṃ gold used for ornaments.

śṛṇiḥ f. A hook for pricking an elephant, a goad; madāṃdhakariṇāṃ darpopaśāṃtyai śṛṇiḥ H. 2. 165.

śṛta p. p.
     (1) Cooked.
     (2) Boiled (water, milk &c.).

śṛdh I.
     (1) A. (but Paras. also in the Second Future, Aorist, and Conditional) (śardhate) To break wind downwards. --II. 1. U. (śardhati-te)
     (1) To moisten, wet.
     (2) To cut off. --III. 10 U. (śardhayati te)
     (1) To strive.
     (2) To take, grasp.
     (3) To insult (as by breaking wind), mock, ridicule.

śṛddha p. p.
     (1) Expelled from the body (as wind).
     (2) Moistened, wetted.

śṛdhuḥ
     (1) Intellect (buddhi).
     (2) The anus.

śṝ 9 P. (śṛṇāti, śīrṇa)
     (1) To tear asunder, tear to pieces.
     (2) To hurt, injure.
     (3) To kill, destroy; vanāśrayāḥ kasya mṛgāḥ parigrahāḥ śṛṇāti yastān prasabhena tasya te Ki. 14. 13. --Pass. (śīryate)
     (1) To be shattered.
     (2) To wither, decay, waste away. --WITH ava or vi to seize away. (--Pass.) to fade or wither; mūrdhni vā sarvalokasya viśīryeta vane'thavā Bh. 2. 104.

śekharaḥ
     (1) A crest, chaplet, tuft, a garland of flowers worn on the head; kapāli vā syādatharveduśekharaṃ Ku. 5. 78, 7. 42; navakaranikareṇa spaṣṭabadhūka sūnastaba karacitamete śekharaṃ bibhratīva Śi. 11. 46, 4, 50; maga dhadeśaśekharībhūtā puṣpapurī nāma nagarī Dk.
     (2) A diadem, crown.
     (3) A peak, summit.
     (4) The best or most distinguished of a class (at the end of comp.).
     (5) A kind of Dhruva or burden of a song. --raṃ Cloves.

śekharita a. Crested, tufted, peaked.

śepaḥ, śepas n., śephaḥ --phaṃ, śephas n.
     (1) The penis.
     (2) A testicle.
     (3) A tail.

śephāliḥ --lī, śephālikā f., A kind of plant; śephālikākusumagaṃdhamanoharāṇi Rs. 3. 14.

śeṣuṣī Intellect, understanding

śel 1 P. (śelati)
     (1) To go, move,
     (2) To tremble.

śevaḥ [śukrapāte sati śete, śī-van Uṇ 1. 152, 154]
     (1) The penis.
     (2) A snake.
     (3) Height, elevation.
     (4) Happiness.
     (5) Wealth, treasure.
     (6) An epithet of Agni.
     (7) Of Soma. --vaṃ
     (1) The penis (also śevā).
     (2) Happiness
     -- Comp.
          --dhiḥ 1. a valuable treasure; vidyā brāhmaṇametyāha śevadhiste'smi rakṣa māṃ Ms. 2 114; sarve kāmāḥ śevadhirjīvitaṃ vā strīṇāṃ bhartā dharmadārāśca puṃsāṃ Māl. 6. 18. --2. one of the 9 treasures of Kubera.

śevalam [śī-vic tathā bhūtaḥ san valate val-ac Tv.]
     (1) The green moss-like substance growing on the surface of water.
     (2) A kind of plant.

śevalinī A river.

śevāla See śevala.

śeṣa a. [śis-ac] Remaining, rest, all the other; nyaṣodhi śeṣopyanuyāyivargaḥ R. 2. 4, 4. 64, 10. 29; Me. 30, 87; raṃbhe nirbartyatāṃ śeṣo vidhiḥ V. 5; śeṣān māsān gamaya caturo locane mīlayitvā Me. 110; Ms. 3. 47; Ku. 2. 44; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; bhakṣitaśeṣa, ālekhyaśeṣa &c. --ṣaḥ --ṣaṃ
     (1)
          (a) Remainder, rest, residue; ṛṇaśeṣogniśeṣaśca vyādhiśeṣastathaiva ca . punaśca vardhate yasmāttasmāccheṣaṃ na kārayet Chāṇ. 40; adhvaśeṣa Me. 38; pratikāravidhānamāyuṣaḥ sati śeṣaṃ hi phalāya kalpate R. 8. 40; so śeṣe vayasaḥ samāgato mṛtyuḥ Bv. 4. 30; tripāgaśeṣa Ku. 5. 57; vākyaśeṣaḥ V. 3. &c.
          (b) Surplus, balance.
     (2) Anything left out or omitted to be said; (iti śeṣaḥ is often used by commentators in supplying an ellipsis or words necessary to complete the construction).
     (3) Escape, salvation, respite. --ṣaḥ
     (1) Result, effect.
     (2) End, termination, conclusion.
     (3) Death, destruction.
     (4) N. of a celebrated serpent, said to have one thousand heads, and represented as forming the couch of Viṣṇu or as supporting the entire world on his head; kiṃ śeṣasya bharavyathā na vapuṣi kṣmāṃ na kṣipatyeṣa yat Mu. 2. 18, Ku. 3. 13; R. 10. 13.
     (5) N. of Balarāma (supposed to be an incarnation of Sesha).
     (6) An elephant. --ṣā The remains of flowers or other offerings made to an idol and distributed among the worshippers as a holy relique; tathoti śeṣāmiva bharturājñāmādāya mūrdhnā madanaḥ pratasthe Ku. 3. 22, S. 3. --ṣaṃ The remnants of food, remains of an offering. (śeṣe is used adverbially in the sense of 1. at last, finally.
     (2) in other cases; as in śeṣe ṣaṣṭhī).
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ leavings of food.
          --avasthā old age.
          --kālaḥ the time of death.
          --jātiḥ f. assimilation of residues.
          --bhāgaḥ the remainder.
          --bhojanaṃ the eating of leavings.
          --rātriḥ the last watch of the night.
          --śayanaḥ, --śāyin m. epithets of Viṣṇu.

śaikya a.
     (1) Suspended in a loop.
     (2) Pointed, peaked.

śaikṣaḥ [śikṣāṃ vettyadhīte vā aṇ]
     (1) A student who studies Śikṣā or the science of pronunciation, one who has just entered upon the study of the Vedas.
     (2) (Hence) A novice, tyro.

śaikṣikaḥ One skilled in Śikṣā.

śaikṣyam Learning, proficiency.

śaikharikaḥ --reyaḥ The Apamārga tree.

śaikhya a. Pointed.

śaighryam [śīghra-ṣyañ] Quickness, rapidity.

śaityam [śīta-ṣyañ] Cold, coldness, frigidity; śaityaṃ hi yatsā prakṛtirjalasya R. 5. 54, Ku. 1. 36.

śaithilyam [śithilasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Looseness, laxity, relaxation of rule &c.
     (2) Slackness.
     (3) Dilatoriness, inattention.
     (4) Weakness; cowardice.

śaineyaḥ N. of Sātyaki.

śainyāḥ (m. pl.) The descendants of Śini.

śaivya See śaivya.

śaila a. (lī f.) [śilāḥ saṃtyasya prajñā- aṇ] Rocky, craggy, stony. --laḥ
     (1) A mountain, hill; śaile śaile na māṇikyaṃ mauktikaṃ na gaje gaje Chāṇ. 55; śailau malayadardurau R. 4. 51.
     (2) A dike, dam.
     (3) A rock, big stone. --laṃ
     (1) Borax, benzoin.
     (2) Bitumen.
     (3) A kind of collyrium.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ N. of a country.
          --agraṃ the peak of a mountain.
          --aṭaḥ 1. a mountaineer, a barbarian. --2. an attendant on an idol. --3. a lion. --4. a crystal.
          --adhipaḥ, --adhirājaḥ, --iṃdraḥ, --patiḥ, --rājaḥ epithets of the Himālaya.
          --ākhyaṃ 1. benzoin. --2. a fragrant resinous substance.
          --iṃdrasthaḥ the birch tree.
          --kaṭakaḥ the side or slope of a mountain.
          --gaṃdhaṃ a kind of sandal.
          --jaṃ 1. benzoin. --2. bitumen.
          --janaḥ a mountaineer.
          --jā -tanayā putrī, -sutā epithets of Parvatī; avāptaḥ prāgalbhyaṃ pariṇatarucaḥ śailatanaye K. P. 10; Ku. 3. 68.
          --dhanvan m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --dharaḥ an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --niryāsaḥ benzoin.
          --patraḥ the Bilva tree.
          --bhittiḥ f. an instrument for cutting stones, a stone cutter's chisel.
          --raṃdhraṃ a cave, cavern.
          --vījaṃ the markingnut plant.
          --śibiraṃ the ocean.
          --sāra a. as strong as a mountain, firm as a rock; Ki. 10. 14.

śailakam
     (1) Benzoin.
     (2) Bitumen.

śailādiḥ N. of Nandin, Śiva's attendant.

śailālin m. An actor, a dancer.

śailikyaḥ A hypocrite, an impostor, a cheat.

śailī [śīlameva svārthe ṣyañ ṅīpi yalopaḥ]
     (1) A short explanation of a grammatical aphorism.
     (2) A mode of expression or interpretation; prāyeṇācāryāṇāmiyaṃ śailī yatsvābhiprāyamapi paropadeśapiva varṇayaṃti Kull. on Ms. 1. 4; ācāryāṇāmiyaṃ śailī yatsāmānyenābhidhāya viśeṣeṇa vivṛṇoti.
     (3) Behaviour, manner of acting, conduct, course.

śailūṣaḥ [śilūprasya apatyaṃ aṇ Tv.]
     (1) An actor, a dancer; āḥśailūṣāpasada Ve. 1; ete puruṣāḥ sarvameva śailūṣajanaṃvyāharaṃti ibid; avāpya śailūṣa ivaiṣa bhūmikāṃ Śi. 1. 69.
     (2) A musician, leader of a band.
     (3) One who beats time at a concert.
     (4) A rogue.
     (5) The Bilva tree.

śailūṣikaḥ One who follows the profession of an actor. --kī An actress.

śaileya a. (yī f.) [śilāyāṃ bhavaḥ ḍhaka]
     (1) Mountainous; śaileyasthalīpāṣāṇaniṣaṇṇaḥ V. 4.
     (2) Produced from rocks.
     (3) Mountain-like, hard, stony. --yaḥ
     (1) A lion.
     (2) A bee. --yaṃ
     (1) Benzoin; śaileyagaṃdhīni śilātalāni R. 6. 51; śaileyanaddheṣu śilātaleṣu Ku. 1. 55.
     (2) Fragrant resin.
     (3) Rock-salt. --yī N. of Pārvatī.

śailya a. (lī f.) Stony. --lyaṃ Rockiness, hardness.

śaiva a. (vī f.) [śivo devatā'sya aṇ] Relating to the god Śiva. --vaḥ
     (1) N. of one of the three principal Hindu sects.
     (2) A member of the Śaiva sect.
     (3) The thorn-apple. --vaṃ N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.

śaivalaḥ [śī-valac Uṇ. 4. 38] A kind of aquatic plant, moss; sarasijamanuviddhaṃ śaivalenāpi ramyaṃ S. 1. 20; na ṣaṭpadaśreṇibhireva paṃkajaṃ saśaivalāsaṃgamapi prakāśate Ku. 5. 9. --laṃ A kind of fragrant wood.

śaivalinī A river.

śaivāla See śaivala.

śaivyaḥ
     (1) N. of one of the four horses of Kṛṣṇa.
     (2) N. of a king and warrior in the Pāṇḍava army.
     (3) A horse (in general).

śaiśavam [śiśorbhāvaḥ aṇ] Childhood, infancy (period under sixteen); śaiśavātprabhṛti pāṣitāṃ priyā U. 1. 45; śaiśave'bhyastavidyānāṃ R. 1. 8.

śaiśira a. (rī f.) [śiśira-aṇ] Belonging to the cold or dewy season. --raḥ A black kind of the Cnātaka bird.

śaiṣyopādhyāyikā Instruction or tuition of young pupils.

śo 4 P. (śyati, śāta or śita, pass. śāyate; caus. śāyayati; desid. śiśāsātaṃ)
     (1) To sharpen, whet.
     (2) To make thin, attenuate.

śokaḥ [śuc-ghañ] Sorrow, grief, distress, affliction, lamentation, wailing, deep anguish; ślākatvamāpadyata yasya śokaḥ R. 14. 70.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ, --analaḥ the fire of grief.
          --apanodaḥ removal of grief.
          --abhibhūta. --ākula, --āviṣṭa, --upahata, --vihvala a. afflicted or agonized by grief.
          --ariḥ the Kadamba tree.
          --karṣita a. afflicted or agonized with grief.
          --carvā indulgence in grief.
          --nāśaḥ the Aśoka tree.
          --parāyaṇa, --lāsaka a. engrossed in grief, wholly given up to grief.
          --vikala a. overwhelmed with grief.
          --sthānaṃ any cause of sorrow.

śokin a. Sorrowful, dejected, sad.

śocaka a. Distressing, afflicting.

śocanam Grief, sorrow, lamentation.

śocanīya a. Lamentable, deplorable, mournful.

śocya a.
     (1) To be lamented or mourned. deplorable, pitiable; S. 3. 10.
     (2) Vile, wicked.

śocis n. [śuc-isi]
     (1) Light, lustre, radiance.
     (2) A flame.
     -- Comp.
          --keśaḥ (śociṣkeśaḥ) an epithet of fire.

śoṭīryam Valour, heroism.

śoṭha a. [śuṭh-ac]
     (1) Foolish.
     (2) Low, wicked.
     (3) Idle, lazy. --ṭhaḥ
     (1) A fool.
     (2) An idler, sluggard.
     (3) A low or wicked man.
     (4) A rogue, cheat.

śoṇ 1 P. (śoṇati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To become red.

śoṇa a. (ṇā or ṇī f.) [śoṇ-ac]
     (1) Red, crimson, tinged red; styānāvanaddhaghataśoṇitaśoṇapāṇiruttaṃsayiṣyati kacāṃstava devi bhīmaḥ Ve 1. 21; āsvāditadvi daśoṇi taśoṇaśobhāṃ Mu. 1. 8; Ku. 1. 7.
     (2) Bay, reddish-brown.
     (3) Yellow. --ṇaḥ
     (1) Crimson, the red colour.
     (2) Fire
     (3) A kind of red sugar-cane.
     (4) A bay horse.
     (5) N. of a male river, rising in Gondavana and falling into the Ganges near Pātaliputra q. v.; pratyagrahītpārthivavāhinīṃ tāṃ bhāgīrathīṃ śoṇa ivottaraṃgaḥ R. 7. 36.
     (6) The planet Mars; cf. lohita. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Blood.
     (2) Red lead.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbuḥ N. of a cloud which is said to rise at the destruction of the world.
          --aśman m.,
          --upalaḥ 1. a red stone. --2. a ruby.
          --padmaṃ a red lotus.
          --puṣpakaḥ the Kovidāra tree.
          --ratnaṃ a ruby.

śoṇita a. [śoṇ-itac]
     (1) Red, purple, crimson. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Blood; upasthitā śoṇitapāraṇā me R. 2. 39; Ve. 1. 21; Mu. 1. 8.
     (2) Saffron.
     -- Comp.
          --āhvayaṃ saffron.
          --ukṣita a. bloodstained.
          --upalaḥ a ruby.
          --caṃdanaṃ red sandal.
          --pa a. blood-sucking.
          --pāraṇā a meal of blood or fleshmeat.
          --puraṃ N. of the city of the demon Baṇa.

śoṇiman m. Redness.

śothaḥ [Uṇ. 2. 4] Swelling, intumescence.
     -- Comp.
          --ghna, --jit a. removing swellings, discutient.
          --jihmaḥ hog-weed.
          --rogaḥ dropsy.
          --hṛt a. discutient. (--m.) the marking-nut plant.

śodhaḥ [śudh-ghañ]
     (1) Purification.
     (2) Correction, rectification.
     (3) Acquittance, paying off (as of debts).
     (4) Retaliation, requital.

śodhaka a. (kā or dhikā f.) [śudhṇic ṇvul]
     (1) Purificatory.
     (2) Purgative.
     (3) Corrective. --kaḥ
     (1) A purifier.
     (2) (In arith. and alg.) The subtrahend. --kaṃ A kind of earth.

śodhana a. (nī f.) [śudh-ṇic-lyu lyuṭ vā] Purifying, cleansing &c. --naṃ
     (1)
          (a) Purifying, cleansing.
          (b) Cleansing or washing of a wound.
     (2) Correction, clearing away errors.
     (3) Exact determination.
     (4) Payment, discharge, acquittance.
     (5) Expiation, atonement.
     (6) Refining of metals.
     (7) Retaliation, requital, punishment.
     (8) Subtraction (in math.).
     (9) Green vitriol. (10) Feces, ordure. --naḥ The lime.

śodhanakaḥ An officer in a criminal court; Mk. 9.

śodhanī A broom.

śodhita p. p. [śudh-ṇic-kta]
     (1) Purified, cleansed.
     (2) Refined.
     (3) Filtered.
     (4) Corrected, rectified.
     (5) Paid off, discharged.
     (6) Requited, retaliated.
     (7) Acquitted, absolved.

śodhya a. [śudh-ṇic ṇya] To be purified, refined, paid off &c. --dhyaḥ An accused person, one who has to clear himself of the charge brought against him.

śophaḥ [śu-phan] Swelling, tumour, intumescence.
     -- Comp.
          --jit, --hṛt m. the marking-nut plant.

śobhana a. (nī f.) [śobhate śubhū-lyu]
     (1) Shining, splendid.
     (2) Handsome, beautiful, lovely.
     (3) Good, auspicious, fortunate.
     (4) Richly decorated.
     (5) Moral, virtuous. --naḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) A planet.
     (3) A burnt offering for the production of happy results. --nā
     (1) Turmeric.
     (2) A beautiful or virtuous woman; tadidaṃ parirakṣa śobhane bhavitavyapriyasaṃgamaṃ vapuḥ Ku. 4. 44.
     (3) A sort of yellow pigment (= gorocanā q. v.). --naṃ
     (1) Beauty, lustre, brilliance.
     (2) A lotus.

śobhanakaḥ The Sobhāñjana tree.

śobhā [śubh-a]
     (1) Light, lustre, brilliance, radiance.
     (2)
          (a) Splendour, beauty, elegance, grace, loveliness; vapurabhinavamasyāḥ puṣyati svāṃ na śobhāṃ S. 1. 19; Me. 52, 59.
          (b) Natural beauty, grandeur (as of a mountain); adriśobhā R. 2. 27.
     (3) An ornament, graceful expression; śobhaiva maṃdarakṣu bdhakṣubhitāṃbhodhivarṇanā Śi. 2. 107.
     (4) Turmeric.
     (5) A kind of pigment (= gorocanā q. v.)
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaḥ N. of a very useful tree.

śobhita p. p.
     (1) Adorned, graced, decorated.
     (2) Beautiful, lovely.

śobhin a.
     (1) Shining; Ku. 5. 44; R. 8. 12.
     (2) Beautiful, lovely, handsome.

śoṣaḥ [śuṣ-ghañ] Drying up, dryness; hradaśoṣaviklavāṃ Ku. 4. 39; so āsyaśoṣaḥ, kaṃṭhaśoṣaḥ &c.
     (2) Emaciation, withering up; śarīraśoṣaḥ, kusumaśoṣaḥ &c.
     (3) Pulmonary consumption or consumption in general; saṃśoṣaṇādrasādīnāṃ śoṣa ityabhidhīyate Suśr.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃbhavaṃ the root of long pepper.

śoṣaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [śuṣ-lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Drying up, desiccating.
     (2) Causing to wither up, emaciating; S. 3. 10. --ṇaḥ N. of one of the arrows of Cupid. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Drying up, desiccation.
     (2) Suction, sucking up, absorption.
     (3) Exhaustion.
     (4) Emaciation, withering up.
     (5) Dry ginger.

śoṣita p. p.
     (1) Dried up; śoṣitasarasi nidāghe nitarāmevoddhataḥ siṃdhuḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) Emaciated, withered up.
     (3) Exhausted.

śoṣin a. (ṇī f.) Drying up, withering, emaciating; hudayakusumaśoṣī dāruṇo dīrghaśokaḥ U. 3. 5.

śaukam A flock of parrots.

śauktam a. (ktī f.) Acid, acetic.

śauktaka a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to a pearl.
     (3) Acid, acetic.

śauktikeyaṃ, śaukteyam A pearl.

śaukra a. (krī f.) [śukra-aṇ] Seminal.

śauklikeyaḥ A sort of poison.

śauklyam Whiteness, clearness.

śaucam [śucerbhāvaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Purity, clearness; kāke śaucaṃ dyūtakāre ca satyaṃ Pt. 1. 147.
     (2) Purification from personal defilement caused by voiding excrement, but particularly by the death of a relative.
     (3) Cleansing, purifying.
     (4) Voiding of excrement.
     (5) Uprightness, honesty.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāraḥ, --karman n.
          --kalpaḥ a purificatory rite.
          --kūpaḥ a privy.

śaucikaḥ
     (1) A cleanser.
     (2) N. of a mixed tribe.

śauceyaḥ A washerman.

śauṭ 1 P. (śauṭati) To be proud or haughty.

śauṭīra a. Proud, haughty. --raḥ
     (1) A hero, champion.
     (2) A proud man.
     (3) An ascetic.
     (4) An upstart.

śaudīryam
     (1) Pride, arrogance, haughtiness.
     (2) Prowess, heroism.

śauḍ 1 P. (śauḍati) See śauṭ.

śauṃḍa a. (ḍī f.) [śuṃḍāyāṃ surāyāṃ abhirataḥ aṇ]
     (1) Addicted to drinking, fond of liquor.
     (2) Excited, intoxicated, drunk &c. (fig); anikṛtinipuṇaṃ te ceṣṭitaṃ mānaśauṃḍa Ve. 5. 21 'drunk with pride or very proud'.
     (3) Skilled in (with loc. or in comp.); akṣaśauṃḍa, dānaśauṃḍa &c.

śauṃḍikaḥ, śauṃḍin m. [śuṃḍā surā paṇyamasya ṭhak ini vā] A distiller and seller of spirituous liquors, a vintner. --kī --nī A female vintner; payopi śauṃḍikīhaste vāruṇītyabhidhīyate H. 3. 11.

śauṃḍikeyaḥ A demon.

śauṃḍī Long pepper.

śauṃḍīra a.
     (1) Proud, haughty.
     (2) Elevated, raised up.

śauddhodaniḥ An epithet of Buddha, son of śuddhodana.

śaudra a. (drī f.) [śūdra-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a Śūdra or his tribe. --draḥ The son of a man of any of the first three castes by a Śūdra woman; see Ms. 9. 160.

śaunam Meat kept at a slaughterhouse.

śaunakaḥ N. of a great sage, the reputed author of the Ṛgveda Prātiśākhya and various other Vedic compositions.

śaunikaḥ [śunā prāṇivadhasyānaṃ prayojanamasya ṭhak]
     (1) A butcher; chadmanā paridadāmi mṛtyave śauniko gṛhaśakuṃtikāmiva U. 1. 5.
     (2) A bird-catcher, hunter.
     (3) Hunting, chase.

śaubhaḥ
     (1) God, divinity.
     (2) The betel-nut tree. --bhaṃ The city of Hariśchandra.

śaubhāṃjanaḥ N. of a tree; see śobhāṃjana.

śaubhikaḥ
     (1) A juggler, conjurer.
     (2) A hunter, fowler; iti ciṃtayato hṛdaye pikasya samadhāyi śaubhikena śaraḥ Bv. 1. 114.

śaurasenī N. of a Prākṛta dialect.

śauriḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa.
     (2) Of Balarāma.
     (3) The planet Saturn.

śaurpa a. (rpī f.) Measured by or belonging to a śūrpa or winnowingbasket.

śauryam [śūrasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Prowess, heroism, valour; śaurye vairiṇi vajramāśu nipatatvartho'stu naḥ kevalaṃ Bh. 2. 39; naye ca śaurye ca vasaṃti saṃpadaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) Strength, power, might.
     (3) Representation of war and supernatural events on the stage; cf. ārabhaṭī.

śaulkaḥ, śaulkikaḥ [śulke tadādāne'dhikṛtaḥ aṇ ṭhak vā] A superintendent of tolls, custom-officer.

śaulvi(lbi)kaḥ  A coppersmith.

śauva a. (vī f.) [śvan-aṇ ṭilopaḥ] Relating to dogs, canine. --vaṃ
     (1) A pack of dogs.
     (2) The state or nature of a dog.

śauvana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Canine.
     (2) Having the qualities of a dog. --naṃ
     (1) The nature of a dog.
     (2) The progeny of a dog.

śauvastika a. (kī f.) [śvas-ṭhak tuṭ ca] Belonging to or lasting till to-morrow, ephemeral.

śauvāpada a. (dī f.) [śvāpada-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a wild beast.
     (2) Savage, fierce, wild.

śauṣkalaḥ
     (1) A vendor of flesh.
     (2) A habitual eater of flesh. --laṃ The price of dried meat.

ścut See ścyut below.

ścyut 1 P. (ścyotati)
     (1) To trickle, ooze, flow, exude; etāstā madhutodhārāśścyotaṃti saviṣāstvayi U. 3. 34; Śi. 8. 63; Ki 5. 29
     (2) To shed, pour out, diffuse, scatter. --WITH ni to flow, ooze, trickle; niścyotaṃte sutanu kavarībiṃdavo yāvadete Māl. 8. 2. v. 1.

ścyo(śco)taḥ, śco(ścyo)tanam Oozing, flowing, exuding.

śnam A technical term used by Pāṇini for na, the sign of the 7th class of roots.

śnā A technical term used by Pāṇini for nā, the sign of the 9th class of ruts.

śnu A technical term used by Pāṇini for nu, the sign of the 5th class of roots.

śman n.
     (1) The mouth, face.
     (2) The body.
     (3) A dead body (m.; also in this sense).

śmaśānam [śmānaḥ śavāḥ śerate'tra śī-ānac ḍicca Tv.] A cemetery, a burial or burning ground; rājadvāre śmaśāne ca yastiṣṭhati sa bāṃdhavaḥ Subhāṣ.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the fire of a burning ground.
          --ālayaḥ a cemetery.
          --gocara a. frequenting burning grounds; Ms. 10. 39.
          --nivāsin, -vartin, --vāsin m. a ghost.
          --bhāj, --vāsin m. epithets of Śiva.
          --vāṭaḥ an enclosure of the cemetery; Māl. 5.
          --veśman m. 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. a spirit, ghost.
          --vairāgyaṃ temporary despondency, momentary renunciation of the world as at the sight of a cemetery.
          --śūlaḥ --laṃ an impaling stake in a cemetery; Ku. 5. 73.
          --sādhanaṃ performance of magical rites in a cemetery to acquire control over ghosts.

śmaśru n. [śma mukhaṃ śrūyate lakṣyate'nena śru ṅu; Uṇ. 5. 28] The beard; jyotiṣkaṇāhataśmaśru kaṃṭhanālādapātayat R. 15. 52.
     -- Comp.
          --pravṛddhi f. the growth of a beard; R. 13. 71.
          --mukhī a woman with a beard.
          --vardhakaḥ a barber.

śmaśrula a. [śmaśru vidyate'sya lac] Having a beard, bearded; bhallāpavarjitesteṣāṃ śirobhiḥ śmaśrulairmahīṃ (tastāra) R. 4. 63.

śmīl 1 P. (śmīlati) To wink, contract the eyelids, twinkle.

śmīlanam Winking, twinkling.

śmīlitam A wink.

śyāna p. p. [śyai kta]
     (1) Gone.
     (2) Coagulated, congealed.
     (3) Thick, sticky, viscous.
     (4) Shrunk, dry; śaradi saritaḥ śyānapulināḥ Bh. 2. 44. --naṃ Smoke.

śyāma a [śyai-maka] Black, dark-blue, dark-coloured; pratyākhyāta viśeṣakaṃ kurabakaṃ śyāmāvadātāruṇaṃ M. 3. 5; śyāmaṃ druyorbhāgayoḥ V. 2. 7; kuvalayadalaśyāmasnigdhaḥ U. 4. 19; Me. 15, 23.
     (2) Brown.
     (3) Shady, dusky.
     (4) Dark-green. --naḥ
     (1) The black colour.
     (2) The green colour.
     (3) A cloud.
     (4) The cuckoo.
     (5) N. of a sacred fig-tree at Allahabad on the bank of the Yamunā; ayaṃ ca kāliṃdītaṭe vaṭaḥ śyāmo nāma U. 1; soyaṃ vaṭaḥ śyāma iti pratītaḥ R. 13. 53.
     (6) The thorn apple. --maṃ
     (1) Sea-salt.
     (2) Black pepper.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. dark. (
          --gaḥ) the planet Mercury.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva; (nīlakaṃṭha). --2. a peacock.
          --karṇaḥ a horse suitable for a horse sacrifice.
          --patraḥ the tamala tree.
          --bhās, --ruci a. glossyblack.
          --śabalau the two four-eyed watch-dogs of Yama; cf. Rv. 10. 14. 10.
          --suṃdarā an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.

śyāmakaḥ
     (1) A kind of edible grain (kaṃgu).
     (2) A gramineous plant. --kaṃ A kind of grass; cf. śyāmāka.

śyāmala a. Black, dark-blue, blackish; niśitaśyāmalasnigdhamukhī śaktiḥ Ve. 4; Śi. 18. 36; śyāmalānokahaśrīḥ U. 2. 25. --laḥ
     (1) Black colour.
     (2) Black pepper.
     (3) A large bee.
     (4) The sacred fig-tree. --lā N. of Durgā.

śyāmalikā The indigo plant.

śyāmaliman m. Blackness, darkness; śyāmāṃ śyāmalimānamāna yata bhoḥ sāṃdrairmaṣīkūrtrakaiḥ Vb. 3. 1; tadīyadhūmairiva dhūsarāgāḥ kṣoṇībhujaḥ śyāmalimānamāpuḥ Vikr. 10. 3.

śyāmā
     (1) Night, particularly a dark night; śmāmāṃ śyāmalimānamānayata bhoḥ sāṃdrairmaṣīkūrcakaiḥ Vb. 3. 1.
     (2) Shade, shadow.
     (3) A dark woman.
     (4) A kind of woman (yauvanamadhyasthā according to Malli. on N. 3. 8, Śi. 8. 36; Me. 82; or śīte sukhoṣṇasarvāṃgī grīṣme yā sukhaśītalā . taptakāṃcanavarṇābhā sā srī śyāmoti kathyate according to one commentator on Bk. 5. 18 and 8. 100).
     (5) A woman who has borne no children.
     (6) A cow.
     (7) Turmeric.
     (8) The female cuckoo.
     (9) The Priyangu creeper; M. 2. 7; Me. 104. (10) The indigo palnt.
     (11) The holy basil.
     (12) The seed of the lotus.
     (13) N. of the Yamunā.
     (14) N. of several plants.

śyāmākaḥ A kind of grain or corn; (na) śyāmākamuṣṭiparivardhitako jahāti S. 4. 13 (also śyāmaka).

śyāmāyate Den. A. To become black, to prove impure (as gold &c.); śyāmāyate na yuṣmāsu yaḥ kācanabhivāgniṣu M. 2. 10.

śyābhikā
     (1) Blackness, darkness; apāṃgayoḥ kevalamasya dīrghayoḥ śanaiḥśanaiḥ śyāmikayā kṛtaṃ padaṃ Ku. 5. 21.
     (2) Impurity, alloy, (of metals &c.); hemnaḥ saṃlakṣyate hyagnau viśuddhiḥ śyāmikāpi bā R. 1. 10.

śyāmita a. Blackened, darkened.

śyālaḥ [śyai-kālan] A wife's brother, brother-in-law.

śyālakaḥ
     (1) A wife's brother.
     (2) A wretched brother-in-law.

śyālakī, śyālikā, śyālī A wife's sister.

śyāva a. (vā or vī f.) [śyai-van]
     (1) Dark-brown, dark, dusky.
     (2) Bay, brown. --vaḥ The brown colour.
     -- Comp.
          --tailaḥ the mango tree.
          --dat, --daṃta a. brown-toothed.

śyeta a. (tā or nā f.) White. --taḥ The white colour.

śyenaḥ [śyai-inan]
     (1) The white colour.
     (2) Whiteness.
     (3) A hawk, falcon.
     (4) Violence.
     (5) Ved. A horse.
     -- Comp.
          --avapātaḥ the swoop of a hawk; Māl. 8. 8.
          --karaṇaṃ, --karaṇikā 1. burning on a separate funeral pile. --2. a hawk-like, i. e. rash and desperate, act.
          --cit, --jīvin m. a falconer.

śyai 1 A. (śyāyate, śyāna, śīta or śīna)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To be congealed or coagulated.
     (3) To dry up, wither.

śyainaṃpātā [śyenasya pāto'tra aṇ mum ca] Hawking. hunting, chase.

śyoṇākaḥ, śyonākaḥ N. of a tree.

śraṃk
     (1) A. (śraṃkate) To go, creep.

śraṃg 1 P. (śragati) To go, move, creep.

śraṇ 1 P., 10 U. (śraṇati, śrāṇayati te) To give, give away, bestow usually with vi); R. 5. 1.

śrat ind. A prefix used with the root dhā; see śraddhā.

śrath I. 1. 9. P. (śrathati, śrathnāti) To hurt, injure, kill. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (śrayati, śrāthayati-te)
     (1) To hurt, kill.
     (2) To untie, loosen, liberate, release. --III. 10 U. (śrayapati-te)
     (1) To make efforts, be occupied or busy.
     (2) To be weak or infirm.
     (3) To be glad.

śrathanam
     (1) Killing, destruction.
     (2) Untying, loosening, release.
     (3) Ef. fort, exertion.
     (4) Tying, binding.
     (5) Delighting repeatedly.

śraddhā 3 U. To confide, believe, put faith in (with acc. of thing); kaḥ śraddhāsyati bhūtārthaṃ Mk. 3. 24; kāminyaḥ śradadhuranārjavaṃ nareṣu Śi. 8. 11, 9. 69; U. 7. 6; śraddaye tridaśagopamātrake dāhaśaktimiva kṛṣṇavartmani R. 11. 42.

śraddha a. Believing, trusting.

śraddhā
     (1) Trust, faith, belief, confidence.
     (2) Belief in divine revelation, religious faith; śraddhā vittaṃ vidhiśceti tritayaṃ tatsamāgataṃ S. 7. 29; R. 2. 16; Bg. 6. 37; 17. 3.
     (3) Sedateness, composure of mind.
     (4) Intimacy, familiarity.
     (5) Respect, reverence.
     (6) Strong or vehement desire; tathāpi vaicivyarahasyalubyāḥ śraddhāṃ vidhāsyaṃti sacetaso'tra Vikr. 1. 13, yuddhaśraddhāpulakita iva prāptasakhyaḥ kareṇa Mu. 6. 18.
     (7) The longing of a pregnant woman.

śraddhālu a. [śraddhā --āluc]
     (1) Believing, full of faith.
     (2) Desirous, longing or wishing for (anything); akālakusumasamudgamaśraddhālutā bhartrā Ratn. 1. --luḥ f. A pregnant woman longing for anything.

śraṃth I. 1 A. (śraṃthate)
     (1) To be weak.
     (2) To be loose or relaxed.
     (3) To loosen, relax. --II. 9 P. (śrathnāti)
     (1) To loosen, liberate, release.
     (2) To delight repeatedly.

śraṃthaḥ
     (1) Loosening, liberating.
     (2) Looseness.
     (3) Binding, tying together.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu.

śrathanam
     (1) Loosing, untying.
     (2) Hurting, killing, destroying.
     (3) Tying, binding.

śraṃthita p. p.
     (1) Loosed, liberated, let loose.
     (2) Connected; strung or bound together.
     (3) Hurt, injured.
     (4) Overcome, overpowered.
     (5) Delighted.

śrapaṇaṃ --ṇā Causing to boil, boiling, seething.

śrapita p. p. Boiled or caused to be boiled.
     (2) Seethed. --taṃ Boiled meat &c. --tā Rice gruel.

śram 4 P. (śrāmyati, śrāṃta)
     (1) To exert oneself, take pains, toil, labour.
     (2) To perform austerities, mortify the body (by acts of penance); kiyacciraṃ śrāmyasi gauri Ku. 5. 50.
     (3) To be wearied or fatigued, be exhausted; ratiśrāṃtā śete rajāniramaṇī gāḍhamurami K. P. 10; Śi. 14. 38; Bk. 14. 110.
     (4) To be afflicted or distressed; yo vṛṃdāni tvarayati pathi śrāmyatāṃ proṣitānāṃ Me. 99. --Caus. (śra śrā-mayati-te) To cause to be fatigued &c.

śramaḥ [śram-ghañ-na vṛddhiḥ]
     (1) Toil, labour, exertion, effort; alaṃ mahīpāla tava śrameṇa R. 2. 34; jānāti hi punaḥ samyak kavireva kaveḥ śramaṃ Subhāṣ.; R. 16. 75; Ms. 9. 208.
     (2) Weariness, fatigue, exhaustion; vinayaṃte sma tadyodhā madhubhirvijayaśramaṃ R. 4. 65, 67; Me. 17, 52; Ki. 5. 28.
     (3) Affliction, distress.
     (4) Penance, austerity, mortification of the body; divaṃ yadi prārthayase vṛthā śramaḥ Ku. 5. 45.
     (5)
          (a) Exercise; ayodaṃḍena ca śramamakarot K. 76.
          (b) Especially, military exercise, drill.
     (6) Hard study.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbu n.,
          --jalaṃ perspiration, sweat.
          --karṣita a. worn out by fatigue.
          --sādhya a. to be accomplished by dint of labour.
          --sthānaṃ a drill-ground, gymnasium &c.

śramaṇa a. (ṇā --ṇī f.) [śram-yuc]
     (1) Labouring, toiling.
     (2) Low, base, vile. --ṇaḥ
     (1) An ascetic, a devotee, religious mendicant in general.
     (2) A Buddhist ascetic.
     (3) A beggar. --ṇā-ṇī
     (1) A female devotee or mendicant.
     (2) A lovely woman.
     (3) A woman of low caste.
     (4) Bengal madder.
     (5) The spikenard.

śramaṇāyate Den. A. To become a beggar.

śramin a.
     (1) Laborious, toiling, diligent.
     (2) Undergoing fatigue or exertions.
     (3) Tiring, fatiguing.

śraṃbh 1 A. (śraṃmate, śrabdha)
     (1) To be careless or inattentive, be negligent.
     (2) To err.

śrayaḥ, śrayaṇam [śri-ghañ lyuṭ vā] Refuge, shelter, protection, asylum; Mv. 5. 34.

śravaḥ [śṛṇotyanena śru-ap]
     (1) Hearing; as in sukhaśrava.
     (2) The ear.
     (3) The hypothenuse of a triangle.
     (4) Flowing, oozing (for srava).
     (5) Fame, glory.

śravaṇaḥ, --ṇam [śṛṇotyanena śru-karaṇe lyuṭ]
     (1) The ear. dhvanati madhupasamūhe śravaṇamapidadhāti Gīt. 5.
     (2) The hypothenuse of a triangle. --ṇaḥ --ṇā
     (1) N. of a lunar mansion containing three stars. --ṇaṃ
     (1) The act of hearing; śravaṇasubhagaṃ Me. 11.
     (2) Study.
     (3) Fame, glory.
     (4) That which is heard or revealed, the Veda; iti śrabaṇāt 'because of such a Vedic text'.
     (5) Wealth.
     (6) Flowing, oozing.
     -- Comp.
          --iṃdriyaṃ the sense of hearing, the ear.
          --utpalaṃ a lotus fastened in the ear.
          --udaraṃ the hollow of the outer ear.
          --gocara a. within the range of hearing. (
          --raḥ) ear-shot; as in śravaṇagocare tiṣṭha 'be within ear-shot'.
          --pathaḥ, -viṣayaḥ the reach or range of the ear; vṛttāṃtena śravaṇaviṣayaprāpiṇā R. 14. 87.
          --pālaḥ-lī f. the tip of the ear.
          --pāśaḥ a beautiful ear.
          --sumaga a. pleasing to the ear.

śravas n. 1 The ear.
     (2) Fame, glory.
     (3) Wealth.
     (4) Hymn.
     (5) A praiseworthy action.

śravasyam Fame, glory, renown.

śravasyati Den. P.
     (1) To wish for fame or glory.
     (2) To long for a sacrifice or oblation.

śravāpyaḥ --yyaḥ An animal fit for sacrifice.

śraviṣṭhā N. of a lunar asterism, also called Dhaniṣtha.
     (2) The asterism called śravaṇā.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ the planet Mercury.

śrā 2 P. (śrāti, śrāṇa or śṛta; caus. śrapayati-te)
     (1) To cook, boil, dress, mature, ripen.
     (2) To sweat or cause to sweat, heat.

śrāṇa a.
     (1) Cooked, dressed, boiled.
     (2) Wet, moist. --ṇaṃ Boiled meat &c.

śrāṇā Rice-gruel.

śrāddha a. [śraddhā hetutvenāstyasya aṇ] Faithful, believing. --ddhaṃ
     (1) A funeral rite or ceremony performed in honour of the departed spirits of dead relatives; śraddhayā dīyate yasmāttasmācchrāddhaṃ nigadyate; it is of three kinds: --nitya, naimittika, and kāmya.
     (2) An obsequial oblation, a gift or offering at a Śrāddha.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n.,
          --kriyā a funeral ceremony.
          --kṛt m. the performer of a funeral rite.
          --daḥ the offerer of a Śrāddha or funeral oblation.
          --dinaḥ -naṃ the anniversary of the death of a relative in whose honour a Śrāddha is performed.
          --devaḥ, --devatā 1. a deity presiding over funeral rites. --2. an epithet of Yama. --3. a Viśvadeva q. v. --4. a Pitṛ or progenitor.
          --bhuj, --bhoktṛ m. a deceased ancestor.

śrāddhika a. (kī f.) [śraddhe-deyaṃ, śraddhaṃ taddravyaṃ bhakṣpatvenāstapasya vā ṭhan] Relating to a Śrāddha. --kaḥ The recipient of an obsequial offering. --kaṃ A present given at a Śrāddha.

śraddhīya a. Relating to a Śrāddha.

śrāṃta p. p. [śram-kta]
     (1) Wearied, tired, fatigued, exhausted.
     (2) Calmed, tranquil --taḥ An ascetic.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃvāhanaṃ soothing or relieving the wearied.

śrāṃtiḥ f. [śram-ktin] Fatigue, exhaustion, weariness.

śrāmaḥ
     (1) A month.
     (2) Time.
     (3) A temporary shed.

śrāyaḥ [śri-ghañ] Shelter, protection, refuge, asylum.

śrāvaḥ [śrṛ-ghañ]
     (1) Hearing, listening.
     (2) Flowing, oozing.

śrāvakaḥ [śri-ṇbul]
     (1) A hearer.
     (2) A pupil, disciple; śrābakāvasyāyāṃ Māl. 10 'in their pupilage'.
     (3) A class of Buddhist saints or votaries.
     (4) A Buddhist votary in general.
     (5) A heretic.
     (6) A crow.

śrābaṇa a. (ṇī f.) [śravaṇa-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to the ear.
     (2) Born under the asterism Śravaṇa. --ṇaḥ
     (1) N. of a lunar month; (corresponding to July-August).
     (2) A heretic.
     (3) An impostor.
     (4) N. of a Vaiśya ascetic unwittingly shot dead by king Daśaratha who was in consequence cursed by his old parents that he would die of broken-heart separated from his sons. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Causing to be heard.
     (2) Knowledge derived from hearing.

śrāvaṇika a. [śrāvaṇī astyasmin masiṭhan] Relating to the month Śrāvaṇa. --kaḥ The month called Śrāvaṇa.

śrāvaṇī
     (1) The day of full moon in Śrāvaṇa.
     (2) N. of an annual ceremony performed on this day when the sacred thread is put on anew.

śrāvita a. Told, narrated, related, made to hear or learn.

śrāvya a.
     (1) To be heard (opp. dṛśya).
     (2) Audible, distinct.

śrāvastiḥ --stī f. N. of a city north of the Ganges (said to have been founded by king Śrāvasta).

śri 1 U. (śrayati-te, śiśrāya --śiśriye, aśiśriyat-ta, śrayiṣyati-te, śrayituṃ, śrita; caus. śrāyayati-te; desid. śiśrīṣati-te, śiśrayiṣati-te)
     (1) To go to, approach, resort to, have recourse to, approach for protection; yaṃ daṃśaṃ śrayate tameva kurute bāhupratāpārjitaṃ H. 1. 171; R. 3. 70; 19. 1; śritāsi caṃdanabhrāṃtyā durvipākaṃ viṣadrupaṃ U. 1. 46.
     (2) To go or attain to, reach, undergo, assume (as a state); parītā rakṣābhiḥ śrayati vivaśā kāmapi daśāṃ Bv. 1. 83; dvipeṃdrabhāvaṃ kalabhaḥ śrayanniva R. 3. 32.
     (3) To cling to, lean or rest on, depend on; nīlaḥ snigdhaḥ śrayati śikharaṃ nūtanastoyavāhaḥ U. 1. 33.
     (4) To dwell in, inhabit.
     (5) To honour, serve, worship.
     (6) To use, employ.
     (7) To devote oneself to, be attached to.
     (8) To assist, help.

śrita p. p. [śri-kta]
     (1) Gone to, approached, approached for refuge or protection.
     (2) Clung to, resting or sitting on.
     (3) United or joined with, connected with.
     (4) Protected.
     (5) Honoured, served.
     (6) Subservient, auxiliary.
     (7) Covered with, overspread.
     (8) Contained.
     (9) Assembled, collected. (10) Having, possessing.

śritiḥ f. Resort, recourse, approach.

śriṣ 1 P. (śreṣati) To burn.

śro 9 U. (śrīṇāti, śrīṇīte) To cook, dress, boil, prepare.

śrī f. [śri-kvip ni- Uṇ. 2. 57]
     (1) Wealth, riches, affluence, prosperity, plenty; anirvedaḥ śriyo mūlaṃ Rām.; sāhase śrīḥ prativasati Mk. 4 'fortune favours the brave'; Ms. 9. 300.
     (2) Royalty, majesty, royal wealth; Ki. 1. 1.
     (3) Dignity, high position, state; śrīlakṣaṇa Ku. 7. 45 'the marks or insignia of greatness or dignity'; Pt. 1. 67.
     (4) Beauty, grace, splendour, lustre; (mukhaṃ) kamalaśriyaṃ dadhau Ku. 5. 21, 7. 32; R. 3. 8.
     (5) Colour, aspect; Ku. 2. 2.
     (6) The goddess of wealth, Lakṣmī, the wife of Viṣṇu; āsīdiyaṃ daśarathasya gṛhe yathā śrīḥ U. 4. 6; S. 3. 14; Śi. 1. 1.
     (7) Any virtue or excellence.
     (8) Decoration.
     (9) Intellect, understanding. (10) Superhuman power.
     (11) The three objects of human existence taken collectively (dharma, arya and kāma).
     (12) The Sarala tree.
     (13) The Bilva tree.
     (14) Cloves.
     (15) A lotus.
     (16) The twelfth digit of the moon.
     (17) N. of Sarasvatī, (the goddess of speech).
     (18) Speech.
     (19) Fame, glory. --m. N. of one of the six Rāgas or musical modes. (The word śrī is often used as an honorific prefix to the names of deities and eminent persons; śrīkṛṣṇaḥ, śrīrāmaḥ, śrīvālmīkiḥ, śrījayadevaḥ; also celebrated works, generally of a sacred character; śrībhāgavata, śrīrāmāyaṇa &c.; it is also used as an auspicious sign at the commencement of letters, manuscripts &c.; Māgha has used this word in the last stanza of each canto of his Śiśupālavadha, as Bhāravi has used lakṣmī).
     -- Comp.
          --āhvaṃ a lotus.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of the poet Bhavabhūti: śrīkaṃṭhapadalāṃchanaḥ U. 1. -sakhaḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --karaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. (
          --raṃ) the red lotus.
          --karaṇaṃ a pen.
          --kāṃtaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --kāraḥ the word 'śrī' written at the top of a letter, (as an auspicious beginning).
          --kārin m. a kind of antelope.
          --khaṃḍaḥ --ḍaṃ sandal-wood; śrīkhaṃḍavilepanaṃ sukhayati H. 1. 97.
          --gaditaṃ a kind of minor drama.
          --garbhaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. a sword.
          --grahaḥ a trough or place for watering birds.
          --grāmaraḥ an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.
          --ghanaṃ sour curds. (
          --naḥ) a Buddhist saint.
          --cakra 1. the circle of the earth, the globe. --2. a wheel of Indra's car.
          --jaḥ an epithet of Kāma.
          --tālaḥ a kind of palm tree.
          --daḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --dayitaḥ, --dharaḥ epithets of Viṣṇu.
          --nagaraṃ N. of a city.
          --naṃdanaḥ an epithet of Kāma.
          --niketanaḥ, --nivāsaḥ epithets of Viṣṇu.
          --paṃcamī the fifth day of the bright half of Māgha.
          --patiḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu; Śi. 13. 69. --2. a king, sovereign.
          --pathaḥ a main road, high way.
          --parṇaṃ a lotus.
          --parṇī the silk-cotton tree.
          --parvataḥ N. of a mountain; Māl. 1.
          --piṣṭaḥ turpentine.
          --putraḥ 1. N. of Cupid. --2. the moon. --3. N. of the horse of Indra.
          --puṣpaṃ 1. cloves. --2. a fragrant wood (padmakāṣṭha). --phalaḥ the Bilva tree. (
          --laṃ) the Bilva fruit.
          --phalā, --phalī 1. the indigo plant. --2. emblic myrobalan.
          --bhrātṛ m. 1. the moon. --2. a horse.
          --mastakaḥ garlic.
          --mudrā a particular mark on the fore head by the Vaiṣṇavas.
          --mūrtiḥ f. 1. an idol of Viṣṇu or Lakṣmī. --2. any idol.
          --yukta, --yuta a. 1. fortunate, happy. --2. wealthy, prosperous (often used as an honorific prefix to the names of men.). --3. famous, illustrious.
          --raṃgaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --rasaḥ 1. turpentine. --2. resin.
          --vatsaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. a mark or curl of hair on the breast of Viṣṇu; prabhānuliptaśrīvatsaṃ lakṣmīvibhramadarpaṇaṃ R. 10. 10. --3. a hole in a wall made by a house-breaker. -aṃkaḥ -dhārin, -bhṛt, -lakṣpan, -lāṃchana m. epithets of Viṣṇu; Ku. 7. 43.
          --vatsakin m. a horse having a curl of hair on his breast.
          --varaḥ, --vallabhaḥ epithets of Viṣṇu.
          --vardhanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --vallabhaḥ a favourite of fortune, a happy or fortunate person; Pt. 1. 45.
          --vāsaḥ 1. an epithet of Viṣṇu. --2. of Śiva. --3. a lotus. --4. turpentine.
          --bāsas m. turpentine.
          --vṛkṣaḥ 1. the Bilva tree. --2. the Aśvattha or sacred fig-tree. --3. a curl of hair on the breast and forehead of a horse.
          --veṣṭaḥ 1. turpentine. --2. resin.
          --saṃjñaṃ cloves.
          --sahodaraḥ the moon.
          --mūkta N. of a Vedic hymn.
          --hariḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --hastinī the sun-flower.

śriyaṃmanya a.
     (1) Thinking oneself worthy.
     (2) Proud.

śriyāpatiḥ An epithet of Śiva, also śriyāvāsin m.

śrīmat a.
     (1) Wealthy, rich.
     (2) Happy, fortunate, prosperous, thriving.
     (3) Beautiful, pleasing; Śi. 1. 1.
     (4) Famous, celebrated, glorious, dignified; (the word is often used as a respectful affix to celebrated or revered names of persons and things). --m.
     (1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Kubera.
     (3) Of Śiva.
     (4) The Tilaka tree.
     (5) The Aśvattha tree.

śrīla a.
     (1) Rich, wealthy.
     (2) Fortunate, prosperous.
     (3) Beautiful.
     (4) Famous, celebrated.

śru I. 1 P. (śravati) To go, move; cf. śu. --II. 5 P. (śṛṇoti, śuśrāva, aśrauṣīt, śroṣyati, śretuṃ, śruta)
     (1) To hear, listen to, give ear to; śṛṇu me sāvaśeṣaṃ vacaḥ V. 2; rutāni cāśrīṣata ṣaṭpadānāṃ Bk. 2. 10; saṃdeśaṃ me tadanu jalada śroṣyasi śrotrapeyaṃ Me. 13.
     (2) To learn, study; dvādaśavarṣabhirvyākaraṇaṃ śrūyate Pt. 1.
     (3) To be attentive, to obey. (iti śrūyate 'it is so heard', i. e. is enjoined in the scriptures, such is the sacred precept). --Caus. (śrāvayati-te) To cause to hear, communicate, tell, relate, inform; śrāvito'mātyasaṃdeśaṃ stanakalasaḥ Mu. 4. --Desid. (śuśrūṣate)
     (1) To wish to hear.
     (2) To be attentive, or obedient, obey; bākyaṃ naiva karoti bāṃdhavajano patnī na śuśrūṣate Pt. 4. 78 (where the word may have the next sense also).
     (3) To serve, wait or attend upon; śuśrūṣasva gurūn S. 4. 17; Ku. 1. 59; Ms. 2. 244.

śruta p. p. [śru-kta]
     (1) Heard, listened to.
     (2) Reported, heard of.
     (3) Learnt, ascertained, understood.
     (4) Well-known, famous, celebrated, renowned; śrutasya kiṃ tatsadṛśaṃ kulasya R. 14. 61, 3. 40.
     (5) Named, called. --taṃ
     (1) The object of hearing.
     (2) That which was heard by revelation; i. e. the Veda, holy learning, sacred knowledge; śrutaprakāśaṃ R. 5. 2.
     (3) Learning in general (vidyā); śrotraṃ śrutenaiba na kuṃḍalena (vibhāti) Bh. 2. 71, R. 3. 21, 5. 22; Pt. 2. 147; 4. 68.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyayanaṃ study of the Vedas.
          --anvita a. conversant with the Vedas.
          --arthaḥ a fact verbally or orally communicated.
          --kīrti a. famous, renowned. (--m.) 1. a generous man. --2. a divine sage. (--f.) N. of the wife of Śatrughna.
          --devī N. of Sarasvatī.
          --dhara a. remembering what is heard, retentive.
          --śravas m. N. of the father of Śiśupāla. -anujaḥ the planet Saturn.

śrutavat a. Knowing the Veda, proficient in sacred knowledge or learning in general; apathe padamarpayaṃti hi śrutavaṃto'pi rajonimīlitāḥ R. 9. 74.

śrutiḥ f. [śru-ktin]
     (1) Hearing; caṃdrasya grahaṇamiti śruteḥ Mu. 1. 7; R. 1. 27.
     (2) The ear; śrutisukhabhramarasvanagītayaḥ R. 9. 35; Śi. 1. 1; Ve. 3. 23.
     (3) Report, rumour, news, oral intelligence.
     (4) A sound in general.
     (5) The Veda (known by revelation, opp smṛti; see under veda).
     (6) A Vedic or sacred text; iti śruteḥ or iti śrutiḥ 'so says a sacred text'
     (7) Vedic or sacred knowledge, holy learning.
     (8) (In music) A division of the octavo, a quarter tone or interval; Śi. 1. 10, 11. 1; (see Malli. ad loc.).
     (9) The constellation Śravaṇa. (10) The diagonal of a tetragon, the hypothenuse of a triangle; cf. karṇa.
     -- Comp.
          --anuprāsaḥ a kind of alliteration; see K. P. 9
          --ukta, --udita a. enjoined by the Vedas.
          --kaṭaḥ 1. a snake. --2. penance, expiation.
          --kaṭu a. harsh to hear. (
          --duḥ) a harsh or unmelodious sound, regarded as a fault of composition.
          --kathita a. enjoined or prescribed by the Vedas.
          --codanaṃ, --nā a scriptural injunction, Vedic precept.
          --jīvikā a law-book or code of laws.
          --dvaidhaṃ disagreement or contradiction of Vedas or Vedic precepts.
          --dhara a. hearing.
          --nidarśanaṃ evidence of the Vedas.
          --pathaḥ the range of the ear; M. 4. 1.
          --prasādana a. grateful to the ear.
          --prāmāṇyaṃ authority or sanction of the Vedas.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the outer ear.
          --mahat a. rich in scriptural lore; sarasvatī śrutimahatāṃ mahīyatāṃ S. 7. 35.
          --mūlaṃ 1. the root of the ear; lapituṃ kimapi śrutimūle Gīt. 1. --2. a Vedic text.
          --mūlaka a. founded on the Veda.
          --varjita a. 1. deaf. --2. not knowing the Vedas.
          --vipratipanna a. 1. not recognizing the authority of the scriptures, disregarding the Vedas. --2. contrary to the Vedas.
          --viṣayaḥ 1. the object of the sense of hearing. i. e. sound; śrutiviṣayaguṇā yā sthitā vyāṇya viśvaṃ S. 1. 1. --2. the reach or range of the ear; etatprāyeṇa śrutiviṣayamāpatitameva K. --3. the subject-matter of the Veda. --4. any sacred ordinance.
          --vedhaḥ boring the ear.
          --sukha, --manohara a. agreeable to the ear, melodious.
          --smṛti f. (dual) revelation and legal institutes, Veda and law.

śrutī = śrutiḥ above.

śruvaḥ
     (1) A sacrifice.
     (2) A sacrificial ladle.

śruvā A sacrificial ladle; cf. sruvā.
     -- Comp.
          --vṛkṣaḥ the Vikankata tree.

śruṣṭiḥ f. Ved.
     (1) Hearing.
     (2) Help, assistance.
     (3) A boon (vara).
     (4) Prosperity, happiness.

śreḍhī A progression(in math).
     -- Comp.
          --phalaṃ the sum of a progression.

śreṇiḥ m. f., śreṇī f. [śri-ṇi vā ṅīp Uṇ. 4. 51]
     (1) A line, series, row; taraṃgabhrūbhaṃgā kṣubhitavihagaśreṇirasanā V. 4. 28; na ṣaṭpadaśreṇibhireva paṃkajaṃ saśaibalāsaṃgamapi prakāśate Ku. 5. 9; Me. 28, 35.
     (2) A flock, multitude, group; U. 4.
     (3) A guild or company of traders, artisans &c., corporate body.
     (4) A bucket.
     -- Comp.
          --dharmāḥ (m. pl.) the customs of trades or guilds.
          --baṃdha a. forming a row, being in a line; R. 1. 41.

śreṇikā A tent.

śreṇībhū 1 P. To be arranged in regular order.

śreyī
     (1) A succession of distinct things.
     (2) (In math.) Progression.
     (3) Sequence.

śreyas a. [atiśayena praśasyaṃ iyasu śrādeśaḥ]
     (1) Better, preferable, superior; vardhanādrakṣaṇaṃ śreyaḥ H. 3. 3, 33; Bg. 3. 35, 2. 5.
     (2) Best, most excellent, quite desirable; Māl. 1. 13.
     (3) More happy or fortunate.
     (4) More blessed, dearer (compar. of praśasva q. v.). --n.
     (1) Virtue, righteous deeds, moral or religious merit.
     (2) Bliss, good fortune, blessing, good' welfare, felicity, a good or auspicious result; pūrvāvadhīritaṃ śreyoduḥkhaṃ hi parivartate S. 7. 13; dhiṅ māmupasthitaśreyovamāninaṃ S. 6; pratibadhnāti hi śreyaḥ pūjyapūjāvyatikramaḥ R. 1. 79; U. 5. 27, 7. 20; R. 5. 34.
     (3) Any good or auspicious occasion; S. 7.
     (4) Final beatitude, absolution.
     -- Comp.
          --arthin a. 1. seeking happiness, desirous of felicity. --2. wishing well.
          --kara a. 1. promoting happiness, favourable. --2. propitious, auspicious.
          --pariśramaḥ striving after absolution.

śreyasī
     (1) Yellow myrobalan.
     (2) Long pepper.

śreṣṭha a.
     (1) Best, most excellent, pre-eminent (with gen. or loc.).
     (2) Most happy or prosperous.
     (3) Most beloved, dearest.
     (4) Oldest, senior. --ṣṭhaḥ
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (2) A king.
     (3) N. of Kubera.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu. --ṣṭhaṃ Cow's milk.
     -- Comp.
          --amlaṃ the fruit of the tamarind.
          --āśramaḥ 1. the best order of one's religious life, i. e. that of a householder. --2. a householder.
          --vāc a. eloquent.

śreṣṭhin m. [śreṣṭhaṃ dhanādikamastyasya ini] The head or president of a mercantile or other guild; nikṣepe patite harmye śreṣṭhi stauti svadevatāṃ Pt. 1. 14.

śrai 1 P. (śrāyati)
     (1) To sweat, perspire.
     (2) To cook, boil.

śraiṣṭhyam Superiority, pre-eminence, excellence.

śroṇ 1 P. (śroṇati)
     (1) To collect, heap.
     (2) To be collected or accumulated.

śroṇa a. Crippled, lame. --ṇaḥ A kind of disease.

śroṇā
     (1) Rice-gruel.
     (2) The constellation Śravaṇa.

śroṇiḥ --ṇī f. [śroṇ-in vā ṅīp]
     (1) The hip or loins, the buttocks; śroṇībhārādalasagamanā Me. 82; śroṇībhārastyajati tanutāṃ K. P. 10.
     (2) A road, way.
     -- Comp.
          --taṭaḥ the slope of the hips.
          --phalakaṃ 1. the broad hips. --2. the buttocks.
          --biṃbaṃ 1. the round hips; V. 4. 18. --2. a waist-band.
          --sūtraṃ 1. a string worn round the loins. --2. a sword-belt.

śrotasu n. [śru-asun tuṭ ca]
     (1) The ear.
     (2) The trunk of an elephant.
     (3) An organ of sense.
     (4) The stream or current (for srotas q. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --raṃdhraṃ an aperture of the trunk, a nostril; Me. 42. (also written srotoraṃdhra).

śrotṛ m.
     (1) A hearer.
     (2) A pupil.

śrotram [śrūyate'nena śru-karaṇe-ṣṭran]
     (1) The ear; Bh. 2. 71.
     (2) Proficiency in the Vedas.
     (3) The Veda.
     -- Comp.
          --peya a. to be imbibed by the ear, to be attentively heard; saṃdeśaṃ me tadanu jalada śroṣyasi śrotrapeyaṃ Me. 13.
          --mūlaṃ the root of the ear.
          --sukha a. melodious, agreeable to the ear.

śrotriya a. [chaṃdo vedamadhīte vetti vā chaṃdasgha śrotrādeśaḥ; cf. P. V. 2. 84]
     (1) Proficient or versed in the Veda.
     (2) Teachable, tractable. --yaḥ A learned Brahmaṇa, one wellversed in sacred learning; janmanā brāhmaṇojñeyaḥ saṃskārairdvija ucyate . vidyayā yāti vipratvaṃ tribhiḥ śrotriya ucyate ..; Māl. 1. 5; R. 16. 25.
     -- Comp.
          --svaṃ the property of a learned Brahmaṇa.

śrauta a. (tī f.) [śrutau vihitaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to the ear.
     (2) Relating to, founded on, or prescribed by, the Veda.
     (3) Sacrificial. --taṃ
     (1) Any observance prescribed by the Vedas.
     (2) Ritual enjoined by the Vedas.
     (3) Preservation or maintenance of the sacred fire.
     (4) The three sacred fires collectively; (i. e. gārhapatya, āhavanīya and dakṣiṇa).
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. a Vedic rite.
          --sūtraṃ N. of a class of Sūtra works based on the Veda (ascribed to āśvalāyana, sāṃkhyāyana, kātyāyana &c.).

śrautram [śrotra-svārthe aṇ]
     (1) The ear.
     (2) Proficiency in the Vedas.

śrauṣaṭ ind. An exclamation or formula used in making an offering with fire to the gods or departed spirits; cf. vaṣaṭ or vauṣaṭ.

ślakṣṇa a. [śliṣ-ksna ni- Uṇ. 3. 19]
     (1) Soft, gentle, mild, bland (as words &c.); Ms. 8. 396.
     (2) Smooth, polished; Śi. 3. 46.
     (3) Small, fine, thin, delicate.
     (4) Beautiful, charming.
     (5) Candid, honest, frank.

ślakṣṇaka a.
     (1) Smooth, soft.
     (2) Beau tiful, charming. --kaṃ The Arecanut.

ślaṃk 1 A. (ślaṃkate) To go, move.

ślaṃg 1 A. (ślaṃgate) To go, move.

ślath 10 U. (ślayayati-te)
     (1) To be loose or slackened.
     (2) To be weak or infirm.
     (3) To slacken, loosen, relax (fig. also); ślathayituṃ kṣaṇamakṣamatāṃganā na sahasā sahasā kṛtavepathuḥ Śi. 6. 57; paritrāṇasnehaḥ ślathayitumaśakyaḥ khalu yathā G. L. 37.
     (4) To hurt, kill.

ślatha a.
     (1) Untied, unfastened.
     (2) Loose, relaxed, loosened, slipped off; vṛṃtācchlathaṃ harati puṣpamanokahānāṃ R. 5. 69, 19. 26.
     (3) Dishevelled (as hair).
     -- Comp.
          --udyama a. relaxing one's efforts.
          --laṃbin a. hanging loosely down; ślathalāṃbanīrjaṭāḥ Ku. 5. 47.

ślākh 1 P. (ślākhati) To pervade, penetrate.

ślāgh 1 A. (ślāghate)
     (1) To praise, extol, commend, applaud; śiramā ślāghate pūrvaṃ (guṇaṃ) paraṃ (doṣaṃ) kaṃṭhe niyacchati Subhāṣ.; yathaiva ślāghyate gaṃgā pādena parameṣṭhinaḥ Ku. 6. 70 (some read ślāghate for ślāghyate and give it the next sanse).
     (2) To boast of, be proud of; ślāghiṣye kena ko vaṃdhūnneṣyatyunnatimunnataḥ Bk. 16. 4.
     (3) To flatter, coax (with dat.); gopī kṛṣṇāya ślāghate Śk.; ślāghamānaḥ parastrībhyastatrāgādrākṣasādhipaḥ Bk. 8. 73.

ślāghanam [ślāgh lyuṭ]
     (1) Praising, eulogizing.
     (2) Flattering.

ślāghā [ślāgh a]
     (1) Praise, eulogy, commendation; karṇajayadrathayorvā kātra ślāghā Ve. 2.
     (2) Self-praise, boast; hate jarati gāṃgeye puraskṛtya śikhaṃḍinaṃ . yā ślāghā pāṃḍuputrāṇāṃ saivāsmākaṃ bhaviṣyati Ve. 2. 4.
     (3) Flattery.
     (4) Service.
     (5) Wish, desire.
     -- Comp.
          --viparyayaḥ absence of boasting; tyāge llāghāviparyayaḥ R. 1. 22.

ślāghita p. p. Praised, eulogized, commended.

ślāghya [ślāgh-ṇyat] Praised, praiseworthy; Māl. 6. 17; U. 4. 9, 13.
     (2) Respectable, venerable.
     (3) Laudable, commendable.

ślikuḥ [ślaṣ-ku netvam pṛṣo-]
     (1) A debauchee, libertine.
     (2) A slave, dependent. --n. The science of astronomy, astrology.

ślikyuḥ
     (1) A libertine.
     (2) A servant.

śliṣ I. 1 P. (śleṣati) To burn. --II. 4 P. (śliṣyati, śliṣṭa)
     (1) To em brace; śliṣyati cuṃvati jaladharakalpaṃ harirupagata iti timiramanalpaṃ Gīt. 6.
     (2) To stick, cling or adhere to.
     (3) To unite, join.
     (4) To grasp, take, understand; aśleṣi na śleṣakaverbhavatyāḥ ślokadvayārthaḥ sudhiyā mayā kiṃ N. 3. 69. --III. 10 U. (śleṣayatite) To unite, join, connect.

śliṣā
     (1) An embrace.
     (2) Clinging, adherence.

śliṣṭa p. p. [śliṣ-kta]
     (1) Embraced.
     (2) Clung, adhered to.
     (3) Resting or leaning on.
     (4) Involving a pun, susceptible of a double interpretation; a tra viṣamādayaḥ śabdāḥ śliṣṭāḥ K. P. 10.

śliṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Embrace.
     (2) Adherence.

śleṣaḥ [śliṣ-ghañ]
     (1) An embrace.
     (2) Clinging or adhering to.
     (3) Union, junction, contact; niraṃtaraśleṣaghanāḥ K. (where it has the next sense also).
     (4) Pun, paronomasia, double entendre, susceptibility of a word or sentence, to yield two or more interpretations (regarded as a figure of speech and very commonly used by poets; for def. see K. P. Kārikās 84 and 96); aśleṣi na śleṣakaverbhavatyāḥ ślokadvayārthaḥ sudhiyā mayā kiṃ N. 3. 69; see śabdaśleṣa also.
     (5) Burning.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ a pun, double entendre.
          --bhittika a. trusting on (lit. having for its basis) a Śleṣa.

ślīpadam Swelled leg, elephantiasis.
     -- Comp.
          --prabhavaḥ the mango tree.

ślīpadin m. A club-footed man.

ślīla a.
     (1) Lucky, prosperous; see śrīla.
     (2) Decent; cf. aślīla.

śleṣman m. [śliṣ-manin] Phlegmatic humour.
     -- Comp.
          --atisāraḥ dysentery produced by vitiated phlegm.
          --ojas n. the phlegmatic humour.
          --ghnā, --ghnī 1. the Arabian jasmine. --2. the hog-weed.
          --dhātuḥ the phlegmatic humour.

śleṣmakaḥ Phlegm.

śleṣmaṇa a. Phlegmatic.

śleṣmala a. Phlegmatic.

śleṣmika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Phlegmatic.
     (2) Producing phlegm.

śleṣmātaḥ, śleṣmātakaḥ A kind of tree.

ślok 1 A. (ślokate)
     (1) To praise or compose in verse, versify.
     (2) To acquire.
     (3) To abandon, give up.
     (4) To heap together, collect.

ślokaḥ [ślok ac]
     (1) Praising in verse, extolling.
     (2) A hymn or verse of praise.
     (3) Celebrity, fame, renown, name; as in puṇyaśloka q. v.
     (4) An object of praise.
     (5) A proverb or saying.
     (6) A stanza or verse in general; ślokatvamāpadyata yasya śokaḥ R. 14. 70; pādaiścaturbhiḥ saṃyuktamidaṃ vākyaṃ samākṣaraiḥ . śocatoktaṃ mayā yasmāttasmācchloko bhavatviti Ram.
     (7) A stanza or verse in the Anuṣṭubh metre.

ślokayati Den. P. To celebrate or praise in song.

śloṇ 1 P. (śloṇati) To heap together, collect, gather; cf. śroṇ.

śloṇaḥ A lame man, cripple.

śvaṃk 1 A. (śvaṃkate) To go, move.

śvac, śvaṃc 1 A. (śvacate, śvaṃcate)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To be opened, gape, be split or cleft.

śvaj 1 A. (śvajate) To go, move.

śvaṭh 10 U. (śvaṭhayati-te)
     (1) To speak ill; (śvaṭhayati only according to some).
     (2) (śvāṭhayati-te)
          (a) To go, move.
          (b) To adorn.
          (c) To finish, accomplish; (only śvaṭhayāti in these senses according to some).

śvaṃṭh 10 U. (śvaṃṭhayati) To speak ill.

śvan m. [śvi-kanin ni- Uṇ. 1. 158] (Nom. śvā, śvānau, śvānaḥ; acc. pl. śunaḥ; śunī f.) A dog; śvā yadi kriyate rājā sa kiṃ nāśnātyupānahaṃ Subhāṣ.; Bh. 2. 31; Ms. 2. 208.
     -- Comp.
          --aśvaḥ an epithet of Bhairava.
          --krīḍin m. a keeper or breeder of sporting dogs.
          --gaṇaḥ a pack of hounds.
          --gaṇikaḥ 1. a hunter. --2. a dog-feeder.
          --dhūrtaḥ a jackal.
          --naraḥ a snappish or currish fellow.
          --niśaṃ, --niśā a night on which dogs bark.
          --pac m.,
          --pacaḥ 1. a man of a very low and degraded caste, an outcast, a Chāṇḍāla; Bv. 4. 23. --2 a dog-feeder. --3. a public executioner.
          --padaṃ 1. a dog's foot. --2. a mark like a dog's foot (to be branded on the forehead of a thief).
          --pākaḥ an outcast, a Chāṇḍāla; G. L. 29.
          --phalaṃ lime or citron.
          --phalkaḥ N. of the father of Akrūra.
          --bhīruḥ a jackal.
          --yūthyaṃ a pack of dogs.
          --vṛttiḥ f. 1. the life of a dog (to which servitude is often likened); sevāṃ lāghavakāriṇīṃ kṛtadhiyaḥ sthāne śvavṛttiṃ biduḥ Mu. 3. 14; Ms. 4. 6. --2. servitude, service; Ms. 4. 4.
          --vyāghraḥ 1. a beast of prey. --2. a tiger. --3 a leopard.
          --han m. a hunter.

śvabhr 10 U. (śvabhrayati-te)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To pierce, make a hole, bore.
     (3) To live in misery.

śvabhram
     (1) A hole, chasm; mahoragaḥ śvabhramiva praviṣṭaṃ V. 1. 18; Ki. 14. 33.
     (2) A den.

śvayaḥ, śvayanam Swelling, increase.

śvayathuḥ Swelling, intumescence.

śvayīcī Sickness, disease.

śval 1 P. (śvalati) To run, go quickly.

śvalk 10 U. (śvalkayati-te) To tell, narrate.

śvall 1 P. (śvallati) To run; see śval.

śvaśuraḥ [śu-āśu aśtute āśu-aś-urac pṛṣo- Uṇ. 1. 44]
     (1) A father-inlaw, wife's or husband's father; Ms. 3. 119.
     (2) A respectable man. --rau (dual) The father-in-law and motherin-law.

śvaśurakaḥ A father-in-law,

śvaśuryaḥ
     (1) A brother-in-law, a wife's or husband's brother.
     (2) The younger brother of a husband.

śvaśrūḥ f. A mother-in-law, a wife's or husband's mother; R. 14. 13.
     -- Comp.
          --śvaśura m. du. the mother and father-in-law.

śvas 2 P. (śvasiti, śvasta or śvasita)
     (1) To breathe, respire, draw breath; sa karmakārabhastreva śvasannapi na jīvati H. 2. 11. kṣaṇamapyavatiṣṭhate śvasan yahi jaṃturnanu lābhavānasau R. 8. 87.
     (2) To sigh, pant, heave; śvasiti vihagavargaḥ Rs. 1. 13.
     (3) To hiss, snort. --Caus. (śvāsayati-te) To cause to breathe or live.

śvasanaḥ [śvasityanena śvas-lyuṭ]
     (1) Air, wind; śvasanasurabhigaṃdhiḥ Śi. 11. 21.
     (2) N. of a demon killed by Indra. --naṃ
     (1) Breath, breathing, respiration; śvasanacalitapallavādharoṣṭhe Ki. 10. 34; Ratn. 2. 4 (where it has sense 1 also); Śi. 9. 52.
     (2) Sighing.
     -- Comp.
          --aśanaḥ a serpent.
          --īśvaraḥ the Arjuna tree.
          --utsukaḥ a serpent.
          --ūrmiḥ f. a gust of wind.

śvasita p. p. [śvas-kta]
     (1) Breathed, sighed.
     (2) Breathing. --taṃ
     (1) Breathing, respiration.
     (2) Sighing.

śvāsaḥ [śvas-ghañ]
     (1) Breathing, breath, respiration, heaving; adyāpi stanavepathuṃ janayati śvāsaḥ pramāṇādhikaḥ S. 1. 30; Ku. 2. 42.
     (2) A sigh, panting.
     (3) Air, wind.
     (4) Asthma.
     -- Comp.
          --ucchvāsaḥ exhalation and inhalation, respiration.
          --kāsaḥ asthma.
          --kuṭhāraḥ a drug used to cure asthma.
          --dhāraṇaṃ = prāṇāyāma. --rodhaḥ suspension or obstruction of breath
          --hikkā a kind of hiccough.
          --hetiḥ f. sleep.

śvāsin a. [śvāsayati śvas-ṇic ṇini] Breathing. --m.
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) A breathing animal, living being.
     (3) One who pronounces (letters). with a his sing sound.

śvas ind.
     (1) Tomorrow; varamadya kapoto na śvo mayūraḥ Subhaṣ.
     (2) Future (at the beginning of comp.)
     (3) A particle implying auspiciousness.
     -- Comp.
          --bhūta a. (śvobhūta) being tomorrow.
          --vasīya, --vasīyas (śvovasīya, śvovasīyas) a. happy, auspicious, fortunate. (--n.) happiness, good fortune.
          --śreyas (śvaḥśreyasa) a. happy, prosperous. (
          --saṃ) 1. happiness, prosperity. --2. an epithet of Brahman or the Supreme Spirit.

śvastana a. (nī f.), śvastya a. Relating to the morrow, future. --naṃ The future.

śvi 1 P. (śvayati, śiśvāya-śuśāva, aśvat-aśvayīt-aśiśviyat, śvayiṣyati, śvayituṃ, śūna)
     (1) To grow, increase (fig. also), to swell (as the eye); rudato'śiśviyaccakṣurāsyaṃ hetostavāśvayīt Bk. 6. 19, 31; 14. 79, 15. 30.
     (2) To thrive, prosper.
     (3) To go, approach, move towards. --WITH ud 1. to swell, increase, grow; prabalaruditocchūnanetraṃ (mukhaṃ) Me. 84. --2. to be proud, be puffed up with pride.

śvākarṇaḥ The ear of a dog.

śvāgaṇikaḥ A dog-keeper, one living by keeping dogs.

śvāghnikaḥ
     (1) A hunter.
     (2) A dogkeeper.

śvādaṃtaḥ A dog's tooth.

śvānaḥ [śvaiva-aṇ na ṭilopaḥ] A dog.
     -- Comp.
          --nidrā 'a dog's sleep', a very light sleep.
          --vaikharī angry or currish snarling.

śvāpada a. (dī f.) Savage, ferocious. --daḥ
     (1) A beast of prey, wild beast.
     (2) A tiger.

śvāpucchaḥ --ccham A dog's tail.

śvāvidh m. A porcupine.

śvit 1 A. (śvetate) To become white, be white; vyatikaritadigaṃtāḥ śvetamānairyaśobhiḥ Māl. 2. 9.

śvita a. White. --taṃ Whiteness.

śvitāna, śvitna a. Ved. White.

śvitiḥ f. Whiteness.

śvitya, śvitnya a. White.

śvitram [śvit-rak]
     (1) White leprosy.
     (2) A leprous spot (on the skin); tadalpamapi nopekṣyaṃ kāvye duṣṭaṃ kathaṃcana . syādvapuḥ suṃdaramapi śvitreṇaikena durbhagaṃ Kāv. 1. 7.

śvitrin a. (ṇī f.) Leprous. --m. A leper.

śveta a. (śvetā or śvenī f.) [śvitac ghañ vā] White; tataḥ śvetairhayairyukte mahati syaṃdane sthitau Bg. 1. 14. --taḥ
     (1) The white colour.
     (2) A conchshell.
     (3) A cowrie.
     (4) The planet Venus.
     (5) Śukra, the regent of the planet.
     (6) A white cloud.
     (7) Cumin seed.
     (8) N. of a range of mountains; see kulācala or kulaparvata.
     (9) N. of a division of the world. --taṃ Silver.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃbaraḥ, --vāsas m. a class of Jaina ascetics.
          --ikṣuḥ a kind of sugar-cane.
          --udaraḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --kamalaṃ, --padmaṃ a white lotus.
          --kuṃjaraḥ an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra.
          --kuṣṭhaṃ white leprosy.
          --ketuḥ 1. a Bauddha or Jaina saint. --2. the descending node.
          --kolaḥ a kind of fish (śaphara). --gajaḥ, --dvipaḥ 1. a white elephant. --2. the elephant of Indra.
          --garut m.,
          --garutaḥ a goose.
          --chadaḥ 1. a goose. --2. a kind of basil.
          --dvīpaḥ N. of one of the eighteen minor divisions of the known continent.
          --dhātuḥ 1. a white mineral. --2. chalk. --3. the milkstone.
          --dhāman m. 1. the moon. --2. camphor. --3. the foam of the sea. --4. cuttle-fish bone.
          --nīlaḥ a cloud.
          --patraḥ a goose. -rathaḥ an epithet of Brahman.
          --parṇāśaḥ white basil.
          --pāṭalā the white trumpetflower.
          --piṃgaḥ a lion.
          --piṃgalaḥ 1. a lion. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --bhikṣuḥ a kind of white-robed mendicant; Pt. 3. 76.
          --maricaṃ white pepper.
          --mālaḥ 1. a cloud. --2. smoke.
          --rakta a. pale-red, rosy. (
          --ktaḥ) the pink or rosy colour.
          --raṃjanaṃ lead.
          --rathaḥ the planet Venus.
          --rocis m. the moon.
          --rohitaḥ an epithet of Garuḍa.
          --valkalaḥ the glomerous fig-tree.
          --vājin m. 1. the moon. --2. an epithet of Arjuna. --3. camphor.
          --vāsas m. an ascetic wearing white garments.
          --vāh m. an epithet of Indra.
          --vāhaḥ 1. an epithet of Arjuna. --2. of Indra.
          --vāhanaḥ 1. an epithet of Arjuna. --2. the moon. --3. a marine monster (makara). --vāhin m. an epithet of Arjuna.
          --śuṃgaḥ, --śṛṃgaḥ barley.
          --hayaḥ 1. a horse of Indra. --2. an epithet of Arjuna. --3. N. of Indra.
          --hastin m. Airāvata, Indra's elephant.

śvetakaḥ A cowrie. --kaṃ Silver.

śvetā
     (1) A cowrie.
     (2) Hog-weed.
     (3) White Dūrvā grass.
     (4) A crystal.
     (5) Candied sugar.
     (6) Bamboo-manna.
     (7) N. of various plants.
     (8) N. of one of the tongues of fire.

śvetauhī N. of Śachī, wife of Indra.

śvetram White leprosy.

śviṃd 1 A(śviṃdate) To become white.

śvaityam
     (1) Whiteness.
     (2) White leprosy.

śvaitraṃ, --śvaitryam White leprosy.

ṣa

(Many roots which begin with s are written in the Dhātupāṭha with ṣ to show that the s is changed to ṣ after certain prepositions. Such roots will be found under sa in their proper places).



ṣa a.
     (1) Best, excellent.
     (2) Wise, learned. --ṣaḥ
     (1) Loss, destruction.
     (2) End.
     (3) Rest, remainder.
     (4) Final emancipation.
     (5) Loss of knowledge.
     (6) Heaven.
     (7) Sleep.
     (8) A learned man.
     (9) A teat or nipple. (10) Hair.
     (11) Delivery (garmavimocana).

ṣaṃḍaḥ
     (1) A bull.
     (2) A eunuch; (14 or 20 classes of eunuchs are mentioned by different writers).
     (3) A group, multitude; collection, heap, quantity (n. also in this sense); kalasvamupagīte ṣaṭpadaughena dhattaḥ kumudakamalaṣaṃḍe tulyarūpāmavasthāṃ Śi. 11. 15; cf. khaṃḍa also. --ḍaḥ, --ḍaṃ A flock (of goats &c.).

ṣaṃḍakaḥ A eunuch.

ṣaṃḍālī
     (1) A pond, pool.
     (2) A wanton or unchaste woman.

ṣaṃḍhaḥ A eunuch; Y. 1. 215.
     (2) The neuter gender; niveśaḥ śibiraṃ ṣaṃḍhe Ak.
     -- Comp.
          --tilaḥ barren sesamum.

ṣaṣ num. a. (used in pl., nom. ṣaṭ; gen. ṣaṇṇāṃ) Six; Ms. 1. 16, 8, 403.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣīṇaḥ (ṣaḍakṣīṇaḥ) a fish.
          --aṃgaṃ (ṣaḍaṃgaṃ) 1. six parts of the body taken collectively: jaṃghe bāhū śiro madhyaṃ ṣaḍaṃgamidamucyate. --2. the six works auxiliary to the Veda; śikṣā kalpo vyākaraṇaṃ niruktaṃ chaṃdasāṃ citiḥ . jyotiṣāmayanaṃ caiva ṣaḍaṃgo veda ucyate; see vedāṃga also. --3. six auspicious things, i. e. the six things obtained from a cow: gomūtraṃ gomayaṃ kṣīraṃ sarpirdadhi ca rocanā . ṣaḍagametan māṃgalyaṃ paṭhitaṃ sarvadā gavām. --3. any set of six articles. -jit m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --aṃghriḥ (ṣaḍaṃghriḥ) a bee.
          --adhika a. (ṣaḍadhika) exceeded by six; Mal. 5. 1.
          --abhijñaḥ (ṣaḍabhijñaḥ) a Buddhist deified saint.
          --aśīta a. (ṣaḍaśīta) eighty-sixth.
          --aśītaḥ f. (ṣaḍaśītiḥ) eighty-six.
          --ahaḥ (ṣaḍahaḥ) a period of six days.
          --ānanaḥ, --vaktraḥ, --vadanaḥ (ṣaḍānanaḥ, ṣaḍvaktraḥ, ṣaḍvadanaḥ) epithets of Kārtikeya; ṣaḍānanāpītapayodharāsu netā camūnāmiva kṛttikāsu R. 14. 22.
          --āmnāyaḥ (ṣaḍāmnāyaḥ) the six-fold Tantra.
          --ūṣaṇaṃ (ṣaḍūṣaṇaṃ) six spices taken collectively; paṃcakrolaṃ samaricaṃ ṣaḍūṣaṇamudāhṛtam. --karṇa a. (ṣaṭkarṇa) heard by six ears; i. e. by a third person other than the speaker and the person spoken to, told to more than one listener (as a counsel, secret &c.); ṣaṭkarṇo bhidyate maṃtraḥ Pt. 1. 99. (
          --rṇaḥ) a kind of lute.
          --karman n. (ṣaṭkarman) 1. the six acts or duties enjoined on a Brāhmaṇa; they are: adhyāpanamadhyayanaṃ yajanaṃ yājanaṃ tathā . dānaṃ pratigrahaścaiva ṣaṭkarmāṇyagrajanmanaḥ Ms. 10. 75. --2. the six acts allowable to a Brahmaṇa for his subsistence; uṃchaṃ pratigraho bhikṣā vāṇijyaṃ paśupālana . kṛṣikarma tathā ceti ṣaṭkarmāṇyagrajanmanaḥ ... --3. the six acts that may be performed by means of magic; śāti, vaśakiraṇa, staṃbhata, vidveṣa, uccāṭana, and māraṇa. --4. the six acts belonging to the practice of Yoga; dhautirvastī tathā netī nīlikī (naulikī) trāṭakastathā . kapālabhātī caitāni ṣaṭkarmāṇi samācaret. (--m.) 1. a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the above six acts. --2. one well-versed in the Tantra magical rites.
          --koṇa a. (ṣaṭakoṇa) hexangular. (
          --ṇaṃ) 1. a hexagon. --2. the thunderbolt of Indra.
          --gayā the sixfold gayā; gayāgajo gayādityo gāyatrī ca gadādharaḥ . gayā gayāsuraścaiva ṣaḍgayā muktidāyakāḥ ... --gavaṃ (ṣaḍgavaṃ) 1. a team or yoke of six oxen. --2. a yoke of six (sometimes after the names of other animals); e. g. hasti-, aśva- 'six elephants, horses &c.'.
          --guṇa a. (ṣaḍguṇa) 1. sixfold. --2. having six attributes. (
          --ṇaṃ) an assemblage of six qualities. --2. the six expedients to be used by a king in foreign polities; see under guṇa
     (21); cf. ṣāḍguṇya also. --graṃthi n. (ṣaḍgraṃthi) the root of long pepper. --grāṃthikā (ṣaḍgraṃthikā) zedoary (śaṭhī). --cakraṃ (ṣaṭcakraṃ) the six mystical circles of the body. --catvāriṃśat (ṣaṭcatvāriṃśat) forty-six. --caraṇaḥ (ṣaṭcaraṇaḥ) 1. a bee; S. 1. 23. --2. a locust. --3. a louse. --jaḥ (ṣaḍjaḥ) the fourth (or first according to some) of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; so called because it is derived from the six organs: --nāsāṃ kaṃṭhamurastālu jihvāṃ datāṃśca saṃspṛśan . ṣaḍjaḥ saṃjāyate (ṣaḍbhyaḥ saṃjāyate) yasmāttasmāt ṣaḍja iti smṛtaḥ; it is asid to resemble the note of peacocks; ṣaḍjaṃ rauti mayūrastu Nārada; ṣaḍjasaṃvāditīḥ kekāḥ dvidhā bhinnāḥ śivaṃḍibhiḥ R. 1. 39. --triṃśat f. (ṣaṭtriṃśat) thirty-six; (ṣaṭtriṃśa a. thirtysixth). --darśanaṃ (ṣaḍadarśanaṃ) the six principal systems of Hindu philosophy; they are: sāṃkhya, yoga, nyāya, vaiśeṣika, mīmāṃsā, and vedāṃta. (--naḥ) one conversant with the above six systems. --dīrghaḥ the six long vowels: ā, ī, ū, ai, and au. --durgaṃ (ṣaḍdurgaṃ) the six kinds of forts taken collectively; dhanvadurgaṃ mahīdurgaṃ giridurgaṃ tathaiva ca . manuṣyadurgaṃ mṛddurgaṃ vanadurgāmiti kramāt .. --navati f. (ṣaṇṇavatiḥ) ninety-six. --paṃcāśat f. (ṣaṭpaṃcāśat) fifty-six. --padaḥ (ṣaṭpadaḥ) 1. a bee; na paṃkajaṃ tadyadalīnaṣaṭdaṃ na ṣaṭpado'sau na juguṃja yaḥ kalaṃ Bk. 2. 19; Ku. 5. 9; R. 6. 69. --2. a louse. --3. a verse consisting of six padas. -atithiḥ 1. the mango tree. --2. the Champaka tree. -ānaṃdavardhanaḥ the Aśoka or Kiṅkirāta tree. -jya a. having bees for the bow-string (as the bow of Cupid); prāyaścāpaṃ na vahati bhayānmanmathaḥ ṣaṭpadajyaṃ Me. 73. -priyaḥ the tree called nāgakeśara. --padī (ṣaṭpadī) 1. a stanza consisting of six lines. --2. a female bee. --3. a louse. --prajñaḥ (ṣaṭprajñaḥ) 1. one who is well acquainted with six subjects; i. e. the four Puruṣārthas or objects of human existence, the nature of the world, and the nature of the Supreme Spirit; dharmāryakāmamokṣeṣu lokatattvārthayorapi . ṣaṭsu prajñā tu yasyāsau ṣaṭprajñaḥ parikīrtitaḥ ... --2. a lustful or licentious man. --biṃduḥ (ṣaḍbiṃduḥ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. --bhāgaḥ (ṣaḍbhāgaḥ) a sixth part, onesixth; S. 2. 13; Ms. 7. 131, 8. 33. --bhuja a. (ṣaḍbhuja) 1. six-armed. --2. six-sided, hexagonal. (--jaḥ) a hexagon. (--jā) 1. an epithet of Durgā. --2. the water-melon. --māsaḥ (ṣaṇmāsaḥ) a period of six months. --māsika a. (ṣaṇmāsika) half-yearly, occurring every six months. --mukhaḥ (ṣaṇmukhaḥ) an epithet of Kārtikeya; R. 17. 67. (--khā) a water-melon. --rasaṃ, --rasāḥ (m. pl.) (ṣaḍrasaṃ &c.) the six flavours taken collectively; see under rasa. --rātraṃ (ṣaḍrātraṃ) a period of six nights. --rekhā (ṣaḍrekhā) a water-melon. --vargaḥ (ṣaḍvargaḥ) 1 an aggregate of six things. --2. especially, the six enemies of mankind; (also called ṣaḍripu); kāmaḥ krodhastathā lobho madamohau ca matsaraḥ; kṛtāriṣaḍvargajayena Ki. 1. 9; vyajeṣṭa ṣaḍvargaṃ Bk. 1. 2. --viṃśatiḥ f. (ṣaḍviṃśatiḥ) twenty-six; (ṣaḍviṃśa twentysixth). --vidha (ṣaḍvidha)) a. of six kinds, sixfold; R. 4. 26. --śāstrin m. one conversant with the six Śāstras or darśanas. --ṣaṣṭiḥ f. (ṣaṭṣaṣṭiḥ) sixty-six. --saptatiḥ (ṣaṭsaptatiḥ) seventy-six.

ṣaṭka a. Sixfold. --kaṃ An aggregate of six; māsaṣaṭka, pūrvaṣaṭka, uttaraṣaṭka &c.

ṣaḍdhā See ṣoḍhā.

ṣaṣṭiḥ f. Sixty: Ms. 3. 177; Y. 3. 84. -tama sixtieth.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāgaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --mattaḥ an elephant who has reached the age of sixty and is in rut at that time.
          --yojanī f. a journey or extent of sixty Yojanas.
          --saṃvatsaraḥ a period of sixty years.
          --hāyanaḥ 1. an elephant (sixty years old). --2. a kind of rice.

ṣaṣṭika a. Bought with sixty. --kaḥ --kā A kind of rice of quick growth.

ṣaṣṭikyam A field sown with the above kind of rice.

ṣaṣṭha a. (ṣṭhī f.) Sixth, the sixth; ṣaṣṭhaṃ tu kṣetrajasyāśaṃ pradadyātpaitṛkāddhatāt Ms. 9. 164, 7. 130; ṣaṣṭhe bhāge V. 2. 1; R. 17. 78.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ 1. a sixth part in general. --2. particularly, the sixth part of the produce of fields &c., which the king takes from his subjects as land-tax; ūdhasyamicchāmi tavopabhoktuṃ ṣaṣṭhāṃśamurvyā iva rakṣitāyāḥ R. 2. 66; (the different kinds of produce, to the sixth part of which a king is entitled, are specified in Ms. 7. 131-132). -vṛttiḥ a king (entitled to the sixth part of the produce); ṣaṣṭhāṃśavṛtterapi dharma eṣaḥ S. 5. 4.
          --annaṃ the sixth meal. -kālaḥ taking food once in three days, as an expiatory act.

ṣaṣṭhī
     (1) The sixth day of a lunar fortnight
     (2) The sixth or genitive case (in gram.).
     (3) An epithet of Durgā in the form of Kātyāyanī, one of the 16 divine mothers.
     -- Comp.
          --tatpuruṣaḥ the genitive Tatpurusha compound, one in which, when dissolved, the first member usually stands in the genitive case.
          --pūjanaṃ, --pūjā worship of the goddess ṣaṣṭhī performed on the sixth day after a woman's delivery.

ṣahasānuḥ
     (1) A peacock.
     (2) A sacrifice.

ṣāṭ ind. A vocative particle.

ṣāṭkauśika a. (kī f.) Incased or enveloped in six sheaths.

ṣāṭpauruṣika a. (kī f.) Belonging to six generations (puruṣa).

ṣāḍavaḥ
     (1) Passion, sentiment.
     (2) Singing, music.
     (3) (In music) A Raga in which six of the seven primary notes are used, auḍavaḥ paṃcabhiḥ proktaḥ svaraiḥ ṣaḍbhistu ṣāḍavaḥ.

ṣāḍguṇyam [ṣaḍ guṇā eva ṣyañ]
     (1) The collection of six qualities.
     (2) Six expedients to be used by a king, six measures of royal policy; ṣāḍguṇyamupayuṃjīta śaktyapekṣī rasāyanaṃ Śi. 2. 93; see under guṇa also.
     (3) Multiplication of anything by six.
     (4) Six properties.
     -- Comp.
          --prayogaḥ employment of the six expedients or measures of royal policy.

ṣāṇmāturaḥ [ṣaḍ mātaro'sya] 'Having six mothers,' an epithet of Kārtikeya.

ṣāṇmāsika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Six monthly, half-yearly. --2 Six months' old; mauktikānāṃ ṣāṇmāsikānāṃ Vb. 1. 17.

ṣāṣṭha (ṣṭhī f.) Sixth.

ṣiḍgaḥ
     (1) A lustful or libidinous man, libertine, lecher.
     (2) A gallant, an inconsistent lover (viṭa); ṣiḍgairagadyata sasaṃbhramameva kācit Śi. 5. 34.

ṣuḥ Delivery, child-bearing.

ṣoḍaśan num. a. (pl.) Sixteen.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ the planet Venus.
          --aṃga a. having 16 parts or ingredients. (
          --gaḥ) a kind of perfume.
          --aṃgulaka a. having the breadth of 16 fingers.
          --aṃdhriḥ a crab.
          --arcis m. the planet Venus.
          --āvartaḥ a conch-shell.
          --upacāra m. pl. the sixteen ways of doing homage to a deity &c.: they are thus enumerated: āsanaṃ svāgataṃ pādyamarghyamācamanīyakam . madhuparkācama nānaṃ vasanābharaṇāni ca . gaṃdhapuṣpe dhūpadīpau naivedyaṃ vaṃdanaṃ tathā. --kalāḥ the sixteen digits of the moon, thus named: amṛtā mānadā pūṣā tuṣṭiḥ puṣṭī ratirdhṛtiḥ . śaśinī caṃdrikā kāṃtirjyotsnā śrīḥ prītireva ca . aṃgadā ca tathā pūrṇāmṛtā ṣoḍaśa vai kalāḥ ... --bhujā a form of Durgā.
          --mātṛkā f. pl. the sixteen divine mothers; they are: gaurī padmā śacī meghā sāvitrī vijayā jayā . devasenā svadhā svāhā mātaro lokamātaraḥ . śāṃtiḥ puṣṭirdhṛtistuṣṭiḥ kuladevātmadevatāḥ.

ṣoḍaśa a. (śī f.) Sixteenth; Ms. 2. 65, 86.

ṣoḍaśadhā ind. In sixteen ways.

ṣoḍaśika a. (kī f.) Consisting of sixteen parts, sixteen-fold ṣoḍaśiko devatoyacāraḥ.

ṣoḍaśin m. A modification of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ a libation made at the above sacrifice.

ṣoḍhā ind. In six ways.
     -- Comp.
          --nyāsaḥ the six ways of touching the body with mystical texts.
          --mukhaḥ 'six-faced', N. of Kārtikeya; droḍhā janorjanitaṣoḍhāmukhaḥ samiti voḍhā sa hāṭakagireḥ Aśvad. 7.

ṣodat m. A young ox with six teeth.

ṣṭhiv 1 4. P. (ṣṭhīvati, ṣṭhīvyati, ṣṭhyūta)
     (1) To spit, eject saliva from the mouth.
     (2) To sputter; Bk. 12. 18.

ṣṭhīvanaṃ, ṣṭhevanam
     (1) Spitting out.
     (2) Saliva, spittle.

ṣṭhyūta p. p. Spit, ejected.

ṣvakk, ṣvask --ṣk
     (1) A. (ṣvakkate, ṣvaskaṣkate) To go, move.

sa

sa ind. A prefix substituted for saha or sam, sama, tulya, or sadṛśa and eka or samāna, and compounded with nouns to form adjectives and adverbs in the sense of
          (a) with, together with, along with, accompanied by, having, possessed of; saputra, sabhārya, satṛṣṇa, sadhana, saroṣaṃ, sakopaṃ, sahari &c.;
          (b) similar, like; sadharman 'of a similar nature'; so sajāti, savarṇa;
          (c) same; sodara, sapakṣa, sapiṃḍa, sanābhi &c. --m.
     (1) A snake.
     (2) Air, wind.
     (3) A bird.
     (4) short name for the musical note ṣaḍja q. v.
     (5) N. of Śiva.
     (6) Of Viṣṇu.
     (7) (In prosody) A foot consisting of two short syllables followed by a long one. --sā The goddess Lakṣmī. --saṃ
     (1) Knowledge.
     (2) Meditation.
     (3) A carriage-road.
     (4) A fence, an enclosure.

saṃyaḥ A skeleton.

saṃyaj 1 U.
     (1) To adore, worship; samayaṣṭāstramaṃḍalaṃ Bk. 15. 96.
     (2) To consecrate, dedicate.

saṃyat 1 A.
     (1) To struggle, contend; devāsurā vā eṣu lokeṣu saṃyetire.
     (2) To form or be formed in rows.
     (3) To agree, coincide.

saṃyat f. A battle, war, fight; yaḥ saṃyati prāptapinākilīlaḥ R. 6. 72, 7. 39; 18. 21; Ki. 1. 19; Śi. 16. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --varaḥ a king, prince.

saṃyatta p. p.
     (1) Ready, prepared; Mv. 5. 51.
     (2) Being on guard.

saṃyam 1 P.
     (1) To restrain, curb, check, control, govern, subdue (Atm.) (as passions &c.); asaṃyatātmano yogo duṣprāpa iti me matiḥ Bg. 6. 36; Ms. 2. 100.
     (2) To bind, imprison, fasten, confine; vātaraṃ mā na saṃyaṃsīḥ Bk. 9. 50; M. 1. 7; R. 3. 20, 42.
     (3) To gather (Atm.); vrī hīnsaṃyacchate Sk.
     (4) To shut, close; Bg. 8. 12.
     (5) To hold together, hold fast.
     (6) To guide or drive (as horses).
     (7)
          (a) To collect.
          (b) To bind or tie into a knot (as hair); saṃyamyamānaśikhaṃḍaḥ V. 5.
     (8) To keep in order.
     (9) To present with, give to.

sayaṃta p. p.
     (1) Restrained, curbed, subdued.
     (2) Tied up, bound together.
     (3) Fettered.
     (4) Captive, imprisoned, a prisoner; R. 3. 20.
     (4) Ready.
     (5) Arranged; see yam with saṃ. --taḥ
     (1) One who has restrained his passions, an ascetic.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. one whose eyes are closed.
          --aṃnali a. one who has folded his hands in supplication.
          --ātman a. self-subdued, self-controlled.
          --āhāra a. temperate in eating.
          --upaskara a. one who has a well-regulated house, whose house-furniture is kept in good order.
          --cetasū, --manas a. controlled in mind.
          --prāṇa a. one whose breath is suppressed.
          --vāc a. silent, taciturn, one who has held his tongue.

saṃyatvara a. Silent.

saṃyaṃtṛ m. One who restrains, a restrainer, curber.

saṃyamaḥ Restraint, check, control; śrotrādīnīṃdriyāṇyanye saṃyamāgniṣu juhvati Bg. 4. 26, 27; so saṃyamadhanaḥ &c.
     (2) Concentration of mind, a term applied to the last three stages of Yoga; dhāraṇādhyānasamādhitrayamaṃtaraṃgaṃ saṃyamapadavācyaṃ Sarva. S., Ku. 2. 59.
     (3) A religious vow.
     (4) Religious devotion, practice of penance; S. 4. 16.
     (5) Humanity, feeling of compassion.
     (6) Any religious act on the day preceding a vow or course of penance.

saṃyamanam
     (1) Restraining, checking.
     (2) Drawing in; S. 1.
     (3) Binding, tying up; U. 1; V. 3. 6.
     (4) Confinement.
     (5) Self-denial, control.
     (6) A religious vow or obligation.
     (7) A square of four houses. --naḥ One who restrains or regulates, a ruler. --nī N. of the city of Yama.

saṃyamita p. p.
     (1) Restrained.
     (2) Bound, fettered.
     (3) Detained.
     (4) Assembled, collected.

saṃyamin a. One who curbs or restrains, controlling. --m. One who controls or subdues his passions, a sage, an ascetic; yā niśā sarvabhūtānāṃ tasyāṃ jāgarti saṃyamī Bg. 2. 69; R. 8. 11.

saṃyā 2 P.
     (1) To go or proceed together.
     (2) To go away, depart, walk away; Bg. 15. 8.
     (3) To go to, go or enter into; tathā śarīrāṇi vihāya jīrṇānyanyāni saṃyāti navāni dehī Bg. 2. 22.
     (4) To reach or attain to.
     (5) To assemble, meet.
     (6) To fight.
     (7) To be directed towards, aim at.

saṃyātrā Voyage by sea.

saṃyānaḥ A mould. --naṃ
     (1) Going along with, accompanying.
     (2) Travelling, proceeding.
     (3) Carrying out a dead body.

saṃyāma See saṃyama.

saṃyāvaḥ A kind of cake of wheaten flour; Ms. 5. 7.

saṃyuj 7 U.
     (1) To join together, connect, unite.
     (2) To endow or furnisn with.
     (3) To form an alliance.
     (4) To place or fix in, set in. --Pass. To be united with; saṃyokṣyase svena varpumahimnā R. 5. 55. --Caus.
     (1) To unite, join; saṃyojayati vidyaiva nīcagāpi naraṃsarit H. 1.
     (2) To harness, yoke.
     (3) To prepare, equip (an army).
     (4) To furnish, endow or supply with, provide with; buddhyā saṃyo jayaṃti taṃ Pt. 2.
     (5) To fasten or fix on.
     (6) To throw, discharge, shoot (a missile).
     (7) To use, employ.
     (8) To appoint (to an office), entrust with.
     (9) To perform, accomplish. --To be absorbed in, meditate upon.

saṃyukta p. p.
     (1) Joined, connected, united.
     (2) Blended, mixed, mingled.
     (3) Accompanied by.
     (4) Possessed of, endowed with.
     (5) Consisting of.

saṃyugaḥ
     (1) Conjunction, union, mixture.
     (2) Fight, war, battle, contest; saṃyuge sāṃyugīnaṃ tamudyataṃ prasaheta kaḥ Ku. 2. 57; R. 9. 19.
     -- Comp.
          --goṣpadaṃ 'a contest in a cow's footstep'; i. e. an insignificant or trifling quarrel; cf. the English phrase 'a storm in a tea-pot'.

saṃyuj a.
     (1) Connected, relating to; Śi. 14. 55.
     (2) Possessed of or endowed with good qualities.

saṃyogaḥ
     (1)
          (a) Conjunction, union, combination, junction, association, intimate union; saṃyogo hi viyogasya saṃsūcayati saṃbhavaṃ Subhāṣ.
          (b) Endowment with, possession of.
     (2) Conjunction (as one of the 24 guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas).
     (3) Addition, annexation.
     (4) A set; ābharaṇasaṃyogāḥ Mal. 6.
     (5) Alliance between two kings for a common object.
     (6) (In gram.) A conjunct consonant; halo'naṃtarāḥ saṃyogaḥ P. I. 1. 7.
     (7) (In astr.) The conjunction of two heavenly bodies.
     (8) An epithet of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --pṛthaktvaṃ severalty of conjunction.
          --viruddhaṃ any eatables causing disease by being mixed.

saṃyogin a.
     (1) United, conjoined.
     (2) Joining.

saṃyojanam
     (1) Union, conjunction.
     (2) Copulation, sexual union.

saṃyuta p. p.
     (1) Joined, united together, connected.
     (2) Endowed or furnished with.

saṃrakṣ 1 P.
     (1) To protect.
     (2) To ward off, prevent.

saṃrakṣaḥ Protection, care, preservation.

saṃrakṣaṇam
     (1) Protection, preservation.
     (2) Charge, custody.

saṃraṃj 4 U.
     (1) To be dyed or coloured, to redden.
     (2) To be affected with any passion. --Caus.
     (1) To dye, colour.
     (2) To please, satisfy, gratify.

saṃrakta p. p.
     (1) Coloured, red.
     (2) Impassioned fired with passion.
     (3) Angry, irritated, inflamed with anger.
     (4) Enamoured, charmed.
     (5) Charming, beautiful.

saṃrāgaḥ
     (1) Colouring.
     (2) Passion, affection.
     (3) Rage, anger.

saṃrabh 1 A.
     (1) To become agitated, be overwhelmed or affected.
     (2) To be exasperated or furious, be enraged or irritated (mostly in p. p.); R. 16. 16.
     (3) To seixe, catch hold of (Ved.)

saṃrabdha p. p.
     (1) Excited, agitated.
     (2) Inflamed, exasperated, enraged, furious.
     (3) Augmented.
     (4) Swelled.
     (5) Overwhelmed.
     (6) Closely joined, hand in hand.

saṃraṃbhaḥ
     (1) Beginning.
     (2) Turbulence, impetuosity, violence; haṃta vardhaṃte te saṃraṃbhaḥ S. 7.
     (3) Agitation, excitement, flurry; Ku. 3. 48; Māl. 6. 10.
     (4) Energy, zeal, ardent desire; R. 12. 92.
     (5) Anger, rage, wrath; praṇipātapratīkāraḥ saṃraṃbho hi mahātmanāṃ R. 4. 64; 12. 36; V. 2. 21; 4. 28; Ku. 3. 76.
     (6) Pride, arrogance.
     (7) Swelling with heat and inflammation.
     -- Comp.
          --paruṣa a. harsh through rage.
          --rasa a. excessively enraged.
          --vegaḥ the impetuosity of anger.

saṃraṃbhin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Excited, agitated, flurried; Śi. 2. 67.
     (2) Angry, furious, enraged.
     (3) Proud, arrogant.

saṃrādh 4 P.
     (1) To be accomplished or perfected.
     (2) To be acquired. --Caus.
     (1) To bring into harmony.
     (2) To agree about or upon (with acc.)
     (3) To propitiate, satisfy, conciliate.

saṃrādhanam
     (1) Propitiation, conciliation, pleasing by worship.
     (2) Accomplishing.
     (3) Profound or deep meditation.

saṃrābaḥ
     (1) Clamour, tumult, uproar.
     (2) Sound or noise in general.

saṃrihāṇam Affectionately licking (as a cow licking her calf).

saṃrugṇa p. p. Shattered, broken to pieces.

saṃrudh 7 U.
     (1) To obstruct, detain, stop; sa cettu pātha saṃruddhaḥ paśabhirvā rathena vā Ms. 8. 295.
     (2) To impede, obstruct, prevent; rāṃruddhaceṣṭasya R. 2. 43.
     (3) To hold fast, enchain; tṛṇamiva laghu lakṣmīrnaiva tān saṃruṇaddhi Bh. 2. 17.
     (4) To seize upon, grasp, catch hold of; Ms 8. 235.
     (5) To besiege, blockade, invest.
     (6) To cover up, conceal.
     (7) To withhold, refuse.

saṃruddha p. p.
     (1) Checked, impeded, opposed.
     (2) Blocked up, filled up.
     (3) Blockaded, invested, besieged.
     (4) Covered over, concealed.
     (5) Refused, withheld.

saṃrodhaḥ
     (1) Complete obstruction or impediment, hindrance, prevention, check.
     (2) Blockade, siege.
     (3) Bond, fetter.
     (4) Throwing, sending forth.

saṃrodhanam Obstructing, stopping.

saṃruh 1 P.
     (1) To grow, increase.
     (2) To grow over, heal; see ruh.

saṃrūḍha p. p.
     (1) Grown together.
     (2) Cicatrized, healed; as in saṃrūḍhavraṇa.
     (3) Shot forth, sprouted, budded, germinated; R. 6. 47.
     (4) Firmly grown, striking firm root.
     (5) Bold, confident.

saṃlakṣ 10 U.
     (1) To observe, perceive, see, notice; āścaryadarśanaḥ saṃlakṣyate manuṣyalokaḥ S. 7; saṃlakṣyate na chiduropi hāraḥ R. 16. 62 'is not noticed or known'; 8. 42.
     (2) To test, prove, determine; hemnaḥ saṃlakṣyate hyagnau viśuddhiḥ śyāmikāpi vā R. 1. 10.
     (3) To hear, learn, understand.
     (4) To charactcrize, distinguish.

saṃlakṣaṇam Marking, distinguishing or characterizing.

saṃlagna p. p.
     (1) Closely attached, stuck together, united with, adhering to.
     (2) Come to blows or close contest.

saṃlap 1 P.
     (1) To talk, converse; saṃlapato janasamājāt Dk.
     (2) To name, call.

saṃlāpaḥ
     (1) Conversation, chat, discourse.
     (2) Especially familiar or confidential talk, secret conversation.
     (3) (In dramas) A kind of dialogue.

saṃlāpakaḥ A kind of minor drama, said to be of a controversial kind; see S. D. 549.

saṃlalita p. p. Fondled, caressed.

saṃlikh 6 P.
     (1) To scratch, scrape.
     (2) To write, inscribe.
     (3) To play upon (a musical instrument).

saṃlīḍha p. p. Licked up; enjoyed, tasted.

saṃlī 4 A.
     (1) To cling, adhere or stick to.
     (2) To lie down or settle upon, alight.
     (3) To lurk.
     (4) To melt away.
     (5) To go or enter into.

saṃlayaḥ
     (1) Lying down, sleep.
     (2) Dissolution.
     (3) Universal destruction (pralaya).

saṃlayanam
     (1) Adhering or clinging to.
     (2) Dissolution.
     (3) Lying down, sleep.

saṃlīna p. p.
     (1) Clung, adhered to.
     (2) Joined together.
     (3) Hidden' concealed.
     (4) Cowering down.
     (5) Contracted, shrunk.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇa a. with the ears hanging down.
          --mānasa a. depressed in mind, in drooping spirits.

saṃluḍ 1 P. To stir, agitate. --10. U. or Caus.
     (1) To shake, stir about, move to and fro.
     (2) To confound, disturb, perplex.

saṃloḍanam Disturbing, confusing.

saṃvat ind.
     (1) A year.
     (2) Especially a year of the Vikramālitya era (commencing 56 years before the Christian era).

saṃvatsaraḥ [saṃvasaṃti ṛtavo'tra saṃvas-saran Tv.]
     (1) A year.
     (2) A year of Vikramāditya's era.
     (3) N. of Śiva.
     (4) The first year in the cycle of five years.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --bhrami a. revolving in a year, completing one revolution in a year (said of the sun).
          --rayaḥ a year's course.

saṃvad 1 P.
     (1) To talk to, address.
     (2) To speak together, converse, discourse.
     (3) To resemble, tally with, correspond to, be like (with instr.); asya mukhaṃ sītāyā mukha vaṃdreṇa saṃvadatyeva U. 4; ado saṃvadaṃtyakṣarāṇi Mu. 5.
     (4) To name, call.
     (5) To agree, accord, consent. --Caus.
     (1) To consult, hold consultation (with instr.); as in mauhūrtikaiḥ saha saṃvādyatāṃ.
     (2) To cause to sound, play upon (a musical instrument).
     (3) To declare.

saṃvadanam
     (1) Conversing, talking together.
     (2) Communication of tidings.
     (3) Examination, consideration.
     (4) Subduing or overpowering by magic or charms.
     (5) A charm, an amulet.

saṃvādaḥ
     (1) Speaking together, conversation, dialogue, colloquy; Mv. 1. 12.
     (2) Discussion, debate.
     (3) Communication of tidings.
     (4) Information, news
     (5) Assent, concurrence.
     (6) Speaking likeness, agreement, similarity, correspondence; rūpasaṃvādācca saṃśayādanayā pṛṣṭaḥ Dk.; (nādaḥ) cittākarṣī paricita iva śrotrasaṃvādameti Māl. 5. 20.
     (7) Meeting, encounter; U. 5. 16.

saṃvādin a.
     (1) Speaking, conversing.
     (2) Like, similar, resembling, corresponding to; ṣaḍnajasaṃvādinīḥ kekāḥ R. 1. 39; asmadaṃgasaṃvādinyākṛtiḥ U. 6.

saṃvananam
     (1) Subduing or overpowering by magical rites or drugs.
     (2) A charm, an amulet.
     (3) Fondness, love.

saṃvargaḥ Ved.
     (1) Plunder, spoil.
     (2) An epithet of Agni.

saṃvarjanam
     (1) Appropriating to oneself.
     (2) Consuming, devouring.

saṃvalanam
     (1) Combination, junction, union.
     (2) Being mixed or charged with; Māl. 9. 13, 10. 11.

saṃvalita p. p.
     (1) Met together, mingled, mixed: Māl. 6. 5.
     (2) Sprinkled with; Māl. 4. 8.
     (3) Connected, associated.
     (4) Broken; uditopalaskhalanasaṃvalitāḥ (dhvanayaḥ) Ki. 6. 4.
     (5) Surrounded, encompassed.
     (6) Possessed of.

saṃvalgita a. Overrun. --taṃ A sound; Māl. 5. 19.

saṃvas 1 P.
     (1) To live, dwell.
     (2) To live with, associate; Ms. 4. 79.; Y. 3. 15.
     (3) To spend, pass (time) --Caus. To accommodare, lodge, furnish with lodging.

saṃvāsaḥ
     (1) Dwelling together.
     (2) Association, company; Pt. 1. 250.
     (3) Domestic intercourse.
     (4) A house, dwelling.
     (5) An open space for meeting or recreation.

saṃvasathaḥ A place where people live together, a village, an inhabited place.

saṃvaha 1 P.
     (1) To carry or bear along, drag.
     (2) To carry together.
     (3) To rub, press.
     (4) To show, display. --Caus.
     (1) To rub or press together, shampoo; saṃvāhayāmi caraṇāvuta padmatāmrau S. 3. 21.
     (2) To assemble, collect.
     (3) To drive (a carriage).
     (4) To marry, take a wife.
     (5) To carry away, drive along, impel; Pt. 5. 15.

saṃvahaḥ N. of the third of the seven courses or Mārgas of the wind: see vāyu.

saṃvāhaḥ
     (1) Bearing or carrying along.
     (2) Pressing together.
     (3) Shampooing, stroking gently.
     (4) A servant employed to rub and shampoo the body.

saṃvāhakaḥ A shampooer; see saṃvāha
     (4) above.

saṃvāhanaṃ, --nā
     (1) Carrying or bearing a burden.
     (2) Shampooing; gentle rubbing: U. 1. 24.
     (3) Bearing along. propelling; Māl. 9. 25.

saṃvāsita a.
     (1) Made fragrant, scented, perfumed.
     (2) Made fetid, having an offensive or foul smell (as a breath).

saṃviktam What is separated or individualized.

saṃvij 7 P., 6 A.
     (1) To shake.
     (2) To be agitated, tremble with fear.

saṃvigna p. p.
     (1) Agitated, excited, disturbed, distracted, flurried; as in saṃvignamānasa.
     (2) Terrified, frightened.

saṃvijñāta p. p. Universally known, generally recognised or allowed.

saṃvid I. 2 P.
     (1) To know, be aware of; Bk. 5. 37; 8. 17.
     (2) To recognize.
     (3) To investigate, examine.
     (4) To perceive, feel, experience.
     (5) To advise.
     (3) To come to an understanding, agree upon.
     (7) To think over, meditate. --II. 6 U.
     (1) To get, obtain.
     (2) To meet together. --Caus.
     (1) To make known, inform, announce.
     (2) To know, perceive, observe.
     (3) To cause to know or perceive; Bk. 17. 63.

saṃvittiḥ f.
     (1) Knowledge, perception, consciousness, feeling; śvastvayā sukhasaṃvittiḥ smaraṇīyā'dhunātanī Ki. 11. 34, 16. 32.
     (2) Understanding, intellect.
     (3) Recognition, recollection.
     (4) Harmony (of feeling), mental reconciliation.

saṃvid f.
     (1) Knowledge, understanding, intellect; Ki. 18. 42.
     (2) Consciousness, perception; Māl. 6. 13.
     (3) An agreement, engagement, contract, covenant, promise; sa rājalokaḥ kṛtapūrvasaṃvit R. 7. 31.
     (4) Assent, consent.
     (5) An established usage, a prescribed custom.
     (6) War, battle, fight.
     (7) A war-cry, watch-word.
     (8) A name, an appellation.
     (9) A sign, signal. (10) Pleasing, delighting, gratification; Śi. 16. 47.
     (11) Sympathy, participation.
     (12) Meditation.
     (13) Conversation.
     (14) Hemp.
     -- Comp.
          --vyatikramaḥ breach of promise, violation of a contract.

saṃvidā An agreement or promise, covenant.

saṃvidāta a.
     (1) Knowing, intelligent.
     (2) Harmonious.

saṃvidita p. p.
     (1) Known, understood.
     (2) Recognised.
     (3) Wellknown, renowned.
     (4) Explored.
     (5) Agreed upon.
     (6) Advised, admonished; see vid with saṃ. --taṃ An agreement.

saṃvedaḥ
     (1) Perception, knowledge, consciousness, feeling.

saṃvedanaṃ --nā
     (1) Perception, knowledge.
     (2) Sensation, feeling, experiencing, suffering; duḥkhasaṃvedanāyaiva rāme caitanya marpitaṃ U. 1. 48.
     (3) Giving, surrendering; Mu. 1. 23.

saṃvidhā 3 U.
     (1) To do, act, perform, manage, make.
     (2) To dispose, arrange.
     (3) To set, place, put, lay.
     (4) To appoint.
     (5) To direct, order.
     (6) To attend to, mind
     (7) To use, employ.

saṃvidhā
     (1) Arrangement, preparation, plan; R. 7. 16, 14. 17.
     (2) Mode of life, means of leading life; kalpāvitkalpayāmāsa vanyāmevāsya saṃvidhāṃ R. 1. 94.

saṃvidhānam
     (1) Arrangement, disposition; Māl. 6.
     (2) Performance.
     (3) Plan, mode.
     (4) A rite.
     (5) Arrangement of incidents (in a plot); Māl. 6.

saṃvidhānakam
     (1) Arrangement of incidents (in a plot), the plot of a drama &c.; bhaho saṃvidhānakaṃ U. 3.
     (2) A strange act, an unusual occurrence.

saṃvibhaj 1 U.
     (1) To separate, divide.
     (2) To distribute, share withsnigdhajanasaṃvibhaktaṃ hi duḥkhaṃ sahyavedanaṃ bhavati S. 4.
     (3) To share in common, admit (one) to a share; vittaṃ yadā yasya ca saṃvibhaktaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (4) To bestow upon, give to.

saṃvibhāgaḥ
     (1) Partition, dividing.
     (2) A part, portion, share.

saṃvibhāgin m. A partner, sharer, participator.

saṃviś 6 P.
     (1) To enter.
     (2) To sleep, lie down to rest; saṃviṣṭaḥ kuśaśayane niśāṃ nināya R. 1. 95; krameṇa suptāmanu saṃviveśa 2. 24; Ms. 4. 55; 7. 225.
     (3) To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; ṣoḍaśartuniśāḥ strī ṇāṃ tasmin yugmāsu saṃviśet Y. 1. 79; Ms. 3. 48.
     (4) To enjoy.
     (5) To engage oneself in.

saṃviṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Sleeping, lying down; R. 1. 95.
     (2) Entered together.
     (3) Seated together.
     (4) Dressed, clothed.

saṃveśaḥ
     (1) Sleep, retiring to rest; R. 1. 93.
     (2) A dream.
     (3) A seat (chair, stool &c.).
     (3) Cohabitation, copulation or a particular mode thereof.

saṃveśanam Coition, sexual union.

saṃvīkṣaṇam
     (1) Looking about in all directions, search, looking for anything lost.
     (2) Looking or gazing attentively.

saṃvīta p. p.
     (1) Clothed, dressed.
     (2) Covered over, coated, overlaid.
     (3) Adorned.
     (4) Invested, surrounded, shut in, hemmed.
     (5) Overwhelmed.

saṃvṛ 1. 5. 9. U.
     (1) To hide, cover, conceal; muhuraṃgulisaṃvṛtādharoṣṭhaṃ S. 3. 25; R. 1. 20; 7. 30.
     (2) To suppress, restrain, oppose; Bk. 9. 27.
     (3) To shut up, close.
     (4) To contract, compress.
     (5) To secure.
     (6) To arrange, put in order.
     (7) To refuse, reject.
     (8) To select, choose. --Caus.
     (1) To cover.
     (2) To restrain.
     (3) To ward off, prevent, avert.

saṃvaraḥ
     (1) Covering.
     (2) Comprehension.
     (3) Compression, contraction.
     (4) A dam, bridge, causeway.
     (5) A kind of deer.
     (6) N. of a demon; see śaṃṣara. --raṃ
     (1) Concealment.
     (2) Forbearance, self-control.
     (3) Water.
     (4) A particular religious observance (practised by Buddhists).

saṃvaraṇam
     (1) Covering, screening.
     (2) Hiding, concealment; saṃvaraṇaṃ hi tat Māl. 1.
     (3) A pretext, disguise; see saṃvara also.
     (4) A secret.

saṃvāraḥ
     (1) Covering, closing up
     (2) Contraction of the throat &c. in the pronunciation of letters, obtuse articulation (opp. vivāra q. v.).
     (3) Diminution.
     (4) Protecting, securing.
     (5) Arranging.

saṃvṛta p. p.
     (1) Covered, covered up: muhuraṃgulisaṃvṛtādharoṣṭhaṃ (mukhaṃ) S. 3. 25
     (2) Hidden, concealed; na madano vivṛto na ca saṃvṛtaḥ S. 2. 11.
     (3) Secret.
     (4) Closed, shut up, secured.
     (5) Retired, secluded.
     (6) Contracted, compressed.
     (7) Confiscated, sequestered.
     (8) Encompassed, surrounded.
     (9) Filled with, full of. (10) Accompanied by; see vṛ with saṃ. --taṃ
     (1) A secret or retired place, secrecy.
     (2) A mode of pronunciation.
     -- Comp.
          --ākāra a. one who conceals all outward manifestation of internal feeling, one who gives no clue to his internal thoughts.
          --maṃtra a. one who keeps his plans secret; tasya saṃvṛtamaṃtrasya R. 1. 20.

saṃvṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Covering, covering up.
     (2) Concealment, suppression, hiding; Ki. 10. 44.
     (3) Secret purpose, covert design.

saṃvṛkta p. p.
     (1) Devoured, consumed.
     (2) Destroyed.

saṃvṛt 1 A.
     (1) To turn or go towards, approach.
     (2) To attack, assault (with acc.).
     (3) To be or become; te yathoktāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ Pt. 1.
     (4) To happen, take place, occur.
     (5) To be produced, arise, spring.
     (6) To be accomplished.
     (7) To be united, meet together.
     (8) To fall to the lot of. --Caus.
     (1) To cast, throw.
     (2) To accomplish, fulfil.
     (3) To wrap up, envelope.
     (4) To crumble up.
     (5) To destroy, crush.

saṃrvataḥ
     (1) Turning towards.
     (2) Dissolution, destruction.
     (3) The periodical destruction of the world; Mv. 6. 26.
     (4) A cloud.
     (5) A cloud of a particular class (abounding in water).
     (6) N. of one of the seven clouds that rise at the dissolution of the world.
     (7) A year.
     (8) A collection, multitude.

saṃvartakaḥ
     (1) A kind of cloud.
     (2) The fire of destruction, the fire that is to destroy the world at the period of universal destruction; ito'pi vaḍavānalaḥ saha sanastasaṃvartakaiḥ Bh. 2. 76.
     (3) Sub-marine fire.
     (4) N of Balarāma. --kaṃ The plough of Balarāma

saṃvartakin m N. of Balarāma.

saṃvartikā
     (1) The new leaf of a water lily.
     (2) The petal near the filament
     (3) The flame of a lamp &c.; (dīpādeḥ śivā).

saṃvṛtta p. p.
     (1) Become, happened, occurred.
     (2) Fulfilled, accomplished.
     (3) Collected, heaped together
     (4) Past, gone.
     (5) Covered.
     (6) Furnished with. --taḥ N. of Varuṇa.

saṃvṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Becoming, happening, occurrence.
     (2) Accomplishment.

saṃvṛdh 1 A.
     (1) To grow up, increase, be developed.
     (2) To fulfil, satisfy. --Caus.
     (1) To rear, nourish, cherish, bring up, foster.
     (2) To plant.
     (3) To enlarge, augment.
     (4) To fulfil, satisfy.

saṃvardhaka a. (rvikā f.)
     (1) Causing complete growth or prosperity, augmenting.
     (2) Greeting, welcoming (guests &c.), hospitable.

saṃvardhanam
     (1) Bringing up, rearing, fostering.
     (2) Complete growth, thriving.

saṃvardhita p. p.
     (1) Brought up, bred, reared; saṃvardhitānāṃ sutanirviśeṣaṃ R. 5. 6.
     (2) Increased.

saṃvṛddha p. p.
     (1) Full-grown, increased, augmented.
     (2) Grown tall or high, big, large.
     (3) Prospering, blooming, flourishing.

saṃvegaḥ
     (1) Agitation, flurry, excitement; Mv. 1. 39.
     (2) Violent speed, impetuosity, vehemence; U. 2. 26; Māl. 5. 6.
     (3) Haste, speed.
     (4) Agonising pain, poignancy.

saṃvyavahāraḥ
     (1) Duty, business.
     (2) Mercantile transaction, calling, trade; api pracīyaṃta savyavahārāṇā vṛddhilābhāḥ Mu. 1; see vyavahāra.

saṃvye 1 U.
     (1) To clothe, put on clothes.
     (2) To surround, enclose.

saṃvyānam
     (1) Covering, wrapping.
     (2) Cloth, vesture, garment.
     (3) An upper garment; Śi. 18. 69.

saṃśaptakaḥ [sampak śaptasaṃgīkāro yasya kap Tv.]
     (1) A warrior sworn never to recede from a contest and kept to prevent the flight of others.
     (2) A picked warrior.
     (3) A brother in arms.
     (4) A conspirator who has taken an oath to kid another.

saṃśabdaḥ Mention, reference.

saṃśabdanam
     (1) Making a sound.
     (2) Praising.
     (3) Calling out to.
     (4) Referring to.

saṃśam 4 P.
     (1) To be calm.
     (2) To be allayed or extinguished, disappear; sattvaṃ saṃśāmvatīva me Bk. 18. 28.
     (3) To be removed. --Caus.
     (1) To mitigate.
     (2) To settle, decide; Pt. 1. 376.

saṃśaraṇam Commencement of a combat, attack, charge.

saṃśita p. p.
     (1) Sharpened, aroused.
     (2) Sharp, acate
     (3) Thoroughly completed, effected, accomplished.
     (4) Decided, well-ascertamed, determined, certain.
     (5) Effecting, diligent in performing.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. one whose mind is thoroughly matured or disciplined.
          --vrata a. one who has fulfilled his vow.

saṃśī 2 A.
     (1) To waver, be in doubt or suspense, be uncertain or irresolute saṃśayya kaṇīdiṣu tiṣṭhate yaḥ Ki. 3. 14, 42.; Bv. 2. 115.
     (2) To lie down for rest, sleep.

saṃśayaḥ
     (1) Doubt, uncertainty, irresolution, hesitation; manastu me saṃśayameva gāhate Ku. 5. 46; tvadanyaḥ saṃśayasyāsya chetā na hyupapadyate Bg. 6. 36.
     (2) Misgiving, suspicion.
     (3) Doubt or indecision (in Nyaya), one of the 16 categories mentioned in the Nyaya philosophy; ekadharprikaviruddhabhāvāmāvaprakārakaṃ jñānaṃ saṃśayaḥ; it is also regarded as one of the two kinds of ayathārthajñāna
     (4) Danger, peril, risk: na saṃśayamanāruhya naro bhadrāṇi paśyati H. 1. 7; yātā putaḥ saṃśayamanyathaiva Māl. 10. 13; Ki. 13. 16, Ve. 6. 1.
     (5) Possibility.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. doubting, sceptical.
          --āpanna, --upeta, --stha a. doubtful, uncertain, irresolute.
          --gata a. fallen into danger; S. 6.
          --chedaḥ solution of a doubt, decision,
          --chedin a. clearing all doubt, decisive; S. 3.

saṃśayāna, saṃśayālu, saṃśayitṛ a. Doubtful, irresolute, uncertain, wavering.

saṃśayita a.
     (1) Doubtful, uncertain.
     (2) Doubted, questioned.
     (3) Risked, hazarded, endangered, exposed to peril or danger; saṃśayitajīvitā te śarīrāvasthā Māl. 2.

saṃśītiḥ f. Doubt; na hi me saṃśītirasyā divyatāṃ prati K. 132.

saṃśudh 4 P. To be completely purified. --Caus.
     (1) To purify completely.
     (2) To clear, pay off (expenses).
     (3) To correct, rectify.
     (4) To examine, inquire into, investigate.

saṃśuddha p. p.
     (1) Completely purified, pure.
     (2) Polished, refined.
     (3) Expiated.
     (4) Acquitted (of crime or debt.).

saṃśuddhiḥ f.
     (1) Complete purification; Bg. 15. 1.
     (2) Cleansing or purifying in general.
     (3) Correction, rectincation.
     (4) Clearance.
     (5) Acquittance (of debt).
     (6) Purity, cleanness.

saṃśodhanam Purification, cleanness &c.

saṃścat n. Trick, jugglery, illusion. --m. A juggler.

saṃśyāna p. p.
     (1) Contracted, shrunk up.
     (2) Frozen, congealed.
     (3) Rolled up.
     (4) Collapsed.

saṃśri 1 U.
     (1) To have recourse to, resort, fly to for refuge or shelter.
     (2) To lean or rest on, depend on; na khalu bahirupādhīn prītayaḥ saṃśrayaṃte U. 6 12; Māl. 1. 24.
     (3) To attain to, approach.
     (4) To obtain.
     (5) To serve, wait upon.
     (6) To join, unite with.

saṃśrayaḥ
     (1) A resting or dwelling place, residence, habitation; parasparavirodhinyorekasaṃśrayadurlabhaṃ V. 5. 24; R. 6. 41; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense and translated by 'residing with', 'relating or pertaining to', 'with reference to'; jñātikulaikasaṃśrayāṃ S. 5. 17; nausaṃśrayaḥ R. 16 57; U. 3. 17; manoratho'syāḥ śośamaulisaṃśrayaḥ Ku. 6. 60; dvisaṃśrayāṃ prītimavāpa lakṣmīḥ 1. 43; ekārthasaṃśrayamubhayoḥ prayogaṃ M. 1.
     (2) Seeking protection or shelter with, fleeing for refuge, forming or seeking alliance, leaguing together for mutual protection; one of the 6 guṇas or expedients in polities; see under guṇa also; Ms. 7. 160.
     (3) Resort, refuge, asylum, protection, shelter; anapāyini saśrayadrume gajabhagne patnanāya vallarī Ku. 4. 31; Me. 17; Pt. 1. 22.

saṃśrita p. p.
     (1) Gone to for refuge.
     (2) Supported, sheltered.
     (3) United, joined; cūtena saṃśritavatī navamālikreyaṃ S. 4. 12. --taḥ A dependent, follower, servant.

saṃśru 5 U.
     (1) To listen to; saṃśṛṇoti na coktani Bk. 5. 19; 6. 5; (but Atm. when used intransitively); hitānna yaḥ saṃśṛṇute sa kiṃprabhuḥ Ki. Ki. 1. 5.
     (2) To promise. --Caus. To tell, narrate, report.

saṃśravaḥ
     (1) Hearing attentively.
     (2) A promise, an agreement, engagement.

saṃśravaṇam
     (1) Hearing.
     (2) The ear.

saṃśruta p. p.
     (1) Promised, agreed to.
     (2) Well-heard.

saṃśliṣ 4 P.
     (1) To clasp or press together.
     (2) To adhere or cling to.
     (3) To join, unite. --Caus. To unite, join, connect together.

saṃśliṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Clasped or pressed together, joined, united.
     (2) Embraced.
     (4) Adjoining, lying close or contiguous to.
     (5) Furnished or endowed with, having.
     (6) Related, connected together; Pt. 2. 127.

saṃśleṣaḥ
     (1) Embracing; an embrace; vaśināṃ hi paraparigrahasaṃślaṣaparāṅmukhī vṛttiḥ S. 5. 28.
     (2) Union, connection, contact.

saṃśleṣaṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Pressing together,
     (2) Means of binding together.
     (3) Connection, tie, bond.

saṃśvat See saṃścat

saṃsaṃj Pass. To be attached or connected together, be joined or linked together; see saṃptakta below.

saṃsakta p. p.
     (1) Adhered or stuck together.
     (2) Adhering or clinging to, attached to, sticking close to.
     (3) Joined or linked together, closely connected; prāṃteṣu saṃsaktanameruśākhaṃ Ku. 3. 43; R. 7. 24.
     (4) Near, contiguous, adjoining.
     (5) Confused, mixed, mingled, blended; madamukharamayūrīmuktasaṃsaktakekaḥ Māl. 9. 5; kaliṃdakanyā sathūrāṃ gatā'pi gaṃgormisaṃsaktajaleva bhāti R. 6. 48; Māl. 5. 11.
     (6) Intent on.
     (7) Endowed with, possessed of.
     (8) Fastened, restrained.
     -- Comp.
          --manas a. having the mind fixed or attached.
          --yuga a. yoked, harnessed; Śi. 3. 68.

saṃsaktiḥ f.
     (1) Close adherence, intimate union or junction; saṃsakau kimasulabhaṃ mahodayānāṃ Ki. 7. 27.
     (2) Close contact, proximity.
     (3) Intercourse, intimacy, intimate acquaintance; Śi. 8. 67.
     (4) Tying, fastening together.
     (5) Devotion, addiction (to anything).

saṃsad 1. 6. P.
     (1) To sit down, sit down together.
     (2) To be afflicted, be in distress.
     (3) To pine away.

saṃsad f.
     (1) An assembly, meeting, circle; saṃsatsu jāte puruṣādhikāre Ki. 3. 51; chātrasasadi labdhakīrtiḥ Pt. 1; R. 16. 24.
     (2) A court of justice; Ms. 8. 52.

saṃsādaḥ An assembly.

saṃsādh Caus. To be successful.
     (2) To accomplish, complete; Ms. 2. 100.
     (3) To secure, get, obtain.
     (4) To settle.
     (5) To regain; Ms. 8. 50.
     (6) To cause to be settled or paid; Ms. 8. 213.
     (7) To destroy, kill.
     (8) To extinguish.

saṃsidh 4 P.
     (1) To be made perfect.
     (2) To be fully accomplished or effected, to be well-performed.
     (3) To attain supreme felicity. to become happy; japyenaiva tu saṃsidhyet brāhmaṇo nātra saṃśayaḥ Ms. 2. 87.

saṃsiddha p. p.
     (1) Fully accomplished, perfected.
     (2) One who has secured final emancipation.

saṃsiddhiḥ f.
     (1) Completion, complete accomplishment or attainment; svanuṣṭhitasya dharmasya saṃsiddhirharitoṣaṇaṃ Bhāg.; Ku. 2. 63.
     (2) Absolution, final beatitude; saṃsiddhiṃ paramāṃ gatāḥ Bg. 8. 15; 3. 20.
     (3) Nature, natural disposition, state or quality.
     (4) A passionate or intoxicated woman.

saṃsūc 10 U.
     (1) To indicate, forebode; saṃyogo hi viyogasya saṃsūcayati saṃbhavaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (2) To inform, tell.

saṃsūcanam
     (1) Showing plainly, proving.
     (2) Informing, telling.
     (3) Hinting, intimating; arthasya saṃsūcanaṃ.
     (4) Reproaching, accusing.

saṃsṛ 1 P.
     (1) To go towards, approach.
     (2) To revolve, turn round.
     (3) To spread.
     (4) To move.
     (5) To go or flow together.
     (6) To go to, obtain; pāpān saṃsṛtya saṃsārān preṣyatāṃ yāti śatruṣu Ms. 12. 70. --Caus.
     (1) To spread over, cause to move over.
     (2) To revolve or turn round; janmavṛddhikṣayairnityaṃ saṃsārayati cakravat Ms. 12. 124.

saṃsaraṇam
     (1) Going, proceeding, revolution.
     (2) The world, wordly life, mundane existence, grīṣmacaṃḍakaramaṃḍalabhīṣmajvālasaṃsaraṇatāpitamūrteḥ Bv. 4. 6.
     (3) Birth and re-birth.
     (4) The unresisted march of troops.
     (5) The commencement of battle.
     (6) A highway.
     (7) A resting-place for passengers near the gates of a city.

saṃsāraḥ
     (1) Course, passage.
     (2) The course or circuit of worldly life, secular life, mundance existence, the world; asāraḥ saṃsāraḥ U. 1; Māl. 5. 30; saṃsāradhanvabhuvi kiṃ sāramāmṛśasi śaṃsādhunā śubhamate Aśvad. 22; or parivartini saṃsāre mṛtaḥ ko vā na jāyate Pt. 1. 27.
     (3) Transmigration, metempsychosis, succession of births.
     (4) Worldly illusion.
     -- Comp.
          --gamanaṃ transmigration.
          --guruḥ 1. an epithet of the god of love. --2. the preceptor of the world.
          --cakraṃ succession of births and deaths, metempsychosis.
          --mārgaḥ 1. the course of worldly affairs, worldly life. --2. the vulva.
          --mokṣaḥ, --mokṣaṇaṃ final liberation or emancipation from worldly life.

saṃsārin a. (ṇī f.) Mundane, worldly, transmigratory. --m.
     (1) A sentient being, creature.
     (2) The embodied spirit, individual soul (jīvātman).

saṃsṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Course, current, flow.
     (2) The worldly life, course of the world.
     (3) Metempsychosis, transmigration; kiṃ māṃ nipātayasi saṃsṛtigartamadhye Bv. 4. 32; Śi. 14. 63; cf. saṃsāra.

saṃsṛj 6 P.
     (1) To mix, mingle, unite with, bring in contact with; saṃsṛjyate sarasijairaruṇāṃśubhinnaiḥ R. 5. 69. asnā rakṣaḥ saṃsṛjatāt Ait. Br.
     (2) To join, meet; saumitriṇā tadanu saṃsasṛje R. 13. 73; Ku. 7. 74.
     (3) To create, form.
     (4) To endow or furnish with.

saṃsargaḥ
     (1) Commixture, junction, union.
     (2) Contact, company, association, society; saṃsargamuktiḥ khaleṣu Bh. 2. 62; S. 1. 3.
     (3) Proximity, touch.
     (4) Intercourse, familiarity.
     (5) Copulation, sexual union; Ms. 6. 72.
     (6) Co-existence, intimate relation.
     -- Comp.
          --abhāvaḥ one of the two main kinds of non-existence, relative non-existence, which is of three kinds-prāgabhāva antecedent, pradhvaṃptābhāva emergent, and atyaṃnābhāba absolute, non-existence.
          --doṣaḥ. the fault or evil consequences resulting from association, especially with bad people.

saṃsargin a.
     (1) United, associated with.
     (2) Keeping company with, familiar. --m. An associate, a companion.

saṃsarjanam
     (1) Commingling.
     (2) Leaving, abandoning.
     (3) Discharging, voiding.

saṃsṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Commingled, mixed or united together, conjoined.
     (2) Associated or connected together as partners.
     (3) Composed.
     (4) Reunited.
     (5) Involved in.
     (6) Created.
     (7) Cleanly dressed.

saṃsṛṣṭatā, --tvam
     (1) Association, union.
     (2) (In law) Voluntary reunion in pecuniary interest of kinsmen (as of father and son or of brothers after the partition of property).

saṃsṛṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Combination, union.
     (2) Association, intercourse, copartnership.
     (3) Living in one family, see saṃsṛṣṭatā
     (2) above.
     (4) A collection.
     (5) Collecting, assembling.
     (6) (In Rhet.) The combination or co-existence of two or more independent figures of speech in one passage; mitho'napekṣayaiteṣāṃ (śabdārthālaṃkārāṇāṃ) sthitiḥ saṃsṛṣṭirucyate S. D. 756.

saṃsṛṣṭin m.
     (1) A reunited kinsman.
     (2) A copartner.

saṃsṛp 1 P.
     (1) To move; saṃsaṃrpaṃtyā sapadi bhavataḥ srotasi cchāyayāsau Me. 51.
     (2) To move along, flow.

saṃsarpaḥ
     (1) Creeping along, gliding or gentle motion.
     (2) The intercalary month occurring in a year in which there occurs a Kshaya-māsa (kṣayamāsa).

saṃsarpaṇam
     (1) Creeping along.
     (2) Surprise, unexpected attack, sally.

saṃsarpin a. Creeping along, moving or winding near; Ku. 7. 81.

saṃsekaḥ Sprinkling, watering.

saṃskṛ 8 U.
     (1) To adorn, grace, decorate; kakubhaṃ samaskuruta māghavanīṃ Śi. 9. 25.
     (2) To refine, polish; vāṇyekā samalaṃkasoti puruṣaṃ yā saṃskṛtā dhāryate Bh. 2. 19; Śi. 14. 50.
     (3) To consecrate by repeating Mantras; Ms. 5. 36.
     (4) To purify (a person) by scrip tural ceremonies, perform purificatory ceremonies over (a person); saṃcaskāromayaprītyā maithileyau yathāvidhi R. 15. 31; Y. 2. 124.
     (5) To cultivate, educate, train; āryopadeśasaṃskiyamāṇamatayaḥ Mu. 3.
     (6) To make ready, prepare, equip, fit out; Mu. 3.
     (7) To cook, dress (food.)
     (8) To purify, cleanse.
     (9) To collect, heap together. (10) To construct, form well or thoroughly.

saṃskartṛ m.
     (1) One who dresses, cooks, prepares &c.; Ms. 5. 51.
     (2) One who consecrates, initiates &c.; U. 7. 13.

saṃskāraḥ
     (1) Making perfect, refining, polishing; (maṇiḥ) prayuktasaṃskāra ivādhikaṃ babhau R. 3. 18.
     (2) Refinement, perfection, grammatical purity (as of words); saṃskāravatyeva girā manīṣī Ku. 1. 28; (where Malli renders the word by vyākaraṇajanyā śuddhiḥ); R. 15. 76.
     (3) Education, cultivation, training (as of the mind); nisargasaṃskāravinati ityasau nṛpaṇe cakra yuvarājaśabdabhāk R. 3. 35 Ku. 7. 10.
     (4) Making ready, preparation.
     (5) Cooking dressing (as of food &c.).
     (6) Embellishment, decoration, ornament; svabhāvasuṃdaraṃ vastu na saṃskāramapekṣate Dṛ. S. 49; S. 7. 23; Mu. 2. 10.
     (7) Consecration, sanctification, hallowing.
     (8) Impression, form, mould, operation, influence; yannave bhājane lagnaḥ saṃskāro nānyathā bhavet H. Pr. 8; Bh. 3. 84.
     (9) Idea, notion, conception. (10) Any faculty or capacity
     (11) Effect of work, merit of action. phalānumeyāḥ prāraṃbhāḥ saṃskārāḥ prāktanā iva R. 1. 20.
     (12) The self-reproductive quality, faculty of impression; one of the 24 qualities or guṇas recognised by the Vaiśeṣikas; it is of three kinds: bhāvanā, vega, and sthitisthāpakatā q. q. v. v.
     (13) The faculty of recollection, impression on the memory; saṃskāramātrajanyaṃ jñānaṃ smṛtiḥ T. S.
     (14) A purificatory, rite a sacred rite or ceremony; saṃskārārthaṃ śarīrasya Ms. 2. 66; R. 10. 78; (Manu mentions 12 such Samskāras; see Ms. 2. 26; some writers increase the number to sixteen).
     (15) Purification, purity.
     (16) A rite or ceremony in general.
     (17) Investiture with the sacred thread.
     (18) Obsequial ceremonies.
     (19) A polishing stone; S. 6. 5 (where saṃskāra may mean 'polishing' also).
     -- Comp.
          --pūta a. 1. purified by sacred rites.
     (2) purified by refinement or education. --rahita, varjita, --hīna a. (a person of one of the three higher castes) over whom the purificatory ceremonies, particularly the thread-ceremony, have not been performed and who therefore becomes a Vrātya or outcast; cf. vrātya.

saṃskāraka a. Consecrating, purifying, refining &c.

saṃskṛta p. p.
     (1) Made perfect, refined, polished, cultivated.
     (2) Artificially made, highly wrought, carefully or accurately formed, elaborated.
     (3) Made ready, dressed, prepared; cooked.
     (4) Consecrated, hallowed.
     (5) Initiated into worldly life, married.
     (6) Cleansed, purified.
     (7) Adorned, decorated.
     (8) Excellent, best. --taḥ
     (1) A word formed regularly according to the rules of grammar, a regular derivative.
     (2) A man of any one of the first three castes over whom all the purificatory rites have been performed.
     (3) A learned man. --taṃ
     (1) Refined or highly polished speech, the Sanskrit language; saṃskṛtaṃ nāma daivī vāganvāravyātā maharṣibhiḥ Kāv. 1. 33.
     (2) A sacred usage.
     (3) An offering, oblation (mostly Vedic).
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. 1. a polished word or language. --2. a Sanskrit word or expression.

saṃskriyā
     (1) A purificatory rite.
     (2) Consecration.
     (3) Obsequies, a funeral ceremony.

saṃstaṃbh 5. 9. P. (caus. also)
     (1) To stop, restrain, control; prayatnasaṃstaṃbhitavikriyāṇāṃ kathaṃcidīśā manasāṃ babhūvuḥ Ku. 3. 34.
     (2) To paralyze, benumb; Ku. 3. 73.
     (3) To take heart or courage, cheer up, compose, collect (oneself); devi saṃstaṃbhayātmānaṃ U. 4.
     (4) To make firm or immoveable; Bg. 3. 43.
     (5) To support, prop up.
     (6) To confirm, establish, corroborate.

saṃstabdha p. p. Supported, confirmed &c.; see saṃstaṃbh.

saṃstaṃbhaḥ
     (1) Support, prop.
     (2) Confirming strengthening, fixing.
     (3) Stop, stay.
     (4) Stupefaction, paralysis.

saṃstu 2 P.
     (1) To praise.
     (2) To extol, celebrate.
     (3) To praise in chorus.
     (4) To be acquainted with, be familiar or intimate with (chiefly in p. p. in this sense); anekaśaḥ saṃstutamapyanalpā navaṃ navaṃ prītiraho karoti Śi. 3. 31; Ki. 3. 2; see saṃstuta.

saṃstavaḥ
     (1) Praise, eulogium; Pt. 4. 89.
     (2) Acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity; guṇāḥ priyatve'vikṛtā na saṃstavaḥ Ki. 4. 25; navairguṇaiḥ saṃpreti saṃstavasthiraṃ tirohitaṃ presa ghanāgamaśriyaḥ 4. 22; Śi. 7. 31.
     (3) Agreeing together, harmony.

saṃstavāna a.
     (1) Praising properly.
     (2) Eloquent. --naḥ
     (1) A singer (udgātṛ).
     (2) Joy, delight.

saṃstāvaḥ
     (1) Praise, celebration.
     (2) Hymning in chorus.
     (3) The place which Brāhmaṇas repeating hymns and prayers occupy at a sacrifice.

saṃstuta p. p.
     (1) Praised, eulogized.
     (2) Praised together.
     (3) Agreeing together, harmonious.
     (4) Intimate, familiar; Māl. 7. 2.
     (5) Intended, aimel at; Māl. 10.

saṃstutiḥ f. Praise, eulogy.

saṃstṛ-stṝ 5. 9 U.
     (1) To spread, strew; prāṃtasaṃstīrṇadarbhāḥ S. 4. 7.
     (2) To overspread.

saṃstaraḥ
     (1) A bed, couch, layer; a bed of leaves &c.; navapallavasaṃstare'pi te R. 8. 57; navapallavasaṃstare yathā racayiṣyāmi tanuṃ vibhāvasau Ku. 4. 34.
     (2) A sacrifice.

saṃstāraḥ Spreading out, extension.

saṃstyāyaḥ
     (1) A collection, heap,an assemblage.
     (2) Vicinity.
     (3) Spreading, diffusion, expansion.
     (4) A house, residence, habitation; saṃstyāyaneva gacchāvaḥ Māl. 1, 9.
     (5) Familiarity, familiar talk; Mv. 1.

saṃsthā 1 A.
     (1) To dwell or live in, stand close together; tīkṣya dudvijate mṛdau paribhavatrāsānna saṃtiṣṭhate Mu. 3. 5.
     (2) To stand on.
     (3) To be, exist, live.
     (4) To abide by, obey, act up to; dāridyātpuruṣasya bāṃdhavajano vākye na saṃttiṣṭhate Mk. 1. 36.
     (5) To be completed; sadyaḥ saṃtiṣṭhate yatastayāśauvamiti sthitiḥ Ms. 5. 98 (= yajñapuṇyena yujyate Kull.).
     (6) To come to an end, be interrupted; Bk. 8. 11.
     (7) To stand still, come to a stand, (Paras.); kṣaṇaṃ na saṃtiṣṭhati jīvalokaḥ kṣayodayābhyāṃ parivartamānaḥ Hariv.
     (7) To die, perish.
     (8) To agree, conform to.
     (9) To stand firmly. --Caus.
     (1) To establish, settle.
     (2) To place.
     (3) To compose, collect (oneself).
     (4) To subject, keep under control, Ms. 9. 2.
     (5) To stop, restrain.
     (6) To kill.

saṃstha a.
     (1) Staying, abiding, lasting.
     (2) Dwelling, being, existing, situated (at the end of comp.); śiṣṭā kriyā kasyacidātmasaṃsthā M. 1. 16; Ku. 6. 60; nisargaminnāspadamekasaṃsthaṃ R. 6. 29; Māl. 5. 16.
     (3) Tame, domesticated.
     (4) Fixed, stationary.
     (5) Ended, perished, dead.
     (6) Come to an end, completed.
     (7) Manifested (vyakta). --sthaḥ
     (1) A dweller, an inhabitant.
     (2) A neighbour, countryman.
     (3) A spy.

saṃsthā
     (1) An assemblage, assembly.
     (2) Situation, state or condition of being.
     (4) Form, nature; R. 11. 38.
     (4) Occupation, business, settled mode of life; pṛthaksaṃsthāśca nirmame Ms. 1. 21.
     (5) Correct or proper conduct.
     (6) End, completion.
     (7) Stop, stay.
     (8) Loss, destruction.
     (9) Destruction of the world. (10) Resemblance.
     (11) A royal decree or ordinance.
     (12) A form of Soma sacrifice.
     (13) Death, dying.
     (14) Manifestation, appearance.

saṃsthānam
     (1) A collection, heap, quantity.
     (2) The aggregation of primary atoms.
     (3) Configuration, position; ākṛtiravayavasaṃsthānaviśeṣaḥ.
     (4) Form, figure, appearance, shape; strīsasthānaṃ cāṇsarastīrthatārādutkṣipyenāṃ jyītirikaṃ jagāma S. 5. 30; Ms. 9. 261.
     (5) Construction, formation.
     (6) Vicinity.
     (7) Common place of abode.
     (8) Situation, position.
     (9) Any place or station. (10) A place where four roads meet.
     (11) A mark, sign, characteristic sign.
     (12) Death.

saṃsthāpaka a. Settling, establishing, arranging &c.

saṃsthāpanam
     (1) Placing or keeping together, collecting.
     (2) Fixing, determining, regulating; kurvīta caiṣāṃ pratya kṣamarghasaṃsthāpanaṃ nṛpaḥ Ms. 8. 402.
     (3) Establishment, confirmation; dharmasaṃsthāpanārthāya saṃbhavāmi ge yuge Bg. 4. 8.
     (5) Restraining, curbing.
     (6) A statute, regulation. --nā
     (1) Restraining, curbing.
     (2) A means of calming or composing; saṃsthāpanā priyatarā virahāturāṇāṃ Mk. 3. 3.

saṃtthāpita p. p.
     (1) Collected.
     (2) Established, fixed.
     (3) Restrained, curbed, checked.

saṃsthita p. p.
     (1) Being or standing together.
     (2) Being, staying; niyogasaṃsthita Pt. 1. 92.
     (3) Adjacent, contiguous.
     (4) Resembling, like.
     (5) Collected, heaped.
     (6) Settled, fixed, established.
     (7) Placed in or on, being in.
     (8) Stationary.
     (9) Stopped, completed, ended, finished; kva nu khalu saṃsthite karmaṇi ātpānaṃ vinodayāmi S. 3. (10) Dead, deceased; pramadāmanu saṃsthitaḥ śucā R. 1. 72.

saṃsthitiḥ f.
     (1) Being together, staying with.
     (2) Contiguity, nearness, vicinity.
     (3) Residence, abode, resting-place; yathā nadīnadāḥ sarve sāgare yāṃti saṃsthitim . tathaivāśratiṇaḥ sarve gṛhasthe yāṃti saṃsthitiṃ Ms. 6. 90.
     (4) Accumulation, heap.
     (5) Duration, continuance; H. 1. 43.
     (6) Station, state, condition of life.
     (7) Restraint. --Death.
     (9) Destruction of the world.

saṃspṛś 6 P.
     (1) To touch.
     (2) To sprinkle with water; Ms. 2. 53.
     (3) To bring in contact with.

saṃsparśaḥ
     (1) Contact, touch, conjunction, mixture.
     (2) Being touched or affected.
     (3) Perception, sense.

saṃsparśī A kind of fragrant plant.

saṃspṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1)
          (a) Touched, brought into contact;
          (b) Affected, smit; S. 4. 5.
     (2) Mixed, mingled.

saṃsphalaḥ
     (1) A ram.
     (2) A cloud.

saṃsphuṭa a. Blossomed, blown.

saṃspheṭaḥ, saṃsphoṭaḥ, saṃsphoṭiḥ War, battle.

saṃsmṛ 1 P.
     (1) To remember, think of, call to mind; smara saṃsmṛtya na śāṃtirasti me Ku. 4. 17; Bg. 18. 76; Ms. 4. 149.
     (2) To recollect fully. --Caus. To remind, put in mind of; (pātālaṃ) māmadya saṃsmarayatīva bhujaṃgalokaḥ Ratn. 1. 13.

saṃsmaraṇam Remembering, calling to mind.

saṃsmṛtiḥ f. Remembrance, recollection; saṃsmṛtirbhava bhavatyabhavāya Ki. 18. 27.

saṃsravaḥ, saṃsrāvaḥ
     (1) Flowing, trickling, oozing.
     (2) A stream.
     (3) The remains of a libation.
     (4) A kind of offering or libation.

saṃhan 2 P.
     (1) To unite closely together, join together; hastau saṃhatya Ms. 2. 71; dūta eva hi saṃdhattaṃ bhinattyeva ca saṃhatān 7. 66; see saṃhata.
     (2) To heap, collect, accumulate.
     (3) To contract, diminish.
     (4) To strike, kill, destroy.
     (5) To strike against each other, clash.

saṃhata p. p.
     (1) Struck together, wounded.
     (2) Closed, shut.
     (3) Wellknit, firmly united.
     (4) Closely joined or allied; Ki. 1. 19.
     (5) Compact, firm, solid.
     (6) Combined, joined, keeping together, being in a body, being very close; jālamādāya gacchaṃti saṃhatāḥ pakṣiṇo'pyamī Pt. 2. 8; 5. 101; H. 1. 37.
     (7) Of one accord.
     (8) Assembled, collected.
     -- Comp.
          --jānu a. knock-kneed.
          --bhrū a. knitting the eyebrows.
          --stanī a woman whose breasts are very close to each other.

saṃhatatā --tvam
     (1) Close contact, conjunction.
     (2) Compactness.
     (3) Agreement, union.
     (4) Harmony, concord.

saṃhatiḥ f.
     (1) Firm or close contact, close union; Ku. 5. 8.
     (2) Union, combination; sahātiḥ kāryasādhikā, saṃhatiḥ śreyasī puṃsāṃ H. 1; cf. "Unien is strength".
     (3) Compactness, firmness, solidity.
     (4) Bulk, mass; gurutāṃ nayaṃti hi guṇā na saṃhatiḥ Ki. 12. 10.
     (5) Agreement, harmony.
     (6) A collection, heap, assemblage, multitude; vanānyavāṃcīva cakāra saṃhatiḥ Ki. 14. 34, 27; 3. 20; 5. 4; Mu. 3. 2.
     (7) Strength.
     (8) The body.

saṃhatanam
     (1) Compactness, firmness.
     (2) The body, person; avṛtādhpātajīmūtasnigdhasaṃhatanasya te U. 6. 21; Mv. 2. 46.
     (3) Strength; see saṃhati also.
     (4) Rubbing the limbs.
     (5) Killing.

saṃvahanam
     (1) The act of sacrificing together.
     (2) Sacrificing in a proper manner.
     (3) A quadrangular group of four houses.

saṃhātaḥ One of the 21 hells; Ms. 4. 89.

saṃhita p. p.
     (1) Placed together, joined, united.
     (2) Agreeing with, conformable to, in accordance with.
     (3) Relating to.
     (4) Collected.
     (5) Provided, furnished, endowed, accompanied.
     (6) Caused by.
     (7) Placed, fixed.
     (8) Compiled; see saṃdhā.

saṃhitā
     (1) Combination, union, conjunction.
     (2) A collection, compilation, compendium.
     (3) Any systematically arranged collection of texts or verses.
     (4) A compendium or compilation of laws, code, digest; manusaṃhitā.
     (5) The continuous hymnical text of the Veda as formed out of the Padas or individual words by proper phonetic changes according to different Śākhās or schools; padaprakṛtiḥ sahitā Nir.
     (6) (In gram) Compination or junction of letters according to the rules of Sandhi or euphony; paraḥ saṃnikarṣaḥ saṃhitā P. I. 4. 109; varṇānāmatiśayitaḥ saṃnidhiḥ saṃhitāsaṃjñaḥ syāt Sk.; or varṇānāme kaprāṇayogaḥ saṃhitā.
     (7) The Supreme Being who hold and supports the universe.
     -- Comp.
          --pāṭhaḥ the continuous text of the Veda (opp. padapāṭha q. v.).

sahūtiḥ f. General shout, loud uproar, tumultuous exultation.

saṃhṛ 1 P. (sometimes A. also)
     (1) To bring or draw together.
     (2) To draw out, suck; Pt. 1. 221.
     (3)
          (a) To contract, abridge, compress; mahimānaṃ yadutkīrtya tava saṃhri te vacaḥ R. 10. 30.
          (b) To drop; saṃhriyatāmiyaṃ K.
     (4) To bring together, collect, accumulate.
     (5) To destroy, annihilate (opp. sṛj): amuṃ yugāṃtocitakālanidraḥ saṃhṛtya lākān puruṣo'dhiśete R. 13. 6.
     (6) To withdraw, withhold draw or take back; abhimukhe mayi saṃhṛtamīkṣitaṃ S. 2. 11; 6. 3; na hi saṃharate jyotsnāṃ caṃdraścāṃḍālaveśmani H. 1. 61; R. 4. 16; 12. 103.
     (7) To curb, restrain, suppress; krodhaṃ prabho saṃhara saṃhareti yāvadgiraḥ khe marutāṃ caraṃti Ku. 3. 72.
     (8) To wind up, close.
     (9) To seize, take. (10) To unite, bind by obligations.

saṃharaṇam
     (1) Gathering, bringing together, collecting.
     (2) Taking, seizing.
     (3) Contracting.
     (4) Restraining.
     (5) Destroying, ruining.
     (6) Withdrawing.

saṃhartṛ m. A destroyer.

saṃhāraḥ
     (1) Drawing or bringing together, collecting; anubhavanu veṇīsaṃhāramahotsavaṃ Ve. 6.
     (2) Contraction, compression, abridgment.
     (3) Withholding, drawing back, withdrawal (opp. prayoga or vikṣepa); prayogasaṃha ravibhaktamaṃtraṃ R. 5. 57, 45.
     (4) Restraining, holding back.
     (5) Destruction, especially of the universe, universal destruction.
     (6) Close, end, conclusion.
     (7) An assemblage, a group.
     (8) A fault in pronunciation.
     (9) A charm or spell for withdrawing magical weapons. (10) Practice, skill.
     (11) A division of hell.
     -- Comp.
          --bhairavaḥ one of the forms of Bhairava.
          --mudrā N. of a particular posture in the Tantra worship; it is thus defined: avomukhe vāmahaste ūrdhvāsyaṃ dakṣahastakaṃ . kṣiptāṃgulīraṃgulībhiḥ saṃgṛhya parivartayet.

saṃhāraka a.
     (1) Destructive.
     (2) Compressing, contracting, closing.

saṃhṛta p. p.
     (1) Drawn together.
     (2) Contracted, abridged.
     (3) Withdrawn, drawn back.
     (4) Collected, assembled.
     (5) Seized, laid hold of.
     (6) Curbed. restrained.
     (7) Destroyed.

saṃhṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Contraction, compression.
     (2) Destruction, loss.
     (3) Taking, seizure.
     (4) Restraint.
     (5) Collection.

saṃhṛṣ 4 P.
     (1) To be glad, rejoice, thrill with delight.
     (2) To bristle, stand on end (as hair).

saṃharṣaḥ
     (1) Horripilation, a thrill of joy or fear.
     (2) Pleasure, joy, delight.
     (3) Emulation, rivalry.
     (4) Wind.
     (5) Rubbing together.

saṃhṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Thrilled or horripilated with joy, delighted.
     (2) Bristling, shuddering.
     (3) Fired with emulation.

saṃhrādaḥ
     (1) A loud noise, an uproar.
     (2) Noise in general.

saṃhrāṇa a.
     (1) Modest, bashful.
     (2) Completely abashed.

sakaṭa a. Bad, vile.

sakaṃṭaka a.
     (1) Thorny, prickly.
     (2) Troublesome, dangerous. --kaḥ The aquatic plant śaivala q. v.

sakaṃpa, sakaṃpana a. Trembling, tremulous.

sakaruṇa a. Tender, compassionate, merciful.

sakarṇa a. (rṇā or rṇī)
     (1) Having ears.
     (2) Hearing, listening.

sakartṛka a. Having an agent.

sakarmaka a.
     (1) Having or performing any act. -- (In gram.) Having an object, transitive (as a verb).

sakala a.
     (1) Together with the parts
     (2) All, whole, entire, complete.
     (3) Having all the digits, full (as the moon); as in sakaleṃdumukhī.
     (4) Having a soft or low sound. --laṃ
     (1) Everything.
     (2) The whole.
     -- Comp.
          --varṇa a. (i. e. pada or vākya) having the letters ka & la, i. e. quarrelling; Nalod. 2. 14.

sakalpa a. Attended with the ritual or ceremonial part of the Veda; Ms. 2. 140. --lpaḥ N. of Śiva.

sakākolaḥ N. of one of the 21 hells; see Ms. 4. 89.

sakāma a.
     (1) Full of love, impassioned, loving.
     (2) Lustful, amorous.
     (3) One who has got his desired object, satisfied, contented; kāma idānīṃ sakāmo bhavat S. 4; kimanyat sakāmā kapālakuṃḍalā Māl. 9. --maṃ ind.
     (1) With pleasure.
     (2) Contentedly.
     (3) Assuredly, indeed.

sakāla a. Seasonable, opportune. --laṃ ind. Seasonably, betimes, early in the morning.

sakāśa a. Having appearance, visible, present, near. --śaḥ Presence, vicinity, nearness. (sakāśam and sakāśāt are used adverbially in the sense of 1. near. --2. from near, from, from the presence of).

sakukṣi a. Having the same womb, born of the same mother, uterine (as a brother &c.).

sakula a.
     (1) Belonging to a noble family.
     (2) Belonging to the same family.
     (3) Having a family.
     (4) Along with the family. --laḥ
     (1) A kinsman.
     (2) A kind of fish (sakulī also).

sakulyaḥ
     (1) One of the same family.
     (2) A distant relation; such as a descendant in the 4th, 5th, or 6th, or even in the 7th 8th, or 9th degree.
     (3) A distant relation in general.

sakṛt ind.
     (1) Once; sakṛdaṃśo nipatita sakṛtkanyā pradīyate . sakṛdāha dadānīti trīṇyetāni satāṃ sakṛt Ms. 9. 47.
     (2) At one time, on one occasion, formerly, once; sakṛtkṛtapraṇayoyaṃ janaḥ S. 5.
     (3) At once.
     (4) Always.
     (5) Together with. --m. --f. Feces, excrement (usually written śakṛt q. v.).
     -- Comp.
          --garbhā 1. a mule. --2. a woman who is pregnant only once.
          --prajaḥ a crow.
          --prasūtā, --prasūtikā 1. a woman who has borne only one child. --2. a cow that has calved once.
          --phalā the plantain tree.

sakṛpaṇa a. Miserable, wretched.

sakeśa a.
     (1) Having hair.
     (2) Hairy, shaggy.

sakaitava a. Deceitful, fraudulent. --vaḥ A cheat, rogue.

sakopa a. Angry, enraged. --paṃ ind. Angrily.

sakta p. p. [saṃj kta]
     (1) Stuck or attached to, in contact with.
     (2) Addicted, devoted or attached to; fond of; saktāsi kiṃ kathaya vairiṇi mauryaputre Mu. 2. 6.
     (3) Fixed or rivetted on; nageṃdrasaktāṃ parivartya dṛṣṭiṃ R. 2. 28.
     (4) Relating to.
     (5) Diligent, attentive.
     (6) Obstructed, hindered.
     -- Comp.
          --vaira a. engaged in hostilities, constant in enmity; S. 2. 15.

saktiḥ f.
     (1) Contact, touch
     (2) Union, junction; saktiṃ javādapanayatyanilolatānāṃ Ki. 5. 46.
     (3) Attachment, addiction, devotion (to anything).

saktu m. pl. [saṃj-tun kicca] The flour of barley first fried and then ground, barley-meal; bhikṣāsaktubhireva saṃprati vayaṃ vṛttiṃ samīhāmahe Bh. 2. 64.
     -- Comp.
          --phalā-lī the Samī tree.

saktukaḥ
     (1) = saktu.
     (2) A kind of poison.

saktula a. Containing barley-flour.

sakthan A substitute for sakthi after acc. dual

sakthi n. [saṃj --kithan Uṇ. 3. 154]
     (1) The thigh; (changed in comp. to saktha after uttara, pūrva and mṛga or when the compound implies comparison; see P. V 4. 98).
     (2) A bone.
     (3) The pole or shafts of a carriage.

sakiya a. Active, moveable.

sakṣaṇa a. Being at leisure.

sākhi m. [saha samānaṃ khyāyate ni- Uṇ. 4. 136] (nom. sakhā, sakhāyau, sakhayaḥ; acc. sakhāyaṃ, sakhāyau; sakhyuḥ gen. sing.; loc. sing.) A friend, companion, an associate; tasmātsakhā tvama si yanmama tattavaiva U. 5. 10; sakhīniva prītiyujo'nujīvinaḥ Ei. 1. 10. (At the end of comp. sakhi is changed to sakha; vanitāsakhānāṃ Ku. 1. 10; sacivasakhaḥ R. 4. 87; 1. 48, 12. 9; Bk. 1. 1).

sakhī A female friend or companion, a lady's maid; nṛtyati yuvatijanena samaṃ sakhi virahijanasya duraṃte Gīt. 1.

sakhīyati Den. P. To wish for a friend.

sakhyam [sakhyubhārvaḥ yat]
     (1) Friendship, intimacy, alliance; mumūrccha sakhya rāmasya samānavyasane harau R. 12. 57; samānaśīlavyasaneṣu sakhyam Subhāṣ.
     (2) Equality. --khyaḥ A friend.

sag 1 P. (sagati) To cover.

sagaṇa a. Attended by troops or flocks. --ṇaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

sagaṃdha a. Fragrant. --dhaḥ A kinsman, relation, kindred; saveḥ sagaṃdhaṣu viśvasiti S. 5; Ms. 9.

sagara a. [gareṇa viṣeṇa sahitaḥ] Poisonous, having poison. --raḥ N. of a king of the Solar race. [He was a son of Bāhu and was called Sagara because he was born together with gara or poison given to his mother by the other wife of his father. By his wife Sumati he had 60000 sons. He successfully performed 99 sacrifices, but when he commcnced the hundredth, his sacrificial horse was stolen by Indra and carried down to the Pātāla. Sagara thereupon commanded his 60000 sons to search it out. Finding no trace of the animal on earth they began to dig down towards the Pātāla, and in doing this they naturally increased the boundaries of the ocean which was therefore called Sāgara; cf. R. 13. 3. Meeting with the sage Kapila they rashly accused him of having stolen their horse, as a punishment for which they were instantly reduced to ashes by that sage. It was after several thousands of years that Bhagīratha (q. v.) succeeded in bringing down to the Pātāla the celestial river Ganges to water and purify their ashes and thus to convey their souls to heaven].

sagarbhaḥ --rbhyaḥ A brother of whole blood: Mv. 6. 27.

saguṇa a.
     (1) Possessed of qualities or attributes.
     (2) Possessed of good qualities, virtuous.
     (3) Worldly.
     (4) Furnished with a string (as a bow).
     (5) Possessed of the qualities in rhetoric.

sagotra a. Being of the same family or kin, related. --traḥ
     (1) A kinsman sprung from a common ancestor; tatramavato yuṣmatsagotrasya kaṇvasyāparāddhommi S. 7.
     (2) A kinsman of the same family, one connected by funeral oblations of food and water.
     (3) A distant kinsman. --traṃ Family, race, lineage.

sagdhiḥ f. Eating together.

sagh 5 P. (saghnoti)
     (1) To hurt, injure, kill.
     (2) To receive, accept.
     (3) To support, bear.

saṃkaṭa a.
     (1) Contracted, narrow, strait.
     (2) Impervious, impassable.
     (3) Full of, crowded with, beset with, hemmed in; saṃkaṭā hyāhitāgnīnāṃ pratyavāyairgṛhasthatā Mv. 4. 33; viṣamaśilāsaṃkaṭaskhalitavegaḥ V. 2. 8; U. 1. 8. --ṭaṃ
     (1) A narrow passage, defile, pass.
     (2) A difficulty, strait, risk, peril, danger; saṃkaṭeṣvaviṣaṇṇadhīḥ K.; saṃkaṭe hi parīkṣyaṃte prājñāḥ śūrāśca saṃgare Ks. 31. 93.

saṃkath 10 U.
     (1) To talk together, converse.
     (2) To narrate, relate.
     (3) To explain.

saṃkathanam Narration.

saṃkathā Conversation, talk.

saṃkal 10 U.
     (1) To add or sum up.
     (2) To heap, accumulate, collect.
     (3) To deem, regard; tarucchidraprotān visamiti karī saṃkalayati K. P. 10.
     (4) To grasp, seize, lay hold of.
     (5) To drive away, put to fight, rout.

saṃkalaḥ
     (1) Accumulation, collection,
     (2) Addition.

saṃkalanaṃ --nā
     (1) The act of heaping together.
     (2) Contact, junction.
     (3) Collision.
     (4) Blending, twining.
     (5) Addition (in math.).

saṃkalita p. p.
     (1) Heaped up, piled up, collected.
     (2) Blended together, intermixed.
     (3) Seized, laid hold of.
     (4) Added.
     (5) Resumed, regained; Māl. 3. --tā (In arith.) The first sum. --taṃ Addition.
     -- Comp.
          --aikyaṃ the sum of the terms of an arithmetical progression.

saṃkasuka a.
     (1) Unsteady, fickle, changeable, inconstant.
     (2) Uncertrin doubtful.
     (3) Bad, wicked.
     (4) Weak, feeble.

saṃkāraḥ
     (1) Dust, sweepings.
     (2) The crackling of flames.

saṃkārī A girl recently deflowered.

saṃkāśa a.
     (1) Like, similar, resembling (at the end of comp.), agni-, hiraṇya-.
     (2) Near, close, at hand. --śaḥ
     (1) Appearance, presence.
     (2) Vicinity.

saṃkilaḥ A fire brand, burning torch.

saṃkuc 1. 6 P.
     (1) To become contracted, shrink.
     (2) To close, shut (as a flower).
     (3) To contract, compress. --Caus. To contract, narrow.

saṃkucita p. p.
     (1) Contracted, abridged; laṃkāpateḥ saṃkucitaṃ yaśo yat Vikr. 1. 27.
     (2) Shrunk, wrinkled; Pt. 4. 78.
     (3) Closed, shut.
     (4) Covering.

saṃkocaḥ
     (1) Contraction, shrinking up.
     (2) Abridgment, diminution, compression.
     (3) Terror, fear.
     (4) Shutting up, closing.
     (5) Binding.
     (6) A kind of skate-fish. --caṃ Saffron.
     -- Comp.
          --piśunaṃ saffron.

saṃkocanam Contraction. --nī The sensitive plant.

saṃkula a.
     (1) Confused.
     (2) Thronged with, crowded or filled with, full of; nakṣatratārāgrahasaṃkulāpi jyotiṣmatī caṃdramasaiva rātriḥ R. 6. 22; Māl. 1. 2.
     (3) Disordered, perplexed; U. 2. 30.
     (4) Inconsistent. --laṃ
     (1) A crowd, mob, throng, collection, swarm, flock; mahataḥ pāraijanasya saṃkulena vighaṭitāyāṃ tasyāmāgato'smi Māl. 1; Pt. 1. 7.
     (2) A confused fight, melee.
     (3) An inconsistent or contradictory speech; e. g. yāvajjīvamahaṃ maunī brahmacārī ca me pitā . mātā tu mama vaṃdhyaiva putrahīnaḥ pitāmahaḥ.

saṃkūjitam The cry of the Chakravāka.

saṃkṛ 8 U. (saṃkurute)
     (1) To commit; ye pakṣāparapakṣadoṣasahitāḥ pāpāni saṃkurvate Mk. 9. 4.
     (2) To manufacture, prepare.
     (3) To do. perform in general.

saṃkṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To drag along or away.
     (2) To contract.
     (3) To tighten, tie fast.

saṃkarṣaṇam
     (1) The act of drawing together, contracting.
     (2) Attracting.
     (3) Ploughing, furrowing.
     (4) Shortening. --ṇaḥ N. of Balarama; saṃkarṣaṇāttu garbhasya sa hi saṃkaṣaṇo yuvā Hariv.

saṃkṝ 6 P.
     (1) To mix, commingle or mix together.
     (2) To scatter about, diffuse.
     (3) To fill.

saṃkaraḥ
     (1) Commingling, mixture, intermixture; patrasaṃkara S. 2.
     (2) Blending together, union.
     (3) Confusion or mixture (of castes), unlawful intermarriage resulting in mixed castes; citreṣu varṇasaṃkaraḥ K.; saṃkaro narakāyaiva kulaghnānāṃ kulasya ca Bg. 1. 42; Ms. 10. 40.
     (4) (In Rhet.) The combination of two or more dependent figures of speech in one and the same passage (opp. saṃsṛṣṭi where the figures are independent); aviśrāṃtijuṣāmātmanyaṃgāṃgitve tu sakaraḥ K. P. 10; or aṃgāgitve'laṃkṛtīnāṃ tadvadekāśrayasthitau . saṃdigdhatve ca bhavati saṃkarastrividhaḥ punaḥ S. D. 757.
     (5) The crackling of flames.
     (6) Dust, sweepings.

saṃkāraḥ
     (1) Dust, sweepings.
     (2) Crackling of flames.

saṃkārin a.
     (1) Confused, intermixed.
     (2) Arising from intermixture of castes.

saṃkīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Mixed together, intermingled.
     (2) Confused, miscellaneous.
     (3) Shattered, spread, crowded.
     (4) Indistinct.
     (5) In rut, intoxicated; H. 4. 17.
     (6) Of mixed caste, of impure origin.
     (7) Impure, adulterated.
     (8) Narrow, contracted. --rṇaḥ
     (1) A man of a mixed caste.
     (2) A mixed note or mode.
     (3) An elephant in rut, an intoxicated elephant. --rṇaṃ A difficulty. --rṇā A kind of riddle.
     -- Comp.
          --jāti, --yoni a. of mixed birth, of a mongrel breed (as a mule).
          --yuddhaṃ a confused fight, melee.

saṃkṝt 10 U.
     (1) To recite.
     (2) To praise, celebrate, glorify.
     (3) To tell, mention.
     (4) To proclaim, announce.

saṃkīrtanaṃ --nā
     (1) Praising, applauding, extolling.
     (2) Glorification (of a deity).
     (3) Repeating the name of a deity as a pious or devotional act.

saṃkḷp 1 A. To wish or long for. --Caus.
     (1) To resolve, determine, settle.
     (2) To intend, aim at, purpose; Ku. 3. 11.
     (3) To arrange or connect together.
     (4) To fix, assign, allot.
     (5) To consecrate, dedicate.
     (6) To imagine, fancy.
     (7) To think about, ponder, reflect.

saṃkalpaḥ
     (1) Will, volition, mental resolve; kaḥ kāmaḥ saṃkalpaḥ Dk
     (2) Purpose, aim, intention, determination.
     (3) Wish, desire; saṃkalpamātroditasiddhayaste R. 14. 17.
     (4) Thought, idea, reflection, fancy, imagination; tatsaṃkalpopahitajāḍima staṃbhamabhyoti gātraṃ Māl. 1. 35; vṛthaiva saṃkalpaśatairajasramanaṃga nītosi mayā vivṛddhiṃ S. 3. 5.
     (5) The mind, heart; Māl. 6. 2.
     (6) A solemn vow to perform an observance.
     (7) Expectation of advantage from a holy voluntary act.
     (8) Consideration, reflection.
     (9) A declaration made by a widow at the time of burning herself with her husband.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmaka a. 1. willing, resolving. --2. consisting of thought only, imaginary.
          --jaḥ, --janman m.,
          --yoniḥ epithets of the god of love; bhagavansaṃkalpayone M. 4; Ku. 3. 24.
          --rūpa a. 1. volitional. --2. conformable to will.

saṃkalpita a.
     (1) Wished for, intended, aimed at.
     (2) Determined, resolved upon; S. 4. 13.
     (3) Imagined, fancied.

saṃketaḥ
     (1) An intimation, allusion.
     (2) A sign, gesture, hint; Mu. 1.
     (3) An indicatory sign, mark, token.
     (4) Agreement, convention; saṃketo gṛhyate jātau guṇadravyakriyāsu ca S. D. 12.
     (5) Engagement, appointment, assignation (made by a mistress or lover); nāmasametaṃ kṛtasaṃketaṃ vādayate mṛdu veṇuṃ Gīt. 5.
     (6) A place of meeting (for lovers), rendezvous; kāṃtārthinī tu yā yāti saṃketaṃ sābhisārikā Ak.
     (7) Condition, provision.
     (8) A short explanatory rule (in gram.).
     -- Comp.
          --gṛhaṃ, --niketanaṃ, --sthānaṃ a place of appointment or assignation; rendezvous.

saṃketakaḥ
     (1) Agreement, convention.
     (2) Appointment, assignation.
     (3) Rendezvous.
     (4) A lover or mistress who makes an appointment; saṃketake cirayati pravaro vinodaḥ Mk. 3. 3.

saṃketanam
     (1) Appointment, agreement.
     (2) A rendezvous.

saṃketayati Den. P.
     (1) To agree upon, appoint.
     (2) To fix by convention, lay down conventionally.
     (3) To invite, call.
     (4) To give a hint.

saṃketita a.
     (1) Agreed upon, fixed by convention; sākṣātsaṃketitaṃ yo'rthamabhidhatte sa vācakaḥ K. P. 2.
     (2) Invited, called.

saṃkraṃdanaḥ N. of Kṛṣṇa.

saṃkram 1 U.
     (1) To come or meet together.
     (2) To traverse, cross, go or pass through.
     (3) To approach, go.
     (4) To go over or be transferred (to another).
     (5) To enter on or in; kālo hyayaṃ saṃkramituṃ dvitīyaṃ sarvopakārakṣamamāśramaṃ te R. 5. 10.
     (6) To be present at, attend.
     (7) To surmount. --Caus.
     (1) To transfer.
     (2) To devolve, consign, entrust; brāhmaṇasaṃkramitākṣareṇa pitāmahena V. 3; Ku. 6. 78.
     (3) To deliver, hand over.
     (4) To convey, lead towards.
     (5) To take possession of,
     (6) To promise mutual assistance.

saṃkramaḥ
     (1) Concurrence, going together.
     (2) Transition, traversing, transfer, progress.
     (3) The passage of a planetary body through the zodiacal signs.
     (4) Moving, travelling. --maḥ --maṃ
     (1) A difficult or narrow passage.
     (2) A causeway, bridge; nadīmārgeṣu ca tathā saṃkramānavasādayet Mb.
     (3) A medium or means of attaining any object; tāmeva saṃkramīkṛtya Dk.; so'tithiḥ svargasaṃkramaḥ Pt. 4. 2.

saṃkramaṇam
     (1) Concurrence.
     (2) Transition, progress, passing from one point to another.
     (3) Passage.
     (4) The sun's passage from one zodiacal sign to another.
     (5) The day on which the summer solstice begins.

saṃkrāṃta p. p.
     (1) Passed through or into, entered into.
     (2) Transferred; devolved, entrusted; putrasaṃkrāṃtalakṣmīkairyadvṛddhekṣvākubhirdhṛtaṃ U. 1. 22.
     (3) Seized, affected.
     (4) Reflected, imaged.
     (5) Depicted.
     (6) Having Saṅkrānti (in astr.). --taṃ Property got by a woman from her husband.

saṃkrāṃtiḥ f.
     (1) Going together, union.
     (2) Passage from one point to another, transition.
     (3) The passage of the sun or any planetary body from one zodiacal sign into another.
     (4) Transference, giving over (to another); saṃpātitāḥ ... payaso gaṃḍūṣasaṃkrāṃtayaḥ U. 3. 16.
     (5) Transferring or communicating (one's knowledge to another), power of imparting (instruction to another); vivāde darśayiṣyaṃtaṃ kriyāsaṃkrāṃtimātmanaḥ M. 1. 19; śiṣṭā kriyā kasyacidātmasaṃsthā saṃkrāṃtiranyasya viśeṣayuktā 1. 16.
     (6) Image, reflection.
     (7) Depicting.

saṃkrīmaḥ Difficult progress; see saṃkrama.

saṃkrīḍ 1 A.
     (1) To play or sport together; saṃkrīḍaṃte maṇibhiramaraprārthitā yatra kanyāḥ Me. 68.
     (2) To creak, rattle (as wheels); saṃkrīḍaṃti śakaṭāni Mbh.

saṃkrīḍanam Sporting together.

saṃkrīḍitam Rattle of chariots.

saṃkledaḥ
     (1) Dampness, moisture.
     (2) The fluid secretion supposed to form in the first month after conception and which constitutes the rudiment of the foetus.

saṃkṣi 1. 5. 9. P.
     (1) To decay, wane.
     (2) To be emaciated or lean
     (3) To destroy completely, annihilate.

saṃkṣayaḥ
     (1) Destruction.
     (2) Complete destruction or consumption.
     (3) Loss, ruin.
     (4) End, termination.
     (5) Destruction of the world.

saṃkṣip 6 P.
     (1) To collect or heap together; ātapātyayasaṃkṣiptanavirāsu niṣādibhiḥ R. 1. 52; Bk. 5. 86.
     (2) To withdraw, destroy.
     (3) To shorten, curtail, abridge; saṃkṣipyeta kṣaṇa iva kathaṃ dīrghayāmā triyāmā Me. 108; Ms. 7. 34.
     (4) To contract, compress.
     (5) To diminish, lessen.
     (6) To confine, shut in.
     (7) To constrain.

saṃkṣipta p. p.
     (1) Heaped together.
     (2) Compressed, contracted.
     (3) Abridged, curtailed, shortened.
     (4) Diminished, lessened.
     (5) Brief, concise, short.
     (6) Restrained.
     (7) Thrown, despatched.
     (8) Seized, grasped.

saṃkṣiptiḥ f.
     (1) Throwing together.
     (2) Compressing, abridging.
     (3) Throwing, sending.
     (4) Ambuseade.
     (5) Transition (from one feeling to another).

saṃkṣepaḥ
     (1) Throwing together.
     (2) Compression, abridgment.
     (3) Brevity, conciseness.
     (4) An epitome, a brief exposition.
     (5) Throwing, sending.
     (6) Taking away.
     (7) Assisting in another's duty. (saṃkṣepeṇa, saṃkṣepatas are used adverbially in the sense of 'briefly, concisely, shortly').

saṃkṣepaṇam
     (1) Heaping together.
     (2) Abridgment, abbreviation.
     (3) Sending.

saṃkṣubh 1 A, 4. 9. P. To tremble, be agitated or disturbed. --Caus. To agitate, excite.

saṃkṣobhaḥ
     (1) Agitation, trembling.
     (2) Disturbance, commotion; Mk. 2.
     (3) Upsetting, overturning.
     (4) Pride, haughtiness.

saṃkhyam War, battle, fight; saṃkhye dviṣāṃ vīrarasaṃ cakāra Vikr. 1. 68, 70; Ve. 3. 25; Śi. 18. 70; Māl. 8. 9.

saṃkhyā 2 P.
     (1) To count, enumerate, calculate, sum up; tāvaṃtyeva ca tattvāni sāṃkhyaiḥ saṃkhyāyaṃte S. B.
     (2) Ved. To appear along with, be connected with.

saṃkhyaka a. (At the end of comp.) Numbering, amounting to; śatasaṃkhyakā narāḥ &c.

saṃkhyā
     (1) Enumeration, reckoning, calculation; saṃkhyāmivaiṣāṃ bhramaraścakāra R. 16. 47.
     (2) A number.
     (3) A numeral.
     (4) Sum.
     (5) Reason, understanding, intellect.
     (6) Deliberation, reflection.
     (7) Manner.
     -- Comp.
          --dhatiga, atīta a. beyond number, innumerable, countless.
          --mātraṃ mere numeration.
          --vācaka a. expressive of number. (
          --kaḥ) a numeral.
          --samāpanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

saṃkhyāta p. p.
     (1) Enumerated.
     (2) Calculated, reckoned up. --taṃ A number. --tā A kind of riddle.

saṃkhyānam Numbering, calculation.

saṃkhyāvat a.
     (1) Numbered.
     (2) Possessed of reason. --m. A learned man.

saṃgaḥ [saṃj bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Coming together, joining.
     (2) Meeting, union, confluence (as of rivers).
     (3) Touch, contact.
     (4) Company, association, friendship, friendly intercourse; satāṃ sadbhiḥ saṃgaḥ kathamapi hi puṇyena bhavati U. 2. 1; saṃgamanuvraj 'to keep company with, herd with'; mṛgāḥ mṛgaiḥ saṃgamanuvrajaṃti Subhāṣ.
     (5) Attachment, fondness, desire; dhyāyato viṣayānpuṃsaḥ saṃgasteṣūpajāyate Bg. 2. 62.
     (5) Attachment to worldly ties, association with men; daurmaṃtryānnṛpatirvinaśyati yatiḥ saṃgāt Bh. 2. 42; vimukta- Ku. 1. 53; Pt. 1. 169.
     (7) Encounter, fight.
     (8) Hindrance, obstruction; R. 2. 42; 3. 63.

saṃgin a.
     (1) United with, meeting.
     (2) Attached or devoted to, fond of; S. 5. 11; R. 19. 16; M. 4. 2; Bg. 3. 26; 14. 15.
     (3) Full of affection, desirous.
     (4) Libidinous, lustful.
     (5) Continuous, uninterrupted; Ki. 14. 59.

saṃgaṇikā An excellent or incomparable discourse.

saṃgam 1 A.
     (1) To come or join together, meet, encounter; akṣadhūrtaiḥ samagaṃsi Dk.; ete bhagavatyau kaliṃdakanyāmaṃdākinyau saṃgacchete A. R. 7.
     (2) To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; bhāryā ca parasaṃgatā Pt. 1. 238; Ms. 8. 378.
     (3) To keep company or intercourse with, associate with.
     (4) To agree, harmonize, be suitable.
     (5) To become contracted, shrink up.
     (6) To die, depart.
     (7) To go to, attain (with acc.). --Caus.
     (1) To bring together, join, unite; vadhūvarau saṃgamayāṃcakāra R. 7. 20.
     (2) To endow or present with, unite with, bestow on, give to; priyasuhṛdi bibhīṣaṇe saṃgamayya śriyaṃ vairiṇaḥ R. 12. 104.

saṃgata p. p.
     (1) Joined or united with, come together, associated with.
     (2) Assembled, collected, convened, met together.
     (3) Joined in wedlock, married.
     (4) Sexually united.
     (5) Fitted together, appropriate, harmonious; śṛṇutamidānīṃ saṃgatārthaṃ naveti S. 3.
     (6) In conjunction with (as planets).
     (7) Shrunk up, contracted; see gam with saṃ. --taṃ
     (1) Union, meeting, alliance; saṃgataṃ śrīsarasvatyorbhūtaye'stu sadā satāṃ V. 5. 24, S. 5. 24.
     (2) Association, company.
     (3) Acquaintance, friendship, intimacy; Ku. 5. 39.
     (4) A harmonious or consistent speech, well-reasoned remarks.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃdhiḥ a peace concluded after frien dship.

saṃgatiḥ f.
     (1) Union, meeting, conjunction.
     (2) Company, society, association, intercourse; mano hi janmāṃtarasaṃgatijñaṃ R. 7. 15; kṣaṇamiha sajjanasaṃgatirikā bhavati bhavārṇavataraṇe nau kā Moha M. 6.
     (3) Sexual union.
     (4) Visiting, frequenting.
     (5) Fitness, appropriateness, applicability, consistent relation.
     (6) Accident, chance, accidental occurrence.
     (7) Knowledge.
     (8) Questioning for further knowledge.

saṃgamaḥ
     (1) Meeting, union; V. 4. 37; R. 12. 66, 90.
     (2) Association, company, society, intercourse; as in sadbhiḥ saṃgamaḥ.
     (3) Contact, touch; gātrasaṃgamāt R. 8. 44.
     (4) Sexual union or intercourse; ayaṃ sa te tiṣṭhati saṃgamotsukaḥ S. 3. 14; R. 19. 33.
     (5) Confluence (of rivers); gaṃgāyamunayoḥ saṃgame V. 5.
     (6) Fitness, adaptation.
     (7) Encounter, fight.
     (8) Conjunction (of planets).

saṃgamanam Meeting, union; see saṃgama. --naḥ N. of Yama.

saṃgaraḥ
     (1) A promise, an agreement; tatheti tasyā vitathaṃ pratītaḥ pratyagrahītsaṃgaramagrajanmā R. 5. 26, 11. 48; pālitasaṃgarāya 13. 65.
     (2) Accepting, undertaking.
     (3) A bargain.
     (4) War, battle, fight; ataratsvabhujaujasā muhurmahataḥ saṃgarasāgarānasau Śi. 16. 67.
     (5) Knowledge.
     (6) Devouring.
     (7) Misfortune, calamity.
     (8) Poison.
     (9) The fruit of the Śamī tree.

saṃgavaḥ N. of a particular part of the day, said to be three Muhūrtas after Pratastana or early dawn and to form the second of the five divisions of the day.

saṃgāvaḥ Discourse, conversation.

saṃgupta p. p.
     (1) Well protected or preserved.
     (2) Well concealed, kept secret.

saṃgūḍha p. p.
     (1) Completely concealed or hidden.
     (2) Contracted, abridged.
     (3) Joined, united.
     (4) Collected, heaped together, piled up.

saṃgṝ 9 U., 6 A.
     (1) To promise, make a vow (Atm.); rājñe samagiretāṃ Dk.
     (2) To recognise, acknow ledge.
     (3) To agree in calling.
     (4) To swallow, devour.

saṃgīrṇa p. p.
     (1) Agreed or assented to.
     (2) Promised, vowed.

saṃgai 1 P.
     (1) To chant, sing in chorus.
     (2) To celebrate by singing together.

saṃgīta p. p. Sung together, sung in chorus. --taṃ
     (1) Chorus, a song sung by many voices; jaguḥ sukaṃṭhyo gaṃdharvyaḥ saṃgītaṃ sahabhartṛkāḥ Bhāg.
     (2) Music, harmonious singing, especially singing accompanied by instrumental music and dancing, triple symphony; gītaṃ vādyaṃ nartanaṃ ca trayaṃ saṃgītamucyate; kimanyadasyāḥ pariṣadaḥ śrutiprasādanataḥ saṃgītāt S. 1; Mk. 1.
     (3) A concert.
     (4) The art of singing with music and dancing; Bh. 2. 12.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ 1. the subject of a musical performance. --2. the materials or necessary apparatus for a musical concert; Me. 56.
          --śālā a concert-hall; Māl. 2.
          --śāstraṃ the science of music.

saṃgītakam
     (1) Concert, symphony.
     (2) A public entertainment consisting of songs attended with music and dancing.

saṃgītiḥ f.
     (1) Concert, symphony, harmony.
     (2) Conversation.

saṃgrah 9 U.
     (1) To collect, gather, accumulate, hoard; saṃgṛhya dhanaṃ, pāśān &c.
     (2) To receive kindly.
     (3) To curb, restrain, check, control, rein in (as horses).
     (4) To unstring (as a bow).
     (5) To grasp, lay hold of.
     (6) To to take, receive, accept.
     (7) To conceive, understand.
     (8) To contract, abridge, narrow.
     (9) To encourage, support, favour. (10) To seize upon, attack (as an illness).
     (11) To include, comprise, contain.
     (12) To close, shut (as the mouth).
     (13) To concentrate.
     (14) To constrain, force.
     (15) To marry.
     (16) To mention, name.

saṃgṛhita a.
     (1) Gathered, collected, stored.
     (2) Grasped, seized.
     (3) Restrained, governed.
     (4) Received, accepted.
     (5) Abridged; see saṃgrah above.

saṃgrahaḥ
     (1) Seizing, grasping.
     (2) Clenching the fist, grasp, grip.
     (3) Reception, admission.
     (4) Guarding, protection; tathā grāmaśatānāṃ ca kuryādrāṣṭsya saṃgrahaṃ Ms. 7. 114.
     (5) Favouring, propitiating, entertaining, supporting; Ms. 3. 138; 8. 311.
     (6) Storing, accumulation, gathering, collecting; svadhāsaṃgrahatatparāḥ R. 1. 66; taiḥ kṛtaprakṛtisaṃgrahaiḥ 19. 55; 17. 60.
     (7) Governing, restraining, controlling.
     (8) Conglomeration.
     (9) Conjunction. (10) Agglomeration (a kind of saṃyoga).
     (11) Inclusion, comprehension.
     (12) Compilation.
     (13) Epitome, summary, abridgment, compendium; saṃgraheṇa pravakṣyate Bg. 8. 11; so tarkasaṃgrahaḥ.
     (14) Sum, amount, totality; karaṇaṃ karma karteti trivadhaḥ karmasaṃgrahaḥ Bg. 18. 18.
     (15) A catalogue, list.
     (16) A store-room.
     (17) An effort, exertion.
     (18) Mention, reference.
     (19) Greatness, elevation. (20) Velocity.
     (21) N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --ślokaḥ a verse summarizing what has been mentioned before.

saṃgrahaṇam
     (1) Seizing, grasping.
     (2) Supporting, encouraging.
     (3) Compiling, collecting.
     (4) Blending.
     (5) Incasing, setting; kanakrabhūṣaṇasaṃgrahaṇotritaḥ (maṇiḥ) Pt. 1. 75.
     (6) Sexual union, intercourse with a female.
     (7) Adultery; Ms. 8. 6, 72; Y. 2. 72.
     (8) Hoping.
     (9) Accepting, receiving. --ṇī Dysentery.

saṃgrahītṛ m. A charioteer.

saṃgrāhaḥ
     (1) Laying hold of, grasping.
     (2) Forcible seizure.
     (3) Clenching the fist.
     (4) The fist.
     (5) The handle of a shield.

saṃgrāhakaḥ A collector, compiler.

saṃgrāhin m. The Kuṭaja tree.

saṃgrāmaḥ War, battle, fight; saṃgrāmāṃgaṇamāgatena bhavatā cāpe samāropite K. P. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --jit a. conquering in battle.
          --paṭahaḥ a large military drum.

saṃghaḥ
     (1) A group, collection, multitude, flock; as maharṣisaṃgha, manuṣyasaṃgha &c.
     (2) A number of people living together.
     (3) Close contact or combination. --cārin m. a fish. --jīvin m. a hired labourer, coolie. --talaḥ the two hands with the open palms brought together. --vṛttiḥ f. close combination.

saṃghaṭ 1 A. To meet, assemble together. --Caus.
     (1) To join or fasten together, bring together.
     (2) To strike (a musical instrument), sound, play upon.

saṃghaṭanā Joining together, union, combination; Ratn. 4. 20.

saṃghaṭṭ 1 A.
     (1) To strike.
     (2) To bring together, unite.
     (3) To gather, collect.
     (4) To rub, rub against or press against; saṃghadṛyannaṃgadamaṃgadena R. 6. 73.
     (5) To strike against, touch.

saṃghaṭṭaḥ
     (1) Friction, rubbing together; saralaskaṃdhasaṃghaṭṭajanmā (davāgnaḥ) Me. 53; Māl. 5. 3, 9. 1.
     (2) Col lision, clashing together, encounter; Śi. 20. 26.
     (3) Encounter, conflict.
     (4) Meeting, joining, collision or rivalry (as of wives); R. 14. 86.
     (5) Embracing. --ṭṭā A large creeper.

saṃghaṭṭanaṃ --nā
     (1) Rubbing together, friction.
     (2) Collision, clash.
     (3) Close contact, adherence to.
     (4) Contact, union, cohesion.
     (5) The intertwining of wrestlers.
     (6) Meeting, encounter in general.
     (7) The embrace of lovers.

saṃghāṭikā
     (1) A pair, couple.
     (2) A bawd, procuress.
     (3) Smell.

saṃghāṇakaḥ --kam The mucus of the nose.

saṃghātaḥ
     (1) Union, combination, an association.
     (2) A multitude, an assemblage, a collection; upāyamaṃghāta iva pravṛddhaḥ R. 14. 11; jalasaṃghāta ivāsi vidrutaḥ Ku. 4. 6.
     (3) Killing, slaughter.
     (4) Phlegm.
     (5) Formation of compounds.
     (6) N. of a division of bell.
     (7) A particular mode of walking (in dramas.).
     -- Comp.
          --kaṭhina a. hard like a solid, solid; Ku. 2. 11.
          --śilā a stone-like block or hard mass, solid stone; Ku. 1. 56; 5. 55.

saṃghuṣ 1 P.
     (1) To resound.
     (2) To proclaim loudly.

saṃghuṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Resonant, resounding.
     (2) Sounded, proclaimed.
     (3) Offered for sale. --ṣṭaḥ A sound, noise.

saṃghṛṣ 1 P.
     (1) To rub or grind together.
     (2) To rival, emulate, compete or vie with; sa prayoganipuṇaiḥ prayoktṛbhiḥ saṃjagharṣa saha mivasaṃnidhau R. 19. 36.
     (3) To rub, scratch.

saṃgharṣaḥ
     (1) Rubbing together, friction.
     (2) Grinding, trituration.
     (3) Collision, clash.
     (4) Emulation, rivalry, contest for superiority; tasyāśca mama ca kastiṃścitsaṃgharṣe Dk.; nāṭyācāryayormahān jñānasaṃgharṣo jātaḥ M. 1.
     (5) Envy, jealousy.
     (6) Gliding, gently flowing.

sac 1 A., 3 P. (sacate, siṣakti) Ved.
     (1) To follow, pursue.
     (2) To go to.
     (3) To love, like.
     (4) To be obedient.
     (5) To honour, serve.
     (6) To assist, aid.
     (7) To be associated with.

sacanam
     (1) Honouring.
     (2) Service, attendance.
     (3) Assisting, helping.

sacakita a. Startled, timid. --taṃ ind. Tremblingly, in an alarmed or startled manner.

saciḥ
     (1) A friend.
     (2) Friendship, intimacy. --f. The wife of Indra; see śacī.

sacitra a. Painted, variegated (with pictures); Me. 64.

sacillaka a. Blear-eyed.

sacivaḥ
     (1) A friend, companion.
     (2) A minister, counsellor; sacivānsapta cāṣṭau vā prakurvīta parīkṣitān Ms. 7. 54; R. 1. 34, 4. 87; kāryāṃtarasacivaḥ M. 1.
     (3) The dark thorn-apple.

sacī See śacī.

sacetana a.
     (1) Sentient, animate, rational.
     (2) Conscious, sensible.

sacetas a.
     (1) Intelligent.
     (2) Possessed of feeling; sacetapaḥ kasya mano na dūyate Ku. 5. 48.
     (3) Unanimous.

sacela a. Dressed.

saceṣṭaḥ The mango tree.

sacchidra a.
     (1) Having holes.
     (2) Defective, faulty.

sajana a. Having men or living beings. --naḥ A man of the same family, a kinsman.

sajaṃbāla a. Muddy.

sajala a. Watery, wet, humid.

sajāta a. Born together. --taḥ A brother (Ved.).

sajāti, sajātīya a.
     (1) Of the same kind, tribe, class, or species.
     (2) Like, similar. --m. A son of a man and woman of the same caste.

sajatyam Brotherhood, relationship.

sajuṣ(s) a.
     (1) Loving, attached to
     (2) Associated together. --m. (Nom. sajūḥ, sajutrau, sajuṣaḥ; instr. dual sajūrbhyām) A friend, companion. --ind. With, together with.

sajja a.
     (1) Ready, made or got ready, prepared; sajjo rathaḥ U. 1.
     (2) Dressed, clothed
     (3) Accoutred trimmed.
     (4) Fully equipped, armed.
     (5) Fortified.

sajjanam
     (1) Fastening, tying on.
     (2) Dressing.
     (3) Preparing, arming, equipping.
     (4) A guard, sentry.
     (5) A ferry, ghāt. --naḥ A good man; see under sat. --nā
     (1) Decoration, accoutrement, equipment.
     (2) Dressing ornamenting.

sajjā
     (1) Dress, decoration.
     (2) Equipment, apparatus.
     (3) Military accoutrement, armour, mail.

sajjita a.
     (1) Dressed.
     (2) Decorated.
     (3) Made ready, equipped; Pt. 1. 157.
     (4) Accoutred, armed.

sajjīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make ready, prepare, equip.
     (2) To decorate.

sajjībhū 1 P. To be ready, to be equipped, accoutred, or decorated.

sajya a.
     (1) Furnished with a bow-string.
     (2) Strung (as a bow); Ki. 1. 21.

sajyotsnā A moonlight night.

saṃcaḥ A collection of leaves for writing upon.

saṃcat m.
     (1) A cheat, rogue, juggler.
     (2) Cheating, deceit.

saṃcar 1 P. (but Atm. when used with the instrumental of a conveyance)
     (1) To move, walk, go, pass, walk about; yānaiḥ samacaraṃtānye Bk. 8. 32; kvacitpathā saṃcarate surāṇāṃ R. 13. 19; N. 6. 57.
     (2) To practise, perform.
     (3) To pass over, be transferred to.
     (4) To act, behave; Māl. 6. 2.
     (5) To join, meet.
     (6) To pass or roam through, travel over.
     (7) To arrive at, reach, attain. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to go about, lead, conduct; yūthāni saṃcārya S. 5. 5.
     (2) To cause to spread, circulate.
     (3) To transmit, communicate, pass over, deliver over to (as a disease &c.).
     (4) To turn out (as cattle &c.) to graze.
     (5) To impel, instigate, incite.

saṃcaraḥ
     (1) Passage, transit from one zodiacal sign to another.
     (2) A way, path; yatrauṣadhipra kāśena naktaṃ darśitasaṃcarāḥ Ku. 6. 43; R. 16. 12
     (3) A narrow road, defile, difficult passage.
     (4) Entrance, gate.
     (5) The body.
     (6) Killing.
     (7) Development.

saṃcaraṇam Going, motion, travelling.

saṃcāraḥ
     (1) Going, movement, travelling or roaming through; sa punaḥ pārthasaṃcāraṃ saṃcaratyavanīpatiḥ K. P. 10; sulabhapuruṣasaṃcāre'sminpradeśe Mk. 7; R. 2. 15.
     (2) Passing through, passage, transit.
     (3) A course, way, road, pass.
     (4) A difficult progress or journey.
     (5) Difficulty, distress.
     (7) Inciting.
     (8) Leading, guiding.
     (9) Transmission, contagion. (10) A gem said to be found in the hood of serpents.
     (11) The entrance of the sun into a new sign.

saṃcāraka a. Conveying, transmitting. --kaḥ
     (1) A leader, guide.
     (2) An instigator.
     (3) An orator.

saṃcāraṇam Moving, impelling, conveying, leading &c.

saṃcārikā
     (1) A female messenger, go-between.
     (2) A bawd, procuress.
     (3) A pair, couple.
     (4) Smell, odour.

saṃcārita p. p.
     (1) Moved, set in motion.
     (2) Impelled, driven onward, incited.
     (3) Conveyed; see saṃcar

saṃcārin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Moving, moveable; saṃcāriṇī nagaradevateva Māl. 1; Ku. 3. 54; saṃcāriṇī dīpāśikheva rātrau R. 6. 67.
     (2) Roaming, wandering.
     (3) Changing, unsteady, fickle.
     (4) Difficult to be passed, inaccessible,
     (5) Evanescent, as a Bhāva; see below.
     (6) Influencing.
     (7) Hereditary, successively communicated (as a disease).
     (8) Contagious.
     (9) Impelling. --m.
     (1) Wind, air.
     (2) Incense.
     (3) A transient or evanescent feeling which serves to strengthen the prevailing sentiment; see vyabhicārin.

saṃcal 1 P.
     (1) To move about, move to and fro, waver, oscillate.
     (2) To quiver, tremble.
     (3) To start or jump up
     (4) To depart, go away.

saṃcala a. Trembling, quivering.

saṃcalanam Agitation, trembling, shaking; acalasaṃcalanāharaṇoraṇaḥ Ki. 18. 8.

saṃcālī The Guñjā shrub.

saṃcāyyaḥ N. of a particular sacrifice.

saṃci 5 U.
     (1) To gather, collect, hoard; rakṣāyogādayamapi tapaḥ pratyahaṃ saṃcinoti S. 2. 14; R. 19. 2; Ms. 6. 15.
     (2) To arrange, put in order, put or place; Bk. 3. 35.

saṃcayaḥ
     (1) Heaping up, gathering.
     (2) Hoard, heap, accumulation, stock, store; kartavyaḥ saṃcayo nityaṃ kartavyo nātisaṃcayaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (3) A large quantity, collection.
     (4) Joint; Māl. 8. 9.

saṃcayanam
     (1) Gathering, collecting.
     (2) Collecting the ashes and bones of a body after it has been burnt.

saṃcayin a.
     (1) Collecting, gathering, hoarding &c.

saṃcita p. p.
     (1) Heaped up, accumulated, hoarded, collected.
     (2) Laid by, stored.
     (3) Enumerated, reckoned.
     (4) Full of, furnished or provided with.
     (5) Impeded, obstructed.
     (6) Dense, thick (as a wood).

saṃcitiḥ f. A collection.

saṃciṃt 10 U.
     (1) To think, consider, reflect, think over; Y. 1. 360; Ch. P. 32.
     (2) To weigh (in the mind), discriminate.
     (3) To design, intend.

saṃciṃtanam Consideration, reflection.

saṃciṃtita a.
     (1) Considered, thought about.
     (2) Designed, intended.
     (3) Settled.

saṃcūrṇ 10 U.
     (1) To pulverize.
     (2) To bruise, crush; saṃcūrṇayāmi gadayā na suyodhanoru Ve. 1. 15.

saṃcūrṇanam Crushing to pieces.

saṃchad 10 U.
     (1) To hide, conceal.
     (2) To envelope, cover, wrap up.
     (3) To put on (as clothes).

saṃchanna p. p.
     (1) Enveloped, concealed, hidden.
     (2) Clothed.
     (3) Surrounded.

saṃchādanam Obscuring, hiding.

saṃchid 7 U.
     (1) To cut, cut off, divide.
     (2) To penetrate, pierce.
     (3) To remove, clear, solve, (as a doubt &c.).
     (4) To settle, decide (a question).

saṃcchedaḥ
     (1) Cutting, dividing.
     (2) Removal, solution.

saṃj 1 P. (sajati, sakta; the s of the root being changed to ṣ after a preposition ending in i or u)
     (1) To stick or adhere to, cling to; tulyagaṃdhiṣu mattebhakaṭeṣu phalareṇavaḥ (sasaṃjuḥ); R. 4. 47.
     (2) To go, move.
     (3) To fasten. --Pass. (sajyate) To be attached to, cling or adhere to.

saṃjan 4 A.
     (1) To be born or produced.
     (2) To grow, arise, spring.
     (3) To be or become.
     (4) To elapse, pass (time). --Caus. To beget, produce, generate.

saṃjaḥ
     (1) N. of Brahman.
     (2) N. of Śiva.

saṃjāta p. p.
     (1) Born, produced, grown, arisen (oft. in comp. in the sense of 'growing, becoming, possessing'; saṃjātakopa 'being angry'); so saṃjātapakṣa 'winged,' &c.).
     (2) Passed (as time).

saṃjayaḥ N. of the charioteer of king Dhṛtarāṣṭra. He tried to bring about a peaceful settlement of the dispute between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas, but failed. It was he who narrated the events of the great Bhāratī war to the blind king Dhritarāṣṭra; cf. Bg. 1. 1.

saṃjalp 1 P. To talk, converse.

saṃjalpaḥ
     (1) Conversation.
     (2) Confused talk, chattering, confusion.
     (3) An uproar.

saṃjavanam A quadrangle; a group of four houses forming a court.

saṃjā A she-goat.

saṃjīv 1 P.
     (1) To live together.
     (2) To live, exist (by any profession).
     (3) To be restored to life. --Caus.
     (1) To revive, restore or bring to life, reanimate.
     (2) To maintain, nourish.

saṃjīvanam
     (1) Living together.
     (2) Bringing to life, life-restoring, reanimation, resuscitation.
     (3) N. of one of the 21 hells; see Ms. 4. 89.
     (4) A group of four houses, quadrangle. --nī
     (1) A kind of elixir (said to restore the dead to life).
     (2) Making alive, restoring life.
     (3) Food.
     (4) N. of Mallinatha's commentaries on Ku., R., and Me.
     -- Comp.
          --oṣadhi f. a reviving or life-restoring plant; saṃjīvanauṣadhiraso nu hṛdi prasiktaḥ U. 3. 11.

saṃjñā 9 A.
     (1) To know, understand, be aware of.
     (2) To recognize.
     (3) To live in harmony, agree together (with acc or instr.); pitrā pitaraṃ vā saṃjānīte Sk.
     (4) To watch, be on the alert; Bk. 8. 27.
     (5) To accede or agree to.
     (6) To remember, think of (Paras.); mātuḥ mātaraṃ vā saṃjānāti Sk.
     (7) To direct, appoint. --Caus.
     (1) To inform.
     (2) To appease, gratify, console.
     (3)
          (a) To quiet, pacify (a sacrificial animal).
          (b) To kill.
     (4) To command, enjoin.
     (5) To animate.
     (6) To make intelligible, cause to be understood, inform.
     (7) To make a sign to (any one), communicate by signs.

saṃjña a.
     (1) Knock-kneed.
     (2) Being conscious.
     (3) Named, called; see saṃjñā below. --jñaṃ A yellow fragrant wood.

saṃjñapanam Killing.

saṃjñaptiḥ f.
     (1) Apprising, informing.
     (2) Killing, sacrificing.

saṃjñā
     (1) Consciousness; saṃjñāṃ labh, āpad or pratipaḍh 'to regain or recover one's, consciousness, come to one's senses.
     (2) Knowledge, understanding.
     (3) Intellect, mind.
     (4) A hint, sign, token, gesture; mukhārpitaikāṃgulisaṃjñayaiva mā cāpalāyeti gaṇān vyataiṣīt Ku. 3. 41.
     (5) A name, designation, an appellation; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; dvaṃdvairvimuktāḥ sukhaduḥkhasaṃjñaiḥ Bg. 15. 5.
     (6) (In gram.) Any name or noun having a special meaning, a proper name.
     (7) The technical name for an affix.
     (8) The Gāyatrī Mantra; see gāyatrī.
     (9) N. of the daughter of Viśvakarman and wife of the sun, and mother of Yama, Yamī, and the two Aśvins. [A legend relates that saṃjñā on one occasion wished to go to her father's house and asked her husband's permission, which was not granted. Resolved to carry out her purpose, she created, by means of her superhuman power, a woman exactly like herselfwho was, as it were, her own shadow (and was therefore called Chhāyā), --and putting her in her own place, went away without the knowledge of the sun. Chhāyā bore to the sun three children (see chāyā), and lived quite happily with him, so that when Saṇjñā returned, he would not admit her. Thus repudiated and disappointed, she assumed the form of a mare and roamed over the earth. The sun, however, in course of time, came to know the real state of things, and discovered that his wife had assumed the form of a mare. He accordingly assumed the form of a horse, and was united with his wife, who bore to him two sonsthe Aśvinīkumār as or Aśvins q. v.].
     -- Comp.
          --adhikāraḥ a leading rule which gives a particular name to the rules falling under it, and which exercises influence over them.
          --viparyayaḥ loss of consciousness; Ku. 6. 44.
          --viṣayaḥ an epithet, an attribute.
          --sutaḥ an epithet of Saturn.

saṃjñānam Knowledge, understanding.

saṃjñāpanam
     (1) Informing.
     (2) Teaching.
     (3) Killing, slaughter.

saṃjñāvat a. Having consciousness, become sensible, revived.
     (2) Having a name.

saṃjñin a.
     (1) Named.
     (2) That which receives a name. (--m. also in this Sense).

saṃjñita a. Named, called, denominated.

saṃjñu a. Knock-kneed.

saṃjvaraḥ
     (1) Great heat, fever; Māl. 9. 36.
     (2) Heat.
     (3) Indignation.

saṭ I. 1 P. (saṭati) To form a part. --II. 10 U. (sāṭayati-te) To show, display, manifest.

saṭaṃ, saṭā
     (1) An ascetic's matted hair.
     (2) The mane (of a lion); Mu. 7. 6; Śi. 1. 47.
     (3) Bristles of a boar; vidhyaṃtamuddhṛtasaṭāḥ pratihaṃtumīṣuḥ R. 9. 60.
     (4) A braid of hair.
     (5) A crest.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ a lion.

saṭiḥ --ṭī f., saṭikā Zedoary.

saṭīka a. Accompanied or explained by a commentary.

saṭṭ 10 U. (saṭṭayati-te)
     (1) To injure, kill,
     (2) To be strong.
     (3) To give.
     (4) To take.
     (5) To dwell.

saṭṭakam A kind of minor drama in Prākṛta; e. g. karpūramaṃjarī; see S. D. 542.

saṭvā
     (1) A kind of bird.
     (2) A musical instrument.

saṭh 10 U. (sāṭhayati-te)
     (1) To finish, complete.
     (2) To leave unfinished.
     (3) To go, move.
     (4) To adorn, decorate.

saṭhi f. The plant zedoary.

saṇasūtram A hempen cord or thread.

saṃḍa See ṣaṃḍha.

saṃḍiśaḥ A pair of tongs or nippers.

saṃḍīnam One of the several modes of flight of birds; see ḍīna.

sat a. (tī f.)
     (1) Being, existing, existent; saṃtaḥ svataḥ prakāśaṃte guṇā na parato nṛṇāṃ Bv. 1. 120; satkalpavṛkṣe vane S. 7. 12.
     (2) Real, essential, true.
     (3) Good, virtuous, chaste; satī satī yogavisṛṣṭadehā Ku. 1. 21; S. 5. 17.
     (4) Noble, worthy, high; as in satkulam.
     (5) Right, proper.
     (6) Best, excellent.
     (7) Venerable, respectable.
     (8) Wise, learned.
     (9) Handsome, beautiful.
     (1) Firm, steady. --m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; ādānaṃ hi visargāya satāṃ vārimucāmiva R. 4. 86; avirataṃ parakāryakṛtāṃ satāṃ madhurimātiśayena vaco'mṛtaṃ Bv. 1. 113; Bh. 2. 78; R. 1. 10. --n.
     (1) That which really exists entity, existence, essence.
     (2) The really existent truth, reality.
     (3) Good; as in sadasat q. v.
     (4) Brahman or the Supreme Spirit.
     (5) Ved. Water. (satkṛ means 1. to respect treat with respect, receive hospita bly. --2. to honour, worship, adore --3. to adorn).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ (sadaṃjanaṃ) calx of brass.
          --asat (sadasat) a. 1. existent and non-existent, being and not being. --2. real and unreal. --3. true and false. --4. good and bad, right and wrong. --5. virtuous and wicked. (--n. du.) 1. entity and non-entity. --2. good and evil, right and wrong. -vivekaḥ discrimination between good and evil or truth and falsehood. -vyaktihetuḥ the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; taṃ saṃtaḥ śrotumarhaṃti sadasadvyaktihetavaḥ R. 1. 10.
          --ācāraḥ (sadācāraḥ) 1. good manners, virtuous or moral conduct. --2. approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; Ms. 2. 18.
          --ātman a. (sadātman) virtuous, good.
          --uttaraṃ (saduttaraṃ) a proper or good reply.
          --kartṛ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --karman n. 1. a virtuous or pious act. --2. virtue, piety. --3. funeral obsequies. --4. expiation. --5. hospitality.
          --kāṃḍaḥ a hawk, kite.
          --kāraḥ 1. a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable reception. --2. reverence, respect. --3. care, attention. --4. a meal. --5. a festival, religious observance.
          --kulaṃ a good or noble family.
          --kulīna a. nobly born, of noble descent.
          --kṛta a. 1. done well or properly. --2. hospitably received or treated. --3. revered, respected, honoured. --4. worshipped, adored. --5. entertained. --6. welcomed. (
          --taḥ) an epithet of Śiva. (
          --taṃ) 1. hospitality. --2. respect. --3. virtue, piety.
          --kṛtiḥ f. 1. treating with respect, hospitality, hospitable reception. --2. virtue, morality.
          --kriyā 1. virtue, goodness; śakuṃtalā mūrtimatī ca satkriyā S. 5. 15. --2. charity, good or virtuous action. --3. hospitality, hospitable reception; satkriyāviśeṣāt S. 7. --4. courtesy, salutation. --5. any purificatory ceremony. --6. funeral ceremonies, obsequies.
          --gati f. (sadratiḥ) a good or happy state, felicity, beatitude.
          --guṇa a. (sadguṇa) possessed of good qualities, virtuous. (
          --ṇaḥ) virtue, excellence, goodness, good quality.
          --carita, --caritra a. (saccasti-tra) wellconducted, honest, virtuous, righteous; sūtuḥ saccaritaḥ Bh. 2. 25. (--n.) 1. good or virtuous conduct. --2. history or account of the good; S. 1.
          --cārā (saccārā) turmeric.
          --cid (saccid) the Supreme Spirit. -aṃśaḥ a portion of existence and thought. -ātman m the soul consisting of entity and thought. -ānaṃdaḥ 1. 'existence or entity, knowledge and joy'; an epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. --2. of Viṣṇu.
          --jana a. (sajjana) good, virtuous, respectable. (
          --naḥ) a good or virtuous man.
          --patiḥ Ved 1. a lord of good persons or heroes. --2. N. of Indra.
          --patraṃ the new leaf of a water-lily.
          --pathaḥ 1. a good road --2. the right path of duty, correct or virtuous conduct. --3. an orthodox doctrine.
          --parigrahaḥ acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person.
          --paśuḥ a victim fit for a sacrifice, a good sacrificial victim.
          --pātraṃ a worthy or virtuous person. -varṣaḥ bestowing favours on worthy recipients, judicious liberality. -varṣin a. having judicious liberality
          --putraḥ 1. a good or virtuous son. --2. a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors.
          --pratipakṣaḥ; (in logic) one of the five kinds of hetvabhasas or fallacious hetus, a counter balanced hetu, one along which there exists another equal hetu on the opposite side; yatra sādhyābhāvasādhakaṃ hetvaṃtaraṃ sa satpratipakṣaḥ; e. g. 'sound is eternal because it is audible'; and also 'sound is non-eternal, because it is a product'.
          --phalaḥ the pomegranate tree.
          --bhāvaḥ (sadbhāvaḥ) 1. existence, being, entity. --2. actual existence, reality. --3. good disposition or nature, amiability. --4. quality of goodness.
          --māturaḥ (sanmāturaḥ) the son of a virtuous mother.
          --mātraḥ (sanmātraḥ) 'consisting of mere entity', the soul.
          --mānaḥ (sanmānaḥ) esteem of the good.
          --mitraṃ (sanmitraṃ) a good or faithful friend.
          --yuvatiḥ f. (sadyuvatiḥ) a virtuous maiden.
          --baṃśa (sadbaṃśa) a. of high birth.
          --vacas n. (sadvacas) an agreeable or pleasing speech.
          --vastu n. (sadvastu) 1. a good thing. --2. a good plot or story; V. 1. 2.
          --vidya a. (sadvidya) well-educated, having good learning.
          --vṛtta a. (sadvṛtta) 1. well-behaved, wellconducted, virtuous, upright. --2. perfectly circular, well-rounded; sadvṛttaḥ stanamaṃḍalastava kathaṃ prāṇairmama krīḍati Gīt. 3 (where both senses are intended). (
          --tta) 1. good or virtuous conduct. --2. an agreeable or amiable disposition
          --śīla (sacchīla) a. 1. good-tempered. --2. benevolent, kindly disposed (towards others).
          --saṃsargaḥ, --saṃnidhānaṃ, --saṃgaḥ, --saṃgatiḥ, --samāgamaḥ company or society of the good, association with the good; tathā satsaṃnidhānena mūrkho yāti pravīṇatāṃ H. 1. satsaṃgajāni nidhanānyapi tārayatiṃ U. 2. 11; satsaṃgatiḥ kathaya kiṃ na karoti puṃsāṃ Bh. 2. 23.
          --saptayoga; right application.
          --sahāya a. having virtuous friends. (
          --yaḥ) a good companion.
          --sāra a. having good sap or essence. (
          --raḥ) 1. a kind of tree. --2. a poet. --3. a painter.
          --hetuḥ (saddhetuḥ) a faultless or valid hetu or middle term.

satī
     (1) A virtuous or good woman (or wife); Ku. 1. 21.
     (2) A female ascetic.
     (3) N. of the goddess Durgā; Ku. 1. 21.
     (4) A kind of fragrant earth.

satītvam Chastity.

satata a. Constant, eternal, everlasting, perpetual. --taṃ ind. Constantly, continually, eternally, always; sulabhāḥ puruṣā rājan satataṃ priyavādinaḥ Rām.
     -- Comp.
          --gaḥ, --gatiḥ wind; salilatale satatagatīnaṃtaḥsaṃcāriṇaḥ saṃnigṛhya śayyā kāryā Dk.; satatagāstatagānagiro'libhiḥ Śi. 6. 50; netrā nītāḥ satatagatinā yadvimānāgrabhūmīḥ Me. 69.
          --yāyin a. 1. always moving. --2. constantly tending to decay.

satarka a.
     (1) Versed in reasoning.
     (2) Considerate.

satiḥ f.
     (1) A gift, donation. End, destruction.

satīnaḥ
     (1) A kind of pulse of pease.
     (2) A bamboo.

satīrthaḥ, satīrthyaḥ A fellow religious student, (a pupil of the same preceptor); yamātmanaḥ satīrthyaṃ pitaiva te jānīte yosau yādṛśaśceti Māl. 2.

satīlaḥ
     (1) A bamboo.
     (2) Air, wind.
     (3) Pease, pulse (f. also).

satīlakaḥ Pease.

sateraḥ Husk, chaff.

sattā
     (1) Existence, entity, being.
     (2) Actual existence, reality.
     (3) The highest Jāti or generality; dravyāditrikavṛttistu sattā paratayocyate.
     (4) Goodness, excellence.

sattram [sad-ṣṭran] (usually written satraṃ)
     (1) A sacrificial session, especially one lasting from 13 to 100 days.
     (2) A sacrifice in general.
     (3) An oblation, offering, or gift.
     (4) Liberality, munificence.
     (5) Virtue.
     (6) A house, residence.
     (7) Covering.
     (8) Wealth.
     (9) A wood, forest; Ki. 13. 9. (10) A tank, pond.
     (11) Fraud, cheating.
     (12) A place of refuge, asylum, covert.
     -- Comp.
          --apaśrayaḥ a place of refuge, asylum.
          --ayanaṃ (ṇaṃ) a long sacrificial session.
          --pariveṣaṇaṃ distribution of food at a sacrifice.
          --śālā an alms-house.

satrāyate Den. A. To perform a sacrifice.

sattrin m.
     (1) One who constantly performs sacrifices, a liberal householder; Śi. 14. 32.
     (2) A priest superintending or performing a sacrifice.

sattrā ind. With, together with.
     -- Comp.
          --han m. an epithet of Indra.

sattriḥ
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) An elephant.

sattvam [sato bhāvaḥ] (Said to be m. also in the first ten senses)
     (1) Being, existence, entity.
     (2) Nature, essence
     (3) Natural character, inborn disposition.
     (4) Life, spirit, breath, vitality, principle of vitality; S. 2. 9.
     (5) Consciousness, mind, sense.
     (6) An embryo.
     (7) Substance, thing, wealth.
     (8) An elementary substance, such as earth, air, fire &c.
     (9) A living or sentient being, animal, beast; vanyān vineṣyanniva duṣṭasattvān R. 2. 8; 15. 15; kiṃ no'patyanirviśeṣāṇi sattvāni viprakaroṣi S. 7; Māl. 9. (10) An evil spirit, a demon, ghost.
     (11) Goodness, virtue, excellence.
     (12) Truth, reality, certainty.
     (13) Strongth, energy, courage, vigour, power, inherent power, the stuff of which a person is made; kriyāsiddhiḥ sattve bhavati mahatāṃ nopakaraṇe Subhāṣ.; R. 5. 31; Mu. 3. 22.
     (14) Wisdom, good sense.
     (15) The quality of goodness or purity regarded as the highest of the three Guṇas q. v.; (it is said to predominate most in gods and heavenly beings).
     (16) A natural property or quality, characteristic.
     (17) A noun, substantive.
     -- Comp.
          --anurūpa a. 1. according to one's inborn disposition or inherent character; Bh. 2. 30. --2. according to one's means or wealth; R. 7. 32 (Malli.'s interpretation does not appear to suit the context).
          --utsāhaḥ 1. natural energy. --2. energy and courage.
          --udrekaḥ 1. excess of the quality of goodness. --2. pre-eminence in strength or courage.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ signs of pregnancy; S 5.
          --viplavaḥ loss of consciousness.
          --vihita 1. caused by nature. --2. caused by goodness. --3. virtuous, upright.
          --saṃśuddhiḥ f. purity or uprightness of nature.
          --saṃpanna a. endowed with goodness, virtuous. --2. equable, even-minded.
          --saṃplavaḥ 1. loss of strength or vigour. --2. universal destruction.
          --sāraḥ 1. essence of strength --2. a very powerful person.
          --stha a. 1. being in the nature of things. --2. inherent in animals. --3. animate. --4. characterized by goodness, good, excellent.

sattvamejaya a. Terrifying animals or living beings.

sattvavat a.
     (1) Living, existing.
     (2) Possessed of true essence.
     (3) Good, pure, virtuous.
     (4) Endowed with energy or courage; prakṛtiriyaṃ sattvavatāṃ Subhāṣ.

satya a. [sate hitaṃ yat]
     (1) True, real, genuine; as in satyavrata, satyasaṃdha.
     (2) Honest, sincere, truthful, faithful.
     (3) Fulfilled, realized.
     (4) Virtuous, upright. --tyaḥ
     (1) The abode of Brahman and of truth, the uppermost of the seven worlds or lokas above the earth; see loka.
     (2) The Aśvattha tree.
     (3) N. of Rāma.
     (4) Of Viṣṇu.
     (5) The deity presiding over nāṃdīmukhaśrāddha q. v. --tyaṃ
     (1) Truth; maunātsatyaṃ viśiṣyate Ms. 2. 83; satyaṃ brū 'to speak the truth',
     (2) Sincerity.
     (3) Goodness, virtue, purity.
     (4) An oath, a promise, solemn asseveration; satyādgurumalopayan R. 12. 9: Ms. 8. 113.
     (5) A truism, demonstrated truth or dogma.
     (6) The first of the four Yugas or ages of the world, the golden age, the age of truth and purity.
     (7) Water.
     (8) The Supreme Spirit. --tyaṃ ind. Truly, really, indeed, verily, forsooth; satyaṃ śapāmi te pādapaṃkajasparśena K.; Ku. 6. 19.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ N. of the sage Agastya.
          --anurakta a. devoted to truth, honest, upright, true.
          --anṛta a. 1. true and false; satyānṛtā ca paruṣā H. 2. 183. --2. apparently true, but really false. (
          --taṃ-te) 1. truth and falsehood --2. practice of truth and falsehood; i. e. trade, commerce; Ms. 4. 4 and 6.
          --abhisaṃdha a. true to one's promise, sincere.
          --ātman true. (--m.) a virtuous or upright man.
          --utkarṣaḥ 1. pre-eminence in truth. --2. true excellence.
          --udya a. speaking the truth.
          --upayācana a. fulfilling a request.
          --kāmaḥ a lover of truth.
          --tapas m. N. of a sage.
          --darśin a. truth-seeing, fore-seeing truth.
          --dhana a. rich in truth, exceedingly truthful.
          --dhṛti a. strictly truthful.
          --puraṃ the world of Viṣṇu.
          --pūta a. purified by truth (as words); satyapūtāṃ vadedvāṇīṃ Ms. 6. 46.
          --pratijña a. true to one's promise.
          --pratiṣṭhāna, --mūla a. grounded in truth.
          --phalaḥ the Bilva tree.
          --bhāmā N. of the daughter of Satrājit and the favourite wife of Kṛṣṇa; (it was for her that Kṛṣṇa fought with Indra and brought the Pārijāta tree from the Nandana garden and planted it in her garden).
          --bhārataḥ N. of Vyāsa.
          --yugaṃ the golden age; see satyaṃ
     (6) above. --yauvanaḥ a Vidyādhara. --rata a. devoted to truth, honest, sincere. (--taḥ) N. of Vyāsa. --vacas a. truthful, veracious. (--m.) 1. a saint, Ṛṣi. --2. a seer. (--n.) truth, veracity. --vadya a. veracious. (--dyaṃ) truth, veracity. --vāc a. truthful, veracious, candid. (--m.) 1. a saint, seer. --2. a crow. (--f.) --vākyaṃ truth-speaking, veracity. --vādin a. 1. truth-speaking. --2. sincere, outspoken, candid. --vrata, --saṃgara, --saṃdha a. 1. true or faithful to an agreement, promise or word, adhering to truth, veracious. --2. honest, sincere. --śravasī Ved. an epithet of Ushas. --śrāvaṇaṃ taking a solemn oath. --saṃkāśa a. specious, plausible. --saṃgaraḥ N. of Kubera. --saṃdhaḥ 1. an epithet of Rāma. --2. of Bharata. --3. of king Janamejaya. (--dhā) an epithet of Draupadi.

satyaka a. See satya. --kaṃ Ratification of a contract &c.

satyaṃkāraḥ
     (1) Making true or good, ratification of a contract or bargain.
     (2) Earnest money, advance payment, something given in advance as an earnest for the performance of a contract; upādhatta sapatneṣu kṛṣṇāyā gurusaṃnidhau . bhāvamānayane satyāḥ satyaṃkāramivāṃtakaḥ Ki. 11. 50.

satyavat a. Truthful, veracious. --m. N. of a king, husband of Savitrī, q. v. --tī
     (1) N of the daughter of a fisherman, who became mother of Vāysa by the sage Parāśara.
     (2) N. of the wife of Nārada.
     (3) Of the wife of Ricīka.

satyā
     (1) Truthfulness, veracity.
     (2) N. of Sītā.
     (3) Of Draupadī.
     (4) Of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa.
     (5) Of Durgā.
     (6) Of Satyabhāmā, wife of Kṛṣṇa.
     (7) Of the mother of Viṣṇu; satyāyāmabhavat satyaḥ satyarūpo janārdanaḥ.

satyākṛ 8 U., satyāpayati Den. P. To ratify a bargain or contract.

satyākṛtiḥ f. Earnest money, advance payment.

satyāpanam
     (1) Speaking or observing the truth.
     (2) Ratification (of a contract, bargain &c.).

satra See sattra. --traṃ ind. With, together; sārdhaṃ sākaṃ samaṃ satraṃ sahārthe saṃprakīrtitāḥ.

satrapa a. Ashamed, modest.

satrājit m. N. of a son of Nighna and father of Satyabhāmā. [He got the Syamantaka jewel from the sun and always wore it round his neck. He afterwards gave it to his brother Prasena, from whom it passed into the hands of the monkey-chief Jāmbavat, who got possession of it after having killed Prasena. Kṛṣṇa, however, overtook Jāmbavat and vanquished him in fight after a long struggle. The monkeychief thereupon presented it along with his daughter to Kṛṣṇa; see jāṃbavat. Kṛṣṇa then gave the jewel back to its proper owner Satrājit, who out of gratitude presented it along with his daughter Satyabhāmā to him. Afterwards when Satyabhāmā was at her father's house with the jewel, Śatadhanvan, at the instigation of a Yādava named Akrūra who desired the jewel for himself, killed Satrājit and gave it to Akrūra. Śatadhanvan was afterwards killed by Kṛṣṇa, but when he found that the jewel was with Akrūra, he allowed him to retain it with himself after having once shown it to the people.]

satvara a. Quick, speedy, expeditious. --raṃ ind. Quickly, speedily.

sathūtkāra a. Sputtered. --raḥ Speech accompanied with sputtering.

sad 1 P. (6 P. also according to some) (sīdati, sanna; the s of sad is changed to ṣ after any preposition ending in i or u except prati)
     (1) To sit, sit down, recline, lie, lie down, rest, settle; amadāḥ sedurekasmin nitaṃbe nikhilā gireḥ Bk. 7. 58.
     (2) To sink down, plunge into; tena tvaṃ viduṣāṃ madhye paṃke gauriva sīdasi H. Pr. 24; (where the word has sense 4 also).
     (3) To live, remain, reside, dwell.
     (4) To be dejected or low-spirited, despond, despair, sink into despondency; nātha hare jaya nātha hare sīdati rādhā vāsagṛhe Gīt. 6.
     (5) To decay, perish, go to ruin, waste away, be destroyed; vipannāyāṃ nītau sakalamavaśaṃ sīdati jagat H. 2. 77; taṃ sannaśatruṃ dadṛśuḥ svayodhāḥ R. 7. 64; H. 2. 130.
     (6) To be in distress, be pained or afflicted, be helpless; Ki. 13. 60; Ms. 8. 21.
     (7) To be impeded or hindered; Ms. 9. 94.
     (8) To be languid, be wearied or fatigued, droop, sink; sīdati me hṛdayaṃ K.; sīdaṃti mama gātrāṇi Bg. 1. 28.
     (9) To go. --Caus. (sādayati-te)
     (1) To cause to sit down, rest.
     (2) To throw or cast down, place, put.
     (3) To weary, exhaust.
     (4) To cause to perish, destroy. --Desid. (siṣatsati) To wish to sit &c.

sadanam [sīdatyasmin sad ādhāre lyuṭ]
     (1) A house, palace, mansion.
     (2) Sinking down, decaying, perishing.
     (3) Languor; exhaustion, fatigue.
     (4) Water.
     (5) A sacrificial hall.
     (6) The abode of Yama.
     (7) Sitting, a seat.

sadaḥ The fruit of trees.

sadaṃśaḥ A crab.

sadaṃśavadanaḥ A heron.

sadaya a. Kind, tender, merciful. --yaṃ ind.
     (1) Kindly, mercifully.
     (2) Gently, softly; S. 3. 25; 6. 20.

sadas n. [sīdatyasyāṃ sad-asi]
     (1) Seat, abode, residence, dwelling.
     (2) An assembly; paṃkairvinā saro bhāti sadaḥ khalajanairvinā Bv. 1. 116; Bh. 2. 63.
     -- Comp.
          --gata a. seated in an assembly; R. 3. 66.
          --gṛhaṃ an assembly-hall, council-room; R. 3. 67.

sadasyaḥ [sadasi sādhu vasati vā yat]
     (1) Any person present at or belonging to an assembly, a member of an assembly (an assessor, a juror &c.).
     (2) An assistant at a sacrifice, a superintending or assisting priest; sadasyairanujñātaḥ S. 3.

sadā ind. Always, ever, perpetually, at all times.
     -- Comp.
          --ānaṃda a. ever happy. (
          --daḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --gati 1. wind. --2. the universal spirit. --3. the sun. --4. everlasting happiness, final beatitude.
          --toyā, --nīrā 1. N. of the Karatoya river. --2. a river always bearing water, a running stream.
          --dāna a. always making gifts or exuding rut; sadādānaḥ parikṣīṇaḥ śasta eva karīśvaraḥ Pt. 2. 70. (
          --naḥ) 1. a ruttish elephant. --2. a scent-elephant (= gaṃdhadviṣa q. v.). --3. N. of the elephant of Indra. --4. N. of Gaṇeśa.
          --nartaḥ a kind of bird, the wagtail
          --puṣpa a. everflowering. (
          --ṣpaḥ) the cocoa-nut tree.
          --prasūnaḥ N. of various plants: sohita, arka and kuṃda. --phala a. always bearing fruit. (
          --laḥ) 1. the Bilva tree. --2. the jack tree. --3. the glomerous fig-tree. --4. the cocoanut tree.
          --bhavya a. always present.
          --yogin m. an epithet of Kṛṣṇa.
          --śivaḥ N. of Śiva.

sadātana a. Incessant, perpetual, eternal. --naḥ An epithet of Viṣṇn.

sadṛkṣa (kṣī f.), sadṛś, sadṛśa a. (śī f.)
     (1) Like, resembling, similar, of the same rank, (with gen. or loc., but usually in comp); vajrapātasadṛśa, kusumasadṛśa &c.
     (2) Fit, right, suitable, conformable; as in prastāvasadṛśaṃ vākyaṃ H. 2. 51.
     (3) Worthy, befitting, becoming; śrutasya kiṃ tatsadṛśaṃ kulasya R. 14. 61, 1. 15.
     -- Comp.
          --spaṃdanaṃ a regular or even palpitation.

sadeśa a.
     (1) Possessing a country.
     (2) Belonging to the same place or country.
     (3) Proximate, neighbouring.

sadoṣa a.
     (1) Defective, faulty.
     (2) Wrong, improper.
     (3) Objectionable.

sadman n. [sīdati asmin sad-manin]
     (1) A house, dwelling, abode; cakitanatanatāṃgī sadma sadyo viveśa Bv. 2. 32. A place, station.
     (3) A temple.
     (4) An altar.
     (5) A seat.
     (6) Conflict.
     (7) Water.

sadyas ind.
     (1) To-day, the same day; gavādīnāṃ payo'nyedyuḥ sadyo vā jāyate dadhi, pāpasya hi phalaṃ sadyaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) Instantly, forthwith, immediately, on a sudden; cakitanatanatāṃgī sadma sadyo viveśa Bv. 2. 32; Ku. 3. 29; Me. 16.
     (3) Quickly, promptly.
     (4) Recently, a short time back; as in sadyo hutāgnīn S. 4.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ the present time.
          --kālīna a. recent.
          --jāta a. (sadyojāta) newly born. (
          --taḥ) 1. a calf. --2. an epithet of Śiva.
          --pātin a. quickly perishing, frail; Me. 10.
          --prāṇakara a. quickly invigorating; sadyomāṃsaṃ navānnaṃ ca bālā strī kṣīrabhojanam . ghṛtamuṣṇodakaṃ caiva sadyaḥprāṇakarāṇi ṣaṭ ... --prāṇahara a. quickly destroying life or vigour; śuṣkaṃ māṃsaṃ striyo vṛddhā bālārkastaruṇaṃ dadhi . prabhāte maithunaṃ nidrā sadyaḥ prāṇaharāṇi ṣaṭ. --bhāvin a. newlyborn. (--m.) a calf.
          --śuddhiḥ, --śaucaṃ immediate purification.

sadyaska a.
     (1) New, recent.
     (2) Instantaneous.

sadru a.
     (1) Resting, staying.
     (2) Going.

sadvaṃdva a. Quarrelsome, fond of strife, contentious.

sadvasathaḥ A village.

sadharman a.
     (1) Having similar properties.
     (2) Having similar duties.
     (3) Of the same sect or caste.
     (4) Like, resembling.
     -- Comp.
          --cāriṇī a legal wife, a legally married wife.

sadharmiṇī See sadharmacāriṇī above.

sadharmin a. (ṇī f.) See sadharman.

sadhiḥ N. of Agnīi.

sadhis m. An ox, a bull.

sadhryaṃc a. (sadhrīcī f.) [sahāṃcati; cf. P. VI. 3. 95] Going along with, associated with, accompanying. --m. A companion (husband); Śi. 8. 44.

sadhrīcī A female companion, confidante; Bh. 6. 7.

sadhrīcīna a. Accompanying, associated with.

san 1 P.; 8 U. (sanati, sanoti, sanute, sāta; pass. sanyate, sāyate; desid. sisaniṣati, siṣāsati)
     (1) To love, like.
     (2) To worship, honour.
     (3) To acquire, obtain.
     (4) To receive graciously.
     (5) To honor with gifts, give, bestow, distribute.

sanaḥ The flapping of an elephant's ears. --na Ved. Food.

sanakaḥ N. of one of the four sons of Brahman.

sanat m. An epithet of Brahman. --ind. Always, perpetually.
     -- Comp.
          --kumāraḥ N. of one of the four sons of Brahman.

sanaya a. Ancient, old(Ved.).

sanasūtra See saṇasūtra.

sanā ind. Always, perpetually.

sanāt ind. Always.

sanātana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Perpetual, constant, eternal, permanent; eṣa dharmaḥ sanātanaḥ.
     (2) Firm, fixed, settled; eṣa dharmaḥ sanātanaḥ U. 5. 22.
     (3) Primeval, ancient. --taḥ
     (1) The primeval being, Viṣṇu; sanātanaḥ pitaramupāgamat svayaṃ Bk. 1. 1.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     (3) Of Brahman.
     (4) A guest of the Manes.
     (5) N. of one of the sons of Brahman. --nī
     (1) N. of Lakṣmī.
     (2) Of Durgā or Pārvatī.
     (3) Of Sarasvatī.

sanātha a.
     (1) Having a master, lord or husband; tvayā nāthena vaidehī sanāthā hyadya vartate Rām.
     (2) Possessed of a guardian or protector; sanāthā idānīṃ dharmacāriṇaḥ S. 1; sanāthaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ V. 5.
     (3) Occupied by, possessed by.
     (4) Provided or furnished with, having, possessing, endowed with, full of, usually in comp.; latāsanātha iva pratibhāti S. 1; śilātalasanātho latāmaṃḍapaḥ V. 2; Me. 98; Ku. 7. 94; R. 9. 42, V. 4. 10. --thā A woman whose husband is living.

sanābhi a.
     (1) Connected by the same navel or womb, uterine.
     (2) Kindred, related.
     (3) Like, resembling; gaṃgāvartasanābhirnābhiḥ Dk.
     (4) Affectionate. --bhiḥ
     (1) A uterine brother; a near kinsman.
     (2) A relation, kinsman; Ki. 13. 11.
     (3) A relation as far as the seventh degree.

sanābhyaḥ A relation as far as the 7th degree.

sanāman, sanāmaka a. Having the same name; Mu. 1. 7.

saniḥ
     (1) Worship, service.
     (2) A gift, donation.
     (3) An entreaty, a respectful solicitation (f. also in this sense).
     (4) Obtaining.
     (5) A quarter or point of the compass (f. also).

sanita a.
     (1) Granted.
     (2) Gained, obtained.

saniṣṭhīvaṃ, saniṣṭhevam Speech accompanied with emission of saliva, sputtered speech.

sanī
     (1) A respectful entreaty.
     (2) A quarter or point of the compass.
     (3) Flapping of the elephant's ears.
     (4) Light, lustre.
     (5) An epithet of Gaurī.

sanīḍa(la) a.
     (1) Living in the same nest, dwelling together.
     (2) Near, proximate.

saṃtaḥ The two hands opened and the palms joined together.

saṃtakṣ 1 P.
     (1) To pare off, chisel, chop.
     (2) To wound, hurt, strike; nistriṃśābhyāṃ sutīkṣṇābhyāmanyonyaṃ saṃtatakṣatuḥ Mb.; Bṛ. S. 42. 29.
     (3) To hurt by words.
     (4) Ved. To compose (hymns &c.).

saṃtakṣaṇam Sarcastic or cutting language, sarcasm.

saṃtan 8 U.
     (1) To stretch over, cover over, cover with.
     (2) To make continuous, connect together.
     (3) To effect, accomplish.
     (4) To show, display.

saṃtata p. p.
     (1) Stretched, extended.
     (2) Uninterrupted, continual, constant, regular.
     (3) Lasting, eternal.
     (4) Much, many. --taṃ ind. Always, continually, constantly, eternally, perpetually.

saṃtatiḥ f.
     (1) Stretching across, spreading along.
     (2) Extent, expanse, extension.
     (3) Continuous line or flow, series, row, range, succession, continuity; ciṃtāsaṃtatitaṃtujālanibiḍasyūteva lagnā priyā Māl. 5. 10; kusumasaṃtatisaṃtatasaṃgibhiḥ Śi. 6. 36.
     (5) Perpetuation, uninterrupted continuance; nidānamikṣvākukulasya saṃtateḥ R. 3. 1.
     (6) A race, lineage, family.
     (7) Offspring, progeny; satatiḥ śuddhavaṃśyā hi paratreha ca śarmaṇe R. 1. 69.
     (8) A heap, mass; (alaṃ) sahasā saṃtītamaṃhasāṃ vihaṃtuṃ Ki. 5. 17.

saṃtānaḥ --nam
     (1) Stretching, extending, extension, expanse, spread; S. 7. 8.
     (2) Continuity, continuous flow or line, succession, continuance; acchinnāmalasaṃtānāḥ Ku. 6. 69; saṃtānavāhīni duḥkhāni U. 4. 8.
     (3) Family, race.
     (4) Progeny, offspring, issue; saṃtānārthāya vidhaye R. 1. 34; saṃtānakāmāya rājñe 2. 65, 18. 52.
     (5) One of the five trees of Indra's paradise.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃdhiḥ a peace cemented by family alliance (as by giving a daughter in marriage &c.).

saṃtānakaḥ One of the five trees of Indra's paradise or its flower; Ku. 6. 46, 7. 3; Śi. 6. 67.

saṃtānikā
     (1) Froth, foam.
     (2) Cream.
     (3) A cob-web.
     (4) The blade of a knife or sword.

saṃtap 1 P.
     (1) To heat, warm; saṃtaptacāmīkara Bk. 3. 3; saṃtaptāyasi saṃsthitasya payaso nāmāpi na jñāyate Bh. 2. 67.
     (2) To parch, dry up.
     (3) To pain by heat, torture. --Pass.
     (1) To become hot or heated.
     (2) To be distressed, suffer pain, be sorry; saṃtaptānāṃ tvamasi śaraṇaṃ Me. 7 'of the afflicted'; divāpi mayi niṣkrāṃte saṃtapyete gurū mama Mb.; Bh. 2. 87.
     (3) To repent, be stung with remorse; V. 3. 5.
     (4) To undergo penance, --Caus.
     (1) To heat, burn, inflame.
     (2) To provoke, exasperate, irritate.
     (3) To torment, torture, distress, afflict.
     (4) To burn up, consume.
     (5) To foment (quarrels &c.)

saṃtapanam
     (1) Heating, inflaming.
     (2) Torturing.

saṃtapta p. p.
     (1) Heated, inflamed, red-hot, glowing; Pt. 1. 250.
     (2) Distressed, afflicted, tormented.
     (3) Burnt, scorched.
     (4) Exhausted, fatigued, wearied.
     -- Comp.
          --ayas n. red-hot iron.
          --vakṣas a. shortbreathed.

saṃtāpaḥ
     (1) Heat, great heat, inflammation; Māl. 3. 4.
     (2) Distress, torment, suffering, torture, agony, anguish; saṃtāpasaṃtatimahāvyasanāya tasyāmāsaktametadanapekṣitahetu cetaḥ Māl. 1. 23; na saṃtāpacchedo himasarasi vā caṃdramasi vā 1. 31; S. 3.
     (3) Passion, rage.
     (4) Remorse, repentance; Pt. 1. 109.
     (5) Penance, fatigues of penance, mortification of the body; saṃtāpe diśatu śivaḥ śivāṃ prasaktiṃ Ki. 5. 50.

saṃtāpana a. (nī f.) Burning, inflaming. --naḥ N. of one of the 5 arrows of Cupid. --naṃ
     (1) Burning, scorching.
     (2) Paining, afflicting.
     (3) Exciting passion.

saṃtāpita p. p. Heated, afflicted, tormented &c.

saṃtam 4 P.
     (1) To become exhausted.
     (2) To pine away, languish.

saṃtamakaḥ Oppression or distress(in breathing &c.).

saṃtamas n., saṃtamasaṃ
     (1) All-pervading or universal darkness, great darkness; nimajjayansaṃtamase parāśayaṃ N. 9. 98; Śi. 9. 22; Bk. 5. 2.
     (2) Great darkness or delusion of the mind (mahāmoha).

saṃtarjanam Threatening, reviling.

saṃtarpaṇam
     (1) Satisfying, satiating.
     (2) Gratifying, delighting.
     (3) That which gives delight.
     (4) A kind of sweet dish.

saṃtiḥ
     (1) End, destruction.
     (2) A gift; cf. sati.

saṃtuṣ 4 P.
     (1) To be pleased, satisfied or contented; saṃtuṣṭo bhāryayā bhartā bhartrā bhāryā tathaiva ca Ms. 3. 60; Bh. 3. 5; Bg. 3. 17.
     (2) To have great pleasure in. --Caus.
     (1) To satisfy, please, gratify.
     (2) To present with (anything).

saṃtuṣṭa p. p. Satisfied, pleased, contented.

saṃtuṣṭiḥ f. Complete satisfaction,

saṃtoṣaḥ
     (1) Satisfaction, contentment; saṃtoṣa eva puruṣasya paraṃ nidhānaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (2) Pleasure, delight, joy.
     (3) The thumb and fore-finger.

saṃtoṣaṇam Pleasing, gratifying, comforting.

saṃtṝ 1 P.
     (1) To cross over, traverse, travel over.
     (2) To swim, float.
     (3) To get over, overcome, surmount, go to the end of.
     (4) To reach, attain to.
     (5) To escape from, be saved.

saṃtaraṇam
     (1) Crossing over.
     (2) Surmounting.

saṃtyaj 1 P.
     (1) To abandon; jāyāmadoṣāmuta saṃtyajāmi R. 14. 34.
     (2) To avoid, shun; Bh. 1. 81.
     (3) To give up, renounce; Ms. 4. 181.
     (4) To except, exclude; saṃtyajya vikramādityaṃ dhairyamanyatra durlabhaṃ Rāj. T. 3. 343. --Caus. To deprive (one) of, rob.

saṃtyakta p. p.
     (1) Completely deserted or abandoned.
     (2) Robbed, deprived of.

saṃtyajanam Leaving, renouncing.

saṃtras 1. 4. P. To fear, be afraid or terrified; Bk. 14. 39. --Caus. To frighten, terrify; Pt. 1. 197.

saṃtrāsaḥ Fear, terror, alarm.

saṃdaṃś 1 P.
     (1) To bite, sting; saṃdaṣṭādharapallavā Amaru. 32.
     (2)
          (a) To stick or adhere closely to, cling; urasā saṃdaṣṭasarpatvacā S. 7. 11; saṃdaṣṭavastreṣvabalānitaṃbeṣu R. 16. 65, 48.
          (b) To press together, crush by pressure; saṃdaṣṭakusumaśayanāni gātrāṇi S. 3. 18.

saṃdaṃśaḥ
     (1) A pair of tongs.
     (2) Too great compression of the teeth in the pronunciation of vowels (or letters).
     (3) N. of a hell.

saṃdaṃśakaḥ A pair of tongs.

saṃdaṃśikā A pair of pincers.

saṃdaṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Bitten.
     (2) Pressed closely together, crushed.
     (3) Nipped; pinched. --ṣṭaṃ A particular fault in pronunciation.

saṃdah 1 P. To burn; abhijanaḥ saṃdahyatāṃ vahninā Bh. 2. 39.

saṃdāhaḥ Burning up, consuming.

saṃdānam
     (1) A rope, cord.
     (2) A chain, fetter.
     (3) Cutting, dividing. --naḥ That part of an elephant's temples whence ichor exudes.

saṃdānita a.
     (1) Bound, tied.
     (2) Fettered, chained.

saṃdāninī A cow-pen (goṣṭha).

saṃdāvaḥ Flight, retreat.

saṃdita a. Bound, chained, fettered.

saṃdiś 6 P.
     (1) To give, grant, assign, make over; Bk. 6. 141; Y. 2. 232.
     (2) To order, direct, instruct, advise, send as a message; kiṃ nu khalu duṣyaṃtasya yuktarūpamasmābhiḥ saṃdeṣṭavyaṃ S. 4; Śi. 9. 56, 61.
     (3) To send as a messenger, entrust with a message; atha viśvātmane gaurī saṃdideśa mithaḥ sakhīṃ Ku. 6. 1.
     (4) To appoint.
     (5) To commission or depute in general.

saṃdiṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Pointed out, indicated.
     (2) Assigned.
     (3) Told, narrated, communicated.
     (4) Agreed to, promised. --ṣṭaḥ One entrusted with a message, a messenger, herald, courier (saṃdiṣṭārtha also). --ṣṭaṃ Information, news, tidings.

saṃdeśaḥ
     (1) Information, news, tidings.
     (2) A message, an errand; saṃdeśaṃ me hara dhanapatikrodhaviśleṣitasya Me. 7, 13; R. 12. 63; Ku. 6. 2.
     (3) Commission, command; anuṣṭhito guroḥ saṃdeśaḥ S. 5.
     -- Comp.
          --arthaḥ the subject of a message; Me. 5.
          --vāc f. a message.
          --haraḥ, --hārakaḥ 1. a news-bearer, messenger. --2. an envoy, ambassador.

saṃdeśakam News, tidings.

saṃdih 2 U.
     (1) To smear, cover over, anoint.
     (3) To heap together.
     (3) To doubt, be uncertain about; Y. 2. 16; saṃdigdho vijayo yudhi Pt. 3. 12.
     (4) To mistake for, to confound with (in pass.); pāṃtu tvāmakaṭhoraketakaśikhāsaṃdigdhamugdheṃdavaḥ (jaṭāḥ) Māl. 1. 2; or dhūpairjālaviniḥsṛtairvalabhayaḥ saṃdigdhapārāvatāḥ V. 3. 2; Ku. 6. 40.
     (5) To start an objection. --Caus. To confuse, perplex.
     (2) To be doubtful or uncertain (Atm.).

saṃdigdha p. p.
     (1) Besmeared, covered.
     (2) Dubious, doubtful, uncertain; as in saṃdigdhamati --buddhi &c.
     (3) Mistaken for or confounded with.
     (4) Doubted, questioned.
     (5) Confused, obscure, unintelligible (as a sentence).
     (6) Dangerous, risky, unsafe.
     (7) Envenomed. --gdhaṃ
     (1) A doubt, uncertainty.
     (2) Besmearing.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. ambiguous, dubious in sense. (
          --rthaḥ) 1. an ambiguous or doubtful meaning. --2. a disputed matter.
          --mati, --buddhi a. sceptical, doubtful.

saṃdehaḥ
     (1) Doubt, uncertainty, suspense; atra kaḥ saṃdehaḥ.
     (2) Risk, danger, peril; jīvitasaṃdehadolāmāropitaḥ K.; arthārjane pravṛttiḥ sasaṃdehā H. 1; Pt. 1. 176.
     (3) (In Rhet.) Doubt regarded as a figure of speech, in which the close resemblance between two objects leads to one of them being mistaken for the other (this figure is also called sasaṃdeha by Mammaṭa and others); sasaṃdehastu bhedoktau tadanuktau ca saṃśayaḥ K. P. 10; e. g. see Mal. 1. 2 (l. 3); V. 3. 2.
     -- Comp.
          --dolā the swing of uncertainty, a state of suspense, dilemma, fix.

saṃdohin a.
     (1) Doubtful.
     (2) Doubting, uncertain, diffident.

saṃdī A small bed-stead, cot, couch.

saṃdīp 4 A. To burn or shine very brightly, glow. --Caus.
     (1) To light, kindle, inflame.
     (2) To excite, incite, arouse, stimulate.

saṃdīpana a. (nī f.)
     (1) Kindling, inflaming, exciting; saṃdīpanā eva duḥkhasya priyasakhīvinodanopāyāḥ U. 3.
     (2) Provoking; U. 4. --naḥ One of the five arrows of Cupid. --naṃ
     (1) Kindling, inflaming.
     (2) Exciting, stimulating; anaṃgasaṃdīpanamāśu kurvate Rs. 1. 12.

saṃdīpta p. p.
     (1) Kindled or inflamed.
     (2) Excited, stimulated.
     (3) Instigated, stirred up, prompted.

saṃduṣ 4 P. To be defiled or stained. --Caus.
     (1) To defile, pollute, corrupt, soil, taint.
     (2) To violate.
     (3) To accuse, censure, find fault with, condemn.

saṃduṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Polluted, defiled.
     (2) Wicked, depraved.
     (3) Ill-disposed.

saṃdūṣaṇam Defiling, corrupting, vitiating.

saṃdūṣita a.
     (1) Violated, defiled, stained, polluted.
     (2) Grown worse (as a disease).
     (3) Abused, censured.

saṃdṛbh 6 P.
     (1) To string or bind together.
     (2) To weave together, weave into a bunch or garland.
     (3) To arrange, connect, compose.

saṃdarbhaḥ
     (1) Stringing together, weaving, arranging.
     (2) Collection, uniting, mixture; U. 7. 12.
     (3) Consistency, continuity, regular connection, coherence; saṃdarbhaśuddhiṃ girāṃ Gīt. 1.
     (4) Construction.
     (5) A composition, literary work; rasagaṃgādharanāmā saṃdarbho'yaṃ ciraṃ jayatu R. G.; U. 4.
     -- Comp.
          --viruddha a. irrelevant, incoherent.
          --śuddha a. connected, coherent.
          --śuddhiḥ f. clearness of arrangement (as of a composition).

saṃdṛś 1 P.
     (1) To see, behold; Bk. 16. 9.
     (2) To see well or perfectly.
     (3) To consider, reflect upon.
     (4) To calculate, enumerate.
     (5) To overlook, wink at. --Pass.
     (1) To look like, resemble, be similar.
     (2) To become visible, appear. --Caus. To show, exhibit, discover; ātmānaṃ mṛtavatsaṃdarśya sthitaḥ H. 1; Bk. 4. 33; M. 4. 9.

saṃdarśanam
     (1) Seeing, beholding, viewing.
     (2) Gazing, looking steadfastly.
     (3) Meeting, seeing one another.
     (4) Sight, appearance, vision.
     (5) Regard, consideration.
     (5) Showing, displaying.

saṃdohaḥ
     (1) Milking.
     (2) The whole quantity of anything, a multitude, heap, mass, assemblage; kuṃdamākaṃdamadhubiṃdusaṃdohavāhinā mārutenottāmyati Māl. 3; Bv. 4. 9.

saṃdrāvaḥ Flight, retreat.

saṃdhā 3 U.
     (1) To join, bring together, unite, combine, put together, compound, mix; yāni udakena saṃdhīyaṃte tāni bhakṣaṇīyāni Kull.
     (2)
          (a) To treat with, form friendship or alliance with, make peace with; śatruṇā na hi saṃdadhyātsuśliṣṭenāpi saṃdhinā H. 1. 88; Chāṇ. 19; Kām. 9. 41.
          (b) To unite in friendship, reconcile, make a friend of; Pt. 2. 32.
     (3) To fix upon, direct towards; saṃdadhe dṛśamudagratārakāṃ R. 11. 69.
     (4) To fit to or place upon the bow (as a missile, arrow &c.); dhanuṣyamoghaṃ samadhatta bāṇaṃ Ku. 3. 66; R. 3. 53, 12. 97.
     (5) To produce, cause; paryāptaṃ mayi ramaṇīyaḍāmaratvaṃ saṃdhatte gaganatalaprayāṇavegaḥ Māl. 5. 3; sadhaṃtte bhṛśamaratiṃ hi sadviyogaḥ Ki. 5. 51.
     (6) To hold out against, be a match for; śatameko'pi saṃdhatte prākārastho dhanurdharaḥ Pt. 1. 229.
     (7) To mend, repair, heal.
     (8) To inflict upon.
     (9) To grasp, support, take hold of. (10) To grant, yield.
     (11) To make good, atone for.
     (12) To contract, close up.
     (13) To approach, come near.
     (14) To prepare, make, compose.
     (15) To assist, aid.
     (16) To comprehend, conceive.
     (17) To possess, have.
     (18) To perform, do; Pt. 2. 11.
     (19) To employ, make use of, apply to use.

saṃdhā
     (1) Union, association.
     (2) Intimate union, close connection.
     (3) State, condition.
     (4) An agreement, a promise, stipulation, compact; tatāra saṃdhāmiva satyasaṃdhaḥ R. 14. 52; Mv. 7. 8.
     (5) Limit, boundary.
     (6) Fixity, steadiness.
     (7) Twilight.
     (8) Distillation (for saṃdhāna q. v.).
     (9) Steady continuance in any state.

saṃdhānam
     (1) Joining, uniting.
     (2) Union, junction, combination; yadardhe vicchinnaṃ bhavati kṛtasaṃdhānamiva tat S. 1. 9; Ku. 5. 27; R. 12. 101.
     (3) Mixing, compounding (of medicines &c.).
     (4) Restoration, repairing.
     (5) Fitting, taking an aim, fixing (as an arrow to the bow-string); tatsādhukṛtasaṃdhānaṃ pratisaṃhara sāyakaṃ S. 1. 11; Śi. 20. 8.
     (6) Alliance, league, friendship, peace; mṛdghaṭavatsukhabhedyo duḥsaṃdhānaśca durjano bhavati H. 1. 92 (where it has sense 1 also).
     (7) A joint; pādajaṃghayoḥ saṃdhāne gulphaḥ Suśr.
     (8) Attention.
     (9) Direction. (10) Supporting.
     (11) Distillation (of liquors).
     (12) Spirituous liquor or a kind of it.
     (13) A kind of relish eaten to excite thirst.
     (14) Preparation of pickles.
     (15) Contraction of the skin by means of astringents.
     (16) Sour rice-gruel.
     (17) Bell-metal (saurāṣṭra).

saṃdhānita a.
     (1) United, strung together.
     (2) Bound, tied.

saṃdhānin a.
     (1) Tying or binding together.
     (2) Clever in taking aim.
     (3) Distilling liquor.

saṃdhāninī A cow-house, cow-pen.

saṃdhānī
     (1) Distillation.
     (2) Braziery, foundery.
     (3) The manufacture of spirituous liquors.

saṃdhiḥ
     (1) Union, junction, conbination, connection; saṃdhaye saralā sūcī vakrā chedāya kartarī Subhāṣ.; Me. 58.
     (2) A compact, an agreement.
     (3) Alliance, league, friendship, peace, treaty of peace (one of the six expedients to be used in foreign politics); kati prakārāḥ saṃdhīnāṃ bhavaṃti H. 4; (the several kinds are described in H. 4. 106-125); śatruṇā na hi saṃdadhyātsuśliṣṭenāpi saṃdhinā H. 1. 88.
     (4) A joint, articulation (of the body); turagānudhāvanakaṃḍitasaṃdheḥ S. 2.
     (5) A fold (of a garment).
     (6) A breach, hole, chasm.
     (7) Especially a mine, chasm or opening made by thieves in a wall or underneath a building; vṛkṣavāṭikāparisare saṃdhiṃ kṛtvā praviṣṭo'smi madhyamakaṃ Mk. 3; Ms. 9. 276.
     (8) Separation, division.
     (9) Euphony, euphonic junction or coalition (in gram.). (10) An interval, a pause.
     (11) A critical juncture.
     (12) An opportune moment.
     (13) A period at the expiration of each Yuga or age.
     (14) A division or joint (in a drama); (they are five, see S. D. 330-332); Ku. 7. 91.
     (15) The vulva.
     (16) Distillation.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ a diphthong.
          --coraḥ a housebreaker, a thief who breaks into a house.
          --chedaḥ making holes or breaches (in a wall &c.); as in saṃdhicchedaśikṣakaḥ M. 4.
          --jaṃ spirituous liquor.
          --jīvakaḥ one who lives by dishonest means (particularly as a go-between).
          --dūṣaṇaṃ violation of a treaty; ariṣu hi vijayārthinaḥ kṣitīśā vidadhati sopadhi saṃdhidūṣaṇāni Ki. 1. 45.
          --prabaṃdhanaṃ the ligament of a joint.
          --baṃdhaḥ the tissues of joints; S. 2.
          --baṃdhanaṃ a ligament, tendon, nerve.
          --bhaṃgaḥ, --muktiḥ f. dislocation of a joint.
          --raṃdhrakā a hole in a wall.
          --vigraha m. du. peace and war. -adhikāraḥ the office of the minister for foreign affairs.
          --vicakṣaṇaḥ one skilled in negotiating peaces.
          --vid m. a negotiator of treaties.
          --velā 1. the time of twilight. --2. any connecting period.
          --hārakaḥ a house-breaker.

saṃdhikaḥ A kind of fever.

saṃdhikā Distillation(of liquors).

saṃdhita a.
     (1) United, joined; Pt. 2. 35.
     (2) Bound, tied.
     (3) Reconciled, allied.
     (4) Fixed, fitted.
     (5) Mixed together.
     (6) Pickled, preserved. --taṃ
     (1) Pickles.
     (2) Spirituous liquor.

saṃdhinī
     (1) A cow in heat(united with the bull or impregnated by him).
     (2) A cow milked unseasonably.

saṃdhilā
     (1) A hole or breach made in a wall, pit, chasm.
     (2) A river.
     (3) Spirituous liquor.

saṃdheya a.
     (1) To be united or joined.
     (2) Capable of being reconciled; sujanastu kanakaghaṭavad durbhedyaścāśusaṃdheyaḥ H. 1. 92.
     (3) To be made peace with.
     (4) To be aimed at.

saṃdhukṣ 1 A. To be kindled or excited (fig also); saṃdudhukṣe tayoḥ kopaḥ Bk. 14. 109. --Caus. To kindle, inflame, excite; nirvāṇabhūyiṣṭhamathāsya vīryaṃ saṃdhukṣayaṃtīva vapurguṇena Ku. 3. 52; ātapāṃtasaṃdhukṣitamadā V. 4.

saṃdhukṣaṇam
     (1) Kindling, inflaming.
     (2) Exciting, stimulating.

saṃdhukṣita p. p. Kindled, inflamed, excited.

saṃdhṛ 10 U.
     (1) To hold, bear, carry.
     (2) To hold up, support, prop, sustain; araiḥ saṃdhāryate nābhiḥ Pt. 1. 81.
     (3) To curb, restrain, check.
     (4) To keep in mind, retain in memory; yaḥ satataṃ paripṛcchati śṛṇoti saṃdhārayatyaniśaṃ Pt. 5. 92.
     (5) To hold, have, possess; retain, keep; Pt. 1. 112.
     (6) To observe, follow.
     (7) To bear, suffer, endure.
     (8) To survive, remain alive.

saṃdhāraṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Restraining, checking.
     (2) Observing, following.
     (3) Suffering, enduring.

saṃdhyā
     (1) Union.
     (2) Joint, division.
     (3) Morning or evening twilight; anurāgavatī saṃdhyā divasastatpurassaraḥ . aho daivagatiścitrā tathāpi na samāgamaḥ K. P. 7.
     (4) Early morning.
     (5) Evening, dusk.
     (6) The period which precedes a Yuga, the time intervening between the expiration of one Yuga and the commencement of another; Ms. 1. 69.
     (7) The morning, noon, and evening prayers of a Brāhmaṇa; Ms. 2. 69, 4. 93.
     (8) A promise, an agreement.
     (9) A boundary, limit. (10) Thinking, meditation.
     (11) A kind of flower.
     (12) N. of a river.
     (13) N. of the wife of Brahman.
     (14) Any one of the divisions of the day (pūrvāhṇa, bhadhyāhṇa, aparāhṇa.).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ the period at the end of each Yuga.
          --aṃśuḥ twilight.
          --abhraṃ 1. an evening cloud (tinged with the sun's rays); saṃdhyābhrarekheva muhūrtarāgāḥ Pt. 1. 194. --2. a kind of red-chalk.
          --upāsanā Sandhya adoration.
          --kālaḥ 1. the period of twilight. --2. evening.
          --trayaṃ the three divisions of the day (forenoon, noon, and afternoon.).
          --nāṭin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --puṣpī 1. a kind of jasmine. --2. a nutmeg.
          --balaḥ a demon (rākṣasa). --maṃgalaṃ an evening religious rite. -dīpikā an auspicious evening lamp; V. 3. 2.
          --rāgaḥ redlead.
          --rāmaḥ (some take ārāma as the word here) an epithet of Brahman.
          --vaṃdanaṃ the morning and evening prayers.
          --samayaḥ 1. eveningtime. --2. a portion of each Yuga.

sanna p. p. [sad-kta]
     (1) Sitting down, settling down, lying.
     (2) Dejected, sunk down, downcast.
     (3) Drooping, relaxed; Ku. 3. 51.
     (4) Weak, low, feeble.
     (5) Wasted away, decayed.
     (6) Perished, destroyed.
     (7) Still, motionless.
     (8) Shrunk.
     (9) Adjacent, near. (10) Gone, departed.
     (11) Sunk, low (in tone &c). --nnaḥ The tree called piyāla. --nnaṃ A little, a small quantity.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭha a. choked.
          --harṣa a. desponding, cheerless.

sannaka a. Low, dwarfish. --kaḥ The Piyāla tree.
     -- Comp.
          --druḥ the Piyāla tree.

sannatara a. Lower, more depressed (as a tone).

saṃnam 1 P.
     (1) To bend, stoop, incline; saṃnatāṃgī Ku. 1. 34; Bk. 2. 31; parvasu saṃnatā V. 4. 26.
     (2) To submit or subject oneself to, obey; saṃnamatāmarīṇāṃ R. 18. 34.
     (3) To bend down, bow down to.
     (4) To make ready, prepare.
     (5) To be accomplished. --Caus.
     (1) To contract, bend together.
     (2) To cause to bend or stoop.
     (3) To make ready, prepare.

saṃnata p. p.
     (1) Bent down, stooping.
     (2) Downcast.
     (3) Contracted.

saṃnatiḥ f.
     (1) Obeisance, respectful salutation, reverence.
     (2) Stooping posture, crouching.
     (3) Humility.
     (4) A kind of sacrifice.
     (5) A sound, noise.

saṃnayaḥ
     (1) A collection, multitude, quantity, number.
     (2) Rear, rearguard (of an army).

saṃnah 4 U.
     (1) To tie, bind, fasten.
     (2) To wear, put on, dress.
     (3) To put on (as armour), arm oneself, be accoutred; samanātsīttato sainyaṃ Bk. 15. 111, 112; 14. 7; 16. 4.
     (4) To make oneself ready, prepare oneself (for any action) (Atm. in this sense); yuddhāya saṃnahyate Mbh.; chettuṃ vajramaṇīñ śirīṣakusumaprāṃtena saṃnahyate Bk. 2. 6.

saṃnaddha p. p.
     (1) Tied or bound together, girded or put on.
     (2) Clad or dressed in armour, accoutred, mailed.
     (3) Arranged, ready, or prepared, for battle, armed, fully equipped; navajaladharaḥ saṃnaddho'yaṃ na dṛptaniśācaraḥ V. 4. 1; kaḥ saṃnaddhe virahavidhurāṃ tvayyupekṣeta jāyāṃ Me. 8.
     (4) Ready, prepared, formed, arranged in general; lateva saṃnaddhamanojñapallavā R. 3. 7.
     (5) Pervading; kusumamiva lobhanīyaṃ yauvanamaṃgeṣu saṃnaddhaṃ S. 1. 21.
     (6) Wellprovided with anything.
     (7) Murderous.
     (8) Closely attached, bordering, near.
     (9) Ready to burst or blossom. (10) Provided with charms.

saṃnahanam
     (1) Preparing, equipping, arming oneself.
     (2) Preparation.
     (3) Fastening tightly.
     (4) Industry, effort.

saṃnāhaḥ
     (1) Arming(oneself) or preparation for battle, putting on armour.
     (2) Warlike preparation, equipment; saṃnāhoyaṃ sāhasamavagamayati Dk.
     (3) Armour, mail; asminkalau khalotsṛṣṭaduṣṭavāgbāṇadāruṇe . kathaṃ jīvejjaganna syuḥ saṃnāhāḥ sajjanā yadi Kīr. K. 1. 36, Ki. 16. 12.

saṃnāhyaḥ A war-elephant.

saṃnikarṣaḥ
     (1) Drawing near, bringing near.
     (2) Vicinity, proximity; presence; utkaṃṭhate ca yuṣmatsaṃnikarṣasya U. 6; Ku. 3. 74; R. 7. 8, 6. 20.
     (3) Connection, relation.
     (4) (In Nyāya phil.) Connection of an organ of sense (iṃdriya) with its object (viṣaya); this is of six kinds.

saṃnikarṣaṇam
     (1) Bringing near.
     (2) Approaching, approximating.
     (3) Proximity, vicinity.
     (4) Relation, connection.
     (5) Connection of an organ of sense with its object; see saṃnikarṣa
     (4) above.

saṃnikṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Approximate.
     (2) Proximate, adjacent, near. --ṣṭaṃ Proximity, vicinity.

saṃnicayaḥ A collection.

saṃnidhā 3 U.
     (1) To place, put, or keep together; Ms. 2. 186.
     (2) To place near; S. 3. 19.
     (3) To fix upon, direct towards; (dṛṣṭiṃ) punaḥ sahasrārciṣi saṃnidhatte R. 13. 44.
     (4) To draw near, approach.
     (5) To collect, pile up.
     (6) To observe, inspect. --Pass. To be near, be present. --Caus. To collect, bring together, assemble; U. 7.

saṃnidhātṛ m.
     (1) One who brings near.
     (2) One who deposits.
     (3) A receiver of stolen goods; Ms. 9. 278.
     (4) An officer who introduces people at court.
     (5) One who receives in charge.

saṃnidhānaṃ, saṃnidhiḥ
     (1) Putting down together, juxta-position.
     (2) Proximity, vicinity, presence; N. 2. 53.
     (3) Perceptibility, appearance.
     (4) A receptacle.
     (5) Receiving, taking charge of.
     (6) Combination, aggregate; Pt. 1. 191.
     (7) Depositing.
     (8) The object of an organ of sense (iṃdriyaviṣaya).

saṃnipat 1 P. To alight, descend.
     (2) To come together, assemble, meet together.
     (3) To fall upon, attack; U. 3. 6.
     (4) To arrive, appear.
     (5) To perish, be destroyed. --Caus.
     (1) To throw or shoot down, discharge.
     (2) To convoke, convene, assemble, collect together.

saṃnipātaḥ
     (1) Falling down, alighting, descent.
     (2) Falling together, meeting; confluence; samudrapatnyorjalasaṃnipāte R. 13. 58.
     (3) Collision, contact.
     (4) Union, conjunction, combination, mixture, miscellaneous collection; dhūmajyotiḥsalilamarutāṃ saṃnipātaḥ kva meghaḥ Me. 5.
     (5) An assemblage, a collection, multitude, number; nānāratnajyotiṣāṃ saṃnipātaiḥ Ki. 5. 36; eko hi doṣo guṇasaṃnipāte nimajjati Ku. 1. 3.
     (6) Arrival.
     (7) A combined derangement of the three humours of the body causing fever which is of a dangerous kind.
     (8) A kind of musical time or measure.
     -- Comp.
          --jvaraḥ fever arising from a vitiated state of the three humours of the body.

saṃnipātakaḥ = saṃnipāta
     (7) above.

saṃnibaṃdhaḥ
     (1) Binding firmly.
     (2) Connection, attachment.
     (3) Effectiveness.

saṃnibha a. Like, similar(at the end of comp.); Rs. 1. 11.

saṃniyuj See niyuj.

saṃniyogaḥ
     (1) Union, attachment.
     (2) Appointment.

saṃnirudh See nirudh.

saṃnirodhaḥ Obstruction, hindrance.

saṃniviś 6 A.
     (1) To enter into, enter deeply.
     (2) To encamp, sit down.
     (3) To have intercourse or intimate connection with. --Caus.
     (1) To place, put.
     (2) To install or place on; dhātoḥ sthāna ivādeśaṃ sugrīvaṃ saṃnyaveśayat R. 12. 58.
     (3) To unite, join, collect.
     (4) To introduce, insert, put in.
     (5) To lodge, locate, station, encamp.
     (6) To devolve upon, commit to, consign.
     (7) To found (a town &c.).
     (8) To fix the mind on.
     (8) To contemplate, reflect upon.

saṃniviṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Entered into.
     (2) Collected, met together, assembled.
     (3) Absorbed or engrossed in.
     (4) Abiding or resting in.
     (5) Contiguous, near, neighbouring.
     (6) Eneamped; see saṃniviś above.

saṃniveśaḥ
     (1) Deep entrance into, ardent devotion or attachment, close application.
     (2) A collection, multitude, assemblage.
     (3) Union, combination, arrangement; ramaṇīya eṣa vaḥ sumanasāṃ saṃniveśaḥ Māl. 1, 9.
     (4) Site, place, situation, position; Ku. 7. 25; R. 6. 19.
     (5) Vicinity, proximity.
     (6) Form, figure; uddāmaśarīrasaṃniveśaḥ Māl. 3; nirmāṇasaṃniveśaḥ K.
     (7) A hut, dwelling-place; R. 14. 76.
     (8) Seating in the proper places, giving seats to; kriyatāṃ samājasaṃniveśaḥ U. 7.
     (9) Insertion. (10) An open space near a town where people assemble for amusement, exercise &c.
     (11) The collective position of an asterism.

saṃnivṛt 1 A.
     (1) To return, retire.
     (2) To leave off, cease, stop.
     (3) To pass away. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to return, send back.
     (2) To suppress, stop.
     (3) To prevent, hinder.
     (4) To divert, turn away from.

saṃnivṛtta p. p.
     (1) Returned.
     (2) Stopped, ceased.
     (3) Withdrawing, shrinking from.

saṃnivṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Return; S. 6. 9; R. 8. 49; 10. 27.
     (2) Desisting from.
     (3) Restraint, check, forbearance.

saṃnihita p. p.
     (1) Placed near, lying close, near, contiguous, neighbouring; S. 4.
     (2) Close, proximate, at hand.
     (3) Present; api saṃnihito'tra kulapatiḥ S. 1; hṛdayasaṃnihite S. 3. 19.
     (4) Fixed, placed, deposited.
     (5) Prepared, ready; Mu. 1.
     (6) Staying or being in. --taṃ Proximity, vicinity.
     -- Comp.
          --apāya a. having destruction close at hand, frail, perishable, transitory; kāyaḥ saṃnihitāpāyaḥ Pt. 2. 177.

saṃnī 1 P.
     (1) To bring together.
     (2) To rule, govern, guide.
     (3) To restore, give back.
     (4) To lead towards, lead, or bring near to.
     (5) To connect, unite.
     (6) To mingle, mix.
     (7) To arrange.
     (8) To obtain, procure.

saṃnayanam
     (1) Bringing together or near.
     (2) Connecting, uniting.

saṃnyas 4 P.
     (1) To place or put down, deposit.
     (2) To lay down or aside, give up, abandon, quit; tena tvayā śastraṃ na saṃnyastavyaṃ V. 5; saṃnyastaśastra R. 2. 59; saṃnyastābharaṇaṃ gātraṃ Me. 93; Ku. 7. 67.
     (3) To make or deliver over, entrust, commit to the care of; Bg. 3. 30.
     (4) To put together.
     (5) (Used intransitively) To resign the world, discard all worldly ties and attachments and become an anchorite, saṃdṛśya kṣaṇabhaṃguraṃ tadakhilaṃ dhanyastu saṃnyasyati Bh. 3. 132.

saṃnyasanam
     (1) Resignation, laying down.
     (2) Complete renunciation of the world and its attachments; na ca saṃnyasanādeva siddhiṃ samadhigacchati Bg. 3. 4.
     (3) Consigning, entrusting to the care of.
     (4) Depositing.

saṃnyasta p. p.
     (1) Laid or placed down.
     (2) Deposited.
     (3) Entrusted, consigned.
     (4) Laid aside, relinquished, renounced.
     (5) Encamped.

saṃnyāsaḥ
     (1) Leaving, abandonment.
     (2) Complete renunciation of the world and its possessions and attachments, a bandonment of temporal concerns; kāmyānāṃ karmaṇāṃ tyāgaṃ saṃnyāsaṃ kavayo viduḥ; Bg. 6. 2, 18. 2; Ms. 1. 114; 5. 108.
     (3) A deposit, trust.
     (4) A stake or wager in a game.
     (5) Giving up the body, death.
     (6) Indian spikenard.

saṃnyāsin m.
     (1) One who lays down or deposits.
     (2) One who completely renounces the world and its attachments, an ascetic, a Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order of his religious life; jñeyaḥ sa nityasaṃnyāsī yo na dveṣṭi na kāṃkṣati Bg. 5. 3.
     (3) One who abstains from food (tyaktāhāra); Bk. 7. 76.

sap 1 P. (sapati)
     (1) To honour, worship.
     (2) To connect.
     (3) To obey, conform to.
     (4) To obtain.
     (5) To touch, sip.
     (6) To do, perform.

sapakṣa a.
     (1) Winged, having wings.
     (2) Having a side or party.
     (3) Belonging to the same side or party.
     (4) (Hence) Kindred, like, similar (fig.); daladdrākṣātiryadrasarbharasapakṣā bhaṇitayaḥ Bv. 2. 77.
     (5) Containing the pakṣa or subject of an inference. --kṣaḥ
     (1) An adherent, a follower, partisan.
     (2) A kindred, a kinsman; paritrātastvayā sapakṣaḥ M. 4.
     (3) (In logic) An instance on the same side, a similar instance; niścitasādhyavān sapakṣaḥ T. S.

sapatna a. Hostile, inimical. --tnaḥ An enemy, adversary, a rival; Māl. 4. 5; R. 9. 8.

sapatnī [samānaḥ patiryasyāḥ sā] A rival or fellow wife, rival mistress, co-wife (having the same husband with another); diśaḥ sapatnī bhava dakṣiṇasyāḥ R. 6. 63, 14. 86; kuru priyasakhīvṛttiṃ sapatnījane S. 4. 17.

sapatnīka a. Attended by a wife.

sapatrākṛ 8 U. To wound very severely; see below.

sapatrākaraṇam
     (1) Wounding in such a manner that the feathered part of the arrow enters the body.
     (2) Causing excessive pain; cf. niṣpatrākaraṇa.

sapatrākṛtiḥ f. Great agony or pain, excessive affliction or torment.

sapadi ind.
     (1) Instantly, in a moment, immediately; sapadi madanānalo dahati mama mānasaṃ Gīt. 10; Ku. 3. 76; 6. 2.
     (4) Quickly, swiftly.

saparyā Worship, honouring; sohaṃ saparyāvidhibhājanena R. 5. 22, 2. 22, 11. 35, 13. 46; Śi. 1. 14; Ku. 5. 31.
     (2) Service, attendance; prativihitasaparyāsusthayostānyahāni (smarasi) U. 1. 26.

sapāda a.
     (1) Having feet.
     (2) Increased by a fourth part.

sapiṃḍaḥ 'Having the same piṃḍa or funeral rice-ball offering', a kinsman connected by the offering of the funeral rice-ball to the Manes of certain relations; Y. 1. 52; Ms. 2. 247, 5. 59.

sapiṃḍīkaraṇam
     (1) The performance of a particular Śrāddha in honour of deceased relatives called sapiṃḍa q. v., to be performed at the end of one full year after the death of a relative, but now usually performed on the 12th day after death as part of the funeral obsequies.
     (2) Giving a person the rights of a Sapiṇḍa or kinsman.

sapītiḥ f. Drinking together or in company, compotation.

saptakī A woman's girdle or zone.

saptan num. a. (always pl.; sapta nom. and acc.) Seven.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ N. of Agni.
          --aṃśupuṃgavaḥ the planet Saturn.
          --aṃga a. see saptaprakṛti below.
          --ārcis a. 1. having seven tongues or flames. --2. evileyed, of inauspicious look. (--m.) 1. N. of fire. --2. of Saturn. --3. the Chitraka plant.
          --aśītiḥ f. eighty-seven.
          --aśraṃ a heptagon.
          --aśvaḥ the sun. -vāhanaḥ the sun.
          --ahaḥ seven days, i. e. a week.
          --ātman m. an epithet of Brahman.
          --ṛṣi (saptarṣi) m. pl. 1. the seven sages; i. e. marīci, atri, aṃgiras, pulastya, pulaha, kratu, and vasiṣṭha. --2. the constellation called Ursa Major (the seven stars of which are said to be the seven sages mentioned above).
          --koṇa a. septangular.
          --gaṃgaṃ ind. in the place of the seven streams of the Ganges.
          --catvāriṃśat f. fortyseven.
          --jihvaḥ, --jvālaḥ fire.
          --taṃtuḥ a sacrifice; Śi. 14. 6.
          --triṃśat f. thirty-seven.
          --daśan a. seventeen.
          --dīdhitiḥ N. of fire.
          --dvīpā an epithet of the earth; purā saptadvīpāṃ jayati vasudhāmapratirathaḥ S. 7. 33.
          --dhātu m. pl. the seven constituent elements of the body; i. e. chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, and semen; (rasāsramāṃsamedo'sthimajjānaḥ śukrasaṃyutāḥ). --navatiḥ f. ninetyseven.
          --nāḍīcakraṃ a kind of astrological diagram used as a means of foretelling rain.
          --padī the seven steps at a marriage (the bride and bridegroom walk together seven steps, after which the marriage becomes irrevocable).
          --parṇaḥ (so saptacchadaḥ, saptapatraḥ) N. of a tree. (
          --rṇī) the sensitive plant.
          --prakṛtiḥ f. pl. the seven constituent parts of a kingdom; svāmyamātyasuhṛtkośarāṣṭradurgabalāni ca Ak.; see prakṛti also.
          --bhadraḥ the Śirīśha tree.
          --bhūmika, --bhauma a. seven stories high (as a palace).
          --raktaḥ one who has got the seven parts of the body red; (pāṇipādatale rakte netrāṃtaranakhāni ca . tālukādharajihvāśca praśastā saptaraktatā ..). --rātraṃ a period of seven nights.
          --viṃśatiḥ f. twentyseven.
          --vidha a. seven-fold, of seven sorts.
          --śataṃ 1. 700. --2. 107. (
          --tī) an aggregate or collection of 700 verses or stanzas.
          --śalākaḥ a kind of astronomical diagram used for indicating auspicious days for marriages.
          --saptiḥ an epithet of the sun; sarvairusraiḥ samagraistvamiva nṛpaguṇairdīpyate saptasaptiḥ M. 2. 13; S 6. 29.

saptaka a. (kā or kī f.)
     (1) Containing seven.
     (2) Seven.
     (3) Seventh. --kaṃ A collection of seven things (verses &c.).

saptatiḥ f. Seventy. -tama a. 70th.

saptadhā ind.
     (1) Seven-fold.
     (2) In seven parts.

saptama a. (mī f.) The seventh. --mī f. The seventh or locative case (in gram.).
     (2) The seventh day of a lunar fortnight.

saptalā A kind of jasmine(double jasmine).

saptiḥ
     (1) A yoke.
     (2) A horse; javo hi sapteḥ paramaṃ vibhūṣaṇaṃ Subhāṣ.; see saptasapti also.
     (3) A yoke-fellow.

sapraṇaya a. Affectionate, friendly.

sapratyaya a.
     (1) Placing confidence in.
     (2) Certain, sure.

sapraśrayam ind. Respectfully, with great courtesy.

saprasava a. Derived from a common source; R. 1. 22.

sapharaḥ --rī A small glittering fish, cf. śaphara.

saphala a.
     (1) Fruitful, bearing or yielding fruit, productive (fig. also).
     (2) Accomplished, fulfilled, successful.

sabaṃdhu a.
     (1) Closely connected.
     (2) Having a friend, befriended.
     (3) Of the same family. --dhuḥ A relation, kinsman.

sabaliḥ Evening twilight.

sabādha a.
     (1) Hurtful.
     (2) Oppressive.

sabrahmacaryam Fellow-studentship(being disciples of the same teacher).

sabrahmacārin m,
     (1) A fellow-student, one going through the same studies and observing the same austerities.
     (2) A fellow-sufferer, sympathiser; duḥkhasabrahmacāriṇī taralikā kva gatā K.; he vyasanasabrahmacārin yadi na guhyaṃ tataḥ śrotumicchāmi Mu. 6.
     (3) (Hence) An equal, of the same kind; Vb. 1. 39.

sabhartṛkā A woman whose husband is living.

sabhā
     (1) [saha bhāṃti abhīṣṭaniścayārthamekatra yatra gṛhe Tv.]
     (1) An assembly, a council, conclave; paṃḍitasabhāṃ kāritavām Pt. 1; na sā sabhā yatra na saṃti vṛddhāḥ H. 1.
     (2) Company, society, meeting, large number.
     (3) Council-chamber or hall.
     (4) A court of justice.
     (5) A public audience (modern levee).
     (6) A gambling-house.
     (7) Any room or place much frequented.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāraḥ 1. the customs of society. --2. court-manners.
          --āstāraḥ 1. an assistant at an assembly. --2. a member of a society.
          --ucitaḥ a learned Brāhmaṇa, an educated person.
          --patiḥ, --nāyakaḥ 1. the president of a society, chairman. --2. the keeper of a gaminghouse.
          --pūjā worship or reverence paid to the audience.
          --sad m. 1. an assistant at an assembly or meeting. --2. a member of an assembly or meeting. --3. an assessor, a juror.

sabhāj 10 U. (sabhājayati-te)
     (1) To salute, pay respects, greet, render homage to, congratulate; snehātsabhājayitumetya U. 1. 7; Śi. 13. 14; S. 5.
     (2) To honour, worship, respect.
     (3) To please, gratify.
     (4) To beautify, adorn, grace; U. 4. 19.
     (5) To show.

sabhājanam [sabhāj-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1)
          (a) Paying respects to, salutation, honouring, worshipinng; Śi. 13. 14.
          (b) Welcoming, congratulation; R. 13. 43, 14. 18.
     (2) Civility, courtesy, politeness.
     (3) Service.

sabhāvanaḥ N. of Śiva.

sabhi(bhī)kaḥ [sabhā dyūtaṃ prayojanabhasya īk] The keeper of a gaminghouse; ayamasmākaṃ pūrvasabhiko māthura ita evāgacchati Mk. 3; Y. 2. 199.

sabhya a. [sabhāyāṃ sādhu yat]
     (1) Belonging to an assembly.
     (2) Fit for society.
     (3) Refined, polished, civilized.
     (4) Well-bred, polite, civil, courteous; R. 1. 55, Ku. 7. 29.
     (5) Confidential, trusty, faithful. --bhyaḥ
     (1) An assessor.
     (2) An assistant at an assembly.
     (3) A person of honourable parentage.
     (4) The keeper of a gaming-house.
     (5) The servant of the keeper of a gaming-house.
     (6) N. of one of the five sacred fires.

sabhyatā, --tvam Politeness, good manners or breeding.

sam I. 1 P. (samati)
     (1) To be confused or agitated.
     (2) Not to be confused or agitated. --II. 10 U. (samayati-te) To be agitated.

sam ind.
     (1) As a prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives it means
          (a) with, together with, together; as in saṃgam, saṃbhāṣaṇa, saṃdhā, saṃyuj &c.
          (b) Sometimes it intensifies the meaning of the simple root, and may be translated by 'very, quite, greatly, thoroughly, very much'; saṃtuṣ, saṃtoṣa, saṃnyas, saṃnyāsa, saṃtāpa &c.
          (c) It also expresses completeness, perfection, or beauty.
     (2) As prefixed to nouns to form comp. it means 'like, same, similar,' as in samartha.
     (3) Sometimes it means 'near', 'before'; as in samakṣa.
     (4) In the Vedas it is sometimes used as a separable preposition (with instr.).

sama a.
     (1) Same, identical.
     (2) Equal, as in samaloṣṭakāṃcanaḥ R. 8. 21; Pt. 2. 7; Bg. 2. 38.
     (3) Like, similar, resembling; with instr. or gen. or in comp.; guṇayukto daridropi neśvarairaguṇaiḥ samaḥ Subhāṣ.; Ku. 3. 13.
     (4) Even, level, plain; samadeśavartinaste na durāsado bhaviṣyati S. 1.
     (5) Even (as number).
     (6) Impartial, fair.
     (7) Just, honest, upright.
     (8) Good, virtuous.
     (9) Ordinary, common. (10) Mean, middling.
     (11) Straight.
     (12) Suitable, convenient.
     (13) Indifferent, unmoved, unaffected by passion.
     (14) All, every one.
     (15) All, whole, entire, complete. --maḥ
     (1) N. of certain zodiacal signs (vṛṣa, karkaṭa, kanyā, vṛścika, makara, and mīna).
     (2) A mode of measuring time in music. --maṃ
     (1) A level plain, flat country; Ki. 9. 11.
     (2) (In rhet.) N. of a figure of speech.
     (3) (In geometry) A mean proportional segment. --maṃ ind.
     (1) With, together with, in company with, accompanied by; (with instr.); āho nivatsyati samaṃ hariṇāṃganābhiḥ S. 1. 27; R. 2. 25, 8. 63, 16. 72.
     (2) Equally; yathā sarvāṇi bhūtāni dharā dhārayate samaṃ Ms. 9. 311.
     (3) Like, similarly, in the same manner; Pt. 1. 78.
     (4) Entirely.
     (5) Simultaneously, all at once, at the same time, together; naṃva payo yatra ghanairmayā ca tvadviprayogāśru samaṃ visṛṣṭaṃ R. 13. 26. 4. 4; 10. 59; 14. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ an equal share. -hārin m. a co-heir.
          --aṃtara a. parallel.
          --ācāraḥ 1. equal or similar conduct. --2. proper practice.
          --udakaṃ a mixture of half butter-milk and half water.
          --upamā a kind of Upamā or simile.
          --kanyā a fit or suitable girl (fit to be married).
          --karṇaḥ an equi-diagonal tetragon.
          --kālaḥ the same time or moment. (
          --laṃ) ind. at the same time, simultaneously.
          --kālīna a. contemporary, coevel.
          --kolaḥ a serpent, snake.
          --kṣetraṃ (in astr.) an epithet of a particular arrangement of the Nakshatras.
          --khātaḥ an equal excavation, a parallelopipedon.
          --gaṃdhakaḥ incense.
          --gaṃdhikaṃ the fragrant root of the Uśīra.
          --caturasra a. square. (
          --sraṃ) an equilateral tetragon.
          --caturbhujaḥ --jaṃ a rhombus.
          --citta a. 1 even-minded, equable, equanimous. --2. indifferent.
          --cheda, chedana a. having the same denominator.
          --jāti a. homogeneous.
          --jñā fame.
          --tribhujaḥ --jaṃ an equilateral triangle.
          --darśanaṃ, --darśin a. viewing equally, impartial; vidyāvinayasaṃpanne brāhmaṇe gavi hastini . śuni caiva śvapāke ca paṃḍitāḥ samadarśinaḥ Bg. 5. 18.
          --duḥkha a. feeling for another's woe, sympathising (with another); a fellowsufferer; Ku. 4. 4. -sukha a. a companion or partner in joy and sorrow; S. 3. 11.
          --dṛś --dṛṣṭi a. impartial.
          --dvādaśāsraḥ --sraṃ an equilateral dodecagon.
          --dvibhujaḥ a rhomboid.
          --dhṛta a. equal to.
          --padaṃ an attitude in shooting.
          --buddhi a. 1. impartial. --2. indifferent, stoical.
          --bhāva a. having the same nature or property. (
          --vaḥ) sameness, equability.
          --maṃḍalaṃ (in astr.) the prime vertical line.
          --maya a. of like origin.
          --raṃjita a. tinged.
          --rabhaḥ a particular mode of sexual enjoyment.
          --rekha a. straight; prakṛtyā yadvakraṃ tadapi samarekhaṃ nayanayoḥ S. 1. 9.
          --laṃbaḥ --baṃ a trapezoid.
          --varṇaḥ community of caste.
          --vartin a. equal-minded, impartial. (--m.) Yama, the god of death.
          --vṛttaṃ 1. an even metre, i. e. a stanza the lines of which have all the same number of feet. --2. see samamaṃḍala. --vṛtti a. equable, fair.
          --vedhaḥ mean depth.
          --śodhanaṃ equal subtraction, i. e. subtraction of the same quantity on both sides of an equation.
          --saṃdhiḥ peace on equal terms.
          --suptiḥ f. universal sleep (as at the end of a Kalpa).
          --sūtra, --sūtrastha a. situated on the same diameter.
          --stha a. 1. equal, uniform. --2. level. --3. like.
          --sthalaṃ an even ground.
          --sthalī the level plain, the Doab or country between the Ganges and Yamunā (aṃtarvedi).

samatā --tvam
     (1) Sameness, identity.
     (2) Likeness, similarity.
     (3) Equality; Pt. 2. 83.
     (4) Impartiality, fairness; samatāṃ nī 'to treat as equal' Ms. 9. 218.
     (5) Equanimity.
     (6) Perfectness.
     (7) Commonness.
     (8) Evenness.

samakṣa a. Being before the eyes, visible, present. --kṣaṃ ind. In the presence of, visibly, before the very eyes; Ku. 5. 1.

samagra a. All, whole, entire, complete; M. 2. 13.

samaṃgā Bengal madder(maṃjiṣṭhā).

samaj 1 P.
     (1) To bring or collect together, unite.
     (2) To bring into conflict.
     (3) To subdue, overpower.
     (4) To animate, incite, excite.

samajaḥ
     (1) A multitude of beasts, animals or birds, a herd, flock.
     (2) A number of fools. --jaṃ A wood, forest.

samajyā
     (1) A meeting, an assembly.
     (2) Fame, renown, celebrity.

samaṃjasa a.
     (1) Proper, reasonable, right, fit.
     (2) Correct, true, accurate.
     (3) Clear, intelligible; as in asamaṃjasa, q. v.
     (4) Virtuous, good, just; bhṛśādhirūḍhasya samaṃjasaṃ janaṃ Ki. 14. 12.
     (5) Practised, experienced.
     (6) Healthy. --saṃ
     (1) Propriety, fitness.
     (2) Accuracy.
     (3) Correct evidence.

samatikram 1 U.
     (1) To go completely beyond, cross or step over.
     (2) To neglect, disregard, violate.
     (4) To surpass, excel.
     (4) To elapse, pass by (as time).

samatikramaḥ Transgression, omission.

samatī 2 P. To go completely beyond.
     (2) To go through, cross over.
     (3) To surpass, excel.
     (4) To avoid.
     (5) To pass, elapse.

samatīta p. p. Gone, passed by, past (as time); samatītaṃ ca bhavacca bhāvi ca R. 8. 78.

samada a.
     (1) Intoxicated, furious.
     (2) Mad with rut.
     (3) Drunk with passion; U. 2. 20; Mv. 5. 40.
     (4) Delighted, glad.

samadhika a.
     (1) Exceeding.
     (2) Excessive, abundant, plentiful; U. 4. --kaṃ ind. Very much, exceedingly.

samadhigam 1 P.
     (1) To approach.
     (2) To study.
     (3) To get, acquire; yatte samadhigacchaṃti yasyaite tasya taddhanaṃ Ms. 8. 416.
     (4) To excel, surpass.

samadhigamanam Surpassing, overcoming.

samadhva a. Travelling in company.

samanujñā 9 U.
     (1) To consent, give full consent.
     (2) To approve, permit, allow.
     (3) To dismiss, give leave, allow to go.
     (4) To forgive, pardon.
     (5) To favour.

samanujñānam
     (1) Assent, consent.
     (2) Entire approval, full concurrence.

samaṃta a. [samyak aṃtaḥ, sa yatra vā]
     (1) Being on every side, universal.
     (2) Complete, entire. --taḥ Limit, boundary, term. (samaṃtaṃ, samaṃtataḥ, samaṃtāt are used adverbially in the sense of 'from every side', 'all around', 'on all sides', 'wholly', 'completely').
     -- Comp.
          --dugdhā the plant called snuhī q. v.
          --paṃcakaṃ N. of the district called Kurukshetra or of a place near it; Ve. 6.
          --bhadraḥ a Buddha or the Buddha.
          --bhuj m. fire.

samanyu a.
     (1) Sorrowful.
     (2) Enraged, angry. --nyuḥ An epithet of Śiva.

samanvi 2 P.
     (1) To follow, accompany.
     (2) To follow or infer as a consequence.

samanvayaḥ
     (1) Regular succession or order.
     (2) Connected sequence, mutual connection, applicability (tātparya); tattu samanvayāt Br. Sūt. I. 1. 4; na ca taddhatānāṃ padānāṃ brahmasvarūpaviṣaye niścite samanvaye'rthātarakalpanā yuktā S. B.
     (3) Conjunction.

samanvita p. p.
     (1) Connected with, connected in natural order.
     (2) Followed.
     (3) Endowed with, possessing, full of.
     (4) Affected by.

samabhipluta p. p.
     (1) Inundated.
     (2) Eclipsed.

samabhivyāhāraḥ
     (1) Mentioning together.
     (2) Association, company.
     (3) Proximity to or association with a word, the meaning of which is clearly ascertained or understood.

samabhisaraṇam
     (1) Approaching.
     (2) Seeking, wishing for.

samabhihāraḥ
     (1) Taking together.
     (2) Repetition.
     (3) Surplus, excess.

samabhyarcanam Worshipping, reverencing.

samabhyāhāraḥ Accompaniment, association.

samayaḥ
     (1) Time in general.
     (2) Occasion, opportunity.
     (3) Fit time, proper time or season, right moment; Ku. 3. 25.
     (4) An agreement, a compact, contract, an engagement; mithaḥsamayāt S. 5.
     (5) A convention, conventional usage.
     (6) An established rule of conduct, a ceremonial custom, usual practice; nirastanārīsamayā durādhayaḥ Ki. 1. 28; U. 1.
     (7) The convention of poets; (e. g. that persons separated from their beloveds are affected at the sight of clouds).
     (8) An appointment, assignation.
     (9) A condition, stipulation; V. 5. (10) A law, rule, regulation; Y. 3. 19; U. 5. 19.
     (11) Direction, order, instruction, precept.
     (12) Emergency, exigency.
     (13) An oath.
     (14) A sign, hint, indication.
     (15) Limit, boundary.
     (16) A demonstrated conclusion, doctrine, tenet; bauddha-, vaiśeṣika- &c.
     (17) End, conclusion, termination.
     (18) Success, prosperity.
     (19) End of trouble. (samayena 'on condition, conditionally').
     -- Comp.
          --adhyuṣitaṃ a time at which neither the stars nor the sun is visible.
          --anuvartin a. following established customs.
          --anusāreṇa, --ucitaṃ ind. suitably to the occasion, as the occasion demands.
          --ācāraḥ conventional practice, established usage; Māl. 4. 6.
          --kriyā making an agreement.
          --parirakṣaṇaṃ observance of a compact, treaty, or agreement; na samayaparirakṣaṇaṃ kṣamaṃ te Ki. 1. 45.
          --bhedaḥ breaking an agreement or engagement, breach of contract.
          --vyabhicāraḥ breaking an agreement, violation or breach of contract.
          --vyabhicārin a. breaking an agreement.

samayā ind.
     (1) Duly, seasonably, in due time.
     (2) At a fixed or appointed time.
     (3) In the midst, within, between.
     (4) Near (with acc.); samayā saudhabhittiṃ Dk.; Śi. 6. 73, 15. 9, Nalod. 4. 8.

samaraḥ --ram War, battle, fight; karṇādayo'pi samarātparāṅmukhībhavaṃti Ve. 3.
     -- Comp.
          --uddeśaḥ, --bhūmi f. battlefield.
          --mūrdhan m.,
          --śiras n. the front or van of battle; U. 5. 3.

samarcanam Worshipping, honouring, adoration.

samarṇa a.
     (1) Afflicted, pained, wounded.
     (2) Asked, solicited.

samarth 10 U.
     (1) To believe, consider, regard, think; samarthaye yatprathamaṃ priyāṃ prati V. 4. 39; mayā na sādhu samarthitaṃ V. 2; anupayuktamiva ātmānaṃ samarthaye S. 7, 3. 19.
     (2) To corroborate, support, substantiate by proof; uktamevārthamudāharaṇena samarthayati.
     (3) To deliberate, think or reflect about.
     (4) To make ready, prepare.
     (5) To maintain, assert, enforce.
     (6) To imply, suggest.
     (7) To approve.

samartha a.
     (1) Strong, powerful.
     (2) Competent, allowed, qualified; pratigrahasamartho'pi Ms. 4. 186; Y. 1. 213.
     (3) Fit, suitable, proper; taddhanurgrahaṇameva rāghavaḥ pratyapadyata samarthamuttaraṃ R. 11. 79.
     (4) Made fit or proper, prepared.
     (5) Having the same meaning.
     (6) Significant.
     (7) Having proper aim or force, very forcible.
     (8) Being in apposition.
     (9) Connected in sense. --rthaḥ
     (1) A significant word (in gram.); avyayaṃ samarthena saha samasyate so'vyayībhāvaḥ Sk.
     (2) The coherence of words together in a significant sentence.

samarthakam Aloe-wood.

samarthatā --tvam
     (1) Strength, power.
     (2) Force, forcibleness.
     (3) Sameness of meaning.

samarthanaṃ --nā
     (1) Establishing, supporting, corroborating.
     (2) Defending, vindicating, justifying; sthiteṣvetatsamarthanaṃ K. P. 7.
     (3) Pleading, advocating.
     (4) Judging, considering, imagining.
     (5) Deliberation, determination, deciding on the propriety or otherwise of anything.
     (6) Adequacy, efficacy, force, capability.
     (7) Energy, perseverance.
     (8) Reconciling differences, allaying disputes.
     (9) Objection.

samarthita p. p.
     (1) Maintained, established.
     (2) Thought, imagined, considered, judged.
     (3) Determined; see samarth above.

samardhaka a.
     (1) Granting a boon.
     (2) Causing to prosper.

samarpaṇam Giving or handing over to, delivering, consigning.

samarpita a.
     (1) Made over, delivered, consigned, committed.
     (2) Restored, given back.
     (3) Appointed.

samaryāda a.
     (1) Limited, bounded.
     (2) Near, proximate.
     (3) Correct in conduct, keeping within bounds of propriety.
     (4) Respectful, courteous

samala a.
     (1) Dirty, foul, filthy, impure.
     (2) Sinful. --laṃ Excrement, ordure, feces.

samavakāraḥ A kind of drama; (thus described in S. D.: vṛttaṃ samavakāre tu khyātaṃ devāsurāśrayaṃ . saṃdhayo niviṃmarśāstu trayoṃkāḥ &c. 515).

samavatāraḥ
     (1) A descent.
     (2) A descent into a river or sacred bathing place; samavatārasamairasamaistaṭaiḥ Ki. 5. 7.

samavadhānam
     (1) Great attention.
     (2) Preparation.

samavasthā 1 A.
     (1) To remain fixed, stand immoveable; stand still.
     (2) To stand ready. --Caus.
     (1) To establish, found.
     (2) To stop.

samavasthā
     (1) Fixed condition.
     (2) Similar condition or state; S. 4.
     (3) State or condition in general; R. 19. 50; M. 4. 7.

samavasthita p. p.
     (1) Remaining fixed.
     (2) Steady.
     (3) Ready.
     (4) Being in any place or position.

samavāptiḥ f. Obtaining, acquisition.

samave 2 P.
     (1) To assemble, come together; samavetā yuyutsavaḥ Bg. 1. 1.
     (2) To be related or connected in an intimate relation.

samavāyaḥ
     (1) Combination, union, conjunction, aggregate, collection; sarvāvinayānāmekaikamapyeṣāmāyatanaṃ kimuta samavāyaḥ K.; bahūnāmapyasārāṇāṃ samavāyo hi durjayaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) A number, multitude, heap.
     (3) Close connection, cohesion.
     (4) (In Vais. phil.) Intimate union, constant and inseparable connection, inseparable inherence or existence of one thing in another, one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; nityasaṃbaṃdhaḥ samavāyaḥ Tarka K.
     -- Comp.
          --saṃbaṃdhaḥ intimate and inseparable relation.

samavāyin a.
     (1) Closely or intimately connected.
     (2) Multitudinous.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraṇaṃ inseparable cause, the material cause (one of the three kinds of kāraṇa mentioned in Vaiśeṣika phil.).

samaveta p. p.
     (1) Come together, met, united, joined.
     (2) Intimately united or inherent, inseparably connected.
     (3) Comprised or contained in a larger number.

samaś I. 5 U.
     (1) To pervade thoroughly.
     (2) To obtain, attain to.
     (3) To meet. --II. 9 P.
     (1) To eat; naktaṃ cānnaṃ samaśnīyāt Ms. 6. 19; 11. 219.
     (2) To taste, experience, enjoy; yathā phalaṃ samaśnāti Mb.

samaṣṭiḥ f.
     (1) Collective pervasion or aggregate, an aggregate which is considered as made up of parts each of which is consubstantially the same with the whole (opp. vyaṣṭi q. v.); samaṣṭirīśaḥ sarveṣāṃ svātmatādātmyavedanāt . tadabhāvāttadanye tu jñāyaṃte vyaṣṭisaṃjñayā .. Panchadaśī.
     (2) Totality.

samas 4 P.
     (1) To throw or bring together, put together, unite, combine, Ms. 3. 85, 7. 57.
     (2) To join in a compound, compound.
     (3) To take collectively or jointly; samastairatha vā pṛthak Ms. 7. 198 'jointly or severally.' --Pass. To be compounded, form or enter into a compound; avyayaṃ samarthena saha samasyate so'vyayībhāvaḥ Sk.

samasanam
     (1) Joining together, combination.
     (2) Compounding, formation of compound words.
     (3) Contraction.

samasta p. p.
     (1) Thrown together, combined; Pt. 1. 383.
     (2) Compounded.
     (3) Pervading the whole of anything.
     (4) Abridged, contracted, condensed.
     (5) All, whole, entire.

samasyā
     (1) Proposing part of a stanza to another to be completed, the part of a stanza so given to be completed; kaḥ śrīpatiḥ kā viṣamā samasyā Subhāṣ.; (thus the lines vāgarthāviva saṃpūktau, śatakoṭipravistaraṃ; tarāsāhaṃ purodhāya are completed by nemuḥ sarve surāḥ śivau.)
     (2) (Hence) Completing or filling up what is incomplete; gaurīva patyā subhagā kadācitkartrīyamapyardhatanūsamasyāṃ N. 7. 82 (samasyā = saṃghaṭanaṃ).

samā (generally in pl., but used by Pāṇini in sing. also, e. g. samāṃ samāṃ P. V. 2. 12.) A year; tenāṣṭau parigamitāḥ samāḥ kathaṃcit R. 8. 92; tayoścaturdaśaikena samaṃ prāvrājayatsamāḥ 12. 6; 19. 4; Mv. 4. 41. --ind. With; together with.

samāṃsamīnā A cow bearing a calf every year.

samākula a.
     (1) Full of, thronged, crowded.
     (2) Greatly agitated, bewildered, confused, flurried.

samākṛṣ 1 P. To draw out, extract.
     (2) To attract.

samākarṣin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Attracting.
     (2) Spreading far, diffusing fragrance. --m. Diffused odour, a scent spreading afar.

samākram 1 U.
     (1) To take possession of, occupy, fill; samameva samākrāṃtaṃ dvayaṃ dviradagāminā . tena siṃhāsanaṃ pitryamakhilaṃ cārimaṃḍalaṃ R. 4. 4.
     (2) To assail, conquer, subdue.
     (3) To tread or step upon.

samākramaṇam
     (1) Treading.
     (2) Assailing.

samākhyā 2 P.
     (1) To count, reckon.
     (2) To relate, tell.
     (3) To declare, proclaim.
     (4) To sum up, add together.

samākhyā
     (1) Fame, reputation, celebrity.
     (2) A name, appellation.

samākhyāta p. p.
     (1) Reckoned up, counted, summed up.
     (2) Fully related, declared, proclaimed.
     (3) Celebrated, famous.

samāgam
     (1) To come or meet together, assemble.
     (2) To become joined or united, to associate, keep company with.
     (4) To have sexual intercourse with.
     (4) To come together, be in conjunction (as planets).
     (5) To come near, approach.
     (6) To return.
     (7) To find, meet with.

samāgata p. p.
     (1) Come together, met, joined, united.
     (2) Arrived.
     (3) Being in conjunction.
     (4) Approached. --tā A kind of riddle.

samāgatiḥ f.
     (1) Coming together, union, meeting.
     (2) Arrival, approach.
     (3) Similar condition or progress.

samāgamaḥ
     (1) Union, meeting, encountering, combination; aho daivagatiścitrā tathāpi na samāgamaḥ K. P. 7; R. 8. 4, 92, 19. 16.
     (2) Intercourse, association, society; as in satsamāgamaḥ.
     (3) Approach, arrival.
     (4) Conjunction (in astr.).

samāghātaḥ
     (1) Killing, slaughter.
     (2) War, battle.

samācayanam Accumulation.

samācar 1 P.
     (1) To do, perform, practise; ehi gaccha patottiṣṭha vada maunaṃ samācara K. P. 10.
     (2) To behave.
     (3) To remove.

samācaraṇam Practising, observing, behaving.

samācāraḥ
     (1) Proceeding, going.
     (2) Practice, conduct, behaviour.
     (3) Proper conduct or behaviour.
     (4) News, information, report, tidings.

samājaḥ
     (1) An assembly, a meeting; viśeṣataḥ sarvavidāṃ samāje vibhūṣaṇaṃ maunamapaṃḍitānāṃ Bh. 2. 7.
     (2) A society, club, an association.
     (3) A number, multitude, collection.
     (4) A party, convivial meeting.
     (5) An elephant.

samājikaḥ
     (1) A member of an assembly; see sāmājika.
     (2) A spectator in general.

samājñā 9 U.
     (1) To know or understand thoroughly, learn or ascertain fully.
     (2) To recognize, acknowledge. --Caus. To order, command.

samājñā Fame, reputation.

samādā 3 U.
     (1) To take, receive, accept.
     (2) To take hold of, seize, grasp.
     (3) To bestow, give, present.
     (4) To restore, return.
     (5) To take off or away.
     (6) To apprehend, comprehend.
     (7) To undertake, begin.
     (8) To collect.
     (9) To think about, reflect on.

samādānam
     (1) Receiving fully.
     (2) Receiving suitable gifts.
     (3) The daily observances of the Jaina sect.

samādiś 6 P.
     (1) To point out, indicate.
     (2) To inform, tell, communicate.
     (3) To proclaim, announce.
     (4) To foretell.
     (5) To order, command, direct.
     (6) To appoint, depute, entrust with.
     (7) To assign, allot.
     (8) To determine.

samādeśaḥ Command, order, direction, instruction.

samādhā 3 U.
     (1) To place or put together, join, unite.
     (2) To place, put, put or place upon, apply to; padaṃ mūrdhni samādhatte kesarī mattadaṃtinaḥ Pt. 1. 327.
     (3) To install, place on the throne; R. 17. 8.
     (4) To compose, collect (as the mind); manaḥ samādhāya nivṛttaśokaḥ Rām.; na śaśāka samādhātuṃ mano madanavepitaṃ Bhāg.
     (5) To concentrate, fix or apply intently upon (as the eye, mind &c.); Bg. 12. 9; Bh. 3. 48.
     (6) To satisfy, clear or solve (a doubt), answer an objection; iti samādhatte (in commentaries).
     (7) To repair, redress, set right, remove; na te śakyāḥ samādhātuṃ H. 3. 37; utpannāmāpadaṃ yastu samādhatte sa buddhimān 4. 7.
     (8) To think over; Bk. 12. 6.
     (6) To entrust, commit to, deliver over. (10) To produce, effect, accomplish.
     (11) To place a burden, load.
     (12) To assume, take upon oneself.
     (13) To conceive (in the womb).
     (14) To establish.

samādhā See samādhāna below.

samādhānam
     (1) Putting together, uniting.
     (2) Fixing the mind in abstract contemplation on the true nature of spirit.
     (3) Profound or abstract meditation, deep contemplation.
     (4) Intentness.
     (5) Steadiness, composure, peace (as of mind), satisfaction; cittasya samādhānaṃ, buddheḥ samādhānaṃ G. L. 18.
     (6) Clearing up a doubt, replying to the Pūrvapakṣa; answering an objection.
     (7) Agreeing, promising.
     (8) (In dramas) A leading incident which unexpectedly gives rise to the whole plot.

samādhiḥ
     (1) Collecting, composing, concentrating (as mind).
     (2) Profound or abstract meditation, concentration of mind on one object, perfect absorption of thought into the one object of meditation, i. e. the Supreme Spirit, (the 8th and last stage of Yoga); ātmeśvarāṇāṃ na hi jātu vighnāḥ samādhibhedaprabhavo bhavaṃti Ku. 3. 40, 50; Mk. 1. 1.; Bh. 3. 54; R. 8. 79; Śi. 4. 55.
     (3) Intentness, concentration (in general), fixing of thoughts; tasyāṃ lagnasamādhi (mānasaṃ) Gīt. 3.
     (4) Penance, religious obligation, devotion (to penance); astyetsamādhibhīrutvaṃ devānāṃ S. 1; tapaḥsamādhi Ku. 3. 24; athopayaṃtāramalaṃ samādhinā 5. 24, 5. 6; 1. 59.
     (5) Bringing together, concentration, combination, collection; taṃ vedhā vidadhe nūnaṃ mahābhūtasamādhinā R. 1. 29.
     (6) Reconciliation, settling or composing differences.
     (7) Silence.
     (8) Agreement, assent, promise.
     (9) Requital. (10) Completion, accomplishment.
     (11) Perseverance in extreme difficulties.
     (12) Attempting impossibilities.
     (13) Laying up corn (in times of famine), storing grain.
     (14) A tomb.
     (15) The joint of the neck; a particular position of the neck; Ki. 16. 21.
     (16) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa; samādhiḥ sukaraṃ kāryaṃ kāraṇāṃtarayogataḥ K. P. 10; see S. D. 614.
     (17) One of the ten Guṇas or merits of style; see Kāv. 1. 93.
     (18) A religious vow or self-imposed restraint.
     (19) Support, upholding.
     -- Comp.
          --bhaṃgaḥ interruption of meditation.
          --stha a. absorbed in meditation or contemplation.

samādhin, samādhimat a.
     (1) Meditating.
     (2) Devout, pious; Ku. 1. 22.

samādhmāta p. p.
     (1) Blown into.
     (2) Elated, puffed up, inflated.

samāna a.
     (1) Same, equal, like, similar; samānaśīlavyasaneṣu sakhyaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (2) One, uniform.
     (3) Good, virtuous, just.
     (4) Common, general.
     (5) Honoured. --naḥ
     (1) A friend, an equal.
     (2) One of the five life-winds or vital airs, which has its seat in the cavity of the navel and is essential to digestion.
     (3) A letter having the same organ of utterance. --naṃ ind. Equally with, like (with instr.); jaladharaṇe samānamumāpatiḥ Ki. 18. 4.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ N. of the vowels a, ā, i, ī, u, ū, ṛ, ṝ, and ḷ (opp. saṃdhyakṣara). --adhikaraṇa a. 1. having a common substratum. --2. being in the same category or predicament. --3. being in the same case-relation or government (in gram.); tatpuruṣaḥ samānādhikaraṇaḥ karmadhārayaḥ P. I. 2. 42. (
          --ṇaṃ) 1. same location or predicament. --2. agreement in case, apposition. --3. a predicament including several things, a generic property. --4. common government.
          --adhikāraḥ generic characteristic.
          --artha a. having the same meaning, synonymous.
          --udakaḥ a relative connected by the libations of water to the Manes of common ancestors; this relationship extends from the seventh (or eleventh) to the thirteenth (or fourteenth according to some) degree; samānodakabhāvastu nivartetācaturdaśāt; see Ms. 5. 60 also.
          --udaryaḥ a brother of whole blood, uterine brother.
          --upamā a kind of Upamā; see Kāv. 2. 29.
          --kāla, --kālīna a. synchronous.
          --gotra = sagotra q. v.
          --duḥkha a. sympathiser.
          --dharman a. possessed of the same qualities, sympathising, appreciator of merits; Māl. 1. 6.
          --yamaḥ the same pitch of voice.
          --vayas a. of the same age.
          --ruci a. agreeing in tastes.

samānayati Den. P. To make equal, equalise.

samānī 1 P.
     (1) To join, unite, bring together; hasnau samānīya R. 2. 64; S. 5. 15.
     (2) To fetch, bring; R. 12. 78.
     (3) To collect, assemble.
     (4) To bring or offer an oblation.

samānayanam Bringing together, collecting, conducting.

samāp 5 P.
     (1) To obtain, get.
     (2) To accomplish, fulfil.
     (3) To finish, complete; yāvataiṣāṃ samāpyeran yajñāḥ paryāptadakṣiṇāḥ R. 17. 17, 24; samāpya sāṃdhyaṃ ca vidhiṃ 2. 23.

samāpaḥ Offering sacrifices or oblations to the gods.

samāpaka a. (pikā f.) Finishing, accomplishing, fulfilling.

samāpanam
     (1) Completion, conclusion, bringing to an end; Ms. 5. 88.
     (2) Acquisition.
     (3) Killing, destroying.
     (4) A section, chapter.
     (5) Profound meditation.

samāpta p. p.
     (1) Finished, concluded, completed.
     (2) Clever.

samāptiḥ f.
     (1) End, conclusion, completion, termination.
     (2) Accomplishment, fulfilment, perfection.
     (3) Reconciling or settling differences, making up quarrels.
     (4) Perfection, development; Ku. 3. 27.

samāptika a.
     (1) Final, concluding.
     (2) Finite.
     (3) One who has finished the whole of anything. --kaḥ
     (1) A finisher.
     (2) One who has completed the whole course of holy studies

samāpad 4 A.
     (1) To get, obtain, attain to.
     (2) To take place, happen, occur.
     (3) To fall upon, attack.
     (4) To undergo.
     (5) To begin.
     (6) To be finished or ended.

samāpattiḥ f.
     (1) Meeting, encountering.
     (2) Accident, chance, accidental encounter; samāpattidṛṣṭena keśinā dānavena V. 1; M. 4; kriyāsamāpāttinivartitāni R. 7. 23; Ku. 7. 75.

samāpanna p. p.
     (1) Attained, obtained.
     (2) Occurred, happened.
     (3) Come, arrived.
     (4) Finished, completed, accomplished.
     (5) Proficient.
     (6) Endowed with.
     (7) Distressed, afflicted.
     (8) Killed. --gnaṃ End, completion.

samāpādanam Accomplishing, restoring.

samāpādyam The change of a Visarga to s or ṣ.

samāptālaḥ A lord, husband.

samāpluta p. p.
     (1) Flooded, inundated.
     (2) Filled with.
     (3) Bathed in.

samābhāṣaṇam Conversation, talking with; R. 6. 16.

samāmnā 1 P.
     (1) To repeat, recite.
     (2) To lay down, prescribe; taṃ hi dharmaṃ sūtrakārāḥ samāmanaṃti U. 4.
     (3) To repeat or hand down traditionally.
     (4) To enumerate.

samāmnānam
     (1) Repetition, mention.
     (2) Enumeration.
     (3) Traditional repetition or mention.

samāmnāyaḥ
     (1) Traditional repetition or mention, handing down traditionally.
     (2) A traditional collection (of words &c.); aśva iti paśusamāmnāye paṭhyate U. 4.
     (3) Tradition, repetition (in general).
     (4) Reading, recitation, enumeration.
     (5) Totality, an aggregate, a collection; akṣarasamāmnāyaṃ Śik. 57; (i. e. the latters from a to i which are said to have been revealed by Śiva to Pāṇini).
     (6) An epithet of Śiva.

samāyaḥ
     (1) Arrival, coming.
     (2) A visit.

samāyata p. p. Drawn out, extended, lengthened.

samāyuj 7 U.
     (1) To join together, unite, connect.
     (2) To pro vide with, furnish, supply.
     (3) To make ready, prepare; see samāyukta.

samāyukta p. p.
     (1) Joined, connected, united.
     (2) Intent on, devoted to.
     (3) Made ready, prepared.
     (4) Endowed or furnished with, filled with, provided, supplied.
     (5) Charged, appointed.

samāyogaḥ
     (1) Union, connection, conjunction.
     (2) Preparation.
     (3) Fitting (an arrow).
     (4) A collection, heap, multitude.
     (6) A cause, motive, object.
     (7) Association.

samāyuta p. p.
     (1) Connected or united together, joined.
     (2) Collected, brought together.
     (3) Endowed or furnished with, having, possessed of.

samārabh 1 A. To begin, undertake.
     (2) To try to propitiate, win over.

samāraṃbhaḥ
     (1) Beginning, commencement.
     (2) An enterprise, undertaking, a work, an action; bhavyamukhyāḥ samāraṃbhāḥ ... tasya gūḍhaṃ vipecire R. 17. 53; Bg. 4. 19.
     (3) An unguent; see samālaṃbha.

samārādhanam
     (1) A means of satisfying, gratification, delight; nāṭyaṃ bhinnarucerjatasya bahudhāpyekaṃ samārādhanaṃ M. 1. 4.
     (2) Attendance, service; R. 2. 5, 18. 11.

samāruh 1 P.
     (1)
          (a) To ascend or mount on; ride.
          (b) To ascend, rise.
     (2) To untertake, engage in. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to rise or mount, raise, lift up.
     (2) To string (as a bow).
     (3) To plant.
     (4) To ascribe, attribute.
     (5) To hand or deliver over to.
     (6) To display, exhibit, show forth.

samāropaṇam
     (1) Depositing, placing in or upon.
     (2) Delivering over, consigning.

samāropita p. p.
     (1) Caused to mount or ascend.
     (2) Strung (as a bow), bhavatā cāpe samāropite K. P. 10.
     (3) Deposited, planted, lodged.
     (4) Consigned, delivered over.

samārohaḥ
     (1) Ascending, mounting.
     (2) Riding upon.
     (3) Agreeing.

samālabh 1 A.
     (1) To take hold of, seize.
     (2) To anoint, smear over.
     (3) To handle, touch.

samālaṃbhaḥ, samālaṃbhanam
     (1) Taking hold of, seizing.
     (2) Seizing a victim for sacrifice.
     (3) Smearing the body with unguents or coloured cosmetics; maṃgalasamālaṃbhanaṃ viracayāvaḥ S. 4.

samālaṃb 1 A.
     (1) To lay or catch hold of, seize; Ku. 5. 84.
     (2) To rest or depend on, be supported by; to cling or adhere to.
     (3) To devote or give oneself up to.
     (4) To assume, maintain.
     (5) To settle down or abide in.

samālaṃbanam Resting on, clinging to.

samālaṃbin a. Clinging to. --nī A kind of grass.

samālāpaḥ Conversation, talking with; Pt. 1. 388.

samāvas 1 P.
     (1) To dwell, live.
     (2) To lodge, encamp, halt.

samāvāsaḥ
     (1) A residence, habitation, dwelling-place.
     (2) Haltingplace, encampment.

samāvāyaḥ
     (1) Association, connection.
     (2) Inseparable connection; see samavāya.
     (3) Aggregation.
     (4) A multitude, number, heap.

samāviś 6 P.
     (1) To enter; Bk; 8. 27.
     (2) To go to, approach.
     (3) To be devoted to, be intent on.
     (4) To pervade, occupy, fill.
     (5) To sit down, settle down.
     (6) To overcome. --Caus.
     (1) To cause to enter in, insert.
     (2) To contain, comprise, hold.
     (3) To place or fix in or upon.
     (4) To entrust, assign; Pt. 1. 85.
     (5) To conduct, lead into.

samāviṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Entered thoroughly, completely occupied, pervaded.
     (2) Seized, overcome, engrossed.
     (3) Possessed by an evil spirit.
     (4) Endowed with.
     (5) Settled, fixed, seated.
     (6) Well-instructed.

samāveśaḥ
     (1) Entering or abiding together.
     (2) Meeting, association.
     (3) Inclusion, comprehension.
     (4) Penetration.
     (5) Possession by an evil spirit.
     (6) Passion, emotion.
     (7) (In gram.) Common applicability of a term.

samāvṛ 5 U.
     (1) To cover all over or completely.
     (2) To surround, envelope.
     (3) To conceal, hide.
     (4) To shut, close.
     (5) To obstruct, hinder.

samāvṛta p. p.
     (1) Encompassed, surrounded, enclosed, beset.
     (2) Screened, veiled.
     (3) Hidden, concealed.
     (4) Protected.
     (5) Shut out, excluded.
     (6) Stopped.

samāvṛt 1 A.
     (1) To approach.
     (2) To return (as a Brahmaṇa after completing his brahmacaryavrata or course of religious studies).
     (3) To come together, assemble.
     (4) To turn out well, succeed.
     (5) To come to an end, be completed.

samāvartanam
     (1) Return.
     (2) Especially, a pupil's return home after finishing his course of holy study.

samāvṛttaḥ, samāvṛttakaḥ A pupil who has returned home after finishing his course of holy study.

samāvṛttiḥ f.
     (1) Return.
     (2) Completion.

samāśri 1 U.
     (1) To go to for protection, fly for refuge.
     (2) To suffer, experience, or enjoy; Pt. 1. 372.
     (3) To observe, practise, follow.
     (4) To rest or depend on.
     (5) To confide in.
     (6) To attain to, obtain, assume.

samāśrayaḥ
     (1) Seeking protection or shelter.
     (2) Refuge, shelter, protection.
     (3) A place of refuge, asylum, resting or dwelling-place.
     (4) Dwelling, residence.

saṃmāśleṣaḥ A close embrace.

samāśvas 2 P.
     (1) To take courage, take heart, calm or compose oneself.
     (2) To regain confidence.
     (3) To believe in. --Caus. To console, encourage, cheer up.

samāśvāsaḥ
     (1) Recovering breath, breathing a sigh of relief.
     (2) Relief, encouragement, consolation.
     (3) Trust, confidence, belief.

samāśvāsanam
     (1) Reviving, encouraging, comforting.
     (2) Consolation; V. 2.

samāsaḥ
     (1) Aggregation, union, composition.
     (2) Composition of words, a compound; (the principal kinds of compounds are four: dvaṃdva, tatpuruṣa, bahuvrīhi, and avyayībhāva q. q. v. v.).
     (3) Reconciliation, composition of differences.
     (4) A collection, an assemblage.
     (5) Whole, totality.
     (6) Contraction, conciseness, brevity.
     (7) Euphonic combination (saṃdhi). (samāsena, samāsataḥ means 'in short', 'briefly', 'succinctly'; eṣā dharmasya vo yoniḥ samāsena prakīrtitā Ms. 2. 25, 3. 20; Bg. 13. 18; samāsataḥ śrūyatāṃ V. 2).
     -- Comp.
          --adhyāhāraḥ supplying an ellipsis in a compound.
          --arthā a part of a stanza proposed to be completed (= samasyā q. v.)
          --uktiḥ f. a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa: paroktirbhedakaiḥ śliṣṭaiḥ samāsoktiḥ K. P. 10.

samāsaṃj 1 P.
     (1) To join, attach or fix to.
     (2) To fix or place on, impose upon.

samāsakta p. p.
     (1) Attached to; fixed or placed in.
     (2) United, combined.
     (3) Reached, attained.
     (3) Affected by.

samāsaktiḥ f., samāsaṃgaḥ
     (1) Union, adhering together, attachment.
     (2) Comprehension, inclusion.

samāsaṃjanam
     (1) Joining, uniting.
     (2) Fixing or placing on.
     (3) Contact, combination, connection.

samāsarjanam
     (1) Abandoning completely.
     (2) Consigning.

samāsad 10 U.
     (1) To get, obtain, find, meet with.
     (2) To overtake; V. 1.
     (3) To assail, attack.

samāsādanam
     (1) Approaching.
     (2) Finding, meeting with, obtaining.
     (3) Accomplishing, effecting.

samāhṛ 1 P.
     (1) To bring, convey, carry; sarva eva samāhāri tadā śailaḥ sahauṣadhiḥ Bk. 15. 107.
     (2) To collect' bring together, convene; tatra svayaṃvarasamāhṛtarājalokaṃ R. 5. 64; Bk. 8. 63.
     (3) To draw, attract.
     (4) To destroy, annihilate; Bg. 11. 32.
     (5) To complete (as a sacrifice).
     (6) To return, restore to one's proper place; Ms. 8. 319.
     (7) To curb, restrain.
     (8) To offer.
     (9) To contract, abridge.

samāharaṇam Uniting, collecting, combining, accumulating.

samāhartṛ m.
     (1) One who is accustomed to collect or get together.
     (2) A collector (as of taxes).

samāhāraḥ
     (1) A collection, an aggregate, assemblage; Māl. 9.
     (2) Composition of words.
     (3) Conjunction of words or sentences.
     (4) A subdivision of Dvandva and Dvigu compounds, expressing an aggregate.
     (5) Abridgment, contraction, consiseness.
     (6) Combination of two letters of the alphabet into a syllable (= pratyāhāra q. v.).

samāhṛta p. p.
     (1) Brought together, collected, accumulated.
     (2) Abundant, excessive, much.
     (3) Received, accepted, taken.
     (4) Abridged, curtailed.

samāhṛtiḥ f. Compilation, abridg, ment.

samāhita p. p.
     (1) Brought together, assembled.
     (2) Adjusted, settled.
     (3) Composed, collected, calm (as mind.).
     (4) Intent on, absorbed in, concentrated.
     (5) Finished.
     (6) Agreed upon.
     (7) Arranged, disposed.
     (8) Inferred.
     (9) Accomplished, finished. (10) Deposited, entrusted; see samādhā also. --taḥ A holy man. --taṃ Intentness, intent devotion (to any object).

samāhve 1 P.
     (1) To call together, convoke.
     (2) To challenge, provoke to battle.
     (3) To invite.
     (4) To call, name.

samāhvaḥ Challenge, defiance.

samāhvayaḥ
     (1) Calling out, challenging.
     (2) War, battle.
     (3) A single combat.
     (4) Setting animals to fight for sport, betting with living creatures; Y. 2. 203; Ms. 9. 221.
     (5) A name, an appellation.

samāhvā A name, an appellation; Śi. 11. 26.

samāhvānam
     (1) Calling together, convocation.
     (2) Challenge.

sami 2 P.
     (1) To come or meet together, be united or joined with.
     (2) To go or come to, arrive at, approach, reach, visit, attain.
     (3) To encounter, meet in a hostile manner.
     (4) To cohabit, have sexual intercourse.
     (5) To enter upon, commence.
     (6) To agree with.

samit f. War, battle; samiti patinipātākarṇana &c. N. 12. 75.

samita p. p.
     (1) Come together, met.
     (2) Collected, assembled.
     (3) Connected, united with.
     (4) Contiguous.
     (5) Parallel.
     (6) Promised, agreed to.
     (7) Completed, finished.

samitiḥ f.
     (1) Meeting, union, association.
     (2) An assembly.
     (3) Flock, herd; Ki. 4. 32.
     (4) War, battle; S. 2. 15; Ki. 3. 15; Śi. 16. 13.
     (5) Likeness, equality.
     (6) Moderation.

samitiṃjaya a. Victorious in battle.

samithaḥ
     (1) War, battle.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) An offering, oblation.

samikam A javelin, dart.

samitā Wheat-flour.

samiṃdh 7 A.
     (1) To kindle, light up, ignite.
     (2) To excite, inflame, kindle (anger &c.).
     (3) To glorify. --Pass. To catch or take fire.

samiddha p. p.
     (1) Lighted up, kindled.
     (2) Set on fire.
     (3) Inflamed, excited.

samidvat a. Fed or supplied with fuel; samidvaṃtaḥ prāṃtasaṃstīrṇadarbhāḥ (vahnayaḥ) S. 4. 7.

samidh f. Wood, fuel; especially fuel or sacrificial sticks for the sacred fire; samidāharaṇāya S. 1; Ku. 1. 57; 5. 33.

samidhaḥ
     (1) Fire.
     (2) Fuel.

samiṃdhanam
     (1) Kindling.
     (2) Fuel.

samiraḥ Wind.

samīkam War, battle; Śi. 15. 83.

samīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make even or equal.
     (2) To equalize, level.
     (3) To put on the same level or on equal terms with.

samīkaraṇaṃ --kriyā
     (1) Equalizing, levelling.
     (2) Assimilation.
     (3) An equation.
     (4) (In arith.) Reduction of fractions to a common denominator.

samīyate Den. A. To be treated equally or in the same manner or with equal respect, be placed on a level with, be placed on a footing of equality; Pt. 1. 74.

samīkṣ 1 A.
     (1) To see, behold.
     (2) To think of, consider, take into account; tejasāṃ hi na vayaḥ samīkṣyate R. 11. 1; Ku. 5. 16.
     (3) To examine carefully; as in asamīkṣyakārin.
     (4) To look about for, search for.
     (5) To investigate, examine.

samīkṣaḥ
     (1) Deliberation, mature reflection.
     (2) Full knowledge. --kṣaṃ
     (1) Complete investigation.
     (2) The Sāṅkhya system of philosophy.

samīkṣā
     (1) Investigation, search.
     (2) Consideration.
     (3) Close or thorough inspection.
     (4) Understanding, intellect.
     (5) Essential nature of truth.
     (6) An essential principle.
     (7) The Mīmamsā system of philosophy.
     (8) Fffort.
     (9) The Sāṅkhya system of philosophy; Śi. 2. 59. (10) Complete or thorough investigation.

samīkṣaṇam Search, close investigation.

samīkṣyakārin a. Considerate, thoughtful, circumspect, acting after due deliberation.

samīcaḥ The ocean.

samīcakaḥ Copulation, sexual union.

samīcī
     (1) A doe.
     (2) Praise.

samīcīna
     (1) Good, right.
     (2) True, correct.
     (3) Fit, proper.
     (4) Consistent --naṃ
     (1) Truth.
     (2) Propriety.

samīdaḥ Fine wheat-flour.

samīna a.
     (1) Yearly, annual.
     (2) Hired for a year.
     (3) A year hence.

samīnikā A cow calving every year.

samīpa a. [saṃgatā āpo yatra] Near, close by, adjacent, at hand. --paṃ Proximity, vicinity (samīpaṃ, samīpatas and samīpe are used adverbially in the sense of 'near, before, in the presence of'); ataḥ samīpe pariṇeturiṣyate S. 5. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --vartin, stha a. adjacent, neighbouring.

samīr caus.
     (1) To shake, move, agitate, stir up, set in motion.
     (2) To excite, rouse.
     (3)
          (a) To send forth, emit;
          (b) To speak, utter; Ku. 2. 16.
     (4) To cast, throw, toss.
     (5) To raise or lift up.
     (6) To accomplish, bring about.
     (7) To bestow on, endow with.

samīraḥ
     (1) Air, wind; dhīrasamīre yamunātīre Gīt. 5.
     (2) The Śamī tree.

samīraṇaḥ
     (1) Air, wind; samīraṇo nodayitā bhaveti vyādiśyate kena hutāśanasya Ku. 3. 21; 1. 8.
     (2) The breath.
     (3) A traveller.
     (4) N. of a plant (marubaka). --ṇaṃ Throwing, sending forth.

samīh 1 A.
     (1) To wish, desire.
     (2) To strive to do or perform, strive for; priyāṇi vāṃchaṃtyasubhiḥ samīhituṃ Ki. 1. 19.

samīhā Longing, desire, striving after.

samīhita p. p.
     (1) Longed for, desired, wished.
     (2) Undertaken. --taṃ Wish, longing, desire.

samukṣaṇam
     (1) Shedding, effusion.
     (2) Sprinkling.

samukha a.
     (1) Talkative, garrulous.
     (2) Eloquent.

samuccaraḥ
     (1) Ascending.
     (2) Traversing, crossing.

samucci 5 U.
     (1) To collect, heap up.
     (2) To arrange, array in order.

samuccayaḥ
     (1) Collection, assemblage, aggregation, mass, multitude.
     (2) Conjunction of words or sentences; see ca.
     (3) A figure of speech; K. P. 10. (Kārikās 115 and 116), (it consists in joining together two or more things, independent of each other, but connected in idea with reference to some common action).

samucchid 7 P. To destroy completely, cut up, exterminate, eradicate.

samucchedaḥ Complete destruction, extermination, eradication.

samucchri 1 U. To raise up, erect, elevate.

samucchrayaḥ
     (1) Elevation, height.
     (2) Opposition, enmity.

samucchrāyaḥ Elevation, height.

samucchvasitaṃ, --samucchvāsaḥ Sighing deeply, a heavy or deep sigh.

samujjṛṃbh 1 A.
     (1) To yawn, gape.
     (2) To extend, spread out.
     (3) To appear, rise, become visible.
     (4) To attempt, strive, endeavour; vyālaṃ bālamṛṇālataṃtubhirasau roddhuṃ samujjṛṃbhate Bh. 2. 6.

samujjṛṃbhaṇam
     (1) Yawning.
     (2) Rising.
     (3) Attempting, striving.

samujjhita a.
     (1) Abandoned, left.
     (2) Let go.
     (3) Free from. --taṃ A remnant, leavings.

samutkarṣaḥ
     (1) Exaltation.
     (2) Setting oneself up, belonging to a tribe higher than his own; Ms. 11. 56.

samutkram 1 P.
     (1) To violate, neglect, omit.
     (2) To ascend, rise.

samutkramaḥ
     (1) Rising upwards, ascent.
     (2) Transgression of proper bounds.

samutkrośaḥ
     (1) Crying aloud.
     (2) A loud uproar.
     (3) An osprey.

samutthā 1 P.
     (1) To stand up, rise.
     (2) To rise from death or insensibility, return to life or consciousness.
     (3) To rise together with.
     (4) To arise or spring from. --Caus.
     (1) To raise up, lift up, elevate.
     (2) To revive, restore to life.

samuttha a.
     (1) Rising, getting up.
     (2) Sprung or produced from, born from (at the end of comp.); atha nayanasamutthaṃ jyotiratreriva dyoḥ R. 2. 75; Bg. 7. 27.
     (3) Occurring, occasioned.

samutthānam
     (1) Rising, getting up.
     (2) Resurrection.
     (3) Perfect cure, complete recovery.
     (4) Healing (as of a wound); Ms. 8. 287; Y. 2. 222.
     (5) A symptom of disease.
     (6) Engaging in industry, active occupation; as in saṃbhūyasamutthānaṃ Ms. 8. 4.
     (7) Increase or growth.

samutthita p. p.
     (1) Risen, raised.
     (2) Recovered, cured.
     (3) Arisen, produced, born.

samutpaṭ 10 U.
     (1) To tear completely out, root up, eradicate.
     (2) To sever, detach.
     (3) To expel, drive out of.

samutpāṭaḥ
     (1) Eradication.
     (2) Detaching, severing, disjoining.

samutpat 1 P.
     (1) To jump or spring up, rise, ascend.
     (2) To arise, spring from.
     (3) To rush out of, gush out.
     (4) To rush or break forth.
     (5) To attack, assail.
     (6) To depart, disappear; Pt. 1. 197.

samutpatanam
     (1) Flying, ascending.
     (2) Effort, exertion.

samutpad 4 A.
     (1) To happen, take place, occur.
     (2) To arise, spring up.
     (3) To present oneself. --Caus. To cause, effect, produce.

samutpattiḥ f.
     (1) Production, birth, origin.
     (2) Occurrence.

samutpādanam Effecting, accomplishing, producing.

samutpiṃja, samutpiṃjala a. Excessively confused or bewildered, disorganized. --jaḥ, --laḥ
     (1) An army in great disorder.
     (2) Great confusion.

samutsavaḥ A great festival.

samutsargaḥ
     (1) Abandoning, leaving.
     (2) Shedding or casting forth, giving away.
     (3) Discharge of feces, voiding of excrement; Ms. 4. 50.

samutsāraṇam
     (1) Driving away.
     (2) Pursuing, hunting.

samutsuka a.
     (1) Very uneasy or anxious, impatient; virauṣi samutsukaḥ V. 4. 20, R. 1. 33; Ku. 5. 76.
     (2) Longing or eager for, fond of.
     (3) Sorrowful, regretting.

samutsedhaḥ
     (1) Height, elevation.
     (2) Fatness, thickness.

samudakta p. p. Raised or drawn up (as water from a well).

samudayaḥ
     (1) Ascent, rising up(of the sun).
     (2) Rise (in general).
     (3) A collection, multitude, number, heap; sāmarthyānāmiva samudayaḥ saṃcayo vā guṇānāṃ U. 6. 9.
     (3) Combination.
     (4) The whole.
     (5) Revenue.
     (6) Effort, exertion.
     (7) War, battle.
     (8) Day.
     (9) The rear of an army. --yaṃ
     (1) The rising of a planet &c.
     (2) An auspicious moment (lagna).

samudāgamaḥ Full knowledge.

samudācāraḥ
     (1) Proper practise or usage.
     (2) Proper mode of address; S. 5.
     (3) Purpose, intention, design.

samudāyaḥ
     (1) A collection, multitude &c.
     (2) A word of more than one syllable; see samudāya.

samudāharaṇam
     (1) Declaring, pronouncing.
     (2) Illustration.

samudi 2 P.
     (1) To go up, ascend, rise.
     (2) To prepare for battle.
     (3) To collect together, assemble.

samudita p. p.
     (1) Gone up, risen, ascended.
     (2) Lofty, elevated.
     (3) Produced, arisen, occasioned.
     (4) Assembled, collected, united; madbhāgyopacayādayaṃ samuditaḥ sarvo guṇānāṃ gaṇaḥ Ratn. 1. 6.
     (5) Possessed of, furnished with.
     (6) Conversed.
     (7) Spoken to, addressed.
     (8) Agreed upon.
     (9) Customary, usual.

samudīr Caus.
     (1) To utter, pronounce.
     (2) To rouse, agitate, excite, stimulate.

samudīraṇam
     (1) Uttering, speaking, pronouncing.
     (2) Repeating.

samudgam 1 A.
     (1) To rise, ascend.
     (2) To rise together.
     (3) To come forth, issue, exude.

samudga a.
     (1) Rising, ascending.
     (2) Completely pervading.
     (3) Having a covering or lid.
     (4) Having beans. --dgaḥ
     (1) A covered box or casket.
     (2) A kind of artificial stanza; see samudgaka below.
     -- Comp.
          --yamakaṃ (in Rhet.) making an artificial arrangement of words in such a manner as to make different parts of a stanza correspond in sound though they differ in meaning; see yamaka.

samudgakaḥ
     (1) A covered box or casket; S. 4.
     (2) A kind of artificial stanza, the two halves of which exactly correspond in sound, though different in meaning; e. g. Ki. 15. 16.

samudgamaḥ
     (1) Rising, ascent.
     (2) Arising, issuing.
     (3) Birth, production.

samudgiraṇam
     (1) Vomiting, ejecting.
     (2) That which is vomited.
     (3) Raising, lifting up.

samudgītam A loud song.

samuddeśaḥ
     (1) Fully pointing out.
     (2) Full description.
     (3) Particularising, enumeration.

samuddhata p. p.
     (1) Upraised, uplifted, elevated.
     (2) Excited, drawnup.
     (3) Puffed up with pride, proud, arrogant.
     (4) Ill-mannered, ill-behaved.
     (5) Impudent, rude.

samuddhṛ 1 U.
     (1) To raise or lift up.
     (2) To save, extricate, deliver, rescue.
     (3) To extract, take or draw out.
     (4) To pull up by the roots, root out, extirpate.
     (5) To extol, praise, honour.

samuddharaṇam
     (1) Upraising, lifting up.
     (2) Picking up.
     (3) Drawing or lifting out.
     (4) Extrication, deliverance.
     (5) Eradication, extirpation.
     (6) Taking out from (a share).
     (7) Food thrown up or vomited.

samuddhartṛ m. A deliverer, redeemer.

samuddhṛta p. p.
     (1) Lifted up.
     (2) Delivered, saved, rescued.
     (3) Vomited.
     (4) Removed.
     (5) Set apart, divided.
     (6) Seized; possessed.
     (7) Ill-behaved, rude.

samudbhavaḥ Origin, production.

samudyamaḥ
     (1) Lifting up.
     (2) Great effort or exertion; kairmayā saha yoddhavyamasminraṇasamudyame Bg. 1. 22; samudyanaḥ kāryaḥ &c.
     (3) An undertaking, commencement.
     (4) An onset.

samudyogaḥ Active exertion, energy.

samudra a. Sealed, bearing a seal, stamped; samudro lekhaḥ. --draḥ 1 The sea, ocean.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.
     (3) The number 'four'. --drā
     (1) The plant zedoary.
     (2) The Śamī tree.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ -taṃ 1. the sea-shore. --2. nutmeg.
          --aṃtā 1. the cotton-plant. --2. the earth.
          --aṃbarā the earth.
          --aruḥ, -āruḥ 1. a crocodile. --2. a large fabulous fish. --3. Rāma's bridge; cf. rāmasetu. --kaphaḥ, --phenaḥ the cuttle fish-bone.
          --kāṃtā a river.
          --kukṣiḥ the shore of the sea.
          --ga a. sea-faring. (
          --gaḥ) 1. a seatrader. --2. a seaman, a sea-farer; so samudragāmin --yāyin &c. (
          --gā) a river.
          --gṛhaṃ a summer-house built in the midst of water.
          --culukaḥ an epithet of Agastya.
          --navanītaṃ 1. the moon. --2. ambrosia, nectar.
          --mekhalā, --rasanā, --vasanā the earth.
          --yānaṃ 1. a seavoyage. --2. a vessel, ship, boat.
          --yātrā a sea-voyage.
          --yāyin a. see samudrama. --yoṣit f. a river.
          --vahniḥ submarine fire.
          --velā 1. the ocean-tide. --2. an ocean-wave. --3. the sea-coast line.
          --subhagā the Ganges.

samudri(drī)ya, samudrya  a. Marine, oceanic, maritime.

samudvah 1 P.
     (1) To raise or lift up.
     (2) To bear or carry out.
     (3) To bear, carry.
     (4) To display, exhibit.
     (5) To marry.

samudvahaḥ
     (1) Bearing up.
     (2) One who lifts up.

samudbāhaḥ
     (1) Bearing up.
     (2) Marriage.

samudvegaḥ Great fear, alarm, terror.

samuṃd 7 P. To moisten thoroughly, water, wet.

samuṃdanam
     (1) Moistening.
     (2) Wetness, moisture.

samunna a. Wet, moist.

samunnam 1 P. To rise, ascend. --Caus. To raise or lift up, erect.

samunnata p. p.
     (1) Upraised, lifted up.
     (2) Elevated, high, lofty.
     (3) Exalted, sublime.
     (4) Proud.
     (5) Projecting.
     (6) Upright, just.

samunnatiḥ f.
     (1) Lifting up, raising.
     (2) Height, loftiness, elevation (mental also); manasaḥ śikharāṇāṃ ca saṭṭaśī te samunnatiḥ Ku. 6. 66; R. 3. 10.
     (3) Eminence, high position or dignity, exaltation; uttamaiḥ saha saṃgena ko na yāti samunnatiṃ; sa jāto yena jāteva yāti vaṃśaḥ samunnatiṃ Subhāṣ.
     (4) Rise, prosperity, increase, success; vinipātopi samaḥ samunnateḥ Ki. 2. 34, or prakṛtiḥ khalu sā mahīyasaḥ sahate nānyasamunnatiṃ yayā 2. 21.
     (5) Pride, arrogance.

samunnah 4 P.
     (1) To bind or tie up.
     (2) To raise or lift up.
     (3) To loosen, unfasten.
     (4) To liberate, release, set free.

samunnaddha p. p.
     (1) Elevated, exalted.
     (2) Swollen.
     (3) Full.
     (4) Proud, arrogant, overbearing.
     (5) Conceited, thinking oneself to be learned.
     (6) Unfettered.
     (7) Bound up.
     (8) Supreme.

samunnī 1 U.
     (1) To raise completely up, elevate.
     (2) To bring out, deduce.
     (3) To discharge, pay off (as a debt &c.).

samunnayaḥ
     (1) Getting, obtaining.
     (2) Occurrence, event.

samunmūlanam Uprooting, eradication.

samupagamaḥ Approach, contact.

samupajoṣam ind.
     (1) Entirely according to wish.
     (2) Happily.

samupabhogaḥ Sexual union, coition.

samupaviś 6 P.
     (1) To sit down.
     (2) To lie down upon.
     (3) To encamp.

samupaveśaḥ
     (1) Sitting down together.
     (2) Entertaining.

samupaveśanam
     (1) A building, habitation, residence.
     (2) Seating down.

samupasthā 1 U.
     (1) To come near, go to, approach.
     (2) To attack.
     (3) To befall, occur.
     (4) To stand in close contact.
     (5) To attain, arrive at, resort to; S. 2. 10.

samupasthā, samupasthānam
     (1) Approach, approximation.
     (2) Proximity, nearness.
     (3) Happening, befalling, occurrence.

samupasthitiḥ --samupasyānam q. v.

samupārjanam Acquiring together, simultaneous acquisition.

samupe 2 P.
     (1) To get, obtain.
     (2) To assemble, meet.
     (3) To attack, assail.
     (4) To go to, reach.
     (5) To fall to the lot of.
     (6) To undergo, suffer.

samupeta p. p.
     (1) Come together, assembled, collected.
     (2) Arrived at.
     (3) Furnished or endowed with, possessed of.
     (4) Inhabited by.

samupoḍha p. p.
     (1) Gone upwards, risen; U. 5. 26.
     (2) Increased.
     (3) Brought near.
     (4) Restrained.
     (5) Begun.

samullas 1 P.
     (1) To shine forth, gleam.
     (2) To break forth, appear.
     (3) To sport, be wanton, dally.

samullāsaḥ
     (1) Excessive brilliance.
     (2) Great joy, exhilaration.

samūḍha p. p.
     (1) Brought together, assembled.
     (2) Accumulated, collected.
     (3) Enveloped.
     (4) Associated with.
     (5) Produced quickly.
     (6) Calmed, tamed down, tranquillized.
     (7) Crooked, bent.
     (8) Purified, cleansed.
     (9) Borne along. (10) Led, conducted.
     (11) Married.

samūraḥ, samūruḥ, samūrakaḥ A kind of deer.

samūla a. Along with the roots; as in samūlaghātaṃ 'having completely exterminated, tearing up root and branch'.

samūh 1 U. To gather, assemble, collect.

samūhaḥ
     (1) A multitude, collection, an assemblage, aggregate, number; janasamūhaḥ, vighnasamūhaḥ, padasamūhaḥ &c.
     (2) A flock, troop.

samūhanam
     (1) Bringing together.
     (2) A collection, plenty.

samūhanī A broom.

samūhyaḥ A kind of sacrificial fire.

samṛ 1 P. To meet, be united.
     (2) To come into conflict.
     (3) To bring together, construct. --Caus. (samarpayati)
     (1) To hand over, deliver, commit, consign.
     (2) To give, present.
     (3) To place in, put in or on,
     (4) To strike, hit.
     (5) To restore, return.

samṛdh 4. 5. P. To thrive, prosper, flourish. --Pass.
     (1) To be fulfilled or accomplished, succeed.
     (2) To share in abundantly, be fully furnished (with instr.).

samṛddha p. p.
     (1) Prosperous, flourishing, thriving.
     (2) Happy, fortunate.
     (3) Rich, wealthy.
     (4) Rich in, richly endowed with, abounding in.
     (5) Fruitful.
     (6) Full-grown, increased.
     (7) Full, complete, entire.
     (8) Copious, abundant.

samṛddhiḥ f.
     (1) Great growth, increase, thriving; madhusamṛddhisamedhitamedhavā Śi. 6. 20.
     (2) Prosperity, opulence, affluence; Pt. 1. 169; Bh. 2. 42.
     (3) Wealth, riches.
     (4) Exuberance, profusion, abundance; as in dhanadhānyasamṛddhirastu.
     (5) Power, supremacy.

same 2 P.
     (1) To come together or meet; sametya ca vyapeyātāṃ H. 4. 69.
     (2) To go through, march across.

sameta p. p.
     (1) Come or met together, assembled.
     (2) United, combined.
     (3) Come near, approached.
     (4) Accompanied by.
     (5) Endowed or furnished with, having, possessed of; Pt. 1. 24.
     (6) Come into collision, encountered.
     (7) Agreed upon.

samedh 1 A. To prosper greatly, thrive, increase. --Caus.
     (1) To make happy or fortunate.
     (2) To feed, supply with, strengthen; sūryaḥ samedhayatbagnimagniḥ sūrbaṃ ca tejasā V. 5. 20.

samedhita p. p. Greatly increased; Śi. 6. 20.
     (2) Strong.
     (3) United.

saṃpat 1 P.
     (1) To fly or meet together, assemble.
     (2) To go or roam about.
     (3) To attack, fall upon, assail.
     (4) To come to pass, occur, happen.
     (5) To fall down, alight, fly down. --Caus.
     (1) To bring near.
     (2) To collect or assemble together, bring or call together.
     (3) To throw down, cast, hurl down.

saṃpātaḥ
     (1) Falling together, concurrence
     (2) Meeting together, encountering.
     (3) Collision, butting against.
     (4) Falling down, descending; Bg. 1. 20.
     (5) Alighting (as of a bird).
     (6) Flight (of an arrow).
     (7) Going, moving.
     (8) Being removed, removal; Ms. 6. 56.
     (9) A particular mode of the flight of birds; Pt. 2. 54; cf. ḍīna. (10) The residue (of an offering).
     (11) N. of the son of Garuḍa.

saṃpātiḥ N. of a fabulous bird, son of Garaḍa and elder brother of Jaṭāyu.

saṃpātikaḥ A fabulous bird.

saṃpad 4 A.
     (1) To turn out well, succeed, prosper, be accomplished or fulfilled; saṃpatsyate vaḥ kāmo'yaṃ kālaḥ kāścitpratīkṣyatāṃ Ku. 2. 54; R. 14. 76; Ms. 3. 254; 6. 69.
     (2) To be completed, to amount to (as a number); tryāhatāḥ paṃca paṃcadaśa saṃpadyaṃte.
     (3) To turn out to be, become; saṃpatsyaṃte nabhasi bhavato rājahaṃsāḥ sahāyāḥ Me. 11, 23; saṃpede śramasalilodgamo vibhūṣā Ki. 7. 5.
     (4) To arise, be born or produced.
     (5) To fall or come together, unite.
     (6) To be provided or furnished with, be possessed of; aśoka yadi sadya eva kusumairna saṃpatsyase M. 3. 16; see saṃpanna.
     (7) To tend to, bring about, produce (with dat.); sādhoḥ śikṣā guṇāya saṃpadyate nāsādhoḥ Pt. 1; Mu. 3. 32.
     (8) To obtain, attain to, acquire, get.
     (9) To enter into, be absorbed in (with loc.). --Caus.
     (1) To cause to happen, bring about, produce, accomplish, fulfil, effect; iti svasurbhojakulapradīpaḥ saṃpādya pāṇigrahaṇaṃ sa rājā R. 7. 29.
     (2) To procure, obtain, make ready, prepare.
     (3) To obtain, acquire, attain to.
     (4) To furnish, provide, endow with.
     (5) To change or transform into.
     (6) To make an agreement.

saṃpādaḥ
     (1) Completion, accomplishment.
     (2) Acquisition.

saṃpādanam
     (1) Accomplishing, effecting, fulfilment.
     (2) Gaining, obtaining, acquiring.
     (3) Cleaning, clearing, preparing (as ground); Ms. 3. 250.

saṃpattiḥ f.
     (1) Prosperity, increase of wealth; saṃpattau ca vipattau ca mahatāmekarūpatā Subhāṣ.
     (2) Success, fulfilment, accomplishment.
     (3) Perfection, excellence; as in rūpasaṃpatti.
     (4) Exuberance, plenty, abundance.
     (5) A suitable state or condition.

saṃpad f.
     (1) Wealth, riches; nītāvivotsāhaguṇena saṃpad Ku. 1. 22; āpannārtipraśamanaphalāḥ saṃpado hyuttamānāṃ Me. 53.
     (2) Prosperity, affluence, advancement; (opp. vipad or āpad); te bhṛtyā nṛpateḥ kalatramitare saṃpatsu cāpatsu ca Mu. 1. 15.
     (3) Good fortune, happiness, luck.
     (4) Success, fulfilment, accomplishment of desired objects; S. 7. 30.
     (5) Perfection, excellence; as in rūpasaṃpad; Śi. 3. 35.
     (6) Richness, plenty, exuberance, abundance, excess; tuṣāravṛṣṭikṣatapadmasaṃpadāṃ Ku. 5. 27; R. 10. 59.
     (7) Treasure.
     (8) An advantage, a benefit, blessing.
     (9) Advancement in good qualities. (10) Decoration.
     (11) Right method.
     (12) A necklace of pearls
     -- Comp.
          --varaḥ a king.
          --vasuḥ N. of one of the principal rays of the sun.
          --vinimayaḥ an interchange or reciprocity of benefits or services; R. 1. 26.

saṃpanna p. p.
     (1) Prosperous, thriving, rich.
     (2) Fortunate, successful, happy.
     (3) Effected, brought about, accomplished.
     (4) Finished, completed.
     (5) Perfect.
     (6) Full-grown, mature.
     (7) Procured, obtained.
     (8) Right, correct.
     (9) Endowed with, possessed of. (10) Turned out, become; īdṛśaḥ saṃpannaḥ U. 3.
     (11) Perfectly acquainted or conversant with. --nnaḥ An epithet of Śiva. --nnaṃ
     (1) Riches, wealth; Pt. 4. 115.
     (2) A dainty, delicacy.

saṃpare (saṃparā + i)
     (2) A.
     (1) To come or meet together, encounter.
     (2) To go away, go beyond (to the next world).

saṃparāyaḥ
     (1) Conflict, encounter, war, battle.
     (2) A calamity, misfortune.
     (3) Future state, futurity.
     (4) A son.

saṃparāya(yi)kam  Encounter, war, battle.

saṃpā Lightning.

saṃpāka a.
     (1) Reasoning well, a reasoner.
     (2) Cunning, subtle.
     (3) Lustful, lewd.
     (4) Small, little. --kaḥ
     (1) Maturing.
     (2) N. of a tree (ārāgvadha).

saṃpāṭaḥ
     (1) Intersection.
     (2) A spindle.

saṃpiṃḍita p. p.
     (1) Formed into a mass.
     (2) Contracted.

saṃpiṣ 7 P.
     (1) To pound to pieces, bruise, crush.
     (2) To destroy, kill.

saṃpeṣaṇam Rubbing together, pounding.

saṃpīḍ 10 U.
     (1) To compress, press or squeeze together.
     (2) To torture, harass, oppress, pinch, pain; kaṃṭhe jīrṇalatāpratānavalayenātyaryasaṃpīḍitaḥ S. 7. 11; Ch. P. 3.
     (3) To compute, reckon.
     (4) To obscure, eclipse.

saṃpīḍaḥ
     (1) Squeezing together, compression.
     (2) Pain, torture.
     (3) Agitating, disturbing.
     (4) Sending, directing, driving onward, propelling; saṃpīḍakṣubhitajaleṣu toyadeṣu Ki. 7. 12. --ḍā Torment.

saṃpīḍanam
     (1) Squeezing, pressing together.
     (2) Sending.
     (3) Punishment, castigation.
     (4) Stirring up, agitating.
     (5) Paining, torturing.

saṃpītiḥ f. Drinking together, compotation.

saṃpuṭaḥ A cavity; svātyāṃ sāgaraśuktisaṃpuṭagataṃ (payaḥ) sanmauktikaṃ jāyate Bh. 2. 67 v. l.; Kāv. 2. 288; Rs. 1. 21.
     (2) A casket, covered box.
     (3) The Kurabaka flower.

saṃpuṭakā, saṃpuṭikā A box, casket; Pt. 2. 165.

saṃpūj 10 U.
     (1) To worship, revere, honour.
     (2) To present or honour with.

saṃpūjanam
     (1) Honouring, reverence.
     (2) Presenting with.

saṃpūrṇa a.
     (1) Filled &c.
     (2) All, whole; see pūrṇa. --rṇaḥ A mode of music in which all the notes of the gamut are used. --rṇaṃ Ether.

saṃpṛc 7 P., 2 A.
     (1) To mix, bring in contact with, join, unite; Bk. 17. 106.
     (2) To be united or mixed together, be in contact.
     (3) To fill up, complete.
     (4) To present with.

saṃparkaḥ
     (1) Mixture.
     (2) Union, contact, touch; pādema nāpaikṣata suṃdarīṇāṃ saṃparkamāśiṃjitanūpureṇa Ku. 3. 26; Me. 25; V. 1. 12.
     (3) Society, association, company; na mūrkhajanasaṃparkaḥ sureṃdrabhavaneṣvapi Bh. 2. 14.
     (4) Sexual union, copulation.

saṃpṛkta p. p.
     (1) Blended, mixed.
     (2) Connected together, related, in close relation; vāgarthāviva saṃpṛktau R. 1. 1.
     (3) Touching.
     (4) Interspersed, inlaid.

saṃprakṣālanam
     (1) Complete ablution.
     (2) Bathing.
     (3) Inundation.

saṃpraṇetṛ m. A ruler, judge.

saṃpratāpanam
     (1) Heating, burning.
     (2) Afflicting, torturing, tormenting.

saṃprati ind. Now, at present, at this time; ayi saṃprati dehi darśanaṃ Ku. 4. 28.

saṃpratipad 4 A.
     (1) To go towards, approach.
     (2) To deem, consider, regard; na māṃ paraṃ saṃpratipattumarhasi Ku. 5. 39.
     (3) To assent to, agree upon, concur in.
     (4) To admit, acknowledge.
     (5) To attain to, reach.
     (6) To obtain, receive.
     (7) To regain, recover.
     (8) To perform, accomplish. --Caus. To grant, bestow.

saṃpratipattiḥ f.
     (1) Approach, arrival.
     (2) Presence.
     (3) Gain, obtaining, acquiring.
     (4) An agreement.
     (5) Admission, confession; Mu. 5. 18.
     (6) Admission of a fact, a particular kind of reply in law.
     (7) Assault, attack.
     (8) Occurrence.
     (9) Co-operation. (10) Doing, performing.

saṃpratipādanam
     (1) Delivering over.
     (2) Granting, giving.

saṃpratirodhakaḥ --kam
     (1) Complete obstruction.
     (2) Confinement, imprisonment.

saṃpratī 2 P.
     (1) To trust in, believe firmly in.
     (2) To decide, settle, determine; judge; kiṃ tatkayaṃ vetyupalabdhasaṃjñā vikalpayaṃto'pi na saṃpratīyuḥ Bk. 11. 10.

sapratīta p. p.
     (1) Returned.
     (2) Fully convinced.
     (3) Proved, admitted.
     (4) Renowned.
     (5) Respectful.

saṃpratītiḥ f.
     (1) Full ascertainment.
     (2) Compliance.
     (3) Fame, celebrity, notoriety; Ki. 3. 43.

saṃpratyayaḥ
     (1) Firm conviction.
     (2) Agreement.

saṃpratīkṣā Expectation; hope.

saṃpradā 3 U.
     (1) To give, grant, bestow or confer on; taṃ te'haṃ saṃpradāsyāmi.
     (2) To hand down by tradition; see saṃpradāya.
     (3) To bequeath.
     (4) To give completely up or deliver over.
     (5) To give in marriage.

saṃprattiḥ f. Giving completely up, delivering over.

saṃpradānam
     (1) Giving or handing over completely.
     (2) Bestowal, gift, donation.
     (3) Giving in marriage.
     (4) The sense expressed by the dative case; karmaṇā yamabhipraiti sa saṃpradānaṃ P. I. 4. 32.

saṃpradānīyam A gift, donation.

saṃpradāyaḥ
     (1) Tradition, traditional doctrine or knowledge, traditional handing down of instruction; U. 2; 5. 15.
     (2) A peculiar system of religious teaching, a religious dectrine inculcating the worship of one peculiar deity.
     (3) An established custom, usage.

saṃpradhānam Ascertainment.

saṃpradhṛ 10 U.
     (1) To know, determine, ascertain; Śi. 9. 60.
     (2) To reflect, think, consider, ponder over; Ms. 10. 73; evaṃ saṃpradhārya Pt. 1.
     (3) To fix upon, direct towards.

saṃpradhāraṇaṃ --ṇā
     (1) Deliberation.
     (2) Determining the propriety or otherwise of anything.

saṃprapad 4 A.
     (1) To set out(on a journey).
     (2) To come to, arrive at.
     (3) To have recourse to, betake oneself to.
     (4) To set about, begin.
     (5) To succeed.
     (6) To become, turn out to be.

saṃprapadaḥ Roaming about.

saṃprapanna p. p.
     (1) Arrived at.
     (2) Endowed with, possessed of.
     (3) Entered, fallen into.

saṃprabhinna p. p.
     (1) Split open, cleft.
     (2) In rut.

saṃpramodaḥ Great joy, jubilee.

saṃpramoṣaḥ Loss, destruction, abstraction.

saṃpramohaḥ Complete bewilderment, embarrassment, infatuation.

saṃprayāṇam Departure.

saṃprayuj 7 U.
     (1) To yoke together, harness.
     (2) To join, connect.
     (3) To apply, employ, make use of.
     (4) To perform, execute.
     (5) To instigate, induce. --Caus.
     (1) To join together, unite.
     (2) To equip, prepare.
     (3) To employ, use.

saṃprayukta p. p.
     (1) Yoked or joined together.
     (2) Sexually united.
     (3) Intent upon.
     (4) Devoted or addicted to; see above.

saṃprayogaḥ
     (1) Union, connection, meeting, conjunction, contact; (jalasya) uṣṇatvamagnyātapasaṃprayogāt R. 5. 54; M. 5. 3.
     (2) A connecting link, fastening; etena mocayati bhūṣaṇasaṃprayogān Mk. 3. 16.
     (3) Relation, dependence.
     (4) Mutual relation or proportion.
     (5) Connected series or order.
     (6) Sexual union, coition.
     (7) Application.
     (8) Magic.
     (9) Mutual intercourse.

saṃprayogin a.
     (1) Joining together.
     (2) Wanton, addicted to sexual intercourse. --m.
     (1) A joiner, uniter.
     (2) A conjuror.
     (3) A libertine.
     (4) A catamite.

saṃpravad 1 U.
     (1) To speak loudly or distinctly (as men); saṃpravadaṃte brāhmaṇāḥ Sk.
     (2) To cry, utter a cry (Paras.); (varatanu) saṃpravadaṃti kukkuṭāḥ Mbh.
     (3) To converse together (Atm.).

saṃpravadanam Conversation, dialogue.

saṃpraviś 6 P.
     (1) To enter together.
     (2) To have sexual intercourse with. --Caus. To lead into, introduce.

saṃpraveśaḥ
     (1) Complete entrance.
     (2) Introduction.

saṃpravṛt 1 A.
     (1) To take place, happen.
     (2) To begin, set about, commence.
     (3) To proceed, go on.
     (4) To attack, assail.
     (5) To be present. --Caus.
     (1) To begin, undertake.
     (2) To set in motion.

saṃpravartanam Undertaking, beginning.

saṃpravṛṣṭam Complete rain-fall.

saṃpraśnaḥ
     (1) Full or courteous inquiry.
     (2) An inquiry.
     (3) Ved. A refuge, an asylum.

saṃprasādaḥ
     (1) Propitiation.
     (2) Favour, grace.
     (3) Serenity, sedateness.
     (4) Trust, confidence.
     (5) The soul.

saṃprasādhanam
     (1) An ornament, a decoration.
     (2) Accomplishing or performing well.

saṃprasāraṇam The change of y, v, r, and l to i, u, ṛ, and ḷ respectively; igyaṇaḥ saṃprasāraṇaṃ P. I. 1. 45.

saṃprasthā 1 A.
     (1) To set out, depart.
     (2) To proceed, advance.

saṃprasthānam Departure, advance.

saṃprahāraḥ
     (1) Mutual striking.
     (2) Encounter, war, battle, conflict; U. 6. 7.
     (3) Going, motion.

saṃprāp 5 P.
     (1) To reach, arrive at.
     (2) To gain, obtain.
     (3) To meet with, encounter, come upon, fall in with; as in saṃprāpnuvaṃtyāpadaṃ.

saṃprāptiḥ f. Attainment, acquisition.

saṃprī 4 A. To be completely pleased or satisfied.

saṃprītiḥ f.
     (1) Attachment, affection.
     (2) Friendly assent.
     (3) Delight, joy.

saṃprekṣ 1 A.
     (1) To observe carefully, mark, perceive.
     (2) To consider carefully, investigate, inquire into.

saṃprekṣaṇam
     (1) Observing, beholding.
     (2) Considering, investigating.

saṃpreṣ Caus.
     (1) To send, despatch, dismiss.
     (2) To send a messsage to.

saṃpraiṣaḥ
     (1) Sending away, dismissing.
     (2) Direction, command, order.

saṃprokṣaṇam Sprinkling over, consecration.

saṃplu 1 A. 1. To fluctuate, float about.
     (2) To flow together, meet (as waters); Bg. 2. 46; U. 4. 8. --Caus. To inundate, flood over, submerge, deluge.

saṃplavaḥ
     (1) Submersion, inundation.
     (2) Surge.
     (3) Flood.
     (4) Falling into ruin.
     (5) Subversion.

saṃphālaḥ A ram, sheep.

saṃphulla a. Full-blown, blossemed.

saṃpheṭaḥ An angry or tumultuous conflict, an incident describing the mutual encounter of angry persons; see S. D. 379, 420; e. g. the encounter between mādhā and aghoraghaṃṭa. in Māl. act 5.

saṃb I. 1 P. (saṃbati) To go, move. --II. 10 U. (saṃbayati-te) To collect, accumulate.

saṃbam
     (1) The second ploughing of a field; (saṃbākṛ to plough twice); see śaṃba also.
     (2) Water.

saṃbaṃdh 9 P.
     (1) To bind or tie together, unite, join, connect, attach.
     (2) To make, construct, form. --Pass.
     (1) To be connected with, go with, belong to.
     (2) To be furnished or supplied with.

saṃbaddha p. p.
     (1) Bound or fastened together.
     (2) Attached to.
     (3) Connected with, related to, belonging to.
     (4) Endowed with.
     (5) Connected in sense.
     (6) Closed, shut.

saṃbaṃdha a. Able, capable.
     (2) Fit, proper, right. --dhaḥ
     (1) Connection, union, association.
     (2) Relation, relationship.
     (3) Relation, as the meaning of the genitive case.
     (4) Matrimonial alliance; Ku. 6. 29, 30; U. 1. 17.
     (5) Friendly connection, friendship; saṃbaṃdhamābhāṣaṇapūrvatāhuḥ R. 2. 58.
     (6) Fitness, propriety.
     (7) Prosperity, success.
     (8) A relation, kinsman.

saṃbaṃdhaka a. 1 Relating, concerning.
     (2) Fit, suitable. --kaḥ
     (1) A friend.
     (2) A relation by birth or marriage.
     (3) A kind of peace.

saṃbadhin a.
     (1) Relating or belonging to.
     (2) Connected with, serving as an adjunct, inherent.
     (3) Possessing good qualities. --m.
     (1) A relation by marriage; U. 4. 9.
     (2) A relation, kinsman (in general). U. 1. 16; R. 2. 38.

saṃbaraḥ
     (1) A dam, bridge.
     (2) A kind of deer.
     (3) N. of a demon slain by Pradyumna; see śaṃbara and pradyumna.
     (4) N. of a mountain. --raṃ
     (1) Restraint.
     (2) Water.
     (3) A kind of religious observance (with the Buddhists).
     -- Comp.
          --ariḥ, -ripuḥ Cupid.

saṃbalaḥ --lam Provisions for a journey, viaticum. --laṃ Water.

saṃbādh 1 A.
     (1) To press heavily, to oppress, afflict, torment; injure, hurt.
     (2) To compress, contract.
     (3) To block up, throng, crowd.
     (4) To bind firmly together.

saṃbādha a. Thronged or crowded with, blocked up, narrow; saṃbādhaṃ bṛhadapi tadbabhūva vartma Śi. 8. 2; vyomni saṃbādhavartmabhiḥ R. 12. 67; anekasiddhasādhyasaṃbādhaṃ K. --dhaḥ
     (1) Being thronged with.
     (2) Pressing on, striking, hurting; stanasaṃbādhamuro jaghāna ca Ku. 4. 26.
     (3) Obstruction, difficulty, danger, impediment; Ki. 3. 53.
     (4) The road to hell.
     (5) Fear, dread.
     (6) The vulva.

saṃbādhanam
     (1) Blocking up, obstructing.
     (2) Compressing.
     (3) A barrier, gate.
     (4) The vulva.
     (5) The point of a stake.
     (6) A door-keeper (m.?).

saṃbudh 1 U., 4 A.
     (1) To know, understand, learn; become aware of; Bk. 19. 30.
     (2) To perceive, observe, notice.
     (3) To wake up, rise from sleep. --Caus.
     (1) To inform, acquaint with, give information about; tavāgatijñaṃ samabodhayanmāṃ R. 13. 25.
     (2) To address, call out to.
     (3) To instruct.
     (4) To admonish, advise.
     (5) To wake up, rouse.
     (6) To explain.

saṃbuddha p. p.
     (1) Well-understood.
     (2) Very wise or prudent.
     (3) Wide awake. --ddhaḥ A Buddha or Jaina deified saint.

saṃbuddhiḥ f.
     (1) Perfect knowledge or perception.
     (2) Full consciousness.
     (3) Calling to, addressing.
     (4) (In gram.) The vocative case; eṅ hrasvātsaṃbuddheḥ P. VI. 1. 69.
     (5) An epithet.

saṃbodhaḥ
     (1) Explaining, instructing, informing.
     (2) Full or correct perception.
     (3) Sending, throwing.
     (4) Loss, destruction.

saṃbodhanam
     (1) Explaining.
     (2) Addressing.
     (3) The vocative case.
     (4) An epithet (used in calling a person); Bv. 3. 13.

saṃbhakṣaḥ
     (1) Eating together.
     (2) Food in common.

saṃbhaj 1 U.
     (1) To divide, distribute, allot, apportion.
     (2) To possess, enjoy.
     (3) To bestow, grant.
     (4) To favour, serve, help.

saṃbhakta p. p.
     (1) Divided, shared.
     (2) Possessing, enjoying.
     (3) Faithful or attached to, devoted to.

saṃbhaktiḥ f.
     (1) Sharing in, possessing.
     (2) Distributing.
     (3) Favouring, honouring.

saṃbhagna p. p. Shattered, dispersed. --gnaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

saṃbhalī A procuress; see śaṃbhalī.

saṃbhavyaḥ The wood-apple.

saṃbhāṣ 1 A.
     (1)
          (a) To speak together, converse; Ms. 8. 55.
          (b) To say or speak in general.
     (2) To speak to, address.
     (3) To greet, salute.
     (4) To agree together, consent. --Caus.
     (1) To converse with.
     (2) To persuade, prevail upon.

saṃbhāṣaḥ Conversation; Ms. 2. 195; 8. 354.

saṃbhāṣā, saṃbhāṣaṇam
     (1) Discourse, conversation.
     (2) Greeting.
     (3) Criminal connection.
     (4) An agreement, a contract.
     (5) A watch-word, warcry.

saṃbhāṣita p. p.
     (1) Addressed.
     (2) Said, spoken. --taṃ Conversation.

saṃbhid 7 U.
     (1) To break or tear asunder, break to pieces.
     (2) To mingle, meet, combine, mix, join, bring together; anyonnasaṃbhinnaṭṭaśāṃ sakhīnāṃ Māl. 1. 33; Bk. 7. 5.
     (3) To contract, compress.

saṃbhinna p. p.
     (1) Completely broken.
     (2) Shattered, shaken, agitated.
     (3) Combined or united with.
     (4) Fully blown or opened; Ve. 1. 1. --nnaḥ An epithet of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --vṛtta a. one who has abandoned good conduct.

saṃbhedaḥ
     (1) Breaking, splitting.
     (2) Union, mixture, combination. ālokatimirasaṃbhedaḥ Māl. 10. 11; harṣodvegasaṃbheda upanataḥ Māl. 8.
     (3) Meeting (as of glances).
     (4) Confluence, junction (of two rivers); tadutiṣṭha pārāsiṃdhusaṃbhedamavagāhya nagarīmeva praviśāvaḥ; ayamasau mahānadyoḥ saṃbhedaḥ Māl. 4; madhumatīsiṃdhusaṃbhedapāvanaḥ 9.
     (5) Blossoming, opening.
     (6) Uniformity.

saṃbhuj 7 U.
     (1) To eat.
     (2) To enjoy.
     (3) To enjoy carnally.

saṃbhukta p. p.
     (1) Eaten.
     (2) Well enjoyed.
     (3) Made use of.

saṃbhogaḥ
     (1) Enjoyment(in general), pleasure, delight; satsaṃbhogaphalāḥ śriyaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) Possession, use, occupation; Ms. 8. 200.
     (3) Carnal enjoyment, sexual union, copulation; saṃbhogāṃte mama samucito hastasaṃvāhanānāṃ Me. 96.
     (4) A lecher, catamite.
     (5) A sub-division of the sentiment of love; see under śṛṃgāra.

saṃbhogin a.
     (1) Sensual.
     (2) Employing, using. --m. A sensualist, libertine.

saṃbhojakaḥ An eater, a taster.

saṃbhojanam Eating in company, a dinner-party.

saṃbhū 1 A.
     (1) To arise, to be born or produced, spring up; kathamapi bhuvane'smiṃstādṛśāḥ saṃbhavaṃti Māl. 2. 9; dharmasaṃsthāpanārthāya saṃbhavāmi yuge yuge Bg. 4. 8; Ki. 5. 22; Bk. 6. 138; Ms. 8. 155.
     (2) To be, become, exist.
     (3) To happen, occur, take place.
     (4) To be possible.
     (5) To be adequate for, be competent for (with inf.); na yanniyaṃtuṃ samabhāvi bhānunā Śi. 1. 27.
     (6) To meet, be united or joined with; saṃbhūyāṃbhodhimabhyeti mahānadyā nagāpagā Śi. 2. 100; saṃbhūyeva sukhāni cetasi Māl. 5. 9, 18.
     (7) To be consistent.
     (8) To have sexual intercourse with.
     (9) To be capable of existing in, be contained in. --Caus.
     (1) To produce, effect, make.
     (2) To imagine, conceive, fancy, think.
     (3) To guess or conjecture; S. 2.
     (4) To consider, regard.
     (5) To honour, respect, esteem, show respect to; prāpto'si saṃbhāvayituṃ vanānmāṃ R. 5. 11; 7. 8.
     (9) To honour or present with, treat with; Ku. 3. 37.
     (7) To ascribe or impute to; Mk. 1. 36.
     (8) To come or go to, approach.
     (9) To take part in, enjoy; U. 4. (10) To greet, salute.
     (11) To manifest, exhibit.
     (12) To expect. --Pass. of caus. To be possible; kathametadbhavati saṃbhāvyate S. 2.

saṃbhavaḥ
     (1) Birth, production, springing up, arising, existence; priyasya suhṛdo yava mama tatraiva saṃbhavo bhūyāt Māl. 9; mānuṣīṣu kathaṃ vā syādasya rūpasya saṃbhavaḥ S. 1. 26; Bg. 3. 14; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; apsaraḥ saṃbhavaiṣā S. 1.
     (2) Production and bringing up; Ms. 2. 227; (see Kull. thereon).
     (3) Cause, origin, motive.
     (4) Mixing, union, combination.
     (5) Possibility; saṃyogo hi viyogasya saṃsūcayati saṃbhavaṃ Subhāṣ.
     (6) Compatibility, consistency.
     (7) Adaptation, appropriateness.
     (8) Agreement, conformity.
     (9) Capacity. (10) Equivalence (one of the Pramāṇas).
     (11) Acquaintance.
     (12) Loss, destruction.

saṃbhāvanaṃ --nā
     (1) Considering, reflecting; R. 5. 28.
     (2) Fancying, supposition; saṃbhāvanamathotyekṣā prakṛtasya samena yat K. P. 10.
     (3) An idea, fancy, thought.
     (4) Respect, honour, esteem, regard; saṃbhāvanāguṇamavehi tamīśvarāṇāṃ S. 7. 4.
     (5) Possibility.
     (6) Fitness, adequacy; Ki. 3. 39.
     (7) Competency, ability.
     (8) Doubt.
     (9) Affection, love. (10) Celebrity.

saṃbhāvita p. p.
     (1) Considered, supposed, imagined; pitrāhaṃ doṣeṣu saṃbhāvitaḥ K.
     (2) Esteemed, honoured, respected; Bh. 2. 34; Ku. 3. 11.
     (3) Respectable, honourable.
     (4) Suited, fitted, adequate, fit.
     (5) Possible.
     (6) Derived, produced, got; Māl. 5.
     (7) Satisfied.

saṃbhāvya a.
     (1) Probable, likely, possible.
     (2) To be expected or deemed probable.
     (3) Capable, suitable.

saṃbhūta p. p.
     (1) Born, produced.
     (2) Formed or composed of.
     (3) Combined or united with.
     (4) Adequate, equal.

saṃbhūtiḥ f.
     (1) Birth, origin, production; Ms. 2. 147.
     (2) Combination, union.
     (3) Fitness, suitability.
     (4) Power.

saṃbhūya ind.
     (1) Coming or meeting together.
     (2) Being united or combined, in company or concert.
     -- Comp.
          --kārin a. a coadjutor or colleague.
          --samutthānaṃ partnership in trade.

saṃbhṛ 3 U.
     (1) To collect, hoard, place or bring together; tyāgāya saṃbhṛtārthānāṃ R. 1. 7; 5. 5; 8. 3; Bk. 6. 80.
     (2) To effect, produce, bring on, accomplish; surataśramasaṃbhṛto mukhe (svedalavaḥ) R. 8. 51; Ki. 9. 49; Me. 115
     (3) To maintain, cherish, foster.
     (4) To make ready, prepare; V. 5; R. 19. 54.
     (5) To give, offer, present.

saṃbhāraḥ
     (1) Bringing together, collecting.
     (2) Preparation, provisions, necessaries, requisites, apparatus, things requisite for any act; saviśeṣamadya pūjāsaṃbhāro mayā saṃnidhāpanīyaḥ Māl. 5; R. 12. 4; V. 2.
     (3) An ingredient, a constituent part.
     (4) Multitude, heap, quantity, assemblage; as in śastrāstrasaṃbhāra.
     (5) Fulness.
     (6) Wealth, affluence.
     (7) Maintenance, support.

saṃbhṛta p. p.
     (1) Brought together, collected, concentrated.
     (2) Got ready, prepared, provided, equipped.
     (3) Furnished or endowed with, possessed of.
     (4) Placed, deposited.
     (5) Full, complete, entire.
     (6) Gained, obtained.
     (7) Carried, borne.
     (8) Nourished.
     (9) Produced, caused.

saṃbhṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Collection.
     (2) Preparation, equipment, provision.
     (3) Fulness.
     (4) Support, maintenance, nourishment.

saṃbhram 1. 4. P.
     (1) To roam, rove.
     (2) To be in error, be perplexed or confused, be bewildered. --Caus. To perplex, bewilder.

saṃbhramaḥ
     (1) Turning round, whirling, revolving.
     (2) Haste, hurry.
     (3) Confusion, agitation, flurry; Ku. 3. 48.
     (4) Fear, alarm, fright; S. 1; Ki. 15. 2.
     (5) Error, mistake, ignorance.
     (6) Zeal, activity.
     (7) Respect, reverence; gṛhamupagate saṃbhramavidhiḥ Bh. 2. 64; tava vīryavataḥ kaścidyadyasti mayi saṃbhramaḥ Rām.
     (8) Uproar, tumult.
     (9) Ignorance.
     -- Comp.
          --jvalita a. excited by agitation.
          --bhṛt a. embarrassed, flurried.

saṃbhrāṃta p. p. Whirled about.
     (2) Flurried, agitated, perplexed, bewildered.

saṃmad 4 P.
     (1) To be intoxicated.
     (2) To rejoice, be glad. --Caus.
     (1) To exhilarate, rejoice, put in good spirits.
     (2) To be completely intoxicated (Atm).

saṃmatta p. p.
     (1) Completely drunk.
     (2) Overjoyed, enraptured.
     (3) Rutting, being in rut, furious.

saṃmada a. Greatly delighted, happy, --daḥ Great joy, delight, happiness; Śi. 15. 77.

saṃmādaḥ Intoxication, frenzy.

saṃman 4 A.
     (1) To agree, concur, be of the same opinion.
     (2) To assent or consent to, approve of, like.
     (3) To think, suppose, regard.
     (4) To sanction, authorize.
     (5) To esteem, honour, value highly; kaccidagnimivānāyyaṃ kāle saṃpranyase'tithiṃ Bk. 6. 65; samamaṃsta baṃdhūt 1. 2.
     (6) To allow, permit. --Caus.
     (1) To honour, respect, value highly.
     (2) To consider, regard.
     (3) To instruct, teach.

saṃmata p. p.
     (1) Agreed or consented to, approved of.
     (2) Liked, dear, beloved; R. 1. 28.
     (3) Like, resembling.
     (4) Regarded, considered, thought.
     (5) Highly respected, honoured, esteemed; Pt. 1. 56. --taṃ
     (1) Agreement; see saṃmati.
     (2) Impression, opinion.

saṃmatiḥ f.
     (1) Agreement.
     (2) Concurrence, assent, approbation, approval.
     (3) Wish, desire.
     (4) Knowledge of self, knowledge of the soul, true knowledge.
     (5) Regard, respect, esteem; kathamiva tava saṃmatirbhavitrā samamṛtubhirmunināvadhīritasya Ki. 10. 36.
     (6) Love, affection.
     (7) Command, order.

saṃmānaḥ Honour, respect. --naṃ
     (1) A measure.
     (2) Comparing.

saṃmānanam
     (1) Honouring, worshipping.
     (2) Instructing, teaching.

saṃmaṃtr 10 A.
     (1) To consult or take counsel with; mama hṛdayena saha saṃmaṃtrayoktavānasi Mu. 1.
     (2) To salute, greet.

saṃmaṃtraṇam Consultation.

saṃmātura = sanmātura q. v. under sat.

saṃmā 3 A., 2 P.
     (1) To measure.
     (2) To make equal, equalize; see saṃmita.
     (3) To liken, compare.
     (4) To be comprised or contained in; mṛṇālasūtramapi te na saṃmāti stanāṃtare Subhāṣ.
     (5) To distribute, grant, bestow (Ved).

saṃmita p. p.
     (1) Meted, measured out.
     (2) Of equal measure, extent or value, equal, similar, like, resembling; kāṃtāsaṃmitatayo padeśayuje K. P. 1; R. 3. 16.
     (3) As large as, reaching to.
     (4) Conformable, corresponding, commensurate.
     (5) Provided or furnished with.
     (6) Equalized, adapted.

saṃmil 6 P. To meet or come together, assemble.

saṃmelanam
     (1) Meeting together, union.
     (2) Mixture.
     (3) Assembling, collecting.

saṃmiśr See miśr.

saṃmiśra, saṃmiśrita a. Mixed together, intermixed.

saṃmiślaḥ An epithet of Indra.

saṃmīl 1 P.
     (1) To shut the eyes.
     (2) To close up, contract (as flowers &c.); saṃmīlaṃti na tāvadbaṃdhanakoṣāstayāvacitapuṣpāḥ S. 3. 6. --Caus.
     (1) To shut, close; upāṃtasaṃmīlitalo cano nṛpaḥ R. 3. 26; 13. 10.
     (2) To obscure, darken, make dim; vikāraścaitanyaṃ bhramayati ca saṃmīlayati ca U. 1. 36.
     (3) To make insensible.

saṃmīlanam Closing up(of a flower &c.), covering, enveloping.

saṃmukha a. (khā or khī f.), saṃmukhīna a.
     (1) Facing, fronting, face to face, opposite, con fronting; kāmaṃ na tiṣṭhati madānanasaṃmukhī sā S. 1. 31; R. 15. 17; Śi. 10. 86.
     (2) Encountering, meeting.
     (3) Disposed to.
     (4) Looking or directed towards.
     (5) Propitious. --khaṃ ind. In front of, opposite to, before, in the presence of.

saṃmukhin m. A mirror, lookingglass.

saṃmurcch 1 A.
     (1) To faint, swoon.
     (2) To grow strong or powerful, gather strength, become intense; Ki. 5. 41.
     (3) To thicken; coagulate. --Caus.
     (1) To form, fashion.
     (2) To stupefy, benumb.

saṃmūrchanam
     (1) Fainting, insensibility.
     (2) Congealing, becoming dense.
     (3) Thickening, increasing.
     (4) Height.
     (5) Universal pervasion, co-extension, complete permeation.

saṃmuh 4 P.
     (1) To be perplexed.
     (2) To be foolish, infatuated, or unconscious. --Caus. To infatuate, stupefy.

saṃmugdha p. p.
     (1) Stupefied.
     (2) Bewildered.
     (3) Beautiful. --gdhaṃ ind. In a fascinating manner.

saṃmūḍha p. p.
     (1) Stupefied, unconscious, senseless.
     (2) Infatuated, foolish.
     (3) Bewildered.
     (5) Disordered.
     (5) Heaped, collected.
     (6) Produced rapidly.
     (7) Broken. --ḍhā A kind of riddle.

saṃmohaḥ
     (1) Bewilderment, confusion, infatuation.
     (2) Insensibility, swoon.
     (3) Ignorance, folly.
     (4) Fascination.
     (5) Tumult, battle.

saṃmohanam Fascinating, fascination. --naḥ N. of one of the five arrows of Cupid; Ku. 3. 66.

saṃmṛj 2 P., 10 U.
     (1) To sweep clean, purify.
     (2) To wipe off or out, wipe away, remove.
     (3) To rub, stroke.
     (4) To strain, filter.

saṃmārjakaḥ A sweeper.

saṃmārjanam
     (1) Sweeping, cleaning.
     (2) Purifying, cleaning, brushing.
     (3) Anointing (of images).

saṃmārjanī A broom.

saṃmṛṣṭa p. p.
     (1) Well swept, cleansed.
     (2) Strained, filtered.

saṃmṛta a. Quite dead, deceased.

saṃmṛd 1. 9. P.
     (1) To press or squeeze together, rub or grind to pieces; crush, trample upon.
     (2) To pound, bruise, kill. --Caus.
     (1) To crush, pound &c.
     (2) To rub.
     (3) To clean.

saṃmardaḥ
     (1) Rubbing together, friction.
     (2) Throng, crowd, concourse; yadgopratarakalpo'bhūtsaṃmardastatra majjatāṃ R. 15. 101; Māl. 10.
     (3) Treading or trampling on.
     (4) War, battle.

saṃmodaḥ Great joy, delight.

samyac, samyaṃc a. (samīcī f.)
     (1) Going with, accompanying.
     (2) Right, fit, proper, due.
     (3) Correct, true, accurate.
     (4) Pleasant, agreeable; kiṃ ca kulāni kavīnāṃ nisargasamyaṃci raṃjayatu R. G.
     (5) Same, uniform.
     (6) All, whole, entire. --ind. (sambak)
     (1) With, together with.
     (2) Well, properly, rightly, correctly, truly; samyagiyamāha S. 1; Ms. 2. 5, 14.
     (3) Duly, suitably, correctly, truly.
     (4) Honourably.
     (5) Completely, thoroughly.
     (6) Distinctly.
     -- Comp.
          --pāṭhaḥ a correct reading or recitation.
          --prayogaḥ proper use, due application.
          --pravṛttiḥ f. the right direction (of the organ).
          --vṛttiḥ f. steady practice, regular discharge of duties.

samrāj m. A paramount sovereign, universal lord; especially one who rules over other princes and has performed the Rājasūya sacrifice; yeteṣṭaṃ rājasūyena maṃḍalasyeśvaraśca yaḥ . śāsti yaścājñayā rājñaḥ sa samrād Ak.; R. 2. 5.

say 1 A. (sayate) To go, move.

sayūthyaḥ One of the same flock or tribe.

sayoni a.
     (1) Having the same womb, uterine.
     (2) Closely related to.
     (3) Closely united with the womb. --niḥ
     (1) A whole or uterine brother.
     (2) A pair of nippers for cutting betel-nut.
     (3) N. of Indra.

sara a. [sarati sṛ ac]
     (1) Going or moving.
     (2) Cathartic, purgative --raḥ
     (1) Going, motion.
     (2) An arrow.
     (3) The coagulum of curds or milk, cream
     (4) Salt.
     (5) A string, necklace; ayaṃ kaṃṭhe bāhuḥ śiśirasasṛṇo mauktikasaraḥ U. 1. 39, 29.
     (6) A waterfall. --raṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) A lake, pool. --rā
     (1) Motion, movement.
     (2) A cascade. --rī A water-fall.
     -- Comp.
          --utsavaḥ a crane.
          --jaṃ fresh butter; cf. śaraja. --patrikā 1. the new leaf of a lotus. --2. a lotus.

sarakaḥ --kam [mṛ --vun]
     (1) A continuous line of road.
     (2) Spirituous liquor, spirits.
     (3) Drinking spirits; cakruratha saha puraṃdhri janairayathāryasiddhi sarakaṃ mahībhṛtaḥ Śi. 15. 80, 10. 12.
     (4) A drinking-vessel, wine-glass, goblet; Śi. 10. 20.
     (5) Distribution of spirituous liquor. --kaṃ
     (1) Going.
     (2) A pond, lake.
     (3) Heaven.

saraghā
     (1) A bee; tastāra saraghāvyāptaiḥ sa kṣaudrapaṭalairiva R. 4. 63; Śi. 15. 23.

saraṃgaḥ
     (1) A quadruped.
     (2) A bird.

sarajas --sā f, sarajaskā A woman during menstruation.

saraṭ m.
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) A lizard.
     (4) A bee.

saraṭaḥ
     (1) Wind.
     (2) A lizard; lūtāhisaraṭānāṃ ca tiraścāṃ cāṃbucāriṇāṃ Ms. 12. 57.

saraṭiḥ
     (1) Wind.
     (2) A cloud.

saraṭuḥ A lizard, chameleon.

saraṇa a. [sṛ-lyuṭ] Going, moving, flowing. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Proceeding, going or flowing.
     (2) Iron rust.

saraṇiḥ, --ṇī f.
     (1) A path, way, road, course; G. L. 18.
     (2) Arrangement, mode.
     (3) A straight or continuous line.
     (4) A disease of the throat.

saraṃḍaḥ
     (1) A bird.
     (2) A libertine, dissolute man.
     (3) A lizard.
     (4) A rogue.
     (5) A kind of ornament.

saraṇyuḥ
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) A cloud.
     (3) Water.
     (4) The spring.
     (5) Fire.
     (6) N. of Yama.

saratniḥ m. f. A kind of cubitmeasure; cf. rītna or aratni.

saratha a. Riding in the same car. --thaḥ A warrior riding in a chariot.

sarabhasa a.
     (1) Speedy, quick.
     (2) Violent, impetuous.
     (3) Passionate.
     (4) Delighted. --saṃ ind. Impetuously, hurriedly &c.

saramā
     (1) A bitch.
     (2) The bitch of the gods.
     (3) N. of a daughter of Daksha.
     (4) N. of the wife of Bibhīṣaṇa, brother of Rāvaṇa.

sarayuḥ Air, wind. --yuḥ --yūḥ f. N. of a river on which stands Ayodhyā, or Oude; R. 8. 95, 13. 61, 63, 14. 30.

sarala a. [sṛ-alac]
     (1) Straight, not crooked.
     (2) Honest, upright, sincere, candid.
     (3) Simple, artless, simple-minded; sarale sāhasarāgaṃ parihara Māl. 6. 10; ayi sarale kimatra mayā bhagavatyā śakyaṃ 2. --laḥ
     (1) A kind of pine tree; vighaṭṭitānāṃ saraladrumāṇāṃ Ku. 1. 9; Me. 53; R. 4. 75.
     (2) Fire.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ 'the exudation of Sarala', resin, turpentine.
          --dravaḥ fragrant resin.
          --yāyinī a plant with an erect stem.

saravya See śaravya.

saras n. [sṛ-asun]
     (1) A lake, pond, pool, a large sheet of water; sarasāmasmi sāgaraḥ Bg. 10. 24.
     (2) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ, -janman n.,
          --ruhaṃ (sarojaṃ, sarojanman, saroruhaṃ), also sarasijaṃ, sarīsaruhaṃ a lotus; sarasijamanuviddhaṃ śaivalenāpi ramyaṃ S. 1. 20; saroruhadyutimuṣaḥ pādāṃstavasivinuṃ Ratn. 1. 30.
          --jaḥ (also sarasijaḥ) the Sārasa bird. (sarojin m. an epithet of Brahman).
          --jinī, -ruhiṇī 1. a lotusplant; mramara kathaṃ vā sarojinīṃ tyajāsi Bv. 1. 100. --2. a pond abounding in lotuses. --3. a multitude of lotuses. --4. a lotus.
          --rakṣaḥ (sarorakṣaḥ) the guardian of a pool.
          --ruh (saroruh) n. a lotus.
          --varaḥ (sarovaraḥ) a lake.

sarasa a.
     (1) Juicy, succulent.
     (2) Tasty, sapid.
     (3) Wet; Śi. 11. 54.
     (4) Wet with perspiration; Ku. 5. 85.
     (5) Full of love, impassioned; Bv. 1. 100 (where it means 'full of honey' also).
     (6) Charming, lovely, agreeable, beautiful; sarasavasaṃte Gīt. 1; Māl. 4. 8.
     (7) Fresh, new, blooming; Mal. 9. 10.
     (8) Expressive of poetical seniment; see rasa.

sarasi(sī)kaḥ  The Sārasa bird (crane).

sarasī A lake, pool; Bv. 2. 144.
     -- Comp.
          --ruhaṃ a lotus. (
          --haḥ) the Sārasa bird.

sarasvat a.
     (1) Having water, watery.
     (2) Juicy, succulent.
     (3) Elegant.
     (4) Sentimental.
     (5) Tasty, sapid. --m.
     (1) The ocean.
     (2) A lake.
     (3) A male river (nada).
     (4) A buffalo.
     (5) N. of Vāyu.

sarasvatī
     (1) N. of the goddess of speech and learning, and represented as the wife of Brahman.
     (2) Speech, voice, words; Ku. 4. 39, 43; R. 15. 46.
     (3) N. of a river (which is lost in the sands of the great desert).
     (4) A river in general.
     (5) A cow.
     (6) An excellent woman.
     (7) N. of Durgā.
     (8) N. of a female divinity peculiar to the Buddhists.
     (9) The Soma plant. (10) The plant called jyotiṣmatī.

sarahasya a.
     (1) Mystical, magical.
     (2) Having or attended with mystical teaching or doctrine; U. 2.

sarāga a.
     (1) Coloured, tinged, tinted; (akāri) sarāgamasyā rasanāguṇāspadaṃ Ku. 5. 10.
     (2) Dyed with red lac; R. 16. 15.
     (3) Impassioned, full of love, enamoured; munerapi mano'vaśyaṃ sarāgaṃ kuruteṃ'ganā Subhāṣ.

sarāva a. Sounding, making a noise. --vaḥ
     (1) A lid, cover.
     (2) A shallow dish, saucer; cf. śarāva.

sariḥ f.
     (1) A spring, fountain.
     (2) A cascade (m.).

sarikā
     (1) Going, proceeding.
     (2) A kind of drug (hiṃgupatrī).
     (3) A woman going.

sarit f. [sṛ-iti]
     (1) A river; anyasaritāṃ śatāni hi samudraṇāḥ prāpayaṃtyabdhiṃ M. 5. 19.
     (2) A thread, string.
     -- Comp.
          --nāthaḥ, --patiḥ (also saritāṃpatiḥ), --bhartṛ m. the ocean.
          --varā (also saritāṃvarā) N. of the Ganges.
          --sutaḥ an epithet of Bhīṣma.

saridvat m. The ocean.

sari(rī)man  m.
     (1) Motion, creeping.
     (2) Wind.

sarilam Water; cf. salila.

sariṣapaḥ Mustard.

sarīsṛpaḥ A serpent.

saru a. Thin, fine, small. --ruḥ The handle of a sword.

sarūpa a.
     (1) Having the same form.
     (2) Like, resembling, similar; R. 6. 59.

sarūpatā, tvam
     (1) Likeness.
     (2) Assimilation to the deity, one of the four states of Mukti.

saroṣa a.
     (1) Angry, wrathful.
     (2) Enraged.

sarkaḥ
     (1) Wind, air.
     (2) The mind.

sargaḥ [sṛj-ghañ]
     (1) Relinquishment, abandonment.
     (2) Creation; asyāḥ sargavidhau prajāpatirabhūccaṃdro nu kāṃtipradaḥ V. 1. 8.
     (3) The creation of the world; Ku. 2. 6; R. 3. 27.
     (4) Nature, the universe.
     (5) Natural property, nature.
     (6) Determination, resolve; gṛhāṇa śastraṃ yadi sarga eṣa te R. 3. 51; 14. 42; Śi. 19. 38.
     (7) Assent, agreement.
     (8) A section, chapter, canto (as of a poem).
     (9) Rush, onset, advance (of troops). (10) Voiding of excrement.
     (11) N. of Śiva.
     (12) Fainting, swoon (moha).
     (13) Ved. A horse.
     -- Comp.
          --kramaḥ the order of creation.
          --baṃdhaḥ a great poem having several cantos, a Mahākāvya; sargabaṃdho mahākāvyaṃ S. D.

sarj 1 A. (sarjati)
     (1) To acquire, gain.
     (2) To earn by labour.

sarjaḥ
     (1) N. of a tree(sāla).
     (2) The resinous exudation of the Sāla tree.
     (3) A timber tree; Māl. 9. 17.
     -- Comp.
          --niryāsakaḥ, --maṇiḥ --rasaḥ, resin.

sarjakaḥ The Sala tree.

sarjanam [sṛj-lyuṭ]
     (1) Abandoning, quitting.
     (2) Letting loose.
     (3) Creating.
     (4) Voiding.
     (5) The rear of an army.

sarjiḥ, sarjikā, sarjī f. Natron.

sarjūḥ A trader. --f.
     (1) Lightning.
     (2) Necklace.
     (3) Going, following.

sarjyaḥ The resin of the Sāla tree.

sarpaḥ
     (1) [sṛp-ghañ] Serpentine or winding motion, gliding.
     (2) Flowing, going.
     (3) A snake, serpent.
     (4) N. of a tree (nāgakeśara).
     (5) The Asleśha constellation.
     (6) N. of a tribe of Mlechchhas or barbarians.
     -- Comp.
          --arātiḥ --ariḥ 1. an ichneumon. --2. a peacock. --3. an epithet of Garuḍa.
          --aśanaḥ a peacock.
          --āvāsaṃ, --iṣṭaṃ the sandal tree.
          --īśvaraḥ N. of Vasuki.
          --chatraṃ a mushroom.
          --tṛṇaḥ an ichneumon.
          --daṃṣṭrā a snake's fang.
          --dhārakaḥ a snakecharmer.
          --phaṇijaḥ the gem found in a snake's head, the snake-gem.
          --bhuj m. 1. a peacock. --2. a crane. --3. a large snake.
          --maṇiḥ a snake-gem.
          --rājaḥ N. of Vāsuki.
          --vid m. a conjuror, snake-charmer.
          --satraṃ a sacrifice for the destruction of serpents (performed by king Janamejaya).
          --satrin m. N. of king Janamejaya; see janamejaya. --han m. 1. an ichneumon. --2. N. of Garuḍa.

sarpaṇam [sṛp-lyūṭ]
     (1) Creeping, gliding.
     (2) Tortuous motion.
     (3) The flight of an arrow nearly parallel to the ground.

sarpiṇī
     (1) A female serpent.
     (2) N. of a small medicinal herb.

sarpin a.
     (1) Creeping, gliding, winding, going tortuously.
     (2) Moving, going (in general); yūkā maṃdavisarpiṇī Pt. 1. 252.

sarpis n. [sṛp-isi] Clarified butter; (for the difference between ghṛta and sarpis see ājya).
     -- Comp.
          --samudraḥ the sea of clarified butter, one of the seven seas.
     -- Comp.
          --āsutiḥ an epithet of Agni.
          --kuṃḍikā a butter-jar.

sarpiṣmat a. Dressed with clarified butter.

sarb 1 P. (sarbati) To go, move.

sarmaḥ
     (1) Going, motion.
     (2) The sky.
     (3) Heaven.

sarv 1 P. (sarvati) To hurt, injure, kill.

sarva pron. a. [sṛtamanena viśvamitisarvaṃ Uṇ. 1. 151] (nom. pl. sarve m.) 1 All, every; uparyupari paśyaṃtaḥ sarva eva daridrati H. 2. 2; riktaḥ sarvo bhavati hi laghuḥ pūrṇatā gauravāya Me. 20, 63.
     (2) Whole, entire, complete. --rvaḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaṃ 1 the whole body. --2. all the Vedāṅgas. (
          --gaḥ or -rūpaḥ) N. of Śiva.
          --aṃgīṇa a. pervading or thrilling through the whole body; sarvaṃgīṇaḥ sparśaḥ sutasya kila V. 5. 11.
          --adhikārin m.,
          --adhyakṣaḥ a general superintendent.
          --anukramaṇikā, --kramaṇī a general index.
          --annīna a. eating every kind of food; so sarvānnabhojin &c.
          --abhisaṃdhin m. 1. a traducer, calumniator. --2. a religious hypocrite.
          --abhisāraḥ a complete army (of elephants, chariots, cavalry, and infantry).
          --arthasādhikā N. of Durgā.
          --aryasiddhaḥ the great Buddha or Śākyamuni.
          --avasaraḥ midnight.
          --ākāra (in comp.) entirely, thoroughly, completely; sarvākārahṛdayaṃgamāyāstasyāḥ Māl. 1, 7; 1. 14.
          --ātman m. 1. the whole soul; (sarvātmanā entirely, completely, thoroughly.) --2. N. of Śiva.
          --āśayaḥ, --āśrayaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --īśaḥ, -īśvaraḥ 1. the Supreme Being. --2. a paramount lord.
          --uttama a. best of all, excellent, supremely good.
          --oghaḥ =sarvābhisāra above.
          --karaḥ, --karman m. N. of Śiva.
          --kartṛ m. N. of Brahman. --2. the Supreme Being.
          --karmīṇa a. performing everything.
          --kāmaḥ, -kāmadaḥ, -kāmavaraḥ N. of Śiva.
          --kālīna a. for all time, perpetual.
          --keśin m. an actor.
          --kṣāraḥ impure carbonate of soda or potash.
          --gata a. all-pervading, omnipresent. (
          --gaḥ) 1. Śiva. --2. the Supreme Being. --3. Brahman. --4. the spirit, soul. (
          --gaṃ) water.
          --gā the plant called priyaṃgu. --gāmin, --gati a. all-pervading, omnipresent.
          --graṃthiḥ, --graṃthikaṃ the root of long pepper.
          --cārin m. N. of Śiva.
          --janīna a. world-wide, famous.
          --jit a. 1. excellent, incomparable. --2. all-conquering, invincible.
          --jña, -vid a. all-knowing, omniscient. (--m.) 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Buddha. --3. the Supreme Being.
          --jñā N. of Durgā.
          --taṃtraḥ one who has studied all the Tantras. -siddhāṃtaḥ a doctrine admitted by all the schools.
          --tāpanaḥ the god of love.
          --daḥ N. of Śiva.
          --dama -damana a. all-subduing, irresistible. (--m.) N. of Bharata, son of Dushyanta; ihāyaṃ sattvānāṃ prasabhadamanāt sarvadamanaḥ S. 7. 33.
          --darśanasaṃgrahaḥ a compendium of all the schools or systems of philosophy by Mādhavāchārya.
          --darśin m. 1. a Buddha. --2. the Supreme Being.
          --devamaya a. comprising all the gods. (
          --yaḥ) N. of Śiva.
          --devamukhaḥ an epithet of Agni.
          --dhanaṃ (in arith.) the total of a sum in progression.
          --dhārin m. N. of Śiva.
          --nāman n. a class of pronominal words. -sthānaṃ N. for the nom. (all numbers) and acc. sing. and dual of masculine and feminine nouns and nom. and acc. pl. of neuter nouns; cf. suṭ also.
          --priya a. popular, liked by all.
          --bhakṣā a female goat.
          --bhāvaḥ all-being or nature; (sarvabhāvena 'with all one's heart, sincerely, heart and soul').
          --bhāvakaraḥ. bhāvanaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --maṃgalā an epithet of Pārvatī.
          --mūṣakaḥ 'allstealing', time.
          --yogin m. N. of Śiva.
          --rasaḥ 1. the resinous exudation of the Sāla tree, resin. --2. salt, saltness. --3. a kind of musical instrument. --4. a learned man. -uttamaḥ salt.
          --lālasaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --liṃgin m. an impostor.
          --lokaḥ the universe.
          --lohaḥ an iron arrow.
          --vallabhā an unchaste woman.
          --yāsaḥ, --vāsin m., vikhyātaḥ --vigrahaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --vedaḥ a man who has studied the four Vedas.
          --vedas m. one who performs a sacrifice by giving away all his wealth.
          --veśin m. an actor.
          --vyāpin a. all-pervading.
          --śak a. omnipotent, all-powerful.
          --saṃgataḥ a kind of quick-growing rice.
          --saṃgrahaḥ a general or universal collection.
          --saṃnahanaṃ-saṃnāhaḥ assembling of a complete army, a complete armament; see -abhisāra m.
          --saha a. all-forbearing, very patient. (
          --haḥ) bdellium. (
          --hā, also sarvaṃsahā) the earth.
          --sākṣin a. all-witnessing. (--m.) 1. N. of the Supreme Being. --2. N. of wind. --3. of Agni.
          --sādhanaḥ Śiva.
          --siddhiḥ f. universal success. (--m.) the Bilva tree.
          --syaṃ 1. everything, the whole of one's possessions; as in sarvasvadaṃḍaḥ, sarvasvaharaṇaṃ 'confiscation of the whole property.' --2. the very essence, the all-in-all of anything: sarvasvaṃ tadaho mahākavigirāṃ kāmasya cāṃbhoruha Subhāṣ., see S. 1. 24; 6. 1; Māl. 8. 6; Bv. 1. 63.
          --haraḥ death.
          --hitaṃ black pepper.

sarvaka a.
     (1) All, every.
     (2) Whole, entire. --ke ind. Everywhere, universally.

sarvakaṣa a. 'All-destroying', allpowerful; sarvaṃkaṣā bhagavatī bhavitavyataiva Māl. 1. 23; Bv. 4. 2. --ṣaḥ A villain, rogue.

sarvatas ind.
     (1) From every side or quarter.
     (2) On all sides, everywhere, all round.
     (3) Completely, entirely.
     -- Comp.
          --gāmin a. 1. having access everywhere; Ku. 3. 12. --2. all-pervading.
          --bhadraḥ 1. the car of Viṣṇu. --2. a bamboo. --3. a kind of verse artificially arranged; e. g. see Ki. 15. 25. --4. a temple or palace having openings on four sides; (n. also in this sense). --5. the Nimba tree. --6. a kind of military array. (
          --drā) a dancing girl, an actress.
          --mukha a. of every kind, complete, unlimited; S. 5. 26. (
          --khaḥ) 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. of Brahman; Ku. 2. 3 (having faces on all sides). --3. the Supreme Being. --4. the soul. --5. a Brāhmaṇa. --6 fire. --7. heaven or Svarga (of Indra). (
          --khaṃ) 1. water. --2. sky.
          --śubhā the Priyangu plant.

sarvatra ind. 1 Everywhere, in all places.
     (2) At all times.
     -- Comp.
          --gaḥ, --gāmin m. air, wind.

sarvathā ind.
     (1) In every way, by all means; U. 1. 5.
     (2) At all, altogether (usually with negation).
     (3) Completely, entirely, utterly.
     (4) At all times.
     (5) Exceedingly, very much.

sarvaṃdamaḥ = sarvadamanaḥ.

sarvadryaṃc a. Honouring or worshipping all.

sarvadā ind. At all times, always, for ever.

sarvaśas ind.
     (1) Wholly, entirely, completely.
     (2) Everywhere.
     (3) On all sides.

sarvarī See śarvarī.

sarvalā, --lī An iron club.

sarvāṇī See śarvāṇī.

sarṣapaḥ [Uṇ. 3. 141] Mustard; khalaḥ sarṣapamātrāṇi paracchidrāṇi paśyati Subhaṣ.; Māl. 10. 6.
     (2) A small measure of weight.
     (3) A sort of poison.

sal 1 P. (salati) To go, move.

salam Water.

salajja a. Bashful, modest.

salilam [salati gacchati nimnaṃ salilac Uṇ. 1. 54] Water; subhagasalilāvagāhāḥ S. 1. 3.
     (2) The constellation uttarāṣāḍhā.
     -- Comp.
          --ārthin a. thirsty.
          --āśayaḥ a tank, reservoir of water.
          --iṃdhanaḥ the submarine fire.
          --upaplavaḥ inundation, deluge, flood of water.
          --kuṃtalaḥ moss.
          --kriyā the funeral rite of washing a corpse. --2. = udakakriyā q. v.
          --jaṃ a lotus.
          --nidhiḥ, --rāśiḥ the ocean.
          --rayaḥ a current, stream.

salīla a. Sportive, wanton, amorous. --laṃ ind.
     (1) Playfully.
     (2) Affectionately.

salokatā Being in the same world, residence in the same heaven with a particular deity, (one of the four states of Mukti).

sallakā A kind of tree; cf. śallakī.

savaḥ [sū-su-ac]
     (1) Extraction of Soma juice.
     (2) An offering, a libation.
     (3) A sacrifice.
     (4) The sun.
     (5) The moon.
     (6) Progeny.
     (7) A generator.
     (8) The Arka plant. --vaṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) The honey of flowers.
     (3) Extracting the Soma juice.
     (4) Making libations.

savanam [su sū vā --lyuṭ]
     (1) Extracting the Soma juice or drinking it.
     (2) A sacrifice; atha taṃ savanāya dīkṣitaḥ R. 8. 75; S. 3. 27.
     (3) A libation, sacrificial libation.
     (4) Bathing, purificatory ablution.
     (5) Generation, bearing or bringing forth children.

savayas a. Of the same age; R. 3. 28. --m.
     (1) A contemporary, coeval.
     (2) A companion of the same age. --f. A woman's female companion or confidante.

savaraḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) Water.

savarṇa a. [samāno varṇo yasya]
     (1) Of the same colour.
     (2) Of like appearance, like, resembling; durvarṇabhittiriha sāṃdrasudhāsavarṇā Śi. 4. 28; Me. 18; R. 9. 51.
     (3) Of the same caste or tribe.
     (4) Of the same kind, similar.
     (5) Belonging to the same class of letters, requiring the same effort (of the organs of speech) in pronunciation; tulyāsyaprayatnaṃ savarṇaṃ P. I. 1. 9.

savarṇanam Reduction of fractions to the same denominator.

savikalpa, savikalpaka a. 1 Optional.
     (2) Doubtful.
     (3) Recognizing a distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known (opp. nirvikalpaka q. v.).

savikāśa a.
     (1) Fully blown or expanded.
     (2) Extended, extensive.

savigraha a,
     (1) Possessing a body, embodied.
     (2) Having meaning or import.
     (3) Engaged in strife, quarrelling.

savitarka, savimarśa a. Thoughtful. --rkaṃ, --rśaṃ ind. Thoughtfully.

savitṛ a. (trī f.) [sū-tṛc] Generating, producing, yielding; savitrī kāmānāṃ yadi jagāti jāgarti bha vatī G. L. 23. --m.
     (1) The sun; udeti savitā tāmrastāmra evāstamoti ca K. P. 7.
     (2) N. of Śiva.
     (3) Of Indra.
     (4) The Arka tree.
     (5) The creator of the world.

savitṛla a. Solar.

savitram Cause of generation.

savitriya a. Solar.

savitrī
     (1) A mother; Ku. 1. 24.
     (2) A cow.

savidha a.
     (1) Of the same kind or sort.
     (2) Near, adjacent, proximate; bhūyo bhūyaḥ savidhanagararithyayā paryadaṃtaṃ Māl. 1. 15. --dhaṃ Proximity, vicinity; yasya na savidhe dayitā davadahanastuhinadīdhitistasya K. P. 9; kimāsevyaṃ puṃsāṃ savidhamanavadyaṃ dyusaritaḥ 10; N. 2. 47; Śi. 14. 69; Bv. 2. 182.

savinaya a. Modest, humble. --yaṃ ind. Modestly, respectfully.

savibhrama, savilāsa a. Sportive, coquettish, wanton; Pt. 1. 135.

saviśeṣa a.
     (1) Possessing characteristic qualities.
     (2) Peculiar, extraordinary.
     (3) Special, particular; U. 4.
     (4) Pre-eminent, superior, excellent.
     (5) Discriminative. (saviśeṣaṃ and saviśeṣatas are used adverbially in the sense of 'especially', particularly', 'exceedingly'; anena dharmaḥ saviśeṣamadya me trivargasāraḥ pratibhāti bhāmini Ku. 5. 38; oft. in comp.; Ku. 1. 27, R. 16. 53).

saviśeṣaka a. 1 Possessing peculiar or distinguishing properties.
     (2) Discriminated. --kaṃ A distinguishing characteristic, peculiar property.

savistara a. Detailed, minute, complete. --raṃ ind. In detail, in extenso.

savismaya a. 1 Surprised, astonished.
     (2) Doubtful. --yaṃ ind. With surprise.

savṛddhika a. Bearing interest.

saveśa a. 1 Decorated, ornamented, dressed.
     (2) Near, proximate.

savailakṣya a.
     (1) Unnatural, forced; affected.
     (2) Embarrassed; savailakṣyasmitaṃ 'with a forced smile'.

savya a. [Uṇ. 4. 109] 1 Left, left-hand.
     (2) Southern.
     (3) Contrary, backward, reverse,
     (4) Right. --vyaḥ An epithet of Viṣṇu. --vyaṃ ind. The usual position of the sacred thread when it hangs down over the left shoulder; cf. apasavya.
     -- Comp.
          --itara a. right.
          --sācin m. an epithet of Arjuna; nimittamātraṃ bhava savyasācin Bg. 11. 33; (the name is thus derived in Mb.:
          --ubhau me dakṣiṇau pāṇī gāṃḍīvasya vikarṣaṇe . tena devamanuṣyeṣu savyasācīti māṃ viduḥ ..).

savyapekṣa a. Connected with, dependent on; snehaśca nimittasavyapekṣaśceti vipratiṣiddhametat Māl. 1; U. 6.

savyabhicāraḥ One of the five main divisions of Hetvabhāsa (in logic), a too general middle term; for explanation, see anaikāṃtika.

savyāja a. 1 Artful, pretended.
     (2) Plausible, cunning. --jaṃ ind. Artfully, under a pretext.

savyāpāra a. Engaged, employed.

savrīḍa a.
     (1) Bashful.
     (2) Ashamed.

savyeṣṭṛ m. A charioteer.

saśabda a.
     (1) Sounding.
     (2) Proclaimed. --bdaṃ ind. With a loud noise; bhagnaṃ saśabdaṃ śiraḥ Bk. 2. 90.

saśalya a.
     (1) Thorny.
     (2) Pierced by darts or thorns.
     (3) Troublesome, difficult.

saśasya a. Having or yielding corn. --syā A variety of sun-flower.

saśc 1 U. (saścati-te) Ved.
     (1) To cling or stick to, follow.
     (2) To serve, worship, honour.
     (3) To pervade; see sac.

saśmaśru a. Bearded. --f. A woman with a beard.

saśrīka a. 1 Prosperous, fortunate.
     (2) Lovely, beautiful.

sas 2 P. (sasti) To sleep.

sasattva a.
     (1) Possessed of vitality energy, vigour, courage &c.
     (2) Pregnant, big with child; R. 3. 9.
     (3) Full of animals or creatures. --ttvā A pregnant woman.

sasaṃdeha a. Doubtful. --haḥ N. of a figure of speech; see saṃdeha.

sasanam Immolation.

sasaṃdhya a. Evening, vespertine.

sasaṃbhrama a. Flurried, agitated, hurried, confused. --maṃ ind. 1 Hurriedly, hastily.
     (2) In fear or confusion, in great perplexity.

sasādhvasa a. Alarmed, frightened, timid.

sasj See saṃj.

saspṛha a. Desirous, longing, eager. --haṃ ind. Eagerly, wistfully.

sasmita a. Smiling, attended with a smile.

sasyam [sas-yat] 1 Corn, grain; (etāni) sasyaiḥ pūrṇe jaṭharapiṭhare prāṇināṃ saṃbhavaṃti Pt. 5. 97; see śasya also.
     (2) Fruit or produce of any plant.
     (3) A weapon.
     (4) A good quality, merit.
     -- Comp.
          --ad, --bhakṣaka a. granivorous.
          --iṣṭiḥ f. a sacrifice made on the ripening of new grain.
          --prada a. fertile.
          --mārin a. destructive of grain. (--m.) a kind of rat or mouse.
          --saṃvaraḥ the Sala tree.

sasyaka a. Possessed of good qualities, meritorious. --kaḥ
     (1) A sword.
     (2) A weapon.
     (3) A kind of precious stone.

sasveda a. Covered over or moist with sweat, perspired; U. 3. 42. --dā A girl recently deflowered.

sah I. 4 P. (sahyati)
     (1) To satisfy.
     (2) To be pleased.
     (3) To endure, bear. --II. 1 A. (sahate epic Paras. also; soḍha; the s of sah is changed to ṣ after prepositions ending in i, as ni, pari, vi, except when h is changed to ḍh)
     (1)
          (a) To bear, endure, suffer, put up with; khalollāpāḥ soḍhāḥ Bh. 3. 6; padaṃ saheta bhramarasya pelavaṃ śirīṣapuṣpaṃ na punaḥ patatriṇaḥ Ku. 5. 4; so duḥkhaṃ, saṃtāpaṃ, kleśaṃ &c.; R. 12. 63; 11. 52; Bk. 17. 59.
          (b) To tolerate, allow; prakṛtiḥ khalu sā mahīyasaḥ sahate nānyasamunnatiṃ yayā Ki. 2. 21; Me. 105; R. 14. 63.
     (2) To forgive, forbear; vāṃravāraṃ mayaitasyāparādhaḥ soḍhaḥ H. 3; Bg. 11. 44.
     (3) To wait, be patient; dvitrāṇyahānyarhasi soḍhumarhan R. 5. 25, 15. 45.
     (4) To bear, support, bear up; ka idānīṃ sahakāramaṃtareṇa pallavitāmatimuktalatāṃ saheta S. 3.
     (5) To conquer, defeat, oppose, be able to resist.
     (6) To suppress, stop.
     (7) To be able (with inf.). --Caus. (sāhayati-te)
     (1) To cause to bear or suffer.
     (2) To make bearable or supportable; gurvapi virahaduḥkhamāśābaṃdhaḥ sāhayati S. 4. 15. --Desid. (sisahiṣate) To wish to bear &c.

saha a. [sahate sah-ac]
     (1) Bearing, enduring, suffering.
     (2) Patient.
     (3) Able; see asaha. --haḥ The month mārgaśīrṣa.
     (2) N. of Śiva. --haḥ, haṃ Power, strength.

sahana a. Bearing, enduring. --naṃ
     (1) Bearing, enduring.
     (2) Patience, forbearance.
     -- Comp.
          --śīla a. patient, forgiving.

sahitram Patience, forbearance.

sahiṣṇu a. [sah --iṣṇuc]
     (1) Able to bear or endure, capable of enduring; ravikiraṇasahiṣṇu kleśaleśairabhinnaṃ S. 2. 4.
     (2) Patient, resigned, forbearing; sukarastaruvatsahiṣṇunā ripurunmūlayituṃ mahānapi Ki. 2. 50.

sahiṣṇutā --tvam
     (1) Power to bear or support.
     (2) Patience, resignation.

saha ind.
     (1) With, together with, along with, accompanied by (with instr.); śaśinā saha yāti kaumudī saha meghena taḍitpralīyate Ku. 4. 33.
     (2) Together, simultaneously, at the same time; astodayau sahaivāsau kurute nṛpatirdviṣāṃ Subhāṣ. (The following senses are given of this word: --sākalya, sādṛśya, yaugapadya, vidyamānatva, samṛddhi, saṃbaṃdha, and sāmarthya.)
     -- Comp.
          --adhyayanaṃ 1. studying together; U. 2. --2. fellow-studentship.
          --adhyāyin m. a fellow-student.
          --artha a. 1. having the same object. --2. synonymous. (
          --rthaḥ) the same or common object.
          --āsanaṃ sitting on the same seat,
          --uktiḥ f. a figure of speech in Rhetoric; sā sahoktiḥ sahārthasya balādekaṃ dvivācakaṃ K. P. 10; e. g. papāta bhūmau saha sainikāśrubhiḥ R. 3. 61.
          --uṭajaḥ a hut made of leaves.
          --udaraḥ a uterine brother, brother of whole blood; Vikr. 1. 21.
          --upamā a kind of Upamā.
          --ūḍhaḥ, --ūḍhajaḥ the son of a woman pregnant at marriage; (one of the 12 kinds of sons recognized in old Hindu law).
          --kāra a. having the sound ha Nalod. 2. 14. (
          --ra) 1. co-operation. --2. a mango; tree: ka idānīṃ sahakāramaṃtareṇa pallavitāmatimuktalatāṃ sahate S. 3. -bhaṃjikā a kind of game.
          --kārin, --kṛt, --kṛtvan a. co-operating. (--m.) a co-adjutor, associate, colleague.
          --kṛta a. co-operated with, assisted or aided by.
          --gamanaṃ 1. accompanying. --2. a woman's burning herself with her deceased husband's body, self-immolation of a widow.
          --cara a. accompanying, going or living with; U. 3. 8. (
          --raḥ) 1. a companion, friend, associate. --2. a follower, servant. --3. a husband.
     (4) a surety. (--rī f.) 1. a female companion. --2. a wife, mate. --carita a. accompanying, attending, associating with. --cāraḥ 1. accompaniment. --2. agreement, harmony. --3. (in logic) the invariable accompaniment of the hetu (middle term) by the sadhya (major term). --4. right course (opp. vyabhicāra). --cārin see sahacara. --ja a. 1. inborn, natural, innate. --2. hereditary; S. 6. 1. (--jaḥ) 1. a brother of whole blood. --2. the natural state or disposition. -ariḥ a natural enemy. -udāsīnaḥ a born neutral. -mitraṃ a natural friend. --jāta a. natural; see sahaja. --2. born together, twin-born. --dāra a. 1. with a wife. --2. married. --devaḥ N. of the youngest of the five Paṇḍavas; the twin brother of Nakula, born of Mādrī by the gods Aśvins. He is regarded as the type of manly beauty. --dharmaḥ same duties. -cārin m. a husband. -cāriṇī 1. a lawful wife, one legally married (also sahadharmiṇī in this sense). --2. a fellow-worker. --pathin m. --paṃthāḥ m. f. a fellow-traveller. --pāṃśukrīḍin, --pāṃśukila m. a friend from the earliest childhood. --bhāvin m. a friend, partisan, follower. --bhū a. natural, innate; Ratn. 1. 2. --bhojanaṃ eating in company with friends. --maraṇaṃ see sahagamana. --mṛtā a woman who has burnt herself with her husband. --yudhvan m. a brother in arms. --rakṣas m. one of the three kinds of sacrificial fires. --vasatiḥ --vāsaḥ dwelling together; sahavasatimupetya yaiḥ priyāyāḥ kṛta iva mugdhavilokitopadeśaḥ S. 2. 3. --vāsin m. a fellow-lodger.

sahatā --tvam Union, association.

sahariḥ The sun.

saharṣa a. Glad, delighted. --rṣaṃ ind. Gladly, delightedly.

sahas m. [sah --asi]
     (1) The month called Mārgaśīrṣa; Śi. 6. 57; 16. 47.
     (2) The winter season. --n.
     (1) Power, might, strength.
     (2) Force, violence.
     (3) Victory, conquering.
     (4) Lustre, brightness.
     (5) Water.

sahasā ind.
     (1) With force, forcibly.
     (2) Rashly, precipitately, inconsiderately; sahasā vidadhīta na kriyāmavivekaḥ paramāpadāṃ padaṃ Ki. 2. 30.
     (3) Suddenly, all at once; mātaṃganakraiḥ sahasotpatadbhiḥ R. 13. 11.
     (4) With a smile, smiling.

sahasāna a.
     (1) Patient.
     (2) Overpowering. --naḥ
     (1) A peacock.
     (2) A sacrifice, an oblation.

sahasyaḥ The month called Pausha; sahasyarātrīrudavāsatatparā Ku. 5. 26.

sahasram [samānaṃ hasati has --ra Tv.]
     (1) A thousand.
     (2) A large number.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśu, --arcis, --kara, --kiraṇa, --dīdhiti, --dhāman, pāda, marīci, raśmi, m. the sun; S. 7. 4; R. 13. 44; Mu. 3. 17.
          --akṣa a. 1. thousand-eyed. --2. vigilant. (
          --kṣaḥ) 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. of Purusha; Rv. 10. 90. --3. of Śiva. --4. of Viṣṇu.
          --ānanaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --adhipatiḥ a governor of one thousand villages.
          --avaraḥ a fine below a thousand, or from five hundred to a thousand Paṇas.
          --kāṃḍā white Dūrvā grass.
          --kṛtvas ind. a thousand times.
          --guṇa a. a thousand-fold.
          --da a. liberal. (
          --daḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --daṃṣṭraḥ a kind of fish.
          --dṛś, --nayana, --netra, --locana m. 1. epithets of Indra. --2. of Viṣṇu.
          --dos m. an epithet of Arjuna Kartavīrya.
          --dhāraḥ the discus of Viṣṇu. (
          --rā) a stream of water for the ablution of an idol poured through a vessel pierced with a number of holes.
          --patraṃ 1. a lotus; R. 7. 11. --2. the Sārasa bird.
          --pād m. an epithet of Purusha. --2. of Śiva. --3. of Viṣṇu. --4. of Brahman.
          --bāhuḥ 1. an epithet of king Kārtavīrya q. v. --2. of the demon Bāṇa. --3. of Śiva. (or of Viṣṇu according to some).
          --bhujaḥ, --mauli m. epithets of Viṣṇu.
          --bhujā N. of Durgā.
          --mūrvan m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --roman n. a blanket.
          --vadanaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --vīryā Dūrvā grass.
          --vedhaṃ 1. sorrel. --2. a kind of sour gruel.
          --vedhin m. musk. (--n.) asa-foetida.
          --śikharaḥ an epithet of the Vindhya mountain.
          --śravaṇaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --haryaśvaḥ the car of Indra.
          --hastaḥ an epithet of Śiva.

sahasrataya a. (yī f.) Thousandfold. --yaṃ A thousand.

sahasradhā ind. In a thousand parts, a thousand-fold; dīrye kiṃ na sahasradhāhamathavā rāmeṇa kiṃ duṣkaraṃ U. 6. 40.

sahasraśas ind. By thousands.

sahasrin a.
     (1) Possessed of a thousand; icchati śatī sahasraṃ sahasrī lakṣamīhate Pt. 5. 82.
     (2) Consisting of thousands.
     (3) Amounting to a thousand (as a fine); Ms. 8. 376. --m.
     (1) A body of a thousand men &c.
     (2) The commander of a thousand.

sahasvat a. Strong, powerful.

sahā
     (1) The earth.
     (2) The aloeplant or flower.

sahāyaḥ [sah eti i-ac]
     (1) A friend, companion; sahāyasādhyāḥ pradiśaṃti siddhayaḥ Ki. 14. 44; Ku. 3. 21.
     (2) A follower, an adherent.
     (3) An ally.
     (4) A helper, patron.
     (5) The ruddy goose.
     (6) A kind of perfume.
     (7) N. of Śiva.

sahāyatā, --tvam
     (1) A number of companions.
     (2) Companionship, union, friendship.
     (3) Help, assistance; kusumāstaraṇe sahāyatāṃ bahuśaḥ saumya gatastvamāvayoḥ Ku. 4. 35; R. 9, 19.

sahāyavat a.
     (1) Having a friend.
     (2) Befriended, assisted.

sahāraḥ
     (1) The mango tree.
     (2) Universal destruction.

sahita a.
     (1) Accompanied or attended by, together with, united or associated with; pavanāgnisamāgamo hyayaṃ sahitaṃ brahma yadastratejasā R. 8. 4.
     (2) Borne, endured. --taṃ ind. Together with, with.

sahitṛ a. Enduring, patient.

sahuriḥ
     (1) The sun. --f. The earth.

sahṛdaya a.
     (1) Good-hearted, kind, compassionate.
     (2) Sincere. --yaḥ
     (1) A learned man.
     (2) An appreciator (of merits &c.), a man of taste, a man of critical faculty; ityupadeśaṃ kaveḥ sahṛdayasya ca karoti K. P. 1; pariṣkrurvaṃtyanye sahṛdayadhurīṇāḥ katipaye R. G.

sahṛllekha a. Questionable, doubtful. --khaṃ Questionable food.

sahela a. Sportive, playful.

sahoḍhaḥ A thief caught with the stolen property in his possession.

sahora a. Good, excellent. --raḥ A saint, sage.

sahya a.
     (1) Bearable, supportable, endurable; api sahyā te śirovedanā Mu. 5; M. 3. 4.
     (2) To be borne or endured; kathaṃ tūṣṇīṃ sahyo niravadhiridānīṃ tu virahaḥ U. 3. 44.
     (3) Able to bear.
     (4) Adequate or equal to.
     (5) Sweet, agreeable.
     (6) Strong, powerful. --hyaḥ N. of one of the seven principal mountain ranges in India, a part of the western Ghats at some distance from the sea; rāmāstrotsāritoṇyāsītsahyalagna ivārṇavaḥ R. 4. 53, 52; Ki. 18. 5. --hyaṃ
     (1) Health, convalescence.
     (2) Assistance.
     (3) Fitness, adequacy.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmajā N. of the river Kāverī.

sā
     (1) N. of Lakṣmī.
     (2) Of Pārvatī.

sāṃyātrikaḥ A sea-trader, a merchant trading by sea (potavaṇik); Pt. 1. 316.

sāṃyugīna a. [saṃyuge sādhuḥ kha] Warlike, skilled in war; bhavāṃśca sāṃyugīnaḥ sahāyo naḥ V. 5; R. 11. 30. --naḥ A great warrior, a soldier skilled in war; Ku. 2. 57.

sāṃrāviṇam [cf. P. III. 3. 44, V. 4. 15] A general or loud shout, tumultuous uproar; uttālāḥ kaṭapūtanāprabhṛtayaḥ sāṃrāviṇaṃ kurvate Māl. 5. 11; Bk. 7. 43.

sāṃvatsara (rī f.), sāṃvatsarika (kī ṛ.) a. Annual, yearly. --kaḥ
     (1) An strologer.
     (2) An almanac-maker.

sāṃvādika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Colloquial.
     (2) Controversial. --kaḥ A disputant.

sāṃvṛttika a. (kī f.) Illusory, phenomenal.

sāṃśayika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Doubtful.
     (2) Uncertain, irresolute. --kaṃ A doubtful or dangerous deed; Pt. 3. 12.

sāṃsarika a. (kī f.) Worldly, mundane; sāṃsārikeṣu ca sukheṣu vayaṃ rasajñāḥ U. 2. 22.

sāṃsiddhika a.
     (1) Natural, existing naturally, innate, inherent.
     (2) Effected naturally, spontaneous.
     (3) Absolute.
     (4) Effected by supernatural means.
     -- Comp.
          --dravaḥ natural fluidity (opp. naimittika 'generated') (belonging to water only).

sāṃsthānikaḥ A fellow-countryman.

sāṃsrāviṇam A general flow or stream.

sāṃhananika a. (kī f.) Bodily, corporeal.

sākam A vegetable, herb; cf. śāka.

sākam ind.
     (1) With, together with (with instr.); yāṃtī gurujanaiḥ sākaṃ smayamānānanāṃbujā Bv. 2. 132; 1. 41; Mu. 3. 10.
     (2) At the same time, simultaneously.

sākalyam Entirety, totality, the whole or entire part of a thing; yāvatsākalye; Nalod. 3. 19. (sākalyena 'entirely, completely, thoroughly'; Ms. 12. 25).

sākāṃkṣa a.
     (1) Desirous.
     (2) Having significance.

sākūta a.
     (1) Having meaning, significant, meaning; sākūtasmitaṃ Gīt. 2; sākūtaṃ vacanaṃ &c.
     (2) Intentional.
     (3) Amorous, wanton. --taṃ ind.
     (1) Meaningly, significantly; as in sākūtaṃ māṃ nirvarṇya.
     (2) Amorously.
     (3) Feelingly, pathetically.
     (4) Attentively.

sāketam N. of the city of Ayodhyā; sāketanāryoṃ'jalibhiḥ praṇemuḥ R. 14. 13, 13. 79, 18, 36; aruṇadyavanaḥ sāketaṃ Mbh. --tāḥ (m. pl.) The inhabitants of Ayodhya.

sāketakaḥ An inhabitant of Ayodhyā. --kaṃ = sāketaṃ.

sāktukam A quantity of fried grain (saktu). --kaḥ Barley.

sākṣāt ind.
     (1) In the presence of, before the very eyes, visibly, openly, evidently.
     (2) In person, actually, in bodily form; sākṣāt priyāmupagatāmapahāya pūrvaṃ S. 6. 15; 1. 6.
     (3) Directly. In comp. it is often translated by 'incarnate'; sākṣādyamaḥ; or by 'open, direct'; tatsākṣātpratiṣedhaḥ kopāya Māl. 1. 11. (sākṣātkṛ 1. to see with one's own eyes, realize personally. --2. to have an intuitive perception or manifestation of; sākṣātkṛtadharmāṇa ṝṣayaḥ U. 7).
     -- Comp.
          --karaṇaṃ 1. causing to be visibly present, --2. making evident to the senses. --3. intuitive perception.
          --kāraḥ perception, apprehension, knowledge.

sākṣin a. (ṇī f.) [saha akṣi asya; sākṣād draṣṭā sākṣī vā P. V. 2. 91]
     (1) Seeing, observing, witnessing.
     (2) Attesting, testifying. --m.
     (1) A witness, an observer, an eye-witness; phalaṃ tapaḥsākṣiṣu dṛṣṭameṣvapi Ku. 5. 60.
     (2) The Supreme Being.
     -- Comp.
          --dvaidhaṃ divergent evidence, discrepancy between witnesses.
          --pratyayaḥ the evidence of witnesses.
          --bhāvita a. borne out or proved by evidence.

sākṣyam
     (1) Evidence, testimony; tameva cādhāya vivāhasākṣye R. 7. 20.
     (2) Attestation.

sākṣepa a. Taunting, abusive.

sākheya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Relating to a friend.
     (2) Friendly, amicable.

sākhyaṃ Friendship.

sāgaraḥ [sagareṇa nirvṛttaḥ aṇ]
     (1) The ocean, sea; sāgaraḥ sāgaropamaḥ; (fig. also); dayāsāgara, vidyāsāgara &c.; cf. sagara.
     (2) The number 'four' or 'seven'.
     (3) A kind of deer.
     -- Comp.
          --anukūla a. situated along the seacoast.
          --aṃta a. bounded by the sea, sea-girt.
          --aṃbarā, --nemiḥ, mekhalā the earth.
          --ālayaḥ N. of Varuṇa.
          --utthaṃ sea-salt.
          --gā 1. a river. --2. the Ganges.
          --gāminī a river.
          --plavanaṃ navigating (the ocean).

sāgni a.
     (1) Having fire.
     (2) Taking the sacred fire.

sāgnika a.
     (1) Maintaining or possessing fire.
     (2) Attended by fire. --kaḥ A house-holder who maintains the sacred fire.

sāgra a.
     (1) Entire.
     (2) With a surplus, more than.

sāṃkaryam Mixture, confusion, promiscuous or confused mixture.

sāṃkala a. (lī f.) Produced or effected by addition.

sāṃkāśyaṃ --śyā N. of the capital of Kuśadhvaja, brother of Janaka.

sāṃketika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Symbolical, indicatory.
     (2) Conventional.

sāṃkṣepika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Abridged, short, concise.

sāṃkhya a. [saṃkhyayā nirvṛttaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Relating to number.
     (2) Calculating, enumerating.
     (3) Discriminative.
     (4) Deliberating, reasoning, a reasoner; tvaṃ gatiḥ sarvasāṃkhyānāṃ yogināṃ tvaṃ parāyaṇaṃ Mb. --khyaḥ, --khyaṃ N. of one of the six systems of Hindu philosophy, attributed to the sage Kapila; (this philosophy is so called because it 'enumerates' twentyfive Tattvas or true principles; and its chief object is to effect the final emancipation of the twenty-fifth Tattva, i. e. the Purusha or soul, from the bonds of this worldly existence-the fetters of phenomenal creation-by conveying a correct knowledge of the twenty-four other Tattvas and by properly discriminating the Soul from them. It regards the whole universe as a development of an inanimate principle called Prakṛti q. v., while the Purusha is altogether passive and simply a looker-on. It agrees with the Vedānta in being synthetical and so differs from the analytical Nyāya or Vaiśeṣika; but its great point of divergence from the Vedānta is that it maintains two principles which the Vedānta denies, and that it does not admit God as the creator and controller of the universe, which the Vedānta affirms); sāṃkhyamiva kapilādhiṣṭhitaṃ K. --khyaḥ
     (1) A follower of the Sāṅkya philosophy; Bg. 3. 3, 5. 5.
     (2) An epithet of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --prasādaḥ, --mukhyaḥ epithets of Śiva.

sāṃga a. [sahāṃgena aṃgairvā]
     (1) Having members.
     (2) Complete in every part.
     (3) Together with the six angas or auxiliary members.

sāṃgatika a. (kī f.) Relating to union or society, associating. --kaḥ
     (1) A visitor, guest, new comer.
     (2) One who comes to transact business.

sāṃgamaḥ Union, meeting; cf. saṃgama.

sāṃgrāmika a. (kī f.) Relating to war, warlike, martial; U. 5. 22. --kaḥ A general, commander.

sāṃghātika a. (kī f.) Greatly destructive, very deadly or fatal.

sāci ind. Obliquely, crookedly, awry, in a side-long manner; sāci locanayugaṃ namayaṃtī Ki. 9. 44, 10. 57.
     -- Comp.
          --vāṭikā the white-flowered hog-weed.
          --vilokitaṃ a side-long look, leer. (sācīkṛ 'to turn or bend aside, make crooked; nināya sācīkṛtacāruvaktraḥ R. 6. 14; Ku. 3. 68; sācīkarotyānanaṃ M. 4. 14).

sācivyam
     (1) The office of a minister, ministership.
     (2) Ministry, administration.
     (3) Friendship.

sājātyam
     (1) Sameness of caste, class, or kind.
     (2) Community of genus, homogeneousness.

sāṃjanaḥ A lizard.

sāṭ 10 U. (sāṭayati-te) To show, manifest.

sāṭopa a.
     (1) Elated or puffed up with pride, haughty.
     (2) Majestic, stately.
     (3) Swollen, filled or charged with, (as with water); Pt. 1. --paṃ ind. Proudly, arrogantly, in a stately manner, struttingly; as in sāṭopaṃ parikrāmati.

sāt ind. A Taddhita affix added to a word to show that something is completely changed into the thing expressed by that word, or that it is left at the complete disposal or control of that thing; bhasmasāt bhū 'to be completely reduced to ashes'; agnisātkṛtvā M. 5; bhasmasātkṛtavataḥ pitṛdviṣaḥ pātrasācca vasudhāṃ sasāgarāṃ R. 11. 86; vibhajya merurna yadarthisātkṛtaḥ N. 1. 16; so brāhmaṇasāt, rājasāt &c.; Śi. 14. 36.

sāta p. p.
     (1) Given.
     (2) Destroyed. --taṃ Pleasure, delight.

sātatyam Continuity, permanence.

sātavāhanaḥ N. of king Sālivahana.

sātiḥ f.
     (1) Giving, a gift, donation.
     (2) Gaining, obtaining.
     (3) Help.
     (4) Destruction.
     (5) End, conclusion.
     (6) Sharp or acute pain.
     (7) Cessation.
     (8) Wealth.

sātīnaḥ, sātīnakaḥ, sātīlakaḥ Pease.

sāttvika a. (kī f.) [sattvaguṇena tatkāryeṇa manasā vā nirvṛttaḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Real, essential.
     (2) True, genuine, natural.
     (3) Honest, sincere, good.
     (4) Virtuous, amiable.
     (5) Vigorous.
     (6) Endowed with the quality Sattva (goodness).
     (7) Belonging to or derived from the Sattva quality; ye caiva sāttvikā bhāvāḥ Bg. 7. 12, 14. 16.
     (8) Caused by internal feeling or sentiment (as of love), internal; tadbhūrisāttvikavikāramapāstadhairyamācāryakaṃ vijayi mānmathamāvirāsīt Mal. 1. 26. --kaḥ
     (1) An external indication of (internal) feeling or emotion, one of the kinds of Bhāvas in poetry; (these are eight: --staṃbhaḥ svedo'tha romāṃcaḥ svarabhaṃgo'tha vepathuḥ . vaivarṇyamaśru pralaya ityaṣṭau sāttvikāḥ smṛtāḥ .. see S. D. 164 also.
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (3) N. of Brahman. --kī N. of Durga.

sātyakiḥ N. of a Yādava warrior, who acted as charioteer to Kṛṣṇa, and took part with the Pāṇḍavas in the great war.

sātyavataḥ, sātyavateyaḥ A metronymic of the sage Vyasa.

sātvat m.
     (1) A follower, worshipper (of Kṛṣṇa &c.).
     (2) A man of the Yādava tribe.

sātvataḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (2) Of Balarāma.
     (3) The son of an outcast Vaiśya. --tāḥ (m. pl) N. of a people; Śi. 16. 14.

sātvatī
     (1) N. of one of the four dramatic styles; see S. D. 416.
     (2) N. of the mother of Śiśupāla; Śi. 2. 11.

sādaḥ [sad-ghañ]
     (1) Sinking, settling down.
     (2) Exhaustion, weariness; uditorusādamotavepathumat Śi. 9. 77.
     (3) Leanness, thinness, emaciation; śarīrasādādasamagrabhūṣaṇā R. 3. 2.
     (4) Perishing, decay, loss, destruction, cessation; gativibhramasādanīravā R. 8. 58; Nalod. 3. 24.
     (5) Pain, torment.
     (6) Clearness, purity.
     (7) Going, motion.

sādanam
     (1) Wearying, fatiguing.
     (2) Destroying.
     (3) Exhaustion.
     (4) A house, dwelling. --nī Exhaustion, decay, fatigue.

sādiḥ [sad-iṇ]
     (1) A charioteer.
     (2) A warrior.
     (3) A dispirited person.
     (4) Air, wind.

sādita p. p.
     (1) Made to sit down.
     (2) Depressed, dispirited.
     (3) Wearied, exhausted.
     (4) Destroyed, exterminated.
     (5) Wasted, decayed.

sādin a. [sad --ṇini]
     (1) Sitting down.
     (2) Exhausting, destroying &c. --m.
     (1) A horseman.
     (2) One riding on an elephant or seated in a car.
     (3) A charioteer.

sādṛśyam
     (1) Likeness, resemblance, similarity; saṃti punarnāmadheyasādṛśyāni S. 7; tavākṣisādṛśyamiva prayuṃjate Ku. 5. 35, 7. 16; R. 1. 40; 15. 67.
     (2) A likeness, a portrait, an image; matsādṛśyaṃ virahatanu vā bhāvagamyaṃ likhaṃtī Me. 85.

sādyaṃta a. Entire, whole, complete.

sādyaska a. (skī f.) Quick, instantaneous.

sādh I. 5 P. (sādhnoti)
     (1) To complete, finish, accomplish.
     (2) To conquer. --II. 4 P. (sādhyati) To be completed or accomplished. --Caus.
     (1) To accomplish, effect, bring about, perform; api sādhaya sādhayepsitaṃ N. 2. 62; yāvadyate sādhayituṃ tavārthaṃ R. 5. 25, Ku. 2. 33.
     (2) To complete, finish, conclude.
     (3) To gain, secure, obtain; R. 17. 38, Ms. 6. 75.
     (4) To prove, substantiate.
     (5) To subdue, overpower, conquer (as a foe &c.), win over; na hi sāmnā na dānena na bhedena ca pāṃḍavāḥ . śakyāḥ sādhayituṃ Mb.
     (6) To kill, destroy; sugrīvāṃtakamāseduḥ sādhayiṣyāma ityariṃ Bk. 7. 31.
     (7) To learn, understand.
     (8) To cure, heal.
     (9) To go, depart, go one's way; sādhayāmyahamavighnamastu te R. 11. 91; S. 1. 7; prāyeṇa ṇyaṃtakaḥ sādhirgamerarthe prayujyate S. D. (10) To recover (as a debt).
     (11) To make perfect.

sādhaka a. [sādh-ṇvul, sidh-ṇic ṇvul sādhādeśaḥ vā Tv.] (dhakā or dhikā f.)
     (1) Accomplishing, fulfilling, effecting, completing.
     (2) Efficient, effective; Ku. 3. 12.
     (3) Skilful, adept.
     (4) Effecting by magic, magical.
     (5) Assisting, helping. --kaḥ A magician, one possessed of supernatural powers, a yogin; Māl. 5. 1. --kā N. of Durgā.

sādhana a. (nī f.) [sādh ṇic lyu lyud vā] Accomplishing, effecting &c. --naṃ Accomplishing, effecting, performing; as in svārthasādhanaṃ.
     (2) Fulfilment, accomplishment, complete attainment of an object; prajārthasādhane tau hi paryāyodyatakārmukau R. 4. 16.
     (3) A means, an expedient, a means of accomplishing anything; śarīramādyaṃ khalu dharmasādhanaṃ Ku. 5. 33, 52; R. 1. 19. 4. 36, 62.
     (4) An instrument, agent; kuṭhāraḥ chidikriyāsādhanam.
     (5) The efficient cause, source, cause in general.
     (6) The instrumental case.
     (7) Implement, apparatus.
     (8) Appliance, materials.
     (9) Matter, ingredients, substance. (10) An army or a part thereof; Mu. 5. 10.
     (11) Aid, help, assistance (in general).
     (12) Proof, substantiation, demonstration.
     (13) The hetu or middle term in a syllogism, reason, that which leads to a conclusion; sādhye niścitamanvayena ghaṭitaṃ bibhratsapakṣe sthitiṃ vyāvṛttaṃ ca vipakṣato bhavati yattatsādhanaṃ siddhaye Mu. 5. 10.
     (14) Subduing, overcoming.
     (15) Subduing by charms.
     (16) Accomplishing anything by charms or magic.
     (17) Healing, curing.
     (18) Killing, destroying; phalaṃ ca tasya pratisādhanaṃ Ki. 14. 17.
     (19) Conciliating, propitiating, winning over. (20) Going out, setting forward, departure.
     (21) Going after, following.
     (22) Penance, self-mortification.
     (23) Attainment of final beatitude.
     (24) A medicinal preparation, drug, medicine.
     (25) (In law) Enforcement of the delivery of anything, or of the payment of debt, infliction of fine.
     (26) A bodily organ.
     (27) The penis.
     (28) An udder.
     (29) Wealth. (30) Friendship.
     (31) Profit, advantage.
     (32) Burning a dead body.
     (33) Obsequies.
     (34) Killing or oxydation of metals.
     -- Comp. arha a. worthy of being proved or accomplished.
          --kriyā 1. a finite verb. --2. an action connected with a Karaka.
          --patraṃ a document used as evidence.

sādhanatā, --tvam
     (1) The state of having means, possession of means to accomplish a desired object; pratikūlatāmupagate hi vidhau viphalatvameti bahusādhanatā Śi. 9. 6.
     (2) The state of perfection.

sādhanā
     (1) Accomplishment, fulfilment, completion.
     (2) Worship, adoration.
     (3) Conciliation, propitiation.

sādhikā
     (1) A skilful or accomplished woman.
     (2) Deep sleep.

sādhita p. p.
     (1) Accomplished effected, achieved.
     (2) Completed, finished.
     (3) Proved, demonstrated.
     (4) Obtained, secured.
     (5) Discharged.
     (6) Overcome, subdued.
     (7) Made good, recovered.
     (8) Fined.
     (9) Made to pay. (10) Awarded (as fine or punishment).

sādhya a. [sādh-ṇic yat]
     (1) To be effected or accomplished, to be brought about; sādhye siddhirvidhīyatāṃ H. 2. 15.
     (2) Feasible, practicable, attainable.
     (3) To be proved or demonstrated; āptavāganumānābhyāṃ sādhyaṃ tvāṃ prati kā kathā R. 10. 28.
     (4) To be established or made good.
     (5) To be inferred or concluded; anumānaṃ taduktaṃ yatsādhyasādhanayorvacaḥ K. P. 10.
     (6) To be conquered or subdued, conquerable; Ku. 3. 15, Pt. 3. 27.
     (7) Curable.
     (8) To be killed or destroyed. --dhyaḥ
     (1) A particular class of celestial beings; cf. Ms. 1. 22, 3. 195.
     (2) A deity in general.
     (3) N. of a Mantra. --dhyaṃ
     (1) Accomplishment, perfection.
     (2) The thing to be proved or established, the matter at issue.
     (3) (In logic) The predicate of a proposition, the major term in a syllogism; sādhye niścitamanvayena ghaṭitaṃ ...  ... &c.; yatsādhyaṃ svayameva tulyamubhayoḥ pakṣe viruddhaṃ ca yat Mu. 5. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --abhāvaḥ the absence of the major term.
          --ṛṣiḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --pakṣaḥ the plaint in a law-suit.
          --siddhiḥ f. 1. accomplishment. --2. conclusion. -pādaḥ judgment, decision.

sādhyatā
     (1) Feasibility, practicability.
     (2) Curableness.
     -- Comp.
          --avacchedakaṃ that which marks out or measures the sādhya or major term, its characteristic property.

sādhyavat m. The party on whom rests the onus probandi or burden of proof in a law-suit. --n. That which contains the sādhya or major term.

sādhaṃtaḥ A mendicant, beggar.

sādharmyam
     (1) Sameness or community of duty, office &c.; paṃcamaṃ lokapālānāmūcuḥ sādharmyayogataḥ R. 17. 78.
     (2) Sameness of nature, common character, likeness, community of properties; sādharmyamupamā bhede K. P. 10; Bg. 14. 2, Bhāṣa P. 12.
     (3) Being of the same religion.

sādhāraṇa a. (ṇā or ṇī f.)
     (1) Common (to two or more), joint; sādhāraṇo'yaṃ praṇayaḥ S. 3; sādhāraṇo bhūṣaṇabhūṣyabhāvaḥ Ku. 1. 42; R. 16. 5, V. 2. 16.
     (2) Ordinary, common; sādhāraṇī na khalu bādhā bhavasya Aśvad. 10.
     (3) General, universal.
     (4) Mingled, mixed with, in common with; utkaṃṭhāsādhāraṇaṃ paritoṣamanubhavāmi S. 4; vījyate sa hi saṃsuptaḥ śvāsasādhāraṇānilaiḥ Ku. 2. 42.
     (5) Equal, similar, like.
     (6) (In logic) Belonging to more than one instance alleged, one of the three divisions of the fallacy called anaikāṃtika q.v. --ṇaṃ
     (1) A common or general rule, a rule or precept generally applicable.
     (2) A generic property.
     -- Comp.
          --deśaḥ a wild marshy country.
          --dhanaṃ joint property.
          --dharmaḥ 1. a common or universal duty; (ahiṃsā satyamasteyaṃ śaucamiṃdriyanigrahaḥ . daṃbhaḥ kṣamārjavaṃ dānaṃ dharmaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ viduḥ) .. --2. the common duty of procreation; (prajanārthaṃ striyaḥ sṛṣṭhāḥ saṃtānārthaṃ ca mānavāḥ . tasmātsādhāraṇo dharmaḥ śrutau patnyā sahoditaḥ ..). --strī a common woman, harlot, prostitute.

sādhāraṇatā tvam
     (1) Community, universality.
     (2) Joint interest.

sādhāraṇī
     (1) A twig of bamboo.
     (2) A key.

sādhāraṇīkṛ 8 U. To share with, divide; kena vānyena sādhāraṇīkarobhi duḥkhaṃ K.

sādhāraṇyam Commonness; see sādhāraṇatā.

sādhu a. (dhu or dhvī f.; compar. sādhīyas; superl. sādhiṣṭha) [sādh-un]
     (1) Good, excellent, perfect; yadyatsādhu na citre syāktriyate tattadanyathā S. 6. 13; āparitoṣādviduṣāṃ na sādhu manye prayogavijñānaṃ 1. 2.
     (2) Fit, proper, right; as in sādhuvṛtta, sādhusamācāra.
     (3) Virtuous, righteous, honourable, pious.
     (4)
          (a) Kind, well-disposed; R. 2. 28; Pt. 1. 247.
          (b) Well-behaved (with loc.); mātari sādhuḥ Sk.
     (5) Correct, pure, classical (as language).
     (6) Pleasing, agreeable, pleasant; ato'rhasi kṣaṃtumasādhu sādhu vā Ki. 1. 4.
     (7) Noble, well-born, of noble descent. --dhuḥ
     (1) A good or virtuous man; R. 13. 65, 2. 62; Me. 80.
     (2) A sage, saint; sādhoḥ prakopitasyāpi mano nāyāti vikriyāṃ Subhāṣ.
     (3) A merchant; H. 2. 73.
     (4) A Jaina saint.
     (5) A usurer, money-lender. --ind.
     (1) Well, welldone, very nice, bravo; sādhu gītaṃ S. 1; sādhu re piṃgala vānara sādhu M. 4.
     (2) Enough, away with.
     -- Comp.
          --ācāra a. well-conducted, pious, virtuous.
          --ja a. noble, of a noble family.
          --darśana a. 1. good-looking. --2. thoughtful, prudent.
          --dhī a. kind, well-disposed. (--f.) a motherin-law.
          --bhāvaḥ kindness.
          --vādaḥ a cry of 'well done', a cry of approbation; Śi. 18. 55.
          --vāhaḥ, --vāhin m. a well-trained horse.
          --vṛkṣaḥ the Kadamba tree.
          --vṛtta a. 1. wellconducted, upright, virtuous; prayeṇa sādhuvṛttānāmasthāyinyo vipattayaḥ Bh. 2. 85; (where the next sense is also intended). --2. well-rounded. (
          --ttaḥ) a virtuous man. (
          --ttaṃ) good conduct, virtue, piety, righteousness; so sādhuvṛtti.

sādhiman m. Goodness, excellence, perfection.

sādhiṣṭha a.
     (1) Best, most excellent, most proper.
     (2) Very strong, hard or firm (superl. of. sādhu) or vāḍha q. v.).

sādhīyas a.
     (1) Better, more excellent; Bv. 1. 88.
     (2) Harder, stronger; (compar. of sādhu or vāḍha q. v.).
     (3) More handsome.
     (4) More proper or right.

sādhutā --tvam Goodness, purity, chastity &c.; U. 1. 5; satsaṃgātbhavati hi sādhutā khalānāṃ Subhāṣ.

sādhṛtam
     (1) A stall, shop.
     (2) An umbrella.
     (3) A flock of peacocks.

sādhvasam
     (1) Fear, alarm, fright, terror; kusumasteyasādhvasāt Ku. 2. 35, 3. 51.
     (2) Torpor.
     (3) Agitation, perturbation.

sādhvī
     (1) A virtuous or chaste woman.
     (2) A faithful wife.
     (3) N. of a kind of root.

sānaṃda a. Happy, delighted. --daṃ Joyfully, delightfully; Māl. 1. 1.

sānalaḥ The resinous exudation of the Sāla tree.

sānasiḥ Gold.

sānikā, sānoyikā, sāneyī A pipe' flute.

sānu m., n.
     (1) A peak, summit, ridge; sānūni gaṃdhaḥ surabhīkaroti Ku. 1. 9; Me. 2; Ku. 1. 5; Ki. 5. 36.
     (2) A level ground on the top of a mountain, table-land.
     (3) A shoot, sprout.
     (4) A forest, wood.
     (5) A road.
     (6) Any surface, point, end.
     (7) A precipice.
     (8) A gale of wind.
     (9) A learned man. (10) The sun.

sānumat m. A mountain. --tī N. of an Apsaras; S. 6.

sānukaṃpa a. Feeling pity, sympathising, kind.

sānukrośa a. Tender, compassionate.

sānunaya a. Courteous, civil.

sānubaṃdha a. Uninterrupted, continuous; R. 1. 64.

sānuṃrāga a. Attached, enamoured, in love.

sāṃtapanam A kind of rigid penance; cf. Ms. 11. 213.

sāṃtara a.
     (1) Having interstices or intervals.
     (2) Open in texture.

sāṃtānika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Stretching, spreading, extending (as a tree).
     (2) Relating to offspring or descendants.
     (3) Relating to the tree Santana, q. v. --kaḥ A Brāhmaṇa who wishes to marry for the sake of issue.

sāṃtv 10 U. (sāṃtvayati-te) To pacify, appease, conciliate, soothe, comfort; Bk. 3. 23.

sāṃtvaḥ, sāṃtvanaṃ --nā [sāṃtv ac lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Appeasing, pacification, consolation.
     (2) Conciliation, mild or gentle means; Pt. 3. 27.
     (3) Kind or conciliatory words.
     (4) Mildness.
     (5) Friendly salutation and inquiry.

sāṃdīpaniḥ N. of a sage. [According to Viṣṇu Purāṇa, he was the tutor of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, and asked, as his preceptor's fee that his son, who was kept by a demon named Panchajana underneath the waters, should be restored to him. Kṛṣṇa, having undertaken to get him up, plunged into the sea, killed the demon, and brought back the boy to his father].

sāṃdṛṣṭika a. (kī f.) Relating to present perception, visible at the same time. --kaṃ Immediate consequence.

sāṃdra a.
     (1) Close, compact, having no interstices.
     (2) Coarse, gross, thick, dense; durvarṇabhittiriha sāṃdrasudhāsavarṇā Śi. 4. 28, 64; 9. 15; R. 7. 41; Rs. 1. 20.
     (3) Clustered together, collected.
     (4) Stout, strong, robust.
     (5) Excessive, abundant, much; sāṃdrānaṃdakṣubhitahṛdayaprasraveṇeva siktaḥ U. 7. 22.
     (6) Intense, strong, vehement; vyāptāṃtarāḥ sāṃdrakutūhalānāṃ R. 7. 11; Śi. 9. 37.
     (7) Unctuous, oily, viscid.
     (8) Bland, soft, smooth.
     (9) Pleasing, agreeable. --draḥ
     (1) A heap, cluster.
     (2) A thicket, wood.
     -- Comp.
          --kutūhala a. greatly curious, seized with great curiosity.

sāṃdhikaḥ A distiller.

sāṃdhivigrahikaḥ A minister(or Secretary of State) for foreign affairs (deciding upon peace and war).

sāṃdhya a. (dhyī f.)
     (1) Relating to the twilight or evening; sāṃdhyaṃ tejaḥ pratinavajavāpuṣparaktaṃ dadhānaḥ Me. 36; Ki. 5. 8; R. 11. 60; Śi. 9. 15.
     (2) Relating to the morning twilight or dawn.

sāṃnahanika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Bearing or putting on an armour.
     (2) Calling to arms, encouraging to prepare for battle; Śi. 15. 72. --kaḥ An armour-bearer.

sāṃnāyyaḥ Any substance mixed with clarified butter and offered as an oblation to fire; Śi. 11. 41.

sāṃnidhyam
     (1) Vicinity, proximity; vadanāmaleṃdusāṃnidhyataḥ Māl. 3. 5.
     (2) Presence, attendance; R. 4. 6; 7. 3; Ku. 7. 33.

sāṃnipātika a. (kī f.) [sannipātāt tridoṣavikārāt āgataḥ tena nirvṛtto vā aṇ]
     (1) Miscellaneous.
     (2) Complicated.
     (3) Having a complicated derangement of the three bodily humours; Ku. 2. 48; Pt. 1. 127.

sāṃnyāsikaḥ [saṃnyāsaḥ prayojanamasya ṭhak]
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order of his religious life; see saṃnyāsin.
     (2) A mendicant in general.

sānvaya a. Hereditary.

sāpatna a. (nī f.) Born from or belonging to a rival wife. --tnāḥ (m. pl.) The children of different wives of the same husband.

sāpatnyam
     (1) The state or condition of a rival wife.
     (2) Rivalry, ambition, enmity. --tnyaḥ
     (1) The son of a rival wife.
     (2) An enemy.

sāparādha a. Guilty, criminal.

sāpavāda a.
     (1) Spreading or indulging in scandal; U. 1. 6.
     (2) Attended with a scandal; U. 2. --daṃ ind. Censuringly.

sāpiṃḍyam Connection by the offering of rice-balls to the same Manes, kindred, consanguinity.

sāpekṣa a. Having regard to, dependent on, (usually in comp.).

sāptapada a. (dī f.), sāptapadīna a. [cf. P. V. 2. 22] Formed by walking together seven steps, or by talking together seven words; yataḥ satāṃ saṃnatagātri saṃgataṃ manīṣibhiḥ sāptapadīnamucyate Ku. 5. 39 (where the latter sense appears better); Pt. 2. 43, 4. 103. --daṃ, --naṃ
     (1) Circumambulation of the nuptial fire by the bride and bridegroom in seven steps (which makes the marriage tie irrevocable).
     (2) Friendship, intimacy.

sāptapauruṣa a. (ṣī f.) Extending to or including seven generations; Ms. 3. 146.

sāphalyam
     (1) Fruitfulness, usefulness, productivenss.
     (2) Profit, advantage.
     (3) Success.

sābādha a. Disordered, deranged; S. 3. 9.

sābdī A kind of grape.

sābhyasūya a. Envious, jealous.

sām 10 U. (sāmayati-te) To appease, conciliate, soothe.

sāmakam The principal of a debt. --kaḥ A whet-stone.

sāmagrī [samagrasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ strītvapakṣe ṅīṣi yalopaḥ Tv.]
     (1) A collection or assemblage of materials, apparatus, furniture; Bh. 3. 155.
     (2) Effects, goods.
     (3) Stock, provision.

sāmagryam
     (1) Entireness, perfection, completeness, totality; prāyeṇa sāmagryavidhau guṇānāṃ parāṅmukhī viśvasṛjaḥ pravṛttiḥ Ku. 3. 28.
     (2) Train, retinue.
     (3) A collection of implements, apparatus.
     (4) Stock, effects.

sāmaṃjasyam
     (1) Fitness, consistency, propriety; cf. asamaṃjasa.
     (2) Accuracy, correctness.

sāman n. [so-manin Uṇ. 4. 152]
     (1) Appeasing, calming, comforting, soothing.
     (2) Conciliation, pacific measures, negotiation, (the first of the four upayas or expedients to be used by a king against an enemy); sāmadaṃḍau praśaṃsaṃti nityaṃ rāṣṭrābhivṛddhaye Ms. 7. 109.
     (3) Conciliatory or mild means, pacific or conciliatory conduct, gentle words; Pt. 4. 26, 48.
     (4) Mildness, gentleness.
     (5) A metrical hymn or song of praise; saptasāmopagītaṃ tvāṃ R. 10. 21, Bg. 10. 35.
     (6) A verse or text of the Sāmaveda.
     (7) The Sāmaveda itself (said to have been produced from the sun; cf. Ms. 1. 23).
     -- Comp.
          --udbhavaḥ an elephant.
          --upacāraḥ, --upāyaḥ mild or conciliatory means, gentle or pacific measures.
          --gaḥ a Brāhmaṇa who chants the Sāmaveda.
          --garbhaḥ, --gāyanaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --jaḥ, --jāta a. 1. produced by the Sāmaveda. --2. produced by conciliatory means. (
          --jaḥ, --taḥ) an elephant; Śi. 12. 11, 18. 33.
          --yoniḥ 1. Brahman. --2. an elephant.
          --vādaḥ kind words, conciliatory words; Śi. 2. 55; Pt. 3. 28.
          --vedaḥ the third of the four Vedas.
          --vedin m. a Brāhmaṇa who has studied the Sāmaveda.
          --vedīyaḥ a Chhāndoga priest.

sāmaka a. Belonging to the Sāmaveda.

sāmana a. Ved. Conciliatory, peaceable.

sāmanyaḥ
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa versed in the Sāma-veda.
     (2) One skilful in chanting the verses of that Veda.

sāmanī, sāmnī A rope for tying cattle.

sāmaṃta a.
     (1) Bordering, bounding, neighbouring.
     (2) Universal. --taḥ
     (1) A neighbour.
     (2) A neighbouring king.
     (3) A feudatory or tributary prince; sāmaṃtamaulimaṇiraṃjitapādapīṭhaṃ V. 3. 19, R. 5. 28, 6. 33.
     (4) A leader, general. --taṃ Neighbourhood.

sāmayācārika a. (kī f.) Relating to conventional practice or usage (samayācāra).
     -- Comp.
          --sūtraṃ N. of certain Sūtras, treating of conventional customs and rites sanctioned by the common agreement and practice of virtuous men.

sāmayika a. (kī f.) [samaya-ṭhañ]
     (1) Customary, conventional.
     (2) Agreed upon, stipulated.
     (3) Conforming to agreement, keeping an appointment or engagement; devi sāmayikā bhavāmaḥ M. 1.
     (4) Punctual, exact.
     (5) Reasonable, timely; Ki. 2. 40.
     (6) Periodical.
     (7) Temporary.
     -- Comp.
          --abhāvaḥ temporary non-existence.

sāmarthyam
     (1) Power, force, capacity, ability, strength.
     (2) Sameness of aim or object.
     (3) Oneness of meaning or signification.
     (4) Adequacy, fitness.
     (5) The force or sense of words, the signifying power of a word.
     (6) Interest, advantage.
     (7) Wealth. (sāmarthyāt 'by the force of, on the strength of, by dint of, by reason of, as a consequence of').

sāmavāyika a. (kī f.) [samavāye prasṛtaḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Belonging to an assembly or collection.
     (2) Belonging to inseparable connection. --kaḥ
     (1) A minister, counsellor.
     (2) The chief of a company or corporation.

sāmājika a. (kī f.) [samājaḥ sabhāveśanaṃ prayojanamasya ṭhañ] Belonging to an assembly. --kaḥ A member of an audience or assembly, a spectator at an assembly or meeting; tena hi tatprayogādevātrabha vataḥ sāmājikānupāsmahe Māl. 1.

sāmānādhikaraṇyam
     (1) Being in the same predicament or situation.
     (2) Common office, function or government, common relationship (as of case).
     (3) The state of relating to the same object.

sāmānya a. [samānasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Common, general; sāmānyameṣāṃ prathamāvaratvaṃ Ku. 7. 44; āhāranidrābhayamaithunaṃ ca sāmānyametatpaśubhirnarāṇāṃ Subhāṣ; R. 14. 67; Ku. 2. 26.
     (2) Alike, equal, same.
     (4) Ordinary, of an, average or middle degree; sāmānyā stu parārthamudyamabhṛtaḥ svārthavirodhena ye Bh. 2. 74.
     (4) Vulgar, commonplace, in significant.
     (5) Entire, whole. --nya
     (1) Community, generality, universality.
     (2) Common or generic property, general characteristic; nityamekamanekasamavetaṃ sāmānyaṃ Tarka K.
     (3) Totality, entireness.
     (4) Kind, sort.
     (5) Identity.
     (6) Equanimity, equability.
     (7) Public affairs.
     (8) A general proposition; uktirarthāṃtaranyāsaḥ syātsāmānyaviśeṣayoḥ Chandr. 5. 120.
     (9) (In Rhet.) A figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa: --prastutasya yadanyena guṇasāmyavivakṣayā . ekātmyaṃ badhyate yogāttatsāmānyāmiti smṛtam K. P. 10. --nyā A harlot, prostitute.
     -- Comp.
          --jñānaṃ knowledge or perception of generic properties.
          --pakṣaḥ the mean.
          --padārthaḥ the category called sāmānya or generality.
          --pratipattipūrvakaṃ ind. with equal respect; S. 4. 16.
          --lakṣaṇaṃ a generic definition; iti dravyasāmānyalakṣaṇāni Tarka K.
          --vanitā a common woman, prostitute.
          --śāstraṃ a general rule.

sāmānyataḥ ind. Commonly, generally, usually.
     -- Comp.
          --dṛṣṭaṃ (in logic) a kind of inference (neither deduced from the relation of cause to effect nor from that of effect to cause).

sāmāsika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Comprehensive, comprehending the whole, collective.
     (2) Condensed, concise, brief.
     (3) Relating to a compound word.
     (4) Compounded, composite. --kaṃ The whole class of compounds; dvaṃdvaḥ sāmāsikasya ca Bg. 10. 33.

sāmi ind.
     (1) Half; i. e. unfinished; abhivīkṣya sāmikṛtamaṃḍanaṃ yatīḥ kararuddhanīvigaladaṃśukāḥ striyaḥ Śi. 13. 31, R. 19. 16.
     (2) Blamable, vile, contemptible. [Cf. L. semi; Gr. hemi].

sāmidhenī [sam + iṃdh karaṇe lyuṭ ni-)
     (1) A kind of prayer recited while the sacrificial fire is being kindled or fed with fuel.
     (2) Fuel.

sāmīcī Praise, eulogium.

sāmīpyam Vicinity, nearness, proximity. --pyaḥ A neighbour.

sāmudra a. (drī f.) [samudre bhavaḥ aṇ] Sea-born, marine, as in sāmudraṃ lavaṇaṃ. --draḥ A mariner, voyager. --draṃ
     (1) Sea-salt.
     (2) The cuttle-fish bone.
     (3) A mark or spot on the body.

sāmudrakam Sea-salt.

sāmudrika a. (kī f.) [samudreṇa proktaṃ vettyadhīte vā ṭhañ]
     (1) Sea-born, oceanic.
     (2) Relating to marks on the body (which are supposed to indicate good or bad fortune). --kaḥ
     (1) One who is acquainted with palmistry, who knows how to interpret the various marks on the body.
     (2) A fortune-teller. --kaṃ The science of palmistry.

sāṃparāya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Relating to war, warlike.
     (2) Relating to the other world, future. --yaḥ, --yaṃ
     (1) Conflict, contention.
     (2) Future life, the future.
     (3) The means of attaining the future world.
     (4) Inquiry into the future.
     (5) Inquiry, investigation.
     (6) Uncertainty.

sāparāyika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Warlike.
     (2) Military, strategic.
     (3) Calamitous.
     (4) Relating to the other world. --kaṃ War, battle, conflict; Śi. 18. 8. --kaḥ A war-chariot.
     -- Comp.
          --kalpaḥ a strategic array (of troops).

sāṃprata a.
     (1) Fit, proper, suitable; Ve. 3. 3.
     (2) Relevant. --taṃ ind.
     (1) Now, at this time; haṃta sthānaṃ krodhasya sāṃprataṃ devyāḥ Ve. 1.
     (2) Immediately.
     (3) Fitly, properly, seasonably.

sāṃpratika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging to the present time.
     (2) Fit, proper, right; U. 3.

sāṃpradāyika a. (kī f.) Relating to the traditional doctrine, handed down by successive tradition, traditional.

sāṃbaḥ N. of Śiva.

sāṃbāṃdhika a. (kī f.) Arising from relationship. --kaṃ Relationship, alliance.

sāṃbaram Salt produced in Sambara.

sāṃbarī A sorceress.

sāṃbhavī
     (1) The red Lodhra tree.
     (2) Possibility.

sāṃmukhyam
     (1) Presence.
     (2) Favour, countenance, propitiousness.

sāmyam
     (1) Equality, sameness, evenness; Ku. 5. 31.
     (2) Likeness, resemblance, similarity; spaṣṭaṃ prāpatsāmyamuvīṃdharasya Śi. 18. 38; H. 1. 45; Ki. 17. 51.
     (3) Equability.
     (4) Concord, harmony.
     (5) Indifference, impartiality, sameness of view; yeṣāṃ sāmye manaḥ sthitaṃ Bg. 5. 19.

sāmrājyam
     (1) Universal or complete sovereignty, imperial sway; sāmrājyaśaṃsino bhāvāḥ kuśasya ca lavasya ca U. 6. 23; R. 4. 5.
     (2) Empire, dominion.

sāyaḥ [so-ghañ]
     (1) End, close, termination.
     (2) Close of day, evening.
     (3) An arrow. (sāye 'in the evening, at the close of the day.)
     -- Comp.
          --ahan m. (forming sāyāhnaḥ) evening, evening time; Bv. 2. 157.

sāyaṃtana a. (nī f.) Belonging to the evening, evening; sāyaṃtane savanakarmaṇi saṃpravṛtte S. 3. 27; alināramatālinī śilīṃdhre saha sāyaṃtanadīpapādalābhe Śi. 6. 72.

sāyam ind. In the evening; prayatā prātaranvetu sāyaṃ pratyudvrajedapi R. 1. 90.
     -- Comp.
          --kālaḥ evening.
          --dhṛtiḥ f. the evening oblation.
          --maṃḍanaṃ 1. sunset. --2. the sun.
          --saṃdhyā 1. the evening twilight. --2. the evening prayer. --3. the goddess to be worshipped in the evening. -devatā N. of Sarasvatī.

sāyakaḥ [so-ṇvul] An arrow; tatsādhukṛtasaṃdhānaṃ pratisaṃhara sāyakaṃ S. 1. 11.
     (2) A sword.
     -- Comp.
          --puṃkhaḥ the feathered part of an arrow; saktāṃguliḥ sāyakapuṃkha eva R. 2. 31.

sāyaṇaḥ N. of a very learned Brāhmaṇa supposed to have flourished about 1370 A. D.

sāyanam The longitude of a planet reckoned from the vernal equinoctial point.

sāyin m. A horseman.

sāyujyam
     (1) Intimate union, identification, absorption, especially into a deity (one of the four states of Mukti).
     (2) Similarity, likeness.

sāra a. [sṛ-ghañ, sār-ac vā]
     (1) Essential.
     (2) Best, highest, most excellent; Mu. 1. 13.
     (3) Real, true, genuine.
     (4) Strong, vigorous.
     (5) Sound, thoroughly proved.
     (6) Highest or best (at the end of comp.); trivargasāraḥ Ku. 5. 38. --raḥ, --raṃ (but usually m. only except in the first 4 senses)
     (1) Essence, essential part, quintessence; snehasya tatphalamasau praṇayasya sa Māl. 1. 9; U. 6. 22. asāre khalu saṃsāre sārametaccatuṣṭayam . kāśyāṃ vāsaḥ satāṃ saṃgo gaṃgāṃbhaḥ śaṃbhusevanaṃ .. Dharm; 14.
     (2) Substance, pith.
     (3) Marrow.
     (4) Real truth, main point.
     (5) The sap or essence of trees; as in khadirasāra, sarjasāra.
     (6) Summary, epitome, compendium.
     (7) Strength, vigour, power, energy; sāraṃ dharitrīdharaṇakṣamaṃ ca Ku. 1. 17; R. 2. 74.
     (8) Prowess, heroism, courage; R. 4. 79.
     (9) Firmness, hardness. (10) Wealth, riches; gāmāttasārāṃ R. 5. 26.
     (11) Nectar.
     (12) Fresh butter.
     (13) Air, wind.
     (14) Cream, coagulum of curds.
     (15) Disease.
     (16) Matter, pus.
     (17) Worth, excellence, highest perception.
     (18) A man at chess.
     (19) Impure carbonate of soda. (20) A figure of speech corresponding to English 'climax'; uttarottaramutkarṣo bhavetsāraḥ parāvadhiḥ K. P. 10. --21. The heart. --rā
     (1) Dūrvā grass.
     (2) Kuśa grass. --raṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Fitness, propriety.
     (3) Wood, thicket.
     (4) Steel.
     -- Comp.
          --asāra a. valuable and worthless, strong and weak. (
          --raṃ) 1. worth and worthlessness. --2. substance and emptiness. --3. strength and weakness. -vicāraḥ consideration of strong and weak points &c.
          --gaṃdhaḥ sandal wood.
          --grīvaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --jaṃ fresh butter.
          --taruḥ the plantain tree.
          --dā 1. N. of Sarasvatī. --2. of Durgā.
          --drumaḥ the Khadira tree.
          --bhaṃgaḥ loss of vigour.
          --bhāṃḍaṃ 1. a natural vessel. --2. a bale of goods, merchandise. --3. implements.
          --mitiḥ the Veda.
          --lohaṃ steel.

sāratas ind.
     (1) According to wealth.
     (2) Vigorously.

sāravat a.
     (1) Substantial.
     (2) Fertile.
     (3) Having sap.

sāraka a. Purgative, cathartic.

sāragham Honey.

sāraṃga a. (gī f.) [sāraṃ aṃgamasya śakaṃ-] Spotted, variegated. --gaḥ
     (1) The variegated colour.
     (2) The spotted deer, an antelope; eṣa rājeva duṣyaṃtaḥ sāraṃgeṇātiraṃhasā S. 1. 5.
     (3) A deer in general; sāraṃgāste jalalavamucaḥ sūcayiṣyaṃti mārgaṃ Me. 21 (where it is preferable to take this sense rather than that of 'elephant' or 'bee').
     (4) A lion.
     (5) An elephant.
     (6) A large black bee.
     (7) The cuckoo.
     (8) A large crane.
     (9) The flamingo. (10) A peacock.
     (11) An umbrella.
     (12) A cloud.
     (13) A garment.
     (14) Hair.
     (15) A conch-shell.
     (16) N. of Śiva.
     (17) The god of love.
     (18) A lotus.
     (19) Camphor. (20) A bow.
     (21) Sandal.
     (22) A kind of musical instrument.
     (23) An ornament.
     (24) Gold.
     (25) The earth.
     (26) The Chātaka bird.
     (27) A flower.
     (28) Night.
     (29) Light.

sāraṃgikaḥ A fowler, bird catcher.

sāraṃgī
     (1) A kind of stringed instrument, violin.
     (2) A kind of spotted deer.

sāraṇa a. (ṇī f.) Causing to go or flow. --ṇaḥ
     (1) Dysentery.
     (2) The hog-plum. --ṇaṃ A kind of perfume.

sāraṇā A kind of process to which metals, particularly mercury, are subjected.

sāraṇiḥ --ṇī f.
     (1) A canal, drain, water-course, channel.
     (2) A small river.

sārīṇaka a. (kī f.) Travelling, journeying. --kaḥ A traveller, wayfarer.

sāraṃḍaḥ The egg of a serpent.

sārathiḥ [sṛ-athiṇ, saha rathena sarathaḥ ghoṭakaḥ tatra niyuktaḥ iñ vā Tv.; cf. Uṇ. 4. 89]
     (1) A charioteer; sa śāpo na tvayā rājan na ca sārathinā śrutaḥ R. 1. 78; mātalisārathiryayau 3. 67.
     (2) A companion, helper; R. 3. 37.
     (3) The ocean.

sārathyam The office of a charioteer, charioteership, coachmanship.

sārameyaḥ A dog. --yī A bitch.

sāralyam Straightness (fig. also), artlessness, honesty, uprightness.

sārasa a. (sī f.) [sarasa idaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to a lake; Kāv. 3. 14; Nalod. 2. 40.
     (2) Belonging to or proceeding from a Sārasa. --saḥ
     (1) The (Indian) crane, or swan (according to some); vibhidyamānā visasāra sārasānudasya tīreṣu taraṃgasaṃhatiḥ Ki. 8. 31, Śi. 6. 75, 12. 44, Me. 31; R. 1. 41.
     (2) A bird in general.
     (3) The moon. --saṃ
     (1) A lotus.
     (2) The zone or girdle of a woman. --sī A female (Indian) crane.

sārasa(śa)nam
     (1) A girdle or zone; sāraśanaṃ mahānahiḥ Ki. 18. 32.
     (2) A military girdle.

sārasvata a. (tī f.) [sarasvatī devatāsya, sarasvatyā idaṃ vā aṇ]
     (1) Relating to the goddess Sarasvatī.
     (2) Belonging to the river Sarasvatī; kṛtvā tāsāmabhigamamapāṃ saumya sārasvatīnāṃ Me. 49.
     (3) Eloquent.
     (4) Belonging to the Sārasvata country. --taḥ
     (1) N. of a country about the river Sarasvatī.
     (2) N. of a particular class of Brāhmaṇas.
     (3) A particular ceremonial used in the worship of Sarasvatī.
     (4) A staff of the Bilva tree. --tāḥ (m. pl.) The people of the Sārasvata country. --taṃ Speech, eloquence; śṛṃgārasārasvataṃ Gīt. 12.

sārālaḥ Sesamum.

sāriḥ --rī f.
     (1) A man at chess, chessman.
     (2) A kind of bird.
     -- Comp.
          --phalakaḥ a chess-board.

sārikā [sarati gacchati sṛ --ṇvul] A kind of bird; ātmano mukhadoṣeṇa badhyaṃte śukasārikāḥ Subhāṣ.; sārikāṃ paṃjarasthāṃ Me. 85.

sārin a. (ṇī f.)
     (1) Going, resorting to.
     (2) Having the essence or substance of.

sārūpyam
     (1) Sameness of form, similarity, likeness, conformity, resemblance; aṃtarvṛttisārūpyataḥ Māl. 5.
     (2) Assimilation to the deity (one of the four states of Mukti).
     (3) (In dramas) An angry treatment of one mistaken for another through resemblance; see S. D. 464.
     (4) Surprise at seeing an object or its likeness seen elsewhere.

sāroṣṭrikaḥ A kind of poison.

sārgala a. Barred, obstructed, impeded; R. 1. 79.

sārtha a. [arthena sahitaḥ; sṛ-than svārthe aṇ vā]
     (1) Having meaning, significant.
     (2) Having an aim or object.
     (3) Of like meaning or import.
     (4) Useful, serviceable.
     (5) Wealthy, rich, opulent. --rthaḥ
     (1) A rich man.
     (2) A company of merchants, caravan (of traders); sārthāḥ svairaṃ svakīyeṣu cerurveśmasvivādriṣu R. 17. 64; see sārthavāha.
     (3) A troop, collection of men; sārthaḥ pravasato mitraṃ Mb.
     (4) A herd, flock, (of animals of the same species); atha kadācittairitastato bhramādbhiḥ sārthād bhraṣṭaḥ kathanako nāmoṣṭro dṛṣṭaḥ Pt. 1.
     (5) A collection or multitude in general; arthisārthaḥ Pt. 1; tvayā caṃdramasā cātisaṃdhīyate kāmijanasārthaḥ S. 3.
     (6) One of a company of pilgrims.
     -- Comp.
          --ja a. bred in a caravan.
          --vāhaḥ the leader of a caravan, a merchant, trader; S. 6.

sārthaka a.
     (1) Having sense, significant.
     (2) Useful, serviceable, advantageous.

sārthavat a.
     (1) Having meaning, significant.
     (2) Having a large company.

sārthikaḥ A merchant, trader.

sārdra a. Wet, moist, humid, damp.

sārdha a. Increased by half, plus one-half, having a half over; as in sārdhaśataṃ &c.

sārdham ind. Together with, with, in company with (with instr.); vanaṃ mayā sārdhamasi prapannaḥ R. 14. 63, Ms. 4. 43; Bk. 6. 26; Me. 89.

sārpaḥ(rpyaḥ) N. of the constellation Asleṣā.

sārpiṣa a. (ṣī f.) sārpiṣka(ṣkī f.) Dressed or cooked with clarified butter.

sārva a. (rvī f.)
     (1) General, universal.
     (2) Fit or suitable for all. --rvaḥ A Buddhist or Jaina saint.

sārvakāmika a. (kī f.) Satisfying every desire, granting all wishes; Ki. 18. 25.

sārvakālika a. (kī f.) Eternal, everlasting.

sārvajanika a. (kī f.), sārvajanīna a. (nī f.) Public, universal, general.

sārvajñam Omniscience.

sārvatrika a. (kī f.) Belonging to every place, general, applicable to all places or circumstances; as in sārvatriko niyamaḥ.

sārvadhātuka a. (kī f.) Applicable to the whole of a radical term, or to the complete form of the verbal base after the conjugational characteristics have been affixed, i. e. to the four conjugational or special tenses. --kaṃ N. of the verbal terminations of the four conjugational tenses (strictly, the personal terminations of all tenses and moods except the Perfect and Benedictive and the affixes distinguished by a mute ś).

sārvabhautika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging or relating to all elements or beings.
     (2) Comprising all animate beings.

sārvabhauma a. (mī f.) Relating to, consisting of, the whole earth, universal. --maḥ
     (1) An emperor, a universal monarch; nājñābhaṃgaṃ sahaṃte nṛvara nṛpatayastvādṛśāḥ sārvabhaumāḥ Mu. 3. 22.
     (2) N. of the elephant presiding over the north, the quarter of Kubera.

sārvalaukika a. (kī f.) Known to all people, prevailing throughout the whole world, public, universal; anurāgapravādastu vatsayoḥ sārvalaukikaḥ Māl. 1. 13.

sārvavārṇika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Of every kind or sort.
     (2) Belonging to every tribe or class.

sārvavibhaktika a. (kī f.) Applicable or belonging to all the cases of a noun.

sārvavedasaḥ One who gives away all his wealth at a sacrifice or sacred rite.

sārvavaidyaḥ A Brāhmaṇa conversant with all the Vedas.

sārṣapa a. (pī f.) Made of mustard. --paṃ Mustard-oil.

sārṣṭi a. Possessing the same station, condition, or rank, having the same power.

sārṣṭitā
     (1) Equality in rank, condition, or power.
     (2) Equality with the Supreme Being in power and all the divine attributes, the last of the four states or grades of Mukti; brahmado brahmasārṣṭitāṃ (prāpnoti) Ms. 4. 232.

sārṣṭyam The fourth grade of Mukti, see above.

sālaḥ
     (1) N. of a tree or its resin.
     (2) A tree in general, as in kalpasāla, rasālasāla.
     (3) A rampart, a fence or wall round a building.
     (4) A wall in general.
     (5) A kind of fish. (For compounds see under śāla).

sālanaḥ
     (1) The resin of the Sāla tree.
     (2) Resin in general.

sālā
     (1) A wall, rampart.
     (2) A house, an apartment; see śālā.
     -- Comp.
          --karī 1. a house-worker. --2. a male captive (particularly one taken in battle).
          --vṛkaḥ see śālāvṛka.

sālāram A peg projecting from a wall, bracket.

sālūraḥ A frog; see śālūra.

sāleya A kind of fennel; see śāleya.

sālokyam
     (1) Being in the same world or sphere with another.
     (2) Residence in the same heaven with any deity.

sālvaḥ
     (1) N. of a country, or its inhabitants (pl. in this sense).
     (2) N. of a demon slain by Viṣṇu.
     -- Comp.
          --han m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.

sālvikaḥ The bird called sārikā q. v.

sāvaḥ A libation.

sāvaka a. (vikā f.) Productive, generative, causing birth, obstetric. --kaḥ The young of an animal; (for śāvaka q. v.).

sāvakāśa a. Having leisure, at leisure, unengaged. --śaṃ ind. Leisurely, at one's convenience.

sāvagraha a. Having the mark called avagraha q. v.

sāvajña a. Despising, disdainful feeling contempt; M. 5. 8.

sāvadyam (i. e. aiśvaryaṃ) One of the three kinds of power attainable by an ascetic, (the other two being niravadya and mūkṣma).

sāvadhāna a.
     (1) Attentive, bestowing attention, careful, heedful.
     (2) Cautious.
     (3) Diligent. --naṃ ind. Carefully, attentively, cautiously.

sāvadhi a. Having a bound or limit, limited, finite, defined, circumscribed; sāvadhistoyarāśiste yaśorāśestu nāvadhiḥ Subhāṣ.

sāvana a. (nī f.) [savanaṃ yāgāṃgaṃ snānaṃ somani ṣpīḍanaṃ vā tasyedamaṇ] Relating to, or comprising, the three savanas. --naḥ
     (1) An institutor of a sacrifice, or one who employs priests at a sacrifice.
     (2) The conclusion of a sacrifice, or the ceremony by which it is concluded.
     (3) N. of Varuṇa.
     (4) A month of thirty solar days.
     (5) A natural day from sunrise to sunset.
     (6) A particular kind of year.

sāvayava a. Composed of parts; sāvayavatve cānityaprasaṃgaḥ, na hyavidyākalpitena rūpabhedena sāvayavaṃ vastu saṃpadyate S. B.

sāvaraḥ
     (1) Fault, offence.
     (2) Sin, wickedness, crime.
     (3) The Lodhra tree.

sāvaraṇa a.
     (1) Clandestine, concealed, secret.
     (2) Covered, closed shut; R. 16. 7.
     (3) Feneed.

sāvarṇa a. (rṇī f.) Relating or belonging to one of the same colour, tribe or caste. --rṇaḥ A metronymic of the eighth Manu; see sāvarṇi.
     -- Comp.
          --lakṣyaṃ 1. a mark of the sameness of colour or caste. --2. the skin.

sāvarṇiḥ A metronymic of the eighth Manu (son of the sun by Savarṇā).

sāvarṇyam
     (1) Sameness of colour.
     (2) Identity of class or caste
     (3) The age or Manvantara presided over by the eighth Manu.

sāvalepa a. Full of pride, proud, haughty. --paṃ ind. Proudly, haughtily, arrogantly.

sāvaśeṣa a.
     (1) Having a remainder, leaving a remainder or residue.
     (2) Imperfect, incomplete, unfinished.

sāvaṣṭaṃbha a.
     (1) Proud, dignified, noble, majestic.
     (2) Courageous, resolute.
     (3) Bold, vigorous, vehement; Māl. 5. 22.
     (4) Full of firmness; Pt. 1. 200. --bhaṃ ind. Resolutely, firmly, courageously.

sāvahela a. Disdainful, disdaining, despising. --laṃ ind. Disdainfully, scornfully.

sāvikā A midwife.

sāvitra a. (trī f.) [savitā davetā'sya aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to the sun.
     (2) Descended from the sun, belonging to the solar dynasty (of kings); yatsāvitrairdīpitaṃ bhūmipālaiḥ U. 1. 43.
     (3) Accompanied by the Gāyatrī. --traḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) An embryo or foetus.
     (3) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (4) An epithet of Śiva
     (5) Of Karṇa. --traṃ The sacrificial thread (so called because the repetition of the Gayatri forms a principal part of the ceremony of putting on the sacred thread).

sāvitrī
     (1) A ray of light.
     (2) N. of a celebrated verse of the Rigveda, so called because it is adressed to the sun; it is also called gāyatrī q. v. for further information.
     (3) The ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread.
     (4) N. of a wife of Brahman.
     (5) N. of Pārvatī.
     (6) N. of a wife of Kaśyapa.
     (7) An epithet of Sūryā (daughter of Savitṛ).
     (8) N. of the wife of Satyavat, king of Śālva. [She was the only daughter of king Aśvapati. She was so lovely that all the suitors that came to woo her were repulsed by her superior lustre, and thus though she reached a marriageable age, she found no one ready to espouse her. At last her father asked her to go and find out a husband of her own choice. She did so, and having made her selection returned to her father, and told him that she had chosen Satyavat, son of Dyumatsena, King of Sālva, who being driven out from his kingdom was then leading a hermit's life along with his wife. When Nārada, who happened to be present there, heard this, he told her as well as Aśvapati that he was very sorry to hear of the choice she had made, for though Satyavat was in every way worthy of her, yet he was fated to die in a year from that date, and in choosing him, therefore, Sāvitrī would be only choosing life-long widow-hood and misery. Her parents, therefore, naturally tried to dissuade her mind, but the high-souled maiden told them that her choice was unalterably fixed. Accordingly the marriage took place in due time, and Sāvitrī laid aside her jewels and rich apparel, and putting on the coarse garments of hermits, spent her time in serving her old father and mother-in-law. Still, though outwardly happy, she could not forget the words of Nārada, and as she counted, the days seemed to fly swiftly like moments, and the fated time, when her husband was to die, drew near. 'I have yet three days', thought she, 'and for these three days I shall observe a rigid fast.' She maintained her vow, and on the fourth day, when Satyavat was about to go to the woods to bring sacrificial fuel, she accompanied him. After having collected some fuel, Satyavat, being fatigued, sat down, and reposing his head on the bosom of Sāvitrī fell asleep. Just then Yama came down, snatched off his soul, and proceeded towards the south. Sāvitrī saw this and followed the god who told her to return as her husband's term of life was over. But the faithful wife besought Yama in so pathetic a strain that he granted her boon after boon, except the life of her husband, until, being quite subdued by her devotion to her husband and the force of her eloquent appeal, the god relented and restored even the spirit of Satyavat to her. Delighted she returned, and found her husband as if roused from a deep sleep, and informing him of all that had occurred, went to the hermitage of her fatherin-law who soon reaped the fruits of the boons of Yama. Sāvitri is regarded as the beau ideal or highest pattern of conjugal fidelity, and a young married woman is usually blessed by elderly females with the words janmasāvitrī bhava, thus [placing before her the example of Sāvitrī for lifelong imitation].
     -- Comp.
          --patitaḥ, -paribhraṣṭaḥ a man of any one of the first three castes not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time; cf. vrātya. --vrataṃ N. of a particular fast kept by Hindu women on the last three days of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha to preserve them from widow-hood.

sāviṣkāra a.
     (1) Proud, haughty.
     (2) Manifest.

sāśaṃsa a. Full of desire or passion, desirous, hopeful, expectant. --saṃ ind. Wishfully, hopefully.

sāśaṃka a. Feeling fear, apprehensive, afraid, dismayed.

sāśayaṃdakaḥ A small house-lizard.

sāśūkaḥ A blanket.

sāścarya a.
     (1) Wonderful, marvellous.
     (2) Struck with wonder. --ryaṃ ind. With wonder or astonishment.

sāśra(sra) a.
     (1) Having angles or corners, angular.
     (2) Tearful, weeping.

sāśru a. Tearful, full of tears, shedding tears.

sāśrudhī A wife's or husband's mother, a mother-in-law.

sāṣṭāṃgam ind. With humble prostration of the body (by touching the earth with the eight members); see aṣṭāṃgapraṇāma under aṣṭan).

sāsa a. Having a bow; Ki. 15. 5.

sāsusū a. Having arrows; Ki. 15. 5.

sāsūya a. Envious, jealous, disdainful. --yaṃ ind. Jealously, angrily, disdainfully; S. 2. 2.

sāsnā The dew-lap of an ox; goḥ sāsnādimattvaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ T. S; romathaṃmaṃtharacaladgurusāsnamāsāṃcakre nimīladalasekṣaṇamaukṣakeṇa Śi. 5. 62.

sāhacaryam Companionship, (constant) fellowship or association, living together, concomitance; kiṃ na smarasi yadekatra no vidyāparigrahāya nānādigaṃtavāsināṃ sāhacaryamāsīt Mal. 1; Ku. 3. 21, R. 16. 87, Ve. 1. 20, Śi. 15. 24.
     -- Comp.
          --niyamaḥ a rule of invariable concomitance.

sāhanam Endurance, suffering.

sāhasam [sahasā balena nirvṛttaṃ aṇ]
     (1) Violence, force, rapine; Ms. 7. 48.
     (2) Any criminal act (such as robbery, rape, felony &c.), a heinous crime, an aggressive act.
     (3) Cruelty, oppression; Śi. 9. 59.
     (4) Boldness, daring, daring courage; sāhase śrīḥ prativasati Mk. 4.
     (5) Precipitation, rashness, temerity, an inconsiderate or reckless act, a rash or daring act; tadapi sāhasābhāsaṃ Mal. 2; kimaparamato nirvyūḍhaṃ yatkarārpaṇasāhasaṃ 9. 10; Pt. 1. 191; Ki. 17. 42.
     (6) Punishment, chastisement, fine (m. also in this sense), see Ms. 8. 138; Y. 1. 66, 365.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkaḥ 1. an epithet of king Vikramaditya. --2. of a poet. --3. of a lexicographer.
          --adhyavasāyin a. acting rashly or with inconsiderate haste.
          --ekarasika a. wholly intent on violence, ferocious, brutal.
          --kārin a. 1. bold, audacious. --2. rash, inconsiderate.
          --lāṃchana a. characterized by boldness.

sāhasikaḥ a. (kī f.) [sāhase prasṛtaḥṭhak]
     (1) Using great force or violence, brutal, violent, rapacious, cruel, felonious.
     (2) Bold, daring, rash, inconsiderate, reckless; na sahāsmi sāhasamasāhasikī Śi. 9. 59; kecittu sāhasikāstrilocanamiti peṭhuḥ Malli. on Ku. 3. 44.
     (3) Castigatory, punitive. --kaḥ
     (1) A bold or adventurous person, an enterprising man; Pt. 5. 31.
     (2) A desperado, desperate or dangerous person; yā kila vividhajīvopahārapriyeti sāhasikānāṃ pravādaḥ Mal. 1; sāhisakaḥ khalveṣaḥ 6.
     (3) A felon, freebooter, robber.
     (4) An adulterer.

sāhasin a. [sāhasa-ini]
     (1) Violent, ferocious, cruel.
     (2) Bold, daring, rash, impetuous.

sāhasra a. (srī f.) [sahasra-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to a thousand.
     (2) Consisting of a thousand.
     (3) Bought with a thousand.
     (4) Paid per thousand (as interest &c.).
     (5) A thousand-fold. --sraḥ An army or detachment consisting of a thousand men. --sraṃ An aggregate of a thousand.

sāhāyakam
     (1) Assistance, help aid; sa kulocitamiṃdrasya sāhāyakamupoyivān R. 17. 4.
     (2) Fellowship, alliance, friendship.
     (3) A number of companions or associates.
     (4) Auxiliary troops.

sāhāyyam
     (1) Assistance, help, succour.
     (2) Friendship, alliance.

sāhityam
     (1) Association, fellowship, combination, society.
     (2) Literary or rhetorical composition; sāhityasaṃgītakalāvihīnaḥ sākṣātpaśuḥ pucchaviṣāṇahīnaḥ Bh. 2. 12.
     (3) The science of rhetoric, art of poetry; Vikr. 1. 11; sāhityadarpaṇaṃ &c.
     (4) A collection of materials for the production or performance of anything (a doubtful sense).

sāhyam
     (1) Conjunction, union, fellowship, society.
     (2) Assistance, help.
     -- Comp.
          --kṛt m. a companion.

sāhvayaḥ Gambling with fighting animals.

si 5. 9. U. (sinoti, sinute, sināti, sinīte)
     (1) To bind, tie, fasten.
     (2) To ensnare.

siṃhaḥ [hiṃs-ac pṛṣo-]
     (1) A lion; (it is said to be derived from hiṃs; cf. bhavedvarṇāgamāddhaṃsaḥ siṃho varṇaviparyayāt Sk.); na hi suptasya siṃhasya praviśaṃti mukhe mṛgāḥ Subhāṣ.
     (2) The sign Leo of the zodiac.
     (3) (At the end of comp.) Best, pre-eminent of a class; e. g. raghusiṃha, puruṣasiṃha; Pt. 1. 361; U. 5. 22.
     -- Comp.
          --avalokanaṃ the (backward) glance of a lion. -nyāyaḥ the maxim of the lion's (backward) glance, generally used to mark the connection of a thing with what precedes and follows; (for explanation see under nyāya). --āsanaṃ a throne, a seat of honour. (
          --naḥ) a particular mode of sexual enjoyment.
          --āsyaḥ a particular position of the hands.
          --keśaraḥ 1. the Bakula tree. --2. a lion's mane.
          --gaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --talaṃ the palms of the hands opened and joined together.
          --tuṃḍaḥ a kind of fish.
          --daṃṣṭraḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --darpa a. as proud as a lion.
          --dvāraṃ the main or principal gate (of a palace &c.).
          --dhvaniḥ, --nādaḥ 1. the roar of a lion; Ku. 1. 56; Mk. 5. 29. --2. a war-cry.
          --nādaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --yānā, --rathā N. of the goddess Parvatī.
          --līlaḥ a kind of coitus.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --vāhinī an epithet of Durgā.
          --vikrāṃtaḥ a horse.
          --saṃhanana a. 1. as strong as a lion. --2. handsome. (
          --naṃ) the killing of a lion.
          --sthaḥ an epithet of the planet Jupiter when in the constellation Leo.

siṃhī
     (1) A lioness.
     (2) N. of the mother of Rāhu.

siṃhalam [siṃho'styasya lac]
     (1) Tin.
     (2) Brass.
     (3) Bark, rind.
     (4) The island or country of Ceylon (oft. in pl.); siṃhalebhyaḥ pratyāgacchatā, siṃhaleśvaraduhituḥ phalakāsādanaṃ Ratn. 1. --lāḥ (m. pl.) The people of Ceylon.

siṃhalakam The island of Ceylon.

siṃhāṇaṃ(naṃ), siṃhāṇakaḥ --kam
     (1) Rust of iron.
     (2) The mucus of the nose.

siṃhikā The mother of Rāhu.
     -- Comp.
          --tanayaḥ, -putraḥ, -sutaḥ, -sūnuḥ epithets of Rāhu.

sikatā
     (1) Sandy soil.
     (2) Sand (generally in pl.); labheta sikatāsu tailamati yatnataḥ pīḍayan Bh. 2. 5.
     (3) Gravel or stone (the disease).

sikatāmaya, sikatāvat a. Sandy. --yaṃ
     (1) A sand bank.
     (2) An island with sandy shores.

sikatila a. [sikatāḥ saṃtyatra ilac] Sandy; Bh. 3. 38.

sikthaḥ [sic-thak]
     (1) Boiled rice.
     (2) A ball or lump of boiled rice; grāsodgalitasikthena kā hāniḥ kariṇo bhavet Subhāṣ. --kthaṃ
     (1) Bees'-wax.
     (2) Indigo.

sikthakam Bees'--wax.

sikyam See śikya.

sikṣyaḥ Crystal, glass.

siṃgha(ghā)ṇaṃ, siṃghāṇakam
     (1) The mucus of the nose.
     (2) Rust of iron.

siṃghiṇī The nose.

sic 6 U. (siṃcati-te, siṣeca-siṣice, asicatta, asikta, sekṣyati-te, sektuṃ, sikta; s of sic is generally changed to ṣ after a preposition ending in i or u)
     (1) To sprinkle, scatter in small drops, Bk. 19. 23.
     (2) To water, moisten; soak, wet; viśrāṃtaḥ san vraja vananadītīrajātāni siṃcan Me. 26; Ms. 9. 255.
     (3) To pour out, emit, discharge, shed; R. 16. 66.
     (4) To infuse, instil, pour in; jāḍyaṃ dhiyo harati siṃcati vāci satyaṃ Bh. 2. 23.
     (5) To pour out for, offer to; anyathā tilodakaṃ me siṃcataṃ S. 3.
     (6) To impregnate. --Caus. (secayati-te) To cause to sprinkle. --Desid. (sisikṣati-te) To wish to sprinkle.

sikta p. p.
     (1) Sprinkled, watered.
     (2) Wetted, moistened, soaked.
     (3) Impregnated; see sic.

siktiḥ f.
     (1) Sprinkling.
     (2) Effusion.
     (3) Emission.

sicayaḥ [sic-ayac kicca]
     (1) Cloth, garment.
     (2) Old or ragged raiment.

siṃcitā Long pepper.

siṃjā The jingling sound of metallic ornaments.

siṃjitam Tinkling, jingling; āditsubhirnūpurasiṃjitāni Ku. 1. 34, V. 4. 14.

siṭ 1 P. (seṭati) To disregard, despise.

sita a. [so-kta]
     (1) White.
     (2) Bound, tied, fastened, fettered.
     (3) Surrounded.
     (4) Ascertained, known.
     (5) Finished, ended. --taḥ
     (1) White colour.
     (2) The bright half of a lunar month.
     (3) The planet Venus.
     (4) An arrow. --taṃ
     (1) Silver.
     (2) Sandal.
     (3) Radish.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśu = sitakara q. v.
          --agraḥ a thorn.
          --aṃgaḥ the śvetarohita tree.
          --ajājī white cumin.
          --apāṃgaḥ a peacock.
          --abhraḥ, --bhraṃ camphor.
          --aṃbaraḥ an ascetic dressed in white garments.
          --arjakaḥ white basil.
          --aśvaḥ an epithet of Arjuna.
          --asitaḥ an epithet of Balarāma. (
          --tau) Venus and Saturn.
          --ādiḥ molasses.
          --ānanaḥ N. of Garuḍa.
          --ābhaḥ camphor.
          --ālikā a cockle.
          --itara a. other than white; i. e. black. -gatiḥ fire.
          --udaraḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --udbhavaṃ white sandal.
          --upalaḥ a crystal.
          --upalā candied sugar.
          --upalaḥ chalk.
          --karaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --dhātuḥ a white mineral, chalk.
          --raśimaḥ the moon.
          --vājin m. N. of Arjuna.
          --śarkarā candied sugar.
          --śiṃbikaḥ wheat.
          --śivaṃ rock-salt.
          --śūkaḥ barley.

sitā
     (1) Candied sugar, sugar; pittena dūne rasane sitāpi tiktāyate haṃsakulā vataṃsa N. 3. 94; Bv. 4. 13.
     (2) Moonlight.
     (3) A lovely woman.
     (4) Spirituous liquor.
     (5) White Dūrvā grass.
     (6) Arabian jasmine.
     -- Comp.
          --khaṃḍaḥ a kind of refined sugar.
          --latā white Dūrvā grass.

siti a.
     (1) White.
     (2) Black. --tiḥ
     (1) White or black colour.
     (2) Binding, fastening.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭha, --vāsas see śitikaṃṭha; śitivāsas.

sitiman m. Whiteness.

sidh I. 4 P. (sidhyati, siṣedha, asidht, setsyati, seddhuṃ, siddha; caus. sādhayati or sedhayati; desid. siṣitsati)
     (1) To be accomplished or fulfilled; yatne kṛte yadi na sidhyati ko'tra doṣaḥ H. Pr. 31; udyamena hi sidhyaṃti kāryāṇi na manorathaiḥ 36; Pt. 15. 8.
     (2) To be successful, succeed; sidhyaṃti karmasu mahatsvapi yanniyojyāḥ S. 7. 4.
     (3) To reach, hit, fall true on; utkarṣaḥ sa ca dhanvināṃ yadiṣavaḥ sidhyaṃti lakṣye cale S. 2. 5.
     (4) To attain one's object.
     (5) To be proved or established, to become valid; yadi vacanamāveṇaivādhipatyaṃ sidhyati H. 3.
     (6) To be settled or adjudicated.
     (7) To be thoroughly prepared or cooked.
     (8) To be won or conquered. Pt. 2. 36. --II. 1 P. (sedhati, siddha; the s of sidh is generally changed to ṣ after a preposition ending in i or u)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To ward or drive off.
     (3) To restrain, hinder, prevent.
     (4) To interdict, prohibit.
     (5) To ordain, command, instruct.
     (6) To turn out well or auspiciously.

siddha p. p.
     (1) Accomplished,, effected, performed, achieved, completed.
     (2) Gained, obtained, acquired.
     (3) Succeeded, successful.
     (4) Settled, established; naisargikī surabhiṇaḥ kusumasya siddhā mūrdhni sthitirna caraṇairavatāḍanāni U. 1. 14.
     (5) Proved, demonstrated, substantiated; tasmādiṃdriyaṃ pratyakṣapramāṇamiti siddhaṃ T. S., Ms. 8. 178.
     (6) Valid, sound (as a rule).
     (7) Admitted to be true.
     (8) Decided, adjudicated (as a law-suit.).
     (9) Paid, discharged, liquidated (as debt). (10) Cooked, dressed (as food); Pt. 2. 114.
     (11) Matared, ripened.
     (12) Thoroughly prepared, compounded, cooked together (as drugs).
     (13) Ready (as money).
     (14) Subdued, won over, subjugated (as by magic).
     (15) Brought under subjection, become propitious.
     (16) Thoroughly conversant with or skilled in, proficient in; as in ratasiddha q. v.
     (17) Perfected, sanctified (as by penance).
     (18) Emancipated.
     (19) Endowed with supernatural powers or faculties. (20) Pious, sacred, holy.
     (21) Divine, immortal, eternal.
     (22) Celebrated, well-known, illustrious.
     (23) Shining, splendid, --ddhaḥ
     (1) A semi-divine being supposed to be of great purity and holiness, and said to be particularly characterized by eight supernatural faculties called Siddhis q. v.; udvejitā vṛṣṭibhirāśrayaṃte śṛṃgāṇi yasyātapavaṃti siddhāḥ Ku. 1. 5.
     (2) An inspired sage or seer (like Vyāsa).
     (3) Any sage or seer, a prophet; siddhādeśa Ratn. 1.
     (4) One skilled in magical arts, a magician.
     (5) A law-suit, judicial trial.
     (6) A kind of hard sugar.
     (7) The dark thorn-apple. --ddhaṃ Sea-salt.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. the established end. --2. the demonstrated conclusion of an argument, established view of any question, the true logical conclusion (following on the refutation of the Pūrvapakṣa). --3. a proved fact, established truth, dogma, settled doctrine. --4. any established text-book resting on conclusive evidence. -koṭiḥ f. the point in an argument which is regarded as a logical conclusion. -pakṣaḥ the logically correct side of an argument.
          --annaṃ cooked food.
          --artha a. one who has accomplished his desired object, successful. (
          --rthaḥ) 1. white mustard. --2. N. of Śiva. --3. of the great Buddha.
          --āsanaṃ a particular posture in religious meditation.
          --kṣetraṃ the abode of sages or Siddhas.
          --gaṃgā, --nadī, --siṃdhuḥ the celestial Ganges.
          --grahaḥ N. of a particular kind of madness or dementia.
          --jalaṃ, --salilaṃ sour rice-gruel.
          --devaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --dhātuḥ quicksilver.
          --pakṣaḥ the established or logical side of an argument.
          --puruṣa = siddhaḥ (1, 3, 4) above.
          --puṣpaḥ the Karavīra plant.
          --prayojanaḥ white mustard.
          --yātrikaḥ one wandering about for the acquis ition of magical power; Pt. 5.
          --yogin m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --rasa a. mineral, metallic. (
          --saḥ) 1. quick-silver. --2. an alchemist.
          --saṃkalpa a. one who has accomplished his desired object.
          --sādhakaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --sādhanaḥ white mustard. (
          --naṃ) 1. the performance of magical rites for the acquisition of supernatural powers &c.). --2. the materials employed in mystical or chemical processes.
          --sādhya a. accomplished, proved. (
          --dhyaṃ) a dogma, demonstrated conclusion.
          --senaḥ N. of Kārtikeya.
          --sthālī the boiler or pot of a seer (it is supposed to be a vessel which is gifted with the property of overflowing with any kind of food at the desire of the possessor).

siddhakaḥ The Sala tree.

siddhatā --tvam
     (1) Accomplishment, fulfilment, perfection.
     (2) Validity of a rule or doctrine.

siddhāṃtin m.
     (1) One who establishes a conclusion after noticing and answering objections (or pūrvapakṣa)
     (2) One learned in scientific textbooks.
     (3) A follower of the Mīmamsa philosophy.

siddhiḥ f. [sidh-ktin]
     (1) Accomplishment, fulfilment, completion, perfection, complete attainment (of an object); kriyāsiddhiḥ sattve bhavati mahatāṃ nopakaraṇe Subhāṣ.
     (2) Success, prosperity, welfare, well-being.
     (3) Establishment, settlement.
     (4) Substantiation, demonstration, proof, indisputable conclusion.
     (5) Validity (of a rule, law &c.).
     (6) Decision, adjudication, settlement (of a lawsuit).
     (7) Certainty, truth, accuracy, correctness.
     (8) Payment, liquidation (of a debt).
     (9) Preparing, cooking (as of drugs &c.). (10) The solution of a problem.
     (11) Readiness.
     (12) Complete purity or sanctification.
     (13) A superhuman power or faculty; (these faculties are eight: aṇimā laghimā prāptiḥ prākāmyaṃ mahimā tathā . īśitvaṃ ca vaśitvaṃ ca tathā kāmāvasāyitā).
     (14) The acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means.
     (15) Marvellous skill or capability.
     (16) Good effect or result.
     (17) Final beatitude, final emancipation.
     (18) Understanding, intellect.
     (19) Concealment, vanishing, making oneself invisible. (20) A magical shoe.
     (21) A kind of Yoga.
     (22) N. of Durga.
     (23) Complete knowledge.
     (24) Advantage, use, good effect.
     (25) N. of Śiva (m. in this sense).
     -- Comp.
          --da a. 1. granting success or supreme felicity. --2. giving the eight superhuman faculties; Mal. 5. 1. (
          --daḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --dātrī an epithet of Durgā.
          --yogaḥ a particular auspicious conjunction of planets.

sidhmaṃ, sidhman n. [sidh-man kicca]
     (1) Blotch, scab.
     (2) Leprosy.
     (3) A leprous spot.

sidhmala, sidhmavat a. Seabby, tainted with leprosy, leprous. --lā See sidhmaṃ above.

sidhmā
     (1) A blotch, scab, leprous spot.
     (2) Leprosy.

sidhyaḥ The asterism Pushya.

sidhra a.
     (1) Perfect, good.
     (2) Protecting. --dhraḥ
     (1) A pious or virtuous man.
     (2) A tree.

sidhrakāvaṇam N. of one of the celestial gardens.

sina a.
     (1) White.
     (2) One-eyed. --naḥ A morsel, mouthful. --naṃ
     (1) The body.
     (2) Ved. Food.

sinī A woman having a white complexion.

sinīvālī The day preceding that of new moon, or that day on which the moon rises with a scarcely visible crescent; yā pūrvāmāvāsyā sā sinīvālī yottarā sā kuṃhūḥ Ait. Br.; or sā dṛṣṭeṃduḥ sinīvālī sā naṣṭeṃdukalā kuhūḥ Ak.

siṃdukaḥ, siṃduvāraḥ N. of a tree.

siṃdūraḥ [syaṃd-uran saṃprasāraṇaṃ Uṇ. 1. 68] A kind of tree. --raṃ Red lead; svayaṃ siṃdūreṇa dviparaṇamudā mudrita iva Gīt. 11; N. 22. 45.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraṇaṃ lead.
          --tilakaḥ an elephant. (
          --kā) a woman whose husband is living.

siṃdūrikā Red-lead.

siṃdūrita a. Reddned, made red.

siṃdūrī Red cloth or clothes.

siṃdhuḥ [syaṃd-ud saṃprasāraṇaṃ dasya dhaśca Tv.]
     (1) The sea, ocean.
     (2) The Indus.
     (3) The country around the Indus.
     (4) N. of a river in Malvā; Me. 29 (where Malli.'s remark siṃdhurnāma nadī tu kutrāpi nāsti is gratuitous); Mal. 4. 9 (see Dr. Bhāndārkar's note ad loc.).
     (5) The water ejected from an elephant's trunk.
     (5) The juice exuding fron the temples of an elephant.
     (7) An elephant.
     (8) N. of Varuṇa.
     (9) White borax. (10) A kind of musical mode (rāga). --pl. The inhabitants of the Sindhu country. --f.
     (1) A great river or river in general; pibatyasau pāyayate ca siṃdhūḥ R. 13. 9; Me. 46; S. 5. 21; Ku. 3. 6; 5. 85.
     (2) The river Sindhu.
     -- Comp.
          --utthaṃ, -upalaṃ rock-salt.
          --kaphaḥ cuttle-fish bone.
          --khelaḥ the country Sindha.
          --ja, -janman a. 1. aquatic. --2. riverborn. --3. sea-born, born in the Sindh country. (
          --jaḥ) the moon. (
          --jaṃ) rock-salt.
          --nāthaḥ the ocean.
          --puṣpaḥ a conch-shell.
          --rājaḥ, --patiḥ N. of Jayadratha; Ve. 3.
          --lavaṇaṃ rocksalt.
          --vāraḥ a horse of good breed (brought from Sindha or Persia).
          --śayanaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.

siṃdhukaḥ, siṃdhuvāraḥ N. of a tree.

siṃdhuraḥ An elephant.

sinv 1 P. (sinvati) To wet, moisten.

sipraḥ
     (1) Perspiration, sweat.
     (2) The moon.

siprā
     (1) A woman's zone or girdle.
     (2) A female buffalo.
     (3) A river near Ujjayinī; see śiprā.

sima a. Every, all, whole, entire.

simisimāyate Den. A. To be convulsed, feel a chilling sensation.

siṃbā --bī See śiṃbā --bī.

siraḥ The root of long pepper.

sirā
     (1) Any tubular vessel of the body (as a vein, artery, nerve &c.).
     (2) A bucket, baling vessel.
     (3) Ved. A stream.
     -- Comp.
          --utpātaḥ 1. a disease of the veins &c. --2. redness and inflammation of the eyes.
          --jālaḥ enlargement of the vessels of the eye.
          --mokṣaḥ, -vyadhaḥ, -vyadhanaṃ venesection.

siv 4 P. (sīvyati, syūta)
     (1) To sew, darn, stitch together; manobhavaḥ sīvyati duryaśaḥpaṭau N. 1. 80; Māl. 5. 10.
     (2) To unite, bring or join together; sa hi snehātmakastaṃturaṃtarmarmāṇi sīvyati U. 5. 17. --WITH anu to string together, connect very closely or uninterruptedly.

sivaraḥ An elephant.

siṣādhayiṣā
     (1) Wish to effect or accomplish.
     (2) Desire to establish, prove, or demonstrate.

sisṛkṣā Desire to create.

sihuṃḍaḥ The milk-hedge plant.

sihlaḥ, --sihlakaḥ Benzoin, incense.

sihlakī, sihlām The olibanum tree.

sik I. 1 A. (sīkate)
     (1) To sprinkle, scatter in small drops.
     (2) To go, move. --II. 1 P., 10 U. (sīkati, sīkayati-te)
     (1) To be impatient
     (2) To be patient.
     (3) To touch.

sīkaraḥ [sīkyate sicyate'nena, sīk-aran]
     (1) Drizzling rain, drizzle, mist.
     (2) Spray, thin drops of water. See śīkara.

sītā [si-ta pṛṣo- dīrghaḥ]
     (1) A furrow, track or line of a ploughshare.
     (2) (Hence) A tilled or furrowed ground, ploughed land; vṛṣeva sītāṃ tadavagrahakṣatāṃ Ku. 5. 61.
     (3) Husbandry, agriculture; as in sītādravya q. v.
     (4) N. of the daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilā, and wife of Rāma. [She was so called because she was supposed to have sprung from a furrow made by king Janaka while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice which he had instituted to obtain progeny, and hence also her epithets, 'Ayonijā', 'Dharāputrī' &c. She was married to Rāma and accompanied him to the forest. While there she was once carried off by Rāvaṇa who tried to violate her chastity, but she scornfully rejected his suit. When Rāma came to know that she was in Lanka, he attacked the place, killed Rāvaṇa and his host of demons, and recovered Sīta. She had, however, to pass through the terrible ordeal of fire before she could be received by her husband as his wife. Though thus convinced of her chastity, he had afterwards to abandon her, when far advanced in pregnancy, because the people continued to suspect her fidelity. She, however, found a protector, in the sage Vālmīki, at whose hermitage she was delivered of Kuśa and Lava, and who brought them up. She was ultimately restored to Rāma by the sage.].
     (5) N. of a goddess, wife of Indra.
     (6) N. of Umā.
     (7) N. of Lakṣmī.
     (8) N. of one of the fabulous branches of the Ganges.
     (9) Spirituous liquor.
     -- Comp.
          --dravyaṃ implements of agriculture, tools of husbandry; Ms. 9. 293.
          --patiḥ N. of Rāmachandra.
          --phalaḥ the custard-apple tree. (
          --laṃ) its fruit.

sītya a. Measured out by furrows, tilled, ploughed. --tyaṃ Rice, corn, grain.

sītānakaḥ Pease.

sītkāraḥ, sītkṛtiḥ f. A sound made by drawing in the breath, (expressive of sighing, shivering with cold, murmuring &c.); mayā daṣṭādharaṃ tasyāḥ sasītkāramivānanaṃ V. 4. 21.

sīdyam Indolence, slothfulness, idleness.

sīdhu m. [sidh-u pṛṣo-] Spirit distilled from molasses, rum; sphuradadharasīdhave tava vadanacaṃdramā rocayati locanacakoraṃ Gīt. 10; Śi. 9. 87; R. 16. 52.
     -- Comp.
          --gadhaḥ the Bakula tree.
          --puṣpaḥ 1. the Kadamba tree. --2. the Bakula tree.
          --rasaḥ the mango tree.
          --saṃjñaḥ the Bakula tree.

sīdhram The anus(?).

sīpaḥ A sacrificial vessel in the shape of a boat.

sīman f. [si-imani pṛṣo- na guṇo dīrghaśca Tv.]
     (1) A boundary &c.; see sīmā; sīmānamatyāyatayo'tyajaṃtaḥ Śi. 3. 57; see niḥsīman also.
     (2) The scrotum; sīmni puṣkalako hataḥ Sk.; (for other senses see sīmā below).

sīmaṃtaḥ [sīmnoṃ'taḥ śakaṃ-]
     (1) A boundary-line, land-mark.
     (2) The parting line of the hair, the hair parted on each side of the head so as to leave a line; sīmaṃte ca tvadupagamajaṃ yatra nīpaṃ vadhūnāṃ Me. 65; Śi. 8. 69; Mv. 5. 44.
     (3) A land-mark.
     -- Comp.
          --unnayanaṃ 'parting of the hair', one of the twelve Samskāras or purificatory rites observed by women in the fourth, sixth, or eighth month of their pregnancy.

sīmaṃtakaḥ N. of a particular kind of inhabitant of hell. --kaṃ Red lead.

sīmaṃtayati Den. P.
     (1) To part as hair.
     (2) To part or mark by a line (in general); senāṃ sīmaṃtayannareḥ Kīr. K. 5. 44.

sīmaṃtita a.
     (1) Parted(as hair).
     (2) Parted or marked by a line; samīrasīmaṃtitaketakī kāḥ (pradeśāḥ) Śi. 3. 80; rathāṃgasīmaṃtitasāṃdrakardamān (pathaḥ) Ki. 4. 18.

sīmaṃtinī A woman; mā sma sīmaṃtinī kācijjanayetputramīṭṭaśaṃ H. 2. 7; Me. 100; Bk. 5. 22.

sīmā
     (1) Boundary, limit, border, margin, frontier.
     (2) A mound or ridge serving to mark the boundary of a field, village &c.; sīmāṃ prati samutpanne vivāde Ms. 8. 245; Y. 2. 152.
     (3) A mark, land-mark.
     (4) A bank, shore, coast.
     (5) The horizon.
     (6) A suture (as of a skull).
     (7) The bounds of morality or decorum, limits of propriety.
     (8) The highest or utmost limit, highest point, climax; sīmeva padmāsanakauśalastha Bk. 1. 6.
     (9) A field. (10) The nape of the neck.
     (11) The scrotum.
     -- Comp.
          --adhipaḥ a neigh bouring prince.
          --aṃtaḥ 1. a boundary-line, border, frontier-line. --2. the utmost limit. -pūjanaṃ 1. the ceremony of worshipping or honouring a village-boundary. --2. worshipping the bridegroom when he arrives at the village-boundary.
          --ullaṃghanaṃ transgressing or leaping over a boundary, crossing a frontier (now performed on the Dasarā day).
          --niścayaḥ a legal decision with respect to land-marks or boundaries.
          --liṃgaṃ a boundary-mark, land-mark.
          --vādaḥ a dispute about boundaries.
          --vinirṇayaḥ settlement of disputed boundary-questions.
          --vivādaḥ litigation about boundaries. -dharmaḥ the law regarding disputes about boundaries.
          --vṛkṣaḥ a tree serving as a boundary-mark.
          --saṃdhiḥ the meeting of two boundaries.

sīmikaḥ
     (1) A kind of tree.
     (2) An ant-hill.
     (3) An ant or a similar small insect.

sīraḥ [si-rak pṛṣo- Uṇ. 2. 25]
     (1) A plough; sadyaḥ sīrotkaṣaṇasurabhi kṣetramāruhya mālaṃ Me. 16.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) The Arka plant.
     -- Comp.
          --dhvajaḥ an epithet of Janaka.
          --pāṇiḥ, -bhṛt m. epithets of Balarāma.
          --yogaḥ the yoking of cattle to a plough, or a team so yoked.

sīrakaḥ
     (1) A plough.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A porpoise.

sīrin m. An epithet of Balarāma; Śi. 2. 2.

sīv See siv.

sīvanam
     (1) Sewing, stitching.
     (2) A seam, suture.

sīvanī
     (1) A needle.
     (2) The frenum of the prepuce.

sīsaṃ, sīsakaṃ, sīsapatrakaṃ, sīsapatram Lead; Ms. 5. 114; Y. 1. 190.

sīhuṃḍaḥ The milk-hedge plant.

su I. 1 U. (suvati-te) To go, move. --II. 1. 2. P. (savati, sauti) To possess power or supremacy. --III. 5. U. (sunoti, sunute, suta; the s of su is changed to ṣ after any preposition ending in i or u)
     (1) To press out or extract juice.
     (2) To distil.
     (3) To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
     (4) To perform a sacrifice, especially the Soma sacrifice.
     (5) To bathe.
     (6) To churn. --Desid. (suṣūsati-te) --WITH ud to excite, agitate. --pra to produce, beget.

su ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:
     (1) Well, good, excellent; as in suṃgadhi.
     (2) Beautiful, handsome; as in sumadhyamā, sukeśī &c.
     (3) Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; sujīrṇamannaṃ suvicakṣaṇaḥ sutaḥ suśāsitā strī nṛpatiḥ susevitaḥ &c ... sudīrghakāle'pi na yāti vikriyāṃ H. 1. 22.
     (4) Easily, readily, as in sukara or sulabha q. v.
     (5) Much, very much, exceedingly; sudāruṇa, sudīrgha &c.
     (6) Worthy of respect or reverence.
     (7) It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. 1. having good eyes. --2. having keen organs, acute.
          --aṃga a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
          --accha a. see s. v.
          --aṃta a. having a happy end, ending well.
          --alpa, -alpaka a. see s. v.
          --asti, --astika see s. v.
          --ākāra, --ākṛti a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
          --āgata see s. v.
          --ādānaṃ taking justly or properly; Ms. 8. 172.
          --ābhāsa a. very splendid or illustrious; Ki. 15. 22.
          --iṣṭa a. properly sacrificed. -kṛt m. a form of fire.
          --ukta a. well-spoken, well-said; athavā sūktaṃ khalu kenāpi Ve. 3. (
          --ktā) a kind of bird (sārikā. (--ktaṃ) 1. a good or wise saying; netuṃ vāṃchati yaḥ khalān pathi satāṃ sūktaiḥ sudhāsyaṃdibhiḥ Bh. 2. 6, R. 15. 97. --2. a Vedic hymn, as in puruṣasūkta &c. -darśin m. a hymnseer, Vedic sage. -vāc f. 1. a hymn. --2. praise, a word of praise.
          --uktiḥ f. 1. a good or friendly speech. --2. a good or clever saying. --3. a correct sentence.
          --uttara a. 1. very superior. --2. well towards the north.
          --utthāna a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
          --naṃ) vigorous effort or exertion.
          --unmada, --unmāda a. quite mad or frantic.
          --upasadana a. easy to be approached.
          --upaskara a. furnished with good instruments.
          --kaṃṭakā the aloe plant.
          --kaṃḍuḥ itch.
          --kaṃdaḥ 1. an onion. --2. a yam. --3. a sort of grass.
          --kaṃdakaḥ onion.
          --kara a. (rā or rī f.) 1. easy to be done, practicable, feasible; vaktuṃ sukaraṃ kartuṃ (adhyavasātuṃ) duṣkaraṃ Ve. 3 'sooner said than done.' --2 easy to be managed. (
          --rā) a tractable cow. (
          --raṃ) charity, benevolence.
          --karman a. 1. one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. --2. active, diligent. (--m.) N. of Viśvakarman.
          --kala a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c.).
          --kāṃḍaḥ the Kāravella plant.
          --kāṃḍikā the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
          --kāṃḍin a. 1. having beautiful stems. --2. beautifully joined. (--m.) a bee.
          --kāṣṭhaṃ firewood.
          --kuṃdakaḥ an onion.
          --kumāra a. 1. very delicate or soft, smooth. --2. beautifully young or youthful. (
          --raḥ) 1. a beautiful youth. --2. a kind of sugar-cane. --3. a kind of grain (śyāmāka). --4 a kind of mustard. --5. the wild Champaka. (
          --rā) 1. the double jasmine. --2. the plantain. --3. the great-flowered jasmine.
          --kumārakaḥ 1. a beautiful youth. --2. rice (śāli). (--kaṃ) the Tamālapatra.
          --kumārī the Navamallikā jasmine.
          --kṛt a. 1. doing good, benevolent. --2. pious, virtuous, righteous. --3. wise, learned. --4. fortunate, lucky. --5. making good sacrifices or offerings (--m.) 1. a skilful worker. --2. N. of Tvaṣṭṛ.
          --kṛta a. 1. done well or properly. --2. thoroughly done. --3. well-made or constructed. --4. treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. --5. virtuous, righteous, pious. --6. lucky, fortunate. (
          --taṃ) 1. any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; nādatte kasyacitpāpaṃ kasyacitsukṛtaṃ vibhuḥ Bg. 5. 15, Me. 17. --2. virtue, moral or religious merit; svargābhisaṃdhisukṛtaṃ vaṃcanāmiva menire Ku. 6. 47; tacciṃtyamānaṃ sukṛtaṃ taveti R. 14. 16. --3. fortune, auspiciousness. --4. recompense, reward.
          --kṛtiḥ f. 1. well-doing, a good act. --2. kindness, virtue. --3. practice of penance. --4. auspiciousness.
          --kṛtin a. 1. acting well or kindly. --2. virtuous, pious, good, righteous; saṃtaḥ saṃtu nirāpadaḥ sukṛtināṃ kīrtiściraṃ vardhatāṃ H. 4. 132; Bg. 7. 16. --3. wise, learned. --4. benevolent. --5. fortunate, lucky.
          --kṛtyaṃ a good action; Pt. 2. 41.
          --keśa(sa)raḥ the citron tree.
          --kratuḥ 1. N. of Agni. --2. of Śiva. --3. of Indra. --4. of Mitra and Varuṇa. --5. of the sun. --6. of Soma.
          --gaṃ a. 1. going gracefully or well. --2. graceful, elegant. --3. easy of access; Pt. 2. 144. --4. intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. durga). (
          --gaṃ) 1. ordure, feces. --2. happiness.
          --gata a. 1. well-gone or passed. --2 well-bestowed. (
          --taḥ) an epithet of Buddha.
          --gaṃdhaḥ 1. fragrance, odour, perfume. --2. sulphur. --3. a trader. (
          --dhaṃ) 1. sandal. --2. small cumin seed. --3. a blue lotus. --4. a kind of fragrant grass. (
          --dhā) sacred basil.
          --gaṃdhakaḥ 1. sulphur. --2. the red Tulasī1. --3. the orange. --4. a kind of gourd.
          --gaṃdhāraḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --gaṃdhi a. 1. sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. --2. virtuous, pious. (
          --dhiḥ) 1. perfume, fragrance. --2. the Supreme Being. --3. a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
          --dhi n.) 1. the root of long pepper. --2. a kind of fragrant grass. --3. coriander seed. -triphalā 1. nutmeg. --2. areca nut. --3. cloves. -mūlaṃ the root Uśīra. -mūṣikā the musk-rat.
          --gaṃdhikaḥ 1. incense. --2. sulphur. --3. a kind of rice. (
          --kaṃ) the white lotus.
          --gama a. 1. easy of access, accessible. --2. easy. --3. plain, intelligible.
          --gahanā an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. -vṛttiḥ f. the same as above.
          --gṛha a. (hī f.) having a beautiful house or abode, welllodged; sugṛhī nirgṛṃhīkṛtā Pt. 1. 390.
          --gṛhīta a. 1. held well or firmly, grasped. --2. used or applied properly or auspiciously. -nāman a. 1. one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; sugṛhītanāmnaḥ bhaṭṭagopālasya pautraḥ Māl. 1.
          --grāsaḥ a dainty morsel.
          --grīva a. having a beautiful neck. (
          --vaḥ) 1. a hero. --2. a swan. --3. a kind of weapon. --4. N. of one of the four horses of Kṛṣṇa. --5. of Śiva. --6. of Indra. --7. N. of a monkeychief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therefere, killed Vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.]. -īśaḥ N. of Rāma.
          --gla a. very weary or fatigued.
          --cakṣus a. having good eyes, seeing well. (--m.) 1. a discerning or wise man, learned man. --2. the glomerous fig-tree.
          --carita, caritra a. well-conducted, well-behaved. (
          --taṃ, -traṃ) 1. good conduct, virtuous deeds. --2. merit; tava sucaritamaṃgulīya nūnaṃ pratanu S. 6. 10. (
          --tā, --trā) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
          --carman m. the Bhūrja tree.
          --citrakaḥ 1. a king-fisher. --2. a kind of speckled snake.
          --citrā a kind of gourd.
          --ciṃtā, --ciṃtanaṃ deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
          --ciram ind. for a very long time, very long.
          --cirāyus m. a god, deity.
          --cūṭī a pair of nippers or tongs.
          --celakaḥ a fine cloth.
          --chatraḥ N. of Śiva. (
          --trā) the river Sutlej.
          --jana a. 1. good, virtuous, respectable. --2. kind, benevolent. (
          --naḥ) 1. a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. --2. a gentleman. --3. N. of Indra's charioteer.
          --janatā 1. goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; aiśvaryasya vibhūṣaṇaṃ sujanatā Bh. 2. 82. --2. a number of good men. --3. bravery,
          --janman a. 1. of noble or respectable birth; yā kaumudī nayanayorbhavataḥ sujanmā Māl. 1. 34. --2. legitimate, lawfully born.
          --jalaṃ a lotus.
          --jalpaḥ 1. a good speech. --2. a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; yatrārjavāt sagāṃbhīryaṃ sadainyaṃ sahacāpalam . sotkaṃṭhaṃ ca hariḥ spṛṣṭaḥ sa sujalpo nigadyate ... --jāta a. 1. wellgrown, tall. --2. well made or produced. --3. of high birth. --4. beautiful, lovely; Māl. 1. 16, R. 3. 8.
          --tanu a. 1. having a beautiful body. --2. extremely delicate or slender, very thin. --3. emaciated. (
          --nuḥ, --nūḥ f.) a lovely lady; etāḥ sutanu mukha te sakhyaḥ paśyaṃti hemakūṭagatāḥ V. 1. 10.
          --taṃtrī a. 1. well-stringed. --2. (hence) melodious.
          --tapas a. 1. one who practises austere penance. --2. having great heat. (--m.) 1. an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. --2. the sun. (--n.) an austere penance.
          --tamāṃ ind. most excellently, best.
          --tarāṃ ind. 1. better, more excellently. --2. exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; tayā duhitrā sutarāṃ savitrī sphuratprabhāmaṃḍalayā cakāśe Ku. 1. 24; sutarāṃ dayāluḥ R. 2. 53, 7. 21, 14. 9, 18. 24. --3. more so, much more so; mayyapyāsthā na te cettvayi mama sutarāmeṣa rājan gatosmi Bh. 3. 30. --4. consequently.
          --tardanaḥ the (Indian) cuckoo.
          --talaṃ 1. 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see pātāla. --2. the foundation of a large building.
          --tiktakaḥ the coral tree.
          --tīkṣṇa a. 1. very sharp. --2. very pungent. --3. acutely painful. (
          --kṣṇaḥ) 1. the Śigru tree. --2. N. of a sage; nāmnā sutīkṣṇaścaritena dāṃtaḥ R. 13. 41. -daśanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --tīrthaḥ 1. a good preceptor. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --tuṃga a. very lofty or tall. (
          --gaḥ) the cocoa-nut tree.
          --tejas a. 1. very sharp. --2. very bright, or splendid. --3. very mighty. (--m.) a worshipper of the sun.
          --dakṣiṇa a. 1. very sincere or upright. --2. liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; Pt. 1. 310. (
          --ṇā) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; tasya dākṣiṇyarūḍhena nāmnā magadhavaṃśajā . patnī sudakṣiṇetyāsīt R. 1. 31, 3. 1
          --daṃḍaḥ a cane, ratan.
          --dat a. (tī f.) having handsome teeth.
          --daṃtaḥ 1. a good tooth. --2. an actor, a dancer. (
          --tī) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
          --darśana a. (nā or nī f.) 1. good-looking, beautiful, handsome. --2. easily seen. (
          --naḥ) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in kṛṣṇopyasudarśanaḥ K. --2. N. of Śiva. --3. of mount Meru. --4. a vulture. (
          --nī --naṃ) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
          --naṃ) N. of Jambudvīpa.
          --darśanā 1. a handsome woman. --2. a woman. --3. an order, a command. --4. a kind of drug.
          --dā a. very bountiful.
          --dāṃtaḥ a Buddhist.
          --dāman a. one who gives liberally. (--m.) 1. a cloud. --2. a mountain. --3. the sea. --4. N. of Indra's elephant. --5. N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvāraka with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
          --dāyaḥ 1. a good or auspicious gift. --2. a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. --3. one who offers such a gift.
          --dinaṃ 1. a happy or auspicious day. --2. a fine day or weather (opp. durdina); so sudināhaṃ in the same sense.
          --dīrgha a. very long or extended. (
          --rghā) a kind of cucumber.
          --durlabha a. very scarce or rare.
          --dvara a. very distant or remote. (sudūraṃ means 1. to a great distance. --2. to a very high degree, very much. sudūrāt 'from afar, from a distance').
          --ṭṭaḍha a. very firm or hard, compact.
          --dṛś a. having beautiful eyes. (--f.) a pretty woman.
          --dhanvan a. having an excellent bow. (--m.) 1. a good archer or bowman. --2. Ananta, the great serpent. --3. N. of Viśvakarman.
          --dharman a. attentive to duties. (--f.) the council or assembly of gods. (--m.) 1. the hall or palace of Indra. --2. one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
          --dharmā --rmī the council or assembly of gods (devasabhā); yayāvudīritālokaḥ sudharmānavamāṃ sabhāṃ R. 17. 27.
          --dhita a. Ved. 1. perfect, secure. --2. kind, good. --3. happy, prosperous. --4. well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
          --dhī a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
          --dhīḥ) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (--f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. -upāsyaḥ 1. a particular kind of royal palace. --2. N. of an attendant on Kṛṣṇa. (
          --syaṃ) the club of Balarama. -upāsyā 1. a woman. --2. N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. --3. a sort of pigment.
          --dhūmravarṇā one of the seven tongues of fire.
          --naṃdā N. of a woman.
          --nayaḥ 1. good conduct. --2. good policy.
          --nayana a. having beautiful eyes. (
          --naḥ) a deer. (
          --nā) 1. a woman having beautiful eyes. --2. a woman in general.
          --nābha a. 1. having a beautiful navel. --2. having a good nave or centre. (
          --bhaḥ) 1. a mountain. --2. the Maināka mountain q. v.
          --nibhṛta a. very lonely or private. (
          --taṃ) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
          --niścalaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --nīta 1. well-conducted, well-behaved. --2. polite, civil. (
          --taṃ) 1. good conduct or behaviour. --2. good policy or prudence.
          --nītiḥ f. 1. good conduct, good manners, propriety. --2. good policy. --3. N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
          --nītha a. well-disposed, well-conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (
          --thaḥ) 1. a Brāhmaṇa. --2. N. of Śiśupāla q. v. --3. Ved. a good leader.
          --nīla a. very black or blue. (
          --laḥ) the pomegranate tree. (
          --lā) common flax. (--laṃ), --nīlakaḥ a blue gem.
          --netra a. having good or beautiful eyes.
          --nau n. water (?).
          --pakva a. 1. well-cooked. --2. thoroughly matured or ripe. (
          --kvaḥ) a sort of fragrant mango.
          --patnī a woman having a good husband.
          --pathaḥ 1. a good road. --2. a good course. --3. good conduct.
          --pathin m. (nom. sing. supaṃthāḥ) a good road.
          --padmā orris root.
          --parṇa a. (rṇā or rṇī f.) 1. wellwinged. --2. having good or beautiful leaves. (
          --rṇaḥ) 1. a ray of the sun. --2. a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. --3. any supernatural bird. --4. an epithet of Garuḍa. --5. a cock. -ketuḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --parṇakaḥ = suparṇa. --parṇā, --parṇī f. 1. a number of lotuses. --2. a pool abounding with lotuses. --3. N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
          --paryāpta a. 1. very spacious. --2. well-fitted.
          --parvan a. well-jointed, having many joints or knots. (--m.) 1. a bamboo. --2. an arrow. --3. a god, deity. --4. a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). --5. smoke. (--f.) white Dūrvā grass.
          --palāyita a. 1. completely fled or run away. --2. skilfully retreated.
          --pātraṃ 1. a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. --2. a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
          --pād (pād or padī f.) having good or handsome feet.
          --pārśvaḥ 1. the wavedleaf fig-tree (plakṣa). --2. N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
          --pītaṃ a carrot. (
          --taḥ) the fifth Muhūrta.
          --puṃsī a woman having a good husband.
          --puṣpa a. (ṣpā or ṣpī f.) having beautiful flowers. (
          --ṣpaḥ) 1. the coral tree. --2. the Śirīṣa tree. (
          --ṣpī) the plantain tree. (
          --ṣpaṃ) 1. cloves. --2. the menstrual excretion.
          --puṣpita a. 1. well blossomed, being in full flower. --2. having the hair thrilling or bristling.
          --pūra a. 1. easy to be filled; Pt. 1. 25. --2. well-filling. (
          --raḥ) a kind of citron (bījapūra). --pūrakaḥ the Baka-pushpa tree.
          --prakāśa a. 1. manifest, apparent. --2. public, notorious.
          --pratarkaḥ a sound judgment
          --pratibhā spirituous liquor.
          --pratiṣṭha a. 1. standing well. --2. very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (
          --ṣṭhā) 1. good position. --2. good re putation, fame, celebrity. --3. establishment, erection. --4. installation, consecration.
          --pratiṣṭhita a. 1. well-established. --2. consecrated --3. celebrated. (
          --taḥ) the Udumbara tree.
          --pratiṣṇāta a. 1. thoroughly purified. --2. well-versed in. --3. well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined.
          --pratīka a. 1. having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome. --2. having a beautiful trunk. (
          --kaḥ) 1. an epithet of Kāmadeva. --2. of Śiva. --3. of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
          --prapāṇaṃ a good tank.
          --prabha a. very brilliant, glorious. (
          --bhā) one of the seven tongues of fire.
          --prabhātaṃ 1. an auspicious dawn or day-break; diṣṭyā suprabhātamadya yadayaṃ devo ṭṭaṣṭaḥ U. 6 --2. the earliest dawn.
          --prayuktaśaraḥ a skilful archer.
          --prayogaḥ 1. good management or application. --2. close contact. --3. dexterity.
          --prasannaḥ N. of Kubera.
          --prasāda a. very gracious or propitious. (
          --daḥ) N. of Śiva.
          --priya a. very much liked, agreeable. (
          --yaḥ) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (
          --yā) 1. a charming woman. --2. a beloved mistress.
          --phala a. 1. very fruitful, very productive. --2. very fertile. (
          --laḥ) 1. the pomegranate tree. --2. the jujube. --3. the Karṇikara tree. --4. a kind of bean. (
          --lā) 1. a pumpkin, gourd. --2. the plantain tree. --3. a variety of brown grape. --4. colocynth.
          --phenaḥ a cuttlefish bone.
          --baṃdhaḥ sesamum.
          --bala a. very powerful. (
          --laḥ) 1. N. of Śiva. --2. N. of the father of Śakuni.
          --bāṃdhavaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --bāhu a. 1. handsome-armed. --2. strong-armed. (
          --huḥ) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa; see R. 11. 29.
          --bodha a. 1. easily apprehended or understood. (
          --dhaḥ) good information or advice.
          --brahmaṇyaḥ 1. an epithet of Kārtikeya. --2. N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
          --bhaga a. 1. very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed. highly favoured. --2. lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; na tu grīṣmasyaivaṃ subhagamaparāddhaṃ yuvatiṣu S. 3. 9; Ku. 4. 34, R. 11. 80; Māl. 9. --3. pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; śravaṇasubhaga M. 3. 4, S. 1. 3. --4. beloved, liked, amiable, dear; sumukhi subhagaḥ paśyan sa tvāmupaitu kṛtārthatāṃ Gīt. 5. 5. illustrious. (
          --gaḥ) 1. borax. --2. the Aśoka tree. --3. the Champaka tree. --4. red amaranth. (
          --gaṃ) good fortune. -mānin, subhagaṃmanya a. --1. considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; vācālaṃ māṃ na khalu subhagaṃmanyabhāvaḥ karoti Me. 94. --2. vain, flattering oneself.
          --bhagā a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. --2. an honoured mother --3. a kind of wild jasmine. --4 turmeric. --5. the Priyangu creeper. --6 the holy basil. -sutaḥ the son of a favourite wife.
          --bhaṃgā the cocoa-nut tree.
          --bhadra a. very happy or fortunate. (
          --draḥ) N. of Viṣṇu. (
          --drā) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
          --bhadrakaḥ 1. a car for carrying the image of a god. --2. the Bilva tree.
          --bhāṣita a. 1. spoken well or eloquent. (
          --taṃ) 1. fine speech, eloquence, learning; jīrṇamaṃge subhāṣitaṃ Bh. 3. 2. --2. a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; subhāṣitena gītena yuvatīnāṃ ca līlayā . mano na bhidyate yasya sa vai mukto'thavā paśuḥ Subbish. --3. a good remark; bālādapi subhāṣitaṃ (grāhyaṃ). --bhikṣaṃ 1. good alms, successful begging. --2. abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
          --bhīrakaḥ the Palāśa tree.
          --bhūtikaḥ the Bilva tree.
          --bhrū a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
          --bhrūḥ f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly subhrūḥ; but subhru is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi, Kālidāsa, and Bha vabhūti; hā pitaḥ kvāsi he subhru Bk. 6. 17; so V. 3. 22; Ku. 5. 43; Māl. 3. 8.
          --maṃgala a. 1. very auspicious. --2. abounding in sacrifices.
          --mati a. very wise. (
          --tiḥ f.) 1. a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. --2. a favour of the gods. --3. a gift, blessing. --4. a prayer, hymn. --5. a wish or desire. --6. N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 60,000 sons.
          --madanaḥ the mango tree.
          --madhuraṃ a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
          --madhya, -madhyama a. slender-waisted.
          --madhyā, -madhyamā a graceful woman.
          --mana a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (
          --naḥ) 1. wheat. --2. the thorn-apple. (
          --nā) the great-flowered jasmine.
          --manas a. 1. good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent. --2. well-pleased, satisfied. (--m.) 1. a god, divinity. --2. a learned man. --3. a student of the Vedas. --4. wheat. --5. the Nimba tree. (--f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; ramaṇīya eṣa vaḥ sumanasāṃ saṃniveśaḥ Māl. 1 (where the adjectival sense in 1 is also intended); kiṃ sevyate sumanasāṃ manasāpi gaṃdhaḥ kastūrikājananaśaktibhṛtā mṛgeṇa R. G.; Śi. 6. 66. (--f.) 1. the great-flowered jasmine. --2 the Mālatī creeper. -phalaḥ the wood-apple. -phalaṃ nutmeg.
          --maṃtu a. 1. advising well. --2. very faulty or blameable. (--m.) a good adviser.
          --maṃtraḥ N. of the charioteer of Daśaratha.
          --mitrā 1. N. of one of the wives of Daśaratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna
          --mukha a. (khā or khī f.) 1. having a beautiful face, lovely. --2. pleasing. --3. disposed to, eager for; Ki. 6. 42. (
          --khaḥ) 1. a learned man. --2. an epithet of Garuḍa. --3. of Gaṇeśa. --4. of Śiva. (
          --khaṃ) the scratch of a finger-nail. (
          --khā, --khī) 1. a handsome woman. --2. a mirror.
          --mūlakaṃ a carrot.
          --mekhalaḥ the Munja grass.
          --medhas a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent. (--m.) a wise man. (--f.) heart-pea.
          --meruḥ 1. the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. --2. N. of Śiva.
          --yavasaṃ beautiful grass, good pasturage.
          --yāmunaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --yuktaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --yodhanaḥ an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
          --raktakaḥ 1. a kind of red chalk. --2 a kind of mango tree.
          --raṃgaḥ 1. good colour. --2. the orange. --3. a hole cut in a house (suraṃgā also in this sense). (
          --gaṃ) 1. red sanders. --2. vermilion. -dhātuḥ red chalk. -yuj m. a house-breaker.
          --raṃgikā the Mūrvā plant.
          --rajaḥphalaḥ the jackfruit tree.
          --raṃjanaḥ the betel-nuttree.
          --rata a. 1. much sported. --2. playful. --2. much enjoyed. --4. compassionate, tender. (
          --taṃ) 1. great delight or enjoyment. --2. copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; suratamṛditā bālavanitā Bh. 2. 44. -tālī 1. a female-messenger, a go-between. --2. a chaplet, garland for the head. -prasaṃgaḥ addiction to amorous pleasures; Ku. 1. 19.
          --ratiḥ f. great enjoyment or satisfaction.
          --rasa a. 1. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. --2. sweet. --3. elegant (as a composition). (
          --saḥ, --sā) the plant siṃdhuvāra. (--sā) N. of Durgā. (
          --sā, -saṃ) the sacred basil. (
          --saṃ) 1. gummyrrh. --2. fragrant grass.
          --rājan a. governed by a good king; surājñi deśe rājanvān Ak. (--m.) 1. a good king. --2. a divinity.
          --rāṣṭraṃ N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). -jaṃ a kind of poison. -brahmaḥ a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
          --rūpa a. 1. well-formed, handsome, lovely; surūpā kanyā. --2. wise, learned. (
          --paḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --rebha a. finevoiced; Ki. 15. 16. (
          --bhaṃ) tin.
          --lakṣaṇa a. 1. having auspicious or beautiful marks. --2. fortunate. (
          --ṇaṃ) 1. observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. --2. a good or auspicious mark.
          --labha a. 1. easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; na sulabhā sakaleṃdumukhī ca sā V. 2. 9; idamasulabhavastuprārthanādurnivāraṃ 2. 6. --2. ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; niṣṭhyūtaścaraṇopabhogasulabho lākṣārasaḥ kenacit S. 4. 4. --3. natural to, proper for; mānuṣatāsulabho laghimā K. -kopa a. easily provoked, irascible.
          --locana a. fineeyed. (
          --naḥ) a deer. (
          --nā) 1. a beautiful woman. --2. N. of the wife of Indrajit.
          --lohakaṃ brass.
          --lohita a. very red. (
          --tā) one of the seven tongues of fire.
          --vaktraṃ 1. a good face or mouth. --2 correct utterance. (
          --ktraḥ) N. of Śiva.
          --vacanaṃ, --vacas n. eloquence.
          --varcakaḥ, --varcikaḥ --kā, --varcin m. natron, alkali.
          --varcalaṃ linseed.
          --varcasaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --varṇa see s. v.
          --vasaṃtaḥ 1. an agreeable vernal season. --2. the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also suvasaṃtakaḥ in this sense).
          --vaha a. 1. bearing well. patient. --2. patient, enduring. --3. easy to be borne. (
          --hā) a lute.
          --vāsaḥ 1. N. of Śiva. --2. a pleasant dwelling. --3. an agreeable perfume or odour.
          --vāsinī 1. a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. --2. a married woman whose husband is alive.
          --vikrāṃta a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous. (
          --taḥ) a hero. (
          --taṃ) heroism.
          --vid m. a learned man, shrewd person. (--f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
          --vidaḥ 1. an attendant on the women's apartments. --2. a king.
          --vidat m. a king.
          --viditraṃ 1. a household, family --2. wealth.
          --vidallaḥ an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for sauvidalla q. v). (
          --llaṃ) the women's apartments, harem.
          --vidallā a married woman.
          --vidha a. of a good kind.
          --vidham ind. easily.
          --vinīta a. well-trained, modest. (
          --tā) a tractable cow.
          --vihita a. 1. well-placed, well-deposited. --2. well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; suvihitaprayogatayā āryasya na kimapi parihāsyate S. 1; kalahaṃsamakaraṃdapraveśāvasare tatsuvihitaṃ Māl. 1. --3. well done or performed.
          --vī (bī) ja a. having good seed. (
          --jaḥ) 1. N. of Śiva. --2. the poppy. (
          --jaṃ) good seed.
          --vīrāmlaṃ sour rice-gruel.
          --vīrya a. 1. having great vigour. --2. of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (
          --ryaṃ) 1. great heroism. --2. abundance of heroes. --3. the fruit of the jujube. (
          --ryā) wild cotton.
          --bṛkti f. 1. a pure offering. --2. a hymn of praise.
          --vṛtta a. 1. well-behaved, virtuous, good; mayi tasya suvṛtta vartate laghusaṃdeśapadā sarasvatī R. 8. 77. --2. well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; mṛdunātisuvṛttena sumṛṣṭenātihāriṇā . modakenāpi kiṃ tena niṣpattiryasya sevayā; or sumukho'pi suvṛttopi sanmārgapatito'pi ca . mahatāṃ pādalagno'pi vyathayatyeva kaṃṭakaḥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
          --ttaṃ) a good or virtuous conduct; Pt. 1. 69.
          --vela a. 1. tranquil, still. --2. humble, quiet. (
          --laḥ) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
          --vrata a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly religious or virtuous. (
          --taḥ) a religious student. (
          --tā) 1. a virtuous wife. --2. a tractable cow, one easily milked.
          --śaṃsa a. wellspoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
          --śaka a. capable of being easily done.
          --śalyaḥ the Khadira tree.
          --śākaṃ undried ginger.
          --śāradaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --śāsita a. kept under control, well-controlled.
          --śikṣita a. well-taught trained, well-disciplined.
          --śikhaḥ fire. (
          --khā) 1. a peacock's crest. --2. a cock's comb.
          --śītaṃ yellow sandal-wood.
          --śīma a. cold, frigid. (
          --maḥ) coldness.
          --śīla a. good-tempered, amiable. (
          --lā) 1. N. of the wife of Yama. --2. N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kṛṣṇa.
          --śrīkā the gum olibanum tree.
          --śruta a. 1. well heard. --2. versed in the Vedaś. (
          --taḥ) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regarded as the olddest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
          --śliṣṭa 1. well-arranged or united. --2. well-fitted; Māl. 1.
          --śleṣaḥ close union or embrace.
          --satyā N. of the wife of Janaka.
          --saṭṭaś agreeable to look at.
          --sannata a. welldirected (as an arrow).
          --saraṇa. N. of Śiva.
          --saha a. 1. easy to be borne. --2. bearing or enduring well. (
          --haḥ) an epithet of Śiva.
          --sāra a. having good sap or essence. (
          --raḥ) 1. good sap, essence, or substance. --2. competence. --3. the red-flowering Khadira tree.
          --sāravat n. crystal.
          --sikatā 1. good sand. --2. gravel. --3. sugar.
          --stha a. 1. well-suited, being in a good sense. --2. in health, healthy, faring well. --3. in good or or prosperous circumstances, prosperous. --4. happy, fortunate. (
          --sthaṃ) a happy state, well-being; susthe ko vā na paḍitaḥ H. 3. 121. (susthita in the same sense).
          --sthatā --sthitiḥ f. 1. good condition, wellbeing, welfare, happiness. --2. health, convalescence.
          --smita a. pleasantly smiling. (
          --tā) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
          --svapanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --svara a. 1. melodious, harmonious. --2. loud.
          --hita a. 1. very fit or suitable, appropriate. --2. beneficial, salutary. --3. friendly, affectionate. --4. satisfied. (
          --tā) one of the seven tongues of fire.
          --hṛda a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate. (--m.) 1. a friend; suhṛdaḥ paśya vasaṃta kiṃ sthitaṃ Ku. 4. 27; maṃdāyaṃte na khalu suhṛdāmabhyupetārthakṛtyāḥ Me. 38. --2. an ally. -bhedaḥ the separation of friends. -vākyaṃ the counsel of a friend.
          --hṛdaḥ a friend.
          --hṛdaya a. 1. good-hearted. --2. dear, affectionate, loving.

sukh 10 P. (sukhayati) To make happy, please, delight; (properly a denom. of sukha).

sukham [sukh-ac]
     (1) Happy, delighted, joyful, pleased.
     (2) Agreeable, sweet, charming, pleasant; diśaḥ prasedurmaruto vavuḥ sukhāḥ R. 3. 14; so mukhaśravā nisvanāḥ 3. 19.
     (3) Virtuous, pious.
     (4) Taking delight in, favourable to; S. 7. 18.
     (5) Easy, practicable; śreyāṃsi labdhumasukhāni vināṃtarāyaiḥ Ki. 5. 49.
     (6) Fit, suitable. --khā The capital of Varuṇa. --khaṃ
     (1) Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure, comfort; yadevopanataṃ duḥkhātsukhaṃ tadrasavattaraṃ V. 3. 21.
     (2) Prosperity; advaitaṃ sukhaduḥkhayoranuguṇaṃ sarvāsvavasthāsu yat U. 1. 40.
     (3) Well-being, welfare, health; devīṃ sukhaṃ praṣṭuṃ gatā M. 4.
     (4) Ease, comfort, alleviation (of sorrow &c.); oft. in comp.; as in sukhaśayita, sukhopaviṣṭa, sukhāśraya &c.
     (5) Facility, easiness, ease.
     (6) Heaven, paradise.
     (7) Water. --khaṃ ind.
     (1) Happily, joyfully.
     (2) Well; sukhamāstāṃ bhavāt 'may you fare well'.
     (3) At ease, comfortably; asaṃjātakiṇaskaṃdhaḥ sukhaṃ svapiti gaurgaḍiḥ K. P. 10.
     (4) Easily, with ease; ajñaḥ sukhamārādhyaḥ sukhataramārādhyate viśeṣajñaḥ Bh. 2. 3; sukhamupadiśyate parasya K.
     (4) Rather, willingly.
     (6) Quietly, placcidly.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃta a. 1. ending in happiness. --2. friendly. --3. destroying happiness.
          --ādhāraḥ paradise.
          --āplava a. suitable for bathing.
          --ājātaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --āyataḥ, --āyanaḥ a good or welltrained horse.
          --āroha a. of easy ascent.
          --āloka a. good-looking, lovely, charming.
          --āvaha a. conducing to happiness, pleasant, comfortable.
          --āśaḥ 1. eating at ease. --2. pleasant food. --3. N. of Varuṇa.
          --āśakaḥ a cucumber.
          --āsaktaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --āsvāda a. 1. having a sweet taste, sweetflavoured. --2. agreeable, delightful. (
          --daḥ) 1. a pleasant flavour. --2. enjoyment (of pleasure).
          --utsavaḥ 1. merry-making, pleasure, festival, jubilee. --2. a husband.
          --udakaṃ, --uṣṇaṃ warm water.
          --udayaḥ dawn or realization of happiness.
          --udarka a. resulting in happiness.
          --udya a. to be spoken easily or agreeably.
          --upaviṣṭa a. comfortably seated, sitting at ease.
          --eṣin a. desiring happiness, wishing well to.
          --ūrjikaḥ natron.
          --kara, --kāra, --dāyaka a. giving pleasure, pleasant.
          --cāraḥ a good horse.
          --jāta a. happy.
          --da a. giving pleasure. (
          --daḥ) N. of Viṣṇu. (
          --dā) 1. a courtezan of Indra's heaven. --2. the river Ganges. --3. the Śamī tree. (
          --daṃ) the seat of Viṣṇu.
          --dohyā a cow easily milked.
          --bodhaḥ 1. sensation of pleasure. --2. easy knowledge.
          --bhāgin, --bhāj a. happy.
          --bhedya a. easy to be broken (fig. also), fragile, brittle.
          --modā the gum olibanum tree.
          --rātriḥ 1. the night of new moon (when lamps are lighted in honor of Lakṣmī). --2. a night when the husband may legally cohabit with his wife; see Ms. 3. 47.
          --varcakaḥ, --varcas m. natron, alkali.
          --vāsaḥ a water-melon.
          --śrava, -śruti a. sweet to the ear, melodious; Ki. 14. 3.
          --saṃgin a. attached to pleasure; S. 5. 11.
          --sādhya a. easy to be accomplished or cured &c.
          --sparśa a. 1. agreeable to the touch. --2. gratifying, pleasant; R. 1. 38.

sukhaṃkara a. = sukhakara q. v. above.

sukhayati Den. P. To give pleasure to, please, delight; Māl. 9. 25.

sukhākṛ 8. U. To make happy, please.

sukhāyate Den. A.
     (1) To feel happy or glad.
     (2) To rejoice.
     (3) To be agreeable, give pleasure.

sukhita a. Pleased, delighted, happy. --taṃ Happiness.

sukhin a. Happy, glad, joyful. --m. A religious ascetic.

sukhaṃghuṇaḥ A kind of staff with a skull at the top (a weapon of Śiva); see khaṭvāṃga.

suṭ A technical term used by Pāṇini for the first five case-inflections; cf. sarvanāmasthāna.

suṭṭ 10 U (suṭṭayati-te)
     (1) To despise, disregard.
     (2) To be small, low, or shallow.

suta p. p.
     (1) Poured out.
     (2) Extracted or expressed (as Soma juice).
     (3) Begotten, produced, brought forth. --taḥ
     (1) A son.
     (2) A child, offspring.
     (3) A king. --taḥ taṃ A Soma libation.
     -- Comp.
          --arthin a. desirous of progeny.
          --ātmajaḥ a grandson. (
          --jā) a grand-daughter.

utpattiḥ f. birth of a son. --nirviśeṣam ind. not differently from a son, just like a son. R. 5. 6. --vaskarā the mother of seven children. --snehaḥ paternal affection.

sutaṃgamaḥ The father of a son.

sutavat a. Having sons. --m. The farther of a son.

sutā A daughter; tamarthamiva bhāratyā sutayā yoktumarhasi Ku. 6. 79.

sutiḥ f. Extraction of Soma juice.

sutin a. (nī f.) Having a child or children. --m. A father.

sutinī A mother; tenāṃbā yadi sutinī vada vaṃdhyā kīṭṭaśī bhavati Subhāṣ.

sutīyati Den. P.
     (1) To long for progeny or son.
     (2) To treat like a son.

sutus a. Well-sounding.

sutyā
     (1) Extraction or preparation of Soma juice.
     (2) A sacrificial oblation.
     (3) Parturition.

sutrāman m. N. of Indra. --f. The earth.

sutvan m.
     (1) An offerer or drinker of Soma juice.
     (2) A student who has performed his ablutions (subsequent or preparatory to a sacrifice).

sudi ind. In the bright fortnight of a lunar month; cf. vadi.

sudhanvācāryaḥ The son of an outcast Vaiśya by a woman of the same class; cf. Ms. 10. 23.

sudhā [suṣṭhu dhīyate pīyate dhe-dhā vā ka Tv.]
     (1) The beverage of the gods, nectar, ambrosia; nipīya yasya kṣitirakṣiṇaḥ kathāṃ tathādriyaṃte na buvāḥ sudhāmapi N. 1. 1.
     (2) The nectar or honey of flowers.
     (3) Juice.
     (4) Water.
     (5) N. of the Ganges.
     (6) Whitewash, plaster, mortar; kailāsagiriṇeva sudhāsitena prākoraṇa parigatā K., R. 16. 18.
     (7) A brick.
     (8) Lightning.
     (9) The milk-hedge plant. (10) Emblic myrobalan.
     (11) Yellow myrobalan.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor. -ratnaṃ a pearl.
          --aṃgaḥ, --ākāraḥ, --ādhāraḥ, --āvāsaḥ the moon.
          --udbhavaḥ N. of Dhanvantari.
          --jīvin m. a plasterer, bricklayer.
          --dravaḥ a nectar-like fluid.
          --dhavalita a. plastered, white-washed.
          --nidhiḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --pāṇiḥ an epithet of Dhanvantari, the physician of the gods.
          --bhavanaṃ a stuccoed house.
          --bhittiḥ f. 1. a plastered wall. --2. a brickwall. --3. the fifth Muhūrta or hour after noon.
          --bhuj m. a god, deity.
          --bhṛtiḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor. --3. a sacrifice, an oblation.
          --mayaṃ 1. a brick or stone building. --2. a royal palace.
          --madekaḥ camphor.
          --varṣaḥ a shower of nectar
          --varṣin m. 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. the moon. --3. camphor.
          --vāsaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --vāsā a kind of cucumber.
          --sita a. 1. white as mortar. 2. bright as nectar. --3. bound by nectar; jagatīśaraṇe yukto harikāṃtaḥ sudhāsitaḥ Ki. 15. 45. (where it has senses
     (1) and 2 also). --sūtiḥ 1. the moon. --2. a sacrifice. --3. a lotus. --syaṃdin a. ambrosial, flowing with nectar; Bh. 2. 6. --sravā uvula or soft palate. --haraḥ an epithet of Garuḍa; see garuḍa.

sudhitiḥ m. f. An axe.

sunāraḥ
     (1) The udder of a bitch.
     (2) The egg of a snake.
     (3) A sparrow.

sunāsī(śī)raḥ  An epithet of Indra.

suṃdaḥ N. of a demon and brother of Upasunda, who were sons of Nikumbha. [They got a boon from the Creator that they would not die until they should kill themselves. On the strength of this boon, they grew very oppressive and Indra had at last to send down a lovely nymph named Tilottama, and while quarrelling for her, they killed each other].

suṃdara a. (rī f.)
     (1) Lovely, beautiful, handsome, charming.
     (2) Right. --raḥ N. of Cupid. --rī A beautiful woman; ekā bhāryā suṃdarī vā darī vā Bh. 2. 115; vidyādharasuṃdarīṇāṃ Ku. 1. 7.

sup
     (1) A technical term used by Pāṇini for the termination of the Locative plural.
     (2) A name for any one of the several case-endings or terminations.

supta p. p. [svap-kartari kta] Slept, sleeping, asleep; na hi suptasya siṃhasya praviśaṃti mukhe mṛgāḥ H. Pr. 36.
     (2) Paralyzed, benumbed, insensible; see svap. --ptaṃ Sleep, sound sleep.
     -- Comp.
          --janaḥ midnight.
          --jñānaṃ a dream.
          --tvac a. paralytic.

suptiḥ f. [svap-ktin]
     (1) Sleep, sleepiness, drowsiness.
     (2) Insensibility, paralysis, numbness.
     (3) Trust, confidence.
     (4) A dream.

sumaḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Camphor.
     (3) Sky. --maṃ A flower; Bv. 1. 84.

sumnam
     (1) A hymn.
     (2) Joy, happiness.
     (3) Favour, protection.
     (4) A sacrifice.

sur I. 6 P. (surati) To rule, govern.
     (2) To shine. --II. 10 P. = svar q. v.

suraḥ [suṣṭhu rāti dadātyabhīṣṭaṃ su-rā-ka]
     (1) A god, deity; surāpratigrahād devāḥ surā ityabhiviśrutāḥ Rām.; sudhayā tarpayate surān pitṝṃ śca V. 3. 7; R. 5. 16.
     (2) The number 'thirty-three'.
     (3) The sun.
     (4) A sage, learned man.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganā a celestial woman or damsel, an apsaras; R. 8. 79;
          --adhipaḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --adhyakṣaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --ariḥ 1. an enemy of gods, a demon. --2. the chirp of a cricket. -han m. N. of Śiva. -haṃtṛ m. N. of Viṣṇu.
          --arhaṃ 1. gold. --2. saffron.
          --ācāryaḥ an epithet of Bṛhaspati.
          --āpagā 'the heavenly river', an epithet of the Ganges.
          --ālayaḥ 1. the mountain Meru. --2. heaven, paradise.
          --ijyaḥ N. of Bṛhaspati.
          --ijyā the sacred basil.
          --iṃdraḥ, --īśaḥ, --īśvaraḥ N. of Indra. -gopaḥ a cochineal. -jit m. N. of Garuḍa.
          --ibhaḥ a celestial elephant.
          --iṣṭaḥ the Sāla tree.
          --īśaḥ --īśvaraḥ 1. N. of Indra. --2. of Śiva. (
          --rī) 1. the celestial Ganges. --2. Durgā.
          --uttamaḥ 1. the sun. --2. Indra.
          --uttaraḥ sandal-wood.
          --ṛṣiḥ (surarṣiḥ) a divine sage.
          --kāruḥ an epithet of Viśvakarman.
          --kārmukaṃ rain-bow.
          --gaṇaḥ 1. N. of Śiva. --2. a host of gods.
          --guruḥ an epithet of Bṛhaspati.
          --grāmaṇī m. N. of Indra.
          --jyeṣṭhaḥ an epithet of Brahman.
          --taruḥ a tree of paradise.
          --toṣakaḥ the jewel called Kaustubha; q. v.
          --dāru n. the Devadāru tree.
          --dīrghikā an epithet of the Ganges.
          --duṃdubhī the sacred basil.
          --dvipaḥ 1. an elephant of the gods. --2. N. of Airāvata.
          --dbiṣ m. 1. a demon; R. 10. 15. --2. Rāhu; R. 2. 39.
          --dhanus n. rainbow; suradhanuridaṃ dūrākṛṣṭaṃ na nāma śarāsanaṃ V. 4. 1.
          --dhūpaḥ turpentine, resin.
          --nadī, --nimnagā an epithet of the Ganges.
          --patiḥ an epithet of Indra.
          --pathaṃ the sky, heaven.
          --parvataḥ the mountain Meru; q. v.
          --pādapaḥ a tree of paradise, such as the kalpataru --priyaḥ 1. N. of Indra. --2. of Bṛhaspati.
          --bhūyaṃ identification with a deity, deification, apotheosis.
          --bhūruhaḥ the Devadāru tree
          --maṃdiraṃ a temple; Māl. 9. 1.
          --yuvatiḥ f. a celestial damsel.
          --lāsikā a flute, pipe.
          --lokaḥ heaven. -suṃdarī 1. a celestial woman. --2. N. of Durgā
          --vartman n. the sky.
          --vallabhā white Dūrvā grass.
          --vallī the sacred basil.
          --vidviṣ, --vairin, --śatru m. an evil spirit, a demon.
          --vilāsinī an apsaras.
          --śākhin m. the Kalpataru q. v.
          --sadman n. heaven, paradise.
          --sarit, --siṃdhu f. the Ganges; surasaridiva tejo vahniniṣṭhyūtamaiśam R. 2. 75.
          --suṃdarī, --strī 1. acelestial woman: V. 1. 3. --2. N of Durga.
          --sthānaṃ a temple.

suraṃgaḥ --gā
     (1) A hole cut in a wall for the purpose of breaking into a house.
     (2) A subterranean passage, a mine dug underneath a building; aikāgārikeṇa tāvatīṃ suraṃgāṃ kārayitvā Dk., suraṃgayā bahirapagateṣu yuṣmāsu Mu. 2; (written also suruṃgā).

surabhi a.
     (1) Sweet-smelling, fragrant, odorous; pāṭalasaṃsargasurabhivanavātāḥ S. 1. 3, Me. 16, 21, 32.
     (2) Pleasing, agreeable.
     (3) Shining, handsome; tāṃ saurabheyīṃ surabhiryaśobhiḥ R. 2. 3.
     (4) Beloved, friendly.
     (5) Celebrated, famous.
     (6) Wise, learned.
     (7) Good, virtuous. --bhiḥ
     (1) Fragrance, odour, perfume.
     (2) Nutmeg.
     (3) Resin of Sāla, or resin in general.
     (4) The Champaka tree.
     (5) The Śamī tree.
     (6) The Kadamba tree.
     (7) A kind of fragrant grass.
     (8) The season of spring; V. 2. 20.
     (9) The month of Chaitra. (10) The Bakula tree. --f.
     (1) The gum olibanum tree.
     (2) The sacred basil.
     (3) Jasmine.
     (4) A sort of perfume or fragrant plant.
     (5) Spirituous liquor.
     (6) The earth.
     (7) A cow.
     (8) N. of the fabulous cow of plenty; sutāṃ tadīyāṃ surabheḥ kṛtvā pratinidhiṃ R. 1. 81, 75.
     (9) N. of one of the Matṛs. (10) The east. --n.
     (1) A fragrant smell, perfume, fragrance.
     (2) Sulphur.
     (3) Gold.
     -- Comp.
          --ghṛtaṃ fragrant butter, well-seasoned ghee.
          --triphalā 1. nutmeg. --2. cloves. --3. areca nut.
          --tvac f. large cardamoms.
          --dāruḥ the Sarala tree.
          --patrā the rose-apple.
          --bāṇaḥ an epithet of Cupid.
          --māsaḥ the spring.
          --mukhaṃ the commencement of spring.
          --sravā the gum olibanum tree.

surabhikā A kind of plantain.

surabhimat m. N. of fire.

surabhita a. Perfumed, scented.

surabhī
     (1) Gum olibanum.
     (2) N. of the cow of plenty.

surā
     (1) A spirituous liquor, wine; surā vai malamannānāṃ Ms. 11. 94; gauḍī paiṣṭhī ca mādhvī ca vijñeyā trividhā surā 95.
     (2) Water.
     (3) A drinking vessel.
     (4) A snake.
     -- Comp.
          --ākaraḥ a distillery.
          --ājīvaḥ, --ājīvin m. a distiller.
          --ālayaḥ a tavern, dram-shop.
          --āsavaḥ spirituous liquor.
          --udaḥ the sea of spirituous liquor.
          --karaḥ the cocoa-nut tree.
          --grahaḥ a vessel for holding liquor.
          --dhvajaḥ a flag or sign hung outside a tavern.
          --pa a. 1. a drinker of spirituous liquor. --2. pleasant, agreeable. --3. wise, sage.
          --pāṇaṃ, --pānaṃ the drinking of wine or liquor.
          --pātraṃ, -bhāṃḍaṃ a wineglass or cup.
          --bhāgaḥ yeast.
          --maṃḍaḥ the froth or scum of spirituous liquor during fermentation.
          --saṃdhānaṃ distillation of spirituous liquor.
          --suḥ 1. a drunkard. --2. a heretic.

suṃrugā See suraṃgā.

suvanaḥ
     (1) The sun.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) The moon.

suvarṇa a. [śobhano varṇo'sya]
     (1) Of good or beautiful colour, brilliant in hue, bright, yellow, golden.
     (2) Of a good tribe or caste.
     (3) Of good fame, glorious, celebrated. --rṇaḥ
     (1) A good colour.
     (2) A good tribe or caste.
     (3) A sort of sacrifice.
     (4) An epithet of Śiva.
     (5) The thorn-apple. --rṇā
     (1) One of the seven tongues of fire.
     (2) Black aloe-wood.
     (3) Turmeric.
     (4) Colocynth. --rṇaṃ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) A golden coin (--m. also); nanvahaṃ daśasuvarṇān prayacchāmi Mk. 2.
     (3) A weight of gold equal to 16 Māṣas or about 175 grains Troy (m. also).
     (4) Money, wealth, riches.
     (5) A sort of yellow sandal-wood.
     (6) A kind of red chalk.
     (7) N. of a tree (nāgakeśara).
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --ākhyaḥ 1. N. of a tree (nāgakeśara). --2. the thorn-apple.
          --abhiṣekaḥ sprinkling the bride and bridegroom with water into which a piece of gold has been dropped.
          --kadalī a variety of plantain.
          --kartṛ, --kāra, --kṛt m. a goldsmith.
          --gaṇinaṃ a particular method of calculation in arithmetic.
          --gairikaṃ a kind of red-halk.
          --jīṃvikaḥ N. of a tribe; (gāṃcikaḥ śāṃkhikaścaiva kāṃsyako maṇikārakaḥ . suvarṇajīvikaścaiva paṃcaitevaṇijaḥ smṛtāḥ .. --puṣpaḥ the globe-amaranth.
          --puṣpita a. a bounding in gold; e. g. suvarṇapuṣpitāṃ pṛthvīṃ vicinvaṃti trayo janāḥ . śūraśca kṛtavidyaśca yaśca jānāti sevituṃ Pt. 1. 45.
          --pṛṣṭha a. coated with gold, gilded.
          --biṃduḥ 1. N. of Viṣṇu. --2. a form of Śiva.
          --mākṣikaṃ a kind of mineral substance.
          --yūyī yellow jasmine.
          --rūṣyaka a. abounding in gold and silver.
          --retas m. an epithet of Śiva.
          --vaṇij m. N. of a mixed caste
          --varṇaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --varṇā turmeric.
          --siddhaḥ an adept who has acquired gold by magical means.
          --steyaṃ stealing of gold (one of the five Mahāpātakas q. v.).

suvarṇakam
     (1) Brass, bell-metal.
     (2) Lead.
     (3) Gold.

suvarṇavat a.
     (1) Golden.
     (2) Having a golden colour, beautiful, handsome.

suṣama a.
     (1) Very lovely or beautiful, very pleasing.
     (2) Same; all. --mā Exquisite beauty, great lustre or splendour; kurabakakusumaṃ capalāsuṣamaṃ Gīt. 7; suṣamāviṣaye parakṣiṇe nikhilaṃ padmamabhāji tanmukhāt N. 2. 37, Bv. 1 26, 2. 12, 74, 82, 3. 7.

suṣavī
     (1) A sort of gourd.
     (2) Black cumin.
     (3) Cumin-seed.

suṣāḍhaḥ An epithet of Śiva.

suṣiḥ f.
     (1) A hole; cf. śuṣi.
     (2) A tube, pipe.

suṣi(ṣī)ma a.
     (1) Cold, frigid.
     (2) Pleasant, agreeable. --maḥ
     (1) Cold.
     (2) A kind of snake.
     (3) The moonstone.

suṣira a.
     (1) Full of holes, hollow, perforated.
     (2) Slow in articulation. --raṃ
     (1) A hole, an aperture, a cavity.
     (2) Any wind-instrument.

suṣuptiḥ f.
     (1) Deep or profound sleep, profound repose.
     (2) Great insensibility, spiritual ignorance; avidyātmikā hi bījaśaktiravyaktaśabdanirdeśyā parameśvarāśrayā māyāmayī mahāsuṣuptiryasyāṃ svarūpapratibodharahitāḥ śerate saṃsāriṇo jīvāḥ S. B. on Br. Sūt. 1. 4. 3.

suṣumṇaḥ N. of one of the principal rays of the sun. --mṇā A particular artery of the human body, said to lie between iḍā and piṃgalā, two of the vessels of the body.

suṣeṇaḥ
     (1) N. of a tree(karamarda)
     (2) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (3) A cane or ratan.

suṣṭhu ind.
     (1) Well, excellently, beautifully.
     (2) Very much, exceedingly; suṣṭhu śobhase āryaputra etena vinayamāhātmyena U. 1.
     (3) Truly, rightly; śabdaḥ suṣṭhu prayuktaḥ Sarva. S.; athavā suṣṭhu khalvidamucyate.

suṣmam A rope, cord, string.

suhmāḥ (m. pl.) N. of a people; ātmā saṃrakṣitaḥ suhmairvṛttimāśritya vaitasīm R. 4. 35.

sū I. 2. 4. A. (sūte, sūyate, sūta) To bring forth, produce, beget, yield (fig. also); asūta sā nāgavadhūpabhogyaṃ Ku. 1. 20; kīrti sūte duṣkṛtaṃ yā hināsti U. 5. 31. --WITH pra to bring forth, beget, produce. --II. 6 P. (suvati)
     (1) To excite, incite, impel.
     (2) To remit (as debt).

sū a. (At the end of comp.) Bringing forth, producing, yielding &c. --f.
     (1) Birth.
     (2) A mother.

sūkaḥ
     (1) An arrow.
     (2) Air, wind.
     (3) A lotus.

sūkaraḥ
     (1) A hog, pig; see śūkara.
     (2) A sort of deer.
     (3) A potter. --rī
     (1) A sow.
     (2) A sort of moss.

sūkṣma a. [sūc-man suk ca neṭ; Uṇ. 4. 176]
     (1) Subtle, minute, atomic; jālāṃtarasthasūryāṃśau yatsūkṣmaṃ ṭṭaśyate rajaḥ.
     (2) Little, small; idamupahitasūkṣmagraṃthinā skaṃdhadeśe S. 1. 19; R. 18. 49.
     (3) Fine, thin, delicate, exquisite.
     (4) Nice.
     (5) Sharp, acute, penetrating.
     (6) Crafty, artful, subtle, ingenious.
     (7) Exact, precise, accurate, correct. --kṣmaḥ
     (1) An atom.
     (2) The clearing-nut plant.
     (3) An epithet of Śiva. --kṣmaṃ
     (1) The subtle all-pervading spirit, the Supreme Soul.
     (2) Minuteness.
     (3) One of the three kinds of power attainable by an ascetic; cf. sāvadya.
     (4) Craft, ingenuity.
     (5) Fraud, cheating.
     (6) Fine thread &c.
     (7) N. of a figure of speech, thus defined by Mammaṭa: --kuto'pi lakṣitaḥ sūkṣmopyarthonyasmai prakāśyate . dharmeṇa kenacidyatra tatsūkṣmaṃ paricakṣate K. P. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman m. N. of Śiva.
          --elā small cardamoms.
          --taṃḍulaḥ the poppy.
          --taṃḍulā 1. long pepper. --2. a kind of grass.
          --darśitā quick-sightedness, acuteness, foresight, wisdom.
          --darśin, --dṛṣṭi a. 1. sharp-sighted, eagleeyed. --2. of acute discernment. --3. acute, sharp-minded.
          --dāru n. a thin plank of wood, a board.
          --dehaḥ --śarīraṃ the subtile body which is invested by the grosser material frame (= liṃgaśarīra q. v.).
          --patraḥ 1. coriander seed. --2. a kind of wild cumin. --3. a sort of red sugar-cane. --4. the gum Arabic tree. --5. a sort of mustard.
          --parṇī a kind of basil.
          --pippalī wild pepper.
          --bījaḥ the poppy.
          --buddhi a. sharp-witted, acute, shrewd, intelligent. (
          --ddhiḥ f.) sharp wit, acute intellect, mental acumen.
          --makṣikaṃ, kā a mosquito, gnat.
          --mānaṃ a nice or exact measurement, precise computation (opp. sthūlamāna which means 'broad measurement,' 'rough calculation).
          --śarkarā small gravel, sand.
          --śāliḥ a kind of fine rice.
          --ṣaṭcaraṇaḥ a sort of louse.

sūc 10 U. (sūcayati-te, sūcita)
     (1) To pierce.
     (2) To point out, indicate, show, manifest, prove; tvāṃ sūcayiṣyati tu mālyasamudbha boyaṃ (gaṃdhaḥ) Mk. 1. 35; Me. 21; S. 1. 14.
     (3) To betray, divulge, reveal; sa jātu sevyamāno'pi guptadvāro na sūcyate R. 17. 50.
     (4) To hint, intimate, suggest.
     (4) To gesticulate, act, indicate by gestures or signs; vāmākṣispaṃdanaṃ sūcayati, rathavegaṃ sūcayati &c.
     (5) To trace out, spy, ascertain. --WITH abhi to show, indiate; amanyata nalaṃ prāptaṃ karmaceṣṭābhisūcitaṃ Mb.

sūcaḥ A pointed shoot or blade of Kuśa grass.

sūcaka a. (cikā f.) [sūc-ṇvul]
     (1) Indicative, indicating, proving, showing.
     (2) Betraying, informing. --kaḥ
     (1) A piercer.
     (2) A needle, any instrument for perforating or sewing.
     (3) An informer, a talebearer, traducer, spy.
     (4) A narrator, teacher, an instructor.
     (5) The manager or chief actor of a company.
     (6) A Buddha.
     (7) A Siddha.
     (8) A villain, scoundrel.
     (9) A demon, goblin. (10) A dog.
     (11) A crow.
     (12) A cat.
     (13) A kind of fine rice.
     -- Comp.
          --vākyaṃ the information given by an informer.

sūcanaṃ --nā [sūc-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of piercing or perforating, boring, perforation.
     (2) Pointing out, indication, intimation.
     (3) Informing against, betraying, calumniating, traducing.
     (4) Gesticulation, indicating by proper sings or gestures.
     (5) Hinting, hint.
     (6) Information.
     (7) Teaching, showing, describing.
     (8) Spying out, spying, seeing, ascertaining.
     (9) Villainy, wickedness. (10) Hurting, killing.

sūcā
     (1) Piercing.
     (2) Gesticulation.
     (3) Spying out seeing, sight.

sūciḥ --cī f. [sūc-in vā ṅīp]
     (1) Piercing, perforating.
     (2) A needle
     (3) Sharp point or pointed blade (as of Kuśa grass); abhinavakuśasūcyā parikṣataṃ me caraṇaṃ S. 1; so mukhe kuśasūcividdhe S. 4. 13.
     (4) The sharp point or tip of anything; kaḥ karaṃ prasārayet pannagaratnasūcaye Ku. 5. 43.
     (5) The point of a bud.
     (6) A kind of military array, a sharp column or file; daṃḍavyūhena tanmārgaṃ yāyāttu śakaṭena vā . varāhamakarābhyāṃ vā sūcyā vā garuḍena vā Ms. 7. 187.
     (7) A triangle formed by the sides of a trapezium produced till they meet.
     (8) A cone, pyramid.
     (9) Indication by gesture, communicating by sings, gesticulation. (10) A particular mode of dancing.
     (11) Dramatic action.
     (12) An index, a table of contents.
     (13) A list, catalogue.
     (14) The earth's disc in computing eclipses (in astr.).
     -- Comp.
          --agra a. needle-pointed, having a sharp needle-like point, acuminated. (
          --graṃ) the point of a needle.
          --āsyaḥ a rat.
          --kaṭāhanyāyaḥ see under nyāya. --khātaḥ a sharp pyramid or pyramidal excavation, a cone.
          --patrakaṃ an index, a table of contents. (
          --kaḥ) a kind of potherb.
          --puṣpaḥ the Ketaka tree.
          --bhinna a. bursting open at the points of the buds; pāṃḍucchāyopavanavṛtayaḥ ketakaiḥ sūcibhinnaiḥ Me. 23.
          --bhedya a. 1. to be pierced or penetrated by a needle. --2. thick, dense, pitchy, gross, utter; ruddhāloke narapatipathe sūcibhedyaistamobhiḥ Me. 37. --3. palpable, tangible.
          --mukha a. 1. needle-mouthed, having a pointed beak. --2. pointed. (
          --khaḥ) 1. a bird. --2. white Kuśa grass. --3. a particular position of the hands. (
          --khaṃ) a diamond.
          --roman m. a hog.
          --vadana a. needle-faced, having a pointed beak. (
          --naḥ) 1. a gnat, mosquito. --2. a mungoose.
          --śāliḥ a kind of fine rice.

sūcikaḥ A tailor.

sūcikā [sūci svārthe ka]
     (1) A needle.
     (2) An elephant's trunk.
     -- Comp.
          --dharaḥ an elephant.
          --mukha a. having a pointed mouth or head. (
          --khaṃ) a shell, the conch-shell.

sūcita p. p. [sūc-kta]
     (1) Pierced, bored, perforated.
     (2) Pointed out, shown, intimated, indicated, hinted.
     (3) Made known or indicated by signs or gestures.
     (4) Communicated, told, revealed.
     (5) Ascertained, known.

sūcin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Piercing, perforating.
     (2) Pointing out, intimating, indicating.
     (3) Informing against.
     (4) Spying out. --m. A spy, an informer.

sūcinī
     (1) A needle.
     (2) A night.

sūcivat a. Pointed. --m. N. of Garuḍa.

sūcī See sūci.

sūcya a. Communicable, fit to be made known.

sūt ind. An imitative sound (snorting, snoring &c.).

sūta p. p. [sū-kta]
     (1) Born, begotten, engendered, produced.
     (2) Impelled, emitted. --taḥ
     (1) A charioteer; sūta codayāśvān puṇyāśramadarśanena tāvadātmānaṃ punīmahe S. 1.
     (2) The son of a Kshatriya by a woman of the Brāhmaṇa caste (his business being that of a charioteer); kṣatriyādviprakanyāyāṃ sūto bhavati jātitaḥ Ms. 10. 11; sūto vā sūtaputro vā yo vā ko vā bhavāmyahaṃ Ve. 3. 33.
     (3) The son of a Vaiśya by a Kshatriya wife (his business being that of a bard).
     (4) A bard.
     (5) A carpenter.
     (6) The sun.
     (7) N. of a pupil of Vyāsa. --taḥ taṃ Quick-silver.
     -- Comp.
          --tanayaḥ an epithet of Karṇa.
          --rāj m. quick-silver.

sūtakam
     (1) Birth, production; Ms. 4. 112.
     (2) Impurity caused by child-birth (or miscarriage) in a family; (also called jananāśaucaṃ q. v.). --kaḥ, --kaṃ Quick-silver.

sūtakā A woman recently delivered, a lying-in woman; Ms. 5. 85.

sūtā A woman recently delivered.

sūtiḥ f. [sū-ktin]
     (1) Birth, production, parturition, delivery, childbearing.
     (2) Offspring, progeny.
     (3) Source, fountain-head; tapasāṃ sūtirasūtirāpadāṃ Ki. 2. 56.
     (4) A place where Soma juice is extracted
     -- Comp.
          --aśaucaṃ impurity caused by child-birth in a family (which lasts for 10 days).
          --gṛhaṃ the lying-inchamber.
          --māsaḥ (also sūtīmāsaḥ) the month of delivery, the last month of pregnancy.

sūtikā A woman recently delivered.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraṃ, --gṛhaṃ, --gehaṃ, --bhavanaṃ the lying-in-chamber.
          --rogaḥ sickness subsequent to child-birth, puerperal sickness.
          --ṣaṣṭhī N. of a particular goddess worshipped on the sixth day after child-birth.

sūtyā See sutyā.

sūtparam The distillation of spirituous liquor.

sūtr 10 U. (sūtrayati-te, sūtrita)
     (1) To tie, bind, thread, string together.
     (2) To write or compose in the form of a Sūtra or short rule; tathā ca sūtryate hi bhagavatā piṃgalena; jaiminirapi idamapi dharmalakṣaṇamasūtrayat &c.
     (3) To plan, arrange, systematize; tannipuṇaṃ mayā nisṛṣṭārthadūtīkalpaḥ sūtrayitavyaḥ Māl. 1.
     (4) To relax, unbind.

sūtram [sūtr-ac]
     (1) A thread, string, line, cord; puṣpamālānuṣaṃgeṇa sūtraṃ śirasi dhāryate Subhāṣ.; maṇau vajrasamutkīrṇe sūtrasyevāsti me gātiḥ R. 1. 4.
     (2) A fibre; surāṃganā karṣati khaṃḍitāgrātsūtraṃ mṛṇālādiva rājahaṃsī V. 1. 18, Ku. 1. 40.
     (3) A wire.
     (4) A collection of threads.
     (5) The sacred thread or sacrificial cord worn by members of the first three classes; śikhāsūtravān brāhmaṇaḥ Tarka K.
     (6) The string or wire of a puppet.
     (7) A short rule or precept, an aphorism.
     (8) A short or concise technical sentence used as a memorial rule; it is thus defined: svalpākṣaramasaṃdigdhaṃ sāravadviśvatomukham . astobhamanavadyaṃ ca sūtraṃ sūtravido viduḥ.
     (9) Any work or manual containing such aphoristic rules; e. g. mānavakalpasūtra, āpastaṃbasūtra, gṛhyasūtra &c. (10) A rule, canon, decree (in law).
     -- Comp.
          --ātman a. having the nature of a string or thread. (--m.) the soul.
          --ālī a string of beads &c. worn round the neck, a necklace.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ 1. a Brahmaṇa. --2. a pigeon, dove. --3. a wag-tail.
          --karman n. carpentry.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛt m. an author or composer of Sūtras.
          --koṇaḥ, koṇakaḥ a small drum shaped like an hourglass (ḍamaru). --gaṃḍikā a kind of stick used by weavers in spinning threads.
          --caraṇaṃ N. of a class of charanas or Vedic schools which introduced various Sūtra works.
          --taṃtuḥ a thread, string.
          --tarkuṭī a distaff, spindle.
          --daridra a. 'poor in threads', having a small number of threads, thread-bare; ayaṃ paṭaḥ sūtradaridratāṃ gataḥ Mk. 2. 9.
          --dharaḥ, --dhāraḥ 1. 'the thread-holder', a stage-manager, the principal actor who arranges the cast of characters and instructs them, and takes a prominent part in the Prastāvanā or prelude; he is thus defined.
          --nāṭyasya yadanuṣṭhānaṃ tatsūtraṃ syātsabījakam . raṃgadaivatapūjākṛt sūtradhāra iti smṛtaḥ ... --2. a carpenter, an artisan. --3. the author of a set of aphorisms. --4. an epithet of Indra.
          --piṭakaḥ N. of one of the three collections of Buddhistic writings.
          --puṣpaḥ the cotton plant.
          --bhid m. a tailor.
          --bhṛt m. = sūtradhāra q. v.
          --yaṃtraṃ 1. 'a thread machine', shuttle. --2. a weaver's loom.
          --vīṇā a kind of lute.
          --veṣṭanaṃ a weaver's shuttle.

sūtraṇam
     (1) The act of stringing together, putting in order, arranging.
     (2) Arranging in aphorisms.

sūtralā A spindle or distaff.

sūtrāman = sutrāman q. v.

sūtrikā A kind of dish (Mar. śevayā).

sūtrita p. p. [sūtr-kta]
     (1) Strung, arranged, methodised, systematized.
     (2) Prescribed in Sūtras, delivered in aphorisms.

sūtrin a. (ṇī f.) [sūtra astyarthe ini]
     (1) Having threads.
     (2) Having rules. --m. A crow.

sūd I. 1 A. (sūdate)
     (1) To strike, hurt, wound, kill, destroy.
     (2) To effuse, pour out.
     (3) To deposit.
     (4) To distil, flow.
     (5) To eject, throw away. --II. 10 U. (sūdayati-te)
     (1) To incite, prompt, excite, urge on, animate.
     (2) To strike, hurt, kill.
     (3) To cook, dress, season, prepare.
     (4) To pour out, effuse.
     (5) To as, sent, agree, promise.
     (6) To eject, throw away.

sūdaḥ [sūd-ac]
     (1) Destroying, destruction, massacre.
     (2) Pouring out, distilling.
     (3) A well, spring.
     (4) A cook.
     (5) Sance, soup.
     (6) Anything seasoned, a prepared dish.
     (7) Split pease.
     (8) Mud, mire.
     (9) Sin, fault. (10) The office of a charioteer.
     (11) The Lodhra tree.
     -- Comp.
          --karman n. cookery.
          --śālā a kitchen.

sūdana a. (nī f.) [sūd-bhāva lyuṭ]
     (1) Destroying, killing, destructive; dānavasūdana, arigaṇasūdana &c.
     (2) Dear, beloved. --naṃ
     (1) Destroying, destruction, massacre.
     (2) Assenting to, promising.
     (3) Ejecting, throwing away.

sūna p. p. [sū-kta ktasya naḥ]
     (1) Born, produced.
     (2) Blown, blossomed, opened, budded.
     (3) Empty, vacant; (perhaps for śūna or śūnya in this sense). --naṃ
     (1) Bringing forth, parturition.
     (2) A bud, blossom.
     (3) A flower.

sūnarī A happy woman.

sūnā
     (1) A slaughter-house, butcher's house; bhavānapi sūnāparicara iva gṛdhra āmiṣalolupo bhīrukaśca M. 2.
     (2) The sale of meat.
     (3) Hurting, killing, destroying.
     (4) The soft palate, uvula.
     (5) A girdle, zone.
     (6) Inflammation of the glands of the neck called mumps.
     (7) A ray of light.
     (8) A river.
     (9) A daughter. (10) An elephant's trunk. --nāḥ (f. pl.) The five things in a house by which animal life is likely to be destroyed; see under śūnā or paṃcaśūnā.

sūnin m.
     (1) A butcher, flesh-seller.
     (2) A hunter.

sūnuḥ [sū-nuk]
     (1) A son; piturahamevaiko sūnurabhavaṃ K.
     (2) A child, an offspring.
     (3) A grandson (daughter's son).
     (4) A younger brother.
     (5) The sun.
     (6) The Arka plant.

sūnū f. A daughter.

sūnṛta a.
     (1) True and pleasant, kind and sincere; tatra sūnṛtagiraśca sūrayaḥ puṇyamṛgyajuṣamadhyagīṣata Śi. 14. 21, R. 1. 93.
     (2) Kind, affable, gentle, courteous; tāṃ cāpyetāṃ mātaraṃ maṃgalānāṃ dhenuṃ dhīrāḥ sūnṛtāṃ vācamāhuḥ U. 5. 31; tṛṇāni bhūmirudakaṃ vāk caturthī ca sūnṛtā . etānyapi satāṃ gehe nocchidyaṃte kadācana Ms. 3. 101; R. 6. 29.
     (3) Auspicious, fortunate.
     (4) Beloved, dear.
     (5) Ved. Quick, active. --tā
     (1) The goddess of true speech.
     (2) An excellent song.
     (3) N. of Ushas.
     (4) Food. --taṃ
     (1) True and agreeable speech.
     (2) Kind and pleasant discourse, courteous language; R. 8. 92.
     (3) Auspiciousness.

sūpaḥ [sukhena pīyate, su-pā ghañarthe ka pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) Broth, soup; na sa jānāti śāstrārthaṃ darvī sūparasāniva Subhāṣ.; Ms. 3. 226.
     (2) A sauce, condiment.
     (3) A cook.
     (4) A pan, vessel.
     (5) An arrow.
     (6) Split pease.
     -- Comp.
          --agaṃ asa-foetida.
          --kāraḥ a cook.
          --dhūpanaṃ, --dhūpakaṃ asa-foetida.

sūmaḥ [sū-mak
     (1) Water.
     (2) Milk.
     (3) Sky or heaven.

sūra 4 A. (sūryane)
     (1) To hurt, kill.
     (2) To make firm or be firm.

sūrṇa a. Hurt, injured.

sūraḥ [suvati prerayati karmaṇi lokānudayena, sū-kran; Uṇ. 2. 24]
     (1) The sun.
     (2) The Arka plant.
     (3) The Soma.
     (4) A wise or learned man.
     (5) A hero, king.
     -- Comp.
          --cakṣus a. radiant as the sun.
          --sutaḥ an epithet of Saturn.
          --sūtaḥ the charioteer of the sun, i. e. Aruṇa.

sūraṇaḥ N. of an esculent root.

sūrata a.
     (1) Kindly-disposed, compassionate, tender.
     (2) Calm, tranquil. --tā A tractable cow.

sūriḥ [sū ktrin]
     (1) The sun.
     (2) A learned or wise man, a sage; athavā kṛtavāgdvāre vaṃśe'sminpūrvasūribhiḥ R. 1. 4; Śi. 14. 21.
     (3) A priest.
     (4) A worshipper.
     (5) A title of respect given to Jaina teachers; e. g. mallināthasūri.
     (6) N. of Kṛṣṇa.

sūrin a. (ṇī f.) Wise, learned. --m. A wise or learned man, scholar, pandit.

sūrī
     (1) N. of the wife of the sun.
     (2) N. of Kuntī, q. v.
     (3) Black mustard.

sūrkṣ(rkṣy) 1. 4. P. (sūrkṣati, sūrkṣyati)
     (1) To respect, honour.
     (2) To disrespect, disregard, slight.

sūrkṣa(rkṣya)ṇam  Disrespect.

sūrkṣyaḥ A kind of bean.

sūrpa See śūrpa.

sūrmiḥ --rmī f.
     (1) An iron or metallic image; Ms. 11. 103.
     (2) The pillar of a house.
     (3) Radiance, lustre.
     (4) A flame.

sūryaḥ [sarati ākāśe sūryaḥ, yadvā suvati karmaṇi lokaṃ prerayati; cf. Sk. on P. III. 1. 114]
     (1) The sun; sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya ṭṭaṣṭeḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamisrā R. 5. 13. [In mythology, the sun is regarded as a son of Kaśyapa and Aditi; cf. S. 7. 20. He is represented as moving in a chariot drawn by seven horses, with Aruṇa for his charioteer. He is also repre. sented as all-seeing, the constant beholder of the good and bad deeds of mortals. Sañjṇa (or Chhāyā or Aśvinī) was his principal wife, by whom he had Yama and Yamuna, the two Aśvins and Saturn. He is also described as having been the father of Manu Vaivasvata, the founder of the solar race of kings,].
     (2) The tree called Arka.
     (3) The number 'twelve' (derived from the twelve forms of the sun).
     (4) The swallow-wort.
     (5) N. of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --apāyaḥ sunset; Me. 80.
          --ardhyaṃ the presentation of an offering to the sun.
          --aśman m. the sun-stone.
          --aśvaḥ a horse of the sun.
          --astaṃ sunset.
          --ātapaḥ heat or glare of the sun, sunshine.
          --ālokaḥ sunshine.
          --āvartaḥ a kind of sun-flower.
          --āhva a. named after the sun. (
          --hvaḥ) the gigantic swallowwort. (
          --hvaṃ) copper.
          --iṃdusaṃgamaḥ the day of the new moon (the conjunction of the sun and moon); darśaḥ sūryeṃdusaṃgamaḥ Ak.
          --utthānaṃ, --udayaḥ sunrise.
          --ūḍhaḥ 1. 'brought by the sun', an evening guest; Pt. 1. 170. --2. the time of sunset.
          --upasthānaṃ -upāsanā attendance upon or worship of the sun; V. 1.
          --kamalaṃ the sunflower, a heliotrope.
          --kāṃtaḥ 1. the sun-stone, sun-crystal; S. 2. 7. --2. a crystal.
          --kāṃtiḥ f. 1. sun-light. --2. a particular flower. --3. the flower of sesamum.
          --kālaḥ day-time, day. -analacakraṃ a particular astrological diagram for indicating good and bad fortune.
          --grahaḥ 1. the sun. --2. an eclipse of the sun. --3. an epithet of Rāhu and Ketu. --4. the bottom of a water-jar.
          --grahaṇaṃ a solar eclipse.
          --caṃdrau (also sūryācaṃdramasau) m. du. the sun and moon.
          --jaḥ, --tanayaḥ, --putraḥ 1. epithets of Sugrīva. --2. of Karṇa. --3. of the planet Saturn. --4. of Yama.
          --jā, -tanayā the river Yamunā.
          --tejas n. the radiance or heat of the sun.
          --nakṣatraṃ that constellation (out of the 27) in which the sun happens to be.
          --parvan n. a solar festival, (on the days of the solstices, equinoxes, eclipses &c.).
          --putrī 1. lightning. --2. the river Yamuna.
          --prabhava a. sprung or descended from the sun; R. 1. 2.
          --phaṇicakraṃ = sūryakālānalacakraṃ q. v. above.
          --bhakta a. one who worships the sun. (
          --ktaḥ) the tree Bandhūka or its flower.
          --maṇiḥ the sun-stone.
          --maṃḍalaṃ the orb of the sun.
          --yaṃtraṃ 1. a representation of the sun (used in worshipping him). --2. an instrument used in taking solar observations,
          --raśmiḥ a ray of the sun, sun beam.
          --lokaḥ the heaven of the sun.
          --vaṃśaḥ the solar race of kings (who ruled at Ayodhyā).
          --varcas a. resplendent as the sun.
          --vilokanaṃ the ceremony of taking a child out to see the sun when four months old; cf. uṃpaniṣkramaṇaṃ. --saṃkramaḥ, --saṃkrāṃtiḥ f. the sun's passage from one zodiacal sign to another.
          --saṃjñaṃ saffron.
          --sārathiḥ an epithet of Aruṇa.
          --siddhāṃtaḥ a celebrated astronomical work (supposed to have been revealed by the god Sun).
          --stutiḥ f,
          --stotraṃ a hymn addressed to the sun.
          --hṛdayaṃ N. of a hymn to the sun.

sūryā
     (1) The wife of the sun.
     (2) The daughter of the sun.
     (3) The hymn about the marriage of Sūryā.
     (4) A new bride.
     (5) A drug.
     (6) The colocynth.

sūṣ 1 P. (sūṣati) To bring forth, bear, produce, beget.

sūṣaṇā A mother.

sūṣyatī A woman about to be confined, one who is parturient.

sṛ 1. 3. P. (sarati, sasarti, also dhāvati; sasāra, asārṣīt-asarat, sariṣyati, sartuṃ, sṛta) To go; move, proceed; mṛgāḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ sasruḥ Bk. 14. 14.
     (2) To go towards, approach; niṣpādya harayaḥ setuṃ pratītāḥ sasrurarṇavaṃ Rām.
     (3) To rush upon, assail; (taṃ) sasārābhimukhaḥ śūraḥ śādūrla iva kuṃjaraṃ Mb.
     (4) To run, go fast, slip away from; sarati sahasā bārhvormadhyaṃ gatāpyabalā satī M. 4. 11.
     (5) To blow (as wind); taṃ cedvāyau sarati saralaskaṃdhasaṃghaṭṭajanmā Me. 53.
     (6) To flow. --Caus. (sārayati-te)
     (1) To cause to go or move.
     (2) To extend.
     (3) To rub, touch gently (with the fingers); taṃtrīmārdrāṃ nayanasalilaiḥ sārayitvā kathaṃcit Me. 86.
     (4) To push back or away, remove; sārayaṃtiṃ gaṃḍābhogātkrīṭhanaviṣamāmekaveṇīṃ kareṇa Me. 92. --Desid. (sisīrṣati) To wish to go &c.

sṛkaḥ [sṛ-kak]
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) An arrow.
     (3) A thunderbolt.
     (4) A lotus (kairava).

sṛkaṃḍu f. Itch, scab.

sṛkālaḥ A jackal; see śṛgāla.

sṛkkam The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛkkaṇī The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛkkan n. The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛkkiṇī The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛkkin n. The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛkvam The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛkvaṇī The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛkvana n. The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛkviṇī The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛkvin n. The corner of the mouth; sṛkkaṇī parilolihan Pt. 1.

sṛgaḥ A sort of arrow or javelin, a sling (miṃdipāla).

sṛgālaḥ A jackal; see śṛgāla.

sṛj I. 6 P. (sṛjati, sasarja, asrākṣit, srakṣyati, sraṣṭuṃ, sṛṣṭa)
     (1) To create, produce, make (in general); to procreate, beget (progeny &c.); ardhena nārī tasyāṃ sa virājamasṛjat prabhuḥ Ms. 1. 32, 33, 34, 36; taṃtunābhaḥ svata eva taṃtūn sṛjati S. B.
     (2) To put on, place on, apply.
     (3) To let go, let loose, release.
     (4) To emit, shed, effuse, pour forth or out; asrākṣurasraṃ karuṇaṃ ruvaṃtaḥ Bk. 3. 17; ānaṃdaśītāmiva bāṣpavṛṣṭiṃ himasrutiṃ haimavatiṃ sasarja R. 16. 44, 8. 35.
     (5) To send forth, utter (as words); vacasyavasite tasminsasarja giramātmabhūḥ Ku. 2. 53, 7. 47.
     (6) To throw, cast, discharge; sasarja dṛṣṭiṃ Ku. 3. 69.
     (7) To leave, quit, abandon, send away; forsake, give up; Kū. 53. --II. 4 A. (sṛjyate) To be let loose or sent forth. --Desid. (sisṛkṣati) To wish to create &c.

sṛṣṭa p. p. [sṛj-kta]
     (1) Created, produced.
     (2) Poured out, omitted.
     (3) Let loose.
     (4) Left, abandoned.
     (5) Dismissed, sent away.
     (6) Ascertained, determined.
     (7) Connected, joined.
     (8) Much, abundant, numerous.
     (9) Ornamented; see sṛj.

sṛṣṭiḥ f. [sṛj-ktin]
     (1) Creation, anything created; kiṃ mānasī sṛṣṭiḥ S. 4; yā sṛṣṭiḥ sraṣṭurādyā S. 1. 1; strīratnasṛṣṭiraparā pratibhāti sā me S. 2. 9; sṛṣṭirādyeva dhātuḥ Me. 82.
     (2) The creation of the world.
     (3) Nature, natural property.
     (4) Letting loose, emission.
     (5) Giving away, a gift.
     (6) The existence of properties or qualities.
     (7) The absence of properties.
     -- Comp.
          --kartṛ m. the creator.

sṛjikākṣāraḥ Natron, alkali.

sṛṃjayāḥ m. pl. N. of a people.

sṛṇiḥ f. A goad, a hook to drive an elephant; madāṃdhakariṇāṃ darpopaśāṃtyai sṛṇiḥ H. 2. 165; Śi. 5. 5. --ṇiḥ
     (1) An enemy.
     (2) The moon.

sṛṇī A hook for driving an elephant.

sṛṇi(ṇī)kā Saliva, spittle.

sṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Going, gliding; Ms. 6, 63.
     (2) A way, road, path (fig. also); naite sṛtī pārtha jānan yogī muhyati kaścana Bg. 8. 27.
     (3) Hurting, injuring.

sṛtvara a. (rī f.) Going, moving. --rī
     (1) A stream, river.
     (2) A mother.

sṛdaraḥ A snake.

sṛdākuḥ [sṛ-kāku duk ca Uṇ. 3. 78]
     (1) Air, wind.
     (2) Fire.
     (3) A deer.
     (4) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (5) The sun's disc or orb. --f. A river, stream.

sṛp 1 P. (sarpati, sṛta; desid. sisṛpsati)
     (1) To creep, crawl, glide gently.
     (2) To go, move.

sṛpāṭaḥ A kind of measure.

sṛpāṭī A kind of measure.

sṛpāṭikā The beak of a bird.

sṛpraḥ The moon.

sṛbh, sṛṃbh 1 P. (sarbhati, sṛṃbhati) To hurt, injure, kill.

sṛmara a. (rī f.) Going, moving. --raḥ A kind of deer.

sṝ 9 P. (sṛṇāti) To hurt, injure, kill.

sek 1 A. (sekate) To go, move.

sekaḥ [sic-ghañ]
     (1) Sprinkling, watering (trees); sekaḥ sīkariṇā kareṇa vihitaḥ kāmaṃ U. 3. 16, R. 1. 51, 8. 45, 16. 30, 17. 16.
     (2) Emission, effusion.
     (3) Seminal effusion.
     (4) A libation, an offering.
     (5) Seminal fluid.
     (6) A drop of anything.
     -- Comp.
          --pātraṃ 1. a pot for sprinkling water, a watering-pot. --2. a bucket.

sekimam A radish.

sektṛ a. (ktrī f.) One who sprinkles &c. --m.
     (1) A sprinkler.
     (2) A husband.
     (3) A water-bearer.

sektram A bucket, watering-pot.

secaka a. (cikā f.) [sic-ṇvul] Sprinkling. --kaḥ A cloud.

secanam [sic-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Sprinkling, watering; vṛkṣasecane dve dhārayasi me S. 1.
     (2) Effusion, aspersion.
     (3) Oozing, dripping.
     (4) A bucket.
     -- Comp.
          --ghaṭaḥ a watering-pot.

secanī A bucket.

seṭuḥ
     (1) Water-melon.
     (2) A kind of cucumber.

setikā N. of Ayodhyā.

setuḥ [si tun Uṇ. 1. 69]
     (1) A ridge of earth, mound, bank, causeway, dam; naliṃnīṃ kṣatasetubaṃdhano jalasaṃghāta ivāsi vidrutaḥ Ku. 4. 6, R. 16. 2.
     (2) A bridge in general; vaidehi paśyāmalayādvibhaktaṃ matsetunā phenilamaṃburāśiṃ R. 13. 2; sainyairbaddhadviradasetubhiḥ 4. 38, 12. 70; Ku. 7. 53.
     (3) A land-mark; Ms. 8. 245.
     (4) A defile, pass, a narrow mountain-road.
     (5) A boundary, limit.
     (6) A barrier, limitation, obstruction of any kind; dvaṣyeyuḥ sarvavarṇāśca midyeran sarvasetavaḥ Subhāṣ.
     (7) A fixed rule or law, an established institution.
     (8) The sacred syllable om; maṃtrāṇāṃ praṇavaḥ setustatsetuḥ praṇavaḥ smṛtaḥ . sravatyanoṃkṛtaṃ pūrvaṃ parastācca vidīryate Kālikā. P.
     -- Comp.
          --baṃdhaḥ 1. the forming or construction of a bridge, cause-way &c.; vayogate kiṃ vanitāvilāso jale gate kiṃ khalu setubaṃdhaḥ Subhāṣ.; Ku. 4. 6. --2 the ridge of rocks extending from the southern extremity of the Coromandel coast towards Ceylon (said to have been built for Rāma's passage to Laṅkā by Nala and the other monkeys). --3. any bridge or cause-way.
          --bhedin a. 1. breaking down barriers. --2. removing obstructions. (--m.) N. of a tree (daṃtī).

setukaḥ
     (1) A bank, cause-way, bridge.
     (2) A pass.

setram A bond, fetter.

sedivas a. (seduṣī f.) Sitting.

sedhaḥ
     (1) Going, reaching.
     (2) A tail.

sena a. Having a lord, possessing a master or leader.

senā [si-na, saha inena prabhuṇā vā; Uṇ. 3. 10]
     (1) An army; senā paricchadastasya dvayamevārthasādhanaṃ R. 1. 19.
     (2) Army personified as the wife of Kārtikeya, the god of war; cf. devasenā.
     -- Comp.
          --agraṃ the van or front of an army. -gaḥ the leader or general of an army.
          --aṃgaṃ a component part of an army; (these are four:
          --hastyaśvarathapādātaṃ senāṃgaṃ syāccatuṣṭayam). --kalpaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --caraḥ 1. a soldier. --2. a camp-follower.
          --niveśaḥ the camp of an army; senāniveśaṃ tumulaṃ cakāra R. 5. 49.
          --nī m. 1. a leader of an army, commander, general; senānīnāmahaṃ skaṃdaḥ Bg. 10. 24; Ku. 2. 51. --2. N. of Kārtikeya; athainamadrestanayā śuśoca senānyamālaḍhimivāsurāstraiḥ R. 2. 37.
          --patiḥ 1. a general. --2. N. of Śiva. --3. N. of Kārtikeya.
          --paricchad a. surrounded by an army; (in R. 1. 19 sekaparicchadaḥ is sometimes taken as one word and is interpreted in this way, but it is much better to take them as separate words).
          --pṛṣṭhaṃ the rear of an army.
          --bhaṃgaḥ the breaking of an army, complete rout, disorderly flight.
          --mukhaṃ 1. a division of an army. --2. particularly, a division of an army consisting of three elephants, as many chariots, nine horse, and fifteen foot. --3. a mound in front of a city gate.
          --yogaḥ the equipment of an army.
          --rakṣaḥ a guard, sentinel.

sephaḥ The penis; cf. śepha.

semaṃtī The Indian white rose.

seraḥ A kind of measure(Mar. śera); it is thus defined in Līlāvatī: pādonagadyānakatulyaṭaṃkairdvisaptatulyaiḥ kathito'tra seraḥ ...

serāhaḥ A horse of a milk-white colour.

seru a. Binding, fastening.

serṣya a. Full of envy or jealousy, envious, jealous.

sel 1 P. (selati) To go, move.

sev 1 A. (sevate, sevita; caus. sevayati-te; desid. siseviṣate; the s of sev is generally changed to ṣ after prepositions ending in i such as ni, pari, vi)
     (1) To serve, wait or attend upon, honour, worship, obey; prāyo bhṛtyāstyajaṃti pracalitavibhavaṃ svāmi naṃ sevamānāḥ Mu. 4. 21; ācārapūtaṃ pavanaḥ siṣeve R. 2. 13 'served or refreshed'; aiśvaryādanapetamīśvaramayaṃ lokorthataḥ sevate 1. 14.
     (2) To go after, pursue, follow.
     (3) To use, enjoy; kiṃ sevyate sumanasāṃ manasāpi gaṃdhaḥ kastūrikājananaśaktibhṛtā mṛgeṇa R. G.
     (4) To enjoy carnally; ketakīṃ sevase haṃta kathaṃ rolaṃba nistrapaḥ Bv. 1. 118.
     (5) To attach or devote oneself to, attend to, cultivate, practise, perform; Ms. 2. 1; Ku. 5. 38, R. 17. 49.
     (6) To resort to, betake oneself to, dwell in, frequent, inhabit; taptaṃ vāri vihāya tīranalinīṃ kāraṃḍavaḥ sevate V. 2. 23, Pt. 1. 9.
     (7) To watch over, guard, protect.

seva See sevana.

sevaka a. [sev-ṇvul]
     (1) Serving, worshipping, honouring.
     (2) Practising, following.
     (3) Dependent, servile. --kaḥ
     (1) A servant, dependant; sevayā dhanamicchadbhiḥ sevakaiḥ paśya kiṃ kṛtam . svātaṃtryaṃ yaccharīrasya mūḍhaistadapi hāritaṃ H. 2. 20.
     (2) A votary, worshipper.
     (3) A sewer.
     (4) A sack.

sevanam [siv-sev-lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of serving, service, attendance upon, worship; pātrīkṛtātmā gurusevanena R. 18. 30; Pt. 1. 11.
     (2) Following, practising, employing; Ms. 12. 52.
     (3) Using, enjoying.
     (4) Enjoying carnally; yatkarotyekarātreṇa vṛṣalīsevanāddvijaḥ Ms. 11. 179.
     (5) Devotion to, fondness for.
     (6) Frequenting, dwelling in.
     (7) Binding, fastening.
     (8) Sewing, stitching.
     (9) A sack.

sevanī
     (1) A needle.
     (2) A seam.
     (3) A suture or seam-like union of parts of the body.

sevā [sev-a]
     (1) Service, servitude, dependence; attendance; sevāṃ lāghavakāriṇīṃ kṛtadhiyaḥ sthāne śvavṛttiṃ viduḥ Mu. 3. 14; hanisevā na kartavyā H. 3. 11.
     (2) Worship, homage, honouring
     (3) Addiction or devotion to, fondness for.
     (4) Use, practice, employment, exercise.
     (5) Frequenting, resorting to.
     (6) Flattery, coaxing or flattering words; alaṃ sevayā madhyasthatāṃ gṛhītvā bhaṇa M. 3.
     -- Comp.
          --ākāra a. in the form of servitude; V. 3. 1.
          --kākuḥ change of voice in service; (this is a variant in V. 3. 1 for sevākārā). --dharmaḥ 1. the duty of service; sevādharmaḥ paramagahano yogināmapyagamyaḥ Pt. 1. 285.
     (2) the obligations of service. --vyavahāraḥ the practice or law of service.

sevi n.
     (1) The jujube.
     (2) An apple.

sevita p. p. [sev-kta]
     (1) Served, attended upon, worshipped.
     (2) Followed, practised, pursued.
     (3) Frequented by, resorted to, inhabited by, haunted by; Pt. 5. 23.
     (4) Protected, preserved.
     (5) Enjoyed, used. --taṃ
     (1) An apple.
     (2) The jujube.

sevitṛ m. An attendant, a dependant.

sevin a,
     (1) Serving, worshipping.
     (2) Following, practising, using.
     (3) Inhabiting, dwelling. --m A servant.

sevya a. [sev-ṇyat]
     (1) To be served or waited upon.
     (2) To be used or employed
     (3) To be enjoyed.
     (4) To be taken care of or guarded. --vyaḥ
     (1) A master (opp. sevaka); bhayaṃ tāvat sevyādabhiniviśate sevakajanaṃ Mu. 5. 12; Pt. 1. 48.
     (2) The Aśvattha tree. --vyaṃ A kind of root.
     -- Comp.
          --sevakau m. dual. master and servant.

sevadhi ind. See śevadhi under śeva.

sai 1 P. (sāyati) To waste away, decline, perish.

saiṃha a. (hī f.) Belonging to a lion, leonine; dyutiṃ saiṃhīṃ kiṃ śvā dhṛtakanakamālo'pi labhate H. 1. 175.

saiṃhala a. Belonging to, growing or produced in, Ceylon.

saiṃhikaḥ, saiṃhikeyaḥ A metronymic of Rāhu, q. v.

saikata a. (tī f.) [sikatāḥ saṃtyatra aṇ]
     (1) Consisting or made of sand, sandy, gravelly; toyasyevāpratihatarayaḥ saikataṃ setumoghaḥ U. 3. 36.
     (2) Having sandy soil. --taṃ
     (1) A sand-bank; suragaja iva gāṃgaṃ saikataṃ supratīkaḥ R. 5. 75, 5. 8; 10. 62, 13. 17, 62; 14. 76; 16. 21; Ku. 1. 29; S. 6. 16.
     (2) An island with sandy shores.
     (3) A bank or shore (in general).
     -- Comp.
          --iṣṭaṃ ginger.

saikatika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging or relating to a sand-bank.
     (2) Fluctuating, wavering, living in doubt and error (saṃdehjīvin). --kaḥ
     (1) A religious mendicant.
     (2) An ascetic. --kaṃ
     (1) A thread worn round the wrist or neck to secure good fortune.

saiddhāṃtika a. (kī f.) [siddhāṃtaṃ vetti ṭhak]
     (1) Relating to a dogma or demonstrated truth.
     (2) One who knows the real truth.
     (3) Relating to an astronomical or any other scientific work.

saināpatyam The command of an army, generalship; Ku. 2. 61.

sainika a. (kī f.) [senāyāṃ samavaiti ṭhak]
     (1) Relating to an army.
     (2) Martial, military. --kaḥ
     (1) A soldier; papāta bhūmau saha sainikāśrubhiḥ R. 3. 61.
     (2) A guard, sentinel.
     (3) The body of troops drawn up in battle-array R. 3. 57.

saiṃdhava a. (vī f.) [siṃdhunadasimīpe deśe bhavaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Produced or born in the Sindhu-territory.
     (2) Belonging to the Indus.
     (3) River-born.
     (4) Belonging to the sea, oceanic, marine. --vaḥ
     (1) A horse, especially one bred in Sindhu; N. 1. 71.
     (2) N. of a sage.
     (3) N. of a country. --vaḥ, --vaṃ A kind of rock-salt. --vāḥ m. pl. The people inhabiting the Sindhu territory.
     -- Comp.
          --ghanaḥ a lump of salt.
          --śilā a kind of rock or fossil salt.

saiṃdhavaka a. (kī f.) Relating to the Saindhavas. --kaḥ A miserable inhabitant of Sindhu.

saiṃdhī A sort of spirituous liquor (perhaps from palm-juice).

sainyaḥ [senāyāṃ samavaiti ñya]
     (1) A soldier; Śi. 5. 28.
     (2) A guard, sentinel. --nyaṃ An army, a troop; sa pratasthe'rināśāya harisainyairanudrutaḥ R. 12. 67.

saimaṃtikam Red lead.

sairaṃdhraḥ, sairiṃdhraḥ
     (1) A menial servant or attendant.
     (2) A mixed tribe, the offspring of a Dasya and an Ayogava female; sairiṃdhraṃ vāgurāvṛttiṃ sūte dasyurayogave Ms. 10. 32.

sairaṃdhrī, sairiṃdhrī
     (1) A maid-servant or female attendant in the women's apartments (a woman of the mixed tribe described in sairaṃdhra
     (2).
     (2) An independent female artisan working in another person's house.
     (3) An epithet of Draupadī (assumed by her when she acted as servant to Sudheṣṇā, queen of Virāṭa.).

sairika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Relating to a plough.
     (2) Having furrows. --kaḥ
     (1) A plough-ox.
     (2) A ploughman.

sairibhaḥ
     (1) A buffalo; avamānita iva kulīno dīrghaṃ niḥśvasiti sairibhaḥ Mk. 4.
     (2) Indra's heaven or Svarga.

saivāla See śevāla.

saisaka a. (kī f.) Leaden, of lead.

so 4 P. (syati, sasau, asāt-asāsīt, sāsyati, sātuṃ, sita; caus. sāyayati-te, desid. siṣāsati; pass. sīyate; the s of so is changed to ṣ after prepositions ending in i or u)
     (1) To kill, destroy.
     (2) To finish, complete, bring to an end.

soḍha p. p. [sah-kta iḍabhāvaḥ]
     (1) Borne, suffered, endured, put up with &c.; see sah.

soḍhṛ a. (ḍhrī f.) [sah-tṛc]
     (1) Enduring, bearing, patient.
     (2) Powerful, able.

sotka, sotkaṃṭha a.
     (1) Ardently longing, impatiently eager, anxious; as in sotkaṃṭhamāliṃganam.
     (2) Regreatful.
     (3) Bewailing, sorrowing. --ṭhaṃ ind.
     (1) With ardent or eager longing, anxiously; proḍḍīyeva balākayā sarabhasaṃ sotkaṃṭhamāliṃgitaḥ Mk. 5. 23.
     (2) Regretfully, sorrowfully.

socchvāsa a. Glad; Māl. 3. 4.

sotprāsa a.
     (1) Excessive.
     (2) Exaggerated.
     (3) Ironical, sarcastic. --saḥ Violent laughter. --saḥ --saṃ Ironical exaggeration, sarcasm, irony; cf. vyājastuti.

sotsava a. Festive, making merry, joyous.

sotsāha a. Vigorous, active, energetic, persevering. --haṃ ind. Actively, energetically, carefully.

sotsuka a. Regretful, repining, anxious, sorrowful.

sotsedha a. Raised, elevated, high, lofty; sotsedhaiḥ skaṃdhadeśaiḥ Mu. 4. 7.

sodara a. [samānamudaraṃ yasya samānasya saḥ] Born from the same womb, uterine. --raḥ A uterine brother. --rā A uterine sister.

sodaryaḥ A co-uterine brother, brother of whole blood; (fig. also); bhrātuḥ sodaryamātmānamiṃdrajidvadhaśobhinaḥ R. 15. 26; avajñāsodaryaṃ dāridryaṃ Dk.

sodyoga a.
     (1) Making vigorous exertions, diligent, active, persevering, industrious.
     (2) Violent, strong.

sodvega a.
     (1) Anxious, apprehensive.
     (2) Sorrowful. --gaṃ ind. Anxiously, eagerly.

sonahaḥ Garlic.

sonmāda a. Mad, insane, frantic.

sopakaraṇa a. Provided with all requisite materials or implements, properly equipped.

sopakāra a. 1 = sopakaraṇa.
     (2) Assisted, befriended.

sopacāra a. Acting politely, civil, courteous.

sopadrava a. Visited with calamities or afflictions.

sopadha a. Full of fraud or deceit, deceitful.

sopadhi a. Fraudulent. --ind. Deceitfully, fraudulently; ariṣu hi vijayārthinaḥ kṣitīśā vidadhati sopadhi saṃdhidūṣaṇāni Ki. 1. 45.

sopaplava a.
     (1) Afflicted with any great calamity.
     (2) Invaded or overrun by enemies.
     (3) Eclipsed (as the sun or moon).

soparodha a.
     (1) Obstructed, impeded.
     (2) Favoured. --dhaṃ ind. Obligingly, respectfully.

sopasarga a.
     (1) Afflicted or visited by any great calamity or misfortune.
     (2) Portentous.
     (3) Possessed by an evil spirit.
     (4) Preceded by a prepositional prefix (in gram.).

sopahāsa a. Accompanied with derisive laughter, sneering, sarcastic. --saṃ ind. Sneeringly, with a sneer.

sopākaḥ A man of a degraded caste; see Ms. 10. 38.

sopādhi a., sopādhika a. (kī f.) Restricted by some conditions or limitations, qualified by particular characteristics, limited, qualified (in phil.).
     (2) Having some peculiar attribute.
     (3) Special.

sopānam Steps, stairs, a staircase, ladder; ārohaṇārthaṃ navayauvanena kāmasya sopānamiva prayuktaṃ Ku. 1. 39.
     -- Comp.
          --paṃktiḥ f.
          --pathaḥ, paddhatiḥ f.
          --paraṃparā, --mārga a flight of steps, a stair-case; vāpī cāsmin marakataśilābaddhasopānamārgā Me. 76; samārurukṣurdivamāyuṣaḥ kṣaye tatāna sopānaparaṃparamiva R. 3. 69, 6. 3, 16. 56.

somaḥ [su-man; Uṇ. 1. 139]
     (1) N. of a plant, the most important ingredient in ancient sacrificial offerings.
     (2) The juice of the plant; as in somapā, somapīthin.
     (3) Nectar, beverage of the gods.
     (4) The moon. [In mythology, the moon is represented as having sprung from the eye of the sage Atri; (cf. R. 2. 75); or as produced from the sea at the time of churning. The twenty-seven asterisms-mythologically represented as so many daughters of Daksha q. v.-- are said to be his wives. The phenomenon of the periodical waning of the moon is explained by a myth which states that his nectareous digits are drunk up by different gods in regular rotation, or by the invention of another legend which says that the moon, on account of his particular fondness and partiality for Rohiṇi, one of the 27 daughters of Daksha, was cursed by his father-inlaw to be consumptive, but that at the intercession of his wives the sentence of eternal consumption was commuted to one of periodical consumption. Soma is also represented as having carried off Tāra, the wife of Bṛhaspati, by whom he had a son named Budha, who afterwards became the founder of the lunar race of kings; see Tārā
          (b) also].
     (5) A ray of light.
     (6) Camphor.
     (7) Water.
     (8) Air, wind.
     (9) N. of Kubera. (10) Of Śiva.
     (11) Of Yama.
     (12) N. of Sugrīva.
     (13) (As the last member of comp.) Chief, principal, best; as in nṛsoma q. v. --maṃ
     (1) Ricegruel.
     (2) Sky, heaven.
     -- Comp.
          --abhiṣavaḥ the extraction of Soma juice.
          --ahaḥ Monday.
          --ākhyaṃ the red lotus.
          --īśvaraḥ a celebrated representation of Śiva.
          --udbhavā N. of the river Narmadā; R. 5. 59; (where Malli. quotes Ak. revā tu narmadā somodbhavā mekalakanyakā). --kāṃta a. lovely as the moon. (
          --taḥ) the moon-stone.
          --kṣayaḥ disappearance or waning of the moon.
          --garbhaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --grahaḥ a vessel for holding Soma.
          --ja a. moon-born. (
          --jaḥ) an epithet of the planet Mercury. (
          --jaṃ) milk.
          --dhārā the sky, heaven.
          --nāthaḥ
     (1) N. of a celebrated Linga or the place where it was set up; (which by its splendour and enormous wealth attracted the attention of Mahomad of Ghazani who in 1024 A. D. destroyed the image and carried off the treasures); teṣāṃ mārge paricayavaśādarjitaṃ gurjarāṇāṃ yaḥ saṃtāpaṃ śithilamakarot somanāthaṃ vilokya . Vikr. 18. 87. --pa, pā, m. 1. one who drinks the Soma. --2. a Soma-sacrificer. --3. a particular class of Pitṛs. --patiḥ N. of Indra. --pānaṃ drinking Soma juice. --pāyin --pīthin, --pītin m. a drinker of Soma juice; tatra kecit ... somapīthina uduṃbaranāmāmo brahmavādinaḥ prativasaṃti sma Māl. 1. --pītiḥ f. 1. drinking Soma --2. a Soma sacrifice. --putraḥ, --bhūḥ, --sutaḥ epithets of Budha or Mercury. --pravākaḥ a person commissioned to engage sacrificial priests (śrotriya) for a Soma sacrifice. --baṃdhuḥ 1. the sun. --2. N. of Budha or mercury. --3. the white water-lily. --yajñaḥ, --yāgaḥ the Soma sacrifice. --yājin m. one who performs a Soma sacrifice. --yoniḥ a sort of yellow and fragrant sandal. --rogaḥ a particular disease of women. --latā, --vallarī 1. the Soma plant. --2. N. of the river Godāvarī. --vaṃśaḥ the lunar race of kings founded by Budha. --valkaḥ 1. a kind of white Khadira. --2. N. of the plants (karaṃja and kaṭphala). --vallariḥ (rī), --vallikā, --vallī f. the moon-plant. --vāraḥ, --vāsaraḥ Monday. --vikrayin m. a vendor of Soma juice. --vṛkṣaḥ, --sāraḥ the white Khadira. --śakalā a kind of cucumber. --saṃjñaṃ camphor. --sad m. a particular class of Manes or Pitṛs; Ms. 3. 195. --siṃdhuḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu. --sut m. a Soma distiller. --sutā the river Narmadā; cf. somodbhavā above. --sūtraṃ a channel for conveying water from a Siva-linga. -pradakṣiṇā circumambulation around a Siva-linga so as not to cross the Soma-sūtra.

soman m.
     (1) The moon.
     (2) Ved. A Soma sacrificer.

somin a. (nī f.) Performing the Soma sacrifice. --m. A performer of a Soma sacrifice.

somala a. Soft, bland, placid.

somya a.
     (1) Worthy of Soma
     (2) Offering Soma.
     (3) Resembling or shaped like Soma.
     (4) Soft, good, amiable.

solluṃṭhaḥ, solluṃṭhanam Irony, ridicule, sarcasm. --ṭhaṃ, --naṃ ind. Ironically; U. 5.

soṣman a.
     (1) Warm, hot.
     (2) (In gram.) Aspirated. --m. An aspirate.

saukara a. (rī f.) Hoggish, of a hog; Ki. 12. 53.

saukaryam [sukarasya bhāvaḥ karma vā ṣyañ]
     (1) Hoggishness.
     (2) Ease, facility; saukaryaṃ ca kāryasyānāyāseḍha siddhyā sāṃgasiddhyā ca bodhyam.
     (3) Practicability, feasibility.
     (4) Adroitness, skill.
     (5) An easy or extempore preparation of food or medicine.

saukumāryam
     (1) Softness, delicacy, tenderness; śirīṣapu'pādhikasaukumāryau bāhū tadīyāviti me vitarkaḥ Ku. 1. 41.
     (2) Youthfulness.

saukṣmyam Minuteness, fineness, subtility.

saukhaśāyanikaḥ, saukhaśāyikaḥ [sukhaśayanaṃ pṛcchati ṭhak] One who asks another person whether he has slept well or has had comfortable sleep; bhṛgvādīnanugṛhnaṃtaṃ saukhaśāyanikānṛṣīn R. 10. 14.

saukhasuptikaḥ [sukhasuptiṃ sukhena śayanaṃ pṛcchati ṭhañ]
     (1) One who asks another person whether he has slept well.
     (2) A bard whose duty it is to waken a king or any other great personage with song and music.

saukhika a. (kī f.), saukhīya a. (yī f.) Relating to pleasure, pleasurable, delightful.

saukhyam Pleasure, happiness, satisfaction, felicity, enjoyment.

saugataḥ A Buddhist; a follower of Sugata or Buddha; (the Buddhists are divided into four great schools; mādhyamika, sautrāṃtika, yogācāra & vaibhāsika); saugatajaratparivrājikāyāstu kāmaṃdakyāḥ prathamāṃ bhūmikāṃ bhāva evādhīte Māl. 1.

saugatikaḥ 1 A Buddhist.
     (2) A Buddhist mendicant.
     (3) An atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever. --kaṃ Unbelief, heresy, atheism, scepticism.

saugaṃdha a. (dhī f.) Sweet-scented, fragrant. --dhaṃ
     (1) Sweet-scentedness, fragrance.
     (2) A kind of fragrant grass (kattṛṇa).

saugaṃdhika a. (kā or kī f.) Sweetscented, fragrant. --kaḥ
     (1) A dealer in perfumes, perfumer.
     (2) Sulphur. --kaṃ
     (1) The white water-lily.
     (2) The blue lotus.
     (3) A kind of fragrant grass (kattṛṇa).
     (4) A ruby.

saugaṃdhyam Sweetness of odour, fragrance, perfume.

saugamyam Ease, facility.

sauciḥ, saucikaḥ A tailor; Kull. on Ms. 4. 214.

saujanyam
     (1) Goodness, kindness of spirit, gentility; U. 3. 13; Mk. 8. 38.
     (2) Magnanimousness, generosity.
     (3) Kindness, compassion, clemency.
     (4) Friendship, love.

sauṃḍī Long pepper.

sautiḥ
     (1) An epithet of Karṇa.
     (2) N. of a great sage.

sautyam The office of a charioteer; Nalod. 4. 9.

sautra a. (trī f.) [sūtra-aṇ]
     (1) Belonging to or having a thread or string.
     (2) Belonging to, mentioned, occurring or declared in, a Sūtra q. v. --traḥ
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (2) An artificial root occurring in grammatical Sūtras which can not be conjugated like a regular verb, but is used only to form derivative words.

sautrāṃtikāḥ m. pl. N. of one of the four great schools of Buddhism; cf saugata.

sautrāmaṇī
     (1) The east; cakoranayanāruṇā bhavati dik ca sautrāmaṇī Vb. 4. 1.
     (2) A kind of sacrifice.

saudaryam Brotherhood.

saudāmanī; saudāminī, saudāmnī
     (1) Lightning; saudāmanyā kanakanikaṣasnigdhayā darśaryovīṃ Me. 37; saudāminīva jaladodarasaṃdhilīnā Mk. 1. 35; Māl. 8. 14.
     (2) The female of Indra's elephant.

saudāyika a. (kī f.) Whatever is given to a woman at her marriage by her parents, or a relative in general, which becomes her own property. --kaṃ A nuptial present so made.

saudha a. (dhī f.) [sudhayā nirmitaṃ raktaṃ vā aṇ]
     (1) Relating to, or having, nectar.
     (2) Having plaster, or plastered. --dhaṃ
     (1) A white-washed mansion, any stuccoed house.
     (2) Any great mansion or palace, large house; saudhavāsamuṭajena vismṛtaḥ saṃcikāya phalaniḥspṛhastapaḥ R. 19. 2, 7. 5, 13. 40.
     (3) Silver.
     (4) Opal.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ 1. a plasterer. --2. a builder of a house.
          --vāsaḥ a palatial building.

sauna a. (nī f.) Relating to butchery or a slaughter-house. --naṃ Butcher's meat.
     -- Comp.
          --dharmyaṃ a state of deadly hostility.

saunikaḥ A butcher; cf. śaunika.

saunaṃdam The club of Balarama.

saunaṃdin m. An epithet of Balarāma.

sauṃdaryam [suṃdarasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] Beauty, loveliness, gracefulness, elegance; sauṃdaryasārasamudāyaniketanaṃ vā Māl. 1. 21; Ku. 1. 49, 5. 41.

sauparṇam
     (1) Dry ginger.
     (2) Emerald.

sauparṇeyaḥ An epithet of Garuḍa.

sauptika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Connected with or relating to sleep.
     (2) Somniferous. --kaṃ A night-attack, an attack on sleeping men.
     -- Comp.
          --parvan n. N. of the tenth parvan or book of the Mahābhārata which relates how Aśvatthāman, Kṛtavarman and Kṛpa-the only surviving Kuru warriors-attacked by night the Pāṇḍava camp and slaughtered thousands of warriors while asleep.
          --vadhaḥ the great nocturnal slaughter of Pāṇḍava camp (above referred to); mārgo hyeṣa nareṃdrasauptikavadhe pūrvaṃ kṛto drauṇinā Mk. 3. 11.

saubalaḥ N. of Śakuni q. v.

saubalī, saubaleyī N. of Gāndhārī, wife of Dhṛtarāṣṭra.

saubham N. of Hariśchandra's city (said to be suspended in air).

saubhīkaḥ N. of Drupada.

saubhagam
     (1) Good luck, happiness.
     (2) Prosperity, riches, wealth.

saubhadraḥ, saubhadreyaḥ Epithets of Abhimanyu, son of Subhadrā.

saubhāgineyaḥ The son of a favourite wife.

saubhāgyam [subhagāyāḥ subhagasya vā bhāvaḥ ṣyañ dvipadavṛddhiḥ]
     (1) Good fortune or luck, fortunateness (chiefly consisting in a man's and woman's securing the favour and firm devotion of each other); priyeṣu saubhāgyaphalā hi cārutā Ku. 5. 1; saubhāgyaṃ te subhaga virahāvasthayā vyaṃjayaṃtī Me. 29; (see Malli.'s remarks on saubhāgya in both places); yujyata ātmanaḥ saubhāgyaṃ pracchādayituṃ V. 2.
     (2) Blessedness, auspiciousness.
     (3) Beauty, charm, grace; (yasya) himaṃ na saubhāgyavilopi jātaṃ Ku. 1. 3; 2. 53, 5. 49; R. 18. 19, U. 6. 27.
     (4) Grandeur, sublimity.
     (5) The auspicious state of wifehood (opp. widowhood).
     (6) Congratulation; good wishes.
     (7) Affection, favour.
     (8) Red-lead.
     (9) Borax.
     -- Comp.
          --cihnaṃ 1. any mark of good forune or happiness. --2. any sign of the blessed state of wifehood (such as the saffron mark on the forehead).
          --taṃtuḥ the marriage-string (put round the neck of the bride by the bridegroom at the time of marriage and worn by her till widowhood; also called maṃgalasūtra q. v.).
          --tṛtīyā the third day of the bright half of Bhādrapada.
          --devatā an auspicious or tutelary deity.
          --vāyanaṃ an auspicious offering of sweetmeats &c.
          --vilepin a. marring or impairing beauty; Ku. 1. 3.

saubhāgyavat a. Fortunate, auspicious. --tī A married woman whose husband is alive, a married unwidowed woman.

saubhikaḥ A juggler.

saubhrātram Good brotherhood, fraternity; saubhrātrameṣāṃ hi kulānusāri R. 16. 1; 10. 81.

saumanasa a. (sā or sī f.) [sumanas-aṇ] Agreeable to the feelings, pleasing.
     (2) Relating to flowers, floral. --saṃ
     (1) Kindliness of spirit, benevolence, kindness. --Pleasure, satisfaction.

saumanasā The outer skin of the nutmeg.

saumanasyam
     (1) Satisfaction of mind, pleasure, delight; R. 15. 14, 17. 40.
     (2) A particular offering of flowers made to a Brāhmaṇa at a Śrāddha.

saumanasyāyanī
     (1) The blossom of the Mālatī creeper.
     (2) The Mālatī creeper.

saumāyanaḥ A patronymic of Buddha.

saumika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Performed with or relating to the Soma juice.
     (2) Relating to the moon, lunar.

saumitraḥ; saumitriḥ
     (1) An epithet of Lakṣmaṇa; saumitrerapi patriṇāmaviṣaye tatra priye kvāsi bhoḥ U. 3. 45.

saumillaḥ N. of a dramatist who preceded Kalidāsa; bhāsakavisaumillakavimiśrādīnāṃ M. 1.

saumecakam Gold.

saumedhikaḥ A sage, seer, one possessed of supernatural wisdom.

saumeruka a. (kī f.) Relating to or coming from Sumeru. --kaṃ Gold.

saumya a. (myā or myī f.) [somo devatāsya tasyedaṃ vā aṇ]
     (1) Relating or sacred to the moon.
     (2) Having the properties of Soma.
     (3) Handsome, lovely, charming; pleasing, agreeable.
     (4) Gentle, soft, mild, placid; saraṃbhaṃ maithilīhāsaḥ kṣaṇasaumyāṃ nināya tāṃ R. 12. 36; (the voc. saumya is often used in the sense of 'good sir,' 'gentle sir,' 'good man'; prītāsti te saumya cirāya jīva R. 14. 59; saumyeti cābhāṣya yathārthavādī 14. 44, Me. 49, Ku. 4. 35, Māl. 9. 25).
     (5) Auspicious.
     (6) Bright, brilliant. --myaḥ 1 N. of Budha or the planet Mercury.
     (2) A proper epithet by which a Brāhmaṇa should be addressed; āyuṣmānbhava saumyeti vācyo vipro'bhivādane Ms. 2. 125.
     (3) A Brāhmaṇa.
     (4) The Udumbara tree.
     (5) Blood before it becomes red, serum.
     (6) The gastric juice.
     (7) N. of one of the nine divisions of the earth.
     (8) An auspicious planet.
     (9) A Brahmaṇa drinking the Soma juice. (10) A kind of penance (saumyakṛcchra). --myā
     (1) N. of Durgā.
     (2) The moon-plant. --m. pl.
     (1) N. of the five stars in Orion's head.
     (2) A particular class of Pitṛs or Manes; Ms. 3. 199.
     -- Comp.
          --upacāraḥ a gentle measure, mild remedy.
          --kṛcchraḥ --cchraṃ a kind of religious penance; cf. Y. 3. 322.
          --gaṃdhī the Indian white rose.
          --grahaḥ a benign or auspicious planet.
          --dhātuḥ the phlegmatic humour, phlegm.
          --nāman a. having a pleasing or agreeable name; Ms. 3. 10.
          --vāraḥ, --vāsaraḥ Wednesday.

saura a. (rī f.) [sūrasya idaṃ mūro devatāsya vā aṇ]
     (1) Relating to the sun, solar.
     (2) Sacred or dedicated to the sun.
     (3) Worshipping the sun.
     (4) Celestial, divine.
     (5) Relating to spirituous liquor. --raḥ
     (1) A worshipper of the sun.
     (2) The planet Saturn.
     (3) A solar month.
     (4) A solar day.
     (5) The plant called Tumburu.
     (6) N. of Yama, the god of death. --raṃ N. of a collection of hymns (extracted from the Ṛgveda) addressed to Sūrya.
     -- Comp.
          --naktaṃ a particular religious observance.
          --māsaḥ a solar month (comprising thirty risings and settings of the sun).
          --lokaḥ the sun's sphere.

saurathaḥ A hero, warrior.

saurabha a. (bhī f.) [surabhirasyāsti aṇ] Fragrant. --bhaṃ
     (1) Fragrance, Bv. 1. 18, 121.
     (2) Saffron.

saurabheya a. (yī f.) Relating to Surabhi. --yaḥ An ox.

saurabhī, saurabheyī
     (1) A cow.
     (2) N. of the daughter of the cow called Surabhi; tāṃ saurabheyīṃ surabhiryaśobhiḥ R. 2. 3.

saurabhyam
     (1) Fragrance, odour, sweet scent; saurabhyaṃ bhuvanatraye'pi viditaṃ Bv 1. 38; punānā saurabhyaiḥ G. L. 43, R. 5. 69.
     (2) Agreeableness, beauty.
     (3) Good character, reputation, glory, fame.

saurasenāḥ m. pl. N. of a district and its people. --nī See śaurasenī.

sauraseyaḥ An epithet of Skanda.

saurasaiṃdhava a. (vī f.) Belonging to the celestial river or Ganges, Gangetic; Śi. 13. 27. --vaḥ A horse of the sun.

saurasyam Tastiness, savoriness.

saurājyam Good government or rule; eko yayau caitrarathapradeśān saurājyaramyānaparo vidarbhān R. 5. 60.

saurāṣṭra a. (ṣṭrā or ṣṭrī f.) Coming from or relating to the district called Surāṣṭra (or Surat). --ṣṭraḥ The district of Surāṣṭra. --m. pl. The people of Surāṣṭra. --ṣṭraṃ Brass, bellmetal.

saurāṣṭrakaḥ A kind of bell-metal.

sauriḥ [sūrasyāpatyaṃ pumān iñ]
     (1) N. of the planet Saturn.
     (2) The Asana tree.
     (3) N. of Yama.
     (4) Of Karṇa.
     (5) Of Sugrīva.
     -- Comp.
          --ratnaṃ a kind of gem (sapphire).

saurika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Celestial.
     (2) Spirituous, vinous.
     (3) Due for spirits (such as duty or money.) --kaḥ
     (1) Saturn.
     (2) Heaven, paradise.
     (3) A vender of spirituous liquor.

saurī The wife of the sun.

saurīya a. (yī f.)
     (1) Solar.
     (2) Fit for, or suitable to, the sun.

saurya a. (ryī f.) Belonging to the sun, solar.

saulabhyam
     (1) Easiness of acquisition.
     (2) Feasibility, facility, ease.

saulvikaḥ A copper-smith.

sauva a. (vī f.)
     (1) Relating to one's own property.
     (2) Being in or belonging to heaven. --vaṃ An order, edict. (?).

sauvagrāmika a. (kī f.) Belonging to one's own village.

sauvara a. (rī f.)
     (1) Belonging to sound or a musical note.
     (2) Treating of accents.

sauvarcala a. (lī f.) Coming from the country called suvarcala q. v. --laṃ 1 Sochal salt.
     (2) Natron.

sauvarṇa a. (rṇī f.)
     (1) Golden.
     (2) Weighing one Suvarna q. v.
     -- Comp.
          --bhedinī the plant Priyangu.

sauvastika a. (kī f.) Benedictive. --kaḥ A family-priest or Brāhmaṇa.

sauvādhyāyika a. (kī f.) Belonging to sacred study (or svādhyāya q. v.)

sauvāstava a. (vī f.) Having a good site, pleasantly situated or placed.

sauvidaḥ, sauvidallaḥ An attendant on the women's apartments; Śi. 5. 17.

sauvīram
     (1) The fruit of the jujube.
     (2) Antimony.
     (3) Sour gruel. --raḥ N. of a district or its people (pl. in the lattar sense).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ a kind of antimony or collyrium.
          --sāraḥ antimony.

sauvīrakaḥ
     (1) The jujube tree.
     (2) An inhabitant of Suvīra.
     (3) N. of Jayadratha. --kaṃ Sour barleygruel.

sauvīryam Great heroism or prowess.

sauśīlyam Excellence of disposition, good morals or character.

sauśravasam Celebrity, renown.

sauṣṭhavam [suṣṭhu bhadraṃ tasya bhāvaḥ aṇ]
     (1) Excellence, goodness, beauty, elegance, superior beauty; sarvāṃgasauṣṭhavābhivyaktaye viralanepathyayoḥ pātrayoḥ praveśo'stu M. 1.; śarīramasauṣṭhavaṃ Māl. 1. 17 'not in good trim'.
     (2) Extreme skilfulness, cleverness.
     (3) Excess.
     (4) Suppleness, lightness.

sausnātikaḥ [susnātaṃ pṛcchati ṭhak] One who asks another whether an ablution has been auspicious or successfully performed; sausnātiko yasya bhavatyagastyaḥ R. 6. 61.

sauhārdaḥ [suhṛdo bhāvaḥ aṇ dvipadavṛddhiḥ] The son of a friend. --rdaṃ Goodheartedness, affection, friendliness, friendship; (veśmāni) viśrāṇya sauhārdanidhiḥ suhṛdbhyaḥ R. 14. 15; sauhārdahṛdyāni viceṣṭitāni Māl. 1. 4; Me. 115.

sauhārdyaṃ, sauhṛdaṃ dyaṃ, sauhṛdayam Friendship, affection; yatsauhṛdādapi janāḥ śithilībhavaṃti Mk. 1. 13; sakhījanaste kimu rūḍhasauhṛdaḥ V. 1. 10; Māl. 1.

sauhityam
     (1) Satiety, satisfaction; Śi. 5. 62.
     (2) Fulness, completion.
     (3) Kindness, friendliness.

skaṃd 1 A. (skaṃdate)
     (1) To jump.
     (2) To raise.
     (3) To pour out, emit.

skaṃd I. 1. P. (skaṃdati, skanna)
     (1) To leap, jump.
     (2) To rise, ascend, jump upwards.
     (3) To fall, drop; Bk. 22. 11.
     (4) To burst or leap out.
     (5) To perish, come to an end; caskaṃde tapa aiśvaram.
     (6) To be spilled, ooze.
     (7) To emit, shed.
     (8) To go, move.
     (9) To become dry. (10) To perish. --Caus. (skaṃdayati-te)
     (1) To pour out, effuse, shed, emit (as the seminal fluid); ekaḥ śayīta sarvatra na retaḥ skaṃdayet kvacit Ms. 2. 180; 9. 50.
     (2) To omit, neglect, pass by. --II. 10 U. (skaṃdayati-te) To collect.

skaṃdaḥ [skaṃd-ac]
     (1) Leaping.
     (2) Quicksilver.
     (3) N. of Kārtikeya; senānīnāmahaṃ skaṃdaḥ Bg. 10. 24, R. 2. 36, 7. 1; Me. 43.
     (4) N. of Śiva.
     (5) The body.
     (6) A king.
     (7) The bank of a river.
     (8) A clever man.
     (9) A kind of disease common to children.
     -- Comp.
          --aśaṃkaḥ quicksilver.
          --purāṇaṃ one of the 18 Purāṇas.
          --mā tṛ f. N. of Durga.
          --ṣaṣṭhī a festival in honour of Kārtikeya on the sixth day of Chaitra.

skaṃdakaḥ
     (1) One who leaps.
     (2) A soldier.

skraṃdanam [skaṃd-lyuṭ]
     (1) Emission, effusion.
     (2) Purging, looseness, relaxation (of the bowels).
     (3) Going, moving.
     (4) Drying up.
     (5) The suppression of bleeding by cold applications.

skanna p. p.
     (1) Fallen down, descended.
     (2) Oozed out, or trickled down.
     (3) Emitted, effused, sprinkled
     (4) Gone.
     (5) Dried up.

skaṃdh 10 U. (skaṃdhayati-te) To collect.

skaṃdhaḥ [skadyate āruhyate'sau sukhena śākhayā vā karmaṇi ghañ pṛṣo-; cf. Uṇ. 4. 206]
     (1) The shoulder.
     (2) The body.
     (3) The trunk or stem of a tree; tīvrāghātapratihatataruskaṃdhalagnaikadaṃtaḥ S. 1. 33; R. 4. 57, Me. 53.
     (4) A branch or large bough.
     (5) A department or branch of human knowledge.
     (6) A chapter, section, division (of a book).
     (7) A division or detachment of an army.
     (8) A troop, multitude, group.
     (9) The five objects of sense. (10) The five forms of mundane consciousness (in Buddhistic phil.); sarvakāryaśarīreṣu muktvāṃgaskaṃdhapaṃcakaṃ Śi. 2. 28.
     (11) War, battle.
     (12) A king.
     (13) An agreement.
     (14) A road, way.
     (15) A wise or learned man.
     (16) A heron.
     (17) Articles used at the coronation of a king. --dhā
     (1) A branch.
     (2) A creeper.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the trunk of a tree set on fire.
          --āvāraḥ 1. an army or a division of it. --2. a royal capital or residence. --3. a camp.
          --upāneya a. to be carried on the shoulders. (
          --yaḥ) a form of peace-offering in which fruit or grain is presented, as a mark of submission.
          --cāpaḥ a sort of pole or yoke for carrying burdens; cf. śikya. --jaḥ a tree growing from a principal stem.
          --taruḥ the cocoa nut tree.
          --deśaḥ 1 the shoulder; idamupahitasūkṣmagraṃthinā skaṃdhadeśe S. 1. 19. --2. that part of the elephant's body, where the driver sits.
          --parinirvāṇaṃ the annihilation of the elements of being (with Buddhists)
          --phalaḥ 1. the cocoa-nut tree. --2. the Bilva tree. --3. the glomercus fig-tree.
          --baṃdhanā a sort of fennel.
          --mallakaḥ a heron.
          --ruhaḥ the (Indian) fig-tree.
          --vāhaḥ, --vāhakaḥ an ox trained to carry burdens, packbullock.
          --śākhā a principal branch, the forked branch issuing from the upper stem of a tree.
          --śṛṃgaḥ a buffalo.
          --skaṃdhaḥ every shoulder.

skaṃdhas n.
     (1) The shoulder.
     (2) The trunk of a tree.

skaṃdhikaḥ An ox trained to carry burdens; cf. skaṃdhavāha.

skaṃdhin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Having shoulders.
     (2) Having branches or a branched stem. --m. A tree.

skaṃbh 1 A., 5. 9. P. (skaṃbhate, skabhnoti, skabhnāti)
     (1) To create.
     (2) To stop, hinder, impede, obstruct, curb, restrain. --Caus. (skaṃbhayati-te or skaṃbhayati-te) To stop &c.

skabdha p. p.
     (1) Supported, propped.
     (2) Stopped.

skaṃbhaḥ
     (1) Support, prop, stay.
     (2) Fulcrum.
     (3) The Supreme Being.
     (4) N. of a Vedic deity.

skaṃbhanam
     (1) The act of supporting.
     (2) A support, prop.

skāṃda a. (dī f.) [skaṃda-aṇ]
     (1) Relating to Skanda.
     (2) Relating to Śiva. --daṃ The Skanda Puraṇa.

sku 5. 9. U. (skunoti, skunute, skunāti, skunīte)
     (1) To go by leaps, jump, bound.
     (2) To raise, lift.
     (3) To cover, overspread; Bk. 17. 82.
     (4) To approach. --WITH prati to cover; Bk. 18. 73.

skuṃd 1 A. (skuṃdate)
     (1) To jump.
     (2) To raise, lift.

skuṃbh 5. 9. P. (skubhnā-bhno-ti) To stop, hinder.

skhad 1 A. (skhadate)
     (1) To cut, cut or tear to pieces.
     (2) To destroy.
     (3) To hurt, injure, kill.
     (4) To rout, defeat completely.
     (5) To fatigue, exhaust, trouble.
     (6) To make or be firm.

skhadanam
     (1) Cutting, tearing to pieces.
     (2) Hurting, injuring, killing.
     (3) Troubling, harassing.
     (4) Firmness.

skhal 1 P. (skhalati, skhalita)
     (1) To stumble, tumble, fall down, slip, trip; skhalati caraṇaṃ bhūmau nyastaṃ na cārdratamā mahī Mk. 9. 13; Ku. 5. 24.
     (2) To totter, waver, shake, fluctuate.
     (3) To be disobeyed or violated (as an order); devasya śāsanaṃ paureṣu kathaṃ skhaliṣyati Mu. 3; 3. 24; R. 18. 43.
     (4) To fall or deviate from the right course; Ki. 9. 37.
     (5) To be affected or excited; Ki. 3. 53, 13. 60.
     (6) To err, blunder, commit mistakes; skhalato hi karālaṃbaḥ suhṛtsacivaceṣṭitaṃ H. 3. 134 (where it has sense 1 also).
     (7) To stammer, lisp, falter; vadanakamalakaṃ śiśoḥ smarāmi skhaladasamaṃjasamaṃjujalpitaṃ te U. 4. 4; R. 9. 76, Ku. 5. 56.
     (8) To fail, have no effect; rāghavaḥ skhalitavīryamātmani R 11. 83.
     (9) To drop, drip, trickle. (10) To go, move.
     (11) To disappear.
     (12) To collect, gather. --Caus. (skhalayati-te)
     (1) To cause to stumble or trip.
     (2) To cause to err or blunder, cause to falter or stammer; vacanāni skhalayan pade pade Ku. 4. 12; skhalayati vacanaṃ te saṃśrayatyaṃgamaṃgaṃ Māl. 3. 8.

skhalanam [skhal-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Stumbling, slipping, tripping, falling down.
     (2) Tottering.
     (3) Deviating from the right course.
     (4) Blundering, error, mistake.
     (5) Failure, disappointment, unsuccessfulness.
     (6) Stammering, blundering in speech or pronunciation, faltering.
     (7) Trickling, dripping.
     (8) Dashing against, clashing, collision; U. 2. 20, Mv. 5. 40
     (9) Mutual striking or rubbing together.

skhalita p. p. [skhal-kta]
     (1) Stumbled, slipped, tripped.
     (2) Fallen, dropped down.
     (3) Shaking, wavering, fluctuating, unsteady.
     (4) Intoxicated, drunk.
     (5) Stammering, faltering; Ku. 5. 56.
     (6) Agitated, disturbed.
     (7) Erring, blundering.
     (8) Dropped, emitted.
     (9) Dripping, trickling down. (10) Interrupted, stopped.
     (11) Confounded.
     (12) Gone. --taṃ
     (1) Stumbling, tripping, a fall.
     (2) Deviation from the right course.
     (3) Error, blunder, mistake; gotraskhalita Ku. 4. 8.
     (4) Fault, sin, transgression.
     (5) Deceit, treachery.
     (6) Circumvention, stratagem.
     -- Comp.
          --subhagaṃ ind. dashing or flowing along in a charming manner Me. 28.

skhuḍ 6 P. (skhuḍati) To cover.

stak 1 P. (stakati)
     (1) To resist.
     (2) To strike against, repel, push back.

stan 1 P., 10 U. (stanati, stanayatite, stanita)
     (1) To sound, make a sound, resound, reverberate.
     (2) To groan, breathe hard, sigh.
     (3) To thunder, roar loudly; tastanurjajvalurmaglurjaglurluluṭhire kṣatāḥ Bk. 14. 30. --WITH. ni 1. to sound. --2. to sigh. --3. to mourn. --vi to roar.

stanaḥ [stan-ac]
     (1) The female breast; stanau māṃsagraṃthī kanakakalaśāvityupomatau Bh. 3. 20; (daridrāṇāṃ manorathāḥ) hadayeṣveva līyaṃte vidhavāstrīstanāviva Pt. 2. 91.
     (2) The nipple of the breast.
     (3) The breast, udder, or dug of any female animal; ardhapītastanaṃ māturāmardakli ṣṭakeśaraṃ S. 7. 14.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśukaṃ a cloth covering the breasts or bosom, breastmantle.
          --agraḥ a nipple.
          --aṃgarāgaḥ a paint or pigment smeared on the breasts of women.
          --aṃtaraṃ 1. the heart. --2. the space between the breasts; (na) mṛṇālasūtraṃ racitaṃ ratanāṃtare S. 6. 17, R. 10. 62. --3. a mark on the breast (said to indicate future widowhood).
          --ābhogaḥ 1. fulness or expanding of the breasts. --2. the circumference or orb of the breast. --3. a man with large breasts like those of a woman.
          --taṭaḥ, --ṣṭaṃ the slope of the breast; cf. taṭa. --pa, --pā, --pāyaka, --pāyin a. sucking the breast, a suckling.
          --pānaṃ sucking of the breast.
          --bharaḥ 1. the weight or heaviness of breasts; pādāgrasthitayā muhuḥ stanabhareṇānītayā namratāṃ Ratn. 1. 1. --2. a man having breasts like those of a woman.
          --bhavaḥ a particular position in sexual union.
          --mukhaṃ, --vṛṃtaṃ --śikhā a nipple.

stanathaḥ Ved. Thunder.

stananam [stan-lyuṭ]
     (1) Sounding, a sound, noise.
     (2) Roaring, thundering, rumbling (of clouds).
     (3) Groaning.
     (4) Breathing hard.

stanaṃdhaya a. [stanaṃ dhayati dhe-khaś mum ca] Sucking the breast; yadi budhyate hariśiśuḥ stanaṃdhayo bhavitā kareṇupariśeṣitā mahī Bv. 1. 53; tavāṃkaśāyī parivṛttabhāgyayā mayā na ṭṭaṣṭastanayaḥ stanaṃdhayaḥ Māl. 10. 6. --yaḥ An infant, a suckling; R. 14. 78, Śi. 12. 40.

stanayitnuḥ [stan-itnu]
     (1) Thundering, thunder, the muttering of clouds.
     (2) A cloud; U. 3. 7, 5, 8.
     (3) Lightning.
     (4) Sickness.
     (5) Death.
     (6) A kind of grass.

stanita p. p. [stan kartari kta]
     (1) Sounded, sounding, noisy; Me. 28.
     (2) Thundering, roaring. --taṃ
     (1) The rattling of thunder, rumbling of thunder-clouds; toyotsargastanitamukharo māsma bhūrviklavāstāḥ Me. 37.
     (2) Thunder, noise.
     (3) The noise of clapping the hands.
     -- Comp.
          --phalaḥ the Vikankata tree.

stanyam [stane bhavaṃ yat] Mother's milk, milk; piba stanyaṃ pota Bv. 1. 60.
     -- Comp.
          --tyāgaḥ leaving off the mother's milk, weaning; stanyatyāgātprabhṛti sumukhī daṃtapāṃcālikeva Māl. 10. 5; stanyatyāgaṃ yāvat putrayoravekṣasva U. 7.

stabakaḥ A bunch, cluster; kusumastabakasyeva dve gatī sto manasvināṃ Bh. 2. 104, R. 13. 32; Me. 75, Ku. 3. 39.

stabh See staṃbh.

stabdha p. p. [staṃbh karmaṇi kartari vā kta]
     (1) Stopped, blocked up, obstructed.
     (2) Paralysed, senseless, stupefied, benumbed.
     (3) Motionless, immoveable.
     (4) Fixed, firm, hard, rigid, stiff.
     (5) Obstinate, stubborn, hard-hearted, stern.
     (6) Coarse.
     -- Comp.
          --karṇa a. pricking up the ears.
          --roman m. a hog, boar.
          --locana a. having motionless or unwinking eyes (said of gods).

stabdhatā --tvam
     (1) Rigidity, firmness, hardness.
     (2) Stupor, insensibility.

stabdhiḥ f.
     (1) Fixedness, hardness, stiffness, rigidity.
     (2) Firmness, immoveableness.
     (3) Stupor, insensibility, numbness.
     (4) Obstinacy.

stabhaḥ A goat, ram.

stabhu n. = staṃbhana q. v.

stam 1 P. (stamāta) To be confused or agitated.

staṃbaḥ [sthā-abac kicca pṛṣo- Uṇ. 4. 96]
     (1) A clump of grass &c.; R. 5. 15.
     (2) A sheaf of corn; as in staṃbakaritā q. v.
     (3) A cluster, clump or bunch (in general); U. 2. 29, R. 15. 19.
     (4) A bush, thicket.
     (5) A shrub or plant having no decided stem.
     (6) The post to which an elephant is tied.
     (7) A post.
     (8) Stupefaction, insensibility; (probably for staṃbha in these two senses).
     (9) A mountain.
     -- Comp.
          --kari a. forming sheaves or clusters. (
          --riḥ) corn, rice.
          --karitā forming sheaves or clusters, abundant or luxuriant growth; na śāleḥ staṃbakaritā bapturguṇamapekṣate Mu. 1. 3.
          --ghanaḥ 1. a small hoe for weeding clumps of grass.
     (2) a sickle for cutting corn. --3. a basket for holding the heads of wild rice. --ghnaḥ, --ghātaḥ --han, --hananaṃ --nī a sickle for cutting corn, a hoe. --puraṃ N. of a city (tāmralipta).

staṃberamaḥ An elephant; staṃberamā mukharaśṛṃkhalakarṣiṇaste R. 5. 72; Śi. 5. 34; Māl. 9. 33.

staṃbh 1 A., 5. 9. P. (staṃbhate, stabhnoti, stabhnāti, stāṃbhita or stabdhaḥ; the s of the root being changed to ṣ after prepositions ending in i or u and also after ava)
     (1) To stop, hinder, arrest, suppress; kaṃṭhaḥ staṃbhitabāṣpavṛttikaluṣaḥ S. 4. 5.
     (2) To make firm or stiff, to make immoveable.
     (3) To stupefy, paralyze, benumb; prāṇā dadhvaṃsire gātraṃ tastaṃbhe ca hate priye Bk. 14. 55.
     (4) To prop, support, uphold, sustain.
     (5) To become stiff, rigid or immoveable.
     (6) To be proud or elated, be stiff-necked. (The following verse illustrates the root in its different conjugations: staṃbhate puruṣaḥ prāyo yauvanena dhanane ca . na stabhnāti kṣitīśo'pi na stabhnoti yuvāpyasau ..). --Caus. (staṃbhayati-te).
     (1) To stop, arrest.
     (2) To make firm or rigid.
     (3) To paralyze.
     (4) To prop, support.

staṃbhaḥ [staṃbh-ac]
     (1) Fixedness, stiffness, rigidity, motionlessness; raṃbhā staṃbhaṃ bhajati Vikr. 18. 29; Ki. 12. 28; gātrastaṃbhaḥ stanamukulayorutprabaṃdhaḥ prakaṃpaḥ Māl. 2. 5; tatsaṃkalpopahitajāḍima staṃbhamabhyoti gātraṃ 1. 35, 4. 2.
     (2) Insensibility, stupefaction, stupor, numbness, paralysis.
     (3) Stoppage, obstruction, hindrance; so'paśyatpraṇidhānena saṃtateḥ staṃbhakāraṇaṃ R. 1. 74; vākstaṃbhaṃ nāṭayati Māl. 8.
     (4) Restraint, curbing, suppressing; kṛtaścittastaṃbhaḥ pratihatadhiyāmajaṃlirapi Bh. 3. 6.
     (5) Prop, support, fulcrum.
     (6) A pillar, column, post.
     (7) A stem, trunk (of a tree).
     (8) Stupidity.
     (9) Absence of feeling or excitability. (10) The suppression of any force or feeling by supernatural or magical means.
     -- Comp.
          --utkīrṇa a. carved out of a post of wood (as a statue).
          --kara a. 1. paralysing, benumbing. --2. obstructing. (
          --raḥ) a fence.
          --kāraṇaṃ cause of obstruction or impediment.
          --pūjā worship of the posts of temporary pavilions erected for marriages or other occasions of solemnity.

staṃbhakin m. A kind of musical instrument covered with leather.

staṃbhanam [staṃbhayati staṃbh-ṇic lyuṭ]
     (1) Stopping, obstructing, hindering, arresting, suppressing, restraining; lolollolakṣubhitakaraṇojjṛṃbhaṇastaṃbhanārthaṃ U. 3. 36.
     (2) Paralysing, benumbing, stupefying.
     (3) Quieting, composure; Pt. 1. 360.
     (4) Making firm or stiff, fixing firmly.
     (5) Propping, supporting,
     (6) Stopping the flow of blood.
     (7) Anything employed as an astringent.
     (8) A particular magical art or faculty; see staṃbha (10). --naḥ N. of one of the five arrows of Cupid.

staṃbhita a.
     (1) Stopped, hindered.
     (2) Benumbed, paralyzed.
     (3) Composed, collected; see staṃbh.

staṃbhin a. Supporting, stopping &c.

staṃbhinī The Earth(one of the five elements).

stara a. [stṛ-stṝ-ghañ] Spreading, extending, covering. --raḥ
     (1) Anything spread, a layer, stratum.
     (2) A bed, couch.

staraṇam [stṛ stṝ-lyuṭ] The act of spreading, strewing, scattering &c.

stari(rī)man  m. A bed, couch.

starī [stṛ karmaṇi i]
     (1) Smoke, vapour.
     (2) A heifer.
     (3) A barren cow.

stavaḥ [stu-ap]
     (1) Praising, celebrating, eulogizing.
     (2) Praise, eulogium, panegyric.

stavaka a. (vikā f.) [stu-vun] Praising, eulogizing. --kaḥ
     (1) A panegyrist, praiser.
     (2) Praise, eulogium.
     (3) A cluster of blossoms.
     (4) Bunch of flowers, nosegay, tuft, boquet.
     (5) A chapter or section of a book.
     (6) A multitude; cf. stavaka also.

stavakita a. Full of blossoms or bunches.

stavanam [stu-lyuṭ]
     (1) Praising, praise.
     (2) A hymn.

stāvaḥ Praise, eulogy.

stāvakaḥ A praiser, panegyrist, flatterer.

stigh 5 A. (stighnute)
     (1) To ascend.
     (2) To assail, attack.
     (3) To ooze.

stip
     (1) A. (stepate) To ooze, drop, drip.

stimiḥ
     (1) An obstacle, obstruction
     (2) The ocean.
     (3) A cluster, bunch. clump.

stim, stīm 4 P. (stimyati, stīmyati)
     (1) To become wet or moist.
     (2) To become fixed or immoveable, be rigid.

stimita a. [stim-kartari kta]
     (1) Wet, moist.
     (2)
          (a) Still, unruffled, calm; kṣubhitamutkalikātaralaṃ manaḥ paya iva stimitasya mahodadheḥ Mal. 3. 10.
          (b) Fixed, rigid, unmoved, motionless, steady; vācaspatiḥ sannapi so'ṣṭamūrtau tvāśāsyaciṃtāstimito babhūva Ku. 7. 87; 2. 59; stimitavikasitānāṃ Mal. 1. 27; R. 2. 22, 3. 17, 13. 48, 79; U. 6. 25.
     (3) Closed, shut; R. 1. 73.
     (4) Benumbed, paralysed.
     (5) Soft, tender.
     (6) Gratified, satisfied. --taṃ
     (1) Moisture
     (2) Fixity, steadiness.
     -- Comp.
          --vāyuḥ still air.
          --samādhiḥ steady contemplation.

stimitatvam Steadiness, stillness.

stīrviḥ [stṝ kvin]
     (1) An officiating priest at a sacrifice.
     (2) Grass.
     (3) Sky, atmosphere.
     (4) Water.
     (5) Blood.
     (6) An epithet of Indra.

stu 2 U. (stauti-stavīti, stute-stuvīte; tuṣṭāva-tuṣṭuve, astāvīt-astoṣṭa, stoṣyati-te, stotuṃ, stuta; desid. tuṣṭūṣati-te; the s of stu is changed to ṣ after a preposition ending in i or u)
     (1) To praise, laud, eulogize, extol, glorify, celebrate; Bv. 1. 41; Mu. 3. 16; Bk. 8. 92, 15. 70, 3.
     (2) To celebrate or praise in song, to hymn, worship by hymns.

stuta p. p. [stu-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Praised, lauded, eulogized.
     (2) Flattered. --taḥ
     (1) Praising.
     (2) N. of Śiva

stuti f. [stu-ktin]
     (1) Praise, eulogy, commendation, laudation, stutibhyo vyatiricyaṃte dūrāṇi caritāni te R. 10. 30.
     (2) A hymn of praise, panegyric; R. 4. 6.
     (3) Adulation; flattery, empty or false praise; bhūtārthavyāhṛtiḥ sā hi na stutiḥ paramoṣṭhinaḥ R. 10. 33.
     (4) N. of Durgā.
     -- Comp.
          --gītaṃ a panegyric, hymn.
          --padaṃ an object of praise.
          --pāṭhakaḥ a panegyrist, an encomiast, a minstrel, bard, herald.
          --vādaḥ a laudatory speech, panegyric.
          --vrataḥ a bard.

stutya a. Laudable, commendable, praiseworthy; R. 4. 6.

stukaḥ A collection of hair, a knot or braid of hair.

stukā
     (1) A knot or braid of hair.
     (2) A bunch of curly hair between the horns of a bull.
     (3) Hip; thigh.

stuc 1 A. (stocate)
     (1) To be bright, to shine, be pellucid.
     (2) To be propitious or pleased.

stunakaḥ A goat.

stubh I. 1 P. (stobhati)
     (1) To praise.
     (2) To celebrate, extol, worship. --II. 1 A. (stobhate)
     (1) To stop, suppress.
     (2) To paralyse, benumb, stupefy.

stubhaḥ A goat.

stuṃbh 5. 9. P. (stubhnoti; stubhnāti)
     (1) To stop.
     (2) To benumb, stupefy.
     (3) To expel.

stūp 4 P., 10 U. (stūpyati, stūpayati-te)
     (1) To heap up, accumulate, pile, collect.
     (2) To erect, raise.

stūpaḥ
     (1) A heap, pile, mound(of earth &c.); Mu. 3. 15.
     (2) A Buddhistic monument, or kind of Tope erected for keeping sacred relics, as those of Buddha.
     (3) A funeral pile.
     (4) Strength, power.

stṛ I. 5 U. (stṛṇoti, stṛṇute, stṛta; pass. staryate)
     (1) To spread, strew, cover, spread on or over; (mahīṃ) tastāra saraghāvyāptaiḥ sa kṣaudrapaṭalairiva R. 4. 63, 7. 58.
     (2) To spread, expand, diffuse.
     (3) To scatter, spread about.
     (4) To clothe, cover, overspread, envelop.
     (5) To kill. --Caus. (stārayati-te) To overspread, cover, strew; raktenāciklidadbhūmiṃ sainyaiścātastaraddhataiḥ Bk. 15. 48. --Desid. (tistīrṣatite). --II. 5 P. (stṛṇīte) To please, gratify.

stṛ m. A star.

stṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Spreading, stretching, expansion.
     (2) Covering, clothing.

stṛkṣ 1 P. (stṛkṣati) To go.

stṛh, stṝh 6 P. (stṛhati, stṝhati) To strike, hurt, kill.

stṝ 9 U. (stṛṇāti, sṛṇīte, stīrṇa; desid. tistari rī-ṣati-te, tistīrṣati-te) To cover, strew &c.; see stṛ.

sten 10 U (Strictly a denom. from stena; stenayati-te) To steal, rob; Ms. 8. 333.

stenaḥ [sten-kartari ac] A thief, robber; na taṃ stenā na cāmitrā haraṃti na ca naśyati Ms. 7. 83. --naṃ Thieving, stealing.
     -- Comp.
          --nigrahaḥ 1. the punishment of thieves. --2. suppression of theft.

steyam [stenasya bhāvaḥ yat nalopaḥ]
     (1) Theft, robbery; Ku. 2. 35.
     (2) Anything stolen or liable to be stolen.
     (3) Anything private or secret.

steyin m.
     (1) A thief, robber.
     (2) A goldsmith.

stainam Theft, robbery.

stainyam [stenasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Theft, robbery. --nyaḥ A thief.

step I. 1 A. (stepate) To ooze. --II. 10 U. (stepayati-te) To send, throw, cast.

stemaḥ Moisture, wetness.

stai 1 P. (snāyati) To put on, adorn.

staimityam
     (1) Fixedness, rigidity, immobility.
     (2) Numbness.

stoka a. [stuc-ghañ]
     (1) Little, small; stokenonnatimāyāti stokenāyātyadhāgetiṃ Pt. 1. 150; stokaṃ mahadvā dhanaṃ Bh. 2. 49.
     (2) Short.
     (3) Few.
     (4) Low, abject. --kaḥ
     (1) A small quantity, drop.
     (2) The Chātaka bird. --kaṃ ind. A little, less; paśyodagraplutatvādviyati bahutaraṃ stokamurvyāṃ prayāti S. 1. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --kāya a. little-bodied, small, dwarfish, diminutive.
          --namra a. a little bent down, slightly stooping or depressed; śroṇībhārādalasagamanā stokanamrā stanābhyāṃ Me. 82.

stokakaḥ The Chataka bird; Ms. 12. 67.

stokaśas ind. By little, sparingly.

stotavya a. Fit to be praised, laudable, praiseworthy; stotavyaguṇasaṃpannaḥ keṣāṃ na syātpriyo janaḥ.

stotṛ m. A praiser, panegyrist.

stotram [stu-ṣṭran]
     (1) Praise, eulogium.
     (2) A hymn of praise, panegyric.

stotriyaḥ --yā A particular kind of verse.

stobhaḥ [stubh-ghañ]
     (1) Stopping, obstructing.
     (2) A stop, pause.
     (3) Disrespect, contumely.
     (4) A hymn, praise.
     (5) A division of the Samaveda.
     (6) Anything inserted.

stomaḥ [stu-man Uṇ. 1. 137]
     (1) Praise, eulogium, hymn.
     (2) A sacrifice, oblation; as in jyotiṣṭoma, agniṣṭoma.
     (3) A Soma libation.
     (4) A collection, multitude, number, group, assemblage; U. 1. 51.
     (5) A large quantity, mass; bhasmastomapavitralāṃchanamuro dhatte tvacaṃ rauravīṃ U. 4. 20, Mv. 1. 18. --maṃ
     (1) The head.
     (2) Riches, wealth.
     (3) Grain, corn.
     (4) An iron-pointed stick or shaft.

stomayati Den. P. To praise, laud.

stomya a. Laudable, praiseworthy.

staubhikam N. of the second portion of the Samhitā of the Sāmaveda.

styenaḥ [styai-inac]
     (1) Nectar.
     (2) A thief.

styai 1 U. (styāyati-te)
     (1) To be collected into a heap or mass.
     (2) To spread about, be diffused; śiśirakadukaṣāyaḥ styāyate sallakīnāṃ Māl. 9. 6, 2. 21; Mv. 5. 41.
     (3) Sound, echo.

styāna a. [styai-kta]
     (1) Collected into a mass; Māl. 5. 11, Ve. 1. 21.
     (2) Thick, bulky, gross.
     (3) Soft, bland, smooth, unctuous.
     (4) Sounding. --naṃ
     (1) Thickness, grossness, increase in magnitude or bulk; dadhati kuharabhājāmatra bhallūkayūnāmanurasitagurūṇi styānamaṃbū kṛtāni Māl. 9. 6; U. 2. 21, Mv. 5. 41.
     (2) Unctuousness.
     (3) Nectar.
     (4) Sloth, idleness.
     (5) Echo, sound.

styāyanam Collecting into a mass, crowding together, aggregation.

strī 1 A woman.
     (2) A female of any animal; gajastrī, hariṇastrī &c.; S. 5. 22.
     (3) A wife; strīṇāṃ bhartā dharmadārāśca puṃsāṃ Māl. 6. 18; Me. 28.
     (4) The feminine gender, or a word used in that gender; āpaḥ strībhūmni Ak.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraḥ --raṃ a harem, the women's apartments.
          --avyakṣaḥ a chamberlain.
          --abhigamanaṃ sexual intercourse.
          --ājīvaḥ 1. one who lives by his wife. --2. one who lives by keeping women for prostitution.
          --kāmaḥ 1. desire of intercourse with women, fondness for women. --2. desire of a wife.
          --kāryaṃ 1. the business of women. --2. attendance on women or women's apartments.
          --kumāraṃ a woman and child.
          --kusumaṃ menses, the menstrual excretion in women.
          --kṣīraṃ mother's milk; Ms. 5. 9.
          --ga a. cohabiting with women.
          --gavī a milch-cow.
          --guruḥ a female Guru or priestess.
          --gṛhaṃ = stryagāra q. v.
          --ghoṣaḥ dawn, daybreak.
          --ghnaḥ the murderer of a woman.
          --caritaṃ-traṃ the doings of women.
          --cihnaṃ 1. any mark or characteristic of the female sex. --2. the female organ, vulva.
          --cauraḥ a seducer of women, libertine.
          --jananī a woman who brings forth only daughters.
          --jātiḥ f. woman-kind, female sex.
          --jitaḥ a hen-pecked husband; strījitasparśamātreṇa sarvaṃ puṇyaṃ vinaśyati Śabdak; Ms. 4. 217.
          --dhanaṃ a woman's private property over which she exercises independent control; it is of six kinds:
          --adhyagnyadhyāvahanikaṃ dattaṃ ca prītikarmaṇi . bhrātṛmātṛpitṛprāptaṃ ṣaḍvidhaṃ strīdhanaṃ smṛtam ..; or according to others:
          --pitṛmātṛpatibhrātṛdattamadhyagnyupāyanam . ādhipedanikādyaṃ ca strīdhanaṃ parikīrtitam; see also anvādheyaṃ, baṃdhudattaṃ, yautakaṃ, saudāyikaṃ, śulkaṃ, pāriṇāyyaṃ, lāvaṇyārjitaṃ, and pādavaṃdanikaṃ. --dharmaḥ 1. the duty of a woman or wife. --2. the laws concerning women. --3. menstruation.
          --dharmiṇī a woman in her courses.
          --dhavaḥ a man.
          --dhvajaḥ the female of any animal.
          --nātha a. one protected by a woman.
          --nibaṃdhanaṃ a woman's peculiar sphere of action or province; domestic duty, house wifery.
          --paṇyopajīvin m. see stryājīva above.
          --paraḥ a woman-lover, lecher, libertine.
          --piśācī a fiendlike wife.
          --puṃsau m. du. 1. wife and husband. --2. male and female; Ku. 2. 7.
          --puṃsalakṣaṇā a hermaphrodite.
          --puṃdharmaḥ the law regulating the duties of man and wife.
          --pratyayaḥ a feminine affix (in gram.).
          --prasaṃgaḥ (excessive) intercourse with women.
          --prasūḥ f. a woman who brings forth only daughters; Y. 1. 73.
          --priya a. loved by women. (
          --yaḥ) the mango tree.
          --bādhyaḥ one who suffers himself to be troubled by a woman.
          --buddhiḥ f. 1. the female understanding. 2. the counsel of a woman, female advice.
          --bhogaḥ sexual intercourse.
          --maṃtraḥ a female stratagem, woman's counsel.
          --mukhapaḥ the Asoka tree.
          --yaṃtraṃ a machine-like woman, machine in the form of a woman; strīyaṃtraṃ kena loke viṣamamṛtamayaṃ dharmanāśāya sṛṣṭaṃ Pt. 1. 191.
          --raṃjanaṃ betel.
          --ratnaṃ 1. an excellent woman; strīratneṣu mamorvaśī priyatamā yūthe taveyaṃ vaśā V. 4. 25. --2. N. of Lakṣmī.
          --rājyaṃ the kingdom of women.
          --liṃgaṃ 1. the feminine gender (in gram.) --2. any mark of the female sex (as breast &c.). --3. the female organ.
          --vaśaḥ submissiveness to a wife, subjection to women.
          --vidheya a. governed by a wife, uxorious; R. 19. 4.
          --vivāhaḥ contracting marriage with a woman.
          --saṃsargaḥ female company.
          --saṃsthāna a. having a female shape; S. 5. 30
          --saṃgaḥ attachment to women, or intercourse with women.
          --saṃgrahaṇaṃ 1. the act of embracing a woman (improperly). --2. adultery, seduction.
          --sabhaṃ an assembly of women.
          --saṃbaṃdhaḥ 1. matrimonial alliance with a woman. --2. connection by marriage. --3. relation to women.
          --svabhāvaḥ 1. the nature of women. --2. a eunuch.
          --hatyā the murder of a woman.
          --haraṇaṃ 1. the forcible abduction of women. --2. rape.
          --hārin m. a ravisher or seducer (of women).

strītamā, strītarā A thorough woman, more thoroughly a woman.

strītā --tvam
     (1) Womanhood.
     (2) Wifehood.
     (3) Effeminacy, feminineness.

straiṇa a. (ṇī f.) [striyā idam nañ P. IV. 1. 88]
     (1) Female, feminine.
     (2) Suited or belonging to women.
     (3) Being among women. --ṇaṃ
     (1) Womanhood, nature of women, feminineness; śiśutvaṃ straiṇaṃ vā bhavatu nanu vaṃdyāsi jagataḥ U. 4 11.
     (2) The female sex, womanhood; tṛṇe vā straiṇe vā mama samaṭṭaśo yāṃti divasāḥ Bh. 3. 113; idaṃ tatpratyutpannamati straiṇamiti yaducyate S. 5; tasya tṛṇamiva laghuvṛtti straiṇamākalayataḥ K.
     (3) A collection of women; U. 4. 26.
     (4) Ved. Sexual enjoyment.

straiṇatā --tvam
     (1) Feminineness, effeminacy.
     (2) Excessive fondness for women.

sthakaram A betel-nut.

sthag 1 P. or Caus. (sthagati, sthagayati)
     (1) To cover, conceal, hide, veil; parābhyūhasthānānyapi tanutarāṇi sthagayati Māl. 1. 14.
     (2) To cover, pervade, fill; ravaḥ śravaṇabhairavaḥ sthagitarodasīkaṃdaraḥ K. P. 7.

sthaga a. [sthag-ac] 1 Fraudulent, dishonest.
     (2) Abandoned, impudent, reckless. --gaḥ A rogue, cheat.

sthaganam Concealment, hiding.

sthagaram A betel-nut.

sthagikā
     (1) A courtezan.
     (2) The office of betel-bearer.
     (3) A kind of bandage.

sthagita a. Covered, hidden, concealed.

sthagī A betel-box.

sthaguḥ A hump.

sthaṃḍilam [sthal-ilac nuk lasya ḍaḥ Tv.]
     (1) A piece of ground (levelled, squared and prepared for a sacrifice), an altar; niṣeduṣī sthaṃḍila eva kevale Ku. 5. 12.
     (2) A barren field.
     (3) A heap of clods.
     (4) A limit, boundary.
     (5) A land-mark.
     -- Comp.
          --śāyin m., also sthaṃḍileśayaḥ an ascetic who sleeps on the bare Sthandila or sacrificial ground.
          --sitakaṃ an altar.

sthapati a. [sthā-ka tasya patiḥ] Chief, principal. --tiḥ
     (1) A king, sovereign.
     (2) An architect.
     (3) A wheel-wright, master-carpenter.
     (4) A charioteer.
     (5) One who offers a sacrifice to Bṛhaspati.
     (6) An attendant on the women's apartments.
     (7) N. of Kubera.

sthapuṭa a. [tiṣṭhati sthā-ka, sthaṃ puṭaṃ yatra]
     (1) Being in contracted or difficult circumstances.
     (2) Unevenly raised, elevated and depressed.
     (3) The soul.
     -- Comp.
          --gata a. being in contracted or uneven parts, being in difficult places; aṃkasthādasthisaṃstha sthapuṭagatamapi kravyamavyagramatti Māl. 5. 16.

sthal 1 P. (sthalati) To stand firm, be firm.

sthalam [sthal-ac]
     (1) Firm or dry ground, dry land, terra firma (opp. jala); bho durātman (samudra) dīyatāṃ ṭiṭṭibhāṃḍāni no cetsthalatāṃ tvāṃ nayāmi Pt. 1; pratasthe sthalavartmanā R. 4. 60; so sthalakamalinī or sthalavartman q. v.
     (2) Shore, strand, beach.
     (3) Ground, land, soil (in general).
     (4) Place, spot.
     (5) Field, tract, district.
     (6) Station.
     (7) A piece of raised ground, mound.
     (8) A topic, case, subject, the point under discussion; vivāda-, vicāra- &c.
     (9) A part (as of a book). (10) A tent.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ another place.
          --ārūḍha a. alighted on the ground.
          --araviṃdaṃ, --kamalaṃ, --kamalinī a land-growing lotus; Me. 90; Ku. 1. 33.
          --kumudaḥ the Karavīra plant.
          --cara a. land-going, not aquatic.
          --cyuta a. fallen or removed from a plare or position.
          --devatā a local or rural deity.
          --padminī the shrub Hibiscus Mutabilis.
          --mārgaḥ, -vartman n. a road by land; sthalavartnanā 'by land'; R. 4. 60.
          --vigrahaḥ a battle on level ground.
          --śuddhiḥ f. purification or clearance of a place from impurity.
          --sīman f. a landmark, boundary.

sthalā A spot of dry ground artificially raised and drained (opp. sthalī q. v. below).

sthalī
     (1) Dry ground, firm land.
     (2) A natural spot of ground, ground or land (as of a forest); vilalāpa vikīrṇamūrdhajā samaduḥkhāmiva kurvatī sthalīṃ Ku. 4. 4.
     (3) A deity of the soil; (= sthaladevatā q. v.)
     -- Comp.
          --devatā a deity of the soil, a tutelary deity; Me. 106.

sthaleśaya a. Sleeping on on dry ground. --yaḥ Any amphibious animal.

sthaviḥ
     (1) A weaver.
     (2) Heaven.
     (3) A moveable thing.

sthavira a. [sthā-kirac sthavādeśaḥ]
     (1) Fixed, firm, steady.
     (2) Old, aged, ancient. --raḥ
     (1) An old man.
     (2) A beggar.
     (3) N. of Brahman. --rā An old woman; sthabire kā tvaṃ ayamarbhakaḥ kasya nayanānaṃdakaraḥ Dk.

sthaviṣṭha a. Greatest, very strong, largest (superl. of sthūla q. v.)

sthavīyas Greater, larger (compar. of sthūla q. v.).

sthā 1 P. (Atm. also in certain senses; tiṣṭhati-te, tasthau-tasthe, asyātasthita, sthāsyati-te, sthātuṃ, sthita; pass. sthīyate; the s of this root is changed to ṣ after a preposition ending in i or u)
     (1) To stand; calatyekena pādena tiṣṭhatyekena buddhimān Subhāṣ.
     (2) To stay, abide, dwell, live; grāme or gṛhe tiṣṭhati.
     (3) To remain, be left; eko gaṃgadattastiṣṭhati Pt. 4.
     (2) To delay, wait; kimiti sthīyate S. 2.
     (5) To stop, cease, desist, stand still; tiṣṭhatyeṣa kṣaṇamadhipatirjyotiṣāṃ vyomamadhye V. 2. 1.
     (6) To be kept aside; tiṣṭhatu tāvat patralekhāgamanavṛttāṃtaḥ K. 'never mind the account of' &c.
     (7) To be, exist, be in any state or position; often with participles; merau sthite dogdhari dohadakṣe Ku. 1. 2; vyāpya sthitaṃ rodasī V. 1. 1; yā sthitā vyāpya viśvaṃ S. 1. 1; kālaṃ nayamānā tiṣṭhati Pt. 1; Ms. 7. 8.
     (8) To abide by, conform to, obey (with loc.); śāsane tiṣṭha bhartuḥ V. 5. 17, R. 11. 65.
     (9) To be restrained; yadi te tu na tiṣṭheyurupāyaiḥ prathamaistribhiḥ Ms. 7. 108. (10) To be at hand, be obtainable; na vipraṃ sveṣu tiṣṭhatsu mṛtaṃ śūdreṇa nāyayet Ms. 5. 104.
     (11) To live, breathe; āḥ ka eṣa mayi sthite caṃdraguptamabhibhavitumicchati Mu. 1.
     (12) To stand by or near, stand at one's side, help; utsave vyasane caiva durbhikṣe śatrusaṃkaṭe . rājadvāre śmaśāne ca yastiṣṭhati sa bāṃdhavaḥ .. H. 1. 73.
     (13) To rest or depend on.
     (14) To do, perform, occupy oneself with.
     (14) (Atm.) To resort or go to (as an umpire), be guided by the advice of; saṃśayya karṇādiṣu tiṣṭhate yaḥ Ki. 3. 14.
     (16) (Atm.) To offer oneself to (for sexual embrace), stand as a prostitute (with dat.); gopī smarāt kṛṣṇāya tiṣṭhate Sk. on P. I. 4. 34. --Caus. (sthāpayati-te)
     (1) To cause to stand.
     (2) To lay, set, place, put.
     (3) To found, establish.
     (4) To stop.
     (5) To arrest, check.
     (6) To raise, erect.
     (7) To cause to last or continue, make durable.
     (8) To give in marriage; Māl. 10. 5.
     (9) To instruct in, initiate into. --Desid. (tiṣṭhāsati) To wish to stand &c.

stha a. (At the end of comp.) Standing, staying, abiding, being, existing &c.; tatrastha, aṃkastha, prakṛtistha, taṭastha q. q. v. v. --sthaḥ A place, spot.

sthāṇu a. [sthā-nu pṛṣo- ṇatvam] Firm, fixed, steady, stable, immoveable, motionless. --ṇuḥ
     (1) An epithet of Śiva; sa sthāṇuḥ sthirabhaktiyogasulabho niḥśreyasāyāstu vaḥ V. 1. 1.
     (2) A stake, post, pillar; kiṃ sthāṇurayamuta puruṣaḥ; Pt. 1. 49.
     (3) A peg, pin.
     (4) The gnomon of a dial.
     (5) A spear, dart.
     (6) A nest of white ants.
     (7) The drug or perfume called Jīvaka. --m. n. A branchless trunk or stem, any bare stalk or stem, pollard;
     -- Comp.
          --chedaḥ one who cuts down the trunks of trees, one who clears away timber; sthāṇucchedasya kedāramāhuḥ śalyavato mṛgaṃ Ms. 9. 44.
          --bhramaḥ mistaking anything for a post.

sthātṛ a. Standing, stationary, fixed.

sthānam [sthā-lyuṭ]
     (1) The act of standing or remaining, stay, continuance, residence; U. 3. 32.
     (2) Being fixed or stationary.
     (3) A state, condition.
     (4) A place, spot, site, locality; akṣamālāmadattvāsmātsthānātpadātpadamapi na gaṃtavyaṃ K.
     (5) Station, situation, position.
     (6) Relation, capacity; pitṛsthāne 'in the place or capacity of a father'; bhakṣyasthāne Pt. 2. 26.
     (7) An abode, a house, dwelling-house; sa eva (nakraḥ) pracyutaḥ sthānācchunāpi paribhūyate Pt. 3. 46.
     (8)
          (a) A country, region, district.
          (b) A town, city.
     (9) Office, rank, dignity; amātyasthāne niyojitaḥ. (10) Object; guṇāḥ pūjāsthānaṃ guṇiṣu na ca liṃgaṃ na ca vayaḥ U. 4. 11.
     (11) An occasion, a matter, subject, cause; parābhyūhasthānānyapi tanutarāṇi syagayati Māl. 1. 14; sthānaṃ jarāparibhavasya tadeva puṃsāṃ Subhāṣ.; so kalaha-, kopa-, vivāda- &c.
     (12) A fit or proper place; sthāneṣveva niyojyaṃte bhṛtyāścābharaṇāni ca Pt. 1. 72.
     (13) A fit or worthy object; sthāne khalu sajjati dṛṣṭiḥ M. 1; see sthāne also.
     (14) The place or organ of utterance of any letter, (these are eight: --aṣṭau sthānāni varṇānāmuraḥ kaṃṭhaḥ śirastathā . jihvāmūlaṃ ca daṃtāśca nāsikauṣṭhau ca tālu ca Śik. 13.).
     (15) A holy place.
     (16) An altar.
     (17) Aplace in a town, square, court.
     (18) The place or sphere assigned after death to persons according as they perform or neglect their prescribed duties.
     (19) (In politics, war &c.) The firm attitude or bearing of troops, standing firm so as to repel a charge; Ms. 7. 190. (20) A halt.
     (21) A stationary condition, a neutral or middle state.
     (22) That which constitutes the chief strength or the very existence of a kingdom, a stamina of a kingdom; i. e. army, treasure, town, and territory; Ms. 7. 56 (where Kull. renders sthānaṃ by daṃḍakoṣapurarāṣṭrātmakaṃ caturvidhaṃ).
     (23) Likeness, resemblance.
     (24) Part or division of a work, section, chapter &c.
     (25) The character or part of an actor.
     (26) Interval, opportunity, leisure.
     (27) (In music) A note, tone, modulation of the voice.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyakṣaḥ 1. a local governor. --2. the superin tendent of a place. --3. a watchman. police-officer.
          --āsanaṃ n. du. standing and sitting down.
          --āsedhaḥ confinement to a place, imprisonment, arrest; cf. āsedha. --ciṃtakaḥ a kind of quarter-master.
          --cyuta see sthānabhraṣṭa. --pālaḥ a watchman, sentinel, policeman.
          --bhūmi f. a dwelling-place, mansion.
          --bhraṣṭa a. ejected from an office, displaced, dismissed, out of employ.
          --māhātmyaṃ 1. the greatness or glory of any place. --2. a kind of divine virtue or uncommon sanctity supposed to be inherent in a sacred spot.
          --yogaḥ assignment of proper places; dravyāṇāṃ sthānayogāṃśca krayavikrayameva ca Ms. 9. 332.
          --stha a. being in one's abode, at home.

sthānakam [sthāna svārthe ka]
     (1) A position, situation.
     (2) A particular point or situation in dramatic action; e. g. patākāsthānaka q. v.
     (3) A city, town.
     (4) A basin.
     (5) Froth, a kind of scum on spirits or wine.
     (6) A mode of recitation.
     (7) A division or section of the Taittirīya, a branch of the Yajurveda.

sthānatas ind.
     (1) According to one's place or position.
     (2) From one's proper place.
     (3) With reference to the organ of utterance.

sthānika a. (kī f.)
     (1) Belonging to a place, local.
     (2) (In gram.) That which takes the place of a thing, or is substituted for it. --kaḥ
     (1) Any one holding an office, a placeman.
     (2) The governor of a place.

sthānin a. [sthānamasyāsti rakṣyatvena ini]
     (1) Having a place.
     (2) Having fixedness, permanent.
     (3) Having a substitute. --m.
     (1) The original form or primitive element, that for which anything else is substituted; sthānivadādeśo'nalvidhau P. I. 1. 59.
     (2) The form so substituted for anything.
     (3) That which has a place, or is actually expressed.

sthānīya a.
     (1) Belonging to a place, local.
     (2) Suitable to a place. --yaṃ A town, city.

sthāne ind. (loc. of sthāna)
     (1) In the right or proper place, rightly, properly, justly, truly, appropriately; sthāne vṛtā bhūpatibhiḥ parokṣaiḥ R. 7. 13; sthāne prāṇāḥ kāmināṃ dūtyadhīnāḥ M. 3. 14; Ku. 6. 67, 7. 65.
     (2) In place of, instead of, in lieu of, as a substitute for; dhātoḥ sthāna ivādeśaṃ sugrīvaṃsaṃnyaveśayat R. 12. 58.
     (3) On account of, because of.
     (4) Similarly, like, as.

sthāpaka a. [sthāpayati sthā-ṇic-ṇvul] Causing to stand, fixing, founding, establishing, regulating. --kaḥ
     (1) The director of the stage-business, a stage-manager.
     (2) The founder of a temple, or erector of an image.

sthāpanam [sthā-ṇic-lyuṭ]
     (1)
          (a) The act of causing to stand, fixing, founding, establishing, instituting.
          (b) Regulating, directing.
     (2) Fixing the thoughts, concentration of the mind, steady application, abstraction.
     (3) A dwelling, habitation.
     (4) A ceremony performed on a woman's perceiving the first signs of living conception; cf. puṃsavana.

sthāpanā
     (1) Placing, fixing, founding, establishing.
     (2) Arranging, regulating (as a drama), stagemanagement.

sthāpita p. p. [sthā-ṇic kta]
     (1) Placed, fixed, located, deposited.
     (2) Founded, instituted.
     (3) Set up, raised, erected.
     (4) Directed, regulated, ordered, enacted.
     (5) Determined, settled, ascertained.
     (6) Appointed to, entrusted with any duty, post &c.
     (7) Wedded, married; Māl. 10. 5.
     (8) Firm, steady.

sthāpya a.
     (1) To be placed or deposited.
     (2) To be founded, fixed or established. --pyaṃ A pledge, deposit,
     -- Comp.
          --apaharaṇaṃ the embezzlement of a deposit.

sthāman n. [sthā-manin]
     (1) Strength, power, stamina, as in the word aśvatthāman, see the quotation from Mb. under aśvatthāman.
     (2) Fixity, stability.

sthāyin a. [sthā-ṇini]
     (1) Standing, staying, being situated (at the end of comp.).
     (2) Enduring, continuing, lasting, abiding; śarīraṃ kṣaṇavidhvaṃsi kalpāṃtasthāyino guṇāḥ Subhāṣ.; katipayadivasasthāyinī yauvanaśrīḥ Bh. 2. 82; Mv. 7. 15.
     (3) Living, dwelling, remaining; Me. 23.
     (4) Permanent, firm, steady, invariable, unchangeable. --m.
     (1) A lasting or permanent feeling; (see sthāyibhāva below); Śi. 2. 87. --n. Anything lasting, a permanent state or condition.
     -- Comp.
          --bhāvaḥ a fixed or permanent condition of mind, a lasting or permanent feeling; (these feelings being said to give rise to the different rasas or sentiments in poetry, each rasa having its own Sthāyibhāva); they are eight or nine; ratirhāsaśca śokaśca krodhotsāhau bhayaṃ tathā . jugupsā vismayaścetthamaṣṭau proktaḥ śamo'pi ca S. D. 206; cf. vyabhicāribhāva, bhāva, vibhāva also.

sthāyībhū 1 P. To become firm, fixed or permanent, take a strong or firm hold on; Pt. 1. 33.

sthāyuka a. (kā or kī f.) [sthā-ukañ]
     (1) Likely to last, enduring.
     (2) Firm, steady, stationary. --kaḥ The superintendent or head of a village.

sthāvara a. [sthā-varac]
     (1) Fixed to one spot, stable, stationary, immoveable, inanimate (opp. jaṃgama); śarīriṇāṃ sthāvarajaṃgamānāṃ sukhāya tajjanmadinaṃ babhūva Ku. 1. 23, 6. 67, 73.
     (2) Inert, inactive, slow.
     (3) Regular, established. --raḥ A mountain; sthāvarāṇāṃ himālayaḥ Bg. 10. 25. --raṃ
     (1) Any stationary or inanimate object (such as clay, stones, trees &c. which formed the seventh creation of Brahman; cf. Ms. 1. 41); mānyaḥ sa me sthāvarajaṃgamānāṃ sargasthitipratyavahārahetuḥ R. 2. 44; Ku. 6. 58.
     (2) A bowstring.
     (3) Immoveable property, real estate.
     (4) A heir-loom.
     -- Comp.
          --asthāvaraṃ, --jaṃgamaṃ 1. moveable and immoveable property. --2. animate and inanimate things.
          --ātman a. of immoveable form; Ku. 6. 67.

sthāvaratā --tvam
     (1) Fixedness, stability. --2. The state of a vegetable or mineral.

sthāsakaḥ [sthā-sa-svārthādau ka]
     (1) Perfuming or smearing the body with fragrant unguents.
     (2) A bubble of water or any fluid; Śi. 18. 5.

sthāsu n. Bodily strength.

sthāsnu a. [sthā-snu]
     (1) Disposed to stand, firm, immoveable.
     (2) Permanent, eternal, lasting, durable; Śi. 2. 93, Ki. 2. 19; --snuḥ A tree.

sthita p. p. [sthā-kta]
     (1) Stood, remained, stayed.
     (2) Standing.
     (3) Standing up, risen; sthitaḥ sthitāmuccalitaḥ prayātāṃ ... chāyeva tāṃ bhūpatiranvagacchat R. 2. 6.
     (4) Staying, resting, living, being, existing, situated; dhanyā keyaṃ sthitā te śirasi Mu. 1. 1; Me. 7; oft. with gerunds merely as a copula; V. 1. 1; S. 1. 1, Ku. 1. 1.
     (5) Happened, occurred; Ku. 4. 27.
     (6) Stationed in, occupying, appointed to; S. 4. 18.
     (7) Acting up to, abiding by, conforming to; R. 5. 33; dharme sthitāḥ (rājānaḥ) Māl. 10. 25.
     (8) Stood still, stopped, desisted.
     (9) Fixed on, firmly attached to; Ku. 5. 82. (10) Steady, firm; as in sthitadhī or sthitaprajña q. v.
     (11) Determined, resolved; Ku. 4. 39.
     (12) Established, decreed.
     (13) Steadfast in conduct, steady-minded.
     (14) Upright, virtuous.
     (15) Faithful to a promise or agreement.
     (16) Agreed, engaged, contracted.
     (17) Ready, being close or at hand. --taṃ A word standing by itself.
     -- Comp.
          --upasthita a. with and without the particle 'iti' (as a word).
          --dhī a. firm-minded, steady-minded, cool.
          --pāṭyaṃ recitation in Prākṛta by a woman while standing.
          --prajña a. firm in judgment or wisdom, free from any hallucination, contented; prajahāti yadā kāmān sarvān pārtha manogatān . ātmanyevātmanā tuṣṭaḥ sthitaprajñastadocyate Bg. 2. 55.
          --preman m. a staunch or faithful friend.

sthatiḥ f. [sthā-ktin]
     (1) Standing, remaining, staying, abiding, living, stay, residence; sthitiṃ no re dadhyāḥ kṣaṇamapi madāṃdhekṣaṇa sakhe Bv. 1. 52; rakṣogṛhe sthitirmūlamagniśuddhau tvaniścayaḥ U. 1. 6.
     (2) Stopping, standing still, continuance in one state; prasthitāyāṃ pratiṣṭhethāḥ sthitāyāṃ sthitimācareḥ R. 1. 89.
     (3) Remaining stationary, fixity, steadiness, firmness, steady application or devotion; mama bhūyāt paramātmani sthitiḥ Bv. 4. 23; Mal. 5. 22.
     (4) A state, position, situation, condition.
     (5) Natural state, nature, habit; atha vā sthitiriyaṃ maṃdamatīnāṃ H. 4.
     (6) Stability, permanence, perpetuation, continuance; vaṃśasthiteradhigamānmahati pramode V. 5. 15; kanyāṃ kulaṃsya sthitaye sthitijñaḥ Ku. 1. 18 R. 3. 27.
     (7) Correctness of conduct, steadfastness in the path of duty, decorum, duty, moral rectitude, propriety; R. 3. 27, 11. 65, 12. 31; Ku. 1. 18; S. 5. 10,
     (8) Maintenance of discipline, establishment of good order (in astate); R. 1. 25.
     (9) Rank, dig; nity, high station or rank. (10) Maintenance, sustenance; Māl. 9. 32, R. 5. 9.
     (11) Continuance in life, preservation (one of the three states of human beings); sargasthitipratyavahārehatuḥ R. 2. 44; Ku. 2. 6.
     (12) Cessation, pause, stop.
     (13) Wellbeing, welfare.
     (14) Consistency.
     (15) A settled rule, ordinance, decree, an axiom or maxim.
     (16) Settled determination.
     (17) Term, limit, boundary.
     (18) Inertia, resistance to motion.
     (19) Duration of an eclipse. (20) Regard, consideration, account; nāsāṃ ca vayasi sthitiḥ Pt. 1. 143.
     -- Comp.
          --padaṃ the proper basin (for flow), the right path; Mu. 3. 8.
          --sthāpaka a. fixing in the original position, having the power of restoring to a previous state, having elastic properties. (
          --kaḥ) elasticity, capability of recovering the former position.

sthitimat a.
     (1) Possessed of firmness, steady, firm; N. 5. 22.
     (2) Permanent; R. 3. 27.
     (3) Virtuous, upright.

sthāṃḍilaḥ [sthaḍila śayitā aṇ]
     (1) An ascetic who sleeps on the bare ground or on a place prepared for sacrifice.
     (2) A religious mendicant or beggar.

sthāpatyaḥ [sthapatireva svārthe ṣyañ] A guard of the women's apartments. --tyaṃ Architecture, building.

sthālam [sthalati tiṣṭhatyannādyatra ādhāre ghañ]
     (1) A plate or dish.
     (2) A cooking-pot, any culinary vessel.
     -- Comp.
          --rūpaṃ the form or representation of a pot.

sthālī
     (1) An earthen pot or pan, a cooking-pot, caldron, kettle; na hi bhikṣukāḥ saṃtīti sthālyo nādhiśrīyaṃte Sarva. S.; sthālyāṃ vaiḍūryamayyāṃ pacati tilakhalītiṃdhanaiścaṃdanādyaiḥ Bh. 2. 100.
     (2) A particular vessel used in the preparation of Soma.
     (3) The trumpet-flower.
     -- Comp.
          --pākaḥ a particular religious act performed by a householder.
          --purīṣaṃ the sediment or dirt sticking to a cooking-pot.
          --pulākaḥ boiled rice in a cookingpot. -nyāyaḥ see under nyāya. --bilaṃ the interior or hollow of a caldron.

sthāvira a. (rā or rī f.) Thick, firm. --raṃ Old age (commencing after seventy); (vṛddhaḥ syātsaptaterūrdhvaṃ varṣīyān navateḥ paraṃ).

sthira a. [sthā-kirac] (compar. stheyas; superl. stheṣṭha)
     (1) Firm, steady, fixed; bhāvasthirāṇi jananāṃtarasauhṛdāni S. 5. 2; sa sthāṇuḥ sthirabhaktiyogasulabho niḥśreyasāyāstu vaḥ V. 1. 1; Ku. 1. 30; R. 11. 19.
     (2) Immoveable, still, motionless; Ku. 2. 38.
     (8) Immoveably fixed; U. 1. 40.
     (4) Permanent, eternal, everlasting, Me. 55; Māl. 10. 25.
     (5) Cool, collected, composed, placid, calm.
     (6) Quiescent, free from passion.
     (7) Steady in conduct, steadfast.
     (8) Constant, faithful, determined.
     (9) Certain, sure. (10) Hard, solid.
     (11) Strong, intense.
     (12) Stern, relentless, hard-hearted; Ku. 5. 47. --raḥ
     (1) A god, deity.
     (2) A tree.
     (3) A mountain.
     (4) A bull.
     (5) N. of Śiva.
     (6) N. of Kartikeya.
     (7) Final beatitude or absolution.
     (8) The planet Saturn.
     (9) N. of certain zodiacal signs (Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius.). --rā
     (1) The earth.
     (2) A strong-minded woman.
     (2) The silk-cotton tree. (sthirīkṛ means
     (1) to confirm, strengthen, or to corroborate. --2. to stop, make fast. --3. to cheer up, console, comfort; S. 4. sthirībhū means 1. to become firm or steady. --2. to become calm or tranquil).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃghripaḥ the marshy date-tree.
          --anurāga a. firm in attachment, constant, in affection.
          --ātman, --citta, --cetas, --dhī, --buddhi --mati a. 1. firm-minded, steady in thought or resolve, resolute; R. 8. 22. --2. cool, calm, dispassionate.
          --āyus, --jīvin a. long-lived, lasting. (--m) the silk-cotton tree.
          --āraṃbha a. firm in undertakings, persevering.
          --kuṭṛkaḥ 1. a steady pulverizer. --2. a kind of common divisor (in algebra).
          --gaṃdhaḥ the champaka flower. (
          --dhā) 1. the trumpet-flower. --2. the Ketakī plant.
          --chadaḥ the birch tree.
          --chāyaḥ 1. a tree which gives shelter to travellers. --2. a tree (in general).
          --jihvaḥ a fish.
          --jīvitā the silk-cotton tree.
          --daṃṣṭraḥ 1. a snake. --2. Viṣṇu in his boar incarnation. --3. sound.
          --patraḥ the marshy date-tree.
          --puṣpaḥ 1. the Champaka tree. --2. the Bakula tree.
          --pratijña a. 1. persisting in an assertion, obstinate, pertinacious. --2. faithful to a promise.
          --pratibaṃdha a. firm in opposition, obstinate; S. 2.
          --pratiṣṭhā fixed residence or abode.
          --phalā a kind of gourd.
          --yoniḥ a large tree which gives shade and shelter.
          --yauvana a. ever youthful. (
          --naḥ) a kind of good or evil genius, a fairy.
          --raṃgā indigo.
          --śrī a. having everlasting prosperity.
          --saṃgara a. faithful to a promise, true, veracious.
          --sauhṛda a. firm in friendship.
          --sthāyin a. remaining firm or steady, keeping perfectly still (as in meditation).

sthiratara a. More firm, fixed &c. --raḥ The Supreme Being.

sthiratā --tvam
     (1) Firmness, steadiness, stability.
     (2) Firm or vigorous effort, fortitude; S. 4. 14.
     (3) Constancy, firmness of mind.
     (4) Fixity.
     (5) Fearlessness.

sthuḍ 6 P. (sthuḍati) To cover.

sthūṇā [sthā-nak udaṃtādeśaḥ pṛṣo- Tv.]
     (1) The post or pillar of a house.
     (2) A post or pillar in general; sthūṇānikhanananyāyena S. B.
     (3) An iron image or statue.
     (4) An anvil.
     -- Comp.
          --nikhanananyāya see under nyāya.

sthūmaḥ
     (1) Light.
     (2) The moon.

sthūraḥ
     (1) A bull.
     (2) A man.

sthūrin m. A pack-horse or bullock.

sthūla a. (compar. sthavīyas, superl. sthaviṣṭha)
     (1) Large, great, big, bulky, huge; bahuspṛśāpi sthūlena sthīyate bahiraśmavat Śi. 2. 78 (where it has sense 6 also; sthūlahastāvalepān Me. 14, 106; R. 6. 28.
     (2) Fat, corpulent, stout.
     (3) Strong, powerful; sthūlaṃ sthūlaṃ śvasiti K. 'breathes hard'.
     (4) Thick, clumsy.
     (6) Gross, coarse, rough (fig. also); as in sthūlamānaṃ q. v.
     (6) Foolish, doltish, silly, ignorant.
     (7) Stolid, dull, thick-headed.
     (8) Not exact. --laḥ The jack tree. --lā Large cardamoms. --laṃ
     (1) A heap, quantity.
     (2) A tent.
     (3) The summit of a mountain (kūṭa).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtraṃ the larger intestine near the anus.
          --āsyaḥ a snake.
          --uccayaḥ 1. a large fragment of a crag or rock fallen from a mountain and forming an irregular mound. --2. incompleteness, deficiency, defect. --3. the middle pace of elephants. --4. an eruption of pimples on the face. --5. a hollow at the root of an elephant's tusks.
          --kaṃṭakikā the silk-cotton tree.
          --kaṃdaḥ 1. a kind of esculent root. --2. red garlic.
          --kāya a. fat, corpulent.
          --kṣeḍaḥ, --kṣveḍaḥ an arrow.
          --cāpaḥ a large bow-like instrument used in cleaning cotton.
          --tālaḥ the marshy date-tree.
          --dhī, --mati a. foolish, doltish.
          --nālaḥ a kind of large reed.
          --nāsa, nāsika a. thicknosed. (
          --saḥ, --kaḥ) a hog, boar.
          --paṭaḥ -ṭaṃ coarse cloth.
          --paṭṭaḥ cotton. (--ṭṭaṃ), --paṭṭākaḥ coarse cloth.
          --pāda a. clubfooted, having swelled legs. (
          --daḥ) 1. an elephant. --2. a man with elephantiasis.
          --phalaḥ the silk-cotton tree.
          --bhūta n. pl. the five grosser elements (according to Saṅkhya phil.).
          --maricaṃ a kind of berry (kakkola). --mānaṃ rough or inexact calculation, gross or rough computation.
          --mūlaṃ a kind of radish.
          --lakṣa --kṣya a. 1. munificent, liberal, generous. --2. wise, learned. --3. inclined to recollect both benefits and injuries. --4. taking careless aim.
          --valkalaḥ the red Lodhra tree.
          --śaṃkhā a woman having a large vulva.
          --śarīraṃ the grosser or material and perishable body (opp. sūkṣma or liṃga-śarīra q. v.)
          --śāṭakaḥ --śāṭiḥ a thick or coarse cloth.
          --śīṣiṃkā a small ant having a large head in proportion to its size.
          --ṣaṭpadaḥ 1. a large bee. --2. a wasp.
          --sūkṣma a. mighty and subtle (as the god).
          --skaṃdhaḥ the lakucha tree.
          --hastaḥ, an elephant's trunk.

sthūlaka a. Large, big, huge, bulky. --kaḥ A sort of grass or reed.

sthūlatā --tvam
     (1) Largeness, bulkiness, bigness; Pt. 1. 190.
     (2) Dulness, stupidity.

sthūlayati Den. P. To become big or stout, grow bulky or fat.

sthūlin m. A camel.

stheman m. Firmness, stability, fixity, fixedness; drāghīyāṃsaḥ saṃhatāḥ syemabhājaḥ Śi. 18. 33; na yatra sthemānaṃ dadhuratibhayabhrāṃtanayanāḥ Bv. 1. 32.

stheya a. [sthā-karmaṇi yat] To be fixed or placed, to be settled or determined. --yaḥ
     (1) A person chosen to settle a dispule (between two parties), an arbitrator, umpire, a judge; H. 4. 1.
     (2) A domestic priest.

stheyas a. (sī f.) More firm, stronger; (compar. of sthira q. v.).

stheṣṭha a. Very firm, strongest; (superl. of sthira q. v.)

sthairyam [sthirasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ]
     (1) Firmness, stability, fixity, steadiness.
     (2) Continuance.
     (3) Firmness of mind, resolution, constancy; Bg. 13. 7.
     (4) Patience.
     (5) Hardness, solidity.

sthauṇeyaḥ, sthauṇeyakaḥ A kind of perfume.

sthauram
     (1) Firmness, strength, power.
     (2) A load sufficient for a horse or ass.

sthaurin m.
     (1) A horse carrying burdens on his back, packhorse.
     (2) A strong horse.

sthaulyam
     (1) Bigness, bulkiness, stoutness.
     (2) Dulness or density of intellect.

snavaḥ Trickling, oozing, dripping.

snas 1 4. P. (snasati, snasyati)
     (1) To inhabit.
     (2) To eject (as from the mouth), reject.

snasā A tendon, muscle.

snā 2 P. (snāti, snāta)
     (1) To bathe, perform ablution; mṛgatṛṣṇāṃbhasi snātaḥ.
     (2) To perform the ceremony of bathing at the time of leaving the house of one's spiritual preceptor. --Caus. (snāpayati-te, snapayati-te) To cause to bathe, wet, moisten, sprinkle; (toyaiḥ) satūryamenāṃ snapayāṃbabhūvuḥ Ku. 7. 10; smitasnapitādharā Gīt. 12, U. 3. 23, Ki. 5. 44. 47; Śi. 2. 7, Me. 43. --Desid. (sisnāsati) To wish to bathe. -WITH apa to bathe after mourning. --ni to plunge deep into; i. e. to be perfect or thoroughly versed in; see niṣṇāta.

snapana a.
     (1) Causing to bathe.
     (2) Used for bathing. --naṃ
     (1) Sprinkling, washing.
     (2) Bathing, ablution; reje janaiḥ snapanasāṃdratarārdramūrtiḥ Śi. 5. 57.

snapita a. Bathed, washed, sprinkled &c.

snāta p. p. Bathed, washed, purified by ablution. --taḥ
     (1) One whose course of holy study is over.
     (2) An initiated householder; cf. snātaka.

snātakaḥ
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa who has performed the ceremony of ablution which has to be performed on his finishing his first Aśrama (that of a Brahmachārin).
     (2) A Brāhmaṇa just returned from the house of his preceptor and become an initiated householder (gṛhastha).
     (3) A Brāhmaṇa who is a Bhikshu (beggar of alms) for any religious object; Ms. 11. 2.
     (4) Any man of the first three classes who is an initiated householder.

snānam [snā-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Bathing, washing, ablution, immersion in water; tataḥ praviśati snānottīrṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ S. 4.
     (2) Purification by bathing, any religious or ceremonial ablution.
     (3) The ceremony of bathing or anointing an idol.
     (4) Anything used in ablution.
     -- Comp.
          --agāraṃ a bath-room.
          --tṛṇaṃ Kuśa-grass.
          --droṇī a bathing tub.
          --yātrā the festival held on the full-moon day in the month of Jyeṣṭha.
          --vastraṃ a bathing-garment; sakṛt kiṃ pīḍitaṃ snānavastraṃ muṃcet drutaṃ payaḥ H. 2. 106.
          --vidhiḥ 1. the act of ablution. --2. the proper manner or rules of ablution.

snānīya a. [snānāya hitaṃ cha] Fit or suitable for bathing or ablution, worn during bathing; snānīyavastrakriyayā patrorṇaṃ vopayujyate M. 5. 12. --ya Water or any other article (such as ungneuts, perfumed powders &c.) proper for bathing; R. 16. 21.

snāpakaḥ A servant who bathes his master, or brings bathing water for him.

snāpanam The act of causing to bathe, or attending a person while bathing; Ms. 2. 209.

snāyuḥ [snāti śudhyati doṣo'nayā snāuṇ Tv.]
     (1) A tendon, muscle, sinew; svalpaṃ snāyuvasāvaśeṣamalinaṃ nirmāṃsamapyasthi goḥ Bh. 2. 30.
     (2) The string of a bow.
     -- Comp.
          --arman n. a kind of disease of the eyes.

snāyukaḥ See snāyu.

snāvaḥ, snāvan m. A tendon, muscle.

sniṭ 10 U. (sneṭayati-te)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To love, be in love.

snih 4 P. (snihyati, snigdha)
     (1) To feel or have affection for, love, be fond of (with loc. of the person or thing that is loved or liked); kiṃ nu khalu bāle'sminnaurasa iva putre snihyati me manaḥ S. 7; sa ca snihyatyāvayoḥ U. 6 (where āvayoḥ may be genitive also).
     (2) To be easily attached.
     (3) To be pleased with, be kind to.
     (4) To be sticky, viscid, or adhesive.
     (5) To be smooth or bland. --Caus. (snehayati-te)
     (1) To make unctuous, anoint, besmear, lubricate.
     (2) To cause to love.
     (3) To dissolve, destroy, kill.

snigdha a. [snih-kta]
     (1) Loving, affectionate, friendly, attached, tender; Māl. 5. 20.
     (2) Oily, unctuous, greasy, wetted with oil; utpaśyāmi tvayi taṭagate snigdhabhinnāṃjanābhe Me. 59; snigdhaveṇīsavarṇe 18; Śi. 12. 62; Māl. 10. 4.
     (3) Sticky, viscid, adhesive, cohesive.
     (4) Glistening, shining, glossy, resplendent; kanakanikaṣasnigdhā vidyut priyā na mamorvaśī V. 4. 1; Me. 37; U. 1. 33, 6. 21.
     (5) Smooth, emollient.
     (6) Moist, wet.
     (7) Cooling.
     (8) Kind, soft, bland, amiable; prītisnigdhairjanapadavadhūlocanaiḥ pīyamānaḥ Me. 16.
     (9) Lovely, agreeable, charming; snigdhagaṃbhīranirghoṣaṃ R. 1. 36, Me. 64, U. 2. 14, 3. 22. (10) Thick, dense, compact; snigdhacchāyātaruṣu vasatiṃ rāmagiryāśrameṣu (cakre) Me. 1.
     (11) Intent, fixed, steadfast (as a gaze or look). --gdhaḥ
     (1) A friend, an affectionate or friendly person; vijñaiḥ snigdhairupakṛtamapi dveṣyatāṃ yāti kiṃcit H. 2. 190; or sa snidho'kuśalānnivārayati yaḥ Subhāṣ.; Pt. 2. 166.
     (2) The red castor-oil plant.
     (3) A kind of pine. --gdhaṃ
     (1) Oil.
     (2) Bee's-wax.
     (3) Light, lustre.
     (4) Thickness, coarseness
     -- Comp.
          --janaḥ an affectionate or friendly person, a friend; snigdhajanasāṃvabhektaṃ hi duḥkhaṃ sahyavedanaṃ bhavati S. 3.
          --taṃḍulaḥ a kind of rice of quick growth.
          --dṛṣṭi a. looking intently or with a fixed gaze.
          --patraḥ --trā the jujube.

snigdhatā --tvam
     (1) Oiliness.
     (2) Blandness.
     (3) Tenderness, affection, love.

snigdhā Marrow.

snu 2 P. (snauti, snuta)
     (1) To drip, trickle, fall in drops, distil, drop, ooze or run out, leak out.
     (2) To flow, stream.

snuta a. Oozed, dropped, flowed &c.

snu m. n.
     (1) Table-land.
     (2) Top, surface (in general). (This word has no forms for the first five inflections and is optionally substituted for sānu after acc. dual).

snu f. A sinew, tendon, muscle.

snuṣā A daughter-in-law; samupāsyata putrabhogyayā snuṣayevāvikṛteṃdriyaḥ śriyā R. 8. 14, 15. 72.

snus 4 P. (snusyati)
     (1) To disappear, become invisible.
     (2) To take, accept.

snuh 4 P. (snuhyati, snugdha or snūḍha) To vomit.

snuh, snuhā --hiḥ f. --hī The milkhedge plant.

snehaḥ [snih-ghañ]
     (1) Affection, love, kindness, tenderness; snehadākṣiṇyayoryogāt kāmīva pratibhāti me V. 2. 4 (where it has sense 6 also); asti me sodarasnehopyeteṣu S. 1.
     (2) Oiliness, viscidity, unctuousness, lubricity (one of the 24 Guṇas according to the Vaiśeṣikas).
     (3) Moisture.
     (4) Grease, fat, any unctuous substance.
     (5) Oil; nirviṣṭaviṣayasnehaḥ sa daśāṃtamupeyivān R. 12. 1, Pt. 1. 82 (where the word has sense 1 also), 221; R. 4. 75.
     (6) Any fluid of the body, such as semen.
     -- Comp.
          --akta a. oiled, lubricated, greased
          --anuvṛttiḥ f. affectionate or friendly intercourse.
          --āśaḥ a lamp.
          --chedaḥ, --bhaṃgaḥ breach or loss of friendship.
          --pūrvaṃ ind. affectionately.
          --pravṛttiḥ f. flow or course of love; S. 4. 16.
          --priya a. fond of oil. (
          --yaḥ) a lamp.
          --bījaḥ the Piyāla tree.
          --bhūḥ phlegm.
          --bhūmiḥ f. 1. anything yielding oil. --2. an object of love or affection, beloved person.
          --raṃgaḥ sesamun.
          --vastiḥ f. injection of oil, an oily enema.
          --vimardita a. anointed with oil.
          --vyaktiḥ f. manifestation of love, display of friendship; (bhavati) snehavyaktiściravirahajaṃ muṃcato bāṣpamuṣṇaṃ Me. 12.
          --saṃbhāṣaḥ kind conversation, friendly talk, chat.

snehan m.
     (1) A friend.
     (2) The moon.
     (3) A kind of disease.

snehana a. [snih-ṇic lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Anointing, lubricating.
     (2) Destroying. --naṃ
     (1) Anointing, unction, rubbing or smearing with oil or unguents.
     (2) Unctuousness.
     (3) An unguent, emollient.

snehita p. p.
     (1) Loved.
     (2) Kind, affectionate.
     (3) Anointed, lubricated. --taḥ A friend, a beloved person.

snehin a. (nī f.) [sneha-ṇini]
     (1) Attached, affectionate, friendly.
     (2) Oily, unctuous, fat. --m.
     (1) A friend.
     (2) An anointer, a smearer.
     (3) A painter.

snehuḥ
     (1) The moon.
     (2) A kind of disease.

snai 1 P. (snāyati) To dress, wrap round; envelop.

snaigdhyam
     (1) Unctuousness, oiliness, lubricity.
     (2) Tenderness, fondness.
     (3) Smoothness, blandness.

spaṃd 1 A. (spaṃdate, spaṃdita)
     (1) To throb, palpitate; aspaṃdiṣṭākṣi vāmaṃ ca Bk. 15. 27, 14. 83.
     (2) To shake, tremble, quiver.
     (3) To go, move.

spaṃdaḥ [spaṃd-ghañ]
     (1) Throbbing, palpitation.
     (2) Vibration, tremor, motion; mano maṃdaspaṃdaṃ bahirapi cirasyāpi vimṛśan Bh. 3. 51.

spaṃdanam [spaṃd-lyuṭ]
     (1) Throbbing, pulsation, palpitation, quivering; vāmākṣispaṃdanaṃ sūcayitvā Māl. 1.; so adhara, -bāhu-, śarīra- &c.
     (2) Tremor, vibration.
     (3) The quickening of a child in the womb.
     (4) Rapid motion, going.

spaṃdita p. p. [spaṃd-kta]
     (1) Throbbed, quivered.
     (2) Gone. --taṃ A pulsation, throb, palpitation.

spardh 1 A. (spardhate)
     (1) To contend or vie with, emulate, rival, compete, be equal with; aspardhiṣṭa ca rāmeṇa Bk. 15. 65; kastaissaha spardhate Bh. 2. 16.
     (2) To challenge, defy, bid defiance to.

spardha a. Emulous, envious.

spardhanam
     (1) Competition, emulation.
     (2) Envy, jealousy.

spardhā [spardh-a]
     (1) Emulation, rivalry, competition; ātmanastu budhaiḥ spardhāṃ śuddhadhīrbahvamanyata.
     (2) Jealousy, envy.
     (3) Defiance.
     (4) Equality with.

spardhin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Rivalling, emulating, competing, vying with; tavādharaspardhiṣu vidrumeṣu R. 13. 13, 16. 62.
     (2) Emulous, envious.
     (3) Proud. --m. A competitor, an equal.

sparś 10 A. (sparśayate
     (1) To take, take hold of, touch.
     (2) To unite, join.
     (3) To embra ce, clasp.

sparśaḥ
     (1) [sparś, spṛś vā-ghañ] Touch, contact (in all senses); tadidaṃ sparśakṣamaṃ ratnaṃ S. 1. 28, 2. 7.
     (2) Contact (in astr).
     (3) Conflict, encounter.
     (4) Feeling. sensation, the sense of touch.
     (5) The quality of touch or tangibility, touch, the object or viṣaya of skin (tvac); sparśa guṇo vāyuḥ T. S.
     (6) That which affects or influences, affection, seizure.
     (7) Disease, illness, disorder, distemper.
     (8) A consonant of any of the five classes of letters (from k to m); kādayo māṃtāḥ sparśāḥ.
     (9) A gift, donation, presentation. (10) Air, wind.
     (11) The sky.
     (12) Sexual union.
     (13) A secret spy. --rśā An unchaste woman.
     -- Comp.
          --ajña a. senseless, insensible.
          --iṃdriyaṃ the organ or sense of touch.
          --udaya a. followed by a consonant.
          --upalaḥ, --maṇiḥ a kind of jewel considered to be the same as 'philosopher's stone'.
          --tanmātraṃ the subtile element of tangibility.
          --lajjā the sensitive plant.
          --vedya a. to be apprehended by the sense of touch.
          --saṃcārin a. contagious, infectious.
          --snānaṃ ablution at the entrance of the sun or moon into an eclipse.
          --spaṃdaḥ, --syaṃdaḥ a frog.

sparśana a. (nī f.) [sparś-spṛś-vā lyuṭ]
     (1) Touching, handling.
     (2) Affecting, influencing. --naḥ Air, wind. --naṃ
     (1) Touching, touch, contact.
     (2) Sensation, feeling.
     (3) Sense or organ of touch.
     (4) A gift, donation.

sparśanakam A term used in Sāṅkhya philosophy for the 'skin.'

sparśavat a.
     (1) Tangible.
     (2) Soft, soft or agreeable to the touch; Ku. 1. 55.

sparṣṭṛ m. A distemper, disorder of the body, disease.

sparṣ 1 A. (sparṣate) To become wet or moist.

spaś 1 U. (spaśati-te)
     (1) To obstruct.
     (2) To undertake, perform
     (3) To string together.
     (4) To touch.
     (5) To see, behold, perceive clearly, spy out, espy.

spaśaḥ [spaś-ac]
     (1) A spy, a secret emissary or agent; spaśe śanairgatavati tatra vidviṣāṃ Śi. 17. 20; see apaspaśa also.
     (2) Fight, war battle.
     (3) One who fights with savage animals (for reward), or the fight itself.

spaṣṭa a. [spaś-kta ni- iḍabhāvaḥ]
     (1) Distinctly visible, evident, clearly perceived, clear, plain, manifest; spaṣṭe jāte pratyūṣe K. 'when it was broad day-break'; spaṣṭākṛtiḥ R. 18. 30; spaṣṭārthaḥ &c.
     (2) Real, true.
     (3) Full-blown, expanded.
     (4) One who sees clearly. --ṣṭaṃ ind.
     (1) Clearly, distinctly, plainly.
     (2) Openly, boldly. (spaṣṭīkṛ means 'to make clear or distinct, explain, elucidate.)
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. intelligible, clear.
          --garbhā a woman who shows evident signs of pregnancy.
          --pratipattiḥ f. distinct notion, clear perception.
          --bhāṣin, --vaktṛ a. plain-spoken, outspoken, candid.

spaṣṭayati Den. P. To make clear, explain, elucidate.

spṛ 5 P. (spṛṇoti)
     (1) To deliver or extricate from.
     (2) To gratify.
     (3) To grant, bestow.
     (4) To protect.
     (5) To live.

spṛś 6 P. (spṛśati, pasparśa, aspṛkṣataspārkṣīt-asprākṣīt, sprakṣyati-sparkṣyati, sparṣṭuṃspraṣṭuṃ, spṛṣṭa)
     (1) To touch; spṛśannapi gajo hati H. 3. 14; karṇe paraṃ spṛśati haṃti paraṃ samūlaṃ Pt. 1. 304.
     (2) To lay the hand on, stroke gently with, touch; hastena pasparśa tadaṃgamiṃdraḥ Ku. 3. 22.
     (3) To adhere or cling to, come in contact with.
     (4) To wash or sprinkle with water; Ms. 2. 60.
     (5) To go to, reach; S. 2. 14; R. 3. 43.
     (6) To attain to, obtain, reach a particular state; mahokṣatāṃ vatsataraḥ spṛśanniva R. 3. 32; vināpyarthairvīraḥ spṛśati bahumānonnatipadaṃ H. 1. 175.
     (7) To act upon, influence, affect, move, touch; Mu. 7. 16; Ku. 6. 95.
     (8) To refer or allude to.
     (9) To take, receive, accept (as a sacrificial offering). --Pass. To be polluted, defiled, or tainted; U. 1. 48. --Caus. (sparśayati-te)
     (1) To cause to touch.
     (2) To give, present; gāḥ koṭiśaḥ sparśayatā ghaṭodhnīḥ R. 2. 49.

spṛś a. (At the end of comp.) Who or what touches, touching, affecting, piercing; marmaspṛś, hṛdispṛś &c.

spṛśī The prickly night-shade.

spṛśya a. Tangible.

spṛṣṭa p. p. [spṛś-kta]
     (1) Touched, felt with the hand.
     (2) Come in contact with, touching.
     (3) Reaching, applying or extending to; aspṛṣṭapuruṣāṃtaraṃ Ku. 6. 75.
     (4) Affected, seized; Me. 69; anaghaspṛṣṭaṃ R. 10. 19.
     (5) Tainted, defiled; Ms. 8. 205.
     (6) Formed by the complete contact of the organs of speech (the letters of the five classes); aco'spṛṣṭā yaṇastvīṣannemaspṛṣṭāḥ śalaḥ smṛtāḥ . śeṣāḥ spṛṣṭā halaḥ proktā nibodhānupradānataḥ Śik. 38. --ṣṭaṃ Touch.

spṛṣṭāspṛṣṭi n., spṛṣṭāspṛṣṭaṃ Touching one another.

spṛṣṭiḥ, spṛṣṭikā f. Touch, contact; tadvayasya asmaccharīraspṛṣṭikayā śāpitosi Mk. 3.

spṛh 10 U. (spṛhayati-te) To wish, long for, desire for, yearn, envy (with dat.); spṛhayāmi khalu durlalitāyāsmai S. 7; tapaḥkleśāyāpi spṛhayaṃtī K.; na maithileyaḥ spṛhayāṃbabhūva bhartre divo nāpyalakeśvarāya R. 16. 42, Bh. 2. 45.

spṛhaṇam [spṛh-lyuṭ] The act of desiring or wishing, longing for.

spṛhaṇīya a. [spṛh-anīyar] To be desired or longed for, enviable, desirable; aho batāsi spṛhaṇīyavīrya. Ku. 3. 20; vaṃdyā tvameva jagataḥ spṛhaṇīyasiddhiḥ Māl. 10. 21; paraspareṇa spṛhaṇīyaśobhaṃ na cedidaṃ dvaṃdvamayojayiṣyat R. 7. 14, Ku. 7. 66; U. 6. 40.

spṛhayālu a. [spṛh-āluc] Disposed to be desirous or envious of, longing or eager for, covetous (with dator loc.); bhogebhyaḥ spṛhayālavo na hi vayaṃ Bh. 3. 64; tapovaneṣu spṛhayālureva R 14. 45.

spṛhā [spṛh-añ] Desire, eager desire, ardent wish, longing, envy, covetousness; kathamanye kariṣyaṃti putrebhyaḥ putriṇaḥ spṛhāṃ Ve. 3. 29, R. 8. 34.

spṛhālu = spṛhayālu q. v.

spṛhya a. Desirable, enviable. --hyaḥ The wild citron tree.

spṝ 9 P. (spṛṇāti) To hurt, kill.

spraṣṭṛ m. See sparṣṭṛ.

sphaṭ 1 P. (sphaṭati) To burst, expand.

sphaṭaḥ A snake's expanded hood; cf. phaṭa-ṭā. --ṭī Alum.

sphaṭā
     (1) A snake's expanded hood.
     (2) Alum.

sphaṭikaḥ
     (1) A crystal, quartz; apagatanale hi manasi sphaṭikaptaṇāvica rajanikaragabhastayaḥ sukhaṃ praviśaṃtyupadeśaguṇāḥ K. --kā Sulphate of alumina or alum.
     -- Comp.
          --acalaḥ the mount Meru.
          --adriḥ the mount Kailāsa. -bhid m. camphor.
          --abhraḥ camphor.
          --aśman, --ātman, --maṇi m.,
          --śilā a crystal stone.
          --prabha a. crystalline, transparent.
          --skaṃbhaḥ a crystal column.

sphaṭikāriḥ, sphaṭikārikā f. Sulphate of alumina.

sphaṭikī Alum.

sphaṃṭ I. 1 P. (sphaṃṭati) To burst, open, expand. --II. 10 U. (sphaṃṭayati-te) To jest or joke with, laugh at.

sphaṃḍ 1. P., 10 U. (sphaṃḍati, sphaṃḍa yati-te) To laugh at, joke with, deride.

sphar See sphur.

spharaṇam Trembling, quivering, throbbing.

sphāl 1 P. (sphalati) To tremble quiver, throb, palpitate. --10 U. or Caus. (sphālayati-te) To cause to tremble or shake.

sphāṭakaḥ A drop of water. --kaṃ Crystal.

sphāṭika a. (kī f.) Crystalline. --kaṃ A crystal.

sphāṭīkam Crystal.

sphāṭita p. p. Split open, burst, expanded, made to gape.

sphāy 1 A. (sphāyate, sphīta)
     (1) To grow large or fat, to become big or bulky.
     (2) To swell, increase, expand; saṃdudhukṣe tayoḥ kopaḥ pasphāye śastralāghavaṃ Bk. 14. 109. --Caus. (sphāvayati-te) To cause to grow large, augment, increase; tāvasphāvayatāṃ śaktīrbāṇāṃścākiratāṃ muhuḥ Bk. 17. 43, 4. 33, 12. 76, 15. 99.

sphāta p. p. Increased, enlarged, swollen.

sphātiḥ f. [sphāy-bhāve ktin yalopaḥ]
     (1) Swelling, intumescence.
     (2) Increase, growth.

sphīta p. p. [sphāy-kta sphībhāvaḥ]
     (1) Swollen, increased; Ve. 5. 40.
     (2) Fat, thick, big, large, bulky.
     (3) Many, numerous, much, copious, plentiful, abundant.
     (4) Delighted, joyful.
     (5) Pure; Bv. 4. 13.
     (6) Successful, prosperous, thriving.
     (7) Affected by hereditary disease. (sphītīkṛ means 'to augment or enlarge').

sphītiḥ f.
     (1) Growth, increase, enlargement.
     (2) Abundance, copiousness, plenty; dhanadhānyasya ca sphītiḥ sadā me vartatāṃ gṛhe.
     (3) Prosperity.

sphāra a. [sphāy-rak Uṇ. 2. 13]
     (1) Large, great, increased, expanded; sphāraphullatphaṇāpīṭhaniryat &c. Māl. 5. 23, Mv. 6. 32.
     (2) Much, abundant; Mv. 5. 2; Bh. 3. 42.
     (3) Loud. --raḥ
     (1) Swelling, increase, enlargement, growth.
     (2) A bubble (in gold).
     (3) A protuberance.
     (4) Throbbing, quivering, palpitation, vibration.
     (5) Twanging. --raṃ Abundance, much, plenty. (sphārībhū 1. to swell out, expand, spread out, increase, multiply; susnigdhā vimukhībhavaṃti suhṛdaḥ sphārībhavaṃtyāpadaḥ Mk. 1. 36; Pt. 5. 24. --2. to become manifest.).

sphāraṇam Throbbing, shaking, trembling.

sphālaḥ [sphal-ghañ] Throbbing, palpitation, beat, trembling.

sphālanam
     (1) Quivering, palpitating.
     (2) Causing to shake about or move.
     (3) Rubbing, friction; S. 2. 4.
     (4) Patting or stroking (as a horse), gentle rubbing.

sphic f. Buttocks, hips; aṃsasphikpṛṣṭhapiṃḍādyavayavasulabhānyugrapūtīni jagdhvā Māl. 5. 16.

sphiṭ 10 U. (sphaṭeyati-te)
     (1) To hurt, injure, kill.
     (2) To despise.
     (3) To love.
     (4) To cover.

sphiṭṭ 10 U. (sphiṭṭayati-te) To hurt &c.; see sphiṭ above.

sphira a. (compar. spheyas, superl. spheṣṭha)
     (1) Abundant, much, large.
     (2) Many, numerous.
     (3) Vast, capacious.

sphuṭ I. 6 P., 1 U. (sphuṭīta, sphoṭati-te, sphuṭita)
     (1) To burst or split open, break forth, be suddenly rent asunder, cleave, split, break; hāhā devi sphuṭati hṛdayaṃ sraṃsate dehabaṃdhaḥ U. 3. 38; sphuṭati na sā manāsijaviśikhena Gīt. 7; Bk. 14. 56, 15. 77.
     (2) To expand, open, blow, blossom; sphuṭati kusumanikare virahihṛdayadalanāya Gīt. 5; Pt. 1. 136, Kāv. 3. 167.
     (3) To run or bound away, disperse; tuṃragāḥ pusphuṭursītāḥ Bk. 14. 6, 10. 8.
     (4) To become visible, burst into view, become evident or manifest. --II. 10 U. (sphuṭayati-te)
     (1) To burst, crack, break open.
     (2) To burst into view. --Caus. (sphoṭayati-te)
     (1) To burst or rend asunder, split, tear open, cleave, divide.
     (2) To manifest, show, make clear.
     (3) To disclose, divulge, make public.
     (4) To hurt, destroy, kill.
     (5) To winnow.

sphuṭa a. [sphuṭ-ka]
     (1) Burst, rent asunder, broken, split.
     (2) Opened, expanded, full-blown; sphuṭaparāgaparāgatapaṃkajaṃ Śi. 6. 2, 5.
     (3) Manifested, displayed, made clear.
     (4) Clear, plain, distinctly visible or manifest; atra sphuṭo na kaścidalaṃkāraḥ K. P. 1; Ku. 5. 44; Me. 70; Ki. 11. 44.
     (5) Bursting into view; kadaṃbayaṣṭiḥ sphuṭakorakeva U. 3. 42.
     (6) White, bright, pure; muktāphalaṃ vā sphuṭavidrumasthaṃ Ku. 1. 44.
     (7) Well-known, famous; sphuṭanṛtyalīlamabhavatsutanoḥ Śi. 9. 79 (= prathita).
     (8) Spread, diffused.
     (9) Loud. (10) Apparent, true.
     (11) Corrected. --ṭā The expanded hood of a snake. --ṭaṃ ind. Clearly, evidently, distinctly, certainly, manifestly.
     -- Comp.
          --artha a. 1. intelligible, obvious. --2. significant.
          --tāra a. bright or gemmed with stars.
          --phalaṃ (in geom.) 1. distinct or precise area of a triangle. --2. the clear or net result of any calculation.
          --valkalī the heart-plant.
          --sāraḥ the true latitude of a star or planet (?).
          --sūryagatiḥ f. the apparent or true motion of the sun.

sphuṭanam [sphuṭ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Breaking open, rending, bursting forth, tearing open.
     (2) Expanding, opening, blossoming.

sphuṭiḥ --ṭī f. Cracking of the skin of the feet, sores or swelling of the feet.

sphuṭikā A small bit broken off, a slice.

sphuṭita p. p. [sphuṭ-kta]
     (1) Burst, broken open, split, cracked; Māl. 9. 31.
     (2) Budded, blown, expanded (as a flower); U. 3. 24.
     (3) Made clear, manifested, shown.
     (4) Torn, destroyed.
     (5) Laughed at,
     -- Comp.
          --caraṇa a. having wide feet. splay-footed.

sphuṭṭ 10 U. (sphuṭṭayati-te) To despise, slight, disrespect.

sphuḍ 6 P. (sphuḍati) To cover.

sphuṃṭ I. 1 P. (sphuṃṭati) To open, expand. --II. 10 U. (sphuṃṭayati-te) To jest, joke, laugh at.

sphuṃḍ 1 A., 10 U. (sphuṃḍate, sphuṃḍayati-te) See sphuṃṭ.

sphut ind. An imitative sound.
     -- Comp.
          --karaḥ fire.
          --kāraḥ the sound sphut, a crackling noise.

sphur 6 P. (sphurati, sphurita)
     (1)
          (a) To throb, palpitate (as eyes &c.); śāṃtamidamāśramapadaṃ sphurati ca bāhuḥ kutaḥ phalamihāsya S. 1. 16; sphuratā vāmakenāpi dākṣiṇyamavalaṃbyate Māl. 1. 8; abhimataphalaśaṃsī cāru pusphora vāhuḥ Bk. 1. 27
          (b) To shake, tremble, quiver, vibrate in general; sphuradadharanāsāpuṭatayā U. 1. 29, 6. 33.
     (2) To twitch, struggle, become agitated; hataṃ pṛthivyāṃ karuṇaṃ sphuraṃtaṃ Rām.
     (3) To start, dart, spring forward; pusphururvṛṣabhāḥ paraṃ Bk. 14. 6.
     (4) To spring back, rebound (as a bow.)
     (5) To spring or break forth, shoot out, spring up, rise forth; dharmataḥsphurati nirmalaṃ yaśaḥ; Ku. 3. 68.
     (6) To start into view, become visible or manifest, appear clearly, become displayed; mukhātsphuraṃtīṃ ko hartumicchati hareḥ paribhūya daṃṣṭrāṃ Mu. 1. 8; racitarucirabhūṣāṃ ṭṭaṣṭimoṣe pradoṣe sphurati niravasādāṃ kāpi rādhāṃ jagāda Gīt. 11.
     (7) To flash, scintillate, sparkle, glitter, gleam, shine; sphuratu kucakuṃbhayorupari maṇimaṃjarī raṃjayetu tava hṛdayaśa Gīt. 10; (tayā) sphuratprabhāmaṃḍalayā ca, kāśe Ku. 1. 24, R. 3. 60, 5 51 Me. 15, 27.
     (8) To shine, distinguish oneself, become eminent; Pt. 1. 27.
     (9) To flash on the mind, rush suddenly into memory. (10) To go tremulously.
     (11) To bruise, destroy. --Caus. (sphārayati-te, sphorayatite)
     (1) To cause to throb or vibrate.
     (2) To cause to shine, irradiate.
     (3) To throw, cast. --WITH apa to shine forth or out. --abhi 1. to spread or be diffused, expand. --2. to become known.

sphuraḥ [sphur bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Throbbing, trembling, quivering.
     (2) Swelling.
     (3) A shield.
     (4) Coruscating.

sphuraṇam [sphur-lyuṭ]
     (1) Throbbing, quivering, trembling (in general).
     (2) Throbbing or quivering of certain parts of the body (indicating good or bad luck).
     (3) Breaking forth, arising, starting into view.
     (4) Gleaming, flashing, glittering, shining, twinkling.
     (5) Flashing on the mind, crossing the memory.

sphurat a. Throbbing, shining &c.
     -- Comp.
          --ulkā a shooting meteor aerolite.

sphurita p. p.
     (1) Trembling, throbbing.
     (2) Shaken.
     (3) Glittering, shining.
     (4) Unsteady.
     (5) Swollen.
     (6) Manifested, displayed; Māl. 2. 10. --taṃ
     (1) A throb, palpitation, tremor.
     (2) Agitation or emotion of the mind.

sphurcch 1 P. (sphūrcchati)
     (1) To spread, extend.
     (2) To forget.

sphurj 1 P. (sphūrjati)
     (1) To thunder, make a sound like thunderclap, crash, explode; Bk. 15. 44.
     (2) To glitter, shine.
     (3) To burst or break forth; sphūrjatyeva sa eṣa saṃprati mama nyakkārabhinnasthiteḥ Mv. 3. 40.

sphurjathuḥ = sphūrjathu below.

sphūrjaḥ
     (1) The crashing sound of a thunder-clap.
     (2) Indra's thunderbolt.
     (3) Sudden burst or rise, as in narmasphūrja.
     (4) First union of lovers characterized by joy in the beginning and some expectation of fear in the end.

sphūrjathuḥ A clap or peal of thunder.

sphūrjanam
     (1) The act of thundering.
     (2) An explosion or crash.

sphul 6 P. (sphulati)
     (1) To tremble, throb, vibrate.
     (2) To dart forth, appear.
     (3) To collect.
     (4) To kill, destroy.

sphulam A tent.

sphulanam Trembling, throbbing, palpitation.

sphuliṃgaḥ, --gaṃ, sphuliṃgā A spark of fire; sphuliṃgāvasthayā vahniredhāpekṣa iva sthitaḥ S. 7. 15, Ve. 6. 8.

sphuliṃginī One of the seven tongues of fire.

sphūrtiḥ f. [sphurcch --sphur ka ktin]
     (1) Throbbing, shaking, vibration.
     (2) Spring, bound.
     (3) Blooming, opening.
     (4) Manifestation, display.
     (5) Flashing on the mind.
     (6) Poetical inspiration.

sphūrtimat a. Throbbing, tremulous, agitated.
     (2) Tender-hearted. --m. A follower or worshipper of Śiva (pāśupata).

spheyas a. More abundant, larger (compar. of sphira q. v.)

spheṣṭha a. Most abundant, largest (superl. of sphira q. v.)

sphoṭaḥ [sphuṭ karaṇe ghañ]
     (1) Breaking forth, splitting open, bursting.
     (2) Disclosure; as in narmasphoṭa.
     (3) A swelling, boil, tumour; ayamaparo gaṃḍasyopari sphoṭaḥ Mu. 5.
     (4) The idea which bursts out or flashes on the mind when a sound is uttered, the impression produced on the mind at hearing a sound; budhairvaiyākaraṇaiḥ pradhānabhūtasphoṭarūpavyaṃgyavyaṃjakasya śabdasya dhvaniriti vyavahāraḥ kṛtaḥ K. P. 1, also see Sarva. S. (pāṇinīyadarśana).
     (5) The eternal sound recognised by the Mīmamsakas.
     -- Comp.
          --bījakaḥ the marking-nut plant.

sphoṭakaḥ A swelling, boil, tumour, pimple.

sphoṭana a. (nī f.) [sphuṭ --lyuṭ] Breaking asunder, manifesting, disclosing, making clear. --naḥ Separated utterance of a close combination of consonants. --naṃ
     (1) Rending, suddenly bursting, splitting, cracking.
     (2) Winnowing grain.
     (3) Cracking the finger-joints, snapping the fingers.
     (4) The separation of a double consonant.

sphoṭanī The boring tool, an auger, a gimlet.

sphoṭā The expanded hood of a serpent.

sphoṭikā A kind of bird.

sphoraṇam See sphuraṇaṃ.

sphyam A sword-shaped implement used in sacrifices; Ms. 5. 117; Y. 1. 184.
     -- Comp.
          --vartaniḥ the furrow made by this implement.

sbṛ See svṛ.

sma ind.
     (1) A particle added to the present tense of verbs (or to present participles) and giving them the sense of the past tense; bhāsurako nāma siṃhaḥ prativasati sma Pt. 1; krīṇaṃti sma prāṇamūlyairyaśāṃsi Śi. 18. 15.
     (2) A pleonastic particle (generally added to the prohibitive particle mā q. v.); bharturviprakṛtāpi roṣaṇatayā māsma pratīpaṃ gamaḥ S. 4. 17; māsma sīmaṃtinī kācijjatayetputramīdṛśaṃ H. 2. 7.

smaraḥ [smṛ-bhāve ap]
     (1) Recollection, remembrance.
     (2) Love.
     (3) Cupid, the god of love; smara paryutsuka eṣa mādhavaḥ Ku. 4. 28, 42, 43.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃkuśaḥ 1. a finger-nail. --2. a lover, lascivious person.
          --agāraṃ, --kūpakaḥ, --gṛhaṃ, --maṃdiraṃ the female organ.
          --aṃdha a. blinded by love, infatuated with passion.
          --ākula, --ātura, --ārta, --utsuka, a. pining with love, love-sick, smit with love.
          --āsavaḥ saliva.
          --karman n. any amorous action, a wanton act.
          --guruḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu.
          --chatraṃ the clitoris.
          --daśā a state of love, state of the body produced by being in love (these are ten).
          --dhvajaḥ 1. the male organ. --2. a fabulous fish. --3. N. of a musical instrument. (
          --jaṃ) the female organ. (
          --jā) a bright moon-light night.
          --priyā an epithet of Rati.
          --bhāsita a. inflamed by love.
          --mohaḥ infatuation of love, passion.
          --lekhanī the Sārikā bird.
          --vallabhaḥ 1. an epithet of Spring. --2. of Aniruddha.
          --vīthikā a prostitute, harlot.
          --śāsanaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --sakhaḥ the moon.
          --staṃbhaḥ the male organ.
          --smaryaḥ a donkey, an ass.
          --haraḥ an epithet of Śiva.

smaraṇam [smṛ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Remembering, remembrance, recollection; kevalaṃ smaraṇenaiva punāsi puruṣaṃ yataḥ R. 10. 29.
     (2) Thinking of or about; yadi harismaraṇe sarasaṃ manaḥ Gīt. 1.
     (3) Memory.
     (4) Tradition, traditional precept; iti bhṛgusmaraṇāt (opp. śruti).
     (5) Mental recitation of the name of a deity.
     (6) Remembering with regret, regretting.
     (7) Rhetorical recollection, regarded as a figure of speech; thus defined: --yathānubhavamarthasya dṛṣṭe tatsadṛśe smṛtiḥ smaraṇaṃ K. P. 10.
     -- Comp.
          --anugrahaḥ 1. a kind remembrance. --2. the favour of remembrance; Ku. 6. 19.
          --apatyatarpakaḥ a turtle, tortoise.
          --ayaugapadyaṃ the non-simultaneousness of recollections.
          --padavī death.

smāra a. Relating to Smara or the god of love; smāraṃ puṣpamayaṃ cāpaṃ vāṇāḥ puṣpamayā api . tathāpyanaṃgastrailokyaṃ karoti vaśamātmanaḥ ... --raṃ Recollection, memory.

smāraka a. (rikā f.) Reminding. --kaṃ A memorial (a modern use).

smāraṇam Calling to mind, reminding, causing to remember.

smārta a. [smṛtau vihitaḥ, smṛtiṃ vettyadhīte vā aṇ]
     (1) Relating to memory. remembered, memorial.
     (2) Being within memory.
     (3) Based on or recorded in a Smṛti, prescribed in a code of laws; karma smārtavivāhāgnau kurvīta pratyahaṃ gṛhī Y. 1. 97; Ms. 1. 108.
     (4) Legal.
     (5) Following or professing the law-books.
     (6) Domestic (as fire). --rtaḥ
     (1) A Brāhmaṇa well-versed in traditional law.
     (2) One who follows the traditional law.
     (3) N. of a sect. --rtaṃ An act or rite enjoined by the Smriti, a legal act.

smi 1 A. (smayate, smita)
     (1) To smile, laugh (gently); kākutstha īṣatsmayamāna āsta Bk. 2. 11, 15. 8; smayamānaṃ vadanāṃbujaṃ smarāmi Bv. 2. 27.
     (2) To bloom, expand; Pt. 1. 136. --Caus. (smāyayati-te)
     (1) To cause a smile by, cause to smile.
     (2) To laugh at, deride.
     (3) To astonish (smāpayate in this sense). --Desid. (sismayiṣate) To wish to smile.

smayaḥ [smi-ac]
     (1) Astonishment, wonder, surprise.
     (2) Arrogance, pride, haughtiness, conceit; tasmai smayāveśavivarjitāya R. 5. 19; prabhavaḥ smayadūṣitāḥ Bh. 3. 2, 69; Mu. 2. 22.

smita p. p.
     (1) Smiled, smiling.
     (2) Expanded, blown, blossomed; Pt. 1. 136. --taṃ A smile, gentle laugh; sasmitaṃ 'with a smile'; savilakṣasmitaṃ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --ṭṭaś a. having a smiling look. (--f.) a handsome woman.
          --pūrvam ind. smilingly, with a smile; saptarṣibhistān smitapūrvamāha Ku. 7. 47.
          --śālin a. smiling.

smitiḥ f. A smile, smiling.

smiṭ 10 U. (smeṭayati te)
     (1) To slight, scorn, despise.
     (2) To love.
     (3) To go.

smīl 1 P. (smīlati) To wink, blink.

smṛ I. 5 P. (smṛṇoti)
     (1) To please, gratify.
     (2) To protect, defend.
     (3) To live. --II. 1 P. (Atm. also in epic poetry) (smarati, smṛta; pass. smaryate)
     (1)
          (a) To remember, bear or keep in mind, recollect, call to mind, be aware of; smarosa surasanīrāṃ tatra godāvarīṃ vā smarasi ca tadupāṃteṣvāvayorvartanāni U. 1. 26.
          (b) To call to mind, call upon mentally, think of; smarātmano'bhīṣṭadevatāṃ Pt. 1; R. 15. 45
     (2) To recite mentally or call upon the name of a deity &c.; yaḥ smaretpuṃḍarīkākṣaṃ sabāhyābhyaṃtaraḥ śuciḥ.
     (3) To lay down or record in a Smṛti; tathā ca smaraṃti.
     (4) To declare, regard, consider; Pt. 1. 30.
     (5) To remember with regret, yearn after, long or desire for (oft. with gen.); smartuṃ disaṃti na divaḥ surasuṃdarībhyaḥ Ki. 5. 28; kaccidbhartuḥ smarasi rasike tvaṃ hi tasya priyeti Me. 85; Mu. 5. 14; bhavatyāḥ smaratātyarthamarpitaḥ sādaraṃ mama Bk. 8. 118. --Caus. (smārayati-te, but smarayati-te in the last sense)
     (1) To cause to remember, remind, put in mind of, call to mind; anena matpriyābhiyogena smārayasi me pūrvaśiṣyāṃ saudāminīṃ Māl. 1; sometimes with two acc.; api caṃdraguptadoṣā atikrāṃtapārthivaguṇān smārayaṃti prakṛtīḥ Mu. 1; ya eva duḥsmaraḥ kālastameva smāritā vayaṃ U. 6. 34.
     (2) To give information.
     (3) To cause to remember with regret, cause to long or desire for; Śi 6. 56, 8. 64. --Desid. (susmūrṣate) To wish to recollect.

smṛta p. p. [smṛ-kta]
     (1) Remembered, recollected, called to mind.
     (2) Regarded, laid down, recorded, mentioned; Ku. 2. 7.
     (3) Appointed, designed; S. 6. 29.
     (4) Enjoined by a Smṛti or traditional law.

smṛtiḥ f. [smṛ-ktin]
     (1) Remembrance; recollection, memory; a śvatthāmā karadhṛtadhanuḥ kiṃ na yātaḥ smṛtiṃ te Ve. 3. 21; saṃskāramātrajanyaṃ jñānaṃ smṛtiḥ T. S.; smṛtyupasthitau imau dbau ślokau U. 6; 4. 2.
     (2) Thinking of, calling to mind.
     (3) What was delivered by human authors, law, traditional law, the body of traditional or memorial law (civil or religious) (opp. śruti).
     (4) A code of laws, law-book.
     (5) A text of Smṛti, canon, rule of law; iti smṛteḥ.
     (6) Desire, wish.
     (7) Understanding.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃtaraṃ another law-book.
          --apeta a. 1. forgotten. 2. inconsistent with Smṛti. --3. (hence) illegal, unjust.
          --ukta a. prescribed or enjoined in the codes of law, canonical.
          --pathaḥ, --viṣayaḥ the object of memory; smṛtipathaṃ --viṣayaṃ gam to be dead; Bh. 3. 37, 38.
          --pratyavamarṣaḥ retentiveness of memory, accuracy of recollection.
          --prabaṃdhaḥ a legal work.
          --bhraṃśaḥ loss or failure of memory.
          --rodhaḥ temporary interruption of memory; loss or failure of memory; S. 7. 32.
          --vibhramaḥ confusion of memory.
          --viruddha a. illegal.
          --virodhaḥ 1. opposition to law, illegality. 2. disagreement between two or more Smṛtis or legal texts; smṛtivirodhaṃ pariharati S. B.
          --śāstraṃ 1. a lawbook, code, digest. 2. legal science.
          --śeṣa a. deceased, dead (as a person).
          --śaithilyaṃ temporary loss of memory.
          --sādhya a. capable of being proved by law.
          --hetuḥ a cause of recollection, impression on the mind, association of ideas.

smera a. [smi-ran]
     (1) Smiling; vilokya vṛddhokṣamadhiṣṭhitaṃ tvayā mahājanaḥ smeramukho bhaviṣyati Ku. 5. 70, Bv. 2. 4; 3. 2; Māl. 10. 6.
     (2) Blown, expanded, dilated, blooming; adhikavikasaṃdatarvismayasmeratāraiḥ Māl. 1. 28.
     (3) Proud.
     (4) Evident.
     -- Comp.
          --viṣkiraḥ a peacock.

syaṃḍh 1 A. (syaṃdate, sasyaṃde, asyadatasyaṃtta-asyaṃdiṣṭa, syaṃtsyati-te, syaṃdiṣyate, syaṃdituṃ-syaṃttuṃ, syanna; desid. sisyaṃdiṣate, sisyaṃtsati-te; the s of syaṃd is changed to ṣ after a preposition ending in i or u)
     (1) To ooze, trickle, drop, drip, distil, flow; ayi daladaraviṃda syaṃdamānaṃ maraṃdaṃ tava kimapi lihaṃto maṃju guṃjaṃtu bhṛṃgāḥ Bv. 1. 5.
     (2) To shed, pour forth.
     (3) To run, flee.

syadaḥ Speed, rapid motion, rush, velocity.

syaṃdaḥ [syaṃd-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Flowing, trickling.
     (2) Going rapidly, moving.
     (3) A car, chariot.

syaṃdana a. (nā or nī f.) [syaṃd-lyu lyuṭ vā]
     (1) Going quickly, fleet; flowing.
     (2) Quick, swift of foot, fleet; syaṃdanā no caturagāḥ Ki. 15. 16. --naḥ
     (1) A war-chariot, a car or chariot in general; dharmāraṇyaṃ praviśati gajaḥ syaṃdanālokabhītaḥ S. 1. 33.
     (2) Air, wind.
     (3) A kind of tree (tiniśa). --naṃ
     (1) Flowing, trickling, oozing.
     (2) Rushing, going or flowing quickly.
     (3) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --ārohaḥ a warrior who fights while seated in a chariot.

syaṃdanikā A drop of saliva.

syaṃdin a. (nī f.)
     (1) Oozing, flowing, trickling; Māl. 8. 3; U. 1. 35,
     (2) Rushing.
     (3) Going.

syaṃdinī
     (1) Saliva.
     (2) A cow bearing two calves at the same time.

syanna p. p.
     (1) Oozed, trickled, dropped.
     (2) Dropping, trickling (as water).

syam 1 P., 10 U. (syamati, syamaya, ti-te)
     (1) To sound, to cry aloud, shout.
     (2) To go.
     (3) To consider, reflect (Atm. only in this sense).

syamaṃtakaḥ A kind of valuable jem (said to yield daily eight loads of gold and to preserve from all kinds of dangers and portents). (For some account, see the word satrājit).

syami(mī)kaḥ  [syam-īkak]
     (1) A cloud.
     (2) An ant-hill.
     (3) A kind of tree.
     (4) Time.

syamikā Indigo.

syāt ind. (Strictly 3rd. pers. sing. of the Potential of as 'to be') It may be, perhaps, per chance.
     -- Comp.
          --vādaḥ an assertion of probability (in phil.), a form of scepticism.
          --vādin m. a sceptic.

syālaḥ See śyāla.

syūta p. p. [siv-karmaṇi kta]
     (1) Sewn with a needle, stitched, woven (fig. also); ciṃtāsaṃtatitaṃtujālanibiḍasyūteva lagnā priyā Māl. 5. 10.
     (2) Pierced.
     (3) Woven together, joined. --taḥ 1 A sack.

syūtiḥ f. [siv-bhāve ktin]
     (1) Sewing, stitching.
     (2) Needle-work.
     (3) A sack.
     (4) Lineage, family.
     (5) Offspring.

syūnaḥ [siv-nak]
     (1) A ray of light.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A bag, sack.

syotaḥ A sack, bag.

syūmaḥ A ray of light(also n.). --maṃ
     (1) Water.
     (2) Happiness.

syona a.
     (1) Beautiful, pleasing.
     (2) Auspicious, propitious. --naḥ
     (1) A ray of light.
     (2) The sun.
     (3) A sack. --naṃ Happiness, pleasure.

sraṃs 1 A. (sraṃsate, srasta)
     (1) To fall fall or drop down, slip off or down; nāsrasatkariṇāṃ graivaṃ tripadīcchedināmapi R. 4. 48; gāṃḍīvaṃ sraṃsate hastāt Bg. 1. 30; Bk. 14. 72, 15. 61.
     (2) To sink, drop, fall asunder; hāhā devi sphuṭati hṛdayaṃ sraṃsate dehabaṃdhaḥ U. 3. 38; Māl. 9. 20 v. l.
     (3) To hang down,
     (4) To go.
     (5) To be pleased. --Caus. (sraṃsayati-te)
     (1) To cause to fall or slip down, move, disturb; vātopi nāsraṃsayadaṃśukāni R. 6. 75.
     (2) To relax, loosen, slacken; Māl. 3. 8.

sraṃsaḥ Falling, sleeping.

sraṃsanam [sraṃs-ṇic lyuṭ]
     (1) Falling.
     (2) Causing to fall, or bringing down.

sraṃsin a. (nī f.) [sraṃs-ṇini]
     (1) Falling or slipping down, hanging down, being loosened, giving way; baṃdhe sraṃsini caikahastayamitāḥ paryākulā mūrdhajāḥ S. 1. 30.
     (2) Depending, pendulous, hanging loosely.

srasta p. p. [sraṃs-kta]
     (1) Fallen or dropped down, slipped off, fallen off; srastaṃ śaraṃ cāpamapi svahastāt Ku. 3. 51; kanakavalayaṃ srastaṃ srastaṃ mayā pratisāryate S. 3. 13; Ki. 5. 33, Me. 63.
     (2) Drooping, hanging loosely down; viṣādasrastasarvāṃgī Mk. 4. 8; srastāṃsāvatimātralohitatalau bāhū ghaṭotkṣepaṇāt S. 1. 30.
     (3) Loosed.
     (4) Let go, relaxed.
     (5) Pendulous, hanging down.
     (6) Separated.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. 1. having the limbs relaxed. --2. swooning, fainting.

srastiḥ f.
     (1) Falling, slipping.
     (2) A slip.
     (3) Loosening, slackening.

sraṃh 1 A. (sraṃhate) To confide or trust.

sraj f. [sṛjyate sṛj-kvin ni-]
     (1) A chaplet, wreath or garland of flowers (especially one worn on the head); srajamapi śirasyaṃdhaḥ kṣiptāṃ dhunotyahiśaṃkayā S. 7. 24.
     (2) A garland (in general).
     -- Comp.
          --dāman, (sraṃgdānan) n. the tie or fillet of a garland.
          --dhara a. wearing a garland; Gīt. 12. (
          --rā) N. of a metre.

sraṃgvin a. (ṇī f.)(compar. srajīyas, superl. srajiṣṭha) Wearing a garland or chaplet; āmuktābharaṇaḥ sragvī haṃsacihnadukūlavān R. 17. 25.

srajayati Den. P. To furnish with a garland.

srajvā A rope, string, cord.

sraddhū f. Breaking wind downwards (apānavāyu).

sraṃbh 1 A. (sraṃbhate, srabdha) To confide; see śraṃbh. --WITH vi 1. to be confident. --2. to rest secure.

sravaḥ [sru-ap]
     (1) Trickling, oozing, flowing.
     (2) A drop, flow, stream; vipulau snapayaṃtī sā stanau netrajalasravaiḥ Rām.
     (3) A fountain, spring.

sravaṇam [sru-lyuṭ]
     (1) Flowing, trickling, oozing.
     (2) Sweat.
     (3) Urine.

sravat a. (sravaṃtī f.) Flowing, oozing, trickling &c.
     -- Comp.
          --garbhā 1. a woman that miscarries. --2. a cow miscarrying by accident.
          --raṃgaḥ a market, fair.

sravaṃtī
     (1) A stream, river; vāpīṣviva sravaṃtīṣu R. 17. 64; Māl. 9. 24.
     (2) The region of the spleen.

sraṣṭṛ m. [sṛj-tṛc]
     (1) A maker.
     (2) A creator, an epithet of Brahman; yā sṛṣṭiḥ sraṣṭurādyā S. 1. 1; tatsraṣṭurekāṃtaraṃ 7. 27.
     (3) N. of Śiva.

srastaraḥ A couch or sofa(for reclining), bed; śilātale srastaramāstīrya niṣasāda K.; Ms. 2. 204.

srāk ind. Quickly, speedily.

srāvaḥ Flow, flowing, oozing, dropping.

srāvaka a. (vikā f.) [sru-ṇic-ṇvul] Causing to flow, pouring out, exuding. --kaṃ Black pepper.

sridh 1 U. (sredhati-te) To injure, harm, ruin.

sribh 1 P. (srebhati) To hurt, kill.

sriṃbh 1 P. (sriṃbhati) To hurt, kill.

sriv 4 P. (srīvyati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To become dry.

sru 1 P. (sravati, sruta)
     (1) To flow, stream, trickle, ooze, drop, exude; na hi niṃbātsravetkṣaudraṃ Ram.
     (2) To pour out, shed, let flow; aloṭhiṣṭa ca bhūpṛṣṭhe śoṇitaṃ cāpyasusruvat Bk. 15. 56, 17. 18.
     (3) To go, move.
     (4) To trickle or slip away, waste away, perish, come to nothing; sravate brahma tasyāpi bhinnabhāṃḍātpayo yathā Bhāg.; Bk. 6. 18; Ms. 2. 74.
     (5) To spread about, get abroad, transpire (as a secret). --Caus. (srāvayati-te) To cause to flow, pour out, shed, spill (blood &c.); na gātrātsrāvayedasṛk Ms. 4. 169.

srut a. (Usually at the end of comp.) Flowing, dropping, pouring forth; svareṇa tasyāmamṛtasruteva Ku. 1. 45; Śi. 9. 68.

sruta p. p.
     (1) Flowed, trickled, dripping &c.
     (2) Gone.

srutiḥ f.
     (1) Flowing, oozing, distilling, trickling out; kīṭakṣatisrutibhirasramivodvamaṃtaḥ Mu. 6. 13; padaṃ tuṣārasrutidhautaraktaṃ Ku. 1. 6; R. 16. 44; Ki. 5. 44, 16. 2; kṣīrasrutisurabhayaḥ (vātāḥ) Me. 107 'exudation or flow of the sap.'
     (2) Exudation, resin.
     (3) A stream.
     (4) Ved. A path, road.

srughnaḥ N. of a district; paṃthāḥ srughnamupatiṣṭhate Sk.; (it was situated at some distance-at least one day's journey-from Pātaliputra q. v.; cf. na hi devadattaḥ srughne saṃnidhīyamānastadahareva pāṭaliputre saṃnidhīyate yugapadanekatra vṛttāvanekatvaprasaṃgāt S. B.

srughnī Natron.

sraughna a. (ghnī)
     (1) Belonging to, or coming from, Srughna.
     (2) Residing in Srughna. --ghnaḥ An inhabitant of Srughna. --ghnaṃ The gate leading to Srughna; cf P. IV. 3. 86.

sruc f. A sort of wooden ladle, used for pouring clarified butter on sacrificial fire; (usually made of trees like Palāśa or Khadira); R. 11. 25; Ms. 5. 117; Y. 1. 183.
     -- Comp.
          --praṇālikā the spout of a ladle.

sruvaḥ --vā
     (1) A sacrificial ladle.
     (2) A Soma ladle.
     (3) A spring, cascade.
     -- Comp.
          --hastaḥ N. of Śiva.

srū f.
     (1) A sacrificial ladle.
     (2) A spring or fountain.

srek 1. A(srekate) To go, move.

srai 1 P. (srāyati)
     (1) To boil.
     (2) To sweat; see śrai.

srotam A stream; see srotas.

srotas n. [sru-tasi]
     (1)
          (a) A stream, current, flow or course of water; purā yatra srotaḥ pulinamadhunā tatra saritāṃ U. 2. 27, Ms. 3. 163.
          (b) A torrent, rapid stream; nadatyākāśagaṃgāyāḥ srotasyuddāmadiggaje R. 1. 78; srotasevohyamānasya pratīpataraṇaṃ hi tat V. 2. 5.
     (2) A stream, river (in general); srotasāmasmi jāhnavī Bg. 10. 31.
     (3) A wave.
     (4) Water.
     (5) The canal of nutriment in the body.
     (6) An organ of sense; nigṛhya sarvasrotāṃsi Rām.
     (7) The trunk of an elephant.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃjanaṃ (srotoṃjanaṃ) antimony.
          --īśaḥ the ocean.
          --raṃdhraṃ an aperture of the proboscis or trunk of an elephant, a nostril; srotoṃradhradhvanitasubhagaṃ dāṃtībhiḥ pīyamānaḥ Me. 42 (see Malli. thereon); (written śrotoraṃdhra also q. v.).
          --vah f.,
          --vahā a river; srotovahāṃ pathi nikāmajalāmatītya jātaḥ sakhe praṇayavān mṛgatṛṣṇikāyāṃ S. 6. 15; 2. 17; kāryā saikatalīnahaṃsamithunā srotovahā mālinī 6. 16; R. 6. 52.

srotasyaḥ
     (1) N. of Śiva.
     (2) A thief.

srotasvatī, srotasvinī A river.

sva pron. a.
     (1) One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; svaniyogamaśūnyaṃ kuru S. 2; prajāḥ prajāḥ svā iva taṃtrayitvā 5. 5; oft. in comp. in this sense; svaṃputra, svakalatra, svadravya.
     (2) Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; sūryāpāye na khalu kamalaṃ puṣyati svāmabhikhyāṃ Me. 80; S. 1. 19; sa tasya svo bhāvaḥ prakṛtiniyatatvādakṛtakaḥ U. 6. 14.
     (3) Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; śūdraiva bhāryā śūdrasya sā ca svā ca viśaḥ smṛteḥ Ms. 3. 13, 5. 104. --svaḥ
     (1) One's own self.
     (2) A relative, kinsman; Pt. 2. 96; Ms. 2. 109.
     (3) The soul.
     (4) N. of Viṣṇu. --svaḥ, --svaṃ
     (1) Wealth, property; as in niḥsva q. v.
     (2) (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. dhana. --COMP. --akṣapādaḥ a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy. --akṣaraṃ one's own hand-writing. --adhikāraḥ one's own duty or sway; svādhikārātpramattaḥ Me. 1; svādhikārabhūmau S. 7. --adhiṣṭhānaṃ one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body. --adhīna a. 1. dependent on oneself, self-dependent. --2. independent. --3. one's own subject. --4. in one's own power; svādhīnā vacanīyatāpi hi varaṃ baddho na sevāṃjaliḥ Mk. 3. 11. -kuśala a. having prosperity in one's own power; svādhīnakuśalāḥ siddhimaṃtaḥ S. 4. -patikā, -bhartṛkā a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; atha sā nirgatābādhā rādhā svādhīnabhartṛkā . nijagāda ratiklāṃtaṃ kāṃtaṃ maṃḍanavāṃchayā Gīt. 12; see S. D. 112 et seq. --adhyāyaḥ 1. self-recitation, muttering to one-self. --2. study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books. --3. the Veda itself. --4. a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. -arthin m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms. 11. 1. --adhyāyin m. 1. a student of the Vedas. --2. a tradesman. --anubhavaḥ, --anubhūtiḥ f. 1. self-experience. --2. self-knowledge; svānubhūtyekasārāya namaḥ śāṃtāya tejase Bh. 2. 1. --anurūpa a. 1. natural, inborn. --2. worthy of oneself. --aṃtaṃ 1. the mind; Bv. 4. 5; Mv. 7. 17. --2. a cavern. --artha a. 1. self-interested. --2. having its own or true meaning. --3. having one's own object or aim. --4. pleonastic. (--rthaḥ) 1. one's own interest, self-interest; sarvaḥ svārthaṃ samīhate Śi2. 65; svārthātsatāṃ gurutarā praṇayikriyaiva V. 4. 15. --2. own or inherent meaning; svārthe ṇic, svārthe kapratyayaḥ &c.; Bv. 1. 79 (where both senses are intended). -anumānaṃ inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of anumāna, the other being parārthānumāna. -pāṃḍita a. 1. clever in one's own affairs. --2. expert in attending to one's own interests. -para, -parāyaṇa a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; Mu. 3. 4. -vighātaḥ frustration of one's object. -siddhiḥ f. fulfilment of one's own object. --āyatta a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; Bh. 2. 7. --icchā self-will, own inclination. -ācāraḥ acting as one likes; selfwill. -mṛtyuḥ an epithet of Bhīṣma. --udayaḥ the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place. --upadhiḥ a fixed star. --kaṃpanaḥ air, wind. --kāmin a. selfish. --kāryaṃ one's own business or interest. --kulakṣayaḥ a fish. --gatam ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical language). --chaṃda a. 1. self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton. --2. spontaneous. --3. wild. (--daḥ) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (--daṃ) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, voluntarily; svacchaṃdaṃ daladaraviṃda te maraṃdaṃ viṃdaṃto vidadhatu guṃjitaṃ miliṃdāḥ Bv. 115. --ja a. self-born. (--jaḥ) 1. a son or child. --2. sweat, perspiration. (--jā) a daughter. (--jaṃ) blood. --janaḥ 1. a kinsman, relative; itaḥ pratyādeśāt svajanamanugaṃtuṃ vyavasitā S. 6. 8, Pt. 1. 5. --2. one's own people or kindred, one's household. (svajanāyate Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt. 1. 5.). --jñātiḥ a kinsman. --taṃtra a. 1. self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, selfwilled. --2. of age, full-grown. (--traḥ) a blind man. --deśaḥ one's own country, native country. -jaḥ, -baṃdhuḥ a fellow-countryman. --dharmaḥ 1. one's own religion. --2. one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms. 1. 88, 91; svadharme nidhanaṃ śreyaḥ paradharmo bhayāvahaḥ Bg. 3. 35. --3. peculiarity, one's own property. --pakṣaḥ 1. one's own side or party. --2. a friend. --paramaṃḍalaṃ one's own and an enemy's country. --prakāśa a. 1. self-evident. --2. self-luminous. --prayogāt ind. by means of one's own efforts. --bhaṭaḥ 1. one's own warrior. --2. bodyguard. --bhāvaḥ 1. own state. --2. an essential or inherent property, natural constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; as in svabhāvo duratikramaḥ Subhāṣ.; so kuṭila-, śuddha-, mṛdu-, capala-, kaṭhina- &c. -uktiḥ f. 1. spontaneous declaration. --2. (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resemblance; svabhāvoktistu ḍiṃbhadiḥ svakriyārūpavarṇanaṃ K. P. 10, or nānāvasthaṃ padārthānāṃ rūpaṃ sākṣādvivṛṇvatī Kāv. 2. 8. -vādaḥ the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). -siddha a. natural, spontaneous, inborn. --bhūḥ 1. an epithet of Brahman. --2. of Śiva. --3. of Viṣṇu. --yoni a. related on the mother's side. (--m. f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (--f.) a sister or near female relative. --rasaḥ 1. natural taste. --2. proper taste or sentiment in composition. --3. a kind of astringent juice. --4. the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone). --rāj m. 1. the Supreme Being. --2. one of the seven rays of the sun. --rūpa a. 1. similar, like. --2. handsome, pleasing, lovely. --3. learned, wise. (--paṃ) 1. one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; Pt. 1. 159. --2. natural character or form, true constitution. --3. nature. --4. peculiar aim. --5. kind, sort, species. -asiddhi f. one of the three forms of fallacy called asiddha q. v. --lakṣaṇaṃ a peculiar characteristic or property. --vaśa a. 1. self-controlled. --2. independent. --vahita a. 1. self-impelled. --2. alert, active. --vāsinī a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house. --vṛtti a. living by one's own exertions. --saṃvṛta a. self-protected, self-guarded. --saṃsthā 1. self-abiding. --2. self-possession. --3. absorption in one's own self. --stha a. 1. self-abiding. --2. self-dependent, relying on one's own exertions, confident, firm, resolute. --3. independent. --4. doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; svastha evāsmi Māl. 4; svasthe ko vā na paṃḍitaḥ Pt. 1. 127; see asvastha also. --5. contented, happy. (--sthaṃ) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly. --sthānaṃ one's own place or home, one's own abode; nakraḥ svasthānamāsādya gajeṃdramapi karṣati Pt. 3. 46. --hastaḥ one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under hasta. --hastikā an axe. --hita a. beneficial to oneself. (--taṃ) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare.

svaka a. One's own, own.

svakīya a.
     (1) One's own, own.
     (2) Of one's own family. --yā One's own wife.

svatas ind.
     (1) Of oneself, by oneself (used reflexively).
     (2) From oneself.
     -- Comp.
          --pramāṇa, --siddha a. self-evident, self-proved, axiomatic.

svatvam
     (1) Self-existence.
     (2) Ownership, proprietory right.

svaṃ(k)g 1 P. (svaṃ-ka-gati) To go, move.

svaccha a. [suṣṭhu acchaḥ prā-]
     (1) Very clear or transparent, pure, bright, pellucid; svacchasphaṭika, svacchamuktāphalaṃ &c.
     (2) White.
     (3) Beautiful.
     (4) Healthy. --cchaḥ A crystal. --cchā White Dūrvā grass. --cchaṃ
     (1) A pearl.
     (2) Pure chalk.
     -- Comp.
          --patraṃ talc.
          --vālukaṃ pure chalk.
          --maṇiḥ a crystal.

svaṃj 1 A. (svaṃjate; the s being changed to ṣ after prepositions ending in i or u)
     (1) To embrace, clasp; kayācidācuṃbya cirāya sasvaje Bv. 2. 178; paryaśrurasvajata mūrdhani copajaghrau R. 13. 70.
     (2) To encircle, twist round.

svaṃgaḥ An embrace.

svaṃjanam The act of embracing, an embrace.

svaṭh 10 U. (sva-svā-ṭhāti-te)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To finish.

svad I. 1 A. (svadate, svadita)
     (1) To be liked, be sweet, be pleasant to the taste (with dat. of person); yajñadattāya svadate'pūpaḥ Kāśikā; apāṃ hi tṛptāya na vāridhārā svāduḥ sugaṃdhiḥ svadate tuṣārā N. 3. 93; sasvade mukhasuraṃ pramadābhyaḥ Śi. 10. 23.
     (2) To taste, relish, eat.
     (3) To please.
     (4) To sweeten. --II. 10 U. or Caus. (svādayati-te)
     (1) To cause to taste or eat.
     (2) To taste.
     (3) To sweeten.

svadanam Tasting, eating.

svadita p. p. Tasted, eaten. --taṃ An exclamation meaning 'may it be well tasted or relished', uttered at a Śrāddha ceremony after the presentation of rice-balls or oblations of food to the Manes; Ms. 3. 251, 254.

svadhā [svad-ā pṛṣo- dasya dhaḥ]
     (1) One's own nature or determination, spontaneity.
     (2) One's own will or pleasure.
     (3) The oblation of food offered to the Pitṛs or Manes of deceased ancestors; svadhāsaṃgrahatatparāḥ R. 1. 66, Ms. 9. 142, Y. 1. 102.
     (4) The food offered to the Manes personified.
     (5) Food or oblation in general.
     (6) One's own portion or share.
     (7) A Śrāddha or funeral ceremony.
     (8) N. of Māya or illusion. --ind. An exclamation uttered on offering an oblation to the Manes (with dat.); pitṛbhyaḥ svadhā Sk.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. offering oblations to the Pitṛs.
          --kāraḥ the exclamation Svadhā; pūtaṃ hi tadgṛhaṃ yatra svadhākāraḥ pravartate. --ninayanaṃ a formula or sacred text used in making the oblations to the Pitṛs.
          --priyaḥ 1. Agni or fire. --2. black sesamum.
          --bhuj m. 1. a deceased or deified ancestor. --2. a god, deity.

svadhitiḥ m. f., svadhitī An axe.

svan 1 P. (svanati)
     (1) To sound, make a noise; pūrṇāḥ parośca sasvanuḥ Bk. 14. 3; veṇavaḥ kīcakāste syurye svanaṃtyaniloddhatāḥ Bk.
     (2) To hum (as a bee); S. 1. 24.
     (3) To sing. --Caus. (svanayati-te)
     (1) To cause to resound
     (2) To sound.
     (3) To adorn (svānayati in this sense).

svanaḥ [svan-ap] Sound, noise; śivāghorasvanāṃ paścād bubudhe vikṛteti tāṃ R. 12, 39; śaṃkhasvanaḥ &c.
     -- Comp.
          --utsāhaḥ a rhinoceros.

svaniḥ Sound, noise.

svanika a. Sounding; as in pāṇisvanikaḥ 'one who claps his hands'.

svanita a. [svan-karttari kta] Sounded, sounding, making a noise. --taṃ
     (1) The noise of thunder, thunderclap; cf. stanita.
     (2) Noise, sound (in general).

svap 2 P. (svapiti, supta; pass. suṣyate; desid. suṣupsati) (rarely 1 U. svapati-te)
     (1) To sleep, fall asleep, go to sleep; asaṃjātakiṇaskaṃdhaḥ sukhaṃ svapiti gaurgaḍiḥ K. P. 10; itaḥ svapiti keśavaḥ Bh. 2. 76.
     (2) To recline, repose, lie down, rest.
     (3) To be absorbed in; Bv. 4. 19. --Caus. (svāpayati-te) To cause to sleep, rock to sleep. --WITH ava, --ni, pra, or saṃ to sleep, lie down; prasuptalakṣaṇaḥ Māl. 7; Ku. 2 42; R. 11. 44.

svapanam Sleeping, dreaming, sleep.

svapnaḥ [svap --bhāve nak]
     (1) Sleeping, sleep; akāle bodhito bhrātrā priyasvapno vṛthā bhavān R. 12. 81, 7. 61, 12. 70; Ku. 2. 8.
     (2) A dream, dreaming svapneṃdrajālasaṭṭaśaḥ khalu jīvalokaḥ Śānti.; 2. 2; svapno nu māyā nu matibhramo nu S. 6. 9, R. 10. 60.
     (3) Sloth, indolence, sleepiness.
     -- Comp.
          --avasthā a state of dreaming.
          --upama a. 1. resembling a dream. --2. unreal or illusory (like a dream).
          --kara, --kṛt a. inducing sleep, soporific, narcotic.
          --gṛhaṃ --niketanaṃ a sleeping-room, bed-chamber.
          --doṣaḥ involuntary seminal discharge, pollutio nocturna.
          --dhāgamya a. perceptible by the intellect only when it is in a state of sleep-like abstraction; Ms. 12. 122.
          --prapaṃcaḥ the illusion of sleep, the world appearing in a dream.
          --vicāraḥ interpretation of dreams.
          --śīla a. disposed to sleep, sleepy, drowsy.
          --sṛṣṭiḥ f. the creation of dreams or illusions in sleep.

svapnaj a. Sleepy, sleeping, drowsy.

svamekaḥ A year.

svayam ind.
     (1) Oneself, in one's own person (used reflexively and applicable to all persons, such as myself, ourselves, thyself, himself &c. &c., and sometimes used with other pronouns for the sake of emphasis); viṣavṛkṣopi saṃvardhya svayaṃ chettumasāṃprataṃ Ku. 2. 55; yasya nāsti svayaṃ prajñā śāstraṃ tasya karoti kiṃ Subhaṣ.; R. 1. 70; 3. 20, 2. 56; Ms. 5. 39.
     (2) Spontaneously, of one's own accord, without trouble or exertion; svayamevotpadyaṃta evaṃvidhāḥ kulapāṃśavo niḥsnehāḥ paśavaḥ K.
     -- Comp.
          --arjita a. self-acquired.
          --uktiḥ f. 1. voluntary declaration. --2. information, deposition (in law).
          --upāgataḥ a son who offers himself voluntarily to an adoptive parent.
          --kṛta a. self-made, natural. (
          --taḥ) an artificial or adopted son.
          --grahaḥ taking for one-self (without leave).
          --grāha a. voluntary, self-choosing. (
          --haḥ) self-choice, self-election; Ku. 3. 7, Māl. 6. 7.
          --jāta a. self-born.
          --datta a. self-given. (
          --ttaḥ) a boy who has given himself to be adopted (by his adoptive parents); one of the twelve kinds of sons recognised in Hindu law).
          --bhuḥ N. of Brahman; śaṃbhusvayaṃbhuharayo hariṇekṣaṇānāṃ yenākriyaṃta satataṃ gṛhakarmadāsāḥ Bh. 1. 1.
          --bhuvaḥ the first Manu. --2. N. of Brahman. --3. of Śiva.
          --bhū a. self-existent. (
          --bhūḥ) 1. N. of Brahman. --2. of Viṣṇu. --3. of Śiva. --4. of Kala or time personified. --5. of Kāmadeva. --6. a Jaina deified saint. --7. the female breast. --8. the Supreme Being.
          --bhūtaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --varaḥ self-choice, self-election (of a husband by the bride herself), choicemarriage.
          --varā a maiden who chooses her own husband.
          --śreṣṭhaḥ N. of Śiva.

svar 10 U. (svarayati-te) To find fault, blame, reprove, censure.

svar ind.
     (1) Heaven, paradise; as in svarloka, svarveśyā, svarbhānuḥ, &c.
     (2) The heaven of Indra and the temporary abode of the virtuous after death.
     (3) The sky, ether.
     (4) The space above the sun or between the sun and the polar star.
     (5) The third of the three Vyāhṛtis, pronounced by every Brāhmaṇa in his daily prayers, see vyāhṛti.
     (6) Radiance, splendour.
     (7) Water.
     -- Comp.
          --āpagā, --gaṃgā 1. the celestial Ganges. --2. the galaxy or milky way.
          --gatiḥ f.
          --gamanaṃ 1. going to heaven, future felicity. --2. death.
          --giriḥ Sumeru.
          --taruḥ (svastaruḥ) a tree of paradise.
          --ṭṭaś m. 1. an epithet of Indra. --2. of Agni. --3. of Soma.
          --nadī (forming svarṇadī) the celestial Ganges.
          --bhānavaḥ a kind of precious stone.
          --bhānuḥ N. of Rāhu; tulye'parādhe svarbhānurbhānumaṃtaṃ cireṇa yat . himāṃśumāśu grasate tanmradimnaḥ sphuṭaṃ phalaṃ Śi. 2. 49. -sūdanaḥ the sun.
          --madhyaṃ the cen. tral point of the sky, the zenith,
          --lokaḥ the celestial world, heaven.
          --vadhūḥ f. a celestial damselan apsaras.
          --vāpī the Ganges.
          --veśyā 'a courtezan of heaven', a celestial nymph, an apsaras.
          --vaidya m. pl. an epithet of the two Aśvins.
          --ṣā 1. an epithet of Soma. --2. of the thunderbolt of Indra.
          --siṃdhu = svargaṃgā q. v.

svaraḥ [svar-ac, svṛ-ap vā]
     (1) Sound, noise.
     (2) Voice; svareṇa tasyāmamṛtasrutave prajalpitāyāmabhijātavāci Ku. 1. 45.
     (3) A note of the musical scale or gamut, a tone, tune; (these are seven: --niṣādarṣabhagāṃdhāraṣaḍjamadhyamadhaivatāḥ .. paṃcamaścetyamī sapta taṃtrīkaṃṭhotthitāḥ svarāḥ Ak.).
     (4) The number 'seven'.
     (5) A vowel.
     (6) An accent; (these are three; udātta, anudātta, and svarita q. q. v. v.).
     (7) Air breathed through the nostrils.
     (3) Snoring. --rā N. of the chief wife of Brahman.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśaḥ a half or quarter tone (in music).
          --aṃtaraṃ the interval between two vowels, hiatus.
          --udaya a. followed by a vowel. (
          --yaḥ) the production of sound.
          --upadha a. preceded by a vowel.
          --grāmaḥ the musical scale, gamut.
          --pattanaṃ N. of the Sāma-veda.
          --baddha composed in musical measure.
          --bhaktiḥ f. a vowel-sound phonetically inserted in the pronunciation of r or l when these letters are followed by a sibilant or any single consonant; (e. g. varṣa pronounced as variṣa). --bhaṃgaḥ 1 indistinctness of utterance, broken articulation. --2. hoarseness or cracking of voice.
          --maṃḍala the circle of notes, arrangement of musical scales; Pt. 5. 54.
          --maṃḍalikā a kind of lute (vīṇā). --lāsikā a flute, pipe.
          --śūnya a. without musical notes, unmelodious, unmusical.
          --saṃyogaḥ 1. the junction of vowels --2. the union of notes or sounds, i. e. voice; anya evaiṣa svarasaṃyogaḥ Mk. 1, 3; U. 3; paṃḍitakauśikyā iva svarasaṃyogaḥ śrūyate M. 5.
          --saṃkramaḥ 1. a transition or succession of notes; taṃ tasya svarasaṃkramaṃ mṛdugiraḥ śliṣṭaṃ ca taṃtrīsvaṃnam Mk. 3. 5.
     (2) the gamut. --saṃdhiḥ the coalition of vowels. --sāman m. pl. epithets of particular days in a sacrificial session.

svaravat a.
     (1) Having sound, sonorous.
     (2) Having a voice.
     (3) Vocal.
     (4) Having an accent, accented.

svarita a. [svaro jāto'sya itac]
     (1) Sounded.
     (2) Sounded as a note, pitched.
     (3) Articulated.
     (4) Circumflexed.
     (5) Accented. --taḥ The third or mixed tone lying between high and low; samāhāraḥ svaritaḥ P. I. 2. 31; see Sk. thereon.

svaruḥ [svṛ-u]
     (1) Sunshine.
     (2) A part of a sacrificial post.
     (3) A sacrifice.
     (4) A thunderbolt.
     (5) An arrow.

svarus m. A thunderbolt.

svargaḥ Heaven, Indra's paradise; aho svargādadhikataraṃ nirvṛtisthānaṃ S. 7.
     -- Comp.
          --āpagā the celestial Ganges.
          --okas m. a god, deity.
          --kāma a. desirous of heaven.
          --giriḥ the heavenly mountain Sumeru.
          --da, --prada a. procuring (entrance into) paradise.
          --dvāraṃ heaven's gate, the door of paradise, entrance into heaven; svargadvārakapāṭapāṭanapaṭurdharmo'pi nāporjitaḥ Bh. 3. 11.
          --patiḥ, --bhartṛ m. Indra.
          --lokaḥ
     (1) the celestial region.
     (2) paradise. -īśvaraḥ 1. Indra. --2 the body. --vadhūḥ, strī f. a celestial damsel, heavenly nymph, an apsaras; svargastrīṇāṃ pariṣvaṃgaḥ kathaṃ martyena labhyate, --sādhanaṃ the means of attaining heaven.

svargin a. [svargo'styasya bhogyatvena ini] Belonging to heaven, heavenly. --m.
     (1) A god, deity, an immortal; tvamapi vitatayajñaḥ svargiṇaḥ prīṇayālaṃ S. 7. 34; Me. 30; Ku. 2. 45.
     (2) A dead or deceased man.

svargīya, svargya a.
     (1) Heavenly, celestial, divine.
     (2) Leading to heaven, procuring entrance into heaven; Ms. 4. 13, 5. 48.

svarjikaḥ, svarjin m.
     (1) Natron.
     (2) Salt-petre, nitre.

svarṇam [suṣṭhu arṇo varṇo yasya]
     (1) Gold.
     (2) A golden coin.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ the Aragvadha tree.
          --ariḥ sulphur.
          --kaṇaḥ, --kaṇikā a grain of gold.
          --kāya a. golden-bodied. (
          --yaḥ) N. of Garuḍa.
          --kāraḥ, --kṛt a goldsmith.
          --gairikaṃ a kind of red chalk.
          --cūḍaḥ
     (1) the blue jay.
     (2) a cock. --jaṃ tin. --dīdhitiḥ fire. --pakṣaḥ N. of Garuḍa. --padmā the celestial Ganges. --pāṭhakaḥ borax. --puṣpaḥ the Champaka tree. --baṃdhaḥ a deposit of gold. --biṃduḥ N. of Viṣṇu. --bhṛṃgāraḥ a golden vase. --mākṣikaṃ a kind of mineral substance. --yūthī --yūthikā yellow jasmine. --rekhā, --lekhā a streak of gold. --vaṇij m.
     (1) a goldmerchant.
     (2) a money-changer. --varṇā turmeric.

svarṇaka a. Golden, made of gold.

svard 1 A. (svardate) To taste, relish.
     (2) To be pleasing.

sval 1 P. (svalati) To go, move.

svalpa a. [suṣṭhu alpaṃ prā. sa] (compar. svalpīyas; superl. svalpiṣṭha)
     (1) Very small or little, minute.
     (2) Trifling, insignificant.
     (3) Brief, short; svalpaṃ tathāyuḥ Pt. 1.
     (4) Very few.
     -- Comp.
          --āhāra a. eating very little, most abstemious.
          --kaṃkaḥ a species of heron.
          --keśarin m. the Kovidāra tree.
          --bala a. very feeble or weak.
          --viṣayaḥ 1. an insignificant matter. --2. a small part.
          --vyayaḥ very little expenditure, stinginess.
          --vrīḍa a. having little shame, shameless, impudent.
          --śarīra a. diminutive, dwarfish.

svalpaka a. Very little, very small or few.

svalpīyas a. Much less, smaller, more minute (compar. of svalpa q. v.).

svalpiṣṭha a. Smallest, least, most minute (superl. of svalpa q. v.).

svaśuraḥ A father-in-law; cf. śvaśura.

svasṛ f. [su-as-ṛn; Uṇ. 2. 97] A sister; svasāramādāya vidarbhanāthaḥ purapraveśābhimukho babhūva R. 7. 1, 29.
     (2) A finger (Ved.).

svasṛt a. Going or moving at will or pleasure.

svask 1 A (svaskate) See ṣvask.

svasti ind. A particle meaning 'may it be well with (one)', 'farewell,' 'hail', 'adieu' (with dat.); svasti bhavate S. 2; svastyastu te R. 5. 17; it is also used in expressing one's approbation; (often used at the beginning of letters).
     -- Comp.
          --ayanaṃ 1. a means of securing prosperity. --2. the averting of evil by the recitation of mantras or performance of expiatory rites. --3. the benediction of a Brāhmaṇa after presentation of offerings; prāsthānikaṃ svastyayanaṃ prayujya R. 2. 70.
          --daḥ, --bhāvaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --mukhaḥ
     (1) a letter. --2. a Brahmaṇa. --. a bard; panegyrist. --vācanaṃ, --vācanakaṃ, --vācanikaṃ 1. a religious rite preparatory to a sacrifice or any religious or solemn observance. --2. a complimentary or congratulatory present of flowers &c. to any one attended with good wishes and blessings. --vācyaṃ congratulation, invoking blessings.

svastikaḥ [svasti śubhāya hitaṃ ka]
     (1) A kind of mystical mark on persons or things denoting good luck.
     (2) A lucky object.
     (3) The meeting of four roads.
     (4) The crossing of the arms, making a sign like the cross; stanavinihitahastasvastikābhirvadhūbhiḥ Māl. 4. 10; Śi. 10. 43.
     (5) A palace of a particular form.
     (6) A particular symbol made with ground rice and shaped like a triangle.
     (7) A kind of cake.
     (8) A voluptuary, libertine.
     (9) Garlic. --kaḥ, --kaṃ
     (1) A mansion or temple of a particular form with a terrace in front.
     (2) A particular mode of sitting practised by Yogins.

svastimat a. Doing well, happy, safe; R. 2. 48.

svasrīyaḥ svasreyaḥ A sister's son.

svasrīyā, svasreyī A sister's daughter.

svāgatam [sukhena āgataṃ suṣṭhu āgataṃ vā] Welcome, happy arrival (used chiefly in greeting a person who is put in the dative case); svāgataṃ devyai M. 1; (tasmai) prītaḥ prītipramukhavacanaṃ svāgataṃ vyājahāra Me. 4; svāgataṃ svānadhīkārān prabhāvairavalaṃbya vaḥ . yugapad yugabāhubhyaḥ prāptebhyaḥ prājyavikramāḥ Ku. 2. 18.

svāṃkikaḥ A drummer.

svācchaṃdyam [svacchaṃdasya bhāvaḥ ṣyañ] The power of following one's own will or fancy, wilfulness, independence; kanyāpradānaṃ svācchaṃdyādāsuro dharma ucyate Ms. 3. 31. (svācchaṃdyena, svācchaṃdyatas mean 'wilfully', 'voluntarily').

svātaṃtryam [svataṃtrasya bhāvaḥ ṣya =]
     (1) Freedom of will, independence; na strī svātaṃtryamarhati Ms. 9. 3; na svātaṃtryaṃ kvacit striyāḥ Y. 1. 85.
     (2) (In phil.) Free will.

svātiḥ --tī f. [svenaiva atati atin strītvapakṣe vā ṅīp]
     (1) One of the wives of the sun.
     (2) A sword.
     (3) An auspicious constellation.
     (4) The star Arcturus, considered as forming the fifteenth lunar asterism; svātyāṃ sāgaraśuktisaṃpuṭagataṃ sanmauktikaṃ jāyate Bh. 2. 67.
     -- Comp.
          --yogaḥ conjunction with Svāti.

svād See svad.

svādaḥ, svādanam [svad-svād-vā ghañ]
     (1) Taste, flavour.
     (2) Tasting, eating, drinking.
     (3) Liking, relishing, enjoyment.
     (4) Sweetening.

svādita p. p.
     (1) Tasted, relished.
     (2) Sweetened.
     (3) Pleased.

svādiman m. Savouriness, sweetness.

svādiṣṭha a. Very sweet, sweetest (superl. of svādu q. v.); kiṃ svādiṣṭhaṃ jagatyasmin sadā sadbhiḥ samāgamaḥ.

svādīyas a. Sweeter, very sweet (compar. of svādu q. v.); kāvyāmṛtarasāsvādaḥ svādīyānamṛtādapi.

svādu a. [svad-uṇ] (du or dvī f.; compar. svādīyas, superl. svādiṣṭha)
     (1) Sweet, pleasant to the taste, sapid, savoury, dainty, tasteful; tṛṣā śuṣyatyāsye pibati salilaṃ svādu surabhi Bh. 3. 92, Me. 24.
     (2) Pleasing, agreeable, attractive, lovely, charming. --m.
     (1) Sweet flavour, sweetness of taste, relish.
     (2) Treacle, molasses. --n. Sweetness, relish, taste; kaviḥ kareti kāvyāni svādu jānāti paṃḍitaḥ Subhāṣ. --duḥ f. A grape.
     -- Comp.
          --anna sweet or choice food, dainties, delicacies.
          --amlaḥ the pomegranate tree.
          --khaṃḍaḥ 1. a piece of any sweet substance. --2. molasses.
          --dhanvan m. N. of the god of love.
          --phalaṃ the jujube. (
          --lā) the jujube tree.
          --mūlaṃ a carrot.
          --rasā 1. the fruit of the hog-plum. --2. the Śatāvarī plant. --3. the root kākolī. --4. spirituous liquor. --5. a grape.
          --śuddhaṃ 1. rock-salt. --2. marine-salt.

svādvī Vine, grape.

svānaḥ Sound, noise.

svāpaḥ [svap-ghañ]
     (1) Sleep, sleeping; U. 1. 37.
     (2) Dreaming, dream.
     (3) Sleepiness, sloth.
     (4) Paralysis, palsy, insensibility.
     (5) Temporary or partial loss of sensation from pressure on a nerve, numbness.

svāpateyam [svapaterāgataṃ ḍhañ] Wealth, property; svāpateyakṛte martyāḥ kiṃ kiṃ nāma na kurvate Pt. 2. 156; Śi. 14. 9.

svāpadaḥ See śvāpada.

svābhāvika a. (kī f.) [svabhāvādāgataḥ ḍhañ] Belonging to one's own nature, innate, inherent, peculiar, natural; svābhāvikaṃ vinītatvaṃ teṣāṃ vinayakarmaṇā . mumūrccha sahajaṃ tejo haviṣeva havirbhujāṃ R. 10. 79, 5. 69, Ku. 6. 71. --kāḥ m. pl. A sect of Buddhists who accounted for all things by the laws of nature.

svābhāvyam Naturalness, natural state or character.

svāmin a. (nī f.) [sva-astyarthe mini dīrghaḥ] Possessing proprietory rights. --m.
     (1) A proprietor, an owner.
     (2) A lord, master; raghusvāminaḥ saccaritraṃ Vikr. 18. 107.
     (4) A sovereign, king, monarch.
     (5) A husband.
     (6) A spiritual preceptor.
     (7) A learned Brāhmaṇa, an ascetic or religious man of the highest order; (in this sense usually added to proper names).
     (8) An epithet of Kārtikeya.
     (9) Of Viṣṇu. (10) Of Śiva.
     (11) Of the sage Vātsyāyana.
     (12) Of Garuḍa.
     -- Comp.
          --upakārakaḥ a horse.
          --kāryaṃ the business of a king or master.
          --jaṃghin m. N. of Paraśurāma.
          --pāla m. du. the owner and the keeper (of cattle); Ms. 8. 5.
          --bhāvaḥ the state of a lord or owner, ownership.
          --mūla a. originating in or derived from a master or lord.
          --vātsalyaṃ affection for the husband or lord.
          --sadbhāvaḥ 1. existence of a master or owner. --2. goodness of a master or lord.
          --sevā 1. the service of a master. --2. respect for a husband.

svāmitā --tvam
     (1) Ownership, mastership, proprietory right.
     (2) Lordship, sovereignty.

svāminī A mistress, proprietress.

svāmyam
     (1) Mastership, lordship, ownership.
     (2) Right or title to property.
     (3) Rule, supremacy, dominion.

svāyaṃbhuva a. (vī f.)
     (1) Relating to Brahman; Ku. 2. 1.
     (2) Descended from Brahman; S. 7. 9. --vaḥ An epithet of the first Manu (as he was a son of Brahman).

svārasika a. (kī f.) Possessing inherent flavour or sweetness (said of a poetical composition).

svārasyam
     (1) Possessing natural flavour or excellence.
     (2) Elegance, fitness.

svārāj m. An epithet of Indra.

svārājyam
     (1) The dominion of heaven, Indra's heaven.
     (2) Identification with the self-refulgent (Brahman).

svārociṣaḥ, svārocis m. N. of the second Manu; see under manu.

svālakṣaṇyam Peculiar characteristics, natural disposition; Ms. 9. 19.

svālpa a. (lpī f.)
     (1) Little, small.
     (2) Few. --lpaṃ
     (1) Littleness, smallness.
     (2) Smallness of number.

svāsthyam
     (1) Self-reliance, selfdependence.
     (2) Fortitude, resoluteness, firmness.
     (3) Sound state, health.
     (4) Prosperity, well-being, comfortableness.
     (5) Ease, satisfaction, spirits; labdhaṃ mayā svāsthyaṃ S. 4.

svāhā
     (1) An oblation or offering made to all gods indiscriminately.
     (2) N. of the wife of Agni. --ind. An exclamation used in offering oblations to the gods (with dat.); iṃdrāya svāhā; agnaye svāhā &c.
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ utterance of the exclamation Svāhā; svāhāsvadhākāravivarjitāni śmaśānatulyāni gṛhāṇi tāni--patiḥ, --priyaḥ Agni or fire.
          --bhuj m. a god, deity.

svid ind. A particle of interrogation or inquiry, often implying 'doubt', or 'surprise', and translateable by 'what', 'hey'. 'hallo', 'can it be that'. It is added to interrogative pronouns in this sense or to give an indefinite sense; kāsvidavaguṃṭhanavatī nātiparisphuṭaśarīralāvaṇyā S. 5. 13; Me. 14. It is sometimes used disjunctively in the sense of 'either,' 'or', with nu, uta, vā &c.; see Ki. 8. 35, 12. 15, 13. 8, 14. 60; āho also.

svid I. 4 P. (svidyati, svidita or svinna) To sweat, perspire; svidyati kūṇati vellati K. P. 10; U. 3. 41, Ku. 7. 77; Māl. 1. 35; sa tvāṃ paśyati kaṃpate pulakayatyānaṃdati svidyati Gīt. 11. --II. 1 A. (svedate, svinna or svodita)
     (1) To be anointed.
     (2) To be greasy or unctuous; Māl. 5. 17.
     (3) To be disturbed. --Caus. (svedadayati-te)
     (1) To cause to perspire.
     (2) To heat.

svinna p. p. [svid-kta]
     (1) Perspiring, covered with sweat.
     (2) Steeped.
     (3) Cooked, boiled.

svīkṛ 8 U.
     (1) To make one's own, appropriate, claim.
     (2) To take, accept.
     (3) To admit, grant, assume (in argument).
     (4) To assent or agree to, accede.

svīkaraṇaṃ, svīkāraḥ, svīkṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Taking, accepting.
     (2) Assenting, agreeing, promising, an assent, a promise.
     (3) Espousal, wedding, marriage; S. 5.

svīya a. Own, one's own; lokālokavisāri tena vihitaṃ svīyaṃ viśuddhaṃ yaśaḥ; S. D. 97.

svurcch 1 P. (svūrcchati)
     (1) To spread, extend.
     (2) To forget.

svṛ 1. P. (svarati; desid. sisvariṣati, susvūrṣati)
     (1) To sound, recite.
     (2) To praise.
     (3) To pain or be pained.
     (4) To go. --WITH abhi, --pra to sound. --saṃ to pain (Atm.); Bk. 9. 28.

svṝ 9 P. (svṛṇāti) To hurt, kill.

svek 1 A. (svekate) To go.

svedaḥ [svid-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Sweat, perspiration; aṃgulisvedena dūṣyerannakṣarāṇi V. 2.
     (2) Heat, warmth.
     (3) Vapour.
     -- Comp.
          --udaṃ, --udakaṃ, --jalaṃ perspiration.
          --cūṣakaḥ a cooling breeze (sucking up swent).
          --ja a. generated by warm vapour or sweat (said of insects).

svedanam [svid-ṇic-lyuṭ]
     (1) Perspiration, sweat.
     (2) Causing to sweat.
     (3) A diaphoretic.

svedanikā
     (1) A boiler, sauce-pan.
     (2) Kitchen.

svedanī A frying-pan, sauce-pan.

svaira a. [svasya īram īr-ac vṛddhiḥ]
     (1) Following one's own will or fancy, self-willed, wanton, uncontrolled, unrestrained; baddhamiva svairagatirjanamiha sukhasaṃginamavaimi S. 5. 11; avyāhataiḥ svairagataiḥ sa tasyāḥ R. 2. 5.
     (2) Free, unreserved, confidential; as in svairālāpa Mu. 4. 8.
     (3) Slow, mild, gentle; Mu. 1. 2.
     (4) Dull, lazy.
     (5) Dependent on one's will, voluntary, optional. --raṃ Wilfulness, wantonness. --raṃ ind.
     (1) At will or pleasure, as one likes, at perfect ease; sārthāḥ svairaṃ svakīyeṣu cerurveśmasvivādriṣu R. 17. 64.
     (2) Of one's own accord, spontaneously.
     (3) Slowly, gently, mildly; U. 3. 2.
     (4) Lowly, in an under-tone. inaudibly, (opp. spaṣṭa); paścātsvaira gaja iti kila vyāhṛtaṃ satyavācā Ve. 3. 9.
     -- Comp.
          --ālāpaḥ confidential talk.
          --vṛtta, --vṛtti, --ācāra a. acting as one likes, following one's own will, self-willed.

svairatā --tvam Wantonness, freedom of will and action, independence.

svairiṇī A loose or unchaste woman, a wanton woman, an adulteress; Y. 1. 67.

svairin a. Self-willed, wanton, unrestrained, uncontrolled.

svairiṃdhrī See saraiṃdhrī.

svorasaḥ The residue or sediment of oily substances ground with a stone.

svovaśīyam Happiness, prosperity (especially as regards future life).

ha

ha ind. An emphatic particle used to lay stress on the preceding word and translateable by 'verily', 'indeed', 'certainly', &c.; but it is often used expletively without any particular signification, especially in Vedic literature; tasya ha śataṃ jāyā babhūvuḥ; tasya ha parvatanāradau gṛha ūṣatuḥ &c. Ait. Br. It is sometimes used as a vocative particle and rarely of disdain or laughter. --haḥ
     (1) A form of Śiva.
     (2) Water.
     (3) Sky.
     (4) Blood.
     (5) A cipher.
     (6) Meditation.
     (7) Auspiciousness.
     (8) Paradise.
     (9) Heaven. (10) Drying.
     (11) Fear.
     (12) Knowledge.
     (13) The moon.
     (14) N. of Viṣṇu.
     (15) War, battle.
     (16) A horse.
     (17) Pride.
     (18) Horripilation.
     (19) A physician. (20) Cause, motive. --haṃ
     (1) The Supreme Spirit.
     (2) Pleasure, delight.
     (3) A weapon.
     (4) The sparkling of a gem.
     (5) The sound of a lute (--m. also according to some in these senses).

haṃsaḥ [has-ac-pṛṣo- varṇāgamaḥ] (said to be derived from has; cf. bhavedvarṇāgamād haṃsaḥ Sk.)
     (1) A swan, goose, duck, flamingo; haṃsāḥ saṃprati pāṃḍavā iva vanādajñātacaryāṃ gatāḥ Mk. 5. 6; na śobhate sabhāmadhye haṃsamadhye bako yathā Subhāṣ., R. 17. 25. (the description of this bird, as given by Sanskrit writers, is more poetical than real; he is described as forming the vehicle of the god Brahman, and as ready to fly towards the Mānasa lake at the approach of rains; cf. mānasa. According to a very general poetical convention he is represented as being gifted with the peculiar power of separating milk from water; e. g. sāraṃ tato grāhyamapāsya phalgu haṃso yathā kṣīramivāṃbumadhyāt Pt. 1; haṃso hi kṣīramādatte tanmiśrā varjayatyapaḥ S. 6. 27; nīrakṣīraviveke haṃsālasyaṃ tvameva tanuṣe cet . viśvasminnadhunānyaḥ kulavrataṃ pālayiṣyati kaḥ Bv. 1. 13; see Bh. 2. 18 also).
     (2) The Supreme Soul, Brahman.
     (3) The individual soul, (jīvātman).
     (4) One of the vital airs.
     (5) The sun.
     (6) Śiva.
     (7) Viṣṇu.
     (8) Kāmadeva.
     (9) An unambitious monarch. (10) An ascetic of a particular order.
     (11) A spiritual preceptor.
     (12) One free from malice, a pure person.
     (13) A mountain.
     (14) Envy, malice.
     (15) A buffalo. --sau (m. pl.). N. of a tribe said to live in the Plaksha-Dvīpa.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśu a. white.
          --aṃghriḥ vermilion.
          --adhirūḍhā an epithet of Sarasvatī.
          --abhikhyaṃ silver.
          --ārūḍhaḥ N. of Brahman.
          --kāṃtā a female goose.
          --kīlakaḥ a particular mode of sexual enjoyment.
          --kūṭaḥ 1. N. of the peaks of the Himalaya. --2. the hump on the shoulder of an ox; (for aṃsakūṭa). --gati a. having a swan's gait, stalking in a stately manner.
          --gadgadā a sweetly speaking woman.
          --gāminī 1. a woman having graceful gait like that of a swan; Ms. 3. 10. --2. N. of Brahmāṇī.
          --tūlaḥ --laṃ the soft feathers or down of a goose.
          --dāhanaṃ aloe-wood.
          --nādaḥ the cackling of a goose.
          --nādinī a woman of a particular class (described as having a slender waist, large hips, the gait of an elephant and the voice of a cuckoo; gajeṃdragamanā tanvī kokilālāpasaṃyutā . nitaṃbe gurviṇī yā syāt sā smṛtā haṃsanādinī). --pādaṃ vermilion.
          --mālā a flight of swans; Ku. 1. 30.
          --yuvan m. a young goose or swan.
          --rathaḥ, --vāhanaḥ epithets of Brahman.
          --rājaḥ a king of geese.
          --lomaśaṃ green sulphate of iron.
          --lohakaṃ brass.
          --śreṇī a line of geese.

haṃsakaḥ
     (1) A goose, flamingo.
     (2) An ornament for the ankles (nūpura or pādakaṭaka); sarita iva savibhramaprapātapraṇaditahaṃsakabhūṣaṇā virejuḥ Śi. 7. 23 (where the word is used in the first sense also; see haṃsa above for other senses).

haṃsikā, haṃsī A female goose.

haṃho ind.
     (1) A vocative particle corresponding to, 'ho,' 'hallo'; haṃho cinmayacittacaṃdramaṇayaḥ saṃvardhayadhvaṃ rasān Chandr. 1. 2.
     (2) A particle expressing haughtiness or contempt.
     (3) A particle of interrogation. (In dramas it is mostly used as a form of address by characters of the middling class; haṃho bāhmaṇa mā kuṣya Mu. 1).

hakkaḥ The calling of elephants.

haṃjā, haṃje ind. A vocative particle used in addressing a female attendant or maid-servant; haṃje kaṃcaṇamāle ahaṃ īdisī kaḍubhāsiṇī Ratn. 3.

haṭ 1 P. (haṭati, haṭita) To shine, be bright.

haṭṭaḥ [haṭ-ṭa ṭasya netvam] A market, a fair.
     -- Comp.
          --corakaḥ a thief who steals from fairs and markets.
          --vilāsinī 1. a wanton woman, prostitute, common woman. --2. a sort of perfume. --3. turmeric.

haṭṭī A small market or fair.

haṭh 1 P. (haṭhati)
     (1) To leap, jump.
     (2) To be wicked.
     (3) To oppress.
     (4) To bind to a post.

haṭhaḥ
     (1) Violence, force.
     (2) Oppression, rapine. (haṭhena and haṭhāt are used adverbially in the sense of 'forcibly', 'violently', 'suddenly, 'against one's will'; aṃbālikā ca caṃḍavarmaṇā haṭhāt pariṇetumātmabhavanamanīyata Dk.; vānarān vārayāmāsa haṭhena madhureṇa ca Rām.
     -- Comp.
          --yogaḥ a particular mode of Yoga or practising abstract meditation, (so called, as distinguished from rājayoga q. v., because it is very difficult to practise; it may be performed in various ways, such as by standing on one leg, holding up the arms, inhaling smoke with the head inverted &c.).
          --vidyā the science of forced meditation.

haḍiḥ Wooden fetters or stocks.

haḍi(ḍḍi)kaḥ, haḍḍiḥ  A man of the lowest caste.

haḍḍam A bone.
     -- Comp.
          --jaṃ marrow.

haṃḍā ind. A vocative particle used in addressing a female of inferior rank, or by equals of the owest caste in addressing each other; haṃḍe haṃje halāhvāne nīcāṃ ceṭīṃ sakhīṃ prati Ak. --f. A large earthen vessel (?).

haṃḍikā, haṃḍī An earthen pot.

haṃḍe ind. See haṃḍā ind.

had 1 A. (hadate, hanna) To void excrement, evacuate or discharge feces. --Desid. (jihatsate).

hadanam Voiding excrement, evacuation of ordure.

hannam Excrement, ordure.

han 2 P. (haṃti, jaghāna, avadhīt, avadhiṣṭa-ahata; haniṣyati, haṃtuṃ, hata; pass. hanyate; caus. ghātayati-te; desid. jighāṃsati)
     (1) To kill, slay, destroy, strike down; trayaśca dūṣaṇakharatrimūrdhāno raṇe hatāḥ U. 2, 15; hatamapi ca haṃtyeva madanaḥ Bh. 3. 18.
     (2) To strike, beat; caṃḍī caṃḍa haṃtumabhyudyatā māṃ vidyuddāmnā megharājīva viṃdhyaṃ M. 3. 20, Śi. 7. 56.
     (3) To hurt, injure, afflict, torment; as in kāmahata.
     (4) To put down, abandon; tṛṣṇāṃ chiṃddhi bhaja kṣamāṃ jahi madaṃ Bh. 2. 77.
     (5) To remove, take away, destroy; aṃbhojinīvananivāsavilāsameva haṃsasya haṃti nitarāṃ kupito vidhātā Bh. 2. 18.
     (6) To conquer, overthrow, defeat, overcome; vighnaiḥ sahasraguṇitairapi hanyamānāḥ prārabdhamuttamajanā na parityajaṃti Subhaṣ.
     (7) To hinder, obstruct.
     (8) To mar, spoil; Ki. 2. 37.
     (9) To raise; turagakhurahatastathā hi reṇuḥ S. 1. 32. (10) To multiply (in math.).
     (11) To go (rarely used in classical literature in this sense; and when used it is regarded as a fault of composition); e. g. kuṃjaṃ haṃti kṛśodarī S. D. 7; or tīrthāṃtareṣu snānena samupārjitasatkṛtiḥ . surasrotasvinīmeṣa haṃti saṃprati sādaraṃ K. P. 7 (given as an instance of the doṣa called asamarthatpa). --Caus.
     (1) To cause to be killed, kill, slay.
     (2) To destroy, ruin, mar, spoil; Pt. 1. 363. --WITH ati to injure excessively. --aṃtar to strike in the middle.

hata p. p. [han-kta]
     (1) Killed, slain.
     (2) Hurt, struck, injured; Mu. 3. 1.
     (3) Lost, perished.
     (4) Deprived or bereft of.
     (5) Disappointed, frustrated; vayaṃ tatvānveṣāt hatāḥ S. 1. 24.
     (6) Impeded, obstructed.
     (7) Utterly ruined, extinguished, destroyed.
     (8) Multiplied, see han. It is often used as the first member of comp. in the sense of 'wretched', 'miserable', 'accursed' 'worthless'; anuśayaduḥkhāyedaṃ hatahṛdayaṃ saṃprati vibuddhaṃ S. 6. 6; Mal. 9. 28; kuryāmupekṣāṃ hatajīvite'smin R. 14. 65; hatavidhilasitānāṃ hī vicitro vipākaḥ Śi. 11. 64. --taṃ
     (1) Killing, striking.
     (2) Multiplication.
     -- Comp.
          --āśa a. 1. bereft of hope, hopeless, desponding. --2. weak, powerless. --3. cruel, merciless. --4. barren. --5. low, vile, wretched, accursed, villainous.
          --kaṃṭaka a. freed from thorns or foes.
          --citta a. bewildered, confounded.
          --tviṣ a. dimmed in lustre; R. 3. 15.
          --daiva a. ill-fated, luckless, ill-starred.
          --prabhāva --vīrya a. bereft of power or vigour; Ku. 2. 21.
          --buddhi a. deprived of sense, senseless.
          --bhāga, --bhāgya ill-fated, unfortunate.
          --mūrkhaḥ a dolt, blockhead.
          --rathaḥ a chariot of which the horses and the charioteer are slain.
          --lakṣaṇa a. devoid of auspicious marks, unlucky.
          --śeṣa a. surviving.
          --śrī, --saṃpad a. reduced to indigence, impoverished.
          --sādhvasa a. freed from fear.

hataka a. [hata iva naṣṭaprāyatvāt kan] Miserable, ill-bred, wretched, low, vile; (mostly at the end of comp.), na khalu viditāste tatra nivasaṃtaścāṇakyahatakena Mu. 2; dūṣitāḥ stha paribhūtāḥ stha rāmahatakena U. 1. --kaḥ A low person, coward.

hatiḥ f. [han-bhāve-ktin]
     (1) Killing, destruction.
     (2) Striking, wounding.
     (3) A blow, stroke.
     (4) Loss, failure.
     (5) A defect.
     (6) Multiplication.

hatnuḥ
     (1) A weapon.
     (2) A disease or sickness.

hatyā [han-bhāve kyap] Killing, slaying, slaughter, murder, particularly criminal killing; as in bhrūṇahatyā, gohatyā &c.

han a. Killing, slaying, destroying (at the end of comp.); as in vṛtrahan, pitṛhan, mātṛhan, brahmahan &c.

hanaḥ Killing, slaying.

hananam [han-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Killing, slaying, striking.
     (2) Hurting, injuring.
     (3) Multiplication.

haṃtuḥ
     (1) Killing, death.
     (2) A bull.

haṃtṛ a. (trī f.) [han-tṛc]
     (1) One who strikes or kills, striking, killer; Ms. 5. 34; Ku. 2. 20.
     (2) One who removes, destroys, counteracts &c. --m.
     (1) A slayer, killer.
     (2) A thief, robber.

hathaḥ
     (1) A stroke, blow.
     (2) Killing.
     (3) Death.
     (4) A man who is sad, or depressed.

hanu --nū m. f. [han-un strītve vā uñ] The chin. --nu f.
     (1) That which injures life.
     (2) A weapon.
     (3) A disease, sickness.
     (4) Death.
     (5) A kind of drug.
     (6) A wanton woman, prostitute.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ locked jaw.
          --mūlaṃ the root of the jaw.

hanu(nū)mat m. N. of a powerful monkey-chief. [He was the son of Añjanā by the god Wind or Marut and hence called Māruti. He is represented as a monkey of extraordinary strength and prowess which he manifested on several critical occasions on behalf of Rāma whom he regarded as the idol of his heart. When Sītā was carried off by Rāvaṇa, he crossed the sea and brought news about her to his lord. He played a very important part in the great war at Lanka.].

hanūṣaḥ A demon.

haṃta ind. A particle implying
     (1) Joy, surprise, flurry (oh!); haṃta bho labdhaṃ mayā svāsthyaṃ S. 4; haṃta pravṛttaṃ saṃgītakaṃ M. 1.
     (2) Compassion, pity; putraka haṃta te dhānākāḥ G. M.
     (3) Grief (oh!, alas!); haṃta dhiṅ māmadhanyaṃ U. 1. 43; smarāmi haṃta smarāmi U. 1; kācamūlyena vikrīto haṃta ciṃtāmaṇirmayā Śānti. 1. 12, Me. 104.
     (4) Good luck or benediction.
     (5) It is often used as an inceptive particle; haṃta te kathayiṣyāmi Rām.
     -- Comp.
          --uktiḥ f. uttering the word 'alas!', tenderness, compassion.
          --kāraḥ 1. the exclamation 'hanta'. --2. an offering to be presented to a guest; nivītī haṃtakāreṇa manuṣyāṃstarpayedatha.

ham ind. An exclamation expressive of anger, courtesy, or respect.

haṃbā(bhā) The lowing of cattle.
     -- Comp.
          --ravaḥ lowing of cattle.

hay 1 P. (hayati, hayita)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To worship.
     (3) To sound.
     (4) To be weary.

hayaḥ [hay-hi-vā ac]
     (1) A horse; Bg. 1. 14; Ms. 8. 296, R. 9. 10.
     (2) A man of a particular class; see under aśva.
     (3) The number 'seven'.
     (4) N. of Indra.
     (5) (In prosody) A foot of four short syllables.
     -- Comp.
          --adhyakṣaḥ a superintendent of horses.
          --ariḥ the fragrant oleander.
          --āyurvedaḥ veterinary science.
          --ārūḍhaḥ a horseman, rider.
          --ārohaḥ 1. a rider. --2. riding.
          --āsanī the gum-olibanum tree.
          --iṣṭaḥ barley.
          --uttamaḥ an excellent horse.
          --kovida a. versed in the science of horses-their management, training &c.
          --grīvaḥ N. of a form of Viṣṇu. (
          --vā) N. of Durgā.
          --jñaḥ a horse-dealer, groom, jockey.
          --dviṣat m. the buffalo.
          --priyaḥ barley.
          --priyā the Kharjuri tree.
          --māraḥ, --mārakaḥ the fragrant oleander.
          --māraṇaḥ the sacred fig-tree.
          --medhaḥ a horse-sacrifice; Y. 1. 181.
          --vāhanaḥ an epithet of Kubera.
          --śālā a stable for horses.
          --śāstraṃ the art or science of training and managing horses.
          --saṃgrahaṇaṃ the restraining or curbing of horses.

hayaṃkaṣaḥ
     (1) A driver, charioteer.
     (2) N. of Mātali, the charioteer of Indra.

hayī A female horse, mare.

hara a. (rā --rī f.) [hṛ-ac]
     (1) Taking away, removing, depriving one of; as in khedahara, śokahara.
     (2) Bringing, conveying, carrying, taking; apathaharāḥ Ki. 5. 50; R. 12. 51.
     (3) Seizing, grasping.
     (4) Attracting, captivating.
     (5) Claiming, entitled to; as in rikthahara &c.; Mu. 2. 19.
     (6) Occupying; Ku. 1. 50.
     (7) Dividing. --raḥ
     (1) Śiva; Ku. 1. 50, 3. 40, 67, Me. 7.
     (2) N. of Agni or fire.
     (3) An ass.
     (4) A divisor.
     (5) The denominator of a fraction.
     (6) The act of seizing, taking.
     (7) A seizer, ravisher.
     -- Comp.
          --gaurī one of the forms of Śiva and Pārvatī conjoined (ardhanārīnaṭeśvara). --cūḍāmaṇiḥ 'Śiva's crest-gem', the moon.
          --tejas n. quick-silver.
          --netraṃ 1. Śiva's eye. --2. the number 'three'.
          --vījaṃ 'Śiva's seed', quick-silver.
          --śekharā 'Śiva's crest', the Ganges.
          --sūnuḥ Skanda; R. 11. 83.

harakaḥ
     (1) A stealer, thief.
     (2) A rogue.
     (3) A divisor.
     (4) N. of Śiva.

haraṇam [hṛ-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Seizing, taking.
     (2) Carrying away, carrying off, removing, stealing; kanyāharaṇaṃ Ms. 3. 33, R. 11. 74.
     (3) Depriving of, destroying; as in prāṇaharaṇaṃ.
     (4) Dividing.
     (5) A gift to a student.
     (6) The arm.
     (7) Semen virile.
     (8) Gold.
     (9) A nuptial present. (= yautaka q. v.) (10) A shell, cowrie
     (11) Boiling water.

hari a. [hṛ-in]
     (1) Green, greenishyellow.
     (2) Tawny, bay, reddishbrown (kapila); hariyugyaṃ haristasmai prajibāya puraṃdaraḥ R. 12. 84, 3. 43.
     (3) Yellow. --riḥ
     (1) N. of Viṣṇu; hariryathaikaḥ puruṣottamaḥ smṛtaḥ R. 3. 49.
     (2) N. of Indra; R. 3. 55, 68, 8. 79.
     (3) N. of Śiva.
     (4) N. of Brahman.
     (5) N. of Yama.
     (6) The sun.
     (7) The moon.
     (8) A man.
     (9) A ray of light. (10) Fire.
     (11) Wind.
     (12) A lion; Bv. 1. 50, 51.
     (13) A horse.
     (14) A horse of Indra; satyamatītya harito harīṃśca vartaṃte vājinaḥ S. 1, 7. 7.
     (15) An ape, a monkey; U. 3. 45, R. 12. 57.
     (16) The cuckoo.
     (17) A frog.
     (18) A parrot.
     (19) A snake. (20) The tawny green or yellow colour.
     (21) A peacock.
     (22) N. of the poet Bhartṛhari.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ 1 a lion. 2. N. of Kubera. 3. of Śiva.
          --aśvaḥ 1 Indra. --2. Śiva.
          --kāṃta a. 1. dear to Indra. --2. beautiful as a lion
          --kelīyaḥ the country called vaṃga q. v.
          --keśaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --gaṃdhaṃ a kind of sandal.
          --caṃdanaḥ --naṃ 1. a kind of yellow sandal (the wood or tree); R. 3. 59, 6. 60; S. 7. 2; Ku. 5. 69. --2. one of the five trees of paradise; paṃcaite devataravo maṃdāraḥ pārijātakaḥ . saṃtānaḥ kalpavṛkṣaśca puṃsi vā haricaṃdanaṃ Ak. (
          --naṃ.) 1. moonlight. --2. saffron. --3. the filament of a lotus.
          --tālaḥ (by some regarded as derived from harita) a kind of yellow-coloured pigeon. (
          --laṃ) yellow orpiment; H. D. 1; Śi. 4. 21; Ku. 7. 23, 33. (
          --lī)
     (1) the Dūrvā grass. --2. a streak or line in the sky. --3. = haritālikā
     (1). --tālakaḥ a kind of yellow-coloured pigeon. (--kaṃ) 1. yellow orpiment. --2. a theatrical de coration. --tālikā 1. the fourth day of the bright half of Bhādrapada. --2. the Dūrvā plant. --turaṃgamaḥ N. of Indra. --dāsaḥ a worshipper or votary of Viṣṇu. --dinaṃ a particular day sacred to Viṣṇu. --devaḥ the asterism Śravaṇa. --dravaḥ 1. a green fluid. --2. powder of the blossoms of the Nāgakeśara tree. --druḥ a tree. --dvāraṃ N. of a celebrated Tīrtha or sacred bathing-place. --netraṃ 1. the eye of Viṣṇu. --2. the white lotus. (--traḥ) an owl. --padaṃ the vernal equinox. --parṇaṃ a radish. --priyaḥ 1. the Kadamba tree. --2. a conch-shell. --3. a fool. --4. a madman. --5. Śiva. (--yaṃ) the root Uśīra. --2. a sort of sandal. --priyā 1. Lakṣmī. --2. the sacred basil. --3. the earth. --4. the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. --bhaktaḥ a worshipper of Viṣṇu. --bhuj m. a snake. --maṃthaḥ, --maṃthakaḥ a chick-pea. --locanaḥ 1. a crab. --2. an owl. --vaṃśaḥ N. of a celebrated work by Vyāsa supplementary to the Mahābhārata. --varṣaḥ N. of one of the nine divisions of Jambudvīpa. --vallabhā 1. Lakṣmī. --2. the sacred basil. --vāsaraḥ 'Viṣṇu's day,' the eleventh day of a lunar fortnight (ekādaśī). --vāhanaḥ 1. Garuḍa. --2. Indra. -diś f. the east. --vījaṃ yellow orpiment. --śaraḥ an epithet of Śiva (Viṣṇu having served Śiva as the shaft which burnt down 'the three cities' or cities of the demon Tripura). --sakhaḥ a Gandharva. --saṃkīrtanaṃ repeating the name of Viṣṇu. --sutaḥ, --sūnuḥ N. of Arjuna. --hayaḥ 1. Indra; R. 9. 18. --2. the sun. --3. N. of Skanda. --4. of Gaṇeśa. --haraḥ a particular form of deity consisting of Viṣṇu and Śiva conjoined. -ātmakaḥ 1. N. of Garuḍa. --2. of Śiva's bull. --hetiḥ f. 1. the rain-bow; kathamavalokayeyamadhunā harihetimatīḥ (kakubhaḥ) Māl. 9. 18. --2. the discus of Viṣṇu. -hūtiḥ the ruddy goose; Śi. 9. 15.

harikaḥ [hari-saṃjñāyāṃ kan] 1. A horse of a yellowish or tawny colour.
     (2) A thief.
     (3) A gambler (with dice)

hariṇa a. (ṇī f.) [hṛ-inan]
     (1) Pale, whitish.
     (2) Reddish or yel lowish white. --ṇaḥ
     (1) A deer, an antelope; (said to be of five kinds: --hariṇaścāpi vijñeyaḥ paṃcabhedo'tra bhairava . ṛṣyaḥ khaḍgo ruruścaiva pṛṣataśca mṛgastathā Kalikā P.); api prasannaṃ hariṇeṣu te manaḥ Ku. 5. 35.
     (2) The white colour.
     (3) A goose.
     (4) The sun.
     (5) Viṣṇu.
     (6) Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣa a. deer-eyed, fawn-eyed. (
          --kṣaḥ) N. of Śiva. (
          --kṣī) 'deer-eyed', a woman with beautiful eyes.
          --aṃkaḥ 1. the moon. --2. camphor.
          --kalaṃkaḥ, --dhāmanu m. the moon.
          --nayana, --natre, --locana a. deereyed, fawn-eyed.
          --nartakaḥ a Kinnara.
          --hṛdaya a. deer-hearted, timid.

hariṇakaḥ A deer; kva bata hariṇakānāṃ jīvitaṃ cātilolaṃ S. 1. 10.

hariṇī
     (1) A female deer, doe; cakitahariṇīprekṣaṇā Me. 82, R. 9. 55, 14. 69.
     (2) One of the four classes of women (also called citriṇī q. v.)
     (3) Yellow jasmine.
     (4) A good golden image.
     (5) N. of a metre.
     (6) The green colour.
     (7) Turmeric.
     (8) Madder.
     -- Comp.
          --dṛś a. deer-eyed. (--f.) a deer-eyed woman; kimabhavadvipine hariṇīdṛśaḥ U. 3. 27.

harit a. [hṛ-iti]
     (1) Green, green ish.
     (2) Yellow, yellowish.
     (3) Greenish-yellow. --m.
     (1) The green or yellow colour.
     (2) A horse of the sun, a bay horse; satyamatītya harito harīṃśca vartate vājinaḥ S. 1.; diśo haridbhirharitāmiveśvaraḥ R. 3. 30, Ku. 2. 43.
     (3) A swift horse.
     (4) A lion.
     (5) The sun
     (6) Viṣṇu.
     (7) The kidneybean. --m. n.
     (1) Grass.
     (2) A quarter, region.
     (3) A quarter or point of the compass; R. 3. 30.
     (4) Turmeric (usually f. only in the last 3 senses). --COMP. --aṃtaḥ the end of the quarters (digaṃta); Bv. 1. 60. --aṃtaraṃ different regions, various quarters; Bv. 1. 15. --aśvaḥ
     (1) the sun; Ki. 2. 46; R. 3. 22, 18. 23; Śi. 11. 56. --2. the arka plant. --garbhaḥ green or yellowish Kuśa grass with broad leaves. --parṇaṃ a radish. --maṇiḥ (harinmaṇiḥ) an emerald; Śi. 3. 49. --varṇa a. greenish, green-coloured.

harita a. (tā or hariṇī f.) [hṛ-itac] Green, of a green colour, verdant; ramyāṃtaraḥ kamalinīharitaiḥ sarobhiḥ S. 4. 10; Ku. 4. 14; Me. 21; Ki. 5. 38.
     (2) Tawny.
     (3) Dark-blue. --taḥ
     (1) The green colour.
     (2) A lion.
     (3) A kind of grass.
     -- Comp.
          --aśman m. 1. an emerald. --2. blue vitriol.
          --chada a. green-leaved.

haritakam 1 A pot-herb, green grass; Śi. 5. 58.

haritā
     (1) The Dūrvā grass.
     (2) Turmeric.
     (3) A brown-coloured grape.

haritāla &c. See under hari.

haridrā [hariṃ pītavarṇaṃ dravati dru-gatau-ḍa]
     (1) Turmeric.
     (2) The root of turmeric powdered; see Malli. on N. 22. 49.
     -- Comp.
          --āna a. of a yellow colour. (
          --bhaḥ) 1. the yellow colour. --2. Zedoary.
          --gaṇapatiḥ, --gaṇeśaḥ a particular form of the god Gaṇeśa.
          --rāga, --rāgaka a. 1. turmeric-coloured. --2. unsteady in attachment or affection, fickle-minded (as a lover); (thus defined by Halayudha:
          --kṣaṇamātrānurāgaśca haridrārāga ucyate).

hariman m.
     (1) Yellowness.
     (2) Paleness.
     (3) Time.

hariyaḥ A yellow-coloured horse.

hariścaṃdraḥ N. of a king of the solar dynasty. [He was the son of Triśaṅku and was famous for his liberality, probity, and unflinching adherence to truth. On one occasion his family-priest Vasiṣṭha commended his qualities in the presence of Viśvāmitra, who refused to believe them. A quarrel thereupon ensued, and it was at last decided that Viśvāmitra should himself test the king. The sage accordingly subjected him to the most crucial test with a view to see if he could not be but once made to swerve from his plighted word. The king, however, stood the test with exemplary courage, adhering to his word though he had to forego the kingdom, to sell off his wife and son, and at last, even his own self to a low-caste man, and-as the last test, as it were, of his truthfulness and courage-to be even ready to put his own wife to death as a witch! Viśvāmitra there-upon acknowledged himself vanquished, and the worthy king was elevated along with his subjects to heaven].

harītakī The yellow myrobalan tree.

hareṇuḥ
     (1) Pease, pulse.
     (2) A creeper serving as the boundary of a village.
     (3) N. of Laṅkā. --ṇuḥ f.
     (1) A respectable woman.
     (2) A copper coloured deer.

hareṇukaḥ Pease, pulse.

hartṛ a. (rtrī f.) One who takes away, seizes, robs, accepts &c. --m.
     (1) A thief, robber, Bh; 2, 16.
     (2) The sun.

harman n. Gaping, yawning.

harmita p. p.
     (1) Gaped; yawned.
     (2) Cast, thrown.
     (3) Burnt.

harmyam [hṛ-yat muṭ ca]
     (1) A palace, mansion, any large or palatial building; harmyapṛṣṭhaṃ samārūḍhaḥ kāko'pi garuḍāyate Subhāṣ.; bāhyodyānāsthitaharaśiraścaṃdrikādhautaharmyā Me. 7; Rs. 1. 28; Bk. 8. 36, R. 6. 47; Ku. 6. 42.
     (2) An oven, a fire-place, hearth.
     (3) A fiery pit, abode of evil spirits, the infernal regions.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃganaṃ --ṇaṃ the court-yard of a palace.
          --sthalaṃ the room of a palace.

hary 1 P. (haryati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To worship.
     (3) To take.
     (4) To threaten.
     (5) To be weary or fatigued.

haryataḥ
     (1) A horse.
     (2) A horse fit for the Aśvamedha sacrifice.

harṣaḥ [hṛṣ-ghañ]
     (1) Joy, delight, pleasure, satisfaction, gladness, rapture, glee, exultation; harṣo harṣo hṛdayavasatiḥ paṃcabāṇastu bāṇaḥ P. R. 1. 22; sahotthitaḥ sainikaharṣaniḥsvanaiḥ R. 3. 61.
     (2) Thrilling, bristling, erection (of the hair of the body); as in romaharṣa q. v.
     (3) Joy, considered as one of the 33 or 34 subordinate feelings; harṣastviṣṭāvāptermanaḥprasādo'śrugadgadādikaraḥ S. D. 195; or iṣṭaprāptyādijanmā sukhaviśeṣo harṣaḥ R. G.
     -- Comp.
          --anvita a. full of joy, happy; so harṣāviṣṭa. --utkarṣaḥ excess of happiness or joy, ecstacy.
          --udayaḥ rise of joy.
          --kara a. gratifying, delighting.
          --jaḍa a. dull or paralyzed with joy; R. 3. 68.
          --vivardhana a. increasing joy.
          --svanaḥ a cry or shout of joy.

harṣaka a. (rṣakā or rṣikā f.) [hṛṣ ṇic ṇvul] Delighting, gladdening, delightful, pleasing.

harṣaṇa (ṇā or ṇī f.) [hṛṣ-ṇic lyu] Causing delight, gladdening, delightful, pleasant. --ṇaḥ
     (1) N. of one of the five arrows of Kāmadeva.
     (2) A morbid affection of the eyes.
     (3) A deity presiding over the funeral ceremonies. --ṇaṃ Joy, delight, happiness, gladdening, delighting; durhṛdāmapraharṣāya suhṛdāṃ harṣaṇāya ca Mb.

harṣayitnu a. [hṛṣ-ṇic itnu] Gladdening, pleasing, delighting. --n. Gold. --m. A son.

harṣita a.
     (1) Delighted, happy.
     (2) Made happy, gladdened.

harṣulaḥ
     (1) A deer.
     (2) A lover.

hal 1 P. (halati, halita) To plough.

hala [hal ghañarthe karaṇe ka] A plough; vahasi vapuṣi viśade vasanaṃ jaladābham . halahatibhītimilitayamunābham; or halaṃ kalayate Gīt. 1.
     (2) Deformity, ugliness.
     -- Comp.
          --āyudhaḥ an epithet of Balarāma.
          --dhara, --bhṛt m. 1. a ploughman. --2. N. of Balarāma; keśava dhṛtahaladhararūpa jaya jagadīśa hare Gīt. 1; aṃsanyaste sati halabhṛto mecake vāsasīva Me. 59.
          --bhūtiḥ, --bhṛtiḥ f. ploughing, agriculture, husbandry.
          --hatiḥ f. 1. striking or drawing along with a plough. --2. ploughing.

halā
     (1) A female friend.
     (2) The earth.
     (3) Water.
     (3) Spirituous liquor. --ind. A vocative particle used in addressing a female friend; (only in theatrical language); halā śakuṃtale atraiva tāvanmuhūrtaṃ tiṣṭha S. 1; cf. haṃḍā also.

haliḥ
     (1) A large plough.
     (2) A furrow.
     (3) Agriculture.

halin m.
     (1) A ploughman, an agriculturist.
     (2) Balarāma.
     -- Comp.
          --priyaḥ the Kadamba tree. (
          --yā) spirituous liquor.

halinī A number of ploughs.

halīnaḥ The teak tree.

halīṣā The handle of a plough.

halya a.
     (1) Arable, to be ploughed.
     (2) Ugly, deformed. --lyaṃ
     (1) A ploughed field.
     (2) Deformity, ugliness.

halyā A number of ploughs.

halāhaḥ A spotted or variegated horse.

halāhalam
     (1) = hāla(lā) hala.
     (2) A kind of snake.
     (3) A sort of lizard.

hallakam The red lotus.

hallanam Rolling or tossing about (as in sleep.)

hallīśaṃ(ṣaṃ)
     (1) One of the 18 Uparūpakas or minor dramatic compositions; (described as a piece in one act and consisting mainly of singing and dancing by one male and seven, eight, or ten female performers; see S. D. 555.
     (2) A kind of circular dance.

hallīśakaḥ Dancing in a ring.

havaḥ [hu-ap, hve-apa saṃpra- pṛṣo- vā]
     (1) An oblation, a sacrifice.
     (2) Invocation, prayer.
     (3) Calling, a call.
     (4) Order, command.
     (5) Challenge.

havanam [hu-bhāve lyuṭ]
     (1) Offering an oblation with fire.
     (2) A sacrifice, an oblation.
     (3) Invocation.
     (4) Calling, summoning.
     (5) Challenging to fight.
     -- Comp.
          --āyus m. fire.

havanī = havitrī q. v.

havanīya a. [hu karmaṇi anīyar] Sacrificial. --yaṃ
     (1) Anything fit for an oblation.
     (2) Clarified butter or ghee.

havitrī A hole made in the ground for holding the sacred fire (to which oblations are offered).

haviṣmat a. Possessed of oblations.

haviṣyam [haviṣe hitaṃ yat]
     (1) Anything fit for an oblation; Ms. 3. 256, 11. 78, 107; Y. 1. 239.
     (2) Clarified butter.
     (3) Wild rice.
     (4) Rice mixed with ghee.
     -- Comp.
          --annaṃ food fit to be eaten during certain holidays or days of fast.
          --āśin, --bhuj m. fire.

havis n. [hūyate hu-karmaṇi asun]
     (1) An oblation or burnt offering in general; vahati vidhihutaṃ yā haviḥ S. 1. 1; Ms. 3. 87, 132; 5. 7, 6. 12.
     (2) Clarified butter.
     (3) Water.
     (4) N. of Śiva.
     (5) A sacrifice.
     -- Comp.
          --aśanaṃ (haviraśanaṃ) devouring clarified butter or oblations. (
          --naḥ) fire.
          --gaṃdhā (haviṃrgadhā) the Śamī tree.
          --gehaṃ (havirgehaṃ) a house in which sacrificial oblations are offered.
          --bhuj m. (havirbhuj) fire; anvāsitamaruṃdhatyā svāhayeva havirbhujaṃ R. 1. 56, 10. 69, 13. 41; Ku. 5. 20, Śi. 1. 2; Kāv. 2. 168.
          --yajñaḥ (haviryajñaḥ) a kind of sacrifice.
          --yājin (haviryājin) m. a priest.

havya a. [hu-karmaṇi yat] To be offered in oblations. --vyaṃ
     (1) Clarified butter.
     (2) An oblation or offering to the gods (opp. kavya q. v.).
     (3) An oblation in general.
     -- Comp.
          --āśaḥ fire.
          --kavyaṃ oblations to the gods and to the Manes, or spirits of deceased ancestors; Ms. 1. 94, 3. 97, 128; et seq.
          --pākaḥ an oblation cooked with butter and milk, or the pot in which it is cooked.
          --vāh, --vāha, --vāhana m. 'the bearer of oblations', fire.

has 1 P. (hasati, hasita)
     (1) To smile, laugh (gently); hasasi yadi kiṃcidapi daṃtarucikaumudī harati daratimiramatighoraṃ Gīt. 10; Bk. 7. 63, 14. 93.
     (2) To laugh at, mock, ridicule (with acc.); yamavāpya vidarbhabhūḥ pramuṃ hasati dyāmapi śakrabhartṛkāṃ N. 2. 16.
     (3) (Hence) To surpass, excel, throw into the back-ground; yo jahāseva vāsudevaṃ K.; Śi. 1. 71.
     (4) To resemble; śriyā hasadbhiḥ kamalāni sasmitaiḥ Ki. 8. 44.
     (5) To jest, joke.
     (6) To open, bloom, blow; hasadbaṃdhu jīvaprasūnaiḥ.
     (7) To brighten up, or to clear up; bhāsvānudeṣyati hasiṣyati cakravālaṃ Subhāṣ. --Caus. (hāsayati-te) To cause to smile; Ku. 7. 95.

hasaḥ
     (1) Laugh, laughter.
     (2) Derision.
     (3) Merriment, mirth.

hasanam Laughing, laughter.

hasanī A portable fire-place.
     -- Comp.
          --maṇiḥ fire.

hasaṃtikā A portable fire-place.

hasaṃtī
     (1) A portable fire-place.
     (2) A kind of Mallikā.

hasikā Laughter, derision.

hasita p. p. [has-kartari kta]
     (1) Laughed, laughing.
     (2) Blown, expanded. --taṃ
     (1) Laughter.
     (2) Joke, jesting.
     (3) The bow of the god of love.

hastaḥ [has-tan na iṭ Uṇ. 3. 86]
     (1) The hand; hastaṃ gata 'fallen in the hand or possession of', gautamīhaste visarjayiṣyāmi S. 3 'I shall send it by Gautamī'; so haste patitā; hastasaṃnihitāṃ kuru &c.; śaṃbhunā dattahastā Me. 60 'leaning on Śambhu's hand'; haste-kṛ 1. (hastekṛtya-kṛtvā) 'to take or seize by the hand, take hold of the hand, take in hand, take possession of'; Prov.: --hastakaṃkaṇaṃ kiṃ darpaṇe prekṣyate Karpūr. 'sight requires no mirror'.
     (2) The trunk of an elephant; Ku. 1. 36.
     (3) N. of the 13th lunar mansion consisting of five stars.
     (4) The fore-arm, cubit, a measure of length (equal to 24 angulas or about 18 inches, being the distance between the elbow and the tip of the middle finger).
     (5) Hand-writing, signature; dhanī vopagataṃ dadyāt svahastaparicihnitaṃ Y. 1. 319; svahastakālasaṃpannaṃ śāsanaṃ 1. 320 'bearing date and signature'; dhāryatāmayaṃ priyāyāḥ svahastaḥ V. 2. 'the autograph of my beloved'; 2. 20.
     (6) (Hence fig.) Proof, indication; Mu. 3.
     (7) Help, assistance, support; vātyā khedaṃ kṛśāṃgyāḥ suciramavayavairdattahastā karoti Ve. 2. 21.
     (8) A mass, quantity, abundance (of hair), in comp. with keśa, kaca &c.; pāśaḥ pakṣaśca hastaśca kalāpārthāḥ kacātpare Ak.; rativigalitabaṃdhe keśahaste sukeśyāḥ sati kusumasanāthe kaṃ haredeṣa barhaḥ V. 4. 10. --staṃ A pair of leather-bellows.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaraṃ one's own hand or signature, one's own sign-manual.
          --agraṃ the finger (being the extremity of the hand).
          --aṃguli f. any finger of the hand.
          --abhyāsaḥ contact with the hand.
          --avalaṃbaḥ, --ālaṃbanaṃ support of the hand; dattahastāvalaṃbe prāraṃbhe Ratn. 1. 8 'being aided or helped on'.
          --āmalakaṃ 'the fruit of the myrobalan held in the hand', a phrase used to denote that which can be clearly and easily seen or understood; cf. karatalāmalakaphalavadakhilaṃ jagadālokayatāṃ K. 43.
          --āvāpaḥ a finger-guard (jyāghātavāraṇaṃ); V. 5, S. 6.
          --kamalaṃ 1. a lotus carried in the hand. --2. a lotus-like hand.
          --kauśalaṃ manual dexterity.
          --kriyā manual work or performance, handicraft.
          --gata, --gāmin a. come to hand, fallen into one's possession, obtained, secured; tvaṃ prārthyase hastagatā mamaubhiḥ R. 7. 67, 8. 1.
          --grāhaḥ taking by the hand.
          --cāpalyaṃ = hastakauśala q. v.
          --talaṃ 1. the palm of the hand. --2. the tip of an elephant's trunk.
          --tālaḥ striking the palms together, clapping the hands.
          --tulā 'hand-balance', weighing in the hand; Pt. 2. 79.
          --doṣaḥ a slip of the hand.
          --dhāraṇaṃ --vāraṇaṃ warding off a blow (with the hand).
          --pādaṃ the hands and feet; na me hastapādaṃ prasarati S. 4.
          --pucchaṃ the hand below the wrist.
          --pṛṣṭhaṃ the back of the hand.
          --prāpta, --vartin, --stha, --sthita a. 1. held in the hand. --2. gained, secured.
          --prāpya a. easily accessible to the hand; that can be reached with the hand, hastaprāpyastabakana mito bālamaṃdāravṛkṣaḥ Me. 75.
          --biṃbaṃ perfuming the body with unguents.
          --moṇaḥ a jewel worh on the wrist.
          --lāghavaṃ 1. manual readiness or skill. --2. a sleight of the hand, legerdemain.
          --saṃvāhanaṃ rubbing or shampooing with the hands; Me. 96.
          --siddhiḥ f. 1. manual labour, doing with the hands. --2. hire, wages.
          --sūtraṃ a bracelet or thread-string worn on the wrist; Ku. 7. 25.

hastakaḥ
     (1) A hand.
     (2) The position of the hand.

hastavat a. Dexterous, skilful, clever.

hastā The thirteenth lunar mansion.

hastāhasti ind. Hand to hand; hastāhasti janyamajani Dk.

hastikam A multitude of elephants.

hastin a. (nī f.) [hastaḥ śuṃḍādaṃḍo'styasya ini]
     (1) Having hands.
     (2) Having a trunk. --m. An elephant; Ms. 7. 96, 12. 43; (elephants are said to be of four kinds; bhadra, maṃdra, mṛga, and miśra).
     -- Comp.
          --adhyakṣaḥ a superintendent of elephants.
          --āyurvedaḥ a work dealing with the treatment of the elephant's diseases.
          --ārohaḥ an elephant-driver or rider.
          --kakṣyaḥ 1. a lion. --2. a tiger.
          --karṇaḥ the castor-oil plant.
          --giriḥ the city and district of Kānchī.
          --ghnaḥ 1. an elephant-killer. --2. a man
          --cārin m. an elephant-driver.
          --daṃtaḥ 1. the tusk of an elephant. --2. a peg projecting from a wall. (
          --taṃ) 1. ivory. --2. a radish.
          --daṃtakaṃ a radish.
          --nakhaṃ a sort of turret protecting the approach to the gate of a city or fort.
          --paḥ, --pakaḥ an elephant-driver or rider; iti ghoṣayatīva ḍiṃḍimaḥ kariṇo hastipakāhataḥ kvaṇan H. 2. 86.
          --madaḥ the ichor issuing from the temples of an elephant in rut.
          --mallaḥ 1. N. of Airavata. --2. of Gaṇeśa. --3. of Sankha, the eighth of the chief Nāgas. --4. a heap of ashes. --5. a shower of dust. --6. frost.
          --yūthaḥ, --thaṃ a herd of elephants.
          --varcasaṃ the splendour or magnificence of an elephant.
          --vāhaḥ 1. an elephant-driver. --2. a hook for driving elephants.
          --ṣaṅgavaṃ a collection of six elephants.
          --snānaṃ = gajasnānaṃ q. v.; avaśeṃdriyacittānāṃ hastisnānamiva kriyā H. 1. 18.
          --hastaḥ an elephant's trunk.

hastina(nā)puram  N. of a city founded by king Hastin, said to be situated some fifty miles north-east of the modern Delhi; it forms a central scene of action in the Mahābhārata; its other names are: gajāhvaya, nāgasāhvaya, nāgāhva, hāstina.

hastinī
     (1) A female elephant.
     (2) A kind of drug and perfume.
     (3) A woman of a particular class, one of the four classes into which writers on erotical science divide women (described as having thick lips, thick hips, thick fingers, large breasts, dark complexion, and libidinous appetite); the Ratimañjarī thus describes her: --sthūlādharā sthūlanitaṃbabiṃbā sthūlāṃguliḥ sthūlakucā suśīlā . kāmotsukā gāḍharatipriyā ca nitāṃtabhoktrī (nitaṃbakharvā) khalu hastinī syāt (kariṇī matā sā) 8.

hastya a.
     (1) Belonging to the hand.
     (2) Done with the hand, manual.
     (3) Given with the hand.

hasra a.
     (1) Smiling.
     (2) Stupid, foolish, ignorant.

hahalam A kind of deadly poison.

hahā m. A kind of Gandharva; cf. hāhā.

hā ind. A particle expressing
     (1) Grief, dejection, pain, as expressed by 'ah', 'alas!,' 'woe me', in English; hā priye jānaki U. 3; hā hā devi sphuṭati hṛdayaṃ U. 3. 38; hā pitaḥ kvāsi he subhru Bk. 6. 11; hā vatse mālati kvāsi Māl. 10. &c.; (in this sense hā is often used with the acc. of person; hā kṛṣṇābhaktaṃ Sk.).
     (2) Surprise; hā kathaṃ mahārājadaśarathasya dharmadārāḥ priyasakhī me kausalyā U. 4.
     (3) Anger or reproach.

hā I. 3 A. (jihīte, hāna; pass. hāyate; desid. jihāsate)
     (1) To go, move; jihīthā vikhyātāṃ sphuṭamiha bhavadbāṃdhavarathaṃ H. D. 28; Ki. 13. 23; Nalod. 1. 38.
     (2) To get, attain. --II. 3 P. (jahāti, hīna)
     (1) To leave, abandon, quit, give up, forsake, relinquish, dismiss; mūḍha jahīhi dhanāgamatṛṣṇāṃ kuru tanubuddhe manasi vitṛṣṇāṃ Moha M. 1; sā strīsvabhāvādasahā bharasya tayordvayorekataraṃ jahāti Mu. 4. 13, R. 5. 72, 8. 52, 12. 24, 14. 61, 87, 15. 59; S. 4. 13, Bg. 2. 50; Bk. 3. 53, 5. 91, 10. 71, 20. 10; Me. 49, 60; Bv. 2. 129; Rs. 1. 38.
     (2) To resign, forego.
     (3) To let fall.
     (4) To omit, disregard, neglect.
     (5) To remove.
     (6) To avoid, shun. --Pass. (hīyate)
     (1) To be left or forsaken; Ki. 12. 12.
     (2) To be excluded from, be deprived of, lose (with instr. or abl.); virūpākṣo jahe prāṇaiḥ Bk. 14. 35; janayitvā sutaṃ tasyāṃ brāhmaṇyādeva hīyate Ms. 3. 17, 5. 161, 9. 211.
     (3) To be deficient or wanting in; usually with pari q. v.; dhairyaṃ yasya na hīyate Pt. 1. 103.
     (4) To diminish, decrease, decay, decline, wane (fig. also); pravṛddho hīyate caṃdraḥ samudro'pi tathāvidhaḥ R. 17. 71; H. Pr. 42.
     (5) To fail (as in a law-suit); bhūtamapyanupanyastaṃ hīyate vyavahārataḥ Y. 2. 19.
     (6) To be left out or omitted.
     (7) To be weakened. --Caus. (hāpayati-te)
     (1) To cause to leave, abandon &c.
     (2) To drive away, expel.
     (3) To lose.
     (4) To neglect, omit, delay the performance of; Śi. 16. 33, Ms. 3. 71; 4. 21; Y. 1. 121. --Desid. (jihāsati) To wish to leave &c.

hānam
     (1) Leaving, abandoning, loss, failure.
     (2) Escaping.
     (3) Prowess, power.

hāniḥ f. [hā-ktin tasyaniḥ]
     (1) Abandonment, relinquishment.
     (2) Loss, failure, absence, non-existence; kvacittu sphuṭālaṃkāravirahe'pi na kāvyatvahāniḥ K. P. 1 'it does not cease to be a Kāvya' &c.
     (3) Loss, damage, detriment; grāsodgalitasikthena kā hāniḥ kariṇo bhavet Subhāṣ.; kā no hāniḥ Sarva. S.
     (4) Decrease, deficiency; yathā hāniḥ kramaprāptā tathā vṛddhiḥ kramāgatā Hariv.; Y. 2. 207, 244.
     (5) Neglect, omission, breach; pratijñā-, kārya-.
     (6) Passing away, waste, loss; kālahāni R. 13. 16.
     -- Comp.
          --kara a. causing loss, det rimental, injurious; Pt. 1. 88.

hāpanam Causing to quit or abandon, expelling.

hāṃgaraḥ A large fish.

hāṭaka a. (kī f.) Golden. --kaṃ
     (1) Gold.
     (2) The thorn-apple.
     -- Comp.
          --giriḥ the mountain Meru.

hātram [hā-karaṇe tral]
     (1) Wages, hire.
     (2) Injuring, killing.
     (3) Death. --traḥ A demon.

hāṃtraḥ Death, dying.

hāphikā Yawning, gaping.

hāyanaḥ --nam A year. --naḥ
     (1) A kind of rice.
     (2) A flame.

hāraḥ [hṛ-karmaṇi ghañ]
     (1) Taking away, removal, seizing.
     (2) Conveying.
     (3) Abstraction, deprivation.
     (4) A carrier, porter.
     (5) A garland or necklace of pearls &c.; a necklace in general; hāroyaṃ hariṇākṣīṇāṃ luṭhati stanamaṃḍale Amaru. 100; pāṃḍyoyamasāṃrpitalaṃbahāraḥ R. 6. 60, 5. 52, 6. 16. Me. 67; Rs. 1. 4; 2. 18.
     (6) War, battle.
     (7) (In math.) The denominator of a fraction.
     (8) A divisor.
     (9) (In prosody) A long syllable.
     -- Comp.
          --āvaliḥ --lī f. a string of pearls taruṇīstana eva śobhate maṇihārāvalirāmaṇīyakaṃ N. 2. 44; hārāvalītaralakāṃcitakāṃcidāma Gīt. 11.
          --guṭi (li) kā the bead or pearl of a necklace; R. 5. 70.
          --yaṣṭiḥ f. a necklace, string of pearls; dadhati pṛthukucāgrairunnatairhārayaṣṭiṃ Rs. 2. 25, 1. 8.
          --hārā a kind of reddishbrown grape.

hārakaḥ [hṛ-ṇvul]
     (1) A thief, plunderer; Y. 3. 215.
     (2) A cheat, rogue.
     (3) A string of pearls.
     (4) A divisor (in math.).
     (5) A kind of prose composition.
     (6) A gambler.

hāri a. Attracting, captivating, pleasing, charming. --riḥ f.
     (1) Defeat.
     (2) Losing a game.
     (3) A body of travellers, caravan.
     -- Comp.
          --kaṃṭhaḥ a cuckoo.

hārita p. p.
     (1) Caused to be taken or seized.
     (2) Presented, offered.
     (3) Attracted. --taḥ
     (1) The green colour.
     (2) A kind of pigeon.

hāritakaḥ A green vegetable.

hārahūraḥ Spirituous liquor. --rā A grape.

hāriṇa a. (ṇī f.) Belonging to a deer. --ṇaṃ Venison, flesh of deer.

hāriṇikaḥ A deer-catcher, hunter.

hārin a. (ṇī f.) [hāro astyasya ini, hṛ-ṇini vā]
     (1) Taking, conveying, carrying.
     (2) Robbing, taking away; vājiṃkujarāṇāṃ ca hāriṇaḥ Y. 2. 273, 3. 208.
     (3) Seizing, disturbing; Ms. 12. 28.
     (4) Obtaining, securing.
     (5) Attracting, captivating, pleasing, delighting, ravishing; tavāsmi gītarāgeṇa hāriṇā prasabhaṃ hṛtaḥ S. 1. 5; Śi. 10. 13, 69; viṣṭapahāriṇi harau Bh. 2. 25.
     (6) Surpassing, excelling.
     (7) Having a necklace.

hāridraḥ
     (1) A yellow colour.
     (2) The Kadamba tree.

hārītaḥ
     (1) A kind of pigeon; R. 4. 46.
     (2) A rogue, cheat.
     (3) N. of a writer of a Smṛti or code of laws; Y. 1. 4.

hārdam [hṛdayasya karma yuvā aṇ hṛdādeśaḥ]
     (1) Affection, love; amarṣaśūnyena janasya jaṃtunā na jātahārdena na vidviṣādaraḥ Ki. 1. 33; Śi. 9. 69; V. 5. 10.
     (2) Kindness, tenderness.
     (3) Will.
     (4) Intention, meaning.

hārdin n. Anything greatly liked or desired.

hārya a.
     (1) To be taken or comveyed.
     (2) To be borne or carried on; yadūḍhayā vāraṇarājahāryayā Ku. 5. 70.
     (3) To be taken away or snatched off; R. 7. 67.
     (4) To be displaced or borne away (as by wind); R. 16. 43.
     (5) To be shaken (as one's resolution); Ku. 5. 8.
     (6) To be secured or won over, to be attracted, conquered or influenced; vahasi hi dhanahāryaṃ paṇyabhūtaṃ śarīraṃ Mk. 1. 31; Ku. 5. 53; Ms. 7. 217.
     (7) To be seized or robbed; Ms. 8. 417. --ryaḥ
     (1) A snake.
     (2) The tree called Bibhītaka.
     (3) The dividend (in math.).

hālaḥ [halo astyasya aṇ, hala eva vā aṇ]
     (1) A plough.
     (2) N. of Balarāma.
     (3) N. of Śalivahana.
     -- Comp.
          --bhṛt m. an epithet of Balarāma.

hālakaḥ A horśe of a yellowishbrown colour.

hāla(lā)halam
     (1) A sort of deadly poison produced at the churning of the ocean; (being of a very virulent character it began to burn up everything when it was swallowed by the god Śiva); ahameva guruḥ sudāruṇānāmiti hālāhala māsma tāta dṛṣyaḥ . nanu saṃti bhavādṛśāni bhūyo bhuvane'smin vacanāni durjanānāṃ Subhāṣ.
     (2) (Hence) A deadly poison or poison in general; see Bv. 1. 95, 2. 73; Pt. 1. 188. (Also written halāhala or hālahāla).

hālahalī, hālā Wine, spirituous liquor; hitvā hālāmabhimatarasāṃ revatīlocanāṃkāṃ Me. 49; Pt. 1. 58; Śi. 10. 21.

hālāhalaḥ
     (1) A kind of insect.
     (2) A kind of lizard. --lā A small mouse. --lī Spirituous liquor. --laṃ
     (1) = hālahala
     (1).
     (2) Spirituous liquor.

hālikaḥ [halena khanati halaḥ praharaṇamasya tasyedaṃ vā ṭhak ṭhañ vā]
     (1) A ploughman, an agriculturist.
     (2) One that draws a plough (as a plough-ox).
     (3) One who fights with a plough.

hālinī A kind of large houselizard.

hālī A wife's younger sister.

hāluḥ A tooth.

hāvaḥ [hve --bhāve ghañ ni- saṃpra-, hu-karaṇe ghañ vā]
     (1) A call, calling.
     (2) Any feminine conquettish gesture calculated to excite amorous sensations, dalliance (of love), blandishments; hāvahāri hasitaṃ vacanānāṃ kauśalaṃ dṛśi vikāraviśeṣāḥ Śi. 10. 13; jaguḥ sarāgaṃ nanṛtuḥ sahāvaṃ Bk. 3. 43; (hāva is thus defined by ujjvalamaṇiḥgrīvārecakasaṃyukto bhrūnetrādivikāsakṛt . bhāvādīṣatprakāśo yaḥ sa hāva iti kathyate .. see S. D. 127 also.

hāvakaḥ
     (1) One who calls or summons.
     (2) One who calls the bride.

hāsaḥ [has-bhāve ghañ]
     (1) Laughter, laughing, smile; bhāso hāsaḥ P. R. 1. 22.
     (2) Joy, mirth, merriment.
     (3) Laughter, as the prevailing feeling of the rasa called hāsya; see S. D. 207.
     (4) Derisive laughter; R. 12. 36.
     (5) Opening, blowing, expanding (as of lotuses &c.); kūlāni sāmarṣatayeva tenuḥ sarojalakṣmīṃ sthalapadmahāsaiḥ Bk. 2. 3.

hāsakaḥ A buffoon, merry-andrew.

hāsikā
     (1) Laughter.
     (2) Mirth, merriment.

hāsya a. [has-ṇyat] Laughable, ridiculous; R. 2. 43. --syaṃ
     (1) Laughter; Y. 1. 84.
     (2) Mirth, amusement, sport; Ms. 9. 227.
     (3) Jest, joke.
     (4) Derision, ridicule. --syaḥ The sentiment of mirth or humour, one of the eight or nine sentiments in poetry; it is thus defined: --vikṛtākāravāgveṣaceṣṭādeḥ kuhakādbhavet . hāsyo hāsasthāyibhāvaḥ (so must the line be read instead of hāso hāsyasthāyibhā vaḥ) śvetaḥ prathatadaivataḥ S. D. 228.
     -- Comp.
          --āspadaṃ a butt (of ridicule), laughing-stock.
          --pada vī, --mārgaḥ ridicule, derision; kruddhairnītastribhuvanajayī hāsyamārgaṃ daśāsyaḥ Vikr. 18. 107.
          --rasaḥ the sentiment of mirth or humour; see hāsya above.

hāsas m. The moon.

hāstikaḥ An elephant-driver or rider. --kaṃ A herd of elephants; Śi. 5. 30.

hāstinam N. of Hastināpura, q. v.

hāha(hā)lam  Deadly poison.

hāhas m. A Gandharva.

hāhā m. N. of a Gandharva. --ind. An exclamation denoting pain, grief or surprise, (it is simply hā repeated for the sake of emphasis; see hā).
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ 1. a grief, lamentation, loud wailing. --2. the din or uproar of battle.
          --ravaḥ the cry hāhā.

hi ind. (Never used at the beginning of a sentence) It has the following senses:
     (1) For, because (expressing a strict or logical reason); agnirihāsti dhūmo hi dṛśyate G. M.; R. 5. 10.
     (2) Indeed, surely; deva prayogapradhānaṃ hi nāṭyaśāstraṃ M. 1; na hi kamalinīṃ dṛṣṭhvā grāhamavekṣate mataṃgajaḥ M. 3.
     (3) For instance, as is well known; prajānāmeva bhūtyarthaṃ sa tābhyo balimagrahīt . sahasraguṇamutsraṣṭumādatte hi rasaṃ raviḥ R. 1. 18.
     (4) Only, alone (to emphasize an idea); mūḍho hi madanenāyāsyate K. 155.
     (5) Sometimes it is used merely as an expletive.

hi 5 P. (hinoti, hita; caus. hāyayati; desid. jighīṣati)
     (1) To send forth, impel.
     (2) To cast, throw, discharge, shoot; gadā śakrajitā jighye Bk. 14. 36.
     (3) To excite, incite, urge.
     (4) To promote, further.
     (5) To gratify, please, exhilarate.
     (6) To go or proceed.

hiṃs 1. 7. P., 10 U. (hiṃsati, hinasti, hiṃsayati-te, hiṃsita)
     (1) To strike, hit.
     (2) To hurt, injure, harm; Pt. 1. 307.
     (3) To afflict, torment; Māl. 2. 1.
     (4) To kill, slay, destroy completely; kīrti sūte duṣkṛtaṃ yā hinasti U. 5. 31; R. 8. 45; Bg. 13. 28; Bk. 6. 38, 14. 57, 15. 78.

hiṃsaka a. [hiṃs-ṇvul]
     (1) Injurious, noxious, hurtful.
     (2) Hostile.
     (3) Ferocious, savage. --kaḥ
     (1) A savage animal, a beast of prey.
     (2) An enemy.
     (3) A Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Atharvaveda.

hiṃsanaṃ --nā [hiṃs-lyuṭ] Striking, hurting, killing; Ms. 2. 177, 10. 48; Y. 1. 33.

hiṃsā [hiṃs-a]
     (1) Injury, mischief, wrong, harm, hurt (said to be of three kinds: kāyika 'personal', vācika 'verbal', and mānasika 'mental'); ahiṃsā paramo dharmaḥ.
     (2) Killing, slaying, destruction; R. 5. 57; 3. 313; Ms. 10. 63.
     (3) Robbery, plunder.
     -- Comp.
          --ātmaka a. injurious, destructive.
          --karman n. 1. any hurtful or injurious act. --2. magic used to effect the ruin or injury of an enemy (= abhicāra q. v.).
          --prāṇin m. a noxious animal.
          --rata a. delighting in mischief.
          --ruci a, intent on or delighting in mischief; Māl. 5. 29,
          --samudbhava a, arising from injury.

hiṃsāruḥ
     (1) A tiger.
     (2) Any noxious animal.

hiṃsālu [hiṃsā astyarye ālu]
     (1) Injurious, mischievous, hurtful.
     (2) Murderous. --m. A mischievous or savage dog (hiṃsāluka also).

hiṃsita a. Injured, hurt. --taṃ Injury, hurt.

hiṃsīraḥ [hiṃs-īran]
     (1) A tiger.
     (2) A bird (khaga).
     (3) A mischievous fellow.

hiṃsya a. Liable to be injured or killed; R. 2. 57; Ms. 5. 41.

hiṃsra a. [hiṃs-ra] Injurious, noxious, mischievous, hurtful, murderous; Ms. 9. 80, 12. 56.
     (2) Terrible.
     (3) Cruel, fierce, savage. --sraḥ
     (1) A fierce animal, beast of prey; R. 2. 27
     (2) A destroyer.
     (3) N. of Siva.
     (4) N. of Bhīma.
     -- Comp.
          --paśuḥ a beast of prey.
          --yaṃtraṃ 1. a trap. --1. a mystical text used for malevolent purposes.

hiṃsrakaḥ A savage or noxious animal, a beast of prey.

hiṃsrā
     (1) A vein, nerve.
     (2) Spikenard.

hikk I. 1 U. (hikkati-te, hikkita)
     (1) To make an indistinct or inarticulate sound.
     (2) To hiccough. --II. 10 A (hikkayate) To hurt, injure, kill.

hikkā
     (1) An indistinct sound.
     (2) Hiccough.

hiṃkāraḥ
     (1) A kind of low roar or sound like 'him'.
     (2) A tiger.

hiṃgu m., n. [himaṃ gacchati gam-ḍu ni]
     (1) The plant called Asa foetida.
     (2) The substance prepared from this plant (asa foetida) for household use, especially in seasoning articles of food.
     -- Comp.
          --niryāsaḥ 1. the gummy exudation of the hingu tree.
     (2) the nimba tree. --patraḥ the ingudi tree.

hiṃgulaḥ --lam Vermilion.

hiṃguliḥ Vermilion.

hiṃgulu m., n. Vermilion.

hiṃgulikā The prickly nightshade.

hiṃgulī The egg-plant.

hijjaḥ, hijjalaḥ N. of a tree(commonly called Hijjal.)

hiṃjīraḥ A rope or fetter for fastening an elephant's foot.

hiḍiṃbaḥ N. of a demon slain by Bhīma. --bā
     (1) The sister of Hiḍimba who married Bhīma.
     (2) The wife of Hanumat.
     -- Comp.
          --jit, niṣūdata, --bhid, -ripu m. epithets of Bhīma.

hiṃḍ 1 A. (hiṃḍate, hiṃḍita)
     (1) To go, wander, roam over,
     (2) To disregard, slight.

hiṃḍanam [hiṃḍ-lyuṭ]
     (1) Wandering, roaming about.
     (2) Sexual intercourse.
     (3) Writing.

hiṃḍikāḥ An astrologer.

hiṃḍi(ḍī)raḥ
     (1) Cuttle-fish bone.
     (2) A man, male.
     (3) The egg-plant.
     (4) A tonic or stomachic. --raṃ The pomegranate.

hiṃḍī N. of Durgā.

hita a. [dhā-kta, hi-kta vā]
     (1) Put, laid, placed.
     (2) Held, taken.
     (3) Suitable, fit, proper, good (with dat.); gobhyo hitaṃ gohitam.
     (4) Useful, advantageous,
     (5) Beneficial, advantageous, wholesome, salutary (said of words, diet &c.); hitaṃ manohāri ca durlabhaṃ vacaḥ Ki. 1. 4; 14. 63.
     (6) Friendly, kind, affectionate, welldisposed (generally with loc.).
     (7) Sent, impelled.
     (8) Gone, proceeded.
     (9) Auspicious. --taḥ A friend, benefactor, friendly adviser; hitānna yaḥ saṃśṛṇute sa kiṃprabhuḥ Ki. 1. 5; H. 1. 30. --tā A causeway, dike. --taṃ
     (1) Benefit, profit or advantage.
     (2) Anything proper or suitable.
     (3) Well-being, welfare, good. --COMP. --anubaṃdhin a. involving or causing welfare. --anve ṣin, --arthin a. seeking another's welfare. --icchā good will, good wishes. --icchu a. wishing well of, kindly disposed, a well-wisher. --uktiḥ f. salutary instruction, friendly or kind advice. --upadeśaḥ 1. friendly advice, salutary instruction. --2. N. of a celebrated collection of tales ascribed to Viṣṇu Śarman. --eṣin a. desiring another's welfare, well-wisher, benevolent. --kara --kartṛ, --kṛt, --kāraka a. 1. doing a kind act or service, friendly, favourable. --2. useful, rendering a service, serviceable; Pt. 1. 95. --3. beneficial, doing good; Pt. 1. 371. (--raḥ) a friend, benefactor; Pt. 1. 131, 417. --kāma a. desirous of befriending or benefiting; Pt. 1. 315. --kāmyā desire for another's wel-fare, good will. --kārin, --kṛt m. a benefactor. --praṇī m. a spy. --buddhi a. friendly-minded, a well-wisher. --vākyaṃ friendly advice. --vādin m. a friendly counsellor.

hitakaḥ
     (1) A child.
     (2) The young of an animal.

hiṃtālaḥ A kind of palm.

hiṃduḥ N. of a tribe.

hiṃdolaḥ
     (1) A swing.
     (2) The swing on which the figures of Kṛṣṇa are carried about during the swing-festival in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa, or the festival itself.

hiṃdolakaḥ, hiṃdolā
     (1) A swing.
     (2) A cradle.

hima a. [hi-mak] Cold, frigid, frosty, dewy, --maḥ
     (1) The cold season, winter.
     (2) The moon.
     (3) The Himālaya mountain.
     (4) The sandal tree.
     (5) Camphor. --maṃ
     (1) Frost, hoar-frost; R. 1. 46, 9. 25; Ku. 1. 3, 11; R. 9. 28, 15. 66, 16. 44, Ki. 5. 12.
     (3) Cold, coldness.
     (4) A lotus.
     (5) Fresh butter.
     (6) A pearl.
     (7) Night.
     (8) Tin.
     (9) Sandal wood.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃśuḥ 1. the moon; Me. 89, R. 5. 16, 6. 47, 14. 80; Śi. 2. 49. --2. camphor. -abhikhyaṃ silver.
          --acalaḥ, --adriḥ the Himālaya mountain; Ku. 1. 54; R. 4. 79, 4. 3. -jā, -tanayā 1 Pārvatī. --2. the Ganges.
          --aṃbu, --aṃbhas n. 1. cold water. --2. dew; R. 5. 70.
          --anilaḥ a cold wind.
          --abjaṃ a lotus.
          --arātiḥ 1. fire. --2. the sun. --3. the arka and chitraka plants.
          --āgabhaḥ the cold or winter-season.
          --ārta a. pinched or shivering with cold, chilled.
          --ālayaḥ 1. the Himālaya mountain; Ku. 1. 1. --2. the white Khadira tree. -sutā an epithet of Pārvatī.
          --āhvaḥ, --āhvayaḥ camphor. (
          --yaṃ) a lotus.
          --uttarā the tawny grape.
          --utpannā a kind of sugar.
          --udbhavā the plant called Zedoary.
          --usraḥ the moon.
          --karaḥ 1. the moon; luṭhati na sā himakarakiraṇena Gīt. 7. --2. camphor.
          --kuṭaḥ 1. the winter season. --2. the Himālaya mountain.
          --giriḥ the Himālaya.
          --guḥ the moon.
          --jaḥ the Maināka mountain.
          --jā 1. the plant Zedoary. --2. Pārvatī.
          --tailaṃ a kind of camphor ointment.
          --dīdhitiḥ the moon; Śi. 9. 29.
          --durdinaṃ wintry weather, cold and bad weather.
          --dyutiḥ the moon.
          --drumaḥ the Nimba tree.
          --druh m. the sun.
          --dhātuḥ the Himālaya mountain.
          --dhvasta a. bitten, nipped, or blighted by frost.
          --pātaḥ cold rain; Pt. 3.
          --prasthaḥ the Himalaya mountain.
          --bhās, --raśmi m. the moon.
          --vālukaḥ --kā camphor.
          --śītala a. ice-cold.
          --śailaḥ the Himalaya mountain.
          --śrathaḥ the moon.
          --saṃhatiḥ f. a mass of ice or snow.
          --saras n. 'a lake of snow', cold water; Māl. 1. 31.
          --hāsakaḥ the marshy date-tree.

himakaḥ The Vikankata tree.

himavat a. Snowy, icy, frosty. --m. The Himālaya mountain; R. 4. 79, V. 5. 22.
     -- Comp.
          --kukṣiḥ a valley of the Himālaya.
          --puraṃ N. of Oshadhiprastha, the capital of Himālaya; Ku. 6. 33.
          --sutaḥ the Maināka mountain.
          --sutā 1. Pārvatī. --2. the Ganges.

himā
     (1) The cold season, winter.
     (2) Small cardamoms.
     (3) A kind of grass.
     (4) The fragrant drug and perfume called Reṇukā.

himānī
     (1) [mahad himaṃ, ānuk] A mass or collection of snow, snow-drift; nagamupari himānīgauramāsādya jiṣṇuḥ Ki. 4. 38; Bv. 1. 26.
     (2) A kind of sugar.

himikā Hoar-frost.

himelu a. Suffering from cold, chilly, frozen.

himnaḥ The planet Mercury.

himya a.
     (1) Snowy, frosty.
     (2) Cold, frigid.

hiraṃguḥ N. of Rāhu.

hiraṇam [hṛ-lyuṭ ni-]
     (1) Gold.
     (2) Semen.
     (3) A cowrie.

hiraṇmaya a. (yī f.) Made of gold, golden; hiraṇmayī sītāyāḥ pratikṛtiḥ U. 2, R. 15. 61. --yaḥ The god Brahman. --yaṃ One of the nine divisions of the world.

hiraṇyam [hiraṇemava svārthe yat]
     (1) Gold; Ms. 2. 246, 8. 128.
     (2) Any vessel of gold; Ms. 2. 29.
     (3) Silver.
     (4) Any precious metal.
     (5) Wealth, property.
     (6) Semen virile.
     (7) A cowrie.
     (8) A particular measure.
     (9) A substance. (10) The thorn-apple (dhattūra). --ṇyā One of the seven tongues of fire.
     -- Comp.
          --akṣaḥ N. of a celebrated demon, twin brother of Hiraṇyakaśipu. [On the strength of a boon from Brahman he became insolent and oppressive, seized upon the earth, and carried it with him into the depths of the ocean. Viṣṇu therefore became incarnate as a boar, killed the demon and lifted up the earth.]
          --kakṣa a. wearing a golden girdle.
          --kaśipuḥ N. of a celebrated king of demons. [He was a son of Kaśyapa and Diti, and by virtue of a boon from Brahman, he became so powerful that he usurped the sovereignty of Indra and oppressed the three worlds. He freely blasphemed the great god and subjected his son Prahrāda to untold cruelties for acknowledging Viṣṇu as the Supreme deity. But he was eventually torn to pieces by Viṣṇu in the form of Narasimha; see prahrāda]. --kośaḥ gold and silver (whether wrought or unwrought).
          --garbhaḥ 1. N. of Brahman (as born from a golden-egg). --2. N. of Viṣṇu. --3. the soul invested by the subtile body or sūkṣmaśarīra q. v.
          --da a. giving or granting gold; Ms. 4. 230. (
          --daḥ) the ocean. (
          --dā) the earth.
          --nābhaḥ the mountain Maināka.
          --bāhuḥ 1. an epithet of Śiva. --2. the river Śoṇa.
          --biṃduḥ fire.
          --retas m. 1. fire; R. 18. 25. --2. the sun. --3. N. of Śiva. --4. the Chitraka or Arka plant.
          --varṇā a river.
          --vāhaḥ 1. the river Śoṇa. --2. N. of Śiva.

hiraṇyaya a. (yī f.) Golden.

hiraṇyavaḥ A divine treasure.

hiruk ind. Ved.
     (1) Without, except
     (2) Amongst, in the midst of.
     (3) Near.
     (4) Below.

hil 6 P. (hilati) To sport amorously, wanton, dally, express amorous desire.

hillolaḥ
     (1) A wave, billow.
     (2) The musical mode called Hindola.
     (3) A caprice, whim.
     (4) A kind of coitus.

hilvalāḥ f. pl. N. of five small stars in the head of the lunar mansion called mṛgaśiras.

hī ind. An interjection of
     (1) Surprise (ah!); hatīvīdhalasitānāṃ hī vicitro vipākaḥ Śi. 11. 64; or hī citraṃ lakṣmaṇenoce Bk. 14. 39; (often repeated in theatrical language in this sense).
     (2) Fatigue, despondency or sorrow.
     (3) Reason (cf. hi).

hīna p. p. [hā-kta tasya naḥ ītvam]
     (1) Left, abandoned, forsaken &c.
     (2) Destitute or deprived of, bereft of, without; (with instr. or in comp.); guṇairhīnā na śobhaṃte nigaidhā iva kiṃśukāḥ Subhāṣ.; so dravya-, mati-, utsāha- &c.
     (3) Excluded, shut out from (with abl.).
     (4) Decayed, wasted.
     (5) Deficient, defective; hīnātiriktagāvo vā tamapyapanayettataḥ Ms. 3. 242.
     (6) Subtracted.
     (7) Less, lower; Ms. 2. 194.
     (8) Low, base, mean, vile. --naḥ
     (1) A defective witness.
     (2) A faulty respondent; (Nārada enumerates five kinds: --anyavādī kriyādveṣī nopasthāyī niruttaraḥ . āhūtaprapalāyī ca hīnaḥ paṃcavidhaḥ smṛtaḥ).
     (3) Subtraction.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. deficient in a limb, crippled, maimed, defective; Ms. 4. 141; Pt. 5. 95; Y. 1. 222. (
          --gī) a small ant.
          --karman a. neglecting the customary religious rites.
          --kula, --ja a. base-born, of low family.
          --kratu a. one who neglects his sacrifice.
          --jāti a. 1. of a low caste. --2. excommunicated, outcaste, degraded.
          --yoniḥ f. low birth or origin.
          --varṇa a. 1. of low caste. --2. of inferior rank.
          --vādaḥ a defective statement, contradictory evidence, prevarication.
          --vādin a. 1. making a defective statement. --2. prevaricating. --3. dumb, speechless. --4. cast in law, defeated.
          --sakhyaṃ associating with low persons.
          --sevā attendance on base persons.

hīṃtālaḥ The marshy date tree.

hariḥ [hṛ-ka ni.]
     (1) A snake.
     (2) A necklace.
     (3) A lion.
     (4) N. of the father of Śrīharṣa, the author of the Naishadha-charita.
     (5) N. of Śiva. --raḥ, --raṃ
     (1) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (2) A diamond; (occurring in the concluding stanza of each canto of naiṣadhacarita).
     -- Comp.
          --aṃgaḥ the thunder-bolt of Indra.

harikaḥ A diamond.

hīrā
     (1) An epithet of Lakṣmī.
     (2) An ant.

hīlam Semen virile.

hīlukam A kind of rum (distilled from molasses).

hīhī ind. A particle expressive of surprise or merriment; see hī.

hu 3 P, (juhoti, huta; pass. hūyate; caus. hāvayati-te, desid. juhūṣati)
     (1) To offer or present (as an oblation to fire); make an offering to or in honor of a deity (with acc.); sacrifice; yo maṃtrapūtāṃ tanumapyahauṣīt R. 13. 45; jaṭādharaḥ san juhudhīha pāvakaṃ Ki. 1. 44; havijurhudhi pāvake Bk. 20. 11; Ms. 3. 87; Y. 1. 99.
     (2) To perform a sacrifice.
     (3) To eat.

huta p. p. [hu-kta]
     (1) Offered as an oblation to fire, burnt as a sacrificial offering.
     (2) One to whom an oblation is offered; S. 4; R. 2. 71. --taḥ N. of Śiva. --taṃ An oblation, offering.
     -- Comp.
          --agni a. who has made an oblation to fire; R. 1. 6. (--m.) a sacrificial fire.
          --aśanaḥ 1. fire; samīraṇo nodayitā bhaveti vyādiśyate kena hutāśanasya Ku. 3. 21, R. 4. 1. --2. N. of Śiva. --3. the Chitraka tree. -sahāyaḥ an epithet of Śiva.
          --aśanī the full-moon day in the month of Phālguna (holikā). --āśaḥ fire; pradakṣiṇīkṛtya hutaṃ hutāśaṃ R. 2. 71.
          --jātavedas a. one who has made an oblation to fire.
          --bhuj m. fire; naiśasyārcirhutabhuja iva cchinnabhūyiṣṭhadhūmā V. 1. 7; U. 5. 9. -priyā Svāha the wife of Agni.
          --vahaḥ fire; janākīrṇaṃ manye hutavahaparītaṃ gṛhamiva S. 5. 10; śītāṃśustapano hito hutavahaḥ Gīt. 9; Me. 43; Rs. 1. 27.
          --homaḥ a Brāhmaṇa who has offered oblations to fire. (
          --maṃ) a burnt offering.

hutiḥ f. Offering oblations.

huḍ I. 1 P. (hoḍati) To go. --II. 6 P. (huḍati)
     (1) To collect.
     (2) To dive, sink.

huḍaḥ
     (1) A ram.
     (2) An iron stake for keeping out thieves.
     (3) A kind of fence.
     (4) An iron club.
     (5) A kind of bulwark or fence.
     (6) A place for voiding excrement on a chariot.
     (7) A cloud.

huḍuḥ A ram; jaṃbuko huḍuyuddhena Pt. 1. 162.

huḍukkaḥ
     (1) A small hour-glassshaped drum; N. 15. 17.
     (2) A kind of bird (dātyūha).
     (3) The bolt of a door.
     (4) A drunken man.
     (5) A stick bound with iron.

huḍut n.
     (1) Noise of a bull.
     (2) A sound of threat.

huṃḍ 1 A. (huṃḍate)
     (1) To collect.
     (2) To select, choose.

huṃḍaḥ
     (1) A tiger.
     (2) A ram.
     (3) A blockhead.
     (4) A village-hog.
     (5) A demon.

hum ind. A particle (originally an imitative sound) expressing
     (1) Remembrance or recollection; huṃ jñātaṃ or rāmo nāma babhūva huṃ tadabalā sīteti hum.
     (2) Doubt; caitro huṃ maitro huṃ.
     (3) Assent; U. 5. 35.
     (4) Anger.
     (5) Aversion.
     (6) Reproach.
     (7) Interrogation. (In spells and incantations huṃ is often found used with dat.; e. g. oṃ kavacāyahum). (huṃkṛ means 'to utter the sound hum', 'to roar, grunt, bellow, as in anuhuṃkṛ 'to roar in return;' anuhuṃkurute ghanadhvaniṃ na hi gomāyurutāni kesarī Śi. 16. 25.).
     -- Comp.
          --kāraḥ --kṛtiḥ f. 1. uttering the sound 'hum'; pṛṣṭā punaḥ punaḥ kāṃtā huṃkāraireva bhāṣate. --2. a menacing sound, sound of defiance; kṣatahuṃkāraśaṃsinaḥ Ku. 2. 26; huṃkāreṇeva dhanuṣaḥ sa hi vighnānapohati S. 3. 1, R. 7. 58; Ku. 5. 54. --3. roaring, bellowing in general. --4. the grunting of a boar. --5. the twang of a bow.
          --kṛtaṃ 1. an incantation. --2. the grunt of a wild boar. --3. the roar of thunder.

hurccha 1 P. (hūrcchati)
     (1) To be crooked.
     (2) To act dishonestly, deceive.

hūrcchanam Dishonesty, cunning.

hul 1 P. (holati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To cover or conceal.
     (3) To kill.

hulahulī A kind of inarticulate sound, uttered by women on joyful occasions.

huhu(hū) m. A kind of Gandharva.

hū ind.
     (1) An interjection of calling.
     (2) Of contempt.
     (3) Of pride.
     (4) Of grief (oh! ah! alas &c.).

hūḍ 1 A. (hūḍate) To go.

hūṇaḥ(naḥ)
     (1) A barbarian, foreigner; sadyo muṃḍitamattahūṇacibukapraspardhi nāraṃgakam.
     (2) A kind of golden coin, (probably current in the country of the Hūṇas). --ṇāḥ m. pl. N. of a country or its people; hūṇādarodyanāṃ R. 4. 68.

hūta p. p. [hve-kta saṃprasāraṇaṃ]
     (1) Called, summoned, invited &c.; see hve.

hūtiḥ f. [hve ktin saṃprasāraṇaṃ]
     (1) Calling, inviting.
     (2) Challenging.
     (3) A name; as in harihetihūti q. v.

hūm &c. see hum.

hūravaḥ A jackal.

hūhū m. A kind of Gandharva.

hṛ 1 U. (harati-te, jahāra, jahre, ahārṣīt, ahṛta, hariṣyati-te, hartuṃ hṛta; pass. hriyate)
     (1) To take, carry, convey, lead, (often used with two accusatives in this sense); ajāṃ grāmaṃ harati Sk.; saṃdeśaṃ me hara dhanapatikrodhaviśleṣitasya Me. 7; Ms. 4. 74.
     (2) To carry off or away, take or draw to a distance; Bk. 5. 47.
     (3) To take away, rob, plunder, steal; durvṛttā jārajanmāno hariṣyaṃtīti śaṃkayā Bv. 4. 45; R. 3. 39, Ku. 2. 47, Bk. 2. 39; Ms. 7. 43.
     (4) To strip off, deprive of, despoil, take away; vṛṃtācślathaṃ harati puṣpamanokahānāṃ R. 5. 69, Bk. 15. 116; Ms. 8. 334.
     (5) To take away, cure, destroy; tathāpi harate tāpaṃ lokānāmunnato ghanaḥ Bv. 1. 39; R. 15. 24; Me. 31.
     (6) To attract, captivate, win over, influence, subdue; enchant; ceto na kasya harate gatiraṃganāyāḥ Bv. 2. 157; ye bhāvā hṛdayaṃ haraṃti 1. 103; tavāsmi gītarāgeṇa hāriṇā prasabhaṃ hṛtaḥ S. 1. 5; harati me harivāhanadiṅmukhaṃ V. 3. 6; mṛgayā jahāra catureva kāminī R. 9. 69, 10. 83, Rs. 6. 21; Bg. 6. 44, 2. 60; Ms. 6. 59.
     (7) To gain, acquire, obtain; tato viṃśaṃ nṛpo haret Ms. 8. 391, 153; sa haratu subhagapatākāṃ Dk.
     (8) To have, possess; Bv. 2. 163.
     (9) To surpass, eclipse; Bk. 5. 71; Śi. 93. (10) To marry; Ms. 9. 93.
     (11) To divide.
     (12) To cast, throw (as an arrow).
     (13) To accept, receive, inherit.
     (14) To offer. --Caus. (hārayati-te) To cause to take, carry or convey, send (something) by one, (with acc. or instr.); bhṛtyaṃ bhṛtyena vā bhāraṃ hārayati Sk.; jīmūtena svakuśalamayīṃ hārayiṣyan pravṛttiṃ Me. 4; Ms. 8. 114; Ku. 2. 39.
     (2) To cause to be taken away, to lose, be deprived of.
     (3) To give away. --Desid. (jihīṣati-te) To wish to take &c. --II. 3 P. (jiharti) To take by force.

hṛt a. (At the end of comp. only) Taking away, seizing, removing, carrying off, attracting &c.

hṛta p. p. [hṛ-kta]
     (1) Taken or carried away.
     (2) Seized.
     (3) Captivated.
     (4) Accepted.
     (5) Divided; see hṛ. --taṃ A portion, share.
     -- Comp.
          --adhikāra a. 1. dismissed from authority, turned out. --2. deprived of one's due rights.
          --uttarīya a. having the upper garments stripped off.
          --dravya, --dhana a. spoiled of wealth.
          --sarvasva a. stripped of all one's property, utterly ruined.

hṛtiḥ f.
     (1) Seizure.
     (2) Robbing, spoliation.
     (3) Destruction.

hṛ(hri)ṇīyate  Den. A.
     (1) To be angry.
     (2) To feel ashamed (with instr. or gen.); tvayādya tasminnapi daṃḍadhāriṇā kathaṃ na patyā dharaṇī hṛṇīyate N. 1. 133; divopi vajrāyudhabhūṣaṇāyā hṛṇīyate vīrabatī na bhūmiḥ Bk. 2. 38.

hṛṇī(ṇi)yā
     (1) Censure, reproach,
     (2) Shame.
     (3) Compassion.

hṛd n. (This word has no forms for the fist five inflections, and is optionally substituted for hadaya after acc. dual)
     (1) The mind, heart. =
     (2) The chest, bosom, breast; imāṃ hṛdi vyāyatapātamakṣiṇot Ku. 5. 54.
     (3) The soul.
     (4) The interior or essence. of anything.
     -- Comp.
          --āvartaḥ a lock or curl of hair on a horse's chest.
          --kaṃpaḥ tremor of the heart, palpitation.
          --gata a. 1. seated in the mind, conceived, designed. --2. cherished. (
          --taṃ) design, meaning, intent.
          --grahaḥ spasm of the heart.
          --graṃthaḥ a heart. sore.
          --deśaḥ the region of the heart.
          --piṃḍaḥ --ḍaṃ the heart.
          --rogaḥ 1. a heartdisease, heartburn. --2. sorrow, grief, anguish. --3. love. --4. the sign Aquarius of the zodiac.
          --lāsaḥ (hṛllāsaḥ) 1. hiccough. --2. disquietude, grief.
          --lekhaḥ (hṛllekhaḥ) 1. knowledge, reasoning. --2. heart-ache.
          --lekhā (hṛllekhā) grief, anxiety.
          --vaṃṭakaḥ the stomach.
          --śayaḥ 1. the god of love. --2. love.
          --śūlaṃ an acute pain in the chest.
          --śokaḥ heartburn or anguish.

hṛdayam
     (1) The heart, soul, mind; hṛdaye digdhaśarairivāhataḥ Ku. 4. 25; so ayohṛdayaḥ R. 9. 9; pāṣāṇahṛdaya &c.
     (2) The bosom, chest, breast; bāṇabhinnahṛdayā nipetuṣī R. 11. 19.
     (3) Love, affection.
     (4) The interior or essence of anything.
     (5) The secret science; aśva-, akṣa- &c.
     (6) True or divine knowledge.
     (7) The Veda.
     -- Comp.
          --ātman m. a heron.
          --āvidh a. heart-rending, heart-piercing; Bk. 6. 73.
          --īśaḥ, īśvaraḥ a husband. (
          --śā, --rī f.) 1. a wife.
     (2) a mistress. --udaṃkaḥ heaving of the heart. --kaṃpaḥ tremor of the heart, palpitation. --grāhin a. heart-captivating. --coraḥ one who steals the heart or affections. --chid a. heartrending, heart-piercing. --rajjuḥ (in geom.) a central line. --rogaḥ a heart-disease; Mu. 1. 13. --lekhaḥ 1. knowledge. --2. heart-ache, anxiety. --vidh, --bedhin a. heart-piercing. --vṛtti f. disposition of the heart. --stha a. being or cherished in the heart. --sthānaṃ the breast, bosom.

hṛdayaṃgama a.
     (1) Heart-stirring, touching, thrilling.
     (2) Lovely, handsome; Māl. 1.
     (3) Sweet, attractive, pleasant, agreeable; aho hṛdayaṃgamaḥ parihāsaḥ Māl. 3; vallakī ca hṛdayaṃgamasvanā R. 19. 13, Ku. 2. 16.
     (4) Fit, appropriate.
     (5) Dear, beloved, cherished; kva nu te hṛdayaṃgamaḥ sakhā Ku. 4. 24. --maṃ An appropriate speech.

hṛdayālu, hṛdayika, hṛdayin a. Tenderhearted, good-hearted, affectionate.

hṛdi(dī)kaḥ  N. of a Yādava prince.

hṛdispṛś a.
     (1) Touching the heart.
     (2) Dear, beloved.
     (3) Agreeable, charming, beautiful.

hṛdya a. [hṛdi spṛśyate manojñatvāt hṛd-yat]
     (1) Hearty, cordial, sincere.
     (2) Dear to the heart, cherished, dear, desired, beloved; Bv. 1. 69.
     (3) Agreeable, pleasant; charming; Māl. 1. 4, 8. 4, R. 11. 68.
     (4) Affectionate, kind.
     -- Comp.
          --gaṃdhaḥ the Bilva tree.
          --gaṃdhā the great-flowered jasmine.
          --gaṃdhaṃ 1. small cumin. --2. sochal salt.

hṛṣ 1. 4. P. (harṣati, hṛṣyati, hṛṣṭa or hṛṣita)
     (1) To be delighted or rejoiced, be pleased or glad, to exult, rejoice; advitīyaṃ rucātmānaṃ matvā kiṃ caṃdra hṛṣyasi Bv. 2. 54.
     (2) To bristle or stand erect, stand on end (as the hair of the body); hṛṣitāstanūruhāḥ Dk.; hṛṣyaṃti romakūpāni Mb.
     (3) To become erect (said of other things, e. g. the penis).
     (4) To lie, tell a lie. --Caus. (harṣayati-te) To please, delight, fill with pleasure.

hṛṣita p. p. [hṛṣ-kta vā- iṭ]
     (1) Pleased, delighted, glad, happy, rejoiced, enraptured.
     (2) Thrilled; having the hair bristling.
     (3) Astonished.
     (4) Bent, bowed.
     (5) Disappointed.
     (6) Fresh.
     (7) Armed, accoutred.

hṛṣīkam [hṛṣ-ī kak] An organ of sense.
     -- Comp.
          --īśaḥ an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa; Bg. 1. 15; et seq.; (hṛṣīkāṇīṃdriyāṇyāhusteṣāmīśo yato bhavān . hṛṣīkeśastato viṣṇo khyāto deveṣu keśava .. Mb.).

hṛṣṭa p. p. [hṛṣ-kta] Pleased, rejoiced (= hṛṣita).
     -- Comp.
          --citta, --mānasa a. rejoiced in mind, glad at heart, happy.
          --roman a. having the hair on the body bristling or thrilling (with joy).
          --vadana a. having a cheerful countenance.
          --saṃkalpa a. contented, pleased.
          --hṛdaya a. joyoushearted, cheerful, merry.

hṛṣṭiḥ f. [hṛṣ-ktin]
     (1) Delight, happiness, joy, pleasure.
     (2) Pride.
     (3) Knowledge.

he ind.
     (1) A vocative particle(oh!, ho!); he kṛṣṇa he yādava he sakheti Bg. 11. 41; he rājānastyajata sukavipremabaṃthe virodhaṃ Vikr. 18. 107.
     (2) A particle used in challenging.
     (3) An interjection expressing defiance, envy, ill-will or disapprobation.

hekkā Hiccough.

heṭh 1 P. (heṭhati)
     (1) To be wicked.
     (2) To vex, trouble, harass.
     (3) To strike, hurt, injure.
     (4) To be born or produced.
     (5) To purify.
     (6) To cause prosperity, produce happiness.

heṭhaḥ
     (1) Vexation.
     (2) Hindrance, obstruction, opposition.
     (3) Injury, hurt.

heḍ 1 A. (heḍate) To disregard, slight, neglect. --II. 1 P. (heḍati)
     (1) To surround.
     (2) To attire.

heḍaḥ Disregard, slight.
     -- Comp.
          --jaḥ anger, displeasure.

heḍābukkaḥ A horse-dealer.

hetiḥ m. f. [han-karaṇe ktin ni-] A weapon, a missile; samaravijayī hetidalitaḥ Bh. 2. 44; R. 10. 12; Ki. 3. 56, 14. 30.
     (2) A stroke, injury.
     (3) A ray of the sun.
     (4) Light, splendour.
     (5) Flame.

hetuḥ [hi-tun Uṇ. 1. 73]
     (1) Cause, reason, object, motive; iti hetustadudbhave K. P. 1; Māl. 1. 23, R. 1. 10; Me. 25; S. 3. 12.
     (2) Source, origin; sa pitā pitarastāsāṃ kevalaṃ janmahetavaḥ R. 1. 24 'authors of their being'.
     (3) A means or instrument.
     (4) The logical reason, the reason for an inference, middle term (forming the second member of the five-membered syllogism).
     (5) Logic, science of reasoning.
     (6) Any logical proof or argument.
     (7) A rhetorical reason (regarded by some writers as a figure of speech); it is thus defined: --hetorhetu matā sārdhamabhedo heturucyate. (N. B. The forms hetunā, hetoḥ, rarely hetau, are used adverbially in the sense of 'by reason of', 'on account of', 'because of', with gen. or in comp. śāstravijñānahetunā; alpasya hetorbahu hātumicchan R. 2. 47; vismṛtaṃ kasya hetoḥ Mu. 1. 1. &c.).
     -- Comp.
          --apadeśaḥ adducing the hetu (in the form of the five-membered syllogism).
          --ābhāsaḥ 'the semblance of a reason.' a fallacious middle term, fallacy; (it is of five kinds:
          --savyabhicāra or anaikāṃtika, viruddha, asiddha, satpratipakṣa and bādhita). --upakṣepaḥ --upanyāsaḥ adducing a reason, statement of an argument.
          --vādaḥ disputation, controversy.
          --śāstraṃ a logically-treated work, any heretical work questioning the authority of Smṛtis or revelation; Ms. 2. 11.
          --hetumat m. du. cause and effect. -bhāvaḥ the relation existing between cause and effect.

hetuka a. Causing, producing(at the end of comp.). --kaḥ
     (1) A cause, reason.
     (2) An instrument.
     (3) A logician.

hetutā --tvam Causation, the existence of cause.

hetumat a.
     (1) Having a reason or cause.
     (2) Having the hetu. --m. An effect.

hemam [hi-man]
     (1) Gold.
     (2) The thorn-apple. --maḥ
     (1) A dark or brown-coloured horse.
     (2) A particular weight of gold.
     (3) The planet Mercury.

heman n. [hi-manin]
     (1) Gold.
     (2) Water. --Snow.
     (4) The thorn-apple.
     (5) The Keśara flower.
     (6) Winter, the cold season.
     (7) The planet Mercury.
     -- Comp.
          --aṃga a. golden; Mu. 2. 10 v. 1. (
          --gaḥ) 1. Garuḍu. --2. a lion. --3. the mountain Sumeru. --4. N. of Brahman. --5. of Viṣṇu. --6. the Champaka tree.
          --aṃgadaṃ a goldbracelet.
          --adriḥ the mountain Sumeru.
          --aṃbhojaṃ a golden lotus; hemāṃbhojaprasavi salilaṃ mānasasvādadānaḥ Me. 62.
          --aṃbhoruhaṃ a golden lotus; Ku. 2. 44.
          --āhvaḥ 1. the wild Champaka tree. --2. the Dhattura plant.
          --kaṃdalaḥ coral.
          --karaḥ, --kartṛ, --kāraḥ, --kārakaḥ a goldsmith; Ms. 12. 61, Y. 3. 147.
          --kiṃjalkaṃ the Nāgakeśara flower.
          --kuṃbhaḥ a golden jar.
          --kūṭaḥ N. of a mountain; S. 7.
          --ketakī the Keteka plant, bearing yellow flowers (svarṇaketī). --keliḥ 1. an epithet of Agni. --2. the Chitraka plant.
          --keśaḥ N. of Śiva.
          --gaṃdhinī the perfume named Reṇukā.
          --giriḥ the mountain Sumeru.
          --gauraḥ the Aśoka tree.
          --channa a. covered with gold. (
          --nnaṃ) gold covering
          --jvālaḥ fire.
          --taruḥ the thorn-apple.
          --tāraṃ blue vitriol.
          --dugdhaḥ, --dugdhakaḥ the glomerous fig-tree.
          --parvataḥ the mountain Meru.
          --puṣpa, --puṣpakaḥ 1. the kśoka tree. --2. the Lodhra tree. --3. the Champaka tree. (--n.) 1. the Aśoka flower. --2. the flower of China rose.
          --puṣpikā yellow jasmine.
          --ba (va) laṃ a pearl.
          --mālā the wife of Yama.
          --mālin m. the sun.
          --yūthikā the golden or yellow jasmine.
          --rāgiṇī f. turmeric.
          --śaṃkhaḥ N. of Viṣṇu.
          --śṛṃgaṃ 1. a golden horn. --2. a golden summit.
          --sāraṃ blue vitriol.
          --sūtraṃ, --sūtrakaṃ a kind of necklace; (Mar. gopha).

hemakam Gold.

hemalaḥ
     (1) A goldsmith.
     (2) A touchstone.
     (3) A chameleon.

hemya a. Golden.

hemaṃtaḥ --tam One of the six seasons, cold or winter season (comprising the months mārgaśīrṣa and pauṣa); navaprabālodgamasasyaramyaḥ praphullalobhraḥ paripakvaśāliḥ . vilīnapadmaḥ prapatattuṣāro hemaṃtakālaḥ samupāgataḥ priye Rs. 4. 1.
     -- Comp.
          --nāthaḥ the wood-apple tree.

hemaṃtī Winter.

heya a. Fit to be left or abandoned.

heram [hi-ran]
     (1) A kind of crown or diadem.
     (2) Turmeric.
     (3) Demoniacal illusion.

heraṃbaḥ [he śive raṃbati raṃb-ac aluk samā- Tv.]
     (1) N. of Gaṇeśa.
     (2) A buffalo.
     (3) A boastful hero.
     -- Comp.
          --jananī N. of Pārvatī (mother of Gaṇeśa).

herikaḥ A spy, secret emissary.

herukaḥ An attendant on Śiva.

hel 1 A. (helate) To disregard; see heḍ.

helanaṃ --nā
     (1) Disregarding, slighting, contempt, insulting.
     (2) Sporting amorously, wanton dalliance.

helā [heḍ-bhāve-ḍasya laḥ]
     (1) Contempt, disrespect, insult; Śi. 12. 72.
     (2)
          (a) Amorous sport or dalliance, wanton sport; S. D. 128; D. R. 2. 32.
          (b) Pleasure, delight, pastime; Māl. 9. 43.
     (3) Strong sexual desire; prauḍhecchayā'tirūḍhānāṃ nārīṇāṃ suratotsave . śṛṃgāraśāstratatvajñairhelā sā parikīrtitā ..
     (4) Ease, facility; Śi. 1. 34; helayā 'easily', without any difficulty or trouble.
     (5) Moonlight.
     (6) A pause in a note or shaking (as in music).

helāvukkaḥ A horse-dealer.

heliḥ [hil-in] The sun. --f. Wanton or amorous sport, dalliance.

hevākaḥ Ardent or intense desire, eagerness; (this word, like the word laṭabha q. v., is used only by later writers like Kalhaṇa, Bilhaṇa, and is probably derived from Persian or Arabic); asminnāsīttadanu niviḍāśleṣahevākalīlāvelladvāhukvaṇitavalayā saṃtataṃ rājalakṣmīḥ Vikr. 18. 101; cf. hevākin below.

hevākasa a. High, intense, ardent; hevākasastu śṛṃgāro hāvokṣibhrūvikārakṛt D. R. 2. 31; (might the word here not be derived from hevāka?).

hevākin a. Ardently desirous of, eager for, (in comp.); jāyaṃte mahatāmaho nirupamaprasthānahevākināṃ niḥsāmānyamahattvayogapiśunā vārtā vipattāvapi Kalhaṇa.

heṣ 1 A. (heṣate, heṣita) To neigh (as a horse); to bray, roar (in general).

heṣaḥ, heṣā, heṣitam Neighing, braying; rathāṃgasaṃkrīḍitamaśvaheṣaḥ Ki. 16. 8.

heṣin m. A horse.

hehe ind. A vocative particle used in addressing or calling out loudly.

hai ind. A vocative particle.

haituka a. (kī f.) [hetau prasṛtaḥ ṭhaṇ]
     (1) Causal, causative.
     (2) Argumentative, rationalistic. --kaḥ
     (1) A logical reasoner, an arguer.
     (2) A follower of the Mīmāmsā doctrines.
     (3) A rationalist, sceptic.
     (4) A heretic.

haima a. (mī f.) [hima-heman-aṇ]
     (1) Cold, wintry, frigid.
     (2) Caused by frost; mṛṇālinī haimamivoparāgaṃ R. 16. 7.
     (2) Golden, made of gold; pādena haimaṃ vililekha pīṭhaṃ R. 6. 15; Bk. 5. 89; Ku. 6. 6.
     (3) Of a golden yellow colour. --mā --mī Yellow jasmine. --maṃ Hoar-frost, dew. --maḥ An epithet of Śiva.
     -- Comp.
          --mudrā, --mudrikā a golden coin.

haimana a. (nī f.) [hemaṃta eva hemaṃte bhavo vā aṇ talopaḥ]
     (1) Wintry, cold; Śi. 6. 55, Ki. 17. 12.
     (2) Pertaining to winter, i. e. long (as nights); Śi. 6. 77.
     (3) Growing in or suitable for winter; haimanairnivasanaiḥ sumadhyamāḥ R. 19. 41.
     (4) Golden, made of gold. --naḥ
     (1) The month Mārgaśīrṣa.
     (2) The winter season (= hemaṃta q. v.).

haimaṃtika a. [hemaṃte kāle bhavaḥ ṭhañ]
     (1) Wintry, cold.
     (2) Growing in winter. --kaṃ A kind of rice.

haimala See hemataṃ.

haimavata a. (tī f.) [himavato adūrabhavo deśaḥ tasyedaṃ vā aṇ]
     (1) Snowy.
     (2) Flowing from the snowy, i. e. Himālaya, mountain; R. 16. 44.
     (3) Bred in, belonging to, or situated on, the Himālaya mountain; Ku. 3. 23, 2. 67. --taḥ A kind of poison. --taṃ Bhāratavarṣa or India.

haimavatī
     (1) N. of Pārvatī.
     (2) Of the river Ganges.
     (3) A kind of myrobalan.
     (4) A kind of drug.
     (5) Common flax.
     (6) A tawny grape.

haiyaṃgavīnam [hyogodohāt bhavaṃ hyas go kha ni-]
     (1) Clarified butter prepared from the preceding day's milk, fresh ghee; haiyaṃgavīnamādāya ghoṣavṛddhānupasthitān R. 1. 45; Bk. 5. 12.
     (2) Butter prepared a day before it is used, fresh butter.

hairaṇyavāsas m. An arrow.

hairikaḥ A thief.

haihaya m. pl. N. of a people and their country. --yaḥ
     (1) N. of the great-grandson of Yadu.
     (2) N. of Arjuna Kartavī1rya (who had a thousand arms and was slain by Paraśurāma q. v.); dhenuvatsaharaṇācca haihayastvaṃ ca kīrtimapahartumudyataḥ R. 11. 74.

haiheyaḥ Arjuna Kārtavīrya.

ho ind.
     (1) A vocative particle used in calling to a person or in challenging.
     (2) Of surprise.

hoḍ I. 1 A. (hoḍate) To disregard, disrespect. --II. 1 P. (hoḍati) To go.

hoḍaḥ A raft, float.

hoḍṛ m. A robber.

hoḍham Stolen goods.

hotṛ a. (trī f.) [hu-tṛc] Sacrificing, offering oblations with fire; vahati vidhihutaṃ yā haviryā ca hotrī S. 1. 1. --m.
     (1) A sacrificial priest, especially one who recites the prayers of the Ṛgveda at a sacrifice.
     (2) A sacrificer; R. 1. 62. 82; Ms. 11. 36.
     (3) An epithet of Agni.

hotṛkaḥ An assistant of the Hotṛ.

hotram [hu-ṣṭran]
     (1) Anything fit to be offered as an oblation (as ghee).
     (2) A burnt offering.
     (3) A sacrifice.

hotrā
     (1) A sacrifice.
     (2) Praise.
     (3) Ved. Speech.

hotrin m. A sacrificing priest who offers the oblations.

hotrī The offerer of oblations, one of the eight forms of Śiva; S. 1. 1.

hotrīya a. [hotrāya hitaṃ hoturidaṃ vā cha] Belonging to an oblation. --yaḥ The priest who offers oblations to gods. --yaṃ The sacrificial hall.

homaḥ [hu-man]
     (1) Offering oblations to gods by throwing ghee into the consecrated fire, (one of the five daily Yajṇas, to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa, called devayajña q. v.).
     (2) A burnt offering.
     (3) A sacrifice.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the sacrificial fire.
          --kuṃḍaṃ a hole in the ground for receiving the consecrated fire.
          --turaṃgaḥ a sacrificial horse; R. 3. 38.
          --dhānaṃ a sacrificial chamber.
          --dhānyaṃ 1. sesamum. --2. barley.
          --dhūmaḥ the smoke of a burnt-offering or sacrificial fire.
          --bhasman n. the ashes of a burnt offering.
          --velā the time for offering oblations.
          --śālā a sacrificial hall or chamber.

homakaḥ See hotṛ.

homiḥ [hu-in muṭ ca]
     (1) Clarified butter.
     (2) Water.
     (3) Fire.
     (4) The Chitraka tree.

homin m. [homo'styasya ini] The offerer of an oblation, a sacrificer in general.

homīya, homya a. Belonging to or fit for an oblation. --myaṃ Ghee.

horā [hu-ran]
     (1) The rising of a zodiacal sign.
     (2) Part of the duration of a sign.
     (3) An hour.
     (4) A mark, line.

holakaḥ Chick-pea or pulse half parched in the pod.

holākā
     (1) The spring-festival celebrated at the approach of the spring season, during the ten-but particularly three or four-days preceding the full-moon day in the month of Phālguna (commonly called Holi).
     (2) The full-moon day in the month of Phālguna.

holikā, holī The festival called holākā q. v. above.

hohau, hau ind. A vocative particle (ho! holla!).

hauḍ 1 P. (hauḍati)
     (1) To disregard, disrespect.
     (2) To go.

hautṛka a. Belonging to the Hotṛ priest, sacerdotal.

hautram [hoturidaṃ aṇ] The office of the priest called Hotṛ q. v.

haumyam Clarified butter.

hnu 2 A. (hnute, hnuta)
     (1) To take away, rob, abstract, deprive (one) of; adhyagīṣṭārthaśāstrāṇi yamasyāhnoṣṭa vikramaṃ Bk. 15. 88.
     (2) To conceal, hide, withhold; Māl. 1.
     (3) To hide from any one (with dat.); gopī kṛṣṇāya hnute Sk.

hnavaḥ --vanam Hiding, concealment.

hnutiḥ f.
     (1) Abstraction, concealment.
     (2) Denial.

hmal 1 P. (hmalati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To shake, move.

hyas ind. [gate ahani ni-] Yesterday.
     -- Comp.
          --bhava a. what occurred yesterday.

hyastana a. (nī f.) Belonging to yesterday; as in hyastanī vṛttiḥ.
     -- Comp.
          --dinaṃ yesterday, the previous day.

hyastya a. Belonging to yesterday, hesternal.

hrag 1 P. (hragati) To hide, cover, conceal.

hraṇīyā Censure, reproach, shame.

hradaḥ [hrād --ac ni]
     (1) A deep lake, a large and deep pool of water; N. 3. 53.
     (2) A deep hole or cavity; Śi. 5. 29.
     (3) A ray of light.
     -- Comp.
          --grahaḥ a crocodile.

hradinī
     (1) A river.
     (2) A lightning.

hradrogaḥ The sign Aquarius of the zodiac (derived from Greek).

hrap 10 P. (hrāpayati)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To sound, creak.

hras 1 P. (hrasati, hrasita)
     (1) To sound.
     (2) To become small or diminished or lessened, wane, disappear; Pt. 4. 78. --Caus. To shorten, lessen, diminish.

hrasita p. p.
     (1) Sounded.
     (2) Shortened, curtailed.

hrasiman m. Smallness, shortness.

hrasiṣṭha a. (Superl. of hrasva) Shortest, smallest.

hrasīyas a. (compar. of hrasva) Shorter, smaller.

hrasva a. [hras-van] (compar. hrasīyas, superl. hrasiṣṭha)
     (1) Short, small, little.
     (2) Dwarfish, low or short in stature.
     (3) Short (opp. to dīrgha in prosody). --svaḥ
     (1) A dwarf.
     (2) A short vowel. --svaṃ Green or black sulphate of iron.
     -- Comp.
          --agniḥ the gigantic swallow = wort (Arka).
          --aṃga a. dwarfish, shortbodied. (
          --gaḥ) a dwarf.
          --garbhaḥ the Kuśa grass.
          --darbhaḥ --kuśaḥ the short or white Kuśa grass.
          --dā gum olibanum.
          --bāhuka a. short-armed.
          --mūrti a. short in stature, dwarfish, pigmy.
          --mūlaḥ the short red cane.

hrasvaka a. See hrasva.

hrāsaḥ [hras-ghañ]
     (1) Sound, noise.
     (2) Decrease, diminution, decline, deterioration, decay; Ms. 1. 85; Y. 2. 249.
     (3) Small number.
     (4) Paucity, scarcity.

hrāsaka a. Shortening, diminishing, lessening.

hrād 1 A. (hrādate)
     (1) To sound.
     (2) To roar.

hrādaḥ [hrāda-bhāve ghañ] Noise, sound; duṃdubhīnāṃ hrādaḥ Ki. 16. 8; so dhanurhrādaḥ &c.

hrādin a. Sounding, roaring.

hrādinī
     (1) The thunderbolt of Indra.
     (2) Lightening.
     (3) A river.
     (4) The tree called śallakī.

hriṇīyate See haṇīyate; Mv. 1. 51.

hriṇīyā
     (1) Reproach, censure.
     (2) Shame, bashfulness.
     (3) Pity; cf. hṛṇīyā.

hrī 3 P. (jihreti, hrīṇa --hrīta)
     (1) To blush, be modest.
     (2) To be ashamed (used by itself or with abl. or gen.); jihremyāryaputreṇa saha gurusamīpaṃ gaṃtuṃ S. 7. 6; anyonyasyāpi jihrīmaḥ kiṃ punaḥ sahavāsināṃ Ki. 11. 58; R, 15. 44; 17. 73; Bk. 3. 53; 5. 102; 6. 132. --Caus. (hrepayati-te) To put to shame (fig. also); cause to blush, make ashamed; sakaustubhaṃ hrepayatīva kṛṣṇaṃ R. 6. 49; hropitā hi bahavo nareśvarāḥ 11. 40; kiṃ vā jātyā svāmino hrepayaṃti Śi. 18. 23; Ki. 11. 64; 13. 41; Ve. 1. 17.

hrī f.
     (1) Shame; raterapi hrīpadamādadhānā Ku. 3. 57; dāridryād hriyameti hrīparigataḥ prabhraśyate tejasaḥ Mk. 1. 14; R. 4. 80.
     (2) Bashfulness, modesty; hrīsannakaṃṭhī kathamapyuvāca Ku. 7. 85.
     -- Comp.
          --jita, --mūḍha a. overcome or confounded by shame; hrīmūḍhānāṃ bhavati viralapreraṇā cūrṇamuṣṭiḥ Me. 68.
          --nirāsaḥ shamelessness.
          --yaṃtraṇā the constraint of bashfulness; R. 7. 23.

hrīkā [hrī-kak]
     (1) Bashfulness, coyness, shyness.
     (2) Timidity, fear.

hrīku a. [hrī-un kuk ca]
     (1) Bashful, modest, shy.
     (2) Timid. --ku
     (1) Tin.
     (2) Lac.

hrīṇa, hrīta p. p.
     (1) Ashamed; Ve. 2. 11.
     (2) Bashful, modest; N. 3. 67.

hrepaṇam The act of putting to shame, excelling, surpassing.

hrīch [hrīcchati] To be ashamed or modest, blush.

hrīveraṃ --lam A kind of perfume.

hruḍū, hrūḍa 1 P. (hroḍati, hrūḍati)
     (1) To go.
     (2) To contract or be contracted.

hrep 1 A. (hrepate) To go.

hreṣ 1 A. (hreṣate)
     (1) To neigh (as a horse), whinny.
     (2) To go, creep.

hreṣā, hreṣitam Neighing.

hrauḍ 1 P. (hrauḍati) To go.

hlag 1 P. (hlagati) To cover, hide.

hlattiḥ f. Joy, gladness; (hlanniḥ f. also in this sense.)

hlap 10 P. (hlāpayati)
     (1) To speak.
     (2) To sound, creak.

hlas 1 P. (hlasati) To sound.

hlād 1 A (hlādate, hlanna or hlādita)
     (1) To be glad or delighted, rejoice.
     (2) To sound. --Caus. (hlādayati) To gladden, delight.

hlādaḥ, hlādakaḥ Pleasure; joy, delight; also hlādikā.

hlādanam The act of rejoicing, joy, delight.

hlādin a. Delighting, pleasing &c.

hlādinī See hrādinī.

hlīka, hlīku See hrīka, hrīku.

hval 1 P. (hvalati)
     (1) To go, move.
     (2) To shake, tremble. --Caus. (hva-hvā-layati-te, but hvalayati only with prepositions) To shake, move, cause to tremble (especially with vi).

hvṛ 1 P. (hvarati)
     (1) To be crooked.
     (2) To be crooked in conduct, cheat, deceive.
     (3) To be afflicted or injured.

hve 1 U. (hvayati-te, juhāva, juhuve, ahvat-ta, ahvāsta, hvāsyati-te, hvātuṃ, hūta; pass. hūyate; caus. hvāyayati-te; desid. juhūṣati-te)
     (1) To call by name; tāṃ pārvatītyābhijanena nāmnā baṃdhupriyāṃ baṃdhujano juhāva Ku. 1. 26.
     (2) To call out, invoke, call upon.
     (3) To call, name.
     (4) To challenge.
     (5) To vie with, emulate.
     (6) To ask, beg.

hvānam
     (1) Calling.
     (2) A cry, sound.




APPENDIX I. SANSKRIT PROSODY.

Introduction.

The earliest and most important work in Sanskrit prosody is the Pingala-chhandas-sāstra, attributed to the sage Pingala, which consists of Śū1tras distributed over eight books. The Agni Purāṇa also gives a complete system of prosody founded apparently on Pigala's. Several other original treatises have likewise been composed by various authors, such as the Śrutabodha, Vāṇībhūṣaṇa, Vṛtta-darpaṇa, Vṛtta-ratnakara, Vṛtta-kaumudī, Chhandomañjarī &c. In the following pages the Chhandomañjarī and Vṛtta-ratnākara have been chiefly drawn upon, Vedic as well as Prakṛta metres have been ignored in this Appendix.

Sanskrit composition may be in the form of gadya 'prose' or padya 'verse' or poetry expressed in the form of stanzas.

A stanza or padya is a combination of four pādas or quarters, which are regulated either by the number of syllables (akṣara), or by the number of syllabic instants (mātrā).

A padya is a vṛtta or jāti.

A vṛtta is a stanza the metre of which is regulated by the number and position of syllables in each Pāda or quarter. A jāti is a stanza the metre of which is regulated by the number of syllabic instants in each quarter.

Vṛttas are divided into three classes: --samavṛtta in which the Pādas or quarters composing the stanza are all similar; ardhasamavṛtta in which the alternate quarters are similar; and viṣaṃmavṛtta in which the quarters are all dissimilar.

A syllable is as much of a word as can be pronounced at once, that is, a vowel with or without one or more consonants.

A syllable is laghu 'short' or guru 'long', according as its vowel is 'short' or 'long'. The vowels a, i, u, ṛ, and ḷ short; and ā, ī, ū, ṛ, e, ai, o, and au are long. But a short vowel becomes long in prosody when it is followed by an Anusvara or Visarga, or by a conjunct consonant; as the vowel a in gaṃdha or gaḥ. (The consonants pra & tha, as also bra, & kra, are said to be exceptions, before which the vowel may be short by a sort of poetical license; e. g. in Ku. 7. 11. or Śi. 10. 60, where, however, emendations have been proposed by critics to render the metre comformable to the general laws of prosody). So also the last syllable of a pada is either long or short, according to the exigence of the metre, whatever be its natural length. sānusvāraśca dīrgha śca visargī ca gururbhavet . varṇaḥ saṃyogapūrvaśca tathā pādāṃtago'pi vā ..

In metres regulated by the number of syllabic instants, one instant or Mātrā is allotted to a short vowel, and two to a long one.

For the purpose of scanning metres regulated by the number of syllables, writers on prosody have devised eight 'Gaṇas' or syllabic feet, each consisting of three syllables, and distinguished from one another by particular syllables being short or long. They are given in the following verse: mastrigurustrilaghuśca nakāro bhādiguruḥ punarādilaghuryaḥ . jo gurumadhyagato ralamadhyaḥ soṃ'taguruḥ kathitoṃ'talaghustaḥ .. ādimadhyāvasāneṣu yaratā yāṃti lāghavam . bhajasā gauravaṃ yāṃti manau tu gurulāghavam ..

Expressed in symbols (the symbol v denoting a short syllable, and - a long one), the different Gaṇas may be represented as follows:
     ya v-- (Bacchius)
     ra -v- (Amphimacer)
     ta --v (Anti-bacchius)
     bha -vv (Dactylus)
     ja v-v (Amphibrachys)
     sa vv- (Anapaestus)
     ma --- (Molossus)
     na vvv (Tribrachys)
Similarly la (v) is used to denote a short syllable, and ga (-) a long one.

N. B. --Sanskrit prosodists classify Vṛttas according to the number of syllables contained in each quarter. Thus they enumerate twenty-six classes of 'Samavṛttas', as the number of syllables in each quarter of a regular metre may vary from one to twenty-six. Each of these classes comprehends a great number of possible metres according to the different modes in which long and short syllables may be distributed. For example, in the class where each quarter contains six syllables, each of the six syllables may be either short or long, and thus the number of possible combinations is 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 or 2^6 = 64, though not even half a dozen are in general use; so in the case of the twenty-six syllabled class, the possible varieties are 2^26 or 87, 108, 864! But if we consider the cases where the alternate quarters are similar or all dissimilar, the variety of possible metres is almost infinite. Pingala, as also the Līlāvatī and the last chapter of Vṛtta-ratnākara, give directions for computing the number of possible varieties and for finding their places, or that of any single one, in a regular enumeration of them. The different varieties, however, which have been used by poets are few when compared with the vast multitude of possible metres. But even these are too many to be dealt with in an Appendix like this, and we shall, therefore, only give such kinds as are most frequently employed or require particular notice, in the following order: Section A samavṛtta Section B ardhavṛtta Section C viṣamavṛtta Section D jāti &c.

Note--In the following definitions the letters representing the Gaṇas such as bha, ma, sa, &c. as also la, ga, will often be found to have dropped their vowels for the exigence of metre. e. g. mra bhna stands for ma, ra, ma, na; so mto, for ma, ta &c. The first line gives the Definition of a metre; the second, the Scheme in Ganas with the Yati or Caesura-the pause that may be made in reciting a quarter or verse, and which is usually indicated by the words in the Definition standing in the Instrumental case-denoted in brackets by Arabic figures, and then comes the example (many of these examples are drawn from the works of Māgha, Bhāravi, Kālidasa, Daṇdin &c.).

SECTION A.
Metres with 4 Syllables in a quarter. (pratiṣṭhā).


kanyā
Def. gmau cet kanyā .
Sch. G. ga, ma.
Ex. bhāsvatkanyā saikā dhanyā yasyāḥ kūle kṛṣṇo'khelat ..


Metres with 5 Syllables in a quarter. (supratiṣṭhā).


paṃkti
Def. bhgau giti paṃktiḥ .
Sch. G. bha, ga, ga.
Ex. kṛṣṇasanāthā tarṇakapaṃktiḥ . yāmunakacche cāru cacāra ..


Metres with 6 Syllables in a quarter. (gāyatrī).


(1) tanumadhyamā
Def. tyau cettanumadhyamā .
Sch. G. ta, ya.
Ex. mūrtirmuraśatroratyadbhutarūpā . āstāṃ mama citte nityaṃ tanumadhyā ..

(2) vidyullekhā [also called vāṇī]
Def. vidyullekhā mā maḥ
Sch. G. ma, ma. (3. 3)
Ex. śrīdīptī thīkīrtī dhīnītī gīḥprītī . edhete dve dve te ye neme deveśe .. Kav. 3. 36.

(3) śaśivadanā
Def. śaśivadanā nyau .
Sch. G. na, ya.
Ex. śaśivadanānāṃ vrajataruṇīnām . adharasudhormi madhuripuraicchat ..

(4) somarājī
Def. dviyā somarājī .
Sch. G. ya, ya. (2. 4).
Ex. hare somarājī-samā te yaśaḥśrīḥ . jaganmaṃḍalasya chinattyaṃdhakarām ..


Metres with 7 Syllables in a quarter. (uṣṇik)


(1) kumāralalitā
Def. kumāralalitā j s gāḥ .
Sch. G. ja, sa, ga. (3. 4.)
Ex. murāritanuvallī kumāralalitā sā . vrajaiṇanayanānāṃ tatāna mudamuccaiḥ ..

(2) madalekhā
Def. masgau syānmadalekhā .
Sch. G. ma, sa, ga. (3. 4)
Ex. raṃge bāhuvirugṇād daṃtīṃdrānmadalekhā . lagnābhūnpuraśatrau kastūrīrasacarcā ..

(3) madhumatī
Def. nanagi madhumatī .
Sch. G. na, na, ga (5. 2)
Ex. raviduhitṛtaṭe vanakusumatatiḥ . vyadhita madhumatī madhumathanamudam ..


Metres with 8 Syllables in a quarter. (anuṣṭubh)


(1) anuṣṭubh (also called śloka).

There are several varieties of this metre, but that which is most in use has eight syllables in each quarter, but of variable quantity. Thus the fifth syllable of each quarter should be short, the sixth long, and the seventh alternately long and short. śloke ṣaṣṭhaṃ guru jñeyaṃ sarvatra laghu paṃcamam . dvicatuḥ pādayorhasvaṃ saptamaṃ dīrghamanyayoḥ ..


Ex. vāgarthāviva saṃpṛktau vāgarthapratipattaye . jagataḥ pitarau vaṃde pārvatīparameśvarau .. R. 1. 1.

(2) gajagati
Def. nabhalagā gajagatiḥ .
Sch. G. na, bha, la, ga (4. 4.)
Ex. ravisutāparisare viharato dṛśi hareḥ . vrajavadhūgajagatirmudamalaṃ vyatanuta ..

(3) pramāṇikā
Def. pramāṇikā jarau lagau .
Sch. G. ja, ra, la, ga (4. 4)
Ex. punātu bhaktiracyutā sadācyutāṃghripadmayoḥ . śrutismṛtipramāṇikā bhavāṃburāśitārikā ..

(4) māṇavaka
Def. bhāttalagā māṇavakam .
Sch. G. bha, ta, la, ga, (4. 4)
Ex. caṃcalacūḍaṃ capalairvatsakulaiḥ keliparam . dhyāya sakhe smeramukhaṃ naṃdasutaṃ māṇavakam ..

(5) vidyunmālā
Def. mo mo go go vidyunmālā .
Sch. G. ma, ma, ga, ga, (4. 4)
Ex. vāsovallī vidyunmālā barhaśreṇī śākraścāpaḥ . yasminnāstāṃ tāpocchittyai gomadhyasthaḥ kṛṣṇāṃbhodaḥ ..

(6) samānikā
Def. glau rajau samānikā tu .
Sch. G. ra, ja, ga, la (4. 4.)
Ex. yasya kṛṣṇapādapadmamasti hṛttaḍāgasadma . dhīḥ samānikā pareṇa nocitātra matsareṇa ..


Metres with 9 Syllables in a quarter. (vṛhatī)


(1) bhujagaśiśubhṛtā
Def. bhujagaśiśubhṛtā nau maḥ .
Sch. G. na, na, ma (7. 2)
Ex. hradataṭanikaṭakṣauṇī bhujagaśiśubhṛtā yā'sīt .. muraripudalite nāge vrajajanasukhadā sā ' bhūt ..

(2) bhujaṃgasaṃgatā
Def. sajarairbhujaṃgasaṃgatā .
Sch. G. sa, ja, ra, (3. 6)
Ex. taralā taraṃgiriṃgitairyamunā bhujaṃgasaṃgatā . kathameti vatsacārakaścapalaḥ sadaiva tāṃ hariḥ ..

(3) maṇimadhya
Def. syānmaṇimadhyaṃ cedbhamasāḥ .
Sch. G. bha, ma, sa, (5. 4)
Ex. kāliyabhogābhogagatastanmaṇimadhyasphītarucā . citrapadābho naṃdasutaścāru nanarta smeramukhaḥ ..


Metres with 10 Syllables in a quarter. (paṃkti)


(1) tvaritagati
Def. tvaritagatiśca najanagaiḥ .
Sch. G. na, ja, na, ga (5. 5)
Ex. tvaritagatirvrajayuvatistaraṇisutā vipinagatā . muraripuṇā ratiguruṇā pariramitā pramadamitā ..

(2) mattā
Def. jñeyā mattā mabhasagasṛṣṭā .
Sch. G. ma, bha, sa, ga (4. 6)
Ex. pītvā mattā madhu madhupālī kāliṃdīye taṭavanakuṃje . uddīvyaṃtīrvrajajanarāmāḥ kāmāsaktā madhujiti cakre ..

(3) rukmavatī (Also called caṃpakamālā).
Def. rukmavatī sā yatra bhamasgāḥ .
Sch. G. bha, ma, sa, ga (5. 5)
Ex. kāyamanovākyaiḥ pariśuddhairyasya sadā kaṃsadviṣi bhaktiḥ . rājyapade harmyālirudārā rukmavatī vighnaḥ khalu tasya ..


Metres with 11 Syllables in a quarter. (triṣṭubh)


(1) iṃdravajrā
Def. syādiṃdravajrā yadi tau jagau gaḥ .
Sch. G. ta, ta, ja, ga, ga (5. 6)
Ex. goṣṭhe giriṃ savyakareṇa dhṛtvā ruṣṭeṃdravajrāhatimuktavṛṣṭau! yo gokulaṃ gopakulaṃ ca susthaṃ cakre sa no rakṣatu cakrapāṇiḥ ..

(2) upeṃdravajrā
Def. upeṃdravajrā prathame laghau sā .
Sch. G. ja, ta, ja, ga, ga (5. 6.)
Ex. upedravajrādimaṇicchaṭābhirvibhaṣaṇānāṃ churitaṃ vapuste . smarāmi gopībhirupāsyamānaṃ suraṃdrumūle maṇimaṃḍapastham ..

(3) upajāti
Def. anaṃtarodīritalakṣmabhājau pādau yadīyāvupajātayastāḥ . itthaṃ kilānyāsvapi miśritāsu vadaṃti jātiṣvidameva nāma ..
Sch. G. When iṃdravajrā and upeṃdravajrā are mixed in one stanza, the metre is called upajāti. It is said to have 14 varieties.
Ex. astyuttarasyāṃ diśi devatātmā himālayo nāma nagādhirājaḥ . pūrvāparau toyanidhī vagāhya sthitaḥ pṛthivyā iva mānadaṃḍaḥ .. Ku. 1. 1.

See R. 2, 5, 6, 7; 13, 14, 16, 18, Ku. 3; Ki. 17. &c.



When other metres also are mixed in one stanza, the metre is still called upajāti; e. g. in the following verse from Māgha there is a combination of vaṃśastha and iṃdravaṃśā. itthaṃ rathāśvebhaniṣādināṃ prage gajo nṛpāṇāmatha toraṇādbahiḥ . prasthānakālakṣamaveśakalpanākṛtakṣaṇakṣepamudaikṣatācyutam ..



(4) dodhaka
Def. dodhakamicchati bhatritayādgau .
Sch. G. bha, bha, bha, ga, ga (6. 5)
Ex. yā na yayau priyamanyavadhūbhyaḥ sāratarāgamanā yatamānam . tena saheha bibharti rahaḥ strī sāra tarāgamanāyatamānam .. Śi. 4. 45.

(5) bhramaravilasitaṃ (bhramaravilasitā)
Def. mbhau nlau gaḥ syād bhramaravilasitam .
Sch. G. ma, bha, na, la, ga (4, 7)
Ex. prītyai yūnāṃ vyavahitatapanāḥ prauḍhadhvāṃtaṃ dinamiha jaladāḥ . doṣāmanyaṃ vidadhati surata krīḍāyāsaśramaśamapaṭavaḥ .. Śi. 4. 62.

(6) rathoddhatā
Def. rātparairnaralagai rathoddhatā .
Sch. G. ra, na, ra, la, ga. (3. 8. or 4. 8)
Ex. kauśikena sa kila kṣitīśvaro rāmamadhvaravighātaśāṃtaye . kākapakṣadharametya yācitastejasāṃ hi na vayaḥ samīkṣyate .. R. 11. 1. See Ku. 8 also.

(7) vātormī
Def. vātormīyaṃ gaditā mbhau tagau gaḥ .
Sch. G. ma, bha, ta, ga, ga (4. 7)
Ex. dhyātā mūrtiḥ kṣaṇamapyacyutasya śreṇī nāmnāṃ gaditā helayāpi . saṃsāre'smin duritaṃ haṃti puṃsāṃ vātormī potamivāṃbhodhimadhye ..

(8) śālinī
Def. māttau gau cecchālinī vedalokaiḥ .
Sch. G. ma, ta, ta, ga, ga (4. 7)
Ex. aṃgho haṃti jñānavṛddhiṃ vidhatte dharmaṃ datte kāmamarthaṃ ca sūte . muktiṃ datte sarvadopāsyamānā puṃsāṃ śraddhāśālinī viṣṇubhaktiḥ ..

(9) svāgatā
Def. svāgatā ranabhagairguruṇā ca
Sch. G. ra, na, bha, ga, ga. (3. 8)
Ex. yāvadāgamayate'tha nareṃdrān sa svayaṃvaramahāya mahīṃdraḥ . tāvadeva ṛṣiriṃdradidṛkṣurnāradastridaśadhāma jagāma .. N. 5. 1. See Ki. 9, Śi. 10.


Metres with 12 Syllables in a quarter. (jagatī)


(1) iṃdravaṃśā
Def. tacceṃdravaṃśā prathamākṣare gurau .
Sch. G. iṃdravaṃśā is the same as vaṃśasthavila or vaṃśastha (see 13 below) except that its first syllable is long:  The Gaṇas are, ta, ja, ja, ra.
Ex. daityeṃdravaṃśāgnirudīrṇadīdhitiḥ pītāṃbaro'sau jagatāṃ tamopahaḥ . yasminmamajjuḥ śalabhā iva svayaṃ te kaṃsacāṇūramukhā makhadviṣaḥ ..

(2) caṃdravartma
Def. caṃdravartma nigadaṃti ranabhasaiḥ .
Sch. G. ra, na, bha, sa (4. 8.)
Ex. caṃdravartma vihitaṃ ghanatimiraiḥ rājavartma rahitaṃ janagamanaiḥ . iṣṭavartma tadalaṃkuru sarase kuṃjavartmani haristava kutukī ..

(3) jaladharamālā
Def. abdhyaṃgaiḥ syājjaladharamālāmbhau smau .
Sch. G. ma, bha, sa, ma (4. 8)
Ex. yā bhaktānāṃ kaliduritottaptānāṃ tāpacchede jaladharamālā navyā . bhavyākārā dinakaraputrīkūle kelīlolā haritanuravyātsā vaḥ .. See Ki. 5. 23.

(4) jaloddhatagati
Def. rasairjasajasā jaloddhatagatiḥ .
Sch. G. ja, sa, ja, sa (6. 6)
Ex. samīraśiśiraḥ śirassu vasatāṃ satāṃ javanikā nikāmasukhinām . bibharti janayannayaṃ mudamapāmapāyadhavalā balāhakatatīḥ .. Śi. 4. 54.

(5) tāmarasa
Def. iha vada tāmarasaṃ najajā yaḥ .
Sch. G. na, ja, ja, ya (5. 7)
Ex. sphuṭasuṣamāmakaraṃdamanojñaṃ vrajalalanānayanālinipītam . tava mukhatāmarasaṃ muraśatro hṛdayataḍāgavikāśi mamāstu ..

(6) toṭaka
Def. vada toṭakamabdhisakārayutam .
Sch. G. sa, sa, sa, sa, (4. 4. 3.)
Ex. sa tatheti vineturudāramateḥ pratigṛhya vaco visasarja munim . tadalabdhapadaṃ hṛdi śokaghane pratiyātamivāṃtikamasya guroḥ .. R. 8. 91. See Śi. 6. 71.

(7) drutavilaṃbita
Def. drutavilaṃbitamāha nabhau bharau .
Sch. G. na, bha, bha, ra (4. 8, or 4. 4. 4)
Ex. munisutāpraṇayasmṛtirodhinā mama ca muktamidaṃ tamasā manaḥ . manasijena sakhe prahariṣyatā dhanuṣi cūtaśaraśca niveśitaḥ .. S. 6; see R. 9, Śi. 6 also.

(8) prabhā (also called maṃdākinī).
Def. svaraśaraviratirnanau rau prabhā .
Sch. G. na, na, ra, ra (7. 5)
Ex. atisuramirabhāji puṣpaśriyāmatanuta ratayeva saṃtānakaḥ . taruṇaparabhṛtaḥ svanaṃ rāgiṇāmatanuta rataye vasaṃtānakaḥ .. Śi. 6. 67; also Ki. 5. 21.

(9) pramitākṣarā
Def. pramitākṣarā sajasasaiḥ kathitā .
Sch. G. sa, ja, sa, sa, (5. 7)
Ex. vihagāḥ kadaṃbasurabhāviha gāḥ kalayaṃtyanukṣaṇamanekalayam . bhramayannapaiti muhurabhramayaṃ pavanaśca dhūtanavanīpavanaḥ .. Śi. 4. 36, Ki. 6, Śi. 9 also.

(10) bhujaṃgaprayāta
Def. bhujaṃgaprayātaṃ caturbhiryakāraiḥ .
Sch. G. ya, ya, ya, ya (6. 6)
Ex. dhanairniṣkulīnāḥ kulīnā bhavaṃti dhanairāpadaṃ mānavā nistaraṃti . dhanebhyaḥ paro bāṃdhavo nāsti loke dhanānyarjayadhvaṃ dhanānyarjayadhvam ..

(11) maṇimālā
Def. tyau tyau maṇimālā chinnā guhavaktraiḥ .
Sch. G. ta, ya, ta, ya (6. 6).
Ex. prahvāmaramaulau ratnopalakḷpte jātapratibiṃbā śoṇā maṇimālā . goviṃdapadābje rājī nakharāṇāmāstāṃ mama citte dhvāṃtaṃ śamayaṃtī ..

(12) mālatī (Also called yamunā)
Def. bhavati na jāvatha mālatī jarau .
Sch. G. na, ja, ja, ra (5. 7)
Ex. iha kalayācyutakelikānane madhurasasaurabhasāralolupaḥ . kusumakṛtasmitacāruvibhramāmalirapi cuṃbati mālatīṃ muhuḥ ..

(13) vaṃśasthavila (Also called vaṃśastha and vaṃśastanita)
Def. vadaṃti vaṃśasthavilaṃ jatau jarau .
Sch. G. ja, ta, ja, ra (5. 7)
Ex. tathā samakṣaṃ dahatā ganobhavaṃ pinākinā bhagnamanorathā satī . niniṃda rūpaṃ hṛdayena pārvatī priyeṣu saubhāgyaphalā hi cārutā .. Ku. 5. 1 See R. 3 also.

(14) vaiśvadevī
Def. bāṇāśvaiśchinnā vaiśvadevī mamau yau .
Sch. G. ma, ma, ya, ya, (5. 7)
Ex. arcāmanyeṣāṃ tvaṃ vihāyāmarāṇāmadvaitenaikaṃ viṣṇumabhyarcya bhaktyā . tatrāśeṣātmanyarcite bhāvinī te bhrātaḥ saṃpannārādhanā vaiśvadevī ..

(15) sragviṇī
Def. kīrtitaiṣā catūrephikā sragviṇī .
Sch. G. ra, ra, ra, ra (6. 6)
Ex. iṃdranīlopalīneva yā nirmitā śātakuṃbhadravālaṃkṛtā śobhate . navyameghacchaviḥ pītavāsā haremūrtirāstāṃ jayāyorasi sragviṇī .. See Śi. 4. 42.


Metres with 13 Syllables in a quarter. (atijagatī)


(1) kalahaṃsa (Also called siṃhanāda and kuṭajā)
Def. sajasāḥ sagau ca kathitaḥ kalahaṃsaḥ .
Sch. G. sa, ja, sa, sa, ga (7. 6)
Ex. yamunāvihāgkutuke kalahaṃso vrajakāminīkamalinīkṛtakeliḥ . janacittahārikalakaṃṭhaninādaḥ pramadaṃ tanotu tava naṃdatanūjaḥ .. See Śi. 6. 73.

(2) kṣamā (Also called caṃdrikā and utpalinī).
Def. turagarasayatirnau tatau gaḥ kṣamā .
Sch. G. na, na, ta, ta, ga (6. 7)
Ex. iha duradhigamaiḥ kiṃcidevāgamaiḥ satatamasutaraṃ varṇayaṃtyaṃtaram . amumativipinaṃ veda digvyāpinaṃ puruṣamiva paraṃ padmayoniḥ param .. Ki. 5. 18.

(3) praharṣiṇī
Def. tryāśābhirmanajaragāḥ praharṣiṇīyam .
Sch. G. ma, na, ja, ra, ga (3. 10)
Ex. te rekhādhvajakuliśātapatracihnaṃ samrājaścaraṇayugaṃ prasādalabhyam . prasthānapraṇatibhiraṃgulīṣu cakrurmaulisrakcyutamakaraṃdareṇugauram .. R. 4. 88. See Ki. 7, Śi. 8.

(4) maṃjubhāṣiṇī (Also called sunaṃdinī and prabodhitā)
Def. sajasā jagau ca yadi maṃjubhāṣiṇī .
Sch. G. sa, ja, sa, ja, ga, (6. 7)
Ex. yamunāmatītamatha śuśruvānamuṃ tapasastanūja iti nādhunocyate . sa yadā'calannijapurādaharniśaṃ nṛpatestadādi samacāri vārtayā .. Śi. 13. 1.

(5) mattamayūrī
Def. vedairaṃdhrairmtau yasagā mattamayūraḥ .
Sch. G. ma, ta, ya, sa, ga (4. 9)
Ex. dṛṣṭvā dṛśyānyācaraṇīyāni vidhāya prekṣākārī yāti yadaṃ muktamapāyaiḥ . samyagdṛṣṭistasya paraṃ paśyati yastvāṃ yaścopāste sādhu vidheyaṃ sa vidhatte .. Ki. 18. 28; Śi. 4. 44, 6. 76, also R. 9. 75.

(6) rucirā (Also called prabhāvatī)
Def. jabhau sajau giti rucirā caturgrahaiḥ .
Sch. G. ja, bha, sa, ja ga (4. 9)
Ex. kadā mukhaṃ varatanu kāraṇādṛte tavāgataṃ kṣaṇamapi kopapātratām . aparvaṇi grahakaluṣeṃdumaṃḍalā vibhāvarī kathaya kathaṃ bhaviṣyati .. M. 4. 13. See Bk. 1. 1, Śi. 17.


Metres with 14 Syllables in a quarter. (śakvarī)


(1) aparājitā
Def. nanaramalaghugaiḥ svarairaparājitā .
Sch. G. na, na, ra, sa, la, ga (7. 7)
Ex. yadanavadhibhujapratāpakṛtāspadā yadunicayacamūḥ parairaparājitā . vyajayata samare samastaripuvrajaṃ sa jayati jagatāṃ gatirgaruḍadhvajaḥ ..

(2) asaṃbādhā
Def. mtau nsau gāvakṣagrahaviratirasaṃbādhā .
Sch. G. ma, ta, na, sa, ga, ga (5. 9)
Ex. vīryāgnau yena jvalati raṇavaśātkṣipte daityeṃdre jātā dharaṇiriyamasaṃbādhā . dharmasthityarthaṃ prakaṭitatanusaṃbaṃdhaḥ sādhūnāṃ bādhāṃ praśamayatu sa kaṃsāriḥ ..

(3) pathyā (Also called maṃjarī)
Def. sajasā yalau ca saha gena pathyā matā .
Sch. G. sa, ja, sa, ya, la, ga (5. 9)
Ex. sthagayaṃtyamūḥ śamitacātakārtasvarāḥ jaladāstaḍittulitakāṃtakārtasvarāḥ . jagatīriha sphuritacārucāmīkarāḥ savituḥ kvacitkapiśayaṃti cāmī karāḥ .. Śi. 4. 24.

(4) pramadā (also called kurarīrutā .)
Def. najamajalā guruśca bhavati pramadā .
Sch. G. na, ja, ma, ja, la, ga (6. 8)
Ex. anaticirojjhitasya jaladevacirasthitabahubudbudasya payaso'nukṛtim . viralavikīrṇavajraśakalā sakalāmiha vidadhāti dhautakaladhautamahī .. Śi. 4. 41.

(5) praharaṇakalikā
Def. nanabhanalagiti praharaṇakalikā .
Sch. G. na, na, bha, na, la, ga (7. 7)
Ex. vyathayati kusumapraharaṇakalikā pramadavanabhavā tava dhanuṣi tatā . virahavipadi me śaraṇamiha tato madhumathanaguṇasmaraṇamaviratam ..

(6) madhyakṣāmā (Also called haṃsaśyenī or kuṭila)
Def. madhyakṣāmā yugadaśaviramā mbhau nyau gau .
Sch. G. ma, bha, na, ya, ga, ga (4. 10)
Ex. nītocchrāyaṃ muhuraśiśiraraśmerusrairānīlābhairviracitaparabhāgā ratnaiḥ . jyotsnāśaṃkāmiha vitarati haṃsaśyenī madhyepyahnaḥ sphaṭikarajatabhitticchāyā .. Ki. 5. 31

(7) vasaṃtatilakā (Also called vasaṃtatilaka uddharṣiṇī, siṃhonnatā)
Def. uktā vasaṃtatilakā tabhajā jagau gaḥ .
Sch. G. ta, bha, ja, ja, ga, ga (8. 6)
Ex. yātyekato'staśikharaṃ patiroṣadhīnāmāviṣkṛtāruṇapuraḥsara ekato'rkaḥ . tejodvayasya yugapad vyasanodayābhyāṃ loko niyamyata ivātmadaśāṃtareṣu .. S. 4. 1.

(8) vāsaṃtī
Def. mātto no mo gau yadi gaditā vāsaṃtīyam .
Sch. G. ma, ta, na, ma, ga, ga (4. 6. 4)
Ex. bhrāmyadbhṛṃgīnirbharamadhurālāpodgītaiḥ śrīkhaṃḍādreradbhutapavanairmaṃdāṃdolā . līlālolā pallavavilasaddhastollāsaiḥ kaṃsārātau nṛtyati sadṛśī vāsaṃtīyam ..


Metres with 15 Syllables in a quarter. (atiśakvarī)


(1) tūṇaka
Def. tūṇakaṃ samānikā padadvayaṃ vināṃtimam .
Sch. G. ra, ja, ra, ja, ra (4. 4. 4. 3, or 7. 8).
Ex. sā suvarṇaketakaṃ vikāśi bhṛṃgapūritaṃ paṃcabāṇabāṇajālapūrṇahetitūṇakam . rādhikā vitarkya mādhavādya māsi mādhave mohameti nirbharaṃ tvayā vinā kalānidhe ..

(2) mālinī
Def. nanamayayuteyaṃ mālinī bhogilokaiḥ .
Sch. G. na, na, ma, ya, ya (8. 7)
Ex. śaśinamupagateyaṃ kaumudī meghamuktaṃ jalanidhimanurūpaṃ jahnukanyāvatīrṇā . iti samaguṇayogaprītayastatra paurāḥ śravaṇakaṭu nṛpāṇāmekavākyaṃ vivavruḥ .. R. 6. 85.

(3) līlākhela
Def. ekanyūnau vidyunmālāpādau cellīlākhelaḥ .
Sch. G. ma, ma, ma, ma, ma.
Ex. mā kāṃte pakṣasyāṃte paryākāśe deśe svāpsīḥ kāṃtaṃ vaktraṃ vṛttaṃ pūrṇaṃ caṃdraṃ matvā rātrau cet . kṣutkṣāmaḥ prāṭaṃścetaśceto rāhuḥ krūraḥ prādyāt tasmād dhvāṃte harmyasyāṃte śayyaikāṃte kartavyā .. Sar. K.

(4) śaśikalā
Def. gurunidhanamanulaghuriha śaśikalā .
Sch. G. na, na, na, na, sa (all short syllables except the last).
Ex. malayajatilakasabhuditaśaśikalā vrajayuvatilasadalikagamanatā . sarasijanayanahṛdayasalilanidhiṃ vyatanuta vitatarabhasaparitaralam ..


Metres with 16 Syllables in a quarter. (aṣṭi)


(1) citra
Def. vitrasaṃjñamīritaṃ rajau rajau ragau ca vṛttam .
Sch. G. ra, ja, ra, ja, ra, ga (8. 8. or 4. 4. 4. 4.)
Ex. vidrumāruṇādharauṣṭhaśobhiveṇuvādyahṛṣṭavallavījanāṃgasaṃgajātamugdhakaṃṭhakāṃga . tvāṃ sadaiva vāsudeva puṇyalabhyapāda deva vanyapuṣpacitrakeśa saṃsmarāmi gopaveśa ..

(2) paṃcacāmara
Def. pramāṇikāpadadvayaṃ vadaṃti paṃcacāmaram . or jarau jarau tato jagau ca paṃcacāmaraṃ vadet
Sch. G. ja, ra, ja, ra, ja, ga (8. 8. or 4. 4. 4. 4)
Ex. suradrumūlamaṃḍape vicitraratnanirmite lasadvitānabhūṣite salīlavibhramālasam . surāṃganābhavallavīkaraprapaṃcacāmarasphuratsamīravījitaṃ sadācyutaṃ bhajāmi tam ..

(3) vāṇinī
Def. najabhajarairyadā bhavati vāṇinī gayuktaiḥ .
Sch. G. na, ja, bha, ja, ra, ga.
Ex. sphuratu mamānane'dya nanu vāṇi nītiramyaṃ tavacaraṇaprasādaparipākataḥ kavitvam . bhavajalarāśipārakaraṇakṣamaṃ mukuṃdaṃ satatamahaṃ stavaiḥ svacaritaiḥ stavāmi nityam ..


Metres with 17 Syllables in a quarter. (atyaṣṭi)


(1) citralekhā (Also called atiśāyinī)
Def. sasajā bhajagā gu diksvarairbhavati citralekhrā .
Sch. G. sa, sa, ja, bha, ja, ga, ga (10. 7)
Ex. iti dhautapuraṃdhrimatsarān sarasi majjanena śriyamāptavato'tiśāyinīmapamalāṃgabhāsaḥ . avalokya tadaiva yādavānaparavārirāśeḥ śiśiretararociṣāpyapāṃ tatiṣu maktuṃmīṣe .. Śi. 8. 71

(2) nardaṭaka
Def. yadi bhavato najau bhajajalā guru nardaṭakam .
Sch. G. na, ja, bha, ja, ja, la, ga (8. 9)
Ex. taruṇatamālanīlabahulonnamadaṃbudharāḥ śiśirasamīraṇāvadhūtanūtanavārikaṇāḥ . kathamavalokayeyamadhunā harihetimatī rmadakalanīlakaṃṭhakalahairmukharāḥ kukubhaḥ .. Māl. 9. 18, see 5. 31.

(3) pṛthvī
Def. jasau jasayalā vasugrahayatiśca pṛthvī guruḥ .
Sch. G. ja, sa, ja, sa, ya, la, ga (8. 9)
Ex. itaḥ svapiti keśavaḥ kulamitastadīyadviṣāmitaśca śaraṇārthiṃnaḥ śikhariṇāṃ gaṇāḥ śerate . itopi vaḍavānalaḥ saha samastasaṃvartakairaho vitatamūrjitaṃ narasahaṃ ca siṃdhorvapuḥ .. Bh. 2. 76

(4) maṃdākrāṃtā
Def. maṃdākrāṃtāṃbudhirasanagairmo bhanau tau gayugmam .
Sch. G. ma, bha, na, ta, ta, ga, ga (4. 6. 7)
Ex. gopī bharturviharavidhurā kācidiṃdīvarākṣī unmatteva skhalitakavarī niḥśvasaṃtī viśālam . atraivāste muraripuriti bhrāṃtidūtīsaḍāyā tyaktvā gehaṃ jhaṭiti yamunāmaṃjukuṃjaṃ jagāma .. Pad. D. 1.
(The whole of the Meghaduta is written in this metre).

(5) vaṃśapatrapatita
Def. diṅmunivaṃśapatrapatitaṃ bharanabhanalagaiḥ .
Sch. G. bha, ra, na, bha, na, la, ga (10. 7)
Ex. darpaṇanirmalāsu patite ghanatimiramuṣi jyotiṣi raupyabhittiṣu puraḥ pratiphalati muhuḥ . vrīḍamasaṃmukhopi ramaṇairapahṛtavasanāḥ kāṃcanakaṃdarāsu taruṇīriha nayati raviḥ .. Śi. 4. 67.

(6) śikhariṇī
Def. rasairudrauśchinnā yamanasabhalāgaḥ śikhariṇī
Sch. G. ya, ma, na, sa, bha, la, ga (6. 11)
Ex. digaṃte śrūyaṃte madamalitagaṃḍāḥ karaṭinaḥ kariṇyaḥ kāruṇyāspadamasamaśīlāḥ khalu mṛgāḥ . idānīṃ lokesminnanupamaśikhānāṃ punarayaṃ nakhānāṃ pāṃḍityaṃ prakaṭayatu kasmin mṛgapatiḥ .. Bv. 1. 2.

(7) hariṇī
Def. nasamarasalāgaḥ ṣaḍvedairhayairhariṇī matā .
Sch. G. na, sa, ma, ra, sa, la, ga (6. 4. 7)
Ex. sutanu hṛdayātpratyādeśavyalīkamapaitu te kimapi manasaḥ saṃmoho me tadā balavānabhūt . prabalatamasāmevaṃprāyāḥ śubheṣu hi vṛttayaḥ srajamapi śirasyaṃdhaḥ kṣiptāṃ dhunotyahiśaṃkayā .. S. 7. 24.


Metres with 18 Syllables in a quarter. (dhṛti)


(1) kusumitalatāvellitā
Def. syādbhūtartvaśvaiḥ kusumitalatāvellitā mtau nayau yau .
Sch. G. ma, ta, na, ya, ya, ya (5. 6. 7)
Ex. krīḍatkāliṃdīlalitalaharīvāribhirdākṣiṇātyairvātaiḥ kheladbhiḥ kusumitalatāvellitā maṃdamaṃdam . bhṛṃgālīgītaiḥ kisalayakarollāsitairlāsyalakṣmīṃ tanvānā ceto rabhasataralaṃ cakrapāṇeścakāra ..

(2) citralekhā
Def. maṃdākrāṃtā naparalaghuyutā kīrtitā citralekhrā .
Sch. G. ma, bha, na, ya, ya, ya (4. 7. 7.)
Ex. śaṃke'muṣmiñ jagati mṛgadṛśāṃ sārarūpaṃ yadāsīdākṛṣyedaṃ vrajayuvatisabhā vedhasā sā vyadhāyi . naitādṛk cet kathamudadhisutāmaṃtareṇācyutasya prītaṃ tasyā nayanayugamabhūccitralekhādbhutāyām ..

(3) naṃdana
Def. najabhajaraistu rephasahitaiḥ śivairhayairnaṃdanam .
Sch. G. na, ja, bha, ja, ra, ra (11. 7)
Ex. taraṇisutātaraṃgapavanaiḥ salīlamāṃdolitaṃ madhuripupādapaṃkajarajaḥsupūtapṛthvītalam . muraharacitraceṣṭitakalākalāpasaṃsmārakaṃ kṣititalanaṃdanaṃ vraja sakhe sukhāya vṛṃdāvanam ..

(4) nārāca
Def. iha nanaracatuṣkasṛṣṭaṃ tu nārācamācakṣate .
Sch. G. na, na, ra, ra, ra, ra (8. 5, 5)
Ex. raghupatirapi jātavedoviśuddhāṃ pragṛhya priyāṃ priyasuhṛdi bibhīṣaṇe saṃkramayya śriyaṃ vairiṇaḥ . ravisutasahitena tenānuyātaḥ sasaumitriṇā bhujavijitavimānaratnādhirūḍhaḥ pratasthe purīm .. R. 12. 104

(5) śārdūlalalita
Def. maḥ so jaḥ satasā dineśaṛtubhiḥ śārdūlalalitam .
Sch. G. ma, sa, ja, sa, ta, sa (12. 6.)
Ex. kṛtvā kaṃsamṛge parākramavidhiṃ śārdūlalalitaṃ yaścakre kṣitibhārakāriṣu daraṃ caidyaprabhṛtiṣu . saṃtoṣaṃ paramaṃ tu devanivahe trailokyaśaraṇaṃ śreyo naḥ sa tanotvapāramahimā lakṣmīpriyatamaḥ ..


Metres with 19 Syllables in a quarter. (atidhṛti)


(1) meghavisphūrjitā
Def. rasartvaśvairymau nsau raraguruyutau meghavisphūrjitā syāt .
Sch. G. ya, ma, na, sa, ra, ra, ga, (6. 6. 7)
Ex. kadaṃbāmodāḍhyā vipinapavanaḥ kekinaḥ kāṃtakekāḥ vinidrāḥ kaṃdalyo diśi diśi mudā dardurā dṛptanādāḥ . niśā nṛtyadvidyudvilasitalasanmeghavisphūrjitā cet priyaḥ svādhīno'sau danujadalano rājyamasmātkimanyat ..

(2) śārdūlavikrīḍita
Def. sūryāśvairyadi maḥ sajau satatagāḥ śārdūlavikrīḍitam .
Sch. G. ma, sa, ja, sa, ta, ta, ga (12. 7)
Ex. vedāṃteṣu yamāhurekapuruṣaṃ vyāpya sthitaṃ rodasī yasminnīśvara ityananyaviṣayaḥ śabdo yathārthākṣaraḥ . aṃtaryaśca mumukṣubhirniyamitaprāṇādibhirmṛgyate sa sthāṇuḥ sthirabhaktiyogasulabho niḥśreyasāyāstu vaḥ V. 1. 1.

(3) sumadhurā
Def. mrau bhnau mo no guruśced hayaṛturasairuktā sumadhurā .
Sch. G. ma, ra, bha, na, ma, na, ga (7. 6. 6)
Ex. vedārthān prākṛtastvaṃ vadasi na ca te jihvā nipatitā madhyāhne vīkṣase'rkaṃ na tava sahasā dṛṣṭirvicalitā . dīptāgnau pāṇimaṃtaḥ kṣipasi sa ca te dagdho bhavati no cāritryāccārudattaṃ calayasi na te dehaṃ harati bhūḥ .. Mk. 9. 21.

(4) surasā
Def. mrau bhnau yo no guruścet svaramunikaraṇairāha surasām .
Sch. G. ma, ra, bha, na, ya, na, ga (7. 7. 5)
Ex. kāmakrīḍāsatṛṣṇo madhusamayasamāraṃbharabhasāt kāliṃdīkūlakuṃje viharaṇakutukākṛṣṭahṛdayaḥ . goviṃdo ballavīnāmadhararasasudhāṃ prāpya surasāṃ śaṃke pīyūṣapānaiḥ pracayakṛtasukhaṃ vyasmaradasau ..


Metres with 20 Syllables in a quarter. (kṛti)


(1) gītikā
Def. sajasā bharau salagā yadā kathitā tadā khalu gītikā
Sch. G. sa, ja, sa, bha, ra, sa, la, ga (5. 7. 8)
Ex. karatālacaṃcalakaṃkaṇasvanamiśraṇena manoramā ramaṇīyaveṇuninādaraṃgimasaṃgamena sukhāvahā . bahalānurāganivāsarāsasamudbhavā tava rāgiṇaṃ vidadhau hariṃ khalu vallavījanacārucāmaragītikā ..

(2) sucadanā
Def. jñeyā saptaśvaṣaḍbhirmarabhanayayutā mlau gaḥ suvadanā
Sch. G. ma, ra, bha, na, ya, ma, la, ga (7. 7. 6)
Ex. uttuṃgāstuṃgakūlaṃ srutamadasalilāḥ prasyaṃdi salilaṃ śyāmāḥ śyāmopakaṃṭhadrumamatimukharāḥ kallolamukharam . srotaḥkhātāvasīdattaṭamurudaśanairutsāditataṭāḥ śoṇaṃ siṃdūraśoṇā mama gajapatayaḥ pāsyaṃti śataśaḥ .. Mu. 4. 16.


Metres with 21 Syllables in a quarter. (prakṛti)


(1) paṃcakāvalī (Also called sarasī, dhṛtaśrī)
Def. najabhajajā jarau narapate kathitā bhuvi paṃcakāvalī. .
Sch. G. na, ja, bha, ja, ja, ja, ra (7. 7. 7)
Ex, turagaśatākulasya paritaḥ paramekatu raṃgajanmanaḥ pramathitabhūbhṛtaḥ pratipathaṃ mathitasya bhṛśaṃ mahībhṛtā . paricalato balānujabalasya puraḥ satataṃ dhṛtaśriyaściragalitaśriyo jalanidheśca tadā'bhavadaṃtaraṃ mahat .. Śi. 3. 82.

(2) sragdharā
Def. mrabhnairyānāṃ trayeṇa trimuniyatiyutā sragdharā kīrtiteyam
Sch. G. ma, ra, bha, na, ya, ya, ya (7. 7. 7.)
Fx. yā sṛṣṭiḥ sraṣṭurādyā vahat vidhihutaṃ yā haviryā ca hotrī ya dve kālaṃ vidhattaḥ śrutiviṣayaguṇā yā sthitā vyāpya viśvam . yāmāhuḥ sarvabhūtaprakṛtiriti yayā prāṇinaḥ prāṇavaṃtaḥ pratyakṣābhiḥ prapannastanubhiravatu vastābhiraṣṭābhirīśaḥ .. S. 1. 1.


Metres with 22 Syllables in a quarter. (ākṛti)


haṃsī
Def. mau gau nāścatvāro go go vasubhuvanayatiriti bhavati haṃsī
Sch. G. ma, ma, ta, na, na, na, ta, ga (8. 14)
Ex. sārdhaṃ kāṃtenaikāṃte'sau vikacakamalamadhusurami pibaṃtī kāmakrīḍākūtasphītapramadasarasataramalaghu rasaṃtī . kāliṃdīye padmāraṇye pavanapatanaparitaralaparāge kaṃsārāte paśya svecchaṃ sarabhasagatiriha vilasati haṃsī ..


Metres with 23 Syllables in a quarter. (vikṛti)


adritanayā
Def. najabhajabhā jabhau laghugurū budhaistu gaditeyamadritanayā
Sch. G. na, ja, bha, ja, bha, ja, bha, la, ga (11. 12)
Ex. kharataraśauryapāvakaśikhāpataṃganibhamagnadṛptadanujo jaladhisutāvilāsavasatiḥ satāṃ gatiraśeṣamānyamahimā .. bhuvanahitāvatāracaturaścarācaradharo'vatīrṇa iha hi kṣitivalaye'sti kaṃsaśamanastaveti tamavocadadritanayā ..

Metres with 24 Syllables in a quarter. (saṃskṛti)

tanvī
Def. bhūtamunīnairyatiriha bhatanāḥ sbhau bhanayāśca yati bhavati tanvī .
Sch. G. bha, ta, na, sa, bha, bha, na, ya (5. 7. 11)


Metres with 25 Syllables in a quarter. (atikṛti)


krauṃcapadā
Def. krauṃcapadā bhmau sbhau nananā gāviṣuśaravasumuniviratiriha bhavet
Sch. G. bha, ma, sa, bha, na, na, na, ga (5. 5. 8. 7)


Metres with 26 Syllables in a quarter. utkṛti


bhujaṃgavijṛṃbhita
Def. vasvīśāśvaiśchedopetaṃ mamatanayuganarasalagairbhujaṃgavijṛṃbhitam
Sch. G. ma, ma, ta, na, na, ra, sa, la, ga (8. 11. 7)


daṃḍaka


Metres with 27 or more letters in each quarter are designated by the general name daṃḍaka. The highest number of syllables in a quarter of this species of metre is said to be 999. In each quarter there must be first two naganas or six short syllables, and the remaining may be either ra-gaṇas or ya-gaṇas, or all the feet may be sagaṇas. The classes of daṃḍaka usually mentioned are caṃḍavṛṣṭiprayāta, pracitaka, mattamātaṃgalīlākara, siṃhavikrāṃta, kusumastavaka, anaṃgaśekhara, saṃgrāma &c. Mal. 5. 23 is an instance of this last species of Daṇḍka.




SECTION B. ardhasamavṛtta (Half-equal Metres)


(1) aparavaktra (Sometimes called vaitālīya)
Def. ayuji nanaralā guruḥ same tadaparavaktramidaṃ najau jarau .
Sch. G. na, na, ra, la, ga, (odd quarter) na, ja, ja, ra (even quarter)
Ex. sphuṭasumadhuraveṇugītimistamaparavaktramavetya mādhavam . mṛgayuvatigaṇaiḥ samaṃ sthitā vrajavanitā dhṛtacittavibhramā ..

(2) upacitra
Def. viṣame yadi sau salagā dale bhau yuji bhādgurukāvupacitram .
Sch. G. sa, sa, sa, la, ga (odd quarter) bha, bha, bha, ga, ga (even quarter)
Ex. muravairivapustanutāṃ mudaṃ hemanibhāṃśukacaṃdanaliptam . gaganaṃ capalāmilitaṃ yathā śāradanīradharairupacitram ..

(3) puṣpitāgrā (Also called aupacchaṃdasika)
Def. ayuji nayugarephato yakāro yuji tu najau jaragāśca puṣpitāgrā .
Sch. G. na, na, ra, ya (odd quarter) na, ja, ja, ra, ga (even quarter)
Ex, atha madanavadhūrupaplavāṃtaṃ vyasanakṛśā paripālayāṃbabhūva . śaśina iva divātanasya lekhā kiraṇaparikṣayadhūsarā pradoṣam .. Ku. 4. 46.

(4) viyoginī (Also called vaitālīya or suṃdarī)
Def. viṣame samajā guruḥ same sabharā lo'tha guruviṃyoginī .
Sch. G. sa, sa, ja, ga (odd quarter) sa, bha, ra, la, ga (even quarter)
Ex. sahasā vidadhīta na kriyāmavivekaḥ paramāpadāṃ padam . vṛṇate hi vimṛśyakāriṇaṃ guṇalubdhāḥ svayameva saṃpadaḥ .. Ki. 2. 30.

(5) vegavatī
Def. sayugātsagurū viṣame ced . bhāviha vegavatī yuji bhādgau .
Sch. G. sa, sa, sa, ga (odd quarter) bha, bha, bha, ga (even quarter)
Ex. smaravegavatī vrajarāmā keśavavaṃśaravairatimugdhā . rabhasānna gurūn gaṇayaṃtī kelinikuṃjagṛhāya jagāma ..

(6) hariṇaplutā
Def. sayugātsalaghū viṣame gururyuji nabhau bharakau hariṇaplutā .
Sch. G. sa, sa, sa, la, ga (odd quarter). na, bha, bha, ra (even quarter).
Ex. sphuṭaphenacayā hariṇaplutā balimanojñataṭā taraṇeḥ sutā . kalahaṃsakulāravaśālinī viharato harati sma harermanaḥ ..

N. B. Metres like aparavaktra or aupacchaṃdasika and vaitālayi or viyoginī are usually treated as jātis; (see Section D). But they are sometimes defined in the Gaṇa scheme, and are, therefore, given under the class of Vṛttas.




SECTION C. viṣamavṛtta (Unequal Metres).


The most common metre of this class is called udgatā.


Def. prathame sajau yadi salau ca nasajagurukāṇyanaṃtaram . yadyatha bhanajalagāḥ syuratho sajasā jagau ca bhavatīyamudgatā ..
Sch. G. sa, ja, sa, la (first quarter) na, sa, ja, ga (second ") bha, na, ja, la, ga, (third ") sa, ja, sa, ja, ga, (fourth ")
Ex. atha vāsavasya vacanena ruciravadanastrilocanam . klāṃtirahitamabhirādhayituṃ vidhivattapāṃsi vidadhe dhanaṃjayaḥ .. Ki. 12. 1.

See Śi. 15 also.



Another variety of udgatā is mentioned wherein the third quarter has bha, na, bha, ga instead of bha, na, ja, la, ga.



Other kinds of metre in which every quarter of the stanza differs in the number of syllables, are included under the general name 'Gāthā'. The same name is applicable to stanzas consisting of any number of quarters other than four. As in the case of upajāti, any two or more quarters of a regular metre may be combined to form ardhasamavṛtta or viṣamavṛtta.




SECTION D.
jāti (Metres regulated by the number of syllabic instants).


(a) The most common variety of such metres is āryā. It is said to have nine sub-divisions: pathyā vipulā capalā mukhacapalā jaghanacapalā ca . gītyupagītyudgītaya āryāgītirnavaiva vāryāyāḥ ..



Of these nine kinds the last four are generally used and deserve mention.



(1) āryā
Def. yasyāḥ pāde prathame dvādaśamātrāstathā tṛtīyepi . aṣṭādaśa dvitīye caturthake paṃcadaśa sāryā .. Śrut. 4.

The first and third quarters must each contain 12 mātrās or syllabic instants (one being allotted to a short vowel, and two to a long one), the second 18, and the fourth 15.


Ex. pratipakṣeṇāpi patiṃ sevaṃte bhartṛvatsalāḥ sādhvyaḥ . anyasaritāṃ śatāni hi samudragāḥ prāpayaṃtyabdhim .. M. 5. 19.

The whole of Govardhana's āryāsaptaśatī is written in this metre.



(2) goti
Def. āryāpūrvārdhasamaṃ dvitīyamapi bhavati yatra haṃsagate . chaṃdovidastadānīṃ gītiṃ tāmamṛtavāṇi bhāṣate .. Śrut. 5.

The first and third quarters of this metre must contain 12 syllabic instants each, and the second and fourth 18 each.


Ex. pāṭīra tava paṭīyānkaḥ paripāṭīmimāmurīkartum . yatpiṃṣatāmapi nṛṇāṃ piṣṭo'pi tanoṣi parimalaiḥ puṣṭim .. Bv. 1. 12.

(3) upagīti
Def. āryottarārdhatulyaṃ prathamārdhamapi prayuktaṃ cet . kāmini tāmupagīti pratibhāṣaṃte mahākavayaḥ .. Śrut. 6.

The first and third quarters of this metre must contain 12 syllabic instants each, and the second and fourth 15 each.


Ex. natagopasuṃdarīṇāṃ rāsollāse murārātim . asmārayadupagītiḥ svargakuraṃgadṛśāṃ gīteḥ ..

(4) udgīti
Def. āryāśakaladvitaye viparīte punarihodgītiḥ .

The first and third quarters of this metre must contain 12 syllabic instants each, the second 15, and the fourth 18.


Ex. nārāyaṇasya saṃtatamudgītiḥ saṃsmṛtirbhaktyā . arcāyāmāsaktirdustarasaṃsārasāgare taraṇiḥ ..

(5) āryāgīti
Def. āryāprāgdalamaṃte'dhikaguru tādṛk parārdhamāryāgītiḥ .

The first and third quarters of this metre must contain 12 syllabic instants each, and the third and fourth 20 each.


Ex. savadhūkāḥ sukhino'sminnavaratamamaṃdarāgatāmarasadṛśaḥ . nāsevaṃte rasavannavaratamamaṃdarāgatāmarasadṛśaḥ .. Śi. 4. 51.

Note. All these five sorts are sometimes defined in the Gaṇa scheme.



(b) vaitālīya
Def. ṣaḍviṣame'ṣṭau same kalāstāśca same syurniraṃtarāḥ . na samātra parāśritā kalā vaitālīyeṃ'te ralau guruḥ ..

This is a stanza of four quarters, the first and third of which contain the time of fourteen short syllables, and the second and fourth sixteen. Again, the first and third quarters of this metre must contain 6 syllabic instants, and the second and fourth 8 each, followed by a ra-gaṇa (-v-) and a short and a long vowel, (v-). The rules further require that the syllabic instants in the even quarter should not be all composed of short syllables or long syllables, and that the even syllabic instant in each quarter (i. e. the 2nd, 4th and 6th) should not be formed conjointly with the next (i. e. 3rd, 5th, and 7th).


Ex. kuśalaṃ khalu tubhyameva tadvacanaṃ kṛṣṇa yadabhyadhāmaham . upadeśaparāḥ pareṣvapi svavināśābhimukheṣu sādhavaḥ . .. Śi. 16. 14.

(c) aupacchaṃdasika
Def. paryaṃte ryau tathaiva śeṣamaupacchaṃdasikaṃ sudhībhiruktam .

This is the same as vaitālīya except that at the end of each quarter there must be a ragaṇa and yagaṇa instead of ragaṇa and la, ga only; in other words, it is the same as vaitālīya with only a long syllable added at the end of each quarter.


Ex. vapuṣā parameṇa bhūdharāṇāmatha saṃbhāvya parākramaṃ bibhede . mṛgamāśu vilokayāṃcakāra sthiradaṃṣṭrogramukhaṃ maheṃdrasūnuḥ .. Ki. 13. 1.

So in the next 52 verses of the same canto. See Śi. 20 also


It will be noticed that viyoginī or suṃdarī and aparavaktra are only particular cases of vaitālīya, and puṣpitāgrāṃ and mālabhāriṇī, of aupacchaṃdasika. Prosodists treat both these classes of metres in the Gaṇa scheme as well as in the Mātrā scheme; hence they have been noticed here as well as in Section C.




(d) mātrāsamaka

The metre called mātrāsamaka consists of four quarters each of which contains 16 syllabic instants. The most general variety is that in which the ninth syllabic instant is composed of a short syllable, and the last is a long syllable. It is defined as mātrāsamakaṃ navamo lgāṃtyaḥ .


But there are several varieties of this metre arising from particular syllabic instants being short or long. For example, if the 9th and 12th moments are formed by short syllables, and the 15th and 16th by a long one, and the rest are optional, it is called vānavāsikā. If the 5th, 8th, and 9th are formed by short syllables, and the 15th and 16th by a long one, it is called citrā. If the 5th and 8th are short, as also the 9th and 10th, and 15th and 16th are long' it is called upacitrā. And if the 5th, 8th, and 12th are short, 15th and 16th long, and the rest indeterminate, it is called viśloka. Sometimes two or more of these varieties are combined in the same stanza, and in that case the measure is called pādākulaka, in which there is no other restriction than that each quarter should have sixteen syllabic instants.


Ex mūḍha jahīhi dhanāgamatṛṣṇāṃ kuru tanubuddhe manasi vitṛṣṇām . yallabhase nijakarmopāttaṃ vittaṃ tena vinodaya cittam .. Moha M.).



APPENDIX II. Giving the dates &c. of important Sanskrit writers.

āryabhadṛ A well-known astronomer. Born A. D. 476.

udbhaṭa One of the earliest writers on Alaṅkāra. He was the chief Pandit or Sabhāpati of king Jayāpīda of Kāṣmir (779-813 A. D.).

kayyaṭa Author of the bhāṣyapradīpa, being a commentary on Patanjali's mahābhāṣya. He is considered by Dr. Buhler to be not older than the 13th century.

kalhaṇa The author of the well-known rājataraṃgiṇī 'the chronicle of kings'. He was a contemporay of Jayasimha of Kāṣmir who reigned from 1129-1150 A. D.

kālidāsa The celebrated author of the abhijñānaśakuṃtala, vikramorvaśīya, mālavikāgnimitra, raghuvaṃśa, kumārasaṃbhava, meghadūta, ṛtusaṃhāra; also of the poems nalodaya and of some other minor works. The earliest known authentic reference to Kālidāsa is in an inscription dated 556 Śake or 634 A. D., in which he and Bhāravi are spoken of as being renowned poets. The verse is as follows: yenāyoji na veśma sthiramarthavidhau vivekinā jinaveśma . sa vijayatāṃ ravikīrtiḥ kavitāśritakālidāsabhāravikīrtiḥ ..
     Bāṇa's reference to him in the beginning of his Harṣa-charita also shows that he must have flourished before the time of Bāṇa, i. e. before the first half of the seventh century. But how long before the seventh century the poet flourished is not yet known. According to Mallinātha's explanation on Me. 14 nicula and diṅnāga were contemporaries of Kālidāsa. If Mallinatha's suggestion be correct-and it is very doubtful if it be really so-then our poet must have lived in the middle of the sixth century which is the date usually assigned to diṅnāga.
     There is one point which, if definitely settled, would give the poet's precise date. It is the mention by Kālidāsa of his patron Vikrama. Who this Vikrama is it has not yet been definitely settled. Popular tradition identifies him with the founder of the Samvat Era which is said to have commenced 56 B. C. If this view be correct, Kālidāsa must be considered as belonging to the first century before Christ. But some scholars have recently come to the conclusion that what is called the era of Vikramāditya 56. B C. was a date arrived at by taking the date of the great battle of Korūr in which Vikrama finally defeated the Mlechch has, i. e. 544 A. D, and then by throwing back the beginning of the new era 600 years before that date, i. e. 56 B. C. If this conclusion be accepted as correct-and scholars do not seem to have yet agreed on the point-Kālidāsa must have flourished in the sixth century A. D. The question is still an open one.

kṣemeṃdra A well-known poet of Kāṣmir, author of samayamātṛkā and several other works. He flourished during the second and the third quarter of the 11th century.

jagaddhara N. of a celebrated commentator, who has written commentaries on the Mālatī-Mādava and Veṇi-Samhāra. He lived after the 14th century.

jagannāthapaṃḍita N. of a celebrated modern author. His most celebrated work is the rasagaṃgādhara a treatise on Rhetoric or Poetics; his other works are bhāminīvilāsa, the five laharis (gaṃgā, payūṣa, sudhā, amṛta, karuṇā), and a few minor works. He is supposed to have flourished during the time of the Emperor Shah Jahan of Delhi. He must have also seen the latter end of Jehangir's reign, and the temporary accession of Dārā to the throne in 1658. His date, --at least, his active career-lay, therefore, between 1620 and 1660 A. D.

jayadeva Author of that charming lyric poem the Gītagovinda. He was an inhabitant of the village Kinduwilva in the Vīrabhūmi district of Bengal. He is said to have lived in the time of a king called Lakṣmaṇasena who is identified by Dr. Buhler with the Vaidya king of Bengal whose inscription is dated Vikrama Samvat 1173 or 1116 A. D. The poet must have, therefore, flourished in the 12th century.

daṃḍin Author of the Daśakumāracharita and Kāvyādarśa. He flourished in the latter half of the sixth century, and was a contemporary of Bāṇa, according to Mādhavācharya.

pataṃjali The celebrated author of the Mahābhāṣyat. He is said to have lived about 150 B. C.

nārāyaṇa (bhaṭṭanārāyaṇa) Author of the Veṇī-Samhāra. He must have flourished before the 9th century as his work is frequently quoted by the poet Anandavardhana in his work called dhyanyāloka. This poet flourished under the reign of Avantivarman 855884 A. D. (Rāj. T. 5. 34)

bāṇa The well-known author of the Harṣacharita, Kādambarī and Chaṇḍikāśataka. Pārvatīpariṇaya and Ratnāvalī are also ascribed to him. His date is indisputably fixed by that of his patron Harṣavardhana of Kānyakubja who was reigning during the whole of Hiouen Thsang's travels in India which lasted from 629 to 645 A. D. Bāṇa must, therefore, have lived in the latter half of the sixth or the first half of the seventh century. The date of Bāṇa is useful in ascertaining the dates-at least the termini ad quem --of several writers mentioned by him in his introduction to the Harṣa Charita.

bilhaṇa Author of the Mahākavya Vikramāṅkadevacharita and of Chaurapanchaśikā. He flourished in the latter half of the 11th century.

bhaṭṭi A son of Śrī Svāmin, who lived in Vallabhi during the reign of king Śridharasena or of Narendra, the son of Srīdhara, who is supposed by Lassen to have reigned from 530 to 545 A. D.

bhartṛhari Author of the three Śatakas and of the Vākyapadīya. Mr. Telang gives it as his opinion that he must have flourished about the close of the first and the beginning of the second century of the Christian era. Tradition makes him brother of king Vikrama, and if this Vikrama be accepted as the same who defeated the Mlechchhas in 544 A. D., we must suppose Bhartṛhari to have flourished in the latter half of the sixth century.

bhavabhūti The well-known author of the Mahāvī1racharita, Mālatī Mādhava, and Uttararāmacharita. He was a native of Vidarba and lived at the court of king Yaśovarman of Kānyakubja, who was subdued by Lalitāditya of Kāṣmir (693-729 A. D.) Bhavabhūti flcurished therefore at the end of the 7th century, and this date is consistent with Bāṇa's omission of his name. All anecdotes about the contemporaneity of Kālidāsa and Bhavabhūti must be rejected as absolute myths.

bhāravi Author of the Kiratarjunīya; mentioned along with Kālidāsa in an inscription dated 634. See kālidāsa.

bhāsa Mentioned by Bāṇa and Kālidāsa as their predecessor. Flourished before the 7th century.

mayūra Father-in-law of Bāṇa and author of the Sūryaśataka composed by him to be freed from leprosy. A contemporary of Bāṇa q. v.

mammaṭa N. of the author of the Kavyaprakaśa. He must have flourished before 1294 A. D. in which year a commentary on that work by name Jayantī was written by one Jayanta.

murāri Author of the Anargha-rāghava mentioned by the poet Ratnākara (who flourished in the 9th century) in Haravijaya 38. 67. He must, therefore be placed before the 9th century.

ratnākara Author of the Mahākāvya called Haravijaya and patronized by Avantivarman (855-884 A. D.).

rājaśekhara Author of the Bāla-Rāmayaṇa, Bāla-Bhārata, and Viddhaśālabhañjikā. He lived after Bhavabhūti and before the end of the tenth century, that is, he flourished between the end of the 7th and the middle of the 10th century.

varāhamihira A celebrated astronomer, author of the Bṛhat-Samhitā. He died in 587 A. D.

vikrama See kālidāsa.

viśākhadatta Author of the Mudrarakṣasa. The 7th or 8th century is regarded by Mr. Telang as the probable date of the production of the drama.

śaṃkara The celebrated teacher of the Vedanta philosophy and author of the śārīrakabhāṣya and of a large number of original works, especially on Vedānta. He is said to have been born in 788 A. D. and to have died in 820 at the early age of 32. But some scholars (Mr. Telang, Dr. Bhandarkar &c.) have tried to show that Śaṅkara's date must be the 6th or 7th century at the latest. See Introduction to Mudrārakṣasa.

subaṃdhu The author of Vāsavadattā mentioned by Bāṇa, and so not later than the 7th century. He mentions a work of Dharma-kīrti by name bauddhasaṃgati which is supposed to belong to the sixth century.

śrīharṣa The reputed author of the Naishadhacharita and of 7 or 8 other works. He is generally placed in the latter half of the 12th century. (Wilson says that Śrīharṣa succeeded his father Kalaśa in 1113, and that the Ratnāvalī, a play ascribed to the king, must have been written by him between 1113 and 1125 the close of his reign. But the Ratnāvalī must be regarded as a work of an earlier date as it is largely quoted in the Daśarūpa, a work of the last part of the 10th century).

harṣa The patron of Bāṇa, see bāṇa. The Ratnāvalī is supposed to have been written by Bāṇa and published under his patron's name.




APPENDIX III. On important Geographical names in ancient India.

aṃga N. of an important kingdom situated on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, also called Aṅgapurī. This town stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island, and is, therefore, considered to be the same as, or situated very near, the modern Bhagalpur.

aṃdhra N. of a people and their country. It is said to be the same as the modren Telaṅgaṇa, and the mouths of the Godāvarī were in the possession of the Andhras. But the limits were probably confined to the Ghāts on the west, and the rivers Godāvarī and Kṛṣnā on the north and south. It bordered on Kalinga; (see Dk. 7th Ullāsa,) and its capital aṃdhranagara is probably the old town of Vengi or Vegi.

avaṃti N. of a country, north of the Narmadā; its capital was Ujjayinī, also called Avantipurī or Avanti and Viśāla, (cf. Me. 30) situated on the Siprā. It is the western part of Malvā. In the time of the Mahābhārata the country extended on the south to the banks of the Narmadā and on the west probably to the banks of the Mahi or Myhe. On the north of Avanti lay another principality with its capital Daśapura on the Charmanvati river, which appears to be the modern town of Dholpur, and was the capital of Rantideva.

aśmaka An old name of Travancore.

ānarta See saurāṣṭra.

iṃdraprastha (also called hariprastha, śakraprastha &c.) identified with the modern Delhi, though it stood on the left bank of the Yamunā, while Delhi stands on the right.

utkala, or oḍ N. of a country, the modern Orissa, which lay to the south of Tāmralipta, and extended to the river Kapiśa; cf. R. 4. 38. The chief to was of this province are Cuttak and Purī where the celebrated temple of Jagannath is situated.

kanakhala N. of a village near Hardvāra which is situated on the Ganges at the southern base of the Sewalika mountains. kanakhata was also the name of the surrounding mountains.

kapiśā See under suhya.

kaliṃga N. of a country lying to the south of Odra or Orissa and extending to the mouths of the Godāvarī. It is identified with the Northern Circars. Its capital kaliṃganagara was in ancient times at some distance from the sea-coast (cf. Dk. 7th Ullāsa), and was probably at Rājamahendri; see aṃdhra also.

kāṃcī See under draviḍa.

kāmarūpa An important kingdom said to have extended from the banks of the Karatoyā or Sadanīrā to the extremities of Assam. It must have extended up to the Himālaya on the north and the borders of China on the east, as its king is said to have assisted Duryodhana with an army of Kirātas and Chīnas. The ancient capital of this kingdom was prāgjyotiṣa on the other side of the Lauhitya or the river Brahmap utra; cf. R. 4. 81.

kāṃboja N. of a people and their country. They must have inhabited the Hindoo Koosh mountain which separates the Giljit valley from Balkh, and probably extended up to little Thibet and Lādak. Their country was famous for handsome horses and shawls made of goats', rats', and dogs' wool, and abounded in walnut trees; cf. R. 4. 69.

kuṃtala N. of the country to the north of Chola. Kalyāna or Kallian Doorg south of Kurugade appears to have been its capital. The country represents the south-western portion of Hyderabad.

kurukṣetra N. of an extensive region or plain near Delhi; the scene of the great war between the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas. It is the tract near the holy lake called by the same name lying to the south of Thaneṣvar, and extended from the south of the Sarasvatī to the north of the Driṣadvatī. It is sometimes called samaṃtapaṃcaka the tract of the 'five pools' of blood of the Kshatriyas slain by Paraśurāma.

kulūta N. of a country (modern Kulu) lying to the north east of the Jalandar Doab and on the right bank of the Satadru (Sutlej).

kuśāvatī, or kuśasthalī The capital of Dakṣiṇa-Kośala and situated in the defiles of the Vindhya; it must have been to the north of the Narmadā but south of the Vindhya, and is probably the same as Ramnagar in Bundelkhand. Rajaśekhara calls the lord of Kuśasthalī madhyadeśanareṃdra, the lord of the middle-land or Bundelkhand.

kekaya The country of the Kekayas bordering on Sindhu-Desa q. v.

kerala The strip of land between the Western Ghats and the sea north of the Kāverī. The principal rivers in this tract are the Netravatī, the Śarāvatī and the Kāli-Nadī, which is considered to be the same as the Muralā referred to in R. 4. 55, and in U. 3, and forms the principal river of Kerala. Kerala corresponds to modern Kānarā, and probably included Malabar also, and extended beyond the kāverī.

kośala N. of a country situated, according to the Rāmāyaṇa, along the banks of the Sarayū (or Gogrā). It was divided into 'Uttara-Kośala' and 'Dakṣiṇa Kośala.' The former is also called 'Ganda', and it must have therefore signified the country north of Ayodhyā comprising Ganda and Baraitch. Aja, Daśaratha &c. are said to have ruled over this province. At the time of Rāma's death his two sons Kuśa and Lava reigned respectively at Kusāvatī in southern Kośala in the defiles of the Vindhyas, and at Śrāvastī in northern Kośala.

kauśāṃbī N. of the capital of the Vatsa country. It was near the modern Kosam about 30 miles above Allahabad.

kauśikī N. of a river (Kuśi) which flowed on the east of Durbhaṅgā through northern Bhāgalpur and western Poornea. Near the banks of this river stood the hermitage of the sage ṛṣyaśṛṃga.

gauḍa, or puṃḍra Northern Bengal, (Puṇḍra originally signifying the land of the 'Pooree' cane.)

cedi N. of a country and their people. The Chedis were also called Dahalas and Traipuras; they occupied the banks of the Narmadā and were the same as the people of daśārṇa q. v. Their capital was at one time tripurī q. v. The Chedis are considered by some to have inhabited the modern Bundelkhand in Central India, while by others their country is identified with the modern Chandail. The Haihayas or Kalachuris ruled at Māhiṣmatī situated on the Narmadā between the Vindhya and Riksha mountains about Bheraghar below Jabbalpur.

cola N. of a country, situated on the banks of the Kāverī and said to cover the southern portion of Mysore. It was beyond the Kāverī, as Pulekaśi II. invaded it after crossing the river. The country latterly came to be called Karnāṭaka.

janasthāna 'Human habitation', a part of the great Daṇḍakā forest which stood in the vicinity of the mountain called Prasravaṇa. The celebrated Panchavaṭī (identified by local tradition with the place of the same name situated about 2 miles from the present Nassik) stands in this tract.

jālaṃdhara The modern Jalandar Doab, watered by the rivers Śatadru and Vipāśā (Sutlej and Beas).

tāmraparṇī N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountain. It appears to be the same as the Tāmbaravāri of the present day which rises in the eastern declivity of the western Ghats, runs through the district of Tinnevelly, and falls into the gulf of Manar; cf. R. 4. 49, 50 and B. R. 10. 56.

tāmralipta See under suhma.

trigarta A most arid country in ancient times. It stood for the desert on the east of the Śatadru, and included the tract between the Sutlej and the Sarasvatī containing Loodiana and Pattiala on the north and some portion of the desert on the south.

tripura-rī N. of the capital of the Chedis, 'made noisy by the waves of the Moon's daughter', i. e. the Narmadā, and, therefore, situated on that river. It is identified with the modern Tevur 6 miles from Jabbalpur.

daśapura See under avaṃti.

daśārṇa N. of a country, through which flows the Dasārṇā (Dasan). It was the eastern part of Mālava or Mālvā, its capital being Vidiśā--the modern Bhilsā--situated on the Vetravati or Betva, cf. Me. 24, 25 and Kādambarī. Kālidasa also makes Vidiśa a river which is probably the same as the Bees that joins the Betva.

draviḍa N. of a country to the south of the wild tract between the Kṛṣṇā and the Polar. In its larger sense it included the whole of the Coromandel coast to the south of the Godāvarī. But in its strict sense it must not have extended beyond the Kāverī. Its capital was Kānchī, the same as Conjeveram situated on the Vegavatī river 42 miles south-west of Madras.

dvārakā See under saurāṣṭr.

niṣadha N. of a country ruled over by Nala; its capital is said to have been Alakā, situated on the river Alakanandā. It appears to have formed part of the modern Kumaon in northern India. This is also the name of one of the Varsha mountains.

paṃcavaṭī See under janasthāna.

paṃcāla N. of a celebrated region which lay, according to Rāja Śekhara (B. R. 10. 86), between the streams of the Yamunā and the Ganges, and is, therefore, the Gangetic Doab. In the time of Drupada it extended from the banks of the Charmanvati (Chambal) upto Gaṅgādvāra on the north. The northern portion from Bhāgīrathī was called 'Uttara-Panchāla,' which was Ahichhatra. The southern portion was called 'Dakshina-Panchāla,' which was merged in the kingdom of Hastināpura after the death of Drupada.

padmapura The native place of the poet Bhavabhūti, situated somewhere near Chandrapura or Chanda in the Nāgpur districts.

padmāvatī Identified with the modern Narwār in Mālva as being situated on the river Sind or Sindhu. The other rivers, that are in its vicinity, are Pārā or Pārvatī, Luṇa, and Madhuvar which correspond to the Pāra, Lavaṇā and Madhumatī, mentioned by Bhavabhūti, as flowing in the vicinity of the town. This town was the scene of Bhavabhūtī's Mālati-Madhava.

paṃpā N. of a celebrated lake, which is considered to be the same as the river Pennair, near which stands the Ṛṣyamūka mountain. The river is known to rise from tanks; the northern part especially from a stone tank in the centre of Chanderdoorg. This was probably the original Pampā, and Chanderdoorg the Ṛṣyamūka mountain. Subsequently the name was transferred from the tank to the river which rose from it.

pāṭaliputra N. of an important town in Magadha or south Behar situated at the confluence of the Ganges and the Śoṇa (or Son). It was also called 'Kusumapura' or 'Palibothra' referred to in the classical accounts of India. It is said to have been destroyed by a river inundation about the middle of the eighth century A. D.

pāṃḍya N. of a country in the extreme south of India, and lying to the south-west of Choladeśa. The mountain Malaya and the river Tāmraparṇī fix its position indisputably; cf. B. R. 3. 31. It may be identified with the modern Tinnevelly. The holy island of Rāmeṣvara belonged to this kingdom, Kālidasa calls the capital of Pāṇḍya-deśa the 'serpent-town', which is probably the same as Negapattan 160 miles south of Madras; cf. R. 6. 59-64.

pārasīka The people inhabiting Persia-perhaps applicable also to the tribes inhabiting the outlying districts on the north-western frontier. Horses from their country are mentioned under the name vanāyudeśya.

pāriyātra One of the principal mountain chains in India. It is probably the same as the Sewalik mountains which run parallel to the Himālaya and guard the Gangetic Doab on the north-east.

pratiṣṭhāna The capital of Purūravas, one of the earliest kings of the lunar dynasty; situated opposite Prayāga or Allahabad. It is said in Harivamśa to have been situated on the north bank of the Ganges, in the district of Prayāga. Kalidasa places it at the junction of the Ganges and Yamuna; cf. V. 2.

magadha The country of the Magadhas or south Behar. Its old capital was girivraja (or rājagṛha) which consisted of five hills vipulagiri, ratnāgiri, udayagiri, śoṇagiri, and vaibhāra-- (or vyāhāra--) giri. Its next capital was Pataliputra q. v. Magadha was also called kīkaṭa in later literature.

matsya, or virāṭa N. of a country lying to the west of Dholpur; the Pāṇḍavas are said to have entered it from the banks of the Yamuna through the land of the Rohitakas and Sūrasenas towards the north of Daśārṇa. Vairāṭa, the capital of Virāṭa, is probably the same as Bairat 40 miles north of Jeypore.

malaya One of the seven principal chains of mountains in India. It is most probably to be identified with the southern portion of the Ghats running from the south of Mysore, and forming the eastern boundary of Travancore. It is said by Bhavabhūti to be encircled by the river Kaverī (Mv. 5. 3, also R. 4. 46), and is said to teem in cardamoms, pepper, sandal, and betel-nut trees. In R. 4. 51 Kālidāsa calls the mountains Malaya and Dardura 'the two breasts of the southern region.' Dardura is, therefore, that portion of the Ghāts, which forms the south-eastern boundary of Mysore.

maheṃdra One of the seven principal chains of mountains in India identified with Mahendra Male which divides Ganj m from the valley of the Mahānadī and probably tincluded the whole of the eastern Ghats between the Mahānadī and Godāvarī.

mahodaya (also called kānyakubja or gādhinagara) is the same as the modern Kānyakubja or Kanoja, on the Ganges. In the seventh century it was the most celebrated place in India. Cf. B. R. 10. 88-89.

mānasa A lake said to be situated in Hāṭaka which appears to be the same as Lādak. On the north of Hāṭaka is Harivarsha, the country of the northern Kurus. The lake was celebrated in former times as the abode of Kinnaras, and is said by poets to be the annual resort of swans at the approach of the rains.

māhiṣmatī See under cedi.

mithilā See under videha.

murala See under kerala.

mekala The mount Amarakantaka, the source of the Narmadā.

lāṭa N. of a country said to lie to the west of the Narmadā; it probably included Broach, Baroda and Ahmadabad, and Khaira also according to some.

vaṃga (also called samataṭa or the 'Plains') A name for eastern Bengal (to be clearly distinguished from gauḍa or northern Bengal), including also the seacoast of Bengal. It seems to have included at one time Tippera and the Garo hills.

valabhī See under saurāṣṭra.

vāhlīka, vāhīka A general name for the tribes inhabiting the Punjab. Their country is the modern Bactria or Balkh. In the Bhārata they are said to have inhabited the country watered by the Indus and the five rivers of the Punjab outside 'holy' India. The country was noted for its breed of horses and asa-foetida.

vidarbha The modern Berar, a great kingdom in ancient times lying to the north of Kuntala and extending from the banks of the Kṛṣṇā to about the banks of the Narmadā. On account of its great size, the country was also called 'Mahārāṣṭra'; cf. B. R. 10. 74. Kuṇḍinapura, also called Vidarbhā, was its ancient capital, which probably stands for the modern Beder. The river Varadā (Warda) divided Vidarbha into two parts, Amarāvatī being the capital of the northern, and Pratiṣṭhāna of the southern, part.

vidiśā See under daśārṇa.

videha N. of a country lying to the north-east of Magadha. Its capital Mithila is the same as Janakapur in Nepal north of Madhuvāṇī. Videha must have covered, in ancient times, besides a portion of Nepal, all such places as Sītāmāri, Sītākunda, or the northern part of the old district of Trihut and the north-western portion of Champaran.

virāṭa See matsya.

vṛṃdāvana 'Radha's wood' now forming an important town a few miles north-west of Mathuraa, and standing on the left bank of the Yamunā.

śaka N. of a tribe inhabiting the countries on the north-western frontier of India, the Sacae of the classical writers, and generally identified with the Scythians.

śuktimat One of the seven principal chains of mountains in India. Its position is not clearly ascertained, but it appears to be the Sub-Himālayan range in the south of Nepal.

śrāvastī N. of a town in northern Kośala where Lava is said to have reigned; (it is called śarāvatī in R. 15. 97). It is identified with Sahet Mahet north of Ayodhyā. It was also called dharmapattana or dharmapurī.

sahya One of the seven principal chains of mountains in India. It is still known as Sahyadri, and is the same as the Western Ghats as far as their junction with the Neilgherries north of the Malaya.

siṃdhu See under padmāvatī.

siṃdhudaśeḥ The country of the upper Indus.

sahma N. of a country which lay to the west of Vanga. Its capital tāmralipta (also called tāmalipta, dāmalipta, tāmaliptī and tamālinī) is identified with the modern Tumlook on the right bank of the Cossye, which is the same as the kapiśā of Kālidāsa. In ancient times the town was situated nearer to the sea,. and was a place of considerable maritime trade. The Suhmas are sometimes called Rāḍhas, the people of Western Bengal.

saurāṣṭra (also called ānarta) The modern peninsula of Kattywar. Dwārakā is called ānartanagarī or abdhinagarī- The old Dwārakā stood near Madhupura 95 miles south-east of Dwarakā, and also near mount Raivataka, which appears to be the same as the Girinar hill near Junagad. Valabhi appears to have been the next capital of the country, the ruins of which were discovered at Bilbi 10 miles north-west of Bhownaggar. The celebrated lake Prābhasa was situated in the same country and stood on the sea-coast.

srughna N. of a town and district at some distance from Pātaliputra. It is identified with the modern Sug on the old bed of the Yamunā.

hastināpura N. of a celebrated town said to have been founded by king Hastin, one of the descendants of Bharata; said to be situated about 56 miles north-east of the modern Delhi on the banks of an old channel of the Ganges.

hemakūṭa The 'golden-peaked' mountain, one of the ranges of mountains which divide the known continent into nine Varshas (varṣapavarta); it is generally supposed to be situated north of the Himālaya --or between the Meru and the Himalaya-forming with it the boundaries of the Kimpurushavarsha or abode of Kinnaras, cf K. 136. Kālidāsa speaks of it as 'having plunged into the eastern and western oceans and emitting golden fluid'; see S. 7.